《Necromancers Are Frantically Stationing Troops In the Apocalypse》 Chapter 1 , the Necromancer has no future Chapter 1, The Necromancer has no future Blackstone Town, Town Hall. Wu Heng? Behind the desk filled with documents, the serious-looking middle-aged woman glanced at the documents and then at the young man opposite. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yes!" "Professional necromancer?" The woman frowned slightly, her eyes full of doubts. She didn''t wait for the other party''s answer and continued: "Although the kingdom allows the existence of necromancers, no city will welcome a necromancer. Show up in town." As soon as these words came out, the originally noisy hall suddenly became quiet. Everyone looked here, their eyes full of strangeness and curiosity. It seems that I dont understand why anyone would choose the profession of Necromancer during this period. Wu Heng still said: "Thank you ''Ms. Moira'' for the reminder. I will abide by the laws and order of the kingdom and Blackstone Town." The middle-aged woman looked at his expression carefully. But he didn''t say much. He took out a few documents from the drawer, handed them over and said, "Read these carefully, and then sign your name." The Undead Restriction Act "Reporting Process for Relatives of the Dead" "Corpse Protection Act" "Instructions for Application for Dark Magic Experiment" Human Experiments. . Taking the document, Wu Heng''s eyes widened a bit when he saw the name and content. ??Yeke Kingdom allows the existence of necromancers, but it increases the restrictions and bills on necromancers year by year. Including, private transformation of undead creatures such as skeletons and rotten corpses is not allowed, corpse experiments, and necromancy magic experiments are not allowed. ?Theft and experimenting on corpses are all serious crimes here. ??A necromancer who cannot convert undead soldiers and is not allowed to conduct magic research, his future can be imagined. Lets not talk about whether there is a future in academics, but the combat aspect is basically useless. This is why everyone present looked very surprised after hearing about the Necromancer. ?Wu Heng had known about it before, but he never thought it would be more strict than he imagined. He read it carefully, signed his name one by one, and handed it back again. ?After checking it carefully, the middle-aged woman said: "Okay, now that the process is over, remember the contents of these bills. I don''t want you to be on the gallows next time I see you." Keep your instructions in mind! Wu Heng stood up, saluted, and walked out. ? Walking out of the hall, you can still hear discussions about yourself behind you. Everyone was puzzled by a young man with black hair and black eyes who chose the Necromancer. Walked out of the hall, ignoring the comments behind him. I dont know what kind of evil things the Necromancer has done to deserve to be treated like this. So many restrictions have been formulated for one profession alone. The development of this profession has basically been cut off. ?As ''Ms. Moira'' said, choosing the Necromancer is putting a yoke on yourself. Can''t summon undead creatures, can''t experiment with magic, and basically has no future. But Wu Heng still chose this career. Not only because this is the only legal profession he has access to, but more importantly, he believes that the Necromancer can develop better in his own hands. ?Stepping out of the city hall, a thought occurred to me, and a transparent panel that only I could see appeared in front of me. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer ? [Level: 1 (10/300)] Attributes: Strength 9, Agility 11, Constitution 12, Intelligence 14, Perception 10, Charisma 12. Skill: Bone Trapping Technique After changing jobs, this panel appeared in Wu Heng. It has occupations, attributes, and skills, which are basically the same as the panels in online games. You can see your physical condition more intuitively. ?Leave the central area all the way and enter a blacksmith shop in the commercial street. ?Stepping into the door, you can smell the smell of linseed oil. Boss, Im here to pick up the weapons I ordered this morning. Wu Heng said to the counter. ?The middle-aged boss put down the polished iron sword and looked up, "Oh, it''s you. They are all there, with a total of 7 silver coins." ?Wu Heng confirmed the weapons he bought. An iron sword and a short spear. They are all selected in the morning. Click out 7 silver coins and place them on the counter in front of the boss. What happened this morning? The boss put away the silver coins and asked casually. ?Wu Heng came to buy weapons in the morning, and was taken away by the city guards as soon as he made his choice. The boss thought it was something wrong, but he came back before noon and there was no change. I just came to Blackstone Town. They asked me to register at the city hall. I just came and didnt understand the process. Register? Does this also require registration? The boss frowned. He had never heard of this statement. There are a lot of outsiders in Blackstone Town. If they all need to be registered, the city hall will be busier than the market. You asked me my name and told me to follow the rules, which made me quite nervous. Wu Heng smiled and scratched his head. "Haha! Those guys are just free. They have to take care of the useful and useless ones. As long as everything is fine." The boss also laughed and said comfortingly. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Wrapping up the weapon, he said hello to the boss and left the store directly. I didnt continue wandering around, stayed away from the commercial streets and crowds, and headed to the residential area in Beicheng District. Walking through the dark alley, we arrived at the place we rented. ?The room is not big, just a living room and a bedroom. ?Other than tables, chairs, wooden beds, there are no other furnishings. The layout is relatively simple. Put aside your backpack and weapons, and pick up the bread on the table to pad your stomach. I was thinking about Blackstone Towns attitude towards the Necromancer. It feels like a criminal who has been released on bail, and his behavior is subject to attention from all aspects. In the city, you should try to keep a low profile and slowly improve yourself. Put the remaining bread into a ball and stuff it into your mouth. Getting up again, he picked up the iron sword and spear with one hand, and took off the bronze key hanging around his neck with the other hand. He came to the bedroom door and turned it gently. ?As the door opened, a light curtain appeared inside the door. At the other end, it is not the familiar bedroom, but a picture reflected in a mirror. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath, walked directly into the picture, and appeared on the other side. The moment his senses were restored, a rotten smell filled the air. Familiar desk, wooden bed, monitor and stereo. ?There was a wild beast-like roar coming from the window. Back, the modern world is familiar yet unfamiliar. Come to the window and look out. ??The zombies gathered in a pile downstairs. Under the torn clothes, you could see the bones and open internal organs. They were pushing and colliding with each other, wandering aimlessly. Among them, you can also see some familiar figures. Its still like this. I have opened a new book. This one is a double-crossing novel. I hope you all like it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 2 , home is gone Chapter 2: Home is gone About half a month ago. ?Wu Heng got a simple bronze key. As long as you insert a key into any door, it will open a passage to another world. ?This reminded Wu Heng of a novel he had read, in which the protagonist traveled through different worlds with his own thoughts. It''s just that his is a little behind and needs a key to open the door manually. But it doesnt matter, as long as you can get over it, the method is not important. The initial location of another world is a remote village. Poverty and backwardness, the villagers are also very xenophobic. ??Wu Heng found a passing convoy, and after half a month''s journey, he arrived at the nearest city, Blackstone Town. Just when he was about to use the key to resell items from two worlds and achieve financial freedom. The world has completely changed. The modern world in my impression disappeared. All I could see was zombies wandering in groups, and the sound of banging on the door could be heard in the corridor. ??The people in Wuheng were all stupid. I have only been on the road for half a month, and I am just ready to make a fortune. Home is gone. Looking at the city where I live has become like this, an indescribable gloom hangs over my heart. The reason why this happened was unknown to him. But it is conceivable that if he was not rushing in another world when the zombies broke out, he might have become one of the zombies. It is said that electricity can be stored and can last for several months even if power generation is stopped. However, the power here is out and the water is not drinkable. Fortunately, there is Blackstone Town, which can satisfy his daily needs. ??Tightening the curtains again, Wu Heng took the prepared weapons and walked out of the bedroom. There were not many items in the living room. Most of the items he had taken to Blackstone Town in exchange for money. And in this situation, it is basically useless. ?At the corner of the wall stood a skeleton warrior with pale bones. This is the zombie hanging in the iron basket outside the window when he returned last time. After being killed by Wu Heng, he tried to summon him. He also had one more undead summon. Skeleton Warrior ? [Level: 1 (0/100)] Attributes: Constitution 10, Strength 12, Agility 8. Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton The summons of the bone-crushing technique has two forms. One is the summoning of the original corpse. The shape and attributes of the summoned object are largely affected by the original body. In other words, the stronger the corpse was in life, the stronger the summoned skeleton would be. The other one is the summons of White Bone Quantity. Collect scattered broken bones, and when a certain amount is reached, skeleton troops can also be summoned. Take it! Wu Heng handed him the iron sword in his hand. Hurrah! ??The sound of bones rubbing together sounded. The skeleton warrior on standby raised his stiff arms and grabbed the iron sword handed over. Just keep holding the sword, waiting for the next order. ?Wu Heng also picked up another short spear and held it in his hand, and tried to swing it a few times. Thinking about it, he found a pot lid in the kitchen and wrapped it around his arm to act as a shield. Made the final preparations. He came to the entrance door and put his ear against it. ?Humbling footsteps and the scraping of the ground could be heard faintly. It sounds like there are not many zombies in the stairwell. If there are only one or two, it shouldn''t be a problem to deal with them. As long as one can be killed, the number of skeleton warriors will increase. Even if there is danger, as long as you are not infected, you can return. The advantage is mine, its not a big problem. After thinking about it, there is no longer any hesitation. ?Let the skeleton warrior come to the door, take a deep breath, and open the door directly. As the door was opened a little bit, a stronger and more unpleasant stench hit his face. My throat feels itchy, and I subconsciously want to cough dryly. ??Afraid of attracting zombies, I held back forcefully. Opening all the doors, you can see the blood-stained and scratched walls in the corridor, and the dark red muddy ground. The scene is as shocking as a horror movie. Luckily, I didnt encounter zombies as soon as I went out. Get out! Wu Heng ordered in a low voice. ??The skeleton warrior carried the iron sword and obeyed the order and walked out. Wu Heng followed behind him, holding the door open. As soon as he walked out, he saw a zombie at the corner under the stairs, hearing the sound and turning his head to look up. ?His hair is covered with blood scabs and knotted, his skin is gray-white, crisscrossed with blue and black blood vessels, his mouth is wide open, his teeth are black and jagged. She is an old lady who lives on the second floor. Wu Heng knows her. I said before that I would introduce someone to myself. It seems that I cant wait any longer. ??A man and a skeleton suddenly appeared, making the zombies slightly stunned. ?Then he let out an angry roar and rushed upstairs. Kill him! Wu Heng was nervous and ordered decisively. He must face the zombies, which is the first step to continue. The skeleton warrior immediately rushed forward with his sword in hand. ??The zombies rushed upward with a fierce momentum. The skeleton warrior stood above, condescending, and the iron sword in his hand was slashed down. Poof~! The sound of flesh penetration was heard, and the iron sword struck the zombie''s shoulder heavily. ??The zombie felt no pain, but his body sank. He tripped over the steps, and his upper body went directly under the skeleton''s crotch. ? He ??bared his teeth and claws, biting Wu Heng''s crotch from behind. The attack from Duanzijuesun frightened him and he quickly retreated. Pushing away, he lowered his head and looked at his lower body, confirming that he was not attacked, and then breathed a sigh of relief. ??The zombie was hiding under the skeleton''s crotch, still roaring. Poof! The skeleton warrior stabbed downward with his second sword, and the iron sword penetrated the zombie''s body. ??Wu Heng held a short spear and stabbed towards the eye socket. ett! ??The zombie waved its arms, and the short spear missed its target, hitting its forehead. ?The flesh cracked, but the skull was not pierced. The zombie began to struggle more violently and climbed up, almost overturning the skull. Then, the skeleton and the zombies fought together and rolled down the stairs. ?Wu Heng clenched his iron spear and planned to cooperate with the skeleton to kill it. ?Suddenly, there was the sound of hurried running upstairs, and another zombie ran down quickly with rotting flesh and blood. When he saw Wu Heng, he jumped down directly and threw himself down across the steps. Fuck! A tense sense of crisis arose in my heart. ?Wu Heng didn''t have time to analyze the strategy. He raised the shield on his left arm diagonally and hit him head on. With a bang, the zombies fell from the air, and black blood splashed around. ?Wu Heng''s body fell back and hit the wall behind him. ??The zombies rolled down the stairs. Wu Heng gritted his teeth and stood up. The iron spear in his hand stabbed directly at the zombies rolling down. The rotting body showed strong toughness. It is pierced on the body as if it were pierced on soft leather. ?A few spear thrusts did not cause any fatal injuries to the zombies. ??The zombies also quickly got up and attacked again. Wu Heng used his shield to resist and stabbed the zombie''s chest and abdomen with a short spear in his hand. Its difficult to handle! ??If you get scratched or bitten, you''re really doomed. He glanced sideways at the ajar door behind him and considered whether to go back first. The prompt appears in the ear. Gain experience +10. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. ?Looking down from the corner of my eye. ??The battle at the corner has ended. The skeleton warrior took advantage of the weapon to smash the zombie''s head and kill it. Come up and kill this target. ??The skeleton warrior walked up quickly and stopped in front of Wu Heng. The iron sword in his hand struck at the zombies again. The fighting methods of skeletons and zombies are very similar, with basically no defensive movements. It means to greet the other person. They are all attack actions. ??Getting rid of the entangled zombies, Wu Heng quickly retreated downstairs and around the corner, and unleashed the "Bone Spell Technique" on the zombies that had just died. Necromantic magic, wrapping the body. The flesh and blood of the zombies melted like hot wax, and a human skeleton stood up with its hands on the ground. Go, attack. Wu Heng pointed to the fighting position upstairs. The skeleton warrior who had just stood up received the order and rushed forward with bare hands. ??Wu Heng shook his arm to relieve the pain from the impact just now. The pot lid in his hand was twisted and deformed, but thanks to this simple shield, it blocked the zombies'' attack at the critical moment. Zombies are not about strong attack power. The most troublesome thing is the toxins in the body. ??If you were bitten and scratched, you would really die unjustly. The battle above continues. ?Two skeletons blocked the zombies in the corner. One used a sword and the other used a fist. The attacks fell like raindrops. Black blood and minced flesh were splashed everywhere. Finally, amidst the angry roars and tearing of the zombies, a sword pierced his neck. His body stopped resisting and collapsed. Gain experience +10. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. Increased experience again. Just like the games we played before. This is also the reason why he chose the Necromancer. ??Blackstone Town does not allow him to experiment with magic and summon undead creatures. But he has this world. You can completely rely on the zombies in this world to improve your level and accumulate strength. ??As long as there is power, Blackstone Town''s restrictions on the Necromancer will naturally be solved. Use the bone technique. Wow~! The flesh and blood fell off, and the third skeleton warrior stood up again. Before he could do anything, two more zombies slowly walked up from downstairs. ?At the same time, he raised his head and looked upward. Attack! (End of this chapter) Chapter 3 , accumulate troops Chapter 3: Accumulating troops The three skeletons turned their skulls stiffly and looked at the target with empty eye sockets. ?After discovering the zombies, he ran down the stairs and killed them. ?Two bare-handed skeletons, one entangled with the other, the skeleton holding a sword stood on the side, and the iron sword in his hand kept slashing at the zombies. ??Wu Heng also stepped forward, his shield blocking the outstretched claws and the splattered blood. ?The short spear in his hand penetrated the hollow skeleton and stabbed the zombie''s body randomly. Once, once, repeatedly making thrusting movements. The reason why he chose the short spear was because it was the only choice after trying it. It is very difficult to shoot a bow and arrows, and the accuracy of arrows requires long-term practice. Frequent shooting of bows and arrows while maintaining accuracy is not something ordinary people can do. The sword is the most common weapon in Blackrock Town. But when he tried it, he almost got his neck wiped, so he still listened to the blacksmith shop owner''s advice and chose a short spear. Stabs and blows can also have good lethality. As a beginner, it is relatively easy to get started and will not hurt yourself. Soon, the two zombies that were attracted were killed together, and they fell to the ground in a **** mess, looking miserable. ??In fact, Wu Heng also knew all these zombies. They are all neighbors who live in the same corridor. It''s just that now we are enemies. Release the "Bone Slave Technique", and the two skeleton warriors stood up again. ?Seeing that there were no zombies rushing up, he thought about it and gave the order. Follow me back! He turned around and returned to the room with the skeleton. The security door was closed, and Wu Heng sat on a chair to recover his strength. Even though the main battles were carried out by skeleton warriors, the highly tense spirit and the consumption of physical strength made him feel tired. In terms of attributes, his strength is not physical strength and strength. But the only ones that can be used now are ordinary melee attacks. After resting for a while, Wu Heng entered the kitchen and found a kitchen knife, a fruit knife and a hammer. He handed them to three of the skeletons. There was one left. He couldn''t find anything useful, so he used a mop as a skeleton. Improvised weapons. In fact, a kitchen knife is a good choice. It can completely replace the skeleton warrior''s main weapon. When you have money in the future, you can consider buying iron swords from Blackstone Town to equip the skeletons. Having almost rested, Wu Heng stood up again and prepared for the next battle. Back in the cold corridor, there was a sticky feeling of flesh and blood under my feet. You guys are walking in front of me. Wu Heng pointed to the three skeletons. ?Three in front and two in back, protecting him in the middle, they walked downstairs together. The door of a room on the second floor was open. I took the skeleton in and took a look, but no zombies were found. The head of the household is the zombie who was killed just now. ?Go to the kitchen and find two kitchen knives to replace the mop and fruit knife. Continue walking towards the first floor. ??He cautiously took a look around the corner. ??The green stair door was somewhat miserable, but it was still closed, blocking the outside and the inside of the stairs. Hmm, you can still vaguely hear the sound of scratching the door panel. Fortunately, the door is closed, otherwise it would be difficult to fight if the zombies outside rush in. Command the skeleton warrior to pile some debris at the door and completely seal the stair door. In any case, the possibility of using it in the future is unlikely. After all the blockades were completed, Wu Heng started his next plan. ??Going to the door of the first household, he took out the bronze key, twisted it gently, and the door opened slightly. A pale white light curtain emerged from the gap. ?When the door lock opened, Wu Heng pulled out the key and waited for a few seconds before the light curtain from another world disappeared. What is shown is the living room of the room on the first floor. The living room was a little dark, but no zombies were seen. boom! ??Bang bang! ?Stepping into the living room, there was a sound of violent hammering on the bedroom door. After a few moments, the fragile door shattered. ?Two zombies in pajamas stumbled out. Attack. Wu Heng ordered again. Scattered zombies no longer pose any threat. Instead, it has become an experience package. It can increase experience and increase the number of skeleton warriors. Hurrah! Skeleton warriors swarmed forward, surrounding the zombies, and kept raising and dropping the kitchen knives in their hands. ?The scene is a little cruel, but also a little depressing. ??The zombie didn''t even show any attack, and was killed in the living room. ?Wu Heng walked up and released the Bone Slave Technique, and the two skeleton warriors stood up again. After confirming that there was no danger here, Wu Heng went to the kitchen first. I found two more kitchen knives in the kitchen. Distribute it to the skeleton warriors who have just stood up. Then, start rummaging through boxes and cabinets everywhere to find some items that are useful to you. There is no other way, life in Blackstone Town also requires money. ??If the world hadn''t become like this, he could have made a fortune more easily. There are stored rice and noodles, and there are also well-preserved pickled products in the refrigerator. But with Blackstone Town, food is not too important. Closed the refrigerator and continued to rummage in the bedroom closet. Put out some high-end-looking clothes. Then cash, bank cards, house ownership documents, and some paper deposit receipts. I found a few pieces of women''s gold jewelry in the dressing cabinet. ?Cash and bank cards are useless now, but gold jewelry is still very valuable. ?As he was about to go out, his eyes fell on the ornaments at the door. On the shoe cabinet at the door, there is a jade cabbage. ?The bottom is a wooden base, and the top is a transparent cabbage shape. The length is about thirty centimeters, which is not small. ?Wu Heng looked at it, held it in his arms and went out. Then he took the skeleton warrior and continued to the next room. He lives in an old community with a total of six floors, with three households on each floor. ?Wu Heng took the skeletons and opened them one by one, killing the zombies inside and searching for useful items. Five p.m. ?Wu Heng took the skeletons and swept through the rooms in the entire unit. The living room, which is not very spacious, is already filled with skeleton warriors holding kitchen knives and fruit knives. They are neatly arranged, making the whole living room feel eerie. After counting, there were 17 skeleton warriors in total. The number of skeleton warriors was smaller than expected, but it was not bad. At least today''s operation went smoothly. Among the skeletons, the one with the highest experience is the sword-wielding skeleton. Taking advantage of his weapon advantage, he has reached 55 points, which is still less than half of the level. If tomorrow can go as smoothly as today, reaching Level 2 will not be a problem. In today''s battle, he also figured out the rules for skeletons to gain experience. Except for Wu Heng who can share the experience of all skeletons, the rest of the experience distribution is calculated based on the tail sword. In other words, whoever cuts the last knife will be counted on which skeleton. Not all skeletons are equally divided. ?My own experience has reached half, and if everything goes well, I will be able to level up. Everything is developing in a good direction. After sorting out the loot, giving all the skeletons the order to stay put, they put on their backpacks and returned to Blackstone Town through the boundary gate. Antlers shop. A famous chain store in Blackstone Town. The pattern is similar to antlers. I heard that stores can be found in all human cities. They have a certain degree of influence and have always had a good reputation. Beautiful, very beautiful. The fat boss behind the counter held the jade cabbage and looked at it carefully. After subconsciously complimenting it, he carefully placed it on the counter and continued to ask: "What kind of material is this? It''s not jade, and there are no traces of carving. It doesn''t look like a natural material." ?Wu Heng was surprised by the viciousness of the opponent''s eyes. ?Although it is called jade cabbage, it is not a real jade, but a resin molded ornament. It has nothing to do with jade or anything like that. Fat jade is rarely seen here. It is characterized by its lightness, toughness, and full color. Wu Heng made it up casually. ?This world is not the Middle Ages on the other side of the earth, and its level of development is not backward. There is glass, all kinds of exquisite handicrafts, and there is no shortage of food and salt. But synthetic materials such as resin and plastic have never appeared here. On the contrary, it has become a rare thing. The store owner looked at it carefully again and said directly: "The Antler Chamber of Commerce never lowers the price. Your items are good, but they are obviously items molded in one go. They have beautiful appearance and special materials. If you are willing to sell them, you can sell them here." Ill give you the price of 30 silver coins. There are four types of general currency, copper cents, copper coins, silver coins, and gold coins. Although gold coins are the top currency, they rarely appear among civilians. Silver coins can solve the purchase and sale of most items. So the purchasing power of silver coins is very high. In Wuheng''s understanding of currency, the silver coins here are equivalent to hundred-yuan bills. Low. Wu Heng pretended to be dissatisfied and shook his head. Then what is your psychological price? 100. ?The asking price is sky-high. Anyway, if you dont agree, Ill lower it. ??If you say less and the other party agrees directly, you will feel uncomfortable. ?Of course, the price shouldnt be too outrageous, just about right. "I''m afraid this price is hard to accept. Let''s do this. 40 silver coins is the highest price I can give." The boss gave a fixed price. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, jade cabbage was of no use to him, and there was no other place to sell it, so it was of no use to him. ?He nodded and agreed. "Can." (End of this chapter) Chapter 4 , the door is not closed Chapter 4, the door is not closed When I walked out of the store, there was a heavy bag of money in my backpack. If the end is not coming. ?Wu Heng can go to the gold shop to exchange for gold and silver, and then take it to the world for direct consumption. Let''s not say that he is as rich as a country. It should be no problem to buy a few maids from other worlds. I also heard someone mention the Druid profession in the tavern. Can transform into various different forms to satisfy your partners novelty. What a pity, its too late to say anything now. He did not sell gold jewelry in the shop. Its not that the store doesnt accept them, but its because they are afraid of causing trouble. As long as the money in exchange is enough, if you really take out the gold jewelry, it will only attract some special attention. Without strength, you are just a fat sheep in the eyes of others. What we need to do now is to upgrade and accumulate troops. Walking along the road towards the blacksmith shop area. ??Blackstone Town does not restrict weapons, but swords cannot be unsheathed and bows and crossbows cannot be exposed in the city. Here you go, what do you want to buy today? the weapon store owner greeted. Is there a smaller shield? There is one over here. The boss took off a small silver buckler and placed it on the counter. Wu Heng took it in his hand and tried it. It felt quite heavy. If used for a long time or in high-intensity combat, it would be a burden to oneself. Is there anything lighter? The boss looked at him and took out another shield from below, "It is used for children''s training. It has an iron surface and treated hardwood on the inside." The outside is made of silver iron, and the inside is made of dark wood. ?Hold it in my hand and try the weight. ?This is not bad, and the attack method of zombies is to grab, retreat and bite, which is basically enough. Wait until your attributes are higher before trying a heavier shield. Thats it! 75 copper. ?This price is not cheap, a layer of wood wrapped in iron is worth so much. But in this weapon shop, it is really the cheapest. Call out 75 coppers, pick up the shield and walk out of the shop. I went to an armor shop along the way and bought a set of leather armors. They were hard leather armors with simple craftsmanship and a sour smell of leather. He did not choose to buy armor for the skeleton warrior. First, the number of skeletons will continue to increase. If they all wear this kind of equipment, it is simply unaffordable under the current situation. The second point is to be as low-key as possible. The Necromancers are not treated kindly here, so it does not attract much attention, which is not a bad thing. As long as he is alive and has the bronze key, then the source of troops and level are not a problem. After buying the armor, before leaving, my eyes fell on the wooden human-shaped wooden frame in the corner. is used to display armor. The one in front of me is a bit shabby and obviously has been eliminated. Boss, is this wooden frame obsolete? Wu Heng asked. The boss looked up and said, "If you need it, it''s 2 copper coins." ?He originally wanted to throw it away for you and then take it away. But the other party clearly saw his intention and made a direct offer. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, took out 2 copper coins, and left directly holding the human-shaped wooden frame. ?This kind of thing is not valuable, and its characteristic is that it is a humanoid of equal height, and the position of the head and body can be distinguished. After having dinner outside, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Did not return to the modern world, but remained in it. The apocalyptic environment is no longer suitable for habitation. At least you dont have to breathe the rancid air here. ?Standing in the living room which is not very spacious. Pick up the short spear and shield, and start practicing thrusting movements against the human-shaped wooden target. Aiming at the head, repeating over and over again. He has not received formal training, but he is familiar with these movements, which is definitely not a bad thing. The next day, we simply had breakfast. Put on your armor, open the door and enter the zombie world. ??The air is still filled with the rotting smell, and the roars of zombies can be heard outside the window from time to time. Put away the bronze key and go directly to the living room. 17 skeleton warriors holding kitchen knives and daggers stood upright in the living room. With everything ready, Wu Heng directly ordered, "Come out with me." The zombies in the corridor have been cleared away, but the smell is still strong. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton with him and first went downstairs to check the stair door. After confirming that it was still closed, he walked upstairs. Arriving on the sixth floor, there is an iron door leading to the roof platform. His idea is simple. Just go from the roof platform to the corridor of the next unit to continue cleaning up zombies and continue to accumulate the number of skeleton warriors. It is obviously unrealistic and unreasonable to rush out and confront the zombies wandering outside. The safest way is to take the rooftop. ?Use the bronze key to open the iron door and take the skeleton to the rooftop. The roof and ground were filled with many debris, the most conspicuous of which was an iron cage made of iron mesh. ??Dead pigeons can still be seen in the rusty iron cage. The community has been coordinating the private construction of pigeon cages before, but it seems to have no effect. There are iron mesh, steel bars and cement prepared on the side. It seems that it still wants to continue to expand. Roar! Suddenly, the roar of zombies came from behind the pigeon cage. ?Three zombies bypassed the iron cage from both sides and rushed towards this side with their teeth and claws bared. ??There are zombies on the roof? ?It just so happened that the skeleton warrior was upgraded immediately. Looking at the zombies rushing over, he directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The 17 skeleton warriors rushed forward with kitchen knives and knocked down three zombies head-on. The kitchen knives fell like raindrops. The sound of chopping meat resounded through the roof of the building. Facing the siege of many skeleton warriors, the three zombies had no power to fight back. They were like living fish on the chopping board. They could only keep trying to get up before being knocked down again. ?Wu Heng stood behind and had no intention of intervening. Just waiting for the battle to end so that he can summon the skeleton. ??The sound of dragging the ground suddenly sounded behind him. ?Looking back, I saw another zombie with a sprained foot, dragging its ankle, approaching here. ?When he found Wu Heng looking back, the zombie roared, limped and quickened its pace. "Depend on!" ??There is actually a zombie who wants to carry out a sneak attack. Looked at the skeleton not far behind him. After confirming that the skeletons can be mobilized in time, I want to try to challenge the zombies in front of me. He tightened the iron spear in his hand and rushed toward the zombies in small steps, calculating the distance between them in his mind. When the distance is two meters, the left leg steps forward and bows, and the iron spear in the hand stabs straight up. Poof! The head of the gun instantly penetrated the zombie''s collarbone and emerged from the back. Off the way! I wanted to stab it in the mouth, but the zombie limp and moved around, causing the spear to skew. Although it also hit the target, the position did not cause fatal damage. ??The power of the zombies'' forward motion caused Wu Heng to take a few steps back. ??The rotting body continued to move forward along the barrel of the gun, stretched out its withered gray arms, and grabbed Wu Heng''s face. ??Hold the round shield in front of you, step back to retract the spear, and sweep across the leg bones. Bang~Click! The sound of broken bones was heard, and another foot was broken. The zombie lost its balance and fell sideways. The set of movements was performed smoothly and the effect was obvious. ??The zombie was unbalanced and fell to the ground. Wu Heng stepped forward and stepped on his back, stabbing out one after another with iron spears. ?Each time, he aimed at the back of the zombie''s head, but the zombie struggled violently and fought back. It was not as simple as a fixed target at all. ? ?During the fierce struggle, the zombie stood up again. Wu Heng backed up and started circling with the zombie while ensuring his own safety. At this time, the fighting on the side has ended. Three zombies were turned into mincemeat under the attack of skeleton warriors. No need to give orders. The skeleton warriors rushed over and surrounded the zombies chasing Wu Heng. The kitchen knives kept falling. The chopped zombies cannot lift their heads. ?Wu Heng stood aside and flicked the iron spear. ?Zombies are very powerful and fearless of death. Not to mention the elderly, most of today''s young people lack exercise. ??When facing zombies head-on, it is really difficult to deal with them. Gain experience +10. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. The experience prompt appears and the last zombie is killed. Use the zombie''s clothes to wipe the blood on the iron spear, and then use the "Bone Slave Technique" one after another. Four skeletons stood up one after another and joined the queue of skeleton warriors. There are now 21 skeletons. Four iron bars were found on the spot and handed over to the hands of the four skeletons. With what just happened, Wu Heng took the skeleton soldiers and checked the roof platform again to confirm that there were no zombies in some hidden locations. Only then did we arrive at the iron door leading to the second staircase. There were a lot of stone bricks and debris piled up in front of the door, which should have been piled up by the zombies that had just been killed. I just dont know how they turned into zombies after they had already fled to the roof. Command the skeleton warriors to move all these debris away. The iron door was opened, and there was still a strong rancid smell. There were blood stains on the ground, but there were no zombies. They should be downstairs. ?Wu Heng said softly: "Let''s go down." Hurrah! The skeleton warrior entered the corridor, followed by Wu Heng. ??The only one who reached level 2 was also kept by his side to protect himself. ??The goal this time is still clear. First check whether the door on the first floor is closed tightly, and then search for items in each room. Tap tap tap! Skeleton feet stepped on the corridor, and dense footsteps sounded. ?Although the sound was not loud, it was extremely noticeable in the empty and quiet corridor. ??Hello~! Hahhhhhh~! ??There were roars of zombies downstairs, followed by the sound of hurried running. ?The footsteps were getting closer and closer, and six zombies poked their heads out from around the corner. Seeing the group of skeletons coming downstairs, they roared ferociously and excitedly at the same time. Kill them. ?Wu Heng also gave the order directly. Hurling. The kitchen knives were raised one after another and rushed towards the zombies below. The dozen skeletons walking in front carried a powerful impact. He pushed back the zombies that jumped up and rolled down the stairs to another level. Then, kitchen knives kept falling one after another. Tap tap tap~! However, before these zombies were killed, several more zombies rushed up. There were probably more than a dozen of them, pushing and shoving in front and back. And downstairs, there were more footsteps. ?Wu Hengs heart tightened. Its over. The stair door is not closed. I have released a new book, I hope you all like it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 5 , upgraded Chapter 5, upgraded Tap tap tap! The sound of dense footsteps echoed in the corridor. Based on the number of residents in one unit, it is impossible for there to be so many zombies. Unless all residents live in the corridor. But this is obviously impossible. ?The only explanation is that the door of the unit building was not closed, and the zombies outside entered the corridor. Depend on! ?Wu Heng cursed that he was unlucky to actually encounter such a thing. Turning around, he wanted to take the skeleton warrior back to the rooftop. Just as he turned around, his footsteps stopped again. The corridor is narrow, and the skeleton warrior in his hand may not be at an advantage. ??Moreover, this area has to be cleaned sooner or later, and the next corridor may not be without danger. Even if it really doesn''t work, just go back to the roof and block the iron door. Thinking about it quickly in my mind, I felt like I might try it. ?More zombies with gray skin and ferocious faces rushed forward, pushing and shoving. ?Wu Heng no longer hesitated and decisively ordered, "Attack." The skeleton warrior began to charge downward. Click! The kitchen knife cut into the top of the head, and the zombie fell to the ground. At the rear, more zombies rushed up at the same time, grabbing, biting, and using all possible attack methods, intending to tear the target in front into pieces. ??The skeleton warrior kept waving the weapons in his hands, slashing at the zombies that were attacking. The corridor is narrow and only two to three zombies can attack side by side at most. In the pushing and crowding, some zombies squeezed over the guardrails or were trampled under their feet, unable to lift their heads. The roars of zombies, the sounds of clawing and slashing, and the sounds of broken bones echoed in the corridor. If I have the chance, I must learn more long-range skills. ??Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, stabbing his short spear downwards while muttering. This melee combat is too tiring. During the battle, a large number of zombies died, and many of them were trampled to death by the zombies behind them. ?The scene was very chaotic. The number of skeleton warriors is also rapidly decreasing. This made Wu Heng feel a little distressed. After all, under the gaze, skeletons were torn into pieces. ?Wu Heng also stopped the stamina-consuming spear thrusting action and began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Skeletons stood up at the point where the two sides were fighting. There is no need to give orders, just wave your fist and lower your head towards the zombies. The battle became more intense, one up and down, like two waves of ant colonies colliding together. ?? Pushing and tearing each other, constantly attacking each other. ?Wu Heng followed behind, sweat already beginning to appear on his forehead. In the previous battle, he had time to rest and recover. But this time it was different. The high-intensity and uninterrupted use of the Skeleton Technique made him feel the pressure. The whole body was soaked in sweat as if the kidneys were weak, and there was a tingling sensation in the brain. I heard someone mention it in the tavern in Blackstone Town. The mage''s frequent spellcasting is particularly draining of energy. Excessive physical exertion will only damage your muscles, which can be recovered after a period of rest. ? Mental exhaustion, in severe cases, can turn into dementia or even directly into a vegetative state. Your level has been upgraded to level 2, intelligence +1, constitution +1, and mental strength slightly improved. At this time, a prompt rang in my ears. Upgraded. Just when Wu Heng felt that he was reaching his limit, a prompt suddenly appeared. For a moment, the tingling feeling in the brain was relieved a little. Its time to give it a try. The skeleton team is currently on the third floor. All they need to do is reach the first floor and close the door. Continue to order, "attack with all strength." Hurrah! ??The skeleton warriors charged forward like crazy, with kitchen knives in their hands and bare-handed skeletons pushing the zombies backwards. ??Wu Heng quickly ran back to the top of the building with a few skeletons around him. He glanced at the building materials, pointed to a piece of blue-painted iron sheet, and said, "Move this." The skeleton warrior picked up the iron sheet and followed it to the edge of the roof. Under Wu Hengs command, he threw it down directly. BangCrash~! The iron sheet fell to the ground, making a huge noise. ?Like a release signal, all the zombies around him ran over like crazy. The crowd trampled on the blue painted iron sheet. ?Wu Heng quickly returned to the corridor. As expected, there were far fewer zombies crowding down there. Hurry, kill him. The skeleton warriors continued to charge downward, and the battle became more and more intense. Attack all the way to the door. Let a few skeletons rush out of the door, attract the attention of the corpses, and completely close the iron door at the stairway. Bang, bang, bang! ??The zombies pounded the iron door hard, making a loud hammering sound. Killed the remaining zombies in the corridor, and asked the skeletons to move in a lot of debris, blocking the stair door with another layer. Fortunately, zombies are obviously not very intelligent. ?After beating the iron door for a while, I found that there was no movement inside, so I slowly dispersed, attracted by other sounds. Did not continue to destroy the miserable green-skinned door. ?Wu Heng was sitting in a house, leaning on his forehead and breathing heavily. The situation just now was indeed a bit dangerous. Looking back, I was still a little frightened. Fortunately, the stair door is still blocked, otherwise things would be difficult. After resting for a while, my condition got a little better. The corridor was filled with corpses and broken bones. He also has no intention of releasing the Bone Slave Technique. ??Anyway, the door is already blocked. When things get better tomorrow, it wont be too late to come back and call. ?Step over the corpse and start leading the remaining skeleton warriors to clean up the zombies in the house from house to house and search for loot. In the room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng held a black motorcycle helmet and looked at it carefully. The owner of the room should be a motorcycle enthusiast. You can see many motorcycle-related things and some outdoor products. There are many types of climbing ropes and portable lighting. What interests him the most is the sturdy helmet in his hand. ?Fully duplex structure, with a transparent plastic windshield on the front, which can prevent blood from splashing into the eyes and mouth when fighting zombies. ?Materials should be composite materials, very strong, and within the weight range. He took off his leather hat and put on a helmet to try on. It feels good, just a bit stuffy, but for safety''s sake, it''s bearable. Put the leather helmet on the Iron Sword Skeleton Warrior. Pack up everything you can use, take it here, and continue to the next room to continue searching. Dusk. Back to Blackstone Town, I had something to eat and then went to bed to rest. Today I have exhausted too much mental energy, so I will stop training with the short spear for one day. The next day, noon. Zombie world. Over the course of the morning, Wu Heng transformed all the corpses in the stairs of Unit 2 yesterday into skeleton warriors. It took several hours to rest while transforming. At this time, a large number of skeletons stood on the roof of the building. ?Hold a kitchen knife and hammer in his hand, he still looks quite impressive. After counting, there were 52 skeleton warriors in total. There are fewer than expected. I killed so many zombies yesterday, but after the transformation, there are only these. The sword-wielding skeleton has been upgraded to level 2. Attributes: Attributes: Constitution 10, Strength 13, Agility 8. The strength has increased a little, but there are no other changes. It feels like there is no difference from not getting promoted. ??But if it can be upgraded a little, it is better than nothing. I just hope that the level will go up and the attributes will add up. According to normal experience points, there should be more reaching level two, but skeletons are also dying during the battle. Most of the remaining skeletons were summoned from the ground in the morning, and their experience is 0. The improvement of this skeleton is really a difficult thing to handle and requires careful planning. At least train a few high-level ones first. After distributing kitchen knives to the newly added skeletons, Wu Heng opened his own attributes. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer ? [Level: 2 (550/900)] Attributes: Strength 9, Agility 11, Constitution 13, Intelligence 15, Perception 10, Charisma 12. Skill: Bone Trapping Technique Himself has also been upgraded to level 2, and his physical fitness and intelligence have been improved. Better than skeletons, but not much better. It has indeed improved, but it doesnt seem to have improved. The effect is basically not felt. Sit aside and wait until the mental and physical strength is almost restored. Standed up again, put on the motorcycle helmet and pulled down the visor, and issued a dull command, "Follow me." Hurrah! ?More than fifty skeletons moved and followed behind him. Come to the third iron gate. Take out the bronze key and open it gently. ??The cold and rotten smell penetrated the mask and entered the nasal cavity. ??The stairwell was unusually quiet, with several broken corpses remaining on the ground. Looking at the corpse on the ground, Wu Heng frowned. ??The zombies are dead? How can zombies be killed? Are there any survivors? (End of this chapter) Chapter 6 , habits before death Chapter 6, Habits before death Are there any survivors? Seeing the broken body of the zombie in the stairwell, this idea flashed through my mind. But upon closer inspection, he quickly denied himself. ??The zombies'' death looks less like it was caused by humans, and more like it was torn into pieces by some monster. On the entrance door on one side, there are still claw marks that scratched the paint. It''s like there is a beast or monster in the corridor. Tough luck! ?Wu Heng cursed again. The door to the corridor was open yesterday, and today there is an unknown monster again. ?Having been working on it for a long time, my unit is the safest. Danglang~danglang~danglanglang! Suddenly, the stair handrail trembled violently. The sound quickly spread throughout the corridor. It was like something was knocking on the stair railing downstairs. ??Wu Heng felt nervous again in his heart. Hands the weapon in hand tightly, whispers: "Go, get down." ?Wu Heng walked in the middle and walked downstairs together. We walked downstairs together. ??The sound of the skeleton''s feet hitting the ground was masked by the violent impact of the iron bars. Did not attract any enemies. Continuing downward, there are several more broken, torn zombie limbs scattered everywhere. ??Wu Heng did not release the Bone Slave Technique, but planned to see what was underneath first ?All the way to the fourth floor platform, you can hear that the thing that hit the iron fence is below. ???Rearranged the skeletons'' positions, came to the jogging platform, and looked towards the lower three floors. A mottled golden lion zombie, with its forelimbs holding the iron railing, swinging its waist crazily. Like a beast in heat, venting its excess energy against the iron railings. "what''s the situation?" Animals can also be infected? ??Moreover, why did a lion appear in the corridor? As if he was aware of it, when Wu Heng looked down in surprise. The lion, which was swinging vigorously, also stopped and turned its head to look this way. The shrunken lips reveal sharp fangs, and pieces of meat hang from the corners of the mouth. What kind of lion is this? Its the teddy owned by the owner of this building. ??It''s just that its size has increased several times, and with its yellow fur, it''s not much different from a lion. They have become zombies, but they still cant get rid of the habit of showing off their waists everywhere. Woo~roar! ??Zombie Teddy roared and ran straight up. After seeing it was Teddy, the tension in my heart was reduced a lot. Seeing that the zombie Teddy was about to rush over, Wu Heng took two steps back and ordered: "Kill it." Hurrah! Skeleton soldier, charging forward with sword raised. ?Zombie Teddy took two steps forward, kicked his feet suddenly, jumped up, stepped on the wall to use his strength, and jumped directly over the advancing skeleton below. In one step, he fell onto the corner platform. The dog''s claws waved, and several skeletons in the way were blown away. He opened his huge mouth, clamped the skull of a skeleton, and shook it wildly. The strong body rushed across the platform, knocking the skeleton warrior to pieces and rolling down the steps. Then, Teddy suddenly raised his head and looked at Wu Heng behind him. The body jumped up again and rushed over directly. ??Wu Heng''s expression changed, and he raised the round shield in his hand upwards. The next second, he felt a huge force hit the shield, and his body flew out uncontrollably. He hit the wall behind him, then rolled down the stairs step by step, his helmet clattering against the steps. ??Zombie Teddy wanted to pursue again, but an iron sword struck his head, stopping Teddy''s movement. ?At the same time, the surrounding skeletons also reacted in time. Four or five skeletons jumped directly on Teddy''s back, hugging his body tightly, and more of them wielded kitchen knives to chop down. No matter where it is, he chops it randomly, and the hair and flesh keep falling off. ?The lion-like Teddy began to struggle hard, like a glutinous rice dumpling covered with bones, bumping around. ?Wu Heng quickly stood up and straightened his helmet. ?Hand out his hand, several skeletons immediately separated and stood in front of him again.? ? ? Bang ~ clatter! ??Zombie Teddy suddenly crashed into the wall on the side. The violent collision caused the skeletons hanging on his body to scatter. Immediately afterwards, the body jumped up again, and the target was still Wu Heng. Damn it! ?Wu Heng cursed and quickly dodged to the side. At the same time, he lunged and charged up his body to thrust out the iron spear. Short spear training still plays a certain role. The iron spear hit Teddy''s chest from the side, and the spear blade sank into the rotting body. ?At the same time, a force was transmitted to his wrist, and the iron spear fell out of his hand. ??Teddy landed lightly, and the iron spear that was still piercing his chest hit the ground. With a pop, it pierced his chest and passed through his left forelimb. Dark red and sticky blood flowed along the wound. ?Wu Heng jumped back down a whole flight of steps and continued: "Don''t stop, go up and kill it." Skeleton warriors swarmed forward again. The body was damaged and could not cause fatal damage to the zombie Teddy, but the iron spear that penetrated the forelimbs from the chest still affected Teddy''s movements. The left forelimb cannot support the body and moves with a limp. ?Teddy''s movements slowed down, but the skeleton warrior''s attack became more fierce. ??He was constantly surrounded and attacked, and his body was covered with stab wounds. When the entire body was submerged by skeletons and the sound of chopping meat was heard, the system prompts also appeared immediately. Gain experience +42. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +20. ?Wu Heng opened his mask, ignoring the rancid air, and took a deep breath. He never expected that a Teddy would change into what he is now. Genetic variation, or some kind of atavistic evolution? It was written like this in the novel, but it wasn''t these two, and he didn''t know. Anyway, Teddy turned into a lion. ??That is to say, it was trapped in the corridor. Otherwise, if such a large body ran out and swung wildly everywhere, I don''t know how many species would be unlucky. ??Zombie Teddy''s combat power is definitely better than that of ordinary zombies. Being able to run rampant in a group of skeletons is definitely not low in power. The most terrifying thing is that he shows a certain degree of intelligence. Otherwise, he wouldnt keep trying to pounce on himself. ??If zombies all possess intelligence, would they still be called zombies? Is it a new intelligent creature? He couldn''t think of it. But that result is not a good thing for him. This battle also reminded him. ?In addition to accumulating the number of skeletons, you must also improve yourself, otherwise you will be killed, and no matter how many skeletons you have, it will be of no use. After taking a breath, he stepped forward and pulled out the iron spear that penetrated Teddy. Release [Bone Slave Technique]. A large beast skeleton is quite exciting. The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... With the release of the Bone Lifting Technique, a prompt also appears. ?Wu Heng had no time to react, and felt his mental energy being quickly drained away. This made Wu Heng''s expression change. An ordinary corpse can stand up in an instant. The zombie Teddy in front of him requires more mental energy, and the unstable factors in the prompts make him a little worried. Do not summon it and attack yourself again. ?That would be really bad luck. Soon, the Teddy corpse in front of him changed. The flesh melted like hot wax, and a dog-shaped skeleton slowly stood up. ?The pale bones are even thicker, and a strange blue will-o''-the-wisp glows in the empty eye sockets. Skeleton Hound (Level 5) (End of this chapter) Chapter 7 , skeleton dog Chapter 7, Skeleton Dog Skeleton Hound ? [Level: 5 (0/1500)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 16, Perception 5, Intelligence 5, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire. Basic Soul Fire: This undead unit possesses basic soul fire and can understand and execute relatively simple instructions. From the skeleton alone, you cant tell that this is a teddy, especially since its size is close to that of a lion. Skeleton dogs have higher attributes, strength and agility. On the contrary, he seems to be in lower physical condition. In terms of characteristics, a new basic soul fire has been added. The description explains that it allows the skeleton to possess soul fire and be able to understand and execute simple commands. This point is actually quite good. ??Although the Skeleton Warrior is easy to use, it is too rigid. You have to watch from the side to execute the command. More complex commands are difficult to understand. ??Now that you have Soul Fire, you can understand more commands. I just dont know how this soul fire was generated. ?Special undead? You can get it only if you reach a certain level. I cant figure it out, so I can only put it aside. After checking the attributes, when he was about to take the skeleton soldiers to search the room, his eyes suddenly fell on the minced meat on the floor. Brain flower? A milky white fleshy substance was left where the head of the original corpse was. The reason why you can spot it at a glance is that it is particularly obvious in minced meat. With the blessing of the bone-slaking technique, the flesh and blood of the summoned creature melted all over the place like hot wax, whether it was the skin or the internal organs. ??But this special ''meat quality'' still retains a very good texture, which can be seen at a glance. Teddy has a tumor? ?Hold the iron spear to pick out the pieces of meat, pick them up and hold them in your hand for inspection. The size of beads, the texture is somewhat elastic, like holding a piece of jelly. what? rang rang rang rang rang rang~! ??Just as Wu Heng was studying the piece of meat in his hand, the iron fence began to shake again, making him tremble in fright. ?Looking up, I saw the skeleton Teddy, holding the stair railing with his forelimbs and starting to move his hips crazily. ?His hip bones clanged against the iron railing. ??While the sound echoed through the entire corridor, the sound of zombies pounding on the door was also heard outside the door. "Depend on!" ?Wu Heng felt a little speechless. You skeleton, you dont even have that thing anymore, why are you still doing this? Stop! Wu Heng said immediately. ?Skeleton Teddy subconsciously swayed his waist twice more, then looked up. In the empty eye sockets, you can see the flickering soul fire. Stand where you are. Wu Heng ordered again. Skeleton Teddy squatted on the spot and stopped making strange movements. ?With this interruption, he had no intention of continuing his research. He put the pieces of meat into a plastic bag and walked downstairs with the skeletons. After confirming that the door is closed tightly and there is no risk of opening it. Start to turn the zombies killed by Zombie Teddy into skeletons in the corridor, and then start searching from house to house. Everything that could be used by oneself or sold in Blackstone Town was put into the backpack and taken out together. After processing, he walked out of the corridor and returned to Blackstone Town. Back in Blackstone Town, Wu Heng went directly to the Antler Shop. The boss is very enthusiastic. It seems that the resin sold to him last time made a lot of money. Mr. Wu Heng, are there anything for sale today? The boss smiled and looked forward to it. Come and buy some things. The bosss smile did not change and he continued to ask: What do you need? Is there any medicine to treat injuries? Wu Heng asked. I didnt feel much during the battle, but after it was over, I felt pain all over my body. Although there were no obvious wounds, there were purple marks on the shoulders and arms. "Yes." The boss bent down, took out two glass medicine bottles from the counter, and said, "Depending on what kind of injury you have, the medicine you need will be different." Wu Heng rolled up his sleeves and let the other party take a look, "This kind of thing was dropped." "That trace amount of medicine will do the trick," the boss continued. Okay, how much is it. 1 silver 30 copper. The pharmacy science in this world is very developed. Even if you have never used it, you have heard about it. ?Wu Heng paid and took the potion. Micro-dose therapeutic agents (Description: A potion that can heal injuries.) Without much hesitation, he raised his head and drank it. After the medicine enters the stomach, one can only feel a warmth flowing to every part of the body. The pain in my body has indeed eased. ??It takes effect as soon as you drink it, which is really miraculous. After buying a few more bottles of healing potions and psychotropic potions from the boss. Suddenly, I thought of the pieces of meat that fell from killing zombies. Opened the backpack and took a look, frowning slightly. Distorted Corpse Core (Description: The energy crystal of an aberrant creature can improve its own physique and has a chance of being contaminated by toxins.) Attributes are out. ?There is no change in the zombie world, but here the attributes are revealed. ?Your own system prompts should be related to this other world. Only when you are related to this world will the corresponding prompts appear. Just like the attributes of oneself and the skeleton, they also appear after becoming a necromancer. Although it is a guess, it should be accurate. "Is there any problem? The potion bottle is relatively sturdy and generally won''t break easily." The boss saw his head stuck in his backpack and said. ??Wu Heng raised his head and continued to ask: "Boss, let me ask you something. I have a friend who obtained the flesh of a living creature. I feel that this flesh has some effects on changing the body, but I am afraid that it is poisonous. What should I do?" "You are talking about biological materials. Materials decomposed from living things are a kind of raw material for alchemy potions. I don''t recommend that your friend research it by himself. It is best to send it to an alchemist for identification. If you are not worried, you can also go there. The Professionals Association issued a commission. Although it costs a little money, the focus is safety," the boss said while clearing the counter. A type of alchemical material? Publish a commission. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that this suggestion was good. ?Seeing that many more customers entered the store, Wu Heng did not stay any longer. Said hello and left the store. ?Standing at the door and thinking for a moment, he walked towards the central area. Professional Association, established about 500 years ago. At first, it was just an operational base established by a group of closely related adventurers as a place for cooperative adventures and exchange of information. But as time goes by, the reputation and influence accumulated by the adventurer base have spread all over the world, covering all races and kingdoms. As the number of members increases, the influence becomes greater and greater. The adventurer base was officially renamed to the Professionals Association. Establish branches in various places to provide help to professionals and also have a supervisory role. Wu Heng''s Necron Job Transfer Certificate was obtained through the association. The professional hall is built very spacious and magnificent. There are many professionals gathered here. There were strong men with well-developed muscles and shiny skin, as well as warriors wearing silver armor and carrying giant swords on their backs. Or, a slim female archer wearing tight leather armor. It was like entering a large-scale cosplay scene, except that the female professionals wore tight leather armor and did not have bikini-style armor. Not **** at all. Wu Heng muttered. The front is the counter, with tellers handling various issues of professionals. ? There is a display board on the side, with some bounties posted on it, including bounties on wanted criminals, monster hunting, intelligence gathering, etc. Complete the released commissions to get rewards of coins and props. Coins are normal rewards, and prop rewards are not just props, they can also be skill books, notes from sages, magic props or weapons and armor. The Professional Association is spread across all races and has terrifying materials and resources. There is no shortage of what you need here. ?Wu Heng just looked at it and was not interested in these. ?Catching wanted criminals and hunting monsters is nothing safe. As a rookie who has just changed jobs, I cannot participate at all. Coming to the counter, the female teller smiled and said, "Sir, what can I do for you?" I want to issue a commission. (End of this chapter) Chapter 8 , does anyone testify for you? Chapter 8, is there anyone who can testify for you? After completing the identity verification. A professional association is, after all, an organization formed by adventurers. Checking your identity also confirms whether you are a registered person, so as not to be unable to find you when the subsequent commission is completed. After confirmation, the teller continued to ask: "Sir, what type of commission do you need to issue?" "I have a material that I need to ask an alchemist to analyze. If it is poisonous, I need to make an antidote." Wu Heng said directly. Okay sir, have you brought the materials? Bring it with me! Wu Heng opened his backpack and took out a cut corpse core. The staff took out a glass vessel and put it in it. Your commission involves the production of potions and will not be released to the public. It will be analyzed by an alchemist designated by the association and the safety of the potions will also be ensured. "Can." ?This is not bad, it is safer to have an association monitoring it. ??It''s hard to say whether the antidote produced by a random alchemist from outside will work. The deposit is 5 silver coins. When you come to pick up the potion, the balance will be settled based on the difficulty of the potion and the value of the materials. Five silver coins are just a deposit. ?This pharmacist makes really good money. When will I get the results? It will be delivered to you within five days. ?Wu Heng nodded and paid to complete the registration of the entrustment. The professional association can complete the analysis and produce a potion, which is the best result. Otherwise, you wont dare to use this thing in your own hands. It might smell bad after a long time. After completing the commission, Wu Heng walked out of the Professionals Association and walked towards the crowded area. Congested area. ??It is the civilian area where Wu Heng lives, located in the Beicheng District of Heishi Town. Houses with stone and brick spires dot the entire block. Oval wooden windows are opened, and clothes and quilts are hung on hanging ropes to dry. ?The houses are densely packed and the buildings are extremely crowded. The main road paved with gravel slabs is only three or four meters wide. Each house piles something at the door to make the road even narrower. ?There are a large number of civilians living here, supporting most of the low-level jobs in the city. Go back to your residence, make yourself a bowl of noodles, and add two pieces of sausage. ?These were all found today. The original owner turned into a zombie before he could eat them. Simply brought them all back, big and small. ? Putting aside whether its healthy or not, it tastes really delicious. After finishing dinner, I checked my body. The bruises on the body have basically subsided and there is no pain. The medicines in this world are really magical. After feeling that there was nothing serious, start the daily training before going to bed. Until I was exhausted and sweating profusely, I washed myself and went to bed to rest. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Just arrived at the top of the building. I heard a sound of "clattering". ?Among the sixty-three skeleton warriors waiting on the spot, the skeleton dog was holding one of them with its forelimbs, swinging its hips crazily. ??Ordinary skeleton warriors have no intelligence and staggered for a while, but still remained on standby. The bones in his body were almost shaken apart. Damn, why did you end up with this thing? ?Wu Heng was speechless. Skeleton dog, stop! If they hit it again, one of them will definitely break. Upon hearing the order, the skeleton dog immediately stopped and ran over and squatted aside. From now on! No! No more holding other skeletons and waving your hips, do you hear me? ??The skeleton dog tilted his head, looking like he didn''t understand. He didn''t bother to tell it this. After reconfirming the status of the skeleton warriors, he ordered, "Follow me." Amidst the sound of bones rubbing against each other. All the skeleton warriors on standby took action, followed him, and walked to one side. ??The building where Wu Heng''s family lives is close to the edge of the community. There are five units in the whole building. The first three units have been cleared, and there are still two units left. Opening the iron door leading to the corridor, the coldness and putrid smell hit our face. Looked towards the corridor. There are no zombies on the sixth floor. Forward! Wu Heng ordered directly. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior walked directly into the corridor. The soles of the white bones stepped on the ground, dense and crisp. Roar! The roar of zombies came from downstairs. Immediately afterwards, the sound of running was heard, and a female zombie wearing only purple lace underwear rushed up. Opening its ferocious huge mouth, it let out an ear-splitting roar. Female zombies have quite good figures. She has a broad mind and a very eye-catching waist and hip curve. However, the gray-white skin was covered with black bloodshot eyes, and the drooped right eyeball destroyed the original beauty. ?Looking extremely ferocious and terrifying. Want to wait for Wu Heng to make more observations. The skeleton dog jumped directly over the skeleton in front and threw the female zombie to the ground. The fabric that was already hanging on the shoulders fell off, revealing more skin. The skeleton dog bit the zombie''s neck directly and began to tear it apart crazily. Blood and minced flesh were splashed everywhere. ?The female zombie was pressed to the ground and struggled hard, tearing the skeleton dog apart with both hands. But in terms of strength, there is a lot of difference. No matter how much I resisted, I couldn''t break free. The attributes of the Skeleton Dog are actually not that exaggerated. But it still shows a fighting power that exceeds that of ordinary zombies. At least in a 1V1 situation, it has an overwhelming advantage. ?Soon, the female zombie stopped struggling, and the system prompts immediately sounded. Gain experience +8. Summon - Skeleton Hound Experience +1. The target is killed, and the system prompt appears immediately. ?Wu Heng is now at level 2, and the experience points for killing zombies have been reduced from 10 points to 8 points. This is also easy to understand. After all, the higher your level is, the less experience you can gain from the same enemies. But understanding is understanding, but it is not good news. As the experience decreases, more zombies will be killed when upgrading. Another experience is added to the skeleton dog. The level 5 skeleton dog adds 1 point. Even lower than him. Tap tap tap! Just as the skeleton dog habitually hugged the waist of the corpse, the sound of intensive running followed closely from downstairs. Three more zombies rushed up running. ?Looking at the skeleton team, the zombies let out an angry and ferocious roar. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and said, "Skeleton warriors attack, kill all targets." The skeleton warriors on standby took action immediately. ?Carrying a kitchen knife, he killed the zombies that rushed towards him. Several skeleton warriors in the front row were knocked to the ground by zombies. And more kitchen knives fell directly on the zombie''s body. It fell like raindrops, and the chopped zombies could not stand up until they turned into a puddle of mud. At the end of the battle, Wu Heng and the skeleton warriors have gained experience. Release the "Bone Slave Technique" to transform the three corpses into skeletons, and then continue to direct the skeleton warriors to move downstairs. Going downstairs went smoothly without encountering any other zombies. From time to time, hammering and scratching sounds could be heard from the doors on both sides of the corridor, proving that there were zombies inside. Go straight to the first floor and check the closed door. Then he took out the bronze key and started to open doors from house to house, clearing out zombies and searching for loot. For the skeleton team at this time, the zombies in the room no longer pose a threat. The house cleaning work was carried out without any accidents. ??These are just ordinary zombies, and everything is going well. This kind of battle is what he wants to see most. There is no pressure. When it is safe, increase the experience and the number of skeleton warriors. ??Go back to the top of the building and count the number of skeletons. The total number is 77 skeleton warriors, among which the sword-wielding skeleton has reached level 2, and the remaining ones are still level 1 skeletons, and a level 5 skeleton dog. After counting the numbers and giving kitchen knives to the new entrants, they returned to Blackstone Town. Eat, train, sleep. the next day. ?Wu Heng finished washing and was ready to go out to solve the breakfast problem. ?As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw several patrol guards wearing standard armor questioning nearby residents. ?? Patrol guards, the law enforcers of Blackstone Town. ?Wearing leather armor and an iron sword hanging from his waist. ??Seeing Wu Heng open the door and come out, two of them walked over directly, their voices were cold and solemn, "Wu Heng?" ?Wu Heng frowned and nodded. Where were you last night? I stayed in my room at night and never went out. Is there anyone who can testify for you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 9 ,survivor Chapter 9, Survivors Is there anyone who can testify for you? Witness? You dont even know what happened, so you still need witnesses? He thought for a moment and said, "The owner of this house should be able to testify for me." Still dragging the landlord into the water. After all, I dont know many people here, and I cant think of anyone else except the landlord. What do you do before nightfall? the guard continued to ask. Exercise in the room. Has anyone posted anything strange lately? "No!" ??The guard leaned down, looked into the room, and said, "We want to search your residence." ??Wu Heng also looked back and felt that there was nothing in the room, so he stepped aside and said, "Okay." The leading guard glanced sideways, and the other guard behind him walked in directly and began to look around. ?The room is not big and there are not many things in it. Special items are also placed next to the zombies, and Wu Heng is not worried about what he will find. ?? He looked away, looked at the guard accompanying the door again, and asked, "What happened?" ??The guard''s eyes did not change and he answered casually, "A corpse was found in the crowded area last night, and the methods were cruel and vicious." Forehead. People are dead, no wonder. The way to resolve cases in congested areas is relatively simple. The traces at the scene, the logic of the parties words, and the testimonies of nearby residents can all be used as evidence for judgment. But as long as it is done covertly, it is still difficult to solve the case. ?Similarly, as long as there is evidence pointing to you, even if you did not do it, it will be difficult to prove yourself. At that time, I will arrest you and chop you, leaving no room for reasoning. ??As for Wu Heng, he is a necromancer, and he is the target of focus in the city. If something like this happens nearby, he must focus on questioning. Others just ask questions, but when they get to him, they will enter the house and search the room. Are there no clues? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Except for some potentially dangerous people, we don''t rule out wanted criminals entering the city." The guard glanced at him. "Forehead." That''s what you said. At this time, the guard who searched the room also came out and shook his head slightly, indicating that he found nothing. The guard at the door did not stop any longer and said, "If you have any clues, you can provide them to us, and we will be rewarded." "good." I agreed, but I didnt take it to heart. ??In the past few days, I was out of breath after fighting a zombie. How could I have the ability to deal with a murderer? In this world, I may not even be able to defeat a woman. ??The guard didn''t say much and continued to the next house to inquire about the situation and ask for safety. ??Wu Heng locked the door and went to a nearby tavern for dinner. After dinner, go directly to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng led the skeleton warriors to the iron gate of the last unit. Opening the iron door, there was still a cold and rich putrid smell. ?As soon as he stepped through the iron gate, the sounds of roaring and running could be heard from downstairs. ?Three zombies stumbled up. Seeing the skeleton army appearing, they roared with excitement. Attack! Wu Heng ordered with the iron spear in his hand pointing forward. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior charged towards the zombies head on, swinging the kitchen knife in his hand, and the sound of chopping meat was heard. Soon, the zombies died under the kitchen knife. Gain experience +8. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. . Your level is increased to level 3, intelligence +1, charm +1, and mental power slightly increased. ] ? ? ? The moment the third zombie fell, Wu Heng''s level was raised to level three. Increased intelligence and charisma in attributes. It seems that it is not a random increase, otherwise one of them would not be fixed in intelligence. However, the specific logic behind the increase has not yet been clarified. Come to the corpse and release the Bone Slave Technique. The three skeletons stand up and join the team. "go ahead!" ?Wu Heng gave the order again, and the skeleton team began to walk down. There are not many zombies in the corridor, so there is not much pressure on the current skeleton warriors. ?Clean up all the way to the first floor. After confirming that the building door is closed, you start to lead the skeletons to open doors from door to door, clean up zombies and search for loot. The cleaning of the last unit is easier than the previous ones. There are no deformed zombie dogs, and the door of the unit is closed. It only took half a day to clean the entire corridor. ?Skeleton Dogs can easily kill individual zombies. If there are more of them, Skeleton Warriors will not have too much difficulty in using them. ?Wu Heng also felt a little more confident. It seems that zombies are not that difficult to deal with. However, the entire building was cleared and no survivors were found. ?This made him wonder whether the zombie outbreak was spread through the air or in some special way. And he is the only one left in this world. ??Perhaps Teddy, who has retained his hobbies during his lifetime, is the only fellow villager. Go out of the corridor. The skeleton warriors began to carry the loot. Wu Heng stood on the roof of the building, giving casual instructions while thinking about the next plan. The entire building has been cleared of zombies. ??Next, if you want to continue killing zombies to gain experience, you have to go out. There were about fifty or sixty zombies gathered downstairs, which didnt seem to be many. But once a fight starts, zombies will be attracted from all directions, which will double the difficulty of the battle. If you don''t do it right, these skeletons will be lost and you will be in danger. Besides rushing out directly, there is another way. From the side of the roof, set up a ladder between the two floors, go to the roof of the next building, and then continue cleaning unit by unit. ?This will be safer. ?Standing on the edge and taking a look, I saw that the distance between the buildings was about five or six meters. Find a long enough wooden board, or order an iron ladder long enough in Blackstone Town, and you can get over. ?Although the height is a bit dangerous, it is much more reliable than rushing out to confront the zombies head-on. The only thing I''m not sure about is whether the dull skeleton warrior can walk through smoothly. The sixth floor is enough to smash them into pieces. With this in mind, I went downstairs to find a climbing rope and planned to throw it over to measure the distance between the buildings. Just when he was swinging the rope and planning to throw it over. Boom~Boom~Bang, bang, bang! A violent collision sound came from the road to the west. Look up and look in the direction of the source of the sound. I saw a bus full of wasteland style, violently knocking away the zombies and damaged vehicles in front of it. In collision all the way, driving forward. The sides of the bus are welded with solid iron plates, and the windows are made of iron bars as thick as a thumb. Through the gaps in the iron bars, you can see the iron pipes piercing through the climbing zombies. At the back of the bus, there were a large number of zombies. ??There were still more zombies, attracted by the sound of the collision, rushing out from the communities on both sides and joining the team chasing the bus. The number is getting larger and larger, just like the tide of corpses in the movie, a vast sea. Even if you just look at it from a distance, you can feel the fear and suffocation caused by the corpses. Cao! ?Wu Heng immediately asked the skeletons to stop any movement and stay away from the edge. He himself stared closely at the passenger car that broke through everything. Survivor! ?There are still survivors who plan to rush out. (End of this chapter) Chapter 10 , explosive equipment Chapter 10, equipment exploded Survivors. Definitely a survivor. This world does not turn everyone into zombies, there are still survivors. ?The passenger bus in the distance was speeding on the road as if it were a Hollywood blockbuster. The zombies in front of it were knocked out one by one or crushed into pulp. Cars and obstacles blocking the road were also violently knocked away, and they continued to move forward. ?The number of zombies behind the bus is increasing, but they still cannot rely on their legs to catch up with the bus and are left far behind. According to this speed, if nothing happens, the bus might really rush out. As long as you enter the main road, you will be more than half successful. ??The road over there is wider, and the number of zombies is not as dense as in the community. ?Wu Heng stared closely at the situation on the street, his eyes following the bus. Just when the bus reached the intersection and started to slow down slightly and turn. Suddenly, there was a ''crash'' sound, and the floor-to-ceiling glass of the roadside shop shattered. Along with the flying broken glass, a dark red-skinned and huge figure rushed straight towards the bus that was slowing down and turning. Boom~! The huge zombie hit the car body, and the bus began to sway from side to side, shaking violently. He lost control and hit a telephone pole on the side of the road with a bang. The bus stopped and a puff of black smoke rose. Before the people inside could react, zombies from all directions instantly swamped the bus. ?Through the gaps where the zombies are crowded, you can still see the iron pipes thrust out in panic. The survivors inside are still trying to resist. But they attracted too many zombies along the way, and they were like a flood coming in a steady stream. ?Judging from the current situation, even if the bus can start again, it will be difficult to get out. ?Wu Heng watched from the top of the building. He was anxious, but he had no ability to save them in this situation. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? After sighing slightly, his attention was focused on the giant monster that could knock over the bus. Humanoid creature, probably close to 3 meters or more in height, with dark red skin, exaggeratedly strong upper limbs, and bulging muscles like sarcoma, full of explosive power. What the hell. ?Zombie Teddy changed from an ordinary size to almost the size of a lion, and the zombie in front of him was obviously deformed. And the combat effectiveness has also reached a terrifying level. ?Hitting a bus with your own body, this kind of power is simply terrifying. ??Some dizzy giant zombies staggered towards the bus. Hands away the zombies blocking the way, raises his fist, and hits the car body hard. ?Bang bang bang~! ?With heavy hammer blows, the guard panel was dented and the iron bars on the window fell off. ??When the gap became wider and wider, zombies instantly poured into the car and began to crazily eat flesh and blood. The chaos did not last long. In just three or two minutes, the shaking in the bus stopped. The group of corpses were like wild monsters that had lost their target. They became quiet again and dispersed in all directions. The passenger car in the center had collapsed and deformed, and its body was covered with broken limbs. From the beginning to the end, Wu Heng did not see how many survivors there were or what they looked like. ??The giant mutated zombie also walked to one side, reentered the roadside shop, and disappeared. ?Wu Heng just looked at it like this, feeling a little more crisis-ridden about his situation. ??Whether it was the zombie wave just now or the giant mutated zombies, they all put pressure on him. ?With the number of skeletons you have, encountering these two is a dead end. Its better to keep a low profile. Once the number of skeletons reaches a certain scale, we wont be afraid. He muttered something and watched the corpses disperse little by little. "Huh?" Suddenly, a zombie wandering aimlessly caught his eye. ??The zombie is wearing a blue shirt, nothing too special. Wu Hengs attention is on his belt. ?The black belt is connected to a black connecting rope, and the other end is a black pistol hanging from the calf. Are the zombies sending weapons? In the battle with zombies, he can rely on skeleton warriors. As long as he doesn''t take risks, it''s actually not a big problem. But in Blackstone Town, where everyone is professional, something unexpected happened. Still lacks certain self-protection capabilities. If you get this weapon, you can enhance your own safety. Pulling the trigger is much easier than firing a bow. We have to find a way to get it. After muttering, Wu Heng began to think about the method. It is obviously unrealistic to rush out directly. What is the best way to get him here alone? After thinking for a while, Wu Heng looked at the climbing rope in his hand. You should try it. on the road. A rope that hangs from the sky until it falls. After lassoing the zombie, he suddenly tightened it and dragged it to one side. ?The sudden pull made the zombies look around in panic, and roared from their mouths. It seems that I cant figure out why I am moving and why I am still moving to one side uncontrollably. During the panic struggle, the zombies were pulled upward little by little along the outer wall of the building. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of the building, directing the skeleton warrior to change the direction of the pull, avoiding the balcony and external iron railings, so as to avoid any accidents on the way and ruin all the previous efforts. ?Two skeleton pigeons fell on the side. Their bodies were white skeletons, but their wings were covered with a layer of fleshy membrane. Can maintain the original flying ability. The lasso on the target zombie was also completed by these two skeleton pigeons. He does not have the ability to hit targets from such a long distance. Even with the skeleton pigeon throwing the noose from the sky, it took more than twenty attempts before it was successful. So during the dragging process, everyone was very careful and conscientious. Afraid of falling down halfway. ?Finally, the struggling zombie was pulled up to the roof. Before it could get up and attack, countless kitchen knives fell down. It was directly chopped into a corpse. ?Wu Heng squatted down, took off the corpse''s pants, and took what he wanted in his hand. Handguns are actually not unfamiliar. Very common in movies and television. Furthermore, he had played a game called Gun Simulator before and studied its assembly and use.? ? ? ? Considered a cloud shooter. So, although it is the first time to get a pistol, it is not unfamiliar to operate it. Eject the magazine, there are still 9 bullets in it. ??He groped around the body carefully and found no extra bullets. I dont know if I just brought this magazine or if I lost it. Handgun is in good condition with no serious wear and tear. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and tried to load it and aim, but he was not willing to waste bullets and shoot. After practicing the action of drawing the gun and aiming a few times, he put it away directly. ?Todays harvest is really good. After transforming the corpse into a skeleton warrior. Packed up some things and prepared to return to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng went to the blacksmith shop and asked about ordering an iron ladder. But it turned out that his idea was a bit too naive. Not to mention whether the iron ladder can be built to the other side, the production period will take less than half a month. The blacksmith boss also gave a suggestion. Replace the iron ladder with a load-bearing piece of wood, or more simply, use a rope to connect the two sides and climb over. After hearing this, Wu Heng just nodded in agreement and said nothing more. ?As for wooden boards, it is difficult to get such a long wooden board. Even if it is such a long distance, it will easily collapse when the weight is heavy. The idea of ????the rope can be passed by people, but not by skeleton warriors. So neither of these two will work. After coming out of the blacksmith shop, we went to the tavern for dinner. Watching a few strong men wrestling with each other''s arms for a while, the sky was already a little dark when we came back. There were not many pedestrians on the road. Walking into the alley of the residence, two figures also walked in together. As soon as he followed them, he saw Wu Heng standing there waiting for them to follow. Are you very alert, kid? one of them said. The two of them did not show any nervousness at all because they were discovered by Wu Heng. Whats the matter with you two? Wu Heng asked. When he came out of the tavern, he felt like someone was following him. ??At first he thought it was the guards watching him, but the two people in front of him were obviously not guards. Boy, money is a little tight. I want to borrow a few things from you. After saying this, the leader didn''t stop talking nonsense. He sprang out like a cheetah and ran towards him quickly. ?On the way, he touched his arms behind his waist, and two short blades appeared in his hands. The blades reflected the silver moonlight, which was cold and dazzling. ?Wu Heng quickly glanced at the second person. ?The other person was still standing at the entrance of the alley, leaning against the wall and looking around carefully. ?????????????????? They are still two experienced robbers. ?These two people are very confident and think that one person is enough to deal with them. ?Seeing the enemy approaching quickly, Wu Heng stood on the spot, his eyes fixed on the target. When the distance is only three or four meters. boom! ??A deafening gunshot rang out, and the bullet instantly hit the man''s waist and abdomen. ?The forward momentum suddenly stopped, and the body was shaken slightly by the heartbreaking pain. ?What the hell? "you." Open your mouth and just spit out the first word. Bang, bang, bang! Following this, three more gunshots rang out. The chest, abdomen and shoulders were hit one after another. His body took two steps back under the impact of the bullet, and then fell to the ground. The heartbreaking pain prevented him from making any other movements. I thought I was weak and had no abilities, but I didnt expect that I kicked an iron plate. Save. The man turned around and looked at his companions. boom! ?The gunshot rang out and the bullet penetrated the eye socket. Gain experience +64. ?The system prompt appears, proving that the person is dead. Then, Wu Heng raised the muzzle of his gun and pointed it at another person who was running towards him quickly. ?The man at the alley suddenly stopped and looked at the weapon in his opponent''s hand warily. Looking at his lifeless companion lying on the ground, he backed away little by little until he returned to the entrance of the alley. ?Looking at Wu Heng with a sinister look, he turned around and fled from here. There were noisy sounds all around, and the neighbors were disturbed by gunshots. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse at his feet. The whole body was wrapped in thick leather armor and a cloak, and not much blood leaked out. Picked up the fallen weapon, wrapped the body in his cloak, and dragged it into the room. Not long. Bang, bang, bang! There was a knock on the door. ?The landlord''s voice came, "Wu Heng, are you in the house? Did you hear the loud noise just now?" ??Wu Heng opened the door and said, "I heard it. I don''t know who is so unethical and made such a big noise at night." ??The landlord glanced at him angrily, and then looked sideways into the room. said: "As long as you''re fine, it''s not safe recently. Please lock the door at night." "good." The landlord left, and Wu Heng practiced his spear as usual, and there was a sound of tinkling and stabbing at the wooden target. Outside, there were noisy discussions from time to time, and guards came over to ask questions. The next day, when the sky became slightly brighter, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. It seemed to have rained a little last night. The skeleton warriors were all covered with crystal raindrops. Wash away the dirt on the skeleton. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry the body delivered last night to the top of the building. Then start to pick off the opponent''s equipment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 11 ,the wanted Chapter 11, Wanted criminal The corpse was stripped naked, and the trophies were placed aside. ?Leather boots, two short blades, two grenades, two bottles of healing potions, a receipt with a ferocious snake head on it, and a purse containing silver and copper coins. When he saw the grenade, Wu Heng''s eyelids twitched involuntarily. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the grenade first. Poison Smoke Thunder (Description: After release, it can produce a large amount of poisonous smoke.) Damn, its a smoke bomb. Fortunately, I shot decisively, otherwise I would have let him use this thing. Even if it is not an explosion, the consequences are very troublesome. He carefully put the grenade aside and looked at the leather boots beside him again. The leather armor is brown, with exquisite vine branches and curling grass patterns on the surface. The chest, waist and abdomen are double-layered and thickened. ??Both the style and workmanship are very good, several levels higher than the one Wu Heng bought himself. ?The only drawback is that there are a few holes made by bullets. Even the leather armor in the magical world cannot stop bullets. ?Wu Heng picked it up and measured it according to his body shape. The size was quite suitable, just right for him. It doesnt really matter if there are bullet holes. ?Just go to a leather goods store and get it repaired. ??It doesn''t matter even if you don''t practice it. The main enemy you face are zombies. As long as you can withstand grabbing and biting, a few bullet holes won''t affect anything. Put the leather armor aside and take out two short blades. The scabbard is made of black leather, the blade is silver-white, and the handle is made of leather strips wrapped around it. The workmanship is good. Wu Heng played with it. ??These two weapons are very good. If placed in a weapons store, they are also mid-to-high-quality weapons. It will definitely not be a problem to reach dozens of silver. Are all the robbers so rich? It takes a long time, but the poor are all ordinary people, right? In addition to the medicine and coins, there is still the receipt with the snake''s head. The reason why it is called a document is that it has a number and a pattern similar to anti-counterfeiting. Perhaps it was robbed or stolen from somewhere. I collected several kinds of trophies and felt quite satisfied. I wont accompany you no matter what. After checking the trophies, he planned to use the "Bone Slave Technique" to transform the corpse into a skeleton. When he just focused his eyes on the appearance of the corpse, the movements of his hands were slightly paused. ?Underneath his beard, which was soaked in strands from the rain, you can see a scar as knotted as a centipede. I seem to have seen this person somewhere. Especially this scar. Why does it look so familiar! I havent seen many people in Blackstone Town, and even fewer have left an impression. Neighbors nearby, owners of shops that you often visit. Where have you seen it? Unexpectedly, he commanded the skeleton first and collected all the loot. After checking the surrounding situation, he walked downstairs. Professional Hall. ?Wu Heng looked at the reward on the notice board and his eyes widened slightly. Wanted criminal-Bassen, reward amount is 120 silver coins, and a lower-level prop. The portrait is very similar to the man he killed. ?Especially the scar on the lower lip, which looks like a centipede. The location and style are basically the same. ? ? Remove the beard all over his face, and you can basically conclude that it is a wanted criminal posted on it. It''s just that he can''t figure it out. How could I, an honest Necromancer, be targeted by a wanted criminal? ??Had I not gotten a pistol, I might have been the one lying on the ground. Most importantly, the other party also ran away. ? He ??scanned the list of wanted criminals again and found no one who looked similar to the other person. Either they are not inside, or they are disguised. "You won''t be targeting me anymore!" If you kill this person today, the escaped desperado might want to take revenge on you. ??If placed in the zombie world, he is really not afraid of these wanted criminals. With so many skeleton warriors, he can scare them to death. But in this world, its really hard to say. This matter should be reported to Blackstone Town to conduct a search of the congested area. Before, the first time I thought of hiding the body was because I was afraid of being misunderstood. As a necromancer myself, without being able to provide effective evidence, it is difficult to prove that someone else robbed me or that I wanted to harm him. Now that the other party is a wanted criminal, anyone can hunt him down without any responsibility. Hand over the body and complete the commission is the best option. After thinking about it, Wu Heng came directly to the counter. Sir, is there anything I can help you with? the staff member asked with a smile. ??Wu Heng took out the reward he had just picked up and said, "This criminal was killed by me yesterday. What should I do with him?" Sir, are you saying that you killed this wanted criminal instead of providing clues? the young female teller asked in disbelief. The wanted criminals who can be listed on the professional association are not something ordinary people can deal with. ??When each city received intelligence or news, they organized guards to round up and kill him individually. He was a fair and clean young man, which was somewhat... rare. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, what should we do next?" "Wait a moment, we need to arrange for someone to check the body. After confirming that it is correct, we will give you the reward." The staff member said immediately. Okay, Ill take you there. Soon, a team of five people with association badges arrived. Without any communication, they just followed him to his residence. ??The corpse was dragged into this world by Wu Heng in advance, wearing a linen gown, which was better than being naked. People from the Professionals Association verified the identity of the corpse. After confirming his identity, he wrapped the body and left. Return directly to the professional association, Returning to the professional hall, Wu Heng filled in the record of the event under the guidance of the staff. The above includes whether to actively investigate the target or to passively counterattack. The process is not complicated and can be optional. If you want to write it down, just write it down. If you dont want to write it down, or it doesnt exist, just leave it blank. There are no too complicated steps. Sir, the bounty reward includes a lower-level prop reward. What do you need? the staff continued to ask. What does it include? Weapons and equipment, or rare materials, notes, etc., what do you need? Forehead. Props are just a general summary. All rewards except currency are counted as props. It is just divided into levels, and the lower level is obviously not a high-level reward. Do you have a skill book? Its for a mage. Let me check it for you. The staff took out the album and started looking through it. He quickly said: "Sir, there are two skill books corresponding to lower-level rewards, ''Dancing Lights'' and ''Acid Splash''." Can I take a look and choose again? Wait a moment, Ill get it for you. The staff member said and walked towards the corridor. ?Wu Heng still sat and waited silently. About five or six minutes passed. The staff did not wait, but a group of Blackstone Town patrol guards came towards him. ?Looking at the other party''s menacing appearance, a bad premonition suddenly arose in my heart. He walked straight in front of Wu Heng with his heavy leather boots on the floor. After examining it with a serious look, he said: "Wu Heng, the necromancer, killed a wanted criminal with a reward on his head last night." Yes. Wu Heng replied. Then come with us. After saying that, two guards came out from behind, grabbing his arms and taking him away by force. Is anyone watching? A little panicked. (End of this chapter) Chapter 12 , professional deacon Chapter 12, Professional Deacon ?Wu Heng frowned, took a step back and asked, "Can I know the reason?" "Special profession, causing a human life, and suspecting that you have a closer relationship with the wanted criminal." The guard opened his mouth and listed several unreasonable reasons. "According to your opinion, if the wanted criminal wants to kill me, he can''t fight back?" Wu Heng asked. ??The guard captain''s eyes turned cold, and several people behind him also put their hands on the iron swords at their waists. ?Wu Hengs face also became serious. ?This place is unreasonable. But he had no intention of resisting. By fighting with the guards now, he has really been convicted of the crime. At that time, even if it is okay to kill the wanted criminal, attacking the guard will be a new evidence of crime. Just when the guards were about to take him away, the staff member who had just left quickly came back. He frowned and glanced at the aggressive guard, then said to Wu Heng, "Mr. Wu Heng, the deacon wants to see you." Deacon? A deacon of the professional association? ?Wu Heng did not answer, but glanced at the guards in front of him. The staff member continued: "Gentlemen, please wait here for a while." ?This professional association is really not as simple as it seems. An ordinary front desk staff, who can talk to the guards with confidence. ??The guard frowned, but still made way. ??Wu Heng followed the staff and walked towards the corridor where she came from. She climbed up the stairs on one side to the second floor, stopped in front of a room door, and said softly: "Deacon, Mr. Wu Heng is here." Let him in! ? Pushing the door open, a man with gray hair in a formal suit sat in a room filled with bookshelves and documents. The age is not necessarily very old, but it gives people the feeling that a serious illness has not been cured. The staff who led the way took a step forward, said a few words, and then retreated. ??The man set his sights on Wu Heng, "My name is ''Yazd'' and I am the deacon stationed in Blackstone Town." Its an honor to meet you, Deacon Yazd. "No need to be so formal, sit down and talk, that is your reward, and you can only choose one skill." The man behaved very elegantly, like a noble. On the table, there is a leather money bag and two old rolled-up books. After Wu Heng sat down, his eyes also fell on the books. Dancing Lights (Description: You can create suspended light sources.) ????????????????????????? What''s the use of this. In the zombie world, he found several flashlights with remaining power. Not available at the moment. Acid splash (Description: Release an acid ball, causing strong acid damage to the target.) ?Throwing sulfuric acid? How come the spells in this world are different from what you imagined? ? Fireball, what about thunder and lightning? I choose this. Wu Heng put away all the money bag and Acid Splash. The man nodded and said in a casual chatting tone: "I heard that something happened before I asked you to come?" Well, the guards want to take me to investigate for the reason of fighting privately. Haha, people everywhere dont like necromancers. This is normal. The man smiled and poured two cups of tea, and handed one cup to him. Wu Heng was not in the mood to drink tea and chat with him, and asked directly: "Does Deacon Yazd have anything to do with me?" The man picked up the teacup on the table and took a sip, and said slowly: "I want to change myself. situation?" What do you mean? Wu Heng looked at him curiously. I can give you a suggestion. You dont have to worry about others making trouble for you, and you have certain rights. These words made Wu Heng''s heart move. ??Necromancer is helpful in the zombie world, but it is a burden in Blackstone Town. ??If there is a solution, he would be willing to hear it. What suggestions do you have? The man smiled and said: "The Professionals Association accepts any professional with a clean file and will become a solid backing." Join a professional association? I have registered as a member of the Professionals Association. According to the information he receives. The Professional Association is more like a mercenary registration office. Maintain the normal operation of the entire association by issuing some tasks and bounties. I am talking about standing members of the association, not registered members. You can understand it as employees of the association. In most powers and cities around the world, they will have legal status and have some privileges. Hearing what the other party said, Wu Heng''s eyes lit up. If this is the case, then becoming a member of a professional association is a good option. But then, he suppressed the excitement in his heart and asked: "What do I need to do?" To complete some tasks issued by the association headquarters, it may be to explore the location or collect intelligence. The man explained patiently. ??Wu Heng hesitated, "I don''t like taking risks, and killing the fugitive is a fluke. I have no strength at all." Dont worry, most of the associations tasks are to assist local guards, and we do not advocate your dangerous behavior of apprehending fugitives alone. The man looked up at him and continued: "Of course, the association can provide many benefits, such as intelligence, knowledge, magic props, money, and connections. In short, this position is not available to everyone." That said, the benefits of professional associations are actually quite good. The most important thing is that you can escape from the situation of a necromancer and no longer need to be like a prisoner. Why choose me? He does not think that he is the son of destiny. If he is true, the world will not end before he resells the items. The man continued to explain, "The branch association can recruit talents on its own. In addition to common combatants, people with special abilities and rare occupations are also included. Of course, they must have clean identities and no criminal records." I was added because of the Necromancer? Necromancers, here, are the perfect word for rare, and even fewer have no criminal record. ?This professional association is really weird. Blackstone Town hates it so much that he actually wants to recruit himself into it. Thinked quickly in my mind. It seems that joining will not have much impact on you, but will bring more benefits. There is absolutely no reason to refuse. Now that I have a normal identity, I can make better use of Blackstone Town to improve myself, and I no longer have so many worries. After thinking about it, Wu Heng smiled and said, "Thank you Mr. Yazd for your trust. Can I join the Professionals Association here?" The man nodded with a smile, opened the drawer, and took out a form, "Fill in your information, and I''ll get a reply in about three or four days." ?Wu Heng nodded and read the above content carefully. Then he filled in his own information and submitted it back again. ??The man took the document, glanced at it briefly, put it in the drawer, stood up and said, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to see the body first." Corpse? (End of this chapter) Chapter 13 , level 7 skeleton Chapter 13, Level 7 Skeleton Corpse? The deacon picked up the dark cane beside the table and said as he walked, "The wanted criminal you killed has committed quite a lot of crimes in several cities. This time he came to Blackstone Town. Unexpectedly, he died in your presence." in hands. The appointment letter from this department will be slower, but it can also give you some benefits first, such as a legal skeleton. " After hearing this, Wu Heng felt moved in his heart. Can I have an undead summon now? "It''s not possible now, but you can summon it first. After all, it''s not easy to store the body in this weather. If you want to take it out, you need to formally appoint someone to come down." That is to say, let yourself be summoned first, and then you can hand over the skeleton to him after the formal appointment. It seems that professional associations still have considerable influence in various places. Just like that, he was sure that the superiors would allow him to join, and he could also have the skeleton. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "An accomplice ran away last night." Blackstones guards will search crowded areas, but you should be careful. "good." The two of them walked outside together, went down the stairs, and entered an underground space. There were several iron beds placed in the cold room, and on one of them lay the body of the wanted criminal he had killed. He must have re-identified himself. His clothes had been stripped off and he was left naked. Lets transform! The deacon stood at the door, leaning on his wooden staff. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and stepped forward to release the Bone Slave Technique. The ability of the summoned object is far beyond the scope of the summoner''s ability, and the instability factors increase... ?System prompts appeared, and ones own mental power began to drain rapidly. At the same time, the flesh and blood of the corpse began to fall off, revealing the bones underneath. The transformation was completed soon, and the thick-boned skeleton slowly sat up. In a pair of empty eye sockets, a faint blue soul flame flashed. Skeleton Thief (Level 7) Seventh level skeletons, and their names have changed. They are no longer unified skeleton warriors, but become skeleton thieves. This should be related to his career during his lifetime. Having soul fire also means having a basic soul, just like the transformed Teddy. The skeleton got off the iron bed, glanced at the two people present with his empty eyes, and then walked to Wu Heng''s side. The deacon stood aside and said: "You are indeed very talented, but you can''t take this skeleton away now to avoid getting into trouble." "I understand." Wu Heng ordered directly to the skeleton thief, "Stay here and follow Mr. Yazd''s orders." The blue soul fire flashed, the skull nodded lightly, and stepped aside, standing in the corner like a sculpture. The deacon smiled and said, "Let''s go out first. The temperature here is not suitable for staying for a long time." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him out of the cellar. "Okay, that''s it for today. I''ll let someone notify you when the appointment letter comes out." The deacon paused slightly and continued: "By the way, the guards in the hall have left, and I''m also at the city hall. Someone will be arranged to explain it clearly. Thank you very much. Wu Heng thanked him. Returning to the hall, the guards were indeed gone. ?This all feels a bit unreal. How come such a series of things happened after killing a wanted criminal? But at present, professional associations are helpful to themselves. If we can really achieve what the deacon said, we can really change the current situation. It is difficult to say clearly whether becoming a professional is good or bad. We can only say it step by step. It was already afternoon when we returned to the crowded area. Go to the pub to have a good meal and then walk towards your residence. Go back to your residence and take out the exchanged skill book. Acid splash (Description: Release an acid ball, causing strong acid damage to the target.) ??Although it is somewhat different from the imagined mage skills, it is not a big problem. ?Throwing sulfuric acid on someone''s body feels very harmful and somewhat insulting. Open the book and start reading. The book is not thick, but it contains a lot of content. It is densely filled with text and some schematic diagrams. Actually, after contact, the principle of the spell is not that profound. A spell can be understood as an independent effect transformation. The caster can reshape the surrounding energy and then manifest it in a specific way. As long as you can complete this step, you will be able to release the corresponding spell. But the difficulty is that all this is done in a short moment, and the real battlefield does not have time for you to actually chant for three to five minutes to prepare. ?Wu Heng read it carefully from the beginning when he turned to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock skill: Acid splash The moment the prompt appeared, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. Similar to the career book, reading it from beginning to end unlocks the corresponding abilities. Otherwise, if he really wants to learn analysis, it will take too much time and energy to learn a skill. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 3 (94/2700) Attributes: Strength 9, Agility 11, Constitution 13, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Skills: Bone Spell, Acid Splash. ??Checked the eye attribute column, and sure enough, the skill added acid splash. In addition, his level has reached level 3, and his attributes have also been greatly improved. Close the book and go directly to the zombie world. Zombie world. ??The skeleton team stood upright on the top of the building, like terracotta warriors and horses arranged in rows. ??Now the bones are all exposed. If they all put on armors, helmets, and formal weapons, they would feel almost the same as the Terracotta Warriors and Horses. At least the straight look is exactly the same. The skeleton dog ran over from behind the skeleton team, squatting on the ground and looking up at him, its bone tail swaying non-stop, rubbing against the ground. ?Wu Heng touched its skull and dog head, then walked to the edge of the roof and looked down. It should be the reason for the survivors yesterday. The zombies in the community were attracted by the bus and rushed out to chase the bus. There were only five or six zombies left downstairs, wandering around casually. Looking at the zombies, I planned to try out the effects of the skills. Condensed Acid Splash and released it towards one of them. The dark green ball-shaped acid flew down from the roof and hit the zombie''s feet with a loud thud. ??Although it didn''t hit, you can still see that the location covered by the acid has a corrosive effect. But the effect only lasted for a few seconds and then disappeared. ??Hello~! ??The zombie was startled by the sudden attack, bowed his back slightly, and roared around. But he didnt find a man and a skeleton dog on the roof of the building. The effect is average. Wu Heng muttered. But he has no idea of ??continuing to try his skills. Put on the armor of the wanted criminal. The original one was slightly worse, and put it on the body of the sword-wielding skeleton. Follow me. With a wave of his hand, the skeleton behind him immediately moved and walked towards the corridor. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The closed corridor door opened, and there was a grinding sound. ??The wandering zombies immediately looked back towards the corridor, roared and rushed towards the corridor at the same time. As soon as he entered the corridor, countless kitchen knives fell down. Chop directly to the ground. (End of this chapter) Chapter 14 , letter of appointment Chapter 14, Letter of Appointment ?Five or six zombies rushed into the corridor, pushing and shoving. But what greeted them were falling kitchen knives. The ferocious zombie was instantly knocked to the ground and never got up again. The corridor door was closed again, cutting off the outside world. ?Wu Heng walked down from behind the skeletons and began to release the bone-slaking technique, and the six skeletons stood up. Find a kitchen knife for the skeleton and looked at the sky. It was already dusk. Joining professionals and learning skills today took up time during the day. It''s a bit risky to go out and kill zombies again, so let''s wait until tomorrow. Return to Blackstone Town, eat, practice spear, and sleep. The next day. ?Wu Heng got up early. Life without video games made him energetic. After breakfast, we went directly to the career hall. There were not many people here this morning. ??Wu Heng came to the counter and asked: "Help me take a look. Is the commission issued ready?" Sir, please show me the entrusted note. ?Take out the receipt and hand it over, and the staff will start checking the progress based on the number on it. The commission has been completed, you need to pay another 15 silver and 32 copper. Its finally done. But the price is also ridiculously high. 15 silver is enough to buy three ordinary iron swords. But there was no hesitation, and he immediately paid the balance, and handed over the medicine and a test receipt. Special antidote (Description: A potion made for fixed toxins.) Put away the antidote and return to your residence quickly. Zombie world. Go to the top of the building, take out the medicine and paper and check it out. ?Wu Heng doesnt understand the alchemy of this world. ??However, there are still many magical aspects to the medicinal effects of alchemical potions. Even in the modern world with advanced technology, it is difficult for medicines produced to achieve immediate effects. ??If the modern world hadn''t become like this, you would definitely be able to make a lot of money by opening a pharmacy company. In addition to the medicine, there is also a sheet given. On the paper sheet, the test results of the corpse core and the ingredients for dispensing the medicine are written. These are all requests put forward by Wu Heng in the commission. During the test, neurotoxins, corpse toxins and other toxic substances were mentioned. As for the use of the corpse core, it was suggested that it be an alchemy material, and there was no mention of direct consumption. As for the ingredients of the antidote, they have complicated names, and they are not even recognizable. After a brief glance, he put it away directly. Take out the remaining corpse core and put the antidote aside. ??This corpse core has been in my hand for a few days. Fortunately, it doesn''t smell bad. Otherwise, your money will be wasted. After disinfecting it with white wine, he raised his head and swallowed it without hesitation. At first I didnt feel anything. Constitution +2, Strength +1, Agility +2. The system prompt appears instantly. Before Wu Heng could be happy, a burning sensation spread from his abdomen to his whole body. Bluish-purple blood vessels began to appear on the arms and neck, and at the same time the burning sensation turned into a heart-piercing sting. Grass! Its really poisonous. Wave! Open the antidote and pour it directly into your belly in one breath. Drinking the medicinal solution, the pain eased, and the purple blood vessels spreading on the body began to disappear little by little. Finally disappeared. ?About five or six minutes later, Wu Heng was lying on the ground, breathing heavily. Huh~! Thankfully I customized the antidote, otherwise I might have killed myself. When the pain completely disappears and the mind is clear, unconcealable joy will arise in my heart. Five more attributes added. In terms of upgrading, it has been upgraded by two and a half levels. Attributes: Strength 10, Agility 13, Constitution 15, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. ??Although attribute points are added to physique, strength and agility, the attributes can be directly reflected in the physical state, and any high level is beneficial. ??And not only intelligence is useful to mages. Happy for a while and calmed down a little. Take out the potion formula and check it again. Is that so, as long as I continue to absorb the corpse core, my attributes can still be improved..." ??If this conjecture is correct, then your attributes will be improved without limit. Even if the attribute increase brought by upgrading is not high, the attributes can still be improved through corpse cores. The two can complement each other. After resting for a while, I feel that there is no strange feeling in my body. Continue to get up and direct the skeleton to start today''s leveling operation. One night passed, and three more zombies were wandering around in the clean downstairs. I dont know where they came from. Open the stair door and directly give the order, "Attack." The next second, a group of skeletons like a long dragon poured out of the corridor. Pounce on the zombies outside. ??The zombies were knocked to the ground by the crowded group of skeletons. Before they could raise their heads, countless kitchen knives and hammers fell down, smashing them into a puddle of mud. The movement here also attracted the attention of the zombies nearby. He rushed over from the opened corridor and from behind the building. Attack! Wu Heng also walked out of the corridor and shouted an order. ??The skeleton warriors all raised their kitchen knives and rushed towards the zombies. The roaring and slashing sounds were one continuous sound.? ? ? Bang bang bang~ clatter! ??The glass of the building in front was broken one after another, and zombies fell from the broken windows upstairs. The taller ones were smashed into pieces, while the shorter ones were crawling forward with broken lower limbs. "so much?" Zombies rushed out from various places and rushed towards the skeleton camp. ??Although it was still within the range of the skeletons, it was still much more than what I estimated from the top of the building. Skeleton dogs would jump out of the skeleton camp from time to time, knock down one or two zombies, bite their necks and shake their heads wildly. ??When the zombies came around, they immediately jumped back behind the skeleton, not forgetting to swing their waists at the skeleton twice. The meaning of ridicule and provocation is very strong. ??Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, observing the scene while releasing the Bone Slave Technique. To replenish the lost number of skeletons. There were fewer and fewer of them, and in the end there were only a few scattered ones left, as well as the zombies who jumped off the building and broke their legs, still insisting on crawling this way. Go, kill those paralyzed ones. Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton dogs. ??The skeleton dog swung its tail and jumped directly out of the group of skeletons, killing the zombies crawling on the ground one by one. Soon, there were thirty or forty zombie corpses piled downstairs. Let the skeletons collect all the corpses and pile them into a hill. ??Wu Heng began to release the bone service technique. Summon a few and rest for a while to avoid excessive mental exhaustion. He didn''t want to feel that brain-churning feeling again. Gradually the sky became dark again. Looking at the remaining corpses that had not been transformed, I gave up the idea of ??transforming them overnight. Can''t float, just stay and develop. Back to Blackstone Town, Wu Heng had dinner at the tavern. On the way, I also listened to some information discussed by the drinkers. Which brothel has a discount? The price of the blacksmith shop has increased because there is not enough ore. This is the most effective way for him to understand the world. ?Ask others, sometimes you will attract attention, and you can also get a lot of useful information by listening to others bragging. After eating and drinking, we started walking towards our residence. I feel quite satisfied. Its changed! Good things have happened one after another in the past two days, and I feel like my luck has exploded. Everything is going smoothly and the future is promising. You must survive, improve your attributes, and increase the number of skeletons. Wu Heng emphasized. Walked quickly towards his residence. ?However, as soon as he turned into the alley where he lived, his footsteps suddenly stopped. Quickly retreat out of the alley and open the holster. At the door of his house, three figures stood. ?There is a man and a woman, and there is another one who is wrapped in a black cloak. It is not clear whether he is a man or a woman. The wanted criminal has come for revenge? It''s not dark yet! ?Wu Hengs eyes were alert. The three people in the alley also noticed the movement, and one of them said: "Wu Heng?" Guys, whats the matter? "The letter of appointment from this department has been issued. The deacon asked me to send it to you, as well as your skeleton." As he spoke, one of them pulled down the hood of the figure behind him, revealing a skeleton warrior with soul fire burning in his eyes. A slight trace on the mandible proved to be the wanted criminal that Wu Heng killed. "Sorry, please come in." Wu Heng apologized, opened the door and invited the two of them into the house. In addition to his own skeleton, a total of two people came. One man and one woman. ??The man is probably in his forties, with brown hair pulled back, a serious and resolute face, wearing silver armor, and a long sword hanging on his waist. The right chest of the silver armor bears the emblem of the Professionals Association. The other person is a young woman with long blond hair, three-dimensional and exquisite facial features, a tall figure, brown leather armor on her upper body, slim leather trousers on her lower body, and long and straight legs. It gives people a feeling of being smart and capable. ?As soon as he entered the room, his eyes kept looking around. Please sit down. Wu Heng motioned for the two of them to sit down, opened a bottle of iced black tea and poured a cup for each of them. After he also sat down, the man took out something. He placed them one by one on the wooden table and said: "My name is Altluk, the captain of the fourth team stationed in Blackstone Town. This is the member ''Kavina''." The woman nodded. Well, good afternoon, both of you. ??The middle-aged captain put the items in his hands on the table one by one and said: "This is the appointment letter and the armor issued by the association. Keep it carefully. The armor is just a welfare reward and is not mandatory to wear." ??There are also armor rewards, which is really good. ?The other party continued: "According to the allocation by the Blackstone Town Professionals Association, you will be a member of the fourth team from now on." ?Wu Heng understood why these two people came. It turns out that teams have been divided. Okay, are there only three people in our team? Wu Heng asked curiously. "The professional team is between three and five people. Our team is a new one. Currently there are only three of us." The professional team is mainly responsible for professional rescue and assisting local guards. There wont be as many people as a patrol. If the number of people is too large, it will cause local resistance. ??The captain continued: "We have to carry out a mission tomorrow. We will set off early in the morning and gather at the West City Gate. Don''t be late." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "So fast?" Thanks to Angels Trail for the 500 reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 15 , professional team Chapter 15, Professional Team Hearing that he was leaving the city tomorrow, Wu Heng''s expression changed instantly. ?? Didnt you say that the Professionals Association is just a job for a gangster? Why do you have to go out of the city to do tasks on the first day? Um, captain, do you have a mission so soon? Wu Heng asked. He is a hundred unwilling to go out. ?You can level up by fighting zombies, but you will face many dangers when you leave the city. Seeing Wu Heng''s appearance, the captain also smiled and said: "Our team has just been established, so naturally it is not a difficult task. This time we went out just to assist Blackstone Town in investigating some things, so don''t worry." Having said that, he felt a little relieved. After all, I have already joined the association, so its hard to say I wont go. Okay Captain, I understand. ??The captain nodded, "Well, it''s our team''s first activity, so don''t be late." After saying that, he stood up and left with the long-legged beauty team member. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and watched the two of them leave the alley before closing the door again. Outside the alley. The Shining Armor captain left and asked softly: "How do you feel about the new team members?" "This is my first contact, I feel it''s okay, not annoying." After answering, the blonde beauty asked curiously: "Is he really a necromancer?" You also saw that the skeleton belongs to him. The room is empty, and there is a training wooden target in the corner. It doesnt look like a mage, nor does it look like a necromancer. Kalena continued. ??Every mage is a scholar. Regardless of his academic achievements, he must at least have a few books or experimental equipment. The room just now did not have these things, and it was even a little crude. Living in a crowded area is not the same as those mages with inheritance. Yeah, thats right. When the two of them walked out of the intersection, they had to leave separately. The captain did not forget to say: "Don''t be late tomorrow morning." Okay, Captain. After seeing the two people off, Wu Heng closed the door tightly. Pick up a few items that were just delivered and examine them. The first one is the appointment letter, which says Special Field Envoy of the Professionals Association. ??The remaining small words are recognition of his status as a professional and the fact that he is stationed in Blackstone Town, Kingdom of Yeko. ?In addition to the appointment letter, there is also a dark brown leather armor and a crest sandwiched between it. The captain of the fourth team and the beautiful woman just now wore this kind of emblem, which was also used to represent their status. Put the letter of appointment and coat of arms aside. Pick up the new armor and check it out. The dark brown leather armor has small patterns and metal clips on the chest and shoulders, which serve as key protection. It has a certain weight in the hand, a little heavier than ordinary leather armor, but it is still within the tolerance range. ?In this world, weapons are important, but armor with good defense is equally important. The armor provided by the Professional Association is better in terms of workmanship and defense than the two pieces in my own hand. ?Now, I own three pieces of leather armor. After checking what was delivered, his eyes fell on the skeleton next to him again. Skeleton Thief ? [Level: 7 (0/14000)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 20, Intelligence 10, Perception 10, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Feats: Handy dexterity, trap sensing, intuitive dodge. Ability: Sneak attack, lock picking (intermediate level), trap disarming (intermediate level), dual-wielding proficiency and specialization (intermediate level), short blade proficiency and specialization (intermediate level), light armor proficiency and specialization (intermediate level). Handual dexterity: Can use off-hand weapons flexibly, and use grenades, scrolls, and props more dexterously and quickly. Trap Sense: Good at detecting and finding traps set in advance. ]?????Intuitive Dodge: Use intuition to detect and avoid danger. As expected of someone who has been on the wanted list, this attribute is the one he has seen the most so far. It is much stronger than myself and the skeleton dog. Looked at it roughly. In terms of attributes, agility and strength are relatively high, which is in line with the profession of thief. The following abilities include sneak attack and unlocking, which also proves this point. Those who do this are still specializing in specialties. ??But the ability to open locks is of little use in my own hands. I have never seen a lock that my bronze key can''t open. I havent seen anything about the powerful skills. What I think is useful is [Trap Sense], which can detect traps laid out in advance. ?There is another point, that is, this skeletons intelligence has reached 10 points. There is no difference from normal people. He took out his original leather armor and two short blades and said, "Put on the leather armor and pick up the weapon." After hearing the order, the skeleton thief took off his black cloak, put on his leather armor, and hung the two short blades on his waist again. This wont work. Even if he wears leather armor, there are still many places where bones are exposed. When I go to participate in the mission tomorrow, I must bring a skeleton with me. The bones are exposed. In a human city like Blackstone Town, it is easy to cause panic and cause trouble. After thinking about it for a moment, he took the clothes, pants, leather boots and a full-duplex motorcycle helmet that had been taken off from him from the zombie world. Put it all on. The skeleton thief put on all his clothes and put on his helmet, and his whole body was wrapped airtight. Not bad! Wu Heng was still very satisfied. He thought for a moment and continued: "You still call me by your original name, Bassen, do you understand?" The skeleton thief nodded. Does it really work? Bassen, go to the corner and wait. ??The Skeleton Thief walked aside politely, stood upright like a sculpture, and entered a standby state. After all the matters were taken care of, Wu Heng walked to the wooden target aside and started today''s short spear training. Taking a break after the first set. His eyes fell on the skeleton thief again, looking at him with empty eyes. Come, practice with me. The skeleton thief walked down and drew out two shining double blades from his waist. Uh..., you use a wooden stick. Wu Heng found two short sticks and handed them to him. If you give yourself a knife during practice, it will become a joke. One person and one bone began to practice. ?Until late at night, Wu Heng asked the skeleton thief to guard the door while he went to bed to rest. Boom~! ??Wu Heng never thought that the means of transportation for the mission would be a train. It seems that calling it a train is not accurate. The method of generating power should not be combustion, because I dont see the chimney of an old train. But the appearance and rails are not much different from trains. What is it wearing? the long-legged female teammate Kawina pointed at the skeleton thief beside her. The black matte helmet on her head still caught her attention. Helm! Wu Heng explained. I know its a helmet, but why does it look like this and who designed it? Kalena continued to ask. Um, I dont know, whats the problem? Please vote for recommendations and follow up on reading! ? (End of this chapter) Chapter 16 , mine Chapter 16, Mine In a world where professionals exist, weird helmets are not uncommon. ?There are helmets with horns on the top of the head, long and thin bird feathers, and even helmets made of animal skulls. But it seems that this is the first time that the helmet is completely made into a ball. Show me, Kavina said. Take off the helmet. ?Skeleton thief Bassen took off his helmet and handed it over, and Wu Heng handed it over to Kavina. ?Taking off the helmet, what is exposed is not the skull, but a bandit''s hood. Only the empty eye sockets can reveal the identity of the skeleton. ?Kavina began to check the helmet, while Wu Heng looked at ''Altluk'' aside and asked softly: "Captain, where are we going?" ?Captain Otluk is tall and tall, wearing metal armor. He sits in a position that occupies the space of two people. He glanced at the Blackstone Town guard opposite and continued: "Blackstone Town received a tip-off that a whole village in Mining Village disappeared. The investigators sent out also had no news. Neither the people nor the intelligence came back." Damn, that doesnt sound very safe. Then our task is to investigate this village? It is the task of these guards to investigate the village. Our task is to confirm whether the mine owner is in any danger. He is an important member of the association, and then to cooperate with the guards to investigate the mining village. Two tasks are actually one task. Confirm whether the mine owner is still alive. If he is dead, collect his body. If he is still alive, ask if he is affected. The second is to assist the Black Rock City guards in investigating the mining village. Although assistance is not the main task, when danger occurs, fighting will inevitably occur. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Kavina leaned closer to her and said softly: "The 11th level warrior of Black Rock City Commander ''Plamon'' they led, Curly Hair sitting in the third position is the investigator." His eyes looked at the seat in front of him as he told the story. ??The commander named "Plamon" is a man with a serious face and a very strong body. His exposed arms are probably as thick as human thighs, and there is a long sword beside him. As for the curly-haired investigator, his skin is slightly darker and he has short curly brown hair. It''s like a piece of instant noodles. The remaining people were all dressed as city guards. Two were equipped with shields and swords, and the other two had one-handed swords but carried crossbows. ??The captain said from the side: "The task is not difficult, just follow the process and go back safely." "good." ??Kavina leaned back lazily, crossed her slender legs, and touched him with her arm again, "Tell me, how did you choose the Necromancer?" Um, by chance, I feel that the Necromancer is also a mage. afternoon. The investigation team came to a manor. The owner of the mine, Achido, received the sudden arrival of the team in the side hall. Achido is a middle-aged man of medium build and very well-dressed. After a brief exchange of greetings, Commander Plamon went straight to the point, "We have received news that there is a large-scale disappearance of people in the mining village. Do you have any clues about this matter?" ??Achido rubbed his brows and said softly: "I am also worried about this matter. There used to be more than 200 miners in the village, but suddenly they disappeared, and there was no one left." When did you find out that no one was missing in the village? Plamon continued to ask. "At the beginning of the month, I remember clearly that it was the time for mine delivery. When the convoy arrived, I found that there was no one in the village. I also had to pay a large sum of money." Archido said with a sad look on his face. Have any other investigation teams come before us? Plamon narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at the other party and asked. Achido lowered his head and said, "A team of three came here. They asked about the same thing and then left. Did something happen?" Is there any other information? Tell me everything you know. Achido crossed his hands and placed them on the long table in front of him. He lowered his head and thought for a moment, then said: "I asked the guards to check the village. The supplies and even property are still there. I can confirm that they did not leave, and there are no signs of fighting. " Mining Village, how far is it from here? Not far, half a days riding time The two of them asked and answered questions to check the situation. The Curly Investigator stood aside and recorded the conversation with pen and paper. But it was obvious that the mine owner didn''t know much about the situation. He only knew that all the miners in the village were missing, and he planned to get a result as soon as possible without delaying his making money. ??For the last batch of missing investigation teams, no effective information was provided. "Okay, I understand, prepare horses and carriages for us." Plamon stood up and said at the same time. The owner of the mine immediately said: "I''ll have someone prepare a dinner. Let''s have a night''s rest. I''ll have someone send a few of them there tomorrow morning." No, prepare the carriage! ?Achido did not insist anymore and ordered his men to prepare horses and carriages. The investigation team boarded the carriage and headed towards the mining village. After leaving the manor, four horses escorted the carriage and headed to the mining village according to the map. Even eating and drinking are done on the carriage. It seems that Plamon is planning to get a result today. ?The journey was bumpy, and the sky had already entered dusk. "Commander, you can see a village ahead." The guard''s voice came from outside the carriage. Well, its close to the village. The carriage continued to move forward, and when it felt like it was almost reaching the village, severe bumps began to appear. Outside, the guards exclaimed, "The horses are out of control..." Damn it, whats going on! The horse is crazy, jump off quickly. ??Opening the curtain of the carriage, he saw the guards on horseback crashing directly into the trees on the side of the road. ?Bang bang~! A dull crashing sound, like a hitting sandbag. The guards driving the cart were also trying their best to control the horses pulling the cart. But it obviously didn''t have much effect. The carriage was getting faster and faster, and it changed from bumping to shaking from side to side. Jump! said Altluk. ?However, there is no waiting for everyone to make the next move. The carriage rushed straight into the village, smashed through obstacles on the road, and hit the wall of a house in the village. The carriage rolled over on its side in the open space. boom! ?Captain Otluk kicked open the door at the top, and several people and a skeleton climbed out of the car. Shaked his head to make himself more awake. The horse pulling the cart had been killed, its brains and blood were bleeding all over the floor, and its neck was twisted into a weird shape under the huge impact. Commander! ?Outside the village, the guards who fell down from their horses walked in with weapons in hand. ?The number of people was not small, but two people were walking with a limp and were obviously injured. After getting back together, start taking potions. The gate of the village itself was open, and there was no one inside. The whole village was empty and quiet. It''s like a long-abandoned village. Theres someone! Kavina said. ?Everyone followed their gazes and saw a large number of figures standing in a dark corner. Everyone was stunned. In the intelligence and the information from the mine owners, people are missing. How come people appear? Attracted here by the sound of impact? Who is it? Come out... the guard yelled. Tap tap tap! As the words fell, figures in the darkness began to approach. ?Stepping out of the shadows, there are distorted faces, like crazy patients. Immediately afterwards, he rushed towards everyone with his teeth and claws. "Your Majesty, the intelligence is wrong. I''m afraid they have lost their minds." A guard spoke softly. The commander was calm and indifferent, his face unchanged, "preventing them from approaching." "yes!" Swish, swish, swish! A stream of crossbow bolts were shot out, piercing the legs of the charging enemy. Many figures fell to the ground. He is a villager here, but he behaves like an undead species. The investigator said. ??Necrotic species? The commander''s gaze glanced at Wu Heng who was standing aside. Put one in! the commander ordered. ??The guards opened a path, and a crazy miner broke through the defense line in an instant and rushed toward the rear. He rushed forward and grabbed the miner''s neck with one hand. Bring it up abruptly. No matter how crazy you struggle, you can''t escape the other party''s control. Necromancer, come here and take a look. Said to Wu Heng behind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 17 , mining village Chapter 17, Mining Village ?Several people all looked at him, and Wu Heng was also stunned. Then I realized that I was talking to myself. ?Looking at the miners who behaved like zombies, Wu Heng was also speechless. ?Although he is a necromancer, he is limited to releasing skills. If you are not a real scholar, how can you read these things? But the other party said that he could only step forward to check on the miners. The miner looked crazy, with drool hanging from the corner of his mouth. ?As if going crazy, he wanted to attack the people in front of him. ??The pupils are still focused, and the skin does not look like a zombie. Take off your gloves and place them on the skin of the other persons neck. You can feel the temperature of the human body, and there is no breath of the necromancer. ??Its more like a rabies patient than a zombie. Irritated, crazy, like a wild beast. The difference between a zombie and a zombie is that the body still has life characteristics. "It''s not the undead, it''s more like going crazy." Wu Heng said, and then added, "It doesn''t rule out the undead''s other methods." Even if I havent seen many undead creatures, I can be sure that the miner in front of me is not a unit transformed by undead magic. Then, the Curly Investigator also came forward to conduct an inspection. gave similar conclusions. ??Plamon nodded, threw the crazy miners aside, and ordered: "Tie up all the alive ones, don''t let them affect the subsequent investigation." Yes! the guard responded, searched for some hemp rope rags in the village, and began to tie them up to the miners. Nearly half of the more than 20 crazy miners died in the first contact, and the rest were also injured. With this kind of injury, struggling like crazy and self-mutilating, even if you wake up later, you will be left disabled. But its better than being killed directly by the guards. Soon, the miners were **** tightly and thrown into a wooden house. The investigation team, after confirming that there was no other danger, continued to walk into the village. The whole village was empty. Desolate and desolate. Along the road, you can see wooden barrels and manuscripts placed on the roadside, and clothes hanging to dry. ?The guard team formed a formation, chatting quietly as they walked. The professional team followed behind. Kavina said in a low voice, "This is not as simple as a missing person." ??The intelligence received by Blackstone Town and the information provided by the mine owner was that the villagers were missing. You cant see people alive but you cant see corpses even when they are dead. But when they came over, they saw a different situation. ??The crazy miners rushed out, which was completely different from disappearing. "Two possibilities are that the information has changed over time, the missing people have returned to the village, and for some reason these villagers have started to go crazy. The second possibility is that the person who provided the information concealed the true situation." Wu Heng analyzed. You say it! Kavina said. I mean, if its the second one, then our situation may be in danger. The sound was not loud, but the surroundings were unusually quiet. When the others heard this, their expressions changed and they looked at each other. ??If it is the second type, it means that the mission itself is a conspiracy, and our investigation team may have fallen into the enemy''s trap. It is even more worrying when I think of the first wave of missing investigation teams. These two situations are actually not difficult to understand. I figured it all out in just a few words. ?After everyone reacted, they felt a little uneasy in their hearts. After a moment of silence, the Curly Investigator retorted, "The owner of the mine has no reason to lie. The mine is his source of income. He is more anxious than anyone else if something happens here. There is no reason to lie to us and to the investigation team. He has to bear the responsibility." serious consequence." Thats right. That is indeed true. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he agreed with the other party''s statement. Blindly guessing something now will only make things more complicated. The procession moves along the road. ??The village is larger than expected, with houses interlaced with each other to form intricate paths. The debris along both sides of the road began to increase. Ore carts, mine drafts, stones and debris piled up into hills. ?Several thigh-thick trees are hung with hemp ropes and strips of cloth, like hanging curtains. The breeze blows and the waves sway. Quiet but eerie. Soon, the team passed through the village and could see a large mine. Mining villages are built on the basis of mines. ?Years of mining have left this mountain riddled with holes and countless mines. Theres someone over there, the guard said. Looking ahead, you can see three bodies in front of a garbage pile of rubble and debris. The team quickly approached, and everyone''s expressions became a little ugly. ?Judging from their clothes, they are the missing investigation team. ??Someone really dares to attack the investigation team. This matter may be more serious than imagined. The Curly Investigator began to examine the corpses. In the arms of one of the corpses, he found a record book and opened it to look at. ?Wu Heng and the others immediately came over and looked at the contents in the dusk light. There is no one in the village, daily necessities and property have not been taken away, and traces of life remain... The previous records are all about the situation in the village. Unlike Wu Heng and others, the first investigation team did not encounter crazy villagers at the door, and only recorded an empty village. This is the same information as Blackstone Town. They all say that the village is empty and people have disappeared. But they obviously had more time and checked the house, but there were no useful clues. Curly turned to the second page. Late at night, there were firelights and noisy sounds in the village. We followed the firelight to the center of the village and saw the missing villagers gathered in the open space in the middle. They gathered together as if they were having a dance. Some people raised their heads and sang, blood flowed from their mouths, some people were dancing, and their soles of their feet were bloody. These people seemed to be crazy and behaved abnormally. We waited until dawn, and the crazy villagers began to walk towards the mine behind the village. We continued to follow them, intending to see where they were hiding and why they had become like this. The record ends here. Very useful clues are given later. At night, crazy villagers will come out to sing and dance, and by then the villagers'' mental state has already begun to suffer. When they arrived here, the condition of the villagers was even more serious and began to get out of control. At dawn, he will go to the mine. And this investigation team actually all died at the foot of the mine. Has it been discovered? It shouldnt be possible. We can follow him all the way down the mountain. How could he be discovered in the end? ?Wu Heng was analyzing in his mind and was about to raise his head to speak. However, he found that everyone was looking at him. "what?" ?Wu Heng stepped forward subconsciously, and several people took a step back, looking behind him with vigilance. Holy shit! For a moment, Wu Heng felt the hairs on his hair stand on end and a chill running down his spine. (End of this chapter) Chapter 18 , suicide bomber Chapter 18, Human Bomb what''s the situation? ?Wu Heng''s expression changed drastically, and a sense of crisis arose in his heart. ??? Before he could make any move, the skeleton Basson on the side had already taken action. The dagger in his hand turned over and stabbed his left shoulder with his backhand. The moment the short blade pierced his shoulder, Wu Heng felt his shoulders relax, as if something had disappeared. I instantly turned my head and looked around, and saw a clear light and shadow leaving in the distance. ?Flying into the air, the light and shadow condensed again, turning into the shape of a baby with an ugly face and a slender umbilical cord. Depend on! Baby ghost? "What''s going on?" Wu Heng quickly approached the team and asked softly. "I don''t know. When everyone is reading the notes, it will lie on your shoulder and also read the notes." Kavina answered. A few people looked not behind themselves, but over their shoulders. Skeleton Basson''s movements are more direct. After seeing the right moment, he attacks directly. Whizzing! While the two of them were talking, several crossbow bolts were shot straight out. The crossbow arrow passed through the ghost''s body without leaving any traces. The baby-like ghost seemed to have been frightened. It opened its mouth wide and made a crying gesture. ?Although I cant hear the sound, my movements are like kicking my legs and crying. At this moment. ??Everyone felt something was wrong, and there were rapid and intensive footsteps coming from the direction of the cave. Like the gravel falling down from a broken embankment, dense and scattered. It was like returning to another world, facing zombies swarming up the stairs. Tap tap tap! ?Countless figures emerged from many mines. They rushed towards us from all directions. Everyones expressions changed. The crazy villagers are controlled by this ghost baby. ?Now it was frightened, and all the villagers in the cave rushed out. No wonder there is no one in the village and they are all hiding in the mine. Dont panic, retreat and look for an evacuation route. The commander said in a deep voice. A guard quickly rushed into a house and ran upstairs. Whizzing! ??The crossbow bolt pierced the night sky, and there was a clear sound of arrows. The target of the arrow stumbled to the ground, tripping up a large crowd behind him. At this time, the voice of the guard came from upstairs in the house, "Go north." Thunder! Plamon ordered. Several grenades were thrown into the crowd in arcs. ??Boom, boom! Amidst the deafening explosion, a red flame ignited. Withdraw! ??The team turned around and quickly retreated to the north. The swords rubbed against the armor, making a friction sound. Tap tap tap! Running fast, with a dense and crazy crowd behind me. Suddenly, the sound of chaotic footsteps came from the side. Groups of villagers rushed out from the side path and directly crashed into the quickly retreating team. The commander''s face was ugly, and he slashed quickly with his two-handed sword, and five or six heads flew up in an instant. ??The rest of the people also drew their weapons and started fighting with the crazy crowd. ??Wu Heng held a short spear in his hand and stood beside the skeleton thief. He kept swinging the short spear to repel the enemies who were coming. Otluk and Kavina were observing the situation here while fighting. ?Seeing a mage who had just changed profession a few days ago, using melee combat so calmly, there was some surprise and curiosity in his eyes. It doesnt look like a new person at all. For Wu Heng. ?The scene in front of me has been seen many times in the zombie world, and the scene there is more serious than here. The fighting slowed down the retreat. ?More people came up from behind, and in the shadows outside the firelight were densely packed figures. Enter the alley! the commander continued to order. Everyone retreated into the alley. The narrow alley reduced the numerical disadvantage. ?But the situation soon changed again. The crazy crowd began to climb the wall and pounce on everyone from the roof again. Look for a breakout route. The commander continued to order. ??The guard once again tried to climb to the roof to find a route. ?However, as soon as he climbed up, he saw a miner running straight over. ?Hold in his arms a bundle of detonators lit by fuses. A detonator used for breaking mountains. Boom! A deafening roar sounded. ??The guard was blown away instantly and did not get up again. ?At the same time, more miners climbed onto the roof and jumped down to face the crowd below. Boom, boom, boom! Hand-shaking explosions sounded one after another in the alley.?????Rubbles sputtered around like bullets. When the thick smoke dissipated, two more guards fell in a pool of blood and were drowned by the rushing crowd. The rest of the people were also affected by the impact in different ways. ??More people carrying detonators appeared on the roof and pounced on them like suicide bombs. . Lets go. The commander kicked open the door beside him. Everyone entered the room, jumped out of the window on the other side, and began to flee into the distance. ??Crowds kept appearing from the alley, still chasing after them, and explosions kept ringing. ??Boom! Several more figures jumped down, and explosions sounded one after another. The personnel were completely scattered, and no teammates could be seen in the thick smoke. Get out separately. I vaguely heard the order to separate and evacuate. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton Bassen and quickly found a direction and left quickly. The night is dim. Wu Heng and Skeleton Bassen who escaped stopped. There were no enemies coming behind him, but there were still flames and deafening explosions in the distance. It seems that the enemy is not chasing me. ?Just when Wu Heng was thinking about his next plan. Tap tap tap! ??Footsteps sounded in front, and a group of men in black cloaks walked out from the mine behind the village. ?One of them held a wrapped thing in his hand, holding it tightly in his arms. ?Wu Heng thought it was a crazy crowd with short spears and pistols in their hands. The person opposite was also stunned. Looking at the fighting area in the distance, he was also surprised that the other party was able to escape and stopped them here. Kill him and make a quick decision. The man holding the package in his arms ordered coldly, and he left first, heading towards the outside of the village. ?The guard heard the order, raised the crossbow in his hand, and pulled the trigger. Swish, swish, swish! The crossbow bolts roared and pierced the night sky. ??Wu Heng was startled and quickly hid behind the skeleton warrior. Puff puff! ??The crossbow bolt penetrated the leather armor of the skeleton and came out from behind. ??Wu Heng glanced at the crossbow bolts coming from the skeleton, raised his pistol and fired several shots back at the opposite side. Bang, bang, bang! ?The gunfire was deafening, and instantly someone was shot and groaned in pain. But it clearly missed the mark. Three shots later, Wu Heng pulled the skeleton warrior and got directly into the house on the first side. I cursed secretly in my heart. ?This time it was indeed a conspiracy. Go in and kill him. ??The order to attack was heard again outside, and the remaining people drew their weapons and quickly approached the wooden house. ?At the same time, he kept changing his position, probably because he was afraid of being hit by bullets. ?Wu Heng leaned against the wall beside the door, guessing the identities of these people. They know the environment here better, and they seem to have taken something in the mine. The footsteps outside the door are getting closer and closer. The skeleton Bassen beside him tightened the double blades in his hands and rushed out to attract attention for him. But Wu Heng just shook his head and did not need to fight them at a disadvantage. Then he took out a ''Poisonous Mist Thunder'' from his backpack, confirmed the eye position, and threw it directly. ?Gululu! ?Poisonous fog and thunder rolled down at the feet of everyone outside the door. The next second, there was a bang, and thick smoke exploded instantly. ??With a pungent smell, it permeated all surrounding areas. "Come in, don''t let them escape, otherwise none of us will survive." There was another loud urging from outside. Before they could continue their attack. Hurrah! The sound of bones rubbing together came from the front. ?The next second, in the thick smoke, a huge skeleton dog rushed into the smoke, knocked down a person, clamped the neck and began to swing violently. Everyone was stunned. Undead skeleton? Where did the undead come from? ?However, denser footsteps sounded one after another. Skeletons rushed into the smoke, waving the kitchen knives in their hands, and killed the enemies on the opposite side. Struggling and cries of pain resounded in the poisonous fog. (End of this chapter) Chapter 19 , leopard Chapter 19, Leopard The battle did not last long. The smoke became slightly thinner, and the sound of fighting had stopped. ??The skeleton warrior stood straight on the spot, and the skeleton dog came back dragging a corpse that was trying to escape. After confirming that there was no one else around, Wu Heng turned his attention to the body on the ground. He was also curious about who these people were. Why was it so accurate? After the crazy crowd was attracted away, they entered the village from the other side. What else was taken away. ??Took off the cloaks of the people in front of him, revealing their faces and armor underneath. Not much impression. ??Moreover, the armor is not standard, and it is impossible to identify which force the opponent comes from. Coming to the side of the man who was dragged back by the skeleton dog at the end, he continued to take off his cloak and check. ??The moment his face was revealed, Wu Heng''s brows instantly furrowed. It''s him! ??The steward next to the mine owner Achido. ??Is it really Achidos fault? What good will this do to him? As the Curly Investigator said, the accident at the mine had the greatest impact on him. Fellowed around the butler''s body. ?Other than weapons and leather armor, there is nothing else. ?It seems that their purpose is very clear, go and come back quickly. Seeing that there was no other gain, Wu Heng continued: "Take these corpses away and leave the rest alone." The skeleton warriors on standby take action. Pick up the corpse on the ground and return to the gate. On the road outside the village. A figure wearing a cloak fled quickly into the distance. Damn it, there is a necromancer, why is he in the investigation team? He was cursing in his mouth and his pace quickened a bit. The situation in the mining village has exceeded the original plan. ?The corpses were identified and they were all surrounded and suppressed by the guards. ??Damn it, how could a necromancer appear in the investigation team? When was the necromancer also accepted into the guard? Fortunately, he was standing far away on sentry duty and was not discovered by the group of skeletons. Otherwise, he would have remained there as a cold corpse. Get what I deserve and get out of here. Um? ?Muttering, he suddenly stopped. ?There was a carriage parked in front of the road, blocking his way. The sky has lightened up slightly, and the exquisite patterns on the carriage can be vaguely seen. The man''s eyes changed slightly, he took two steps back, and wanted to get into the forest. Just when he was about to move, he saw a yellow cheetah jumping out of the carriage and rushing towards him like a bolt of lightning. ??The man''s expression changed drastically, he took out the short blade from his waist with his backhand and slashed at the cheetah. Poof! But the cheetah is faster. ?Biting the wrist holding the blade with one bite, the bones broke and the short blade fell to the ground. The man was thrown to the ground on his back, and the cheetah stepped on his chest. A pair of cold eyes stared down at him, and its scarlet tongue with barbs licked his face, just like a bone scraping sickle swept across it, leaving a blood mark. The Wolf Head Mercenary Group has seen Mrs. Slater, please let her go quickly. The man shouted loudly. "Culuo!" A woman''s lazy voice came from inside the carriage. The leopard jumped off the man''s body, but did not leave. It circled around the man with its eyes as if examining its prey. The man sat up, holding his injured arm, his face full of pain. What are you doing here? The womans voice sounded again. The man quickly glanced at the cheetah beside him and said, "I just completed a mission and am heading back." Curo! ??Hello~! The cheetah pounced on him again, clamped his arm and began to tear violently. ??The man struggled and shouted, "I said, we took over the task of a mining village." What did Achido ask you to do? The man looked suffocated. He didn''t expect that the other party knew this. He thought for a moment, lowered his head and asked, "I told you, can you let me go?" Look at how dishonest you are. ??The man glanced at the cheetah beside him, gritted his teeth and said, "We will help." He gritted his teeth and said, "We were helping ''Archido'' pick up something in the mining village. Things went smoothly until then, but we were blocked by a necromancer from the investigation team. He killed everyone, and only I escaped. " What to take? "I don''t know. It''s a small package. It was taken out from the innermost part of the mine. It was wrapped very tightly." The carriage was silent for a brief moment again. The man''s body swayed a little, and he asked softly: "Can I leave?" Lets go! Many, thank you. The man stood up, held his drooping arms and ran towards the woods on one side. Immediately afterwards, the voice in the carriage sounded again, "Culuo, go kill him." The cheetah got into the woods, and then the man''s painful roar and curses were heard. Not long after, the cheetah came back with a mouth full of blood and jumped onto the carriage. Go, go back. The carriage turned around and disappeared into the night. The sky is slightly bright. The guards and the professional team reunited. An hour ago, the crazy crowd suddenly stopped attacking and fell down in pieces like wheat. ??Everyone took this opportunity to escape from the village and gathered together. While recovering his strength, he was also glad that these madmen had lost their fighting ability, otherwise none of them would be able to escape. Captain, Wu Heng was not found. Kavina also walked out of the village, her face looking a little ugly. ??For Wu Heng, a new member of the team, we cant say we have much friendship, but we dont dislike him either. Died in the first mission as soon as he became a teammate. This is not a good thing at all. The Guards suffered serious casualties. There are only three people left in the six-man team, and all of them are injured. "It''s good news that it''s not found. Let''s wait a little longer." Captain Altluk said. Having said that, the situation last night was very dangerous. ??Wu Heng went on a mission for the first time and was separated from the crowd. It was difficult for him to survive. ??Although Kavina couldn''t bear it, she had no good solution. Sit down to the side and recover your strength. At this time, Commander Plamon came over. Captain Altluk, what do you think about this matter? In the investigation of the mining village, there are many doubts from beginning to end. But there is still no effective evidence to give them a correct direction. ??If no one died, they would just tolerate it and let Blackstone Town handle the matter. Now that both teams have died, we cant let it go. Orteluk said softly: "Provide the situation to Blackstone Town, call in more people to check the mining village, and also investigate the person who provided the intelligence. We should be able to find some clues." "Yes." The commander continued: "Achido is very suspicious, but it is difficult to find him. We have never found any clues about this matter and him. Even if we use intelligence to talk about it, he can find enough reason. ?As long as the information Achido provided when he bit him to death was the information he obtained at the time, it would be difficult to do anything to him. After all, no one can require absolute accuracy of intelligence. Especially in the information provided by the private sector, it is normal for certain errors to occur. "Then there''s nothing we can do. Let''s have someone check the necromancy. It''s obvious that something is not right with those villagers." Altluk continued. Well, thats all we can do, lets go back first. Just when everyone got up and was about to leave. Two figures walked out of the village. Wu Heng! ??And the skeleton. Not only was he not dead, but he also had no obvious injuries. (End of this chapter) Chapter 20 ,Arrests Chapter 20: Arresting people When you get closer. Only then did everyone see clearly the appearance of one person and one skeleton. ??Wu Heng was okay, just a little shabby, and beside him was a skeleton wearing a round helmet, with five or six crossbow bolts stuck on the breastplate, all of which penetrated the body. ?In addition, there was a **** corpse on his shoulders. ?This made everyone a little confused. The crazy crowd used detonators, but no one used crossbows. ??If you can even use a crossbow, then none of them can escape. Wu Heng, where have you gone? Kavina asked immediately. I hid in the village for a while and came out after seeing nothing happened outside. Wu Heng replied. "It''s okay." Altluk nodded and said, his eyes falling on the corpse carried on the shoulders of the skeleton warrior, "Who is carrying this?" "put it down." The skeleton threw the body on the ground, and Wu Heng directly took off the mask that was blocking it. The other people looked at the corpse and frowned. Achidos butler. Wu Heng directly revealed the other partys identity. With such a reminder, everyones eyes widened instantly, full of surprise and disbelief. I just said that there is no direct evidence for doubting Achido. ?Now, Wu Heng came back carrying the other party''s butler. "What''s going on? Tell me in detail!" Altluk continued to ask. "After we were scattered, I ran away to the west and accidentally saw a group of people coming out of the ore behind..." Then he told what he saw last night. ?From seeing the sneaky team, what the opponent was holding, and how they wanted to kill me, but were killed by me. ??Its just that his way of counterattack was to rely on poison smoke thunder and skeleton Basson to conceal the matter of the skeleton group. "You mean, they took something from the mine in the back mountain?" Plamon walked over. Yes, the crowd was all lured away by us, and they took something away. In an instant, everyones faces turned ugly. ?Plamons eyes also revealed murderous intent. This is the first time that "Achido" has treated the investigation team like monkeys. Cut off the head of the corpse, said Plamon. ??The guard stepped forward, cut off the body with a knife, and wrapped it in a leather bag. Lets go back. They should have left their horses nearby. It would be faster for us to find them. The horses of the investigation team were all killed last night. Going back on foot will waste more time, and Achido may arrange for someone to intercept and kill him. Okay, spread out and look around. Plamon continued to order. The team dispersed and searched nearby, and sure enough they found the horses tied in the woods. ?These horses are a certain distance from the village and have not been disturbed. Everyone rode horses and went directly to the station. After arriving at the station, he did not leave directly. ??Plamon directly mobilized the garrison troops and went back to the manor of ''Achido'' to arrest people. ?The team arrived at the manor in a mighty manner. ??The defense of the manor cannot be compared with that of the city. The wrought iron gate is hollow and thin and cannot defend against the army''s attack at all. "Sir, I''m afraid this is against the rules. If you want to arrest someone, you need approval from the city hall." The guard stood behind the door and said. After last night''s battle, Plamon obviously didn''t have much patience to talk nonsense with him. He kicked open the iron door and shouted loudly: "All those armed with weapons will be executed on the spot for treason." Shuashuashua! The moment the order was given, the bows and crossbows were already loaded with arrows, pointing forward. ??Those manor guards who still wanted to step forward to say a few words froze in place and did not dare to make any more moves. Then carefully throw away the weapon in your hand to avoid being shot into a sieve. . Treason has come out. Obviously there is something big involved. ??The manor guards threw away their weapons, and the guards quickly stepped forward to control them. ?Plamon waved again and continued walking towards the central building. As soon as I walked to the door, the door of the mansion was already opened. The owner of the mine, ''Achido'', came out, holding something wrapped in yellowing rags in his arms. Between the gaps in the cloth, you could see a clay pot covered with patterns. ?Plamon glanced sideways at Wu Heng, who nodded slightly, proving that this was what he saw last night. At the same time, in Wu Hengs sight, the object in his arms exuded the slightest aura of death. "Achido, do you know why we came?" Plamon''s voice was cold and filled with murderous intent. I know, I am willing to go with you, but please dont hurt other people here. Achido said. Ah! ?Plamon sneered, "Now that I''m talking about this, who are the villagers you killed?" ?The guards stepped forward and controlled Achido and a few people around him. ??Plamon handed the pottery pot that exuded death energy to Wu Heng, "Watch it and don''t let it cause problems." Trough! ?Wu Heng cursed secretly in his heart, put the things into the arms of Skeleton Basson, and followed the team to **** ''Achido'' and others away. On the return train. The guards and the professional team once again distanced themselves. Skeleton Bassen stood at the end of the carriage, holding the clay pot in his arms. ?Wu Heng and others sat on the other side, keeping a certain distance. Captain, tell me about the Professionals Association! Wu Heng asked. I just joined and I really dont know much about this organization. The reason why I joined at that time was because of my legitimate identity. "Well, let me tell you about the internal structure of the association first." Captain Altluk continued: "The Professionals Association is the collective name of the organization. It is not just a team like us that performs tasks. It has more detailed internal divisions. "We are called ''field envoys'' who are stationed in branches in various places. They mainly perform tasks and assist members of the rescue association. In addition, there are different branches such as ''Hongwen Society'', ''Hunters'', ''Secret Whisperers'' and so on. " The main members of Hongwenhui are composed of scholars and professionals with a strong thirst for knowledge. Hunters represent exploration and adventure, and are mostly rangers and thieves. There are also the Whisperers, who are good at collecting all kinds of intelligence. Old affairs of the kingdom, love stories of nobles, or some secrets spread among the people are all the targets they collect. ?Wu Heng listened and understood the meaning of these organizations. The professional association is like a school. Everyone is a student of this school, but there are different clubs within it. Some people like to study knowledge, so join the Hongwen Society, some people like adventure, so join the Hunters, and if you like to collect gossip, then join the Whisperers. But no matter how you divide it internally, you are still a member of the Professional Association. ?This mechanism is quite complete. Kavina also spoke at this time: "Don''t get too close to the people of the Whisperer. It''s very troublesome to arouse their curiosity. You don''t want your secrets to be kept in the database." Holy shit! When I say this, I instantly feel as if my information has been exposed and the world is being destroyed. Um, are there members of the Secret Whisperers in Blackstone Town? Wu Heng asked. Yes, Mrs. Slater from Money Cat. (End of this chapter) Chapter 21 , I have always had a good eye Chapter 21, I have always had a good eye Mrs., these two words have an inexplicable attraction. But the name "Money Cat" is still very famous in Blackstone Town. In other words, he is too famous in mens circles. ?When eating in a pub, you can often hear people talking about which girl from "Money Cat" is fairer, and what new dance show there is. ??The ''Money Cat'' is different from normal prostitutes. It is not a business method of skin and flesh business, but an entertainment place for some singing and dancing performances. According to Wu Heng''s understanding, it is just a sideshow. But he had only heard about it a little bit, but he didnt expect that the boss behind it was a woman and someone from the Professionals Association. Which team is she from? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina continued: "She is the deputy deacon of Blackstone Town and does not belong to the team." Ardeacon, this is not a small right. ? After a long time, it is impossible not to have contact with her. It is best to maintain a good relationship and don''t let her record any scandals about herself. The two chatted a few more words about the boss behind Money Cat. ?Captain Altluk continued: "Let me tell you about the team situation in Blackstone Town." "good." "In addition to our newly established team, there were three teams in total before. The first team was the first to be established. The captain is called ''Anel'' and is a warrior. The captain of the second team is the warlock ''Tulisa''. The captain of the third team is the ranger ''Na''. Joe'', their team was established early and has 5 members. " ?Wu Heng listened, but also knew that there were three teams, and each team was fully staffed. He was recruited because of the newly formed fourth team. Become a member of a professional association. As for the names of the three captains, I forgot them as soon as I heard them. The only one who impressed me deeply was Mrs. Slater from Money Cat. Okay, you just need to listen to it for a while, and you will get familiar with it over time. The captain continued on the side. "Um!" The train returned to Blackstone Town, and it was almost dusk. ?At the station, there were guards from Blackstone Town, who handed over Achido and others as well as the clay pots filled with the aura of the undead. ?At this point, the mission of the professional team has been completed. The rest will be handled by Blackstone Town. ??Captain Altluk and Plamon chatted in a low voice for a few words, and then separated directly, going to the Professionals Association to return to work. ?Wu Heng and Kaweina can go home first. If anything happens, they will be notified. Farewell to the two of them, Wu Heng walked towards his residence. The mission of the professional team is not as simple as ''Yazd'' said. There were a total of nine people in the investigation team, three of them died, and the rest all had some injuries. ??Had it not been confirmed that one of them was the steward of ''Achido'', it would have been difficult to have substantial evidence to pin this incident on Achido''s head. By then, the clay pot of necromantic magic will kill many more people. ?Black magic is really scary. No wonder he is so resistant to the Necromancer, it is not unfair at all. After returning to my residence, I just wanted to go to the zombie world to see the situation. There was a knock on the door. Wu Heng, are you back? The voice of the landlord. ??Wu Heng opened the door, and a middle-aged man with rough skin and a beard longer than his hair stood at the door, "Mr. Rudger." ??Rudger is the owner, the landlord, of this house. Well, did Wu Hengqin cause any trouble? Rudger walked into the room quickly and asked directly. ?Wu Heng frowned, thinking of his fellow wanted criminals who had escaped. asked: Did something happen? "I also wanted to ask you what happened. Why do guards keep coming to your place these days? I rented the house to you because you are a good person. You can''t cause any trouble to me." The landlady sat down at the table. After speaking, he glanced at the figure wearing a round helmet next to him, frowned, and added, "Also, I only rented this house to you, don''t bring anyone else here." ?Skeleton Bassen, his whole body was wrapped tightly, but there were still traces of crossbow arrows on the leather armor. In addition, the round helmet is very strange, and it does not look like an ordinary resident. ?Wu Heng also immediately understood what the other party meant. In the past few days, guards and professional teams have been coming here frequently, which made the landlord feel that something was wrong. After all, its just a rental, and no one wants to get into trouble. Fortunately, I didnt know that Wu Heng had killed someone here, otherwise I would have driven him out. Misunderstanding, I joined the professional team, and yesterday I also assisted the city defense guards to investigate the matter, and I didnt do anything bad. As he spoke, he took out the copper-colored emblem given to him by the Professionals Association. ??The landlord was stunned at first, then surprised, and then immediately turned into a smile. I just said you have potential, I have always had a good taste. The landlords attitude changed immediately. No longer said anything that would cause trouble, but praised him for his ability and future. I also want to introduce someone to him, very enthusiastically. ??The girl from such and such family, the widow from that street, named three or four candidates. But Wu Heng just listened and didn''t pay too much attention. Professional field envoys actually have no law enforcement powers, but in the eyes of ordinary people, they are still somewhat special. ?Wu Heng also chatted with him for a while and said that he would not cause any trouble to him. ??The landlord laughed, but he thought that Wu Heng living here would make the public security in the neighborhood much better. Not long after, the landlord left. ?Wu Heng went to the zombie world to take a look, took out some goods, put the skeleton Basson on his back and walked out of the room. Professional Association, conference room. Four people were sitting on both sides of the slender conference table. ??Blackstone Town Professionals Association, there are four teams in total, and Altluk just came back and was also called to attend the meeting. The deacon hasn''t come yet, and several people are acting a little relaxed. The captain of a team said: "Altluk, I heard that your team has recruited a necromancer?" "Well, the team is short of manpower, and new people have been recruited." Altluk replied calmly. The captain of the third team said: "I know about this. The deacon personally recruited him and wanted to place him in our team..." Hand did not continue, but the meaning was already clear. The third team didnt want it, so he was assigned to the fourth team. The female captain of the second team glanced at Altluk and said: "Use it first when there is a shortage of manpower, and we will talk about it later." The captain of the first team continued to ask: "Yesterday was your first mission. How was he doing?" Performed very well, beyond my expectation. Haha, dont be too pushy. He just transferred to another job a few days ago, so its good if hes not a burden. The captain of the third team didnt believe it at all. ?Otluk didnt speak either. ?The rest of the people just smiled and didn''t talk about it anymore. At this time, the door opened. ?The deacon of Yazd, who was leaning on a wooden staff, came in and sat down at the head. He said directly: "In this mission to investigate the mining village, the fourth team performed very well, especially team member Wu Heng, who was praised by the city hall. Due to the incorrect intelligence in Blackstone Town, the reward for your team in Altluk was doubled. Plus a mid-level prop reward. As soon as these words came out, all the captains were stunned. ??City Hall, honoring a necromancer? What did he do? Please give me a recommendation vote, please give me a monthly vote! (End of this chapter) Chapter 22 , Skeleton Crossbowman Chapter 22, Skeleton Crossbowman ??Altluk may be tough and refuse to admit his teammates. But the deacon said so, so there is nothing wrong. Let the city hall praise a necromancer. It seems that it really played a big role in this mission. ? Sensing something was wrong with a few people, the deacon asked, "What''s wrong?" "It''s okay. Congratulations to Captain Altluk for recruiting a capable member." said the captain of the third team. Thank you. Altluk thanked him. The deacon also continued: "This time the matter involves the Wolf Head Mercenary Group. Except for the fourth team, all other teams are ready to assist Blackstone Town in apprehending the Wolf Head Mercenary Group." Yes! everyone responded and left the conference hall. ?On the other side, Wu Heng took the skeleton to Dongcheng District. On both sides of the main road leading to the East City Gate are stalls one after another. ? form a market with a very local style. The trophies of the mercenary group, the goods of the village, or some shops will also take out the items for sale during this time. If possible, you can set up a stall. If not, lay a piece of linen or leather on it, and it will be considered a stall. ?Wu Heng arrived late, found a place on the edge, spread a piece of cloth, and took out all the things one by one. Mainly looted glasses. ??The same things were placed on the stall. Then he stood up and shouted: "Take a look, take a look, the black-hearted boss ran away with his sister-in-law. The glasses that were originally priced at 1,200 are now worth 50 coppers. First come, first served. The stall will be closed after the goods are sold out." Everyone who heard the shouting cast doubtful glances. After listening to it again, I finally heard something like running away with my sister-in-law. I dont understand what kind of goods can be related to the bosss sister-in-law. He then moved forward to see what he was selling. Soon, the shouts attracted many people, who surrounded the stall several times. All fifty coppers? They are all fifty coppers, you can pick them as you like, they are convenient for drinking water, and they look good at home. "The boss really ran away with his sister-in-law? Didn''t he take anyone else with him?" Its not important. If you dont buy it, youll just be left with the rest. How do these look like they have been used by people? It gets dirty when you touch it, just go back and brush it and itll be fine. "I want one." I want three, and Ill drink from a glass too. Once someone starts, the others behind will also spend money to buy. ?This price is definitely cheaper than the glasses in shops, and the pattern and style are also better-looking than ordinary cylindrical ones. ??Its definitely good value for money here. The reason why we set this price is not because we really plan to make a lot of money. ?These are all looted, and it would be a pity to throw them away. The only people who can come here to buy things are ordinary residents or villagers from remote villages. Leave it alone, why not sell it cheaply to everyone so everyone can use it. Amidst the various shouts from Wu Heng, this stall has become the most popular. ??More and more people gathered together. They didnt know what was going on, so they came here to watch the excitement. ?Wu Heng kept collecting money, and soon the glasses on the stall were sold out. Many people didn''t get it and slapped their thighs in anger. The people in the other stalls were dumbfounded. what''s the situation? The stall is closed now? Everything was sold out as soon as I sat down. "No, I''m sorry." Wu Heng took a roll of stall cloth and put it away directly, and continued: "There will be another batch coming in a few days, and the price will still be the same as this place. If you need it, you can come and take a look. Its convenient for everyone in the family to use. After packing up his things, Wu Heng took the skeleton and was about to leave. As soon as he stood up, several people gathered around him. ??It''s from several stalls nearby. "Sir, if you don''t have time, you can sell the goods to me directly. It will still be the same price and save you the time of a trip." One of them said. Sell it to me, I can give you a higher price. "I have a physical store here. As long as the supply is stable, I can sell it for you..." ?Wu Heng understood the purpose of these people and planned to resell the goods. This actually does not cost him anything, and it also saves time. But after thinking about it carefully, I decided to forget it. There is no guarantee when I will sell it next time, and it is difficult to explain the continuous production of goods out of thin air. There is no factory behind him, they are all moved from another world. If someone really wants to investigate, problems will arise. He refused directly and said, "Sorry guys, it''s hard to tell whether there will be goods next time, so we can''t cooperate." ?A few people heard that there was no goods in the back, so they did not continue to pester. They only left a few words that they could sell it to themselves if there was goods, and then each returned to their own stalls. ?Wu Heng got up and started walking along the stalls. ?Within just two steps, there were shouts from behind, "The boss ran away with his sister-in-law and took the goods to pay the bill." The shouting people were stunned at the same time and looked at each other angrily. ?Wu Heng looked back and continued walking forward. ?This place is much more lively than the night markets in the modern world. Not to mention the weird and weird things sold, I didnt go very far before I saw several groups of real people competing against each other. ??However, they were relatively restrained. They did not draw their swords, but just greeted each other with their fists in the face. Walked around and stopped in front of a stall. The stall owner is a middle-aged man wearing leather armor, with herbal horns and five spears placed in front of him. ?The spearhead is made of metal and the spear shaft is hardwood. It should be used by nearby villages to drive away wild animals. Adventurers do not know how to use wooden weapons when fighting, and can easily be cut in half. On the contrary, it is easier to use against wild beasts. How to sell the spear? Wu Heng asked. ?The stall owner looked up at him and said casually: "Two silver coins can also be exchanged for something." I want all of these, can it be cheaper? You want them all? Why do you want so many? The stall owner looked up at him. Can I give you a cheaper price? Ill buy them all for 10 silver coins, and Ill charge you 9. The stall owner continued. ?Wu Heng paid directly and bought the five spears. Seeing that the other party was generous, the stall owner continued: "If you like the rest, I''ll cover it all and make it cheaper for you." Ill have a chance next time. Picked up the spear he bought, carried it with the skeleton Bassen, and walked towards his residence. After solving the dinner problem, Skeleton Basson went to the zombie world holding the purchased spear. The familiar rotten stench hit his face, but it gave him a sense of security of returning to normal life. The human world is too complex. In the mission in the mining village, the owner of the mine was actually the mastermind behind it, and almost killed the entire investigation team. The most difficult thing to guess is the human heart. You dont have to worry about this in the zombie world. When we arrived at the top of the building, the skeleton warriors stood upright on the top of the building. Only the skeleton dogs were running around non-stop, and no undead looked calm at all. Bring those corpses over. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton warrior in front of him took action, dragged the corpse in the distance and threw it at his feet. There are four corpses in total. The people who attacked me in Mining Village yesterday selected a few and brought them back. ?In addition to the corpses, there were four iron swords, two crossbows and some crossbow bolts. ?These are worth a lot of silver coins. The armor and clothes on several people were stripped off, revealing patterns that resembled wolf heads. Should be a mercenary or a member of a gang. Only these organizations often have this kind of uniform tattoo on their bodies. It should be the same as giving a family name when playing games. It helps to unite and identify one''s own people, and it also adds prestige. I just glanced at it and didnt look at it more. ?These have nothing to do with him. Even if it is a big gang, they will go to the Blackstone Town Guards to settle accounts. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the four skeletons stood up. They are two skeleton swordsmen and two skeleton crossbowmen. The Skeleton Swordsman has one level 6 and one level 5, while the crossbowmen have two level 5 swordsmen. Specially looked at the attributes of the crossbowman. Skeleton Crossbowman ? [Level: 5 (0/3000)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 14, Intelligence 9, Perception 8, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Experts: Hunter aiming, coordinated attack. Ability: One-handed sword specialization (basic), hand crossbow specialization (intermediate), light armor specialization (intermediate), lock picking (basic), trap disarming (basic). Hunter Aiming: Focus on aiming, and the attack will become extremely accurate. Coordinated attack: Having rich experience in teamwork, you can better cooperate with teammates/allies to attack. All four skeletons have basic souls, and blue firelight flickers in the empty eye sockets. The attributes of crossbowmen are mainly hand crossbow specialization and proficiency. There are long -range arms on my own side. The swordsmans attributes are not special either. Expert: Precision Swordsmanship. Ability: Two-handed sword specialization (intermediate level), light armor specialization (intermediate level), medium armor specialization (intermediate level). is not bad either. ??Wu Heng looked at the four skeletons and said to the sixth-level skeleton swordsman: "I will be called Jian Yi from now on." ??He then said to the swordsman and crossbowman on the side respectively: "You are the second sword, you are the first crossbow, and you are the second crossbow." Four skeletons nodded their skulls. In this way, you will have six skeletons with souls. ?Teddy the Skeleton Dog, Basson the Skeleton Thief, as well as Sword One and Sword Two and Crossbow One and Crossbow Two. Go and put on your armor first and put on your own weapons. Wu Heng ordered. The four skeletons walked aside and began to put on their stripped off equipment. Recommendations, monthly votes, collection...! (End of this chapter) Chapter 23 ,mission rewards Chapter 23, Mission Rewards Sword One Sword Two Four skeletons went aside to put on their equipment. ??Wu Hengs eyes fell on the straight skeleton team. Five skeleton warriors with slightly higher experience were selected from them and were called to the front. ?One of them was the skeleton that was first transformed and held an iron sword. The sword-wielding skeleton is the only one that has been upgraded to level 2. Throw away the weapon. Clang, clang! The skeleton warrior threw the weapon in his hand to the ground. ?Wu Heng picked up a spear and handed it to a skeleton, "Take it." The skeleton warrior took the spear and held it in his hand. ?Wu Heng took two steps back, pointed at the iron cage next to him, and said, "Attack the iron cage." ??The skeleton warrior raised his spear and made a thrusting motion forward. ?The spear blade struck the iron cage with a clang. ?Seeing that the skeleton could complete this action, Wu Heng felt relieved. He was really scared, holding the spear and slashing it like a kitchen knife or an iron sword. ??Although these spears are not expensive, it is a good thing that ordinary skeletons can use them. Then Wu Heng handed the spears to the remaining skeletons one by one. An order was also given to attempt an attack. ??Also made a forward thrust. The effect is pretty good. At this time, the skeletons such as Jian Yi, who had put on armor and weapons, also came back. ?Wu Heng glanced at the already dark sky and said, "Don''t go out, stay upstairs and wait." The four skeletons nodded in unison. ??Wu Heng did not stay any longer and returned to Blackstone Town with Skull Basson. After simple physical training, go to bed. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, I went to the Professionals Association alone. According to the words of the captain Otluk, we have to go to the association this morning. We walked all the way to the central area and walked into the association hall. ?As soon as he entered the hall, he saw a slender figure standing in front of the notice board and looking up at the commissioned task. Kawina, youre here so early. Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Kavina turned around when she heard the sound and nodded, "The captain asked me to wait for you here, because I''m afraid I won''t find a place." Oh, thank you! Go through the corridor and come to a room. ? Pushing the door open, he saw the captain Otluk sitting in the room. Captain, Wu Heng is here. Kavina said. ?Oteluk nodded, motioned for the two of them to sit down, and continued: "Wu Heng, this is the lounge given to our team by the association. We can just come here directly from now on." Good captain. Then, Altluk continued: "At yesterday''s meeting, the performance of our team was praised by the deacons, especially Wu Heng. The city hall praised you individually." After confirming the performance of this task. ??Oteluk took out the file and handed it to the two of them, "Blackstone Town has interrogated ''Achido''. This is the record he handed over. We participated in this operation and got a copy." Kavina took a look at it first and then handed it to him. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and looked at it carefully. According to Achidos explanation. What was taken out from the mining village was the body of a baby. ?Three years ago, his wife gave birth to a dead baby. It was nothing in this world, so the immediate burial was over. But before the burial, a passing scholar found him and said that there was a way for the dead baby to survive in another way, and his career would also be helped. ?At that time, he listened to the other party''s words and placed the dead baby in a place in the mine according to the method. As expected, the mining business began to improve. Until recently, people in the village began to go crazy, and he realized that there was a problem. But when he wanted to take out the body for burial, he found that the people in the village were crazy and his people couldn''t get in at all. ??Coupled with the fact that Blackstone Town arranged investigation teams one after another, he took the risk and set the trap the day before yesterday. Since they could not stop the second investigation team, they asked the investigation team to lure the crazy villagers away so that they could go in and take out the baby''s body. ? Facts have proved that this plan is quite successful. The only thing missing was Wu Heng. One person killed several members of the Wolf Head Mercenary Group. ??It also caused his entire plan to fail at the last step. ?Seeing Wu Heng finish reading, Altluk continued: "Blackstone Town believes that the scholar on the path is a necromancer, and Blackstone Town has also begun to investigate this person." ??Necromancer. ??He came up with a random idea and killed a whole village. ?It is not unfair at all to be excluded from this profession. So, it was the babys body that drove the villagers crazy? Wu Heng continued to ask. "According to the data, it is a ghost cultivated by necromancy magic, which is the soul of the baby we saw at that time. After this kind of baby becomes a soul, it has no concept of good and evil and is often more dangerous." Otto Luke answered. Infant spirit? Soul body? Why did you get the ghost again? But then I thought about it, all skeletons have soul fire, so its not surprising that there are ghosts in this world. At the very least, a soul is much more reliable than a skeleton standing up. Okay, this mission has ended. Due to errors in the intelligence, the association and Blackstone Town have increased the mission reward. It has been mentioned to 220 silver coins, which is a medium item reward. Hearing this sentence, Kavina, who was not interested in the story at first, also brightened up. At least the adventure was not in vain, and the rewards have been improved. ??Wu Heng is concerned about the medium prop rewards. At that time, he can change to a medium skill book. The effect of the acid splash is not very great, and it is like spitting when released, which is not elegant at all. By the way, Wu Heng, you have to pay attention. The captain looked at him again. Huh? Whats wrong? This incident has affected a whole village, and it involves the Necromancer. Although the city hall recognizes your performance this time, it will also pay more attention to you. ?Wu Heng frowned instantly. In other words, the consequences caused by the Necromancer this time have made the city hall feel that this profession is even more dangerous. He, the necromancer in the city, will also receive special attention. No, I have always been a danger target, and this time I am a key danger target. I know Captain. ??Oteluk took out two money bags, handed them to the two of them, and continued: "That''s it for today. Kavina, take Wu Heng to get familiar with it in the association." "Okay!" Kavina put the money bag into her backpack, stood up and walked out, "I will show you around the association. If you have anything you don''t know, you can ask me." After leaving the room, Kavina led him out with her long legs. Her round hips were eye-catching. Thats the training ground over there. Its a big place. The captain likes to train there and is a training fanatic. The room over there is the alchemy research room, specially provided for the use of alchemists. Thats the conference room over there. Along the way, Kavina introduced him to several special places. Professional associations have deep pockets. The entire building occupies a large area and has various areas. Do you take care of the food here? Just breakfast and dinner? "in spite of!" "oh!" After walking around in a circle, Kavina left alone. ?Wu Heng came to the counter. I want to use the medium item reward to exchange for the skill book. Okay sir, what kind of professional skills do you need? Mage! Okay sir, there are two types of mage skill books currently available in Blackstone Town. Speaking, two skill books were taken out. Grease TechniqueCloud and Mist Technique. The book cover is old and looks like it has been read more than once. Grease Technique (Description: Turn the designated area into difficult terrain, flammable.) Cloud and Mist (Description: Create a thick fog that fills every corner.) Thanks to Angels Trail for the 5,000-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 24 , spear array Chapter 24, Spear Formation The two books are placed in front of you, and the prompts give a brief introduction. ??Both spells appear to be support types. One is to change the terrain, and the other is to change the environment to create smoke. I have to say that in Blackstone Town, the skills of mages are really few. ??Its no wonder that a necromancer like me, who has just changed professions, can join as a special profession. I thought about it for a while. The cloud and mist technique is actually not very useful, or it has little effect on zombies, and the poison smoke thunder can completely replace it. On the contrary, the grease technique mentioned difficult terrain, which may play a certain role to some extent. After thinking about it clearly, he said directly: "I choose this one." The staff nodded and completed the recording after recording it. ?Wu Heng put away the skill book, turned and left. Return to your residence. He took a simple bite and took out the [Grease Technique] exchanged in the morning. In terms of skill level, Grease is above Acid Splash. Hope it can bring you a good effect. But there are really not many skills in Blackstone Town, and the skill books exchanged are obviously very old. ?Blackstone Town is still too remote. I heard that professional field envoys can be transferred to other cities. Do you want to apply for transfer to a larger place? ?This idea only passed by for a moment and was immediately rejected. Skills are just a matter of auxiliary skills. As my level goes up, transforming more skeletons is better than anything else. If you are really transferred out, you may face other problems in the new environment. It seems that it is not cost-effective to change to a new environment in order to learn a few more skills. Don''t be too anxious. After calming down, he returned his attention to the Grease Technique skill book. Start to open it. Time passes little by little. ??After reading the last page, the system prompts also sounded in my ears. Unlock skill: Grease Successfully unlocking the skill, he also closed the magic book. ?It seems that this exchange is not very cost-effective. ?You only need to read it once to unlock it. I dont know if its okay to return the book now and say its a bad choice. Ask Altluk if you have a chance. After unlocking the skill, I looked at the time. Let''s take Bassen with us and open the gate to the zombie world. Arriving at the top of the building, skeleton warriors stood in rows. ?Several skeletons with souls are also sitting on the square bricks nearby. Confirmed that there is nothing wrong with the eyes. Follow me downstairs. Wu Heng ordered directly. ??The skeleton followed him and walked downstairs, stopping at the stair door on the first floor. Five of you, stand at the door with your spears forward. ??Wu Heng stood on the stairs and gave orders to five people holding spears. ?Five skeletons holding spears stood stiffly in front of the door, three in front and two behind, with the spears in their hands moving forward, sealing off the narrow corridor. When the preparations were almost complete, he said to the skeleton Basson on the side: "Open the door, bring in some zombies nearby, and stay out of the community." ??The zombies downstairs have been cleared away, but there are still a lot of zombies under the adjacent buildings in the community. ??Bassen nodded, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, the sound of rapid running and the roar of zombies were heard from outside. Looking outside, Bassen quickly ran towards this side, followed by at least twenty or thirty zombies running madly behind him. Baring teeth and dancing claws, showing a ferocious face. The noise and roar also attracted the attention of the zombies in other buildings. ??The zombies trapped in the room broke the glass of the room, and jumped down from the building along with the broken glass in the sky. It fell to the ground with a thud. The number of zombies is also increasing rapidly. ??Bassen is very fast and always keeps a certain distance from the zombies. After running downstairs, he plunged directly into the corridor and squeezed into the back of the skeleton team. ?The zombies were roaring one after another, and followed closely like a flock of swallows returning to their nests, chasing into the corridor. Poof! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and the first zombie to rush in directly hit the forward spear. Soon, more and more zombies rushed in. Five skeletons armed with spears began to attack. The spear in his hand kept thrusting forward, piercing the zombie''s body. The zombies with little intelligence are not afraid of pain and are still crowding forward. The narrow corridor restricts the movement of zombies. ??And the spear kept thrusting forward, piercing through the zombies leaning in front. ?Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, strength +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, constitution +1. The effect is better than expected. The experience is all concentrated on the five spear-wielding skeletons. The level has been upgraded to Level 2 one after another. I have killed a lot of zombies before, but my experience is spread among many skeletons. Those who rush to the front row and kill the most enemies are also the easiest to die. So after working hard for several days, the sword-wielding skeleton reached level 2. Now it seems that when there are not many enemies and there is no danger, you can use this method to cultivate some higher-level skeletons first. Quantity is important, but so is level. Soon, the battle came to an end, and all five skeletons were upgraded to level 2. The small doorway was filled with corpses. ??Wu Heng came out from behind and began to release the bone-slaking technique. Skeleton warriors stood up on the ground and squeezed into the queue of skeletons. The next work is a bit boring. Transform and refresh at the same time. Until late at night, return to Blackstone Town to rest. The next day, Wu Heng came to the zombie world early. After transforming all the remaining zombie corpses from yesterday, we counted the number of zombies. There are 5 second-level skeletons and 172 first-level skeletons. ?Skeletons with souls, level 7 skeleton thief Basson, level 6 skeleton sword 1, level 5 skeleton sword 2, crossbow 1 and crossbow 2, and level 5 skeleton dog Teddy. It sounds like a small number, but standing on the roof of the building, it looks like a lot. But compared to the tide of corpses chasing the bus, there is no comparison. Especially among the corpses, there are various kinds of deformed zombies. The prerequisite for stable development is not to waste money. After tapping the number of skeletons, he said: "Go downstairs." Hurrah! The group of skeletons took action and walked downstairs together. ?Stepping out of the corridor, the downstairs was a little empty. "go ahead!" Tap tap tap! ??The skeleton team followed scattered and dense footsteps and walked towards the next building. Come to the door of the first household. Phew! As soon as it was opened, two zombies pounced on it. ??Hidden sideways and dodged, and the skeleton warrior behind him swung his kitchen knife to kill him. "You guys, go up with Jianyi and clean up the zombies in the corridor." Jian nodded, led five skeleton warriors into the corridor, and walked upstairs. ??Wu Heng continued to the second unit. After opening the door, "You follow Jian Er to clean up the zombies in the corridor." Corridors opened one after another, and skeletons entered in batches to clean up the zombies in the corridors. The process went relatively smoothly, and no deformed zombies were found. Soon, a building was cleared, and bodies were carried to the open space outside. ?Wu Heng did not transform it immediately, but continued to clean up the second building. ??The procedure is still the same, the corpses are piled outside, and the looted loot is moved directly back to the original residence. Return to Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng asked Basen to put on his backpack and walked together towards the market in the east of the city. ??The market is still noisy, with shouts and hawking resounding throughout the area. ?Walking through several stalls along the way, you can hear more than one shop shouting, "The boss ran away with his sister-in-law, and all items are on sale." ??Wu Heng took Bassen to find an empty seat, took out a piece of colorful cloth and spread it on the ground, and then took out the glasses one by one. ?The sun shines down and reflects beautifully on the glass. Without waiting for him to drink, many people gathered around. Have the new goods arrived? Is it still the same price as before? They gathered around and asked questions one after another. ??Wu Heng did not expect that so many people would gather when he first arrived, and he said: "The price is still the same as before, 50 coppers each. To prevent malicious takeovers, one person can only buy three." "I want one." "I also want." ?The crowd immediately rushed forward and paid for the glass, which was cheaper than in the shop. Whether it was those who recognized him or noticed that there were many people coming to see what was going on. Soon, the stall here was already filled with people. A mess. Although it wasnt like the first time it was sold out instantly, the business was pretty good. ?There were a large number of people, and the goods were really cheap, so the goods were quickly sold out. "Sorry, wait until next time!" Wu Heng put away his things and stood up. Those who didnt buy it sighed softly, said a few words to come earlier next time, and then dispersed. ?Wu Heng packed up his things. Still looking around the stalls. I didnt see anyone selling spears, which was a pity. The things in the market are much cheaper than those in the blacksmith shop. After walking around in a circle, Wu Heng asked the fur stall owner about the price, and then walked back with the skeleton. There are still some differences between rough leather and leather. ?The furs sold are completely different from the leather armors sold in the armor shop, and there should be several processes in between. ??He didnt quite understand, and there was no point in buying the fur back. He looked at it, asked about the price, and left. As soon as he left, two men came to the stall. He asked: "What did that person want to buy here just now?" The stall owner saw that the two of them looked unkind, so he hesitated for a moment and said, "I asked about the price of the fur, but he seemed to think it was too expensive and left." Didnt say anything else? Look what else is on my stall? the stall owner said. The two of them looked at the stall owner again, got up and walked away. When they got to a place where there was no one around, one of them asked: "He killed Bassen, so the thing must be in his hands." Bassen is a loser. Another person cursed first and then continued to ask: Who is that person next to him? I dont know, but he lives alone. The guards are clearing out the Wolf Head Mercenary Group these days. Lets find some time to go over there to avenge Bassen and get our things back. "good." Thanks to Xiao Shufu for the 10,000-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 25 , someone has been here Chapter 25, Someone has been here Having dinner at a tavern along the way, we went directly back to our residence. After resting for a while, he started to practice short spear fighting with Basson. Ever since we got the skeleton of Basson, we have never used wooden targets in practice. Actual combat is more effective than practicing against a wooden target. As the battle continues. The system prompt appears again from the ear. Unlock Specialty: Short Spear Specialization (Entry) Um? ?The sudden reminder made him distracted for a moment. ??The movement of his hand slowed down, and Basson''s dagger slashed towards his neck. He was startled, and his body instantly moved to one side to avoid it. "pause!" After dodging, he immediately shouted. ??Bassen stopped moving, sheathed his sword instantly, and stood there. ??Wu Heng touched his neck, and after making sure it was not injured, he opened the properties and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 3 (1109/2700) Attributes: Strength 10, Agility 13, Constitution 15, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feat: Short Spear Specialization (Beginner) Skills: Bone Spell, Acid Splash, Grease Skill. Short Spear Specialization (Entry): You have reached entry-level short spear weapon proficiency. Sure enough, there is an additional expertise in the attribute panel. There is no fixed attribute bonus, but it is mentioned that it has reached the entry level. This means that he can also unlock other weapons through training. No, this should be just a data prompt from the panel, and the proficiency is trained by oneself. It took a long time from actual combat to daily training. How about practicing swordsmanship later? Compared to short spears, most people wear swords on the market. This also proves the practicality of swords in groups. Since training can unlock weapon proficiency, you can practice sword practice yourself. After reading the attributes, he stood up again and said, "Come on, let''s practice for a while more." The two of them stood in the open space in the middle of the living room and continued to practice. It was not until late at night that Wu Heng went to bed to rest. the next day. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng led the skeleton team and continued yesterday''s work. Come to the building that has not yet been cleaned up, open the corridor doors one by one, and lead the skeleton warriors in to clean up the zombies. Then continue to open the door of each house and continue to clean up the zombies in the room. The battle is repeated without any changes. ??This kind of zombies that are separated alone pose no threat to the current skeleton team at all. Soon, the first building was cleared, followed by the zombies in the next building. Complete the battle with numerical superiority. After clearing out the zombies in the third building, you are about to turn the corner. ??The skeleton thief Bassen, who was acting as a scout, ran back from a distance. Made a gesture of stopping. ?Wu Heng immediately ordered "Stand where you are," Hurrah! The advancing skeleton army immediately stopped and stood upright. Bassen squeezed through the crowd, came to Wu Heng, and pointed to the back of the building that blocked his view. "dangerous?" ??Bassen''s skull is lighter. Take me to see it. ??Bassen nodded again and led Wu Heng out of the skeleton team. At the corner, he stuck his head out and looked ahead. In front is a small square in the community with a cement floor and several fitness equipment. A blue bus crashed through the community fence and rolled over on one side of the square. There were about twenty zombies wandering around the small square, many of them wearing uniform blue overalls. They should all be people from the bus, workers from a certain factory. The quantity is still within a controllable range. More than twenty zombies, although its not a lot. But with the current number of skeletons and a few skeletons with souls, it is not that difficult. Being prepared in advance can also reduce losses to a greater extent. Just when you plan to call the skeleton army over. Hurrah! Suddenly, three black figures jumped out from the distant corridor. ??Clamped the wandering zombies and tore off the arms and legs forcefully. Before the other zombies are surrounding you, run away quickly and start circling with the group of zombies. "Deformed zombie dog!" Wu Heng''s eyes widened a bit. Like Skeleton Teddy, these three are all large, deformed dogs. ?Like playing with prey, leaving the zombies spinning in circles. ?Using the advantage of speed, he kept running around, and would look back and wait for a while from time to time. With such a fuss, the number of zombies also began to increase, and more and more zombies gathered in the small square. ??The advantage of zombie dogs is speed. At that time, when I killed Teddy, he was trapped in the corridor, which greatly restricted his movement. Its hard to catch them in an open place like this outside. Even if you can beat him and turn around and run away, it will be difficult to catch up. He patted Basson on the shoulder and said, "Let''s go back." ??Fell back and left with the skeleton army. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ??Retreat all the way to the building where you live. ??Started to command the skeletons to carry the corpses, while Wu Heng began to transform. Skeletons stood up one after another, and the second-class skeletons with swords on the side handed the prepared kitchen knives to the hands of the new skeletons. Dusk. ??Wu Heng returned to Blackstone Town holding the one-handed iron sword. After unlocking the short spear specialization, I started practicing sword skills tonight. Try to unlock a specialization or something. ?Furthermore, when I practice short spears, I practice blindly on my own. I can ask the people in the fourth team for advice on this sword skill. ??If that doesnt work, theres still one sword and two swords. Having a basic soul is similar to that of ordinary people. The only difference is that it cannot speak. A simple demonstration or correcting your own movements should be fine. Putting the iron sword aside, picking up the backpack on the table and wanting to go out. The movement of the hand paused slightly. The backpack has been turned over. Although there is nothing missing inside, the location of the items has changed. ?Wu Heng immediately checked in the room again. There were also signs of being turned over in other places, but they were all put back into their original positions. ??If you are not in the habit of putting things in fixed places in your backpack, you may not notice this. Not a thief. The silver coins in the drawer are still there. ??Moreover, thieves will not put things back in their original places after rummaging through them. With such qualities, who would want to be a thief? No clues were found in the room, so he put on his backpack and walked out of the room alone. ?As soon as I came out of the alley, I saw the landlord chatting with the neighbors. Get out, said the landlord. Well, is anyone coming to see me today? Wu Heng asked directly. "No one is here, how come someone is looking for you? If you are not here, let him go to my place, and I will convey anything to you then." The landlord said generously. Oh, its okay, just ask. Just when he was about to turn around and leave, the landlord suddenly said: "By the way, there is a fur seller who came to find you during the day. I happened to see him when I went out." Fur? Well, I said that you talked at the market yesterday, and I left when I saw you werent at home. happy National Day! (End of this chapter) Chapter 26 , siege Chapter 26, Siege Someone entered his room, and the landlord saw a fur seller at the door. These two things had to be linked together. How does a fur seller know this? Not a thief, nor a fur seller. Only the wanted criminal who escaped knew his whereabouts. It is really outrageous that a wanted criminal dares to come out in the daytime. ??Wu Heng felt nervous and excited at the same time. The nervousness means that the other party is eyeing you again, and the excitement means that the other party is about to take action, and you are aware of the other party''s intentions. You can use this opportunity to deal with the opponent and remove the threat. He picked up his backpack and said to the landlord: "I still have something to do, let''s go first." Well, dont get those furs in the room, we wont be able to deal with it at all, and it will make a mess in the house. said the landlord. Ask for others. ? ? Walked out of the crowded area and walked towards the central area. ???In all likelihood, he is a wanted criminal, so he still needs to tell the association. Even though we are organized, we cannot handle this kind of thing by ourselves. Professional associations. There are still many professionals gathered in the hall. There are those who deliver tasks at the counter, those who chat in the rest area, and those who feed pets. ?Judging from the costume and pets, this should be a ranger. ?Kavina once said that the ranger can tame pets and can share the sight and hearing of the tamed beast in a short period of time. It is an important means of investigation and intelligence gathering. ? He ??glanced around the hall and without any delay, walked through the corridor and headed directly to the team''s lounge. Opening the door, there was no one inside. I went to the training room and took another look, but I still didnt see Captain Altluk and Kavina. Not here? We went on a mission, but neither of them was in the association. You should take yourself with you when you go on a mission. I guess I''m not here. ?Just like Wu Heng, after the first mission ended, he has never been here. Coming to the office area of ??the hall, he asked the staff, "Is Captain Orteluk here today?" In addition to field envoys like them, the association also has a large number of staff to maintain the rest of the work. That is, civilian personnel. The staff member glanced at him and said: "At noon, Captain Altluk and Miss Kavina left with the second team and are currently not in the association." Holy shit, I went out at this time. There are five people in the second team, three people in the fourth team, and I am not here yet. What is this going on? When will they come back? Unclear. Do you know where the second team took them? It should be related to the task. ?Wu Heng nodded and didn''t say anything more. He just came to the notice board nearby and took a look at the rewards posted all over it. The number of wanted criminals has increased again. In these portraits, I still didnt recognize any familiar faces. Returned to the team lounge, sat on the sofa, and began to think about the next plan. ?The other party is a wanted criminal, so he must not dare to be too ostentatious. It is very likely that the operation will take place at night, and the number of people will not be too large. Even if the captain and Kavina are not here, he may not be helpless. ??The two of them really got involved, but it was hard for me to use the rest of the skeleton warriors. Will you come to see me tonight? ??It would be really difficult if he didn''t come at night and instead hid in the dark and stared at him. It is better to talk to the association first. ??If you really didnt go there at night, you might as well ask the association to contact Blackstone Town to step up the search. If it comes at night, solve the problem directly. Even if its a little more dangerous. After thinking about it. Left a note on the table, picked up the backpack again, stood up and left. The night is dark. ?Under the misty moonlight, an owl with gray feathers stared down at the patrolling guards who were gradually moving away. At the same time, in a nearby narrow alley. ?One person said: "The guards have left." At this time, two more figures stood up. ?They looked at each other without any communication, and rushed toward the other side under the moonlight. Enter the alley opposite. ?One of them directed the owl to land at the alley in the distance, while the remaining three quickly came to the door and started taking action. ?With a crisp sound of ''click'', the door lock was easily opened. The house is dark and quiet. The three of them entered the house carefully and closed the door behind their backs. Rather than searching around, he went straight to the bedroom. Catch the opponent, ask where the things are, and then kill them. ?It''s that simple, it needs to be completed before the next round of guards comes. ?Entering the bedroom, looking at the human figure on the bed, he tightened the dagger in his hand. When taking the next action. Suddenly, a feeling of uneasiness and chill rose up my spine. ?Years of experience made several people instantly feel the danger. Without any hesitation, his body rolled on the spot. Dangdang! The two crossbow bolts were nailed to their original positions. With his body still unstable, the dagger in his hand swung back, and the sharp blade drew a silvery cold light. Collided with the iron sword coming from behind, splashing out dazzling sparks. In a dark room. ??More than a dozen figures could be vaguely seen standing in front, blocking the door. The cool moonlight shines in from the window. Through the body of the figure, the reflection of each rib is reflected. Undead! ?The eyes of several people were wide open, with incredible expressions on their faces. Except for the first few who were wearing armor, the ones behind them were all skeletons with white bones. Have you come to the wrong place? ??Why are there so many undead in this room? At the same time, they also understood that the other party had already noticed them. Havent shown it yet, just waiting for them to come to their door. Even so, several people still did not panic. ?Which wanted criminal is not a person who licks blood at the tip of a knife? In a life-and-death situation, giving in will only lead to faster death. Fight to the death, maybe there is a glimmer of hope. "rush out." ?One of them shouted. Hearing the sound, the other two men also held weapons and charged forward. ?Seeing that the opponent was planning to fight to the death, Wu Heng retreated and ordered: "Attack." Huh~! Skeleton Teddy kicked off his feet and jumped three to four meters directly towards the figure behind him. ?At the same time, with one sword and two swords, more ordinary skeleton warriors behind him also moved forward to kill. For a moment, the sounds of fighting and weapons clashing filled the room. Bang~! The leader of the bandits kicked over the skeleton in front of him. His eyes quickly swept across the room and locked onto the figure in the corner who was not participating in the battle. The cold whisper, "Die!" ??The undead are difficult to deal with, but the solution is also very simple. Kill the necromancer and the summoned undead will dissipate on their own. After confirming the target, he raised his sword and rushed towards it. ?Wu Heng looked at the opponent, raised his hand and flew a water ball towards him. ??The bandit slashed vertically with his sword and instantly split the water ball apart. The broken acid splashed on his face and began to have a corrosive effect. ?As soon as the forward movement slowed down, the movement also began to deform. Poof~! Pain comes from the chest. ??In his vision blurred by the acid, a figure stabbed himself in the chest with a short spear. "Oh shit!" The robber cursed. ?At the same time, there was a whistling sound in the air. I wanted to roll over to avoid it, but my movements were a little slow. Poof~! The sound of a sharp knife piercing flesh sounded again. The sharp dagger slashed into his neck, and blood spurted out like a fountain. ??The bandit''s body slowly fell to his knees. As soon as he drew his iron sword, he continued to pounce on the other enemies. The battle at the rear is gradually coming to an end. ??The only one who didn''t die was the bandit who was covered in blood and was brought over. What are you looking for in my room? (End of this chapter) Chapter 27 ,How did you do it Chapter 27, how to do it ?The room was dark and filled with a strong smell of blood. The wanted criminal was carried in front of him, his breath weak. What are you looking for when you come to me? Wu Heng asked. The wanted criminal coughed up a large mouthful of blood, gritted his teeth and said, "I tell you, can you let me go?" Do you think you can still walk? Fair deal, you let me go and I tell you what we are looking for? Come to your own residence and kill him, and you will get a fair deal from this. Are you here to get the note with the snake head on Bassen? Wu Heng continued to ask. When he first killed Bassen. ?The only thing that is special is the bill with the snake''s head printed on it. Although I don''t know what it is for, this is the only one that is special. ?The other party did not answer, but judging from his slightly stiff movements, he was right. ??There was nothing left to ask, so he said directly: "Kill him." "Don''t." Poof~! The sword was raised and lowered with one hand, and the iron sword penetrated the target''s throat. Gain experience +30. Summon - Skeleton Swordsman experience +10. ?The corpse collapsed, and the prompt appeared instantly. ?This night actually gave him and the skeleton a lot of experience. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground, and then at the skeletons waiting in the room. After all, they were not allowed to return to the gate in case there were other accomplices. Bassen, who was arranged outside, has not returned yet. Lighted up the flashlight and started groping for the body. I found three money bags, each filled with heavy silver and copper coins. Even if I was wanted, I still had a lot of money with me. It seems that these people still have a fixed foothold in the city. ?In addition to money, there are also weapons and armors for three people. The weapons were put aside, and the armor was not moved to prevent more blood from leaking out. ~! ?At this time, there was a knock on the door. Looking through the crack in the door, Skeleton Basson was standing outside the door. Opening the door, "Is there anyone else?" ??Bassen shook his head and said no. The reason why Bassen, the highest-ranking thief, was left outside was because he was afraid that the other party would arrange a watchman outside like last time. If the other party is allowed to escape then, it will really be endless. ?Now it seems that the other party came in at the right time and did not arrange a lookout. Carry the corpse to the living room, and then all return to the gate. Wu Heng continued to order. The body was covered with leather and carried to the living room. The skeletons in the room returned directly to the gate. Early morning. There were heavy footsteps outside the door. Bang~! ?The door was kicked open, and captain Altluk, Kavina and several other members of the professional team rushed in. ?Hand holding a weapon, he scanned the entire house with vigilant eyes. ??When they saw Wu Heng sitting on a chair with three dead bodies neatly placed at his feet, the people who came in were all stunned. Wu Heng, are you okay? Altluk asked immediately. "Well, it''s not a big problem." Wu Heng replied, looking at the people opposite. ??Standing behind Altluk, in addition to Kavina, was a woman wearing leather armor with wheat-colored skin and brown hair tied into braids. She was holding a wooden staff in her hand and a sword hanging on her waist. ??Wu Heng had seen her, but he didnt know her identity at the time, but he can guess now that she is the captain of the second team, Tulisa. The only female captain among the four teams. Behind them are several men, one in silver armor, wearing a shield and holding a sword, and three in leather armor, one holding a bow and the other holding a sword. They are all members of the second team. ?Seeing that Wu Heng was okay, several people first breathed a sigh of relief, and then changed from relaxed to stunned. His eyes fell on the three corpses on the ground again. "These three are wanted criminals? Did you kill them?" Tulisa said. ??Last night, the mission of the second team was also to capture a wanted criminal. Adequate arrangements were made, guards were deployed to blockade the area, and Altluk and Kavina were asked to help. This was how he successfully killed the opponent. ??And the newcomer in front of him, who was not favored by all the teams and was only selected by Altluk due to lack of personnel, actually killed three. How can this be? A member of the second team stepped forward, inspected the body, and nodded, "They are all wanted criminals with bounties on them." After speaking, both sides fell into silence again. ?Tulisa said in surprise: "Did you kill him?" ?The eyes of several people fell on Wu Heng again, and then looked at the figure wearing a round helmet standing upright to the side. ??The recent wanted criminal issue has caused quite a stir in Blackstone Town. The new member of the fourth team killed three wanted criminals, and he is afraid that he will be in the limelight again. ??Had I known that I was going to recruit this necromancer, it would be better to be a reserve member. ??Oteluk also reacted at this time and introduced: "Wu Heng, this is Tulisa, the captain of the second team. When I am away from now on, you can ask her if you have anything to do." It seems that Alteruk and Tulisa have a good relationship. Hello, Captain Tulisa. Wu Heng said. "Well, if you feel that the fourth team is not suitable, you can come to our team, and my sister will arrange a place for you." Tulisa said with a smile. Thank you, the fourth team is very good. "Tulisa, we still need your help to bring the three corpses back. Kavina, please take Wu Heng back to the association to check and see if there are any injuries." Altluk spoke immediately, interrupting the other party''s poaching behavior. ?Tulisa nodded, and someone behind her took out a body bag, wrapped the body and prepared to take it away. Kavina called a carriage outside and took Wu Heng to the association first. On the carriage. Kavina crossed her long legs, looked at him and said: "You can consider renting a house in the central area. It will be safer there and closer to the association." He has also thought about this matter. After all, I have some money, rent a better house, and have a better living environment. But this matter was never implemented in the plan. ?Although the conditions in crowded areas are worse, they are less likely to attract attention, and no one will care if you buy some things and take them back. It will be smoother to transport items back and forth by yourself. If you are in a central area, it is easy for people to pay attention to you. Save some more money. Wu Heng said casually. You can ask the captain to help you look at the place then. "good!" Rear. In another carriage. ?Tulisa glanced at Altluk opposite and said, "You are lucky!" The people your team killed last night can also get a lot of bounty. No, I mean, you are lucky to have recruited a member who looks very reliable. Tulisa smiled with a smile on her face. The second team itself is full. But the third team had a chance to recruit this person, but they chose someone else. When this matter is reported back to the association, I wonder if the members of the third team will regret missing a member who can kill three wanted criminals alone. "Um." ?Oteluk hummed casually, but he was still quite satisfied. ??This time we brought three wanted criminals back. I am still very proud of the fourth team leader. Thanks to Wanli Wanli for the 10,000-coin reward. Thanks to Heaven and Earth Punishment for the 100-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 28 , as we all know Chapter 28, as everyone knows Team 4, lounge. Otluk walked in and handed him the money bag in his hand. "Wanted criminals are submitted according to the team. This is the bounty. You should collect it first. You will also receive a lower-level prop reward. Just go to the front desk to claim it." The task submission method was agreed upon by the three of them. Submit according to the team, and the merits of the three people will be counted. ?This is also in line with Wu Heng''s thoughts. After all, he killed three wanted criminals by himself, which is a bit difficult to explain. On the surface, it would be more convincing to say that it was a small team killing. As for the people in the second team also knowing about this, that is beyond his control. ?Moreover, even if someone checks, nothing can be found. Captain Xie, Ill treat you to dinner tonight. Wu Heng said politely. "No, the deacon recently assigned tasks to each team to cooperate with the guards in searching for wanted criminals and criminal mercenaries. Now is not the time to celebrate." Altluk sat aside and poured himself a cup of tea. Search mission? Originally, our team also had one, but since you killed three wanted criminals, you have directly completed the mission, so you dont need to participate. Otherwise, you would have to patrol and search with the guards. Altluk explained. Holy shit. As for the elderly care occupation that was agreed upon, we still have to follow the patrol. By killing three people, I really solved a lot of problems. Then well go in a few days. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: Captain, can I apply for a second skeleton follower? Its still quite dangerous outside. ??Oteluk took a sip of tea, thought for a moment and said, "I''ll go tell the deacon about this. Whether it can be approved depends on the situation." "good." ?Otluk nodded and continued to ask: "How did you find out that they were going to attack you?" ?Being able to leave a note in advance meant that Wu Heng knew that the other party would look for him last night. ?Kavina also looked at him curiously, waiting for an answer. ?Wu Heng then went through the problems he discovered when he found someone entering the residence and talked with the landlord. I cant say for sure, I just guess that there is a high probability that they will take action. Then how did you kill them yourself? Kavina asked again. In fact, there is no need to answer this sentence. Everyone has their own secrets. But Wu Heng had already thought of his words. Said: "After knowing that the other party would take action, I made some preparations in advance. When they came in, I released strong smoke. As we all know, skeletons cannot be seen by the naked eye. The black sky and smoke cannot block the sight. Skeleton Basson will kill the three of them one by one. People were killed. Well known? ?Who is well known to you? We dont have that deep understanding of the undead. ?This reason seems to be reasonable. Fighting late at night and being prepared, killing three wanted criminals seems to be no problem. It just feels like something is not quite right. The three of them sat together and chatted for a while. Altluk was going to the training room, and Kavina and Wu Heng also got up and left the lounge. Come to the front hall. ?Wu Heng exchanged the lower-level item reward for a copy of [Dancing Light Technique] and left the association. Commercial street, weapons store. What are you here to buy today? the boss with shiny muscles asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng came only a few times, but he left an impression on the boss. Come and see the spear. Its all over here, it depends on what you need. On the wall on one side, spears of different styles are hung. The cheapest is 4 silver and 70 copper coins, and the most expensive is 75 silver coins. ?Different types and different lengths. Wu Heng looked at it, pointed to the cheapest spear, and said, "I want this kind of spear." The spear head is about 40 centimeters, and the shaft is made of dark wood. But judging from the workmanship of the spearhead, it is much better than those purchased from the market. The boss glanced at him and continued: "The spear shaft is made of treated ash wood and can be easily cut off in battle. This kind of spear is suitable for the village to drive away wild beasts or for practice." I bought it for the village to drive away wild beasts. ?The boss suddenly understood, "Then there will be no problem." Can it be cheaper if I buy more? Wu Heng asked as usual. It depends on how much you buy. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and realized that he could take away an amount that would not attract any attention.?????Ten strokes first. Ten rods are not much, and they may not be much cheaper. I will need more in the future, so I can buy it here. After a simple bargaining between the two, the boss got 50 copper coins cheaper. After paying the money, Wu Heng and Basen carried their spears, left the weapons store, and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. ??Bassen tidied the room and cleaned up the blood stains on the floor. The battle last night was quite fierce. The few pieces of furniture were smashed into pieces, and sword marks were left on the walls and floor. ?The landlord probably saw it and asked him to give away some furniture. ?Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, flipping through the newly acquired skill book. Flip through page after page, follow the process of unlocking skills, and at the same time try to understand the magic of this world. ?Had I been so serious back then, I might have been able to get into a prestigious university. As time goes by. ?The system prompt appears [Unlock skill: Dancing Light Technique. Dancing Light: You can create suspended light sources. ?With a thought in his heart, he released the dancing light technique. Immediately, several beams of light rotated around the body, emitting a faint light. Try to let the light touch the object on the side. The light avoids the object and continues to rotate around itself. It seems that it cannot be used as a means of attack. Alright, it can be used as a flashlight. Put away the spells, tidied them up, and took Basson to the zombie world. The roof of the building. Find a local map and lay it out in front of you to check. Fortunately, there is a resident who is a cycling enthusiast. He has many maps of various places in his room, including maps and road maps of this city. The zombies in the community have almost been cleared away. ??There are still some wandering in, and they don''t pose much of a threat to him. The next step is to get out of the community and explore more places. After thinking about it for a while, I have three goals in mind. One is the place where the survivors who tried to escape by bus a few days ago died. Use a pen to draw a circle around the position where the bus rolled over. By taking such a big risk and rushing out, these people must have a destination. It may be a survivor base, or it may be a safer place. Maybe you can find some clues in the passenger car. Then, he used a pen to draw a circle in the southwest and north respectively. There is a pedestrian street in the southwest, and there are two gold shops and banks near the pedestrian street. ?It is not clear whether the bank has gold, but the gold store must have a large amount of inventory. Get gold and silver in Blackstone Town and you can instantly become a nouveau riche. The other north side is the nearby Public Security Bureau. You can check to see if there are any bullets. These three locations are the next goals. ?There are giant zombies near the bus. Even the bus can be knocked over. It will definitely be difficult to deal with. On the way to the pedestrian street, you have to pass by the location of three mutant dogs. The skeleton group cannot catch up with them because of their speed, and it is difficult to fight them. What remains is the Sheriff''s Department. If I had had bullets last night, I wouldnt have been in so much trouble. Last nights wanted criminal is a warning. ??If there were bullets last night, just shoot them righteously and empty the magazine. Lets go to the Public Security Bureau. Recommendations, monthly votes and collections please...! (End of this chapter) Chapter 29 , raid the store Chapter 29, Looting the Store After setting the goal. ?Wu Heng asked people to bring over the weapons and armor of the three wanted criminals yesterday, as well as 10 spears. Put them neatly in front of you. ?There are two types of weapons. A pair of short swords, two one-handed long swords, and 5 poisonous smoke mines. It seems that these wanted criminals prefer to carry poisonous smoke mines. I dont know why, but they are useless to the opponent during a fight. No, its not that the other party doesnt want to use it. Even if the poisonous smoke mine is released, they will be affected, and it will have little effect on the skeletons. Looking at the weapon again. ??The workmanship of both the short sword and the long sword is very good, not the best, but they are not ordinary iron swords like the 3 silver coins that Wu Heng bought. Keep a pair of daggers for yourself, and give the remaining two long swords to the two skeletons. Although it is better than an ordinary iron sword, it is still relatively speaking. When you really use an iron sword to fight, spend some money to buy a more sophisticated one. After the weapons are distributed, there are three sets of armor. ??The armor is a bit miserable. The skeleton warrior hacked to death with a knife, leaving a lot of scratches. It doesnt matter, its just for the skeleton warriors to wear, and it can increase their defense. After putting armor on the three skeletons holding spears. Continue to select ten skeleton warriors and replace them with newly purchased spears. The number of spearmen reached 15. After everything was ready, Wu Heng continued to give the order, "Follow me!" ??The skeleton army followed downstairs and walked out of the corridor. The zombies downstairs have been cleared several times, and no new zombies have come over one night. After confirming that there are no special circumstances around you, head towards the north gate. After passing through the two buildings, we were close to the north gate. Through the gap in the iron fence, you can see what''s going on outside. ?There are scattered zombies wandering on the road. They don''t look like many, but the total number is about twenty or thirty. ?This road is the road that the survivor bus drove through. But the location where the bus rolled over was not here, and the zombies along the way were also attracted to the intersection to the east. It should be for this reason that there are not many zombies here. You guys, please stay close to the door and wait. Wu Heng said. ?Fifteen skeletons holding spears walked to the front and stood at the gate with spears. In the distance, zombies noticed the movement here. When the first zombie roared and rushed towards this side, it was like a chain reaction. The surrounding zombies roared one after another, spreading throughout the street in an instant. ?All the zombies turned their heads to look at the gate of the community, and then rushed over with their teeth and claws. Squat down, weapon forward! ??Wu Heng quickly adjusted the positions of the two skeletons and continued to give orders. Hurrah! The skeleton squats down, with the spear in its hand facing forward. ??Hello~ho! Dozens of them rushed over and rushed toward the skeleton team''s position. ?Seeing the zombies coming towards him, Wu Heng raised his hand and released [Grease Technique]. The air became viscous, forming a three to four meter area of ??grease that covered the ground. Bang, bang, bang! In an instant, the zombies'' feet slipped and they all fell on their backs. The zombies behind them continued to charge forward and fell into pieces in an instant. The characteristic of Grease is to create a difficult terrain. It''s like applying a layer of oil to the tiles. In an instant, the zombies that rushed in fell down in pieces, like gourds rolling on the ground. After a short period of confusion, a zombie rushed over, trampling on the body of his companion, and bumped directly into the forward spear. Poof! The sharp iron spear pierced the zombie''s chest, and thick black and red blood flowed out. Puff puff! ? ?The spear-wielding skeleton began to stab out the spear continuously, attacking the zombies that rushed over. Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, strength +1. . The prompts for gaining experience began to increase, and they were still accumulated on several spear-wielding skeletons. The newly added first-level skeleton warriors began to reach the second level one after another. Already a level 2 skeleton, he is also rapidly accumulating experience. The grease technique lasts for about two to three minutes and then evaporates cleanly with the air. But in the open space in front of the community, a hill of corpses was also piled up. In order to attack the zombies, you need to climb over the mountain of corpses and continue to attack the skeletons. Gradually, the number of zombies is getting smaller and smaller. Only some zombies with broken lower limbs were left, and they continued to crawl towards this side. ?Wu Heng glanced at the empty road and said, "Go and kill those zombies." ?Skeleton Teddy excitedly jumped out of the group of skeletons, quickly rushed to several slowly crawling zombies, bit them to death one by one, and then dragged the corpses back. On both sides of the road, there are various shops. Mostly fruits and vegetables and restaurants. ??The food in this kind of shop will definitely not last long. I randomly found two stores and took a look, and found a few kitchen knives and watermelon knives. The rest were of no use. Scanning around, I saw a store. "follow me!" Several skeletons followed behind and entered the shop in front. ?A variety of snacks and instant noodles were scattered all over the place. They were not damaged and there were no survivors to move them away. The owner of the shop must have become one of the zombies long ago. I dont know if he ran away or died in the hands of the skeleton. Looking around on the first floor of the store, the things here are relatively well preserved. Only the ice cream in the freezer has melted and is packed softly in packaging bags. ??He took the skeleton to the second floor again. The second floor is not a cabinet rack, but a bedroom and a warehouse. There were boxes of instant noodles, drinks, and some snacks on every yard. Feeling pretty good. Move these away. Wu Heng began to give instructions. The skeleton warrior entered the shop and carried out the contents. ?Wu Heng continued to look along the road and did not go far away to avoid attracting more zombies. Instead, he directed the skeleton to carry the snacks from the store back to his original residence. Then he sat at the door and released the Bone Spell. Skeletons stood up one after another and joined the queue. Return to your original residence. The snacks and drinks brought back are neatly placed against the wall. The supermarket doesnt look big, but it has a lot of stuff. Even without Blackstone Town, relying on these things will be enough to feed yourself for a while. It is said that food in the apocalypse is more expensive than gold. But I found so much food, where can I exchange it for gold? After so many days, I havent even met a living survivor. ?The only one I saw died on the way to escape. Once the bedroom was full, the skeleton was asked to move the things to the living room. He walked out of the room and looked at his 15-man spear formation. Due to the selection of skeletons, they have accumulated a lot of experience, and they were all upgraded to level 2 in the battle just now. One is Level 3, and 14 are Level 2. In fact, this method feels pretty good. It has no impact and can also improve the skeleton level. You can buy some more spears and armor. (End of this chapter) Chapter 30 ,so much Chapter 30, so much To deal with zombies, I feel that spears are better than swords. At least you have to cut with a sword, use a spear, and the zombies hit it. Furthermore, the distance of the spear is longer and safer. After a burst of chaos, it was difficult for the zombies to keep rushing close. You can buy some more spears. But dont buy too frequently, just wait for two days. ?Thinking, the skeleton warrior also emptied the supermarket. ??Wu Heng also took Bassen back to Blackstone Town. after dinner. ?Wu Heng stood up straight, with his legs shoulder-width apart, and his hands holding the hilt of the sword tightly. Jian Yi stood aside and stretched out his hand to drag his sword-holding arm to correct some wrong moves. After waiting for the action standard. Jianyi made the same movement on the side, holding the sword with both arms and slashing down. Huh~! The sword blade cut through the air and fell downwards. ?Wu Heng followed suit and also raised his sword to strike. ? Jian shook his head, indicating that the action was wrong and the demonstration should be repeated. ?Wu Heng watched carefully and continued to study. Then, Jianyi took him with him and kept swinging the sword, performing the most basic exercises. Looking at it, its not as simple as killing people in the TV series Young and Dangerous. I practiced until my arms were a little sore, then I let go of the sword and went to bed to rest. The next day. ?Wu Heng brought the skeletons to the north gate again and arranged the formation. "You stand here, with the spear facing forward, you guys stand here..." It was different from yesterdays encounter. There is now a certain amount of time to arrange in advance. ?Let the spear-wielding skeletons line up in a spear formation in front of the door. When he was almost ready, he glanced at Bassen beside him and said, "Go to the front and circle around. If there are zombies, lead them over. Be careful." Skeleton Basson nodded, squeezed out of the group of skeletons, and ran forward. The Public Security Bureau is not far away, but it is a long way away. ?Especially because it is a new community ahead, there may be groups of corpses, so you still have to be careful. ?Let Basson first attract a circle of enemies. ?Not long after, Bassen was seen running this way from a distance, followed by about twenty zombies. The number is not large. Soon Bassen returned, passed through the spear-wielding skeletons in the front, and entered the back. The zombies that followed looked at the group of skeletons, roared in unison, and pounced directly on them. Puff puff puff~! ?The spear pierced the zombie''s body, and blood splattered everywhere. ?Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. . Soon, the battle ended. Simpler than imagined. Is there no danger ahead? Wu Heng asked. ??Bassen shook his head. Hold your spear and keep moving forward. Wu Heng continued to order. ??The skeleton warriors moved together, crossed the road, and walked towards the opposite side. Scattered zombies rushed over from both sides along the way and were killed one by one. Continue forward and pass by a community service center. The glass was broken and there were blood stains all over the floor. ?Wu Heng walked in with the skeleton and looked around every room. There is nothing to search for, just monitors, files and the like. I searched around in my backpack and found some staplers, pens, paper and some A4 paper. They were all put in a backpack and carried on the back of the skeleton. Turn past the community service center and enter another road. On the not-wide road, several cars crashed together, blocking most of the road. ?Several zombies were wandering in the gaps between the vehicles. About five hundred meters away, on the right side, you can see the three-story police station with blue walls. The zombies rushed out and were killed, and everything went smoothly. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said: "Step aside." Several skeletons with souls spread out, directing the skeletons to move along the sidewalk. ??Hello~! Just when the team is about to pass through the car area. ??A zombie that was stuck in the driver''s seat suddenly straightened up and let out a roar. Swish swish~! In an instant, two crossbow bolts roared out, piercing the zombie''s head front and back, and his head hit the steering wheel with a bang. Beep! ??The piercing car horn sounded instantly, resounding throughout the entire building area in the quiet environment. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. ??He thought about not triggering the alarm in the locked car, but he didn''t expect that this would happen. The car horn is still loud and shrill. The surrounding community seemed to be boiling, with chaos and roars coming from the area. Densely packed zombies rushed out from the opposite community and the alleys on both sides. ??The car was stampeding, and another siren sounded. Hurry, follow me and rush over. Wu Heng quickly looked around, gave the order, and ran forward. Hurrah! The skeleton no longer moves forward cautiously. ?Hands up the weapon and runs quickly towards the location of the security station. And the zombies all around gathered towards them like a flood, and the number was staggering. Hurry into the police station. Basen and Jianyi kill the zombies inside. Go in, you guys block the entrance to the hall. Wu Heng quickly ordered. ?Outside, a large number of zombies gathered at the courtyard gate, crowding and pushing, and rushed inside. Grease Technique. ??Wu Heng released the grease technique, forming a smooth area under the feet of the zombies. Bang, bang, bang! In an instant, the zombies that entered the area fell on their backs in droves. ??The zombies behind were crowded in front of them, and they stumbled over each other. ?Wu Heng took out a lighter from his pocket, lit a piece of rag, and threw it into the area formed by the [Grease Technique]. ??The moment the open flame came into contact with the grease, there was a roar, and the flame suddenly rose up to half a person''s height, covering the yard area. ?The zombie struggling to get up was drowned in flames. ?Wu Heng took a few steps back to avoid the burning sensation brought by the flames. I am surprised by the effect of this new skill. Introduction to the skill, Grease is to create a difficult terrain. This should refer to the effect of grease, which can bring slipping effects as long as the terrain is not particularly rough. ?Similarly, there is also a flammable feature. I just had the idea of ??trying it, but I didnt expect that the fire would be so strong. ?Gain experience +6. ?Gain experience +6. get experience. Holy shit, it can be used to kill monsters... Even so, there were still zombies rushing out of the fire like charred corpses and rushing towards this side. ??With flames on his body, there is something unspeakably terrifying. The spear-wielding skeleton guarding the door began to thrust out his spear, piercing through and killing all the approaching targets. You guys stay here, Bassen brings a few skeletons up with me. After confirming that there would be no danger in a short period of time, Wu Heng said to the side. ?Several skeletons with souls nodded their skulls. Bassen also brought a few skeletons with him, and followed him to start searching from room to room. ??He didn''t know if there were bullets here, but there should be some. He opened the rooms one by one, and finally found a locked safe in a room similar to an equipment warehouse. After praying to the gods of both worlds in my heart. Took out the bronze key and opened the safe. The door of the safe was opened, and after taking out the key, Wu Heng''s face showed joy. "so much!" The safe is neatly filled with boxes of bullets. (End of this chapter) Chapter 31 , three dogs Chapter 31, Three Dogs ?Looking at the yellow and orange bullets, Wu Heng felt that he was okay again. Ever since the bullets were fired in the mining village, I have lost some confidence when going out. ?Furthermore, Blackstone Town is not as safe as it appears. This is a professional world after all, and tranquility is just an appearance. ?It can be seen from the additional guards deployed in the city and the professional team assisting the guards in patrolling that the city has not been safe recently. Although the fourth team does not need to participate in patrols, it is still necessary to have more self-protection methods. ??Now that we have bullets, we dare not talk to enemies who are too strong, but if we meet that kind of wanted criminal again, it shouldn''t be difficult to deal with them. In the safe, there were only boxes of bullets. There are also a few pistols with labels on them. They should have not been issued and are being kept together. First load your pistol with bullets. Next, put all the bullets and pistols into the backpack. After emptying the safe, hang the backpack on the back of a skeleton. In addition to the safe containing bullets, there were some other police tools in the room, handcuffs, metal flashlights, rubber sticks and a plastic shield similar to a blast shield. These were not put in the safe, they were just outside. Feeling that it is of no use to myself. But its all here, lets take it away first. Put small items into the backpack and let the skeleton hold the shield. Then he walked towards the first floor. As soon as I walked downstairs, I was greeted by a burning smell. The flames produced by the grease spell had disappeared, leaving a charred corpse on the ground. At the gate, the battle is still going on. ??The few remaining zombies rushed towards the spear formation composed of skeletons. The body was pierced and then fell to the ground. ?Time passed little by little, and when the last zombie fell to the ground, the scene became completely quiet. ??Only the car horn in the distance was still blaring. But all the zombies around him should have been attracted, and no new zombies have appeared. Let the skeleton move the corpse blocking the door, and Wu Heng began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Skeletons stood up one after another and slowly walked into the queue behind them. The transformation of the corpse was not stopped until dusk approached. ??Wu Heng does not intend to stay here any longer. Although this is the Public Security Bureau, the overall defense is not as safe as the community building. ??If special deformed zombies or other monsters appear, all of my family members may die here. Looking at the untransformed corpse on the ground, Wu Heng was still reluctant to leave it behind. Carry the body up. Under Wu Hengs command, the skeletons picked up the corpses one by one. ??Line up a corpse transport team and return the same way. ?On the way, he passed a zombie holding down the steering wheel, and asked Basson to straighten the body. The blaring car horn stopped. Be quiet again. The skeleton team passed through the area where the vehicle crashed, carrying the **** corpses, and returned to the community where they lived. Place the body downstairs and keep the corridor door closed. ?Wu Heng also returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng bought dinner at the tavern and took it back to his residence. Take out the braised chicken legs, sausages and peanuts, and open a can of happy water. Looking at the dinner on the table, he nodded with satisfaction. Its not that I dont have money for a good meal, but the food in the tavern doesnt taste like it used to. ?While eating and drinking, I still somewhat missed my old life. That decadent day of watching videos every day and eating and drinking whatever you want. I used to fantasize about having a different life. ?Now it seems that the once boring days have become a life that only the rich and powerful in this world can have. Hey~! Damn its the end of the world. After eating and drinking, Wu Heng took out another pistol, filled it with bullets, and handed it to Basson, "Can you use it?" Bassen took it and turned it over in his hand. Wu Heng pointed at the pistol and said: "This is the safety. After opening it, you can shoot at the enemy. The method is the same as the hand crossbow. You can aim here and shoot directly at the enemy at close range..." ??Bassen listened carefully and absorbed the new knowledge. He can use a crossbow, and it is not difficult to learn how to use a pistol. ?Then he picked up the pistol, tried to open the safety, and aimed at the wooden target in the corner. After Wu Heng told him not to waste bullets, he sat back at the table and filled the remaining empty magazines with bullets. There are several guns, and they are all of the same model. ?The magazine is just for yourself. If a battle really breaks out, you can change the magazine directly instead of inserting bullets one by one. ? Facts have proved that raiding the Sheriff''s Bureau was the right decision. Although it only has pistol bullets, it is enough for now. When I get rifles, rocket launchers, etc., I wonder if I can form a skeleton special force armed with AKs. ?In what age are we still using cold weapons? A few magazines were loaded, and the sky gradually became dark. Confirming that no one would come looking for him, he opened the gate and called Jianyi over. Started to continue to teach himself swordsmanship. Ever since I learned that weapon specialization can be unlocked on the panel, I have also increased my expectations for weapon training. It feels like playing a game and unlocking achievements. After correcting his posture, Wu Heng began to follow Jian Yi and wave the iron sword in his hand. While Basson was on the sidelines, he continued to study the pistol. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng came to the top of the building and looked at the level of the spear-wielding skeleton. In addition to the earliest skeleton at the beginning, there are two more skeletons that have reached level three. The improvement in level is still significant. You can form a spear array, and then attract monsters to level up yourself and the skeleton. This method is relatively safe and efficient. Distributing kitchen knives to the newly transformed skeletons, Wu Heng led the skeleton army down the stairs. ?Stepping out of the corridor, there were five or six zombies with missing arms and legs, roaring towards us. Why are there zombies again? My downstairs has been cleaned three or four times. Where did this person wander in? Attack! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! Without any formation, the skeleton warriors swarmed forward and chopped down all the zombies that tried to get closer. ?Wu Heng came to the pile of zombie corpses that had not been transformed yesterday and continued to transform them. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked into the queue of skeletons behind them. afternoon. After transforming the corpse. Lead the skeleton army again and clean out several residential buildings to the east. Open the corridor door, and skeletons swarm in and kill the zombies inside. Confirming that it was safe, Wu Heng began to search. Soon, it was dusk, and Wu Heng returned to the roof with the skeleton, preparing to go back to Blackstone Town for dinner. Just when the skeletons were standing ready, he planned to leave through the gate. Suddenly the roar of zombies and a chaotic sound came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng came to the edge of the roof and looked down. I saw three huge deformed dogs running towards this side with more than 20 zombies. Run a few steps, turn around and wait for the zombies that are chasing you. It turns out you brought me here. ??The zombies downstairs with missing arms and legs in the morning turned out to be attracted by them. Three deformed dogs, all of them are small in size. ?One of them has a black hairy body, a narrow head, a thin body, a long and slender neck, and long and straight limbs. After the deformation, this body shape no longer resembles a dog, but more like a dark horse with a dog head. It''s simply an exaggeration. Why are these three guys here? ?These three are the three deformed dogs we met in the small square to the south, but this time they wandered here and attracted some zombies. He glanced at the three dogs playing with the zombies below, and then at Teddy who was squatting on the ground and looking down. The tail of the bone wags like a fan. Can you lure him here and kill him? Thanks to Angels Trail for the 1,500-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 32 , Mrs. Slater? Chapter 32, Mrs. Slater? ?Three deformed dogs, leading zombies in circles. ??Although the area has been cleared twice by Wu Heng, you can still see scattered zombies attracted by the sound and starting to approach here. ?But the deformed dog still had no idea of ??stopping, and would turn around and rush forward from time to time, biting the zombies crazily. Turn around and continue running before other zombies gather around you. Get the essence of kite flying. ?While teasing the zombies, a crashing sound suddenly came from the side. Ta~ta~tata! The three deformed dogs suddenly stopped. ?Looking around, I saw a strange-looking skeletal dog, its forelimbs holding the white steel pillar of the bulletin board, and its waist swinging constantly. Empty eye sockets, looking this way from a distance. But the lower body is still swinging. The Deformed Dog looked at the Bone Dog in surprise, and the Bone Dog also let go of the pillar it was holding, its empty eye sockets still facing this way. The aberrant dog took two tentative steps forward, while the skeleton teddy took two steps back. Seeing that the skeleton dog was timid, the three deformed dogs left the zombies behind and rushed towards the skeleton teddy. ??The bone dog swung its hips twice more, then turned around and ran back. Hurry to the downstairs in front and get into the corridor. The three deformed dogs didnt stop at all. They swished like arrows off a string, and followed them into the corridor. ?Hunted until they reached the fourth floor, the chasing deformed dog stopped and looked warily at the densely packed human bones on the steps. ??He turned around and wanted to leave, but found that groups of human bones were also pouring in from behind. He held up a kitchen knife and rushed towards them. ?The bones on the upper and lower sides charge simultaneously. Huddled together, they pounced on three bewildered, deformed hounds. Violent collisions and fights resounded throughout the corridor. ?Wu Heng and Bassen stood outside. Lead the remaining skeleton warriors to clean up the zombies that followed the deformed dogs. They are all attracted from nearby areas, and there are many of them coming one after another. When the zombies below are almost cleared, the fight in the corridor is gradually coming to an end. Click~! ?There was the sound of the corridor door being unlocked. ?Sword One and Sword Two, covered in blood, walked out in a somewhat embarrassed manner. Looks like the battle is over. ?Wu Heng took Bassen directly into the corridor. The skeleton warrior standing on the steps of the stairs has entered the standby state and stands upright. ?The feet were covered with scattered white bones, and it seemed that many skeleton warriors had died. On the third and fourth floors, three corpses lay mutilated beyond recognition. Carry it out! The skeletons worked together to lift the three deformed dogs out of the corridor and threw them into the open space. ??Wu Heng took the lead and walked to the black dog that was shaped like a horse and began to release the "Bone Slavery Technique". The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... ??With the release of Bone Lifting Technique, hints of unstable factors also appeared. It has happened twice before, but nothing special happened. I dont know what kind of instability this is. Soon, the first skeleton dog stood up from the ground, shook its body, and shook off the blood and flesh. Skeleton Hound (Level 7) Without the fur, the skeleton looks more like a horse. ?The pale bones are very thick, but the ribs on the chest are particularly thin, and the eye sockets are hollow, glowing with a blue soul fire. It is actually a level 7 skeleton dog, which is the same level as Basson. From now on, you will call me dog, do you hear me? Wu Heng said. ?The thin dog didnt answer, just stood there. Wu Heng didn''t care whether it understood or not, "Go, stand aside and wait." ?The thin dog walked aside, and Wu Heng took a short spear and dug into the minced meat. Sure enough, a piece of white flesh was found where the head of the corpse had been. Corpse core. Wu Heng was very happy. This is a good thing, and its value is even higher than the level 7 skeleton dog. Let Jianyi get a plastic bag and put it in it, and continue to use the bone-slaking technique on the remaining two corpses. Two skeleton dogs stood up one after another. Skeleton Hound (Level 5)Skeleton Hound (Level 5). These two hounds are both only at level five. ??Step aside, Wu Heng continued to rummage among the corpses. Sure enough, two more corpse cores were found. This time, I got a total of 3 corpse cores, which was a huge gain. After being properly wrapped. ?Wu Heng directed the skeletons to return to the top of the building, and ordered Jian Yi Jian Two. After taking a good look at the skeleton dogs, he returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. ??The strong man carrying a battle ax finished settling the bounty, and Wu Heng took the opportunity to stand in front of the counter. The staff member showed a professional smile and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, what can I do for you?" ?Although I dont come here much, I feel familiar with the staff. ?Especially after being praised by the city hall, he became famous for a while. I want to issue a commission. You dont need to queue up to issue a commission. Just fill in the commission task in the lounge and leave it to us. ??There is such a thing, and no one told him. Actually, I dont blame others. I really dont come to the association. Oh okay, Ill fill it out and send it next time. The staff member smiled and asked, What commission do you need to issue? "Alchemy commission, I have a potion formula here, and I need to customize three potions." Wu Heng took out the formula. ?The last time I customized the potion, I included the formula in it. You can now customize the potion directly. It also eliminates some tedious steps. "Okay." After the staff took notes, he said, "A pharmacist will be assigned to make the preparation, and it will be delivered to you in about two to three days." "good!" After registering, Wu Heng left the front desk, and people behind him continued to pass by and ask about things. ?While standing there, considering whether to go to the lounge to say hello. Another staff member came over and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, Captain Altluk asked you to go to the association." Ah, its impossible not to go. ?If I had known earlier, I would have left quickly. Entered the fourth team''s lounge. Pushing the door open, he saw Kavina, who was wearing a beige short shirt and tight leather pants, sitting on the sofa and looking at some documents. A pair of straight and slender legs attracts attention. Kawina! Wu Heng took the lead in saying hello. Kavina turned her beautiful eyes and glanced at him, "Let''s go, the deacon and the captain are waiting for us." Butler? What happened? I dont know either, I will know when the time comes. The two of them walked and talked, and came to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, he walked in directly. There are three people sitting in the clean and tidy study room. Deacon Yazd, captain Otluk and a mature woman wearing a purple slim dress. Long brown hair scattered around her shoulders, bright eyes, slender and upturned eyebrows, slender figure and plump body. ?Sitting with legs crossed, a leopard lies beside her white calves. Leopard? ?Are you so tough? Keep this thing as a pet. ?The body shape is similar to that of a deformed Teddy. I dont know who will be more powerful when they fight. "Deacon, Mrs. Slater, Captain." Kavina spoke first and greeted the three of them politely. Mrs. Slater? Thanks to 08a for the 100-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 33 , on night shift Chapter 33, Night shift Slater. ?Wu Heng tried hard to recall the name. I seem to have heard it somewhere. ?? I quickly recalled in my mind that there were not many opportunities to come across the word "Mrs." in Blackstone Town. I quickly remembered where I had heard of this name. ??The name Mrs. Slater was mentioned by Kavina on the train returning from the mission in the mining village. The deputy deacon of the Blackstone Town Professionals Association and the female boss of Money Cat. They are really rich and powerful people in Blackstone Town. ??The status in the association is also very special. Not only is he a deputy deacon, but he is also a "Secret Whisperer". Professionals who are good at and keen on collecting all kinds of intelligence. ?Wu Heng glanced curiously and found that the other party was also looking at him curiously. "Wu Heng, this is ''Slater'', the deputy deacon of the association." Deacon Yazd introduced, and then said to the beautiful woman: "He is Wu Heng, he just joined the fourth team not long ago "Oh? Are you the little necromancer who investigated the mining village?" Slater''s eyes kept scanning, as if he wanted to see through something. There is undisguised interest in his eyes. Slater, dont tease him. The deacon reminded from the side. Slater looked away, still smiling and asked, "How did you kill the mercenaries of the Wolf Head Mercenary Group?" Its just a fluke. Its mainly due to the captain and the investigation team. Slater was always observing him, still smiling, "Then how did you think of choosing the Necromancer?" ??Are you trying to collect your own intelligence? But these questions are often asked by people, so just answer them accordingly. "This is the only profession I found related to the mage, so I chose this one." Where are your skeletons? How many skeletons do you have? There is only one body. Not bad. Slater said, lazily leaning on the sofa. ?Several people present heard it. ??This deputy deacon had a strong interest in Wu Heng. When the two met for the first time, they asked several questions in succession. Seeing that Slater stopped talking, the deacon continued: "Okay, let''s get down to business. The association will take unified action tonight..." Damn it! ??There is really a mission. ?Wu Heng was a little troubled. Yazd continued: "Your team is small, so you don''t need to participate in tonight''s operation. You are responsible for the stay-behind association. The details of ''Oteluk'' know, and they will be assigned to you then." Huh~! ?Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. ??I thought I was going to investigate some weird things. It''s okay to work the night shift, that is, it only lasts for one night. Okay, thats it, go back and get ready. The three of them nodded and exited the study together. The sky is dark. In the somewhat dim hall, a team of professionals gathered in the middle. Gathered together in small groups, everyone wearing armor and sword, ready for battle. ?Not long after, Deacon Yazd came out from behind. Said: "The target of this operation is ''Bawudong'', the elder of the ''God''s Punishment Sect'', a level 12 professional, and several church backbones under his command. Our operation is to cooperate with the guards of Blackstone Town, but this operation Its still dangerous, everyone should be careful, and everything should be done with safety in mind." Hearing these words, the faces of each team looked a little ugly. A level 12 professional is already considered a rare and powerful person. It actually appears in a small place like Blackstone Town. ?At the same time, everyone also reacted. ?No wonder I went to search the city for wanted criminals some time ago. They were probably searching for this person from the ''God''s Punishment Sect''. Its just that nothing was revealed at the time. Now that there are definite clues, its announced. A level 12 strong person is indeed an unstable factor. After the deacon gave two more instructions. ?Someone walked in quickly from outside and said, "It''s time to go." "The fourth team will stay in the association, while the other teams will set off." The deacon waved his hand and led each team of professionals out of the association. Meet up with the passing guards and rush towards the north gate together. The teams left and the hall fell into silence again. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to close the door. He asked casually: "Captain, is this elder of the Divine Punishment Sect very powerful? He sent out so many people." Altluk thought for a moment before continuing: "I don''t know much about the Divine Punishment Cult. I only know that they are active in a church in the eastern part of the kingdom. They were established by a group of fanatical believers. They often hold some sacrificial rituals and are famous. Messy. There are many professions in this world that are linked to God. For example, a priest, or a warlock who also has a bad reputation. The career direction is to obtain or exchange power from the gods you believe in. ??Wu Heng used to be an atheist, but he can travel between the two worlds with the key. It is not surprising that gods will appear in front of him one day. ?Of course, its best not to provoke others. Then what are they doing in Blackstone Town? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It may have some purpose, or it may just be a stopover. I don''t know the specific information, but people from the Divine Punishment Cult are always on the wanted list." Altluk said softly. "Oh!" Wu Heng replied, not very interested in these things, so he changed the subject and said: "Captain, I have been practicing swordplay recently. If possible, can you give me some guidance?" Okay, you can practice it once and show me. ?Wu Heng immediately took out his iron sword and started practicing according to the movements he had made with Jian Yi before. Raise your arms, your muscles are too stiff. Altluk came over and continued. ?Kavina stood aside, watching the two of them practice swordplay, and made three cups of fruit tea at the same time. A house in a residential area. ??The black-feathered crow flew into the window and landed accurately on a person''s shoulder in the pitch-black room. He stroked the crow with his skinny palm and said: "The guards and professional team of Blackstone Town left from the north city gate. Their destination should be the location we prepared. Four people were left by the Central Association." The curtains were opened, and the moonlight reflected the room. Under the weak moonlight, three men could be seen sitting around a round table. ?One person is tall and burly, with a flat head and bare arms, another person is wearing leather armor and an iron sword hanging on his waist, and the last person is covered in black robes, with a black-feathered crow that just flew in falling on his shoulders. Ha, a bunch of idiots. The man in leather armor sneered. ???The crow man did not answer, his eyes fell on the tall man, and continued: "''Elder Bawudong'', considering a place like Blackstone Town, there should not be too many troops left in the city." ??The man tilted his neck and continued: "Since the Professionals Association is so persistent in arresting us, let''s give them a big gift now." Then lets get started. The three of them got up and walked outside. (End of this chapter) Chapter 34 , strategy Chapter 34, Strategy Professional associations. ??Wu Heng practiced his sword for a while and then patrolled the designated route with Skeleton Bassen. The light clusters in the dancing light technique float around, illuminating the surrounding space. This spell is really good. ??Although I also found a flashlight, this kind of spell that does not consume electricity feels more affordable. The spell effect is also very good. Compared with the last time it was used during the day, the effect is brighter at night. ? And the range is also very large, and the whole body can be illuminated. But Wu Heng also discovered the drawbacks of this spell. The light group surrounds itself, that is to say, the caster is the brightest one in the dark. If there are enemies, they will target you at the first sight. Easily attract fire. So, use it less when you have nothing to do. No, you should go out less when it is dark. I patrolled all the way to the training ground, went inside and looked around, and when nothing happened, I opened the door and walked out. ?Just the moment he opened the door, Wu Heng''s heart suddenly trembled, the magic quickly dissipated, and the surroundings were completely plunged into darkness. ?Just now in the darkness, he saw a person. You can be sure that the other party also saw him. Good evening, friends from the Professional Association. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, moved his position carefully, took out the pistol and turned on the safety. What to do. The other person said in a relaxed tone: "The others were deceived so easily, and when they came back they found that everyone here had been killed. Do you think this is very exciting..." Bang, bang, bang! Before he finished speaking, Wu Heng fired in the direction of the sound, and Bassen also opened fire at the same time. ??The deafening gunfire echoed in the corridor, and sparks shot out from the muzzle. But darkness enveloped everything around. To determine his location. ?Wu Heng put one hand on Basson''s shoulder and pulled the trigger in the direction Basson was facing. The bullets shuttled through the darkness, disappearing like stones thrown into the mud and algae. Oversight. With the flashlight in his backpack, Basson could only rely on Bassons vision to identify the approximate location of the opponent. Fortunately, there are enough bullets this time. Damn it, what the hell. A curse came from the darkness. Then, there was the sound of running approaching quickly. Hold him! Wu Heng continued to order. ??Bassen threw away his pistol, held knives in both hands, and rushed into the darkness. Soon, in the darkness, the sounds of fighting and the clash of weapons were heard. ??Wu Heng quickly changed the bullets, took out the flashlight from his bag, and shined it straight ahead. ??A dazzling beam of light suddenly lit up. The enemy bent his arms to block his sight. Basson took the opportunity to stab forward and hit the artery on the side of his neck. when! ?The opponent''s gauntlet resisted, and there was a sound of collision. ?At this time, Wu Heng could really see the other party''s appearance. He is of medium build, with a thin face and thick eyebrows, wearing leather armor and holding a sword. ?Wu Heng glanced at the opponent and pulled the trigger again. Different from the blind shot just now, you can clearly see the opponent''s position. The first shot was fired at the wall, the second shot was fired at the opponent''s rolling path, and then the third and fourth shots were fired. ?The enemy did not dare to hit him head-on, and quickly turned over. ? Flipping his hands, he pulled out a scroll from nowhere and opened it suddenly. Huh~! A tentacle covered with jet-black tentacles flew toward him. ?Wu Heng fired, and the bullet passed through the tentacle without causing any impact. His body rolled on the spot and ducked to the side. ??The black tentacle slapped flat on the wall behind him. ?The enemy wanted to rush over quickly, but Wu Heng raised his gun again and quickly hid in the darkness at the corner. At the same time, a round black grenade came out. Damn, Basson pull back. Shouting, his body quickly retreated, and with a bang, the grenade exploded and raised a large cloud of smoke. Wu Heng distanced himself and began to change the ammunition in his hand. The enemies this time are far more powerful than the wanted criminals before. The body is agile and the fighting rhythm is very good. At this point in the fight, neither the captain nor Kavina has come over, fearing that there may be more than one enemy. A large number of troops were transferred from Blackstone Town, which makes people suspect that they fell into the trap of diverting the tiger away from the mountain. Change the bullet again and the magazine falls to the ground. The smoke in front of him suddenly surged, and a figure moved from far to near, breaking through the smoke, and slashed at the head with a sword. Bassen rushed over quickly and stood between the two of them, with two short blades staggered above his head. when! There was another crisp sound, and sparks flew everywhere. Bassens body bent and sank as if under gravity. ?The enemy''s face was filled with joy. He flipped the long sword in his hand and pierced the breastplate in front of him. The moment the long sword struck his body, the joy on the man''s face turned into confusion. Why does it feel like it''s been stabbed in the air? ?Without any further thought, the thief in front of him grabbed his sword-holding arm and stabbed his chest and abdomen with the short blade of his other hand. ?At the same time, a dark green water ball above his head hit him head-on. Outside the city, there is a gravel bridge. Various reconnaissance birds return from the dark night. The voice of the report sounded, "Sir, there is a pile of rocks ahead, and there are no traces of human beings staying." Same here, we havent found anything. Are you sure its here? the ranger from the professional team also said. As soon as these words came out, everyone frowned. One person may have made an omission if he said this, but if the guards and the professional team said it at the same time, there is no way he could have read it wrong. Come to the wrong place? Lets go, the whole team goes over and surrounds the front. A square-faced commander ordered. Hurrah! ?The guards rushed out, quickly approached, and surrounded the pile of rocks in front. Here are the ruins left by a collapsed manor, and some businessmen passing by will rest nearby. But now it seems that there is no one here. It shouldnt be, the intelligence says they are hiding here. Someone muttered. ? Deacon Yazd reminded softly, "Search it again." Commander Fang Lian ordered, "Search to see if there are any cellars or hidden locations." ?The guards and professionals walked in with torches and started searching bit by bit. "No, nothing is left. It seems the news is false." Someone said. Everyone''s faces instantly turned ugly. At the same time, a terrible possibility occurred to me. The square-faced commander pondered for a few seconds and said coldly: "Let''s go back." Damn it, its a mage! The dark green water ball shattered and splashed everywhere. It was not until now that he discovered that the opponent was a mage. ?The burning sensation of the acid blurred his vision, and he relied on his memory to turn around and retreat to the corner. Bassen, kill him. ??Bassen charged forward again, and Wu Heng followed behind, firing several more bullets in front of him. ?His vision is blocked and his reaction is a little slow. He rolled over after hearing the sound of gunfire, but it was already a little too late, and the bullet hit his body instantly. Standing staggeringly, standing unsteadily. ?Wu Heng quickly pulled the trigger again, and the bullets shot out as if they were free, hitting the target, and the target fell to the ground with a thud. After a slight spasm of the body, he lay stiffly on the ground. No experience value tips? ?Wu Heng did not get closer and pulled the trigger again against the enemy on the ground. boom! At the same time as the gunfire sounded, the enemies on the ground quickly rolled to one side and tried to get up and escape again. Barson blocked the way. ??Bang bang! ?The gunfire rang out again, one of which penetrated the neck, blood splattered. (End of this chapter) Chapter 35 , Gods religion Chapter 35, Divine Punishment Cult The bullet penetrated the neck and blood spurted out. ??The man was still trying to evacuate, but his body began to collapse downwards. He fell to the ground with a thud. But he still put his hands into his arms, trying to get something out. ??Bassen ran over quickly and kicked him in the head, causing his movements to pause slightly. ?Wu Heng also stepped forward and pulled the trigger again on the man who fell to the ground. ?Bang bang~! A gunshot fired and his chest was pierced by a bullet. The body comes to a complete stand still. Gain experience +64 ?System prompt appears, proving that the enemy is dead. Let Basson continue to guard the surrounding area. ??After Wu Heng changed the magazines for himself and Basson, ??He picked up all the empty magazines that he had just thrown on the ground. Looking at the corpse on the ground with blood seeping out, he still gave up the plan of transporting the corpse to the zombie world. ??Otluk and Kavina still don''t know what happened to them, and if there are traces of a fight afterwards and no bodies are found, it is easy to blame the problem on themselves. ?Though the thoughts went through his mind quickly, he took Bassen and ran forward quickly. At the same time, I wondered if any guards outside had discovered what was going on here. If no signal is sent to the outside, no one may ever discover what is going on here. I stopped suddenly at my feet and quickly found a window facing the flower bed. Grease Techniquesprinkled the flower bed, took out a lighter, lit the strip of cloth and threw it in. Huh~! In an instant, the fire suddenly rose, lighting up the entire night sky. I cant believe no one discovered it. When it is discovered that there is a fire, while putting out the fire, they will also come to the Professionals Association to check. If this fails to attract the guards, it means that the entire Blackstone Town has fallen. Just return to the zombie world. After finishing everything, Wu Heng continued to run towards the hall. Lobby location. Kavina is surrounded by five people holding swords or daggers. These people are dressed in different clothes, but they cooperate with each other very well. Besieging Kavina. Not far away, in the shadows, a figure wearing a black robe and a crow on his shoulders was watching silently. From time to time, blue energy spears were released, blocking Kavina''s movement. Like playing with prey. Kavina''s condition was not good either. Her whole body was stained with blood and her body was covered with large and small sword marks. The blond hair under the helmet was scabbed with blood and stuck to the pale face. The long sword in his hand kept swinging out, fighting with the people around him. "Little girl, I think you have a good talent, why not join us." The voice of the man in black robe sounded like it was magical, making people feel a little distracted. ?Kavina gasped slightly, staggered on her feet, snorted but did not answer. ??The man in black robe nodded and patted the crow on his shoulder. ga~! A sharp cry came from the crow''s mouth. ?Kavina glanced subconsciously, only to find that the crow was also staring at her. ?Those eyes seemed to be swallowing her spirit like an abyss. ??While stunned, several people around him had already swung their swords towards Kavina''s head. The iron sword is about to fall. ~! Suddenly, a strong light shot out from a distance and swept through the eyes of several people. Before he could react, a deafening gunshot rang out. Bang, bang, bang! ?The bullet penetrated the darkness and shot forward. ?Although none of them hit, it briefly frightened a few people. Step back one after another to keep distance. ??Bassen moved quickly in the darkness, rushed into the crowd, picked up the stunned Kavina, and retreated into the darkness, disappearing. ?Wu Heng just breathed a sigh of relief. Huh~! The sound of flapping wings sounded. In the peripheral light of the flashlight, a black-feathered crow had already flown into the sky overhead. ?Wu Heng raised his head in surprise and subconsciously looked into Crow''s eyes. ?The next moment, the crow''s eyes expanded like a spreading abyss. For a moment, Wu Heng felt dizzy, as if his soul had been swallowed up. But immediately afterwards, this feeling disappeared instantly, and his vision returned to clarity. "What the hell!" The flashlight hit the crow''s head with a bang, and it flew straight away and fell against the wall. "kill him!" ?The man in black robes in the distance was furious and roared loudly. Five people rushed over quickly in the darkness. As the distance approached, Wu Heng turned the gun and pulled the trigger. ??Bassen, after putting down Kavina, also pulled the trigger on one side. Bullets crisscrossed through the hall, and the five people who rushed towards him fell to the ground instantly. The man in black robes in the distance was a little panicked, turned around and tried to escape into the darkness. ?Wu Heng shined his flashlight at him and pulled the trigger. ??Bassen also quickly followed, chasing the target together. The bullet pierced the darkness and penetrated the body of the man in black robe. Gain experience +55. The man in black robe died. After confirming that the target was killed, Wu Heng quickly came to Kavina''s side. His whole body was stained with blood, and his body was covered with large and small scars. To be able to persist until now under the siege of so many people is considered a fierce man. Took out two bottles of potion from the backpack, opened Kavina''s mouth, and poured the "healing potion" and "antidote potion" directly into it. I dont know which one is useful. Its important to save your life first. After thinking for a while, he opened another bottle of psychotropic potion and poured it in too. Ahem! Kavina coughed violently and spit out the medicine she had poured into her mouth. Then he opened his eyes, "What are you doing?" Ill give you some medicine, will you be okay? Its not a big problem. ?Wu Heng nodded, "You take a rest for a while. Rescue should arrive soon. I''ll go see the captain." No, lets go together, there are stronger enemies on his side. Kavina stood up unsteadily as she spoke. Stronger enemies? ??Wu Heng now knew why Kavina didn''t run away and fought hard with so many people. If he ran away, the pressure on Altluk would be even greater. ?Wu Heng nodded and had no intention of keeping her. I dont know if there are any other enemies, so it would be safer to stay together. Okay, lets go! Two people and one skeleton, quickly moving forward in the corridor. ~! In the darkness in the distance, there was a heavy hammering sound. ? Turning the corner, I saw a tall figure fighting with the captain Otluk. I heard footsteps behind me. The two bodies quickly separated and looked behind at the same time. ?Wu Heng and Kaweina also looked at the enemy. ??This is a strong man nearly two meters tall, with bare arms and well-developed muscles. He only fights with a pair of fists and does not use any weapons. ?The captain, Altluk, looked a little embarrassed at this time. ??He was breathing rapidly, and the silver armor on his chest was dented. It looked like he had been hit hard. ??Seeing his two teammates approaching, Altluk had a hint of joy on his face, "Did you call for reinforcements?" Hell be there soon. Wu Heng replied. Who knows whether reinforcements will come? Anyway, we cant say we dont know now. ??Oteluk nodded and continued: "The elder of the Divine Punishment Sect, ''Bawudong'', is good at physical arts, has great strength, and is also very flexible." Fuck! The Divine Punishment Cult is here, while the main force of Blackstone Town is outside the city. (End of this chapter) Chapter 36 , how did you do it? Chapter 36: How did you do it? ?Ba Wudong, with his hands behind his back, looked over with a calm expression. ?After scanning the two people and the skeleton up and down, he said with some surprise: "I really underestimated you. No matter what, you will die here." It seems that this elder of the Divine Punishment Sect does not have much emotion about the death of his men. Instead, he wanted to kill a few of his own people. No one answered his words, but the atmosphere around him became increasingly solemn. The next second, the professional team took action at the same time and rushed towards the opponent. ? And Bawudong was even faster, as fast as lightning, running towards Altluk, throwing out his thick and powerful whip legs. Otluk''s long sword blocked, bang~! A loud roar accompanied the air waves. Under the huge force, Altluk''s body slid back two or three meters uncontrollably, and his arms became numb. ??Bawudong drew back his legs and grabbed the stabbing short blade with his backhand, threw Bassen away, and ducked down to avoid Kavina''s sweeping attack. Tall and strong man, showing amazing awareness and supple body. ??It forms a huge contrast with the appearance. Bang, bang, bang! ?Wu Heng saw the right moment and pulled the trigger. The bullet broke through the air and flew towards the target. Keep doing this, I still dont believe you can dodge bullets. ?Ba Wudong, who was bent down, looked sideways and saw that his body was instantly covered with a piece of scaly horn, as if he was instantly wearing a thick armor on one side. Dang Dang Dang! The bullet hit Bawudong''s body, leaving dents. ?Seeing this scene, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. This is no longer a question of level or combat effectiveness. The body is resistant to bullets, how is this possible? ?Having gone through so much trouble to find so many bullets, its a bit too much for you to just pick up the bullets after you have only been in power for a few days. The shooting just now angered Bawudong who was fighting. ?A pair of cold eyes looked over, full of anger and murderous intent. His waist straightened and he stood upright instantly. At this time, Altluk came to him again, slashing with the sword in his hand with a whistling wind. Bawudong ducked sideways, his back arched, and his scales blocked Kavina''s attack. ?Bawudong turned around again and swung out a straight fist, hitting Bassen on the side. Bang~! The window was smashed with fists, and rubble was scattered everywhere. ?Ba Wudong picked up two pieces of gravel in the air and threw them towards Wu Heng with all his strength. ??The gravel is as fast as a bullet, and all you can hear is the howling wind. ?Wu Heng only saw the movement, but did not catch the stone. He subconsciously dodged to one side, but was still hit by a stone. ?The leather armor banged, as if someone had given him a solid blow, and his body took a few steps back. ?Hibernating the pain in his chest that felt like a broken bone, he aimed at the opponent again and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet was fired again, leaving scars of shattered scales on the target''s body. There is no real harm. The three people on the main battlefield were still fighting with Bawudong. ?This elder''s strength really far exceeded Wu Heng''s imagination. What kind of profession is it? It can also grow scales on its body. The reinforcements havent arrived yet, why are they so slow? It cant be that all the guards in the central area have been transferred. ??Bawudong was tall and strong, but his body was extremely flexible. Despite the siege of three people, his eyes still glanced at Wu Heng from time to time, with the intention of rushing over at any time and killing him first. The attacks from the professional team were still frequent, and the weapons hit the scales, making a clanging sound. Huh~! ?Bawudong hit Bassen with a knee during the run-up, hitting Bassen in the chest. Gaba~Kala~! ??The sound of bones breaking and the sound of mechanical buckles sounded at the same time. Bassen, who flew upside down, was pulled back by a silver iron ring. Under the dazzling light, a silver-white handcuff was connected to Bawudong''s calf and Bassen''s wrist. The sudden change made Bawudong, who was retracting his legs, unsteady on his feet and staggered slightly. ?Otluk and Kavina rushed up again, and chopped off their heads with the iron swords in their hands. Dangdang! The scales on the opponent''s back were struck by the weapon as if they were struck on iron armor. ?Bawudong was so angry that he raised his leg and kicked Bassen at the other end of the shackles, intending to kick the guy who was holding him back to death. At this moment, the lighting suddenly dimmed. ?The sound of falling objects came from overhead. Ba Wudong subconsciously raised his head, pointed his right hand together into a knife, and struck towards the top of his head. Poof~! It was as if it had been struck by a water ball, with liquid splashing out in all directions. The next second, there was a burning sensation on my face. The lights came on again, Bawudong''s body swayed, and he kept wiping his eyes with his arms. Kill him, quickly! Bassen pulled on the handcuffs and pulled Bawudong''s thighs apart, restricting his movement. Otluk and Kavina, their weapons slashed at the neck and head. Poof~! The sound of flesh penetration was heard, and the sharp blade broke through the flesh, leaving traces of blood. ??Wu Heng also quickly approached, keeping a certain distance, and shot him in the head. Bang~! ?Bawudongs head suddenly shot up, but he did not fall down immediately. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunshots kept ringing, and bullets fell on the target''s head like raindrops. Gain experience +125. ?Bawudong''s body fell backwards, with a bang, and he sat back in the corner. ??Otluk didn''t let go, he stepped forward and chopped off the corpse''s head. Poof! ??The sword cut off Bawudong''s neck, and his head rolled and fell. At this moment, several people breathed a sigh of relief and sat on the ground to recover their strength. Open the potion and drink it. Captain, is there anyone else? Wu Heng asked, leaning against the wall. ?Oteluk said: "If Bawudong is dead, there should be no one else." If anything else, we have to run away. If we keep fighting like this, we will sacrifice our lives for the association. Hmm! Altluk hummed, but didnt say much. ?At this time, dense footsteps came from the direction of the hall. ??The three of them looked suffocated, and immediately stood up and looked ahead warily. In the darkness, we first saw the light of torches, and then a leopard took the lead in sight with light steps. Then came Slater who was dressed in leather armor and had an iron sword hanging on his waist, as well as the commander of the guards of Blackstone Town and a large number of guards. Slater glanced at the decapitated corpse on the ground and asked in a serious and cold voice, "What happened?" ?Oteluk said to the corpse: "Bawudong, the elder of the Divine Punishment Cult." ??Everyone frowned, and then their expressions suddenly changed. ?Bawudong was in the city, so who did the people who came out of the city go to arrest? Torches light up the class hall again. The crowd who filed in were divided into several small teams to search the surrounding areas, protect the city hall and the city''s main palace, treat the injured and inspect the scene. The rescue personnel bandaged the three people and provided therapeutic and psychotropic drugs. Wu Heng obviously recovered a lot after drinking some. At this time, the team that inspected the surrounding areas returned and reported: "Commander, Mrs. Slater, there are 8 dead in total, and no wounded or other enemies were found." The leader of the team frowned slightly and looked at the four injured people, "You only have three people? You killed them all? How did you do this?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 37 , come to my place when you have time Chapter 37: Come to my place when you have time When the sky is slightly bright. Deacon Yazd rushed back with a team of three professionals. When he saw the body covered with blood and covered with white cloth, his face became unusually gloomy. He was led out of the city like a clown, and then the professional hall was almost brought to a boil. Not to mention the loss this time, the fact that this incident happened was also a stain on his deacon career. Deacon''s study. What are the casualties? Yazd asked, leaning on crutches and taking a deep breath. ?Ardeacon Slater sat on the sofa and stroked the obedient leopard, "What do you want?" Slater, I dont have time to joke with you. "Three people were injured. Those who entered the Professional Association can be determined to be members of the Divine Punishment Sect. One of them is the elder ''Bawudong'', and there are seven members of the Divine Punishment Sect. At present, two of the seven are members of the Divine Punishment Sect. The backbone of the church." Slater said softly after investigating the situation. Yazid frowned, "Three of them were just injured?" Are you disappointed? "You know that''s not what I meant." Yazd had some doubts and surprise on his face, and continued: "You mean, the three people from the fourth team killed eight people from the God''s Punishment Cult? Among them was Ba Wudong? Slater raised his eyebrows and said, "I''m surprised too, but that''s the fact. Bawudong was beheaded by Altluk''s sword." Yazid was still speechless in surprise. As if deducing the whole thing. The guards and three professional teams worked together to encircle and suppress the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect. ??He was killed by the newly formed team, which was still a team of only three people. ?Then they spent so much effort and were led out of the city. Wouldn''t this series of operations become a joke? Hey~! It seems that I am really old. Slater continued: "Where did you recruit that kid?" "Who?" Yazd reacted immediately, "Oh, Wu Heng, why did he do anything special this time?" Slater smiled, stood up and dusted off his clothes, "Just ask, you are lucky, you have recruited a good little guy this time." "Yeah?" Slater continued: "By the way, you don''t have to wait for the first and second teams to be vacant. Let''s transfer Yuri to the fourth team." Yazid frowned slightly, "Are you sure?" "Well, there happens to be a vacancy in the fourth team, so let her go to the fourth team to hone her skills." I suggest you wait a little longer. Lets go to the fourth team first. If that doesnt work, we can redeploy them at that time. Slater continued. "Okay, I will make arrangements then. Just ask her to come over." Slater nodded and walked out of the room. ?Yazd also opened the door and said to a busy staff member: "Call Oteluk over." Yes, deacon. ?Wu Heng took Bassen on the way home. ??Both of them were a little embarrassed and attracted a lot of people''s attention. For killing the elders and members of the Divine Punishment Sect this time, there should be a lot of rewards. ?Of course, it doesnt matter whether there is a reward or not, he values ??the level 12 corpse even more. One against three, physically resistant to bullets. ?This kind of thing has only been seen in science fiction movies. ??If you can transform this corpse into an undead, your side''s combat effectiveness will definitely be greatly improved. The application for my second skeleton has been submitted before. I dont know if this body will be given to me. There are no corpses for other professions, and they are most useful only in your own hands. ?Thinking in his mind, he took Bassen back along the road. ??Creak, creak, creak~! A carriage slowed down beside it. The curtain on the car window was opened a crack, revealing Slater''s mature and beautiful face. Where to go? Forehead. Go back and rest. Wu Heng said directly. Come up, Ill take you back. Slater waved. Actually, I have a habit of doing morning exercises and plan to walk back. Well, lets go to your place to chat. Open the door, Ill go up. ?Opening the car door, Wu Heng was about to get in with Basson when he heard Slater continue: "Let your skeleton sit outside." Bassen, you sit outside. ??Bassen sat directly next to the driver who was driving the carriage. The round helmet made the driver take a careful look several times. Entering the car, you will be greeted by a warm aroma.?????Not strong, but very pleasant smelling. Slater was wearing casual clothes, and the leather armor he wore last night was stacked beside the seat. The whole person is like a lazy noble concubine, graceful and mature. ?The leopard was lying at his feet, not raising his head, but staring here. Slater picked up the wine glass on the side, poured two glasses of fruit wine, and sent one glass to Wu Heng. What really happened last night? ??Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the plump and beautiful woman, and said: "The captain will write down what happened. I don''t know much about it." Lets talk casually, just treat it like we are chatting. I believe you are a ghost. After thinking about it, he still said: "Late last night, I found the enemy in the corridor outside the training room. After killing it with the skeleton warrior, I went to help Kavina and the captain." ?? I said it in a general way, after all, you can guess the process. The body outside the training room is the first person you met? Slater leaned on the wooden couch. Well, a swordsman. How did you kill him? "Skeletons are not affected by the night, and I am a mage. It is not difficult to fight two against one." Wu Heng explained. "Hmm." Slater grunted, glanced at him again, and said softly: "You should be more careful in the future. If the Divine Punishment Cult kills an elder, there will probably be some revenge." Thank you, Archdeacon, for reminding me. After Wu Heng thanked him, a question suddenly flashed in his mind. Following this topic, he asked directly: "During the battle last night, the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect suddenly grew a layer of scales. Is this also a skill?" Slater is the Whisperer of the Society. Collecting all kinds of intelligence and secrets may not necessarily mean you are knowledgeable, but you must know a lot. Anyway, there must be more than myself. Slater picked up the wine glass and took a sip before continuing: "Bawudong, the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect, is rumored to have awakened his bloodline in a slave''s beast-fighting cage, possessing abilities that ordinary people do not have. Some people say that he is a legendary figure. The black dragon, some say it is a magic python. But after all, there is no correct answer. Maybe Bawudong doesnt know what he inherited this ability. " ?Bloodline? ?Black dragon, magic python? For a magical world, I can accept the idea of ??awakening bloodline. But I still dont understand, how do dragons, pythons, etc. reproduce human offspring? To some extent, it has some impact on the knowledge in the textbook. Oh, thats it. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Dont show too much confusion, lest the other party see that you dont understand anything. The carriage creaked forward. The coachman reminded me, "Madam, we have reached the crowded area." "Thank you, Mrs. Slater, for giving me a ride. I''ll go back first." Wu Heng stood up and said directly. Well, if you have time, go to Money Cat and Ill introduce you to some beautiful girls. If you get in touch with them more, you wont be so nervous. Um, okay. ?Wu Heng stood up, got off the carriage, and walked towards his residence with Bassen. The carriage behind him slowly turned around and left. Return to your residence. ?A feeling of fatigue spread throughout his body. He ate a simple breakfast, asked Basson to guard the door, and went to bed to rest. When I woke up, it was already noon. After freshening up, go directly to the zombie world. In the living room. ??Bassen took off his leather armor, revealing his white sternum. ?One rib was broken, and two adjacent ribs also had cracks. ??This was the result of the elder''s knee attack during the battle last night. For living beings, taking potions and the body repairing itself, but undead skeletons are not that simple. ??Wu Heng found a roll of red tape and wrapped it around the fractured bone several times. said: "When I get the chance, I''ll ask how to repair the bones. I''ll hold on to it for a while." ??The undead are also one of the mage factions. There must be a way to repair the body of the undead skeleton, but Wu Heng, a wild necromancer, doesn''t know how to do it yet. We can only let Basson do this first, and then fix it after we figure it out later. After Bassen has finished taking care of it, go directly to the roof of the building. The skeleton warriors were still arranged in unison, and four skeleton dogs of different sizes ran over and waggled their tails. ??Wu Heng took out the map, looked at it, and pointed at the location of the commercial street. The three deformed dogs that were blocked on the way have been killed by him, so he can go to the commercial street. The gold and silver shop there should have a lot of inventory. In any world, money can solve 99% of problems. After thinking about it, he directly ordered, "Follow me." Hurrah! The skeleton warrior on standby took action instantly and followed behind him towards the downstairs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 38 , the injured fourth team Chapter 38: The injured fourth team The downstairs is empty, there are no new zombies. ??Wu Heng led the team all the way through the corridors. One or two zombies wandering over along the way were easily killed by the skeleton warriors. ??Coming to the small square in the community, the bus that crushed the fence was still parked there. In the center of the small square, there were twenty or thirty zombies wandering around. You guys stand in front. Wu Heng gave the order. ?Fifteen skeletons holding spears came to the front of the team, and under Wu Heng''s command, formed a formation with spears forward. Bassen, lure those zombies over. ??Bassen walked out of the team and circled the small square far ahead. When he returned again, there were already many zombies behind him Hurrying closer, Bassen squeezed directly into the skeleton team and stood at the very back. The zombie group pounced directly on the skeleton in front. Puff puff! Like a low-minded beast, the zombie hit the spear, and its body was pierced by the sharp spearhead, and scarlet and sticky blood flowed out. There were not many in number, and the battle did not last too long. After the zombies on the front were killed, a few slow-moving zombies were left, limping over from a distance. Go, kill the rest and drag them over. Wu Heng patted the head of the dog next to him. Four skeleton hounds jumped out and quickly pounced on the remaining zombies. After biting it to death, the body was dragged back directly. After all the zombies were killed, Wu Heng began to release the Bone Slave Technique. Skeletons stood up on the spot and joined the queue behind them at the command. The small square was cleaned up, and the skeleton was brought to the side of the overturned bus. ??The driver, who was trapped by the seat belt, slapped the cracked glass with his teeth and claws. After commanding the skeleton to kill the driver, he also searched the bus. In the trunk, I found a small fire extinguisher, a jack, a spare tire and so on. I feel like the fire extinguisher and the jack are still useful and can be taken away. But both of them are a bit heavy, so put them outside first and take them away when you come back. Put these items outside and continue exploring with the skeleton. ??Take the skeleton all the way to the west gate of the community. Zombies can still be seen wandering outside. I counted about 11 or 2 of them, but they are not many. Spear forward. The spear-wielding skeleton pointed the spear forward and was ready. ?There is no need to attract monsters, just take a short spear and knock lightly on the iron door on the side. Dang~! The sound of knocking rang out instantly, and the zombies outside all turned their heads to look this way. When the skeleton team is found at the location of the sound source. ?Let out an angry roar, and the roar spread quickly. From the corners, paths and corridors ahead, zombies walked out one after another. The number quickly increased from eleven or two to thirty or forty. ?All the zombies looked at the gate of the community, and then rushed over with their teeth and claws. "Ready to fight." Hahhhh~! ??The zombies are getting closer and closer, and the sounds of roaring and running are combined. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and released the [Grease Technique]. Grease covered the ground, and zombies fell to the ground in pieces. ?At the same time, the skeleton warrior also began to stab forward with his spear. It penetrated the zombie''s body in one stroke and black-red blood flowed out. ?Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 4, strength +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 3, constitution +1. The battle continues. Two skeletons were upgraded in level one after another, the highest reaching level 4. He still has some expectations for the skeleton warrior. Among the transformed skeletons, those that reach level 5 have basic souls. This led him to guess that level five was a turning point for the Skeleton Warrior. All will unlock the basic soul. ??If it is true as I guessed, the undead skeletons have souls and consciousness, and they can completely rely on their own skeletons to form a country. A country that does not need to consume resources and has sufficient labor force. ??Thinking about the Necromancer in this way is really scary. In the midst of a fierce battle. The battle is gradually coming to an end. On the ground in front of the door, corpses were piled up, and the smell of blood filled the surrounding area. ?Let the skeleton dog rush out and kill the remaining slow-moving zombies, and the entire west gate became quiet again. Take the body and go back! ??The skeleton warrior picked up the **** corpse on the ground and walked toward their residence together. After they were piled up together downstairs, Wu Heng began to release the Bone Slave Technique to transform the skeletons. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. He then returned to the roof with the skeleton and returned to Blackstone Town. After dinner. ?Wu Heng called Jianyi over and continued to practice swordsmanship. Last night, I received guidance from Altluk and improved some areas that were not standard. Altluk and Kavina both use swords, but they have opposite styles. ?Oteluk''s sword is a heavy sword, thick and long, and it is powerful and heavy when swung, and the wind howls. ?Coupled with his muscles, it feels like a wooden stick can hammer someone to death. ?Kavina''s sword is a one-handed sword, narrow and slender. This kind of sword is also more difficult to forge, and the fighting method is fast and precise. From my previous experience playing the game, it is more like an attack-speed style of play, with beautiful sword moves. It seems that they should be divided into different schools. For himself, Wu Heng prefers the one-handed sword. ??As a mage, there is no need to stick to the heavy sword. If you really encounter any danger, the heavy sword will not be conducive to escape. After practicing with Jianyi for a while, I saw that it was getting a little late, so I went to bed to rest. The next day, Professional Association. ?Wu Heng carried his backpack and came to the lounge. Opening the door, he saw Kavina with her left arm bandaged, sitting on the sofa reading a newspaper. I have to say, people in this world are really tough to beat. Its like this, its here again today. If you were a person in the modern world, you wouldn''t be hospitalized for half a month. How is it? Wu Heng asked with concern. Kavina put down the newspaper and said, "It''s okay. It''ll be fine in a few days." ??Wu Heng opened his backpack, took out a few snacks inside, opened a bag of potato chips and handed them over, "Try it, it''s quite delicious." As the least injured person in the team, I feel like I should bring some food to express my condolences to my teammates. After all, with the two of them and Bassen in the front, he can safely shoot cold shots from behind. To be honest, these two teammates are quite reliable. Kavina raised her eyebrows, reached out and picked up a piece and put it in her mouth, "It tastes good." "I brought some, you can eat whatever you want." Wu Heng took out all the things inside and continued to ask: "Where is the captain?" The captain is in a meeting and should be back soon. "oh." The two chatted for a while, then the door to the lounge opened again, and Altluk walked in with something. Looking at the snacks on the coffee table, his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. He said: "The deacon asked you to come over." "oh." Wu Heng stood up and was about to leave when he heard the captain say again: "The association is very interested in your weapon and will ask you questions about it. You can say what you want to say, but you don''t have to say what you don''t want to say." Handgun! The association is concerned about handguns. (End of this chapter) Chapter 39 ,this one? Chapter 39, thats it? Eight enemies, seven were killed by bullets. This will be noticed whenever the body is examined. Anyone would be curious and ask questions. ??Wu Heng wears this kind of weapon and usually does not cover it up. This time he just wanted to tell the deacon. Similarly, Altluk was reminding him. Some privacy questions do not need to be answered. The Professional Association is different from the Guards. Weapons and props are all equipped by oneself and are personal belongings. Furthermore, people who perform tasks outside all year round will have some trump cards that they will not talk about everywhere. Who knows if you tell someone today, you will die tomorrow. So, before leaving, I would like to remind you that if you dont want to say it, you dont have to say it. Okay. Wu Heng nodded in agreement and walked out of the room. Deacon''s study. Knocking lightly on the door, Wu Heng walked in after receiving a response. Three people were sitting in the bright and tidy study. Yazid, the deacon of the association, is sitting behind the desk, still wearing a dark dress, like an old gentleman. On the sofa, sat Archdeacon Slater and his old acquaintance Moira, the woman who was asked by the city hall to sign the Undead Restriction Act. I didnt expect to be here today. Two women were sitting on opposite sides of each other, with serious expressions, and they felt that their relationship was not very good. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Yazd smiled and said: "Our outstanding members are here, find a seat and sit by yourself." ??Wu Heng looked at the seats at the scene and sat down on the chair next to Slater. After all, they are all part of an association, which is somewhat different from Blackstone Town. Wait for Wu Heng to sit down. Yazidcai introduced: "This is Ms. Moira, who is responsible for the municipal work of Blackstone Town." Ms. Moira, long time no see. Wu Heng greeted with a smile. I am in the city hall, but I often hear news from you. On behalf of the city hall, I would like to thank your team for what they did yesterday. Moira replied. It should be about the killing of the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect yesterday. ??If a few of them hadn''t killed the people from the Divine Punishment Sect and allowed themselves to cause chaos in the city, the consequences would have been very serious. Do you know each other? Yazd said in surprise. I met at the city hall. Moira answered directly. "Yeah." Yazd nodded and continued: "Wu Heng, we have something we need to confirm with you." Okay, deacon, please speak. Eight corpses, seven of which were caused by the same cause of death, was this caused by you? Yazd said directly about this matter. Yes. Wu Heng replied. "How did you do it?" A weapon that can attack at a certain distance. Can you let us take a look? Okay! Wu Heng took out the pistol from his waist and gave the three of them a look. The three of them widened their eyes at the same time, staring at the black pistol in their hands. Thats it? Yazd asked in surprise. "Well, it''s a weapon developed by our hometown." "Let me take a look!" Moira stretched out her hand and said. ??Wu Heng did not hand it over, but shook his head and said: "I''m sorry, this is my life-saving weapon. It''s not convenient for others to see it at close range." ??This world even has trains, detonators and poisonous smoke mines. Its hard to say what inspiration my weapons have brought to this world. I have begun to make rapid progress in firearms. If you really come up with all kinds of firearms, your advantage in this world will be gone. So, Wu Heng planned to explain his weapons, but did not intend to really study them carefully. Just like Otluk reminded himself, there are some things that can be said and some things that cannot be said. ?Moira looked at Yazd. Yazid smiled helplessly, "The association will not force members to provide their own technologies and secrets." The essence of the Professional Association is that a group of adventurers gather together. If everything was really compulsory, it would not reach the current level. "Okay!" Moira was a little disappointed, but still said: "Did you develop this weapon? Blackstone Town can order some, and the price is easy to negotiate." Sorry, I didnt develop these. "Well, forget it. Your weapon is very lethal. I hope you will keep it carefully and not lose it or use it casually. If similar casualties occur, it may cause you trouble." Moira said in a tone of voice. Getting serious again. Reminding him that the target killed by this weapon is easy to identify. ??Moreover, the city now knows that he has this kind of weapon. Once someone is killed or injured, they will look for him as soon as possible. I understand, I will follow the rules. The atmosphere in the room became increasingly serious. Yazid continued: "Okay, we are just confirming the cause of death of those people. It will be good if we can prove that it was your fourth team who killed them." "Um." You should go back first and recuperate. ?Wu Heng nodded and stood up. After saying goodbye to the three of them, he left the study directly. Return to the lounge. Otluk and Kavina were chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Altluk asked: "How is the situation?" Moira from the city hall was over there and asked me about the weapons, but she didnt say much else. Wu Heng sat down aside. The association doesnt care about this aspect. We must keep our own abilities and some weapons and props confidential. Altluk continued. I understand, Captain. After finishing this matter, the next step is the distribution of rewards after yesterday. ??Oteluk said: "In this mission, our team solved a crisis in Blackstone Town. We were praised by the city hall and the deacon. The bounty for this operation was increased, and each person was rewarded with a high-quality prop." What an excellent reward. Kaweina and Wu Heng were both happy. ?This level of reward is not something you can get in ordinary tasks. This time it is actually among the rewards. Seeing that his members were quite satisfied with the rewards, Altluk also smiled, and his eyes fell on the coffee table in front of him, "These are yesterday''s trophies. According to the rules of the association, we kill people alone, and the trophies are also taken by Our team distributed it by itself. I exchanged some common weapons and armor for money directly from the association, and the rest are here. The loot is divided into several categories. Weapons and armor, grenade scrolls and several fist-sized money bags. ?Wu Hengs eyes first fell on the top wooden stick with silver patterns. ?At the time, I didnt pay much attention to it. It seemed to be something used by the man in black robes who could control crows. Witch Arrow Elm Silver Staff (Description: The staff will give the user the ability to release "Witch and Arrow", while reducing the user''s mental consumption.) A staff with its own spells? (End of this chapter) Chapter 40 ,level 4 Chapter 40, Level 4 ??The man in black robe who controlled the crow last night was also a legal professional? But when Wu Heng passed by, he didn''t see him using any spells. All he knew was that he controlled the crow to rush towards him, and was then killed by him with a flashlight. This staff is different from the deacons staff. The cane is straight and can be leaned on. This staff is longer and curved like a tree root. But the shape looks pretty good, with complex patterns and silver ornaments. The remaining equipment includes a long sword and three sets of leather armor. The style and workmanship are very good, and it is a top-notch equipment in the store. ?The grenades are all [Poison Smoke Thunder], and the scroll has two [Fire Slash] and [Feather Falling Technique]. ??Blazing Slash can add fire attributes to weapons, while Feather Fall can reduce damage caused by falling from high altitudes. I dont know who it was found from. Wu Heng, lets see what you need. Altluk said. There were eight people in the Divine Punishment Sect, seven of whom were killed by Wu Heng himself. ??The last one, it seemed that ''Altluk'' cut off his head with the last sword, but by that time the opponent had been killed by Wu Heng with a pistol, and even the experience points appeared. ?Otluk didn''t know clearly, so he stepped forward and struck a blow. ?It doesnt matter who kills them. Alteruks last stab was pretty good. He killed them all, but its a bit strange. Even so, the priority in choosing the loot is still given to me Wu Heng. I want this staff, and if its a leather armor, I also want one for Bassen. Wu Heng said directly. ??The reason why Altluk left the staff behind was because it was given to him. As for the leather armor, its for Basson. The leather armor has been torn in several battles. Send it to an armor shop for repair, rather than just replace it. Okay, Kavina, where are you? Kavina took a one-handed sword and a set of leather armor. The remaining leather armor and two scrolls were naturally left to Altluk. The value of the scroll is not lower than that of the weapon, and the three of them are similar inside and outside. Then, [Poison Smoke and Thunder] each received three pieces, and the prize money and money from selling the trophies were also divided among them. Looking at the heavy money bag, there was enough money for a thousand silver coins. Everyone is a little happy in their hearts. ?Who hates having more money? After the division of the spoils is over. ??Otluk continued to ask: "You need to register to receive the rewards of high-quality props. Wait for my news then, and let''s go and choose the rewards together." Okay! The two nodded. After casually chatting about the development of the team. Wu Heng said directly: "Captain, can I convert Bawudong''s corpse into a skeleton through the association?" Hearing these words, Altluk and Kavina were stunned at the same time. Then, she looked at him in surprise. Bawudong, one person is enough to fight against a team of professionals. ??If Wu Heng transforms him, this layer of combat power will be directly added to him, plus the skeleton Basson and the weapon. Somewhat scary! I cant say much about this matter, said Altluk. Wu Heng is different from ordinary professionals. In terms of occupation, he is restricted by Blackstone Town. After all, he has signed so many bills. Even if the Professionals Association agrees but Blackstone Town disagrees, Wu Heng cannot legally obtain the body. ??Would Blackrock Town allow a necromancer to have such a powerful undead attendant? ??If it is really passed, I am afraid that many people will not be able to sleep at night. What if I use the rewards of high-quality props in exchange? Is there any possibility of this? Wu Heng added conditions. "I can''t tell you about this. I can tell the deacon and see what he says." Orteluk continued. ?Wu Heng nodded, that was all he could do, and he had no good solution. Stepping out of the Professionals Association, Wu Heng was still thinking about the level 12 corpse. If I had known earlier, it would be better to show Moira the pistol and leave a better impression. Maybe it would not be so serious on this corpse. But this kind of thing is just a casual thought. Even if you give the other party a pistol, it may not actually lead to this matter. Step by step, there are some things that he cannot completely control. After returning to his residence, he changed Bassons leather armor and went directly to the zombie world. Zombie World, outside the west gate. Hurrah! Dense footsteps sounded from the street ahead. Immediately afterwards, a large number of zombies rushed over in a crowd and roar. Spear forward, quickly! Wu Heng quickly gave the order. ?These zombies seem to be hiding. ?The previous section of the walk was peaceful and quiet, but suddenly a large number of zombies rushed out, and they didn''t even have time to deploy their formations. The spear-wielding skeleton moved quickly and stood in the front row, with the spear facing forward. Grease Technique ?Four meters square of grease was splashed all over the ground. The zombie rushing at the front slipped and instantly fell to the ground on his back. Before he could get up, the zombies from behind rushed over. They also fell to the ground piece by piece. ??Wu Heng pointed forward with his staff, and a blue energy spear condensed and flew forward. With a pop, when it hit a zombie, a blue arc of electricity was formed, hitting three or four target units around it one after another. ?Wu Heng was stunned when he saw this scene. ?This witchcraft and arrow technique seems to have a lightning effect, which feels pretty good. A witchcraft and arrow technique did not stop the zombies from advancing. More zombies trampled on the bodies of their companions and continued to rush forward. With a bang, the zombies crashed directly into the queue of skeletons, pushing the skeletons in the front row backwards. Zombies and skeletons are crowded together, and there is no formation at all. Attack. ?Wu Heng gave the order directly. Skeletons also rushed forward in droves, and two waves of men and horses crowded toward the center. The sound of splitting and tearing resounded throughout the entire area. Skeleton dogs shuttled among the crowd, and Sword One and Sword Two also joined the battle. In the fierce fighting, the skeletons gradually began to gain the upper hand. Your level is increased to level 4, intelligence +1, constitution +1, and mental strength slightly improved. A prompt appears and the level has been raised to level four. ?This allowed Wu Heng to relieve some of the heartache caused by the death of the skeleton. Increased intelligence and physical fitness. These two kinds of Wu Heng seem to be very useful attributes. The battle lasted for a while and was gradually coming to an end. The corpses and broken bones were piled up into a hill, like a purgatory on earth. The skeleton warrior was covered in blood and re-entered the standby state. ??Wu Heng took a look at the situation around him, and after confirming that there was no danger, he continued: "Basen, go and take a look at the commercial street." ??Bassen left quickly and ran towards the distance. Soon, Bassen ran back from a distance and made a non-dangerous gesture. "You guys are on standby." Wu Heng said to the skeleton next to him, and then to Basson: "Take me over and have a look." Basson led him forward and boarded a two-story building, where he could see the commercial street in the distance. ?The scene in the commercial street also made Wu Heng''s heart tighten slightly. Large swaths of zombies wandered aimlessly on the streets, their black hair became sticky, and their rotten human skin covered the ground. So many people died? (End of this chapter) Chapter 41 , assemble the iron spear Chapter 41, Assembling the Iron Spear The fishy smell is so overwhelming that you can smell it even from such a distance. As the only commercial street in the district-level area, it is a centralized location for shopping and shopping for nearby residents. I dont say that everyone loves shopping, but shops are gathered here. If you want to buy something, you need to come here. But its not like there are so many zombies gathered, right? Is there a party? What a party. Thats not right. Even if this is a shopping place, shouldnt so many people gather here? Its almost time to visit scenic spots during the holidays. Its because of the sound... ?Wu Heng made a bold guess. It may not have been the time when the virus broke out that so many people gathered here. ??But after the outbreak, the street continued to play sound, and various high-pitched songs and dances attracted nearby zombies. When the power went out later, the speakers and everything stopped playing, but the zombies gathered were still wandering nearby. I dont know if my guess is correct, but it is very likely. ?Wu Heng observed from a distance for a while, and after confirming that no aberrant zombies or other monsters were found, he started to return the same way. ?Back in the queue of skeletons, Jian Yi and Jian Er are commanding the skeletons to clean up the battlefield. The corpses were piled aside, and the dropped kitchen knives and fruit knives were also collected for the next skeleton to continue using. There is no danger around. Wu Heng focused his attention on the nearby shops on both sides. There are more restaurants, fruit shops, and milk tea shops the closer they are to the commercial street. Almost the entire strip is composed of these types. ??But Wu Hengs eyes still fell on a store called Xinyi Advertising. Looking at the name, it seems that they make shop signs and billboards. Let the swordsmen, swordsmen, crossbows, and crossbows each take the skeletons to the other stores to search, while I took Bassen and several skeletons into the advertising store. ?There is a large empty space in the middle of the hall, with red banners and plastic advertising letters piled on the dirty floor. ??Wu Heng glanced around and found several metal pipes about three or four meters long near the wall. iron tube? Im not sure whether its an iron pipe or a steel pipe, but there are probably more than twenty. ?This kind of straight metal pipe should be of some use. I continued to look at the back room and the second floor of the shop, and found some cutting and welding tools, but they all need to be connected to electricity and are not available at the moment. After confirming that there was nothing else useful, he ordered to the skeleton, "Move these out." ??The glass door of the shop was broken, and several skeletons walked out directly carrying iron pipes. The Sword One Sword Two and several skeletons on the side also came back. The skeleton warrior behind him held a kitchen knife and fruit knife that he had found. The gains are not big. Lets return to the alleyway where we just fought. Planning to return with the team. Carry the body and go back. The skeleton warriors picked up the corpse and walked together towards the community where they lived. Return to the living room downstairs. The corpses that were brought back were piled into a hill. ?Wu Heng sat aside and looked at the iron pipe and fruit knife he brought back. After putting them together and comparing them, he took out the tape and wrapped the fruit knife around one end of the iron pipe. After the wrapping was firm, he took out the iron wire and wrapped it around the outside a few times. After everything is finished, take a closer look. It doesnt seem to be much different from the spear you bought. Jianyi, take it and try it. Wu Heng said. As soon as Jian came over, he took the iron spear that was five or six meters long and made a forward stabbing motion. Poof~! The fruit knife at the front pierced directly into the pile of corpses nearby. Pull it out again, bringing out a black and red blood drop. Looks pretty good, the fruit knife is still strong and has not fallen off. ??Having raided so many buildings, I still have hundreds of fruit knives. ?In addition to iron pipes, you can also collect some wooden sticks and the like to assemble this simple spear. Feeling that it was totally possible to try, he said to Jianyi: "In this way, combine the fruit knife and the iron pipe. The four of you will do it tonight." ??The only ones with wisdom are one sword, two swords, one crossbow and two crossbows, and the rest of the skeletons, let them attack and move things. It is obviously unrealistic to assemble things, so Jianyi and the others can only do it. ? And Bassen has to follow him back to Blackstone Town, so he can''t stay to help. Jianyi expressed his understanding and began to find daggers and more tape and wire to assemble. Wu Heng asked Basson to bring a chair and sit in front of the pile of corpses to perform the bone-slaking technique. The effect of the staff can reduce the mental energy consumption when casting spells. But when I use it, I dont actually feel much, and I dont know if it works. The Bone Slaking Technique was released continuously, and each skeleton stood up and slowly walked into the queue. At dusk, he took the skeletons back to the roof and returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. Go directly to the weapon shop. There were two waves of customers in the store, and the boss and the clerk were selling the weapons on the shelves. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, the boss stretched out his hand to say hello, indicating that he would look at it first. After seeing off the previous guests, he wiped his hands with his apron and walked over, "What do you want to buy today?" Besides spears, are there any other long-handled weapons? Wu Heng walked around the shop and asked directly. Yes, there are long-handled battle axes and war hammers here, both of which have good destructive power. The boss led him to the cabinet shelf, pointing to several weapons and introducing them. ?These look good, but they are not what Wuheng needs. Is there a long-handled weapon like a triangular fork? Well, we dont have this kind of weapon in the store at the moment. The boss frowned and replied, then thought about it and said, But there is one similar to what you mentioned. Show me. "Okay, over here." The boss walked with him towards the corner. In a wooden barrel, there was a wooden handle with four iron cone-shaped instruments on the top. He introduced: "Is this the kind you are talking about, a pitchfork, used for handling hay." ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and frowned. He naturally knew the pitchfork. It was a very common farm tool that could be seen in ordinary villages. It indeed satisfies his own description. How many? Wu Heng asked. Probably five or six like this. The boss replied. "so little?" Look, we are a weapons store, and who in the city would buy a pitchfork? It seems to be correct. The definition of a pitchfork is an agricultural tool and should not be considered a weapon. How much does a pitchfork cost? 55 copper. Compared to weapons, pitchforks are much cheaper. ??I just dont know if the opponents zombies have any effect. I want them all. Wu Heng said directly. "good." ?The boss smiled and agreed, and immediately went down to prepare. Not long after, the boss took out the pitchforks, five of them in total. In fact, the number is not many. If you need more, we can make an extra batch for you later, the boss continued. No need for now, well talk about it later. After paying the bill, Basson and Basson carried the pitchfork and walked towards the residence. Return to your residence. Send all the pitchforks to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng picked up the iron sword and started practicing his sword skills. ? So many days have passed, with Jian Yi as a sparring partner, and Altluk giving guidance and corrections to himself, but he still has not unlocked the swordsmanship specialization. This is a bit uncomfortable. After practicing at night, Wu Heng went to bed to rest. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng came to the top of the building. Then he saw iron pipes placed on the ground to assemble spears, 22 in total. ??The fruit knife at the top may be long or short, but the length of the iron pipe is about the same, and it is fixed with iron wire. ?Overall, it looks really good. Selected 22 skeletons and ordered: "Put down your weapons." The skeleton threw the kitchen knife in his hand to the ground and stood there. Take it. Wu Heng handed over the iron spear. The skeleton reached out and grabbed the iron spear. Recommendations and further reading are required... ? (End of this chapter) Chapter 42 , gold and silver processing shop Chapter 42, Gold and Silver Processing Shop Skeletons picked up iron spears and held them in their hands. It seems to be due to the weight of the iron pipe. It feels like the shoulders of the skeleton are drooping downward, making the movements a little difficult. ?Let the skeletons try to perform stabbing movements. The movements were quite smooth and there were no major problems. Then, he asked several skeleton warriors to pick up the pitchforks they bought last night. After confirming that holding the pitchfork is also a forward stabbing action, I felt relieved. I''m really afraid of these skeletons. If I go downstairs with a pitchfork to weed weeds, it will be ruined. There are 25 skeletons with spears made of wooden poles, 22 skeletons with spears assembled with iron poles, and 5 skeletons with pitchforks. ?Standing together, there are many spears, and it really looks like a spear formation. Weapons aspect has been solved. Took out the surrounding map again and took a look at it. The original plan was to capture the commercial street directly and plunder the gold shops and banks there, but after seeing the situation there yesterday, I hesitated. The number of zombies is quite large. It may be dangerous if you attack directly. You need to plan carefully and think of a way to capture the commercial street with less losses. I remember there is a gold and silver processing shop here. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something. In an alley outside Seomyeon Market, there is a jewelry processing shop. The older generation likes to go there to process gold and silver into bracelets and rings. It is also considered an old shop. Business seems to be not so good recently, and young people are buying ready-made jewelry. If you cant go to the commercial street, go here first. After thinking about it, he ordered to the skeleton, "Follow me." Hurrah! The skeleton took action and walked downstairs with him. The west side, an alleyway passing by the market. An alleyway passing through the commercial street. After clearing away the nearby zombies, Wu Heng began to direct the skeletons to form a formation. The Pitchfork Soldiers are at the front, followed by rows of skeleton warriors holding spears. The spears were pointed forward layer by layer, forming a wall covered with spikes. We are almost ready. ??Wu Heng said: "Basen, lure the zombies in front over here." ??Bassen squeezed out of the crowd and ran towards the front. Soon, Bassen''s figure appeared in sight again, followed by dozens of zombies with ferocious faces and claws. ?Approaching the skeleton team, Bassen dodged the spear sideways and squeezed into the back of the skeleton team. The zombie behind him crashed directly into the skeleton''s spear. The dense spears pierced through the zombies one after another, and there was a roar. The skeleton warrior kept retracting his spear and stabbing it, repeating simple actions. ?The zombies in the front row were pushed by the zombies behind them and slammed into layers of spears until they died. ??One crossbow and two crossbows were behind, shooting one or two crossbow bolts from time to time to kill some zombies that squeezed into the team. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. . Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 3, constitution +1. Hints appear constantly, increasing the killing experience. After Wu Heng reaches level 4, the experience gained from killing zombies becomes 4 points, and the efficiency of upgrading becomes lower and lower. The levels of some skeleton warriors also improved during the battle, reaching level 3 one after another. The battle still continues. The sounds of roaring and fighting attracted more zombies, who continued to rush towards this side. Wave after wave, the number keeps increasing. ??Wu Heng stood in the middle of the team, observing the battle ahead. ?Suddenly, the window on the third floor beside him suddenly shattered, and in the scattered glass, three black shadows jumped directly from above. ?Wu Heng raised his staff and shot out a blue [Witchcraft Arrow]. After accurately hitting the first black shadow, the electric arc spread out and hit the other two black shadows. ??The black shadow''s body twitched in the air and fell vertically downwards. It fell to the ground with a thud. ?Several skeleton dogs were the first to react, pounced quickly, grabbed the black shadow on the ground and began to bite and shake its head. ?Amid a sharp ''squeaking'' sound and a struggle. It was torn into several pieces by several skeleton dogs. After everything calmed down, Wu Heng looked closer at the black figures who were trying to take advantage of the chaos to attack. These are three large black mice. The fur is black and shiny, and the body is close to the size of an adult cat. Isnt it an aberrant creature? Wu Heng was a little curious. ??The rat in front of me is not as exaggerated in size as the aberrant creature. It is still a rat. On the protruding rat teeth, you can still see the sticky zombie meat. From the appearance point of view, it is still a mouse, but it has also been affected. Not only has its size become larger, but it is also very aggressive. It is not a good thing to take the initiative to attack humans. ??If we say that the mice are just zombies and have distortions, it is actually easier to say. It would be a bit scary if the original species characteristics were maintained and a change similar to evolution was achieved. At the rate of reproduction of rats, they can quickly attack any creature in groups. Observing the mouse, the battle ahead has ended. ??All zombies were killed, and the skeleton warriors re-entered the standby state. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then used the [Bone Spell Technique] on the rats on the ground. The flesh and blood began to fall off, and the skeleton rat crawled out. Skeleton Rat (Level 1) The rating is only level 1. In the empty skeleton, there is no soul fire. ?Hands of a short spear, he rummaged around where the rat had shed its flesh and blood, but found no fleshy mass similar to a ''corpse core''. ??The unbeliever used the bone-braining technique on the other two rats. The skeleton rat appeared, but still no corpse core was found. ?It seems that this kind of mouse does not have such a thing as a corpse core. Taking a brief rest. ?Wu Heng led the skeleton team and continued to move towards the target point. Fuheng Silver Store. Small shop less than 30 square meters. On the glass at the door, there is an advertisement for recycling gold and silver at a high price. There is only one display cabinet in the front of the store, which contains a few gold and silver bracelets and rings, not many in number, piled together in disorder. Its quite a harvest. Open the counter, start to take out the bracelets and rings inside, and stuff them into the backpack. Not to mention selling them as jewelry, the gold in these gold bracelets is a huge amount of wealth. Getting to Blackstone Town, even if you do nothing, you can live a good life for most of your life according to the life of ordinary people in a crowded area. You can also buy more weapons and equipment for the skeletons. The only disadvantage is the reason to buy weapons on a large scale. After finishing installing the jewelry in the display cabinet, I continued to search in the store. It shouldnt be just this. How to put it another way, it is also a time-honored store. Go into the back room and find a safe under the desk. Use the Bronze Key to open it. Revealing the gold and silver jewelry sealed in plastic in the safe. The quantity is much more than what is available on the counter. ??It turned out that I was right this time. ?Wu Heng immediately began to put it into his backpack. Just when I was taking out each item and stuffing it into my backpack. Suddenly, a childish voice sounded from behind. Uncle, what are you doing here? ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment at first, and then he felt a chill on his spine and the hair on his hair stood up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 43 , ghost kid (please read it) Chapter 43, Ghost Imp (please follow up) ??The sudden voice made him feel a chill going straight to the top of his head. ?This is not Blackstone Town. It is also the back room of a gold shop. How can anyone talk? Not caring about the gold and silver in his hands, he rolled on the spot and rolled towards the door. ?While rolling, his eyes also glanced at the location of the sound source behind him. ??At the back of the room, he saw a little girl with an almost transparent figure standing there looking at him. After he rolled around, the little girl clapped her hands in approval. Ghost! ??Its not much different from the infant spirit we saw in Mining Village last time. The little girl in front of me is also a spirit. Belongs to the soul formed after death. Its just that the body is more transparent, as if the transparency has disappeared. ??Had I known that I could encounter ghosts in this world, I would have asked in detail how to deal with them. ??Wu Heng was surprised that a ghost appeared in this world. At the same time, Bassen and the skeleton warrior on the side rushed to the front of the ghost with weapons in hand. Swung the sword and slashed at the soul body. ??The ghost girl shrank as if she was frightened, and disappeared directly through the wall behind her. gone? Before Wu Heng could relax. At the diagonally upper corner of the wall, the little girl stuck her head out and stared at this side with her **** eyes. Why are you hitting me? the little girl asked angrily. Be able to speak and be willing to communicate. What''s happening here? Stand where you are. Wu Heng gave the order directly. The advancing skeletons stopped and stood still. The little girl''s ghost floated down warily, landed on the ground again, and asked curiously: "Uncle, why are you here?" "I''m looking for something. What are you doing here?" Wu Heng replied and asked. According to the captain Otluk, souls like children are very troublesome. Because I have not been in contact with society for a long time and have no normal concepts of right and wrong, it is easy to do things based on my preferences. The ghost baby in Mining Village is like this, and it is difficult to deal with. This is my shop. The little girl said with her hands behind her back. Holy shit, I feel completely unreasonable. It turns out its from your family, I didnt know. "It doesn''t matter. Those people outside are crazy and bite everyone they see. The store can''t be opened. When things get better later, I''ll ask grandpa to open a new one in the city, one close to the zoo." The little girl clasped her hands behind her back. Walking left and right. Do you still have a grandpa? The little girl took a small step and looked up at him with some confusion, "After grandpa, there was dad, and finally there was me. Uncle, don''t you know?" Ah this. I know, where is your grandfather? Wu Heng changed his approach. "At home!" The little girl glanced at the backpack that fell on the ground and continued: "Uncle, do you need this gold very much?" ?Wu Heng looked at the gold and silver jewelry in his backpack and nodded. The little girl thought for a moment and continued: "Then let''s make a bet, okay?" What bet? The ghost in front of me is completely different from the ghost baby last time. Looks very normal and speaks clearly. Furthermore, he did not show any malice, and was not much different from humans. I still have some gold at home, which belongs to my grandfather. I will give it to you and you can go and deliver food to my grandfather and father. How about it? the little girl said with her eyes still widened. It turned out that for a long time, she planned to send food to her family. But, both grandpa and dad survived, how did she die? This little girl is a bit miserable. But now that its the end of the world, who can be better off? You mean transaction or exchange, right? "Oh, yes, it''s a deal, and my house is not far away, just behind it. It''s just a few steps away." The little girl put her hands on her waist and continued. In fact, there is no shortage of food for him. With just a little searching, you can collect enough food to last you a long time. Its okay to complete a deal with the girl or help the survivors. Whats more, according to what the little girl said, this shop was opened by her grandfather, and he could be considered a craftsman with the skills of making jewelry. Maybe it can be used somewhere later. You can also help the other party. As the little girl said, you wont suffer any loss if you get the gold. Where are they? Wu Heng asked. Its right behind, I can take you there. The little girl was very happy. Okay, lets go! Okay, thank you uncle. The little girl floated up happily and spun around in the air. Wait for me, Ill go outside to search for food. Wu Heng continued. "good!" ?Wu Heng collected all the remaining gold and silver in the safe, picked up his backpack and walked out of the store. Find a grain and oil store nearby, asked the skeleton to carry a few bags of rice, flour and soybean oil and returned. ?This is enough for them to eat. ??Moreover, he had almost wiped out the zombies nearby. Be careful then, you can go out to search for food by yourself to maintain a normal life. Back to the gold shop, the little girl was floating in the air, looking around the skeleton. She had no fear of the dead, and her eyes were full of curiosity. ??Had Wu Heng not ordered to stand by, the skeleton might have struck with a kitchen knife. Lets go, where is your home? Wu Heng asked. "It''s right behind, I''ll take you there." The little girl said, then she plunged into the wall and disappeared. Holy shit! ??Wu Heng opened the window on the side and said to the soul that was about to float away: "I can''t go through the wall." The little girl got back in and took him back from the road outside. Turn a road. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton army and followed the little girl into the community in a mighty manner. The wandering zombies roared excitedly when they saw the sudden appearance of the skeleton team, and strode towards them. Spear forward! Wu Heng shouted. The spear-wielding skeleton holds the spear forward, ready for battle. Puff puff puff~! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded one after another, and large swaths of zombies collided with the spears. During a period of fighting. A path was cleared, and then the skeleton dog crossed the group of skeletons and killed some slow-moving zombies. The surroundings fell into silence again. My family lives on the second floor. The little girl pointed to the building in front of her. After letting the skeleton clear the corridor, he followed him up to the second floor. At the prompt of the little girl, he entered the password of the electronic lock and entered the room directly. The windows in the dim living room were closed, and the air was filled with the smell of decay. ?Wu Heng frowned. ?This is not like a place with living people. Before he could ask, he heard the ghost shouting: "Grandpa, Dad, I''ve brought you food." With a bang, the entrance door was immediately closed. ??Hello~! As he got closer, the sound of zombies roaring came from the direction of the bedroom. ????????????????????????????????? (End of this chapter) Chapter 44 , new members and rewards (please vote and follow up.) Chapter 44, new members and rewards (please vote, please follow up...) Two zombies came out of the bedroom. Judging from appearance, they are an old man and a middle-aged man. ?Wu Heng looked at the ghost in the air and saw that the little girl ran away through the wall. I was fooled by a kid. ?Looking at the two approaching zombies, Wu Heng released a [Witch Arrow Technique], and the blue energy spear hit the target, making the zombies tremble slightly. Turn around, open the door behind you, step aside half a step, "Attack!" Several skeleton warriors left in the corridor entered the living room. ?Throwing away the rice, flour and oil that he was carrying, he took out his kitchen knife and pounced on him. The zombie was knocked to the ground instantly, and countless kitchen knives fell down, killing the zombie directly. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +3. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +3. Experience appears and two zombies die. The living room fell into silence, and the skeleton warrior also entered the standby state again. ?Wu Heng opened the door and glanced at the corridor, but did not see the little devil. Maybe he was afraid and ran away. I never thought that I could fight all the way here, how could two zombies kill me. After confirming that there were no zombies in the room, Wu Heng began to walk around the room. It can be said that the living conditions of this family are indeed good, and the furniture and decoration are considered high-end in the neighborhood. ?Wu Heng rummaged around and found another safe in the study. Use the Bronze Key to open it. It is divided into three floors. At the top are licenses, various qualifications, and contracts. In the middle are gold bars and some gold jewelry neatly placed. At the bottom are cash, paper deposit receipts, and bank cards. Looking at the gold, Wu Heng didn''t know what to say. The little girl did not completely lie to him. She did have a lot of gold at home. After loading up all the gold and searching for some valuable things here, Wu Heng returned to the living room and released the [Bone Spell Technique] on the two corpses on the ground. The two skeletons stood up slowly and rejoined the team. ??Wu Heng didn''t stay much, left his residence, and returned to the street where the shop was with the skeleton. Let the skeleton carry the untransformed body and walk towards the building where he lives. The community that I have cleaned up several times is safer. Go back to your residence without any hindrance. ??Wu Heng continued to use the [Bone Spell Technique] on the corpse. Being boring. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. Because of the incident with the Gods Punishment Sect last time, many places in the entire association hall were undergoing repairs. Even in open areas, some sword marks and bullet holes can be seen. Let Bassen go to the rest area first, while Wu Heng went directly to the front desk. Mr. Wu Heng, how can I help you? the staff member said with a smile. Check for me, has the last commission been completed? The potion commission. Wu Heng said. The commission for the antidote has been released for a few days. I have provided the material formula myself, so it shouldnt be so slow. The staff member nodded and began to look through the record book in his hand. He nodded and said: "It has been made. I will get it for you." Soon, the staff came over with a wooden box. The box opens, revealing the potion inside. This is the potion commissioned for the release. There are three bottles in total, all of which have been completed. Special antidote (Description: A potion made for fixed toxins.) After confirming the item information, Wu Heng nodded, "Thank you." Put away the potion and walk in the direction of the Skeleton Basson team''s lounge. I havent been here for several days, so I had to go and have a look and show my face. We walked all the way through the corridor and came to the lounge. Push the door and enter the room. In the lounge, in addition to captains Altluk and Kavina, there was also a little girl with short brown hair sitting on the sofa. Wu Heng is here just in time. Let me introduce you to the new member Yuli, who is a druid by profession. Then he said to the little **** the sofa: "This is Wu Heng, the necromancer in our team." Druid? The one who can transform into a bear and a wolf? ?Wu Heng looked to the opposite side again. The little girl is not tall, of the petite type, with wheat-colored skin and not very old. ??Brown shawl short hair, slightly curly and fluffy. The body is covered with leather armor, with patterns similar to crescent moons, branches, and curling-leaf plants painted on it. Hello, Yuli! Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Hmph! Yuli snorted and turned her head to the side. ?Looks like he doesnt want to talk to you. Ah this. What happened to me today? Little girls seem to have a lot of opinions about themselves. ?The other party''s attitude was a little bad, and Wu Heng didn''t say much. Sitting aside, he asked: "Captain, Kavina, how is your injury?" ??Otluk said: "It''s okay." ?Kavina moved her arms and smiled, "It''s not as heavy as the captain. It only takes a few days to practice." This reflects the difference between the front row and the back row. Nearly everyone in the front row was injured, and even Skeleton Basson had a broken rib. ??Wu Heng dealt a heavy blow in the back without suffering any injuries, and he took the most kills in the entire battle. ?Of course, the credit also lies in the fact that the three of them entangled the elder of the Gods Punishment Sect, otherwise they might have been even worse. But the physical fitness of professionals in this world is indeed exaggerated. ?Such a serious injury is just like a minor injury. Captain, has the matter with the Divine Punishment Sect come to an end? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??Otluk said: "The association is still investigating the purpose of the elders of the God''s Punishment Cult coming to Blackstone Town, and the reason for the serious error in the intelligence." ?Last time, we directly led the main force in the city outside the city. This was no small matter. ? It can be said to be an intelligence error, or it can be said that the leader made a wrong decision. ?There must be someone who takes the blame, otherwise it wont be justified. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. ??Oteluk continued: "But the rewards for our team''s high-quality props have been released, and I happen to be here today. Let''s go and choose." "Ah good!" ?Otluk walked out of the lounge and came back with several items in his hand. Put them on the table one by one, and said at the same time: "After discussing with Blackstone Town, the deacon recorded level 3 meritorious deeds for us, and has reported it to the association headquarters. With this record, as long as you reach level 8 or above, you will be punished at worst. Assigned to the branch as a captain." Level 3 merit? ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and then reacted immediately. In the association system, in addition to recording files, there is also the term meritorious service. General entrusted tasks only provide monetary rewards and prop rewards. Those who can record meritorious deeds are those who have made "special contributions", "prevented major incidents" and other particularly serious events. Meritorious deeds will be recorded. ?Just as Altluk said, with this level of merit in the file, as long as the level and strength are sufficient, becoming a captain is not a problem. Slightly larger cities have many high-level professionals, but most of them are just team members, stuck in merit. ?Of course, these have little impact on Wu Heng. If they are present, it is a good thing, but if they are not, it does not matter. Nothing is as important as upgrading yourself. Okay. Wu Heng replied. Kavina also smiled happily. Then, Altluk placed the rewards on the table one by one, "These are the top-quality prop rewards provided. The three of us can each pick one." There are seven rewards in total, arranged in a row. The first piece is a wooden branch bracelet. If you look carefully, it is full of fine patterns carved on it. It is not appropriate to say that the pattern is a pattern, but it should be said that the symbol is more vivid. The bracelet engraved with natural formations can restore ones own injuries. It can be used twice a day, which is close to the effect of taking ordinary healing potions. Altluk said. (End of this chapter) Chapter 45 , Strange thing Chapter 45, Strange Objects (The second half of the previous chapter has been revised. Readers of October 11th should read it again.) Items with healing capabilities. This one is of the same type as your own staff and can release the skills on the instrument. The effect of ordinary healing potions may not be very effective for high-level professionals, but it is enough for them at this level. ?Last time he was injured, he only took trace amounts of therapeutic medicine, and the effect was already very good. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and took a closer look. Oak Branch Natural Bracelet (Description: The bracelet will grant the user the ability to ''heal'' twice.) On the system side, a prompt is also displayed. The function is the same as that described by Altluk, but it is not as fully explained. But..., you can drink medicine when you are injured, but you may not use the opportunity to get rewards for this. ?Seeing that neither of them spoke, Altluk continued to introduce. The second item is the flint glove. Punching attacks can have a certain explosive effect. The disadvantage is also obvious. It is easy to hurt your fingers. Easily hurt your fingers? This is a piece of equipment designed by some great ingenuity. ??Otluk did not look at the expressions of the two of them, and continued to introduce, "The following one is a hunting ring. Raising it can improve the accuracy." The third item is a ring that looks like it is made of polished bone. Hunting Ring (Description: The ring gives the user the ability to accurately ''lock on the target''.) ?Oteluk looked at the fourth item. ??This is a raven''s mouth mask made of black leather. The style is like the kind worn by medieval doctors. It has a slender front mouth and two round glass pieces in the position of the eyes. "This is a strange item, called a witch doctor mask. Its function is to filter out most toxic gases, but it also has a drawback. Wearing the mask may directly make you infected with new viruses. People with weak physical fitness should not choose it. this." Holy shit, what the hell. Poisonous gas mask. Witch Doctor Mask (Wonderful Item) Effect: After wearing it, it can filter most toxic gases in the air. If the constitution is lower than 20, there is a chance of being infected with viruses or plagues. (Description: A gas mask with old poison remaining.) Captain, what is a strange thing? Alteruk, who was about to introduce the next one, paused and replied: "Magic props are engraved with magic on the equipment, allowing the user to cast it, while ''wonderful objects'' are produced under special circumstances or conditions. Items can also achieve some special effects, but they often have some negative effects. In other words, magic props are artificially made, and strange objects are formed by themselves under special circumstances. All can have some special effects, but the formation of strange objects is uncontrollable and often has some negative effects. ??The negative effect of the crow''s mouth mask in front of you is that if you are not strong enough, the external poisonous gas will not poison you, but the mask''s own toxins will poison you. After thinking about it, Altluk added, "The effects of rare objects are difficult to imitate, and judging by their value, rare objects are worth more in the market, and many people will collect them as collectibles." "Understood." But Wu Heng is still not optimistic about this mask. ??Gas masks are also mass-produced items in the modern world. You may not be able to get military grade ones, but it shouldn''t be hard to find some regular gas masks. And no toxins or anything like that were found. So, this thing is of little value to me. Next, Altluk introduced the remaining props, all of which had some special effects, but the only wonderful object was the mask. The three of them gave in to each other for a while. ??Oteluk chose an armor that strengthened defense, Wu Heng chose the Hunting Ring, and Kavina chose the only rare item, the Witch Doctor Mask. Maybe you feel that there is nothing suitable for you, so you might as well get the most expensive one. The same goes for exchanging money at that time and buying props that you can use. ?After selecting the props, the three of them were quite satisfied. ??Only the new member Yuri was eating potato chips while watching the three of them choose something. He didnt say anything, just kept eating. Altluk sent back the remaining unselected items. After coming back again, go back to your seat and sit down. ??Wu Heng asked again: "Captain, is there hope for what I said?" Yuri, who tilted her head with disdain on her face, stopped eating snacks and listened. ??Oteluk also knew what Wu Heng wanted to ask, and continued: "There is no result yet. Let''s wait a few days to see the situation." Oh! Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: Captain, how should we generally deal with ghosts like those in Mining Village last time? The other three people all looked at him. The look in his eyes seemed to say, you, a necromancer, are going to ask other people how to deal with ghosts? Well, lets chat casually and gain some knowledge. Kavina spoke first: "The energy generated after the magic is released will have an impact on the soul body." Ghosts can pass through walls, and physical attacks are largely useless against them. On the contrary, magic is more effective. ??Otluk also added, "Necromancers will develop ghosts into spirit servants to drive them. Under normal circumstances, it is difficult to form them by themselves." At this point, Altluk paused slightly and added: "Killing creatures and transforming souls is a very serious matter in any kingdom or organization." "Ah, I know. I just remembered what happened in the mining village. Just ask." Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and poured himself a glass of water. He continued to ask: "I want to buy some skill books and equipment. In addition to exchanging rewards for doing commissions, , is there any other way?" "There are not many ways. The association does not allow money to be used to purchase rewards, which will reduce the motivation of others to accept commissions." Altluk thought for a moment and continued: "If you need it, you can apply with the association. Or you can post a purchase order and see who has it for exchange. Publishing a commission purchase is indeed a method, but I dont know what I want to buy now. Next, several people chatted about the team. At present, there are four people in the team. After Altluk and Kavina recover from their injuries, they plan to accept some ordinary commissions, make money and hone the team''s cooperation at the same time. Making money was not attractive to Wu Heng who had just raided the gold store. But you must also participate in team operations. After all, the atmosphere in the team is pretty good so far. After walking out of the association, Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. After finishing dinner, I was about to take out the corpse core and swallow it. ! Suddenly there was a knock on the door. Immediately afterwards, a girl''s voice came in, "Wu Heng, are you at home? My aunt is looking for you." ?Wu Heng opened the door and saw Yuli standing at the door with her arms crossed. I just met this little girl today, why did she find my home? Who is your aunt? "Of course it''s your deputy deacon." Yuli said with some pride in her tone. Um, Slater? ?No wonder they all have the same hair color. Holy shit, this little girl came in through the back door. ?No wonder he was unconvinced and angry when he spoke. The archdeacon is looking for me? Well, shes waiting outside. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, returned to the room, picked up his things, and left with Bassen. Get out of the crowded area and onto the main road. Then he saw a carriage parked aside. ?Entering the carriage, the mature and **** Slater sat opposite. Without waiting for Wu Heng to ask, Slater tapped the car wall, "Let''s go!" The carriage moved slowly towards the west of the city. (End of this chapter) Chapter 46 , slip around Chapter 46: Take a walk The carriage is filled with a faint fragrance. Slater wore a purple slim-fitting dress and leaned on a wooden couch, showing off her plump figure. and Yuri, who was sitting together, formed two different contrasts. ?The leopard lay at his feet, yawned lazily, raised his head and glanced here, and then closed his eyes again. Feel the carriage begin to move slowly. ?Wu Heng asked in confusion: "Mrs. Slater, where are we going?" Slater bent down under the wooden couch, took out a new wine glass, filled him with fruit wine, and said casually: "Are you afraid that we two women will abduct you?" Then you need to know where you are going! In this Blackstone Town, he is not worried about what the other party will do to his disadvantage. But you also need to know where you are going. Let a woman take full control of the initiative is not the right thing to do. Ill go around the city and Ill send it back to you when the time comes. Slater said with a smile. ?Wu Heng still looked at the other party, somewhat confused as to what she meant. The carriage was still moving along the road, swaying slightly. Slater continued to ask: "Listen to Yuli, do you want to find a way to buy some props or skill books? ?Wu Heng glanced at the curly-haired girl opposite. I saw that she was trying hard to pull the sleepy leopard into her arms. The body is stretched and elongated. Well, I asked about it while chatting. "There are generally two channels for obtaining skill books and props, commissioned tasks from professional associations, some chamber of commerce channels, and..." Slater took a sip of fruit wine and continued: "And some underground markets, that is, the black market." Black market? ??There is actually a place like this in Blackstone Town. If you cant buy what you want on the market, or if you need to sell something stolen, then the black market is the best choice. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at her. Befriending a Whisperer, it seems that you can get some unexpected information. Does Blackstone Town not care? Of course its not allowed in Blackstone Town, but this kind of place is not completely open to the public, and few people can access it. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that he could indeed go and have a look. Then how should I get to this black market? Slater took another sip of wine, and then continued: "Outsiders can''t enter that kind of place. I will take Yuri to see it tomorrow. If you want to go, you can follow." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and after confirming that the other party had no reason to lie to him, he nodded. Slater smiled and said, "You need to be early tomorrow. Don''t forget to bring money. I''m not responsible for helping you pay." "good." After a while, the carriage slowed down. Through the gap in the curtains, you can see the carriage stopped in front of a fabric shop. Madam, I got what you asked for. Well, lets go back! The carriage turned around and headed back the way it came. ?At the intersection in the crowded area, he put Wu Heng and Basen down, and the carriage slowly drove away. ?Wu Heng looked at the distant carriage and walked towards his residence. It seems very convenient to talk on the carriage. On the carriage leaving. Yuli hugged the leopard''s front legs and muttered, "Huh, ugly necromancer." Slater glanced at her angrily and continued: "You are both newcomers who have just joined, and you are in the same team, so you should be easier to get along with." "Me? With a necromancer? What''s the point of getting along with him?" Yuri''s eyes widened and she pointed at herself and asked. Slater smiled and said, "Then help me collect intelligence." Are you so curious about him? Just an ordinary person. Yuli said curiously. Hmm. Slater grunted, leaned on the wooden couch and stopped talking. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence and locked the door tightly. ??Going out with Slater was not completely fruitless. At least I learned about one place, the black market. A market that does not have too many constraints and is not afraid of leaving traces. This is what he needs most. The sky is getting darker. After confirming that no one will come, take out the corpse core and the medicine again. After disinfecting the corpse core with white wine, he raised his head and swallowed it directly. [Constitution +1, Agility +2] The corpse core melts as soon as it enters the abdomen, and the system prompt appears immediately. This made Wu Heng very happy. Sure enough, it can be used repeatedly. ??The deformed zombies in the zombie world have really become a hunting ground for extracting attributes. Achieve an intuitive improvement in attributes. ?Thinking in my mind, the burning sensation caused by the virus rose from the abdomen again and spread rapidly throughout the body. With the experience from the last time, I am not so panicked. Quickly picked up the potion on the side, uncorked the bottle, raised his head and drank it. The burning sensation gradually disappears, and the signs of poisoning in the body subside. After a while, all the symptoms completely disappeared. Even so, Wu Heng''s whole body was wet with sweat and he was panting heavily. Its really not an easy thing. Attributes are indeed improved, but the pain caused to the body is indeed unbearable. It is not the kind of pain that hurts the flesh, but the pain that feels like the bone marrow cells are tearing inside the body. After calming down for about half an hour. Wu Heng continued to open the second copy, still using the same process as before. Disinfect with white wine, raise your head and swallow it. ?Strength +2, Agility +2 The attribute prompt appeared again, and Wu Heng continued to open the potion and drink it immediately. Have another rest for about half an hour. Continue to take the third corpse core. Vitality +2, Agility +2. Take the potion again. After taking all three tablets, Wu Heng also felt that his body had reached its limit. ?Although there is no warning, you can still feel the torture that your body has endured after taking it three times in succession. It seems that this corpse core cannot be used continuously. It needs to be kept for a certain period of time to allow the body to recover. Open the properties panel. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 4 (876/6500) Attributes: Strength 12, Agility 19, Constitution 19, Intelligence 17, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feat: Short Spear Specialization (Beginner) Skills: Bone Spell, Acid Splash, Grease, Dancing Lights. Looking at his attributes, Wu Heng frowned. Swallowing corpse cores several times in a row has improved agility and physical fitness, and has become the highest attribute. As a mage myself, these two items are actually higher than intelligence. When I came to the mirror and took off my shirt, I found that my upper body was full of muscles, especially my abdominal muscles and chest muscles, which were clearly defined. I have abdominal muscles too. Wu Heng stroked his abdominal muscles. ?Not only in terms of body shape, his attributes are not inferior to melee professions of the same level. This is a good thing, it will allow him to survive better. After admiring it carefully for a while, he went to bed and got ready to rest. After taking the potion, the whole person is still in a state of fatigue, so today''s swordsmanship training is temporarily canceled. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. As soon as I walked up to the top of the building, I saw the ghost of a little girl floating in the air, saying something non-stop. ??The group of skeletons who were waiting on the roof of the building were holding kitchen knives and following the ghosts around. Why did you come here? ?Wu Heng was a little surprised that this ghost dared to follow him. As he got closer, he heard the ghost''s crying voice coming over. Grandpa, Dad, dont move, I cant find you. The number of skeletons has reached nearly seven hundred. ?Chasing ghosts on the rooftops also made a mess. Fortunately, there is a fence around the edge of the roof, otherwise a large number of them would have fallen directly from the roof. ??Wu Heng quickened his pace with the wooden staff in hand, and just when he was about to release the spell, the little girl''s ghost seemed to have seen some kind of monster. With a "wow" sound, he got into the building next door and disappeared. ?Wu Hengze immediately ordered to the skeleton, "Stand where you are!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 47 ,ghost Chapter 47, Ghost ?Wu Heng issued the standby order, and the chaotic skeleton stopped and stood there blankly. He quickly walked to the edge and looked down. After confirming that no skeletons had fallen due to the crowd, he breathed a sigh of relief. ?This ghost is really difficult to deal with, and he actually followed him here. Fortunately, no damage was caused. ??I asked Jianyi about the situation, but Jianyi couldn''t communicate and didn''t ask anything. I only know that the ghost suddenly appeared last night, but it did not show much malice. ?After confirming that there was no problem, Wu Heng went downstairs to the corpse that had not yet been transformed, and began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Necromantic magic is unleashed. ? Sen Bais skeleton stood up from the ground, took the kitchen knife from the sword on the side, and walked into the queue of skeletons behind. Just when the skeletons stood up. On one side of the wall, the ghost poked out his little head again and looked at him curiously. "You dare to make trouble, right?" Wu Heng raised his staff to scare her. Uncle, Im not here to cause trouble. The ghost shrank his neck, but still did not run away. Then what are you doing here again? According to what I learned from Blackstone Town, ghosts are difficult to form, and even if they are formed, they cannot exist independently for too long. ?Like the ghost in front of me, running around in broad daylight, his body is almost completely transparent. Maybe it wont exist for long. Uncle, are you King Yama? Huh? Wu Heng didnt understand what the other party meant. The little girl came out of the wall, knelt on the ground obediently, and said, "Uncle, can you let my grandfather and father go?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the group of skeletons behind him. Now she cant tell which one is her grandfather and her father. Your grandfather and father are dead. I know, can that make them come back to life? the little girl continued to ask. ?Wu Heng frowned and roughly understood what she was thinking, "I can''t do it." "Then why do you want to kill them? You can wait for the doctor to save them." The little girl sobbed, but she couldn''t shed tears. Didnt you trick me into it? Ah, Im sorry! "What do you want to do? If you make trouble again, I will beat you." Wu Heng threatened. The little girl hesitated for a moment, then continued: "Uncle, will you let my grandfather and father be reincarnated? They are just too hungry, and they didn''t eat humans before." I''m done. Why is this child so clingy? After thinking about it, he said, "They have already been reincarnated. A good family will have a good life in the future." "What about me? Can I follow?" the little girl asked immediately. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s wait until we have the chance next time." ??The little girl was a little disappointed, but she seemed to have untied some knots in her heart. She stood up and floated around in the air. He thought for a while and continued: "Uncle Yama, can I stay with you? I feel very comfortable around you, especially when you turn them into skeletons." After two ghost events. It seems that necromancers have a special attraction to the undead. The ghost baby in Mining Village was lying on his shoulder when he first appeared in front of everyone. Has no interest in other people, but is willing to get close to him. Follow me, and youll lie to me again? I wont be lied to a second time. I apologized and promised not to lie to you again next time. Please uncle, my grandpa and dad are not here either. Im a little scared by myself. The ghost was spinning above his head. ?Wu Heng looked at the ghosts floating in the air, spinning around. Suddenly I remembered what the captain said. The Necromancer will make the ghosts work for him, and the little girl in front of him seems to be a good candidate. Then you must listen to me from now on. "Okay, I promise to listen to you in the future." Ghost readily agreed. Then you come down first. The ghost floated down obediently, but his eyes were a little wary, as if he was afraid that he might suddenly hit her. ?Wu Heng tried to use his mental power to wrap up towards the opponent. Soul mark failed. In an instant, the mental energy surrounding the opponent was instantly bounced away. He glanced at the nervous little girl in front of him and said, "Don''t be nervous, just relax." ?The little girl didnt understand, but nodded anyway. ?Wu Heng released his mental power again, this time more relaxedly. Then, it seemed as if a part of his own soul imprint was left in the little girls soul. Successfully contracted ghost. ?Wu Heng was delighted and immediately checked the properties of the ghost.Ghost ? [Level: 2 (0/300)] Attributes: Agility 14, Constitution 10, Intelligence 8, Perception 12, Charisma 12. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinetic pushing Invisibility: The haunting ghost can make his spirit body completely invisible. Incorporeal Movement: Entering the incorporeal state and can pass through other creatures and objects. Psychic Pushing: Objects within the range can be affected by telekinesis. The little ghost in front of me is only level 2. There is no offensive ability in terms of abilities. An ''invisible'' person who can be in a state of complete invisibility. ??The other "incorporeal movement", which is the trick of escaping through walls, and "psychic push", this seems to be pretty good. Can you handle a sword or something? ?Looking at the little girl in front of me, I had a thought in my mind. ??The ghostly body of the little girl turned into a ball of light and penetrated into his body. At the same time, he could feel that there was a special independent but connected consciousness in his consciousness. And his own necromantic magic power is automatically converging towards this consciousness, nourishing the already weak soul body. It was indeed successful. ?With a thought in my heart, the little girls ghost appeared again. ?Looking at all this with wide eyes and some surprise. "Uncle, I seem to be a little different." The little girl''s body is much more solid than just now, and no longer looks like it may fall apart at any time. Well, you can follow me from now on, but you have to be a good boy. Wu Heng said with a smile. So are we a family? The little girl looked at him expectantly. Uh, forget it! Then you will not put your family in danger, right uncle. ?Wu Heng looked at her again, "What do you mean?" Uncle, can you go and save my mother? Her house is in the city. Damn it, this little girl is a little precocious. Having said so much, she is paving the way for this matter. Regardless of whether her mother is alive or not, the journey to the city is not easy. "You also know how it is outside now. We can''t rush to the city right now, but if I have the chance, I will find a way to take you back to find your mother." Wu Heng said directly. ?This little girl is much smarter than ordinary children. Some things are more convenient to say directly. Okay, thank you, uncle. ??Wu Heng nodded, continued to play the bone-building technique, and then asked: "What''s your name?" Lan Xiaoxin, but Xiaoxin doesnt sound nice to me, so everyone calls me Xiaoxiao! The little girl floated over and naturally lay on his shoulder. Different from the cold feeling of the ghost baby lying on his shoulders, after the two formed a contract, they did not feel any discomfort. Your fathers surname is Lan? Wu Heng was curious. Yeah, whats wrong, uncle? "No, it''s a rare surname, so I''ll call you Xiaoxiao from now on, it sounds pretty nice." Uncle, what about you? Wu Heng! Is it Sun Wukongs martial arts? The martial arts of martial arts. Finally someone to talk to in the zombie world, which is actually not bad. ??Although the other skeletons have souls, they are not very able to communicate. Just when the conversion is completed and the next step is planned. ??Boom~! A loud noise suddenly sounded outside the community. ?Wu Heng was startled, and Ghost Xiaoxiao was so frightened that he shrank and tried to escape through the wall. After a second thought, he realized that he couldn''t run away anymore, so he returned to Wu Heng''s side and lay on his shoulder. is the sound made outside the community. ?Wu Heng quickly ran towards the roof of the building, leaned on the edge and looked in the direction of the sound. At the crossroads to the east, inside a drugstore with broken glass windows. There was a huge roar. Zombies all around were swarming towards the store. Are there any survivors? And, is it this intersection again? ?This intersection is where the bus was knocked over last time. ?Looking at it, there was also a curious ghost. Xiaoxiao, do you go and see whats going on? (End of this chapter) Chapter 48 , snake emblem Chapter 48, Snake Emblem The ghost nodded and floated directly towards the pharmacy. The body gradually disappears in the air, completely disappearing from the naked eye. But Wu Heng could still capture her position. Xiaoxiao penetrated the wall directly and got into the drugstore. Zombies kept gathering around the pharmacy and swarmed inside. From the current point of view, even if survivors do appear, it is impossible to resist so many zombies. Soon, Little Pee flew back from below. It penetrated directly into his body. The moment the ghost entered his body, Wu Heng''s mind replayed everything that had just happened like a movie. In the drugstore, the huge, deformed zombie with exaggerated muscles was fighting with an equally exaggerated gray cat. ?The giant zombie''s fighting power is extremely exaggerated. The fists it swings make dents in the wall, and rubble is scattered everywhere. The aberrant gray cat was no match at all, and the venue was very small, so he was beaten back and forth. It turns out there was a fight between two aberrations. Thats good. If one is killed, the other will be saved. Then I will transform the corpse. ?Wu Heng was willing to watch them kill each other. It is better to lose both sides and die there at the same time. ??Boom~! There was another loud noise. Looking downstairs, a giant gray cat that looked like a lion stumbled out of the shop. Behind him were giant zombies and large swaths of ordinary zombies. Judging from the status of the two, we can know who is stronger and who is weaker. ??The giant zombie did not have any obvious injuries, while the gray cat zombie was limping and swaying. ??The giant cat zombie roared to the rear, then turned around and ran away. ??The zombies roared angrily, followed closely, and chased after them. "Depend on!" ??Seeing the direction they were coming from, Wu Heng cursed. ?That even gray cat ran directly towards the community. According to the route, it would definitely pass through the community where it lived. ?Wu Heng quickly rushed downstairs and directly ordered: "Go upstairs, everyone go back." All the skeletons downstairs climbed to the top of the building. Close the stair door tightly again. ??You can''t get involved in this situation if you sit on a mountain and watch the fight between tigers and tigers. The fight between the two aberrations was lively, but when I got in, it was bad when they united. The gate has just been sealed. Gray deformed cats and zombies swarmed into the community. The number has also reached a somewhat terrifying level. But the gray cat''s speed still had the advantage, and it began to circle around in this wide terrain. ??Wu Heng stood upstairs watching, also paying attention to the time. ?? Today I made an appointment with Slater to go to the black market, so I can''t delay. Enter the corridor. Wu Heng began to arrange for the skeletons to enter the corridor and various rooms. ?Especially the four skeleton dogs. We can''t let them run around on the roof. If they attract the idea of ??zombies, it will be troublesome. It feels like time is almost up, and more and more zombies are gathering outside. ??Wu Heng took Bassen directly back to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ??Wu Heng took Bassen and stood on the roadside waiting. Not long after, a carriage slowly stopped. ??Wu Heng opened the door and walked in, while Basen followed the driver and sat outside. In the carriage. Slater and Yuli sat together and did not see the leopard. How do you feel? You are different from yesterday! Slater stared at him. Whats wrong? Wu Heng was also a little curious. ??Could it be possible to see from the outside that you have subdued the ghost? You feel a lot stronger, Slater said. Yuri snorted, "A mage, trained like a warrior." Originally, it refers to ones own muscles. ??? Last night, I took the corpse core three times in a row, and my physical fitness was greatly improved. It seems that the effect is more obvious than I imagined. The two women can see it at a glance. Ive been learning swordsmanship from the captain recently. Maybe its because of this that I look a little stronger. Wu Heng explained. Such a big change in one day? I have an extra layer of armor inside. Wu Heng found a reason. Yeah. Slater nodded and did not continue to say more on this matter. Then, the three of them chatted wordlessly. They are all insignificant things. ?Wu Heng was a little wary of the other party, and Yuli''s attitude towards him was not very good. ??The carriage drove directly out of the city, changed to a carriage with a blank wooden sign outside the city, and continued driving towards the distance. ??The carriage creaked and creaked all the way, gradually moving away from the town. Gradually, carriages began to appear around. Same style, same direction, maintaining about the same speed. It looks like there should be people similar to them inside. Soon, the carriage began to slow down, and a manor built in the woods appeared in front of it. Slater took out several thick cloaks from under the seat of the carriage and said, "Speak less and read more. Tell me what you want to buy." ?Several people put on black cloaks, covering their whole bodies tightly. In fact, Wu Heng himself had prepared several gangster hoods. He glanced at the two women opposite and put one on himself. The carriage stopped, and Yuli jumped out first. Hurry up, why are you moving so slowly! ?Wu Heng unhurriedly put on Bassen''s hood and tied on a large windbreaker. But the movement is still unhurried. When the ghost returned to his own body and shared the scene he just saw, he got off the carriage. ?In a small investigation, it was found that the stone castle of the manor was indeed an indoor market. ??There were many people also wearing black cloaks gathered inside. ?Three people and one skeleton walked towards the stone castle. In front of the door, stood two burly men. Slater reached out and threw out eight silver coins and pointed at the other three people behind him. The strong man nodded and let him go. ?Then continue to charge admission fees to those who come in later. Good guys, each person needs two silver coins to enter. Opening the black market is really a business that guarantees profit without loss. ?Entering the gate, a chaotic noise filled my ears. The interior of the stone castle is very spacious, but after rows of stalls, it seems a bit crowded. Lets take a look first. If you need anything, you can tell me. Slater said softly. ?A few people walked down together, blending in with the crowd and looking casually along the way. The items sold at the stall were more complicated than expected. There are biological limbs, such as eyeballs, internal organs or fur, weapons and armor, potions and medicines, as well as magic props and some books. Here, you can basically see any kind of things. What is this? Yuli squatted in front of the stall and asked, pointing to something. The scales of scale beasts are very strong and can be embedded in armor to defend important parts. The stall owner explained. What about this? This is a magic item that can release a stream of fire. What about this? The boss did not continue to answer. He looked at the people traveling with this person and asked, "Do you want to buy it or not? Do you just want to know the name but not the price?" Slater kicked Yuri who was squatting on the ground. The latter immediately stood up, said "I''ll look at it again" and then left. Behind the scenes, the boss muttered curses. Ask for the price after confirming the need. Slater said, then glanced at Wu Heng beside him, Is there anyone you like? Not yet, lets see again. ?Several people took a half circle around the castle. ?When he reached the steps leading to the second floor, Wu Heng''s steps suddenly stopped. Whats wrong? Yuli almost bumped into him. Slater also looked over. Wu Heng pointed to the sign hanging at the top of the stairs and asked, "Why is there a snake head sign hanging here?" ??A wooden sign with a ferocious snake head hung at the top of the stairs. It looked like there was some kind of organization''s camp on the second floor. The Snake Emblem Consortium can store your important things here. It will only recognize the bills issued by the consortium, not the person. Oh? Only the receipt? (End of this chapter) Chapter 49 , embalming Chapter 49, Embalming Only recognize the bills but not the person. It is also consistent with the situation of the black market. ?There are people here who come to sell dirty things and some who come to buy some contraband. They all have their faces covered and dont know who they are. ?It makes sense to acknowledge votes but not people. But this is also a problem. It is not sure whether the person who comes to pick up something next time is the same person who saved it. If such a consortium can be formed, this aspect should not be a problem. "The Snake Emblem Financial Group is spread across all the major kingdoms and has a strong influence." Slater glanced at the second floor and continued, "It can be understood as a professional association in the underground world." ??If the Professionals Association is a platform in the sun, then the Snake Emblem Consortium is an organization in the shadows. The services he provides are highly recognized by some special professions and powerful people, but his business methods and methods have also made many places exclude their existence. "Let''s go and have a look around. We have to go back in front of Guancheng Gate." Slater had no intention of taking the two of them upstairs to have a look, and continued to stroll along the stalls. ?Wu Heng also followed behind and looked at the stall casually. Went to several stalls in succession. The steps stopped in front of a stall. Weakening ray (Description: Perform a long-range attack on the target within the range, and the hit will have a ''weakening'' effect." Body embalming (Description: Release necromancy magic to delay the decay rate of corpses or remains. After casting the spell, the unit cannot continue to transform undead creatures.) They are actually two necromancy skill books. How to sell this book? Wu Heng asked, pointing to the weakening ray. 35 silver coins. What about this one? 55 silver coins. These two skill books are not cheap, and the embalming of the second one is even more expensive than the weakening ray. ?Wu Heng did not immediately make a decision to buy it, but looked at the stall casually. organ jar (Description: A container that can preserve organs well.) Damn, something that preserves organs. ?Who would buy this thing? Infested Shroud (wonderful object) Effect: Covering the body can hide the figure. Living creatures will be infected with corpse poison and abscess when used. (Description: The shroud taken off by the immortal sage after his resurrection.) It is another strange item, its effect is that it can make you invisible when you put it on your body. The disadvantage is that living beings cannot use it. Its really a bit tasteless. Looking at other things, the rusty dagger and the broken tiles. In short, none of the items for sale look like they were used by living people. More like something just unearthed. How much does this rag cost? Wu Heng asked the shroud. This is a strange item. Its effect is to make the user invisible. Dont give it a random name. It costs 1,500 silver coins. The boss said. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said nothing more. The price has reached a sky-high price, and the other party only mentioned invisibility, but did not mention the side effects of using it on living beings. ?He didnt say anything, and he didnt intend to buy it. I want these two skill books. ?Wu Heng took out his money bag and counted out the corresponding silver coins. The currencies in this world are all metal coins, and sometimes it is not easy to carry too much. It will be quite heavy if you carry too much. The boss stretched out his skinny hand to take it, confirmed the quantity and nodded, "Take it yourself!" ?Wu Heng picked up two skill books and put them away directly. ?The people continued to walk out, and Slater said: "Rare objects are different from magic props. Next time you see them, you have to ask about the price after using them." "okay." ?A few people continued to wander. Slater bought Yuli a necklace magic prop as a gift for coming to Blackstone Town. The effect is to heal injuries, similar to the effect of the bracelet among the props brought by Altluk yesterday. ??The little girl was obviously in a good mood after receiving the gift, and she even said something to Wu Heng to show off, unlike before, where she looked like you owe me money. ?A few people got on the carriage and returned to Blackstone Town. Slater''s carriage was always parked at the door. When he saw a few people coming back, the coachman respectfully opened the door and welcomed them in. What should be done. Having money will earn you respect in any world. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Looking out the window, a large number of zombies have gathered downstairs. I didnt see the giant aberrant zombie, so I couldnt be sure whether it was in the community or not. Communicate with the sea of ??spiritual consciousness, and a small separation of ghosts appears in front of you. Looking around. Xiaoxiao, look around to see if the huge monster and the giant gray cat are still there. Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao nodded, passed through the wall, and disappeared. ??Wu Heng reopened the drawers in the study and began to rummage. Finally, I found the note obtained from the wanted criminal among the pages of my usual notebook. One side of the bill is painted with a ferocious snake head. Its exactly the same. The snakehead on the bill is exactly the same as what you see on the black market. In other words, the wanted criminals came to him not to avenge his companions, but more to get this note. They have something going on with the Snake Emblem Consortium. Only by carrying this note can you get the things inside. ?These harvests are really one after another. ?Thinking in his mind, Ghost Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall again. He said with an ugly face: "That monster is in that building. The gray cat is dead. It''s scary." ?Wu Heng followed his gaze. Xiaoxiao refers to the building diagonally opposite. You can''t see much from the outside, but since Xiaoxiao said it, the giant zombie is inside. ??The fighting power of this deformed zombie is not weak, and coupled with the dense zombies outside, it is really difficult to say who will win in the end. Even if you can win, it will probably come at a high price. Wont this delay my leveling up? But there is nothing we can do now, I just hope that the gray cat dies and the zombies leave with the group of corpses. Put Xiaoxiao back into his body and return to Blackstone Town. The next day, early in the morning. ?Wu Heng was just having breakfast nearby. I saw an association staff member standing at the door. When he saw him coming back, he smiled and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, Captain Altluk, please come over." "okay." Come to the association team lounge. ?Otluk was the only one in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he continued: "The matter of the 12th level corpse of the Divine Punishment Cult has come to an end." ?Wu Hengs face turned solemn, How is it? Altluk looked up at his expression and said directly: "The Blackstone Town City Hall rejected your request to transform a level 12 corpse because of the incident with the Necromancer in Mine Village. At the same time, the deacon also believes that it is not necessary to have a second level corpse now. When you have an undead attendant." Um? ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. In other words, not only the city hall but also the association disagreed with my matter of transforming level 12 corpses. The deacon doesnt agree either? ? Deacon Yazd has always had a good attitude towards him, and he was recruited by him himself. The relationship is better. But even the deacon rejected this application. Are level 12 skeletons so scary? Or, is there something else going on? What will be done with the body? Tonight, the professional team and the Blackstone Town Guard will burn it together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 50 , swordsmanship and wing sword Chapter 50, Swordsmanship and Wing Sword Not a burial? Direct incineration? ??Isnt this a bit personal? "Incinerated together with the other corpses of the God''s Punishment Cult." Seeing his serious expression, Altluk continued: "Not transforming will save you a lot of trouble. Wait a few years and become the captain with your merits. There will be many more in the future. Its opportunity. ??Blackstone Towns attitude toward the Necromancer can be seen by everyone. Having him actually transform a level 12 corpse makes people even more suspicious of whether there is anything special going on. Furthermore, Wu Heng has only been a professional for a long time, and he already has a level 3 meritorious service on his body. In the future, he will be transferred to a place where this aspect is not strict as a captain, and he will have a chance to have skeletons. There is no need to be serious about this kind of thing. There are some things that a person can not change much, but more about adapting and accepting. Well, forget it if you dont allow it. Wu Heng sat down aside and continued to ask: Where will the body be incinerated? "This is our mission tonight. Kavina continues to recover from her injuries. I, you and Yuli need to cooperate with the guards to burn one of the corpses." One of them? Burn them separately? The first team and the second team are responsible for the body of the elder. We are responsible for the body of the two backbones who controls the crow, as well as the bodies of the two ordinary members. Oh, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. "The time for incineration is dusk. I will have someone go to your residence to inform you then. Don''t forget it." Altluk warned. Okay, I understand Captain. After walking out of the association, Wu Heng walked directly to his home. Thinking about the corpse. ??Neither Blackstone Town nor the Association agreed to his transformation of corpses. There are two options now. One is to do this first. As the captain said, there will be plenty of opportunities in the future. Furthermore, high-level skeletons are not difficult to obtain later. That giant deformed zombie should have a combat power that was at the level of a level 12 elder. The second one is to think of a way before incineration. As long as the body is transported to the zombie world, they will not find any evidence. But be careful not to let anyone discover anything. ?Thinking about countermeasures in his mind, he returned to his residence. After sorting out his things, he took Bassen out of the house again. Coming outside the city, he got into a carriage with an empty sign and drove towards the distance. The carriage drove into the manor yesterday. Pay the admission fee at the door and enter the hall directly. ?At this time, there are not many people in the black market and the number of stalls is also very small. ??Wu Heng strolled around the stalls casually. There was nothing he really needed, but he saw the stall owner who was selling shrouds last night. Still in the same posture as yesterday, as if stiff. ??With a casual glance, he went directly to the second floor. The layout of the second floor is somewhat similar to that of the Professionals Association. There is a bar on the front, with a middle-aged man standing behind the bar. There is a seating area and a notice board on the side. ?There are some reward requests posted on it. In addition to rewards for some contraband items, there are also rewards for information. Hey guys, this is completely a professional association in the underground world, and the forms are almost the same. It also has many fewer constraints than associations and is a more open platform. After a brief glance, Wu Heng walked directly to the front desk. The middle-aged man straightened his collar, stood up and said respectfully, "Hello, guest." ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, took out the bill from his arms, placed it on the front desk and pushed it over, "Take them all out." "Oh, okay, please go to the lounge and wait for a while." The middle-aged man introduced him to a room and asked him to wait for a while. Not long after, the door opened again, and two tall women walked in, each holding a wooden box in their hands. One is narrow and flat, close to the size of a cosmetic gift box, and the other is long and slender. There may be a scroll or a staff and a long sword inside. Sir, this is the goods you have here. The woman placed the wooden box on the table, bowed again and left the room. After the two of them left, Wu Heng opened the narrow wooden box first. At the top is a book. Grey Eagle Sword Technique (Description: A book that records the inheritance of swordsmanship.) A swordsmanship book? ??Is there such a thing in this world? He also believed that the swordsmen and warriors in this world all relied on their combat experience to slash at random, and there really was no such thing as swordsmanship. I dont know if swordsmanship is a skill. Under the books, there are neatly arranged silver coins. A rough count, I''m afraid there are three to four hundred. Speaking of it, its a huge sum of money. Then, he continued to open another slender wooden box, and inside was a slender metal sword. The blade of the sword has a water-like pattern, and the hand guard is shaped like a feather, which looks very gorgeous. Silver Winged Water Pattern Sword (Description: Will give the user a swift effect, making the body light and sensitive.) ?No wonder those wanted criminals had to **** this thing back. " ??Magic props themselves are expensive, and since it is a long sword with the largest audience, it may fetch sky-high prices. Put away two items. ?Wu Heng pulled the rope on the side again, and the sound of a copper bell rang at the door. A female staff member came in again, saluted and asked, "Guest, what are your orders?" I want to exchange some silver coins. Guests, exchange of artifacts, or exchange of equal value in currency? Gold. The woman was obviously taken aback. She raised her head in surprise and quickly lowered her head. "Okay, sir, please wait a moment." The door closed and opened again soon. The middle-aged man from before came in with some utensils, "Guest, do you want to exchange silver coins? The exchange ratio we provide is 1 gold coin for 1,000 silver coins." The currency ratio in this world is that 100 copper coins are equal to 1 silver coin, and 1,000 silver coins are equal to 1 gold coin. In normal life, silver coins can completely solve most monetary expenditures, and even ordinary people will never see such things as gold coins in their lifetime. But gold coins still exist, and shops and consortiums are willing to provide convenient exchange. "Okay." Wu Heng took out a 30-gram gold bar, put it on the table and pushed it over. It was also in a gold shop that he saw what gold bars looked like. A 30-gram gold bar is much smaller than imagined. Normally speaking, a gold coin issued by the Kingdom weighs 33 grams. The guest will wait a moment. Middle-aged men began to inspect and weigh gold bars. After confirming that it is correct, he continued: "There is no problem with the gold. We will make up the price for you by 1,000 silver coins." ?The other party probably means that the weight of gold is a little lighter, but it is still exchanged at 33 grams. It seems that the consortium prefers gold. Soon, the silver coins were prepared. A small box full of silver coins. At the same time, the middle-aged man handed over a emblem and said softly: "Guest, this is the silver coin you exchanged. At the same time, you can enjoy some special treatment with the emblem." What kind of treatment will be received? For example, if you have some things that are inconvenient to handle, you can entrust us to handle them, or if you need any props and materials, we can bring them to you from outside. ??Wuheng feels pretty good, not as rigid as the association. Putting the emblem away, Bassen took the wooden box from the opponent''s hand. With the respectful attitude of the staff, I walked down to the second floor. He came to the man who was selling a pile of unearthed items and asked, "What is this?" Shroud, the effect is to hide the body. Whats the price? Wu Heng asked knowingly. There will be some discomfort when used by living beings, but its not serious. "How much?" Fifteen hundred silver coins. Okay, I want it. Ask Basson to put down the money and hand it to the other party. ??The stall owner in black robe counted the number of silver coins and nodded, "Take it." Take it! ??Bassen bent down and picked up the shroud. After browsing the black market again, he turned around and left. Dusk, Association of Professionals. Underground morgue. After each team confirmed the appearance of the body, they tied the linen cloth tightly again. Then he roughly carried the body and walked out. ?Wu Heng glanced at the direction the first team left. Haunted Ghost Xiaoxiao detached from his body and chased in the direction he left. (End of this chapter) Chapter 51 , stealing corpses Chapter 51, Stealing the Corpse The work of the professional team is mainly to follow the supervision. After all, there is no monitoring in this world, and the supervision of some important things requires a large amount of manpower. Arrange professional teams and guards at the same time. To put it bluntly, it is the role of mutual supervision. It can also be seen that the town halls and associations attach great importance to corpses. But it made Wu Heng feel a little uncomfortable. There is a feeling of being targeted. Carry the body onto the carriage and drive towards the crematorium. ?There are fixed incineration sites in the city. It is not like in the movie where people are burned to death in public in the center of the city. The first team and the second team left with the corpse in the same direction as he deduced. ?Go to a separate incinerator. They and the bodies of the third team will go to an incinerator that can burn multiple ones at the same time. ?Wu Heng followed the crowd and walked outside. I am a little worried about my plan. Yuli came over and asked: "I heard from my aunt that you killed all these people alone?" The one the team killed was the last one I made up for, Wu Heng said. Yuli frowned, "What do you mean?" "That is to say, we have almost beaten you in the front, and I was the one who killed the last one." Oh, youre pretty good then. Yuli praised her, and then said, Did you bring the food in the lounge? "yes." Is there any more? I can buy it with money. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I gave it to my friends, there wasn''t much to begin with." I can buy it. Not for sale. The little girl rolled her eyes and said, "I can be your friend. Didn''t we go out together yesterday? You forgot!" Hearing the sound, Altluk looked back at the two of them. ?Wu Heng looked at Yuli who kept winking, nodded and said: "To become friends, we need to help each other." Yeah, okay. Well, I will bring you some rare and delicious food tomorrow. Okay, enough friends. the other side. The carriage transporting the corpse slowly drove towards the DC area. The escorting team of professionals and guards guarded both sides of the carriage. The captain of the second team, Tulisa, glanced aside and said, The city hall and the deacon take this corpse very seriously. The association and the guards jointly dealt with it. Even the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect took it too seriously. "I am mainly worried about the necromancer involved in the mining village, so I have to be more careful." The captain of the first team, ''Anel'', held the sword at his waist with one hand. After answering, he added, "I heard that the necromancer from the fourth team The Necromancer also wants to transform this corpse." ?Tulisa and the other team members also looked over at the same time. ??If this corpse is really transformed into a skeleton, then the strength of the fourth team will be greatly improved. Even with the smallest number of people, you can reach the top of the squad. But it obviously failed, otherwise the body would not have been incinerated. The city hall didnt agree? Tulisa continued to ask. "The city hall didn''t agree, and the deacon didn''t agree either. The profession of necromancer itself is very controversial. How could it be possible to hand over this body to him." Anel sneered. How long has it been since he joined the association that he dared to make such a condition? Maybe they thought they were the ones who killed the person, so the ownership should belong to the fourth team. Haha, young man, you are brave enough to dare to put forward such conditions. All the team members also started laughing and talking. ?Anel glanced at a few people, and they all looked suffocated and immediately shut up. Keep your voice down, dont let the guards hear it, it will become a joke. Anel reminded. ?The members laughed again and continued to discuss in low voices. ?Tulisa, the captain of the second team, did not say anything. She returned to her team and chatted casually with the members. The team moved forward and entered a small courtyard surrounded by a low wall with a height of half a person. In the middle of the courtyard is an ordinary stone house, with piles of firewood stacked against one side of the courtyard wall. Everyone checked the yard skillfully, and Anel said: "Prepare the pyre." The body was pushed into the stone house, two people stood guard outside the door, and the rest began to bring in firewood to build a firepile. Just when the construction was almost complete, a little girl''s voice suddenly came from outside the courtyard wall. The language was incomprehensible, but it was very clear. Shuashuashua! Pet beasts flew into the air one after another. Everyone drew their weapons and quickly approached the source of the sound. Everyone looked around. Anel ordered, "Search separately." ??Everyone spread out and searched the area, then quickly returned. "nobody!" Theres no one here either. Everyone looked at each other. Anel''s expression changed, "Go back, quickly!" ??Everyone rushed into the stone house and saw the body wrapped in linen still lying there. ?Tulisa wanted to step forward to check, but Anel said directly: "No need to pile it up, something is not right here, just incinerate it." ?Two members threw the body onto the pile of wood, lit the bottom with torches, and the fire ignited with a roar. Swallow the corpse. When everything was burned clean, everyone breathed a sigh of relief. The team followed the carriage and returned to the association to resume their duties. The incineration work is over. ?Wu Heng led Bassen towards the crowded area. Halfway through, he felt the ghost Xiao Xiao flying back towards him and sinking directly into his body. At the same time, what happened at another incinerator also came to mind. Xiaoyou made noise outside. Jian Yi, who was wearing a shroud, took the opportunity to enter the stone house and replaced the corpse with a corpse of similar size. Things are simpler than imagined. Due to the urging of the captain of the team, he didnt even confirm the body before burning it, and just burned it completely. It can be said that the operation was very successful, leaving no evidence or clues. After confirming that things were going smoothly, Wu Heng directly changed direction and went to the incineration site. In a hidden place outside the courtyard, Jianyi, who had been wrapped in a shroud, and the body were found. After confirming that there was no one else around, Wu Heng entered the stone room in the middle, used a bronze key in a wardrobe inside, and sent Jian Yi and the corpse into the zombie world. He himself walked briskly back to the crowded area along the same route. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng passed through the gate again and headed to the zombie world. ?The body of the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect was covered with a floral sheet and lying upright on the floor of the living room. Come to the body. Uncle, why are you stealing someones body? Xiaoxiao floated in the air, looked at Wu Heng, and then at the body. She couldn''t understand why she went to all this trouble just to steal a corpse. Obviously, the corpses downstairs have piled up into a hill. This one is different. "your friend?" "no." Your grandfather or father? "How is that possible? Don''t make trouble." Wu Heng felt that she was deliberately scolding him. ??But there is no evidence. Tell me about it! I helped a lot too! Xiaoxiao turned around and lay on his shoulder. ?This mission is actually not as difficult as imagined. But the small does play a big role. He was a very powerful person during his lifetime. We want to turn him into a skeleton to enhance our own strength. Wu Heng explained simply. Oh. The little girl said oh, indicating that she understood. ?Xiao Xiao stopped talking, and Wu Heng said to the skeleton beside him: "Carry the body to the corridor." After all, the release of the bone-slaking technique will cause the flesh and blood to fall off, which is actually somewhat difficult to clean. Two skeletons bent down and lifted the body outward. ??Moved directly to the corridor. Put it back on the ground, and the floral sheet covering your body also falls to the ground. Revealing the corpse with pale skin underneath. ?This body has been there for at least three or four days, and it has already shown some signs of decay. But Wu Heng''s eyes fell on his chest and abdomen. A long, slender wound sutured with cotton thread connected the entire chest. what''s the situation? Have you performed an autopsy on a dead person? Put the thread apart. Wu Heng said. Bassen on the side squatted down, pulled out the short blade from his waist, and cut off the white cotton threads. The sutured wound opened little by little, revealing the empty chest inside. Where are the internal organs? ?Wu Heng frowned. The corpses internal organs were gone. Thanks to Angels Trail for the 1,500-coin reward. Thanks to 08a for the 300 coin reward. Thanks to Immortal Fuding Palm Shattering Sky Spirit for the 500-coin reward. Thanks to Qiqi Shen and Book Friends 20190515221807317 book friends for their rewards. (End of this chapter) Chapter 52 , level 12 skeleton Chapter 52, Level 12 Skeleton Transforming skeletons does not have such high requirements. Even if the corpse has no internal organs, it does not hinder the transformation of the corpse. ??But a corpse whose internal organs were removed after death still made him curious and surprised. In other words, he was not the only one who was eyeing the corpse, there were other people as well, and they had taken action earlier. What are you doing stealing the internal organs of a corpse? ??This world can also be transplanted? ?At that time, they killed people, and their internal organs could not be transplanted. ?Of course, he found that it was of no use, and he couldn''t notify the association. Wouldn''t that be a trap for himself? Anyway, everyone has what he needs, and no one is hindering the other. There is no need to pursue it this way. Okay, theres no need to dismantle it. Wu Heng said. ??Bassen stopped breaking the cotton thread and stood aside again. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The unstable prompt appeared again, and mental energy began to be consumed rapidly. The flesh and blood on the corpse fell off bit by bit, gradually revealing the skeleton underneath. But the speed of transformation is slower than any other transformation, and mental power is also being lost exponentially. Hold the staff and continue to release. He quickly opened his backpack with one hand, took out the psychotropic potion and drank it. Replenish the consumed mental energy. During the continuous consumption, the flesh and blood on the corpse completely fell off, and a tall skeleton with iron-gray bones stood up. In a pair of empty eye sockets, a faint blue firelight rose. ?Looking around, he slightly saluted Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng looked at him and nodded. ?The skeleton in front of me is a little different from the previous ones. Not to mention the thick bones, the bones are not white, but iron gray. Even if viewed from a close distance, it looks more like a metal skeleton. Well, from now on you can continue to call Bawudong and stand aside first. Wu Heng said to the newly standing skeleton. The skeleton stood aside directly and entered the standby state. ?? Xiaoxiao, who was a little scared just now, quickly adapted to it, floating in the air, carefully observing the newly joined Bawudong. ?Wu Heng, on the other hand, directly opened his attribute panel to check his attributes. Skeleton Boxer Level: 12 (0/72000) Attributes:: Constitution 26, Strength 25, Agility 29, Intelligence 14, Perception 19, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, iron bones, energy. Experts: Unarmored Defense, Unarmored Movement, Danger Sensing, Ability: Shocking punch, light body fall, grabbing flying arrows, fighting specialization (advanced) Iron Bone: Constitution +5. Proficiency in the use of qi, sufficient qi to attack continuously. Unarmored Defense: When not wearing any armor or shield, agility +3, perception +2. Movement without armor: When not wearing any armor or shield, the movement speed is increased by 20%. It can temporarily maintain high-speed movement on vertical planes and water surfaces. Shocking Punch: Hitting the target has a shocking effect. Light Body Fall: Minimize the damage caused by falling from high places. Grab Flying Arrows: Bounce objects in the air and return them to their source. Wow! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he looked at the attributes. I have to say that this characters attributes and abilities are quite exaggerated. The main attributes have reached 25 or above. Expertise and abilities are also very good. Furthermore, Bawudong fights without wearing clothes, not because he is an exhibitionist, but because his own armor-free defense and armor-free movement will greatly increase his own attributes. ? ? Expertise and abilities are completely different from the messy ones of Bassen and Jian Yi Jian Er. His attributes are more unified and complete. They are mutually reinforcing structures, more like a complete inheritance and planned acquisition of abilities. It seems that this Divine Punishment Sect is really not an ordinary folk cult. It can be said that among the skeletons around him, he is the strongest skeleton. Huh? Why dont you have the scale skill? He checked the attributes again and then looked at the skeleton. There is really no relevant information about scales. ?Your memory is confused? ??Still, after transforming into a skeleton, this ability disappears. I have been studying it for a while, but I havent come up with any results. Let the skeletons still squat in the room and go back to Blackstone Town to rest. Go back to Blackstone Town and make yourself a bucket of instant noodles. ?While waiting for the instant noodles to be cooked, I looked through the sword skills I acquired today. Different from the previous mage skill books, this one contains more graphic moves and some simple descriptions. I quickly flipped through it first and then finished the last page. ?There is no prompt to unlock skills. ?This gave Wu Heng a bad feeling. He would not really let him start learning and training. The instant noodles are almost ready, so I continue to look through them while eating. After eating. Continue to call Jianyi over and study the newly acquired sword skills together. Until late at night, go to bed and rest. The next day, zombie world. ??There were roars outside the window, and the dense zombies stepped on the broken glass, making a crunching sound. Another day has passed, and these zombies still show no sign of leaving. Moreover, I cant just wait forever. If they never leave, its not that they will never be able to get out. Just when Xiaoxiao wanted to see if the giant deformed zombie was still there, he saw a huge body appearing in his sight. ? He ??is nearly 3 meters tall, with dark red skin and bulging muscles like sarcomas. Ugly and full of power. ?The giant zombie is slowly walking towards this side, its eyes scanning the windows above the stairs from time to time, as if it is looking for prey. "Damn monster." Wu Heng cursed and continued to greet the person beside him: "Bawudong, come here." ?The broad-boned Bawudong walked over and looked down the window together. "When the time comes, I need you to deal with it. If it''s not easy to deal with, try to hold him back as long as possible." ??Bawudong was still looking downstairs, the soul fire in his eyes flashing with a faint blue light. At noon, the sun is high above your head. Bang, bang, bang! Four stair doors opened at the same time, revealing skeleton warriors arranged in an orderly manner, holding spears and kitchen knives. The heavy sound of the door opening made the wandering zombies slightly startled. Then there were angry roars. Wow~! ??The zombies gathered downstairs like a tide, pushing and shoving into the open corridor. ?However, the more crowded it is, the harder it is for zombies to get in. ??The skeleton warriors who had been arranged in the corridor began to wave their weapons to attack the zombies attacking in front. ?Wu Heng looked at the incoming zombies and felt a little sweat on his forehead. ?This number is quite a lot. Just when the undead and zombies are killing each other. ??Boom~! There was a huge roar not far away. ??Huge deformed zombies rushed out from the corridor in front, looking directly at the fighting area. ?Let out a roar and rush over quickly. Like an out-of-control truck, he strode towards this side, knocking away the zombies blocking the way and crashing into the corridor at the same time. ??Wu Heng stood upstairs, watching the deformed zombies rush into the corridor. Bawudong, leave it to you. ??The iron door leading to the corridor from the top of the building was opened, and the iron-gray-skeletal Bawudong walked downstairs with his hands behind his back. Thanks to book friend book friend 20190515221807317 for the 100-coin reward. Thanks to the book friend "Heaven and Earth Punishment" for the 100-coin reward. Thank you to the book friend "The Passing of the Red Dust" for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 53 , fierce battle with zombies Chapter 53, Fierce battle with zombies ?Ba Wudong walked into the corridor, while Wu Heng stood on the top of the building and glanced down. Facing the first stairwell, release [Grease]. The condensed grease fell from the air in a profuse manner, some scattered, and the rest was poured on the zombies gathered below. He lit a rag bag and threw it directly in the direction where the ''grease spell'' fell. ??The rag bag hit the zombie''s shoulder, causing sparks to fly, and then there was a roar and a fire broke out. The fire began to spread toward the zombies on both sides, forming a fire field three to four meters wide. ?At the same time, on the top of the building, rows of skeleton warriors stood on the edge, firing crossbows downward one after another. ??The remaining skeletons, under Wu Heng''s order, began to pick up the furniture and utensils behind them and threw them downwards. Tables, chairs, benches, monitor cases, and all items that could be used as throwables were collected in advance. Throw it directly into the zombies as a projectile. For a time, various furniture and appliances fell from the roof of the building, knocking over the zombies below. Hurrah! The zombies discovered the enemies above, raised their heads and roared angrily. Then, they huddled close to each other, gathering together like a colony of ants building a ladder, and spread upward along the outer wall. It spread all the way to the second floor, smashed the glass, and rushed directly into the room. But the doors of the residents'' rooms were all closed. After entering, the zombies quickly ran out and continued to climb up with the zombies. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of the building, looking at the scene in front of him in surprise. ??There are so many zombies that they can still climb the wall in this way. Quickly, hit these climbing zombies. ?Wu Heng said to the skeleton beside him, and at the same time released [Witchcraft Arrow]. After the witchcraft arrow hits the target, it quickly spreads outward, crushing and collapsing the gathered zombies. The skeleton group is also constantly throwing objects. Prevent zombies from climbing upward. In the corridor of a unit. Boom, boom, boom~! ?There was a deafening roar, and gravel was scattered everywhere. ??The giant deformed zombie waved its fists, chasing and bombarding the retreating ''Bawudong'', from the second floor to the third floor, and continued to retreat toward the fourth floor. The dark red skin and muscles burst out with terrifying power. The hammer cracked the wall and broke the stair railing. ??Bawudong ducked down to avoid the straight punch, his right fist whizzed through the air and hit the zombie''s abdomen. Bang~! ?The air waves spread out, and the body with dark red muscles shook violently as if it was being shaken. ??Hello~! ??The zombie took a step back, clenched his fists, and smashed his head down. ??Boom~! ?A powerful and heavy blow fell right in front of Bawudong, causing a huge gap in the steps under his feet. ?Bawudong took half a step back and kicked his whip leg sideways. The zombie''s muscles tightened, and after a hard catch, he raised his hand and continued to hit the target. ??The arms were constantly raised and lowered, raised and lowered, chasing the target and smashing them randomly. The flying smoke covered the entire corridor. ?Bawudong has adopted certain fighting skills, and he can dodge attacks and fight back at the same time. ??The battle of aberrant zombies is more simple and rough, using absolute power to crush all the bells and whistles, with wide-open and powerful movements. There were only giant zombies and Bawudong fighting in the entire corridor. ??Wu Heng''s worries about the interference from the zombie tide are completely unnecessary. The battle between the two, not to mention the zombies that came in, even the skeletons that had been arranged in advance have been turned into white bones on the ground. In the entire corridor, there were only two figures, one tall and one short, who continued to fight. ! ?Hung his huge fist against the security door on the concave side, and followed the figure in the smoke with another fist, hitting it again. Earth and rocks flew everywhere, like bullets flying everywhere. ?Bawudong turned around, jumped down one level, and walked around behind the zombie. A leg sweep, hitting the zombie''s leg directly. ?The heavy sweep caused the zombie''s body to tilt to one side. Bawudong took advantage of the situation and kicked the zombie''s body directly down. ?The body rolled down the stairs and leaned against the wall with a bang. ?Bawudong leaped down and hit his head with his knee, making a loud bang. The zombies head was knocked against the wall by his knee. Without waiting for a reaction, fists fell like raindrops. ?The giant zombie was smashed, blood splattered, and its head was bruised and bloody. On the roof of the building. Keep throwing. ?Wu Heng still urged the skeleton to throw down all the debris piled up behind him. ?At the same time, release [Grease Technique], drop an open flame, and ignite a fire. It turns out that the number of zombies in front of you is not enough to climb up a six-story residential building with a ladder. ??It was only on the fourth floor at most, and it kept collapsing under the interference. ?Haunted a large number of zombies to death and lameness. With the continuous throwing, the downstairs was also filled with debris. The zombies were stumbling around and it became difficult to move. Bah~Boom! Suddenly, a heavy crash sounded. ??The giant zombie rushed out of the corridor, knocking away the zombies in front of him and smashing the obstacles blocking the way. Rampage like a raging bull. ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly when he saw the giant zombie rushing out of the corridor. Bawudong failed? As soon as he said it, there was another breaking sound. ?Bawudong, an iron-gray skeleton, jumped from the window on the third floor and chased directly towards the escaping giant zombie. Holy shit, chasing giant zombies. ?From the current situation, it seems that Bawudong is stronger than the giant zombie. Chasing directly in the direction of the giant zombie. ??Wu Heng raised his staff and released [Witchcraft Arrows] at the giant zombies that rushed out. ??Blue energy spears condensed in the air and roared towards the target. But the distance has exceeded the magic distance and it dissipates directly in the air. ??Wu Heng immediately released the newly learned [Weakness Ray], a black energy ray that hit the giant zombie''s body directly. The strong and violent body suddenly became a little sluggish. ?At this time, ''Bawudong'' quickly caught up with him, and with a flying kick, he staggered the zombie''s body. ??The giant zombie stopped, turned around, waved his fist, and struck at the chasing ''Bawudong'' again. Punches kept falling. Smashing up the smoke and dust into the sky. ?At the same time, the zombies rushing into the corridor stopped pushing and crowding. Instead, they all turned around and looked at Bawudong who rushed out. The next second, they all rushed back, killing the iron-gray skeleton left outside. ?Wu Hengs face became more serious when he saw the corpses changing their targets. Fighting alone, Bawudong is almost the same as a giant zombie. ??If the zombies rush forward, it''s hard to say who will lose and who will win. ?Wu Heng quickly went to the corridor and ordered, "Attack, kill out." Then, he changed to the next corridor, "Attack, kill out." An order is issued. With one sword and two swords, Basson and the four skeleton dogs rushed out of the corridor with the skeleton warriors and launched a fierce counterattack. An even more intense fight started downstairs. ??Wu Heng was also standing at the window on the third floor, releasing witchcraft arrows and grease spells with Nu Yi and Nu Er. Cooperate with the skeleton group for output. ?Although his attributes have improved, he doesn''t think he has the ability to fight zombies at close range. It doesnt matter whether we can win by force. ??If you are scratched or bitten, you will die unjustly. ?Looking at the two figures fighting in front of him, Wu Heng continued to shout: "Basen, go help Bawudong." ??Bassen looked back and used the short blade in his hand to kill the zombies that rushed towards him. Hurry around the enemies in front and run towards Bawudong and the giant zombies. (End of this chapter) Chapter 54 , dont give up hope Chapter 54, Dont give up hope Bawudong and the giant zombie are still fighting together. ?Heavy fists were waved randomly. ?Bawudong''s steps were light, and he used his fists and legs to knock away the ordinary zombies that were jumping around him, while dodging the heavy blows from the giant zombies. Huh~! ??The giant fist came towards me with the sound of roaring wind. ?Bawudong leaned back to avoid the incoming punch, and at the same time, his body turned sharply like a top and swept his right leg. Bang~! ??A dull crashing sound sounded, and the giant zombie moved two steps to one side and staggered. Bawudong followed quickly. ?Push the chin with the palm of the hand, follow the steps forward, attack the ribs with the left fist, punch the abdomen with the right uppercut, then punch the left fist again, followed closely by the right fist. The punches are fierce and continuous. ??As for Bassen, he kept walking around to cooperate. The two short blades kept flipping over, leaving **** scars on the lower body of the giant zombie. Ba Wudong jumped up and punched the zombie in the throat. Bang~! The giant zombie fell back and fell to the ground. ?Bawudong didn''t give the opponent a chance to breathe. He quickly followed up and started hitting the opponent''s head with his fist. ?The dull hammering sound was as heavy as a falling sledgehammer. Thumping sound. ??Bassen also took this opportunity to plunge his dagger into the target''s chest. When Bawudong stood up, the giant zombie was still lying on its back on the ground and did not get up. Gain experience +143. Summon-Skeleton Boxer gains experience +22. Experience appears, proving that the target was killed by Bawudong. Finally died. ?Wu Heng was really afraid that this giant zombie would escape. When the time comes to take revenge on yourself, it will be a bit difficult. After the death of the giant zombie, the two skeletons, Bawudong and Bassen, returned to the main battlefield and began to attack the zombie group from the other side. The battle is still going on, and the number of zombies is gradually decreasing. After the last zombie fell, the entire area fell into silence again. The skeleton warrior was covered in blood, with pieces of meat and sticky hair hanging on the hollow skeleton. He stood upright on the spot and entered a state of readiness. ?Several skeletons with souls walked towards Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng found a mask and put it on, and walked out of the corridor. The area downstairs was already filled with corpses and bones of zombies, and there was not even a bare patch of ground to be seen. Bring the giant zombies body over here. Wu Heng said. ?Sword One and Sword Two quickly walked over and dragged the huge corpse in the distance over. ??A deformed zombie with exaggerated muscles all over its body, looking a bit miserable. The eyeballs exploded, and the head was turned to the back in a weird posture. His body was covered with knife marks. ?These two skeletons are really ruthless. After raising his head and drinking a bottle of psychotropic potion, he felt that his mental strength had been somewhat restored. Facing the huge zombies, directly release the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic shrouded the corpse in front of him. The flesh and blood fell off little by little, and the tall giant skeleton slowly sat up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) Level: 11 (0/65000) Attributes: Constitution 28, Strength 29, Agility 17, Intelligence 6, Perception 12, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul Expertise: Biological Aberration Biological aberration: Constitution +3. It is actually a level 11 zombie. The rating is one level lower than Bawudong. But in terms of attributes, it does highlight personal advantages. Constitution 28, Strength 29. ?Bawudong''s strength is only 25 points. Even if all the muscles fall off and disappear, his strength is still the highest among the skeletons. But the disadvantages are also obvious, low agility, low intelligence, and low perception. To put it bluntly, some of the shortcomings of zombies are still preserved after deformation. Another point, the name of this skeleton is still called Skeleton Warrior, and it only has one specialty, called Biological Distortion, which adds 3 points of physical fitness. There are no other expertise or abilities left. This is completely different from the professional arms obtained in Blackstone Town. Professional arms carry their original abilities after transformation. If there are two skeletons of the same level, the skeleton with the profession will be more powerful. ??But there is no way, and we can''t let the zombies change jobs before killing them. Holding a short spear, he searched among the rotten flesh that had fallen off. A fleshy corpse core appeared in front of him. ?Wu Heng felt happy, then a little confused. New corpse core? Find a plastic bag, took out the corpse core and looked at it carefully. The size of the corpse core has not changed much, it is still the size of a fingernail, but the white flesh is covered with red bloodshot threads. It is like dense blood vessels and nervous tissue. He doesnt understand biology or anything, but it looks a little strange. This is very different from the corpse cores dropped by aberrant dogs. It looks like it should be a new type of corpse core. I just dont know if the antidote prepared before is still effective. He lowered his head and looked at the corpse core, and the newly added 3-meter-long skeleton also squatted down and looked at it. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, wrapped the core and put it away, and said: "From now on, you will be called ''Big Guy''." The 3-meter-long skeleton looked around, looking uninspired. Wu Heng didn''t pay any further attention. After looking around, he continued to order, "Okay, move the bodies together and clean up the debris." Skeletons with souls immediately take action with ordinary skeletons. Carrying corpses and cleaning up scattered debris. This battle has consumed almost all the items in the entire building. ?TVs, computers, tables, chairs and benches are all over the floor. ??Moreover, it seems that I should find another building to use as my base. This building is a bit miserable. A thought in my mind. The ghost flew out of the body. Looking at the scene around him, his face was full of fear. Uncle, you have killed so many people. They are no longer human. Wu Heng continued. Its so scary. ?Wu Heng was speechless. How can we say that these zombies are infected with genetic viruses and are considered the living dead? You are a ghost, do you need to be afraid of them? After all, Xiaoxiao was still young when he died, so it was not easy for Wu Heng to tell the child this. Instead, he said directly: "Xiaoxiao, there is a bus at the intersection over there. Let''s see if there are any zombies nearby." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao nodded and left directly through the wall. Soon, Xiaowei flew back and said: "No more, there are only a few who can''t walk, crawling slowly on the road." ??Wu Heng looked at Xiao Xiao''s memory again with uneasiness. The broad road was empty, with a few zombies without their lower bodies crawling slowly on the road. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and decided to go over and take a look before it got dark. Basen, Bawudong. Wu Heng shouted, and then called some skeleton warriors, and walked out together. Several zombies were cleared along the road. Then he came to the bus of survivors who did not escape. ?The bus was completely unrecognizable, the iron mesh was smashed and thrown aside, and the car body was also covered with dents. Go into the bus and check it out. ?Those survivors carried sharpened iron pipes, kitchen knives, and some collected food. The preparations were quite adequate, but it was a pity that I could not run out. Then, Wu Heng set his sights on an iron box welded with white steel plates. It was unlocked, and when opened, it was an old-fashioned strip tape recorder, modified only with tape and some equipment, with a slender antenna. "what?" Press the play button casually. ??A harsh electric current suddenly sounded, followed by a familiar language. Don''t give up hope, find every way to survive, persist... A familiar voice came from the tape recorder. (End of this chapter) Chapter 55 , I heard you can transform Chapter 55, I heard you can transform Vaccines for the virus are being developed, and various regions are effectively organizing rescue efforts. Please don''t give up hope. Victory will always belong to us. . Avoid densely populated areas, avoid too much noise, and pay attention to whether drinking water sources are infected by viruses... This is not the end! Not the end of humanity! Don''t give up hope, we can rebuild our homeland. ??Amidst the sizzling sound of electricity, there were repeated words. Encourage everyone to live and not give up. Find all ways to survive and wait for rescue. ?Wu Heng looked at the modified tape recorder in front of him in surprise. He naturally knew that this was not a recording, but information received via radio. Normal communication has long since failed, and this is the only way to communicate with the outside world. They really have a clear destination. In other words, the reason why these survivors took the risk of running outside must be connected to a certain gathering place outside. There is a better living environment there. But obviously they failed, failed at this crossroads. Are they the army uncles? Xiao Xiao walked around in a circle and asked curiously. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. "Are we going to find them? They will protect us then." Xiaoxiao floated down and lay on his shoulder. this. ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton outside the bus and didn''t know how to answer. ??If it were just him, he would not change his profession to become a Necromancer. He naturally hopes to be protected by a rescue team or the army. But its hard to say now. How do you explain these skeletons of your own? How to explain another space? Even if we go to a place where human life gathers, will we treat him like a suspect like Blackstone Town and come up with a restriction bill, or directly study the principles of spellcasting in slices? ??He couldn''t say for sure, but it was possible. Lets talk about it then, we can protect ourselves now. Wu Heng covered the iron box and walked out of the bus with it. Xiao Xiao followed behind, "Why is this ringing? Can I watch TV?" Those who put on the battery cant watch TV. Return to the community. ??Wu Heng turned on the tape recorder, and while listening to the words that encouraged the survivors repeated inside, he released the bone-bending technique to transform the corpse in front of him. The number of corpses this time was seven to eight hundred, if not one thousand. The corpses had completely piled up into a mountain. The rest of the work fell entirely on him, and even if he carried out the transformation every day, it would still take several days. And in this weather, the storage of corpses is really a problem. Among the skills, he learned a [Corporate Embalming], but the embalmed corpse cannot be transformed into a skeleton. is a very useless skill. The only thing we can do is speed up the transformation as much as possible and transform these corpses as soon as possible. ?It wasnt until it was getting late that Wu Heng directed the skeleton to return to the roof. He took Bassen with him and returned to Blackstone Town. After washing up, I made myself a bowl of instant noodles. Sitting at the table, he took out the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique" and flipped through it. ??The above content is not difficult, but it is useless just to read it, and you need to practice it. As for practicing this, Wu Heng felt that he had the perseverance in this area, but his basic skills were too poor, so he was afraid it would take some effort. Similarly, Wu Heng also thought of another possibility. I haven''t unlocked the sword skills after reading it once. It may be due to occupation. As a mage, will I be unable to unlock things like sword skills? There is a high possibility. Bang, bang, bang! ?While I was flipping through the pages, there was a knock on the door. After a few knocks, Yuli''s voice came, "Wu Heng, are you at home?" Opening the door, Yuri with shoulder-length curly hair stood at the door. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. "My aunt is out, I''m here to see you." After saying that, he turned his head and looked inside, "What does it smell like? It''s so fragrant." My dinner. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he found that the other party was looking at him with wide eyes, as if expecting his next words, How about we eat some together? Okay, thank you! Yuli grinned and squeezed directly into the room. Coming to the table, he took off the spoon holding the lid of the instant noodles, and a stronger aroma hit his face. It smells so good. Yuri fanned her nose towards her nose with her little hand. ?Wu Heng glanced outside the door, closed the door, and took out a bucket of instant noodles for her to soak. asked: What did the Archdeacon do? "I heard that I had some mission, so I went out." Yuli tilted her chin and watched him make noodles for herself. Why didnt you go and have a look? No, its not like Im going to play, theres nothing interesting to see. "That''s right." Wu Heng placed the instant noodles in front of her, "I want to soak them for a while, please wait." Oh. Yuri agreed. You came to see me just for a look? Wu Heng continued to ask. The relationship between the two of them is so good? "I want to see you go shopping in the black market, let''s wait until after dinner." Yuli said, and asked curiously: "Did you make all these delicious food yourself?" The food ingredients are very ordinary, but they are delicious brought by Wu Heng. ?She visited the taverns and shops in the city and couldn''t find anything with a similar taste. ?This made her suspect that the necromancer in front of her was actually a cook, a very good cook. "I don''t have this ability. I brought it all from my hometown." Wu Heng also sat down at the table. Ah, where is your hometown? Is it far away? Its far, far away. Its hard to get there. Yuli looked at him. In terms of hair color and appearance, Wu Heng did not have the characteristics of a native. The hometown he mentioned is far away, but it makes sense. The two of them chatted for a few words, and that was enough for instant noodles. Its ready to eat. Wu Heng took out a few more snacks and put them on the table. Yuli smiled unconsciously at the corners of her mouth. Open the lid, pick up the fork and eat directly. ?While eating, he muttered something like, "It''s delicious. If you want to open a pub, it will definitely be a hit." ?Wu Heng also opened his own and started eating. It took a long time and became soft after soaking. The two of them wolfed down the instant noodles and finished them off. Then start eating the snacks on the table. They say druids can transform. Wu Heng asked her. "certainly." Then what will you change? Yuli glanced at him and said, "My aunt said you can''t tell others casually." No, we are teammates. We know each others abilities, and we can cooperate better when we go on missions in the future. Tell me first, what do you know? Me! I can summon skeletons. What else? As for spells, theres an acid attack, grease, ray of weakness, and embalming. "You are using some insidious and evil magic." Yuri said, and then added: "It is in line with your profession." "it''s your turn." I can change into a lot of things, such as a wolf, a bear, and a fear crow. Can it change now? What do you want to see? ?Wu Heng looked at his small living room and said, "Be afraid of crows." Okay, let me show you. The next second, Yuri, who was still sitting in her seat, suddenly transformed into a black-feathered crow-like species, flapped her wings and flew around the room, landing on the table. turned into a fear crow, still wearing the shrunken leather armor. fits the body of the Dread Crow. Da da da! The crow''s sharp beak pecked at the peanuts on the table and ate two of them. Then, the fear crow landed and turned into a brown wolf again, wandering in front twice. ??The wolf is still wearing the leather armor. It seems that the armor on the Druid should also be a prop. He had been thinking before, what would happen to the clothes and equipment on the Druid after he transformed? Become a human again and have to put on clothes again? The ability of a profession to be passed down has already been taken into consideration. There is no need to change Xiong. Wu Heng said. ?After all, the room is not big, so you have to pay for any damage. ??The wolf jumped back to the table and chair and turned into a human again. How is it? Yuli raised her head and asked a little proudly. Its pretty awesome. Thats right, our combat power is balanced and we basically have no shortcomings. Yuri said herself. In fact, it is quite easy to analyze. ??Wolves are fast and have a certain degree of aggression, Dread Crows can conduct reconnaissance and gather information, and Bears are their strength. She herself mentioned three forms, and they are all useful. ?The idea is still very good, but I dont know if it can withstand the bullet. Then can you attack from a distance? "Yes, but not very good at it." Yuli said vaguely, pointing to the potato chips, "Are there any more like this?" ?Wu Heng took out some more and placed them in front of her. The two chatted for a while, and Yuri stood up to leave. Are you going to the black market tomorrow? Yuli stood at the door and asked. I came here today just to hang out in the black market with him, and I forgot about chatting with him. I have something to do tomorrow, so I wont go there. You can go to the DC area in the city, which is also very lively. "Okay, I''ll come and play with you again when I have the chance." After Yuli said that, she jumped away. ??Wu Heng looked at Yuli''s leaving figure, closed the door tightly, and began to study swordsmanship. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a wooden chair, and behind him stood Basen and Bawudong with his hands behind his back. The battery of the tape recorder was replaced, and it played motivational words to keep everyone alive, as well as first aid methods and evacuation methods in times of crisis. But it can also be heard from the words that there is not much progress or solution to this disaster, and the main thing is to evacuate and wait. ??While Wu Heng listened, he began to release the bone-slaking technique to transform the pile of corpses in front of him. For me, a necromancer, corpses are no longer a problem. The main thing is that my transformation speed is seriously holding me back. Doing nothing, just transforming like this, I''m afraid it will take several days to complete. But he didnt have any good ideas. You can''t help but bury them all. It''s hard to kill them. At this time, the content in the tape recorder changed. ?? Lets start to explain the white matter in the body of the aberrant zombie, which is systematically named Corpse. [Level 1 leucoplasm, which is white all over, can increase the strength of the human body and is highly infectious. Level 2 leucoplasm, which is covered with fine blood lines on the surface, increases body strength and has a chance to gain special abilities and resistance. The possibility of infection is extremely low, What the hell? Wu Heng who casts the spell moves for a moment. Secondary leucosomes? special power? Infectious? (End of this chapter) Chapter 56 , secondary corpse core Chapter 56, Level 2 Corpse Core Judging from the message coming from the tape recorder. Leucoplast is the ''corpse core'' in the brain of aberrant creatures, and people here have long discovered that ''corpse core'' can improve the human body''s physique. In other words, there will also be a group of people in this world whose physical attributes exceed normal standards. People in this world have also begun to enter a period of breaking through their shackles and changing their physiques. The most important thing is the mention of the secondary white matter body, which also has a chance to confer special abilities. When you killed the giant zombie yesterday, you obtained this second-level white substance, which is the corpse core. Could it be said that in addition to increasing one''s own physical fitness, can it have any special effects? ?Wu Heng continued to listen. The tape recorder still introduces the corpse core and some methods of taking it. Zombie cores are currently divided into three levels. ??Ordinary corpse cores, the second type with some blood streaks, and the third type of corpse core, but no one has been able to successfully absorb it and resist the virus. The higher the level of corpse core, the higher the infection rate. The recorder recommends that if ordinary people have the opportunity to obtain "white matter", they can try to take ordinary levels to try to improve their physical fitness. Physical condition is also an important factor in whether one can survive. They havent developed an antidote? According to what it says, ordinary corpse cores must be disinfected and kept in a good condition before being taken. There is no mention of things like detoxification. ?It is very likely that effective vaccines or drugs have not yet been developed, or that once they are developed, they cannot be widely used. It is more likely that the former has not been developed. Otherwise, some related countermeasures will be proposed, such as what medicine to collect to increase the success rate. It wasnt mentioned at all, it probably hasnt been developed yet. The antidote in his hand has become the only one. The requirements for preparing the medicine are not high, but unfortunately the current situation can''t help much. The only survivor I met was also killed in a car crash. The second-level corpse core in your hand should also be sent to the association for research and the potions and formulas should be obtained as soon as possible. Shashashasha~! The sound of rubbing against the ground was heard. ?Xiao Xiao was floating in the air, dragging a huge gray cat corpse with one sword and two swords, and walked towards this side. This one is the deformed cat that was killed by the giant zombie, and its size is close to that of a lion. Thats it. Xiaoxiao said. "well done." Hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled and circled in the air. The gray cat corpse was thrown forward, except for the twisted joints on the body. The most obvious location is the recessed scar on the head, as if someone had dug out the brain. . Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood were separated, and a skeleton cat stood up. Skeleton Ocelot (Level 5) Ocelot? What is this name? The mention of leopard reminded him of the leopard at Slater''s feet. The two are almost the same size. I dont know who is more powerful in a fight. ?This skeleton cat is only level 5, and doesnt have many special attributes. ??Wu Heng took out his short spear and turned over where the head had been, but couldn''t find the ''corpse core''. There is no corpse core? After thinking about it for a while, I thought of a possibility. After the giant zombie killed the aberrant cat, he took away the corpse core. ?Think of this. ?Wu Heng was shocked again. Zombies can also evolve by devouring corpse cores? If this works, then zombies with level three corpse cores are not the end, and more powerful zombies will appear sooner or later. The danger to mankind goes far beyond this. After naming the skeleton cat Xiao Hui, let it go and stay aside. Xiaoxiao took four dogs and one cat and walked around the neighborhood. ??Wu Heng continued the boring transformation work. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked to the queue at the back. When your mental energy is exhausted, rest for a while and then continue the transformation. afternoon. ??Wu Heng led the group of skeletons and approached the crossroads to the east. ??This is the intersection where the giant zombie knocked over the survivor bus. I came here yesterday and only took away the modified tape recorder. I did not search the rest carefully. Take a break and search several nearby shops. There are many shops at the intersection, but most of them are restaurants. The rest include pharmacies, barber shops and grain and oil stores. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton into the pharmacy and took out all the medicines inside. I dont know what to do with it, so Ill take it back first. ?In addition to medicine, a wheelchair, a weight scale, and a medicine decoction machine were also found in the drugstore, with the words "6,500 points redeemable" written on them. After visiting the pharmacy, Wu Heng took the skeleton and entered the grain and oil store and several other shops. brought out a large amount of rice, flour, soybean oil, and some kitchen knives and bone knives found in the restaurant. Collect them all together and let the skeletons carry them towards the community. After returning, put all your belongings away. ??After finding the building next door as a base, we returned directly to Blackstone Town. Professional associations. Mr. Wu Heng, how can I help you? the staff member asked with a smile. ??Wu Heng took out the filled-in form and a small piece of corpse core, "I need to issue a commission to test this material and make an antidote at the same time." "Oh, okay." The staff first checked the contents on the list. After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he took out the container and put the materials away. ?Alchemy in this world is still very powerful, at least it can make potions that have not been researched in modern society. It may not be that modern society does not have this technology. ?Most people are infected, and the rest are separated and carefully hidden in various places, making it difficult to gather relevant technical personnel for research. There should be many reasons for this. After issuing the commission and paying the deposit. ??Wu Heng took Bassen directly out of the city and found a carriage with an empty license plate. He drove towards the black market. After paying the admission fee, Wu Heng took Bassen into the black market. ??It was still noisy and chaotic, and the place was full of people wearing black cloaks, as if they had entered a gathering place of some cult. And I am one of them. Without staying in the lobby, we went directly to the second floor. There were also several men in black robes on the second floor, communicating softly at the front desk. ??Wu Heng flashed his emblem to a staff member and was respectfully invited to a room on the inner side of the corridor. After a young maid brought dried fruit-flavored tea, a middle-aged man with a mustache walked in. Smile, salute, and say respectfully: What kind of help does the guest need? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "I want to issue a commission and ask you to collect something." Thats okay, what do you need? Corpse, the body of the alchemist. (End of this chapter) Chapter 57 , there is internal strife in the underworld (please read it.) Chapter 57: There is internal strife in the underworld (please read it...) Corpse? The middle-aged man frowned slightly and fell into a brief silence. Wu Heng glanced at him and asked curiously: "It shouldn''t be difficult for the Snake Emblem Consortium!" According to Deputy Deacon Slater, the Snake Emblem Consortium is a large-scale organization that pursues special interests. It shouldnt be difficult to get a corpse! Why are you still silent? ??They dont even dare to get rid of corpses, so what kind of consortium do they think they are? "Of course it''s no problem." The middle-aged man responded with a smile at first, and then said: "But due to some reasons, it may take a longer time. It depends on whether the guest is willing to wait." "how?" "Blackstone Town has been focusing on investigating this matter recently, and it may be postponed for a while. Of course, if we have the opportunity, we will do our best to complete this commission for you." The middle-aged man gave a rough explanation. Others may be a little confused, but Wu Heng can understand the reason. Blackstone Town is investigating the matter of the Necromancer. Even burning corpses requires professional teams and guards to supervise each other. It can be said that they take it very seriously. ?This place belongs to the black market, but it is not far from Blackstone Town. It is just a semi-underground market. Therefore, the Snake Emblem Consortium will not refuse the client''s commission, but it also does not want to drag itself into trouble at this point in time. ??It is possible that when he proposed to buy the corpse, the other party guessed that he was the necromancer wanted by Blackstone Town. Being able to accept this commission has proven that Snake Hui is very courageous. Okay. Wu Heng replied. He also didnt want to cause unnecessary trouble by buying a corpse. To put it bluntly, its the same as spending money to research potions in the association. I came here just to ask about the possibility. Okay guest, please wait a moment. The middle-aged man walked out and came back with a blank power of attorney. He continued: "Guest, do you have any requirements for this corpse? For example, requirements regarding rank, race or gender during life." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. Race and gender dont feel necessary. Alchemy is mainly knowledge and has little to do with race. ??And by limiting the requirements so much, the body is harder to find and takes longer. Im more professional in alchemy, and the rest doesnt matter. Wu Heng continued. The middle-aged man wrote down the content of the entrustment on paper, "Guest, due to the special nature of the entrustment, the amount of the deposit is about 50% more than normal." Okay, how much is it? 300 silver coins, the balance will be re-evaluated based on the grade and preservation of the corpse. Damn it, the deposit is only this much. I think I bought a body made of gold. Enough to issue five or six alchemy commissions in the association. But things have already been said here, and it is not easy to go back on it, and I really need such a corpse. Take out the money bag, count out 300 silver coins, and hand them to the other party''s hand. The middle-aged man nodded, "Guest, please give me the emblem to use." Hand over the emblem in your hand. ?The other party took out something similar to ink pad, pressed the emblem on the ink pad, and then stamped it directly on the completed power of attorney. When you pick it up, a clear pattern has been left. This emblem is also a seal. "Guest, that''s all." The man handed back the wiped coat of arms and continued: "When the body is brought in, it will be posted on the notice board at the door." Okay! Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. After leaving the room, go down the stairs. ?Walking among the crowd, I continued to visit the black market stalls. There are still many types of goods for sale. But there is not much that can be used. The only stall that caught his attention was the stall where he bought the strange item Shroud. The same items were still there, and the stall owner didnt even change his sitting posture. ??Someone came up to ask for the price, but there was only a sound under the black robe, and even the black robe did not shake. I can also sit still. If it were me, I would definitely have back pain. Haunted around, bought two bundles of crossbow arrows, and walked out of the black market. Get on the carriage and return to your residence. Woke up in the morning, Wu Heng washed up and had breakfast. ??Goed to the Professionals Association. Pushing open the door of the team lounge, he saw the captain Otluk sitting alone in the room. Good morning, captain. Wu Heng greeted. Well, I came just in time. Is there a mission? Wu Heng asked curiously. "It''s not a mission." Altluk motioned for him to sit down and continued: "Kavina, Yuri and I have discussed it and plan to take on a commission recently to improve the team''s tacit understanding. What do you think?" Ever since the team members killed and injured members of the God''s Punishment Cult, the association has not taken the initiative to arrange new tasks. Recuperate to recover from injury, rest to rest. There are four professional teams, and their team is the weakest. Among the members of the team, Wu Heng is the most unscrupulous person. He doesnt come to the association, and sometimes he cant even be seen. So, now that I saw Wu Heng coming, I told him about this matter in advance to see what he thought. Okay, any kind of entrustment, its best not to be too dangerous. Wu Heng said. Having plundered the gold store by yourself, you dont have to worry about survival. But the rest of the team still have to consider their biological skills. "Well, don''t worry, Yuri is collecting information, and I will choose someone who is similar." Yuri? She has just come to Blackstone Town, what kind of information can she collect? ??The most I can collect is about a piece of food information. "Oh, okay." Wu Heng agreed and continued to ask: "Is there nothing going on in the association recently?" No, the main focus is still on the necromancer in the mining village, but there is nothing else going on. Well, world peace would be the best. What you said doesnt sound like a necromancer at all. After walking out of the association, I went to the Antlers Store to buy some potions. I bought some psychoactive potions, therapeutic potions, antidote potions and so on, just in case of emergencies. Go back to your residence, close the door, and go directly to the zombie world. ?Appeared in the zombie world, climbed to the top of the building to confirm the situation of the eye-skeletons. ?After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he called all the skeletons and walked downstairs together with their weapons in hand. Last night, I re-planned my arrangements. You cannot spend all your time transforming corpses. The main thing is to kill zombies, and use the remaining time to transform. ? On the one hand, I am accumulating experience, but mainly I suspect that the zombies are evolving slowly, and I am afraid that it will be difficult to kill them in the future. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton team out of the community from the north gate. ?Follow the intersection where the survivor''s bus crashed and head north along the road. The zombies nearby have been cleared away, and the occasional scattered zombies do not pose any threat. They rushed over and were killed by the skeletons with kitchen knives. Uncle, where are you going? Xiaoxiao floated in the air and asked curiously. Go to the hardware store. What are you going to do there? Lets see if theres anything useful in there. He remembered that there was a large hardware store in this direction. If he could find iron pipe tools nearby, he could only think of it here. "oh!" ?? She let out a small oh, then lay on his shoulder again and stopped talking. As we move along the road, there are gradually more zombies on the way. ?The sound of fighting is getting louder and louder, and more and more zombies are rushing out nearby. Attack! Wu Heng gave the order to attack. The chopper skeleton bypassed the spearmen and pounced on the zombies in front. ?Blood splattered and the sound of a kitchen knife chopping bones resounded throughout the area. far away. The top of a shop near the road. A figure stood on the edge looking forward. Her face was pale, and there was unconcealable fear on her face. A large number of zombies below rushed out of the alley and rushed to the same place. ?On the other side of the road, you can also see a group of skeletons holding weapons, fighting with the zombies. Blood and broken limbs were splashed all over the sky. Damn, whats going on? At this time, a serious voice came from the headset connected to the intercom, "What''s going on outside? Why does it feel like I''m surrounded by zombies?" The voice was very low, as if he was afraid of being heard by zombies. ??The man on the roof swallowed his saliva and pressed the call button, "Cao, there is civil strife in the underworld, and skeletons and zombies are fighting." (End of this chapter) Chapter 58 , Xiaodong Auto Repair (please follow up.) Chapter 58, Xiaodong Auto Repair (Please follow up.) What are you farting at? Say it nicely. A curse came from the intercom. "Really, really, there are a group of skeletons and zombies fighting outside. You must not make any noise." The man on the top of the building kept his body close to the ground and continued talking. Skeleton? Where did the skeleton come from? "How do I know? These skeletons are much more powerful than zombies. Being discovered by them will definitely lead to death." The man was trembling as he spoke. ?There was a brief silence on the other side, and then the voice continued, "Can we escape from our position? How can we go to be safer?" The man''s eyes quickly glanced to the opposite side, and after confirming again, he said: "Go to the top of the building, and then walk to the north. Don''t make any noise, and retreat first." "good." Water supply management office. Zombies poured out from all the alleys and rushed towards the location of the skeleton. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and retreated into the compound of the Water Supply Management Office. ?Leave your back on the building behind you and fight the zombies that are coming towards you. ??The skeleton group waved the weapons in their hands, knocking the zombies to the ground and directly chopped them into a puddle of mud. Similarly, there were also skeletons that were knocked down by zombies and torn into white bones on the ground. ??Bawudong, a big man with two high-level skeletons, also started to kill. With a series of punches and kicks, zombies kept flying out, knocking over the other zombies. ??Wu Heng holds a staff, witchcraft arrows, and grease magic to release at the right time. Increase one''s own output. But it only released the grease spell and did not ignite the grease. Now that the two sides are mixed together, it is easy for them to burn themselves out. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +5. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 4, constitution +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5, unlocked characteristics: basic soul. Strength +1, perception +7, intelligence +7, charm +4. get experience. As the battle continues, Wu Heng and Skeleton begin to gain experience. The losses on both sides are also gradually increasing. But the number of skeletons is still higher than that of zombies, and they have a certain advantage. ?Gradually, the number of zombies began to decrease. When the last roaring zombie had its head smashed by a punch from ''Bawudong''. The compound of the water supply department also fell into silence again. There were about two hundred corpses left on the ground, and Wu Heng also lost some skeletons. But the problem is not serious and the losses are within the bearable range. Did not move forward immediately. Instead, look at skeleton warriors who have reached level five. ?This skeleton was the one that was first summoned by Wu Heng. Other skeletons were constantly replaced, but this one has persisted until now. Skeleton Warrior Level: 5 (38/3000) Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 13, Agility 10, Perception +7, Intelligence +7, Charisma +4. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. After level 5, the characteristic [Basic Soul] is unlocked, and perception, intelligence and charisma also appear. In other words, this skeleton also has a soul at this time. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully, and saw the faint blue soul fire in the empty eye sockets. From now on, you can call me Maoyi! Wu Heng gave the name casually. There is no way, the number of skeletons is increasing, and it is too complicated to remember in the future. Dividing them according to weapons is easier to remember. ?Hand held a spear in one hand and stood aside. Wu Heng turned around and looked at the management office behind him, "Let''s go in and take a look." There were only some tables, chairs and scattered items inside, nothing too important. In one of the rooms, there is large equipment that cannot be picked up or moved. No gain at all. "Uncle, I just saw someone escaping on the roof over there." Xiaoxiao said excitedly as he walked through the roof. "people?" Ah, its people, two uncles. "Let me see!" Xiaoxiao got into his body, and the scene he just saw immediately emerged from his mind. ?On the roof, two men were moving carefully to the north. They were wearing leather jackets, their arms were wrapped with magazines with tape, and they were carrying spears made of steel pipes. Looks more like a hunter out hunting. ?Wu Heng focused on the spear. Unlike Wu Heng who used tape to wrap fruit knives, they used a spear head made of polished metal, and screws connected the steel pipe and the spear head. Looks to be stronger than the one used by Wu Heng. "There are really survivors." Wu Heng was a little surprised how these people survived. ?Xiao Xiao also flew out of the body again and said, "Yes, there is someone." ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a while, and continued: "Let''s go, let''s follow them to where they gather." "good." ??Xiao Xiao was floating in the air, while Wu Heng directed the skeleton to move the items inside, and then followed in the direction of the survivors'' evacuation. Xiaodong Auto Repair. "Are you sure you saw it right? Skeletons and zombies are fighting?" The room with closed windows and doors was a little stuffy, and the light bulb emitted a slightly dim light. ??A woman with gauze wrapped around her shoulders sat on the sofa and asked the three people in front of her. The three people looked ugly, and one of them said: "Yes, there are many skeletons, and they can also use weapons." The woman''s frown deepened, "Can a skeleton stand up?" Zombies can be explained by genetic viruses, but if the bones stand up, it is completely unexplainable. At least based on the information they were exposed to, they couldn''t understand it at all. "Perhaps... the spiritual energy has recovered!" the slightly younger man said. No one answered this sentence. ??I dont know how to pick it up either. One of the men thought for a while and continued: "Actually, having these new monster groups is not necessarily a disadvantage. Let them fight the zombies, and we can just hide in the dark and search for supplies. When the supplies are sufficient, we will Leave here and go to the gathering place. Another man said: "What if they find us first?" How is it possible? There are zombies everywhere and there is no way to kill them all. How can they have time to deal with us? Thats a danger after all. ??The woman on the sofa waved her hand to signal the three of them to shut up, and continued to ask: "Is it possible that he is the superpower mentioned on the radio, the superpower who can control skeletons?" "No way, I didn''t see humans, but I saw some skeletons wearing leather armor." Another person said. The woman said: "Okay, whether it''s a new monster or a superpower, it has nothing to do with us. Once the supplies are collected and the train is welded, we will leave this hellish place." "good!" Go down and rest first, and be careful about the situation nearby. The three of them nodded and exited the room. ?The woman was sitting alone in the room, and when she was about to open the gauze and change the dressing, an almost transparent figure penetrated through the wall. ?The woman stared blankly, her face pale and frightened. Are you the boss here? Uncle asked me to talk to you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 59 , negotiate terms Chapter 59, Negotiating Conditions The woman''s body tensed up, she picked up the kitchen knife on the table and held it in front of her. Looking at the translucent ghost floating in the air with a horrified expression. She couldn''t figure it out. In addition to the standing skeleton, why did a ghost appear? also appeared directly in front of him. "Auntie, don''t be nervous, Xiaoxiao won''t hurt you." Xiaoxiao said. "what do you?" My name is Xiaoxiao, and my family owns the Fuheng Silver Store. Xiao Xiao? Fuheng Silver Store? What a mess. What do you want from me? the woman continued to ask, carefully moving towards the door. Xiao Xiao walked around the room and continued: "Uncle asked me to talk to you." Your uncle? What does he want to talk to me about? the woman continued to ask. ?Although the scene in front of you is weird, the ghost in front of you doesn''t seem to be hurting you immediately. Its the man you mentioned with the skeleton. Sure enough, someone is controlling the skeleton group. Is your uncle a superpower? "What is a supernatural being? I don''t know, he is King Yama." The woman frowned. ??King of Yama? Why did King Yama appear again? What does he want you to talk to me about? The woman had already retreated to the door and stood there asking. "Well, let me think about it." Xiaoxiao walked around the room again and continued: "Uncle said that he wants you to follow him." Follow him? What do you mean? Just like Xiaoxiao, follow your uncle. Depend on! ?Who wants to be like you? You are obviously no longer a human being, okay? ??Apart from ghosts and skeletons, can I still survive if I follow that King of Yama? Zizzi~! Just when the woman was thinking about talking, the walkie-talkie in her pocket rang. Sister Hong, whats wrong, those skeletons are coming and are approaching us. Lets go quickly! The woman looked at the ghost in the air carefully, then took out her walkie-talkie and said, "Pack your things and prepare to evacuate." "good." After the woman finished speaking, she looked at the ghost of the little girl in the sky and asked, "What if we don''t want to follow him? What will happen?" ??Xiao Xiao thought for a while, "Uncle didn''t say anything, I thought he might kill you. My grandfather and father were killed by him." Hearing this sentence, the woman''s body trembled. Holy shit~! This is a real **** king. We need to think about it and will give you an answer later, the woman continued. Okay, Ill go back and talk to my uncle first. After finishing the novel, leave directly through the wall. The woman stood there and waited for a few seconds. Seeing that nothing special happened, she opened the door and rushed out. Go up to the roof, lie down next to the man in charge of sentry, and look forward. ?In the distance, I saw a field of white skeletons strutting across the road holding various weapons. Some of the zombies that rushed forward were chopped to the ground like melons, and then they also turned into skeletons and stood up. ??It''s like a dark soldier borrowing a road, weird and spooky. Damn it, they must have followed us back, these **** ghosts. The man on guard cursed. The woman''s face remained serious and she didn''t say much. In the middle of the skeleton team. Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance and recounted the conversation with the woman. When I heard that the leader of the other party was a woman, I was somewhat surprised. Its not that women are worse than men. Rather, in the current environment, mens physical advantages are more likely to dominate. Even if its just a small group of survivors. ?? is also quite surprising. After listening to Xiaoxiao''s story and the conversation between the two, Wu Heng still planned to take a look in person. Xiao Xiao entered the body, and the situation in the auto repair shop also appeared in his mind. ?Simple and messy room, dim light bulbs, walkie-talkie on the table, and not much food. Even if they arrange for people to go out to collect supplies, resources will definitely be scarce. ??If the half bag of rice in the corner was their entire food reserve, they wouldn''t be able to survive for a few days. The idea of ??having electricity has been thought of before. The spears they hold need to be drilled and polished, which is difficult to complete without electrical equipment. There should be a diesel or gasoline generator. He released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Xiaoxiao, take Xiaohui there and ask her for a walkie-talkie." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao shouted to my back: Xiaohui! Hurrah! Four dogs and a cat ran over together. Follow me. Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew forward, and the five animal skeletons ran out together. The roof of the auto repair shop. ?Li Yahong told several people what happened in the room just now. When they heard that the controller of the skeleton group called himself the King of Hell and killed the little ghosts grandfather and father, everyones face turned a little pale. ?This kind of fear is stronger than facing zombies. Now it doesnt matter whether the other party is a person with superpowers or someone else. The important thing is that the other party is eyeing you. ?Several people were discussing the plan in low voices, and suddenly one person said with a cry in his voice: "The skeleton is coming." ?Several people raised their heads and looked forward. I saw several animal skeletons running over in large strides. "Holy shit, oh shit, a skeleton is coming. I can''t run anymore." "What to do, we may not be able to fight against them." "Let''s go now, we still have a chance to rush out." ?Li Yahong bandaged the wound on her shoulder and continued: "Let''s go, nothing else, let''s leave from the roof." Okay. Several people said, taking the necessary items and leaving. And just when Li Yahong was leaving. ?The ghost in the shape of a little girl emerged from the floor below, "Auntie, you are here. My uncle asked you to give him a walkie-talkie, and he will tell you himself." Walkie-talkie? Li Yahong''s steps suddenly stopped, as if she was stuck to the ground inside, but she kept walking. Still said behind him: "Bring me a walkie-talkie." ?One of them took off the walkie-talkie and handed it over. Li Yahong put the walkie-talkie on the table, "Can you take it with you?" Xiao Hui! Xiao Xiao yelled down again. The skeleton cat jumped up from below and jumped directly to the roof. Bring this. ? ?The skeleton cat picked up the walkie-talkie, jumped ahead again, and ran away quickly. In the rear ranks. ??Wu Heng held the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Can you hear me?" In the slight sound of electricity. A woman''s voice came, "No, what do you want?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "I can provide you with a safe living space, and accordingly, you need to work for me." There was no immediate response from the other party. After a while, the sound of electricity and a woman''s voice appeared again, "Thank you for your kindness, we won''t stay here, and we may have to leave soon." leave? ?Wu Heng glanced at the buildings in the distance. In this case, if you reject the conditions of asylum, you should plan your destination in advance. Where are you going? Wu Heng asked. A gathering place for us humans. You humans? ?Listening to this, why do I feel that I am not counted among human beings? ??? Before Wu Heng could continue to ask, the other person spoke first, "We don''t have any ill intentions and hope to maintain a peaceful relationship with you." ?Wu Heng did not answer, and began to think in his heart. My original development plan did not actually include human survivors, but with their participation, some things that the skeletons could not handle could be completed. For example, generators, cutting and welding work. He himself cant do it, and the skeleton cant do it either. But now it seems that the other party has no intention of giving him a job. Now there are only two ways to deal with it. One is to capture people directly and make them work for themselves as prisoners. The second option is to find ways to cooperate with them and reach a deal with each other. Let them fulfill their requirements through exchange. The first method is the most efficient and fastest method, but it will also leave many consequences. For example, these survivors think that they are exploited people and always want to resist. And by doing this, I am actually breaking through some bottom lines. Although it is the end of the world, your situation does not require you to do something that harms others. The second way is to let them do something for themselves in exchange. In fact, there is no difference from the first type. The only thing is to provide some benefits so that they can see it as a reward for their labor. In fact, there is not much difference between the two. ?After thinking quickly in his mind, Wu Heng continued: "Now that you have a plan, I won''t force it. We can make some transactions before departure, which will allow you to have more capital." Hoo~! A relieved voice came from the intercom, and then the woman asked: What kind of deal. Ill trade grain for iron spears, the kind you use. How to change? 100 handfuls, exchanged for a bag of grain. Its too much and its not fair to us. Wu Heng continued: "In this current environment, food can be exchanged for higher value in any human gathering place. Even if you go to a human gathering place, food is the only hard currency." This is what Wu Heng guessed. The survivors can be forced out to search, but only because of food shortage. "There are too many, and the iron pipes and materials we have in stock are not enough." The woman said. Wu Heng said: "You have 100 iron spears. You have a generator, and you don''t have to rub them with your hands. It''s not that difficult. I will provide you with the iron pipes and materials." There was another brief silence on the other side. But this time the tone was obviously not so firm, "One hundred handfuls, one bag of rice, five 500g bags of sugar, and anti-inflammatory drugs." ?Wu Heng thought about it and realized there was no need to bargain, since he didnt lack these. There is no place to put it. ??Moreover, they chose the second one, which was not much different from the first. They provided their own food and materials, and they made iron spears for themselves. It''s nothing more than a different form. "Okay, if the workmanship is good, I will give you five more bottles of canned meat." Yes, but we only have enough materials to complete more than 20 iron spears, and we also need steel pipes and welding rods. "I will provide you with these two days, so do what you are doing now." "good." After finishing the chat, Wu Heng looked again at the auto repair shop in front of him. Leading the team back to the water supply management office just now, they raided nearby shops. Then take the corpse and the looted items and return to the community where you live. When the skeleton army left, the few people on the roof of the auto repair shop breathed a sigh of relief. ?A breeze blew by, and everyone shivered. ?At this time, I realized that my clothes were soaked with sweat. Sister Hong, do we really want to cooperate with skeletons? asked a slightly younger person. "Do you have a better way? Moreover, what he said makes sense. Food is hard currency. It would be good for us to bring more to the gathering place." Li Yahong clapped her hands and continued: "Okay, turn on the generator and prepare to make the iron spear." (End of this chapter) Chapter 60 , hone cooperation Chapter 60, tempering cooperation ??Returning to the community, Wu Heng used the Bone Slave Technique on the corpse. Not long after, Xiaoxiao floated back and said, "Uncle, they haven''t left yet. They are starting to make iron spears." ?It seems that the other person is also a smart person. He did not flee directly while he was leading his team to leave. ?The most likely possibility of running out is to be killed by zombies. If you stay and make iron spears, you can still hope to obtain food. Well, you did a good job. Wu Heng praised. "Hehe, when can I watch TV? I really want to watch TV." Xiaoxiao asked, lying on his shoulder. Now TV is full of advertisements, whats there to watch? Even if he can generate electricity, he is not sure whether he can still watch TV, and the TV stations are all empty, so what can he watch? You can see anything, I just want to see it. Lets wait until the problem of power generation is solved, and Ill let you see it then. "good." ??One person and one soul chatted casually and continued to release the bone-slaking technique. Blackstone Town. After Wu Heng tidied up, he planned to go out for dinner. ?Stepping out of the alley, I saw the landlord standing at the entrance of the alley chatting with the neighbors. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, "Are you at home?" "What''s wrong?" Someone was looking for you in the afternoon. She stood at the door and kicked the door. If I hadnt seen her, she would have kicked the door down. The landlord complained. Who is so incompetent? A short little girl with curly hair. ?With this description, Wu Heng knew who he was. Yuli. Did you tell me what you wanted to do with me? Wu Heng continued to ask. Let you go to the Professionals Association. "good." "Tell that little girl that you can''t kick the door in the future. If it''s broken, you have to repair it. It''s very troublesome." The landlord looked at his back and told him. ?Wu Heng waved his hand to show that he understood. ?Go all the way to the Professionals Association, walk through the corridor and arrive at the fourth team lounge. Push the door open and go in. Captain Altluk, Kavina and Yuri are all in the lounge. Kavina''s injury seemed to have healed, and the gauze tied around her arm was removed. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Yuli raised her eyebrows and said, "Wu Heng, where have you been? Why are you not at home?" I need to ask you for instructions on where to go. Sitting aside, Also, the landlord said that if you kick in the door again, you will come to the association to file a complaint, saying that you destroyed residents furniture. Stop talking nonsense, I knocked it with my hands. Knocked it with your foot! Otluk and Kavina looked at the two of them in surprise. I dont know when it started, but the relationship between the two has become so good. When they first met, they didnt say a word to each other. Ahem~! ??Otluk coughed twice, motioning the two bickering men to wait, and continued: "Let''s get down to business first, and then discuss the matter of knocking on the door." I didnt kick him, hum! Yuli turned aside angrily. ??Oteluk continued: "Wu Heng, Yuli has obtained the exact information. We will carry out the commissioned task tonight and hone the team''s tacit understanding." this. Yesterday he came to the Professional Association, and Altluk informed him that he would take on some commissions and hone the team''s coordination. I didnt expect to get the information so quickly. No, its possible that I started planning this before, but I just informed myself later. I have no problem, what kind of commission? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It''s these three people." Altluk took out three portraits of wanted criminals and handed them to Wu Heng. The three men in the portrait are unshaven and somewhat dirty. What did they do? Robbery, murder, and ran to Blackstone Town after being wanted. Oh, where are we going to catch them? Are they alive or dead? "According to the intelligence, they are currently staying at the ''Blushing Mermaid Hotel'' in the DC area. It is a gathering place for mercenaries. Please be careful when the time comes. It doesn''t matter whether they are dead or alive."???????The Blushing Mermaid Hotel can be said to have a certain reputation in the DC area. fame. Not only is it a hotel, the first floor is also a tavern, where mercenaries often gather. Once chaos occurs, the reputation of the professional association may not be able to deter everyone. What are the arrangements? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??Otluk glanced at the other two team members and continued: "Confirm the location of the target first, and then discuss the plan." "good." In fact, there is nothing special about it. It is just an ordinary operation to capture wanted criminals. The source of the information is actually very simple. It was obtained from Deputy Deacon Slater. ??It is still a bit difficult to really expect Yuri, a newbie to Blackstone Town, to inquire about this. DC area, Blushing Mermaid Hotel. At the entrance, half-drunk and half-sober drinkers gathered in small groups. In the dark alley, beautiful women half-dressed were kissing passionately with men. Wine and beauties attract mercenaries here to vent their excess energy. In a building diagonally opposite, members of the fourth team were sitting by the window, chatting and waiting. Not long after, a black-feathered crow flew in from the window, landed behind the seat, and transformed into Yuri''s original appearance. ?Picked up the water glass and took a sip of water first, and then said: "I flew around the windows on the second floor and didn''t see anything close to it." It must be a disguise, Kavina said. ?Wu Heng also nodded in agreement. People in this world dont have much entertainment. Coming to a pub to drink and find women is the best place for entertainment. ?When there are more people, it will be noisy and difficult to find. Yuri looked at Altluk and said, "Captain, what should I do next? Wait while I fly around again?" "I''ll go in and take a look. Wait for news from me then." Altluk said directly. "No." Wu Heng shook his head and said in the face of the other party''s puzzled eyes: "Captain, as soon as you entered the tavern, many mercenaries recognized you. Then those wanted criminals would go into hiding, making it even harder to find them. "Then what better way do you have?" Altluk looked at him. Ill go and wait for news from me then. He rarely appears in the Professionals Association, and few people except the team members and staff of the association know who he is. There are basically no people who know him among mercenaries. The main reason is that Xiaoxiao has discovered someone who looks like a wanted criminal in the tavern. If he doesn''t go in, there is no reason to tell the team members that the target has been discovered. Can''t talk about small things either. Okay, then be careful. Altluk said. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and went downstairs. Go out of the house and walk straight to the tavern opposite. As soon as he got close, a thin man with sinister features and stern eyes approached quickly. Wu Heng motioned to Bassen not to stop him. The man approached and said mysteriously: "Friend, this is a bit unfamiliar. This is your first time. Do you want to try this heavenly potion? After taking it, you will feel very comfortable and happy. It will allow you to experience something you have never experienced before. Pleasant and not expensive. The pharmaceutical development in this world is no worse than in the modern world, or even higher. ??Wu Heng wears good clothes and is followed by a person who is obviously a bodyguard. In the eyes of people here, he is a good customer. Ignored him, squeezed away and continued walking forward. Enter, the tavern. It was noisy, and the strong smell of alcohol and sweat hit my face. In addition to the people sitting at the wine table and drinking, there were also a few strong men armed with weapons to watch the scene. ?Wu Heng found a place to sit down. Immediately, a woman in scantily clad clothes came over and said, "Guest, what are you bringing?" Mist cocktail. The woman glanced at Basson, who was sitting upright and wearing a round helmet. "Won''t this guy have something to drink?" He doesnt use it. 55 copper coins. The woman said with a smile, bending down slightly to lower her open collar. ??Wu Heng usually goes to taverns in crowded areas, but he knows a little about these. He took out a silver coin and stuffed it into the other person''s chest, "The rest is yours." Thank you sir. The woman went to get the wine, while Wu Heng looked at the second floor. ?A man wearing a hat and a full beard is leaning on the guardrail and looking down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 61 , team cooperation Chapter 61, Team Cooperation Soon, the gorgeous woman came back carrying a cocktail. Mist cocktail is a relatively distinctive alcoholic drink, emitting a light white mist and exuding a refreshing fragrance. Guest, dont you need anything else? the woman continued to ask. No need for now. Wu Heng smiled and shook his head. ??The woman looked at the guests around her and saw that no new guests came in, so she also sat down next to the sofa and said with a smile: "Is this your first time here?" Well, Im not here usually. "Then you must live in the central area, and you are nothing like those mercenaries." The woman said. Oh? How did you tell? Wu Heng looked at her. ??The woman leaned forward, leaned close to them, and whispered: "Look at them, their tone of voice, their movements, and their skin. You can tell they are not mercenaries." When you say that, it sounds like its true. Wu Heng took a sip from the wine glass and asked, Whats your name? Benny! Does it sound good? It sounds pretty good, and its quite suitable for you. Thank you, what about you, guest? What should I call you? Rudger. ?The two chatted for a while and became somewhat familiar with each other. Wu Heng glanced at the stairs as if unintentionally and asked, "What is that man doing? I see him standing there the whole time!" Penny followed her gaze and saw the bearded man standing at the top of the stairs. She said softly: "The guest staying in the hotel is slovenly, but he is quite rich. He has been staying in the hotel for several days." Oh, he was wearing a leather armor in the tavern, I thought he was just watching the show! "No, it''s just an ordinary hotel guest who checks out in two days, so no one cares about him. He usually likes to stand there." Penny explained. Oh, thats it. At this time, a new guest came in, and Penny immediately got up to leave. ?Wu Heng took out another silver coin and stuffed it into her hand. Feeling the silver coin enter the palm of her hand, the smile on the woman''s face became a little thicker, "The guest is waiting for me to finish my work." Speaking, he turned around to greet the new customers entering the store. ?Wu Heng took another sip of wine, got up and left with Basson. Get out of the tavern. ??Wu Heng returned to the second floor opposite. Entering the room, the three of them looked at him at the same time. Altluk asked: "How is it? Have you found the target?" "Yes, there are three people in the tavern, one is guarding the stairs, and the other two are in the second room to the right up the stairs." Wu Heng answered directly. In the tavern, he saw the man guarding the stairs. ??The remaining two people were seen visually by ''Xiao Xiao'', and it was confirmed that all three of them were in the tavern. After hearing this, the three of them frowned. How do you know so clearly? Yuri asked. ?She turned into a fear crow and flew around in such a wide circle without finding anyone. Within a few minutes of entering, you even found the inside of the room? I gave him a small tip and asked the clerk about it. He also said that they would check out in two days and it would be difficult to catch them again, Wu Heng said. Purchasing information with money is indeed a method. ??Otluk continued: "Yuri, stay outside and be careful of the other party escaping. Wu Heng will follow us into the store and arrest them directly." "What! Why can''t I go in and arrest people?" Yuri raised her hand and asked. Kavina smiled and explained: "If someone runs away, it is easier for you to catch them." To stay outside, you definitely need someone. The tavern was a mess, and finding a target in the crowd was more difficult than staring at the door. Wu Heng needs to identify the target immediately and arrest the person directly. ?? Let Yuli stay outside. Wu Heng felt that he was afraid that the little girl would be injured during her first action. After all, she came in through the back door. ??This task was commissioned by themselves, not a task issued by the association. Okay then! Yuli nodded and agreed. Its okay, Ill let Basson accompany you. ??Wu Heng began to put on leather armor, then put on a gangster mask and leather helmet. I just showed up in a tavern, and then I went in to arrest someone. I felt a little embarrassed. No need, just follow the captains plan. Orteluk didn''t want to delay any more and said directly: "Okay, let''s go downstairs first and pay attention to safety." Okay! The three of them nodded. ?After a few people were ready, they went straight downstairs and walked towards the pub opposite. As soon as he got closer, the man selling the potion came over again with a smile. ??When he saw Altluk in silver armor, he immediately lowered his head, pretended to look around, and then turned around and left. No one paid attention to him and went directly into the tavern. Just opened the door and entered. ??The wanted criminal on the stairs, leaning on the guardrail, suddenly changed his face, turned around and ran back. ?Wu Heng immediately pointed, "Captain, that guy is going to run away." "Arrests!" Hurrah! ?A few people pushed away the crowd and rushed towards the second floor. ?Bassen and Kavina were the fastest, striding up the stairs and holding on to the guardrail to the second floor. Bang~! The man who escaped kicked open the door and shouted: "People from the association, hurry up..." Before he could say the next words, he was kicked to the ground. ??The wanted criminal rolled his hands and immediately had a short blade in his hand, looking ahead with a cold look. Kavina took the lead and rushed forward. The long sword in her hand was as fast as lightning, and she slashed directly at the opponent. Dang~! ?The wanted criminal blocked with a blade, and the sound of metal collision echoed in the room. ?Besides, Bassen also rushed towards another person with double blades in his hands, and they fought together instantly. ??The third wanted criminal pulled out a long sword from under the bed. Just as he was about to rush to the rescue of his companions, he saw Altluk and Wu Heng entering the room. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire rang out. Orange bullets were fired at two of them. The bullet penetrated his body and he fell to the ground. ?The last person saw something was wrong, so he turned over and jumped from the window. ?Wu Heng quickly approached the window. There were other people downstairs, so he did not dare to shoot down. Raise your hand to release [Dancing Lights] towards the target. In an instant, four suspended light groups quickly surrounded the fleeing wanted criminal. This was developed by Wu Heng later. Dancing Lights can also be used on designated objects, but the target must be kept within a certain distance of the caster. The wanted criminal landed on the ground, staggered, looked at the light group surrounding him, and waved his sword randomly. Seeing that it had no effect, he continued to run away. In a dim environment, like a walking light bulb. Yuli! Wu Heng shouted. "I know! But I don''t know if I can handle it. It''s my first time in actual combat." Before he finished speaking, he saw a wolf chasing after him quickly. ?Wu Heng glanced behind him and jumped down with Bassen. Dancing Lights has a distance, and the target cannot be too far away from you. Because the first floor is a pub and the second floor is a bit high. ?Bassen landed smoothly, Wu Heng staggered a little, but his basic attributes could keep up, and there was no damage except numbness in his feet. ?Otluk and Kavina immediately wiped the necks of the two wanted criminals, and were about to jump down after them. Outside the door, a large number of mercenaries rushed in. The boss looked at the two of them with an unkind expression. ?Oteluk glanced at Kavina and said, "Go and help them." Kavina nodded and jumped out of the window. ??The boss narrowed his eyes slightly and suppressed his anger and said: "Captain Altluk, I need an explanation." (End of this chapter) Chapter 62 , the team is not enough Chapter 62: Insufficient team ?Wu Heng and Basen ran forward quickly, trying to catch up with the escaping target. The location of the residential buildings and the complicated roads make it very difficult to walk. ?When he chased into an alley, he heard violent hammering sounds inside. ?Wu Heng walked into the alley and saw a giant brown bear, holding a wanted criminal like a light source, hanging heavily on the ground. After one click, he came three times quickly. Then he was thrown hard against the wall. The wanted criminal slid down the wall and did not get up again. Huh~! ??The brown bear breathed a sigh of relief, and transformed back into Yuri''s form in the next second, but his forehead was covered with sweat beads, and his slightly curled bangs were pressed against his forehead. Done! Yuli gave a thumbs up. Awesome, you are worthy of being my teammate. Wu Heng also raised a stick. "That is!" ?Wu Heng glanced at the body of the wanted criminal, and Bassen stepped forward to give him another stab. There is no experience, so he was probably killed directly by Yuri. How should this body be disposed of? Yuri continued to ask. It should be transported back to the Professionals Association. Then the identity will be verified and we will be rewarded. The bounty is coming, how do you plan to spend it? Well, I havent thought about it, what about you? First eat all the taverns in the city, and then go to the black market to buy something you like. Yuri hugged her arms and talked about the distribution of her bounty. ??Wu Heng glanced at her and then at the body, "This is just an ordinary wanted criminal, and there is not that much reward." Oh, lets eat in the tavern first. The two of them were chatting at the corpse, and Kavina also ran over quickly. Seeing the body on the ground, he breathed a sigh of relief. said: "Let''s go back and talk, and take the body with you first." Bassen, you carry the body. Basson picked up the body and the three of them walked towards the tavern together. Back to the Mermaid Tavern, a lot of people gathered at the door. There were also patrolling guards among them, guarding the surrounding areas. ?Oteluk stood at the door, with the corpses of two wanted criminals at his feet. ?Seeing his members walking back, he nodded and said, "Let''s go back to the association first." The corpse was placed on the carriage and rushed towards the association together. Return to the association. Three people were chatting in the lounge. ?It is also a good thing to be able to catch three wanted criminals so quickly and efficiently. Not to mention the increase in income, it also proves that the strength of the team is actually pretty good. Although he looked a little embarrassed when chasing and catching. But the result was good and the target was successfully killed. Not long after, captain Altluk came back from outside, holding several money bags in his hand. The identity verification is over, they are three wanted criminals. Here is the bounty, as well as the money they carry. One person can probably share more than 120 silver coins. The effective information provided by Yuli will get 10% more. ?This wanted criminal has done a lot of work. The total wanted reward for the three of them was just over a hundred silver coins, so each of the four of them had more than a hundred silver coins. Its a pity that he didnt spend much money, and he was very careful in the tavern, and was eventually killed by them. No, just share it equally among everyone! Yuli scratched her head, feeling a little embarrassed. The distribution is like this. Next time others get accurate information, they can get more points. Kavina said, putting her arm around Yulis shoulders. Thank you everyone. Yuli happily put it away. ??Wu Heng felt that she should not be short of money, not to mention that her aunt ran Money Cat herself, and she heard that there was a mercenary group under her subordinates. When Yuri first came to the association, the armor she wore was a magic item.????At least his background should be extraordinary. But the little girl should be very happy to earn money with her own hands for the first time. ??Otluk continued: "This operation also exposed our shortcomings, the lack of reconnaissance capabilities. The attack method was as if judged by the enemy, and there was no means to limit the target." Good guy. ?There is also a post-war summary. In terms of reconnaissance ability, Xiao Xiao is a very good scout, but he cannot show it off. Yuri''s Dread Crow can also conduct reconnaissance, but if she conducts reconnaissance, there will be fewer people in the team, and combat and reconnaissance cannot be guaranteed to proceed at the same time. Furthermore, Yurinas detection level needs to be used more. As for attack methods, Alteruk and Kavina are both ordinary melee fighters. The Wuheng pistol counts as one, and Yuri turns into an animal, which is actually not bad. The restriction of targets should be talking about the escape of wanted criminals. They really have no means of controlling people. No one spoke, just continued to listen. Later, lets pay attention to these points and find ways to make up for the shortcomings. Okay captain. Several people nodded. Orteluk also smiled and said, "Well, our team''s operation was successful today. It''s getting late. Let''s go back and rest. We can do this kind of operation several more times in the future." "good!" ?Everyone got up and walked outside. Farewell at the door of the association. ??Wu Heng called a carriage, parked it outside the crowded area, and walked back to his residence. Go back to your residence and have something to eat. Took out the sword skills and started training according to them. The next day. Zombie World, rooftop. ?Wu Heng stood on the top of the building and began to confirm the level of the skeleton. ?Except for the skeletons brought back from Blackstone Town such as Basson and Sword One and Sword Two. The skeletons of this world have also been greatly improved. ?There is one fifth-level skeleton, 18 fourth-level skeletons, 77 third-level skeletons, and the rest are second-level and first-level skeletons, with a number of more than 500. There are several level 4 skeletons among them, which will be upgraded to level 5 soon. At that time, the [Basic Soul] feature will also be unlocked. You can understand commands better and your behavior will not be so stiff. After confirming the number and status of the skeletons, he led the skeleton team downstairs and walked out of the community. ??The road to the hardware store was only half cleared, delayed by the survivors matters. Today we need to continue going there and get the steel inside. The road was cleared northward yesterday and today there will be remaining Xiaodong Auto Repair, roof. Li Yahong and others carefully lay on the roof and looked at the skeleton team passing by. ?One of them said: "What are these? The things they are wearing look like the equipment in the movie." It doesnt look like a team of superpowers. They can use superpowers and conjure up this kind of armor and weapons? I remember there is a Taoist temple in Suhua Mountain behind, and I dont know if I can restrain these skeletons. No one paid attention to him, and the people on the side said: "They seem to be going to Building Materials Street. Didn''t Qiangzi escape from there? They say there are a lot of zombies there." The man called Qiangzi immediately turned around and said, "Yes, there are already a lot of zombies in that kind of place. If they go there, I don''t know if they can win." After a short silence. Someone else asked: "Sister Hong, they may not be able to come back. Should we still make iron spears?" ??Li Yahong looked at the group of skeletons going away and said, "Do it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 63 , give you two helpers Chapter 63: Give you two helpers Building Materials Street. On both sides of the street, there are mostly hardware stores, paint and panel shops. The team of skeletons, with their backs against the shop behind them, resisted the influx of zombies. ??Wu Heng, protected by the skeleton, saw the right moment to release [Grease Technique]. A large number of zombies fell to the sky, and before they could stand up, they were trampled under the feet of more zombies behind them. ?Wu Heng lit the cloth and threw it into the grease. Huh~! ?The flames suddenly rose and drowned the fallen zombies. Tap tap tap~! The running and roaring did not stop. ?After a short gap, a large number of zombies rushed out of the flames, covered in flames, and continued to pounce on the skeleton team. Puff puff puff~! ?Withered and decayed bodies collided with the spears, crowded and pushed, roared and grabbed, like fierce ghosts. ??The spear skeleton kept thrusting forward to draw out the spear. The kitchen knife skeleton raised the kitchen knife in his hand and slashed at the zombies that rushed forward. ?Zombies fell one by one, and some skeletons were torn into pieces of white bones. ?Wu Heng hides among the skeletons and releases [Witchcraft Arrows] behind the zombies to increase his own damage. The release of spells is not like in the game where we are divided into enemies and friends. ??Grease spells can also cause skeletons to fall over, and witchcraft arrows can also bounce off skeletons if not done properly. So when releasing, keep a good distance. Don''t attack with one move and give away a piece to your own people. Bawudong, Big Man, Bassen and other slightly higher-level skeletons were also arranged in the team to kill some zombies that broke through the defense line. Two skeletons above level 10, showing extremely high combat effectiveness. ?Especially for big guys, zombies can fly four or five meters away with just one slap. Even though he was not dead after landing, he became disabled and continued to crawl forward with great difficulty. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +2. Summon. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5, unlocked characteristics: basic soul. Strength +1, perception +6, intelligence +8, charm +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5.... As the fighting continues. ??The experience points of Wu Heng and Skeleton are also increasing rapidly. Several skeleton warriors reached level 5 in succession. Unlock [Basic Soul]. Amidst the roars and sounds of fighting, the number of zombies began to decrease. ?Wu Heng looked at the numbers in front of him and directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The group of skeletons on standby to defend charged forward. Like a meat grinder, it crashed directly into the remaining zombies, and the weapons fell down, killing them all. The last crawling zombie was killed, and the whole street became quiet. The skeleton group also entered the standby state again and stood there in a daze. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground and asked curiously: "Xiaoxiao, where is the dog you mentioned?" ?Xiao Xiao lay on his shoulder with some fear, and then said: "I don''t know, I was on this street just now, maybe I was scared away!" Before entering this road, Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to conduct a survey in advance. ?In addition to the corpses, we also saw two dogs, which are deformed dogs. But after the battle, not even the shadow of the dog was seen. "should be." Aberrant dogs have a certain level of intelligence. The previous battle may have made them sense danger and run away. ?This made Wu Heng''s idea of ??killing them in exchange for corpse cores come to nothing. ??? I have an antidote, and the corpse core is a panacea. Eating it will directly increase your attributes. Its a pity that its not available this time. Confirm that all the surrounding zombies are dead. ?Wuheng took Bawudong and several skeletons into the hardware store. The store is very messy. Shelves were overturned, and there were broken glass and various things like screws and kettles on the floor. It makes a creaking sound when you step on it. Soon, he saw various tools, as well as the metal pipes and welding rods he needed. The stock in the shop is enough for the people in the auto repair shop to make a certain amount of weapons for themselves. Looking around in the store. At the bottom of the shelf on one side, I also found boxes of gas masks. ?The kind with a filter on the bottom and a transparent mask on the top. On the cover, it says "Special for chemical pesticides, filtering more than 95%". ??This reminded Wu Heng of the crow''s mouth mask Kavina chose. It also had the effect of filtering poisonous gas, but the side effect was that he was also poisoned. It feels worse than these gas masks. At least filtration is filtration. There is no saying that it filters poisonous gases and that the mask itself contains poisons. The number of gas masks is also sufficient, and a large box was found. "Uncle, is there what you are looking for here?" Xiaoxiao flew down from the roof and looked around and asked. Yes, the number is quite large. Is that all these things? Well, they are all tools for people in auto repair shops. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao went around in a circle and continued to ask: "If they don''t work hard, will you kill them?" ?Wu Heng was stunned, "Why do you think so?" Then what if they dont work well? If they want to exchange for food, they need to work, otherwise they will go hungry. Wu Heng explained. Then they will be hungry and wont give you a job. What will you do? Dont be so stubborn! ?Wu Heng walked around the store and began to think about how to transport these things back. Looking around, I found a few three-wheeled carts on the side of the road. ?There are many crashed cars on the whole road, and it will only be more troublesome to drive back. ?These carts seem to be of some use. Have a few skeletons push the cart to the front of the store, and direct the skeletons to start carrying things. A few cars were loaded with goods, and the rest were loaded with corpses. When everything is dealt with, let the big guy push the crashed car away, make way for a path, lead the team to push the cart, carry the body, and start to leave in a majestic manner. Waiting for the skeleton team to gradually disappear. A huge, humanoid zombie on all fours slowly walked out from a distance. ?One of the giant paws dragged two limp, deformed dogs. ?Looking at the direction the skeleton left, he walked back and forth twice. The sharp nails crushed the deformed dog''s head, and blood and rotten flesh flowed between the fingers. He threw the corpse core into his mouth and swallowed it. Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop. Those skeletons havent come back yet. Have they been killed? Its better not to die all of them. He hasnt given us any food yet. If he dies like this, who can we find? With so many zombies, even if we dont die, we will definitely lose a lot of skeletons. ?A few people were discussing, speculating that the skeleton team would either die or withdraw with heavy losses. ?At this moment, the intercom placed on the table made a hissing sound. Everyones hearts tightened, and they subconsciously held their breath. Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop? Come to the roadside to unload the goods. Take whatever you need back home. Hello? Can you hear me? When asked for the second time, Li Yahong and others responded. Everyones eyes widened, with some incredulity in their eyes. ??He really came out with the goods. He picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Is there anything going on over there?" The walkie-talkie responded, "It''s okay. I''ll be there soon. Get ready. Come over too. I have something to talk to you about." ?Li Yahong''s eyes changed, but she still said: "Oh, okay!" The walkie-talkie had just hung up, and the sentry ran down quickly. said: "Sister Hong, those skeletons are back and pushing a few tricycles." ?A few people quickly climbed onto the roof and saw skeletons escorting tricycles slowly coming over. ?Other than the steel pipe tools on the vehicle, the most eye-catching thing was the charred corpses piled up on the tricycle. The roadside. The people at Xiaodong''s auto repair shop were carrying the goods cautiously. A pair of eyes, carefully scanning the skeletons on both sides, only feeling a little trembling in the calves. ??Being stared at by a large number of skeletons always makes me feel panicked. not far away. ??Li Yahong saw Wu Heng and the ghost Xiaoxiao lying on his shoulder. ?Seeing that the other person is really a human being makes me feel a little unreal. Hello, sir, my name is Li Yahong. If you have anything you can ask us to do. Li Yahongs attitude was very humble and she bowed slightly when we met. ?Wu Heng also glanced at her. She is younger than she thought, more than 20 years old but less than 30 years old. She has short hair and slightly dark skin. She is pretty good-looking and cant be said to be a beauty. She gives people a capable look. I will arrange two helpers for you to assist you in your work. Huh? Oh, okay! Li Yahong was stunned for a moment, then subconsciously agreed. One spear and two spears, you follow her and help with some work. The skeleton holding the pitchfork came over and stood next to Wu Heng. ??Li Yahong looked at the skeleton holding an iron spear with a blue light shining in its skull. His calves were trembling. Skeleton, skeleton? (End of this chapter) Chapter 64 , talk to the dead Chapter 64, Conversation with the Dead In this battle, a total of 6 skeletons reached level 5 and unlocked [Basic Soul]. Counting the spears that reached level 5 before, we have 7 level 5 skeleton warriors. ?For the sake of convenience, the ones added later were named Spear 2, Spear 3, Spear 4, and finally Spear 7. Using self-spray paint from the hardware store, I spray-painted a serial number on the skeleton. In the future, you can see the number to call people, so as to prevent people from being distracted when there are too many people. Li Yahong reacted immediately after a brief absence. He hurriedly said: "Ahem~! Well, if we agree to your work, we can complete it. There is no need for these two... um... friends to come and help." Arrange two skeletons in your own residence, and you may have nightmares at night. ??Wu Heng looked at the skeleton, then at Li Yahong, and said, "You can let them do some hard work, but you must also teach them to use tools, such as generators and angle grinders." This is Wu Hengs idea. Skeletons have a basic soul, and their understanding is not much different from that of normal people. ?Wu Heng was wondering if the skeletons could learn how to use these tools. I dont know whether these people in the auto repair shop will leave, but I also need people who can use these tools. Human physical strength is incomparable to that of skeletons. ?Once a skeleton learns to use these tools to make weapons, it can work all day long without sleeping. It is a very good labor force. Boss, I dont think this is necessary! Li Yahong said with a stiff smile. "If necessary, I will leave these two to you." Wu Heng said directly. Skeleton warriors have reached level 5 and have higher attributes than normal people. Im not afraid of what these people will do to the skeleton. And theres no need to, unless they want to make themselves uncomfortable. ?Seeing Wu Heng''s firm tone, Li Yahong had nothing to do. Then you have to ensure that they wont hurt us or get out of control. Well, as long as you dont harm them, they wont do anything. Well, okay then! Li Yahong could only nod in agreement. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many iron spears have been made?" 11 finished products have been made. "so slow?" It will be faster when we bring the welding rod back. Li Yahong glanced at the people carrying the welding rod. "Well, hold on tight." Wu Heng warned, and then asked: "Do you know where there are aberrant creatures? They are zombies that have mutated." "Are you looking for a mutant zombie? I heard from Qiangzi that there is a very powerful mutant zombie over there at the hardware store. He saw it when he escaped from there." Aberrant dog? No, a humanoid deformed zombie with a strange shape, didnt you see it? ?Wu Heng frowned and shook his head, "I didn''t see it." "Maybe he left." Li Yahong thought for a while and said, "Are you planning to collect the ''white matter'' from the zombies?" The matter of leukocytosis is known wherever radio can be received. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng suspected that the reason why Li Yahong became the leader of Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory was because of taking leukocytosis. "Well, if you find any information about aberrant zombies in the future, you can inform me. If the information is accurate, I will give you food as reward." Wu Heng said directly. "good!" The two of them were chatting. ??There were also shouts from the distance, "Sister Hong, it''s done here." ?Li Yahong turned her head and looked at her and said, "Then I''ll go back first." "Um." ?Wu Heng nodded. ??The other people saw Li Yahong coming back with two skeletons, and their eyes were full of horror. Return to the community where you live. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to carry the tools upstairs and pile the corpses on the pile in the distance. With several battles, the number of corpses has been increasing. On the contrary, the efficiency of Wuheng''s transformation is getting lower and lower. Turn on the radio and listen to the content inside, and continue to release the bone-slaking technique to transform into a skeleton. Night falls. ?Wu Heng took the skeletons back to the roof and returned to Blackstone Town to rest. the next day. Wu Heng came to transform the skeleton early in the morning, when the sound of electric current came from the intercom. ?Wu Heng picked it up and heard Li Yahong''s voice. Boss, we brought some iron spears and want to exchange them for some food and anti-inflammatory drugs first. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "How many did you bring?" 35! Well, Ill pick you up. Wu Heng walked out of the community with the skeleton. Ordinary skeleton warriors have no intelligence and will attack any unit that is not their own. So, Li Yahong and the others couldn''t get close. ??Leading Bawudong and several skeletons out of the north gate, they saw steel pipes and iron spears placed on the cart. Some are fixed with drilled screws, and more are directly welded. ?Wu Heng checked two of them and felt quite satisfied. At least they were much stronger than the ones he wrapped with tape. Okay, Jianyi will give them the things. Jianyi handed half a bag of rice, two packets of sugar, and a box of anti-inflammatory medicine to the other party. Ill give you these first, and Ill make up for the rest later. ?Although I don''t lack these, the agreed trading rules are the standards, so don''t break them easily. Seeing the rice and sugar placed on the cart, several people''s faces showed joy. ?This proves that the other party means what he says, and he can make iron spears and have a full meal in the future. There is no need to shrink or diet. Okay, lets go back and do it immediately. Li Yahong said. ?This kind of work is not difficult either. ?It''s all done by machine. The most troublesome part is the making and sharpening of the spearhead, and then welding it to the iron pipe is complete. Well, lets go back! The two sides separated, and Wu Heng returned to the community carrying the iron spear. Distribute iron spears to level 5 and level 4 skeleton warriors. Hand the replaced daggers and spears to the remaining skeletons. The number of spear skeletons has also been increased. Lead the skeleton team to sweep around the community and kill all the zombies that wander over. While improving experience, also solve hidden dangers. In the remaining time, Wu Heng carried out boring skeleton transformation. Skeletons stood up among the corpses, took the handed kitchen knives, and stood among the skeletons. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. ??Wu Heng came to the bar and asked the staff: "Help me see if the commission released has been completed? It''s about the antidote." ??The last time I obtained the second-level corpse core, I took it to the association to make an antidote. ?Lets see if its completed today? Okay. The staff began to look through the records on the table. Reading it from beginning to end, he shook his head and said, "There is no record that has been completed yet." Thank you! Wu Heng turned around and walked out. ?This commission is a bit long, and it should be related to the difficulty of the Level 2 Corpse Core. He himself was not in a hurry, but he had been holding the body core in his hand, and it would probably rot in a few days. At that time, once the corpse core deteriorates, a new poison may be produced. I was anxious, but there was nothing I could do. Halfway through, Wu Heng stopped. He turned around and walked out of the city, boarded a carriage with an empty license plate and headed towards the black market. The carriage sped along and entered the Black Market Manor. ?Wu Heng paid the entrance fee and took Bassen into the castle. ?Go to the second floor, stand under the notice board, and look at the commission above. ??The commission for the alchemist''s corpse was not completed, so he went down the stairs. Haunted around at the stalls below. Today there were more people than ever before, and it was a mess, all of them wearing black cloaks. ?Wu Heng walked around and watched casually. Then squatted down in front of a familiar stall. Looking at a book on a rag. Conversation with the Dead (Description: Give a corpse a little life and intelligence within the casting range, allowing it to answer up to ''five'' questions. The corpse must have a mouth and cannot be an undead creature. After casting the spell, the unit will not be able to continue to transform into dead. Spiritual arms.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 65 , Necronomicon Chapter 65, Necronomicon Can you bring a corpse back to life and answer five questions? These are some underworld skills. But it is also obvious that this book belongs to the skills in the necromancy system. As I learn about necromancy, I have some guesses about this faction. At present, the Necromancer feels more like a summoning and assisting profession. The Necromancer summons the enemy from the front and releases spells such as [Weakening Ray] from behind to add negative BUFF to the enemy. ?Of course, this is just his current speculation. After all, he only learned a few skills, and no one answered these questions for him. The [Conversation with the Dead] in front of us should also be classified as an auxiliary skill. Let the dead speak. Um..., I feel like there is no place where I can use it. After thinking about it, it seems to be useful. After all, I am also a member of the professional team, compared to the international police in another world. ??Maybe one day we will encounter a murder case. At that time, no one else can solve the case. Once you get there, let the corpse identify the murderer on its own. There is no need to collect evidence, it is simple and efficient. Merits and bounties can also be easily earned. ?Thinking about it this way, its really good. "A magic that allows the dead to converse briefly." The stall owner introduced him aloud when he saw him squatting and watching. "How much?" 55 silver. The price is okay. ?Wu Heng did not buy it directly, but continued to look at the organ jars aside. organ jar (Description: A container that can preserve organs well.) ?This organ jar has been sitting here all this time and has not been sold at all. What is this? Wu Heng asked deliberately. An organ jar, which can store organs, 220 silver coins. The voice came from under the black robe. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then continued to ask: "Apart from the organs, can anything else be stored?" "What''s the meaning?" "Is it okay to store meat or something? Just don''t let it spoil." ?Heipao didnt make any answer. ?Wu Heng continued: I really plan to buy it. Okay, this is a magic item! said the man in black robe. Can I open it and take a look? Look! ?The whole thing is similar to a clay pot, about 25 centimeters in height, with colorful patterns and symbols painted on the pot body. The lid of the jar is a skull image, about the size of a walnut, and can be opened in the same way as a normal clay jar. ?Hold the skull cover and open it directly. The jar is empty and very dry. Okay, I want this jar and the skill book. 275 silver coins. The stall owners tone remained calm. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to pay, and then looked at the other things. He asked casually: "Do you have anything else in your hand? If I need anything, you can buy it together." "what do you need?" Skill book, or some special prop. The stall owners black robe moved slightly, as if he looked up at him. ??But Wu Heng was wearing a black cloak from the black market, and he was wearing a gangster hood, so he was not afraid of others looking at him. There was a little silence. ?The other party fumbled under the black robe and took out an old black book. The cover should be made of leather. It is very old and has many marks on the surface. The name is translated as Book of the Dead. ?Wu Heng frowned and his eyes fell on it. There is no system prompt, which means it is not a skill book or a prop. ?Wu Heng took it, opened it and took a look. ?The entire book, every page is made of fine parchment, the pages are yellowed, the edges are rough and fluffy, and the writing on them is also very dark. But the above content is still clear. The page I opened casually was filled with dense text and some accompanying pictures. ??This record is about the armor making of skeleton warriors. According to the above statement. Skeletons only have skeletons and cannot wear armor normally like ordinary people, so the type of armor is a skirt armor with upper body armor integrated into it. ?Similar to a woman''s dress, the armor on the lower body is connected to the upper body and worn on the body through the support of the upper body. ?This point, Wu Heng feels makes sense. The trousers of Bassen and Jianyijianer are both tied to the frame. Looks like he is wearing pants, but in fact they are laced inside. But the book talks about armor, which is different from ordinary pants. Handlessly turned to another page, which introduced information about ghosts. In other words, this is an encyclopedia about the undead, recording relevant knowledge. What a good thing. For other professions, or for Necromancers with inheritance, this book is not of high value. But in Wu Hengs view, it is really of high value. Do you need it? asked the stall owner. "How much?" 200 silver coins. ?Wu Heng was stunned and said: "It''s a bit expensive!" You can put it down if you dont need it. The other person stretched out his hand to take the book back. ?Wu Heng retracted his hand and said, "I want it." ??Bassen took out another money bag and handed it directly to the other party. ??The stall owner didn''t say anything more. He put away his money bag and maintained his original posture. ??Wu Heng took the things he bought, left the black market with Bassen, got on the carriage and left. Finish dinner from a crowded pub. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng took out todays harvest and put it all on the table. The first is the organ jar. The whole clay pot gives people a weird feeling. Put the bloodshot secondary corpse core in carefully. Cover the jar, the sealing position is instantly closed, and the gap seems to be sealed with a layer of sealing mud. The connecting gaps are basically invisible. I hope it works! Wu Heng said. Hope it can have some effect, the corpse core will deteriorate in a few days. Send the organ jar back to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng continued to look through the skill books he bought. Necromantic magic is the use of spiritual power and necromantic energy. So that the corpse can rise. ??It''s not some kind of fate-changing thing that really makes the dead body come alive, but it''s about creating a false life through necromancy magic. To call out what the deceased has experienced. So, even if the deceased comes back to life, he is not the same deceased as before. Relatives will not show any emotion when standing in front of them. Just follow the rules and answer five questions before lying down again. Even so, being able to invent these magics is quite impressive. ?Wu Heng turned the skill book to the last page, and the system prompt sounded immediately. Unlock skill: Talk to the Dead As expected, I have unlocked the skills. Its not like a swordsmanship book. I havent made any progress after reading it for so many days. ?Putting the skill book away, Wu Heng also wanted to take a look at the ''Book of the Necromancer''. But the night was getting a little dark, and I felt a little sleepy. After a brief wash, he went directly to bed to rest and wait until tomorrow. The next day. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng assigned the next task to the skeleton and began to read the purchased Book of the Dead. It was not like yesterday that I casually turned to a page, but started to read it carefully from the beginning. ?According to the book, the mental power of a junior necromancer is very fragile, and both spellcasting and undead manipulation are limited. A junior necromancer can control up to twenty skeleton warriors. Twenty? Wu Heng looked back at the densely packed skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 66 , hospital survivor Chapter 66, Hospital Survivors ?Wu Heng was a little dazed when he saw that the junior mage could only control twenty skeletons. Who wrote this? It cant be a pirated book! ?The first day I cleaned the corridor, the number was close to more than twenty. How can it be so few? Furthermore, it is recorded in the book that the transformation of corpses by necromancy magic can only transform corpses that exceed the third level of itself. Otherwise, the corpse will easily collapse, or the spiritual connection will not be established after the transformation, and the corpse will lose control. But here in Wuheng, none of these things happened. Now I am at level 4, and the highest Bawudong is a level 12 skeleton. It is obviously different from what is recorded in the book. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling that something was not right. Either there is something wrong with the records in the book, or he is gifted and a natural necromantic genius. But my academic performance since childhood has been so good, so it is unlikely that I am a genius. Just when Wu Heng planned to continue to look backward. ?Xiao Xiao floated over from the air, pointed to the north, and said, "Uncle, the aunt who makes the iron spear is here." Li Yahong? ? I did ask them to speed up the production of iron spears, but I didnt have to deliver them one day at a time. The surrounding zombies have been cleared away, but its hard to say whether there will be zombies from afar wandering over. They were infected, but no one taught the skeletons to use these tools. Where are you? Without waiting for Xiao Xiao''s reply, Li Yahong''s voice came from the intercom, "Are you there? I brought over the iron spear I made yesterday." Okay, Im going out now. ??Wu Heng walked out of the north gate and saw Li Yahong and the iron pipe spears placed on the tricycle. 35 in total. Li Yahong said. "Well, I''m quite satisfied with this efficiency." Wu Heng waved back, and several skeletons came out, carrying iron spears and walking towards the back. Li Yahong did not leave and continued: "Do you still need news about the aberrant zombies?" ??Wu Heng looked back at her and said, "What news do you have?" The day before yesterday, he and Li Yahong mentioned the matter of aberrant zombies. Can there be news so soon? He was quite curious about the source of the other partys intelligence. ??Li Yahong nodded and said: "Survivors in a certain area will communicate some news on a fixed frequency band. Last night, some survivors said there were aberrant zombies." Near us? "Well, that person said that several of them were trapped in the medicine warehouse of the Second Hospital, and there were deformed zombies outside. They wanted someone to rescue them. I didn''t respond, I just wrote it down." Li Yahong said He looked at the other person''s expression carefully. "Hospital?" The Second Hospital is the only major hospital in their district. In fact, the medical level is only average. For serious illnesses, you need to go to the city. Only minor illnesses can be treated here. ??It seems reasonable that some deformed zombies can appear in that kind of place. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and he might as well go over and take a look. By the way, Im going to raise my level. Im about to reach level five. He said directly: "Don''t leave either. Let''s go there together later." "Ah! Ah? I, I... I don''t have to, I will hold you back." Li Yahong''s voice trembled, and her face was full of panic. I wish I could give myself two mouths to talk nonsense. ??Isnt this a way to get yourself in! Its okay, just come in and well go there together. Wu Heng continued. Jian Yi Jian Er has already passed by, pushing Li Yahong''s cart towards the community. Li Yahong could only follow quickly, carefully avoiding some skeletons. ??? Skeleton The team exits from the east gate and heads south into the main road. ? Many cars crashed into each other, and the whole road was like a car scrapyard, full of horrific car wrecks. The skeleton team moved along the road. ?Wu Heng asked Li Yahong about the cause of the zombie outbreak. She couldn''t explain clearly. She only knew that zombies suddenly broke out, as if they were randomly selected. One second they were normal people, and the next second they became zombies. She was lucky enough to survive as the auto repair shop was closed at the time. ?Li Yahong and the people from the auto repair shop all got together later and survived by luck. ?As long as you get on the main road, you are only about two kilometers away from the hospital, which is actually much closer than Building Materials Street. ??The skeleton team did not delay, while cleaning up the zombies rushing out along the road, they moved forward. ??There are far fewer zombies on the main road than in the community. And its scattered, so its not difficult to deal with. When the hospital sign could be seen, the skeleton team stopped and began to rest on the spot. From a distance, a large number of zombies can be seen gathering in the open space in front of the hospital building. Different from scattered zombies. It seemed to be wandering in a fixed location. Two deformed dogs were also seen walking back and forth in the yard. There was no conflict between the deformed dogs and the zombies. "We coexist peacefully?" Wu Heng was a little surprised, then looked at Xiaoxiao, "Xiaoxiao, go and take a look inside the hospital." Oh. Xiaoxiao nodded, his body slowly faded and disappeared. Hospital building, warehouse. The closed door separated the room from the corridor. The square room, which was about 20 square meters, was filled with various medicine boxes, as well as a filthy area in the corner. The already airtight room was filled with a disgusting smell. At this time, there were two groups of people standing in the room. On one side were a man and two women, both wearing dirty white coats, and on the other side were two men, one wearing a black shirt with a gold chain, and the other wearing a security uniform. The two parties were holding scalpels and syringes with needles, and looked at each other angrily. "Don''t go too far, you guys. We let you in and didn''t let you be eaten by zombies. Now you are actually trying to repay kindness with enmity." A female nurse said angrily. The man with the gold chain shook the scalpel in his hand and said with a sneer: "How long has it been? I am still my savior. When this glucose is gone, we will not be able to survive. It is better for us to be happy together and enjoy each other before we die." So cool." ??The man said, looking at the nurses opposite. Before, there was still some food and some glucose to survive. At the back, the radio failed to contact anyone, and there was no food left, which was completely unsatisfactory for the few people in the room to survive. It''s all going to die anyway, so it''s better to make yourself feel better first. You guys are not going to die a good death. A female nurse cursed. "Hahaha! We will all die." The man with the gold chain laughed and turned around and said, "Brother, let''s go together. Don''t kill the old man. I want him to watch us playing with them." The man behind him hesitated a little, but nodded anyway. What time has it been? We still need to take care of these things. Go! the man with the gold chain said, and rushed forward with a scalpel. Just as he stepped forward, his steps suddenly stopped. ?His body fell backwards, and he quickly moved backwards to distance himself. A vague figure appeared from the corner. Dont fight, uncle is here to save you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 67 , internal strife among survivors Chapter 67, Internal strife among survivors Everyone looked at the shadow floating in the air with fear on their faces. They never expected that something like a ghost suddenly appeared at this time. And he can also talk. ??The man with the gold chain, who had been so aggressive just now and declared that he wanted to have a good time before he died, fell to the ground and kept moving backwards. With a clang, it hit the shelf at the back and stopped moving. ?Several nurses on the other side also covered their mouths to prevent themselves from making any noise. The entire warehouse suddenly fell into silence. Damn it, there really are ghosts in this world. The man with the gold chain stood up holding the cardboard box and walked to the side of another security man. Three parties of people formed a triangular opposition in the small warehouse. ??The nurse hugged a ball tightly and squatted against it in the southeast corner. The man with the gold chain and the security man stood in the northeast corner, and Xiao Xiao was floating in the west. They both kept their distance from each other, and their eyes were wary. What are you doing? Xiaoxiao felt that something was not right in the atmosphere and asked curiously. What are you? the man with the gold chain asked, his hand holding the scalpel tightly, already covered with sweat. ?Xiaoxiao looked at him and said, "My name is Xiaoxiao, and the Fuheng Silver Store is opened by my family." Oh. The man said casually, then took two steps forward and stabbed the shadow with the scalpel in his hand. The scalpel was like pricking a balloon, and the shadow suddenly floated away. The man with the gold chain looked happy and turned around and shouted: "This is the projection they made. Don''t be fooled. Just do it and let you pick first." Okay. The security guard also glanced at the shadow and pounced on it. Fight them. The doctor from the opposite side shouted, and rushed forward with the nurse. The small figures reunited at the side. And the two waves of people were already fighting together. Dang~! ?Bang bang bang~! The two sides of the scuffle knocked over the cabinet shelves on both sides, and large pieces of stuff were scattered. Glass medicine bottles fell to the ground, and there was a continuous sound of breaking. ??Hello~! From the corridor outside the door, the roar of zombies could be heard. ??More and more footsteps gathered towards this side, beating the closed doors and windows hard. Both groups of people were shocked. A thought arose in my mind at the same time. Its over! Hold on, you guys, Ill call my uncle to rescue you. Xiaoxiao shouted, turned around and walked through the wall. Outside the hospital. The skeleton team still hasnt moved. Some of the zombies that rushed over were killed one by one by the group of skeletons. How did you receive the radio message? Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong. It was only after he checked the passenger car that he discovered the radio that picked up the radio. ??I am also curious about other people who have received the news. He really doesnt understand this aspect. ??Li Yahong said: My father likes to modify his old car and install a radio so that he can listen to the radio station. Did you hear the other partys call for help in the car? Well, the world is like this. Everyone is trying to find ways to contact the outside world, waiting for rescue or to see if anyone else is alive. Li Yahong continued. Those who survive are lucky, but persisting is also a kind of torture. It will get better. Wu Heng comforted him softly. At this time, Xiaoxiao floated over from a distance and shouted: "Uncle, I found a living person, they are fighting, and there are many zombies outside." ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were both stunned. Then I immediately understood what Xiao Xiao meant. The survivors started fighting among themselves. Let me see! Wu Heng waved, and Xiaoxiao sank directly into his body. The picture appears in the mind. The first thing is the group of zombies outside the hospital building. There are probably two to three hundred zombies just outside the building, and two deformed dogs can be seen inside. Once a fight breaks out, the number will only increase exponentially. Just like what Wu Heng saw in the distance. ??Ordinary zombies and aberrant dogs did not fight and kept peacefully coexisting with each other. The feeling to him is like the relationship between a skeleton and a skeleton dog. This is not a good thing. Then, the small perspective became a little confusing, and he entered the hospital building directly. He quickly passed through the wall and could see the zombies wandering in the corridor and the zombies in the room. I dont know which floor I reached, but the scene of survivors appeared. Xiao Xiao suddenly appeared, startling them. ?Then the survivors started fighting, which also attracted zombies. Even if you lead your troops to rush in now, it will still take a certain amount of time, and everyone will definitely be cold by then. Whats going on? Li Yahong hesitated for a moment, then asked cautiously. ?Walking along, I felt that the man in front of me was not that difficult to get in touch with. At least its not as scary as imagined. "A few survivors got into a fight and attracted the attention of the zombies. They probably won''t survive," Wu Heng replied. "This..." Li Yahong wanted to say something, but didn''t say it. ?What fate do these people have? ??The skeleton army has arrived at the entrance of the hospital. They are fighting among themselves at this time. Having persisted for so long, we are only one step away from continuing to live. ??Hey~! Sighed, there was nothing we could do. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked him to fly into the air to guard. Then let the skeleton advance carefully for a certain distance and then start the deployment. The number of zombies in the hospital is indeed quite large. Hurting in directly will cause some losses, but simple arrangements are still needed. Find a building, with his back against the wall and his spear forward. After he was ready, he said directly: "Bassen, go and lure those zombies over, be careful." ??Bassen squeezed out of the skeleton team and walked towards the one on the opposite side. soon. ??There were dense footsteps and a roar of zombies from the front. Behind Bassen, there was a large group of zombies. Howling and running wildly, the shape is ferocious. ??Wu Heng clenched his staff tightly and was ready to fight, while Li Yahong on the side looked pale and her legs began to tremble involuntarily. Hurrying closer, Bassen squeezed directly into the group of skeletons and quickly walked to the back. ??Wu Heng used the staff in his hand to release the [Grease Technique] instantly, and thick grease covered the ground. ?Throw out the burning objects, and with a roar, the fire will block both sides. Hurrah hoo~! The fire drowned the zombies. ?But soon, zombies rushed out with flames burning on their bodies and crashed directly into the arranged spears. ?More and more zombies rushed out and jumped into the group of skeletons. The two sides fought together instantly. The sound of killing, the sound of chopping and chopping meat, and the crackling of flames filled the entire area. The sound of fighting also attracts more zombies to gather here. ?An endless supply. After Wu Heng released a [Witchcraft Arrow], he saw two deformed dogs on the side of the team, biting a skeleton and dragging it out of the team. ??Flinging his head wildly, biting the skeleton warrior into pieces. Turn into a field of bones. Then, continue to look for the next opportunity. When the skeleton is not paying attention, run up and drag a skeleton, and pull it away desperately. Then he continued to bite. Im looking for you. ??The purpose of Wu Heng''s trip was the deformed zombies. He was really afraid that the battle would start and the two deformed dogs would run away. He glanced at the skeleton dogs and cats beside him and said, "Go, kill those zombie dogs and take the bodies back." Four dogs and one cat rushed out from the pile of skeletons. ??In the distance, a deformed dog dragging and biting a skeleton was heard. When he heard the approaching sound of running, he raised his head and saw the skeleton dog rushing towards him. Without waiting for a reaction, the skeleton dogs knocked them down and bit each other. Tangled into a ball. (End of this chapter) Chapter 68 , big-headed zombie Chapter 68, Big-headed Zombie ?Li Yahong looked at the scene in front of her in surprise. This was the first time she saw a battle between a group of skeletons and a group of corpses. ?The scene was **** and horrific. The skeletons chest was hung with the severed arm of a zombie, and the zombies were biting the skeletons ribs crazily. ?The visual impact is stronger than any other movie. The survivors who can survive have accepted the apocalyptic environment both physically and mentally. But what happened before our eyes was still frightening. ??Wu Heng once again released the [Grease Technique] and ignited a scorching fire. ??The impact of the zombies became more ferocious, like a huge wave coming, constantly crashing into the camp of skeletons. ??The skeletons also kept fighting back, killing the zombies that rushed up over and over again. At the intersection of the two camps, a dividing line composed of corpses and bones gradually formed. ?Just when Wu Heng thought that as long as he kept fighting, there would be no problem. Suddenly, the attacking zombies suddenly changed. Groups of zombies avoided the flames in front and even avoided the position of the spearmen. They circled back to both sides and launched a fierce attack. ?Like a compressor that is constantly shrinking, squeezing the skeletons from both sides. ?At the same time, zombies rushed into the corridors of the buildings on both sides, broke open the windows, and jumped directly into the center of the skeleton array from a high place. While smashing down a pile of skeletons, they also started fighting. In an instant, the group of skeletons became a mess. ??Wu Heng and Li Yahong both looked at the scene in front of them in surprise. Zombies started to use tactics. How can this be? There must be something affecting these zombies. ?Wu Heng''s eyes quickly scanned the entire battlefield, looking for the reason for the sudden change in the zombies. He has fought zombies so many times. ??If the zombie knew tactics, he wouldn''t be alive until now. There must be something wrong somewhere. ?Wu Heng was scanning, and suddenly his eyes narrowed. At the back of the zombie horde. A small group of zombies surrounded a weird zombie. ?Its body shape is no different from humans, but its huge head looks extremely weird. Its like an upside-down gourd, buckled on a persons head. Thats the commander zombie. Li Yahong suddenly said from the side. What commander? "The characteristics of zombies classified by the radio station say that there is a kind of zombie with a particularly big head, which is characterized by being able to control a certain number of zombies." Li Yahong said quickly. ?Wu Heng understood. In other words, the big-headed zombie controls the actions of these zombies. If you want to change the situation of the war, you must kill this big-headed zombie. But the opponent is quite smart and keeps a long distance, outside the range of skills and pistols. Bawudong, can you kill it? Wu Heng said. ?Bawudong looked around and got into the building behind him. Then, there was a bang. It directly broke through the glass on the third floor, and jumped out of the air to cover most of the corpses. Hold out your fists and kicks to knock away the surrounding zombies. Then he rushed towards the big-headed zombie. The big-headed zombie has special abilities, but not much courage. Seeing the tall skeleton getting closer and closer, I instantly became a little uneasy. The zombies around began to try to hinder the approaching Bawudong, but they were all knocked away. The big-headed zombie was also moving backwards little by little. ?He planned to evacuate, but his movements were very slow, and he was staggering as if he was unbalanced. In a hurry, an ordinary zombie squatted down and carried the big-headed zombie on its back. Turn around and run away. As soon as the big-headed zombie ran away, the attacking group of zombies instantly became chaotic. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The skeleton group rushed out of their original position and rushed directly towards the retreating zombie group. In an instant, there was another killing group. The big skeleton rushed to the front, raising and lowering its arms constantly, chasing the zombies with the skeleton. The skeleton bites the back of the zombie group tightly, sticking to it like a plaster. The further back it gets, the tighter it sticks. ?The zombies seemed to be sure to escape, and ran away far away without looking back. Only when being attacked will they stop and continue to fight back. ?Li Yahong rushed forward with the group of skeletons. ??My mind is still a little confused. ?Chasing after the corpses? Thats not necessary! ??Wu Heng followed behind and looked at his own panel. Level 4 (6454/6500) Chase me! Wu Heng continued to shout. In front, a zombie is running away with a large zombie on its back, followed by Bawudong who is chasing him. ?Behind Bawudong was a group of escaping zombies. Behind the group of corpses were skeleton warriors holding kitchen knives and making clattering bones. ??There was a lot of hula-la, running along the road. Gain experience +4. Your level has been raised to level 5, intelligence +1, constitution +1, unlocked the specialty [Arcane Special Training], and mental power has been improved. Finally reached level five. ?Wu Heng was overjoyed and immediately ordered, "Defense!" Hurrah! ?The charging skeleton stopped chasing and began to attack the zombies rushing out of the alleys on both sides. After chasing him all the way here, he couldnt even see the hospital. If I continue to chase him, I dont know where he is going. After killing the surrounding zombies rushing out of the alley, Bawudong also walked back from a distance. Looking in the direction back, it should have been a detour to avoid the zombies behind. Just failed to kill the big-headed zombie. Be more careful in the future, the ability is too weird. ?Wu Heng waved, and the skeleton began to tidy up the scene, carrying the body back towards the way it came. Hospital. There are no traces of zombies in the yard in front of the building. Enter the registration hall. Some zombies wandered out scatteredly, and they were all killed by the skeletons. ?Wu Heng looked around and asked, "What can I find in the hospital?" Li Yahong said: "Medicine, medicine is very important in this period, as well as alcohol. Alcohol disinfection is needed to obtain the corpse core." Forehead. What about medicine? Besides medicine? Some equipment or something! ?Wu Heng nodded, looked at Xiaoxiao again, and asked, "Xiaoxiao, where are the survivors you mentioned?" "upstairs." Lets go and have a look. A few people went upstairs and entered the small novel''s warehouse. ?The door of the room was wide open, and it was full of messy items and blood stains. ??As he walked in with the skeleton, there was the sound of the cardboard shells of various medicine bottles being crushed under his feet. Look where the radio is? Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and began to search everywhere. While the two were looking around. ۡ! ?Suddenly there was an unusual sound, causing several people to look back suddenly. He waved his hand to Basson who was standing aside. The latter walked over and moved away the large pile of things. Exposing underneath is a freezer-like device. "Open!" Zhiqa~! The lid opened, revealing a girl in a nurse''s uniform huddled inside. Just as he was about to speak, he saw a skull looking down at him. ??The whole person''s eyes widened instantly, with incomparable despair in his eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 69 , you won鈥檛 sacrifice yourself, will you? Chapter 69: You wont sacrifice yourself, will you? Xiaoxiao floated over from above, pointed at the cabinet and shouted: "Uncle, there is still a living person~!" A living person? Bassen, step back. Bassen stepped back to a certain extent, and Wu Heng continued: "Are you still alive? Come out if you are still alive." I, Im still alive! ??A trembling voice sounded from the cabinet. Then, a petite female nurse stood up. ?Holding his arms, he looked carefully at the people and skeletons standing in the room, his eyes full of doubts and fear. ?Wu Heng looked her up and down and asked, "Are you injured?" Its not just about being bitten or scratched by zombies. Any wound that comes into contact with zombie blood or rotting flesh may become infected. So, you still have to be careful. No, no, the zombies rushed in, so I hid in here, and then it seemed like the cabinet fell down and pinned me underneath. You come out! The little nurse came out. Turn around. He turned around again obediently. There seemed to be no signs of injury. ??Wu Heng continued: "Li Yahong, Basen, take her to the side to check to see if she is injured." Oh, okay! Li Yahong nodded and said to the nurse: Lets go, follow me here. After a while, Li Yahong came back with the nurse. said: I checked and found no injuries. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "What is your name?" Wang Ke! Where is your communication equipment? The nurse pointed to the collapsed shelf next to her and said, "It was placed over there before." Go and see! Basson stepped forward and moved the broken boxes and bottles away, revealing the equipment inside. ??It''s still that kind of military green, and it looks a bit old at first glance. This? Wu Heng asked. "Um!" "Take it out." Wu Heng continued: "Can you identify some medicines? Take Li Yahong to get some commonly used medicines. Let''s leave later." The two women left and went to the dispensary to find medicine. ??Wu Heng found a cardboard box and put the radio equipment in it. Let the skeleton carry it and continued to walk around the hospital. Actually, there are a lot of things here, but not much that I can use. Unless you really plan to open a hospital. Going around twice. The two women came back carrying two cardboard boxes. After confirming that there was nothing else needed, they went downstairs together. Go out of the hospital building. Let the skeleton carry the body and start walking back. All the way back to the community. The corpses were all thrown on the pile of corpses nearby. Wu Heng continued: "This information is very accurate. What do you need? Let me see if I have it here." If you make a contribution, you still need to provide some rewards. Li Yahong was not polite, or she had already thought about it, "It''s better to have food." ?Wu Heng nodded and asked the skeleton to bring a bag of rice, a box of beer and several bags of mustard and canned fish. Put it on the tricycle for her. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened when she saw the food that was brought out. After swallowing the foam from the mouth, he immediately said: "Thank you." Actually, she didnt contribute much on this trip. At most, he acted as a guide, and then followed the skeleton and chased the zombies for a certain distance. In addition to being scared, there is nothing else. Its a huge profit to be able to get so much food now. Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who was beaming with joy, and continued: "I''ll put this radio equipment with you first. You can communicate with the outside world and collect information about nearby deformed zombies." Li Yahong thought for a moment and felt that there was no disadvantage to her, so she nodded and agreed, "Okay, do you need any type of deformed zombie?" Its best if you can tell the type of zombie, and vague information doesnt matter. Well, I understand. She was not surprised that Wu Heng was looking for aberrant zombies. ??This is the man chasing the deformed zombies and hordes of corpses. It cannot be compared with ordinary survivors. In the eyes of the opponent, the deformed zombies are the prey. ??While Li Yahong nodded, she glanced at the nurse in the distance and asked, "What about her?" Lets take you over there. Lets see if we can do anything and assign some work. Wu Heng also glanced at the rescued nurse. Looking at his age, he is not very old, and his body type is slim. Can''t do any heavy work. But the profession of nurse is actually quite important. At least you know some first aid knowledge. ?It can be used by anyone who is injured, has a fever or a cold. ?Wuheng is not necessary. The medicine in Blackstone Town works faster. One bottle of medicine can cure the disease. ??Li Yahong and the others still need it. "Well, I''ll go back first." Li Yahong said. "Let''s go back!" ?Li Yahong bowed slightly, called the nurse, and pushed the three-wheeler away. After the two left. Wu Heng directly checked his attribute panel. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (26/14000) Attributes: Strength 12, Agility 19, Constitution 20, Intelligence 18, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry), Arcane Special Training. Skills: Bone Trapping, Acid Splash, Grease, Dancing Lights, Debilitating Ray, Embalming, Conversation with the Dead. Arcane Special TrainingThe caster''s skills are enhanced and the mental energy consumption is reduced when casting spells. At level 5, I unlocked a specialty called [Arcane Special Training]. The expertise that can be unlocked by yourself is still a little different from before. Judging from the introduction of expertise, it improves the power of skills and reduces the consumption of magic. For myself, it is a very practical expertise. After reading the attribute panel, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to drag the corpses of the two deformed hounds out of the pile of corpses. Two deformed dogs, their bitten flesh and blood were very miserable. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the two skeleton dogs slowly got up. Skeleton Hound (Level 5) He shook off the rotten meat on the skeleton, then shook his head and ran aside. Looking for it among the rotten meat. Easily found two first-level corpse cores. I rinsed it with alcohol, then found a plastic bag and wrapped it up directly. Waiting to return to Blackstone Town so that he could continue making potions to improve his physical attributes. Xiaoxiao took the skeleton dog away and went to play. ?Wu Heng took out the [Book of the Dead] and continued reading. He wanted to look for some explanation in the book about transforming corpses. If the transformation is carried out bit by bit, the population of this planet will not be able to transform it in a lifetime. Lets see if there is a faster and more efficient conversion method. Xiaodong Auto Repair. ?Li Yahong pushed the tricycle back to the auto repair shop. ?A few people opened their eyes wide and looked at the rice, beer, various cans and pickles on the tricycle with some surprise. They may have forgotten what canned meat tastes like. When he saw it at this time, he unconsciously swallowed his saliva. Then, the youngest man exclaimed, "Sister Hong, where did this food come from? You won''t sacrifice yourself in order to exchange food for us!" Li Yahong''s eyes widened, she went up and slapped him on the back of the neck, "What the **** are you talking about? I paid for this with information." Then he stepped aside a little and continued: "This is Wang Ke. He will live with us from now on and be a nurse in the second hospital. From now on, we will rely on others to take care of us when we are sick or injured." No problem. Several people nodded immediately. Then he asked about the situation and walked inside. Blackstone Town. ??Wu Heng asked about the potion commission he issued at the Professionals Association, and after confirming that there was no result yet. ??The pharmaceutical production commission for the first-level corpse core has been released. Level 1 Corpse Core should be faster, and the potion can be made in a day or two. After issuing the commission, Wu Heng left the city directly and headed to the black market. ?Wearing a black cloak, he squatted in front of a familiar stall. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "I want to buy the ''Dead Corpse Battlefield'' skill book." ?While flipping through the [Necronomicon], Wu Heng found the content he needed. In addition to releasing [Bone Slave Technique] alone, there are two other ways to transform corpses. One skill is called [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. After being released, the corpses within a certain range around you can be directly converted into skeleton soldiers. Belongs to group transformation skills. The development of the skill was also due to the inability to efficiently transform corpses during racial battles. After all, on the battlefield where two armies are fighting, the most indispensable thing is corpses. Transforming corpses one by one will have no effect at all. The transformation is not as fast as killing others. Then, the Necromancer developed this skill, which can be learned at level five. It just so happened that he was promoted to level 5 today. The other type is a special building blessed by necromancy magic, called the [Bone Burial Ground]. After throwing the corpse in, the skeleton can be transformed automatically. However, the production requirements for this kind of [Bone Burial Ground] are relatively high, requiring a lot of materials and corresponding runes to be engraved. Comparing the two, it is the fastest to buy the skill book you learn by yourself. After all, you can unlock it by turning to the last page, which is faster than this transformation building. Without even raising his head, the black-robed stall owner said in a hoarse voice, "I don''t have any here." Dont make trouble, I really buy it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 70 , some people call him King Yama Chapter 70: Some people call him King Yama The other party did not respond and remained dull. ?Wu Heng frowned and asked again, "Really not?" "No." Where can I buy it? "how could I know!" Fuck it. ?If he doesnt have it, where else can he buy it in Blackstone Town? Looking around the entire black market, his eyes fell on the ''Snake Emblem Consortium''. Standed up, walked around the crowd, and went straight to the second floor. In a private room. The middle-aged man with a straight beard smiled and saluted, "Guest, how can I help you?" I want to buy a skill book. Guest, do you know the name? the middle-aged man continued to ask. ?Wu Heng nodded, "The battlefield of corpses, the necromancy magic book." Okay sir, Ill record it for you, and well collect it from the surrounding branches as soon as possible. If not, well transfer it directly from our headquarters. "for how long?" ?Don''t be like the corpse you acquired, there is no news for such a long time. Skill books are not difficult to transport, and the requirements are not that high. The results can be given to you within three days. Okay! Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. This skill is a high-level skill and is very rare on the market, so the price will be relatively high. "How much?" You need to pay a deposit of 30 silver coins. The overall subsequent price depends on the specific costs of transportation and acquisition, but it should be within 120 silver coins. Okay, I can accept it! Wu Heng agreed directly. ?At the side, Bassen happily gave the money. The middle-aged man took it respectfully, filled out the power of attorney skillfully, and then stamped it with his coat of arms. After processing. ?Wu Heng stood up again and walked down the second floor. I had no intention of continuing shopping, so I went out and left. Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. After a few people had a good meal, they assembled the radio they brought back. When the sound of the radio came from inside, everyone also smiled. After all, it is the task assigned by the skeleton. If you don''t do it well, deprive them of their food. Don''t kill them too in anger. Today I heard from Li Yahong about the man who brought the skeleton to hunt down the deformed zombies and the corpses. ?Thats **** scary. Alright, lets all go and do our own thing. Iron Spear will take the time to produce, and we will get more food when the time comes, and we wont have to starve. Li Yahong clapped her palms lightly and said immediately. Several men stood up, and one of them suddenly said: "Sister Hong, there is not much gas left." Use it first, lets go out and find some when it bottoms out. "good!" After the rest of the people walked out. Li Yahong continued to look at Wang Ke and said: "There are only five of us. You and I, and the eldest sister just now will live together at night. The conditions are like this. Then we will see if there is anything we can do. If you can help, please help. If not, just watch the radio. Okay, thank you, Sister Hong. Wang Ke said with some restraint. No one asked if there were any relatives or anything like that. The last days have been going on for so long, and everyone knows exactly what is going on. Asking about it is just reopening the scars. Sister Hong, is the person who can command skeletons the superpower mentioned on the radio? Wang Ke asked in a low voice. It should be! Li Yahong replied. Are you also saved by him? "Save?" Li Yahong shook her head, "No, we just met. He provided us with food and we made some tools for him. It can be regarded as a cooperative relationship." Will he hurt us? "Probably not, but try to maintain a peaceful relationship. We still count on him to provide food." "oh!" The two were chatting in a low voice, and a voice suddenly came from a radio frequency band, asking, "Are your friends from the Second Hospital still there? If you can leave the hospital building and go to the alleyway 500 meters to the east, we can pick you up. Leave.????The two chatting suddenly became quiet. It seems that the call for help from the hospital yesterday still played a certain role. Doctors are also a very important profession in this environment. Some survivor teams are willing to take risks and take them away. Of course, the first thing is to be able to get out of the hospital. Unless the army comes, no one can rush into the hospital. ?No one responded here, and a man''s voice came from the device, "No one responded, something may have happened. Places like hospitals are densely populated, and it is difficult to survive." Hey~! Damn the world! Another womans voice. ?Wang Ke looked at Li Yahong, who nodded. ?Wang Ke picked up the somewhat retro microphone and said, "I am from the No. 2 Hospital and I have been saved." She didnt say us, only me. I dont know how to explain it. There were several people calling for help, but now she is the only one who has been rescued. Saved? Did you run out? "Um." "How did you get out? How could you get out of a place like that? Are you sure you were the one who asked for help from the Second Hospital yesterday? Now is not the time to joke around." ?Wang Ke glanced at Li Yahong who was standing aside, and said to the radio: "Someone entered the hospital to save us." The hospital you entered? How is that possible? Has the rescue team arrived? No! Just other survivors. So powerful? Can we get to know each other? Maybe we need to take care of each other in the future. ?Wang Ke continued to look at Li Yahong, not sure whether she should say anything, and she didn''t know what the other person''s name was. ?Li Yahong said softly: "I only know that some people call him King Yama." ?Wang Ke frowned, but thought of the skeletons and ghosts around him. ??I feel like this name is really appropriate. But he still picked up the microphone and said, "Some people call him the King of Hell." The radio went silent. ?All the survivors listening to this channel were stunned in their seats at the same time. ??King of Yama? Someone actually gave me this name. Seeing that no one was talking on the radio, Li Yahong took the microphone and said: "A large-headed commander zombie was found east of the Second Hospital. Friends nearby should be careful. If there is information about the aberrant zombie, everyone remember to communicate and contact each other." "good!" "OK!" Lets all live together! the next day. Wu Heng was walking home after having breakfast in the tavern. I saw the landlord "Rudger" standing at the door waiting, and beside him stood a middle-aged woman wearing a beige linen gown and an apron. ?Different from the mature and charming woman like ''Slater'', the woman who followed the landlord could be seen at a glance to be from a civilian area, simple and careful. Hearing the sound of footsteps, the landlord and the woman turned their heads at the same time. Good morning, Mr. Rudeger. Wu Heng smiled. Wu Heng feels pretty good about himself as a landlord. Its not about how high his character is, but that the other person doesnt care much about the house here and rarely comes to see me unless there is something special. The first few times, I came to talk to him when things got too big. The rest of the time, he basically didn''t come and didn''t want to take care of it. "Good morning," the landlord replied, and then quickly said: "I have something to do with you, let''s go in and talk." ?Wu Heng opened the door and let the two of them walk in. He unscrewed a bottle of iced black tea, poured two cups and sent them over. Without waiting to ask, the landlord spoke first, "This is Mrs. Bukemela. She lives just north of the crowded area and works in a textile factory." ?Wu Heng looked at the landlord strangely. He was thinking about the purpose of bringing the woman here. After introducing the woman, the landlord continued to introduce Wu Heng, "This is the ''Wu Heng'' I''m talking about, a core member of the professional association. The reason why the crowded area is so stable now is that he lives here. Think about it, if it were someone else , they have moved out a long time ago, and they stayed here to take care of ordinary people like us... They are very reliable. The landlord wanted to continue, but when he saw Wu Heng staring at him, he swallowed his words. Said to the woman beside him: "You talk to Wu Heng." The woman stood up and bowed. When she raised her head, her eyes were red, and her eyes were full of prayer and anxiety. Mr. Wu Heng, I hope you can help me. I really have no choice. (End of this chapter) Chapter 71 , investigate the case Chapter 71, Investigating Cases Sure enough, he has something to do with himself. "What''s the matter? Come and listen, I will help you if I can." Wu Heng said directly. "My son is missing. He left the day before yesterday and never came back. He searched all the places he frequented. Some other children said they saw a man with a beard and a red mark behind his ear who took him away. "Yes." The woman said quickly, her words a little confused due to her anxiety. But the content is still understandable. Someone kidnapped a child. Because of the professional team, Wu Heng is no longer as cautious as he was at the beginning, but this does not mean that the security of the crowded area has improved. Congested areas are still chaotic, with fights, robberies and thefts occurring from time to time. Its just that now that he has some strength, these things rarely happen to him. People in the whole people have no perfect public security, making it very messy here. Where are the patrol guards? "Today the patrol guard came to me and said that the man was found. He was wanted by the city hall. He was killed during the arrest, and there was no news about the child." How do you want me to help you? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??The woman carefully took out a money bag, put it on the table and pushed it over, and said, "Can you help me find out the news? See if I can find my son. If he can''t find it, I don''t care if he is dead or alive." ??Wu Heng glanced at the money bag placed on the table, pushed it back, and said, "I can help you ask, but I can''t guarantee the outcome. You put the money away first and wait until there is news." Thank you so much. The woman stood up and bowed again. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "You go back first. I will inform Mr. Rudeger if there is any news, and let him inform you then." Okay. The woman thanked her non-stop and exited the room with the landlord. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, packed up his things, and walked out with Bassen. To be honest, he really doesn''t want to get involved in this kind of thing. After all, this kind of thing can easily cause trouble and danger to himself. But some things are happening before our eyes, and we cant bear to do nothing. At the very least, you should see what you can do about this. Central area, next to the flower bed in front of the association. Yuli carried a small leather bag and ran over quickly. He looked at him with a frown and said, "Do you have anything to do with me?" I brought you something to eat. Wu Heng took out some snacks and handed them to her. Yuli looked happy at first, and then looked at him warily, "What are you doing? If you don''t tell me clearly, I won''t accept it." Speaking, he licked his lower lips. ??Wu Heng looked around, and then whispered: "Something really happened, I need a partner." What is a partner! Let me tell you, today my landlord, the same one who kicked in the door last time, brought someone to me and asked me to help investigate something..." Wu Heng explained the matter roughly, and then continued: "You also know that I am good at using force, but investigating cases is not my strong point. When I think about the people around me, I feel that you are qualified for this matter. Yuli took the potato chips and asked while eating them: "What do you mean?" Lets investigate together. Okay, how to investigate. Yuli agreed happily. ??Wu Heng stooped closer and said, "Is there a way to enter the Guard''s morgue?" What are you doing in the morgue? Of course there is something important, just tell me if there is any way! "Hit them in? I''ll turn into a bear and rush in. You follow behind and knock them all out." Yuri said directly. ?Wu Hengs head is covered with black lines. If this was the method, it would be great if I could just rush in with my face covered. "Is there any other way that won''t cause us trouble later?" Wu Heng said, taking out another box of yogurt, opening it, inserting a straw, and stuffing it into her mouth, "Take a sip to replenish your brain. " "Hmm..." Yuli took a sip, then put her head aside and said, "How about I go to my aunt and steal a warrant?" Hey~! What a good idea, you are indeed smarter. Wu Heng said immediately. Okay, then you wait for me for a while. Yuli turned and ran away. Not long after, Yuli ran back again. He patted his backpack and motioned for him to leave quickly. ?Wu Heng nodded, and the two of them left quickly side by side. guard, morgue. Yuli stood in front, holding a document in her hand and said: "The seal stamped by the association, we need to check the body inside." The two doormen guarding the door glanced at the two of them and the strange man wearing a round helmet behind them. ?One of them said: "What are you investigating? Why didn''t we receive any news?" "Tiao Tiao, I need to tell you what we are investigating. If you can arrest people, you can still investigate." Yuli said immediately. ??The guard didn''t expect that the little girl had such a bad temper. He looked at the document again and said, "Okay, let''s go in." Its just a few corpses anyway, so Im not afraid of someone stealing them. Yuli puffed out her chest and strode inside, with Wu Heng and Basen following behind. ?Entering the cold corridor and walking a short distance inside. Just arrived at the place where the body was stored. In the sealed space made of bluestone bricks, there were several iron beds, with bodies covered with linen lying on them. Which one is it? Yuri asked. He has a big beard and a red mark behind his ear. Oh! Two people and one skeleton began to look at each one one by one. Here, come quickly! ?Wu Heng walked over quickly and saw the body lying on the wooden bed. He has a big beard and a mark behind his ear. "is it him?" It should be him. How are you going to investigate? Do you want an autopsy? "I have a way. You stand behind me first." Wu Heng said. Yuri stood behind him. ?Wu Heng immediately released [Conversation with the Dead], and necromantic magic wrapped the body in front of him. The next second, the pale corpse suddenly opened its eyes and sat up in a daze. Yuli was startled and hugged his arm. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and asked directly: "Where did the child you stole go?" The corpse turned its head to look this way and said, "I sold them to a human trafficker for 100 silver coins each." Who are the human traffickers? "I don''t know. He always covers his face when we meet. I only collect money and don''t care about that." How do you all get in touch? The corpse replied, "Every time I catch someone, I will sit in the tavern for a while, and he will ask someone to send me the meeting place." Which pub? Blushing mermaid. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "What are his characteristics, or how do you know that the person coming is the person you are trading with." Speaking with a southern accent and smelling of smoke. After saying that, he lay down on the iron frame with a bang. Moveless, without any signs of life. The corpse was more shriveled up than before. But there were no other situations. Whats wrong with him? Yuri asked, pointing. ??Wu Heng said: "A kind of necromancy that can make the dead answer questions." Can you still do this? Well! Lets go out first. ??When they walked out of the morgue, the guard stopped the two men again. "etc!" What are you doing! Yuli pinched her waist and stared up at him. ??The guard glanced at his companions and said, "You look at them first, and I''ll go inside and take a look." After saying that, he turned around and walked away. He walked out quickly and said, "Okay, no problem, let''s go." Hmph! Yuli snorted, and the two of them walked away. After walking far away, Yuri asked again: "How to check next?" ??Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "It''s not that there is no gain at all. The other person has an accent from the southern region and has a smoky smell." Ah, what next? How to find this person? You go and test with the subdeacon to see if you know this person. Ill go to the tavern to check. Well split up and then meet at my house for dinner. "good!" The two of them separated in the central area and arranged things according to the plan. Blushing Mermaid Tavern. ?At this time, there were not many customers in the tavern. It was deserted and the bartender was still cleaning. Only after dusk will the place gradually become lively. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and found a corner seat to sit down. The woman holding the tray came over. When she saw his appearance, she turned around and wanted to leave. Its the waiter I met, Penny. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Two glasses of fog cocktails." ?Took out two silver coins and handed them to the other party. The woman looked a little suspicious. She hesitated for a moment but still held it in her hand and turned around to prepare the wine. Soon, a woman came over with a drink. Guest, the cocktail you ordered. ??Wu Heng nodded, and when he saw the other party leaving, he immediately said: "Wait a minute, say a few words to me." Guest, I still have work to do. Have a drink, you dont want us to remain in a stalemate here and attract other peoples attention, do you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 72 , the same goal Chapter 72, the same goal The woman hesitated for a moment, then sat down on the side and said angrily: "What on earth are you doing?" ?Last time, the fourth team arrested people in the tavern. ??Wu Heng came in to inquire about information and got some information from her mouth. ?Although no one knew, she didnt want to get involved. Providing intelligence to the guards and professional teams will be hated by mercenary groups and some gangs. At that time, the job in the tavern will no longer be possible. "This is your share from last time." A money bag was thrust into her hand from under the table. Benis eyes widened a bit as she felt the heavy money bag in her hands. What do you mean? No one knows the reward for providing information last time, dont worry. Wu Heng approached and said softly. Someone noticed what''s going on here. He looked over and shouted, "Benny, what''s wrong?" ??Beni forced a smile on her indifferent face, "It''s okay, I''m a friend, I''ll have a drink with him." Seeing it is acquaintance, so no one continues to pay attention to this. But Pennys hand under the table still held the money bag tightly and did not let go. "What do you want to do? Don''t hurt me." Penny put the money bag away and said directly. "I can''t harm you." Wu Heng continued: "Have you noticed a person who speaks with a southern accent and always smells like smoke? He is most likely a man." ??Benny frowned and shook her head. Think about it carefully. Wu Heng continued. You also know that places like pubs are messy, and there is no chance to chat except ordering a drink, let alone smelling anything. In a place like a tavern, all kinds of smells are mixed together. It is indeed difficult to find people by their smell. Then, Penny continued: "But I heard that there is indeed a group of mercenaries from the southern region. They rented a warehouse in the warehouse district to the west." ?Wu Heng''s eyes lit up and he continued to ask: "Is there any other information?" No, thats all I know. Thank you. Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. Bennie put away the money bag and walked towards the new guests with the tray in her arms. Night falls in the West District Warehouse District. ?Wu Heng, Yuli and Basen quickly shuttled through the interlaced alleys. Are you sure you are here? Yuri said. After dinner, the two of them rushed over based on the information provided by Penny. I dont know, lets check first! "good!" ?Chatting in a low voice, he quickly walked through the alley. Just, at the moment when I just walked out. Hurrah! Several birds approached the two people''s position, landed on the roof, or hovered in the air. "It''s the ranger''s bird, we were discovered." Yuri whispered. ?At the same time, footsteps were heard from one side. ?Wu Heng instantly drew his gun, and Yuli was also ready to fight. Under the moonlight, the appearance of the team captain Anel appeared in sight. What are you doing here? Yuli was a little surprised and asked with a frown. "I should be the one asking you why you are sneaking here." Anel said. Why should I tell you? ?Anel glanced at the two of them and said, "Let''s go, the subdeacon wants to see you." Ardeacon? ?Wu Heng and Yuli looked at each other with confusion in their eyes. Looks like he got involved in something. ??Follow Anel all the way in and enter a building. In the hall on the first floor, except for the fourth squad, members of the other three squads, as well as some guards, gathered. The room, which was not spacious, seemed a bit crowded. ?Wu Heng and Yuli followed him up to the second floor. ? Pushing the door open, he saw the captains of three professional teams, the commander of the guards, and the deputy deacon Slater who was wearing leather armor and had a leopard lying at his feet.????The door is closed. What are you doing here? Slater looked serious. Yuli bumped him with her arm, "Say!" Um, we received intelligence that someone stole the child in a civilian area and found it all the way here. Wu Heng said directly. The other captains looked at each other. The two newest members are investigating the case in private? What did you find out? Slater continued to ask. "The person who stole the child sold the child to a man with a southern accent. We suspect that it was probably the foreign mercenary group that came here recently, and they came here with Yuri." Wu Heng replied. Youve come this far to save someone? Investigation, not sure if its in their hands. How many days have you been checking? I checked it in the morning. The two of them were asking and answering questions, but the captains next to them already looked surprised. ?Although the things being pursued are not the same thing, the goal is the same. ??This is also a mercenary group from out of town. But they had been tracking for a period of time and used many informants before they got some clues. These two people. The newest member, you found it here in one day? Slater still wanted to speak, but a voice came from outside the door, "The target has been found. In the fourth house, the number of people known so far is 8." Well, lets get ready. "yes!" Slater glanced at the two of them and continued: "You don''t have to worry about this matter. We will take care of it. Just wait here." "okay." Obviously it would be better to leave it to them if the other party is going to arrest the person, and it will save you the risk. Slater led several captains out of the room. ??Wu Heng and Yuli stood at the window and saw a large number of people quickly gathering from all directions and rushing towards a building in the distance. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, quietly released ''Xiao Xiao'', and followed the team quickly away in stealth mode. Yuli sat down at the table, yawned and said, "I checked here and there, and finally bumped into them." Thats good, otherwise we would have to risk rushing in to save people, so we can just leave it to them now. Wu Heng felt quite good. Same! Yuli nodded, then suddenly thought of something, slapped the table and said, No, they acted collectively, why didnt our team know about it. Arent we on vacation? We caught wanted criminals last time, so why are we taking a vacation? Why dont we take him with us? Youre crazy, what a wonderful vacation. This is squeezing us out. the other side. The team of professionals and guards moved quickly through the night. ?While surrounding the target building, the guards also blocked all surrounding roads. Bang~! ?Anel kicked open the courtyard door, and the team members filed in. In the building opposite, the door opened and several people armed with weapons walked out. The leader was of medium build, with a thin cheek, and stood with his hands behind his back. He did not show much fear when he was surrounded by many people. Blackstone Town, what do you mean? Slater walked in front, glanced at the other party, and said coldly, "The City Hall and the local association suspect that you are carrying out dangerous operations in Blackstone Town. Come with us!" ??The man narrowed his eyes slightly and glanced at everyone present. "We are passing through here to do some business. Is there any misunderstanding?" "We also hope it was some misunderstanding and just a simple cross-examination." Slater continued. The leopard on the side was pacing back and forth, its eyes staring ahead as if staring at prey. Okay, lets cooperate! the man said. Gululu~! Behind him, two round things rolled forward, with white smoke emitting from the leads. (End of this chapter) Chapter 73 , she can鈥檛 hit me, can she? Chapter 73, She cant hit me, can she? The appearance of rolling thunder is like a signal for war. Swish swish~! ??The crossbowmen, who had already unloaded their bows and stringed their bows, fired arrows and crossbow bolts. Pierced the night sky and shot towards the opposite side. Puff puff puff~! The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and instantly three or four of the mercenaries on the opposite side fell to the ground after being struck by arrows. Before he could cry out in pain, he was hit by several more arrows and became unresponsive. ?The rolling thunder fuse under my feet burned to the end. Tulisa, the captain of the second team, took a step forward and waved the staff in her hand. Two air masses instantly enveloped the rolling thunder, and the next second it directly condensed into thick ice. Bang bang~click~! ??Rolling thunder made a dull explosion like dumb thunder, only to explode spiderweb-like cracks in the ice, and a small amount of smoke filled out from the cracks. Has no effect on the battlefield. You made the wrong decision, and Im very angry now. Its not a good thing for your city... In the room, the voice of the man who had just been talking came. Swish swish~! In the room opposite, there was the sound of arrows piercing the air. ?The team members evaded and counterattacked at the same time. Prepare the poisonous fog thunder! Anel, the captain of the team, shouted. Slater glanced here and shook his head slightly. ?According to the intelligence from Wu Heng, there may be children inside. The poisonous fog thunder may cause incurable damage to young children. ??But this shout still had a deterrent effect on several people in the room. Babys, **** up all the blood of those guys outside, go and get them all out. A mans whisper came again in the room. ??Woo~buzz! Under the dim moonlight, it was like a thick smoke pouring out from the door and window on the opposite side, accompanied by a "buzzing" sound, which instantly filled the sky over the entire courtyard. Beware of poisonous insects! the scout standing on the wall shouted loudly. Everyones expressions changed. ?Poisonous insects are like dark clouds, covering the moonlight above. In the blink of an eye, the swarm of poisonous insects enveloped several soldiers of the guard. Ah~! It hurts so much, help! Whatever, its all bugs. ??The guard fell to the ground and rolled around. While scratching his body, he began to take off his armor and grabbed handfuls of poisonous insects. Pull the people back. The captain of a team yelled. ??Tearing a scroll open in his hand, a flame spread along the long sword, and then the long sword slashed diagonally into the sky. With a ''whoosh'', a crescent flame was thrown out and streaked across the sky. ??The captain of the second team took a deep breath, raised his chest, raised his head and let out a "whoosh", and spit out a piece of white mist into the air. The white mist condensed into ice beads and fell all over the sky. Many frozen black flying insects can be seen in the ice beads. The rest of the members either release skills or use scrolls. At the same time, drag the person wrapped by the bugs back to the back of the team to help clean up the poisonous bugs. Theyre running away! shouted the ranger who shared vision with the bird. ?Several figures rushed out from the house in front and ran towards the walls on both sides. Swish swish~! A stream of arrows were shot out again. Several figures passed through it in an instant. "Crow!" Slater shouted softly. The leopard at his feet turned into a stream of light and rushed out quickly. In the blink of an eye, he rushed in front of a person, jumped up, threw the enemy down, and bit his throat. Then, he quickly ran towards another person, clamped his ankles, dragged him off the wall, and bit his throat. Someone has escaped, the ranger continued to shout. The first and second teams are chasing me, while the third team is cleaning the battlefield and searching for children. Hulala~! Everyone acted according to the order. "Hmph! If ''Yazd'' hadn''t suddenly transferred here, my aunt would have been the deacon in Blackstone Town." Yuli crossed her legs, indignantly. The association is appointed by the headquarters. Its as if you appointed me. Wu Heng said directly. "My aunt was supposed to be the one, but Yazd was suddenly brought in and took over this position. You don''t know anything." Yuli said angrily. Slade does have some influence in Blackstone Town. She can speak well to both gangsters and white gangsters. This kind of person must be given a position, otherwise it will be very troublesome for her to be the gangster eldest sister. Oh, theres still this matter. Wu Heng replied casually, and gave up the idea of ??arguing with her about this matter. I dont care who serves as a deacon, and it has nothing to do with me. "Hum, you don''t understand after saying." Yu Li came over and said, "Your skills to make the dead speak very useful. Isn''t it easy to investigate the murder in the future?" You must not reveal it, otherwise the murderer will know about it and destroying the body will not work. It will be quite scary when a puddle of flesh starts talking! " Eh~! What you said is so disgusting. For example, we have to keep it secret and do big things in silence. Okay, come back to me next time you solve a case! As the two chatted, they flew back to his body in a small invisible form. The next second, the battle scene just appeared in his mind. Gudong! ?At the same time, there was a sudden sound of a heavy object falling outside the window. ??Wu Heng and Yuli stood at the window and looked out, and saw a middle-sized man running directly into the yard. Yuli frowned. ??Wu Heng directly pulled out his pistol and pulled the trigger "bang bang bang"! ??The piercing sound of gunshots pierced the night sky, acting like a ''hunting ring'', and the accuracy of the marksmanship was greatly improved. In an instant, several bullets hit his body. Bassen jumped directly from the second floor and pounced on the enemy who was shot. Yuri also reacted and instantly turned into a fear crow and flew down, then turned into a giant bear and rushed towards the opponent. The man looked at the scene in front of him in horror. I dont understand why there is an ambush here. Dong dong dong! ??The giant bear strode towards him, leaning against him and squeezing the man against the wall. The man''s body slid down the wall. ??The giant bear squatted on the ground, and its paws landed on the target''s chest with a thud. At this time, Slater also rushed in, looked at the corpse on the ground, and waved his hand slightly. ?Someone immediately came forward to check and found out, "He''s dead." Slater also breathed a sigh of relief. Looked at Yuli and Wu Heng. Said to the team behind him: "Check the surroundings and clean the battlefield." Everyone immediately dispersed and acted according to the order. Soon, the squad and the guards were finished. All enemies were killed, and no other suspicious targets were found. ?The enemy''s corpse was carried on a cart and prepared to be transported back. ?Tulisa, the captain of the second team, took Wu Heng to another carriage and opened the curtain to reveal the three figures inside. The three children are fine, they just passed out. Tomorrow you can ask their parents to go to the city hall to pick them up. Oh okay, thank you Captain Tulisa. "Next time something happens, discuss it with your captain first. Don''t run around with Yuri. Wait until the deputy deacon comes to find you tomorrow!" Tulisa continued. ??Wu Heng looked back and happened to see Yuli being called into the carriage. He did not forget to turn around and wave to him. ?Wu Heng also waved goodbye to her. ?Tulisa put down the curtain and continued: "Go back, be careful on the road." "good." The team escorted the cart away. ??Wu Heng also led Bassen towards the crowded area. The next day, Wu Heng first went to find the landlord. Tell him what happened to the child and just go to the city hall to pick up the child. ??And I found three of them. Lets go see who else is missing and go there together. Hearing the news, the landlord was also a little surprised. ??The guards couldn''t find the child and persuaded the child''s family to give up. Wu Heng actually found the child. Still so fast! ??As a tenant, I really have some skills. After another round of embarrassing compliments, the landlord went to inform the childs mother. ?Wu Heng also plans to go back and head to the zombie world. Just as he walked back, he saw Yuli standing at the door, her eyes a little red, "Come to see me?" My aunt is looking for you. Huh? Because of what happened yesterday? Yuri nodded. Did she hit you? Yuri nodded again. Then she cant hit me, right? (End of this chapter) Chapter 74 , ritual miracle Chapter 74: Sacrifice of strange objects Out of the crowded area, Money Cat''s carriage stopped at the intersection. ?Wu Heng boarded the carriage, and Yuri also walked up slowly, placed a thick cushion on the wooden steps, and sat down carefully with a grin on her face. Slater glanced at him and said softly, "You let my child steal something?" Sure enough, he came to ask for help. ??Wu Heng coughed lightly and immediately defended: "It''s not stealing, it''s just because the matter was urgent, and you, the deputy deacon, were not here at the time, so I took it first. If you were here, you would have agreed." Do you think you are good at finding reasons? "no." Now that youve taken it, tell me what price you want to pay for it! Slater continued. Why dont you just think I bought it! Slater glanced at him and nodded, "Yes, the deputy deacon''s co-investigation proves that 500 silver coins are not expensive!" Okay, Ill get you some money. Wu Heng said directly. Slater was stunned and looked at him with some confusion. ?Given his living environment and normal living habits, it is unlikely that he would be able to directly spend so much money. The price has increased, one thousand silver coins. ?Wu Heng looked at her with a frown and understood the meaning. ? Asking for money is actually just a rhetoric. He runs a money cat and is the deputy deacon of the association. He can''t ask for money no matter what. What does the Archdeacon think? Youll know when you get there. The carriage went all the way and arrived directly at the association. Walking through the halls and corridors, we came to the associations morgue. Slater''s eyes fell on one of the corpses, "I need to ask him a few questions." ?Wu Heng also understood, and planned to let himself release [Conversation with the Dead] from the beginning. Looking at Yuri who was following behind. The latter pointed to his **** and said, "I can''t help it, the spanking hurts too much." Okay, if you need anything next time, just tell me. Its also my job to help the subdeacon. You can talk, lets get started. You can only ask five questions. Think about what you want to ask in advance. After speaking, the skill is released immediately, and the necromancy magic wraps the body. The next second, the body lying on the iron bed suddenly sat up and looked at several figures on the side. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand to indicate that it was time to start. Slater asked directly: "What is the purpose of your coming to Blackstone Town this time?" A curious item was sold. What kind of strange object does it have? A sacrificial mask that can enhance the effect of sacrifice. Speaking of this, several peoples faces became serious. Sacrifice? Sacrifice? I immediately thought of the children who disappeared yesterday. Who did you sell the strange things to? Slater continued to ask. Its a commission from the Snake Emblem Consortium. We only provided rare items, and we dont know who it will be handed over to in the end. Snake Emblem Consortium. Any matter involving the Snake Emblem Consortium is basically impossible to investigate. Even within the consortium, the identities of the buyers and sellers are not known, and they are all masked. What other plans do you have in Blackstone Town? No, I plan to stay for a few days and then leave. Now is the fourth question, and I have already asked clearly what I want to ask. The last one is left. Slater thought for a moment and asked, "What is your purpose of arresting the child?" I like boys. After saying that, he lay down on the iron bed with a clang. Its just that the last answer is somewhat unexpected. ??It has nothing to do with the sacrificial mask, it''s just his personal hobby. Okay, lets go out! Slater led him outside. It seems that he knows a lot about this matter. ?Several people walked out of the morgue. Slater continued: "This matter is over. I will also report the child trafficking and killing of criminals to you, and then I will distribute them with merits and rewards." Thank you, deputy deacon. Wu Heng thanked him. Slater nodded and looked at Yuli again, "If you don''t learn from others, you will learn from bad habits." After saying that, he turned around and left. ?Wu Heng and Yuli went to the team lounge. As soon as she entered the room, Yuri shouted: "Give me the healing potion, my **** hurts." ?Wu Heng took out a bottle of healing potion and gave it to her. After gulping it down, he breathed a sigh of relief. He sat aside angrily and stared at Wu Heng, "Why am I the only one getting beaten?" "I am a mage, can you bear to let a mage get beaten?" What are you saying? Why should a Druid be beaten? Okay, Ill bring you something delicious to eat tomorrow and make up for it, Wu Heng said. Thats okay! The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng heard what happened to her when she returned last night. Until noon, everyone separated and went to do their own things. Walking out of the association, he suddenly stopped again. Hurry back to the front desk of the lobby and say to the beautiful staff: "Can you take a look at the commissioned tasks I posted?" Almost forgot about the business. The staff started to look through the record book and said, "It''s ready. Please wait a moment." ?Wu Heng nodded and waited for a while. Soon, the staff came back with two boxes. He said: "Mr. Wu Heng, the two commissioned tasks have been completed. This newly configured potion and formula, the other one is two bottles of antidote potion." Have you completed both? ?Wu Heng also had a happy face. Unexpectedly, the two potions were completed in a hurry. The first one is the previous testing and preparation of potions for the second-level corpse core, but the results have not been available until now. The second one is the preparation of the detoxification potion for the first-level corpse core. Since the formula is ready-made, it is faster. Okay, thank you. Depending on the medicinal materials used and the difficulty of refining, you still need to pay a total of 115 silver coins, the staff reminded. Okay! Wu Heng took out the money and handed it to the other party. Then he put away the medicine, turned around and left the association. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng placed the newly prepared potion on the table. Different from the antidote for first-level corpse cores. The potion this time is slightly larger. The size of the bottle is close to half a palm, and light blue liquid can be seen inside. Shouzhi Detoxification Alchemical Mixture (Description: A mixed potion made for fixed toxins. It has various effects such as consolidating sanity and removing toxins.) Different from the first-level corpse core antidote, this time the name has changed. Its called a mixture. ?Looking at the description, it has a lot of effects, and it feels a bit unclear. ?Go to the zombie world and take out the secondary corpse core from the organ jar. After the alcohol killed the virus, he raised his head and swallowed it directly. Strength +8, Constitution +5, Agility +2. The system prompt appears instantly. He didn''t have time to be happy. A strong stinging sensation spread all over his body instantly, as if countless steel cones were piercing his skin and boiling water was boiling in his bones. Then, there was uncontrollable rage. He could clearly feel that his sanity was disappearing bit by bit. Without any hesitation, he immediately opened the potion and drank it. The moment the medicine enters the abdomen, the energy quickly spreads throughout the body. The pain gradually subsided and the anger disappeared. ?Wu Heng lay directly on the ground, breathing heavily. ?After a while, he supported Bassen on the side and slowly stood up from the ground. This sin is really not something ordinary people suffer. After standing up, go to the mirror. Looked left and right at myself in the mirror. The muscles on the body are more angular and have a strong sense of strength. Even the height feels improved. This thing can also promote secondary development? Looking around, I was quite satisfied with the effect. I directly increased the attribute value by 15 points in one go. This effect is simply incredible. But the radio station said that supernatural powers can appear, but it seems that they have not appeared in me. Zizzi~! Just when Wu Heng was rummaging through the drawers, trying to find a tape measure to confirm whether he had grown taller. The intercom on the side came with a burst of electricity. Immediately afterwards, a female voice came over, "Hey, is there anyone?" ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie, "Yes, who are you?" It was obviously not Li Yahongs voice. Im Wang Ke, a nurse from the Second Hospital. Sister Hong and the others went out in the morning and havent come back yet. Maybe something happened! (End of this chapter) Chapter 75 , teach you a lesson for your father Chapter 75: Teach you a lesson for your father Wang Ke? The little nurse who was rescued from the hospital last time. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked directly: "What''s going on?" "There is not enough oil in the generator. Sister Hong took me out to look for gasoline this morning. She told me that if she didn''t come back by noon, she might have encountered some danger and asked me to come find you." The other person explained. Gas stations will not be located near residential areas. At most, they can only get some gasoline from cars. ?With Li Yahong running a repair shop, it shouldn''t be difficult to pump oil from the fuel tank. ??He has cleaned up all the zombies nearby, so there shouldn''t be any danger. If you just pump gas nearby, you should be back in the morning. How many of them are going? Wu Heng asked. Five, Sister Hong and the other four eldest brothers. Where did you get the oil? Do you know the location? I only know that I went to the north, saying that there is a place where a car crashed, and there are more cars. Wang Ke continued. If you go north, its the way to Building Materials Street. There were a lot of crashed cars along the road, so I should be searching for some gasoline along the road. He continued to hold the walkie-talkie and said: "Okay, I understand. You go back and wait. I will go over and take a look." Oh, okay, thank you! After the walkie-talkie call ended, Wu Heng also began to wonder if Li Yahong and the others had encountered any danger. The auto repair shop is already close to the roadside, so even if you go north, it shouldn''t take that long. Besieged by zombies? Or maybe we encountered some other dangers. Reseal the organ jars, and the remaining two first-level corpse cores can only be used when they come back. Continuous consumption of corpse core is also a burden on the body. ??Moreover, Li Yahong and the others are indeed of great use to themselves. The number of their skeletons is increasing, and they still need them to provide weapons. Giving them food in exchange for the iron spears they need is a good mutually beneficial way. As much as possible, do not put them in any danger. After a brief tidying up, he greeted the skeleton team on the top of the building and started to go downstairs. Let Xiaoxiao go north to find the opponent''s target in advance, and lead the team directly out of the community and head north along the road. ?Leading to Building Materials Street, a section of road where scrapped cars collided one after another. Li Yahong and others had their hands tied tightly and were sitting on the side of a scrapped car. There were several oil drums filled with gasoline beside them. Not far away, there were four middle-aged men searching for supplies in a shop on the street. ?Li Yahong looked at her companions on the side, communicating with each other about how to get out of trouble. At this time, several men from a distance came back. The leader was a tall man with a sinewy face. He was wearing a blue stab-proof suit, holding a kitchen knife in his hand and a pistol on his waist. He glanced at the tied people and stayed on Li Yahong for a few seconds. said: "Xiaodong Auto Repair, is Lao Li still alive? Or are you the only one who survived?" Yang Dabin, we are just passing by, this place is given to you, let us go! Li Yahong stared at the other party coldly. ?Li Yahong knows the person in front of her. ?Yang Dabin, a well-known street gangster in the neighborhood, was often arrested and locked up for several days for some things. I didnt expect that such a person could survive, and he seemed to be doing well. "Don''t worry! We are all acquaintances. In this apocalyptic world, of course we have to reminisce about old times when we meet." Yang Dabin said, then looked at the oil drums beside him and asked, "You guys are collecting gasoline. Is this what you found?" Planning to go to the refuge? No one answered him, and Li Yahong also glanced aside. Bang~! ?Yang Dabin had a cold look on his face, raised his foot and kicked the nearest person on the head with a bang. ?His head fell back and hit the car door behind him with a clang. ?The huge noise startled everyone. They immediately looked around and breathed a sigh of relief after confirming that no zombies were coming. The person who was kicked groaned and lay on the ground. "What did I ask, and what did you answer? Otherwise, don''t blame me for not remembering old feelings and feeding you all to zombies." Yang Dabin said coldly, and continued to ask: "What are you collecting gasoline for?" There is news about the survivor base. Li Yahong replied bravely. Oh? Where is it? Yang Dabin and the others looked over. Li Yahong said: "On the other side of the ''Changying Area'', as long as you escape, there will be troops to protect the survivors." Are you serious? "Why did I lie to you? Let us go and we will go there together." Li Yahong glanced at him carefully and continued. "Going over? Haha, why should I go over there? There is the army over there. I can still have a good life if I go over there." Yang Dabin patted the pistol on his waist and said directly. Distinct from the timid survivors. ?Yang Dabin is a very courageous person. After gathering a few survivors nearby, he began to arrange for people to search for supplies outside. Others may think this is the end of the world, but he thinks it is getting rid of the shackles. With your own courage and ability, you may be able to do something. Even if you want to find a base, you have to find someone with similar strength and a chance to have the final say. Wouldn''t it be a recipe for death to go to the army? Sick! Li Yahong cursed. Cao! Yang Dabin cursed and continued: Have you looted all the food and supplies here? Shops nearby were all ransacked. Except for the moldy vegetables and meat in the refrigerator, no food was left. ?Li Yahong looked at him, "Do you think we have this ability?" I didnt talk about the zombies here, but did you get the supplies here? "no." Then how do you know there are no zombies here to steal oil? Yang Dabin continued to ask. How you came, thats how we came. Damn you! Yang Dabin yelled angrily. ?This tone and attitude. At first glance, it seems that you are talking in circles with yourself and talking nonsense. Brother Yang, what nonsense are you talking to her about? Brothers are holding back. Lets finish the matter first and talk about the rest when we go back. Several people behind them with kitchen knives began to urge. Her eyes kept looking at Li Yahong. ?Yang Dabin smiled and said, "Okay, hold her down for me, and I''ll replace you when I''m done." "Okay." Several people came forward, pulled Li Yahong up, and pressed her forward on the hood of the car. ??The expressions of the other people at Xiaodong Auto Repair also changed. Immediately plan to resist. But his hands were tied, and his legs were numb just now from squatting for a long time. He was knocked to the ground again by a flurry of punches and kicks. What are you going to do? Yang Dabin, youre going to have to die... Li Yahong struggled and cursed. You still have such a bad temper, today I will teach you what it means to be polite on behalf of your dead father. Yang Dabin laughed and began to untie his belt. ??The other people who were beaten with bruises and swollen faces also cursed loudly, but there was nothing they could do. Just when he took off his pants to his ankles, he stretched his hands towards the waist of the woman in front of him. Suddenly there was the sound of dense footsteps in the distance. Everyone looked back. Several skeletons approaching the size of tigers were seen running straight from a distance. The bones collided and made a rattling noise. Cao! Damn it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 76 , the highest physique Chapter 76, The highest physique ?Yang Dabin and others looked at the scene in front of them in horror. The skeleton is actually running? Zombies did not come, but a bunch of skeletons came. As for Li Yahong and others, looking at the running skeleton, their faces were filled with joy. Brother Yang, stop looking and run! Someone suddenly shouted. Looking back, he saw that his little brother had run a long way away. ?Yang Dabin reacted immediately and ran away. As soon as he stepped forward, he stumbled over his pants. He hurriedly stood up and continued running away while holding his pants. While running, he shouted, "Cao, wait for me, those people are acting as bait, we still have time." ??When I looked back from the corner of my eye, I saw the skeleton monster passing directly over Li Yahong and others. As if he had identified his prey, he chased them straight away. Cao~! What the hell. ?Yang Dabin cursed, picked up his pants and accelerated his escape. But how could a human''s speed be compared with that of a skeleton dog? Soon the distance between them was less than five meters. ?Yang Dabin gritted his teeth and cursed the fleeing younger brother, turned on the safety and turned around to pull the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! A gunshot sounded. ??The bullet crackled through the hollow frame and hit the ground. This is my first time using a gun. ?Furthermore, pistols have a strong deterrent effect on survivors, but if they can''t hit zombies and skeletons, they won''t even have a deterrent effect. Poof~! The first skeleton dog threw him to the ground, and the other skeleton dogs swarmed up, biting body parts crazily. ?Bite two of them, and then continue to chase the others who were running away. Not long after, painful wails were heard one after another in the distance. From behind, Wu Heng came over with his team of skeletons. Looking at the few people who were tied up, he ordered: "Untie them." Several skeletons with basic souls stepped forward and broke the rope. Let several people regain their freedom. Thank you! Li Yahong breathed a sigh of relief and straightened her clothes. ??The other people also thanked him and stood aside carefully. Whats going on? Wu Heng glanced into the distance. "We were collecting gasoline here, and they suddenly rushed out with guns in their hands. There was nothing we could do." Li Yahong said with an ugly face. ??If Wu Heng hadn''t arrived in time, it''s hard to say what their fate would have been. But its definitely not going to be good. Do you know that man? Wu Heng continued to ask. When he opened the store before, he went to repair cars and was a gangster from the neighborhood. Li Yahong said. Hmm! Wu Heng nodded and did not continue to ask. The end of the world happened some time ago. There are those who unite to overcome difficulties, and there are also those who release their inner darkness. In fact, its not surprising. Soon, several skeleton dogs came back dragging the **** corpses. The man must be dead. Only one of his limbs was left holding a pistol, and it was bloody. ?Wu Heng glanced at the people on the side and said, "I''ll guard it for you. Go get the oil. Let''s leave later." ?Li Yahong nodded and led a few people towards the vehicle in front with oil drums. Start to drain the gasoline from the fuel tank. ??Wu Heng asked the skeleton to drag the man''s body aside, and then released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way. Where did the pistol and stab-proof clothing come from? Killed two zombies and pulled them out of their bodies. Are there two sets in total? "Yes!" Besides the one who came out with you, is there anyone else? Wu Heng continued to ask. "there is none left." I didnt have any questions to ask, so I just dispersed the necromancy magic. ?The corpse lay on its back with a thud on the ground. ?Wu Heng picked up the pistol and continued to say to the side: "Take off your clothes." Sword one and two swords stepped forward and took off the stab-proof clothing on him. ?Last time I raided the Public Security Bureau, I didnt seem to see any clothes like this. Either I didnt find it myself, or maybe I didnt find it in the place I searched. Immediately afterwards, the remaining skeleton dogs also ran back, dragging the remaining corpses back. ?Wu Heng continued to take off the second stab-proof clothing and pistol. Waiting there for a while. Li Yahong and others walked back carrying oil drums. There were not many oil drums, and it didn''t look like they would take long. Put the oil drum on the cart and walk together in the direction from where they came. ??Wu Heng said: "Give me this stab-proof clothing." Thank you! Li Yahong thanked her. You come with me tomorrow and we go to the gas station to get gas. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay!" At the intersection, several people separated. Back to the community. ?Wu Heng took out two more first-level corpse cores and all the antidote potions. Take one out, sterilize it with alcohol and swallow it directly. Strength +1, Agility +1. Um? There is no heart-wrenching pain like last time. The lines on my arms are not as serious as the previous times. It just appears and slowly subsides. There is a feeling that as my physique improves, the impact of the first-level corpse core on the body is getting lighter. It can also be understood as one''s own resistance has become stronger. The effect of the virus has become weaker. ?After thinking about it, I opened the potion and drank it. In case something unexpected happens. After all, these are all his own guesses. Sitting aside and resting for a while, he continued to take out the second level 1 corpse core and swallowed it. ?Strength +1. Only a little increase? The effect is also decreasing? Level 1 Corpse Core can, at worst, increase its attributes by two points, but this second one actually only adds one point. When the attributes reach a certain value, the effect of the corpse core begins to decrease? Open the antidote and drink it. Check your property panel immediately. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (272/14000) Attributes: Strength 22, Agility 22, Constitution 25, Intelligence 18, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry), Arcane Special Training. Skills: Bone Trapping, Acid Splash, Grease, Dancing Lights, Debilitating Ray, Embalming, Conversation with the Dead. It seems to be really related to the numerical value. The three attributes of strength, agility, and constitution have all reached 20 or above. The effect of the corpse core and the influence of the poison began to weaken. According to normal attributes, physique determines the resistance to various harmful toxins. Now that the constitution has reached 25, the body has begun to resist the toxins brought by the first-level corpse core. This is forcing me to kill level 2 zombies! ??Wu Heng muttered and continued to focus on the attributes. My own development route seems to be going astray. A good mage, how come his intelligence is ranked fourth? On the contrary, his physique is the highest. ??In the existing magic factions, it seems that there is no such magic as flesh magic. No, I still rely on necromancy, so I still need to work harder on magic. ?Wu Heng said softly. Blushing Mermaid Tavern. ??Bennie carried the wine tray and delivered the beer to the guests'' tables. ?Just as he turned around to leave, he heard the sound of conversation in his ears. "Have you heard? The Xicheng Warehouse District was surrounded by a team of professionals and guards. The fire was blazing into the sky and the noise was huge. I don''t know who they were arresting?" A bearded man said directly after taking a sip of beer. That place is full of warehouses for several factories, lets catch the thieves! "No, we can''t use so many people to catch the thief." The people at the same table retorted. At this time, a man wearing leather armor at the next table turned around and said, "I know something about the situation." Then tell me. The man glanced around at the curious people, and said with a smile: "A few children were lost in the crowded area, and the guards couldn''t find them out, so the mother of the children went to find a member of the professional team, and they surrounded the warehouse that night. The guard sent the child back the next day. Really or falsely? Will they take care of this matter? What are you lying to? Now everyone in the crowded area knows about it. Penny, who was holding the tray, looked back at the people talking, with a hint of surprise in her eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 77 , trapping bracelet Chapter 77, Trapping Bracelet Take it up and fix it against the guardrail. Wu Heng said. Several skeleton warriors with souls moved the plastic mannequins they had collected to the roof. ?Take the wire rope and fix it on the guardrail on one side. Forming erected human-shaped targets. "You guys, let''s practice spearing against these targets first, and be more diligent." Wu Heng said directly. After the previous battles. There are 77 skeleton warriors who have reached level five. This number was beyond Wu Hengs expectations. After all, it was very difficult to increase the level of a skeleton before. Basically, as soon as the level of a skeleton was raised, it would be broken into pieces in the subsequent battles. As a result, the level of the skeleton warriors is constantly increasing, and it is also constantly being depleted. It seems to be trapped in a vicious cycle. However, the situation has begun to improve recently. Skeletons have also gradually begun to reach level five, unlocking basic souls. I saw these plastic mannequins from a clothing store on the roadside, so I brought them back to train the skeletons. There were not enough models, so they used found rags and curtains and tied them into human figures to serve as targets. Weapon expertise can be unlocked through training and actual combat. It should be easier to unlock the expertise of the Skeleton Warrior. After all, there is no need to sleep or rest, so just practice when you have free time. After practicing for a few days, you will almost unlock it. ?Hearing Wu Heng''s order, the level 5 spear-wielding skeleton walked to the target and began to make thrusting movements. Puff puff puff~! ?The iron spear pierced the plastic, making a slight noise. ?Wu Heng stood there and watched for a while, and then returned to Blackstone Town to rest. Blackstone Town, residence. After eating instant noodles for dinner, I took out the book [Grey Eagle Sword Technique] and read it while practicing with the sword. After both strength and physique have been improved. It is obviously different from the previous ones. My arms will not tremble after swinging the sword, and various movements have become more accurate. Actions that were originally difficult to achieve can now be easily performed. It turns out that I was sent here. ?No wonder it is difficult to progress in practicing this swordsmanship. It turns out that the attribute value is not enough. Actually, I complained in my heart that for a mage, my strength and stamina were so high, but I also knew that this was a rare good thing. Strength affects your own melee effect, as well as your muscle explosion and your own weight. Carrying weight is also important. Now he is wearing leather armor. In the future, he can definitely wear a suit of heavy armor and stand in the skeleton team. ?It is also difficult to kill yourself. Physique is even more important, and even every professional physique is important. It represents the physical state and the resistance to various negative states. The higher the physical fitness, the better the resistance to toxins. ? People with low physical fitness, that is, the crispy skin in the game, can easily miss the enemy and die first. I practiced in the room until late at night. After a brief wash, I went to bed. "I am so rich, I should hire two maids or something." You want to go through the association and apply to go to a place that doesnt care about necromancers? ?Thinking in my heart, I gradually fell into sleep. The next day, Wu Heng went out to have breakfast. When I came back, I saw the association staff walking out of the alley. The two of them happened to meet face to face, and they were both stunned. Mr. Wu Heng, Captain Altluk wants you to come over. The staff member said immediately. Have a mission? Im not sure about that. The staff member said with a smile. Oh, okay, Ill be there right away. The staff nodded and left first. ??Wu Heng went back to his room and made some preparations. He put on his pistol, gas mask, etc., and went out directly. Come to the association and walk through the corridor towards the team lounge. When he pushed the door open and entered, he saw that the other three members were all there. Captain, do you have a mission? Wu Heng asked directly. ??Oteluk shook his head and said: "I have no mission. I have acquired a magic item. Kavina and Yuri are both here today, and I will call you over to take a look together." Captain Altluk always trains in the association training room, so he can always be found. But the rest of the people rarely come to the association. Even Kavina only comes to visit sometimes, and spends more time busy with her own business. Oh, okay! Wu Heng sat down aside. Yuli kept winking, not knowing what she wanted to express. In the summary of the last battle, I mentioned the lack of methods to restrain the enemy. I purchased a prop from outside and will explain its function to you. Please pay more attention to it in the future, Altluk said. Okay! Several people nodded. ??Otluk took out a silver bracelet from the cabinet shelf on one side and placed it on the table. "The trapping bracelet can release an illusion ray to trap the target in an illusion." ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the bracelet. Silver Trapping Bracelet (Description: A magic prop engraved with mental illusion, which can cause an illusion impact on a single target. The illusion effect depends on the target''s mental resistance.) Its really a fantasy prop. Have heard of it, but this is the first time Ive seen it. "This prop is actually a bit useless. For high-level professionals, the effect is not very obvious, so after the target is interfered with, it must be captured or killed as soon as possible." Altluk added. Oh, it must cost a lot of money! Yuri asked. "It''s a bit more expensive, but the money should still be spent to make up for the shortcomings in the team." Altluk continued. Yuli nodded her head to show that she made sense. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Captain, what should we do if we encounter such a controlled skill?" "There are generally two types of this kind of effect, one is the trap type, and the other is the spiritual type. The trap type is like the Druid''s entanglement technique or the mage''s spider web technique. As long as you have enough strength and physique, you can get out of trouble. Of course, It will take some effort, and the mental type depends on the level of mental power. The higher it is, the less affected it will be." "Wu Heng, why don''t you learn the spider web technique?" Yuli said with a finger. Why dont you know how to wrap? This is not the route I took. "Neither do I." ?Otluk glanced at the two of them and continued to add: "The effect of the bracelet is sufficient for our current enemies. When there is a mission, pay attention to the affected enemies." Understood. The three of them nodded. "Okay, there''s nothing left to do. I''ll see if there are any commissions in the next few days. We can take one." ?During this period, the association organized team members to conduct several arrest missions. But nothing happened to the fourth team. It seems that Altluk is planning to pick up some himself. The three of them nodded, said a few more words to each other, and then separated. Wu Heng, are you going to the black market? Yuli came over. No, I have something to do today, Ill wait until someone is free. "and!" ?Going directly back to the crowded area, Wu Heng tidied up and headed directly to the zombie world. Zombie world. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton team and walked directly out of the community. Outside Xiaodong Qixiu, I contacted Li Yahong. ?? Today I agreed to go to the gas station to find gas, but I was delayed for some time in the morning. After waiting on the side of the road for a while, Li Yahong came over on an electric three-wheeler with a bucket. There were also two iron oil drums in the bucket. Even on the main road, it is actually not smooth. Within a few steps, there were a bunch of crashed cars blocking the road. A large car cannot pass, unless it takes time to move or knock it away, but this small three-wheeler can pass on the sidewalk. I''m afraid that I can''t bear it, and it''s an oil drum filled with oil. The two briefly chatted for a few words, and then the team set off. ?Follow the road in the residential area and enter the main road, and continue heading east. There is a gas station over there. ?When passing through a section of singing halls and a street, the number of zombies was slightly more, but there were only thirty-four of them, and they were easily killed. Is there any news on the radio recently? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong said: "There is no very useful news. The main station is encouraging everyone to stick together and stay away from densely populated areas as much as possible. In fact, these words are useless. If you can think of it, it depends on whether you can survive." Where is the survivor base? Wu Heng continued to ask. Li Yahong glanced at the skeletons around him and continued: "In the south of the city, there is a base formed of a prison. Survivors will be recruited there." Prison? Wu Heng frowned. Wasnt the prison infected by zombies? But that kind of place, with a wall and a grid, is indeed a good place for defense. They themselves said on the radio that having rifles and sniper rifles can completely defend against zombie attacks. (End of this chapter) Chapter 78 , corpse group Chapter 78, Corpses ?From what Li Yahong said, prison is really a good place to defend against zombies. The location of the establishment is far away from residential areas, and the prison guards are equipped with guns and bullets. ?It is also possible that the prison has its own power supply system and there is no power outage at all. ?Thinking about it this way, this kind of place is really a good choice. Is this where you plan to go? Li Yahong nodded, "Well, I did before, and I''m still considering it now." ??Wu Heng himself would definitely not go to any survivor camp, and it would make himself uncomfortable if he went there. But he also hopes to have some living people in his hands. Helping to do some work that skeletons cannot complete, or bringing a bit of a living atmosphere. ?Wu Heng said nothing more and continued on his way with his army. ?When passing through some places with serious car accidents, we asked the "big" zombies with a height of three meters to move the damaged vehicles and let the electric three-wheelers continue to move forward. ?While walking along, I saw the sign of a gas station in front of me. ??Wu Heng said to Xiao Xiao who was lying on his shoulder: "Xiao Xiao, go see if there is any danger at the gas station, especially inside some buildings." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao floated in the air and flew quickly towards the distance. Not long after, Little Pee flew back from a distance. said: "They are all zombies, nothing weird." Let me take a look. Wu Heng was still worried and planned to take a look himself. ?Xiao Xiao snorted and got into his body. The situation at the gas station appeared in my mind. There were two private cars parked next to the gas tank. A few scattered zombies were wandering back and forth in the open space. There was no trace of zombies in the station building nearby. ?There are fewer zombies here than expected. Put Xiaoxiao back and continue to order to move forward. ??The team slowly approached the gas station. The skeleton warrior went up and knocked all the zombies to the ground. ?Wu Heng walked around the gas station and checked the surrounding situation. There are six fuel tanks in the gas station, including four for gasoline and two for diesel. Two cars each occupy one tank. The driver has obviously become a zombie and was directly killed by a skeleton just now. ?Wu Heng came to the oil tank and took a look. The entire oil tank was no longer working, and no oil was pumped out even when it was used. What should I do? ?Li Yahong said: "We have to fish it out of the oil well." As he spoke, he took out a crowbar from the truck compartment and pried open the manhole cover on a cement platform. A pungent smell instantly erupted. Wearing a mask, Li Yahong picked up an extra-long spoon she welded with an iron bar and an iron can and stretched it in. Pick up a large spoonful of gasoline and carefully pour it into the oil barrel nearby. Ah this. If you dont know this method, you really dont know how to get gas from the gas station! Li Yahong started to fish for oil. The movement is very slow. ??Wu Heng entered the station building nearby to see if there was anything he could loot. On the counter, you can see grilled sausages and oden, but they are already moldy and hairy. The rest of the items on the shelves are empty, so there must be survivors who have been there before. There was nothing to search for, so I took a quick look and went back outside. Command the skeleton to help Li Yahong continue to make money. The first bucket was already full, so he took the second bucket and filled it. I was busy until the afternoon, and then I felt that things were a little different. Its almost full. Li Yahong stood up and resealed the lid of the oil well. The skeleton warriors worked together to put the gasoline barrels back on the tricycle. The car body began to fall to the side. There was no other way, Wu Heng could only let a few skeletons push the tricycle towards the location of the community. ?This gasoline is enough for Li Yahong and the others to use for a while. ??Go all the way back to the neighborhood and send Li Yahong back to the auto repair shop. ??Wu Heng also returned to the community building. Let the skeletons return to the rooftop for training while he heads to Blackstone Town. ???Black market. ?Wu Heng and Bassen, wearing heavy cloaks, climbed to the second floor. After showing the coat of arms, he was taken to a separate room. A middle-aged man with a beard walked in closely behind, holding a flat wooden box in his hand. Sir, this is the item you entrusted. The wooden box was placed on the table and pushed in front of him. ?Wu Heng opened it, revealing a very old book inside. The battlefield of dead bodies (Description: Within a maximum range of 60 feet of the caster, inject the bones or remains of creatures with filthy false life force, and summon them into undead creatures (bone-spelling, transformation of skeletons, manipulation of dead bodies, transformation of zombies), this skill Releases a maximum of 80% of the caster''s spiritual power to ensure that the spirit will not be exhausted). Seeing the skill book and introduction, Wu Heng felt instantly happy. finally come. It should be, the efficiency of the snake emblem consortium is higher than the association. Guest, you also need to pay the balance of 72 silver coins for acquisition and transportation costs. The middle-aged man said with a smile. It can be seen that the client who commissioned this time is very satisfied. Basen, give me the money. Wu Heng said. ??Bassen took out a money bag and handed it directly to the other party''s hand. The man poured out the silver coins and counted the amount. Guest, do you need any help? Its gone for now. Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. The middle-aged man followed behind him, walked to the stairs, and waved goodbye. ??Wu Heng was on the first floor, blending in with the crowd and wandering among the stalls. ??The black market is still very lively, selling all kinds of strange and weird things. There are quite a few things, which are the body parts of various magical beasts. It gives the impression that if alchemy had not been developed, all the people in this world would have died long ago. After going around in a circle, Wu Heng found it strange that the man in black robe selling his own shroud and organ jars was not at that stall. Sold out? Or maybe he changed his position. I wanted to continue to see what good things he had for sale, but I couldnt find anything that looked like his stall after looking around. After wandering around for a while and finding nothing useful, I took Bassen back to Blackstone Town. Return to your residence and close the door tightly. Take out the skill book and start flipping through it. Zombie world. To the west of the Second Hospital. The night was gloomy, and the breeze carried a fishy smell. The dense footsteps were gradually approaching, and heart-piercing roars resounded throughout the night sky. The commercial building above the turntable. The four survivors were leaning against the window, looking at the zombies below in horror. The streets as far as the eye could see were filled with densely packed corpses. "Damn, why are there so many zombies? What the **** is going on?" A middle-aged man said, swallowing and spitting. It, are they migrating? said another. How would zombies know this unless there is something guiding them? As soon as he finished speaking, another person said: "Is the one at the back the big-headed zombie mentioned on the radio, the kind of deformed zombie that can command ordinary zombies?" ?A few people looked into the distance and saw a large-headed zombie slowly advancing, surrounded by a group of zombies. "It''s true." Someone swallowed and said as if he suddenly woke up: "It was the big-headed zombie that escaped from the Second Hospital on the radio. The direction it went to was also the Second Hospital." The other people also opened their eyes wide and looked down in horror. At this moment, the big-headed zombie in the distance suddenly looked up at the window and roared at the commercial building. The group of corpses started to make a noise as if boiling. ?Then, he rushed towards the building in front of him like crazy. The expressions on the faces of the four survivors changed dramatically. Cao, lets run quickly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 79 , love, you don鈥檛 understand Chapter 79, love, you dont understand The next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng passed through the gate and headed to the zombie world. After confirming that there was nothing special last night, he went straight downstairs with the skeleton. Let Xiaoxiao out and let her play by herself. ?Wu Heng walked directly towards the pile of zombies. Untransformed corpses are piled here, forming a **** in the middle of the two buildings. ??It is also the zombie world and the necromancer profession, which allows him to accept corpses and dead people. Otherwise, the purgatory-like environment in front of you can scare people to death. ?Hold the staff and directly release the newly unlocked skill [Battlefield of the Dead]. At the moment when the skill is released, a gray-white halo spreads rapidly around the body and sweeps over the corpses piled up beside it. Hulala~! The next second, the flesh and blood of the corpse began to fall off. Skeletons slowly climbed up from the mountain of corpses. ?His feet were unstable and he rolled down the **** of the mountain of corpses. Stand up unsteadily and enter the standby state. ??Wu Heng also entered a state of emptying after completing the spell casting. It seems that I have entered the sage time, my mind is empty and I dont want to think about anything. This should be due to the fact that 80% of mental power is consumed in the skill description. But the effect is really efficient. Looking at the standing skeleton again, he counted roughly. ? ? More than 300 and nearly 400 skeletons could stand up at one time, converting about a quarter of the corpse pile. According to the "Book of the Dead", the normal transformation is only about one hundred. ?It seems that my mental strength is indeed slightly higher. Go over there. Wu Heng ordered. The standing skeleton walked aside. One sword and two swords, give them weapons. With one sword and two swords, he followed the order and began to take out kitchen knives and distributed them to the skeleton warriors who came over. ?Wu Heng drank two bottles of psychoactive potion and sat aside to rest for a while. Then he continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field]. This time, only more than a hundred skeletons stood up and walked into the queue. ??It is difficult to feel clearly how much excess mental energy you have. ?It seems that after such a short rest, I have not recovered much. ?Wu Heng sat aside, looking at the ''Book of the Dead'', waiting for the recovery of his mental power, and then releasing it from time to time. Increase the number of conversions. No matter what, it will be much faster than transforming one by one. In the afternoon, Li Yahong sent iron spears. Due to a backlog of two days'' supply, more than 240 were delivered today. ?Wu Heng also took a brief look, and then took the skeleton to get the food. When bags of grain and cans are brought down. ?Li Yahong''s face was still filled with unconcealable joy, and her eyes were a little bright. Radio can communicate with the outside world and can also hear the situation in some places. Food is a resource that is scarce in any survivor gathering place. Even the main station is popularizing the identification of wild grass and vegetables, which can be used to satisfy hunger. At present, my small gathering place may not be the richest gathering place, but it still has no worries about food and drink. ?Maybe in a few days, they will gain a few pounds. ??The original plan was to exchange some food from Wuheng, then modify the car and go to the nearest survivor gathering place. But now..., everyone is beginning to waver. ??Some are afraid of Wu Heng, a person who can control so many skeletons, and feel that it is safer to work under his protection and have food and drink. It makes it difficult to make a choice. Thank you very much. Li Yahong thanked her sincerely. You have to speed up the progress of the agreed deal, Wu Heng also said. ?? Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "I want to take in some nearby survivors." ?Wu Heng glanced at her. He has no objection to accepting the survivors, as there are more people to work with. But Li Yahong and the others have to give out a lot of food. "Can you control so many people? Not everyone may be willing to abide by the rules now." Wu Heng reminded. "It''s just nearby. If anyone can come over, I''ll take him in temporarily." Okay, I have no objection. Okay. The two chatted for a while, and Li Yahong went back with the food. ??Wu Heng also returned to the community, studied skills for a while, and then returned to Blackstone Town first. Afternoon, Blackstone Town. As soon as Wu Heng walked out of the crowded area, he saw Yuli holding a scone in her hand and eating as she walked. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he waved his hand from a distance. What are you doing? Wu Heng asked. "Going to find you, what are you doing?" Yuli asked. Um, I have to go to the store. Do you have anything to do with me? Its okay, lets go and Ill go with you. This is where I come to make money again. The two of them walked towards the commercial street together. ?Wu Heng bought more than 20 bottles of psychoactive potions at the Antlers Store and asked Basson to hold them in his arms. Yuli looked at him curiously. asked: Why did you buy so many medicines? ??Wu Heng is unwilling to participate in the mission and does not do any magic research. She was curious, why did she buy so many potions? It was not as good to drink as water, and it was not as good as the black tea at his residence. Bought for others. Oh, you are quite a nice person. You are not like a necromancer at all. You should become a priest and pray for people every day. Its just a profession, whether its good or bad depends on the person "Hey~!" Yuri suddenly grabbed him, pointed forward and said, "Is that the captain? And Tulisa." ??Wu Heng looked in the direction she pointed, and saw captain Altluk and second team captain Tulisa walking side by side on the road. Neither of them wore armor and were dressed normally. They were very close, chatting and laughing about something. "Team..." Yuri stretched out her hand to say hello. ??Wu Heng covered her oily mouth and said, "Don''t shout!" What are you doing? Why are you covering my mouth? Dont delay the captains important matters. Whats the big deal? Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You will understand love when you grow up." Yuli was stunned for a moment, and then said with some surprise: "You said they..." Cant you even see this? I can see it now. Yuri said suddenly. Lets go this way and go back for dinner. "good!" The two of them walked around in a small circle, avoiding the two captains who were talking and laughing in the distance, and walked towards their residence. The next day, zombie world. ??Wu Heng stood in front of the pile of corpses and began to release skills. ??A gray-white energy aperture swayed, and each skeleton slowly stood up. ?The feeling of emptying his brain came again, making Wu Heng feel a little tired. Took out a few bottles of medicine and poured them into his mouth. After burping, continue to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the remaining corpses. The mountains of corpses have all been transformed into skeletons. ???Densely packed with people, they filled the open space in the middle of the building. After Sword One and Sword Two finished distributing the weapons, Wu Heng did a rough calculation and found that the number was almost two thousand and fifty-six. It can be considered a large team. ??These skeleton soldiers would appear near Blackstone Town. It can keep the guys at City Hall awake at night. His own skeleton army has taken a prototype. Just when Wu Heng was planning to take the skeleton out to fight monsters and upgrade. ?Xiaoxiao floated back from a distance and shouted: "Uncle, it''s not good, there are a lot of zombies coming." (End of this chapter) Chapter 80 , come back to take revenge on the big-headed zombies Chapter 80, come back to take revenge on the big-headed zombie How many zombies are there? ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeletons in the community. How many more can I have? Where did you see it? Wu Heng still asked. There are so many zombies in my shop. Xiaoxiao said. ??Wu Heng didn''t care much about her. Apart from going out to clean up zombies, he always let her go out for a walk by herself. Otherwise, its just playing with a few skeleton dogs. Anyway, there is no danger to just one ghost. "Let me see!" Xiaoxiao got into the body, and the picture appeared immediately. The narrow road was already crowded with dense zombies. He was led by a whole row of zombies, with some iron tools such as shovels and knives hanging on their bodies, making jingling noises as they walked. ??And behind them, there were a group of corpses that followed after being disturbed by the sound. Holy shit! ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised when he saw this scene. How come so many corpses were attracted in this way? I have just gathered so many skeletons. Before I can upgrade, are I about to face so many zombies? Continue to relive the scene just now in my mind. In the center of the corpse group, Wu Heng saw a familiar figure. ?Huge and exaggerated head, moves very slowly, and shakes from time to time due to the weight of the head. "Is it it? It''s coming back for revenge." ??Wu Heng has a deep memory of this big-headed zombie. He is the deformed zombie who controlled the zombies from outside the hospital. According to Li Yahong, they are called commander zombies and can control a certain number of zombies. But the group of corpses Xiao Xiao saw far exceeded the number that the big-headed zombies could control. It controlled some zombies to make noise and brought the zombies here. ?This intelligence is not low! Use this method actually. He released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Go and call Li Yahong from the auto repair shop." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao turned around and flew away from here. Soon, Li Yahongs voice came from the intercom, Are you looking for me? ? ? Walkie-talkies have a talking distance. They cannot contact the community from the auto repair shop. They need to go near the intersection to get in touch with each other. Well, wait for me outside the community. "good!" ?Outside the community, Wu Heng met Li Yahong, who was wearing labor protection gloves and an apron in front of her body. Looking like he was working, he was called out. ??Wu Heng walked over and said directly: "The big-headed zombie that we let go last time is here with the group of corpses." Hearing these words, Li Yahong''s face suddenly became solemn. Ah? How, how is it possible? This is the first time I heard about zombies seeking revenge. Well go to the Fuheng Silver Store in the east. It will take about half an hour. You can see the corpses from the top of the building. ?Li Yahong was completely panicked, her hands were shaking a little, "It''s so close!" ?At the same time, I secretly cursed my bad luck. ?Just after a few days of eating, a group of corpses came. Turning around, he wanted to go back and prepare to escape. Then he thought of Wu Heng, and immediately turned around and asked, "What should we do?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Ask your people to prepare gasoline barrels. You don''t have to worry about the rest. If the zombies can''t be stopped, I will buy you time to escape." Bindly evacuating is also very dangerous. Road congestion, corpses caused by driving, and some deformed zombies are all potential dangers. So, try not to evacuate blindly as much as possible. ?But there was no other way at hand, so after thinking about it, he immediately agreed, "Okay, I''ll go prepare now." The earth trembled slightly, and the sounds of dense and chaotic footsteps came closer and closer. On the steaming road, the crowds of corpses were approaching. Seeing it with your own eyes is still different from a small perspective. The corpses were densely packed, numbering in the thousands at least. ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton in front of him and was speechless.?????Are you lucky or unlucky? Luckily, all the corpses were transformed before the corpse swarm came over. Unfortunately, the corpse swarm came just after the transformation. ??Haven''t he just wiped out all his skeleton soldiers again? Stand here, you are here... Wu Heng began to adjust the position of the skeleton. Spear forward! Shuashuashua! The spears all face forward. ??Wu Heng also stood at the back of the team, waiting for the corpses to approach from a distance. The roof of a residential building. Two men were lying on the roof of the building with pale faces, looking down carefully. The two of them were survivors of the North Cultural Center. They found that there were very few zombies here, so they came to search for some supplies, but they didn''t expect to find anything when they arrived. ??So he was trapped here. ??Although the zombies did not notice them, there were densely packed zombies below, and the fishy smell that hit their faces still gave people a suffocating sense of tension. All the zombies are moving in the same direction, like an organized and disciplined team. They said, how could it be safe around here? Unexpectedly, all the corpses gathered together. "What''s going on with these zombies? Why are they all going in the same direction?" A bearded man stared at the group of corpses below. "Is there any gathering place? The zombies are going to attack the gathering place of humans." The other person was slightly younger and wore black-rimmed glasses. I remember there are survivors in an auto repair shop here. Could it be that they attracted the zombies attention? Its not like it attracts so many people! the man with glasses continued. No, look at whats over there? Why does it look like a bunch of bones? Looking in the direction of the zombies. ?At the end of the sight, there is a group of skeletons that are no less numerous than the zombies. ?Hold the weapon and face the zombies. Damn it, the zombies havent been solved yet, and a bunch of skeletons appear again, whats going on in this world? on the street. The group of corpses stepped over the crashed car and fell into a state of madness. Hahhhhhh~! Hello, with a roar, he began to charge forward. The swarm of corpses, like a spreading flood, instantly filled the entire street, charging towards the group of skeletons with bared teeth and claws. The sound of running was chaotic, and the roar was deafening. The fishy smell permeated the surroundings. ?Wu Heng looked ahead with a serious face. When the corpses approached, he released the [Grease Technique] as usual. Then throw a source of fire. Huh~! ?The fire rose and instantly submerged the zombies in front. ??More zombies avoided the fire source directly in front and pounced on the skeleton team from both sides. Boom~Bang! The group of corpses hit the group of skeletons like a huge wave. The skeletons in the first row were knocked to the ground and were instantly submerged by the group of corpses. The skeleton team also began to fight back. ? ?Spears and kitchen knives kept stabbing and slashing, killing all the zombies. ?Wu Heng stood at the back and released [Witchcraft Arrows] to kill the zombies. The corpses began to climb the wall, like human-shaped pillars erected, and smashed into the queue of skeletons with a bang. The two sides began to engage in fierce fighting. Broken limbs, broken bones, blood and heads were flying all over the sky, splattering the walls on both sides. In the midst of a fierce battle. Xiaoxiao flew back from the side of the zombie. "Uncle, we found the big-headed monster." After saying that, he got directly into Wu Heng''s body. Screen sharing. ?In a building in the distance, a big-headed zombie stood at the window and looked out. There were more than a dozen zombies in the room. So you are here. ?Wu Heng looked at the roof on one side, and then pointed at the residential building in the distance. (End of this chapter) Chapter 81 , it鈥檚 too difficult for humans to live Chapter 81: Its too difficult for humans to live Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. "Sister Hong, everything has been packed and you can leave at any time." Wang Ke ran up quickly, his face a little red because of nervousness and busyness. ?Li Yahong glanced in the direction of the community and said, "No hurry, just wait." Qiangzi walked up behind him and said, "Don''t wait any longer. There are so many zombies that can be killed just standing there for days. Let''s go." The rest of the people also looked at Li Yahong. The current way of life of human beings is to avoid zombies, stay alive and wait for opportunities. Avoid direct conflicts with zombies. ??Ordinary zombies are already difficult to deal with, let alone the current hordes of zombies! The person controlling the skeleton doesn''t plan to leave, and there''s nothing they can do about it, but they still have time to leave now. "Sister Hong, didn''t King Yama say that we won''t be needed in the future? It''s better to leave here first. I think it''s unlikely that we can stop the zombies." Another man wearing a peaked cap also advised him. He looks older, but he still calls him Sister Hong. Li Yahong still looked at the direction of the battle, thought for a moment, and said: "Look, if we leave now, we may lose a source of food, and life may be even harder by then. Wait a little longer, if the zombies want to Victory, lets take that person with us. ?Everyone frowned, but didn''t say much. Since Li Yahong wants to wait, lets take a look. But judging from the current number of zombies and the new zombies introduced in the battle, the winning rate of the skeleton side is not high. Evacuation is probably certain. ?A few people went downstairs again and continued to reinforce the car to see what else could be done. Main battlefield. The corpses were like waves, crashing into the skeleton camp again and again. ??They crowded and tore at each other, stepping on the bodies in front of them, waving their sharp claws, and pounced on the enemy. ??The skeleton team also kept waving their weapons, cutting down and impaling the rushing corpses again and again, killing the zombies. The big skeleton swung its arms from side to side like a pendulum, throwing away the zombies around it. Skeleton dogs and skeleton cats also ran quickly among the skeleton team, dragging zombies into the team and biting their throats and heads. The entire battlefield has spread from the fighting at the front to a large team of skeletons. The skeletons in the front row were overwhelmed by the corpses. In the gap, you can also see skeletons struggling to fight back. Not only the corpses brought by the big-headed zombies, but also the zombies attracted during the fight. ?The louder the sound, the zombies all around are also gathering here. ??Wu Heng raised his hand to release [Witchcraft Arrow] and [Acid Spray], and glanced at the residential building in the distance. ??It was still calm over there, and you could see the "big-headed zombie" standing behind the window and the ordinary zombies guarding outside the building. Skeletons die a bit quickly. This made Wu Heng start to worry. Dont capsize! The situation on the battlefield forced him to change his plan temporarily. ??If he continues to be dragged on like this, it is very likely that he will also be in danger. After thinking about it, he immediately took out his pistol and pulled the trigger. Bang~! The gunshots were still deafening in the noisy scene. After the gunfire, skeletons with eyes burning with blue flames appeared on the edges of the roofs on both sides. ?Holding a plastic bucket filled with liquid in his hand. Looking at the situation below, he threw it directly along the roof of the building. ?Bang bang bang~! Plastic bucket smashed into the group of corpses. A large number of zombies were knocked to the ground, and the liquid in the broken plastic bucket splashed everywhere. A strong smell of gasoline instantly filled the surrounding area. ??The zombies were knocked off their backs after being hit, and began to gather towards the walls on both sides, trying to gather together and climb up the outer wall. ?The plastic buckets were still being thrown down, after about five or six buckets. ??The skeleton on the roof once again took out the glass bottle stuffed with cloth strips and lit it, and the flames ignited the cloth strips. Then throw it towards the broken position of the gasoline barrel. Bang~Boom! The Molotov cocktail fell to the ground and shattered, instantly igniting a fire. The flames quickly spread to both sides, and the flame wave rose more than two meters high. Large swaths of zombies were covered in fire, struggling and roaring, submerged by the flames and turned into ashes. But soon, the zombie groups attack was adjusted. The group of corpses began to disperse, avoiding several burning positions, and continued to rush forward. ?Zombies roared and waves of fire shot into the sky. ?Abandoned cars exploded one after another under the fire, with deafening roars. But the fire still played a very good blocking role. The zombies no longer gathered so much, and the skeletons crawled out of the mountain of corpses and continued to chop at the zombies that were coming up. The roof of the building in the distance. The bearded middle-aged man and the man with glasses, their bodies stiff, looked at the battle in the distance with surprise. At first, when I saw the zombies attacking the skeleton, although I was surprised, I just felt like two things from the underworld were fighting. ?If dog bites dog, both parties will die at the same time. But as I looked down, I gradually felt that something was not right. ??The zombies began to divide their forces, with some attacking head-on, while others chose to climb or use ladders to attack the inside of the skeleton. ?This set of operations made the two of them dumbfounded. ??The zombies actually started to use tactics. At the same time, it also confirmed the idea that the zombies would win. Skeletons themselves are at a numerical disadvantage, and failure is only a matter of time. But when they saw a skeleton throwing oil drums and Molotov cocktails from the roof, the two of them were shocked even more. Damn it! The skeleton also has a backup plan. ?The man with glasses exclaimed. ?This is not a tactic, but a strategy, right? What the **** is going on? The apocalypse has erupted for a while, and the main reason why humans can still exist is that these zombies have little intelligence. Behavior and attack methods are more like a degraded beast. Humans have gradually figured out some ways to deal with zombies. But now it seems that they still underestimated the strength of these things. You can make your own weapons, these skeletons are a bit scary! said the bearded man. ?The man with glasses swallowed his foam and continued: "Can we really survive in this world?" Who knows! We need to be more careful, take this information back, tell the main station, and ask them to be careful of monsters like skeletons. "good!" In front of a residential building behind the zombies. More than twenty zombies were guarding the door of the building in a restless manner. From time to time, he would be attracted by the sound of explosions in the distance, roaring, then quickly quieting down, and returning to his position at the entrance of the building. Suddenly, in the open space in front of the corridor, a figure slowly appeared out of thin air. An iron-gray frame, half of the body covered in yellowed and tattered linen. The zombies around were stunned. The next second, he let out an angry roar and rushed forward. Bang~! ?Swinging out a straight punch, the first zombie''s head and eye sockets exploded, and its body flew backwards, knocking over the zombies behind it. Bawudong quickly rushed into the corridor. ?Two deformed dogs, baring their teeth and roaring, jumped down from the steps and rushed towards them. The fist shook violently, and the deformed dog hit the wall behind and fell limply. Bawudong quickly came to the room. He kicked the door open with a bang. ?Looking at the big-headed zombie surrounded by more zombies. (End of this chapter) Chapter 82 , the true king of **** must bow three times Chapter 82: The true king of **** must bow three times The bloated and misshapen head stared at the skeleton that suddenly broke through the door with wide eyes. He seemed to be unable to figure out why the other party suddenly appeared here. Why do you know it is hiding here? ??Hello~! The big-headed zombie roared angrily, and the zombies guarding him on the left and right also roared in unison. He rushed forward with his teeth and claws bared. ?Bawudong also stepped forward quickly, using his fists and kicks to knock away the zombies that rushed up, or smash them into pulp. In the blink of an eye, all the zombies in the room died. ??The zombies outside the door are still beating the security door hard. The big-headed zombie leaned helplessly on the corner, watching the tall skeleton walking towards him little by little. Tap tap~ bang! ?The big-headed zombie tried to get out, but after just two steps, he lost his balance and fell to the ground. ?Ba Wudong walked up to him, raised his head and kicked him down. Bang~! The huge head exploded like a balloon, and thick liquid and blood splashed all over the walls and ground. Main battlefield. The fighting between the two sides continues. Hordes of zombies fell in a pool of blood, and skeletons fell one by one like wheat. Up to now, it has completely turned into a war of attrition. It just depends on who has more units left in the end. ?Wu Heng began to stop using [Witchcraft] and [Grease Technique], and just stood in the team, waiting for the next step of the plan. Looked at the battle ahead. Gain experience +55. Summon-Skeleton Boxer gains experience +20. Suddenly, the empirical value about Bawudong appeared. Increase by 20, which is not a value that can be achieved by killing ordinary zombies. It also means killing a level 2 deformed zombie. At the same time, the organized group of corpses suddenly began to riot. ??Although they were still charging forward, they lost the original order and scattered in all directions, passing through the fire, and even being attracted by the exploding car, violently beating the car wreckage. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at the residential buildings in the distance. ??At the window where the big head was originally, Bawudong stood holding the corpse of the big-headed zombie in his hands. ?Wu Heng gave him a thumbs up from a distance. Then he ordered: "Attack!" Hurrah! The skeletons, who were defending in place, suddenly moved and began to charge forward. ??Knocked down the zombies that were also rushing towards him, and kept raising and lowering the kitchen knife in his hand to kill the zombies in front of him. ??The three-meter-tall big man waved his arms desperately, knocking zombies away. ??Wu Heng followed the skeleton and advanced to the initial fighting area. Raise the staff and release [Dead Bones Field]. ??The gray-white halo of light swayed instantly, and skeletons climbed up from the ground, joined the team, and pounced on the zombies. Avoid the flames! ?Watching the skeleton walking towards the fire, Wu Heng shouted hurriedly. ??The fire has been burning for a while, and the flames have reduced, but there are still a lot of combustion aids burning. Skeletons may be more flammable than zombies if they step inside. The skeleton army began to shrink into a slender team, walking past the flames and continuing to kill the zombies on the opposite side. ?Wu Heng opened his backpack, took out a bottle of psychoactive potion and drank it down. Then, release [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] again, and a large number of skeletons will join, continue to drink medicine, and continue to release skills. The skeleton group crossed the sea of ????fire and began to rush towards the zombies like crazy. ??The kitchen knife swung down and chopped the zombies to the ground. The situation on the battlefield also began to change at this moment.? ? ? Skeletons push zombies backwards. ??The kitchen knife kept swinging, chopping the zombies to the ground, unable to lift their heads. "Holy crap! What is his background? Not to mention his name is King of Hell. When the real King of Hell comes, you have to bow to him three times before leaving, right?" On a rooftop directly behind the battlefield, several people from an auto repair shop watched the battle in the distance. ?The entire battle changed so fast that they even had trouble reacting. At first, the zombies had the upper hand. They thought the zombies would win and planned to drive away directly. ?Then the gasoline barrel was thrown down, and the fire engulfed the large swaths of zombies. At this time, they thought it was possible to win, but the losses of King Yama would certainly be considerable, and all the skeletons might be wiped out. ?But now, the skeleton charged directly in the opposite direction, killing all the zombies and crumbling into pieces. Needless to say, the skeleton side will definitely win in the end. These zombies seem to have suddenly become chaotic. Wang Ke stood aside and asked softly. The time for the skeleton to counterattack is after the zombie group is in chaos. ?Although I didnt see anything, I still felt that something had been arranged. The moment the zombies were in chaos, the skeletons launched a charge. What caused the zombies was the commanders zombie mentioned on the radio. Maybe that zombie died and the zombies were in chaos. Li Yahong explained. The other people all looked at each other. ?Last time, when I went to the hospital and met a big-headed zombie, Li Yahong told them about it. ?At that time, I was still surprised that skeletons were chasing and killing deformed zombies. ?Now this zombie actually brought people back to take revenge, but the ending is still the same, no one was left alive after being killed by the skeleton. Its simply terrible! "Um..., Sister Hong, are we still leaving? I mean, when there is enough food, are we still leaving?" Qiangzi asked. Li Yahong was silent for a moment, and then said: "Let''s check the situation first. Don''t be in a hurry. Go and unload the things from the car. If it''s safe, don''t rush to leave." Okay! Several people nodded and went downstairs to return to the auto repair shop. The roof of the building on the other side. A man with a beard and glasses, leaning against the edge of the guardrail above his head. ?The bearded man lit a cigarette and blew out a smoke ring. The bearded man said, "There seemed to be someone in the skeleton just now, commanding the skeleton." ?The man with glasses also said, "I saw it too, but I''m not sure if it''s a human being, or maybe it''s a monster that looks like a human being." I feel like the superhuman being mentioned on the radio. ?The man with glasses pushed up his glasses, "If it is a person with superpowers, then maybe there is still hope for mankind, but it is unlikely. How can there be a person with superpowers who develops so fast." The bearded man turned back and glanced downstairs, stubbed out the remaining half of the cigarette, stuffed it back into the crumpled cigarette case, and said: "Anyway, we have survived for another day. There are not many zombies left. Let''s go back first. Lets check on the radio then. "Um!" The two of them got up and walked carefully downstairs. ?Time passed little by little, and the battle was coming to an end. Skeleton dogs and skeleton warriors are surrounding and killing the remaining zombies. Bawudong came back from the opposite side. ??The folded shroud was hung on the ribs of the chest like a towel. One hand was holding a large corpse, and the other was dragging two deformed dogs. As the highest combat power of the entire team. ??Wu Heng planned to put him outside to kill this big-headed zombie from the beginning. Otherwise, in a head-to-head confrontation, once the zombie is at a disadvantage, the big zombie will turn around and run away, and it is really difficult to catch him. At that time, it will be even more troublesome to attract the corpses to come back for revenge. Fortunately, this time it went smoothly. Bawudong killed him directly. Looking at the body thrown in front of him. ?Wu Heng was also a little curious. ?This big-headed zombie has no physical strength and staggers when walking. What type of skeleton can it transform into? (End of this chapter) Chapter 83 , big-headed spirit demon Chapter 83, Big-headed Spirit Demon Three deformed corpses were thrown at the feet. There are actually two deformed dogs. It seems that dogs have a high chance of being deformed. Lets focus on the big-headed zombie again. His head had been kicked open, and his death was very miserable. In fact, the advantages and weaknesses of big-headed zombies are very obvious. Remote control of zombies, but melee combat and movement are their own weaknesses. After being approached by Bawudong, there is no problem in killing it. Let Bawudong and some nearby skeletons protect themselves, and use the [Bone Spell] on the big-headed zombies alone. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the body. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... An unstable prompt appears, proving that the corpse is level 5 or above. The flesh and blood of the big-headed corpse began to fall off gradually, and the white bones stood up. The exaggerated skull looks like it is holding a balloon. The eye sockets are much larger than those of a normal skeleton, and you can see the blue soul fire inside. Skeleton Demon (Level 10) The name has changed and it is called Spirit Demon. This is somewhat different. When the level 11 big guy is transformed, the name shown on the prompt is still called Skeleton Warrior, but his attributes have been enhanced. The big skull in front of me even has a new name. Big-headed skull, the hollow skull rotates slightly, as if observing the surroundings. Skeleton Demon (Level 10) Level:100/52000 Attributes: Constitution 14, Strength 12, Agility 6, Intelligence 16, Perception 15, Charisma 5 Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul Experts: Soul Aberration, Biological Aberration Ability: Soul Commander, Hive Mind Soul Distortion: Intelligence +4. Biological Aberration: Intelligence +1, Perception +1, Agility -3. Soul Commander: By mastering the soul node, you can issue orders to many units of the same camp. Brood Mind: The Skeleton Demons within the range belong to the same soul node, and their telepathy can be transmitted to the surrounding Skeleton Demons at any time to jointly establish the same Master Brain. ?Wu Heng frowned when he looked at the attributes of the big-headed monster. The overall attribute value is very weak. In terms of physical fitness, it is not much different from ordinary zombies, and its agility is only 6 points, which is a bit too low. Intelligence and perception have reached 16 and 15, which are relatively high among transformed skeletons. It is also understandable that the big-headed zombies themselves are low in physical fitness and are characterized by controlling zombies, but this is a bit too low. It is still level 10 after all. Continuing to look down, except for the two aberration feats in terms of feats. Two new Ability options have been added. Soul Commandercan issue orders to units in the same camp through soul nodes. This point is that its ability to control zombies is retained after transformation. It feels like a good ability to give orders to skeletons. The second ability, called [Brood Mind], does not feel like the ability of zombies, but more like the ability of the Zerg in the original Star Wars game. ?From the introduction, telepathy can be transmitted to the surrounding skeleton demons to jointly establish the same master brain. ?Wu Heng read it several times and understood somewhat what it meant. That is to say, the "Skeleton Spirit Demon" within the range has established a WeChat group, and everyone can know any news. ??If it is true as I suspected, the role of this spirit demon is really not small. Can build a huge network. Achieve information sharing. From now on, you will be called Big Tou No. 1. Wu Heng directly gave him a name. ??The skeleton spirit demon didn''t answer and still stood there. Come out and stand aside. The big-headed skeleton came out and stood aside honestly. The movement of walking is still not fast, but the head is only the skull, so it is not that heavy, and it does not shake around after taking two steps like before. ??Took the kitchen knife belonging to a skeleton next to him, searched for it on the ground, and found a second-level corpse core. Put them in plastic bags and continue to use the [Bone Skeleton Technique] on the other two deformed dogs. The two level 5 skeleton dogs stood up, shook their bodies, and ran to the side. ?Wu Heng found two more first-level corpse cores from the corpse. Three corpse cores, one level 10 skeleton and two level 5 skeletons. The harvest is pretty good. After transforming the three deformed zombies, he turned his attention to the street again. The whole street was in a mess. Abandoned cars rising up into thick smoke, heat waves from flames, bodies covering the ground. It''s like the road to hell. Eerie. ??Wu Heng glanced at the big-headed skeleton on the side and said, "Let the skeletons bring the body back." The next second. ??The skeletons standing ready in all directions started to move, dragging the zombie corpses on the ground and walking towards this side. It really works! And the effect is not bad. ?This big-headed zombie may be more useful than he thought. He continued: "Let the skeletons move the corpses into the community and pile them together, and the rest will put out the fire." Skeletons began to divide their forces. Some of them dragged the body towards the community, while others began to collect some soil and sprinkle it into the flames on the road. ?With the big skull, you just need to stand where you are and give commands. All the corpses were dragged into the community, and the buildings on both sides were scorched black due to the fire. The windows on the first and second floors are also broken, so the fire is put out separately. It also took a lot of time to clean up the battlefield and finish the work. It feels almost the same. Wu Heng then said to the big-headed skeleton: "Bring some skeletons and clean up the zombies nearby. Don''t hurt humans. If humans attack first, you can fight back." ?The battle attracted a lot of zombies, causing some chaos in the area. It needs to be cleaned up, and at the same time, the big-headed zombies must be warned not to kill the ones in the auto repair shop. The entire group of skeletons, skeletons with souls, are practicing spears and swords on the roof of the building. The big-headed skeleton, commanding about five hundred ordinary skeletons, went out to patrol around the community and kill zombies. Back to Blackstone Town, Wu Heng washed and changed his clothes. After sorting it out, I went directly to the Professionals Association. Entering the team lounge, there was no one inside. I feel that the atmosphere in the entire fourth team is very bad now, and no one comes to the association. Filled out the order form for three corpse cores in the lounge. Sent to the front desk of the lobby. ?When I went back to the lounge to get something, I saw Slater, wearing a long skirt and carrying a leopard, walking towards me. Deputy Deacon! Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Its not easy to see you in the association, Slater said. Well, our team is on vacation, so there are fewer people coming. Wu Heng found an excuse casually. Slater looked at him curiously, and then asked: "Do you have a lover?" "No, why do you say that?" Wu Heng couldn''t understand why she said such a thing suddenly. Slater looked him up and down and said, "I feel something is different about you. I thought all four teams were looking for lovers!" ??This guy''s intelligence is really good. It must have been discovered about the captain. "If you want to find me, you should also find someone like the deputy deacon." Wu Heng said directly. Oh? Do you like someone older than you? Slater raised an eyebrow. No, I just like pretty ones. Slater''s lips turned up, as if the words were useful. Boy, I think you want to defraud me of money... (End of this chapter) Chapter 84 , encircling and suppressing the Necromancer Chapter 84, Encirclement and Suppression of the Necromancer He and Slater chatted for a while and said goodbye to each other. Go directly back to the crowded area and dont hang out outside. ?I came back a little late today. There are many customers in the pub at this time. ??The mess was all filled with rough guys, so they came back and made themselves a bowl of noodles. Now that I have a good physical constitution, I am not afraid that these foods are not nutritious. ?While eating instant noodles, reminders kept appearing. Gain experience +2. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Gain experience +2. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Get experience. Since returning to Blackstone Town, my experience has not stopped. It should be a big-headed skeleton, leading a team of skeletons to clean up zombies nearby. This method was something he had thought about before. But the rest of the skeletons with souls do not have this effect, and ordinary skeletons are completely unable to execute orders. Now the big skull can be solved. And the effect is good. It feels like sitting at home counting money. ??He also completely got rid of his way of following skeletons to fight every day. If you have the chance, you should get more big-headed skeletons and then go out and lead a team to fight monsters. After eating instant noodles, Wu Heng continued to practice the Gray Eagle sword technique. The long sword in his hand was swung out again and again, making complete movements. Zombie world, auto repair shop. The doors and windows were sealed, making the room a little stuffy. Are the people from Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop still there? An inquiry came from the radio frequency band. ?Wang Ke, who was sitting at the table, turned to look at Li Yahong. The latter frowned, took the phone and asked: "This is an auto repair shop, what can I do?" They are still alive. Holy shit, I can live with this. Were they the ones who made those skeletons? Shut up, you can hear me from the other side ??On the radio, there was noisy discussion. You can hear surprise and discussion about skeletons. After a few seconds of silence, a voice came from the other side asking again, "Did you see the battle between the skeleton group and the corpse group today?" ?Li Yahong and Wang Ke looked at each other. ?Besides them, there are other people who saw the situation here. I saw it, its some distance away from us. Li Yahong replied. "Do you know the origin of those skeletons? I mean, are there people with super powers?" The two of them were a little surprised. This group of people should not be too far away from the fighting position at that time. They may have seen something. Li Yahong thought for a while and said, "I don''t know. It''s too late to hide. Who will study this?" ??But they really didn''t dare to talk nonsense about this matter. After all, they were living under the protection of the skeleton, and she didn''t dare to talk nonsense without the other party''s permission. ?There was a brief silence on the other side again. Those skeletons are a bit dangerous, so be careful. Thank you, we will be careful. Then, the other person continued: "Do you have enough food?" Li Yahong immediately became vigilant. The food now is gold. How can anyone ask your family if there is gold? "What''s matter?" "If you have food, we can make some exchanges." The other person said directly. The two refuge places are not far apart. They have agreed with each other and can actually make some exchanges or transactions. What do you want in exchange for it? I have medicine here that can be exchanged. In this case, medicine is also indispensable. "we do not need." The other party did not expect to refuse so decisively, and fell into silence again. Then he said: "What do you want?" Li Yahong was amused and said, "Contact us after you think about it." The other side was silent again. Just when Li Yahong put down the microphone and was about to leave, a voice came from the radio again. "This is the prison in the south of the city. If you have food, we can exchange it." Li Yahong felt that she couldnt talk about the food issue, so she immediately changed her mind, We dont have much food here. We can exchange it for a gun, a rifle or a sniper rifle. ?Li Yahong was shocked. But he still said: "If we find enough food, we will exchange it with you." "good!" The next day, Wu Heng got up in the morning. After breakfast, head to the zombie world. In the open space in the middle of the community, there is a higher mountain of corpses. ??Yesterday''s battle with the corpses, all the corpses were piled up here. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The large group of skeletons stood up directly and walked to the queue on the side. Take two gulps of medicine, continue to release skills, and increase the number of skeletons. For another magical world, he is the necromancer who is most in need of soldiers. At noon. ?Li Yahong rushed over. He said directly: "Yesterday, someone on the radio asked about the skeleton. It seems that he saw a fight with zombies." Didnt find anything? "No, I asked if he was a person with superpowers. I said I didn''t know, so I didn''t mention it again." Well, dont reveal it to anyone yet. Li Yahong continued: "There are still people who want to exchange for food and say they want to exchange rifles." Hearing this, Wu Heng turned to look at her and asked, "Where is it?" Chengnan Prison. Its a bit far, lets talk about it later. "good!" Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng continued to return to the community and transformed the pile of corpses. In the afternoon, return to Blackstone Town. As soon as I walked out of the boundary gate, I saw the letter under the crack of the door. It says that the association has a task, so go to the professional association. Are there any tasks again? It seems that since the last time the Divine Punishment Cult was launched, the fourth team has not been assigned any tasks. I made another bowl of noodles to fill my stomach, and then started stuffing the things I wanted to bring into my backpack. ?The magazine is full and there are plenty of spare magazines. When everything was ready, Wu Heng took Bassen out of his residence and headed to the Professionals Association. Entering the hall, the other three teams all gathered in the hall. Looks like another collective action. Wu Heng saw the position of the fourth team and walked over directly. Altluk and Kavina stood aside and waited. Yuri was holding something and leaning against the wall while looking around and stuffing something into her mouth. . Captain, shall we guard the house? Wu Heng approached and said. ?Otluk frowned, understanding what he meant by guarding the home. ?Then he said: "I''ll listen to the deacon''s arrangements. It''s not clear what the task will be." Oh okay. Wu Heng stood aside and waited. Yuli came over and said, "Don''t be afraid, I will protect you when the time comes." We have few people and it is possible to guard the home. Like last time, wouldnt it be more dangerous to stay behind? ?Wu Heng was stunned, "It seems to make sense." Not long after, Deacon Yazd and Subdeacon Slater came out from one side. The team members stopped chatting, and the hall instantly became quiet. Deacon said: "Blackstone Town received the news and found traces of the Necromancer. We need to coordinate with the guards to kill him. We don''t need to survive." ??Everyone was stunned, and several of them even looked back at Wu Heng. Seemingly observing his expression. ?Wu Heng didnt squint his eyes and didnt look at anyone else. What do other necromancers have to do with me? I can abide by the law. The deacon waved his hand and everyone followed and walked out. There is no mention of people in the left-behind association. Looks like there are other arrangements. ?Each small team met up with the guards outside and rushed outside together. As night fell, the team left the city in a mighty manner. ?Hurry to a remote manor in the east. Approaching the destination, the team began to slow down, and at the same time, a ranger wearing leather armor walked out of the dark woods. He whispered: "The target is inside, and it has never come out until now." Slater looked serious and said softly: "Didn''t I notice you?" Dont worry, you definitely didnt notice me. The ranger assured him, patting his chest. Because of Yuli, Wu Heng followed him. Hearing the conversation between the two, I had a bad feeling in my heart. Slater nodded and returned to the rear to explain the situation to the deacon and several guard commanders. Return again soon. He gave a direct order: "Attack, surround, and leave no one alive." Hurrah! ??Everyone acted instantly and quickly ran towards the manor in front. (End of this chapter) Chapter 85 , carrion undead Chapter 85, Carrion Undead Hurrah! ?Flocks of birds flew into the sky, taking the lead in flying towards the manor. The guards and professional teams quickly approached the hollow iron gate of the manor. The manor was dark and quiet. The leader of the guard glanced at the ranger beside him. ??The ranger controlled the bird to circle above and said: "There is no danger in the yard." Waving his hands behind him. Immediately, a man wearing leather armor and a short sword hanging on his waist came forward and began to fiddle with the lock of the iron door. With a crisp sound. The door opened in response. The commander waved his hand slightly, and the guards quickly poured into the manor and surrounded the stone castle in the center. The members of the professional team also quickly followed up, and they were all ready for battle. Welcome friends from Blackstone. The balcony on the second floor of the stone castle lit up with the light of torches. A figure of medium height wearing a black robe appeared in front of everyone. ?Hands on the stone railing of the balcony with both hands, he looks down at the crowd of people below without any surprise or panic. ?Wu Heng leaned towards Bassen''s side. This necromancer had indeed discovered them long ago. The man in black robe held the stone railing with both hands and continued: "I know the purpose of your trip, but you have found the wrong target. I am not the necromancer you are looking for. I can provide you with some clues..." Whoosh~! Before he finished speaking, a cold light broke through the sky. With a pop, it accurately hit the chest of the man in black robe. ??Wu Heng was startled and turned around suddenly, and saw a long bow in the hand of a man in leather armor standing behind him in the night. The bowstring was still shaking slightly. Look at the balcony again. ??The man in black robe was hit by an arrow in the chest, and his body suddenly fell back, but his hands were still holding on to the stone railing in front of him, and his body was in a weird posture. The next second, under the gaze of everyone, the man in black robe slowly stood upright and broke the arrow shaft on his chest. A part of the arrow remains in the opponent''s body. Substitute? Or some special constitution? ??They are not dead? ??The man in black robes turned his gaze to everyone again, and his voice became colder and colder, "It seems that you are planning to find a scapegoat, so... then you all stay and become my servants!" The next second, the ground in the manor began to tremble violently. Hands that were mottled and covered with rotting flesh broke out from the ground. Densely packed, like bamboo shoots growing all over the ground. Kill him! Yazd ordered again. Swish swish swish~! ??Arrows and crossbows were shot towards the second floor in pieces. ??The man in black robe retreated to the depths of the stone castle and said at the same time: "Enjoy this killing feast!" The figure disappeared into the darkness. The rotten corpses with mottled flesh and blood covered the entire manor. Under the eyes of Blackstone Town, so many corpses had been collected. Slater, commander of the guards, go in with me and kill the necromancer directly. The rest of the people will clean up the corpses in the manor and seal off the surrounding areas to prevent suspicious people from escaping. Yazd said to the surroundings. Okay! Everyone nodded and acted according to the order. ??Yazd and the others quickly rushed to the gate of the stone castle. ?Bang bang bang~! The dull sound of footsteps sounded. Four huge humanoid monsters slowly walked down from the second floor of the stone castle. ? Nearly four meters tall, with slender arms reaching past the knees, long and sharp nails like sharp knives, a mouth full of sharp teeth, and gray-white eyes without pupils. Its a troll carrion! Slater reminded softly. The rest of the people nodded. At the top of the corridor, the man in black robe walked slowly down behind the troll corpse. Slater, Whisperer of the Society, I will not destroy this body of yours, at least not until you rot. Do it! ?Yazd let out a low groan, pointed his wooden stick in his hand, and an energy beam formed and shot forward. The body of the troll carrion on the opposite side was hit, and large pieces of carrion exploded, revealing the more rotten internal organs inside. At the same time, several other people also took action at the same time. Melee combat quickly rushed towards the stairs with weapons in hand. ?Hand the bow and arrow from a long distance, the arrows roar through the air and shoot towards the target. ?The two tall rotting corpses guarding the stairs, their thick arms waving widely, smashed at the people who rushed towards them. ??The man in black robe at the rear was dodging the incoming arrows, and the staff in his hand also condensed magic rays and blasted towards the opposite side. For a time, there was a roar in the castle. Outside the castle. Members of the Guards and Professional Squads fought with the wights that crawled out. The sound of fighting and the sound of swords piercing flesh filled the entire courtyard. Some people kept falling to the ground after being struck by swords, moaning one after another. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and released the Witchcraft Arrow, knocking down the three corpses in front of him to the ground. ??Bassen ran up quickly, pierced the skull with the short blade along the eye socket, and killed him. The rotting corpses here can be different from zombies. Although he also has no intelligence, he can use weapons. Some people with high levels may have fixed occupations. It is a necromantic attendant in a different direction from Wu Heng''s own skeleton. Although they are not as strong as the members of the Guards and Professional Teams, they must be dealt with carefully. Ouch~! The giant brown bear that Yuri turned into knocked away the rotten corpses one by one. Smashed over the rest of the carcasses. Dang~! ??A clear voice sounded, and Altluk took a step forward, using the long sword in his hand to block the carrion''s sword from attacking the brown bear. Be careful. The brown bear nodded and waved his paw again, throwing away several carrion corpses. At this time, Tulisa from the second team approached with people from her own team. asked: Are you okay? ?Otluk replied, "It''s okay." The two teams gathered together and began to kill the rotting corpses around them. The guards on the side are more efficient in killing enemies. Form a tight formation to resist more wights. ??The battle still continues, but the number of rotten zombies is gradually being wiped out by Blackstone Town. ?Bang bang bang~! Just when most of the rotting corpses were killed and fell to the ground. Mutation happened again. The dead bodies exploded one after another. Dense yellow smoke instantly filled the entire manor as the corpse exploded. ?Under the yellow poisonous mist, almost at the same time, all the guards and squad members began to cough violently. The body shows symptoms of intoxication and weakness. Be careful, its the evil explosion of the Necromancer, the gas is poisonous. It is written in the Necronomicon. ??Necromancers can use corpses to release miasma and affect living creatures. Now it seems that this spell is set in the body of the rotting corpse, forming a skill combination. After the corpse dies, the corpse will explode and release this poisonous gas. This aspect has the effect of releasing poisonous gas twice more than the skeleton. Hearing what Wu Heng said, the two teams began to find ways to prevent themselves from inhaling the poisonous gas. ??Wu Heng held his breath, quickly opened his backpack, took out an unopened gas mask, quickly tore off the outer packaging, and put it directly on his face. ??As the rotting corpses died and exploded one after another, the fog completely covered the entire manor. (End of this chapter) Chapter 86 , immortal constitution Chapter 86, Immortal Physique It is difficult to detect the presence of your companions even from a distance of three meters. Bassen, identify the location of the team members. Wu Heng put his hand on Bassens shoulder and rushed forward together. There were guards who were weak and fell to the ground along the way. ?There are very few people who can carry gas protective equipment, and gas masks are not popular in the world. Wu Heng quickly found the remaining members. ?Kavina put on the crow''s mouth mask. Otluk and several other people from the second team also took out their scarves and blocked their mouths and noses. Get out first. Wu Heng said directly. In this situation, it is impossible to fight at all. The carrion is not affected by the poisonous gas, and the living creatures cannot bear it. "Ahem~! My aunt...cough." Yuri said while coughing dryly. You are going to die, give it back to your aunt and aunt. Wu Heng said. Yuri ignored him and turned into a fear crow, about to fly inside. ?Wu Heng grabbed her leg and said, "You go out first, and I''ll go see Deputy Deacon Qi and the others." Yuli glanced at him and nodded, "Okay!" ?Each team began to retreat, and the mist was filled with the sound of dragging companions across the ground. ??Wu Heng continued: "Go to the stone castle and have a look." Hold on Bassens shoulders and approach the stone castle. Stone Castle Hall. Poisonous mist poured in from the doors and windows, instantly filling the hall. Those who are fighting wear props or release protective scrolls to block the poisonous mist. But it still had an impact on the performance of strength. Click~! The golden leopard was knocked away by the troll carrion, broke the stair railing, and fell down. Immediately afterwards, the troll carrion hugged the two guard leaders, rolled down the steps, and hit the wall behind with a bang. ??The troll carrion raised its thick arm, threw one person away, and then raised its arm to rain down on the chest of the remaining guard commander. The breastplate was dented, blood flowed from the mouth, and he kept coughing. ?The faces of several people changed drastically. They saw that their companions were about to be beaten to death, but it was too late to rush over. ?At this moment, gunfire sounded. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet hit the body of the troll carrion, causing the body to stagger slightly. ?The commander who was spitting out blood made a difficult roll and opened a certain distance. ??Wu Heng led Bassen and quickly ran into the hall. A dull voice sounded from behind the mask, "Hold these rotting corpses." The deacon and the commander immediately reacted and ran towards the troll corpses again, stopping them from approaching the stairs. Huh? The man in black robe looked at the figure rushing in. ??When he saw the leather armor worn by ordinary members of the association, he also sneered. You just want to show off at this time? ?Wu Heng did not answer, and while moving forward, he changed the magazine. Then start pulling the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense bullets were fired at the target one after another. He choked back the next words, and his body kept retreating under the bullets. ??As the black robe on his body became torn, the man in black robe looked down in disbelief. ??Lifting up the staff, he fired [Fireball Technique] towards the opposite side, and the scorching flame ball flew directly out. ??Bassen quickly changed positions and stood in front of Wu Heng. His body was exploded by the fireball technique, scattering a stream of flames. You also have undead attendants? the man in black robe said in surprise. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but pulled the trigger faster. ?The bullets poured out as if they were free, and the original black robe was like a piece of rags. My servant, protect me! the man in black robe shouted loudly. But the rotting corpses all around were blocked by the remaining people. ?Looking at the people rushing toward him with strange weapons, the black-robed mage released a large black mist, turned around and ran upstairs. ?Wu Heng and Basen quickly followed. In terms of movement speed, Wu Heng and Bassen are both faster than this Necromancer. But fearing that there might be an ambush, he still let Bassen run ahead. Hurry up to catch up with the man in black robe, and stab the dagger directly into his body from behind. ??The black-robed mage staggered and fell to the ground. ?The black robe fell off, revealing a face like a mummy. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. ?The other party is a necromancer, why does it become like this? "Are you crazy? Help them..." the black-robed mage shouted loudly. ?Wu Heng did not stop and kept pulling the trigger in his hand. The bullet instantly smashed the target''s head to pieces. Gain experience +77. Huh~! The experience prompt appears, proving that the opponent is dead. Under the gas mask, Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. ?Wu Heng squatted down and fumbled around the corpse''s bag. ?Just after the search, there were rapid footsteps downstairs. ??I randomly touched what seemed to be a skill book and stuffed it directly into my backpack. ?Wu Heng stood up and saw Deacon Yazd and others rushing up quickly. Seeing Wu Heng and the body lying on the ground, they all breathed a sigh of relief. Wu Heng, are you okay? Its okay. Wu Heng stood up and said directly. Yazid glanced at the body and continued: "Take the body with you, let''s go out first, and leave the rest to the guards." "good!" There was a chaos outside the manor. There were a large number of guards lying on the ground. Coughing and vomiting, the injured area began to rot directly. Everyone is drinking potion. ?This night can cost a lot of money. ??So many people are arresting one person, and the commotion is still like this. To a certain extent, it can be regarded as a failure. Yuri went to see Slater first, then ran over and shouted in surprise: "Did you kill that black-robed mage?" The rest of the people were also stunned. Then they all looked over. "When I passed by, the opponent was already dying, so I gave him a knife directly." Wu Heng made up one casually. This can also allow you to meet. Soon, the deacon and subdeacon came over. ?The leopard was limping and limping, and Yuli squatted on the ground in distress to comfort her. The deacon said: "Okay, leave this to the guards, let''s leave first." The body of the necromancer was handed over to the guards. As for the professional team, they began to rush towards Blackstone Town. Yuli looked much better now. Chasing after Wu Heng, he said: "I suddenly thought of a question. He is also a necromancer. If you kill him, wouldn''t you be a traitor in the profession?" Holy shit! Return to Blackstone Town. The deacon said to everyone: "When you get back, take care of your injuries. Today''s operation is considered a success. The merits and bounties will be recorded. Okay, let''s go back and rest!" Everyone dispersed and walked back. ??It was already getting dark, so Wu Heng returned to his residence and asked Basson to guard the door and go to bed to rest. ~! ?There was a rapid knocking on the door. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes, and the sky was bright. ??Bassen was still sitting at the dining table looking at the door. Hearing the knock on the door, he immediately stood up and entered a state of alert. Going to sleep, someone knocked on the door. Who is it? Wu Heng shouted and asked. If its not something important, tell him to come back later. Wu Heng, have you had breakfast? Lets have breakfast together. Yulis voice came from outside the door. Holy shit~! Its great to be young and have so much energy. Opening the door, he saw Yuli standing at the door. There were still some blue scars on her cheeks, which should have been left yesterday. ??Make way for Yuri to walk in directly. ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Aren''t you sleepy?" Yuli sat down at the desk, "If you are sleepy, you can just stay up for several days." Come in, is your aunt mistreating you? She doesnt even give you food. "What you say is so unpleasant." Yuri sat down and continued: "My aunt went out and killed the Necromancer yesterday. This solved the problem in Blackstone Town. Otherwise, the kingdom and the association would have sent an investigation team here. Oh, no wonder the city hall and the deacon are so anxious, fearing that someone will come from above. Hmm! It should be. ??After Wu Heng made two bowls of noodles, he sat back at the table and started to read the books he got yesterday. Necronomicon Volume 2 This was found from the body yesterday. I thought it was a skill book, but I didnt expect there was a second volume. While waiting for the instant noodles, I started to look through them. ?This second volume is much thinner, but the content is also more advanced. ?One of them talked about the professional issue of Necromancer transformation. Melee professions can retain the characteristics of each profession or most of their skills after conversion. But mages and some special professions are somewhat different. Since the corpse is infused with a false soul by necromancy magic, its own magical elements are also changed. In other words, you are transforming a mage. No matter what school he belonged to during his lifetime, he can only be a necromancer after being transformed. Because it can no longer sense other magical properties. There are also some professions such as priests and magicians. Their own power comes from the gods. Whether it is given or exchanged, it does not belong to themselves. This power cannot be preserved after transformation. Especially for priests, transformation often leads to direct collapse, so the Book of the Dead clearly states not to transform these corpses related to gods. It doesnt do any good, and it can easily get you into trouble. ?Wu Heng continued to turn back and saw another page. Pure soul, organ of ancient descent, special bloodline, gathered into the body, can acquire the power of the dead, refine the body of a corpse, and have an immortal constitution. He can actually gather the power of the dead. It should look like the necromancer last night. ?Although he is immortal, it is actually quite difficult for people to accept that he is neither a human nor a ghost. ??Moreover, these things are not so easy to collect. Pure souls refer to ghosts. They can become invisible and pass through walls. It is basically impossible to catch them. It is not something that ordinary people can do to collect ancient viscera. ?Thinking in my mind, I suddenly frowned. He came to Blackstone Town and did not participate in many arrests. From the first mining village, a sealed ghost baby was brought back, and the second organ, Bawudong''s organ, was lost. ?It cant be such a coincidence, right? A chill rose up my spine. Yuri, who was eating potato chips on the side, saw that his expression was becoming more and more serious. She was holding the potato chips in her hand and was a little afraid to put them in her mouth. He asked softly: "What''s wrong?" "Um, it''s okay." Wu Heng looked at the content in the book again and asked casually: "Have you not arrested any wanted criminals of special blood in Blackstone Town recently?" "I do not know." But I recalled it carefully. Isnt the guy who stole the child last time a warlock? (End of this chapter) Chapter 87 Remarks on the launch Chapter 87 Remarks on the Release It will be released on the 1st. Due to update issues, my review is a little late. Please forgive me. The concept of the whole book is to fight monsters and upgrade in the zombie world. In Blackstone Town, there is a complete story line. But there are also many problems. Because the plot was too slow, some brothers came to the group to scold me, which made me angry. ??The end of Blackstone Town will free you from the shackles and accelerate the development of the magical world, no longer subject to restrictions. Take full advantage of both worlds. Hope to be able to write a better plot. Thank you all for your support, and also thank the big guys who rewarded and voted. (End of this chapter) Chapter 88 , do you have any other wishes? Chapter 88, Do you have any other wishes? Yuli opened the lid of the instant noodles, sucked the noodles, and asked, "What''s wrong?" Its okay! Wu Heng said afterward. The records in the Necronomicon are still a bit unbelievable. It shouldnt be such a coincidence. How long have you been in Blackstone Town? ?Several consecutive missions, all of them matched the records above. ???The matter of the infant spirit in the mining village shall be determined according to the instructions of the mine owner himself. It was someone who told him how to cultivate ghosts three years ago. Because it involves ghosts, we directly attribute this matter to the work of a "necromancer". ?So, the person behind this matter started preparing for this matter at least three years ago. After the infant spirit is obtained. ?Bawudong of the Divine Punishment Sect, a warlock who stole children, came to Blackstone Town one after another to give away their heads. What happened is too easy to make people doubt. ??The necromancer who died last night should be the stall owner we met at the black market. ? Judging from the things he sold and the many rotten corpses he transformed, he should have become a necromancer very early. ??Moreover, he had no chance to organize and collect these things. ?Then why did he die? What did you say when you came in just now? Wu Heng asked Xiang Yuli. What did I say? Yuli looked up with noodles in her mouth. What did your aunt do? "Oh, my aunt is out and busy, so I came to play with you." Yuli said. "You also said, why don''t you kill the necromancer?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Yuli frowned for a moment before reacting and said: "Oh! The kingdom and the association take this matter very seriously. If the necromancer is not caught, an investigation team will be sent over." ??The kingdom still attaches great importance to necromancers. Forcing Blackstone Town to give a result. So, a necromancer must die. ?Wu Heng felt that his hair was standing on end. What happened to you? Yuri asked again. ??Wu Heng wanted to tell her about his findings to relieve his psychological pressure. But he still kept his mouth shut. ?With the complete knowledge of Bawudong and the child-stealing warlock, it would not be difficult for the Whisperers, plus Slater''s power in Blackstone Town. ?Layout is not difficult either. Its okay, Im just asking. Wu Heng closed the book in his hand and said with a smile. Arent you going to eat it? Yuli looked at his instant noodles. "eat!" Open the lid and start eating noodles while chatting with Yuri. noon. There was a knock on the door of the residence. Someone from the association informed them that they should go to the association to burn the corpse. There were a lot of dead bodies last night. With the weather and the threat of the Necromancer, we still need to burn them as soon as possible. ??But after Wu Heng had already suspected that the necromancer was just a scapegoat, he felt that this was deliberately destroying evidence. However, he has no conclusive evidence for any of this. ??Moreover, the people in the association and the city hall are no longer reliable. And Yuri came to the association all the way. Entering the lounge, Altluk and Kavina had already arrived early. Seeing the two people coming in, Altluk smiled and said: "Wu Heng, these are the books that were found from the Necromancer''s stone castle yesterday. The association can give them to you first to read, and then return them to the association. , as a commission reward. Speaking, he took out several skill books and placed them on the table. There are three skill books in total. They are also old and yellowed and look older than him. Corpse SpellEvil ExplosionFireball. In the two Necronomicon factions, fireball should be an attack skill. [Corpse Slaying Technique] is a spell that enslaves rotting corpses. It is the same skill as your own ''Bone Slaying Technique''. In fact, the difference is not too big. ??However, the rotten corpse itself has a very serious disease effect. In fact, among the living necromancers, the "Bone Slavery Technique" is used more often. Evil Explosionis also the same technique that caused the corpse to explode and release the poisonous mist last night. When I read the introduction of the "Necronomicon", I felt that it was nothing. But the on-site effect is still a bit exaggerated, and it feels very useful for treating living creatures. ??The Book of the Dead also records a kind of "corpse explosion technique". The corpse begins to explode with great power. Basically, there is no solution. ??The carrion rushes forward, whether you fight or not, or chase after you if you don''t fight. If you are killed, the corpse will explode, and it can also kill you. Finally, there is [Fireball]. The fireball in front of you is not the initial skill in the game, but a high-level skill. After the explosion, flames will also be produced, burning the surrounding areas. Overall, except for [Corpse Slaying Technique], the other two are pretty good. Oh, okay, thank you. Wu Heng put away the three skill books. ??Otluk continued: "The rewards and meritorious deeds this time will be distributed after the statistics. It may take some time." Well, were not in a hurry. Yuli replied cheerfully. Altluk nodded, continued to look at Wu Heng, and said: "Your meritorious service should be higher. If you can get another level 3 meritorious service, it is entirely possible that you will be appointed captain by the headquarters in advance. Then you can also have My own team member." Our team is very good. Wu Heng said. Yuli thought for a moment and said, "Captain, what about our achievements?" We will also have it, but it will be lower than Wuheng. After all, it was the Necromancer who was killed by Wu Heng in the end, so his merits would be higher. If the others had no special performance, their merits would also be there but not too high. ??If all the merits are given the same, then this thing will be of little use. "Oh, that''s okay." Yuri thought for a moment and said, "You want to be the captain, and I will be your vice-captain." ??Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her and said directly: "It would be great if you asked the captain to give you a vice-captain now. Why wait for me?" No, you are too incompetent and need someone to help you. I dont know who is worse! ?A few people chatted in the room for a while. The teams began to gather and prepare to burn the bodies. The corpse is placed outside the city, and the team goes directly there, confirms the identity, and burns it directly. The fourth team went directly out of the city and came to the burning point. ?Oteluk checked the bodies and found that there were no problems, then piled them all on the pile of wood. ??Wu Heng glanced at these corpses, cast a [Grease Technique] on them, and then lit them. Huh~! ?The fire shot into the sky. Everyone quickly retreated and opened up a certain range. ??After all, it is a summons from the Necromancer. No one is sure whether another corpse will explode or release poisonous gas or something. ?The fire shot into the sky and the firewood crackled. With the grease spell to ignite it, there is no need to fill it with firewood, and the body will be burned almost as well. After the bodies were burned and the scene was dealt with, the team began to return. Yuli was holding Kavinas arm, talking and laughing. It seems that after the death of the necromancer, everything became normal and had no impact on anyone. Returning to the association, each team went home to recuperate. Yuli was called away by her aunt. ??Wu Heng went directly to the front desk of the lobby and asked about the production status of the corpse core detoxification potion. The staff began to look through the record book. Smiled and said: "Mr. Wu Heng, the production of both potions has been completed. Please wait!" Its all done. With a formula, the preparation of potions is very efficient. Much faster than research and development. Not long after, the staff came back. ?Hold two boxes in his hand. Mr. Wu Heng, this is a commissioned potion. The staff respectfully placed the box on the table. ?Wu Heng opened the medicine box and saw the two medicines inside. Special antidoteShouzhi detoxification mixture After confirming that there were no discrepancies in the medicine, the remaining balance was paid. ?Taken the potion and walked directly out of the association. After returning to your residence, close the door and ask Basson to guard the door. ?Wu Heng placed the second-level corpse core and the potion on the table. He simply cleaned it up and swallowed it directly. ?A strong mental pressure suddenly rushed into his brain, as if there was an invisible force tearing at his spiritual consciousness. Damn, the symptoms are different. ?Wu Heng felt bad for a moment. The symptoms were completely different from the last time I took Level 2 Corpse Core. Without daring to think too much, he immediately opened the potion and drank it down. Whether its useful or not, drink it first and then talk about it. A refreshing feeling rushed into my brain instantly, but it only relieved some of the mental pressure. ?The feeling of being constantly stretched and torn still exists. ?Hinging in my ears and blurred vision. The skeleton Bassen on the side began to tremble because of his connection with Wu Hengs spiritual power. It seems like it is falling apart. No! Wu Heng suppressed the pressure, opened the other two bottles of special antidote, and drank them all. Common potions also have some effects. ?Wu Heng held his head with both arms and his teeth gritted loudly. It seems like a lot has passed. The prompt appears vaguely in the ear. Perception +5, Intelligence +7, Charisma +5. Unlock ability: strengthen will ?After the pain, Wu Heng panted heavily, and beads of sweat wetted his clothes, dripping to the ground. At this time, the sense of mental stress begins to gradually subside, and at the same time, there is a stronger sense of perception. Even if you dont look specifically, you can feel everything in the room. The effect of the corpse core was still significant, but for just a moment, he really thought he was going to die. ??If he became a zombie, he would probably be a level 2 zombie. ?In the zombie world, you can become a leader or something, but in this world, you may be killed, the body sent for research, and the remaining parts are sold as materials on the black market. Somewhat scary. Taking a deep breath, Wu Heng sat up straight. ??Start to check the attribute changes brought by the corpse core. The first is an increase in Wisdom, Intelligence and Charisma. ?These three attributes are potential attributes, unlike physique and strength, which are expressed on the body. Intelligence directly affects the mage''s spellcasting, as well as his own memory and logical thinking abilities. ?Every mage is a scholar, which means that this profession has a certain intellectual threshold and needs to understand the contents of various books and records. ?Perception is the quantification of intuition and insight, while charm represents more personal temperament, and priority in choosing a mate is also very important. ?For example, if you get Slater, you will be a well-fed upper class person in Blackstone Town. Finally, an ability is unlocked. ify off by strengthening personal will, establishing will barriers, and blocking and dismantling the negative effects that infringe on personal will. ?Wu Heng frowned. According to Modern World Radio, he should have unlocked the superpower. ??Its just that the ability in front of you is a passive ability. It should have some effect in a different world, but in the zombie world it may not have much effect. Even the big-headed zombies were not found to be able to affect his will. It is not the same as the imagined power. It feels useless. But something is better than nothing. There is nothing to choose from. Collect more corpse cores in the future, and you may be able to continue to unlock abilities. After tidying up the surroundings, Wu Heng changed into clean clothes. ~! ?The door was knocked again. ??Wu Heng opened the door while fastening the buttons. I thought it was Yuli who came to have dinner with me, but I found a staff member of the association standing at the door. Deacon, please come over. Deacon? Okay. Wu Heng nodded. It should be about the merits and rewards of this mission. ??Oteluk said that his merits were higher than others. After simply tidying up, I went out directly. I walked out of the alley and told the landlord that if the curly-haired girl came, I would say that I was going to the association. After saying that, he took Bassen and walked towards the association. At this time, there are no people in the association. The hall is empty and a little cold. ?Wu Heng came to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door and entered the room. The entire study room is still neat and tidy. Deacon of Yazd. Well, sit down! the deacon said with a smile. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Yazid continued to ask: "How does it feel to be in the association?" Not bad, pretty good. "Your growth rate also surprises me. I didn''t expect that you could kill the necromancer last night." Yazd leaned on the back of the chair and said softly. "It''s just a fluke." Wu Heng looked at the other party and felt that the tone of the deacon''s speech today was a bit strange. ?It seems like I am about to release the depression in my heart and hold back my excitement. Yazid stood up with his cane and continued: "Do you have any other wishes?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 89 , I seem to have seen a ghost Chapter 89, I think I saw a ghost ?Wish? A bad premonition suddenly arose in my heart. ??He wanted to reach for the pistol at his waist, but found that the entire study was wrapped in a light curtain, and he himself seemed to be frozen, unable to move a finger. Beside him, Bassen stood there blankly, as if he was on standby. You are growing very fast. After a while, it may be difficult for me to control you. At this time, Yazd no longer looked like a humble gentleman. Although he still wore a straight dress, white gloves and a wooden staff, he gave people a more cunning feeling. Like a poisonous snake hiding its fangs. What does it mean to have no grievance or enmity? Wu Heng asked. ?Yazd still smiled, "Guess." What about you wanting to become a ghoul? ?Yazd was stunned for a moment, his eyes full of surprise, "It seems that you have gained some knowledge through other channels." Sure enough, the devil is inside. Everything can be aligned. Yazid was suddenly transferred to the remote Blackstone Town to take over the position of deacon Slater. This was also close to the time frame when the mine owner was bewitched and raised dead babies into infant spirits. So, he deliberately came to such a remote location and set up such a situation. The entire Professional Association, as well as the guards of Blackstone Town, are working for him. Gather what he needs and bring it to him. The man who died last night. ?Becoming a scapegoat means that the entire series of cases has been completely concluded, and he can continue to complete his plan. ?Wu Heng was surprised, but he also calmed himself down. said: "As a deacon, you have killed so many people in the mining village. Aren''t you ashamed?" "I''m even more curious about where your hometown is. Everything here is written by strong men. Do you know what those people sitting on the throne have done? This is a world of cannibalism. You don''t eat Others, others will come to eat you, such as you and me at this time..." Yazd said with a smile. Why do you want to become a ghoul? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Yazd glanced at him, but was not impatient. He slowly took off the glove on one hand, revealing the back of his hand covered with pustules. What can I do? I just want to survive. You have collected all the things, why are you looking for me? I am not of any special bloodline? Wu Heng continued to ask. Yazd stared at him, his eyes full of expectation, and said slowly: "I found another method that allows me to occupy a new body, young, extremely talented in magic, and without any background. Body." ?Wu Heng understood. ?His original plan was to use materials to refine himself into a corpse, possessing an immortal physique that was neither human nor ghost. But the appearance of Wu Heng made him change his mind. He believed that Wu Heng was a replaceable body. Even if he was killed, no one would investigate the matter in detail without any background. ??And when he talks about high talent, he probably means being able to learn magic quickly. You want to take over my body? "You are very smart." ??Wu Heng continued: "Why bother? If the materials you worked so hard to collect are not in vain, wouldn''t the previous efforts be in vain?" No, no, its too ugly. I dont want to be like that. Actually, Im not in good health either. Yazid waved his hand and said, "You know what you need to know, so don''t delay it any longer." Speaking, he threw the wooden stick in his hand. The wooden staff landed in the middle of the study room and stood upright. A pupil suddenly appeared on the top of the gem, scanning around the room. The next second, circular halos of light spread out from the center of the wooden staff to form a magic circle. ?As for Yazd, he flipped his hands and took out items one after another and placed them in the middle of the magic circle. Yazid''s old body stood in front and asked softly: "Do you really have no last wishes? After all, you were called into the association by me, and you can be regarded as my confidant." Kiss you! ??Hey~! Yazid sighed, his body seemed to have lost its soul, and he knelt down limply on the ground. A blue ghost suddenly floated out from above his head and flew towards the young body opposite. Outside the door. Yuri held the potato chips and walked forward. When he arrived in front of the deacon''s study, he saw a team captain "Anel" guarding the door. Yuli glanced at him and asked softly: "Have you seen Wu Heng?" ?Anel narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at her. Yuli felt a little nervous, took a step back and said, "What are you doing? I''m just asking, what do you want to do?" ?Anel said: "Let''s go. If you chase him now, you can still see him." Yuli frowned, looked back at the corridor, turned around and left, muttering: "Just leave, keep a cold face." But it doesnt feel right to walk around. He turned around and walked towards the deputy deacon''s room, pushed the door open and shouted, "Aunt, go check on Wu Heng, I feel something is not right." In the study room. The formation and the majestic suction force continuously converged towards Wu Heng''s body. ??The blue ghost was forcibly pulled out of the body and turned into wisps of slender smoke, which was constantly being stretched. The ghost of Yazd floats aside with expectation. Whoosh~! The next second, the blue ghost was pulled out of the body and gathered into the clay pot on the side. Yazids ghost immediately rushed towards the body in front. ?However, the next second, Yazd looked at the body in front of him in disbelief. I saw only one pair of eyes of the other party, still staring at him closely. "what happened?" ?The doubts in my heart have already penetrated into the body in front of me. The next second, he felt that Wu Heng''s spirit was protected by a barrier. ?There was also a huge and indescribable sense of oppression that enveloped and compressed him. This is spiritual power, a majestic spiritual power that seems to tear apart everything and wrap up his soul. Yazid was startled, knowing that there might be something wrong, so he struggled hard to get out of this body. The blue ghost emerged from the body, but it still looked frightened. Farewell, farewell to Wu Heng. bang~! The ghost in front of him shattered like a balloon and dissipated in the air. Dangrang~! The wooden staff in the middle fell to the ground, the formation disappeared, and Wu Heng''s body immediately regained its mobility. How did you come up with the idea of ??competing for souls with the Necromancer? ??If there were other methods, maybe Wu Heng wouldn''t be able to do anything. But in terms of the soul, the necromancer''s practice direction is to control the soul. Go to the side and check the container on the ground. The little soul floated out from inside. Looking left and right exaggeratedly, and then said: "Uncle, I seemed to see a ghost just now, floating in the air, and then I was sucked away." Well, we are ghosts too, so we are not afraid of him. Seeing that Xiaoxiao was fine, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. Then he continued: "Be invisible, go outside and see the situation, and then tell me." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao became invisible and left through the wall. ??Wu Heng walked to the body and looked at his hands. ?Wearing a ring on the right hand. Space Ring (Description: A prop engraved with space magic, with 3 cubic meters of space inside.) What a good thing. Just now I turned over my hands and took out various props. They should have been taken out from this space ring. ?Wu Heng did not go to get it, but released [Conversation with the Dead]. ?Yazd, who had been lying down, sat up directly and looked at where Wu Heng was. (End of this chapter) Chapter 90 , is there any backup plan? Chapter 90: Is there any back-up plan? (Chapter 87, the second half has been changed a little, and some content has been added.) ?Yazds eyes were empty, staring blankly here. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "In order to deal with me, are there any other means planned later?" Yazid replied, "No, you are just a newcomer and you are not worthy of my doing this." Holy shit, why do you feel so insulted? If you really succeed, what are your next plans? I have submitted a transfer application in your name. I will leave here and go to a strange place. In a few years, no one will remember you. Holy shit, there are indeed plans. Furthermore, judging from his current achievements, he should be able to reach the captain level if he is transferred outside. What property do you have? Wu Heng continued to ask. Blackstone Town, I have a residence, part of the assets are stored in the Snake Emblem Consortium, and the rest are in the space ring. How to use this space ring? You can use it if you try to use mental power to communicate. ?There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Do you have any background or special identity behind you?" Professional Association, Heavenly Eye Esoteric Order. After saying that, he lay down on his back with a thud. ?In addition to the Professionals Association, Yazd is also a member of some secret order. Another strange organization. ?It doesnt really matter if you havent heard of it. I just hope it doesnt have anything to do with myself. ?Wu Heng bent down and took off the space ring on his finger. ?The ring looks ordinary, made of silver material with a prismatic white fragment on the top. He wiped it with his clothes and put it on his hand. Trying to use mental power to connect to the space ring, I immediately sensed the separate space in the ring. ??There are no cumbersome steps such as bleeding to identify the master in the novel, and it is even simpler than imagined. There were a lot of things inside. In addition to clothes and daily necessities, Wu Heng''s eyes fell on a treasure box. As soon as he thought about it, the treasure box appeared in front of him and fell to the ground with a thud. Open directly. The top is the storage note of the "Snake Emblem Consortium", and the bottom is the neatly stacked silver coins. As a deacon of the Yazd Association, it is actually not surprising that he has made so much money. Put away the treasure chest again. ?His eyes fell on the wooden stick on the ground. Sacrificial staff (wonderful object) (Description: The evil **** can give you what you want, and at the same time take away what he is interested in.) ?This wooden stick is still a strange object. ?Wu Heng wanted to pick it up, but stopped his hand in mid-air. ??But this wooden stick is not quite the same as a ring. Yazid is used to wearing white gloves. If he had not taken off his gloves just now, Wu Heng would not be able to see the ring. ??He carried this wooden stick with him, and everyone had seen it. ?His death here is difficult to explain. If the most conspicuous wooden stick is taken away, it will be easy for people to continue to trace it. Furthermore, the tool used to make a deal with the evil **** is also a hot item. I thought about it for a moment, but still didnt go and get it. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. He stopped in the air and said: "Uncle, I flew around the hall, and there was an uncle guarding the door." Is there someone at the door? You couldnt hear the conversation you just had from outside the door, right? Let Xiaoxiao return to his body and immediately saw the scene at the door. I saw a man wearing silver armor and holding a long sword standing not far from the door, looking left and right like a sentry. Anel, captain of a team. ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed a little deeper. ?Yazd said there was no backup plan, so why was Anel still standing outside the door? ?This made Wu Heng begin to wonder where there was a problem. In other words, the answer is not accurate. ?After thinking about it for a while, I decided to go out and test the other party first. Open the holster and safety of the gun, and hold the short spear hanging on the side of the backpack in his hand. Opened the door and walked out. Anel outside the door looked back. The two looked at each other and neither of them spoke. ??When Anel saw Basson walking out from the side, his expression suddenly changed. He unsheathed the long sword in his hand and slashed it at Wu Heng''s head. Dang~! ??The sound of metal clanking sounded. The short spear firmly blocked the blow. ?Anel saw a mage blocking his blow smoothly, his eyes showing surprise again. Wu Heng directly raised his leg and kicked the opponent''s chest. With a bang, Anel took three or four steps back. ?The expression is even more unbelievable. ?At the same time, Bassen on the side instantly drew his knife and rushed forward. Wu Heng also drew his pistol directly, intending to kill him directly. ?Anel''s movements were even faster, and he took out a scroll and tore it open in an instant. Bang~! Dense smoke filled the air instantly, blocking the view. Immediately afterwards, there were the sounds of footsteps running away quickly. Basson followed closely behind him and got into the smoke. Wu Heng raised his pistol and hesitated for a moment before continuing to chase after Basson''s blurry figure. When he came to the side of the stairs, he saw Anel jumping directly along the window. ?Wu Heng and Basen also jumped down. ??Now Wu Heng has only one idea in his mind. I am a necromancer, and if he bites me, things will only become more troublesome. ?When he rushed out of the association and saw the streets with people coming and going outside, Wu Heng suddenly stopped. ?It may not be the right move for me to pursue him so blindly. ?Moreover, Anel moved very quickly and disappeared into the crowd. Fuck~! ?Wu Heng stood there, thinking about how to deal with this matter next. After thinking about it for a while, I decided to go back to the association to check on the situation. ??If things really go against you, you can choose to test the attitude of Archdeacon Slater, or run away overnight. Wu Heng carefully returned to the association. ?Standing at the door and taking a look at the situation inside, a lot of people suddenly gathered in the deserted association. I felt a thump in my heart. ??Yazds body was discovered so soon? After getting a little closer, Yuli walked over quickly and said, "Wu Heng, what are you doing?" Huh? Whats going on? Yazd is dead! Yuri lowered her voice and said. At this time, someone came out from a distance carrying the body, covered with a white cloth. Judging from the half cuff exposed at the edge, it is Yazd''s body. How did you die? Wu Heng asked. "He just died like that. I found a suicide note written by him on the desk. My aunt read it. It should be that he knew he was going to die and made some explanations." Yuri said while looking around. Written a suicide note? It seems that the other party''s plan is more comprehensive. ??If you successfully occupy your own body and add a suicide note on the table, you can get rid of the evidence of guilt very well. He is also afraid of replacing himself and causing unnecessary trouble. Yazid also taught him a lesson. No matter how low-key you are, once you show wealth that is not commensurate with your strength, you will be targeted. "What''s wrong?" Yuli raised her head and glanced at him, then continued: "By the way, wasn''t the deacon looking for you? Didn''t he tell you anything?" I just talked about this meritorious service. I didnt expect that he died just like this when he was fine just now. Wu Heng replied. Since the matter has developed to this point, Wu Heng does not intend to tell the matter anymore. Yazd died, but he survived. ?This ending is very good. Talk too much and you will only get yourself into more trouble. As for Anel who escaped, it actually doesnt matter. ??Yazd wrote a suicide note himself. Even if he came back and said that Wu Heng killed Yazd, it would be difficult to stand. ?Furthermore, it is difficult for the other partys plan to come to light, and it is unlikely that he would dare to tell it. What you need to be wary of is some small actions in secret. Soon, people from the city hall came here and inspected the body and the study. Judging from everyones actions and conversations, nothing special was found. Then, there is the preparation for Yazds funeral. There are no descendants, and only the association arranged for his burial. In the Archdeacon''s study. The affairs of the whole Association are now handled by the Archdeacon. It can be said that Slater finally took charge of the association. Have you met Yazd just now? (End of this chapter) Chapter 91 , ask about food exchange for guns Chapter 91: Ask about food in exchange for guns Slater put down the document in his hand and stared at him seriously. The golden leopard on the side sat up and looked over. ??Wu Heng did not notice the danger on the other side, but this kind of sight was still a little uncomfortable, so he said: "Well, you told me something." What was said? Slater continued. Womens intuition? Or is she gifted with some abilities? It is certain that she did not know what Yazd did to her, but she obviously felt something. Wu Heng didn''t think too much and said casually: "Ask me about my future plans, saying that I was recruited by him and considered a confidant, and then told me not to trust other people easily." Bang~! Slater slapped the wooden table and said in a cold voice: "Huh! He''s dead, and he''s still talking nonsense..." ?Wu Heng was also startled and almost drew his gun. ?Listening to Slaters words, I felt that I had mistakenly thought that Yazd was talking about her. Looking at it, the two of them seemed to be on good terms on the surface, but privately their relationship was worse than expected. Slater took a deep breath, his plump chest expanded and then fell back. Then he said: "The city hall said that Yazd made an explanation there. After his death, the properties in Blackstone Town and the rest of his assets will be transferred to you. You should be notified in a few days." Slater looked at him seriously and said, "No matter what his character is, it seems that he treats you really well." It is actually not surprising that the property is transferred to yourself. In other words, I have long thought of such an operation. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, not intending to say more on this matter, and continued to ask: "Now, should I call you deacon?" Slater was not modest either. He nodded and said, "I will take care of things here temporarily. When the appointment letter from the headquarters comes out, I might bring in another deacon to provide for the elderly... If so, I will quit my job." Forehead. Just saying "Mother", it seemed that the atmosphere suddenly became much more relaxed. "You should be the deacon this time." Wu Heng flattered appropriately. Slater rolled his eyes at him and returned his gaze to the document in his hand. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Yuli poked her head in and said, "Aunt, have you finished talking?" Is something wrong? Oh, Im looking for Wu Heng. Slater glanced at the two of them, wondering when they got so close. He still said: "Okay, you go!" Okay, Deacon Slater. The appointment letter hasnt come out yet, so dont talk nonsense. Go out of the study room. ?Wu Heng only felt a lot more relaxed. The retreat prepared by Yazd solved his concerns very well. I just feel a sense of relaxation. What did my aunt talk to you about? For so long? Yuri asked. ??Wu Heng said: "Yazd transferred his house to me." "Ah? Are you really his illegitimate son?" Yuli was a little surprised. "You are his illegitimate son. You should trust me more. After all, he recruited me." Wu Heng made an excuse casually. ?Now everyone thinks that Yazd is taking care of him, and he must respond appropriately. Its great, you have your own place, but I still have to live with my aunt, who supervises me every day, and reads books. Its so annoying. Yuli complained in a low voice. I feel a little envious that Wu Heng was able to obtain a real estate. But unlike adults who envy the value of it, she envies having her own property without being managed by others. When you get married, you can go out and live. Hmph! What nonsense are you talking about? Yulis face turned red and she raised her hand to punch him. ??The property is not yet in his name, and Wu Heng does not dare to live there directly, for fear of any trouble there. ??Took Yuri back to the crowded area. After cooking instant noodles and eating a bunch of snacks, Yuli left with satisfaction. ?Wu Heng closed the door and began to read the skill book he obtained today. There are three books in total, start reading them one by one. Unlock skill: Corpse Subjugation. Unlock skill: Evil Explosion. Unlocked skill: Fireball. Three skills are unlocked one after another. ??The speed at which this skill is unlocked is no wonder that Yazd is considered a magic genius. The night outside is gloomy. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and planned to take a rest. I have experienced too many things today. Its true that Im a little tired. Let Basson guard the door to prevent Anel from sneaking up on you. Go to bed and rest. ?Just after lying down for a while, another prompt suddenly appeared. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Device Specialization (Entry)''. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Spear Specialization (Entry)''. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Spear Specialization (Entry)''. In an instant, Wu Heng became somewhat energetic. At this time, so many specializations have been unlocked. ?It seems that the training of the skeleton warriors is still very effective. Then, Wu Heng was attracted by the item of equipment specialization. ??There is not much to learn about the skeleton training. Apart from training spears, the remaining skeleton warriors are learning to use generators and some tools from Li Yahong and the others. It should be in this area, and the corresponding specialization has been unlocked. Looking pretty good, it proves that skeletons can also learn how to use various utensils. is also a good thing. ?Wu Heng has no plans to visit the zombie world. Close your eyes and sleep. The next day. ?Wu Heng came to the zombie world and looked at the pile of corpses between the two buildings. He is not here, but the big-headed skeleton has been taking ordinary skeletons to clean up the surrounding zombies. The number also gathered nearly 400. ?Standing in front of the pile of corpses, directly release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ??A gray-white halo spread out, large pieces of flesh and blood began to fall off, and each skeleton stood up directly. In skills, corpses can also be transformed into rotten corpses. But there are bacteria and diseases in rotting corpses, and once you start a war with zombies, it is easy to lose track of who is who. Skeleton is better. The skeleton slowly walked into the queue of skeletons. At this time, Xiao Xiaofei came back. said: "Uncle, Aunt Li Yahong is here." "okay!" ??Wu Heng walked out with a few skeletons and saw Li Yahong outside the community who had brought the iron spear. A total of three hundred and seventy-eight iron spears. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton take all the iron spears in and distribute them to the skeleton." From the community, a group of skeletons walked out directly, picked up the iron spears and walked back to the community. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong and asked: "Let''s go, let''s see what food you want to change this time?" Li Yahong looked away from the big skull, "Oh, okay!" The two of them entered the community and ordered the grain they wanted to exchange in the warehouse room. Let the skeleton be moved downstairs and loaded on the cart for her. ?Wu Heng continued: "Bring ten level five skeletons over." Soon, ten level five skeletons came over holding iron spears. Wu Heng said directly: "These ten skeletons are following you, six of them teach them to drive and repair cars, and four of them use generators and tools." Huh? Teach them to drive? This kind of car? Li Yahong pointed to the car aside. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s safe nearby. Find an open space and teach them twice, and then let them practice on their own." Since there are many cars, just practice as you like. And Li Yahong and the others are good at repairing cars, so they can fully meet the conditions for practice. Whats wrong? Are you having trouble? "No, no, I will make arrangements after I get back." Li Yahong said directly. ?Wu Heng nodded. After thinking for a while, he continued to ask: "Do you still have contact with the Chengnan Prison?" You can often hear them accepting survivors and asking everyone to gather towards them. The prisons are built far away from the city. There are fewer zombies there and it is indeed safer. But food is a problem after all. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are they still exchanging grain?" "I''m changing. I asked here yesterday that they should be short of food." Well, lets contact them and determine the amount of food in exchange for their guns and bullets. ?Li Yahong was stunned. I really need to change my gun. (End of this chapter) Chapter 92 , should we really change? Chapter 92: Are we really going to change? Hearing that Wu Heng planned to exchange grain for guns, Li Yahong was still a little dazed. Not to mention that the value of food at this time is no less than that of guns, even the road to the prison is not easy to pass. Prisons are built in locations far away from population gatherings. It may take several days to walk there with your legs. If you drive there, you have to consider the traffic jams on the road and the zombie monsters attracted along the way. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said tactfully: "The food is in hand and can be exchanged at any time. There is also a long way to go, so the matter of changing guns can actually be postponed." It was also said on the radio that bullets have a certain degree of lethality, but these zombies have no sense of pain and life, and they will still continue to attack if bullets are fired on their bodies. It is not useless, but it is difficult to achieve the killing effect of firearms on people. Furthermore, the skeleton army is now fully capable of protecting the surrounding area, and it is difficult to see zombies nearby. There is no need to get food to exchange for guns. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Just contact me as I said and confirm the exchange ratio. Don''t let us suffer." ?Li Yahong wanted to continue to persuade her, but she endured it. Although she thinks her considerations are more relevant to the current situation. But the food was provided by the other party, so it didnt matter how she exchanged it or what she wanted to exchange it for. ?Talk too much and you may bore the other person. Can only nod, "Okay, I''ll try to contact the other party when I get back." "Um!" After talking about the important things, the two talked about the recent situation of the radio station. The main station still popularizes survival knowledge every day, as well as some motivational words of "don''t give up" and "unite together". It also published some examples of physical changes in survivors. There are hearing and visual enhancements, and there are also improvements in physical fitness. In Wu Heng''s view, these are actually some attribute increases brought by corpse cores. The enhancement of hearing, vision, and the five senses refers to the enhancement of perception, while physical fitness refers to strength and physique. Wuheng has an attribute panel, which allows you to more clearly detect its own changes. The rest are a little more vague. Sharing these things on the radio is actually a kind of motivation. Tell the remaining survivors that humans are getting stronger and have not reached a desperate situation. The two chatted for a while, and then Li Yahong took the food in exchange and rushed towards the auto repair shop. And followed by ten white skeletons. Just close to the auto repair shop. The people inside came out. When they saw the ten skeletons following Li Yahong, they all stopped again. Sister Hong, are these... eldest brothers sending you back? Qiangzi asked, looking at the skeleton. Li Yahong also glanced at the skeletons following him and said directly: "The ones arranged over there will teach them to drive and repair cars in addition to teaching them how to use generators and several tools starting today." Holy shit! The other peoples eyes widened. What does this mean? ?Last time, we arranged for two people to come and learn about generators and welding. This time they are going to learn about driving and repairing cars. Think of this place as a technical school? Can they learn how to use bony fingers to hold the steering wheel without slipping? You cant scare a few people to death when you drive on the road. That person can really figure it out. ?Several people gathered around, avoiding a few skeletons and whispering. ?Li Yahong had similar ideas to them. It felt weird to let a bunch of skeletons learn these things. But the other party asked for it, and he had no reason to refuse. "Okay, let''s teach them whatever they want, and occasionally help out. It''s up to them whether they can learn it." Li Yahong said directly. The other people also nodded to show their understanding. ??The more you come into contact with skeletons, the less scared you are. At most, you just feel strange. ?Several people pushed a cart and walked inside, discussing whether to improve the food at night. Qiangzi followed beside him, thought for a moment and said, "Sister Hong!" Huh? Li Yahong looked at him. You said, these skeletons have learned how to do it, so they dont need us anymore. What I mean is, the skeletons can take our place. As soon as these words came out, everyone was stunned. Damn it, no way! Sent Li Yahong away, Wu Heng returned to the community. There are already a lot of spear-wielding skeletons. At least it looks like there are many spears, and it looks a bit like an army. The remaining skeletons are still equipped with kitchen knives. A weapon like a kitchen knife, except for its length disadvantage, is still very effective at killing enemies. At least, among the weapons that can be looted, it is more useful than fruit knives, hammers, etc. Close the door here and block all the holes here. Wu Heng walked around the community with the big skull and gave orders for reinforcement. There are quite a few skeletons now.????At least we can''t put them all on the roof. In addition, a large number of skeletons that have reached level 5 need on-site training, so we plan to have all skeletons in the community on standby or training. So, Wu Heng ordered Skull to find some iron nets and iron poles to heighten the fence of the community. The four doors are closed at ordinary times and opened when you need to go out. Under Wu Hengs order, a large number of skeletons became busy. The sky is dark. Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. The wooden boards that closed the windows have all been removed. Make the room less stuffy. ?Li Yahong and Wang Ke were sitting in front of the radio, chatting and listening to some news coming from inside. The two of them waited for a while. On the radio, news came from Chengnan Prison that it could take in survivors. Li Yahong picked up the phone and said directly: "This is an auto repair shop. Are the people from Chengnan Prison here?" After a brief silence, a voice came from the other side. This is the Chengnan Prison, are you planning to come over? came a mans deep voice. Li Yahong recalled the task Wu Heng gave her and asked directly: "You can exchange guns for food, right? What''s the exchange ratio?" There was no immediate response from the prison. ? And countless people who listened to this frequency band seemed to have heard something amazing. The auto repair shop actually planned to exchange food for guns, which meant that they had plenty of food. One thousand kilograms of rice, in exchange for a pistol, five thousand kilograms of rice, a submachine gun. said the man opposite. A big bag of rice in the supermarket is one hundred kilograms. In other words, one pistol requires ten bags. ? ?A hundred bags of submachine guns or something like that are needed. In this situation, a hundred bags can last a long time. Li Yahong continued: "Guns are of no use against zombies. On the contrary, food is the necessity right now. I feel that this exchange ratio is very unfair." Lets not waste time. What is the price you want to exchange for? the other party continued to ask. Li Yahong thought for a moment, and then said: "Three hundred kilograms of rice, I can exchange it for a submachine gun if I can. If it''s not cost-effective, we can''t get more." She keeps the price very low. But it is also a price that she thinks is reasonable. What is the use of a gun? Even if you go out to search for supplies, whoever dares to shoot will only die faster if the gun attracts a group of zombies. Food is more important. After a while, the person on the other side replied: "Okay, how many do you need to change? How do you count the bullets?" Li Yahong replied, We need to discuss it and contact you in advance. "Yes, and you can come directly. There is a defensive wall here that can be replaced to provide a safe life." Thank you, I havent considered it yet. After the call ended, Li Yahong breathed a sigh of relief. Three bags of rice for a submachine gun, the King of Yama should be satisfied. After all, the iron spears made here can be exchanged for a bag of rice, as well as various cans of beer and so on. It is a good deal to exchange three bags of rice for a submachine gun. It can be considered that I have completed a difficult task. As for letting one of his own people go to prison, Li Yahong doesn''t even consider it now. ?The other party thought she had enough food, but in fact it was not hers. If she went away by herself, not only would she not be able to bring out the food, but she would also starve. It will definitely not pass. The two no longer contacted each other, and other voices came over the radio. This is a train station, and there are deformed zombies wandering outside. Can any of you save us? On the other side, Chengnan Prison. The stuffy room was filled with an unpleasant smell. ?Several shirtless, muscular men with large tattoos hanging around the table playing cards. Brother Long is really going to replace the submachine gun? One person threw out the cards in his hand and looked this way and asked. ?Sitting in front of the radio, a short-haired, strong man turned around and said: "I just tricked her into coming here. Then the people and food will be taken away, and they won''t all be ours!" "Haha! We all heard that Brother Long was lying to her, but you are the only one who is stupid." Its just that your IQ is not as smart as a zombie. Cao, of course I heard it, I just asked. Haha~! The man who was called Brother Long glanced at a few people and continued: "The third brother will take people out tomorrow. It will be the same old method. Find a few unlucky guys to lure the zombies away, and then come back with food." I understand, Brother Long. (End of this chapter) Chapter 93 ,TRAIN STATION Chapter 93, Railway Station The next day, early in the morning. Li Yahong found Wu Heng again and explained the contents of last night''s transaction. ?Three bags of rice in exchange for a submachine gun, Wu Heng felt it was still acceptable. But its also a little strange that the other party would agree to the terms of exchange. ?Although guns are not very effective against zombies, there is an open base for sheltering survivors. Although the road is difficult, there should be a lot of people going there. Gun is the most effective weapon to maintain order and power, so you just agreed to the exchange? ?It feels a little strange. But at this time, food is indeed a necessary material, more important than guns. Lets see where we can find a truck that can transport food and skeletons. Modify it, and then well go there to change guns. Wu Heng said. "okay!" Finished talking about exchanging guns. Li Yahong continued: "I also received a message for help last night. There were some survivors at the old train station. They found that there were deformed zombies there. They asked for help on the radio before." Old train station? ?There is indeed an old train station here, which was renovated a few years ago. But people still call it the old train station. What level of deformed zombies are they? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know. The other party just said a word and then didn''t contact me again. He may have been in trouble." Li Yahong explained. Okay, get ready, lets go to the station and have a look. There happens to be no target today, so it might be a good idea to go over there and collect corpse cores. "good!" After a brief preparation. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton team out of the community in a mighty manner. Enter the main road from the south and walk along the road towards the train station. It usually only takes about 20 minutes to walk there, but it is faster to take a car. ?Now the skeleton army is advancing, and there are zombies interfering with it, so the speed is much slower. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were also on foot, but because the big-headed skeleton moved slowly, they had to carry the big-headed skeleton on their shoulders. The two skeletons are connected together, like a giant with two heads. ? Along the way, the march of skeletons made a lot of noise. ?Zombies kept rushing out of the shops on both sides of the road, lunging at the skeleton team with their teeth and claws. In order to avoid increased casualties, it is necessary to stop and defend against the attack of zombies. We walked for about an hour. There is the train station ahead. ?Li Yahong pointed to the building in front and said. From a distance, you can see the words ticket office and waiting room. You can also see some wandering zombies. ?Wu Heng stood on the spot and said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: Let the spear-wielding skeleton move forward. Hurrah! The skeleton holding the spear moved the spear forward and began to advance slowly. ??The zombies in the train station all looked in the direction of the skeleton, roared, and rushed forward like crazy. Puff puff puff~! The large group of corpses gathered together and crashed directly into the spear formation. The first batch of zombies were directly stabbed into a sieve by layers of spears, while the zombies in the back also fell one by one from the spears thrust out from different places. ??The sound of spears piercing the body was heard in unison. Let the chopper skeletons go up and kill all the rest. Wu Heng continued. The kitchen knife skeletons quickly bypassed the spear skeletons from both sides, surrounding the corpses in the middle. Becomes a scene of skeletons besieging zombies. The sound of chopping and roaring resounded throughout the area, and zombies fell in droves. ?Li Yahong stared at the scene in front of her with wide eyes. ??The skeleton this time is completely different from the previous ones. ??Wu Heng was able to issue orders while standing on the spot, and the skeleton completed the battle more efficiently, which was completely different from the previous battle where he had to correct his position bit by bit. ?It''s as if these skeletons have really become an army, an army that cooperates with each other tacitly. Soon, the zombies outside the building were cleared away. ??The slate floor was covered with corpses, and blood formed a stream of water, flowing toward the sewer. Lets go, lets go! Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Li Yahong carefully avoided the corpse and followed Wu Heng. This battle has not lasted as long as the journey. Come to the door of the waiting room. The first floor was empty, and the sound of the fight had attracted the zombies inside. Did those people say where the aberrant zombies are? Wu Heng asked. ?The station is actually not small, and if it is nearby, it should be attracted to it. "No." ?Wu Heng looked around, and with a thought in his mind, he released Xiaoxiao. "What''s wrong? Uncle." Xiao Xiao floated in the air and asked. Walking around the area to see if there are any survivors or aberrant zombies. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and floated away. Hahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh! At this time, on the second floor, a group of zombies rolled down the stairs and pounced towards this side. The spearmen come forward. Wu Heng ordered. Hulala~! The spearmen moved their spears forward to face the charging zombies. As soon as most of the zombies who came down from the second floor were killed, Xiaoxiao flew back. He pointed to the direction upstairs and said, "Uncle, there are survivors over there, and there are two big dogs." Big dog? Level 1 deformed dog. How many survivors are there? Xiaoxiao clapped his fingers, then opened his hand and said, "Five." Okay, take the skeleton dog up there and kill the two bad dogs. Dont let the dogs escape, and dont let the deformed dogs kill the survivors, Wu Heng said. "Understood." Xiao Xiaoyi waved, "Teddy, Xiao Hui, follow me." After saying that, he took the lead and flew upwards. Skeleton dog and skeleton cat also rushed out of the skeleton team and ran upstairs. Administrative office area, in the crew lounge. ?Two men and three women, holding iron rods and wooden chairs, looked at the two deformed hounds in front of them with horrified expressions. ?Tall build, dark fur, and a stretched police dog vest hanging on his body. Black Tiger, I have fed you, but you cannot repay kindness with enmity. One of the young men said to a deformed dog. But the deformed dog still stared at him with a pair of cold eyes. Thick dark red saliva is secreted from the corners of the mouth. "What should we do? Let''s jump out of the window, maybe we can still survive." Another man said in a lowered voice. "This is the third floor. If you jump down and break your leg, you will die." The man in front stared at the deformed dog and answered. This is the third floor of the station. ?The lobby on the first floor is three or four stories high, which is equivalent to about five floors. Unless you can fly, you can only die if you jump. "Then let''s fight with these dogs. The radio said that ''white matter'' can improve human physique, and maybe we can still live." The woman with short hair among them said. Okay, lets fight them. ?Several people said in unison. ??The sudden burst of momentum caused the deformed dog to take two steps back. Then, he stared at a few people again and took two steps forward. The survivor''s expression changed, and the weapon in his hand was pointed at the deformed dog. The next second. The deformed dog pounced directly on him. The **** mouth full of fishy odor, biting into one person''s wooden stick. Amidst the frantic tearing, the wooden stick fell out of hand and was thrown aside. The deformed dog''s gaze is even more fierce. With a kick of his feet, the two deformed dogs pounced forward again. Gala Gala~! Suddenly, the sound of bones colliding sounded from behind. Immediately afterwards, a childish voice sounded. Go ahead and kill these two bad dogs. Hurrah! Several animal skeletons ran directly over. The deformed dog turned around and ran away. The survivors in the room also opened their mouths. ?Looking at the screaming ghosts in the sky and the skeletons chasing zombie dogs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 94 , military truck Chapter 94, Military Truck The sound of growling and biting kept sounding, and the skeleton dog and the deformed dog rolled into a ball. The ferocious, deformed dog was beaten and bitten, large pieces of rotten flesh fell off, and blood splattered everywhere. He couldn''t escape even if he ran away, his flesh and blood was eaten by several bones. Crew rest room. Several survivors began to look at the floating ghosts warily at this time, "Don''t come over, otherwise don''t blame us for being rude." Xiao Xiao floated forward a little and said, "I just saved you~!" Are you a human or a ghost? "Um..., it''s hard to say, but you guys are safe now. Just wait until uncle and the others come up." Xiaoxiao saw that the other party didn''t like her very much, and didn''t want to talk to them any more. She said the next sentence, turned around and flew out. . Floated to the side where the skeleton dog was fighting, and cheered the skeleton dog up in mid-air. At the stairs, Li Yahong walked up slowly. ?Standing at the door, he glanced inside and asked, "Did you ask for help on the radio?" ?Seeing that a living person finally came over, the faces of the few survivors also improved slightly. Are you from the rescue team? "We are not a rescue team." Li Yahong observed the condition of several people. There were no obvious wounds, and said: "The zombies outside have been cleaned up, you don''t have to worry." Thank you for coming to save us. The leading man thanked him. Li Yahong waved her hand and continued: "I won''t say any more polite words. Now I''ll give you two choices. One is to follow me, but you must listen to me in everything you do in the future, whether you are a rich second generation or a passenger. Brother Cheng and Sister, you all know the current situation, and you must change it if you want to survive." No one on the other side answered. Li Yahong continued to talk about the second choice, "The second choice is not to follow us. The zombies outside have been cleared. You can continue to stay here for refuge or go to other places. But whether you can survive in the future depends on You are on your own, and we will not come to save you a second time. This is the result of her discussion with Wu Heng. It is different from Wang Ke who was rescued from the hospital. Wang Ke is thin and thin, so she is left alone. If she is left alone, she will die. There are five people here, forming a small group. When there are too many people in the team, it is actually quite troublesome. How to choose depends on themselves. If they are willing to follow you, you can take them in, which will increase your manpower. If they dont want to and dont force it, its up to them whether they can survive. Can we discuss this? the man asked. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, hurry up, we don''t have much time." The five of them gathered together and discussed in low voices, occasionally glancing at Li Yahong who was not far away. The state of life can be analyzed from each other''s complexion. ?The five of them were sallow and thin. They were not only hungry, but also worried and highly stressed during this time. Li Yahong at the door looked much better, although she was dressed like a worker and wore labor gloves. It doesnt look like hes been hungry at all. At least it proves that she is not short of food. Have a brief discussion. The young man who was the leader stood up and said, "Can I ask, what do we need to do?" Li Yahong leaned on the door frame and said: "Moving things, cutting, welding, and some physical work are not difficult, but they take some effort." What about the woman? asked a female passenger in the back. "If you have special skills, you can tell them. If you don''t have any special abilities, you have to work with them. Don''t tell me about you. I work every day." Li Yahong continued to answer. ?Some people are a little confused. Welding, cutting? Who does this work for? Or, they have fixed shelters and are building them on a large scale. Is it safe to go with you? It should be safer than you alone. Li Yahong said. The five of them looked at each other and said, "Then we will follow you and we are willing to listen to your command." ??If some kind of shelter is really being built, it would be a good thing for them. At least its safe and you can have a good sleep. If this continues, I''m afraid they will all go crazy. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, come down with me and stay calm whatever you see." "good!" Downstairs. ??Wu Heng walked around on the first floor. Put the well-preserved instant noodles from the store in the station into the space ring. Since it is an old station, it is just a store similar to a parking lot. There are not many goods, so you have to pick and choose, and you dont want the rest. ?Besides, the skeleton dog dragged two deformed dog corpses from upstairs. Leaves dark red traces of blood along the road. Wu Heng releases [Bone Slave Technique]. The two skeleton dogs stood up and ran to the side wagging their skeletal tails. He and the other skeleton dogs got together and circled. ?Wu Heng took a short spear and rummaged through the minced meat briefly, and found two corpse cores in the minced meat. ?Packed in plastic bags and stored in the space. ?The space ring is only 3 cubic meters in size, so it can''t actually hold much. We are back! Li Yahong shouted not far away. ?Wu Heng looked over and saw several survivors following her, two men and three women, all quite young. Let them come over. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skull. Hulala~! The skeleton moved out of the way, and Li Yahong walked in with a few people. Passing through the group of skeletons, several peoples calves were trembling, and their eyes showed disbelief. Have you made it clear to them? Lets make it clear. If you are willing to follow us, you will survive with great difficulty. Lets help each other. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, as long as nothing went wrong after taking it back. Okay, lets go back then! The skeleton team walked down the hall. Outside were more skeletons, standing densely packed in the open space. The survivors'' calves began to shake more seriously. ??Where do these many bones come from, or are they bones that can stand up and move? ??I also regretted a little. I would have chosen not to go with them if I had known better. Such a group of skeletons did not look like humans could live. The team returns along the road. The skeleton army is vast. Wu Heng said as he walked: "When I go back, I will mainly prepare for the transaction, see where I can get a truck or a van, and plan the route in advance." Well, as for cars, I remember there are often a few trucks parked at the dam. You can go and have a look. Li Yahong replied. Trading with prisons is not just about transporting food there. You also need to bring some skeleton soldiers. So the number of trucks must be accurate. Well, if that doesnt work, lets find a few more minivans. The five survivors followed closely behind the two and heard the conversation. The young man, who was still the braver among the five, sped up two steps to catch up and said, "Leader, do you need a truck to transport goods?" ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, what suggestions do you have?" The man continued: "There is a parking lot opposite the station. I saw a military truck drive in some time ago. It is brand new and has a green canvas on the back. It should still be inside." Opposite the station? Well, its right across the street, and some special vehicles usually stop and circulate there. The man said. How many cars. I saw only three vehicles, and I dont know the details. ?Wu Heng didnt know much about cars. Although he got a drivers license, he couldnt buy one. But at least I know that the military ones are generally not bad. Furthermore, three is indeed enough. Stop advancing. Wu Heng ordered directly, and the skeleton army all stopped. The whole street suddenly became quiet. Lets go, take us there. Okay! We have to walk back for a while. The army turned around again, the rear team became the front team, and walked back. Where the man said, you have to go deeper. This is a compound with relatively high walls, and the words "Special Vehicle Mobilization Center" are written on the door. The gate is an electric retractable gate that is fully open. ?There are no zombies in the yard. Six cars, three military trucks, a passenger bus, and two forklifts can be seen parked inside. After confirming that there were no zombies, the team walked in directly. After a brief inspection, Li Yahong said: "There is oil, but no key." ?Wu Heng looked at the situation around him. Said directly: "Go and search the building to see if you can find the key." ?This kind of thing is usually stored in a fixed place and taken out directly when picking up the car. ??Although Wu Heng has a bronze key, it is only useful for opening doors. I have not tried whether it can lock the door while driving. Nor do I intend to show it to outsiders. There is a three-story building in the courtyard. The number of floors is not high, but it is divided into offices one by one, and there are still quite a few rooms. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong, and several skeletons entered the building. The survivors who just joined, and more skeletons, stayed outside. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Look for them separately." Im going to the second floor. Li Yahong said. Wait, one sword and two swords, you follow her. ?Li Yahong nodded and walked directly upstairs with sword one and two swords. ?Xiao Xiao also raised his little hand, "Then I''ll go to the third floor." Okay, we are still young and sensible. Wu Heng praised. Xiaoxiao passed through the roof of the shed with joy and disappeared. Just search from office to office in Wuheng. About half of the rooms were searched. Ah~! Suddenly there was an exclamation from upstairs. is Li Yahongs voice. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked in the direction of the second floor. Lets go upstairs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 95 , alchemy dwarf Chapter 95, Alchemy Gnome Hearing Li Yahongs shout, Wu Heng quickly climbed up to the second floor with the skeleton. The sound of fighting can be heard in the distance. ?Wu Heng signaled to the rear, and Basen and Bawudong rushed in directly. In the room, Sword One and Sword Two were fighting with two zombies. ??The zombies are a man and a woman, both wearing tops but nothing on their lower bodies. ?Wu Heng was relieved to see just ordinary zombies. ?Sword One and Sword Two are higher level and leave sword marks on the zombies. The sword in his hand was swung out quickly, killing the zombies directly. I didnt shout on purpose. As soon as I opened the door, he rushed at me and scared me. Li Yahong explained. Its okay, did you find the key? "No!" ?Wu Heng glanced at the zombies on the ground. After thinking for a moment, he released [Conversation with the Dead] on the middle-aged male zombie. The body that was lying down suddenly sat up. He turned his head to look at the two of them, his eyes gray. Hahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh! ?Li Yahong was so frightened that she took a few steps back and her face turned pale. ??Wu Heng waved to her not to be afraid, then looked at the zombie who sat up and asked, "Where is the key to the car downstairs?" This is my first time talking to zombies. ??Its hard to say whether the false soul created by necromancy magic will work on zombies. I also felt a little uneasy in my heart. After waiting for a while, the zombie said, "It''s in the management transfer room at the far end of the third floor." ?Wu Heng nodded and could still speak. ??Continue to ask: "Are all the vehicles parked downstairs?" "Yes." "you." Bang~! After answering the two questions, the man''s corpse lay down directly on his back and turned into a corpse again. Wu Heng also held back his third question halfway through. Good guy, you can only answer two questions after becoming a zombie. This is too fast. Uncle, uncle, I found it, its on the third floor Xiaoxiao floated in. ?Wu Heng did not mention the zombies and responded: "Ah, really, it''s really awesome!" Hehe, thats right. Lead the way, lets get the key. This way. Xiao Xiao flew in front, and Wu Heng followed the skeleton up to the third floor. There were two zombies on the second floor of the whole building, and Li Yahong even met them. Find the key in the inner room and go downstairs again. Seeing Wu Heng and the others coming out, several survivors also came to greet them. ??Wu Heng said: "You know how to drive, right?" ?A few people nodded. Is there anyone who can drive a forklift? The others shook their heads. Li Yahong said: I can do it, but Im not skilled in it. Okay, you guys drive the truck and bus, Li Yahong drives a forklift, put the remaining forklift on the truck and take it back. Wu Heng distributed the keys to several people. The forklift was put on the back of the truck. The remaining people were also assigned keys. Try to light the ignition and then start it carefully. ?Wu Heng followed on foot with the skeleton. The driving skills of these people do not seem to be very good. Although they drive very slowly, they are still bumping into each other. Attracted some zombies and were killed by the skeleton team. Li Yahong drove a forklift and moved all the scrap cars blocking the road along the road. Cars behind passed carefully and moved forward slowly. The way back, because of these cars, took longer. Back to the auto repair shop. Wu Heng said: "I''ll leave the car to you. Modify it and then contact the prison." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. Then have someone drive the car to the door of the auto repair shop. At the same time introduce new members. ??Wu Heng returned to the community, asked the skeletons to pile the corpses aside, and began to use the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform the corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up and joined the queue. When he was outside, he basically did not use the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], a spell that consumes a lot of energy at once. After all, we are outside, and special situations may easily occur, which may affect our judgment and reactions. Everything is almost done. Return to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town, black market. ??Wu Heng took Bassen and directly entered the black market after paying the entrance fee. ??The deaths of the Necromancer and Butler Yazd have no impact on this place. ??There are still mats spread one after another, and people wearing black robes. I didnt go shopping much, but went directly to the second floor. After showing the coat of arms, he was taken into a separate room. The staff at Balihu kept smiling and asked, Guest, how can I help you? "Help me check if the commission has been released?" "Okay, please wait a moment." Not long after, Balihu came back. Behind him were two strong men, carrying a coffin half as tall as a man. Guest, your commission has been completed. ?Although I just wanted to ask, I didnt expect that it was actually completed. ??After the death of the Necromancer, it seems that Blackstone Town is no longer so strict with the surrounding areas and the corpse can be transported here. Abtrost, a dwarf, died at the end of his life, an 11th-level alchemist in the Pharmacology Project. ??The middle-aged man with a bearded face softly introduced the information about the person in the coffin. After speaking, he clapped his hands lightly, and the strong man on the side opened the coffin lid. ??Wu Heng stepped forward and took a look. There was a body wrapped in linen lying inside. It was very thin and looked like a child. But the cause of death was end of life, and it could not be a child. Guest, do you meet your requirements? The bearded man continued to ask. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s not bad. I''m very satisfied." When signing the commission, there were no requirements such as race or age. The only requirement was to be a taller alchemist. Nothing else matters. "Good guest, you need to pay the balance of 1,200 silver coins here." The other party continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and took out a 30-gram gold bar and a bag of silver coins. The middle-aged man inspected the gold bar and confirmed that it was gold and that the weight was sufficient. He smiled and agreed, "The commission is completed, guest." ?Wu Heng nodded. He took out another bill with the snake''s head on it and handed it to the other party. He said: "Look what''s in here?" Okay guest, please wait a moment. The man took the bill and walked out. ?This bill was left by Yazd, and I came here just to see what he had saved. Soon, the middle-aged man returned, holding a black wooden box in his hand. Placing the wooden box on the table, several people retreated, while Wu Heng opened the lid of the box and looked inside. At the top is a house deed and an emblem like an eye. The following are silver coins, a lot of them. Its not a property deed in Blackstone Town, but a notarized property in a city with Wrentam written on it. It seems to be a house elsewhere in Yazd. Its all my own now. He looked at the emblem and didnt know what force it belonged to. But remember, Yazd said that he was a member of the Church of the Eye, and should be related to that. There is nothing else. After all, there are still some risks in what Yazd does, and the money stored here should be taken as a precaution. Once something happens, you can always take the money and run away. After confirming that there was nothing else to do, Wu Heng put all the coffins and money boxes into the space ring and left directly downstairs. ??The middle-aged man with a beard reminded the other party not to forget anything, and then waved goodbye. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, walked around the black market stalls, left the black market, got on the carriage and returned to Blackstone Town. Return to the crowded area. ?Walking into the alley, I saw Yuri walking out. Wu Heng, where did you go? Yuli asked, pinching her waist. I went to the commercial street and came to see me. Wu Heng walked into the alley and stood at the door to open the door. Well, come here to see you, I am the only one in Blackstone Town who misses you. Yuli naturally entered the room and sat down at the dining table. Yuli and Wu Heng are actually similar. He is considered a foreigner and has few friends. ?Of course, eating with rice is also a very important reason. ??Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You still want to eat instant noodles?" And the sour side. ?Wu Heng nodded, started to boil water and prepared, and asked casually: "Is there anything going on with the association these days?" Yuli thought for a moment and said: "The captain of the team left, and the team members found a letter in his residence." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Anel is gone? It seems that in the competition between the two, he felt that he had no chance of winning, so he chose to leave. What does the letter say? Yuli raised her chin and said: "I heard that Deacon Yazd is dead and he doesn''t plan to be the captain of the first team. That''s probably what it means. I haven''t read the specific content." Then now the team has no captain! Well, the association is in a mess right now, and my aunt is very busy. For the Professionals Association of Blackstone Town, this is not a trivial matter. The deacon died, and the captain of the team left without saying a word. ??That is, an organization like an association can still stabilize the situation. If it were a mercenary group or gang, it would have been in internal strife or divided up the family property. ??Wu Heng took the soaked hot and sour noodles and some other snacks and said, "Anel, where are you?" "I do not know." Is he a local? Where is he from? ??Suck, suck, suck~, "How do I know that you have a crush on him?" Retarded~! What do you mean, are you scolding me? After dinner, Yuri patted her round belly, feeling that it was almost catching up with her breasts. Didnt follow her aunt at all. The two chatted for a while, and Yuri got up and went home. ?Wu Heng stood at the intersection and waved goodbye to her. After sending Yuli away, Wu Heng simply cleared the dining table. Lock the door, open the boundary door, and return to the zombie world. Took the coffin out of the space ring. (End of this chapter) Chapter 96 , deacon appointments and transfer orders Chapter 96, Appointment and transfer of deacons A large number of skeletons stood in the open space, waiting for help. On both sides, level five skeletons holding spears were practicing their spears on dummies and cloth bags. The entire space echoed with the sound of spears piercing targets. The big-headed skeleton is not here, so he probably took the skeleton out to patrol and kill zombies. ??Wu Heng said to the side: "Open the lid." Two skeletons came up and opened the coffin lid, revealing the body wrapped in linen inside. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wraps the body in the coffin. The ability of the summoned object is far beyond the scope of the summoner''s ability, and the instability factors increase... ?System prompt appears. The linen wrapping the body sank as if it lacked support. Then, a short skeleton sat up slowly, stretched out his skeletal palms, and tore open the linen wrapped around his body. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 11) Level: 11 Attributes: Constitution 13, Strength 11, Agility 14, Intelligence 18, Perception 16, Charisma 5 Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton, Intermediate Soul Experts: Cloth Armor Specialization (Intermediate), Pharmacy (Proficient). Ability: Alchemy scholar, potion research, formula thin. Alchemy Scholar: Able to quickly identify alchemical items. Pharmaceutical Research: Can analyze and test special materials, or prepare corresponding alchemy potions as required. Formula Book: The formula of the medicine will be recorded to facilitate inheritance and recording. There is no attack ability in attributes. ??Although intelligence and perception are both low, they do not have spell-related abilities. Feats are also related to alchemy. ?Of course, Wu Heng bought it not for fighting. The short skeleton slowly walked out of the coffin and stood aside. ?Wu Heng recalled it, but still couldn''t remember what it was called when Balihu introduced it before. ?It seems to be called St, or something special. Said directly: "From now on, you will be called ''Alchemist No. 1''." Hearing Wu Heng''s words, the dwarf skeleton saluted slightly. Behave like a gentleman. ?The last person who gave him this feeling was the deacon Yazd. ?Wu Heng wanted to give him two corpse core detoxification potions. But then I thought about it, in order to have a list, I need materials, and the materials on this list can only be found in other worlds. ordered: "You find a room first, and I''ll tell you what to do tomorrow." ??The skeleton dwarf walked straight into a room in the corridor. ?? Did not stay outside and practice like other skeletons. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng walked out of his residence, and there was already a staff member of the association standing outside the door. Mr. Wu Heng, Archdeacon Slater asked you to come over. "Okay, I''ll be there right away." Wu Heng agreed, tidied up briefly, and walked out of his residence. Coming to the association, people from all teams gathered here. ? He ??glanced at the first team and found that Anel was indeed not in the team. The members of the small team also kept a much lower profile. Before, they were the worst. ?Wu Heng walked to his teams position, and the other three were also standing there. Is there another mission? Wu Heng asked. Captain Altluk shook his head, "It seems that there is news from the headquarters. The candidate for the deacon should have been decided." Ao~! It turns out that this matter has little to do with me. ?It doesnt matter who is the deacon. Of course, I personally feel that Slater would be great as a deacon. He has connections in Blackstone Town and often leads teams to catch wanted criminals. But some people pretend to be very good, and it is difficult to judge what they really look like. Yazid is a good proof. He looks like a gentleman and wears white gloves every day, but he has been around Blackstone Town for so many years. It killed so many people. Peoples hearts are unpredictable! ?A few people were chatting in low voices, and soon ''Slater'' came out from the side. He looked at everyone and said directly: "I called everyone here in the morning to inform the appointment status of the department." Everyone quieted down. Continued: "Appoint ''Slater'' as the resident deacon of the Blackstone Town Professionals Association, and the deputy deacon will arrive in Blackstone Town within three days." After all, it is an organization composed of professionals, and the appointment does not have a complicated ceremony. A simple casual notice and a flash of the appointment letter are completed. Members of each team, as well as some staff members, all looked at each other and said nothing. Slater has survived so many years, and it is not surprising that he became a deacon. Congratulations to Deacon Slater. Everyone congratulated. Okay, theres nothing else to do, lets go and do our own thing! Slater waved his hand. Everyone dispersed, chatting in low voices, and walked out of the association hall. Yuli was very happy to hear the news and almost cheered. Happily, he patted Wu Hengs back twice. She is her aunt after all. She became a deacon, and Yuri was considered a second generation here. Where are you going? Yuri asked as she walked out. Go buy some materials. Wu Heng said. What materials do you want to study the undead? The soul of the dead, the material for alchemy. Oh, youve started studying alchemy again now! Yuli was surprised. Slightly involved~! The two of them walked out while chatting. The staff caught up from behind and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, deacon, please come over." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Immediately he realized that it was Slater who was looking for him. ?Now when I heard that the deacon was looking for me alone, I felt a little nervous. Wondering whether he is going to harm himself. ??But Slater is pretty good to himself, and he is still young. It doesn''t seem like he has any illness that requires him to live longer, and he also has an industry and is not short of money. It should not harm yourself. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Yuli said: "Then I will wait for you in the lounge and buy materials later." "Um!" ?Wu Heng came to Slater''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, he walked in by himself. The room was filled with a faint aroma, the same as the aroma in the carriage before. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Congratulations, Deacon Slater." Slater motioned him to sit down and said directly: "In addition to my appointment, the headquarters also sent some transfer orders about you. Since you have sufficient merit, you will be transferred to ''Luntam'' as the captain..." Hearing this, Wu Heng frowned slightly. He will be transferred, he knows this. ?These are the arrangements made by ''Yazd''. After taking over Wu Heng''s body, he will go to a remote place and wait for several years, and no one will know about it anymore. ?Wu Heng was surprised by the name of the city "Luntam". Yesterday, I took out the things that "Yazd" deposited at the "Snake Emblem Consortium", and there was a house deed with "Luntam" written on it. In other words, this was arranged by Yazd in advance, or in other words, he took the initiative to apply to go to this city in his own name. "Luntam is outside the Kingdom of Yeko. It is a relatively chaotic place. I don''t know why the headquarters suddenly transferred you there." Slater looked up at him and then said: "If you don''t want to go, I We can communicate with the headquarters and let you take over the position of captain of the first team." Um? A city that does not belong to the Kingdom of Yeko? (End of this chapter) Chapter 97 , stay for two years first Chapter 97, stay for two years ?Wu Heng can also understand what Slater means. He has just joined the association not long ago, and he is relatively young. Being transferred to a place outside the kingdom, he may face many uncertainties, and to put it more bluntly, he may even lose his life. ??If she chooses to stay, she can let Wu Heng take over the position of ''Anel'' and become the captain of the first team. Status and treatment have not changed, and we are in a quiet environment. This is a good intention. In fact, it can be seen that Slater still takes good care of himself. ??If you just came to Blackstone Town, or half a month ago. ?Wu Heng will accept Slater''s kindness and choose to stay and develop slowly in a safe environment. But something is different now. ??Yeke Kingdom''s restrictions on necromancers have hindered his development. If you want to continue to improve, you need to make some changes. ??Staying in Blackstone Town, even if you take the position of deacon, you can''t change the kingdom''s view of the Necromancer. Going out to a new environment, a city that does not have many obstacles to the Necromancer, is the best choice. Yazd should have taken this aspect into consideration when making arrangements at that time. I thought about it quickly in my mind. He said directly: "Thank you for your kindness, deacon. I think it''s better to respect the arrangements made by the headquarters. I will apply to be transferred back when I have the opportunity." Slater glanced at him with beautiful eyes. ?Still sighed and said: "Okay, then you can go there and wait for two years, and then I will apply to transfer you back." Look at it. She has just taken up the position of deacon, and it is difficult to keep Wu Heng. ?In Blackstone Town, she might still be able to speak, but for a behemoth like the Professionals Association, she is a bit insignificant. After two years, when the position is stable, Wu Heng will be transferred back. Okay. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Slater said again: "Yazd''s body has been burned. I asked someone to inform you that you were not at the residence at the time. In fact, there was nothing interesting to see. It will only add to the sadness. You have to walk your own way in the future." ?Wu Heng was in the zombie world during the day, and he really didnt know how Yazd burned the corpses. But it doesnt matter. I dont have any feelings for him, and I still have to act when I go to the scene. ??Furthermore, the corpse cannot be converted into an undead troop since it was used to Converse with the Dead. Well, as long as everything goes well, Deacon Yazd doesnt want to see us sad for him. "Hmm!" Slater nodded, continued to take out a few items from below, and said: "This is the ticket to Wrentam. The bus is the day after tomorrow. Since you choose to go, don''t be late." Then, he patted several other things and said, "These are the relics left by Yazd, and they are yours now." ?Wu Heng put away the ticket and looked at the relics. There is the property deed to Blackstone Town and the wooden staff. The rest of the things are in the space ring and were taken away by Wu Heng before. When there were many people, he would put it away and always carry it with him. "Okay, thank you very much. This house deed... I''m leaving here soon. This house deed is actually not very useful in my hands. The deacon will help me contact the buyer and sell it directly." Wu Heng said directly. Slater''s eyes widened, "Didn''t I say yes, I''ll be back in two years? I''ll still be able to use it then." This is the residence of Yazd. Furthermore, its hard to say whether he will come back in the end. ?Wu Hengs idea is that it would be better to exchange it for cash. Two years is not a short period of time, and it is not good to have an empty house after all. Slater thought for a moment and said, "I will look after it for you and arrange for someone to clean it. The house will be kept for now." Thats okay! Wu Heng didnt take it seriously. Dont forget the time to take the bus, go back early and prepare! Oh, okay, Ill go back first. Wu Heng stood up. Well, call Kavina over. There is also her transfer letter here. "good!" Kavina was also transferred. The members of the fourth team were split up directly. After leaving the study room, Wu Heng came to the team lounge. Pushing the door open and entering, Yuli and Kavina sat aside and chatted. The captain isnt here? Wu Heng asked. Well, lets go back first. Kavina said. Yuli added, "Maybe I went shopping with Captain Tulisa!" Kavina also smiled. ??Wu Heng continued: "Kawina, the deacon asked you to come over." Ah? Did you say something? Kavina asked. The fourth team has completed quite a lot of tasks and should be transferred directly to the position of captain. "I didn''t say anything. It may be related to the subsequent transfer. You should go and take a look first!" Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay! Kavina walked out. ?Wu Heng and Yuli did not stop and walked out of the association. Walked towards the commercial street. Yuli asked: "What did my aunt tell you?" I was transferred to a city called Luntam to be the captain. Wu Heng said directly. "Ah? Have you become the captain? Or are you going to ''Runtam''?" Yuri was a little surprised. Have you heard of this place? "I haven''t heard of it, but my aunt asked me to read a book and learn more about it." Yuli answered. Tell me about it. Yuli organized her words and said: "Luntam is not a city, it can only be said to be a transit station established at the junction between two countries." Transfer what? "That is to say, this place does not belong to any force. It was originally established as a transit point for caravans, and gradually evolved into a city. I heard that it is quite chaotic, there is no fixed system, and some fugitives have gathered. Ah, wanted criminal." Yazd is really good at arranging places. An urban junction that is neglected. After Yuli finished speaking, she looked up at him and asked, "Are you really going to leave?" You cant bear to leave me? Wu Heng also looked down at her. The little girl curled her lips and said, "If you leave, I will have no friends again." ??Wu Heng touched her curly hair and said, "Your aunt said she would transfer me back in two years." Yuri slapped his hand away, "What if you don''t survive two years?" What do you mean? "How about you transfer the inheritance to me first? That kind of place is very dangerous." Dont go too far. The two of them entered the deer horn shop. The boss came over and asked, "What do you need today?" ??Wu Heng took out the formula for the first-level corpse core and the second-level corpse core and handed it to the other party, "I need the materials above. Let''s see if I can collect them all?" The boss took it, looked at it, nodded and said, "There are all the materials above, it depends on how much you need." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and came up with a conservative number, "Fifty copies!" Well..., there are not that many of them, Ill prepare twenty copies for you! the boss said with a smile on his face. Yuli interrupted the conversation between the two and said, "Why did you buy so many? Buy a few copies first and practice them first." When the boss heard that it was practice, he also said: "If you want to practice, you can try micro-healing potions." ?Wu Heng was right after thinking about it, he would just buy it if it was gone. "Let''s get 5 copies of what''s on the list, and then get 5 copies each of the ingredients for the healing potion and the psychotropic potion." Okay! The boss agreed and turned around to get ready. Yuli was on the side and said, "If you don''t have a good brain, you still learn alchemy from others." After paying the money, Wu Heng asked Basen to carry the materials and return to the crowded area with Yuri. Perhaps it was because Wu Heng wanted to leave. Yuli talked a lot less and was always depressed. Just kept saying things like what to do if he goes over there and gets bullied, what to do if he dies, and so on. Its quite unlucky. After dinner, Yuli went home feeling depressed again. ?Wu Heng closed the door and sent the materials to the zombie world. Let the dwarf skeleton start refining the potion. The next day, morning. Zombie world. Outside the community. Li Yahong said: "We have already made an agreement with the prison. We can bring food there at any time, and they will pick us up halfway." (End of this chapter) Chapter 98 , leaving Blackstone Town Chapter 98, leaving Blackstone Town It is easy to contact there by radio, but the difficulty is how to get there. How is the truck modification going? It is being reinforced and will be completed in the next two days. Speaking of modification, it actually means reinforcing important parts of the car. Lest the car be scrapped first when encountering a horde of corpses. It is all done by electric welding, it is not difficult, and no internal parts modification is required. Military vehicles, the materials used cannot be bad. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Well, let''s modify the car first. I''ll let you know when I go." Going to a new city in Blackstone Town tomorrow. It does not belong to the Kingdom of Yeke, so the distance is certainly not close. You have to wait until it has passed and stabilized before going to the prison. The time on both sides needs to be staggered. Okay! Li Yahong nodded. How are the new people who joined yesterday? Wu Heng continued to ask. They are all pretty good and willing to work, but they are starving and a bit scary when eating. Li Yahong said. Well, dont delay making the iron spear. "good!" After finishing the chat, Li Yahong returned to the auto repair shop. ??Wu Heng made some simple arrangements for the skeleton. In order to strengthen the protection within the community, the patrol scope of Big Head Skeleton is only to ensure the vicinity of the community and the auto repair shop. Don''t let any problems arise while he''s on his way. In the afternoon, we returned to Blackstone Town. He went to the Professionals Association and walked straight into the team lounge. Members of the team are also there. ?Oteluk looked up and said, "When are you leaving?" Ill leave tomorrow. Wu Heng sat down aside. ?Otluk nodded, "It shouldn''t be difficult to go there to stabilize for a while and then apply to be transferred back." Understood, Captain. "You will also be the captain in the future. Then you will also feel the trouble of not seeing the team members every day." Altluk joked. I am the captain, and I dont even go to the association myself, let alone the team members. Wu Heng said with a smile. ?Otluk also smiled. continued: "Kawina''s place is inside the kingdom. It''s not a big problem if you be careful. Come back and have a look when you have time." Kawina was also transferred? Kavina nodded, "Well, I''ve been transferred to another town, not far away. I can come back to see everyone occasionally." When Slater came to see her before, he wondered if she would also be transferred. It seems that Yazd intends to disperse the entire fourth team. ?Kavina is one or two years older than Wu Heng, and it is relatively fast to become the captain at this age. "Being a captain is a good thing. You two shouldn''t have too much pressure. Moreover, our fourth team is really powerful. The last one to be established has two captains at once." Altluk said with a smile. Then we are the only ones left in the fourth team, Yuri said. There will be new members coming by then. "Oh, I hope I can become the captain soon." Yuri muttered. It shouldnt be difficult for you. Wu Heng said after listening. Slater is her aunt, and it will only be a matter of time before she becomes captain. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng took out a few items from his backpack and placed them on the table. He introduced: "I''m leaving. I''ll leave you with these things, which may be useful in battle." ?Several people looked over. Wu Heng said: "This is a gas mask that can protect against most toxins and has no side effects. This one is illuminated and can emit light beams and can be used at night." One is a gas mask and the other is a flashlight. The flashlight has power requirements, but it can be used for a period of time. This is too precious. Altluk said immediately. ??The effects of these two items definitely reach the level of magic props, and they are still two per person. "I don''t need so much. You use it first. If this one doesn''t light up, don''t throw it away. I will replace the energy source for you when I have a chance." "Thanks." Thank you, then. Kavina thanked her. Yuli said: "Oh, I took it out now and I was poisoned." If you dont want it, just give it back to me. Who said no more? Yuli quickly hid behind her. Chatted with the members for a while. ?Wu Heng went to the Blushing Mermaid pub again. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Beni walked over directly holding the tray. Her attitude was much more enthusiastic than last time. She sat next to him on the sofa and held his arm with one hand, "I haven''t been here for a while." Well, Im leaving. Ill give you the last reward today. ?Wu Heng put a small bag of silver coins into her hand. ??Beni did not refuse, but her brows furrowed, "I want to leave, where are we going?" Being transferred to another place. "still coming back?" ?During this time, there were still people in the pub discussing the rescue of the children in the crowded area. ?In the past, no one would take care of this kind of thing. ??The guards would check and ask around, and then forget about it. So, the professional team members rescued the children in the crowded area, which became a matter worthy of discussion. Beni provided clues, and I felt like I had done something meaningful. Unexpectedly, he was transferred away so quickly. Maybe, I cant say. Penny looked at him and said, "Can''t we just leave?" The transfer orders have been issued, its impossible not to leave. Hey~! Okay then! Ill see you again when I come back. Okay, its true, but dont forget it. Penny said seriously. Waiting out of the tavern, I went to say goodbye to the landlord. I dont know many people in Blackstone Town, so I said goodbye to them all in one day. The second day, morning. XC area, station. ?The entire team of professionals came, as well as many people from the crowded area, including the landlord, Mrs. Bukemela who had retrieved the child, and Penny. There are quite a few people coming. There were some people watching the fun, wondering whether they were picking up people or sending them off. The people on the three floors inside and outside were surrounded several times. ?Wu Heng never expected that so many people would come to see him off. Slater looked at him with his arms folded and said, "I didn''t realize that you are a necromancer and you are quite popular." "Okay!" Keep a low profile over there, and Ill transfer you back within two years. Slater said. Okay, I got it, take care of me in the crowded area. Hmm! Slater nodded. The train entered the station, Wu Heng waved goodbye to everyone and boarded the train. Boom~! Leaving Blackstone Town amidst a roar, the train drove away into the distance. The speed of a train is much faster than that of a horse-drawn carriage. ?After walking for two days, we stopped at the border of the Kingdom of Yeko. Someone said: "Two special envoys, you need to get off the car here. If you continue going north, you will reach the ''Luntam City''." Holy shit, I have to reverse the car. ?Wu Heng got off the bus, bought a carriage, and continued heading north. Although it is daytime, the surroundings are gradually becoming desolate. ??Wuheng always feels unsafe. I dont know how far away it is. It would be quite dangerous if a wild beast or robber or something appears. You should add more skeletons to ensure your own safety. ?Standing on the carriage, looking around. A building and a wall can be faintly seen on one side. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to drive the carriage towards the building and took a closer look. If there is no danger, use the door to bring more skeletons over. As the carriage approached, it was discovered that it was a courtyard with a temple in the center. ?The walls are mottled and look old. The carriage stopped in front of the yard, and without asking if anyone was there, it walked towards the woodshed on one side. Hence, I havent even gotten close yet. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The door of the temple opened, and a nun wearing a black and white nun''s uniform came out. ??The fabric of the nun''s uniform is light and thin, and the delicate figure at the back can be vaguely seen. Even the headscarf is made of very thin fabric, and the yellow hair can be seen. ?The hem is slit very high, revealing the smooth crotch and thighs. Are you two gentlemen here to pray? ??The nun twisted her hips slightly and took two steps forward. ?The body is plump and round, and the expression is charming and passionate. Paired with this nun''s uniform, it makes people''s hearts flutter. (End of this chapter) Chapter 99 , old woman Chapter 99, Old Woman ??Wu Heng glanced at the nun''s attire and said, "Passing by this place, I wonder which great god''s temple it is?" He can travel between the two worlds, and he has a profession related to the gods. You have to believe in the existence of gods. Its hard to say whether youre afraid or not, but you still have to be respectful at the door of the temple. She is the great goddess of fertility. Oh, she turns out to be the great goddess of fertility. Wu Heng repeated the story. Sir, didnt you come here to pray? the nun asked curiously. Well, Im passing by and want to borrow the woodshed. The nun showed a sweet smile and made a prayer gesture on her chest. She took a slight step forward with her left leg, revealing a large piece of snow-white thigh at the slit of her skirt, extending to the root of her thigh. "I will arrange a room for the two gentlemen. Why go to a place like the woodshed." The nun opened all the doors. "There are others here, so the two gentlemen don''t need to worry." A tall, strong man walked out of the door again, shirtless, with a petite, plump nun in his arms on his right side. Petite nun, wearing more revealing clothes. The most tightly wrapped thing on the whole body is the scarf on the head. The man came out, his legs were a little weak, and said: "The two friends are also from the kingdom. We are the kingdom''s caravan. It''s not too late to relax and continue on our way." Caravan? Want to relax here? Are you alone? Wu Heng looked at him. The man smiled and continued: "Others are being taken care of by other nuns. You should also come in and have a rest. Then we will go together." After saying that, the man hugged the nun beside him and walked inside again. ??The nun leaned tightly against the man, and the strips of cloth behind her were floating left and right. Sir, come in, and wait until you have finished relaxing before leaving. The nun who received Wu Heng walked over with her waist twisted. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on her again. Open the holster, take out the pistol and say: "Okay, let me show you my baby." The nun took a step forward nervously, "Sir, let''s go into the temple. I''m a little nervous outside." Thats it, dont move! ??Wu Heng took out his pistol and pointed it at her face while the other party looked at her with doubts. When the other person wants to stick out his tongue and lick it. I pulled the trigger directly. Bang~! ?The gunshot rang out, and the bullet instantly pierced her head. The nun''s eyes showed surprise and disbelief. ?His body suddenly leaned back and fell to the ground. The next second, the nuns body changed rapidly. The skin and face have become shriveled and shriveled, the long hair is broken and sparse, and the skin is covered with age spots, moles and sarcomas. ??If she was a plump and charming nun just now, now she is an ugly and weird old woman. The gunshot fired, which also attracted the attention of other people in the temple. Four nuns, including the petite nun just now, quickly ran to the door. Seeing the body lying on the ground, a piercing scream came from his mouth. ??Roared and said: "Damn human boy, how dare you come here to cause trouble, kill you..." ??The voices of the nuns became harsh, and under their gaze, their bodies all turned into stooped old women. ?The skin is like tree bark, and the long and sparse hair is flying wildly, Swish swish swish~! Several old women stretched out their fingers with long slender nails. Shoot magic missiles and ray of weakening. ?Wu Heng and Basen quickly jumped to the back of the carriage. ??Boom~! ?Huge roar sounded, and the carriage carriage was blown to pieces. ?Saw fragments were shot out like bullets. The horses were frightened, neighing in the sky, and drove away with the broken carriage. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and threw a [Fireball Technique] towards the opponent. Bang~! The fireball exploded instantly, scattering large streams of flames and igniting the ground. Although it did not hit the target, all four old women were separated. Scorching flames burning all around. ?Wu Heng took the opportunity and quickly ran to the woodshed on one side. "He is a mage, kill him first, don''t kill him, capture him alive..." "His skin is really white, peel it off and put it on my body." No, put it on me. Several old women kept talking in sharp voices. Then, they ran directly from different directions. ?Wu Hengs eyes narrowed slightly. Look at the opponent''s action position and trigger [Evil Explosion]. Bang~! The body that died first suddenly exploded, and thick yellow smoke covered the entire area. Come in and kill him quickly! the old woman still shouted. ?Wu Heng looked up and said, "Basen, hold them back." ??Bassen fired two more shots outside and then rushed directly into the smoke. Following this, there were sharp curses and shouts. Dont fight with it, kill the one inside. "The stupid mage actually sent the attendant out alone. Don''t let him escape, rush over." Dont break his skin. The old women are still talking. ?Following closely, there were two figures with sharp claws on their arms, hunching their backs and swinging their arms like apes, rushing towards them. However, the smoke has not yet broken out. Several figures rushed out from the front. Knocked the old woman to the ground, and fell head-on with swords, fists and kicks. Bang, bang, bang! The sound of a violent fight, accompanied by the screams of the old women, echoed through the smoke. Gain experience +22. Summon - Skeleton Boxer, gain experience +2 get experience. The prompt sounded, and the entire area gradually became quiet. The skeletons came back. ?Wu Heng left Ba Wudong, Sword One and Sword Two behind, while the other skeletons dragged the other four corpses back to the other side of the gate. Jian Yi Jian Er and Ba Wu Dong have all been dressed up. Wearing tight clothes and a helmet on his head. You may not encounter anything in the wild. But bringing some with you will save you a lot of trouble. The smoke gradually dissipated. Only the body of the old woman left on the ground after the evil explosion. At the door, the strong man who had hugged the nun before covered his head and walked out with a heavy step. "what happened?" ?First he frowned and glanced at Wu Heng and the four tightly covered figures behind him. Then he saw the body on the ground. His face turned ugly instantly. Granny! ?Wu Heng looked at him and asked, "Do you know this kind of thing?" Ghost, an ugly monster with a vicious heart. Then you still..., do you like this? The man''s face became even more ugly, and then he thought of something and rushed towards the temple quickly. ?Wu Heng did not follow, but stood at the door and watched. The temple is empty, there is no statue of the **** at all. There were still several men lying on the abandoned seats. His body was naked and his skin was dry, as if his blood had been drained out. ??The muscular man just now was sitting slumped aside, his face full of regret. "How about it?" All dead. (End of this chapter) Chapter 100 , Captain of Team 12 Chapter 100, Captain of Team 12 Are they all your companions? Wu Heng asked. "Um!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where is your destination?" Luntam City. You said you were a caravan, so you should have a carriage, right? Yes, at the back. ?Wu Heng nodded and said: "Bury it for them, and then let''s go to Luntam together." The man took a deep breath and began to move the body with some effort. Sword one, sword two, help him move the body. Wu Heng said directly. In this state, it may take some effort to move it. ?Helping him speed up a little while also supervising him a little. You should not be with those old women, but you should be more careful outside. "Thanks." The man got up and got dressed, and then he and Jian Yi and Jian Er began to carry the body. ?Wu Heng returned outside and walked around the backyard to take a look. There were three carriages parked behind. He opened the covering and saw the cloth and some pottery underneath. It really belongs to the caravan. Too young, how could such a good thing happen in a place like this. ? ? It is impossible to let prostitutes go **** in a crowded area. Do you still want to play nun in this place? Just risk your life! Soon, the man came back with Jian Yi Jian Er. ?While untying the horse, he said: "My friends are laughing at me. The hag''s transformation ability is so strong that most people can''t notice it. Our delivery time is short, eh~!" "Um!" ?Wu Heng didnt say much. ??The phantom of the hag is just an illusion of appearance, coupled with the bewitchment of language. To stir up some instincts in men. The impact of Charming Nun is still huge. But as Wu Hengs ability improved, he also unlocked [Strengthened Will]. His ability to perceive and resist abnormal conditions has also been enhanced. ?Although the naked eye sees a plump and charming nun, the perception is that she is a hunchback. ?Its okay if you dont know. Its strange that you can do it even though you know the other person is an ugly old woman. So he thought about leaving and not going into this muddy water. ?But the other nun was obviously unwilling to let him go and was stalking him, so she had no choice but to shoot first. The carriage started to hit the road. The man was in the front, and Wu Heng was sitting in the carriage behind. ??They kept a distance from each other, which could be regarded as helping him push the car. Move forward along the way. As dusk approached, the convoy finally arrived at the city of Luntam. From a distance, you can see dense buildings. It is different from the previous cities. ??The city structure of Luntam is composed of dense buildings, followed by city walls and watchtowers. Guards wearing silver armor can be seen patrolling the city walls. "These are areas outside the city. These were not included in the original city plan. People who could not live in the city built temporary residences outside. More and more people gathered, and it became what it is now." Man, I explained something before. The people in the city dont care? "Why should we control it? Taxes are also required in outer cities. Large tracts of land are allowed to be expanded, and no one will care about it." The man continued. Houses built by oneself outside the city also have to pay taxes. It seems like no one really cares. As we get closer, the city wall also enlarges in sight. The city gate is wide and can accommodate three carriages side by side. ?This is much wider than the city gate of Blackstone Town. There were also a lot of people gathered at the city gate. In addition to humans, some tall and strong races could also be seen. ?The arms are as thick as thighs, the height is more than two meters, the skin is green or gray, and the mouth is huge with fangs, which forms a sharp contrast with the human race. Is that the orc tribe? Orcs, humans and orcs live together here, dont conflict with them, they are all very capable of fighting, and they will come in groups. The convoy entered the city directly. The man said: "I have to deliver these things to the store and go in another direction." Oh, okay, lets just say goodbye. Friend, where do you live? Ive finished my work and Im going to thank you for saving my life. No need, Im also from Yeke Kingdom, I need to take care of you outside. Then tell me your name! Wuheng. Thank you, Mr. Wu Heng, for saving my life. I will definitely repay you if I have the chance. Youre welcome. Wu Heng waved his hand and said goodbye to each other. Separated from the convoy, inquired about the location of the association, and rushed directly to the association. The city was extremely noisy and lively. Wu Heng and several skeletons walked towards the direction of the association. When he arrived at the central area, Wu Heng was a little surprised by the buildings in front of him. It seems that the more unattended a place is, the more exaggerated the luxury of the building will be. ?This place is much more luxurious than the Professionals Association in Blackstone Town. Opposite, there is a more exaggerated building, a snake emblem consortium with a ''snake head'' pattern. Hey guys, the Snake Emblem Consortium is on the surface. ?Entering the association hall, the floor is bright and white marble, and many professionals are gathered in the hall. There are humans and strong orcs armed with battle axes and maces. ?Wu Heng asked a few skeletons to wait aside and walked directly to the front desk. Sir, how can I help you? The staff member is a female orc. ?Green skin, two fangs protruding from the corners of the mouth. The muscles are more pronounced than the chest. Wu Heng said: "I am the newly transferred captain from the association, and this is the appointment letter from the headquarters." The staff looked at it carefully, continued to smile and said, "Wait a moment, I''ll go talk to the deacon." "good!" Not long after, the staff came over again. He said: "Please follow me, the deacon is waiting for you here." ?Wu Heng nodded, followed to the third floor, and stopped in front of a room. Knock lightly on the door and get an answer. Push the door open and enter. In the room, there was a middle-aged man sitting with his hair pulled back and a thick hairy beard. It can be seen that it has been carefully trimmed. The middle-aged man took Wu Heng''s appointment letter and looked at it, then looked at him again. He said: "Wu Heng, his profession is a necromancer, a necromancer from the Kingdom of Yeko?" Yes! Wu Heng stood in front. Less than a month after becoming a field envoy, I already achieved two level 3 meritorious services and was recommended by the deacon to be promoted to captain. The man looked at him carefully again. He said directly: "Okay, now that you are here, you are considered the captain of the 12th team of ''Luntam City''. My name is Gomez, the local deacon. If you have any questions in the future, you can contact me." Yes, Deacon Gomez. Okay, Ill give you two days to solve the living problems in your residence. He said and gently pulled the lanyard next to him. The bell rang, and the staff just now walked in. The deacon said: "This is the new captain of the 12th team. Please register his identity." Yes, deacon. ??Wu Heng was brought out, filled out a form, and then issued a copy of the identity certificate of the local captain. This means that he has officially joined the job and has a legal identity. ?Wu Heng and the female orc staff learned about the procedures and procedures for issuing a house deed. He walked directly out of the association and went to the city''s city hall. ?Processing the property deed is simpler than imagined. Since there was a guarantee from the association, I checked the property deed and then asked for the name to register. Even if the entire process is completed. According to the location on the property deed, Wu Heng went directly to his residence. ??This is a mansion located on the edge of the inner city. It is a three-story building, but it does not occupy a large area. ?Each floor has an area of ??about sixty square meters, with small courtyards at the front and back. It can be considered a pretty good living condition. ?Wu Heng took out the key and opened the door. It was empty with no furniture. The ground was covered with dust, and some footprints could still be seen. Looks like there are other people visiting the place on a regular basis. The people upstairs and downstairs looked at each other. Let Jian Yi and Jian Two clean the room. ??Wu Heng went out first and had something to eat at a nearby tavern. After filling his stomach, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng confirmed the situation in the community. He took out his walkie-talkie and contacted Li Yahong directly. ?Standing at the intersection and waiting for a while. ?Li Yahong ran over quickly. Looking at him, I wanted to say something, but swallowed it back when it reached my lips. Three days have passed since the last time. The truck has been modified and a lot of work has been done on the spear. Just cant contact the other party. ??If the skeleton wasn''t still there, Li Yahong would have thought that the other party had run away and left them alone. Is the truck ready? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong nodded, "Three trucks and one bus have been reinforced, so there should be no problem." Well, you can contact the prison and well go there together tomorrow. "OK." (End of this chapter) Chapter 101 , phantom Chapter 101, Apparition ?Li Yahong turned around and left, and breathed a sigh of relief at the same time. In the past few days when the other party disappeared, the people at the auto repair shop were quite frightened. At present, the cooperation between the two parties is still very smooth. One side provides labor in exchange for the other sides food and protection. ?Although it is incomparable to the life before the zombie outbreak, compared to most survivors, it is well fed and safe here, so it is the best refuge. Even in official bases, life may not be as good as theirs. Hence, the people in the auto repair shop are even more reluctant to have anything happen to the other party. Back to the auto repair shop, the other people came to greet him. "How is Sister Hong? What happened to King Yama? Is she still alive?" Qiangzi asked directly. ?Li Yahong nodded, "It''s okay, he seems to have gone out for a trip and has nothing to do with us." The rest of the people breathed a sigh of relief. As long as its okay. Scare someone to death. Then did he say what he was going to do next? Qiangzi continued to ask. Check all the cars and prepare to go to prison tomorrow. Really go, its so far! I want to go over there, what can I do? "okay!" ??Sent Li Yahong away, Wu Heng also returned to the community. I havent been here for the past few days. The community is relatively safe. There are no special circumstances. Actually, I was a little worried along the way. After all, my familys fortune is here. ??If the skeletons were picked up by the corpses while he was away, there would really be no place to cry. Bring those corpses over. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several skeletons immediately walked aside. The corpses are those old women killed in the temple. She is said to be an old woman, but her appearance is actually so weird that she looks more like a humanoid monster. The skin is shriveled, covered with sarcomas and abscesses. ??Wu Heng also saw a reward for this kind of thing when he went to the Professionals Association in Luntam City. They are called hags, and each has a bounty of more than 300 silver. The amount of the reward is quite high. ?Wu Heng saw it at the time, but did not hand over the body. ? I plan to convert one first to see what the attributes are like. If it has no characteristics, I will hand over the rest for money. ?Bang bang~! Four corpses were carried over and thrown to the ground. ??Wu Heng didnt waste any time and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the first corpse, the flesh and blood fell off, and the hunched white bones stood up. Skeleton Hag (Level 8) Level: 8 Attributes: Constitution 16, Strength 18, Agility 12, Intelligence 13, Perception 14, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton, Intermediate Soul Experts: Cloth Armor Specialization (Basic), Poison Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Shared Spellcasting, Disguise Skills: Pathogenic ray, curse. Shared Spellcasting: When three or more skeleton hags gather together (within a maximum of 100 meters), they will share spells with each other. Transformation: The hag can shroud herself and her belongings in a layer of magical illusion (imitation of living beings, maximum time 30 minutes). Casting Curse: Touching the target can cast a curse and reduce the target''s attributes. ?Wu Heng always felt a little strange when he looked at the target''s attributes. In terms of attributes, his physique and strength are high, but his skills are legal skills. This hag has gone astray. In terms of abilities, there are two types. One is shared spell casting. When three or more hags gather together, they can share spells. The other one is phantom, which can change its form. It should be the trick used to turn into a nun and seduce men. ?This transformation is not considered a skill, but an ability of one''s own profession. Now that he has become a skeleton, his ability is limited, and he can imitate living creatures for up to 30 minutes. When she was in the temple, it took a longer time for the hag to turn into a nun. Accompanying the businessmen who were passing by, but forcefully sucked them into sex. It should be because of becoming a skeleton. Although the ability exists, the effect of the ability is also reduced. The last two skills are ''pathogenic ray'' and ''curse''. It is mentioned in the Book of the Necromancer that there are disadvantages in the transformation of legal professions. The moment a mage of any school is transformed, he will only retain the magic of the necromancy system. Even if you have a soul and learn it again, you can only learn the necromancy system. Unable to perceive and use the magic of other elements. Finish all properties. ??I feel that the Skeleton Hag is a bit useless, illegal, and unable to fight. But the ability of transformation still has some characteristics, which may be useful in the future. ?The main thing is that you dont need money, so there is no need to complete this commission. After thinking about it, release [Bone Slave Technique] one after another to transform all three other hag corpses into skeletons. The three skeleton hags stood up one after another and stood aside with their backs hunched. To be honest, it is easier to accept the skeleton than the original image. Among the hags, the highest level is 9 and the lowest is 7, with similar attributes. There is nothing special about it. ??Wu Heng rested for a while, then walked to the pile of zombie corpses and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to convert all the zombie corpses collected by the ''big-headed skeleton'' in the past few days into skeletons. Then, I found a bedroom to rest. There is no other way. Although the residence in Luntam City is good, it has no furniture. I can only rest in this world first. The next day, morning. ?Three military trucks, a large truck and a passenger bus were parked downstairs outside the community. ??Wu Heng walked out of the community and saw several cars parked in the middle of the road from a distance. The large truck is also found at the back and is mainly used to pull skeleton soldiers. The doors and the engine position were reinforced with iron plates, and iron bars were welded to the windows. The front end is also reinforced with something similar to a collision angle. Looking quite fierce. It also gives people a sense of wasteland style. ?Each truck has a canvas fence behind it to prevent skeletons from being blown off when the truck speeds too fast. Li Yahong jumped out of the first car and walked over directly. He took out a road map, opened it in his hand, and said: "Go south along the road. After crossing the Sanjin Bridge, there will be fewer residents and the road will be smoother. Then, if you follow the road, you can reach the On the way to the prison, the other party will arrange for someone to pick us up." Okay, just follow your route. Wu Heng nodded. ?He also had a map in his hand, and the route was the same as he thought. Then, Wu Heng continued to make arrangements for the entire fleet. At the front is a military truck driven by Li Yahong, the second is also a military truck, the third is a small passenger car, the fourth is a large truck, and the last is another military truck. Mainly protect the small card in the middle. But the drivers of the first and last trucks are actually under the most pressure. After you are almost ready. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to bring bags of rice and other things they needed on the way, and put them directly on the car. Then he continued to order, "Let the skeleton warriors all get into the back of the truck." Hulala~! The large group of skeletons moved into action and climbed onto the back of the truck. Skeletons, standing next to each other on the carriage body. (End of this chapter) Chapter 102 , rush over Chapter 102, rush over We are almost ready. With a wave of his hand, Wu Heng started the car and entered the main road directly along the road. After entering the main road, the road becomes much wider. ??There were piles of scrapped vehicles on both sides, but the road was not completely blocked. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the middle of the passenger car in the passenger car. On the seats behind him were skeletons. The person driving the vehicle is Hadron from the auto repair shop. He did not expect that he would be assigned to look after the car for this king of hell. He kept wiping sweat while driving. These various skeletons behind me are so **** scary. Cars lined up in a row and roared. Soon, zombies rushed out from both sides and rushed towards the convoy. The car body was slapped and torn apart, making a slapping sound, and a harsh sound like sharp claws clawing at an iron plate. At this time, the importance of modification is reflected. The reinforced iron plates and iron bars greatly prevent zombies from damaging the car body. But Wu Heng also discovered a detail. Zombies that appear to be killed by a car will not gain experience. Otherwise, as a co-pilot, he would not be given any experience. After the vehicle has driven a certain distance. According to the plan, a branch road should be bypassed to avoid residential areas where the population gathers. Just after entering, the convoy began to slow down. Zizzi~! The car walkie-talkie makes an electric sound. Then, Li Yahong''s voice came, "The road ahead is blocked, we need to stop and clear the road." "Attention, the convoy, prepare to stop. All humans do not need to get out of the car. Wait for my order." Wu Heng said with a walkie-talkie, and then said to the "big-headed skeleton" behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the zombies." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The entire convoy came to a slow stop. The skeleton in the car jumped out of the car quickly. Start to fight against the zombies rushing around. ??And more skeletons quickly formed a spear formation to meet the large group of corpses that had been following behind the car. ?Bang bang bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. ??The swarm of corpses crashed into the queue of skeletons and hit the deck of the car. The fierce battle began, and the sounds of roaring and chopping of meat resounded throughout the battlefield. The drivers held their heads and carefully hid in the driver''s seat. Praying in my heart, the skeleton cannot lose. Big guy, you go and help too. ??The big guy got out of the bus and rushed towards the group of corpses. ?Like a truck that lost control and crashed into the group of corpses in the opposite direction. A large number of zombies were knocked away and knocked down, and the skeleton''s spear began to advance forward, killing zombies one by one. Soon, the battle came to an end. ??The remaining scattered zombies were killed by the skeleton. On the entire battlefield, the stench of corpses filled the entire space. Clean the battlefield and put all the corpses aside. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton. All the skeletons began to move, carrying the corpses to both sides. The body must be taken away when returning from the original route. So, it is still necessary to put it in an obvious place, so as not to forget it when you come back. Then he took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Li Yahong, put down the forklift, and I''ll let the skeleton protect you." The forklift was put down, and Li Yahong started driving, moving the scrapped vehicle aside. Soon, the road was cleared. All the skeletons reboarded and the convoy continued to move forward. ?Yanghaidian Hotel. In a room on the second floor of the hotel. "Brother, go ahead and leave me alone. If you keep hiding like this, we will all die here. Just walk away. I don''t blame you for betraying your teammates." Beside, a little girl in a wheelchair was spinning her wheels. Said softly. There was also a young man standing in front of the window not far away. Put a gap through the curtains and look outside. Hearing what his sister was saying, he immediately waved his hand to stop her from continuing. He looked a little nervous and said, "Shh~! There are more zombies outside. Just speak a little louder and you''ll be heard." Hearing that the number of corpses was increasing, the little girl immediately closed her mouth and her face became nervous. The man came back, sat down on the side, and said softly: "It''s okay. If it really doesn''t work, I will lure the zombies away and you can escape." When she was in middle school, my sister was unable to stand up due to a car accident. My brother saved some money, and the two of them agreed to travel this year. But as soon as they arrived here, there was a zombie outbreak and they were trapped here for many days. Fortunately, I was traveling and bought a lot of souvenirs and various snacks along the way. Coupled with the supplies provided by the hotel itself, I have been able to support myself until now. ??But no matter how hard you persist, it will only delay death, and the outcome may have already been determined. Brother, will we die? My sisters tone suddenly changed and she asked with some fear. ?Brother hugged her and comforted her softly, "Don''t say discouragement. The rescue team may enter the city in a few days and rescue us by then." Brother, Im holding you back, otherwise you would definitely be able to run out. My sister continued. "Freeze said." Will the rescue team really come? "maybe!" How about we capture a zombie? I read in the novel that if you are bitten by a zombie, you will be able to evolve without dying. Maybe my legs will be healed, and then we wont have to hide around. Holy shit, who wrote this and from which platform, Im going to report him. Maybe? The zombies outside all turned into zombies after being bitten and caught. Whoever you see evolves, you will also believe the novel. Ouch~! Suddenly, all the zombies outside the hotel roared in unison. The sound echoed throughout the area. ?The brother and sister''s expressions changed, and they both shivered in fright. My sister turned her head and listened, and immediately said: "Brother, these zombies seem to be leaving in the distance, and the sound is moving in the distance." Shh, dont talk. What if you are heard? "Really, they are far away. They seem to be walking in another direction. Go and see what''s going on." my sister urged. Brother hurriedly approached the window, opened a small space in the corner, and looked out. It was already approaching dusk at this time. The large group of zombies were indeed running in one direction, as if there was some target attracting them. Looking in the direction of the corpses. I saw a military green convoy speeding down the road in the distance. Sister, sister, its a rescue team. Damn it, there really is a rescue team. My sister pushed the wheelchair over. She looked at the armrests with her arms and said immediately: "It''s really... we are saved. No, they won''t drive directly over and stop here, right?" Its really possible. Judging from the speed of the car, there is no intention to stop. You lock the door, Ill go to the top of the building to attract their attention. My brother said hurriedly. No, its too dangerous. "This is our last chance. If it doesn''t work, we will either starve to death or be eaten. Be obedient. This is our last hope." Brother ran out and ran upstairs quickly. Zizzi~! Li Yahong''s voice came from the intercom, "There are zombies on both sides. There are quite a few. There should be fifty or sixty." Is the road clear? There is no problem with the road, you can pass normally. Li Yahong replied. Rush over, dont waste time on the road. Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ??The convoy speeded up again, violently knocking away the zombies that rushed forward, and sped forward. ?The zombies rushing up from both sides rushed onto the road like crazy. There was a hammering sound coming from the car body, and the bumps of the body being crushed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 103 , they don鈥檛 seem to be alive Chapter 103, they dont seem to be alive Pap, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang! Groups of corpses rushed from both sides of the road, beating the sides of the car. Even though the car body is reinforced, you can still feel a shaking. And the intensive hammering sound coming from the car body. ?Under Wu Hengs order, the convoy accelerated again, violently smashed through the zombies blocking the road, and rushed forward. ?Broken limbs were flying all over the sky, and blood was splattered all over the windshield and the glass on both sides. Fortunately, iron bars were installed to prevent the glass from breaking. The driver, Qiangzi, held the steering wheel, his body trembling slightly as the car body hit it. He glanced to the side and said, "Your Majesty, how did you awaken your superpower?" ?Wu Heng looked out from the gap in the iron bars and was stunned when he heard his words. What the **** kind of name is this? It seems that he did not say his name. Do you want to awaken your powers? "Um, I''m lying if I say I don''t want to. I used to love reading science fiction novels. It would be so cool to awaken supernatural powers and have some special powers." Qiangzi said, looking at the skeleton behind him through the rearview mirror, and came again He said, "It doesn''t seem to be the same as the superpower I thought." According to what the radio station said, the most common changes are physical enhancement or sensory enhancement. For example, hearing, vision, etc. ??However, it seems that the person controlling the skeleton combat has never appeared on the radio. At least no one has mentioned it yet. The method I know is to devour the corpse core, but the probability of failure is very high, at least the probability of failure is more than 80%. Wu Heng said what he knew. To put it bluntly, if he doesnt have an antidote. ??It is very likely that they will also be transformed into zombies. "Yes, I know that. It was said on the radio that only people with very good physical fitness and strong mental qualities can succeed." ??Wu Heng asked: Are there many successful people on the radio? "It seems that there are some. After all, they are all well-trained soldiers. How can we people compare with them." He changed his tone and added: "You must be excepted. I guess there are very few in the whole world." Its possible to awaken your ability. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Occupations and awakening abilities are essentially different. But while chatting with Qiangzi, Wu Heng also had an idea. ??If you want to train your own people, you dont actually need to let them awaken their abilities. You can completely change their profession. Becoming a profession and learning professional skills are, to a certain extent, more powerful than awakening abilities. After all, in another world, career has become a legacy. The combination of various skills is relatively complete. With special powers, awakening depends entirely on luck, and the abilities are relatively single, incomparable to professions. ?Of course, this is just an idea in my head. Things in another world must never be known to others. Even if you are close to someone, unless they are completely tied to you like ''Little'' and ''Bassen'', you must not reveal it. The human heart is the most difficult thing to grasp at this time. The two of them chatted for a while. While driving, Qiangzi started to say something. Looks like he is also a talkative person. At this time, the sound of electricity came from the intercom again. This is Daka. There seems to be someone on the roof of the building on the right? Cant confirm. Hearing this sentence, the team slowed down slightly. It seems that there is a person. Isnt it some weird deformed zombie again? The voices of other cars came from the intercom. ?Wu Heng was sitting among the guests and had already passed the building. The improvement in physical attributes also enhanced his eyesight, and he could still see that he was a man. ?Standing on the edge of the roof, waving a red flag. Judging from his movements and clothing, he is not a zombie, but indeed a survivor. Saw the convoy and asked for help. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "The convoy slowed down and prepared to stop." The convoy began to slowly reduce its speed and stopped little by little. Wu Heng continued to say to the big-headed skeleton: "Skeletons get out of the car and fight the zombies." The skeleton in the carriage quickly jumped off the carriage. Start to fight against the zombies rushing up from all around. The sounds of fighting kept ringing around. ?Wu Heng released the ghost Xiaoxiao again, floating in the air. Little! "Ah, you are here." Xiaoxiao lowered his head from the roof of the car. "Did you see the building over there? Go and see if there is any danger inside. There seemed to be a survivor on the roof just now. Confirm how many of them there are and what their situation is." Wu Heng pointed diagonally behind the car window. Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao nodded and flew out directly. In the hotel. Bang~! ?The door opened, the man fell into the room, and then quickly closed the door. As soon as the door was locked, there was a loud hammering sound outside the door. Brother, how are you? Are you okay? the girl asked. ??The man groped around his body with his hands to make sure he had no wounds. Just breathed a sigh of relief. Its okay, Im not injured. Have you gone to see if the rescue team has stopped? The man began to move chairs against the door. The younger sister was sitting in a wheelchair, close to the window, looking down, and her eyes widened a little bit. Did you stop? the man asked while continuing to move the furniture in the room. Uh, stop. My sister replied and continued: But they dont seem to be human. What is not a human being? Not a rescue team? Its not a human being, it means its not a living person! ??The man also came closer and looked down through the window. When he saw the stopped motorcade and the large pieces of skeletons, his eyes widened. Fuck! On the road. In bursts of roaring. The battle is coming to an end. ?The corpses were spread all around the convoy, like a circle of piles on a hillside. Attack! Wu Heng ordered while sitting in the car. Hulala~! The skeleton, which had been defending itself against counterattacks, began to charge. Leap over the corpse and kill the remaining zombies. With a flurry of swords and spears, they all were killed on the ground. When the last zombie fell to the ground, the entire area returned to calm. Clean the battlefield and carry the corpse to the side of the road. The skeletons took action again, clearing the corpses to the edges of the road on both sides. At this time, Xiaoxiao got past the bus and flew back. ?Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, there are two living people in that building." He is truly a survivor. Is there any danger? Wu Heng continued to ask. No, there are some ordinary zombies in the building, and there are no other monsters. Let me see! Wu Heng let Xiaoxiao fly into his body and immediately saw what she saw. ?From a small perspective, there are indeed no aberrant zombies. In a room on the second floor. A man and a woman were lying on the window looking out. After confirming that there is no danger. Wu Heng looked at the darkening sky outside the window, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said: "There is a hotel on the right, and there are survivors inside. We will stay there tonight and continue our journey tomorrow morning." (End of this chapter) Chapter 104 , pick whatever you like Chapter 104, pick whatever you like Hotel. Duoduoduo~! The man approached the peephole of the door and looked out. ??I saw the zombies who were fierce and brutal just beating the door were pinned to the ground by several skeletons, and they were slashing with kitchen knives. ??The zombie tried to get up several times, but was chopped down with a kitchen knife every time. ?The scene was extremely cruel. Blood was splattered all over the walls on both sides. Brother, whats going on outside? the girl behind asked. ??The man looking at the cat eyes was startled, and he covered her mouth with his eyes wide open, indicating that she should be silent, just outside the door. ?The two hugged each other, shivering as they listened to the sound of chopping vegetables outside the door. Gradually, the sound of chopping meat began to slow down, and the roar of the zombies also stopped. The two of them held their breath, praying that the things outside would leave quickly. The whole room fell into a deathly silence. ~! There was a sudden knock on the door. The bodies of both of them were trembling, and their hearts almost stopped beating in fear. Immediately afterwards, a woman''s voice came, "You were asking for help on the roof just now, right?" The eyes of the brother and sister were even more full of surprise. Humanity? Why did humans appear again at this time? Or, what kind of weird thing is trying to trick them out? We are survivors too. Its safe outside. Open the door! The person outside the door still said. The brother and sister exchanged glances with each other. The man stood up and looked out through the peephole. ??I saw a woman wearing work clothes standing outside the door, a little impatient on her face. Seeing a real human being. ??Already knowing that they were in the room, the man still asked: "Are you from the motorcade just now?" Hearing the response, Li Yahong also looked at the cat''s eye and said, "You were the one waving the flag on the top of the building, right? We have cleared away the zombies and you can come out." Whats going on with those skeletons? Whether the superpower knows it or not, you dont understand it. Anyway, you are safe. If you dont want to be left here to die, come out and have a chat. ??Li Yahong finished speaking and did not continue. Everyone has their own choice. They want to help some survivors, but the other party must also accept it. You cant have a hot face but a cold butt! After all, our side is not really a rescue team. The sound of things being moved was heard inside the door. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The door opens, revealing the man and the girl in the wheelchair. ?Li Yahong frowned. Having bad legs? At this time, this is a very fatal problem. Even if we keep them, we will feed them in vain. Thank you for coming to save us. The man glanced at the skeleton and immediately thanked him when he saw that it was not being attacked. Its exactly what my sister said. There are some superpowers, evolvers and the like in the novel. Are you a couple? Brother and sister, this is my sister. ?Li Yahong nodded and didnt ask any more questions about this matter. He said directly: "You have two choices. One is to stay and continue to take refuge. The second is to go with us, but you will have to listen to our assignments in the future and need to do some work." Stay, there is still some food left in various rooms and kitchens of this hotel, so it can actually last for a while. After you finish eating, you can also search for some food nearby. But in the future, you may have to fight zombies and fight for more things. The man glanced at his sister and exchanged looks with each other, "We''ll go with you." In fact, there is nothing to hesitate, this is their only hope to survive. How long can he survive with his sister if he stays? "Okay, come downstairs with me. There''s no need to pack your things. I''ll rest here tonight and leave tomorrow morning." "okay!" On the first floor, a large number of skeletons filled the hall. Hongzi and the others were checking the car outside to make sure there would be no problems tomorrow. ??Wu Heng walked around the room on the first floor of the hotel and found nothing to collect. I did find a lot of disposable items and safety items. ?Li Yahong walked down with the two of them. The two survivors chose to follow us, Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng glanced at the **** his back, "Is she injured?" "No, my sister has a bad leg." The man said, and immediately realized something, and hurriedly explained: "I can work, I can do both of us, and I won''t be held back." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Prepare dinner, and then let everyone choose a room to rest." "Okay!" Wu Heng also walked upstairs and said, "You don''t need to bring me out for dinner. Arrange a few people to take turns to keep watch. Don''t go out at night." "okay!" ?Wu Heng went upstairs and chose a room with a better environment. Several skeletons guarded the door and the room. ?Wuheng took Basen and Bawudong directly to Luntam City. The city of Wrentam. Going through the gate and returning to the empty room. ? Jian Yi Jian Er has been cleaning here, but there is still no furniture and it looks empty. I dont have to worry about cleaning the house or anything like that. He plans to finish the prison deal and find a decoration team or something to decorate the place properly. Let a few skeletons be wrapped more tightly. Then they went out together. ??The place where Wu Heng lived was on the edge of the inner city. After walking for about five or six minutes, he entered the boundary of the outer city. ?The streets and alleys that look retro and medieval are so lively. Along the streets, there are various shops, leather goods, weapons, medicines, as well as taverns or inns. Caravans transporting goods can be seen on the road at any time. ?This has become a transit point for trade between the two countries. No wonder the people here seem to be rich, and the decoration of the buildings is also very high and luxurious. ?Watching while walking, looking for a place to have dinner. Guest, do you need to relax? ?A group of girls with heavy makeup stand in front of pubs and hotels, soliciting customers without scruples. The slender thighs and the completely exposed **** are dazzling. ?In addition to human women, you can also see female orcs with strong muscles and fangs exposed at the corners of their mouths, or rabbit women, cat women, and other women with obvious animal characteristics. "Gentlemen, do you want to stay in the hotel to rest?" A strong female orc raised her chest and leaned over directly. As soon as he got close, he was stopped by Ba Wudong and could not get closer. Do you like human girls or some foreign girls? Come into the store and have a look. You can pick whatever you like. The girls greeted him warmly. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and waved his hand to indicate that he didn''t need it. When the women saw each other''s refusal, they immediately stopped approaching and set their sights on other people. Constantly posing and greeting guests. The person behind Wu Heng was obviously a regular visitor and could name several women. He was pulled into a dark alley. ?Wu Heng found a quieter tavern nearby, ordered food, and ate slowly. ?At the same time, I listened to the people at the next table chatting about local things. After filling his stomach, he returned directly to his residence in the inner city. Pass the gate and return to the hotel in the zombie world to rest. The next day, early in the morning. People in the hotel get up early. Have breakfast. After searching the entire hotel and two nearby shops, he got back into the car. ?Yesterday''s brother and sister were sitting in the middle bus with Wu Heng. The two of them huddled carefully in the back. Behaving a little reserved, it looked like he had been kidnapped. Have you all gotten in the car? Wu Heng asked through the intercom. Car No. 1, no problem. Car No. 2, no problem. . Car No. 5, no problem. After confirming that everyone had boarded the car, Wu Heng said directly: "Drive, Li Yahong will contact the prison and they will arrive today. Let them prepare their things and complete the transaction outside." The military vehicle itself has a communication radio, which can receive external information and make contact. "good!" The car starts. The entire convoy maintained the same formation as yesterday and began to move forward along the road. The further you go, the more remote the road becomes. There are large expanses of wasteland on both sides. Occasionally, one or two zombies rush out and are left far behind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 105 , if you don鈥檛 get out of the car, I鈥檒l offend you. Chapter 105: If you dont get off the car, you will be surprised Chengnan Prison. ?Bang bang bang~! A heavy knocking sound woke up the man in the room. Opened his eyes and cursed: "What''s the matter? Why the **** are you knocking?" "Brother Long, the girl who replaced the gun at the auto repair shop has received news. She said she will be there at noon today." A hurried voice came from outside the door. Brother Long was shirtless, revealing a large number of tattoos. Opening the door, he looked at his younger brother and asked, "How many people are coming?" I dont know, she said we would trade outside and not come directly. The younger brother replied. Brother Long scratched his chin. He continued: "She was quite cautious. She took her brothers to pick them up outside. When they arrived, she would seize the goods and people. Those who were obedient would be brought back. If they were disobedient, the men would be killed, but the women would not be killed." Understood. The younger brother was about to leave. Brother Long added: "Bring more guys. These people can come directly. They should have some skills and don''t make any mistakes." Dont worry, Brother Long, no matter how powerful they are, can they still have bullets? If not, Ill shoot them all. The younger brother patted the rifle hanging on his body. Brother Long nodded, "Okay, let''s go. Come back early after robbing." "okay." On the road. The convoy was moving quickly. The rest of the journey began to go smoothly, and not many zombies appeared. Even if there was one, it was far behind, and the latter was directly smashed into pieces. Moving forward quickly, we are already close to the target location. Zizzi~! The agreed trading place can already be seen. The voice of the lead car, Li Yahong, came from the intercom. The trading place was a gathering point of houses located under the prison. Its still some distance from prison. Have you seen anyone? Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked. "No, but you can see some roadblocks set up. There should be people there." Slow down, dont pass by yet. The team began to slow down and move forward bit by bit. Hang the horn to see if anyone is there. Wu Heng continued. There are obviously no zombies here, they must have been cleaned up by the people in the prison. But there was no one on the other side, so something still felt wrong. The piercing car horn sounded. Reverberating throughout the area. At this time, two people walked out from the opposite side, wearing prison guard uniforms, waving from a distance. Someone is coming out and waving to this way! Li Yahong said through the intercom. Wait a minute! Wu Heng said on the walkie-talkie. The convoy stopped and did not continue to approach. After waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao who was sent out flew back directly. ?Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, there are a lot of people in the house over there, and they don''t look like good people~!" "how many?" Xiao Xiao clapped his fingers and said, "So many!" Um, come back first, let me take a look! Xiao Xiaofei entered the body and shared the scene just now. On both sides of the road, there are two rows of buildings. In addition to the two people walking outside, there were some people in the buildings on both sides, about eleven or twelve. Some were wearing prison guard uniforms, and some were wearing short sleeves, exposing their tattooed arms. Everyone had a gun in his hand and hung it around his neck. ?Most people look slovenly, like people from novels. It doesnt feel like a prison guard. Prisoner? Still a survivor of reception. But then I thought about it, its the end now. It actually makes sense to select strong and powerful men in the gathering place to form a defense team. They are still asking us to come over, what should we do next? Li Yahong continued to ask on the intercom. In the past, convoys kept their distance, and you should not get off the car no matter what the circumstances. Wu Heng continued. The rest of the people also understood the meaning of the words. Coupled with the fact that the other party had a gun in his hand, he became more cautious. Then, the convoy began to move forward, keeping a distance from each other, and entered the other side''s position. ?Ahead, a man holding a rifle walked over. ?First he gave a decent salute, and then he shook his finger to signal the other party to lower the car window. ??Li Yahong opened the car window a little and said, "Are you from Chengnan Prison?" ?There are iron bars protecting the windows, and the doors are also thickened with iron plates. As long as you don''t get out of the car, bullets may not be able to penetrate such a thick door. "Yes, you are from an auto repair shop? That''s awesome. You drove here directly from such a distance." The man praised and continued: "The guns are prepared for you. Get out of the car and take inventory. If there is no problem, take it away. " ?Li Yahong glanced at him and said, "Take out the things and let me take a look." The person below frowned. He turned around and glanced at the other cars behind him, which were keeping a distance, and said, "Take it out, don''t you guys need to take a look? Do you know how to use it? We can teach you how to use it." "We know how to use it, just take out the gun." Li Yahong closed the car window further. The man''s eyes narrowed. He turned around and waved his hand behind him. Hurrah! The doors on both sides opened, and several people with rifles rushed out and surrounded the convoy, with the muzzles of their guns pointing straight towards the location of the vehicle. They were shouting things like "Get off the car, or I''ll beat you to death if you don''t get off the car." ?Some people also tried to open the car door, but it was locked in advance and failed. Then, a voice came from the intercom, "The road behind is blocked by a roadblock, and there is no way to reverse." Everyone in the motorcade was shocked. At this time, he also realized the other partys purpose. ?This is not an exchange, it is just waiting for them to send food over. Li Yahong looked ugly and said, "What do you mean?" The person who just talked to sneered and said, "Nothing interesting? Now the population is small and the resources are small. Please ask a few people to bring supplies to our place to live." Is the transaction fake? Bah~! The man spat and continued: When did you even propose a deal? You all act like idiots and even come here to give me something. Get out of the car quickly, dont force us to give you a tug-of-war. ??Li Yahong lowered her head a little, avoided the other party''s gun in the car, and said into the intercom: "The transaction is fake, they want to grab the goods." On the Wuheng side, you can also see people holding guns, cursing, and pulling **** the car door. ??This is a trick played on myself. While others are hoarding grain, I am hoarding guns, and my neighbors are my granary. Actually, he had expected this situation. I didnt feel so panicked. ?His goal is a gun, a rifle, it doesn''t matter whether it''s a trade or a robbery. The important thing is that the other party really has a gun. ??Wu Heng said directly to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill all the people outside." Big-headed skull, the soul fire flashing in the eye sockets. The next second. The canvas behind the carriage was lifted, and a large number of skeletons jumped out of the carriage. Holding a kitchen knife, he rushed towards the people outside with a clatter. ??The people who were cursing were all stunned. Fuck, what the hell. Damn, its a skeleton, the skeleton has come to life. What they are transporting is not food, but skeletons. Shoot. ?Bang bang bang~! Intensive gunshots rang out in the venue. ?The bullets swept towards the group of skeletons, passing through the hollow bones and crackling on the car body behind them. ?The people in the car were startled and immediately held their heads and lowered their bodies. ?Things like guns are useless in the last days. It is not very useful against zombies, as it can easily attract swarms of corpses, and it is also not useful against skeletons. In other words, people are full of fear of firearms. Facing the strafing fire, the skeletons held up kitchen knives and rushed towards the enemy like crazy. Ah~, **** it, help me. Run! Dont kill me, dont kill me. A cry of pain rang out. ??The people on the prison side were knocked down by the skeletons and killed directly with three or two blows. Some people who had started running away in advance were also overtaken by the skeletons, pushed to the ground and chopped into pieces. Soon, the gunfire and shouting stopped, and the entire venue became quiet again. Is anyone injured? Wu Heng asked on the intercom. "No!" After confirming that no one was injured, Wu Heng got out of the car directly. The corpses were dragged back by the skeletons and dumped not far away. ?Wu Heng first looked at the corpse, then bent down and picked up the blood-stained rifle. A very classic domestic rifle. Open the magazine, there are still some bullets in it. ?There were eight corpses in total, five rifles, and three submachine guns, but no extra magazines were found on the bodies. Each gun only had so many bullets hanging on the magazines. Put all the guns into the space ring. ?Wu Heng looked around and said, "Li Yahong." ?Li Yahong ran over and asked, "What''s wrong?" Let your people check the car, and then you come with me. "good!" Li Yahong confessed, and followed Wu Heng and Skull to carry the body to the side of the house in the distance. Have the skeleton throw the body to the ground. Wu Heng directly releases [Conversation with the Dead]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, and the next second, the corpse sat up directly. His face was covered with knife marks and **** flesh. What was your original plan? Wu Heng asked directly. The man turned to look over and replied, "Deceive the people from the auto repair shop and detain all the food and people." What do you want so many people for? If it is not an official gathering place, it will be a burden to attract too many people. After all, people need to eat, and now food is a scarce resource. The male one is used as a bait to attract zombies, and the female one is kept for use. It can also be used as a bait when not in use. Hearing these words, Li Yahong''s face turned pale instantly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 106 , orc team member Chapter 106, Orc members In this current environment, it is obviously unrealistic to talk about order and rules. ??But the survivors were deceived in the name of a gathering place. Let the men be used as bait, while the women are kept for their own use. I trembled when I heard it. What kind of person would come up with such a plan? Hook the survivors who finally survived and use them as bait to lure away the zombies. ??Moreover, from the very beginning, their goal was to come here. At that time, I was still modifying vehicles and collecting food. ?Just thinking about it makes me feel chills running down my spine. ??If people like me come, wouldn''t it be the end just mentioned? ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who has the final say in prison?" Chen Jinlong! What is his identity? A serious criminal, now the boss of the prison. A serious criminal? Why do you still let a serious criminal become the boss? Even if there is a zombie outbreak, prisoners are usually locked in single cells. It cannot be that this felon has the power! How did he become the boss? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know. I heard that he is ruthless and prestigious, and everyone under his command has a gun." After saying that, the corpse lay down directly on its back and turned into a corpse again. ?Wu Heng said nothing more and continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], and the second corpse sat up. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "How did Chen Jinlong control the prison." ??The man''s mouth was cut open with a kitchen knife, and his words were a little leaky. "The zombies broke out and the prison was evacuating the uninfected prisoners. He took us to seize the opportunity to grab some weapons and occupy the prison." That means taking the opportunity to act and take control of the prison. ?Felonious criminals like Chen Jinlong feel that they will be more adaptable to this disorderly environment. Others are worrying about how to survive and looking for official shelters. People began to use some loopholes to attract people to come over and send food to themselves and others. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Is Chen Jinlong powerful?" Everyone is afraid of him, and he has taken the corpse core and heard that he has awakened some supernatural powers. The corpse answered calmly. ?This sentence made Wu Heng a little surprised. ???Is there really someone who can devour corpse cores and awaken supernatural powers? What kind of power? "have no idea." Did you see him devouring the corpse core? Yes, we killed the aberrant police dog. He ate the corpse core and his body became obviously much stronger. He said he had awakened his powers, and everyone believed it. ?It seems that the other party has indeed devoured the corpse core. His physique and luck can be considered top-notch. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "How many guns are there in the prison?" About a hundred or so. After saying that, the corpse also lay down on its back. Then, Wu Heng continued to ask about the two corpses, and got a preliminary understanding of the situation in the entire prison. ??The leader in the prison is this Chen Jinlong. Because he is a ruthless person, plus he controls guns and eats corpse cores, he controls the voice of the entire prison. In addition to some prisoners around them, they will also select some people with special skills, good physique, and cruelty from the survivors to join them. ?In terms of weapons, in addition to rifles and submachine guns, there are also machine guns on the wall towers. Unless the zombie tide is attracted, it will be difficult for ordinary zombies to break through this prison. Wait until all questions are finished. There is no need to ask about the remaining corpses. What to do now? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go back." ??The purpose of coming here this time is to get the rifle. In fact, the goal has been achieved. ??Wu Heng also disliked the situation in the prison, but it was actually quite difficult for him to break into the prison. Four trucks brought only a few hundred skeletons. I''m afraid I can''t even climb the city wall, let alone capture it. Furthermore, there is absolutely no need to conflict with the other party now. "good!" Hearing this, Li Yahong completely agreed. ??In addition to serious criminals, there are rifles and machine guns in the prison, which sounds like they are not easy to deal with. Its better to be farther away. The two of them walked back from the back of the house and returned to the motorcade. And in front, another car came out. Hangzi backed the car into the middle of the convoy. He said: "I found it over there. There are still some bullets in it." Bullets? ??Qiangzi opened the car door and got out, carrying a cloth bag. After opening it, there was a large bag of bullets inside. Lets tell them apart, they should be bullets for rifles and submachine guns. ?Wu Heng nodded. It was a good thing that he found another bullet. The rest of the people were sweating coldly. ?These guys have no intention of letting them get through alive, so they brought so many bullets to block them here. ?Wu Heng took the bag and said, "The new brother joined us yesterday!" Qiangzi waved to a place not far away, and the elder brother among the new siblings who joined yesterday ran over quickly. ?Wu Heng asked: Can you drive? "meeting!" You can drive this car, no problem! "No problem." Wu Heng nodded and said, "Get ready and get ready to go back." Everyone got on the bus again and the vehicle began to turn around. Start from the way you came and return. Dusk. A transport truck slowly stopped at the entrance of the village. ? Chen Jinlong, who was bare-armed, opened the door and got out of the car, followed by a group of boys carrying firearms. ? He ??glanced around and saw that it was deserted and not a single person could be seen. On the ground, some bullet casings can be seen. Proof that a battle took place here. Look around. Everyone spread out and searched around. Brother Long, theres something going on here! ??Chen Jinlong and others walked over quickly and found several corpses in a house. Although the corpses were beyond recognition, it was still possible to tell that these people were his subordinates. ??Chen Jinlong looked at the corpse with fire in his eyes, "Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop, okay, you dare to trick me..." Needless to say, what happened here must be related to Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. It has been some time since the zombie outbreak. ?This was the first time someone dared to hack him near the prison. Brother Long, how about we catch up? said the younger brother. What the hell, its dark, arent you looking for death if you go out! Chen Jinlong cursed, and then said: Go back, I will definitely kill them when I get the chance. Wont you bury your dead brother? Hold your **** and go back! Everyone got on the bus and headed back in the direction they came from. The night is hazy. The convoy returned to the community. Returning by the original route will be smoother than when you went there. It just took some time to collect the corpses killed yesterday along the way. Then lets go back first. Li Yahong said. Well, everyone has worked hard, go back and have a good rest! As soon as they turned around and left, Li Yahong thought of something again and asked, "Will the prison contact us? What will they say then?" Dont worry, they dont dare to mention this matter. If they want to trick other survivors into going there, they wont mention it. Instead, they will be afraid that we will bring it up. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong thought about it and felt that it was right. Continued to ask: "Then should we expose them? After all, some people have gone there and killed many people." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It depends on what you think. Even if you say it, it may not have much effect. Everyone thinks it is safe there, but no one may believe it if you say it." Um, lets talk about it, at least let some people who can still hold on not go there yet. Li Yahong said. Okay, lets talk about it. Wu Heng had no intention of stopping him. Well, lets go back first. ??Li Yahong and others left, and Wu Heng asked the big-headed skeleton to direct the ordinary skeletons to carry the corpse. ?Wu Heng took out the rifle he obtained and studied it. Then hand it over to Bassen and Bawudong to familiarize them with the use of rifles. At long range, use a rifle to attack. Another world, even for all professionals. ??Can''t stand the burst of bullets. ?Feeling almost done, I went back to the room to rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng returned to the city of Luntam through the boundary gate. Having breakfast at a nearby tavern, we took Bassen and Bawudong to the Professionals Association. He has two days to solve the problem of accommodation. Today is the time to report. Come to the deacon''s study, and after getting the response, enter the room. Deacon Gomez, Im here to report today. Wu Heng said directly. ?The deacon, who was combing his back, looked back at him and said, "Oh, has the accommodation problem been solved?" Well, its been solved. "Then starting today, your Team 12 will officially join the team." The deacon smoothed his hair twice, sat down at the table, took out a file bag and handed it over, "This is the team member assigned to you by the association, and it happens to be today. Come to the association, you can get to know me then. Hmm. Wu Heng took the file bag, opened it and took a look. first row. Name: Duke, Race: Orc. Hey guys, I assigned myself an orc team member. You go and get familiar with the new team members first, and Ill see what tasks there are and let you get familiar with the environment first, the deacon continued. Oh okay! Wu Heng nodded and exited the room directly. On the way, I asked a staff member about the location of the rest room. We arrived at the lounge of Team 12, pushed the door open, and saw a green-skinned orc sitting there. ??He is tall and muscular, wearing an iron armor on his upper body and holding a huge ax in front of him. Seeing someone opening the door, I looked up. Hun asked: "What''s the matter?" I am the captain of Team 12, "Huh? Oh, hello, captain." The orc stood up, said hello, and scratched his head. ?Wu Heng looked up at him. He was probably about two and a half meters tall. (End of this chapter) Chapter 107 , only kill women Chapter 107, only kill women Fuck! ?Wu Heng looked up at him and exclaimed in his heart. When he was sitting there just now, he felt that the orc was huge. Now when he stood up, it was like a hill was blocking his face. ??Second only to the Carrion Troll, who takes the blame for the Necromancer. Sit down! Wu Heng said. Oh! The orc sat back down and said with a naive smile: Captain, my name is Duke, and I am an orc warrior. ?Wu Heng walked around him and sat down inside. Well, my name is Wu Heng. From now on, you can call me by my name or captain. Okay, Captain Wu Heng. The orc glanced at the figure standing next to him and asked, Captain, are these two our team members too? It refers to Basen and Bawudong who came in after them. Wu Heng replied: "My profession is a necromancer. These two people are my undead attendants. You can also understand them as members of the team, but they do not occupy the member''s quota." Bassen and Bawudong both have souls. There is not much difference from normal team members, and they are absolutely loyal. In the future, I will follow the task together, saying that there is no problem with the team members. Furthermore, he brought four skeletons with him on the first day, and two more today. No one cares about the entire association, and no one asks about the undead attendants. In other words, Luntam City does not pay much attention to the Necromancer and does not have any requirements. He made the right choice on this point. It also proves that Yazd was a place found for itself after careful consideration. "The captain is a mage." The orc said, and then continued to ask: "Are we just the two of us in the team?" There are only two of us at the moment, and there will be more people in the future to complete the number. Wu Heng replied, taking out his file and taking a look. Duke, race orc. The occupation is level 5 beast warrior, and the weapon he specializes in is battle axe. ?The reason for joining the company is that he helped arrest wanted criminals twice and has good fighting talent. He joined after being recommended by the deputy deacon. The family lives in Xiacheng District and is a local. The information is quite detailed, and its actually good to have this local person. You can also find places for missions in the future. How old are you? Wu Heng asked. 14. ?Wu Heng took another look at him and could only say that the orcs were growing up very quickly. After getting to know each other, chatting becomes more casual. Wu Heng asked some questions about the local situation. Orcs are more interested in the Necromancer profession. From time to time, he glanced at the two skeletons standing aside. The round helmet and the weird weapons hanging in front of him. According to Duke, Luntam City is a mixed bag of people with many special professions. But it is generally relatively low-key. He has only heard about it but has never been exposed to it. The two chatted for a few words, then there was a knock on the door. Please come in. ?The door opened, and a staff member walked in. He glanced at the two of them and asked, "Which one is Captain Wu Heng?" "I am!" Deacon, please come over. Oh, okay! Wu Heng stood up and walked out. Return to the deacons study again. ??The deacon handed over a task list and said: "Someone died at the ''Wind Grass Tavern'' in the outer city. You guys should go and cooperate with the investigation." In the morning, I told them to arrange a task for them to adapt to this place. The task was assigned so quickly. "good." ?Wu Heng nodded, returned to the lounge, called "Duke" and headed directly to the outer city. ??The team responsibilities in Wrentam City are still different from those in Blackstone Town. ??There is no such thing as cooperating with the guards to arrest criminals. There are only two main responsibilities. One is the wanted criminals wanted by the association. They are all those who have committed crimes and fled here. If they are not on the wanted list, no one will care about them. Once you are on the wanted list, they will arrest you, and the reward and merit will be calculated. The second one is to ensure the safety and rescue of association members. The item important members is actually divided into persons. ??Generally, they are people of some status, and the association will take special care of them. ?Most ordinary members rarely take care of it, and the association does not have that many people. ?Wu Heng and Duke walked out of the association. Walking towards the outer city. The overall city is divided into three structures. Inner city, outer city, and outer city. ?The inner city is the safest, home to local wealthy businessmen and dignitaries, as well as organizational buildings such as the City Lord''s Palace, Professional Association, and Snake Emblem Consortium. Public security is the responsibility of the Iron Guard Knights, and the Iron Guard Knights are directly subordinate to the city lord. Identity is the citys security team. The outer city area is home to a large number of shops and entertainment industries, which are managed by some gangs. Outside the city are shops, factories, and residential areas. They are chaotic and crowded, and are managed by gangs. The whole city looks chaotic, but it still has its own unique rules. ?Wu Heng didnt know much about this place, but Duke was a local and took him directly to the tavern. ??The tavern has not opened yet at this time, and some people are cleaning. Guest, its not open yet. A green-skinned female orc walked over, swinging her waist. We are from the Professionals Association, have you asked the association for help? Wu Heng asked directly. The female orc glanced at the two of them and lost her smile as she faced the guests, "Let me see the emblem!" Wu Heng took out the captain''s emblem and looked at her. After confirming that she was from the association, he said: "I need your help, come with me!" Go through the hall and enter an underground-like room. In the corner, two corpses are covered with shrouds. The female orc looked very ugly and said: "Someone took the girl out of the store as a customer and then brutally killed her. We couldn''t find out the identity of the other party. Let''s see if you can do anything." homicide? Do you have any clues? "You should also be aware of the situation here. It has a lot of traffic and is messy. There have been many deaths in the past, but this time we only targeted girls, which caused panic." said the female orc. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "I want to ask about the corpse. Do you have any taboos?" "Huh?" The female orc was stunned, "No, as long as the murderer can be caught." ?Wu Heng nodded and released [Conversation with the Dead] to one of them. ??The corpse sat up suddenly, and the shroud fell off, revealing a face as pale as if the blood had been drained. There was a wound of flesh and blood on the neck. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who killed you?" Its a man, I dont know him. "only one person?" "one person." What are the characteristics of the person who killed you? Human, relatively thin, wearing brown leather armor, always carrying a yellow cloth bag on his back. ?Wu Heng glanced at the female orc beside him, who shook her head and said she was not impressed. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What did he tell you?" He said he would take me to the alley and promised to give me double the price. Whether he kills you directly or after completing the deal. Just kill me. After saying that, he lay down on the ground again with a bang. ??Wu Heng continued to talk to the second corpse, which also had a scar on its neck, and answered similar questions. A human man, to be sure. Those who are thin are for the purpose of killing, not for relaxation. After questioning the corpse, I didnt get any useful information. The female orc is even more worried, not only for the women here, but she is also afraid that she may be in danger. ??Moreover, business here cannot stop. Whats next? Wu Heng glanced at the corpse on the ground and said, "We will come over in the evening to see if we can find the murderer." (End of this chapter) Chapter 108 , seems to be a wanted criminal Chapter 108: He seems to be a wanted criminal ?The other party specially picked these women to attack, and their professional level should not be too high. ??Belongs to the kind of perverted murderer, or has a somewhat abnormal mentality. The female orc nodded and said: "Okay, then I will arrange for people to be ready. If anything is discovered, we will arrest them immediately." ?Each store has its own thug. In other words, these shops are owned by gangs. The main reason is still not knowing who the murderer is. ?Wu Heng found some clues as soon as he came here, and he really may continue to pursue them. Its OK to arrange some people, but dont reveal the news. "good!" Leaved the tavern and returned to the association. Duke asked: "Captain, what''s your name? How can you still make the dead speak?" The skills of the necromancer. Oh, can I learn? Each profession has different characteristics. You just need to develop your own career well. Peoples energy is limited. ?At that time, he asked around where to buy skill books, and Altluk said something similar. ??I can tell it to Duke myself today. "All right!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "By the way, what should we do to add furniture to the house?" You can ask someone to make some, or you can buy the finished product. Isnt there a decoration team? The whole thing has been renovated. Wu Heng continued to ask. There are indeed shops selling furniture, but he doesnt want to buy all of them. Moreover, I dont understand layout or anything. Well, then you might as well put up a commission and let the association supervise it. Otherwise, if the decoration is not good, the other party will run away. ?Wu Heng felt it made sense and went to the front desk to place a decoration request. ?The sun disappeared and the sky gradually darkened. ??A cloaked figure appeared outside the door of the tavern, chatting in a low voice about the price with a woman soliciting customers. Soon, the woman smiled, took the other person''s arm affectionately, and walked flirtatiously toward the alley on one side. As we entered the depths of the alley. The man held the woman''s waist tighter and tighter, and touched the short blade behind her waist with his other hand. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the tavern, listening to the noise in the tavern and drinking beer. At this moment, Xiaoxiao suddenly flew back and got into his body. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, he stood up suddenly, pulled Duke, and rushed outside. At the same time, the expression of the female orc standing behind the counter also changed, and she knocked on the door frame behind. Several strong orcs rushed out and rushed outside. Hulala. Everyone in the tavern looked at what happened suddenly in surprise. In a dark alley. The man was riding on the woman''s body, holding her neck with one hand, and holding a short blade with the other hand, stabbing the woman''s neck bit by bit. Be a little more scared, thats good, I like your expression very much. The man said in a low voice with a fanatical look on his face. ??The woman''s eyes were full of fear, and she tried her best to resist, but she couldn''t stop the short blade from stabbing herself. Just when the short blade was about to cut the woman''s neck. Suddenly, four rotating light groups flew in, illuminating the alley brightly. Immediately afterwards, there were several deafening loud noises. ?Bang bang bang~! After the gunfire. The man looked down at his body in confusion. ?Several holes were pierced through the leather armor, and traces of blood flowed out from the leather armor. ification! The man faced the figure at the alley and hissed like a poisonous snake. The figure suddenly stood up from the ground and jumped to a height of more than three meters. The cloak spreads out, like outstretched wings, and rushes quickly from the air. Fast speed and weird attack method. Not like a low-level professional at all. "Captain, be careful." Duke held the battle ax and was about to rush forward to confront him. ?Wu Heng grabbed him and said, "Step aside." Then he said to the side: "Kill him." ?Bang bang bang~! ?Bang bang bang~! Bassen and Bawudong raised their rifles and quickly swooped towards the sky. Concentrated bullets roared out and poured into the sky. The swooping figure suddenly stopped in the air. She fell directly from the air under the dense bullets. The muzzle of the gun was downwards again, still shooting into the alley. ?The man in black robe stood up staggeringly. Looking down at his body, his chest was almost beaten into a piece of mud. ?Blood gushed down. Damn it! The man cursed and slowly knelt down uncontrollably. ?Wu Heng took aim, and shot through the center of his eyebrow. Gain experience +25. At this time, dense footsteps came from behind. A large number of orcs crowded into the alley. Looking at the corpse whose chest was a piece of rotten flesh, everyone looked surprised. A few seconds before and after.?????Does this turn a person into a hornet''s nest? Duke walked to the body, took off his hood, looked at it, scratched his head and said, "Captain, he seems to be a wanted criminal of the association." the wanted? ?That person is difficult to catch in every city. ??Are the people in the association so efficient at killing wanted criminals now? Faster than killing a chicken. Drag someone out. Duke dragged the man out. He threw it under the oil lamp. Wu Heng and the female orc in the tavern both took a closer look. They didn''t know whether he was a wanted criminal, but he must be the murderer of the woman in the tavern. The clothing and characteristics are basically the same. Its him! "Probably, thank you all for your help." The female orc in the tavern thanked her immediately. "You''re welcome." The female orc thought for a while, then looked at Wu Heng and the other people, and said, "Come to the tavern later and the drinks will be free." ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Let Duke carry the body and return to the upper city together. First, I went to the association, spoke to the member on duty, and placed the body in the morgue. It was getting late, so I said goodbye to Duke and went home. Let''s come back tomorrow to collect the reward. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng returned to the zombie world. Skeletons are standing all over the community. Skeletons with souls are constantly training. At this time, the short dwarf alchemist walked out of the corridor. In his dry palm, he held a white plastic box. He quickly came to Wu Heng, bowed slightly, and handed over the plastic box in his hand. ?Wu Heng took it and opened it, which contained a healing potion, a psychotropic potion and a bottle of antidote. Since what happened in Yazd last time. ?Wu Heng hasnt swallowed a corpse core for a while. Part of the reason was that there was a problem with swallowing the second-level corpse core at that time, and the pain and symptoms were different. I wanted to delay it for a while to relieve the pressure on my body. ??Dwarf skeletons can now produce special antidote normally. You can continue to take it. Well, we can continue to make the detoxification potion for the first-level corpse core and reserve more. Wu Heng took the potion and continued. ??The skeleton dwarf saluted again and stepped back. ?Wu Heng returned to the room and took out all the [Special Antidote Potions] in the space ring. Including those that were not used before and those made by dwarf skeletons today. There are three bottles in total. Take out three first-level corpse cores and take and use antidote potions one after another. Agility +1. Agility +1. Strength +1. The prompt appears and the attribute value increases. However, the increased attribute values ??have been reduced. It used to increase two attribute values ??once taken, but now it has become one point. This situation should be related to the improvement of physical fitness. After reaching a certain value, the improvement begins to slow down. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (9622/14000) Attributes: Strength 23, Agility 24, Constitution 25, Intelligence 25, Perception 15, Charisma 18. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry), Arcane Special Training. Ability: Strengthen Will Skills: Bone Raising, Corpse Raising, Dancing Lights, Acid Splash, Grease, Debilitating Ray, Corpse Embalming, Speak with the Dead, Evil Explosion, Fireball. Confirmed the eye attributes and went to bed to rest. Early morning, deacons study. Deacon Gomez looked at the information in his hand and then at Wu Heng. Did you kill a wanted criminal? ??He just came here this morning and received the autopsy report. The identity of the corpse was confirmed. It was a wanted criminal with a level 9 or above. ?Looking at the small number of them, they are a newly formed team. Assign a simpler task, kill a wanted criminal directly, and still complete it within one day. Hunting for Wu Heng to speak. The deacon continued: "Okay, you guys did a good job this time, go directly to the front desk to register and receive the bounty!" "okay!" Coming out of the deacon''s study, Wu Heng went directly to the front desk to deliver the task and receive the bounty. When I was a member, these things were all done by "Altluk". Now that I am the leader, I know that there are still these processes. After receiving the bonus, Wu Heng returned to the lounge. Orc Duke, is sitting on the chair waiting. Give him half of the divided reward. ? Duke scratched his head in embarrassment and said, "Captain, I''ll take less. I didn''t help anything, and I had a meal in vain. I''m a little embarrassed." ?Wu Heng smiled and threw the money bag directly to him, "We are a team, and any achievement is a collective honor." Captain, you are so literate. (End of this chapter) Chapter 109 , buy armor Chapter 109, Buying Armor Duke took the money and his face was full of joy. This was his first mission, and he directly captured a wanted criminal. ??There are so many bounties, no matter how you think about it, it is a happy thing. Captain, you were so powerful yesterday. Before I could react, you killed that man. Duke put away the money and said loudly. ?Hello guy, the orcs are very direct in praising people. ??Wu Heng said: "The props used must be kept secret from the outside world. This is the secret weapon of our team." Understood, I wont tell anyone. Duke slapped his chest with a bang, and then asked: Then do we have any tasks today? Missions dont come every day, and going on missions may not be a good thing. You may encounter dangers, Wu Heng said. ?Wu Hengs ideas are different from Dukes. In Blackstone Town, you dont even go to the association. I just came here, and I am the captain, so it would be a bad idea not to come. Actually, I was thinking about how to take fewer missions and follow the Blackstone Town method so that I could have more time to fight zombies and upgrade. Oh, thats right. Duke nodded to show his understanding. The two chatted in the lounge for a while. ?The door was knocked again, and Wu Heng''s heart skipped a beat. There wont be another mission! Please come in! The staff pushed the door open and came in and asked, "Is Captain Wu Heng here?" Here, whats the matter? The decoration commission you requested from the association, people from the construction team are here and want to confirm the plan with you. The staff member said directly. Hello, yesterday, a decoration commission was hung on the platform of the association. ?This kind of thing still requires a plan to be determined. Unlike alchemy, you can just do it directly after issuing a commission without communicating with the other party. Let him come to the lounge! "OK." The staff returned again and brought a middle-aged human. ?The other person was holding a large roll of construction drawings in his hand and looked relatively professional. He glanced at the people in the room. Looking at Wu Heng, he smiled and said: "Captain, we are fully capable of completing your commission." The living habits and furniture specifications of humans and orcs are completely different. The furniture used by orcs is larger and heavier, while the furniture used by humans is smaller. So, as soon as the middle-aged man came in, he could be sure that Wu Heng was the one who issued the commission. ??Although Bassen and Bawudong are also human-shaped, their shape and sitting position are not like those who issued the commission. Well, tell me your plan. Wu Heng said directly. ?That house is actually just fine. It doesnt have to be very particular about the decoration. After all, if you want a good living environment, you can definitely occupy some villas in the zombie world. "OK." The middle-aged man spread out the drawings and began to describe the layout of the building and the materials of the furniture. Decoration in this world is different from that in the modern world. There is no need for trenching and wiring, and there is no such thing as latex paint. The ground is paved with flooring, the walls are made of a material similar to wall coverings, and the rest are commonly used tables and chairs. Unless it is a large building such as a professional association or city hall. More, it is a process of bringing furniture into the market, which is not complicated. After matching the color of the wall covering and the type of tables and chairs. Wu Heng asked: "How long will it take?" "It can be completed within three days. We work during the day and will not delay your rest at night." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to have a look, and we can start work today." "good!" ??Wu Heng took the middle-aged man and Duke out of the association and walked towards his residence. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????? with Jian Yi Jian Er, who stayed behind, told the renovation team about the construction work, so as not to cause any casualties if he was thought to be an intruder. After confirmation, hand it over to the other party so that they can start construction directly. Leave your residence. ??Duke asked: "Captain, where are you going next?" ?Wu Heng looked at him curiously. Dont you have anything to do with yourself? Follow wherever you go. He thought for a while and asked, "Do you know where the armor is better?" I know, the orc leather shop in the city is very good. Duke replied immediately. Um, orcs, can humans wear the orcs armor? Most of the armors in the armor shop are sold to humans, and there are all types. ??Luntam City is a transit point between the two countries, and it is also more like a wholesale market. Human cloth and spices, orcs leather ore, are all transported to the opposite city through here. So, the orc armor shop also makes human armor, and the human armor shop also makes orc armor. However, there are many stores of the same type, and there is also a certain amount of competition. Then take me to see it. Good captain. ? Duke took Wu Heng to the outer city area and entered a shop called ''Maohu Armor''. The pattern on the brand was two fangs. Looks very orcish. When entering the store, the sour smell of leather hits your nose. The shop is full, and the walls are covered with all kinds of leather armor. In front of the counter, a strong orc was wiping his leather armor. He was about to receive customers when he saw it was ''Duke''. He returned behind the counter and said, "Duke, didn''t you go to the association today?" "Glask, this is my captain, come here to look at the armor." Duke said directly. Hearing that there was a customer, he immediately put on a smile and said, "Captain, what type do you want to buy?" ?Wu Heng took a look in the store. ?Leather armor is really divided into two types: large and small, one is human-sized, and the other is orc-type, which is larger and thicker. ??Walked to a display rack in the middle, looked at the heavy metal plate armor on it, and asked, "How much does this plate armor cost?" The plate armor is very large, obviously an orc-sized armor. ?The surface is bright silver and the interior is leather, which looks very heavy and solid. A single piece costs 125 silver coins. If you need a helmet, arm armor and leg armor, the total cost is 350 silver coins. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Are there any human-shaped, one-piece leather armor here? The upper body and lower body skirt armor are connected together." "Yes, this kind of overall defense is better, but it is more troublesome to wear. Do you plan to wear it yourself?" The orc came out from behind the counter. Well, take it out and let me see. The orc entered the inner room, and when he came out again, he had an additional piece of leather armor in his hand. In human form, the upper body armor and skirt armor are connected together. ?Wu Heng nodded, "How much?" You are Captain Duke, if you want any more money, Ill give it to you. The orc boss said generously. Looking at it, Duke still has some respect here. Hehe! Duke scratched his head and smiled at the side. ??Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "I''m also giving it away, you tell me the price!" "Ah, give it as a gift. This one costs 25 silver coins. If you need a helmet, arm guards and leather boots, you need to add 18 silver coins." The price is not expensive. Leather armor sounds like it is just made of leather. In fact, it is also linked to craftsmanship and materials. If you buy it in Blackstone Town, such a set should be higher. ?Wu Heng felt that the price was acceptable and asked: "How much do you have?" Would you like to buy more? How much do you have in stock? There can be more than a hundred pieces in the warehouse. I want them all, and I want the metal armor too. ??The boss''s eyes widened a bit, and he looked at Duke beside him questioningly. Seems to be surprised by the other person''s wealth. Duke said: "Captain, are you planning to resell? Many businessmen are doing this kind of business, and it''s not easy to make money now." "Go, go!" The boss pushed him aside and continued: "There are a total of more than one hundred and ten sets in the warehouse. Calculated as one hundred sets for you, plus this set of armor, the total is 4,650 silver coins." ?Wu Heng nodded, and just as he was about to agree, he asked again: "If you buy so many armors, the inner city will not be affected, right?" "You live in the inner city?" The orc boss said immediately: "We can send it to you in batches, but if there are more than a hundred sets, we will not care. If there are more than one hundred sets, it is better to rent a warehouse in the outer city." Okay, Ill pay you when the items are delivered. "good!" With Duke in the middle, both sides are confident. After tallying up the goods, we headed to the inner city together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 110 , point me to the location Chapter 110, point me to the location The armor was delivered to the residence. ?Wu Heng was in a random room and asked the skeleton to bring out bags of silver coins and handed them to the other party. The orc boss was very happy. After taking the silver coins, he immediately said: "Captain, if you need armor in the future, just ask Duke to notify me, and I will arrange for someone to deliver it to you directly." If the price can be more favorable, I think we will have a chance to cooperate next time. ?Even though he can get the money. But the little savings from Yazd and the savings that Bassen and the others had in the Snake Emblem Consortium were almost spent. If you want to buy something again, you have to use the gold in the gold shop. So, we still want to push the price down. The orc boss looked embarrassed and said: "Captain, the price I give you is definitely not high. If you buy it next time, I will lower it for you." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. "Okay, then I''ll leave first." The orc boss took the delivery boy and turned around to leave. ?Wu Heng glanced at Duke, who was helping to carry the goods, and said, "Duke, it''s okay. You should go home." Okay, goodbye Captain. Duke caught up with the people in the armor shop and left together. ??The residence was cleaning the walls and putting up wall coverings. Wu Heng ordered his sword one and two swords. After looking at some armor, he strolled back to the association lounge. Sit in the lounge and think for a while. Let the staff find paper and envelopes for letters, and plan to write letters to friends in this world. I came here on my own, and it was relatively smooth, so I should write a letter to contact him anyway. The first is Yuli. The two have been teammates for the shortest time, but their relationship can be said to be the best. ?Although the other partys purpose of defrauding her of snacks was very obvious, I also gained a lot of information from her. ??Moreover, the little girl is cute, but her brain is not very good. Very suitable for being a friend. After thinking about it for a moment, I wrote directly. Has arrived in Luntam City and joined the team and became the captain. "Leaving the border of the Kingdom of Yeko, the journey was not smooth. I met a temple on the way. There were scantily clad nuns inside, trying to seduce me. Fortunately, I am an upright person, and I could tell at a glance that they were not human... Everything is fine here, but sometimes I miss our time together. If you have time, come here. I will take you to eat delicious food and play for a few more days. In an era when communication relied on telephones, few people used letters to convey news. ??Wu Heng also wrote a letter for the first time. I want to write a lot, but I dont know what to write. I wrote this in a crooked way. I hope Yuri can understand. The second and third letters are addressed to the captains Otluk and Kawina. Mainly talking about things here, everything is fine, dont worry. Let them come over to play when you have the opportunity, or go back to see them. I finished writing the three letters, put them in envelopes, sealed them with wax, and handed them to the front desk of the association. The association has a special department to deliver letters to members. After all, many people are out of town and need to keep in touch with their families. Give the letter to them and it will be sent to the association at the corresponding location. And there is a train, which is not too slow. After finishing writing the letter, Wu Heng stayed in the association until dusk. Get off work with other staff. Return to your residence. The decoration team was just about to leave. The foreman walked around the house with Wu Heng. The wall coverings are almost done, and one of the floors is also covered with flooring. The overall feeling is quite good. "It''s going very well. We''ll finish laying the floor tomorrow and finish it on the last day, and it''ll be done." said the foreman. ??Wu Heng doesnt care, and he doesnt have such high requirements. Well, thank you for your hard work. Its not hard, then well go back first. Okay, go back! ?The workers left directly, and Wu Heng asked Jianyi to move the armor into the building. The room door is closed and the boundary door is opened. Hold the skeleton over, and then move the armor to another world. Zombie world. More than a hundred sets, which doesnt sound like much. also covered an open space. ?Wu Heng found the big-headed skeleton and directly ordered: "Let skeleton warriors above level 5 come over and wear leather armor." Hurrah! Skeletons training spears from all around began to gather here. Bent down, picked up the leather goods on the ground and started to put them on. Take the big-headed skeleton with you every day to search for zombies. In addition to adding experience to Wu Heng, the level of the skeleton is also improving. The number of skeletons that have reached level five is close to more than two hundred. Having passed the stage of constantly killing skeletons at the beginning, we have entered the stage of continuous improvement in level. After a while of dressing, they all put on leather armor. Brown leather armor, leather helmet, leather armguards and boots. ?The entire body was wrapped in leather armor, with only the skull face exposed and the blue will-o''-the-wisps in the eye sockets. ?Hold a spear and stand neatly in front of him, looking more like a Yin soldier from the underworld. At this time, the big guy who was nearly three meters tall also came over. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Put on this armor." ??The big man picked up the armor, looked at it, knocked the armor with his hand, and then started to put it on his body. There are only bones left in the whole body, and it is very convenient to wear. It was put directly on the body. Then, he put on his helmet, gloves and iron boots in turn. ?With iron armor on, it looks even more ferocious. Wait until all the soldiers are dressed. Let all the skeletons go about their business. He walked out of the community, turned on the intercom at the intersection, and contacted Li Yahong. After a while, Li Yahong trotted over. Looking like he had just finished eating, he was mumbling and chewing something. Is there any news from the prison? Wu Heng asked. We said on the radio that the prison deceived people, but the other party refused to admit it. Li Yahong sighed, I cant say how many people will believe it. I guess there are not many people. Well, continue to pay attention to some information about aberrant zombies. "good!" The roof of the auto repair shop. Qiangzi looked at the street in the distance and stood up suddenly. He turned around and shouted behind him: "Damn it! Come and see, those skeleton soldiers have evolved and are wearing equipment." Chengnan Prison. "Damn, **** little bitches, you dare to make trouble here, you **** bitches." Chen Jinlong gritted his teeth and cursed angrily. . ?Today, the auto repair shop started talking about the prison in the frequency band. Tell them everything about how they deceived the survivors. ??Of course the prison will not admit it. ??But the other party gave extremely detailed information, including Chen Jinlongs identity as a serious criminal, how many younger brothers he had, and how many guns he had. The more detailed it is, the harder it will be to explain it in prison. The person who was scolded was speechless for a long time. He slapped Chen Jinlong and a few others on the thigh angrily. This bitch, I will kill her sooner or later. Know his location, even if there are zombies, we must go there and get her. ?Several people kept cursing. At this moment. The door behind him reopened. A man with a rifle walked in carrying another person. He said directly: "Brother Long, this guy came here today. He said he knows the location of the auto repair shop." ??Chen Jinlong narrowed his eyes with a cold gaze, looked at the man who brought him in, and said, "Where are you from?" North, Workers Stadium. Do you know the location of Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop? The man''s legs were trembling and he was stumbling when speaking. "I know the approximate location. The location where they took refuge is not far from us." Chen Jinlong picked him up and slapped a map on the table, "Where is it?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 111 , can continue to cooperate Chapter 111: Cooperation can continue They tried their best to come here to take refuge, but they didn''t expect it to be completely different from what they imagined. ?Wherever there is any official rescue team, the place is controlled by a bunch of bandits. Vehicles and food were impounded as soon as they entered here. People were also thrown into cells. ?Here, they also saw other survivors. They were sallow and thin, and their expressions were numb. They were no better than when they took refuge. ??The man was dragged and staggered, looking at the map in front of him tremblingly. Hand out your hand and point at the approximate location, "Here." Chen Jinlong looked at him, narrowed his eyes, and punched him in the abdomen. The man arched like a prawn and groaned in pain. "You lied to me. Did the auto repair shop send you to deceive me?" Chen Jinlong looked at him with cold eyes. The man rolled in pain and gritted his teeth and said, "No, I don''t even know those people in the auto repair shop. How could I possibly lie to you?" Oh, how can you come here from such a long distance? Why, the zombies are your relatives and wont attack you? Chen Jinlong continued. Im not lying to you, there isnt a single zombie on this road, you can ask someone to see it. The man continued. Chen Jinlong stared at him, feeling that he was not lying to him. ?There is no need to lie to him. Hold him up with one hand. He put on his smiling face again and said, "Brother, I misunderstood. Then tell me what''s going on at the auto repair shop. Can our people go there?" The man''s face was full of pain, but he didn''t dare to say anything as he saw a group of tall and thick prisoners surrounding him. He could only continue: "I only know that there are no zombies near the auto repair shop, but there is another kind of skeleton monster. We were afraid that the skeletons would spread and attack us, so we escaped." A few people on the side recalled it. Some time ago, someone did talk about skeletons fighting zombies. ?At that time, I asked the people at the auto repair shop if they saw anything. It turns out they are this group of people. Hearing this, Chen Jinlong became more convinced and continued to ask: "You said there weren''t many zombies on the way here?" No, the number is pitifully small. Chen Jinlong nodded, "Fourth!" Brother. A man came out. "Take him along the road to have a look. Don''t go too far. If he deceives us, just throw him to the zombies. If he doesn''t deceive us, just bring him back." I understand, brother! Lao Si pulled the man who was holding his abdomen out and left the room. the next day. ?Wu Heng got up early, bought some orc scones on the roadside, and walked into the association while eating. Enter the lounge and saw Duke sitting there. Morning, captain, Duke said. ?Wu Heng looked at him, "Do you come here so early every day?" "It''s not too early." Duke smiled, "Captain, do you have any tasks today?" "No." Oh, captain, what are we going to do today? Duke continued to ask. ?Wu Heng was speechless. How does it feel like going to work? I plan to go to the training room. When there are no tasks, you dont need to come to the association. Then Ill go to the training room too. On the way to the training room, Duke continued: "Captain, Glasker asked me to ask you..." "who?" Thats the boss who sold the armor yesterday. Oh, whats wrong with him? Wu Heng really couldn''t remember names of people in this world, especially four or five-character names. Those who are familiar with it can still remember it. But for some names, its hard to make an impression after just hearing them once or twice. "He asked me to ask you if you need that kind of leather armor later. If so, he will arrange for someone to make it." Duke said. Price, did he say a discount? I told you, Ill give you 35 silver coins for each set. A normal set is worth 43 silver coins, which is quite a discount. Okay, let him continue making them. When the quantity reaches 100 sets, I will pick them up. Wu Heng said. ??I was introduced by my team members and the price is indeed suitable. I can still continue to cooperate. Okay, Glask also promised to make me new plate armor. Just because you took me there yesterday? He said it was a gift for me to join the association, but I feel like you bought his goods yesterday. Duke scratched his head and said. Thats good, this boss is good at doing business. The two of them chatted and walked into the training room. ?Wu Heng took out the iron sword he brought and started practicing. Some time ago, I was still able to keep training every day, but I have been slacking off recently. ?There is nothing to do in the association, and there is a training ground of the association, so you can have a good training. ?Seeing Wu Heng starting training, Duke also picked up his battle ax and slashed at the wooden stake in front of him. The sound of chopping and banging could be heard throughout the training ground. Practice for about an hour. ?Wu Heng wiped his sweat and looked at Duke in the distance, wielding a battle axe. Young orcs are so fierce. You can still practice swinging this kind of battle ax for such a long time. ??If he were a human warrior, he would probably be a little exhausted. Duke,...Duke! Captain, whats wrong? Duke came over carrying a tomahawk. Wu Heng said: "It''s okay to visit the association. You can go home. If there is a mission, I will let someone notify you." Huh? This is not good! Its okay. If someone asks you, just tell me what I said. If you dont have any tasks, you have free time. If you have any tasks, just come back to the association. Then can I go back now? Go back, if you need anything, come find me where I live. Good captain. ??Duke carried the tomahawk on his shoulder, left the training room and went directly home. ?Wu Heng went back to the lounge to take a drink of water, and then walked outside with Basen and Bawudong. ?Luntam City has a total of 12 teams. No matter what, we shouldnt be missing two people from our own team. Out of the association. ??Wu Heng directly entered the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. The buildings of the Snake Emblem Consortium are completely different from those of the black market in Blackstone Town. The building is tall and luxuriously decorated. The overall color is castle gray, the walls are decorated with carved wall panels, copper-colored wall lamps and hanging paintings. There were also many people gathered in the building. They didnt wear cloaks and masks like those in the black market in Blackstone Town. They stood there swaggering, looking at the notice boards, or doing something. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and took a look. They are all commissions for collecting precious materials and offering rewards for killing people. One of them is to collect the eyes of hags. ??Wu Heng remembered that there was a corpse of a ghost woman left in the temple at that time, and he buried it. I dont know if the eyeballs are still there. Go to the counter. The teller smiled and said, "Guest, how can I help you?" ?Wu Heng took out the emblem of the Snake Emblem Consortium and showed it to the other party. ?The other party understood immediately and stretched out his hand to signal, "This way, guest, please." Introduced him into a room on the first floor and continued to ask, "Guest, do you want to issue a commission?" ?Wu Heng glanced at Bassen aside. The latter placed a leather bag on the table. ?Wu Heng said: "Exchange it into silver coins." The staff knelt down and opened the leather bag, revealing the golden jewelry inside. Bracelets, necklaces, earrings and golden teeth. The staff was stunned for a while before reacting, "Guest, please wait a moment, I will call the person in charge of the store over." "Um." The staff left quickly. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and waited. ?These are not gold obtained from the gold shop, but looted from the body after killing zombies. After saving for a period of time, I have a certain amount. Soon, the room opened again, and a plump woman walked in. Her beautiful eyes glanced at Wu Heng and the two skeletons, and smiled, "Good afternoon, guest." "Good afternoon, don''t waste time, I plan to exchange it for silver coins." Good guest. The woman nodded and began to examine the gold. Put the gold and silver at two ends. There were two gold necklaces and rings, which were put aside alone. Guest, the total gold is 275 grams and the silver is 15 grams. More than two hundred grams? Slightly less than what Wu Heng estimated. After all, it is packed in a small wooden box, so it looks like a lot. ?It is impossible for the other party to falsify the count if it is done in front of them. I plan to exchange it all for silver coins. This is a large amount, wouldnt you consider exchanging some of it for gold coins and the rest for silver coins? No need, just exchange them all for silver coins! If you dont have a space ring, you can exchange it for gold coins to make it easier to carry. Now that you have a space ring, you dont have to worry about it being a burden. In the normal market, silver coins are more convenient than gold coins. Okay, a few of them are in good condition and Ill buy them back for you at the price of jewelry. The rest will be at the normal gold price. A total of 9,366 silver coins can be paid to you. ?Wu Heng did a mental calculation and it was almost the same. "Can!" Guest, please wait a moment, we need some time to prepare these silver coins. "Um." ?The woman gave orders outside, and someone immediately went down to prepare silver coins. At the same time, a maid brought various dried fruit pastries and placed them on the table. The woman did not leave, but sat down opposite her. Her skirt fell apart, revealing a large area of ??white thighs. ??Said softly: "The guest just came to Luntam City?" She knows all the dignitaries in the city. The young man in front of me is obviously not from here. To exchange so many silver coins, he should be doing business here. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Doing business? ?Wu Heng glanced at her, smiled and did not answer. You are really young and promising. The woman complimented her, leaning forward and letting her loose neckline droop. (End of this chapter) Chapter 112 , still a young master Chapter 112: Still a young master ?Wu Heng looked at her and thought of Slater from Blackstone Town. They are both mature and beautiful, but they are a little different. When I wrote yesterday, I wrote one to Slater. "Guest, you have just arrived here. If you want to recruit some guards or issue a commission, you can do it at my place, and I will give you a reasonable price." The woman continued. If you say so, I would like you to help me collect some things. What do you need? We are quite confident about some rare items. Wu Heng said: "I need both the necromancy skill book and the materials for the necromancy building called [Bone Burial Ground]." ??The woman frowned slightly and looked at the three figures opposite her again. There should be some guesses in mind. Sit up a little straighter, still smiling, "Of course, these are not difficult for Snake Emblem. They will be transferred from surrounding cities. But after coming here, how should we contact you?" No need, I have settled in the city and will come over regularly. Thats naturally the best, but according to the process, you still need to pay some deposit. The woman continued. Okay, how much do you need? Just pay 300 silver coins, and then make the remaining payment after completing the transaction. "Um." After chatting for a while, the door was pushed open again. A line of people came in. Put the bags of silver coins on the table and arrange them in a pile. ?Wu Heng counted it, and after confirming that the number was accurate, he took out 300 silver coins and handed them to the other party, "This is the deposit, collect what I need!" Good guest. The woman filled out the power of attorney and stamped it with her emblem, thus completing the commission. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s convenient, can you let me stay alone for a while?" Okay. After the woman went out. Wu Heng put all the money bags into the space. Then he walked out of the room. Farewell to the woman at the door and walked out of the consortium building. Then, Wu Heng went to the material store to buy some raw materials for the medicine. ??Haunted the nearby weapons and armor stores. It can be said that the most lively place is the Lower City. The main street is full of caravans carrying goods and there are many people walking around. ?Without walking out of a street, I saw two or three waves of real people PKing. Then, a group of people who looked more like hooligans rushed out to maintain order. Even if you dont buy anything, it is still a good place to watch the excitement. After walking around for a while, having dinner outside, we returned to our residence. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, the foreman immediately came to greet him. "It''s just in time for you to come back. The floor and wall coverings are all finished. Take a look at it. If there are no problems, I will arrange for the furniture to be brought in tomorrow." The foreman said with a smile on his face. "Um." Entering the residence, the foreman began to take a look. The floor has been paved and the walls have been covered with wall coverings. The atmosphere has improved a lot and it no longer looks like a warehouse. After reading it from top to bottom, Wu Heng feels pretty good. I feel pretty good, lets continue with the work tomorrow. "good." The foreman leaves. ?Wu Heng locked the door tightly, sent the potion materials to the zombie world, and returned to continue training in swordsmanship. Early the next morning. As soon as Wu Heng arrived at the association, a staff member came over. Captain Wu Heng, the deacon asked you to go directly there. Hmm. He replied and went to the deacons study. ?I thought to myself, there wont be any more tasks! There are only two people in my team. ??You shouldnt give out missions so frequently. He came to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, and walked in directly. In the study room, in addition to the deacon with a beard on his back, there was another human standing. He is wearing leather armor and has short brown hair. ?Having narrow and elongated eyes, sunken cheeks, and an iron sword hanging on her waist. When Wu Heng came in, he just glanced at him and then turned back. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said. Deacon Gomez nodded and introduced: "This is the captain of Team 8, ''Fisher''." He then said to the brown-haired man: "This is the new captain of Team 12, Wu Heng, please get to know him." After the introduction, the brown-haired man turned around and looked up and down with a frown. Captain Fisher, take care of yourself! Well, its good to be the captain at such a young age. Although he heard the praise, his face was still cold. It''s like I owe him money. "You''re welcome." The deacon interrupted the conversation between the two and continued: "There are association members missing in Xiacheng District. You should go and investigate together." "Okay!" Okay, go ahead and be safe. The two nodded and exited the room directly. In the long corridor, Fischer looked at him and said: We need to go to the East Lower City Road area first and ask for clues. Should you go there alone or with us? Lets go there together. How can I go there alone if I dont know what the task is? "Okay, let''s gather outside the door as soon as possible. If it takes a long time, we will set off first." After saying that, he left without looking back. ?Wu Heng didnt pay much attention and returned to the lounge. I opened the door and saw Duke and said, "Let''s go, we have a mission." Really. Duke picked up the battle ax and followed him out. Lets come to the entrance of the association together. Team 8 has arrived. There are five people in total, the configuration of a normal team. Recognizable, orcs with axes, human swordsmen, rangers with birds on their shoulders. ?Wu Heng walked out with Duke. ??Fischer frowned, "How many people are in your team?" "two." What about the others? You can understand it as a personal attendant. Wu Heng replied. Tch! Hes still a young master~! Someone in Team 8 suddenly said. ?Fischer also smiled. Okay, lets go. The team entered the Lower City. Knocking lightly on the door of a house. Soon, the door was opened a crack, and a human woman looked out and asked, "Who are you looking for?" ??Fischer said directly: "We are from the Professionals Association. What''s the problem on your side?" The woman hurriedly said: "My husband went out with the mercenaries. Normally he can come back in two days at most, but now he hasn''t come back. Something must have gone wrong." ?Fischer nodded and continued to ask: "Do you know where he went? Or where he disappeared?" At the Rock Bridge. Do you know what your husband is doing when he goes out? I dont know, I seem to be collecting some materials. The woman shook her head. Well, okay, just wait at home, we will go over and take a look. ??Everyone left the residential area, returned to the association to pick up their horses, and headed straight out of the city towards the Rock Bridge. I ran all the way for three or four hours. Arrived at the destination. The Stone Bridge is really a stone bridge made of gravel. The middle part has been broken, and there is a dry river below. Looks like no one has left here for a long time. Everyone got off their horses. Search nearby and look for some traces. Fisher ordered again. The members of Team 8 began to take action. The ranger released birds and some melee professions began to search nearby. Find some clues and just whispered in the captain''s ear. ??Has no intention of paying any attention to the people on Wu Heng''s side. "Uh... Captain, are they targeting us?" Duke bent down and whispered in Wu Heng''s ear. Let them be busy. Anyway, if we go back, the bounty will be counted among us. "Yep." The two of them were like watchers, standing on the outside watching the 8 teams busy coming and going. At this time, members of Team 8 waved from a distance, gesturing for everyone to come over. As you get closer, you can see blood stains on the grass blades and the ground. This is where the battle took place. Lets go and follow the traces. Everyone crossed the stone bridge and followed the traces along the way. Slowly walked into the depths of the woods. As we were walking, the team suddenly stopped. Looking at the situation around him with a serious face. The jungle is thick and dense, and the tree canopy is like an umbrella covering the sky and the sun. Under the canopy of the tree, humanoid insect cocoons hang hanging. Along the road, extending deeper. What the hell? (End of this chapter) Chapter 113 , spider swarm Chapter 113, Spider Swarm The breeze blew, and the upside-down cocoons swayed slightly. ?Like a hanging white lantern. Several people in Team 8 frowned and their expressions became more solemn. It seems that this is not as simple as being attacked. Check it out! said Fisher. The thief ran with great strides, jumped up, and cut off the connecting white threads with the dagger in his hand. With a bang, the cocoon fell from mid-air. ??The thief squatted down, opened a gap with a dagger, and then cut a gap at one end. The orc corpse with a purple face inside was revealed. Everyones faces became increasingly ugly. In this cocoon, are all corpses wrapped? ?Then the target of their rescue this time may be in danger. Tap tap tap~! Suddenly, the sound of violent running came from ahead. The ranger''s expression changed and he said, "It''s a spider, a huge spider, approaching us." At the same time as he spoke, a black-haired spider, close to the size of a brown bear, quickly appeared in everyone''s sight. Six eyes, sharp legs, and burrs like steel needles all over its body. One? Shuashuashua~! ?Eyes, one by one, open from the back of the large spider. ? Densely packed black spiders the size of a human head lay on the back of the big spider in layers, like rolling ink. Only when you open your eyes can you see existence. Damn it, this is entering spider territory. Normally, this kind of creature will not intentionally leave its territory, and if you enter without permission, you will be attacked by them. "Don''t provoke it." Fisher immediately signaled not to act rashly. Then, he glanced sideways at the ranger beside him, and continued: "Bull, can you communicate? We are here to find someone, so take them and leave." The ranger on the side raised one hand, and a faint light connected him to the spider. It is not an attack ability, but more like a status. The skill is called [Animal Talk], which allows the caster to communicate with the beasts within the range. "We won''t hurt you, we are just looking for someone. He was brought here two days ago. We will take him and leave immediately." The ranger said quickly. Beasts or monsters have limited intelligence and their language should be as simple as possible. The giant spider has six eyes, staring down at several people. ?The hair on his body, which was like iron needles, shook and made a rustling sound, and the densely packed small spiders on his back began to move uneasily. "No, no, we are not with them. We just need to take him away. We can compensate you then, but if he dies here, there will be nothing left." The ranger continued to speak, but the hand behind his back made a waving motion. means that the purpose cannot be achieved. Back off, Fischer whispered. The team members began to walk backwards in small steps. ?Just after taking two steps back, the giant spider''s eyes became fierce, opened its ferocious mouthparts, and looked up to the sky and screamed. Hulala~! The next second, the spiders hanging on the back spread like spreading ink, densely packed and pitch black. ?Countless spiders were chasing a few people. Tap tap tap~! The team members ran quickly. The voices behind him are getting closer and closer. A few meters away, the spider jumped down from the tree crown and pounced on it. Fight back. Seeing that there was no way to escape, Fischer gave the order again. ?Everyone turned around, swung their weapons, and slashed at the incoming spiders. Puff puff puff~! The long sword slashed across the spider''s body, causing smelly mucus to splash. ?However, dense crowds of spiders are still coming from behind. Look for an opportunity to kill the mother. "clear!" the other side. In the woods overgrown with weeds. Duke walked in front, swinging his battle ax, chopping the thorns and branches in front of him. He looked back and said, "Captain, there is no road here. Why are we going here?" The road they took is not safe. Wu Heng replied. They were not notified of Team 8s actions, and Wu Heng did not want to go with them. ?There is no danger if there are many people, but it is difficult to move. Moreover, before entering the woods, Wu Heng let Xiao Xiao eavesdrop on the clues they found. Its not that I want to take any credit, Im just afraid that the other party has some purpose to plot against me. After all, the Yazd who recruited him into the association could set up a trap and almost killed him, so the people here are even less trustworthy. ??When he learned that he was going to enter the dense forest, Wu Heng also asked "Xiao Xiao" to explore it in advance. Looking down from the sky. The entire canopy looks like it is shrouded in spider webs. ?And there are also a lot of spiders in the depths. Team 8 directly followed the traces and entered the spider''s range. ?Wu Heng took Duke around and took another path. Captain, are you heading in the right direction? Everything looks the same around here. Lets not get lost. ?The dense forest is extremely quiet. The entire space seemed to have been pressed on a still button, with not a trace of insects or birds chirping. ??Duke was leading the way, muttering as he walked. Bang boom~! While the two were talking, violent explosions and sounds of fighting came from behind. ??Wu Heng looked back, but the dense trees blocked his sight and he couldn''t see anything. Keep walking, faster. "okay!" After being scolded, Duke also closed his mouth and accelerated his pace. Walked some distance. ?Wu Heng continued: "Go to the right and go straight through." "good!" ??Through several woods, the trees in front were covered with thick spider webs, and the layers were like gauze hanging in the forest. With a few axes, the cobwebs were torn apart. Penetrated directly into the interior. In the depths covered with cobwebs, there is a tall giant tree, with humanoid cocoons hanging on the branches, some of which are still squirming slightly. There is a wooden house next to the giant tree, also wrapped in white spider silk. Only a mottled, moss-covered wooden door was exposed. Team, captain, what is this? Duke asked. Wu Heng said directly: "Go, put down all those cocoons and see if the dead are still alive." Oh! Huh? Duke was stunned. ?The dead are alive? Does this mean you want the other person to die or live? ? Duke didnt think much, walked over quickly, and began to cut off the cocoons. ?Wu Heng, taking Bassen and Bawudong, walked directly into the wooden house. ?The interior of the wooden house was also wrapped in spider silk, and the wooden furniture was still somewhat rotten, and there was even some insect slime left on it. Scanned around and found nothing that could be looted. ?Withdrew again. ?This should be a hunter''s temporary cabin, but it has been abandoned for some years. It was used as a nest by spiders. Captain, someone is still alive. Duke shouted from outside. ?Wu Heng looked over and saw that Duke had cut open the cocoon, revealing the head wrapped inside. How many people are alive? Three, the condition is not very good, and may not last long. Lets see if we can wake him up? Duke felt a little distressed, but he still took out a bottle of potion and poured it into one of them''s mouth. After taking the potion, the middle-aged man in front of him slowly woke up. ?Looking around with panicked eyes. Seeing spider webs all around, his face turned pale again. ??Wu Heng was afraid that he would faint again, so he asked: "From the mercenary group?" The other party nodded. Who is Abdu? I, you guys came to save me? ?What a coincidence? The first thing you ask is the person you are looking for. Your wife posted a distress call in the association, we are here to rescue you, just make sure it is you. Thank you, thank you. Okay, just make sure its you and go out first The words have not yet finished. ?There was suddenly a rustling sound from behind. Then, I saw a giant spider running along the road with a large number of small spiders. (End of this chapter) Chapter 114 , cancel his captaincy Chapter 114, canceling his captaincy The giant spider is also a little embarrassed. His body was covered with scars and arrows stuck in his abdomen, and dark green water flowed from the wounds. Hatefully chewing things in its ferocious mouthparts. These 8 teams are not strong enough. Why did you let him come running over? The spider web forms a circle, which should serve as an alarm. There wasn''t any big noise coming from my side, so I shouldn''t have noticed anyone here. Captain, what should we do? Duke held the battle ax in both hands and stood up. "You take them first, and I''ll hold off these spiders." Wu Heng said. ?Bang bang bang~! At the same time, Bassen and Bawudong have already started to pull the trigger. Orange bullets shot out and swept towards the rushing spiders. "Who? Me?" Duke shook his axe, "Captain, you are a mage, you go first." "I am the captain, or you are the captain, listen to me, you take them away first, wait for me at the Rock Bridge, hurry up..." Wu Heng said hurriedly. ??Duke glanced at the group of spiders that were approaching quickly, and then looked at Wu Heng''s side. Clenched teeth and said: "Okay!" ?Hold one person on his shoulders, and the rest dragged the tail of the cocoon, and went into the jungle on one side. Shoot the giant spider. Wu Heng said, and then ran towards the wooden door at the back. Opening the gate, skeletons strode out. Attack! Wu Heng ordered directly. Hurrah! The group of skeletons charged forward, holding kitchen knives, and slashed at the spiders on the opposite side. In an instant, the skeleton group and the spider group collided and fought with each other. The skeletons used weapons, but the size of the spiders and their ability to climb trees still made them very difficult to deal with. While the spiders were dying in pieces, the skeletons were also scattered into white bones. Bawudong, go kill those big guys. Wu Heng said directly. ?Bawudong took off his outer armor, exposing his iron-gray skeleton, jumped up, and killed the giant spider. The fist vibrated violently, hitting the spider''s bloated abdomen time and time again. Coupled with the considerable injuries he had already suffered, green liquid spurted out in a big drum. Watch the right moment. ?Bawudong punched into the giant spider''s cavity, and the vibrating energy exploded in the chest. The whole person fell down softly. The little spider, which was still fighting, quickly dispersed with a huff and disappeared into the woods. it''s over? The little spider just ran away? At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance and said, "Uncle, those people from Team 8 left and didn''t wait for you." When the battle begins. ?Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to stare at Team 8. It seems that he lured the spiders away and gave them a chance to leave. fair enough. All the members of Team 8 died here, and even though we were fine, it was hard to explain. Well, Xiao Xiao is awesome. Xiaoxiao hugged his arms and said, "I''m not a child, so this doesn''t work for me." You are so smart, you can hear it all. "That is." Let Xiaoxiao continue to investigate the surroundings to prevent the 8th team from returning. ?Wu Heng continued to order the skeletons, "Put down the cocoons and move all the corpses back." The skeleton is in action again. Pick off the cocoons hanging on the trees along the road, as well as the spider corpses on the ground, and move them all back to the boundary gate. Whether it can be used or not, bring it back first. Lets see if its useful at that time. After the on-site processing is completed, and after confirming that others have come and cannot find him. Walking along the road in the direction of the Rock Bridge.??? Captain, this way! Duke looked happy, stood up and waved his palms. ?Beside Duke, the three rescued people all woke up. The face is gray and the lips are chapped. I dont know if its because I was poisoned or because I was missing for the past two days. Stop shouting, lest you attract any wild beasts. Wu Heng came over with Basen and Bawudong. ??Duke came over and said, "Captain, are you okay?" "It''s okay. If you escape, I will follow you." Captain, you are so fierce. Wu Heng looked at the three rescued people and asked, "Are you guys okay?" ?The man named Abdu immediately said: Thank you very much, captain, for coming to save us. Its also a mission. Lets go back first so that you can recover from your injuries as soon as possible. ?Wu Heng looked around, frowned and said, "Damn, where is our carriage?" "I just checked the traces. It should be that all the people from Team 8 were taken away. Captain, they went too far. The people ran away and took the carriage away." Duke said angrily. ?Wu Heng was also a little angry. Let''s put up with the previous things. What do you mean by taking the carriage away? "Guys, I''m sorry, we originally prepared a carriage, but someone took the carriage away while we were in." Wu Heng turned to the three weak people and said. Hey~! Theres nothing we can do about it, the middle-aged man said. Lets go, we can only walk back and see if we can meet the caravan on the road, and we can still take a long journey. ?Several people supported each other and walked along the road. Deacon''s study. ? Deacon Gomez frowned as he looked at the members of Team 8 who suddenly rushed in. Several people were very embarrassed, with injuries on their bodies. The orc warriors in it broke half of their arms. ?Although it has been bandaged, blood has soaked into the gauze. This is a serious injury. Fractures and internal injuries can be treated. ?But if the arm is broken directly, things will become very troublesome. At least there is no way to restore it directly in Luntam City. ??The deacon gently pulled the lanyard aside, and the bell outside the door rang. A staff member came in. The deacon immediately said: "Prepare medicine and treat the wounded." Soon, a rescue team came in to treat the injuries of several people. What? The mission failed? The deacon looked at the captain of Team 8. "Deacon, the mission failed. There are very ferocious giant spider swarms where the rescue target is located, and we failed to rescue the target." Fisher sighed. "You have also tried your best and told me the location and information of the demon. Then I will arrange for others to go and have a look." The deacon said. "good!" Take your team members to heal, and the association will bear your treatment costs. The deacon continued. ?Fischer nodded, but did not leave. He continued: "Deacon, I want to talk about the people of Team 12." By the way, where are they? "Deacon, the members of Team 12 did not participate in the investigation on the way. When they faced the giant spider swarm, they abandoned us and ran away, causing our team to suffer heavy losses. If they had also fought together at the scene, at least they would not be like this. " As soon as these words came out, the deacons brows furrowed even deeper. Fleeing from battle and abandoning companions. In this world, this is the biggest taboo. Even some private gangs, small groups, will not allow this to happen. Whats more, an organization like the association itself is an evolution of the adventure team. When both parties perform tasks together, they are no longer separate teams, but the same team. Just abandoning your companions and running away, even if it is a big reason, cannot be forgiven. "Deacon!" Fisher put his hands on the desk and said directly: "It is a taboo to abandon teammates in the middle of battle. I hope the association will cancel his status as captain and put up a wanted order for murdering his companions..." (End of this chapter) Chapter 115 , I have evidence Chapter 115, I have evidence The remaining members sit in the back. While receiving rescue, no one spoke. "Deacon, we have to give an explanation for this matter. We cannot set a precedent for escaping from the battlefield." Fisher gritted his teeth and continued: "If this is the case, no team will dare to act collectively in the future and run away when in danger. Hearing the other party''s words, the deacon''s brows furrowed even more. ??Although Wu Heng had just arrived in Luntam City, he gave the impression that he was by no means a fearful person. I got two level 3 meritorious service in one month after joining the company, and I caught a level 9 wanted criminal on the second day after I arrived. It cannot be done by the timid and timid. But Team 8 is a local veteran team, and there is no reason to lie. After thinking about it for a moment, he said: "When Wu Heng comes back, let''s hear his explanation. After all, he was directly appointed by the headquarters and cannot be removed casually." ??Fischer frowned and continued: "I''m afraid that he will know there is a problem and run away." Members of associations who have committed crimes and escaped are nothing new everywhere. The deacon sat back and said nothing. Butler, you see how we have been harmed by him. We were recruited by you yourself. ?Fischer continued. The appearance of team 8 is indeed a bit miserable. If it is like this, it is necessary to rest for a while. ?After thinking about it for a moment, he still said: "It is impossible to put him on a wanted list. All duties of Team 12 will be suspended first, and we will wait for the matter..." ~! Before he finished speaking, there was a knock on the door. ?Then, the door was pushed open, and Wu Heng, Ba Wudong and Basen walked in swaggeringly. He glanced at the injured, hissed, and said, "Oh, what happened? Did you fall? This must be considered a work-related injury." Everyone in the room was stunned. ?No one expected that the other party would come back directly at the end. ??Fischer glared coldly and asked: "How dare you lead the team to escape during the battle." Captain Fisher, please dont talk nonsense. Who escaped? My captain of the 12th team will escape? Wu Heng retorted without giving up. What about you people at that time? I still want to ask you guys. I was leading people to look for clues at the Rock Bridge, but when I looked up, you were all gone. Then what did you do afterwards? Fisher continued to ask. "Do I need to report to you? You are the captain of team 8, not our team 12." "You..." Fischer''s eyes flashed sharply, and he stretched out his hand to draw his sword. Bawudong on the side is one step faster. Kick him in the abdomen and push him back two steps. Hurrah! Immediately afterwards, Wu Heng drew his gun, Bassen drew his knife, and all the members of the eighth team stood up. Thats enough! The deacon stood up suddenly and roared. If two teams fight in the study room, it will become a joke if word spreads. Seeing the people from Team 8 sitting back, Wu Heng also put the gun back. The deacon continued to ask: "Wu Heng, Fisher said that you were missing during the battle. Please explain." "Deacon, during my investigation, I had a battle with a group of giant spiders. I didn''t see anyone from Team 8 at that time. When I came back, the horse was taken away. If I escaped first, how did they bring the horse back first? If not I took a motorcade on the way, and Im afraid I wont be able to get back even before the city gate. Things have become what they are now. There is no need to save face for each other. Actually, Team 8s complaint to the deacon was somewhat beyond his expectation. ??It''s like when a primary school student has a conflict, you turn around and sue the teacher. Fisher immediately retorted, "You lied. We were fighting the giant spider and we didn''t even see you people before we brought the horses back. Moreover, my people were so seriously injured, so you also fought? That''s it. Come back in such good condition?" In fact, Wu Heng can also understand the other party''s thoughts. Team 8 suffered serious losses, the mission failed again, and the anger was directed at them. Someone has to take the blame, and a new team of only two people is the most suitable. ??But I can''t blame others. They didn''t share any information or mention any clues along the way. ??I was beaten at this time, and I complained that I couldn''t be with them. ?Of course, everyone in Team 8 and Team 12 knows this, but no one will mention it. It depends on whose excuse is more convincing. ?There is no audio or video recording in this world. It all depends on whether you can weave the story smoothly. "Wu Heng, please give me an explanation. If you can''t explain it, I will submit this matter to the headquarters and revoke your position as captain." The deacon spoke at this time. It seems that I believe the words of Team 8 more. After all, the casualties were before our eyes, especially one who had a broken arm. Who would break his arm because of slandering others? I have evidence. Wu Heng said directly. ?Fischer looked at him and sneered in his heart, how long have you been the captain? ?At that time, what evidence could be produced by the members of the two teams on both sides. "Then take it out and I''d like to see if you have any other excuses." Deacon, I want to ask for a witness. Okay, hurry up and dont go around in circles. The deacon urged. ?Wu Heng nodded, opened the door, and said to the outside: "Mr. Abdul, our deacon would like to ask you to come in." ?The door opened, and a middle-aged man who looked much better walked in. Seeing the room full of wounded people, he just frowned. Then he looked at the deacon at the head of the table. "Deacon Gomez, thank you very much. If it weren''t for you, we probably wouldn''t be able to come back." The man''s face was full of gratitude. This person is the person Wu Heng rescued from the cocoon, and is also the target of this rescue trip. ?Gomez frowned and immediately understood the meaning. "What we should do." Gomez continued to ask: "What danger did you encounter?" The man immediately said: "We accepted the commission to collect materials, but we didn''t expect to be attacked by a swarm of giant spiders. Fortunately, you arrived in time." Ahem~! Who saved you? The man was stunned and said, "It''s Captain Wu Heng. What''s wrong? Wasn''t it arranged by the association?" No, just to make sure that you can come back safely. Go back and rest, and be careful when going out in the future. "Well! Thank you very much, deacon, and thank you Captain Wu Heng. I will come to thank you after the funeral affairs of the member have been taken care of." The man continued. "You''re welcome." The man thanked him profusely and then exited the room. At this time, the study room was quiet. The people in Team 8 were also dumbfounded. They know best what is going on at the scene. ?Did the other party really rescue the person? How can it be? Wu Heng said directly: "Deacon, Captain Fisher, what other evidence do you want?" "You..." The deacon banged the table. He said directly: "Okay, this is a joke. Team 8 will suspend their duties, go back and reflect, and wait for the subsequent task assignments. All rewards for this task will be received by Team 12." Deacon, he lied. Fisher still didnt give up. Even though he said this, he was also a little confused. According to the strength of the giant spider swarm, I can''t beat them, and neither can Team 12. How is it possible to bring people out? Thats enough, thats it, dont bother the 12th team. The deacon said coldly. ?Fischer stared at Wu Heng, gritting his teeth. Did you hear that? the deacon asked again. "yes!" "Deacon, won''t you revoke his status as captain? Framing a team member is not a trivial matter, right?" Wu Heng asked back. The deacon glanced at him and said: "Fischer has contributed a lot to Luntam City. Let him note this matter first. If something similar happens again, the captain will be revoked." Okay, Ill listen to you, deacon. Wu Heng didnt pursue the matter. It can be seen that the team is favoring the 8th team. If they make a mistake, they will be removed from the captain''s position, so they just suspend taking tasks. What is the difference between paid leave and paid leave? But the deacons have great local power, so they really cant make the trouble too serious. In a contest, just have the upper hand. Okay, lets go back and recover! The deacon continued to wave his hand. The two of them exited the study. The people in Team 8 stared at him coldly. "What? Is there anything else?" Wu Heng looked at him. "You used us to lure away the giant spider and rescue the people." Fisher also reacted at this time. With just a few members of Team 12, it would be difficult to defeat those giant spiders. To put it bluntly, he was entangled with a swarm of giant spiders, and they used some method to secretly rescue the person. "It''s your business what you think. Some of them are seriously injured. It''s better to go back and rest early!" "We''ll see, the days are still long." Fisher looked at him and said. ??Wu Heng glanced at him, opened the door directly, and said: "Deacon, Fisher threatened me and wanted to kill me." "Fisher, stop talking nonsense." The deacon''s voice came from the study. Team 8 left with a gloomy look. ?Wu Heng also walked towards the lounge. Return to the lounge. Duke wiped his battle ax from there. Throughout two missions, he didn''t even have a chance to fight. He has the guts... to act as a tour guide, taking him to places, and then fighting is not his responsibility. The door opened and Wu Heng walked in. Captain, what did the deacon say? Duke asked. ?Wu Heng told Team 8 about going to the deacon to complain. "These people are so bad. Fortunately we rescued them, otherwise they would have framed them." Duke said angrily. Well, although it proved that we did not escape, we also had a conflict with Team 8. Please be careful when you meet them in the future. "I''m not afraid of them. We''ll probably have a fight." Duke patted his battle axe. Try to have as few conflicts with them as possible. Understood, Captain. ??Wu Heng gave him the reward of this rescue mission, which can be considered a small gain! Okay, theres nothing going on with the association, lets go home and rest. Good captain. The two closed the door and walked out of the association. Return to the area where you live. The construction team members have finished their work. Only the foreman was waiting at the door. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he came up to him with a smile on his face. He said: "Captain, it''s all done. Please check." "good!" The two of them entered the residence together. Looked at everything from the first floor to the third floor. The overall layout is that the first floor is the living room, dining room, kitchen, and one bedroom, the second floor is two large bedrooms, two small bedrooms, and the third floor is Wu Hengs private area, the master bedroom, the study room, and a separate bathroom. Go straight to the third floor, push the door and enter, it is a study room. ?At your feet are a round fur carpet, dark wood bookcases, tables and chairs, and on the wall on the other side, there is a landscape oil painting. Although it is not as good as the deacon''s study, it still has the feeling of a cultured person. ?From now on reading here, who would dare to say that he is not like a mage. After looking at the study, Wu Heng continued to look at the bedroom and bathroom. Overall, they were pretty good. ?Of course, it cannot compare with the modern environment, but it is several times better than the place I rented in a crowded area. Overall, I am quite satisfied. Not bad, you can go to the association to complete the commission tomorrow. Wu Heng said directly. They cooperate through the association platform, so the balance will also be settled from the association. This is actually good for both parties. Avoided a lot of troubles. Okay, thank you very much, captain. The foreman thanked him. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s okay, let''s go back first!" "OK." The workers all left. ?Wu Heng placed several skill books in the space ring on the bookshelf. Skeletons with souls can also learn necromancy skills. ?Furthermore, the four hags under my command also belong to the legal system, so I will let them learn some when I have time. Take out all your daily necessities and put them in the closet. When everything is taken care of, go directly to the zombie world. ?Stepping out of the corridor, the first thing I saw was the huge spider corpse on the pile of corpses. (End of this chapter) Chapter 116 , weaving a web Chapter 116, Weaving a Web In the open space in front of the stairs, a large mountain of corpses was piled up again. ?At the very top are the giant spiders we killed today and a large number of small spiders. It''s small here, just smaller than a giant spider. In fact, it''s about the size of a basketball or a washbasin. ?In addition to spider corpses, there are also zombies killed nearby by big-headed skeletons with skeletons, as well as corpses in cocoons. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the spiders body. Just as he was about to release the [Bone Slave Technique], his hand suddenly stopped. ?Suddenly I remembered something, took out the ''Book of the Dead'' from the space ring, and read through it quickly. Apparently, when I was reading the Necronomicon, I saw some descriptions of spider transformations. Flip through a few pages and find the introduction. Also with accompanying pictures. There are two types listed in the book. One type is spiders, including giant spiders, wolf spiders, and poisonous spiders that still maintain the shape of spiders. ?This kind of spider has a spineless body and cannot be transformed into a skeleton unit. In other words, [Bone Slave Technique] cannot be used. Even if it is used, the body will be completely dissolved and cannot be transformed into a military type normally. ?This type can only be transformed into a rotten corpse. The second spider type is the race of half-arachnoid and arachnoid elf. Half-arachnoid can physically transform into human and spider forms. The spider-turned-elf has a human upper body and a spider lower body. The body structures of these two types are not spiders. They have bones inside and can be transformed into [Bone Slave Technique]. It is accompanied by pictures and internal illustrations after dissection. Of course, they are all hand-drawn. The second type, Wu Heng could only take a look at. He couldn''t get in touch with the weird races, mainly the spiders in front of him. ??Spiders dont have skeletons? He really doesnt understand this. Drag that spider out. Wu Heng pointed at a spider. Bassen picked up a leg, dragged it out and threw it aside. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], and the necromantic magic wrapped the corpse. Flesh and blood began to fall off, and the entire corpse melted away bit by bit under the gaze. Only eight carapace-like legs are left standing on the ground. The conversion has not been completed. Damn, its really not possible. ?It seems that these spiders can only be transformed into rotten corpses. Carrion and skeleton are both undead attendants, but their effects are actually somewhat different. ?Wu Heng, in fact, was unwilling to be transformed into a rotting corpse. After all, being surrounded by a group of rotting corpses has an impact on the environment and mood. It is also prone to diseases. He himself is still a human being. But it cannot be transformed into a skeleton, and there is no other way. Since I couldnt throw it away, I transformed it first. Continue to let the skeleton drag out all the spiders. ??Wu Heng first released the [Corpse Spell] on the giant spider, and the necromantic magic wrapped the corpse. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... An unstable prompt appears, proving that the corpse is level 5 or above. After all, the people in Team 8 were rated like that, so the level cannot be lowered no matter how hard you think about it. Soon, the body began to change. The fatal wounds began to scar, but in more places, there were still valgus wounds. Immediately afterwards, the corpse stood up staggeringly, and the six eyes on its head opened in unison and looked around. Carrion Giant Spider Mother (Level 11) Level 11 is not too low either. Continue to view properties. Level: 11 Attributes: Constitution 26, Strength 24, Agility 29, Intelligence 8, Perception 15, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Rotten Servant, Intermediate Soul, Spider Web Sense, Spider Walking. ]????Ability: Bite, Foot Sword, Spider Web, Weaving Web. Spider Web Sense: When in contact with the spider web, the spider can know the precise location of the target. Spider Walk: This unit can climb on difficult terrain surfaces, including hanging to walls and hanging from ceilings. Cobweb Moving: You can move normally on the cobweb, ignoring the restrictive effects brought by the cobweb. Bite: Bite the target, causing damage and adding poison at the same time. Step Sword: The outer armor of the foot is strong, causing piercing damage to the target. Spray Spider Web: Perform a long-range attack on a single target at a maximum distance of 150, causing a spider web to bind and restrict movement. Generate spider silk and weave a giant web to set up an ambush within a certain range. After being transformed into a carrion. It seems that most of the abilities have been retained. ?The characteristic of [Cobweb Sense] should be the reason for discovering their location. Enemies can be found through the location where the spider web is touched. It can also be considered a good defense method. Among the abilities, [Bite] and [Step Sword] are their own attack methods, and [Spray Spider Web] should be regarded as a remote control. Spray out spider webs to cover enemies and affect their movements. is to produce spider silk and weave spider webs to set up ambushes. The spider has this ability, so there is no problem. But the transformation into a rotting corpse means that the spider itself is dead, and it is just a false life created by necromancy magic controlling the body. ?How is this spider silk produced? Can''t understand. From now on, you will be called Spider Mother. Wu Heng said. Then, Wu Heng released his skills to transform all the remaining spider corpses into rotten corpses. There can be more than 200 of them in a densely packed area. The attributes of the little spider are a little lower. Carrion Spider (Level 3) Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 16, Intelligence 2, Perception 11, Charisma 2. Characteristics: Rotten Servant, Basic Soul, Spider Walk. Ability: Bite, weave web. After the little spiders stood up, they quickly gathered around the ''Spider Mother'' and all lay down on their backs. When your eyes are closed, it is pitch black and it is difficult to distinguish the numbers. Go to the side and wait. Wu Heng said. The mother spider carried a bunch of little spiders on her back and walked to the flower bed nearby. The body fell down and began to move quickly. Most of the body is half covered in the soil. Coupled with the untrimmed weeds around it, it really has a good camouflage. After dealing with the spider matter, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to open all the cocoons on the side. When the cocoon is cut open, some are human corpses and some are orcs. Somewhat like opening a blind box. The [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and the zombies and corpses that died in the cocoons were transformed into bones and stood up. Several of them are orc warriors, tall but not high in level. They are all at level 3 to 4, and not even the basic soul appears. But the basic attributes of strength and physique are higher than those of human-transformed skeletons. It can also be regarded as a racial characteristic. After transforming the corpse. ?Wu Heng walked out of the community and contacted Li Yahong through the walkie-talkie. Soon, Li Yahong walked out of the auto repair shop. Is there any news recently? Wu Heng asked. Since I can''t stay in this world for a long time, I can only pay attention to some information through Li Yahong. "There is no news on the radio, and the prison has stopped responding and has become silent." Li Yahong thought for a moment and then said: "By the way, there is news about aberrant zombies, level 2 aberrant zombies." (End of this chapter) Chapter 117 , you are reading here Chapter 117, you are reading here Level 2 deformed zombies? In this world with such a dense population, level 2 aberrant zombies are relatively rare. After such a long time, Wu Heng also killed two second-level deformed zombies, the "Big Man" and the "Big Skeleton". On the radio, there are more than two kinds announced. ??There are also many weird and bizarre zombies. At least five or more. These are summarized in reports after zombies are discovered in various regions. But its still a bit difficult to meet. Where is the location? Wu Heng asked. The Jinshuijiayuan community near the dam. Did the survivors also see it? Wu Heng continued to ask. Well, they said they saw action from a relatively far distance, and they guessed it was a deformed zombie. Li Yahong replied. Is it clear what type? I didnt say anything, Ill ask when I get back. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, shook his head and said: "No need to ask, you can go there regardless of the type. Let''s go and have a look tomorrow." "OK!" The two had a brief chat. Li Yahong returned to the auto repair shop, and Wu Heng also returned to the community. ??After following the skeleton and giving a few orders, he returned to his residence in Luntam City. Passed through the boundary gate and returned to the newly renovated residence. Wu Heng feels pretty good about this place. Even before the zombie outbreak, I had never owned a three-story single-family house like this. The gate is still lit. In addition to Bassen and Bawudong, there were also four "skeleton hags" who came back together. He hunched his body and followed behind him out of the boundary gate. ??He took the "Skeleton Hag" directly to the study, took out several magic books from the bookshelf, and handed them to the four hags respectively. He said: "You stay here tonight to study the magic book, and don''t worry about the rest." ??Hag''s attributes include "shared spell casting". Four or more hags can share skills within a certain area. In other words, four people can each learn their own skills. During battle, each other''s skills are shared. If used well, special effects can be achieved. After receiving the order, the four skeletons squatted or stood in the corners of the study room and began to read books. Entering a state of learning. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look. After feeling that there is no problem, close the door to prevent other skeletons from disturbing their study. Leaved the study and went straight downstairs. ??I rested for a while in the living room on the first floor and started practicing the Gray Eagle sword technique in the open space. The sparring partner was changed from Bassen to Bawudong. ??Moreover, you have the entire building to yourself, so you dont have to worry about disturbing other people. Time passes little by little. With the practice, Wu Heng''s body began to be covered with sweat. ?At the same time, the system prompt also sounded. Unlock Specialty: One-Handed Sword Specialization (Entry) ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng stunned for a moment while he was training, and then his face lit up with joy. Indicated to Bawudong to suspend training. Sit aside and rest. I have been practicing swordsmanship for a while, and I have achieved some results by unlocking the specialization. Although I am just getting started, it means that all the previous efforts have been effective. Just this, Gray Eagle Sword Technique. There is still no prompt to unlock it. I dont know if I should continue practicing. After resting for a while, he cast a dancing light spell on the overhead chandelier. Continue to sparring with Bawudong. I practiced until late at night, drank a bottle of happy water, and went upstairs to rest. Early morning the next day. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong, and a large number of skeletons headed to their destination. Since the distance is not too far and we will pass through a community on the way, we didnt drive and went directly on foot. Li Yahong said: "I checked with them yesterday and they said it should be a tank, that is, a giant zombie." ??As he said that, he glanced at the big man covered in iron armor. She had seen Wu Heng transform a skeleton. Even if Wu Heng didnt say it, I felt that this big guy should be a skeleton transformed from a giant zombie. Well, the giant zombie is okay. Wu Heng said. The type of aberrant zombie is also very important. ??If it is a giant zombie like a big man, it is actually easier to deal with. ??Belongs to the type of zombies that are hard-faced. If it is a big-headed zombie, there will be some trouble. ??Its not that they are very good at controlling zombies, but they will observe the situation at the scene. If it is not good for their side or at a disadvantage, they will turn around and run away. Then gather more zombies and come back to seek revenge on you. Its very troublesome. So, if it is a big-headed zombie, you should be careful and adopt the method of assassination and beheading. Giant zombies, just be tough. Wont run away from the beginning. The team marched for about half an hour. The zombies around began to increase gradually. When passing outside a community, the roars of zombies spread one after another, quickly spreading into the distance. Then, a lot of zombies poured out of the streets and alleys like countless streams. Start to charge towards the skeleton. Overall, there are at least several hundred people. Let the spear skeletons come forward and prepare to meet the enemy. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! ?Skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a spear.? ? ? ? quickly walked to the front. The spears moved forward, forming a wall full of spears, pointing directly at the group of corpses. As the skeleton level increases, the number of welding spears increases. The total number of spear skeletons has reached more than 700. A forest of spears in the true sense. ?Wu Heng raised his staff and released a [Witchcraft Arrow]. Hit the front target and fell to the ground trembling. Be trampled to pulp by the zombies behind. Continue to release [Grease Technique], splashing all over the ground in front of you. More zombies entered the grease area, fell to the sky, and stumbled over a large number of zombies. The number was not large, and Wu Heng did not ignite the grease. After all, after the fire burns out, a lot of skeletons will be lost. Puff puff puff~! Dense zombies swarmed in, baring their teeth and claws and crashing into the spear formation. The already rotting body was pierced, and rotten flesh was scattered everywhere. They were crowded and pushed against each other. The spear skeleton began to make stabbing movements. Punch all the charging zombies into a honeycomb, and they will fall down one by one. After the skeleton is equipped with armor, it has a significant impact on the battle situation. Instead of losing members on both sides like before, it was like a wall that kept the zombies out. Occasionally there will be one or two casualties. Soon, the zombies suffered heavy losses in the charge, and not many were left. Move forward! Wu Heng continued to order. Hurrah! The defensive formations began to move. Hold the spear and push forward little by little, like a meat grinder, pushing the zombie backwards. The spears were strung with corpses. ?Bang bang bang~! Some zombies that were not completely dead were chopped into pieces of flesh by the kitchen knife skeletons behind the spears. There was a sound of chopping meat. The battle ended soon. The roads were covered with corpses, and a fishy smell filled the entire street. Clean the battlefield and move the corpses away! ??The skeleton continued to move, moving the corpses to both sides. When cleaning the battlefield. Xiaoxiao also floated back from a distance. He pointed to the opposite community in the distance and said, "Uncle, we found it. It''s a big monster and an ugly monster as big as a big man." ??The big man wrapped in iron armor looked at her, the blue soul fire swaying slightly. Are there just giant zombies? Well, its just him, sitting over there in the flower bed, and there are many corpses around him. Xiaoxiao continued. ?Wu Heng still let Xiaoxiao return to his body and took a look himself. It is indeed a giant zombie like a big man. About three meters tall, with dark red skin and exaggerated muscles like tumors. ?Especially the muscles on the shoulders, like two small heads growing on the left and right, full of strength. "whole team." The surrounding skeletons gathered into formation again. "go ahead!" Hurrah! ??The sound of bones rubbing together sounded, and the team continued to move forward. In a residential building. On the iron ladder spanning the roofs of two buildings. A man in full armor and carrying a backpack carefully moved towards the opposite side. The distance of six meters causes violent shaking with every small step forward. Below, there are zombies wandering aimlessly. The man carefully walked forward a few meters, passed the iron ladder little by little, and stood on the roof of the opposite building. After the first one passes, immediately hold on to the iron ladder on the roof and let the other three people behind him pass one after another. After everyone has passed successfully. The four of them leaned on the edge of the roof, lit their cigarettes, and slowly blew out smoke rings. On the radio, someone is actually looking for aberrant zombies. One of them said. Maybe he wants to awaken his superpowers. After all, the receptionist always shares some information about superpowers. Another person also said. Heh, why is it so easy to wake up? That monster is as strong as the Hulk. Unless you drive a tank over, no one can beat it! It has nothing to do with us. If they can kill them, its fine with us. If they cant, its not our fault. "Right!" ?Several people put out the cigarette butts and put the remaining parts back into the cigarette boxes. Continued: "The old rule is to search from top to bottom. If you can open the door, search for supplies. If you can''t open the door, make sure it doesn''t block our retreat." "clear." Rearranged the weapons and equipment, took a deep breath, and was about to open the corridor door. Hahhhh~! Suddenly, the zombies in the entire community roared in unison. Instantly spread to all surrounding areas. The roar was deafening. ?The expressions of several people changed and they immediately lay down on the roof. Then crawl towards the edge little by little. Looking in the direction of the corpse tide. When his eyes fell on the formation in the distance blocking the road, wearing leather armor and spears like a forest. ?Several peoples eyes widened at the same time. Fuck! (End of this chapter) Chapter 118 , deacon your letter Chapter 118, Deacon, your letter The formation has been adjusted. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton dog to run around the neighborhood in front of him. The skeleton could not make a sound, but as it ran all the way down, the zombies roared one after another and became one in an instant. An even larger group of corpses surged out from the residential areas on both sides. ?They gathered on the main road in the middle, forming a larger group of corpses, like a flood that burst a dam. Densely packed, jostling each other. ?The number of zombies here is really quite large. If they gather together, there may be more than a thousand people. ?Li Yahong was a little nervous. When she saw the tide of corpses, she involuntarily took two steps back. ?Seeing Wu Heng didn''t move, he stood still again. ??Wu Heng saw the right moment and directly released [Grease Technique] and [Fireball Technique]. When the flames exploded, they ignited the grease on the ground. With a whoosh, the fire suddenly burst out. ??The zombies rushed straight into the fire without any hesitation. The first batch of zombies to enter the flames. Only a struggling figure could be seen, and then he fell to the ground little by little. ??More zombies behind them passed directly through the fire, and with the flames ignited on their bodies, they rushed into the queue of spears. The battle also started instantly. ?Zombies roar and claw. The skeleton stabbed out the spear silently. Like ocean waves, hitting the shore, with a shocking visual impact. ??Wu Heng issued two orders again, asking the kitchen knife skeleton to penetrate into the middle of the spearmen and hack to death the zombies that had squeezed in. ~! In a chaotic battle. The sound of heavy footsteps was heard in the distance. ??The giant zombie that Xiaoxiao saw strode out of the neighborhood. His eyes fell on the group of skeletons in front of him. The originally ferocious face showed an expression of excitement and fanaticism. ?Bang bang~! After jumping twice on the spot. Handily grabbed two shared bicycles on the side of the road and swung them over hard. Bang~bang~! The shared bicycle crashed into the skeleton array and knocked over a large number of skeleton soldiers. ??Then the giant zombie let out a deafening roar, took heavy steps, knocked over the corpses in front, and began to charge forward. The journey was unstoppable, like an out-of-control truck. ?Seemingly about to rush into the skeleton camp. ??Wu Heng said: "Big guy, stop it." ~! ??The big man, wearing a suit of iron armor, also began to run with great strides. Bang~! A violent crash sounded. Two monsters of about the same height and size collided at the junction of the two armies. The huge impact caused their bodies to shake slightly and they took two steps back at the same time. Then, he continued to attack, approaching quickly, raising his huge fist, and smashed into the opponent''s body. Dong dong dong, bang bang bang~! Without any fighting skills, it is the most direct battle of strength. ?Wu Heng continued to observe the surrounding area and confirmed that there was no other danger. continued: "Bawu went to the east to kill it, and the battle was quick." ?Bawudong took off his outer armor, revealing his iron-gray bones. ?With a kick of his feet, he jumped several meters away. Get close to the target quickly. ??The giant zombie saw a small target approaching him, with humiliated anger in his eyes. He was punched by the big guy forcefully. ?Him himself clenched his giant fist and smashed it at the gray skeleton that was running towards him. Bawu stepped sideways to dodge, hooked his right fist, and hit the zombie''s arm. The oscillating air wave exploded. Tumor-like muscles are sunken and bones are rattling. ??The giant zombie took a step back, and the big man quickly followed up, opening and closing his fists widely, and smashed into the target without any plan. Bawudong also quickly approached, using various angles to walk beside the giant zombie. Keep hitting the zombie''s ribs and joints. ??Giant zombies, fending off in a panic. ?His movements became more and more chaotic, and he received more and more beatings. Bawudong saw the right opportunity and swept the leg bend. ??The giant zombie''s body instantly lost its balance and fell to one side. He was a big man, clenched his fists together, and smashed his head down. The giant zombie, with its whole body arched, endured a punch and tried to get up hastily. ?Bawudong stepped forward again and punched out his fists one after another, faster and faster. Amidst the trembling waves of air, the muscles began to explode, and pus and blood spattered everywhere. The whip kick is swept out again. Bang~! ??A violent dull sound sounded, and he kicked the zombie directly in the head. ??The head of the giant zombie hangs down at 180 degrees, and its entire neck is like rubber, hanging its head on its back. The body of the giant zombie still wanted to leave. After taking a few steps forward, it fell to its knees with a bang and its body collapsed. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of a car, watching the giant zombie fall, and directly ordered, "Attack, advance!" Hurrah! ??The skeleton group began to advance forward, attacking against the zombies. Far away, on the top of the building. ?Several people looked at the battle taking place below in horror. Isnt this such a coincidence? Yesterday, I asked the aberrant zombies whether they were related to these skeletons? Stop talking, lets go back first, there will be no search today. "good!" ?A few people set up the iron ladder again and planned to return the same way. Even if all the zombies below are lured away, they dont dare to go downstairs and walk downstairs in a big way. Climbed two buildings along the original route, and was halfway up the third building. In the open space downstairs, a woman wearing work clothes and protective gloves walked in, protected by several skeletons. He was looking up at them. ۡ! ?The man climbing the iron ladder was unsteady on his feet and almost fell. He clung to the iron ladder tightly and remained motionless. ??Li Yahong frowned and looked at the other person, not knowing what he meant by not moving half-crawling. ??Looked up and said: "Are you survivors?" Holy shit, youre human. ?Li Yahong rolled her eyes and said, "Come down, let''s talk." Well, lets chat here! "We are survivors nearby. You can follow us, or you can stay. If you follow us, you need to do some work, but you can get food and protection." Li Yahong said calmly. When meeting survivors, these are basically the words. If you say too much, it will become very casual. Survivor? Several men looked at each other. One of them asked: "Where are these skeletons? What''s going on?" "Have you ever heard of people with superpowers? I can''t explain too many to you." Li Yahong said. She also thought it was a supernatural power. Although, there are many things that supernatural powers cannot explain. Are you really a survivor? In the current situation, do I need to lie to you? Are you from an auto repair shop? I went to your place to have my car repaired. One of the men said. "I''m from an auto repair shop. Stop talking about this. How do you choose?" Li Yahong said directly. We need to discuss it. Li Yahong nodded and said, "I''ll give you 20 minutes. I''ll wait at the door. If I don''t see you, I''ll assume you plan to stay." After saying that, he ignored a few people and turned around to leave. Twenty minutes later. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start cleaning the battlefield. The skeletons carried the corpses, and the big men dragged the giant zombies, and planned to go back. At this time, Li Yahong came back and said softly: "They haven''t come over, so they may not be willing to follow us." During the battle, Xiaoxiao discovered the survivors. He asked Li Yahong to have a chat. It seemed that the other party was unwilling to go with him due to some concerns. It doesnt matter, he intends to help the survivors, but the other party must also accept it. Okay, lets go! ?Wu Heng turned around and the large team began to return the same way. Having just taken two steps, there was the sound of a car approaching from behind. The skeleton group immediately took action. Hands up the kitchen knife and spear, and rushes towards the car. "Don''t, don''t attack, it''s us." The people in the car were startled, and someone immediately stuck their head out and said loudly. I am afraid that if I speak too late, I will be chopped into pieces by the skeletons. ??The zombies here have all been wiped out by skeletons, let alone them. Keep the skeleton on standby. The attacking skeletons stand ready. He surrounded the minivan in front of him several levels. ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who understood, walked over and asked, "Do you want to come with us?" "Hmm." A man raised his hands like in a police movie and said, "We packed our things, so we wasted some time." ?Li Yahong glanced at the van. There were a lot of things piled up in a mess. There are several others. "How many people?" Some of the eight are our family members, and the rest are survivors from nearby buildings. The car window is open, there are children and women inside, but the number of men is small. ?No wonder the other party wants to follow you. ?These people are a burden. Stay and plunder nearby food, but there will always be a day when you run out of food. Li Yahong said directly: "Think about it, you all have to listen to us after this. Even women have to bear a certain amount of labor. At this time, you also know that no one will support others in vain." Understood, we have already discussed it, just provide us with a safe place. "Okay." Li Yahong glanced at the front and said, "The road ahead is blocked. You guys can''t get through. Come down and walk. Carry everything you need to take away." Oh, okay, thank you. ?A few people got out of the car and took everything with them. He glanced at the dense group of skeletons, followed carefully, and continued walking forward. All the way to the crossroads. ?Wu Heng called Li Yahong aside and said softly: "There are too many people. Pay attention to those who support you, so as not to cause any trouble." ?Li Yahong also understood what he meant. Women do not have an advantage in terms of strength and physical strength. As time goes by, someone may have other ideas. Stabilizing one''s own position is also very important. ?Wu Heng was very satisfied with Li Yahong, who obeyed the rules and could complete all the arranged things well. ??We also want to continue our cooperation with each other. ?Of course, Wu Heng also thought about preparing a pistol or something for her. ??But he is afraid that something will happen one day and it will become a weapon shot at himself. I understand and will pay attention to this aspect. Li Yahong replied with a smile. I am still a little touched. At least the other party recognizes him, he is not just an individual, he just needs to be able to produce iron spears. Well, go ahead. Ill arrange a few skeletons for you to protect you in two days. Well, theres no need for that, its not that dangerous. After chatting for a few words, say goodbye to each other. ??Wu Heng commanded the group of skeletons to pile the corpses aside. Li Yahong led the survivors and rushed towards the auto repair shop with rice noodles and toilet paper. From a distance, Qiangzi and the others ran out. Welcome them in. Blackstone Town. Professional Association Hall. The busy hall is filled with professionals who come to take orders. Wearing a suit of leather armor, Deacon Slater walked into the hall with his team and the leopard. "Deacon, there is a letter addressed to the ''Money Cat'' here, but the recipient has not been written." the staff member shouted. Give it to me! Slater reached out and took it. Those who can send letters to Money Cat through the association can only be addressed to her. ?Taking the letter, he returned to the deacon''s study. (End of this chapter) Chapter 119 , throwing ax or throwing spear Chapter 119, Throwing axes or throwing spears Slater held the letter and returned to the study. Sit back behind the desk and exhale slowly. Blackstone Town has been a lot quieter recently. There have been no major incidents, and no wanted criminals or cultists have come to this remote town. The things we deal with are also local public security issues. It was as if..., after that boy left, everything in the whole city and the surrounding area calmed down. Of course, this is a good thing. It is a good thing for her as a deacon and for the residents of the city. Looking at the letter on the side. Slice the sealing wax and open the envelope. What an ugly word! ??Took out the letter paper and wrote some words crookedly. As soon as she saw the first line, she knew who wrote the letter to her. Arrived in Luntam City and joined the team as captain. ?The only one who came to Luntam City to be a captain was Wu Heng. He would actually write a letter to himself. ?The letter is not long, and only takes up half a page on a piece of paper. Slater leans on the chair, crosses his slender legs on the edge of the table, swings his short boots on his toes, and continues to read the content of the handwriting attentively. Then, he saw a pervert who transformed into a nun and seduced the caravan hags, who took pleasure in bleeding and killing prostitutes. They were all killed by him with heroic strength. Slater does not deny this first point. Although Wu Heng has only been a professional for a short time. Does have some abilities that ordinary people dont have. Unexpectedly, he would encounter so many things in just a few days. Continuing to look down, Slater''s eyebrows furrowed. Why doesnt it feel right? ? ? If the above content is that the subordinates reported the situation to the former leader, but the following words are a little wrong. Miss the time together, pay attention to safety, come here to play for a few more days... Slater is a mature woman who runs an entertainment venue like Money Cat and is no stranger to matters involving men and women. Its too far away to be brave. Slater muttered. But his face still felt a little hot, so he reached out and fanned his face vigorously. Fold the envelope again, put it away in the drawer, took out new letter paper and envelope, thought for a while and started writing. After finishing writing, Slater nodded with satisfaction. Bang~! Suddenly, the door was pushed open. Yuli held the door open and asked, "Aunt, let''s go to the black market together tonight!" Slater was startled, and the hand holding the pen trembled. "Auntie is writing a letter. Who is she writing to?" Yuli asked, raising her head. "An old friend." Slater quickly folded the letter, put it in the envelope, and continued: "You little girl, why do you always go to the black market? You don''t go to places like that." "Good aunt, the city is too boring. There is nothing to do at night anyway. Let''s go shopping!" Yuri begged. Slater glared at her and said, "Wait at the door and finish eating together before we go." Okay! Yuli replied and closed the door honestly. Slater sealed the envelope with wax, took it in his hand, put on his shoes and walked out. Yuli immediately came forward and held hands. As you pass by the lobby, hand the letter to the front desk. Take Yuri''s arms and walk out together. Return to the community. ??Wu Heng directly asked the skeleton to drag the giant zombie''s body in front of him. Bone SpellRelease, necromantic magic, completely wrapping the corpse. The next second, the tall skeleton stood up. He has thick and thick bones, is nearly three meters tall, and has his arms above his knees. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) The level is the same as that of Big Man, but the attributes are improved by 3 to 5 points. From now on, you call me Erbantou and go to the side first. Wu Heng said to the skeleton of the giant zombie. ??The giant skeleton walked aside and stood with the big man. When the two stand together, you can still see some differences. Two heads are taller and have stronger bones. ?This made Wu Heng have to suspect that the zombies themselves are getting stronger as time goes by. Either through eating, or through some other means of strengthening. The skeleton walked out, Wu Heng squatted down and rummaged through the minced meat. Find a secondary corpse core. This is what is most needed. Let the Alchemy Skeleton come over. Soon, the dwarf skeleton walked out of the corridor. ??Wu Heng handed him the corpse core in his hand and said, "Research it and see if the previous formula still works?" ??The dwarf skeleton took it respectfully and walked back to the corridor with the core. ??Now that you have a skeleton that can do alchemy, you no longer need to issue commissions. Not only is it more convenient for you, but you can also keep some secrets better. Explain the matter of the corpse core. ?Wu Heng looked at the situation around him. Continue to come to the pile of corpses and release [Battlefield of the Dead]. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground, looking around with empty eye sockets. Stand over there. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton slowly walked towards the queue of skeletons. ??Wu Heng sat down to rest, continued to drink two bottles of spiritual potion, and continued to release skills to transform skeletons. The harvest this time is still significant. In addition to level 11 skeletons, the number of ordinary skeletons is at least one thousand. The overall number of skeletons is beginning to approach 10,000. It can be said that the number of skeletons is truly like an army. The transformation continued until late at night, when all the corpses were completely transformed. ?Wu Heng reopened the gate and returned to his residence to rest. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng simply ate instant noodles and went directly to the association. ?Entering the team lounge, he saw the orc Duke sitting there chewing something similar to a sweet potato. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately said, "Captain, why didn''t you come yesterday?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at him. Are the orcs homeless? Why is he here every time I come here? The special envoy in the field was forced to work on duty and be on time. "What''s wrong? Someone came to see me yesterday?" Wu Heng walked in. No one, Duke said. Didnt the deacon assign any tasks? No, there was no one there all day yesterday. It must be that I had some unpleasant troubles with Team 8. Therefore, no further tasks were assigned to them. Captain, do we have any tasks today? Duke continued to ask. ?Wu Heng sat in a chair and thought for a while, feeling that it was not feasible to do so. ?Having to report to the association every day is too time-consuming. But as the captain, I cannot act too lazy. He said: "Duke, I made a mission plan for our team yesterday." "Huh? What is that?" Duke stuffed all the food into his mouth and raised his head and asked. "What we are doing now are all tasks assigned by the association. Such tasks are not fixed and the rewards are limited." Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "We should focus on the wanted bounty. The bounty Its high, and its easy to get merit. Well, the captain is right, but wanted criminals are not that easy to find. Go investigate and develop some informants. As long as you have intelligence and clues, it will not be difficult to catch them. Wu Heng said. He still has some experience in catching wanted criminals. The main thing is intelligence. If you can find the target, it is not difficult to catch them. It doesnt seem to be very simple. Take your time, this is a long-term goal. The important thing is that we focus on investigating wanted criminals, rather than waiting in the association to issue tasks. Well, the captain is right. Duke understood and agreed. "So, you don''t have to come directly here tomorrow. Go around and get some information. If there are suspicious people or some special situations, please pay attention." ??Duke nodded, "Okay, I''m familiar with the Lower City area. I''ll ask you when the time comes." ?Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. My own team members are obedient and very ambitious. The two of them talked about wanted criminals. ??Wu Heng''s mind was reminded of yesterday''s battle between skeletons and corpses. Continued to ask: "Duke, when you don''t use bows and crossbows in close combat, do you usually have any long-range attack methods? For example, if the enemy rushes towards you, how do you attack him when he is not close?" "Oh, I know this." Duke moved forward and said seriously: "I like to use a throwing ax. If I hit it, I can kill the enemy directly." ?Throwing axes are similar to throwing daggers, but axes are more lethal and require more strength. ??However, it seems that throwing axes is not suitable for skeletons. Is there any more? Duke scratched his head, "There are also throwing spears. Humans like to use throwing spears. I heard that some mercenary groups are specially equipped with this kind of weapon, which is very useful when hunting wild beasts." Throwing a spear? This seems to be applicable to the skeleton camp. Is it like this? Wu Heng took out his short spear and let Duke take a look. Almost the same, but a little longer. ?Wu Heng nodded. The short spear he used was the shortest type. The previous battles were in corridors, and it was too long to be used. It feels like the skeletons can be allowed to practice spear throwing to add a long-range output capability. The two chatted for a while. ?So they went to the training room to practice together. ?Wu Heng practiced the Gray Eagle sword technique, while Duke held his battle ax and began to spin in a circle, like a big windmill. They practiced until noon, and the two of them had lunch at a nearby tavern. ??Duke wiped his mouth and asked: "Captain, are you still going to the training room this afternoon?" Im not going, lets go to that armor shop. Wu Heng said. "okay!" ?The two of them got up, left the tavern, and walked towards the Maoxiu Armor Shop in the outer city. Walked near the store. I saw several carriages parked outside the store, carrying goods. The orc boss stood at the door, holding the bill in his hand and comparing the amounts. Looks like the business here is really good. Seeing the two approaching, he also smiled and said, "Captain, Duke, you are here." Business is good! Wu Heng said with a smile. They are all small businesses with little profit. The orc boss motioned for a few people to enter the room and continued: The leather armor is still being made. When it is completed, I will have someone deliver it to you. The quantity ordered by Wu Heng was actually not that large. But there are not many people who can directly take out the full amount of silver coins in the transaction. Well, theres no hurry about that. Wu Heng entered the store, came to the armor, and asked, Is this armor still in stock? ?This kind of iron armor is the one equipped by big men. ??Yesterday, he killed another giant deformed zombie, so Wu Heng thought about buying another set. After all, skeletons above level 10 are the elites of the team, and they still need to be equipped with special emphasis. Yes, how many are needed? the boss asked. Just one set. The boss immediately asked people to prepare it, and brought fruit tea and placed it in front of several people. Sit aside and chat for a while. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there any requirements for opening a store here?" The boss had some doubts in his eyes, "Captain, you want to open a store?" Well, I have some business over there in my hometown, and I want to see if theres any sales here. The boss touched his chin and said: "There are actually no special requirements for opening a store. Apart from choosing a store, the most important thing is the gang responsible for the safety of the area. Having a good relationship with them will save the store a lot of trouble." ??Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding and continued to ask: "How much is the rent approximately?" Different locations have different prices. A shop like mine requires about 1,200 silver coins a year. Better roads will actually cost more. In fact, this price is not cheap. An ordinary family would not be able to earn this amount of money in a few years. But when doing business, we cannot count it as an ordinary family. ?A few people were chatting, and the clerk took out the armor. ?Wu Heng let Bassen carry him and walked out of the store. Captain, where are we going next? Duke continued to ask. Wu Heng said: "It''s getting late. There''s no need to go back to the association. Our next task is to collect some clues about wanted criminals. Be careful to stay hidden so that the wanted criminals don''t get caught and put yourself in danger." I understand Captain, I know a lot of people here, and I will definitely be able to get some clues. Well, be safe. Bidding farewell to Duke, Wu Heng did not return to the association. ??In the past two days, the deacon did not assign tasks to them. It was also a free time, and Wu Heng was also thinking of ways to prevent the other party from assigning tasks to him. Have dinner at the tavern. He returned directly to his residence, let Sword One and Sword Two sweep the door, and then walked straight to the third floor. Enter the study room. The four skeleton hags are still reading in the room. Other than the changes in the pages of the book, the postures of the four skeletons have not changed much. There are no skills unlocked either. Normal spell learning is actually not simple and requires a long period of study and trial to master. ??Wu Heng''s skills can be unlocked after just one look, which can be said to be an incredible effect. Because of this, Yazd directly gave up his original plan and insisted on occupying his body. After arriving in the city of Luntam, Wu Heng no longer showed any ability to learn. So as not to have any problems again. ??On the Hag''s panel, her intelligence is not outstanding. She can learn skills, but it also takes some time. Close the study door again. Open the door in the bedroom and go directly to the zombie world. As soon as he walked out of the corridor, Wu Heng''s brows furrowed deeply. Several corpses were piled up in the open space of the community. Not zombies, but normal human corpses with red blood, some wearing sportswear, leather jackets, and blue uniforms. Kill the survivors? Just when Wu Heng was about to step forward to check. Zizzizi~! ??The walkie-talkie sounded the sound of electricity, followed by Li Yahong''s voice. Your Majesty, are you there? (End of this chapter) Chapter 120 , wait until dark Chapter 120, Waiting for dark Outside the community. Li Yahong and others were all waiting outside. On the flat cart, there lay a girl who was stained red with blood and her face was pale. She is the younger sister among the brothers who was rescued in the hotel last time. I heard Li Yahong mention it. Her brothers name is Jia Zheng, and her sisters name is Jia Yingying. When they were young, they injured their spine in a car accident. The family had no money at the time, and when they missed the treatment, they couldnt stand up. Based on the current medical conditions, this kind of injury is just waiting for death. ??Wang Ke is just a trainee nurse. She can bandage and treat simple wounds. But for a gunshot wound that penetrates the body, she will die faster if she messes with it. Please save my sister. She has had bad luck since she was a child. Please save her and I will be your ox or horse. ??Seeing Wu Heng come out, his brother Jia Zheng knelt on the ground and kowtowed several times. Everyone knows that they cannot be saved. Let''s see if Wu Heng can find any way to save people. Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said: "You stay outside, Li Yahong pushes her to follow me. Whether she can be saved or not depends on her luck." He didnt want to watch a person die like this, but he couldnt say whether he could be saved. ?Li Yahong pushed the trolley and followed him into the community. You can still hear Jia Zhengs voice from behind, Thank you, thank you. Enter the community. Let the skeleton carry the girl into a room. ?The house is full of bottles, jars, utensils, and ground medicinal materials. ??Wu Heng said to the dwarf skeleton: "Let''s see if we can still save it?" ??The dwarf skeleton squatted down and unwrapped the bandage. The blood from the big drum spurted out, and blood immediately spread all over the place. Briefly checked the wound. He took out a scalpel from the side and began to cut the surrounding flesh. ?Withered fingers inserted directly into the flesh and took out the bullet inside. Then he took out the ground red powder from the cabinet on the side, sprinkled it on the wound, and sutured it. Wu Heng knew this herb. The leaves of the demon red flower are a material for healing potions. After the wound was sutured, medicine was given. The girl''s complexion instantly improved, unlike the white as paper at the beginning. Leave it to you. Wu Heng patted the dwarf on the shoulder and walked out. Alchemist seems to be more professional than he imagined. At least the wound can be stitched. ?Stepping out of the corridor, Li Yahong stood at the door waiting. "How about it?" "It''s okay. You may need to recuperate for a while. Please stay with me for now." Wu Heng continued to ask, "Tell me what happened." Li Yahong said: "At noon, an explosion-proof vehicle drove over, rushed into the store and started shooting randomly. The others were also slightly injured. Only Jia Yingying was hit directly, and then the gunfire attracted the patrol. Skeleton, they shot at the skeleton, and the skeleton killed him directly. " The patrolling skeletons are all level five skeletons with basic souls. ??Wu Heng gave them an order not to attack humans. This is mainly to protect Li Yahong and the others, but also to prevent some passing survivors from being attacked by the skeleton team. But the premise is that you cannot attack the skeleton. Once the other party attacks, it will be judged as an enemy and will be counterattacked. ?These guys probably didn''t know what a skeleton was. They were frightened when they saw it and shot directly. Then, he was besieged by a group of skeletons. ?With the current number of skeletons, and several skeletons above 10, let alone they had no time to escape, even if they got into the car, they would not be able to escape. Unless it''s a tank. Are they from prison? "It should be that the prison has not responded to the deception of survivors in the past two days. It should be that they are preparing for this incident and intend to kill us all." Li Yahong said, her face looking ugly. Although the other party died in the end. But I was also scared for a while. ??There is a kind of situation where you are confronting someone on the Internet, and the other person is speechless, and you have the advantage. But the person opposite bought a ticket directly and stopped in front of your house. ?This feeling of being real offline is actually really bad. In this kind of environment, he really chased and killed someone. ?This kind of courage and ferocious energy are not something ordinary criminals can achieve. How do people in prison determine the location here? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know." Li Yahong thought for a moment, and then said: "The new people who joined yesterday have been separated and locked up. I don''t know if they have anything to do with them." Looks like they are suspicious of the eight people from yesterday. But the other party should have no reason to disclose it. Unless you have had contact with the prison before joining. Lets go and ask. The two of them walked to the body together. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse on the ground suddenly sat up. Looking at the two of them with empty eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Where did you come from?" The corpse replied, "Chengnan Prison." ??Li Yahong guessed it right, it was someone from the prison who came to take revenge. How do you know the location of the auto repair shop? The prison has a new group of survivors. They passed by here and provided the approximate location. When we came over, we saw the sign of the auto repair shop. ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who also frowned. It is not the information provided by the eight people yesterday. On the contrary, it is your own brand that reveals your position. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many of you are here in total?" 12 people. What was your original plan? Go to the auto repair shop, capture the woman who made the call, and kill all the others. The corpse replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Which way did you come from?" To the north, pass by Yanghaidian Hotel. After five questions, the body lay back with a thud. Actually, the situation is now very clear. There were survivors nearby who knew the location of the auto repair shop and provided it to Chengnan Prison. ?The other party was also a group of desperadoes and drove over directly to kill them. What do you think? Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. ?? Li Yahong stood there and thought for a while, then said softly: "Either deal with the opponent, or move the position to another place." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Check the car and go to Chengnan Prison tomorrow." "good!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where are the guns they brought?" "It''s in our hands. You weren''t here before. I was afraid that there were others, so I let someone else hold it." Li Yahong explained. Send them all over here, you will be more dangerous with guns. Okay, Ill send it over when I get back. ??Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng took another look at the little girl. He is still in a coma, but his complexion has recovered somewhat. The wound became sticky under the action of the medicinal powder and no longer oozed blood. The effects of potions in the magical world are still significant. Its a good thing that I have such a dwarf alchemist, otherwise Id probably have to wait for death slowly. Not long after, Li Yahong came back with a rifle and a submachine gun. There are also some blue stab-resistant suits. Wu Heng said: "Put away your anti-stab uniforms and put them on when you set off tomorrow." Oh okay! Li Yahong left wearing the stab-proof clothing again. Next, Wu Heng equipped "Er Duotou" with iron armor. ?Standing with the big guy, you look at me and I look at yours. ?Wu Heng transformed all the corpses on the ground and returned to his residence. The next day, early morning. Trucks stopped in the middle of the road. In addition to the four trucks last time, there were three more large trucks, which were welded with iron plates and steel bars. Is there no problem with the car? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong nodded, "No problem, we checked it overnight last night." Its almost time to leave! Dont waste time. "good!" ?The driver got into the car, and Wu Heng also directed the skeletons to get on the truck. The densely packed skeletons walked out of the community and climbed into the bed of the car. ??Wu Heng was still sitting on the passenger car, and there were also a group of slightly higher-level skeletons such as Big Skeleton, Bassen, and Bawudong. When everything is ready. Picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Let''s go!" All the cars started, lined up in a long queue, and drove forward. The journey was indeed smooth. ? ? Dont even pay attention to the scattered zombies that occasionally appear on the road. Chengnan Prison. ?Several shirtless strong men gathered around to play cards. Surrounded by women with scantily clad clothes and whip marks on their skin, she carefully filled several people''s glasses and cleaned the overflowing ashtrays. ??Waiting at the side carefully. "Brother Long, Lao Liu and the others didn''t come back yesterday. Did something happen?" The man held a cigarette in his mouth, pulled the woman pouring wine beside him, and stretched out his hands to knead her body. Chen Jinlong threw out the cards in his hand and said, "It''s time to come back." "Nothing can happen. Several guns were taken away from the auto repair shop." Those country bumpkins know how to use a **** gun. Whether they can fire it or not is one thing. But Liu is a good gun user. If you dont know how to use it, you can still hit people with a blind sweep. Another person retorted. ??Chen Jinlong didn''t speak, and no news came back all day long. There might really be something wrong. Brothers, please be careful tonight and take people there to have a look tomorrow. Chen Jinlong said. Brother Long, are you afraid that the gang from the auto repair shop will come? Isnt this a bit worrying? We have such a high fence. Unless they can fly, they will be beaten when they come. Someone said. Chen Jinlong nodded, "It''s always right to be careful. Just follow my instructions." "good!" At this point, I lost interest in playing cards. ?Throwing the cards in their hands back on the table, they each left the room and went to prepare as ordered. The night is dark and gloomy. ??The convoy traveled in darkness and entered the village below the prison. This is where they traded rifles before. There are no zombies, and there are no prison levels. Everyone get off the car. A large number of skeletons jumped out of the car, and there was a sound of bones rubbing against each other. Qiangzi, you all stay here and watch the car. Wu Heng said. "good." "Your Majesty, I will go with you. I want to avenge my sister." Jia Zheng said directly. "Your sister is not dead, so why take revenge? Follow my orders and pay attention to the walkie-talkie. Come and pick us up if there is any danger." Wu Heng said directly. Jia Zheng wanted to say something else, but he felt that it was useless to follow him. His fighting power is not as strong as that of a skeleton. I can only nod and agree, and do my own thing well. Confirmed it with everyone. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s go." Hurrah! The skeleton army, taking advantage of the darkness, quickly moved forward. After walking a certain distance. From a distance, you can see the prison with searchlights on. Searchlight? ??There is also equipment such as electricity supply here. ??Although I was surprised that the prison could be illuminated, the situation on the wall was also clearly visible. The fence is about six meters apart, with a barbed wire fence at the top. Four towers, all equipped with searchlights. In addition to the men patrolling with rifles on their backs, two machine guns can also be seen. The team stopped moving forward and hid in the darkness. Li Yahong came closer and said softly: "What should I do? It doesn''t look easy to fight." I wont believe they are not sleepy until it gets dark. (End of this chapter) Chapter 121 , little girls have some skills Chapter 121, little girls have some skills If it is a battle on flat ground. Even if the opponent has a gun, it is actually not that difficult. ?With the current number of skeletons, we can completely rush over and flatten the opponent''s position. But the situation at hand is more similar to a small siege. The six-meter-long wall doesnt look high, but its not easy to climb up. ?Especially since the opponent has been in the prison for such a long time, it is impossible for them not to have some preparations to guard against the zombie tide. ?Failing that, they will use all their defense against the zombie tide on the skeletons. ?At that time, even if the attack was successful, the losses would be heavy. And choose to fight with Krishna. In addition to waiting for the opponent to be most sleepy and tired, it is also because skeletons cannot be seen with the naked eye, so it is more advantageous to kill creatures at night. All the skeletons lower themselves and hide in the darkness. Skeletons themselves are very quiet, and they dont belch or fart like living creatures. When in the standby state, the entire area was completely plunged into silence. ?There was only a slight hum of insects in the distance. Take a rest and wait until it gets later, Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong understood, nodded, huddled up and began to close her eyes to rest. ?From time to time, he stretched out his hand to scatter the mosquitoes that were surrounding him. ?Late at night, I cant see my fingers. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and looked in the direction of the prison. The searchlights are still bright, but the number of people guarding the wall has begun to decrease. The people on the tower are leaning against the wall, as if they are also taking a nap. The people on the wall are not regular soldiers, they are all prisoners or survivors recruited as thugs. It would be nice to be able to patrol in a decent manner and use a searchlight. Let them stay awake all night, which is definitely not realistic according to the formal rules. ?At first glance, the top of the fence is empty. ?Wu Heng pushed Li Yahong, who was lying aside and hugging his thigh in confusion. The latter opened his eyes and his face turned a little red. "how''s it going?" ??Wu Heng gave her a shushing gesture, and then said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton move forward, slow down and approach." Hulala~! Around the dim surroundings, a group of figures suddenly stood up. Start to approach slowly. Even so, the sound of footsteps and bones rubbing against each other was still clear in the quiet night. ??As we walked all the way to the range of the searchlight, the white skeleton army was completely pale when illuminated by the light. Still no one on the fence glanced down. The skeleton continued to move forward, walking more slowly, trying to walk as lightly as possible. Just when the distance was still more than 500 meters. Suddenly, a figure stood up from the wall, yawned, unbuttoned his belt, and poured water directly outside. The skeleton stopped instantly, as motionless as the terracotta warriors and horses. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong also looked at this scene with wide eyes. Whenever you dont pee, come and pee at this time. But one thing is certain, the iron grid above the fence is probably not the power grid, and it may not be powered on. Otherwise, this urine can be sent away to him. The skeleton army stood in place and remained quiet. ?While the man was urinating, he glanced down casually, and then frowned. He rubbed his eyes and looked again. ?The water flow stopped suddenly, and slap~ gave myself two slaps. The pain on his face made him more awake. When he saw the densely packed skeletons standing under the searchlight, his heart almost stopped. ?Haunted and shouted: "There''s a ghost, there''s a ghost outside, I''m sorry!" Fuck~! In the distance, Wu Heng also cursed. Give a direct order, "Attack, scale the walls, and kill all those with weapons." Hurrah! There was a loud crashing sound. ??All the skeletons carried kitchen knives and began to charge, rushing towards the bottom of the wall quickly. Everyone on the wall was also awakened by the shouts. Shout to each other and sound the alarm. ??Everyone raised their guns in panic and pointed down along the wall. I pulled the trigger hastily, but no bullet was fired. With trembling hands, he opened the safety, and then started shooting downwards. ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets poured downwards. In the dim night, it seemed like a large orange net was woven, falling towards the skeleton below. The bullets crackled into the soil. The skeletons kept a distance from each other and ran with long strides. Even though skeletons are not afraid of bullets, under the intensive bullets, large areas of skeletons were still shattered and scattered into white bones on the ground. The power of firearms is still huge. Bang bang ~ bang bang bang! Immediately afterwards, the machine gun on the wall began to fire. The bullets are denser and faster, like the huge mouth of a beast, shooting out dazzling fire. A whole row of skeletons were shot into pieces and scattered all over the ground. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong also looked at the scene in front of them with some surprise. ??There is just a bunch of miscellaneous troops on the wall, but they can actually show this kind of lethality. ??These are still skeletons, and there are few places where bullets can hit. If it were people attacking, I''m afraid if they were shot down like this, they would all die outside. The prisoners in the prison have really found an excellent base. Let the rifles come out to support. Wu Heng continued. From below in the darkness, a group of figures wearing leather armor once again sprang out. They ran out quickly, holding rifles and submachine guns in their hands, and began to shoot at the wall. ?The bullets hit the wall with crackling sounds, suppressing all those who fired recklessly. In the skeleton camp, only Crossbow One and Crossbow Two have the aiming talent. But this is the case now. It doesn''t have to be very precise. It''s difficult to hit from below. The main thing is to suppress the opponent''s attack and give some deterrence. The effect is still very obvious. The rate of fire of bullets has been significantly reduced. The skeleton group has reached the bottom of the wall. They crowded together to form ladders of bones, stepping on the ribs of their companions as they climbed up. In just one or two minutes, we had climbed halfway and were close to the iron fence. Just when he was about to climb onto the wall. One by one, the iron barrels were carried to the edge. The iron barrels tilted, and the liquid inside poured down the skeleton ladder. At the same time, the strong smell of gasoline instantly spread throughout the area. Then, the igniting materials were thrown down. Huh~! ?The fire rose instantly and submerged the entire climbing pile of skeletons. ?The flames, tens of meters long, illuminated the entire night sky orange-red. Avoid the fire! Wu Heng continued to order. Hurrah. The gathered skeletons instantly dispersed, avoiding the location of the fire. Continues to gather in the remaining positions. The people on top of the fence are also observing the bottom, carrying iron buckets and constantly changing positions. Rear. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong watched the entire battlefield situation. The big-headed skeleton can be used to control the skeleton warrior, and it still achieves very good results. ?Especially, avoiding fire and constantly evacuating or gathering together can achieve a more unified effect than the army. The defensive capabilities of the prison are also surprising. Not to mention the bullets fired from above, the gasoline reserves are enough to withstand the attack of a certain number of corpses. This is also the reason why Wu Heng is unwilling to fight with the opponent. Zombies only have a few attack methods, and most of them are based on the instinct of beasts. But people are different. They will try their best to use various tools and traps to gain an advantage. It''s like gasoline. ?Wu Heng had used gasoline to deal with corpses before, and not all people in the prison were fools, so they also thought of this. Now used on skeletons. "How about we retreat, surround them for a few days, and force them to come out for a decisive battle." Li Yahong said. In the situation at hand, the skeleton is obviously at a disadvantage. Even if victory is achieved by relying on numbers, a considerable number of skeletons will be lost. ? 1,000 self-damage and 800 enemy damage, not to mention there are more than 100 people in the prison. ?Wu Heng shook his head and didn''t say much. Siege is also a method. But for myself, I dont have that much time to spend here. He never looked down upon these prisoners. Being able to be a serious criminal may be much better than yourself in many aspects. Furthermore, once the attack has begun, there is no turning back. The prison must be taken today. ?Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skull. Let the skeletons evacuate and attack, and let the Spider Mother start taking action. Above the prison wall. ?Chen Jinlong cursed loudly, urging people to carry gasoline and ammunition and continue the attack on the skeletons. He was also startled when he heard the alarm. He ran over in a hurry. After the initial chaos, things are obviously getting better now. Below the wall is a sea of ????fire. There are only a few positions where the skeletons can attack. Rifles and machine guns can just focus on shooting at the vacant positions. ?Now it seems that there are a lot of these skeletons and they look scary, but their lethality is only so much. Cant even climb the fence, let alone threaten their own safety. ??Moreover, there is sufficient gasoline reserve in the prison, so no matter how they attack, it will be difficult to break through the direction of the wall. After confirming that you are not in danger. My mood became more relaxed, and my eyes began to search in the distant night. The origin of the skeleton is not difficult to analyze. ??The person who gave me information about the auto repair shop last time said that there were a lot of skeleton monsters there. They came to the prison because they were afraid of the skeleton attack. Now it seems that these skeletons are directly related to the auto repair shop. "Damn it, that little **** really has some skills." Chen Jinlong cursed and said to the same person: "Bring me the trumpet." A trumpet was sent over. Chen Jinlong took it in his hand and glanced into the distance, and shouted loudly: "Young girl in the auto repair shop, I know these skeletons are the work of you, do you think this kind of thing can scare us? Just dream, wait until I will After you burn these weird things, I will capture you, make you a slave to everyone, and torture you until you die..." ?All kinds of obscene words were spread to the rear through loudspeakers. ??If on the radio, Chen Jinlong used these words to scold the auto repair shop, he would also have the upper hand. ??Now I have no scruples and I keep cursing. ?Li Yahong''s face turned red and she was so angry. ??Wu Heng did not speak, but continued to issue several orders to the skeleton. The other side of the prison. The searchlight kept scanning below, and the guard holding a rifle looked solemnly. There is nothing unusual here. But the intensive gunfire and the sky-high flames from the other side also made them extremely nervous. Afraid of something approaching quickly in the night. Hahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh! Suddenly, there was a sound like high heels stepping on the floor tiles. Getting closer and closer. (End of this chapter) Chapter 122 , let me go! Chapter 122, let me go! The crisp sound of landing is getting closer and closer. The guard, who was already nervous, immediately became nervous. Searchlights kept scanning the darkness below. He raised his rifle and looked for the source of the sound. But the searchlight illuminated the entire area below, but there was still no figure. ??The mosquitoes and moths that surround the searchlight every day have disappeared today. Empty. But the knocking sound of dah-dah still exists, getting closer and closer, becoming clearer and clearer. The less visible, the more nervous everyone becomes. His face was solemn and he was sweating profusely. Just when everyone was looking down below. Ah~, save, save me! Suddenly, a painful wail came from the tower beside him. ?Everyone was startled and immediately looked up. ??A huge spider climbed up the tower, with its forelimbs like a sharp sword, pierced a man''s chest, opened its ferocious mouthparts, and bit off half of his head under the watchful eyes of everyone. The body that was hung on the forelimbs immediately went limp. No signs of life. ??Everyone''s eyes widened, looking at the scene in front of them in disbelief. How can this be. How could there be such a big spider? Shoot, dont be so **** dazed! someone shouted. Everyone opened the safety in a panic and began to aim at the monster above. With one bite, the spider shattered the searchlight on the tower. The area on one side was instantly plunged into darkness. In the darkness, large black things spread out from the back of the giant spider like melted ink. Climbed all over the tower and the outer walls. ?Bang bang bang~! Gunshots rang out, and bullets were fired into the incoming black torrent. Puff puff puff~! The sound of bullets penetrating was heard. The spiders in the front row were shot into a sieve. Its a spider, bullets can kill it. someone shouted. The next second, bang~, the fallen spider suddenly exploded, and thick yellow smoke spread instantly. The nearby guard covered his mouth and nose, coughed loudly, and fell to his knees. Soon, he was submerged by the spider swarm and disappeared. Ah~! Its a spider, damn, its a spider! Run quickly, this is poisonous if you kill it. Keep shooting, Ill kill anyone who dares to run away. Draft it, you stay and wait for death. There is a mess on the wall. Dense smoke began to fill the air, and those who remained were swamped by the spiders one by one. More people began to run away and directly struggled with those blocking the way from behind. shoot each other, shoot each other. The guards'' internal strife speeded up the spider''s attack. ??The black spider swarm, like a torrent, moved along the top of the wall, killing all the guards, and continued to surge towards the adjacent wall. The spider mother followed behind her, spitting out a human head from her ferocious mouth. Spinning out spider silk at the fleeing crowd in the distance. He trapped it in place, quickly climbed over, and hung a net on the wall. Panic spread quickly inside the prison. Even though he didnt know what was going on, he started to look around and had no intention of fighting. Try to escape or find a place to hide first. The entire prison was in chaos. Supplies and transportation came to a standstill instantly. There was no one, and they were carrying bullets and gasoline to the top of the fence, just following the crowd and running around. The front wall is still being defended. But everyone began to feel uneasy and kept looking at the rioting crowd behind them. ?Want to find out what happened. Chen Jinlong''s face also became ugly. Damn trash, cant even defend the wall. ??The dense skeleton monsters in the front were all defended, but the wall behind was not defended. They are simply a bunch of rubbish. ?Bang bang~! ?? Chen Jinlong shot and killed a man who was trying to get off the fence and cursed: "Keep shooting. If anyone dares to escape, I will be the first to kill him." In prison, Chen Jinlong has sufficient deterrence. With an angry curse, everyone returned to their positions and continued shooting. Only the rear was getting more and more chaotic, and the sound of dense climbing kept ringing from my ears, carrying heavy pressure. ~! Below the wall. A group of tall skeletons rushed under the gate. Holding a fire ax in his hand, he began to hack at the iron door, making a violent hammering sound. Quick, gasoline, burn these monsters. Someone shouted. But there was no response from anyone behind him. Looking back suddenly, he found that most of the people had already fled, and even Chen Jinlong was nowhere to be seen. Continuing to look around, large swaths of spiders are spreading rapidly towards this side. grass~! ??The man cursed, fired several quick shots at the spider beside him, and stumbled towards the downstairs. In the blink of an eye, the top of the wall was empty, except for large black spiders. The iron gate below has not yet been opened. ??The skeleton team has climbed up the wall and opened the iron door from the inside. A large number of skeletons poured into the prison. Behind the wall, there is also a large metal mesh. But this kind of thing was directly pushed to the ground when faced with a huge group of skeletons. The group of skeletons directly attacked the humans fleeing inside. It is somewhat difficult to capture the wall. But on flat ground, the skeletons had the upper hand. At least the ones running away were humans. Soon, the sounds of fighting in the prison stopped. Densely packed skeletons filled the open space, surrounding several buildings. Outside the prison. ?Xiaoxiao floated back from a distance and said, "Uncle, those bad guys have all hid in the house, and the skeletons have surrounded it." Everyone is in? Wu Heng was still a little worried. After all, bullets are very lethal. Don''t shoot two bullets from any corner, you''ll be dead and that''s it. Well, they all hid in it. Let me see! Wu Heng let Xiaoxiao get into his body and shared the vision just now. Saw the situation inside the prison directly. The entire prison has been completely occupied by skeletons. In fact, there are not many living people left in Xiaoxiaokou. Perhaps he was killed by the skeleton in the chaos. ?Wu Heng looked at it twice carefully. After confirming that there should be no danger, he took Li Yahong, Bassen, Bawudong and other skeletons and went straight into the prison within the wall. The ground was strewn with dead bodies. ??Wu Hengs order was to kill humans armed with weapons, and those people who died outside should be Chen Jinlongs thugs. ?The entire prison is wider than imagined. You can see basketball courts, empty lots, and several buildings. I knew this was a prison, but I didnt know which factory area I thought it was. The entire prison was unusually quiet. Can''t hear any sound either. Xiaoxiao, go find the bad guy shouting and swearing on the wall. Wu Heng said. Chen Jinlong should not be dead yet. Walking all the way, I havent seen his body yet. Oh okay! Xiaoxiao flew out directly. Soon, he flew back again. Pointing to a building in the distance, "The big bad guy is in that house, in the room on the fourth floor." "Several people?" Four people, besides him there are three aunts. Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng nodded and gave the order directly, "Avoid the window, let''s go there." Fourth floor, door. Skeleton team, crowded in the corridor. From the other side, a man''s voice came, "People from the auto repair shop, I know it''s you. We are all survivors, so why kill them all!" ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who said directly: "You are the one who kills them all first, we are just fighting back." "Don''t say that. I did something wrong this time. I have to apologize to a few people and let me live!" continued in the room. Its a little late for you to apologize. Li Yahong continued. ?Wu Heng made a gesture to the side. ??Bassen squatted forward, pulled out the iron wire, and started working on the door lock. He has a bronze key. But in this situation, he did not intend to use it. We are all survivors, and there are not many left alive. If you let me live, a few of them will be my benefactors. ??The people in the room are still talking. After doing this for a while, Bassen squatted down and walked back. ?? means it cannot be opened. ??Wu Heng lost his patience and said to the big guy standing in the corridor, "Go and knock him away." ?Two giant skeletons wearing iron armor stood on the corridor. Hold your body low and get ready to charge. ?Then, he suddenly rushed out. With a bang, it hit the iron door. The solid iron door instantly made a huge dent. The two heads continued to hit each other, and with a bang, there was another large dent. "Damn it, you guys are so cruel, aren''t you? I''ve set the whole building up with explosives, and we''re all going to die together!" The room was still cursing loudly. ?Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng in horror, who shook his head slightly. He has already asked Xiaoxiao to check it. Besides Chen Jinlong, there were three women in the room. There was absolutely no explosives, and since their side was attacking suddenly, they had no time to place explosives. Dong dong dong! ?The big guy and the big guy took turns hitting the security door. Huge power caused the whole building to tremble. ?The dents on the door became larger and larger, becoming more and more dilapidated. ~! ??The security door was slammed open, and the big man rushed directly into the room. ?Bang bang~! Two gunshots were fired. ??Chen Jinlong held a shotgun and fired two shots in succession. ?The bullet hit the big man''s armor, forming a honeycomb-like dent. The power of the shotgun still caused the big man to take two or three steps back and fall directly to the ground. But soon, the big guy stood up again. Chen Jinlong in the room glanced at the densely packed skeletons outside. Fuck, Ill come back sooner or later and kill you. With a curse, he picked up a woman who was squatting in the corner with her head in her hands. Hands the woman''s neck with one hand and jumps out of the window. The woman''s face was full of horror. While in the air, Chen Jinlong''s body began to change. His skin turned red and covered with bloodshot eyes, and the excess fat seemed to be burning, revealing sharp muscle lines. Bang~! Chen Jinlong curled up and landed on the woman''s body. ?Then, he staggered to his feet and limped outside. He really awakened his superpower! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. (End of this chapter) Chapter 123 , small city Chapter 123, Small Cities Before, when questioning the prison corpse. One of the corpses mentioned that Chen Jinlong might have awakened his powers. ?At that time, Wu Heng still doubted the authenticity of this information. After all, he had taken the corpse core himself, and the effect was not significant, but the side effects were very obvious. ??Without antidote, the chance of viral infection is extremely high. On the contrary, awakening superpowers depends entirely on luck. But the ability shown by Chen Jinlong clearly indicates that he has awakened his superpower. His luck and ruthlessness are indeed more suitable for this end of the world. "kill him!" ?Watching Chen Jinlong jump from the window, Wu Heng said directly. ?Ba Wudong took one step forward and jumped down together. ?At the same time, the big-headed skeleton controlled the skeleton warriors outside and began to surround Chen Jinlong''s position. ??I had no intention of letting him go before, and it was even less possible for him to escape now. Large swaths of skeletons were approaching from all directions. Chen Jinlong''s face became even more ugly. Change positions and escape towards the location with fewer skeletons. But after just a few steps, a group of skeletons blocked him in front, as if they knew what he was thinking. ??More skeletons are holding kitchen knives and moving forward step by step. Surrounded him in the middle, narrowing the circle little by little. Cao! What kind of monster is this? Chen Jinlong continued to curse. ?Bang bang~! ??The shotgun hanging on the back was thrown in front of him, and two shots were fired in front of him, instantly shattering the two skeletons. The sound of gunshots is also like a signal. All the skeletons began to charge. The bones rattled. grass~! ??Chen Jinlong cursed again and smashed the gun against a skeleton. ?Hit your feet. Like a swift cheetah, it quickly rushes into the weak position of the skeleton group. Hands of fists were thrown out, knocking down several skeletons to the ground one after another. It can be seen that Chen Jinlong still has certain fighting skills, and his fighting awareness needs to be strengthened. After a brief fight, all the surrounding skeletons were knocked down. It is also something ordinary people can do. Suddenly, a strong sense of crisis arose in his heart. Chen Jinlong subconsciously lowered his body and moved half a step to the right. An iron-gray skeleton fist passed by his ear. The wind is howling. Master! Bang~! As soon as Chen Jinlong had this idea in his mind, the second punch already landed on his abdomen. Poof~! Blood and water mixed with bile spurted out of the mouth. ?The body flew out instantly, knocking down the skeletons behind it. Seeing countless kitchen knives falling on my head, I quickly rolled to avoid them. Seeing the iron-gray skeleton rushing towards him again. ?Chen Jinlong gritted his teeth and dug straight into the middle of the kitchen knife skeleton behind him. Planning to force a way out. ?Bang bang~! At this time, Wu Heng came over with people. ?Seeing Chen Jinlong breaking out of the encirclement, he fired two shots at the group of skeletons. The bullet passed through the hollow skeleton and hit Chen Jinlong''s body. ?Blood spattered and two **** holes appeared in his chest. ??Chen Jinlong looked at him ferociously, the red threads on his body became denser, and the muscles squirmed at the wound where the bullet penetrated, slowing down the bleeding. Kill him! Wu Heng continued. ~! The big guy, the big guy lowered his head and rushed forward. The group of skeletons in front instantly gave way to a path. With a bang, the big man knocked Chen Jinlong away and fell to the ground. Immediately afterwards, the big guy and the two-toned guy followed closely. Before they could get up, they smashed down with iron-gloved fists. ?Like a pile driver, banging and banging. Lets talk, ahemtalk! Its what I did wrong. "I''m convinced, I''m convinced, let me go...once." ??Chen Jinlong was still shouting, trying to communicate with Wu Heng. But no one responded. He did not stand up again. Soon, in the sound of hammering, experience tips appeared. Prove that Chen Jinlong is dead. ?Wu Heng asked Big Guy and Two Guys to stop, and if they continued to fight, they would turn into mud and the skeletons could no longer be summoned. Let the skeletons clean the battlefield and kill all those holding weapons. Wu Heng gave the order directly. Hurrah! The surrounding skeletons dispersed again, spreading throughout the prison area. Start to move the bodies, and at the same time search for scattered guns and ammunition around. Chen Jinlong is dead and the entire prison has been captured. The remaining ones who are hiding will be searched out by skeletons sooner or later. ??As soon as the sound of battle sounds, you will be besieged by skeletons. The skeletons scattered. ??Wu Heng walked back towards the building where Chen Jinlong was before. From a distance, I saw Li Yahong standing downstairs, with a woman lying on the ground in front of him. She..., can she still be saved? Li Yahong asked. ??This woman was led by Chen Jinlong to jump down from the fourth floor, and she acted as a cushion. Chest collapsed, blood vomited out from mouth and nose. Looking at his appearance, he may not be able to survive.? ? ? ? He may be in his 20s and looks quite young. Dark red whip marks can also be seen on the exposed skin. While alive, I also suffered a lot of sins. He kept vomiting blood and lay on his back, looking at the two of them. There is no fear of the skeletons around him, and his eyes show weakness, confusion, and a sense of relief. Many emotions are contained in the gaze, silent and complex. ?Wu Heng came over and gently touched his collapsed chest. The injury was too serious. I''m afraid that the ribs have penetrated into the internal organs. Even in the modern era, it would have been difficult to survive. ??Wu Heng sighed, but still couldn''t bear it. He took out the healing potion and said, "Drink the potion. It''s up to you whether you can survive." Open her mouth and pour the medicine into her mouth. While the woman vomited blood, she swallowed hard. It seemed like she didnt want to die either. Lets arrange a room for her and see if she can survive until dawn! Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded, let the skeleton be carried, found a room on the first floor, and settled down. The sky is gradually getting brighter. ??The skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a rifle took over the position of the wall, standing on the top of the wall like a sculpture, motionless, with empty eye sockets facing forward. The whole prison was still quiet. While the battlefield was being cleaned, gunshots rang out again from several locations, but they soon stopped. ?The corpses were dragged here together with the weapons. In the open space on the cement floor, many corpses were piled up, and there was a strong smell of blood. ?Wu Heng first set his sights on Chen Jinlongs body. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, and the flesh and blood fell off, revealing the white bones. Skeleton Warrior (Level 7) Level: 7 Attributes: Constitution 17, Strength 16, Agility 14, Intelligence 12, Perception 11, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Feats: Fighting Specialization (Basic), Equipment Specialization (Basic). Ability: Explosive potential. Explosive potential: Explosive enhancement of the body, improving physical condition, and reducing pain and negative effects on oneself. Chen Jinlong''s attributes seem a bit average. Level 7 is the same level as Basin. On the property panel, it is much simpler. There is nothing special except that the attribute value is higher. But it is also in line with the characteristics of people in this world. There is an [explosion potential] in the ability, which should be his ability to suddenly burst out of combat power. ?This ability seems to be able to temporarily improve combat effectiveness. It seems to be somewhat useful. From now on, your name will still be Chen Jinlong, please go aside first! Wu Heng said. Chen Jinlong, who had turned into a skeleton, walked out of the rotten flesh and stood aside. ?Wu Heng took out an iron rod and searched among the broken pieces of flesh. There was no corpse core. It seems that when a person with superpowers dies, he or she will not drop anything like a corpse core. There is no pity either. If the person with superpowers has a corpse core. ?That''s a little scary. After transforming Chen Jinlong, Wu Heng continued to use [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the remaining corpses into skeletons. There are not many corpses. There are less than a hundred corpses in total, and they can all be transformed at one time. ? And through the ''talking with the dead'', it seems that there are only more than a hundred people in the prison. Im afraid that after this time, there wont be much left. In an office-like room. ??Wu Heng found a layout map of the prison. The entire prison can be divided into three areas. criminal area, police area and functional area. The criminal area includes the prison building, solitary room, restaurant, medical room, library, cultural and sports activity room and labor reform room. The police area consists of office buildings, dormitories, as well as firearms and ammunition depots. Functional areas include garages, warehouses, generator rooms, transformer and distribution rooms, boiler rooms, water pump rooms and other buildings. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he looked at this layout plan. The environment in this prison feels higher than my previous living conditions. Is everything so complete? Also owns separate generator room, water pump room and so on. It is like a small independent city. No wonder the searchlights are on here. ?Wu Heng took a look and confirmed the location of the armory. ?Taking the skeleton, he walked over directly. The ammunition depot was damaged and an old-fashioned lock was replaced at the door. ?Have the skeleton smash it directly with the fire ax and then enter the room. Opening the weapons cabinet, Wu Heng''s eyes gradually widened. There are more than 200 rifles and submachine guns left in the weapons cabinet. Including those collected from outside, there are more than 500 in total. This time, it really was not in vain. Put away all the firearms and continue taking the skeleton to the ammunition depot. Similarly break the door lock and enter the room. Boxes of ammunition were stacked against the wall, half as high as a person. ??Wu Heng could not hide his joy after opening it. These are enough to last for a while. (End of this chapter) Chapter 124 , life support Chapter 124, Life-Sustaining Techniques Evacuated the two rooms and Wu Heng returned to the dormitory room. As soon as he returned, he saw Li Yahong standing at the door waiting for him. said: 27 survivors were found, 22 women and 5 men. There are only so many survivors left in the prison. Furthermore, most of the men should have been killed last night, leaving only some women who did not participate in the war. Are there any of Chen Jinlongs men among these people? Not sure yet. "Let the women who were rescued from the room yesterday identify themselves. If they are prisoners, kill them if they have harmed others to avoid any problems." Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ?No one wants a few unstable factors to mix into their team. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to speak. I plan to use this as a base, what do you think? ?Li Yahong was not too surprised. ?Just now, I took a walk around the prison. ? Various areas are well-equipped with water and electricity supplies. It is a treasure land in the current post-apocalyptic world. Its just that Chen Jinlong and others did not manage their business well. It turned into a bandit''s den. I think its okay, but its a bit far from the residential area, so searching for supplies will take some time. Li Yahong continued. This is some distance from residential areas. You cannot search for resources from nearby residences on foot as you did before. ?Of course, it is also safer here and there is less chance of facing zombie waves. Even if there is any danger, walls and machine guns can provide better defense. You can search and drive, so these are not problems. "Well, I don''t have any objections. I''ll listen to you." Li Yahong continued, as if he was following your arrangements. Then its settled, and we will gradually move the resources of the auto repair shop here. ?Li Yahong nodded to express her understanding. At this time, Hadron''s voice came over the intercom, and the convoy arrived at the prison gate. Go and get them in, and then you can count the resources in the prison. "good!" ?Li Yahong left and ran towards the gate. Soon, the door opened and the motorcade drove straight in. Then, Qiangzi, Jia Zheng and others got out of the car and looked around in surprise. It was daylight, but the searchlights were still on. It is actually able to provide power to such a facility, which is much better than their small generator. Said something full of surprise. ??Wu Heng entered a room and asked several skeletons to guard outside. Use the bronze key to open the door and go directly to Luntam City. Have breakfast at the pub at the door. Wu Heng went directly to the association. Enter the lounge and saw the orc Duke sitting there again. Captain, you are here. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Is anyone looking for me?" "Yesterday the deacon came to hand out the tasks, but you were not there, so I was alone, and the deacon left." Duke said. Um? Coming to distribute tasks again? ?This Luntam City is quite busy. "I wasn''t here, so the deacon didn''t say anything?" Wu Heng sat down aside. "I said you went to investigate the wanted criminal, and the deacon left." After Duke finished speaking, he asked again: "Captain, do you have any clues about the wanted criminal?" No, do you have any clues there? Wu Heng asked. Duke scratched his head and said, "I found out one of them, but it''s not a clue. Everyone else knows it." A clue that everyone knows? What clue? Wu Heng asked. "Oh, there is a group of robbers on the trade road. They often wander around the trade road, hijacking caravans and people. The leaders and backbone of this group of robbers are wanted criminals. The amount of the reward is increasing every year. Each caravan I hate them all," Duke said. In fact, based on Wu Hengs idea. Gangs or mercenaries are not much different from robbers. Some of the robbers encountered outside were committed by mercenaries. It depends on whether anyone finds out and provides valid evidence. ??He was directly listed on the wanted poster and fixed in an area for robbery. This is considered to be the king of the mountain, and it is done openly. There is no one to destroy them? I heard that some people have been there, but the other party is quite strong and has never done anything to them. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Well, let''s have an idea of ??this target first, and then continue to collect intelligence to see if there are any other clues." "Oh, okay." Duke nodded. The two chatted for a while. He left the association again. Duke went to investigate the wanted criminals, while Wu Heng went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. Enter the consortium hall and show the emblem. We were invited to a separate room. Not long after, the door opened. ??The charming female person in charge who received me before opened the door and walked in. Good afternoon, guest! The woman smiled brightly. ?The long skirt has a low neckline, revealing a large area of ??white, tender and plump skin. "Good afternoon." Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Is there any news about the commission I issued last time?" Ill ask someone to check it out. ?The other party took his emblem and arranged for someone to go down and compare the entrusted information. Soon, someone opened the door and walked in, delivering a wooden box and taking away the emblem. "It seems there is a result." The woman took a look at the commission letter and continued: "Among the commissions you issued, a total of two necromancy skill books were collected, one for the construction of the ''Bone Ground'' array building, No results yet. ?Wu Heng was delighted, the action here was really fast. I collected two copies directly. Said directly: "Well, it''s quite efficient." Two skill books were sent over. Life-sustaining surgeryPathogenic ray I have never studied either of them. But the disease-causing ray has appeared in the skills of the "Skeleton Hag" that I transformed. It shouldnt be considered a profound magic. Life-preserving Technique (Description: Touching a dying living creature, causing the creature''s injury to be temporarily stabilized. This spell is invalid for undead creatures and mechanical life, and is invalid for dead living creatures.) Um? ?Wu Heng glanced at the skill introduction and frowned. Who said that necromancers only know how to study the spells of the underworld? This is very positive. ? Type, it can also be regarded as an auxiliary spell. When teammates or other creatures are seriously injured and dying, they can be allowed to maintain their injuries for a short period of time to gain time for treatment. This point can play a key role at any time. But the maintenance is only temporary. The injury still needs to be treated. If you cannot get effective treatment, you will still die after the spell. Pathogenic rays ?? (Description: Shoots a black energy ray, causing the target to enter a poisoned state, and may cause old diseases.) Forehead. The second skill returns to the characteristics of the undead. A skill that is poisonous and has a chance of causing old diseases. This skill is not so lethal, it mainly targets a disgusting person. When two parties are at war, if a skill is used or a casual attack is made, the combat effectiveness can be reduced by more than half. On-site spraying also affects morale. How do you feel, guest? The woman sat down beside her, her white legs under her skirt. "Well enough!" These two skill books, Life Support Technique, cost 45 silver coins, and Pathogenic Ray, 77 silver coins, can be deducted from the previous deposit. The woman continued. No, I will pay you directly. The deposit will still be there, and you will continue to help me collect the corresponding skill books. Good guest. The woman smiled and nodded. Then, the woman called the staff and started to fill out the power of attorney form again. While he continued to chat with Wu Heng. My name is Lecia, how should I call you, my guest? The woman changed her sitting position, revealing her slender thighs. Wuheng. Nice to meet you, Mr. Wu Heng. "Me too!" ?Sooner or later, you will know the identity of the captain of your own association. If you are secretive, you will appear to be distrustful of the other party. Furthermore, given the capabilities of the Snake Emblem Consortium, they may have known his identity for a long time. Its nothing more than speaking it through someones mouth. "Does your consortium have channels to purchase stores in Xiacheng District?" Wu Heng suddenly thought of this and continued to ask. The woman raised her eyebrows. Looked at the other party curiously. Answer: "Of course, we have some stores in our hands. Does the customer want to open a store?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 125 ,Take good care of yourself Chapter 125, Take care of yourself Wu Heng was not surprised to hear that the "Snake Emblem Consortium" also had shop business. Real estate is an important investment project in any city. As the Snake Emblem Consortium has a legal status in the city, it is impossible not to get involved. I do have the idea of ??opening a store. ??However, it is still a bit too troublesome to contact shops and deal with local merchants. ??If there is an organization like a consortium to cooperate, a lot of troubles will be avoided. The price may be higher than if you contact us privately. But it wont be too high. After all, in business, there is no need to do it if it is too exaggerated. Where is the location? Wu Heng continued to ask. Wait a minute! The woman turned around and said a few words to the staff outside. Soon someone came in with a map. The woman bent down and spread the map on the coffee table. She clicked on several locations on the map with her green-white fingers and said, "These are all stores under our name. You can see which one suits you." The map is a topographic map of Luntam City. Including inner city and outer city. The outer city area is divided into four districts, southeast, northwest and northwest, and each area has its own shops. The quantity is not much, but enough to choose by yourself. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to ask: "How to calculate the rent?" The main street location is between 2,300 and 3,500 silver coins, and the shops on the edge streets are cheaper, around 1,700 to 2,000 silver coins. ?Wu Heng nodded. The price was similar to what he knew, slightly higher by one or two hundred silver coins. But it is also within the tolerance range. "How to deal with the gang problem?" Wu Heng looked at the map again. "You don''t need to pay attention to this at all. Your store is still owned by a consortium. We have our own agreement with the local gangs. No matter how messy they are, they will not interfere with your normal business." The woman continued to explain. ?Wu Heng nodded, quite satisfied with these. It is also the fastest way to open a store. Actually, it feels a bit ridiculous when you think about it. As the captain of an association, I feel that it is easier for the consortium to handle things. As long as you have money, most problems are not a problem. Seeing that the other party was quite satisfied, the woman said directly: "If you decide now, we can arrange for someone to clean it up at the store." ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not needed yet. Let''s wait a few days." Sure, come over then and I will choose a suitable store for you. Soon, the staff on the side also wrote a new commission for acquiring skill books. The emblem was handed back to Wu Heng''s hand. After chatting with the woman for a few more words. He left the consortium directly and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Simply ate some instant noodles and snacks. He entered the study directly. The four skeleton hags were also flipping through the skill books. ?Wu Heng picked up the one in the hand of one of the hags and looked at it. Its the one I read originally. Is it so difficult? ?Two or three days have passed, why havent I unlocked the skill yet? Its not like you cant learn it at all! I started to have some doubts in my heart. According to the "Book of the Necromancer", summoned objects can learn necromancy spells. It shouldnt have no effect at all. Is it possible that the hags intelligence is too low and it will take more time? I cant figure it out, but I cant do anything about it. We can only let them learn it first, and it will not be of much use for a while. Hand the skill book back to the hag, he also sat down at the desk and took out the two skill books he got today. also started to look through it. [Pathogenic ray] is a more traditional necromantic spell, and its principle is somewhat similar to the weakening ray learned before. Use necromancy magic to affect the target''s physical condition. According to the game, it is to release a negative buff to the person opposite. To reduce physical attributes. Read it quickly again and flip to the last page. ?System prompts will appear immediately. Unlock skill: Pathogenic ray. Its better to be faster on your own. ???If they were really like the hags and couldn''t develop a skill for several days, I would probably have given up long ago and concentrate on increasing the number of skeletons. Continue to open the second book and start flipping through it. Life-Sustaining Techniqueshould be relatively rare among necromancy spells. At least there is no record of this skill in the Book of the Dead. Necromantic magic is more closely aligned with the two directions of "undead servants" and "diseases". In other words, it is more like the summoner in the original game. The frontal battle is carried out by skeletons or corpses, and the mage releases some negative effects skills from behind. This life-sustaining skill is more like a logistical medical skill. Necromancers have been in contact with dead bodies and ghosts all year round, and are used to seeing the end of life. Rarely pay attention to the life and death of other people. It is indeed rare to study such an obvious rescue skill. Unlock skill: Life Sustaining Technique. The two skills obtained are all unlocked. Learning skills is not difficult at all. ?Wu Heng placed two skill books on the bookshelf at the back. He continued to say to the skeleton hag: "After learning the skills, pick other skill books from the bookshelf to learn." After saying that, he walked out of the study and went directly to the zombie world through the bedroom door. Sight restored. ?Wu Heng has appeared in a dormitory inside the prison. Follow the divisions on the layout plan. ?This is the warden''s room, which is relatively spacious and has a bedroom and a living room. More like a small suite in a hotel. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton out of the room and went straight downstairs. ?Stepping out of the corridor, he saw Li Yahong standing not far away, gesticulating with Qiangzi and others to explain something. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked, "How is it?" Qiangzi said hello to the others, and then went about their business. Li Yahong said directly: "It''s okay. The new survivors in the prison have settled down. During the day, I asked Qiangzi and the others to repair the iron gate and the damaged barbed wire. There is no problem at all." Wu Heng is still very satisfied with Li Yahong''s efficiency. She is the kind of person who will do the task immediately if given to her today, and it will be effective soon. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. "I charged my iPad. There are a few movies in it. You can show it to ''Xiao Xiao''. Doesn''t she always want to watch TV?" Li Yahong said directly. The longer we have been in contact, the less afraid we are of each other. Sometimes, women are more delicate, and she actually remembers the things that Xiaoxiao always talks about. Where did you find it? Its the room where Chen Jinlong kept the woman. There are also several mobile phones. They have enough power here and they all have electricity. You can play some games and so on. Well, okay, Ill thank you for Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng took it. "No matter what you thank me for, this place belongs to you, and we will let you protect it from now on." Li Yahong said something, and then said: "I will take you around inside." Lets go! ?Li Yahong took him around the prison. ?This is indeed a nice place, with spacious grounds and complete supporting facilities. In particular, there is a "labor reform workshop" with hundreds of sewing machines placed inside. What are you doing here? Wu Heng asked. I heard that when the prison was still there, prisoners were allowed to work and make clothes. Now this place has become a warehouse. Li Yahong said. The whole workshop is full of debris. With the current situation, there is no need to produce any clothes. Mainly food and supplies. Even if you need clothes, just grab some from the store. The two of them walked around and returned to the front of the building. ??Wu Heng continued: "Fill up the gas in the cars. Let''s go back in the next two days and bring the remaining people and equipment over." "good!" Until late at night, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Hitchhiked a movie for "Xiao Xiao", and continued to practice swordplay in the living room. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng went to the association. On the way to the lounge, a staff member shouted: "Captain Wu Heng, there is your letter here." Thank you! Wu Heng received the two letters. Needless to say, it goes without saying that the letter was sent back from Blackstone Town. ?Its just that I sent out three letters, but I dont know who didnt reply to me. ?Go directly to the lounge. There is no one in the room. Duke is not here today. ?Wu Heng sat down aside and held the letter in his hand. ?Picked up the first letter alone, I felt something was wrong with the weight. I cut open the sealing wax, poured it gently into my palm, and saw a gold coin fall out. ?Wu Heng frowned. What''s going on? Why did you send me money? It''s so generous. ?Immediately picked up the letter and read it. The handwriting is delicate and neat, with light strokes. It is a woman''s handwriting, and she has strong writing skills. Who is this? How can I know someone who can write so well? Continue reading. Captain Wu Heng: The letter has been received. Congratulations on your success in becoming captain. ??Everything is going well in Blackstone Town. The public security in the city has begun to stabilize and the work pressure is not as heavy as before. " ?Wu Heng frowned, who is this? He looks like an official. Did you send it to the wrong person? Continue reading. "Not long after you left, I personally went to the crowded area twice. Two new security booths were added there, and it was not as chaotic as before. The residents in the crowded area all thought that you had changed this place. I heard that there was going to be a gathering. Money to erect a statue of you. The fourth team was rearranged with team members. Captain Altluk and his team captured a few mercenaries who committed crimes. It was not difficult to earn some bounties, but it was a little more difficult to achieve meritorious deeds. Yuli thinks of you often. Write her a letter next time. She should be very happy. ?Everything is fine here, dont worry about it. After you stabilize in a few days, I will take Yuri there to see you. Take good care of yourself. " ?Wu Hengs eyes widened in disbelief. When I read the ending, I already guessed who the person who replied to me was, Blackstone Town Deacon Slater, a woman as mature as a peach. It seems that I didnt write to her. Why do you still have the tone of replying to yourself? ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, and soon figured out that it was probably the letter he wrote to Yuli that was delivered to ''Slater''. Then, Wu Heng looked at the gold coins brought in the envelope. What does this money mean? What does it mean to take care of yourself? (End of this chapter) Chapter 126 , how big a deal is it to kill someone? Chapter 126: What a big deal it is to kill someone ?Wu Heng picked up the letter and looked at the content on it again. The first half introduces the situation in Blackstone Town, while the second half is more tentative. Damn it, Slater is not testing me! Well...if the other party is Slater, it seems that he will not suffer any loss. Fold the letter paper first and put it aside. Continue to open the second letter. The handwriting of the second letter was much rougher, and it was obviously written by Captain Altluk to himself. Mainly talked about things in the lower city. ??Also, we have established a relationship with the captain of the second team, Tulisa. Actually, everyone knows about this matter, only Altluk thinks that keeping it secret is good. ??Even specifically told Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng took out a new piece of letter paper from the drawer. ??This time, in addition to replying to the two of them, I also wrote a supplementary letter to Yuli. Told Yuri again about her achievements in killing hags and bloodthirsty perverts, as well as some delicious local food. ??If you have a chance to come over, treat her to delicious food every day, nothing the same every day. The second letter was a reply to Otluk, congratulating him on finding love, and be sure to inform yourself when you get married so that you can send blessings. The third reply to Slater was a little more bold. ??After randomly writing some recent events to make up the number of words, I wrote directly at the end that I want to see you as soon as possible, and I hope that I can make plans to come over in advance. As for the previous letter written to Kawina, she had just been transferred to another town and might not have settled down yet, so it was normal for her to reply later. Put the three letters into envelopes and write the addressee this time to avoid sending them by mistake again. After stamping with sealing wax, it was sent directly to the front desk. the other side. Outer city, in a dark room. ?The door opened, and a cloaked figure walked in. The whole body is wrapped tightly, and only a pair of narrow and elongated eyes are exposed on the face. He walked in slowly and sat down at the table. There was also a figure sitting in the shadow opposite. He looked at him and said, "Fischer, you, the captain of the association, have you ever been so sneaky?" The man took off his scarf, revealing the face of a middle-aged man. said: "When I come to you, I have to be careful." "Haha!" The strong man opposite laughed, "The captain of your association is not welcome here either. If word gets out, people will gossip about you." Look, its both good for you and me if I pretend. ??The strong man looked at him coldly and said, "Tell me, why did you come to my place? If it''s to get information, then you can go back." ?Fischer shook his neck and glanced at the rest of the people in the room. ??The strong man also glanced and said, "You guys go out first, and no one else is allowed in." Several younger brothers retreated outside at the same time. There were only two people left in the room. Stop talking nonsense, tell me what you have to say. ??Fischer said directly: "I came here to let you kill someone." "I thought it was such a big deal. Why are you so mysterious about killing people?" The man took a sip from the wine glass on the table and continued: "Tell me who to kill!" The captain of a newly transferred association. The hand holding the wine glass paused, and he frowned and stared at the other person, "Captain of the association? This is not a good job." ?The association is a behemoth, and local gangs basically dont dare to mess with it. ?Those who kill people within the association will definitely be put on a wanted warrant, and then there will be no place to hide in the whole world. Be hunted all his life. Bang Dang~, Bang Dang~! Two money bags were thrown on the table one after another. "The deposit is two hundred silver coins. After the event is completed, I will give you another four hundred silver coins. Make it more secretive. No one will know what you did. Then you will leave the city and hide for a while." Fisher said. Six hundred silver coins. The price on the wanted list is also very high. ??The man squinted at him and continued: "What is his strength? How many people are around him?" "The new person who has just been transferred is accompanied by two attendants. This is his place of residence." There was a little silence. The man put away his money bag and said, "Okay, I''ll take this job." Fischer grabbed his money-grabbing hand and said, "If you kill someone, don''t leave him alive. We are not safe if he is alive." "Nonsense, we never leave anyone alive when we do things." "most!" ??Fischer let go of the other person''s hand, wrapped himself tightly again, and exited the room. Send the letter to the front desk. Just as Wu Heng was about to leave, he was stopped by the staff. Captain Wu Heng, the deacon asked you to come over. ?Wu Heng nodded and went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly at the door, then push the door open and go in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said. The deacon was looking at the document in his hand. After nodding, he said, "What have your team 12 been busy with recently?" Investigating wanted criminals. Any clues? There are some clues and we are still pursuing them... The deacon looked at him and continued to ask: "Which wanted criminal under investigation has any clues? Let me tell you." ??Wu Heng said directly: "The hags in the reward order found out that they are preparing for a gathering and plan to lure some caravans along the way." The deacon was a little surprised at Wu Heng''s answer. Unexpectedly, we are actually looking for wanted criminals. He didn''t continue to ask further, and handed him a document and said, "Let''s put the matter of the ghost woman aside for now. I''ll leave this matter to you to confirm the authenticity of the information." ?Wu Heng glanced at it. The task content is to confirm the intelligence. Hurry to read the content above. The deacon continued: "We have received information that a wanted criminal has appeared in an abandoned manor outside the city. Your team is small. Go and confirm the authenticity of the information and come back and tell us." A wanted criminal? Not sure, they gathered some people, remember not to take any risks, your task is just to confirm the intelligence. Okay, then Ill go down and get ready, and Ill set off right away. Well, lets go! Wu Heng exited the room and returned directly to the lounge. Let the working people go to Duke''s home to find him. Not long after, Duke came in carrying a tomahawk and gnawing on scones. Captain, are you looking for me? Duke said, spraying cake crumbs out. "I have a mission. I have to go out of the city. Do you have anything to prepare?" Wu Heng asked. No, Im ready to come. Well, go register and get a carriage. Lets set off now. Oh, good captain. Soon, Duke prepared the association''s carriage and rushed out of the city together. The carriage was speeding along. Gradually moving away from the city. ??Duke drove the carriage and listened to Wu Heng''s explanation of the mission content. Captain, that manor has been abandoned for a long time. Some people used to go there to dismantle some iron tools and bring them back, but now no one has come. Oh, why is it still abandoned? I heard that the entire family of the original manor owner was killed, and the house was completely burned down, leaving it abandoned. Duke said directly. Its quite miserable! "Um." In the afternoon, the carriage arrived near the manor. After setting up the carriage, the two of them walked through the woods. ?After walking for a while, I saw an abandoned manor built in the middle of the jungle. The four-meter-high wall was covered with thick vines, while half of the stone castle building in the center collapsed, and the remaining half was also covered with vines and moss. Orcs can be seen standing guard in the overgrown courtyard and the collapsed interior of the stone castle. Looks like he doesnt look like an ordinary wanted criminal. Captain, there is a real person, and the information is true. (End of this chapter) Chapter 127 , so accurate Chapter 127, so accurate The two men and two skeletons were squatting in the grass, looking at the orcs in the abandoned manor from a distance. Captain, is it them? Duke asked. "should be." ?This place is only a few hours away from Luntam City. Normal caravans or mercenary groups would never camp at this location. He also looked very cautious and vigilant. ??Moreover, the orcs are already tall, and they look like a group of bandits when they stand there. It feels like there arent many people, lets go in! Duke whispered, grabbing a thin green snake from a branch with his backhand, crushing its head, coiling it into a circle and putting it in his bag. ?Wu Heng watched him coil the snake up and didn''t say much. ?Now I am exposed to more things, and I am no longer afraid of the things I was afraid of before. Wait first, then observe. Their task is to confirm the authenticity of the intelligence. You can go back and recover now, and other teams will be arranged at that time, or more people will be dispatched to kill. But Wu Heng also felt that there was some trouble. My own team really doesnt have any tasks these days. The deacon may find reasons to assign new tasks after returning. Squatting in the grass and waiting for a while. Xiaoxiao, who was in the invisible state, flew back from the opposite side. Get directly into the body, and the scene in the stone castle appeared in the mind. ??In half of the well-preserved rooms inside the stone castle, six tall orcs were crowded, with their heavy armor aside, leaning against the wall and chatting in a low voice. In the open space in the middle, a fire and an iron pot were set up, in which the meat of some animal was stewed. The sight continued to change, and Xiaoxiao flew directly to the third floor. On the collapsed open-air platform on the third floor, a strong female orc stood guard outside. There is a heavy crossbow in the corner. Including the watchers in the courtyard, there were a total of eight orcs. It can also be considered a small group. ?Furthermore, someone is already making the leather bed, and it looks like they are going to spend the night here. There are eight orcs in total, and the one on the third floor is the crossbowman. Wu Heng told the situation and what he knew. ??Duke swatted the bugs that landed on him and said, "Then shall we rush out?" Its a bit risky to rush out directly. Its best to have a sneak attack. Well, how do you sneak attack... The two of them were talking at the same time. Inside the manor, something suddenly happened. ?Five or six orcs came out of the stone castle carrying weapons, shouting something to each other, and one of them pointed his finger at the hiding place of Wu Heng and Duke. Damn, Ive been discovered. Wu Heng cursed. Many professionals have the means of investigation and alert, and it is obvious that the whereabouts of several of them have been discovered by the other party. Wu Heng didn''t have time to decide whether to escape or kill. Whoosh~! The sound of breaking wind suddenly sounded. A crossbow arrow came at a gallop. Dang~! A crisp sound. Hit directly on the side of Duke''s helmet, sparks flew everywhere, and the crossbow bolt was bounced to the side. Duke was forced to sit on his back due to the huge inertia. He touched the dent of his helmet in horror, still in shock. Captain, I almost died. Lower your body and dont show your head. Wu Heng said. Duke lay on the ground and moved to another position. Whoosh~! The second sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the crossbow arrow flew towards the chest of Bawudong. ?But Bawudong directly grabbed the flying crossbow bolt, threw it aside, and penetrated into the trunk of the tree. So accurate! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party. At the same time, he quickly took out a ''Poisonous Mist Thunder'', lit it, and threw it directly in front. Bang~! ?The poisonous fog mine exploded, and thick red smoke covered the entire area, blocking the sight of both parties. The orcs on the opposite side immediately shouted loudly. Damn reptile, hiding. Quick, rush over, dont let them escape. Kill them, otherwise we will have to change places. The orcs shouted loudly, thinking that they were trying to escape by releasing the smoke. He quickened his pace and rushed over through the grass. Listening to the distance moved, Wu Heng said directly: "Kill them without saving bullets." Bassen and Bawudong stood up, raised their rifles, and pulled the triggers toward the front. Skeleton''s sight is not affected by smoke and can accurately lock its position. ?Bang bang bang~! ??Dense bullets roared out, penetrated the smoke, and shot forward. The orcs'' shouts were covered by gunshots, and at the same time, they startled the birds in the forest. Dangdang~Puff! The orcs'' plate armor still played some role. The location of the edge changed the trajectory of the bullet, but at more locations, the bullet directly penetrated the plate armor and entered the orc''s body. ??And some orcs didn''t even wear armor at all, and were beaten directly into a sieve. After a brief burst of gunfire. The area became quiet again, with only painful moans coming from the grass. Forward! Wu Hengs voice came out from the gas mask. Putting one hand on Bassen''s shoulder, he began to walk through the smoke. Pass through the orc area and shoot the orcs who are not dead directly. Quickly penetrated the smoke and approached the courtyard wall of the manor. The moment he rushed out, there was a whoosh, and another crossbow bolt shot over. Quickly rely on the wall to escape. Then, Wu Heng raised his hand towards the third floor and released [Fireball]. ??The scorching fireball flew upstairs, hit the wall with a bang, and scattered large streams of flames. ??The third floor was set on fire and the crossbow-wielding archer was forced back. In the manor, the remaining two orcs walked out of the stone castle. Looking around alertly. Kill them. Wu Heng continued. The gunfire rang out again, shooting at the orcs who walked out. One of them fell to the ground in fear, while the other held a broad-faced battle ax across his chest as a shield. ?The bullets hit it with crackling sounds, without causing much impact. "Bawudong, go kill the orc, Bassen go to the third floor and kill the crossbowman." Wu Heng quickly ordered. ??Bawudong rushed towards the orc holding a battle axe, while Bassen changed his angle and quickly ran towards the third floor from the ruins on one side. ??Wu Heng fired two shots, restraining the axe-wielding orc, and at the same time released [weakening rays] and [pathogenic rays] one after another. Two rays directly hit the orc''s body. The posture of holding the battle ax was obviously heavy. At this time, Bawudong also rushed forward and punched away. ??The orc roared, became stronger again, swung his axe, and chopped it off on the head. ?Ba Wudong staggered to dodge, and at the same time, he punched left and right, hitting his ribs and lower back. The two are entangled together. At this time, Duke also ran out, coughing dryly and rubbing his eyes. ?Eyes were covered with red threads and tears were streaming down their faces. He shook his head vigorously, raised his battle ax, and charged towards the orcs on the opposite side. ??Immediately joined the fight, two against one. The opponent hurriedly dealt with it and retreated continuously. ?Bang bang~! ?Wu Heng saw the opportunity and fired two shots, hitting the opponent''s thigh. The orc dwarfed in pain. Bawudong jumped up and punched the orc in the neck. Gutter sound. The head hangs backward strangely. Gain experience +21. Your level is increased to level 6, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Summon - Skeleton Boxer, gain experience +2. It has actually been upgraded. ??Wu Heng was a little surprised. ??I really havent paid much attention to experience recently, but Im actually full of experience. Poof~! At this time, Duke swung his battle ax and cut off the opponent''s neck directly. The head rolled to the side with a rumble, and then he breathed a sigh of relief. Bawudong, go take a look upstairs and kill the crossbowman with Bassen. Wu Heng continued. ?Bawudong ran upstairs again. Humbling sounds of fighting and cursing could be heard faintly. Soon, the fighting stopped, and Basson dragged the body of a female orc down. Duke, are you okay? Wu Heng took off his gas mask and put it away. Duke''s eyes were still red, "It''s okay." Its not that I wont give one to Duke. ?The main reason is that the face shape of an orc is rather special, and the protruding fangs make it difficult to wear this mask. Is your head not injured? Duke touched the dented area and said, "The helmet needs to be repaired." As long as its okay, go and move those corpses in the grass over. "good!" As the smoke gradually dispersed, Duke walked over quickly and began to drag the body. ??Wu Heng took the skeletons and walked into the stone castle to check the items carried by these people. Most backpacks contain some accompanying items. The biggest gain is that everyone has a money bag in their bag. Except for two of the money bags, which contain more silver coins, the remaining ones each contain exactly 120 coins. It looks like the money has just been divided, otherwise the money in the wallet cannot all be the same. When I turned to the last backpack. Three special scrolls were found inside. Slave Contract Scroll (Description: A magic scroll that draws a slave contract. The caster and the contractee form a ''master-servant'' relationship. The contract takes effect and the slave cannot have any subjective thoughts of harming the master.) Are these people slave traders? There are many kinds of magic scrolls, the most common ones are attack magic. ?This kind of master-servant contract is still relatively rare. I feel that it is not of much use to me. My skeleton is completely loyal. Whatever type of slave I want, I can just collect the corpses. After thinking about it, I just put it away. Then he walked out of the stone castle. ??Duke has placed all the corpses in the open space of the courtyard. Captain, theyre all here. ??Wu Heng took out his tablet, called up the wanted posters taken from the association, and said, "Let''s see which one is the wanted criminal." Duke stared at the photos with red eyes and looked at them in surprise. (End of this chapter) Chapter 128 , Skeleton Guard Chapter 128, Skeleton Guard From Wu Heng''s perspective, most orcs look similar. Especially the portrait on the reward notice, which is even more unrecognizable. So, Duke still needs to identify it. Are there any wanted criminals? Wu Heng asked. "Yes, the one who was killed last was," Duke said. ??Wu Heng glanced at the wanted notice and compared it with the corpse. The hairstyle had been changed, but the appearance should be similar. The wanted poster describes him as a level 10 orc warrior, whose crimes include attacking caravans and kidnapping wealthy merchants. The bounty reward is 550 silver coins and a mid-level item reward. What about the others? There are so many left, but they are not wanted criminals? Wu Heng asked. Well, no! Even if it is a person who has committed a heinous crime and is not on the wanted list, it belongs to the local public security. ??If it''s Blackstone Town, you can also see if the guards have any rewards. In Luntam City, there are no rewards at all. At most, it can be regarded as eliminating harm for the people. Actually, its okay. At least it took just a while to complete the reward. You can fish for a few more days. Okay, you go and pull the carriage over first, and well pull the body back. Wu Heng continued. Oh, good! Duke ran out again to find the carriage. Because he was afraid of alerting others, the carriage was not parked nearby. ?Wu Heng watched Duke walk away and found a broken door in the stone castle. Open the gate directly and let the skeleton move all the corpses and scattered equipment into the gate. Then, let Bawudong carry the body of the wanted criminal and wait by the road. Duke came driving the carriage. Bawudong placed the body on the carriage. Walk back. Captain, do you want the rest of the equipment? They should be worth some money. No, its too heavy and the carriage cant pull it. "Oh!" Duke didn''t say much, and drove the carriage towards Luntam City. Before closing the city gates. The two of them entered the city and returned to the association. ??Duke carried the body and entered the morgue to conduct an autopsy. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. Deacon Gomez glanced at him and said, "How is it? Is the information accurate?" It is certain that he is a wanted criminal. ?Gomez looked solemn and stood up immediately. While putting on the armor, he said: "Go and let the rest of the team gather in the hall to prepare to go out of the city to arrest the wanted criminals." Forehead. ?Looking at Gomez in a hurry, Wu Heng didn''t know what to say. ?After Gomez put on the leather armor, he saw him still standing there and urged him: "What are you doing standing there? Go quickly." "Deacon, don''t bother me." What? The person ran away? Gomez asked. ??Wu Heng said directly: "No, the wanted criminal has been killed, and the body is undergoing autopsy!" ?Gomez paused and looked at him with a frown, "Did you kill him?" Well, once we confirm that he is a wanted criminal, we can easily solve it. How many are they? "8?" "what about you?" "two!" Two against eight? Gomez frowned and confirmed. There are still a few of my attendants, and its not easy either. Wu Heng replied. ?At this time, there was a knock on the door, and an orc staff member came in with a slip of paper. He said directly: "Deacon, the identity of the corpse sent by Team 12 has been confirmed. It is a level 10 wanted criminal on the wanted list. There is no problem." ?Gomez coughed lightly and said, "Settle the bounty for the 12 teams and reward them with mid-level props of your choice." Yes. The staff left. The deacon glanced at him and said: "Next time, if you have anything to say, just say it directly. If you hesitate, it will be very troublesome to wear this armor." "Um." ??Gomez began to take off the armor and continued: "Let you investigate, and you should follow the investigation. Doing so will put you in danger." Wu Heng replied, "They have their own investigation methods. If we are discovered, we can only fight back." ?Gomez didnt want to say anything more. Hang the armor back on the display rack and continue: "Okay, you go back first." "OK." Exiting the room, Wu Heng returned to the lounge. Duke sat in the room and waited, rubbing his eyes from time to time. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately said: "Captain, they sent the bounty over and gave us time to choose props." Well, lets divide the bounty and then get off work. Ah? Whats the point of getting off work? Its time to go home. "Oh, thank you, captain, I didn''t help much today." Duke was a little embarrassed. ?Wu Heng directly handed him a money bag and said, "Let''s go home. We will continue to investigate the wanted criminals tomorrow. I will ask someone to notify you if there is a mission." "good." The two of them left the association and walked towards their respective residences. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng passed through the gate and went directly to the zombie world. ??Actually, we have gained something today. Those orcs don''t seem to be of a low level. ?Going out of the room, there were several corpses piled at the door. The smell of blood is overwhelming. Let the skeleton carry it and walk outside together. As soon as he walked out of the corridor, he found Li Yahong waiting not far away. ??When he saw the pile of strange-looking corpses being carried out and wearing ancient armor, he was also stunned. Some did not dare to step forward. After Wu Heng came over, he said, "The woman who jumped down with Chen Jinlong is in trouble. She may not be able to hold on for long." Go and have a look. The two entered the first floor and stopped in front of a room on the first floor. ?Knocking on the door, a male doctor in a white coat came out. doctor? This is Dr. Guan Zhiguang. He happened to be the doctor on duty in the prison before. He stayed in the prison when the zombies broke out. The profession of doctor is very important at all times. ?? Chen Jinlong is a madman who uses living people to attract zombies, so he should also pay special attention to the doctor. ?So, Dr. Guan Zhiguang is not in any danger and looks very good. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "How about the one inside?" The doctor was a middle-aged man and knew that the man in front of him was the real person in power here. His attitude was more respectful and he said: "The situation is very bad. The sternum is broken and the broken bones penetrated the internal organs. It''s a miracle that he can persist until now." Can it be saved? Surgery is needed, but given the current situation, surgery is not possible. The doctor said directly. Where is the difference? Equipment, manpower, all do not meet the conditions. Then give it a try. If you dont try, you will die. If you try, you will die. There is nothing you can do. For the woman inside. It''s not that I have any motherly sentiments, it''s just that it doesn''t cost me anything. If I can save the other person, I still want to save it. ??Now we are short of people, and we dont want to see young women die so miserably here. The doctor still shook his head, "It can''t be done, the most basic conditions are not met." You just tell me what youre missing? Dont waste your time. The most important thing is blood supply. Once the operation starts, without a blood source, her death will be accelerated, the doctor said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, this is indeed a problem. ??With so many people in the prison, even if there is a matching blood source and blood transfusion equipment, it is uncertain whether the operation can be completed. As long as she cant be disemboweled, thats all right? "yes!" Okay, lets prepare for the operation. Its not as simple as that, the doctor still wanted to persuade. ??Wu Heng interrupted directly, "Do as I say and go quickly." The doctor sighed and went down to prepare. ?Wu Heng entered the ward. The woman was lying on the hospital bed with a pale face. ?The skin is pale and dying. Actually, the woman is not very old either. She may have a family, or she may have just started working. Facing the end of the world, she met Chen Jinlong again, which was considered bad luck for her. ?Wu Heng walked over, and the woman opened her eyes a little and seemed to look over. forced a smile. ?Wu Heng sat down on the side of the hospital bed and said, "I need an operation. Just hold on. I''ll be fine once the operation is over." The woman blinked to show her understanding. About half an hour later, the operation began. When the chest was opened, blood began to pour out. ?The doctor held the tools, but some didnt know where to start. ??Wu Heng grabbed the woman''s hand and immediately released the faint magic of [Life Support Technique] to wrap the body. The blood stopped instantly and the organs continued to function in a strange way. Go on, speed up. The doctor reacted in shock and began to deal with the bone fragments that had penetrated the organs and perform traction and reduction. ?The whole process seems difficult. ?The doctor''s big beads of sweat kept appearing, and the nurse''s helper on the side kept helping to wipe away the sweat. Time passes little by little. Start to suture the wound. Sew up all the open chest. After everything was sutured, the doctor immediately checked the woman''s condition and said, "She''s still alive." ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a bottle of medicine, took away the oxygen, and drank it for her. ?The doctor wanted to say something, but held it back. After confirming that there is no danger. ?Wu Heng asked the other people to take care of him before walking out of the surgery room. How is it? Li Yahong asked. "She is still alive. The rest depends on her own willpower. This is all we can do." Yeah! Li Yahong nodded. Let it be someone else. Even Li Yahong, under the current conditions and a stranger, had given up long ago. He also has a clear conscience. ?Wu Heng could do this to a stranger he didnt know. In the words of Qiangzi and others. That is the Virgin Mary of the last days, and she will die miserably. But equally, he also hopes to see Wu Heng do this. ??If he was injured, he would definitely try his best to treat himself, at least no worse than the woman in front of him. Li Yahong quickly chased after her and asked, "The car is ready, will you go back tomorrow?" "go back." Return to the open space in front of the dormitory building. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the pile of orc corpses again. ?There are seven in total, six of which are melee professions and one is a long-range crossbowman. ??What Wu Heng is most interested in is the female orc. At such a long distance, he almost hit "Duke" in the head with a crossbow. Simply terrible. ??Wu Heng asked him to drag out the body of the female orc and cast the [Bone Slave Technique] alone. ??Necromantic magic wraps it up. Skeleton Bones stood up slowly. Skeleton Guard (Level 9) (End of this chapter) Chapter 129 , put on makeup Chapter 129: Put on makeup The flesh and blood fell off, and a tall skeleton slowly stood up. ?It can be 2.23 meters tall, with thick bones and two protruding fangs that make it even more ferocious. Compared to the male orc''s height of 2.89 meters, this skeleton is already much slender. Skeleton Guard (Level 9) Level: 9 Attributes: Constitution 21, Strength 18, Agility 15, Intelligence 11, Perception 9, Charisma 7. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, defensive vision. Feats: Heavy Crossbow Specialization (Intermediate), Leather Armor Specialization (Intermediate), One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), One-Handed Ax Specialization (Basic). Ability: long-range suppression, fixed shooting posture, real-time combat readiness, elite crossbowman. Skills: Guarding thorns, hound companion. Garrison Vision: Vision +30 feet, visible hidden enemies. Remote Suppression: Know the enemy''s movements well, control the battlefield situation, perception +3. Fixed Shooting Posture: Stand in a fixed position and be prepared to improve accuracy. Real-time combat preparation: You can find favorable terrain and prepare for battle at any time. Elite Crossbowman: Familiar with the crossbow, increases the crossbow range and refill speed. Garrison Thorns: A transformation spell that sets a thorn trap on the ground to restrain the enemy and be noticed by the ''caster''. Hound Companion: You can tame hounds and become your own companions. When I first saw the name "Garrison", I felt it was more like a melee profession. After seeing the attributes, I can also react to the meaning. ?This profession is more like a crossbowman. The characteristics of this profession are reconnaissance and fixed-position fire suppression. The meaning of garrison should be to guard a certain place for suppression. Just like when he and Duke went to investigate, the other party used a heavy crossbow, so the two of them did not dare to show their heads. ?Continue to view properties [Garrison Vision][Remote Suppression][Fixed Shooting Posture][Real-time Combat Readiness] actually increase sight and accuracy. Discover the enemy and kill or suppress it. Wu Heng also realized this. It almost hit Duke''s head with one arrow, which was really scary. [Elite Crossbowman] improves the attributes of the crossbow, which actually means that she is better at using the crossbow. [Garrison Thorns] can release a trap spell to restrict the enemy. The last ability is called [Hound Companion], which can tame hounds. ??I''m afraid it''s impossible for an ordinary hound. I don''t know if a skeleton dog can do it. ??I didn''t bring it during the attack on the prison this time. I''ll give it a try when I get back. Overall, Wu Heng was quite satisfied with this skeleton. There is really a lack of long-range troops in my skeleton team. Even if the skeletons are given rifles, most of them will shoot at them. It cant be said to be professional. From now on, you can call..., Hunting Yi! Go and put on your own equipment. ?Wu Heng hesitated between Shu Yi and Ni Yi, and gave him the name Lie Yi. In the future, if there are units that are good at using long-range units, they can also be named according to their numbers. The skeleton walked out of the shed flesh, put on all the previous armor and leather, and picked up the heavy-looking crossbow in his hand. The heavy crossbow has great range and power, but is too bulky. Firearms can completely replace this weapon. ??Wu Heng took out the sniper rifle and assault rifle he had found from the space ring, and handed both of them to him. said: These two weapons will mainly be used in the future. Then, Wu Heng explained to it the usage of the next two types of firearms. The rest is up to him to research on his own. Let Hunter Yi go aside to study the firearms, while he continued to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] on the remaining corpses. Six orc skeletons stood up slowly. Comparing to Hunter just now, these male orc skeletons have thicker bones. Completely close in height, a distorted big guy. ?Huge mouth with fangs and a ferocious face. ??Wu Heng took a look at their properties. Skeleton warriors, one at level 7, two at level 6 and three at level 5. They all have a basic soul. In terms of physique and strength, it is higher than that of humans of the same level. Characteristics, in addition to [Hollow Bones] and [Basic Soul], there is also [Scars of Glory]. Glory accompanies every orc who steps onto the battlefield, bestowing glory and energy during the battle. As the battle progresses, the strength increases. Among the specialties, heavy armor specialization and battle ax specialization are the main ones. ?In Wu Heng''s view, orcs are born warriors, and the "scarred" characteristic of them increases in strength through battle. It can be said that the more you fight, the more powerful it becomes. Wu Heng is quite satisfied. Plus, you can use weapons, have combat skills, and fight against deformed zombies, so it shouldnt be a problem. Ahem~! ?With a slight cough, Wu Heng said to several beastmen: "From now on, you will be called Beast One, and you guys will be called Beast Two, Beast Three, Beast Four, Beast Five, and Beast Six." ?Wu Heng gave the six orcs memorable names in turn. The seventh level is called Beast One, and the sixth level is called Beast Two. The rest are three, four, five and six. Okay, go aside and put on your equipment. ?Several skeletons took action, walked aside, put on armor full of bullet holes, and picked up weapons. ?Wu Heng asked several orcs to serve as nearby guards. He went straight back to his residence behind him. the next day. Zombie world. As soon as it gets dark, the convoy is ready. ?Wu Heng left some skeletons behind to guard the prison and gain control. He then got back on the truck with the remaining skeletons and began to return to the auto repair shop. When attacking the prison, not all skeletons were brought with them. ?The carrying capacity of trucks is limited. Three large trucks and three military trucks can only pull over 700 skeletons in total. Most of them still stay in their original communities. ?Wu Heng got into the car, and this time the person driving was not Qiangzi, but Li Yahong. Are you driving? Li Yahong turned her head and looked at him, "Why, you can''t trust female drivers?" ?Li Yahong is a little different today. Looks like shes dressed up, but I cant tell where shes dressed up. Anyway, she looks more refined than before. In fact, Li Yahong is also quite good-looking, with a good face shape and frame. I have to repair my car every day, so my body smells of oil and gasoline. Wu Heng replied, "No way, you have the best skills here." ?This is not nonsense. Li Yahong not only knows how to drive, but also can handle forklifts and lifting machines like car repairs. It can be considered a talent. Well, were all in the car and ready to go. Li Yahong said directly. "lets go!" The convoy started and drove directly away from the convoy, returning to the auto repair shop along the way they came. The way back is still relatively smooth. Scattered zombies pose no threat to the convoy. Li Yahong asked while driving: "How many days will you stay when you go back?" It should be in two or three days. By then the convoy should make several trips to transport the skeleton and some surrounding supplies. "okay!" ?The car sped along and rushed back quickly. The convoy drove very fast and the road was smooth. At around two o''clock in the afternoon, they rushed back to the auto repair shop. Its just that the convoy has just approached. ?The car radio could hear the serious and panicked voice of Hadron from the first car. Sister Hong, there are deformed zombies in the auto repair shop. (End of this chapter) Chapter 130 , leaving no one alive Chapter 130, No one alive Sister Hong, there are deformed zombies in the auto repair shop. ?Such a sentence made the entire convoy nervous. ?Wu Heng poked his head out, avoiding the passenger blocking his view in front of him, and looked towards the auto repair shop. From a distance, I saw a huge humanoid zombie on all fours, climbing along the outer wall of the auto repair shop. Pale skin, slender limbs and thick claws. Its like a human-shaped gecko, clinging to the wall. ?Huge claws, constantly grabbing at the window. ??At the same time Wu Heng looked at the other party, the aberrant zombies also discovered the convoy. ??Tearing the sealed window hard twice, he jumped off the wall and rushed towards the direction of the convoy. Hes coming, hes coming, what should I do? Damn it! Hadrons exclamation came from the radio. He was the first car, but he dared not stop now, and there were deformed zombies rushing in front of him. Dilemma. ?Li Yahong also looked at Wu Heng anxiously. Let Qiangzi stop the car, and none of you get out of the car, Wu Heng said. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "When the convoy stops, don''t get off the car. Don''t get off the car under any circumstances." ~! ??The sound of brakes was continuous. The gecko deformed zombie became more and more excited when he saw the convoy stopped, and began to run over quickly. ?The footsteps thumped. The vehicle stopped, and Wu Heng directly ordered, "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the target." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons jumped out of the carriage and stood in a row around the convoy. ??This time I did not bring all the skeletons with me. I only brought back big-headed skeletons, Bawudong and other level 5 or above, and more than a hundred skeletons with basic souls. ??The running gecko zombie saw the sudden appearance of the skeleton, and its forward steps suddenly stopped. Looking at the opposite side warily, he started to back away a little. Hurrah! The skeleton team all got out of the car and started charging with weapons in hand. The gecko zombie turned around and started to run away towards the rear. Then he jumped up and climbed directly onto the outer wall of the building. He quickly climbed a few meters and turned to look down to see if the skeletons could climb up. Bang~! A deafening gunshot sounded. ?Hunter Yi who was standing on the roof of the car pulled the trigger, and the bullet instantly hit the back of the zombie''s head. The huge force caused his head to hit the wall suddenly. Fall directly from a height. The orc skeletons holding battle axes and the humanoid skeletons holding spears quickly rushed towards the falling position. The gecko zombie quickly climbed up and shook its head, feeling a little dizzy. Then, before the group of skeletons surrounded him, he climbed up the wall again. Bang~! Bang~! Two more gunshots were fired, and the bullets hit the zombie''s back and lower back, splattering blood. Then, he fell off the wall for the second time. Bullets cannot kill him, but the power of the firearm can still interfere with its actions. This time, the skeletons were waiting below in advance, and quickly swarmed up and surrounded them. The weapon in his hand swung down. The zombies struggled violently, and with great force, the skeleton was thrown away. But more skeletons were still clinging to it, chopping and stabbing. Swamp the deformed zombies. Gain experience +35. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +10. Experience increases, proving that the zombies have been killed. The skeletons returned, dragging the zombie whose body seemed to be covered in white face. ??Wu Heng reopened the car door and said, "The zombie is dead. You go back, tidy up and see if there is anything nearby that needs to be taken away." "good!" Li Yahong and others got off the bus. The door of the auto repair shop opened, and Wang Ke and others all ran out. She got directly into Li Yahong''s arms, "Sister Hong, I thought I was going to die here." Li Yahong touched her head and said, "We can''t die. We can live for a long time." Sister Hong, are you wearing perfume? It smells so good. No! Li Yahong pinched her face, How did the zombies come? Come from the building materials market. ?A few people walked and talked as they entered the repair shop. ??Wu Heng also returned to his community with an army of skeletons. There are no changes in the community. In the alchemists room, Jia Yingying, who was hit by a bullet before, has recovered. looking out of the window. ?Wu Heng opened the door and said, "Are you ready?" Okay, thank you for saving me. Jia Yingying made a bow. Its okay, let Brother Qi take you back! ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to send her out. Jia Zheng, who was waiting outside, was full of joy. He bowed three times to the community, pushed his sister and left. ??Wu Heng checked inside the community and rearranged the patrolling skeleton team. The city of Wrentam. Downtown, in a dark room. Smoky smoke fills the air with a rich sweetness. This is the smell of hallucinogenic drugs, drugs that can make people excited and happy in this world. In front of a desk, there were several middle-aged men standing, wearing leather armor and long swords at their waists. They exuded a fierce aura. Across from the desk, a strong, bearded man sat. The boss of the "Spiked Gang" in the outer city, the butcher "Roach". ?A man who had a bad reputation in a human city ran to "Luntam City", re-formed a gang, and continued to do underground business. "Boss, the location has been investigated clearly. There are indeed only two attendants around." One person said. Roach opened a lavender potion and drank it. With a morbid sense of relief on his face, he said: "Let brothers prepare, we will start tonight, no one will be left alive, and all the corpses will be brought back." Hearing this, the other people in the room nodded, "Understood, boss." After saying that, he walked out directly. At this time, a plump and coquettish woman slowly walked out of the room on the other side. She leaned on the edge of the desk and said softly: "We shouldn''t interfere in the association''s affairs. We won''t be caught in the slightest." There will be no good outcome for us." Roach opened another bottle of potion, drank it, and said: "You think ''Fischer'' is not afraid? I dare say that once the other party dies, the person who will be investigated by the association will still be ''Fischer''. They are just looking for a few wanted persons." The criminals are being used as scapegoats and cannot be found on us. Internal disputes within the association, local gangs are unwilling to cause trouble. But there are people who can deal with the aftermath and earn a lot of commission, so they are still willing to do this deal. ??Fischer is the captain of Team 8. Compared to being a member of the gang, he is more afraid of things being exposed. He will definitely do something when the time comes to prevent clues from being investigated. The rookie captain who has just arrived in the city does not have to worry about subsequent investigations. ??Moreover, having this contact with Fisher will also have some benefits in the future development of the gang. ??The woman also heard the meaning of the words, thought about it and said, "Fisher won''t turn around and sell us!" "Well~!" Roach laughed, "Fischer is indeed untrustworthy, but this matter is more serious and he doesn''t dare to do this." Speaking, he pulled the woman into his arms and touched her clothes unscrupulously. The woman''s breathing became heavier and she said coquettishly: "Go to my place and rest!" Roach paused, coughed slightly and said, "Forget it tonight, focus on this operation." The woman curled her lips, twisted her waist and turned around to leave. In the community. Wu Heng releases [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... Then, a huge humanoid skeleton slowly stood up. Still on all fours, moving like a gecko. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 131 , the night killer Chapter 131, Night Killer Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 13) Level: 13 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 28, Agility 31, Intelligence 11, Perception 17, Charisma 7. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, echo positioning, rough road crawling. Expertise: Biological Aberration. Echo Positioning: Detect hidden targets by tapping on the surface of objects such as the ground and walls. Crawling on rugged roads: Can crawl on special terrain, agility +3. Biological Aberration: Constitution +3, Agility +3, Perception +2. Among the attributes of the Terrorclaw, the most prominent one is agility, which reaches 31 points. This is already very fast. Characteristics include [Echo Positioning] and [Rugged Road Crawling]. Echo positioning determines the location of the enemy by tapping the ground. It is an exploration ability. It can find the target even if it is hiding in a building. ??Ability is also quite abnormal. Climbing on rugged roads, you can climb on rugged terrain. Being able to climb walls vertically should be the result of this feature. ?But it doesnt feel too useful. My own spiders can also climb walls and webs. Most importantly, this weird humanoid appearance always gives people a sense of discomfort. After reading its attributes, Wu Heng named it Terrorclaw and directly joined the patrol team. Wait for the Direclaw to leave. ?Wu Heng squatted down, rummaged through the broken pieces of flesh, and found a corpse core covered with red bloodshot eyes. With a plastic bag in his hand, he took out the body core and took a look. Compared to the previous corpse core. ??This time the red blood streaks on the corpse core were denser, and there was a color gradient toward purple. It gives people a feeling of being full of neurotoxins. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse core and frowned. Level 3 corpse core? Probably not, the third-level deformed zombies cannot be so easy to kill. They should still be the second-level corpse cores, but with some changes. ?Hand in hand with the corpse core, he walked directly to the building on the side. The Skeleton Alchemist came out and bowed slightly. Among the entire skeleton team, the alchemy skeleton has the highest intelligence and the highest quality. ?Wu Heng handed it the corpse core he had just obtained and said, "Test the toxicity of this and then develop a potion." The alchemy skeleton took it respectfully and put it into the organ jar on the side. There is no constant-temperature storage equipment here, so organ jars are a good container for storing this kind of material. Then, the alchemy skeleton handed him the newly made healing potion and spiritual potion, as well as a list of materials. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, I''ll prepare it for you tomorrow." Leave the room where the alchemy skeleton is and walk around the community. Go directly through the boundary gate and return to your residence to rest. Night falls. Empty streets, shrouded in darkness. Tap tap tap~! The patrolling mercenary group just passed by. Shakes came out of the dank alleys one after another, wearing leather armor, short blades hanging on their waists, and scarves on their faces. The package is tightly packed. Looking around, after finding nothing, he quickly approached the residential area. ?Going into another dark alley, one of them said: "Leave no one behind, take away the body, go back and get the money, be smarter." Understood! The others nodded. "Walk." After confirmation, several people quickly ran towards the building. ?Hand over the fence. Light an incense burner and place it on the side of the building. ???The smoke curled into the building through the cracks in the door and windows. A little later. ?One person let out a break, while the other quickly approached the door, squatted down and started to pick the lock. Ka. The door lock was knocked and opened directly. ??Everyone''s face was filled with joy. It seemed that the plan was simpler than imagined. Looking at each other, they opened the door gently and walked in directly. Theres no one on the first floor. Someone whispered. According to the intelligence, this guy has two attendants. Why is there no one in the room on the first floor? There is no time to think too much. Said quickly: "Let''s go upstairs, faster." Tap tap tap~! ?Several people quickened their pace, and the sound of stepping on the stairs resounded in the house. When I walked through the corner of the third floor and planned to go up to the fourth floor. ?The steps suddenly stopped. At the top of the stairs, there were several figures standing, blocking the way upstairs. ?Among them, you can also see a hollow skeleton with a stooped figure. The silver moonlight shines through the skeleton and reflects on the ground. Grass, its the undead! ?Several people were suddenly startled. Without waiting for a reaction, swish swish~! Several crossbow bolts and magic shot out. Then, the skeletons above pounced directly on them, killing all of them. Bodies lay all over the stairs. ?At the same time, a figure jumped down from the balcony on the third floor and kicked the man outside the door in the head. His neck twisted strangely and his body went limp. ?Pick up the incense burner in the corner, put out the burning position, hold it in one hand, and drag the body with the other hand into the room. The door is closed again. ?In the living room, eight corpses were neatly placed on the floor, with a linen sheet spread under them to prevent blood from flowing everywhere. When several people approached the house, they were discovered by the skeleton. Skeletons do not need to sleep and can stay here day and night. In this residence, in addition to Basen and Bawudong, there are also one sword, two crossbows, one crossbow and two, and four skeleton hags. He did not attack immediately, but also let them come in by themselves to avoid making too much noise outside. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and looked at the incense burner in his hand. Psychedelic Incense Burner (Description: In the state of burning incense, after a certain period of time, the creature will fall into exhaustion, dizziness, hallucination and other effects.) As expected, he came well prepared and even brought a magic item with him. I didnt waste any time thinking about their identities. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead], and the first corpse sat up. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who are you?" ded by The Spike Gang? Local gang? ??Luntam City gangs and mercenary groups are in chaos. There are a large number of gangs gathered in the outer city and outer districts. Walking on the street, anyone you pick up at random may be a gang member or a member of a mercenary group. ??Are you being targeted by a gang? What are you doing here? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kill everyone in the house. Holy shit! What a great hatred. I thought I was here for money, but I didnt expect that I would die immediately. Who asked you to kill me? Our boss, Roach. ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and thought for a moment, "Why did he kill me?" "have no idea!" Is your boss a human or an orc? "Humanity!" The five questions were over, and the body lay back with a thud. Wu Heng continued to use skills, and the second one sat up. Asked directly: "Why did Luo Qi ask you to kill me?" The boss accepted the commission, and the content is to kill you. ??Someone asked a gang to kill him? Who is the person who asked your boss to kill me, or what is his identity? Unclear. ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then asked: "How many people are there in your gang?" There can be more than a thousand people in total. Holy shit. ??This gang is not small, its number can reach more than a thousand. What is Roachs strength? I heard it reached level 10. Who else is more powerful? In the gang, there are several people who have reached level 7 or 8, and they are all the backbone of the gang. After five questions, the second body fell down. ?Wu Heng then called the others up and asked a few questions. ?Including the appearance of the boss Roach, the position of the gang, and whether he has any backers. Know something from the conversation. ?This Spike Gang is not a big gang in the local area. Most of its members are active in the outer city. Only the leader and a few backbones enter the outer city. Belong to an outside gang. ?The only thing he didnt ask was who his employer was who asked the gang to kill him. I can roughly guess a few goals in my mind. But its really hard to say. Open the gate and have people carry all the corpses back to another world. It was getting dark, so Wu Heng cooked instant noodles for breakfast. ?This night, I didnt feel sleepy at all. Spent the night in a daze. After breakfast, he walked out of his residence directly. Go to the center of the inner city. He did not enter the association, but directly walked into the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. At this time, there was no one in the hall. Some staff are still cleaning. Hello guest, how can I help you? The front desk staff smiled. ??Wu Heng took out his emblem and continued: "Is Miss Lecia here?" Yes, guest, please go to the lounge and wait. ??Wu Heng was introduced to a separate lounge, sat down on the sofa, and waited silently. Last night''s assassination, he even suspected the Snake Emblem Consortium. After all, I have exchanged a large amount of silver coins here, which shows that I am rich. But after a second thought, the consortium''s suspicion was dispelled. Leave aside such a large organizational structure, I may be one of many customers. Even if the other party wants to kill him, he cannot go to a small gang like the Spike Gang. The Snake Emblem Consortium itself is not a kind person, and killing people is not difficult. Soon, the crisp sound of walking was heard, the door opened, and the beautiful-faced ''Lecia'' walked in. Looking like he just got up, his face still looks like he hasnt woken up. Closing the door, the woman smiled and said, "Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng." Good morning. Wu Heng also said hello and said directly: I came here today and wanted to ask the consortium if there are any props to hide the face. "Of course, I''ll ask someone to prepare it." The woman ordered outside, while she sat down opposite. The two chatted for a while, and then someone brought two props and placed them on the coffee table in front of them. Trick earrings, which can blur your face when worn, are a very good prop, and a magical veil, which can change your appearance after being worn... the woman introduced one by one. ??Wu Heng also laid his eyes on the two props on the table. Silver earrings (Description: Silver earrings engraved with illusion magic. After wearing, it can form a blurry illusion on the face, which can block creatures with a perception of less than 20 from spying on the face.) A prop that blurs faces. ?This prop is actually quite useless. It is better to just wear a mask and cover the entire face. But I can also understand the idea of ????this prop. ?Eye and hair color can be used to infer someone''s identity. If they are all blurred, it will be even harder for the other person to recognize you. But I dont feel like I need it. Continue to look at the second object. Phantom Veil (Wonderful Object) Type: Strange Object Function: phantom, onomatopoeia. Side effects: When worn, it will unconsciously seduce men. (End of this chapter) Chapter 132 , phantom veil Chapter 132, The Veil of Transformation Phantom Veil (Wonderful Object) Type: Strange Object Function: phantom, onomatopoeia. Side effects: When worn, it will unconsciously seduce men. ?? (Description: After wearing it, you and the surrounding clothes can be enveloped in a layer of ''female'' magical illusion, and perform ''female'' onomatopoeia. The disembodiment effect cannot be hidden from any physical form of inspection. Perception of 30 and above will see through the disguise effect. ) Fuck! The hag''s abilities. ?At that time, in the dilapidated temple, there were several nuns who were scantily clad and wearing nun costumes with charming expressions, which is still very memorable. ??If the other person is not a ghost woman, but an old lady with abscesses on her face, Wu Heng thinks it is quite eye-catching. ?The hags ability to change her appearance is called transformation. ??Even after turning into a skeleton, this skill is retained. However, it is disguised as a living creature, which increases its usage restrictions. ?The strange object in front of me must have something to do with the hag. Otherwise, how could we create something so close to the hag? The effect of morphing, you can turn into a woman, and you can also create onomatopoeia. This completely meets the requirements of disguise, but the side effect is... to seduce men. ?Hmm..., its not unacceptable. Seduce? Its not really about doing anything. Furthermore, the wearing time may not be very long. After thinking about it quickly in my mind. Asked directly: How much does this veil cost? The woman looked at him, smiled and said, "Two thousand five hundred silver coins." So expensive! When I bought the shroud, it was only 1,500 silver coins, and the invisibility effect was no worse than this. The woman still kept smiling, "In terms of the side effects and performance, this is worth the price." The side effect of the shroud is that if a living being uses it, it will be infected by the death energy on it and the skin will rot. For living beings, it is a huge side effect. Seduce a man unconsciously, and it feels like its nothing. "Okay, I want it." Wu Heng took out the corresponding amount from the space ring and handed it to the other party. After the woman registered, she handed the veil to Wu Heng. This is yours. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, then I won''t bother you." Guests walk slowly. After leaving the consortium, Wu Heng returned directly to the association lounge. Duke did not come, and Wu Heng was the only one in the lounge. Sitting on the sofa, I rethought my follow-up plan. Take out the veil you just bought and put it on your head. A transparent light shrouded the whole body from the top of the head, and then returned to normal. ?Wu Heng raised his arms, looked at the backs of his palms, and then at his body. There are no changes. Damn, its not useless! He took out a mirror from the space ring and placed it on the coffee table, facing his face. Looking at it like this, Wu Heng''s face instantly became strange. The self in the mirror has long blond hair, willowy eyebrows and blue eyes, fair skin and red cheeks. Damn, I feel so hot! She really turned into a woman. But from his own perspective, when he looked at his arms and body, there was no change at all. Through the mirror, you can see your slightly bulging breasts. Wouldnt it attract more attention when I go out? ?This image is not much worse than the nun I saw before. There are so many strong men staring at me when I go out. It would be nice if the appearance could be lowered a bit. ?Thinking in my heart. His body was flashed by light again. Her appearance began to change again, and her appearance was no longer so charming. This effect made Wu Heng feel happy. You can also adjust the appearance. ?This strange thing is not bad at all. ?Continued: "Lower it a little more." Continue to decrease. It lowered several times in succession, and Wu Heng turned into the image of an ordinary middle-aged woman. Can''t be said to be ugly, nor can I say to be very good-looking. A normal public face is the least likely to attract other peoples attention. After feeling that there is no problem. ??Wu Heng walked out of the lounge directly and came to the front desk. The staff member looked at him and smiled, "Madam, how can I help you?" Its okay, I just came to take a look. After confirming that the other party did not recognize him and that his voice sounded more like a woman, he walked out of the association and headed towards the lower city. ?Wu Heng came out of the association and went directly to Xiacheng District. According to yesterdays interrogation information, we came to the location of the Spike Gang. ?There is no one around. ?There was only the door, leaning against the wall, guarded by two gang members. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao and asked her to enter the interior of the building to investigate the situation. Finding someone like Roach, the boss of the Spike Gang, he arranged for someone to go in and kill him directly. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back and got into the body.?????Share the screen just now. ?There was no one in the building, not even in the small courtyard. You cant run away! Wu Heng muttered. No target found. ?Wu Heng walked around again, and unconsciously gave several strong men a few winks. Go directly into a nearby tavern. In a place like the tavern, there is a mixture of good and bad people. You may be able to hear some information or wait for the other party to come back. ?This time is not the peak period of the pub, but there are still many people sitting there. ?Wu Heng found a corner and sat down. A bartender immediately came over and said, "Ma''am, what would you like to drink? We have a special drink here for ladies." ?Wu Heng looked at the price list and ordered a glass of fruit wine. ??The drinks in Luntam City are higher than those in Blackstone Town. ?Such a glass of wine, or fruit wine for ladies, actually costs 75 copper coins. The price is a bit high. After paying for the drink, the bartender came over with the drink. ?Wu Heng drank in silence while listening to the chat of several drinkers. Its not very safe outside recently. I heard that several caravans have disappeared outside. "Yes, we originally accepted a mission to **** a caravan, but because of this incident, the mission was cancelled. We are waiting for notification. We have nothing to do every day, and we have almost spent all our money." Its best to stop for a while. If you go out, you will die! I heard that the Warhammer Party group has blocked the entire road. It is estimated that the Iron Guard will take action in a few days. Stopping like this will also affect tax revenue. "I hope..., those **** things are short of money recently, why are they so crazy!" ?Wu Heng eavesdropped on the conversation of several people while drinking. The content is not about the Spike Gang, but he has also heard of the Warhammer Party. A few days ago, Duke said this. ??The robbers blocked the road and robbed the caravan. The leader and internal backbone were wanted criminals, and the reward was not low. It is this Warhammer Party that we are talking about. It has reached this point now. The caravans in a city were stopped and they did not dare to leave the city. It is indeed quite fierce. ?Wu Heng sat for a while and heard no news about the Spike Gang. Just when I was about to leave, I found a place to take off my veil first. ??But his eyes couldn''t help but glance at the stairs connecting to the second floor. The second floor is a private room in the tavern, generally used by people who need to talk. As for the stairs, the sound of stepping on the wooden boards was heard. ?The first thing that catches the eye is a pair of slender white legs, wearing a dark green embroidered long skirt slit to the legs. Looking up, you can see the beautiful legs at a glance. Then, a graceful woman wearing a dark blue shawl and long red wavy hair walked down. The tavern was quiet for a moment, and all the men looked at each other involuntarily. ?Wu Heng also looked up. ?The woman in front of me may not be as good as Slater from the Golden Cat or Lecia from the Snake Emblem Consortium. But it also has its own unique temperament. A kind of mature woman in the market, with all kinds of charms, and with the grace of an upper-class lady. Gives men an inexplicable attraction. Sister-in-law! The younger brothers guarding the bottom of the stairs shouted in unison. Fuck! ??Which gang leader''s woman is this? Whats going on with the Spike Gang? Come to a tavern and bring so many boys? "I heard that the Spike Gang has provoked someone. If you don''t trust your woman, arrange some more younger brothers to protect her." "Pull him down. Who can provoke a fringe gang like the Spike Gang? If he did, he would have run away. I think this woman has a lover, so I arranged for my younger brother to keep an eye on it. That kid Luo Qi had his lifeblood injured in a battle a few years ago. If he did, he would have run away." No more women. Holy shit, I can do that, find a lover and find me! You are not as good as me. It is better to look for me than to look for you. . Listening to the whispers of several people, Wu Heng stood up. Follow the sister-in-law of the Spike Gang and leave together. Night falls. ?Wu Heng returned to the residence of the Spike Gang. ?Standing in the shadow and waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. Shared the picture, and the scene inside the residence also appeared in my mind. I didnt see Roach the Butcher, the woman from the day, sitting by the bed, sorting something. ?Roach is not here? The plan to assassinate him failed and he ran away. Shouldn''t it be right? If you run away, will you leave these younger brothers and your own woman behind? ??Wu Heng stood in the alley, not planning to delay any longer. Whether its an association or the zombie world. There was no time for him to investigate this matter. Get Basen and Bawudong ready, climb over the wall directly into the courtyard, unlock the door and enter the room. ?The space in the room is not large and no one is seen. On the bed lay a dark green embroidered long skirt and shawl, as well as some lavender lace underwear. At this time, in a separate room on one side, there was the sound of rushing water and rising heat. ?Wu Heng made a gesture. Ba Wudong rushed directly into the room. (End of this chapter) Chapter 133 , please don鈥檛 kill me Chapter 133, please dont kill me The door opens. ??A figure moved very fast, with a crash, he stood up from the tub in an instant, grabbed the short blade on the side and stabbed forward directly. ?Bawudong made a mistake with his hands, clamped the short blade directly, and snatched the short blade away with a strong force. Step forward and place the short blade on the opponent''s fair neck. The cold sting made the woman standing in the tub look solemn, her body tense, and she did not dare to make the slightest move. ?She never expected that someone could break into her bathroom directly. He also began to guess in his mind the identity and purpose of these people. Just when I saw a young man wearing association leather armor with black hair and black eyes walking in. Already know the identity of these people. My heart felt cold. ?If you dont do it right, you wont be able to survive today. ?Wu Heng looked at the opponent''s body without any scruples. ?Smooth skin with water droplets hanging on it, plump and round, she is indeed a rare young woman. Madam, are you at home? Wu Heng asked directly. "Sir, I''m afraid there may be some misunderstanding between us. If we have offended you in any way, I will apologize to you first and give you satisfactory compensation." The woman said softly. ??Wu Heng smiled and said, "You don''t know me? How did you find my house last night? Those people personally admitted that they are members of your Spike Gang." The woman''s expression became even more ugly, "This must be..." Seeing that the other party still wanted to quibble, Wu Heng was too lazy to talk nonsense to her. Give Bawudong a wink. The short blade pressed against the woman''s neck gradually became stronger, and the sharp blade broke the skin. The woman felt the tingling and chill on her neck, her face suddenly turned frightened, and she quickly said: "It''s ''Fischer''..." ?Wu Heng raised his hand to stop Ba Wudong who continued to exert more force. Traces of blood flowed down from his neck, staining the skin on his chest red. The woman''s face was filled with fear. She did not call for help or scream, but she spoke quickly: "The one who killed you was ''Fischer.'' He gave Roach a 500-silver deposit, and after killing you, he will pay the remaining amount. I am also a member of the association, the Whisperers I joined, we are together, I will not harm you..." As he spoke, his face became paler. ?Wu Heng originally planned to kill Wen Shi. But the other party was obviously not as tough as he thought, so he said everything directly. Moreover, he is a smart person and knows what he cares about most in the first sentence. The conflict between myself and Team 8 captain Fischer is only known to a few people in the association, and the possibility of it spreading to a gang is very low. It is also related to the assassination last night, which is basically true. ?The murderer behind the scenes is Fischer, which is a bit unexpected, but it feels reasonable. The biggest target of suspicion before was his revenge for apprehending those wanted criminal associates. As for Fischer, I have doubts about it, but I always feel that the problems between the two parties will not develop to the point where one person must die. It seems that the other party hates me quite a lot. The woman looked at him carefully and continued: "This matter has nothing to do with me, and I have no reason to harm you." Wu Heng said directly: "Compared to your words, I would rather believe the dead." The woman''s face turned pale again and she immediately said: "I persuaded Roach not to get involved in the association''s affairs. He didn''t listen to me, but the whole incident has nothing to do with me. Sir, you are the field envoy. I am the ''Secret Whisperer'' and I have a high prestige in the ''Spike Gang''. I can help you collect a lot of useful information. You have just arrived in Luntam City and you need someone to help you with something. I can help you. Yes, sir, I am useful to you, please dont kill me..." The woman spoke quickly and her thoughts were very clear. ?Wu Heng looked her up and down, and to be honest, he was a little moved. This woman is smart, and every word she says is important. Roach must die, there is nothing to think about. However, after Roach''s death, the Spike Gang can help him collect intelligence and deal with some things that are inconvenient for him to deal with, which is indeed a good thing. It is still necessary to support a gang of your own. Do you want to live? "think!" ?Wu Heng casually took out a scroll from the space ring. Slave Contract Scroll (Description: A magic scroll with a slave contract. The caster and the contractee form a ''master-servant'' relationship. The contract is effective and no subjective thoughts of harming the master can arise.) "I do need what you said, but you are not worthy of my trust. I need you to sign a slave contract with me, which is your only chance to survive." Slave contracts were obtained when killing orcs in the abandoned manor last time. There are three in total. I didnt feel it was useful before. After all, your own skeleton is the most loyal. Now it seems that the usefulness is really not small, not even worse than magic props or rare objects. The woman covered the wound on her neck, with blood still flowing between her fingers, and gritted her teeth and said, "I am willing, I am willing to obey your orders." ?Wu Heng opened the scroll and got a drop of the opponent''s blood on it. "Don''t resist, or I will kill you directly." ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling a trace of Wu Heng''s spiritual power into the woman''s eyebrows and imprinting it on her soul. A line appeared between the woman''s eyebrows, then quickly disappeared. The contract is considered completed. The woman''s body is weaker and somewhat shaky. ??Wu Heng put away the scroll and continued: "Stop the wound!" The woman stepped out of the tub, picked up a bottle of medicinal powder nearby, and applied it to the wound. The powder covered the wound and slowly stopped the bleeding. I drank another bottle of potion, and my complexion became slightly relieved. The bathtub is still radiating heat. The petals floating on the water emit a faint fragrance. The woman stood aside carefully, with a kind of respect in her eyes, and said softly: "Sir... no..., master, can I put on my clothes first?" The tone is weak. Put it on! Wu Heng said. Bawudong put away his short blade and walked back. ?The woman turned around, bent down in the tub to wash the blood on her body again, put on a nightgown, and walked out. ?Wu Heng was sitting by the bed, and the woman was kneeling on the ground beside him, with a humble look on her face. Where is Luo Qi? Wu Heng spoke again. "Roach hid out. He hid outside the city as soon as the city gate opened this morning. If there is any trouble, he will leave here immediately." the woman replied. He didnt take you with him? "No, he is not sure if you have investigated this place. The other gang members don''t know what happened. I stay here so that I can control the others. If there is no danger, he will come back and continue to control the Spike Gang. ''. "He is quite ruthless. He would give up such a beautiful woman as soon as he said she would give up." The woman looked up carefully and said softly: "Roach was injured a few years ago. We haven''t lived together for a long time. The most he can do is touch me randomly." This is similar to what you heard in the pub. Roach was injured, and it was an injury that could not be cured by any medicine in this world. But judging from Duofang''s tone, it seems that he is specifically emphasizing this matter. "I want to kill him, what do you think?" Wu Heng looked at her and asked. It all depends on the masters arrangement. We dont have much affection and can abandon each other. Okay, I want to kill him as soon as possible, what can you do? I dont know where he is hiding, but it will only last for three days at most. He will come back after confirming that there is no danger here, and I will inform you then. ?Wu Heng was quite satisfied with the other party''s answer. From beginning to end, it gives people a very obedient and well-behaved feeling. . "what''s your name?" Wen Mansha. Sit aside, you dont have to kneel on the ground. Wu Heng continued. ?Wen Mansha stood up carefully and sat aside in an orderly manner. After thinking for a while, he knelt down next to Wu Heng again and gently beat his legs. The loose collar reveals a large expanse of snow-white skin, and under the hem of the skirt are round thighs. Just now I just thought about killing people and asking questions, and I didnt have much other thoughts. Now I have calmed down and got the news I wanted. ?Looking at the sister-in-law of the "Spikes Gang", she is indeed as beautiful as what everyone in the tavern said. Skin is white, tender, mature and attractive. ? Wen Mansha noticed the other person''s gaze and seemed to be quite confident in her figure. Lean your body slightly forward so that your chest rests on the other persons legs. ??Wu Heng put his hand through the lapel of his clothes, rubbed it twice, pulled him up and sat him in his arms, and continued: "Tell me about ''Fischer'' and why he came to you." "Master, there is someone else here!" Wen Mansha squeaked, straightened her body up, and continued: "I was not present at the situation, but when Roach came back, he mentioned it to me. Not sure." ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What other plans do you have in the future? Just forget it if the assassination fails?" "Roach only has some small tricks. The person who went to assassinate you last night didn''t come back, so he was frightened and fled the city. He didn''t make any other arrangements. Even if you don''t pursue it, he may not dare to take this job again. Lets see what Fischer does. (End of this chapter) Chapter 134 , oh, are you okay? Chapter 134, Oh, are you okay? ??Roach is definitely not a small person. Even if there are many gangs in Wrentam City, if they can grow to more than a thousand, they are considered to have a certain scale. Although most of them are located in the outer city and outer areas of the city, when there are more people, things can be done very efficiently. Otherwise Fischer wouldnt have come to him. It should be regarded as a gang in the middle and upper reaches. It seems that my plan needs to be changed. You need to plan carefully to kill Roach and Fischer. Once Roach died, Fisher was likely to notice it and make other preparations. ?The opposite is also true, kill Fisher first, then Roach will turn around and run away. It will be difficult to find him then. They must be killed at about the same time. ?The bathrobe wrapped around her body became looser and looser, and Wen Mansha became a little flustered. He whispered: "Master, I am willing to serve you, but there are others here, please save some face for me." "These two are my servants. They are not living beings and have no emotions." Wen Mansha still looked carefully. The two men were wearing round helmets and their faces could not be seen. ??Moreover, standing over there, he has never moved. He really doesnt look like a living person. He was a little confused about what the other party was, so he twisted his body and turned his back to the outside. ??Wu Heng continued to ask for the information he needed while stroking the other person''s body. What level is Roach? A tenth-level warrior, but he should have some special bloodline that can improve his strength in a short period of time. Are there any other masters in the gang? "There are eight key members. One of them died on your side yesterday. There are still seven left, all at the eighth level. There are also some captains in charge below." As the two of them were talking, Wen Mansha''s nightgown was taken off to the ground, and her beautiful figure was fully exposed. ??He has a plump figure, a slender waist, and a slight belly belly that feels soft to the touch. The chest is majestic, fair and firm. ?This kind of woman is indeed the best. It would be a pity to kill her just now. Wen Mansha''s whole body hung on him, her beautiful eyes filled with spring, and she gently took off his clothes. ??Tender fingers crossed his chest, his face turned red, "Master, your muscles are so beautiful..." Boldly, he stroked gently, "Are you also a warrior?" Mage! What is your profession? I am a ranger. Mansha Wen was still stroking her. ??Wu Heng bumped the weight on her chest, "Can this person also be a ranger?" "If the master doesn''t like it, I will cut it off tomorrow." He said with a smile, and continued with some emotion: "Are you a mage? How did you develop such muscles? I''m afraid there are few melee professions, Fisher. They really chose the wrong opponent, you will definitely be a big shot in the future. The mouth is quite sweet. "You don''t mind, you can have a taste." He said, slightly sticking out half of his tongue. What a fairy. The two looked after each other for a while, and their interest reached a certain height. Wen Mansha, who didn''t care about anything else at all, continued: "Master, is this okay?" "Um!" Early morning the next day. Wu Heng sat on the edge of the bed, gently stroked the long red hair of the kneeler under the bed, and said softly: "You only have two tasks. When ''Luo Qi'' comes back, tell me his whereabouts. The second one is to find a way. Gradually take control of the Spike Gang. Once Luo Qi dies, I will help you secure this position." Wen Mansha raised her head and asked: "What about ''Fischer''? Will he continue to threaten your safety?" Im just like him, we cant do it openly. "oh." After a while. The sound of several people talking could be heard outside the door, as well as the sound of approaching footsteps. ~! ?There was a knock on the door and a voice came, "Sister-in-law, breakfast is ready at the tavern." Ahem~! Got it, you guys go wait outside the courtyard first, Ill be out right away. "yes!" The sound of footsteps faded away. Wen Mansha said softly: "Master, I will go out first, and someone will send you a message then." "Um." Wen Mansha put on a long, slim-fitting dress and a scarf to cover the light scars left last night. She changed from her coquettish look last night and returned to being dignified and indifferent. Go out of the door. There were several gang members guarding the door. They all said hello. Sister-in-law, morning! "Sister-in-law!" Wen Mansha nodded and returned to her arrogant and indifferent demeanor, "Well, morning! There is no need to guard here. If you want to watch a dilapidated house, go to the tavern for breakfast. Sister-in-law invites you." Thank you, sister-in-law! After saying that, he walked towards the distance. A group of younger brothers followed behind. Sister-in-law, are you in such a good mood today? Perhaps there is some good news from the boss. She is in a good mood, so she doesnt have to scold us. Thats true ?Wu Heng put on his clothes and walked out of here. He did not expect that his actions last night would turn out like this. In addition to investigating the person behind the scenes, he also hired a well-behaved maid. During this period in Luntam City, I was actually quite uncomfortable. ?The girls in the pub here are very open-minded. They will take out their glasses along the way and ask you if you want to come and play. Think before you go, find a partner. But I didnt expect that the problem was solved in this way. But it looks good and feels good both physically and mentally! I went to the alchemy materials store along the way and bought a lot of alchemy materials and tools. ?These are all needed by the Alchemy Skeleton. You can forget about other things, but you cant forget this matter. Back to the inner city, I went directly to the Professionals Association. It was still early, and there were not many people in the hall. A few professionals stood in front of the notice board, looking at the commissions above. ??Wu Heng also stood in front and watched for a while. Just as he was about to leave, he saw members of Team 8 walking in from the gate. ??Fischer is among them. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and quietly opened the holster of his gun. ?The ''Fischer'' who came in the opposite direction also had a sudden pause in his steps, but soon returned to normal and walked over quickly. He smiled and said, "Captain Wu Heng, why are you here so early today?" Damn it, my mental quality is pretty good. ??Wu Heng also stopped and said, "Forget it, several thieves broke into the house the night before yesterday, which made me unable to sleep well in the past two days." ??Fischer''s face changed slightly, "Oh, you''re not hurt, are you? Does anyone dare to steal things in the inner city?" Im not hurt, I just doubt the identity of those guys and they came out of nowhere. Wu Heng replied distressedly. Fischer glanced at his expression and continued: "You just came to Luntam City. It''s like this here. There are too many idle people. Don''t talk about you. I heard that things were stolen in the city hall. People If you die, there is nothing to lose. There is no need to take it to heart. Just be careful next time. " "Well, Fisher is right." Wu Heng glanced at the team members behind him, "Is Team 8 on a mission?" "No, there was some misunderstanding with team 12 last time. I just resumed work today and came to report to the deacon." Fisher glanced in the direction of the deacon''s study. Oh, then go quickly, dont keep the deacon waiting, lets talk again when we have a chance! "Um!" A few people said goodbye and separated from each other. After walking a few steps, Fisher turned his head slightly and glanced at Wu Heng, who did not look back. ?Wu Heng didnt look back and left straight away. ??Fischer''s acting is quite similar. If he didn''t have the intelligence from last night, he might have been deceived by him. But knowing that he was behind the scenes, you can detect the temptation in his words and the relaxation in his expression when he hears that he thinks he is a thief. He should also be afraid that whatever he finds out through his investigation will be reported directly to the association. Killing your companions is no small matter. But the procedure will definitely be more complicated, including investigation and confirmation. It is difficult to really confirm it. ?Wu Heng has no intention of solving the problem through the association. With some small tricks, I dont believe that I, a necromancer, cant defeat him as a melee professional. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng confirmed the safety of his residence again. We should also deploy more manpower to improve the security here. Sit in the living room for a while. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. ?Hand the purchased medicinal materials to the alchemy skeleton, and call Li Yahong through the intercom. Soon, I saw Li Yahong running over. How are the preparations going? Wu Heng asked. I went to the hospital yesterday and brought back all the equipment and equipment I could take away. I will search the surrounding stores tonight and bring back everything I can use, Li Yahong said. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Well, if that doesnt work, just transport it back first, and Ill ask Big Head to go back with you. "Tomorrow, let''s go back first." Li Yahong said, glanced at the mobilized skeleton, and then asked: "Are you going out?" ?Wu Heng nodded. Get ready, lets go to the commercial street. (End of this chapter) Chapter 135 , the rats went crazy Chapter 135: Rats go crazy Not long after, Li Yahong drove over a military truck. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons in a truck and moved forward slowly, while the rest of the skeleton army guarded the left and right sides of the truck and followed along. Go to the commercial street and need to move some necessary supplies. It would be too troublesome to move it back entirely by relying on skeletons. The best way is to drive a truck there. ??The army marched forward along the main road in a mighty manner. Some zombies attracted by the sound were easily crushed and killed by the skeleton team. ?Last time, when Wu Heng led his troops to this commercial street, he did not have many skeletons. ?The commercial street was crowded with zombies attracted by the sound equipment. ??Now that I have a lot of skeletons, I can definitely come back and fight the zombies. At the very least, loot the gold shop and bank here before heading to the prison. Otherwise it would be too wasteful. Have you ever killed zombies? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong held the steering wheel and looked straight, "I have killed. The first one I killed was my father. He turned into a zombie and bit the customer who came to repair the car to death. When he continued to attack me, he smashed him to death with a wrench. The atmosphere in the car suddenly became a little depressed. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Zombies broke out, and all the survivors lost their loved ones. Once you accept this fact, there is nothing to be sad about. Besides, have you killed anyone else? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?? Li Yahong nodded, "I have killed them before. When we went out to collect supplies, we killed some zombies, but not as many as you. "Well, when you get to the prison, you have to keep some caution. Being too talkative is not a good thing, especially in this situation." Wu Heng continued. Well, I will pay attention. Li Yahong continued to ask: What resources will we mainly search for when we go to the commercial street? Just take a look, take all your clothes, shoes, etc. with you! ?The car was still driving forward slowly. Li Yahong lowered her head, pointed to the red sign diagonally in front of her, and said, "Before, the spicy hotpot in this restaurant was particularly delicious. I came here to eat it whenever I had time. Later, I heard that it had been seized. What was put in it?" Its addictive. Near the commercial street, there are several streets of restaurants. ?? also formed a small gathering place. The two of them looked at the dilapidated hotel through the car window. Suddenly, a dark shadow flashed past the door of the store. It seemed like a black cat ran past just now. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not like a black cat." ?His perception has been increased, and his vision and insight are higher than ordinary people. In the flash that just passed by, I captured some characteristics. It is said to be a cat, but it is actually a mouse the size of a wild cat. Hiss~squeak! ?Suddenly, a piercing scream came from the direction of the hotel. ???Dense black shadows were seen pouring out from several restaurants, like sewage discharged from a flood, a pitch-black mess. The few zombies blocking the front roared and were drowned by the dense black shadows. Disappeared directly. Rat swarm, densely packed, shaped like a swarm of rats as big as wild cats. Li Yahong shivered all over, and the hairs on the back of her hands stood up. ?Wu Heng also widened his eyes and looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. ?Last time, when I was exploring the vicinity of the commercial street, I was attacked by a few rats the size of wild cats, but there were only a few of them. He was directly killed by the skeleton. But now, such a large number has actually been formed. The ones that reproduce are still the original groups of mice that have changed. ?This kind of mouse is not a zombie, its fur is shiny, but it is still a living creature. Everybody has run out of food, but they are all so strong. Get ready to fight. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton sitting in the back row. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior guarding the side of the truck stopped and turned directly towards the direction where the rats were coming. ?? He raised the kitchen knife in his hand, and the sound of bones rubbing together was heard. You stay in the car and dont get off. Wu Heng said something and got out of the car with a few skeletons. He quickly squeezed to the front, looked at the incoming rats, and released [Grease Technique]. Grease instantly covered the asphalt road, and rats slipped to the ground in large numbers. Seeing that it was almost the same, Wu Heng continued to use [Fireball Technique] to smash into the rats. Bang~! Scorching fireballs exploded from the rats, and the flames flew around, igniting the grease on the ground. With a whoosh, a flame several meters high suddenly rose. The fire submerged a group of rats in front. Zhizhizhi~! The rat''s cry sounded, sharp and harsh. A large group of rats were engulfed by the flames, while more rats behind them avoided the flames, split into two streams, and bypassed the two sides of the flames. Continued to rush towards the group of skeletons. Fuck, why are you so crazy? Wu Heng cursed. My side is full of skeletons, and given the habits of rats, they shouldn''t go crazy and attack their side. ?Seeing that the rats are getting closer and closer, the trend is rapid. ??Wu Heng could only order, "Attack!" Hurrah! ??The large group of skeletons directly launched a charge, holding kitchen knives, and killed the rats in front of them. The white and black waves collided together. A fierce battle began. Ka~Pfft, doo doo doo~! The sound of bones being broken and the sound of meat being chopped. It fills the entire space instantly. "Xiao Xiao, go to the front and see what''s going on. Why are these mice going crazy?" Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao. "Uncle, I''m a little scared. Rats are so disgusting." Xiao Xiaofei came out and hid behind Wu Heng, looking cautious. Ahem~! Well, these are just ordinary mice. We are adults now and we can no longer be afraid of these things. Not afraid of zombies, but afraid of rats. ??It''s also a little strange. Then Im afraid too! Fly higher and stay far away from them, then go in and take a look to see if there are any other monsters coming out. Wu Heng continued to persuade. Xiao Xiao hesitated for a moment, but finally nodded and agreed, "Okay then!" ?The translucent body instantly rose up, flew towards the hotel area opposite, and got into the store. Ahead, skeletons and rats were already entangled. It''s a mess. Skeletons cannot feel pain and have no weaknesses of living creatures. But when facing the group of rats in front of him, he showed a disadvantage. The rats crawl close to the ground and move very fast. The skeleton also needs to lower its body to hack at these rats, which makes its movements particularly clumsy. ??Wu Heng stood near the truck and could even see rats climbing along the bones of the skeleton and directly entering the chest, gnawing at the ribs indiscriminately. It seems that the skeleton swarm covers the rat swarm, but on the entire battlefield, the death rate of the skeleton swarm is faster than that of the rat swarm. Soon, Xiaoxiao flew back from the opposite side. said: "They are all mice, they have built their homes in it." Come back, let me take a look! ?Xiao Xiaofei entered the body, and Wu Heng saw the scene in the hotel, which was still full of rats. More rats crawled out from a location similar to a sewer, continued to join the group of rats, and charged towards this side. Damn, bad luck. Wu Heng cursed. When I went out, I encountered a group of rats going crazy. ?Bang bang bang~! At this time, Li Yahong was sitting in the truck, knocking on the door hard, "Look ahead, look ahead, the corpses are coming." ?Wu Heng looked straight ahead and saw a large number of zombies pouring out of the commercial street. ??A piece of Wuyangyang entered the main road, and then rushed towards this side. Damn it! (End of this chapter) Chapter 136 , chewing bones Chapter 136, chewing bones Noisy footsteps sounded intensively. Large swarms of zombies poured out from the commercial street and rushed into the main road. They roared and charged toward the skeleton. In the blink of an eye, a large area was filled. Damn it! ?Wu Heng cursed and his expression turned ugly. The sound of fighting attracted the zombies. There are rats on one side, and we have to face the corpses again. If you dont do it right, it may be dangerous. There are also zombie dogs here. Li Yahong continued. ?Wu Heng grabbed the car and looked up to the other side. Five deformed dogs are looking this way from a distance. Wandering around, seemingly considering whether to join in. ?Wu Hengs brows instantly wrinkled. There are rats on the left, deformed dogs on the right, and a group of corpses in the commercial street directly in front. What a guy! If it werent for the fact that the zombies had no intelligence, he would have suspected that the three parties had set up a trap to trick him in. "What should we do? Let''s go back!" Li Yahong sounded panicked. Those who have survived the zombie world have actually improved their psychological quality to a certain extent. But facing the scene in front of me, it still gives people a sense of tension after being surrounded. ?There are no enemies at the end now, and you can still evacuate by driving, but you have to give up some skeletons. "Don''t worry yet!" Wu Heng said, turning to the big-headed zombies and saying: "Let the spear skeletons form a spear formation in front of the corpse group." Unlike Li Yahong, Wu Heng did not think he would lose. ?Zombies and rats from three directions came out of the alley, and there were only a lot of them. The number of skeletons has exceeded 10,000. Be more stable and defeating these is not a problem. Hurrah! The skeleton group began to take action. ?The skeleton warrior wearing brown leather armor and holding a spear quickly walked to the front. Line up in a neat formation, squat slightly, lower your center of gravity, and point your spear forward. Like a brown wall covered with iron needles. Puff puff puff~! The group of corpses crashed into the array of spears in the blink of an eye. A harsh, flesh-piercing sound sounded. The spear skeleton also began to thrust out spears. Penetrate through the zombie''s body. "Let the skeleton dog stand by." Wu Heng said, and continued to look at the orc skeleton holding a sniper rifle in the team, "Hunter Yi, you get on the roof of the car, stare at the deformed dog over there, and wait for them to come closer. Kill again." ??The somewhat restless skeleton dog immediately calmed down and squatted aside with its tail sweeping the ground. Skeleton Hunter climbed directly onto the roof of the car, holding a sniper rifle and staring warily at the aberrant dog wandering on the other side. ?These aberrant zombies are different from ordinary zombies. Once they find danger, they turn around and run away, making it difficult to catch them. So we can''t attack directly yet. We have to wait until they get closer before we can be more confident about keeping them all. All orders were arranged and the situation was temporarily stabilized. ??Wu Heng returned his attention to the direction of the rats. ???????????? Rats the size of wild cats crawled and gnawed in the skull''s chest, and the clicking sounds of broken bones were heard endlessly. When I was young, I read a novel. It is written about the outbreak of the rat plague. The rats ate up all the food and continued to feed on humans. In order to eliminate the rats, humans used various methods but failed to drive away the rats. In the end, they were forced to abandon the city and choose to leave. ?At that time, I thought the story was a bit exaggerated. How could mice defeat humans? ?Now that a similar scene appears in front of me, I also believe that the mouse is difficult to deal with. ?Wu Heng looked at the fighting area and frowned tightly. The rat swarm is dense, and relying on the number of skeletons to pile up the rat swarm to death is not a cost-effective way. Think about your skills and all the attacks you can use, and start thinking about **** rats more efficiently. Rather than using the number of skeletons to pile up rats to death. There are a few spare oil drums in the car. Li Yahong probed and said again. Get it quickly. Li Yahong opened the car door, stuck her **** out, leaned her upper body into the back seat of the truck, and handed out the gasoline in the soybean oil barrels one by one. There are five barrels in total. There aren''t many, but blocking the road on one side shouldn''t be a problem. Tightened the lid of the soybean oil barrel, handed it to the "big guy" who was watching the fun, and said: "Go, throw these barrels into the group of rats, and spread them out." The big man grabbed a soybean oil bucket with one hand and threw it out. With a bang, the oil drums knocked over several rats. At the same time, the oil drums shattered and gasoline splashed all over the surrounding rats and the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, the oil barrels were thrown out one after another, and scattered into the group of rats. The large number of rats were stunned and screamed angrily at the front. ?Wu Heng is almost done. ? Raise your hand and release a fireball in the sky above the rats. The orange-red fireball flew into the air. After reaching a certain height, it disintegrated with a bang, just like fireworks. Several streams of flames scattered into the rats, igniting the gasoline. Huh~! The flames, which were bigger than the ''Grease Spell'', were instantly filled with rats and spread to the entire street. The waves of fire were like a collapsed furnace, burning with scorching heat. The air was distorted by burning. Zhizhizhi~! ?The rat, swallowed by the sea of ??fire, began to struggle and scream, making a harsh neighing sound. The fire continued to spread in the direction of the rats. The densely packed rats that were chasing him kept spreading. ??The rats were also frightened by the fire in front of them, and began to flee in all directions, retreating back to the shop at the back and disappearing into the private room. Only the rat that was swallowed up by the fire was left, still struggling, losing its resistance little by little. Huh~! ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he saw the rats retreating. ?These things are really difficult to deal with. Bang~! Suddenly, a gunshot rang out. ?Wu Heng looked back and saw that Lie Yi had already pulled the trigger. ?There was a black-backed dog that looked like a horse in the distance, with a **** hole pierced between its eyebrows. It staggered two steps and then fell to the ground. The other deformed dogs, which were tearing apart the skeleton, suddenly froze on the spot. ?Looking around in horror, he turned his head and wanted to run away into the distance. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire rang out again, and the bullet pierced the body of the deformed dog. At the same time, skeleton dogs also rushed out of the team and rushed towards the deformed dogs quickly. The aberrant dog that was not dead showed panic and wanted to escape. Bang bang bang~, gunshots rang out one after another again. The body was pierced by bullets. The skeleton dog rushed forward and began to bite the body of the deformed dog crazily. ?Wu Heng continued to look in the direction of the corpses on the commercial street. Zombies are still rushing over in a steady stream, and there is no change due to the retreat of the rats. In front of the spear skeleton, a bunker trench composed of corpses has gradually piled up. The attacking zombies changed from charging frontally to climbing up the trench, and then jumping down diagonally from above. Plunge into the forest of spears. ??Wu Heng stood at the back and watched the battle, and continued to give the order: "Big guy, big guy, you guys also go and clean up the zombies." Two giant skeletons, wearing iron armor, rushed out. ?Like a mad bull, it crashed directly into the zombies. ?Hands swung like pendulums, and large swathes of zombies flew out and scattered everywhere. ?Wu Heng once again confirmed the direction of the Eye Rat Group and saw that there was still no abnormal movement. Continue to order, "Move forward." Hurrah! The half-crouching spear skeleton stood up, climbed over the pile of corpses, and continued to advance forward in the form of a spear array. (End of this chapter) Chapter 137 , search for gold bars Chapter 137: Search for gold bars The skeleton team began to move forward like a battlefield meat grinder. ??The zombies on the front were pushed backwards, while the zombies on both sides who were trying to make a detour were blocked back by more skeletons with kitchen knives. The fighting and fighting started again. They were at war with each other. ??Wu Heng did not play this time. While giving some orders, he paid attention to the direction of the rats. Although the rats were repelled by the fire. But Im not sure if Ill rush over madly again. It is actually understandable for rats to attack humans or some animals. It is somewhat incomprehensible to actively attack the group of skeletons. Have eaten too much meat and grains, are you going to chew bones to replenish calcium? ??The skeleton team is still moving forward, leaving behind a large number of zombie corpses along the way. It has been pushed to the vicinity of the commercial street. The number of zombies begins to decrease. The entire group of skeletons looked like they were stained red with blood, and their bodies were covered with sticky blood and minced meat. Chopper Skeleton Attack. ??The skeleton holding a kitchen knife launched a direct charge. Kill all the remaining zombies. The battle is over. The whole street also became empty. Only some pieces of meat, severed limbs, and a mixture of hair and mud that could not be distinguished were covered on the ground. When you step on it, it feels sticky. There are some clothing stores on both sides. The floor-to-ceiling glass was broken, and the stereo in front of the door was also smashed into pieces. ??Wu Heng took Li Yahong into a shop, which was in a mess. The walls and floor were covered in blood and spilled items. But you can still find a lot of clothing and shoes, with several numbers on the labels. You guys protect her. Wu Heng pointed at several tall orc skeletons. ??The orc skeleton was wearing iron armor and holding a battle ax. He stood beside Li Yahong in an orderly manner. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Li Yahong: "Search every store, and have all the skeletons that can be taken away be moved to the car, so that they can be used in the future." Oh, okay. Li Yahong nodded, took the tall skeleton assigned to him, and went directly to the second floor to continue checking. Soon I saw several skeletons walking down carrying unopened clothes. ?Go to the side of the road and throw the clothing into the bed of the truck. ?Wu Heng saw Li Yahong and started searching. He didnt even stop, he walked out of the store directly and headed to the bank on the roadside. At this time in the world, gold and silver currencies have no value. But Wu Heng is still needed. The next plans all require money to solve. Enter the bank. Several zombies wearing work clothes inside the counter were banging on the glass of the counter. ?It seems that the glass here in the bank is indeed strong. Even though the outside was so fierce, the zombies inside still didn''t break out. Only streaks of bright red and black blood were left on the glass. ?Wu Heng took out the bronze key and opened the isolated metal door. ??The moment the zombies attacked, he was pushed to the ground by the skeleton behind him. The kitchen knife and tomahawk fell at the same time, chopping him into a piece of flesh. ?Wu Heng walked directly in, opened several drawers under the counter and looked at them one by one. I dug out some banknotes, but they are not of much use. After finding nothing, he stood up and opened another iron door at the back. Behind the iron door is a heavy safe. The good stuff should be in here. Continue to open it with the bronze key, and the entire interior is exposed. In addition to a large amount of banknotes, there were also gold bars that Wu Heng was looking for. 5 sticks 30g, 2 sticks 50g. so little? The number is not as much as I thought. Putting the gold bars away, he continued walking upstairs and found some golden commemorative coins, as well as tea, wine and other things in the president''s office. Hold them all into the space ring. After walking out of the bank, I glanced at the skeletons who were lined up in a long row, moving items like ants. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton with him and went to several nearby banks. More than ten gold bars were found, with the largest one being 30 grams, and only one being 100 grams. The harvest is less than expected. Go back to the commercial street and continue to enter a gold shop. ?There are no more zombies in the store. The counter was broken, with broken glass and gold jewelry falling on the floor. The gold store has much more stuff than the bank. There is a dazzling array of gold jewelry and jade jewelry on display. ??Wu Heng finally had a smile on his face, it seemed that he had gained something. Open the counters one by one, pick out the jewelry from the broken glass, and put it into the space ring. ?In addition to the glittering gold jewelry, there are also a large number of luxury jewelry gift boxes under the counter, which are very brand-like. After putting them all away, I continued to search inside the store. ??It is still a safe, with 5 finished gold bars inside. The number of grams is not stated, but the size is close to 10 grams. Packed everything into the space ring and left the store with satisfaction. I walked to the next store relying on my previous memories, only to find that the stores brand had been changed to a milk tea shop. Damn it, its outdated, the brand has been changed. ?Wu Heng continued to walk along the commercial street and did not find a second gold shop. ?This is just an area of ??a small city. It is not very developed. The whole street is just like this. But the harvest is not bad. Basically doing some math in my head, the number of gold bars is over 700 grams, which can be exchanged for a lot of money. At least it is enough for a short period of time in Luntam City. Finished the gold. ?Wu Heng walked straight towards the store where Li Yahong was. In the store, there are various kinds of women''s underwear, and the brands are advertisements for underwear promoted by celebrities. ?Seeing Wu Heng suddenly come in, Li Yahong immediately explained, "Bring some back, there are many girls, these can be used." ?Wu Heng nodded, it felt right. Take them all away, it would be a waste to stay here. Wu Heng said. But there are some things that I dont understand. ?These underwear are made of embroidery and lace. They are made to be so fancy. They are worn under them. ??Is this comfortable? Can''t understand. Have you never bought anything with your girlfriend? Li Yahong asked. Men rarely come in this kind of place. "That''s right." Li Yahong took out a coat from her backpack, handed it to him and said, "Try it on. I just saw it. I think this one suits you quite well." "Now?" Put it on the outside and try it first, its newly opened and clean. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the mirror, and Li Yahong put her coat on him. ?Wearing leather armor, it looks a bit bulging. It looks good. I feel much younger, like a college student. Li Yahong said with a smile. Really? Thats because you have good taste. Of course, I have always had a good taste. I believe it. While the two were chatting, the skeleton continued to carry items. Until the entire street, as well as some surrounding shops, have been moved. The two of them also returned to the truck. Wu Heng ordered the big head, "Let the skeleton pick up the body and follow the truck back." Hurrah! The skeleton team carried the corpse on their shoulders. The large woven bags that were looted were carried in the hands of several skeletons with basic souls. Put the complete rat carcasses into woven bags along the road. Even though the fire just now covered a large area, several large bags of rat carcasses were still found. The skeleton was carried on the shoulders and returned with the convoy. (End of this chapter) Chapter 138 , five corpse cores Chapter 138, five corpse cores Returned to the community. Li Yahong parked the truck directly on the side of the road. There is no need to unload the goods. When the convoy returns to the prison tomorrow, it can just drive away. Save the trouble of loading and unloading. The two of them stood at the door, briefly discussing what to do tomorrow. Li Yahong will take the convoy and transport a batch of supplies back first. Wu Heng will not go back with him, but will arrange for the ''big-headed skeleton'' and some skeleton soldiers to go together to protect the safety of the convoy. I have walked the road to the prison several times. The possibility of danger is unlikely. Arranging skeletons is also to avoid some wandering zombies or any emergencies. Humans are still too fragile, and viruses and simple injuries may kill them. The two stood together to discuss for a while and finalized the plan. Li Yahong returned to the repair shop, and Wu Heng also returned to the community with the skeleton. Commanding the skeletons, he piled the brought corpses together. ?The corpses of the deformed dogs were placed aside alone. ??This time I went out, although there were no Level 2 deformed zombies, killing so many deformed dogs was still a big gain. In terms of improved attributes, it is even better than the second level corpse core. After a few [Bone Skeleton Techniques] went down, five skeleton dogs stood up from the broken meat. He shook his body, and the blood on his body spattered everywhere. Over this period of time, the number of skeleton dogs and skeleton cats has reached 12. ?Although it''s not much, the size of the lion and the speed of the animal still have obvious combat advantages. ?Especially the hound-type skeleton dog, which is more like a large horse with thin legs. ?Wu Heng even felt that if these skeleton dogs could be used to pull a cart, they would be faster than horses. Rifled through the broken pieces of meat. Find five first-level corpse cores and put them in plastic bags. He looked around and called Lie Yi, who was carrying a sniper rifle, over and said, "You can train hounds, right? It''s up to you to choose one." Hunter stepped forward and pointed at a hound skeleton as tall as a horse. Well, its yours. Hunting Yi bent down and stroked the dog''s head, and a pale white light spread from the dog''s head to his whole body. The next second. The skeleton dog swung its bone tail happily and started to circle around the "Hunting One". Let the remaining skeletons patrol according to the original plan. ??Wu Heng walked directly into the alchemy skeleton''s room and handed him the five corpse cores. Now it seems. The number of alchemy skeletons is still not enough. ?In addition to making potions for corpse cores, we also need to make commonly used potions such as therapeutic potions and psychotropic potions. Even if the skeleton doesnt need to sleep, the dwarf skeleton is still a little too busy. ?Furthermore, the alchemist also has some research on rescuing people. This can be seen from the last time he took bullets from Jia Yingying and treated her wounds. Now that I have some money, I should buy two more alchemist corpses. It''s not a bad thing. ??After Wu Heng explained tomorrow''s plan to the big-headed skeleton, he directly opened the gate and returned to his residence. I came to the first floor and practiced swordsmanship. ?System prompts also appear. Unlock the sword skill: Gray Eagle Slash (entry). Grey Eagle Slash: Quickly slash at a target up to 10 feet. After hitting the target, the attack speed is increased by 5%, and the target''s spellcasting or energy gathering is interrupted. Its done. ?The sky pays off the hard work. After practicing for so long, I finally mastered a sword technique. Bawudong! Bawudong took a step forward. Stand over there and let me test my sword skills. Ba Wudong walked to the other side of the living room, and Wu Heng held the "Silver Winged Water Pattern Sword" tightly. In the next second, his figure was like a attacking falcon, moving in front of ''Bawudong'' in the blink of an eye, and slashing at the opponent''s body with the iron sword in his hand. ?Bawudong ducked slightly and grabbed his sword-holding wrist with one hand. Holy shit! Just when he wanted to say that he was so handsome, his wrist was held. ?Ba Wudong let go of his hand, and Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and sheathed his sword gracefully. When I thought about it, it was normal that I couldn''t beat it. After all, I was an elder of the Divine Punishment Sect during my lifetime. It was a bit strange that I could cut it with a sword that I had just unlocked. But the sword skill he unlocked is definitely not weak, and he can quickly approach the opponent and strike. Not to mention killing long-range targets, it can also be used as an escape skill. Sparred with Bawudong for a while and went to bed to rest. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng got up early and went to the zombie world first. Arranged for the skeletons to leave with the convoy. After watching the convoy leave, he returned to Luntam City. ?The weather in Luntam City today is a bit gloomy, with dark clouds covering the sky, and it seems like a heavy rain will fall at any time. ?Wu Heng prepared an umbrella in the space ring and went straight out to the association. Coming to the hall, some teams have gathered to receive the commission. The Professional Association supports many teams or mercenaries. Come to the front desk. The staff member smiled and said, "Good morning, Captain Wu Heng!" ?Over the past few days, I have become quite familiar in the association. Good morning. Wu Heng responded with a smile and continued: I had a mid-level item reward last time, lets redeem it. The staff checked the record book and asked, "Captain, what type of reward do you need to redeem?" In fact, the rewards for mid-level items are average. Can be exchanged for some low-level scrolls, more sophisticated weapons and equipment, and skill books. Only when reaching high-level prop rewards, magic props or rare objects will appear. Scrolls are used once and are gone. They are not cost-effective and the weapons themselves cannot be used. Nowadays, killing enemies is all about shooting. Skill books are more useful, and the features that you can unlock after reading them are also the most suitable. Skill book, it belongs to the mage! "Please wait!" Not long after, the staff came over with several skill books, all of which were low-level ones, such as ''Acid Splash'' and ''Dancing Light Technique'', which he had already unlocked. ??Probably compared it. Choose a book called "Feather Falling Technique". (Description: Within the casting range, specify up to five falling creatures to generate skill effects. If they land before the spell ends, they will not suffer any falling damage.) Feather Falling Technique should be an auxiliary ability. But at critical moments, it should be able to save lives. Moreover, not only can it be used by yourself, but it can also be released to up to five people at the same time. It can be regarded as a highly practical skill. After confirming the reward, Wu Heng turned around and left. Go through the corridor and go to the team lounge. ? Pushing the door and entering the lounge, in addition to the orc Duke, there is also a female orc with green skin and leather armor, with a dagger and quiver hanging on her waist, and a long bow on her back. Good morning, Captain. Duke greeted. Duke changed his outfit today. It is no longer a flat plate armor, this time there are some patterns on it, and it looks much better made. ?Especially the helmet, in addition to being fully metal, it also has a thicker layer on the front and forehead. It seems a little heavy. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Good morning, Duke, who is this?" This is our new member. (End of this chapter) Chapter 139 , Duke you come Chapter 139, Duke, come here The female orc stood up, made an orc etiquette, and said: "Captain Wu Heng, I am ''Marta'', a level 7 ranger." Forehead. ?Wu Heng paused. By the way, my team is not full yet, so I forgot about it. Have you brought any information? Wu Heng asked. The female orc handed over the personal information prepared by the association. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, and it was the same as what was written in the message. The person recruited was Deacon Gomez. How old are you this year? Wu Heng continued to ask. 22, captain! "Well, you are welcome to join..." Wu Heng looked at the name on the information again, "Marta." Thank you, captain. Marta said immediately. ?Wu Heng feels that orcs are easier to contact than humans. At least the two team members respect themselves. "Sit down!" Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down and continued: "My name is Wu Heng, and I am the captain of Team 12. He is Duke, a member of our team." Before you came, we got to know each other. Duke said directly. ??Luntam City is actually not small, and is divided into several areas. Even though they are both orcs, they are also local residents, but they do not know each other. Well, we will be teammates from now on, so we should take care of each other. Yes, Captain. Marta nodded again. After a brief chat, Duke moved forward twice and said, "Captain, I came here today to tell you about the wanted criminal intelligence." Any clues? Yes, but Im not sure if its reliable. Duke scratched his head. "tell me the story!" Captain, do you remember the last time you investigated the tavern and killed and bled the wanted criminal? Duke asked. Well, remember, something happened again over there? ?The first mission in Luntam City is to investigate the death incident in the tavern. ?There was a pervert who used money to take women who were soliciting customers into an alley, and then cut their necks and bled them. He was blocked in an alley by Wu Heng, who used a gun to block him. I also mentioned this incident in my letters to Yuri and Slater, so I remember it deeply. "Nothing happened in the pub, but something similar happened again in the outer area of ??the city. The guy we killed was a wanted criminal. I think the person who committed the crime this time may also be a wanted criminal," Duke said. Murder and bloodletting? Well, the wounds are all the same, so I feel like we can still catch the wanted criminal. Duke continued. ?Wu Heng looked at the newly added female orc again, "Marta, have you heard of it?" It seems that I have heard something about it. The Warhammer Party has been causing a lot of trouble recently, especially in the outer areas of the city. Marta said. ?Wu Heng nodded and glanced at the dim sky outside. He said: "Let''s go out and have a look and investigate." Okay, Captain! Duke stood up excitedly. ?Several people picked up their weapons and walked outside together. Go out of the association door. ?Marta whistled to the sky. A black-feathered eagle flew down from the sky. It fell on Marta''s leather arm, and her sharp eyes looked at the people beside her. This is my tame beast, Black Feather. Then he said to the black-haired eagle: "This is my captain, and these are my teammates." ??The black-haired eagle looked at the two of them and nodded in a humane manner. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and didn''t say much. The tamed animals of human rangers are all smaller eagles or more docile birds. ?This one is more like a vulture. The neck is long and slender, somewhat drooping. ?Haughty and handsome. After the introduction, several people walked directly to the outer area of ??the city. After leaving the city gate, we arrived at the outer area of ??the city. Except for the main road in the middle, there are staggered high and low houses built on both sides. Perhaps it was because the weather was not very good and I didnt see many people on the road. ??On the contrary, it gives people a spooky feeling. Duke led a few people to the door of a wooden house. After knocking on the door, a man cautiously looked out from the crack of the door. After seeing it was Duke, he opened the door and said, "Duke is a fool!" Well, this is my captain, here to investigate the deaths of people in the past few days. Duke introduced. Oh, hello, captain, what do you want to investigate? the man asked. Wu Heng said: "The person is dead, is the body still there?" "exist!" Take us to see it. Oh, please come this way. The man walked in front and led several people to a wooden house near the edge. "Inside, the dead were all women or children. It made people panic, and the gang didn''t find anything through investigation." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, leave the rest to us. You can go back first." "Oh, okay." The man continued: "We have collected some money, and if you can solve this trouble, we are willing to pay you accordingly." It should be because he is afraid that he will not investigate properly, so he prepares some money and improves work efficiency. Well, I will notify you of the results. Wu Heng said. Thank you. The man walked out immediately, muttering something about having a hard time, and then left. In the room, there were several corpses covered with linen. Judging from the body shape, there are humans and beastmen. ??Wu Heng released a [Dancing Light Technique] to light up the room. Let Duke uncover the first corpse. This is a woman who looks young. There is a deep scar on her neck. Her skin is pale, as if the blood has been drained. ??Its really the same as the murder that happened last time in the tavern. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse with skin as pale as paper suddenly sat up and looked at this side with its pale eyes. The expression of the newly joined female orc Mata changed and she involuntarily took a step back. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "How did you die?" He was attacked by several people and his neck was slit, the corpse replied. Do you know those people? I dont know him, I didnt see his face clearly. Where was it attacked? Outside the city, the path to the north. "What time." After dusk! ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask the last question, "What characteristics do you remember about them?" He was filled with the smell of blood and was wearing a black cloak. After speaking, there was a bang and he lay back on the ground again. Then, Wu Heng continued to ask about the second corpse, which was a female orc. The green skin has turned gray due to blood loss. It is obvious that he has been in a battle, and there are scars on his face and body. But the fatal injury was still the neck. The whitish flesh and blood are everted. ?Wu Heng asked again according to the previous question. The place and time of the incident are different, but the characteristics of the murderer are the same. After finishing the five questions, I asked the remaining corpses again, trying to collect as much useful information as possible. Wait until all interrogations are completed. The three of them got together again. Captain, is it the same as last time? Duke said. Well, its exactly the same. Could he be a wanted criminal? "It doesn''t matter whether it''s true or not. If we deal with this matter, it can be regarded as eliminating harm for the people." Wu Heng said. Yes, thats a good word, said Duke. ??Marta interrupted the conversation between the two and asked softly: "Captain, what should we do next?" The interrogation efficiency is high. But this time, there is clearly no clear direction. ??You can''t search from house to house to see if there is a black windbreaker from when the crime was committed, or smell the smell of blood on someone''s body. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s actually easy to handle. The other party only attacks women. Let''s lure the other party out." Understood! Duke glanced at the newly added female orc. ?Marta nodded, "Okay, I have no problem." Although the orcs were tall, female orcs were also included among the dead. ?The other partys target is not to pick on the weak, but mainly to target women. This is actually a bit abnormal. Wu Heng glanced at ''Marta'' but shook his head, "The other party has several people acting together. It''s a bit dangerous for Marta to be used as bait." The position of the ranger in this world is not a high-agility profession that comes and goes without a trace. ??More like the reconnaissance and long-range support professions. Once surrounded, if your own side does not provide timely support, irreparable consequences may occur. Join the team in the morning, but no one is there in the afternoon. This is really a joke. Looking for a girl? Duke asked. Duke, you go! What? Captain, Im a man, didnt they attack women? Duke said in surprise and patted his chest. Prove that you are a man and do not have the characteristics of a woman. ??Marta was also smiling awkwardly, not knowing what to say. Let the strong Duke become a woman, um..., its quite an idea. Its a disguise. Wu Heng took out the Transformation Veil and handed it to him, saying, Put it on, let me see! Duke took it doubtfully and put it on his head at Wu Heng''s signal. A ray of light shone down from the top of her head, and her body began to change, turning into the image of a female orc. Appearance, a layer of phantom effect has been added, but the height is still tall. ?Wu Heng looked at Duke and nodded, while Marta''s eyes widened. This must be a special prop. "No change..." Duke just opened his mouth and then closed his mouth. Because the speaking voice has changed and is more like a female voice. Okay, the effect is quite good. You go to the northern area and walk around. We will protect you in the dark. Duke, dont cry like you are doing it. What if you scare away the murderer? "Ah? Captain, this can''t be done. How can this be done?" "Don''t talk nonsense. If I weren''t a mage, I would go by myself." "He, this, is not...!" Duke stammered for a long time, and walked away in a female appearance. ?The sky is getting gloomier. On the path to the north, a female orc looked around with a somewhat reserved expression. Physically strong and with waterfall-like long hair, they are the most popular type among orcs. Hurrah! ?Suddenly, the sound of running footsteps came from the dark alley on one side. ?Three figures sprang out, forming three directions, surrounding the female orc in the middle. Holy shit, with such a big body, what did you eat to grow up? As long as its a woman, this kind of blood volume is more abundant. Stop talking nonsense, people outside the city are investigating these things recently, so act quickly. Damn, he even gave us an ogle ?A few people spoke without any hesitation. As for the female orc, when she heard the word "ogling", she became furious instantly. With a loud roar, he rushed over directly. Thanks to book friend 20170729180427118 for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 140 , life is a disease (4 Thousand Sons, updated first) Chapter 140, Life is a disease (4 thousand sons, updated first) Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. The tall female orc, like a crazy bison, directly knocked a person away and threw him four to five meters away. ??The other two people looked back at their companions who flew out, with expressions of surprise on their faces. what''s the situation. ?So fierce. Kill her, something is wrong! The person who flew out stumbled up, clutching his chest and said. ??The other two people also turned around, immediately drew out the daggers from their waists, and rushed towards the female orc, one from the left and the other from the right. Plan to outflank them directly and kill first to get blood. Duke''s face instantly became solemn. He involuntarily blew a kiss, lowered his center of gravity, and took out an iron sword from his waist. ?Looking at the two rushing people with vigilant eyes. Whoosh~! Just as the two of them were getting closer and closer, they rushed in front of them. A sharp sound broke through the air. Poof~! An arrow was shot from a distance, instantly piercing a person''s body and exiting from the front. The figure in the middle staggered two steps. Looking down at the arrow that shot out of his body, the other man''s expression suddenly changed. At this moment, the sound of wings waving came from the sky again. A black-feathered eagle swooped down from the sky. The man bent his arms to block. With a squeaking sound, the sharp eagle claws left deep claw marks on the leather armor. Ah! Duke, disguised as a woman, yelled. Holding the iron sword, he rushed forward. Hands of weapons are opened and closed, blowing kisses and ogling, while roaring loudly. Swish swish~! Arrows are still being shot from a distance. ??Wu Heng and several others also rushed over from a distance and quickly took action to kill him. The task is simpler than imagined. Duke handed the veil to Wu Heng, "Captain, here you go." ?Wu Heng took it and put it away directly. ??I bought this with thousands of silver coins, but I didn''t take it seriously. Still too young. Do you think there are many opportunities to be an honest girl? Drag the body over here! Wu Heng said. Duke and Marta dragged the body over. Three bodies, neatly placed in front of him. ??Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], "Do you have anyone else?" There are other members, the corpse replied. ??Its not just the three of them. ??Moreover, the word member is more like a team or gang word. ??Wu Heng tried to ask: "What is the name of your organization?" Blood Worship Cult! Damn it, there really is an organization. ?Wu Heng looked at Duke and Marta, and they both shook their heads, indicating that they had never heard of it. Looks like its not very famous locally. How many people are there in your organization? Wu Heng continued to ask. Counting us, there are eight people in total. The number of people is not too large. It should be a small church that has just been established. That''s why he kills people everywhere in this sneaky way. Compared to some cults that promote weird doctrines, this kind of people who kill people everywhere are even more hateful. What is your purpose in killing people? Collect blood. ??Wu Heng also wanted to ask what he was collecting blood for, but felt that none of it was important. Continue to ask: Where is your church? In the north, there is a single house. After five questions, the body lay back with a thud. Blood is still flowing from the wound. ?Wu Heng continued to wake up the second corpse and asked directly: "What are the characteristics of the house where you are hiding?" The corpse replied, "There is a red crescent moon pattern on the wall." What is your leaders name? "have no idea." have no idea? What is your leaders strength? Level 10. Besides a few people from the Blood Worship Cult, are there any other helpers? "No." "you." After Wu Heng asked about the second corpse, he asked about the third one. Conversation with the Dead is to recall the original memory. Sometimes, everyone has different perspectives on the same question and gives different answers. He repeatedly asked about the number of people in the church and the rank of the leaders. It is certain that it is just a small church that has just been established, and there are still 5 people in the base area, including their leader. A level 9 or 10 professional. Level 10 is more likely, because the one we killed last time in the tavern was a level 9 wanted criminal, and this one has become a leader, so the level should be higher. Captain, what should we do next? Duke said. Lets go to the north. ??Wu Heng and others followed the intelligence and came to the gathering place in the North District outside the city. ?Standing in the dark alley, waiting silently. ?The black-feathered eagle circled twice in the sky. ??Ghost Xiaoxiao remained invisible and flew back from a distance. After sharing vision, they found the wooden house marked with a red crescent in the opponent''s sky. ?The room was small and dark. There were a total of five people gathered inside, holding flowers and blood in their hands, muttering something in their mouths, as if praying, and then drank it in one gulp. Show an expression of contentment and intoxication. There is a basement below, where three women are imprisoned in iron cages, and there are corpses that have not been disposed of in time. ?It seems that the three people just now are not the only ones who are out hunting. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, glanced at the building opposite, and said: "There are five people in the house. Duke will go with me. Marta will find a position to be on guard. If anyone approaches or escapes, be careful to kill them." "clear!" The two nodded. ?Wu Heng took Duke and the two skeletons to the front of the house. As soon as he got closer, a voice came from behind the door, "Who is it?" Wu Heng said directly: "We are residents nearby. I heard that there is a red yarn tavern here. Is it nearby?" Go forward, not this way. What? Didnt hear clearly! ?Wu Heng gestured to the people behind him. Duke paused and hit the door directly. Hang~squeak! ??The violent banging sound made the door ring with the sound of teeth grinding. ?Ba Wudong immediately took Duke''s place and kicked the door. With a bang, the swaying wooden door fell backwards. A strong smell of blood rushed towards his face. "Ah~! Damn it, who are you?" There were roars in the room. Tap tap tap~! ?Three figures, like agile cheetahs, took the lead and pounced on the people at the door. Bang~! Bang, bang, bang! ?Several people pulled the triggers at the same time, and dense bullets were fired at the two figures directly in front. The figure jumped into the air and fell from the sky, bleeding all over the ground. Then, bullets continued to be fired at several people behind. Shuashua~shua! In the room, the remaining people moved quickly around the room. In the dim room, afterimages were left. ??Can you still dodge bullets? Damn it, get out! Its the Knights of the Iron Guard, they discovered us. Kill out, and the blood will grant us immortality. Several figures in the room quickly rushed towards the door. He was instantly penetrated by bullets and fell to the ground groaning in pain. Suddenly, a figure quickly approached the door from behind. The muzzle of the gun was raised and fired at the running figure. However, the next second. Huh~! ?The figure instantly turned into a ball of black smoke, bypassed several people, rushed out of the door, and drifted into the distance. Follow him. Hands on the trigger without letting go, bullets are fired towards the black smoke one after another. Puff puff puff~! The dense bullets shot into the black smoke, making a "puff, puff, puff" sound. ?Like being shot into a mire. Obviously, black smoke cannot float in the air like real smoke and can only maintain a height of about two meters. Even if he wanted to escape far away, he was shaken by the dense bullets and couldn''t move. ?At the same time, the substances in the black smoke became more and more solid. Several people followed and shot indiscriminately. ??The black mist suddenly condensed, forming a figure wearing a black robe. ?Haunted loudly: "I can give you money to let me get out of here." Youve killed so many people and you still want to leave? Wu Heng waved his hand again. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet was fired again, piercing his chest. The man''s body swayed with the impact of the bullet, and he moved backwards little by little. You cant kill me, me and the gangs in the outer city ?Bang bang bang~! Before he could finish his words, a bullet pierced his body again. He fell directly to the ground, blood flowing all over the ground. Even though he killed the opponent, Wu Heng was still surprised by how difficult the opponent was. He actually had two skeletons empty two magazines before killing him. Duke ran over, raised the battle ax in his hand, and was about to chop off the opponent''s head. Dont cut it, there is too much blood to take away. Wu Heng said directly. Im afraid hes pretending to be dead. If hes dead, take off his scarf. ??Duke pulled off the scarf wrapped around the body''s mouth and nose, revealing the image of a middle-aged man with sunken cheeks. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet, called up the association''s wanted notices, and compared them one by one. [Partchuck, reward of 720 silver, mid-level item reward. At this time, Marta also ran over. Look at the tablet together. When he found out that he was really a wanted criminal, his eyes widened. Escaped from the Kingdom of Yeko. In addition to money, there are also mid-level prop rewards among the rewards. Its quite generous. ??My team''s trip was really not in vain. What a wanted criminal! Duke was also surprised. Although he provided the information, he never expected that he was actually a wanted criminal. After all, this kind of thing still depends on some luck. Wu Heng continued: "Duke, go get a carriage. Marta, go to the basement of the room and rescue those women. Be careful not to trap any traps." "Okay, captain." The two agreed and immediately split up. ??Wu Heng walked to the last corpse, stretched out his right hand with a leather glove, opened his mouth and took a look. Two fangs, very obvious. ??It really looks like the kind of vampire that appears in movies. Leave him to me! Bassen and Bawudong immediately stepped forward and began to remove the clothes from the corpse on the ground. Leave only a thin set of clothes inside. Black cloak, leather armor, a short blade, and a backpack. ?Wu Heng squatted down and opened the backpack directly. A money bag, a certificate of deposit and withdrawal from the Snake Emblem Consortium, and a gold wine glass with various gemstones on the rim. Blood Cup (wonderful object) Type: Strange Object Function: Drink blood from a wine glass to transform the body''s constitution. Side effects: blood-eating habit, fear of light. (Description: Life is a disease, and curing it requires a high price.) Wonderful object! ???A church with only so many people actually owns a strange thing? ?This is really a bit unexpected. But it is also certain that these guys show high agility, especially this leader, who also has the effect of turning himself into black smoke and being completely immune to physical damage for a certain period of time. It is definitely related to this strange blood cup. This is also the reason why they drink blood. The side effect is eating blood. But I also want to have this effect of turning into black smoke. Soon, the imprisoned woman in the room was released. She was crying and must have been frightened. ??Some people also gathered nearby, as well as gangs responsible for the security of the area. Marta is communicating with those people. ?Wu Heng put all his backpack and equipment into the space ring. Not long after, Duke drove a carriage over, threw the body on the cart, and the team began to return. On the way, the middle-aged man who showed the body before also walked over quickly. "Thank you very much, captain, thank you guys. We don''t have much money to collect, so we can buy some drinks for you." He said and handed over a money bag. "Forget it, let''s give it back to everyone. This is a wanted criminal, and we will have a reward when we go back." Wu Heng said. "How can that be done? As promised before, I must get it." The situation in outer urban areas is different. Some difficult things cannot even be handled by the management gang. The nearby residents need to pool their money and hire a mercenary group to deal with it, which will only cost more money and may not have any effect. ??Wu Heng glanced at the man who didn''t let go, and took the money bag, "Okay, I''ll take the money. If you have anything to do in the future, please contact Duke. We''ll help you if we can." Okay, thank you captain, thank you all. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and the carriage continued forward, passing through the city gate and entering the outer city. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. It started to drizzle in the sky, and it looked like a storm was going to come at any moment. Duke and Marta, escorting the cart to the left and right. The tame black-feathered eagle landed on the cart, staring at the corpse above, motionless. Captain, did we do a good thing this time and save a few people? Duke put his hand on the side of the cart and asked. "Well, good thing. We will continue to collect intelligence later. Our target is still the wanted criminal." "Okay, I feel like I''ve mastered some methods." Duke said. The team pulled the cart forward slowly. Passing by the pub in front. I happened to see a plump red-haired woman wearing a windbreaker walking out of the tavern. Her younger brother held an umbrella beside her and whispered something. The spiked gang sister-in-law Wen Mansha. The cart passed by and the two of them looked at each other briefly. Wen Mansha coughed slightly and said, "The weather is not very good today, so I don''t need to keep a guard here." "Sister-in-law, there has been some chaos recently. It may be dangerous if we don''t arrange people." A younger brother said. Wen Mansha glared at him and said, "Who knows if you don''t tell me? It will rain heavily tonight. What will happen if the brothers who stay here get sick? Come back tomorrow morning." The rest of the younger brothers are also happy. Secretly, my sister-in-law still feels sorry for me. Thank you, sister-in-law. Well, order some food at the tavern and bring it to my room, and then you can leave. Yes, sister-in-law. The cart passed by the door of the tavern. Entered the inner city and returned to the association. Transport the body to the morgue and hand it over to the staff for identification verification. "Okay, let''s all go home. After checking the identities of the corpses, we will divide the bounty tomorrow." Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain. "oh!" The two orcs left, and Wu Heng also packed his things. ?Holding an umbrella, she walked towards Wen Manshas residence. Thanks to Pi Zixilong for the reward. Thanks, 08a for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 141 , Fire God Sanctuary Chapter 141, Flame God Sanctuary It is raining lightly in the sky. ??Wu Heng held an umbrella and walked with Basen and Bawudong on a deserted path. ?All the way to Wen Manshas residence, there was no one at the door. Normally, there will be younger brothers guarding here, working in shifts throughout the day. ?In this kind of weather, no one wants to stay outside and guard the door. Let him go back to take shelter from the rain, naturally he is willing to do so. Push the door and enter the small courtyard, then enter the room. As soon as the door was opened, a figure wearing a low-cut silk dress rushed over. ?Wu Heng hugged her and felt soft and warm. Master! Wen Mansha shouted softly. Since last time, it seems that I have become more open-minded. "You''re wearing so little, aren''t you afraid of catching a cold?" Wu Heng hugged her and closed the door with his feet. Waiting for the master to warm up! Wen Mansha put her arms around his neck and said coquettishly: Master, I miss you so much. As he spoke, the shoulder straps slipped off, and the snow peak on one side was exposed to the air, round and upright. The "Mansha Wen" at this time is completely different from the gangster sister-in-law during the day. In front of the younger brother, he had a cold and arrogant attitude, but at this moment, he was so charming that he seemed to be melting. ??Wu Heng patted his waist and hip gently and asked, "Is there any news about Luo Qi?" During the day, we arranged for someone to come over and take a look. It is estimated that they will be back in the next two days. Wen Mansha said. Well, when you come back, inform me as soon as possible, and I will let you be the leader of the Spike Gang. Wu Heng made a promise directly. I need someone to collect intelligence. Wen Mansha, who signed the slave contract, is the most suitable candidate. Master just arranges it. Even if I am allowed to stay with him as a maid, I am willing to do so. Wen Mansha continued. I dont know if its because of the slave contract or because Wen Mansha is clingy. Your ability is still suitable for being a gang sister-in-law. "Thank you, Master." Wen Manman pulled him and sat down at the table. "Master has been busy all day and hasn''t eaten yet. I asked someone to prepare dinner." ?Wu Heng was sitting at the table eating dinner, while Wen Mansha was serving her carefully. Simply took a bite. The two sat at the table and chatted about what happened in the past two days. ?Wu Heng also has some understanding of the outer city area. The next day, early morning. ?Wen Mansha got up and got dressed. ??It is actually a good thing if you have a personal maid to take care of your life. ??Wu Heng took out several sets of women''s underwear and clothing brought back from the commercial street in the space ring, handed them to her and said: "I prepared these for you, I don''t know if they are suitable or not." Wen Mansha''s eyes widened as she looked at the various brightly colored clothes. With eyes full of joy, he rushed forward and said, "Thank you, Master." "Um!" After a while. Wen Mansha took her younger brother to the tavern for dinner. Wu Heng also dressed up and walked directly to the inner city. It rained all night last night. ?Walking on the street, the rushing water flows towards the drainage wells on both sides of the road. The entire city has a complex drainage system. It rained heavily last night, but it still did not flood the city today. ??Wu Heng went directly to the association with the two skeletons. He came to the front desk and collected the bounty from last nights autopsy. Return to the lounge. Duke and Marta were already sitting in the lounge chatting. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they all smiled, "Captain!" Well, the bounty is here, the association is 720, and the residents collected 120 yesterday. These two are yours. Wu Heng handed the corresponding bounty to the two of them. ?Marta glanced at Duke standing aside. The latter stood up and said, "Thank you, captain." Seeing Duke take it, Marta also picked up the money bag, "Thank you, captain." Well, if you have nothing to do, you can go back and continue to focus on investigating intelligence. Wu Heng continued. Good captain, just do it for the people! I know. Okay, if you have nothing to do, go back. "oh!" The two of them got up and left, and Wu Heng also left the association. Directly entered the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng. In the VIP room of the Snake Emblem Consortium, the local person in charge, Lecia, walked over with her waist twisted. "Good morning." Lecia sat down opposite, her white calves exposed under her skirt, and asked with a smile: "Mr. Wu Heng came here this time to ask about the construction of the ''Bone Burial Ground''?" "Well, let''s see if you are ready? There are some other things to do by the way." Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and said. "I''m sorry, Mr. Wu Heng, the construction is not ready yet." Lecia apologized softly. Its a bit long! Well, the formation architecture requires formation masters to draw it, plus transportation, which is quite time-consuming. Lecia sighed, Actually, we are also very anxious. Try to speed up as much as possible. Lately, I have enough gold in my hands, and I have some confidence in whatever I want to do. Yes, sir! "I have your access certificate here. Take out all the items inside." Wu Heng took out the certificate he obtained from killing the ''Blood Worship Cult'' yesterday. ?This kind of certificate only recognizes the note and not the person. Anyone can come and get it. Okay, sir, please wait a moment. The woman handed the bill to the staff outside the door, and chatted with Wu Heng for a while. Soon, there was a knock on the door. The staff came in carrying a wooden box. Put it on the table and then leave. ?Wu Heng opened it directly. Inside were neatly arranged silver coins and a book. The Book of Runes. It is not a skill book, but a book about magic runes. ?Wu Heng didnt look at it much and directly closed the wooden box again. ?Lecia still kept smiling and stayed by her side silently. I want to buy a few corpses. Wu Heng continued. Oh? What type of corpse does Sir need? Lecia continued to ask. "Alchemist, level ten or above, no race or gender requirements, as long as you are an alchemist." Wu Heng said his request. ?Lecia nodded, took out the power of attorney, and filled it out for him herself, "Sir, how many of these corpses are needed?" Obviously, this is not the first time the other party has purchased, otherwise he would not have said so completely. It also avoids some waste of time. Lets have five. Lecia started to look up and saw that the corresponding price of five pieces was quite a lot. Still smiling slightly, "Okay sir, you need to pay a deposit of one thousand silver coins here. When the body comes over, the subsequent balance will be calculated based on the state of the body and the cost of transportation." The last time I purchased a corpse, the deposit was 300 silver coins. ?This time it is directly one thousand, maybe it is a larger number and has increased a bit. Yes, how long will it take to deliver the goods? It will be delivered one after another, probably in three days. Holy shit! This is so fast. It cant be immediate killing. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. He just took out a thousand silver coins from the wooden box and handed it to the other party. Sir, let me use the emblem. Lecia stretched out her hand. ?Wu Heng handed over the emblem, and the other party took it, pressed the ink pad, and made a mark on the commission. Okay sir, the commission is completed. Lecia said with a smile, feeling lucky that she had met such a young and rich man. ?This happened several times in succession, and each time the consumption was not small. Even in Luntam City, it is already rare. My performance will probably be better than in previous years. ? We can maintain good cooperation with the other party in the future, and this year we will be ranked high in the region. By the way, is there anything else about the store that I told you about last time? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Lecias eyes lit up again. Whatever comes to mind comes. "Of course, do you need to see it?" Lecia immediately asked someone to get the map. "Um." ??The map I saw last time was placed on the table again and spread out. ?Lecia pointed out several locations one by one. This map marks the location of the entire city, as well as important streets and key areas. Even the drainage situation is also marked. ?Wu Heng stared at the map carefully for a while. He asked: "Which store is in a good location and has a backyard?" Lecia glanced at the map and pointed her green-white finger at a shop in the northern outer city. "This side fully meets your requirements. There is a shop in the front and a small courtyard and warehouse in the back." ?Wu Heng took a look at the location. It was slightly off the main road, but the location was not too far away. Its pretty good. Take me to see it! "Okay." Lecia ordered, opened the door and ordered the carriage to be prepared. Not long after, the carriage was ready. He took the two of them directly to the store. Soon, the two of them arrived at the store. Push the door open and walk in. The store area is a two-story building, each floor is about 40 square meters, which is not too big. ??It probably hasn''t been vacant for too long. There are still footprints on the ground from the last person who came here. It used to be a jewelry store, but it didnt do well and closed down. Lecia took two steps in the room and traced the dust on the window sill with her fingers. Well, lets go check out the backyard! Behind the shop is a small courtyard connected to a warehouse. ?Wu Heng took a look, then entered the warehouse and took a closer look. He felt that it was pretty good. "Let''s go back." Lock the door again, get on the carriage and return slowly. Lecia tilted her chin, looked across, and asked, "Sir, how is it? Is this location satisfactory?" "Well, I''m quite satisfied. If you can guarantee the local gang issues and some security issues, I will settle it." You can rest assured that the Shehui Consortium operates formally, but it also has some self-protection capabilities to ensure the safety of your store. Lecia said without hesitation. ?Wu Heng nodded, somewhat satisfied, "Okay, I''ve decided." Well, then I will write a commission with you. The new commission was completed, Lecia continued: "The rent for this shop is 2,000 silver coins." Hmm. Wu Heng gave the money and took the key handed over by the other party. Thought for a while and continued: "I will open the store in a few days. Please arrange for someone to help me clean it up." "Of course." Lecia agreed immediately and asked, "What business do you plan to run?" Groceries, some daily necessities. Forehead. ?Lecia glanced at the other person and saw that it was not a joke. Such a high rent to make daily necessities. Its really a bold attempt. But it has nothing to do with her, people have their own ideas. "Where''s the name? I''ll have someone make a sign for you and put it directly in the store." Lecia continued. It is also good for yourself to maintain a good relationship with such a person. Just ask customers to come to the grocery store! "good!" The carriage returned to the inner city, and he got off directly and returned to his residence. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Leave the community and come to the crossroads. From a distance, I saw a motorcade parked on the roadside. ?Wu Heng used the walkie-talkie to call Li Yahong. Soon, he ran over from a distance. How is it over there in the prison? Its okay, its the same as when I left, everything has been sent over. Li Yahong replied. ?It seems that the prison is quite stable. Li Yahong is taking people back one after another, so nothing will happen again. By the way, a new shelter has appeared in the frequency band recently and is recruiting survivors. Li Yahong suddenly thought of something and said. An area that communicates on the same frequency band. The frequency band Li Yahong mentioned should be his own area. Its called the Flame Gods Sanctuary. The leader has awakened his powers and can control the flames. ?Wu Heng looked at her with a frown, "Can you really awaken the ability to control elements?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 142 , Return of Roach (previous Chapter 142, Roach returns (the previous chapter was closed, and the plot broke off.) Things like physical enhancement and sensory enhancement are actually understandable. After all, it is limited to the strengthening of the body. However, awakening to control the flame is a bit too exaggerated. In another world, spells have a complete set of inheritance, which are learned and used to control the transformation of magic power. This world, which directly relies on one''s own awakening, is more like the blood power of the ''warlock'' profession. The sorcerers power does not require learning. ??It also relies on the awakening of bloodline. For example, the captain of Team 2 of Blackstone Town, Tulisa, has an ice bloodline. Can release a variety of blood magic. So, the awakening of powers in this world is very similar to the awakening of a warlocks bloodline. Hearing the surprise in Wu Heng''s words, Li Yahong looked at him doubtfully. Are you surprised? It doesnt count, where is it? Over at Jinjiawazi, the leaders title is Yan Shen, and I heard he has some people under his command. Li Yahong continued. Jinjiawazi is a place near the edge of the city. There are some villages around. It is easy to understand why we chose that place as our base, as we should avoid places with urban population base. I just dont know if he was a survivor in the village or if he escaped later. In short, this news is good news for mankind. ?Human beings are also evolving, and their various abilities are also very inspiring. "God of Fire? Why did you get this name?" Wu Heng was a little curious. Its just a code name. Li Yahong said calmly. ?The eyes even looked at the other party carefully. ??Although it cannot be verified, I feel that when the other person named him "God of Fire", he was probably influenced by the name King Yama. "That''s right." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "How many people are left in the auto repair shop?" "7 people." Tomorrow, I will ask the big-headed skeleton to protect you. I will search the cleaned unit building and collect the glasses, porcelain bowls, plastic basins and all daily necessities inside. I will have use for them then. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong frowned, a little confused about the purpose of collecting these things. ?The neighborhood is a gathering area for residents, and there are quite a few residents. These are the most common things. If you collect them, the number will probably be quite large. Want it complete? Yes, try to keep it as good as possible and collect it with everyone first. Okay, Ill have someone prepare some anti-collision cotton tonight, and Ill take someone to collect it tomorrow. Li Yahong said. Wu Heng liked this about her. I will immediately find a way to complete the tasks assigned to me. Very refreshing. "Um." The two chatted for a few more words and then returned to their accommodation. ??After Wu Heng returned to the community, he told the big-headed skull about the task of cooperating with Li Yahong tomorrow. After nothing happens. Then he returned to his own residence. Enter the study room. Took out the skill book exchanged yesterday and started to look at it. Feather Falling Technique Can prevent up to 5 targets from being harmed after falling from a high altitude. Judging from the explanation and introduction of the skill, it is a change skill. Change the tendency of your own falling to achieve the effect of not being harmed when you land. In Wu Heng''s understanding, it should have changed its own dynamic potential energy, keeping it within the range where it falls to the ground without being harmed, and completing the effect of the spell. It can be said that it is still of great use. Turn to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock skill: Feather Falling Technique. After completing skill learning. ?Wu Heng just wanted to go back and rest. Dang Dang Dang~! A white-feathered owl stood outside the third-floor window, tapping its hard beak on the window. ?Wen Manshas Taming of Beasts. Wu Heng opened the window and the owl landed directly on the desk in front of him. Peel open the owl''s thick feathers to reveal the strip of paper tied to its thin legs. People are coming. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. Roach is back. The Spike Gang''s residence. The burly Luo Qi sat behind the desk. "There was something wrong with your intelligence, and it almost killed me." Roach said with some anger in his tone. ? Opposite, sat the tall and thin ''Fischer'', who also said: "He just came to Luntam City and there were two attendants around him. How did you fail?" "I have arranged for several people, all of whom are good players in the gang. There must be something wrong somewhere." Roach continued. Because of his intelligence. ?Not only did he die a few good players, he was also frightened and hid away for three days. In the past three days, I have been on tenterhooks, not daring to go out and having to keep an eye on the situation outside. You can say that he is a gang leader, and if word spreads about it, people will be embarrassed. "Hmph, as long as he didn''t find anything." Fisher looked at the other person and continued: "This time, I will find a way to let him go on a mission outside the city, and then I will arrange for someone to kill him from the wild. Roach''s eyes widened instantly. He was about to roar, but he immediately lowered his voice and said, "You are crazy. This matter almost went wrong, and you still have to do it." "You think this matter is over? Unless he dies, problems may arise sooner or later. He must die." Fischer patted the back of the chair and spoke firmly. Roach still looked at the other party and knew that the other party had identified him. ?It is obviously impossible to withdraw. ?Either leave Fischer here now, or agree to his plan and continue to kill the boy from Team 12. Both of them are people who killed the association. I have no way out. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "Okay, you will inform me then, and I must kill him this time." "This is best. In terms of money, I won''t let you suffer. Make arrangements this time so there won''t be any problems again." Fisher said, put on his scarf and cloak again, and walked out directly. Roach sighed and watched the other party leave. At this time, Wen Mansha walked out of the back room. He said softly: "Are you still not going to stop?" Roach looked at his woman. Compared with when he left, she seemed to have changed a lot. The skin is smooth and moisturized, and the complexion is more rosy. Hand out his hand, he wanted to pull the other person into his arms, but he was dodged directly. He sighed and said, "You''re still angry. I knew there was nothing wrong, so I asked you to stay. If you want to leave, can I leave without you?" ?Wen Mansha sat down not far away and did not talk about it. But continued: "Are you still going to listen to Fisher?" Lets take a look at the situation first. If he can really lure the other party out of the city and go to a deserted place, he can also kill the kid. Luo Qi said. Wen Mansha said nothing, sneered and turned aside. Roach smiled and said, "Don''t worry, that kid has no abilities. It''s not difficult to kill him." He continued to look at the woman who was becoming more and more nourished, and said softly: "Tomorrow, the boss of the White Wolf Gang and I will discuss something. Then you will accompany me and help me make this matter happen." Wen Mansha stared at him, "You want me to accompany him?" Sacrifice yourself for the sake of the gang! ?Wen Mansha still didnt answer. He glanced at the night outside the window and said softly: "I''ll go sit at the door for a while." "Um!" Wen Mansha walked out of the yard and glanced at the two gang members guarding the door. "Okay, there''s nothing to do today. You all can go back and come back tomorrow morning." Yes, sister-in-law. The boys leave. Three figures came out of an alley not far away. Wen Mansha looked at the few people and sighed slightly, "Inside, Fisher just left." Well, you go to the pub and sit for a while, you dont have to come back yet. Thank you, Master. Wen Mansha nodded, walked out of the alley, and walked towards the pub opposite. (End of this chapter) Chapter 143 , kill the target Chapter 143, Kill the target ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and the room was dark. Roach yawned and said, "Let someone prepare the bath water. I want to have a good rest tonight." No one responded behind him, but there were more than one footsteps walking in. ?Roach suddenly became alert. Looking up, he saw three figures walking in slowly. Not Wen Mansha or my younger brother, but an unfamiliar stranger. Roach was shocked. He forced himself to calm down, stood up slowly, and said, "Guys, come to my Spike Gang. Do you have anything to discuss?" Leader Luo Qi doesnt recognize me anymore? Wu Heng asked with a smile, and Basson behind him closed the door. Who are you? Luo Qi narrowed his eyes. Look, Chief Luo Qi is such a noble man who forgets things so much. He forgot about me after being out for a few days. Wu Heng continued. Roach''s expression changed, "You are the one from Team 12, no, you are not..." "You want to say, I didn''t find you? Think about it, if I don''t pretend that nothing happened, can you come back?" Wu Heng still kept smiling. Roach''s face became even more ugly. I thought the other party was just a young boy and gave up before the matter was investigated. I didnt expect that he would be so insidious and set a trap for himself. Let himself come back. Suppressing the uneasiness in his heart, he took a deep breath, forced out an ugly smile, and said: "Captain, it seems there was some misunderstanding. I was deceived at the time and did that kind of thing. Now I know your With your identity and strength, I wouldnt dare to go against you even if I were killed. ??Wu Heng sat down on a wooden chair not far away, "Oh? Leader Luo Qi really thinks so?" "Of course." Roach continued: "You are the captain of the association. I am a small gang. How can I go against you? I hid a few days ago. I know I did something wrong." Roach no longer has the airs of a gang leader, looking like a small person showing weakness and humility. Wu Heng was said to be very strong, but he himself was very weak. Then, didnt Fisher come to talk to you about the next step just now? Wu Heng said again. Fuck! Luo Qi cursed, took a sharp step to the left, and pulled out the iron sword hidden on the cabinet shelf. You will die here today! The matter has come to this, and he has no way out. The other party knows everything about you, and you can guess what is going on without even thinking about it. ?Today, only one of the two must get out alive. With a loud bang, he rushed over suddenly. The momentum is fierce. Bang~! ??The piercing gunshot sounded, and the distance was less than three meters, providing a precise hit rate. In the other party''s shouts. Chest, a splash of blood spattered. ?Bang bang bang~! Following that, there were three more shots, hitting the chest and abdomen. Roach''s expression changed drastically, and he looked down at the blood flowing along the armor. ?Teeth clenched. ?Change the direction directly and rush towards the door, shouting at the same time, "Where are the people, who are coming, where are the people outside?" ?Bawudong walked quickly, stopped at the door, kicked out with his whip leg, and pushed Luo Qi back again. ??Bassen took action at the same time, changed his body shape, and went around behind the opponent. The short blade in his hand pierced the body through the gap under the waist of the armor. Ah~! Luo Qi screamed in pain, his body staggering more and more. The other party is completely prepared. I have absolutely no chance of winning. Roach knelt down weakly on the ground and said with a twisted expression: "Fisher asked me to do it all. Go find him and let me go!" "If you are the final winner, will you let me go? Don''t worry, Fisher will be with you soon." Bawudong stepped forward and was about to kill him. ??Luo Qi suddenly started up, holding the iron sword again, and slammed into Wu Heng. Bassen stood in front of him, while Wu Heng raised his hand and fired two shots, hitting the body and head. Roach''s eyes widened and he fell to the ground with unwillingness. Pick him up and search him! ??Bassen knelt down, took off his outer armor, and found the money bag, which contained two gold coins and hundreds of silver coins. Unexpectedly, he is quite rich. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?At this time, the door opened and Wen Mansha walked in. Looking at the corpse on the ground, his face turned a little pale. ??If I had reacted slower last time, I might have ended up with the same fate as Roach. Master! Wen Mansha shouted softly. "Um." "Some people were attracted by the sound outside the door, but I sent them away." Wen Mansha stepped forward and hugged the other person''s arm. It should have been attracted by the sound of gunfire. But in outer urban areas, the problem is not big. ??There are quite a few gangs engaging in fire fights at night. If you just find a reason, no one will care about it. Well, Luo Qi is dead, what are your plans? Wu Heng put his arm on her shoulder and continued to ask. "At that time, I said that Roach left again, and I will continue to manage it for the time being. Later, I will gradually replace some of my people and control the Spike Gang." Wen Mansha said. Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, as long as you have a plan." Continue to look at the body, "Carry him to the yard." ??Bassen dragged the body to the land on one side of the yard. ??Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique], the flesh and blood fell off, and a skeleton slowly stood up. Wen Mansha''s face turned paler, and she couldn''t help but take two steps back, carefully hiding behind her. The contractual relationship between two people cannot be erased, so they subconsciously trust each other more and get closer to each other. Skeleton Warrior (Level 10) Roach is really a level 10 warrior. Looking at the attributes, I tended towards strength and constitution, traditional warrior attributes. There is nothing special about it. ??Wu Heng explained: "I am a necromancer, and now he has become a necromancer. Are you afraid?" Dont be afraid. Ive seen the world in the Spike Gang, so dont be afraid. Well, then he will stay with you to protect you first. Wu Heng continued. Wen Mansha glanced at the skeleton, then at Wu Heng, and whispered: "Master, won''t you stay for the night?" ??Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "I have other things to do. Please take care of this place first. I will come back to you then." A good master. ?Wu Heng nodded and left with Basen Bawudong. ?Wen Mansha began to deal with the traces in the room. The night is dark. ?The sky seemed to be covered with a curtain, making it impossible to see even one''s fingers. Inner city, outside a residence. ??The patrolling Iron Guard Knights yawned and walked past the community, gradually disappearing. An arm appeared out of thin air out of the night. I saw a censer with three burning incense sticks placed on the edge of the residence. ??A curl of green smoke rose into the building in front of him. This is a prop from the Spike Gang, called the [Psychedelic Incense Burner]. ??When the incense is lit and inhaled by a creature for a certain period of time, it will fall into exhaustion and even affect the effect of sensory exhaustion. The smoke continued for a while, and the surroundings remained quiet. ??The skeletal arm appeared out of thin air again and opened the iron manhole cover on the side of the road. Shashashasha~! Dense, like the sound of countless pairs of feet crawling. ?The next second, large swaths of rats poured out of the well mouth like a torrent and rushed towards the distant buildings. The rats swarmed directly into the building. Following this, there was the neighing of mice and painful wails. The surrounding buildings lit up one after another. ?Not long after, the wailing in the room stopped, and the rats poured out of the building and re-entered the sewer. Withered arms put away the incense burner. Disappear into the night. Early morning, Fischers death scene. In the small room, Deacon Gomez stood on one side with an expression of suppressed anger. "A senior captain actually died in his own home." Gomez glanced across the street, "It is simply a shame for the entire association. You are still the captain of the association, how do you maintain order like this?" Opposite, stood all the captains of the association. He lowered his head and did not dare to make a sound. ?Early this morning, before Wu Heng went out, he was notified by the staff to come here. ?Fischer''s death appearance was ugly, as if he had been bitten by countless mouths, and the flesh and blood all over his body was covered with dense bite marks. And all around, there were still some remaining rotten meat and hair of animals. The captain of the association died here. It is not a glamorous thing. If the news spreads, it will affect the prestige and reputation of the association. But the captains were also somewhat unjust in their reprimands from the deacons. After all, it is not their responsibility to maintain law and order at night, that is the business of the Iron Guard mercenary group in the city. ??But the deacon was in a rage, and no one dared to defend himself or get into trouble. ??Gmez continued: "Except for the team that needs to cooperate with the Knights to drive away the ''Warhammer Party'', the other teams have asked me to investigate this matter. I want detailed information within three days. If I can''t get it, my salary will be deducted for a month." Everyone looked at each other quietly and remained silent. Seeing that the captains were still lowering their heads and saying nothing, Gomez gritted his teeth and said: "The meeting is over, please leave me to do things." The captains, walking outside. Gomez looked at one of the figures. Wu Heng, please stay for a while. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 144 , no one is allowed to leave Chapter 144: No one is allowed to leave ?Wu Heng paused and looked back at Gomez. Waiting for everyone to leave, he asked, "What is the deacon''s order?" ?Gmez frowned at him, and then asked: "Where were you last night?" ?Wu Heng frowned and said directly: "At home, the deacon is not doubting me, is he?" What do you think about this matter? Gomez continued to ask. I dont have much experience in this kind of case analysis, and Im afraid that my nonsense will mislead me in the right direction. Wu Heng said directly. Can I ask the corpse? "able!" Okay, come with me. The two of them entered another room together, and the body covered with white cloth was placed on the bed on one side. Lets get started! Gomez continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way. ??Gomez looked at the body and asked directly: "Who killed you?" The corpse replied, "Rat swarm." Who controls the rats? Gomez continued to ask. The corpse was stunned for a moment, "I don''t know." Who do you suspect? Companions or enemies of a wanted criminal, without a clear target. Being the captain of the association is not easy either. ?The more wanted criminals you arrest, the more enemies you will have. Many captains or members will apply to be transferred to another location every once in a while, and it is also for this reason. Obviously, Fisher is in a similar situation. He was killed without even realizing who the target was. ?Gomez thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Who did you meet yesterday?" Members of the squad, the woman in the tavern, and Rocky from the Spike Gang. Gang member. ?Gomez frowned slightly. "You guys chat." Deacon, this is the last question. Wu Heng reminded from the side. ?Gomez nodded, thought again, and continued: "What did you discover when fighting the rats?" There are a lot of rats, and there are heavy traces of water on my body. I should be in a poisoned state, my senses are affected, and there is no way to escape. After saying that, he lay back on the ground with a thud. Deacon, you can ask the corpse up to five questions. Wu Heng reminded at the side. Yeah. Gomez nodded and continued to ask, What do you think about this matter? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "At present, we can only start with the ''Spike Gang''. This person named Luo Qi may know something." Well, Ill leave this line to you to investigate and find this Roach for me. Yes, deacon! ?Several people left the room, and Fisher''s body was covered with a white cloth and carried out. At the door, Duke and Marta stood waiting at the door. He first saluted the deacon, and then walked towards Wu Heng. Captain, why did Fisher die? Duke asked. All members were also called over. Surrounded by three floors inside and three floors outside. He was bitten to death by a pack of rats. Wu Heng said as he walked down. "Rat swarm? Where did the rat swarm come from in the inner city? I think someone is controlling the rats!" Duke followed behind, analyzing as he walked. I think so too, lets go, the deacon has assigned us a task to investigate a gang. Wu Heng continued walking outside. "okay!" The two Dukes followed quickly behind them. Walking towards the outer city. The Spike Gang. In the living room. Sister-in-law Wen Mansha is no longer wearing a long skirt and shawl. Today she is wearing leather armor, covering her proud **** tightly. She lost her former beauty, and gained a sense of sophistication. There was an additional figure beside him. ??His whole body was wrapped tightly, wearing a rare iron bucket helmet, and his eyes were completely dark, making it difficult to see anything. Judging from the body shape, this person should be very thin. On the two sides below, there are several backbones of the gang, as well as the captain and some team members at the back. Someone said: "Sister-in-law, the leader asked us to come here last night, and we can''t see anyone today. It''s hard to maintain this gang." Yes, sister-in-law, I asked the brothers who were on the watch last night, and they said that the boss did come back last night. Why did he leave just like that? Recently, there is no income at all, and the brothers are waiting to bring money back to support their families. ?When one person speaks, the others also speak. Wen Mansha glanced at everyone and said, "Roach left last night. Everything in the Spike Gang remains as usual. I am responsible for it." In the hall, silence fell again. Several backbones looked at each other and exchanged quick glances. ?One of them said: "The leader has left again, and we have nothing to say. I think we should maintain the previous form, each managing his own men, and wait until the leader comes back." Someone immediately echoed, "Just do it like this. I got news that a lot of people from the gangs managed in the outer city have been transferred to cooperate with the Iron Guard Knights to encircle and suppress the ''Warhammer Party''. The city has been chaotic recently, and my sister-in-law still doesn''t go out much." good." Well, thats it for now, well talk about everything after the leader comes back. Alright! The rest of the people are not fools either. Roach came back last night and informed everyone of the meeting. ?Early this morning, the person disappeared again. Either he is dead, or he escaped because he got into something serious. Roach is gone, how can such a beautiful woman be able to defend the current gang? Maybe shell be called sister-in-law on the face. He was thinking about how to carve up this gang, or even take down this beautiful sister-in-law. When will the gang issues need to be resolved by voting? I havent left yet, so its not your turn to make the decision. Mansha Wen slammed the table and said loudly. Besides! Sister-in-law, you should take care of yourself. Gangs are all mens business. Sister-in-law, please take care of yourself. I have something else to do, so Ill leave first. Lets go too. ?A few people got up and walked out with the people behind them. Wen Mansha stood up suddenly and looked at the people leaving, but there was nothing she could do. Just when a few people were about to leave. The door suddenly opened. Face to face, several figures walked in directly. He bumped into the younger brother who was about to leave. This is the Spike Gang. If you dont want to live anymore, why dont you break in? One person said directly with the characteristics of a gang. ?Wu Heng glanced at a few people, and then at Wen Mansha who stood up and looked outside. Said directly: "No one is allowed to leave. The professional association will investigate the matter." "Hey, Professionals Association, when did you get so crazy and come to the local gang to investigate?" one of the key members said mockingly. ?Wu Heng glanced at him. "For those who leave, the association will put up a wanted warrant. Then go and see how much bounty you have." ?Everyone paused, and for a while no one dared to take a step forward. If you are linked to an association, you are the public enemy of the world. ?Anywhere, someone will catch you and you will be on the run for the rest of your life. It still has a great deterrent effect. In the living room. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the main seat, with a group of gang members sitting below him. Asked directly: "Who is Roach..." The rest of the younger brothers were shocked. It is indeed related to Luo Qi. What this did was let the whole association come to him alone. All eyes fell on Wen Mansha. Wen Mansha stood up and said, "Roach is not here. He left last night." Leaved? Where did you go? Not sure, I left in a hurry. Did he meet anyone last night? Wu Heng continued to ask. I met a person, talked about something and then left. ??Wu Heng looked at everyone seriously, "Humph! Captain Fisher of Team 8 was killed last night. He saw ''Roach'' before he died. What do you know about this?" The expressions of everyone below changed. Killing the captain of the professional association is a huge mistake. ?It seems that the person is not dead, but escaped overnight. "Captain, this has nothing to do with us. Roach ran away last night. He must have done something." One of them immediately distanced himself from the relationship. Another person also said: "Yes, if we participated, we would also run away." ?Wu Heng looked at the messy scene. ?Continue to ask: "Now, who is the leader of the Spike Gang?" Everyone was suddenly silent, and then looked at Wen Mansha, "This is our sister-in-law." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Duke, Marta, take them separately for interrogation. No need to stop anyone who wants to leave, just remember their appearance." I understand, captain. The two began to pick people one by one. Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha and said, "Come in with me and I''ll ask you something." Several gang backbones were separated separately. ?Wen Mansha followed Wu Heng and walked into the room on the back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 145 , dont move, be careful of the gun going off. Chapter 145, Dont move, be careful of the gun going off. ?The door is closed and isolated from the outside. ?Wu Heng sat down on a chair on one side, while Wen Mansha sat in his arms, loosening the tight leather armor so that the other party could put his hand inside. Whats going on? Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha hung one arm on his shoulder and sighed softly, "Last night, Luo Qi notified them of a meeting. After finding out that Luo Qi was not around in the morning, they planned to separate the families and do their own thing." What impact will they have if they leave? "There are only so many people in the gang. Once they leave, the overall strength will be reduced by more than half. I don''t care. I am tired of gang life. I am just afraid that it will delay your work of handing over intelligence in the future." Wen Mansha explained, again Loosen the leather armor a little. What do you want to do? Wu Heng asked. "I hope the master can put some pressure on them and have to stay temporarily. Then I will slowly take back some control." Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said. "Yeah, okay." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Fisher is dead. When you interrogated the body, the Spike Gang was mentioned. Just say that Roach left and don''t worry about the rest." Listen to Master. Wen Mansha rested her chin on his shoulder and replied softly. She rolled up her earlobe with her red tongue, held it in her mouth, and said again: Master, do you want to take a rest? ??Wu Heng slapped him **** the waist and hip, and said: "Don''t make trouble, business is important." Hehe, okay! Wen Mansha smiled, still holding her shoulders, and offered the tip of her tongue. The two chatted in the room for a while. He walked out of the room directly. Outside, Duke and Mata also interrogated other people. Duke said: "Captain, they all said they didn''t know." ??Wu Heng''s face was ugly, his cold eyes swept over the people present, and he said coldly: "Humph, you dare to lie to me, I see you don''t want to leave Luntam City." ?The rest of the people bowed their heads, but no one answered. He continued to look at Wen Mansha who was aside and said: "Luo Qi is not here, and you are the leader. Let me tell you now, before this matter is investigated, no one is allowed to leave the city. If anyone leaves without permission, I will think it belongs to Luo Qi." Accomplice, put up a wanted warrant." "I understand, captain." Wen Mansha was a little cautious and continued to ask: "Then when will we return to normal?" "When we catch Luo Qi and prove that you have nothing to do with this matter." Wu Heng still said coldly. Wen Mansha took out her handkerchief, wiped the sweat from her forehead, and nodded in response, "Yes, Captain." ??Wu Heng continued to scan the backbone of the gang sitting below, "Don''t let me catch you, let''s go!" ??Wu Heng said, turning around and leaving with the team members. Wait until the gate is closed. ??The gang members breathed a sigh of relief. ?A few skeletons hesitated for a while before getting up and approaching. With a respectful attitude, "Sister-in-law, it seems that the leader has caused trouble. What should we do next?" Wen Mansha sat down on the side, crossed her legs, glanced at the younger brothers below, and sighed: "Remember, Luo Qi ran away because he planned to use us as scapegoats. Don''t spread the matter first, gather the members, then Ill arrange for someone to investigate in two days. Everyone looked at each other, saluted and said, "Yes, sister-in-law!" Return to the association. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Gomez motioned for him to sit down and asked, "Do you have any information?" "We just went to the Spike Gang. Roach, whom Fisher mentioned, has already escaped. When we passed by, the gang was seizing power. Should we arrest the rest?" Wu Heng asked. ??Gang chaos in Wrentam City. There are at least hundreds or thousands of people in a gang. How can it be possible to arrest so many people? Furthermore, how can ordinary members kill a veteran captain? Did you ask anything? Mags continued to ask. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "We investigated separately. Roach had been out of the city for a while. He just came back last night and disappeared again after meeting ''Fisher''." Where is his family? "I don''t have much family. There is a woman in the city who doesn''t know anything about this matter. I asked the gang members not to leave the city for the time being. If necessary, they can arrest people at any time." ?Gomez stood up and stood aside, pondering, and continued: "You continue to keep an eye on the Spike Gang. Once that Roach appears, kill him immediately." "good!" Lets go back first and check the intelligence of other teams in the past two days. "Um!" ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he walked out of the deacon''s study. After returning to the lounge. ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, how are you doing?" Its okay, it has nothing to do with us. Just be careful these two days. The city looks chaotic. Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain! Okay, theres nothing else to do, go back and rest! A few people walked out of the association directly and separated. ?Wu Heng had dinner at a nearby tavern. He returned directly to his residence. ?There are indeed many fewer guards in the city. ?No wonder the operation went so smoothly last night, with fewer people patrolling. Hearing what the deacon meant, the guards, the professional team, and the four gangs in the outer city all mobilized their manpower to encircle and drive away the Warhammer Party. Anyway, it is a time when there are few people in the city. After resting in the room for a while, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. In the community, a large group of carrion rats are wandering in a fixed area. Last night, Wu Heng used these rats to sneak into Fisher''s residence and kill him. ?Fischer is indeed very capable if he can become the captain. After the rats came back, a lot of them died and were picked up by intact rats. In short, the ending is good. ?Fischer died, and Gomez dispelled his suspicions. The Spike Gang quickly became his spies. Get out of the community. At the roadside, cardboard boxes are neatly stacked. After opening it, it was filled with cotton rag strips and placed with various collected daily necessities such as glasses, porcelain bowls, and porcelain plates. It should have been collected by Li Yahong and others in accordance with Wu Heng''s request. ??The reason why Wu Heng rented the shop was mainly to sell these things. There is no cost, and everyone can use it. When I was in Blackstone Town, these things were very popular. Basically, they would be sold out within half an hour as soon as they were taken out. In Luntam City, there should be no need to worry about selling. ?Wu Heng took a look, closed the carton again, and asked the skeleton to move into a house in the community. Not long after, Li Yahong and others came over from a distance carrying boxes. These are only for two of the buildings. If we want to collect them all, we may not have enough manpower. Li Yahong said. According to Wu Heng, there are too many things that need to be collected. With just a few of them, it would probably take a long time to raid a community. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "When the time comes, I will arrange some skeletons to help you." "That''s okay. If necessary, I plan to bring more people from the prison over to speed up the search." Also! Then next time we transport supplies, I will bring more people over. ?Wu Heng nodded. Li Yahong thought for a moment and continued: "The steel pipes and grinding wheels are almost used up. I know a place. It''s the warehouse of a building materials store." Okay, lets go take a look tomorrow during the day, get the cars ready, and bring some more back then. Okay! Li Yahong nodded. The two chatted for a while and then separated. ?Wu Heng passed through the boundary gate and returned to his residence. ??Wu Heng walked into the study room, where four skeleton hags were still reading magic books. It cannot be said that the four of them are lazy. The paper prepared was densely written with various magic formulas. Still very serious. ?Sit down at the desk, Wu Heng also took out the "Book of Runes" he had recently obtained, placed it on the table and opened it. This book was found from the "Snake Emblem Consortium" certificate of the leader of the "Blood Worship Cult". Due to the affairs of Roach and Fisher, I never got around to researching it. Its time to take a look now. Wu Heng is quite interested in the many magical items in this world. After opening it, I looked at it carefully. Follow the explanation in the book. runes are arcane runes etched on weapons, equipment or specific props to obtain benefits. Different runes can have different effects and can also be customized according to the user''s requirements. ?This made Wu Heng learn some new words "etching". The "Book of the Dead" mentions the production of ''magic scrolls'', and the word used is inscription, but for the runes, it is replaced by etching. The terminology in this world is still relatively strict, and there should be a difference between the two. The production of runes is divided into two types, basic runes and magic runes. Basic runes provide basic enhancements to props, such as making weapons sharper or heavier when falling, increasing damage. Magical runes are easier to understand. What is etched in itself is a magical effect. For example, my hunting ring and psychedelic incense burner all belong to the type of magic runes. In addition to being directly used in combat or assisting in combat, there are also some utensils used in daily life. For example, the book mentions a flint ring, which can be used to light fires in the wild for long-distance traveling teams. There is also a constant flame bathtub that can maintain a certain water temperature. ?At ''Wen Mansha''''s side, it should be this kind of bathtub. The two of them had been tossing around for so long, but they didn''t feel the water temperature getting colder. ?At that time, I didnt pay attention to the water temperature. Looking back now, I feel that it should be this kind of magic prop. Different development paths require different supporting supplies. The modern world relies on electricity, and all supporting facilities are related to electricity. This world is related to magic. These things also achieve some magical effects through runes. The content that follows is roughly flipped through. This book mainly explains runes, not teaching you how to make them. But for Wu Heng, a foreigner, it was still of considerable help. Have a deeper understanding of runes. ?While continuing to turn the pages of the book backwards. ?System prompt appears. Summon object-Skeleton Hag, unlocks the skill ''Evil Explosion''. Um? ?Wu Heng looked to one side. Seeing a skeleton hag, she slowly stood up, put the magic book in her hand back on the bookshelf, and then picked up another one. Return to the original position and continue to read. Finally a hag has unlocked skills. After such a long time, I almost thought that the skeleton would be unable to learn skills. It is now unlocked. It proves that its not that you cant learn, its just that your intelligence is not high and it takes a long time to learn. Close the book of runes and put it back on the bookshelf behind you. ??He went downstairs to practice swordsmanship again, then returned to his room to rest and sleep. the next day. Zombie world. Five trucks, pulling loads of skeletons, moved quickly along the road. Todays purpose is to loot the building materials warehouse and replenish the materials and tools for making spears. Since there was some distance on the road, Wu Heng selected some skeletons and pulled them in a car instead of approaching on foot as before. Gradually away from the residential area, the road began to become smoother. Occasionally, scattered zombies are attracted and are left far behind by the convoy. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the passenger seat of the middle car, and Li Yahong was driving. Did you sleep well last night? Li Yahong glanced sideways and randomly found a topic. Its okay, how are you? Wu Heng asked. When he was in Blackstone Town, zombies broke out in the original world, and the undead profession was suppressed. He really suffered from insomnia from time to time. ?At that time, I had to practice spear training until late at night before sleeping. After arriving in Luntam City, there were no restrictions on necromancers, and I began to gradually become more comfortable. Sleep began to improve. Im pretty good too. I was worried about zombies coming over before and I was a little nervous, but now I can sleep until dawn. Li Yahong showed a smile. When we get back to the prison, we will have our own separate residence, so we can rest better, Wu Heng said. Well, there is still power there, and life is definitely better than here. Li Yahong continued to hold the steering wheel and spoke again, What are your plans later? Actually, I dont have many plans. I just want to continue to enhance my strength. Li Yahong was silent for a moment and continued to ask: "Will you leave us alone? When those skeletons learn to drive and use tools, will they keep us?" ?Wu Heng frowned, not expecting this question to be asked. But soon, she figured out what she was worried about. I arranged for her to learn to drive and use tools. She can learn it quickly and can work endlessly. This makes them feel that they can be replaced. Just like modern factories replacing the labor force, a large number of people have been eliminated and laid off. If you were obedient, you wouldnt. ?Li Yahong raised her head and said with some emotion: "Am I disobedient?" Forehead. ?Wu Heng was stunned by the opponent''s actions. Be obedient. After saying that, the truck suddenly fell silent, and Li Yahong''s face turned slightly red. Zizzi~! The sound of electricity came from the car intercom, and then the voice came in, "This is the first car, and we are entering the planned area ahead. They are all red brick bungalows, which look like a rural area." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Are there any zombies?" No, after entering this area, no zombies have been seen rushing out. Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng and continued: "Stop at the edge of the village." "good!" The convoy slowly moved forward for some distance and stopped at the side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong got out of the car and looked around. They are all short red brick houses. It is said to be a warehouse, but it is more like an old bungalow on the edge of the city, with no one living there. Is there a warehouse here? Wu Heng asked. ?? Li Yahong nodded, "My father knows the owner of the building materials store. He converted the old yard into a warehouse." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Where?" Li Yahong pointed to the alley and said, "I remember there was a big yard over there." ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Li Yahong comes with me. The rest of the people stay in the car. If there is any danger, use the walkie-talkie to contact us." "good!" ?A few people got back into the car, and Wu Heng and Li Yahong walked into the village with a group of skeletons. Go to the location of the warehouse. In the carriage. ?Several people gathered together and chatted. Sister Hong, does she have a crush on that King of Hell? I see that look in her eyes is getting more and more wrong. You just saw it, Ive discovered it a long time ago. "If Sister Hong can take down the other party, we can also benefit from it. We are all relatives." He is the King of Hell, so does Sister Hong also need a nickname to be powerful? A dominatrix? Holy shit, you said it, I didnt say it ?A few people were chatting in low voices and laughing. Suddenly, there was a creaking sound. The car door was opened directly, and several men wearing black jackets stood on the side of the car door, pointing pistols at several people. "Guys, don''t move around, be careful of the gun going off." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 146 , doctors and students Chapter 146, Doctors and Students ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong and walked on the red brick path. ?This type of road built by oneself in rural areas, with one section of concrete and one section of dirt road, is now overgrown with weeds and is not easy to walk on. "If I remember correctly, the yard in front is the warehouse." Looking up, you can see a yard surrounded by red brick walls and a blue iron house. Hes pretty good at choosing places. ??Although this kind of place is a bit far away, it is definitely much cheaper than renting a warehouse. Furthermore, the large open space can store more goods. The procession is walking. Hahhhh~! ??The roar of zombies sounded, and two zombies climbed over from the red brick wall on one side. He fell to the ground with two thuds. Before he could stand up, the skeleton rushed over and slashed him to the ground. And the team did not stop. ?All the way to the outside of the warehouse courtyard, the black iron door was locked with iron chains and locks. Smash it open! Wu Heng said directly. From behind, two orc ax warriors came out, swung their battle axes, and struck on it. Bang Dang~Bang Dang! ?The deafening chisel sound reverberated throughout the entire area in an instant. Hahhhh~! ?At the same time, there were roars all around, and more than a dozen zombies walked out from nearby households or alleys, approaching here. ??Wu Heng looked back and said directly: "The spearmen are arrayed, you continue to smash." Seeing zombies appear, I feel a little relieved. Otherwise, everyone thinks there is something here. Zombies swarmed over quickly. He rushed into the spear array and started a fight. In a dark cellar. Sister Shen, will we die? ??A female student wearing a high school uniform cried in the arms of a very young woman. The woman patted the female student''s back and comforted her, "No, we have been holding on for so long. If we hold on for a few more days, the rescue team will definitely come." But, we dont have much food. We may starve to death here before we can wait for the rescue team. Not far away, a boy, also wearing a school uniform, sat dirty on a stone pier, looking downcast. "We will definitely survive. You are still young and can survive..." The woman comforted softly, but her tone became lower and lower. In fact, the three of them knew in their hearts that if the rescue team did not come on the day when the food was exhausted, they would go out and be eaten by zombies or captured by motorcycle gangs. Neither of them will end well. There were three people in the warehouse. The woman was a doctor at the epidemic prevention station. She had a high degree and a good salary. She was a bit old and was forced by her family to come back for a blind date. The day after she came back, she encountered a zombie outbreak. The other two are children from the village who have just entered high school. The three of them escaped together, encouraged and helped each other, and persisted until now. "Sister Shen, don''t you know this? Can''t you prepare an antidote or something?" the boy said. The female doctor said: "Not to mention whether I have the ability or not, in this environment, even a biological expert is not qualified to come up with any vaccine." "Oh, that''s right. If I survive, I will learn these things and I won''t be afraid of zombies." You are third from the bottom in the class. When you learn how to do it, you should wait for the zombies to die on their own! the girl said sarcastically. Hey, arent I making you happy? You will definitely be able to do it. I will protect you when the time comes and you give me the injection. The female doctor rolled her eyes at the two of them, "It''s the end of the world, there is no need for blind dates." ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? I just wanted to speak. Bang Dang~Bang Dang! ?A sharp and violent chiseling sound sounded from outside. ?The bodies of a few people trembled, and the female student threw herself into the woman''s arms again. The boy also leaned over, his face a bit ugly. Sandu remained quiet, and even his breathing slowed down a lot. Its not a zombie, it should be a human! the female doctor said softly. Zombies move more like animals, and rhythmic chopping sounds like this are more like people smashing something. Such a big movement, aren''t you afraid that it will attract all the zombies around you? Its Yang Yitian and the others, they are here to arrest us. The female student said in panic. . ??The boy picked up the board nearby and said, "If they come here, I will fight with them." The female doctor shook her head and said, "Not necessarily, I''ll go out and take a look." The male student said: "Let me go. I am a fast runner. If there is any problem, I can still run." Thats okay, take a look at what it is from a distance. If its the rescue team, well go out. If its Yang Yitian or others, well come back quickly. the female doctor instructed. ?The boy tied his clothes and carefully opened the cellar door. After confirming that there were no zombies or other people around, he crawled out of the cellar and approached the direction of the sound.??? Outside the warehouse. After the two orc skeletons were smashed five or six times, the lock broke and the chain fell to the ground with a crash. The black iron door was pushed open. Exposing a large yard with a large area. The grass has grown to half the height of a person, and small trucks, tricycles, and crane-like equipment can still be seen in the yard. Opposite is the blue iron house. ??There is still a door in the warehouse. It is not an old-fashioned lock like an iron chain, but a large swing door with a concealed lock. ?This kind of lock is not as simple as breaking it. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and said, "Xiaoxiao, go see if there is any danger in the warehouse." "okay!" ?Xiao Xiao passed through the wall and entered the warehouse directly. He quickly flew back and said, "There are no monsters, just some iron and the like." Well, look around and let me know if there is any danger. Okay. Xiaoxiao flew into the air and flew to one side. ?Wu Heng stood in the yard and first checked the iron gate. Trying to open it again. said: "This door is difficult to open. Go and check first. Can the small truck and forklift still be opened?" "good!" ?Li Yahong responded and went to check several vehicles in the yard. ??Wu Heng quickly took out the bronze key, inserted it into the keyhole, and after unlocking, let the skeleton open it directly. Soon, Li Yahong came back. He looked at the fully opened door and asked, "How did you open it?" It seems like its not locked, and it opens when the skeleton pulls it. The warehouse is very large. Except for the road in the middle, there are a large number of iron pipes, wires, and equipment and tools stacked on both sides. Li Yahong''s face showed joy, "Everything we need is here, enough for us to use for a while." ?Wu Heng nodded, looked at the situation around him, and felt very satisfied. Such a warehouse may not be able to transport all the goods in one day. ??It will take several trips by a convoy to clear this place. Wu Heng then said directly: "Let''s see where the main road is. The convoy can''t get in on that small road." Yes! Li Yahong responded. The two walked out of the warehouse and asked the skeleton to close the warehouse door a little first, leaving a gap. Just when he was about to close the iron gate of the yard, Xiaoxiao flew back from the air, pointed his little hand in the distance and said: "Uncle, auntie, there was someone over there just now, and then he left quietly." one person? Survivor? Where are the others? Wu Heng asked. Run away, but I know where they went. Its great to be small. Humph, Im not a child. Go back, show you the cartoon, and take us to see where the man is hiding. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Xiaoxiao flew in front, followed by several people. In the vegetable cellar. ?The boy''s face was pale and cold sweat was flowing down. You are talking, whats going on outside? the girl asked anxiously. ??The boy took a deep breath and said: "There are many skeletons outside. They picked up weapons and killed all the zombies nearby." Skeleton, what skeleton? Both women looked curious. Its the human skeleton. "How can this be?" "I don''t know either! But really, there are so many of them, they are all over the alley." The boy continued. this. The two women looked ugly. Just when the cellar fell into silence. Dang Dang Dang~! There were three knocks on the iron plate on the top. Are you a survivor? We are survivors too. ??The three of them all trembled, and the girl immediately hugged Dr. Shen''s waist, tears falling down her cheeks. (End of this chapter) Chapter 147 , Aren鈥檛 you afraid of zombies, are you afraid of them? Chapter 147: Arent you afraid of zombies? Are you afraid of them? The sudden sound came in, causing the expressions of the three people hiding in the vegetable cellar to change drastically. ?The female student was holding Dr. Shen, her face was pale, shedding tears while glaring at the male student holding an iron rod next to her. Complaining that he was so careless that he didnt even know he was being followed. But the three of them didn''t speak, they just tried to stay quiet. ?In my heart, I hope that the people or monsters outside will leave quickly. After a few seconds of silence. A woman''s voice came from above again, saying: "We are from the auto repair shop. You should have heard of us on the radio. We can chat. If you want, you can leave with us. How long can you hide down there? Come out sooner or later." The three of them looked at each other. There was confusion in his eyes. What kind of radio? Its from an auto repair shop. Ive never heard of it. But the people above obviously knew that they were hiding here. The male student whispered: "Sister Shen, it''s probably not Yang Yitian and the others. It''s probably the skeleton I saw just now." The female doctor''s face became even more ugly. She hesitated, looked at the entrance to the cellar, and said, "Won''t you hurt us?" The voice from above continued, "If I want to hurt you, just smash it open and rush in. We have a survivor base. If you don''t want to starve to death here, come out quickly." The three of them discussed in a low voice. Still planning to go out and chat with the other party. As the other party said, if you want to do something, just rush down and kill the three of you. Why use so much nonsense. Okay, lets go out! the female doctor said. Then take the lead to climb the iron ladder and open the entrance to the vegetable cellar. The dazzling sunlight makes it difficult to open your eyes. After gradually regaining his sight, he saw a woman wearing a blue anti-stab suit standing not far away. Behind him were dozens of skeletons wearing leather armor and holding spears. ??What a skeleton! The female doctor''s eyes widened, full of horror. We are the survivors of the auto repair shop. The zombies nearby have been cleared away. You can come with us or stay. Li Yahong spoke first. The female doctor''s eyes were still full of horror. She looked at her, then at the skeleton behind her, and asked, "What are these?" Li Yahong looked back and explained, "The awakened power can control skeletons." Power? What power? Li Yahong also frowned at her, reacted and said, "You don''t have a radio? Don''t you know the news outside?" I dont know! said the female doctor. At this time, two other students in school uniforms also came out. ??The boy put his right hand in his pocket. One of his trouser legs was so stiff that it could be seen that there was an iron rod hidden inside. "Now we communicate with the outside world through radio. The main station announces survival knowledge every day, the types and weaknesses of zombies, and superpowers. People who have awakened superpowers can gain many abilities, and these skeletons are one of them." Li Yahong roughly explained. The woman sounded a little confused, but it was obvious that the other party had no ill intentions, and at least he would explain these issues to herself. Seeing that the other party did not speak, Li Yahong continued: "Okay, let''s get down to business. Should you stay or come with us? If you want to follow us, you must obey the work assigned by us. Although I am a little tired, I am safe. A place to stay and a full stomach to eat. The two students looked at the female doctor at the front. What work? asked the female doctor. If you have a special occupation or have some special skills, you can do what you are good at. If you dont know anything, you can do some strenuous work. I am a doctor, and they are both students. Hearing that it was a doctor, Li Yahong looked at the other person again and said: "As a doctor, you can be responsible for everyone''s health. If you are a student, you can learn some skills. In this situation, you have to do something if you want to survive. No one is in vain." Feeding other people. ?The three of them did not discuss it, and the female doctor nodded and agreed. Okay, well go with you. ?Li Yahong nodded. Having a doctor is a big gain. ?Although there is also a doctor in the prison, it is better to have more of these important positions. Besides, doctors are also divided into different disciplines, so having more doctors is also a guarantee. Well, come with me. Its not going to be any better than our previous life. At least its safe and we dont have to go hungry. Li Yahong said. There is some rice and vegetables below, do you want to pick them up? the female doctor continued to ask. Take it! The male student said: Ill get it. He took out the iron rod from his trousers and threw it aside, ran down, and climbed back up carrying the bottomed rice bag and some daily necessities. Li Yahong didnt say much and walked out of the small courtyard with her. As soon as they went out, the three of them turned a little paler and followed Li Yahong quickly. The entire alley was densely packed with skeletons. There are also several clearly animal skeletons among them, with their tails wagging desperately like dogs. ?Wu Heng stood waiting at the entrance of the alley. He looked at a few people walking out and nodded, "Let''s go!" "Um!" The large group is in action again and returns to where the convoy stopped. Very quickly, several people returned to where the truck was parked. ?Standing on the same spot, Wu Heng and Li Yahong frowned. ?There is not a car in sight here. Needless to say, something must have gone wrong. "What''s going on?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong also shook her head. "There shouldn''t be any problems. If there are zombies or other dangers, Qiangzi and the others will tell you and us through the walkie-talkie. Something must have happened." Li Yahong analyzed it. It is certainly impossible for a few people in the convoy to take away the car and flee. ??Here in Wuheng, there is food and drink. When he is transferred to the prison, the living environment will be improved. It was difficult for them to survive even if they escaped. So, I didnt doubt that they would leave, but rather that they encountered some danger. At this time, the male student behind him took a step forward with a rice bag and said, "Maybe he was caught by ''Yang Yitian'' and the others." ?Wu Heng turned back to look at him. His face and school uniform are dirty. Yang Yitian? Is he also a survivor? The male student put down the rice bag and said: "Yang Yitian and the others were robbing things. There were a few survivors, but they made noise to attract the zombies and bit the rest to death." This Yang Yitian is also from your village? "No, there is a road with few cars not far from the village. They often ride motorcycles there. There are many people in the village who follow them. When the zombies broke out, they should have been nearby and then fled to the village. ." the male student explained. How many are they? 6 people. 6 people? If there are only 6 people, they may not be able to beat the few people in the team. The male student looked at the other party with a suspicious expression and said, "They have guns. I don''t know where they got them. Otherwise, I really wouldn''t be afraid of them." Have a gun? This is really hard to say. What gun? Pistol! Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood, and continued to ask: "Do you know their location?" I know, its over there. On the side, Lieyi was at his original position, conducting inspections. also points in the same direction. Lets go, Wu Heng ordered, and the team began to rush forward. the other side. ??Yang Yitian walked around the military truck, reached out and patted the steel plate on one side, and said with great satisfaction: "This car has been modified, it''s really **** good." They are also car enthusiasts, but they play motorcycles. Even if we gave them the tools to modify the car like this, they still wouldn''t be able to do it. Brother Yang, these people may have a lot of background. They all carry military radios in the car. Are we causing trouble? Someone reminded him next to him. Yang Yitian turned around and gave him a kick, scolding him: "Look at you, you are naughty. At this time, you are afraid of nothing. People are dead, birds are flying in the sky, and zombies are not afraid. You are still afraid of them." Thats right, weve already robbed everything, so what are we afraid of? Even if someone comes, lets run away. Thats right, now is the time, who is afraid of whom? Brother Yang, what should we do with those drivers? someone continued to ask. ?Yang Yitian walked back and asked, "Did you ask anything?" I asked, and they said they came from some auto repair shop and came here to look for steel. A person followed closely behind him and continued to answer. What are you looking for steel for? To eat? They talked about building guardrails and stuff. "That''s right, we can build some guardrails, and then we will add a layer to the yard." Yang Yitian was stunned and continued to ask: "Are there any others among them?" He said there are two more, and he went to look for a warehouse over there. "Fuck, just two people dare to go out without fear of zombies eating them up. I estimate there are at least five or six." Yes, Brother Yang is right, what should we do with these people? the man continued. ?Yang Yitian thought for a moment and said: "It would be a waste of food to keep it, kill..." Tap tap tap~! Before he finished speaking, there was a sudden sound of running in the distance. ?Looking back, I saw several surprisingly large animal skeletons running towards this side quickly. ?A few people rubbed their eyes, some of them couldn''t believe what was happening in front of them. Fuck it, forget about zombies, their bones have always stood up. What are you doing standing there, shoot quickly... Bang~! Having just finished shouting, the deafening sound of gunfire rang out from a distance. ?Yang Yitians head exploded instantly and he fell to the ground on his back. ??The remaining people hurriedly pulled out their guns, and before they could fire, they saw Yang Yitian lying on the ground with half his head missing. "Grass." ?Looking up, you can see the rooftops in the distance. ?There is a skeleton standing, carrying a sniper rifle. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 148 , cloud magic Chapter 148, Cloud and Mist Technique Bang~! There was another deafening gunshot. The person who ran away had blood spattered from his back and fell more than a meter away. Everyones faces became even more ugly. Hurry and hid behind the truck, not daring to be exposed in the open space again. But the skeleton dogs in the distance are getting closer and closer, and more skeletons in the distance, holding weapons, appear in sight. Ah~! Run, if you dont run, you will definitely die. Someone shouted. Lets run out together, and whoever survives will count. Someone echoed. Okay! One, two, three, rush! ?After the words fell, a person showed his head. Bang~! ??The sound of a sniper rifle sounded, and a bullet pierced his chest. ?The remaining people quickly rushed out from behind the car, dispersed, and fled into the distance. Hurrah! ??The skeleton dog passed by quickly, and soon caught up and threw several people to the ground, tearing at the flesh and blood crazily. The entire area was filled with wails of pain. The venue gradually became quiet. ??Wu Heng and others walked out from one side, escorted by skeletons. Looking at the truck parked on one side. Leading the team, they entered the farmyard opposite. The yard is very spacious, and some vegetables are planted. It seems that these people live a pretty good life. There are also green vegetables to eat. ?In addition to the place where vegetables are grown, five very cool-looking black motorcycles are parked on the cement floor on one side. ??Although Wu Heng didn''t know much about motorcycles, this appearance was definitely expensive. ?These people must have been quite wealthy before. After looking at the yard, my eyes fell on the two-story house in the middle. It was covered with white ceramic tiles on the outside. It was considered a good place to live in this area. Skeleton went in first to check around. After confirming that there was no danger, Wu Heng followed and walked in. There are some daily necessities and plundered food piled inside. On the ground of the firewood pile, Qiangzi and several others were huddled there with their hands and feet tied. ?A few people were fine, and Li Yahong also breathed a sigh of relief. ?These people are considered her team members, people she can trust. When you get to the prison, you will still have to rely on these people to support yourself, if you really die here. For her, it is also a loss. ?Whats more, each other can be regarded as partners who have survived together, and I dont want them to really die here. Several people on the ground saw Wu Heng and Li Yahong coming in. He turned his head to the side with a look of embarrassment on his face. Untie them and check the vehicle. Wu Heng said directly. ??Li Yahong walked in, kicked several people lying on the ground twice, bent down and untied the hemp ropes that bound their hands and feet. ?A few people lowered their heads and wanted to explain, but didn''t know what to say. Go and check the car. Li Yahong said. ?Several people left in a hurry. Search the room and take away all the useful things! Wu Heng said. Li Yahong and the newly joined medical students began to rummage. ??Wu Heng walked back outside, and the skeleton dog dragged the escaped body back. After searching several corpses, a total of three pistols were found. There are not many bullets inside. It seems that they were not found from the Public Security Bureau. After all, firearms are stored in safes in that place, and it is not easy to take them out. Convert several corpses directly into skeletons. Let him join the large army of skeletons. When he turned around again, Li Yahong and others were bent over digging vegetables in the vegetable field. ?Wu Heng didnt stop him either. I usually eat in pubs. Li Yahong and the others find it difficult to eat vegetables. Soon, Qiangzi and the others rushed back and said, "The car is fine, everything is ready, and you can set off." Well, take these motorcycles and lets go to the warehouse. "good!" ?Several people pushed their motorcycles onto the truck, then started walking along the main road to the building materials warehouse. Continue to move the building materials and equipment inside. After several cars were loaded, the convoy began to return. en route. Li Yahong said: "I asked, they were chatting in the car, and they were touched by each other and frightened with a gun." ?At that time, the two of them were still a little strange. ?The truck is a modified truck with thick iron plates and thumb-sized steel bars on the windows. In addition, the driving position of the truck itself is high. ?As long as the door is locked, it is difficult for the other party to threaten the people inside even if they have a gun. Let''s not talk about getting out of the car to kill the opponent, there is still no problem in driving away. It turned out that we were gathering together to chat, but we were attacked by someone. Be careful next time. Its hard to survive until now. Dont die in the hands of zombies. If you die in such small things, you will be at a loss. Wu Heng said. Well, after I went back, I increased the workload for them, which made me so angry. Li Yahong patted the steering wheel hard. As long as the person is fine, let them use the walkie-talkie to chat next time. "Then we have to talk about them." Then he continued: "I plan to transport this batch of goods directly back to the prison tomorrow, and then bring more people over, some of them will collect supplies in the community, and the rest will continue to be collected from the warehouse. goods." "Okay, I''ll let the big skull protect you to avoid any danger." "Um." It was already late at night when the convoy returned. ?Everyone said goodbye and left. The three newly joined people followed Li Yahong to the auto repair shop. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to return to the prison with the convoy. He returned to Luntam City and went to the Professionals Association. On the notice board in the lobby, the newly posted wanted notice contained Roach''s name and portrait. It seems that the investigation by the other teams had no results, so his line was finally adopted. The search for Roach began. After reading the notice board, he went to the front desk and began to select the mid-level item rewards for killing the leader of the Blood Worship Cult. ? Comparing several skill books, I finally selected [Cloud and Mist Technique], a spell-based spell that can create thick fog. ??Wu Heng wanted to choose some attack skills, or skills that could support the Bone Spell Technique, but they were not included in the exchange. In any case, Luntam City has many more skill books than Blackstone Town. You can also choose. ?There is no choice over there. After selecting skills, Wu Heng went to the lounge and sat for a while. Seeing that nothing happened, he went directly to the outer city to buy a large amount of alchemy materials and returned to his residence. The sky is getting closer to dusk. ?Wu Heng was in the study and began to look through the [Cloud and Mist Technique] exchanged today. Just turned halfway. There was a knock on the door downstairs. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, stood in front of the door and asked, "Who is it?" Ahem! Captain Wu Heng, its me. Outside the door, the voice of Wen Mansha came. ?Wu Heng opened the door, and Mansha Wen stood at the door wearing a hooded windbreaker, with the skeleton assigned to her beside her. The little head looked into the door. No one, come in! Wen Mansha smiled immediately, walked in directly, looked around the room, and said in surprise: "Master, you are so kind here." "The house given by my friend, let''s stay in it for now." Wu Heng continued as he walked: "There are still a few of my skeleton attendants upstairs. Don''t be scared if you see them." Im not afraid! Wen Mansha said. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and walked towards the living room. ?There was a rustling sound behind me. ?Feeling that the other party was not following him, Wu Heng looked back. I saw that Wen Mansha had taken off her windbreaker, revealing a set of black underwear that was completely out of this world. The fiery red wavy hair is worn with black cat-ear hairpins, and the front bangs fall down, covering half of her face. Slender neck, wearing a bell necklace. ?The upper body is a furry black bra and a black cattail at the back. Wen Mansha crouched on the ground, her face flushed, her eyes timid and evasive. "Meow!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 149 , familiar back figure (two in one, today one Chapter 149, Familiar Back Figure (two in one, todays chapter.) ??The cold and plump sister-in-law looked like a little wild cat, squatting at the door. Her face turned red and her eyes were timid and evasive. Looking like he wants to show off but feels ashamed. ?Her skin is already fair and plump, and with these black decorations, her skin looks even whiter. The thin fabric cannot hide her proud figure. ?This underwear must have been given to her last time. ??Wu Heng estimated the size of the trophies that Li Yahong had plundered and gave her a few random sets. ?Now it seems that it is still a little small, with concave marks. ??Wu Heng didn''t expect that she had such a talent, so he patted her head approvingly. Sit down on the sofa in the living room. Wen Mansha understood, stood up and walked over, the bell around her neck jingling. Carefully climbed onto the sofa and lay on his lap. ??Wu Heng put his hands on his waist and hips and caressed them gently. His hands felt warm and he said teasingly: "Where did this little wild cat come from?" Wen Mansha twisted her body and said softly: "I am not a wild cat." bang~! A slap on the **** hard, causing waves of flesh to roll. Ah~! Wen Mansha cried out in pain and looked back a little aggrieved. Whose kitten talks like this? Wu Heng continued. Um, people who have masters are not little wild cats, meow! Wen Mansha whispered, her neck and back began to turn red. ?Wu Heng scratched the spot where he had patted it red. There was a snap, and he patted it hard again. Master, whats wrong~! Wen Mansha asked pitifully. bang~! Is this how a kitten talks? Meow~! Seeing that there was some redness, Wu Heng did not take any further action, and then asked: "How is the situation over there with the Spike Gang?" Wen Mansha had a charming eye and adapted to her current role. After a soft meow, she said: The Spike Gang has stabilized and can collect intelligence for the master. Well, we can also collect information about wanted criminals, or any changes in the city, or special things. Wu Heng said. Many wanted criminals and fugitives gather in the outer city and outer districts. ??If these people want to survive, they will basically have contact with gangs. It should not be difficult to investigate and get some information. You can also get meritorious service, which is a win-win situation. "Meow~!" Wen Mansha turned over and lay on her back, letting the other party caress her body, and continued: "The gangs that manage the outer city have been relatively loose recently, which has led to several small gangs fighting. , a lot of people died, it was quite chaotic. Outer city area? ?Wu Heng combined the information he knew. ?? said: "It''s not that they have loosened up. A large number of people from the gangs in the outer city have been transferred to cooperate with the Iron Guard Knights to encircle and suppress the ''Warhammer Party''. There is a shortage of manpower." This matter has not spread yet. After all, so many people have been transferred away, and we are afraid that someone will take advantage of the situation and threaten the entire city of Luntam. ??Wu Heng also inferred it from what the deacon said casually two days ago. As I said, it turned out that someone was transferred out. Wen Mansha was a little surprised. After frowning and thinking for a moment, Wen Mansha continued: "There are also some gangs. The business group was attacked. I heard that many people died, including two high-level alchemists. Everyone in the city was in trouble. Danger." Um? An alchemist died? Hearing these words, Wu Heng immediately thought of the order he had placed from the Snake Emblem Consortium. Get materials nearby? Is this really a real killing? It doesnt feel right. If this is the case, it will be difficult to ensure local order. Alchemist, who are all those who died? "I heard that one of them was an alchemist in charge of the business group, and his identity was not very honorable. He was killed directly this time. The business group suspected that he was seeking revenge and was secretly investigating the matter. The other person didn''t know, and the matter didn''t happen. You should have some problems yourself,... Meow!" Wen Mansha said as she recalled. ?Wu Heng nodded. This should be easy to understand. It was not random killings, but some people with special identities who did not dare to make their deaths public. ??Luntam City is the middle ground between the two ethnic groups, a wholesale market for trade, and also a gathering place for criminals and fugitives. There should also be alchemists who escaped. Having almost understood it, Wu Heng patted the other party lightly. Wen Mansha raised her head in confusion, looked into the other person''s eyes, got up, and sat face to face in her arms. ?Hunted out his pink tongue and sent it over. Wen Mansha''s body gradually warmed up. ??Wu Heng looked around and took off the collar around his neck, "Bite it and keep it down, everyone else is sleeping." "Meow!" Not long after, in the room. Wen Mansha''s pink and white skin was covered with fragrant sweat, her complexion was red, and her face was even more rosy. Kneeling down next to the sofa, he stretched out his white and tender hands to massage Wu Heng''s back and soothe his muscles. He continued: "Master, how about I stay with you? I will wait for your return at home every day." Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Lack of nutrition, I can''t stand it." Wen Manshas face was full of coquettishness, I hate it. ??The big eyes rolled and continued: "Master, the Spike Gang only accepts some secret commissioned tasks. The gang will never become big. When the master''s status is higher, he will not be able to help much." Wu Heng understood what she meant. He lay on his side and looked at her and asked, "What do you think?" "I want the Spike Gang to develop some industries of its own. No matter how top-notch it is, it can at least maintain the operation of the gang and make the Spike Gang not so humble." Wen Mansha said. Industry! ??The Spike Gang''s sources of income are relatively mixed. They do everything, and nothing is too glorious. For example, shady commissions, and more people are pickpockets and thieves. In short, even the local gangs look down upon them. Can only do some work like a mouse. Mansha Wen has now taken over, and it is understandable that she intends to change. "Which industry do you plan to get involved in and what are you good at?" Wu Heng looked sideways at her. "Well..., actually, I haven''t thought about it. There are not many good people in the gang, so I want Master to help me think about it." Wen Mansha said softly. ?Wu Heng put his arms behind his head and thought about it. In my own hands, I plan to open a grocery store to deal with the unused daily necessities in the zombie world. But this, he didnt want to leave it to Wen Mansha to manage. Want to treat it as her own property, that is to say, directly control it in her own hands, rather than treat it as the property of her gang. ?As for Wen Mansha, it is really not easy to find a business direction. Pharmacy stores or rune props stores cover relatively high-level fields and are less competitive. They may still be OK now. Wu Heng analyzed it and said. Weapon shop, leather armor shop. The largest number of them are in the city, and they have all become wholesale industry chains. Unless you can come up with some technology that others dont have, it will be difficult to squeeze in. ??If he really wants to open one, Wu Heng will buy it himself and use it for the skeleton army in another world. Furthermore, making weapons and leather armor also requires cultivating your own craftsmen. It cannot be completed within a short period of time. "Master..., well, do you think there will be some market for me to develop women''s underwear?" Wen Mansha looked at what she was wearing and blinked. ??Wu Heng was taken aback for a moment, then he slapped her **** hard again and said, "Next time, if you think about it, just tell me, guess riddles with me from here!" Wen Mansha pouted and said aggrievedly: "I want to hear what other thoughts the master has. Are you a mage or a scholar?" Women in this world use a corset, which is held up high from the bottom, with an ordinary bra on top. If we say that the underwear that I brought is sold in this world, it is indeed an innovation. ?Wu Heng said: "Just give it a try, maybe there will be a market for it!" "Hmm, if the master has any special styles, you can prepare some for me and I will wear them to serve you. You can also collect some types and research and make them." Well, Ill have some sent over if I have a chance. ?Wu Heng explained that these underwear were sent from his hometown. ??Moreover, its far away from here. Wen Mansha nodded happily, "Meow, the master is so kind." ??Wu Heng patted his round waist and said softly: "Go back to the room, and don''t go back tonight." Thank you, master. The next day, early morning. The delicate body in her arms is round and round, and the decorations of kittens are scattered around the room. ?Wen Mansha turned around and leaned into her arms. After another hour of fussing, everyone got dressed. Wen Mansha is now the leader of the Spike Gang. She wants to be in charge of the gang. She comes here at night and has to go back the next morning. Put on kitten underwear. With a tone of complaint, he said coquettishly: "Master, look, I''ve been beaten and swollen by you. I''m so obedient, but you still hit me so hard." When you turn your waist, there will be some redness and swelling, and you will face it. Ill be gentler next time. "Um, no need." Wen Mansha chuckled and continued: "Master, do you have any clothes here? I didn''t think much about it when I came last night. Now when I go back, there may be someone guarding the door, which is a bit... not good. " ?Wu Heng smiled, found a pair of his sportswear from the closet, and handed it to her, "You put it on and try it on." Wen Mansha took the clothes in her hand and looked at them. It was still a piece of clothing with a unique design but very easy to wear. He put it on his body and **** his fiery red hair. She has become the young woman next door with a sense of sportiness. "Master, I may be a little busy these days. I will serve you when I am done." Wen Mansha hugged him and said. Looking more and more like a clingy kitten. "I can become anything the master likes. Besides, if you really like kittens, you can go to the slave market. There are cat tribes there." ??Wu Heng slapped her on the **** hard again, "It seems the slap was gentle." Hey, hey, Im leaving first. Wen Mansha said something and jumped away with her skeleton. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and went out directly. Bought breakfast on the roadside and went directly to the association. I came early today and there was no one in the lounge. ??Took out half of the [Cloud and Mist Technique] I saw yesterday and looked at it carefully. The cloud and mist spell is a spell in the conjuration system that creates a dense foggy environment. But this kind of environment can also be easily broken, such as naturally formed wind, beasts flapping their wings, or wind created by magic. Any wind force can affect dense fog. The difference is that it can be blown away or blown away directly. When Wu Heng chose it, he considered it to replace the poisonous smoke mine. After reading it carefully, he found that it can cause visual obstruction and does not have such a strong toxin. But for my current fighting form, it is actually enough. ?Wu Heng continued to watch. When he turned to the last page, the system prompt also appeared. Unlock skill: Cloud and Mist Technique. Close the book and put it into the space ring. Ive learned so many skills, but I feel like I dont even need a few! ?Wu Heng felt that he was constantly collecting skills, but there were not many places to use them. Every battle is basically solved by skeletons and guns. In terms of skills, either a dancing light spell or two disease rays are used to disgust the opponent. The rest of the skills are basically just decorations. Hey~! I dont seem to have any need to be so keen on collecting skills. ?Wu Heng muttered. ??There was a squeak. The door was pushed open. ??Duke walked in directly with a tomahawk on his shoulder and a scone in his hand. When they saw Wu Heng sitting at the table, they were all stunned, "Wow, Captain, you are here at the association." What are you talking about? Its as if I will never come! Hehe, no, Im just a little surprised. Duke handed over the cake in his hand and asked, Captain, do you want to eat it? If you dont eat, youve already received a lot of bounty money, so why are you eating cakes every day? Well, I have a big family, including several younger brothers and sisters. All the money is given to the family, and there is also production equipment, so there is not much left to spend. Duke said at the side. How many younger brothers and sisters do you have? Six in total. Well, there are quite a few. Are all the orcs so fertile? Wu Heng looked at him again and asked, "You came to the association to find me?" Captain, the Maoxi armor store said that the leather armor you ordered is ready, please let me inform you. Duke said. Okay, lets go and have a look. "oh!" ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the association with Duke, heading towards the outer city. ?We came to the Maoxiu Armor Shop all the way. The boss stood in the shop chatting with people. ?When he saw the two people coming in, he immediately showed joy. Captain, just make a quick trip and Ill have someone take it to you. The orc boss said politely. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Come and see the goods." Understood, here, I will take you to the warehouse to check. There is no problem with the quality. The boss took him into the warehouse at the back. When you open the warehouse door, you will be greeted by the sour smell of leather. ?This smell is not much worse than poisonous smoke and thunder. The boss casually opened two sets of leather goods and unfolded them in front of his eyes. ?Wu Heng took a quick look and found that it was pretty good, almost the same as what he had ordered before. As agreed last time, one hundred sets are worth 3,500 silver coins, right? Wu Heng said. The smile on the boss''s face became more sincere and he said: "Yes, you will receive 35 pieces per set, for a total of 100 sets." Well, have the leather goods delivered to my residence, and I will pay you the bill then. Okay, Ill arrange someone right away. The orc boss found a few workers and followed them to his residence carrying leather goods. They were all piled in the courtyard. Wu Heng counted the quantity and paid him the corresponding amount. The orc boss had a smile on his face. ??It is rare to encounter someone like Wu Heng who pays in one lump sum directly on the spot. Captain, do you still need this kind of leather armor? the boss continued to ask Can the price be more favorable? Wu Heng asked. ?The boss stood there, made a quick calculation in his mind, and said: "For a set of 32 silver coins, this is the lowest I can give you, and the order must be more than two hundred sets." Okay, then well make 200 sets and ask Duke to notify me when were done. ??The boss''s already exaggerated mouth opened even wider, and he said with a smile: "Okay, I will arrange it for you as soon as I get back." "Um." The two chatted for a while, and the boss took the people away. Duke and Jian Yi Jian Two began to move into the house. After everything is shipped in. Duke scratched his head and said, "Captain, where should we go next?" Lets go, Ill invite you to the tavern for dinner. The two of them finished their meal in the tavern. ?Wu Heng asked Duke to go home and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. Command the skeleton over and move all the newly purchased leather armor over. Pile in another room. Then, 100 level 5 skeletons were selected and began to wear leather armor. The big-headed skeleton followed Li Yahong and the others to the prison. It is still a bit troublesome to direct it yourself. ? And the convoy has not returned yet, and it may have to wait until tomorrow. Having been busy for a while, all processing is completed. He then opened the gate and returned to his residence. The next day, morning. ??Wu Heng continued to go to the Professionals Association. When entering the hall, I saw that there seemed to be a lot more people in the entire association than the previous two days. ??The teams that were transferred away to cooperate with the "Iron Guard Knights" have also returned, standing at the front desk talking about something. ?Wu Heng came closer and overheard a few words. I''m talking about prop rewards. ?It seems that the Warhammer Party is over. Just dont know what the result will be. ?Wu Heng just wanted to turn around and go to the lounge. Out of the corner of his eye, he saw the back of a woman, escorted by several mercenaries, walking deeper into the corridor. ?Has long brown hair and wears leather armor. ?Besides, there is a ''leopard''. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 150 , it won鈥檛 be hot anymore if you blow it. Chapter 150: It wont get hot if you blow it Looking at the figure in the distance, Wu Heng frowned. ?This body shape, walking posture, and the leopard all give people a familiar feeling. Slater is here? The boss of Money Cat, the deacon of Blackstone Town. A very strong strong woman. ??Wu Heng wanted to step forward to confirm, but there were many people around the other party. After thinking about it, he still didn''t go there. ??If it were Slater, he would come looking for him when the time comes. After thinking for a moment, he walked directly to the front desk and asked, "Do you have my letter?" The staff looked through the records and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng, there is no letter from you here. It is expected that a new letter will be delivered in the next two days." Okay, thank you. Wu Heng thanked him and walked towards the lounge. It seems that the Warhammer Party matter has been resolved. At least the entire road is open. The team that participated in the encirclement and suppression of the Warhammer Party has returned, and the stranded goods and letters will be delivered to the city in the next two days. ?Looking at it this way, it is really possible that Slater is here. After sitting in the lounge for a while, I went to the training room to practice sword practice. Feeling a little sweaty, he left the association and walked straight towards the opposite side, the Snake Emblem Consortium. Snake Emblem Consortium. Good afternoon, Mr. Wu Heng. Lecia said with a smile. ??Wu Heng came over and didnt say he was looking for her. But it seemed that he had become the important guest. As soon as he sat down in the reception room, the other party walked in right after him. Good afternoon, how is my commission and the store? Wu Heng asked directly. Lecia smiled and nodded, "The store has been cleaned according to your requirements, and the gang in charge has also said hello. You can open it at any time." Then, he took out the key to the shop and said, This is the key to the shop. ?Wu Heng took it and said, "Thank you very much." What we should do, if there are any requirements, we can ask for them, and we will do our best to do whatever we can. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Is there any news about the formation patterns in the bone burial ground and the alchemist''s commission?" In fact, I just asked casually about the burial ground. After all, it is a construction, and transportation and production are slow. Its mainly about the alchemists corpse. After all, from the mouth of a certain little wild cat, I learned that two alchemists died in the outer city. And the consortium gave him three days to pick up the goods. "The alchemist''s commission has been prepared, please wait a moment." Lecia said with a smile, opened the door and gave instructions outside. Soon, two bodies covered with white cloth and three bodies in black coffins were brought in. Three of them are human alchemists, one is a dwarf, and one is an orc. Lecia introduced softly. From the size of the corpse, you can tell who is a dwarf and who is a human or orc. ?Wu Heng glanced aside. ??Bassen stepped forward and opened the two bodies covered with white cloth. A human, an orc, with a pale complexion, but it is certain that the time of death will be within three days. It seems that the assassination of the alchemist is indeed related to the consortium. It may not have been their hands, but the bodies of the dead were indeed transported here. ?Three other coffins were opened, with some shriveled corpses inside. It should have been dug out from other places and transported here. Are they all level 10? Wu Heng asked. At the black market in Blackstone Town, the bearded staff member also introduced his identity and name. ?Obviously Lecia didnt have this idea. ?Wu Heng is not interested in the corpse''s past, as long as it is confirmed to be an alchemist. Of course, if you have any questions, you can come to me at any time. Lecia said confidently. Well, then Im very satisfied. "As long as you are satisfied, sir, five corpses will cost a total of 7,500 silver coins." Lecia quoted directly. Consigning something is different from buying something. When buying something, you can bargain with the boss to keep the price down. When issuing a commission, the amount of money will be decided upon, and there is no room for negotiation after completion. ?Wu Heng took out several bags of silver coins from the space ring, and used gold bars of equivalent value for large amounts. Some time ago, the silver coins exchanged were also consumed a lot. What I spend is enough to support an ordinary family for a lifetime. ?Lecia''s eyes lit up when she saw Wu Heng taking out the gold bars. ?This young man with a lot of money really can''t spend it all. Put away the gold bars and silver coins, his face became more enthusiastic, "Mr. Wu Heng, have you had lunch? I can have lunch prepared." Next time I have a chance, I will host a banquet for Miss Lecia. Youre welcome, sir, you are the guest. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the corpses and said, "It''s not convenient for me to transport these out." My own space ring contains a lot of things. It cannot hold these coffins and corpses. Oh, dont worry, sir, Ill have someone send you to your accommodation. After Lecia finished speaking, she went out and gave instructions to the staff. Immediately, someone took a sachet-like prop with a storage function and put away all five corpses. It seems that the space for storing props is also different in size. Organizations like the consortium also rely on this kind of props to transport various things. It is larger than your own space ring and can store more things. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out, and the staff member holding the sachet also walked out. They returned to their residence together. The other party placed all the corpses inside in the living room. After saluting again, he left directly and returned to the consortium. Wait until the other person leaves. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and let the skeletons carry the corpse and coffin to the zombie world. [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released one after another, and all five skeletons of different heights stood up. Five corpses, all reaching level 10. But it has only reached level 10. This is a bit of a bargain, dont let yourself take advantage of it. ?Wu Heng looked at several skeletons and said: "From now on, you will be called Alchemy No. 2, you will be No. 3, No. 4..." In order, several skeletons were named. Now the number of his alchemy skeletons has reached 6. It can fully meet the simultaneous use of several pharmaceuticals. Hand them all over to Alchemy No. 1 and start refining the potion based on the materials prepared previously. Checked the community again. After confirming that there was no problem, we returned to our residence. In the study room. ??Wu Heng continued to look through the ''Book of Runes'' to learn about the magic props. ~! A slight knock on the door sounded downstairs. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and opened the door. They saw Slater wearing leather armor, a cloak, and tight-fitting leather pants at dusk. At his feet, there was the leopard. "What are you looking at? Don''t you recognize me?" Slater raised his hood and said with a smile. Wait a moment. Wu Heng said and closed the door with a bang. ?Go upstairs quickly and ask the skeleton hag, crossbow one and crossbow two to return to the gate. Put the collars and cat ears on the bedside table into the space ring. Slater can come, he is naturally happy. ??But this woman is also a member of the "Secret Whisperers". She is very interested in her own information in Blackstone Town. What should be put away should still be put away. Outside the door, Slater''s eyes widened and he looked at the closed door in disbelief. It s also a deacon. People are not bad. They have the right to have the right to have money. A fire arose in my heart, and I turned around and was about to leave. ?The door opened again, Wu Heng smiled, wiped the sweat from his forehead, and said: "The room is a little messy, let''s clean it up." Slater didn''t move, just stood there and stared at him. The leopard under his feet also bared his teeth. "What''s wrong? Come in quickly." Wu Heng made way. Slater hesitated for a moment, but believed his words and walked in slowly. Looked left and right, and then said suspiciously: "You''re not hiding someone, are you?" "How can you?" Wu Heng helped her take off her cloak and continued to ask: "When did you come? Why didn''t you notify me in advance so that I could pick you up." Slater looked upstairs along the stairs, then sat down on the sofa. The Leopard also jumped onto the seat next to it, huddled up and lay there. I arrived at the border two days ago, but the road was blocked, so I just came here today, Slater explained. What to drink? Wu Heng asked. Whats here? Herbal tea, hot milk tea. Milk tea bar. ?Wu Heng boiled water, and then took out two bags of instant coffee from the drawer. "If I knew, I wouldn''t have allowed you to come. This period is very dangerous." Slater looked at him, "Why, you don''t want me to come?" No way, its too late to be happy! Wu Heng sat down opposite. Nonsense. Slater rolled his eyes at him again, Are you still used to it here? Slowly I got used to it. Wu Heng said. How does it compare to Blackstone? They are all pretty good, but the people here are not easy to get in touch with. Slater crossed his legs, leather pants wrapping his round thighs. I heard from Gomez that you had a conflict with the original captain when you arrived. After a while, I will transfer you back. Well, Im waiting for your good news. After the water was boiled, Wu Heng stood up and made a cup of coffee for each of them. The aroma of coffee immediately filled the whole room. Hmm! It smells so good. No wonder Yuli said there is much delicious food here. Slater praised. Wu Heng brought the coffee to her, "Why didn''t Yuli come with you?" Did you think I came here to play? Besides, there are some dangers here. It would be bad to bring her into trouble. Slater said. Changing one leg and crossing it up, he leaned lazily on the sofa, his body tilted, and his rounded buttocks were tight and firm. Slater seemed to be aware of it and looked at him doubtfully. ?Wu Heng immediately picked up the water glass and took a sip, while quickly moving his eyes away. Pfft~! Its so hot. ??Wu Heng just took a sip and spit it out because it was so hot. How old you are, you can still get burned by drinking water. Slater smiled, stood up, walked to him, and said with concern: Let me see what kind of burn you have. ?Wu Heng stuck out his tongue in embarrassment. In fact, it wasn''t hot at all, he just didn''t pay attention. Slater leaned over from close range. The familiar fragrance emanates from the other party. I often smelled it in her carriage before. Slater pinched his chin with his hand and his face turned a little red. Huh~! It wont be hot if you blow it on. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 151 , pick one to take care of you Chapter 151, pick one to take care of you Slater blew gently into it. It is very light and gentle, and the wind blows out with a fragrance. Okay, its okay. Slater said, just about to go back. A hand was already placed on her waist. Slater''s face became even more rosy, as if he was tipsy after drinking. Whats wrong? Slater looked at her pretending to be confused. You are so beautiful today. Wu Heng said softly. Slater''s face turned redder and he lightly slapped him, "Don''t talk nonsense." ??Wu Heng saw that the other party did not break away, so he put his hands around his waist. With a gentle pull, he sat directly in his arms. ification! The leopard on the side immediately jumped up and bared its teeth in a snapping motion. Slater glared and winked. ?Jianbao jumped off the sofa, went around to the back, lay down and closed his eyes to rest. Im so much older than you. Slater turned around and said. We are not much different in age, this is not a reason. Wu Heng said. Slater''s neck has begun to turn red. She naturally knew what Wu Heng wanted to do. The two of them talked more frankly in the letter than in person. She came all the way here partly because of work. More people also came to see him. Actually, I was prepared in my heart, but at this moment, I started to feel a little worried again. ??As the other person whispered softly in his ear, his body gradually began to soften. Thats it, otherwise I would have come this far in vain. ?Wu Heng held her head and gently pressed it to his lips. ?Slater also gradually entered the state. Raise your arms and cooperate with the opponent to take off the breastplate. ??When you feel that the other person is clumsy and can''t untie his waist. He raised his head, took a breath, and said with a smile: "Okay, sister, do it yourself, you are not an adult yet!" Hold your head and untie your waist from the side. ?Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and stripped her clean. Why does it look like this? Wu Heng dragged one side of the round shape and looked at the depression in the middle. Slater, sitting in his arms, stroking the other person''s hair, "It will come out on its own later, kid!" Youre going too far! Ha! Go to your room, not here! Slater said softly. ?Wu Heng stood up, and Slater exclaimed, his whole body hanging on him. He carried her into the bedroom and looked at her graceful body with the help of dim light. Stop looking, come up quickly. Slater opened his eyes and spread his arms. Well, here we come! Its late at night. ?Wu Heng hugged the other person from behind and caressed the proud body. How many days will you stay here? Slater arched his head back and said, "Come out with me tomorrow and come back in the afternoon." So urgent? "I''ve been here for five days. If I don''t go back, there might be problems. I''m still a deacon after all." Slater looked back at him, "Why, you can''t bear to leave me?" Who would be willing to part with such a charming beauty like you? I didnt realize you were so good at coaxing women. Before, you always said that I cheated you out of money! Wu Heng said. Now I also suspect that you came here for my money. ??Wu Heng said: "You are afraid that you will lose both your life and money." I admit it. "turn around!" ?Slater and Mantha Wen are both young women, but they give people completely different feelings. ?Mantha Wen is more clingy, like a fairy who is enthusiastic and trying to express herself, while ''Slater'' is a bit stronger. In this regard too, she looks and sounds like an elder sister teaching her younger brother. Its that kind of attitude that I want to conquer you up there. By the way, is there any way to avoid doing the task? Wu Heng continued to ask. Slater got out of the quilt and glanced at him, "If you don''t do the task, what will you do as captain?" Its just a matter of identity, and you know that Ive never been very willing to take care of this. "As a captain, it is impossible for you not to do tasks. Unless you can reach the level of deputy deacon, you can do nothing, which is easier than a deacon." Slater continued. How can I become an archdeacon? "Five third-level meritorious services, or one second-level meritorious service. If you have enough reputation in the local area, you don''t need the first two, and you can become a nominal deputy deacon." Slater said softly. The deputy deacon of Luntam City, I heard he is a shaman of the orcs. Basically rarely show up, and even less likely to lead the team on any tasks. It represents an identity. When the shaman is in a city, the orcs in this city will abide by the rules of the city and will not cause too much trouble. It''s like an honorary status. ?Wu Heng grasped the opponent''s weight and fell into thinking. Slater asked: "Do you want to be an archdeacon?" Well, just in name, theres no need to do any tasks. How about you stop doing this and go back to Blackstone Town, my sister will take care of you... ?Wu Heng smiled and pulled lightly, "I also have money, I''m not sure who will support whom." "Okay, rest now! Lie down and don''t move." Slater lifted up the quilt and lay on him. The next day, morning. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ?In addition to Slater''s carriage, there were several trucks behind, escorted by Slater''s personal mercenary group. It seems that in addition to looking for myself, I really came to buy some goods. In the carriage, Wu Heng asked: "Are you really not going to stay for a few more days?" "If you have time, you can go to Blackstone Town. I will also arrange for someone to clean the house over there." Slater said. Actually, it would be nice to go back to Blackstone Town and be taken care of by you. What you said yesterday is nonsense. After you left, Blackstone Town became quiet. At this time, the carriage slowly left the city and entered the outer area of ??the city. It started to get noisy outside. ?There are stalls selling various items on both sides of the road, as if you have left the city and the entire area is a market. Deacon, were at the position you mentioned. The mercenary approached the carriage and said. "Um!" Slater straightened his clothes, opened the car door and walked out. ?Wu Heng followed behind and also got off the carriage. Ahead is a three-story building with a rope-like sign hanging at the door. Slave shop. You can buy slaves here. Hands are available to both men and women. After the sale is completed, the slave becomes your personal property. Come here, lets see if there are any good girls who might be more popular in Blackstone Town. Slater explained softly. Money Cat is not a prostitute. Do not rely on the body to make money, mainly singing and dancing performances. Girls of other races have always been popular in human cities. Even if you bring back a tall female orc with huge fangs, you can still attract a lot of guests to watch. enter a shop. ??A middle-aged fat man wearing a white robe and a gem ring on his hand came out. He glanced at the people who came in and landed on Slater accurately. Madam, sir, need some slaves? Slater nodded, "Is there anything better?" "Of course, ladies, you can choose, or you can make a request and I will recommend it for you." The man made a gesture of invitation. Slater walked in directly. ??Wu Heng also followed behind and entered an inner courtyard together. ??The fat boss clapped his hands and shouted, and more than 20 people walked out of the remaining rooms. There are both men and women. In addition to humans and beasts, there are also bunny people, fox people and cat people with some animal characteristics. He is said to be a slave, but he does not have any shackles to restrict his movement. There were people talking and laughing when they came out, more like people waiting to find a job. There are young women and strong men here, which one do you want? Slater looked at them one by one and said directly: "It would be better for women under 25 years old to have some talents." The fat boss waved his hand, and the men and some older ones all retreated. Slater walked over and picked out a circle. 8 were selected, except for young girls from the human race. ??The fat boss praised Slater''s vision while ensuring that his slave was obedient and honest and had no ambitions. Slater asked for the price and then gave the money. There are a total of 1,200 silver coins, and the price is indeed not cheap. ??The fat boss took the money with a smile on his face, gave the slave a few words of instruction, and then asked Slater to take them all out. The carriage stopped outside the city. Slater glanced at several slaves with beautiful eyes, then looked at Wu Heng, and said: "Pick one to take care of you, the room is a mess." No need? Wu Heng hesitated. Shall I help you choose? Slater still looked like a leader assigning tasks. ??Wu Heng glanced at the slaves on the other side who were looking at them carefully with their heads lowered. He said: "The person I choose needs to sign a slave contract. You have to think about it and come up with the one you can accept." ?Seeing that no one spoke, Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who can cook?" After a while, a rabbit girl who looked young and had black rabbit ears stepped forward cautiously. Slater glanced at her and said, "How is it?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "I need one more." Dont go overboard, just one is enough. No, I really need one more. I can also spend my own money. Slater glared at him again and said, "Take your pick!" Who knows how to settle accounts and has business experience? Wu Heng continued to ask. There was another brief silence. Slater said: "Looking for a settler, what are you looking for here?" I can! Another voice sounded. A girl with white hair, animal ears, and a somewhat indifferent expression squeezed out from behind. White hair! ?This is really rare. Can you settle accounts? Wu Heng looked at her. Yes. The girl said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Deacon, I want these two." "Okay, from today on, you two will follow him, be obedient, and take good care of him." Slater whispered. The two women nodded. Slater continued to say to Wu Heng: "Okay, I''m going back too. Work hard here. When I have the opportunity, I will apply to the association to transfer you back." Outside, he looked exactly like a deacon giving instructions to his subordinates. You are not the same person you were last night. ?Wu Heng nodded, took the backpack from Bassen''s back, and took out a stack of comic books and a jewelry box from it. He handed it to her and said, "The book belongs to Yuli, and the jewelry belongs to you, so be careful on the road." Slater looked at him deeply with her beautiful eyes, nodded, and tapped the car wall, "Let''s go!" The carriage moved slowly. The mercenaries escorted him away. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng looked at the two maids standing in front of him. Whats your name? The girl with rabbit ears lowered her head and said softly: "Master, my name is Minnie." "how old are you?" 16! Minnie is a newly purchased bunny tribe. She is about 168cm tall, with long brown hair and black bunny ears. She has a childish face and a somewhat thin body. What is striking is her pair of long legs, whose body proportions are fully reflected in her legs. Well, Minnie, you will be responsible for the food at your residence from now on. Yes, Master. Minnie nodded carefully. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the other person. This is a girl with long white hair, animal ears, and a fox tail. ??The long gray hair hangs down to the back of the waist, with a pair of animal ears on his head, and his eyes also imply a kind of vigilance and indifference. It seems that the whole person is tense, as if there is some heavy responsibility on him. Whats your name? How old are you? After a moment of silence, the other party said: "Anderweil, 22 years old." You said you know how to settle accounts, so you have no problem managing a store, right? "no problem." Ill take you to the store tomorrow to check it out. If theres no problem, Ill leave it to you to run it. Hmm. The white-haired orc hummed. "I need to sign a slave contract with you, as I said before." The two of them did not speak. ?Wu Heng directly took out two contracts and made the two of them shed blood. Two rays of soul power sank into their eyebrows, and their faces became paler. The contract is completed. The two men looked at Wu Heng without their previous vigilance. More respect and obedience. Okay, there are two rooms on the second floor. You can choose one, and then Minnie will prepare dinner. Good master. Minnie agreed happily. The other one nodded coldly. Finished dealing with the matter of the two maids. ?Wu Heng returned to the zombie world through the gate. Outside the community. Trucks were parked on the side of the road. Many people are carrying supplies to the car. ?Someone saw Wu Heng from a distance and quickly walked into the repair shop. Li Yahong came out and ran towards this side. After getting closer, he said: "A lot of people have been brought here this time. Some of them will continue to deliver supplies to the prison tomorrow, and some of them will start collecting various daily necessities in the community." Well, I will also arrange some skeletons to assist you then. ??Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "By the way, there is a small gathering place of survivors to the west. They say there is a zombie swarm in action. It is suspected that there are second-level big-headed zombies." Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 152 , everything is ready (an update today) Chapter 152, everything is ready (first update today) Big-headed zombie? The characteristic of big-headed zombies is that they can command a group of zombies. The name given at the main station is commander. Compared with other second-level zombies, this kind is more difficult to deal with. When it appears in an area, it is more dangerous for survivors. Are you sure? Wu Heng asked. "No, but judging from what the other party described, there is a high chance that it is this kind of big-headed zombie." Li Yahong thought for a moment and answered. Where to the west. Over there in Changyingzi District. Changyingzi District is still some distance away from here. After the army has passed, it will take some time to walk. Plus, it will take more time to deal with zombies on the way. After thinking about it for a while, I felt that I should go there. Forget about other level 2 zombies, this kind of big-headed zombie is still very helpful to me. In addition to serving as a messenger. You can also lead patrols by yourself, or **** Li Yahong and others to prison. It is also a very useful type of skeleton. Lets prepare first. Lets go there in the next two days. Wu Heng said. What do I need to prepare? Li Yahong asked. She usually just goes along. Get your truck ready, and bring some spare gasoline. Oh, okay! Ill get ready as soon as I get back. "Um!" The two briefly chatted about the situation in the prison. ?Wu Heng suddenly remembered something and said: "Let people try to do some spear throwing." Spear throwing? What is that? Its similar to a javelin, the kind thats thrown at sports events. Wu Heng explained simply. "do you have any requests?" ?Thinking about the throwing spear he saw in the weapon shop, he said: "The length is about 1.45 meters. Just sharpen one end." ??Li Yahong nodded, indicating that she understood, and continued to ask: "Can we use steel bars? We brought back a lot of steel bars from the warehouse last time, so I should be able to make some." Okay, lets try it out first. If it doesnt work, then make improvements. Okay, Ill go back and ask someone to make it tonight. Its relatively simple. You just need to cut it. You can get a lot of it in one night. Well, thank you for your hard work. ??Li Yahong chuckled and moved closer, "Why bother? Compared to others, we are already very happy." The two stood together and chatted for a while. Li Yahong returned to her residence and arranged jobs and rooms for the people who were picked up from the prison. The entire community behind the auto repair shop was cleared by skeletons. ?The number of rooms is completely sufficient to accommodate any number of people who come. It is mainly a task assigned by Wu Heng. The throwing spear still has to be made by someone. ??Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng returned to the community and checked the skeleton training situation. After confirming that everything is OK, we also passed through the boundary gate and returned to Luntam City. Return to your residence. Read a book in the study room for a while. From downstairs, Minnie''s cautious voice came, "Master, dinner is ready." ?Wu Heng got up and went downstairs. Dinner was already placed on the dining table. ?This is the first time that real food is put on the table. Different from stir-fries in the modern world. The food here is more like that in the ancient West. There are vegetable soup, steamed eggs, and fruit pancakes. There are not many ingredients, but there are also a lot of preparations. Looks like the little maid I chose has pretty good skills. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Two maids stood aside. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said, "Stop standing, sit down and eat!" The two of them still looked a little reserved and stood aside without moving. ?His eyes were still looking at the food on the table, swallowing and spitting quietly. ?Wu Heng frowned, pointed to the seat on the left, and ordered: "Minnie, sit here, Weier, sit on the right." Seeing what Wu Heng said, the two of them carefully sat down aside. Slaves have difficulty controlling their own destiny. If you meet a kind buyer, your life may be better. It is also very common for someone with a bad temper to be beaten or scolded. Eat! Wu Heng said. Weier glanced at him warily, picked up something and put it in her mouth. Minnie saw that Weier had already eaten, so she also started eating in small bites. Lets eat for a while first. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have you chosen the room?" "Okay, Sister Wei''er chose the one on the left, and I chose the one on the right." Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to introduce his situation to them. Well, my profession is a necromancer. There will be some skeletons at home. They wont hurt you. Dont be afraid if you encounter them. You can ask them to help you with any heavy labor work. Heard a skeleton. They both looked at the figure guarding the door with a round helmet on his head. ?At that time, they were surprised that these two people never spoke, and after entering the house, they stood motionless at the door. It turns out to be a skeleton! Oh, okay. Minnie agreed softly. Wu Heng continued: "Also, when I am at home, I am not allowed to go up to the third floor. If you call me downstairs for something, if you don''t respond, you are not allowed to go up to the third floor." Yes, Master. Weier. Wu Heng looked at the white-haired fox **** the other side. Hmm. The other party said subconsciously. Tomorrow I will take you to the store to have a look. If there is no problem, I will leave it to you to manage it from now on. Wu Heng said. The white-haired fox girl raised her head and looked at him suspiciously with a pair of eyes with white eyelashes, "Okay." The three of them had a brief chat, and the atmosphere was no longer so depressing. The rabbit girl Minnie wiped the cake crumbs from the corner of her mouth and asked: "Master, are you from the business group?" Shops in the city are basically business groups. Otherwise, we wouldnt have the financial resources and capabilities. There is another house in the inner city. is considered to be a member of the business group. Wu Heng shook his head, "I am the captain of the association, and I have just been transferred here. You can call me whatever you want at home. Outside, just call me captain, or just call me by my name." Actually, being called master by a group of cute girls makes me feel quite comfortable. But from the outside, it feels very shameful. Wow, the master is the captain of the association! Minnies eyes widened a bit. Another fox girl was also a little surprised. ??Mercenary merchant groups can be seen everywhere in the city. On the contrary, the members of the association all live in the inner city and have certain law enforcement rights, which gives people a sense of greater status. In fact, my own rights are not as great as I thought. "By the way, some time ago, there was a wanted criminal in the outer area of ??the city who specialized in killing women and bleeding them. Master, do you know?" Minnie said suddenly. It seems that Minnie has a more cheerful personality. After all, I am young. ??Wu Heng nodded, "We killed the Blood Worshipers and saved a few girls at that time." "Wow! It''s really you, Master. Minnie was inside at that time. You are Minnie''s savior." Minnie suddenly stood up from the chair, her face full of excitement and joy. Ah this. ?Wu Heng also didnt expect that the maid he bought would be related to the previous mission. It was team member Marta who released the girls locked in the cellar. At that time, he was still searching for the loot from the corpses. I didnt pay attention to whether there was such a little bunny girl in it. "How did you get caught by them." "I just came here at that time. It was going to rain and I was a little lost, so I was caught by them. Minnie was frightened at the time and her eyes shed tears uncontrollably. After I was rescued, It''s been swollen for several days," Minnie continued. Slaves were not all imprisoned. ?Just like when I bought it, the management inside was a little lax, but no one ran away. It is said that it is a slave trade, but it is more like finding a job through an intermediary. The orcs are different from humans, with complex tribes and city-states, wars and poverty, which makes many people want to get out of there. The place where slaves were traded is also a good way. "When you go out from now on, I will arrange for someone to follow you, so you won''t be afraid of any danger." Wu Heng said while eating. Thank you, Master, I have such good taste that I chose you. Minnies face was full of happiness. I feel so connected to the owner in front of me. Not only were they saved by him, but others were also bought back. ?There is nothing more fateful than this. From the corner of his eye, Wu Heng glanced at the other fox girl who was lowering her head to eat, and said, "The same goes for Wei''er. I''ll arrange for someone to follow you when you go out. The city is still quite chaotic." Well, thank you. After dinner. The two of them were no longer so restrained. ?Minnie was even happier. While packing her things, she told Weier about the situation when she was rescued. Actually, the killing of the Blood Worship Cult was quite violent in the area outside the city. After all, when Wu Heng went there, many people had died, and they were all women. ??Residents chipped in their own money to arrest people and became frustrated with the gangs that managed them. The matter was resolved and the matter was spread for a certain period of time. ?Wu Heng got some daily necessities for the two of them and went up to the third floor. The two women were sitting in the living room. Chatting something in a low voice. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng took the fox girl Anderweil into a shop in the commercial street. ?The name is Green Green Shop, which mainly sells some daily necessities. ?The shop owner is a human, wearing a black dress, tall and thin, with his hair pulled back. With this outfit, Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly. ?The sun was dazzling just now, and I almost recognized him as the butler Yazd from the pit. There were not many customers here in the morning. The store is stocked with a variety of daily necessities, including glassware and pottery. ?The boss glanced at the two people who came in and looked at them. Still asked: "What does the guest need?" Look at the glass products. Wu Heng walked to the shelf on one side and looked at the glassware on it. They are basically glasses, and there are also some vases made of glass, or animal-shaped ornaments. ?Wu Hengs attention was mainly on the glass. The price is divided into two types, the ordinary one, the glass body is a little stained, and there are impurities inside, selling for 95 copper. Those with slightly better quality are worth more than 1 silver. ?Wu Heng felt that the price was a bit outrageous. This is even more outrageous than the price in Blackstone Town. The low-quality glass products in Blackstone Town cost around 70 coppers, while here they cost 95 coppers. The price has doubled. "Guest, do you want to buy it? If not, please don''t touch the fragile items." ??The tall and lanky boss was wiping things while giving a faint warning. ?Wu Heng looked at himself, then at Weier and Bassen and Bawudong behind him. ?Although he looks a little weird, he doesn''t seem that poor. But he put the glass back in his hand. ??Took Anderweil and continued to look at the pottery area. This area mainly contains pottery pots and plate products. It is not ceramic, but stoneware. The price also ranges from tens of coppers. ?Wu Heng glanced at the fox girl next to him, who nodded, indicating that he had almost seen it. The boss at the counter no longer paid attention to their thoughts. ??Wu Heng took out a modern glass, placed it on the counter, and asked: "Boss, do you want to take it?" ?The boss looked back and his eyes fell on the transparent brown glass. ?This kind of color is difficult to produce with current technology, let alone such a degree of transparency. Where did you get it? Should you take it or not? Wu Heng asked. ?The other party glanced at a few people and said, "Take it, I''ll give it to you at 50 coppers." Boss, the lowest price is 95 coppers. This is a bit too low! Wu Heng said. The store must also be profitable, and at this price, how much money can I make? The one with the same quality as the lowest one, how much do you charge? "40 coppers! Let''s talk about you. If you tell me where this glass is produced, I can give you a higher price." The boss continued. Ill think about it. Wu Heng put away the glass and turned around to leave with a few people. Behind him, the boss chased him out of the store. He shouted something like "Let''s talk some more," but he didn''t catch up with the others. Crossing two streets. ??Wu Heng took Andeweier to the store where he bought it. The door of the shop is open and the dust has been cleared away. The floor is clean, and there is a sign in the corner that says "Keduolai Grocery Store". Go straight to the backyard. Checked the warehouse. ??In accordance with Wu Heng''s requirements, two layers of doors were added to the warehouse. In addition to the iron door on the outside, there is also a layer of doors on the inside. The reason he gave was double-layer insurance. The real purpose is to not be easily discovered when transporting materials through the inner gate. At this time, Anderweil also came over from behind. Master, how should we decide the price? Andweil asked. Well, we also have several types, and the price is lower than theirs. Wu Heng said. After all, there is no need to consider the cost of transportation, and it is all for nothing. It is easier to sell if it is cheaper. Furthermore, modern products have better craftsmanship. A good master. Go down and get ready. Okay. Anderweil went to the front. ??Wuheng Basen and Bawudong guarded the door, opened the door inside through the bronze key, and directed the skeleton to move in boxes of various supplies collected by Li Yahong and others. ??When Anderweil came back again, she looked at the sudden appearance of the goods in surprise. But he didnt say much. Space props are also a means of transportation for large business groups. Its all sorted. Well, Ill leave the business of opening the business to you. Wu Heng said to the skeleton he brought, Sword one, sword two, you stay and follow Anderweils instructions. The two skeletons walked to the other side obediently. ?Standing next to the fox girl. ?Wu Heng was in the shop and watched her busy for a while. After giving an explanation, he returned to his residence. Return to the zombie world. Alchemy No. 1 came out and handed over two bottles of medicine with dry palms. Strengthening Potion (Description: The potion developed by extracting the energy from the aberrant creatures has a strong improvement effect on the creatures, and has a small chance of awakening the power of blood.) Thanks to 08a and Zeroaxl for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 153 , the carriage must be filled with supplies Chapter 153, the carriage must be full of supplies Strengthening potion? A potion that I had never seen before was delivered to me. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the description below the potion. A medicine developed by extracting the energy structure of aberrant creatures. In other words, it was made using corpse cores. Is this a first-level corpse core or a second-level corpse core? Wu Heng asked. ?On the Skeleton Alchemist''s side, a total of one second-level corpse core and three first-level corpse cores are stored. An antidote has never been produced before. ??Wu Heng thought that the work was too heavy. After all, there was only Alchemy No. 1 at that time, making commonly used healing potions and psychotropic potions, and also taking care of the wounded. At present, it seems that new pharmaceuticals are being developed. And it has been successful. Alchemy is really a magical profession. I dont know if an antidote to the zombie virus can be made. Skeleton Alchemist, brought the organ jar and opened the top of the jar. ?Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and glanced inside. The second-level corpse core covered with bloodshot eyes, and two other first-level corpse cores. In other words, this potion is made from first-level corpse cores. Well, cover it! ? No. 1 closed the lid and put it back on the cabinet shelf beside it. ?Wu Heng picked up the potion. Think about it for a moment, open the cork, and drink it directly. The slightly bitter taste fills the mouth and is swallowed. Strength +1, Agility +1. ?System prompt appears and attributes have been improved. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 67325/23000 Attributes: Strength 24, Agility 25, Constitution 25, Intelligence 26, Perception 15, Charisma 19. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Entry), Light Armor Specialization (Basic), Arcane Special Training. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will [Skills: Bone-raising, Corpse-raising, Dancing Lights, Acid Splash, Grease, Debilitating Ray, Corpse Embalming, Conversation with the Dead, Evil Explosion, Fireball, Life-Sustaining, Pathogenic Ray, Feather Falling, Cloud and mist technique, battlefield of corpses. Attributes have indeed been improved. Furthermore, this time of taking it, there were no side effects as shown by devouring corpse cores. In other words, this medicine completely avoids the process of swallowing corpse core and being infected by the virus. ??If this news spreads, I am afraid that the entire surviving human society will cause quite a stir. At the very least, this is an absolute wealth. Wealth that other survivor bases and even the main station do not have. ??If the secondary suitable corpse core is found, it will also be researched. ?Then it will only be a matter of time before more abilities are unlocked. I am still very satisfied with this potion spirit. He returned the potion bottle to No. 1 and continued: "This potion is very good. We will make it according to this method. Similarly, we will also develop the second-level potion." ?Alchemy No. 1 saluted, took the potion bottle and walked back to the room upstairs. Finish taking the medicine. ?Wu Heng walked out of the community and pressed the intercom. Not long after, Li Yahong pedaled a tricycle and hurried over. ?Hundreds of steel bars with one end cut into a sharp point are placed on the vehicle board. Can you look at this? Li Yahong picked up one and handed it to him. ?Wu Heng bumped it in his hand and felt a little heavy. It should be like this. If something is wrong, please improve it. "Okay." Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "The collection and transportation of daily necessities have been handed over, and everything is proceeding normally." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Just collect them and pile them at the gate of the community. I will arrange for the skeletons to be moved in." Okay, when will we go to Changyingzi? Li Yahong continued to ask. Tomorrow! Get a truck ready, fill it up with gas, and prepare some extra gasoline. "good!" After chatting, the two parted. ?Li Yahong rode a three-wheeler back. ?Wu Heng also returned to his residence, commanding the skeletons and distributing the throwing spears. Choose an open space and start practicing throwing spears from a long distance. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while. Open the gate and return to your residence in Luntam City. Dusk. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. The rabbit girl Minnie heard the footsteps and rushed out quickly. Master, do you want to prepare dinner? Get ready! Okay! Minnie walked downstairs three steps at a time with her long legs to prepare for dinner. The two newly bought maids have completely different personalities. ?Minnie is 16 years old and has a lively personality. Even though she was almost killed by the Blood Cult last time, she could still talk about it happily and use it as a conversation piece to share with others. Later, after learning that Wu Heng had saved her, she felt that it was all a kind of fate. I am destined to come with him. Very willingly, she accepted her identity as a maid. Minnie went to prepare dinner. Not long after, Anderweil, who was in charge of the store, also opened the door and came back. There is no sword with a sword, one or two, it should be the side of the left -behind shop. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the living room, he immediately said: "Master, the store has opened normally in the afternoon, and there are not many customers entering the store." ?It just opened and there is not much publicity. Slowly, people can come in, and there is no rush. Youll be in charge there. Dont worry about gangs and other things. Ive already told people to take care of it, Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. Answered, then went to the kitchen to help Minnie prepare dinner. Soon, dinner was served on the table. The three of them sat down at the table and started eating. ?Minnie asked some questions that she was curious about, and Anderweil listened attentively and ate the food quietly. After finishing dinner, everyone returned to their rooms to rest. The second day. After breakfast, Wu Heng took Weier and Minnie to the store. After sitting in the store for a while, a few scattered customers came in to inquire about the prices of items. Different from what was imagined. There are indeed people asking about the prices of glasses and porcelain. But what I buy more are plastic pots, which are found in piles in grocery stores. ?Everyone comes in and after asking about the price and use, they buy a few and take them away. ?Wu Heng sat for a while, said hello to the two women, and went back early after finishing. Leave directly and return to your residence. Open the gate and return to the zombie world. I made an appointment today to take Li Yahong to Changyingzi to catch the big-headed zombie. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start dividing their troops, leaving about two hundred troops to patrol nearby and protect the rest of the people in the auto repair shop. The remaining skeletons all moved and filled the entire street. The current number of skeletons has reached more than 13,000. The big-headed skeleton has the ability of long-distance intelligence and must issue orders multiple times in batches. ?In the distance, everyone in the auto repair shop stood there and looked at each other, with some horror in each other''s eyes. The number of skeletons is now greater than the general zombie tide. At the main station, some powerful abilities were also introduced. ??But in the eyes of everyone, no matter how powerful the superpower is, it can''t compete with such a dense army of skeletons. Can also wear armor and hold weapons. Didi~! ?Soon, Li Yahong also drove over in a military truck. The skeleton made way for a way, and the military card slowly entered the middle position. ?Wuheng took Bassen, Bawudong, and the big-headed skeleton into the truck. Give a direct order, "Forward!" Hulala~! The skeleton army began to move, escorting the truck in the middle, advancing slowly. Li Yahong said: "Last night, I contacted Changyingzi District again. They said that in addition to big-headed zombies, other types of second-level zombies and first-level zombies were also found. The number of corpses was also 2,000. Even around three thousand people. More than one level 2 zombie? Well, thats what I said, it might be a little dangerous. Li Yahong was a little worried. over time. Not only did the survivors gather together, but the zombies also started to gather together. Who can I argue with? Its okay, its not a big problem. If its really dangerous, we can leave. Wu Heng said comfortingly. Well, they will also evacuate today, and they wont be able to provide us with any detailed information then. Its okay, lets go over there, and the zombies will come find us. ?The truck continued to move forward slowly, maintaining the same speed as the army. The two were chatting about the radio station and the situation in some survivor bases. over time. The survivors gathered together one after another and began to huddle together for warmth. Likewise, bases lose contact inexplicably every day. Most of them are attacked by zombies and die inside. The truck drove out of the cleared area. On both sides of the road, more and more zombies began to be attracted, rushing out from the community or shops, and swarming towards this side. ??After walking a certain distance against the rushing zombies. Passing through a residential area. ?Zombies poured out of the community like a river and gathered on the roads. Charge toward this side. Stop the car, and the skeleton will also stop moving forward. Wu Heng immediately ordered. ?The truck slowly stopped. The skeleton army also stopped immediately and entered a fighting state. ?The view from the truck is good and you can see farther. ??Wu Heng calculated the distance between the zombies and said directly: "Get ready to throw the spear!" Hulala~! The large skeletons drew out the steel bars they carried and threw spears, preparing to throw the spears. Vote~! Huh~! Dense steel bars were thrown out directly with the sound of howling wind. ??Ding ding ding~! Immediately afterwards, steel bars fell into the area of ??the corpses like raindrops. ?Some zombies were pierced by falling steel bars, while more steel bars, more like falling iron bars, knocked down a large area. Wow, the effect is so good! Li Yahong said in surprise in the truck. The road has a fixed width. ?Hundreds of people threw their spears down, and the zombies fell like wheat. ?Although many zombies stood up one after another, the effect was still obvious. Once you have mastered spear throwing and unlocked the specialization, it will be a way to kill enemies. Seeing the zombies standing up charging again. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Spear formation!" The skeleton''s body was lowered, the spear pointed forward, and then, the corpses crashed directly into the spear array. There was a sound of slurping into the meat. ?Blood splattered all over the sky. A large number of zombies had their bodies pierced and lay directly on the ground. Looking at the number of zombies decreasing rapidly. "move forward!" Hurrah! ??The spearmen stood up, like a wall filled with steel nails, and began to push the corpses back. The zombies who were not dead fell to the ground, lying forward with all their strength, clawing and biting at the ankles of the skeleton. Be trampled to pulp by more skeletons behind. Or being chopped directly into a pile of rotten flesh by a knife-wielding skeleton. In the midst of fierce battles. The number of zombies is decreasing rapidly. ?Facing the zombies in front of you with the current level and number of skeletons. It can be said to be a crushing situation. ??More skeletons, protecting the surroundings of the truck, no place to play at all. The battle gradually ended. The area became quiet again. All the skeletons stood in place and entered the standby state. Clean the battlefield and move all the corpses to both sides of the road. Wu Heng continued. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ??Picked up the thrown steel spear and threw the body to both sides of the road. There are also scrapped cars stuck in the middle of the road. After everything is resolved, they will continue to advance towards the army. The team moves forward while killing zombies along the road. The speed of advancement is slower than expected. ?In addition to dealing with the small waves of corpses that keep appearing, the scrapped cars piled up along the road affect the progress to a great extent. Two o''clock in the afternoon. The team began to approach Changyingzi District. Several obviously iconic buildings can be seen in the distance. Speed ??up the forward speed. ??Wu Heng just wanted to give an order. ?Suddenly, a black SUV sprang out from the side road and entered the main road. ?The speed is very fast. Just as he appeared, he saw the mighty army of skeletons approaching head-on. ????????????????????? ?The screech of brakes sounded. ??The car body began to shake violently, turned sharply, and hit a street light on the side of the road with a bang. The violent impact caused the glass plate above the street lamp to shatter, and a piece of it fell on the roof of the car. The co-pilot was half hanging on the body of the car from the front to block the wind. The airbag on the driver''s seat deployed, and the person was seriously injured. Immediately afterwards, the person who smashed the front glass in the co-pilot began to transform into a corpse, climbed back into the car, and started tearing and biting the driver who was the main driver. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong stared at the scene happening in front of them with wide eyes. ?This is a bit too sudden. Even before I had time to react. ??The two cars crashed into a street light, and both of them turned into zombies. Waiting for the two of them to react. ?At the back, another minivan emerged from the same path. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Facing the army of skeletons, he also stepped on the brakes, leaving four clear black tire marks. ?The van turned a corner and then wanted to reverse and drive away in another direction. But from behind, there were roars and howls of zombies. A large group of corpses followed the van and appeared on the main road. Vans and SUVs emitting black smoke are like obstacles sandwiched between the two armies. They cannot move forward or retreat. It should be the survivors who escaped. Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Their driving skills are not very good." ?The other party''s car has not been modified. Even the van behind it only has a few newspapers pasted on the windows on both sides. Modification is actually not something that just anyone can do. "What should we do now? Those people seemed to be stupid and the car stopped moving." Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng looked outside through the gap in the steel bars of the car window. ?? Turning to the big-headed skull behind him, he said: "Get ready to throw your spear." Hurrah! The skeleton team immediately made the action of throwing spears. Vote! Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded again. Large pieces of steel bar spears fell from the sky like raindrops. It landed on the asphalt road with a clanking sound, and the zombies fell down with the spears thrown, and the zombies fell in pieces. Chopper Skeleton, attack! Hurrah! ??The Kitchen Knife Skeleton squeezed out of the team and went out facing the front. Collided with the group of corpses rushing forward. Inside the van. ?Several people looked at the fighting happening around them in horror. The entire car body was shaken back and forth by the impact, and a "collapse" sound was heard from the roof of the car. Looks like someone got into a fight on the roof of the car. Mr. Chen, these skeletons dont seem to be attacking us, one of them said. The skeletons are closer to them. If you want to attack them, they will be basically overwhelmed in one wave. It doesnt seem like he was attacking them. What the hell. The man who was called Mr. Chen cursed. Look, the modified military truck in the middle of the skeleton is the superpower mentioned on the radio. It can drive this kind of truck, and the corpses can also rush out. There must be supplies behind the car. Come on, if we have them, we can get a share of them no matter which base we go to. Mr. Chen lowered his head and looked towards the truck from the front. Hesitation flashed in his eyes. The battle ended quickly. ??All the zombies were killed, and the skeletons stood scattered in place, as motionless as sculptures. Go and talk to those people, be careful. After thinking for a moment, he said, Basen, you go with her. Okay! Li Yahong tightened the straps of the protective suit and jumped out of the truck. Bassen and several other skeletons followed behind, walking towards the van. Dang Dang Dang~! Li Yahong knocked on the car door twice, "Open the door, I am a survivor too." The rear door opens a gap laterally. Whoosh~! Suddenly, a short spear with a fruit knife attached to it stabbed Li Yahong in the throat from the gap in the open car door. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 154 , Changyingzi Team Chapter 154, Changyingzi Motorcade ??An icy cold light suddenly pierced through the gap in the door. ?Li Yahong''s pupils suddenly shrank, and a bone-chilling coldness suddenly rose up from her spine. Aware of the danger and want to avoid it. But the body cant keep up with the reaction speed at all. At this time, Bassen quickly took action and drew his knife to slash the spear. Dang~! A crisp sound. The spear deflected downwards, and the sharp tip hit the chest of Li Yahongs stab-proof suit. A strong force pushed her backwards to the ground. ??Li Yahong scrambled to her feet and hid behind the skeleton. She kept touching her neck and body with her hands to check if she had any wounds. Obviously, the stab-proof clothing still played a role. Leaves a mark on the chest, but is not pierced. But this feeling of fear still sent shivers down her spine. She never expected that when she went there with the idea of ??helping the survivors, the other party actually wanted to kill her. The eyes he looked at the van were also full of anger. Inside the van. Fuck, fuck, it was almost. Mr. Chen, with a gold chain hanging around his neck, cursed in a low voice. At such a close distance, he actually missed it. The skeleton following the opponent drew his sword too fast. Otherwise, you will definitely be able to stab the opponent to death with one blow. It would actually be okay if the opponent could be killed, but now that he is not dead, it is a bit difficult to handle. Looking at the other people in the car. Putting the short spear in his hand directly into the hand of a young woman with a dull look, he said, "You stabbed me because you were too nervous, did you hear me?" The woman''s hands were trembling and she subconsciously took the spear. Did you hear that? The man scolded. The woman still nodded dully. "Don''t forget that I saved you. If something happens to me, I will drag you to die with me. Just be honest." Mr. Chen said with a cold snort. Several of them echoed. Outside the car. ??Li Yahong had no idea of ??continuing to communicate with the people inside and retreated to the back. A large number of skeletons surrounded the entire van. As long as the order is given, the van will be overturned and all the people inside will be killed. At this time. All doors of the van are open. There were six people in total, four men and two women. The leader was over 1.8 meters tall and strong, with this gold chain hanging around his neck. The state is not like being starved at the end of the world. He shouted: "We are also survivors. Don''t do anything. Don''t do it. We were overreacting just now." As he spoke, he pulled out a woman behind him. I havent apologized to others yet. The woman''s eyes were evasive, her expression was sluggish, and she said tremblingly: "I''m sorry, I was too nervous just now. I apologize to you." There is a clang. The short spear in his hand fell to the ground and rolled far away. His knees went weak and he sat paralyzed on the ground. ??The man with the gold chain looked at the skeletons around him warily and said carefully: "This beauty, we have no other intentions. We were hiding in a farmyard before. We just escaped today and are a little too nervous." Li Yahong did not speak, and the skeletons surrounding them still stood in place, surrounding them. ??The man glanced around again, slapped the woman on the ground on the back of the head, and said, "Keep apologizing." Im sorry, Im sorry! The woman lowered her head and cried. ?Li Yahong didnt know how to make a decision. ?The other party didnt do it on purpose, and nothing happened. ??Now we are also short of manpower... Looking at the truck behind. ??There was a squeak. ?The door of the truck opened, and Wu Heng slowly stepped out of it. ?At the same time, several strange-looking skeletons followed. ?Seeing that there was one more person, the faces of the remaining survivors became even weirder. ??Originally, the truck was sealed very tightly, and the glass of the truck was made of steel bars. From below, it was difficult to see how many people were sitting in the truck. ??I only thought that the woman who came down controlled this skeleton army, but it turned out that the real owner was someone else. Fortunately, he didnt kill the other party. Otherwise, everyone in the car would not even have a chance to explain. Seeing the other person coming, the man smiled. He took out the crumpled cigarette from his arms, knocked on the cigarette box and took out the cigarette, and walked over, "This brother, my name is Chen Yongdong. Thank you for saving us." Halfway through, the skeleton stopped him directly. ??Wu Heng stood not far away and looked at him and said: "Where is the eldest brother?" Hey~! What kind of big brother is not a big brother? An ordinary survivor. The man said. ??Wu Heng continued to look at him and asked: "Is that spear just for stabbing? You don''t have the guts to kill zombies, but you want to kill someone?" The man''s pupils shrank, his face immediately returned to a normal smile, and he said: "Bye bye, it''s not me, it''s her. A woman is timid and has some nervous reactions." ?Wu Heng looked at him and said directly: "Kill him!" Huh? Thats not the case... The man thought that Rang had killed the kneeling woman. While he was still speaking, the sound of breaking wind could be heard from the side. A huge fist was swung from one side. Bang~! There was a hammering sound, and the neck bones broke. ?His eyes were wide open, he was vomiting blood, and he was mumbling, "It''s not me." ?The body fell backward, completely falling to the ground lifeless. Several people in the distance looked at this scene in horror. ?This person is more decisive. After roughly identifying him, he kills people directly. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other people. Three men and two women. Kill all those holding weapons. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! ??The skeleton instantly knocked down several people beside the van, and the kitchen knife fell on their heads, and with howls of wailing, it was chopped into pieces of meat on the ground. At the scene, only the woman who was pulled out to take the blame was left. ?Hold his head with both arms and neither shout nor scream, but his body keeps shaking. Weak and helpless. The state of these two people is completely different from that of those men. In essence, they dont seem to be together. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] to a corpse. The corpse sat up and looked this way. Wu Heng asked: "What does this woman have to do with you?" The corpse replied, "One of them went to stay in the farmyard. Because he was tall enough, he was kept here." ?Wu Heng nodded and dispersed the magic. The body lay on the ground again. Wu Heng looked at the trembling woman on the ground and said, "I know you and her are not together. Now you can leave by yourself, or you can come with us." The woman raised her head blankly and glanced at the body on the ground. He looked up at Li Yahong again and asked, "Can you survive relying on your body?" Li Yahong understood what she meant. ? Glancing at Wu Heng from the corner of his eye, he said: "We are a formal shelter. If you are willing, you can come with us. No one will force you, but the labor within your ability still needs to be done." Well, then I am willing to go with you. In the current environment, one would die by oneself. ?As long as she didnt want to die, she could only follow him back. Let her sit in the back seat of the car? Li Yahong asked. In the truck, Li Yahong was driving and Wu Heng was the co-pilot. In the back row are Bassen, Bawudong, and the big-headed skeleton sitting in the middle. Actually, you can sit even if the back row is crowded, but in the current state of a woman, sitting among skeletons would be frightening to death. Lets sit in the carriage, there is a canvas shed anyway. Wu Heng said. "Yeah." Li Yahong nodded and asked the other party to take off her coat. After checking whether there were any weapons on her from a distance, she placed her in the back of the car. Huddled in a corner, silent. ?Wu Heng glanced at the inside of the van, which contained a lot of daily necessities. ?Let all the skeletons be moved onto the carriage, and then he pulled off the gold chain from the neck of the man named Chen. Sit back in the car. The truck started and continued to drive forward. Li Yahong held the steering wheel with both hands and touched a mark on the stab mark with one hand, "Fortunately it was punctured, otherwise I would have died here." In this situation, there can''t even be any wounds. Otherwise, it is easy to get infected by the virus. ?Coupled with the position and force just now, if Basson hadn''t changed his position with a knife, or if he hadn''t worn stab-proof clothing, he would have died directly. ?Just like Wu Heng said about Hadron and the others last time. I didnt die in the hands of zombies, but if I died in such a trivial matter, everyone who died would complain. When you get back, blow the horn in the car and no one will need to get out, Wu Heng said. ?What happened just now was true and it shocked Wu Heng. Who would have thought that these people are mentally ill. Direct killing. Honk your horn, it may attract zombies. Were not afraid of ordinary zombies anymore. Wed better install one when we go back. I remember that there are some in the city management vehicles. Find one and remove it. Okay, Ill put one in place when I get back. ?The truck continued to move forward, with large skeletons still escorting it on the left and right, and began to move forward. the other side. Changyingzi District. In a semi-underground garage. There were more than thirty people in total, including men and women, who kept moving things to several vans. Everyone is sallow and thin, with a dead look and solemn look on their face. Zizzizi~! The intercom hanging on his waist suddenly rang. There was a low and urgent voice, "The corpses are approaching this way. There are so many of them. It''s too late if we don''t move forward." Without waiting for a reply, the intercom prompted again. Its too late. If we dont leave, everyone will die here. ?In the crowd, a man in his thirties with unkempt hair pressed the intercom and said, "Come down, let''s get ready to go." ?Hang up the intercom and continue to say to the others: "Everyone get on the bus. Don''t leave the rest. Get on the bus immediately. Don''t waste everyone''s time. Hurry up." People were urged to get on the bus, with worries and uneasiness about the unknown on their faces. Boss, everyone is getting in the car. Someone in the motorcade shouted. The middle-aged man looked at the time and continued: "Send a signal to Wang Dong." "good!" ??As the order was given, a thick plume of smoke shot straight into the sky from outside the garage. Not long. ??Boom~! An ear-splitting roar sounded from a distant direction. Then there were strange sounds of collapse and falling, and various items breaking. A voice came from the intercom again. The zombies were lured away. "get down." Soon, a figure climbed down from above and got directly into a car. Lets go! Lets go! Boom~! The fleet started, lined up in a row and drove out of the garage, entered the road that had been cleared in advance, and drove towards the distance. At the back, dense crowds of zombies were rushing towards the location of the explosion and thick smoke. Even so, the sound of the convoy still attracted the attention of a large number of zombies. Zombies from all directions rushed towards the convoy. Above the residential building, zombies smashed open the glass and jumped onto the roof of the car like dumplings. Thumping sound. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? As the number of corpses increased, cars began to lose control and crash into both sides of the road. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and he was directly overwhelmed by the crowd of corpses surrounding him. The faces of everyone in the other cars were ugly. Children and women sobbed softly. The man''s voice still came from the intercom, "Keep the convoy, out-of-control and damaged cars, don''t block the road, and give others a chance." Hurrah hoo~! ?The remaining vehicles continued to move forward, and the driver took a deep breath and stepped on the accelerator. Whether you can rush out depends on this time. ??More corpses in the rear realized that they had been deceived, and began to move away from the explosion area, chasing after the convoy in the direction it left. The number filled the entire street. A large area of ??Wuyangyang. ??Howling and roaring. the other side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong approached slowly in their cars. She must have been a little frightened. ?Li Yahong remained silent and looked a little ugly. How is it? Wu Heng asked. "It''s okay." Li Yahong smiled and continued: "I''m just still a little scared. If Bassen hadn''t been there at that time, I was afraid I would have died at the hands of the opponent." ?Let alone being stabbed to death, it was just a cut. If this weapon happened to kill zombies, that was also the result of being infected. So, it was panic at the time, but fear now. The more I think about it, the more afraid I become. Its okay, if thats the case, Ill turn you into a skeleton. Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at him in disbelief, "I really want to thank you. You don''t even want to give up on me." Youre just kidding, be careful next time. "Um!" The two chatted briefly and continued to rush forward. ??Boom~! ?Suddenly, a huge and ear-splitting explosion suddenly sounded. I could only feel the ground shaking slightly. ?Li Yahong stepped on the brakes directly. The two of them opened the car door, stuck their heads out, and looked forward. I saw thick black smoke rising from a building in the distance. ??And dense black shadows surrounded the location of the explosion. Did the army carry out bombing? Li Yahong asked. "No, it was a residential building that exploded." Wu Heng replied, and after a quick analysis in his mind, he continued: "It may have been intentional, to lure away zombies." The words have not yet finished. ?In the distance, we saw a convoy speeding towards us. Cars were constantly being wrapped in corpses along the way. ?Humshed into both sides of the road, and was submerged by the corpses in the next second. Zizzizi~! ?At the same time, the intercom in the car emitted a harsh electric sound. Then, there were intermittent orders from inside urging the convoy to move forward, to get damaged vehicles out of the way and to attract zombies. This is the frequency band that is captured. ?Li Yahong looked up. Wu Heng said: "Let''s see if we can contact them and make way for them to pass normally." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 155 , it can鈥檛 be from an auto repair shop, right? Chapter 155: It cant be from an auto repair shop, right? ??Li Yahong got back into the car, picked up the intercom and said, "This is an auto repair shop. The fleet in Changyingzi District, can you hear me?" After saying that, he waited aside. But there were still urgings and some orders given, and there was no response. It seems that there is a problem with the frequency band. ?The other party uses a fixed short frequency, and your own side is military equipment. You can receive the other party''s content, but the other party cannot receive the content here. "Can you hear me? The convoy in Changyingzi District can move forward normally, and we will make way for you." Li Yahong continued. But the other party still did not respond. Then, the rapidly approaching convoy suddenly began to slow down. The vehicle body swayed and an accident almost occurred. But the group of corpses chasing after them forced them to continue moving forward, not daring to stop. . In the convoy. The people in the first car looked at the army appearing in the distance in horror. ?Wearing ancient leather armor and holding a spear. Arranged neatly in the center of the road. It is like an army that came from ancient times and appeared in the modern world. What is frightening are the exposed skeleton faces and the endless army of skeletons behind them. What kind of yin soldiers are borrowing a way? Moreover, at this time, it blocked the way. ??Had I not experienced the apocalypse for such a long time, I would have been frightened to death when I saw this scene. Brother, what should I do? The person driving the vehicle asked anxiously. The speed of the convoy is not slow. If it continues like this, it may directly hit the skeleton in front. The man in the co-pilot''s face looked equally ugly. I did not expect that this kind of problem would arise at this time. There are skeletons in the front and zombies in the back. It is impossible to enter the alley. ?Once the convoy enters, there is no chance to move forward on the crowded road. Find a building, park there, and lets hide inside the building! the man said. ??Take a deep breath, pick up the walkie-talkie, and continue to ask: "There is danger ahead and the road is blocked. Prepare to pull over. The combat team will get out of the car to clean up the zombies and cover the rest of the people entering the corridor." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The convoy began to slow down collectively. The car door opened, and the men who had done simple protection rushed out with weapons in hand. Chop the attacking zombies to the ground. The other people in the car took some necessities and rushed into the corridor on one side under cover. With a bang, the green iron door was closed. the other side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong watched the motorcade stop aside and then rushed into the corridor. And the way he asked the skeleton team to get out of the way had no effect at all. For those who survived. Facing the group of corpses, hide in the corridor on one side. It''s just delaying death. The corridor door cannot stop the zombies, let alone the second-level deformed zombies. But its actually understandable. Facing the army of skeletons, there is no survivor who is not afraid of them. People in auto repair shops have gradually accepted skeletons. But when talking to the skeleton, he also has a rather weird way of expression. For example, titles such as Brother Big Head and Brother Spear. Be able to express the name and also carry the honorific. Dont worry about them yet. ?Li Yahong also put down the walkie-talkie and looked forward again. ??The hordes of corpses began to pour in from a distance. The number is definitely more than any previous battle. ?Wu Hengs eyes quickly scanned the group of corpses. ?This number is probably enough to bring together all the zombies in the entire area. Just this horde of corpses would be difficult for other local evacuation bases to resist. Count, there are quite a few! Li Yahongs face looked even uglier than when she was stabbed just now, and the hand holding the car door started to tremble a little. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but kept his gaze in the distance. Calculating the distance the zombies will run, "Get ready to throw your spear!" Hurrah! The skeleton took out the steel bar and prepared to throw it upward. Seeing the target approaching quickly. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Let go!" Huh~! ??The steel bars screamed harshly, like an iron net, falling into the crowd of running zombies. A large number of zombies were knocked to the ground. ?The zombies running behind were tripped over by large pieces, like rolling snowballs, and rolled into one piece. The zombies who fell down and were covered in flesh and blood quickly got up. Come quickly. ?With a fishy smell. Spear array! The spearman quickly stepped forward, squatted down, and moved his spear forward. Puff puff puff~! The zombies suddenly hit it, their bodies were pierced, and they died instantly. ?But there were too many zombies at the back, and the corpses were pushed to the front, one by one, like a swarm. The dead bodies and the skeletons holding spears were closely attached to each other. The skeleton began to thrust out spears continuously. Carrying out attacking movements one after another. Killing the target. ?Wu Heng held the edge of the car door with one hand, leaned out, and searched for the target among the corpses. Looking across quickly. In the group of corpses, several types of second-level deformed zombies can be seen. They include large ''tanks'' of the same kind, wall-climbing ''geckos'', and some fast-running deformed dogs. ??Zombies are indeed developing in the direction of higher intelligence. Gathered together to form a more terrifying force. I looked over it several times, but I couldn''t find any trace of the ''big-headed zombie''. But in the current situation, it is impossible not to have big-headed zombies. Maybe he was short and hid among the corpses. A thought in my mind. The ghost flew out of the body, Xiaoxiao. Xukong held his chin with one arm, as if half lying down, and said, "Uncle, what''s wrong?" ??Wu Heng said: "This time, there is a very important task for you." Say it! Have you seen the corpses over there? "ah!" Among the corpses, there is a zombie with a particularly big head and a short body. Find it. Wu Heng stretched out his hand and made a gesture on his head. Are you talking about a big-headed skull? Xiao Xiao glanced at the big-headed skull sitting in the back row. "right!" Forgot, there are examples around me. Okay, Im the best at finding these. ??Xiao Xiao said something, and after spinning around in the air, he flew towards the direction of the corpses. At the same time, his body slowly faded and disappeared. Forward. The corpses are still surging like a wave. Waves after waves surged towards the skeletons. Zombies are dying in large numbers, and skeletons are also beginning to break. Zombies are coming over there too. Li Yahong pointed to the distance. ??Wu Heng looked around and saw groups of zombies also pouring out of the paths on both sides of the road, intending to attack the skeletons from the flanks. ?Looking at it this way, there must be big-headed zombies in the zombie camp. Otherwise, it would be difficult for pure zombies to make such a change in formation. Send out two waves of chopper skeletons to block the zombies on both sides. Wu Heng continued to order. ??More than a thousand skeletons holding kitchen knives were separated from each side, heading towards the zombies on the path. ?Like two charging ant colonies, they collided directly. Falling and rolling blockbuster. Huh ~ bang! Shared bicycles were thrown towards each other by level 2 deformed zombies. ?Smashed into a group of skeletons, they instantly turned into scattered skeletons. The Big Guy and the Big Guy did the same thing, flinging bicycles or trash cans on both sides of the road towards the opposite side. Smash down the zombies one by one. The two sides were fighting together, as if they were engaged in a war of attrition. See who has the greater number, and whose people will die first. the other side. Everyone at the Changyingzi Shelter closed the corridor door and killed the zombies in the corridor. ?Hurry all the way to the top. Looking at the iron door that was locked with a lock. Immediately someone took out the crowbar hanging on the side of the backpack. Insert into the ring and pry hard. Gutter sound. The old lock was disconnected and the iron door was pushed open. Everyone quickly rushed to the roof. You can hear the roar of the zombies below more clearly, and the sound of chopping vegetables. ?With no time to check what was going on below, the leader''s man quickly issued an order. Xiaolong went to see what the zombies were doing, and the rest of us built a rope ladder with me to get to the other side. Everyone separated and began to act according to the order. A team of people began to throw ropes towards the guardrail of the next building, intending to build a rope ladder that could be passed. It''s a bit more dangerous, but there is no other way. The person called Xiaolong lies on the edge. Looking down. ?Just after taking a look, his brows immediately wrinkled. He checked several times and greeted in a low voice: "Brother, brother..." If you have something to say, dont yell! Come and see, the zombies arent chasing us, so theres no need to worry. The other people made a move. ?Immediately he got close to the edge, lowered his body and looked down. The entire road was densely packed with figures. On one side are the roaring zombies, and on the other side is a white hollow with a skeleton holding a weapon. Two armies fought in the middle. Fish, flesh and broken bones were scattered everywhere. The corpses under my feet have piled up a hill. They started fighting, and no one cared about us at all, one person said. Yeah, I asked why there were no zombies knocking on the door. It turns out they are not the same group as the skeletons. "Phew! We don''t have to worry too much, they may have to fight for a while." ?The middle-aged man also nodded and said: "Let''s take a rest first. After the rest, while they are fighting, let''s leave from behind." Okay! Several people gathered in a circle and simply replenished the food. Some people sobbed softly because of the companions they lost along the way. ?This world is like this, people die every day while searching for supplies. But the remaining people still have to live. Brother, it seems that the one among the skeletons is not a scrapped car. Someone got out just now. Xiaolong shouted again. The middle-aged man frowned and looked over. There is actually a modified truck in the middle. ?The entire road was filled with scrapped cars. At first, I didnt really notice it. Looked carefully. Sure enough, I saw a woman wearing stab-proof clothing, climbed into the truck, and took out plastic buckets. There are really people. Could it be someone from the auto repair shop? The person who contacted us was a woman. The rest of the people also widened their eyes, with disbelief in each other''s eyes. Are the auto repair shops so powerful? Can you control skeletons and directly confront the zombies? Gasoline barrels! Wu Heng said. "I''ll get it!" Li Yahong jumped out of the car, got into the car behind, and glanced at the woman huddled in the corner with her head in her arms. Took down the soybean oil barrel containing gasoline. ?Wu Heng called Big Guy and Two Guys over. Let them throw them directly in the direction of the corpses. ?Bang bang bang~! The plastic bucket was broken. The strong smell of gasoline filled the air instantly. ??Mixed with the fishy smell of zombies to form a disgusting smell. ?Wu Heng looked at the position in the sky and directly released the [Fireball Technique]. ?The fireball turned into a stream of flames that filled the sky, smashed into the group of corpses, touched the gasoline, and ignited a huge fire that reached the sky. The corpses in the middle area were covered by fire, forming a vacuum isolation zone. At the same time, Xiaoxiao also flew back from the distant sky. He said in surprise: "Uncle, I found the big head you mentioned, hiding in a car over there, not outside." (End of this chapter) Chapter 156 , soul can sense Chapter 156, Soul Sensing ?The fire rose, and the air became distorted by the burning. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction pointed by ''Xiao Xiao'' and saw a green bus faintly between the fire and thick smoke. A tourist bus that is close to men''s clinics so you don''t have to worry about it. Hundreds of zombies can be seen around the bus. ?Shaking his head, he stood there, like a guard, guarding the area. Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. "oh!" ?Xiao Xiao agreed and got directly into the body. At the same time, the image of Xiao Xiao flying all the way also emerged in his mind. First, there were densely packed zombies along the way. ?Then the scene changed and he got directly into the bus. The passenger car was stained with blood. The rotten flesh and severed limbs were hung on the luggage rack of the passenger car. In the main driver sat the big-headed zombie that Wu Heng was looking for. His head was unusually bloated and huge. He was sitting in the driver''s seat, looking at the battlefield ahead through the oily glass. When the fire breaks out. ??The big-headed zombie''s body trembled, stood up, and ran outside. After discovering that the fire was fierce and there was no danger. Sit back in the driver''s seat again. Continue to observe the situation in the distance ahead and control the zombies to fight. After reading it, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and asked her to be alert to the surrounding situation and notify him in advance if there was any danger. He began to look at the bus among the corpses and began to think about how to deal with it. Based on the current number of zombies. Let Bawudong stealth to enter and kill, and there may be a risk of being beaten. At that time, even if a large zombie is killed, it will not be a cost-effective thing to bring "Bawudong" in. He thought for a moment and said to the big-headed skull: Let Hunter come over. Tap tap tap~! The tall orc skeleton walked over with a sniper rifle on his back. The tall skeleton dog followed at his feet. ?Wu Heng pointed to the passenger car in the distance and said: "Inside that car, there is a zombie with a huge head. Find a way to kill it." Hunter glanced at the target location and pointed to the roof of the unit building next to him, indicating that he needed to climb to the roof. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to several orc skeletons not far away: "Protect Hunting One." ?Several orc skeletons walked directly to Hunter Yi. Then several skeletons quickly approached the unit building on one side, opened the iron door, and got in directly. Soon, he climbed to the top of the building, set up his sniper rifle, and pointed it far ahead. The battle on the main battlefield continues. Zombies and skeletons kept bumping into each other. Shaped like two waves, constantly fighting and entangled. Bang~! The deafening gunfire suddenly sounded from the top of the building. bang~! ?In the distance, the front windshield of the bus suddenly shattered. ?The bullet penetrated the head of the big zombie, and the bloated head exploded like a broken watermelon. ?Juice splashes everywhere. The body of a zombie with a big head, lying back. Hit the back of the driver''s seat, then bounced and hit the steering wheel. The zombies guarding outside began to become irritable and restless. Looking for enemies everywhere. ??Thick water flowed from the head of the big-headed zombie, but he still raised his head slightly, trying to get out of the driver''s seat and escape. ?Bang bang~! Then, there were two more shots in succession. Hit the head and the relatively thin body respectively. ?This time, the whole body fell limply. The zombies guarding outside seemed to have lost control, and attacked together with the rest of the zombies. The group of corpses at the front also began to disperse. Losed his mind and started walking straight through the sea of ??fire. Covered by blazing fire, struggling and roaring, he fell into the sea of ??fire. Dead~! If it were another level 2 deformed zombie, it might be hit by a bullet, but it would not die so easily. ??But big-headed zombies are different from normal deformed zombies. Its characteristic lies in the control of the zombies, and its body and mobility become disadvantages. It took two bullets to the head to kill him. His vitality was astonishing. ??? Before Wu Heng could react, the direction of the corpse group became confused first. ??The other level 2 deformed zombies that were wandering around before quickly ran towards the bus. The giant zombie smashed the front windshield and pulled out the corpse of the big-headed zombie. Not yet waiting to take action. The body was knocked away by another giant zombie. The corpse of the big-headed zombie also fell to the ground. At this time, a gecko-like ''Dreadclaw'' zombie sprang out from a distance, carrying the body with one hand, and climbed directly onto the outer wall of the building again. ?The two giant zombies roared angrily, grabbed the ordinary zombies next to them, and threw them upstairs. Trying to knock the opponent down. ?Wu Heng stared at everything that happened with his eyes wide open. Originally I thought these zombies were going to the rescue. ?Now it looks like they are robbing the corpse of a big-headed zombie. ??The gecko zombie climbed directly to the height of the 6th floor, twisted off the head of the big zombie, and extended its sharp claws along the neck. After a while of rummaging. Grabbed out a large ball of **** stuff, raised his head and threw it into his mouth. Chew randomly twice and then swallow. Looking for the corpse core. ?Seeing the opponent''s action, Wu Heng finally understood what they were looking for. There is a fight for corpses, the only target is the corpse core in the brain. Depend on! Corpse core. Been eaten by zombies. Its still the core of a big-headed zombie. The monsters you defeated were eaten by you. The civil war among the second-level deformed zombies has made the entire zombie group even more chaotic. Crazy tank zombies are running rampant among the zombies, chasing zombies on the wall. ??Wu Heng gave the order directly: "Attack!" Hurrah! The skeletons began to attack more violently. In the front row, the skeletons buried under the pile of corpses climbed out with difficulty and began to kill the zombies in front. Without the big-headed zombie commanding the zombies, the behavior is closer to that of crazy beasts. Simple traps and obstacles can kill and injure them. An army of more than 10,000 skeletons began to counterattack, pushing the zombies and starting to kill them. The location on the roof of the building. The light of dusk reflected on the bodies of several survivors. No more sobbing and chatting. ??Everyone stared at the battle taking place downstairs with their eyes wide open. Their position allows them to observe changes in the situation on the entire battlefield. From the initial blind defense, it changed to throwing gasoline barrels and shooting fireballs into the sky. In the end, a tall skeleton sniper climbed onto the roof and killed the second-level deformed zombies with a few shots. Now, the entire skeleton group began to counterattack. Like a huge wave of bones, it instantly swept the zombies down below. Falling down piece by piece. What kind of mixed tactics is this? Cold weapons at the bottom and hot weapons at the top! Are they from the auto repair shop? If we keep fighting like this, the battle will be over soon. Can we escape? It is certain that they are a group of survivors, but I dont know if they are people from the auto repair shop. I remember that the people at the auto repair shop said that their leader is called King Yama, which may refer to the ability to control skeletons. "This ability is too scary." "Yeah, chasing after the corpses is too perverted." Should we leave? Just as the skeletons counterattacked, the zombies were attracted. Someone asked. Now is the best time to evacuate. The original plan was to use this time to evacuate. But after seeing the fighting power displayed by the skeleton, everyone began to wonder again. If you are from an auto repair shop. There is also a shelter over there. Don''t be afraid of such a large group of corpses, it should be safe over there. ?Several people looked at the middle-aged man who acted as the leader at the same time. ?The other party looked at the military cards in the group of skeletons below, and then at the women and children in the team. said: "Everyone evacuated as planned. Xiaolong and I stayed to see if we could make contact with each other. No matter what the outcome, we will meet at the planned location." Isnt this too dangerous, just the two of you? "If something happens to you, we won''t be able to survive. It would be better to die together." The man continued: "Do as I say, we have already lost a lot of people and we cannot afford to lose any more." The rest of the people hesitated. Still nodded in agreement, turned around, started packing his belongings, and started going downstairs. Leap down from the window at the back of the second floor and leave towards the distance. Night falls. The fighting has continued. Orange firelight illuminates the surrounding area. The skeleton team has killed most of the zombies, but the remaining zombies are still fighting against the skeletons without fear. Your level is increased to level 7, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlocked feature: Soul induction. Soul Energy Sensing: Your soul has been enhanced and you can sense the soul energy within a certain range. Invisibility and ghosts within the close range will not be able to escape your perception. Upgraded. ??The number of corpses this time has directly increased one level. At the same time, a feature [Soul Energy Sensing] was also unlocked. Look at the introduction. You can increase your sensitivity to your surroundings through the perception of your soul. ?This feature. ??Wu Heng seems to have seen it in the [Book of the Necromancer]. It seems that it is an ability that can only be unlocked by necromancy professionals who major in souls at level 3 or above. Levels: Levels 1 to 5 are considered the first level, levels 6 to 10 are the second level, and levels 11 to 15 are the third level. Have you unlocked this skill now? ?Wu Heng tried to close his eyes and stare. The next second, the surroundings were blank, and firelights lit up in my mind. ??In addition to the large swathes of undead skeletons, one can also sense Li Yahong in the truck, a huddled woman trembling with her head in her arms, and Xiao Xiao floating in the distance. And some flying insects. Its really a powerful skill. Such as this can be captured. But the distance is obviously limited, probably within five meters of the whole body. For further locations, you still need to see it with the naked eye. In the future, you can completely rely on this skill to explore the surrounding situation. Open your eyes again and continue to pay attention to the battle at the scene. The big guy, the big guy, and the two giant zombies fought together. Hands punched each other, hitting the opponent with bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang. The gecko zombies and their own gecko skeletons were also chasing each other on the outer wall of the stairs. ?Hunter is still on the roof, setting up a sniper rifle. shooting bullets from time to time. Perform suppression and support on site. ?Wu Heng looked at the scene. Thick smoke billowed, and corpses and broken bones covered the ground. The whole battle lasted from day to night. It creates the feeling of a protracted war. Its also a good thing that all the people participating in the battle were zombies and skeletons, otherwise ordinary creatures would have been exhausted from fighting and would have withdrawn their troops. Bawudong, go help the big guys and end the battle as soon as possible. Wu Heng said directly. ??This kind of deformed zombie has intelligence. ??If you are sure that you can''t beat him, you will choose to run away. At the moment, the skeleton has an absolute advantage. Continue to attack and the zombies will be completely eliminated. At that time, it will be difficult to catch the deformed zombies if they run away. They all lost a large corpse core, these must be kept. ?Ba Wudong nodded, kicked his feet, jumped directly over the zombies, and rushed towards the big man. Running up, leaping up, punching straight in the air. Bang~! Hit the giant zombie in the temple with one punch. The air wave exploded. ??The head of the giant zombie is weirdly bent to one side. ?His body also staggered two or three steps and fell to the ground with a thud. The big man saw the right moment, and the giant fist with the iron gauntlet kept falling downwards. Like an angry ape. With a bang, the muscles of the giant zombie exploded like tumors. Lying on his back, he kept struggling to fight back. ?Bawudong also kept dropping his fists at the deformed zombies on the ground. beat him to death forcefully. After killing one, continue to shuttle among the zombies, crush the zombies that attack, and continue to get closer to the second giant zombie fighting against the "two-piece". Carry out an attack together. the other side. Bang~! The deafening gunfire sounded again from the top of the building. The "gecko" zombie that was crawling quickly was hit by a bullet in the back of the head again. Instantly fell from the wall of the outer wall. The skeleton gecko jumped directly from the wall and landed on it with a thud. ?At the same time, densely packed skeletons swarmed up. Wrap it into a glutinous rice ball. The kitchen knife in his hand kept chopping at his body. The situation seems to be stable. ?Wu Heng faced the dense zombies and released another fireball, smashing into the zombies. Continue to give the order, "Attack with all strength!" Hurrah! The skeleton accelerated its attack speed and attacked the remaining zombies. The battlefield fell into silence again. ?Only the flames were still burning, and there was a crackling sound. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground and continued to order the battlefield to be cleaned. The skeletons moved quickly under the firelight and piled the corpses aside. The black blood gathered into streams on the ground. Flow into the sewer. ?Wu Heng looked to one side in mid-air at this time. ?Xiao Xiao slowly appeared, pointed to the side and said, "Uncle, someone is coming over there." ?Wu Heng looked up. I saw two figures standing at the entrance of the corridor in the distance. ??If it werent for the bright light of the fire, I wouldnt even be able to see the other partys position. ?Perhaps he was afraid of the skeleton, so he didnt dare to get close and stood a little anxiously at a distance. He kept waving something towards this side. What do they want to do? Wu Heng asked. "I just eavesdropped. They want to take refuge with you, but they are afraid that you are not human, so kill them." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 157 , who are they Chapter 157, who are they? Forehead. Its not a human being. You cannot omit words in key positions at this time. Wu Heng corrected. Oh, hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled. ??Wu Heng continued to look far away, and the other party was waving the rag in his hand hard, trying to attract the attention of this person. I didnt dare to approach directly. ?Wu Heng knocked on the car door, and Li Yahong looked down, "What''s wrong?" "There are two people over there who want to join us. You go and have a chat. If you want to stay, you have to be obedient." Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong followed his gaze and looked over. ??I also saw a figure in the darkness. Give me some skeletons. "Um." ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and several tall orc skeletons came to her side and protected her directly. ?Li Yahong nodded, after confirming that she should be in no danger. Walking towards the opposite side. He stopped far away, stood in the middle of the skeletons, and said, "Come out and throw aside all the weapons you have." The two people in the darkness hesitated for a moment, took off their backpacks and iron pipe knives, threw them aside, raised their hands, and walked into the firelight while emphasizing that they were in no danger. Li Yahong looked at the two of them warily and asked, "Who is it?" We are people from the Changyingzi Shelter. We have spoken on the frequency band. If you have heard of us, you should know about us. The unshaven man at the head emphasized. Were you the ones who were in the escape convoy before? Yes, yes, we were chased by a group of corpses, and we were a little panicked and couldnt choose our way out. Where are the others? Li Yahong glanced at the residential building nearby. "They haven''t come down yet. Let''s talk to you first." The man said vaguely. ?Li Yahong nodded and continued to ask: "What do you want to talk about?" Before the change, Li Yahong must have believed that the more people, the better. There would be enough manpower for any task, and the tasks assigned by Wu Heng could be completed more efficiently. But what happened before made him change his point of view. It is difficult to manage a large number of people. If some ambitious people are recruited into the team, they will bring hidden dangers to the team. Even bigger problems may arise. So we no longer just ask for the number of people. We must at least confirm whether the other party is willing to listen to us and whether there are any problems with their character. Are you from an auto repair shop? the man asked. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows but did not deny it. The man was a little embarrassed, smoothed his disheveled hair, and said, "If you are from an auto repair shop, I would like to bring the people from the base to your side." ?Li Yahong still looked at the other party, showing a relatively hesitant expression. The two people opposite were also a little nervous. Previously, I was considering whether to join, but now it seems that whether the other party can agree is another matter. How many people are there? Li Yahong continued to ask. Probably more than 20. What about the staff ratio? "Um..., women and children probably account for half of them, and the rest are all men. They all have the experience and courage to kill zombies, so they won''t be a drag on the shelter at all." The man said quickly. It seems like I have returned to the interview scene in peacetime. You need to talk about your own advantages to win the other party''s approval. ?Li Yahong looked at the two of them but said nothing. ?The other person started to feel worried and then became a little embarrassed. ?It seems that I have nothing to offer. But the fact is similar. The opponent''s ability to control skeletons can provide a safe place. ?They went, but it seemed that they really had no value. Thought for a moment, then added: "We have people who can do driving, machine tools, repairing some electrical wires and water pipes." ?Li Yahong nodded slightly, "Are you their leader?" Cant be called a leader, barely recognized by everyone, and we can live together. Well, we do have a very safe haven, but its not something anyone can join. Yes, yes, we understand. "If you want to join, you must first listen to us. The original leaders or big brothers and sisters will not work here. All personnel need to complete the tasks assigned by us. If someone wants to cause trouble or has other ideas, there will be no consequences. Great." Li Yahong said. The two looked at each other, but neither spoke. Li Yahong continued to add, "Accordingly, we will provide a safe environment and sufficient food. You don''t have to worry about danger or hunger. If you think about it, if you can accept what I say, you can stay." The two turned their heads and discussed in a low voice for a few words. The middle-aged man turned around again, We want to join! "Okay, remember what you said today." Li Yahong looked at the other party, "Okay, let all your people come down and throw away all the weapons in their hands." "Well, they evacuated to the originally planned location during the day, and I will take them back." The man said. Li Yahong didnt say much. She glanced at the sky and said, We will wait here until dawn. Okay! Lets go find them first, the man said. ?Li Yahong nodded and walked back to the group of skeletons under the protection of the skeletons. The two people from Changyingzi District also disappeared into the dark night. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong shook her stiff neck and said, "The people from the previous team want to join our base." Have the deal been negotiated? "The conditions and what needs to be done have been explained to them, and they are willing to accept it. There should be no problems." Li Yahong continued: "Their people left before, and they are expected to come back here in the morning." ?These people were also looking for new shelters. After seeing the power of the skeleton army, there is a high probability that they will choose to stay. Well, wait for them until dawn. "I''m going to see that woman." Li Yahong took out a blanket from the car and walked towards the back. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ?The corpses of several deformed zombies were also dragged down to their feet. There are four in total. ?The commander zombie with its head and body separated, that is, the big-headed zombie. ?Two tank zombies and one gecko Dreadclaw zombie. On the contrary, none of the deformed dogs we saw before were left.????After the death of the big-headed zombie, he immediately ran away without a trace. ?At that time, the tide of corpses was in chaos, and the deformed dogs could not be found at all. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique] one by one, amid unstable prompts. Several skeletons stood up one after another. Skeleton Demon (Level 12) Skeleton Warrior (Level 12)Skeleton Warrior Level 13. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 14). The levels of Skeleton Demons and Skeleton Warriors have been improved. ?Wu Heng focused his attention mainly on the level 14 Skeleton Terrorclaw. After all, this guy directly swallowed the corpse core of a big-headed zombie. Checked it over and over again. The Terrorclaw''s basic attributes and intelligence perception have also reached above 20. In other words, after these zombies devoured the corpse cores, their own attributes also rapidly improved. The effect is similar to that of humans absorbing corpse cores. As soon as he swallowed it, he was killed. Otherwise the level should be higher. "From now on, you will be called Big Head No. 2, you will be called San Duan Tou, you will be called Si Duan Tou, and you will be called Fear Claw No. 2." Wu Heng gave them random names one by one. ?Several tall skeletons walked out of the pile of minced meat. ?Wu Heng took out his stick and rummaged through the minced meat on the ground. Three secondary corpse cores were found, and the corpse core of the Direclaw was more bloodshot and began to turn purple in color. He found a plastic box, packed all the corpse cores, and put them into the space ring. Then, he said to Big Head No. 2: "Go, lead some skeletons, go over there to clean up the battlefield, and move all the corpses over." Skeleton No. 2 takes action. Densely packed skeletons began to carry corpses under the silver moonlight. The sky is gradually getting brighter. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were waiting in the truck. All the skeletons carried a corpse on their shoulders, dripping with blood. Not long. In the distance, a small group of people waved to this side. The skeleton separated a road, and the middle-aged man who led it came over with about 20 people. There are no weapons on the body, and they are carrying some clothes and other supplies on their backs. Li Yahong nodded and said, "Your cars are still parked there. Let''s go back together." "good!" Everyone walked through the group of skeletons. Getting into the car parked on the roadside, I followed the truck carefully. He drove all the way towards the auto repair shop. What should I do here? Li Yahong asked. Today, I will accompany you to search Changyingzi, mainly shops and grain stores, and take away everything we can. Wu Heng said. "good!" Return to the area where you live. Li Yahong immediately mobilized the original truck fleet. ?Wu Heng followed with some skeletons and began to search the area cleared last night. Truck-by-truck return transportation. Dusk. Wu Heng returned to the community. Passing through the boundary gate, you return directly to your place of residence. After taking Bassen and Bawudong downstairs, the rabbit girl Minnie ran out of the room on one side. He looked at Wu Heng who was coming down from upstairs, and then looked at the first floor. Ah~! Master, you are at home. Minnie said with some surprise. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Are you ready for dinner?" "Oh, I''m going to prepare now." Minnie quickly ran towards the first floor. Humming a song and getting busy in the kitchen. Soon, the fox girl Weier also opened the door and came back. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the living room, he bowed slightly and said, "Master." Well, how is the store over there? There were not many customers in the first two days, but today the number of customers has gradually increased. Some people have inquired about ordering, hoping to get some preferential prices. Weier said standing in front. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "If the quantity reaches a certain amount, we can give you a suitable price. You can see how much discount is appropriate. Let''s discuss it together." A good master. The two chatted briefly for a while. ?Minnie brought the dinner to the table and asked a few people to sit down. Just getting ready to eat. The door was knocked again. Minnie quickly went to open the door. ??Then he saw ''Wen Mansha'' wearing a cloak standing in front of the door with a face filled with anticipation. When they saw each other, they were both stunned. Who to look for? Um, is Captain Wu Heng at home? Wen Mansha tightened her collar and asked in a low voice. Oh, the master is at home, no, the captain is at home. Minnie said. ?The door opened and Wen Mansha walked in. He looked at Wu Heng and then at the two extra orc girls. ?Standing at the door, he said: "Master, who are they?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 158 , the basement lady Chapter 158, The lady in the basement Before he opened the door, Wu Heng knew that Wen Mansha was knocking on the door. The newly unlocked [Soul Energy Sensing] can clearly sense the people outside the door and the relationship between them due to the contract lock. In the zombie world, I havent thought too much about it. ?Now that I think about it carefully, this feature is really good. Whether it is for investigation or preventing others from sneak attacks, it can play a very good role. Master, who are they? Wen Mansha frowned, and her face instantly turned cold. Minnie and Anderweil also looked surprised when they heard each other call them master. Wu Heng introduced: "Minnie, Anderweil, the new maid, will live with me from now on." Then he pointed at Wen Mansha and said, "Wen Mansha, leader of the Spike Gang, you call me sister." The three of them looked at each other. Minnie was the first to speak, "Sister Wen Mansha." ?Andweier also stood up and bowed slightly. ?In terms of age, Wen Mansha is the oldest and the leader of the gang. In Luntam City, gangs represent power and it is not a dishonorable thing. On the contrary, it represents a very high status, which is a huge difference from a slave. Hearing that it was the gang leader, the two looked at each other quietly several times. ??The master seems to be more powerful than expected. The leaders of a gang are all servants. Wen Mansha raised her head slightly, her brows were cold, and she said softly, "Hmm." He hung his coat on the rack at the door, wore brown leather armor, and walked slowly into the living room. turned back into a dignified and majestic gang sister-in-law. Wen Mansha, have you eaten? Wu Heng asked. "No." Lets sit down and eat together. Wu Heng said directly. Wen Mansha came over and sat down on the side of Wu Heng. Minnie brought a dinner plate from the kitchen and placed it in front of her. How old are you this year? Wen Mansha took a small bite and looked at the two of them. Minnie was a little cautious under the other party''s aura, "16." 22. Andweier also said softly. How did you become the masters maid? ?The atmosphere suddenly became a little depressing. Minnie quietly looked up and replied in a low voice, "The master bought us back." "The same to you?" Wen Mansha, eat first and then talk after you finish eating. Wu Heng interrupted the other partys question. Make it look like you are interrogating a prisoner. Wen Mansha stopped talking. While eating, she smiled and told Wu Heng some things that happened in local gangs. After dinner. Minnie and Anderweil began to clean up. Wu Hengze said: "Wen Mansha, come with me." All the way up to the study room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng closed the door. ?Four skeleton hags were sent to the zombie world after two maids moved in. ?You can also read books and learn skills normally there. Master Wen Mansha just spoke. ?Wu Hengs eyebrows turned cold, Put your hands on the table. "Huh?" Wen Mansha saw that the other party''s expression was wrong and she put her hands on the table. ?Wu Heng searched around the study, but found nothing, so he took the slippers under his feet in his hand. bang~! A crisp sound sounded. The gang tactics are still used here to bully people, right? bang~! There was another sound, and Wen Mansha snorted softly. Still a little stubborn, he said: "Who asked the master to carry me on his back and find two young and beautiful maids, who are from another race?" ?Wu Hengs hand stopped for a moment. It seemed that he could hear the sense of crisis in her words. Compared to the two people outside, Wen Mansha is indeed older. Putting down the slippers in his hand, Wu Heng sat down aside and patted his thigh. ?The other party''s face turned red, but he was less resentful than before. He rubbed his butt, walked over, and sat on his lap. Are you worried? Now that the master has two maids, will he still like me? Wen Mansha asked in a low voice. You are so good, how could you not like it? They are both so young and of different races. Dont all men like this? Wen Mansha continued. ?Wu Heng hugged her with one arm and reached out to untie her leather armor, "You are no worse than them, so relax." Who do you like more? Looking at her expectant eyes, Wu Heng took off the leather armor from her body, threw it aside, and continued to take off the other clothes on her body. In the end, only a black gauze underwear was left. Pick it up and lay it down on its back on the desk. "like you." Hey, the master is so kind. Wen Mansha put her arms around the other persons neck. The living room on the first floor. Minnie ran down from the second floor, hugged Anderweil''s arm, and said softly: "The master is beating her!" Dont listen, Anderweil said. Really, it seems that she bullied us and then beat her. Minnie said immediately. "real?" Well, it seems that the beating was not light. Those two blows were loud at that time. Anderweil also looked upstairs and said softly: "If the master is willing to take care of it, the other party will not bully us in the future." Hmm, were not afraid of gangs either, Minnie said softly. In the study room. ?Wen Mansha gritted her teeth. ??Wu Heng covered her mouth, rolled her tongue, put her thumb in his mouth, and sucked it like a baby. After a while. The two of them were lying flat on the desk. Work harder than usual! Wu Heng said softly. There is no other way. There is a competitor. On the day Roach comes back, he wants to use me as a bargaining chip to offer to the White Wolf Gang! Wen Mansha chuckled and leaned on her side. Dont think too much, we wont give up or give up. "Well, now I feel like it''s good to have a master." Mansha Wen turned over, gave her a kiss, and continued: "Master, you asked me to investigate the wanted criminal. There is already news." Oh? Whats the news? ?These days, Wu Heng has been in the zombie world, dealing with matters in Changyingzi District. ?The association has never completed any tasks. Plus, I want to accumulate merit and be promoted to the level of deputy deacon as soon as possible. We must work **** wanted criminals. Wen Mansha stroked the opponent''s muscles and said: "There is information that some robbers have robbed a batch of goods on the trade road and plan to sell them in exchange for money and leave. In the past few days, I have contacted some gangs in the outer areas of the city." Robbed the caravan? It wasnt the Warhammer Party or them! "No, the Warhammer Party does not lack their own channels, they are just some robbers, but the leader of the other party must be a wanted criminal, otherwise they would not dare to enter the city." Wen Mansha expressed her speculation. In addition to the wanted criminals of the association, ordinary murderers and robbers can enter the city. ?Wrentam City doesnt care at all. You don''t even dare to enter the city. It is very likely that you are a wanted criminal, a key wanted criminal. Where? Are you planning to trade with him? "In an abandoned stone building outside the city, we didn''t trade, but a gang in the outer area of ??the city planned to trade with them." Wen Mansha climbed up and said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "When will the transaction be made?" Its decided the day after tomorrow, Ill inform you in advance. Well done, Wen Mansha is really reliable. "Hate!" Mansha Wen struck lightly, but moved harder, and said softly: "If the master plans to intervene and kill the other party, I want to take over this batch of goods. It will be of great help to the gang." If I have the goods, I can give it to you, but for team operations, there are other members who have to pay for it. Give someone a discount and they will give you money. ?Wu Heng laughed and said, "Okay, if I get the goods, I''ll give them to you." Thank you, master. I messed around in the study for a while. The two of them opened the door and walked towards the bedroom. Get ready to rest. Early morning the next day. ?Wen Mansha gently helped him put on his clothes. He said with some envy: "I really envy them, they can be by your side every day." "I''ve been complaining all night. You are the eldest sister. From now on, you should behave like a sister and take care of them more." Wu Heng spanked her on the **** again and said. "I know! I won''t be angry. After all, Master likes me the most!" Wen Mansha stuck to her again and said softly: "Master, do you like my wild cat outfit or the outfit last night?" Its from last night! Humph, as expected, there are aliens, and they dont like the body of the little wild cat. ˵ The two of them sat there for a while and then went downstairs again. Have breakfast. ?A few people are going out to do their own business. Before leaving, Mansha Wen took out two money bags from her pocket and handed them to Minnie and Anderweil. Her expression was still the indifference of a gang sister-in-law, "I came in a hurry. My sister didn''t bring any gifts. Take these. Buy yourself some daily necessities. The two women were stunned. I subconsciously took the heavy bag of money, feeling a little overwhelmed. Well, thank you, Sister Wen Mansha. After reacting, he immediately thanked her. Wen Mansha nodded, "If someone bullies you, come to me. There are some things that the master can''t handle, so I can help you solve them." After saying that, Wu Heng showed a smile and walked out with the skeleton. ?Wu Heng was speechless. It seems that what I said last night is still useful. At least, she behaves like a big sister. It means that the streets and alleys have a stronger atmosphere. He also said a few words to the two of them and walked out of the house. ?Minnie pulled Anderweil and said softly: "Look, the master beat her, otherwise she would be so good today." Well, thats good for us too. Anderweil said. It seems that I beat Sister Wen Mansha all night long, and I heard her moaning for a long time. Anderweil was stunned for a moment, and her face turned a little red. He pinched her cheek and said, "You will understand in a few days." Go to the association. At the front desk, I got four replies. When I came to the lounge, there was no one inside. ??The captain Wu Heng didnt even come to the association, let alone the other members. Sit down on the sofa on one side, open the letter and start reading. The first letter was Slater''s reply. The first half was a relatively normal exchange, describing the recent situation in Blackstone Town. In the second half, the language is more caring, but it doesnt clarify anything. He just said that in a few days, he would go to Luntam City to select a few girls to supplement the staff of Golden Cat, and then visit him. ?The letter was stuck at the border due to issues with the Warhammer Party. The Slaters are all here, but the letter has not yet arrived. ?Now that the two of them have established their relationship, the previous polite words seem very redundant. The second letter is Yulis reply. This whole article is about complaining that Blackstone is no fun at all. Theres nothing fun and nothing good to eat. ?Then he decided to focus on how to make potato chips, planning to make them at home to prevent anything from happening to Wu Heng and the craft being lost. I thank you, eldest niece. If you are greedy, just say "greedy" as if you will not live long. The third one is the former captain Otluk and its also about work. The fourth letter was from the original member Kawina. She first apologized for not being able to reply in time, and then also talked about some things about her association. Similar to Wu Hengs experience. Kavina did not reach level 8 because of her level 3 meritorious service and the fact that she was directly recommended as a captain by the deacon. So, I also received some cold looks after going there. She is different from Wu Heng. To put it bluntly, Wu Heng has a lot of cards and can complete wanted criminals and tasks. ?As for Kavina, her performance was a bit mediocre. It was a bit embarrassing to be lifted to this position. Her words were full of frustration, and she felt that her mental state was very bad. Find letter paper and started to reply to a few people. As for Kavina''s situation, she actually had no choice but to comfort her. ??I can''t really send her a pistol. ?This kind of thing is my own trump card. Unless the world itself has it, I have no intention of leaving it outside. After writing replies to several people. Send it directly to the front desk. At the same time, he took out his tablet and took a photo of the newly posted wanted poster. I feel like nothing is wrong. Leaved the association quickly and walked around the city. afternoon. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence. ?Minnie went to the shop to help in the morning, and there was no one at home. I simply tidied up the study room and went directly to the zombie world. In the middle of the building in the community, three mountains of corpses, two people high, were piled up. ?Wu Heng first walked out of the community and took a look. Opposite the community, the daily necessities collected by Li Yahong and others were packed in cardboard boxes and laid out in a large area. Come here and move these to the community. Wu Heng called over a few skeletons. Skeletons lined up in a row. Move toward the community. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and directed for a while. Enter the community again. In front of the mountains of corpses, release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. Large pieces of corpses shed their flesh and blood, and each skeleton stood up. Join the entire queue of skeletons. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the community, looking at the rune book in his hand, waiting to recover his mental power, and then continue to release skills to transform skeletons. It is approaching dusk. Outside the gate of the community, Wu Heng and Li Yahong stood together. How are the people who joined yesterday? Wu Heng asked. There are no problems at the moment. They are all obedient and have been assigned different tasks. The women and children go to collect daily necessities, and the men take turns making iron spears and throwing spears. Li Yahong replied. ??Wu Heng took out the throwing spear purchased from the weapon shop from the space ring and handed it to him. said: "This is a normal spear throwing, please refer to it." The throwing spear is different from the short spear made by Li Yahong. It is sharpened on both sides. ?The head of the spear is heavier, which helps it fall to the ground. Instead of throwing an iron rod out to hit people. Hence, the throwing spear made of steel bars needs to be slightly improved. Okay. Li Yahong nodded. The two sat together and chatted for a while. Teach her to recruit a group of her own people so that there can be no management problems. After talking for a while, they separated and returned to their residences. Go through the boundary gate and return to your own residence. Today, Wen Mansha did not come, and Anderweier talked about things in the store. The three of them chatted for a while below. They also went back to their rooms to rest. the next day. Association lounge. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the main seat, with three figures standing behind him. Bassen, Bawudong, and the tall hunter wearing a round helmet and carrying a sniper rifle. ??The skeleton dog was not brought as it was not easy to disguise. Duke and Marta walked in one after another. Captain, are you looking for us? Duke asked in a rough voice. "Well, let''s go register and pick up a carriage. We have a mission. Let''s go out." Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay, I finally have a mission. Duke immediately walked out and prepared the carriage. When everything is ready. He rushed towards the information location provided by Wen Mansha. Its approaching noon. Three people plus three skeletons arrived at the transaction location. ??Wu Heng made a gesture to Lie Yi, who immediately ran away and climbed a hillside behind, with the muzzle of his gun pointing far ahead. Ahead is an abandoned stone building. ??Brambles and vines covered the building, but the building itself was considered complete. Look at it from a distance. You can see two groups of people dressed up differently. The men on one side were dressed differently, and their helmets and armors seemed to be improvised. At first glance, they looked like bandits who had not been "supplied" for a long time. The people on the other side mainly wore leather armor, and a few had metal plate armor. They should be gang members who came to trade. There were no less than a dozen people guarding the outside. There should be more people in the building. The two parties came very quickly. Captain, there are people guarding the front and back, 12 people in total, and there are a few more on the hillside over there. Marta said softly. The ranger can share vision with the tamer. ??Although the black-haired eagle did not fly, it could better observe the surrounding situation by standing at some high places. Wait a minute! Wu Heng said. He is also waiting for news about Xiao Xiao. After making arrangements to go out, he has not come back for a long time. Looking at the time passing by little by little. ??Wu Heng''s face began to look ugly, and Xiaoxiao hadn''t come back yet. It''s not like there''s something wrong. Who can control the ghost? Captain! They may have to leave. Duke said softly. From the window on the second floor, you can see someone starting to pack things. It seems that the transaction is completed and everyone plans to go back to their respective homes. ?Wu Heng looked up and didn''t intend to wait any longer. ??If Xiaoxiao is really in danger, he must rush in to save her as soon as possible. He is a soul himself, and if he is scattered, he will not even have a chance to save her. ?Immediately turned around and made a gesture to Hunting Yi on the hillside from a distance. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. ?The person standing at the window suddenly had his eyebrows exploded. Lie your body back. There was a sudden silence in Shilou''s room, and then the two groups looked at each other in surprise. With a cry of ahhhh, they killed each other. The sound of shouting to kill and the collision of weapons were heard. The troops on both sides guarding the outside also realized something was wrong. Seeing the fighting starting inside, they also drew their weapons and started fighting. Lets get closer and dont take action yet. Wu Heng said. ?The people lowered their bodies and walked forward for a certain distance with the help of vegetation. They stopped at a distance of more than 200 meters and started watching each other fight. The battle is still fierce. Gangs and bandits are ruthless characters. The momentum and killing skills were not weak either, and people kept falling in a pool of blood. Direct death, or lying on the ground wailing in pain. ?Seeing that most of the people outside were dead, there was still fighting inside. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Charge forward, leaving no one behind." Ah! Duke shouted and rushed out. ??Frightened a nearby bandit, and then his body was knocked out by Duke. The ax fell on his head and chopped his head into pieces. ?Mata ran horizontally quickly. Under the shared vision of the black-feathered eagle, he began to shoot arrows at the people on the hillside. ?Chasing the opponent all the way and shooting, forcing the opponent to retreat continuously. ?Wu Heng threw fireballs from a long distance, and Basen and Bawudong also approached quickly. Quickly kill all the remaining people outside. ?Standing at the door of the stone building, listening to the sounds of fighting still happening inside. ??Duke is holding a battle ax and is about to rush in. ?Wu Heng grabbed him and sensed him carefully. ?There are five people left on the third floor above, and there are two energy fluctuations underground, one of which is his ghost Xiaoxiao. Thinking for a moment, he took out a few poisonous smoke mines from the space ring, lit them and threw them directly into the building. From the outside, it is difficult to release the cloud and mist spell inside. This kind of poisonous smoke mine is still easy to use. ?Bang bang bang~! Thick smoke filled the building. ?At the same time, there was violent coughing and cursing from the other party. Seeing that the other party still has no idea of ??rushing out. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Charge in and kill them." Bassen and Bawudong rushed in directly, and intensive gunshots rang out immediately. After the gunfire. The sound of fighting was still relatively fierce. Heavy objects kept hitting the wall, making a thumping sound. But the fighting power that creatures can exert under the poisonous smoke is very limited. Soon, Bawudong and Bassen had the upper hand, kicked their necks, and died completely. The battle ended and the entire area became quiet. The smoke has not cleared yet. Two skeletons dragged out the corpses inside and placed them in the open space outside. At this time, Mata also came back from a distance. Also dragging a body. ?Wu Heng glanced at the gradually fading smoke, and then at the corpse on the ground. Took out the tablet, handed it to Duke, and said, "Check it to see who is the wanted criminal." "Okay, captain." Duke took it, straightened the body, and compared the appearance. ??Wu Heng took Basen and Bawudong along the rotating stone stairs and walked downstairs. There are many green plants growing in the dark and damp basement. There was not much sunshine, but bright flowers bloomed. Like a semi-underground garden. There are not many things in the basement. ?A mottled wooden table and an empty lounge chair, creaking and shaking. Xiaoxiao is floating in the air. He shrugged helplessly, "I can''t help it, this aunt won''t let me go, and I can''t understand what she says." ?Wu Heng looked at the rocking chair and said softly: "Captain of the 12th team of the association, Wu Heng, what do you call Madam?" The rocking chair stops. A semi-transparent figure emerged on the lounge chair. Glenda. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 159 , long time no see (5,000 words, one update.) Chapter 159, Long time no see (5,000 words, one update.) The rocking chair is at rest. ?A figure wearing a dress and a top hat appeared out of thin air. She has a mature and dignified face, like a lady from a noble family. Glenda! the woman said softly, snapping her fingers. The scene in the basement began to change. The mottled walls reappeared with brightly colored wall coverings, and the ground covered with moss and soil became smooth and bright. Furniture and potted flowers and plants appeared all around. ?This is no longer a basement, but a mansion of a wealthy family. Fantasy! The change started in person. Wu Heng immediately realized something was wrong. ?At the same time, in the depths of the sea of ??consciousness, a resistance suddenly rose. The illusion was shattered, all the missing scenes disappeared, and it returned to the original mottled and dilapidated basement. The woman stood up slightly and made a gesture of pouring tea. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. She probably didn''t know that the environment she appeared in was no longer valid. ??Still making some actions to match the scene in the environment. My child, has it disturbed my wife? Wu Heng asked softly. ??The woman sat down on the recliner again and snapped her fingers again. Xiaoxiao regained her mobility in mid-air and immediately flew to Wu Heng''s side and hid behind her. He stuck his head out from his shoulders and said, "Uncle, she doesn''t look like a good person." ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing. The woman opposite looked at her and explained: "It''s just that I haven''t had any contact with outsiders for too long. I saw her and wanted to ask about the situation outside. It seems that we don''t understand the language." They are both in the form of ghosts, but the languages ??they learned during their lifetime are different. The novel is in Chinese, but this is the local language. The two of them sat together and couldn''t communicate at all. ??Wuheng is different. It has its own systematic translation, so both parties can communicate. Children from my hometown havent learned the language here yet. Wu Heng explained and asked, Madam, you have always lived here? The woman nodded and said softly: "Yes, for many years, some gangs or mercenaries used to come here to do business, but now fewer and fewer people come here." Ghosts are difficult to form. Requires a special environment and strong mental strength during life. Its not just that ordinary people can become ghosts when they die. Ghosts are also immortal to a certain extent. ??If it were easy to form, those powerful people who are about to reach the end of their lifespan would have formed a ghost family long ago. ??The infant spirit that first appeared in the "Mining Village" of Blackstone Town is also difficult to form. It is a newly born child, a dark environment, and a long period of condensation of necromancy magic. What appears is also an evil spirit that is violent and difficult to control. It is rare for Xiaoxiao and the lady in front of him to form a relationship. "Have you seen the transactions of those people before? Just let them do illegal transactions here?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "Appearing in front of outsiders will only cause me more trouble. There is nothing illegal here, as long as it doesn''t disturb me." the woman replied. ?Wu Heng also agreed. ?Medicating one''s own business, I am afraid that the commission to clean up the ghosts will soon appear on the association''s task board. ?The woman in front of me is a smart person and knows not to expose herself to outsiders easily. Tap tap tap~! At this moment, footsteps were heard upstairs. Then came Duke''s rough voice, "Captain, are you down there?" ?The footsteps are getting closer and closer. ??Duke walked down directly. The two ghosts disappeared instantly, and Duke only saw Wu Heng sitting on an old chair. He scratched his head and said, "Captain, what are you doing sitting there?" "How is it? Has the identity been verified?" Wu Heng asked. We checked, there are two wanted criminals, one has level 3 meritorious service, and the other has a mid-level item reward. Duke opened his mouth and showed a smile. This is quite a gain. Not only are there rewards, but there are also meritorious deeds. Wheres the goods? A lot of cloth and potions, Marta said they were hallucinogens, and a lot of silver coins, Duke said. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Look around. Both of them should prepare carriages. Count the goods and silver coins and wait for me outside." Oh, okay! Duke scratched his head again and walked up again. Duke leaves. Two ghosts reappeared. "It seems that your team members are very obedient." The woman glanced at the stairs. Trust is mutual. "Well, that makes sense!" The woman nodded and continued: "Are you a necromancer? Or some other profession?" Necromancer. Wu Heng nodded. "Why are you here? Mages rarely appear in such chaotic places." "Assigned by the association, it doesn''t matter where I go." Wu Heng replied and then asked the other party, "Madam, you lived here during your lifetime?" Well, this is my home! Times are getting faster now, dont you plan to go out and have a look? Wu Heng raised his head and looked at her. The woman looked up and looked at him without blinking. ?Wu Heng still smiled and planned to speed up the chat. She might be able to continue chatting from here, but she still has to go back in front of Guancheng Gate. ?They were trying each other repeatedly in their words, trying to understand some details. I dont believe that the other party knows that I am a necromancer and deliberately detains Xiao Xiao, so I dont have this idea. In terms of communication and behavior, the other party does not look like a wraith. At most, he is a homebody who doesn''t like to meddle in other people''s business and will be fine as long as he doesn''t disturb me. Furthermore, his own strength should be much stronger than Xiaoxiao. If you follow yourself, it will also be a help. You want me to be your spiritual servant? the woman asked directly. "Well, this is good for both of us. Madam can also go out and see the outside world. Luntam City may have changed a lot, so we can''t stay here all the time, right?" Wu Heng began to persuade. The woman lay on the lounge chair again and slowly began to wander. ??It creaked and creaked. Seems to be in hesitation. According to what she said, this is her home and she has lived for such a long time. If you suddenly want to go out, you really need to think carefully. ?Wu Heng did not disturb her, but waited silently. ??Xiao Xiao was still hanging on his shoulders and said softly: "Uncle, what are you talking about?" "I asked her why she bullied my child. She said she had been bored here for too long and wanted you to talk to her, but she didn''t understand the language. I said, that''s not okay. What if you scare my child? Isn''t this restricting personal freedom?" Wu Heng said while making an emotional show. "That''s right, you said she scared me at the time!" Xiaoxiao said. "I told her, but she said that this is her house. She has been trapped here for a long time, and no one has come before she wants to talk to you. When I think about it, she is quite pitiful." Xiao Xiao tilted her head and felt that it made sense, "Well, this place is in shabby condition, and she is alone, without even a light, which is quite pitiful..." So, she just apologized, and I saw that her attitude was pretty good, so I forgive her for you. Thats okay too. The two of them turned their heads and spoke, and the woman on the recliner looked sideways slightly. He turned around and said, "I can go with you, but you must agree to a request." ?Wu Heng stopped talking to ''Xiao Xiao'' and asked, "What''s the request? I need to hear if I can do it." When you have the strength, help me kill someone. "Who? I am the captain of the association and I have a moral bottom line." Wu Heng emphasized, really afraid that he would ask how many people to kill to complete the ritual. The woman smiled slightly and said: "My husband, I don''t know if he is alive. If one day he is really alive, you have to help me kill him." The tone of this sentence is unusually plain. It seems that the person speaking has nothing to do with her. Is it convenient for me to know the inside story? Wu Heng asked. "There''s nothing that can''t be said. He killed me, took away all the property, and turned this family into this. As a ghost, I want to seek revenge from him." The woman looked over and asked, "Did anyone touch you?" Moral bottom line? Mr. Captain. "Well, if the story doesn''t turn around, I agree to this." Wu Heng said. Necromancer and spirit servant also have a master-servant relationship. While driving the ghost, soul power is also nourishing the ghost. It can be regarded as a relationship of mutual help. but in each other''s roles. The necromancer is the master and the ghost is the servant. ? Even if the other party lies, he still occupies the absolute dominant position in the subsequent roles of both parties, and is not afraid of any problems. "Well, I am also willing to be your spiritual servant." The woman took a deep breath and exhaled it slowly. ?Wu Heng nodded and released his mental power to wrap the opponent''s body. Gradually, you can feel that the mark of your own soul has been left in the woman''s soul. Successfully contracted ghost. ?Wu Heng was delighted and immediately checked the properties of the ghost. Ghost Level: 10 Attributes: Agility 22, Constitution 18, Intelligence 28, Perception 16, Charisma 26. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinesis, phantom, possession, soul binding. Invisibility: The haunting ghost can make his spirit body completely invisible. Incorporeal Movement: Entering the incorporeal state and can pass through other creatures and objects. ]????Psychic pushing: Objects within the range can be affected by the power of mind. Phantom: Create an illusion through soul power, causing the surrounding area to form an illusory illusion. There is a chance of seeing through it with an intelligence of 25 or above. Possession: Possess the surrounding ''humanoid'' creatures. After the possession is successful, the target becomes incapacitated and loses control of the body. The ghost takes control. The possession cannot be completed if the Charisma is above 20. Soul Binding: Apply a confinement effect to the soul target, restricting the ability to move. Level 10 ghost. ?This level is already quite high, not to mention that the survival and upgrade conditions for ghosts are inherently harsh. Among the skills, there are three more new skills than Xiao Xiao. Phantomis a skill that creates an illusion and is just released. Soul Bindingcan impose a confinement effect on the soul body. This skill should be used to trap Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng set his sights on [Possession]. This skill is really similar to the characteristics of ghosts in traditional ghost stories. Able to possess living beings and take control of the body. It can be said that this woman is much more powerful than Xiaoxiao. ?Of course, Xiaoxiao is still young and has just become a ghost, so there is still a lot of room for growth. Welcome to join us, Glenda! Wu Heng smiled. Thank you, captain, please take care of me in the future. Glenda stood up slightly, floating in the air and saluted gracefully. She really looks like a pretty lady from a noble family. It means not having a body. Is there anything else you need to prepare? "In the secret compartment in the corner, there are some old savings that you can take with you." Glenda stood up, walked to the corner, and pointed to the stone slab that was already covered with moss. ?Wu Heng took out his dagger and pried open the stone slab. Revealing the wooden box underneath that has rotted due to moisture. After taking it out and opening it, it was already somewhat oxidized. There were five gold coins and quite a few silver coins inside. It seems that Glenda''s previous life was wealthier than most people''s. "Okay, come back first, wait until you are in the city, and then go see the changes there." Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain! ??The woman smiled slightly, lifted the hem of her skirt and got directly into his body. ?Xiao Xiao was on the side, eyes widened, and asked: "What''s wrong, what''s wrong? How did she get in?" Wu Heng explained: "She planned to leave with us and go outside to take a look. I saw that she was quite pitiful by herself, so I agreed." ?Xiao Xiao immediately asked: "What about me?" Xiao Xiao is still Xiao Xiao. "What if she bullies me in the future?" Xiaoxiao asked worriedly. "Whoever dares to bully my child, I will spank her. If she bullies you, tell me, and I will spank her." Wu Heng promised with a slap on his chest. Okay. When Xiaoxiao heard someone supporting him, he immediately smiled. But we also need to get along well. I understand, uncle! With a swish, he got back into his body. The ghost issue is resolved. ?Wu Heng walked out of the stone building. ??The sunshine outside was still bright and dazzling, and a large number of corpses were neatly placed on the ground. ?Each corpse was searched and valuables were taken out. There are several boxes placed in the open space on the other side. A lot of cloth can be seen inside. At the door, there are three carriages. Captain, are you upset? Duke asked while sitting in the carriage. Why are you so upset? Lets sit down there for a while. Wu Heng walked to the trophies and said, Have you counted them? Duke looked at Marta. Mata said: "The goods are mainly cloth and medicine. As for currency, there are 3 gold coins and more than 1,300 silver coins in total." In order to facilitate transactions, the silver coins were exchanged for gold coins. "Let''s divide the money. I promised to give these goods to the person who provided the information." Wu Heng said directly. Captain, you have the final say, I have no objection. Duke said. I dont have any objection either. "Well, then divide it like this. Be careful when holding the gold coins. Don''t let outsiders see it. Don''t reveal your wealth." Wu Heng ordered while dividing the silver coins into three parts. "clear." After all parts are completed. Let the two of them carry the goods and the body of the "Wanted Order" to the carriage. He continued: "You go to the roadside and wait for me. I will go there later." Oh, okay! The two agreed and drove the carriage away. ??Wu Heng opened the boundary gate and moved all the corpses into the boundary gate. ?Then he went to the roadside to meet the two of them and rushed towards the city. Return to Luntam City. ??Wu Heng asked Duke and Duke to take the body back to the association for autopsy first, while he drove two carriages directly into his shop through the back door. He parked the carriage in the yard and tied it up aside. ?Horses are also very expensive in this world. You can rent it from the association. Once it is lost or dies, the reward on the wanted notice will not be enough to pay for the carriage. Close the back door again. Go straight to the front hall and take a look. At this time, many people came into the store. Some of them are buying individually, and some are planning to order in large quantities. Anderweil is keeping accounts and quoting prices, while Minnie is introducing the products to some customers who are buying in pieces. It seems that these things are quite popular here. Actually, there were only two of them in the store, so it was still a bit difficult. The arranged swords, one sword, two swords and one crossbow and two crossbows are at best acting as guards and security. Unable to receive guests. Some more people should be recruited. But there are really not many people who can be trusted, so we can only let the two of them be busy first. ?Wu Heng walked out and whispered a few words to Anderweier. He left the store directly. At that time, Weier will notify Wen Mansha to come here to pick up the goods. Finish processing the goods. ?Wu Heng detoured two streets and went to the Fengchuicao Tavern. ??This is the same tavern where Wu Heng and Duke helped catch criminals wanted for murder and bloodletting. At this time, there were already some people in the tavern. The smell of alcohol and the sultry heat hit my face. ?Wu Heng walked in and chose a corner seat to sit down. At the same time, the newly contracted ghost Glenda was released. Although it was in an invisible state, it could still be felt floating aside. Is it any different from before? Wu Heng asked. I dont know, I rarely come to such occasions, but it looks very lively. A voice sounded from the side. Well, lets take a look first, and then look at other places when we go back. Wu Heng said. At this time, the female orc boss came over. Smiled and said: "Captain, I haven''t been here for a while." Well, business is pretty good here. "Ma-so-huhu, what can you drink? As we agreed before, you can drink whatever you want." The boss said in a very grand manner. Well, lets have a beer. Where are these three gentlemen? The boss looked at the three figures sitting aside. "The three of them are my attendants and they don''t drink." Oh, okay! The female boss looked around, came closer, and said softly: Captain, would you like me to find a girl to sit with you for a while? Forehead. No, Ill sit for a while and then leave. Wu Heng declined politely. "Well, I''ll have someone prepare it right away." The orc boss turned and left, and soon brought a glass of beer and a few side dishes. Mr. Captain, do you come here often? Glenda, who was invisible at the side, asked softly. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and said: "There was a pervert here before who committed murder and bloodletting. Our team helped them catch the person. In order to thank us, the boss promised to come and drink for free." Oh, it looks good. I misunderstood. The two chatted in low voices. ??Wu Heng suddenly felt someone watching him. ?Looking over doubtfully, he saw a well-dressed middle-aged man sitting on a seat not far away, looking here from time to time. ?Seeing Wu Heng looking over, the man walked over directly holding the wine glass and leading his entourage. Sit down opposite Wu Heng. With a smile on his face, he turned the big gold ring with an eye pattern on his index finger. Mr. Wu Heng, long time no see. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 160 , return the things to us Chapter 160: Return the things to us He has a bloated body, and the navy blue dress is bulging. Wearing gold and silver jewelry on his body, he looks like he is from a high family background. ??If you dare to wear this in a tavern in the outer city, you have absolute confidence in yourself or your guards. The other party naturally sat down opposite. Bassen and Bawudong also looked at each other warily. ?Wu Heng searched his memory. I dont seem to know this person. But a little uncertain. After all, I lived in Luntam City for a while and arrested several wanted criminals one after another. I cant tell which link I may have seen him in. The status of association captain still has a certain value here. Seeing that the other party did not have any ill intentions, Wu Heng replied casually, "Well, why do you have time to come to the outer city to drink today?" The bloated man was stunned and looked him up and down again. With a smile still on his face, he leaned on the chair and turned the ring in his hand, "Captain Wu Heng, do you really not remember me?" ?Wu Heng looked at the other party again, "I really forgot, why don''t I remind you." The man stared at him again. Laughed and said: "It''s normal if the captain doesn''t remember me. The last time you arrested a wanted criminal, there were so many people at that time. It''s really not easy to remember." ?Wu Heng also looked at him. ?I feel that this answer is a little too vague, and it is a little different from the previous attitude. ?It seems to be perfunctory. Hand before he was ready to continue to inquire about anything. ??The man held his own glass, stood up and said, "Captain Wu Heng, keep drinking. I''ll leave first if I have something to do." After saying that, he walked out without looking back. ?Wu Heng looked at him and glanced sideways. The invisible Glenda followed. Not long after, it flew back again and got directly into his body. The image of following him out emerged from his mind. ?The fat man walked out of the tavern and was immediately protected by several guards. You could see the fat man talking to someone, but all the sounds were blocked by a wave of energy. Glenda was not far away and could not hear the conversation. ?Step out of the alley, get on the carriage and rush towards the inner city. ?Glenda flew back directly. This fat man. Are you testing yourself? ?The other party came over to chat and asked two casual questions. As if confirming something. It seemed that I had relaxed my guard a little, and the other party noticed something from his words. When you see Wen Mansha, ask her to check the identity of this fat man. ?This kind of clothing should not be worn by ordinary people. Sat in the shop for a while. After listening to the bard''s playing and singing, Wu Heng left the tavern with the skeleton and ''Glenda''. In this kind of place, Xiaoxiao is not released. After all, children are still not suitable for contact with these. When I returned to my residence, it was already getting dark. Minnie prepared dinner while the two of them were still waiting for her. ?Wu Heng drank some wine in the tavern. Although he was not hungry, he didn''t eat much. Seeing the two waiting for him, he sat down at the table and chatted while eating. Anderweil, talked about the business of the store. In the past two days, business has started to get better and better. ?Not only did the number of customers entering the store increase, but some people also began to purchase goods in large quantities and transport them to various cities for sale. This is a good thing, sales will be greatly improved. The three of them ate for a while. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Weier, Minnie, what are your professions?" ? Anderweil said softly: "I am a woodland ranger, level 7." ?Wu Heng glanced at the little girl with animal ears and white hair. It is still a rare profession, and its level is not low. Why did you become a slave to yourself? ?Seeing that the other party was a little disappointed, he didnt ask any more questions. ?In this world, there are countless strong people who have died outside. It is not surprising that they have become slaves for some reason. Wheres Minnie? Wu Heng raised his head. Then he saw Minnie on the other side, even more depressed. The pair of rabbit ears drooped straight down. He looked up carefully and said softly: "Master, I have no profession. The village where I live is poor and there is no inheritance." Forehead. Minnie is 16 years old and living by the rules of this world. Career choice should be made early. I havent chosen a career yet, so I can say that I have basically given up on being a professional. Looking at the other party, that pitiful expression. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What career do you want? I will get you a job transfer certificate tomorrow." ?Minnie was stunned and suddenly raised her head, "Is it really okay?" "Well, what''s the big deal? I''m the captain, so it''s not difficult to get a job transfer certificate." Wu Heng said directly. Professional certificates are issued by the association. Of course, you need money to buy it. It is not a loss-making thing to spend some money and choose a career for your maid. "I don''t know what I want to change! If the master recommends anything, I will listen to the master." ??Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said: "Ranger, or boxer, maybe. Ranger has a long range and can conduct reconnaissance. Starting late actually doesn''t have much impact. If you are a boxer, you can let Bawudong teach you. It is like having a teacher to guide you." Sister Weier is a ranger, so Ill choose a boxer! Minnie thought for a moment and said. Ranger is a common profession. On the other hand, he is a boxer, which is relatively rare, and his melee ability is not low. "Okay, but you have to be prepared. Training is very hard, so don''t cry when the time comes." Wu Heng said jokingly. ?Minnie is very serious, "I''m not afraid of hardship, as long as I can have enough to eat." After dinner, the three of them went their separate ways. ??Wu Heng was in the study room and let Xiaoxiao and Glenda out so that Xiaoxiao could watch TV in the room while Glenda could walk around the city invisibly. Dont go too far, and dont get close to the central area. When it got dark, Wu Heng also went to bed to rest. ?Late at night, a mansion in the center of the inner city. Broad and bright hall. ?There is a round table in the middle, with three men and women in gorgeous clothes sitting around it. On the table, on the dinner plate etched with the ''life-sustaining technique'', there was a disemboweled primate creature, its internal organs had been eviscerated. A pair of eyes, swaying from side to side. Looking at the people at the round table, they were eating their own bodies with knives and forks. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The door of heavy luxury opens. The man with a bloated figure and a navy blue dress walked in slowly. twirled the ring in his hand and sat down in one of the empty seats. "You''re late again, Lelian!" Beside him, he cut the fresh flesh with a knife and fork, put it into his mouth, and said. I met an old friend on the road, and he seemed to have forgotten me. "who?" Who else could kill Captain Wu Heng of the Blood Worship Cult? The knives and forks were brought up. The fat man stood up, cut the flesh and blood, and put it on his dinner plate. ?As soon as these words came out, everyone''s actions were stunned. ?One of them asked directly: "You mean, the person we arranged failed?" Its not certain yet, but its very likely that it failed. Haha~! What a waste of a guy. The fat man continued to say while eating: "What should we do next?" A few people were silent for a while. ?One of them said: "Let''s get in touch with him and take back the strange thing in his hand. If this is lost, we will all be punished." Okay, Ill go there again tomorrow. Well, lets eat! A few people continued to eat. the next day. ?Wu Heng came to the front desk and spent money to buy a job transfer certificate. Then he walked straight to the team''s lounge. Duke and Marta were sitting and chatting. Inside Duke''s armor was a new piece of clothing, and Mata Jiying''s arm guards were also replaced with new ones. It seems that yesterday''s harvest allowed both of them to buy themselves new things. Good morning, captain. The two of them greeted at the same time. Wu Heng nodded, distributed the bounty received from the front desk to the two of them, and continued: "The level 3 meritorious service of this mission will be recorded in your files. It will be helpful for your promotion in the future. There are high-level and intermediate-level prop rewards, and we will make a unified selection after they are approved. Well, Captain, Ill listen to you. Duke held the money bag and laughed. After all, I have a lot of younger brothers and sisters at home, so its a good thing to be able to bring money back. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Our next task direction is still to kill wanted criminals. Don''t spend all the money yourself, cultivate some informants and provide us with intelligence." Well, how do you train this, Captain? Tavern gangs, get in touch with them more. "okay!" The three of them got together to chat about their future tasks, and then left the association separately. The bounty for capturing wanted criminals is much higher than that of ordinary rescue missions. Enough to spend their free time. Leave the association. He went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. ?Lecia was still wearing a slim silk dress, put on some light makeup, and received the reception in person. Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng, are you here to see the commissioned task today? What, is there any news? "There''s news." Lecia opened the door and whispered instructions to the outside. She came back and sat down on the chair and said, "Your custom-made ''bone burial ground'' building has been delivered. If you don''t come over, I will Someone will also go to the association to inform you. Hearing these words, Wu Heng also felt happy. This thing has been waiting for a while. Finally delivered. Where is the commission for the skill book? Wu Heng continued to ask. There is no news about the skill book yet. Lecia said softly. Well, theres no rush! The staff outside the door hasnt delivered the things yet. Lecia chatted casually, "I''ve been to your store in the past two days. The business is very good. In a few days, it may become the most popular grocery store in the city." She was not optimistic about the grocery store before. But now it seems that the store''s efficiency is far beyond her expectation. ?Who would have thought that there would be so many strange types of daily necessities inside. ??Moreover, the price is not expensive and can be considered a very affordable price. Next time you go, tell me and you can take whatever you like. Wu Heng also said generously. ??The person in charge of this Snake Emblem Consortium must be a man who is not short of money. You can also be more generous with your words. Then its settled, dont feel bad when the time comes. Send it to you, why do you feel bad. ?Lecia glanced at him with beautiful eyes, still smiling. The two chatted for a while. The staff came in and brought a sachet for storage. Because it is a building, it is quite large in size and needs to be transported using storage props. Lecia explained. ?Wu Heng looked at what the other person was holding. He asked: "I''m afraid it''s not easy to take this away!" Lecia also thought about it and said: "The storage items can be lent to you first, but they need to be returned to me within three days. After all, they belong to the consortium." ?Wu Heng agreed immediately, "Okay, thank you very much." Just like using a space ring, I put my mental power in and took a look. ??We did see several huge pillars and some building components. Lecia continued: In addition to the previous deposit, 5,500 silver coins need to be paid to complete this transaction. Ah, this... is so expensive. Even though I was mentally prepared, it still felt expensive. But theres nothing you can do about it, theres no way to bargain for the price if you entrust this thing. From the space ring, take out 5 gold coins and 500 silver coins and give them to the other party. ?These 5 gold coins were hidden underground by Granda. She just gave them to herself and gave them away like this. "Okay sir, the commission is completed." Lecia came closer and reminded softly, "Mr. Wu Heng, this storage sachet is a prop of the consortium. You must return it after use. I am also under a lot of pressure. " Dont worry, Ill send it back to you tomorrow. Okay, thank you sir. After chatting, Wu Heng walked out of the consortium directly. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. The open space outside the community. Huh~! The sound of howling through the air sounded from above. ?The iron spears, dense as a giant black net, fell from the sky onto the asphalt road, making a clanging sound. Several days of training. ?Although there are no skeletons to unlock the spear throwing skill. But the overall spear throwing effect is much better than the previous few days. The new throwing spear feels better. Li Yahong said softly. ?Wu Heng bought a standard throwing spear from the blacksmith shop. After Li Yahong took it back, he began to improve the one he made. Actually, it is not a complicated task. It is just to put the standard throwing spear there, how long and how wide, which side is heavier and which side is lighter, and follow the instructions. After doing it a few more times, you will start to become familiar with it. Start mass production. Well, the effect is much better than before. Wu Heng nodded. Continue making? Lets continue making them, at least three should be equipped for each skeleton. Wu Heng put forward his request. Li Yahong sounded a little surprised, "All of them?" Now, the number of skeletons has reached about 17,000. A single community cannot accommodate such a large number of skeletons. They are arranged in two communities respectively. All of them need to be equipped with three throwing spears, and they also need to make spears, which is not a small project. Do it slowly and dont rush. Wu Heng looked at her and said. Well, Ill try my best to get everyone to speed up. Whats the latest news? Some evacuation bases have been set up in various places to recruit survivors. If they have special skills, such as doctors, electricians, carpenters, etc., these bases will also arrange people to rescue them, Li Yahong said. If you study well, you can use it at any time. Well, indeed. Should we also take the initiative to recruit some people? Li Yahong continued to ask. ?Wu Heng thought about it and said, "You can tell the outside world that if anyone is willing to defect, you can also recruit them." "Um." Get ready tomorrow, I want to go back to the prison. Wu Heng suddenly remembered and said. This side will be evacuated soon. The newly acquired buildings still have to be built next to the prison. Oh, okay! Then Ill arrange it, and the convoy will send a batch of goods directly back tomorrow. "Um." Leave the zombie world. Sat in the lobby on the first floor for a while. ~! A slight knock on the door sounded outside. Opening the door, what I saw was not my two maids. ??It was the fat man I met last night, followed by four silver-armored guards. ?Standing at the door with a smile. ?Wu Heng frowned, "You came to me again today to talk about old times?" "Haha, Captain Wu Heng, don''t be nervous, I just want to talk to you about something." The man glanced sideways inside and continued: "It''s not convenient to talk here, why don''t you invite me in and sit down?" ??Wu Heng glanced at the guards outside the door and made way for them. "You come in, your guards will stay outside first. The house is small." The man nodded to the people outside. ?Go into the room alone. Looking around, he sat down on the sofa in the living room. Whats the matter? Tell me! Wu Heng asked directly. "Then I''ll tell you directly, I want to take back the ''sacrificial staff'' and ''blood cup'' in your hand." The man still kept smiling. ?Wu Heng looked surprised. ?The other party actually knew that he had these two things in his hand. Immediately afterwards, I had a guess about the identity of this person. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 161 ,To make friends Chapter 161, make a friend ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and looked at the other person carefully. ?There are a total of four strange objects in his hand. Shroud, Sacrificial Staff, Shape Veil and Blood Cup. The shroud and the transfiguration veil were bought with my own money. The blood cup is the trophy obtained from killing the Blood Cult. ??The people of Luntam City may be able to deduce that the "blood cup" is in their hands. But not many people know about the sacrificial staff. ?This prop was a strange object used by ''Yazd'' when he wanted to seize his body. Its function was to communicate with the evil god. Ever since I came to Luntam City, I have never even taken it out of my space ring. Tell me about this wonderful thing if you can speak. ??Wu Heng then remembered another identity that Yazd had previously mentioned in advance. ifies. An organization for which he found no relevant information. ??Moreover, judging from yesterday''s test, the other party has probably figured out his identity. ?I dare to come here again today, my purpose is very clear, and I have made some preparations. Since both sides have made it clear. ??Wu Heng gave up the idea of ??acting with him and asked directly: "How do you want to recycle these two props?" Sacrificial staff and blood cup. These two items actually belong to them. Think about it carefully, these two props really have something in common. The sacrificial staff can make people reborn, and the blood cup can also affect life. They are all related to ones own life. "As long as you return it to us, you will become our friend, a friend who will always be remembered in our hearts." The fat man still smiled. Damn it, I want to have **** for nothing! Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "Rare objects are always expensive. Even if you are a friend, you cannot give them away easily. Besides, this is the second time we have met, so we are not friends." ??The man narrowed his eyes slightly and said, "These two props belong to us." "How can it be yours when it''s in my hands? If anyone comes to me and says it belongs to him, do I have to give it back?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. ?Although he was fine, Yazd was well prepared at that time. ??? Their secret sect is, to put it bluntly, an accomplice of "Yazd". Failed to kill, but still licked his face to get the murder weapon back. If you are talking about money, you can also listen to the price. After all, these two things have never been of much use in your hands. But it would be too shameless to ask for it directly. The fat man turned the ring on his index finger and thought seriously, "We can buy it back." What about the price? Sacrificial staff, 2,000 silver coins, and 1,500 blood cups. How do you feel? Low! Shroud costs 1500 silver, and Veil of Transformation costs 2500. The shroud has strong side effects. The body of a creature will fester if it is used, so the price will be lower. The phantom veil is not a rare effect, and the price is 2500. But each of these two items is related to life. The other party attaches great importance to these two props, so they certainly cannot give them such a low price. So, what price does Captain Wu Heng want? ?Wu Heng thought about it carefully and said: "The wooden staff costs 50 gold, and the blood cup costs 30 gold." The smile on the fat man''s face instantly faded, and he put on an expression that contained anger. He took a deep breath and said, "This is simply an outrageous price." "No, no, life is priceless, and I haven''t included the mental damages. After all, you are also accomplices in Yazd''s behavior." The man looked him up and down, "I came here with good intentions. With Captain Wu Heng''s attitude, aren''t you afraid of getting yourself into trouble?" ?Wu Heng also smiled. You can really say that the Secret Order is going to threaten the captain of the association. ??The man took a deep breath and glanced at the two figures wearing round helmets next to him from the corner of his eye. Smile again. "I can''t make the decision on this matter. I need to go back and discuss it. Then I may meet Captain Wu Heng again." Okay, there may not always be someone here, so you can go to the association and notify me. Okay! Then dont bother the captain. The man stood up and walked out. ?When he walked out of the door, the man''s face instantly darkened. Without saying a word, he walked out with his guards and boarded the carriage. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waved goodbye to the other party. At the same time, the ghost was released and followed the carriage away from a distance. When the other party walked away, Wu Heng closed the door again. ?Sitting on the sofa, I began to recall the entire process of coming from Blackstone Town. In other words, Yazd did not find a city with low restrictions on necromancers. Its about making an agreement with the Secret Order in advance. We have agreed to come here. When I came over, I was immediately noticed by the other party. ?Perhaps I was contacted in many ways during this period, but I didnt pay attention. ?Until last night, the other party came directly to test and confirmed the fact that he had not been taken away by ''Yazd''. A difficult guy. I set an outrageous price. The other party needs to go back and discuss it. It proves that these two rare items are very important to them, and they are likely to be used soon, or their loss will be a great loss to them. ??Although I dont really believe that the other party dares to take action against me. But be careful too. Lest the other party have any tricks behind their backs. ?After sitting downstairs for a while, Wu Heng went directly to the study on the third floor, took out a pen and paper and wrote a letter to ''Slater'' in Blackstone Town, asking about the ''Sky Eye Secret Order''. Slater is the secret whisperer of the association and a deacon himself, possessing a high status. Should be able to get some information. Since the two established their relationship last time, they have become more trustworthy. After writing the letter, put it into the envelope and seal it with wax. After sitting for a while, the ghost Glenda who had followed him flew back directly. "The carriage went to a building in the north. I didn''t follow it. There might be some danger." Glenda said floating in the air. Well, just remember which building it is. Wu Heng stood up and picked up the sealed letter on the table, Lets go out and send the letter. ?Wu Heng went out and visited the association again. Hand the letter he just wrote to the front desk. I just hope that Slater will reply to him quickly.????This world without telephones is still not as convenient as the modern world. Return again. Minnie and Andwyll, the two little maids have gone home. Cooking together in the kitchen, talking and laughing. As the past few days passed, the two of them no longer felt nervous and reserved about being bought back. After all, Wu Heng didn''t care much about them and was relatively relaxed. Supper is served. The three of them sat together and ate. Wu Heng said: "Minnie, Weier, when you go out these days, you must take guards with you. If you want to close the shop in advance, try to come back before dark." The two of them looked up, with some confusion in their eyes. "After all, I am the captain of the association. I have arrested quite a few wanted criminals or potential enemies. You should be careful to avoid being implicated." Oh, I know, Master. Minnie replied. ?Weier also nodded. It is unlikely that the Secret Order will take direct action. ??If it was really that extreme, I wouldnt come to him a second time to take back my things. But this incident also reminded myself. Often one thing will involve other things. ?The wanted criminals you kill, or the gangs you offend may later involve other people. You still have to be careful about everything. ?Especially Minnie, who is not even a professional. Weier is also a level 7 ranger. If you are in danger, you can still run away if you cannot defeat him. ?Minnie has long legs and may not be able to run away from professionals. Soon, the three of them finished their dinner. After Minnie put away the tableware. ??Wu Heng took out a scroll and said: "Minnie, this is a boxer''s professional scroll. You must practice more frequently to increase your physical fitness. It will be safer to go out in the future." Wow, thank you master, you are so kind. Minnie happily took it. Looking at the other person''s eyes, there is gratitude. "Um!" Minnie used the job transfer scroll. ?The light flashed, and the whole person''s temperament seemed to have undergone some changes. ??Wu Heng said: "Ba Wudong, you teach her." Bawudong walked up to the other party and started to demonstrate on the side, while Minnie was studying on the side. ?Although Minnie is young, she has a slender figure. Bawudong''s movements have a strong sense of power, and his fists and kicks can bring out a blast in the air. As for Minnie, the slogan of "Haha" is quite loud, more like a show of force and embroidery. also has a heart-warming feeling. Watching Minnie practice for a while. It was getting late, so everyone went upstairs to rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng added six tall orc skeletons to his residence. Used to improve the safety of your residence. Then, we went directly to the zombie world. On the side of the road, the motorcade of the auto repair shop was already waiting there early. There are five trucks, one passenger car, and three vans in total. The trolleys have also been modified, welded with steel bars and iron plates, and inserted in the middle of the truck. ?Wu Heng boarded the passenger car in the middle and ordered the skeleton to board the truck. The convoy started and headed towards the prison. ?The road was smooth and there were no obstacles along the way. In the afternoon. The convoy appeared outside the prison. On the city wall, stood a skeleton warrior holding a rifle, standing motionless on the wall like a sculpture. Looking from a distance, it is still very powerful. Open the door! Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton behind him. There is no need to notify the inside. After getting close to the city wall, the big-headed skeleton can directly transmit commands remotely. The skeleton in the prison immediately opened the door. The convoy drove in. At the same time, the survivors in the prison also ran out of the workshop on one side. Start to help move the things on the truck down. The movements are quite skillful. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the area where the skeleton was. The entire prison is divided into two areas. Wu Heng himself and Skull occupy a separate building in the administrative area. The remaining survivors are the remaining areas, including the dormitory building and the place where the factory building was renovated. After all, he is not a prisoner, and he is not here often, so he still has to provide living conditions for others. ?Wu Heng looked around the office building. Choose a location that feels similar. Take out the building components that store the Bone Burial Ground. ??First of all, there are three huge stone tablets, three meters high and half a meter wide, with dense symbols and patterns carved on them. Then, there are four divided oval stone plates, which are also full of lines. Revealing a heavy and ancient atmosphere. ?These stones cost me several gold coins. Looked at the skeletons around. Point to a position on one side and give an order. Come here, smash the cement floor here and see the soil below. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 162 , always generous to friends Chapter 162: Always generous to friends Hearing Wu Hengs order. A group of skeletons gathered around with tools. ?Wu Heng went for a walk around the office building. When he came back, a pit had been dug out of the original cement floor. ?Wu Heng took out the ''Book of the Dead'', compared it with the construction methods above, and began to command the skeleton to assemble the building according to the pattern. The entire building structure is more like modular splicing. ?First, four semi-circular disks were assembled into a structure of large circles within small circles according to their sizes, and then three stone pillars more than three meters high were erected at the reserved positions of the ring. ?Several modules are put together like graphics. form a complete building. Not long. ?Li Yahong led people to carry over a heavy container, which contained golden gold water. What should I do? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng pointed to several connection points in the building and said, "Be careful, pour it in." ?Li Yahong nodded and waved behind her. The three of them walked over and poured liquefied gold water into the position. The golden liquid enters the groove and completely connects several modules. Form a special and complete pattern. Do you need anything else? Li Yahong continued to ask. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Go and rest. I''ll let you know if you need anything." Okay. Li Yahong left with a few people, leaving only Wu Heng and many skeletons. Time passed little by little. The gold water on the building began to gradually cool down. ??Wu Heng continued to face the three stone tablets and released necromancy magic. According to the Book of the Dead, this is to remember the source of magic, otherwise the transformed skeleton would not know who would listen. When the three stone tablets are infused with magic power. A faint halo of light swayed, and the building took effect. Go and move those corpses over. Wu Heng said. Several skeletons around him walked aside, dragged the zombies they killed in the future tense, and threw them directly into the middle of the disk. The corpse enters the disc, and the dirt in the middle rolls like boiling water. Gradually engulfing the corpse in the middle. About two or three minutes, a complete skeleton warrior slowly walked out of the mud. He glanced around with empty eyes, then walked out of the building and stood aside blankly. The boiling soil continued to swallow the second body. ?Wu Heng looked at the newly emerged skeleton warriors and ordered: "Pick up your weapons." The skeleton walked over, bent down and picked up a kitchen knife on the ground. ?Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. The effect is pretty good, and the records in the Necronomicon are quite reliable. ??I am really afraid that the summoned skeleton warriors will not obey my command. ?Then this money is really wasted. After all, it cost a lot of money to buy the building and pour the gold water. Used to buy equipment, you can buy hundreds of sets. The construction work is completed. It can be regarded as completing one of my goals. After coming here every day, the first task is to transform the skeleton. Architecture can transform itself. Wandered around in a circle. He walked towards the area where the survivors lived. ??Took a look around the prison with Li Yahong. This is what Li Yahong told him when he came here. Being exposed in public from time to time is also good for the stability of the entire prison. Walked around. ?Li Yahong took Wu Heng to the ward again. Looked at the seriously injured girl. At that time, doctors all gave up on her, but she was rescued by Wu Heng. Actually, Im not very old either. I havent graduated from college at the age of 21. It''s just that he was a little embarrassed after being ravaged. This incident also caused quite a stir in the prison. ?It is quite miraculous that people can be saved in that situation. At present, there are two doctors in the prison hospital. ??The male doctor named Guan from the original prison, and Dr. Zheng who was rescued from the building materials warehouse. The two are responsible for the medical side, and they also bring two apprentices to act as helpers and nurses. Walked around. After nothing happened. ?Wu Heng returned to his room. Then head to Luntam City. It was already approaching dusk at this time. Minnie and Andwyer came back early. Have had dinner. ?Minnie wore sports yoga clothes and started training with Bawudong. Slender figure, young and energetic body. Speaking of it as training, it is more like a performance, which is pleasing to the eye. After training for a while. Minnie was sweating profusely. She walked to Wu Heng''s legs and knelt down, resting her chin on his thigh. He said pantingly: "Master, how about the two moves I just made?" Well, its pretty good-looking. Can I defeat the gang members when I go out? Minnie continued to ask. ??Wu Heng glanced at her and said: "It can make those people more excited, or else let''s practice escaping first!" ? Anderweil, who was on the side, lowered her head and suppressed a smile. Minnie''s expression collapsed, "I can''t..." ??Wu Heng touched her head and said, "Practice slowly. People have been practicing for several years. It''s a bit unrealistic for you to want to knock others down in just two days." "Uh..., yes." Minnie nodded, raising her head and enjoying the other person''s caressing her head, and then asked: "Master, the fabric of this dress is so comfortable, it must not be cheap!" Its not too expensive. Its produced in my hometown but not here. Woooo~! Master, you are so kind. Minnie hugged her calf and acted coquettishly. A pair of elastic touches kept rubbing against the calf. Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil, who seemed to have not noticed her, and gently pinched her rabbit ears, "Practice hard." Okay master. After resting for a while, Minnie stood up again. Training with Bawudong. The voice of hey rang in the room. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng first went to the association, but none of the members were there. He went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium. The more times you come, the less need for anyone to entertain you. He said hello and entered the lounge on one side. Not long after, Lecia, wearing a long skirt, walked in with her waist swinging. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he still had a bright smile and said, "Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng." "Well, good morning, I''m here to return the storage sachet." After saying that, he returned the item he had borrowed before. ??The space inside this sachet is much larger than my own space ring. The price is definitely expensive. ??Although Wu Heng wanted it a little, he was not crazy enough to rob it from the consortium. I will have plenty of opportunities in the future. Furthermore, one cannot destroy the relationship established between oneself and the consortium. Lecia took it and handed it to the staff to put it away. She smiled and said, "Mr. Wu Heng did what he said, and returned it to me so quickly." After all, you took a lot of risk, so Ill get it back for you if you dont need it. The smile on Lecia''s face became even brighter. The Snake Emblem Consortium does not have a very good relationship with the Professionals Association. At most, it can be regarded as water in the well but not in the river. But for the young and rich captain in front of him, his attitude towards the rich guest was no longer the same, but the more he looked at him, the more he liked him. Even if you are just sitting here chatting, you will not feel that your time is wasted. ?On the sofa nearby, he stretched lazily, showing off his plump figure, and said with a smile: "Thank you very much, Captain Wu Heng." Miss Lecia will need to worry more about the subsequent commissions. Then dont bother me. Wu Heng stood up and said. "You can come and sit here often when you are free in the future. I am also willing to chat with the captain more." Lecia also stood up, took one arm affectionately, and took two steps outside together. ?Wu Heng was stunned by the opponent''s actions. ?Another staff member in the room also lowered his head in a wise manner and did not look at the two of them. ??Lecia took out her arm only when she reached the door of the lounge. Well, I am also willing to chat with Miss Lecia. I will come over next time I have a chance. Wu Heng replied with a smile. ?Lecia looks charming, but she is definitely not as weak as she appears. The local person in charge of the consortium, the target is the association deacon. ? ? Deacons are appointed to level 13 or above, have certain meritorious service records, and are outstanding in intelligence and ability. ?Lecia, who can represent the consortium as the person in charge, her level and strength are definitely not low. ??Beauty is just her appearance. Open the door and go out. ?Lecia followed him to the door before slowly returning. After walking out of the consortium, Wu Heng went to the shop. I sat there until dusk, then started to lock the door and go home with two maids. ??Haven''t left the outer city yet. ?Several figures have already stopped in front of him. ?One of them is the fat man who wants to take back the ''sacrificial staff'' and the ''blood cup'' from his hand. ?Standing in front, he lifted his heavy belly and smiled, "Captain Wu Heng, I want to talk to you about what happened last time." "There''s nothing to talk about. I''ve already quoted the price to you. Just prepare the money." Wu Heng said directly. "I''m not talking to you this time. Please come over to the tavern in front of me." The man pointed to the back. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction he pointed. is a pub in this street. He thought for a moment and nodded in agreement, "Okay, let''s lead the way!" This time, this place. The other party should not dare to do anything. Even if something happens, there is no problem in protecting yourself. Okay, please come this way. A few people walked forward together. Push the door open and enter the tavern. It was empty inside, except for a man in purple clothing and a few silver-armored guards sitting in front of the wooden table in the middle. "please!" ?Wu Heng walked over and sat down opposite the man. ?The other person is an older-looking man with gray hair and wrinkled skin, but his behavior still looks like that of an aristocrat. Captain Wu Heng. The man spoke softly. Yes, what do you call it? Wu Heng asked. Jianluan, doing some small business in the city. "Well, let''s stop chatting. You asked me to come again today. What do you want to talk about?" Wu Heng asked directly. ??The man raised his head and explained softly: "There may be some misunderstandings between us. We have always wanted to maintain a friendly relationship with Captain Wu Heng." Well, we are quite friendly, lets get down to business! ??Papa~! The man clapped his hands lightly. Several figures immediately walked out from one side of the tavern. ?Two of the men were carrying trays covered with red silk cloth, and behind them were five young women, both human and orc. Go to one side of the dining table for two. The women unbuttoned their clothes directly, revealing their graceful naked bodies. The other two people also directly lifted the red cloth on the tray. Below are neatly stacked silver coins. ?Minnie and Anderweil standing at the door, their faces instantly turned red. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What do you mean?" We have always been generous to our friends, and we would like to apologize for what happened last time. (End of this chapter) Chapter 163 , for convenience Chapter 163, just for convenience "Women, rights, status, and a better life are often in the hands of a small number of people. As long as Captain Wu Heng is willing to join us, these are not problems." The white-haired man took a sip from the wine glass, his eyes slightly thoughtful. Look to the other side. Join you? Secret Order? "The captain''s information is indeed very good. We are indeed a secret order, but it is not the cult you imagined, but more like a mutual aid society. As long as the members, resources, and business channels join, they will help each other, and everyone will be in danger. , when the problem cannot be solved, then you will feel the greatness of the Secret Order." The man explained softly. Including helping people kill people? Wu Heng continued to look at the other party. It sounds nice, but it actually comes at a price. The forms of various organizations are similar, and everyone comes in with different purposes. To get what you want, you have to pay the same price or reflect your own value. When Yazd''s life came to an end, the Secret Order provided him with a "sacrificial staff" and reached some kind of agreement with Yazd. While I was in the pub. The fat man said it, but he didnt know the specific content. There is no free help. When eminent monks help those who are suffering, it still helps ones own practice. The man did not deny it, he just shrugged and did not answer the question. Instead, he continued: "In addition to money and women, the Secret Order provides more benefits, including connections, props, and joining the captain. We can guarantee that you will reach the level of a deacon within three years." What do I need to pay? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It depends on what you have, Captain. As long as you are willing to pay for the Secret Order, you will always have a way to show your worth." The man still smiled and glanced at the association emblem on his armor. ?Wu Heng followed his gaze and looked down. Understand some of what he meant. He leaned back lazily on his chair and said casually: "Let''s not mention other things. Do you still want those two rare items? If you don''t have the idea of ??buying them, I will directly donate them to the association in exchange for merit." The old man stared at him carefully. Waving his hands, the women and the man holding the tray all turned and left. ?There were pieces of tulle that several people had fallen off on the ground. These two props are our more important rare items. We would like to ask the captain to return them to us for the convenience. In terms of price, we are willing to pay 8 gold coins. This price is definitely not low to purchase the rare items. The price quoted by Wuheng is 80 gold, which is actually higher. After all, the secret cult will help the other party kill itself. ?It would be too cowardly to return it honestly now. Hearing the other party say this now can also prove the importance of these two strange objects to the Esoteric Order. At the very least, if they can''t get these two items back, they will never be able to explain it. "You just said that the Secret Order is so powerful, you can''t get even this little money, right? 80 gold coins, is it very high? This tavern is sold, it should be about the same!" Wu Heng said. "That''s not how gold coins are calculated. No wealthy businessman in the city can come up with such a sum of money in a short period of time." The man took a deep breath, "I hope the captain can consider it and let''s withdraw from each other." Every step makes it easier for the other party. "Yes! 70 gold coins, this is my final minimum price. If you can''t accept it, I will donate it directly to the association. Then you can make a deal with the headquarters and see how much they want." Wu Heng continued . The man''s eyes narrowed instantly and he hesitated to speak. He smiled calmly again and said, "Okay, we need some time to raise the funds. We will let you know when the time comes, but please keep the rare items in a safe place." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded and stood up directly, "Then I won''t disturb your meal. I''ll see you next time." After saying that, he walked towards the door. He took his two maids and walked out of the tavern with the skeleton. Walking towards the inner city. The tavern fell into silence again. The fat man came over and sat down opposite the white-haired man. said: "You just agreed to him like that? It''s obviously a big deal. There are so many of us, and it''s difficult to come up with so much cash in a short period of time." Hmph! the old man snorted coldly, Young boy, you really think you can threaten us with two rare items. ??The fat man looked solemn and said: "You want to kill him? Yazd had such a good opportunity at the time, but he failed to kill him. Once he failed..." Once you fail, you will be wanted by the association. It is difficult for the Secret Order to save them. The old man was silent for a moment and continued: "Let someone raise the money first, and at the same time pay attention to his movements. It seems that he takes good care of the two girls around him, and he even came to pick them up today." You mean to attack those two women? Keep an eye on the people around him. "good!" At this time, several people walked out from the other side. Serve the prepared food. The two started chatting and eating at the same time. On the way back. Minnie held his arm and whispered: "Master, are those guys bad people?" Im not a good person anyway. The store will close earlier these days. Wu Heng said. Will they take action against us? Andweil asked. I cant say for sure, but you still have to be careful, Wu Heng said. This matter is a bit difficult to handle. Wu Heng did not intend to hand over these two rare objects easily. As a murder weapon that attempts to kill oneself, it must cause the other party to bleed profusely at least once. But the other party was obviously very aggressive and could not afford so much money. If its not good, I have other plans. Okay, we will be careful. Anderweil said. ?The people continued to walk home, and Wu Heng felt the arm held by Minnie. He looked down and asked, "Minnie, why aren''t you wearing armor?" At worst, armor is made of leather. Minnie is obviously not wearing any clothes. Its too hot and were in the shop, so were not wearing any clothes, Minnie replied. You must put it on when you go out tomorrow. Oh, I got it. Return to your residence. The two of them went to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa for a while, and the ghost Glenda flew back from outside. Floating in mid-air, he said: "I still can''t hear what they said, but judging from their mouth movements, they mentioned things like raising money and women. I suspect that the other party may be eyeing your two little maids." ?Last time, when Glenda followed, she didn''t hear what the other party said. ?Wu Heng came back and checked the Book of Runes. A rune that can provide isolation from sound is called [Silent Shield], which is usually etched on some jewelry. For example, magic props such as pendants and earrings. Wear it on your body. Except for the fixed target, outsiders cannot hear what you are saying. Sound will be absorbed by an invisible shield. I dont know if the other party is like this, but the effect is not much different. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. ?It seems that the other party really doesnt want to raise money honestly. That''s right. The world is in such a mess. How could it be possible to collect such a large sum of money honestly? "Yes, I understand." Glenda reached out and glanced down a book from the bookshelf, floating in the air, and started to read. ??Wu Heng also released Xiaoxiao, took out his iPad and played a cartoon to watch. ?Glenda''s abilities are much higher than Xiaoxiao''s. ? ?A small amount of mental power can only do some pushing at first, such as controlling a force to close a door and push fallen leaves forward. The effect is almost the same as the wind blowing. ??With this period of practice, you can control the iPad''s stylus to adjust the next level of the cartoon or drag the progress bar. ?Granda is much more proficient. She can carry some objects that are not heavy from a distance, turn over books, and so on. It can be considered a relatively mature ghost. Two ghosts remain in the study. ?Wu Heng went downstairs to eat. Just tell the two of them not to go to the store tomorrow. They will stop for a few days and rest at home. Although the two were a little curious, they nodded in agreement. After dinner. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ?Wu Heng was practicing swordplay on one side, while Minnie continued to practice boxing and kicking with Ba Wudong. Wait for Anderweil to go upstairs. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and read the Necronomicon. Minnie ended her training, carefully came over and said, "Master, let me press it for you!" ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Do you know these things?" When I was working, it wasnt difficult to see other people doing it, Minnie said with a smile. Well, lets give it a try! Wu Heng lay on the sofa. The little bunny girl knelt down next to the sofa, stretched out her white and tender hands, and began to twist them on her shoulders. Master, are you strong enough? Well, not bad. "Master, thank you for buying me a job transfer certificate. My biggest dream was to change jobs and become a professional." Minnie said softly. "Then you have to practice hard in the future. It will be very hard after you become a professional." Wu Heng said. "Minnie is not afraid of hardship, as long as the master gives me enough food." Minnie pressed twice and said, "Master, you can turn it over." Theres no need for the front side! Use it, I will practice it too, and I will press it for the master from time to time. ?Wu Heng came over and lay on his back on the sofa. Minnie massaged it twice gently, her face turned red, and she said, "Some of them are not easy to use. Can I go up?" "Um!" Minnie climbed onto the sofa carefully. ?Wu Heng looked up at the little girl whose face was already flushed. ?The upper body is a beige exercise suit, and the lower body is wearing a blue-gray close-fitting yoga class. Due to the training just now, a large amount of sweat is soaked in the collar. ?Wu Heng put his hands on the opponent''s slender waist. Master, I sweated a lot and may be a little dirty. Minnie whispered. "fine." Minnie''s face became even more blushing, and her body leaned forward slightly. Slowly, Minnie''s body became softer and softer, and she lay on her body, her furry ears tickling her chin. ?Wu Heng grabbed his shirt, and the rabbit girl raised her arms. Just when the clothes are half lifted up. ? Anderweil took her things and walked downstairs. Looking at the two people on the sofa, his eyes gradually widened. After a brief pause, he turned around and left. ?Minnie was also red all over, "Master, I''m going back to the room." After saying that, he hurriedly got down on the sofa and ran upstairs. ?Wu Hengs hands were frozen in the air. ?Just left like this? This little girl. the next day. Zombie world. In the burial ground, another large mountain of corpses was piled up. Skeletons patrol around the prison and find the bodies of people or zombies who died before taking over. There are corpses that are constantly being submerged in the soil below, transformed into skeletons, and then walking out of the building. ?Construction is indeed more expensive. But the effect is indeed not small. Saved Wu Heng''s time and energy consumption to a great extent. In the period before that, Wu Heng was just punching in at work. ??Having to transform the corpse sooner or later is quite troublesome. Confirmed that the building is still functioning normally. ?Wu Heng walked outside the office building. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. Not long after, Li Yahong came over. ?Standing beside him, he said: "Qiangzi and the others drove back yesterday, and a group of people and goods will be transported here tonight." According to the discussion between the two. ??Wu Heng doesn''t plan to run back and forth here. As for the collection work in the community, it is left to the people in the auto repair shop. There is also a group of skeletons left behind, led by Big Head No. 2, who are mainly responsible for the safety of the auto repair shop. ?At the same time, skeletons are being transported here one after another. The most important thing is the alchemy laboratory of those alchemy skeletons. Well, you distributed it very well. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong continued: "Do you still remember the Flame God Sanctuary I mentioned to you?" Well, is it still there? Not only are we still there, but we are quite active on the radio. We listen to each others opinions and are developing very well. How do you say it? Wu Heng asked curiously. Pretty good, what can I do? A single fire-controlling ability may not be able to defeat his own troops of more than 10,000. They established a trading market and invited surrounding survivors to exchange supplies. ?Wu Heng frowned. Ah this. It seems to be really fast. Developed so fast? Well, after awakening the superpower, the other party began to rise rapidly and gathered a lot of survivors. What can be exchanged in that trading market? Wu Heng asked. They mainly exchange necessities such as grain, sugar, salt, and corpse cores. What they can provide include guns, armored vehicles, and some weapons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 164 , and armored vehicles? Chapter 164, and armored vehicles? They still have armored vehicles? Wu Heng was a little surprised. They said they have armored vehicles, and they feel similar, otherwise they wouldnt be able to develop so fast. Li Yahong said. That seems to be true. It would be difficult for one person with superpowers to develop so quickly. ??A free market was also established to allow surrounding surviving bases to come and conduct transactions. It should also have received a lot of modern equipment. In terms of normal combat effectiveness, zombies are not that strong. Even second-level deformed zombies can hardly exert much combat advantage when faced with modern weapons. ??Giant zombies rush out and can be beaten into mud by the army''s volleys. The reason why this kind of zombie currently occupies favorable conditions is actually easy to understand. Large-scale and indiscriminate zombie outbreak. In an instant, human society was paralyzed. ??If we talk about a normal battle, there are zombies on one side and modern human troops on the other. Fair and just duel. ??It is difficult for zombies to gain any advantage, even if their virus is contagious. But thats not how development works. No one will fight you fairly and justly. How to exchange those armored vehicles? Wu Heng was also somewhat interested. The other party didnt say it, but according to the current exchange conditions, the exchange is in food. Li Yahong thought for a moment and replied. Hmm! Wu Heng hummed without saying anything more. ?Li Yahong continued: "Wang Chenggang is the one who swallowed the first-level corpse core." "who?" He is the unshaven man, the leader of those who set up camp for refuge. Oh, him! Has he awakened his superpower? Li Yahong became the leader of the auto repair shop because the auto repair shop itself was her home. The other people were also rescued by her. After meeting Wu Heng, he became the coordinator and completely determined the identity of the leader. ?Changyingzi Shelter had more people at that time, reaching seventy or eighty at most. There were all kinds of people, and strength was the last word. Wang Chenggang can become the leader. Luck and strength are both top-notch. ??If there were no skeleton group like Wuheng, it would be a refuge. He is more suitable to be a leader. But Wu Heng has an absolute advantage here. ?Li Yahong is the leader. He took the first-level corpse core and did not awaken any superpowers. I heard that he was in a coma for several days and had his hands and feet tied. When he finally woke up, he almost starved to death, Li Yahong said. Then his physical fitness is also quite good. Well, as Qiangzi said, those who can awaken supernatural powers are the children of destiny. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and asked, "Do you also want to awaken your superpower?" "Well, I can''t tell. In fact, I envy people who can stand alone and become powerful themselves. But I feel that if I take the corpse core, I will become a zombie. When I was a child, my family favored boys over girls and asked me to drop out of school early to repair cars. I dont have the blessing of not winning the card in the game, Li Yahong said mockingly. It seemed that Wang Chenggang''s incident had put her under pressure. In the apocalypse, strength is the last word. ??Although Wu Heng trusts her, he also needs to have a certain degree of prestige. But I dont have that high confidence in my own luck. In a few days, I will help you take the corpse core to see if you can awaken your powers. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly. ?Li Yahong looked up at him, a little surprised. She did help Wu Heng get a lot of corpse cores. But the roles they play are both driver and guide, and they have no right to divide them. I just talked about this and wanted to complain, but I didn''t expect that I would directly agree to take the corpse core for myself. No need, I probably wont be able to survive with my physical condition and luck. Li Yahong declined. Ill do more exercise in the next few days, and Ill let you know then. Wu Heng said directly. As the number of people in the base increases, the difficulty of management is also increasing. ?As for Wu Heng himself, he still needs to stay in another world most of the time. Li Yahong does not have a certain strength foundation and is prone to problems. Even without external intervention, internal people will have a desire to seize power. Zombie Core has a lot of backlog in his hands. It is not a waste to give it to some people who can help you. So let her improve her own strength. Even if she has no substantial combat effectiveness, as long as she swallows the corpse core, in the eyes of these survivors, she is already a person with luck and courage. No one wants to think that the people they follow are too mediocre. ??If Li Yahong does not have the talent to awaken powers, you can also consider buying him or her a professional scroll. But this step requires 100% trust from the other party. At least he will choose to give it to her after getting a new slave scroll. People''s hearts can change. Still be careful. I probably thought about it for a while. ?Li Yahong said a little shyly: "Okay, thank you." "Um!" By the way, its already autumn. I plan to have some people rush to make a batch of cotton-padded clothes and quilts. I happen to have a lot of sewing machines. Wouldnt it be more convenient to search for some ready-made ones in the mall outside? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. We need to search, but we also need some to block the doors and windows. Its winter and theres no air supply. ??It feels like it makes sense. Well, you can arrange it! The two chatted for a while and walked out of the prison together. Behind the prison is an endless open space. It is now covered with weeds half as tall as a man. ?Wu Heng looked at the scope of the venue. Said to the large number of skeletons brought out: "Start mowing the grass." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons move into action. ?Hold a kitchen knife, rush into the grass, and chop at random. Since I moved here. The training ground for skeletons still needs to be planned. ?In addition to spears, there is also spear throwing training. There is no space for practice in prison, so it would be good to arrange it here. After a while, the weeds were almost cut. Let Li Yahong arrange for people to tie grass into a straw man and practice tying spears on the skeleton. The rest of the skeletons practiced throwing spears. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng received the information sent by Wen Mansha. In a building outside the city, there are traces of wanted criminals. ?Wu Heng packed his things. He then went directly to the association, gathered a few of his team members, and headed directly to the outer area of ??the city to prepare for the exploration of the target. In a dark alley filled with the smell of urine. ?A few people silently stared at the building opposite. Not long after, Glenda flew back and flew into the body. The picture I just saw is also shared in my mind. In a dark room. ?There were several human men sitting at a round wooden table. One of them was muttering to himself while giving money to the others. It seems that something has just been completed and the spoils are being divided. There were four people dividing the spoils, and one of them stood at the door. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet and checked the list of wanted criminals to identify one person. The reward amount is 370. Captain, how are you doing? Duke asked, covering his nose. A small wanted criminal, the reward amount is only 370 silver coins. Captain, thats a lot. Other teams couldnt catch a single wanted criminal in half a year. Duke continued. Okay! Then take action, rush in and kill them all. "good." ?Several people walked quickly to the door. ??Duke raised his battle ax and wanted to break down the door. ?Wu Heng stopped him and said directly: "Open the door." The invisible Glenda passed through the wall and directly [possessed] the man guarding the door. At the surprised looks of others in the room. The door lock was unlocked, revealing several people waiting outside. Ah~! Duke shouted and rushed in directly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 165 , cold arrow Chapter 165, Cold Arrow ?Duke shouted. He rushed in with his battle ax in hand. ??The people inside who were dividing the loot were stunned for a moment, and then they immediately reacted. Each of you go get the weapons around you. Bang~! A dull crash sounded, and the nearest person was knocked out. Hit the wall behind him and slowly slid down. ?At the same time, Duke continued to kill others with his battle ax. The movements were wide open and closed, all the furniture along the way was shattered, and the silver coins on the table were scattered all over the floor. The door position. Bawudong directly killed the man who opened the door. Several other people also followed into the room. Hold your weapon and join the battle quickly. Fighted with wanted criminals and accomplices. For a time, the sound of killing and the clash of weapons resounded throughout the room. Outside the door, there were also many people watching because of the fierce battle. Soon, the last enemy fell. ??Duke grabbed a piece of cloth, wiped the blood on the battle axe, and said: "Captain, lay it all out, easily." ?Wu Heng looked around the room. The layout was very simple. Tables, chairs, wooden beds and some daily necessities. It should be the temporary residence of these wanted criminals. I opened two drawers and found some moldy fruit cores inside. I dont know how long they had been there. Nothing. Wu Heng said directly: "Duke will check the identity of the wanted criminal, Marta will collect all the silver coins, and we will split up after we return." Okay, Captain! The two began to take action. ? Duke took the tablet that was handed over and began to check the identity of the wanted criminal to confirm whether there were anyone else on the wanted list. ?Marta began to bend down to pick up the silver coins on the ground. ?These trophies are also a big gain. Hurrah! ?At this time, there were dense footsteps and noisy shouts outside the door. Looking out through the open door. You can see that a large number of people wearing various brand-name equipment squeezed out the crowd of onlookers and blocked the door of the house. It is a characteristic of gang members to have messy equipment and weapons. ??Wu Heng looked outside and said, "Duke, have you confirmed your identity?" Confirmed, only one person is a wanted criminal. Duke replied. Wu Heng took the tablet back and said, "Put the wanted criminals there first. Go out and ask those people what happened." "oh." The people outside the door were still shouting for the people inside to come out. Duke lowered his head and walked out of the door, tall and burly, with silver plate armor and a battle axe. ??The yeller was stunned, his voice suddenly became quieter, and he cautiously took two steps back. What are you going to do? Duke asked directly. The gang members in the front parted to both sides to make way. ??A middle-aged man wearing leather armor and a goatee strode over. He glanced at the tall orc, without any fear, and said directly: "This is the jurisdiction of our ''Scorpion Claw Gang''. If you dare to come here to break into houses and kill people, you don''t want to live, right?" Gang zoning management is a method of Luntam City. According to Wu Heng''s understanding, it is outsourced security. Simply carry out some security management and collect taxes from the city hall. It can also be regarded as the team of Luntam City. Still have some confidence. Duke looked down at the other party and said: "We are members of the association. According to the intelligence, there are wanted criminals here and we are on an arrest mission." Association? How do you prove... Duke took out the emblem of the association, glanced at the other party, and continued: "You guys have nothing to do here, you can leave." At this time, another person approached. Whisper a few words in a low voice next to the goatee man. With a goatee, he glanced sideways inside and saw several other people picking up silver coins. He said directly: "You can take away the wanted criminal, but the things inside belong to the original owner of this house, so you can''t take them away." Were not moving anything in the room, Duke said. Those silver coins are also included, you cant take them away. The man said directly. Duke immediately understood what the other party meant, and immediately retorted: "Why, you haven''t done any effort at all, and you still want to share the spoils." Speaking, he took a step across to block the other party''s view of the inside. "You can''t say that, and the association can''t take other people''s things." The man raised his hand, and a group of gang members behind him took a step forward. Duke''s face became more serious and he said behind him: "Captain, they asked us to leave the silver coins and leave directly with the wanted criminals." ?Wu Heng came out with a few skeletons. ?Looking at the leading man, he said: "The association arrests wanted criminals, and the mercenary groups of various gangs should cooperate in handling the case." Yes, we cooperate, but now that you are finished, we have to manage this place again. "Who said it was over? How do you know there is only one wanted criminal here? Or do you know whether there are wanted criminals in the place you manage?" Wu Heng looked at him and said. The man didn''t panic at all, he crossed his arms and said, "You can''t talk nonsense, this..." Whoosh~! The man''s words have not yet finished. A sharp sound breaking through the air suddenly sounded. ??A cold light suddenly shot out from the crowd of onlookers and struck Wu Heng''s chest. ?Wu Heng''s pupils shrank, and a strong sense of crisis arose in his heart. He wanted to make a dodge, but his body still found it difficult to keep up with the speed of his brain. ?Seeing the arrow hit the chest ?This Bawu took a step diagonally eastward and blocked the way. ??Grabbed the cold light coming from him and threw it aside. is Bawudongs skill, [Catch flying arrows]. The next second, Wu Heng''s body responded. Duke immediately stepped forward, hugged Wu Heng''s waist, and rushed back to the building behind him. Bawudong and Bassen came forward together. Pushing the goateeed gang leader to the ground, the sharp short blade was pressed against his throat. Hurrah! The surrounding gang members immediately drew their weapons from their waists and were about to charge forward. Goat Beard shouted, "People from the Scorpion Claw Gang, please don''t move. This is a misunderstanding. Put away your weapons." Kill the association captain. He did such a stupid thing because he was tired of living. Let alone the leader of a small gang outside the city. ?You ask the consortium people if they dare to kill the captain, and the city lord''s mansion if they dare. ?He didnt know where the arrow was shot. But once the fight starts, it will be completely unclear. Gang members did not move on. The man was pushed to the ground, swallowed two mouthfuls of dirt, and continued to shout: "The captain inside, it was not our people who did it. You must investigate clearly." In the room, Wu Heng''s face was gloomy. I touched my body up and down to make sure there were no wounds, and then breathed a sigh of relief. Nearly died outside. Captain, Im going to kill them! Duke said angrily. Dont go out, be careful of someone shooting cold arrows! ?Marta also came over, leaned against the window, and took a look at the situation outside. ?Then he squatted down, picked up the crossbow bolt from the ground and took a look. said: "It''s an arm crossbow or a light crossbow. The other party has already prepared it." ?Wu Heng nodded and prepared it in advance. At this time, the door opened. The leader of the Goatee gang was dragged in with a knife held to his neck. He was thrown to the ground, and while wiping the cold sweat from his forehead, he explained: "It was not done by my people, and it has nothing to do with me." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 166 , How dare I? Chapter 166 How dare I? ?Wu Heng looked at each other. ?The hand holds the hilt of the sword. ??I want to kill the corpse directly. But the large number of gang members outside the door could not kill him yet. Once those members are angered, a chaotic fight will begin. Perhaps this is the purpose of letting the cold arrows go. Take a deep breath and calm yourself down. ??Thinking about it carefully, the possibility of it being a gang is really low. After all, no one would be charged with killing the association captain because of such a trivial matter. ??Moreover, the person was pinned here on the spot. I believe you... Wu Heng said. "Yes, yes, it can''t be me. I''m out of my mind and I wouldn''t do such a stupid thing." The man immediately echoed. Wu Heng continued: "I believe it, but tomorrow the entire outer city area and even the outer city area will spread about the assassination of the captain by your ''Scorpion Claw Gang''. How do you think the association will deal with it in order to regain face?" this. The cold sweat that had just stopped covered his forehead again. Does it matter what the truth is? The gangs managed by the districts outside the city are actually thugs who collect taxes for the city lord''s palace. After changing one batch, there will be another batch. ?If the association holds him accountable, he will undoubtedly die. Captain, I really didnt do it. ?Wu Heng asked: "Why did you stop us?" The homeowner here said someone was fighting here, so we came over. The man replied immediately. Let me ask you, why are you entangled with us and talking so much? Normal association actions. Leave aside local gangs, even the "Knights of the Iron Guard" in the inner city will not interfere too much. ?These people stopped him from leaving, which made Wu Heng feel a little strange. The man recalled it and immediately said: "My men said there was a lot of money in the room, so I thought about it and told you a few nonsense." He regrets it. ?Had I known that I would have let him go and that would have been the end of it. It has become like this. Call your little brother in. Wu Heng said. ??The man''s eyes lit up, he opened the door and shouted something into the distance. Soon, a man wearing leather armor and with messy hair walked in. Looking carefully at the people in the room. ??Wu Heng asked: "What were you doing just now? What did you say?" The younger brother was a little timid and kept looking at the goatee next to him. Hearing the question, he said: "I just stood behind and didn''t do anything." ? ? Goatee yelled angrily: "Didn''t you say there is a lot of money here? Honestly." The younger brother suddenly understood and said: "I didn''t see it. I also heard from the people next to me that the house was full of money. You also saw it at that time. There was indeed a lot of money in it." Again another person is involved? Who did you hear that from? Identify it. No, I dont know him. He seems to be a man, in his 30s. "You **** me." Goatee went up and kicked him twice. ?Obviously, Goatee also realized that something was wrong. These people are probably being taken advantage of. This kind of thing is not uncommon in Luntam City. Often, it doesnt matter who the real culprit is. Once a group of people die, the matter is resolved on the surface and thats it. Now that the other party is not injured, he can still listen to his own explanation. If he is really injured or dies, they will be buried with him. ?Wu Heng asked his younger brother to go out and look for it. Sure enough, the person was not found. ?Wu Heng stopped talking and waited silently. Not long after, both Glenda and Xiaoxiao, who were in the invisible state, flew back. In the shared picture, there are more people watching. No suspicious person was found, and everyone was discussing the matter of shooting cold arrows. Wu Heng looked at the two people in front of him and said, "Let''s go back with me. We will be investigated by the association. If you weren''t the one who did it, we should let you go." "No, no, no one like me can enter the inner city. It would be nice if you knew it wasn''t me." Goatee said immediately. He regretted it to death. ?Why do you have so much free time to get involved with people from the association? You have to think about it. Come with me now. I believe you. If the association arranges for someone to arrest you, you will be on the wanted list. The man swallowed, hesitated, and said, "Okay, I''ll go with you." Have your men evacuate the crowd and prepare the carriages. "good!" ?The man immediately opened the door and gave instructions outside. All the onlookers were evacuated, and a carriage stopped outside. ?Wu Heng and the body of the wanted criminal entered the carriage together. Under the cover of Duke and others, he walked towards the inner city. Professional associations. ??Deacon Gmez personally interrogated the leader of the gang in the outskirts of the city. The captain of Team 8 died a few days ago, and the murderer has not been caught. This time, the captain of Team 12 was assassinated again. It is simply a disgrace to the Wrentam City Association. His anger as a deacon reached its peak. I almost killed Goatee and that little brother and interrogated the corpse. The corpse doesn''t lie. But he didnt do it after all. The gangs that manage local public security are also members of the city lord''s palace, so they have to save some face for each other. Not long after, Wu Heng came back from the interrogation room. Duke and Marta immediately stood up and asked with concern: "Captain, how are you doing?" ??Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and said: "The deacon attaches great importance to this matter, but there is no result. Be careful these two days." Oh, were fine. Captain, please be careful. I feel like Im coming for you. ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling the same way. ?At that time, there was nothing unusual about Duke talking to the other person outside for so long. ?Go out by yourself, but the second sentence is a cold arrow. ??It was better for Bawudong to block it, otherwise he might really have died outside. Its okay, lets divide the money and then go back to our homes. Ill inform everyone if there are any tasks. Wu Heng said. Then, divide the bounty from this mission and the money collected. A few people each took their money and chatted briefly. They all went home. Dusk. ~! There was a knock on the door. ?The door opened, and Wen Mansha, the gangster''s sister-in-law, stood in front of the door with her arms folded. Sister. Minnie called sweetly. ??Although I shouted every day, after practicing, I would beat down the gang members. But when facing the gangster sister-in-law, he still behaves well-behaved. "Yes." Wen Mansha nodded. After entering the door, she hurriedly took off her windbreaker, then quickly walked into the house and said, "Master, I heard that I encountered danger today, are you not injured?" As he said that, his whole body rushed over with a fragrant breeze. ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. How did it spread outside?" It was said outside that the Scorpion Claw Gang wanted to kill you but failed. Wen Mansha checked him for a while. Have a contractual relationship with each other. Once Wu Heng dies, their soul-stamped slaves will also be implicated. Those with a low level will have their souls shattered directly, while those with a high level will also have their soul status affected, making them become foolish and stupid in the future. So, their fate is completely connected with Wu Heng. ??If something happens to Wu Heng, none of them will survive. ?The other two maids heard about Wu Hengs incident today. He also came over immediately, his face full of concern. It has nothing to do with you, someone is causing trouble. Wu Heng said. Did the Scorpion Claw Gang do it? Wen Mansha asked. "They probably didn''t do it. Recently, you arranged for someone to pay attention to this matter and see if they can find the person." Wu Heng said. Now the association is also paying great attention to it, and various teams have begun to investigate this matter secretly. It is unlikely that associations will be used to identify the murderer. After all, I have no friendship with the rest of the team. Nor will I do my best to investigate. Well, I will, do you want me to arrange for someone to defeat the Scorpion Claw Gang tonight? Wen Mansha said directly. ??Wu Heng pinched her little face and said, "No, they should be used as well." Actually, I have some speculations in my mind. The first possibility is that the accomplice of the wanted criminal was arrested outside. He saw his accomplice being killed and took the opportunity to shoot a cold arrow in the dark. The second type is the Sky Eye Secret Order. Their asking price is too high, and they plan to take action directly. The third one is the enemy of the Scorpion Claw Gang, and he shoots cold arrows to put the blame on them. The fourth type is former enemies, or companions who previously arrested wanted criminals. If you think about it this way, the scope is too large and it is difficult to check. The first three are still more likely. "Okay, but this matter must not be forgotten. If there is a problem on the Scorpion Claw Gang''s territory, I will make them pay the price." Wen Mansha gritted her teeth and said. Its really the style of a gang. By the way, do you know the person Jianluan? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??This man is the old man who wanted to make friends with five women from the Heavenly Eye Secret Order. It is still necessary to investigate the identity of the other party. There is a high possibility that it is their fault. Wen Mansha shook her head, "I don''t know what industry it is in. I''ll go back and ask someone to find out." It seems that he is the owner of Lanming Tavern. He has some businesses of his own in the city. I dont know much about him, Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll ask someone to inquire after I get back. It''s not difficult to just ask for information." Wen Mansha said. The two chatted for a few more words. ?Minnie and Anderweil saw that Wu Heng was fine and continued to go to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ?Wen Mansha glanced secretly. Get up and sit down in his arms. Master, Im sorry, its all my fault. There was a problem with the intelligence, which put you in danger. Wen Mansha said with regret on her face. A soft touch and fragrance on the body. I dont blame you, there is no problem with the information. Wen Mansha leaned forward and said softly: "No, if you make a mistake, you will be punished." ?Wu Heng hugged her waist and saw her blushing face, and understood the meaning. ? Wen Mansha, since she signed the contract with herself, it is like unlocking some kind of switch. Being more and more bold. "Um." (End of this chapter) Chapter 167 , deformed cow Chapter 167, Deformed Cow The next day, early morning. ?Having breakfast together, Wu Heng saw off Wen Mansha who stayed overnight last night. Wen Mansha still felt a little guilty about being assassinated yesterday. After all, she was the one who provided the wanted criminal intelligence. But this matter actually has little to do with her. If the assassination was really aimed at him, it would only be more dangerous if it did not occur this time but at other times. Furthermore, he was punished accordingly last night. ?Back in the living room, Minnie and Andwyer were discussing the general cleaning of their residence today. The front and back yards should also be tidied up and some flowers, plants and other things should be planted. In the past few days, Wu Heng did not allow them to go out, and the shop was temporarily closed for a few days. After all, the purpose of assassinating his own people is still uncertain. It is safer for them to stay where they live. He gave them two more instructions. He went directly to the third floor and went through the gate to the zombie world. Zombie world. Get out of the office room. When I went downstairs, I saw several alchemy skeletons. They came here with the convoy yesterday, and they will also be doing alchemy production here in the future. ??Wu Heng chose several rooms for the alchemy skeletons on the third floor. All the office furniture inside was carried out and replaced with some alchemy experimental benches. At the same time, he also directed the skeleton to move in all the refrigerators and freezers prepared outside. The refrigerator and freezer are used to store some materials and prepared medicines. The previous conditions did not allow it. ??Now there is a separate power supply and storage system here, and there are not many people in the prison. The skeletons standing guard are not visible to the naked eye, and there is no need to turn on the searchlights. There is no problem at all to meet the basic electricity needs in prisons. Comparatively speaking, life is much better than that in the community. ??Wu Heng watched as the skeletons moved in the refrigerators and freezers, connected them to electricity, and taught them how to use them. ?Alchemy skeletons cannot speak and have high intelligence. There is basically no problem in learning these. After these are over. Alchemy No. 1 took out two more bottles of medicine made from first-level corpse cores and handed them over respectfully. Strengthening Potion (Description: The potion developed by extracting the energy from the aberrant creatures has a strong improvement effect on the creatures, and has a small chance of awakening the power of blood.) ?Wu Heng took it and put it directly into the storage space. He did not intend to use these two bottles directly, but wanted to use them as rewards to distribute to Li Yahong and Wen Mansha. The two have different divisions of labor, but their own roles are relatively important. They all need to manage some people. ?Especially Wen Mansha, who is not high-ranking and manages more than a thousand gang members. Without any hard power, problems may arise one day. ?These medicines are just for them to use. ??Wu Heng walked out of the office building and went downstairs in the residential area. Not long after, Li Yahong hurried down from upstairs. ? Holding an iPad in his hand, he opened an electronic map and said, "I discovered that there is an offline version of the electronic map." ?Wu Heng took it and played with it in his hand. Many functions were unavailable. There was only this map page that could zoom in and out, and display roads and shops. I tried searching for gold stores, but there was no response. should not be used. ? Li Yahong pointed to several locations, "These places have shopping malls and pedestrian streets, where supplies are concentrated." ?Wu Heng nodded, Can display some buildings and names in this city area. Even the search function cannot be used. Li Yahong pointed to several locations, "These locations are shopping malls and grain and oil stores. You can plunder a lot of supplies." ?Wu Heng nodded. This electronic map is still very useful, at least it has clear markings on the environment and roads in the entire surrounding area. He thought for a moment and continued to ask: "When you have time, check the locations of some gold and silver shops." "Oh, okay." Li Yahong agreed, and then continued: "Didn''t I say that we could announce on the radio that we would accept survivors? Wang Ke said that the village where her grandma lives is near here. I want to ask I asked you if you could go there and have a look. Wang Ke! ?Wu Heng still has some memories. The trainee nurse who was rescued from the hospital by herself. ??He was also the first survivor that he and Li Yahong rescued. I thought about it for a moment, and decided that I was going to search for supplies here today anyway. It didnt matter where I went. I could also search for supplies in the fringe villages and towns. You can also go and see her grandma. ?These are not big problems. "Okay, let the team prepare. Today we will go to Wang Ke''s grandma''s place to see her. After all, time is not short. It''s hard to tell whether she is there or not. Let her be mentally prepared." Wu Heng said directly. After all, it has only been a few months, and few young and strong people have survived. An old lady has a lower chance of survival. But they are the survivors families after all. I still have to take a look. Whether he can survive depends on the other person''s luck. "Okay, I''ll get ready right away." Li Yahong agreed, then turned and left. Half an hour later. The motorcade was lined up and waiting in front of the gate. Some people are carrying some needed supplies inside. For example, food, car repair tools, spare gasoline, etc. With the increase of manpower, the complete set of tools has become more and more standardized. There are five trucks in total, three commercial vehicles and one passenger. ?Several trucks have been equipped with ramming corners and steel spikes, like ferocious hedgehogs. ?The commercial vehicle behind has also been modified. The windows are reinforced with iron bars, and a layer of protection is added to the outside of the tires to prevent the tires from being attacked by zombies. Looks a lot safer too. ??Wu Heng directed the skeleton to board the truck, and he also entered the passenger car driven by Li Yahong. ?In addition to Li Yahong in the car, there was Wang Ke who was wearing stab-proof clothing and a blue shared bicycle helmet on his head. See Wu Heng coming up. Immediately stood up and bowed, "Your Majesty, thank you for helping me." Its okay, lets help each other in the face of difficulties. Wu Heng said and sat down in the passenger seat. ?Li Yahong looked over and said, "Are you leaving?" "lets go!" ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and directly announced the departure. ?The gate opened, the convoy started, left the prison directly, and drove towards the distance. It lasted about more than an hour. ??More and more zombies are attracted by the sound of the motorcade on the road. He rushed onto the road from both sides of the street and hit the car with a bang. At the rear, a large group of corpses gradually formed. Zizzi~! ?The sound of electric current sounded. A voice came from the intercom, "Sister Hong, the scrapped car ahead is blocking the way." Can it be knocked away? Li Yahong said. It might be choking. There are a lot of traffic jams. Dont crash the car. The intercom answered. ?Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng said: "Stop the car, kill all these zombies, and then move on." ??Li Yahong said into the intercom: "Shorten the distance between the cars and prepare to stop to clean up the zombies. The driver locks the door and don''t get out of the car." The entire convoy began to shorten the distance. Gradually stopped in the middle of the road. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton sitting behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the zombies outside." Hurrah! All the skeletons jumped out of the carriage. Fight head-on into the surging crowd of zombies. The two waves collided together, and the sounds of fighting and roaring resounded throughout the entire area. There were no accidents in the battle. Even some special skeletons such as the big ones carried, Bawudong, were not dispatched. The level of the skeleton group has increased, and its attributes have also improved. With the same number, the attributes of the skeleton group are higher. Soon, the battle ended. ?Li Yahong got out of the car, drove the forklift down, and cleaned up the scrapped vehicles piled up in front of her. ??Wu Heng asked the skeletons to carry the corpses and pile them all on both sides of the road. The road will be clear soon. The convoy started again and headed forward. It was not until noon. After clearing several waves of corpses on the way, the convoy began to approach the village. Sister Hong, we are entering the village market ahead. The voice of Hadron came through the intercom again. ?The roads are no longer wide, and the speed of the convoy cannot be increased. Zombies all around rushed up from both sides of the road, banging on both sides of the car door. More zombies gradually surrounded the convoy. Even though it is a village, it has a much larger population than the village where the materials warehouse was built last time. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Stop the car and kill the zombies." The convoy slowed down again and stopped at the roadside. Immediately afterwards, a large number of skeleton soldiers jumped down from behind the carriage. A spear formation was formed on the front to resist the large number of zombies rushing out from the market. ??The remaining chopper skeletons will directly kill the zombie groups on both sides. There was another fierce fight. The corpses fell like wheat. End the battle. The skeleton re-entered the standby state, and the entire area fell into silence. Only the sound of the motorcade''s engines was still whining. Clean up the bodies! The skeletons took action again, clearing the piles of corpses blocking the road along the way. The motorcade also drove into the middle of the market. On both sides of the road, there are various grain and oil stores, knitting stores and agricultural equipment stores. You should be able to find a lot of things here. Li Yahong looked around and said. Well, lets go to the village first and then search this area when we come back. Wu Heng said directly. The convoy continued to move forward. Driving out of the intersection of the market. Your Majesty, the buildings over there are Damu Village. ?Wang Ke pointed to the gathering place of bungalows in the distance and introduced it to Wu Heng. Looking into the distance, I saw a large village. I felt that the living conditions were pretty good. There were many houses with white ceramic tiles on the outside, and there were also clusters of blue-roofed colored steel houses. There must have been a lot of people in the village before, right? Wu Heng asked. ?Wang Ke shook his head, "I don''t know either, and I rarely come back, but I heard that the development here is good, and the agriculture and breeding industries have received a lot of support." In recent years, it seems that some surrounding villages and towns have been developed. As a person living in the city, he has no contact with the specific extent of development. Now it seems that living conditions are not worse than those in cities. But think about it in addition, if there is a zombie outbreak and the population is densely populated, the possibility of survival is even smaller. "Is it my grandma..." Wang Ke asked quietly from behind. Keep a normal mentality. If grandma is not so lucky, we will try our best. Li Yahong, who was driving, comforted her. Wang Ke nodded and said nothing. Coming to the prison, I met other survivors. Only then did I realize how lucky I was to be saved by people from the auto repair shop in the first place. ??If it falls into the hands of Chen Jinlong, it may be even more miserable. ?Of course I hope my grandma can survive, but if no one is found, or she has become a zombie. She admitted it too. After all, she had used all her luck to survive. The road became more difficult to walk, and the dirt road became bumpy every time. The tools placed in the car made a rattling sound because of the shaking. ?This is what Wang Ke said. If the roads that have been supported in the village are not supported, they will all be dirt roads. After driving for about 10 minutes, we started to approach the Lanpi Factory. The building area here is not small. You can still see the words "supermarket" and "dormitory building" on the small cement buildings on the roadside. It feels like a factory building. Moo~! ?Suddenly, a strange cow noise sounded from the factory building. Several people in the car frowned at the same time. ??And there are cows? ۡ! ?Suddenly, there was a loud bang, and the black iron door of the factory was knocked open. A cow with a huge rotting body rushed out of the factory. Under everyones wide-eyed gaze. With a bang, it hit a truck in the middle. ~! The convoy immediately stepped on the brakes, the tires kicked up smoke and dust on the ground, and gradually came to a stop. Holy shit, whats going on? It seems to be under attack. Its a zombie cow. The cow is attacking the convoy. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 168 , the convoy was blocked Chapter 168: The convoy was blocked ?The smoke and dust dispersed. A huge cow appeared in sight. He is nearly three meters tall, with thick limbs and bulging muscles. His eyes are as big as fists and covered with red threads. His huge horns are as thick as forearms and are embedded in the body of the truck. The reinforced steel plate was dented, and the huge force forced the truck to move laterally for a certain distance. ?Wu Heng looked at the cow that suddenly rushed out. He also widened his eyes in surprise. ??This thing has also undergone distortion, and its size has caught up with that of an elephant. ??Ox, this kind of creature is inherently powerful. After the body size increased dramatically, the force of the collision was obviously even more terrifying. The reason why the truck was not pushed over directly was because the reinforced steel plates were large and heavy enough, otherwise the truck would have been destroyed and people would have been killed. Inside the intercom. ??The driver was still shouting for help, saying that the car was shaking violently and might be overturned. What should I do? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng just wanted to speak. Moo moo~moo moo! The sound of cattle braying and the sound of hooves trampling on the ground were heard again from the side of the factory building. Sitting in the car, you can clearly feel the vibrations like an earthquake. ?Wu Heng was startled and immediately said: "Lower your body." ?Bang bang bang~! Five more giant bulls rammed into the stopped convoy from one side. In an instant, there was an earth-shaking vibration. ??Wuheng''s passenger overturned on one side, and the business car in front of him turned three or four times before stopping. Grass! The car that was finally modified was overturned by a cow. ??Wu Heng unbuckled his seat belt with one hand, checked Li Yahong and Wang Ke, and saw that nothing was wrong with them. He picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Don''t get out of the car." Then he turned to the big-headed skeleton and continued to order, "All skeletons attack and kill these monsters." Hurrah! ??The skeletons climbed out of the carriage and charged directly at several deformed cows. ??The deformed cow tried to attack the convoy without stopping using its horns. He also looked at the group of skeletons charging towards him with his red bull''s eyes. ??Looking up to the sky and mooing twice, he directly bumped into me. The burst of power from the herd is like a car rushing forward. A large number of skulls flew out as they faced him, turning into white bones in the air and scattering all over the sky. The lethality of this charge reminded Wu Heng of cavalry. ?As soon as you pass by, all the enemies along the way will turn into corpses. While Wu Heng unfastened Li Yahong''s seat belt, he said to the big guys behind him, including the big guys, Lie Yi, Ba Wudong and others: "You guys should also help and try to kill all the cattle." ?Several skeletons took the order and got out from the upward car door. The targets they are looking for are to kill the abnormal cow on the opposite side. Lie Yi quickly glanced around and climbed onto the two-story cement house on one side. Sniper rifle set up. After simply aiming, he directly pulled the trigger. Bang~! Huge gunshots rang out. ??In the distance, there was a giant bull covered with skeletons, its forehead exploded, and the body of the struggling and running giant stiffened instantly. He fell to the ground with a thud. The skeletons all around immediately pounced on him. ??The kitchen knife in his hand kept swinging down, slashing at the deformed cow that fell to the ground. After twitching on the ground twice, he got up again and climbed up directly. The wound on his forehead was still bleeding with blood. He threw away the skeleton hanging on his body, stared at Hunter Yi on the small building with his huge bull''s eyes, and started to rush straight up. Bang~! The gunfire rang out again. ??This time it hit the bull''s eye, the bullet passed through the skull and exploded in the back of the head. ??The giant bull ran forward a few steps, then its front legs gave way and it fell to its knees. The next thing is the whole body. The skeletons hanging on the body were chopped at each other twice more, and then dispersed. Continue to besiege the remaining aberrant cattle. ?On the other side, a big man hugged the neck of a giant bull with both hands, swept his legs and threw it to the ground. Then, he raised his huge fist and kept hammering on the huge bull''s head. ?These giant bulls have great power when running. But the overall attributes are obviously not as high as those of second-order deformed zombies like the big guy. Under a burst of random blows. ?The bull''s eye exploded and his whole head was dented. Er Naitou, Bawudong and others are also engaged in a similar battle. The Abnormal Cow is ferocious, but when it comes to fighting, it is not as ferocious as expected. On the contrary, it only has the energy of charging, with huge lethality. In the entire battlefield, a dense army of skeletons was surrounding and killing several deformed cattle. Under the simultaneous attack of firearms and high-level skeletons, he kept falling to the ground and died. When the last deformed cow had its head crushed by Bawudong. The chaotic scene became quiet again. Let Xiaoxiao go take a look around the blue factory building and confirm that there are no other dangers inside, before climbing out with ''Li Yahong'' and ''Wang Ke''. Put the carts in order. ??Li Yahong nodded and gave orders to the others who were also in a bit of a panic. He lowered the forklift and straightened all the overturned vehicles. Several people in the auto repair shop were also very angry. ?These trucks and buses are their treasures. ?In order to arm these vehicles, I dont know how much effort was spent, collecting materials, and staying up late to work. It was obviously well maintained, but today it was like this after being hit by these cows. Especially the Qiangzi people. While working, he was cursing. the other side. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons and went directly into the blue leather factory. There is no need to guess the function anymore. This is a cattle breeding base. ?The yard is very large, and inside the blue factory building is a huge cattle pen. Let the skeleton open the door. ??A foul smell hit his face, almost knocking him out. There is no danger in the factory. The individual cattle pens are filled with the carcasses of dead cattle. At least there are dozens of cows here, most of them are not deformed and maintain their original size. The few outside are probably the deformed cows in the factory. ?Wu Heng looked around and then retreated directly. Continued to order: Carry out all the bodies outside and inside. The skeleton entered the blue shed and took out the cow''s body. There were a total of 6 carcasses of deformed cows, which were close to the size of elephants. There were more than 30 carcasses of ordinary cows, all rotten and covered with maggots. ?Wu Heng, let the skeleton guard the door of the factory. Facing one of the deformed cows, release [Bone Spell]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The flesh and blood fell off, and the huge skeleton slowly stood up. The skeletal body of a cow and its huge, hard horns. The bones are thick and still have a strong sense of strength. Skeleton Bighorn Ox (Level 8) Level: 8 Attributes: Constitution 15, Strength 21, Agility 12, Perception 5, Intelligence 5, Charisma 2. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire. Ability: Charge, contradict. Charge: This unit is in a charging state, with agility +7 and strength +5. In the charging state, the negative status effects that affect movement are weakened. Collision: Cause impact damage to the target. Under the charge effect, it has effects such as knocking up and knocking down. Level 8 deformed zombies. In other words, the deformed cow here is likely to be upgraded to a second-level deformed zombie in a while. Not only are human zombies improving, but these animal zombies are also improving. ??If all the zombies with level 2 distortion were to attack the convoy, they might directly pierce through the steel plate and overturn all the cars. He rummaged around his head. A corpse core was found among the pieces of meat scattered all over the ground. ?Although it is still the first level, it is obviously larger and is close to the second level corpse core. Continuing to release the [Bone Slavery Technique], each of the deformed cows stood up. Get a total of 6 corpse cores. Not to mention searching for loot, these corpse cores are enough to be a huge harvest. ??It also made up for the vacancy of not obtaining the first-level corpse core for a long time. After returning, you can let the alchemy skeleton continue to increase the production of corpse core potions. Put away the body core. ?Wu Heng drank two bottles of spiritual potion, and after recovering some mental power, he released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] again. All the cattle stood up. ?Except for the aberrant cows, ordinary cows are not only short, but also do not have soul fire, and look dull and stupid. At this time, Li Yahong walked in. He glanced at the skeleton cows standing in the open space and said directly: "The overturned vehicles have been corrected. They are somewhat damaged, but they do not affect normal driving." Lets go and reach the village before dark. "Um!" The two walked out with the skeleton. Having people take off the pedals of the truck, the skeleton cow followed the pedals and walked into the truck body. After everything is ready. The convoy sets off again. Passed through the factory area and entered the village. ?Zombies appeared again one after another along the way, but there were not many, only a few here and there. It rushed over and was crushed to pieces by the convoy. The entire village is not a regular building like a town. There is a large open space, and each household is separated by a certain distance. You can also see some bungalow shops, restaurants, supermarkets, and Internet cafes along the road! ??However, the number of zombies is a bit off. ?This village is developing well. There should be hundreds of households, but after entering, I only encountered a few zombies along the way. It is a good thing to have fewer zombies. Perhaps, Wang Kes grandma really has a high chance of surviving. ~! The convoy slowed down again to avoid the mounds of dirt that had accumulated in front of it. My home is right in front. Wang Ke said nervously. Immediately I could confirm whether my relatives were still there, but I started to feel uneasy. Zizzizi~! The voice of the leading car came again over the intercom. Sister Hong, where are you going? ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Go forward, the fourth intersection." "okay!" The convoy continued to move forward, slowly, and at the same time, it was alert to its surroundings. at the same time. In a building in the distance. ?Several men gathered together. One of them held a flashlight and looked into the distance. Damn it, Brother Zhang, this is a big job. A thin man wearing a leather jacket exclaimed, There are several trucks, and there should be a lot of supplies in them. "Huh? Is there anyone else coming to this small place?" Another strong man grabbed the telescope and looked forward. It is really just a fleet, except for trucks, it is commercial vehicles, and there are a lot of things at first glance. This **** thing, it cant be the rescue team! The man called Brother Zhang said with some confusion. The thin man immediately said: "Brother Zhang, what are the rescue teams doing here? We can''t save all the people in the city. I feel like they are from some base. I heard the ''Fire God Sanctuary'' on the radio that occupied a village." They may also think so about the base they established, Brother Zhang, they must have a lot of resources. Brother Zhang continued to look at the telescope, thought for a while and said: "Monkey, go talk to the boss and ask him what he means. The rest of the people follow me and go down to explore their background." "okay!" The thin man ran back. ??The rest of the people were carrying steel pipe machetes and walking together in the direction of the motorcade. (End of this chapter) Chapter 169 , several gathering points Chapter 169, several gathering points The convoy continued to move forward. Following Wang Ke''s guidance, he slowly stopped at the intersection. ?Let ''Xiao Xiao'' check around the nearby buildings first. After confirming that there is no danger, everyone got off the car. The whole village felt like it had been hollowed out, empty and covered with weeds. Giving a weird atmosphere, there are no zombies and no trace of survivors. Everyone got out of the car and looked around. Qiangzi and others checked a barber shop near the road. He came over and said: "It has been rummaged through. There is a kitchen, but all the food is missing. It must have been plundered." It seems that there are indeed survivors here. Clean up or lure away the zombies here. Qiangzi, you stay here, check the car, and we will leave later. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qiangzi and others nodded. While at the cattle farm. The convoy suffered considerable damage. Especially some commercial vehicles, they look terrible. There was no direct repair at that time, but now it is time to repair and check it. Everyone is busy. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong and the others walked into the alley. ??Wang Ke was a little nervous at this time. He pointed to the building in front and said, "That''s my grandma''s house." Lets go. ??The courtyard wall is not high, and there are clear **** fingerprints on the black iron door, like marks left by being beaten hard by zombies. ?The door has no lock and opens directly with a slight push. The center of the courtyard is a cement walkway. One side is a chicken and duck cage, and the other side is a vegetable field, which is now overgrown with weeds and is more than half a person tall. After confirming that there was no danger, several people entered the building directly. The house was in a mess, all kinds of clothes and bedding were thrown all over the floor, and the furniture was obviously rummaged through. Woooo! ?Wang Ke began to sob softly on the side. From the wide open gate of the yard, we can see that the yard is covered with weeds. No one has lived here for a long time. ??Wu Heng glanced at the room and said, "Stop crying. It doesn''t necessarily mean something will happen to your grandma." Wang Ke raised his head in confusion. Wu Heng continued: "Have you ever seen zombies rummaging through cabinets? This place must have been ransacked, which led to this situation." ?Wang Ke looked at the things everywhere and said, "It seems right." Li Yahong also pulled her and said softly: "Didn''t we agree that we should be mentally prepared for anything? If you cry like this, what will others do?" Im sorry, Sister Hong. Didi~! ?At this moment, a harsh trumpet sound suddenly came from outside the door. A few people looked solemn and walked outside. Havent left the alley yet. Qiangzi walked over and said softly: "There are many people coming over there, saying that this is their territory, and they seem to want to get some benefits." Dare you stop the convoy? Li Yahong asked. "I guess I didn''t see the skeletons in the car. They were all quite crazy." Qiangzi continued. The back of the truck is wrapped in canvas. What is inside cannot be seen from the front or side. It seems that no skeletons were found. Otherwise, for a normal person, just seeing a group of skeletons, not to mention fighting, can cause strong psychological pressure. Even though zombies are rampant now, a skeleton standing up and wielding a kitchen knife still has a strong deterrent effect. Go tell them and well leave after we find them. This place still belongs to them and we wont take away any supplies. Wu Heng said directly. After all, they were the ones who cleaned up the zombies here. No need, what kind of conflict happened. Okay. Li Yahong took Qiangzi and others, walked out directly, and stood at the front. Several people were standing opposite. Leather boots and jacket, holding various steel pipe machetes in his hands, just like the Young and Dangerous boys in Hong Kong movies. ?Several people saw a woman coming out, wearing dark blue stab-proof clothing. The look in his eyes suddenly changed. ?? He glanced at the opponent and saw that there was no gun on his waist, so he calmed down a little. Li Yahong said directly: "Guys, we are here to find someone. We will leave after we have found someone. We will not take away any of the materials here. Please make it convenient." The leading man did not answer, but asked, "Are you from the rescue team?" The rescue team among the people generally refers to the military or official team. Rather than referring to scattered shelters. No, an ordinary survivor organization. Li Yahong replied. "Oh!" Several people glanced at each other and the motorcade behind them again, and asked, "What''s in the car?" The pretended aliens and aircraft carriers have something to do with you? Qiangzi said directly. "Fuck! You have a bad temper. Why doesn''t it matter when you come to our place?" the other party also cursed. Li Yahong stopped Qiangzi, who was still about to scold him, and continued: "We will leave after picking up the people. We don''t want to have any conflicts with you." "Haha~! Open the carriages and let us check to see if you stole anything from here. You can only leave after confirming that there is nothing wrong with the things." The man continued, while winking at the side. The boys behind him knocked on the iron bars in their hands and stepped forward to inspect the carriage. ?Wu Heng could hear clearly from behind. Knowing that the other party is planning to rob it openly. He took out his pistol and walked out. The expressions of the people who were sneering forward suddenly froze, and their steps retreated a little bit. There is no point in reasoning, guns are the most convincing. Damn, theres a gun! The leading man backed away with an ugly face, but still pretended to be calm, There are so many of us, you only have a gun, and there are more brothers behind you, I advise you not to... Bang~! The gunfire rang out. The bullet penetrated the man''s head instantly. ?The words stopped suddenly, his eyes widened, and he fell backward. ??The faces of the others suddenly changed, and without caring about anything else, they turned around and went into the alleys on both sides and disappeared. Qiangzi and others looked at the corpses on the ground and were surprised that the other party had acted decisively. Without giving the other party a chance to speak, he shot directly. The convoy is turning around and getting ready to go back! Wu Heng said directly. Qiangzi and others immediately got into the car and began to make a slow U-turn. It is very difficult for a truck to turn around on a small road like the village, and it needs to be done step by step. Drag the body over here. Wu Heng walked into the barber shop on one side. Bassen on the side dragged the body in. ?Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse immediately sat up. How many survivor gathering points are there in your village? Wu Heng asked directly. The dead man looked up, "There are two in total, the gathering point in the north, and several villagers hiding in the south area." ?This small village actually has two branches. I probably had to think about it for a moment and said directly: "Where is the old lady next door?" "Not in the north. We don''t accept old ladies. If she''s alive, she might be in the south." The corpse continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and directly dispersed the necromancy magic. ??The corpse fell to the ground with a thud, making no sound. ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong out. The convoy has completed its U-turn and can leave at any time. ?Getting on the bus, I glanced at Wang Ke who was sitting on the seat. Wu Heng said: "Drive south and see if you can find anyone at the end. If you still can''t find anyone, go back." ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said, "Go south." The convoy started and headed south along the road. the other side. A convoy of motorcycles rushed forward along the rugged road. A cloud of dust was raised. Suddenly, seeing a few people running back in a hurry, they all stopped. "Why are you back? Where''s the convoy?" ??The leader, a man with long hair and half a cigarette in his mouth, naked to the waist and with slightly dark skin, asked loudly as he looked at his men who fled back in embarrassment. The person who escaped had his hands on his knees, breathing heavily, and replied intermittently: "Zhang, Brother Zhang is dead, they have guns, they opened fire without saying a few words, and the brothers scattered and fled back." Then, more people appeared behind and ran towards this side. They are all his subordinates. They all ran away in confusion, as if they were fleeing for their lives. Is there a gun? How many guns? the man continued to ask. Only a handful was seen, but the others seemed to have none. Its just a handful of grass, why are you panicking? The man cursed and continued: Do they really have that much material in the car? I didnt see it, but there were five trucks, and the rest were passenger cars and commercial vehicles. There should be a lot of supplies. The man hesitated for a moment, threw the cigarette in his mouth to the ground and extinguished it, and said: "Go back and get the petrol bombs. If we grab these goods, we will be able to enjoy the food and drink for a while." Everyone turned around and started walking back. The convoy entered the building complex to the south of the village. From a distance, I saw a factory building with a red flag. ?Several people climbed onto the wall, holding kitchen knives and iron pipes in their hands, looking this way warily. The motorcade stopped in the distance. Wang Ke, whats your grandmas name? Li Yahong asked. Yang Huifen! ??Li Yahong turned on the car''s external speaker and shouted directly: "Is there an old lady named Yang Huifen among you? Her granddaughter Wang Ke is here to pick her up." The fence suddenly became noisy. ?At this time, are there any family members who have come to pick you up? what''s the situation? At least you are a cadre of an important agency, so you get this kind of treatment! ?Then, someone hurriedly got off the wall and ran towards the building. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 170 , thank you for your blessing, great immortal Chapter 170, Thank you for your blessing In a building, in a small, isolated room. The offering table is filled with Baojiaxian. A silver-haired old lady was kneeling down in front of the altar table and mumbling something. Suddenly, the door was pushed open. ?There was a voice asking from outside, "Ms. Yang, what is your granddaughter''s name?" The old lady stood up from the ground, turned around and said, "Wang Ke, what''s wrong? Is there any news about her?" A lot of cars came outside, saying that your granddaughter is here to pick you up. The old lady stood up, with some doubts in her tone, "Really?" Can I make a joke about this? The convoy is shouting, and they say theyre here to answer the question, the man continued. ?The old lady made a puff sound. He knelt down in front of the altar table again and kowtowed repeatedly, "Thank you, the immortals, for protecting my granddaughter. Thank you, all the immortals, for your blessings." I knocked several times in succession. He then stood up and said, "My granddaughter''s name is Wang Ke, and she works in the district hospital." "Then you go out with us first. If the other party is really your granddaughter, you can go with them and watch their motorcade. Life should be better than here." The man said. Although there are some supplies at the gathering point. But this is still a small, remote place. The food will be finished sooner or later. ??The old man is a burden here. Even though he is a fellow villager and a well-known person in the village, he doesn''t want to offend him, so he has been taking care of him until now. Now that the other partys granddaughter has to be picked up, the burden on the gathering point has been reduced. Okay, wait a minute. The old lady knelt down again and muttered a lot, and then carefully installed the statue for worship. Follow the man and walk out of the small house together. After calling twice. ?The other party still didnt respond. Wang Ke sighed and said: "Sister Hong, it''s okay. It seems that my grandma is not here. Let''s go back. Everyone has done a lot for me." ?Li Yahong also sighed slightly, picked up the walkie-talkie, and was about to make the convoy turn around. The sound of a loudspeaker came from the wall inside the building. Let the king come out and lets take a look. ?The eyes of several people lit up and they immediately looked at Wang Ke, who was sitting in the back row. Wu Heng said: "Get off the car, let them take a look, and don''t pass by." ??It is unlikely that there is a sniper rifle here. If you take a look at it from a distance, there should be no problem. ?Wang Ke nodded, opened the car door and walked out directly. Waving his hand in front of him from a distance. Several people on the building seemed to be discussing something in low voices. Then, the door opened, and an old lady carrying large and small packages came out. ?Looking a little sloppy, but looking at a steady pace. ?Wang Ke immediately showed an excited look on his face and hurried forward to greet him. It seems that she has really found her family. ??Wu Heng said to Li Yahong: "Let Wang Ke take her grandma to sit in the car at the back. Don''t have nothing to do outside, and you will be frightened when you get in the car." Oh, thats right. Li Yahong picked up the speaker and said directly: Wang Ke, sit in the back commercial car with grandma. ?Wang Ke supported her grandma and complained that she was still holding so many useless things. He made an OK gesture towards the car window and walked towards the business car behind him. At this time, inside the building. ?Another man walked out, approached the front car, and stood on the window of the car, saying something. Then, Qiangzi''s voice came from the intercom, "Sister Hong, they asked people who came in from which way what''s going on outside." ?Li Yahong looked over. Wu Heng said: "Tell them normally that if they are willing to come with us, we can take them away." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and replied with the original words. The first car communicated, and soon a reply came over the intercom, "They won''t follow us." Well, lets set out in the convoy and leave the village along the same route. The men at the gathering point left. The convoy started and began to leave the same route. In a passenger car. Li Yahong held the steering wheel and said: "The people in this gathering place for survivors are not bad, and they actually have an old lady." ??If the old lady is hiding alone in her own home and has some food stored up, she won''t be surprised. On the contrary, it is surprising that such people are well cared for in such a gathering place of survivors. Young and old, in this period, their status is actually quite embarrassing. If you are not a direct relative, it is difficult for outsiders to be willing to support you. After all, your physical strength and ability are no longer suitable for the current environment.?????Finally plundered some food and had to feed a strange old man. Basically no one would do this. Well, it seems that the old lady has a good reputation in the village. Wu Heng said. ?This time I came here and my side gained a lot. Not to mention there is a market along the way that I havent raided yet. ??Just those few deformed cows and corpse cores were enough for him to lead his troops for a trip. ?Think about it, it seems that my future goals need to be changed. Finding deformed zombies is actually not easy. It is better to find some breeding bases or zoos on the map. There may be some creatures that are deformed. Li Yahong glanced at the sky outside and continued: "It''s already this time, I''m afraid I have to drive a long way at night." Its okay, its not a big problem. Wu Heng was not worried. If you return the same way, there wont be much danger. ?Li Yahong smiled and said, "Yeah." The convoy continued to drive outward. Suddenly, a rapid voice came from the intercom again. Sister Hong, there are many people behind us, chasing us on motorcycles, and they are faster than us. ?Everyone was stunned and looked behind them along the rearview mirror. ?Although the convoy is relatively long, you cant see it clearly. But you can still vaguely see people approaching quickly on a motorcycle. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Are they the survivors who took in grandma?" A voice came back from the commercial car carrying Wang Ke and her grandma, "No, grandma said those people are another group of survivors. The two places often fight with each other over the loot. It seems that what they are saying is that they just planned to rob us." those people." At the same time, the tail car continued: "They are carrying weapons, and several of them are holding bottles similar to incendiary bombs and are accelerating towards me." Good guy. They are really those people. He ran away before, but he came back again. ??Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, letting her float in the air for a glance, and then shared the vision. There can be seven or eight motorcycles, followed by two vans. ?Several of them were holding on to the handlebars with one hand and holding incendiary bottles filled with liquid with cotton stuffed in the mouth of the bottle in the other hand. ??This is to stop the convoy and continue to rob the supplies. ??If you stop now and the opponent directly throws incendiary bombs, even if you kill them, you will lose several vehicles. It is a pity that the vehicle that was finally modified was lost here. Looking back, he saw the skeletons sitting behind him and said, "Li Yahong, slow down the convoy, get on top of the car and kill those holding Molotov cocktails." Li Yahong followed the order and began to notify the convoy. Lie Yi opened the sunroof of the bus, lowered his body and got out. He picked up the sniper rifle and pointed it far back. The next second. Bang~! A gunshot sounded suddenly from above. There was a crisp sound, and the incendiary bottle that had lit the cotton cloth suddenly shattered. ?The fire exploded like a wave of air, engulfing the man holding the car. The remaining people behind were also frightened, braked hard, and fell down. Bang~! The second gunfire sounded, and another person''s Molotov cocktail exploded. ?The fire engulfed the person, and he instantly turned into a burning person, screaming and struggling on the ground in pain. ??Everyone was stunned by the scene in front of them. Then, someone said: "They have sniper rifles and are a military convoy." Grass, retreat. The motorcycle started up again, and everyone left with a clatter. The motorcade also slowly stopped in the distance. The intercom came with a report that everyone was in no danger. Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng and said, "They have withdrawn, shall we continue to leave?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. He said softly: "Let''s go and follow them. You can''t go back tonight. Go and have a look at them." Is it okay? Li Yahong said. "No problem. If it gets dark and they come up to cause trouble, there may be more problems. Moreover, it is too easy for them to just let them go after they have offended us twice." "good!" Li Yahong continued to convey orders. The convoy turned around again and pursued the motorcycle team in the direction they left. (End of this chapter) Chapter 171 , kicked to the iron plate Chapter 171: Hit the iron plate At dusk, the sky turned into a red glow. A courtyard in the north. The three-meter-high wall is hung with iron mesh, and in the middle is a black metal iron gate. ?On the wall stood a few people who had escaped. Hide behind the wall and look out warily. ??The long-haired leader took two strong puffs of cigarette, raised his leg and kicked his men, and cursed: "Why don''t you just have a **** pistol? Why the **** do you have a sniper and it''s so accurate?" The younger brother was kicked, staggered up, and explained: "Brother, my conscience, what we saw was a pistol, and we followed just now, how can we talk nonsense about this kind of thing!" ?Besides, several other people also followed suit. He said that at that time he saw one person holding a pistol, and the rest had machetes or iron pipes at most. Fuck! Im blinding you. The man cursed angrily. Going after that convoy obviously got yourself into trouble. Even if it is the end of the world, firearms still have a strong deterrent effect. Even the superpowers on the radio. ??It only shows some characteristics of genetic evolution, and cannot really carry bullets physically. ?Now they have provoked a group of people who may be from the military or officials, and they have finally hit the wall. Woooooooo~! Suddenly, the sound of a car engine came from outside the wall. At the same time, the younger brother standing guard on the wall shouted loudly: "Brother, that convoy is coming, all those cars are coming." ??The man threw the cigarette to the ground hard, climbed up the wall, and carefully poked half of his head out to look out. The motorcade just now appeared in sight. It stopped at a distance and no one got off the car. Should be watching this side too. Fuck, its not over yet. The man cursed, thought quickly in his mind, and said, Bring me the horn. A large loudspeaker used for selling vegetables was given to him. The man patted twice hard. Turn on the loudspeaker and shout loudly: "Friends across from me, it was just a misunderstanding. I would like to ask you to give me some face. When food and clothing are settled in the future, I will bring a generous gift and apologize in person." After shouting, turn off the loudspeaker switch. ??He said to the specific brothers below: "Go and check whether the door is locked tightly, and don''t let any more problems happen." "Okay." The younger brother quickly ran to the iron door, took out the iron chain and locked it twice. The direction of the convoy. Everyone in the car heard the other partys shouting. Li Yahong frowned and said, "Why do his words sound like lines in a movie?" Perhaps this set of words is common in the world, Wu Heng said. "Why don''t you take a piece of paper and write it down? You are also a leader now, you may need it in the future." Li Jiahong teased, looking at him with a smile on his face. You are the leader, so you should take a note and write it down. No, its too low. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s do business and let them surrender, otherwise you will bear the consequences." Li Yahong turned on the loudspeaker in the car and shouted: "People inside, listen, if you choose to surrender now, you still have a chance to survive, otherwise don''t blame us for being rude." Soon, a voice came from the opposite building again, "It''s just a misunderstanding, why should it be like this? It''s the end of the world, and humans should help each other." Why is he so shameless? Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. Obviously they were chasing him, intending to rob him of his own supplies. Now we are starting to help each other. Its like saying, its okay for me to hit you, but if you hit me, you are destroying the peace of mankind. Wu Heng said: "Don''t talk nonsense to him. Just tell him directly. If you don''t want to die, open the door and come out to surrender." ?Li Yahong turned on the speaker and continued her original words. On the opposite side, he still refused to admit defeat. He said: "I really think we are afraid of you. If you have the ability, you can fight. I have many weapons in my hand and will send you to see the King of Hell in an instant." Li Yahong still wanted to talk to the other party, but Wu Heng directly turned off the external speaker. Turning around and facing the skeleton behind him, he said: "Lie Yi, go find the sniper point, Datou, get all the skeletons out of the car and prepare to attack." Hurrah! ??The sound of bones rubbing and colliding was loud. All the skeletons jumped out of the carriages, holding kitchen knives and spears, and they were densely packed, occupying the entire street. The afterglow of sunset passes through the hollow bones. Holy shit, boss, whats in their car is not supplies, its all skeletons. Its over, weve caused big trouble. "What can we do? Those guys are not human beings. Otherwise, surrender." Seeing the densely packed skeletons outside. The people inside the building immediately became confused. ??The other party has fewer people and more supplies, and the cars are filled with monsters from the underworld. ??They didn''t pay attention to themselves before because they really didn''t want to get to know each other. Now that the other party is serious, they are the ones who are unlucky. Fuck, be quiet. The bosss voice trembled, but he still cursed. He also regretted that he had listened to his younger brother. To provoke such a group of people. But the matter has come to this, and there is no way back. The rest of the people can surrender, but he cannot. ?As long as you surrender, the opponent will definitely kill the leader to avoid problems. Therefore, we must not surrender. Boss, no, there are at least tens of thousands of skeletons, we cant defeat them. The younger brother said from the side. "Fuck you, do you know how to count? You have occupied a village of tens of thousands, how can this be a street like this?" The boss took a deep breath, suppressed the fear in his heart and shouted: "If you go out, you will definitely die, let''s go now There are walls and iron gates that they cant get in at all, and they can stop zombies, so how can we still be afraid of them? This, this, is this okay? The younger brothers voice trembled. "Take out the gasoline and the weapons you prepared earlier. If you can''t hit them head-on, why can''t you defend the wall? Two fires will burn them all." The man continued. ?The rest of the people think about it carefully and feel the same. He then moved quickly and moved all the things he had prepared to deal with the corpses. Inside the passenger car. Xiaoxiao flew back, as if lying on his side, leaning on his chin, floating in the air, and said: "The people inside have no intention of surrender. They are all preparing things. There are many kinds of things that broke into pieces and turned into fire." of bottles. Who is their leader? Wu Heng asked. ?Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, then gestured to his head, "Uncle with long hair, no clothes on top, and always swearing when he talks." Well, Xiaoxiao did a great job. Hey! Xiaoxiao happily floated twice in the air. Li Yahong said: "It seems that they have no intention of surrendering." "It''s just right. It also prevents them from surrendering and it will be difficult to deal with them then." Wu Heng said. These people can be brought back to the base. In the future, they will also form cliques and it will be difficult to manage them. ?Its okay not to surrender, but to fight to the end. Well, whats next? Theyve got Molotov cocktails. "It''s okay, it''s not a big problem." Wu Heng closed his eyes and thought for a moment, took out a simple incense burner and yellowed linen from the space ring, and handed it to Basson behind him, "Go and put the incense burner with them. side." Take out the lighter and light the incense in the incense burner. A faint aroma wafted out instantly. ?Li Yahong looked at it suspiciously. As for Bassen, he put the linen cloth on his body and his body disappeared from sight. Then, the car door opened. ??You can hear the sound of getting off the car, and you also know that Bassen has gotten off the car, but you still can''t see anyone. ?Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at what was happening in front of her with some disbelief. All of them attributed the various special abilities that happened to Wu Heng to superpowers. After all, this new word can be applied to all incomprehensible abilities. ??But putting on a piece of cloth and becoming invisible directly is still difficult to relate to the awakening ability, and the lit incense burner. ?Although it doesnt look like a local thing, it is definitely an old thing, and the aroma makes people feel a little dizzy. Soon, the car door opened, and after closing again, Basson was revealed. The linen was returned to Wu Heng. Ask everyone not to get out of the car and wait until dark! Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and passed the original words to everyone in the team. The two sides faced each other, as if they had fallen into a state of stasis. The army of skeletons stood motionless on the street. Everyone in the building is also vigilantly monitoring every move in the distance. Time passes little by little. ?The sky is getting darker and darker. ۡ! ?Suddenly, a man who was guarding the wall suddenly fell down. ??The long-haired boss was stunned and cursed: "Fuck, what''s the matter with you?" The words have not yet finished. The people on top of the wall and below fell to the ground one after another. As if fainting. At this time, he also realized something was wrong and immediately shouted: "Wet your hand towel, the air is poisonous." People who are in good health also feel dizzy. Zai Zai rushed into the room in a daze. Look for a handkerchief or scarf to cover your mouth and nose. Uncle, many of them fell. Xiao Xiaofei came back and continued. ?Wu Heng handed the iPad in his hand to Xiaoxiao and ordered to the skeleton behind him, "Skeleton Ox, go and break open the iron door." Outside, the skeleton army made a way. The elephant-shaped skeleton bull began to charge, its footsteps clicking on the ground. On the wall, everyone was in chaos. Someone lit a Molotov cocktail and raised it just above his head, intending to throw it. Bang~! There was a gunshot, the Molotov cocktail shattered, and flames poured down like a waterfall. In an instant, the person who was thrown and the entire wall were submerged. Sniper. Its still the sniper. ??The other people who covered their mouths and noses and held up Molotov cocktails hesitated for a moment. By this time, the skeleton cow had already rushed to the iron gate. ??Horns as thick as arms hit the iron door with a clang, and the sound was deafening, resounding throughout the whole world. Then the second cow, then the third cow. ?Hit the black iron door one after another. ?Huge force caused the door bolt to loosen. The iron door fell to the ground with a bang. Immediately afterwards, dense skeletons poured into the building and began to fight with the survivors inside. The sounds of killing and fighting instantly filled the entire area. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 172 , I have a portrait Chapter 172, I have a portrait The battle lasted about half an hour. The building gradually became quiet, and all the skeletons were on standby, crowding the courtyard. ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong and several skeletons, got out of the car and walked over. First, get the incense burner from the corner on one side. Then he walked directly into the courtyard. The body had been chopped into pieces, and the appearance of death was quite miserable. It is almost impossible to tell which one is the long-haired leader and which one is the ordinary younger brother. The flesh and blood are blurred, and the human shape can barely be seen. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and glanced at the body. ?Then he took the people directly into the building at the back. ??The entire building is filled with all kinds of random daily necessities, and it looks like a messy warehouse. But there are also a lot of materials collected. Grains, oils, rice and noodles, as well as plenty of mineral water and snacks. ?It seems that most of the loot in the village has been looted by these people. No wonder they all look so good. ??There is also the intention to rob everywhere. Let people search this place and put everything that can be taken away on the truck. Lets rest here for the night and wait until dawn tomorrow morning before leaving. Wu Heng said after walking around. ?These grains are also a big harvest and can support the base for a long time. ?Li Yahong nodded and immediately went down to tell people to start moving the materials here. ? Qiangzi and others got out of the car and started moving things. Li Yahong came back and said, "They said it''s fine to live in the car. They don''t want to live in a building because it''s not as clean as the car." Okay, lets live in the car first! "Um!" Everyone started to get busy. After searching this place thoroughly, we checked the status of the vehicles again in the dark. Let everyone go back to their cars to rest. It will be dawn the next day. The motorcade drove out of the village and arrived at the market outside the village. Start to search for supplies from the shops on both sides. Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others began to raid knitting shops and small supermarkets. Housing prices around the village were cheap. ?The stores floor space is also quite large. Part of it is a shop in the front, with a small warehouse directly behind it. The supplies are no less than when searching the city area, and they are all carried into the car. ?Wu Heng, carrying several skeletons, entered a rural credit cooperative. ?The ground was covered in blood, stained with advertisements for some financial products. ??Probably found the location of the warehouse. ?Took out the bronze key and opened the door directly and walked in. The reserve safe was opened, and inside were paper receipts, cash and some paper items similar to commemorative coins. I dont know what it is used for. I found two 10-gram gold bars. Put away the gold bars and continue searching in the office upstairs. ?In two of the rooms, I found some tea, wine, and cigarettes, and carried them downstairs with them. See Wu Heng coming out. Li Yahong explained a few words, walked over, and said: "There are several warehouses, and it may not be completed until noon." ?Wu Heng handed her the cigarettes and wine and said: "Move as much as possible, if not, I have to make another trip." Even if the things can be moved away, the corpses all over the ground still need to be transported back. These are our own sources of troops. Materials are to maintain the lives of survivors, but military resources are the foundation of oneself. Okay! Li Yahong agreed. The two stood together and continued chatting about other things. On the other side, the gathering place in the village. Tap tap tap~! One person hurried back and entered the base. He went to a room without stopping. He directly opened the door and said breathlessly: "Yang Zhi..., Yang Zhilong and the others..." ?Yang Zhilong is the leader of the North Refuge. The two parties often fight over supplies, and it is even more common for people to lose their lives. But it is obvious that there are more men on the other side, and this side is always at a disadvantage. I heard Yang Zhilong. ?The people in the room stood up in unison, holding weapons in their hands and looking serious. They are coming? one person asked. No, no, their gathering place is gone. No more? Everyone frowned, understanding what this meant. "Yes, it''s gone. The door is open, and half of the walls of the houses inside have been demolished. Everything is gone, and there are no people left." The person who reported the news tried hard to explain. The faces of those who were listening showed confusion. The shelter is gone in one night? How can it be? Group of corpses? Someone thought for a moment and said. The messenger shook his head and said, "No, I didn''t get close either. I glanced at the open door from a distance." Stop guessing, lets go and see together. ?A few people picked up their weapons and called out the others in the yard. After leaving the house, quickly rush towards the gathering place in the north. When I arrived, I was even more surprised. Sure enough, the whole area was deserted. ??The originally well-defended wall was now empty, and there were still dark traces of the fire. ?The door is open, and the solid iron plate is dented with holes. It was like being shot through by a cannonball. Everyone''s eyes widened, and what they saw was more impactful than what they heard. Sure enough, it didnt look like he was being attacked by a horde of corpses. Go in and have a look. ?Several people entered the building anxiously and began to examine it carefully. It was deserted inside, and part of the building had collapsed. The supplies are all gone, nothing is left. Taking away supplies must not have been done by zombies or deformed zombies. ?A few people were discussing in low voices. ?At the same time, I was thinking about what happened yesterday that would cause such a disaster to the gathering place in the north. Could it be the group of people who picked up Aunt Yang? ?The rest of the people also thought of this, and their eyes widened a little. It would have been a better choice for us to leave with them at that time. Dont think about it, just search here to see if there are any useful items left. "good." ?The people dispersed and began to search the room. It may not be food supplies. The motorcycles in the yard and some of the weapons left behind can also be reused. It is approaching dusk. The convoy, loaded with various supplies, returned to the prison. ??Everyone went out to greet him happily, and then began to take the initiative to move the materials on the car. ?Wu Heng returned to the office building where he lived. Hand the six newly obtained first-level corpse cores to several alchemy skeletons. The alchemy skeleton took it respectfully and sealed it into the organ jar. Zizzizi~! The intercom rang, and Li Yahong''s voice came out. "I am coming." ??Wu Heng said to Bassen beside him: "Bring her in." ??Bassen went downstairs, and when he came back, he came up with Li Yahong. Li Yahong seemed to have put on light makeup and had a faint fragrance on her body. She stood there with some evasive eyes. Look for me! Well, this is for you. Wu Heng took out a bottle of strength potion and handed it to her. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, held it in her hand, and looked at it curiously. "what?" Didnt I say last time that I wanted to take corpse cores? This is a medicine developed using corpse cores. There is no need to worry about the virus in it. Wu Heng sat down and explained. Corpse medicine without side effects? At the main station, Im afraid theres no such technology! ?Li Yahong held the potion and couldn''t believe it. Are you afraid that I will harm you? Wu Heng said jokingly. "No, I''m just a little surprised." Li Yahong opened the cork and drank directly. My throat rolled, and I swallowed the entire bottle of medicine. And the next second. Li Yahong''s body began to turn red, and her whole body began to tremble slightly as she stood. ?This scene also shocked Wu Heng. ?Immediately stepped forward and supported her. Alchemy No. 1. Wu Heng shouted. Alchemy No. 1 came over from the next room. He checked Li Yahong''s condition, then turned around and left. ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment and was about to say what kind of attitude you have. Li Yahong''s symptoms began to disappear at the speed of the naked eye, and her whole body returned to normal. She still stayed in his arms and did not get up. ?Wu Heng asked: "How do you feel?" Li Yahong said: "My muscles just hurt a little. It feels like I ran three thousand meters when I was at school. It hurts like hell." Just take it slow, it means you are improving your muscles. Have I awakened my powers? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at her, "Do you feel that you have become stronger in any way?" I dont feel anything. This is a first-level corpse core. The chance of awakening the superpower is low. You need to adapt to it for a while. When you have the opportunity to take a second-level corpse core in the future, you may be able to awaken it. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong glanced at him carefully and said, "Thank you. I feel like you treat me better than my dad." Ahem~! You can call me that in private. You~! Li Yahong raised her hand as if to hit someone, but finally put it down, That depends on your ability. Make sure to rest after you go back. Tomorrow we will arrange a convoy to transport all the corpses along the way back. Wu Heng said. Okay, thank you. Li Yahong stood up. ??Wu Heng nodded, "By the way, you can''t tell anyone about the potion, not even the people under you, otherwise there will be a lot of trouble." "I know." Li Yahong nodded, thought for a moment, and then asked, "Is it necessary to talk about the corpse core?" Corpse core, it can still be said. You can just say that you took the corpse core normally and got away with it. Okay, Ill go back first. The vehicle needs to be re-inspected tonight. "okay." Before leaving, Li Yahong came over, kissed him quickly on the cheek, turned around and ran away. ?Wu Heng stood at the door, watching the other party''s back gradually go away. He himself passed through the boundary gate and returned to Luntam City. the next day. Wrentam City, Guild Dungeon. Captain, Mr. Captain, please ask the association to let me go. It has nothing to do with me. Just entered the dungeon. From the cage on one side, there was a burst of wailing and crying. The leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang, who used to be a domineering man, is now slovenly and covered in weeds. Having been locked up for three days. I feel like I have lost a lot of weight. ??Wu Heng sat down on the wooden bench outside the iron cage, looked at him, and asked: "Don''t you think of anyone these days?" "It must be that other gangs framed me, it must be like this." The other party still shouted. Have your people found any results? Wu Heng continued to ask. It is useless to lock up such a person. But we cant just let it go. At least we cant let it go until there are clear results. ?The other party also sat down on the straw mat nearby and said: "I asked my subordinates to question everyone who was watching that day, but there is no result yet." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? At this time, the door of the dungeon was pushed open. A guard came in with a man in obvious gang attire. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting here, the guard took the initiative to say hello, "Captain Wu Heng, this man is a member of the Scorpion Claw Gang and wants to see the prisoner." Well, leave this to me! Wu Heng said. The guard nodded and turned around to leave. The gang members stood aside with some caution. He didnt speak for a long time. The leader in the cage said: "What''s the matter? You should just talk." The younger brother said: "Boss, we went door to door and asked about the situation that day, but most of them..." Where did you come from with all this nonsense? Hurry up and say it. The other party scolded. The younger brother suppressed all the nonsense. He immediately said: "One identification after another, I finally found a suspicious person who does not live near our area." What does it look like? Do you know? the leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang continued to ask. I asked someone to draw a portrait based on the retelling. He said and took out a scroll. After opening it, it was a middle-aged man with a square face and a long beard. Scorpion Clipper glanced at the boss and frowned, "I haven''t seen it before." ??Wu Heng also looked at it. But suddenly it felt a little familiar. He identified it carefully and frowned for a moment. Blackstone Town, the captain of the first team - Anel. He also came to Luntam City? (End of this chapter) Chapter 173 , the consortium can protect you Chapter 173: The consortium can protect you In terms of portrait, there are some differences from the former Blackstone Town Arnel. He has a beard and his hair is much longer than before, but the outline of his face is still recognizable. He is Anel. Perhaps he was not the captain and had been in depression for a while, or he might have dressed up like this to disguise himself. But what is certain is that he is his old colleague, Anel. ??He has not been in the Blackstone Association for a long time, and he has not had much contact with Anel. ?The key point of conflict between them lies in the deacon Yazd. ?At that time, ''Yazd''s plan against him failed, and Anel, who was guarding the door, attacked him. It is certain that Anel is a close associate of Yazd. Know some plans. ?Anel''s attack was unsuccessful, and he was worried that the matter would be exposed, so he left Blackstone Town directly after leaving a letter to the team. Said he was going back to his hometown. But now it seems that he did not do what he said in the letter. Come to Luntam City. He left Blackstone Town earlier than himself, and probably arrived at Luntam City earlier. ?This had to make Wu Heng start to doubt his purpose of coming here again. As for the last assassination, was it an accidental encounter or was it prepared in advance? Captain, do you know him? The leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang asked Wu Heng after identifying the portrait. I dont know him, havent you seen him before? Wu Heng shook his head and asked. Anel, related to the matter of his being taken away from his body. ??In Blackstone Town, he didn''t want this to be too obvious, and he feels the same way now. The leader looked at his younger brother, "Stop **** drawing." "Boss, look at what you said. If that person doesn''t know, then he just says he doesn''t know. It''s just making up what a person does." The younger brother immediately defended. Yeah, thats right. The leader of Scorpion Claw sat on the straw mat and thought for a while, then continued: "Captain, this matter must have something to do with this kid. Why don''t you go and tell the deacon that we have found a clue? You have to arrest someone to make up for your mistakes. If you catch this person then, you won''t have to worry about it, right?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows but did not refuse. "Well, that''s right. I''ll inform the deacon. It''s up to you what to say." Okay, thank you very much, captain. The other party thanked him immediately. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dungeon directly and went to the deacon''s study. ??Talked briefly to Deacon Gomez what had just happened. ??Gomez then met with the gang leader and listened to his ideas. Looked at the portrait. But it was obvious that no one in Luntam City knew Anel. After some discussion, it was decided to release the gang leader and continue investigating the matter. ??Of course, I didnt just let him go without any reason. It is necessary to catch or find specific information about this person within a week. There is no name or specific information, and a wanted order cannot be issued. So some detailed information is needed. Hearing that he was being let out, the boss of the Scorpion Claw Gang thanked him profusely and promised that if the other party was still in the outer area of ??the city, he would be arrested even if he was turned upside down. ??The deacon didn''t bother to talk nonsense to him. After saying a few simple words, he let him go. At noon, Wu Heng and the leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang walked out of the association together. Remember to inform me if anything happens. Wu Heng said. "Okay, captain, don''t worry, I will help you catch that kid and vent your anger," the other party said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, go back quickly." ?The other party nodded, took his younger brother, and left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and looked around. He did not go back to the association, but went directly to the consortium. There are two main threats to ourselves now. One is Anel, who failed to assassinate himself. The second one is the Secret Order who wants to take back the props in their hands. ?Wu Heng even suspected that there was some kind of connection between the two of them, otherwise they would not be so close in time. But everything is just my own guess. There is no substantial evidence. In the consortium lounge. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and rested for a while. The door opened and the person in charge, ''Lecia'', walked in slowly. Her appearance and figure were still beautiful. Good afternoon, Captain Wu Heng. Lecia said with a smile. ??Wu Heng also smiled and said: "Has there been any result regarding the skill book commission?" "Wait a moment." Lecia said, calling the staff to check the commission record. The staff returned soon, holding two skill books in their hands. ?Lecia checked it herself first, and then handed it to the other party''s hand. "It seems that the commission has come to fruition." ?Wu Heng took it in his hand and examined it. Bone ArmsCorpse Cage. Bone Arms ?? (Description: Use necromancy magic to form a bone armor around the user (can be effective at the same time as physical armor, but cannot be effective at the same time as magic protection skills). The armor is formed to provide magic and physical protection for itself.) A set of magic skills that can form armor. There is no record of this skill in the Necronomicon. Either it is a relatively unpopular ability, or it is a skill developed after the Necronomicon. But among the skills of the Mage camp, there is a skill called [Mage Armor], which provides a magic force field to increase defense. The skill in front of me is obviously similar to this kind of magic. It should be re-developed using necromancy magic based on the basics. From Wu Hengs perspective, this skill is still very useful. Necromancer sounds evil and scary, but his attributes are still a fragile profession. Once you are in danger, it is difficult to achieve the effects of protection and self-rescue. Magical skills that can generate armor largely make up for this weakness. Can reduce certain risks. ?Continue to view the second skill. Cage of dead bodies (Description: A fixed cubic bone prison is formed at a designated location within the casting distance. The caster can control the magic energy to control the bone density. If a trapped target cannot break out of the trap using physical attacks, its body and soul will not be able to escape at the same time. ??The casting site has enough bones and will remain in the same state. A cage without bones and formed using necromancy magic will consume its own mental power as the cage continues until it stops casting spells. ) This is another rare skill. I seem to have read the corresponding introduction in the Necronomicon, but I cant remember it clearly. It seems to be a high-level skill. I dont know if I can study at my current level. ??The things collected by the consortium this time are really impressive. The two skills obtained are more practical and advanced than the last time. The effect of [Dead Cage] is also very simple and easy to understand. Use necromancy magic to form a bone prison within the casting area. Once the target is trapped and the opponent cannot break the cage through physical means, not only his body cannot leave, but even his soul cannot escape the cage. In other words, even if the target is in a cage, he cannot escape as a soul. This also means being able to imprison ghosts. This aspect is quite powerful. Once the opponent is trapped, it will be difficult to have a chance to escape. I have to say that this skill is still very powerful. Especially to trap the soul. ?It is impossible to give up the body and escape. After reading the two skills, put them back on the table. ?Lecias jade legs were crossed, and her straight white calves were visible under her skirt. She said softly: Captain Wu Heng, are you satisfied with the skill book? ?Wu Heng glanced at it, nodded and said, "I''m quite satisfied." "This commission took a little longer, and I''m really afraid that you won''t be satisfied." Lecia patted her plump chest. No one meant to delay this matter. "Yes." Lecia leaned forward, revealing two full and squeezed ravines under her deep V dress. She said in a coquettish tone: "Captain, the balance is 330 silver coins. These two skill books are not obtained casually. of." ??Wu Heng smiled and nodded, pointed out the corresponding silver coins and handed them over, and continued: "You will still help me collect skill books in the future. Money is not an issue, and the time should be shortened as much as possible." Okay Captain. Lecia put the money away and filled out a new power of attorney. He raised his head and looked over with a pair of beautiful eyes, "I heard that the captain has been in trouble recently?" ?Wu Heng was startled and realized that he was talking about Anel. He nodded and said, "Yeah, I don''t know who shot an arrow at me when I was on a mission. I haven''t found that person yet?" "Actually, the association''s ''field envoys'' are very risky. They face wanted criminals and criminals. They can reach the level of captain, and they have more or less enemies." Lecia saw the confusion in his eyes and continued: " Im curious. With your financial resources, you dont seem to need this position, so why take this risk? ?Wu Heng understood what she meant. In fact, he also thought about giving up his status as a professional association. Opening a small shop by yourself, with a maid waiting by your side, life is actually pretty good. But if you think about it carefully, its actually not that simple. ?This world is very chaotic, with fights, robberies and killings, and even on the orc side, there are battles between tribes. Many people die in these situations every day. ??If you lose your status as the captain of the association, you will only have more troubles. ?Perhaps if you open a store today, all the gangs will come over tomorrow to cause trouble. It seems that he took a lot of risks by working for the association. Similarly, he is the captain of the association, and the association is his backer. Except for outlaws, no one wants to be put on a wanted warrant easily. ?Without this identity, you have to rely on yourself to deal with any enemy you encounter. At that time, it will really be a situation of fighting if you can win, and dying if you can''t, with no room for maneuver at all. ??Wu Heng glanced at the woman who was still waiting for his answer, smiled and said: "The association recruited me when I was in difficulty, how can I leave easily." "The captain is quite friendly." Lecia praised professionally and continued: "If there is really a danger one day, and the association is not willing to protect you, you can come directly to the consortium, and the consortium can protect you. Safety." ?Wu Heng raised his head, with some doubts and surprise in his eyes. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 174 ,keep distance Chapter 174, Keep your distance ?Wu Heng looked up in surprise. I saw the other person''s beautiful big eyes, looking at him seriously. Lecia continued: "Captain Wu Heng, I am serious. Not to mention that I can handle the matter for you, but there is still no problem in sending you out of Luntam City." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Thank you very much. I feel Miss Lecia''s kindness. If you need my help, I will do my best." The person in charge of a local consortium still carries sufficient weight. The promise she made to herself was not made casually. ?The relationship between myself and the consortium is considered a cooperative relationship, but I didnt expect that the other party would value me quite a lot. I dont know when it will start. My popularity with women seems to have improved. Really? Lecia asked. "certainly." I still have some performance shortcomings this year, can you help me complete it? Holy shit. Fell into a trap. Um, what performance? Do you still have such a term as performance? Wu Heng asked curiously. For a consortium, is there such a thing as performance? "We still need to exchange the gold. You said you would help me, weren''t you lying?" Lecia continued to ask. ?Wu Heng coughed lightly and said, "I have remembered this matter. When I hear the news, I will help you complete the performance." Okay, thank you very much. The two sat together and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and planned to leave. Lecia walked to the door and continued: "What I just said is true. Remember to come here if you are in danger. In Luntam City and even the surrounding areas, the consortium still has a certain deterrent effect." "I know that if there is danger, I will come to Miss Lecia for help." Well, be safe. The two of them said goodbye, walked directly out of the consortium building, and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. "Master, you are back..." Minnie, who was practicing Kung Fu, rushed up to her and hung it around her neck with a happy face. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her waist and glanced into the living room. Anderweil, who was also wearing a training uniform, also bowed respectfully. ?The store is closed, so the two of them stay at home and practice. Close the door, Minnie hanging on her body comes down, and continues to ask: "Master, do you want to prepare dinner?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and said, "Let''s prepare it later. ''Wen Mansha'' will also come over then and prepare an extra portion." Good master. Minnie agreed. "I''ll go to the study room to read for a while. You can rest after practicing for a while. Don''t get tired." Wu Heng said. Oh oh, okay! ?Wu Heng asked Minnie to make him a cup of coffee, and then entered the study room on the third floor. Take out the two books I harvested today and put them on the table. The first book [Bone Arms]. ?Judging from the content of the book, the magic inspiration of the Bone Arms comes from the protection school in the mage system. Spells of this type can create physical or magical barriers. Can offset the corresponding attack damage, or eliminate one''s own negative status, and even dispel abnormal life forms in the body. ?Wu Heng understood the abnormal life forms here to be some parasites, not bacteria or viruses. More like a poisonous insect in a novel. ?Of course, there are many types of skills for the protection faction. The higher the level, the better the effect. It is not that one skill can achieve all the above effects. ? Bone armor is to use necromancy magic to simulate a armor made of white bones to protect yourself, and it does not prevent you from using leather or iron armor inside. Can form two layers of protection. ?This is still very good, and it greatly improves your own safety. When the book reaches the last page. ?System prompts will appear immediately. Unlock skill: Bone Arms Successfully unlocked the skill. ?Wu Heng stood up and came to the middle of the study. A thought in my mind. ??Necromantic magic spreads outward from the body, wrapping around the whole body like vines to form a armor made of white bones. Wrap every part of the body. Only under the helmet, there is room for eyes, nose and mouth. ? Type, closer to a fully composite iron pot type armor. I took out a mirror and looked at it. Although the shape made of white bones was a bit scary, overall it felt pretty good. Quite handsome. ??It''s like the big boss at the end of the game, full of a strong sense of immediacy. ?Standing in front of the mirror and posing two poses. The magic was dissipated directly, and the bone weapons gradually disappeared. Sit down at the desk again and continue reading the second skill book [Dead Body Cage]. The second skill tendency is closer to the evocation spell. Use necromancy magic to create a cage made of bones to trap or imprison the enemy. The formation of magic can be divided into two forms. ? ?One is a cage formed when there are enough bones of living beings. It only requires mental energy to complete the spell when casting, and can be kept for a long time. The second type is a cage created by necromancy magic, which can temporarily trap the enemy, but cannot be preserved for a long time. Once the supply of magic to the cage is terminated, it will collapse. Actually, this is not a big problem for Wu Heng. ??The zombie world has no shortage of corpses. ??This can also be regarded as one of my own control skills. Gradually read the entire book. But the skill unlock prompt did not appear. Wu Heng frowned for a moment, looked around at the book in his hand, and then at his own panel. "what happened?" From the first page to the last page again. When I read it three times. The prompt will appear. Unlock Skill: Dead Body Cage It should be that the level of the skill is too high, and there is no way to judge the attribute of intelligence. Looked at it three times before unlocking the attribute panel. Put two books on the bookshelf. Not long after, the sound of conversation came from downstairs, followed by Minnie''s shout, "Master, Sister Wen Mansha is here." ?Wu Heng opened the door of the study, "Let her come to the third floor!" Tap tap tap~! ?Clear footsteps sounded, and Wen Mansha, wearing a gorgeous shawl and a blue dress, walked up the stairs. Enter the study room and carefully close the door gently. He glanced at me charmingly and shouted softly: "Master~!" Sit down! Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha took off her shawl and put it on the back of a chair nearby. Swinging her waist lightly, she walked over and sat directly on his lap. Wen Mansha has a plump figure, and her round buttocks wrap her legs like marshmallows. One hand was hanging on his neck, and the other was playing with his hair, and he said softly: "I thought the master didn''t like me. I take the initiative to send him to the door every time. It feels weird. I received a message from the master today. I''m so happy." As he spoke, he put his chin on his shoulder, rolled his red tongue lightly, and bit his earlobe gently. At noon, Wu Heng asked someone to send her a message. The content is simple, come over for dinner in the evening. It didnt say who it was, but Wen Mansha definitely knew who asked her to go to dinner. ?Of course, the main purpose is also to ask about what was explained last time and the following tasks. ??Wu Heng hugged his waist and rubbed his back gently, "Why, didn''t we just meet two days ago?" I miss you! Wen Mansha said softly and put on her red lips again. Hold each other for a while. They slowly separated. The whole person hangs on his body. ??Wu Heng caressed the silky silk skirt and asked: "Have you found any results about the person you asked to investigate?" Wen Mansha said softly: "The investigation is clear. The tavern in the outer city you mentioned is just a small and insignificant business for the wealthy businessman in Ji''anlu''an city. According to the information I found out, the business involves weapons stores, jewelry stores, etc." Shop, mercenaries and local gangs, they belong to the big shots. For a small gang like Wen Mansha. Rich businessmen like Ji Anluan are the biggest financial backers. ??If one day you get support or recognition from such people, you won''t be able to skyrocket, but you can directly get rid of the situation of a small gang. Can be upgraded to several levels. So, he is quite capable. "They are one of the top people in the city. They don''t have much financial resources. They have supported a mercenary group and are related to local gangs. They are also very powerful in terms of strength." Wen Mansha waved her waist lightly. , continued to explain. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seems that this Sky Eye Secret Order is really not simple. Are you running low on gold coins? The master has a conflict with him? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Well, you dont need to worry about this matter for now, I have other tasks for you. Wu Heng continued. Wen Mansha leaned back a little and asked, "What mission?" Wu Heng continued: "The person who assassinated me last time has some clues. The Scorpion Claw Gang and the Association are looking for him. I hope you can find him in advance and kill him or provide me with detailed information directly. " Wen Mansha frowned, and the results of the investigation came out. ?During this time, they were also investigating this matter, but they were only doing it secretly and seemed not as fast as they were there. Who is he? "One of the former captains of the association is no longer a member of the association. He had some conflicts with me before. The Scorpion Claw Gang investigated the suspect''s portrait and it should be him." Wu Heng said directly. When it comes to associations, things are more troublesome than imagined. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and continued: "Do you have a portrait of the other party?" Yes. Wu Heng took out the portrait taken on his tablet and showed it to the other party. What about the level? "Probably a level 9 or 10 warrior. He was originally the captain of the association and has rich combat experience. If you want to take action, be careful." Wu Heng said. "Well, after I got back, I immediately asked people to make arrangements. My people were very efficient in gathering information." Wen Mansha said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s up to you." Dont worry, Master, if he dares to attack you, we will catch him out. Wen Mansha said firmly. "Um." The two of them talked for a while in the study. ?Minnies voice calling for dinner came from downstairs. The two of them straightened their clothes, walked down the stairs together, and sat at the dining table to eat. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. At the front desk, I got a few replies. Go to the lounge. ??Wu Heng took the lead in tearing open Slaters reply. Sure enough, it is about the Secret Order. In Slater''s understanding. ?The Celestial Eye Secret Order is a mysterious organization composed of a group of wealthy and powerful people. In the early years, it was not exposed to the eyes of the general public. It is a secretive organization that operates behind the scenes. But in recent years, it has begun to recruit members and has become more active. ? Recently, there have been signs in many places that the Secret Order is trying to infiltrate the association, and this department is also investigating this matter seriously. From his words, it can be seen that Slater is very afraid of them. And the last warning given to him was. Dont believe everything they say, keep your distance. (End of this chapter) Chapter 175 , the same goal Chapter 175, the same goal An organization composed of the wealthy and powerful. These two points are enough to prove that they control a large part of the resources. Even if it cannot be compared with the earlier famous forces such as associations and consortiums, it is by no means a small organization like a local gang or a cult. Otherwise, the association would not be afraid of them invading the interior. Slater also solemnly reminded himself to stay away from them. After seeing this. Thinking about Yazd before, the secret order and the contents of his agreement, it is not difficult to guess. ?They helped Yazd survive. As a deal, Yazd became their internal spy, collecting some intelligence trends, or directly helping to complete some things. As long as you become a captain or a deacon, you can do a lot of things. Later, when those people invited Wu Heng to join, they probably had the same idea. They need spies in the association. It doesnt really matter whether they are Ya Zide or not. Perhaps a lot of people in the association have been bribed at this time. After all, wealth is the goal that everyone pursues. According to the agreement between myself and the people of the Secret Order, it was already time for the transaction. Either give yourself 80 gold coins to buy back two rare items. Otherwise Wu Heng would donate it directly to the association in exchange for merit. Its just that the other party hasnt contacted me yet. I dont know if I am making any preparations. You should be more careful or take the initiative to eliminate some hidden dangers. Slater''s letter contains a second page. The content is about some personal issues. She said that she really likes the bracelet she gave her before parting. Now she wears it every day. When she sees the bracelet, it feels like Wu Heng is by her side. Then there were some changes and personnel transfers in Blackstone Town. They are all scattered news. Although there are no explicit words. But you can still feel the longing between the lines, like a long-distance relationship. At this time, Slater feels significantly different from before. She is not like a strong woman who runs Money Cat and is the deacon of the association, but more like an ordinary woman. ?Wu Heng read it with a smile on his face. To be honest, after reading the letter, I missed the other party a little bit. ??It would be great if I could go anywhere with the bronze key. I could also go to Blackstone Town to visit the other party. After reading Slaters reply, he took out the second one. As soon as I opened it, I saw scrawled handwriting that was almost like my own, and I knew it was a letter from Yuri. The first sentence at the beginning was to ask herself why the comics given to her were all runes she couldn''t understand. She even compared the runes with books but couldn''t translate the contents. You can only look at the pictures and guess a rough plot. It is very uncomfortable to scratch the heart and liver. Let Wu Heng translate it for her and hand it over to her again when the time comes. Otherwise, come directly and let him read the content in person. Although the words are not polite. But Wu Heng and Yuli have the best relationship in the team. Still a somewhat wild, yet carefree child. After reading Yuris letter, there was also a reply from Altluk, the former captain of Blackstone Town. The content is only simple politeness and asking him to pay attention to his safety. ?Wu Heng took out the letter paper and replied to the three of them in turn. The reply to Slater asked her to continue to collect some intelligence about the Secret Order. After all, she belonged to the Secret Whisperer. There must be some internal methods to exchange intelligence information. At the same time, he mentioned that he had killed a wanted criminal and obtained the "Blood Cup", a rare item from the "Secret Order", and the other party wanted to buy it back with money. ?Whether it is better to sell it to the other party, or hand it over directly to the association. The reason why Wu Heng mentioned this matter. It also leaves a way out for oneself. Slater mentioned in his mind that the association was investigating the Secret Order''s infiltration into the association. Don''t make random inquiries and implicate yourself. Having this letter, you can prove the reason why you are connected with the "Secret Order". It would be more reasonable for a newly hired captain to consult some former leaders on what to do. The second reply is to Yuli. Listed several main characters and relationships in the comics for her. Let her understand the general meaning and plot direction. The rest may be translated for her when possible. ??It is not easy to translate such a thick stack of comics. Not to mention that my writing skills here are not that smooth. The last is a reply to Altluk, roughly writing about the situation here. When all is written, put it in the sealing wax. Open the door and ask the staff to send it to the front desk to mail it out within two days. Sit in the lounge for a while. ?Wu Heng planned to get up and leave. With a creak, the door to the lounge was pushed open. ?The team member Mata strode in wearing leather armor and carrying a long bow. Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the lounge, he immediately said: "Captain, I have obtained information about a wanted criminal. Is it convenient now?" ?Wu Heng was assassinated last time, and there is no accurate information about the murderer. In fact, it is not a good time to go on a mission. But for arresting wanted criminals, if this period of time is missed, the target may leave the city in two days. If you want to catch it again, you wont have such good conditions now. What information? Wu Heng asked. Mata sat down aside and said directly: "I received news that some people have come from the outer area of ??the city and are contacting several gangs. They want to sell a batch of goods. They are most likely wanted criminals who are at large." Actually, wanted criminals are not difficult to identify. If you are cautious and hide in everything you do, you are likely to be a wanted criminal. In the outer area of ??the city? "Well, it''s at the Black Antelope Tavern in the outer area of ??the city. It''s a mixed bag of people there, and there are all kinds of people there. Some wanted criminals will live there, and no one will care about it." Marta continued to introduce. ?Wu Heng sat in his seat and thought for a while. ?Although Anel has not been caught yet, it is basically confirmed that he was the one who did it. As long as you are careful, it is actually not a big problem. ??You can''t hide here all the time and not go out to complete the task. After thinking about it, he said directly: "Send someone to notify Duke. When he comes, we will set off." Okay captain. Marta stood up and ordered the staff outside the door. Sit back in the lounge and wait silently. Not long after, Duke walked in swaggeringly, carrying a battle ax and a piece of scone. Saw Wu Heng and Marta, both sitting in the lounge. Smiled a little sheepishly. He rolled up the pancake and stuffed it into his backpack, and said, "Captain, do you have a mission?" ??Wu Heng nodded, "Marta brought mission information. This time it''s an area outside the city. Let''s go there together." Good captain. The three of them made simple preparations. ??He walked out of the association directly and walked towards the outer city. Blackbuck Point Tavern. ?Several people pushed open the door and entered. In an instant, I felt several eyes looking over at me with vigilance. This period of time has passed. ?Each gang or some organization already knows that the association has established a new 12-team team. Moreover, the characteristics of Wuheng are very obvious, and they are probably rare in the entire Luntam City. Coupled with the local Duke and Marta, as long as they go out, they will most likely be recognized as members of the association. ?Wu Heng and others entered the tavern and sat down at an empty seat. ??The bartender immediately came over with a smile on his face and asked what he wanted to drink. The three of them ordered drinks and some side dishes. Looking exactly like he was here to eat. The drinks were served, and the three of them chatted while eating. Seeing that there was no movement, everyone''s eyes gradually relaxed and they were no longer so vigilant. Marta took a sip of beer and said softly: "The person on the stairs leading to the second floor is the sentry. They booked a room upstairs, but I don''t know which room it is in and whether the other person is a wanted criminal." Theres no rush, wait first. Wu Heng said directly. At the same time, he released the ghost Glenda, and with a simple gesture, Glenda flew directly upstairs. Gradually, there were more and more people in the tavern. ?Some people began to make loud noises, drink and brag, and even hugged the girl who brought the wine and began to touch her hands. ? ? Women dont dodge, they can get some tips by simply catering to them. Duke and Marta both behaved a little unnaturally. ?While drinking, his eyes began to scan around involuntarily. Performing a poor performance as hard as possible. Fortunately, it was noisy here, and in addition to them, people from various gangs also came in. There are not enough people monitoring everywhere. Not long after, Glenda flew down from upstairs and entered Wu Heng''s body. At the same time, the scene in the room upstairs appeared in front of me. There are two different groups of people sitting on both sides of a long square table. ?One side is obviously a local gang, the clothes are a bit sloppy, but the bare arms and wrists all have uniform gang tattoos. On the other side, there are several middle-aged men wearing silver armor, who dont look like characters to be trifled with. The leading man had a hideous horizontal scar on his face, like a centipede lying on his face. When he came out, Wu Heng specifically checked the association''s wanted notice. ??The scarred man in sight is very close to someone on the wanted list, a wanted criminal with level 3 meritorious service. ?Glendas perspective is probably from sitting on the side of the wooden table. ?Like a Go referee, watching the negotiations between the two parties. "The price is already 20% lower than the market price. If this batch of goods wasn''t so hot, do you think there would be such a bargain?" The man with the scar said solemnly. The gang leader sneered and said: "That being said, you are asking for ready-made silver coins. Which gang can take out so much money at once, unless it is a consortium or a few big business groups, but will they trade with you?" You dont want this batch of goods? The scarred man continued to ask. Give me the goods today and I will sell them to you within three days. Then we will share the money and everyone will make money. The gang leader continued. As soon as these words came out, the room instantly fell into silence. The people on Scar''s side seemed not to have expected that the other side would come up with such an empty-handed method. He actually had the nerve to say it. This is to divide the goods equally with yourself without paying a penny. The goods that my group fought hard to rob, they are more like bandits than my group. It took a while to react. With a bang, the scarred man punched the table. Drinks were splashed everywhere. The men and horses on both sides looked alert for a moment, although they did not draw their weapons. But he also held his hand on the handle of the knife. What? Not satisfied? The gang leader asked without fear at all. "It seems that you don''t have the slightest sincerity, so please leave without seeing me off." The scarred man directly issued an eviction order. ?The gangster raised his eyebrows and continued: "Not satisfied? We can talk more..." See here. Your vision begins to change. ?Glenda passed through the wall and flew back again. Captain, what are we waiting for? Duke asked in a low voice from the side, with a stern look on his face, as if he was drinking to escape the bill. ?Wu Heng recovered his thoughts and also lowered his voice, "In the private room on the third floor, we can confirm that the other party is a level three wanted criminal." Another Level 3 wanted criminal. ?Level 3 wanted criminals are basically above level 10 and have committed relatively serious crimes. ? Even if we have killed level 3 wanted criminals before, it is still relatively dangerous for the team. Well! If there are no twins, its him. Wu Heng replied. ??Marta continued to ask: "Captain, how many are there?" There are four in the room, and those guarding outside should also have their people. Wu Heng said. Captain, when will we start? "hold on." The two nodded and continued eating. Not long after, a group of people came down from upstairs. ??Wu Heng glanced and saw that it was the group of gang members who had just been bargaining with each other in the private room. It seemed that the negotiation was not a pleasant one, as he walked down the street cursing. Scar and those people didnt send it out either. Wait for the gang members to leave. ?Wu Heng winked at the two of them. The two of them understood each other, and just about to get up, they rushed upstairs together to start the fight. Sudden. There was a crash. ?In another corner, five people suddenly jumped up, three of them ran up the stairs, and two of them jumped up on the spot and climbed up from the guardrail to the second floor. He rushed toward the room where the scarred man was. They are from the fifth team. Duke immediately recognized several people. Wu Heng and others sat back on their chairs. Special circumstances have arisen in the plan. Its not just you who is eyeing these people, there are also other teams in the association. It seems that the news that they are looking for someone to trade here has spread. What to do? Marta asked. Lets take a look at the situation first! Wu Heng said. The fifth team obviously came before them and took action the moment they stood up. Obviously he is afraid that he will take away their credit. Clang, bang! Immediately afterwards, there was a fierce fight upstairs. They jumped out of the window, chasing... Follow them. ??One shout after another rang out. Two members of the team ran past him and rushed out. ?Wu Heng stood up and took a few people directly upstairs to take a look. Tables were overturned and windows were opened. Apparently he ran away directly. Escaped, Black Feather saw them chasing them in the alley, disappearing into the crowd, Marta said. ?Black Feather is Martas tamed beast. ?Standing outside all the time, I can share the vision with Marta. "If it weren''t for them, this wanted criminal would be ours." Duke said angrily. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corridor on the second floor out of the corner of his eye and said, "It has nothing to do with us. Go back and eat." Sit on the first floor for a while. A few people left directly. After walking out of the tavern and stopping in a secluded place, Wu Heng gave a brief explanation. Changed his appearance and headed towards the Black Antelope Point Tavern again. In front of the bar. ??Wu Heng deliberately disguised himself, using the phantom veil to transform into a female mercenary with brown hair, slightly dark skin, and a wide body. Beside him, Bassen and Bawudong, who also changed their clothes and wore full double iron helmets, followed. After waiting for a while, a short man with a slight limp walked over. He sat down next to him and looked at the strange female mercenary in front of him curiously. After looking at it for a while, he said: "Which mercenary group is there? Why haven''t you seen her before?" Does it depend on the background when trading with you? Wu Heng looked up. "Haha, that''s not necessary." The lame man continued: "We do have a batch of goods to sell, and we only need ready-made silver coins." ?Although the man couldn''t see through the superficial disguise, he seemed to be aware of something different. A pair of eyes kept scanning up and down. He looked at the other guests in the surrounding taverns. But I never found anything special, so we continued chatting. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and continued: "Money is not an issue. I can also give you silver coins, but I have to see the goods first. If you are not satisfied, there is no need to continue talking." Thank God_Yu, for the reward Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 176 , Strange Object Ticket Chapter 176, Strange Object Ticket The fifth team failed to arrest, and Scar Man and others dispersed in a hurry. It is obviously impossible to use the previous method of waiting and waiting. ?Furthermore, the other party may get rid of the goods as soon as possible and choose to leave here directly. When Wu Heng returned here in disguise, he actually recognized the lame man among them. During the previous exploration of ''Glenda'', a lame figure had appeared. ?Everyone ran away. The lame man was a step slower due to his own reasons, but escaped and did not attract the attention of the fifth team. ?Wu Heng discovered him when he was exploring the room. There was no publicity or arrest. Instead, he disguised himself as a woman and returned here as a mercenary to explore the deal. When the other party hears him shouting about who has released the news and has something in hand. So he took the initiative to come forward. The lame man sat in front of the bar and looked up at the obese woman in front of him. Hearing that the money was not short of money, he put away his impatient tone and said: "Our goods are absolutely reliable and the prices are more favorable than those on the market. But before we take you to see them, we need to confirm your financial resources. No." Words of mouth, but real money. The lame man looked at the other party and winked at him again, shuddered, and added: "We only trade goods, and we don''t involve anything else." Ogle is a side effect of strange objects. The wearer cannot control it even if he wants to. So, Wu Heng changed her image into a strong woman. Its not ugly, but its hard for normal men to accept this image unless they have some special hobbies. ?Wu Heng said nothing and waved his hand back casually. Bassen behind him casually threw two money bags on the table. The silver coins inside collided and rattled. This is not enough to buy our goods Before the lame man finished speaking, his eyes gradually widened following the movements behind him. ?Then he saw the other party take out another bright gold coin and place them on the table one by one. The boss behind the counter who was wiping the wine glasses also changed his expression instantly. ?Picked up the rag and covered the gold coins, and said: "If you two want to discuss business, you can go to the private room upstairs. It''s better to have a simple chat here." The tavern is not a safe place to do business. Mercenaries, gang members, all gathered here. Even if its just for a drink or a meal. ??But seeing these golden gold coins may also arouse some greedy thoughts. When a melee breaks out, the tavern will suffer considerable losses. Is it enough to buy your goods? Wu Heng collected all the gold coins and put them in his arms. ??The lame man also looked away and immediately said: "Please wait a moment, I will inform our boss and I will discuss it with you in detail." ??Wu Heng looked at him, his tone still calm, "Your boss is not here? It seems that you are not sincere." "No, no, we did discuss it directly here before. There were some accidents just now. You also know that we will sell the goods to you at a low price. There are some things that are not convenient for us to come forward." The lame man continued. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I will only wait for you to have a glass of wine. If the time is up and you don''t come, it means that we are not destined to cooperate. We will cooperate again when there is an opportunity in the future." The lame man saw the financial resources of the other party and naturally did not want to miss this buyer. He immediately said: "Don''t worry, we are very sincere and we can give you an answer in the time of a glass of wine." After saying that, he hurriedly left. ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took another sip. ?? He winked at the invisible ghost in mid-air, quickly walked through the wall, and followed the lame man away. ?Although these people fled in all directions, if they had the goods, they obviously had a base. Just determine the location of this place. ?That man with the scar is most likely with the goods. Just wait. It is not uncommon for wanted criminals to trade with gangs and mercenaries. ??Its more common here. Otherwise, most of the wanted criminals would have starved to death outside without being able to enter the city and without supplies. Selling stolen goods through these people is also a means of maintaining one''s own life. ?Wu Heng sat at the bar and waited for a while. Three or four groups of people entered the tavern in the name of drinkers one after another. After observing the situation, they turned around and left. Not long after, the ghost Glenda who had been arranged to follow floated back directly and got into Wu Hengs body. The scene just now was also shared in my mind. The lame man crossed a large section of the street. Entered a courtyard in a residential area. There were some people gathered inside, including the man with the scar. But his condition was not very good. One arm was dripping with blood. It seemed that he had fought with someone while escaping. The lame man told Scar about the situation in the tavern. ?The other party arranged for many people to come in and investigate. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the picture brought back by ''Glenda''. When we were in the tavern, there were only four or five people, which was not too much. But at the warehouse in the courtyard, the number of people reached 9, each of them with a fierce look, wearing armor and carrying a sword. Looks like its not easy to deal with. Its not easy to do! ?The other party has a large number of people, and he has shown that he has a certain amount of financial resources with him. If you pretend to be someone else and trade with them, you may be in danger. ?After thinking for a while, he slowly got up and walked towards the second floor. ?Entering an empty private room, taking off the veil, and changing Basen and Bawudong back to their original attire. He walked down from the second floor again. When passing through the pub on the first floor. ??The lame man stood in front of the bar, slapped his thigh, and muttered, "It''s too late, the other person really left." ?Wu Heng ignored it and walked out of the tavern with his people. Go towards the other side. Crossing a street and entering another pub. Duke and Marta were sitting at the table waiting silently. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they immediately opened their seats for him. After he sat down, Duke immediately asked: "Captain, how are you doing?" We found where they are. There are 9 of them in total. They all seem to be of a low level. Wu Heng said softly. What now? Duke asked. The wanted criminal is a middle-aged man with a scar on his face. Our only target is him. If the others escape, we dont need to chase them. We just need to keep the target behind, Wu Heng said. The two nodded to express their understanding. "The opponent has a large number of people, and the fifth team just made them nervous. Be careful, don''t cause us to be injured because of this kind of thing." Wu Heng continued to warn. Understood, Captain. ?After a few people chatted briefly, they paid and walked out of the tavern. He walked toward the courtyard where the wanted criminal was. ~. Shared arrows roared out, instantly piercing through the alley and leaning against the eyeliner on the wall. The black feathers of the tame beast flying in the sky also swooped down instantly. ??Caught the Ranger Tamer who was standing on the eaves, and bit off the whole head in one bite. Fight in! Wu Heng said directly. ?The people no longer hid and quickly rushed into the alley. Duke hit the wooden door directly, bang~bang! After two sounds, the wooden door was slammed open. The moment of opening. Swish swish swish~! Several arrows were suddenly shot out from the courtyard. Duke''s plate armor bounced off two arrows, and Wu Heng pulled him aside. The rest jingled into the wall behind him. After a round of arrows. Bassen and Bawudong quickly appeared at the door and pulled the trigger on the figure inside. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets poured out quickly, sweeping towards the people who were shooting arrows. For a time, each other''s arrows and bullets passed through the narrow courtyard gate and shot towards the opposite side. Smoke bomb! Wu Heng said. Duke took out a few smoke bombs, lit them quickly, blew on the fuses a few times, and then threw them directly along the wall into the courtyard. ?Just after hearing a loud curse inside. ?Bang~bang a few times. Dense smoke instantly filled the courtyard. The sound of violent dry coughing followed. Fight in! Wu Heng continued. Bassen and Bawudong rushed in with rifles and started shooting at close range. For a time, the wailing continued. Just when Duke put on his scarf and was about to rush in for a close fight. Mata said directly: "Captain, Scar and two others are planning to leave by jumping over the wall from the south." Wu Heng''s heart moved, "Let''s go, we can''t let him escape." Hurry around the corner, he saw Scarface jumping down from the wall with two others. ? Duke roared and bumped into the opponent before he hit the ground. A dull thud, a crashing sound. Knock the opponent two or three meters away. ??Duke raised the battle ax in his hand and struck it down on the head. ??Scar''s face changed drastically, he drew his sword and blocked it in front of him. The battle ax struck the broad-edged long sword with a clang, and was pulled aside. Kicked Duke away, holding the sword with murderous intent on his face. ?Wu Heng raised the pistol in his hand, bang bang bang~! He fired several shots in succession, and before the other two people could stand still, he shot through the chest and head, killing them directly. ?Scarface saw there were two more people, so he turned around and ran away. ?Wu Heng extended one hand forward and grasped it tightly with five fingers. Kaba Kaba! A huge cage of bones suddenly rose from the ground, trapping him inside. Hes from Team 12. Scarface said coldly. "Surrender, you have no way to escape." Wu Heng said. Scarface sneered, "If it were another team, maybe I would have fallen into trouble here, but you guys may not have this ability." The next second, there was an extra scroll in his hand. A flame spread along the long sword. Turn around and slash horizontally. Bang~! With a muffled sound, the long sword stood on the bones of the cage. The entire bone prison began to shake violently. Kill him. Wu Heng said directly. Ah! Duke roared, approaching with his battle ax. ??Wu Heng controlled the bone prison to open an entrance, and Duke got directly in and fought with the opponent. ??Mata jumped up to the wall in one step, pulling the long bow string like a harp, and arrows quickly penetrated the gaps in the bone prison and shot towards the opponent''s location. ?Wu Heng maintained the supply to the bone prison, raised his hand and fired a few shots with "bang bang". But the opponent''s movements are more sensitive, and it is difficult to aim when fighting Duke. Put away the pistol and continue to unleash your skills. [Pathogenic Ray][Debilitating Ray] hits the opponent instantly. ?Scar''s face was ugly. He swung his long sword away from the battle axe, and raised his hand to tear two more scrolls apart. The next second. The negative state on his body disappeared, and at the same time, a scorching ring of fire spread out from around him. Knock Duke out and then burn the bones in the cage. Swish swish~! The arrow roared at him again, and the opponent quickly rolled to avoid it. ?At the same time, Bassen and Bawudong in the courtyard also turned over from the other side of the wall. Go in and kill him. Wu Heng controlled the bone prison to open a passage. The two of them entered it directly. The three men began to besiege Scarface. ? Duke is no match for the opponent, and with Wu Heng and Marta, it will be difficult to win in a short time. But Bawudong is a level 12 orthodox profession. His own strength may not be as good as Scarface. After joining the battle, immediately reverse the situation and start to press the opponent and attack. In the midst of a violent fight. Ba Wudong shattered the opponent''s throat with one punch. ??Bassen''s short blade pierced his heart from under his ribs. The scarred face had a fierce look in his eyes, but his body began to weaken little by little. Finally died in the bone prison with his eyes open. Wu Heng received a prompt to increase his experience. means the other person is dead. Disperse the cage of bones. ?Several people walked over slowly, dragging the body. ??Wu Heng glanced around and continued: "Carry all the corpses into the yard." ?Several people dragged the body into the yard next to it. There were corpses all over the ground inside. In the melee, no one escaped, they were all lying here. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and said: "Duke, stay at the entrance of the alley. If anyone comes in, tell them that we are on a mission, and Marta will go and count their goods to see if there are any other good things. " Good captain. The two of them took the order and left quickly. ??Wu Heng looked at the scar-faced corpse on the ground and began to pick off the opponent''s equipment. In addition to armor and weapons, there are more than two hundred silver coins and a scroll in the purse. And a somewhat weird prop. Ghost Train Ticket (Wonderful Object) (Description: With this ticket, you can ride the legendary ghost train ''once'', which is an important prop to unlock the secret of the ghost train.) Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 177 , arrest the person and then leave Chapter 177: Arrest the person before leaving Ticket? A curious object ticket. ?Wu Heng reacted instantly. No wonder, he was able to transport so much goods here and also required buyers to pay all in ready silver coins. Silver coins are also metals, and when they reach a certain amount, they are also a heavy burden. Silver coins can meet more than 90% of the transaction needs on the market. The emergence of gold coins largely solved the problem of silver coins being heavy and difficult to transport. With this ticket, they dont need ordinary means of transportation at all. You can take the ghost train directly and leave here. At the same time, Wu Heng also noticed that the last paragraph in the description was an important tool for unlocking the secret of the ghost train. secret? Important props? This ticket is also a pre-props for a special mission. ?Wu Heng stood aside and thought briefly. Still released [Conversation with the Dead] on the corpse. The scar-faced corpse suddenly sat up from the ground, its gray eyes looking this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "How can I get where I want to go when I get on the train with this ticket?" The corpse replied, "As long as you tell the train the city you are going to, or the specified direction and distance, the train will start." What is the price of the rare objects? Wu Heng continued to ask. Any strange thing has a price. But the ticket in front of me was not written out. The corpse replied, "There is no price for the ticket, but if you ride the ghost train, you will lose all your senses." ?Wu Heng was stunned. In other words, the ticket is a strange thing, and the train is also a strange thing. There is no price for the ticket, but there is a price for using the train. Think about it carefully. Continue to ask the third question, Whats the secret of the ghost train? The corpse thought for a moment and replied, "I don''t know." It seems that the way I asked is wrong. ?Continued to ask: In addition to riding on my own, how else can I use the ticket? ?The corpse paused again, and after a while, answered, "I heard that if you don''t go to the designated destination after getting on the train, the train will take you directly to the ghost station." Um! After getting on the train, if you dont tell your destination, the train will go back. ?There is one last question left. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are these all your goods? Are there any others?" No more, its all here. After answering, he lay back on the ground with a bang. At this time, Mata also came over from a distance. He said: "Captain, you''d better come and take a look. There are a lot of goods here." ?Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the sound. Enter the house on one side. I saw piles of leather and cloth, as well as seeds of some unknown crops. There were quite a few of them. ?Wu Heng also widened his eyes in surprise. ?These people actually brought such a large batch of goods with them and planned to sell them in the city. ?No wonder those gang members cant eat it. Mata said: "Captain, I''m afraid these goods will have bad luck getting out." ??If this is transported out of the country, I''m afraid it will be a bit troublesome. ??If one car is pulled out, it is likely to attract the attention of local gangs again. There will only be more trouble. ??Wu Heng thought for a while and continued: "Marta, you went to the Snake Emblem Consortium to find Lecia and asked me to borrow the storage sachet from her." Good captain. ?Marta walked out a little excitedly. Not long after, a mercenary team came over escorting a carriage. Stop outside the alley. ?Lecia, the local head of the Snake Emblem Consortium, slowly stepped out of the carriage wearing leather armor. Following Mata, they entered the small courtyard together. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he saw her coming. After all, its not a big deal, so its not a good idea to bother people to come in person. Miss Lecia wants to go there in person. Wu Heng said hello proactively. ?Lecia walked to his side, rolled her eyes at him, and said in a low voice: "Do you think the consortium''s things can be borrowed casually? Arrange a team member to go over and just want to borrow it from me." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "Huh? It''s because I didn''t think well enough." "How do you want to use it? I sent it to you personally." Lecia said. ?Wu Heng felt that Lecia was really good to him. Except for his two team members, none of the members in the association may value themselves as highly as the other party. He thought for a while and said to her: "I was afraid that you would be busy before, but now that you are here, you can come with me to have a look. If the consortium has ideas, we can give them to you first." Oh? Lecia followed behind and walked towards the room on one side. ?The door opened and I saw the goods piled inside. Yours? Lecia asked. ??Wu Heng explained: "To capture a wanted criminal, these are his goods, and of course they are our spoils now." Lecia raised her eyebrows and continued: "The consortium does not do this kind of business. I have some sales channels myself, but it depends on what price Captain Wu Heng gives me." After saying that, there was something profound. He winked. It seems to be saying, based on our friendship, if you pay me too much, it would be a bit too much. ??Wu Heng said directly: "If I give it to you, it will be 30% lower than the market price." Lecia slowly walked two steps into the warehouse. When Wu Heng caught up with her, she held her arm affectionately and said in a low voice: "Captain, I''ll take it personally. It''s hard for me to afford such a high price." , give it a little lower, and I will be with the consortium to make it up to you, and neither of us will suffer. " Hey guys, you can still do this. Whether it is the deacon of the association or the resident director of the consortium. After reaching a certain height, there are many ways to make money. Otherwise, in a remote place like Blackstone Town, Yazd could have saved a huge sum of money and even purchased real estate in the inner city of Luntam City. It can be said that the way you want to make money increases with your status. Then how much do you want? Another 20% reduction! Ahem~! Wu Heng coughed lightly and said: "You are crazy. This is not my own goods. My team members have also seen it. I sold it to you at such a low price. How much money do they think I made from it." "Your two team members have just joined the job. Without you, they can''t even get involved with wanted criminals at this level. It''s not you who has the final say." Lecia tightened the opponent''s arm again. Said: "Then let''s each take a step back and reduce it by 40%. In the future, if the consortium entrusts it, I will help you take care of it. I will definitely not suffer any loss." Wait a minute, Ill discuss it with the team members. "You are still the captain, do you think you have to deal with this little thing?" As you said, I am a captain and not a bandit. ??Wu Heng walked out of the warehouse, called the team members who were waiting at the door to chat quietly, and told them what happened inside. "If we agree to give the goods to her, we don''t have to worry about these goods anymore, but the price will be lower than selling to the gang. It is faster and more efficient. If we don''t want to sell to her, the profit will be slightly higher, but it will be troublesome. Many, we will ship out and find buyers. Captain, its up to you, what do you want to do? Duke said directly. ??Marta also said: "Captain, our team has a lot of things to do recently. Why don''t we just leave this place to the consortium. It doesn''t matter if we make less money." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Marta, have you counted the goods?" I made a rough count, but didnt calculate it in detail. Well, thats probably fine. Ill tell her that Ill give these goods to her and ask her to send us the money in the next two days. "OK." The two of them were quite excited. This batch of goods is enough for them to get a lot of money. ?Wu Heng walked into the warehouse again, and Lecia was looking through the goods. Looking back, "How was it?" These goods are yours. Lecia smiled brightly and said, "Thank you very much, Captain Wu Heng. I will have someone count the goods tonight and send the money to you tomorrow morning." Okay, Ill leave this to you. We still have something to do, so well leave first. Okay, nice to work with. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked people to load the body onto a cart and rush towards the association. Go all the way back to the association to take the body to the morgue and then register it. The sky is getting darker. A farmhouse located in the central area. ??This residence is extremely spacious, with front and rear gardens and high pavilions. It is considered a first-class building in the entire central area. ?Every ten steps, burly guards wearing silver armor stood. Looking coldly, guarding his position. ?Hand holding a sandalwood crutch, Gianluan sat on the sofa in the hall and looked at the documents delivered to him. Not long after, a slightly embarrassed figure staggered in. Seeing the white-haired old man sitting in front of him, he bowed slightly and said: "Mr. Ji''anluan, now my portrait has appeared in the association, and several gang members outside are also looking for me. I want to leave here, please give me Get a carriage ready, I''m leaving tonight." ??The black cloak was taken off, revealing the image of a middle-aged man with hair and beard rolled out of felt. He was none other than the ''Anel'' who failed to assassinate Wu Heng. Gianluan motioned for him to sit down and asked the maid to prepare cakes. ?Anel used his dirty hands to grab the food and stuffed it into his mouth, devouring it. The previous elegant and steady image is gone at all. Ji''anluan took a sip of the red wine in his hand and continued: "You have been the captain for so many years, and you still fail to assassinate a mage." "He is different..." Anel swallowed the food hard and continued: "There is something wrong with him. When Yazd failed, I planned to kill him directly and then put the crime on him, but he His melee ability is not worse than mine. I dont mean his skills, but his strength and reaction ability. If a new professional has no lower strength than me, there must be something wrong with him. "Oh? According to intelligence, he has just become a professional not long ago." Gianluan shook the wine glass in his hand. Otherwise, you think there must be something special about why Yazd chose him. Ji''anluan nodded, "That makes sense." Prepare a carriage for me. I want to leave here. This kid is so weird. Anel said while eating. Ji''anluan looked at him and said: "Do one more thing for me. After you finish it, I will prepare a carriage for you tomorrow and you can leave directly." ?Anel raised his head and said with a slightly anxious tone, "The whole city is looking for me. I can''t wait that long. I have to leave tonight." "You don''t need to take action against him. Go and capture his two maids. I will prepare horses for you then." I cant wait. Ji Anluan continued to increase his investment, "Five thousand silver coins, go to a remote place, and live a lifetime without worrying about food and drink." "Are you crazy? Let me arrest people in the inner city?" Anel was tempted, but still doubted the feasibility of this matter. "I will arrange everything. It won''t be you yourself. I will arrange a few people for you to go and come back quickly. Remember not to die, I want to be alive." ?Anel fell silent. Finish the food on the plate. Lie on the sofa and look at the ceiling. After a while, he spoke calmly. Get the carriage and gold coins ready. Ill leave as soon as Im done. "Can!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 178 , fight to the death (first update, haven鈥檛 made it up yet) Chapter 178, Endless Death (First update, not compiled yet.) The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng first went to the Snake Emblem Consortium. Withdraw all the payment for the goods sold yesterday. After all, he was the one who made the deal with Lecia, so he needs to be more attentive to money matters. After leaving the consortium, Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?As soon as he entered the lobby, he met several female staff members and greeted them with smiles on their faces, "Good morning, Captain Wu Heng." Well, good morning. Wu Heng replied. Just a few steps away, another member of the team waved to this side, "You''re here so early, Captain Wu Heng." Yeah, good morning. ?Wu Heng replied with a smile, but also had some doubts in his heart. When did my popularity become so good? In the past, ordinary staff also called themselves captain, but only when negotiating work, unlike now, they would say hello from a distance. Some professionals who took on tasks in the lobby of the alley cast curious glances. Those who knew it was the captain of the newly formed team, and those who didnt know thought it was the deacon from a certain area who came over. I touched my face subconsciously, and there seemed to be no difference. Without stopping, he went directly to the team lounge. Opening the door, Duke and Marta were sitting in the room chatting. ?Seeing him come in, he stood up and said hello. ??Wu Heng nodded and asked: "What''s going on with the association today? Are everyone saying hello to me, both those I know and those I don''t know?" Duke thought for a moment and said, "Oh! We sent the body back yesterday, and the identity has been verified. The team was recorded with a third-level meritorious service, and the news spread throughout the association." ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment and was about to ask what this had to do with saying hello. Then immediately, he reacted. ?His team has just been established, and there are only three people. Under such circumstances, killing several third-level wanted criminals in succession can be a signal. Not to mention how powerful it is, it can be considered a team with great potential. At this pace, Wu Heng will be promoted to deputy deacon or deacon before long, and Duke and Marta may also become captains. At that time, if you still stay in Luntam City, you will be the leader of these people. There must be a large number of people who have the mentality of establishing a good relationship in advance. Well, thats what happened. After Wu Heng figured it out, he took out 9 gold coins from the space ring and put them on the table. He said: "This is the money for the consortium''s settlement. We have a total of 9,000 silver coins to settle. It''s hard for you to get the silver coins, so I let the consortium pay for it." gold." Wow, there are so many. Duke reached out and wiped his chin, almost drooling. 9 gold coins may not seem like much, but they are already a considerable amount of income. At least, with the income of ordinary residents, it is possible that they will not be able to save so many gold coins in their lifetime. Lets divide it! Wu Heng divided the gold coin into three parts and placed it in front of the other two people. Thank you, Captain. Duke smiled. I should thank Marta for the information she provided. Oh, thank you, Sister Marta. Duke thanked Marta again. Thank you, Captain, I didnt do much in the battle. ?A few people gave in to each other and collected the money. Then, Wu Heng went to the front desk and took out the bounty for the wanted criminal. There were a total of 720 silver coins, which were divided among three people. Everyone is very happy, after all, the income is not low. Captain, with our current achievements, can we become captain? Duke asked. Wu Heng thought about what Altluk once told him, and explained: "In addition to merit, you also need to reach level 8, or have special performance. Now, you already have the foundation to become a captain. As long as Once you reach the level, you can submit an application to the headquarters. The captain of the association is required to be at level 8 and obtain at least one level 3 meritorious service. It doesnt look difficult. But these two requirements actually hinder the promotion of most people. The captain of the team is level 8, and the wanted criminal with level 3 merit is level 10 or above, and has strong own strength and followers. It cannot be accomplished by an ordinary team. Even if there are such wanted criminals, most of them are like those in Blackstone Town, led by deacons or deputy deacons to carry out encirclement and suppression operations. There are very few people who are as tough as the Wu Heng team. ??Duke chuckled and said, "We have all benefited from you, captain. The other teams have not caught many wanted criminals for such a long time." Yes, its so fast to follow the captains lead. Marta also flattered. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said, "Don''t underestimate these wanted criminals. None of them are easy to deal with. You should also be careful of their accomplices." Wu Heng knew how much his team weighed. ??It''s nothing more than using firearms to be able to make random attacks when the opponent has little convenience. Crush most of the enemies into a sieve, and only rely on a few skeletons to surround the remaining ones that are difficult to kill. In fact, the teams own strength is not high. It is difficult for just the 12 members of Team 12 to kill the wanted criminals. I understand, Captain. The two nodded. "Okay, there''s nothing going on here. You go back first. Don''t run around with money, be careful of being stared at." Wu Heng said. The two also wanted to bring the good news back as soon as possible. He said hello, got up and left. ?Wu Heng also collected the silver coins. Walking towards the alchemy materials store in the outer city, I got six new first-level corpse cores last time. To prepare potions, you still need some materials. Finish purchasing the materials. ?Wu Heng went to the Maolu Armor Shop and sat there for a while, asking about the progress of the production of leather armor. ?Now that I have money in my hand, I have to rush for supplies, which slows down my consumption progress. Just sat down and chatted for a while. ?Suddenly, there was a rush of footsteps outside the door. I saw a man wearing leather armor rushing in quickly. The orc boss glanced at the other party and coughed lightly, "Guest, what do you need to see?" ??The man did not speak, but his eyes fell on Wu Heng and said softly: "Is it Captain Wu Heng? I want to tell you something." ?Wu Heng looked at him. Judging from his appearance, he should be a gang member. Say it here! ??The man glanced at the boss and the clerk in the store, hesitated, and said, "Captain, my sister-in-law asked me to come. There are some important things." Hearing the word sister-in-law, Wu Heng immediately realized that she belonged to Wen Mansha. After taking control of the gang, she also began to support some of her men. Get up and walk to the door. The man said softly: "Captain, there is a fight at your residence. My sister-in-law has already taken people there, but it is very inconvenient for gangs in the inner city to do things. Let me inform you to go back as soon as possible." ?Wu Heng frowned suddenly and immediately realized that something had happened. ?The outside world is still unclear about his relationship with Wen Mansha, so the person in front of him must have been sent here by Wen Mansha. ??Does anyone dare to break into an inner city residential area? ?This made Wu Heng feel like he was being watched again. Anel, who assassinated himself, definitely did not have such great power. There are more powerful people behind the scenes. Lets go back. Wu Heng immediately walked out of the store and rushed towards the inner city. However, before walking out of this road, dozens of gang members were seen blocking the road ahead. The leader stood in the front and said: "Captain Wu Heng, what are you doing in such a hurry?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the other party. The gang member following him explained in a low voice: "The leader of the White Wolf Gang, ''Galwan''." ?Wu Heng kept walking and said, "I borrowed it." After saying that, he took a few people with him and planned to pass through the many gang members. Galwang''s face turned solemn, and he took another step to block the way, "Captain Wu Heng, we lost a batch of goods yesterday. I heard that the captain''s team happened to be performing a mission nearby. I don''t know if this matter has anything to do with you guys. " "It doesn''t matter, get out of the way!" Wu Heng was anxious, and his tone became a bit colder. Someone attacked his residence, obviously heading for Minnie and Anderweil. Although she is a maid she bought back by herself. ?In this world, the status of slaves is similar to that of livestock, but in Wu Heng''s heart, the two of them are actually just grown-up girls. He can''t change anything about other people, but he doesn''t want these two people to be in any danger around him. Galwang still refused to give way, and his tone was a little higher, "Our money is also money. Why is it that after the people from your association performed their tasks, the goods disappeared? If you can''t give me a satisfactory explanation, you can''t leave today." " The loud shout attracted many people to watch. When the number of people increased, Wu Heng also began to worry. I am afraid that someone will hide in the crowd and shoot cold arrows. With a thought, the white bone armor instantly enveloped his whole body. The horrifying white bones made the onlookers take two steps back. Then he instantly drew his gun, turned on the safety, and shot Galwan in the right leg. Bang, the sound of gunshots was deafening. ??Galwang''s proud expression suddenly changed, he fell to the ground and hugged his legs, groaning in pain. ?Bawudong quickly stepped forward, kicked away a gang member who was blocking the road, grabbed the neck of "Galwang", and lifted him up forcefully. ?Wu Heng looked around with cold eyes, "Get your people out of the way." People from the association actually act at will... Galwang still wanted to shout to encourage the people around him. But as Bawudong tightened his fingers, Galwang''s voice was suppressed, and his face began to turn red like blood. Give it or not. If you dont let me, I will kill you immediately and then fight out. Wu Heng continued. ??Galwang''s face began to turn blue, and he began to feel fear in his heart. The man who caught him was definitely a high-level professional, but he didn''t even have the strength to resist. He nodded vigorously, indicating that he was willing to cooperate. ?Bawudong relaxed a little, and Galwang immediately took a big breath, and then said: "Make way, make way..." Hurrah! The team moved aside to both sides. Wu Heng, Ba Wudong and others walked forward quickly carrying the Galwang. Go through the crowd, throw the opponent to the ground, and directly enter the inner city. Get close to residential areas quickly. From a distance, I saw some people fighting in their houses. ?One group of people are obviously gang members, while the other group of people, although wearing ordinary clothes, are definitely not ordinary people based on their fighting skills. It takes three or four gang members to entangle one person. A group of patrolling "Iron Guard Knights" came over from a distance and glanced at the fighting location. The leader of the group turned around and left directly as if he hadn''t seen it. ?Wu Heng didnt have time to pay attention to this. Took out the staff, released the [Bone Armor] again, and brought Bawudong close quickly. As you approach the courtyard, raise your gun directly. ?Bang bang bang~! Several shots were fired in succession, hitting the person at the front in the thigh. The bullet penetrated the armor and blood spattered everywhere. The sound of gunshots attracted the attention of others, and they looked over. The reason why he did not kill anyone directly was that Wu Hengzhen was not sure which were friendly troops and which were enemies. Although I believe that the scattered people with scattered equipment are Wen Mansha''s men, I am not completely sure. Kick your legs, at least you can identify the crowd. At this time, Wen Mansha stuck her head out from the window on the second floor and shouted: "Lord..., captain, those people are enemies." Hand out his hand to point to a few well-equipped people. ?Wu Heng confirmed the target, his eyes filled with murderous intent, and gunshots rang out one after another, instantly piercing the bodies of several of them. Kill the opponent directly before he has time to react. Bawudong, rush in! Wu Heng ordered. ?Bawudong took the lead and rushed in directly. ??Several people in the room saw that things were not going well and had no intention of staying. They broke out of the window on the other side and fled quickly towards the distance. ?One of them looked sideways and saw a familiar face. Stop chasing, go check upstairs to make sure there are no other enemies. Wu Heng said. Just as Bawudong was about to rush upstairs, he saw Wen Mansha and the others walking down with Jianyi. Sword 2 and Crossbow 1 and Crossbow 2 have not come down. "Owner!" Minnie instantly threw herself into her arms, sobbing softly. Wen Mansha was calmer and said softly: "The other party is well prepared and they are all masters. We can barely hold off until now." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha pulled the crying bunny girl away, put her into Anderweil''s arms, and continued to ask: "What should we do next? It seems that you are being targeted." "Ask your people to help clean up the scene, move the body in, and protect the surrounding area." Wu Heng said directly. It seems that the guards here cannot be counted on. At the moment, we still have to rely on gang members like Wen Mansha. ?Wen Mansha quickly gave several orders to her men. ?The door was closed and the gang members surrounded the building while rescuing their companions. Not long after, the following Glenda flew back and got into the body. ?The location where the other party escaped also appears in front of you. As he had guessed, the residence of the Heavenly Eye Secret Orders Gianluan was the same old man who gave the woman and money in the tavern last time and planned to bribe him. How is it? Wen Mansha asked. ?Wu Heng nodded, "We already know who is behind the scenes." "who?" Gianluan. Its him? Why? Wen Mansha was a little surprised. Killing the association captain is not a trivial matter. ?The other party is a local tycoon. Why would he do such a thing if he doesn''t even talk about building a good relationship with him? She didnt know about the Secret Order, so she couldnt figure out the purpose of doing these things. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and thought for a while, then said: "I will handle the matters in the inner city. You have other tasks tonight." What task? "Take your people and destroy the White Wolf Gang. I will hear the result of their destruction tomorrow morning." When I thought about it at this time, everything was figured out. ??The White Wolf Gang is also delaying their own time. Even if they are investigated later, they still have a valid reason. But Wu Heng didn''t want to deal with them anymore. The Knights of the Iron Guard left things alone, making him feel the danger, a sense of danger being united for calculation. This trouble must be solved as soon as possible, even if it is difficult to end later. Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly. I dont know why the White Wolf Gang was involved again. ??But it is not unusual for inner cities to support outer city gangs. ??The White Wolf Gang must have done something from it. After thinking for a while, he still said: "The White Wolf Gang is a big gang. It will be difficult for us to get rid of them. Once a war breaks out, we will be the only ones to be eliminated." Dont worry, I will arrange help for you. ?Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, but nodded, "Okay." The night gradually darkened. In the mansion in the inner city. Ji Anluan sat on the sofa, with disappointment in his eyes, "You failed again. How did you become the captain? You failed to catch two servants." ?Anel packed up his belongings and said: "What can we do? A large number of gang members rushed out, which slowed down the progress. Moreover, he came back too fast, which is completely different from what you said." You didnt leave any traces, did you? ?Anel looked up at him and said, "You can''t believe me? Or are you trying to burn down the bridge and get rid of me too, completely erasing all traces?" "Hahaha!" Ji Anluan laughed, "You think too much. I am the most honest person. I promise to send you away, and I will naturally not regret it." He pondered for a moment and continued: "Even if I really know that we did it, as long as there is no substantial evidence, will I still be afraid of him?" ?Anel smiled and put the packed items aside. Are you going to deal with him next? "Now that the matter has come to this, there is no way out. I will arrange a riot in the next two days and kill him directly." Gianluan continued. "You should have done this a long time ago, instead of making him more vigilant by testing again and again." Anel said. "Who would have thought that a newly arrived captain would be so difficult to deal with." Gianluan put the wine glass aside, and the pretty maid poured the drink down respectfully. If you succeed, remember to write to me so that I can celebrate. "Yes, I will." The two raised their glasses and bumped them lightly. As the last sip of wine before parting. ?Anel walked to the window, looked at the hazy night and said: "If it''s difficult to deal with here, you can go to Blackstone Town, there is him over there..." bang~! Before he finished speaking, the glass in front of him suddenly shattered, followed by a ''pop'' sound, and a **** hole was instantly penetrated through Anel''s head. The body seems to be lying on its back, with warm and viscous blood splattering everywhere. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 179 , life and death Chapter 179: Life or death ?Anels head suddenly exploded, and warm blood splashed all around. Ji Anluan stood up suddenly, but before he could make a move, another orange light came out, almost at the same time. A light yellow energy shield formed in front of him, wrapping his body in it. ??The bullet was slightly blocked, but still penetrated the light shield, hitting ''Jianluan''''s waist and abdomen, and blood spattered everywhere. Sir~! the servant beside him exclaimed. ??Jianluan pulled her body over and blocked her in front of him. Almost at the same time, another bullet flew, piercing the servant''s back, and he fell into a pool of blood. Ji''anluan crawled and hid behind the sofa, shouting loudly: "Guard, Magir, where are you, come here quickly." Hurrah! ??A man in iron armor ran over with a group of guards. He lifted him up and dragged him into the middle of the hall, away from the window. We have people searching the surrounding area, the guard said directly. Ji Anluan took out a bottle of medicine and drank it, and said angrily: "It''s Wu Heng, it must be him. I want to kill him, and I will arrange for someone to kill him now..." Bang~! There was another gunshot, and everyone was shocked. In the courtyard, someone uttered a cry of surprise. A security guard who was searching had his eyebrow pierced and fell to the ground on his back. Bang~! ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of gunshots still sounded in the courtyard, and the well-equipped guards fell one after another. No one discovered the other party''s position, it was like a punishment falling from the night sky. Killing people here randomly. Everyone quickly looked for cover, and no one dared to be exposed. The shouting Jianluan also closed his mouth. It seems that at this time, our own side is the one who is at the mercy of others. The roof of a building in the distance. ?Wu Heng looked through the telescope and looked at everything in the distant manor. When I found out that one shot did not kill ''Jianluan'', I felt disappointed. If you kill the opponent directly, you can retreat now. The yellow mask that protects him. ??It is obviously a magic prop or rare item of a high level, and it can actually block even the bullets of a sniper rifle. Its good to have money, but it wont kill you. In this world, not dying means nothing is wrong. With a few bottles of medicine, or wearing items with therapeutic effects, the injury can be restored. There is absolutely no chance of wound deterioration leading to death. ?Through the telescope, I looked at the building opposite again. There is no way out now, he must die today. Hunter Yi, continue to kill the target. Wu Heng told Lie Yi and continued to say to the big-headed skeleton next to him: Kill in and leave no one behind. Hulala~! In the street below, the sound of violent bones rubbing suddenly sounded. It is dense and harsh, and it makes the whole body uncomfortable to listen to. The skeletons were like a raging torrent of bones, spreading instantly after leaving the alleyway. Started to rush towards the building opposite. Skeletons climbed on top of each other, jumped over the wall, and the sealed iron gate was directly knocked open. Under the horrified gaze of all the guards, they rushed directly into the courtyard and started fighting. In an instant, the sounds of wailing and fighting sounded. From time to time, there was a deafening sound of gunfire. Ji Anluan was protected in the building by many guards. Looking at the bones pouring in from outside, the fear of imminent death arose in his heart. Why is this happening? Why are so many undead appearing in the city? Why havent the Iron Guard Knights patrolling the city arrived yet? Have money and tools. Even if you are old, you can survive with a few rare items, and you must not die here. "Hold on, the Knights of the Iron Guard will be here soon. I give them so much money every year, so they can''t watch me die." Gianluan lost his usual calmness, and when he saw the equally nervous guards, he felt even more nervous. Shen said, "Protect me, you have 10 gold coins each. Protect me, you have money that you can''t spend all your money." The battle in the courtyard is over. All guards have been overwhelmed by skeletons. ?These skeletons all looked into the building with their empty eye sockets. Form a battle formation, defend, and hold on until the knights in the city come over. The guard captain ordered coldly. Everyone immediately formed a battle formation to protect "Jianluan" behind them. Start killing the skeletons that are pouring into the building. Outer city area. ?Hands of hundreds of people were walking quickly through the dim streets, all wearing armor and carrying swords, making clattering noises as they walked. Some people standing on the roadside did not hide. Just watching the other person walk by. ??In Wrentam City, gang fights are not uncommon. There are countless gangs, large and small. Gangs are being eliminated and new gangs are emerging every day. ?Especially for small gangs, there can be a few more every day. However, gangs that were established earlier and have reached a certain scale are rarely messed with. The White Wolf Gang is one of them. Not only was it established earlier, it also has a complicated relationship with the inner city. Sister-in-law, the gang has just developed a bit, and now there is a head-on conflict with the White Wolf Gang, which may cause some losses. The gang leader quickened his pace and came closer to persuade. is rather euphemistic. With the strength of the Spike Gang to defeat the White Wolf Gang, it will undoubtedly be like hitting an egg with a stone. The only one who will be destroyed is himself. Even if you go crazy, you have to find a similar opponent. You can''t just hit the stone. Wen Mansha wears a brown leather wallet, her long fiery red hair is tied up, and her face is cold and serious. ?How come she doesnt know these things? But my master has been wronged and wants to destroy the White Wolf Gang tonight. What can he do? Looking at the position beside him. ?These are the helpers given to her by Wu Heng. They are four dull-looking skeletons with round helmets and strange equipment pulled by a carriage. A long object supported by a four-legged iron frame with a slender chain on one side. Appears to be a remote device from the owner''s hometown. His face remained unchanged and he said solemnly: "I have made arrangements. The White Wolf Gang will be destroyed, and tomorrow our Spike Gang will also become a famous gang... Don''t worry, I''m not stupid enough to make fun of my own life. Inner city arrangements. Hearing the arrangements in the inner city, the key staff and juniors nearby were all stunned. I immediately understood what my sister-in-law meant. Some people in the inner city want to destroy the White Wolf Gang. They are just handymen and everything has been arranged. ?Although I still have doubts in my heart, the team has already reached this point, so they can only bite the bullet and carry on. Okay, listen to my sister-in-law. Someone said. ? Wen Mansha allowed herself to smile confidently, "After tonight, everyone will receive a considerable bounty." Thank you, sister-in-law! The team continues to move forward. ??As they approached the alley ahead, eyes hiding in the dark suddenly focused on everyone. ?At the same time, the tame beasts standing high on the building flew into the sky and hovered above the team. Discovered. As a large group approaches, it is difficult to avoid the ranger''s gaze. Chea~wow! In the distance, the doors of several buildings opened. The members of the White Wolf Gang walked out quickly. In the alleyway in front, a large crowd gathered. The leader of the White Wolf Gang, ''Galvang'', squeezed to the front and looked at the opposite side with a somewhat scrutinizing gaze, "The Spike Gang! You guys have lost their minds and come to us to look for trouble." ??The White Wolf Gang is an outer-city gang, while the Spike Gang is an outer-city gang. The strength and the number of followers cannot be compared. Since Taming discovered the actions of the Spike Gang, the White Wolf Gang has gathered a large number of manpower. ? Outnumbered the Spike Gang. ??The Spike Gang came over, thinking that the opponent''s brain was broken. Galwang, surrender, and let your brothers live. Wen Mansha said in a deep voice. "Ha ha!" ??The people from the White Wolf Gang were stunned for a moment, and then started laughing loudly. Galwang''s eyes fell on the gorgeous woman with long red hair and plump figure, and he said coldly: "Mansha Wen, at first ''Roach'' wanted you to come and stay with me for a few nights, but then his disappearance delayed the matter, and I didn''t expect it to be better than mine. I cant wait to think about it, I will taste your body, you are really a good woman. You are looking for death! Wen Mansha looked angry. "You are the ones seeking death. You dared to interfere in matters in the inner city. Now you are actually helping the boy who just became the captain. You are really out of your mind." Galwan said something, raised the sword in his hand, and said coldly: "Brothers, don''t hurt that little bitch. I want to have a good time tonight and take care of his woman for brother ''Roach''." Hahahaha~! The people from the White Wolf Gang laughed loudly again. Swish, swish, draw their respective weapons, and walk forward swaggeringly. Then, he started to run and kill the enemy who had no eyesight on the opposite side. Facing the fierce White Wolf Gang. ?The members of the Spike Gang began to look fearful and depressed. ?Looking around, he seemed to be looking for an escape route. Bang~! Suddenly, a loud noise suddenly sounded. ??One of the members of the White Wolf Gang who took the lead in charging forward suddenly exploded at the shoulder, and his entire arm disappeared at shoulder level. ??Warm and sticky blood splashed on the rest of the people. Everyone looked at the scene in front of them in horror. But before he could react, there was another loud noise, orange fire flashed past, and another gang member''s chest exploded, leaving blood and flesh all around. ?Bang bang bang~! The heavy machine gun is like an angry dragon, spitting out orange fire. ?The bullets are like giant nets. shooting at everyone in the alley. Wherever the bullet passed, human corpses were broken into pieces and fell in pieces. The people from the White Wolf Gang howled and fled. ?The faces of the Spike Gang and even Mansha Wen changed dramatically, looking in horror at the flame-spitting instruments and the White Wolf Gang falling piece by piece like wheat. How could there be such a ferocious weapon? Wen Mansha reacted immediately after a brief absence. ??Wu Heng had an item called a pistol in his hand. What he saw in front of him was an enlarged version of the pistol, which had even greater power. Inner city. ?Wu Heng observed the fighting situation in the opponent''s mansion through the telescope. The skeleton army has surrounded the building and is attacking inside. It seems that the people inside are still resisting. ??With such a disparity in numbers, they are still resisting until now. It seems that there are experts among the opponent''s guards. At this time, the ghost Glenda flew out of the building and said: They are all hiding in the building and plan to drag them to the Iron Guard Knights. Drag the Knights of the Iron Guard over. This is a good idea. After all, this is an inner city, and the entire security is maintained by the Iron Guard Knights. The situation here may have attracted the attention of the knights long ago. They did not come directly. They were gathering the team or making some other arrangements. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got into her body, and the images were synchronized into her mind. The building was in a mess, with corpses and broken bones covering the ground. Gianluan has recovered from his injury. He was protected by several guards. Judging from the combat experience of these people, they should be at a high level. One of them is particularly outstanding. ??He was tall and tall, wearing silver armor, and the long sword in his hand was burning with red flames. The fire blade rose up when he opened and closed, and the nearby skeletons were chopped into pieces and burned. It seems that it should be the captain''s duty to keep giving orders to others. Because of this person, the pace of the battle was directly slowed down. The result is that it is not over yet. ?Wu Heng released Glenda again. Turning back to the big-headed skull beside him, he said: Give the order, all attack. Inside the building. Ji''anluan was backed by many guards and leaned against the wall. Although he was not injured. But facing the skeletons that kept attacking, his face became even paler. Before, he thought that Wu Heng was seeking revenge on him. After all, the information shows that he is also a necromancer and possesses weird and extremely lethal equipment. But now it seems that he may have provoked a more powerful necromancer. How could a professional who had just joined the job control such a huge team of undead? Must be an old and powerful necromancer with rich heritage. Could he be this boys guide? Damn it, the information provided by the association is so unreliable. This guy is not alone. He has a powerful backer behind him. No wonder both Yazd and Anel failed. ?Things that didnt make sense before can now be made sense at this moment. But there is no chance of regret. The situation at this time cannot be resolved peacefully. Just hold on. This is an inner city after all. For such a large-scale operation, the Iron Guard Knights will quickly arrive at the scene. As soon as the fighting becomes chaotic, people like you will have a chance to escape. We will make next plans at that time. "You, come on, go out, and I will give you more money." Gianluan continued, lest these people give up on themselves. Bang~! Suddenly, a huge roar sounded. Four tall giants, nearly three meters tall, wearing iron armor, with arms above the knees, directly broke through the defense line. Open and close both arms widely, knocking away all the surrounding guards and skeletons. It was thrown heavily against the walls on both sides. He glanced around with empty eyes and immediately rushed towards the location of ''Jianluan''. The captain of the guard stepped sideways to block in front. Bang~! He was instantly knocked out and the bookshelf behind him was knocked over. ??Jianluan looked at it in horror, turned around and ran towards the stairs. However, just running a few steps. ??It was picked up by a giant claw deep in the roof of the shed and put into the mouth for chewing. Ji Anluan kept struggling and shouted: "Save me, I will give you money, 50 gold, 100 gold, come and save me, hurry up." Gaba~Gaba! ??The sound of broken bones was heard. Ji''anluan''s body was split into two, and blood and internal organs fell all over the sky. ?At the same time, giant skeletons formed a circle and killed the guard captain. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 180 , encryption mechanism Chapter 180, Encryption Mechanism Outer city area. The bullets formed a huge net, harvesting the lives of the members of the White Wolf Gang. ?Under the powerful firearms, the body was as fragile as tofu, and the entire alleyway was covered with minced meat and limbs. The gang leader whose thigh was shot off, supported the ground with his arms, and struggled to crawl forward. The blood loss and severe pain caused him to cry out in pain with every movement, "Boss, save me, boss." There is a strong desire for survival in the voice. But it obviously has no effect. ?''Galwan'' who was in the rear took several people to hide in the side yard, listening to the gunshots that kept ringing out. Didnt even dare to look outside. Turning a deaf ear to the members outside who were crying in pain. "Fuck! Where did they get this kind of thing? Fuck, fuck, fuck, these **** are so **** cruel." Galvan gritted his teeth and cursed. At the same time, I began to regret getting involved in the inner city fight. Why do you want to wade into this muddy water? ?Moreover, if I had known that today would be like this, I should have killed the Spike Gang in advance and killed that woman. Damn it, it ended up like this. Suddenly, the gunfire outside stopped. ?The entire alley fell silent instantly, and the painful wails became clearer and clearer. Wen Mansha glanced curiously and found that the barrel of the gun was already red, and it looked like it was about to pause for a while. But in the current situation, there is no need to use this weapon anymore. He said in a cold voice: "Kill in and leave no one behind. Anyone who kills Galwan will be rewarded with 500 silver for carrying his skeleton." Everyone in the Spike Gang was stunned for a moment. ?Then he immediately reacted, shouted and went in with his weapon in hand. At the beginning, I didnt dare to attack the White Wolf Gang. ?Now, there are not many people left on the opposite side, and I am all a gang member. There is not much fear left. Since the opponent''s head was so valuable, everyone was rushing in to get in, for fear that they would be late and lose their share of the money. Kill all the wailing members of the White Wolf Gang along the road, and then rush into the courtyard on one side. ?When he saw Galwan holding a knife, he went to kill him. ?Although Galwan was brave, he also found it extremely difficult to face the larger number of members of the Spike Gang. ??His chest was pierced by a dagger, and his eyes looking outside were filled with despair. "Wen Mansha, don''t kill me. I admit defeat. The White Wolf Gang still has some properties. If you kill me, these properties won''t be in your name. Don''t kill me~!" Galwang shouted. ??He planned to kill his men, but the movements of his hands paused slightly. ?Draged Galwang out of the courtyard, looked up at Wen Mansha who covered her mouth and nose in the distance. Seems to be waiting for her results. Wen Mansha looked up and said, "Someone in the inner city wants you to die. I can''t save you, so I''ll kill him." ??Wave your hands slightly. The men understood, and the long sword passed across Galwan''s neck, and blood spurted out. Sister-in-law, they are all dead, there is no one left. Someone came over and said. Wen Mansha nodded, "Find a few brothers, search this place, take away all the valuables, and the rest will clean up the battlefield." Okay, sister-in-law. There is no gang fighting in the outer city. But after its over, the battlefield must be cleaned up, and the streets must not be filled with dead bodies, affecting the surrounding shops or residents residence tomorrow. Everyone started to do the final cleaning of the battlefield. Wen Mansha asked people to find Galwan and several skeleton corpses and put them on a cart. Together with the strange equipment, he walked towards his position with him. After this night. ??The Spike Gang will make a name for themselves in the outer suburbs. Inner city. "The people from the ''Iron Guard Knights'' have arrived and are approaching here." Glenda said softly while floating in the air. ??Wu Heng stood in the courtyard of the Jian Luan mansion. Looking back at the location of the door. When their residence was attacked, the knights turned away when they saw it. It comes quickly now. How many people are there? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda raised her body upwards, took a look from a distance and said: "There are probably twenty or thirty people gathered like this, but I see there are some people approaching from other directions." Kill them all and bring their bodies back, Wu Heng said. The skeletons who were waiting on the spot took action again, walked out of the gate, and rushed toward the approaching knights. ??In the horrified eyes of the knights, the formation was broken up, and countless kitchen knives fell on their heads, killing them directly. ?Wu Heng walked into the building. ? Ji''anluan is a local wealthy businessman and an important member of the Secret Order. The quality of life can be said to be quite good. The carpets, sofas, potted plants and paintings in the hall are not something ordinary people can have. Especially some pieces of furniture, with exquisite carvings and workmanship that cannot be completed by ordinary craftsmen. It is also in line with the status of a wealthy businessman. ?The living environment is too ordinary, but I feel like I am in the wrong place. ?Wu Heng walked to the stairs and found the body of ''Ji Anluan''. ?The whole person was cut in half, and his eyes were full of fear when he died. ?Wu Heng found a door and opened the gate directly. Move the corpse and everything here as quickly as possible. Wu Heng ordered. The remaining skeletons began to take action. Carry the things in the room and enter the boundary gate directly. One by one, they are arranged in a row, like a moving ant colony. Soon, the skeleton group that went out to intercept the guards returned, dragging dozens of corpses wearing silver armor. ?Wu Heng continued to direct them to move things. ?If its too big, dont leave it. Everything else that can be taken away shall be moved away, leaving nothing behind. Wait until everything is over. Wu Heng pulled out the bronze key and put on his cloak. At the reminder of Glenda, he avoided the approaching members of the Knights. Disappear into the night. Return to your residence. ?The house was empty, and Minnie and Andwyer were placed with the consortium ''Lecia''. ??As a partner of each other many times, I still trust her quite a bit. ?Furthermore, most people dont dare to offend a behemoth like a consortium. The hall was dark. ?Wu Heng lifted the curtain and looked out the window. Confirming that there was nothing suspicious, he went straight to the third floor. Dang Dang Dang~! ??A white-feathered owl was standing blankly on the windowsill, tapping the window with its beak. ?Wu Heng opened the window, took the owl in, took off the note from his leg, and unfolded it to check. The content is very simple. The White Wolf Gang was destroyed and there is no danger. Wu Heng took up his pen and wrote, "There is no problem on my side." ??Tie it back to the owl''s leg and let it fly. When Glenda flies back again, there will be no danger outside. Reopen the door and go to the zombie world. It is still night here, but there are several solar street lights in the courtyard, which are still bright. ?Wu Heng came to the open space. Check out this harvest. On one side are various furniture, paintings, red wine and dinner plates, and on the other side are piled corpses. There are people like Gianluan, and there are also people from the Knights. ?Wu Heng also didnt want to bring the situation to its current level. But the contradictions between them have reached a point where they cannot be alleviated. ?The other party has already taken action, and if you do not offer any form of resistance, it will only make them more unscrupulous. ??If you dare to arrest your maid today, you will definitely be more direct tomorrow. ?The consequences are unimaginable. It would be better to quickly eliminate the opponent like this. ?Whether it will have any impact, or if Luntam City really investigates what he did, it cannot be avoided. At that time, we will take one step at a time. ?Sitting on the wooden bench, looking at the pile of corpses in front of him, he hesitated for a while. Said to the skeleton next to him: "Drag him out." Ji''anluan''s body was dragged out directly. Only the upper body was covered in blood. The [Conversation with the Dead] was released directly, and the next second, the half-body corpse opened its eyes. Unable to sit up and can only turn his neck. Looking this way, without any emotion, his eyes were gray and lifeless. Who else is involved in my plan? Wu Heng asked. The corpse replied, "Arnell, and ''Capullo''." ?Wu Heng asked, "There are only three of you?" The corpse said: "Only the three of us are discussing this plan, and the others are not involved." "The reason for assassinating me is mainly because you want to get back the ''sacrificial staff'' and the ''blood cup''?" "yes." Oh my god. Why do you value these two things? Wu Heng continued to ask. The body of the corpse trembled violently. Just when Wu Heng thought something was going to happen, the corpse stopped shaking and replied: "These two items are very important props with special functions. If they are lost, we will be punished." There is nothing mentioned, but Wu Heng can also understand the punishment mentioned in it. It is the punishment of the esoteric order. ??These two props are important props of the ''Secret Order'' and cannot be taken back. They are inseparable from each other. last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Tell me the members and identities of the Secret Order you know." The corpse stood there blankly, without any answer. ?Wu Heng frowned and repeated: "Tell me the members and identities of the Secret Order in this city." ?The corpse still didnt respond. The next second, his head began to shake violently, and with a pop, the power of the undead above his head collapsed, and the body fell to the ground with a thud. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a bit. ?Looking at the scene in front of me in surprise. Didnt expect this to be the case. It seems that mentioning members of the Secret Order triggered some kind of confidentiality mechanism. Once detected or asked in this way. There will be a breakdown. It''s like adding a self-destruction program. It seems that joining a secret order requires encryption. Fortunately, I didnt have the nerve to join them. The corpse can no longer be summoned. ??Wu Heng continued: "Scrape him clean." ??Bassen bent down and scraped clean all the corpses in front of him. Except for the blood-stained dress. There are still a lot of good things in me. Protective pendant ?? (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Sword and Shield Protection'' rune can form a magical protection at critical moments, blocking part of the attack damage.) Space Ring (Description: A prop etched with space magic, with 5 cubic meters of space inside.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 181 , props all over the floor Chapter 181, props everywhere ??The two accessories Ji Anluan wears are actually magic props. What a wealthy businessman. I am really willing to spend money on myself. Hold the two pieces of jewelry in his hands and look at them carefully. The runes engraved on the necklace are called ''Sword and Shield Protection'', which can form a magic shield to reduce a certain amount of damage. The effect of this prop is really important. No matter what occupation, your own safety is the primary consideration. ?At that time, the light mask that blocked bullets should have been this prop. ?In terms of the kinetic energy of a sniper rifle bullet, if it can resist it slightly and change its direction, it already proves how powerful this item is. Its definitely expensive. Suppressing the joy in my heart, I continued to examine the second space ring. This prop is not unfamiliar. ? I have one on hand, and the styles are pretty much the same. The only difference is that my one has 3 cubic meters of storage space, while this one has 5 cubic meters. It doesnt look much bigger, but actually the difference is quite big in cubic terms. You can also store more things. Take out the wet wipes and wipe off the blood on the two props. The necklace was put directly on his neck, and the ring was also put on his hand. Calling on the spiritual communication ring, the items stored in it were immediately sensed. ?Various daily necessities, red wine and food, bags full of silver coins, and some house deeds. Knew it! Robbing the wealthy gentry is the fastest way to make a fortune. Not to mention other things, there are at least several thousand coins in these bags. ?Having a lot of money. ?Wu Heng took out two house deeds and looked at them. They were for taverns and hotels outside the city. It seems that they should all be industries in the city. ??House prices in Wrentam City are sky-high, but they are really difficult to deal with. ??Now if you go out with the house deed, you are surrendering. Dont let money go to your head. ???Except for the two magic props on Gianluan''s body, the clothes he wears are actually not cheap. But with his height and build, plus such a miserable appearance. ?Wu Heng didnt plan to take it either. Let the skeleton be carried aside first, and when daybreak, take it out and find a place to bury it. The corpse that has used [Conversation with the Dead] cannot be converted. It is of no use now. The body was carried away. ??Wu Heng continued: "Bring those corpses over." The skeletons immediately stepped forward and carried all the remaining corpses over. Place them neatly in the open space in front of you. There are 66 corpses in total, and their identities can be identified by their clothing. On one side are the guards of ''Gianluan'' and a few attendants, and the rest are people from the ''Iron Guard Knights'', wearing standard armor. ??Although the armor was chopped into rotten metal, the style can still be discerned. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the first corpse. This man, he had seen in ''Glenda''''s sight, was the guard captain of ''Gianluan''. He held a flaming sword in his hand, opened it wide and blocked most of the skeletons by himself. . Have people take off all the equipment on his body. Looking at the long sword. Scorching Flame Sword ?? (Description: A long sword etched with burning magic and forged with rare fire element materials. It has a fire effect when it is wielded in attacks.) Another magic item. Previously, I thought it was enchanted through a scroll or fire magic was applied. Unexpectedly, the long sword itself is a magic item. Then he checked his armor. ??It also has dense runes inside and is also a magic prop. But it has been severely damaged by chopping. ??No equipment information can be displayed, so it is considered completely scrapped. After checking the equipment, Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique], and the necromantic magic wrapped the body. The long-lost prompt appears again. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... Generally, when this prompt appears, it means that the level of the target corpse must be higher than that of the caster. ?This is not a bad thing, the higher the level the better. The flesh and blood slowly fell off, and the thick-boned skeleton slowly stood up. Looking around with empty eyes, he walked aside. Skeleton Combat Master (Level 12) Level 12. It is on the same level as Bawudong. ??The highest level of the skeleton in my hand now is the level 13 Skeleton Terrorclaw. ?Although it has the highest level, the effects it can display are very limited. ?Most of the time, I am on standby or participating in some patrol work around the prison. The most useful ones are humanoid skeletons like Bawudong and Bassen. With simple disguise, you can take it with you. Whether it is working as a bodyguard or doing some work, you can do it. Actually, think about it now. As the enemies you encounter become more difficult to deal with. Bassens level and ability are already a bit difficult. ?Now that this battle master has appeared, he can take Basson''s place. After thinking about it, Wu Heng continued to check the attributes. Skeleton Combat Master (Level 12) Level: 12 (0/72000) Attributes: Constitution 29, Strength 31, Agility 25, Intelligence 17, Perception 17, Charisma 10. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, intermediate soul, unyielding. Feats: Heavy/Light Armor Specialization (Advanced), Two-Handed Sword Specialization (Advanced), Military Weapon Specialization (Basic). Swordsmanship: Gruul military swordsmanship. Combat Skills: Disrupting Strike, Disarming Attack, Sweeping Attack, Lunging Attack, Agile Attack, Dexterous Footwork. ?The profession is called Battle Master and it looks very professional. ?The last person who was called a master could still beat five of them. From the perspective of the whole person, he should have received an orthodox inheritance, and is not the kind of warrior in the gang who only knows how to slash weapons. The expertise mentions [Military Equipment Specialization], and the swordsmanship is also called [Gruul Military Swordsmanship]. He should have served in the military for a period of time. Belongs to a genuine warrior. There is no skill of its own, but a combat skill has been added. ?Various attack methods and footwork. It seems that the strength is not weak. "From now on, you call me Fire Blade, pick up your weapon, and stand aside first." Wu Heng said. I didnt know his name either, so I randomly picked one according to the weapon. The skeleton bent down, picked up the weapon on the ground, and stood aside. ??The armor was in tatters and couldn''t be put on at all, so he just stood aside with his bare bones. ?Wu Hengs eyes continued to fall on the next corpse. ?Anel, the former captain of the first team in Blackstone Town, had a **** hole between his eyebrows.? ? ? [Yonggu Shu] Release. The skeleton stood up directly. Skeleton Warrior (Level 9) ?Well, the level is not low either, reaching level 9. ?Although it is not as good as the level 12 skeleton he just summoned, it is fully consistent with his status as the captain of a team. ?Wu Heng took a general look at the attributes, and there was nothing special about them. Then he continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and all the remaining skeletons in front of him stood up. Looking this way blankly. Skeleton Warrior (Level 7)Skeleton Swordsman (Level 8)Skeleton Ranger (Level 8). ??Whether it is the guards of ''Gianluan'' or the Iron Guard Knights of Luntam City, their levels are all at level 7 or 8. Wu Heng is still very satisfied with this point. ?High-level skeletons are important, but levels 7 and 8 are still the backbone. Can form a convoy. But not in any situation, you have to rely on the skeleton group to play its role. "From now on, you will be called Jian Er, I will be called Jian San..., and you will be called You Yi..." Wu Heng named them one by one. Swordsmen, starting from Sword 2 and going to the back. After all, Sword 1 has a broken arm, but it is still alive. Warriors are from the beginning of the battle, and the same is true for rangers, with names like Yu Yi and Yu Er. There is no way, there are too many skeletons. Even if I want to waste time and name each person one by one, I may not remember them. As time goes by, the suddenness of the battle is not as good as this 1234 order, which is more convenient and easy to remember. After assigning tasks to several skeletons. Then he walked to another pile of furniture. Hung pictures, chandeliers, and carpets are all piled together. ?Wu Heng didn''t care much at all, he just glanced at it casually, but his eyes were directly attracted. Carved Eternal Flame BathtubLife-Sustaining Dinner PlateLighting Stone. Pieces of life-like magic props appear in front of you. [Carved Eternal Flame Bathtub] is a silver bathtub with exquisite carvings. The outside is decorated with gorgeous curling grass and flower patterns, and the inside is decorated with complex etched runes. Can guarantee the user''s water temperature. Life-sustaining dinner plateis a dinner plate etched with the life-sustaining spell, which can preserve living things and sustain life. Forehead. The purpose of this prop. ?Wu Heng took it in his hand and looked at it. It might be used when eating fresh food. [Lighting Stone] is a spar as white as crystal. It is also etched with lighting runes and can play the role of lighting. This kind of lighting stone is covered with crystal lamps. Its nice to have money. Wu Heng couldn''t help but sigh. This is the most magical item he has seen in one go. ?Of course, its all your own now. Command the skeleton to sort out the items. The sky is gradually getting brighter. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and returned to his residence through the boundary gate. The morning sun shines in through the window. ?Wu Heng simply took a bite of instant noodles and walked out of the house. Take Bassen and Bawudong and head directly to the association. One night passed, no one came to trouble me, and the representative had not found any evidence pointing to him. Its business as usual now, which is the best choice. Even if you have some doubts, you cannot do anything to yourself immediately. After all, he is the captain appointed by the association headquarters. If problems arise, they must be checked and the corresponding procedures must be completed. Once things get bad, go hide in the zombie world. Just entered the association. There were a lot of people gathered in the hall, and people were talking about the wealthy businessman in the inner city who was wiped out and all his family''s finances were robbed. It was like shocking news, everyone was talking about it. No one is left? Are they all dead? Where did you get the news? Which wealthy businessman in the inner city doesnt have dozens of guards on hand? How could something like this happen? Its true, the Iron Guard Knights have surrounded the building. I took a look just now. Its really miserable. I also know another piece of news. The rest of the people all looked over. The White Wolf Gang in the outer city was wiped out, and the base was turned into flesh and blood. It was even worse. Hearing that it was a gang from the outer city, everyone lost interest. ? ? Turn around again and continue talking about the inner city. "You have seen the residence. You should know which wealthy businessman it is, right?" Master Jianluan! Holy shit, him! ?Wu Heng walked by without stopping and went directly to the lounge. There is no one in the lounge yet. Duke and Marta have not come yet. ?Wu Heng sat for a while and just wanted to get up and go to Ji Anluan''s residence to follow the crowd. There was a knock on the door. A staff member looked over and saw Wu Heng sitting in the lounge. He immediately said respectfully: "Captain Wu Heng, deacon, please come over." "what''s up?" I dont know, it seems like some guests are coming? the staff member replied. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, I understand." After the staff left, he got up and made some brief preparations before heading to the deacon''s study. Push the door and enter, except for the deacon of the association. There were also two people from the Knights of the Iron Guard standing in the study. ?One has blond hair and thick eyebrows and is not very old. The other has short brown hair and a beard. He is a middle-aged man with a serious face. "Wu Heng, this is Mirko, the commander of the Knights. I want to ask you something." said the deacon. "Commander Mirko..." Wu Heng nodded expressionlessly. ??The middle-aged man looked him up and down and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng, there are serious security incidents in the inner city. I need to ask you a few questions." Oh? Please say it! Where were you last night? "at home!" Are there any witnesses? the other party continued to ask. "No." ??The man still looked at him, "Jianluan''s home was attacked last night. Do you know about this?" Wu Heng said: "I know, you don''t think it has anything to do with me! After all, I am appointed by the association headquarters as the captain, and my ideological consciousness is recognized by the organization." "Oh? That''s really strange. I heard that the captain has a weapon that can shoot a hidden weapon with amazing lethality." As he spoke, he took out an orange warhead from his arms and placed it on the deacon''s desk. Explain it! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 182 , if you find out, you will die. Chapter 182: Anyone found out will die ?Wu Heng didnt show any surprise when he saw the warhead the opponent took out. ?At that time, "Hunting Yi" was sniping at the enemy from a long distance. He fired more than one or two shots, and he didn''t hit the target with his gun. ?At the scene, the skeleton was asked to search for the fired warhead. However, there are still some warheads that have landed in the grass or penetrated the ground and walls, which cannot be found in a short time. The Knights of the Iron Guard conducted a search during the day, and it was not surprising to find these warheads. Do you think I killed him? Wu Heng said. "Just asking, what does Captain Wu Heng mean by being so resistant?" Another young member of the Knights took a step forward and continued to ask. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said, "Which of your eyes saw me resisting?" The young knight members'' expressions were stagnant, and their faces became increasingly ugly. ??The middle-aged commander signaled the young members not to be anxious and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng should explain this thing and why it appears in the residence of ''Jianluan''." ?The other party didnt want to take the topic too far, so he brought it up again. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not mine." How to prove that its not yours? "This is a weapon, similar to a crossbow. I have other people who can get it, and ours are obviously different." Wu Heng opened the pistol, took out a bullet and placed it on it. ?The opponent took out a warhead, but you can still see the difference. Type and size, obviously different. ?The middle-aged man held it for comparison and continued: "We need to take this device away for verification." "Our association has regulations that members'' equipment and props are personal belongings and cannot be used in any form. Of course, I am also willing to cooperate with your investigation and ask the deacon to write an application to the department. Once approved, I will immediately hand over the weapons to you. "Wu Heng put back the bullets he took out and stuffed them back into the magazine. Deacon Gomez glanced at him and then said: "Wu Heng has just come to the association. There is no reason to have so much hatred with him. You should investigate other people." Do you know Jianluan? The middle-aged man still did not give up. "I did meet him once. He wanted to buy a prop from me because we couldn''t agree on the price." Wu Heng replied. Whats behind? "I haven''t seen it since. If we have a conflict, we will immediately find the association to resolve it. There is no need to go to this level." Wu Heng explained according to his own thoughts. The two of them did not ask any more questions and wrote it down in their notebooks. "Deacon Gomez, please excuse me, we are going back first." The two saluted Gomez, and then said to Wu Heng: "Mr. Wu Heng, please do not leave the city until the investigation is clear." "That''s not necessarily true. If there is a mission, I will lead the team to carry out the mission." Wu Heng said. ?The other party had nothing to do with Wu Heng, so he turned and left. When only the deacon and him were left in the study. ?Gmez then asked: "Do you have a conflict with the Knights?" Wu Heng also knew his attitude and obviously resisted, so he said directly: "Deacon, a group of masked people appeared in my house yesterday and planned to rob property. At that time, these knights were watching the fun, but now a wealthy businessman has died, looking like a god. It makes me angry when something big happens. "Is there such a thing again?" Gomez frowned even more deeply, "Are they still the same group of people who assassinated you last time?" Not sure, its probably related to them. Ill arrange some people for you to put more eyes around your residence, the deacon said. ?Wu Heng shook his head and said: "I have made some arrangements myself. If there is still danger, I will report it to the deacon." "Well, you should go back first and don''t conflict with the knights. They represent the city lord''s palace and they can get along well with each other." Yes, deacon! ?Wu Heng said something, turned and left. Two members of the order left the association. The young member said hesitantly: "Commander, when he answered the question, he was obviously resisting and tense. He is very suspicious." ?The middle-aged commander looked at him and said, "Maybe. If there is no substantial evidence, there is nothing we can do against him." Just let him go? Leave it to the city lord to deal with it, we just have to do our own thing. The middle-aged commander continued. Gianluan''s mansion now looks like a ghost house. Hands and traces of fighting could be seen all over the ground, but the bodies and furniture all disappeared out of thin air. This is not something ordinary people can do. Just a formality. No one wants to investigate further. ??Even if they find the murderer today, they won''t survive tomorrow. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study, still controlling his expression. Lest there be any means of spying secretly, observe your every move. ? Ji Anluan died, and it seemed that there was no serious crisis. At least the association did not intervene, and the Iron Guard Knights of Luntam City only visited and investigated. It is not serious enough to break with Luntam City immediately. This is a good thing. Hope that the situation will calm down and normal life can return. ?Of course, Gianluan is dead, and the Secret Order and the fat man know their plans. ?You should also be careful if the other party comes forward to provide evidence or makes any extraordinary move. Also prepare in advance. Returning to the lounge, Duke sat on the sofa and ate as soon as the door opened. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately looked like he had discovered a big secret and said: "Captain, someone died in the inner city. Everyone is discussing this matter now. Do you think we will give him a meritorious service if we catch the murderer?" Wu Heng almost got angry and said: "If he is not wanted, why should we catch him? This is the job of the Iron Guard Knights. There are already many enemies around us, so don''t provoke others." "Oh, that''s right." Duke sat down again and continued: "Captain, Glasker asked me to tell you that the new batch of armors is ready. When will someone at home be able to send it directly to you? ?Grask is the name of the owner of the Maoxi armor shop. Duke always mentioned that you will remember it after a long time. Lets go and have a look together. "good!" The two of them got up and walked directly outside. There is also some chaos in the outer city. All along the way, there were gang members walking in groups. Everyone looks alert, as if there is danger at any time. ?Wu Heng and Duke went all the way to the Maoxi armor store. A few orcs have been added to the store, and they seem to be helping to guard the store. Seeing Wu Heng come in, the orc boss immediately smiled and said, "Here comes the captain. There happens to be some animal milk delivered to the store, which is very good for the body. You can take some away and give it to your friends to try." Orcs are not as dull and honest as the rumors say. Those who do business should still know some ways of the world. ??Wu Heng walked into the shop with a smile and asked: "What''s going on in the outer city today? Why are there guards at the door of the shop?" The boss looked out carefully and said in a low voice: "You don''t know, last night, the entire White Wolf Gang was wiped out, no one survived, the whole street was full of minced meat and severed limbs, and now it''s still Someone is cleaning it, there is a thick layer of blood scab. It was actually because of the White Wolf Gang. Isnt it normal for gang fights to happen? Why are you so nervous? "The White Wolf Gang is a big gang and has a lot of industries. The gang that destroyed the White Wolf Gang has no idea about these industries. The other gangs can''t sit still. If no one comes out to mediate, it is likely to happen. We are also afraid of the melee, so we need to add more guards to prevent chaos and someone trying to fish in troubled waters," the boss continued. Oh, thats right! Wu Heng nodded. Captain, do you want to inspect the goods or should I have them sent to you directly? the boss continued. Take me there. Oh, okay! The boss thought he had to inspect the goods to ensure the quality of his products along the way. enter the warehouse. ?Pointing to a few piles of leather armor, "These are all, you can check them as you like." ?Wu Heng nodded and glanced casually. All of them were put into the space ring. ??The boss was stunned, and immediately understood the storage props, and then flattered him a few more times. ??Wu Heng continued: "Are there any plate armors for human warriors? I want better quality ones." "Of course you have what you said, please come here and I will show you." The boss took him back to the front shop and introduced the plate armor on the wooden shelf. Fully metal covered and lined with leather. Looks pretty good. "How much?" A complete set? A complete set costs 420 silver coins, the boss said. Is it cheaper to take more? The boss said: "Captain, if you don''t want to take more, you can get a set and I will give you the lowest price, 400 silver coins." ?Wu Heng didnt waste any time and said directly: I want 60 sets. Poof~! The boss who drank water suddenly squirted out. 60 sets? Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Um, Ill get someone ready right away. The boss immediately walked down and asked someone to start packing the armor. Wait until all packaging is completed. ?Wu Heng also collected them all, counted out the corresponding silver coins, and handed them over to the other party. The bosss face was all smiles. Then, someone came behind carrying two leather water bags. The boss said: "Captain, this is the animal milk brought back from the tribe. You can take it back and taste it. If you like it, I will send it to you next time." No, no, no, I cant get used to drinking this. Try it, its good for your body. The two of them gave in, but Wu Heng still put it away. He really can''t accept the food and taste of orcs. After shopping, let Duke go home first. He also walked out of the shop and headed to the location of the Spike Gang. Under the guidance of my younger brother. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the courtyard. Wen Mansha was wearing leather armor and had a cold face, with a bit of murderous intent. "You go out first and guard the outside." Yes, sister-in-law! The younger brother walked out directly. Those who stayed with her were all Wen Mansha''s cronies, many of whom had participated in yesterday''s battle to protect the maids in the inner city. Of course I also know what to guess. Wait until the courtyard door is closed. ?Wen Mansha calmed down her serious expression and said, "Master." He shouted softly and leaned forward directly. Are you not injured? "No, but I was still very frightened." Manman Wen pulled him aside and opened the straw mat, revealing several corpses. "He is the leader of the White Wolf Gang, and the rest are the backbone. They are all here. The corpse looked pale and had obviously been dead for some time. It is indeed those who intercepted him. "well done." Thank you, master. ??Wu Heng faced several corpses and released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the corpse stood up. These corpses will follow you from now on and continue to manage the gang. Wen Mansha''s eyes widened, showing surprise and joy. (End of this chapter) Chapter 183 ,faster Chapter 183, hurry up Skeleton Swordsman (Level 10)Skeleton Warrior (Level 9)Skeleton Ranger (Level 8). The attributes of several skeletons also fully appeared before their eyes. ??As a big gang, the White Wolf Gang is really quite powerful. The leader is a level 10 swordsman, and the remaining backbone members are also level 8 or 9 professionals. With these few in charge, the gang really has some strength. ??If you only rely on the Spike Gang, you are simply not qualified to fight against the White Wolf Gang. To destroy the White Wolf Gang, we still rely on the power of heavy machine guns. ?Wu Heng also had his own ideas when he handed these skeletons to Wen Mansha. Mansha Wen played a big role in this operation. ?Not only did he delay the ''Secret Order''s plan to arrest the maid, but he also obeyed the order and cleaned up the White Wolf Gang. ?Even though Wen Mansha is his slave, both parties are restricted by the slave contract and have to obey his orders. But the performance was outstanding and played a great role. ?Similarly, Wen Mansha''s incident may also attract the attention of all parties. Your own safety also needs to be considered. Gang members are unreliable, but these skeletons are still needed. After all, only one "Gianluan" died in the ''Secret Order'', and there might be others watching here secretly. ?Wen Mansha also widened her eyes at this time. First there was surprise, then there was surprise. She also understood a little about the role of the undead attendants. The most simple and intuitive function is to be completely loyal and obedient. Even if you ask him to rush into the fire to get something insignificant. They will rush in without hesitation. In gangs, loyalty is rarer than gold. These skeletons in front of me once established the White Wolf Gang. Leave it to yourself now. ?Not only is their position more reliable, the Spike Gang also has the foundation of the White Wolf Gang. As long as we manage it carefully for a while. When the number of people reaches a certain scale, the Spike Gang will also become a large gang in the outer city, and its strength will be far greater than it is now. ?Thinking of this, Wen Mansha''s expression became even more excited. He raised his eyes carefully and looked over with more affectionate eyes, "Master, you are so kind." "Well, you deserve it." Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton: "You guys, follow her instructions from now on." Hurrah! ?Several skeletons walked out of the rotten flesh and stood behind Wen Mansha. ??Wu Heng continued: "Give them a name so that they can hand over tasks later." ?Wen Mansha nodded and began to name the skeletons one by one. Different from Wu Hengs 1234, Wen Mansha can call them by their original names. After all, they are all in a gang, and each has some information about the other. ?Wu Heng walked to the side. Put away the heavy machine gun that was given to Wen Mansha last night. He disassembled this from the prison wall. There is no need to put it back, but it can''t be put here either. If it is lost, it may be targeted by some organizations for imitation. Its also a troublesome thing for myself. ??If Mansha Wen needs it later, you can give it to her again, but its better to put it away now. After finishing naming, Wen Mansha walked over quickly, held his arm intimately, and said softly: "Master, has the matter in the inner city been resolved?" It seems that the news in the inner city has not spread yet. At least Wen Mansha hasnt received any information yet. "It''s settled. If the Iron Guard Knights investigate, remember to kill him without knowing anything. Just make up a grudge against the White Wolf Gang, and be careful when going out to avoid any problems." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I''ll be careful." Wen Mansha said and pulled him towards the room. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s impatient look and said, "Goodbye, there are all the little guys outside, it''s not good to be heard." No one is coming in, hurry up. The two walked into the room behind them, and Wen Mansha quickly untied her clothes. Plunge into the other person''s arms, kiss him vigorously, and take off the other person''s clothes. ?Wu Heng picked her up. Put it on the desk behind you. In the afternoon, Wu Heng came out of Wen Mansha''s residence. Returned to the inner city. I did not go to pick up my two maids immediately. Instead, he went to a residential area in the inner city. The secret order, the fat man named "Kapulo" lives here. During the conversation with Jianluan, besides him and Anel, the fat man also knew about the assassination of Wu Heng. The Knights of the Iron Guard are currently visiting and investigating. Even without conclusive evidence, this fat man is an unstable factor. You need to check the situation of the other party first and then make a plan for the next step. ?After standing in the dark alley for a while, ''Glenda'', who was responsible for checking the situation, flew back invisibly. ?Floating in mid-air, he said softly: "There is no person you mentioned in the building, only the housekeeper and some servants. Isn''t the location wrong?" not here? It shouldnt be, based on the information Wu Heng obtained. This is where the other party lives. Even if he leaves temporarily, there should be some traces left in the building. Intelligence shows that he lives here, something may have happened. ??Wu Heng said something, took out the ''Transformation Veil'' from the space ring and put it directly on his head. She turned into a fat and strong female mercenary and walked out of the alley. Walking toward the building. ~! Knocked twice on the door. ?The door opened, revealing a middle-aged man in butler''s clothing. He looked up and down and asked, "What''s the matter?" "I made an appointment with Mr. Capullo. Is he at home?" Wu Heng said. "Oh, it turns out she is the lady who made an appointment with the master." The housekeeper thought for a moment, took out three silver coins and handed them over, and said: "The master has gone out for a while and will probably come back after a while. Come back next time." ?Wu Heng took the money blankly, not understanding what it meant. He asked, "Why did you leave so suddenly?" "We don''t know. You can leave an address and arrange for someone to find you when the master comes back." The housekeeper continued: "If you are accompanying the master, you''d better arrive in advance Dress up, dont come here wearing this. Well, Ill come back next time! Wu Heng said, turned and left. ?The butler stood at the door, muttered, "My taste is getting weirder and weirder," and then closed the door. ?Wu Heng walked back to the alley and took off his veil. Obviously, the fat man ran away. ?This morning, the news about Jianluan spread. The fat man must have guessed something and ran away. He has a bloated figure, but his reactions are really fast. ?Lean against the wall and think. ?It would be better for him to leave directly. He is not in the city, and there is no phone in this world, which means that the Knights of the Iron Guard cannot find him. After some time has passed, he will try to prove himself again. It is also difficult to produce any effective evidence. ?With his courage, whether he will come back or not is another matter. After thinking about it, he walked out of the alley and walked into the distance. Snake Emblem Consortium. In the reception room. "Master, you are here to pick us up." Minnie was two or three meters away and flew over. ?Wu Heng caught it and patted his back gently. Behind him were Andwyer and Lecia, who was wearing a long silk dress. "Be good, you go to the door and wait for me. We will go back in a while." Wu Heng said. The two women nodded, left the reception room and closed the door. Lecia sat aside, her legs crossed, and looked at him curiously, "I didn''t expect you to have two little maids." It was originally given by the deacon to take care of my life. Wu Heng explained casually. Humans dont like orthodox orcs, but they are very keen on rabbit girls and fox girls with human looks and animal characteristics. ?Wu Heng was young and rich, so it was not surprising that he had two maids at home. ?Lecia just made a joke and did not focus too much on these topics. ??But he continued: "Did you do what happened in Ji''anluan?" "I''ve heard about this too. It has nothing to do with me. How can I do that?" Wu Heng said. He entrusted his maid to Lecia. ?This happened that night. ?With Lycias wisdom, she must have deduced that there is a high probability of it. The consortium also has its own intelligence sources. Once they are combined with each other, they will probably be locked on him. ?Wu Heng is not afraid of Lecia betraying him. But there are some things that he can never admit. Once admitted, things will become more troublesome. ?Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "Gianluan is a member of the Secret Order." "Oh?" Wu Heng looked at her, "Do you know the other members?" What are you going to do? You really want to kill them all! Lesia said in surprise. "I told you that I didn''t do it." Wu Heng emphasized and continued: "Thank you for helping me take care of the two of them." Haha~! When it was delivered, you didnt even give me a chance to refuse it! If you are a friend enough, if you need help, just say it. Let me sort out this years gold business. Lecia said directly, holding her chin. She is targeting herself for the golden performance. Say it once and for all, as if he is the only one who has gold in Luntam City. Well, there is a chance. Wu Heng said. The two sat together and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng asked about the skill book and then said goodbye to him. Left the consortium. Take the maid back to your residence. Although the two of them didnt know what happened, they also knew that it must be related to several criminals who came to the residence before. Master, is there any problem? Anderweil said. "Well, it''s no problem. The store will open as normal tomorrow, and I will also arrange new guards for you." Wu Heng continued. Oh, good master. Just give a simple explanation. ?Wu Heng returned upstairs, while the two women started preparing today''s dinner downstairs. After a while, Minnie''s soft singing voice came. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went directly to the zombie world. Go out of the office building. There were densely packed skeletons standing outside the building. ??Arranged neatly. In the distance, Qiangzi and others were playing basketball, while women sat aside and watched and chatted. In the prison, the end of the world can no longer be seen. ?Wu Heng glanced at it from a distance and didn''t pay much attention to that side. Take out the various armors in the space ring. ?This time, in addition to 200 sets of leather armor, 60 sets of metal plate armor were purchased separately. ?Put the leather armor aside, and let the big-headed skeleton direct the ordinary skeletons to line up in a long queue, and come forward one by one to receive the armor and wear it. ?Wu Heng himself, carrying 60 sets of metal plate armor, walked directly to the side. Come, come here and put on your armor. The Fire Blade and the several skeletons transformed last night all came over. Pick up the armor on the ground and put it on directly. Wearing the armor really adds to the aura. Not long after, Li Yahong walked over quickly. said: I havent left the house for several days. "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "Basen will follow you from now on to protect your safety." Ah? Is this..., is this good? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 184 , and even took the initiative to send it up Chapter 184, even offered it up ??Bassen has been taken with him by Wu Heng. Acts as a personal bodyguard. From Li Yahong''s point of view, Bassen is definitely different from ordinary skeletons. At least he can be considered a skeleton who knows martial arts and has very high fighting skills. Now it is actually arranged for me. Is there any burden? Wu Heng saw her. No, give it to me, what should you do? Li Yahong asked. "Oh! I can just pick another one at random. Is one here enough for you? Otherwise, I will arrange two more for you." Wu Heng continued. One is enough. Its so safe here, and there are skeletons following us every day. Its easy to cause panic among the survivors, Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded. In fact, one Basen is enough. Wu Heng will follow any major actions. Basen, from now on you will follow Li Yahong to protect her safety. ??Bassen walked out from one side and stood next to Li Yahong. ?Standing in an orderly manner, like a bodyguard. Basen, please take good care of me in the future. Li Yahong said politely. ??Bassen did not respond. ??Wu Heng didnt dwell on this topic any longer and continued to ask: What have you been doing these past two days? Li Yahong took out a small book, compared it and said: "More than 300 iron spears were produced, and more than 500 throwing spears were produced. The convoy made two trips to the auto repair shop, transporting back 525 boxes of various daily necessities, and collecting supermarkets and grain and oil stores along the way. There are three trucks of supplies, and there are survivors on the radio who plan to join us and will be here in the next two days." ?Hey guys, there are precise numbers. Well, not bad. Leaving these things to Li Yahong seems to be the right decision. At least the situation is stable, everyone is proceeding according to the original plan, and the efficiency is quite good. Can the survivors come over? Wu Heng asked. ?Most of the roads are still occupied by zombies. ?Wanting to come here is not as simple as driving. You might be killed by a horde of corpses as soon as you go out. "I have planned a map for them. As long as they enter the road we have cleared, they will be safer." Li Yahong was silent for a moment and then said: "We can''t save everyone." "That''s right. I''ll let the big-headed skeleton lead the team to clean up the road again tonight." Wu Heng said. "good!" What information is there outside? Wu Heng continued to ask. Didnt I mention last time that there are armored vehicles in Yanshen Sanctuary? I reconfirmed with him that the armored vehicles will indeed be sold to foreigners, and the exchange rate is 200 bags of rice. Li Yahong said. 200 bags of rice, this is not a small amount. At this time, food is an important material, especially now that it is autumn. Without food in winter, a large number of people will be reduced. 200 bags, absolutely no shelter is willing to take so much in exchange for armored vehicles. The Flame God Sanctuary can put forward such conditions. Either they are showing off their weapons and equipment to attract more survivors to join them. ?Either the quantity is small, you use it yourself, and you deliberately raise the price. If you are willing to exchange it, you can make a profit, and no one will exchange it without suffering a loss. What else do they have besides armored vehicles? "I heard that there are rifles and light machine guns. I don''t know much about them, and I don''t know what the difference is." Li Yahong thought for a moment and answered. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t think about it for now. Plan your actions for tomorrow. Look at the nearby commercial streets, the ones with gold and silver shops. Let''s go there tomorrow to search for supplies." Oh okay! Li Yahong nodded. ??Although I dont understand why Im looking for a gold or silver shop in the last days. But Wu Hengs actions must have their own purpose. ?Gold stores are usually clustered in bustling commercial streets, where there are many shops and you can also search for supplies. Finished talking about work. Li Yahong had no intention of leaving immediately. She looked at the other party carefully and said in a low voice, "Weren''t you curious last time as to why Grandma Wang Ke was being raised in that shelter?" Ah, why? Li Yahong came closer and said mysteriously: "Grandma Wang Ke is a goddess. In the past, her grandma was the judge of things in the village. People in the village believed in this and she was more prestigious." ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood the meaning of his words. There are still many people among the older generation in rural areas who believe this. Especially in remote areas. ?Coupled with the end of the world, everything becomes weird, and people in the village may become more convinced of the existence of monsters and monsters. Even though his grandma has made no contribution, she has been protecting her until now. Speaking as a professional. Northeastern shaman. Are you in charge? Wu Heng asked curiously. "I don''t know about this. I guess it might... have some effect." Li Yahong couldn''t say clearly. Dont dare to talk nonsense. ??If you are really in charge of things, it will be bad if you talk nonsense and cause trouble. Even ghosts appeared. What kind of gods are there? Its not unacceptable. Then let her grandma tell us, we are friendly forces, dont cause trouble for us. Wu Heng also whispered. Are you afraid too? Li Yahongs eyes were slightly bent, and she was teasing with a smile. I was most afraid of these when I was a child. I believe you are a ghost. The two stood in front of the door and chatted for a while. ??Li Yahong still has to arrange work, so she can only be separated. Li Yahong went to the stadium. Go to Qiangzi and others to arrange tasks for tomorrow. Qiangzi and others who were playing basketball immediately exclaimed when they saw the figure following her. Wow, Sister Hong, isnt this Brother Skeleton from the Kings side? Why did he follow you here? Hello, Brother Skeleton! ?Several people behind him also bowed and saluted. ??Bassen has his own leather armor and is always with Wu Heng. His appearance is very easy to recognize. Now following Li Yahong like a bodyguard, everyone was a little surprised. Li Yahong said: "This is Basen. He will be responsible for protecting me from now on. There is no need to make a fuss." Wow~! Sister is so awesome. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and said, "Don''t keep yelling. You have to go out to search for supplies tomorrow. You will have someone check the vehicle in a while. Everything you need to carry when you set off is packed. Don''t make any mistakes." Dont worry, Sister Hong, Im the best at these. Qiangzi patted his chest. Well, you guys have fun, dont forget about business. Li Yahong said and walked towards the residential building. Hadron throws the basketball to other people. Followed up quickly. He asked with a face full of gossip: "Sister Hong, how far have you developed?" Li Yahong frowned and said, "What nonsense are you talking about!" "Sister Hong, many women are staring over there. You have to keep an eye on your brother-in-law. In this world, everyone wants to find a reliable backer." Qiangzi followed quickly and continued. ?Li Yahong narrowed her eyes slightly, "Who are they?" Those young ones are all, and Im a man, how about I give it a try? Qiangzi slapped his butt. I see you are really itchy. Sister Hong, I think the king also has thoughts about you. Otherwise, why would I have assigned Brother Basen to you? He must value you. Hearing these words, Li Yahong was still a little happy. Among the many survivors. is also a kind of preference for oneself. But his face was still serious and he said: "Don''t talk nonsense!" "Really, eldest sister." After pondering for a while, Qiangzi continued: "He is not enlightened. Sister, you have to be more proactive. There is a veil between women chasing men. You have to find a way to pierce this veil. In the future, you will be raped by others. If the little goblin seduces you, you will regret it. ?Li Yahong coughed lightly and said, "How to stab." Next time you two are alone, take the initiative Back to Luntam City, the sky was getting a little dark. There was a faint sound of thunder. Looks like its going to rain. The three of them had dinner and sat in the living room on the first floor to rest. ?Minnie is still practicing her fancy fists and embroidered legs, and she is still very energetic. ?It is actually too late for her to train now, and it will be difficult for her to achieve anything in the future. But everything is relative. ?Being a maid does not necessarily require high combat skills. The main thing is to enhance your physical fitness and protect yourself. After arranging new guards for both of them, they returned to their rooms to rest. The night is dark. Click~! A sound of thunder woke Wu Heng from his sleep. I instantly grabbed the weapon and looked around with vigilant eyes. It was already raining heavily outside the window, and there was lightning and thunder. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room, while Ba Wudong and Huo Ren were still guarding the door. At the corner of the stairs. ?Minnie is squatting in the corner of the jogging platform with her head in her hands. Minnie? Wu Heng shouted. Master Minnie raised her head pitifully. "Oh, you scared me. What are you doing squatting if you don''t sleep?" Wu Heng was speechless. Im afraid of thunder. Minnie said a little shyly. ??Wu Heng picked up a blanket and put it on her, "You won''t be afraid if you squat here!" Well, thats better. Minnie stood up. In the bedroom. Minnie curled up in her arms, feeling a little nervous. ??Wu Heng hugged her, leaned against her ear, and asked softly, "Minnie..." The rabbit girl said softly: "Master, we will be yours sooner or later." Soon, the rabbit girl in front of him was stripped clean. The skin is white, tender and smooth, and the figure is slim. Different from a mature woman like Wen Mansha, Minnie is full of youthful vitality. Click~! There was another thunder. Minnie exclaimed and clung to the other party. Second floor. The sound of thunder woke up Anderweil from her deep sleep. Looking up at the heavy rain outside the window, he went out to check the doors and windows on the first floor, but they were all closed. There is no sign of rain. ?Just when I was about to go back to my room, I heard a strange sound coming from the stairs, like a cat meowing, varying in pace. After careful identification, you can hear Minnie''s moans, which are filled with pain and discomfort. ?Looking solemn, he immediately suspected that another enemy had sneaked into the residence. But then, the voice suddenly became loud and joyful, and he immediately realized what was happening upstairs. Spit lightly and go back to the room directly. I tossed and turned, unable to fall asleep. The sounds from upstairs kept entering my ears, making my whole body hot and uncomfortable. After a while, I stopped breathing and breathed a sigh of relief. It actually started again. He even took the initiative to send it up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 185 ,have a rest Chapter 185, rest The next morning, it was still raining lightly outside the window. ?Andewil yawned, walked downstairs, and heard singing coming from the kitchen. ?Walking over, I saw Minnie cooking and humming a song. Looks like I''m in a good mood. How are you doing? Anderweil asked. Minnie, who was cooking, was startled by the sudden question. The kitchen utensils in her hand almost fell to the ground, and she hurriedly held them steady, "Sister Wei''er, what did you just say?" "I said, how are you feeling? If you are not feeling well, you don''t need to accompany me to the store, just stay at home." Minnies face turned red instantly and she said coyly, Im fine, Ill go with you. Really, there shouldnt be many guests due to the weather today, so you should stay at home and have a good rest. Minnie looked even more embarrassed, shook Anderweil''s arm, and said half-coquettishly: "Sister Weier, I''m really fine, I''ll go with you, I''ll be fine at home, but when the bad guys come, I''ll be even more scared. " Are you really okay? Its really okay. Then you called me for most of the night. Minnies neck turned red. She shivered for a long time and said, It doesnt hurt... I cant explain it to you. Anderweil stopped teasing her. Helping to prepare breakfast. By the time Wu Heng came down, breakfast had already been served on the table. Master Minnie smiled sweetly. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Is there nothing uncomfortable?" Master, why do you say that? Minnie said coquettishly. Anderweil snickered on the sidelines and said nothing. The three of them sat down at the dining table. Wu Heng continued: "I have prepared new guards for you. They are all level 8 skeletons. Take them with you when you go out." Level 8! It is already considered to be a not low level. You can be the leader of a small gang, and you can also be a backbone figure in a big gang. In Luntam City, at least some powerful men have this kind of configuration. Thank you, master. The two nodded in thanks. Have a simple meal. ?Wu Heng was ready to go upstairs. Before leaving, he said: "Minnie, if you feel uncomfortable, just stay at home today." "Ouch~! Master, please go upstairs quickly..." Minnie pushed him upstairs. ?Then he put away the tableware and followed Anderweil out of the house holding an umbrella. ?Wu Heng looked at the time. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. In prison. The convoy has been prepared, and the big-headed skeletons command the ordinary skeletons to slowly get on the back of the truck. ?Wu Heng stood not far away, accompanied by Li Yahong. "The location I chose this time is the Yingdu Mall in the county. There is a gold store on the first floor and there are a lot of supplies. You can collect a lot of supplies during a trip." Li Yahong said softly while holding the tablet. Shadow City Mall may not be famous in other places, but it is the most prosperous place in the county. ??It has declined somewhat in recent years, but the mall is still open and serves as a shopping place for nearby residents. The reason why Li Yahong chose this place. In fact, I also have my own considerations. ?While meeting Wu Hengs requirements, there must also be sufficient supplies to cope with the upcoming winter. Places like shopping malls are relatively comprehensive. They have everything, including bedding and cotton-padded clothes. A visit can solve many problems. For Wuheng, this place in the county is not bad. The main problem is to solve the problem of gold bars. All needs can be met with gold bars. At the same time, the county is also the only way to the city. He still clearly remembered the small promise he made to help her find her mother if he could go to the city. Although currently, it is unlikely that the other party will survive. But as long as the other party is not really sure to be dead, there is still hope. ?Before rescuing Grandma Wang Ke, everyone thought that the trip was in vain, and at most it would give Wang Ke some comfort. But it turns out that his grandma is still alive. She is a well-known goddess in the village and has great prestige. The little mother is not necessarily in danger. Of course you have to get there as soon as possible. Okay, how to set the distance? Wu Heng asked. Going along this road, you will definitely meet some zombies on the way. This road is wider and the chance of being blocked will be smaller. Li Yahong enlarged the map on the tablet to display a road. After the convoy started moving, the zombies were just chasing behind them, unable to pose much of a threat. The most troublesome thing is the clearing of obstacles on the road. Abandoned vehicles or dumped goods block roads. ? Frequent areas need to be cleaned every few meters, which is a waste of time. So the choice of road is also very important. Yeah, okay. Wu Heng didnt have any objections. ?Li Yahong arranged everything well, at least from his point of view, there was no problem. Not long after, Hadron in the distance waved his hand and shouted: "It''s time to go~!" Get in the car. ??Li Yahong got into the driver''s seat, and Wu Heng and many other skeletons also boarded the bus. Make sure everything is ready. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go." The convoy started and drove directly out of the prison gate. The convoy followed the road and returned to the main road. Follow the direction of the original community, drive through Changyingzi District, and continue to the county. Changyingzi District was cleaned up once before by Wu Heng and others. But when I came back again, there were still a lot of zombies wandering around. ??Although it cannot achieve the effect of a swarm of corpses, the number is still quite large. The convoy did not stop, but drove past quickly and continued towards the county. The construction of the main road is still very smooth. Simple obstacles along the way, the collision angle of the leading car can be directly knocked away, ensuring the normal passage of the following team. ??A large group of corpses began to follow behind. Did you sleep well last night? Li Yahong asked casually. "What''s wrong?" It seems that your mental state is not very good, maybe you havent had a good rest. Li Yahong sounded concerned. ??Wu Heng subconsciously touched his face, "It should be that I went to bed late last night, so maybe I didn''t get a good rest." Li Yahong glanced at him and continued: "You should find someone to take care of you. There are so many young girls in the prison, but there is no one you like!" Even though he is not rich in this aspect, he can still hear the other partys probing tone. He smiled and said, "As long as I have you, I don''t need anyone else." Li Yahong''s face turned a little red, "I guess you have a lot of vision." What about you? You are already the boss of the shelter. Dont you want to find a man? Wu Heng asked with a smile. ??Li Yahong''s eyes were a little wandering. She glanced at him and then said: "I think it''s just that some people are slow to react and seem to be unable to react." ??Wu Heng actually knew what Li Yahong meant to him. He also likes this smart partner. But in another world, I already have several female confidants. In this world, some of them dont know how to deal with them. In another world, a strong person can have multiple partners, and no one will blame you. ?Although the powerful men in this world can also possess more women, their ideas are still different, and it may become very troublesome at that time. I just wanted to speak. The intercom carried the voices of other members. The road ahead is blocked and it takes time to clear the road. ?At the same time, a voice came from the car behind, "There are a lot of zombies behind the car. If you park the car, you may be attacked by zombies." ?Li Yahong looked up. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Let the convoy pull over and all the skeletons are ready to meet the enemy." ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and gave the order. ??The convoy stopped aside, and a large number of skeletons got out of the car behind them. Surround the convoy neatly and enter a fighting state. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and looked back. A large number of skeletons are rushing towards this side. Get ready to throw your spear! Hurrah! The skeletons took out their throwing spears one after another and entered the throwing posture. "put!" Huh~! The sound of howling wind sounded. The spears were thrown like black raindrops, falling into the crowd of running corpses. ?With a clanking sound on the ground. A large number of zombies were pierced by iron spears and their bodies were cut and stuck on the ground. Get ready to throw your spear~let it go! Huh~! The second batch of spears fell from the sky, and the zombies fell again. Then the third batch followed, and the fourth batch threw spears. ?Like a harvester, washing the battlefield over and over again. When the group of corpses approached, there were only a hundred zombies with mutilated bodies rushing towards them. He was killed by a group of skeletons in the blink of an eye. The entire battlefield fell into silence instantly, and the skeleton group also entered the standby state again. The survivors who were accompanying them all had their eyes widened in disbelief. Is this the end? ?So many zombies just fell to the ground and disappeared. ?Especially people like Qiangzi who came from the auto repair shop. They have witnessed the fighting form of the earliest skeletons. Basically only close combat. Now, the entire skeleton team is constantly improving. From the bare bones at the beginning, to now wearing leather armor. In addition to pure melee attacks, there is also a method of throwing spears from a distance. Now it seems. ???King Yama''s supernatural powers are more terrifying than they imagined. The summoned skeleton is not only a tool that can slash weapons, but also improves itself. Hadron, what are you doing? Get out of the car and clear the obstacles. Li Yahongs urging voice came from the intercom. Oh, okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi replied, jumped out of the car, drove a forklift and started clearing the scrapped vehicles blocking the road. ?At the same time, Li Yahong continued to give the order: "The rest of the people have a look around, and if there is anything they can find, put it into the car, and pay attention to safety." The section of road where the motorcade stops. There are many digital shops on both sides. Although the world is no longer connected to the Internet, some functions such as taking pictures and radio stations on mobile phones can still be used. High-end products that were unaffordable before are now available casually. Everyone got out of the car and began to enter the store to carry the products inside. A few ordinary commercial vehicles can hold these things. ?Wu Heng commanded a large number of skeletons. Start to clean up zombie corpses along the road, and collect the thrown spears at the same time. Li Yahong set her sights on a fresh food supermarket a little further away. The distance is a bit far, but the zombies from the whole street are attracted. There should be no problem. ?Looking at the people who were moving things. Brother Wang, come with me to go there and have a look. Li Yahong greeted. ?Wang Chenggang glanced at it and said, "Okay, Sister Hong!" He took the other two people with him and followed Li Yahong towards the opposite side. ?Fresh food stores also have banners with special offers. ?Half-dried intestines were hung on it, swinging back and forth in the wind. Push the door open and enter. There was a rotten and moldy smell coming over my face. Even if I cover my mouth and nose, I almost faint from the smell. All the fruits and vegetables on the shelves have long since become moldy and spoiled, and some have even regrown new branches and buds. The ground was covered with sticky water, and when he stepped on it with his boots, there was still a strong sticky feeling. Sister Hong, there should be nothing to search here! Wang Chenggang said as he followed. Just take a look. Li Yahong walked forward. It is not the same as her idea. ?General supermarkets have a lot of supplies, but in fresh food supermarkets, there seems to be nothing to take away. But when everyone comes in, they just take a look and maybe they can take something away. After searching around the lobby, we continued walking towards the Customer Stop door. Just opened the door. ?Suddenly, a cold light pierced my face. In Li Yahong''s sight, the sharp dagger was getting closer and closer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 186 , what the hell Chapter 186, what the hell? ?Li Yahong''s face changed drastically, and a chill rose from her tailbone. ?The incident happened suddenly. She wanted to avoid it, but her body couldn''t keep up with the speed. I am about to stab myself. Suddenly, a hand grasped the handle of the dagger. The dagger, which was sharp and glowing with cold light, was only two or three centimeters away and stopped in mid-air. is Basson. Yes, I have a very powerful guard. ?Li Yahong woke up instantly, retreated quickly, and at the same time pulled out the dagger from her waist. ?Wang Chenggang and the others immediately took out their weapons and looked towards the darkness ahead with cold eyes. The dagger broke free from Basson''s hand and retracted into the darkness. Come out, you bastard. Wang Chenggang shouted loudly. "Hey, don''t be nervous, we thought it was some kind of zombie or monster." A male voice came from the dark cold storage. Six people walked out immediately, both men and women. ?Helmet on a shared bicycle, simple armor made of iron sheet, hard plastic and tire rubber, holding a sharpened iron pipe, dagger or machete in his hand. ?One of them is still holding a homemade hand crossbow and has already set the crossbow bolt. ?Although the attire is messy, it still has a strong wasteland atmosphere. They should also be people who come out to seek supplies. It''s just that the way the two parties met was not friendly. As for the explanation that they thought it was a zombie, it was difficult for Li Yahong and others to accept it. Their position is dark, and your own position is bright. ??They were still talking when they first came in. How could they not be able to tell the difference between humans and zombies? ??Without Basson present, Li Yahong might have been in danger. Not to mention being killed by the other party, if the fruit knife cuts the skin and leaves a little scar, it may turn into a zombie directly. By then it will be too late to say anything. You want to kill me? Li Yahong asked solemnly. ?The other party glanced at Li Yahong and others, seemingly comparing the combat effectiveness of the two sides. Avoiding the other party''s question, he continued to ask, "What''s going on outside? Were you just killing zombies, or were you chased here by zombies?" Put down your weapons, maybe we can still talk. Li Yahong said. ??The man on the other side still said, "Where did you come from and how did you avoid the crowd of corpses outside." The two of them talked about their own things, and neither of them answered the other''s questions. Just keep asking questions. Li Yahong lost patience, "Basen, kill them." Everyone present was stunned. ??Bassen, who was beside Li Yahong, lowered his figure and rushed towards the opponent as fast as a bolt of lightning. Bang~! The crossbow strings at the rear sounded, and the crossbow bolts roared out. Bassen single-handedly struck, and the crossbow arrow was instantly swung away. The whole figure is as fast as lightning and kills directly towards the enemy. ?Wang Chenggang frowned and shouted: "Follow me..." Speaking, he was about to take the lead and rush forward. ?Several other people also followed and killed him. Bassen had already rushed to the nearest person. He made a mistake and avoided the opponent''s slashing knife. The short blade in his hand turned into a cold light and directly cut the opponent''s neck. ?Blood spurted out, and rich blood spattered outwards. ?One person fell, but Bassen''s movements still did not stop. His shadow was like a ghost, constantly shuttling in front of several people, and his two short blades turned into streaks of cold light. Kill one enemy after another. ?The movements are clean and crisp. ?Wang Chenggang and others killed one person, and when he turned back to support them, they found that all the remaining people were killed by Bassen alone. Blood flowed everywhere. ?A few people stared at the scene in front of them with their eyes widened in surprise. The skeleton''s combat power is acceptable, but the killing speed is too fast. Its so fierce! ?Li Yahong was not too surprised. She has seen Bassen fight, and killing ordinary people is not a problem. Zizzizi~! There was a sound of electricity on the walkie-talkie, followed by Wu Hengs voice asking, Who is in the fresh food supermarket? ??Li Yahong pressed the intercom and replied: "I''m here. There are several survivors who tried to attack us. They have been killed now and are planning to take a look at the bodies." Walkie-talkies are open to the public. ?Hearing the news, people outside immediately gathered here. ?Wu Heng came in with the skeleton. ?Li Yahong quickly explained what happened just now, proving that she and the others had no choice but to kill them. ?Wu Heng glanced at the bodies on the ground and asked if anyone was injured. Having survived until now, I suddenly discovered that humans are more dangerous than zombies. ??As long as you make a sound, you can draw the zombies out. At worst, you can judge whether there are zombies in the building based on the roar. Human beings are different. They usually hide in dark corners, trying to sneak up on you and rob you of your supplies. Even if Xiaoxiao is allowed to investigate. It is also impossible to carefully visit every room or every corner. "Just kill them, it''s no big deal." Wu Heng comforted him and continued: "Look at what they have. Let''s take away the useful ones." ?Wang Chenggang and others stepped forward and opened all the backpacks behind the opponent. Taken out all the items one by one. ?Food, grain, wallpaper knives, axes and firecrackers, everything is available. It seems that it has just come out and has not gained much. I found a map here. Wang Chenggang said and handed over a map covered with tape. This is a map recording the areas and roads in the county. The difference is that symbols are drawn with red and blue pens in each area, which seems to have been marked. There is the mall they want to go to. Circle a circle with a red marker and put a red cross in the middle. Could it mean that the circled position is in danger? Li Yahong analyzed. ?Wu Heng nodded, it made sense. Said to several other people: "You go back and check the condition of the vehicle first, and be ready to set off at any time." Okay! Wang Chenggang and others agreed, took the trophies of several dead men, and walked out directly. After the others left, only Wu Heng, Li Yahong and a few skeleton queens were left. ??Wu Heng asked: "Who is the leader of these people?" It should be this person, he was the one who spoke during the conversation. Li Yahong pointed at the corpse of a man in the front. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and turned around to look at it. ??Wu Heng asked: "What do the marks on the map mean?" The corpse replied, "The red marks represent danger, and the blue marks represent the locations we have searched." This point is similar to Li Yahongs analysis. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Does the danger refer to the large number of zombies or the deformed zombies?" The corpse replied, "The red circle means there are more zombies and we cannot sneak in. If there is a red cross, it means there may be dangerous monsters inside." Asked here, the information on the map is already very clear. also represents the presence of aberrant zombies in the mall they are going to. After asking about the map, Wu Heng was not interested in anything else. The necromancy magic was directly dispersed, and the corpse fell down with a thud. ?Wu Heng continued to transform the remaining corpses into skeletons. We walked out together. Getting on the bus again, ready to move on. Li Yahong asked: "It seems that the mall is more dangerous." Commercial streets are bustling areas where zombies gather. Its not surprising that there are deformed zombies or other dangers, Wu Heng said. Past now? The principles are all understood, but it also increases the difficulty of killing. Lets go, were all here, and we cant go back any further. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "Keep going, be careful along the way." The convoy restarts and continues to move towards the target location. The convoy continued to move forward. As we approached Shadow City Mall, we started to park on the side of the road. The skeleton army began to clean up the zombies, cleaning up all the corpses drawn from the surrounding area. Wait until all the corpses are dead. ?Wu Heng and the others climbed onto the roof of the car and looked towards the streets leading to the mall in the distance. ?Just looking from a distance, everyones brows wrinkled. Is the air poisonous? The entire street seemed to be covered with a layer of gray-white fungi, and mushroom-like plants grew out of the heads of the corpses leaning against the corners. Like a wandering jellyfish, it keeps shrinking and releasing, releasing light green dust. The dust covered the entire street. Pervades the air. What the **** is it again? (End of this chapter) Chapter 187 , the plants have rebelled (please vote for me.) Chapter 187: Plants rebelled (please vote for me...) Holy shit, the plant is cheating, and Daves brain cant be saved. Qiangzi exclaimed. Cheating? Dave? The people next to him were stunned, "What do you mean?" The plants have rebelled! They are collaborating with the zombies. Qiangzi said. Other people cant understand it either. No one will pay attention to his topic anymore. ??Continued to look at the zombies in the distance, wondering, "It''s been too long, and the seeds have sprouted in my brain." Its possible, it might be a new type of zombie. The spores emitted should be similar to plant spores, floating in the air and must be poisonous. Nonsense, you can tell its poisonous just by looking at the color. ?A few people were discussing in low voices while looking at the green mist that filled the entire street in the distance. We have seen many kinds of zombies in our lives till now. But this is the first time I have seen it grow together with plants and form a symbiotic relationship. Its not a good situation either. At the very least, the poisonous mist forms a barrier, making it difficult for creatures to enter. ??Wu Heng stood behind, looking into the distance with a telescope, and was a little surprised by this form of zombies. ?Gene viruses and necromancy magic are really fundamentally different. No matter how much necromancy magic is developed, it cannot coexist with life. In other words, even if it is transformed into a rotting corpse, plants will not grow in the body. ??Whether you are magic fusion or plant cultivation and grafting. Necromantic magic is contrary to the elements of life. ??But zombies can coexist here and form a symbiotic relationship. Has anyone mentioned this kind of zombie at the main station? Wu Heng asked. "No, I haven''t heard of any mention of this kind of zombie. It should be a new type of zombie." Li Yahong replied after recalling it. The main station collects intelligence from various places and summarizes it. Then publish it to all places so that everyone can understand the types of zombies and how to target them. ?The zombies in front of me have not been mentioned, either because they are not available elsewhere, or because others are unable to obtain detailed information. ?These are not important anymore. How to deal with them is the most important thing. ?Wu Heng continued to observe. Li Yahong asked: "What should we do? If it doesn''t work, we can search elsewhere first." Try it first. Skeletons are not afraid of poisonous fog, so there should be no problem. Wu Heng said. At the same time, he glanced at the time. It was already past one o''clock in the afternoon when we came all the way. When the sun is at full strength. What do we need to do? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and first said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let all the skeletons get off the car and prepare to fight." Hurrah! All the accompanying skeletons jumped out of the carriage. They filled the entire street and began to change their order, forming a formation with spears in front and kitchen knives behind. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Li Yahong: "You ask everyone to turn around the convoy first. Everyone should have gas masks and be ready. If the poisonous gas spreads, remember to wear masks." Oh, okay! Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked the people standing on the roof of the car to watch the excitement to go back and prepare their masks. The convoy started to restart and began to turn around. It is also convenient to evacuate if special circumstances arise. After everything is ready. ?Li Yahong came over carrying a gas mask. You stay in the car, you dont have to follow me. Wu Heng said. Its okay, theres a gas mask. "No, this kind of poisonous gas is not certain yet. If you stay in the car, you might as well come and pick me up if you are in danger." Wu Heng continued. The two worlds are different, but essentially they are not very different. All negative impacts are related to your own attributes. ? ? A person with high physical fitness will have high resistance to various toxins, a high intelligence will be less likely to be confused by illusions, and a high charm will be less likely to be affected by mental state. ?The poison in front of us is permeated in the air. Even with a gas mask, it is difficult to guarantee that it will be 100% effective. ?Wu Heng himself did not intend to enter the poisonous mist, let alone let Li Yahong follow. Just a normal looting mission. ??If something happens to Li Yahong, it will be a big loss. Seeing his firm tone, Li Yahong did not persist and said, "Then please pay attention to safety. If it doesn''t work, we will move to another place. There are plenty of supplies." Well, lets go back. ?Li Yahong returned to the bus and waved to him. ?Wu Heng nodded and began to make his own preparations. ?First he took out a bottle of antidote and drank it for himself, then took the gas mask in his hand. ?At the same time, he released Xiaoxiao and said: "Xiaoxiao, help uncle look around to see if there are any of those kind of deformed zombies, or any weird monsters, or survivors." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao spun around in the air and flew forward. After Xiaoxiao left, Wu Heng directly ordered, "Go forward." Crash. The skeleton army immediately moved and began to advance. Start to take action and start heading towards the commercial street. As the skeleton army approaches. The sound of marching immediately attracted the attention of the mushroom zombies in the poisonous fog. They all turned their heads and looked this way. Hahhhh~! When they saw the approaching skeleton army, they immediately let out a deafening roar. ?One sound after another, one after another. The wandering zombies began to turn around, and the zombies leaning against the wall also stood up stiffly. Click it, click it! Dense and harsh sounds kept ringing. ?These mushroom zombies move extremely slowly. ??The movements are stiffer than those of ordinary zombies, like a mechanical dancer. The joints swing and click, and the mushroom-shaped plant on the head keeps spitting poisonous mist as it moves. Like a branch that has been broken with force. ??More and more mushroom zombies began to gather along the road while spreading poisonous mist. Soon, a huge group of corpses formed. Standing within sight of everyone in front. ?They are crowding and pushing each other, approaching this way. It''s just that the speed is a bit slow and the steps are shaky. ?Wu Heng looked at the poisonous mist in front of him and thought for a while. ? Raise your hand and release a [Fireball Technique] in the sky above the corpses. ??The blazing fireball soared into the sky, exploded with a bang, and turned into flames that filled the sky and scattered into the poisonous mist. At the moment when the flame fell. All poisonous mist is like ignited cotton wool. The fire spreads and the fine particles in the poisonous mist are burned out. Before Wu Heng could be happy, the poisonous fog produced by the zombies quickly covered him again. Not much has changed. It seems that this trick is not very easy to use. ?Seeing the mushroom zombies gradually approaching, Wu Heng put on the gas mask. Order, "Get ready to throw your spear!" Hurrah! All skeletons drew out their throwing spears and assumed throwing postures. When the zombie swarm enters the shooting range. "put!" Huh~! The throwing spear whizzed out and fell into the zombies. ??With a clanking sound, the corpses fell to the ground like wheat. The second wave of spear throwing has not yet been ordered. ?Wu Hengs brows wrinkled again. The mushroom zombie that fell to the ground staggered back to its feet. The casualties were much smaller than imagined. It seems that the body of this zombie has been strengthened, making it harder to kill than ordinary zombies. This is giving up speed and strengthening the body. ?Wu Heng muttered. ? ing, but the characteristics of mushroom zombies have been very obvious. It is somewhat inaccurate to say that it is the defense power, it should be the toughness of the skin. Get ready to throw your spear! Wu Heng said again. The skeleton group continued to take out the second batch of throwing spears. "put!" Huh~! The second batch of spears flew out again, falling into the zombies like raindrops. ?The zombie was stabbed by a spear and fell to the ground with a clanking sound.?????"Throw the spear... let go!" Huh~! Then came the third and fourth rounds of throwing spears, which landed with a clatter among the zombies. No matter how tough the skin is. After several rounds of throwing, large pieces fell down. There were many casualties. As for the dead zombies, the mushrooms on their heads also closed directly and stopped releasing poisonous gas. It''s like dying with it. ?Wu Heng watched the corpses approach. As soon as you get close, release [Grease] and [Fireball] to ignite it. ?The fire shot up into the sky instantly, and the scorching temperature distorted the surrounding air. ?Wu Heng quickly retreated to avoid the poisonous mist that followed the corpses. The mushroom zombies did not increase their intelligence. Howling, lurching, rushing into the flames. Puff puff puff~! ?The fire drowned the zombies, and the mushrooms above their heads exploded one after another under the flames. The slow movement speed also makes the fire burn more vigorously. The fire burned to a height of more than two meters. Soon, the zombies, which looked like charred corpses, rushed out of the fire and continued to charge forward. ??Its just that the mushroom on his head has shrunk, like blackened garlic. Puff puff puff~! ??The charred corpse crashed into the spear, and there was a sound of flesh and blood being penetrated. ?Zombies roar and claw. ?The spear skeleton also kept thrusting out spears, piercing the enemy''s body. The two sides began to fight hand-to-hand. Then, zombies rushed out from the alleyways on both sides. ??Wu Heng continued to mobilize his troops and began to attack the zombies in the alley, slashing and roaring, which resounded throughout the space. The fighting became more intense. The corpses and bones gradually piled up into a hill. There are more corpses than skeletons. After all, it was transported by truck, not all the troops. ??But the skeletons are not ordinary first-level skeletons. They are of a high level and have complete equipment. It is difficult to distinguish between them when they kill each other. Just then Wu Heng issued orders one after another to arrange for the two Terrorclaw monsters to be sent out. When assisting the tunnels on both sides. Xiaoxiao flew back from the opponent''s air. ??Pointing to the "Shadow City Mall" building on the ground, he said: "Uncle, there is a monster in that building. It looks so scary." ?Wu Heng looked suffocated. ? After confirming that there would be no changes in the situation, he asked: "What kind of monster." A person grows in a tree. In the tree? You mean the big tree? Yes, its so scary! Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. ??Xiao Xiao made a sound and immediately got into his body. The shared picture also appeared in my mind. In Yingdu Mall. The poisonous mist became more intense, the ground was covered with green moss, the pillars and facade were covered with vine-like branches, stumps and broken arms could be seen everywhere, and mushrooms that spewed poisonous mist grew. At this time, it no longer looks like a mall. It is more like entering a primitive ecological park. Xiaoxiao walked around the mall. In a separate store on the first floor. The monster was discovered. This is the image of a female zombie, whose whole body seems to be integrated with the plants. The body is made of several branches intertwined, and the trunk is covered with various strange fungi. ?The feet are connected to other plants in the building, and it seems impossible to move. He still kept his face, wore broken glasses, and wore a hanging plate on his shirt that read "Xinxin Nursery Flowers". ?This zombie kept roaring, and its body kept shaking with the roar. Fungi exude more poisonous mist. It looks like it has turned this place into its nest, or nurturing ground. Spread the spores outward, spreading the parasite little by little. Level 2 zombies? It is still said that the level is higher. The flesh and plants are completely symbiotic, and can also seed ordinary zombies. ??What a weird zombie! The small line of sight continued to circle around the entire area. No other aberrant zombies were found. Normally speaking. ?This area is very large and is the most prosperous road section. Such a dense population of zombies should also give birth to more deformed zombies. But it is obviously different from that in the analysis. There is no second type of aberrant zombie. Maybe two kinds of aberrant zombies exist together. ??Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and asked her to be on guard nearby, while he continued to focus on the battlefield. Mushroom zombies, groups of zombies that spit out smoke like steam trains, rush towards the skeleton team in batches. The body is full of resilience and can withstand sharp spears. He rushed towards the skeleton in the front row regardless of his own safety. ?But the spear still thrust out over and over again, piercing the rotting body and piercing the zombies that came up. ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeletons beside him and ordered: "Big guy, big guy, you guys go help and clean up the corpses as soon as possible." Four tall skeletons three meters tall stood up. Charge forward with big strides. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The figure is like an out-of-control truck, forcibly pretending to be on a road. Swing his arms like a pendulum, knocking away all the zombies around him. Zizzizi~! The sound of electricity came from the walkie-talkie, followed by Li Yahong''s voice, "How''s it going over there? I see that the poisonous fog has gotten a lot smaller. Do you need us to move closer?" ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom switch, and a voice came from under the gas mask, "No, you stay where you are. I will notify you if necessary." Received, be careful. Hang up the communication. Wu Heng''s eyes continued on the battlefield and he directly ordered: "Advance forward." The skeleton group immediately took action. The spear moved forward and began to advance slowly. ?Several large skeletons, the Terrorclaw skeletons, also began to attack. Push the zombie and start to retreat. Broken limbs and broken bones were scattered on the ground. Night falls. The fighting on the commercial streets also gradually ended. The whole street was covered with corpses, and thick blood formed streams. ??The remaining mushroom zombies were crawling hard, but were rushed over by a few large skeletons, whose heads were trampled and their spines were broken. ?A gust of autumn wind blew by, and the original poisonous fog had dispersed. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and went directly to his destination. Shadow City Mall. ?The French glass door has been completely shattered. Only the edge of the door frame, sharp glass fragments can be seen. Uncle, the big tree monster hasnt left yet, its still inside. Xiao Xiaoxiao wrote. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked far away at the building where smoke bombs were released. said: "Go in and kill all the targets." A big guy, a Dreadclaw monster, with a large skeleton attached to it. Go directly into the building. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 188 , 15 potted plants Chapter 188, 15 potted plants The interior of the building is darker. ?Standing outside, you can see bursts of poisonous gas spreading out. ??Wu Heng threw out a [Dancing Light Technique], and four light groups flew out and hung on a billboard in the mall. The scene inside is also a little clearer. The carpet covered the ground and walls, and mushrooms spewing poisonous mist grew out of the broken limbs. There is no difference between the picture seen by Xiao Xiao. There was no change inside because all the zombies outside were killed. Go in and kill all targets. A big guy, a Dreadclaw monster, with a large skeleton attached to it. Go directly into the building. The moment when the skeleton steps into the building. The plants inside, as if they were feeling something, began to emit poisonous gas rapidly, like an engine stepping on the accelerator. Running at high frequency. The poisonous fog inside the building became even denser, and even the bright dancing light spell turned into a blurry light group. "Xiao Xiao, go in and take a look. When they are finished, come out and let me know." Wu Heng said to Xiao Xiao, who was lying on his shoulder. Okay. Xiaoxiao agreed. Go directly through the building and into the mall. Following that, the sound of fighting sounded inside the building. The violent impact caused waves of poisonous mist to spread. ?Like a large-scale demolition site, with huge roars and violent shaking. ?There are still waves of air that are constantly swaying. The sound of fighting probably lasted for more than half an hour. Xiaoxiao flew out from inside, gesturing with his fists, and said: "Uncle, that monster is dead, and you have also lost a lot of skeletons." Let me see how he died. Wu Heng said. Smallly penetrate into the body. ??The scene of the battle just now is also synchronized in my mind. ??The zombie connected to the plant stretched out vine tentacles with its arms and kept slapping the skeletons that rushed in. With each blow, moss splattered on the ground, and the tiles underneath instantly shattered. The weaknesses are equally obvious. The body seems to have been connected to the creeping vines in the building. Although the attack was fierce, it never moved even half a step. Finally, he was surrounded by several high-level skeletons, who forcibly tore off the connecting vines and was directly smashed to death. Actually, if Wu Heng hadnt appeared. ??This deformed zombie can be said to be invincible. ??Creatures are afraid of poisonous gas and cannot enter, and as long as the surrounding zombies come close, they will be parasitized and form new mushroom zombies. Shadow City Mall has become its hotbed. Just a bit unlucky, I met Wu Heng. ??Undead creatures are not afraid of poisonous gas, and they have so many skeletons. Its like meeting your nemesis. Soon, all the skeletons in the building came out, carrying a half-plant, half-human deformed zombie on the shoulders of the big man. With a bang, a cloud of dust was thrown up in front of Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng subconsciously took two steps back, waiting for the dust to fall before approaching again. The zombie in front of him looked like an uprooted plant, with its lower body made of torn branches. Looking at the corpse in front of him, he hesitated. ??This is a deformed zombie. There is nothing to argue about. Now we have to consider whether it is better to forward it into a rotten zombie or a skeleton. Just like the previous Bawudong, after transforming into a skeleton, he lost the effect of his own scales. The zombies in front of us are obviously more suitable for the category of rotting zombies. But rotting corpses also have their own disadvantages, such as the presence of diseases and unpleasant smell. Immediately afterwards, I thought of another point: necromancy magic cannot coexist with plants. Even if it is transformed into a carrion, it cannot grow plants again. No matter what kind of poisonous plant it is, it cannot be grown through necromancy magic. Fell into hesitation. Searching in the brain of the corpse, we found a round fleshy corpse core, Wu Heng said. Zhan Yi on the side stepped forward, opened the mouth of the corpse, thrust the dagger upwards, then reached in with his hand and started searching. ?While rummaging around, he took out a lump of sticky rotten meat. One of them can be seen completely red, like a corpse core of a miniature brain. Level 3 corpse core? Each level of corpse core has obvious characteristics. The corpse core in front of you should have reached level three. ??Its just that there is no finished product to compare with, so we cant be 100% sure whether it has reached Level 3 or not. Pick out the corpse core from the rotten meat and put it into the prepared plastic bag. Looked at the corpse in front of him again. I still plan to use the [Corpse Reduction Technique]. ??If the rotting corpse has a serious impact on yourself or the prison, it is not too late to destroy it. If it is really transformed into a skeleton, it may lose its original characteristics. Lets look at the attributes first and then talk about it. After confirming the idea, immediately release [Corpse Spell] on the corpse. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the corpse, and the next second, the withered fungi on the body fell off and fell to the ground. The dead branches of the vines with extended limbs are also shriveled and stiff. It is among these changes. The corpse on the ground slowly stood up. Like a humanoid woman wrapped in bark. Carrion and Plant Monster (Level 15) The naming of the system. Generally, names are named based on characteristics. Although the name is convoluted, its own characteristics can also be seen. And the level actually reached level 15. Directly surpassed the rest of the undead and became the highest-level undead attendant. Continue to view properties. Carrion and Plant Monster (Level 15) Level: 15 Attributes: Constitution 33, Strength 25, Intelligence 18, Perception 24, Charisma 15. Characteristics: Rotten Servant, Intermediate Soul, Dead Wood Mimicry, Weak Fire. Expertise: biological aberrations, genetic aberrations. Ability: whip, entangle vegetation, spit fungi. Deadwood Mimicry: This unit is stationary, can cover up its humanoid appearance, and disguise itself as tangled deadwood. Weak Fire: This unit is afraid of fire and will suffer higher damage when touching the fire. Biological Aberration: Constitution +3, Intelligence +2, Perception +3. Genetic Aberration: Constitution +8, lack of agility. Lack of agility: This unit cannot move on its own. Whip: Form a vine whip, causing whipping damage to the target. [Haunting Vegetation]: The dead plant monster spawns ''grasping roots'' and ''vines'' in the designated area (which are ''simulated'' by necromancy magic. The magic will fail and will wither quickly). This area is considered difficult for non-plant creatures. Terrain, for restraint and attack. ) Spit fungus: Fungi breed in the abdomen and spit forward, forming a poisonous mist environment. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly when he looked at the properties of the withered plant monster. ??Looked at the attribute column twice before confirming that the opponent really did not have the attribute of agility. The ghost has no power, because it is in the state of the soul, so there is no power. ??And this dead plant monster doesn''t even have agility, which means it can''t move on its own at all. Even if the branch is torn off, it will stand upright in front of you. Come out. Wu Heng said. ??The withered plant monster still stood there, looking at him without any movement. I''m done. I really cant move. A level 15 potted plant! (End of this chapter) Chapter 189 , the area outside the city was attacked Chapter 189: Attacked outside the city The highest level. But it cannot be moved. What is the difference between this and a potted plant? Can''t really grow it in a flower pot. Still, every time you fight, you need to arrange for someone to carry it. Putting this aside for now, Wu Heng took a deep breath. Continue to look at the remaining properties. Physique and strength are not low, and are higher than the newly added Fire Blade. The last three attributes are not low either. Especially the intelligence, which reached 18 points, already surpassing the other servants transformed from zombies. Except for being unable to move, the rest of the attributes are not considered low. Characteristics, except rotten slaves and intermediate souls. Also added [Deadwood Simulation] and [Weak Fire]. Deadwood Mimicry, you can completely transform into a deadwood form for camouflage in a stationary state. ?This is actually quite useful. After all, you can''t move. Camouflage is a good means of self-protection. The second [weak fire] is that you are afraid of fire. ?This seems to be consistent with the form of fusion between itself and dead wood. ?Had I known that I could let the fire blade in, my own weapon would have the fire attribute effect, and the battle would be smoother. There are three types of abilities. WhipIt is a method of whipping the enemy with both arms turned into vine whips. I have seen it in my childhood memory. Haunting Vegetationis a magic skill that forms a difficult terrain covered by vegetation, restricting the enemy''s movement. However, this skill is also mentioned. It is vegetation simulated by necromancy magic and cannot be preserved for a long time. Once the magic is terminated, it will wither and disappear immediately. But its not important, and we dont expect it to last for a long time. ialular. Finish checking the properties of the wight. Except for being unable to move, everything else is satisfactory. ?Standing outside for a while. The poisonous fog inside the building also gradually dissipated. Lets go in. Wu Heng said, and at the same time, he released a [Dancing Light Technique] on the skeleton in front. ?Entering Yingdu Mall, all the plants on the ground have withered and make a clicking sound when you step on them. ??? He took a quick look at the shops around him. I saw three gold shops in succession on one side, as well as gold and silver jewelry scattered all over the ground. ?Wu Heng immediately smiled. The shopping mall in the county is more prosperous than the one at home. ?There are three gold shops in a row, and there are more goods in the cabinets. ?Wu Heng walked over and packed up all the gold and silver jewelry he could find. In the hidden compartment under the counter, I also found a large number of gift boxes and ribbons, and packed them together. The number is really quite large, so its not a waste of time. After plundering the gold store, Wu Heng walked out directly. As for the rest of the supplies, they will still have to be handed over to Li Yahong and the others. Go out of the mall building. His figure was stretched thin under the headlights of the motorcade. Zizzizi~! Li Yahongs voice came over the intercom again, How is the situation? ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said: "The zombies in the Shadow City Mall have been eliminated, but the interior is covered with a lot of plants and dust, so the supplies that can be looted should be very limited." When its daytime, we will search for the uncontaminated ones and discard the rest, Li Yahong said. Alright, lets talk about it tomorrow. ??Wu Heng led a group of skeletons and walked towards the direction of the convoy. The big man is carrying the new immovable withered plant monster. The skeleton army completely protected the convoy. All car lights are turned off and get ready to take a rest. Get on the bus. ?Li Yahong spread a blanket in the back seat of the row. Squint here for a while, it will be dawn in a while. ?Wu Heng took off his mask and put it aside, "What about you?" "I''m short, so I can sit on a short seat." Li Yahong''s face suddenly turned red. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. The sky is getting a little brighter, and I cant keep my eyes open for long. The supplies here cannot be transported in one go, and with the corpses all over the ground, it may take several days to transport them, Li Yahong said. Thats actually right. ?During the fight, not only zombies from the nearby streets were attracted. Although many of them are covered with poisonous fog or mushrooms and cannot be used, there should be a lot of other supplies. It will definitely not be finished in one or two attempts. Wu Heng thought it right and immediately said: "Then find a place to station yourself first, and then transport it to the prison." Well, thats good too. Lets rest first and think about these things again when it gets daylight. "good!" Its dawn. Li Yahong and others began to enter the commercial street to search. ??The skeletons formed a long queue, carrying various supplies and stacking them into the truck compartment. It was not until the afternoon that several trucks and businesses were fully loaded. ??The harvest this time is still great. ?The supplies in front of them are enough to support them through this winter. Li Yahong came back and said: "The fleet is full, and it needs to be run at least three times." It can be seen that Li Yahong is in a very good mood. ? ?Searching for supplies is like opening a blind box, giving people a sense of novelty and unknown harvest. Wu Heng took the map filled with red circles and looked at it carefully, and said: "Let the big-headed skeleton accompany you back. I will occupy this place. When you come back, I will continue to transport the supplies back, and then I will take the supplies back." Also explore a few red circle locations. Dangerous locations should be those of deformed zombies. Walking back and forth wastes time. ?Wu Heng plans to establish a temporary base here first. Hides the cleaning of these locations, and can also help convoys transport supplies. ?The two of them discussed this matter last night. ?Li Yahong also agrees. He looked around and said, "At least choose a location that is convenient for living. There is a hotel over there, so occupy it!" ?Wu Heng wont live here either. Whether its a hotel or not doesnt really matter. Still nodded. After all, you need a door to go back and forth, or a hidden building. Okay, lets go over there! ?Wu Heng entered the hotel with the skeleton. The hall is relatively messy, but most of the rooms are relatively clean. It seems that business is not doing well. When the zombies broke out, there were few people staying in the hotel. After everything is taken care of. ?? Li Yahong led the rest of the convoy, escorted by big-headed skeletons and some skeleton soldiers, and began to deliver supplies to the prison. Wait for the convoy to leave. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to seal the entire hotel to ensure that no monsters would rush over. ??Checked it again and confirmed that there was no problem. He walked upstairs. Xiaoxiao floated in the air and said, "Uncle, when are you going to save my mother?" Wu Heng looked at her and said seriously: "We have arrived in the county now. When the road opens, we will go directly there. During this time, Aunt Li will contact the city''s shelter to see if your mother is there. news." Uncle, do you think my mother will be alive? ?The steps up the stairs paused, and I didnt know how to answer. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Of course, Wang Ke''s grandma is still alive, and your mother will definitely be alive too." Mentioning Wang Kes grandmother. Xiao Xiao immediately floated in front of him, floating upside down as he said, "Last time I went to see her secretly, there were many statues of gods on her table." Arent you afraid? "What are you afraid of? Is grandma very fierce?" Xiaoxiao didn''t understand. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Aren''t you afraid of gods or something?" No way, those are all lies. ??Wu Heng glanced at the ghost floating in the air and nodded in agreement. Take her back. Choose a room, open the door and walk in directly. Return to Luntam City. The house is empty. Minnie and Andwyer were supposed to go to the store, but they haven''t come back yet. ?Wu Heng walked out of his home and had a full meal at a nearby tavern. Go directly to the association. After all, the Knights of the Iron Guard are still investigating the massacre of Gianluans family. ?If you dont show up for a long time, you may be considered to have run away, making the matter even more difficult. Let yourself relax and enter the association. Did not go to the lounge immediately. Instead, he was in the hall, intending to listen to other people''s conversations and how the investigation was progressing. It''s just that it''s a little different from what he thought. The conversation has already changed. No one cared about the affairs of Gianluan, but mentioned a familiar name, the Warhammer Party. The Warhammer Party is so cruel, they dare to come here to kill people. I heard that at least a thousand people died in the area outside the city. It was a mess, and the corpses that were taken away were piled up in mountains. Hearing this, Wu Heng also frowned. It seemed that something very important suddenly happened during the day I left. Warhammer Party. That is to say, the Warhammer Party that blocked the road before and forcibly cut off the freight road in Luntam City appeared again. Didnt the Knights of the Iron Guard kill them all? But he drove him away, and now he comes back to take revenge? ??Moreover, this time the area outside the city was attacked. ??Wu Heng stopped and stood aside and continued to eavesdrop on the conversation of several people. Im afraid the prices in the city will rise again in the past few days. Ill buy more food and necessities when I go back. I also heard that the Warhammer Party has recruited some gangs, and there may be bigger moves. What is all this fuss about? You think, if the Warhammer Party attacks Wrentam City, can the Knights of the Iron Guard defend it? "What we can defend is nothing more than mobilizing the gangs and residents in the city. The Knights of the Iron Guard only have a few people." I hope there wont be a fight. ?A few people chatted for a while and then dispersed. At this time, several new wanted notices were posted on the notice board. is the first one. The leader of the Warhammer Party-Skull Crusher Dragisha, with a bounty of 3 gold, a high-level prop, and level 2 meritorious service. (End of this chapter) Chapter 190 , swordsmen and thieves Chapter 190, Swordsman and Thief Except for the leader''s second-level meritorious service. ?Besides, there are wanted notices for the backbone and squad leaders, with bounties ranging from 500 to 800 silver coins, and some also come with third-level merit. ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he saw this scene. Among the wanted criminals in the past, only the leader could be listed on the reward order. The Warhammer Party in front of us, from the leader to the backbone, plus a few captains, are all on the wanted list. Every member of the team is ruthless. I have only been away for a day, but it feels like I have been away for a long time. Surprise is indeed surprise. But if you think about it carefully, it seems that it is not a bad thing for you. At least to a great extent, it attracted the attention of the Iron Guard Knights. ?Now that the enemies have begun to harass the surrounding areas of the city, there is not much energy left to investigate the destruction of the ''Jianluan'' mansion. Wait a few days, with the level of investigation in this world. No matter how much I check, I cant find anything on my head. ?Standing in front of the notice board for a while, I overheard the conversations of several mercenary groups. After seeing that there was no newer or more exciting news, he walked straight to the corridor on one side and headed to the team lounge. open the door. Duke was wiping his battle ax with a linen cloth soaked in linseed oil. The whole room smelled of grease. Captain! Duke greeted. At the same time, he saw the two skeletons accompanying him and asked curiously: "Captain, have you changed your attendants?" Bassen was left to Li Yahong. His attendants became "Bawudong" and "Fire Blade". ??The Fire Blade is a human warrior with a strong and broad body, which is obviously different from Basson''s body type. ??Coupled with a full body of iron armor and a long sword hanging on his waist. You can recognize it at a glance. Well, this is Fire Blade, a warrior. Wu Heng said. Oh! Duke nodded to the skeleton as a greeting. ??Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down aside, and asked casually: "What''s going on in the city? Are they all discussing the Warhammer Party?" "Last night, people from the Warhammer Party attacked the outer area of ??the city. Many people from the gangs and local residents died. I heard that the outer area is now in chaos, the residents are panicking, and some gangs have clashed one after another." Duke replied Said. Duke is an aborigine of this city. I know some people in the outer districts of the city, so I can find out some of them. What do the Knights of the Iron Guard say? "The outer areas of the city have not been taken seriously. We haven''t seen any action so far. The most is that the management gangs come forward to see how to deal with these things. The inner city areas will not take care of it." Duke continued. ?It seems that the Warhammer Party is really difficult to deal with. ??The last siege was carried out by the Iron Guard Knights, the Association Squad, and several gangs, but they only drove away the Warhammers. ?Now it''s back again, and it caught everyone here by surprise. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. I just wanted to ask about the situation in Ji''anluan. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and then a staff member of the association looked in. Saw Wu Heng sitting in the lounge. Immediately showed a smile and said: "Captain Wu Heng, the deacon informs you to go to the study." "okay!" Staff leave. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out directly. Deacon''s study. ?Gomez was frowning and looking at the document in his hand. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he motioned for him to sit aside and said, "Didn''t I see you in the morning meeting?" I went to meet an informant this morning, and I am currently investigating a wanted criminal. Wu Heng said casually. Team 12 has gradually gained some fame within the association. ??What they are best at is catching wanted criminals. Not long after it was first established, half of the wanted criminal reward orders on the notice board were taken down by them. ??Wu Heng said that he was investigating a wanted criminal, and Gomez didn''t have much doubt. Just continued: "You must have heard about the Warhammer Party, right?" I heard about it and attacked the residential area outside the city, causing some casualties. "Well, next, all wanted criminals and rescue missions are suspended, and each team will assist in patrol work in various areas to enhance the city''s defense and security." Gomez put down the document in his hand and said directly. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling a little surprised by this incident, but it made sense. But from a personal standpoint. He did not think it would be wise for the association to wade into this murky waters. ??The Warhammer Party, from the leader to the backbone and even the captain, are all on wanted notices. In other words, they will have no fear of killing association members. With team members involved, the danger increases rapidly. Where are the Iron Guard Knights and those gangs? Wu Heng asked. Their tasks are heavier, and we are only assisting in patrolling. Gomez said. When the deacon assigned the task, he had no choice. But when performing tasks, you can also avoid some dangers by yourself, such as not going on patrol, or walking around briefly and then breaking up and going home. Deacon, which patrol area are we responsible for? Wu Heng asked. In the northern area of ??the outer city, we complete two patrols every day. If you find anything special, remember to report it to me in time. Gomez said directly. Outer city area, okay. There is no area outside the city. Deacon, there are just three of us. We have added new members to our team. You can take them with you when the time comes. Gomez continued. That''s all. There is no need to continue to persist. Okay, I understand the deacon. Return to the lounge. ??Duke is still playing with his battle ax. Captain, is there a new mission? Duke said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Have someone call Marta over. The association team has been assigned tasks. Let''s go out as soon as possible and come back early." Oh, okay. Duke walked out directly. He came back after a while. There is no need for them to call members over, there will be corresponding staff to handle the matter. ~! ?Wu Heng and Duke chatted in the room for a while. Then the door was knocked again. "Enter!" ?The door opened and two men, one tall and one short, walked in. ?One person is wearing silver armor with an iron sword hanging on his waist, and the other is wearing leather armor with two daggers and a small quiver on his waist. On the arm you can see the folded arm crossbow. Enter the room. The two of them quickly glanced around the room. The man with the sword said: "We are the newly assigned members." As soon as Duke heard about the members, he immediately smiled and said, "Come in quickly, this is our captain Wu Heng, my name is Duke." Hello, captain, hello Duke. The man with the sword said seriously. The man in leather armor also smiled and said, "Hello, captain, hello Mr. Duke." Just now the deacon said that new members have been assigned. Looks like this is the time. Also come two at a time. Have you brought the file? Wu Heng asked. Bring it. The two of them handed over the file in their hands. Wu Heng opened it and took a direct look at it. ??The man with the sword is called ''Gaulberry''. He is 24 years old. He is a level 6 swordsman by profession. He comes from a powerful family in the Kingdom of Yeko. He was originally a reserve member of the 3rd team. He participated in 6 rescue missions and cooperated with the arrest of wanted criminals twice. ??The man wearing the dagger is called "Burke". He is 27 years old and is a level 7 professional thief. He was recommended by the city hall. His resume simply states that he has cooperated in the arrest of wanted criminals many times. ?Wu Heng looked at the information. He raised his head again and glanced at the two people standing not far away. ??Gaulberry is actually okay, he was originally a reserve team member, but this time he was directly assigned to his own team. But the thief in front of me... was recommended from the city hall. ? Can the local city hall also send people to the association? In the past, people were dissatisfied. Its suddenly full now. Wu Heng had to make him doubt their identities. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 191 , they are all moles Chapter 191: They are all moles ?Wu Heng glanced at it and closed the two file bags directly. He smiled and said: "Welcome to join. No matter what your status was before, we will be team members from now on and we must take care of each other." Yes, Captain. The two nodded immediately. Wait a moment, there is still one team member who has not come over. The two of them sat down aside and waited silently. ??The swordsman remained silent, while the thief found a topic and started chatting with Duke. Duke is a tall man, but he is not too old. The other party took the initiative to speak, and soon they started chatting. He also looked like an old man in the team, answering various questions. Not long after, Marta opened the door and walked in. Wu Heng introduced the new members to Marta. ?He got up directly and walked out with a few people. Due to the Warhammer Partys affairs, the deacon has arranged patrol missions for our team, twice a day, in the northern district of the outer city. Wu Heng walked in front and said softly. Its not the job of those gangs to patrol! Duke said. "Now is a critical period. There are not enough people in the Iron Guard Knights, so we have to help patrol." Wu Heng said as he walked. Oh, listen to the captain. ?A few people left the inner city area directly and walked around the outer city area. The atmosphere in the city was very tense. Hands of gang members can be seen everywhere. Long queues have begun to form in some grain stores and medicine stores, and it seems that people are rushing to buy supplies. ?Although this is the junction of two races. But there are still a large number of residents. ??The Warhammer Party has a notorious reputation. This time they killed so many people in the outer area of ??the city, which will definitely create a panic of attacking the city. The team walked along the road all over again. I didnt find anything wrong. There were people everywhere, as if the whole city had gone out. The patrol was over, and Wu Heng didnt want to go shopping anymore. Okay, thats it for todays patrol. Lets gather at the association at noon tomorrow and patrol again. Oh, good captain. ?A few people nodded and separated near the inner city. ??Wu Heng walked towards the Snake Emblem Consortium in the inner city. The other people also left separately. Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the reception room. Lecia held her chin, sat aside, and said with some complaints: "You treat my place as a tavern, right? If you are bored, come and sit for a while." Thats not what you said last time. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. ?Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "You should know what happened last night." "Warhammer Party? I heard that many people died." Wu Heng said. Lecia picked up a piece of cut fruit with her green-white fingers and put it in her mouth. She chewed it and said, "It''s more serious than rumored. None of the caravans leading outside yesterday survived. The gangs stationed outside the city, They were all slaughtered." Kill the gang? Wu Heng had not heard of this news. But coming from Lecias mouth, it should be accurate. ?It seems that this Warhammer Party is really crazy. "Hmm." Lesia glanced at him and continued: "Next, the Warhammer Party will definitely block the trade route again, and it will last for a longer time." Your consortium shouldnt be afraid of these things, right? "It''s not that I''m afraid, it''s just that the city is going to be in chaos, which is not a good thing for anyone." Lecia said. Wu Heng also agrees with this point. Even the businessmen who are hoarding resources in the city actually dont want to see chaos in the city. It does no one any good. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "I have some gold here, which I can exchange with you." Speaking, he turned his palms, took out a few golden gold bars, and placed them on the table. Two 50-gram gold bars and ten 10-gram gold bars. ?Lecia''s eyes widened instantly. This kind of gold bar is of high purity and looks very good. All in silver coins? ??Wu Heng nodded, "Didn''t you say that this year''s performance is still a little worse? All of these will be replaced and counted in your performance." ?Lecia immediately smiled brightly and said, "That''s so thoughtful." ?Stand up, walk to the door and call the two staff members outside. The gold was tested and silver coins began to be prepared. The preparation of silver coins still took some time. Bag after bag was brought in and placed all over the floor of the room. ??Wu Heng put it away, took out a gift box from the space ring again, and pushed it from the table to the other party, "This is for you, I hope you like it." Lecia raised her eyebrows, narrowed her side eyes, and said, "I know you have bad intentions," she said, "I have very high standards." Speaking, he opened the gift box, and the next second, the smile on his face was replaced by surprise. A gold necklace inlaid with crystal clear diamonds appears in front of you. ?Coupled with the gorgeously decorated gift box, the value of the necklace is further highlighted. ?Lecia''s eyes widened and she looked at the other party in surprise, but she quickly reacted. He smiled and said: "I accepted the gift. If there is any change in the city, you can come to the consortium. As I said, there is no problem in sending you out." There is no such thing as this, it just seems suitable for you. Wu Heng said with a smile. Its weird if I believe you. After sitting in the reception room for a while, he stood up and said goodbye to Lecia. Out of the consortium, on the way home. The two ghosts also flew back one after another. At the same time, he got into his own body. ?Wu Heng sat down on a wooden chair nearby and began to look at the pictures he brought back. ?Glenda is following the newly joined thief Bulk. After the team ended, the thief carefully walked around the outer city twice before carefully entering a tavern. Go to the third floor and enter a room. In the dark private room, there were several people in gorgeous clothes sitting around. Ive met a few gentlemen. The thief saluted slightly. The leader wiped the corners of his mouth with a napkin and said softly: "Have you entered the team?" We entered, and the other party had no doubts. Well, do you have any information? the other party continued to ask. "I just conducted a simple patrol today and didn''t find any specific findings. The captain seemed reluctant to talk. I plan to collect some useful information through an orc in the team." The thief continued. Several people on the opposite side discussed in low voices, and the leading man continued: "Okay, just join the team today, and pay attention to the information I give you. I won''t treat you badly in terms of money." "Yes." The thief nodded respectfully, and then carefully backed away. Leaved the tavern. Small perspective. The newly added swordsman Gaulberry did not deliberately take a detour. After the team separated, they returned directly to the association. He went to the deacon''s study. ?Gomez was not surprised at all when he saw the other party coming in. ??Asked casually: "Did Wu Heng tell you anything?" No, he just took me on patrol in the outer city. The swordsman continued. "Well, if you continue to stay in Team 12, tell me immediately if you have anything. I always feel that these incidents have something to do with him." Gomez said, paused slightly, and said again: "You first put this Once things are done, I will transfer you back to Team 3 later, or I will directly promote you to captain when you have made enough achievements." Thank you, deacon. Lets go on, be careful, hes very alert, dont get discovered. "clear." ?Wu Heng was sitting on the roadside. I couldn''t help but curse in my heart. Two new members have been added. They are all moles! (End of this chapter) Chapter 192 , leader of the Whisperers Chapter 192, Leader of the Whisperers Many wealthy merchants in the inner city were killed, and the Warhammer Party attacked the outer city. I didnt arrange anyone for myself early in the morning, and I didnt arrange anyone late at all. At this time, I directly transferred two people. He felt there was something wrong. It is now completely confirmed that both of them are undercover agents arranged beside him. The thieves are arranged by outsiders to investigate any information about themselves. And the swordsman is the man of Deacon Gomez. Let him monitor his actions. Gomez has already suspected himself in the past few incidents. But there was no substantial evidence. This time, individuals were directly assigned to join the team and monitored closely. The thieves are completely different from the swordsmen. How to put it this way, Deacon Gomez arranged for people to come in. If something is discovered, he must abide by the rules of the association and can make some maneuvers. But the thieves were arranged by outsiders to get information. The people behind it may be the Knights of the Iron Guard, the Secret Order, or other people who are secretly interested in themselves. Humicide and interrogation are the simplest and most effective methods. But the opponent is now a member of his own team. With this level of identity, its really hard for me to be too obvious. We can only take one step at a time to see what these two people want to know. Have a rest for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards his residence. It is approaching dusk. The sound of footsteps and conversation could be heard downstairs. Minnie and Anderweil came back from outside with a few skeleton guards. ?The city is getting more and more chaotic now, and the store closing time has been moved forward. The impact of selling more and selling less goods will not be big, the main thing is the safety of personnel. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. The two women looked up when they heard the footsteps, showing joy and relaxation at the same time. Master! Minnie cheered and rushed over. The whole body hangs on the body, acting like a baby intimately. ??Wu Heng hugged her soft and elastic body, put her aside, and said, "There''s nothing wrong with the store." Anderweil hung her coat aside and replied: "There are no problems so far, but there is some chaos in the outer city now. I saw several waves of people fighting in the herbal shop opposite, and gang members came to maintain order. In fact, Wu Heng was also unlucky. The price, after Anderweil adjusted it several times, was slightly in line with the market requirements. Now, different incidents have occurred one after another, causing shops to open and close and others to open. Basically I didnt make much money. But there is nothing that can be done about it. In the inner city, we have also begun to assist in the defense of the outer city. The possibility of riots is low. Be careful when you go out. If you have any questions, go directly to the Spike Gang to see Wen Mansha. Wu Heng said. The two nodded to express their understanding. After sitting in the living room for a while, I went down to prepare dinner. ~! Before dinner started, the door was knocked again. ?Minnie jumped up and opened the door. Wen Mansha, wearing a leather armor and a weapon hanging on her waist, walked in. Several guards followed behind him. He hung his cloak at the door, smiled when he turned his head, called the master, and walked directly into the living room. ?Wu Heng nodded, "How is the outer city?" "There were signs of chaos, but the gangs were relatively restrained and there was no large-scale fighting." Wen Mansha sat down and continued: "The Spike Gang was assigned a task by the city hall and arranged for manpower to conduct patrols and "Security." The city hall plans to support you? ?There are many gangs in the local area, and anyone you pick up on the street is a gang member. But any gang that can get any support from the city hall is relatively prestigious. ??The Spike Gang was a small gang before, but unexpectedly they were assigned a task by the city hall. Where is the support? First, assign tasks to each gang to count the number of people. When the war with the Warhammer Party begins, they will directly push us out in the form of tasks. It is an old trick. Wen Mansha said helplessly. ?Wu Heng also understood what the other party meant. In other words, some gangs have been recruited. When they are no longer needed, they patrol and maintain law and order. When there is a real battle, they will be pushed out directly and rush to the front line. ?Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law, is also used to this kind of trick. But knowing this, the local gangs have no other choice. ?Either comply or be suppressed. ??As long as he hesitated and shied away, he was besieged and disbanded by other gangs before the Warhammer Party started the war. What are you going to do? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Hey~!" Wen Mansha sighed slightly, and then said: "Recently, the Spike Gang has become too eye-catching. After wiping out the White Wolf Gang, they recruited a lot of people and attracted the attention of the city hall. There is no other way now. , I can only take one step at a time and cooperate with their patrol work, there is nothing to lose. It is indeed correct to think so. ??Whether the Warhammer Party will come over is another matter. It is obviously not a wise choice to go now and not comply with the transfer of the city hall. ?Let''s look at the situation first. If it really reaches the point of starting a war, it''s not too late to make the next step. Well, be careful. Wu Heng said. I know the master. The two chatted for a while. Supper is ready. ?A few people gathered around to eat, and Wen Mansha, like the eldest sister, asked about the situation of the other two people. A few words of advice from time to time are like lecturing your own children. Minnie and Andwyer lowered their heads to eat. ?Sitting together with Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law. Its still a bit stressful. Made the atmosphere a bit gloomy. After dinner. A few people chatted in the living room for a while. ?Minnie practiced boxing with Bawudong, while Wen Mansha and Anderweil chatted about the store. Wait until it gets late. ?Wu Heng took Wen Mansha back to the bedroom, and Minnie and Anderweil also went back to their rooms to rest. Professionals are physically strong and have greater physical endurance than normal people. After a few rounds between the two of them. The blush on Wen Mansha''s face did not dissipate, and she quietly climbed up and sat on him. ??Wu Heng stretched his hands forward, held up Feng''s hands, and said, "I''ve been a little crazy recently." ?Although she enjoyed it, Wen Mansha''s initiative was still a bit too radical. ??Every time you meet, you have to go through this process. Wen Mansha looked at him charmingly, "Master doesn''t like it?" I quite like it. Wu Heng smiled and said, Im just worried about the pressure on you. Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, then said: "Master, if I want to have a child at this age, I have to take the initiative." After speaking, he paused. ??Looked at him pitifully, and whispered: "Is it okay?" ?Wu Heng was stunned. In this world, men and women start families earlier and have children earlier. ?Wen Mansha is indeed a bit old for her age. Then work harder. Hmm, thank you, master. ?Wen Mansha''s face lit up and she worked harder. After the incident was over, Wen Mansha calmed down her emotions. The rosiness on his face faded slightly and he said: "Now the number of the Spike Gang is close to 2,000. When the Warhammer Party incident is over, we will be able to better collect intelligence for you and help you get merit." Wu Heng was still stroking his silky body and said, "Don''t worry, each team has also suspended the task of arresting wanted criminals. We will talk about it after a while." Oh, thats good. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded. ??Wu Heng stood up and took a sip of water, then took out a bottle of ''strength potion'' from the space ring, "Here you go, drink it to enhance your own strength." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly and said with a smile: "Master, where can I find this kind of potion? If it does exist, it can only be used by the nobles." Are you afraid that I will harm you? Wen Mansha glanced at me complainingly, "Look at what you said, I''m all yours, it''s not harmful to say that." Its a good thing. I spent a lot of effort to get it. It can also improve your ability to protect yourself. Poison made from corpse cores. It will not increase the level, but it will directly affect its own attributes. In fact, it is no different from upgrading. Okay! Wen Mansha climbed out of bed instead of picking her up. Kneel down on the ground, raise your head and open your mouth, "Master, pour in." Stop spilling. Then be careful. You are getting better and better at it. Open your mouth wider. ?Wu Heng slowly poured the medicine in the bottle down. The silvery moonlight makes the liquid medicine more crystal clear. Wen Mansha''s throat rolled and she swallowed heavily. Wait until all the medicine was drunk. He lowered his head and breathed a sigh of relief. As she got closer, Wen Mansha''s face changed and her whole body began to turn red. Slumped down on the ground, moaning softly. But soon, the abnormality on his body disappeared quickly. ?Wen Mansha also returned to normal, stood up and moved around a bit. There was also a look of surprise on his face, "It really seems to have improved." Of course, this potion is very precious. Wu Heng wiped the water droplets from the corner of her mouth and stuffed it into her mouth again. Thank you, master. Okay, lets rest, its getting late. The two of them returned to the bed and rested in each other''s arms. the next day. Have breakfast. ?Wen Mansha left early. After all, she still had to take charge of the gang and couldn''t wait too long. Minnie and Anderweil also went to the store. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and first went to the zombie world to take a look. After confirming that Li Yahong and the others were not back, they walked out of the house and headed to the association. Just entered the hall. There was a staff member at the front desk, and he came over with a wax-sealed letter. Captain Wu Heng, here is your letter. "Thanks!" ?Wu Heng walked over and took the letter, then walked straight to the lounge. At this time, the team members have not come over yet, and the lounge is empty. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk, opened the envelope and took a look. ?The reply this time was quick and somewhat unexpected. Tear open the envelope and take a look. is Slater''s reply to himself. The content of the letter mentioned that he should stay away from the "Secret Order" and not get involved too much with them. At the same time, a strange object - the blood cup was also mentioned. ?According to Slater, this strange object involves the Yongye clan, and I hope he will not hand it over to the ''Secret Order''. If it is left to her, it will be of greater help to him and Slater. In his letter to Slater, he only mentioned the blood cup among the two strange objects. After all, it was just a strange item on a wanted criminal. Unexpectedly, the Yongye clan was also involved. No wonder I replied to the letter so quickly, because I was afraid that I would sell the blood cup. Slater can be considered lucky. He and the Secret Order are now at a life-and-death fight. No matter how much money is given, it is impossible to sell it to them. ?Hand in hand, he took the letter and looked at it again. ?There was a sudden movement in my heart, and a thought suddenly flashed through my mind. Among the faction leaders of the association. ??The leader of the "Secret Whisperers" is "Lilith Ann Beshmit" of the Vampire Clan. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 193 , regional command Chapter 193, Regional Command For the leader of the Whisperers of this vampire clan. There is not much information left in the outside world. I only know that she is a vampire and a woman. The leaders of other factions will serve for a few decades at most, and then they will be replaced by new leaders and some personnel changes or reforms will be carried out. In the Secret Whisperers, there is no such thing, and the person has not changed for hundreds of years. It is also because of her long-term presence and relatively unified development direction that the originally small faction of the Secret Whisperers has gradually entered the public eye. Beginning to become an important intelligence department in the association. Slater did not say it clearly in his letter, but the contents are combined. You can basically figure out where you got the information related to the Vampire Clan. The only person who can bring benefits to him and Slater is this centuries-old leader. It is not a bad thing to exchange a rare item for the attention of a faction leader of the association. It is even said that it is more profitable than how much money it is sold for. A woman is still delicate. Looking at it now, there are still some differences between myself and Slater. Thinking about how to maximize the sale price at an exaggerated price, Slater directly contacted a leader of the Yongye tribe. She is still more powerful. After thinking it through. There is nothing to hesitate about. He took out the letter paper from the drawer and started to reply to Slater. The content is also very simple. Since she has arranged it, I will definitely support it. The rare items will not be sold. You can come and pick them up at any time, or if you have any way, send them to her. ?Of course, the letter did not mention that the buyer had been killed by himself. Put the letter into the envelope. The wax has just been sealed. The door of the room was pushed open. Duke and the thief "Bulk" walked in while chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room, he immediately said hello, "Captain, you''re here so early." Hmm! Did you come together? Wu Heng asked. Burke also lives in the outer city. We met him on the way here and came together. Duke explained. ??Wu Heng glanced at the smiling thief and asked, "Bulk, do you live in the outer city?" Yes, Captain. Who is at home? ??Burke''s expression was suddenly suffocated and he didn''t reply for a long time. Even Duke cast a curious look. After a few seconds, he smiled again and said, "My mother also has a younger brother." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Work hard, work normally for a few years, and you can have a better life as a captain." Yes, Captain. Duke also said: "Just follow the captain, it''s not difficult to achieve merit." Well, Im counting on the captain and the Duke brothers. ?A few people were chatting, and Marta and the warrior Gaulubli also walked in. After saying a few words to each other, Wu Heng led everyone out. Hand the letter to the front desk. Go to the outer city area for todays patrol work. Outer city area. ?The whole street became even more chaotic, and we met three or four waves of people who were in conflict along the way. ?Wu Heng and others did not pay attention, but just took a look from a distance. Lest the sword, which has no eyes, wound them. Soon there were gang members responsible for management, who separated the two parties in the conflict and dispersed them with warnings. Seeing that the excitement was gone, a few people continued to patrol along their own routes. There were a lot of people there, and no one dared to come over and cause trouble. Actually, Wu Heng didnt know why he was patrolling. They didnt know anyone from the Warhammer Party, so they could really catch two people who had sneaked in. Walked all the way to a spot in the center. Suddenly, a figure rushed over from a short distance. Sir, Sir Captain. As soon as the figure approached, there was a bang and he was kicked back by Bawudong. Fell to the ground, groaning in pain. ??Wu Heng also saw the other party''s appearance clearly at this time. A fat man wearing a dark blue robe looked familiar, but he couldnt remember where he had seen him before. ??Duke took off the battle ax on his back and looked at the opponent warily. The fat man suddenly got up and explained: "Sir, you don''t know me anymore. Last time you bought a few slaves from me, you picked two of them." Slave trader. The impression in my mind coincided with the fat man in front of me. He was really the slave merchant who bought the slave. ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Are you looking for me?" If you dont want to look for it, dont look for it! The fat man dusted off the dust on his body, glanced at the people behind him, and said, Sir, could you please have a chat? I wont take you long. ?Wu Heng looked at it and walked aside with his two skeleton guards. Tell me what you have to say! The fat man rubbed his hands and said in a low voice: "Sir, I still have a group of girls in my hands, all of them are in line with human aesthetics. The price is just right now. I don''t know if you still need them." Unexpectedly, Wu Heng turned around and planned to leave just because of this incident. The fat man did not dare to stretch out his hand to stop them, and said hurriedly: "Sir, it is not safe outside now, and most of the slaves cannot enter the city. If you are kind, buy them and take them back as maids and servants." It seems to be due to the war hammer block again. ??Prices in the city have skyrocketed, and keeping slaves has become a huge expense. Now that the outer areas of the city are unsafe, everyone is trying to find a way to get in. "Wouldn''t it be over if you just let them go? I don''t need to be a good person." Wu Heng said directly. "Sir, this is Luntam City. I can say that it is still a bit of a deterrent. If we can''t find a buyer for them, if they are released like this, few of them will survive." The fat man continued. I believe you are a ghost. ??He was so fat from what he had eaten, and he was still wearing expensive jewelry. Now I say it as if I am thinking about the slaves. "I don''t have the ability to buy more slaves, you should ask other people!" Wu Heng refused directly. Its also a mess here. ???We also need to arrange escorts for the two maids. Where can we afford to buy more people? Whats more, can I be saved? "Sir, Madam who spent a lot of money last time, do you know where she lives? The price of slaves has been reduced by half. She doesn''t know if she still needs it." The fat man continued. This is asking Slater. She is indeed a strong and generous woman. "She is not in Luntam City. I can write to you and ask, but if the other party needs her, I''m afraid it will take a while." Wu Heng said. Slater should need a group of people. ?The price for buying slaves was quite high last time, but now they are much cheaper. "Oh, okay, thank you, sir." The fat man hesitated and said again: "If you want to buy a slave, you can come to me directly and I will give you a more favorable price." ?Wu Heng walked towards his team and waved to him. Return to the team. Duke immediately asked: "Captain, what is he doing so sneakily?" I asked if I want to buy a slave. I guess the current situation is not very good and the slaves cannot be sold. Wu Heng replied casually. Oh, slave trader. ?A few people walked along the patrol route. After nothing happened, he returned to the association. Wu Heng looked at several of his team members and said: "I have something to do this afternoon. Duke and Marta, you will take two new team members on patrol. Remember, we are only assisting in patrolling. If there is any problem, don''t think about taking action. Go and follow said the deacon. ?A few people were stunned. also agreed. Good captain. After confirming that there is no problem. Then they dispersed and left. Zombie world. After Wu Heng came over, he stood by the window and opened the curtains to look outside. There is already a row of motorcades on the Commercial Street road. Qiangzi and others are wearing masks and carrying supplies inside. ?Li Yahong and the others are back. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and walked towards the direction of the motorcade. After getting closer, the intercom picked up the sound, and the person who let out the call informed Li Yahong that the boss of Yama King was down. Soon, Li Yahong walked out of the Shadow City Mall. When did you come back? Wu Heng asked. "It''s past two o''clock. Seeing that you are resting and there are no zombies, we started moving supplies first." Li Yahong replied. When she came over, she should have used the walkie-talkie to contact him. Just because I didnt get a reply, I started searching for supplies first. According to the distance between the prison and here, their speed is really not slow. Well, I didnt hear it just now. By the way, do you have any thoughts on the title of Disaster Relief Commander? Li Yahong suddenly asked. ?Wu Heng was stunned. "What''s the meaning?" The main station wants to appoint a regional commander for disaster relief in each district, and our prison is on the candidate list. (End of this chapter) Chapter 194 , unlock knowledge Chapter 194, Unlocking knowledge Regional command for disaster relief? In the past, this level would have been considered an official, a very important position. But for now. It doesnt seem to have any substantial effect. At best, it is just a name and has no effect. Most of the survivors were gathered into separate gathering places in communities and villages. Since they were separated from each other by groups of corpses, there was no such thing as regional command. Even if you are really selected by the main station. No one may listen to any orders issued in the area. ??If there is a commander, suddenly contact yourself or the prison and make a burst of assignments. ??Wu Heng will definitely not listen, and may even scold him on the radio. What is the use of this disaster relief command? Wu Heng asked. "One identity! After all, there are some official organizations in various places that can look after each other. When the road is opened, they will also get some weapons and technical support." Li Yahong said. The rest of the official organizations. Should refer to some rescue teams or gathered troops. ?Looking after each other is indeed a good thing. As for weapons and technology. Weapons should support some guns and ammunition. In terms of technology, it is to develop anti-viral agents. Neither of these two types has much appeal on their own. In terms of combat, I really value modern weapons, but it will take too long to wait for them to clear the road and deliver supplies. Furthermore, now that ones own ammunition is enough, the battle in the zombie world relies on the number of skeletons. There is no need to worry about these. As for the anti-viral aspect. ?As long as I''m careful, there won''t be much of a problem. The corpse poison has been removed with the corpse core potion. Perhaps I can develop it one step ahead of them. ?There is no need to get too involved with them. After thinking about it, he said directly: "It won''t help us much. There is no need to fight for such a name. We can develop well on our own and spend the winter smoothly than anything else." ??Although Wu Heng looked down on the other party''s lack of these things. But there is no need to conflict with the main station. After all, modern long-range missiles are quite powerful. Being low-key is also good for yourself. "Understood." Li Yahong nodded, and then said: "I plan to report the mushroom zombie I killed before to the main station so that all regions will know the characteristics of this zombie." Okay, I have no objection. Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll write it down, and you can help me read it then, and I''ll tell the receptionist." "good!" The two stood together and chatted for a while. Then on the map, I found a location circled with a red marker. ??Continue past with the skeleton army. Strengthening oneself is the last word. ?Although I dont like this reputation, I still have the capital to not be judged by others. The skeleton army moves mightily. Go to the location marked on the map. ?In addition to the accompanying skeleton army and several deformed and transformed skeletons, there were also previously transformed vegetative carrion zombies. Because it cannot move on its own. ??Wu Heng found a wheelchair for it at a nearby drugstore and let a skeleton push it. Like a seriously ill patient. Arrive at the position marked in the red circle. ?At a glance, he saw a large number of zombies on the road, as well as a giant deformed zombie sitting on the roof of the car. There really are deformed zombies! Li Yahong exclaimed. ??The red circle locations on the map represent risks other than zombies. Looking for one at random. I saw level 2 deformed zombies. ??Having been with Wu Heng for a long time, Li Yahong didn''t have much emotion when she saw the deformed zombies. There is no special look on his face even though he has killed too many people. Forward! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army continued to move forward, and the scattered deafening footsteps immediately attracted the attention of the zombie group. The first zombie roared. ??The zombies all looked at the skeleton army. ?The next second, he roared and launched an attack with his teeth and claws. Spear array! The spear skeletons quickly moved forward to form a formation. The rest of the skeletons also took out their throwing spears and made throwing movements. ??Wu Heng looked at the quickly gathering, Wuyangyang group of corpses, but did not immediately issue an order. Looking at the withered plant monster sitting in the wheelchair, he said: Release the tangled vegetation. The dead plant monster in the wheelchair, with its upper body bent over and its arms shaped like dead branches, resting directly on the concrete ground. A dark gray energy spread rapidly forward. Dark red thorns rise from the ground, forming a difficult terrain full of thorns. Horses of corpses rush into the terrain. The running movement began to stagger, one of them stumbled over thorns, and the rest plodded forward while digging through thorns. The effect is so good? ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the effect in front of him. ??The zombies are not running slowly, but now they are trapped in the "vegetation terrain". The speed is slower than normal walking. Looking at a large number of zombies trapped inside. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Throw the spear~release it!" Huh~! Throwing spears densely into the group of corpses. Since his own movement is restricted, the probability of hitting is greatly increased. In an instant, a large number of zombies fell head-on. Dirty blood flowed all over the place. Go on, let go~! Huh~! The second wave of spears was thrown out, clanging into the group of corpses. Then, the third and fourth waves came one after another. Wash away the zombies in front of you over and over again. Before they even walked out of the thorny area, more than half of the corpse group had disappeared. ?There were only a hundred or so zombies left, still tearing at the thorns in the thorny field, and they had not climbed out yet. ?Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at the scene in front of her with some disbelief. How the thorns were formed is no longer important. Does the mass-produced throwing spear work so well? Is it so lethal? In the past, groups of corpses rushed over and started close combat with the spearmen. Now there is no melee relief, and it is almost like death directly. And behind the group of corpses. The giant zombies that had not stepped into the thorny land were standing outside, wandering around. ?His eyes were bloodshot and he was breathing heavily. The bloodthirsty and warlike nature in its genes makes it extremely violent and restless. But the reason awakened in the body reminds it that if it rushes over, it will lead to death, so don''t go over. ?Just stood outside, took two steps forward, and then quickly stepped back. Walking over and over again. ??Wu Heng''s eyes also fell on the giant zombie opposite. ?Seeing that he had no intention of getting closer. Relieving tangled vegetation. ??The withered plant monster in the wheelchair withdrew its magic, and the thorns blocking the road turned into flying dust and disappeared in the blink of an eye. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Rush over and kill the giant zombie." Hulala~! ??The big man in iron armor climbed the wall to climb the Terrorclaw monster, knocked away the remaining zombies, and directly attacked the giant deformed zombies. The giant zombie that was still wandering around finally realized the danger. He turned around and fled to the rear, while many skeletons swarmed up, blocking him in all directions, surrounding him and killing him. Soon, the sounds of fighting stopped. The huge corpse with twisted limbs was dragged directly over and thrown on the ground. Clean the battlefield. The skeletons dispersed instantly and began to carry the corpses all over the ground. ??Wu Heng unleashed the Bone Spelling Technique on the giant corpse on the ground. The flesh and blood fall off. The tall skeleton stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) Levels and attributes have not changed much. From now on, you will be called Wu Naotou. Wu Heng casually gave the name. At the same time, he squatted on the ground, found the second-level corpse core, and loaded it up directly. Wait until the bodies are moved to both sides. ?Wu Heng returned with Li Yahong. "Let''s go! Let''s go back first." "good!" ?On the other side, the convoys supplies have almost been shipped. Li Yahong took out a pen and paper, wrote down all the characteristics of the mushroom zombies, and gave them to Wu Heng for a look. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Mushroom zombies have stronger skin toughness than ordinary zombies. It is difficult for ordinary swords to penetrate them, but their movement speed is slower than ordinary zombies." He has seen mushroom zombies more closely. In addition to the appearance characteristics written by Li Yahong, he also added the physical characteristics. Li Yahong took a pen and quickly wrote it down. She raised her head and stared with big eyes, "Is there anything else?" There are also level three deformed zombies, you can also announce them to the main station. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong glanced at the withered plant monster sitting in the wheelchair and said, Wont it affect us? The impact is not big, dont say we killed it, just say we encountered this kind of zombie. Wu Heng said. From the main station, I also got a lot of information about zombies. They are all collected from various places for integration. I got the information myself, and I will share it with you, hoping it can help others. Oh, that guy told me to write it down. Thats what it looks like. Wu Heng pointed to the withered plant monster on the side. ?Li Yahong glanced at it and nodded to express understanding. Wu Heng continued: "The characteristic is that it cannot move. The way of attack is to wave a long whip and emit poisonous gas. For..., there is also a weakness, it is afraid of fire." Oh, okay! Li Yahong wrote quickly. Wait until everything is finished. ?Wu Heng took a look and felt that there was nothing wrong with it. Okay, you still have literary talent. Wu Heng praised. ?Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and said, "How dare you boast?" Its really not bad. ?? Li Yahong sighed and glanced at the prepared motorcade outside, "We are going back. We may rest in the prison for a day and come back during the day the day after tomorrow." Well, be careful on the road. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong glanced at the waiting motorcade again and stood there with some hesitation. "What''s wrong?" "Come here." Li Yahong''s face started to turn red and she pulled him to the inside of the hall. He hesitated for a long time. ?Clenched her teeth, hung her arms around his neck, put her feet up and kissed him heavily. Hardworking and clumsy. ?Wu Heng didn''t react for a while and looked at the other person''s face turned red and his eyes tightly closed in nervousness. ??It feels a little funny again. ?Hold her hips with both arms and lift her whole body up. ?Li Yahong''s face turned redder, but she also opened her eyes and looked over affectionately. We have known each other for a while, and both feel that the other has this idea. Unexpectedly, Li Yahong was the first to point out this matter. The two stood on the stairs and kissed each other for a while before they separated from each other. ?Li Yahong touched her lips and asked, "Am I bleeding?" No! Its a little red and seems to be swollen. Youre trying too hard, what if they see you? Li Yahong said with some complaints. "What are you afraid of? Sooner or later, they will all know." Wu Heng put his hands on her waist and hips, which were round and elastic. Yes! Li Yahong nodded and pressed her red lips to hers again. Zizzizi~! The intercom on my belt rang. Qiangzi''s voice came out, "Sister Hong, the convoy is ready and ready to go at any time." ?Li Yahong put her head aside and pressed the intercom, "Okay, I''ll be out right away." After finishing speaking, he said apologetically: "I''m leaving. I''ll probably be back at noon the day after tomorrow." Well, Ill wait for you to come back. Wu Heng patted his buttocks lightly. Li Yahong''s face turned redder, she straightened her messy clothes and walked out. Not long after, the convoy started and left in the distance. ?Wu Heng watched the convoy leave. ??There was no rush to return to Luntam City, but he walked out of the hotel again and started to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] against the piles of corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked towards the team aside. Until it gets dark. ?Wu Hengcai returned to the hotel and returned to Luntam City. The next day, the association meeting room. The sides of the slender conference table were already filled with people. Deacon Gomez looked serious. When he saw the people gathered, he said directly: "The Warhammer Party colluded with the gangs in the city and almost opened the city gate last night, causing irreparable consequences." ?As soon as these words came out, everyone present looked a little ugly. ??If we say that the Warhammer Party attacked the outer areas of the city and killed gang members and residents, it was in retaliation for the last siege. ?So this time, collude with others to open the city gate. This confirmed the idea that the Warhammer Party wanted to attack the city. That is to say, the patrol in the city was tightened yesterday. Otherwise, if the city gate were really opened, it would be hard to tell whether the entire city was there or not. What arrangements are there in the city? The old orc sitting on the front seat on the left spoke softly. Leaning on a wooden stick, he wore colorful clothes. Deputy deacon of the association, orc shaman Eskar. "The Knights of the Iron Guard have taken over the city walls of two districts." The deacon said, and then continued: "If the city is destroyed, the Warhammer Party will definitely massacre and loot, and the people of our association will also be in danger. In addition to patrolling during the day, each team The task is to patrol the city wall at night to increase the city''s defense, and has law enforcement authority. If anyone opens the city gate or colludes with foreign enemies, he can be killed directly. " ?Everyone suddenly felt that the burden on them became heavier. The leisurely days are gone in an instant, and night patrols have to be carried out. But the situation has come to this, and no one has a better way. ??If the Warhammer Party really comes in, no one will be better off. Yes, deacon! Everyone nodded in response. "Okay, let''s all go down and patrol as arranged." The deacon continued. ?Everyone got up and walked outside. Return to the lounge. Four team members, all sitting in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in with a serious face, he realized that something might have happened. Captain, what happened? Duke asked. ??Wu Heng said: "The Warhammer Party tried to open the city gate last night and almost succeeded." ??Everyone''s expressions changed, and their hearts were instantly lifted. ??If the city gate is really opened, many people will die. What are the arrangements? Marta continued to ask. The association has added night patrol work to each team. Lets patrol first, then go back early to rest. We also need to patrol the city wall at night, Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Several people stood up and walked out together. ???Took a brief walk around the outer city. Only found more confusion, but nothing special. End the training and separate. Return home to rest. afternoon. ?Wu Heng took a break after the meeting. Go directly to the zombie world. The activity of the Warhammer Party made him feel threatened. He can play tricks with people from associations or secret orders, but he has no room to deal with a group of bandits. Once you enter the city, you have to fight with real swords and guns. ?The difference between myself and others is that there is an extra door. If you really cant defeat it, you can hide in the zombie world, but this is the last step. ??This city was really captured by the Warhammer Party. I have to hide for a while before I can come out, which slows down my progress. Its best not to get to this point. ?Wu Heng opened the map and found a red circle. Give a direct order, Follow me! The skeleton army immediately took action and marched toward the target point in a mighty manner. Come to the location. Densely packed zombies began to attack. The spear array was erected, and the spears poured down. The corpses fell one by one. Your level is increased to level 8, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlocked characteristics: Soul knowledge, mischief knowledge. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 195 , help the tribesmen Chapter 195: Help the tribesmen Your level is increased to level 8, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlock expertise: Soul knowledge, Haunting knowledge. Soul Knowledge: Your knowledge of the soul has been enhanced, your soul will be stronger, and you can see souls and incorporeal creatures with the naked eye. Learning about Haunting: You have a deeper understanding of the knowledge of magic control, and you are proficient in dealing with all kinds of ghosts and ghosts. Charm +5. ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng stunned. Upgraded to level 8 and unlocked two specialties. Different from the initial slow upgrade. In the current battles, every battle is against a swarm of corpses, ranging from nearly a thousand to tens of thousands, a vast expanse of corpses. After a kill, the experience increases very quickly. Basically, after every game, you will gain a lot of experience. ??If it were just a battle between ordinary zombies, it would even feel like a lawn mowing game. ?Wu Heng looked at the prompt again. At level 8, the added attributes are still intelligence and charm. ? It seems that the main attributes of the Necromancer profession are intelligence, charm and physical fitness, and these three will appear every time you upgrade. ??In addition to increasing attributes, this time also unlocked two specialties. [Soul knowledge] and [Poltergeist knowledge]. The first soul knowledge makes ones soul tougher, which can be understood as increased soul strength. This point is quite important. It is recorded in the Book of the Dead that some attacks are directed at the soul. ?With this kind of attack, even if your body is not damaged, your soul will be shattered. ?Soul toughness can avoid attacks in this area to a large extent, which can be regarded as adding a self-protection ability. ?Also, think the worst. ?The soul has high strength. Even if he dies, he can turn into a ghost at worst, just like Xiaoxiao and Glenda. ?Although he has lost his body, at least he is still alive. Its not a loss either. At the same time, soul knowledge can also allow the naked eye to see soul bodies or incorporeal creatures. This point should also be regarded as strengthening the perception. Thinking in his mind, he released the ghost slightly. What are you doing again? Xiao Xiao half-lying in the air asked curiously. The soul is parasitic in his body, just like a living being taking a rest at night. Can nourish the soul on its own. Feeling a little irritated to wake up. Xiaoxiao, hide yourself for a moment. Wu Heng said. ?Xiao Xiao glanced at him with some confusion, and slowly disappeared in mid-air. ?Wu Heng still watched. ?Although the small body disappeared in mid-air, a faint figure can still be seen in his eyes. Coupled with the [Soul Energy Sensing] that I awakened before, I can clearly see the small existence. Whats wrong? said the invisible Xiaoxiao. Change your position and take a look. Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao flew around in a circle, said on the left side, "Where am I?" and then quickly flew to the right side. Wu Heng looked directly at her, "Here!" "Ah!" Xiaoxiao let out a surprised sound, and then his body slowly emerged, "Uncle, you can see me!" Well, I can just see it, Wu Heng said. It seems that my awakening characteristic is quite effective, and I can see the ghost after being invisible. ??Xiao Xiao was very happy and said that this was really awesome, and then he floated over the battlefield to cheer up the fighting skeletons. ?Wu Heng continued to check the second feature [Knowledge of Trouble]. This trait is simpler. It has a deeper insight into the knowledge of magic control, and is good at dealing with all kinds of ghosts and ghost phenomena. At the same time, the charm is +5. Charm control spells, the corresponding attribute is charm. If you have the chance, you can collect the corresponding skill books. ??This attribute also adds 5 points of charm, which is pretty good. After checking the two features, I opened the features and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Level: 8 Attributes: Strength 24, Agility 25, Constitution 25, Intelligence 28, Perception 15, Charisma 26. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic), Light Armor Specialization (Basic), Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge, Haunting Knowledge. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage. ?Looking at the overall attributes, his intelligence finally gained the upper hand. Physical strength is no longer higher than intelligence as before. After a brief glance, he closed the attribute panel and returned his gaze to the battlefield ahead. The warring parties are gradually approaching the end. The group of corpses, after several rounds of charges, very few were killed by the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng glanced at the entire battlefield. No deformed zombies were found at the scene or in the pile of corpses. According to the markings on the map, the red circle area represents special danger. But judging from the current situation, no special danger was found. "Uncle, there are bad dogs over there." Xiaoxiao suddenly flew back and pointed to the alley in the distance. ??Wu Heng looked along, and his sight was blocked by various scrapped cars, but he didn''t see anything. But the bad dogs in Xiaoxiao''s mouth generally refer to deformed dogs. How many? Wu Heng asked. "Two, peeking over there." "Okay, Xiao Xiao is awesome." "hey-hey." ??The battlefield continues as before, with skeletons killing zombies that are walking over sporadically. ?Wu Heng lowered his voice and said: "Bawudong, take a few skeletons and go around there. Don''t let the deformed dogs run away." ?Bawudong did not hesitate and went around from behind with a few skeletons. When Xiaoxiao was in the air, he made a gesture to this side. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Charge over." ?The big guy instantly threw out two trash cans and smashed them at the entrance of the alley. The looking deformed dog was frightened, turned around and ran towards the back of the alley. Having barely taken two steps, the path was blocked by several figures on the opposite side. Looking back again, I found that the other road was also blocked. The two deformed dogs roared angrily. Pounced directly on him. Bawudong whipped out his leg and threw the two deformed dogs against the wall. The skeletons behind him swarmed up and were chopped into mud. The battle is over. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Two deformed dogs were also dragged out. ??Wu Heng also found two corpse cores after releasing the [Bone Slave Technique] to transform the skeleton dog. Put it into the space ring, continue to face the corpse group, and release [Dead Skeleton Field] several times in succession to replenish the number of skeletons. Then, open the map again and look for the next location marked with a red circle. Lets go this way! With a wave of his hand, he led the skeleton to one side. Dusk. Before the market. The skeleton army killed all the zombies and began to clean up the battlefield. An afternoon. ?Wu Heng compared the map and went to three places marked by red circles. ??The number of zombies killed was more than 10,000, and three deformed dogs and two deformed cats were killed at the same time. Several of them were more alert and ran away when the fighting started. Not caught. The harvest is still quite big, the experience is increased, the number of skeletons is increased, and there are five first-level corpse cores. Poisons made from corpse cores are also effective on other people in both worlds. Even if you use it yourself, it has little effect. It is still a very useful item to train your own subordinates. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky. Having given up the plan to clear the site in the fourth wave. Participate in patrols at night and maintain a good condition to avoid any danger. Carry the body and go back! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton picked up the body and walked together to the hotel where they lived. The events in Luntam City still put a certain amount of pressure on him. Urges him to speed up his level improvement. To deal with dangers that may occur at any time. Go all the way back to the hotel. Have the skeletons pile the corpses across the road. Return to the room and return to the residence through the boundary door. Wrentam City, bedroom on the third floor. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and heard voices talking on the first floor. Minnie and Andwyer have already started preparing dinner. The two maids who were bought back by him at the same time got along quite well. ?Minnie accompanied Weier to the store during the day, and when she came back, Weier also helped Minnie cook and clean. The relationship is very good. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking down, Minnie smiled and said, "Master, will Sister Wen Mansha come again today?" He probably wont come, hes also quite busy over there. "Oh." Minnie''s smile was obviously more relaxed, "Master, wait for a while, dinner will be ready soon." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and lay down on the sofa to rest. Attend meetings in the morning and patrol with members. I have been cleaning up zombies again in the afternoon, and I am really feeling a little mentally exhausted. Lied on the sofa and rested for a while. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and Anderweil walked out of the kitchen first. ?Standing in front of the sofa, I glanced at him carefully and said, "Master." ?Wu Heng frowned, "What''s wrong?" Anderweil knelt down directly. Master, Weier asks you to help my people. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 196 , they are killing residents Chapter 196, They are killing the residents Seeing Anderweil suddenly kneel down and plead. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly and sat up, "What''s going on? Tell me." Anderweil raised her head, her big eyes filled with mist, and began to speak softly. ?Wu Heng sat aside and listened for a while, and understood the meaning of his words. ??Andweil''s tribe was destroyed by the enemy because of the battle between the orcs. The few remaining tribesmen were sold as slaves to slave traders. ?? Anderweil is not an ordinary slave, she is the daughter of the patriarch of their lineage, and she is quite prestigious in the tribe. After being bought by Wu Heng. I wanted to slowly save money and buy back the rest of the tribe, but I didn''t expect that the area outside the city was becoming more and more chaotic, and the Warhammer Party even started killing people randomly. She had no choice but to come to Wu Heng to help her buy the person back first. Master, I beg you to help my people. Anderweil lowered her head again. ?Wu Heng rubbed his eyebrows and understood the meaning of his words. ??I felt that Anderweil''s status was unusual before, at least not an ordinary slave like Minnie. Level 7 special occupation. He can read and calculate accounts, and his handwriting is also very beautiful. The orcs themselves do not pay attention to these. Let alone a slave. Now it seems that he is still a young patriarch. How many more people do you have? Wu Heng asked. There are five more people left on the slave traders side. Anderweil replied. After you buy them back, how do you plan to arrange them? Cant our family accommodate so many people? Wu Heng continued. Anderweil raised her head and spoke her plan seriously, "Master, you can let them live over there in the store. The store is doing pretty well now, but it lacks people to guard it. Sometimes it requires some manpower to carry supplies. My people can accomplish it, and anyone from the orc tribe can endure hardships. Normal shops do require a lot of manpower. Wuheng''s grocery store only relies on two maids to maintain the operation of the store. In fact, it is barely possible. In the past few days, it has been switched on and off. Hands of business are not much serious. ?? I haven''t felt that there is a shortage of manpower yet. When it runs for a long time later, the manpower will definitely not be enough. ?For example, in the Maolu Armor Store, there are many people who are responsible for receiving customers, transporting goods, and delivering goods to customers'' doors. A big piece of hula-la. Not necessarily all of them are people raised in the store, but at least many of them are people in the store. What Anderweil said does make sense. It seems that a plan has been made before. "You have to think carefully. I have many enemies. I can arrange people to protect you two, but those clansmen who cannot protect you may be more dangerous when they come over." Wu Heng reminded again. "The master is a good person. Following you is their best choice. My people will also protect themselves." Anderweil still insisted. Can you guarantee that they will keep the secret? "I can take a good look at them, and they can''t contact you. It''s all about the store." Andwyer said immediately. ?Wu Heng feels right too. Living in the shop is mainly to obey Andville''s words. Can''t understand any secrets. "How much is it?" "Slaves are cheap now. Three hundred silver coins are enough. I will pay you back in the future." Andwyer said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded and took out three money bags from the space ring, "Go and buy them back tomorrow. Just as you said, settle on the second floor of the store. Watch them carefully and don''t do anything extraordinary." Thank you, Master. Andweier said happily with tears in her eyes. At this time, Minnie, who was hiding in the kitchen and eavesdropping, also walked out timidly, "Master, I also have two good friends. Can you buy it for me and pay you back in the future?" Fuck me! ?This little girl also came to join in the fun. It is indeed dangerous outside the city now, and it is normal to have two friends. How do you plan to arrange your friends? Wu Heng asked. "It''s just two people. It''s okay to work as a maid for the master. If not, you can also live in the store." Minnie said. How much do you want? 50 silver is enough. Wu Heng continued to take out fifty pieces of silver, "Go there with Wei''er tomorrow and make arrangements at the store first." "Hey, the master is so kind." Minnie cheered excitedly. ?The master is willing to help the slave with money, which is rare in the entire city of Luntam. At least it proves that Wu Heng still values ??them. ?Minnie acted coquettishly for a while and ran back to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ? Anderweil also stood up, sat down next to the sofa, gently picked up Wu Heng''s head, and rested it on her lap. Looking into each other''s eyes full of gratitude and tenderness. Thank you, master, its great to meet you. You are also very good. Wu Heng smiled. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng told the two of them, then left his residence directly and headed to the association. After taking the patrol position from the deacon''s side. He went to the lounge again. Pushing open the door, four members were already waiting in the room. Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all stood up and shouted, "Captain!" Captain! The four of them stood up and greeted. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go. Our location is the outer city. We need to get out before the inner city gate closes." Tasks are assigned by drawing lots. ?Eight of the teams went to the outer city area to patrol important locations on the city walls and gates, while the remaining four teams patrolled the inner city area. ??Wu Heng''s luck was unfortunately drawn to the outer city area. Tasks are assigned and everyone needs to abide by them and cannot change them. The remaining members, except for the swordsman "Gaulubli" who lives in the inner city, the rest live in the outer city. ??Naturally, they didn''t have any objections. Everyone got up and left the association to go to the mission location. Out of the inner city. On the originally bustling and bustling streets, there were no longer many pedestrians. Even the bustling tavern was deserted at this time. Not to mention the girls standing at the door, opening their **** to men. ??Come to the city wall in the outer city area. Members of the Iron Guard Knights guarding the area can be seen, as well as some gang members. ??Wu Heng and others showed the tokens issued by the city hall and began patrolling in accordance with regulations. ??Its nothing too big, just walk around the city wall. ??If you find someone attacking the city, or someone inside trying to open the city gate, you should go up and question them, or kill them directly. The night is dark. ?A few people are also a little tired. ??Wu Heng just wanted a few people to find a place where no one was around to relax for a while. Ranger Marta said: "Captain, there is a situation over there." As soon as the words fell, the city walls immediately became alert. Although the guards on the watchtower did not sound the alarm, they also shouted loudly that others had special circumstances. Looking down the city wall. ??Then he saw a large number of torches rushing out from a location outside the city. He rushed directly into the building and started slashing at anyone he saw. The sounds of fighting and killing instantly sounded below. ??A large number of Iron Guard Knights and gang members quickly swarmed up the city wall, all looking towards the battle location outside the city. ?The flames spread out, and people kept falling to the ground and being killed. But it was only from a distance. There is no intention of getting close to the city wall. Its the Warhammer Party, coming to kill the residents outside again. (End of this chapter) Chapter 197 , waiting to go back to prison Chapter 197, Waiting to go back to prison These **** bandits. The swordsman Gaulberry said angrily. ?The other people also followed suit and cursed a few words. ??However, no matter how many people on the city wall cursed, there was nothing they could do about the people outside the city. Soon, many corpses were lying on the ground in the distance. ??The man holding the torch began to search for things in the residence, carrying various trophies, and quickly disappeared from sight. Wait until everything returns to darkness. ?Only if you listen carefully can you hear the painful moans in the dark night. ?After those people left, another group of people came over soon holding torches. Some people began to treat the wounded, while others took the opportunity to take away some things. A mess. On the city wall, the Iron Guard Knights and gang members stayed behind to guard part of the city wall, while the rest went down the city wall. Captain, theyre all gone, what should we do? Duke asked. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Let''s find a place to rest for a while. It will be dawn soon. There will definitely be nothing to do today." Oh, come to my house! said Duke. Its too far, just stay in the corner for a while, take turns on duty, dont let everyone fall asleep. Wu Heng warned. "good." ?A few people simply tidied up a wall under the city wall, took turns guarding it, and then closed their eyes to rest. Until dawn, nothing happened. ?Wu Heng climbed onto the city wall and looked into the distance. Members of other teams began to evacuate. ??Wu Heng waved his hand directly and said: "Let''s get off work and go back to our homes. We don''t need to patrol during the day. We will still gather in the lounge at night." Okay, Captain. Everybody dispersed, yawning, and went back to their homes. Wu Heng returned from the outer city. As soon as he opened the door, the smell of food came from the living room. Minnie said: "Master, are you tired? Breakfast is ready." ?Wu Heng nodded, washed his hands, sat down at the dining table, and started eating breakfast. Anderweil served him a bowl of soup, placed it on the table, and asked softly: "Master, nothing happened last night, right?" There was a battle outside the city, and many people died. From the Warhammer Party? Anderweil asked. "Probably not. It looks like a gang took the opportunity to seek revenge or take advantage of the situation to rob. It''s hard to say." Wu Heng said while eating. ? Anderweil looked a little worried. "Then, Minnie and I will buy the person back later to avoid problems." ??Wu Heng nodded and handed her the association''s captain''s badge, "Well, take my badge and go out. If you need something, say it belongs to the association." Thank you, master. ?After breakfast, the two simply packed up and left the house. ?Wu Heng went back to the bedroom and slept until noon. After washing up, open the door and go to the zombie world. Open the hotel curtains. Then he saw that the motorcade had stopped outside. ?Wang Chenggang and others were gathering together, smoking and chatting. At this time, Li Yahong came out with Bassen, seemingly arranging tasks for several people. ?Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi nodded to express their understanding and walked towards the building on one side. He quickly walked out and started carrying supplies into the carriage. ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said, "Li Yahong, come here." Li Yahong heard the voice on the intercom and immediately looked up. When she saw Wu Heng behind the window, she couldn''t help but smile with joy. Then, he immediately stopped smiling, calmed down his mood, pressed the intercom, and said calmly: "Okay, I''ll go over now." Speaking, he entered the lobby of the hotel. When Wu Heng came down from upstairs, Li Yahong ran all the way and threw herself into his arms. ?Li Yahong raised her head, her eyes full of tenderness, "I miss you so much!" ?Wu Heng lowered his head and the two kissed each other. Subconsciously, he stretched out his hand, pulled open the opponent''s stab-proof clothing, put it in and started to rub it gently. Li Yahongs figure is relatively toned. After all, I did some strenuous work before, and I can feel the mermaid lines and muscle lines on my body. Xiaolongbao is slightly larger than Minnie''s. ??Full of elasticity. ?Li Yahongs skin became redder and redder, and her breathing became more rapid. ?Wu Heng picked her up and walked towards the room upstairs. Now? Li Yahongs eyes were a little dodgey. "What''s wrong?" Li Yahong hesitated for a moment and said softly: "I am willing to give myself to you, but I have to wait for a while to do business, so... this is not good." ?Judging from Li Yahongs clumsy appearance, she should be his first man. It is indeed not good to proceed in such a hasty manner. ?? He grabbed the crotch under his waist and said, "Whenever you want, I''ll listen to you." "Let''s wait until we return to the prison. We will have plenty of time then." Li Yahong''s skin, which was originally a wheat color, turned a little red at this time. Then I have to wait for a long time. ??Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and complained: "You are also weird. I hinted like that before, but you didn''t react at all. I thought you liked men...but now you are so worried...wuwu." Wu Heng pressed her against the wall again and blocked her mouth forcefully. ??Li Yahong hung her arms on the opponent''s shoulders and responded enthusiastically to her sweetheart''s attack. It took a while. The two separated again. ??Li Yahong grabbed the other person''s hand that was rubbing her buttocks with her backhand, and said with a flushed face: "Okay, there will be plenty of time in the future." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Then let''s do business first." He took out the map, opened it, and said: "I have already cleared these locations yesterday. Then you can just let Qiangzi and the others carry the supplies themselves." Okay! Li Yahong nodded and continued: What are your plans today? These areas will be cleaned up today, Wu Heng said. The red circle near the hotel has been cleaned up. There are a few more places, which are located a little further away, and it is not convenient to drive back and forth. Wu Heng selected several locations that had not been marked, which meant that the person who marked the map had not been there yet. The main purpose is not to kill aberrant zombies, but to spawn monsters and upgrade them. After all, the threat from the Warhammer Party is getting bigger and bigger. If you want to protect yourself, level is still very important. Li Yahong looked at the map and frowned slightly, "There are so many things to clean up? Is it necessary to be in such a hurry?" Im a little anxious, try to improve the progress so that I can return to the prison quickly. "It''s true!" Li Yahong hit him lightly again and said in a low voice, "Just listen to you." ??Wu Heng patted his perky buttocks and said, "Well, let''s go!" Dont pat my **** when you go out. After all, I am also the eldest sister now! Li Yahong rubbed her butt. Okay, let me take pictures when no one is around! Li Yahong started to arrange her clothes with a red face. Looked in the mirror again and confirmed that I was just blushing and had no other problems. The two of them walked out of the hotel. Li Yahong went to talk to Qiangzi and others. Then he followed Wu Heng and walked in one direction together. Dongmen Passenger Terminal. The dense group of corpses began to attack. The [Tangled Vegetation] of the dead plant monster forms a thorny terrain on the ground, slowing down the progress of the corpse group. At the same time, intensive spear throwing fell over and over again from the top of the head. Zombies fell to the ground one by one. Attack, kill them all! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The skeleton army launched a direct charge, knocking over the corpses on the opposite side and killing them all. Immediately afterwards, several skeletons transformed from deformed zombies also rushed out. A large number of zombies were thrown away. Be smashed into pulp. ?Li Yahong glanced at the figure next to her with some doubts. ?Although I have never commanded a skeleton battle. But the fighting method of the skeleton in front of me is completely different from before. It is no longer about defending first and then counterattacking. After throwing all the spears, the skeleton soldiers charged directly. More radical, Soon, the battle ended. ??Wu Heng began to let the skeletons clean the battlefield, and he also released the [Dead Skeleton Field] to increase the number of skeletons when he had sufficient mental power. All the buses here can be used, and there should be keys inside. Li Yahong said, looking at the rows of buses in the distance. There are more than ten buses parked at the passenger terminal. ??This kind of public buses generally leave the keys in a nearby building for unified management. As long as you find it, you can continue to use it. Wu Heng glanced at the building next to him and said, "Let Qiangzi and the others do it later. Let''s go to the next location first." Oh, okay! Li Yahong didnt say much. Lets move towards the next place together. Its around 4 p.m. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong ended todays zombie killing. ??The team of skeletons kept moving back and forth to carry the corpses. Li Yahong took Qiangzi and others to the passenger terminal to drive the buses. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the door and took a look at his experience. Level: 825882/48000 The effect of these two days of fighting is still significant. I just reached level 8 yesterday, and my experience has reached half today. ?The citys population is still dense. Wherever you go, youll find zombies everywhere. Now it has become your own experience of upgrading. Soon, several buses came back. Hand was parked on the main road. Li Yahong ran over and said: "There are not enough people to bring them today. These buses will take them away next time they come." Well, its okay to leave it there, no one will steal it. "Who said it was stolen?" Li Yahong looked behind her carefully, where Qiangzi and others were boarding the truck, and said softly: "I''m going back, come back soon." Go back and be safe. Okay! Li Yahong waved her hand, boarded the bus, and left with the convoy. ??Wu Heng came to the corpse and continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] until his mental power was a little low. Only returned to the hotel and opened the gate. Take a rest on the third floor. The sound of the door opening was heard from downstairs. Walking downstairs, he saw Minnie and Andwyer coming back carrying some things. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, they all saluted, "Master." Well, how are things arranged? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil saluted again and said gratefully: "Thank you master, I have bought the tribesmen back and settled them in the shop." He paused for a moment and continued: "I have made it clear to them that I will be responsible for the work in the store and will never cause you any trouble." Minnie, how are you doing there? "My friends have also been rescued. The master asks them to become maids." Why do you have to have them as maids? Minnie coyly said, "They don''t have any occupations, and they are clumsy. They can''t do much else except being maids." ?Wu Heng and Anderweier were both speechless. Why does she feel that maids can be stupid? ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil, who lowered her head and suppressed a smile. ?Wu Heng thought about the words and said, "We only have this little place here, so why do we need so many maids?" ?Where is the need for so many maids? "Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and said directly. For daily living, one maid is enough. The role of Anderweil is actually to meet the needs of the store. ??Really, if I hire two more maids, I wont be able to use them in a small place like my own. ?Look at Minnie looking frustrated at being rejected. Wu Heng added, "Let them help in the shop first, and then let them come over when they have a big house." "okay!" The three of them sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Minnie went to prepare dinner. After dinner, Wu Heng said goodbye to the two of them. Going out of the house and heading to the association. Squad, come to the lounge. Opening the door, several members sat in the room chatting. Captain! Several people stood up and saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the few people who had brought blankets, and said: "I will help you put away the blankets so that others can see them. You think we are just lazy!" Hehehe~! Duke scratched his head and smiled. The other people also handed over the blankets. ?Wu Heng put the space ring away and said: "Let''s go, let''s not be late, and don''t let anyone find anything wrong with our face." ?A few people nodded and got up and walked out of the association together. Walking on the road. Duke quickened his pace, walked to Wu Heng and said, "Captain, many people died outside the city last night. I heard that the leader of a gang had his head chopped off." Did the Warhammer Party do it? "I''m not sure, and no one is going to investigate." Duke whispered: "At this time, whoever investigates these things will die. The gang members will be disbanded and recruited by other gangs." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 198 , special killing of individuals Chapter 198, Special Killing of Individuals There are two possibilities for the current chaos. One is that the Warhammer Party colludes with gangs and constantly causes trouble and harassment. The second type is that gangs take this opportunity to start robberies. Steal something for revenge. Once done, blame the Warhammer Party. Judging from the current situation, people in the city have no time to care about this. No matter which one, various gangs will probably start imitating it. It will only make things more confusing. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the others and asked, "What news do you have?" Mata said as she walked: "Many people have left here and plan to go out for a while and come back when the place stabilizes." Outside the city? Wu Heng asked. Its the same throughout the city. I heard that most of the gentlemen in the inner city have left a long time ago, and people in the outer city and outer districts are also leaving. Marta continued. Didnt the Warhammer Party block the road? Road closure only restricts the entry of caravans. The territory is so large that it is not difficult to leave. Thats right. The Warhammer Party set up roadblocks, mainly to block main roads. If you want to leave, you can take a detour. ?Or the people from the Warhammer Party will not block other people at all. Let everyone escape, and it will be easier for you to capture the city. Yes, thats right! Wu Heng nodded. All the way to the area he patrolled. Leading the team to patrol. Late at night, just like last night, fighting broke out outside the city, and there were shouts of killing. ??Small-scale fighting also occurred in the outer city, but they were stopped by the Iron Guard Knights at the beginning and did not cause any chaos. ??Wu Heng and others brought blankets and found a new place to sleep. Wait until daybreak. After get off work, everyone goes back to their homes! Wu Heng said. Everyone waved goodbye to him. ?Wu Heng walked towards his residence. As soon as I walked to the door, I saw several tall figures standing at the door waiting. ??The orc owner of the Maohu Armor Shop, Glask. Wu Heng walked over and said, "Boss, are you looking for me?" Hearing the sound, the orc boss looked up and immediately smiled, "Captain Wu Heng, you were not here just now, so we were waiting at the door for a while." "Can I help you?" "There has been a lot of chaos in the city recently, and the store may be closed for a while. We have made some armor you need in the warehouse and want to deliver it to you in advance." The boss took a careful look and said, "Is it convenient for you to see?" ?It seems that the people in the armor shop are also planning to evacuate here. Part of the armor Wu Heng ordered from them has been made. ?No one knows what will happen afterwards, so I want to deliver it to him in advance. Boss, you think this city will be lost? Wu Heng said directly. "I don''t dare to talk nonsense." The boss immediately denied it, and then said: "We are just doing a small business, and we have never been in arrears with taxes and protection fees in the city. At this time, we should avoid being among the Hui people." ??Wu Heng glanced around, pulled him aside, and whispered: "I won''t stop you from leaving, but we are also friends. Show me a clear way out, which way can I get out." The boss said softly: "As long as it is not a caravan, the Warhammer Party will basically charge some money and let them go. If you want to leave, it is best to go through the forest, either to the north or south, and you will definitely be able to hide for a month or two." it''s over." Okay, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. Those leather armors. How many other goods are left in your warehouse? Wu Heng continued to ask. There are also dozens of sets of iron armor and saddles and other leather goods. Based on the information you just gave me, if you offer me a good price, Ill take them all, and you wont have to sell them everywhere. Wu Heng said directly. The orc boss''s eyes lit up, he thought about it, and said: "Five gold coins, a total of 112 sets of leather armor, more than 80 sets of iron armor, and more than a hundred saddles and leather shields, I''ll give them all to you, but I only want gold coins." Gold coins are easy to carry. ?Silver coins are too heavy. It is difficult to escape without people noticing you if you carry silver coins with you. Okay, I want it! The smile on the boss''s face became even brighter, and he said with gratitude: "Thank you, captain. When the business resumes, I will make you a better armor...I will have someone pick it up now and deliver it to you." "I''ll go get it with you. Bringing so many armors here may cause trouble." Wu Heng followed and continued: "You ask someone to notify some weapons stores and medicinal material store owners who want low prices. For shipping, you can go to your store and find me, and I can help them clean up the goods." Okay, Ill get someone to do it right away. Outside the city, there is an abandoned old castle. In a dark, musty building, a middle-aged man in black dress sat with several guards. ?A few people were silent, waiting silently. ?Not long after, footsteps were heard outside. Several followers came in surrounded by several strong and tall orcs. ?One of them was wearing iron armor with a long sword hanging on his waist. He took off the hood on his head, revealing the image of an orc and huge fangs. If someone from the association is present, you will recognize the identity of the person in front of you at a glance. The backbone of the Warhammer Party, with a reward of 700 silver coins, and third-level meritorious service. "How is the plan going? The leader has urged us several times." The orc said directly. The man in formal dress said softly: "Three days later at night, someone will attack inside and open the north city gate. Then you can attack directly." Are the arrangements in place? It was arranged by several masters and mobilized people from various forces. There is absolutely no problem. Those old guys can do these sneaky things. The orc said coldly. The man opposite had a slightly cold face, "Watch your words, and don''t forget who supported you after you were besieged by the Iron Guard Knights." Dont think you are so great. The orc stepped on the chair with one leg. Everyone wants what they need. You want to change the city lord, and we want to enter the city. From now on, we can cooperate normally. ??The man in the dress took a deep breath, not wanting to get angry with the bandits. continued: "After the master asks you to enter the city, you have to do something special." Say, dont waste your time. After attacking the city, arrange for people to kill the 12 captains of the association. Do not touch anything on him and bring the body over. The orc raised his eyebrows and said, "You businessmen are not smart enough. Once a war starts, you will not know who is going, let alone find a captain." Easily identifiable, he is wearing the associations captains armor, with black hair and black eyes. He is the only one in the city who looks like this. "Okay, I understand." The orc nodded and emphasized, "Three days later at night, remember your arrangements and don''t make any problems." Dont worry, everything has been arranged. Maohu Armor Shop. In the store. ?Wu Heng was sitting on one side, and there were at least eighty or ninety people sitting below him, either humans or orcs. ??They are all the owners of various shops in the outer city, as well as some of their followers. Boss Maoxun said directly: "This is Captain Wu Heng of the association. When I called everyone here, I also told you about the matter. If you are willing to sell the goods at a low price, Captain Wu Heng is willing to accept it, and you will be spared. Its easy to travel with, and its settled in gold coins, so its easy to carry. All the bosses looked at Wu Heng. They began to discuss in low voices with each other again. Wu Heng said directly: "Everyone, if you are willing to sell, you can tell me the type, quantity, and price of your goods." (End of this chapter) Chapter 199 , receive goods at low price Chapter 199, Receive the goods at a low price Everyone present looked at the figure in front of them at the same time. ?Luntam City is no longer safe, and the Warhammer Party may attack at any time. People can leave, but the goods in the city cannot be taken away. The Warhammer Party invaded the city and these goods could not be saved. Even if they didnt enter the city, they left and were left unattended for a long time, so the goods still couldnt be saved. ?This is Luntam City, a place with many gangs and mercenary groups. An unattended warehouse is like property lost on the street. It will be stolen within three days. The best way is to sell the squeezed goods before leaving. Change it into money and take it away. ??These days various shops are also discussing this matter, but the ones they choose are business groups, and the other parties are also selling goods. ?Now I finally found someone who is willing to accept it, but it sounds like the price will be lowered. This captain, can he feed so many of us? someone asked doubtfully. Not to mention that the Warhammer Party has blocked the road now, even in the past, it would be difficult for anyone to eat so much food. "It depends on what price you offer. If the price is favorable, I will naturally be willing to help you share the burden. If the price is not suitable, there is nothing I can do." Wu Heng said directly. Captain Wu Heng, what I sell in my shop are all cloths with high-quality cloth materials. I am willing to give up 30% of the profit to sell this batch of goods to you. A human boss sat on a chair and said with a smile. ?Wu Heng responded to what the other party said. Let 30%..., that is, give a 30% discount. ?This price is the same as the profit margin. When you customize goods in bulk from the Maolu Armor Shop, the discount given is similar to this. ? It should be their usual price when shipping in bulk. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party, shook his head and said: "It''s expensive, and you don''t have any sincerity. In the past, I would normally get more goods than you give me now." "Um..." The cloth shop owner''s smile was a little awkward. He seemed to have not expected that a new association captain, who had experience in taking goods in bulk, immediately explained, "Our cloths are all top-quality goods, and those of ordinary cloths are different." Can." ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand to stop it and said: "This boss will think about it for a moment, and we will discuss the price later." ?The cloth shop owner''s face turned red and he hesitated to speak. He sat back down amidst the snickers of other shop owners. Hands crossed and legs crossed, as if Im looking at what other people can offer. ?The scene was silent for a few seconds. An orc stood up and made an orc salute, and said in a deep voice: "Captain Wu Heng, I still have some weapons and shields left over there, which I can sell to you." ?Wu Heng has met this orc boss before. He is the owner of the Maolu armor shop and the weapons shop opposite. ?Wu Heng went to inquire about spear throwing styles before, and it was this shop that Duke took him to. We have met each other, but they are not familiar with each other. Of course you can, it depends on whether the price is favorable. ?The owner of the weapon shop said directly: "I will give you a 40% profit. The weapons are sold to mercenaries normally, and the quality can be guaranteed." Cloth or something like that is not something you need. If the price is cheap, you will want it. If the price is not much better, you wont want it. But weapons, relatively speaking, are a direction Wu Heng purchases. After all, Skeleton has also been using kitchen knives for a while, and now that he has the opportunity, he also wants to change to a batch of weapons. ?Although kitchen knives are easy to use, they are still different from real weapons. Lets get 60%, I want it. No, no, we are losing money. You are all leaving anyway, and we cant keep these things. Its better to take the money and go back to the tribe to live a good life. Wu Heng continued. The reason why he dared to lower the price was that the other party was in a hurry to leave. The orc boss still shook his head, pondered for a moment, and said: "The captain may not know something, but our people have been recruited by the city lord''s palace, and we can''t leave even if we want to. We need to work in the city to make arrows and repair weapons, and people will not leave. " As soon as these words came out, everyone at the scene was stunned. Immediately afterwards, some people began to sweat on their foreheads, shake their legs violently, and began to become uneasy. ?The craftsmen in the weapon shop have been detained to make arrows, so this battle is definitely going to start. Those in the inner city have more accurate intelligence. "Even if you stay, you won''t be able to keep the goods once war starts. You can give me a good price in the end, and I''ll take it if you can. After all, we all knew each other before." Wu Heng said directly. ??The orc boss narrowed his eyes slightly and glanced at the owner of the ''Maoxiu Armor Shop'' not far away. He still said: "50%." ??Wu Heng didn''t want to waste any more time with him, "Okay, I want all the goods in your store." The orc boss nodded, "Then I will go back and count the goods now and give you an accurate price." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. The orc boss stood up, turned around and left outside without paying attention to the others. At this time, the boss who just sold the cloth immediately said: "Well, captain, I just thought about it and gave you 50%." ??Wu Heng said directly: "You give 80% of the cloth, and I will pay 20%." This, this is a bit too low ??? Before he could bargain, other shop owners immediately stood up. Captain, I have a new batch of furniture here, including magic tools etched with runes, do you want them? I am from a medicine store. I have some medicines in the store that I can also sell to you. Jewelry is hard currency, you will never lose money when you buy it. . In an instant, the store started to become noisy. ?It was such a mess, you could only hear people quoting prices, but you couldn''t tell who belonged to which store. Wu Heng waved his hand and said: "Weapons, armor, and medicinal materials are purchased at 50%, and cloth, food, magic tools, and groceries are purchased at 20%. Bosses who are willing to sell can go back and prepare, and give me the list when the time comes. I''ll pick it up myself." Magical equipment refers to some furniture etched with runes, which is somewhat different from props. Used in daily life. ?There was a brief silence, and the scene became noisy again. "Captain, jewelry should be included in the 50%!" "Captain, don''t you want a girl? Why don''t you include slaves? They are all young girls." . ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? At the same time as they were arguing, the door was pushed open. ?Several mercenaries wearing armor and hanging swords walked in. He glanced at everyone present, forced a smile on his serious face, and said, "We are from the Lyle Merchant Group. Is there anyone here who is purchasing goods from the warehouse?" Yes, what do you have in your warehouse? Wu Heng asked. cloth and spices. ?Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, then said: "Acquire at 20% of the original price. If you can accept it, you can stay." The mercenary looked embarrassed and hesitated for a while, "Okay, I''ll sell it." Then he said, "Do you want horses and carriages?" You want to sell the carriage too? "The horses originally used to pull goods in the city are all in their prime. If you need them, we will sell them to you at a low price." the mercenary continued. "Okay, I want it too. Let''s count the quantity of your goods. I will arrange for someone to check it then." Wu Heng said directly. Okay. The mercenaries came as quickly as they left. ??He turned around and left here directly to go to the warehouse to count the goods. The mercenaries just left. ?The doors opened again one after another. Several shop owners and mercenaries from other blocks walked in. Is this where the goods are collected? Wow~! The hall is noisier. "I''ve sold the cloth to you. I''ll go back now to count the goods and deliver them to you right away." I have a few more carriages over there, lets sell them to you too! The bosses who were haggling just now immediately stepped forward to confirm with Wu Heng that they wanted to sell goods. He rushed out of the store and counted his goods. 9 am. ?Wu Heng exchanged gold coins at the Snake Emblem Consortium. ??Took Anderweil with him, and began to go door-to-door to purchase goods according to the store name that he had previously recorded in the Maoxiu Armor Store. ?Wu Heng received the goods and the store received cash. Both sides achieved their goals. Basically, Wu Heng loaded the goods into the space ring after giving him the money. ?The boss immediately closed the shop and prepared to leave with his people. ?No one knows when the war will start, or the city gates will be closed to prevent people from leaving. It is better to leave as soon as possible. Looking at the desolate and desolate streets where every house was closed, Anderweil raised her head and looked over. Master, do you think the Warhammer Party will not attack? The rest of the people were selling goods at low prices, and only the owner was exchanging gold coins, sweeping all the shops. Collect any goods, even the most unpopular items, and buy them all back. This made her start to guess that Wu Heng had some gossip and would not start a war. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, but judging from the current situation, this battle is probably unavoidable." ?Each force has its own source of intelligence. The first group of people in the inner city have almost left, and now all the shop owners have also left. When I went to the Snake Emblem Consortium just now, I was on guard both inside and outside. Obviously the situation has reached a very serious point. Anderweil''s face began to look a little nervous, and she whispered: "Master, then you still accept these goods." Waiting for Wu Heng''s answer. Then he said: "Master, why don''t we go out and hide for a while? Even if we live outside for a while, Minnie and I can take good care of you." In her and Minnie''s eyes. The owner must be from some big family. Otherwise, he would not be generous. He is the captain of the association at a young age, and has a good relationship with the head of the consortium. You must be afraid of hardship if you dont leave the city. But its better to endure a little hardship than to get involved in this battle! Wu Heng raised his hand and touched her little head. The two plush ears twitched gently with the touch, "It''s not that far yet. Some things and their locations determine the responsibilities he needs to bear. They are The businessman is a mercenary and can drop everything and leave. I am the captain of the association and cannot run away if I hear the wind." Anderweil seemed to understand the meaning and nodded, "It''s up to the master." "Don''t worry, even if there is a war, I can take you away." Wu Heng said. The two of them continued to the remaining shops. Purchase all the goods in the warehouse. Along the way, some business groups still came over, asked him about the price, and sold all the goods to him. Wait until its all over. ??Wu Heng looked at Anderweil and said: "Buy some daily necessities for your tribe. The shops are closed recently, so they should try not to go out. If there is really danger, go to Wen Mansha of the Spike Gang." Oh okay, Ill do it now. After settling in, go home as soon as possible and dont stay outside. Yeah! Anderweil nodded and walked quickly towards the store. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence with the goods. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 200 , Skeleton Soldiers Dress Up Chapter 200, Skeleton soldiers change their clothes Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng briefly freshened up, opened the gate, and went to the zombie world. The hotel on the other side is already filled with goods that have been shipped several times in succession. ??This purchase has once again squandered all the money I saved from raiding the gold store last time. But the gains are still significant. In addition to weapons and armor for his own use, he can also make a lot of money by reselling cloth, spices, and various daily necessities. No matter how much you think about it, you wont pay any compensation. ?Before, Wu Heng also thought about waiting for chaos in the city, taking advantage of the situation with the skeletons, and doing a zero-yuan purchase. But as soon as I thought about it, I just gave up. If a war really starts, it doesnt matter whether you have the energy to search various warehouses for things. Even if you can go, being seen by someone will damage your reputation. After all, I still have the identity of the captain of the association. I hope that I can be promoted to deacon through promotion, but when the time comes, I will get paid and not work. There cannot be any omissions because of this matter. ?Wu Heng had people clean up the mobile business hall and bookstore next to the hotel, and moved the goods in batches. After everything is done. ??Wu Heng pointed at a skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a spear and said, "Come here." ??The skeleton walked up the steps and stood upright in front of him. ?Wu Heng glanced up and down and saw that it had reached level 6. It is the top level skeleton among transformed skeletons. The higher the level, the more experience is required. Level 6 is the highest level for ordinary zombies to transform into skeletons. Among the skeletons, there are already quite a few level five skeletons, and they are still increasing rapidly. It is the backbone of the entire skeleton army. Take off your leather armor. The skeleton put down the spear in his hand and began to take off his leather armor, revealing the empty white bones. ?Wu Heng walked around among the armor piles, pulled out a set of human plate armor and handed it to it. Try it on and try it on! The skeleton took the plate armor and began to put it on his body. Plate armor is this type of armor. ?The outside is metal, and the inside has one side of thick leather. There are also some requirements for wearing it. Those whose strength and physique are not up to standard will become a burden after wearing them. Moving is like carrying a heavy weight on your body, let alone fighting. ?In the profession, most swordsmen will not wear this kind of full-coverage plate armor, but will use leather armor for partial protection. The skeleton warrior put on his plate armor and stood up straight in front of him again. All parts of the body are covered by silver iron armor, except for the dead bones that can be seen under the helmet. Take two steps! Ta Ta Ta ~! ??The skeleton warrior took two steps forward. Go over there and back. ??The skeleton warrior moved forward, walked to the wall, then turned around and walked back. There is no problem with the action. ??Continued to command the skeleton to pick up the spear and make two gestures in the air, but there was no problem. Among the attributes of the undead, there is no such thing as endurance. There is no need to worry about running out of energy. Take out all the higher-level skeletons, take off their leather armor, and put on this plate armor. Wu Heng said directly. The big skull gave the order. Amid the sound of bones rubbing against each other. A large group of skeletons came out and began to replace their leather armor with plate armor. ??Mao Xiu Armor Shop gave him only more than 40 sets of human-sized plate armor. But they were not the only ones who bought the armor warehouse that Wu Heng bought. After the skeletons finished changing into plate armor, they roughly counted and found that the number of people wearing plate armor reached more than 130. ?Wearing silver armor and holding a spear. ?Standing at the foot of the steps, his power suddenly increased a lot. Next, Wu Heng continued to make ordinary skeletons wear leather armor and change the kitchen knives in their hands. ?Weapons are divided into five types. Iron swords, maces, one-handed battle axes, and shields. ??The bows, crossbows and arrows in the weapon shop were all requisitioned by Luntam City, leaving only these melee weapons. After all the skeletons are equipped. Reform the team and stand at the bottom of the steps. ?Standing on the steps and looking around, the original queue took on a new look. At the front is a skeleton holding a spear and wearing plate armor, standing in the sun, shining brightly. At the back are sword and shield and sword and shield skeletons, and behind them are battle ax and war hammer skeletons. The rest is still the Chopper Team. The number still accounts for the majority of the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng looked at his team and nodded with satisfaction. ??The Warhammer Party is really a threat to us, so we can give them a fight. The numbers and momentum may not be lost to them. ?Standing above, I took a look. Continue to walk downstairs and release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] towards the pile of corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground. ?Continue to direct them to pick up the replaced kitchen knives and stand in the queue. When everything is almost done. Wu Heng continued to open the map, found a place that had not been cleared, and approached with the skeleton, preparing to clear out the zombies. 5:30 pm. ??The third wave of cleanup is located in a community called Fujing''an. Like a flood, the corpses gathered from the road in the distance and rushed towards the group of skeletons appearing in front. Iron spears rained down from overhead. It crashed into the zombie group, and the corpses fell in pieces. Before they could stand up, they were trampled to the ground by the corpse group behind them, making no sound. ??After throwing the spear, Wu Heng gave an order, and the skeleton army began to charge. ?Wearing bright silver armor and holding a spear, he took the lead in crashing into the group of corpses. ?Hunt the zombies in the front row upside down and fly out, causing them to fall to the ground. At the same time, maces chipped away at skulls, and tomahawks and machetes decapitated large swaths of heads. The skeleton army showed unprecedented lethality. Like a killing machine. The corpses fell one by one, and there was not much power to fight back. ??Wu Heng stood at the rear and continued to observe the battlefield ahead. A little surprised and nodded with satisfaction. It seems that the money was not wasted. A large number of zombies were killed. ?The system prompt appears again. Your level has been raised to level 9, with constitution +1 and intelligence +1. Unlock feat: Magical Senses. Magic Sense: You have a strong sixth sense for the magic around you and can sense the existence of magical aura, Perception +3. The level has been improved. And unlocked another feat. ? It seems that starting from level 6, you can unlock some characteristics or expertise every time you upgrade. ?This time its the magic sense. Can have a strong sixth sense for magical auras. ?Wu Heng himself released a [Dancing Light Technique], felt it, and felt nothing. I dont understand what this sixth sense means. The expertise also adds 3 points to perception, which is actually not bad. Attributes are still very important. Soon, the battle ahead ended. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start cleaning the battlefield, and a large number of corpses were carried back to the hotel. After transforming the body for a while, he returned to his residence. Association. There is something wrong with the atmosphere in the conference room. ?Two of the team captains did not arrive and did not explain, but everyone knew that this was a farewell without saying goodbye. ?No one would be stupid enough to actually hand in their resignation before leaving. By then, no one will be able to leave. ?Wu Heng doesnt care about any of this. If that doesnt work, he can just hide back in the zombie world. Theres nothing to be afraid of. ??Wu Heng stepped forward to draw lots, and this time he was lucky. It was for patrol in the inner city. Return to the squad. All four of his team members were sitting in the room. Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said, "Let''s go. It will be easier in the inner city today." A few people got up and walked outside. Duke stepped forward and said: "Captain, Glaske didn''t go out." ?Grask is the owner of the Maoxi armor store. He sold all his inventory from Wuheng today. "What''s wrong?" Recruited by the Knights of the Iron Guard to repair leather goods. Lets leave early. Wu Heng said. "He is probably being targeted. If he moves, he will be detained. There are not many people left in the city." Duke continued. ??Wu Heng had no choice, "We may not really start fighting, we just have to do our job well." ?Several people left the association and patrolled the designated city wall. Looking for a place to sleep late at night. Go home to rest at dawn and head to the zombie world in the afternoon. afternoon. The convoy returns. Qiangzi, Wang Chenggang and others looked at the skeleton army that had changed its equipment from a distance. His face was full of surprise. "Why are you wearing iron armor and having weapons? What''s going on?" Wang Chenggang asked in disbelief. Damn! It feels like a dj vu in The Lord of the Rings. They believed the ability to summon skeletons was a supernatural power. ??Even the weapons and equipment have been changed now, which is a bit too much! ?This kind of armor and weapons cannot be made even in prisons, and there are such a large number of them. Qiangzi was also a little surprised, but after all, he had seen skeletons equipped with leather armor before, so he quickly accepted it. He shook his legs and said, "What''s all the fuss about? The underworld has sent out the equipment." Holy shit, it really has something to do with the underworld. I didnt know, Sister Hong wont let me talk nonsense. The other people were even more surprised. This year, good night! (End of this chapter) Chapter 201 , captain, the city gate is open (last update today. Chapter 201, Captain, the city gate is open (last update today.) In the hotel. ?Li Yahong sat at the table, tilting her chin and watching Wu Heng eat without blinking. "What''s wrong? Why are you looking at me like that?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong still looked at him, raising her head with a smile on her face, "She''s fair and clean, so pretty." "Are you sick? You sound like a gangster." Wu Heng was speechless. Maybe thats it! Li Yahong winked without showing any signs of weakness. ?Wu Heng grabbed her arm and pulled her into his arms. Hand out your hand to unbuckle the **** your back and put it on your chest. "You, you know how to start a fire every day, and then you ignore it. You have no sense of responsibility at all." Wu Heng said directly. Li Yahong hung one hand on his shoulder and swung her legs in the air twice, "Letting you touch it casually is not considered responsible. The environment here is too bad and the air is stinky. How can I bother to do that?" He paused for a moment and said shyly: "Sooner or later, I''ll be fine, so why worry!" If Wu Heng insists. ?Li Yahong would definitely agree. But as she said, the environment here is a bit too bad. For Li Yahong, it is not a suitable place. ??Wu Heng didnt force anything, he lowered his head and approached the other persons chest, Its up to you! Be gentle. Li Yahong said, gently holding the mans head. After a while. The two of them separated. Li Yahong put on her coat and said, "Do we have to take all these goods back? Or should we put them here first." ??Li Yahong was no longer surprised when strange and strange goods suddenly appeared. She doesnt want to know her mans secrets. Even if you inquire about it, it may be difficult for you to understand the reason. As long as you continue to maintain your current life and develop better, that''s fine. ?If you think too much in this world, you will only drive yourself crazy. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to bring these back. Your fleet only needs to plunder the supplies from the stores and prepare for the winter." ? ? Cloth, spices, and some ores are of little use if transported to the prison. The main thing is to wait for the end of Luntam City and take them back to resell them. Going back and forth is time-consuming and laborious. It''s better to just put it here and keep it a little better so that it doesn''t get dirty or damaged. Okay! Li Yahong came over and turned her back, Tie it on for me. Wu Heng walked over and fastened her buttons while saying, "I have also cleaned up several nearby communities, and I will let Qiangzi and the others search them." You are working so hard now. The supply prison has enough to survive the winter, so there is no need to be in such a hurry. Li Yahong said. "Well, try to collect as many as possible." Wu Heng replied casually and continued: "By the way, the next time you come here, bring the heavy machine guns on the wall with you, um... bring two of them, I will useful." ?Li Yahong was a little confused. ??Firearms are still powerful, but their effectiveness against zombies is not obvious. ??And the prison does not have many bullet reserves. I cant figure out what the use is of bringing it here. But Wu Heng needed it, and she didnt want to ask any more questions. Then she immediately reacted and said, "The wall is guarded by skeletons. What if I''m not allowed to demolish it?" Among living creatures, skeletons only obey orders from Wu Heng. Unless an order is given to follow someone''s orders, other people cannot mobilize the skeleton. ??If you go up rashly and perform actions that are contrary to Wu Heng''s orders, you are likely to be directly attacked by skeletons. ?Li Yahong didnt want to die in the hands of the skeleton because of her negligence at this moment. I will inform Datou then and let him accompany you there and give orders to the skeleton. Wu Heng said. "good!" The two briefly discussed the next plan and arranged their clothes. We walked out of the building together. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to assemble. Li Yahong took the map and told Qiangzi and the others where they could move the supplies. When everything is ready, lets set off together. Go to a new location and continue killing zombies. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng returned with a large number of skeletons. Skeletons stacked corpses on their shoulders across from the hotel. In one afternoon, a total of corpses in four residential areas were cleared. The experience has improved, but there is still a long way to go before being upgraded. During the harvest, in addition to piles of corpses, two banks on the roadside were also searched and found one 100-gram gold bar and twelve 10-gram gold bars. Its an unexpected surprise. The hotel lobby. Why dont you come back with me? Well come back together then! Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Sooner or later, it''s all yours, why are you so anxious!" Whos in a hurry? Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him. "I''ll go back in a few days." Wu Heng touched her head, "By the way, after I go back, I''ll go find the alchemy skeleton again and bring back some spiritual and healing potions, as well as those potions for corpse cores. Also speed up. Why do you think those skeletons of yours will listen to me? Li Yahong asked. The alchemy skeleton has high intelligence and is no different from normal people. He can understand it if you speak normally. Wu Heng said with a smile. "Oh well!" ?Li Yahong hung her arms on his shoulders, glanced at him, raised her head and closed her eyes. ?Wu Heng held the back of the other person''s head and kissed him gently. After a while, after they separated again. Li Yahong then said: "I''m leaving, see you next time." Machine guns, medicaments, dont forget them. Dont worry, I can forget the car, but I cant forget your things either. Li Yahong left and boarded the bus. After waving goodbye, he led the convoy and left quickly. Go through the boundary gate and return to your residence. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. Since the store is closed again, Minnie and Andwyer have nothing to do now. Lets prepare dinner together at home. Three people sat at the table to eat. ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there any news in the city?" Andewil said: "Basically all the people in the outer areas of the city have left, and there are empty houses everywhere." What about the outer city? There are also a lot fewer people in the outer city. There are only some grain stores and daily necessities shops open, and everyone who can walk has left. The rest of the people are local residents. Anderweier continued to answer after a dull moment. ??If it werent for the fact that the whole family is in the city. ?It would be difficult to run out, fearing that the city would be empty. Hmm. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, Hasnt Wen Mansha been here? "Yesterday I went to visit Sister Wen Mansha. The Spike Gang was assigned patrol duties, and their actions were watched. They won''t be able to come over for a short time. Let me tell you." Anderweil said. The Spike Gang is a gang, with one or two thousand people in the gang. Even if they are assigned patrol duties, there will definitely be some supervision. Once so many people rebel from the city, things will be serious. ?Wen Mansha is indeed right not to come over for the time being. Hmm. Wu Heng hummed and didnt say much. After dinner, I continued to give them instructions. He went directly to the association to continue tonight''s patrol mission. Todays patrol location is still in the inner city. Lead the team members on a patrol along the road. I found a random place and slept in the corner. After daybreak, everyone returns to their homes. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng glanced at the glow that dyed the sky red and ordered the battlefield to be cleaned. The skeleton army began to carry the corpses. ??Line up a long and slender queue to and from the hotel where you live. ??Wu Heng stood there and watched, and at the same time opened the panel and took a look at his experience. Level: 949828/64000 In two days, the zombies were cleared in eight or nine locations. The rate of experience improvement is slower than calculated. But its not bad, I can reach level ten tomorrow. It is recorded in the Book of the Dead that level 10 belongs to third-level professionals. The strength will also be significantly improved. At that time, you will be able to gain more protection against the threat from the Warhammer Party. Wait until the body is removed. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the corpse and continued to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. When the time was almost up, we headed to Luntam City to prepare for tonight''s patrol mission. Association, squad lounge. Opening the door, all members sat in the room. Captain, where are we going today? Duke asked. Today is the outer city area. Lets go there early and find a place to rest after patrolling. Wu Heng said. Over the past few days, I have gotten used to the night. Its nothing more than walking around a few times, and then finding a place to sleep when it gets dark. "Captain, my mother asked me to bring you a fur. It''s bearskin. It''s warm." Duke said, picking up a black fur from the ground, shaking it off, and putting it on him to try on. It is indeed made of bearskin, and you can see the shape of a bear''s head. ?Just seeing this bear skin, the first impression that came to my mind was Yuli, that little Druid girl. For me? Wu Heng touched the fur. Ah, I said humans dont like these, and she had to ask me to bring her over, but there was nothing I could do. Duke scratched his head. Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "Okay, I''ll take it. What has your mother prepared for you?" Blanket, its in your space ring! Ill cover you with fur tonight. The whole skin is quite valuable. My mother knows she can beat me to death, so just take whats given to you. ?A few people walked and chatted until they left the inner city. There were no more people on the streets in the outer city. Most shops have been closed. ? ? Occasionally, the door panels were smashed open and the inside was ransacked. ? I still underestimated the efficiency here. It only took three days, but someone took action in one night. Marta, we are patrolling the outer city today! Suddenly, a questioning voice came from the other side. ?Looking ahead, I saw an old orc woman walking through the alleyway carrying half a bag of rice and holding an orc child with her left and right hands. Ah, why are you still walking around outside? Marta said. I came out to buy some things and will go back now. The old woman grinned, her wrinkled skin squeezed together like tree bark. ?Maka nodded, "Go back quickly, don''t go out if you have nothing to do." Okay. The old woman agreed and left with the child. ?Wu Heng watched the old woman leave. Marta explained: The whole family is here, and most of them choose to stay. Arent you afraid of the Warhammer Party? Wu Heng was curious. ??Marta thought for a while and said: "Actually... everyone is betting that the Warhammer Party can''t attack, or that the Warhammer Party just wants to occupy the city and will not harm ordinary residents." After a moment of silence, Marta added, "Luntam City is not peaceful to begin with." Arrived at the patrol location. ?Wu Heng led his team to climb the city wall. Several familiar gang members nodded in this direction as a greeting. ?Standing on the city wall and looking down. ??The buildings close to the city wall have been demolished, leaving an isolation zone of about 100 meters to ensure that the enemy will not use the houses to attack the city wall. ??Above the city wall, guarded by the Iron Guard Knights and gang members in the city. The Knights of the Iron Guard are quite serious, but the gang members themselves are relatively lazy, looking around, and obviously not paying attention. To put it bluntly, these gangs are unlucky to be recruited. ??If you were in a small gang, they might all have run away by now. ??There is no way to escape now. Once the war breaks out, we have to rush to the front. The night is getting darker. ?The sky seemed to be covered with a curtain. There were only the torches on the city wall, emitting orange-red firelight, crackling burning sounds, and people''s slight conversations. ??Wu Heng took his people and walked along the city wall. After confirming that there was no problem, he waved his hand and said, "Let''s go down." ?A few people climbed down the city wall while no one was paying attention. In an empty shop, lay out a blanket and rest directly. Waiting for daybreak. Late night. ?There were curses and shouts outside the house, as well as the sound of swords and swords being struck. ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes and saw the thief "Bulk" standing next to him. Whats wrong? Wu Hengs eyes instantly turned cold. Captain, its bad, theres a fight outside. The thief said immediately. ?At the same time, everyone else also opened their eyes. The noise outside was a little louder. ?Wu Heng motioned for everyone to be quiet. Go to the window and look outside. The building was in flames and smoke was rising. ?Countless gang members dressed in different styles fought with the guards at the city wall. ?Shouts of murder and curses. You can hear the sound of the crossbow and the sorrow of the crossbow. Marta shared the vision of the beast. His face also became grim, and he said: "Captain, the city gate is open, and the Warhammer Party has entered." The expressions of several people in the room changed instantly. The Warhammer Party really took action. The city walls were opened in this way. ?Wu Heng did not answer. The shouts of killing and the sounds of fighting outside the house are getting louder and louder, and the fighting area is approaching here. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of violent banging on the door was heard. ?At the same time, harsh curses were heard, "There are still people here, come quickly and kill them together." ۡ! Continue to hit twice. ?The door fell to the ground with a loud sound, raising a cloud of smoke and dust. Immediately following, five orcs wearing various armors and white cuffs on their arms rushed in. His whole body was stained with blood, and he exuded a sinister aura. But when he saw the people and their clothes in the room clearly, his expression froze. Xie, people from the association. The orc who just shouted about the intruder paused. ?Then one person pushed him away and cursed: "Association, what are you afraid of? We have already fought here. Who knows when we will kill them." "That is, if we capture the city, the entire association will have to be replaced. What are you afraid of now?" Someone echoed. Kill them and dont let them escape. "kill." ?Bang bang bang~! Before a few people finished speaking. ?Wu Heng opened the safety immediately and fired several shots. The people in front were shot in the head and fell to the ground. ??The two people behind didn''t even see what the other party did, and three of them died in an instant. He turned around and exited the room, disappearing into the chaotic streets. Dont chase him, just run away. Wu Heng said. Duke came over and stood in front of Wu Heng, "Captain, what should we do?" Duke hasn''t finished speaking yet. There was a loud noise outside the door again. The two people who escaped came over with more gang members. He cursed and blocked the door. ?Wu Heng''s eyes instantly narrowed, he glanced at the thieves in the team, and then quickly looked away. "Ready to fight!" While speaking, release [Corpse Slaying Technique]. ?The three corpses blocking the door stood up one after another and stood aside. Kill out! Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 202 , the backbone of the Warhammer Party Chapter 202, Backbone of the Warhammer Party Suddenly there was a loud shouting and cursing outside. ?The two gang members who fled back brought more people, including at least forty or fifty people in Urala. ? Holding a torch in his hand, he stood outside and listened to the two men describing the situation just now. In the house, Wu Heng faced the corpse and directly released the [Corpse Slaying Technique]. Three corpses blocking the doorway stood up one after another. Staggering on his feet, he bent down to pick up the fallen weapon. Duke, Mata and the others subconsciously took a step back. ??This was the first time I saw Wu Heng using the "Corpse" spell. He almost forgot that his captain was a necromancer. After confirming that the body was in no danger, he quickly calmed down. ??It doesnt matter what trick you use now, as long as it can solve the current dilemma. ??Wu Heng glanced at the gang members outside and directly ordered, "Kill out!" The three rotting corpses turned around and walked out of the wooden house. With a rotten face, he looked at the gang members gathering in the distance and charged directly towards them with weapons in hand. It was dark at night, and torches provided limited lighting. ??Many gang members were stunned when they found their recently deceased companion running towards them. Are you okay? Why are you running? Whats the matter with you? Someone realized something was wrong and started shouting loudly. But the carrion made no response, and the pace quickened again, like a wild beast, running wildly. They are not human beings who shoot arrows. Every member of the gang reacted immediately and directly ordered the arrows to be fired. Swish swish swish~! The arrows from the bow and crossbow flew out quickly and instantly penetrated the bodies of the three people who were charging forward. The few running people just swayed and rushed towards the crowd in front with the arrows on their bodies. ?Just as he rushed over, he was beaten to death by numerous gang members. The body lay at his feet. ?One person stepped on the corpses under his feet, took a closer look at the torch, and said, "Carrion! Someone turned them into carrion." Carrion. Everyone frowned. How can you turn people into rotten corpses without mentioning that they are members of the association? ?However, they havent figured it out yet. ?Bang bang bang~! Three corpses lying on the ground suddenly exploded like inflated balloons. ?Thick green poisonous smoke instantly filled the entire place. In the blink of an eye, the gathered gang members were covered. Everyone was coughing and retching, dizzy, and their vision was obscured. Damn it, its poisonous, spread out and dont gather here. Someone shouted. Everyone stumbled and tried to disperse. At this moment, a harsh explosion was heard in the distance again. ?Bang bang bang~! Violent gunshots rang out from the front. Bawudong and Huo Ren walked out of the building directly with assault rifles in hand. The sight of the undead is not affected by smoke and darkness, and can clearly capture the figure in the poisonous fog. The bullets were shot out intensively, and a wailing sound erupted instantly. ??Wu Heng released the [White Bone Armor], and the terrifying white bones wrapped the body, leaving only gaps for the eyes, mouth and nose. Lead the team members and follow him out of the wooden house. Looked at the poisonous fog and the gang members who struggled to come out. He said directly: "Two people work together and kill those who escape without leaving a hand." Yes, Captain. ?A few people nodded and quickly rushed out to attack the poisoned gang members. Soon, the battle ended. The smoke dispersed, leaving a pile of corpses on the ground. Someone is coming again, and there are quite a few of them. Marta came over quickly and said directly. She should have been attracted by the sound of gunfire. Whose side? Like them, wearing white cuffs. It seems that he is still the other party''s person. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Go and ask everyone to bring over all the corpses nearby. No matter who they belong to, as long as they are corpses." Okay! Marta walked down quickly. Together with several other people, he moved all the corpses nearby and threw them together. Including the gang members who just died. There are about seventy or eighty of them collected in total. Judging from their appearance, they are all gang members or mercenaries. The collection is almost the same. ??Wu Heng directly released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the corpses on the ground were transformed into rotting corpses, and their bodies stood up swaying. Pick up the weapons. All the rotting corpses bent down, picked up the weapons on the ground, and carried them in their hands. Soon, the people Marta mentioned rushed over from one side. There were both humans and orcs, frowning at the many carrion corpses in the darkness. ??Wu Heng checked the white cuff on the opponent''s arm and directly ordered, "Attack!" Hurrah! The rotten corpse standing on the spot immediately started running. Hurry towards the enemy on the opposite side. For a time, there was a loud sound of slashing and killing. At the city wall. ??The city gate opened wide, and a large number of Warhammers poured into the city, killing the city guards in front. ?These people are strong and wear dark iron armor. In terms of equipment, they are no worse than the Iron Guard Knights, and they are extremely fierce, showing super strong combat effectiveness. The two sides fought fiercely under the city wall. ?Corpse lay all over the ground, and broken limbs and arms could be seen everywhere. Members of the Iron Guard Knights and defense gangs formed a shield formation and still persisted in resisting. ?No one expected that a moment of negligence would lead to the city gate being opened directly. ?At this time, the Warhammer Party''s offensive suddenly slowed down. The crowd separated to the left and right, making way for only one person to pass. A tall orc, wearing blood-red iron armor and carrying a huge toothed battle ax, staggered in. Looking at the shield array in front of him. ?Hold the battle ax tightly with both hands, kick your feet, and your whole body will be shot out. Bang~! A loud roar. The battle ax was swung up and slashed diagonally on the shield. In an instant, the member holding the shield flew three to four meters upside down, knocking over a large crowd behind him. ??The orcs led the Warhammer Party into the queue. The battle ax in their hands was like a rotating storm, opening and closing, sweeping away all the surrounding enemies. The corpses of all those who blocked him were shattered into pieces, and they were extremely miserable. In the blink of an eye, the formation of the Iron Guard Knights was shattered. No fewer than ten people died on the spot. ??The orcs stood upright on the spot and roared: "Warhammer Party Blood Ax-Nagzio, whoever stands in my way will die!" The sound is like a loud bell, floating back and forth in the night sky. The face of the defending party suddenly changed drastically, and they looked at the tall orc in the middle in horror. Damn it, the backbone of the Warhammer Party. Xue Axe, wasnt he killed outside during the last round of siege? Why is he still here? He is at least level 10 or above, how to fight him! The backbone of the Warhammer Party. He actually led the team to attack this city wall. ??The city gates were wide open, and everyone was already losing their fighting spirit. Now that a cadre with a notorious reputation came, everyone began to tremble in their hearts. Hands of eyes darted around, looking for an escape route. ?No one wants to face such a murderous god. Seeing that the team is beginning to show signs of collapse. The commander of the Iron Guard quickly shouted: "Go and inform the inner city that Blood Ax is here and arrange for reinforcements to come over. The rest of the people will continue to stick to the formation and wait for the reinforcements to come." ?The words were shouted loudly, but facing the backbone of the Warhammer Party, many people still did not dare to resist head-on. As the tall orc advanced, he retreated little by little. In terms of momentum, he has already fallen behind. Several gang leaders who were assisting in the defense also shouted loudly, "Kill the enemy, whoever is not carrying his head on his shoulders is afraid of what they will do." The voice was loud and loud, but his steps had no intention of moving forward. He just kept urging others to stop the Warhammer Party from moving forward. ??Warhammer Party-Blood Axe, has a third-level meritorious service on the wanted list. It means that the level is definitely above level 10, even reaching level 12 or 3. A battle ax gave him his current vicious reputation. Orcs are already physically strong, with strong vitality and blood, and are exuding a blood-red murderous aura. Whoever goes up there now is looking for death. Going there, its just for the other party to chop him down. ?The Warhammer Party became even more murderous when they saw the timid appearance of the city guards. He rushed into the crowd like crazy and started killing the target non-stop. ??Blood Ax laughed loudly, "Kill everyone, occupy the city tonight, sleep with women, and live in the inner city." Sleeping women, live in the inner city! Everyone shouted in unison, and their morale was high. As soon as the words fell, the Warhammer Party began to launch a frenzied attack. ??The Warhammer party was overwhelming and broke up the formation. ?The Knights responded in a panic. The gang members who were assisting in the defense did not have much fighting spirit. Faced with such a fierce enemy, they turned around and fled. In an instant, chaos broke out, with numerous casualties and casualties. Theres something going on over there! Suddenly someone shouted. ??The attacking Warhammer party suddenly slowed down and all looked to one side. From the alleyway on one side, billowing green smoke came out. Dark green smoke filled the air from the alley. Following that, the sound of chaotic footsteps sounded. The cold moonlight barely penetrated the smoke, and figures could be seen, like ghosts, getting clearer from far to near. ?These figures move stiffly and wear different types of armor. On the exposed skin, you can see the flesh and blood turned out, but no blood is seen flowing out. Undead carrion? Xue Ax narrowed his eyes and stared at the sudden appearance of the team in confusion. ??Luntam City is a mixed bag, so its not surprising that there are necromancers in the city. But, the scale in front of us. The rotting corpses were getting closer and closer. When they reached the entrance of the alley, the group of rotting corpses suddenly became violent. ?The steps forward gradually accelerated, and then changed from walking to running, like a crazy beast, rushing towards the Warhammer Party. In the blink of an eye, he was killed from a distance in front of him. ??Blood Ax snorted coldly, raised his foot and kicked one of them away. He swept the battle ax in his hand and chopped off five or six corpses that came towards him. The blood and internal organs spread like scattered flowers, filling the surrounding area. "How fragile!" Blood Ax said, "You continue to kill the Iron Guard Knights, and the rest of the group will kill these rotten corpses with me." Yes! Everyone responded and followed up to kill the rotting corpses. ??Blood Ax kept swinging the battle ax in his hand, leading the Warhammer Party to kill the carrion that rushed towards him. Just when the killing is smooth. ?Bang bang bang~! A violent explosion sounded, and all the killed corpses exploded one after another, forming large sheets of dense smoke. The faster you kill, the more bodies there are and the thicker the smoke. In an instant, it permeates the entire area. Xue Ax''s expression changed drastically. No one expected that the inside of the corpse was still poisonous. **** it. ??The rotting corpses are still coming at them, but as long as they are killed, poisonous mist will be released. If you dont kill them, these rotting corpses will keep attacking. ??His cold eyes glanced at the direction where the carrion was attacking. Look for the Necromancer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 203 , you dare to kill your own team members Chapter 203: Do you dare to kill your own team members? ??Blood Ax didn''t expect that the opponent would play this way. ??Originally, they were only thought to be reinforcements from Luntam City to support the defense of the city wall, but now they are somewhat uncertain about the identity of the other party. There was no regard for the life or death of the people on both sides. ?Poisonous gas spread throughout the place. Not only the members of the Warhammer Party were affected by the poisonous gas, but the situation was even more unfavorable for those knights and gang members who were already struggling. One by one, they lost their ability to fight and fell limply to the ground. ?Xue Ax took out a bottle of medicine from his waist, opened it and poured it down with his head tilted back. Then he tore off the cloth on his body, wetted it with water and covered his mouth and nose. Being in the fog for a long time will affect your senses and make you unable to identify the direction around you, but you can still identify your location through the direction in which the corpses are rushing. Looking towards the direction where the carrion was coming, looking for the figure of the Necromancer. ??It is said that the mage is physically weak, and the problem can be solved by just rushing over and killing the opponent. Xue Axe''s face also became serious and hard to look at. ?Haunted loudly: "The guy who controls the undead is on the opposite side. Anyone who can stand up will kill me and chop off his head for a reward of gold coins." Okay. Scattered responses came from all around, and it was obvious that not many people were able to take action. ??The blood ax kicked off and went straight to the opposite side. ? ? The battle ax kept swinging, killing the oncoming carrion in two pieces and splitting it into pieces. However, he just rushed forward a distance of three or four meters. ?Suddenly he stopped walking and held the battle ax across his chest. ~! A long sword burning with flames cut through the fog and struck the long handle of the battle axe. There was a deafening metallic chime. The huge force made Xue Ax take a step back. Before he could stand still, there was another whistling sound from the side, the poison was blown away by the wind, and the whip legs wearing leg armor roared towards him. Xue Ax''s body instantly tensed up and his ribs stiffened to catch the opponent''s blow. The body moved two steps to the left again. Looking suddenly. Then he saw two figures standing in front of him. One was wearing iron armor and holding a flaming sword in his hand. The other was bare-chested and looked like a skeleton with an iron-gray skeleton. The upper body armor was wrapped around his waist and hanging from his thighs. . Gaba Gaba~! ??Xue Ax shook his neck, his bones made a sound of friction, and he said with a ferocious smile: "The mage is really afraid of death, and he still has two guards around him." The two skeletons in front of me are different from the rotting corpses just now. Judging from the previous confrontation, his strength is not inferior to him. In any force, a master of this level can reach a higher position. Now he can only become the mage''s undead attendant. ?The identity of the other party is obviously not simple either. ?But everything is not important. The Warhammer Party has been surrounded and suppressed many times, and was also linked to the Professionals Association. Siege the city was their only option. ?It doesnt matter what the other persons background is. Since he dares to participate in this war, he can only die. In the dark night, no one answered the words of Blood Axe. ?? He glanced at the figure in front of him and rushed over again with his battle ax in hand. The battle ax opened and closed in the air, avoiding the poisonous fog, and slashed at the figure blocking the road ahead. ??The Fire Blade carried the long fire sword, and while fighting with it, Bawudong wandered beside the orc, constantly taking advantage of the gaps to attack special places such as the bends of the legs, lower back, and under the ribs. ??Constantly dealing with the blood axe, delaying the opponent''s progress. As time went by, Xue Ax''s face became more and more ugly. There were not many sounds of fighting in the poisonous mist, which meant that there were not many of his men left. Even though he himself has a strong body and can better resist the effects of toxins on his body, staying in it for a long time will also deepen the effects of poisoning. ?The brain is reacting, but the body can no longer keep up with the movements. ?After a few times, the two opposite men found an opportunity and left wounds on their bodies. And these wounds, when exposed to the poisonous mist, began to turn purple and fester, continuing to affect his battle. Poof~! Blood Ax glanced at his deformed arms and rotten abdomen, and cursed in a low voice: "Necromancer, will you just hide like a mouse? Do you dare to come out? I will let the three of you attack together. I." The voice echoed in the night sky, but there was still no response. Blood Ax continued to shout, "I think you are just a reptile who is afraid of death, a dirty sludge." He yelled, made a feint of charging forward, turned around, changed direction, and shouted, "Retreat." He rushed forward, knocked away the iron-gray skeleton beside him, and ran towards the city gate. Very fast. He didn''t care whether the other men heard him or not, and ran away with his battle ax. However, when rushing to the city gate. Xue Axs expression suddenly changed. ?The tall city gate has been closed, and dozens of rotting corpses are blocking the door, like guards. When the poisonous mist first spread across the entire site, it had already blocked the entry of the Warhammer Party outside the city. ??The carrion followed the order and closed the city gate, but no one found it. Xue Ax turned around and wanted to retreat and climb the city wall. At this time, Huo Ren and Ba Wudong had already arrived and blocked him in the arch of the city gate. ?There is no place to escape now. ??Blood Ax''s expression became even fiercer, he chopped up the approaching rotten corpse, tore off his scarf, and drank two bottles of potion. He shouted in a cold voice: "Come on, I''m going to kill all of you today." At this time, the poisonous smoke still filled the whole place. ?The sounds of fighting became less and less frequent, replaced by low moans. Whether it is the Knights or the Warhammer Party. Levels are not enough to withstand the poisonous fog. Even if you are resistant to poisonous gas, you cannot stay in the poisonous mist for a long time. Your body will gradually be eroded by the poisonous mist, and you will eventually lose your fighting ability or even die directly. Choosing to fight in the poisonous fog is not a wise choice. But from Wu Heng''s point of view, he is willing to see this result. After all, he was the one who put the poison. In the alleyway in the distance. The remaining team members all showed varying degrees of surprise. I have never seen any profession that can single-handedly turn the tide of a battle involving thousands of people. ??Moreover, he is also the newly appointed captain of an association, and he is about the same age as them. The strength displayed is a bit too terrifying. Captain, you are too fierce. Are there any requirements for changing the profession of Necromancer? I want to be one too. Duke scratched his head and said. He has followed Wu Heng for the longest time and knows more about the situation. Although I knew that my captain was very powerful, I didn''t expect him to be so powerful.????? simply terrible. As long as it is a battlefield, there is no need to kill him immediately. ?Then the number of troops will increase. The remaining people did not speak, and their expressions gradually changed from surprise at the beginning to disbelief, and some fear. After a while, the battle gradually ended, and the diffuse fog slowly dissipated after the night wind blew by. Revealing corpses all over the ground. At the gate of the city, the tall orc had fallen to the ground, and the flaming sword slashed down, cutting off the orc''s head. ?Wu Heng led the team out of the alley and said: "Go and see how the Iron Guard Knights are doing. If they don''t all die here, we won''t be able to tell by then." Okay! Several people nodded and walked towards the position where the Iron Guard Knights had previously defended. ?Wu Heng walked directly to the city gate. ??Kicked the orc''s head back as it rolled away, then bent down and groped around the body a few times. Poison, smoke bombs, and a small bag containing about ten silver coins. As a backbone of the Warhammer Party, it is obvious that he will not only have this little wealth. You should leave everything outside before the battle. Place the head on the neck wound and directly release the [Bone Slave Technique]. The reason why Wu Heng did not turn into a rotting corpse like other corpses was because he had his own considerations. planned to keep this body with him as a guard. After all, he still showed a brave side in the battle. ??He is still the backbone of the Warhammer Party, so his level cannot be too low. ??Necromantic magic covered the corpse, the flesh and blood fell off, and an orc skeleton more than three meters tall stood up from the flesh and blood. Skeleton Warrior (Level 14) The level 14 skeleton beast warrior did not disappoint him. From now on, you will continue to be called Blood Ax and pick up the weapon. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton beast warrior bent down to pick up the huge battle ax and put it on his shoulder. Bawudong, the Fire Blade and the Blood Ax in front of me are actually not very different in level. The gap can be made up by relying on combat skills. However, based on appearance alone, the Blood Ax in front of him is nearly 3.5 meters tall, and he is even more intimidating in terms of momentum. At this moment, footsteps came from the side. Duke, Mata and the others came over with the commander of the Iron Guard Knights. This is a middle-aged man with short hair and a beard. He had seen each other during previous patrols, but had not interacted with each other. ?His steps were shaky, his face turned pale, and there were many marks on the armor on his body. There appears to have been a fierce battle as well. Captain Wu Heng, thank you for your support. The commander stepped forward and said directly. Even the method used by Wu Heng had an impact on the knights. ??But judging from the current situation, the problem has indeed been solved and the city gate has been closed again. Even if I have an opinion in my heart, I dont dare to express it now. There will be no room for reasoning even if you kill him. It would be good for him to be polite. ??Wu Heng looked him up and down and said directly: "How are you? Are you okay?" Its okay, the antidote has been taken, and others are starting to rescue the wounded, the commander said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "What are you going to do next?" "According to the order of the city hall, once an irresistible situation occurs in the outer city, we will immediately abandon the city wall area and retreat to the inner city wall." The commander looked at the closed city gate again and said: "I plan to take the existing Guards, return to the inner city and treat the wounded at the same time. Hear the decision. ?Marta and Duke looked over anxiously. They also understood what the other party meant. This was a man who planned to abandon the outer city and protect the inner city. In this case, the residents of the outer city will be doomed. ?With the ruthlessness shown by the Warhammer Party, few residents in the outer city will be able to survive. Wu Heng said: "The city gate is closed, and I have killed the key people responsible for attacking the city wall. There is no danger on your side. I hope you can continue to command and guard the city wall." "This..., captain, this is inconsistent with the orders of the city hall." The commander continued. The order from the city hall is for you to evacuate if the city wall cannot be defended. Now that the city wall is safe and the city gate is closed, you are disobeying the order by evacuating directly. this. ?The other party hesitated and looked up at the other party. He knows best what kind of orders are issued in the inner city. What Wu Heng said is obviously far-fetched. But I also understand what the other person means. Now after discussing with myself, I still havent broken this face. He had no choice if he just let himself stay here. ?It is indeed as said, the city gate is closed, the Warhammer party suffered heavy casualties, and the possibility of continuing the attack is not high. Okay, I will listen to the captains advice and re-guard the city, but I need to arrange for people to send the injured members back to the inner city for treatment. "Can!" Then Ill go down and make arrangements for the work. Lead the leader. Wu Heng glanced at the members of his team and said, "You guys, come in with me." After speaking, he led a few people into a house not far away. In an empty building. Two torches are lit. ??Duke took off his helmet, wiped his sweat, and said, "Captain, what''s the matter?" The other people also raised their heads and looked over. Wu Hengs eyes fell on the thief Bulk and said directly: Those gang members, were you the one who led the way to the city wall? Everyone was stunned, and turned their heads at the same time to look at the fellow thieves who were standing at the back. Under the orange firelight, the thief''s face was extremely ugly. "Captain, what do you mean by this? We were all together at that time, and I was the one who asked you to get up. How come it was the city gate that I led people to open?" ?The other party still refuses to admit it. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. ?The bullet penetrated the thief''s head, and traces of blood flowed down his eyebrows. ?The thief''s eyes widened and his body went limp. ?Everyone was shocked, and some even didn''t react. Swordsman Gaulberry drew his sword instantly and stared at Wu Heng, Do you dare to kill someone? (End of this chapter) Chapter 204 , after you break up (please vote for me, some brothers support me) Chapter 204: You are the queen (please vote for me, some brothers can support me.) Things happened too fast. ??Before anyone could react, Bulk''s body had already gone limp. The body twitched slightly, and bright red blood flowed from the blood hole between the eyebrows. ?Swordsman Gaulberry drew his sword instantly, and Duke also reacted quickly and stood between the two of them. Dont mess around. Duke said directly. ??Gauluboli''s eyes wandered around the tall figure in front of him and fell on Wu Heng, "How dare you kill the members at will." ?Wu Heng glanced at him, then landed on the corpse on the ground again, and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The next second, the corpse sat up directly from the ground, looking at several people with empty eyes. The swordsman obviously knew this skill, even if it was the first time he saw Wu Heng use it. didnt show too much surprise. Under the doubtful gazes of several people. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "What is your plan tonight?" ??The thief''s corpse replied in a calm tone, "Help Neiying open the city gate... and kill the captain Wu Heng." As soon as these words came out, the expressions of several people changed instantly. ?Wu Heng took action decisively before. Even though Duke and Marta believed in their captain, they still felt that they were a little too presumptuous. They should at least investigate clearly before taking action. But now it seems that things are more serious than imagined. This new member of Team 12 obviously came in with a purpose. Not only did he open the city gates, he also wanted to plunge the entire city into war, and he also wanted to kill Wu Heng. ?The team members who relied on each other actually came in just to kill people. Sends chills down the spine. On Wu Hengs side, there wasnt much surprise. After waking up at first, the vigilant ghost Glenda flew back to her body. shared the scene at that time. Have a rest at night, and team members take turns keeping watch. ?While the thieves were responsible for keeping watch, they quietly left for a while, leading the gang members inside to pass through the defensive area and directly attack the city gate. Captured the city gate in one fell swoop. The association squad is responsible for patrolling the city walls and supervising members of various gangs. Know the layout of the entire area and where to stand guard. Where there are many people and where there are weaknesses, I will note it down during patrol. This is also used to open the city gate from the inside. What Wu Heng didnt expect was that he also had another task: to kill himself directly. ?As soon as I opened my eyes, I saw him walking towards me. She should be planning to take action. ?It was right for me to act decisively. In this situation, hesitation will only make me die faster. Wu Hengs expression remained unchanged and he continued to ask: Who asked you to do this? The thief replied, "Sir Momlo." An unfamiliar name. Anyone who can be called a master refers to some powerful people in the inner city. I read the name twice in my mind to deepen my impression. ?Then he asked, "What other plans do you have in the future?" "No, I only have two tasks. After completing them, I can find a way to escape." How much do you know about the Warhammer Partys plan? Wu Heng asked next. The thief was silent for a moment, and then slowly spoke, "I have no connection with the Warhammer Party, but judging from the tasks I received, the city walls at other locations will also arrange for people to open the city gates. I don''t know the rest." ?There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "How do you contact Momlo?" "He was the one who informed me of the meeting place. If there are special circumstances, I will send the news to Mr. Momlo''s mansion in the inner city." After all five questions were finished, the body fell down with a thud. By now things are clear. The thieves have a special purpose when they are inserted. ?Not only to cooperate with the Warhammer Party, but also to kill himself. Such a person was actually placed in the team. Its really a bit speechless. ??Wu Heng looked at Gaulubli, who was still holding the long sword, and said, "What, are you accomplices?" Of course not, how is it possible? Gaulberry replied immediately. Put the sword away, well talk about your business later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Gaulberry''s expression was stagnant. He wanted to say something but stopped. He looked at the body again and put away the long sword in his hand. ?Up to now, it seems that he doesn''t have any reason for it. Captain, what should I do with this body? Marta asked. ?The investigation into the matter is clear, and killing him would not be worthy of pity. But the association is, after all, an organization with complete rules. ?Everything must follow a process. Handling down the sentence in private, especially as a member of the team, is obviously not in line with internal rules. Wu Heng took a look and said: "A pension will be paid according to the death in battle, and it will be given to his mother afterwards." The three of them were stunned for a moment, but they also understood the meaning. He immediately said: "I understand, captain." Wait until everything is taken care of. ?Wu Heng led several people out of the house. The Knights of the Iron Guard and the gang members who assisted in the defense began to mount the city wall again to defend, while some people were cleaning the battlefield. According to Wu Heng''s request, all the corpses were collected. See Wu Heng coming out. The middle-aged commander of the knights walked over quickly and said: "Captain Wu Heng, we have rearranged the defensive personnel. The enemies below the city have no intention of continuing to attack the city wall. They have already evacuated to both sides. They should be other The city wall was also breached." According to what Burke said, there will also be people on other city walls to assist the Warhammer Party. ?Although this place was defended, the other city walls cannot be said for sure. It is possible that fighting has begun. You continue to defend. If the enemy starts a large-scale attack on the city, arrange for someone to notify me, and I will support you then. Wu Heng continued. Okay, Captain Xie. The middle-aged commander nodded. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Give me your command token. I will go back to support other city walls. It may be useful then." This The other party began to hesitate. The token is the identity of the leader, and it is wrong to give it to others. How long has it been since then? Your broken token can make the Warhammer party retreat. Duke said from the side. There is no such thing as a token in the association. The captain has a coat of arms, and each city can prove his identity. The token content is higher than that of Luntam City. Okay! the middle-aged commander responded and handed over a token. ??Wu Heng took it and said directly: "I will return it to you when the matter is over. I have no use for it." Okay, Ill go there first. ?Wu Heng nodded. The commander turned around and walked towards the city wall. Put the token away. ?Wu Heng walked towards the pile of corpses nearby. ?There are at least a thousand corpses here, piled up into a mountain of corpses. The rich smell of blood filled the entire area, and blood slowly flowed down the pile of corpses, forming a dark red stream on the ground and flowing to the drainage outlet. The sewage here will flow into the river outside the city. I''m afraid the entire river is blood red now. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses and didn''t feel much. After all, in the zombie world, if you just clean up some corpses, the number would be several times that here. When corpses cover the entire road, it is called a mountain of corpses. This is just a small slope. ?Wu Heng didnt react at all, but Duke and Marta still looked a little ugly. Im not afraid of dead people, but this is the first time Ive seen so many. ?Wu Heng walked closer and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Corpses stood up one after another and staggered down from the pile of corpses. ?Wu Heng removed the bones from his head, took out two bottles of psychotropic potion and drank it down. After recovering mental strength, continue to release [Dead Corpse Field] twice in succession to transform all corpses into rotting corpses. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. ?Wu Heng walked out with a large piece of rotting corpse and a strong smell of blood. The members of the Knights on the distant city wall took a few steps back fearfully. Captain, what should we do next? Duke came over and asked. ?Wu Heng asked: "Have your family made arrangements?" Ive made arrangements, but Im not sure whats going on now! Marta looked a little worried. ??Duke also said: "I don''t know either." They both live in the outer city and have relatives at home. ?Things happened so suddenly that no one was sure what was going on. It is obviously impossible to say that you are not worried. Wu Heng said directly: "Here are some of you, go home and settle down your family first." After speaking, he picked a few rotting corpses for each of them and asked them to take them away and settle down with their families first. The two of them did not refuse and nodded. Thank you, captain! Thank you, captain! After thanking him, he turned around and left. ??Wu Heng looked at the swordsman Gauluboli who was standing aside and didnt move, Arent you leaving? I have nothing to plan, just follow you! ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go to the North City Gate." The battle lasted for several hours. Alarm bells rang in the city, and fires broke out. ??There are also many people who take the opportunity to rob property, kill people and set fires. The whole city fell into chaos. It seems that after today, Luntam City will have a new owner. ??Wu Heng didn''t have many people in the city, and Minnie and Anderweil in the inner city were unlikely to be in danger. Even if the Warhammer Party invades the outer city, they will not be able to invade the inner city in a short period of time. Once there is danger, they will also go to the consortium to find Lecia. ?Wu Heng had arranged an escape route in advance. ?The only thing I''m worried about now is Wen Mansha from the Spike Gang. ??As a gang recruited by the city hall, they were responsible for the defense in the north of the city. As his first maid, he didnt want her to be in danger. Are you looking for someone? Gauluboli felt that the team was gradually speeding up and asked. Go and save a friend. Wu Heng replied. Do you have any friends? Am I not worthy? Wu Heng said jokingly. You just came here, so you probably dont have any friends that you have to take risks to save. ?Wu Heng was silent for a while, and then said: "An informant, I don''t want anything to happen to her." "female!" ?Wu Heng looked at him in surprise. It can be seen from your expression. Northern District of Outer City. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and there were shouts of killing. "Kill me in. All the gold and silver women are in the city. Whoever snatches them belongs to whomever." The female orc holding two swords cut off the heads one by one and shouted loudly while standing in the crowd. The Warhammer Party, Fang-Ixir, is the only female member. ?His hair exploded, and he slashed through the crowd like a madman. Heads fell one after another wherever he passed, it was unstoppable. With the shout, everyone in the Warhammer Party became more excited, shouted in unison, and launched an even more frantic attack. ??The Warhammer Party lives in the mountains and has long been looking forward to the city in front of them. ?? Today they all entered the city, and their blood boiled like lava. ??The female orc also kicked her foot, and rushed out like a sharp arrow, leading the team into the crowd. The Knights of the Iron Guard and the gang members who assisted in the defense fell back one after another. There is no room for fighting back. The defensive formation was broken up, and his soldiers fell down one by one like wheat. He could only keep retreating, waving his weapons in panic. Dang~! A harsh knocking sound sounded. ??The helmet on the head of the knight commander was swept off, and he flew into the distance and disappeared. ? He ??touched his head in horror, and rolled and crawled to the back of the crowd. ?The life in the city has made the Knights no longer strong, and they are unable to withstand the Warhammer Party. Quickly hiding in a safe place, the middle-aged leader glanced at the several gang leaders who were assisting in the defense, and finally landed on a plump figure wearing leather armor with long fiery red hair tied up. ??The woman who took over her husband''s gang was not of a high rank and did not take over for a long time. In terms of strength and prestige, it is not enough to be taken seriously. Most suitable to be used as cannon fodder. Its just a pity that it looks so good. After thinking about it, she said directly: "Wen Mansha, lead your spike gang to break up and buy time for the large troops to evacuate. At that time, we will set up defenses in the inner city and wait for you to come back." ?Wen Mansha, who was in the distance, heard the other party''s order, turned around with a serious face, and took a look at the crowd that fell down like wheat. Said directly: "Why?" The middle-aged commander''s expression changed. He said in a cold voice: "Wen Mansha obeys the order and leads your people to hold off the enemy now. I will ask the city hall for credit afterwards." "Tch~! Pull him down. You are the one taking the lead in escaping. I need you to take credit for me." Wen Mansha did not give in at all. "What did you say? If you don''t obey the command, I will kill you now!" The middle-aged commander turned the sword in his hand and pointed it at Wen Mansha''s location. ??Wen Mansha was surrounded by several shading figures in front of her, preparing to fight. All the people nearby, including the leaders of several gangs, looked at this woman in surprise. The topics that were discussed about her in the past were taking over her husband''s gang, wiping out the White Wolf Gang, as well as her appearance and figure. ?Looks like he has a better temper than Roach now. "Do you think internal strife is the right choice now?" Wen Mansha didn''t give in at all and looked at him coldly. ??Even if he is pushed out, he will die, but now he can still deal with him from here. The commander''s face became even more ugly. Several members of the Iron Guard Knights around them all turned their guns and pointed them this way. Wen Mansha, the overall situation is the most important thing, dont be petty. "Follow the commander''s orders and hold on for three to five minutes. Then you can take the people back." Whats the matter with you? The Spike Gang doesnt want to exist anymore. The other leaders and backbones all gathered around. Everyone tried to persuade them, but the formation was pushing the people from the Spike Gang to the front. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 205 , why are you like this? Chapter 205: Why are you like this? Wen Mansha''s face was cold and her heart was full of reluctance. The city hall mobilizes gang members. In fact, everyone knows the purpose. Normally, they carry out coordinated defense tasks. Once a war breaks out or there are special circumstances, they will be pushed to the front to serve as cannon fodder. But I didnt expect that I would be pushed out alone and used as a shield for them. Not even the Iron Guard Knights can stop the Warhammer Party. When they go out, they may not even have a chance to fight back. Everyone, if you push me out as a woman, arent you afraid of making people laugh in the future? Wen Mansha continued. Someone sneered, "Wen Mansha, we are all gang leaders. We have to weigh the pros and cons of everything we do. We talk about men and women, not in bed. You must abide by the tasks assigned by the leader." ??The leader of the Knights glanced at the Warhammer Party who were still slashing wildly. Said directly: "Wen Mansha, if you disobey the order, I will kill you now." Wen Mansha looked at the people gathered around her, gritted her teeth and said, "Okay, I admit it today!" The middle-aged commander immediately said: "The Spike Gang moves forward to cover the retreat of the rest. We will set up a defensive circle along the way and wait for you to come." The members of the Spike Gang were driven to the front like prisoners. Fight head-on towards the crazy Warhammer party. This is a small gang, so there is no way it has the strength to confront the Warhammer Party. ?The people who were killed in an instant fell on their backs and wailed all over the ground. ?The remaining people, as soon as they got rid of the entanglement of the Warhammer Party, began to turn around and run away. Hula, its almost gone. When did you start to doubt Bulk? Swordsman Gaulberry asked from the side. ??Wu Heng continued to move forward with the army of corpses and looked at him, "Why do you ask?" "Now that I think about it, you were paying close attention to him before, so you should have suspected him a long time ago." Gaulberry continued. He was recommended from the city hall. The association recruits talents, but is rarely connected with local power. Dont you find it a little strange? Wu Heng said casually. ?Gaulberry fell into deep thought and asked, "Do you doubt the deacon? Only with his permission can we arrange to come in." "The deacon probably doesn''t know about this, or some special relationship. Anyone who agrees to let him in will die. There is nothing to say." Wu Heng replied. Deacon Gomez should not know the other partys purpose. Because, Gauluboli was Gomez''s spy, and it was impossible to directly arrange for two people to come in at the same time. ?Wu Heng didn''t care, now that the other party was dead. ?Luntam City is in chaos, and all contradictions will be brought to light, so there is nothing to be afraid of. Its hard to say who will survive to the end, so why bother thinking so much. Hmm! Gaulubili stopped talking. ??The team passed through the alley and directly entered the main road to the North District. As soon as he walked out, he saw a large number of deserters running towards the inner city. One by one, they lost their helmets and armor and were in a state of panic. Stop them! Wu Heng ordered. The zombie army rushed out instantly and blocked the front. Suddenly, a gust of wind and **** smell hit my face. The fleeing team suddenly stopped. They all raised their heads and looked at the crowd blocking the road ahead. When they saw the appearance of the team clearly, everyone''s expressions changed, and their timid steps could not help but take a few steps back. I saw the team in front, wearing different costumes. Warhammer Party, Iron Guard Knights, and equipment with gang characteristics. ??The skin was dry and sallow, and the wounds and flesh were turned out, like a corpse crawling out of a cemetery, with its head tilted and arms drooped, holding various weapons. Carrion~! ??How come there are rotting corpses in the city? They came out of the city. grass~! ??The Spike Gang can''t hold on for long, and now they''re blocked by this group of carrion corpses. Moreover, there are quite a few. Why am I running so slowly? Damn it. At this time, two figures came out from behind the corpse. From the clothes and the emblem on the body, it can be seen that he is a member of the association. Why are you running? Wu Heng asked, while scanning the crowd, he did not see Wen Mansha. "The city gate was lost. According to the order of the city lord''s palace, we..., we obeyed the commander''s order and retreated to the inner city." One of them stammered, looking back from time to time, as if he was afraid that someone would be chasing him. Where is the commander? Wu Heng continued to ask. Run, run, he runs the fastest! "Where are the Spike Gang? They ran out too?" As soon as these words came out, everyone at the scene was stunned and remained silent. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and said, "Speak!" "The Spike Gang..., the leader ordered the Spike Gang to cover the retreat of others. Now we are still staying behind. The Warhammer Party will rush over soon. Let us pass quickly!" The gang members begged uneasily. ?This Warhammer Party is so fierce. With so many troops, they were able to defeat this group of people everywhere. "How many people are there in the Warhammer Party? Who is leading the team? You can leave after that." Wu Heng said directly. "There are many people. The scene is too chaotic. I don''t know how many people there are. The leader is the backbone of the Warhammer Party. There is a reward for her in the association. A female orc, nicknamed Fang." The gang members spoke very fast. After finishing speaking, he continued: "Can you let us go?" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the corpse moved out of the way. Thank you, thank you. Many gang members ran away quickly. ?Wu Heng looked ahead and directly ordered, "Speed ??up and move forward." ?On the battlefield, the Spike Gang faced the Warhammer Party. As helpless and fragile as a baby. Even the Knights of the Iron Guard cannot resist Warhammer. These gang members who used to mainly steal and gather information have no room to fight back. Those who were beaten retreated step by step, and fell in pieces. ?The meaning of their stay is really to slow down the pace of the Warhammer Party, or to waste some of the opponent''s energy. Wen Mansha''s face turned pale, and she was pulled back by the guarding skeleton. Members in front of him kept dying. The sight was red with blood, and severed limbs and pieces of flesh were flying everywhere. Its over. Looks like Im going to die here today. In fact, gangs are like this. They fight and kill every day, and many gangs are destroyed overnight. I have long thought that such a day would come. When I was about to face death, I felt a little regretful. ??Would Roach do better if he were alive? After all, he is good at currying favor with powerful people and big gangs. ??If you can survive, what will your future life be like? I also want to give birth to a child for my master to ensure my status. It seems that everything is too late. Sister-in-law, we will cover you and rush out. "Sister-in-law, if my mother wants to ask, just tell me that I have gone out to do a task and will be back in a while." Wen Mansha was woken up by her sister-in-law''s shouts. But there was no response. Can you rush out? ??If it could, the Iron Guard Knights wouldn''t be so embarrassed. "I''m sorry..." Wen Mansha said softly. And just when everyone was in despair and told each other their last words. Suddenly there was the sound of dense footsteps coming from behind. Wen Mansha thought that reinforcements from the inner city had arrived. She suddenly turned around and saw a pile of rotting corpses walking forward quickly. The faces of the Spike Gang are ashen. ?These days, all kinds of weird things happen. Tap tap tap~! The fast-walking rotting corpse began to run. ?Just when the Spike Gang was trying to pull two backers. A voice came from a distance, "Wen Mansha, ask your people to retreat." Wen Mansha looked behind the corpse in surprise. She didnt see anyone, but the sound was like a life-saving straw before drowning, making her heart skip a beat. Looked at the Warhammer Party who slowed down their pace and looked alert. Said directly: "Retreat, don''t attack these carrion corpses." ??The Spike Gang dragged and supported the wounded and began to take the opportunity to retreat back. ?The wights ran all the way, directly past these gang members, and like crazy beasts, jumped into the crowd of Warhammer Party. ~! The battle started again. The wights charged in like a suicide, hacking and tearing, and then fell to the ground. ?At the same time, there was a burst of bang bang bang. ?Green poisonous smoke suddenly rose and filled the entire area. Inner city and outside the city. The fighting lasted from late at night until dawn. Broken corpses can be seen everywhere on the streets, as well as thick smoke rising into the sky. In a building near the inner city area. ??On the wooden chair in the center of the room, sat a tall figure, 4 meters tall, with a strong build, and his gray-green skin was covered with black totem tattoos. ?He has thick beard and long hair, and his back is straight, like a strong lion. Beside the seat, there was a long-handled war hammer lying diagonally, and the blood stains that had not yet dried were clearly visible. Leader of the Warhammer Party, Skullbreaker Dragisha. On both sides of the bottom, two figures are sitting respectively, one is an orc holding two battle axes, and the other is a human warlock wearing dark green robes. At this time, the door opened. ??A Warhammer Party scout walked in and said directly: "Chief, some members came from the east city gate and said that they were attacked by the enemy. The city gate was closed and the Blood Ax boss did not come out." Hearing his subordinates coming to report, Broken Skulls brows instantly furrowed. With such a tight arrangement, problems actually arise. Where is Ixir? Crushed Skull continued to ask. Theres no news yet, maybe its not over yet. the scout replied. Neither of these two groups of people came. The number of people who finally attacked the city was reduced a lot. "Chief, I will take people over now to recapture the city wall." The two-axe orc stood up and said. Shattered Skull closed his eyes and thought for a while, then looked at the sky outside the window, and said directly: "We can''t divide our troops to avoid problems. Don''t worry about them. The outer city is not important. Take the inner city as soon as possible. Then well deal with things outside. No one cares about whats going on outside. The basis of all political power is still in the inner city. It is crucial to capture the inner city within the planned time. Okay, listen to the leader. The two backbones didnt have any opinions. ?Skullbreaker stood up and walked out dragging the long-handled war hammer. Out of the house, there were already people, horses and equipment standing outside ready to attack. ??In addition to the original Warhammer Party, there are also a large number of gang members with white cuffs on their arms. There are many people and the momentum is huge. ?Shattered Skull raised his head and glanced at the position of the city wall in the inner city in the distance, and directly gave the order, "Attack the city, take the inner city, and everyone will share the money and the land." Siege a city. Siege the city~! The messenger ran away, loudly giving the leader''s orders. Kill~! ??Everyone screamed loudly and ran towards the wall of the inner city. North wall. The wights fought with the Warhammer Party members. Fierce shouts of killing filled the entire area. ?Although the rotting corpse is a transformed undead creature, it still retains its own combat effectiveness and is not afraid of death. He rushes at the enemy without thinking about his own safety, slashing, tearing, and even biting the opponent with his mouth. Kill the enemy in all possible ways. at the same time. The body of the killed rotten corpse began to explode violently. The rich green poisonous gas instantly filled the entire area. Makes it difficult to breathe and makes eyesight difficult to read. ??The female orc holding two swords kept slashing in front of her, as if forming a barrier formed by the blades, chopping the carrion into pieces. ??The female orc glanced at the entire audience. Her face became more solemn. Unexpectedly, there is a necromancer in this city. Continuing to persist will only cause more casualties on one''s own side. Follow me and use other city gates! the female orc shouted. Just as soon as he finished speaking. The poisonous gas in front suddenly swayed away, and a huge battle ax suddenly appeared from the green smoke and struck down on the head. Dang~! The female orc stepped forward, jumped back, and dodged the blow. Looking up suddenly. ?? Then he saw a tall skeleton holding an ax in both hands, appearing in his sight, walking towards him little by little. The female orcs eyes were wide open and she stared at the other person in surprise. She is too familiar with this equipment and weapons. Blood Axe, how..., how did it become like this? Nagzio, why have you become like this? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 206 , mixed in Chapter 206, get involved They are both the backbone of the Warhammer Party. ??The female orc recognized the skeleton in front of her at a glance as Blood Ax Nagzio. Knowing that he died and was transformed into a skeleton. But Blood Ax was a level 14 warrior, and he died so quickly. Facing the questioning of the female orc. Blood Ax didn''t respond at all. The battle ax in his hand split the poisonous gas again and slashed at the opponent from the waist. ??The female orc twisted her body and quickly dodged the blow. The double blades in her hands were like unsheathed fangs, and she turned sideways to the waist of the blood axe. Xue Ax took half a step back, distanced himself, and continued to launch a fierce attack. The female orc has a strong figure. While facing the pursuit of the huge battle ax, she quickly retreats, intending to exit the green mist area. ?However, as soon as they approached the city gate, they were blocked by two figures again. ?One person is holding a flaming sword, and the other is bare-chested, revealing iron-gray bones. At the same time, he came towards her to kill. In an instant, the female orc fell directly into a disadvantage. His body was attacked by three people, with more and more wounds, and the poisonous gas eroded his body more and more. over time. The female orc finally couldn''t hold on. He knelt on one knee with two swords and held two animal-faced knives in front of him, panting constantly. Damn it, come on, Im going to kill you today! The female orc cursed, and she jumped out, slashing at the iron-gray skeleton with her two swords. ?The moment the opponent escaped, he ran towards the city gate without looking back. However, just running a few steps. A fiery red light passed by. He staggered as he rushed forward, and his head fell from his neck. ??Roll aside. Behind the carrion. Wen Mansha stumbled and threw herself into Wu Heng''s arms. She buried her head deeply in the arms and did not poke her head out for a long time. Swordsman Gaulberry frowned and watched the two mens movements. He is not here to save an informant, it looks more like he is here to save his lover. ?Similarly, the many remaining members of the Spike Gang were also stunned in place while supporting each other. Wu Heng, captain of Team 12. ?Most of the old members have met him before and came to the gang station to investigate the disappearance of the leader Roach. Have had the opportunity to meet each other several times. ?At that time, the captain''s attitude towards the Spike Gang was not very good. ??He also reprimanded Wen Mansha in front of everyone. Its just that now my sister-in-law is in his arms, and the two of them are so skillful that it doesnt look like an ordinary relationship. Good guys, no wonder the Spike Gang is developing so rapidly now. ?This sister-in-law even got involved herself. ??Wu Heng patted the opponent''s back lightly and said, "It''s okay!" Hmm! Wen Mansha hummed and crawled into her arms again. There are still people watching! Wu Heng reminded softly. "Just watch, I don''t care anymore." Wen Mansha said, but she still stood up from her arms. She straightened her clothes and her face turned into the arrogant and indifferent gang sister-in-law again. He said to his men: "Treat the wounded, use whatever medicine you have, and go back to the gang to reimburse them." Oh, okay sister-in-law! Members of the Spike Gang entered an empty building on one side and began to treat the wounded. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where are the tribesmen of Anderweier? Didn''t they come to find you?" ??Anderweil''s people were placed in shops in the outer city. ??Once chaos broke out in the city, Wu Heng asked them to find Wen Mansha. After all, the Spike Gang has been developing well recently and can solve some problems. Wen Mansha said softly: "I arranged them next to the gang station. This is a battlefield area. It is not safe. It is also dangerous for them to follow." This arrangement is correct. ??If we really follow through, I''m afraid a lot of people will die. Well, the arrangement is good. Wu Heng nodded. Wen Mansha didn''t say much. She just walked aside and began to count the number of remaining people and some subsequent distributions. As the time goes. The battle on the main battlefield is gradually coming to an end. The rich poisonous gas gradually dissipated, revealing corpses all over the ground, as well as rotting corpses on standby. At this time, Wen Mansha came out from one side and said, "Do you need us to clean up the battlefield?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the wounded and said, "I can just let the corpses do it." Wen Mansha used her body to block the gaze of the gang members behind her, shook his arm, and said coquettishly: "Let''s do it. After so many people died, we must let everyone get some benefits." ??Wu Heng glanced at the gang members here and said, "You just go and search for the corpses. I''ll let the corpses clean up the battlefield." "Okay!" Wen Mansha nodded, turned to the gang behind her and said, "Search the corpses for those who can move, but take the valuable ones." All the members stood up one after another, rushed into the dead bodies quickly, and began to search for items one by one. ?Gangs, especially gangs like the Spikes. Searching for corpses on the battlefield is also a source of income. At the same time, Blood Ax dragged a **** female orc corpse over. Wu Heng also saw the battle at that time. ??This female orc showed strong combat effectiveness, used the double sword very dexterously, and was outstanding in terms of strength and skill. ?Wu Heng searched the other party''s body. In addition to the money bag and potion, there are two scrolls and a magic item [Fenmai Bracer]. Scrolls are used to add attack effects to weapons. ??Wu Heng specifically looked at the magic item that was shaped like a leather wristband. Fenmai Bracers (Description: As you attack, your state will become more and more excited, your senses will increase, and your body''s sensitivity will increase.) A bracer that increases its attributes as the battle progresses. ?With these two attributes, it seems that the price is not low. Furthermore, it is universal for melee classes, anyone needs this increase. After checking the loot, Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] on the corpse. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The flesh and blood fell off, and a female orc skeleton stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 13) The level is one level lower than the blood axe, but it has reached level 13 and is not too low. From now on, you continue to call Fang, put this on, and follow me first. Wu Heng handed the wristband to the other party. Fangs put on his wrist guards, joined the escort, and stood beside Blood Ax. ?Wu Heng did not give the Spike Gang any time to continue searching for loot. Let the rotting corpses move over directly to the corpses in the distance. You can directly release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] yourself. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One corpse came to life, rolled down from the pile of corpses, picked up weapons nearby and stood aside. There should be more battles in the future. So these corpses still choose to be transformed into rotting corpses. Carrion is more useful for dealing with living beings. It can release various magic traps in the corpse, such as the evil explosion of poisonous gas. The Book of the Dead records that there is also corpse explosion or plague. They can all be hidden in corpses. Creatures are simply too fragile. And the Necromancer happens to be an expert in this field. To deal with zombies in the zombie world, use skeleton attendants. After the battle, you can keep them with you for a longer period of time. There is no need to worry about contracting any disease. The [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released several times in succession, transforming all the corpses. The whole street was filled with rotting corpses. At a glance, there are at least close to 10,000. Captain, captain. From the outside of the team, there was a shout. ?Looking out, he saw Duke jumping up and down, waving his hands and shouting loudly. ?Wu Heng asked the carrion to move out of the way, and Duke walked directly in with a battle ax on his shoulder. It seemed that the family was fine. Why are you back? Wu Heng asked. Theres nothing going on at home, so I came right over and brought you breakfast. He took out a pancake from his arms and handed it over. In the environment in front of him, Wu Heng really had no appetite. But in the face of Duke''s kindness, he still accepted it and said, "I''ll eat later. What''s going on outside?" "When I came here, I heard an explosion over there in the inner city. I guess the Warhammer Party has already reached there." Duke glanced at the direction of the inner city and continued. The outer urban area occupies a relatively large area. ??In addition, the sound of the fight just now was already loud, and I didn''t pay attention to whether there were any explosions in the inner city. But when I looked back, I could still see the rising smoke. ?It seems that the main force of the Warhammer Party did not enter the city at these two gates. At least, the leader on the wanted order has not been seen yet. Duke is here! Wen Mansha came over from behind and said hello. ?Wu Heng took his team to the Spike Gang several times. They have also met each other. ??Duke''s brows were raised, and he was obviously a little reluctant to have a gang leader address him directly. Just wanted to speak. But when he saw the other party hugging Wu Hengs arm and looking well-behaved. The seriousness on his face disappeared instantly, and he grinned, "Sister Wen Mansha." "Um." ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, what should we do next?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "Let''s go, let''s go to the inner city and have a look." He is not very interested in belonging to the inner city either. Previously, I was worried that the Warhammer Party would be in danger if they occupied the city. But now, looking at it, the troops in hand are enough to leave here safely. Not to mention defeating the Warhammer Party, there is still no problem in covering the evacuation of a few of them. ??And there are all houses nearby. If there is danger, you can mobilize the troops of the zombie world in time, or you can just hide and not come out. This gives him more choices. ??And now I am heading to the inner city mainly because my two maids are still there. As I explained before, once the battle card spreads, you can go to the Snake Emblem Chamber of Commerce to find "Lecia" for shelter. After all, I have made arrangements in advance and given some benefits to the other party, so I will not just sit idly by. But this is just an arrangement. No one can say whether something will change. The best way is to go there as soon as possible and take the two maids with you. After Wu Heng issued the order. Wen Mansha also began to adjust her gang members. The injured were escorted to a safe place. Those who were not injured and were willing to follow could go with them. ? out of a gang of more than 2,000 people, only more than 200 people remained in the end. ?Most of them are Wen Mansha''s own cronies, and she has seen several faces when she stopped ''Anel''. When everything is ready. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Advance!" Hurrah! The army is back in action. Walking towards the direction of the city. The comfortable life has made the city walls in the inner city no longer as strong and tall as they once were. It is more like a boundary separating the rich from the poor and a symbol of rights. Amidst the deafening shouts of killing, the door was knocked open. ??The Warhammer Party was in high spirits, pouring into the doorway like a wave and rushing inside. As for the defenders in the inner city, their momentum was low at the moment the city gate was breached. ??Had it not been for the fact that the whole family was in the city during the siege, the army might have broken up and fled in all directions. The powerful men in the inner city are constantly mobilizing and calling. ?Promise power and money, urging soldiers to continue fighting with the Warhammer Party. But everything seems to have little effect. ?Most of the troops were deployed in the outer city area and were either dead or unable to enter. In the past, there were no gang members in the inner city, and there were no troops to call upon. It was only a matter of time before everyone was killed by the Warhammer Party. The meeting hall under the city. ??The city lord Erno, wearing silver armor, stood in front of the table. On the left and right sides are the officials and many leaders in the city. ??Everyone gathered in a circle, staring at the map in the center. Big beads of sweat kept appearing and falling from his forehead, and the atmosphere was tense and solemn. The city lord wiped his sweat and said directly: "As long as we persist for two days, the reinforcements will arrive. By then, the internal and external cooperation will be enough to destroy the Warhammer Party and eliminate the hidden dangers at once." Although the words are spoken. But it did not change the atmosphere. None of the people present are new here. They have used this kind of rhetoric to deal with their subordinates in the past, so naturally they will not be inspired by these few empty words. The Rangers intelligence is that the Warhammer Partys manpower here is weak. Its better to vacate the city first and unite our forces to rush out first. It wont be too late to take it back later. A commander said directly. Soldiers are afraid of war, which is a taboo in itself. But the current situation no longer allows them to take care of so much. Staying here will only lead to death. Only by living can there be hope. The Warhammer Party''s evil reputation is due to the accumulation of heads one after another. There is a deep-rooted hatred between Luntam City and Luntam City. If caught, there is only death. The city lord shook his head and said directly: "The Warhammer Party is so scheming, how could they leave such an obvious loophole? Abandoning the city and rushing out from here will only lead to death." The officials and generals around said one after another: "City Lord, let''s give it a try." Its better than staying here and losing your life. While everyone was arguing fiercely. Suddenly someone burst into the room and said loudly: "City Lord, a huge team appeared at the north gate of the outer city. Their origin is unknown. They are now approaching the city. They don''t seem to be members of the Warhammer Party." ?Everyones arguments suddenly fell silent. Someone said: "City Lord, the reinforcements you requested have arrived!" ??The city lord was also slightly stunned, but he still stood up and said: "Let''s go, take me to see!" Everyone walked out of the room and quickly walked towards the fighting area. Outside the city wall. The three forces separated on the spot. They were suspicious of each other and froze in place. ??When Wu Heng arrived with his troops and horses, the battlefield was already filled with fierce fighting and blood flowed everywhere. Just as the army approaches. Like a plague. The armies of both sides beat drums and retreated at the same time. They were abruptly separated from the fighting area and kept a certain distance from each other. Everyone looked at the sudden appearance of the carrion army with fear on their faces. (End of this chapter) Chapter 207 , who gives more Chapter 207: Who gives more The carrion groups are scattered in formation and dressed in disorder. You can see the Warhammer Party wearing black armor, the Iron Guard Knights in silver armor, and gang members with various scattered equipment. It was like a fight between two sides, and he started transforming the corpse from behind. Such a team was put together. Both people on both sides suspected that it was reinforcements from the other side, and they remained in a stalemate for a while without any movement. "Captain, over there is the lord of Luntam City. I saw him when I was a child!" Duke pointed to the city wall in the distance and said. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw a man in armor, surrounded by many people, looking towards the corpse from the top of the wall. ?This was the first time Wu Heng met the lord of Luntam City. Looks like there is nothing special about him except being tall. I thought he ran away! Wu Heng said. "I thought he ran away too." Duke also echoed, and then continued to ask: "Captain, is this not a fight? They are all separated." "Let''s come over. The two parties are not sure about our identity." Wu Heng explained. When I arrived. Attack directly from the rear and cooperate with the Iron Guard Knights to attack from both sides, which can cause heavy damage to the Warhammer Party. But he didn''t do that. Before arriving at the battlefield, Wu Heng asked "Glenda" to take the lead in conducting reconnaissance over the battlefield. ??The main force of the Warhammer party, especially the skull-crushers on the bounty, did not join the battlefield. Once the wights launch an attack, they will surely face the attention of the main force of the Warhammer Party. Since he is helping himself, it is obviously not a wise choice to bring the boss''s hatred onto himself. At that time, no matter how timid the Iron Guard Knights are, they will become the target of the Warhammer Party, and may even fall into complete passivity. So, after the team arrived, they did not take direct action. Instead, I plan to take a look at the situation on site before making the next step. I just didn''t expect that the two parties would forcefully pull away from the fighting area, forming the current stalemate. What now? Duke continued to ask. "Wait a minute, they are not in a hurry, why should we be in a hurry?" Wu Heng said. "okay!" The stalemate lasted for about 10 minutes. ?From the position of the Iron Guard Knights, a group of people quickly walked out. One of them was a bit fat and wore bulging leather armor. He looked like an official in the city. ??He quickly came to the periphery of the rotting corpse and shouted loudly: "The adults inside, the officials of the Luntam City City Hall, want to meet and talk with you. Before Wu Heng could speak, a man''s voice came from the other side, "The Warhammer Party comes with sincerity and wants to meet and talk with you." Two voices came to the back of the team one after another. Duke and others all looked at Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "You guys should stay away first and don''t let them know our identities. Wen Mansha stays." Okay! Several people nodded and left directly. In a vacant room. The doors and windows were all opened, allowing bright sunlight to shine in. ??Wu Heng wore a cloak to cover his equipment, and a gas mask on his face. Wrap yourself tightly and look more mysterious. ?This kind of dressing up may seem strange to others. ??But for the mysterious and weird Necromancer, dressing up like this is in line with his status. ?Wu Heng sat in the first place, followed by several skeleton attendants. Below, sat representatives of the Knights of the Iron Guard and the Warhammer Party. ??The Knight of the Iron Guard is a middle-aged man with a somewhat bloated body, sitting upright, with a serious face, but an anxious look in his eyes. On the Warhammer Party side, there was a warlock in robes, holding a wooden staff in his hand. His eyes scanned the blood ax and fangs behind Wu Heng, his pupils shrank, showing a look of surprise. The two backbones who did not meet up as planned actually appeared here. ??Moreover, it has become an enslaved undead creature. ??Such a small border town actually lives with such a terrifying necromancer. What do you call me, sir? the official from Luntam City asked respectfully. "The title is not important, just explain your purpose of coming!" Wu Heng''s dull voice sounded from under the mask. The official glanced at the Warhammer Party and said directly: "The Lord of Erno promises you that as long as your troops defeat the Warhammer Party together, he is willing to pay you five thousand gold coins as a thank you gift." Especially on the word "gold coin", the tone is emphasized. Five thousand gold coins. ?The oil and water in Luntam City is really fat. I just asked the people from the Secret Order for 80 gold coins, but they were hesitant. Now the city lords casual promise actually reached 5,000 pieces. It''s simply an exaggeration. ?Seeing that Wu Heng did not answer immediately, both of them began to become nervous. The warlock from the Warhammer Party spoke directly, "Sir, although Luntam City is a small border town, it is also a transit point for trade between the two races. Five thousand gold coins sounds like a lot, but it is nothing more than two or three years of tax. He is using numbers to fool you. , obviously without any sincerity. Without waiting for the Luntam City officials to retort, the warlock continued: "If you are willing to side with the Warhammer Party, you can choose an area in the outer city as your jurisdiction afterwards. Whether it is taxation or some magic experiments, all will be done by You have the final say, and within a few years the tax will be enough to earn the other party''s price, and it will continue to generate benefits in the future." ?Wu Heng frowned, a little surprised at the other party''s expressive ability. ?This warlock doesn''t seem to be a bandit. At least he has a deep understanding of the situation in the city. Judging from the conditions proposed by the two. The Warhammer party is obviously more attractive. But there is still a difference between the two. ??The promise of Luntam City is like cutting off flesh on the body. Give as little as possible if you can. The Warhammer Party has no such concerns at all. Anyway, it is not their own now, so they can be more generous in promising some benefits. Hearing the promise of the Warhammer Party, the officials were the first to sit still. ??Hurryly said: "The Warhammer Party is just some bandits, and there is no guarantee that they will abide by their promises." Elnor was also from a gang back then. He simply occupied the inner city earlier. Does your word count? Warhammer Warlock retorted. "How can you, Lord City Lord, be compared with criminals like you who commit murder and arson?" They all walked out on the night road, why should they speak so noblely? "you." ??Wu Heng looked at the two quarreling people, tapped the armrest of the seat, and said directly: "I want half of the jurisdiction of the city. If you can agree to it, I will help him." this. Both of them were a little stunned on the spot, half in charge. ??This is to divide the city into two halves, or to establish two city lords. This mouth is a little too big. Sir, this. The official wanted to speak, but Wu Heng waved his hand directly to stop what he was saying, and said: "You can''t make the decision, so go back and discuss with your leader or city lord whether to give up half of the city or disappear with the city. , you can add it up yourself, okay, you can go back." ?Wu Heng saw off the guests directly. The two wanted to talk, but they looked at each other and held back. After a slight salute, he turned around and left. Wait away and left the carrion team. Wen Mansha just walked out from one side and said softly: "Will they agree?" ?Wu Heng asked for half of the city with one mouthful, which also surprised Wen Mansha. After all, my master has been relatively low-key in doing things in the past, but his appetite is quite big this time. It''s like snatching meat from the mouths of two tigers. I always feel that there is a lot of risk. ??Wu Heng took off his mask and said, "They have no choice." Then which side are you going to help? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Which side do you want to help? Wu Heng asked. Listen to you. Just say whatever you want. Wen Mansha frowned and thought for a moment, then said softly: "Let''s still be the current city lord. Although his management is relatively poor, the city is still stable. If the Warhammer Party takes over the city, it will not be long before it becomes a bandit den. , after all, everyone is on the wanted list, how can there be a stable life? " The current city lord seems to be indifferent. As long as the tax revenue is collected, the rest is irrelevant. ?? Gang fights occur from time to time in the outer city area, and wanted criminals gather in the outer city area, which is quite chaotic. But no matter what, they still abide by the basic rules. At least there is an association in the city and they won''t do anything too excessive. But once the Warhammer Party manages the city, the association will definitely not exist. How the business will be run by then is hard to say. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha smiled and said softly: "I''ll just say whatever I want. Of course, the master has the final say." ?Wu Heng patted his round buttocks to show that he understood. Warhammer camp. The warlock told everything about what he had just communicated with the other party. ?Shattered Skull and the other skeleton frowned deeply. He is so arrogant, he actually wants half the city. The skeleton holding a double ax said angrily. ??Had it not been for the sudden appearance of this carrion team, they would have already invaded the inner city and started the decisive battle. At that time, women with money will have everything they need, and they will also enjoy the life of those powerful men. ?But when this team came, it not only hindered their plan, but also asked for half of the city. It was simply too much bullying. ?Especially the other side''s soldiers and horses, all of which were their men who died in battle. There is a feeling of being caught by a blank wolf. What kind of person is he? Broken Skull asked directly. The warlock replied as he thought about it, "Wearing a black cloak and a strange mask on his face, he should be a necromancer by profession. Judging from his behavior and movements, he doesn''t seem to be very old." Dont know the other partys identity? "The other party didn''t want to disclose it. He just said his name and identity were not important." The warlock replied, suddenly thought of something, and said: "There is one more thing. I saw it from his side..." ?Suddenly stopped mid-sentence, hesitating a little. ?Shattered Skull and Orc Bone looked over at the same time in confusion. The warlock hesitated for a moment, then said: "I saw ''Nagzio'' and ''Ixir''. They were dead and turned into skeleton attendants by the other party." Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 208 , half the city lord Chapter 208, Half the City Lord Hearing these words, the expressions of the two men suddenly changed. A large number of Warhammer soldiers appeared in the carrion, and they were told that those who did not arrive as planned had become members of the carrion. But several people still doubted the whereabouts of the two key members. After all, the backbone of the Warhammer Party is at the top of any force in terms of rank and combat effectiveness. Faced with encirclement and suppression again and again, they still survived. ?There is no problem in escaping if you can''t defeat them. Unexpectedly, they all died here and were enslaved by the Necromancer. Double Ax Bone''s eyes suddenly turned red, he stood up instantly and shouted: "Leader, I''m going to kill him!" All the backbones can be regarded as brothers who live and die together. If he really died on the battlefield, there would be nothing to say. Now he died at the hands of a third person who suddenly appeared, and was turned into an undead creature. Its hard to accept it in my heart. ?Shattered Skull took a deep breath to calm himself down, "Sit down, now is not the time for revenge. Don''t ruin our plans for many years because of this incident." The orc skeleton sat down again and gritted his teeth, "Chief, we can''t let him go." "Well, promise him first, and then kill him later." Broken Skull said, then looked at the warlock aside and said directly: "Promise him, I can give him half the city, but we need his people for this battle. Get ahead." "Would it be too obvious to force him to the other side?" the warlock said. After all, he was the one who delivered the news, so he was still somewhat worried that the other party would hear something and turn around and kill him. The reputation of the Necromancer is not much better than that of the bandits. Then to put it another way, as long as he can take the head of the city lord, give him half of the city. "good!" the other side. Inner city council chamber. The city lord Elno suddenly stood up from his seat and shouted: He actually wants half the city? The official who delivered the news wiped his sweat and nodded. The Warhammer Party directly promised to carve up the territory under its jurisdiction, and the other party followed suit and offered to take half of the city. He would help anyone who could agree. The fat official added. "Do you know his identity? Since he got involved at this time, he should be someone from the city." Erno continued to ask. When this carrion team appeared, he was recalling the identity of this person. ??It is impossible for a necromancer who can control such a large army to appear in the city in such obscurity. ??But he has not paid attention to things in the outer city for a long time. Whether there is really such a person, or whether he discovered that the Warhammer Party was attacking the city and followed him in, it is completely impossible to verify. If the other person lives in the city, he must have some relatives and friends. It is also a bargaining chip in negotiating with the other party. The other person was wearing a mask. Judging from his voice and tone, he didnt look like a familiar person. The official said directly. ?Luntam City is too chaotic. ??The inner city is okay, but the outer city has a huge floating population. It is not surprising that such a person appears. There is no place to check the other person''s identity. I dont know who it is, so I cant blame relatives and friends. "You can give him more money. It is impossible to directly divide the jurisdiction." The city lord said coldly. ?The ministers in the city persuaded each other: "City Lord, the Warhammer Party will also make the same promise." Its better than losing the city! Everyone started to persuade. Comparing life with this city, everyone knows how to choose. ??The city lord Elno also knew, but he was just unwilling to do so. Another official said: "The city lord just promised him first. It won''t be too late to wait until the Warhammer Party is solved. Then we will look at the situation. This person is hiding his secrets and may be a wanted criminal of the association. Then we won''t be needed." The association will arrange for people to handle it. ??The city lord''s face turned red, as if he had suffered a great shame. I sat on the chair and gasped for a long time, but there was no better way. In the end, he nodded, Thats it for now. Carrion aside. . ?Wu Heng and others are solving the breakfast problem. Duke said: "I don''t know what''s going on with the association. It seems that except for our team, we haven''t seen any other team members." Swordsman Gaulberry followed up and said: They should have all evacuated. Many people were transferred from outside. There are no family members here, so its not surprising that they left directly. The association itself is a group composed of teams of professionals. There are no requirements that are too stringent, and I wont say that you must live or die with this city. It is normal to run away if you find that there is a fight. Wu Heng nodded and said: "In the past few days, a team leader has resigned. It''s not surprising. It''s just a job, and no one wants to risk their lives." People started leaving in advance, and I didnt even know it, Duke said. ?Gaulberry rolled his eyes at him, "This is not a glorious thing, and it will definitely not be disclosed to the outside world." "Right!" At this time, two ghosts flew back from the outside and penetrated into Wu Heng''s body. The scene of the two parties talking at the same time also emerged from my mind. From a discourse point of view. Both parties agreed, but both were prepared to regret it later. After all, the premise of everything is victory. Whether the promise will be fulfilled later or whether there will be changes depends on the development of the situation. Just like the sorcerer said. ??The city lord was also from a gang when he got up early, and he was not very well-educated. Soon, gang members ran in. ?Standing at the door, he said: "Captain, sister-in-law, those two people are here again." Let them come over. Wu Heng said. Duke and the others avoided it, and not long after, the two negotiators walked in again. Sit back to the previous position. ??Wu Heng looked at the two people glaring at him through his mask, and asked, "How are you guys doing?" The representative of Luntam City was the first to speak, "We agree to your request and will hand over half of Luntam City to your jurisdiction." As soon as these words came out, the warlocks of the Warhammer Party looked at him in surprise, and then said: "Sir, the leader of the Warhammer Party is also willing to agree to your request, but I hope you can cut off the head of the city lord." ??Wu Heng still looked at the two of them and continued: "Have you brought the agreement?" "Bring it!" The Luntam City official took out a piece of paper agreement, handed it to the other party respectfully, and added: "As long as you help us defend Luntam City, you will be the city lord from now on." ?Wu Heng took the agreement and held it in his hand. ?Looking at the warlock of the Warhammer Party, "Where''s yours?" The warlock was stunned and immediately said: "The Warhammer Party is doing things simply and has not yet prepared an agreement. I will go back now and ask people to prepare it immediately. At the same time, I will propose to the leader to divide more jurisdictional boundaries for you." As he said that, he wanted to get up and leave. The moment he stood up. A cage made of bones rose from the ground in an instant, trapping him in the middle. ?Several skeletons walked over quickly, surrounding the warlock and the bone prison. ?At the same time, the wights guarding the door immediately took action and killed all the accompanying Warhammer Party members. The body was dragged aside directly. Wu Heng picked up the pen, signed his name on the Luntam City agreement above, handed one of the copies back to the other party, and said: "Go back and prepare. If you beat the drum and attack, we will attack directly from the side." Oh, okay, okay! The official was overjoyed, bowed three times in succession, turned and left. The warlock is trapped in a cage. His face became even more ugly, and he said: "Sir, we can discuss the conditions again. We will only give you more of the benefits that Luntam City can give you." ?Wu Heng took off the mask on his face, revealing his original face. The warlock''s pupils shrank suddenly, as if he recognized who this face was, but his expression was still quickly covered up. Wu Heng said directly: "It seems that you know me. The association captain colluded with the second-level wanted criminals to capture a city. It is not a good choice. It is better to take half of the city and cooperate with the city lord to suppress the bandits. It is safer." " How to choose, you have already thought about it in advance. By reaching an agreement with Luntam City, you can reap benefits for yourself and at the same time gain a reputation for cooperating with bandits. ??And if you choose to side with the Warhammer Party, you will have to remain a mysterious identity. ??Once it is found out that it is him who cooperates with the second-level wanted criminals to destroy a city, his end will definitely not be good. He will be put on a wanted warrant and become a street rat, and his life will not be stable. Duke, Marta, and many members of the gang. ??Everyone knows that he is the one controlling the carrion swarm, so the matter must not be hidden. So the outcome has already been determined, help Luntam City defend the city. ??The reason why the two of them went back to discuss at the same time was to let Luntam City recognize the reality and quickly promise to give out its own things. ?Now that the other party has agreed to this request, Wu Heng does not need to think too much anymore. Hearing what Wu Heng said, the warlock calmed down and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng has really thought carefully about it. Now that the matter has come to this, it seems that the Warhammer Party still has no luck in coming out." ?Looking at the other party, the warlock continued: "The captain likes trading, why don''t we make a trade that won''t affect the situation of the battle." Oh? Come and listen. Im just a late member of the Warhammer Party, and Im not on the wanted list. How do you feel about wanting to buy my life? the Warlock said. Isnt it too late to leave now after killing so many people? Wu Heng said directly. "No, no, I didn''t kill anyone. Look at my outfit. It doesn''t look like it has been stained with blood. I only followed the Warhammer Party into the city after they entered the city, intending to gain some benefits." The warlock explained. . ?Although he is wearing leather armor on the outside, he is still wearing a noble dress on the inside. You wouldnt dress like this when going to the battlefield. "Furthermore, our strength comes from our blood. You will gain nothing by killing me. You will only get a weak servant." The warlock added again. ?Wu Heng shook his head and walked half a circle around the bone prison, "The blood of a warlock is a very good material for priests. It is a rare material for a necromancer." The warlock''s expression changed, "Well..., why don''t you listen to the chips I gave you first." "There''s nothing to say. After everything you did today, did you really think you could sever ties with the Warhammer Party?" Wu Heng took a step back, "Kill him!" The bone prison opens. Several skeletons were killed directly. The warlocks face was solemn, and he stood suddenly on the ground with a wooden staff in hand. A rolling ring of fire spread out from around him, forcing the advancing skeleton back a few steps. He glanced at Wu Heng with murderous eyes, turned around and ran away from the door. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng fired three shots in a row. The fleeing warlock was shot in the waist and legs, and his body fell to the ground. The skeleton rushed in front of him in an instant, and the weapon fell on his head. Inner city. The city lord and officials looked at the names on the agreement. ??Wuheng. ?Seeing this name, everyone also realized the identity of the other party. The new captain of the association has caused quite a stir some time ago. It was actually him. Furthermore, according to the information provided by the association, the other party is indeed a necromancer. "City Lord, don''t worry about who he is, attack. This is your last chance." Someone reminded. ??The city lord also reacted immediately. Give a direct order, "Prepare to attack!" Get ready to attack~! The messenger shouted loudly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 209 , waiting for his death (first update.) Chapter 209, waiting for his death (1st update.) The people of the inner city need someone to solve the Warhammer Party crisis. It doesnt actually matter who is the mastermind behind the scenes. ??Whether it is a powerful necromancer living in the city, or the captain of the association who has just been transferred, there is not much difference. As long as it can solve the current problem. Adjust the formation and prepare to attack. The city lord took a deep breath and ordered. ??The city lord and the men in the city began to boost morale and mobilize for the final battle. ??We have reached an agreement with Wu Heng, but whether we can ultimately defeat the notorious Warhammer Party depends on how we fight next. Nothing is certain yet. I just hope that the **** of luck will favor Luntam City. Don''t let yourself die here. the other side. ??The warlock of the Warhammer Party still did not escape from the room after releasing several fire spells. He was stabbed through the chest by a fire blade, and his body fell down little by little. ??Wu Heng looked back at Wu Heng, with unwillingness and helplessness in his eyes. ?Perhaps his involvement in the Warhammer Party was a mistake in itself. ?Hornblade drew out his sword and stood aside again. ??Wu Heng came over from behind, looked at the body, and said, "Tear off the equipment on his body and find a container to collect the blood." ?Several skeletons spread out and acted according to the order. Soon, the body was stripped naked, and a wooden bucket to collect blood was placed under the wound. Blood dripped into the barrel. Wen Mansha! Wu Heng shouted. Wen Mansha walked in from outside, first looked at the **** body, and then asked: "What''s wrong, Master!" "Stay outside, don''t let anyone come in, and pay attention to the situation on the battlefield." Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Wen Mansha didnt ask any further questions and directly closed the door to the room. ??Wu Heng directly opened the gate and headed to the zombie world. I reappeared in the hotel room and looked at the clock on the wall. It read ten o''clock in the morning. Hurry to the window, open the curtains and look outside. ??When he saw a whole row of motorcades had stopped at the roadside, Wu Heng''s face showed some relief. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Li Yahong, then quickly go downstairs. Outside the hotel. ?Li Yahong frowned and looked at Wu Heng, "What''s wrong with you?" They fought all night last night. Although there was no close combat, they looked a bit embarrassed. He was dusty and looked a little bad. You were in command of the battle last night, nothing happened. Wu Heng responded casually, and then asked: Have you brought anything here? Bring it here! Li Yahong waved to the back, and Qiangzi drove an electric three-wheeler over. Two heavy machine guns on iron frames could be seen on it, as well as a skeleton controlling the heavy machine guns. Return to Luntam City. ??Fighting and deafening shouts of death could already be heard. At the same time, angry and anxious voices could be heard outside the door. "I want to see Captain Wu Heng. We agreed to attack at the same time. Why haven''t you taken action yet?" The Knights of the Iron Guard have suffered numerous casualties, and it will be difficult for you to defeat each other. At the same time, Wen Mansha''s voice could also be heard, "It''s not convenient for the captain to see you now, please wait a moment!" How dare you, a member of a small gang, talk to me like that! Wen Mansha said, "Wait outside the door." ?Wu Heng heard the conversation between the two and instantly understood what happened. The Iron Guard Knights have begun to attack, but Wu Heng did not see any troops sent out, so they arranged for people to come over to urge them. ??Wu Heng applied [Bone Armor] to himself and opened the door, and saw the fat official from before standing at the door, sweating profusely. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he was about to ask a question, but he immediately suppressed his anger and asked: "Captain Wu Heng, why haven''t you sent out troops yet? What are you waiting for?" Wu Heng glanced at the two fighting parties and said directly: "I am sending troops now, you go back!" Oh, okay, thank you very much, captain, you must send troops. The fat official left quickly. ??Wu Heng called out the big man, the Terrorclaw and other skeletons in the room. Then he reconfirmed the situation on the battlefield and said directly: "The carrion attacks and kills all the Warhammer Party." Hurrah! The corpses on standby all moved together, holding weapons in hand, and rushed towards the direction of the Warhammer Party. The movements of the rotting corpse immediately alerted both warring parties. On the Warhammer side, there was obvious confusion as they saw the rotting corpses coming. Immediately a team was formed to attack the carrion head on. In an instant, the battle began, and the wights joined the battlefield. ?Bang bang bang~! As the carrion begins to die. The corpse began to explode, and green poisonous smoke rose and filled the air. Three parties of people gathered together. The cry of killing and the sound of exploding corpses filled the entire battlefield. The war zone spread to the main roads and alleys, and green poisonous gas was spread, as if we were in a miasmatic swamp. The Knights of the Iron Guard took advantage of the city wall. Arrows fell from the top of the wall and shot into the middle area of ??the Warhammer Party indiscriminately. Penetrated through the bodies of the Warhammer Party and the Rotten Corpse, and large pieces fell to the ground. ??The Warhammer Party has a large number of people and a fierce and powerful fighting style, and can withstand the combined efforts of both parties at the same time. It''s just that the poisonous gas of the rotting corpses is also corroding all living beings. People are constantly knocked down by the poisonous gas and then killed by the zombies. ?Not only the Warhammer Party, the spread of poisonous gas has also covered part of the Iron Guard Knights, and the Knights have also begun to reduce their numbers. The entire battlefield was in chaos. The two parties targeted the Warhammer Party, but neither showed mercy to the other. ??Wu Heng kept assigning tasks to the wights, trying to outflank the Warhammer Party troops from different directions to spread the poisonous gas to the maximum extent. To reduce the opponent''s combat effectiveness. Facts have proved that the effect of the two parties joining forces is still very significant. ??A large number of people from the Warhammer Party died, and the fighting spirit of those gang members with white armbands on their shoulders continued to decrease under the siege. Some people have begun to take advantage of the gaps in the fighting to get into nearby houses or alleys and disappear directly. The battle lasted for half an hour. Just when Wu Heng gave the order to the group of carrion corpses. ??In the direction of the Warhammer Party, a deafening roar suddenly came out. ?? Then I saw a group of men and horses, like rabid mad cows, plowing directly into the camp of the rotting corpses, quickly advancing forward. Fight in with me and kill the mage, and these undead creatures will die on their own. ?One of the particularly tall orcs raised a long-handled war hammer and roared loudly. Before he finished speaking, he swung his war hammer and smashed it against a carrion that rushed up. Bang~! The rotten corpses were smashed into pieces in the air, and the broken limbs and bones were scattered all over the sky along with the poisonous gas. Like a broken piece of ceramic. ??The war hammer followed the trend and hit it again. The second carrion''s armor was dented, its severed limbs flew out, and its chest was crushed into a piece of mud. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The tall orcs charged forward quickly, opening and closing the warhammer in their hands, and all the enemies in the way and those who approached were smashed into pieces. ?The elite Warhammer Party who followed behind also took advantage of the situation to show their super fighting power and killed the carrion that was surrounding them. ?Like a sharp sword, thrust straight into the center, the target is the rear of the corpse. ?Skull Crusher-Dragisha, leader of the Warhammer Party, the associations bounty is 3 gold coins, and a second-level meritorious service. He actually did not go to kill the Iron Guard Knights, but led the team to his side. The purpose is also very clear, to carry out a beheading operation and kill himself. Looking at the Skull Crusher leading the Warhammer Party, it was as if there was no mans land, and they fought their way out of a vacuum. ?Wu Heng was also surprised by the opponent''s fighting power. ??This is probably at level 15 or above, and the melee ability is so powerful. The poisonous smoke is still filling the air. After the charging Warhammer Party members charged for a certain distance, some of them began to struggle. One after another, they fell to the ground and were killed by the carrion. But Skull Crushers footsteps still didnt stop, approaching quickly. "Go, you guys go kill him together, and the rest of you go kill the rest!" Wu Heng said directly. The large skeletons next to them took action immediately after receiving the order. Hurry forward. Big, low body, like an attacking rugby player, ramming directly into the opponent. Dang~! ?Skull Crusher swung out the hammer, with a deafening hammer sound. The big man''s breastplate was dented, and he flew two or three meters upside down and fell out. Fangs followed closely behind, with two swords protruding from the green mist and slashing towards the head. ?Shattered Skull took a deep look at the opponent''s appearance, which looked like a human being or a ghost. He ducked and hit the opponent with his war hammer. A huge battle ax struck from one side. ??The warhammer was retracted in the air and collided with the battleaxe, making the sound of metal clashing. Xue Ax took three or four steps back, and Shattered Skull''s body was also unbalanced and tilted back. At this time, a flaming red sword emerged from the poisonous gas again. It made a chirping sound and left huge scratches on the breastplate. ?Several figures surrounded the tall orc in the middle. At the same time, skeletons such as the Skeleton Terrorclaw, Two-Block, Three-Block, etc. appeared. ??? also began to attack the elite Warhammer Party who were following behind "Skull Crusher". In the poisonous gas, the undead have an advantage. One figure after another was knocked away, smashed into the middle of the corpse group, and was instantly submerged by the rotten corpses. Facing the deformed skeletons, all of whom were level 13 or 4, these elites were unable to resist and were rapidly reduced in number. ~! There was another crash. ??The war hammer swung the flaming sword away. The huge force caused the body of the fire blade to shake. The flames on the long sword were extinguished in an instant and became dim. ??However, many skeletons still started to fight non-stop, holding him back. Even Skullbreaker didn''t expect that in addition to his two backbones, the other party also had so many high-level attendants. ?While fighting, he glanced into the distance, looking for the Necromancer. Finally, behind layers of corpses. Vaguely saw a figure wearing a bone armor, with a weird black mask. You are here. Broken Skull said through gritted teeth. The warhammer rotated, swinging away the surrounding skeletons, and his body rushed towards the target position like an arrow from the string. When approaching a certain distance. The body suddenly jumped up high, the war hammer was raised above the head, and it was smashed towards the target. Boom~! An explosion sounded like a bomb. A deep pit with a diameter of three to four meters appeared. The shock wave spread the poisonous gas, and all the rotting corpses around it died. ?Shattered Skull suddenly raised his head. Then he saw the other party getting into a strange vehicle, with two skeletons and strange black things standing on the truck bed. "Boy, you must die here today." Skullbreaker cursed and charged forward again with his war hammer. ?Wu Hengs eyes were also a little solemn. ?As soon as the handlebar was turned, the electric three-wheeler suddenly sped out with a whine. In an instant, he distanced himself from the opponent. Shoot, kill him! ?Wu Heng turned the handlebars violently while observing the other person through the rearview mirror. The skeleton on the carriage began to take aim. ?The space is limited, and the two heavy machine guns are barely placed in the truck body in a misaligned position, and it is inconvenient to change the direction of the barrels. But the barrel itself is pointing backwards, so it doesnt need to be rotated too much. After simple aiming, the two skeletons directly pulled the triggers at the figures chasing after them. ?Bang bang bang~! The barrel of the gun spits out tongues of orange flames. Skull Crusher, who was pursuing in anger, suddenly felt a creepy feeling, and his body subconsciously dodged to one side. Even if you react the fastest, it is still not as good as bullets. ?Most of the bullets hit the ground close to the body, and a few scattered bullets hit the breastplate. The bullet penetrated the first layer of steel plate and got stuck on the breastplate, but did not penetrate the body. ? ? A normal person would have been shattered long ago, but the Broken Skull only took a few steps back, looking at the scars on his body with surprise and vigilance in his eyes. It seems that he did not expect that the opponent would have such a weird and powerful weapon. Then, he rolled on the spot and planned to leave here first. ?Wu Heng, who was sitting in the car, also showed a surprised look. Even if he dodged the bullets, the heavy machine gun could not kill him. Seeing that the other party wanted to escape, Wu Heng immediately shouted: "Glenda." The voice fell. A ghost appeared out of thin air in front of Shattered Skull and raised his hand. Illusion generation. ?Shattered Skull suddenly froze on the spot, his pupils dilated, and he immediately woke up the next second. But after a brief moment of sluggishness, the bullets were already pouring in. ??Ding ding ding, puff puff puff~! The breastplate was heavily indented, and the waist, abdomen and thighs were penetrated by numerous bullets. The right calf was hit by more than one bullet, and the bones were broken, making it unable to support the ground. ?Shattered Skull showed an expression of pain, but he didnt expect that the other party had so many tricks. ??But there was no time to think about it. He dragged his injured leg and threw himself directly into the alley on one side, trying to escape first. As soon as Wu Heng saw that the opponent was about to run away, the three-wheeler suddenly stopped and started to reverse. The car stopped at the intersection, and a machine gun turned around. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense bullets shot into the narrow alley like raindrops. ?Skullbreaker roared angrily, and with a look of horror, the armor on his body was torn into pieces, and various parts of his body were turned into mud by bullets. experience. Your level has been raised to level 10, with constitution +1 and intelligence +1. Unlock feats: Arcane Echo, Necromancer, Undead Adaptation. ?System prompt appears, proving that the other party is dead. Stop fighting, the person is dead. Wu Heng said directly. The gunshots stopped, and a cloud of gunpowder smoke filled the tricycle. Go and pull the body out. Wu Heng said. ?Two skeletons jumped out of the truck and walked towards the alley. ?Draged the corpse like rotten flesh and walked out. Inner city, above the city wall. ??City Lord Erno, as well as many officials, stared at the battlefield below. The city lord, the leader and main force of the Warhammer Party, is attacking the wights. This is a good opportunity for us to launch a general attack. Erno looked at the entire battlefield with an expressionless expression. Even those who have never led troops know that this is a good time to attack with all their strength, and cooperate with the wights to directly annihilate the Warhammer party. However, the agreement in his hand was like a big mountain, pressing firmly on his shoulders. ??Wrentam City, it took several years of operation to achieve the immediate results. Half will be given out today. But what if the other party dies in this battle? With the current losses of the Warhammer Party, it will be difficult for them to attack the inner city after killing the wights. Erno said directly: "Retreat the troops and retreat to defend the city gate." ?All the officials were stunned, but they immediately understood what the city lord was thinking. Some felt inappropriate, while others praised him. Retreat to the city gate! the messenger shouted. ~! The drums sounded. The soldiers who were fighting were all stunned, stopped attacking, and retreated to the city gate. Hold the city gate and rescue the wounded. (End of this chapter) Chapter 210 , are you the city lord? Chapter 210, Are you the lord of the city? At the end of the battle, Bawudong, Fire Blade, Blood Ax and other skeletons quickly followed. Put Wu Heng and the tricycle in the middle. Its okay, the person is dead. Wu Heng said. Soon, the body in the alley was pulled out. Throw it at your feet. The tall and strong orc had been beaten beyond recognition, and his armor was like a honeycomb, full of dents. ?Although his limbs were intact, they were beaten to pieces by bullets. That is, the body is strong and there are no broken limbs. Just as he was about to release the [Bone Slave Technique], he stopped again. After thinking for a moment, he took out the tablet from the space ring that he usually used to watch cartoons for "Xiao Xiao", and turned it on to the camera function. ??Took two photos of the corpse, and then took a photo of myself and the corpse. ?This is Skullbreaker, the leader of the Warhammer Party. ??On the association''s wanted notice, there is a bounty of three gold coins, a second-level meritorious service, and it is converted into a skeleton. If the association does not recognize it, it will be troublesome. I am still counting on this meritorious service to promote myself to deacon or deputy deacon. Took several pictures in succession. After feeling almost the same, start to release [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the corpse, and an unstable prompt due to insufficient levels also appeared immediately. Then, the flesh and blood fell off, and the four-meter tall orc skeleton slowly stood up. Shaked the skull and made a rattling sound. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Level 16 skeleton. The level is lower than expected. ??When Skullbreaker fought off many skeletons and chased the tricycle, Wu Heng thought he had offended a level 20 enemy! ?That momentum is really quite big. According to the records in the Book of the Dead. After changing jobs, you will be a first-level professional. Level 5 is the second level, level 10 is the third level, level 15 is the fourth level, level 18 is the fifth level, and level 20 is a hero. In the hierarchical division of the entire profession. Level 16 fourth-level professionals are among the top people in the world. As for the deacons appointed by the association who are stationed in various places, they only need to be level 12, which is enough to represent a force. ??Wu Heng of course hopes that the skeletons he transforms will be of a higher level, the better. But level 16 is not considered low. Even saying that a bandit leader reached level 16 is surprising. If you are not yourself, participate in this war. ?This city will definitely change its owner today. Those powerful people in the inner city will not end well either. From now on, you can continue to call Skull Crusher, pick up your weapon, and stand up first. Wu Heng said directly. ?Skullbreaker walked out of the rotten flesh, returned to the alley, picked up the long-handled war hammer that he just dropped, and stood aside. Orcs are inherently tall. ?Skullbreaker stood in, one head taller than the rest of the orc skeletons. Appears to be unusually tall. ?Wu Heng just wanted to continue checking the attributes of the broken skull. The sound of rapid footsteps came from behind. I saw Wen Mansha running over quickly with a few gang members. He pulled down the cloth covering his mouth and nose and said: "Captain, the troops in the inner city have withdrawn, and the Warhammer Party has started attacking like crazy." ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood the thoughts of the Iron Guard Knights. ??This is to allow themselves to fight to the death with the Warhammer Party, and then they will deal with the remaining party. Fighting is not possible, so now we are doing this. What to do now? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Go back first and clear out the Warhammer Party members first. Wu Heng said and motioned for Wen Mansha to come up. The latter had doubts in his eyes, but he also sat on the side. ?Wu Heng twisted the handle, and with a three-wheel whirring sound, he rushed forward. The powerful pushing feeling on her back made Wen Mansha exclaim, tightly hugging her arm at the side, and looked at the strange instrument being driven in surprise. Several skeletons and gang members were also surprised. ?Haunted behind the three-wheeler. Returning to the battlefield area, the battle continues. Troops have been withdrawn from the inner city area, and many people can be seen repairing the city gate, intending to close the city gate again to prevent outsiders from approaching. On the Warhammer Party''s side, they began to launch a fierce attack. ??Everyone wore a scarf and charged towards the carrion. ?Wu Heng asked Granda and Xiaoxiao to observe the battlefield situation from above. Continue to give the order: "Attack and kill the Warhammer Party." High-level skeletons led the rotting corpses to launch a counterattack, rushing towards the Warhammer party like a wave. Soon, the Warhammer Party began to lose numbers rapidly. ?Especially, an extremely ferocious skeleton was charging back and forth in the team, judging from the appearance of the skeleton, as well as the weapons and armor. is the leader of the Warhammer Party. ??His leader has been killed by the opponent and turned into an undead attendant. The morale of the Warhammer Party dropped to the bottom in an instant. Large numbers of people began to flee. Ignoring them, they turned around and fled towards the city gate. ?Wu Heng ordered the carrion to give chase symbolically. After everyone escaped from the city gate, they closed the city gate directly. ?Skull Crusher died, and there was still one backbone in the Warhammer Party who was holding a double axe. Wu Heng did not see any trace of him. He must have known that he could not win, so he ran away with his people. It doesn''t matter, the core of the entire Warhammer Party is the level 16 Skull Crusher. ?Now that Skullbreaker is dead, there are not many members of the Warhammer Party left. Even if he goes back to be a bandit, it will be difficult to achieve anything. ??I''m afraid it''s not even a bigger gang. At the end of the battle, the poisonous gas gradually dispersed. Revealing mountains of corpses on the ground, as well as more than a thousand rotting corpses promoted. The Knights of the Iron Guard re-formed their battle formation at the city gate, looking at the team in front of them with vigilance. Where you are facing a companion who is fighting together, it is more like facing a new enemy. ??Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the city lord and many officials on the city wall. Said directly: "Move forward!" Hurrah! ??The carrion team rearranged and began to advance toward the city gate. Above the city wall, crossbows and arrows were pointed at the carrion below. Just wait for a command and the arrow will be shot. The whole place was instantly filled with an atmosphere of desolation. Under the watchful eyes of everyone, the carrion team advanced to the main battlefield area. The movement suddenly stops and the vehicle enters the standby state. The next second, under the gaze of everyone on the city wall, several gray-white circles of light swayed in succession. ?The densely packed corpses on the ground stood up swaying, bent down to pick up weapons, and became one of the new rotting corpses. In an instant, the number of the rotting zombie army was close to ten thousand again, crowded with each other, and occupied the entire area. Everyone on the city wall stared wide-eyed. In disbelief, there is also a look of horror. Is the Necromancer so suitable for the battlefield? Can a corpse be transformed so quickly? How can it be? Tap tap tap~! The city lord Erno was the first to react. He quickly came down from the city wall and shouted loudly: "Get out of the way and let them in." ??The rest of the officials also reacted and got off the city wall, commanding the guarding soldiers to get out of the way. ??The carrion army directly entered the inner city. "Captain Wu Heng, the victory in this battle is thanks to your help. I must write to the association and tell the association what happened today." Erno stepped forward and said with a smile on his face. Wu Heng glanced at him, not caring about the hidden meaning in his words, and replied with a smile, "Thank you very much, Lord City Lord." Everyone has seen it, and it should be so. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why did the Iron Guard Knights withdraw their troops just now? My people were almost in danger." Erno frowned. He didn''t expect him to ask directly. He quickly thought about it in his mind and said, "There is no way. There was a rebellion in the inner city just now. It should be the internal agents deployed by the Warhammer Party. I had no choice but to rush, I recruited some people, but fortunately I didnt cause any losses to you. Oh, so thats it, I said the city lord must have a reason. "certainly!" ?Wu Heng didnt want to continue dealing with him. Everyone is timid during the war, even the armor on their bodies is brand new, but they always think of using some intrigues. I just feel that chatting with him is extremely boring and a waste of time. He simply said directly: "Since the city lord and officials are here, let''s discuss the distribution of the city according to the agreement." "Now? Captain, why don''t you go back and take a rest, and then discuss this matter after the situation in the city stabilizes?" Erno continued. "Now! There is no need to go to such trouble for the two of us to just talk to each other in one sentence." Seeing Wu Heng''s serious tone, the expressions of several people present also became serious. Erno asked in a deep voice: "What does Captain Wu Heng want to do? The situation in Luntam City is complicated and there are many gangs. Taking over rashly may cause turmoil, so why not Sit down and discuss it carefully..." Wu Heng waved his hand slightly and continued: "In the outer city, I want the east and north areas. The inner city is also in the northeast and belongs to me. The remaining positions belong to you. How about it?" Captain Wu Heng, are you sure you want to divide the regions? Arent you afraid that the residents in the city will be difficult to manage? "There is no need for these city lords to worry. Let''s proceed according to the agreement first. If there is really anything that needs to be adjusted afterwards, we will discuss it again." Wu Heng''s tone was determined on these two points. Erno narrowed his eyes slightly, glanced at the skeletons and the army of corpses around him, and nodded, "Okay, then follow Captain Wu Heng''s idea. If you can''t manage the city in the later stage, you can also send someone to find me. I will You can give the captain some experience or provide some advice. Okay! Wu Heng smiled. snort! Erno was still angry. He snorted coldly, took his men and horses, and turned around to leave. According to the division of the map, this area can also be regarded as the jurisdiction of Wuheng. "Captain..." Wen Mansha whispered from the side. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Let your people clean the battlefield, and then select a group of subordinates who will obey the order, and they will be assigned tasks." Okay. Wen Mansha greeted and led her men to start cleaning the battlefield. The resources all over the land are money. Even broken weapons and armor can be collected into a huge amount of income. Professional associations. After entering the city, Wu Heng took Duke and Gao Luboli and went directly to the association. The fighting took place for so long that not a single member of the association was seen. Even though I knew that he had probably fled the city, I still wondered if someone had massacred him here, which was why there was no news at all. When we arrived in front of the association, the entire door was sealed. ??Duke knocked for a long time but didn''t hear any response from inside. Captain Wu Heng? Suddenly, the grid window on one side opened, and a human young man poked out, shouting with some uncertainty. Wearing staff uniforms. Well, how is it here? Wu Heng asked directly. "No, it''s okay here. Is it over outside?" the young man asked. "It''s over. The Warhammer Party has escaped and everything is fine." Wu Heng said softly. ??The young man looked happy and immediately retracted his head. He vaguely heard shouts from inside, such as "The battle is over" and "Everyone is safe." The sound of moving items came from behind the gate. Then, there was a creak and the heavy door opened. A lot of people gathered in the empty hall. We were on duty last night and hid after the fighting broke out. The young man explained beside him, and then pointed to the crowd hiding in the hall, These are nearby residents, they are all hiding here. ?This is the inner city, and the people taking refuge are all nearby residents or servants. People from the outer city will not be able to enter after the city is closed at night. Hmm! Have you seen the deacon and deputy deacon? Wu Heng continued to ask. "No!" It seems that he is really hiding. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Okay, the Warhammer Party has dispersed. Everyone can go back to their respective residences, but be careful these two days. There will be chaos in the city for a while." Thank you, captain. Thank you, captain! Everyone thanked them, then walked out of the door and carefully checked the situation outside. ?Seeing that there was really no sign of fighting, he walked towards his residence. Wu Heng continued to tell the staff: "Arrange someone to inform the people, and the association people will work normally. If the team members come back, let each team strengthen patrols in the city to prevent gangs from taking the opportunity to cause chaos." "okay!" The staff nodded in agreement. Then, Wu Heng asked Duke and Gaul Bailey to take charge of the association first. I continue to deal with other things. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng continued to rush to the opposite side of the Snake Emblem Consortium. The consortium indeed has its own power in the city, and you can see well-organized troops guarding the building. In the lounge. ?Wu Heng received two of his maids. ?Minnie jumped into her arms, while Anderweil stood aside obediently. At this time, the door opened. ?Lecia, wearing a leather armor and a sword hanging on her waist, walked in. ?A pair of beautiful eyes stared at him. It took a while. He said a little doubtfully. Are you the lord of the city? (End of this chapter) Chapter 211 , Lord Half City Lord (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes) Chapter 211, Lord Half of the City (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes.)) You got the news very quickly! Wu Heng sat down on the side with two maids standing behind him. In fact, it was not surprising for Lecia to learn the news. The Snake Emblem Consortium can develop so well in the city, so it must have some intelligence channels of its own. Furthermore, it was not confidential information, everyone present at the time knew it. Half a city! Wu Heng added. Then I should call you City Lord. Lecia was still a little surprised, but she accepted this fact. At the same time, I am also glad that I and the other party have always maintained a relatively friendly relationship. Can even be called friends. ?The other party puts the maid on his side, which also proves his trust in him. Well, it would be better if we add a master. Wu Heng said jokingly. Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "You are quite rude, half-city lord!" Then, Lecia continued: "Will Erno obediently give up the city? You should be more careful." The agreement has been signed, what else can he do? "It''s just a piece of waste paper." Lecia stretched and reminded again, "After all, he has been running Luntam City for so many years. Even if he gives up half of the city, he only needs to make some small moves to make it impossible for you to run it. The city will be returned to him then. What kind of small means? Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t know that if I were careful, even if it was only half a city, it would not be as simple as being a captain." Lecia continued. Yeah, thats right. Those people may not be as **** as before, but they are also more proficient in some shameful methods. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Thank you very much!" The two chatted casually for a while, and then walked out of the consortium with their two maids. ?Haunted by skeletons and corpses, he walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and rested for a while, then began to check the properties of the transformed skeleton. Blood Ax and Fang glanced at each other briefly. Attributes are consistent with their own levels. Blood Ax focuses on strength, while Fang is more agile and looks like a human thief. Blood Ax is level 14, Tusks is level 13. They are all of a very high level. After looking at the two skeletons, attention was focused on the Broken Skull. As the leader of the Warhammer Party, Wu Heng was also surprised by his combat effectiveness. The one who couldn''t be defeated despite the siege of 5 skeletons was forced to break through the defense line and chased and killed him. ??If two heavy machine guns hadn''t been pulled over, and the other party didn''t recognize this weapon, they wouldn''t have dodged it immediately. Its hard to say what the final result will be. Fortunately, I am lucky. ?The other party died in his own hands and became a skeleton attendant. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Level: 16 Attributes: Constitution 38, Strength 42, Agility 28, Intelligence 18, Perception 25, Charisma 16. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, savage physique, ferocious attack, danger perception. Feats: Two-handed Mace Specialization (Master), Heavy Armor Specialization (Advanced), Orc Weapons Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Fury, wild attack, persistent rage, unyielding bravery. Brutal Beast Physique: Possessing a rare physique, Physique +8. Brutal Attack: When attacking with melee weapons, the battle will be more ferocious, with strength +11. Danger Perception: Possessing extraordinary sensing power, allowing you to detect the presence of danger immediately, Perception +5. In the violent state, your physique, agility, and strength will be greatly improved for a certain period of time. Wild Attack: Abandon all defensive postures and carry out frantic attacks. Persistent Violence: Your violent emotions are difficult to suppress. When you enter the state of ''violence'', you must be comatose or ''actively'' terminate it to end it early. Indomitable Valor: Physical strength and endurance are greatly improved. ??Wu Heng looked at the properties of Broken Skull and was not too surprised. His power has been seen from the battlefield, and it is expected that his attributes are high. But judging from several skill names. ?Skull Crusher should also belong to an orc of a special bloodline, and his physique and strength are naturally improved. Bloodline professionals are like geniuses from the original world. People are born with talents in this area. No matter how hard you work, you can only get closer. After checking the attributes of Skull Crusher, Wu Heng looked at the specialties he had unlocked after upgrading. ?The war was still going on at that time, so there was no chance to study the attribute content of expertise. Now is a good time to take a look. Unlock feats: Arcane Echo, Necromancer, Undead Adaptation. Arcane Echo: You have learned how to use magic power to restore your mental power and magical energy. You can rest or actively enter the echo state to get corresponding recovery. Necromancer: You spend most of your energy on studying and learning necromancy magic, and the cost of using the "Necromantic Faction" spells is halved. Immortal Adaptation: You are resistant to necrotic damage, and your status will not be affected in this environment. Unlock three feats in total. The first one is called [Arcane Echo]. From the skill introduction, you can restore your own mental power and magic energy while resting and actively entering the echo state. The function is like recovering mana or meditating in the game. Cross your legs in that direction to restore energy. ??This specialty is recorded in the Book of the Dead. It is not a high level and is a primary specialty for mages. It will be unlocked when you study and come into contact with the mysteries of magic. But on Wu Heng''s side, he actually took a shortcut and directly unlocked skills by reading the skill book, without studying any magic mysteries. It was barely unlocked after reaching level 10. But for Wu Heng, it is indeed needed. The current quick way to reply is to drink psychotropic potion, no matter how much it costs. If I just drink it like this, I am afraid that I will develop drug resistance and it will be difficult to use it in the future. Now you can reply, which solves a big problem. The second one is called [Necromancer], which is the exclusive specialty of this faction. Its function is to halve the spell consumption of all necromancy factions. ? is also a very practical ability. At least when transforming corpses, you can reduce a lot of your own consumption and recovery time. It is a powerful feat that improves endurance. Next is [Immortal Adaptation], which is resistant to necrotic damage and will not be affected under the corresponding environment. ?The necrotic damage here actually refers to the energy generated by undead creatures or undead magic. Traditional necromancers need to develop magic and will be in an environment with dead bodies or dark energy for a long time. ?This expertise can resist damage in this area. ?As for Wu Heng, even if he doesn''t study magic, it can still play a certain role in an environment where corpses gather. In short, the three specialties this time are very useful. No worse than learning a powerful skill. Look through the properties. After closing the panel, shout: "Weier!" ? Anderweil ran out of the kitchen, "What''s wrong?" Come here and help me write something. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Anderweil wiped her hands and sat down aside. ??Wu Heng took out the paper and pen from the space ring, put them on the table, and said: "Write it in a more orderly manner. I will send it out to others to see." Okay. Anderweil picked up the pen and got ready. After all, Anderwine was the young man of the tribal tribe. The word is still very beautiful, but it is a bit of a good -looking. At first glance, it was written by a girl. What to write? Anderweil looked up at him. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Just write, I am shocked that he was the one who solved the crisis in Luntam City and saved the residents from the fire and water!" Huh? Andweier was stunned. Ah, what, write the first sentence bigger and use it as the title. Oh! Anderweil agreed and started writing. Then, while Wu Heng was retelling, Weier wrote on the paper. Minnie also came out and sat aside, watching curiously. Zombie world. Before the convoy left, Wu Heng returned to the hotel. Walking out of upstairs, Li Yahong looked at him curiously, "Have you been bored in your room all day?" ??Although I didnt want to ask too many questions, I was also curious about why Wu Heng didnt go to invite zombies with her during the day and locked himself in the room for a whole day. I am coming out now that I have to leave. Ah, Im a little tired. Wu Heng said. ?? Li Yahong reached out and touched his forehead, "It''s okay, I guess he didn''t get enough rest. Just take a good rest tonight." Well, my health is quite good. Wu Heng said. Go inside and sit for a while. Ill go back after Qiangzi finishes loading the gasoline. Li Yahong whispered. "Come!" The two entered the closing hall, and Li Yahong immediately leaned into her arms and kissed each other. ?Wu Heng moved his hands up and down, and Li Yahong''s whole body became increasingly hot, and she gasped softly. ?They were entangled for a while and then slowly separated. The meeting time today is so short. Li Yahong complained a little. There are some things, Ill let you know next time. Tch~! Who needs you to make up for it? Li Yahongs face turned even redder. The two lingered for a while. ??Wu Heng continued: "Is there a copy machine over there in the prison?" Yes, do you want to copy something? ?Wu Heng took out what Anderweil had written and handed it to her, "Make more copies of this." ?Li Yahong looked at the strange words on it and then at Wu Heng. ?But he didnt ask any more questions, but said: How many printings? "More than five hundred copies. Send them over as soon as possible. I have some uses for them." Okay, Ill speed up my return then. "Um!" ?Li Yahong leaned forward again and kissed her heavily. Then he quickly ran back to the convoy and left directly. Seeing the convoy leaving, Wu Heng also returned to his residence. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng sent the skeletons of the big man, the Terrorclaw and several others back to the zombie world. ??It is also unsafe over there and requires high-level skeletons to guard it. When everything is taken care of, return from the courtyard. ?? Then he saw Minnie, dressed in yoga clothes, lying on the couch, looking at the paper in her hand. The shoulders, back, waist and hips were all wet. It seemed that he had just finished training with Ba Wudong. ?The whole person is lying there, with slim curves and youthful vitality. (End of this chapter) Chapter 212 , Captain, you are Chapter 212, Captain, what are you doing? ?Wu Heng walked to the edge of the sofa and sat down, "What are you looking at?" Minnie turned her head, shook the sheet of paper in her hand, and said, "I made an agreement with Sister Wei''er, and she will teach me how to write starting today." ??Wu Heng then looked at the paper in her hand. The words above are all basic and common. Why do you still think of learning to write? Minnie said with some embarrassment: "When I learn well in the future, I can also help you with some things, and the rest will fall on Sister Wei''er." "My consciousness is so high. Now I practice boxing every day and learn to write. I''m not afraid of getting exhausted." Wu Heng said. "What''s the point? It won''t take long," Minnie said. ?Looking at the girl''s confident look, Wu Heng smiled and patted her on the back, "Minnie is so smart, she must learn quickly." Minnie''s face immediately showed joy, "Really? The master is so kind." Lobby. After the two had a heated exchange, the little rabbit gently drew circles on his master''s chest with his green-white fingers and said, "Sister Wei''er must have heard it. She will laugh at me again tomorrow." ?Wu Heng stroked the girl''s jade back gently and said, "Whatever is good to laugh at is just an ordinary thing." How unusual! Minnie said softly. ~! The two of them were crowded on the narrow sofa, and there was a knock on the entrance door. somebody is coming? Get dressed quickly. After checking each other, Wu Heng walked over and opened the door. Opening the door, he saw Wen Mansha, who was still dressed during the day, standing at the door with several skeleton attendants. Seeing Wu Heng opening the door, he asked curiously: "Minnie and the others are not here?" It seems that Wu Heng, the owner, is quite curious to open the door. Here you are, come in! ?Wen Mansha entered the hall and saw Minnie kneeling beside the coffee table, wiping the water stains on the floor and sofa with a rag. Sister Wen Mansha. Minnie called out sweetly. Wen Mansha nodded and didn''t notice the little girl''s flushed face. She took off her leather armor and put it aside. She took a breath and said, "Master, the trophies collected on the battlefield are all put in a place in the residential area." In the courtyard, the city walls in two areas have also been taken over, but there are still not many manpower available. " In fact, Wu Heng did not have much manpower at his disposal. ??The Spike Gang, the only one entrusted with important tasks, also suffered heavy casualties in this fight against the Warhammer Party. Although the areas have been divided, if you want to take over them completely, you will feel that there is a lack of manpower. ??Wu Heng mobilized part of the rotting corpses and part of the Spike Gang to take over the city wall, but it only achieved a symbolic guard. Lest it look like the walls are deserted. ??Wu Heng said: "Starting tomorrow, you will recruit more gang members to form our own patrol team." ?Wen Mansha nodded and was about to speak. Then he saw Minnie mopping the floor from the side and said directly: "Minnie, go prepare the bath water." Okay, sister! Minnie responded obediently, got up and went to prepare bath water. Wen Mansha continued: "There is no problem in recruiting members, but it may take some time to get them to change their gang habits." Nature and habits, once formed, are difficult to change. Gang members, especially the Spike Gang, are at the bottom of the gang themselves. Change is more difficult. Even if it is complied with, it is done under supervision. So when it comes to arranging patrols, it is actually not difficult to find personnel, but it is a little difficult to standardize them. Wu Heng leaned back on the sofa and thought for a while, then continued: "Let''s do this, you select some men who can do patrol work, and then I will arrange some skeleton attendants to patrol with him, which will reduce the manpower and make it easier to manage. " Wouldnt it cause chaos if skeletons participate in patrol? A lot of residents should be worried in the short term. After a long time, it will be fine if they find that the skeletons are only patrolling and apprehending criminals. Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng thought about this idea and felt that it is very feasible. Previously, I thought that skeletons could not integrate into the survivors. But now, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others have also accepted it, and the names like "Brother Skeleton" are quite friendly. ??Moreover, Wu Heng also believed in his own skeleton more than his gang members. Okay, its up to you. Wen Mansha didnt have any objections. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "Next, the people who are preparing to build the city hall will be completely separated from the city lord." Huh? Leave it all to me? Wen Mansha was a little surprised. Whats wrong? Feeling tired? Wen Mansha said softly: "No, I''m just afraid that I won''t do well." "If you can''t do anything right, you will be the biggest eldest sister in our neighborhood from now on." Wu Heng said jokingly. I dont care about these, as long as I can stay with you. Wen Mansha raised her head, her eyes full of tenderness. Well, come back and live in the future, and Ill prepare a room for you. ?Now, the members of the Inner City and the Spike Gang all know that Mansha Wen is one of their own. Wen Mansha looked happy, "Really, then I live with you?" Choose your own room too. "okay!" Since he used a bathtub etched with runes, the bath water was prepared quickly. After Minnie informed her that she was ready, Wen Mansha pulled Wu Heng into the bathroom. In the mist-filled bathtub, Wu Heng hugged the soft body in front of him and enjoyed the feeling of the hot bath. Wen Mansha yawned lazily, looked up to the sky and said, "Thank you for saving me last night?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "You are mine, aren''t you supposed to!" Wen Mansha pouted, "If it were Roach, he would definitely not save me. He would even push me out to delay me at the critical moment." ?Wu Heng hugged the other person tightly and comforted: "Don''t worry, I won''t give up on you." Wen Mansha had a soft smile on her face. ?Then he frowned slightly, raised his head and looked back, and said softly: "Bad master, when I mention Roach, you become energetic again." the next day. After breakfast, Wen Mansha left the residence directly with a thousand skeletons wearing leather armor that Wu Heng had prepared for her. According to the results of the discussion between the two yesterday. ? Wen Mansha will choose some members from the gang who are trustworthy and have fairly good character. Lead the skeletons on patrol missions. ?Although the Warhammer Party withdrew, the chaos they caused still continued. ?There will certainly be no shortage of houses and houses being robbed and private fights between gangs. ??Luntam City is originally a city formed by gangs and mercenary groups, and there are definitely many people who want to take advantage of this opportunity to make a fortune. It will definitely be chaotic for a while. So, at this stage, patrol tasks must be increased. ?After Wen Mansha left, Wu Heng tidied up and walked out of the house. Inner city, professional association. Today, many people came to the hall. In addition to the staff, you can also see some members of various teams wandering back and forth. Captain Wu Heng~! Good morning, Captain Wu Heng. You werent injured yesterday, were you? From a distance, some people greeted him, and Wu Heng also waved his hands one by one. Yesterday, he was the first to come to the association to inform everyone about the end of the battle. Today, the rest of the people came to work and the news had already spread. Everyone was surprised at how much the new captain of Team 12 could affect the outcome of the battle, but they also had a reasonable feeling. After all, everyone had some speculations about him in the past. ?There have also been rumors about aristocratic young masters coming here to gain experience and being disciples of strong men. ??This time the problem of the Warhammer Party was solved, and everyone''s speculation about the extraordinary background was strengthened. ??Wu Heng walked to the front desk, and the staff immediately smiled, "Captain Wu Heng!" Is Deacon Gomez here? Wu Heng asked. "not yet!" You wont be able to escape from the city! If he does not come back, it will be difficult for the entire association to continue its work. Wu Heng continued: "In yesterday''s battle, I killed three people on the wanted list. Is anyone doing an autopsy and filing now?" Wait a minute, Ill ask. The staff turned around and left. After a while he returned again and waved him over. In the cold basement, two coroners from the association stood. Captain Wu Heng, where is the body? the coroner asked. ?Wu Heng stepped aside, and the three tall figures behind him took off their motorcycle helmets. Revealing the white skull, and the soul fire rising in the eye sockets. Tap tap tap~! The two of them looked frightened and subconsciously took a few steps back. Captain, what are you doing? (End of this chapter) Chapter 213 , the evil necromancer Chapter 213, The Evil Necromancer They are the wanted criminals I am talking about, the blood axe, fangs, and leader Warhammer of the Warhammer Party. ??Following Wu Heng''s introduction, the three skeletons took a step forward one after another, and they cooperated very well. The two coroners were stunned for a long time. Only then did someone say, "Are you asking us to examine the souls of the dead?" "Ah, yesterday we fought with the Warhammer Party. The situation was quite urgent, so we turned into undead first." Wu Heng explained. This is not an explanation for the two of them, but something that needs to be recorded. The association will look at the reasons at that time. The two of them didnt say much and started to check the skulls and the wanted posters. Carefully confirm some characteristics, as if there are some taboos. About half an hour later. The two of them recorded it in their notebooks. One of them said: "In terms of skeletal characteristics, it is very close to the information on the wanted poster. However, this is the first time we have used the undead attendants to judge wanted criminals. We need to wait for the deacon to come back and confirm." ?Autopsy is not the only way to confirm whether a wanted criminal has been killed. After all, there are risks in fighting, and who can guarantee that the body will be brought back every time a mission is performed. So generally with a deacon''s guarantee, it can be confirmed that the wanted criminal has been killed, as long as he will not appear again in the future. ??Wu Heng nodded, then took out his tablet, pulled out the photos he had taken before, and showed them to the two of them, "I still have images here that were taken during the kill. You can confirm them." The two of them took it, looked at the props in their hands curiously, and then looked at the images on it carefully. From the images, it can be confirmed that the corpse is the head of the leader of the Warhammer Party. ?Then the undead attendant in front of me should be the same. It was recorded in the record book again. Captain Wu Heng, we have recorded all the information you provided. You still need to wait a few days. When the results are available, we will notify you as soon as possible. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" After saying that, we walked out together. ?Several skeletons also put their helmets back on their heads. Return to the squad lounge. All three team members are in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all stood up and said, "Captain!" Well, Marta, you have nothing to do over there, right? Wu Heng asked. Its okay, Captain. Marta said. Wu Heng nodded, sat down at the side, and continued: "I have already reported the matter of Bulk from the front desk. When the time comes, ''Gaulberry,'' you will follow up. After the pension is paid, send it to his home. " Okay captain! Swordsman Gaulubli nodded in agreement. An undercover agent was placed beside him, and he was given the identity of being killed in action. ?On the surface, the death is not ugly, and the family can still receive a pension. It can also be regarded as the most benevolent and righteous. Captain, now that you are the city lord, will you still do missions with us in the future? Duke asked. The other two people also looked up. ?Marta only heard Duke tell her what happened yesterday when she came today. ??Wu Heng directly took half of the city from the people in the inner city. The area where Marta lives is within the management scope of Wuheng. ??I am also very curious about how I, the captain, will manage the outer city in the future. Yes, why do you ask? Wu Heng asked. Hey, let me ask you, is it a bit bad that you are already the city lord and you still help us catch wanted criminals? Duke scratched his head and said. I am still the captain of the association and I still have to abide by the rules. Wu Heng said. ??After this skull-crushing achievement, I should be able to become a deputy deacon. At that time, you wont have to do tasks so frequently. So, the internal rules of the association must still be followed. ?A few people sat in the lounge and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and said: "Let''s go, let''s go to my half of the city and then go back to rest early." "okay." ?A few people got up and walked outside together. Outer cities are still chaotic. ?Although no corpses can be seen on the street, dark red blood stains can be seen everywhere, as well as minced meat in the cracks of bricks. The shops along the road are still closed. ?Most of the doors and windows were broken, either because they were damaged by the fighting or because they had been taken advantage of by others. It was dark inside. Except for the house, the tables, chairs and the front desk were gone. Walked around in my own area. Found a tavern that is still open. Lets go, lets finish lunch and then go back to rest. Wu Heng said. ?Several people entered the tavern and sat down in the corner. ?There are not many customers in the store, and there are only three tables of people sitting in the hall. Ordered some food. ?Having just chatted for a few words, suddenly a man walked in from the door and jumped directly onto the high platform used by the "bard" in the past. Said loudly: "Have you heard?" In the tavern, everyone looked at each other. Their eyes were wary at first, but also curious about what the other person was going to say. See everyone look over. ??The man''s voice was a little louder, "The extremely evil Necromancer threatened the Lord of Erno with the lives of ordinary residents in the city, and occupied the East and North Districts." The residents living in these two areas are like livestock to be slaughtered, and they will be used as experiments by him at any time to complete the evil magic. We must resist, unite, and resist his rule The man stood on a high platform and spoke loudly like a speaker. ??The tavern owner standing behind the counter still stood in his original position, listening to the man speaking loudly. ?After hearing what the man said clearly, the people in the tavern began to talk in low voices. ??The Warhammer Party''s affairs just ended yesterday, and they haven''t heard the news about the Necromancer occupying the outer city. Who did you listen to? someone asked. The man took a step forward, his eyes widened, and said: "Of course it''s the news coming from the inner city. The Iron Guard Knights put all their energy on the Warhammer Party, but they didn''t expect that the **** Necromancer would take advantage of it. In order to save more peoples lives, we had no choice but to agree to his request and give up two city areas. As soon as these words came out, the whole place fell silent again. Someone recalled it and said: "I used the beast tamer to take a look at last night''s battle. There were indeed a large number of rotting corpses, covered in green poisonous mist. It shouldn''t be bad." So, the East District and the North District have become the territory of the Necromancer? someone asked. "Whose can do it? The Knights of the Iron Guard are managed by gangs regardless of the outside world. What does changing someone have to do with us?" The man on the stage shouted again: "Stupid! What kind of profession is a necromancer? It is a profession that uses living people to conduct experiments, disembowel living people and make them into undead. Everyone will be his experimental subjects. It will be difficult to die then..." this. ?Everyone present was stunned. They have never come into contact with necromancers, but they do have a bad reputation outside. At this moment. The door of the tavern was pushed open. Two determined members walked in with more than a dozen skeletons wearing leather armor. ??The man on the high platform looked suffocated, shut up immediately, and pretended to look at the ceiling. ??Members of the Spike Gang glanced inside the tavern and said directly: "Is there no one making trouble?" The boss came up to him with a flattering look on his face and said, "No one is making trouble. Who are you...?" The gang member said: "From now on, our Spike Gang will be responsible for patrolling this area. There is a patrol point 200 meters away. If you need anything, you can go to us." " Oh, okay. The boss responded immediately. Okay, lets open business as usual! The gang member said something and just wanted to leave. ?Wu Heng stood up directly, "Wait!" The corner was dark, and the gang members frowned and looked carefully. When they found out it was Wu Heng, they immediately lowered their waists and said, "Captain Wu Heng, my sister-in-law asked us to come out for patrol." Well, thank you for your hard work. Captain, what are your orders? The atmosphere in the entire tavern became tense. The man on the high platform looked here with a solemn expression. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Catch him." When the man on the stage heard this, he turned around and ran away. ??The Spike Gang also reacted quickly, "Catch him!" After a chase in the tavern, the man was pushed to the ground with an iron knife held to his neck. Captain, what should we do? asked the members of the Spike Gang. Send it to Wen Mansha. "Okay!" The member waved his hand and escorted him out. ?Wu Heng also stood up and walked out with his team members. Before walking out of the door, he turned back and said: "Close the tavern, don''t get yourself into trouble." The tavern owner was sweating profusely. While wiping, he nodded, "Okay, okay." ?Stepping out of the tavern, Wu Heng said to his team members: "You go back first, and then go to the association tomorrow to see if the deacon is here." Captain, dont you need us? Duke said. Go home, there is chaos in the city recently, protect your family. Duke nodded, "Oh, okay, captain." A few people dispersed and left. The Spike Gang Base. Beside the courtyard, five people were tied up. They were all captured by patrols outside. The ones Wu Heng met were still preaching against the Necromancer in the tavern, while the rest set up wooden boxes on the roadside and stood on them to loudly preach these things. ?The content is almost the same, even the order of the sentences is the same. Needless to say, it was arranged by someone and deliberately came to incite the residents. How to deal with it? Wen Mansha asked as the courtyard door opened and two more tied people were brought in. The number of people increased by seven. The people in the inner city really didnt give up and did this. Wu Heng said. Lecia from the consortium reminded him. The gang in the inner city may no longer dare to go to the battlefield, but some conspiracies and calculations are getting better and better. It seems that it is one of them now. Go and kill them. If there are too many people dead, no one will dare to speak nonsense. Wen Mansha said. Hearing that they were going to kill someone directly, the eyes of the tied people showed fear. It seems that he is not as high-pitched as when he gave a speech, and he is also afraid of death. ?Wu Heng thought about it and realized that there was really no good way. Moreover, the Spike Gang had no place to detain people, and sending them to the association was not in compliance with the procedures. Kill him! Wu Heng said. ?Wen Mansha waved her hand. In the surprised eyes of several people, the people from the Spike Gang stepped forward and killed all of them. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], the body stood up, was put on leather armor and sent out for patrol. What to do next? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Lets patrol normally first and reduce some fighting situations. "good!" ?Wu Heng nodded, and after a few more explanations, he completely handed over this place to Wen Mansha. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. The convoy stopped outside, and Wu Heng went straight downstairs. When Li Yahong saw him, she immediately smiled, waved slightly, and the commercial vehicle drove over. Qiangzi and the others moved stacks of copied papers into the hotel. There were more than two thousand copies printed overnight. (End of this chapter) Chapter 214 , the Necromancer repels the Warhammer Party Chapter 214, the Necromancer repels the Warhammer Party Stacks of promotional pages filled with text were moved into the hotel. ?Wu Heng took out one and looked at it. The handwriting is darker than Anderweil''s writing, probably because of the ink. Overall, it is good. The only drawback is that there are no illustrations. ?Wu Heng wanted to post a picture of himself killing Skull before, but after careful consideration he gave up the idea. To be too showy may not be a good thing. Li Yahong asked: "Is the printing okay? I compared it and the symbols are quite clear." For people in this world, the above content is just a bunch of symbols. Can''t understand it at all. ??Wu Heng had no idea of ????explaining, and replied, "Not bad." Well, if you need it later, Ill have someone make some more copies. No need, it should be enough. Wu Heng said. There are only a limited number of literate people in Luntam City, so when these are released, they mainly rely on the crowd to spread them themselves. Hedge against the rumors in the inner city. After Qiangzi and others finished moving, he said hello and turned to leave. ? Li Yahong carefully took out 6 potion bottles from her backpack and said, "Alchemy No. 1 gave them to me. I brought them over directly." Strengthening Potion (Description: The medicine developed by extracting the body parts of aberrant creatures has a strengthening and improving effect on the body of the creature, and has a small chance of awakening the power of blood.) A potion made from level 1 corpse core. ?Last time, when I rescued Grandma Wang Ke, I was attacked by a herd of deformed cattle. After killing it, I did get a lot of corpse cores. I havent been back for a while, so I have accumulated some money. There are no new types of medicines in it. It seems that the second and third level corpse cores are still under development. ??Wu Heng took out a bottle and handed it to Li Yahong, and put away the rest. "Here you go, drink it now. I can help you if you have any questions." "good!" ?Li Yahong opened the cork of the bottle and drank it directly. ?Under Wu Hengs gaze, Li Yahongs body began to turn red, and veins appeared on her wrists and neck. But it only took a second or two before all the abnormal phenomena disappeared. The skin color is still wheat-colored, but more delicate and smooth. Li Yahong performed two high leg raises on the spot and said in surprise: "My body feels lighter, as if I am several years younger." It should have an effect. Well, thats amazing. This is the second time she has taken the corpse core potion, but it is obvious that the effect will be more significant the second time than the first time. The whole temperament of the person seems to have changed. After a while of adapting, Li Yahong calmed down from the excitement, stepped forward and kissed him on the cheek, saying, "Thank you, I will definitely protect you when I become Wonder Woman in the future." Well, Id like to thank the heroine first. Li Yahong got used to it for a while and felt that there was no problem at all. Then she continued to talk about business, "The bus is almost renovated. I plan to transport a group of people over to collect daily necessities." At the passenger terminal, I found a group of buses. After Li Yahong brought them all back, they remodeled them. ?Now that the modification is complete, I plan to bring more people over. Some will continue to transport supplies, while others will start to collect drinking glasses, dishes, basins and other daily necessities that can be found everywhere in residential areas. ?Wu Heng nodded and agreed with her plan. The Warhammer Party incident is over, order is gradually being restored in the city, and his grocery store will continue to open. The world here is like a warehouse rich in resources. ?As long as he handles these things, which are available in every household, he can make a fortune, and it is a long-term business that is guaranteed to make a profit. ?Thought for a moment and continued: "Find a safe place nearby. It can be used as a base here to make everyone live safer." "What about the passenger terminal? The yard is big enough for parking, and there are walls to protect it. The office building is also quite large. It can be used as a temporary dormitory with some modifications." Li Yahong said. ??It''s really good over there. Lets go and take a look now. The two of them went out directly and led the skeleton team to the passenger terminal. ??Some zombies wandering nearby were killed and the place was reoccupied. After walking around the courtyard, it is really more suitable to be used as a base. So he asked the skeletons to surround the passenger terminal. Then return to the hotel and move all the daily necessities inside. The things inside can be used as dormitories. The skeletons lined up in a row and were busy until dusk. Qiangzi and others also refilled the convoy with supplies. Waving goodbye to each other, the convoy quickly left. ??Wu Heng transformed the corpse for a while, then opened the gate and returned to his residence. The living room on the first floor. Two maids were wearing home clothes, sitting on the sofa in the hall and learning to write. ?Minnie herself is quite smart, but due to her living environment, no one taught her to learn it. Learning to read is relatively fast, but writing is a bit difficult. ?Holding the pen, my fingers were stiff and my head was covered with sweat. Oops, my hands are cramped, theyre cramped, it hurts so much! ?Minnie grabbed one of her hands and shouted. "I asked you to hold the pen and use so much force. Don''t break the pen by not learning the calligraphy by then." Anderweil said at the side. I, I just cant do it well! ?The two of them were talking. ?Wu Heng walked down, followed by skeletons holding stacks of leaflets. "Master, do you want to prepare dinner?" Minnie asked immediately. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Well, get ready and bring out Wen Mansha''s share." Okay. Minnie threw the pen away and ran towards the kitchen. ?Anderweil glanced at the escaping bunny girl, then got up and followed her to the kitchen. Soon, Wen Mansha also came back with the skeleton. The four of them sat together and chatted about the situation outside while eating. After dinner, several people chatted for a while. After Minnie started practicing boxing, Weier continued to teach her how to read and write. Wen Manman pulled him to take a bath together. Inside the bathtub. ?Wu Heng hugged Wen Mansha and enjoyed the moment. Wen Mansha said softly: "Elno arranged for a lot of people to spread bad news about us everywhere. By night, a total of more than 50 people were arrested. If this continues, there will be chaos in the two areas." ?Wu Heng caressed the plump and smooth body, feeling the exaggerated waist and hip curves of the other party. He said: "I have prepared some promotional pages. You can arrange for people to distribute them tomorrow. It is best to have someone who knows how to read them." Promotional page? What is that? Wen Mansha looked back. I wrote about how I killed the Warhammer Party and how I apprehended the wanted criminals. I arranged for more people to talk about it, and then maintained order in the city. Wu Heng continued. Okay, I will make arrangements tomorrow. Do you need to arrange some people in their city? Wen Mansha looked up. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, "Let''s find a way to send some brochures, but don''t arrange for people to go there." Okay, Ill do it immediately tomorrow. Wen Mansha nodded. "Um!" The next day, early morning. ?Wen Mansha left with the skeletons. Each skeleton held a stack of promotional leaflets in their hands. ?There are a lot of things to do today. In addition to distributing these leaflets, people who are literate and expressive are also needed to go to some public places to read these things. ??In the Spike Gang, there are not many people who can read. This is not a plus in the selection process for joining a gang. It really takes a lot of effort to find such a group of people. After a while. ??After Wu Heng packed up his things, he also walked out of his residence and headed to the association. There have been quite a few mercenary groups appearing today. ?Stand in front of the associations notice board and look at the tasks above. ??However, there were not many updates on the missions in the past few days. The mercenary group just walked by and left directly. ? Deacon Gomez and sub-deacon Eskal still did not come to the association. The entire association operates entirely on the consciousness of the rest of the group. ?Wu Heng was not concerned about their safety, but mainly about killing wanted criminals, and he needed the deacon''s guarantee. I have made up my own words, but no one comes. ?Go to the team lounge, where three of your team members are sitting in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all stood up and said hello. After two polite sentences. Swordsman Gauluboli said: "Captain, I inquired yesterday and it seems that there is no one named ''Momlo'' among the dignitaries in the inner city." ??The name Momlo was the name spoken by the thief Bulk through [Conversation with the Dead] after his death. ?? is also the mastermind behind him. ?Wu Heng asked Wen Mansha to investigate the matter. ?It seems that Gaulubili also remembered this name and investigated it secretly. There is no such person? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ? Being able to be arranged to join the association at least proves that this person definitely has a certain status in the city. It shouldnt be impossible to find it! "There may be a pseudonym, or a code name, etc., but I have found out that there is no such person." Gauluboli said. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "If there is a channel, check with the city hall. There must be clues about who arranged him in." ??Gaulberry cannot be fully trusted either. But at least they are people from the association. ?His own personality is similar to traditional chivalry, and he likes to abide by the rules arranged by the association. Let him check and there is nothing, it is just that he cannot find it, and there are no secrets that can be leaked to the outside through him. "good!" ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while. Wu Heng then said: "Let''s go, let''s patrol for a while, and then everyone will go back to their homes." Outer city, East District. On a stone pier beside the street. A middle-aged man wearing gray linen with slightly curly hair stood upright and said loudly: "The extremely evil Necromancer has taken over the East and North Districts by threatening the Lord of the City with the lives of ordinary residents in the city. All residents will be treated as livestock by him for evil magic experiments. We must unite, we must resist his rule. " In the midst of loud shouts. Gradually a lot of people gathered, standing below and discussing in low voices what the other party said. Just when everyone was aroused by the words of the man above. Someone from behind quickly approached with a piece of paper and shouted in a louder voice: "The association''s intelligence contains the true situation of defeating the Warhammer Party. Come and take a look!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 215 , photovoltaic panels Chapter 215, Photovoltaic panels Everyones attention is attracted. ?At the same time, a patrol team quickly climbed onto the stone pier, covered the man''s mouth, and the other two people picked him up and left quickly. No matter how much the man whimpered and struggled, he could not break free from the arms of several people. Seeing them leaving, the person holding the leaflet climbed back onto the high platform and said loudly: "It says that when the Warhammer Party attacked, the Iron Guard Knights retreated steadily...it was Captain Wu Heng who killed the Warhammer leader, And in accordance with the agreement agreed by the city lord, we accepted the jurisdiction of the East District and the North District. " As soon as these words came out, the people below started talking again. It seems to be different from what others have said in the past two days. ??The result is the same, the Necromancer has jurisdiction over the Eastern and Northern Districts, but the process is completely opposite. One said that the Necromancer took the opportunity to cause trouble and threatened the city lord with the lives of all the residents of the city. ?Another theory is that the Necromancer defeated the Warhammer Party, and the city lord exchanged the agreement and separated two city districts. Everyone, you look at me, I look at you. Continue to listen to the person on the stone pier and continue to read the content on the promotional page. Inner city, city lords mansion. The city lord, Erno, was sitting at the dining table, holding a knife and fork and putting the slices of meat into his mouth. Below, two officials from the city were sitting. Erno wiped his mouth with a handkerchief and said, "How are things going?" One of the officials said: "Don''t worry, City Lord, this is our territory after all. Now his reputation is probably notorious in the city. Maybe in a few days all the residents of the two districts will leave, leaving him with an empty city." Heh, thats good. "How about arranging some things, such as killing people or imprisoning, and if the news reaches the association, he can''t even be the captain." Another person continued. Erno was stunned and immediately shook his head, "Don''t do this. Don''t force the second broken skull to come out. By then, we won''t be able to live in peace." Yes, the city lord is very thoughtful. Continue to increase publicity. Okay, I will... Ta Ta Ta ~! The sound of rapid footsteps sounded. An attendant walked in quickly, holding a piece of paper. He glanced at the people present and saluted, "Sir, there is something going on." Erno glanced at him and said, "What''s the matter? Just tell me!" The promotional page was handed over, "This is the content distributed in the outer city, saying that it was produced by the association." Erno narrowed his eyes slightly and took a look at it. As he looked at the content, his eyes widened with surprise and anger. Bang~! Erno slapped his hand on the table and stood up suddenly. The other two officials were startled. Someone whispered: "Lord City Lord, what''s the bad news?" The leaflet was thrown over. The two of them took it and looked at it carefully. The eyes also gradually widened. There are a lot of things written about it as a whole, but it can be summarized into two things. One is the Necromancer who repelled the Warhammer party and saved the entire city of Luntam. The second one is that the Knights of the Iron Guard are completely incapable of defending the city and can only pretend to be powerful. When facing the Warhammer Party, they abandon the outer city and retreat to the inner city to protect the powerful. ??This is a public humiliation to the city lord and the Iron Guard Knights. ??If it was fake, the city lord might not be that angry. But everything written above is true. Is this issued by the association? an official asked curiously. The local association must have a good relationship with the city lord, and there will basically be no humiliation of the city lord. "The rumor was spread by the association." The attendant lowered his head and said carefully. Erno looked at him indifferently and said, "That kid did it. Gomez has a broken mind and wouldn''t do such a thing." What should we do? the official asked. Erno sat back in his chair, closed his eyes and meditated for a moment, and said, "Stop spreading the news first and find someone to mediate this matter." Huh? Oh okay! the official nodded. Okay, lets end the lunch here, lets go work on this matter first. Yes, City Lord! The official stood up and left quickly.??? ??Wu Heng led the team and walked around the two areas. Since he was wearing a helmet, not many people knew him, so no one recognized him. Along the way, I saw several people reading leaflets. ?Wu Heng stood in the crowd and eavesdropped for a while. ?Most people think that the above content is very credible. After all, the Knights of the Iron Guard have always ignored the outer city and will definitely retreat to the inner city when facing the Warhammer Party. ??But this does not mean that they believe in the management of the Necromancer. The reputation of the Necromancer outside is not much better than that of the Warhammer Party. There are many rumors. People are talking about it. ?Wu Heng and others listened for a while, then turned and left. "Captain, what the man said is as if he saw it with his own eyes." Duke took two quick steps and followed. ?Wu Heng whispered: "Wen Mansha''s people." "Oh!" Duke nodded, and the other two people suddenly realized that they were the ones who arranged it. Continued to take a few steps forward. ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, is the city safe now?" "If you are referring to the Warhammer thing, then it is safe now, but the city is also quite chaotic, so you need to be more careful." Wu Heng replied. "Glask told me when he left that he would let him know when it was safe so that he could come back and continue doing business. I was wondering whether to write a letter to inform them of their return," Duke continued. You can prepare to come back, nothing big will happen again. "Oh, alright." ?Wu Heng led a small team on a patrol. After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he said directly: "Okay, there is nothing to do today. Everyone can go home. There is no need to go to the association every day. When the deacons come back, I will arrange someone to notify you." Okay captain, lets go back first. A few people broke hands and separated. Dusk. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha said: "There are people coming from the City Lord''s Mansion." Oh? What did you say? Wu Heng asked. It is said that there are gang leaders in the city recently spreading rumors against you, and they have arranged for the knights to arrest them. Wen Mansha shrugged, Thats what they said. This is pushing away the responsibility. Did I go over here just to tell you this? I hope we will stop promoting leaflets. I told them to ask you what to do. Wen Mansha said. The other party intends to mediate. He thought for a moment and continued: "It''s not easy to make so many copies. I can stop at any time. Don''t pay attention to them for now." "good!" ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while, then went upstairs to rest. The next day, noon. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of his residence and saw that the motorcade had returned and stopped in the yard. In addition to the original trucks and commercial vehicles, there are also five buses with welded steel plates and steel bars. The survivors of the prison were carrying things from the car. ?Seeing the skeletons all over the yard, he showed no fear. Wait for Wu Heng to come downstairs. He was waving his hand and saying hello from a distance. Li Yahong came over and said: "We have brought everyone with us. We will allocate rooms and residences today, and we can search for supplies nearby tomorrow." Okay, just make arrangements. "Yeah." Li Yahong nodded, and then said: "The Flame God Sanctuary is gathering survivors from other shelters to attack a factory together." Factory area? What kind of factory? From what the other party said, its a factory that produces photovoltaic panels. We plan to join forces to attack there to solve the problem of power supply in the shelter. Li Yahong explained. ?Photovoltaic panels? (End of this chapter) Chapter 216 , the growth rate weakens Chapter 216, the growth rate weakens ?Photovoltaic panels? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment before realizing he was referring to solar panels. ?This kind of thing is actually not uncommon, the street lights in the community are like this. But it is of little use to ordinary people. I have seen some videos before, which are news about laying this kind of photovoltaic panels on the roof to provide electricity to the entire building. It''s just that this kind of thing is usually set up in villas or bungalows. In places like community buildings, there is no way to lay out photovoltaic panels on a large scale. It is actually quite understandable that the shelter wants to attack this kind of factory. In this current situation, most shelters have power supply problems. In the modern lifestyle, living without electricity is no different from primitive people, and solar panels are a good choice. At least it is simpler than wind power generation or thermal power generation. Is there such a factory locally? Wu Heng asked. "Listening to the tone over there, they should know such a place, and they should have arranged for someone to explore it in advance." Li Yahong frowned and recalled, and continued: "It seems that there are Level 2 deformed zombies and things inside. We need to contact other shelters. Cooperate and the spoils will be divided equally. ??Wuheng had never heard of such a factory. But the other party was so sure that he must have definite information, and even said that there were people in the shelter who had worked there. When will they set off? "I''m not sure either. I just heard them talk about this matter. Do you need me to ask?" Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Ask and see how they arranged it." "Okay, I''ll ask later." Li Yahong looked back at the people in the motorcade and said, "Do you want to have dinner together?" Now the convoy is temporarily staying at the passenger terminal, so there is no need to run back. "No, please settle down and I will come find you when you are free in the evening." Wu Heng said. Well, let me arrange them first. "good!" ?Li Yahong waved her hand and walked toward the motorcade. ?Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng also returned to the room he arranged. Go through the boundary gate and return to your residence. ??The sound of Minnie and Anderweil cooking could be heard from downstairs. Wu Heng went directly into the study and placed the potions he got today on the table. In addition to the bottle handed to Li Yahong, there are five bottles left in his hand. ?After thinking for a moment, he opened a bottle and drank it. The warm feeling spreads from the belly to the whole body, and the prompt appears soon. ?Strength +1. ??Only one attribute was added this time. After the discomfort caused by the medicine disappears, continue to open the second bottle of medicine and drink it directly. Physique +1. Still increased a little. It seems that the effect that the first-level corpse core potion can achieve is fixed at one attribute point. At the beginning of using corpse core. The additional attribute points are three points, and when reaching level 5 or so, it is reduced to two points. Now it has only increased a little. The effect is somewhat weakened. ??If you strengthen your own attributes a little more, you may not be able to increase even the last point. Then you will need to take Level 2 Corpse Core to continue to increase your attributes. But the second-level corpse core medicine is still being developed, and it doesnt necessarily have to wait until when. Looking at the remaining three bottles of medicine, Wu Heng did not continue to use them. The effect of taking it by yourself is somewhat small. Used to improve the strength of those around you, it can achieve better results. As their strength increases, they can better complete the tasks assigned to them. Put away the three bottles of medicine and open the properties panel. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 10 Attributes: Strength 25, Agility 25, Constitution 28, Intelligence 30, Perception 18, Charisma 26. Feats:, Arcane Training, Lore of Souls, Lore of Haunts, Magical Senses, Arcane Echoes, Necromancer, Undead Adaptations. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage. ?Looking at the attributes on the panel, Wu Heng thought about it. According to the improvement of normal professionals, the improvement of one''s own attributes is not slow. There are six attributes in total, and none of them are low. Even in terms of strength and physique, they are not lower than melee professions of the same level. ?The only one that is slightly weaker is perception, with only 18 points. ?Perception corresponds to the quantification of intuition and senses. In simple terms, it is your ability to observe and understand things. ?In combat, discovering hidden enemies or traps along the way depends on the strength of your perception. I am really not very strong in this aspect. But for Wu Heng, there are also ways to make up for it. After all, his two ghosts can act as scouts to detect dangerous situations or unknown areas in advance. This has always been the case. The fact that there is a ghost instead does not mean that this attribute is useless. If you have the opportunity, you should still try to improve it. Sitting at the desk and thinking for a while, Minnies shout came from downstairs. Master, its time to eat~! Go downstairs. ?Wen Mansha also came back from outside. Four people were sitting at the dining table eating dinner. Wen Mansha took a small bite and then said: "Master, no one is going to spread those bad remarks now. We have distributed all the leaflets and arranged for gang members to read them to residents in some places. content above." "Well, let''s proceed like this first, and be careful about the movements on the ''Elno'' side. There may be some small tricks." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded, "Okay, I''ll get people to pay attention." "By the way, have you found out anything about Momluo?" Wu Heng suddenly thought of it and asked directly. Not yet. There is a slight shortage of manpower now, so the collection of intelligence will be slower. Wu Heng took a sip from the water glass and continued: "Check this person carefully. He should be relatively powerful in the city. At the same time, arrange for people to pay attention to ''Bulk''''s residence and pay attention to anyone who comes into contact with his family. " Okay, Ill do it tomorrow. Have had dinner. ?A few people were sitting in the living room chatting. ? Wen Mansha seems to be enjoying her current life, leaning on her chin as she watches Anderweil teach Minnie how to write. The gang is indeed a bit cold, and she used to live there alone. It will be livelier here now. When Minnie finishes writing, her hands feel cramped. ?Wu Heng took out three bottles of medicine. He said: "This is a potion to improve your physical fitness. Each of you can take one bottle." Wen Mansha has drunk this kind of potion. Potions that can directly change the body''s physique are always very precious. The smile was filled with surprise, "Thank you, Master." Getting up and picking up the potion, he kissed Wu Heng on the face when he sat back down. ? It was the first time for Minnie and Anderweil to come into contact, but seeing Wen Manshas joyful expression, she knew that the potion was definitely not something that could be easily found on the market. Otherwise, as a gang sister-in-law, I wouldnt be so excited. Minnie and Andevil each also took a bottle and held it in their hands. Wu Heng said: "Okay, just open it and drink it." The three of them looked at each other. Open the cork of the bottle, drink it all. Wen Mansha and Andewell''s bodies began to appear red like a fever, but the symptoms quickly disappeared. Looking at his hands, he seemed to feel the changes in his body. Minnies symptoms are somewhat obvious. His body turned red, and purple bloodshot eyes began to appear on his exposed arms and calves. His expression was also very painful. He curled up on the single chair sofa and moaned softly. ? Anderweil was startled and quickly walked over to check the situation. ?Wu Heng also pulled up her clothes and took a look. The symptoms were much lower than when Wu Heng used it for the first time. It lasted less than a minute, and all of Minnies symptoms disappeared. The crouched body suddenly stretched out, almost kicking Wu Heng and Anderweier. Are you okay? Wu Heng asked. Minnie felt it for a moment and said, "It seems nothing is wrong. I felt so uncomfortable just now. It felt like my blood vessels were burning." "What now?" Now I feel full of strength in my body. As he said that, he threw two straight punches. Bringing a gust of wind. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the others, "What about you?" Wen Mansha shrugged, "Such a good medicine must be effective." Ande Weier also nodded, "I also feel that I have improved, but I can''t say exactly where." This potion mainly improves the three attributes of strength, constitution, and agility. No matter where the increase is, it is effective for the three people. Okay, as long as it works, you have to work harder in training in the future, especially Minnie, you have to work harder. Wu Heng said. Minnie pouted, "Why are you just talking about me? I''ve worked very hard too." ?A few people chatted for a while on the first floor. Wen Mansha glanced at Wu Heng with her beautiful eyes, "Master, do you want to take a bath together?" Shaked his head, "No, I have to study magic today and stay in the room at night." Okay, Ill go back to my room to rest first! Wen Mansha yawned and walked upstairs. ?Minnie and Anderweil also tidied up the living room. The three of them went upstairs to rest. ?Wu Heng returned to the room. Go through the gate and return to the zombie world. The sky has darkened. Several big lights have been set up in the passenger terminal. In the courtyard, several people from Qiangzi could be seen squatting next to the truck changing tires. ?Standing in front of the window and looking at it for a while. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "Li Yahong, have you contacted the Flame God Sanctuary?" A reply came over the intercom, "We have been contacted. I will go over and tell you about the situation." "good!" Soon, footsteps sounded, followed by a knock on the door. ?Wu Heng opened the door and saw Li Yahong standing at the door. Come in! Wu Heng asked him to take a step. As soon as she entered the door, Li Yahong threw herself into her arms and kissed her on her lips. ?The two kissed for a long time before slowly separating. ??Wu Heng sat on the edge of the bed, pulled the other person onto his lap, and asked, "What did the Flame God say?" There is a vehicle-mounted radio on the military truck, and the effect is better than the original radio. So, even if you come out, you can still communicate with the outside world or listen to some information. Li Yahong said: "Yanshen Refuge has united with other shelters and will gather at the factory tomorrow." Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks to Xingluoxue for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 217 , the appeal is so strong Chapter 217, the appeal is so strong Let''s set off tomorrow as soon as I hear it. ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised, "So urgent?" Li Yahong said: "Actually, there is no rush. They have been preparing for this for some time, but they didn''t pay much attention before." It seems that power supply is really urgently needed for various shelters. The Flame God Sanctuary is also very attractive. Wu Heng hugged his soft waist and continued. After the zombies. Each shelter has formed a separate small group. Different from the mutual help promoted in the main station, the scarcity and scarcity of materials make human beings less united. ?Just like the last time I went to rescue Grandma Wang Ke, there were two survivor bases in the same village. There were not many people and they were hostile to each other. No matter how serious it is, there will be a fight. At least most of the survivors are wary and distrustful of others. ?It is really not easy for this Flame God Sanctuary to convince so many people. ?? Li Yahong patted his shoulder lightly and explained: "Do you remember the last time I told you that the headquarters appointed a regional disaster relief commander?" You said he became the commander-in-chief? "Well, we didn''t participate here. Based on some information we learned, the main station appointed Yanshen Sanctuary as the commander-in-chief of disaster relief. We also used this name to organize this event, and everything was indeed restored. Many bases have responded to the demand for power supply. ?The Flame God Sanctuary is also quite smart. The first organized action is to restore power. ??If it were something else, no shelter would respond, and they might even call it stupid. Well, I understand! Wu Heng said. Li Yahong continued to ask: "Do we want to participate? The prison''s power supply is also sufficient, and there is no need for such a large amount of power in a short period of time." You can go and take a look. It can be used to generate electricity from solar panels, and it can also provide another way to increase electricity. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Okay, the location is on the edge of the city in the south. The distance is not close. We need to leave early tomorrow. Li Yahong said. "Um!" After confirming the plan for tomorrow, Wu Heng continued: "You have also taken the first-level corpse core twice, and your physical fitness has been greatly improved. I will teach you some fighting skills so that you can protect yourself if there is danger." Upon hearing this, Li Yahong looked up at him, "Aren''t you going to protect me?" "There are always times when I''m not around, so I think it''s better to keep in shape by meeting more." Wu Heng paused and continued: "Now that the zombies are gradually getting stronger, the living environment will be more difficult in the future." ?This is not because Wu Heng is scaring her, but because it is the fact. ??Now among the transformed zombie corpses, a large number of level 2 and 3 skeletons have appeared. means zombies are also improving. Unlike the improvement of humans, zombies improve over time. By then, the zombies all over the mountains and plains will have reached a higher level, and the living space of the survivors will be even more difficult. So, personal improvement is equally important. ?Others may not have any means, but Li Yahong has already taken the corpse core twice. If she doesn''t work hard, it will be unjustifiable. The zombies have become stronger too? A surprised expression appeared on Li Yahongs face, her beautiful eyes widened, as if she was trying to determine whether Wu Heng was trying to scare her. Yeah, so while its safe now, try to improve yourself. Wu Heng said. ? Li Yahong recovered from the shock and stood up from her arms, "Okay, I''ll learn from you, then where do we start practicing?" ?Wu Heng has unlocked sword skills and short spears, but he also knows some fists and kicks, which he learned from Ba Wudong. Just no specializations unlocked. He said: "Let''s do physical training first. Practice for two or three days, and then I will teach you swordsmanship." Okay, Ill listen to you. The two of them walked to the open space in the room. ?Wu Heng started to make some moves in front, and Li Yahong followed behind. It should be the cause of corpse core. Li Yahong''s physical endurance is stronger than that of ordinary people. She practiced with Wu Heng for more than an hour. Although she was sweating profusely, she was still able to persevere. A wave of heat rose up all over his body. "Okay, let''s take a rest. Excessive training may not be a good thing." Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahongs face was flushed because of training, and she was breathing heavily. ??Wu Heng looked at her and said, "I''ll teach you some simple Lajin movements." "okay!" ?Li Yahong agreed and stood there waiting for his guidance on the next step. ? During this period of contact, she basically formed a habit of being obedient and completing tasks as required. Keep your legs shoulder-width apart. ?Li Yahong followed the other partys words and formed the prescribed actions. Yes, thats it, hold on to the desk and slowly lower your waist. ?Wu Heng said. So? Whats next? As soon as Li Yahong asked, she felt a pair of hot and powerful hands placed on the exposed skin of her waist. ?Li Yahong shivered as if she was electrocuted. "Don''t stay here, go to bed." Li Yahong said. How could Li Yahong, as an adult, not know what the other party was going to do? ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? ??Wu Heng leaned over and picked her up and placed her on the bed not far away. In a few moments, he removed the last layer of defense from his body and looked at the woman''s body on the bed with the help of the cold moonlight from the window. "We''re not in a hurry anymore, are we!" Li Yahong complained with her whole body flushed, and opened her arms, "Stop looking, come up quickly!" "Um." The next day, noon. The convoy lined up in a row and drove quickly towards the destination. Haha~! ?Li Yahong yawned and still held the steering wheel tightly. How about I take over for you for a while? Wu Heng said from the side. The two of them worked late last night and got up early to set off today. Li Yahong yawned non-stop. "It''s okay. You have to keep the speed. I''ll be here." Li Yahong shook her head, smiled, and continued to ask: "Is the stretch you taught me yesterday real or fake?" "of course it''s true." Then Ill go back and practice again. Can I teach Qiangzi and the others how to train their physical fitness? If they are in better health, they can also protect themselves. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yes, I also learned it from Ba Wudong. If I have the opportunity, I will teach you all about it completely." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. Looked through the rearview mirror above. In addition to Bawudong, Wu Heng was surrounded by three tall guards. ?Hold a huge battle ax and war hammer, looking like a Viking from the movie. The momentum is fierce. Zizzizi~! The intercom rang. Sister Hong, we are close to the destination. We can see some survivors and vehicles. ?Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. The latter said: "The convoy slows down, don''t pass by yet." ?Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "The convoy slows down, don''t pass by yet." The convoy began to slow down, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao, and asked her to go ahead to investigate. A cement house in a large courtyard. ?In the empty house, there were no seats. There were a few tables made of red bricks, and a hand-drawn map was spread out. Six people gathered around the red brick table. Five men and one woman. ?In the innermost center of the room, stood a man in his twenties or nineteen. He was wearing an assault jacket and a stab-proof suit. He had thick eyebrows and thick hair. His body looked very strong. ?Yanshen Shelter-Ma Zhiyong, the main station appointed the commander-in-chief of disaster relief. After several people introduced each other. Ma Zhiyong said directly: "The number of workers in the factory is more than 3,000. If we want to enter safely, we need to renegotiate." ??Originally, the radio station contacted more people, but only the few shelters in front of us came. Either the others retreated, or worse, died on the way there. ?The only woman looked at the map and said, "We are arranging people to lure the zombies out. Let''s just go in and kill the few remaining ones." ??Ma Zhiyong shook his head, "There are secondary commander zombies inside. The zombies will not leave easily. Once discovered by the other party, all of us will be in danger." ??Everyone looked at the map and frowned slightly. "Is there any way to kill the commander first? Isn''t there an armored vehicle on the side of the Flame God? Kill the deformed zombies first and lead the rest away?" another person said. Ma Zhiyong shook his head, "We did bring two armored vehicles. It''s okay if aberrant zombies appear, but if we can''t find the other party''s location and hide in the dark, the armored vehicles are useless." ?Everyone fell silent again. After thinking about it, there is no better way, and I am getting a little impatient. Its a waste of time. Someone immediately cursed. I thought I was here to solve the power problem, but I didnt expect to take the risk, but this is what happened. Just when there is nothing to do. ?Hurrying footsteps came from the door, and several people from the shelter walked in at the same time. They both looked at each other. ?One of them said, "Chief, a convoy is coming. It looks like there are several military trucks." (End of this chapter) Chapter 218 , how did they leave? Chapter 218: Why did they leave? Is the convoy coming again? Hearing these words, the other leaders also looked at their men who rushed in after them. Everyone nodded when they saw it, which meant that they also wanted to talk about this matter when they came in. Ma Zhiyong signaled everyone to be quiet and asked: "Which shelter is there and how many people are here?" The subordinate said: I dont know, the convoy didnt approach. All that came were trucks and commercial vehicles, a lot of them. How many cars? I cant say for sure, at least more than ten. Another person behind him added, "There are only five or six trucks, interspersed with passenger cars and commercial vehicles. They are all made of reinforced steel plates and steel bars. They look like they came from a large shelter." Five or six trucks, and so many commercial vehicles. If we are just transporting people, how can we use trucks? When he met the group of corpses, he rushed directly into the carriage. ?This battle is really not something that a small shelter can handle. But I dont seem to have heard of any shelter with such a scale. "Could it be the people from the auto repair shop? They seemed to be quite interested in this matter last night." The only woman guessed. I dont know. Ma Zhiyong shook his head, stood up and said, Lets go out and take a look. No matter which shelter it is, it will be a good thing for this operation. When he walked to the door, Ma Zhiyong paused and reminded: "The spoils will be distributed equally. This is a good thing for us." "clear." ?A few people nodded and walked out of the cement room together. The location of the cement house is a training ground for a driving school. The wide yard was filled with several shelter vehicles, and many members stood on the fence, looking across. Ma Zhiyong and others walked to the wall and looked into the distance along the road. ??The first thing that comes into view is a military truck equipped with steel plates. The front of the truck has a bumper and the windshield is made of grid-shaped steel bars. Forcibly armed a truck into a steel beast. Behind the trucks, you can see a slender fleet of buses, commercial vehicles, and more trucks. Damn it, they must have forced their way through the city! a shelter leader exclaimed. ??Others also reacted immediately. The truck was covered in blood and rotten meat, and the passing tires left clear blood-red marks. Coupled with this route, I''m afraid it''s coming from the city. When did such a powerful shelter appear? The others glanced at Ma Zhiyong. ??The man who was appointed commander-in-chief of disaster response by the headquarters also showed a surprised look. It seems that this convoy is more powerful than the Flame God Sanctuary. At least, I wont choose this method and rush over directly. Have you never heard of this shelter? Their purpose of coming here is probably the same as ours. Let them attract zombies. Maybe the factory can really be taken down. ??The female leader sneered and said: "You think they are stupid and go to lure away the zombies so that we can benefit. Just pray that they come and don''t use us as gunmen." Whats the matter? Lets unite a little more. We will be no less than them. ?Several people whispered and began to argue. Suddenly, someone shouted: "The convoy has turned a corner, it has turned a corner, and it is not coming to our side." ?The people who were discussing suddenly looked up and saw the lead car of the convoy turning around at the intersection and returning to the original road. Immediately afterwards, the vehicles behind them followed and turned around one by one. Go away in a hurry. ?The scene instantly became quiet. Then it became chaotic again. Oh, damn, why did they leave. "Passing by? Or did you find some danger and left directly?" "They can''t leave. How can we fight if they leave?" Just now we discussed that we should unite as one and let each other do more. Now it seems that they have no intention of getting along with them. ?The other party was obviously different from what I guessed. He turned around and left before he came over. ?With them gone, wouldnt there be nothing we can do? Ma Zhiyong immediately said: "Go quickly, catch up and ask what''s going on." After finishing speaking, he immediately added, "Speak well and don''t make the other party angry." The two nodded and quickly boarded an off-road vehicle. He rushed out of the training ground and chased the team. convoy, inside a passenger car. Li Yahong asked curiously: "Why are we going back? Aren''t we going to attack that factory area?" Wu Heng said: "There are more than 100 people here. We have to take care of them when we go." When the convoy was approaching, he asked Xiaoxiao to investigate in advance. ??There are only so few people in the entire training ground, and there is no way they can capture that factory area. If you participate yourself, you will be taking them with you, and there may be disagreements over how to divide the spoils afterwards. Its better to turn around first and wait for them to leave. Go to the factory area yourself and occupy it. "Oh~! They have been discussing for so long and only gathered this few people." Li Yahong said something and continued to ask: "Then do we want to go back now?" "Let''s go back first. After they leave, we will attack the factory area." Through the perspective of the ghost, he saw the map on the table. ??Coupled with looking down at the nearby buildings from a high altitude, we also found the location of the factory. Oh, thats fine too. Li Yahong said. At this time, the voice came from the intercom again. Sister Hong, those people arranged for a car to follow us. ?? Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "What are they going to do?" The answer on the intercom was, "He kept waving his hands as if he had something to say." ??Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng in the passenger seat, and continued to hold the walkie-talkie and said: "The convoy slows down. Just ask them what they want to say. Be careful." "receive!" The convoy began to slow down, and the rear car lowered its window and communicated with the other vehicle while maintaining a constant speed. Soon, another message came back from the intercom. Sister Hong, he asked us if we were here to clean up the factory area, and why we left. Li Yahong said: "I passed by here and didn''t know anything about the factory area." "receive!" Then, the voice came from the intercom again, "I told them, we have left." Li Yahong pressed the intercom again, "Keep going, turn right at the intersection ahead and slow down." The convoy accelerated again and moved away from this area. Driving practice ground. The off-road vehicle returned and stopped with a cloud of smoke. Everyone saw the convoy leaving, and it was obvious that the negotiation was not concluded. But Ma Zhiyong and others still came over and asked, "What did they say?" ?The car door opened, and the two people didn''t answer, sitting inside in a daze. What did they say? What are you doing? The person in the driver''s seat reacted and said: "They said they were passing by here and had other things to do. They were anxious to leave. They didn''t know anything about the factory area." have no idea? ?What is the convoy doing here? Looking for a new shelter location? Just when several leaders were frowning and thinking. The person in the driver''s seat continued: "What they are pulling in the car is not cargo?" Hmm? What do you mean? When we were about to leave, the truck sped away, and the airflow blew open the canvas of the rear truck body. We took the opportunity to look inside, and what was inside was. At this point, the mans face became even more ugly. Ma Zhiyong urged: "Just tell me what you are pretending to be." It seemed like skeletons, densely packed together. They were wearing ancient armor and holding weapons in their hands. When the canvas was blown up, the skulls turned around and looked at us, with blue light shining in their eye holes. Everyone frowned. ?Ma Zhiyong saw another person, "You saw it too." The other party nodded. ?Wearing armor and holding weapons in hands. But there were two people in the car, and they both said this. It was obviously not because they were dazzled or hallucinating. In this world today, it is said that bones can stand up. I cant say for sure. The female leader pondered for a moment, "I remember that the leader of the auto repair shop was called King Yama, right? At that time, someone mentioned that a skeleton monster appeared near the auto repair shop, but there was no news after that." The rest of the people looked at her. You mean, the other party is from an auto repair shop? The woman shook her head, "I''m just suspicious. The other party obviously has no intention of cooperating with us. It doesn''t matter whether it''s an auto repair shop or not. The other party has already left." Ma Zhiyong also said helplessly: "It seems that everyone''s trip this time was in vain. I will continue to arrange for people to keep an eye on the situation in the factory. If the zombies leave, or if there is a good way, I will inform you." Hey~! This is the only way. Next time we will report the number of people coming directly to save the trip in vain. said one person. "Um." Although I am unwilling to do so, there is no good solution. They also have to rush back to the shelter before night. After saying a few more words to each other, they took their members into the car and left. Soon, the entire driving school was deserted. Half an hour later. The convoy returned from a distance. When passing by, I glanced at the driving school training ground which was already empty. ?These people left quite quickly. ??The convoy did not slow down and went directly to the factory location on the map. Soon, news came from the leading car that it was approaching its destination. Looking through the car windows blocked by iron bars, one could even see the sign ''Wanyang Transportation Group'' on the factory gate. Transportation Group? Why does it sound like they are building roads? The convoy stopped in the distance, and through the open door, zombies wandering around the factory could be seen. ??Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Xiaoxiao, go to that factory area and see if there are any dangers or strange zombies. Come back and tell me." "Okay, uncle!" Xiaoxiao agreed and left directly through the car body. About half an hour passed. Xiaoxiao flew back again, pointed his transparent little hand to the right side of the factory, and said: "There are two ugly monsters in that building, one is the crawling one, and the other one looks like a big head." Speaking, he pointed at the Dreadclaw Skeleton and Big Head Skeleton that were also in the bus. Two deformed zombies? There is also a big-headed zombie among them. ?Xiao Xiao raised his head and thought for a moment, and then said: "It seems to be different from Da Tou." no the same? ?Wu Heng said: "Come, let me take a look." Xiao Xiaofei entered his body, and the scene in the factory appeared in his mind. Enter the factory gate. The first thing is a yellow landscape stone five to six meters high, with the two characters "Wanyang" written in red letters on it. The entire factory area is larger than it appears from the outside. Office buildings, dormitories, workshops, rows of buildings. On the concrete road, dozens of vehicles of various types can be seen. Trucks, cranes, and construction trucks that can extend ladders. Looking at this factory area, it should also be a key local industry. There are also a lot of zombies in the factory area. There are more groups of people wandering outside than were mentioned in their discussions at the Flame God Sanctuary. Small walk through each building. Start checking the situation inside the building. When passing through an office building. Saw two deformed zombies. One is a Terrorclaw with gray skin and a huge body. When it is on all fours, its fingers are thick and sharp, like animal claws. The other one is a weird big-headed zombie. Characteristic is still the huge head. The entire person''s shoulders and chest seemed to be covered by pustules on the head, leaving only short arms, waist and lower limbs. When I walked, my body swayed slightly, but it was no longer so clumsy. The next second, the big-headed zombie suddenly turned its head and looked at Xiaoxiao''s position with its closed eyes. ?The body shook for a while, as if roaring. ?Xiao Xiao was startled and ran back through the wall. Is it a level 3 zombie? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 219 , level three head Chapter 219, Level 3 Boss After sharing her small perspective, she was released again. Floating to the side, he was talking about how scary the big-headed zombies inside were, but the skeletons were cuter. Li Yahong asked: "How is it?" Wu Heng did not answer, but asked, "Among the zombies announced by the main station, are there any classifications of the appearance or characteristics of the big-headed zombies?" "Classification?" Li Yahong recalled for a moment and said, "I haven''t heard of any classification. They are characterized by their large heads, unusually slow movements, and the ability to command a certain number of zombies." ??Wu Heng nodded and explained: "The novel is correct, there is a second-level crawling deformed zombie, and there is also a zombie with a big-headed skull, but I suspect it is a third-level deformed zombie." Level 3? Li Yahong was surprised. The entire main station has not announced a few level 3 zombies to the public, but I met one here two days ago, and another one today. What kind of fate is this? ??If it werent for Wu Hengs skeletons, Im afraid he would have died long ago. I feel like Im really lucky at the Fire God Sanctuary, so I chose to withdraw directly today. ??If you are really desperate and plan to give it a try, I am afraid that you will die without leaving anything behind. What should I do? Li Yahong continued to ask. Its not a big problem. Its not a problem to capture this factory. ??Although it is a third-level deformed zombie, the problem is really not that big. ?The number of zombies in the factory area is limited, but it is not like in the city, where a fight will attract zombies from the neighbors. This is a good place to kill it. Furthermore, I have Skullbreaker in my team, so it shouldnt be a problem. He thought for a moment and said, "The convoy stops here. All the skeletons get out of the car and come with me." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained the subsequent plan to everyone in the motorcade. All the skeletons in the carriage jumped down and began to assemble. After all the skeletons were ready, Wu Heng waved his hand and the team immediately headed towards the factory. Hurrah! The skeleton army approached the gate of the factory, immediately alerting the zombies wandering inside. Hahhhhhh~! A violent roar sounded one after another in the factory area. Large swaths of zombies began to gather at the courtyard gate, rushing straight over like a raging torrent. Throw the spear, let go! Wu Heng looked at the distance between the corpses and gave the order directly. Huh~! The iron spears formed a large black net and fell from the sky. ?Amidst the clanging sound of collision, the corpses rushing at the front were instantly pierced and fell to the ground piece by piece. Without waiting to get up again. The ones behind them trampled the fallen zombies under their feet and continued to flow forward. Vote them all out! Swish swish swish~! The skeletons no longer wait for any orders. Throw the spears you carry directly one by one. The iron rain poured down over and over again, covering the body with two or three layers of corpses. ??Hello~! The group of corpses still didnt know they were dead. They stepped on the corpses of their companions and continued to charge forward. ??Wu Heng quickly released the [White Bone Armor] on himself, and Senbai''s bones covered his entire body. Hurry and squeeze to the front of the skeleton group. In the direction where the corpses are coming, release [Grease Technique]. Slick grease covered the ground. The zombies rushing at the front were instantly overturned and fell over a large area. Continue to release [Fireball Technique], the scorching fireball flew out, hit a zombie, and the spreading flames ignited the grease. ?The fire shot up from the ground in an instant, and the heat wave rolled in, twisting the air. A large number of zombies were engulfed in flames, struggling and roaring. ??Just when the skeleton team lowered their bodies and waited for the zombies to rush through the flames and crash into the spear array. The group of corpses suddenly stopped behind the fire. ?Although he was still roaring with teeth and claws, his steps were retreating bit by bit. It really belongs to the big-headed zombie type. The one who can control the zombies must be the big-headed zombies. The group of corpses looked around, then directly bypassed the fire, jumped out from the walls on both sides, and continued to pounce on the skeletons outside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Let the spear skeleton stand under the wall and wait." ?Two spears and skeletons walked to the bottom of the wall. The zombie that jumped down fell directly into the upright spear. One after another, they were pierced and slipped down. About ten minutes. ?The fire gradually extinguished, leaving only some charred corpses still burning with fire. As soon as the fire was extinguished, the zombies attacked again. With a fishy stench, it rushed towards your face. ?Humshed directly into the spear array of skeletons, the spears pierced the body, and the zombies roared. After a brief period of confusion. Zombies began to die in large numbers. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle and rear of the team and directly ordered, "Move forward." Hurrah! ??The current level of skeletons has far exceeded that of zombies, especially there are many skeleton warriors interspersed in the middle, creating a crushing situation. ?Thousands of skeletons, carrying zombies, entered the factory. At the feet of the road, there were corpses dripping with blood. "Uncle, there are zombies coming around over there." Xiaoxiao appeared from mid-air, pointing his little finger to one side. At the back of the office building, a large group of zombies rushed over with their teeth and claws open. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Send out a small team and kill those zombies." A skeleton team was immediately separated. Hurry head-on towards the zombie group that intends to flank it. ?In a fierce battle, the skeletons became more and more fierce, and began to crush the zombies and attack. The sky is dark. All the street lights in the entire factory area were turned on. ?Bright white light fell on the corpses on the ground. All the zombies outside have been cleared away, and all the remaining zombies have retreated into the office building in front of them. ??This is also where the big-headed zombie is hiding. Attack in! Wu Heng ordered. Skeletons took action again and launched an attack on the building. Bang~! Suddenly, the glass on the fifth floor suddenly shattered. A huge crawling zombie broke through the glass and began to spin and climb along the outer wall. On the back of the crawling zombie, the big-headed zombie lay. ??The crawling zombies moved extremely quickly, climbing up along the outer wall of the building and gradually disappearing from sight in the dark night. Bang~! Suddenly there was a gunshot, and Lie Yi opened fire directly from a distance. The bullet instantly penetrated the crawler''s lower back, causing his feet to slip and almost fall. Looking down cautiously, he immediately climbed to the other side of the building. Go up, kill them, dont let any of them go. Wu Heng continued. ?Three skeleton Terrorclaw monsters immediately climbed up the building and chased upwards. ??Wu Heng also brought several skeletons with guns and began to cover the top with fire. The marksmanship of ordinary skeletons is not very accurate. But a burst of free fire still hindered the movement of the crawling zombies. They were chased by three Skeleton Terrorclaw Monsters, and they started violently tearing at the outer wall of the building. Huh ~ bang! A dull sound of landing sounded. Two deformed zombies suddenly fell to the ground. "killed!" The Creeper still wanted to get up, but Skullbreaker went up and hit it, smashing his head directly. A big-headed zombie with a broken head. Using the short forelimbs, it struggled to crawl outwards, and thick water flowed down along the road. Blood Ax walked over. ?Stepping on the deformed body, the battle ax fell and the huge head rolled down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 220 , the deacon is back Chapter 220, The deacon is back ?Gululu! ??The huge, bloated head rolled to the side, filthy pus flowing down the road. ?Blood Ax quickly followed the head, and stepped on it directly when he raised his foot. Blood axe, dont step on it! Wu Heng shouted directly after seeing it. Xue Ax''s leather-booted feet hovered in the air, and finally fell back to the original spot without stepping on them directly. After the two deformed zombies are all dead. ??The rest of the skeletons also entered the standby state and stood there blankly. ?Wu Heng first walked to the crawler zombie. The head was sunken, and red and white pus was spread on the ground. His head was smashed with a hammer. After taking a look, he released the [Bone Slave Technique] directly on the corpse. The collapsed head slowly recovered, the flesh and blood fell off, and the pale bones slowly climbed up. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 12) Stand aside first. ??The skeleton shook his body and walked directly out of the minced meat position. ??Wu Heng pulled out the iron sword from the skeleton soldier beside him, rummaged through the rotten meat, and picked out a corpse core. He also breathed a sigh of relief. ?A skull-crushing hammer is quite powerful. The use of the bone-breaking technique depends on the number of bones the creature had before death, and the necromancy magic will repair them. But Wu Heng was so scared that he smashed the corpse core in his brain with a hammer. "Skullbreaker, try your best to attack the body from now on. If you hit the head, use less strength." Wu Heng looked back at Skullbreaker and said directly. ?Skullbreaker did not respond, still holding the war hammer and standing aside. ?Wu Heng put the corpse core into a plastic bag and continued to walk towards the big-headed skeleton not far away. Kick the head that has rolled away to the original position of the body, and continue to release the [Bone Slave Technique]. ?The flesh and blood fell off, and the pale skeleton stood up slowly with a skull as big as a balloon on its head. Skeleton Demon (Level 15) Level:15 Attributes: Constitution 18, Strength 12, Agility 8, Intelligence 25, Perception 22, Charisma 8 Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul Experts: Soul Aberration, Biological Aberration Ability: Soul Commander, Hive Mind, Control Monsters, Psychic Shock. Dominate Monster: Control a creature with an intelligence below 12 through a psychic link. You can completely control its actions and thinking. You can understand the feelings of the controlled creature without harming yourself. Psychic Shock: Causes an energy explosion to a maximum cone area of ??20 feet, and enemies in the area will suffer psychic damage. Sure enough, it was a level three deformed zombie, no different from what Wu Heng had guessed. The overall attributes are higher than those of ordinary big-headed skulls. Especially the improvement in strength and physique, which is not as fragile as before. ?Agility has also reached 8 points. Although it is still slower than normal human movement, there will be no imbalance when walking. The main attributes are still intelligence and perception. Intelligence has reached 25 points, which is no lower than that of the magic profession, and perception has reached 22 points, which is higher than Wu Heng. Two new abilities have been added, [Domination of Monsters] and [Psychic Shock]. Dominate monsterscan control a creature with intelligence below 12. This is different from mobilizing skeletons, which are mobilized within the same camp. Ability to control living things. ?This is somewhat like the skills of a beast tamer or ranger. It is considered an advanced ability, but it seems to be of little use. The second new ability is [Psychic Shock]. Initiates energy explosions to units within a certain area, causing damage. It is regarded as giving an attack ability. But during the battle, I didnt seem to see it being used, or maybe I used it but didnt notice it. From now on, you can ask the big head to lead No. 1 and stand over there first. Wu Heng said directly. The big head commander took out the minced meat and walked aside. ??Wu Heng continued to rummage through the flesh and blood, and once again found a third-level corpse core. Immediately install the corpse core and put it into the space ring. Todays harvest is still quite big. Occupied the factory and obtained level 2 and level 3 corpse cores. "How''s it going?" Li Yahong squeezed over and asked. The zombies have been dealt with. Wu Heng replied. Then Ill let the convoy come in directly. Its still a little unsafe at night. Li Yahong glanced at the darkness outside the factory. In the factory area, the street lights are bright. ?On the contrary, it was pitch black outside and nothing could be seen. Wait a minute! ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to collect all the zombies in the factory area. Then he started to release the [Dead Skeleton Field], and a gray halo of light spread out. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground and walked into the queue of skeletons. Upgrading to level 10, the consumption of necromancy magic on oneself has been greatly reduced. After a few skills, all the corpses stood up. Under the bright street lights, the bones were illuminated bright white. Let the convoy come over! Wu Heng said. Hmm. Li Yahong held the walkie-talkie and said, and suddenly several bright car lights lit up in the distance. Started to slowly approach this side. Soon, the convoy entered the factory area. The factory door was closed again and the skeletons were on guard. Sister Hong, are you okay? several people asked. Its okay! Li Yahong said. Damn, I havent seen the streetlights turn on in a row for a long time. Why are I crying? Shall we take all these back? Theres enough for the prison. Everyone looked at the street lights and said one after another. Li Yahong also looked up and said, "Remove the street lamps? There is a series of warehouses behind it. I guess there is a lot of inventory in there. There are new ones that we don''t need. Why are we dismantling the old ones?" Theres something new! Okay, its too late today. Lets make do in the car for a while and wait until daybreak to open the warehouse and take a look at the supplies inside. Li Yahong continued. Okay, Sister Hong. If you are hungry or thirsty, take care of yourself in the car. Dont run around at night. There may be dangers elsewhere. "knew." ?Everyone responded and went back to their cars to rest. ?Li Yahong also returned to the bus. Opening the car door, he saw Wu Heng spreading a blanket on the ground and covering himself with a complete black bearskin. ?Wu Heng lifted up a piece of bear skin. Li Yahong was a little embarrassed, but she still took off her coat, turned off the lights in the car, and got in. Huddled up in arms. They are all sitting like this, why do they feel so cautious! Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at the skeletons sitting on the bus seats. Its good to get used to it, Im used to it, Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Li Yahong said, and then continued: "Stop touching, it''s so uncomfortable...ah!" Before she finished speaking, Li Yahong was hugged, turned around, and sat on Wu Heng''s body. What are you doing? Hush, keep your voice down, no one will know. The next day, early morning. Each had breakfast in the car. They went to the warehouse together. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? With harsh sounds, the warehouse doors were slowly opened one after another. Revealing the neatly arranged shelves inside, as well as different types of blue photovoltaic panels, circuit equipment, and two warehouses on the shelves, are slender street light poles. Everything is complete and the quantity has reached an astonishing level. Holy shit, thats a lot. This is for export, why are there so many of them? No matter what is exported, it may not be enough to supply the province. Now residential areas and parks are all covered with photovoltaic panel street lights. This factory just sells this stuff, I guess it can make a lot of money. Whatever you want to do, its all ours now. Qiangzi and the others looked at the warehouse with excitement on their faces. When I came here, I just planned to add a power supply method to the prison in case there were any problems later and the generator failed to work, so we could temporarily provide some power supply. But now it seems that these photovoltaic panels far exceeded their expectations. Lets not talk about prisons. Even building a dozen prisons will be enough. the other side. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised by the number of photovoltaic panels. At the same time, I am also thinking about where these should be used. He glanced at Li Yahong and asked, "Do we have any workers who know how to install it?" "Yes!" Li Yahong shouted to the people gathered for discussion not far away: "Wang Chenggang, Brother Wang!" ?Wang Chenggang, who was still chatting with Qiangzi and others, heard the shout and ran over, "What''s wrong, Sister Hong!" ?Li Yahong asked directly: "Is it difficult to install these photovoltaic panels?" Its not difficult to just install it. It has its own wiring, just connect it. When Yimin Park installed solar lights before, I worked with them, Wang Chenggang said. ??Wu Hengze continued to ask: "Can this kind of photovoltaic panel drive electrical appliances such as air conditioners?" ?Wang Chenggang thought for a moment and said: "The power of the photovoltaic panels will be stored in the battery, and it can be used by adding an inverter. Some electrical appliances can also be used directly, depending on the requirements of the electrical appliances." ?Wu Heng also understood the meaning. The electricity generated by photovoltaic panels can be supplied to various electrical appliances. Its just a matter of whether to add an inverter or not. Its not too difficult. Wait a moment. Wu Heng said to Wang Chenggang, and then walked around among the skeletons. Select ten level 5 skeletons with high intelligence. ordered: "You guys follow him and learn to assemble these photovoltaic panels." ?Wang Chenggang''s pupils shrank when he heard these words. ?Teach the skeleton to install these things? Before he could speak, Wu Heng continued to say to him: "These skeletons will follow you from today on and teach them how to assemble and identify photovoltaic panels and electrical appliances within three days." Teach them? Over the prison, there are many skeletons taking over the work of making spears and throwing spears. ??There is no need for Li Yahong and others to produce it. It works around the clock, just like an automated machine. ?Now that I think about it, it was probably Li Yahong and the others who taught Skeleton how to use welding rods and cutting machines. "Difficulties?" No, we will definitely complete the task. Wang Chenggang said immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yeah." Li Yahong continued: "You take people to select the equipment, and we load the truck and take the photovoltaic panels to the county bus station." Last night, Wu Heng and Wu Heng discussed it. Part of it will be transported to the passenger terminal first to solve the problem of power usage. Then transported to prison. "OK." ?Wang Chenggang agreed and walked towards Qiangzi and others with the skeleton. Everyone started to take action. The truck was driven over and the photovoltaic panels and circuit equipment were moved onto the truck. I was busy until noon before I finished loading everything. Li Yahong came over and said: "After loading the goods, I will leave you a military truck. The frequency band has been adjusted. If you have anything, please contact us directly." Okay, I can also use the radio. Li Yahong smiled and continued: "If the Yanshen Sanctuary wants to ask, do you want to tell them to occupy it?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "That''s okay. If they need photovoltaic panels, they can exchange resources for them." What resources are needed? "There are armored vehicles and firearms at Yanshen. These are all fine. The rest is food, gold and silver. I haven''t thought about the amount of exchange. Let''s discuss it later." Wu Heng said. Okay! Li Yahong glanced at the time and did not delay any further. He waved to Wu Heng and boarded the bus directly. Leading away with the convoy. ??Wu Heng arranged the factory area and asked the skeletons to strengthen the defense. After confirming that there is no problem. Go to an office building, open the door and return to your residence. At this time, neither Minnie nor Andwyer was at home. ?Wu Heng simply washed up and walked out of the house directly to the association. Todays association is even more lively. It seemed like we were back before. Many mercenary groups appeared in the hall, looking at the notice board in front of them. Pushing open the door to the lounge, Marta was in the room, mending the armor of the tame beast. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately said: "Captain, the deacon is back." ?Wu Heng paused as he walked in, "Gomez is back? When did he come back?" I heard that the association returned yesterday afternoon. I dont know the specific time. Marta said. There are still a few days left to deal with the Warhammer Party. Think about it, if Gomez still wants to be the butler, he should come back. Is there nothing wrong with our team? Wu Heng continued to ask. "No." "Um." ?Wu Heng did not enter the house and went directly to the deacon''s study. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 221 , let the sun hang in the sky Chapter 221, Let the sun hang in the sky ?Knocking lightly on the door, there was a response from inside. I opened the door directly and walked in. Deacon Gomez was sitting behind the desk, holding a leaflet in his hand and looking at the contents. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he put the leaflet down. Deacon! Wu Heng spoke first. Well, I heard that you assisted the Knights and solved the Warhammer Party issue. Gomez said directly. What should be done. ?Seeing Wu Heng''s admission, Gomez''s eyes flashed with surprise. When he came back yesterday, some news reached his ears. It was not just the Warhammer Party that failed. ??The most surprising thing is that Wu Heng gathered tens of thousands of corpses, defeated the Warhammer Party, and took away half of Luntam City. Became the city lord with half the jurisdiction. Due to the short time, I didnt have time to verify this matter. ?Now that Wu Heng has admitted it, the authenticity of this matter has been confirmed. After being away for so many days, the captain who was the last to join the association not only did not die on the battlefield, he actually solved the incident and gained jurisdiction over half of the city. Even if it is confirmed to be true. Still a little unbelievable. ?Gomez glanced at the promotional page on the table again and said, "What happened that day? Tell me about it?" ?Wu Heng briefly talked about the situation at that time and the city lord giving up half of the city. Wu Heng didnt want to comment on Gomezs escape for several days. I feel a little uncomfortable with this approach, but if it were me, I would have known in advance that the Warhammer Party was going to attack. ??It is very likely that he will choose to escape from the city directly, hide for a few days and then come back. A lot of things really happened. Gomez said with emotion. Wu Hengze continued: "Deacon, our team killed the leader and two backbones of the Warhammer Party. Because they were transformed into undead attendants in advance, the coroner said that you still need to confirm." Hearing that Wu Heng and others killed the broken skull, Gomez''s pupils shrank again. ?The broken skull died in his hands? Have the strength to kill a fourth-level strong man? ??Gomez also doubted whether Wu Heng''s identity resume was true. ?Even the leader of the Warhammer Party was killed, how could he be the captain from a small town? ?There was a burst of speculation in my heart, but there was not much change on my face, and I said: Well, let your undead attendants come in. ?Gmez called the coroner, and Wu Heng also let three orc skeletons come in. After conducting a series of comparisons. ?Gomez said directly: "No problem, just report it to the association and it will be blamed on Team 12." Yes, Deacon! The coroner nodded and left directly. ?Gomez motioned for Wu Heng to sit aside. He continued to ask: "Now that you are the lord of the city, what are your plans next?" ??Wu Heng did not expect that the other party would chat with him, and said directly: "There is no plan, just take it step by step." ?Gomez nodded, "The association does not interfere in the lives of members, but the identities of captain and city lord still need to be handled." "clear!" Well, we are all members of the association. If you need any help, you can directly ask us. Gomez still said. ?Each time he went there, Gomez seemed to be a different person. In the past, when I talked with Wu Heng, I basically handed over tasks, and the tone was the leader issuing orders. Even though Wu Heng led his team to kill many wanted criminals, they did not attract his attention. Now he looks more like a leader who takes care of his subordinates, with a friendly face. Wu Heng was a little uncomfortable with it. Thank you, deacon. If there is any need, I will ask for it. "Second-level meritorious service, I will recommend it to the association when the time comes. It is enough to be an exceptional deputy deacon. Is there anywhere you want to go?" Gomez continued. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party, not expecting that he would mention this matter. Recommendation from deacons is also a very important way for promotion. "I haven''t thought about this yet. My level and strength don''t meet this requirement." Wu Heng said. Well, take your time, you are still young, and the world will be yours in the future. Gomez continued. The two chatted casually. The captain of another team knocked on the door and came in. He glanced at the two people in the room. Deacon, Captain Wu Heng. ?Gomez nodded, "Wu Heng, go ahead and do your work. I''ll let you know if there are any tasks." "Okay." Wu Heng agreed, nodded to the captain in the room, and exited the room. After closing the door, you could still vaguely hear the conversation about wanted criminals inside. Return to the squad lounge. The other two members were also sitting in the room. Captain, how are you doing? Duke asked directly. Its okay, Ive already told the deacon about the Warhammer Party, and the merit will be credited to our team when the time comes, Wu Heng said. Hearing these words, the other three people all showed happy expressions. ?One level two meritorious service, two level three meritorious service, even just one record of coordinated kills, is enough to make their resume look very good. It will be no problem to be promoted to captain in the future. Its all thanks to the captain, and we benefited from it. Duke scratched his head and said flatteringly. The other two people also agreed. "Okay, everyone has contributed." Wu Heng said, and continued to look at the swordsman wearing leather armor, "Gaulberry!" "Captain!" ???Gaulubli is a meritorious achievement. I joined the team with a purpose in mind, and within a few days of joining, I immediately lost several meritorious deeds. He is probably the person in the association who has accumulated merits the fastest. It is the kind of luck that no one will believe if you tell me. "The pension has come down. Go to the front desk to collect it when the time comes and send it to Bulk''s family. Needless to say, the rest is just a matter of giving the money." Wu Heng said. Good captain. Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said, "Okay, the association has nothing to do. Let''s all go home and tell our families the good news. Everyone will be happy." Thank you, captain. A few people thanked them and left the association directly. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng walked straight towards the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. Enter the lounge. ?Lecia walked in closely behind. He raised his eyebrows and said, "Lord City Lord, why are you free to come to my place today?" Lets see you! Wu Heng said with a smile. Its weird if I believe you. Is there any news about the commission to acquire skill books? Wu Heng asked. Lecia sat down aside, with the gold necklace Wu Heng gave her exposed on her slender neck. Make the skin whiter. "The Warhammer Party incident has just ended. It can''t be that fast. Please wait for a while. I will inform you if there is any news." ?Wu Heng nodded, which was not surprising. ?Gomez has just come back, and he is even slower to collect items. Let me ask you about someone. Well, there is a charge for information. Okay. Wu Heng leaned forward and said, Momluo should be a powerful person in the inner city. Lecia frowned and thought for a moment, then shook her head and said, "I haven''t heard of it. I''ll hang out for you and let others collect information." Hang out, but everyone knows about it, including Momlo himself. ?Wu Heng doesnt want the other party to know about this yet. "No, I''ll just ask. If you don''t know, forget it..., if you don''t know, you shouldn''t be charged!" If you dont take it, really, you will return it to the city owner! ?Wu Heng continued to look for topics and chatted with her for a while. He changed his voice and said: "Last time, choose the map of the store and show it to me again." Map? Yes, its the map of Luntam City. Wu Heng said. "Okay." Lecia opened the door and gave instructions to the people outside. A map including the inner city and the outer city was spread out on the table. Some details may be slightly different, but the overall city layout and roads are still clear and accurate. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully. Lecia sat aside, drinking tea with her legs crossed, her white calves swaying slightly in the air, "Are you looking at your jurisdiction?" "Um!" ?Wu Heng stood up, took out his tablet and took a picture of the whole picture in the air. ?Lecia frowned, then stood up and looked at the tablet. I have never seen anything that can directly print a map and it is so clear. ?Wu Heng put away the tablet and said, "Can you tell me whether extending the opening time of the store will help the development of the city?" You mean, keep the store open longer? Well, how is it? Wu Heng asked. Lecia smiled, "Unless you can keep the sun hanging in the sky." What if I could? Then this place will be the most prosperous city among the orcs and humans. Well, that makes sense. Wu Heng nodded in agreement. By then, you can control the sun, and you still care whether these shops can open or not? Lecia continued. ?Wu Heng shrugged and didnt say much. After sitting in the consortium for a while, he got up and left directly. Return to your residence. Slept for a while in the bedroom. At dusk, Minnie and Andwyer came back from outside. Seeing Wu Heng at home, he was chattering about the reopening of the store today. ?Wu Heng also sat aside and listened. It is getting late. ?Minnie and she went to the kitchen to prepare dinner, and Wen Mansha also came back from outside. Seeing Wu Heng, he also smiled. Have had dinner. Minnie and Bawudong were practicing boxing aside. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and said, "Wen Mansha!" Wen Mansha poured herself a cup of tea and sat down next to him, "What''s wrong, Master!" ?Wu Heng opened the tablet, switched to the map taken today, and said: "I need you to arrange for people to dig some deep pits and erect metal iron pipes in these two main streets." (End of this chapter) Chapter 222 , the folk customs are strong and strong Chapter 222: Strong folk customs Digging a hole to erect an iron pipe? Wen Mansha looked at the map with some confusion and asked directly: "Master, are there any arrangements for this?" Wu Heng said directly: "I have a batch of props that can provide lighting effects at night, and I plan to illuminate the main roads in the two areas." "Magic props? Isn''t this... too expensive? Is it necessary to get these in the outer city?" Wen Mansha hesitated, but she still said it. She knew that her master was rich and had a rich background. But its not that expensive. Using magic props to light up public areas is unthinkable. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Unlike magic props, the cost is not that high." Its not just the solar panels left over from the photovoltaic field. In some residential areas, there are many such street lights, which can still be used after being removed. There is no problem at all in supplying such a city. Wen Mansha followed the movement and leaned into her arms. After thinking for a moment, she said, "Even if the cost is not high, I''m afraid it will be difficult to implement." "How to say?" Master, this is Luntam City, and thieves and thieves are everywhere in the city. Based on the folk customs here, Im afraid things will disappear the next day. Wen Mansha said. Compared to Wu Heng, Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law, really knows the local situation very well. In the early days of the Spike Gang, thieves were the main group. If you dont bring something back with you when you go out, its considered lost. Once the things Wu Heng said are installed, local residents will definitely think of them as magic props. Its not difficult to guess what he will do then. Upon hearing this, Wu Heng felt that what he said made sense. What can you do? Wen Mansha picked up the map, thought about it, and said, "It''s better to use it in a few key locations first and see the situation first." Where is better? "I feel that there are skeletons and corpses guarding the location near the city wall. It is unlikely that someone would dare to steal it. You can try to use it first." Wen Mansha said. Thats a solution. ?Looking at the map again, there are four locations in the city wall guarded by the undead attendants: the outer city wall and the inner city wall in two urban areas. Then lets erect the iron pipes on the inner city wall first and see the effect first. Wu Heng clicked on two locations on the map. "Okay, I''ll do it tomorrow." Wen Mansha agreed, lying on her back with her pillow on Wu Heng''s lap, and continued: "Recently, many people are selling real estate, and some shops are planning to sell them at low prices. go." Selling the property? Wu Heng lowered his head and looked at her. "Yes, some rumors have improved, but many people are still worried. Real estate is for sale, but no one is willing to buy it." Wen Mansha added, "The prices are almost catching up with the housing prices outside the city. Its so cheap. ?Wu Heng casually reached into Wen Mansha''s lapel, scratched and rubbed the softness, and also thought about the impact this incident had on him. ?After thinking about it for a while, I felt that selling the properties of these people would have no impact on me. On the contrary, you have the house in your own hands, making it easier to arrange follow-up matters. "I will give you some money then, and you will take back all the deeds sold at the lowest price." Wen Mansha''s face turned red, "Okay, I think so too. I just happened to be re-investigating the housing information." The information on the property deed is all in the hands of the city hall. Obviously, we wont hand it over to this side easily. Instead, we might as well re-count it. ?Those who want to sell the property deed can also take it back at a low price. Well, lets do this first. The two chatted for a while. Minnie also finished practicing boxing, and her clothes were wet with sweat. She walked over and hugged Wu Heng''s arm on the other side. "What are master and sister talking about?" "Things in the city." Wu Heng''s other arm hugged the little rabbit girl. Oh, sister knows so much. Wen Mansha glanced at her and said, "Minnie is getting better and better at talking." Hey! I learned it from my sister. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and found that he didn''t sleep well last night. He patted the two girls and said, "Let''s go, take a bath and go to bed early tonight." Wen Mansha sat up and yawned. The suspenders of her pajamas were hung on her arms, and she walked upstairs and entered the bathroom. ?Minnie also wanted to sit with Wu Heng for a while, but seeing that they were going to take a shower, she could only go to the room with her lips pouted. Arent you going to take a shower? Wu Heng pulled her. Minnie''s face turned red instantly, "Ah? With sister Wen Mansha?" No matter what you are shy about, we are all part of the same family. ?Minnies face turned redder, she squirmed, and followed Wu Heng into the bathroom together. The next morning, Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Put aside the big white legs that were pressing on your waist, and then take out the arm that was pillowed under your head on the other side. Clenched his fists to relieve the numbness. The slight movement made Wen Mansha open her eyes, look at the sky outside the window, stand up and yawn. Then he lay all over Wu Heng, stuck out the tip of his red tongue, and sent it up. After we separated, we saw that Minnie was still sleeping. Wen Mansha slapped her on the buttocks, and in the face of the other party''s frightened eyes, she said: "Still sleeping, wait for the master to get up, and then go prepare breakfast." ?Minnie was startled by the sudden slap, and she let out an ooh, while rubbing her buttocks, she helped Wu Heng get dressed. Then he quickly put on his clothes and went downstairs to prepare breakfast. Soon, breakfast was served. ? Anderweil obviously didnt have a good rest and seemed not very energetic. After a few people chatted briefly. ?Mansha Wen went out directly with the skeleton, and Anderweil and Minnie also went out to the store. After everyone has left. ?Wu Heng directly closed the door, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Return to the zombie world and appear in the office building. Looked out the window. Skeletons sealed off the factory area, and Li Yahongs motorcade did not return. When I went downstairs, I saw about a dozen zombie corpses piled in the open space. ??It should have been wandering nearby and was killed by the skeleton. ??Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transformed several corpses into skeletons and added them to the queue. Wait until the corpse is transformed. ??Wu Heng continued: "Separate some skeletons to follow me." Crash. ?Perhaps dozens of skeletons walked out, following Wu Heng. Walking towards the workshop in the central area. ?The glass door of the production workshop has been broken, and the broken glass on the floor is mixed with blood and broken meat. The walls were covered with scratches and **** fingerprints, like a murder scene in a movie. Going around the corridor in front, there is a huge transparent glass in the back. ~! Behind the glass, several zombies wearing uniform blue work clothes were beating the glass partition hard. ?Made a dull knocking sound. ?Wu Heng and the others moved to one side, and the zombies inside also moved to one side. But the quality of the glass is obviously not ordinary glass for household use. No matter how you knock it, it just makes a dull knocking sound. After walking about ten meters, we found the door of the control room. Open the door. A skeleton stepped forward to open the door, and the zombies inside suddenly fell out. He staggered up and rushed forward with his teeth and claws bared. However, as soon as he got close, he was pushed to the ground by the skeleton and chopped into pulp. Convert the corpse into a skeleton and continue walking inside. Next, there is a huge workshop, where you can see rolling belts and factory robotic arms on both sides. It seems that this factory is really quite capable. At least in a fifth-tier small city like ours, most factories still rely on human labor, and it is rare to use this kind of robotic arm. The workshop has been suspended, and there are also stains all over the floor. But there is a safe exit here, and the zombies are not blocked inside. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and walked around the workshop before continuing to the dormitory building to take a look. There are several supermarkets downstairs, selling many snacks and daily necessities. There are also bathhouses and canteens. It seems that the conditions here are no worse than those in the prison. It is necessary to insist on the difference between the two sides. The prison has a certain defensive nature, with high walls with iron mesh and equipped with firearms. The wall here looks much shorter. The security is definitely better in prisons. Walked around the factory area and killed all the zombies trapped in buildings and corners. Open the offline version of the map that Li Yahong gave him and take a look. With a wave of his hand, he led the skeleton army directly out of the community. ?There are still some factories nearby. But the scale is obviously not comparable to that of photovoltaic panel factories. There are not many people there, some of them are already yellow, and the weeds are taller than the people. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and cleaned up several factories one after another. Kill the zombies inside and transform them into skeleton warriors. Then, continue walking down the road. ?Different from the city, it is difficult to encounter any zombies on the road here. One or two can be seen here and there. As soon as they rush over, they are killed by skeletons. Continue walking for more than half an hour. A two-meter-high walled courtyard appears in front again. From a distance, you can hear the roar of zombies. Then, the door was slammed open, and hundreds of zombies rushed out onto the road. After looking around, his eyes fell on the group of skeletons. With a roar, they rushed forward in groups. No. 3, try your mind shock. Wu Heng said to the level 15 big-headed skeleton next to him. ??The skeleton walked directly to the front of the team with his big head on his head. The next second, an invisible energy wave spread forward in a fan shape. ?Bang bang bang~! The body of the charging zombie stiffened suddenly, half of it fell to the ground, and the other half froze in place. When it was over, the big-headed skull retreated again. Is this done? Wu Heng looked at it. The big skull did not respond. ??Wu Heng had no choice but to order, "Go forward and kill the zombies." The army began to move. Keep moving forward. When you get closer, it''s like a zombie that has fallen into a state of immobility, and then gradually recovers. Handled directly by skeletons. Dead Skeleton Field was released, and each skeleton stood up. ??Zombies are all cleaned up. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and entered the courtyard. When he came to the gate, Wu Heng''s pupils shrank. The larger venue is densely packed with scrapped shared bicycles. Like the waste in a garbage dump, the yellow and blue ones are piled up into hills. Bicycle graveyard? ?Wu Heng also didnt expect that this place was not a factory, but more like a recycling bin. Go inside with the skeleton. The stacked bicycles are covered with rust, and some are even starting to rot. Walking around, I found helmets stacked separately in a cement warehouse. The number was also astonishing, filling the whole room. ?Wu Hengs eyes lit up. ?This trip is not in vain. He casually put part of it into the space ring, and let the skeletons hang the rest on his body. The large army began to walk back amidst the sound of helmets clashing. ??With a helmet hanging all over his body, there is no way to clean up the zombies. The Fire Gods Sanctuary. The convoy quickly passed through the gate and stopped in the open space in the middle. What did you gain today? In the shelter, someone asked. In the off-road vehicle headed by the leader, a man jumped out and asked with a serious face: "Where is Brother Ma?" Over there in the conference room, whats wrong? What happened? The man did not answer and ran quickly towards the conference room. Come to the door of the conference room. With a bang, the door opened, startling the people chatting inside. Ma Zhiyong frowned and said, "What are you doing in such a hurry?" Hurrah~! The man took two quick breaths. Then he said: The situation at the factory is not right! Hearing the news in the factory area, the faces of several people present also became serious. Whats wrong? someone asked. The factory area has been occupied. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 223 , we want gold Chapter 223, We want gold ?As soon as these words came out, the atmosphere in the room instantly became serious. The day before yesterday, because there were not enough people, we withdrew from that side. The topic of discussion among the people in the room is still the capture of the factory. There was no result yet, so we told them that the factory area had been occupied. It cant be that fast. ?Ma Zhiyong signaled others to stop talking and continued to ask: "Who occupied it? Please tell me in detail." The driver took a deep breath and said: "When we came back, we came from the factory area. When we passed by, we looked inside along the gate. There were no zombies anymore. There was not a single shadow of zombies. They were all replaced by zombies. Skeletons, wearing ancient armor and holding cold weapons in their hands, guard the factory area like soldiers. " Skeleton? ?The rest of the people frowned slightly, and then reacted immediately. ??Didnt the convoy that came the day before yesterday contain skeletons like this? It must be them. Fuck, weve been tricked, they must have known the location through us. Thats right, that factory area should be ours. Immediately, two people cursed. Although he didn''t find a way to capture it, he was the first to call for and organize manpower. Now that someone else has occupied it, I feel aggrieved. ?Ma Zhiyongs face was equally ugly. For the subsequent development of the entire camp, restoring power supply is a crucial step. Are we going to have a fight with those skeletons? ??If the other party can capture that factory area alone, its strength must not be weak. At that time, both sides will suffer losses and will be eliminated by the current environment. Hearing the other people still cursing, Ma Zhiyong said directly: "Let''s go to the radio station." ?A few people got up and walked out together. Entered a room on the second floor. ?Opening the door, several women were chatting and picking up debris from the grain. I saw Ma Zhiyong and others rushing in. One person asked: Whats wrong? ?Ma Zhiyong said: "It''s okay, just use the radio." There is a radio station on the wooden table under the window. The sound is not loud. Inside, various shelters are discussing the issue of storing food before winter. The city is still occupied by zombies. Once winter comes, the north side needs to stock up on food in advance. Otherwise it will be difficult to get through it. ?Ma Zhiyong turned up the radio volume, picked up the microphone, and said, "Is anyone at the auto repair shop shelter?" In the radio station, the other voices discussing the rest fell silent. While delivering messages, small talk will be paused. This is an auto repair shop, whats going on? A female voice came from the radio station. I am here at the Flame God Sanctuary. I have something to tell your leader. Ma Zhiyong said. The leader is currently away. Before he finished speaking, another woman''s voice sounded, "I''m here, just say it!" Every person who was guarding the shelter in front of the radio station was stunned. How to speak in two places! At the auto repair shop, are there two bases? Ma Zhiyong said directly: "Did you occupy the photovoltaic field?" The room suddenly became quiet. Everyone is waiting for the other''s answer. "yes!" this. ?Although several people had guessed in their minds, they still expressed surprise and disbelief when they heard it. ?Those skeletons are really controlled by people. It is possible to awaken such a weird power. Before Ma Zhiyong could speak, the voices of several other shelters were heard on the radio again. The auto repair shop is not authentic. We agreed to attack together and share the spoils equally. Why did you guys take it? "That''s right. It was also called by Captain Ma. What do you mean by occupying it without saying a word?" How do you know the location of the factory... ?Each shelter, you and I started to question each other. But there was no response from the auto repair shop. Ma Zhiyong was silent for a while, letting the radio station criticize the auto repair shop, and then said: "Are you willing to exchange the photovoltaic panels?" The rest were quiet again. On the radio station, the woman''s voice from the auto repair shop sounded again, "It can be exchanged." He paused for a moment and continued: "You won''t be able to occupy that factory area in a short time. We can provide photovoltaic panels and food, and you can exchange the items we need." There is also food. ??How wealthy is this person to dare to sell food to all shelters? ?Hunting for Ma Zhiyong to continue speaking. Then one of the shelters asked, "What do you need?" Armored vehicles, weapons, corpse cores, gold and silver! the other person replied. Armored vehicles and weapons, no need to think about it, are the conditions proposed for the Flame God Sanctuary. Only they have this kind of thing in their hands. But gold and silver. What''s the use of having these at this time? Do you really want gold and silver? someone asked. "want." Ma Zhiyong continued to interject, "What is the exchange ratio?" ?The radio station went completely silent, and everyone was waiting for the answer. After a while, the person replied, "We need to discuss it and will get back to you in the next two days." "good!" Put it back on the radio. ?Ma Zhiyong and others still fell into silence. It seems that the strength of the auto repair shop is much stronger than they predicted. Being able to say that food is exchanged with all shelters is not something that most people would dare to say. They want armored cars! We cant give them to them. We only have these few cars. We can use our farts to give them to them. Then we dont need photovoltaic panels, and we dont have enough food in winter. Captain Ma, what do you think we should do? Ma Zhiyong was still sitting on the chair. He thought for a moment and said: "The armored vehicle must not be handed over. Don''t they also want gold and silver? Check if there are banks and gold shops nearby. There are not many such things." Yes, trade them with gold and silver. Lets get ready. We will go out tomorrow. While searching for supplies, we must also pay attention to the location of the gold store. Ma Zhiyong continued. "good!" ?Everyone nodded and dispersed. On the same frequency band, all the shelters that heard the conversation were discussing this matter. Most peoples radios can only be used for listening, but not for transmitting messages. After learning that useless gold and silver could be exchanged for food or photovoltaic panels, everyone began to make preparations. ?Perhaps, this winter can be passed safely. ??Wu Heng returned to the factory with the skeleton. After storing all the helmets in a warehouse. ??The defense formation was rearranged to surround the entire factory area. Actually, this side is really safer than the other side in the city. Its empty and there arent many people. But some precautions still need to be arranged to avoid any problems. After everything is arranged. Passed through the boundary gate and returned to his residence. ?It''s about four o''clock now. Wu Heng first asked the skeleton to lift a few telephone poles here. Sit in the room for a while. Get up and go to the association again. ?The entire association is still lively, and this is also the time when the mercenary group gathers. Walking into the hall, in addition to the staff, some team members and captains greeted each other from a distance. Looks like he is very familiar with it. Captain Wu Heng, here is your letter. The front desk shouted to this side. ?Wu Heng walked over. There was only one letter. Judging from the pattern of sealing wax, it was a reply from ''Slater''. After thanking him with a smile, he walked towards the lounge. There is no one in the lounge. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk, cut open the sealing wax, and took out the letter. It is still a neat and beautiful text. As far as the content is concerned, it is about thanking Wu Heng for trusting him and about some of the internal situations of the Secret Whisperers. ?Wu Heng took a rough look. ??I feel that the tone in Slater''s letter this time is a bit too formal, without the hint of whispering in the past. The last paragraph says that three days later, he will come to Luntam City again to pick up the "blood cup". Let Wu Heng fulfill his words last time. Go to the border to pick her up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 224 , Ill be your maid (I didnt kick her out, Ill be there today) Chapter 224: Ill be your maid (I havent kicked her out yet, Ill update it today.) Slater is coming in three days? It seems that this "blood cup" is more important than what the letter said. The reason is not difficult to imagine. After all, the person who needs this rare item is the leader of the Associations Whisperer Faction, and can be regarded as the top leader of Slater. Not to mention that the blood cup is a very expensive and basically useless rare item. Even if it is a particularly precious rare item, Slater, a shrewd woman, will not give up the opportunity to build a relationship with the other party. Since he knew that the other party was coming, Wu Heng had no intention of writing her a reply. According to the distance from Blackstone Town to Wrentam, we should be on the road now. In fact, Wu Heng also missed the other party a little. ?After coming over this time, the two of them could just meet each other. After sitting in the lounge for a while, no one from the team came over. Seeing that nothing happened, he stood up and walked out of the lounge with the skeleton attendant. Just opened the door and walked out. Then he saw several tall green-skinned orcs walking towards this side, surrounded by the deputy deacon and shaman. ?People on the way bowed and gave way. ?The shaman also smiled and nodded, like a kind elder. It seems that he has just come back from outside. The position of subdeacon is indeed a good job, and he came back even later than Gomez. ?Standing at the door and watching the orcs walk away. Suddenly, the orc shaman stopped, looked back, smiled and nodded. ?Wu Heng also bowed slightly. The entire association, after experiencing the Warhammer Party, everyone seems to have become friendly. The shaman walked away, and Wu Heng also walked through the hall and left the association. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, chatting and preparing dinner. Hearing the sound of the door opening, Anderweil poked her head out and glanced at the door. Seeing that it was Wu Heng returning with the skeleton attendant, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." ?Wu Heng nodded, took off his armor, and put it into the space ring. Not long after, Wen Mansha also came back from outside, looking a little tired, much more tired than running a gang. Following Wen Mansha was the skeleton attendant holding a wooden box in his hand. With a bang, he placed it next to the coffee table. Wen Mansha stood next to the coat rack and took off all the armor and clothes underneath, revealing her plump and round body. Took out a silk nightgown and put it on. He walked over and leaned in Wu Heng''s arms, curling his legs up on the sofa. ??Wu Heng put one hand around his waist and said with concern: "You must be tired!" "Nowhere, I feel more motivated than running a gang." Wen Mansha said softly, and then continued: "Today, many house deeds were recovered, including many houses in the inner city. I have lowered the price. Its even lower in outer-city areas, so those people still choose to sell out. Speaking, he stretched out his feet and opened the wooden box placed next to the coffee table. Revealing the neat house deed inside. So much time can be gained in one day. Wen Mansha said with some worry: "Is it possible that everyone is gone?" Whether a city can develop depends on the number and living conditions of its residents. All the people in the city have left, and only some undead attendants and gang members are left, so it is no longer a city. More like, a copycat or a gang base. Its nothing more than a little bigger. Wu Heng said: "It doesn''t matter. When the facilities in the city are built, people will live there again." "Well, it''s up to you." Wen Mansha nodded, stretched, and continued: "The pit has been dug, and I checked it. It must be deep enough." "I''ve asked people to put those pillars in the courtyard. I''ll take them over tomorrow." Wen Mansha nodded and twisted her body slightly to make it easier for the other party to touch her. The two chatted for a while, and dinner was served on the table. After dinner. ?Minnie started to practice boxing, and Wu Heng also practiced swordsmanship with Fire Blade. The skills and moves taught are more advanced than the previous Sword One Sword Two. ??Mages need to study classics and learn magic, and melee professions also need to practice their own skills and combat skills for a long time. In every occupation, reaching a high level is not achieved in vain. ?Of course, some races are born with some advantages, but they are just advantages and need to be upgraded. Each of us was busy for a while. Wait until dark, go to the bathroom to take a shower, and then go back to your room to rest. the next morning. Have breakfast. Wen Mansha commanded the skeleton and left carrying the slender lamp pole. It looks slender, but it is not as heavy as it looks. It is hollow inside and is considered a thicker iron pipe. I found a few orc skeletons, carried them and left. Minnie and Anderweil also went to the store. Wu Heng put on the leather armor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Appeared from the room in the office building, went to the window and took a look outside. ?Li Yahongs motorcade has parked in the open space of the factory. A group of people were carrying cardboard boxes down. ??Wu Heng walked down from the office building and Li Yahong walked towards him. When did you come back? Wu Heng asked. Just came in too. Can those photovoltaic panels be used? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It''s very useful. The ones I took away last time were all installed at the passenger terminal. The effect is really good. They are no different from generators. When I come back this time, I plan to transport some to the prison." Li Yahong said, There are smiles on all faces. Replacing a generator can greatly reduce gasoline consumption. Sometimes you are reluctant to use it. Now that the sun generates electricity, you can use it if you want. Anyway, the solar energy will come up the next day. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. If it works at the passenger terminal, there should be no problem in Luntam City. Li Yahong continued: "Yesterday, the people from Yanshen Sanctuary asked about things at the factory. I told them that resources can be exchanged for photovoltaic panels and food. The exchange ratio has not been determined, and you need to decide it." After all, these things were all taken down by Wu Heng. ?Furthermore, he also needs gold and silver, and how to exchange them depends on his pricing. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and asked, "What do you think?" "Armored vehicles and weapons can be exchanged for more photovoltaic panels and grain, so that they are willing to exchange. Gold and silver are actually of little use at the moment. They are not as valuable as grain. In exchange, we will give them less grain." Li Yahong said. Gold and silver cant be too outrageous. I can get a sufficient amount of food. Exchange is a way to help everyone tide over the difficulties. Its not good to be too harsh. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. What Li Yahong is afraid of is exchanging all the food she has collected so hard. At that time, everyone will starve together. But Wu Heng''s idea is the opposite. There is sufficient food in the other world, and even if the food collected is not used, it can be exchanged for other items. There is no need to make the terms of exchange too harsh. By then everyone will starve to death and there will be fewer people to help search for things. Actually, you are more suitable to be the commander-in-chief than Ma Zhiyong. Who? Thats the leader of the Flame God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong. "Oh, how can we be officials?" The two walked to the stone table nearby and began to discuss the exchange ratio. After revising and revising, the price has been preliminarily figured out. A normal 100-jin bag of grain can be exchanged for 20 grams of gold and 200 grams of silver. ? Photovoltaic panels are divided into three sizes: large, medium and small. The small one has 50 grams of gold, the medium one has 80 grams of gold, and the large one has 120 grams of gold. As for an armored vehicle, one can be exchanged for 500 photovoltaic panels and 5,000 kilograms of grain. A gold ring or gold necklace only costs a few grams. It is not difficult to find it by killing some zombies or searching some areas. As long as you dont think about freeloading, you can get food in exchange. As for silver, its value is not high. It is not easy to find just a few hundred grams. You can exchange it for some small items when the time comes. After setting the price, Li Yahong listed it again. Confirming that there was nothing wrong, I took a photo with my mobile phone to avoid losing it. After the pricing matter was settled, Li Yahong waved towards the distance. ?Wang Chenggang came over with more than a dozen skeletons, "Your Majesty, these skeletons have all learned how to install photovoltaic panels." ??Wu Heng took a look at the attributes of the skeleton. In the specialties, [Weapon Specialization (Beginner)] has been added. It seems that he has already learned it. Well, thank you for your hard work. It should be. Wang Chenggang said modestly. ? Then, Wu Heng picked out more than 20 skeletons from the skeleton team and continued: "These skeletons continue to follow you. Not only teach them how to assemble photovoltaic panels, but also teach them some other electrical knowledge." ?Wang Chenggang, who originally thought he had completed the task, his smile froze and agreed, "Oh, okay." Wang Chenggang left. Continue to follow others and move photovoltaic panels from the warehouse. Li Yahong said: "These are transported directly to the prison and also solve the problem of electricity consumption." If you dont stay one night, will you leave tomorrow morning? Li Yahong''s face turned red, "When you come back in two days, I will accompany you then." Well, actually theres no need to be in such a hurry! Wu Heng said. "Try to speed up the process as much as possible. Didn''t you say that the zombies are getting stronger? If you are busy now, you will be safer in the future." Li Yahong continued. Im here, dont worry. I also want to help you share some of the burden. The two chatted for a while. The motorcade has also installed photovoltaic panels. After waving to this side, Li Yahong also walked towards the motorcade. After waving goodbye to Wu Heng, the convoy left the factory and headed towards the prison. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons in front of him who had learned how to use photovoltaic panels. Said directly: "Go and pick out the photovoltaic panels and parts that need to be assembled. I need you to install them on the roof." ?Several skeletons took action and entered the warehouse to select photovoltaic panels and supporting equipment. ?Hunt it on your shoulder or under your arm and walk out directly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask Skull to pick out some electronic equipment in the office area and unload it directly. Opened the gate and walked in directly. When we returned to our residence, the sky was still bright. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building with the skeleton, stood in the courtyard, looked at the roof, and said, "I need you to lay photovoltaic panels on it to meet the needs of indoor air conditioning and electric lights." Hearing the order, the skeleton immediately took action. Find a ladder, carried the photovoltaic panels directly to the roof, and began to install them. Start the installation. ?More than a dozen skeletons began to work together, which was quite lively. This residential area is basically deserted after the incident involving the Warhammer Party. ??Especially knowing that Wu Heng is a necromancer, and there are rotting corpses and skeletons guarding the surroundings, and there is no one to see. ?Even if someone sees the skeletons actions, its actually nothing. No one may care if you lay something on the roof. Watching the skeleton work, I can''t do much to help. After explaining to the installed skeleton, he left here directly, put on his helmet and walked toward the outer city. Customers often come to the grocery store. Entering the back door, two fox men with animal ears and fox tails stopped him. "I''m sorry, guest, this is the backyard of the store. Please go to the front hall to buy things." One of them said. ?Wearing leather armor, with a dagger hanging on his waist. ??The words were polite, but his hand also touched the weapon at his waist. ??Wu Heng took off his helmet and said, "This is my shop. Anderweil should have mentioned me to you." The two fox men were stunned for a moment, staring at his hair and eyes to identify him carefully. He saluted immediately and said, "Master Wu Heng, let''s go and notify the young patriarch immediately." No, call Minnie over. Wu Heng walked directly into the backyard. ?One of them also nodded and walked towards the front hall. There were quite a few fox people sitting in the courtyard. It affects both men and women, mostly women. After all, they were bought from slave traders, and they are all relatively young. The fur colors of the fox-men in front of me are mainly brown and gray. There is really no unique color like Anderweil''s pure white fur. ?Wu Heng walked in, and everyone cast doubtful glances. After seeing the color of his hair, they all stood up and bowed slightly. ?Wu Heng also nodded. Soon, Minnie ran over from the front hall. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, come to me!" ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Well, come with me to go out and buy some things." "Oh, okay." Minnie continued: "Master, if you are not in a hurry, I will introduce you to my friend." "friend?" Master, wait a moment. Minnie ran back quickly, and when she came back, she was holding hands with two figures, one tall and one short. On the left is a short girl with black ears and a cat tail, wearing beige clothes, and on the right is a bunny girl about 1.6 meters tall with white lop ears. Master, these are my two friends, let them be your maids! Minnie said directly. The faces of the two orc girls turned red instantly. Haunted in a low voice: "Master!" ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes at Minnie, wondering if this girl did it on purpose. He glanced at the two timid-looking girls and said: "There are no free rooms in the residence now. You guys will help here first. I will pick you up when there is a chance." Thank you, master. The two of them looked happy and thanked them immediately. Look, Ive made an agreement with the owner, but I just dont have a place to live. Minnie immediately followed. ?Wu Heng glared at her, "Don''t be shy and come out with me." Oh, okay! Minnie came over with a bound, holding Wu Hengs arm and walked out. Out of the yard. Minnie asked: "Master, what are you going to buy?" Do you know the grain store? Where do you usually go to buy food? The ones with higher quality. Wu Heng asked. Oh, I know, lets go this way. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 225 , wow so cool Chapter 225, wow, its so cool The supply of food in the city is mainly in the hands of the human race. Although orcs also engage in farming, their proportion is smaller. They are better at hunting. The main items sold in the city are animal meat and furs. Humans are better at farming, and coupled with plant-based magic and potions, they have greatly increased food production. Hence, the price of food in the city is not expensive. ?Minnie took Wu Heng a few steps and saw a shop. When Sister Weier and I went home, we all stopped here to buy food. The prices of food in the city are about the same, Minnie said. ?Wu Heng looked towards the shop opposite. The size of the store is not large. Compared with the shops on both sides of it, it looks very narrow. It feels more like a house added by blocking the original alley. Minnie walked in directly with Wu Heng and a few skeletons. A middle-aged boss with a round face was leaning on the counter and falling asleep. Hearing the sound of footsteps, he looked up. "Minnie is here..." Just halfway through speaking, his eyes glanced at Wu Heng and the five guards behind him. Immediately smiled and came out. He said: "Guest, you have come at the right time. The road to the city has just been opened. This batch of food is the latest and highest quality. I guarantee that you will be satisfied." ??The boss was separated by skeletons, but he still kept up with the introduction. We supply all the taverns in the city, and the prices are absolutely fair. If you are going to buy something for a gentleman in the inner city, I can recommend you some better varieties, and you wont have to waste your time. There are samples on display in the store. They are all grains and flour. ?The staple foods of people in this world are bread and pancakes. Humans are fond of bread, while orcs eat all kinds of pancakes. As for cereals, they are mainly used to make porridge. A small bag of rye costs 36.8 copper coins, and a full bag costs 73.6 copper coins. A small bag of barley costs 52.5 copper coins, and a full bag costs 105 copper coins. Wheat. Pryme flour. barley flour. A small bag of wheat flour is 85.5 copper coins, and a full bag is 171 copper coins. Whether it is grain or flour, it is packed in special cloth bags. The small bag weighs about 50 kilograms, while the large bag weighs 100 kilograms. It weighs about the same as modern rice. Seeing this price, Wu Heng was also very happy. Copper coins! The terms of exchange between him and Li Yahong were gold. You can make a lot of money by coming back and forth. Minnie said the quality of your food is very good. At this time, Wu Heng said calmly. "Miss Minnie is careful and smart, and she will definitely not say anything casually." The boss followed up and said, "The quality of my food is indeed the best in the neighborhood." ?Wu Heng continued: "Can it be cheaper to buy more?" It depends on how much you buy. If you buy in bulk, it will naturally be cheaper than the retail price. The boss continued. "how much do you have?" ?The boss frowned slightly, feeling that the other person''s tone was a bit loud. But he still said: "We have a local granary and several branches. How much you need can just tell you and I can quote you a price." I want five thousand bags of each of these types of flour. Forehead. The boss looked blank and said, "There''s not that much, sir. The total stock of flour in the warehouse and store is less than 2,000 bags." Why so little? Wu Heng asked. Just now he claimed that he had enough food, but now he claims that the quantity is not enough. The boss was also a little embarrassed, and immediately explained: "Guest, the war has just ended, and we didn''t dare to bring so much stock, but if you really need it, it will only take us three days to restock." "Okay, let''s count these two thousand bags. If the price is right, I will take them all." Wu Heng said directly. "OK." The boss did not expect that such a big customer would come today. He agreed with a smile on his face, and then asked the people in the store to go to the warehouse to count the amount of flour. I poured tea for several people. Not long after, the statistician came back. The boss sat aside and began to calculate the price and said: "Guest, I have charged you a total of 242 silver coins, but I can charge you 240 silver coins." 220, I will pay you now, and you can continue to purchase the flour in the future. I will still charge this price for this kind of flour. Wu Heng said. The boss stood there and hesitated for a moment, but finally nodded and agreed, "Okay, you plan to buy it for a long time, and Miss Minnie brought it, so I will give you this price." ?Wu Heng casually took out his money bag, counted out the corresponding silver coins, and placed them on the counter. Send all the flour to Ketolai grocery store. Okay, customer! The boss put the money away and immediately called for people to start delivering the goods. ?Wu Heng watched them loading the goods onto the carts and transporting them to the grocery store opposite. ??Also took Minnie away. He called me Miss Minnie~! Minnie looked happy. Whats so fun about this? This is the first time someone calls me that. Ive never heard of it before. After this time, he will always call you like this. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked towards the backyard of the grocery store. Backyard. Minnie went to the front hall to help Anderweil sell goods. ??Wu Heng stood in the yard and watched the workers pile bags of flour in the yard. After everything is shipped over. Said to the fox tribe in the yard: "You stay outside first and don''t let others come in." The fox tribe in the yard bowed slightly. They all left the yard and stood guard outside the back door. ??Wu Heng used the warehouse door to open the boundary door, commanded the skeleton to move the flour to the zombie world, and then moved all the daily necessities collected from the other side. About half an hour later, all the flour in the courtyard was turned into pots and pans in cardboard boxes. You guys come in. Wu Heng shouted. The fox tribe outside the door came in. ??Wu Heng said: "These are newly delivered goods. Let''s tell Anderweil when the time comes." Yes, sir! The people from the fox clan nodded and didnt ask any more questions. ?Wu Heng nodded, said goodbye to a few people, and left here directly. When I returned to my residence, it was already afternoon. The laying of photovoltaic panels is faster than imagined. When Wu Heng returned, not only had the photovoltaic panels been laid, but the air conditioners and chandeliers in the building had also been installed. Its just that there are some open wires. You can see wires on the roof and walls. ??But theres nothing we can do about it, and we cant bury the wires through slots in the wall now. It doesnt matter, as long as the electrical appliances can be used. Except for the lightbulb above your head. The big piece in the living room is the vertical air conditioner in the corner. ?Wu Heng picked up the remote control and tried it. With a beeping sound, the air conditioner turned on. After adjusting the temperature, a cool breeze blew out. It really works. My heart was instantly happy. Turn off the air conditioner and continue to try the chandeliers in several rooms. ?Modern light bulbs are brighter than props etched with light effects, which are still not so obvious during the day. After checking it over, Wu Heng was quite satisfied. Turn off all electrical appliances. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Command the skeleton to carry all the flour to the warehouse. It is autumn now, and rainy weather is more frequent. If you put it outside, it might get caught in the rain the next day, which would be a troublesome thing. Its better to be careful. After all, these flours play a vital role in my follow-up plan for the shelter. Return again. Minnie and Andwyer were already in the kitchen making breakfast. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and turned on the air conditioner. ?A cool breeze blew out from the air conditioner, gradually lowering the temperature in the room. Wow, why is it so cool? Yes, where is the cool breeze coming from? In the kitchen, the two women immediately heard exclamations. Anderweil poked her head out of the kitchen, her eyes falling on the air conditioner, "Master, is this a new magic prop?" Minnie also looked out, "What magic props? Let me take a look." Technological props, capable of cooling. The two women came out of the kitchen and stood at the air conditioner. Wow, its so cool! Its great to have money. ?Standing there sighed for several times before returning to the kitchen to continue preparing dinner. But there is air conditioning to cool down, and the temperature in the kitchen is not that high. The two of them can also feel more relaxed. Not long after, Wen Mansha also came back from outside. ?As soon as I opened the door, a blast of cool air hit my face. "Did you prepare dry ice? It''s so cool." Wen Mansha said as she took off her coat. The skeleton behind him is still holding a large stack of house deeds in his hands. ?It seems that there are still many people selling their houses today. After changing into a long skirt, Mansha Wen turned her attention to the air conditioner and asked, "A new magic prop? It still has this effect." "Wearing such thin clothes, don''t stand in front and blow, be careful of catching a cold." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha came back, sat in Wu Heng''s arms, and continued: "The iron pipe has been erected not far from the city wall. What should we do next?" "Tomorrow, I will arrange for the skeleton to go over for you and put some things on it." Wu Heng said while hugging the other party. "good!" The two continued to talk about the following events. Supper was served, and the four of them sat together and started eating. Perhaps the lighting time is relatively short. After dinner, while Minnie was training, the air conditioner stopped working due to insufficient power supply. The temperature in the room immediately became a bit stuffy. ?It was getting dark too, so they took a bath together and went back to the room to rest. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and entered the lounge, and saw Duke sitting on a chair eating cakes. Gurgling, the crumbs fell all over the ground. Captain, Glasker is back, let me ask you if you still need to customize that kind of leather armor? Duke said directly. ?Grask is the owner of the Maoxue Armor Shop. He left during the Warhammer Party, but now he is back. ??Wu Heng sat on the chair and thought for a moment, then asked: "Is the weapons store opposite open?" Its open for business, but theres nothing in it. Duke, please go over and ask the owners of these two stores to come over. Ill talk to them about some cooperation matters. Wu Heng said directly. Oh, good captain. ?Duke put the bread in his arms and strode out the door. When Duke came back again, he was followed by two shop owners. When the orc boss Mao Xiu saw Wu Heng, he immediately smiled, took out a slender wooden box from his arms, brought it over and said: "Captain, when I returned to the tribe, I happened to collect a tendril of the ''Treasure Root Branch''. It can replenish blood and strengthen strength. You can take it back and try it. ?Wu Heng glanced at the wooden box. ?He has never heard of treasure root branch tendrils, and it doesn''t sound like a serious medicinal material. "Thank you." Wu Heng thanked him, motioned for the two of them to sit down first, and continued: "You should have heard about the situation here." Local businessmen are closely connected with gangs and mercenary groups. ??Wuheng occupied half of the city, everyone knew it, and they must have heard about it. The two orc bosses looked at each other, and Boss Maoxiu said, "I''ve heard a little bit about it." ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "We are old friends. Let me tell you straight away. I need to form my own patrol team and army. I hope to cooperate with you in terms of armor and weapons." Before coming, I had some guesses in my mind. ??But after hearing it with their own ears, the two of them felt excited instantly. Ordering one or two pieces may not be a big deal. Cooperate with Wu Heng to arm new patrols and troops. Meaning that in the contest between Wu Heng and the city lord Elno, he sided with Wu Heng. This is not a good thing. How are you two thinking about it? ?Wu Heng looked at the two of them with a smile. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 226 , pick up people Chapter 226: Picking up people I heard Wu Heng ask again. It was still the boss of Maoxun who spoke, "Captain Wu Heng, our armor shop is naturally willing to cooperate with you. Just tell us what kind of armor you need. When you get back, I will have people start working on it." The people from the Maohu Armor Shop will be back at this time. The main reason is to maintain Wuheng as a customer. For a business owner, there are not many customers in the city like Wu Heng who buy unlimited amounts and pay the full amount in cash. If he can maintain such a store well, he doesn''t even need to open his store to the outside world. He only needs to produce the armor that the other party needs in a unified manner. Wu Heng nodded and said: "Boss Glask is really happy. I will leave the armor to you. It will still be made according to the previous one-piece armor. It is best to redesign the appearance to be different from the Iron Guard Knights. " Boss Maoxiu touched his chin and said, "When I get back, I''ll ask someone to come up with a design and you can choose the style." Okay! Wu Heng nodded, and then turned his eyes to the owner of the weapons store, What about you, havent you thought about it yet? "No, I also choose to cooperate with you. What kind of weapons do you need? I will arrange for people to work on it immediately." The owner of the weapons store said. Hearing that the other party agreed, Wu Heng also nodded. Whether its here or in the zombie world. ??It is true that a large number of weapons and armors are needed, and it is time to take advantage of this opportunity to form a group of manpower that can be continuously provided. "The human body shape is made according to the iron sword, and the orc body shape is made according to the battle axe. In addition, I also need a large number of crossbows and arrows." Wu Heng said. I have some firearms and bullets in my hands, but the number of bullets is smaller. In normal times, it is basically not used. The skeleton throws spear, which is better for dealing with dull zombies. In terms of defending the city, crossbows are better to use. The boss glanced at the other party and said: "The weapons sold to the City Lord''s Mansion are all the lowest-priced on the market, high-quality iron swords, which cost 22 silver coins each, and crossbows, which cost 45 silver coins. This price..." The quality can be guaranteed and the price is acceptable to me. The owner of the weapon shop also breathed a sigh of relief, "Okay, then I will arrange for someone to make it as soon as I get back." Well, if you need anything, you can come to me directly. Okay, captain, lets go back and get ready to start work. ?Wu Heng nodded, and the two orc bosses stood up and walked outside. Wait until you leave the association gate. The owner of the weapon shop said in a low voice: "We will definitely offend the city lord." "When did you become so cowardly? If you don''t offend him, the order from the Iron Guard Knights will not fall into our hands. It would be better to cooperate with this captain." Boss Mao Xiu said. Well, you are right. "This captain is rich and powerful, how can he not be Erno''s opponent? Don''t worry!" Boss Maoxiu consoled him. You mean, he has a background? Nonsense, how many years has Gomez been in the city? Do you think he can occupy half of the city? There must be something we dont know. Thats right to think so. Then lets go and start work as soon as possible. The two orcs whispered and quickened their pace to leave. The two of them left. ??Duke took out the bread in his arms again and said while eating, "Captain, the deacon has stopped giving us tasks recently." After the incident with the Warhammer Party, all the teams started to get busy. Team 12 remained calm, as if they were on vacation, and were not assigned any tasks. Wen Mansha was busy with matters in the city, and there was no information about wanted criminals. ?Wu Heng feels that this kind of life is pretty good. ??If he could continue like this, he wouldn''t have to think about becoming a subdeacon. Facing Duke''s inquiry. Wu Heng said: "We have just been reported for three meritorious deeds. It is normal to rest for a while. We should also give other teams some opportunities." "Oh, that." ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party and continued: "If you feel nothing is wrong, you can go to Wen Mansha and lead a team of skeletons to patrol the streets." Thats fine, what are you doing patrolling the streets? Just to see if anyone is causing trouble, to catch thieves or something. "Oh, okay, then if there''s nothing else to do, I''ll go patrolling the streets." ?Wu Heng nodded. The two of them sat in the lounge for a while. There was nothing else to do, so he left the association directly. The sky is getting darker. ttle ?The street lights that were erected suddenly released streaks of dazzling light. Illuminate the entire area. ??More and more residents and tavern drinkers are gathering here. ?Looking up at the bright street lights. Whats so bright? I thought I was going to hang a flag on something that was set up with spikes, but it turned out to be something so bright. Its a magic item, theres actually a magic item here. This is much brighter than the light stone. Damn it, who is so rich to put this kind of thing here. ??The crowd started pointing at the lit street lights and talking in low voices. Obviously, this was the first time they had seen this kind of thing, and they were also surprised that someone actually put magic props here. More and more people gathered, and a large number of tame animals began to appear above the street lights. Hirling around the street lamp again and again. But everyone only watched from a distance. Under the guard of the skeleton soldiers, no one really approached to look for trouble. ??Wu Heng and several maids stood on the city wall and looked up and down.????The darker the surroundings, the better the effect of street lights. Illuminate a large area. Master, is this a street lamp? Whats the purpose of putting it here? It would be great to put it at home. Minnie said. ??The owner spent money to install street lights in the outer city, which feels very worthless. The bright one in our house is also like this, they are all the same. Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha was also surprised by the effect of the street lights. Compared to Minnie, she knew Wu Heng''s plan to lay out the whole city. ??If all two urban areas are equipped with such street lights. ?The whole city is probably no different from what it was during the day. At the same time, on the other side. The inner city wall in the east area. The carriage of the Snake Emblem Consortium suddenly stopped. Outside the carriage, the voice of the guard came, "Miss, there are some people blocked in front, we need to wait a moment." Lecia leaned on the corner of the carriage and said lazily: "What''s the matter? There''s another gang fight?" No, someone set up a magic prop in front, which attracted many residents to watch. The guard continued. ?Magic props? In the outer city? Which sick person would do such a thing? ?Lecia was curious. The moment the curtains were opened, a bright light extended into the carriage, causing the light stone hanging on the ceiling to suddenly turn dim and yellow. Follow the light and look upward in front of you. ??Dazzling bright light, hanging in mid-air. ?Lecias eyes widened. Looking in disbelief at the thing emitting strong light in front of me. At this moment, she guessed who was so sick and created such a thing. He really set the sun in the sky. The night passed. Outer city, two pedestrians walking in groups. I said it can keep the light on, give me money, give me money, and be willing to admit defeat. "I sent you this little money, if I had known I would have shot it down with an arrow last night." Youre not as good as me. I took a dip in it last night when I controlled the beast. In front of a shop. Is it selling props and demonstrating the effects in advance? Who will give a demonstration in the outer city? Can you afford it after the demonstration? Lets see if it will be demolished today. If not, I plan to go over there and sell dried fruits. There are so many people, so the business must be good. I heard from people in the Spike Gang that this thing retains the suns rays during the day and then releases them at night. Thats right, I asked why its so dazzling, it turns out its the sun. Yes, yes, my eyes are still dim now. ??Whether its residents from the outer city or gentlemen from the inner city. ??We have been discussing this matter today, what is it that glows at night, and what is the purpose of the other party doing this. Can achieve this kind of lighting effect in such a wide space. ??Obviously not an ordinary magic prop. At least it has not appeared locally, or even in the surrounding cities. The price is definitely not cheap. Overnight, the new magic prop became a hot topic in the city. Even those who havent seen it in the two southwest cities are planning to form a group to go there tonight to have a look. It is also a border city of the Kingdom of Ke. A small team stopped on the side of the road and waited silently. ?The eagle wearing leather armor kept circling in the sky. After two circles, the eagle swooped down and turned into a girl with pretty curly hair before landing. She landed lightly on the open space next to the carriage. ?The frightened horses neighed, and the coachman hurriedly comforted them. Aunt, did he miscalculate the time? Why havent he come yet? The girl leaned against the carriage and said with a somewhat dissatisfied tone. The car curtain was lifted, revealing a mature and beautiful face, "Are you tired of waiting? I said I wouldn''t bring you here, but you had to follow me." No, I just feel that he is not punctual, so lets wait for him here. The girl said. "Wait a little longer. If he hasn''t come by noon, we''ll go directly there," the woman said. Then why dont you just go there and wait for him to do something? the girl continued to ask. I told him the time in the letter. We both took the wrong road, so his journey will not be in vain. The girl nodded, "That''s right, he is troublesome." He complained, but still stretched his neck to look into the distance. ?Suddenly, a cloud of smoke and dust rose up on the road in the distance. It seemed like some wild beast was running towards this side very quickly. ??The guards beside the carriage were immediately on alert, and even the guards on the city wall behind began to gather and begin to be on guard. ~! ??The brakes sounded harshly, the wheels slid on the ground, and stopped after two or three meters. The smoke cleared, revealing a figure, a strange vehicle, and several tall figures behind it. Hey, Yuri is here too. (End of this chapter) Chapter 227 , it鈥檚 right to leave Blackstone Town Chapter 227: Its right to leave Blackstone Town Ah! Wu Heng. When she saw the appearance in the smoke clearly, Yuli immediately exclaimed. When we were in Blackstone Town, the two of us were the closest in the team, and they were considered best friends. After taking a few steps forward quickly, Yuli''s eyes were attracted to the vehicle under him. She looked at it curiously and asked, "Why doesn''t your carriage have a horse?" A tricycle does not use horses, have you never seen it before? Wu Heng twisted the handle and jumped forward a distance of two or three meters. Yulis eyes widened and she immediately chased after her, Why did it move? ??Wu Heng motioned her to sit up, took her hand and held it on the handle, "Slowly turn it down, slowly." Oh oh. Yuri tried to twist it. ?The car whined and sped forward for a distance. Yuris face was filled with excitement of finding a novel toy. ?Then, the tricycle rushed out again, driving crookedly in the open space. ?Wu Heng walked to the carriage and saw ''Slater'' sitting in the carriage, looking this way. Deacon, long time no see. Wu Heng said with a smile. Slater nodded calmly, "It''s not bad in Luntam City." Well, not bad. "Let Yuri come back. It''s getting late. Let''s go to the city first." ?Wu Heng called out to Yuri, who almost hit the carriage with his car. While spitting out the sand in his mouth, he said: "This thing is really fast." "The deacon asked you to get back to the carriage and we are about to set off." Wu Heng said. Yuli turned to the carriage and saw her aunt''s gaze. She immediately got out of the carriage obediently and boarded the carriage. Slater said: "Let''s set off and arrive at Luntam City as soon as possible." Okay! Wu Heng took the skeleton and got back on the tricycle. Leading the team and carriage, they headed towards Luntam City. Before dusk. The team approaches the city of Luntam. ?Some people have returned to the outer areas of the city, but the population is still small and not as chaotic and lively as before. The traveling carriage suddenly slowed down. Slater asked: "What''s the matter?" The guard came closer and said softly: "Madam, all the guards on the city wall have been replaced by undead. Isn''t there something wrong?" Slater opened the curtain and looked towards the city wall ahead. On the city walls stood carrion corpses and skeletons holding weapons, like guards guarding the city. Slater frowned. When I came here last time, there were creatures guarding the city wall here. Why is it changed to undead now? From the location of the city gate, you can see many people coming in and out, completely turning a blind eye to the undead above. Go and call Wu Heng over, Slater said. The guard accelerated his horse and whispered a few words to Wu Heng who was leading the way. ??The tricycle reversed straight back and stopped beside the carriage, "What''s the matter?" Slater glanced at the city wall and asked, "Why are they all undead?" "Oh! There have been some changes in the city recently, and the entire city has been turned into two areas." What does this have to do with the undead? ??Wu Heng continued, "My soldiers are fine. There is no danger." "Huh? You killed so many people?" Yuri''s voice came from inside the carriage. "How is it possible? I will explain it to you when we arrive in the city first." Wu Heng said. Slater glanced at him and then at the city wall, "Enter the city." The team continued forward, passed through the city gate, and entered the city. Hurry to the association. ?Slater goes to meet Gomez. ??Wu Heng took Yuli to his team''s lounge. "Wu Heng, why are the buildings here so high? They are like churches." Yuli was in the room, looking around and touching here and there, curious about everything. There are orcs here. Each one is three or four meters tall, so the building should be bigger. Wu Heng explained. Are there any orcs in your squad? Yes, both of them are orcs. You ask them to come and show me. Yuli lay on the big sofa and looked up at him and said. "Let''s wait for another day. There''s nothing wrong. It wouldn''t be a good idea to call them over." Tch, you are still the captain. ??Wu Heng ignored her provocation and changed the subject, "You''re already here, why didn''t you bring ''Mimi''?" Mimi? Yuli raised her head in confusion. That leopard of yours. "Curo! What the hell, what a weird name." Yuri corrected it and continued: "You like it!" I dont really like it, I just dont talk that much. "Oh! When will aunt come back? I want to go to the city for a walk today!" Yuri complained without paying attention to the meaning of her words. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Slater opened the door and walked in. He glanced at the two people in the room, closed the door again, and looked at Wu Heng. What are you doing? Wu Heng felt a little weak after being stared at, and touched himself. Slater sat down on the side and asked, "Are you the city lord?" Yuli also looked over in surprise. It seems that this is what news was heard from Gomez. Ah! I..., dont I look like it? Tell me whats going on? Slaters brows were still frowning. ?Wu Heng poured a cup of tea for the two of them, sat down across from them, and began to tell them about the Warhammer Party. ?The general story of what happened is that when he was patrolling, Neiying opened the city gate, and the Warhammer Party invaded the city. ??Wu Heng led his team members to start a counterattack, and finally helped the city lord repel the Warhammer Party, killed the enemy leader, and obtained half of the city promised by the city lord. ?The story didn''t last long, and the two girls still looked surprised. It sounds simple, but the things inside are already frightening. ??Blackstone Town will not see such a large-scale war. ?As for Wu Heng, in the topic, he focused on repelling the Warhammer Party and killing the enemy leader. Slater is a whisperer. He doesn''t know how Gomez and others will report this matter to the superiors. ??Best, let Slater report it too. Oh~! No wonder you said the undead on the wall are yours. Only then did Yuri react. Are these two undead attendants around you also members of the Warhammer Party? Slater continued to ask. The leader has a broken skull and a **** axe. Wu Heng introduced him from left to right. Second level merit? Slater looked at the skeleton. "Um." Slater glanced at the skeleton and then at Wu Heng. Leaving Blackstone Town, the timid Necromancer seemed to have broken through the soil and seen the buds of the sun, and began to grow crazily. It seems that leaving Blackstone Town is the right thing to do.????Perhaps leaving the Kingdom of Yeko is the right choice. It was calm for a while. Slater finally accepted this fact, took a sip from his tea cup, and said, "Congratulations." "Thank you. Actually, whether or not this city lord is elected, nothing has changed." Wu Heng said with a shrug. Slater didnt say much on this topic and asked: Where is the thing I want? "Give it to you now?" Wu Heng took out the ''blood cup'' and put it on the coffee table. The purpose of Slaters trip is to get the blood cup. After that, I came to see Wu Heng and took Yuli around here. Just leave it to me? You need it, and I happen to have it, so Ill give it to you. Slater glanced at Yuli, who was playing with the antlers hanging on the side, and gave Wu Heng a fierce look. Thank you very much. Took out a wooden box and carefully put the blood cup inside. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have your accommodation been arranged?" The association arranged accommodation, Slater said. Oh, how many days will you stay? "Leave the day after tomorrow. Tomorrow you take Yuri for a walk around the city." "okay!" The two chatted for a few more words. Slater took Yuli out of the lounge and went to the accommodation arranged by the association. ?Wu Heng watched the two girls leave and also left the association. I thought Slater was coming. She will live in her own place, but after bringing Yuri here, she has returned to her serious aunt image. ??Wu Heng rode a three-wheeler and returned to his residence. Opening the door, a cool breeze blew in my face. ?Minnie and Anderweil were cooking in the kitchen, and Mansha Wen was sitting on the sofa looking at the documents in her hands. The master is back! Wen Mansha said hello with a smile. ??Wu Heng took off his leather armor and put his arm around the opponent''s shoulders, "How are you today?" Wen Mansha leaned against him lazily and said, "Everyone in the city is discussing the street lights. There should be more people watching tonight. It has almost become a tourist attraction." Whats so good about this? Wu Heng was curious. Some people went to see it last night, which is understandable. It is a novel thing after all, so it is normal to be curious and watch. But Im still going today. A luminous thing, and there is nothing special about it, so there is nothing interesting about it. "I heard that many people have made appointments to see it." Wen Mansha continued: "Most people in the outer city have only heard about magic props, and besides, they have nothing to do at night, so they go to a bright place to chat. Lets join in the fun. That seems to be right. There was no entertainment in the evening. Some people went to the pub to drink. But most people dont have anywhere to go. Find a bright place to chat and kill time. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "When can other street lights be installed?" Lets wait a little longer until these things are not so rare. Wen Mansha said. "Um!" Have had dinner. ?Minnie is practicing martial arts while Anderweil goes upstairs to settle todays bills. ?Wu Heng sat at the table and took out the wooden box given to him by Boss Maoxun. After opening it, an earth-yellow plant covered with beards was revealed. It is like a yam, and the roots are like ginseng roots. Treasure Root Branch Tendrils (Description: The tendrils cut from the treasure root branches can nourish blood and Qi, and can be used as alchemy materials.) It also has properties and should belong to the category of medicinal materials. Have you seen this? Wu Heng asked Minnie who was standing aside. "What''s this?" Medicine! It can be used as an alchemy material. Minnie shook her head, "I''ve never seen it before." ??She is from the orc tribe and has never been seen before. You should ask an alchemist to find out. At this time, Wen Mansha wiped her wet hair, walked downstairs, glanced at the medicinal materials on the table, and said, "Master, why did you get this?" "you know?" "Baogen Ginseng is a great tonic for men." Wen Mansha continued: "Didn''t Luo Qi get injured? He has taken many tonics, and this is the one I tried." Oh. Wu Heng finally knew what he was doing. No wonder, when the orc boss gave it to him, he was very excited. Master, you cant use it, your health is fine. "Who is Roach? What''s wrong with your health?" Minnie asked from the side. Dont ask everything, kid. Wen Mansha said. Minnie curled her lips and continued to practice boxing with Bawudong. Wen Mansha leaned over and said softly: "Master, are you not feeling well? Can I help you to take care of yourself?" It was given by someone else, Wu Heng said. "Do not believe!" ??Wu Heng looked at her teasing look, picked her up by the waist, and walked upstairs, "Minnie, let''s punish the evil gangster sister-in-law together!" Okay! Minnie ran upstairs together. Accommodation provided by the association. Slater sat at his desk, writing a letter with a pen. ?The first part is about getting the blood cup, and the second half is about the changes in Luntam City and Wu Hengs growth during this period. She is my little lover after all. The personal strength is briefly mentioned, mainly describing the defeat of the Warhammer Party in Luntam City and the rescue of the residents of the city. Some of the deeds in the association, after being verified by the headquarters, will be selected to be circulated to inspire people and build up their own image. These deeds of Wu Heng may be spread. Put the finished letter into the letter. Just sealed with wax. Dang Dang Dang~! There was a knocking sound from the closed window. ??A falcon wearing leather armor was tapping on the window with its hard beak. Slater glared and opened the communication window, "Can you be more honest and stop running around in the middle of the night?" Falcon turned into the image of a girl and pointed out the window, "Aunt, the magic props Wu Heng set up in the city are really bright, and there are many people around." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 228 , just for a moment, I鈥檒l give you 40% Chapter 228: Just one moment, Ill give you 40% Place magic props outside? Can also provide lighting effects. If it were anyone else, he really wouldn''t have much interest. ??But if it was Wu Heng, it made him curious about what surprising thing he had done. What kind of magic item? Slater asked. "It''s similar to the light stone, but it''s so bright that it''s dazzling to look at." Yuli tried hard to describe it. ?Slater thought for a while and found no such magic prop in his memory. Lets go and have a look together. "good!" ?The two of them went downstairs and led the guards towards the city gate. From a distance, you can see bright lights, illuminating a large area, reflecting a white ring in the middle of the road. ??Above the light source, groups of tame animals were swirling around. More people gathered below, sitting in the bright area, chatting and discussing. Its densely packed with people. Occasionally, you can see some vendors carrying baskets selling dried fruits and beer. "Yeah, right? It''s much more lively than Blackstone Town." Yuri said loudly. Slater frowned and looked at the guarding skeleton and the dazzling light, feeling even more surprised. What else will he do in the city? Lets go back! Slater took a look and returned to his residence. Open the written envelope, add a description of the special magic item, and reseal it with wax. The next day, on the street. Arent you hot? Yuli asked as she packed a lot of food and held several kinds of food. In the morning, Yuli took Wu Heng out and walked around the streets of the city. After visiting some shops along the way, I also had a lot of snacks in my hands. The main ones are the special foods from the orcs, such as barbecued lizards and two meat pies. ??If Wu Heng hadn''t stopped him, he would have bought more. There is no way, after all, I am also a city lord, so I still have to keep a low profile. Wu Heng held up his helmet. Most people only know that the new half-city lord is the captain of the association. He is characterized by black hair, and they do not know other characteristics. ?Wu Heng was a little more concealed, but no one cared except for people he knew. ?The only bad thing is that the weather is too hot. I am sweating all over my head. Tch! Yuri cut, and then continued: Whats the name of that magical prop that emits light? Are you talking about street lights? Why should you leave such an expensive prop outside? Yuri took a bite of the barbecue and continued. Used to illuminate the outside. Isnt it wasteful? Lets experiment and well talk about it later. The two of them walked around the city and had lunch at a nearby pub at noon. Then he returned directly to the association. In the lounge. Yuli sat behind the desk, with comics in front of her, and said, "Tell me, I''ll write it down." Wu Heng compared the comics and read: "There is a man who has all the wealth, power and fame in the world. He is the Pirate King..." Oh, speak slower. Yuri started to write down next to the comic. She has read the entire comic. But I cant understand the text above, so I can only guess a rough meaning. ??Come here this time, be sure to ask Wu Heng to translate it so that you can watch the plot again. Written more than twenty pages. Yuri threw the pen aside. Im too tired, just write! I cant write well even though Im slow in writing. ~! The knock on the door sounded again. Slater opened the door and walked in. Yuri, go get ready and attend a banquet with me tonight. Huh? But Im full! Go quickly! "Oh fine!" Yuli carefully put away the comics, winked at Wu Heng, and left the room directly. ?The door of the room was closed, leaving only two people. ?Slater still looked at him curiously. He opened his mouth and said, "Did you set up that kind of luminous thing in the city?" Wu Heng had nothing to hide and said directly: "Well, we plan to set up more. Luntam City is the junction of the two races. If the night can be extended, it will be of great help in selling goods. I I want to make this a city that doesnt get dark at night. The whole city will be bright in one night? Well, you have seen the effect. It is actually not difficult. As long as more such props are erected in the city, the effect can be achieved. Wu Heng said with a smile. Slater crossed his legs and thought for a moment, then continued: "Are you sure you can achieve it? The original city lord wouldn''t trouble you?" "Why are you causing trouble for me? Kill me? Will the association allow this to happen?" Wu Heng asked. He did not dare to kill the city lord for fear of being on the wanted list of the association. The other party will also take this matter into consideration, and he cannot afford to kill an association captain. As for some secret assassinations, it would be difficult for the other party to do it with Wu Heng''s current strength. Therefore, even if there is some competition between each other, it will not really develop to the point where the armies are at war. After thinking for a while, Slater said directly: "I plan to open a money cat in your city. What do you think?" ?Wu Heng was stunned and immediately understood what he meant. ??This is because they have seen the potential of the city and plan to establish businesses in the city. Of course you are welcome, and the income from opening a store here will be several times that of Blackstone Town. Wu Heng said. Slater raised his eyebrows, obviously agreeing with the other party''s statement. How should we solve architectural problems? I can provide construction and decoration, and I can place day and night lighting props indoors to create a city that never sleeps. A city that never sleeps? Upon hearing this word, Slaters mind immediately pictured a city that was still bright at night. Then how to divide the share? "Thirty-seven points!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly. Slater frowned, "It''s unfair to you!" ?Wu Heng was also stunned and said: "I take seven, you take three." "Why should you take 70% of the money when I open a branch?" Slater immediately retorted. "I provide the venue, the equipment, and also deal with local security and personnel safety issues. You only need to provide management experience. You will get 10% of the input, and the extra 20% is for love." Wu Heng said directly. Slater was still a little angry at what he said before, but his face turned red when he heard what he said next. ?Looking at the door, seeing that nothing was going on, he turned around and glared at him, "What nonsense are you talking about." Its actually not easy for me to manage this city. In any place, the city lord cant get more than 70%. Wu Heng continued. Slater frowned and continued: "That 30% is too low. You can''t just find people to perform. Without me, you can only open an ordinary tavern." Wu Hengdao does not deny this. ?In Blackstone Town, Golden Cat is a high-end entertainment venue, and even several nearby towns are relatively famous. Coupled with the association''s recognition of her, Slater''s own business ability can be clearly seen. I also took a lot of risks. Wu Heng said. I am 40% responsible for management and internal personnel, and you are responsible for local construction and security, and you are 60%, Slater said. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, thought for a moment, and said: "It''s not impossible, but you have to show it." What does it mean? Slater frowned. ?Wu Heng pointed at his mouth. Slater frowned, "Don''t be ridiculous." Just for a moment, Ill give you 40%, Wu Heng said. ?Slater took a deep breath. ??He hesitated for a moment, then closed the door tightly, walked over slowly, and tapped the other person''s lips with a blushing face. Just as he was about to step back and leave, his waist tightened. He was taken back by a pair of big hands and kissed heavily on the lips. The rich manly scent enveloped her instantly. Slater''s body trembled, and after subconsciously responding twice, he raised his head and said seriously: "Stop making trouble, others will catch you." ??Wu Heng still hugged the soft waist and said softly: "Sister, we haven''t seen each other for a long time." Slater''s face turned even redder, and his body became a little warm. He said seriously: "That can''t be here." Its okay, no one is here at this time. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and grabbed her waist, placing her whole body on the desk. Slater was startled, put his hands on the table, raised his head again, and said angrily: "You are crazy!" ?Wu Heng moved forward forcefully again and looked at her condescendingly, "If you delay any longer, someone will really find out." On the table in the break room? Slater was a little stunned. Before he could say anything, he was gagged. They were stuck together, and they couldn''t control their emotions. After being rubbed and soaked, he was pushed down on the above-mentioned table. ?The leather jackets were taken off one by one and thrown aside. The leather boots were placed on the edge of the table, shaking in the air. On the other side, the western district of the outer city, the residential area. Two figures in cloaks stepped out of the carriage. After looking around cautiously, he came to a house and opened the door. ~! ?The door opened, and an old human woman looked over. He glanced at the two people in front of the door and said, "Who are you looking for?" The leading man forced a smile and said: "We are ''Bulk'' friends. We made an appointment to get together a few days ago..." ?Before she finished speaking, the old woman began to sob softly. Speaking intermittently, "God **** the Warhammer Party, they killed Bourque, they actually killed him..." As he spoke, he broke down in tears. The two of them looked at each other, and they saw confusion and surprise in each other''s eyes. Killed by the Warhammer Party? How can it be. Immediately I realized there was a problem, glanced around, turned around and left without saying anything. When the old woman looked up again, the two of them had disappeared. ??The old woman cursed and closed the door again. On the opposite side, there is a man selling fruits with a cane frame. Put things aside quickly. Following the two people who left, he followed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 229 , welcome friends who want to get fat Chapter 229: Welcome friends who want to gain weight In the team lounge. Two gasps rose and fell. Slater lay on his desk with hair on his forehead, biting a strand of long hair and making a slight hum. ?Wu Heng breathed out a heavy breath and lay on the opponent''s smooth body. Hand close to his chest, he said softly: "Stay, I will support you." Slater, who was a little distracted, recovered slightly, looked down at the man leaning on him, and showed a soft smile. He held his head on his chest and stroked his hair, "It can''t be that simple. Without identity, there is no room for us." He paused for a moment and said in a softer voice, "Sister, I have you in my heart, it''s not like I can''t see you." How about staying a few more days! "I am the resident deacon. If I leave for too long, I will..." Slater just started to speak, and his body arched upward slightly again, letting out a tiresome groan. He grabbed the other person''s hair hard and said slightly angrily: "Why are you still here?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and smiled, but did not answer. ??The conversation of passing staff could be heard outside, and Slater was so frightened that he immediately covered his mouth. A little dizzy, he urged softly, "Hurry up, Yuri will be back soon." Then say something nice. "What do you say? I can''t say anything about love and love." Slater turned his head to the side. ?Wu Heng turned her around, looked at her and said, "Call me husband." Slater suddenly turned his head and said angrily: "You are going crazy!" Hurry up, someone will be here soon. Wu Heng urged. Slater was so distraught that he finally exerted a little force on the arm hanging around the other person''s neck to bring him closer. He put his red lips to his ear and whispered: "Husband, hurry up." ?Wu Heng kissed her heavily. Slater''s face turned even redder and he said, "I didn''t ask you to go faster." Half an hour later. Yuli opened the door and came back. She glanced at the room with the open window and asked, "Where is my aunt?" ??Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, translating the comics. He raised his head and said, "I just went out and will be back later." Didnt you say you were in a hurry to attend the banquet? Why did she leave? I heard what she said. If you dont go there, wait and see the shops in the outer city. Your aunt plans to open a shop in the city. Wu Heng said. Huh? What kind of store is it? "Money Cat Branch." Wu Heng closed the comic book and continued: "Am I not the city lord now? Your aunt plans to open another Money Cat store in the city. Then you can come and play from time to time." Yulis eyes lit up and she exclaimed, Its true. At this moment, footsteps sounded outside the door. Slater freshened up and walked over again. He glanced at Yuli and Wu Heng and said calmly: "We''re not going to the party. Come with me to look at the location of the store." Oh, okay! Yuli immediately ran forward, straddling the other persons arm and said, Aunt, you really want to open a shop here. Not to mention that the people here are very barbaric. Will it cause trouble? Slater glanced at the orc staff walking by. He pushed her with his arm and said, "Don''t talk nonsense." Oh, are you really opening a store? "Um." Horse carriage, passing through the gate of the inner city. He stopped in front of a building in the center of the outer city east area. How is it here? The largest building in the two areas. Wu Heng jumped off the carriage and introduced. In front of you is a circular building, which is regarded as a landmark building in the entire outer city area because of its tallness and unique shape. It is a spherical roof made of colorful stained glass. The sunlight reflects on it, shining like a rainbow. The gate is a tall arched stone gate, because of the local orcs. The door height and the stone pillars are also extremely huge. Although it is not as good as the buildings of associations and consortiums, it is still a very distinctive and atmospheric building in the outer city. Slater and Yuri also looked up. They all looked a little surprised. Church? Slater asked. The magic props store was originally a place where magic materials and magic props were sold. After the incident with the Warhammer Party, I no longer had the idea of ??opening a store, and the house deeds were all sold to me, Wu Heng introduced. Magic shops cannot be opened by any force. Generally, they are chain stores established by large business groups in various cities. The building in front of us obviously cost a lot of money and material resources to build. That made Slater think that this was a church. Slater glanced up and then at Wu Heng. ?With this kind of investment, if he is asked to be responsible for public security, it would be a bit high for him to get 40%. ?Several people stood at the door and looked up, and several figures walked over quickly behind them. ?The one who rushed to the front was the middle-aged foreman who was renovating Wu Heng''s home. Captain, what are your orders? Before coming out, Wu Heng asked the association staff to notify the foreman. The decoration he gave him last time was quite satisfactory. The renovation this time is also planned to be handed over to them. Wu Heng introduced: "This is the deacon of Blackstone Town. She plans to renovate this building. Listen to her needs. If you are satisfied, I will leave it to you to handle it." I heard that the woman with good temperament in front of me was actually a deacon in the same place. The foreman''s attitude was more respectful. He immediately said: "Hello, deacon, I am here to decorate Captain Wu Heng''s residence. If you have any needs, please tell me." Slater nodded, "Come on, let''s go in and take a look." "good." The internal buildings are also very spacious. The walls retain the original wall coverings and wainscoting, and the floors are also colored floor tiles. You can decorate buildings like this in the outer city. It can also be seen that the original store attached great importance to this place. Compared with the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town, this place is wider and the architectural style is also very luxurious. It fully meets Slater''s requirements. Took the foreman through each room. Slater explained softly, and the foreman followed behind and recorded all the requirements. Occasionally, I also put forward my own opinions.?????After a short exchange. ?Several people walked out of the building again. Before Slater boarded the carriage, he said to the foreman: "I will stay in the city for a morning tomorrow and hand over the plan to me. If it satisfies me, the construction here will be left to you. If the plan is insufficient , Well see what happens later. The foreman immediately said: "Okay, I will send you the plan tomorrow morning." Well, thank you for your hard work. Slater got on the carriage. Yuli and Wu Heng followed closely. The carriage moved and slowly left in the distance. ?A few people had dinner at a nearby pub. The carriage returned to the association. Slater declined Wu Hengs invitation to sit at home. Took Yuri back to the residence arranged by the association. ??Wu Heng could only take the skeleton and walked towards his residence. Waiting until the maids had finished their dinner. After practicing sword practice with the fire blade for a while, he returned to the room to rest. The next day, association lounge. ?Wu Heng, Slater and the foreman sat together and discussed the decoration plan of the Golden Cat. ?The foreman kept explaining, with a thin layer of sweat covering his forehead. Slater is quite satisfied with this plan. After the other party has finished speaking, he adds some of his own opinions and requirements. ?Wu Heng didnt have too many requirements. He talked about the requirements for the use of photovoltaic panels. After all, if you want to use electric lights for lighting indoors, you still need to run wires and lay photovoltaic panels in advance. The three of them sat together and chatted all morning. The final plan has also been finalized. Slater nodded, "That''s it for now. How long will your project take?" The foreman calculated in his mind, "In about 15 days, I will try my best to make some progress." The building body and structure do not need to be moved. Mainly adding furniture and repairing some damaged areas. Slater looked at Wu Heng and said, "Okay, give me the news five days in advance, and I will bring someone over then." "Um." Wait until the conversation is over. The foreman left, and Slater and Yuli were also preparing to leave Luntam City. I came here just to pick up a rare object and see Wu Heng. The carriage stopped at the entrance of the association, and Wu Heng asked people to carry various snacks and comics inside. Yulis eyes lit up as she looked at them, Are these all for me? Wu Heng smiled and said: "In the box are snacks and some new comics. The most important thing is this. I have translated some common words. If there is anything you don''t understand, just compare it with the words and take a look. , you can probably understand the meaning. Thats so kind of you, Yuri said. Cough~! Slater on the side coughed slightly, interrupted the conversation between the two, and said: "The carriage is full of these things, you can run back with me!" Ill sit outside. Slater glared at her, and then his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. said: "Write to me if you have anything to do." "good!" The two women boarded the carriage. Yuri opened the window and waved goodbye to him. The carriage moved slowly and left in the distance. Sent the two of them away. ??Wu Heng also returned directly to his residence. Just as he thought, Luntam City no longer assigns tasks to his team. Not accepting the mission is what I have always wanted. But now I am a little unsure whether this is a good thing or not. There is no one at home. The three maids all went out to do their own things. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and blew on the air conditioner for a while, then opened the door and went directly to the zombie world. The factory area remains calm. ?There are no corpses of zombies in the open space. ??Go to the warehouse door, reopen the door, and command the skeleton to start carrying wires and photovoltaic panels in preparation for the decoration of Money Cat. Skeletons came in and out, moving the equipment in the warehouse to another world. After everything has been moved, Wu Heng re-checked and confirmed that there are no problems. Pull out the key and close the gate. Li Yahongs motorcade still has not returned. ?Wu Heng sat on the military truck left behind and turned on the car radio. After the sizzling sound of electricity passed. The sounds of various shelters came from inside. The gold and silver jewelry, do they count as craftsmanship fees? My place is quite far from the county. When I get there, I will run out of food and my trip will be in vain. The auto repair shop has set its sights on Captain Mas armored vehicle, and the terms of exchange are quite high. Whats the use of an armored vehicle? How dare you shoot when you enter the city? Corpses will come to greet your family in a matter of minutes. On the radio station, everyone was discussing the exchange of supplies at the auto repair shop. After talking messily for a while. A familiar voice sounded from the radio. "Gold and silver jewelry are measured in grams, and there is a lot of food. As long as you can come here this year, you can''t replace it all. We only list armored vehicles separately, and they are not necessities. And... some brothers who plan to gain weight are also welcome at any time. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 230 , they are so formal Chapter 230, They are so formal Li Yahongs voice sounded from the radio. Compared to before, his tone of voice was calmer, and he looked a bit like the leader of a force. As the environment changes, everyone is changing. ?Maybe you cant feel it yourself, but others can still notice it. Auto repair shop, open exchange of supplies. ?Some people want to exchange, and there must be some people who have the idea of ??robbing or stealing some. At the end of the world, order no longer exists. ?Snatching supplies and forcing living people to lure away zombies is nothing new. Auto repair shops are willing to exchange excess supplies instead of robbing them. In the opinion of many people, they are just out of their minds and have been brainwashed by the **** about unity from the main station. After Li Yahongs slightly warning voice. The radio station fell into silence for two or three seconds. Then someone said: "Look, why is Chat Chat still angry?" I, the Butchers Knife Shelter, put these words here. If anyone has trouble with the eldest sister of the auto repair shop, I will be the first to refuse. Thats not what you just said. Many people spoke in agreement, and they were all talking in a chaotic manner. At this time, Ma Zhiyongs voice sounded on the channel. When will the exchange start? Li Yahong said: "I will inform you of the time and place in three days." "OK." The two of them finished talking and paused for a few seconds. Someone continued to speak. Holy shit, Yanshen really wants to sell armored vehicles? "The price is so good, I will change it if you want." ?Ma Zhiyongs voice came out again. Having gold in hand is not an exchange for armored vehicles. Forehead. Armored vehicles and firearms, even if it is true as the channel said, do not dare to shoot in urban areas. But it still has enough deterrence to other survivors. ??Some people dare to rob an auto repair shop, but they will not go head-to-head with Yan Shen. ?Wu Heng sat in the car and listened for a while. Li Yahong was safe, and the deal was scheduled with other shelters in three days. ?Then we should be back tomorrow and the day after tomorrow. After seeing that nothing happened, turn off the car radio again. After arranging skeletons to guard the factory area, return to your residence. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha rested her head on his lap and said, "Today, two men went to Bulk''s residence." Burke is the thief of his own squad. When the Warhammer Party attacked, he was directly killed by Wu Heng. ??The corpses were also thrown away in the chaos. The cause of death was not disclosed to the outside world, and the pension was only given to the family. ?Now it seems that the person who gave him the order is also confirming his news. Have you found who it is? Wu Heng lowered his head and looked at her. "No, when we followed the other party in the inner city, we avoided it." Wen Mansha turned sideways and continued: "But the area where the other party lives has been determined, and I have arranged for more people to investigate there. As long as they find If this person appears again, you can determine where he lives." Wu Heng was somewhat disappointed that the other party''s identity was not confirmed. I''m just afraid that they will notice something, leave here or make other actions. But the target has not been found, and there is no way. Gang members are like this, and they cannot ask for too much. Its okay, just keep staring a little bit. Wu Heng reached out and reached into the other persons clothes, and started rubbing them gently. Wen Mansha twisted and continued: "You asked Duke to patrol my place?" Ah, whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. He did tell Duke that if nothing happened, he would patrol the streets for him. "It''s nothing, it''s just that Duke goes there earlier than me every day. In two days, I''m afraid they will all become the backbone of the gang." Wen Mansha complained with a smile. Recently, the association doesnt assign tasks to us, so we have something to do if we ask him to help us. No, Duke is still pretty good. Wen Mansha still smiled. The two sat on the first floor and chatted for a while. As night falls, I go upstairs to rest. The next day, morning. Association squad lounge. ?Wu Heng was sitting in front of the sofa, opposite the owner of the armor shop and weapons shop. The owner of the armor shop took out a drawing, spread it on the table, and said: "Captain, this is the design we have produced. In it, the war-damaged armor of the Warhammer Party can be recovered, and the black iron and local iron ore can be extracted and smelted. Make a batch of iron-gray armor, which will be more defensive and will also increase in weight." ??Looked at Wu Heng carefully, and continued: "Miss Wen Mansha has agreed to this plan. It depends on whether you are satisfied." ??Wu Heng took a look at the design drawing. The iron-gray color scheme was obviously different from that of the Iron Guard Knights. It looked pretty good and he was quite satisfied with the style. What if this kind of material will no longer exist in the future? The owner of the armor shop continued to take out the second set of blueprints, "This is an improved version of the one-piece leather armor. Iron plates are added to the chest and waist, which can greatly increase the defense." One-piece coat hanger, worn by skeleton attendants. The wearing of ordinary soldiers greatly affects their mobility. Wu Heng glanced at it, nodded and said, "Okay, Mansha Wen has agreed, and I have no objections. We can start work at any time." Okay, captain. The owner of the armor shop smiled. Then there is the owner of the weapon shop. He does not have any drawings and the specifications of the weapons are fixed. He said directly: "Captain, we have also started production. We have recently recovered a batch of crossbows. The condition and quality are quite good. I would like to ask if you need them." Have you brought it? Wu Heng asked. No, it would be inappropriate to bring the crossbow into the association. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go and have a look at your store." Go all the way to the weapon shop. The store is still relatively empty, with few items on the shelves. ?The boss took him into the backyard, took out a crossbow and handed it over, "The gang sold it, there is no problem in using it." ?Wu Heng glanced at it and handed it to the fire blade behind him. Pull the string and hit the arrow. With a bang, the arrow penetrated the wooden target in front of him. How many do you have in your hand? Wu Heng asked. A total of 12 handfuls were recovered. What about the price? How to calculate the price of this kind of recycling? The price of the crossbow fluctuates very little, and you get 40 silver coins for one. Okay, I want them all. Wu Heng said directly. It is said that it was sold by gangs, but it feels more like the inventory left behind by both sides during the war with the Warhammer Party. The wear level of the crossbow should be limited to the number of times it should be used. The boss nodded and asked people to take out all the crossbows and crossbow bolts. ?Wu Heng took the space ring, pointed out the corresponding silver coins and handed them to the opponent. ?Continued: "As for weapons, you speed up the process, and then I will ask Wen Mansha to arrange for someone to come over to inspect the goods." "good." After a brief exchange with the two of them. He left the store directly. When going back. ?I stopped by to see the money cat under construction. The outer wall of the entire building is blocked up, and some workers are carrying and cleaning the garbage inside. Many residents also stood in the distance and talked in low voices. guess what the store will do next. ?Wu Heng looked at it from a distance and had no intention of going there. He took a detour and went directly back to his residence. Have lunch at home and go to the zombie world through the gate. Three o''clock in the afternoon. ?DiDiDiDi~! The car honked. Skeletons blocking the gate, make way for a way. ??The convoy drove into the factory area and parked slowly in an open space beside it. ?Li Yahong jumped off the bus and walked over directly. Tomorrow, we will exchange supplies with other shelters at the passenger terminal in the county. There may be some people who are not well-meaning and need to help us. "Well, I''ll come with you." Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there many people exchanging?" Some should come over, but I dont know how many specifically. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. The discussion on the radio was intense, but not many people would come. After all, most roads are still occupied by zombies. "We''ll see when the time comes. I''ve prepared some flour in the warehouse and brought it over together as food for exchange." Wu Heng said. Flour? Did you find it in other factories nearby? Just leave it alone and take Qiangzi and the others to the car, Wu Heng said. "Okay." Li Yahong didn''t ask any more questions, stretched out her hand to greet Qiangzi and others, and walked towards the warehouse Wu Heng mentioned. The warehouse door opened to reveal large bags of flour neatly stacked inside. Put out the cigarette. Open fire is not allowed in a place like this. Wang Chenggang put out the cigarette in the mouth of the person next to him. Li Yahong also reacted, "Be careful when moving to the car, and don''t see open flames." Okay, Sister Hong. ??Everyone agreed and began to carry flour to the cart. ?Wu Heng was on the other side and made some arrangements for the skeletons. Da Tou No. 2 stayed at the factory with nearly 10,000 skeleton soldiers. This place still needs to be occupied. The photovoltaic panels in several warehouses, as well as the entire factory area, will still be used in the future. So, even if you evacuate, you must protect this place. The horde of corpses will definitely not come. I am afraid that some survivors will move all their things directly when they see no one here. Its all moved. Li Yahong came over. Ive finished my explanation here, lets go and get there early. ?Li Yahong nodded and got on the bus together. Then, the convoy started and left the factory. The night is dark. Approaching the passenger terminal, the street lights along the road were replaced with photovoltaic panels, illuminating a hundred meters on both sides of the gate brightly. ?Seeing the convoy coming, the door of the passenger terminal opened immediately. The convoy drove in slowly. Everyone took action spontaneously, some carried supplies, and several of them told Li Yahong about the recent situation. When all the transportation is completed, everyone will go back to their rooms to rest. ~! There was a slight knock on the door. Open the door, revealing a figure wearing pajamas with short hair. ?Li Yahong made a shushing gesture, walked in carefully, and closed the door. ?Wu Heng picked her up and put her on the bed. the next day. Two modified SUVs drove into the county''s business district. ??The man driving the car let his hair down and said, "Brother, do you really believe that the auto repair shop has so many supplies? Don''t let us go all the way in vain." Beside him, a middle-aged man with a thick beard also sat. He took out a crumpled cigarette box from his arms, knocked out half a cigarette, and lit it. "It''s a trip in vain. If it''s true, let''s exchange some food early, and let others exchange it if we go late." He took a deep breath and continued: "There are armored vehicles over there in Yanshen. I feel that sooner or later Take it out and exchange it for resources. "You really believe it? I don''t believe they have food, and they are stupid enough to exchange it for gold at this time." ?At the same time, I added in my heart, people who believe in it are even more stupid. Crossing a road intersection. The eyes of the two of them widened a little. The road began to become clearer. Although the ground was covered with blood, there was no sign of a zombie. This is the main road in the county. No zombies? Slow down, there is someone in front of you. ~! The car begins to slow down. In front of the road, scrapped cars blocked both sides of the road. At the middle position, a barrier is formed for only one vehicle. ?Several humans wearing stab-proof clothing and helmets, holding crossbows in their hands, waved to them. Brother, stop? Stop, why are you here? Two cars stopped, one behind the other. After the checkpoint, a person walked over quickly. He asked: "Ahead is the auto repair shop shelter. Are you here to exchange supplies?" Damn it, brother, they are so formal. (End of this chapter) Chapter 231 , an enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it. Chapter 231, enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it.) In an apocalyptic environment, the living conditions in most shelters are similar. ?While you are hungry and short of food, you also have to worry about the attack of the zombies. A few shelters would be better. For example, the Flame God Sanctuary has some modern weapons and settles far away from the city. After clearing the surrounding zombies, it will be safer. But in comparison, it may not be much better. However, the people in the auto repair shop in front of me were obviously different. ?Blue stab-resistant clothing, an electric motorcycle helmet, a flashlight, an electric baton on his waist, and a hand crossbow in his hand. ??It is full of private armed forces in wasteland movies. ??You said that these people in front of you are the official rescue team, which is more credible than the auto repair shop shelter. But the other person is someone from the auto repair shop. When the headquarters appoints a disaster response commander, the participating auto repair shops should be given up. Yes, we heard about the exchange of supplies from the radio, so we came here specially. The eldest brother, the co-pilot, immediately smiled, stretched his head over and said. The inspector looked at the car and said, "How many cars do you want?" This car, and the one behind. The inspector continued: "We need to confirm whether you are injured. If there is no problem, you can go in directly." The two hesitated for a moment, then opened the door and got out of the car. ?At the same time, he greeted the people in the car behind him and got out of the car to undergo inspection. It is not a strict inspection either. Zombie viruses can quickly infect a person. ??As long as there are no obvious wounds on the body and you stay outside the level for three to five minutes, you can determine whether you have been infected by zombies. Okay, lets go in, drive straight ahead, and you can see the exchange position. The inspector said. Oh, thanks brother. ?Several people returned to the car. After the roadblock was removed, two cars drove in one after another. Pass the level and drive straight forward. You can see some busy people along the road, as well as patrolling "skeletons". ?On the radio, the auto repair shop had already acknowledged the existence of the skeleton, but seeing it in person still had a strong visual impact. No matter what, being able to make a skeleton stand up and move abnormally is more bizarre than awakening the ability to control water and fire. Discourses such as genetic evolution and cell aberration cannot be applied to skeletons at all. Its simply magical. Brother, the exchange point is ahead. The long-haired driver said. On one side of the road ahead, a parasol was set up, and several people were sitting at the table. Not far away, there were piles of blue bags with white powder hanging on them, which should be bags of flour. The driver was dumbfounded. Someone was really exchanging grain for gold at this time. Stop! The car stopped aside and the eldest brother got out of the car. Looking at the grain bags piled aside, as well as some beer and instant noodles that can be seen in the supermarket. The woman sitting under the umbrella asked directly: "What do you want to exchange for?" We brought gold to exchange for some grain. Take out the gold, we can weigh it here. The man opened the back door and took out a backpack. When he opened it, there was some gold jewelry inside. Rings, bracelets, and large gold chains as thick as the little finger. The two people behind the table, one started checking the gold and the other weighed it. Except for the thickest gold chain, which is fake, the rest are all real. "How is that possible? My girlfriend bought this for me and I wear it all the time." The man said. ??Woo~! The man cursed in a low voice, and the sound of a vehicle approaching was heard from behind. I saw two army green armored vehicles with machine guns approaching slowly and lined up at the rear of the convoy. People from the Flame Gods Sanctuary! They are coming too. ?Furthermore, I came very early, probably because I was afraid that there were not many supplies, and all of them were replaced after I arrived. What do you want to change? the staff urged again. The man turned around and said immediately: "In exchange for food." Only flour. "no problem." Drive over there to get some beer, instant noodles, etc. and see if you need anything. the staff continued. Okay, thank you. ??The man got back into the car and walked towards the front where he would exchange supplies. Where is the passenger terminal? ?The door opened, and several figures walked straight in. Li Yahong cast her eyes on the leader. After looking up and down, she stretched out her hand and said, "I am Li Yahong, the person in charge of the auto repair shop." ?The other party also stretched out his hand and shook it, "Fire God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong." It turns out to be the horse captain. I have long admired your name. Please sit down. Ma Zhiyong sat down on the side and said directly, "I came here this time with the intention of exchanging some photovoltaic panels, but I saw that the hand crossbow you equipped is very good in craftsmanship. I wonder if it is on the exchange list." ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, but she didn''t expect that the other party would come and take a fancy to the hand crossbow. ?This kind of weapon was distributed by Wu Heng to everyone last night to serve as some self-defense weapons. The operation is simple, the sound is low, and the power is enough to kill zombies. This Li Yahong looked hesitant. There are not many crossbows. Furthermore, whether she wants to exchange or not doesnt count, it still depends on Wu Hengs thoughts. Its hard to sell these hand crossbows? Ma Zhiyong asked curiously. Li Yahong smiled and said, "It is very difficult to make hand crossbows, and we only have so much, so it is not easy to sell them to others." ??The crossbow string will also produce a certain volume, but the sound is not loud, unlike the explosion of a firearm. When dealing with zombies, you basically dont dare to shoot, but this hand crossbow is not that big of a problem. The sound will also be covered up by the roar of the corpses. Furthermore, a wave of remote output will have a relatively large impact on the on-site battle situation. "What does Leader Li want? Why don''t we discuss it? In this environment, we should help each other to get through the difficulties." Ma Zhiyong continued. ?Li Yahong was about to refuse. Her ears moved slightly. Then he said: "Actually, we don''t have too much. Let''s just get what the horse captain says we can get." Seeing that the other party was throwing the question back, Ma Zhiyong said directly: "I will take out the two rifles I carry and exchange them for your five-hand crossbows and corresponding photovoltaic panels." ??Li Yahong shook her head, "Captain Ma, what''s the use of guns? We have a lot of them in our hands. In addition to scaring other survivors, we don''t dare to fire a single shot against zombies. Let''s forget it." "You can''t say that. Sometimes, it is necessary to prevent other people." ?Li Yahong shook her head, "Sorry, we don''t plan to sell hand crossbows." ?Ma Zhiyong sat silent. The person who followed in came close and whispered a few words. Ma Zhiyong continued, "Chief Li, we still have a weapon in hand. You can take a look at it first and then decide whether to exchange it." "Can!" I asked my men to retrieve it. They will not come in with ammunition, so as not to cause any misunderstanding. Ma Zhiyong continued. Li Yahong glanced aside and said, "Qiangzi, go get it with them." "good!" A few people left and came back soon. A heavy weapon with a huge wheel was placed on the table. It''s like an enlarged revolver. The LG4 rotating grenade gun weighs 5.58 kg, has a length of 780 mm, a barrel length of 300 mm, and requires 40 mm grenade ammunition. The power of each bullet is equivalent to a grenade. Ma Zhiyong said. ?As for Li Yahong, after listening to the other party''s introduction, she looked at the other party in surprise. Its not that she understood the weapon, but she was surprised by this set of words. Even gun enthusiasts may not be able to say such a thing. Especially in the country, these things are not visible to ordinary people. Coupled with the title Captain Ma on the radio, she had to doubt the identity of the other party. "I don''t have anyone here who knows how to use it, and the ammunition..." Li Yahong looked embarrassed, hesitated again, and asked, "How does Captain Ma want to change it?" One hand, six anti-personnel bombs, in exchange for ten crossbows and twenty sets of photovoltaic panels. You can exchange photovoltaic panels or grains alone, so why bother holding the crossbow? When we have more people, we can exchange with Captain Ma. Li Yahong said directly. There are a total of twelve crossbows in the auto repair shop. If you use an enlarged revolver, you will take away ten of them. ?Moreover, photovoltaic panels are now a necessity in shelters. ?Ma Zhiyong still didnt want to give up, Chief Li, please tell me your conditions. ?Li Yahong paused for a while before continuing to ask: "How many of these grenade guns can you take out?" Ill sell you two at most. Wheres the ammunition? 12 anti-personnel bombs. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Two grenade guns, 12 pieces of ammunition, 8 crossbows, 100 crossbow bolts, and ten sets of photovoltaic panels for you." This is too dark! Others in the Fire God Sanctuary said. Captain Ma, this is my condition. Its up to you whether you want to exchange it or not. Ma Zhiyongs face was serious and he was depressed for a while before he said, Okay, weve changed. Li Yahong also nodded and said: "Qiangzi, let someone prepare a hand crossbow and exchange it with them." Okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi nodded. Ma Zhiyong also stood up, "Then don''t bother me. If you need anything, we''ll contact you later." "good!" ?A few people left, and Wu Heng walked out of the back room. Its not that there is any taboo. Instead, Li Yahong will mainly handle the matter of the shelter in the future. Faced with other shelters, she will also come forward. At best, I can be a person behind the scenes. In other words, Li Yahong is her own manager and diplomatic spokesperson. ??Li Yahong originally didnt intend to agree to the exchange, but Wu Heng made Xiao Xiao invisible and told her the exchange conditions. Give them the hand crossbow, what should we use? Li Yahong asked. ??Wu Heng walked to the seat and sat down, "There will be a hand crossbow behind it. This kind of grenade gun may be of some use." Hand crossbow, which will be produced by Luntam City in the future, can be provided to this side. ?The opponent wants to make a crossbow in this way, and it is very likely that he wants to take it back and imitate it. After all, there are people among the people who can make their own crossbows. ?But Wu Heng is not too worried. Their homemade weapons are definitely not as professional as those from professional weapon shops. After making it, it can have some effects, and its lethality or accuracy are incomparable to our own. They really want everything when they come here. Li Yahong complained and sat astride his lap. "As long as they are willing to exchange, it will be a good thing for us." Well, today was pretty good. Several people came to the shelter. "Today is only the first day. After we go back, this matter will spread and more people will come." Wu Heng said. "Um!" At this time, Qiangzi came in with a few people carrying boxes. ?Haunted as he walked, "Sister Hong, take it back..." As soon as he entered the door, he saw Li Yahong sitting on Wu Heng''s lap with a sweet face. ?Several people looked around at the same time, muttering, "We''re in the wrong place." ?Li Yahong''s face turned red, she stood up immediately and said, "Have you checked everything?" After checking, we found two guns and 12 anti-personnel bombs. Anyway, the quantity is correct. We dont know whether they can be used, Qiangzi said. Okay, lets put it here. Well, then were going out. ?A few people put down their boxes and left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood up, walked over, and opened the box. ??Then he saw the weapons inside, grenades about the same width as a mobile phone. ?There is also this kind of weapon. ??Wu Heng has never been seen on TV. Checked it and confirmed that there was nothing wrong with it, and put it directly into the space ring. Dusk. The convoy at the last refuge completed the deal. Everyone packed up their things and started to finish work. ??After Li Yahong gave a few simple explanations, he took a bag and walked towards Wu Heng. A total of 170 grams of gold and some silver are here. Li Yahong said. The number is not as large as expected. But its okay, its the first day after all, so these are not a lot. Compared to the money spent on purchasing the goods, it is already a hundred times the profit. Well, the quantity is quite a lot. Wu Heng also collected the gold. Li Yahong nodded, glanced at him, and said, "I will organize everyone to have something good together tonight. Do you want to come with me?" I wont go, you can take everyone to eat! ?Li Yahong stepped forward, hugged his waist and said, "Do you still want me to come over tonight?" "I have some things to do. I''ll contact you when it''s convenient." Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I won''t let anyone go upstairs. You can just do your own thing in peace." So good! Li Yahong was a little nervous, "If you don''t accompany me tonight, then I will charge some interest." ?Wu Heng lifted her chin and kissed her gently. It took a while. Li Yahong let go with some reluctance. Then Ill get busy first. Contact me after you finish. "Um!" Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng collected all the loot. Open the gate and return to your residence. Come out of the boundary gate. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and Minnie was preparing dinner. ?Wen Mansha didnt come back either. When he saw Wu Heng coming down, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." For Wu Heng, he was absent and could appear suddenly. The maids at home no longer find it strange. Before Wu Heng, he had to maintain some mystery and hide something from Li Yahong and the maids. ??After many times, although they didn''t understand what Wu Heng was doing, they had already accepted it. I guess I have some guesses in my mind. ?Wu Heng didnt want to explain, it would be good to keep it like this. Dont be in a hurry, do it slowly. Wu Heng said. "Uh-huh!" ?Wu Heng went to the bathroom to wash up. When she went downstairs again, Mansha Wen opened the door and entered the house with the skeleton. "Owner." Well, Minnie will cook the food soon, please wait a moment. Wen Mansha smiled softly and said softly, "It feels good to be at home." Say it as if it was what happened before. "Hehe." Wen Mansha took off her coat, approached him and took his arm, and continued: "We found the two people who went to ''Bulk''s'' house before." Oh? Who is the other party? Wen Mansha replied, I dont know who they are, but the owner of the building they enter and exit is called Benasev. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 232 , I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow) Chapter 232, I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow.) In the inner city, inside a luxurious mansion. On both sides of the slender dining table, two men dressed in different clothes were sitting, enjoying a sumptuous meal. There are people in such a remote place that you cant deal with? the man on the left said softly, cutting food with a knife and fork. This man has dark brown shawl-length hair, gray skin, sunken eye sockets, and the fingers holding the tableware are as thin as a dead branch. ??He is tall and thin, wearing a dark blue magic robe. Thats why we asked Mr. Giovanni to help us solve the problem. The man wearing aristocratic attire opposite said. "Okay!" The mage ''Giovanni'' picked up the handkerchief, wiped the corners of his mouth, and continued: "Tell me more about the other party. I heard you say he is from the association." ??The noble nodded and said: "The captain of the association is a necromancer transferred from the Kingdom of Yeko. He took away two of our rare items..." After the brief introduction, the mage Giovanni was also a little surprised. ??A necromancer actually appeared in the Kingdom of Yeko, and was successfully appointed as the captain of the association. Its really rare. Hope, I can get those two strange things back? Giovanni asked. If you want to get the strange object back, you also need to kill him. It shouldnt be difficult for you to make a person disappear, right? Of course its not difficult. Tap tap tap~! At this time, there was a sound of footsteps outside the restaurant. ??A waiter stood at the door and said softly: "Sir, Paralock is back." Let him in! Footsteps came in from outside the door, and a middle-aged man stood aside with his head lowered. Mr. Benassef, things have made some progress. The wealthy businessman Benasef put down the tableware and said, "Speak! There are no outsiders here." The man nodded and said: "We have mobilized people from the association and have determined that ''Bulk'' is dead, and the association has paid a pension." "Really dead? Where is Wu Heng?" Benasef continued to ask. "Only Bulk is dead, and the rest of them have received meritorious service for killing the Warhammer Party." The man dulled for a moment and continued: "The number of undead in Wu Heng''s hands is close to more than 10,000." ?Benasev looked gloomy and took a deep breath, "Okay, let''s get down." When a man salutes, he must retreat. Wait! Giovanni suddenly said after taking a sip of red wine. The mans steps paused. Then, his face suddenly changed, his eyes widened, and veins appeared on his neck. Gaba Gaba~! In the frightened and hoarse cry for help, his neck suddenly turned 180 degrees to the back. Seven holes were bleeding and he fell to the ground dead. Benasefs expression changed and he almost stood up. Suppressing the fear in his heart, he asked: "Who is Giovanni?" Giovanni did not answer, but raised his hand. The body that fell to the ground suddenly sat up. He turned his head to the back, and in the sound of rattling, he turned back and looked this way. ??Giovanni asked: "How did Bourque die?" The corpse replied, "The association issued a pension, saying that he died at the hands of the Warhammer Party." ??Giovanni continued to ask: "Where are the rest of their team?" Everyone else is fine. Why did Benasef investigate Wu Heng? It seems like something has been lost, in Wu Hengs hands. When did Wu Heng come to Luntam City? About, a month ago. . Giovanni asked five questions in succession. In addition to the matter of "Burque", he also reconfirmed the purpose of "Benasev". It seems that what others said is not reliable and needs to be confirmed again with the corpse. After the five questions were asked, the body lay on its back with a thud. ?Benasev looked a little ugly. He waved his hand and the body was dragged down. ??Giovanni smiled and said: "Don''t mind, it''s better to be careful about some things. This will be good for you and me." Understand, its also a good thing to be cautious. Benasefs expression calmed down again and he continued: What are you going to do next? Im really interested in the Necromancer who suddenly grew up in a month. You wont back down at this time! ??Giovanni smiled, "Of course not. I will get the things back for you. The reward will remain the same, but this Wuheng belongs to me. Whether it is a living person or a corpse, it is very valuable to me." "No problem." Benasev agreed directly, and then continued: "I still need ''Giovanni'' to come with me tomorrow to discuss this matter together." "Can!" In the living room. ?The air conditioner emits cool air. Wen Mansha continued to explain, "Benasev is a wealthy businessman in the inner city. He has a mansion that covers a large area, but he doesn''t seem to have any property in the city. I didn''t find out." It is basically certain at present. ?This Benasev is the real culprit behind the scenes who instigated Bulk to kill him. ?Although he has many enemies, the biggest ones who can hook up with wealthy businessmen are the members of the ''Secret Order''. Is there any action on his side? Wu Heng asked. "Nothing was found. I have arranged for people to monitor the area. If there is any action, I will be notified as soon as possible." Wen Mansha replied. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but fell into thinking. Monitoring or not monitoring is not really necessary. ?The other party has arranged for someone to kill him, and without any action, it will only make the other party more unscrupulous. ?The only thing that is a little difficult for me is that I have already reported my meritorious service, and it is not yet certain whether I can be promoted to deputy deacon. If you cause a murder of a local wealthy businessman, it will easily affect the affairs of the deputy deacon. ?As Slater said when he left, it would be a good thing not to assign him a task. He could wait until he is appointed and then make other plans. Although he says that he doesn''t have to perform tasks now, it doesn''t matter whether he is the sub-deacon or not. But I still want to seize this opportunity. Keep an eye on him and notify me once he leaves the city or confirms his appearance. Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Wen Mansha nodded, lying on the sofa in a thin nightgown, her calves raised and rocking back and forth, "Master, think about it now, it''s great to have you." ?Wu Heng was stunned, sat down next to the sofa, patted it, and asked, "What''s wrong?" "Otherwise, if the Warhammer Party takes over the city, many people will die in the city, and even Minnie and us will not be able to escape." Wen Mansha turned her head and looked at him. ?At that time, the Knights of the Iron Guard pushed the Spike Gang out to stop the Warhammer Party. Still left a considerable psychological shadow on her. I still mention it from time to time, full of fear. Well, its good to have you. Wu Heng smiled. You are so kind. Wen Mansha glanced back, held the hem of her skirt with one hand and lifted it up slightly, covering the roots of her thighs, and said softly: Master, let me give you a baby! ?Wu Heng heard the other party''s teasing words and understood what they meant, "Here? It''s time to eat." "What are you afraid of? It''s not like we''ve never been together before. Come on!" Wen Mansha teased her repeatedly, making him a little hard to control. Wen Mansha was lying on the sofa, her skirt rolled up around her waist, and Wu Heng held his hands on both sides of her head. In recent days, Wu Heng has been busy with the shelter transaction. We both miss each other a little bit. ? Wen Mansha tried hard to restrain herself from making any sound, but she gradually became confused and lost control of her emotions, and began to hum softly. In the kitchen, Minnie looked around. He frowned slightly and said, "No, let''s start now. Do you still need to eat?" The next day, inside the grain store. The boss rubbed his hands together, followed Wu Heng in small steps, and introduced: "Guest, we have increased the quantity of goods purchased. This time we can even out 3,000 bags of wheat flour to sell to you." It has been a few days since the last time I bought food. As soon as the new grain arrived, the boss notified Minnie, who then called Wu Heng. How is the quality? Wu Heng entered the warehouse and took a look. "Don''t worry, it will only be better than last time. This is all related to my reputation. How can I fool you with some cheap goods?" the boss continued. ??Wu Heng looked back at Minnie and said, "Just find two bags and check them out." ?Minnie nodded, randomly found two bags, opened them, held the noodles in her hands and looked at them. The flour in this world is all yellowish. The method of inspection is mainly to see if there is sand or debris inside, and then whether there is mold. Although it is for other people in the shelter to eat. But he also bought it with his own money, and he was not the only one who owned the grain store, so he still had to check the quality. Minnie looked at it, nodded and said, "No problem." Well, I want all of this batch. "Okay, then I''ll send someone to the grocery store for you." The boss said happily immediately. Okay. Wu Heng gave the money. The owner of the grain store hired people to start carrying grain to the grocery store. ?Wu Heng took Minnie out of the store and walked towards the grocery store. The two of them were walking and chatting. Captain Wu Heng! ?Suddenly, a carriage stopped not far to the side, and the curtains were opened, revealing a thin, middle-aged face with sunken eyes. ?Wu Heng looked back and frowned slightly. The skill of [Soul Knowledge] allowed him to feel the guards around the carriage and the situation inside the carriage. The guards surrounding the carriage were several undead attendants. In the carriage, in addition to the two people, a familiar soul wave, Wen Mansha, was also detected. Necromancer? Tie up Mansha Wen. Whats the name? Wu Heng asked. Giovanni, level 16 necromancer. The other party replied calmly. "Nice to meet you! Did my maid offend you?" Wu Heng continued to ask. ?The other party was obviously taken aback, looked back at the situation in the carriage, smiled, and said, "You are quite interesting." ?The car door opened, and a tall and thin figure wearing a robe got out, and at the same time he picked up Wen Mansha as well. He said directly: "I heard that you took the rare items from the Secret Order. Now give them to me and I will spare her life." Oh? Are you from the Secret Order? ?The other party did not answer, but snapped his fingers slightly. Wen Mansha''s eyes suddenly opened wide, and her neck began to twist backwards forcefully. Her face began to turn red and her neck muscles bulged. ?Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and gave up the plan of shooting directly. ??The fourth-level necromancer cannot kill the opponent, and Wen Mansha will definitely die. I can give it to you. Wu Heng said. ? Wen Mansha''s neck stopped turning, but she still kept her head tilted at 90 degrees, and her face turned red. Take it out! I only have a stick in my hand now. She snapped her fingers again, and Wen Mansha continued to exert force on her neck. "If you kill her today, I will hand over two pieces to the association. If you are willing to exchange, I can use this wooden staff to exchange for the maid in front of me." Wu Heng took out the rare object wooden staff and leaned on the ground. The blood cup was given to Slater, and it was impossible to get it out. But they should also know. Wonderful objects are often more important than human lives. Dang Dang Dang~! There was a slight knocking sound from the carriage carriage. Mr. Giovanni, please change it back first, and well talk about the next thing later. It seems that they still dare not let the rare objects fall into the hands of the association. Bring it here! Giovanni stretched out his hand. Let him go, you are a level 16 mage, are you still afraid that I will run away? Interesting! Giovanni turned his head and said to Wen Mansha: Come back! A blue ghost flew out of Wen Mansha''s body and returned to Giovanni''s body. ?Wen Mansha immediately resumed her action and ran quickly to Wu Heng''s side. ?Wu Heng also abided by the agreement and threw the wooden stick in his hand over. ?The other party caught it and put it into the carriage. After the wooden staff was taken in. Giovanni looked back at him again and said, "You are quite interesting. You are so young and have such attainments in necromancy." I cant talk about it, Im just trying to learn. Wu Heng replied, already ready to fight. "Why don''t you stay with me? I can teach you orthodox magic, and you can become a third-level mage in a few years." Giovanni put his hands around him and said. It seems that he does not think that Wu Heng has reached level 10 at this age. In other words, in what way, a wrong judgment occurred. Thank you very much, but our personalities are not suitable. It seems that there is no fate between master and disciple. Wu Heng refused directly. ??Giovanni smiled and nodded, "It seems that ignorance made you make the wrong choice, but it doesn''t matter, the association can''t protect you, and I''m also very interested in your body." After saying this, he boarded the carriage directly and left the city. Then, the patrol team and the passing professional team also rushed over. Captain Wu Heng, is everything okay? asked a team leader. Its okay, I said something. Wu Heng said. Thats good, we still have tasks to do, so lets go first. "Um." ?Wu Heng continued to look at the patrolling team. ?These people are members of the Spike Gang. "Go and follow the carriage from a distance to see where they go." Okay, Captain. Everyone leaves. ?Wu Heng just saw Wen Mansha, whose face was pale. He helped her back to the grocery store and sat down, and asked, "What''s going on?" The informants who were arranged near Benasev were all killed. He followed the corpse and found me and brought me over. Wen Mansha explained. ?The other party is also a necromancer, so it is not difficult to find Wen Mansha just by asking the corpse. ?Now, Wen Mansha manages the city for her, and everyone in the city knows it, so they naturally know that it was him who did it. ??However, I didnt expect that the Secret Order found a level 16 necromancer. ?Furthermore, the other party obviously wanted to kill him, but it was daytime, not a good time to do it. Im sorry, Master. Wen Mansha lowered her head. Its okay, its not your fault, I want to kill him too! Wu Heng comforted softly. Now that I know this, its not a bad thing. Both sides stood on the bright side. It depends on who kills whom first. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 233 , damn, what is this. Chapter 233, Damn it, what is this. On the carriage. Necromancer Giovanni held a white handkerchief, wiped his palms repeatedly, and said, "Don''t you want two rare objects? Why did you compromise on just one?" ?Benasef, who was sitting opposite, was holding a wooden stick and looking at it. He raised his head and said: "He will really hand over this rare object to the association. Even if the association doesn''t give him anything, he will still hand it over. It will be difficult to get it back by then." You are so hesitant in doing things that you make things so troublesome. "If I could have your achievements, I would slap him to death." Benasef put away his wooden stick and continued to ask: "Just now, were you really planning to accept him as a disciple?" "He does have some talent in necromancy. If he agrees, I will take him with me and teach him some knowledge." Giovanni paused slightly, "But he doesn''t want to, so forget it. The corpse is better than Apprentices are more obedient. ?Benasev nodded. He didnt want Giovanni to accept him as his disciple. Things will still be troublesome. The hatred between each other is gradually eliminated. ??Continue to ask: "Will your appearance in front of him this time affect the subsequent actions? He is still quite alert." "A squad leader, even if he has talent, is around level 8, what impact will killing him have?" Giovanni didn''t care. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? But the words came to his lips and he held them back. ? Judging from the current situation, there is indeed no problem for Giovanni to kill Wu Heng. The car became quiet again. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. Getting further and further away from Luntam City, after passing through the dense woods. ??A manor appeared ahead. The carriage sped up again and entered the manor directly. grocery store. Minnie brought tea, while Wu Heng sat aside and fell into deep thought. The level 16 necromancer is a whole level higher than him. ?Professionals of this level would be ranked among the strongest anywhere, but they actually appeared in such a small place. In the recent contact. It can be confirmed that the other party has two abilities. One is the use of ghost, which possesses Wen Mansha. The other one is the four undead attendants following the carriage. Level 16 Necromancer and skeleton should all be around level 15. Five fourth-level professionals, arent they bullying others? ?This kind of configuration, in a place like Luntam City, means that the big player returns to the Novice Village to bully people. Dimensionality reduction attack. ??It''s really a bit difficult to deal with. When fighting with other people, I didnt feel much. When I faced the Necromancer, I just felt that this profession was really disgusting. ??The constitution established by the Kingdom of Yeke to restrict necromancers is reasonable! Master, why dont we go out for a while first? Wen Mansha said softly after her expression softened a little. Compared to Minnie who doesnt know anything, she knows what it means to be a level 16 necromancer. If you are not in the city today. ?The other party might just take action and kill Wu Heng and her directly. ? ? Necromancer, a profession that deals with the dead, is equally professional in killing people and destroying corpses. There is no action now, but it will eventually get dark. ?It is only a matter of time before the other party takes action. If you are worried, you might as well go out for a while and come back after a while. Or not coming back at all. ??Wu Heng also knew her worries and comforted her softly, "It''s okay, I''m not ready to leave yet." I also have a lot of trump cards. If a fight breaks out, you may not be afraid of him. Tap tap tap~! The sound of rapid footsteps sounded. A ranger from the Spike Gang quickly ran up from the stairs. Captain, sister-in-law, the carriage has entered the manor on the east side of the city. The ranger said with rapid breathing. Wen Mansha asked: "Has the other party noticed you?" "We may have noticed that several guards around the carriage obviously wanted to get closer, but we kept a long distance and no one was injured." The ranger continued. You said they entered the manor? Wu Heng took over the topic. "yes." Whats going on in the manor? "The Taming Beast just took a brief look. It seemed like there was some kind of banquet being held. There were quite a few nobles in the courtyard." The ranger pondered for a moment before replying. Where are the guards? "There are at least a hundred guards." ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask, but sat aside and thought. Then he said to the ranger: "Okay, your mission is completed, go back and rest." The ranger glanced at Wen Mansha and saw she blinked to indicate that it was okay. Saluted and retreated. Wait for the footsteps to go away. Wen Mansha asked: "Master, what should I do?" Lets go to the manor and do it first. Wen Mansha''s eyes narrowed, but she nodded, "Okay." Outside the city, on the east side of the manor. Behind the manor are large medicinal fields, which are supplied to pharmacies in the city. The Secret Order bought this manor very early as a secret gathering place outside the city. It serves as a venue for meetings and initiation ceremonies. It''s just that because of the Warhammer Party''s affairs, this place has been deserted for a while. Until today, it was used again to gather people here. The manor was filled with dignitaries in the city who were dressed in luxurious clothes and had extraordinary aura. Like a large social scene. They were chatting with each other and it was very lively. Its approaching noon. ??Benasef walked out of the inner stone castle, looked at the people in the courtyard, and smiled, "Brothers and sisters, good afternoon!" After speaking, he made a strange gesture with his hands and raised them above his head. Good afternoon, Mr. Benasef! everyone said in unison, raising their hands above their heads. Benasev nodded with satisfaction and continued: "Next, let me introduce to you ''Giovanni'', a level 16 mage. He will help us kill Wu Heng and capture the entire Luntam City. Everyone in the audience was stunned at first, and then their faces showed joy. A level 16 mage is simply overqualified to kill the captain of an association. The boy is finally going to die. After Wu Heng killed Lu Anjian, many people began to be on tenterhooks. Afraid that your information will be obtained by the other party in some way, and you will be in danger. ?Now it seems that the boy''s death is coming. "If Mr. Giovanni takes action, that kid will definitely not live long." He is finally dying, taking over half the city, and my business has become bleak. Kill him quickly, I am willing to give a big gift to Mr. Giovanni. "Me too." ?Everyone was talking loudly, and the atmosphere became more lively. ??The appearance of Wu Heng completely disrupted the original status quo of Luntam City. ?Especially in the east and north districts, they were originally afraid that Wu Heng would find out about them. All the shops opened in these two areas were closed, and the house deeds were sold as soon as possible. Everyone lost a lot of money. Of course I would like to see Wu Heng die here. ??Giovanni stood behind, quite satisfied with the attitude of these people. Even said that some enjoy this feeling. After solving this matter, staying here and becoming a local emperor is also a good choice. Absolute strength and a steady stream of experimental population. ?Thinking of these, my heart became even more hot. Benasev finished speaking loudly, and it was time for him to appear. He straightened his clothes and took two steps forward slowly, maintaining the elegance that a mage should have. Go to the front of the steps. ?Giovanni coughed lightly, and just as he was about to speak, his heart suddenly shrank, and a sense of crisis suddenly arose. The next second, the protective props appeared and shattered, and his left shoulder was instantly pierced. ?Blood and pieces of flesh splattered everywhere, and then there was the sound of bullets streaking through the air. Giovanni''s expression changed drastically. Immediately dragging some of his flesh-and-blood arms, he hid behind the armored attendant beside him. Dangdang~! Two more bullets hit the armor of the undead attendant. The armor was broken through, and the attendants were beaten back again and again. Immediately afterwards, the sound of heavy objects falling suddenly came from above everyone''s heads. Looking up, he saw strange objects falling from the sky. Boom~! Boom, boom, boom! In an instant, the explosion covered the whole place, the whole courtyard exploded, and a thick smoke rose. ?Shattered limbs, broken wood, and debris scattered all over the sky. There were panicked screams and a chaotic mess. ?The lady in a formal dress with a enchanting posture squatted on the spot with her head in her hands and screamed loudly, while bursts of sand and dust fell from the sky, covering her body. Two guards rushed over quickly. Just as he was about to lift her up and run away, the ground beside him exploded, and the three of them were instantly torn apart. ??Benasev stuck his **** out and climbed into the stone castle behind him. When he looked up, he saw the necromancer Giovanni also hiding here, drinking the potion with his head raised. Of the four undead attendants originally around him, only one remained. He also had a broken arm, and his breastplate was covered with dents caused by splashes of sand and gravel. ??The rest of the attendants were blown into a pile of broken bones at the first opportunity. "This, what kind of magic is this?" Benasev spat out the sand in his mouth and said. ??Giovanni threw the potion bottle aside and cursed angrily: "It''s not magic, **** it." I originally thought it was a small place, but I actually encountered this kind of thing. The explosion came suddenly and ended quickly. After a brief bombing. The whole place was in a mess. ?Smoke and dust still filled the sky over the manor, and wails echoed throughout the area. ?Hunting until the smoke clears. ~! A strange vehicle with three wheels, controlled by a skeleton, stopped at the entrance of the manor. ?Two dark and strange things on the carriage. In the smoke, turn around and face inside. Next second~! ?Bang bang bang~! ??The barrel of the gun was spitting out tongues of fire, and dense bullets were fired towards the interior of the manor. Broken limbs, blood foam, pieces of flesh, and gravel scattered everywhere. No body is complete. Even if it is covered in iron armor, it has become a puddle of mud. Then, the machine guns began to fire at the stone castle in the middle. The door was shattered like paper, and was reduced to countless fragments under the intensive attack of bullets. The walls and interior furnishings are more like fragile pottery pieces, scattered with smoke and dust. The entire area was covered by intensive gunfire. The tricycle below trembled and rattled violently with the shooting. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 234 , learn quickly from seniors Chapter 234: Learn quickly from seniors Outside the manor, on a hidden hill. ?Wu Heng held a telescope and observed the battle ahead. They were already here while Benasef was still speaking. ??It''s just that he didn''t attack. Instead, he waited until the necromancer Giovanni walked out of the building and appeared in sight before letting Hunter shoot. But the opponent''s alertness is obviously higher, and he did not die even when faced with a sniper rifle. Just broke one arm. ?And this kind of injury can be relieved by drinking some potions, not to mention that the opponent is a level 16 mage, and there may be higher-level potions. As long as it is not fatal, the opponent still has full combat effectiveness. At the moment, smoke and dust cover the area again. "I''ll lead the men to kill them. There shouldn''t be many left." Wen Mansha said from the side. She has used this kind of machine gun and knows the power of strafing. ?One machine gun wiped out the White Wolf Gang at that time. Now two machine guns are firing back and forth, and the whole place is filled with smoke. Obviously not many people could survive. Dont worry, that Necromancer may not be dead or not. Wu Heng said directly. ??If you take the initiative to send it up, wouldn''t you be throwing yourself into a trap? "okay!" ? Thinking of the tall, thin and cold necromancer, Wen Mansha couldn''t help but shiver. Inside the stone castle. ?Countless holes were punched out of the wall, and they were densely covered with holes. At this time, Giovannis ghost flew back from the roof and got into his body. ?? He closed his eyes and looked at the screen. When he opened his eyes again, his face became more solemn. Wu Heng~! Its really him. I still underestimated him. A small captain of an association actually mastered such a powerful instrument. Damn it, I should have killed him just now. ?Had I known it earlier, I should have killed him in the city. Although the association is more troublesome, it is still stronger than it is now. But its obviously still a little late to think about this now. ?Benasef lay on the ground in a panic and shouted: "What should we do? Who is the enemy?" ??Giovanni glared at him, gritted his teeth and said, "Wu Heng, he has such a thing, why didn''t you tell me!" How do I know what this is? I dont know! Benasef said loudly. On the side, the other dignitaries heard these words. ??He began to face the outside without caring and shouted, "Wu Heng, Captain Wu Heng, it has nothing to do with us, let us out." Ill give you money, so stop fighting! Its all done by the Secret Order. It has nothing to do with me. Lets go! Begging for mercy sounded one after another. ???? He was a wealthy businessman with countless glory and wealth, but he had to provoke such a murderous god. Since he came to Luntam City, the Secret Order has never taken advantage of him. Why bother with him? Everyone is upset. Shut them up! Giovanni said with a gloomy face. ??The remaining undead attendant lowered his body, drew his sword and charged forward. In an instant, everyone except Benasef was killed by the sword of the undead attendant. The smell of blood spread instantly. ??Benasev''s pupils shrank, and he was still lying on the ground. He immediately said: "If Mr. Giovanni can rescue me, I am willing to give half of my family property to you." Giovanni glanced at him with murderous eyes. Still no order was given to kill him together. Suddenly, the gunfire stopped, and there was only a buzzing in my ears. ??Giovanni looked outside through ghost vision. The barrel of the gun turned iron red. ?This kind of equipment has reached its limit. Giovanni saw the right moment and cast the spell immediately, and the gray-white halo of light suddenly opened. The relatively well-preserved corpses formed into rotting corpses and stood up unsteadily. Go out and kill them all. Hurrah! The wights picked up weapons on the ground and launched an attack directly. Almost at the same time, the tricycle outside the gate left in a hurry. And a large number of skeletons and rotting corpses have entered the manor. Two waves of undead troops collided with each other instantly. The weapon in his hand slashes at the opponent, and he also faces the enemy''s slashing. Click~! A rotting corpse dressed in fine clothes, his head cut off with this sword. After falling to the ground, his body began to develop sarcomas the size of a bowl. Puff, puff, puff~, the sarcomas exploded one after another. Its not poisonous gas like the evil explosion. Instead, as the sarcoma exploded, countless spiders as big as a bowl spread out in the splashing juice. Continue to pounce on the enemy in front. ?This kind of spider has sharp mouthparts to tear the body of its enemies. After being killed, the body expanded again, bang bang bang~! ?This time, it was an explosion like a grenade. Smoke rose everywhere, the surrounding enemies were blown to pieces, and explosion marks with a diameter of two to three meters were formed on the ground. ??Spiders are small and dense, just like a chain reaction. ??Covered an area, blasting away the enemy as well as the ''own'' side. The newly fallen rotting corpse gave birth to spiders again and continued to carry out suicide bombings. In the distance, Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. ?Presetting spells on the body of a rotting corpse is not a novel practice. ??Wu Heng will also use this trick, applying [Evil Explosion] in advance and covering the area with poisonous gas. But the approach in front of me is obviously different from my own. ?The breeding of spiders should be a type of [Plague Technique], and the second round of explosions is a type of [Corpse Explosion Technique] in necromancy. It turns out you can still play like this. ??Wu Heng finally saw a new way to play. ?Sure enough, its better to learn from the seniors than to figure it out on your own. It can also be regarded as broadening one''s horizons and understanding new usages. After you have learned the two skills, you can also use them in this way. The lethality will also be more significant. The fighting continued, and there were not many people in the manor. Coupled with bombing and strafing, most of them were turned into mud and debris. Giovanni''s face became even more ugly. ?The opponent''s undead soldiers are not low in level. The effect of his own moves is significant, but the number is obviously too small and cannot be compared with the opponent''s army. ?If you drag it on like this, you will be the one who dies. You wish for yourself! Giovanni glanced at Benasef who was holding his head and pouting, and then continued to say to his skeleton: Go out and delay time. The skeleton attendant beside him thrust his head out and rushed out. Bang~! An explosion sounded. A bullet flew towards him and hit the attendant''s breastplate, leaving a dent. ?And ''Giovanni'' took action immediately, rushed out of the building and hid where the carriage was parked nearby. There were dead horses all over the ground, as well as fragments of carriages that had been shattered by bullets. ??Giovanni took out his dagger, cut the reins holding the horses, and released the [Dead Corpse Field]. The corpse horses stood up directly. Rush out and kill them. Giovanni pointed forward. Da da da! More than 10 carrion horses began to run, hitting the attacking enemies from the opposite side. Boom, boom boom~! This time, the death of the corpse horse directly triggered the [Corpse Explosion Technique]. ??A violent explosion sounded among the team. The tight team was blasted with a huge gap. The next second, two skeleton horses pulled the carriage and rushed out. They knocked away the enemies in front of them, rushed out of the encirclement, and ran wildly along the road into the distance. ?After breaking out of the encirclement, Giovanni looked at the figure on the hillside fiercely through the curtain of the carriage. ??This time when you run out, you must kill him. Its not just for the reward from the Secret Order, but now its a personal grudge. ?Thinking in my heart. Suddenly, from behind the carriage, there was the sound of iron sheets shaking. Looking back, he saw the strange three-wheeled vehicle approaching at an alarming speed. Giovanni''s expression changed. What is this for? ?Arent the two instruments above inoperable? ?Immediately, I looked out, gathered [Fireball], [Witchcraft Arrow] and [Magic Missile] and threw them out. ??The tricycle, turning and dodging with unusual dexterity, the fireball technique exploded behind, raising a scorching wave of air. ??The remaining magic spells also failed to hit due to the distance and the mobility of the tricycle. At the same time, the tricycle picked up speed again. In the blink of an eye, carriages can run side by side. The two machine guns turned their muzzles and pointed at the carriage compartment. Giovanni''s face became even more frightened. A ghost with disheveled hair rushed out of the body, flew above the three-wheeler, and pounced on the skeleton controlling the machine gun. ?At the same time, Glenda also appeared out of thin air, entangled with the ghost like melting water. Giovanni, his eyes began to show panic, when he was about to cast another spell and release some quick spells. Under his horrified gaze, the two instruments spit out two tongues of fire. ?Bang bang bang~! Violent gunshots tore the entire carriage into pieces. Smoke and dust covered the carriage. The skeleton horse was broken into pieces, and the carriage also rolled over on the side of the road. ??The elegant necromancer, with a piece of mud on his chest lying among the debris of the carriage, vomiting blood, whimpering and trying to say something. ??The tricycle stopped, and the skeleton in the driver''s seat stepped down, drew out the sword from his waist, and easily cut off the mage''s head. Looked around. ?Throw the body into the truck, turn around and leave. At this moment, Giovannis rotting corpse fell down like a puppet with its silk threads cut off. All the originally preset spells have lost their effect. The noisy scene suddenly fell into silence. ?Wu Heng took Wen Mansha and the other skeletons down the hillside and went straight into the manor. The luxurious manor has been turned into a ruin. The entire building, including the walls, is riddled with bullet holes. As soon as he stepped into the courtyard, a figure crawled out from the deeply concave flower bed on one side. His waist and abdomen were smashed, and blood was gushing out. He coughed up blood. When he looked up and saw Wu Heng and the others, fear appeared on his face. Captain Wu, Wu Heng, this has nothing to do with me. Save me, I can give you a lot of money. ?Wu Heng waved his hand slightly, and cut off his head with a flaming sword. His head rolled to the side with a rumbling sound. ?Wen Mansha looked at everything in the field in a daze. There are probably half the city''s wealthy merchants gathered here. In the past, she, the sister-in-law of a small gang, was not even qualified to talk to the other party. ??If ''Roach'' was still alive, he might try his best to give himself to that wealthy businessman in exchange for some support. but now. Half the city was turned into pieces. Wen Mansha had seen the man who had just been killed before, and all the hallucinogenic drugs in the city were in his business. Now he is dead at his own feet. Suddenly, Wen Mansha frowned. The tame beast hovering in the air came back with a figure. Benasef, hes not dead yet. Master, Benasev is not dead yet, he is going to run away. Wen Mansha pointed to the back of the manor. Lets go and take a look! Wu Heng immediately led the people and chased towards the other side. ??Then he saw "Benasef" limping. ?Hands covered with blood were holding a bill tightly and tearing it open along one side. ??Woo~! The piercing whistle sounded. ?Suddenly ripples appeared in the space on one side, and an iron-green train appeared out of thin air. The car stopped in front of Benasef and the door opened. ?Benasef looked back. ?Before Wu Heng raised his pistol, he boarded the train with his ticket in hand. ?The next second, the train started, rushed into the ripples again, and disappeared. (End of this chapter) Chapter 235 , serial strange objects Chapter 235, serial strange objects He is not dead yet? ?Wu Heng stood there a little surprised. ??With such heavy firepower, the entire manor was basically in ruins, but ''Benasef'' was still alive. How can I put it, he shouldnt be the one who survives to the end. Furthermore, he also used the ghost train to leave here. "If he escapes, will there be any problems?" Wen Mansha looked a little flustered. ?Today, he killed half the city''s dignitaries. Even though this is the city of Luntam, these people are related to the ''Secret Order''. ??But no matter what, if there is no wanted notice, it will not be Wu Heng''s turn to kill him. ?Furthermore, there may be some friends or companions behind the level 16 Necromancer. ??If no one gets out alive and the location of this manor is very hidden, it can actually be solved easily. But once someone runs out, things will become very troublesome. ?Wu Heng stood on the spot, thinking quickly in his mind. Then, he looked at Wen Mansha and said, "Command the skeleton to clean the battlefield, save the necromancer, and burn all the remaining corpses." Oh, okay! Wen Mansha nodded subconsciously. ?Wu Heng called over several skeletons. Take out an identical ticket from the space ring and tear off a corner along the gap in the middle. ??Woo~! The piercing whistle sounded. ??Ripples appeared out of thin air, and the iron-green train that had just disappeared reappeared and stopped in front of Wu Heng. The car door opens, revealing the scene inside the car. Wen Mansha was startled, "Master, what are you doing?" You stay here and Ill kill him. After saying that, he called the skeleton behind him to board the train. I am not sure whether using this ''wonder'' ticket will take me on the same train as ''Benasef'', but I have to give it a try, it is the only way. ?Wu Heng boarded the train. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The car door closed and Wu Heng turned around suddenly. I saw Broken Skull and several other skeletons isolated from the outside of the train, banging on the door hard. ??Only myself, holding my ticket, boarded the train. ??Woo~! The sound of the car sounded again, and the train started to move. Damn it, its done. ?Wu Heng stood in the carriage without making any movement. The bad feeling in my heart became stronger. ?Your eyes can see what''s going on inside the train, but your ears can''t hear any sounds, and your body can''t feel the bumps of the train. At this time, the senses of hearing, touch, and smell are all deprived. Can''t even feel the magic, can''t condense the magic. ??If it weren''t for his eyes that could still see the surroundings, he would even doubt whether he was still alive. Standing where he was, he got used to it. He tried, lifting his legs and walking towards the car on one side. ?Only when your eyes see you lifting your legs and taking steps can you be sure that you are really walking. Push open the compartment door in front of you. ?Benasef was sitting on a chair on the side at this time, and his gaze was full of suspicion and horror. ?The mouth moves slightly, seemingly expressing something loudly. But no sound came out. ?Benasev panicked and pulled out the dagger from his waist. Wu Heng also lowered his head and went to take out the pistol from his waist. The lack of physical touch makes this action, which I usually do in the past, extremely weird. The safety of the pistol is open and the trigger is pulled. The bullet exits the barrel and flies forward. ?Under the horrified gaze of ''Benasef'', the bullet penetrated his forehead and came out of his body. No blood splattered. ??Benasev''s eyes were still full of fear, and there was some doubt in his eyes. He reached out and touched the wound on his forehead before his body collapsed. The whole process did not show any pain. ?Wu Heng stepped forward. He groped around the other person''s body for a while. He was wearing gold and silver jewelry, a gorgeous brooch, and a space ring on his hand. After Wu Heng took off all the hair, he sat aside and waited silently. The train is still running. I dont know where I will go, and I dont know when I will stop. Having just shot the leg, Benasef must know how to stop. I do not know how long it has been. In the empty scene outside the window, rugged mountain lines began to appear. The train also slowly stopped. There was a crash. The car door opens. Hearing and touch are restored. ??Wu Heng stood up and looked out the window. There seemed to be no movement outside. He picked up the body on the ground and walked out of the train. The headlights of the train went out, and the entire platform instantly fell into darkness. ?Wu Heng faced forward and released a dancing light spell. ?The moment the space became bright, Wu Heng''s heart also tightened. In sight, there were five or six dead bodies. The armor on his body was in tatters, and his body was shrunken and shriveled. ??Wu Heng stood on guard, the body did not move, and no monster appeared. Just when he threw the body of ''Benasef'' on the ground, the two nearby mummies scattered like fine sand with a crash, and the tattered armor was scattered on the ground. The time to die is not short. ??Wu Heng continued to look around. This was a closed space, surrounded by rugged mountain stone walls and on the roof of the shed. Only the area under the feet is paved with flat stone slabs to form a platform. Its like a station was dug out of a closed mountain. The green leather train behind him did not leave. It seemed to be on standby and just stopped there. Confirm that no danger occurs. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the body of Benasef again. He hesitated for a moment between using [Bone Slavery] or [Conversation with the Dead], but chose the latter. After the skill was released, the corpse sat up directly. He looked at this side with his godless eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "How to control this train to go back?" The corpse replied, "Use the ghost train ticket to go where you need to go." ?I know that tickets can make the train move. I opened Benasefs space ring and took a look, but I didnt find the second ticket. How to get a ticket? "I bought it at a high price from a mercenary group in Luntam City. I don''t know any other way." the corpse replied. Ouch~! It''s over. ??It may not be possible to go back. Do you know where this is? After boarding the train, if the location is not entered in the itinerary, the train will take the passengers back to the departure station. In other words, this is where the ghost train is parked. How much do you know about the ghost train? It is rumored to be a heros vehicle. After his death, it became a ghost train, picking up and dropping off ticket holders. The last question, Wu Heng thought about it for a moment, and then asked: "What other plans do you have for me?" No, level 16 Giovanni is enough to kill you. After answering the last question, the body fell back to the ground with a bang. Wu Heng took off his clothes and jewelry and put them all into the space ring. Also collected them all. After asking the questions, I gained nothing. ?Wu Heng continued to walk to a mummy without giving up and continued to release [Conversation with the Dead]. Hulala~! The corpses were scattered all over the ground before they came back to life. Good guy, I cant even bear the magic power. ??This is no longer a corpse, it should be a fossil! Several corpses were tried without success. ??Wu Heng added a [Dancing Light Technique] and started searching along the stone wall. It shouldnt be! If there is air, there should be an outlet. ?After going around in a circle, I couldn''t find any exit. Some traces of bombing and artificial excavation can be seen around. It seems that other people also tried to get out from here, but they were unsuccessful. I searched around but found no results. ?Wu Heng sat down helplessly from the side. The situation before us has become very clear. This time, the members of the "Secret Order" in Luntam City were all gathered together. is a good thing. But in the current situation, I am trapped here. I dont know where this is, and I dont know how to get back. It is possible that like these people, they can only wait to die. Thats not right. ?Wu Heng suddenly woke up and looked at the door of the train parked aside. Took out the bronze key and walked over directly. Find a keyhole that was stained with oil and inserted it directly. The next side, the gate opens. ?Wu Heng felt a little more at ease. At least I can go back. Open the door, pull out the key, and enter the car as soon as the door closes. There is no ticket and the train has not started. ??Wu Heng continued to walk to the end of the carriage, where it was connected to the front of the car, and lightly knocked on the iron door. ~! There was a dull knocking sound. In other words, when the vehicle is not started, all of its senses are not affected. See no response from inside. ?Wu Heng continued to take out the bronze key and opened the iron door that isolated the cab. ??There was a squeak. The iron door opens. ??Revealing the old control area inside, and the remains of the driver''s seat that became a puddle of powder. Ghost Train (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Function: While moving in the virtual body, you can quickly reach the destination. Side Effect: While the body is moving, all senses except vision are lost. (Description: The train will take you anywhere. You can fill in the location on the itinerary at the door (for unrecorded areas, it will arrive at the nearest station).) The ticket is a curious thing. The train is also a curious thing. Good guys, they still appear in sets. ?Wu Heng went up and fiddled with the control area, and found that it was completely paralyzed. Whether it was the buttons or the joystick, they were all rusted to death and could not move. In other words, this train was not started regularly. ?Wu Heng turned around in the cab. ?Looking down the driver''s seat, I vaguely saw something. ?Hooking something out, it turned out to be a yellowed and old policeman''s hat. The corpses turned to ashes. ??The police hat is still there? ?Bent down to pick it up, holding it in his hand and narrowing his eyes again. Train conductor hat (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Function: Wearing a hat, you can serve as a train conductor. Side effects: obsessive-compulsive disorder. (Description: Please keep your mission in mind and lead passengers to the next stop.) ?Wu Heng''s eyes lit up and he felt relieved. The original way to leave is here. Depends on whether the cab door can be opened. As for the dead bodies outside, the reason why they are trapped here is just one step away. ?Wu Heng walked outside again. After searching the corpses all around, all the equipment and utensils were rotten, Wu Heng found some scattered silver coins and collected them. After confirming that there is nothing to take away here. Put the conductor''s hat on his head. ??Woo~! ?The train made a shrill noise. The headlights are on. ?Wu Heng boarded the train, took off the itinerary on the side, and filled in "Luntam City". ??Woo~! The train started and instantly disappeared into the void. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and looked at the mottled walls and dirty ground. Started to scratch my heart and liver, feeling uneasy for a while. I want to sort it out, but I dont have any tools, not even the space ring, and I cant open it. You can only close your eyes and not look at the situation in front of you. I do not know how long it has been. The train stopped and Wu Heng got off. The train started again and disappeared. It was already late at night. The city of Luntam can be seen in the distance. It seems that the train stops at a distance from the city, rather than entering the city directly. ?Wu Heng put away his train conductors hat and rushed towards the manor where he was fighting. In the manor, it was dark. ??The air was filled with the charred smell of burning corpses. The stone castle in the center was damaged by strafing, reflecting some firelight. ?Wu Heng asked the surrounding skeletons to move out of the way and walked directly into the building. Wen Mansha in the building saw Wu Heng coming back, so she threw herself into his arms and whispered, "Master, it''s great that you''re okay." Well, how are you doing here? Wu Heng touched the other partys head. Wen Mansha replied, "It''s nothing. The location here is relatively secretive." ??Wu Heng nodded and patted his waist and hip lightly, "Okay, let''s do business first, and then go home as soon as possible." "Uh-huh!" Where is the mages body? "Over here!" Wen Mansha led him to the courtyard of the manor. A tricycle was parked aside, with two machine guns and a corpse with its head missing on it. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corpse. It was fully clothed and no one had touched it. "Tear off the things on your body." Two skeletons walked over and stripped the corpse in front of them naked. The clothes were piled aside. ??Wu Heng bent down and picked up the space ring and necklace from the opponent''s finger. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 236 , magic soul pot Chapter 236, Demon Soul Pot Shield Pendant (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Shield'' rune, which can form a shield to protect you at critical moments.) Its this magic item again. The effect is similar to the Protective Pendant from Luangian last time. But that piece was etched with a Blade Shield, and the Shield Technique in front of me was of a higher level. ??Although it sounds like Blade Shield is more advanced. Next, is the space ring. Space Ring (Description: A prop etched with space magic, with 20 cubic meters of space inside.) ?The space ring in front of you has an internal storage space of 20 cubic meters. It is the largest space among the several space rings in my hand. ?Now it seems that space rings are not a rare thing. Rich businessmen and relatively powerful professionals all wear them. Psychic communication ring, with a clear view of the stored items inside. Some personal clothes, a lot of money, various props and a few books. Took out all the clothes I had with me. Ordinary changes of clothes were thrown aside, and one of the robes was held in his hand. The Robe of Silence (Description: The wearers spell casting speed is increased and the resistance to external interference is enhanced.) It is also a magic item. ??Giovannis original robe was obviously a magic item, but unfortunately it was damaged by a machine gun and is now as fragmented as a mop strip. ?This one is not bad, Wu Heng is about the same height as him. Go back and wash it, so you can wear it yourself. ?This kind of prop is considered as a reward for at least level 3 meritorious service in the association. Then, there are the other props. Flint GlovesInsulation TentOrgan JarDemon Soul Pot. There are many strange props. This necromancer is obviously much more professional than me. ??Wu Heng took a special look at the [Demon Soul Pot]. Devil Soul Pot (Description: A container that stores and imprisons the soul.) Storing the soul. The soul is not just a driving force like "Little" and "Glenda", it is also the material of the ritual. Or to nourish the soul. ??The ghost that Giovanni released and possessed Wen Mansha had disheveled hair and a strange appearance. It was obviously a fostered evil spirit. Looking through several items. Finally, the book in the ring. Pleasant transactionIsland within reachTransportation road for tradeMiscellaneous chatSuccubus in the bedroomRose Lady...Resurrection. Looking at the weird book titles one after another. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a bit. Originally I thought I would see the mages skill book, but when I took it out, it was all like this. They are all like ordinary reading materials used to pass the time while traveling. Succubus, Madam, etc., or Little Yellow Book. Skinny, but this is a good thing. ??Putting the rest away first, Wu Heng picked up the [Resurrection Technique] and glanced through it. Resurrection (Description: You can convert a creature that dies within one minute into a seriously injured state. This spell cannot resurrect a creature that has died of old age, nor can it restore lost body parts.) Resurrection? Is he learning the art of resurrection? ?Talk about the books in the space ring, the skills you have learned will not be placed in them. There is only one [Resurrection], and it is very likely that he is currently researching this skill. Looking at the skill description again, I was still a little surprised. Can turn a creature that dies within one minute into a seriously injured state. The resurrection in the game. ?Isnt that a priests skill? It feels so strange to appear on the body of the Necromancer. Although it only achieves the effect of serious injury, it is much better than actually dying. The last sentence mentions some restrictions. Creatures that have died of old age cannot be resurrected, and those who are missing body limbs cannot be restored out of thin air. These two limitations are understandable. The old and the dead can be resurrected. Isnt that the magic of immortality? The undead faction is really a weird profession, involving both death and life. While studying how to enslave the undead, they are also creating spells such as [life support] and [resurrection] to save people. ?Perhaps most necromancers no longer respect life or despise life because they have been dealing with undead for many years. But there are still a large number of people who are still using the knowledge they have learned to provide corresponding help to living beings. Finish all the trophies. ?Wu Hengs eyes continued to fall on the corpse in front of him. I am a level 16 Necromancer. I dont know what kind of effect it will have after being transformed into a Necromancer. I didnt think much about it. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The familiar unstable prompt appears again. The flesh and blood on the corpse began to fall off, and a tall and thin skeleton slowly stood up. The empty eye sockets were burning with blue soul fire. Wei Wei glanced at the scene and walked slowly to the side. From now on, you will be called Dead Bone. Wu Heng said. The level 16 Necromancer may have other people or forces involved behind it. So, Wu Heng changed the name of Giovanni to Dead Bone. So as not to attract other peoples attention in your name. ??The skeleton gave a slight salute and then walked aside. ??Wu Heng took out some of his ordinary clothes from the space ring and handed them to his hands, "Put on these first." The skeleton began to dress on the side. Wuheng, then continue to check its properties. Skeleton Mage (Level 16) Level: 16 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 16, Agility 18, Intelligence 36, Perception 25, Charisma 18. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, immortal adaptation, necromancer. Feats: Cloth Armor Specialization (Advanced), Wand Specialization [Advanced], Dagger Specialization [Intermediate], Arcane Echo, Soul Lore, Haunting Lore, Untiring Concentration, Spell Craftsmanship. ]????Skills: life support, wounding, pathogenic ray, debilitating ray, curse, speak with the dead, disease, blight, pestilence, evil explosion, corpse explosion, bone servitude (substitute), The art of enslaving corpses (substitute), the battlefield of corpses (substitute). ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes in front of him and was a little surprised. Level 16, no one has higher attributes yet. But this effect is actually correct. In terms of level and knowledge, it is impossible for his attributes to reach the current level. The increase is mainly caused by taking the corpse core potion in the zombie world. Helping himself to a height that is inconsistent with his level. It''s not that its attributes are low, but that its own attributes can no longer be measured according to normal levels. Level 16 skeletons have many feats and skills. Especially in terms of skills. ?After being transformed into a Necromancer, all the skills of the other factions will disappear, leaving only the magic of the Necromancer faction. Even so, there are 14 skills. ?Wu Heng took a quick glance and understood the rest of the skills. ?Only the three skills that I am most familiar with, [Bone Slaying Technique], [Corpse Slaying Technique] and [Dead Corpse Battlefield], have the word "substitute" in them. ?Wu Heng opened it and took a look. Bone Slave Technique (Substitute): Using oneself as a spell-casting medium, instead of the ''master'', the bones or remains of a creature are infused with filthy false life force, and the creature is summoned as an undead skeleton attendant. ?Wu Heng took a closer look and immediately understood the meaning of the words. The dead bones in front of you are no longer separate individuals, but a false life created by Wu Heng. So, even though [Bone-Slaying Technique] and [Corpse-Slaying Technique] are retained in the skills, the ownership after casting the spell still belongs to Wu Heng. It is nothing more than a target instead of casting the spell. also considered reasonable. At this time, "Zi Gu" had also put on his clothes, and stood aside with his hands attached. ?Compared with Wu Heng and Wen Mansha, the gang sisters-in-law, they really look more like nobles. Continue to collect all the tricycles and looted weapons and equipment. Lets go back. The army began to move towards Luntam City. ?Wu Heng put his arm on Wen Mansha''s shoulder, "You must be scared today!" "No, I''m not afraid even if the master is around." Wen Mansha said softly. Actually, if you think about it, Wen Mansha''s position is indeed a bit dangerous. ?His own level is not high, and he relies entirely on the reputation of a sister-in-law. Tomorrow, let the Dead Bone follow you there so that you can be protected. Really? Its such a waste to protect me at level 16! Wen Mansha looked up. ?Wu Heng hugged her and said, "Safety is important, nothing should be wasted." Thank you, master. The city walls are guarded by skeletons. ??Although the city gate has been closed, it has been reopened, allowing Wu Heng and others to enter the city. Return overnight so as not to be seen by others. The next day, early morning. ?Several maids left to go about their own business. ??Wu Heng also went directly to the association. Pushing open the door to the lounge, he saw three members of his team sitting inside. "What? Is there a mission today?" Wu Heng asked curiously. Duke suddenly stood up and said: "Captain, the other teams said that someone is causing trouble for you. If you don''t come today, we will go to your house to find you." ??Yesterday when I was talking to Giovanni in the city, I met the association team who was on a mission. It seems that they were the ones who talked about these things with Duke. "It''s okay. Who dares to trouble me in the city? It''s just a small misunderstanding." Wu Heng walked in and sat down at the desk. Oh, its okay. Duke said, scratching his head. ?Marta and Gauluboli also nodded and said it was fine. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have the achievements of our team not come down yet?" Level 2 Merit, you can choose good high-level props or rare objects. ?It has been several days and there is no news at all. I dont know, Duke said. ? ? Gauluboli thought for a moment and said: "It may be that the process is more cumbersome. The captain''s merits are enough to appoint a deputy deacon. Appointments at this level are more rigorous and the time will definitely be longer." Well, its possible. Wu Heng nodded. Duke continued to ask: "Captain, you will be the sub-deacon and give us some better tasks." "It''s not necessarily possible, and even if he is appointed, he should be transferred to another place." Wu Heng said. What will happen to half the city if you are transferred? Duke asked. Lets see what happens then! ?A few people sat in the room and chatted for a while. Confirmed that Wu Heng was not in danger, and the association did not give them tasks. He left the association directly and went about his own affairs. Wu Heng also returned to his residence. Go directly through the gate and go to the zombie world. Inside the passenger terminal, it was still quite busy, with several cars conducting transactions at the door. ?Out of the building, he saw Qiangzi and others repairing a van in the yard. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Qiangzi and the others turned around and saw Wu Heng coming out. They immediately stood up and saluted. "We came to exchange supplies. The van was attacked by zombies on the way. It couldn''t move after we got in. Let''s help repair it." Qiangzi patted the van and made a loud noise. Oh, where is Li Yahong? Wu Heng continued to ask. Sister Hong is over there at the door. Qiangzi said to the person on the side: Go and ask Sister Hong to come over. ?The man left. Qiangzi pulled him aside mysteriously and whispered: "Your Majesty, I have an idea for improving weapons, and I want to tell you about it." What do you think? Wu Heng glanced at him. Qiangzi took out a crumpled piece of paper from his trouser pocket, with a sketch drawn on it. He said: "Your Majesty, have you ever heard of Langzhen?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 237 , let them generate electricity Chapter 237: Let them generate electricity Seeing the sketch handed over to him, Wu Heng understood what he meant. ??The wolf is a long-handled weapon. Qiangzi explained: "Your Majesty, a weapon like mine is definitely more useful than a pitchfork if placed in the first row. Zombies pounce on them and are directly stabbed into a honeycomb, and they can be pushed back." ?Wu Heng continued to look at the sketch. The front end is a normal spearhead, and extending downward along the spear shaft is a multi-layered blade-shaped bifurcation. It is like a main trunk of a tree growing out dense dense branches. ?Although the drawing is sloppy, with the sketch, one can understand what he wants to express. ??Now in the skeleton queue, the first row of the spear formation uses pitchforks, and the forks at the front can resist the attacks of zombies. But overall, the effect of this weapon is still limited. ??Although the kind of wolf in front of you has never appeared in another world, it may be effective in dealing with zombies without intelligence. The idea is pretty good, can it be made? Wu Heng said. Yes. Hadron replied immediately, and then said: If you think it works, I will research and make it and then test it. ?Wu Heng looked at the sketch and felt that he could still give it a try. ??This world has cutting machines and electric welding. It shouldn''t be difficult to splice an iron tree branch together. Then make one first to see the effect. Pay attention to the weight. There are so many things on the front end. Dont make it too heavy and unusable. Wu Heng continued. "Okay." Qiangzi continued to turn the draft to the back. There were several sketches on it and introduced them one by one. "This is about pressing the electric baton on the spear, which can electrocute people from a long distance. There is also this kind of zombie capture. The net is put around the zombie''s neck and can be directly controlled..." Wait a minute. Wu Heng pointed at the zombie catching net and asked, Why are you catching zombies? Qiangzi pointed to another one, which resembled a sketch of a villain stepping on a treadmill, and explained: "Let the zombies work and provide power to the building." ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he glanced at him in surprise. Holy shit, squeeze the zombies. What a genius idea this is. In other words, his inspiration could not have come from skeletons! ?Skeletons dont know how to work hard, and the same goes for zombies. But skeletons can be controlled, but zombies can be controlled? How is it? Qiangzi looked forward to it. Its a good idea, uh..., what do you think, Sister Hong? Qiangzi smiled awkwardly, "I tore up the first draft, and I didn''t dare to show her this one." You see. ??If you want to catch zombies, you will definitely be torn apart. Lets make the wolf trap first, and then well finish the rest. "okay!" At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the door, and Qiangzi immediately put the sketch into his pocket. Then he said, "I''m going to fix the car," and turned back to the van. ??Li Yahong looked at Qiangzi who was carefully leaving and asked, "What is he doing?" Qiangzi introduced me to the weapons he developed. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and said, "Those messy things again?" One of them feels pretty good to me. Let him take it out and see the effect. Wu Heng said. "Do you believe this? Also, zombies generating electricity are definitely not possible." Li Yahong said directly. I dont think that will work either. Zombies are still too dangerous for ordinary people. With the current living environment finally achieved, who would allow zombies to be brought in to generate electricity? ??Moreover, there is no shortage of electricity in the base. ??The idea of ??using it as entertainment is not bad. If I really plan to implement it, no one in the entire base will agree, let alone Li Yahong. "Is the transaction going well?" Wu Heng continued to ask. It went very smoothly. If the exchange continues like this, the flour will be replaced soon. Li Yahong said. Gold and silver are collected faster than imagined. Winter is approaching again, and everyone is thinking of ways to stock up on food. Flour is being replaced very quickly. Wu Heng felt that Li Yahong''s concerns were a good thing. You can increase your income. I still have some flour here, and I will deliver it to you in the warehouse. Just feel free to exchange it, Wu Heng said. ??Li Yahong nodded, glanced at him, and continued: "There are still some shelters that plan to come to us. I''m considering whether to take them in." Look at who they are. If they are just ordinary survivors, its okay to bring them in. Dont bring in some guys with bad personalities. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "Um!" ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "If you have a chance, contact the Yanshen Sanctuary again and ask if there are any grenades and machine gun bullets. We can exchange them for food." Okay, Ill contact you later. The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. Li Yahong went to collect the exchanged gold and silver, while Wu Heng went to the warehouse and placed all the newly purchased flour in the warehouse. Then, Li Yahong continued to do her own business. ??Wu Heng also returned to the room and returned through the boundary gate. Return to your residence. Several maids at home have not returned yet. ?Wu Heng gathered the loot again. Now I have 4 space rings in my hand, one with 20 cubic meters, two with 5 cubic meters, and one with 3 cubic meters. The space ring is a very rare magic item. Even Slater, who became a deacon, did not have such a ring. But this kind of ring does not seem to be a rare thing among some specific groups of people. Otherwise, I wouldnt have collected four. It can only be said that this kind of magic prop requires special channels to obtain. There is no requirement to wear the ring. You can wear it on all ten fingers if you want.?????But its a bit exaggerated, and theres no need to use it this way. Keep two for yourself, and divide the remaining two between Wen Mansha and Anderweil. After thinking about it, he put the things in the space ring into one ring, and put the rest into the space ring. Then, he took out the weapon to kill Giovanni. He looked at the [Resurrection Technique] he obtained. The overall magical effect is actually more like the reverse application of necromancy magic. To achieve the phenomenon of resurrecting dead creatures. ?At the same time, in terms of content, it is more advanced than the previously unlocked books. The magic terms and graphic components in it have reached a very complex level. ??It definitely belongs to a higher level of magic. ?Wu Heng read it carefully from beginning to end. Hint also appears immediately. Unlock skill: Resurrection. ?This means that you have learned this spell. ?My own method is more efficient, unlike ''Giovanni'', whose books are dog-eared and he hasn''t learned anything yet. You have unlocked it after reading it once. Actually, think about it, you can live from this world to now. Panel plays a crucial role. Otherwise, you can only choose a melee profession or an archer profession to change professions. At this time, the sound of conversation came from downstairs. Minnie, Anderweil and Wen Mansha came back at the same time. ?Chattering about something. Have had dinner. Minnie continued to practice boxing with Bawudong. After this period of training, Minnies movements have become more standard and no longer resemble the mans excitement punch at the beginning. But his body shape and appearance still give people the feeling that he is easy to bully. Whether a person has experience in performing magic or not, and whether he has killed anyone before, can be easily identified when confronting each other. ?Like Minnie, she lacks that fierceness in her aura. But it doesn''t matter, training is a good thing after all, even if you can''t beat him, you can escape faster. "Wen Mansha, this is for you." Wu Heng took out a 5 cubic space ring and handed it to her. Wen Mansha naturally knew about the space ring, and asked with some uncertainty, "Give it to me?" Well, you are dealing with more and more things, so it would be more convenient to have a storage item. Wu Heng said. ?Wen Mansha took it and held it in her hands, her face full of surprise. ?In Luntam City, even among the gentlemen in the inner city, few people can own space rings. I actually got one. ??Wu Heng continued to take out a 3-cubic ring and handed it to Ander Weir, "We''ll give this to you, you''ll need it when managing the grocery store." Thank you, Master. Weier also looked happy. ??Wu Heng felt the gaze being looked at. ?When he looked up, he saw Minnie pumping her fists and staring at this side, as if waiting for her gift. Forehead. After thinking for a moment, he took out a gold necklace and said: "Minnie has just become a professional, so the space ring is not needed for the time being. I will give you the necklace, and I will prepare the space ring for you when your level is high." Minnie''s face immediately lit up with joy, and she still said coyly: "Just give it to the two sisters, I don''t need it." Come, Ill put it on for you. Wu Heng waved. ?Minnie walked over quickly and sat on the ground with her back to the sofa. ??Wu Heng hung the golden necklace on his white and slender neck and whispered, "Don''t expose it when you are outside. Be careful of thieves and thieves targeting you." Arent they all the subordinates of Sister Wen Mansha? Wen Mansha was stunned and stretched out her hand to twist her waist. ?A few people chatted downstairs for a while. They all went back to their rooms. ?Wu Heng took a shower from the bathroom and was about to go back to his room. The door of Anderweil''s room was pushed open through a gap. The little girl with white animal ears stuck her head in and said in a sly voice: "Master, the accounts for this period have come out. Let me tell you." Oh, okay! Wu Heng nodded and followed into the room. Wen Mansha, on the other hand, walked out of Wu Heng''s room, wearing black cat ears, and glanced at Anderweil''s room, "Little girl!" After saying that, he walked towards his room. Inside the room, electric lights illuminate the room. The two of them were sitting at the desk. Anderweil stretched out her ringed finger and explained the accounts one by one. ?Wu Heng listened for a while and nodded with satisfaction. Actually, he didn''t know the quantity of the goods, but Anderweil had a contract with him and would not do anything that would harm him subjectively. The accounts are so clear that there cannot be any omissions. "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng nodded, then thought of something and said, "Aren''t your people helping in the store? Just pay them wages according to the prices of other store employees!" Master, you bought them back and saved them once, so theres no need for them anymore. "You and Minnie live here. They also need food and clothing. How can they live without wages? Just pay them the normal wages." "Thank you, Master." Anderweil''s eyes were full of gratitude, and her face was a little red. "Thank you, Master, for the ring." Seeing her appearance, Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulder and said, "Just like her." Anderweil looked up, her heart beating fast, she clenched the hand with the ring, and said hesitantly: "I, I will work hard and run the shop well for the master." Seeing how cute she looked, Wu Heng raised his hand and patted her leg, "Come here!" Thanks to Fanqing Fuming for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 238 , subdeacon Chapter 238, Subdeacon Anderweil''s face turned even redder. She looked at the door carefully, stood up and sat on his lap. The tail that Mao rubbed was stiff. ??Wu Heng felt wrapped in softness. He didn''t expect Wei''er to look slender and so voluptuous, so he gently touched his furry tail. Anderweil''s body became even stiffer. He lay in his arms, hugged Wu Heng''s neck, put his chin on his shoulder, and said in a gasping voice, "Master, stop making trouble." ?Wu Heng raised his hand and put his arm around Anderweier''s waist, gently licking her earlobe. ?Hicked him up and put him on the bed on the side, and took off his belt. Anderweil covered her face with her hands and was stripped naked in the blink of an eye. Her huge tail blocked the important position in front of her. There was no movement for a long time, then a gap appeared from the fingertips, and he looked out. Seeing each other, he was sitting opposite, admiring himself. Master, stop looking. Yeah. Wu Heng stood up and lay on the bed with his arms around her. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?There was no one in the lounge, so I sat in the association hall for a while. The fact that most of the nobles died in the city did not spread in the city. No one discussed it, and the Knights of the Iron Guard did not come to investigate. Its as if this thing didnt happen. It seems that the gatherings held by those people at the manor are also kept secret from the outside world. It will be some time before the family investigates this matter. ?This is fine, at least the longer the time goes by, the less we can find out anything. No one from my team came over. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked directly out of the association gate. ?Just when I wanted to take a look at the renovation of the Money Cat building, a person walked quickly behind me. Haunted through the attendants, he shouted: "Captain Wu Heng, Miss Lesia, please come over." A person from the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay." After saying that, he walked towards the consortiums building. Consortium, in the lounge. Lecia crossed her arms over her chest and stared at Wu Heng with a slight frown on her face for two or three minutes. Then he said directly: "The dignitaries in the city disappeared en masse. Is it your fault? Even if they support ''Elno'', they won''t all be implicated." ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed. He didn''t expect that the consortium was so well-informed. But the direction of the intelligence was clearly wrong. ?Lecia didnt know that they were members of the Secret Order. She only thought that Wu Heng had killed these people because of the incident in Luntam City. ??Wu Heng shook his head decisively, "It''s not me. I am the captain of the association and I have a moral bottom line. Why should I kill them if they have nothing to do?" ?Lecia still stared at him seriously, as if she wanted to judge whether he was telling lies by observing the details. The two of them stared at each other with big eyes and small eyes. Looking at each other for a while, Lecia continued: "You really didn''t do it?" What you are saying, I dont even know who the powerful people in the city are, let alone who supports whom. Wu Heng said. ?Lecia glanced at him again and felt that what he said made sense, but she still said based on her feeling: "Huh, I can''t believe everything you say." ?Wu Heng asked back, "Someone asked you to come and inquire about the news?" No, its just that the dignitaries in the city are wandering around and disappearing. My job is getting harder and harder. Lecia leaned on the back of the chair and sighed. I thought something was wrong, you were worried that business was not going well. "Just ask." Lecia clapped her hands lightly, and a staff member came in at the door, holding two skill books and placing them respectfully on the table. ?Lecia introduced, "I collected two skill books for you." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked down. Withering TechniqueSuspended Death Technique. Both of them are undead skills. ?Wu Heng checked it and put it away directly. ?This skill actually has little effect. He said directly: "Help me collect [Plague Technique] and [Corpse Explosion Technique]." ?Lecia called the staff again and started filling out the power of attorney. He himself asked: "Has the appointment of the association been finalized?" No, it seems the process is rather complicated. You wont be transferred, will you? Lecia looked at him again. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and asked jokingly: "Can''t you bear to leave me?" "Of course, there are not many dignitaries left in the city. Who can I expect to take care of my business if you leave?" Humph, woman. The two chatted for a while, and the letter of authorization was signed. ?Wu Heng said goodbye and walked out of the consortium directly. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng went directly back to the study and took out the two newly acquired skill books to check them out. In the afternoon, skills were unlocked one after another. Unlock skill: Blight. Unlock skill: Suspended Death. Go to the zombie world and emerge from the room. It must have rained last night, and the air was filled with a damp and fishy smell. It''s better to wash it down, otherwise the streets will be filled with blood stains and carrion left after the battle. ??Just about to take out the walkie-talkie and call Li Yahong. ?The movements of his hands paused, he pushed open the window, turned his head and listened carefully. ?The improvement of his perception made his hearing and vision far better than ordinary people''s. He was able to capture the faint sound of gunshots coming in among the chaotic sounds. And very intense. Gunshots? ?The auto repair shop did not have guns, and the location where the gunshots came from was also far away from here. Are the people at Yanshen Sanctuary cleaning up zombies? No, they have a safe route through here and they shouldn''t fight zombies. ??Still shooting here, isn''t this looking for death? Press the intercom again and call Li Yahong. When he opened the door and went downstairs, Li Yahong walked up from the downstairs. Go out? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but asked, "Is there anyone shooting nearby?" I dont know, I didnt find anyone shooting. Li Yahong shook his head. Call the convoy and lets go out. "good!" The convoy moved forward in the direction of the gunfire. At this time, Li Yahong and others could also hear the piercing gunshots. The zombies along the road were also attracted by the gunfire. ?Wu Heng did not let the convoy get closer and stopped at a distance. Not long after, the ghost Xiao Xiao flew back from the sky, and the gunshots in the distance stopped abruptly. ?Xiao Xiao got into the car and gestured: "There are a few bad guys over there, they should be dead now." "Bad people? How do Xiaoxiao know they are bad people?" Li Yahong asked. They had a quarrel just now, saying that they had to block the intersection to grab things, which attracted a group of zombies. Then the two of them started fighting, and guns were fired at random. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong looked at each other. There was some surprise in each other''s eyes. Good guy, there are people blocking here, waiting for a shelter to trade, and robbing on the road. Its really a good method. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Oh! Xiaoxiao agreed, then circled half a circle and got into Wu Hengs body. A picture immediately appeared in my mind. ?Xiao Xiao flew over following the sound of gunshots and easily found the location of the battle. ?At one point, in a roadside ramen shop, bullets were fired continuously, knocking down the zombies outside. ?Xiao Xiaofei entered the shop. There were six people inside, only two of them had rifles in their hands, and the rest had spears made of iron pipes. ?Some people shouted loudly, "You bastards, if you insist on grabbing things, you will die here now." Fuck, Im not doing it for everyone. You didnt play with the woman you caught before, or you didnt eat the food. Now youre in danger and youre scared. Another person turned around and cursed back. "Fuck you, I deserve that, if not..." One of them cursed, and accidentally, the back of the hand holding the gun was bitten by a zombie. The other people were shocked when they saw him being bitten. Pointing the muzzle of the gun at the bitten man. ??The opponent also looked frightened. He glanced at the wound, looked at his teammates beside him, and shouted, "No one will survive if I die." ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunfire rang out again, but it was not directed at the zombies. They fired at each other, the bullets hitting the wall and sending up a cloud of smoke. The group of corpses outside also rushed in directly, killing the survivors inside. gnawing up all the food. How is it? Li Yahong asked. "Those people are already dead." Wu Heng replied, and continued to say to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let all the skeletons get off the car and prepare to fight." Hurrah! Groups of skeletons jumped off the truck and formed a tight formation in front. "move forward." Hurrah! The skeleton spear moved forward and began to stride forward. ?Stepping out of the street, the zombies who were about to disperse immediately discovered a group of approaching skeletons. ?Let out a heart-rending roar and rushed over in a swarm. ?Wu Heng looked at the distance of the target and said, "Throw the spear, let go!" Hurrah hoo~! The throwing spears fell from the sky over and over again. A large number of zombies were pierced through their bodies and lying on their backs on the ground. After throwing the spear, Wu Heng continued to order the attack. The skeletons transformed from the aberrant zombies such as Big Man led the ordinary skeletons to charge forward. Knocked a large number of zombies to the ground and started a close-range fight. ??The Skeleton Spear Team began to advance forward, fighting against the zombies. For a time, the sound of fighting became loud. Night falls. ??Scattered and mutilated zombies dragged their bodies and continued to crawl over. Be trampled to a pulp by a big guy. ?Wu Heng walked over and checked the survivors vehicles. There were four vehicles in total, two of which were equipped with white surfaces and photovoltaic panels. They should have intercepted them. The other two vehicles are the daily necessities of these people. Its a pity that it is no longer needed. ?Wu Heng walked into the store and put away the two rifles and bullets. After thinking about it for a moment, I used [Conversation with the Dead] on one of the zombie-turned corpses. ?This one was the ruthless man who was first bitten by a zombie and shot his companions. The corpse opened its eyes and made a hoarse "forehead" sound from its mouth unconsciously. Where did the gun come from? Wu Heng asked. There is a place where the army is stationed ahead, we got it there. The corpse replied. What landmark buildings are there? There is a Bifeng Life Plaza. What supplies are left over there, or are there no weapons? Wu Heng continued to ask. Many military vehicles, as well as weapons. After answering the question, he lay back again. Zombies can only answer three questions, and they are still seen when they are not infected. ?These guys are lucky enough to have two guns. ??Wu Heng said after walking out of the shop: "Let Qiangzi and the others drive these cars back." "Okay." Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie, and the motorcade in the distance turned on its headlights and drove over. ?Wu Heng continued to let the skeletons clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses. Then he released [Dead Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons stood up. After being busy until late at night, a few people returned to the passenger terminal. Li Yahong returned to the room immediately. The next day, early in the morning. ??Wu Heng returned to Luntam City, and first went to the association to take a look. Just sitting in the lounge for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door was opened a crack, and the staff looked in. He said respectfully: "Captain, deacon, please come over." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and had some guesses in his mind. It seems that the result is out. "good!" walked out of the lounge and went directly to the deacon''s study. Opening the door, Deacon Gomez showed a soft smile. Deacon, are you looking for me? Well, the appointment of the headquarters has been completed, and you are now the deputy deacon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 239 , let me get it back for you Chapter 239, Ill get it back for you Ardeacon? Hearing Gomez''s words, Wu Heng''s heart moved. After so many days, the results finally came out, and he was also appointed deputy deacon. ??Gmez saw his calm expression and said curiously: "You are not excited at all to be a subdeacon. At your age, there are not many people who can become a subdeacon based on merit." ?Wu Heng smiled appropriately and said, "I''m quite excited." Congratulations! Gomez said again. Looking at the appointment letter in his hand, I felt a little sad. He has read Wu Hengs resume. From an ordinary field envoy in Blackstone Town to a squad leader in Luntam City, he has now been appointed as a deputy deacon in just over a month. The rate of growth is really too fast. ??If you hadnt worked for him and witnessed the amazing things he did, you might have thought there was something fishy about it. Scary! Thank you, thanks to the deacons cultivation. Wu Heng said politely. "You are growing so fast that I don''t even have time to cultivate you." Gomez handed over the appointment letter in his hand and continued: "Here you go, keep the appointment letter yourself, and hand it over to the new deacon when you arrive at the place of appointment. Merit rewards will be given when the time comes. Get it over there too. Place of employment? New deacon? ?Havent you stayed in Luntam City? Place of employment? Well, it says, the location is called Treasure Island. Gomez said. ?Wu Heng took a look at the appointment letter. The upper part is the approval document for the appointment of the subdeacon by the deacon, and the place of appointment is written below. Brilliant Sea-Treasure Island. Position: Deputy Deacon, joining within 30 days. ?? No matter how far you have arranged for yourself, you have to go to sea. ?Wu Heng suddenly felt that this appointment had become a burden. ??Although Luntam City itself only has half a city area, it is enough for its own stable development. ??The base of Zombie World has complementary supplies. The original plan was all arranged, and then suddenly he was transferred to another place. This is somewhat unacceptable. Deacon, can I apply to stay? ??Gomez glanced at him and said: "The appointment of a deputy deacon is not as simple as a captain. It is not easy to find a vacant position. There is no picking and choosing." Seeing that Wu Heng''s face was a little uncomfortable, he continued to comfort him, "There''s nothing to worry about. It''s just to go out and have a try first, and then apply for transfer back when you have the opportunity." Hearing these words, Wu Heng felt a little relieved. The identity of the association must not be given up. It can save lives in critical moments. ?According to Gomez, if you apply for transfer back in two years, or transfer to a nearby city, you can also take care of Luntam City. ?Wu Heng nodded, put away the appointment letter, and continued to ask: "Deacon, where are the others?" "Duke takes over the position of your captain, Marta and Gaulberry. There is no appointment letter, but the merits are recorded in the file. If you have the opportunity, you can be promoted." Gomez took out another appointment letter, "You Give it directly to Duke. From now on, you are no longer a member of the 12th team, and the association will announce it." Duke is now captain. He just turned 14, what a guy. Marta and Gallopil did not issue letters of appointment. This should be considered by the association. ?Especially for Gaulberry, who had only one second-level meritorious service and two third-level meritorious deeds just two days after joining the team, he might be considered to have been specially arranged to join. ?Wu Heng took the appointment letter and said, "Then I will go back first." ?Gomez nodded, "Go back and prepare. Let me know when you leave. I will see you off then." Okay! Wu Heng responded, opened the door and left. On the way back to the lounge. Call two staff members to call all the rest of the team over. City Lords Mansion. In the hall, two figures were sitting. One of them is the city lord Elno. ?The other man was tall and tall, with brown hair and a beard. He was wearing a blue dress and had bulging bags, as if he had armor inside. The maid filled the drinks for the two of them and they were about to leave. ??He was grabbed by the burly man and put his hand under his skirt. ??The maid was startled, but she didn''t dare to resist. Looking for help at the city lord not far away, Erno just glanced at him and didn''t say much. ??The burly man said directly: "So, you gave up half the city because of a newly transferred squad leader?" Erno sighed, with a helpless tone, "What can I do? Either give up the whole city, or give up half of the city. This is the least loss for me." Ha! What are you going to do next? Get it back for me. "You signed the agreement, and he is the captain of the association. Can I still kill him? How can I get it back without a legitimate reason?" Ernos words came to his lips, but he didnt know what to say. There is really no good solution to the current situation. When both sides are silent. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded, and a servant walked in quickly. Erno''s displeased face became even more ugly, and he shouted angrily: "What you are doing in a hurry, there are no rules at all." ?The servant was so frightened that he immediately knelt down and saluted, and whispered: "Master, there is new news from the association." Oh? Whats the news? ?The servant stood up, walked forward quickly, and whispered a few words in his ear. Erno, who had a serious face, suddenly became happy and asked: "Really?" Really, the news from the association is that Team 12 is captained by that orc boy. Erno immediately said: "Continue to arrange for people to keep an eye on him. Once he leaves Luntam City, notify me immediately." Yes, sir. The servant left quickly. ?The burly man opposite pulled the maid into his arms and cast a questioning look, "What''s wrong?" That Wu Heng was transferred by the association and will leave in the next few days. The man''s eyes also lit up, "Oh? Really?" "It must be true. As long as he leaves, everything will be easier." The man continued to ponder for a while and said: "Okay, arrange for my army to enter the city. If he leaves, I will help you take back half of the city." If it works out, Ill give you 20% of the profit every year. Okay! The man stood up and patted the maid, Go to my room. Association, squad lounge. Three members have returned. ?Wu Heng first told the story of his transfer. Before he could say anything else, Duke shouted at the top of his lungs: "Ah? Captain, you are not the deputy deacon here, so what should we do?" You will be the captain of Team 12 from now on. "Huh? I''m the captain? I can''t do it!" Duke exclaimed again. Gaulberry sat aside, covering his ears, and asked him to sit down first, "Captain, where have you been transferred?" Wu Heng said: "Treasure Island, over there in the Brilliant Sea." The three of them looked at each other, and it seemed that they had never heard of this place. ?In this world, transportation is not as developed as modern times. I have never heard of or been to most places. Are you planning to go there? Gaulubli continued to ask. Well, the appointment letter has been issued, and there is nothing we can do. ??Duke scratched his head and said, "Why don''t you stop being the subdeacon and continue to be our captain!" ??Gaulberry retorted: "Everyone wants to go up, and no one can go back." Captain, I cant bear to leave you. Duke said. "I''m being transferred, but I''m not dead. Why don''t you want to leave? You will be the captain from now on. Please lead everyone to pay attention to safety and be careful when moving." Wu Heng warned. Duke scratched his head again, "I can''t do it, why don''t I let Marta do it?" Wu Heng said: "The two of them have achieved enough merits. After a while, they will also become captains. There is no need for you to give up your position." Captain, do you have any secret tips? Write them down for me and Ill memorize them when I go back. Any advice, just improve your own strength and dont do tasks that are inconsistent with your own strength. No, why is it different from when you led the team? ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while. Wu Heng continued to ask: "The association''s prop rewards will come out in the next few days. Duke, don''t forget to take everyone to get them." "okay." ?Wu Heng stood up again and said, "Don''t be so depressed. It''s a good thing after all. I''ll treat everyone to a good meal." ?A few people nodded and walked out. ?The atmosphere is still a bit gloomy. It was near dusk when we returned to our place of residence. Sit in the living room for a while. ?Three maids came back one after another. ?Seeing Wu Heng at home, they all smiled. "Owner!" ??Wu Heng nodded. Seeing that Minnie was putting on her apron and going to cook, he said directly: "Minnie, wait a minute, I have something to discuss with you." "oh." Minnie went to pour water for several people. Ande Weier and Wen Mansha also sat down beside them. ??Wu Heng said directly: "The appointment letter of the association has come down, and I am now the deputy deacon." Really? Thats great. The master has finally become a subdeacon. Congratulations to the master. The three goddesses were delighted and praised them without hesitation. The position of deputy deacon already has a certain status in the association''s system. Having greater rights and being more valued by the association. Soon after, seeing Wu Hengs serious expression, he immediately realized something was wrong and became quiet. Wu Heng took out the appointment letter and continued: "But there are some changes in the location. It is not local, but at a location called Treasure Island." Minnie and Anderweil''s expressions did not change at all, and they did not realize anything for a moment. Wen Mansha''s expression did change and she said, "Master wants to leave here?" Hearing these words, Minnie and Anderweil realized that the appointed position was not Wrentam City, that is, they would be transferred. ?This way. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I will officially join the job within a month." this. The three women all frowned. What is the master going to do? Wen Mansha continued to ask. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and said, "What do you think?" There are just two choices. One is to serve as deputy deacon, but he will not be able to take care of Luntam City. Once he leaves, half of the city will probably not be saved. The second option is to stay and be the city lord. Half of the city is enough to support the rest of the life. Coupled with the complementarity with the zombie world, he can be a local emperor, but without the identity of the association, there is no difference between him and the current city lord Elno. ?One day, a more powerful force discovers this place, and it is very likely that it will capture it. The three women all frowned and thought for a moment. Wen Mansha spoke up and said, "You cannot lose your identity as deputy deacon. This identity allows you to obtain more information and privileges, which is unmatched by a city lord." What about Rentam City? Andwyer asked. Then it depends on the master! Wen Mansha looked up. ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa, looked at her and said, "Wen Mansha, you will be the city lord." I want to go with you! I still dont know what the situation is on Treasure Island. Maybe the place is not good. I will apply to be transferred back in two years. I cant throw it away here. Wu Heng explained. I may not be able to do it. I cant trust anyone else, but I can only trust you. Wen Mansha blushed, "I can manage a gang, but I won''t be able to handle such a big city." Its okay, lets discuss it before we leave. What if I dont do it well? Wen Mansha asked uncertainly. Then Ill pick you up and lets go to Treasure Island together. Wen Mansha lowered her head and thought silently for a while, and finally agreed, "Okay, then, I will work hard." "Wen Mansha is the most courageous woman I have ever seen. She can definitely do it." Minnie said at this time. I envy you a lot, so I can leave with you. The matter is finished. Minnie got up to make dinner. Wu Heng said: "You can have dinner. Duke and I ate outside. We will go out tonight and lock the door." "good!" After giving the explanation, Wu Heng walked out directly. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building. Driving a three-wheeler, we left Luntam City directly. After arriving at a place where there is no one. Took out the [Conductors Hat] and put it directly on his head. ??Woo~! ?The whistle sounded, and the military green train drove over. ??There was a crash and the car door opened. ?Wu Heng walked directly in, picked up the itinerary on the side, and wrote ''Blackstone Town''. The doors closed and the train disappeared. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 240 , who is better (brothers, please vote if you have a monthly recommendation vote) Chapter 240, Who is better? (Brothers, if you have a monthly recommendation vote, vote for it.) It was already dusk when we arrived at Blackstone Town. ?The journey that originally took four days took only half an hour. ?This ghost train is really a useful and useful item. ?Looking at Blackstone Town in the distance. Compared with Luntam City, it is really much smaller. ? ? Approaching the city wall, the guards guarding the city wall cast a patrolling gaze. I showed the associations voucher and the guards let me through without any obstruction. Association, Deacon''s Study. ~! Knocking lightly on the door, Slater''s voice came from inside, "Come in!" Opened the door and walked in directly. Slater looked up and saw Wu Heng coming in. He was stunned at first, and then he was happy. Then he quickly stopped smiling and said, "Why are you here?" ?Wu Heng walked in, sat down on the sofa nearby, poured himself a cup of tea, and said, "I miss you." "Don''t talk nonsense." Slater quickly glanced at the door and then asked: "Is the Golden Cat over there built? Didn''t you just write to me?" As he said that, Slater immediately reacted and asked uncertainly: "Has your appointment been approved? Otherwise, where would you have the time to come here?" This woman reacts so quickly. ?Wu Heng took a sip of tea, smiled and nodded, "Well, the appointment letter is here, and now I am also a deputy deacon." Come to show off to me? Slater raised an eyebrow. No! The appointed location is called Treasure Island, have you heard of it? Slater frowned slightly, thinking about the location of Treasure Island. He took out another map from the drawer and compared it carefully, his expression became even more ugly. He looked up at him and asked in a confirmation tone: "Treasure Island in the Brilliant Sea?" Yes, it sounds like it should be an island in the sea. Slater waved, Wu Heng stood up and walked over, standing aside. Slater stretched out his finger and pointed at an island in the vast sea, "Treasure Island." The map is an old linear pattern, but the marked locations are still very clear. Treasure Island is surrounded by many separate islands and should belong to an archipelago. Its also a problem, why should we establish a branch in a place like this? Wu Heng complained in a low voice. Slater ignored him and said to himself, "Treasure Island is a rich place on the sea. It is located within the navigation route and is full of wealth." ??Wu Heng stood beside her, put his hand on her shoulder, and asked: "Which country is it from? Does it exclude necromancers?" Slater picked up the tea cup and put it down again, lightly patted the hand that was holding him, and said: "Necromancers should not be excluded. As for the country, well... it belongs to pirates." ??Wu Heng was also stunned and asked: "The association also established a branch in the pirate territory?" Normally it wouldnt happen, but if you were transferred, it proves that there is a branch. Holy shit! Slater took a deep breath, and the skirt of his clothes bulged as it expanded, and said: "What''s wrong with you? Why is the place where you are transferred so messy every time." ??Wu Heng defended, "I wanted to stay in Luntam City as a deputy deacon, but I was assigned there for some reason." Slater sighed, frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "The deacon''s evaluation has a great impact on the transfer of subordinate members. With the strength you have shown in Luntam City, I would also transfer you." Get out as far away as possible. ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood what she meant. ?His own strength made Gomez feel pressured. It was difficult to control him even if he stayed in Luntam City as a deputy deacon. Furthermore, the Warhammer Party''s affairs have a greater impact on him. The deacon ran away quietly, but Wu Heng returned to the association and maintained order for a period of time. Inside the association, the staff''s attitude towards Wu Heng is obviously more trusting and enthusiastic. How could he be allowed to stay? Even if Wu Heng hinted in his application that he wanted to stay in Luntam City, Gomez had to move him far away. Even if there is no hostility towards Wu Heng, he is just reducing the threat and pressure on himself. Now that the appointment has been made, there is no other way. Wu Heng said. Slater leaned against him and said softly: "It''s okay. Since the association has established a branch and is transferring people there, it means that the safety of the personnel can be ensured." ??Wu Heng''s hand around his shoulders moved downwards and landed on Shen Dian, "Hearing what you said makes me feel relieved. I''m just about to leave Luntam City and I''m still a little worried about it." "Hmm~!" Slater snorted, looked down at the other person''s hand, and grabbed it, "Don''t go too far, your clothes are all wrinkled, what are you going to do with Lentam City?" "I will support a subordinate to manage it for me, and you, Money Cat, will have to worry more about it." Slater looked up and asked, "Female?" "Well! At that time, when cleaning up gang members, a maid who signed a contract could be completely trusted." Slater sneered and shook his hand away. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and whispered into his ear, "What? I''m jealous, I still love you the most." Slater''s face turned even redder. Just when I was about to speak, I heard the sound of jumping footsteps at the door. Slater''s expression changed and he pushed him under the table. ?At the same time, the door opened, and Yuli jumped in and sat down on the sofa, "Aunt, when are you going back? Huh~? Is it so hot? Her face is so red." Slater picked up his collar and said, "I don''t know what happened today. It feels quite hot." "Aunt, when are you going to Luntam City? There is no fun here." Slater raised his eyebrows and said, "You just know how to play. Wu Heng is already a deputy deacon, and you are still a member of the team. It is a meritorious service." nothing." "Ah? Has he been appointed? When did you receive the news." Yuli leaned forward and asked curiously. Counting the time, its almost time to come down. Slater said, subconsciously closing his legs and holding the hand that was doing the trick. "Oh!" Yuli took out a candy from the small bag, opened it and put it in her mouth, "Shall we go home together?" Slater raised his eyes from under the table and said, "You go back first, I''ll go back after I''m done." Ill be busy again tomorrow. Go, go, go! Dont bother me from here. Yuli curled her lips, put her hands behind her back, and left the study. "Close the door." Oh! Yuli turned back and closed the door. After Yuli left, Wu Heng got out from under the table. ??Hold her waist, pull her up from her seat, and kiss her hard. ?Slater struggled slightly, then gradually became involved. They kissed each other for a while, and then saw that the clothes on their bodies were getting less and less. They turned away their heads and said, "Here again? Someone is on duty at night. Let''s move to another place." ?Wu Heng didnt want to ruin Slaters reputation in the city. Where to go then. Get dressed and follow me! As the sky gradually darkened, the two of them left the association and went directly to a mansion. Slater took out the key, opened the door and walked in. Wu Heng followed behind, "Is this your house?" "Yours, Yazd left it to you like a fool." The door closed and Wu Heng picked her up, "Who are you calling me stupid?" The bedroom is over there. Slater''s whole body was wrapped around his body, and he stumbled into the bedroom while kissing her. They fell on the bed together. Slater pushed him down on the bed with a strong waist, picked up the ribbon on the side, and covered his eyes, "Don''t move." Then he slowly began to untie his clothes and the armor robe he was wearing. Wearing a black corset, he climbed onto the bed. The ribbon is not thin, but is faintly visible. It is white, soft and plump, swaying with the crawling waves. The action of possessing the body put tremendous pressure on the corset, and the ropes on the chest became increasingly tight. Pretending to be confused, I asked a few questions about what I was doing. ?Wu Heng felt his body sink, and a soft and tender body sat on his waist. Until late at night, the two of them leaned on each other. Slater raised his head and said, "Tell me, who are you going to hand over the city to? How do you know each other?" ?Wu Heng was stunned. Damn it, how could he still remember this? After thinking about it for a while, he explained how to understand and sign the contract. Its better for me or her. Even if Wu Heng''s emotional intelligence is low, he still knows how to answer, "Hello, your appearance and figure, and your status, and why do you ask? Don''t you know how charming you are?" You still have a conscience. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t compare yourself with others, you are unique." Slater slapped him with some embarrassment and continued: "Then I''ll prepare and take people there in the next two days to sort out everything before you leave." "okay." The two chatted for a while, and then leaned together again under each other''s caresses. The next day, early morning. They both got up early. After Slater packed up, he went directly to the association. ??Wu Heng also left the city and returned to Luntam City by train. When I returned to my residence, none of the maids were at home. ??Wu Heng called the skeletons of the "Skull Crusher" and "Blood Axe" who were on standby last night, opened the gate, and walked in together. Zombie world. Going downstairs, Li Yahong came over from a distance. ?Wu Heng asked: Have you seen the Bifeng Life Plaza? I asked people to check along the road. The closer I get, the more zombies there are. The situation on the scene cannot be confirmed yet, Li Yahong said. Let the convoy prepare. Lets go there today. He had to speed up the process regarding his transfer. "good!" ?Li Yahong agreed and walked quickly to get ready. (End of this chapter) Chapter 241 , do you all fight like this? Chapter 241: Do you all fight like this? The number of people traveling with vehicles has increased. There is no longer one person in the car, the co-pilot is also equipped with an accompanying person to take charge of some sudden emergencies. With the current number of people in the shelter, it is enough to make some arrangements. In a passenger car. Li Yahong held the steering wheel, glanced at Wu Heng beside him, and said, "I have contacted the Flame God Sanctuary. They have no plans to exchange ammunition at the moment." Before, I felt that grenades were very useful, so I planned to ask Li Yahong to collect some from Yanshen. But now it seems that the other party does not intend to sell it to him easily. The reason is not difficult to guess. The current status of Yanshen Sanctuary is not only due to Ma Zhiyongs awakening of superpowers, but also because of armored vehicles and modern weapons. It can solve problems not only in times of crisis. It is also enough to deter other shelters. There is a big difference between having weapons and not having weapons. It is normal not to exchange ammunition now. Who would exchange ammunition when there is no special need? ??Wu Heng nodded, "It doesn''t matter. When they need supplies, they will naturally exchange them with us." ?Li Yahong said hmm, indicating that she thought so too. ?Continued: "By the way, the main station has released some new information, and the content is quite shocking." "What''s wrong?" They said that according to tests, the strength and movement speed of ordinary zombies have increased by about 40% compared to before, and may continue to increase. ?Wu Heng frowned. ??He knows that the zombies are gradually getting stronger. Because now after the transformation of ordinary zombies, the levels appear to be second and third levels. ?This means that the attributes have also been improved. As for the main station, they have obviously done some tests and come up with more accurate data. It seems that zombies all over the world are improving. This is not a good thing for survivors. Zombies are evolving over time, but there is still no obvious progress in human awakening. Didnt the main station say there was any way to deal with it? "Let the shelters speed up the cleanup of nearby zombies, which will become more and more difficult to kill later. We also urge the disaster response commanders in various places to rescue the surrounding survivors." After Li Yahong finished speaking, he added, "Also, many shelters , Ordering crossbows from us should be all about clearing out zombies. ??Last time, ten of the strong crossbows were replaced by the Flame God Sanctuary. ?Li Yahong only had two handfuls left in her hand, and she wanted to keep them for herself. ?There is nothing to sell even if I want to. "Well, I will find a way to do this." Wu Heng said. Will be transferred out soon. I dont know if I can make the first batch of crossbows in time. The convoy continued to move forward. Zombies began to increase in number. ?On both sides of the road, zombies were constantly being attracted by the motorcade, swarming onto the road and slamming into the car body. Even after adding a rear steel plate, the car body is still shaking with the hammering. Li Yahong took out her walkie-talkie and asked, "Is there anything wrong with the first car and the last one?" Soon, a reply came over the intercom, "The leading car is fine and can continue moving forward." There are some bumps on the tail car, but its not a big problem. The drivers of the convoy were all old men who had been with Wu Heng many times and had seen groups of corpses many times. ?Facing the attacks of zombies, his tone did not fluctuate much. ?? Li Yahong continued to press the intercom and said: "When you approach the intersection, prepare to slow down and clear out the zombies." "receive!" The lead car accelerated, and the entire convoy began to move forward quickly. ??The convoy continued to advance several hundred meters, carrying the corpses. The leading car sent a signal and started to slow down. ??The convoy pulled over and the skeleton army quickly jumped onto the carriages and killed the corpses approaching around them. ?At the same time, the spear skeletons quickly formed a formation and quickly faced the group of corpses chasing behind them. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and took a look behind him. ??He ordered to the big-headed skeleton who was still sitting in the car, "Spear skeleton, prepare to throw your spear." Hulala~! The skeletons with spears formed a formation, took off the throwing spears hanging on their bodies, and got ready to throw the spears. "put!" Huh~! Iron spears fell like raindrops from overhead. The groups of corpses that were chasing them fell down piece by piece and were trampled into pulp by the groups of corpses behind them. Keep playing. ?Huh~huh! The iron spears fell over and over again, and the corpses fell one by one. Wait until the iron spear is thrown. The group of corpses rushed directly towards the spear array and began to fight fiercely. The old man in the auto repair shop was not surprised at the scene in front of him. While parking, drink water and eat to replenish your strength. The newly joined people, those who came with the car, had already begun to shake their legs and could not suppress the panic in their hearts. Densely packed with zombies. Is it so tough? Still holding a cold weapon. Are you cold? Qiangzi looked at the man with glasses in the co-pilot. ??He is young and polite. He is holding a machete in his hand and shaking constantly, while his eyes are looking behind him through the rearview mirror. "It''s not cold..." The man with glasses swallowed, "Can we win?" Qiangzi unscrewed the water glass, took a sip of water, and said, "What are you talking about? If you can''t win the team, why stop? It''s to die." Thats not what I meant, its just..., this number is a bit too much. How did your shelter deal with the corpses before? "Corpse?" The man with glasses looked at him doubtfully, "Are you all dealing with corpses?" Of course, I wonder how the passenger terminal was cleaned up. Qiangzi said. ?The man with glasses was about to speak when he heard a crunching sound. The driver''s door opened, Qiangzi leaned out and looked behind. Fuck~! Brother Qiang, you are crazy. What should I do if I get bitten? The man with glasses exclaimed and reached for his belt. Damn, dont pull my pants down, youre a pervert! Sister Hong, didnt you let me get off the car? Im collecting materials, what do you know? Brother, my heart is not good, please close the door! As the fighting continues. The number of zombies is getting smaller and smaller, and gradually only some scattered zombies are left and continue to rush forward. He was knocked down to the ground by a skeleton holding a hammer and axe, and his head was chopped off. Zombie corpses covered the entire street. The smell of blood is strong and tangy. ?Wu Heng ordered the battlefield to be cleaned, and the skeletons immediately took action and began to move the corpses. Sit back in the bus. ??Li Yahong took out her tablet, called up the offline map, and said, "Turn past the intersection in front of you and walk a little further, you will find the ''Bifeng Life Plaza''." ?Wu Heng took the map and looked at it. With a thought, the ghost flew out of the body. Lying on his side, floating in the air, looking at him, "What''s wrong?" Xiaoxiao, have you seen the intersection in front of you? "ah!" Turn right, then there is a square, go and see if there is any danger. Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ?Xiao Xiao didnt waste any time, he penetrated the bus and disappeared from sight. The convoy stopped in place for a while. Xiaoxiao turned around and flew back. There are so many zombies. Well, let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao nodded and got back into his body. The scene that Xiaoxiao saw just now appeared in his mind. ? Turning around the intersection, a lot of zombies appeared along the way. As we moved forward, the closer we got to the square, the more zombies there were. ??When we arrived above the square, the place below was already surrounded by zombies. Among them were zombies wearing body armor and still holding rifles in their hands. ??As he moved stiffly, his finger occasionally pulled the trigger, and bullets hit the ground with a thud. Causing a chaos among the nearby corpses. ?At the roadside of the square, a military green off-road vehicle and two military trucks were parked. There is a canvas roof on the back of the truck, which is relatively well preserved. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao again and asked her to continue to be vigilant around her. ?Li Yahong asked: "How''s the front going?" "There are military trucks and some zombies with guns hanging on them." Wu Heng thought for a moment and guessed: "It may be that the rescue team came to rescue the survivors, but something went wrong and they were left here." Even now, many survivors in shelters, or even some without radios, are still waiting for rescue teams to appear. It seems that even if a small group is formed, it will be difficult to complete the rescue work in this form. Instead, it is like a base like the Flame God Sanctuary or an auto repair shop, which can also take in nearby survivors. Li Yahong sighed and asked, "What should we do now?" "It''s not far from the square. The convoy will stay here for now. Let''s take the skeleton and walk over." "Um!" Do you have a Molotov cocktail in the car? Bring it with you! Have people move it down. "good!" ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained the next plan to everyone in the team. Then he and Wu Heng got off the bus. Soon, several drivers brought down the Molotov cocktails packed in beer crates. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. The army of skeletons, put down the work of carrying corpses. Start a quick middle-of-the-road rally. Form an army of skeletons blocking the entire road. ??Wu Heng gave the order, stepped over the scrapped vehicles and corpses along the way, and began to move forward. Turn right at the intersection ahead. The appearance of the skeleton army immediately attracted the attention of the zombies. After the zombies on the road roared angrily, like a chain reaction, the zombies behind them all turned their heads and continued to roar. More and more zombies are attracted here. ??Gradually they formed a dense group of corpses, with no end in sight. ?Bang bang bang~! ?There was a burst of gunfire among the zombies, and the zombies with their claws and claws pulled the trigger, knocking the surrounding zombies to the ground. ?At the same time, it is also like a signal. The swarm of corpses were like a gathering torrent, rushing towards them. Throw the spear, let go! Huh~! The iron rain fell. The corpses fell in pieces. Just as they were shaking and trying to stand up, they were trampled into pulp by the zombies running behind them. ?Several waves of spears fell in succession, and the zombies had fallen over a large area. But more zombies are still rushing forward. Soon, it was like a wave, attacking the skeletons in the front row. The sound of roars, the sound of weapons chopping, and the sound of gunshots mixed in with the zombies filled the entire space. ?Wu Heng took out boxes of Molotov cocktails. Without lighting it, he directly handed a few skeletons to the Skull Crusher and Tomahawk on the side, and threw them into the group of corpses. Swish swish swish~! Glass bottles kept flying out and smashing into the group of corpses. While smashing over a large number of zombies, the glass bottle shattered. After throwing them all, Wu Heng released [Fireball Technique] directly over the corpses. ?Fireballs exploded in the sky, and flames fell into the corpses. Huh~! The flames soared into the sky and spread quickly around. The entire street was intercepted, and the zombies kept passing through the fire and continued to attack the skeletons. Grease Spellhas a certain casting distance and needs to be close to the front of the skeleton before it can be released. ??The release time has just been missed, but the gasoline bomb can also have a better effect. ?The fire kept rising, engulfing the zombies one after another. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Lie Yi behind him and said: "Find a position and kill the few with guns in their hands. Don''t let them walk into the fire." ? Lie Yi quickly left with a gun on his back and climbed onto the second-floor platform of the shop on one side. He did not use a sniper rifle, but set up an ordinary rifle and pulled the trigger. Bang, bang, bang! Hit one shot at a time to kill zombies holding weapons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 242 , made like this Chapter 242, made like this The fire gradually extinguished. The group of corpses instantly collided with the skeleton team. ?The spear penetrated the zombie''s body, and the skeleton holding an iron sword and an iron ax behind him chopped the zombies that squeezed in from above their heads to the ground. Blood and severed limbs were splashed everywhere. The entire sky seemed to be covered in red blood, a dark red. Big guy, Terrorclaw, you guys come up too! Wu Heng observed the scene and continued. The big man smashed his breastplate hard twice, and rushed into the group of corpses with the rest of the deformed skeletons. ?His arms were swung like pendulums, and large swathes of zombies were flying around like a goddess scattering flowers. The Terrorclaws climbed along the surrounding walls, grabbing zombies one after another and removing their heads. The whole army advances! Wu Heng continued to order. Skeletons advance forward neatly with spears in hand, like a wall covered with spikes, skewering zombies into skewers. The zombies that were missed were chopped into pieces by the skeletons behind them with swords. The fighting lasted from day to night. ?The entire road was covered with corpses, orange fires lit up, and cars abandoned on the roadside were emitting thick smoke. Pfft~! The Dreadclaw crushed the head of the last zombie. The entire battlefield began to gradually quiet down. Watch the surrounding area, detach a section to clean the battlefield, and move all the corpses to both sides. Wu Heng said. Hurrah! The skeletons on standby took action again, some surrounded the area, and some began to carry the corpses. ?Wu Heng brought several skeletons to the green off-road vehicle. The car door was ajar, but not closed. ?There were some supplies and bullets piled inside the car, and it was obviously a military vehicle. Then, continue to walk towards the other two military trucks. Turning over and getting into the truck, Li Yahong took out a flashlight and illuminated the surrounding area. The inside of the truck was covered with a sheet. ?Wu Heng opened a corner and inside were boxes of first aid kits and some sealed compressed dry food. Lift all the coverings on the car. Reveal the whole picture inside. They are all kinds of military supplies. There is also a special package. After opening it, there are stacked headsets inside. ? Radio headset? Great stuff! ?Wu Heng picked up one, looked at it, and put it back again. Continue to another vehicle. After they were all opened, there were various firearms and boxes of ammunition inside. So many bullets! "Well, it seems that this is not a rescue team. They should be planning to withdraw." Wu Heng said. The rescue team will free up vehicle space to accommodate survivors. These large and small packages were all in the car, and they were obviously going to a certain place. After thinking for a moment, he waved his hand and put away all the guns and bullets. Whether we want to allocate firearms to other people in the base, we need to discuss it carefully when we get back. At least it cannot be revealed now. Li Yahong didnt say anything and asked, Drive back directly? Go back to the car and rest for the night, and tidy up the area during the day tomorrow. "good!" Li Yahong asked the convoy to come closer. ??The convoy drove over directly with its headlights on. ?Li Yahong explained to everyone and returned to the bus to rest. Get back to the bus. ?Wu Heng has already laid out a blanket on the ground. ?Li Yahong used the items in the car to wash up, took off her clothes and got into her arms. Lying on the chest, listening to the other person''s heartbeat, he said, "The zombies are still getting stronger. Will they all awaken their powers? Then humans will really have no chance." ?Wu Heng gently stroked his smooth back, turned over and pressed him down, and said: "Don''t worry, even if you become stronger, it won''t be that exaggerated." ?? Li Yahong snorted, pouted, and gently raised her waist in coordination with her lover, and continued: "I really envy you for being able to awaken your powers. I have drank the potion twice, but it has no effect." Level 1 corpse core medicines are mainly used to improve physical fitness. How could it be so easy to awaken superpowers? You woke up very early, didnt you? It means that level one is also effective. ?Wu Heng smiled and lifted up his loose shirt. Li Yahong said: "Don''t take off your clothes. There may be something urgent at night, so just leave it at that!" ??Wu Heng nodded, lifted up half of his clothes, and covered his eyes, "Don''t worry about the supernatural powers. Once the second-level potion is developed, you can try taking some." Wu Heng is not too optimistic about supernatural powers. The effect of awakening is not as significant as expected. After the fire **** Ma Zhiyong awakened his fire power, his most lethal move was just to throw a fireball. There is not much difference from his own fireball technique. ??If the superpower only has this effect, it would be better to switch to a profession. When the time comes, Wu Heng can use professional scrolls for Li Yahong or other people in the base. After completing a career, all attributes can be improved, and there is also a complete inheritance and training system. ?His eyes were suddenly covered by the lifted clothes. As he was about to take them away, he said, "What are you doing? I can''t see anything." ??Wu Heng grabbed her two arms, pressed them above her head, and said, "Be good, don''t move." Li Yahong turned her head and hummed softly, "This is a bit sensitive." "This is fun, keep your voice down, you don''t want to be heard by your little brothers!" Hmph! Abnormal. ?The night was deep and dark, and only Li Yahong bit her lips and moaned softly.??? The next day, in the morning. Qiangzi and others conducted a preliminary search along nearby shops. Skeletons continued to load various supplies onto the truck. It was busy until noon, when several trucks were gradually filled. You send these back first. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and asked the convoy to return with the supplies. In addition to what was looted, there were also the military vehicles and supplies on them from last night. This is a big gain. After a brief explanation, the convoy returned full of supplies. ??Wu Heng took Li Yahong and the skeleton army and began to use the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. The gray-white halo of light swayed over and over again, and all the large skeletons stood up and joined the queue. After reaching level 10 and unlocking [Arcane Echo] and [Necromancer], the cost of skills is reduced and mental recovery is also improved. Greatly improved the efficiency of converting skeletons. At noon, the convoy returned. Leave some skeletons behind to guard this area so that Li Yahong and others can carefully search for supplies later. He followed the convoy and returned to the passenger terminal. Return to Luntam City through the Realm Gate. It is still daytime in Luntam City. ??Wu Heng had lunch at a nearby tavern and went directly to the association. Just entered the hall. Staff and some team members all greeted him. Good afternoon, Deacon Wu Heng! Deacon, we will see you off when you leave. My boy still has some talent, let him be your apprentice! ?The sound of the butler almost made me cry out. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, and said, "Deputy, don''t talk nonsense, it''s too bad." The rest of the people continued to joke, saying that they were called like this in the association, and they got used to it after hearing it too many times. He exchanged pleasantries with the others and went straight to the team lounge. ?Although I am no longer a member of the team, no one will object to using the lounge for a while. Opening the door, there was no one inside. It seems that when I was the captain, I developed a bad habit for the team. Open the door and call a staff member. Ask him to call the owner of the weapon shop. The staff nodded in response and left quickly. Not long after, the owners of the weapon shop and the Maoxiu armor shop that he cooperated with came over. Captain Wu Heng, I heard that you are going to be transferred out of here. The owner of the armor shop said. ?Wu Heng didnt expect that he would also follow. He nodded and said, "Yes, I will leave in the next two days." What about your half of the city? the armor shop owner asked tentatively. Seeing his nervous look, he understood the meaning of the question and said, "This half of the city will still be left to Wen Mansha to manage, and the cooperation we discussed before will continue normally. You don''t have to worry about this. " The armor boss smiled and said, "We''re not worried, it''s just a pity that you left so soon." ??Wu Heng stood up, poured tea and placed it in front of the two of them. "The association has its own considerations. It''s just that we will go out for a while and then apply to be transferred back." Hearing that they could still adjust it back, the two of them were obviously more relieved. The smile on his face became even brighter. For a gang sister-in-law, they are more willing to cooperate with Wu Heng. After all, in various rumors, he was a rich young master, a master''s apprentice, and his various identities elevated him to unfathomable heights. "That''s right. Just come back in a short time. They can all be mobilized." The owner of the armor shop echoed. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the weapon shop owner and asked directly: "How is the production of the crossbow going?" Some of them have been rushed out, but the quantity is not large and they have not yet reached the conditions for delivery. The owner of the weapons store said. How many have been made? Wu Heng asked as he took a sip of tea. There are 17 iron swords and iron knives, and 5 strong crossbows. The production of strong crossbows is not easy, so the progress is not fast. The weapon shop owner said. The workmanship of the crossbow is indeed complicated, otherwise it would not be so expensive. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Tomorrow, send me those 5 first, and I will pay you." "okay!" After the three of them finished chatting, they walked out together. The two bosses were sure that Wu Heng would be transferred back in a while, and they were obviously relieved. Introduce your plan to Wu Heng, recruit more craftsmen, and increase production speed. ?Wu Heng didnt stop him, he just let them produce with peace of mind. As soon as they sent the two people away, they saw a man from the Spike Gang running over quickly. He said: "Captain, my sister-in-law is looking for you if she has something urgent to do." Lets go and have a look! The Spike Gang''s headquarters. ??Wu Heng frowned as he looked at the corpse parked in the middle of the yard. A young-looking girl wearing a native maid outfit. The skin was covered with bruises and scars, and it seemed that he had been treated badly before his death. Whats going on? Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha glanced aside and saw the girl whose arm was grabbed by the gang members. After breaking free, she knelt directly on the ground and kowtowed twice. ??He said with a cry: "Please captain, please avenge my sister." ?Wu Heng looked at the thin, young girl and asked, "What''s going on?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 243 , leave tomorrow Chapter 243, leaving tomorrow Wen Mansha sighed softly and explained: "This child''s sister works as a servant in the city lord''s mansion. She was sent back today like this. She was said to have fallen to death and was given two silver coins as burial expenses." Even if Wu Heng didn''t know how to do an autopsy, he could tell that he definitely didn''t fall to death. Furthermore, two silver coins could not buy not only slaves, but also an iron sword. Two silver coins, more like a casual throwaway. Wen Mansha glanced at the child on the side and continued: "This child dragged the body and knelt down half of the gangs in the city. I don''t know who told him in the end, I am not afraid of the city lord, so I came here." ?Dead people are nothing in Luntam City. Those who died in gang fights did not even have burial expenses. Wen Mansha asked her to come in because she knew that this was the body that came out of the city lord''s mansion, and she might be able to get some information. ?Bang bang bang~! As long as there is no conflict with you, the association will not intervene, and some civil wars in the city are not within the scope of the association. The little girl kowtowed again and shouted with tears in her eyes: "Please captain and madam, please avenge my sister, I will definitely repay you." ??Wu Heng said to the gang members: "Take her to the pub opposite to have something to eat and bring her back later." It seems that the relationship between sisters is quite deep. Two gang members stepped forward and lifted her up. "OK!" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Master Atef, what level is it?" After answering the fifth question, the corpse fell down. The corpse replied, "A master ''Atef'' came to the city lord''s palace, and he killed me." ?Wu Heng asked directly: "How did you die?" ?The matter of his departure was announced within the association, and it will definitely reach the ears of the city lord''s palace and some forces. ?Two questions remain. ??Wu Heng asked: "Has Atef brought any troops?" The new man coming to the City Lords Mansion? Wen Mansha walked over and touched her head. "We need to discuss it internally. We cannot let outsiders stay here. You go have something to eat first and come back later. We will tell you the result." Wait for the girl to leave. ?The corpse was silent for a moment, then continued, "On that day, Mr. Erno will take back half of the city that was allocated to him with Mr. "Atef" after "Wu Heng" is transferred away." How do you want us to help you get revenge? Wu Heng looked at her. ?Wu Heng walked directly to the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. How to take revenge. ?This Atefu is a helper invited by the city lord. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Is there any information about Wu Heng?" ?Wu Heng and Wen Manshas pupils shrank. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "We need to discuss it and give you an answer later, okay?" planned to take back the city directly after he left. I dont know, the city lord was very polite to him. Um? Answered repeatedly, this corpse did not know the detailed arrangements for the follow-up. The already cold corpse sat up suddenly, opened his eyes, and looked here with cloudy and dull eyes. What detailed plans do they have? Kowtowing and crying. It is not known who killed her sister. "I don''t know, as long as I can get revenge." The little girl bit her lips and spoke firmly. Yes, he has entered the city. The corpse replied, "After Wu Heng leaves, seize the city immediately." The little girl broke away from the other party''s arm, "Can''t I wait here?" Well, then, okay. But she was unwilling to do so. She only knew that she could avenge her sister. Hel her up. Wu Heng said. The eyes of the two fell on the corpse again. ??The girl looked back at her sister''s body and was led out of the courtyard. The whole thing is already obvious. After receiving the news that Wu Heng had been transferred, the City Lord''s Mansion planned to join forces with another person to **** back half of the city that had been handed over. And this girl''s death. Maybe he heard this information, or it might be the hobby of that Atef. In short, he died in the city lord''s palace at a young age. What should I do? Wen Mansha asked. She was already under pressure to stay and manage half of the city, but now she learned about the plan there. The pressure is even greater. ?Wu Heng sat aside and thought for a while, then replied: "Just right, I am also worried that there is no reason to kill him!" ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The courtyard door was pushed open, and the gang members came back with the little girl. Shell be back after two bites, the gang member said. Wen Mansha nodded and motioned for them to come in! The little girl walked in and looked at her sister''s body, tears falling down again. Whats your name? Wu Heng asked. "T''en, my sister named me this." The little girl said, looking up with hope, "Captain, I will definitely repay you in the future, please." ??Wu Heng ruffled her messy hair and said, "You don''t have to repay me, but you have to promise me something." Hearing this, the little girl''s eyes lit up, "Say." Dont tell anyone about what happened here today. Dont tell anyone who asks. Dont ask other gangs to help you. Can you promise me? Then you want to avenge my sister? If you can keep the secret, I will help your sister get revenge. Then I can, I wont say anything. The girl said seriously. I believe you, go back and give your sister a good burial, and leave everything to us. Okay~! The girl knelt down and kowtowed to everyone present. Wiping away tears, he picked up the body and left step by step. ?Watching the girl leave, Wu Heng winked at the door and said, "Arrange two people to watch her and don''t let other gangs cause trouble for her." ?Wen Mansha nodded and said a few words to the members behind her. Someone followed immediately. What should we do? Wen Mansha asked. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "Reveal the news and I will leave Luntam City tomorrow." Wen Mansha was stunned and immediately reacted. "good!" Leave the Spike Gang station. ?Wu Heng went to the association to apply for a ticket to leave, and at the same time revealed the matter. The little girl sent the body to the Spike Gang, and she also suspected that ''Elno'' might have done this on purpose. ??After all, he is a necromancer, and a corpse that knows the inside information was sent out. There is a lot of doubt. But after calculating the whole thing, no matter whether the information was true or false, he jumped in on his own initiative. It depends on how the other party does it. After applying for the ticket, Wu Heng went to the lounge to take a look. The atmosphere of Team 12 is really not good. No one came. Closed the door again and left the association. He walked straight towards the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. In the lounge. Looking at Lecia, who was wearing a blue dress and exquisite makeup, she asked, "Are you going out?" "It''s just a boring party." Lecia sat down aside, with her skirt slit, revealing her fair and round legs, "Why did you want to come to my place today?" Let me see you before I leave. "Leave? Didn''t you say for a while?" Lecia tilted her chin and looked at him. There are some things, and the journey over there is relatively long, so we should set off a few days in advance. Wu Heng said. Lecia also knew the importance of the association''s status, but she still said: "The value of half the city of Luntam is no less than that of the deputy deacon. You can consider staying." Without this identity, I wouldnt be able to get this half of the city. So, youve decided on a date and come to say goodbye to me? Lecia picked up the fruit tea and took a sip. Wu Heng leaned lazily on the sofa, with his arms spread out and resting on the edge of the back of the chair. "Before I leave, I want to ask one of my few good friends how far gold''s performance is. Maybe I can help her before I leave." Poof~! ??The fruit tea that Lecia had just taken into her mouth spurted out. Wu Heng~! ?While wiping the corners of his mouth, he yelled angrily because of his less than elegant behavior. What are you doing? Its not my fault that the water is hot. ?Lecia quickly sorted it out and looked at him suspiciously, "We are still short of 200 grams this year. Can you help me?" You just scared me. ?Lecia paused and immediately smiled. He walked to the sofa, sat down close to him, half-leaned on him, and said, "Who asked you to suddenly carry gold?" ??Wu Heng did not continue to tease her, and took out a cloth bag from the space ring with the mouth open. Revealing a golden light. ?Lecia''s eyes widened a bit, a little unbelievable. Performance over the past year has begun to grow rapidly since Wu Heng arrived. Originally I thought that after several exchanges, the other partys reserves would be almost gone. There are actually so many more. ?Wu Heng picked up a thin golden chain with a red pendant from it. Pick up the other person''s white and tender feet and put them on your own legs. What are you doing? Lecia was startled and immediately pulled her legs back. ?Wu Heng grabbed it and tied the thin chain around his white ankle, "It''s even more beautiful." Lecia didnt expect him to do this, her face turned red, and she retracted her legs in embarrassment, You gave it to me? Well, if you like it, pick two. Forget it, Ill just take this one. He said and sat back down again. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and a man''s reminder came from outside the door, "Miss, it''s time to go." Lecia''s face calmed down and she said directly: "I''m not going, let Mphela and the others come in with instruments for testing gold." Okay, miss. Not long after, the door knocked again, and several staff members walked in. He glanced at the two people sitting next to each other and bowed slightly. Lecia said directly: "Test these golds and then exchange them for silver coins at a price that is 10% higher." Okay, Miss Lecia. From the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence directly. There is no one at home, and Minnie and Anderweil probably dont know about their departure yet. After simply washing up. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. Go downstairs. The survivors are still busy with their own affairs. ??The motorcade that was originally parked in the compound is not there. It should have gone to the square that was cleaned yesterday to search for supplies. Your Majesty! A person passed by in front of me and said hello. ?Wu Heng glanced at him. ??Military helmet, radio headset, body armor, holding a crossbow in his hand, electric baton and flashlight on his waist. Except for not having a gun, the whole set looks more like a special forces unit. Walking with head held high and chest held high. I guess I feel handsome too. Where is Li Yahong? Wu Heng asked. ?The other party did not answer, but held the headset with one hand and asked: "The checkpoint location, is Sister Hong''s team back?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 244 , jump in Chapter 244, jump in ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Hey guys, I am really handsome with this set of actions. Then, the man turned around and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Hong hasn''t come back yet." What are they doing? "Brother Qiangzi and the others went to the square to search for supplies. Sister Hong received a message from the prison last night, saying that she was going to get some medicine. She left this morning." the other party replied. Poison? Apparently there is no need to go back to the prison to get medicines for normal use. ?There were many pharmacies nearby, and they were all looted. Enough for the people here to use for several years. The only thing you need to get there is the alchemist''s potion. "I have two friends who will be your maids." Minnie also added. ?Wu Heng continued to look around in the courtyard. Anderweil hesitated for a moment, then whispered, "Master, can I leave with my tribe?" When the two of them heard it, they felt that it was indeed right. Minnie and Anderweil came back together from outside. Huh? So fast? Minnie exclaimed. Everyone has something to do. Anderweil was also stunned and said: "Master, over there at the shop..." Wait until dusk. Wen Mansha moved and said, "There are probably several thousand people, and their strength is not low. After these people came in, the various gangs kept a low profile." ?Wu Heng caressed the soft flesh on his waist, "Can you confirm how many people there are?" He then returned to the building and returned to the boundary gate. With level 16 dead bones as guards, Wen Manshas safety is guaranteed to a great extent. The number of people is not that large. Wu Heng nodded. Dont worry, the distance is not as far as you think. Protect yourself and wait for me to come back to pick you up. Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha raised her head and looked at him, "Master, I still can''t let you go." Wen Mansha licked the water drops on her lips and asked, "Will you come back to see me?" The treatment and psychoactive potions in his hand are indeed almost gone. ?Wu Heng opened his arms, and Wen Mansha leaned into his arms meekly, her legs curled up on the sofa. Well, get busy! The two girls went to cook. Not long after, Wen Mansha came back with her two skeletons. The entire passenger terminal seems to be undergoing additional construction work. Good master! ??The situation over there is not clear yet, but it will be a little difficult to deal with a large group of them. Being separated for a long time. "Okay, if you have any orders, you can come back to me then." The man nodded and left with his head held high. Is there nothing going on at the passenger terminal today? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Steel wire mesh is being added to the courtyard wall, and a new warehouse is being built with red bricks and cement on the other side of the garage. ??Haunted by the great king, Wu Heng turned around in a circle. ?Wu Heng motioned for the two of them to sit down and said, "Minnie, Weier, clean up tonight. Let''s leave here tomorrow." He said: "The news has been sent out. Now the whole city knows that you are leaving tomorrow. I arranged for people to investigate and found that there are indeed a lot of outsiders in the two southwest cities. They should be from ''Elno'' Reinforcements are coming. Okay, lets prepare dinner, and then go and pack up everything you want to take away. Minnie, let Weier put your things in the space ring. Master is still thoughtful. Anderweil agreed with a smile. Its okay. The people who came to exchange things were very well-behaved and left immediately after exchanging things. Master! They saw Wu Heng sitting in the room and blowing on the air conditioner. The two greeted him with a smile. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go there first. Once we find the house and everything has settled down, we will consider taking them there. Otherwise, where will such a large group of people live?" ?Stand at the door, take off your coat and put on loose pajamas. Leave the store to your tribe to run first. If you have any problems then, you can go to Wen Mansha. Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng held her chin and kissed her gently on the lips. Wen Mansha turned over and sat astride her body, leaning against her ear. "Don''t forget about me without those two little orcs. I am your first maid." "Can not forget." Ahem! "Master, Sister Wen Mansha, let''s talk after dinner. Minnie and I will sleep together tonight, and it will be yours all night." Andwyer put the dinner on the table and said. After all, Im leaving. Of course no one will compete with her. Wen Mansha didn''t blush, got off the sofa, and took Wu Heng to sit at the dining table to eat. The next day, in the morning. Outside the city gate, Wu Heng and others were preparing to leave. ?Deacon Gomez, with many members of the association, stood outside the city gate to see him off. When you arrive, write us a letter to say you are safe. Gomez said with a smile. Like an old leader who watches his subordinates grow up. ?Wu Heng also responded with a smile. Yes, I will apply to be transferred back in two years, and I still have to rely on the deacons approval. ?Gomezs smile did not change, Of course, I will stick with it for two years. If you still want to come back then, I will apply to the headquarters and tease you back. Thank you, deacon. Then, Wu Heng looked at Duke, Marta and others, and said: "Pay more attention to safety in future missions. With your current merits, as long as you level up, you will be enough to sit in the position of deputy deacon. Some missions are too dangerous, so be more flexible." I understand, Captain, we wont embarrass you. Duke patted his chest. Seeing that he didn''t understand, Wu Heng said to Marta: "If you have a mission, collect more information before taking action." Good captain. ?Wu Heng continued to say goodbye to Wen Mansha, and then glanced at everyone and landed on a carriage. Lecia from the Snake Emblem Consortium opened a gap and waved to him. ?Wu Heng nodded.?????After continuing to say goodbye to everyone. With Minnie, Andwyer, and two skeleton attendants, he boarded the third wheel directly. Twist the handle and walk away. As the tricycle gets further and further away. The people surrounding the city gate also left one after another. Each one returns to his own residence. ?The whole journey was dusty, with the sound of howling wind in my ears. Minnie looked back, got close to the stance, and said, "Master, there are a lot of tame animals behind us." Through the rearview mirror, you can see a large number of tame animals in the sky. Keep your distance and follow closely behind you. Even if the speed of the vehicle decreases, these tamed animals will automatically slow down, maintain a corresponding distance, and continue to follow. ?Wu Heng turned his head and said, "Ignore them." "oh!" Speed ??up the car again and rush forward. ?We rushed all the way to the border city of Yeko Kingdom. After eating nearby and buying some supplies, we took out our tickets and boarded the train. The moment they boarded the train. Hurrah! The tame beasts all over the sky dispersed in a flurry and flew towards the direction from which they came. City Lords Mansion. In the magnificent hall. ??The city lord Erno sat aside, flanked by the invited reinforcement Atef and several commanders wearing the armor of the Iron Guard Knights. Everyone was silent, just waiting silently. At this time, dense footsteps sounded. ?More than a dozen rangers in various costumes walked quickly into the hall. After saluting, the leader said directly: "Sir City Lord, Wu Heng and the two maids have already boarded the train, and nothing unusual happened during the journey." Erno''s eyes flashed, he stood up suddenly, then paused and asked: "Is the train leaving?" "opened." Are you sure its him? Didnt you change people or use any props in the middle? The ranger spoke firmly, "Sir City Lord, he has never left our sight, and the association ticket he used will be verified when he gets on the bus." Erno also nodded after hearing this. "Atef" on the side showed a smile and said: "Erno, you were frightened by that kid, and you are so cautious." Erno smiled helplessly, "I can''t help it, that kid is quite evil, so it''s better to be careful." Then he continued: "As for tonight''s operation, I asked Mr. Atef to help me." "Of course there is no problem with what I promised you." Atef stood up, "Get ready and end it as soon as possible. We have stayed here for a long time." "good!" The train traveled for three hours and stopped at the second city. Sir, you have not arrived at the station yet. The passenger reminded. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I forgot to bring something important, so I''ll get off here first and then sit down later and go over there." Yes, sir. ?Wu Heng got out of the car with a few people and booked a room at the Central Tavern. He ordered: "You stay here and I will pick you up tomorrow morning." Good master, we will take care of ourselves. Andwyer said. Minnie also nodded. ??Wu Heng left the two skeleton attendants to protect them, and he used the morphing veil to change his appearance and walked out swaggeringly. After leaving the city, put on your hat and board the train. The night is dark. ??Luntam City is shrouded in a light layer of fog. The streets are empty. Tap tap tap~! The sound of neat and heavy footsteps sounded. A coalition of Iron Guard Knights, Atef''s soldiers, and gang members passed through the central area and entered the northern area of ??the inner city. Approach quickly. Surround the building in front. City Lord Elno said directly: The woman in charge of management lives here, just kill her and then tear up the agreement. Atef, wearing silver armor and a blue cape on one shoulder. He raised his head and glanced at the bright window, "That boy''s woman is quite attractive. Don''t kill her if you catch her. I want to play with her for a few days." Okay, the other party will be at your disposal when the time comes. Lets do it! Bang~! Suddenly, an explosion sounded in the distance. Atef subconsciously lowered his head, and a stream of light hit his helmet with a ''ding'' sound. The huge force made him lean back, and there was a buzzing in his head. At the same time, swish swish swish~! The houses on both sides were pushed open one by one. Revealing a dense figure. Gululu~! Those round objects with pull tabs were thrown into the team. Rolled into the crowd''s feet. Boom~! Boom, boom, boom! (End of this chapter) Chapter 245 , dead or not? Chapter 245: Are you dead? Boom, boom, boom~! In an instant, the explosion instantly covered the city lord''s palace coalition forces. The entire road was shrouded in explosions and thick smoke rose. ??The tight formation of the coalition forces was torn apart, and broken limbs and fleshy foam were scattered all over the sky. ??The proud shield formation was as fragile as a piece of paper under the power of the grenade. The shield was torn apart, and the soldier missing his lower body struggled to lie on one side. Some people wanted to rush over and help up the fallen soldiers. ??His body was penetrated by splattered shrapnel again, and he fell to the ground softly. Atef was thrown away by the explosion and hit the wall. He vomited blood and roared at ''Elno'' who was also running towards this side, "What''s going on?" Erno was also like a bereaved dog, hiding behind a low wall. "If I knew, could I still walk in directly with my soldiers?" Then, he shouted to the remaining soldiers around him: "Spread out, all spread out, the enemies are in the buildings on both sides, break down the doors and kill them." Erno shouted. But the explosion sent thick smoke everywhere, and it was already late at night, making it even more difficult to discern the direction. He was not killed in the explosion, but he was also dizzy and had a ringing in his ears. The explosion ended, but smoke and dust were still filling the air. In the shrouded smoke, there were painful wails one after another. ??Although the coalition forces were stunned by the bombing, the number of people assembled this time was more than 30,000. The casualties and injuries are still within the tolerance range. Erno helped Atef up and was about to give the order to reorganize the team and kill him directly. Tap la ta la~! A sound of bone friction and footsteps sounded above the head. ?Looking up suddenly, he saw dense figures in the hazy smoke, standing on the roofs of nearby buildings. ?Each figure is holding a strange instrument and heading towards the chaotic crowd below. ?Everyones heart was tight. without waiting for any action. ?Bang bang bang~! ?All the gun barrels above spit out orange fire, and the dense bullets are like a dense net, covering the bottom. Puff puff puff~! In an instant, blood splattered everywhere, and the army fell in pieces like wheat. Even the body that fell to the ground was still being swept by bullets, over and over again. In the building, rush in and kill the enemy! Erno shouted. ?There were soldiers who clung to the wall, kicked open the door hard, and rushed in. As soon as he stepped into the room, he saw that it was filled with skeletons holding instruments. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and several people flew out directly. All the doors and windows on the first floor were opened. The skeleton held a submachine gun and started shooting. Damn, what the hell. Erno was lying on the ground, with sand and dust falling from his head. In a room. ?Wu Heng looked at the battle outside the window through the gap in the window. ??The city government''s coalition forces gathered at least 30,000 people. In addition to the Iron Guard Knights, foreign troops and local gang members. After being greeted by grenades and bullets. The number of people has been reduced by more than half. In this situation, the coalition forces no longer pose any threat to their own side. ?Wu Heng also saw the reinforcements invited by Elno. The level should be at level 12 or 3, reaching the entry level of a deacon, but definitely not reaching level 16 of Giovanni. ??He was hit on the helmet by a sniper rifle, so he didn''t dare to continue to show off. He was just blown away by a grenade. That is to say, the warrior''s physical strength attribute is high, otherwise he would definitely not be able to get up now. ?The threat is not too great. The various submachine guns outside the window were still firing, raising a cloud of smoke and dust again. ??Wu Heng said through the radio headset: "Is there a traffic jam nearby?" Its blocked! Mansha Wens voice came from the headset. Close the Internet cafes and leave no one behind. "clear!" As the words fell, the sound of dense footsteps and the collision of armors was heard, centered on the block below. The dense army of undead forms an encirclement. Appear in a warring area. The gunshots suddenly stopped. ?The densely packed corpses and skeletons were like pulled up fishing nets, rushing towards the center. ? Erno and Atefs expressions suddenly changed, and they each issued orders. Form up an formation, form an formation with me as the center. Brace yourself and get ready to fight. The two men shouted loudly, and the remaining wounded soldiers, dragging their seriously injured bodies, began to move closer to the two men''s position. Without waiting for any battle formation to be formed, the undead army had already launched an attack, armed with weapons, and rushed directly like bloodthirsty beasts. The corpse fell to the ground and turned into a spider at the mouth of the bowl. When the spider continues to die, there will be poisonous smoke and explosions. Every member of the coalition forces looked desperate. There is no possibility of victory. Central area, professional association. Deacon Gomez and Deputy Deacon Orc Shaman stood on the roof, looking at the fighting area in the distance. Erno really doesnt have much patience, so he will take action tonight. ??The old orc held a wooden staff with both hands, "Why did you make such a big noise?" It should be Wu Heng, leaving some backup for that woman. Gomez said with both hands. "Are you going to let this fool go on like this? When Wu Heng comes back, he won''t be afraid of causing even bigger trouble." "What does it have to do with me?" Gomez chuckled, "The association does not interfere in the disputes of the city. The association is a place of rules." ??The old orc said: "Maybe it''s ''Elno'' who suffers!" "Difficult! Erno has controlled Luntam City for so many years, and it is really unreasonable to be unable to capture a gang woman." He paused slightly, "Unless Wu Heng didn''t leave." What if he didnt leave? ??Gomez glanced at the beasts gathering in the war zone, "If he hadn''t left, the members of the association would have killed the local city lord, enough to put him on a wanted list." Snake Emblem Consortium. On a balcony. Lecia leaned on the fence in front of her, stirring the tea cup with a silver spoon. Looking at the war zone with bright lights constantly on. Its not enough to make people worry if they leave. There was a knock on the door behind him, and a guard came in and said softly, "Miss, are you looking for me?" Take someone to keep an eye on the situation outside. If that Wen Mansha from the Spike Gang can escape, **** her to my side. Lecia tapped the spoon and took a sip. ??The guard glanced at her, did not move, remained silent for a moment, and reminded: "Miss, if we get involved, wouldn''t it be inappropriate?" Wait at the outside and respond if you can escape. If you cant escape, its her life. Okay, miss. The guard said no more and turned to leave. ?Lecia shook her ankle and felt the anklet hidden inside. Said to the night sky. "Whether your maid survives or not depends on herself." Under fierce fighting. Green poisonous smoke covered the entire battlefield. ??The undead continued to attack them, and the coalition forces could no longer be seen from the outside. But the battle still continues, proving that there are still people on the other side resisting. Wearing mage robes and a high crown, the bone mage walked around the perimeter twice with his hands attached. With a flick of the hand. Dead Corpse BattlefieldRelease, dead coalition soldiers stand up from the ground and join the battlefield. Continue to fight forward. There are already many tamed beasts hovering in the sky. There should be many people paying attention to this battle, which also represents the final ownership of this city. "Stop fighting. We were forced here by the city lord. Stop fighting." Mansha Wen, I know Wu Heng. I am from the Scorpion Claw Gang. I know Captain Wu Heng. Auntie, we were wrong, please spare us, please spare us! ?Hunts for mercy were heard among the crowd. The current situation is very certain. It cannot be fought or escaped. They will only die here. I just wanted to beg for mercy loudly so that the sister-in-law of the Spike Gang could let them go. However, there was no response. Only one fierce spider jumped into the defense and exploded the formation. ??Continue to be hacked and killed by other undead. The battle is over. The poisonous smoke that filled the surrounding area gradually dissipated. ?Two skeletons, dragging Elno who was seriously injured and vomiting blood, walked out of the crowd and threw them at Wen Manshas feet. And the reinforcements that were invited had a sharp sword pierced into his chest, and he lost his voice. "I admit it, this city belongs to you, please let me go once." Erno said with difficulty, vomiting blood. As long as you are not dead, you can still live after taking the medicine. Its too late to regret, now we just have to find a way to survive. Wen Mansha looked at him and said, "When we work as a gang, we are most afraid of leaving anyone alive." As the words fell, the skeleton on the side raised his knife and dropped his head, and the head rolled to the side. Skeleton Mage began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transforming corpses all over the ground. Wen Mansha turned her head and lowered her voice and said, "They are all dead, not a single one is alive." Wu Heng''s voice came from the intercom, "Tonight, directly occupy the city lord''s palace." Wen Mansha raised her head and said to the dense army of undead: "Go forward to the city lord''s palace." Hurrah! The army moved towards the city lord''s palace. Within the association. The deacon and sub-deacon were drinking tea and waiting for the result. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded, and a team member ran in quickly. Is that woman still alive? Gomez asked directly. The team members took a deep breath and said, "Stay alive." Lets negotiate with Erno and get this woman over. After all, Wu Heng is also a member of our association. Gomez said softly. "No, Deacon." The team member glanced at the two of them and continued: "Elno is dead. He was beheaded by Wen Mansha''s order." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 246 , why is it her? Chapter 246, Why is it her? ?Wen Mansha won and Erno was beheaded? The deacons and sub-deacons all have one hand movement. Erno had gathered so many people in the city. With the number of undead left by Wu Heng, how could he possibly win? Furthermore, some undead spirits are also arranged in the outer city. How could this be the result? ?Gomez turned his head suddenly, "Wu Heng didn''t leave?" I dont know, I didnt see Wu Heng in the whole scene, but there is a skeleton mage who can also transform undead. The member said. They both understood instantly. ?Wu Heng left, but left behind a skeleton mage with the same ability. As long as the situation on the battlefield allows, the effect of constantly transforming troops can be achieved. How is it over there now? Wen Mansha is leading the team to the city lords palace. The team member asked again, Can I stop you? ?Gomez frowned slightly. We wont participate, just let the tame animals keep an eye on it. Gomez continued. A gang member who is obsessed with killing may not be able to calmly analyze the pros and cons. There is absolutely no need to do these thankless things. Got it, deacon! Snake Emblem Consortium. The same message was also delivered. When Lecia heard that the undead had won, her eyes widened a bit. Sure enough, Wu Heng arranged a back-up plan when he left. ?How could this man not expect that Elno would take action? What are they doing now? Wen Mansha is rushing to the city lords mansion with all the undead soldiers, the guard said. Lecia yawned and said, "I understand, we don''t need to worry about the rest. By the way, let people prepare gifts, don''t be too expensive. I will go to congratulate the new city lord tomorrow." Okay, miss. The guard left. ?Lecia took off her armor and put on her pajamas. Walking towards the bedroom. Everything is ready, let me stay with you until this time. Then, there was no suspense in the battle at the City Lord''s Mansion. ??The undead army directly invaded the building. ??Occupied the center of power in Luntam City, the City Lord''s Palace. When the first ray of sunlight shines into the room. ?Wen Mansha has already sat on the throne of the city lord. Tap tap tap~! The backbone of the gang walked in with excitement on his face, "Sister-in-law, all the servants in the city lord''s mansion have been dismissed, and everyone related to them has been killed." Well, let our people take over all the walls in the city and dont disturb the people. We are not a gang now. Wen Mansha said, holding her chin. Yes, sister-in-law. Stop calling me sister-in-law. If people hear you, you still feel like a gang. ??Gan Gan was stunned for a moment, "What''s the name of the city lord?" City Lord, lets discuss it later and see what the appropriate name is. Understood, Lord... of the city. Just when the backbone was about to leave, Wen Mansha continued: "Go and invite the deacon of the association and Lecia from the consortium." Yes, Lord of the City. The backbone left quickly and explained all these things. Not long. ?There were footsteps outside the door. ?Gomez, the deacon of the association, and Lecia from the consortium rushed in one after another. ??Before they spoke, their eyes fell on the slender figure next to Wen Mansha. Wearing robes and a high mage crown. Hands are attached and the body is straight. The exposed face and wrists are made of white bones. ??The skeleton mage in the information last night, and his level is definitely not low, definitely higher than Wu Heng. ?In addition, there are several skeleton attendants of high level. One of them, judging from the weapons and equipment, is the former city lord Elno. From now on, the city lord''s palace is definitely the most powerful party in the city. Wen Mansha smiled, stood up and greeted her, "Miss Lecia, Deacon Gomez." Congratulations, Sister Wen Mansha has taken the position of city lord. Lecia waved her hand, and the guards behind her presented gifts. Wen Mansha also showed a higher level of calmness and dignity than the gangster sister-in-law. She motioned to the attendant to take it and asked the two of them to sit down. ?Gomez did not prepare a gift, pretending not to know about the matter, and asked: "Miss Wen Mansha, what is going on?" Wen Mansha sighed softly and said, "Forget it. Yesterday, when my master left, Erno led troops to attack our city. However, they had internal strife. We also took advantage of the opportunity to counterattack and barely won." Master, naturally is the name the maid calls her master. Now it is directly stated that although I am sitting in this position, everything still belongs to my master. After hearing this, Gomez looked surprised, "So many things happened last night." ??Looked at the other party and Lecia, and continued: "Erno has been running the city for decades. He must not be willing to give up half of the city, but he did not expect to suffer the consequences." Wen Mansha sighed again, "The master said when he left that if the Lord of Erno kept his agreement, then everyone would run half of the city each. But I didn''t expect..., well, it would end up like this." Lecia said directly: "The management of Luntam City is getting worse and worse by him. If it dies, it will die. There is nothing to say." "Thank you, Miss Lecia. If you need anything in the city in the future, just mention it to me." Wen Mansha said, and then continued to look at Gomez, "Please also ask the ''deacon'' to report it to the association, Luntam The city will be managed by me, and I will write a letter to my master and tell him about the situation here." ?At this point, Gomez has no reason to offend Wu Heng for the dead man. He nodded and said: "Well, I will explain this matter to the headquarters. You can write the letter personally to Wuheng, and I will ask the association to send it to Treasure Island." Thank you, deacon. ?A few people continued to chat for a few words. The two responsible persons did not stay much. After saying hello, they left. ????City Lord''s Mansion. ?Wu Heng asked Glenda and Xiao Xiao to act separately. Search throughout the city lord''s mansion. In addition to the cellars and warehouses under the city lord''s mansion, I always feel that there should be other warehouses. After running Luntam City for so many years, it is impossible to have no savings. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back, but found nothing in the search area. Glenda on the other side flew back with news. Its over here! ?Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao followed into the city lord''s study. ?Glenda pointed to the wall where the painting was hung and said: "Behind the wall, there is a mezzanine with a lot of collections and gold coins." Break it open! The skeleton behind him immediately stepped forward. ?Glenda said hurriedly: "Wait a minute, this is a door. It''s just etched with phantom runes. You can open it by finding the door handle." Etching runes on the door is a mental illness! ?Wu Heng stepped forward to check carefully and found some clues. Hand out your hand to grab it, where you touch it, a door handle changes from the wall. Twist it lightly and it opens with a click. The interior is a 30-square-meter space with a treasure box on the ground and various gorgeous collections, oil paintings and some jewelry on the shelves on both sides. ?Wu Heng walked directly to the treasure chest, "There are no mechanisms in it, right?" No! said Glenda. Ghosts cannot be touched, but they can get into them. You can check the situation inside. ? Confirming that there was no danger, Wu Heng opened the treasure chest directly. The moment the lid was opened, a golden light appeared in front of you. Wow, so much gold! Xiaoxiao exclaimed. If 200 gold coins were put into a bag, the amount in front of you could probably fill a hundred money bags. ?This Luntam is so effective at collecting money. No wonder he gritted his teeth and refused to run away when the Warhammer Party entered the city. This time he tried his best to take back half of the city. Put away all the gold coins and all the utensils, and look at Glenda again, "Are there any more?" No more, there are scattered silver coins in some drawers. Well, thats not necessary. ?This place is not planned to be vacated and will continue to be used by Wen Mansha. I will have a place to stay when I come back later. ?Footsteps sounded outside the door. Wen Mansha opened the door and came in, and two ghosts got directly into her body. Master, Gomez and Lecia have left. They have no objection to us continuing to manage the city, especially Miss Lecia, who also sent congratulatory gifts. They are all smart people and will make their own choices. Wu Heng sat down aside. ?Lecia will definitely support herself. It would also be good for her to manage the city by herself. At least better than when Erno was running it. ??And Gomez is a veteran and will definitely not stand up for a dead city lord. Wen Mansha sat on his lap and continued: "Next, just proceed as planned?" Well, it goes as planned. ?Wu Heng reached out and flipped through, and two large boxes appeared at his feet. ?? He raised his legs and kicked them away, revealing the silver coins inside. A total of ten thousand silver coins are handed over to you as the citys starting fund. Wu Heng said. Wow, so many. "Behind the oil painting over there is a secret room. From now on, you can put the money there or the space ring." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded and moved slightly, "Master, I don''t want you to leave." ?Wu Heng smiled, pinched his cheeks, and kissed him on the lips, "It''s not like I won''t come back, so why are you mentioning this again?" Wen Mansha sat astride her legs, stuck out a piece of her red tongue, and sent it over. After being separated for a long time, he panted slightly and said, "Come back and see me quickly." "After I settle down from there, I will come back to see you and protect myself well," Wu Heng said. "good." ~! ?At this time, the voice of the gang''s backbone came from the door, "The city lord, city officials and people from the city hall are all here." ?Wen Mansha kissed him on the cheek. He rearranged his clothes and said, "Okay, I''ll be there right away." After waving goodbye, he walked out directly. Wen Mansha walked out of the study, and Wu Heng also used the transformation veil and left the city lord''s mansion. Put on your hat far south of the city and board the train. the other side. ?Wu Heng appeared in the hotel, opened the door, and found Minnie and Anderweil chatting in the room. Seeing Wu Heng come back, both of them were overjoyed. "Owner." ?Wu Heng walked in, "Have you eaten?" "Have you eaten? Master, has he eaten?" Anderweil moved the seat for him. ?Wu Heng sat down and said, "I''ve eaten." Anderweil asked softly: "Master, is everything going well?" The tribesmen are still in Luntam City, and their fate is connected with Wen Mansha''s. Success, the whole city will be ours from now on. (End of this chapter) Chapter 247 , unpleasant words Chapter 247, Harsh words I heard Wu Heng say that the whole city belongs to him. The faces of the two women also showed joy. Minnie jumped up and cheered, "Okay, I will be the maid of the city lord from now on." Anderweil was more calm and said: "Congratulations, master, for becoming the city lord." Well, Luntam City is our backing. Even if we dont do well outside, we can still come back and be the city lord. Wu Heng said with a smile. Having such a city gives us a little more confidence outside. Next, shall we go directly to Treasure Island? Andweil continued to ask. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Well, Wei''er, Minnie, please vacate the room and wait for me at the door." Oh, good master. The two nodded and walked out. It was bright again outside the window, and the train slowly stopped. ?Minnie looked inside through the opened car door, raised her feet, and was pushed out by an invisible force. ?Wearing a blue robe with gold patterns, the body is decorated with expensive decorations. Wu Heng took the itinerary and said, "After driving, your senses will disappear, so don''t be afraid. Just sit aside and wait until you get there." I cant go up, its like theres a wall in front of me. Minnie looked back. ?Wu Heng took their hands, walked to the carriage, and sat down on one side. The two nodded to express their understanding. The next second, they dived into the void. There was nothingness outside the window, and all the senses of the three people except for the sight area disappeared. The car door closed and started to slowly start. In Luntam City, there are some rumors about ghost trains. ??Wu Heng opened the gate when no one was around and sent the two skeleton attendants to another world. Minnie tried to board the train and stepped directly on. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t worry, just wait for me." ?Andeweier also walked up. The two of them had obviously heard of it. Click~! Get on the train, find the number of passengers on the back of the itinerary, and write 2. ?Wu Heng stood inside and waved. ?Wu Heng greeted the two of them and walked out of the city together. I do not know how long it has been. After going downstairs, the two women stood at the door waiting. Just write "Treasure Island" on the itinerary. According to the description of the Conductors Hat, up to two persons can be appointed as accompanying conductors. In other words, you cannot reach Treasure Island directly, but will stop at Netale City. In the horrified eyes of the two women, a military green train stopped in front of them. Leaving the city, Wu Heng took out the train conductors hat and put it on his head. The two women, one on the left and one on the right, hugged his arms tightly. Im coming up, Minnie shouted. Anderweil also muttered, "It really does exist." Lets see, can we go up? Wu Heng said. Immediately afterwards, a deafening honking sound sounded. Ghost train! Minnie exclaimed. The train cannot reach cities without records. After filling in the name, it will arrive at the nearest station. ??There is not much delay in Wuheng. After a long time, the train will return directly to the originating station. Thats how it works. ?The three of them were stunned, so fast? Immediately afterwards, a man with blond hair and blue eyes, tied into a short ponytail on the back of his head, walked in. ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, but immediately understood the reason. However, after filling it out, the original ink was instantly blurred and the name Netale City was re-formed. There was a click and the car door opened. ?Minnies eyes widened and her mouth kept moving, and Anderweil was also a little nervous. ?Getting on the train, I saw the three people in the distance and my steps suddenly stopped. Obviously, he did not expect that there would be other people here, and there were still three of them. The train started to move, and the window fell into nothingness again. The man glanced at the hat on the other person''s head, then smiled and behaved like a noble. ?Wu Heng also looked at the opponent and opened the holster on his waist. He didn''t bring the skeleton attendant, so he was nervous when someone suddenly came up. But seeing that the other party was behaving in a friendly manner, he smiled and nodded. The blond man sat down not far away, his body straight and his eyes straight. ??Wu Heng and the three others also remained sitting and standing, calm and alert to each other. Time passed little by little. The train stopped again, and the old hanging plate on the door showed the word "Chelu". ??The capital of the Kingdom of Yeko. The blond man stood up, smiled at several people again, and then got off the train. She is indeed no ordinary person, and her identity is even more special than expected. The train starts again. Drill into space. When it appears again. The train arrived at Netale City. ?The three of them got out of the car, and immediately felt a sense of hunger in their abdomens. Fortunately, they were both professionals, otherwise they would all have collapsed from hunger when they got off the car. ??Wu Heng took out some food from the ring, sat under the tree and ate some simply. ? It takes about four days to come from Luntam City. You should be more careful next time. Dont starve to death on the road because your senses cannot feel hunger and time changes. I simply filled my stomach. There was a convoy passing by on the roadside, and the three of them got into the carriage and entered the "Netale City" together. Wow~! Its so nice here. Minnie exclaimed on the road like a little girl who had just entered the city. The roads are flat and wide, and the buildings are tall and unique in shape. It is not comparable to a place like Wrentam City. ?The roads are crowded with people, and horse-drawn carriages are transporting goods to shops or heading out of the city. In the crowd passing by, you can also see "dwarfs", "dwarves", and tall humans with pointed ears. It is not sure whether they are elves. Before coming in, I was worried that the appearance of the two girls would attract some attention. Walking on the street now, no one even glances at me. Walked into a well-decorated hotel. With 4 silver coins, I booked a suite. One living room and two bedrooms. Briefly checked the room, and continued to take the Skull Crusher and the Fire Blade out of the boundary door. ??Goed out again. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters to a tavern and sat down in a corner. ?While listening to the bard playing the piano and singing, he called the maid who brought the wine. I still dont know the rules here. The maids clothes are loose and she can see large areas of plumpness and ravines even when she stands up straight. But he didnt stuff the silver coins into the other partys lapels, but gave them directly to her hands. ??The maid immediately smiled and said, "Guest, Miss, what are your orders?" Let me ask you something. ??The maid bowed slightly, as if listening. The inside of your mind is becoming more and more eye-catching. I heard that Treasure Island is the territory of pirates? Wu Heng asked. The maid nodded, "You can say that?" This is your first time here, tell me about it. The maid thought for a moment and said, "Treasure Island was originally occupied by pirates, but now it is called the ''Treasure Islands''. Countries have pardoned the ''Occam'' pirate group and established a new order. Now each country has pardoned the ''Occam'' pirate group and established a new order." The fleet will be resupplied there. Pardoned a pirate group? "Well, I heard that because ''Occam'' reached level 18, he was given an identity." Damn, this will work. In other words, the captain level of this pirate group was too high, and the cost of encircling and suppressing them was difficult for all forces to accept. After discussion, they directly absolved the other party of their guilt, making Treasure Island the other party''s territory. As long as they dont rob caravans anymore. To put it bluntly, everything depends on strength. Once you make the other party think that the cost of getting rid of you is too high, they will choose a friendlier approach. Its really a reality. Then there are no pirates anymore. Minnie analyzed. When the maid turned to Minnie, she straightened up slightly and tightened her clothes a little, "Of course not, the rest of the pirates still exist, but they are not as rampant as before." ??Wu Heng wanted to continue asking, but the sound of drinkers greeting him could be heard in the distance. ??The maid bowed to a few people again and turned around to greet other guests. ??Wu Heng and the others also understood what they wanted to ask. Start to eat. After eating, several people walked out of the tavern. I asked passers-by about the direction of the port and called a carriage to go to the port. Close to the port, the crowds gather even more. From a distance, you can see huge ships docked at the port, with rows of people going back and forth between the ships and the shore, carrying various supplies. Trade has always been an important factor supporting the development of a city. Let the two women look at the sea. Continue walking towards the building on the side. Ship management office. ?In the building, a middle-aged man with a mustache lowered his head and fiddled with the quill in his hand. Without raising his head, he said: "What''s the matter? Speak!" ??Wu Heng took out the deputy deacon''s emblem and placed it on the table, "Arrange the ship to go to Treasure Island." Fuck~! The man was halfway through cursing. When he saw the emblem, he immediately stood up and said respectfully, Ill give you a look. Look through the notebook on the table. Then he said: "Tomorrow at noon, there will be a merchant ship passing Treasure Island. If you have no problem, you can take this ship." Okay, lets book the merchant ship for tomorrow. ??The man immediately wrote it down in his notebook and said at the same time: "This is for you to record. In the third port, the merchant ship Notting Laden." Dont you need a boat ticket or something? No need, you just need to board the ship on time, and when the other party asks for your identity, let him take a look at your coat of arms. Okay, thank you. The man saluted respectfully, "It''s my honor to solve your problem." After confirming the travel time for tomorrow, Wu Heng and others left the registration office directly. Its so lively here. Minnie said. Yeah, its much more lively than Luntam City, and no one is making trouble. Andwyer echoed. There was nothing else to do in the rest of the time, so I just wandered around the busy streets. There are shops on both sides, and the business is relatively good. ??Walk out of a clothing store and enter a magic props shop opposite. There are also many people in the store. ??The few shop assistants entertain wealthy businessmen who are all more gorgeously dressed. ??Wu Heng walked around the store and looked at the various magic props inside the glass counter. Luxury goods have their own definition here. Its not just about gorgeous accessories, or clothing and bags. Rather, they are etched with various magics and magic props with special effects and functions. Token of turning beasts into friendsStanding Beauty Vine BraceletRing of Discordant WordsDancing Lights.... ?Wu Heng walked by one after another. He stepped back again and his eyes fell on the previous ring again. Ring of discordant words (Description: In a short period of time, utter a series of curses containing magical power at the target in a "volley" style.) Sold for 470 silver coins. Holy shit~! Magical props for scolding. How wronged I was, to actually have such a magic effect etched on the ring, specifically to help me curse others. Guest, this magic prop can help you gain the upper hand in arguments. You dont even need to formulate your own words to gain the upper hand in arguments. A clerk sent the customer away and came to Wu Hengs side. "Let''s take a look first." Wu Heng retracted his gaze and continued to ask: "Are there any attack or defense props?" Sir, please follow me to the second floor. ?The clerk stretched out his hand to guide him and led him to the second floor. The city of Wrentam. Hall of the City Lords Mansion. "Deacon Slater, things happened suddenly. The master left first and didn''t have time to wait for you to come." Wen Mansha explained softly. Slater, who was dressed in a smart outfit, looked around at the magnificent city lord''s mansion. His eyes were still full of surprise. A few days ago, Wu Heng went to see her and talked about the development of half the city and how to deal with the matter with ''Elno''. ?Come here today, the whole city belongs to him, and he even made his maid the lord of the city. She has collected intelligence for so many years in the Secret Whisperer. Have never seen such an incredible thing. Furthermore, Wu Heng left early, in her opinion, as if it was intentional. Slater nodded and continued: "Wu Heng mentioned to me before that you will be in charge here. If you are not sure about some things, you can ask me. Managing the city is not as simple as a gang." Wen Mansha''s smile remained unchanged, "If necessary, I will naturally ask the deacon. After all, we are also a family." Slater narrowed his eyes and calmed down again, "How is the decoration of Money Cat?" "I''ll take the deacon to see if there''s anything that needs to be changed. I''ll have someone do it right away." Well, lets go and have a look. (End of this chapter) Chapter 248 , ah, what is this Chapter 248, ah, what is this? Money cat. ??The foreman in charge of the decoration was called over, following behind the two women, explaining the progress. The final touches are already being made and it will be completed within three days. Slater put his hands together and took two steps in the hall. The decoration in front of her still surprised her. ?As Wu Heng said, the decoration style is much more luxurious than the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town. The floors, walls, and ceilings have all been decorated. It is not much worse than the city lord''s mansion just now. How are these lighting props used? Slater asked. Wen Mansha came over from behind and said, "This is an electric lamp. It absorbs solar energy through the equipment on the roof to provide lighting." The "protective necklace" is really the most expensive, one costs 820 silver. Slater glanced around and nodded, "Not bad." Highly effective strengthening potion ?The remaining one from last time was given to Wen Mansha. After all, her side is more dangerous and can save her life in critical moments. ?? (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Sword and Shield Protection'' rune can form a magical protection at critical moments, blocking part of the attack damage.) Fireball Dharma Ring ??Protective pendants, I bought two in total. ?Wu Heng asked doubtfully: "New potion?" "Hmm." Li Yahong got off her body, opened the backpack hanging behind her, carefully took out various potions from it, and placed them on the table. So I bought it directly. (Description: Natural power, warming and nourishing the body.) Selecting carefully, Wu Heng selected these props. (Description: Can summon a scorching fireball, causing magic damage to the target, recharging in 25 minutes.) Zhaoyan Rattan Bracelet The two maids were extremely happy and jumped back. Continuing to walk towards the second floor, the foreman explained some other things, and Wen Mansha also explained the use of the air conditioner. Protective pendant In the store, it should be specialized in selling accessories. There are no magic props such as weapons and armors. Three bottles in total. The survivors at the base are all busy with their own affairs. The two maids eyes widened. Go back to the tavern. Thats what Krishna uses. ?Wu Heng told the two maids that they were in another room of the suite. Sir, a total of 2 gold and 755 silver. Not long after, footsteps were heard from the stairs. Speaking, he pressed the switch on the side. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. The chandeliers and wall lamps in the hall light up one after another, making the entire space more gorgeous and bright. After all, I have money now, and I dont know whether Treasure Island is safe or not, so I prepare to be quilted first. ?The second floor of the store. If the effect is good, I will buy some for the other women. ??Li Yahong ran up quickly. When she saw Wu Heng, she threw herself into his arms and wrapped her legs around her waist. "I haven''t seen you for several days." Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Can the lighting be normal even in dark weather? The two items this time are the two maids beside me. I also bought two Zhuyan Rattan Bracelets, which are shaped like brown rattan branches. When the store clerk introduced them, they said they were helpful for womens skin and appearance. ? Fireball Ring is also pretty good and has a certain attack effect. ??Going to the window and taking a look outside, the convoy has returned. Well, I went back and the Alchemy Skeleton made some potions and I brought them over. Li Yahong said. After buying them all, the necklace and bracelet were given to the two of them. ??Wu Heng held his round buttocks, soft and elastic, "Deal with some things. Did you go back to prison before?" (Description: A medicine extracted and developed from special aberration toxins. It has a certain improvement effect on living beings and has a low probability of awakening bloodline power.) ?Wu Heng was delighted when he saw the properties of the potion. As expected, it is a potion made from level 2 corpse cores. ?This is something I have been looking forward to for a long time. With this potion, you can directly improve your attributes. Enhance your physical fitness. So happy? Li Yahong saw joy on his face. The potion has no name. ?In Li Yahongs opinion, they all look the same, and she doesnt know what type of medicine they are. But seeing Wu Heng so happy, the value of the medicine is definitely not low. "Well, we need it now!" Wu Heng explained casually, put the potion away, and continued: "What''s the news outside recently?" Sit down on the edge of the bed and pat your thighs. ?? Li Yahong walked over and sat on his lap, and said: "The news is nothing, it''s the same as usual. By the way, someone made a ranking list of the strongest for us." Wu Heng reached in along the waist and gently stroked his smooth belly, "Ranking list of the strongest? What''s the use?" "If it''s useful, it may be to promote its popularity, but it has no real effect." Li Yahong analyzed. Who is on the list? Li Yahong glanced at him with a smile on her face, "The first King of Yama..." Good guy, this name has spread outside. The reason why he didn''t stop the shelter from calling him "King" was because he didn''t want his name to be known to too many people. Now it is spreading more and more widely, and it is completely out of control. Is there any more? Wu Heng raised his hand. ?Li Yahong cooperated and loosened her stab-proof clothing, and took advantage of the situation to hold Yuanruan. The second place is the Flame God Sanctuary, the God of Fire, the third place is the Iron Wall Sanctuary, the Butcher, the fourth place is the Dongan Village Sanctuary, Han Cai, the fifth place is the Yongfu Sanctuary, the God of Swords. Good guy, each name is more fantastic than the last. It has almost become a title in a novel. No, whats wrong with the one called Han Cai? The name doesnt fit in with the crowd. ??Li Yahong smiled, rested her chin on her shoulder, and said softly: "The only female leader, maybe she felt that these names didn''t fit, so she used her own name." Arent you in line? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Where can I be ranked? There are all famous leaders here, and they should all have awakened their powers." Have they all awakened their powers? "Probably, there is no definite information on whether it is true or false, but the strength of the shelter is definitely slightly stronger." Li Yahong said. After such a long time, it is actually not surprising that the number of people awakening supernatural powers has begun to increase. Living in the apocalypse, everyone is licking blood on the tip of a knife, forcing people to constantly adapt to the environment in front of them. Your strength should be able to rank among them. Its a useless ranking, just go up on our behalf. ?Speaking of superpowers, Wu Heng also thought of the magic props he bought today, and took out the ''Fireball Ring'', "Here''s it for you." The magic prop ring has a broad shape and is not very suitable for modern people''s eyes. Li Yahong looked at it and said, "Thank you for the gift." Take it with you and I will teach you how to use it. "use?" ?Li Yahong looked puzzled and put the ring on her index finger. ??Wu Heng took his hand back from his clothes, asked her to sit aside, and said, "Close your eyes and concentrate, and use your spirit to communicate with the ring in your hand." ?Li Yahong closed her eyes and was silent for a while, then opened them again, "Did it work?" "No." What should be the effect? Fire will appear on the ring. "lighter?" Stop talking, close your eyes and feel it again. ?Li Yahong stuck out her tongue, closed her eyes again, and tried to feel the ring on her hand according to his method. There was silence for about ten minutes. ?Li Yahong suddenly opened her eyes, raised her right hand, and a blazing fireball condensed in her palm. ?When she saw that what appeared in her palm was a fireball instead of a lighter flame, Li Yahong''s face was not only shocked, but also confused with her consciousness being crushed. Ah, its starting to get hot, what should I do? Li Yahong suddenly panicked and exclaimed. Fireball is not a self-condensed spell. Short-term manipulation is okay. If you maintain it for a certain period of time, you will feel the burning heat brought by the fireball. ?Wu Heng immediately opened the window and said, "Throw it out." Throw it? Li Yahong still casually threw it toward the window. Huh~! The fireball rushed out of the window and flew into the yard. It exploded with a bang and turned into four streams of flames, falling down. Ah~! Whats going on? Something is burning. Quickly put out the fire~! The courtyard suddenly became noisy. ?Then someone quickly came out upstairs to check where the fire was. ??Li Yahong quickly arranged her clothes, rubbed her sore palms on her buttocks, opened the door and looked at the person who rushed up. Sister Hong, theres a fire down there. someone said. No one was hurt, right? "No, the fire has been put out. Is there anything going on upstairs?" Several people gathered around and asked. ??Li Yahong said: "It''s okay, I was just experimenting with something, as long as no one was hurt." ?Several people looked inside and saw Wu Heng sitting inside. He immediately said: "Understood, let''s go down." "Um." Everyone went downstairs. Li Yahong ran up to him, hugged his arm, and exclaimed, "What is this? Did you steal Ma Zhiyong''s superpower?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 249 , air pirates Chapter 249, Air Pirates ?Wu Heng took out his arm and put his arm around Li Yahong''s shoulders. "What do you mean by stealing his power? It''s just a ring that can release fireballs, and the effect is average." This is just average. Ma Zhiyongs abilities are just like this. He is still ranked second! Li Yahong said. ?Ma Zhiyongs extraordinary abilities have never been seen by outsiders. ??But on the radio, the Flame God Sanctuary said about this. It can release fireballs that will explode after hitting the target, and ignite some flammable materials. It is estimated that the effect is similar to this. Furthermore, Ma Zhiyongs ability could only be awakened by desperately taking corpse cores. This is just a ring, you can release it when you put it on. There is no comparison between the two. Then now, you are tied for second place with him. ?System prompts appear, distracting a little attention. In a shelter, King Yama is the strongest person, and now Li Yahong has the same ability as the second strongest person. ?Wu Heng walked to the table on one side and took out all three bottles of corpse core potion. The two chatted together for a while. Coming out again, it is still another room in the suite. Taking corpse core potion can improve attributes, which is also a good guarantee. Okay, I will make good use of this privilege when the time comes. Does it have this effect when using the Level 2 Corpse Core for the first time? It seems that I have forgotten a little, but now the pain is really unbearable. "Do you think this is an iron circle? There are as many as you want." Wu Heng paused and continued: "And, if you have them all, this ability is not so precious." Whether you have superpowers or not is still very important in the current environment. Even if it is manufactured later, it will only be used by a few people around him. ?The person who no one wants to follow is an ordinary person with no characteristics, especially a young woman. As long as youre satisfied. Wu Heng patted his back. Li Yahong continued: "Then I will tell the outside world that I have also awakened the fire power." ??Wu Heng turned around, held her in his arms, and said softly: "I want to do it too, but there are still some things that haven''t been dealt with. I''ll stay with you well next time." The first-level corpse core potion has no effect on the growth of his body. Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Outside the window is the noisy street, and you can hear the sounds of people selling goods. It can also consolidate Li Yahongs position. Its true that I havent been with Li Yahong for a while. Not only its own combat power, but also represents a kind of prestige. As he gets closer, there is warmth and tingling coming from the abdomen, and an energy that spreads throughout the body like tearing muscles. After thinking about it, I didnt have much hesitation. ?Pick up a bottle of medicine, open the cap, and drink it directly. ?Wu Heng also opened the gate and returned to another world. ??If now Li Yahong shows the same ability as Ma Zhiyong, not to mention how it is outside, it will definitely cause a sensation inside the shelter. He is about to go to Treasure Island, and the unknown environment still brings him a lot of pressure. ?Li Yahong went downstairs and continued busy with her own business. The sour and bitter taste flows from the throat to the stomach. Li Yahong did not try to persuade her to stay, and said: "The opportunity to repay you will be left to next time." Constitution +2, Strength +2, Agility +1. Then he looked up at him and said, "Any more? Equip one for everyone and release a fireball to kill all the zombies." But you have just obtained the second-level corpse core potion, so you need to save your physical strength to take the potion. It is an inspiration to survivors. "Hehe! That''s right!" Li Yahong hugged his waist, gently rocked and coquettishly, "It''s great to have you." "Will you stay tonight? I will repay you well." Li Yahong hugged him and shook her body gently. The pain also disappeared quickly. ??Ma Zhiyong, the reason why he can become the commander-in-chief of district-level resistance, is his own special ability effect, which plays a decisive role. ?Li Yahong bumped him with her arm, "What are you talking about? Are you taking the opportunity to scold me?" As for the second-level corpse core, give it to yourself first. Level 2 Corpse Core..., the effect is indeed remarkable. The attributes have been improved by 5 points, which is considered to be an upgrade of two and a half levels. ?This kind of medicine is definitely a particularly precious medicine in this world. Becoming strong is the goal of every professional. Attributes are the necessary conditions to achieve this goal. Stand up and move in place twice to relieve the muscle soreness caused by just taking the medicine. Wait until recovery is almost complete. Sit back in your seat again, open the second bottle of medicine, and drink it. The warmth and tingling spread all over the body again at the same time. ?System prompts will appear immediately. Physique +3, Strength +2. Attributes increased again. Took a few deep breaths. Mutter a few sentences to awaken the superpower. Opened the last bottle and continued to drink. Strength +2, Agility +2, Perception +1. Its still just an improvement in attributes. There is no special ability. The successive use of three bottles of medicine brought his body close to the limit of endurance. ?Sitting on a chair, holding his arms on his thighs and breathing heavily. Have a rest for a while. Immediately checked my attributes. Attributes: Strength 31, Agility 28, Constitution 35, Intelligence 30, Perception 19, Charisma 26. Now, the physical constitution is the highest, reaching 35 points. This value is no less than a level 15 warrior. Furthermore, high physical strength means good physical fitness and high resistance to toxins and abnormal conditions. To a large extent, this factor determines whether he can survive. His strength has also reached 31 points, and he also has high combat effectiveness in melee combat. Intelligence is still 30 points, and the medicine does not enhance this item. ??As a mage, my path has begun to lean towards physical fitness and strength again. But there is nothing we can do about it. The most common improvement of corpse core is the improvement of the first three items, and the increase of the last three items is relatively small. It is a pity that even after taking all three bottles of potion, the superpower has not been awakened. ?No matter how bad your luck is, it can''t be this bad. ?This made him have to suspect that there was only one kind of ability to awaken, or that after awakening one kind, it would be more difficult to awaken new abilities. ?There is nothing we can do now. The potions are all gone, so we can only wait for the next batch and try again. ?Standing up, a breeze blew by the window. ?This season is not considered cold, but the wind blowing on Wu Heng''s body is quite chilly. ?At this moment, I realized that my whole body was already wet. Minnie. Wu Heng shouted. Whats wrong, Master? Minnie opened the door and took a look into the room. ??When he found that Wu Heng''s forehead was sweaty and his hair was wet and stuck to his forehead, he immediately came over and asked with concern: "Master, what''s going on?" Its okay, I worked up a bit of sweat, and asked the people in the store to prepare bath water. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay. Minnie agreed and walked out quickly. Anderweil also walked in and helped him smooth the messy hair from his forehead, with a look of concern on his face. ?Wu Heng pinched the white-haired beast''s ears, and the little girl''s face turned red. After taking a bath, I had dinner downstairs. ?Wu Heng took the two of them and walked outside for a while before it got dark, then went back to the room to rest. After washing. ?Wu Heng put on his pajamas, sat on the edge of the bed and opened his arms. ?Minnie, wearing black underwear, got into the arms with a smile, while Anderweil, with a blushing face, also walked over carefully and got closer to the arms. One on the left and one on the right, holding two sweet-smelling orc girls. Although I miss the modern life in the past. But sometimes I think about it, I didnt have the chance to have the life I have now. Not to mention money and women, this feeling of changing one''s own physique as one improves oneself is also very good. Id better go to sleep in the study room. Andwyer said a little shyly. ??Wu Heng hugged his waist and caressed his belly along the waist, "Let''s sleep together, there''s nothing to be shy about." Thats right, I want to sleep with Sister Weier. Minnie shouted, jumped directly over Wu Heng, and rushed towards him. Oh, dont make trouble! Anderweil was pinned down by Minnie. The two had fun for a while. Hands side by side, facing inwards, kneeling on the edge of the bed. A patch of white flowers. ?Wu Heng sat on the chair outside, admiring the beautiful scenery in front of him from the back, which was round and white, like two plump peaches. Master, stop looking. Minnie swayed slightly. Anderweil''s whole body was red, she didn''t speak, her hanging fox tail was slightly raised. ?Wu Heng took a sip of water, stood up and walked to the bed. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Two figures, one on the left and one on the right, curled up in his arms. The increase in attributes is reflected in every aspect. Even if he was dealing with two people, his physical strength and endurance still had the upper hand. Having worked hard all night, I am now sleeping soundly. ?Wu Heng yawned, and the fox tail on his body moved slightly. Turn around and look over. Wei''er, who had white hair and animal ears, was looking at him with a smile on her face, her big eyes wide open. Wei''er stretched out her hand to hold his face, spit out her red and fragrant tongue, and put it between his lips. Have breakfast. ?A few people checked out and headed directly to the port. Finding Port No. 3, you saw a merchant ship with "Notting Laton" printed on it, docked at the pier. Just walked over. Then he saw a dwarf half a man tall, standing on a wooden box, loudly urging the workers to carry the goods. ??Seeing Wu Heng walking over with two orc girls, he shouted: "Get out of the way, don''t block other people''s work, the hotel is not here." Why does this old man talk like this? Minnie muttered. Im only 36, youre the old man, get out of here quickly. The dwarf shouted unceremoniously. ?While shouting, several crew members holding crossbows immediately gathered behind them. Looking at several people with a threatening look on his face. ??Wu Heng didnt want to cause trouble on the way, so he took out the emblem and wore it on his chest. He said directly: "Deputy Treasure Island, the ship steward should have said hello to you!" The dwarf''s eyes widened, and the people behind him immediately put down their weapons, and their expressions became cautious. The ship steward told you! Wu Heng repeated it again. The dwarf immediately reacted and saluted respectfully, "Good afternoon, sub-deacon, please forgive me for my rude behavior before. The delay of the goods made me a little rude today. The ship''s steward told me that your room is ready." Well, can we get on the boat? Bars. The dwarf shouted to the ship. A young human crew member leaned on the railing and shouted, Whats wrong, Captain? Take a few adults on board the ship and take the two rooms arranged yesterday. Okay Captain! ??The young crew member ran down quickly, carefully glanced at Minnie and the two behind him, and said, "Guys, please follow me." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him onto the ship with his maid and attendants. ??There are also many crew members gathered on the deck, shirtless or wearing shiny leather goods, constantly carrying boxes of cargo. Looks like you are in a hurry. ??Wu Heng followed the young man and asked, "What''s on the boat?" Spice, ale and some weapons and armor. Ship to the dwarfs? "Not necessarily. We will pass through several cities in the middle. We will try to sell as much goods as possible along the way, and transport the rest to the dwarfs." The crew did not hide anything. They said whatever they asked. Oh! It seems like your business is good, you actually have such a big ship. ?The young man just smiled and did not continue the conversation. ?Entered the cabin and said to the two rooms: "Sir, this room and the next door are both provided to you. The sea conditions are poor, please be patient." How long does it take to reach Treasure Island? We will go to Treasure Island first. If everything goes well, it will take six days. Are there any bad times? Minnie asked. "If you encounter pirates, detours or other things, it will be delayed for some time." Okay, thank you. The crew member smiled and turned to leave. Minnie and Weier simply tidied up the room. The three of them sat aside and waited. ?At noon, I felt a shaking feeling of weightlessness. ?Looking out the window, you can see the ship starting to sail towards the sea. Three days of continuous sailing allowed the three of them to adapt to life on the ship. Take out the food you prepared before and eat while chatting. Just finished eating. Throwing some sundries into the trash can, the sound of chaotic footsteps and shouts of pirates coming could be heard outside the room. The three of them were shocked. Pirates? ?Have you really met a pirate? ?Minnie immediately grabbed his arm, "Master, what should I do?" ?? Anderweil also cast a doubtful look. ?Wu Heng put on the armor, put on the other two people''s armor, and said: "Go out and take a look, please pay attention to safety." Okay! The two women nodded. After getting dressed, he opened the door with the skeleton and walked out, following a few hurried crew members out of the cabin. Just got on the deck. They saw crew members holding crossbows shooting dense arrows into the sky. The three of them looked up. ?The pupils suddenly shrank. I saw three dragon-like creatures with wide wingspans, with humans riding on them, approaching quickly. Dragon clan? Is such a thing really possible? (End of this chapter) Chapter 250 , Treasure Island Chapter 250, Treasure Island ??Three flying dragons with wide wingspan, dragging humans wearing leather armor on their backs, holding reins like knights. ??If it weren''t for the fact that he was still dressed like a pirate, he would really look like the legendary dragon knight. Three flying dragons approached quickly. The wingspan flapped, and the incoming arrows fell in large pieces. Fly quickly to avoid the remaining arrows. Anti-aircraft crossbow, shoot! ?Bang bang bang~! ??An anti-aircraft crossbow, the bow string makes a deafening sound and shoots thick crossbow arrows into the sky. ??The flying dragon raised its body to avoid the incoming crossbow arrows. Quickly approach the top of the hull. Tap tap tap~! The next second. Wind, fire and thunder fell from the top of the head. Three rolling thunderbolts fell on the deck. Start turning in the stern direction. Captain, there is a pirate ship approaching from behind. The crew shouted loudly. A whirlpool of flames formed, enveloping the crew and the barrel. Look back. Falled to the ground, wailing loudly. But the sailors around him still fell to the ground and did not get up. ??The flying dragon has a huge body and a wide wingspan, but it is extremely agile in flight. Crews, act quickly. ??If all these explosive barrels explode, I''m afraid the ship will sink. Get closer to this side quickly. blocked the pursuit route of the pirate ship behind. ?Hold a crossbow, avoid the position of the flame tornado, and shoot at the flying dragon hovering in the sky. The appearance of pirates on the normal routes and the presence of flying dragons also means that they are not an ordinary pirate group. ??The rolling thunder suddenly exploded, forming a whirlwind of flames with a diameter of two to three meters, sweeping across the deck. The boat is very fast. Boom~! ?The flying dragon above his head saw this scene. ?Bang bang bang~! A crew member has just lifted the barrel to the railing. Put down the explosive barrel. The dwarf continued to shout, cursing at the same time: Damn it, how come there are pirates here, how dare they come here. I saw three small sea ships, full of people, approaching quickly. Thrown directly along the stern of the ship. Get out of the way, everyone. The dwarf captain ran out quickly, shouted loudly, and waved his hands to signal the crew to disperse. With the sound of plopping into the water, all the wooden barrels floated on the surface. Huh~! Its Wind, Fire and Thunder, continue to fight back, and you go put out the fire. The dwarf continued to shout. The riding pirate stood on the dragon''s back, took out a round grenade and threw it on the deck. My ship, my ship~! ??The crew who could not escape were drowned in the flames, and several crossbows were also burned by the fire. ??The barrel exploded suddenly, the guardrail was blown off, and a large hole was opened in the deck. The flying wood splinters penetrated the surrounding sailors. When the arrow reaches a certain height, it loses much power. ?Wu Heng looked at the scene now with a serious expression on his face. The dwarf captain jumped and slapped his thigh, shouting: "Throw the explosive barrel down, don''t leave it on the deck, throw it down quickly." It did no harm either. Obviously, today is different than usual. ?Sailors hurried past and lifted heavy wooden barrels from the cabin. "Skull Crusher, Blood Axe, you go throw down the barrel. Minnie, Weier, you go back to the cabin." Wu Heng said directly. ?Bang bang bang~! Took out a rifle, swooped into the sky and shot the flying dragon. Puff puff puff~! ??Feilong was wearing leather armor, but the bullet still did not penetrate his body. But the huge force made Feilong feel pain, so he turned around and slightly distanced himself. Two skeletons quickly ran to the stern of the ship. He casually threw all the remaining barrels on the deck into the sea. ??The flying dragon circled in a circle and began to approach the deck again. ??Wu Heng glanced at the chaotic deck around him and the flying dragon that had no good solution at all. After thinking for a moment, he said, "Glenda, see if you can kill the flying dragon?" ??The flying dragon swooped down, and the pirate on its back shouted "Aoao", his face full of fanatical excitement, and he raised the wind, fire and thunder in his hand. Just when you are about to throw it. The expressions of the sudden shouts were consistent, and there was a look of panic in the eyes. The next second, the arm that raised the "Wind, Fire and Thunder" was uncontrollably clasped directly on the Feilong''s head. ? Feilong turned his head and looked back, his eyes full of doubts and confusion. Huh~! ?Flame tornadoes appeared from mid-air and engulfed the flying dragons and pirates. Under the gaze of everyone, sailors and pirates, the pirates were burned to ashes, and the dragon''s body burned with flames and fell directly from the sky into the sea. In an instant. The whole area seemed to fall into silence. ??The remaining two flying dragons distanced themselves far away. The sailors on the deck holding crossbows also stopped shooting and stared blankly at the position where the flying dragons fell into the water. Puff puff puff~! More barrels were thrown into the sea. With the waves, it spreads over a wider area. The chasing ships turned to both sides to avoid the barrels on the sea. The little dwarf ordered the ship to speed up and take this opportunity to get away from the pirates. Hurrying away from each other, the remaining two flying dragons were obviously a little afraid of what just happened. He did not continue to fly over. He lingered for a while and then flew in the direction of the pirate ship. ??The pirate ship also gave up pursuit and turned away, waiting for the next prey. "Thank you, sir. Thanks to you, we can leave smoothly." The dwarf wiped the sweat from his forehead and walked over and said. Although I dont know how Wu Heng killed the flying dragon. But it can be confirmed that he did it. After all, before Wu Heng took action, they had no way to deal with the flying dragon, let alone kill it. "I will naturally have to put in some effort to take your boat." The dwarf saluted again, "My lord, I once again apologize for my rudeness when boarding the ship." ?Wu Heng waved his hand and continued to ask: "Don''t worry, they won''t catch up?" As long as you keep your distance, they wont chase you anymore. Oh. Wu Heng glanced at the calm sea and continued to ask: Can all the pirates here ride dragons? This is a kind of flying dragon that is trained as a mount by pirates, but not all pirate groups have it. Our luck is not very good today. Wu Heng was still a little surprised after it was confirmed that it was indeed a flying dragon. There are not many horses in Luntam City, but the pirates here have actually begun to ride dragons. Simply terrible. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "The flying dragon that fell just now is probably dead. Is there any chance of salvaging it?" You want that corpse? The dwarf looked at him curiously. Well, Im quite interested. The dwarf thought for a moment and continued: "I''m not sure if those pirates have gone far. I''ll arrange for a small boat to go there and salvage them if there is a chance, but I''m not sure if I can find them." Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" ??The dwarf walked down, and the merchant ship began to slow down. A small speedboat was thrown into the sea from one side and headed in the direction from which it came. It is approaching night. ?Wu Heng took a wooden comb and combed the white hair on Weier''s tail. ??And Weier was lying on his lap obediently, her upper body playing backgammon with Minnie. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Weier was startled. She pulled up the thin blanket on the side and covered it around her waist. ?Wu Heng asked: "What''s the matter?" "Sir, the salvage team is back. The captain asks you to come over." The sailor''s voice came from outside the door. ??Wu Heng asked the two women to stay in the room and walked out directly with the broken skull. Walking all the way up the plywood. The night wind howled, and there was a biting chill in the air. Two stones of light were carried in the hands of the sailors. On the deck, a huge charred corpse was left. It is close to four meters from head to tail, and its wings are curled up. It is probably more than three meters when spread out. ??Although it is not as good as the legendary dragons, it is still a large dragon-shaped creature. The dwarf angrily stepped up and kicked the corpse twice, then looked at Wu Heng and said, "Sir, the body has been brought back to you." "Thank you for your hard work." "You saved us. It''s not difficult to salvage this body." The dwarf said with a smile. Wrap it up in a straw mat and Ill take it with you. Understood, my lord. When transporting goods, certain straw mats will be prepared. Several sailors found straw mats and hemp ropes and rolled up the body. After confirming that the binding is completed. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. The judgment of the space ring is actually somewhat special. ?The corpse or remains cannot be put into the space ring, but if they are wrapped in a coffin, or wrapped in a layer of straw mat, they can be put in. This is also the reason why when I purchased the body from the Snake Emblem Consortium. The corpses that were brought were bumped into coffins and straw mats. Seeing Wu Heng put it away, the crew members were not surprised. ? It is not difficult to see rings in the trading space. No matter how big the ring is, no cargo ship can carry it. There shouldnt be any danger behind, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. In three days, we will almost arrive at Treasure Island. I will let you know then. "good." ?Wu Heng returned to the room, and the others also returned to their respective positions. The merchant ship continued to sail forward. Time passed little by little. Three days later. The cargo ship approaches Treasure Island, and from a distance, you can roughly see the entire island. ?Some islands are surrounded by woods, and some are bare with some houses built on them. And there are quite a few such islands. After sailing for a while, the ship approached the "Treasure Island". ??Wu Heng and others stood on the bow of the ship, looking at the bustling port. ?Huge ships docked, workers carried supplies, and people gathered to talk. Completely different from the imagined pirate island, it is more like an island focusing on trade. "My name is ''Baodina''. If the deputy deacon goes to sea in the future or purchases any supplies, you can contact me." The dwarf stood on the wooden box and said. ??Wu Heng also said: "Wu Heng, if you have anything to do, you can go to the association to find me." The ship docks. The dwarf saluted again, "Okay, I wish you a happy life." "Happy life." ?The workers began to carry supplies. Wu Heng took the maid and got off the boat, called a carriage, and went directly to the association. It can be seen that the entire island is being rebuilt. The road has been re-planned and the houses on both sides are also being rebuilt. Its exactly what the tavern maid said. The entire island was formerly the territory of pirates. Only after being exempted did it become a port for ships to dock. Crossing the streets all the way. Soon after entering the central area, you will see the magnificent association hall, and the building behind the association is still being expanded. Looks like the whole thing is not finished yet. Similar to the structure of Luntam City, not far away and diagonally opposite, the Snake Emblem Consortium is also under construction. It is in the central area again, occupying the two best locations. After getting off the bus and paying the fare. Go directly into the association hall. ?There were a lot of people gathered inside, and everyone''s equipment looked like sailors, not professionals from Luntam City. Come to the front desk. A human staff member smiled and asked, "Sir, how can I help you?" I am the deputy deacon appointed by the association. Is the deacon here? Wu Heng asked directly. The staff were all stunned. Looked at him carefully. Such a young Archdeacon. Seeing that the other party did not respond, Wu Heng placed the emblem on the table and gave him a look. The staff saluted again, "Deacon, wait a moment, I''ll ask someone to confirm." As he spoke, he said a few words to another staff member on the side. ?Then he walked quickly to the long corridor on one side. He will return soon. Deacon, please come this way. The deacon is waiting for you in the study. Wu Heng nodded. We walked together towards the corridor. He came outside the study, asked Minnie and others to wait at the door, tapped the door, and walked in directly. The door opens. Behind the desk, sat a handsome man with blond hair and pointed ears. Elf! ? Wearing a dark blue slim-fitting robe, sitting upright. Have you brought the appointment letter? the elf asked. "Bring it." Wu Heng took out the appointment letter and handed it into the other party''s hand. ??The elf glanced down, then raised his head and looked at him carefully, "Promoting deputy deacon from the team as an exception?" Yes deacon! "Well, that''s right." The elf said, put the file away, and continued: "My name is ''Imilo Ipgil'', you can just call me Deacon Imiro from now on." Have a complete name. Proof that he is over a hundred years old. Okay, Deacon Imiro. Has the accommodation been arranged? the deacon continued to ask. Just got here. Well, Ill arrange a temporary residence for you first and settle down as soon as possible. "good." ??The two briefly chatted for a few words, and Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. Back outside, several people were still waiting. ?Wu Heng greeted a few people and said, "Let''s go to the dormitory first." "oh oh." Several people went to the assigned temporary accommodation. The subdeacon''s residence is similar to the suite in the previous tavern. Two bedrooms and one hall can fully satisfy the lives of several people. Even if you dont buy a house, its still pretty good here. The two maids began to clean the room and take out daily necessities. ?Wu Heng passed through another room, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Appear in the original room. Havent been back for several days, and nothing has changed here. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong directly. ?When I went downstairs, I happened to see Li Yahong walking up. Lets go outside. Wu Heng said. Where to go? Are you preparing a convoy? Wu Heng said: "No need to go out, find a vacant warehouse, a larger one." "good." The two came to the courtyard, and Li Yahong opened an empty warehouse. The warehouse is quite large. It used to be where buses were parked, but now it has been converted into a warehouse. There are also temporary lights inside. Dont let people get close to here. Wu Heng said. ??Li Yahong went out to explain, and then came back, "I have already explained that unless there is an explosion here, no one will come in." ?Wu Heng nodded. With a wave of his hand, the huge corpse wrapped in a straw mat was thrown into the middle of the warehouse. The smell of burnt meat and sea water immediately hit your face. ?Two skeletons cut the hemp rope on the straw mat, revealing the huddled bodies. Even though he has become a charred corpse, his bones and muscles are intact. Dragon, is it the dragon in the movie? Li Yahong looked at the shape of the corpse and exclaimed. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked her not to shout randomly. Then face the corpse and release [Bone Slave Technique]. The skeletal dragon, whose burnt flesh and blood fell off, its bones were white, and its wings had white fleshy membranes, suddenly stood up. Throw your head up and shake your body. ?Minced meat flying everywhere. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 251 , Ink Scale Leather Armor (Updated today.) Chapter 251, Black Scale Leather Armor (Updated today.) Fuck, level 13. Reached level 13 with just one mount. According to the rules of this world, level 10 is a third-level professional. If you reach this level, you can become the leader of a gang or the leader of a mercenary group. Level 13 is not a low level. ??You can all go to Blackstone Town to be a deacon. ??Stepping out of Blackstone Town and Luntam City, I found that the outside world was completely different from what I originally imagined. Previously, I thought that the deacon was already considered a top powerhouse, but when I arrived at Luntam City, I discovered that the leaders of the Bandit Warhammer Party were all level 16. When we left Luntam City and headed to Treasure Island, even the pirates mounts were level 13. The same world, but there are earth-shaking differences. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon shook its body and lowered its head slightly, showing a docility that didn''t match its size. He walked out of the warehouse with the bone dragon. His tall and heavy figure immediately attracted the attention of everyone in the base. I understand, Sister Hong. Everyone nodded in response. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire, flying, aerial hunter. ?Wu Heng patted its huge head. Shall I help you ride on it and fly around? The attack method is the same as that of wild beasts. ??The flying dragon in front of you will definitely not breathe fire, otherwise it would not let the pirates riding it throw down wind, fire and thunder. From now on, your name is Long Yi, follow us out, and dont harm any living thing unless you are attacked! Wu Heng simply gave him a name and then gave the order. The biggest feature is that it can fly, has no skills, and its attacks are all bites and claws. Two days ago, Sister Hong awakened her powers, and today there is a skeleton dragon. Our shelter is about to take off. ?Everyone dispersed and went about their own business. The two of them said a few words. Ability: bite, claw attack. Li Yahong carefully hid behind her and said, "Is it a dragon? The kind of pet that Dragon Mother has in the American TV series, it can breathe fire." Holy shit, is this a dragon? A Western bone dragon? ?Furthermore, the addition of such a fierce guy can also improve the overall strength of the shelter. ?Wu Heng looked at the flying dragon and recalled it, "It should be considered the same type, but this one can''t breathe fire." ??If it falls from the sky, you can only rely on your own [Resurrection Spell] to summon the soul back. Everyone began to talk in low voices. Level: 13 ?Wu Heng began to check the attributes of the flying dragon. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) "There are only a pile of bones left. It can''t breathe fire, but it looks very fierce now." Li Yahong said still a little surprised. A transformed vulture, right? How can there be a real dragon? Aerial Hunter: The flying dragon will not choose to fight on the ground. If it is injured or trapped, it will get out of the situation as soon as possible and return to the sky. When fighting in the sky, it has agility +5 and perception +3. ?Wu Heng smiled, just to tease her. Everyones eyes widened, their faces full of surprise and disbelief. According to the dwarf captain, it is just a beast close to the shape of a dragon. Where to ride? On the bones? Li Yahong asked. Holy shit, Bone Dragon, this thing is so powerful when I play games. Riding a flying dragon is different from a motorcycle. As for skeletons, everyone else in the base basically accepts them. ?? Li Yahong clapped her hands and said: "This is the new skeleton member of our shelter. He will not attack everyone, and please do not take the initiative to attack." Okay, lets go and do our own thing! Li Yahong continued. Its already taken off! Attributes are not as exaggerated as imagined. Lets not talk about the attack power, just standing there has sufficient deterrence. It is indeed more powerful. Attributes: Constitution 19, Strength 24, Agility 15, Perception 12, Intelligence 5, Charisma 6. and Li Yahong walked around the passenger terminal, and they were exposed in front of all the survivors. As dusk approached, Wu Heng ate in the cafeteria. ?Go upstairs and return to the room. Li Yahong followed directly into the room. I immediately threw myself into my arms, stood up on tiptoes, and kissed her hard. Separated from each other after a long time. ?? Li Yahong pressed him on the bed and said forcefully: "I promised to repay you, but I can''t leave today." ?Wu Heng reached in along his waist and said, "I''m not leaving." ?Li Yahong smiled, bent her arms and took off her shirt. ?Her figure was already toned, and with the increase in potion, her whole body was tall and graceful. You can see clear muscle lines and **** vest line. Coupled with her wheat-colored skin, she looks like a fit female leopard. Time passed little by little. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong, who was lying on the bed and seemed to be unconscious. The enhancement of attributes is most obvious in physical fitness and endurance. ?Wu Heng patted him gently, "Are you okay?" Its okay, Im just a little tired. Can we continue? Wu Heng asked. "You can do it yourself, I can''t move." Li Yahong was completely shaken. "This is how you repay others. What kind of attitude do you have? I want to complain." Tch~! Li Yahong closed her eyes and stopped looking at him. ?Wu Heng leaned over and hugged Li Yahong again, who refused to admit defeat. The next day, Treasure Island. After breakfast, Wu Heng took Anderweil and two skeleton attendants and headed directly to the association. Even if only half of the building is in use. There are still many people gathered in the association hall. Every wearing style also has the style of a sailor or a pirate. Some warriors also wore sailor''s turbans in their iron helmets, and thieves in leather armor had monoculars hung on their chests. ??Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and also took a look. The content of the commission is somewhat different from that of Luntam City, which includes patrolling the route, killing pirates, and driving away sea monsters. Most of them are related to the ocean. ??Wu Heng took Anderweil to the counter and said, "I am the new deputy deacon. Which room is the study assigned to?" The staff member checked the emblem and immediately saluted, "Deacon, please come this way." ?Follow the staff through the corridor and come to a room on the inside. "Deacon, this is your office room." "Thank you very much." After Wu Heng thanked her, he pointed to Anderweil beside him and said, "My assistant, please take her through the onboarding process." Deacons and sub-deacons can arrange assistants. The nature of the job is like that of a secretary, but it does not belong to the associations field envoys, but to local staff. This kind of job is usually assigned to people you trust. ?Of course, there are also those who dont need an assistant. The staff nodded, "Miss, I will take you to go through the onboarding process." Anderweil nodded and left. ?Wu Heng opened the door and entered the room. The area is about 70 square meters, with carpets on the floor, solid wood bookshelves, tables and chairs, and not too many decorative items. ?There are a few books on the association on the bookshelf, but not much else. Whatever you need, you need to buy it yourself. Not long after, Anderweil came back. He also held some armor and clothes in his hand. He said: "Master, the association has issued you the deputy deacon armor, and also said that your meritorious service reward will be arranged in the next few days." After speaking, he placed the armor and clothes on the sofa beside him. The armor is from Wu Heng, and the clothes are those of Anderweil''s staff. ?The armor is a piece of dark-blue armor. If you look closely, it seems to have a layer of fine scales on it. Ink Scale Leather Armor (Description: In addition to being very defensive, it is also etched with a guardian shield, which can protect itself in emergencies.) ?Magic props! If you put it outside, it might be sold for several hundred silver coins. The association is still rich. "Master, let me put it on for you to try." Weier walked up with the armor. ?Wu Heng took off his original armor, and Anderweier helped him put it on. Well, it looks good! Weier looked at him and said. ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "Her mouth is getting sweeter and sweeter." ?Weier smiled happily, her face slightly red. Beacon Street. The association was fine, Wu Heng came here directly with Wei''er and Skull. This is the street closest to the port. It is also a transportation warehouse for cargo ships. ?Because the local area is only a small island, there is not such a large demand for weapons and equipment, so most of the supplies are transported from outside. Or transfer from here. ?Wu Heng plans to purchase a batch of crossbows to meet the needs of the shelter. Deputy Wu Heng~! ?Walking forward along the road, a shout came from behind. ?Looking back, he saw the dwarf captain who had just left yesterday, walking out of a nearby tavern with a few sailors. The captain didnt leave the port? Wu Heng said with a smile. ?The other partys name suddenly didnt come to mind, so I just said it. Lets set off tomorrow morning. Is the archdeacon here to perform a mission? The dwarf came over and walked side by side. Lets take a look, I heard you can get some goods at a reasonable price here. Wu Heng said. "What do you want to buy, Archdeacon? I know a little bit about this place." Crossbow. ??The dwarf paused, looked up at the other party, and said, "I have a batch of ''Netale'' crossbows transported on my ship, and I''ll give you one as a gift." When getting on the ship. I heard from the sailors that among the supplies transported, there were weapons. Unexpectedly, it is really a powerful crossbow. How many do you have? Wu Heng asked. The dwarf raised his head in confusion, "Are you planning to buy more?" If the price is right, I might buy more. ??The dwarf paused and said, "It''s a mess here. Let''s talk in the tavern." ?Several people returned to the tavern. ?The tavern here is more open than in Lentam City. Women wear long thin skirts and sit on their knees at the wine table. ?Hold up your chest to catch the fallen drink, and pass it into the mouth of a sailor in front of you. ?The onlookers laughed and applauded loudly. ?The whole pub felt extremely lively. The dwarf said hello to the boss casually and went to the private room on the second floor. ?Wu Heng and others also followed in. ??The maid brought the wine, a rough wooden wine glass that seemed to have been used for a long time. Deacon, how many do you plan to need? the dwarf asked directly. How many do you have? The dwarf continued: "There are a total of 120 crossbows on the ship, all of which are genuine goods from Netale. If the deputy deacon buys more than 10 crossbows, I will offer you 35 silver coins per crossbow." The price is even cheaper than Wrentam City. ?Although I havent seen the quality of the crossbow, it can definitely not be too bad if it can be used for foreign trade. Do I want them all? ??The dwarf narrowed his eyes, and the other crew members were also slightly surprised. I want them all, Ill give you 32 silver coins each. 25 silver coins. The price is so low that its difficult for us to get the goods. Just give me the final price. If its suitable, Ill take it all and give you the full amount of silver coins. Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf thought about it in his mind and finally said: "28 silver coins." "Okay, I want them all." Wu Heng nodded, "Where are the crossbow arrows?" "Huh? We don''t have transportation for the crossbow arrows. They can be made locally." said the dwarf. ?Wu Heng thought about the situation on his side. The menial work is okay. I am really not up to the task of doing some delicate work. Seeing his expression, the dwarf continued: "If the subdeacon wants to buy it, I can recommend a local blacksmith shop to you." Thats okay! Lets go, how about taking a look at your crossbow first? Dont worry, it will definitely be a best-seller, otherwise I wouldnt have hauled this batch of goods over a long distance. Go to the cargo ship. ?Wu Heng handed the crossbow to Anderweil. ??The latter simply checked and tried it with the crossbow bolt that came with the ship. There was a bang, and the crossbow string made a muffled sound. The crossbow bolt hit the wooden plank standing in the distance. Miss, thats so accurate! the dwarf praised from the side. As soon as he finished speaking, another arrow hit him, sticking close to the previous crossbow bolt and piercing the wooden board. ?Anderweil is a ranger, and her strength is crossbows. Although Wu Heng hasnt used weapons for a long time, his original skills are still there. Master, no problem. Anderweil handed the crossbow back. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Okay, I''ll take all of these crossbows." ??The dwarf looked happy and immediately asked people to bring out all the crossbows. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier counted the quantity, paid the corresponding silver coins, and collected them all. "Deacon, do you still need a bow? The elves'' wooden bows are of the best quality. You can consider purchasing this kind." The dwarf came up and continued. ?Wu Heng looked at him, "Can you get it?" If you need it, I can bring you some next time I pass by. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, but we have to agree on the price first." You can rest assured that the price is definitely better than others. After a brief explanation between the two. ?Wu Heng took his people off the cargo ship and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. ?Andewil simply washed up, put on an apron and went to the kitchen to prepare dinner with Minnie. Minnie started asking about what happened today. She was bored even if she stayed at home. ?Wu Heng listened to the two chatting for a while. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. After standing outside the building and waiting for a while, Li Yahong rushed over. He said directly: "Ma Zhiyong and the others dismantled the crossbow they bought last time. They probably planned to imitate it, but unfortunately they didn''t have the technology and failed to succeed." Wu Heng guessed that he would buy it back and imitate it. But after taking all ten of them apart and still not being able to put them back together, it shouldnt be possible! ?Wu Heng asked suspiciously: "How do you know about this shelter?" He arranged for someone to come over, bringing ten parts of the crossbow, and he planned to ask us to help put them back together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 252 , Elf Archdeacon Chapter 252, Elf Archdeacon Did you come here with parts? ? ?The crossbow was made by the Luntam City Weapon Shop. The craftsmanship is different from this world, but its not like it cant be put back together if its dismantled! How do professionals who bought crossbows maintain and repair them? Still, I havent mastered any skills. Have it installed for them? "How is it possible? Let us help you see if the car is okay. They can''t put this kind of crossbow back in. How can we put it back in?" Li Yahong said directly. How to put it this way, Yanshen Sanctuary also understands some weapons issues. At the auto repair shop, ordinary people gathered. It''s okay to repair a car and connect electrical circuits and water pipes, but it''s also a bit difficult to assemble weapons that they don''t even understand. Where are the people now? There was really none before, but now if you sell some, you can definitely get a lot of supplies. Arrange crossbowman training. ?As soon as you get closer, you can hear the sound of bones rubbing together and the sound of chopping objects. ?The skeleton holding a spear is training on stabbing at a wooden target, while the skeleton holding a knife and sword is training on chopping. ??More skeletons that have not reached level 5 are densely packed and neatly arranged in the open space in the community. ?Wu Heng didnt even know, so he should explain this matter to Xiao Xiao. ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and explained the matter. Start crossbow shooting practice. Many shelters are asking about the crossbow. The two left the area where the skeletons were stationed. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Li Yahong: "There are twenty crossbows left. Ten of them are for you to use. Ten of them are hung in the supplies exchanged with the shelter. The price is set higher." ??Arbalest skeletons, standing in a row. When the tricycle left, the cart was filled with crossbows. ??He went to the community where the skeletons were stationed. "good!" Go into the community. ??If you really cant get it, theres nothing you can do. Are there any wooden targets? Wu Heng continued to ask. Have someone send some over. Yes, there are quite a few in the warehouse. This is not a good sign. Across the street. ?Helping to take a look, the staff officer can be considered helpful. ?Wu Heng walked to the middle of the team and selected 80 skeletons that had reached level 5 or above. The skeleton bent down, picked up the crossbow and quiver on the ground, and stood on the same spot again. He ordered: "Each person has a strong crossbow and a bag of crossbow bolts." ?The Flame God Sanctuary has asked about the crossbow several times on the radio, which can be regarded as free advertising for this place. ?Sold to them, it must be in good condition. If you dismantle it yourself, if it is broken, it is also considered man-made damage. ??Wu Heng stopped paying attention to this matter and continued: "Let''s go to the skeleton with me." Soon, someone drove in on a tricycle and nailed a wooden target in the selected open space. As he walked, Wu Heng asked: "Is there any news about the little mother?" If you really cant find any news. Its okay to handle it this way. "I asked Qiangzi and the others to follow and take a look. If it doesn''t work, it has nothing to do with us. They dismantled it themselves and it is not within the after-sales scope." Li Yahong said confidently. ?Most of them are skeleton warriors, and a small number are rangers or guards transformed from other worlds. There is no end in sight. ?Li Yahong also looked happy. After such a long time, I still havent received any reply. ?Wu Heng took out all the strong crossbows and the quivers and crossbow bolts purchased at the weapon shop. The only thing Xiaoxiao misses is her mother. We have been asking, and we have also contacted the shelter where her family lives, but there is no news about her mother. Li Yahong sighed slightly and said softly. Ask again, the one who provides the information may give you some benefits. Okay, if that still doesnt work, Ill arrange a route and lets go search that neighborhood. Li Yahong said. Yeah, thats okay too. The two of them walked and chatted, returning to the passenger terminal. Wait until it gets late. ?Wu Heng did not return to another world. After Li Yahong finished practicing the boxing skills Wu Heng taught her, they communicated for a few rounds and fell asleep hugging each other. The next day, Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng took two maids and visited all the neighborhoods in the central area of ??the island. Except for buildings still under construction. It is a mansion with a very good location and land area. There are swimming pools and gardens in the courtyard, and the central building is four stories high. The architectural style is still a local stone structure, but it also has the feeling of an island villa. Several people returned to the association. Not long after, people from the city hall were also invited. Good morning, Lord Archdeacon, it is an honor for the Town Hall Little to serve you. The person who came was a middle-aged man, with a medium build, wearing the clothes of the city hall, and he spoke very politely. The identity of archdeacon has represented an identity in various places. ?This is not only a change in position, but also means that you are a strong person recognized by the association. Strength is the easiest thing to reason with in this world. I have taken a fancy to a mansion and would like to ask you about the relevant procedures. Wu Heng said directly. "Of course. I wonder which mansion you have chosen?" the other party continued to ask. The building for sale in the second row of the central Snowburn Block. Wu Heng glanced at the tablet, which showed the name of the memo. ??This kind of neighborhood name is so hard to remember. Ardeacon, you have a very good vision. That building is located in a prime location in the entire block Well, no need to introduce too much, how much does it cost? For your position, we can provide two options: long-term rental and purchase. The other party continued to ask. How much do they cost each? If you rent it for a long time, it will be 220 silver coins per month, and if you buy it, it will be 44 gold coins. 44 gold coins, which doesnt seem like much. But if one gold coin is counted as 30 grams, 44 gold coins is 1320 grams of gold. Even with the support of the zombie world, several banks and gold stores still have to be raided. In the past, Wu Heng would choose to buy it if he had enough money. But now, I have other ideas. The house in Blackstone Town is empty, and the house in Luntam City is also empty. I may not live on this island for long. There is not that big a difference between buying and renting. What are the requirements for long-term rental? "You need to pay 6 months'' rent together. Depending on your status, you can be exempted from other scattered charges." After paying the rent, you can move into this house normally, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. Yes, during the period of renting, the house belongs to you completely. Unless something major happens, we will not interfere too much with your living. ??Wu Heng glanced at the two maids on the side. The two were chatting together without listening to each other''s explanation at all. He gave up the idea of ??asking the two of them for their thoughts. Said directly: "Let''s rent it long-term. Have you brought the agreement?" "Bring it!" The man took out an agreement stamped with the seal of the city hall from his backpack. ?Wu Heng took a general look and confirmed that there was no problem. Signed his name directly and paid 6 months'' rent. Sir Archdeacon, I will bring you the key. The man stood up. ??Wu Heng said: "Weier, take Minnie with you to pick it up, and hang a decoration commission at the front desk." Okay, Master. The two nodded. Leave with the city hall staff.??? Not long after leaving. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" The door opens. A girl about 1.65 meters tall, with blond hair and pointed ears, wearing a gray-blue dress stood at the door. Another elf. ??The elf girl quickly glanced around the room, and then landed on Wu Heng in front of the desk. "I am the new deputy deacon - Sheela Gui. I just came from the deacon''s side and came here to say hello." The elf girl introduced herself generously. The attitude is very polite, but there is an inexplicable arrogance and indifference on his face. My name is Wu Heng, please come in! Wu Heng stood up to greet him. The elf nodded his thanks and sat down on the sofa. ??Wu Heng took out a bottle of iced black tea from the space ring, opened it for her, and placed it in front of her. Looking at the other party again. ? ?Hung a long sword on his waist, he should be a melee professional. His golden hair tied into a ponytail behind his head. She looks like a young girl, with a delicate face. The bodice of the dress is pushed up high, and the tight opening seems to be stretched open. Slender waist and exaggerated bust bring a strong visual impact. In terms of scale, Im afraid it will have to catch up with the scale of Slater. Slater herself is a plump young woman, but the one in front of her looks like a girl. Deputy Wu Heng, where did you come from? Yeke Kingdom. Oh, its not far from here. Ive been there. Its a very lively place. Well, its quite lively. Wu Heng agreed. A delayed professional, he still wants to say that he is also coming out of the kingdom. The two chatted casually, and the elf girl continued: "After you arrive, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, what are your plans for the future?" "There are no arrangements yet. This is my first time here, and my accommodation has not been settled yet." Wu Heng said. The girl continued: "Treasure Island was originally the territory of pirates. Even though it was pardoned by various places, dirty transactions still remained. Those criminals and cultists even used this place as a base. The association should shoulder the heavy responsibility. Eradicate these cancers. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Looking at the elf in front of him in surprise. An elf girl full of justice and broad-minded. Deputy Wu Heng, do you think there is something wrong with my idea? Seeing that the other party didn''t answer for a long time, the elf asked curiously. Deacon Xilagui is right, I agree with that. Wu Heng replied immediately. While in Blackstone Town. ?He thought so too, and in the end he was almost tricked by ''Yazd''. Hearing that Wu Heng agreed with her statement, the elf girl''s face softened significantly. He said: "At that time, you can start from the pirates, magicians or necromancers on the island. You can find a good entry point. You can basically check it out accurately." Hearing this sentence, the corners of Wu Heng''s eyes jumped. You did it on purpose, or you didnt look at my information when you came here. "You can''t look at things like this, you still have to look at what the other party has done, rather than targeting a certain profession. Necromancers also have life-sustaining and resurrecting techniques, which are also magic developed for living beings. The knife is not guilty, but the one who holds the knife is guilty. criminal." The elf was also stunned and thought about it carefully. Deacon Wu Heng is right, you cannot rely on your profession to judge whether a person is guilty or not. Just as Wu Heng nodded, the girl continued: "But for the profession I mentioned, the probability of committing a crime will be higher." "Forehead." The elf girl sat for a while, seemingly still having something to do. He stood up and said, "We have met today. If you need anything in the future, you can come to me." "OK." Then dont bother me. The elf girl said and walked out. ?Wu Heng sent her out and watched her leave. ?? Could this elf be related to the deacon? They are of the same race. What was that just now? Andewil and Minnie, just coming back from the other side. Looking at the elf leaving, he asked. Another deputy deacon of the association! Wu Heng said. Oh, its also an elf. Minnie said. "Um." Elves live longer. As long as there is inheritance and more hard work, it is easier to have high-level professionals than other races. They have enough time to improve themselves. "Master, the commission has been hung up. Here is the key." Anderweil handed over the key. Wu Heng said: "Leave the key with you. If I don''t come, you can appoint a decoration team and give the key to them." Okay, I will tell you the decoration plan then. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is there any news about merit rewards?" "not yet!" Seeing that nothing happened, Wu Heng closed the door directly. Lets go, theres nothing to do, lets go home! ?Several people walked out of the association and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng is in the study, heading to the zombie world. In the lobby on the first floor. ?Wu Heng listened to Li Yahong talking about some things on the radio. The zombies have become stronger and stronger, which is very obvious everywhere. Those who were beaten to death with a few sticks now need to be beaten with several more sticks. Some shelters also appeared one after another, and contact was lost on the radio. ??It is very likely that the defense line was breached by zombies, and the personnel either evacuated or died in the mouths of zombies. The two of them were chatting. At this moment, someone walked in quickly. Your Majesty, Sister Hong! Whats wrong? Li Yahong asked. Sister Hong, the people from the Dongan Village Shelter are here. They exchanged some flour and didnt leave. They said they want to see you and talk about killing the deformed zombies. Dongan Village? ??Wu Heng seemed to have heard Li Yahong talk about this refuge. He seemed to be the leader here and was even on the ranking list of the strongest. Li Yahong looked at him and Wu Heng said, "You are here, so why not ask for cooperation." Okay, invite the other party to come over! Li Yahong said. "Um!" The person notifying the person leaves. Not long after, three figures walked in. The leader is a woman in her thirties, with long hair tied back. She wears a windbreaker on the outside and a stab-proof suit on the inside. She has a somewhat elegant temperament and a sense of maturity. Seeing Li Yahong, he stepped forward with a smile and said, "Dongan Village, Qi Hancai, I''m very happy to meet you, Leader Li." Nice to meet you too, Chief Qi. The two shook hands, and Li Yahong asked the other party to sit down. After Qi Hancai sat down, the two younger brothers stood behind him in a polite manner. All major shelters are dominated by men, and we women are the few who can speak. We should move around more and help each other in the future. Qi Hancai said with a smile. "Of course." Li Yahong nodded in response at first, and then asked directly: "Chief Qi said that he wanted to discuss the zombie matter with me. I wonder what it is about?" Qi Hancai raised his head and glanced at her, then at the people guarding her surroundings. The smile on his face faded, and he said somewhat seriously: "Level 3 deformed zombies, I wonder if Leader Li is interested?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 253 , all skeletons Chapter 253: They are all skeletons Hearing the Level 3 zombies, Li Yahongs expression became serious. For current survivors, level 2 zombies already pose the threat of destroying shelters. Level 3 deformed zombies not only have enhanced abilities, but also have higher intelligence. If you use some small tricks, the other party will not be fooled at all. In a head-on confrontation, humans are no match for level three zombies. Greatly compressed the living space of survivors. The best way is to avoid it. Stay away from wherever it is. Li Yahong still frowned when she heard what the other party said. asked: Are you sure its a Level 3 deformed zombie? "There are many possibilities, even if it is not, it is close to the third level of deformed zombies." Qi Hancai said. Level 3 corpse core, the success rate of taking it is very low. ?Li Yahong thought for a moment and continued: "What kind of cooperation method?" "In addition to being able to climb walls, the strength of my legs has also been strengthened. I can explode three to four times the strength of ordinary people." Qi Hancai explained after finishing everything. Oh? So Chief Qi is at a bit of a disadvantage. After confirming that there was no problem, Li Yahong raised her hand to condense a red fireball and threw it out the window. Other cooperation in shelters requires each other to have a certain number of people. This is the first time we have met, and I dislike those with too many people. Bang. The leader of Qi will also tell me his special abilities! Then, he looked at Li Yahong. Dont get me wrong, Leader Li, its just that we have decided to cooperate. I want to confirm each others abilities so that we can cooperate better. Qi Hancai explained. Open the windows and disperse the crowd. Li Yahong said, and someone immediately opened the windows and told people outside to disperse. The best way is to give up the corpse core and divide the other spoils equally. ??There is also this kind of ability. Changing the topic, he said tentatively: "I heard that Leader Li has awakened a new fire power. I don''t know if it is true." With a bang, the fireball exploded, forming streams of flames that scattered across the field. Qi Hancai smiled again and said: "Kill the zombies together, and the core will be yours, and the loot in that area will be divided equally between the two shelters." There are too many people. You have to reduce the number to 10 people. "The location of the deformed zombies is in a community not far from our village. Level three deformed zombies can be confirmed inside, as well as a large number of zombies. Others are nothing special." ??The effects of fire powers are more powerful than they imagined. Qi Hancai and others pupils shrank. After Qi Hancai finished speaking, he saw that the other party did not speak. His feet are close to the roof, his whole body is hanging on it, and his hair is hanging upside down. Li Yahong pointed to the skeletons following the patrol outside and said: "The battle mainly relies on skeletons. More people will only cause a burden. Don''t worry, we won''t make fun of our own lives." The people at the auto repair shop showed a little surprise. ?Appears to be similar to the crawler ability among zombies that can climb walls. "We are not strong enough to take over that location, so we have to rely on the auto repair shop to complete the task with force." Qi Hancai crossed one of his legs and continued: "We just provided some intelligence and some combat effectiveness. ??Li Yahong rubbed the hand that released the fireball and continued to ask: "When will we set off? How many people can you arrange?" Why? Qi Hancai exclaimed in confusion. Compared to climbing the wall, throwing a fireball that can explode and ignite surrounding fireballs is more lethal to zombies. Then, with everyone watching, he walked to the edge of the wall, stepped on the hanging wall with one foot, continued along the wall, and walked up to the roof step by step. Li Yahong waited for a while, then said, "We agree on the distribution method. Let''s talk about the other details." "Of course!" Qi Hancai stood up, stepped on the heel of one shoe, and took off the leather boot. Then he took off the other one in the same way, revealing his white feet. After the demonstration, Qi Hancai jumped down from the roof, put on his leather boots again, and then swept out with a whip kick. Looks sincere and does not suffer any loss. And since I cant reach the combat effectiveness of the auto repair shop, when dividing the spoils, I will definitely take a small share. "Any questions?" "It''s best to leave tomorrow. I will bring seventy people and seven pistols." Qi Hancai said. It is very obvious which ability is stronger and which is weaker. ?Like an iron whip, it smashed a wooden chair into pieces. The people in Dong''an Village looked as usual. After thinking about it, I realized why Qi Hancai made this choice. Qi Hancai did not answer immediately. Instead, he sat on another intact chair and crossed his arms across his chest to think about it. From time to time, he glanced at Li Yahong and the skeleton soldiers passing by outside the window. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "Okay, I will reduce the number of people to 10 people. What time will we gather tomorrow?" About 8 oclock in the morning, you can just bring someone over by then. Okay, thats settled. Qi Hancai stood up, said goodbye and turned to leave. Wait for the other person to leave. Wu Heng came back from behind. ??Li Yahong said: "Unexpectedly, Qi Hancai''s superpowers are actually climbing walls and strengthening her legs." This should be somewhat close to Chen Jinlongs power in prison, which stimulates the bodys potential and allows the body to exert greater strength. Wu Heng thought of Chen Jinlong in prison. Its just that Chen Jinlong stimulates the whole body, while Qi Hancai stimulates the legs. Leg strengthening is okay, but wall climbing doesnt seem to have much advantage over zombies unless they hang on the wall and escape. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. ??Wu Heng sat down aside, "Sometimes, for a woman to awaken her powers, it proves her courage and luck." "Well, you''re right. No one else would have the courage she has." Li Yahong had to admire her for this. Get the team ready, and lets go to the place she mentioned tomorrow. "good!" The next day, outside the passenger terminal. Sister Hong, Qi Hancais motorcade is here, two off-road vehicles. A voice came from the intercom. Sitting in the car, Li Yahong also pressed the intercom and said, "Give them a walkie-talkie so they can keep in touch on the road." "clear." Not long after, Qi Hancai''s voice came over the intercom, "Chief Li, we are all ready and ready to go at any time." Tell the leading truck the location, and your vehicle will be inserted behind the third truck to avoid being attacked by zombies. Li Yahong ordered. "Can!" Li Yahong continued to give the order, "Okay, the convoy is setting off. If there is any situation on the way, remember to report it in time." "receive!" ??Woo~! The fleet starts. The truck headed by it drove out directly against the triangular metal collision angle. At the back are trucks and commercial vehicles. Qi Hancai and others looked at this fully armed convoy with envy when the third truck passed by. He drove directly, inserted into the gap in the convoy, and moved forward together. It is approaching dusk. The convoy approached the location of the zombies. You can see a community in the distance. Qi Hancai said through the intercom: "The level three zombies I''m talking about are in the community ahead. I suggest using skeletons to lure the zombies out in batches and eliminate them, which will reduce the pressure on our team." "Wait a minute! You are in the car, don''t move yet." Li Yahong said, and no more sound came from the car. ??Qi Hancai, who was analyzing the plan just now, was stunned in his seat with a walkie-talkie in his hand. I waited for two or three seconds before putting it in the car. ??The people at the Dong''an Village shelter also had some dissatisfaction on their faces. What kind of attitude is it? Its the same as when we begged them. If I had known earlier, I would have cooperated with Ma Zhiyong. . Qi Hancai looked outside the car. said: "Don''t worry, let''s see what they are going to do. They can develop better than Ma Zhiyong. It is impossible for them to be incompetent." The others nodded and stopped talking. In a passenger car. After waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. ??With a gesture, he got directly into Wu Heng''s body. The scene that Xiaoxiao just saw was also shared. The community is filled with dense zombies. In the parking lot, a huge zombie was sitting on the roof of the car with its hood on. ?The body is larger than the big man, with insect-like black carapace growing out of its neck and shoulders. The heavy body makes the roof of the car dent under the buttocks. Not far away from the giant zombie, there was a second-level big guy, waving his fist and banging on the hood of a car. Huge roar echoed in the parking lot. The zombies around him were attracted by the constant sounds and walked back to their original place. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong and said: "There are quite a few zombies. One should be a third-level deformed zombie, and one should be a second-level deformed zombie." Two deformed zombies? "so much!" Well, tell the convoy not to get out of the car or honk the horn. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "In addition to the zombies, there are two deformed zombies in the community. Everyone, please don''t get out of the car and be careful not to honk the horn!" "receive!" "receive!" In an off-road vehicle. Two deformed zombies? We only saw one, and they didnt even get out of the car. How did we know? In the off-road vehicle, someone said doubtfully. They stared at it for several days before determining a general information. The convoy will stop for a moment now. ??Only two deformed zombies were found? At least get out of the car and take a look with a telescope. Did they use drones? That thing is loud, and it will definitely attract the attention of zombies if it enters the community. Lets detect supernatural powers! "It''s possible, then they have three superpowers in their hands." ?The more everyone guessed, the more surprised they became. "Don''t guess, I''m curious about how they will fight these zombies." Qi Hancai said. Just as soon as he finished speaking. ??Everyone''s eyes were stunned for a moment, their eyes widened, and they looked at the rear of the truck in front of them in horror. The canvas of the carriage was opened, and skeletons wearing leather armor and holding cold weapons jumped out one after another. Look over there, there are many. ?Several people looked to one side. The skeletons have begun to form a formation, and the last row they can see is. It is a skeleton of a crossbowman holding a crossbow and hanging a quiver. Holy shit~! This truck is not carrying supplies, its all **** skeletons! (End of this chapter) Chapter 254 , they can鈥檛 chop us up too (please give me monthly votes, thank you) Chapter 254: You cant chop us up too (please vote for me, its almost a thousand, thank you brothers.) How can this be? ?What kind of power can control so many skeletons? At the passenger terminal, people who come to exchange supplies can see skeletons training with the team. There are only more than twenty people going back and forth. And now. The number of skeletons has exceeded their expectations. Each one was wearing armor and holding various weapons. Like soldiers who came out of ancient times. ??The people in the Dong''an shelter were all sitting in the car in a daze. The unnoticed anger rising in his heart also disappeared the moment he saw the skeleton army. Hurrah! The car door opened and Li Yahong got out wearing stab-proof clothing. ? Pushing and trampling each other, fighting and rolling over each other. After everything is ready. ?The corpses gathered quickly, and in the blink of an eye the entire road was covered with corpses, a thick mess. Sister, is this Li Yahongs superpower? someone in the car asked. Intensive roars resounded throughout the entire area. He gave the order directly: "Move forward!" Thats not right, there are three superpowers, why is Li Yahong the leader? When the army came to the door. The skeleton army quickly assembled and entered combat status. Let out an angry roar and rushed forward. They have three superpowers? As soon as he got close, he was knocked to the ground by the skeleton and killed directly as he walked by. Compared with this, our own capital is really not valued. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong walked into the middle of the skeleton army with several special skeletons. ?? Qi Hancai shook his head, "No, Li Yahong''s superpower is the fire type like Ma Zhiyong''s. This superpower should be the ability of King Yama." The spirit is highly tense. Outside the community. Hahhhhhh~! Qi Hancai did not speak. ?This auto repair shop has three superpowers gathered at once. Then there was a man wearing black leather armor and a leather helmet, but judging from the way he stood and walked, he was not very old. The sounds of bones rubbing against each other and armor and weapons clashing together. According to the guesses of several people. Behind the man, several tall and strong figures walked down one after another. Qi Hancai and others who were hiding in the off-road vehicle suddenly stopped chatting and looked in the direction of the roar. ?His eyes fell on a passenger car. The hordes of corpses rushed towards them with a stench that filled the sky. All are skeletons. ??Although the line of sight was blocked by the group of skeletons, such a dense roar definitely produced a staggering number of corpses. It hit the ground with a thud. The skeletons began to take action, and began to move forward according to formation. The zombies in the community roared, one after another, spreading throughout the community like a chain reaction. ??The person who is investigating the intelligence in the community should be a person with superpowers, Li Yahong, who is a fire-type person. The legendary King of Hell controls skeletons. Large swarms of zombies rushed out of the corridors and paths. The zombies upstairs smashed the glass, accompanied by falling broken glass, like dumplings falling from the sky. She should be responsible for the planning of the entire shelter! ??King of Yama. As the army moved forward, it immediately attracted the attention of the zombies. Are they going to be tough? ??Wu Heng glanced at the group of corpses and saw a second-level deformed zombie nearly three meters tall in the back. He was standing on top of a car, staring blankly at this side. The third-level deformed zombie did not appear. Hiding? Still hiding in the dark, planning to make a sneak attack. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao and Glenda, letting the two ghosts look for targets nearby. At the same time, he ordered to the big-headed skull, "Let the crossbow bolts fire freely." The crossbow strings banged. ??The crossbow bolt roared out and shot straight towards the opponent. In an instant, the zombies in the front row were pierced by crossbow bolts, tripping up a large group of corpses. Tumble and continue to move forward. The crossbowman continued to load the crossbow bolts and continued shooting. ?There is no need to aim, just shoot forward and you will hit the target. After five or six rounds of shooting, the corpses began to get closer and closer. The crossbowman retreats, throws the spear and releases it! Hurrah! At the command of the big-headed skull. The crossbowmen quickly retreated from both sides to the back, while more spears were thrown directly. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! Iron spears fell from the sky, and the corpses fell to the ground again. The group of corpses was close to 30 meters. ??Wu Heng released [Grease Technique] and [Fireball Technique], fire shot into the sky, and the zombies rushed directly into the fire without flinching. ?Continuing through the fire, he crashed into the spear array of skeletons. Puff puff puff~! ?The spear instantly penetrated the body, and the zombies grabbed and squeezed forward. Completely caught up in the melee fight. ??The crossbowmen at the rear fired into the sky, and the crossbow bolts passed over the skeletons in front and fell into the crowd of corpses moving forward. Let the skeleton dragon come out. Wu Heng continued. During the battle, there is no need to continue to increase the number of troops. But the Skeleton Flying Dragon I just got, I also want to test its combat effectiveness. I brought all the belts and lets see the effect. At this time, a sound broke through the air from the position of the convoy. The skeleton flying dragon with flesh wings flashed its wings and flew into the sky above the battle. ?Sweeping through the zombies, the sharp dragon claws instantly grabbed several zombies, flew into the air and threw them down. With a crackling sound, it was smashed into a pulp. ?The sky is getting dark. The fire in the war zone became brighter and brighter. Orange fire, the roar of zombies, the sound of swords chopping meat, and the circling bone dragon. All together, it creates an incredible picture. "Who is shaking their legs? Stop shaking. People outside will see it and think our car is shaking!" Why do they still have dragons? The skeletons are standing up to kill people, and there is a dragon... Is it strange? Stop shaking, why are you getting more and more excited as you talk? Damn it, I cant control it. You have also killed zombies, are you so scared? "Can it be the same? When I heard the sound of chopping meat, I felt scared. It''s over. They can''t chop us up too!" The moment the words were spoken, the car suddenly became quiet. ?Several people all looked at Qi Hancai. Qi Hancai also turned around and glared at a few people, "I need corpse cores and supplies to kill zombies, but I have nothing to kill you." "Right!" Huh ~ bang! Battery cars were thrown into the queue of skeletons. ?Smash over a large number of skeletons. Then, he roared in the sky, directly knocked away the zombies in front of him, and charged towards him. The deformed zombies are coming. Li Yahong said immediately. After throwing several battery cars, the aberrant zombies finally chose to rush over. Instead of constantly throwing things from a distance. Dont be in a hurry, wait until it gets closer. Wu Heng said directly. Soon, the aberrant zombies rushed to the front of the queue, roared, and hit them directly. Suddenly, the queue of skeletons also made way for a gap. An equally tall figure wearing iron armor rushed out. Bang~! ?With a muffled sound, the two bodies collided solidly. The huge force caused the two big guys to take two steps back. After stabilizing their bodies, they bumped forward again sideways. Bang~! After another dull impact. Two-piece and several deformed skeletons of the Direclaw, taking the opportunity to gather around in surprise. ?Huge fists hit the body, and sharp claws tore open scratches on the back. The hideous face of the deformed zombie shows a look of fear. Want to escape. The moment he turned around, he was thrown to the ground by the Terrorclaw. ??The rest of the skeletons swarmed up and smashed violently on the body of the deformed zombie. Amidst the angry roars, the sound of broken bones could be vaguely heard. ?Wu Hengs eyes did not pay much attention to the second-level deformed zombies. ?Judging from the current situation, as long as the number of zombies of this level is not too large, it is difficult for them to pose a threat to themselves. What caught his attention was the third-level deformed zombie. It hasnt come out yet. Ran? At this moment, Xiaoxiao walked out of the building on one side and pointed to the back of the building, "Uncle, the black-skinned gorilla is over there." ?The words just fell. Boom~! There was a loud roar, and a big hole was suddenly knocked out of the cement wall on one side. In the rising smoke and dust. The huge level 3 deformed zombies set their sights on the rear of the skeleton team. ??Hello~! Suddenly roared. ?His body was like an out-of-control tank, rushing towards Wu Heng and Li Yahong''s position. (End of this chapter) Chapter 256 , we didn鈥檛 do anything Chapter 256, We didnt do anything Two skeletons, one at level 12 and the other at level 15. But the names are all called Skeleton Warriors. It seems that it is really the same type. ??Wu Heng set his sights on the third-level deformed skeleton, which was about four meters tall and had thick bones. The surface of the white bones was covered with a layer of black keratin. ?Looking closely now, it looks like a layer of black hot glue has been poured on it. This can be regarded as inheriting the previous characteristics. During the transformation, Wu Heng was still hesitant to transform into a rotting corpse. After all, this kind of black **** skin was covered in skin before. It can be considered that I did not make a mistake in my bet. "From now on, you will be called Ju Yi, and you will be called Liu Duantou." Wu Heng pointed at the two skeletons and named them one by one, and then continued: "Go aside first." Biological Aberration: Strength +5, Agility +2. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Looking at the overall panel, the most obvious thing is the increase in attributes. The first two are from the withered plant monster and the third-level big-headed skeleton. Stop touching it, its really itchy, and I havent taken a shower yet. Li Yahong grabbed the other persons hand and said softly. ??Wu Heng took the iron spear picked up by the skeleton on the side and rummaged through the minced meat. ?Wu Heng directly laid out the blanket. At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the security booth. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, **** outer armor. A secondary corpse core, with a fleshy structure covered with bloodshot eyes. Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 36, Agility 18, Intelligence 10, Perception 12, Charisma 8. If you have the chance, you should buy a few more alchemy corpses. ?Li Yahong took off her coat and got directly into Wu Heng''s arms. Seeing the third-level corpse core, Wu Heng was still happy. "Okay!" Li Yahong took it, put it in his backpack, and continued to ask: "Do you want to call Qi Hancai and the others over?" Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Two corpse cores were picked out. Level: 15. Can provide certain defense and anti-attack capabilities. "good!" ?Two skeletons walked out and stood aside, looking left and right from time to time. Wu Heng put his hand down Li Yahong''s trousers, rubbed it gently, and said: "It''s not a big problem. If they are smart enough, they won''t spread it to the outside world deliberately. Even if they say it, it will be fine. There is no other problem in the entire area." Shelters can threaten us." Experts: Biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Take out a plastic bag, pick up the body core and put it in it. ??Has reached level three corpse core. Hornous Outer Armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. In terms of characteristics, a [Hornous Armor] has been added. The second-level corpse core potion was just developed a few days ago. I dont know how long it will take to wait for the third level. That is the layer wrapped around the bones. Physique 35, Strength 36, which are not low attributes for a level 15 melee profession. said: Lets take a rest in the car tonight and wait until daybreak before we talk! ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained to others. The blood threads on the other one were purple and more dense. ? Next, check the attributes of the level 15 skeleton Just the production of potions is still slow. ?Including this one, I already have three level three corpse cores in my hand. ??Then he continued: "The people in Dong''an Village must have seen the skeleton army and the flying dragon. Will it have an impact on us if the news spreads?" ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was two-thirty in the morning. ?Wu Heng handed her the wrapped corpse core and said, "If you have time, run over and give the core to the alchemy skeleton." The two of them returned to the bus. ?His body is getting deeper and deeper into his arms. It would do them no good to spread the word. Furthermore, among the current shelters, the auto repair shop is definitely ranked number one in terms of strength. But when it comes to threats, they actually exist. The power of modern weapons can completely destroy an entire army of skeletons. Even if you have this kind of weapon, there is no need to use Wu Heng to fight. After all, everyone is in the same camp now. "Well, judging from the way ''Qi Hancai'' talks and does things, she shouldn''t be stupid." Li Yahong said, raised her head and continued: "Tomorrow''s spoils should still be divided in half?" "Let''s split it in half! It was agreed before, and besides, they can only search for some food, and the rest is of no use to them." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll tell her tomorrow." He curled up in his arms and fell asleep slowly. The next day, morning. ?Qi Hancai walked quickly to the gate of the community. When he saw the dark red all over the ground and the piles of corpses piled up on both sides, his expression changed. Suppressing the panic in my heart, I walked over quickly. Li Yahong was waiting at the door, "Chief Qi, the battle ended a little late last night, so I feel sorry for you to rest in the car." Qi Hancai smiled awkwardly and said, "What''s wrong with me? We''ve all been in more difficult environments. It''s okay to be in the car." The two exchanged polite words. Li Yahong said directly: "According to our agreement, after the battle is over, each of us will divide the community into half. Let''s see how we divide it up. The building number should be divided into the left and right sides of the main road." Qi Hancai looked back at the pile of corpses, thought for a moment, and said: "We didn''t help at all in yesterday''s battle, so we just followed here. Let''s forget about half of the loot!" Yesterday''s battle had a great impact on them. Even after finishing, rest in the car. Qi Hancai and others still couldn''t calm down their inner feelings, and they couldn''t sleep a wink all night. This morning, I discussed this matter with Li Yahong. ??The other party still divided them into half of the community according to the original agreement. But it was Qi Hancais turn to hesitate whether to accept it. Lets follow the agreement. I still remember what Chief Qi said. We are all women and should support each other. Qi Hancai no longer declined too much, nodded and said: "Thank you very much, then we will separate from the main road. We want the one on the left." There are fewer buildings on the left, which is a benefit to Li Yahong. Thats it. Li Yahong nodded and continued, There may be zombies in some houses, so youd better be careful when searching. "Okay! Then I''ll arrange for someone to come over when I get back." Qi Hancai nodded and planned to get back to the off-road vehicle. After walking a few steps, Li Yahong spoke again, "Chief Qi." Qi Hancai turned around and asked, "Is there anything else?" The battle is the secret of the shelter, and I hope you can keep it for us as much as possible. Qi Hancai nodded, "Don''t worry, I will tell others when I get back and won''t reveal it to anyone else." "good!" Qi Hancai nodded again, turned and left. Before boarding the off-road vehicle, he looked at the busy people in the auto repair shop. ?? Didn''t notice that during the battle last night, the young man wearing black leather armor got directly into the off-road vehicle. The vehicle starts and leaves quickly. Not long. ?Wu Heng came from the direction of the motorcade. ?Li Yahong said: "Qi Hancai chose the residential building on the left." It doesnt matter which side you choose, we dont lack these supplies. Well, when I get back, I will arrange for people to search for it. Wait for me for a while, and then we will go back together. Wu Heng said. Then Ill make Qiangzi and the others turn around first. Li Yahong left. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the pile of corpses, took out his staff, and started to release [Battlefield of Dead Corpses]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One skeleton after another, rolling and crawling down from the pile of corpses, joined the queue. After releasing skills several times in succession. The community is already covered with skeletons. Arrange some level 5 skeletons to guard the community, and the rest get on the truck. Return to the passenger terminal. ?Li Yahong began to gather people and prepared to send them directly to search for supplies. ?Wu Heng did not leave immediately. ?Haunted into the distance: "Hadron!" Qiangzi, who was chatting with others, ran over quickly. Your Majesty, what is your order? ?Wu Heng pointed at the flying dragon in the distance, "Did you see the battle yesterday?" Qiangzi nodded, "I saw it, it''s quite fierce." The attack method is a bit monotonous, do you have any ideas? (End of this chapter) Chapter 256 , we didn鈥檛 do anything Chapter 256, We didnt do anything Two skeletons, one at level 12 and the other at level 15. But the names are all called Skeleton Warriors. It seems that it is really the same type. ??Wu Heng set his sights on the third-level deformed skeleton, which was about four meters tall and had thick bones. The surface of the white bones was covered with a layer of black keratin. ?Looking closely now, it looks like a layer of black hot glue has been poured on it. This can be regarded as inheriting the previous characteristics. During the transformation, Wu Heng was still hesitant to transform into a rotting corpse. After all, this kind of black **** skin was covered in skin before. It can be considered that I did not make a mistake in my bet. "From now on, you will be called Ju Yi, and you will be called Liu Duantou." Wu Heng pointed at the two skeletons and named them one by one, and then continued: "Go aside first." Biological Aberration: Strength +5, Agility +2. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Looking at the overall panel, the most obvious thing is the increase in attributes. The first two are from the withered plant monster and the third-level big-headed skeleton. Stop touching it, its really itchy, and I havent taken a shower yet. Li Yahong grabbed the other persons hand and said softly. ??Wu Heng took the iron spear picked up by the skeleton on the side and rummaged through the minced meat. ?Wu Heng directly laid out the blanket. At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the security booth. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, **** outer armor. A secondary corpse core, with a fleshy structure covered with bloodshot eyes. Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 36, Agility 18, Intelligence 10, Perception 12, Charisma 8. If you have the chance, you should buy a few more alchemy corpses. ?Li Yahong took off her coat and got directly into Wu Heng''s arms. Seeing the third-level corpse core, Wu Heng was still happy. "Okay!" Li Yahong took it, put it in his backpack, and continued to ask: "Do you want to call Qi Hancai and the others over?" Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Two corpse cores were picked out. Level: 15. Can provide certain defense and anti-attack capabilities. "good!" ?Two skeletons walked out and stood aside, looking left and right from time to time. Wu Heng put his hand down Li Yahong''s trousers, rubbed it gently, and said: "It''s not a big problem. If they are smart enough, they won''t spread it to the outside world deliberately. Even if they say it, it will be fine. There is no other problem in the entire area." Shelters can threaten us." Experts: Biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Take out a plastic bag, pick up the body core and put it in it. ??Has reached level three corpse core. Hornous Outer Armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. In terms of characteristics, a [Hornous Armor] has been added. The second-level corpse core potion was just developed a few days ago. I dont know how long it will take to wait for the third level. That is the layer wrapped around the bones. Physique 35, Strength 36, which are not low attributes for a level 15 melee profession. said: Lets take a rest in the car tonight and wait until daybreak before we talk! ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained to others. The blood threads on the other one were purple and more dense. ? Next, check the attributes of the level 15 skeleton Just the production of potions is still slow. ?Including this one, I already have three level three corpse cores in my hand. ??Then he continued: "The people in Dong''an Village must have seen the skeleton army and the flying dragon. Will it have an impact on us if the news spreads?" ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was two-thirty in the morning. ?Wu Heng handed her the wrapped corpse core and said, "If you have time, run over and give the core to the alchemy skeleton." The two of them returned to the bus. ?His body is getting deeper and deeper into his arms. It would do them no good to spread the word. Furthermore, among the current shelters, the auto repair shop is definitely ranked number one in terms of strength. But when it comes to threats, they actually exist. The power of modern weapons can completely destroy an entire army of skeletons. Even if you have this kind of weapon, there is no need to use Wu Heng to fight. After all, everyone is in the same camp now. "Well, judging from the way ''Qi Hancai'' talks and does things, she shouldn''t be stupid." Li Yahong said, raised her head and continued: "Tomorrow''s spoils should still be divided in half?" "Let''s split it in half! It was agreed before, and besides, they can only search for some food, and the rest is of no use to them." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll tell her tomorrow." He curled up in his arms and fell asleep slowly. The next day, morning. ?Qi Hancai walked quickly to the gate of the community. When he saw the dark red all over the ground and the piles of corpses piled up on both sides, his expression changed. Suppressing the panic in my heart, I walked over quickly. Li Yahong was waiting at the door, "Chief Qi, the battle ended a little late last night, so I feel sorry for you to rest in the car." Qi Hancai smiled awkwardly and said, "What''s wrong with me? We''ve all been in more difficult environments. It''s okay to be in the car." The two exchanged polite words. Li Yahong said directly: "According to our agreement, after the battle is over, each of us will divide the community into half. Let''s see how we divide it up. The building number should be divided into the left and right sides of the main road." Qi Hancai looked back at the pile of corpses, thought for a moment, and said: "We didn''t help at all in yesterday''s battle, so we just followed here. Let''s forget about half of the loot!" Yesterday''s battle had a great impact on them. Even after finishing, rest in the car. Qi Hancai and others still couldn''t calm down their inner feelings, and they couldn''t sleep a wink all night. This morning, I discussed this matter with Li Yahong. ??The other party still divided them into half of the community according to the original agreement. But it was Qi Hancais turn to hesitate whether to accept it. Lets follow the agreement. I still remember what Chief Qi said. We are all women and should support each other. Qi Hancai no longer declined too much, nodded and said: "Thank you very much, then we will separate from the main road. We want the one on the left." There are fewer buildings on the left, which is a benefit to Li Yahong. Thats it. Li Yahong nodded and continued, There may be zombies in some houses, so youd better be careful when searching. "Okay! Then I''ll arrange for someone to come over when I get back." Qi Hancai nodded and planned to get back to the off-road vehicle. After walking a few steps, Li Yahong spoke again, "Chief Qi." Qi Hancai turned around and asked, "Is there anything else?" The battle is the secret of the shelter, and I hope you can keep it for us as much as possible. Qi Hancai nodded, "Don''t worry, I will tell others when I get back and won''t reveal it to anyone else." "good!" Qi Hancai nodded again, turned and left. Before boarding the off-road vehicle, he looked at the busy people in the auto repair shop. ?? Didn''t notice that during the battle last night, the young man wearing black leather armor got directly into the off-road vehicle. The vehicle starts and leaves quickly. Not long. ?Wu Heng came from the direction of the motorcade. ?Li Yahong said: "Qi Hancai chose the residential building on the left." It doesnt matter which side you choose, we dont lack these supplies. Well, when I get back, I will arrange for people to search for it. Wait for me for a while, and then we will go back together. Wu Heng said. Then Ill make Qiangzi and the others turn around first. Li Yahong left. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the pile of corpses, took out his staff, and started to release [Battlefield of Dead Corpses]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One skeleton after another, rolling and crawling down from the pile of corpses, joined the queue. After releasing skills several times in succession. The community is already covered with skeletons. Arrange some level 5 skeletons to guard the community, and the rest get on the truck. Return to the passenger terminal. ?Li Yahong began to gather people and prepared to send them directly to search for supplies. ?Wu Heng did not leave immediately. ?Haunted into the distance: "Hadron!" Qiangzi, who was chatting with others, ran over quickly. Your Majesty, what is your order? ?Wu Heng pointed at the flying dragon in the distance, "Did you see the battle yesterday?" Qiangzi nodded, "I saw it, it''s quite fierce." The attack method is a bit monotonous, do you have any ideas? (End of this chapter) Chapter 257 , magic arrow Chapter 257, Magic Arrow Qiangzi thought for a moment and asked: "My lord, what do you mean... the skeleton flying dragon is slow to kill zombies?" Well, during this period, think about how to improve the flying dragon. Wu Heng said directly. Last night, the way the Skeleton Flying Dragon fought was very obvious. Swoop down, grab the zombies from the sky and tear them to pieces, or throw them down directly to kill all the zombies. In terms of attributes, there is no problem in killing ordinary zombies. But in terms of efficiency, some are too inefficient. The whole battle is over, and the skeleton flying dragon has not killed a few. As a level 13 skeleton, its efficiency is a bit too low. "Okay, then I''ll think about it and report the results to you." Qiangzi agreed directly. He likes to study these things. Now that it has been recognized by Wu Heng, I am even more motivated. ??Wu Heng then asked: "How is the production of the ''Iron Wolf Zhen'' you mentioned last time?" Qiangzi scratched his head and said: "We are still working on it. The two versions we made before were too heavy. We are studying how to reduce the weight." Dont worry about it now. Think carefully about the Skeleton Flying Dragon. We are the first skeleton that can fly for a long time. How can we use it? Dont worry, Your Majesty, I will think about it carefully. "Um." Hadron turned and left. Li Yahong came back after handing over the task. "I will take the convoy back to the prison later, bring the body core and some supplies, and then rest in the prison for one night. When I come back tomorrow, I will go to the community to search for supplies." The two places are separate. The outside supplies supplies, while the prison is constantly producing spears, throwing spears and machetes. Transport it here again and distribute it to the skeletons. Keep skeletons equipped with weapons. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t be in such a hurry, you should also pay attention to rest, because your body is exhausted." "Ok, I know." The two chatted for a while, and the team was replenished. ?Li Yahong waved her hand and left with the convoy. ?Wu Heng also returned to his residence and walked into the boundary gate. Association dormitory. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and saw Minnie and Anderweil sitting in front of the coffee table chatting. See Wu Heng coming out. Everyone smiled immediately. Master, what do you want to have for dinner? Ill make it for you now. Minnie walked over and said softly, crossing her arms. Its easy for us to go to the pub downstairs and order some. Does the master have anything to eat? Anything is fine, you can figure it out yourself. Wu Heng said. Okay! Minnie changed her clothes, carried her small satchel, and went straight out the door with a skeleton. Now I live in the dormitory of the association, and it is really not convenient to cook. After Minnie left, Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and asked, "Weier, is there anything going on in the association?" "It''s nothing. There are some arrangements by the staff that need approval from the subdeacon or above. You were not here at the time, so I had someone send it to the subdeacon of ''Xilagui''." Anderweil said. Hilagui, that is the elf sub-deacon. The name is quite convoluted. "Yes, if anything happens in the future, just send it to her." "I know the master." Anderweil continued: "The construction team has been appointed at the residence and the construction has started. It will be completed in about five days." "Um." ?The two waited for a while, and Minnie came back with the dinner ordered by the tavern. Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took his two daughters to the association training room. The training room was empty, no one was there. Minnie started to practice boxing with "Bawudong". A punch was thrown out, bringing with it bursts of wind. Although his body shape and face are still attractive, his boxing moves are no longer the kind that make people more excited. ?Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, "Weier, what weapons are you good at?" Crossbows and crossbows. Anderweil replied. ? Anderweil''s profession is a ranger, and she is proficient in the use of crossbows. Its just that after becoming a slave, there are few opportunities to use weapons. Wu Heng took out a rifle and a pistol from the space ring and handed them to her, "You will have to frequent the association in the future. It is still important to have some means of self-protection. I will teach you how to use them, but don''t take them out at ordinary times to avoid Be noticed." ?Anderweil was stunned when she saw the weapon handed over. She has seen this kind of equipment before. ??And the power is also very amazing. Now that it is suddenly handed over to me, I still can''t react. Give it to me? Doesnt the master use it himself? I still have it, dont worry about it. Oh, okay, thank you, Master. Anderweil said. Wu Heng began to show her how to use it. In fact, it is not something difficult to use. As long as you understand a few special positions and functions, you can use firearms. After two passes. Anderweil is already familiar with it. Follow Wu Heng''s method and do it again, pointing the muzzle at the circular bullseye of the crossbow in the distance. Pull the trigger. Bang~! A scream. The wooden target in the distance instantly exploded into a crater. Pretty accurate. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. ?Although it is not a bullseye, if the wooden target were a human being, it would definitely have hit the body. Thank you, Master. Anderweil was happy in her heart. He didn''t continue shooting, he directly put the space ring back and kissed Wu Heng on the face. Then he ran to Minnies side and practiced some boxing and kicking skills together. ?Wu Heng also took out the Silver Wing Water Pattern Sword and engaged in actual combat sparring with the Fire Blade. Sword shadows were swung out quickly. The Fire Blade holds the sword to block counterattacks. ??The fighting styles of Wu Heng and Fire Blade are completely different. Wu Heng is a one-handed sword, and the sword is fast and urgent, while Fire Blade is a two-handed sword, which is powerful and heavy. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! In the fierce battle. ?The system prompt appears suddenly. Unlocked Feature: Combat Intuition (Entry) Pause! Wu Heng spoke immediately to stop the charging fire blade. The fire blade sheathed its sword and stood aside. ??Wu Heng opened the attributes and took a look at the newly unlocked characteristics. Combat Intuition (Introduction): Practical combat makes your combat intuition extremely sharp, allowing you to discern the enemy''s plans or moves and gain the upper hand. ?Have insights into the enemys moves? Do you know what the enemy wants to do before he makes a move? Fire Blade, keep attacking. ?The fire blade held the sword again and rushed towards him quickly. ?Wu Heng concentrated on feeling it, and when a sword was swung down on his head, he quickly dodged. Damn it~! There is some feeling, but it is of no use. ?Wu Heng no longer thought about it and continued to fight with the flaming blade with his sword. Wait until the entire training room becomes dark. ?Wu Heng took a few people with him before leaving the training room and returning to the dormitory. In the bathroom. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the bathtub, leaning on Anderweil in his arms, his fur-kneaded animal ears were wet, and his body was soft and smooth. ?Minnie stood outside, massaging his back, and said softly: "Sister Wen Mansha always yells to give you a baby every time, and I don''t know what''s going on." Miss her? Wu Heng asked. I was a little afraid of her before, but now I think that Sister Wen Mansha is actually quite good, but she has been out of the gang for a long time and her words dont sound very friendly. Minnie said softly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "When we settle down, we can pick her up and stay with her for a few days." "so far!" Have you forgotten how we got here? Ah! Minnie exclaimed, Yes, the master has a train. ?Wu Heng nodded. ?Minnie said while massaging: "Okay, this way we can see each other more often." ?Wu Heng said nothing. The skin of Andwyer, who was sitting in front of her, began to become more and more rosy. Looking back at Minnie who was chatting carefully, she raised her body slightly, then sat down again biting her lips. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. I sat there until noon, but nothing happened. Hand the document to Anderweil, he quietly left the association. We went to the trading warehouse on Beacon Street again. ? Chatting with the staff of the association, they said that this is a warehouse set up by various commercial and trade organizations. In addition to storing items, there are also goods on display for customers to order. ?Of course, they are all ordered in bulk. If you buy a single piece, it will not be sold. As we entered the street, it started to get noisy. As people come and go, you can see sailors and workers, and you can also see businessmen and nobles dressed in gorgeous clothes who enter the shops to inquire about goods. On both sides of the road, there are also people selling some fruits or fresh gadgets on the roadside. ?Wu Heng watched casually as he walked and walked. ?Passing by a shop. On the wooden table at the door, there are several types of arrows without shafts in a delicate grid wooden box. Poison Arrow (Description: Can cause poison damage to the hit unit.) Explosion Arrow (Description: Can cause an explosion effect on the hit unit and apply a burning state.) Static Electric Cloud Arrow ?? (Description: It can cause lightning damage to the hit unit and form a ''static cloud'' environment in the target area.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 258 , send her there (Thank you all for your monthly votes, add Chapter 258: Send her there (Thanks to everyone for your monthly votes, an additional chapter will be added.) There are several types of arrows, all with different effects. Poisoning is actually easy to understand. Put some poison on the arrow. But those arrows that explode or create static clouds are really special. These magic arrows are carefully made by our senior craftsmen to ensure that each one can play its own role. A human man walked out of the shop. Touching his mustache, he spoke softly. ??Wu Heng glanced up at him and continued to look at the arrows, "Are these magic props?" "It is true that the runes are etched, but they are disposable consumables and cannot be classified as magic props." The man explained and continued to ask: "Does the guest want to buy it back and give it a try? To deal with some difficult enemies, there will be effective." Ill take another look and come back if necessary. Wu Heng said. The man smiled and said, "Guest, go slowly." We set the price based on the distance, and there is no negotiation. The woman continued. Is something wrong? Sheela Gui spoke first. ?In the shop, there is another person sitting, with blond hair and pointed ears, the deputy deacon of the association - Sheila Gui. ?Walking through the store, Wu Heng was still thinking about the arrows with various special effects. Bows and arrows can shoot farther and more accurately, and their effectiveness is not necessarily worse than bullets. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "After placing an order, how long will it take for it to be delivered?" ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and walked directly into the shop. Now it seems that the development direction of the earth is completely different. ?The other party was also stunned when he saw Wu Heng coming in. ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward. The price is not expensive. In terms of long-range damage, there is such a shortage, so no one develops firearms? After all, there are such things as poisonous smoke thunder and wind, fire and thunder. Ask: "Who is this guest?" As soon as I stepped in, my steps were heavy. His eyes fell on the wooden bow on the shelf. Then, he continued to greet the guests behind him and introduced the functions of each arrow. Its okay, lets see whats for sale here. The deputy deacon is also here to buy something? Wu Heng asked. Human beings have developed explosive bombs, armor-piercing bombs, and luminous bombs, and the explosive arrows, electrostatic cloud arrows, and special arrows developed here. He had thought about this problem before. ?This is good, as it saves you the trouble of haggling. Whats wrong with selling this kind of longbow? From the open door, you can see an elegant woman in a green dress standing behind the counter. "good afternoon." "A handful of 25 silver coins, starting at 200," the woman said. The middle-aged woman was slightly surprised. Within 12 days, it will be delivered to you in about 10 days. The middle-aged woman behind the counter came out with a smile. Can it still be cheaper? Silky salute, "Good afternoon, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." Sheila Gui glanced at the woman behind the counter and nodded, "Well, let''s take a look." Because of the professional reasons. Etching equipment is really a good development direction. Deacon, what do you want to see? The middle-aged woman followed. Found the goal this time. Xila Gui introduced, "Deputy deacon of the association, Wu Heng." The woman suddenly realized that she was surprised that a human being could sit in this position at such a young age. ??Wu Heng didnt pay attention to Xila Gui anymore and looked along the shop. The shop of the elves. He said directly: "I will order two thousand. If the quality and delivery speed satisfy me, I will continue to purchase them in the future." Treasure Island is just a small island after all, and the business is not very good. Most of them are docked here and transferred to other land forces for sale. But this time, I seem to have met a big customer. For such a decisive one, it would cost two thousand. It is very likely that I will continue to order in the future. He glanced at Xila Gui not far away, and the other partys eyes were also a little surprised and suspicious. Obviously, I didnt expect to place such a big order. "I will issue you a receipt now." The woman immediately went to the counter and started filling in the receipt. ?At the same time, he said: "Deputy, the association guarantees you. You only need to pay a 30% deposit. When the goods are delivered, it will be credited to the payment." Hmm. Wu Heng took out bags of silver coins and placed them on the counter. The two women looked at this scene in surprise. Carry so much money with you. After the womans inventory has been confirmed to be correct. Smiled and said: "The goods have arrived, I will ask someone to go to the association to notify you." "Can." After putting away the bills, Wu Heng was about to leave. Go to the door. The elf Sheila Gui followed and walked out, Where are you going? Return to the association. Thats just right, I want to go back too, lets go together! Sheila Gui said, taking the lead to walk forward. ?Wu Heng glanced at the elf''s figure and followed him forward. What are you buying so many bows for? Shilagui asked. I heard that the elves bows are particularly good, and I plan to take them back to my hometown. Wu Heng said directly. Its not a lie, its just a bit vague. You still want to buy it in person? Isnt there an elf shop over there? "It''s relatively remote. This is the first time I''ve seen the elves." Wu Heng glanced sideways at the delicate elves. Seems to be aware of Wu Heng''s gaze. The elf looked sideways and continued to ask: "If I asked you to evaluate it, how would you evaluate it?" "Hmm..." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Elegant and exquisite." Sheila Gui also had a smile on her face, "Thank you." He then continued to ask: "By the way, I am a magic swordsman. What is your profession? Let''s get to know each other. It will also be helpful in future battles." Magic swordsman? It is another special profession. ? Seeing that the other party was still looking at him with wide eyes, Wu Heng said: "My profession is quite special, and it is easy for people to misunderstand me if I tell you about it." "What''s this? It''s just a profession. At your age, few people can become a deputy deacon. Why do you care about other people''s evaluations?" Sheila Gui smiled and said enlighteningly. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Are you sure you want to listen?" Very special? Quite special! Is there a special magic swordsman? ?? Necromancer seems to be more widely spread outside than the Magic Swordsman profession. ??Anyway, I have never heard of such a profession in Blackstone Town and Luntam City. It doesnt seem to be as special as this profession. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui said: "Sooner or later, you will know, so just tell me." "Necromancer!" ?The ''Xila Gui'' who was walking forward to persuade her stopped suddenly, looked back, and touched the long sword at her waist. ??Wu Heng also narrowed his eyes and said calmly: "With the knowledge of the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'', he should not be biased against the profession!" Sheela Gui also noticed her actions and immediately took her hand away and said, "I''m sorry, I didn''t react at the moment." Its okay, Im used to it. The two of them were walking and chatting. They returned to the association together, then separated and went to the subdeacon''s study. In the study room. ?Wu Heng came back and was just about to call Anderweir home. He then heard the other party say: "Master, a team has submitted an application." Huh? What application? Team 3 has discovered a level 13 wanted criminal, please ask the deputy deacon to lead the team to arrest him. Send it to Sheila Gui, she has just come back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 259 , pretty accurate Chapter 259, pretty accurate "oh!" Anderweil agreed, put the documents away, and sent them to the elf subdeacon. ?Just before he got up, there was a knock on the door. ~! The knock on the door was a bit urgent. ?Andewil opened it and saw a short and stocky figure standing outside. He glanced at Wu Heng and bowed slightly, "Olin, the captain of the 3rd team, has met the deputy deacon." ?The voice is rough. It was still a step too late and I was stuck at home. Come in! Wu Heng said. At the same time, he looked at the people coming in. Dark brown skin, about 1.6 meters tall, and looks very strong. ??He has a thick fiery red beard, wears dark brown leather armor, and has a gray-feathered owl on his shoulder. ?At his waist is a short-handled battle ax and on his back is a crossbow. Dwarves! Occupation should be ranger or guard. After entering the room, the dwarf did not sit down and said directly: "Lord Archdeacon, we have found information about the Shark Tooth Pirates. They will be trading outside the port tonight. It is a good opportunity to capture him." ?Wu Heng rummaged through the wanted notices about the Shark Tooth Pirates. Captain Lee, a third-level wanted criminal, with a bounty of 445 silver coins. The crimes are plundering merchant ships, human trafficking, and assaulting and killing association members. Intelligence collection work in this world. If no one knows about it after it is done, it cannot be used as evidence of crime. To be able to be recorded by the association so many times, the things he has committed are definitely much more than this. Tell me in detail and the difficulties you think you may face when arresting him. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf thought for a moment and said: "Lee is a level 13 professional. It is not clear how many people he will bring, but it should not be many. The difficulty is ''Lee''. It is rumored that he has the blood of a shark. Once there are No one can do anything about him if he jumps into the sea." Level 13! The level is not high. He is now level 10, Skull Crusher is level 16, and Blood Ax is level 14. There is no problem in killing him. But if the other party is at sea and encounters danger, he can jump into the sea and leave. This point is still relatively difficult to deal with. Is the information accurate? The information must be accurate. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and get ready. Meet at the door later." The dwarf was overjoyed and said, "Thank you, Archdeacon!" After saying that, he turned around and left. "Master, it may be a little inconvenient to do it on the ship." Anderweil thought for a moment and said. Not afraid of level 13 enemies. But at sea, its a different story. No matter how great your abilities are, they are of no use if you cannot use them to your fullest potential. When the other party ran away, it would also have an impact on Wu Heng, the deputy deacon. "It''s okay. If the intelligence is accurate and they will be near the port, it won''t be a big problem." Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and continued: "Let''s go, you go with me tonight." Okay Master! Anderweil also put on her armor. The carriage creaked forward. Bloodaxe accompanied the coachman and sat outside the carriage. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil sat on one side, and Skullbreaker and the dwarf Orin crowded on the other side. The remaining members of the third team followed outside on horseback. The dwarf Orin fed the owl some food and said, "My Lord Archdeacon, what are your plans?" ??Wu Heng asked back, "Tell me about your original plan." I have two plans. One is to kill directly from a distance without giving the opponent a chance to escape, but this is more difficult because the sight at night and the strength of the crossbow are limited. The second one is to quickly approach the opponent and block his escape route. " The dwarf took out a scroll from his arms and continued: "I have an ice magic scroll, which can temporarily block the water in a certain area." Two ideas, but neither has a high chance of success. ?The opponent is indeed difficult to kill, otherwise he would not have been killed until now. Ardeacon, what do you think of my plan? asked the dwarf. Well, we can try both aspects at that time. Night falls. The entire ocean suddenly became dark. ?The night wind made the waves rise and fall. On the sea outside the port, a wooden boat was slowly moving forward under the rowing of the sailors. Lee, the leader of the shark-tooth pirate group, was sitting on the beam of the wooden ship, stroking the girl''s head with one hand, as if stroking a pet. At his feet, there were three young girls, their hands bound, huddled together, their eyes full of fear. ?His body was trembling slightly, but he didn''t dare to make a sound. Leo took a breath of the cool breeze in the air and said: "Be obedient, if you can''t sell, I can only throw you down to feed the fish." Hearing these words, the girls'' faces turned even paler and they sobbed softly. Hearing this sound, Leo laughed happily. I really enjoy the fearful expressions on these people''s faces. "Captain, there is a ship coming over there." The sailor suddenly reminded. Leo looked ahead. On the dark sea, a bright light reflected a small boat, which was also small. It seems that the buyer has arrived. Leo said: "Leave closer and be careful. If there is danger, take action immediately." Understood. The sailor responded and started rowing towards the opposite side. Soon, two ships approached. Across the way, someone was holding an oil lamp and asked, "Shark-toothed one?" Well, did you bring the money? Leo asked. Wheres the goods? ?Lee glanced at the opponent''s wooden boat and kicked the people on the ground forward with his feet, "They are all here." Okay, I want to inspect the goods. "Can." The person opposite holds a lamp forward. Let the light shine on Lee and others. At this moment, Leo''s pupils suddenly condensed, and he instantly turned his head and grabbed the air. Pfft~! The palm of his hand did not catch any arrows, and the left half of Leo''s face disappeared instantly. ?The hot and sticky blood splashed all over everyone. ?Lee touched his face and immediately wanted to jump overboard and escape. ?The next second, the sound of breaking through the air came again, and the back of Leo''s head exploded again, and he fell onto the ship''s deck. Damn it, they killed the captain and avenged the captain. The other members of the shark tooth pirate group immediately drew their weapons. With a loud roar, he pounced directly towards the opposite side. The buyer on the opposite side also reacted immediately. Looking at the pirates jumping over, there was no time to explain. ??He also drew his weapon and charged towards the opponent. ??On the dark sea, the ship''s hull swayed unsteadily. ??The sound of weapons clashing and roars echoed throughout the area. In the distance, on the deck of a cargo ship. ??Wu Heng looked into the distance with a telescope, while Anderweil was lying on the deck, holding a sniper rifle in his hand. ?Anderweil is indeed very talented in shooting. Such a long distance, and the boat was already swaying with the waves. It is not easy to kill the target. Actually, the first shot was also very accurate. For a normal person, that shot would have been enough to kill him, but the opponent was a level 13 professional after all. ?At that time, I actually thought about escaping. Fortunately, the second shot followed closely and hit the back of the head. ??Wu Heng looked through the telescope and saw the opponent fighting directly. ?Said into the radio headset: "The wanted criminal has been killed, and there are hostages on the ship. Don''t kill the wrong person." Okay! The dwarfs voice came from the headset. Immediately afterwards, a small boat quickly rushed towards the location of the warring ships from below. Continue to fire a few more shots, and its just practice. Wu Heng said. ? Anderweil was also surprised by the range and power of this thing. She once again held her breath and aimed at the target through the scope. The next second, pull the trigger. Bang~! ?The gunshot sounded, and the recoil pushed Anderweil''s body, causing waves to rise from her pert buttocks. At the target location, a pirate''s temple suddenly exploded and his body fell into the sea. Thats pretty accurate! Wu Heng praised, sat down aside and put his hand on Beast Ears hip. ?Weier glanced sideways slightly. The furry tail lifted up and fell down, covering his hand. Then continue to pull the trigger to kill distant targets. The shooting did not stop until the dwarf team arrived. Continue to look through the scope to see the battle in the distance. The pirates and the buyers had been fighting for a while, some were injured and some were dead. The dwarf team passed by. ?Those who had the strength abandoned the ship and fled, while those who were injured were killed by the squad when they resisted. Soon, the battle ended. The third team, with two other ships, docked again. After counting the loot. The dwarf came over and said in a rough voice: "Deacon, confirm that the wanted criminal is dead." Thanks to Lighter than a Feather for the reward of 10,000 coins. Thanks to 08a, for the reward. Thanks saynol for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 260 , dont mess with him Chapter 260, dont mess with him The wanted criminal is dead. Three hostages and a small box of silver coins, about a thousand or so, were found on the ship. The purpose of the transaction is still unclear. There are two props on the wanted criminals body. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. One to increase movement speed and one to increase magic defense. ??Wu Heng nodded without going to get it, and said directly: "Let''s go, let''s send these things to the association first, and we''ll talk about the rest tomorrow." "good." The dwarf gave a simple explanation and docked the ship at the dock. Then he took a few girls with thin clothes and the rest of the loot and started walking towards the association. Almost everything is arranged. ?Wu Hengcai took Anderweil back to his residence. The night becomes darker. Opening the door, Minnie immediately came forward rubbing her eyes. Master, Sister Weier, you are back! ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "You don''t have to wait for us." Otherwise Ill be fine and just wait for you to come back. Minnie said. ??Wu Heng hugged her and spun her around half a circle, praising her and saying, "You''re so good!" Hey! Ill heat up the food for you. After saying that, Minnie ran to the kitchen again. After a simple meal. Also go back to bed and rest. the next day. Go to the association. As soon as he entered the hall, he heard some chatting professionals discussing the shark-tooth pirates. Lee is dead? Is it true? Is the news true? The Shark Tooth Group has not been able to reach the shore for many years, and Leo has the blood of a shark. No one can catch him at sea, so how can he be killed? Its true, the association has conducted an autopsy, and I heard it was someone from Team 3 who killed him. That dwarf? You can drown him in shallow water. Can you kill Leo? The Shark Tooth Pirates Group has been causing trouble within the archipelago for so many years. Because of his evil deeds, he is also notorious. ?There are countless enemies, but there is really no one who can kill ''Lee'' at sea. Even now I heard that the other party was killed by members of the team. ?Its really unbelievable. ?However, just when a few people were arguing in low voices. Several staff members of the association walked directly to the associations notice board. Tear off the reward notice for "Lee". The voices of debate stopped abruptly. Lee...is really dead? ?Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and listened for a while. After they left, he went to the office room. Andewil has been here for a while. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and said, "Master, there is nothing to do today. You don''t have to come so early." Well, come and take a look, Ill leave later if theres nothing else to do. ~! There was a knock on the door. The dwarf Olin opened the door and walked in, followed by two human team members carrying a wooden box. It was placed on the ground with a thud. Looking at it, the faces of the three of them all had a look of uncontrollable joy. It seems that he was very happy about the pirate capture yesterday. After all, the entire association is discussing this matter. Thank you, Archdeacon, for your help last night. Ohlin thanked him again. Well, its okay! Ohlin continued: "We did a detailed inventory of the loot last night. There were a total of 1,200 silver coins. Two small ships were sold for 420 silver coins. We calculated half of them and sent them to you." The loot of a normal team is usually divided equally. As for the deputy deacon or deacon leading the team, they will get more individually. Last night, Wu Heng killed the wanted criminal himself. When they went to finish the work, they naturally had to abide by this unwritten rule. Well, lets sit down and talk, you dont have to stand. Wu Heng motioned for a few people to sit down. ?Andewil brought tea to the three of them. The dwarf stroked his fiery red beard and continued: "The bounty for the wanted criminal has not come down yet. I will send it to you when the time comes. We will also give you two props." As he said that, one of them opened the box. In addition to the silver coins, there were two magic props. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. The effects provided by the props are very practical, but they have been worn by pirates in tatters. ??If I dont use it myself, I would definitely dislike it if it were given to Weier and others. He glanced at it and said, "I can''t use it. If any of you can use it, just share it among yourself!" The dwarf thought for a moment, "Then I''ll ask you when the time comes, calculate the price for you, and send it over with the reward." "Can!" ?Wu Heng felt that this dwarf was quite good at being a human being. Furthermore, he is not as bad-tempered as he imagined. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How are the hostages doing?" "Still investigating, it seems to be implicated in the abduction and trafficking of girls from various ethnic groups. I will report to you what the results will be," the dwarf continued. "okay." ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while. ??The dwarves introduced him to some distinctive local places before leaving with his people.??? Go out the door. The human team member said curiously: "Captain, when did you become so qualified?" The dwarf turned his head and looked at the room he came out of. said: "Be polite to this guy and don''t provoke him in the future." Captain, do you have any information? The dwarf touched his beard and said as he walked, "If you don''t want to become a skeleton, don''t ask questions." ?Wu Heng collected the silver coins sent by the dwarves. After sitting for a while, he took Anderweil away. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng went to the Snake Emblem Consortium, while Anderweil went upstairs to find Minnie to see the newly renovated house. Enter the consortium''s lobby. The interior is still luxurious and luxurious, with many people gathered at the counter and notice board. It seems that the business here is much better than that in Luntam City. Go directly to a staff member and take out the emblem of the consortium. The staff was more respectful, "Guest, please come this way." Brought into the lounge alone. Cake and tea were brought in. At the same time, a middle-aged man in a formal dress walked in and saluted slightly, "Guest, what can I serve you?" I plan to release a few commissions. ? Wearing this kind of dress, she is not a local person in charge like ''Lecia'', but a slightly more senior staff member. Similar to a lobby manager. Guest, what type of entrustment do you need? I will fill it in for you. Help me collect some advanced skill books of necromancers, as well as the corpses of professionals above level 15, especially the corpses of alchemists and rune masters above level 10. Wu Heng said directly. Hear the level 15 corpse. The man looked a little suffocated. Level 15, a fourth-level professional, a top figure in any force. He actually wanted to buy the body directly. Is there any difficulty? Wu Heng asked. Its not too difficult, but it may be a bit troublesome to collect, and the time cannot be guaranteed. The man said. This is not a big requirement. ??Wu Heng said directly: "It''s okay, you can collect it normally!" Good guest, I will fill in the power of attorney for you. The man started writing on the side. ?Wu Heng was waiting. At this time, I started to think a little of Lecia, a beautiful and intellectual woman. Occasionally, I will give myself some advice Soon, the commission letter was completed. Guest, you need to pay 3,500 silver coins as a deposit. This price has gone up ridiculously. ?Wu Heng directly took out the corresponding silver coins and handed them to the other party. The other party stamps the emblem and the entrustment becomes effective. When we came out of the consortium, it was already approaching dusk. Wu Heng returned to the association. Some staff members walked towards me in groups. Good evening, Lord Archdeacon. Ardeacon! Some people who knew Wu Heng saluted and said hello. Good evening! Wu Heng responded. Wait a little further. I heard a faint sound coming from behind. The new archdeacon? Human beings become archdeacons at such a young age. Yeah, so young. ?Wu Heng entered the hall. Go straight down the stone steps and arrive at the morgue. In the cold and empty room, corpses were covered with linen on the iron frame bed. ?Two coroners in blue gowns were conducting an autopsy on a corpse. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he frowned. ??Wu Heng was the first to speak, "I am the deputy deacon of the association. Where are the bodies of the Shark Tooth Pirates that were delivered yesterday?" Hearing that it was the subdeacon, the coroner''s expression became respectful, "Over there?" ?Wu Heng walked over and opened the first one, and saw the body of the leader "Lee". How to deal with these corpses? Wu Heng asked. The arrangement of the association is that the third and fifth teams will burn it at noon tomorrow. ?Wu Heng covered the corpse back up and said, "Take out the internal organs of this corpse for me." The coroner''s hand paused. Ardeacon, this is not in accordance with the procedure. (End of this chapter) Chapter 261 , she might want to join us Chapter 261, She may want to join us ?Wu Heng also thought about coming over by himself at night. Secretly remove the internal organs. ??But if you think about it carefully, you may not be able to complete the dissection and removal of organs by yourself. Although there are indeed relevant descriptions in the Book of the Dead, I have not actually practiced it. So, these coroners are needed to start. What process is required? Wu Heng asked. The coroner immediately explained: "The distribution of corpses and the removal of organs require the approval of the deacon." Requires deacons approval. While in Blackstone Town, Bawudong''s internal organs were removed. ?Wu Heng didnt bother them either. Its not as difficult as imagined. ?Wu Heng took the document in his hand, which contained the instructions for the distribution of the corpses. Wu Heng returned to his office and study room. It should have been picked directly by the deacon Yazd. It is actually quite understandable that the deputy deacon does not have this right. Say that things should be done according to the associations procedures. He said directly: "You guys wait a moment, I''ll go talk to the deacon about this." The deacon allowed it. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Not long after, Anderweil came back again holding the document. ??Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "Weier, go to the deacon and tell me that I need a skeleton attendant who is good at water and request that the pirate corpse from last night be given to me." Seeing him come back, Anderweil began to pack her things and get ready to get off work. Okay, Master. Anderweil nodded and left directly. Yes, Archdeacon! The two nodded. If the other party agrees, then the offal belongs to you. If the other party disagrees, take a step back and mention the offal. Didnt the deacon say anything? Instead of needing the internal organs, it is better to just bring over all the corpses. In many places, the archdeacon will appoint some people with high local prestige, who are honorary archdeacons, and it is impossible for them to have the right to dispose of the body at will. Um? For a necromancer, applying to the association for a corpse is already very orderly. Lets go and get the body. Return to the morgue. The two coroners are still carrying out their work. ??Wu Heng handed the document to the other party and said: "Take out the internal organs!" ??The coroner looked at it and communicated with the people on the side. It is not a license to extract the internal organs, but a direct handover of the whole body to the other party for distribution. ?This seems to be considered as having the right to dispose of the corpse. The two discussed in a low voice and then began the work of removing the internal organs. The sharp scalpel cut open the chest and took out all the internal organs. ?Wu Heng took out the organ jar and the two of them cleaned the internal organs and put them directly in it. Cover the jar mouth and the organ jar will close automatically. Two coroners continued to sew up the corpse''s chest. Do you have a straw mat? Wrap it up. "have!" Wrap the body and Ill take it away! The coroner took out a straw mat from the corner of the room. Wrap the body. ?Wu Heng put the space ring away, took out a few silver coins, and handed them into their palms, "Thank you for your hard work." ?Seeing that there was an unexpected gain, both of them smiled, "That''s right, Mr. Archdeacon." Well, theres nothing to do. Lets go back early. The two of them saluted and watched Wu Heng and Anderweil leave. ???? Return to your residence. Minnie came up to greet them. After Wu Heng changed his clothes, he carried Wu Heng and walked inside. He said softly: "Sister Wei''er, have you told me about the mansion? It''s well decorated there, and the whole house is bright." ?Wu Heng took out his arm and put his arm around her shoulders, "How long will it take to finish?" "It seems like it will take another five or six days." Minnie said, and then continued: "Master, just plant some vegetables in the yard then, so you don''t have to go out to buy them in the future." You dont have to be so frugal. Plant another fruit tree and build a birds nest on the tree. Seeing how happy the little rabbit girl was, Wu Heng smiled and said, "Okay, I''ll do as you say." ?Minnie smiled, and Anderweil gathered the clothes hangers and walked in. Prepare dinner with Minnie. Port, on a docked cargo ship. In the dim cabin, there are several light stones hanging. Under the soft light, a brown-haired man wearing a black dress sat on a wooden chair outside the iron cage, waiting silently. At this time, footsteps sounded. ??An old man dressed as a captain stepped down from above. He bowed slightly and said, "Master, we have found out some information. The members of the third team of the association got the information about ''Lee'' last night and came to arrest him." Ha, trash! the man cursed and continued: Where are those girls? Took away by people from the association. You nosy guy, buy some new people and dont delay the banquet. He took out a white handkerchief and wiped his palms lightly. Yes, master. The old man responded. Just as he was about to turn around and leave, the man spoke again: "Counting the time, that Wu Heng should be arriving at the port of Yeko Kingdom soon. Say hello to the pirate group over there and get his head. Come to me and you can exchange for 20 gold coins. , the price of the two rare items on my body is calculated separately. Hear 20 gold coins. The old man''s eyes also lit up. The man smiled and said, "It''s not easy to make money, otherwise there wouldn''t be so many people falling into his hands." Yes, master, I will release the news tonight. Go! Have had dinner. Minnie and Anderweil went downstairs to the training room to train. With the skeleton following him, and being inside the association, there is no danger. ?Wu Heng passed through the realm gate and went directly to the zombie world. The sky here has also darkened. The survivors of the base began to pack their things and prepare to close the door of the passenger terminal. ?Stepping out of the building, Li Yahong received the news and walked over from a short distance away. ?Handed the two bottles of potion to him and said: "The two corpse cores have been sent to the prison. These are newly brought by the alchemy skeleton." ?Wu Heng took it and put it into the space ring. ?At the same time, I was also thinking about whether to take over the alchemy skeleton. ?It''s always a little troublesome to go back and forth like this. But the production of potions is actually not frequent. There was no medicine for more than a month before, and they started to be delivered one after another in the past few days. ?Furthermore, the alchemy laboratory is also over there from the prison, so its a bit troublesome to move it around. I did not continue to think about this matter. asked: Is there nothing wrong with what you plundered? "No problem. The scattered zombies in the community are not a threat. We are equipped with crossbows and are prepared, so we can kill a few without any problem." Li Yahong was quite confident. ??The crossbow is easy to operate and has high power. ?Although one arrow may not be able to kill, it is not difficult to kill several people together. Then, Li Yahong continued: "''Qi Hancai'' has been coming more frequently recently, intentionally or unintentionally asking about recruiting survivors. Hmm, I wonder if she wants to join us. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 262 , amphibious Chapter 262, Amphibious Dongan Village is also a large shelter in this area. Even if the auto repair shop does not develop well here, there should be no worries about food and clothing. But saying that Qi Hancai wants to join is actually quite understandable. ?At that time, when they captured the community together, the skeleton army showed absolutely shocking combat effectiveness, which must have left a deep impression on the people of Dong''an Village. And this world cannot change in a year or so. Joining the auto repair shop as soon as possible will not only be safe, but you can also be considered an old man. What do you think? Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. I feel that there is no problem if Dongan Village wants to join. With the strength of our shelter, we can suppress them. Li Yahong analyzed. This is not much different from what Wu Heng thought. Having survivors who have awakened their abilities join in is not a bad thing for the base. "good." Experts: Scale Armor Specialization (Intermediate Level), Fighting Specialization (Advanced Level), Navigation (Advanced Level), Ship Repair (Intermediate Level), Ship Hewing (Intermediate Level), Movement in Water. Have Shark Tooth put on and leave with the team. The head is flat and broad, with serrated teeth, skeletal fingers and toes, and white webbed flesh. From now on, you will be called Shark Tooth! Wu Heng named him. The skeleton stepped forward and cut the string above it. Furthermore, with Wu Hengs current strength, there is no need to worry that she will have the idea of ??seizing power. As for the boxer in front of me, the focus is on amphibious and fast movement in the water. Well, we both think the same thing... The straw mat was opened, revealing the naked and stitched body. Amphibious: This unit can breathe normally in water and air. Oh! Li Yahong nodded and didnt ask any more questions. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Let''s go, let''s go to the warehouse." Skeleton Boxer (Level 13) But in terms of attributes, Bawudong is more professional than him. Why is he different from a normal skeleton? Li Yahong asked. Sure enough, he is a descendant of the sharks. ?? Li Yahong smiled and said, "That''s all I said. It''s up to me whether they have any thoughts on joining." ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. Once danger is discovered, he jumps into the sea to escape, but normal professionals have no ability to catch him underwater. Among the specialties, there are also some entries about navigation and ship repair. As a pirate these days, I have done everything. The same occupation as Bawudong. The two of them came to the warehouse where the flying dragon was transformed. Level: 13 Shark Tooth said nothing and walked aside. Boxer. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let me find some clothes, and then get a motorcycle helmet." ?Wu Heng took out the corpse. This is why it has been difficult for the association to catch him. ??Wu Heng was really hard to explain, and then said: "It''s similar to aberration. Some changes have occurred due to the living environment." Soon, someone sent him ordinary clothes and a black full-duplex helmet. ??Hold on and jump into the water. Its hard to say who will kill whom by then. There is another method called ship-cutting, attacking from under the ship, which seems to be a good method. ?Li Yahong took the walkie-talkie and gave instructions. Attributes: Constitution 28, Strength 25, Agility 30, Intelligence 14, Perception 19, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, amphibious, air. The flesh and blood slowly fell off, and the body stood up from the ground. The corpse in front of me is a little different from the skeletons in the past. Ability: Shocking punch, grabbing flying arrows, biting. Movement in water: In water, movement speed +40%. The two of them strolled around the base. ?Li Yahong went to the cafeteria to eat, and Wu Heng also returned to his room. Go through the gate and go to Treasure Island. Put down the light stone chandelier. The room is illuminated by soft lights, ?Wu Heng took out the two potions sent by Li Yahong. Highly effective strengthening potionHighly effective intelligence-enhancing potion. The name of the second bottle of potion has changed, it is called intelligence-enhancing potion. The material used to make this bottle of potion should be the corpse core of a big-headed zombie. Its just the name Zengzhi. It doesnt sound very good. Without thinking too much about this, I opened the first bottle of potion and took it. The sourness flows into the abdomen, and after the heat spreads throughout the body, there is a spasmodic sting. Strength +3, Constitution +2. Attribute hints distract a little attention. Gradually, the stinging sensation disappears. The muscles also begin to relax. Fortunately, the attribute points have not been reduced. When I first started taking level one corpse core. The effect is increased by 3 points, gradually weakens, becomes 2 points, and finally 1 point. ?This second-level corpse core medicine is expected to gradually weaken. Took a short rest. Continue to open the intelligence-enhancing potion and drink it. The bitter taste and the energy continue to spread throughout the body. The effect is not muscle tingling, but a feeling of dizziness and brain swelling. Intelligence +3, Perception +2, Charisma +1. Attributes appear again. Added 6 attributes. The most intelligent among them. This is still very good. Unfortunately, the ability is still not unlocked. ??Wu Heng opened the attributes and took a look. Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 33, Perception 21, Charisma 27. Attributes have changed. Intelligence also caught up. But his physical attributes are still the highest. ?This is not a bad thing, physical fitness is very important in any profession. Even in a state of near-death, people with high physical fitness will stay strong longer. Intelligence has also reached 33 points. It is no longer a legal profession below level 15. ?Looking at it now, the attributes are actually pretty good. Strength, constitution, intelligence. Those three items are all very high. Is the fighting style more suitable for you? Remember that Shilagui is a magic swordsman. This idea appears in my mind and is immediately eliminated. "No, it''s better to keep a low profile. With so many skeletons, there is no need to develop into melee combat." Learn some melee combat skills and increase your self-protection ability. But you must not focus on melee combat, as that will only make you die faster. It is not easy to live in two worlds until now. Simply tidied up. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room again. ?Go to the bathroom and wash up briefly. Return to the bedroom. On the bed, Minnie and Anderweil were sleeping opposite each other. The quilt was pushed aside, revealing her fair and beautiful figure. Full of youth and vitality. ?Wu Heng knelt down on the bed and leaned their heads forward. With their noses facing each other, Minnie subconsciously stuck out her tongue and gave it a lick. Opposite Andwyer frowned slightly in her sleep. Soon, the two of them realized something was wrong. She exclaimed when she opened her eyes. ?After seeing Wu Heng, Anderweier blushed and blamed, "Master, it''s true." ?Wu Heng smiled, hugged the two of them and lay on the bed again. "sleep." The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng took Anderweil to the association. As soon as I walked into the corridor, I heard a shout from behind. ? is the deacons assistant, a female elf wearing glasses. Deputy Wu Heng, after receiving your reward for your meritorious service, you can choose it at any time. (End of this chapter) Chapter 263 , Spinal Serpent Staff Chapter 263, Spinal Snake Staff Has the reward been released? Hearing the news, Wu Heng was overjoyed. Calculating the time, it took nearly a month to kill Skull Crusher and the two backbones. I rushed from Luntam City to Treasure Island, and the reward finally came. The efficiency of this world is still too slow. The transmission of many information and documents mainly relies on letters. ?Wu Heng looked at the elf assistant and asked, "How should I get it?" The assistant spoke calmly and said: "Since it involves the second-level merit reward, you can go to the deacon to choose." Prop rewards for normal level 3 meritorious deeds. You can choose at the front desk. For this second-level merit, you still need to go to the deacon. Looks like its quite troublesome. Is the deacon in the study? Yes, Ill take you there. After the female elf assistant finished speaking, she turned and walked towards the deacon''s study. ??Wu Heng told Anderweil to go to the office and study room first, and then followed the elf assistant. Elves are outstanding in size and appearance. Nobility and elegance is the evaluation given to the elves by all races. The female elf assistant is also a lady with blond hair and pointed ears. She wears a dark dress and walks upright. Go to the deacon''s study. The elf assistant knocked on the door lightly, "Deacon, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng is here." Let him in! came the deacons voice from inside the room. ?The door opened and Wu Heng walked directly in. Butler! Hmm! Deacon Imiro nodded calmly, Your merit rewards have been received. I helped you sort them out and brought a few useful ones over, and you can choose them yourself. Thank you, deacon! Imiro didnt say much, walked out of the desk and came to the coffee table. In the space ring, he took out all the props one by one and placed them on the coffee table. Vine Root BraceletHunting RingInspiring HornInstructor (Special Object)Tracing Pendant (Special Object). ?There are also skill books. Bone TransplantPlague TechniqueDeath Breath. "These are the rewards for third-level meritorious service. According to the meritorious service recorded in the file, you can choose two." Imiro said, and handed a slip of paper to the assistant beside him. The female elf stood aside and began to introduce in the order of the props, "The Vine Root Bracelet is a magic prop etched with natural attributes. When thrown out, it can form a miserable terrain full of vegetation within a certain range. It can limit the enemy''s actions or buy yourself time to escape. ?Wu Heng looked at the first [Vine Root Bracelet]. ??When he was in Blackstone Town, the former captain used his meritorious deeds in exchange for a bracelet prop, which had the effect of trapping a single target with vines. The one in front of me is obviously a range prop, and it is indeed rare. The elf continued to introduce, "The hunting ring gives the user the ability to accurately lock the target. It is not only useful for bows and crossbows, but also can assist the accuracy of spell casting. The motivating horn, after being blown, inspires the will of all living creatures to fight..." ??The elf assistant is still talking. ?Wu Heng''s eyes swept across and landed directly on the last two strange objects. The first strange object is called [Instructor], but it looks like an ordinary long sword, which looks a little old. Instructor (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Function: After holding it, the body will be controlled by the ''wonder object'' for swordsmanship training. Side effects: When used, there will be a severe sense of wrestling, fighting for control of the body. (Description: It was originally a training sword in the Swordsmanship Academy. Due to years of practice, the sword has been given its own mission. The holder will undergo orthodox swordsmanship training.) A long sword that can be possessed. The effect of ghost possession is to control the opponent''s body. Same as in the introduction. Occupies the user''s body and performs swordsmanship training. This aspect is really special. ?Wu Heng looked at it. The elf assistant also happened to introduce the long sword, "The instructor''s long sword can help users quickly practice swordsmanship. The highest level user''s swordsmanship has reached the master level." Good guy, master of swordsmanship. There are six levels of specialization classification. Beginner-Basic-Intermediate-Advanced-Master-Grandmaster. Master level is considered a top swordsman. The assistant immediately introduced the second strange object. Tracking pendant, put the missing targets hair or personal items into the mouth to detect the targets direction. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the Tracing Pendant. A rusty metal skull the size of a ''nucleus'', with a thin iron chain attached to it. Tracing Pendant (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Function: Distinguish whether the target is alive or dead, and find the approximate location. Side effects: After use, you need to feed blood. (Description: The funerary objects in the deep tomb retain the obsession of those searching for relatives.) A strange object that can be used to find a target.????The price is to feed blood. It doesnt specify whose blood it should be. It shouldnt be a big problem. You should know the remaining skill books better than me, so I wont introduce them to you. The elf assistant closed the document in his hand. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to look at the skill book. There are three books in total. Bone transplantation (Description: After casting the spell, the skeleton servant with broken bones can be allowed to complete the missing parts by itself (complementary materials include but are not limited to corpses, remains, and remains.)) Plague Technique (Description: Poisonous insects emerge from dead bodies or carrion, attacking surrounding enemy units.) Breath of death (Description: Forming a foggy environment full of death, blocking sight, and containing various viruses such as disease, blight, and weakness.) ?These three skills are all very good. Its all what you need. In Blackstone Town and Luntam City, the acquisition of skills relies more on the purchase of the "Snake Emblem Consortium". Transported from other places. Here, it seems that you can directly exchange merit for it. It is still a big city and everything is relatively complete. What do you like? Deacon Imiro asked with a smile. Still considering. Wu Heng said. Level 3 meritorious service can be exchanged for two prop rewards. In terms of props, I am definitely interested in two rare items. The ''Instructor''s Sword'' can help me train, and the ''Tracking Pendant'' is also a very good item, and the price is not too high. Choose these two, the benefits are the greatest. Rare objects are basically unique, and when sold, the price is the highest. Wu Heng also needs these three skill books. ?Especially [Bone Transplantation], there are quite a few missing arms and legs in my skeleton army. Even Bassen, who was left to protect Li Yahong, had a broken rib and was temporarily wrapped with tape. "I think you can choose the instructor''s sword, and you can choose a magic book. The breath of death is very good. It covers a wide range and is very effective in blocking pursuers or retreating." Deacon ''Imiro'' gave his own suggestion . ?Wu Heng did not respond. ?From the perspective of Imiro, he thinks these two are the most suitable for him. ??Wu Heng thought carefully for a moment, raised his head and said with a smile: "Skill books will be exchanged when you gain merit in the future. This time I will choose these two rare items." The day before yesterday, I helped Team 3 kill the pirates who also achieved Level 3 merit. Just wait until the merit points are obtained and then exchange the skill book. ??But these two strange objects were replaced and could not be found. The deacon was a little surprised, but he didnt say much, Okay, just think about it yourself, just put it away! Wu Heng put away the two props. The elf assistant on the side recorded it in a notebook. ??Imiro also put away the remaining props and skill books. ?Continued: "You also have a second-level meritorious service reward." Speaking, he waved his hand and two props appeared in front of him. A white staff shaped like a spine, and an iron-gray solid iron man as big as a palm. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the staff first. The staff is like a curved spine, with overlapping vertebrae and a curved and drooping top, like an erect cobra. Spine Snake Staff (Description: A magic prop made from the spine of a corpse, etched with Plague Technique and Mind Gaze, and the effect of necromantic magic is +23%.) Holy shit! ?Wu Hengs pupils shrank. ??It''s not a strange object, but a magic prop made from the spine of a "ghoul". Becoming a ghoul means reaching an immortal state. It was actually made into a weapon in this way. I have to say that people in this world use materials to an abnormal degree. After being slightly surprised. ?Wu Heng focused on the magic etched on it. Plague Technique, I have just seen the skill book, and the second one is called Heart-catching Gaze. ?Wu Heng didnt pay attention to the two elves in the room. Hand out the Necronomicon directly from the space ring and look for relevant content introduction. In my memory, I vaguely saw this skill. [Heart-catching gaze]: Your eyes will be filled with terrifying power. Creatures with "intelligence below 15" that look at you will suffer effects such as "sleep", "panic", and "sickness", and the target of this spell can be used again. Withstand necromancy. Skills released by the eyes? ???Thanks to the embarrassing friend for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 264 , metal puppet Chapter 264, Metal Puppet ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised by the effect of this staff when he saw the skill introduction. Using the eyes as a medium to release skill effects. Targets with intelligence below 15 points will be subject to three effects. Sleep is a control skill. If you take a look at it and see that the other person has fallen asleep, it feels very useful. Panic causes a certain amount of panic. Even if the target does not escape, morale and fighting will will be greatly reduced. The last "disease" is a common method used by necromancers, including sudden diseases, old diseases, or rotten wounds. Offending the Necromancer is indeed a troublesome thing. The deacons and elf assistants on the side watched Wu Heng flip through the Book of the Dead. Thats good. Anderweil smiled, her plush tail wagging slightly. He paused slightly and continued to add, "The body is made of special materials. In terms of defense, it is stronger than your undead attendant, and the damage can be repaired." The island is no more inland than you. Its a mixed bag of fish and dragons. You have to be careful when doing things and investigating cases. Imiro continued. Being able to sit in the position of subdeacon is already considered a very high level of talent. Deacon Imiro smiled and said, Did you find the corresponding content? The merit rewards have ended. The assistant recorded it on the document, and Wu Heng also grabbed the staff and put it into the space ring. I didnt say much. Thank you very much, deacon. Next time you perform meritorious service, I will exchange it for an iron puppet. Wu Heng smiled. Do you want to hear about the second prop? Imiro asked. The attribute does not appear, so I dont know what it is. ?Listening to the introduction of Imiro, this kind of puppet is indeed quite powerful. The strength of a fourth-level professional is already at the top level. ?Wu Heng stood up and left directly. But it will not occupy the reward quota this time. Return to your office and study room. Found it. He put the iron stick back in his hand and said, "Deacon, I''ve thought about it, and I''ll choose this staff." ?Wu Heng was also a little moved. At Wu Heng''s age, he is only in his 20s. Its normal to check books temporarily for some things. Imiro nodded and said: "What you see in front of you is just a scaled-down iron man. It is also a magic item. It is a metal puppet with a body size of nearly 4 meters. Its defense and strength can reach the level of a fourth-level professional. It is a very special person in the association. A good defensive guard. Quite accustomed to it. Two of them are pretty good. Okay, then Ill go back first. Imiro did not continue to persuade him and put away the iron puppet directly. "You can just make up your mind and register him." Place it in the association, which is higher than the level of the stationed deacons in many places. ?Anderweil is sitting at the desk, sorting out information. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the second large iron puppet with palms. ?Any profession, not just mages, will choose this puppet if there is no better choice, which can be regarded as adding a powerful bodyguard. ?No wonder, the metal piece in front of me has no properties. ??Yimiro nodded, "Okay, there''s nothing wrong with me here. If you encounter any trouble, you can come to me." ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately smiled and asked: "Master, is there a satisfactory reward?" It turns out to be just a figure. ??Imiro stood up, sat back at the desk again, and asked like a casual chat: "It''s been a few days, are you still used to life?" Imiro raised his eyebrows and said, "Actually, I would rather you choose the Iron Puppet. You also know that Treasure Island is not a safe place." After thinking about it. I understand, thank you for reminding me, deacon. Wait for Wu Heng to close the book and take back the space ring. Listen, I havent seen this thing before. Wu Heng said. Level 4 guard, I have level 16 Skull Crusher, so I am not short of this one for the time being. ?Wu Heng placed several props on the table. Looked at them one by one. Anderweil also stretched her neck to look over. ??I chose two rare items and a magic prop exclusive to the Necromancer. The most influential thing on one''s own strength is definitely the ''Spine Snake Staff''. Its skills and the magic amplification it provides can be used as soon as you pick it up. The characteristic of Tracing Pendant is that it can find people. It can be regarded as an auxiliary rare item. The instructor long sword can help you practice swordsmanship, and the cost is almost nothing. It is a very good rare item. ?Even if you use it yourself, you can give it to Weier and Wen Mansha. ? ? Rangers are also equipped with short blades or one-handed swords. ?Picked up the instructors iron sword and held it in his hand. The next second, his body seemed to be controlled by a force. He suddenly stood up from his seat, turned around and stabbed with his sword. Dang~! With a crisp sound, the copper lightstone stand on the desk was stabbed and fell over. Anderweil was startled, grabbed the fallen candlestick, and said, "Master, don''t practice your sword here. If it''s broken, you''ll have to pay for it." "oh!" ?Wu Heng regained control of his body and put away the strange objects. This long sword is different from what I imagined. Originally I thought I would let the long sword control my body. You can use it to deal with some melee battles. After all, I have just started swordsmanship, and this rare object can reach the standard of master-level swordsmanship. But now it seems that there are still some gaps. When the long sword controls the body, it is impossible to distinguish the surrounding things. You can only control your body subconsciously and perform some swordsmanship exercises. Therefore, even if an enemy is close, you cannot rely on this long sword for combat and counterattack. ?No wonder the name is [Instructor], he can only train. Sit in the study for a while. Seeing that nothing happened, he left the association and walked outside. Out of the association, Wu Heng did not take the carriage. Instead, we walked along the road towards the port. ?We visited the shops on the way to learn about the local prices, and bought some seafood and fruits from roadside vendors. ?All the way to the port, there were more and more people on the road, and it was extremely noisy. ?Lets take a look around Wuheng. My eyes were attracted by a cargo ship docked at the port. It seems that the ship is about to be shipped out, and rows of workers are carrying items to the ship. ?There were also people standing on the wooden boxes, loudly introducing to the crowd some workers who needed to go out to sea with the ship. Whats going on over there? "It seems that some gentleman is going to hold a banquet on the ship. He has started planning the matter in the past two days. I heard that he has also invited several famous chefs to go out to sea with the ship." How many people need to eat and need so many things. "It may take a long time to go to sea, and half a month will pass in circles. I must bring more supplies." These guys really know how to enjoy themselves. Lets go, lets go, it has nothing to do with us. ?A few people chatted in low voices and left together. ?Wu Heng looked at the freighter curiously. ??At the deck railing, there stood a slender figure in a huge cloak, standing on the deck looking down. Hey guys, wear a cloak on a hot day. ?Wu Heng complained and didn''t go to watch the fun again. Leave with the crowd. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng returned to the association to pick Anderweil up from get off work. The two of them returned to their residence together. ?Wu Heng took out all the fruits and ingredients he bought on the street today. ?At Treasure Island, lobsters and large crabs as thick as a forearm are not expensive ingredients. Wu Heng bought some and could try them together. Even the original world. ??Wu Heng has only seen some food bloggers eat such a big one in videos. Now I can eat it anytime. ?There are a few people who have come out of the inland, so they can try it out. Soon, Minnie brought up the steamed ingredients. ?Wu Heng and Minnie began to take out the shrimp and crab meat. Anderweil was more direct, cracking the shell directly and putting it in her mouth to chew. The three of them had a hearty meal. ?Wu Heng took the two of them to the training room. Took out the [Instructor] sword, and the next second, his body started to move on its own. There is no need for others to correct the posture. Naturally, it is the standard sword-drawing posture. The moves and postures are all in place, but the muscles in the hands and feet feel pain as if they have been forcibly stretched. ?While doing very standard movements, he grimaced in pain. Minnie and Andwyer in the distance, after training for a while. ??He tilted his chin and watched him continue practicing. Laughing from time to time. Practice until late at night. The three of them returned to their residence, took a shower and went to bed together. The next day, the association. In the office study room. ?Wu Heng was sitting behind the desk, opposite the captain of Team 3, the dwarf Olin. ?Andewil poured some tea and brought it over. After Olin thanked you, he looked at Wu Heng and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon, I have sent you the last bounty and the money from the sale of two magic items. It will take some time to get the third-level merit." ?Wu Heng motioned to Anderweil to put the money away. ?At the same time, he said: "There''s no rush, just follow the association''s regulations." The dwarf then said: "Master Archdeacon, let me tell you about the hostage girls." At that time, after killing the Shark Tooth Pirates, four girls were rescued. Not very old. Did you send it back? "Sent back." The dwarf touched his beard and continued: "We found that there are other girls missing, but they have not been found yet." (End of this chapter) Chapter 265 , they mentioned you Chapter 265, they mentioned you Tell me in detail. Wu Heng said. We followed the associations instructions and sent the human girls back to their residence. At the same time, we also learned that there were missing people from other families, all of whom were young girls. said the dwarf Ohlin. Wu Heng frowned slightly, "In other words, this kind of thing has happened several times." "We suspect that there may be a cult collecting sacrifices and preparing to perform some kind of ritual." Ohlin touched his beard and continued: "We have no clue, and we just want you to see, Archdeacon, if there is any way to do it?" Where are the corpses of those pirates and buyers from last time? Wu Heng planned to ask the corpses. Burn! answered Ohlin. Holy shit. There is no chance to ask about the corpse. ??Yes, the last time we went to disembowel the body, the coroner said it would be burned the next day. "The one who disappeared recently was just yesterday. This is the headband brought by her mother." Andwyer handed over the headband. It seems quite difficult. Not long after, the carriage was ready. The next second, blue fire lit up in the skulls eye sockets. He said: "Weier, follow me and ask about the situation, record the missing person''s facial features and location, and then write a commission and publish it." Put the hair rope close to each other and stick the two things together. ?Hold some documents and a blue hair rope in his hand. At this time, Anderweil will also finish the commissioned writing. "I''ll go with you. I can take care of you if you need anything." After chewing three or four mouthfuls, a blue soul fire burst out of the skull. Isnt that how its used? ?At the time, I did not expect that other people were missing. ?Carrying a thin chain, the walnut-sized skull was shaking slightly. Stamped with the Archdeacon''s seal. There is really a reaction. I took another look at the introduction of the strange object and confirmed that there is nothing wrong with it. There are no changes. Not long. "good!" ??The tail is still connected to the skull, and the other end is tilted in one direction. ?Wu Heng touched her head and said, "Don''t worry, I can run away if there is danger, but you can stay in the association." ??Wu Heng said: "Weier, let Team 3 prepare the carriage. We already have clues." ?Open your mouth, bite a corner of the ''head rope'', and start chewing. "Okay, then I''ll notify Team 3 first." Andwyer said and walked out quickly. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something again and continued: "Weier, ask them who has the missing girl''s personal belongings. You need to carry them with you all year round. If you have any, bring them back." After thinking about it for a moment, he picked up the fruit knife on the side and pricked a small slit on his fingertip. ?Andewil agreed and followed the dwarf out. Ohlin immediately said: "Deacon, there are several family members who have lost their children in the association. Why don''t I bring them over for you to ask." ?Wu Heng carried the pendant and left with the skeleton attendant. "Post it, there is no guarantee that there will be any results." Wu Heng stood up, hung the pendant on the hanger, and started to put on the armor, "By the way, Wei''er, you don''t need to go, you will go home and rest soon." ?Wu Heng took it and took out the Tracing Pendant from the space ring. Like a ghost trying to escape. The dwarf Orin stood up and walked out with Anderweil. Yes! Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and looked at Anderweil beside him. Oh, okay, do you still want to post the commission? ?Anderweil came back. Squeeze out a drop of blood and drop it on the skull. Freighter Yani San. Although it is a cargo ship, the huge cabin in the middle is extremely luxuriously decorated. The floor is covered with soft carpets, exquisitely carved wall panels, and valuable paintings are hung. It is said to be a freighter, but it is more like the lobby of a mansion. As the owner of the boat, Malik walked out slowly wearing a dark dress and holding a solid wooden cane. ?Besides him is a gorgeous woman in a dark green low-cut slim-fitting dress. Mr. Malik, madam! You look good today, Sir Malik, and Madam, you are as beautiful as ever. In the hall, everyone attending the banquet greeted him one after another. ?Malik walked slowly, nodding and saying hello to everyone. At this time, a young man with curly hair strode in. When he saw Malik, he immediately smiled and said, "Mr. Malik, I hope I didn''t delay your banquet." ?Malik laughed and said, "My brother, you came just in time. The dinner would not have started without you." Speaking, the two hugged each other. After exchanging pleasantries, the man continued to look at the beautiful woman beside him, bent down and kissed her fingertips, "You are as beautiful as ever." The woman smiled, lightly scratched the other person''s palm, and said, "You are as considerate as before." The two looked at each other for a moment and smiled at each other. Gradually, the guests at the banquet entered one after another. The banquet is also about to begin. Marik clapped his hands lightly. After the delicious food was served. ?Several guards wearing iron armor walked out from one side of the cabin. ??More than six young girls with pale faces were escorted to the banquet guests at the table. The guests, who were already impatient, pricked the girl''s wrist with their nails. The bright red blood flowed into the goblet, and they put it in their mouths and tasted it carefully. ?There are also people who bite their wrist wounds directly and **** heavily. A face full of enjoyment. The smell of blood spreads all around. The servants and guards guarding the banquet hall acted as normal and did not react at all. After drinking with each other. The girls began to stand unsteadily due to blood loss. ?Malik waved his hand slightly, and the guards took everyone down. The effects of medicines in this world are still significant, and this blood loss will not kill them. But they will also be kept in captivity and used as blood food in the future. Malik took another sip of the blood wine in the cup and said softly: "The Wu Heng who took the ''Blood Cup'' is coming over. I''m going to put out a message and put a bounty of 20 gold coins on his head. When you go to sea, pay attention." Some, kill him and get those two rare items back." Mr. Malik really values ??him. The bounty for a third-level wanted criminal is only so much, but you actually spent 20 gold coins on his head. Indeed, hes not worth that much money. ?Malik shook his head, "It''s better to be on the safe side and get the rare objects back first." When he comes, it will not be difficult to kill him. "really!" ?Malik smiled, "As long as everyone has confidence, we must kill him before he officially becomes an archdeacon." "good!" Everyone nodded while tasting the wine. On the sea. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a small boat holding the pendant. Beside him were the "Skull Crusher" and "Blood Axe", and the "Shark Tooth" who was good at swimming was floating on the sea, with his arms resting on the edge of the boat. At this time, the ghost Glenda flew back towards us. Floating in mid-air, he said: "A group of vampires are holding a banquet." Vampire? Wu Heng frowned slightly, Have you seen those missing girls? I saw it, some blood was drained, and he is fine. Are there many people? Wu Heng continued to ask. "There are not many people at the party, there are more than a hundred guards and sailors." Granda said, suddenly remembered something, and added: "They mentioned you." "I?" Well, tell me 20 gold coins to buy your head before heading to Treasure Island. Glenda floated in the air with a smile on her face. ?Wu Heng was stunned and thought for a moment with his brows furrowed. He said: "They are not vampires, they are bloodthirsty people created by the blood cup." According to the normal train journey, he has not yet arrived at Treasure Island. Clever! Glenda praised. Let me take a look at the situation inside. Wu Heng continued. ?Glenda got directly into his body. The picture of the boat appeared in my mind. The dignitaries attending the dinner, the girl being brought up, and the intoxicated expression when tasting the blood. ??They are really a group of bloodthirsty people who suffered the sequelae after using the blood cup. In other words, the blood cup does not only appear in Luntam City, but has been to many places. Later, Wu Heng heard people talking about him. ?A group of people sat together, belittling him and talking about how they could kill him. Before going to work. Then, Wu Heng released Glenda again. What are you going to do? Glenda asked. ?Wu Heng closed his eyes and thought for a moment, "Kill them. When the party is over, they will be separated and it will be difficult to find them." Sure enough, its your usual style. ??Wu Heng glanced at the Shark Tooth on the side and said, Get closer to the freighter. Shark teeth burrow into the water. Started to push the wooden boat, approaching quickly. As soon as the wooden boat approached the cargo ship, several sailors immediately stood under the fence and looked. "who?" Wu Heng raised his head and shouted: "Is it Mr. Malik''s freighter? I hope I didn''t miss his banquet." The sailors looked at each other. Throw a rope ladder down. ??Wu Heng climbed directly up with the Broken Skull and Blood Axe. ?Standing on the deck, Wu Heng took a look. There are indeed nearly a hundred guards, sailors, and pirates wearing various armors. They should all be the bodyguards of the people attending the banquet below. Sir, your invitation? Two armored guards came over. ?Wu Heng ignored the other party and took out the spine staff. Said to the people outside: "Come, look at me!" Many guarding sailors standing outside looked at him doubtfully. ?Wu Heng held the staff and stretched his hand downwards, "Sleep!" Hurrah! A large number of sailors and pirates fell to the ground. ??Only a few scattered people were still standing on the same spot, looking here in horror. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other people and said directly: "Kill them." ?Skull Crusher and Blood Axe, strode forward, charging towards the remaining people. (End of this chapter) Chapter 266 , you have no reason Chapter 266, you have no reason In the banquet hall, the music is melodious. ?Everyone toasted and talked, and the whole room was full of laughter. Bang~! Suddenly, the door of the banquet hall was pushed open forcefully. ??A man wearing leather armor and a sailor''s scarf strode in. The skin is shriveled, the lips are shrinking, and there are **** footprints under the feet. The sound of joy suddenly stopped. ??Everyone looked at the carrion that suddenly rushed in in disbelief. Tap tap tap~! More rotten corpses wearing different clothes rushed in, pushing and shoving. Looking at other people in the hall. Act immediately and attack like a wild beast. Its the wights, kill them! someone shouted. The guards were the first to react. ?Withdraw your weapon and quickly face the carrion at the front. The long sword swept across, and the corpse''s head fell off and rolled to the side. Before he could be happy, the body began to quickly form pustules as big as the mouth of a bowl. Papa papa~! ??The pustule exploded, and colorful spiders emerged from the juice and continued to pounce on the surrounding creatures. ??Everyone slashed at the spider with their swords again. The spider dies. ?Bang bang bang~! The body continued to explode, and thick poisonous mist rose up, quickly filling the entire hall. Its rotten corpses, all come closer to me, lets fight out together. Someone shouted loudly, and formed a simple formation with the people around them, and began to charge outwards. ?This place is closed all around, and the poisonous gas keeps rising. If you stay here, you will die sooner or later. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! During the fierce fight, corpses kept falling down, splitting into more spiders, and continuing to kill others. The people who fought back fought against the rotting corpses and kept grabbing the spiders climbing on their bodies. Hurrying up. ??Spiders are highly venomous. After the sharp teeth tore open the skin, there were large areas of bruises and ulcers, as well as unbearable pain. Disturbed by spiders, disrupting the rhythm of the battle. Many people were thrown to the ground by the carrion corpses behind them, and were torn and chopped randomly. ??The few people who planned to lead the team to rush out directly retreated after half of the bodies were left behind. ??Cover your mouth and nose with a wet rag, lean on the corner and continue to defend. "Damn it, Marik, have you provoked the senior necromancer? You should apologize. It will be very troublesome if we continue fighting like this." Some dignitaries attending the banquet shouted loudly. Malik, who was hosting the banquet, was clenching his teeth and cutting off the rotten rolls of flesh on his body. He also shouted: "How do I know the Necromancer? I have never offended him. You have offended me and brought me here!" Damn it, you shouldnt have come to participate in this **** thing of yours. "Mr. Master, is there any misunderstanding here? Please suspend the attack. We can give you generous compensation." Yeah, if you have a conflict with anyone, we can sit down and talk about it. "I apologize to you on Malik''s behalf..." Gululu~! As he spoke, two round objects rolled down from the gap in the defensive circle to his feet. The tab came off and fell aside. ?Everyone frowned before anyone bent down to pick it up. ?Bang bang~! ?Two loud blasts sounded, the grenade exploded, and several people defending were blown away in an instant. Blood and severed limbs splashed all over the surrounding walls. In an instant, there were not many living people left. ?The remaining people had no fighting spirit and held their monkey heads in their hands, begging for mercy. When the rotting corpses were also killed in large areas by grenades. ?Malik saw the right opportunity and quickly ran towards the door from one side. The thin sword in his hand was swung out, and several rotting corpse heads immediately fell to the ground. The body, on the other hand, flexibly ran into the corridor. ?His vision returned and he took two deep breaths. ?Malik stood at one end of the corridor, looking at the three figures opposite. ?Two tall figures, one tall and tall, black-haired young man wearing dark deputy deacon leather armor and holding a white bone staff. Deacon of the Society. Black hair...black eyes! ?Malik''s heart skipped a beat, and his face became even more gloomy. "Mr. Deputy Deacon of the Association, I would like to ask what is going on?" Malik took a deep breath, forced himself to calm down, and asked. "Mr. Malik doesn''t know me? He mentioned me many times at the banquet just now. If you kill me now, you can save a lot of money." Wu Heng said with a smile. ?Malik''s face turned cold, and he suddenly threw the sword forward. ?Like an arrow leaving the string, with a whistling sound that breaks through the air. ?The body followed closely, turning into a shadow and quickly approaching the three people. On the way, he reached out and took out two short blades and held them in his hands. Whoosh~! The thrown sword was dodged by the three of them and nailed to the wooden wall behind. Marik approached quickly, his dagger thrusting straight into the gap between Skullbreaker''s breastplate and helmet. Bang~! ?However, Skull Crusher''s action is simpler and neater. Leaning his body back, he kicked Malik in the abdomen. After a dull crash. ?Malik, who was wearing a formal dress, flew backwards and vomited out a mouthful of blood. He raised his head again, and faced several gray-white rays that hit his body. Physical strength begins to decline rapidly, and qi and blood decline. The wound that had gradually recovered after taking the medicine just now began to fester again. Your own state is declining rapidly. ?Malik quickly stood up, took out two rolling thunders from his hand, and threw them directly forward. Having rolled halfway, he was kicked back by Skull Crusher. ?Bang bang bang~! Rolling thunder exploded and smoke filled the air instantly. ?Malik''s figure turned directly into a ball of black mist, blended into the smoke, and floated towards the door of the corridor. Hurrah hoo~! ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax, armed with weapons, began to chase the black smoke. ??Wu Heng also took out a submachine gun from the space ring and started pouring bullets into the black fog above his head. The bullets were shot out intensively, dissipating the fog and condensing it. Moving slower and slower. ?Marik let out a scream of pain, transformed back into human form, and fell to the ground. ?Shattered Skull stepped forward and stepped on his chest. ??The warhammer kept falling straight down, breaking his limbs. ?Malik wailed in pain, revealing his sharp fangs and trying to bite the ankle that was stepping on his chest. touch~! A muffled sound. ?Skull Crusher kicked him in the face, one eyeball exploded and sharp teeth flew everywhere. Malik wailed loudly and shouted: "Wu Heng, you can''t kill me. I''m not on the association''s wanted list. If you kill me, you will be in big trouble. You are the deputy deacon, and you must abide by the association''s procedures and rules. " Even though he was vomiting blood, he still kept roaring. He didnt know what was wrong. ??Why did Wu Heng show up at Treasure Island in advance, and why did he know the plan and go directly to this place to kill him. But he really regretted it. ?Had I known it earlier, I would have stayed away from here. Stay away from him. ?Malik has the status at this time and knows how to circumvent rules that are unfavorable to him. As he said, according to the rules of the association. ?Wu Heng had no reason to kill him. ?Even if you know that Malik is planning to kill him, you must abide by the rules of the association. ?Wu Heng looked at him and the **** smell emanating from his body. Said flatly: "What do you think when you tell this to the Necromancer?" Under Maliks horrified gaze, Wu Heng waved his hand. The blood ax cut off his head with one stroke of the axe. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? At this time, the double doors of the banquet hall opened again. ?A woman with colorful makeup wearing a dark dress, revealing two slender thighs, stumbled out with blood all over her body. The poisonous fog in the hall behind him has dispersed a lot, and no living person can be seen. The woman held on to the wall and cursed: "Malik, are you a man? You left your woman behind and ran away first." Gululu~! At this time, Malik''s head rolled to his feet. ??The woman''s pupils shrank suddenly, and when she raised her head, she saw three figures standing not far away. Immediately shouted, "Don''t kill me, I''m no threat to you, I can serve you, I''m very comfortable." (End of this chapter) Chapter 267 , why are they all dead? Chapter 267 Why are they all dead? Speaking, the woman took off her shoulder strap. The low-cut skirt slipped down, revealing her fair and plump body. The woman held her chest up with her hands and continued, "Malik has offended you. I am his woman and I am willing to atone for your sins on his behalf." As he spoke, his expression became more and more pitiful and helpless. ??The timid appearance and half-naked figure give people a special impact. It seems that she is quite good at teasing men. ?Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Where is the girl you captured?" "Here, in the cabin below, Malik built a dark room to avoid some inspections. I will take you there." The woman said directly. No need, I can find it myself. ?Wu Heng said something and pulled the trigger of the submachine gun in his hand. The sound of gunshots exploded. Before the woman had time to react, several **** holes were punched in her body. Looked at his body in horror, and fell down little by little. ?Wu Heng looked at the body and confirmed that it was dead. Let the skeleton drag the two corpses back into the banquet hall. ?The hall was silent. ?There were only corpses on the dining table, dripping with blood. No one survived, whether it was rotting corpses, guests, attendants or guards. The ground was covered with corpses, and not even a groan was made. The woman just now should be the only one who walked out alive. Its just that, based on what she did, and the fact that she was involved in the Secret Order. She is destined to die here. Drag all the corpses in formal clothes over here, Wu Heng said. Skullcrusher and Bloodaxe take action. Started to search for corpses throughout the hall. Many of them had been chopped into pieces, and their clothes were stained blood red, making it difficult to identify them. In the end, counting the two killed in the corridor, a total of six corpses were laid flat on the open space in front of them. ?Wu Heng glanced at it first. Picked off a space ring from the fingers of Malik and an old nobleman. I didnt even look to see if there was any good stuff inside, I just put it away. Then, he took out his tablet and started comparing it with the associations wanted notice. From the first Malik to the last person. ?There is also a corpse among them, which matches the appearance and characteristics on the wanted poster. It is still an ordinary wanted poster with no prop reward. ?Malik and others are really not on it. ??Wu Heng found a wooden door, opened the boundary door, and said, "Move all these corpses in." The skeleton began to take action and moved all the corpses except the wanted criminals to one side of the boundary gate. Hide the bodies of these people and save yourself a lot of trouble. ?Even if those ordinary sailors or guards died on the ship, and it involved imprisoning a girl to drink blood, no one would care about their life or death. Soon, the body removal was completed. ??Wu Heng took out the radio earphone and put it on one ear, "Olin!" I am here, Lord Archdeacon. Bring someone here! Wu Heng said. "Have you confirmed that it is on the ship? I immediately asked someone to notify the association to request reinforcements, and at the same time organized people to board the ship by force." Ohlin said in a serious voice. ??Wu Heng said: "No, it''s safe here. You can just bring your team up." Ah? Are you sure? Sure, come over! Hang up the radio. ?Wu Heng walked out of the banquet hall, went down the wooden ladder, and entered the cabin on the ground floor. The bottom cabin. It was dark and humid, and the air was filled with a musty smell. The guard guarding the door lay limp and died at the door. ?Wu Heng stepped forward to check and found that there was no sound. There are no external injuries on the body. It should be that he signed a soul contract with Malik. ?The moment Malik died, their souls also disintegrated. Found it, over there! Glenda said as she penetrated from one side. ?Wu Heng came to a wooden wall and looked around, "How to get there?" The mechanism is on the left wall lamp. You can open it by pulling the light pole. Granda said. Compared to Wu Heng, Granda understands the layout of these mechanisms better. ?The last time she was in the study room of the city lord''s mansion in Luntam City, she took Wu Heng to find the treasure room behind the secret door. ?Of course, with Wu Hengs current insight, he may not be unable to find the mechanism after careful research. But it will definitely take some time. It would be faster without ''Glenda'' telling him directly. ?Wu Heng walked over and pulled the pole of the wall lamp. With a click, a gap opened in the wooden wall. Just push it gently to open it. ?The interior is still dark, and figures huddled in the corners can be vaguely seen in the three iron cages. ?Weak and helpless, shivering. Wu Heng did not walk over to avoid frightening them. He tried to be as gentle as possible and said, "You are safe. I am the deputy deacon of the association. I have been entrusted by your family to take you back." There was no response from the cage. ?A few suspicious eyes, with a little distrust. This is the headband of any of you. Your mother gave it to me and asked me to take you back. ?Wu Heng took out his head rope and threw it in front of the group of people. Outside the freighter. After the gray owl confirmed that no one was on board, the people from the third team quickly boarded the ship and looked around cautiously. The night wind was cold and cold, and the deck was empty with no one in sight. It seems like a ghost ship floating on the sea. Check it! Ohlin ordered. ?The people dispersed a little. Check the situation on deck. Captain, there is blood here and its not dry yet. There are signs of fighting here. Theres an ear over here. ?Several people talked one after another. Proof that a battle had just occurred on the ship. Their boat is not far away. But I didn''t hear any movement. Orin used the tame beast and flew around the ship again. After confirming that there was really no one there, he said directly: "Let''s get off the cabin." ?A few people nodded, held weapons, and entered the cabin. Dangrang~! ?Stepping into the corridor, holding an iron sword at his feet. Then the rich and disgusting smell of blood hit his face. ?The faces of the people became more and more ugly, and they also quickened their pace. ??Going through the long corridor full of traces of battles and pushing open the door of the banquet hall, everyone''s expressions suddenly changed. The person in front subconsciously stepped back and bumped into the person behind. The seemingly spacious and luxurious hall was actually filled with corpses. ?The death was miserable and beyond recognition. Many of the corpses were not healthy and were divided into several pieces, and their human shapes could no longer be seen clearly. But its still quiet. There was no sound. Damn, whats going on? These are corpses that look like rotting corpses. Did the Archdeacon take action? One man killed a whole boatload of people? someone asked. "how could I know!" The dwarf Orin held out his hand to signal everyone to shut up. Just walk on randomly, not knowing what you will see again. Using the strange communication tool on his head directly, he asked: "Sir Archdeacon, we are on the freighter, where are you?" ??Wu Hengs voice came from the radio headset, I was on the deck, didnt I see you? Well be there right away. ?Olin didnt want to stay here any longer, so he called his men and walked out directly. Hurry up to the deck. From a distance, I saw Wu Heng and several girls wearing animal skins standing on the deck. A few light stones illuminate the surrounding area brightly. Lord Archdeacon! Ohlin stepped forward. Let someone register these children and ask for their names and home addresses. The rest of the people will go and tie the boat below to the stern. We are going to go back. Wu Heng gave the order directly. Okay. Ohlin ordered immediately. At this time, the shark tooth that remained under the water also climbed up from the rope ladder. Shark Tooth, go to the cab, lets get ready to go back. Shark Teeth also walked directly. Soon, the freighter slowly started moving and approached the port. Olin came back again, "Sir Archdeacon, what should we say to the association?" ?There is nothing to be pitiful about these dead people. But the association still has its own processes and regulations. There is no one alive on the whole ship, and there will definitely be some questions after returning. ??Now ask the subdeacon, and you will have a good idea. Don''t say the wrong thing when you go back, and offend this person who kills a ship with one person. Wu Heng said directly: "The people here captured these children and planned to hold a blood feast, which is to drink the blood of living people. After I got on the boat, I was attacked and was forced to fight back." These people really deserve to drink the blood of children. The dwarf slapped the wooden pole hard and said angrily. "yes!" Sir Archdeacon, are all the people attending the banquet dead? ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, there were a few nobles who were very skilled and jumped off the ship and escaped." Oh, I know what to say. Ohlin said. The two of them stood on the bow of the boat and enjoyed the cool breeze. ?Wu Heng suddenly thought about the ship and asked, "How do you usually deal with such captured ships?" According to the regulations of the association, the spoils are distributed among the members themselves. If you have no use for it or want to exchange for merit, you can donate it to the association. The ships should also be considered trophies. The dwarf said directly: "There are two types. If it is a wanted criminal, or the ship does not belong to a force, it will be counted as trophies and you can handle it yourself. If it is not a wanted criminal''s ship, but there is only a battle on the ship, or some special circumstances, it will not be considered a trophy. " ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. The dwarf added, "This ship is used to imprison these girls, and it also has a secret room. It must belong to a criminal''s ship, and it is very likely that the spoils will be divided. I will let you know if there is any news." Okay, keep an eye on this matter. "clear." Fan Liang on the horizon. The cargo ship approaches the dock. Leave a few people to guard the ship, while the rest go to the association to mobilize people. The girls neither cried nor fussed. They always hugged each other and followed them to the association. Come to the association. ?Olin went to deal with the matter. ??Wu Heng also returned to his residence, glanced at the two girls sleeping in the bedroom, and went to another room. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Turn on the light. In the bedroom, there were several corpses lying flat. The smell of blood permeated the entire room. ?Wu Heng searched several people. There are no magic props, but I found some gold and silver jewelry and some coins on my body. Let the skeleton carry the body out. ?Wu Heng continued to take out the space ring he found and inspected it. Space Ring (2 cubic)Space Ring (5 cubic) The two space rings are not big. ?? is also a relatively common spatial range. ?Wu Heng connected his spirit to the inner space and took out everything. Water Belt (Description: A belt etched with water flow effects, allowing creatures to swim faster in the water.) A magic item was found inside. It increases the swimming effect. Continue to look at the rest of the items. Personal clothing, some daily necessities etched with special effects, a large number of silver coins and a small bag of gold coins. As well as the property deed of Treasure Island and the contract for freight transportation cooperation. Throw aside things that are of no use. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to move the corpses outside and transform them all into skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 268 , write a letter to Lilith Chapter 268, writing a letter to Lilith Early the next morning. The whole thing spread within the association. The merchant ship set up cells to imprison young girls on the island as food for blood. This kind of thing instantly aroused everyone''s anger and hatred. Even if you are not a good person, you will not do such evil things. Damn it, you can actually do such a thing. They must be vampires, those guys cant change their nature. So many girls have been lost on the island, and now I realize that there must be someone inside. "Find it out and I''ll cut off his ribs." ?The hall was full of curses, and some even shouted for the association to name the murderer. Go to those people for revenge. Deacon, Sheila Gui''s study room. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and the dwarf Orin came in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Ohlin looked a little tired. Sheila Gui was sitting behind the desk, wearing dark blue clothes and sitting upright. Sit down! Sheela said. Orin sat down. Sheila Gui looked at the document in her hand and spoke slowly, "The deacon asked me to check the matter of imprisoning the girl and tell me again what happened last night." "okay." ?Olin thought for a moment and recounted everything that happened yesterday. Including the disappearance of people with no clues, to the final return with a boat. Same content as the report submitted. Sheila Gui listened carefully, the expression on her face remained unchanged, and she was still a little surprised in her heart. In other words, Team 3 had no clues about the missing persons, so they asked Wu Heng, the deputy deacon, for help. Not only found the person directly. They also boarded the ship by force and killed the entire crew. Only a few people jumped ship and left. When a boatload of corpses appeared at the port, a lot of people surrounded them. Now, the dwarf spoke in detail. ?Things are clear, but it is already a bit unbelievable. Level does affect a person''s combat ability. But it has not reached the point where one person can take on so many people alone. ??If Wu Heng hadn''t just been transferred from another place, she would have thought that this was a play planned by the other party. After all, a Necromancer can do anything. Deacon, do I still need to tell the deacon about this matter? the dwarf asked. "I will tell the deacon." Sheila Gui glanced at the other party and continued: "Don''t worry, imprisoning the girl as blood food is enough to kill these people eight times. You have done a good thing, and the association will not unjustly accuse you. "Human." "Well, thank you, Archdeacon." The dwarf was silent for a while, and then continued to ask: "Deacon, I have another question, is that freighter considered a spoil of war?" Sheila Gui glanced at him and said, "I will ask the deacon and I will inform you then." "oh!" Okay, go down and rest, I will send those girls back. The dwarf stood up and saluted again. Withdrew directly. In the study room. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk and yawned, and Anderweier brought a cup of tea over to him. ?Standing behind him, he gently rubbed his shoulders. Why didnt you go back to your room to sleep? Anderweil said softly. It will be dawn soon, so I wont disturb you. Wu Heng leaned back and leaned into the fox girls arms. Anderweil smiled and hugged each other gently, her face full of tenderness. The two of them stayed together for a while. Wu Heng said: "Go to the front desk to get some letter paper." Okay! Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. Not long after, he came back from outside with a pile. ?Wu Heng took it and sat at the table and thought for a while. Lay out a piece of letter paper and start writing. Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: ??Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, learned during the investigation of the disappearance of young girls at the port of Treasure Island that some people imprisoned girls from various ethnic groups and held blood feasts. The situation was so bad that it aroused the anger and hatred of the island residents. Among them, most of the guests attending the blood banquet were from powerful backgrounds. I guess that the blood-eating behavior is like a symptom after using the strange object "blood cup". ?This letter informs the leader of the information and also asks the leader to arrange manpower to supervise the matter to prevent similar situations from happening in other places and damaging the Night Clan''s reputation in the association. Deputy deacon of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " Lilith Ann Beshmit is the leader of the "Secret Whisperers" faction of the association. Intelligence and gossip from all over the world will eventually converge on her side. Previously, when he got the ''Blood Cup'', Slater told him about this Lilith leader in detail. So, I really remembered the other persons name. This incident is obviously a sequelae of the blood cup. Furthermore, the people in the Secret Order are still causing trouble for themselves. After thinking about it for a while, I decided to write this letter. Whether it is to prevent people from drinking blood in other places, or to cause trouble for the ''Secret Order''. It would not be a mistake to tell this leader Lilith about this matter. After writing, put it directly into the letter and seal it with the subdeacons sealing wax. Write the recipient and address. Weier, send this to the front desk. Okay, Master. Anderweil picked it up and walked out directly. ?Wu Heng stood up and stretched his muscles. Just wanted to leave and go home to sleep. ?The door knocked again. "Enter!" The door is opened. The dwarf captain came in. Deputy Wu Heng! ??? ?Wu Heng was also stunned when he saw the dwarf. The other party is back from sea. After opening the door and coming in, the dwarf said directly: "Sir Archdeacon, I have brought all the goods you want. You can see when I have time and I will deliver them to you." Before the other party goes to sea. Wu Heng did order a batch of goods. At this time, Anderweil also walked back from outside. The dwarf saluted, "Miss." ?Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, Wei''er will go with us." ??The dwarf opened the door proactively and respectfully. Walking outside together. Along the road, many staff members smiled and said hello. ?Wu Heng responded, thinking about urging the construction team to speed up the decoration work. The dormitories provided by the association are also good, but every time you go out, you have to pass by the association hall. It is not as convenient as having your own place to live. All the way onto the dwarf''s ship. The dim cabin was filled with all kinds of cargo. Here are the wooden bows you asked for, 500 of them in total. The oilcloth covering was lifted, revealing the wooden bows neatly arranged inside. Weier, check it out. ? Anderweil randomly took out a few wooden bows for inspection, put on the bow strings, and started shooting. The arrow hit the wooden target on one side with a clanging sound. No problem, Anderweil said. "Since I promised you, I won''t fool you with some ordinary goods." The dwarf smiled with a smile on his face. What about the price? As agreed, 25 silver coins, the dwarf said. The price is the same as the last purchase from the elves. It seems that the market has a certain price range. Without further ado, Wu Heng took out the corresponding silver coins and placed them in the open space of the cabin. The dwarfs and sailors immediately smiled and began to count. Hand wait until it is confirmed that the score is correct. ?Wu Heng also put away all the wooden bows. "Sir Deputy Deacon, do you need any other goods? We will sail the ship to Netale Port. If you need anything, we can purchase it directly for you." The dwarf stepped forward and asked with a diligent look on his face. Not yet. If you need anything then, Ill contact you. "good." ?Wu Heng took Anderweil away from the cargo ship. ?On the way, I also took a look and found that the ship I brought back last night had been blocked. Back to the association, there was still nothing going on in the afternoon. ? Anderweier returned to the office and study, while Wu Heng returned to his residence. Back home, Minnie sat at the coffee table and practiced writing. After such a long time, Minnie is learning very quickly, not only the words of this world, but also because there are some comic stories at home. Learning Chinese characters is also very fast. Even some sentences can be translated. ??Wu Heng felt that Minnie had chosen the wrong profession. It might be better to switch to an intellectual profession or to decipher archaeological documents. Ah! The master is back. Minnie shouted excitedly and rushed forward. ??Wu Heng hugged her with his hips, turned around half a circle, and put her down again. Want to eat? Minnie asked. Im not hungry yet, Im waiting for Weier to come back. Wu Heng took out a 2 cubic space ring and handed it to her, This is for you. ?Last time, Wu Heng was given to Wen Mansha and Ande Weir, but Minnie did not get it. ??This time I got it again, so I gave her one directly. It will be more convenient to have a space ring. ?Seeing the space ring, Minnie immediately exclaimed, "Wow, I have it too, it''s great, thank you master." Then, he jumped up directly, hung his whole body on his body, and gave her a kiss. ?Wu Heng put his arms around the opponent''s waist and enjoyed the little rabbit''s affectionate kiss. After a long separation. ?Minnie still held his face, stuck out her tongue, and licked his lips. Can you use it? Wu Heng asked. Well, I havent used it. Try to communicate with your mind. Okay! Minnie concentrated on trying to communicate, then grabbed the water glass next to her and put it directly into the space ring. This world has an innate understanding of the use of magic props. Just like children in the modern world, it is easy to learn to use smartphones. Thats great, you can put it away when you buy groceries later. Minnie smiled. ?Wu Heng touched her head and ears and said, "Okay, you can play by yourself. I''ll go to the study first." Hmm, lets make some delicious food for the master tonight. ?Wu Heng nodded with a smile and entered the study on one side. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Wu Heng walked out of the residential building. The survivors on the way smiled and said hello. He took the walkie-talkie and just called Li Yahong when he saw Qiangzi walking over quickly. Your Majesty! Ah! Whats wrong? Wu Heng saw him in a hurry. Qiangzi walked over quickly and said mysteriously: "The iron wolf is ready." Where is it? Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Qiangzi picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Bring it here." At the other side of the warehouse, there were two men about the same size as Hadron. Together they carried a black iron thing and walked over. (End of this chapter) Chapter 269 , failed design Chapter 269, failed design The two men came over carrying the iron wolf. It stood on the ground with a clang. Your Majesty! The two of them greeted, handed the iron wolf sword to Qiangzi, and then left. Qiangzi held the iron wolf with one hand, scratched his head with the other, and said: "It''s a little different from the original sketch. The previous one was too heavy, so we shortened the number and length of the branches, and finally it became It became like this. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully. One main spear has nine iron branches. It was said to be an iron wolf, but now it looks more like a long-thorned mace. It is completely different from the original draft. Ill try the weight. Its quite heavy. Qiangzi said and handed it over. ?Wu Heng also knew about this and asked, "What can be done?" ??Qiangzi didnt say anything hard and agreed directly. There is no problem if the chest cavity is designed as a bomb release chamber. ?Wu Heng looked at the picture and frowned slightly. This is not practical, but it looks cool as an ornament. Lets ask the workshop to produce more tridents with sharper blades. Wu Heng said directly. Qiangzi asked: "How is it?" ?Wu Heng leaned over and said, "Okay." Its too heavy to use. Wu Heng said as he punched the iron wolf on the ground. Im reporting some work to the king, I wont disturb you for chatting. Qiangzi said, turned and left. The Qiangzi on the side had their eyes widened at this time, looking at Wu Heng in disbelief. Lets talk about it. ??The two of them worked together to carry it over, and it was treated like a stick. There are only two aspects, either clearing the roads to the outside world so that more shelters can come for exchange, or giving those survivors the opportunity to continue to obtain gold and silver. He said: "The gold that can be exchanged in each shelter is getting less and less. After a while, it will be difficult to get out how much gold." "No." Wu Heng said: "What if your first hook hooks onto some building and the zombie pulls the flying dragon down? If you attach a machete to the second claw, it will not be able to land." Neither is very good. ?Wu Heng picked it up, faced the open space in front of him, and whirred twice. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Let''s study in the direction of bombing. It feels more reliable." Li Yahong handed over the bag. After opening it, there were some gold and silver jewelry inside. Sister Hong! Qiangzi greeted. With 34 points of strength, it feels heavy. Equipped with ordinary skeletons, it will be even more difficult to resist the zombies. Search in a safe place and kill some lone zombies, you may be able to get some. But each shelter must have gold before it can be sent here. What about the second option? Wu Heng continued to ask. Hadron turned the page again, and the patterns on it were even more exaggerated. ?Standing Iron Wolf aside, he took out the previous draft and said, "Let me show you the flying dragon equipment we studied." In the end of the world, gold is indeed worthless. We add hook claws to the dragon claws, swoop a certain distance, hook the zombies into the sky, and then throw them down to death, or directly attach a machete to sweep through the zombies and hack them to death. Its not that he uses emphasis, but the skull uses emphasis. Throwing arrows has low lethality, while iron and stone blocks are heavy and cannot be carried in large quantities. "what''s the topic?" From the dragon''s claws, blades extend out, just like those of Wolverine. Forehead. But once these are replaced, it will be difficult to find new gold and silver. While the two were chatting, Li Yahong walked over from the front carrying a bag. We have made two conjectures about the characteristics of the flying dragon. The first is to let the flying dragon drop bombs, just like an airplane dropping bombs, and the second is to add weapons to the dragons claws. Okay, Ill let someone do it when I get back. Hadron pointed at the drawing. There is a flying dragon painted on it, and there are several bombs underneath it. "The bone dragon can design its chest cavity into a bomb chamber to drop bombs. Of course, we don''t have bombs. Our idea is to drop some short arrows, or iron and rocks." " Qiangzi nodded, "Okay!" In other words, either the roads leading to other directions should also be cleared. Let more survivors come safely to exchange supplies. The second option is to provide them with some weapons and equipment so that they can clean up the zombies on their own and search for more gold. ?In the modern world, many people wear gold and silver jewelry, as long as they have the ability to kill zombies. You can gain something. Let them focus on killing zombies and obtaining gold and silver. This can also prevent the refuges from being desperate and focus on the auto repair shop. What kind of equipment do you think is better to provide? Wu Heng continued to ask. The best-selling ones at the moment are the crossbows, and there are also arm armors, both of which have a good market. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. ?Suddenly I discovered that this world seemed to be gradually developing into an alien form. Arbalbows and armor have become necessary items. Can you use bows and arrows? Wu Heng took out a wooden bow and arrows from the space ring. ?Li Yahong took it, drew the bow and nocked the arrow. There was a bang, and the bow string trembled. The arrow did not shoot out, but left the hand and landed on the side of the foot with a clang. It almost got stuck in the foot. ??Li Yahong looked at the arrows on the ground and said with some embarrassment: "It''s not the same as what was shown on TV. Maybe I need to practice." The use of bows and arrows is indeed not as simple as the crossbow. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I will find a way to provide you with crossbows and armor. Then the exchange conditions will be relaxed, so that each shelter will have the opportunity to exchange more." "good!" ?Wu Heng smiled, "Let''s go, let''s go to the skeleton." Then the two went to the community where the skeletons were stationed. ??Wu Heng will give all the 500 wooden bows and arrows he bought from the dwarf to the skeleton warrior. ?Li Yahong arranged for people to set up wooden targets in the community.? ? ? ? 500 archers began training. The bows are dense and sharp, and the arrows are whizzing out and shooting towards the molybdenum target. ?The scene was still a bit shocking. ?Different from Li Yahong, the skeleton can shoot arrows after picking up the bow and arrow, but the accuracy is not high. Most of them missed the target. It takes some time to practice. After watching for a while, he took Li Yahong back. Tomorrow morning, lets go to the square to clean up the zombies and move forward, Wu Heng said. "good!" In the middle of the night, the temperature dropped a bit. ?Wu Heng stood up and closed the open window. ?Li Yahong woke up from her sleep, snorted softly, and said lazily: "What''s wrong? Didn''t you sleep well?" Close the window. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he got into the quilt again and gently stroked the other person''s smooth back. Turn over slightly and gradually press the opponent under you. Its time, arent you tired? Li Yahong slightly supported his chest with her arms, and her legs naturally crossed her waist. "you are tired?" ?Li Yahong smiled, glanced to the side, and said, "As long as you''re not tired, I don''t have to exert any effort anyway." "Um!" ??Li Yahong''s breathing gradually became heavier, her arms tightened slightly, and she got into the other person''s arms. ??Put out the red tongue and lick it gently like a cat drinking water. The next day, early morning. According to yesterdays plan. Today we will continue to clean up zombies along the road. Treasure Island is relatively stable, but the level still needs to be improved. Li Yahong''s bus was parked outside, and Wu Heng boarded it with many special skeletons. Because the distance is not far, about two kilometers away. There is no intention to bring a convoy. Let the skeletons come out and get ready to go. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! There were dense footsteps in the community on one side, and a large number of skeletons walked out of the community. Surround the passenger cars in the middle. Lets go! Wu Heng said. The bus started and moved forward slowly. The skeleton army on both sides changed from a quick walk to a trot, following in the middle of the passenger car. The bones rattled. About half an hour. The army walked through the Bifeng Life Plaza that was cleaned last time. A large number of zombies began to appear ahead. Roars sounded one after another, and the zombies rushing out of the alleys and shops on both sides were like a converging river. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and looked at Wuyang Wuyang''s corpses in front of him. Said directly: "Archer, shoot!" Huh~! A dense mass of arrows shot into the sky. In this case, there is no need to be precise. ??As long as you throw it forward, you can almost hit the target without shooting at your own people. ?Puff-puff~ding-ding-ding-ding-ding! The arrows fell like a torrential rain. ??The running zombie was instantly stabbed into a hedgehog, trembling with the force of the arrow and falling to the ground. Before he could get up and continue charging, he was trampled back to the ground by the surging zombies behind him. A large group of corpses stumbled and rolled into a ball. The rain of arrows continued to fall, and waves of zombies kept falling to the ground. The lethality brought by arrows is still weak. ?? Even if the zombies'' bodies are penetrated, it will not have much impact on them. Still inserting arrows, continue to attack. The group of corpses is close to 300 meters. ?Wu Heng ordered again, "Spear throwers, throw them out!" Huh~! ?The iron spear fell down, and the corpses fell to the ground again. After several rounds of long-range attacks, the number of corpses was almost reduced by half. Next second~! The group of corpses collided directly with the queue of skeletons, and there was a heavy slapping sound. The two sides began to fight in close combat. The sound of melee resounded throughout the entire area. ??Ding~! While fighting, suddenly, the system prompt appears suddenly. Your level is increased to level 11, intelligence +1, perception +1. Unlock feat: Spellcasting acceleration. (End of this chapter) Chapter 270 , are you full? Chapter 270: Have you eaten enough? Upgraded! Upgrade to level 10 and still kill the Warhammer Party in Luntam City. After that, I participated in several battles one after another, until today, I finally reached another level. ??Wu Heng took a look at the battlefield. After confirming that there were no problems, he looked at the attributes and expertise. Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 34, Perception 22, Charisma 27. The two attributes of the level are added to intelligence and perception. Intelligence has also caught up with strength. ?Keep checking for newly unlocked feats. Unlock feat: Spellcasting acceleration. Spellcasting Acceleration: Your intelligence and spirit have been significantly improved, and you can complete more complex spellcasting operations in a shorter time. The entire road was covered with zombie corpses. Soon, the bodies were piled aside. The effect of [Spellcasting Acceleration] is literally, it increases the casting speed. The battle is over. ?Like an out-of-control truck, it ran rampant among the corpses, its arms kept swinging, and a large number of zombies were knocked away. The surging corpses and skeletons are still entangled. The skeletons began to carry the corpses, and the rest began to collect arrows and iron spears all over the ground. ?Then the skeleton queue began to move forward, cleaning up all the remaining corpses like a meat grinder. With a loud thud as it landed on the ground, it crashed directly into the group of corpses. Clean the battlefield! Wu Heng ordered again. There was still a certain distance, so he jumped up high. The number of zombies has been reduced by most, and only a few zombies are still attacking like crazy. ?The goddess fell like flowers, all around the road on both sides. A large number of skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses and joined the queue. For mages, even necromancers, this is also a very practical expertise. ??Wu Heng glanced at the several deformed skeletons beside him and said, "You guys should go too and resolve the battle as soon as possible." The strength has been raised to a higher level. ?Wu Heng took out his staff and started to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. After checking the attributes and specialties, Wu Heng turned his attention to the battlefield again. ?Several deformed skeletons rushed out in large strides. When the arrows and iron spears were almost collected, Wu Heng continued to give orders and move forward. From morning till dusk. The last wave of zombies was killed, and the entire road was covered with corpses. Skeletons began to clean the battlefield. Li Yahong wore a mask and said, "I''ll send the convoy over, and I''ll start arranging people to collect supplies in the next two days." "good!" ?Wu Heng began to release his skills, and skeletons stood up from the corpses. Soon, the convoy came over. Li Yahong began to explain the tasks. Lets do a simple search of the shops along the road first, and then bring more people over tomorrow to search them. Wait until the explanation is completed. ?Wu Heng boarded Li Yahongs bus and returned. Back at the passenger terminal, Li Yahong went about her own business. ?Wu Heng also passed through the boundary gate and returned to Treasure Island. Get out of the room. The sound of Minnie cooking came from the kitchen. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, Minnie immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." No hurry, Ill take a shower first. Ill prepare bath water for you. Minnie wiped her hands. ?Wu Heng touched her head and said, "No, it''s not like I don''t know how to do it myself." Took a comfortable bath in the bathroom. When she came out, Anderweil was wearing loose home clothes, revealing her two white calves. She was curled up on the sofa and looking at the documents in her hand. Master! Anderweil shouted softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, sat down next to him, and held the fox girl in his arms. ?Hook your arms around your waist, follow the hem of your shirt, and reach in to grasp the roundness. ?Andwyer''s face was slightly red, and she leaned into her arms shyly, her furry tail wagging slightly. Is there anything going on with the association? Wu Heng asked. At this time, the role of the assistant comes into play. Anderweil twisted her body slightly and replied: "It''s nothing. Several members of the association were involved in the matter of imprisoning the girl, and they are now under investigation." Are there any association members? Well, this matter caused public outrage on the island, and the association also took it seriously. Anderweil said. Whether it is an association or some local security forces. There is no way to avoid people collecting money to do things for the powerful. It is actually not unusual to find out about team members. Have the rewards for Team 3 been released? No! Andweiers voice became lower and lower, and her whole body got into her arms. Then, something suddenly occurred to him and he said: "By the way, Master, there is news from the decoration team. We can go for acceptance tomorrow." At this time, Minnie walked in from the kitchen carrying food. Looking at the two people stuck together, he joked: "Sister Wei''er, isn''t she already full?" Anderweil rolled her eyes at him, "Stop talking nonsense!" "Hehe." Minnie smiled and continued: "What are the master and Sister Wei''er talking about?" Anderweil sat up and said, "The new house has been decorated. The decoration team has informed us that we can go and inspect it at any time." Really? Can we finally live there? Minnie said excitedly. Wu Heng smiled and said: "Let''s see if we have time tomorrow. Let''s go and check it out together. If there''s no problem, we can move in directly." Yeah! Minnie cheered again. Then the three of them sat down to eat together. Continuing to talk about some of the arrangements for the new house. And the topic of what to plant in the front and back gardens. Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took the two of them to the association''s training room. It was already a little late at this time. When I came in, several team members happened to be leaving. Wait until these people leave. The entire training room was occupied by three people. ?Minnie continued to train boxing and kicking skills with "Bawudong", and her moves became more and more powerful. ??Wu Heng continued to take out the rare object Instructors sword and started swordsmanship training. With the movements, the bones rattled. ? Anderweil also took out a sword and stood not far away, doing sword skills together. They practiced until late at night, and the three of them returned to their residence together. The next day, the three of them went to the association together. Before leaving, check the new residence. The news came from the third team that the meritorious service of killing the leader of the "Shark Tooth Pirate Group" was obtained. You can go to the front desk to receive the reward. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters and went directly to the hall. Let the two of them wait for a while, and then he walked to the front desk. Sir Archdeacon. The front desk staff smiled and saluted. I have a third-level meritorious service. Please show me the skill book that can be redeemed. Wu Heng said directly. Wait a moment. Someone said at work and started to prepare. Soon, several skill books were delivered to him. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and looked over. Activated ObjectDeath Cloud TechniqueIce ConeBone TransplantationPlague TechniqueDeath Breath. (End of this chapter) Chapter 271 , you are just greedy Chapter 271: You are greedy ?The last time I went to the deacon''s place, it was because I had a second-level meritorious service. Normal third-level merit can be collected at the front desk. In addition to the Necronomicon faction, there are also spells from other factions in it. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the skill book. Living objects (Description: Within the casting range, non-magical objects will come to life under your command and remain until the spell ends.) ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Make objects come alive. ?When I saw this skill, the scene in the cartoon where the witch ordered the broom to sweep the floor and the tea cup to pour water immediately came to mind. ??It feels like the style of spells has suddenly changed. But I have to say that this kind of magic is quite interesting to him. When you have finished replacing the spells you need, you can also replace this book and play with it. Continue to look at the following spells, each of which has its own effect. Either it can change the terrain environment, or it can directly condense the water element to attack. Different from Blackstone Town and Wrentam City, there are no skills to choose from. ?The skills here seem to be quite good and useful. After reading it from the beginning, Wu Heng said directly: "I want this ''Bone Transplantation''." Okay. The staff recorded it, and Wu Heng put away the skill book. In fact, for normal enemies, [Death Breath] is more suitable for you, as it can create a zone of negative attribute poisonous mist. Whether it is trapping enemies or hindering pursuing troops, it can play a good role. But what Wu Heng considered was. ??Repairing the body of skeleton soldiers in the zombie world. At present, skeletons with missing arms and legs under their hands account for more than half of the total, and most of them are skeleton warriors who have reached level 5 or above in regular battles. ??If these skeletons can return to the battlefield, Wu Heng''s military strength and combat effectiveness will be improved to a certain extent. After collecting the skill book. ??Wu Heng greeted the two girls waiting not far away and walked out of the association directly. Central area, Snowborne Quarter. ?Although it is not the best location on the island, it is also the location where wealthy businessmen and powerful people live. At the gate, some workers were packing up their tools and seemed to be leaving. ?Wu Heng and others walked over. After seeing this, a foreman walked over quickly with a smile on his face, "Miss Anderweil, gentlemen, Miss." Commissions are issued from associations. So, he had only seen Andwyer, but judging from the positions where they stood, he could tell a little bit about her. Just say hello to them all. Anderweil nodded, "Can it end today?" "It''s over. I''m just waiting for your acceptance. If there are any deficiencies, we can improve them as soon as possible." said the foreman. Lets see. ? Anderweil said something, and several people entered the door together. ?The front courtyard is relatively spacious, with stone pavements at the feet and a swimming pool on one side, but it is empty now and there are some fallen leaves in the pool. Walking through the courtyard and entering the central building. Different from the residence in Luntam City, this building has four floors, and each floor has an area of ??about 120 square meters. In the lobby on the first floor, there is a dark stone fireplace with a brightly colored oil painting hanging above it. Opposite is the sofa and coffee table. ?The foreman followed behind and softly introduced the layout of the building. The first floor is the living room, dining room, kitchen and two bedrooms. The second and third floors are mainly bedrooms. The design of the building mainly meets the needs of servants, escorts, or some family members. Here in Wuheng, there is actually no need for it. There are only two maids, and the skeleton attendant does not need to rest. But these rooms were not better allocated and were all made into rooms. The fourth floor belongs to Wu Hengs private space, including bedroom, study room, bathroom, and laboratory. ?Several people checked it one by one and found no problems. The foreman continued, "Miss Anderweil, we have reserved the routes you told us before. You can see them with just a little pull." Speaking, he pointed to the roof of the shed. You can see the embedded wire ends. Anderweier looked at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng said to the foreman: "No problem, go to the association tomorrow to collect the final commission fee." I heard there is no problem. ?The foreman also showed a smile, "Then we won''t disturb you, sir. If there are any changes later, please come back to me." "Um." ?The foreman saluted again and left the building directly, taking his people with him. Wait for the workers to leave. ?Minnie screamed and cheered again, as if she liked this mansion very much. "Okay, you go and choose a room. If you want to live together, that''s fine." Wu Heng said with a smile. Minnie stuck out her tongue and said, "Master, you want to live with us!" After saying that, he took Anderweil and each of them chose a room. ?Wu Heng also walked up to the fourth floor, first looked at the bedroom, and then entered the study. ??Took out the entire bookshelf in the space ring and asked Skull Crusher to move it and place it against the wall. ~! The sound of footsteps was heard downstairs. Minnie stood at the door and shouted: "Master, do you need us to help you spread the bedding?" Come in! Wu Heng said. The two of them entered the room and began to lay out the bedding. "Wow, the bed in the master''s room is so big, it''s no problem for the three of us to live together." Minnie sighed as she spread the bed. Anderweil glared at her, "If you want to stay, just say so. What are you hinting to the master!" How can I? Besides, we live together in the association dormitory, right? Minnie muttered. Just be greedy! ?The two of them were quarreling while making the bed. ?Then continue to the bathroom and install the heated bathtub. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the study. Took out the [Bone Transplantation] I received today and started looking through it. In the introduction of the "Necronomicon", the development of bone transplantation is to solve the problem of skeleton attendants being damaged in battle. A skeleton attendant that suits you is worth no less than a precious and rare object. So, repairing the damaged body of the skeleton is also something that mages need to study. ??Based on the ''Change System'' spell, the spell [Bone Transplantation] was developed. The completion of limbs is not about reshaping the limbs, but about assembling them. Reinstall the bodies of other fallen skeletons, or the remains and remains of corpses, in the missing parts. also corresponds to the word transplant in the name. ?Wu Heng watched carefully until he turned to the last page. The prompt appears instantly. Unlock Skill: Bone Transplantation After unlocking the skill, Wu Heng put the book back on the bookshelf at the back. Then he walked out of the study. Andewil and Minnie, hanging some paintings and decorations downstairs. Weier, will you return to the association this afternoon? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil helped Minnie hold the chair and turned around and said: "If you want to go back, if anything happens, I will inform the master." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, come back early in the evening. If you''re not familiar with the road, don''t miss it." Anderweil smiled and said, "Master, I''m not that stupid!" ?Minnie jumped down from the chair and said, "If Sister Wei''er can''t be found, just shout and I''ll pick you up." Just dont get lost! Anderweil countered. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Minnie, go with your sister Wei''er in the afternoon, and then come back early and have a companion." Okay, lets buy some supplies when we get back. "Um!" The three of them were busy in the house for a while, and the second woman went to the association with two skeleton attendants. ??Wu Heng also opened the gate from the fourth floor and headed to the zombie world. Its also afternoon here. It must have rained last night, and there are still traces of wet water on the ground. ??Li Yahong walked over from a short distance away, followed by Basson who acted as a bodyguard. Shall we just kill the zombies? Li Yahong asked. The previous plan was to clean up zombies along the road. Open the road to the city as soon as possible so that more survivors can come over, and at the same time speed up the search for Xiaoxiaos mother. Wait a minute, is there a body here? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong frowned and looked at him, "Human or zombie?" Zombies! Let me ask! Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked if she had killed any zombies. After the communication, Li Yahong said: "There is one, which was brought over by a survivor''s convoy." Have someone send the body to the Skeleton Community. Okay! Li Yahong nodded and explained through the intercom. Lets go, lets go there too. The two of them came to the Skeleton Community together. Not far from the door, a **** zombie body lay. He should have been a fastidious person during his lifetime, wearing a white shirt and suit. Wuheng directly releases [bone transplantation]. A halo of light swayed, and necromancy magic wrapped around Basson''s body. ??Bassen walked directly to the body. ?? He stretched out his hand to open the chest of the corpse, broke off two ribs, and pressed them on his body. Necromantic magic is used to connect the two bones together at the broken position. Li Yahong on the side had her eyes widened at this time. ?Especially when you open your chest and crack your ribs. The whole person trembled. ??Wu Heng also stood aside and watched, feeling that the effect was pretty good. The broken parts of Bassen have been repaired. Except for the different color, nothing else can be seen. There is no change in the attributes. Take the body and follow me in, Wu Heng said. Bassen dragged the body and followed him to the community. ?There are a large number of damaged skeletons standing here. ?Wu Heng released [Bone Transplantation] again, and the aperture opened. Seven or eight damaged skeletons moved into action. ??In the sound of gaba gaba, all the bones in the corpse were divided. There was only a pile of rotten meat left there. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened even more. Looking at the skeletons, he reattached the severed limbs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 272 , level 12 blacksmith Chapter 272, Level 12 Blacksmith Different from a broken rib. A skeleton with arms and legs attached, and the lengths of the limbs are slightly different. But the difference is not too big. The skeleton should be able to match the skeleton on its own whether it is suitable or not. There are no serious deviations. "Can these skeletons repair their bodies?" Li Yahong choked out a sentence at this time. Well, it can be repaired to a certain extent. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and didnt say much. ??In this community, half of the number of mutilated skeletons are present. I had thought before that Wu Heng would keep these wounded soldiers who had been eliminated and would not let them go to the battlefield, and he was not willing to eliminate them. They would still take up space here. ?It now seems that Wu Heng knew that he could repair his body and stayed here on purpose. The skeleton team remained in formation, and rain of arrows and iron spears, like huge iron nets, fell from the sky over and over again. Soon, Li Yahong drove the bus to the door. Li Yahong''s body was covered with goosebumps when she saw it. Okay, Ill bring the car over. A large number of zombies fell to the ground and turned into corpses on the ground. One skeleton after another completed the body and returned to the team of skeletons. The dirty blood gathered to form a blood-red stream. After the collection was completed, Wu Heng had no intention of moving forward. A large group of corpses began to appear in the front. Start looking for the body you need. The mutilated skeleton comes closer. Wu Heng ordered. After a long-range attack. The group of corpses and the army of skeletons collided together and started a fierce fight. ?Wu Heng walked up from behind. After thinking for a moment, he took out the Spine Staff and cast a [Plague Technique], and the corpse began to swell. The noisy battlefield suddenly became quiet. When the last zombie was pierced through the body with a spear. Lets all come closer. A large number of skeletons move into action. ?But this time, more than half of the mutilated skeletons regained their fighting ability. Corpse Spelling Techniqueand Bone Mining Spellobviously dont work anymore. ??Wu Heng looked at the corpses that were being dragged all over the ground, and continued to release the [Bone Skeleton Technique], and thousands of skeletons stood up again. The location where the two sides fought formed a half-human-high corpse wall. ?This is not the transformation of a complete corpse, but the remaining bones after being dismantled, reaching a certain amount. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Transplantation], a dark halo of light swayed, and the mutilated skeleton plunged directly into the pile of corpses. The skeleton team began to change their formation, and the skeletons with missing limbs behind them slowly moved forward. Several skeletons missing their lower bodies were crawling forward even harder. The Bone Slaking Technique ended, Wu Heng continued to release the [Plague Technique], and those useless bodies hatched into large swaths of spiders. Crossing the cleared area. Start to clean up the battlefield. Follow the road. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the corpse on the ground. Five colorful spiders the size of rice bowls appeared with a bang. Lets continue to clean up the zombies. Wu Heng said. Roaring angrily, charging forward with bared teeth and claws. The sounds of roars and weapons slashing resounded throughout the area. ?Wu Heng boarded the bus, and an army of skeletons and large pieces of mutilated skeletons followed behind the bus. Transformed into a skeleton. Clean the battlefield and collect all the arrows and iron spears. Wu Heng continued to order. Get on the bus again and return to the bus station with the skeleton. Passenger terminal, warehouse. ?Wu Heng installed some photovoltaic panels and accessories, and brought in a few skeletons that had unlocked [Weapon Specialization]. ??Li Yahong said: "I have informed the region about the sale of crossbows and armors at the base. A crossbow carries 10 grams of gold, and a set of armor costs 12 grams." 10 grams is actually not expensive. Previously, Ma Zhiyong had two grenade launchers and several grenades, but she didn''t intend to replace them. ??It is also because we plan to give each shelter the ability to fight against zombies. The price has just been reduced to this price. "Well, I don''t have any objection to the price. I will bring you a batch in the next two days, and you can just sell it." Wu Heng said. Okay. Li Yahong nodded. The two stood at the door of the warehouse and chatted for a while. Separate each other and go about their own business. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng went downstairs with the skeleton. Then he saw the two girls preparing dinner in the kitchen. Master, you can eat right away. Minnie said with a smile. "Not urgent!" ?Walking to the courtyard, Wu Heng took out all the photovoltaic panels. Tell the electrician skeleton where to lay the photovoltaic panels. The building of this mansion is not small, and the power supply should be quite effective. The skeleton climbed onto the roof and started laying photovoltaic panels. Wu Heng returned to the restaurant and started having dinner. After dinner, Wu Heng took the two of them to train in the courtyard. InstructorThe effect of the long sword is still remarkable. After practicing for several days, I can no longer feel the pain of stretching my muscles. Action is a standard visible to the naked eye. Andewil and Minnie were also training on the side. ?The sky is gradually getting dark. The three of them also stopped training. Minnie pulled Wu Heng and said mysteriously and carefully: "Master, come with me." ??Wu Heng was pulled into the bathroom on the third floor. I thought Minnie was dragging him to take a bath, but I saw a large round bathtub placed in the middle. Let alone two people, three or four people are enough. "Sister Wei''er and I pooled our money to buy it. We can take a bath together in the future." Minnie took his arm and hugged him. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil. The fox girl''s face turned red and she lowered her head. "Then what are you waiting for?" Wu Heng smiled, grabbed Minnie''s personal training uniform and lifted it up. He took off his shirt directly. Revealing pink-white skin. Master, we havent prepared any water yet. Minnie hugged her shoulders and said shyly. ?Wu Heng said to the skeleton outside the door: "Go and prepare water." The skeleton went downstairs to carry water. ??Wu Heng grabbed Anderweil who was about to run away and said, "Today I have to punish the fox girl..." Okay! Minnie cheered and helped to hold the disobedient little fox girl. Soon, the tub was filled with water. ??Wu Heng, one on the left and one on the right, hugged the two women with a soft hand. The next day, the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the reception room. The staff brought refreshments. ??Wu Heng took out the emblem, handed it to the other party, and said, "Look at the commission I issued. Is there any news?" Okay, guest. Not long after, a man in a slim-fitting dress came in, sent the emblem back, and said softly: "Guest, the commission has been completed, and a total of three corpses of special professions have been collected." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The work efficiency here is much higher. In the past few days, there have been three. ??It wont be the same as Luntam City, where people are killed! Well, bring it over and let me confirm. Okay, guest. The man conveyed something to others. Soon, the door to the room was opened again, and three coffins, two large and one small, were carried in. The coffin was placed in the middle of the reception room. The man said: "Open it." Several people carrying the coffin opened the coffin directly. ?Wu Heng also stood up and stepped forward to take a look. The first thing that catches the eye is a body with a thick body. Dwarves! Judging from this body shape and mottled beard, he is a dwarf. The man''s introduction started at this moment. Devonte, a dwarf, died in a fight at the age of 54, a level 12 blacksmith. (End of this chapter) Chapter 273 , cross-regional procurement (Happy New Year鈥檚 Eve!) Chapter 273, Cross-regional Procurement (Happy New Years Eve!) 12th level dwarf blacksmith. ?Among the various races, the dwarves attainments in blacksmithing are indeed higher than those of other races. ?This is not to say that other races do not have high-level professionals who can forge iron, but that dwarves are better at related professions. Go on! Wu Heng continued to look at the second coffin. Suarez, wood elf tribe, 374 years old, died of assassination, level 11 gardener. Julian, human race, 38 years old, died in a shipwreck, 10 cooks. The second body was a tall corpse with both hands on his chest. His face was intact and there was no decay. He should not have been dead for a long time. Wood elves are a type of elves, but he has not yet figured out how they differ from elves. The third body was a human man, with no distinctive body shape. The body had been treated to some extent, and his appearance could not be seen clearly. ?Wu Heng nodded and took out the corresponding silver coins. ?The boss narrowed his eyes and felt happy immediately. Wait a moment, Ill ask someone to count them. The boss said immediately. After leaving the consortium. asked: How much do these two crossbows cost? ?Harm crossbows are mounted on arm armor and are often used for assassinations. Can cover all the arrows in the store. Pack it all up, I want it all. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng nodded and left directly. Good guest. The broad category of crossbows is divided into three types: strong crossbows, hand crossbows and arm crossbows. "Okay, I''ll prepare it for you now." The boss asked his clerk to prepare it, while Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while. Some time ago, all the stocks of crossbow bolts and arrows were bought by the other party. Cheaper, I want them all. The guest in front of me always reserves the place. ??The strong crossbow is a two-handed crossbow, which is powerful and has a long range, but is also heavy. The hand crossbow is a light crossbow, which is light and easier to operate, but also has much smaller power and range. Soon, several types of crossbows were prepared. Guest, you came so early today. The boss with a headscarf on his head greeted him enthusiastically. The boss looked at Wu Heng and said, "There are only so many guests." This, it cant be made any cheaper. The strong crossbow costs 32 silver coins, and this hand crossbow costs 28 silver coins. The boss introduced. ??The man continued: "The new commission has been filled out." Soon, the clerk who was doing the statistics came back. Its all old customers who take photos. said: "12 strong crossbows and 35 hand crossbows!" The previous crossbow arrows were all purchased from here. "Good guest." The man still smiled, asked for a new commission, and said at the same time: "Guest, you still need to settle 1,700 silver coins for these three corpses." After Wu Heng read it, he returned to the chair and sat down, and said: "I have accepted these three corpses and commissioned them to be reworked. There is no need for the two professions of gardener and chef." After the two chatted, Wu Heng didn''t stay much longer. Well, business is good today. Wu Heng walked into the store and said casually. ?Wu Heng did not say any more, and glanced at the store counter. Then, we continued to the remaining shops. Have people cover the coffin and put it into the space ring. ??Wu Heng continued to the Lighthouse Street blacksmith shop. ?Wu Heng paid the corresponding silver coins and collected them all. Directly out of the consortium. Well, lets post it and Ill come back in two days. When walking out of the store, the boss followed closely behind him, "If the customer needs anything, come back next time." How many are there in the store? Wu Heng asked as he walked. Collect all the crossbows here. A total of more than 70 strong crossbows and more than 100 handle crossbows were collected. ?Wu Heng walked out of the shop at his feet and did not inquire about other places selling weapons. He called a carriage and drove directly out of the city. After arriving at a remote place, the carriage left. Took out the train conductors hat and put it on his head. The next second, the train whistle sounded, and the train appeared out of thin air and stopped in front of me. ??Wu Heng boarded the train with two skeleton attendants and wrote "Netalei City" in the itinerary. The city of Netale is the port city of the Kingdom of Yeko. A few hours later. The train arrived at a forest edge outside Netale City. Confirm the direction and go directly to the city. Enter the commercial street. ?Wu Heng walked into a shop. ??The boss is a middle-aged man who is scolding the two clerks in a low voice. ?Seeing Wu Heng walk in, he put on a smile again and said, "Whatever the guests need, we can do retail or carry out foreign trade." ?Wu Heng walked around the shop and looked up at the crossbow above. How much does this crossbow cost? Wu Heng asked. "30 silver coins, this is a powerful crossbow for our foreign trade. It is moderate in weight, has stable performance, and is very popular among all races." The boss introduced. Wheres the hand crossbow? Hand crossbow 25 silver coins. What are the requirements for foreign trade and how much will it cost? "For more than 200 pieces, the strong crossbow is priced at 28 silver coins, and the hand crossbow is priced at 20 silver coins." The price is much cheaper than Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng took out the crossbow on the counter, checked it over, and said directly: "Give me 500 crossbows, take them away now." ?Hand crossbows were bought at Treasure Island. It is not yet sure whether it will be popular in the shelter. We will decide whether to continue buying it based on the situation. The boss looked happy when he heard that he was placing an order directly. But then he immediately shook his head and said: "Guest, there are not so many warehouses. Foreign trade still needs to place orders in advance to prepare goods." "It''s so troublesome!" Wu Heng said and continued to ask: "How many do you have in your store?" The boss looked at the record book on the table. said: "I can deliver 120 crossbows to you. If you plan to place an order, I can write you a foreign trade contract first. These will also be included in the foreign trade price for you." The boss said. 120 is about the same. Each shelter cannot exchange them in large quantities. After placing an order, how long will it take for delivery? Wu Heng continued to ask. It will take about ten days. Okay, sign a contract, and Ill have someone pick it up then. ??The boss immediately called people down to prepare the contract, and then had people bring tea and chat with Wu Heng. Wu Heng signed an order contract with the other party, and after paying the deposit, he got 120 prepared crossbows. I didnt stay any longer and walked out of the store directly. ?Standing on the road, I looked around and walked directly to the armor shop opposite. The female owner of the store saw Wu Heng walking over and the weapons store owner who was going out to see him off. ?His expression immediately suffocated. ??Taught his loose clothes, immediately stood up and walked to the door to greet him. Guest, what do you need? Look at the armor. Wu Heng walked into the store. The female boss followed behind, smiling. There are more types of armor than weapons. After looking around, Wu Heng pointed to a set of leather armor and asked, "How much does this kind of cost?" ??The entire armor is leather armor, but iron plates are added to the arms, shoulders and chest. Its not that heavy, and it can also prevent zombies from biting you. With a set of 35 silver coins, foreign trade can reach 32 silver coins. How many are there in the warehouse? There can be more than 50 sets in the warehouse. "Write an order for 500 sets. These 50 sets are also included. I will take them away later." The female bosss eyes lit up, and her face immediately showed joy, Ill go get the order. When he came back again, he bent down and handed over the order. The low-hanging collar reveals a large area of ??white skin. ??Wu Heng glanced at it, then looked up at the female boss, who smiled and said, "Guest, please take more care of your business in the future." Well, sit down and talk. Wu Heng nodded. The order has been signed and the armor is ready. ?Wu Heng put it into the space ring, stood up and left. Leaving the city, I found a place where no one was around, boarded the train, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?It is almost dusk. It takes five days to take a boat from Treasure Island to Netale. Even if the time can be reduced, the ghost train will still take five hours. Minnie and Anderweil haven''t come back yet. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and headed to the zombie world through the gate. ?Going downstairs, Li Yahong was directing the shelter and moving the collected materials to the designated warehouse. We have collected a lot of daily necessities. Li Yahong saw him and walked over directly. The shops in Wrentam City are closed. ??Li Yahong is still collecting various daily necessities. Wait a few more days, and Ill take it away then. Hmm! The warehouse is a little full. The supplies for the shelter are being collected more and more, and the warehouse has begun to be expanded outside the passenger terminal. Lets go to the warehouse. Wu Heng said. The two went to the warehouse, and Wu Heng took out three coffins. The coffin lid was opened, revealing the body inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and released the [Bone Spell Technique] directly at the dwarf. ?The flesh and blood fell off, and the white skeleton sat up from the coffin. Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) (End of this chapter) Chapter 274 , it鈥檚 all done, what should I do! Chapter 274: Its all done, what should I do? Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) Attributes: Constitution 23, Strength 25, Agility 17, Intelligence 15, Perception 13, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, intermediate soul. Feats: Heavy Armor Specialization (Intermediate), Warhammer Specialization (Advanced), Blacksmithing/Forging Iron (Proficient). Ability: Heat adaptation, weapon research, blacksmithing skills. [Heat Adaptation]: This unit has extraordinary adaptability to hot environments. The heat effect of the environment is considered to be reduced by one level for ''this unit'' (extreme heat is regarded as blazing heat, blazing heat is regarded as scorching heat, and so on). Weapon Research: Weapons can be improved according to usage requirements. Achievements in Wrought Iron: Identify various metals and smelt them. ??The dwarf blacksmiths attributes look pretty good. In terms of capabilities, there is weapon research, which can improve weapons according to usage requirements. Casually, I named the two skeletons. Two skeletons of about the same size stood up. The Gardener''s Skeleton, whose specialties include Plant Cultivation and Pruning, has reached proficiency level. Let the skeleton carry the coffin out. Well, its mainly because the iron plates outside are heavy. Li Yahong looked at the skeleton. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened instantly, So many. Then came the voice of base personnel reporting. ??Wu Heng continued to release the [Bone Slave Technique] on the remaining two corpses. From now on, call Blacksmith No. 1 and come out first! Wu Heng said. The two of them turned around and walked towards the living room. Sister Hong, the convoy from Yanshen Sanctuary is here. The horse captain asked me to talk to you about something. This point, Wu Heng thinks, is a very useful ability. Hearing the message, the two looked at each other. ?Although the stab-proof suit is light, it is not as protective as leather armor, especially it cannot prevent zombies from biting the arms and shoulders. While the two were chatting, a slight electric sound came from the walkie-talkie on Li Yahong''s waist. After all, weapon improvement is indeed a weakness for our side. ?Then they may have to walk for a while when they return. "This is a hand crossbow, and its power is low. The zombies themselves are rough-skinned and thick-flesh, so the effect may not be very good, but it is still a deterrent to people." Wu Heng explained. "receive!" Wait until all warehouses are empty. ??The dwarf stepped out of the coffin and stood aside. Nod your head to show understanding. There will be more follow-up, just sell it to others as normal. ?? Li Yahong pressed the intercom and said, "Please ask Captain Ma to go to the living room. I''ll wait for him there." The entire warehouse was filled in an instant. ?Li Yahong took another set of armor and started to put it on and try it on. ?Hadron and the others can use some imagination, but it is a bit difficult to produce it. After putting on the whole suit. ?Wu Heng taught her how to put it on and stuffed her bulging chest inside. Li Yahongs face turned a little red as she was being pressed back and forth. Angrily, I hit him lightly and said, "Take it easy." "Understood." Well, the news was released the day before yesterday, and someone should be here to replace it soon. Li Yahong said, casually taking out a crossbow, This one is pretty good, relatively light. Come here at this time. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong and introduced: "This is a blacksmith skeleton, capable of forging iron and developing weapons. In the past two days, we will build an iron forging place for him to start producing crossbow arrows." The Cook Skeleton is one who has reached proficiency in cooking. ?Wu Heng casually took out all the crossbows and leather armor from the space ring. Yes, its just a little heavy. Li Yahong nodded. Li Yahong''s appearance instantly transformed into that of a female soldier about to go to the battlefield. In the living room. ?Li Yahong waited for a while, and Ma Zhiyong came in with two entourage. ??He looks dusty and does not look like he came from the base. Ma Zhiyong and others also stared at the armor on Li Yahong. Captain Ma, please sit down. Li Yahong spoke first. Oh! Ma Zhiyong calmed down and sat down with a smile. Captain Ma, do you have a problem with me? I heard that Chief Li sells crossbows and armor. I happened to pass by today and came to exchange some. Ma Zhiyong said. ?Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at the other party. ?The Flame God Sanctuary came at the right time. They came over just as Wu Heng put the weapons and armor into the warehouse. Not even a step earlier. Of course, Captain Ma, how do you want to change it? Wait a minute, Ill ask someone to get it. Ma Zhiyong glanced behind him. The two people behind him came out and placed the two backpacks on the table. Unzip the zipper to reveal the gold jewelry inside. ? Ma Zhiyong said: "550 grams of gold, exchange for 20 crossbows, and the rest for armor like yours." It seems that the Flame God Sanctuary went to raid the gold store. "Of course." Li Yahong nodded and continued to add, "We also have a light crossbow, which is a little less powerful, but still enough to kill people. It is suitable for women and children. The horse captain can also consider it." Oh? Let me see! ?Li Yahong asked Qiangzi to get it. The latter quickly went to the warehouse and took one of each type of crossbow. ?Ma Zhiyong tried it and felt pretty good, "How can I change this kind of crossbow?" A handful of 8 grams of gold. ?Ma Zhiyong thought for a moment and said a few words to the people behind him. ??The two left quickly, and when they came back again, they worked together to carry a military green box in. ?The box was opened, revealing loads of ammunition inside. "Last time, didn''t Leader Li ask about ammunition for machine guns and grenades? This time we just brought some. How about exchanging these for your 30 light crossbows?" Ma Zhiyong asked. ?Li Yahong doesnt attach much importance to firearms or ammunition. ?Last time, Ma Zhiyong used a grenade launcher in exchange, and Li Yahong almost didn''t take it. It feels a bit unconfident to say it now. Twenty, we have a lot of ammunition and have no place to use it. Li Yahong said directly. Uh, thats fine, lets change it like this. ?Li Yahong waved her hand, signaling for people to put things away. At the same time, go to the warehouse to prepare corresponding weapons and armor. ?Li Yahong and Ma Zhiyong chatted for a while, and then got their things ready. He didnt stay much and left directly. A few people left. Qiangzi came over with a few people and shouted: "Sister Hong, there are so many weapons in the warehouse!" The king has brought it over, and the brothers who are guarding the checkpoints and patrolling will be counted, and they will come to me to collect the weapons. Li Yahong said. Okay. Qiangzi agreed and walked down with the people. ?Wu Heng also walked out from behind. Put all the gold and ammunition on the ground into the space ring. They should have just come back from outside and exchanged some things with us on the way. Li Yahong said. Just now I asked Xiaoxiao to go check out their convoy. Judging from the chat, they went to plunder a gold store. This time they came to change weapons. It seems they were also preparing to attack somewhere. Wu Heng said. The Flame God Sanctuary should know some information that we dont know. Well, if we trade with them normally, as their strength increases, we can get more things in exchange. Wu Heng continued. To put it bluntly, food and weapons are mainly in the hands of Wu Heng. Even if they plunder some, how long can it last? ??Wu Heng can go to other worlds to exchange supplies at any time. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also returned to the gate. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, planning the layout of the courtyard in the yard. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he immediately greeted him and introduced the results of their discussion. Plant flowers and vegetables in the front yard, and several fruit trees in the backyard. ??If the space was not limited, I would probably have to raise some chickens and ducks. Wu Heng hugged the two of them and listened, then introduced: "This is Gardener No. 1, responsible for the cultivation and pruning of flowers and plants in the courtyard. This is Chef No. 1. From now on, just leave it to him for cooking." The two of them also know the role of skeletons. It is not uncommon to be able to handle the garden and cook. Minnie just frowned and thought for a moment, then asked: "They have done it, what should I do?" I spend time with Weier on weekdays and do whatever I want, Wu Heng said. Anderweil added, "Clean the house, if you want to do it, you can always find something to do." Okay! Minnie nodded, Then I need to wash it too. Speaking, he directed Chef No. 1 to clean the bones on the side. Anderweil continued: "By the way, Master, Deputy Deacon Shiragui went to see you today. Seeing that you were not there, he asked you to come over tomorrow if you have time." Xila Ge? The image of a blond female elf appeared in Wu Hengs mind. Well, I didnt say anything, I just asked me to convey it to you. Andwyer said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I''ll go take a look tomorrow." A few people stayed in the courtyard for a while. Lets go back to our residence together and watch Chef No. 1 cook. Discuss whether the food cooked by the skeleton will cause problems for people to eat. The next day, Wu Heng also went to the association. In the hall, a large number of mercenary teams gathered, standing in front of the notice board, discussing what kind of mission they wanted to take on. ?Wu Heng walked directly through the corridor and went to Xila Gui''s office and study room. ?Standing at the door, I was about to knock on the door. The door opens directly. The raised hand almost hit the blond **** the forehead. ??Tong Yanjus elf deputy deacon was also stopped in his tracks by the figure blocked at the door. ?Looking up at him with wide eyes, "What are you doing?" ?Wu Heng also retracted his hand and smiled, "Deputy Xila Gui is looking for me?" Oh, yes! Sheela nodded, Come with me, I need your help with something. Speaking, he walked to one side. ??Wu Heng walked towards the basement with the skeleton attendant behind him. All the way to the morgue. Two association coroners were disposing of the body. Deacon! The two saluted. Sheelagui said: "You go out first, we have to deal with some things." "yes!" The two of them left. Sheila Gui glanced at one of the corpses and said, "I need to ask a few questions." Okay! Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The next second, the body on the cold bed suddenly sat up. Gray-white eyeballs, looking this way. Wu Heng signaled that she could start. Sheila Gui nodded, took half a step forward, and asked directly: "How did you die?" The corpse replied, "Killed in battle with pirates." (End of this chapter) Chapter 275 , rich people are stupid Chapter 275: Rich people are stupid Fighting pirates? Hearing these words, Wu Heng glanced at the elf deputy deacon with slightly furrowed brows. In other words, the body lying here was killed by pirates when they went to sea. Sheilagui continued to ask: "Which pirate group?" The corpse replied, "I don''t know." Sheila Gui looked at the corpse and asked again, "Is Shannella still alive?" Not clear! The corpse couldnt answer two questions in succession. Made the elf''s face become more serious. After a few seconds of silence, he asked, "How many enemies are there?" The corpse replied, "Many, nearly a thousand people." Sheila Gui said: "I''m disturbing you." No, the others are not together. Dont ask about the other corpses? Wu Heng said. The two of them walked in directly. This person named "Shanela" was hijacked by pirates at sea. The two coroners were still standing at the door chatting. After answering the last question, the body lay back on the iron plate. ?But Xila Guis brows still didnt relax. There are five questions in total. After listening, Imiro nodded, then looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Did Xila Gui tell you about this?" Just now, Sheila Gui specifically asked Shanara if she was still alive, just to confirm this matter. Being kidnapped. Oh! Wu Heng didnt quite understand what happened. There are many people and the fighting is fierce. Deacon Imiro was sitting at the table looking at documents. He looked up at the two of them and said, Sit down! Sit down on the sofa and the elf assistant brings you tea. How is it? Deacon Imilo asked. Knock lightly on the door and get a response. "The body found in the port the day before yesterday, after verification, can be confirmed to be the attendant of ''Shanara''. During the autopsy, human skin with writing on it was found in the mouth, and it was requested to prepare 50,000 gold coins in exchange for ''Shanara'' Naira'' herself." ??Imiro glanced at the assistant beside him, who spoke softly. Sheila Gui nodded, and the two left side by side. Um, I understand, what next... Wu Heng asked. What are the characteristics of these pirates? After walking a certain distance. ??Wu Heng said: "It''s nothing, I''m going back." Follow him to the deacon''s study. Dont bother, said the coroner. Sheila Gui immediately said: "Don''t go back, this matter is not over yet, let''s go to the deacon''s place." Get out of the morgue. Except for confirming that it was pirates, there is nothing else to gain. Some people dont understand why they are telling themselves this. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Seeing a few people coming out, they saluted slightly. Sheela Gui recounted the results of the interrogation just now. Throw a corpse over to raise 50,000 gold coins. I dont have that much money. With this number..., this person called Shanara probably has a high status. Sheela Gui said something and took him outside. "not yet!" Xilagui looked at Wu Heng and said, "Let''s go back first." Imiro said: "The business group is preparing money. You two are responsible for this matter. Bring the person back and record third-level merit for you." ?Wu Heng frowned and said, "The pirates let them go with money?" ??Pirates will keep their promises and take money to let people go. He doesnt believe it anyway. Xilagui said: "It''s just preparations first. Redeeming people is the only way to proceed now. Otherwise, we don''t even know who the other party is, so what else can we do." Its not necessary to raise money or not. Anyway, its just a breakthrough. Wu Heng continued. Sheela shook her head, Prevent the pirates from planting someone to observe this side in secret. Imiro nodded and said: "That''s how it is. Get ready. Each of you will lead a small team, and then we will go together to exchange hostages. Everything is about safety." Yes! Xila Gui responded, and Wu Heng nodded in agreement. Leaved the deacon''s study. Sheila Gui said: "The reward is ready, I will let someone inform you." "good." The two of them separated and went back to their study rooms. ?Go back to the office and study room. ?Anderweil is sitting at her desk working. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately smiled and said, "Deputy Xila Gui, do you have anything to do with you?" Let me help you interrogate the corpse. Wu Heng replied and continued: Go and see if the people in the third team have any tasks. If not, ask Oh Lin to come over. Oh, okay! Anderweil stood up and walked out. Come back again soon. A bearded dwarf followed him. Different from before, this time there are three silver buckles stuck on the beard, with red gems on them. Sir Archdeacon! Olin saluted slightly. In the first two missions, the third team followed Wu Heng and got a lot of benefits. A third-level meritorious service, as well as cracking the case of imprisoning the girl. The reputation of the third team has also improved to a certain extent. Now that they have met, the dwarves treat him with more respect. "sit down!" The dwarf sat down aside. ??Wu Heng continued: "Does the third team have any tasks today?" "Not yet. If the subdeacon has any instructions, we will try our best to complete them." Ohlin said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "The deacon has given me a task. If you have a third-level meritorious service, come with me if you have time." The dwarf didnt hesitate much and agreed directly, No problem, we can set off now. Theres no rush, Ill let you know when we set off. "OK." After it is determined. ?Olin saluted again and walked out directly. Anderweil sat down next to him and said, "I will accompany the master so that I can take care of you." ?Wu Heng put his arm around the fox girl''s shoulders and said with a smile, "It''s an ordinary small task, nothing dangerous." ??Pirates can''t really keep their promises. ?But Wu Heng also has the means to protect himself. Even if there is real danger, boundary gates or ghost trains can allow him to leave the danger zone. When you take Anderweil with you, you have to focus more on taking care of her. On the contrary, problems may arise. Okay! Master, please pay more attention to your safety. Hmm! Wu Heng patted the fox **** the shoulder. The latter looked up and turned his tail. ?Wu Heng took out a wooden comb and combed her plush tail, and Andweier sat aside with a blushing face. Night falls. A medium-sized cargo ship floating on the sea. ??The sea wind roared, and the waves hitting the ship''s hull fell all over the deck like raindrops. Ta Ta Ta ~! The sound of footsteps sounded, and Olin walked down, "Deacon, Deputy Deacon Shiragui informed you that it''s time to change places. Please come over." Oh, okay! Wu Heng stood up, took the skeleton attendant, and walked onto the deck. There are splashes of water constantly scattered above the head. ?Wu Heng looked around and walked towards the location of ''Xila Gui''. Beside her, there was an elf who was the captain of a small team. "Deputy Wu Heng." The captain of the first team saluted. ?Wu Heng nodded, walked to the side of Xila Gui, and asked: "How is it?" No trace of pirates was seen. "Since they have arranged it this way, they will definitely come out." Wu Heng said. "Um!" The cargo ship continued to move forward for some distance. Someone shouted: "The exchange position has been reached." Wow~! ?The words just fell. In the surrounding darkness, countless small speedboats rushed out instantly. Started to move towards the cargo ship. The boat was filled with people dressed as pirates. Some people raised their weapons and shouted loudly, while others twirled the hooks in their hands. Shout! said Shilagui. ? Someone held a funnel-shaped loudspeaker and shouted: "We have brought a ransom in exchange for hostages. Is President Shanara safe?" Haha! They really brought money. You can believe this, the rich peoples brains are broken. Go up, kill them, and take the money back. The surrounding pirates laughed loudly. I didnt expect that these people would be so easy to deceive and actually brought a ship to redeem people. Small boats were approaching quickly from all directions. Sheela stood on the fence and looked down from both sides. Looking across all the ships in sight. It can be confirmed that there is no Shanara. Fight, kill them all! Shiragui said directly. Everyone takes action immediately. Swish swish swish~! Crossbow arrows were shot downward from the ship. ??The pirate held a shield to resist him. He shook the shield from time to time and laughed mockingly. The boat quickly arrived under the boat. Dang Dang Dang~! Hooks were thrown onto the cargo ship one by one and hooked on the guardrail. Start to attack the pirates climbing around. The members of the third team drew their weapons and followed Wu Heng. Ardeacon, what should I do? Go and help, dont panic, these people are no threat. "okay!" Three teams of people also rushed down immediately and began to chop off the hooks thrown up. Im a pretty guy here, brothers, get on the boat this way. It cant be that girls little lover! Dont kill him, I like his ass. ?Wu Heng glanced down, and the pirates immediately shouted loudly. Compared with other sailors with rough skin, the strength here seems not to be high. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. Taken out the machine gun from the space ring. ??Hold the weight in his arms, put the machine gun on the fence, and pointed the muzzle downward at a ship and pirates that were shouting to approach. In the words of the other party shouting that he wants to **** his ass. Pull the trigger directly. ?Bang bang bang~! There was a violent explosion, and dense tongues of fire poured down. In an instant, the bodies of the pirates who were laughing and cursing were torn apart in an instant. The wooden boat under their feet was beaten into a sieve amid the splashing wood chips and slowly sank. The gunshots stopped. On and off the boat, it fell into silence for an instant. Everyone looked here in surprise and at the wooden boat that disappeared below. Keep fighting, it all depends on what I do. Wu Heng said directly. ??The rest of the people immediately continued to chop at the hook claws and fired crossbows and arrows downwards. ??Wu Heng raised the machine gun, moved it to one side, and continued to aim at the next ship. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunshots exploded, and the people and ships were shattered. ?Wu Heng didnt stop, the machine gun slid on the fence and kept scanning at the wooden boat below. Ship after ship was broken into pieces. The pirates felt fear. ??Whenever the gun is pointed at the wooden boat, he will jump off the boat without hesitation and dive directly into the water. The bullets continued to be fired into the sea, tearing the pirates apart. Seeing that their side had no chance to fight back, the pirates began to plan to retreat. ?Wu Heng threw out the [Dancing Light Technique], illuminating the sea while bullets continued to shoot out. Crush all pirate ships to pieces. Machine gun retracts the space ring. The surroundings gradually became quiet, and the smell of gunpowder in the air was blown away by the sea breeze. ?Wu Heng glanced at everyone and said directly: "Search for the corpses and bring them all up." Go, put down the boat and fish out all the bodies. The dwarf Ohlin shouted loudly. Except for the third team. Whether it is the first team or the accompanying business group members. At this time, everyone was a little dizzy. The pirates came to siege themselves, and it ended so quickly? Furthermore, no one on our side died. The corpses of pirates were spread all over the sea. The rest of the people woke up only after Olin loudly urged them again. Small boats were launched from both sides. Started to salvage the pirates'' bodies. Sheila Gui came over and glanced at him, "Aren''t you a necromancer? Why don''t you use spells?" The great thing about a mage is his brain, not the ability to designate certain spells. "What you said is right." Sheila Gui agreed at first, and then reacted, "What do you mean, mocking me?" I didnt say that. Soon, a body was fished out. ?Wu Heng walked over and selected two relatively complete corpses. Carry it to the cabin! Inside the cabin. Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up directly. Is Shanara still alive? Wu Heng asked. The corpse replied, "It should still be alive!" They were both stunned. ?Wu Heng asked, "What does it mean to be alive?" When I left, the woman used some kind of prop to seal herself up, and she was still alive at the time. In other words, it is not certain whether the body is still alive or not. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Which pirate group are you?" The Bloody Hand Pirates. Hearing this name, the brows of Silla Rose frowned again. ?Wu Heng then asked: "How many more people do you have?" There are about five to six hundred people on the island. (End of this chapter) Chapter 276 , Bloodthirsty Double Blades (please vote for me.) Chapter 276, Bloodthirsty Double Blades (please vote for me...) Hear this number. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui also frowned. The number of pirates killed just now was at least 200. ??There are actually so many people on the island they were talking about. ?This pirate is quite powerful. At least, more than most bandits on land. last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Where is ''Shanara'' trapped by you now?" The corpse replied, "Jiweidao!" After saying that, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui and asked, Have you ever heard of the Bloody Hand Pirates? Sheela''s face was solemn, "I heard that the pirate group is quite large and is known for its cruelty and violence." ??This is the time to meet the famous pirate group. ??Moreover, it is even less likely to resolve the matter peacefully due to its reputation for brutal violence. Its not without gain, at least Shanara is still alive. Wu Heng said. ?This Shanara should be related to the business group. The ransom was collected from there. The deacon and "Sheila Gui" are also very concerned about whether this person is still alive. Whats the next step? Sheila Gui looked over. Dont worry, lets ask the next corpse. Wu Heng said. Continuing to release [Conversation with the Dead], the second corpse sat up directly. ??Wu Heng asked: "How many high-level professionals are there in your pirate group?" The captain and deputy captain are both high-level professionals. How many ranks are you captains? Level 15 professional. Level 15, a fourth-level professional, one level lower than Skull Crusher. This is already a rare strong man. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "How many people are arranged on Jiwei Island?" About six hundred people. The last corpse said that there were still five to six hundred people in the pirate group. This one is on Jiwei Island and there are more than 600 people there. This is all on Jiwei Island. How long will you stay at Jiwei Island? One night, leave tomorrow morning. last question. Where to go next? "I have no idea." After the five questions were over, the body lay back. All the questions that need to be asked have been asked. There are more than 600 people on Jiwei Island, and the best among them is the level 15 captain. The best way is to go back and ask for reinforcements. Once you know the location, it shouldn''t be difficult to destroy a pirate group. But the other party will only stay in Jiwei Island for one night. I will leave the next day. Take the news back and rush back, and the other party will have already left. "At night, let''s go in and rescue the people." Sheila Gui said directly. ??Wu Heng asked: "What''s the plan? Tell me!" "There is no plan. Jiwei Island is not small. They cannot defend such a large coastline. Let''s find a place to go ashore and get in." Xila Gui said. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. I thought she had some props or skills. It took a long time to go in in the dark. This pirate group was able to build such a large group, and it was obvious that they were no fools. How could it be possible for people to take advantage of this loophole so easily? Do you have a map? Xilagui took out a sea chart from the space ring and spread it on the table. Point to an island and say, This is Jiwei Island. In terms of proportion, the area of ??Chicken Tail Island is really not big, and its shape is not like a chicken tail, but more like a chicken butt. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet, raised it high and took a photo. Then look at the map again. Think about it for a moment, and then tell your plan. Arrange a few people to go back and notify the association. A few of us will go to the island. I will use the carrion to attract all the people on the island together. You will lead the others to go directly to the island to rescue people. Sheila Gui frowned and looked at the map, and then raised her head after a while, "Can it be done?" Lets try it. If it doesnt work, well do our best. Well just have to withdraw safely when the time comes. Sheila Gui looked at the map again, and finally gritted her teeth and agreed. "good!" Chickentail Island. In a stone hut near the port. ?Several pirates gathered around the fire, some feeling sleepy. "Why haven''t those people who took the ransom come back? They didn''t just take the money and run away." "It''s not like you don''t know the boss''s methods. They don''t dare to run away." Can those people be stupid enough to take money to ransom someone? I heard from the boss that that woman is very important, and she wont give up even if she has a solution. "I saw it. He looks really good. It''s a pity that he sealed himself in a stone. Otherwise, if the boss is happy, we can follow him..." Before he finished speaking, the sound of intensive waves suddenly came from the direction of the port. ?A few people shut up for a moment, stood up and looked through the window into the darkness. ?The moonlight shone on the sea, only the waves stirred up, and no ships or suspicious things were seen approaching. But that weird sound is getting louder and louder. Huh~! Someone pulled out a fire stick from the fire and threw it forward. Under the orange-red firelight. I saw silhouettes emerging from the bottom of the sea. ?As he moved forward, his whole body was gradually exposed to corruption. From the bottom of the sea? ??The pirates'' eyes widened instantly, looking at the scene in front of them in horror. "It''s ''Beverley'' and the others... why are they like this? Damn it, they turned into rotting corpses." Someone shouted to him. The carrion that walked out of the sea also launched a charge at the moment when the roar sounded. ?Carrying a weapon in his hand. Charge forward stiffly. In an instant, he rushed to the stone house and started fighting with the pirates inside. One of them jumped out of the window on the other side. run towards the center of the island behind. ??The pirates in the stone house were submerged in the blink of an eye. The corpse was dragged out by the ankles by the carrion and dumped on the shore. ??Wu Heng stood on a wooden boat with a broken skull and a **** axe. Propelled by the shark teeth, he quickly landed on the coast. Looking at the corpse on the shore, he released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] and the corpse slowly stood up. Joined the queue of wights. Shortly, the direction of the center of the island. Hand out a large number of pirates. Holding weapons and torches in his hands, he looked towards the shore in surprise. Necromancer? Our Bloody Hand Pirates dont know you, right? Its too much to attack us at night. A deep and deep voice sounded. The pirates moved to both sides to clear the way. A burly man wearing a captain''s hat came out. ?Hung two scimitars on his waist, he stared at Wu Heng with sinister eyes. In his eyes, you can see the uncontrollable anger. ??Wu Heng stood behind the corpse and said directly: "The people from the association are on their way here. If you can''t leave before dawn, I''m afraid you will never be able to leave." ??The pirate captain narrowed his eyes, glanced at the ships behind the corpse, and said sarcastically: "You are a necromancer, how do you think the association will listen to you like this?" "Believe it or not, I have plenty of time!" Wu Heng said and took a few steps back. ?This set of actions. The pirates were stunned. In sight, rotting corpses blocked the harbor. And it wont be long until dawn. ??If the association brings the teams of major business groups to encircle and suppress them, they will only have a dead end and will not even have a chance to escape. The pirates became restless. The captain''s face was equally ugly. Judging from the opponent''s actions, it is really their intention to block them here. He turned around and glared, cursing: "Why are you making such a fuss? You are a pirate and you are afraid of a necromancer? Follow me and kill him. I will use this guy''s head as a chamber pot tonight." There are only a few rotting corpses, and there are more of us. The wizards all have money, kill him. Yes, whether he is real or not, kill him. ?The pirates started shouting. Morale is high again. ??The pirate captain drew out his two swords, and his body began to turn red as if it was filled with blood, and his muscles bulged. ??Roared and shouted: "Fight with me to avenge your dead brother." Kill~! ??The pirates let out a deafening roar and began to kill directly up the slope. Swish swish swish~huhu! ?While running, crossbow bolts, throwing axes, and throwing knives were the first to be thrown into the ranks of carrion corpses. The rotting corpse did not hide or dodge, and its body was hit instantly. But no one fell. ?At a glance, the pirates are getting closer and closer. ??Wu Heng released a [Fireball Technique] in the sky above the pirates. The flames exploded and fell on the crowd of pirates. Several pirates were hit by flames in an instant. ?His body burst into flames and he fell to the ground rolling over. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Attack!" Hulala~! The wights took action and headed towards the opponent''s position to kill. The two sides got closer and closer, and directly collided with each other. ??The pirate captain moved sharply and drew out both swords. In an instant, the heads of four corpses fell to the ground. ?Then, the whole person plunged into the team of rotting corpses. The wights kept being killed. The corpse fell to the ground, and huge pustules began to appear. The next second, the pustule burst, and countless spiders rose into the sky and pounced on the pirate captain and the surrounding pirates. Watch out for spiders! Damn it, the Necromancer deserves to die. Cut off the limbs of the corpse, dont kill it, spiders will appear. ??The pirates shouted and continued to kill the spider. ?Bang bang bang~! The spider burst, and a green poisonous mist rose instantly. Cover the surrounding area quickly. In the smoke, the pirates were forced to retreat, covering their festering wounds, and continued to attack. People kept dying, and corpses kept exploding, forming large clouds of smoke. ?Wu Heng stood behind and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the newly fallen corpses turned into rotten corpses and climbed up. Finish releasing skills. ?Wuheng retreated to the rear again, ?Hand into the wireless headset, he said: "Everyone should be led out here. You should act as soon as possible." We are close to the enemy camp, please hold on a little longer. Try your best! Wu Heng replied. Hang up the radio headset. Attention returned to the battlefield. The fighting continued, and the poisonous fog zone put the pirates at a disadvantage. Large numbers of people began to fall. Carrion and spider, move forward. ??The pirate leader covered his mouth and nose with his arms, and his eyes quickly scanned the battlefield. ?It is not an option to fight more and more enemies. ?Those who died on their own became the enemy''s sources of troops. In the end, you will be killed by the other party. ?Scanning the front, behind the group of carrion corpses, I saw a figure wearing black armor and holding a staff. He kicked away the carrion rushing in front of him and shouted to the side: "A few people will follow me to kill the mage. Whoever kills him, I will make him the deputy leader and chop him as the captain." Its the captain! Several people nearby responded. ?Then the pirate captain led several pirates, like crazy bulls, knocking away the carrion in front and pounced directly on Wu Heng in the distance. ??Wu Heng looked at each other through the gas mask. He took out the machine gun from the space ring, held it in his arms and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets roared out. ??The pirate captain''s eyes suddenly shrank, he subconsciously threw himself to one side, rolled and instantly hid behind a protruding rock. The pirates who followed the charge were instantly hit by bullets. ?The body was torn into pieces and fell to the ground. Broken skull, **** axe, go kill him. ?Wu Heng gave the order again and rushed over. ?Shattered Skull jumped up high, holding the battle ax in his hand, and struck behind the boulder. ??The captain rolled back, put his foot on Broken Skull''s chest, kicked it down, and took three steps back. The eyes were full of horror and disbelief. ?At the same time, the blood ax also moved to one side, and the huge battle ax in his hand kept swinging out. Repulse his attacks step by step. ?Wu Heng also followed closely behind, releasing [pathogenic rays] and [weakening rays] continuously. Shot on the pirate captain. Seeing that the situation was not right, the latter turned around and ran quickly towards the back. ?Wu Heng pulled the trigger again. ?The bullet penetrated his thigh and lower back, and he staggered to the ground. ?Skull-crushing, **** axe, rush over instantly. "Don''t kill me. I can be loyal to you and do some things for you. I still have money, so I can give it all to you..." Bang~! The war hammer fell, shaking the two swords apart. The second battle ax made a sound, tore open the breastplate and struck on the chest. The flesh and blood were opened, and a large drum of blood gushes out. Grass, no matter what you do to me, you are not a good person... boom! The battle ax fell again and severed his head. ?Wu Heng glanced at the scene of the battle, raised his machine gun, and fired directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The guns spit out tongues of fire, and the corpses and pirates all fell to the ground. The ground was covered with corpses. Connect to the radio. Have you found the person? Wu Heng asked. The voice of "Silla Rose" came from the headset, "Not yet, how are you doing over there?" Wu Heng glanced at the corpses on the ground and said, "You can still hold on. Search carefully. Don''t worry about me." Okay! Be careful. Hang up the communication. ?Wu Heng groped around on the corpse and picked off items one by one. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item)Space RingEndurance Belt. ?Wu Heng put away all the items. Looking at the ships behind. Lets get on the boat. (End of this chapter) Chapter 277 , woman in amber Chapter 277, The Woman in Amber After plundering the loot from the pirate leader. ?Wu Heng said hello and walked directly to the pirate ship in the port. At the port, there were three pirate ships and a smaller merchant ship parked together. ?Wu Heng stood on the shore and looked at several ships in the distance. With a thought, he released the ghost Glenda. ?Glenda circled in the sky, flew down, and said, "A fight with pirates?" How do you know these are pirates? Wu Heng asked curiously. Theres a pirate flag on the ship, said Glenda. Ghost has dark vision and is not affected at night. "Well, it is indeed a pirate group, and it is dead now." Wu Heng said, and continued: "There are three pirate ships over there, let''s see which one has good things, so that we can take them away." Is there no mechanism? Wu Heng asked. Okay! Glenda agreed and got directly into the pirate ship. There was an ear-splitting collision, and the chain broke and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng turned around and said, "The sense of anticipation was gone immediately." No need to look, these barrels are full of silver coins, and there is a box over there with gold coins and gems in it. Glenda floated in the middle and said softly. ?Haunted down below, "Shark Teeth!" ?Glenda flew back directly. Dang~! This should be the pirate''s warehouse. Originally, I thought that the gold and silver would be carried in the space ring, but the pirate captain did not do this. ?Wu Heng walked in and looked inside the barrel. Wu Heng didnt wait to look around. ??Wu Heng didnt stop either, and also boarded the first ship. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment, he walked back to the deck. He came to a chain-locked gate. "No!" They should all be stolen things. He said: "A lot of goods and money were found in just one ship. The other two ships were mainly cabins, some weapons and equipment, and nothing of value." This way! With the training of a pirate, how could he like sculptures and works of art? ?Glenda took him off the boat and boarded another boat. ?Wu Heng nodded, and Granda left directly through the wall. But locked here. ? Release a [Dancing Light Technique] in front of you, the light circle falls on a wooden barrel in the center, and the surrounding area gradually lights up. Just one ship to load things? They were not afraid that the ship would sink, and they left nothing behind. The blood ax stepped forward, and the battle ax struck down directly. What is the sense of expectation? Go all the way down to the cabin. ?Wu Heng put all the gold and silver coins into the space ring, but other goods, which were quite large in quantity, could not be put in. This is a warehouse. The hull of the ship is painted with exaggerated patterns, and the whole body is fenced with various styles of shields. ??Corsair still has its own style. ?Wu Heng took a step back and said, "Open it!" The sense of anticipation of opening a blind box. There are cloths and herbs stacked on both sides, and in the middle are various gold and silver utensils, sculptures and oil paintings. ?Wu Heng opened the door, and it was pitch dark inside. The waves drove the hull of the ship, and the shield slapped against the hull. I dont understand what youre talking about. Ill go take a look at that merchant groups ship. The upright wooden barrel has no lid and is filled with shining silver coins, which are dazzling under the light. Take me there. Hurrah! A figure emerged from the sea, Shark Tooth raised its head and looked up. Shark Tooth did not participate in the previous battle, and all he did was push the boat for himself. Come up! Shark Tooth walked out of the sea and boarded the deck. Wu Heng said: "This ship belongs to us from now on. Hide first before sailing. I will come here to pick you up tomorrow." Shark Tooth didnt say much and walked directly into the control room. Directly intend to sail the ship away. Wait a minute, Ill get off the boat first. ?Wu Heng took the two skeletons off the ship, and the pirate ship slowly left the post and disappeared into the night. ?This action. ??The pirate ship is considered a trophy. But the process of the association is still slow and strict, and there are also people like "Sheila Gui". ?It is not a disadvantage if you occupy one ship first. After all, I was the one who contributed the most tonight. At this time, Glenda flew back again, faster than before. Floating in mid-air, he pointed at the merchant ship behind him and asked, "Why is there a woman on it?" Women? Pirates? Wu Heng asked. In this world, women are also professionals, which means that women are very common in battles. Whether they are pirates or bandits, there are many women. ?There are also many female leaders. "No, it''s an elf woman sealed in amber." Glenda explained. Shanella? ? Hearing the description of ''Glenda'', Wu Heng''s first reaction was the rescue target ''Shanara''. Information provided by the association, the Elf woman, and learned from the pirates that she sealed herself in a stone. The situation described by ? and Glenda is very similar. "Do you know him?" Glenda asked immediately when she saw his appearance. The person the association requested to rescue is somewhat similar to what you described. Wu Heng explained and continued: Lets go and have a look. The ship of the consortium should look better. ??Its just that the hull of the boat is full of arrows, and there are still hooks on the fence that have not been removed. ?Wu Heng followed him into the cabin. The interior decoration is still luxurious, more like a private cruise ship. But now, all the decorations have been removed, and traces of hanging paintings and ornaments can still be seen in their original locations. Follow Glenda to a cabin. After opening the door, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. The light stone on the roof of the shed emits a soft light. Under the light, a piece of yellow semi-transparent amber occupies half of the room. Inside the amber, sealed is an elf woman with a light body and a beautiful appearance. ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. Seeing it with ones own eyes is more impactful than what Glenda described. Make sure no danger occurs. ?Wu Heng cast a [Dancing Light Technique] on the light stone. ?The room is brighter. The figure in the amber is also clearer. ?Short gray-blue shoulder-length hair, pointed elf ears, skin as white and tender as jade, and beautiful appearance. ??Outside of the sky blue dress, she wears a piece of leather armor with exquisite patterns. The feeling is different from that of Archdeacon Sheilagui. The elven woman in front of her looks more like a young woman, like a graceful and luxurious concubine in the palace. ?Now, Wu Heng also knows why the pirates left the amber here. It is so huge that it is obviously impossible to move it outside. Unless the ship is broken up. ?Wu Heng reached out, touched it, and knocked twice. The entire surface of amber is very hard. This cant be done, just suffocate yourself to death! ?Wu Heng muttered softly. With the words. The woman in amber, her eyelashes trembling slightly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 278 , you are captured! Chapter 278, You are captured! The eyelashes of the woman in amber move slightly. Wu Heng was immediately alerted, and he quickly took two steps back, standing behind Skull Crusher and Blood Ax. Obviously, the amber in front of you cannot be judged according to the normal earth amber. Not only was the woman inside not suffocated to death, some parts were not fixed either. ??Moreover, you can hear sounds from outside. Seeing that there was still no danger, Wu Heng said to Amber: "I am the deputy deacon of Treasure Island. The Blood Hand Pirates have been killed by the association. You are safe now." The woman''s eyelashes swayed again, but there was no other movement. What does this mean? Dont believe in yourself, or can you only move your eyelashes? He took out the sub-deacon''s emblem, raised it in the air, and continued: "This is my sub-deacon''s emblem. If you are on this ship, you can come out." After the words fell, there was silence for two or three seconds. Whats your name? the woman asked softly. Looking up, the eyes are rippling like autumn water, filled with tenderness. The solid amber began to liquefy instantly, forming streams of yellow water that entered the necklace on the female elf''s chest. A pair of sky-blue eyes, looking up at him. The woman in the painting is cold and arrogant, but the woman in front of her looks up with tenderness. The next second. Wu Heng, deputy deacon of the association, what is your name? Wu Heng asked. The woman in amber has her eyes open through a slit. At the same time, I was wondering why the other person looked at me like this. There is just a slight difference in appearance. Just like those women of mine who look at me when they are emotional. Do you have any proof? But its basically certain that the person in front of me is Shanara. It is easy to identify whether a person is a pirate or not. ?Wu Hengs appearance and the aura he displayed were definitely not that of a pirate. Not even a person who often goes to sea. He glanced at the emblem, then at Wu Hengs makeup and clothes. The woman pointed to the wall that was covered by amber just now. ?There is a brightly colored oil painting hanging above. The woman in the painting is sitting on a high chair, which is very similar to the woman in front of me now. The woman landed lightly on the ground. Shanela, the owner of this ship. The woman said softly. ?? Forming a yellow beeswax pendant. Well, lets go, Ill take you out for some fresh air. Wu Heng turned around and walked out. Shannara followed behind and said, "Thank you for saving me, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." Just call me Wu Heng. Well, you can also call me by my name in the future. The woman said softly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "How did you get targeted by pirates?" Shannara''s face turned ugly for a moment, "These pirates have set up an ambush on the route early. Someone must have revealed my whereabouts to them. I will investigate it carefully after I return." That is to say. Someone inside revealed her route to the outside world. As a result, the pirates made arrangements early and waited for this fat sheep to enter their preset ambush. ??And the pirates succeeded, and she was the only one who died on the ship. Seeing her gloomy expression, Wu Heng comforted her and said, "It''s okay. Who hasn''t met a few bad people in their life? Just be more careful in the future." Well, thank you. Shanara said, leaning forward again. The two of them walked to the hatch of the ship. The voice of "Silla Rose" came from the headset. Wu Heng, how are you doing? ??Wu Heng made a gesture to the woman next to him and said into the headset: "It''s okay, all the pirates are dead." Reinforcements have arrived? "No, they were fighting among themselves. I recruited carrion corpses while fighting, and took the opportunity to kill them." Wu Heng said casually. ?The other side was dull for a while, and then the voice came again. If you are captured, tell me what to eat tomorrow morning. Forehead. This little girl is quite cautious. "I was not captured. The pirate is really dead. Besides, why can''t I run away if I can''t fight?" Wu Heng replied. "You killed hundreds of people by yourself? How is this possible?" The other party''s tone was still unbelievable. Hmph! You know why the Necromancer is feared by people! You really werent captured? "No." "If you dare to lie to me, you will regret it." Sheila Gui said, and continued: "We didn''t find ''Shanara''. Let''s go over now and wait for the association''s reinforcements to arrive tomorrow morning and search carefully again." ?Wu Heng glanced at the elf woman on the side and said, "Shanara, it''s on my side. You can just come back." Damn it, you were indeed captured. Sister, you are having too much inner drama. We are standing on the deck, and you let the beast tamer of Olin take a look. Wu Heng said directly. ?The other party did not answer and fell into silence. Shanela on the side asked: Your teammates? Well, the people who came to rescue you together are responsible for going up the mountain to search for you. You attract the pirates by yourself and then kill them all? Shannara asked with a raised eyebrow. by a fluke. "you are great." The two stood on the deck and waited for a while. From the darkness in the distance, several figures quickly ran out. Hilagui waved one hand, and air waves exploded under her feet. She rose directly from the shore and jumped onto the deck. Looking at Wu Heng, he then cast his gaze on the woman beside him, "Mrs. Shannara, why are you here?" Obviously, Sheila knew what women looked like. Unlike Wu Heng, he asked several questions. Shannara nodded, "I was trapped in the cabin. It was Wu Heng...the deputy deacon who saved me." Speaking, he looked up. Sheila Gui felt that the other party''s tone was a bit strange, but she couldn''t tell what was wrong. ?Continued: "The association''s reinforcements will arrive tomorrow morning, please wait for a while!" "It''s okay. Thank you for coming to rescue me. When I go back, I will mention this to the association and give you a reward." What we should do. The rest of the team members also ran up quickly. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng! Everyone saluted. Even the members of the small team sounded more respectful. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Clean the battlefield, find the wanted people, strip the rest of their equipment and bury them on the spot." "yes!" Everyone ran down quickly and began to gather the bodies. You can also get a lot of loot by disposing of corpses. If you are lucky and find something good, it will also be a good income. Finally, the two skeletal corpses of a leader were dragged out. 10 o''clock in the morning. The associations fleet arrived at Jiwei Island. A large mercenary group poured into the island, and only two deacons were seen, leading a few team members. Sitting in the harbor and yawning. Deacon Imiro led two association teams off the ship, glanced at a few people, and asked, Where are the pirates? ??The pirate ship is still there, obviously the other party did not escape. Seeing that Wu Heng had no idea of ??answering, Xila Gei stood up and said: "All the pirates have been killed. One of the pirate leaders and two key members are on the wanted order, and Mrs. Shannella has also been rescued safely." ??Imiro looked at a few people. There was also a slight surprise in his eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 279 , bloodthirsty double blades Chapter 279, Bloodthirsty Double Blades Where is Mrs. Shannara? Imiro asked again. "Inside." Xilagui signaled, and someone immediately went to the stone house at the back to look for someone. Soon, Shanela, whose complexion had recovered a lot, came out. ?Smiling, "Deacon Imiro." Mrs. Shannara, just be fine. Lets get on the boat and rest first. Well go back to Treasure Island later. Okay! Shannara looked back at Wu Heng and the others, smiled and nodded, and then boarded the associations ship. Imiro continued to ask: "Where are the pirates'' bodies?" Over here. Sheila Gui led her to one side. ?On the beach not far away, three corpses were lying, covered with tattered linen. The linen cloth was lifted, revealing the face of the corpse. The Bloody Hand Pirates! Imiro recognized the identities of these people at a glance. ??The Bloody Hands are a difficult pirate group nearby. He is ruthless in doing things and never leaves any chance for survival. The fact that they can survive until now is enough to prove how difficult they are. The members of the association actually killed all the opponents despite being outnumbered in numbers and levels. Its really a bit unexpected. "Cover it and take it back. You did a very good job this time. Go back first." Imiro said. Hilagui nodded and immediately called for people to carry the body to the boat. Take the pirate ship and start the return journey together. On a returning ship. Sheila Gui leaned on the guardrail, blowing the sea breeze, "After this trip, you will solve the problem yourself." The results belong to everyone, but they play different roles. Wu Heng walked over and stood aside. We just went up the mountain and searched, but we still havent found anyone. Sheila Gui continued. Last nights battle plan. ??They will also face battles and dangers if they want to go up the mountain to rescue the hostages. But it took a whole battle. ?Wu Heng did everything by himself, so they seemed to take a detour and then ran back. "I didn''t expect that ''Shanara'' would be on the ship." Wu Heng paused slightly and asked in a low voice: "What is her status? She looks quite good." The president of the Star Flower Cross-Sea Chamber of Commerce, which is also the largest chamber of commerce among the wood elves. Sheila Gui introduced. Such a large chamber of commerce was robbed by a pirate group? So, we are also very surprised, and we should investigate this matter in the future. ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. According to what Shanela told him last night, the route itinerary was leaked. ??The pirates set up an ambush early. It seems that this is also an important reason. By the way, why do you feel that Shanaras attitude towards you is different from others. Sheila Gui spoke again. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Is there any? Maybe I rescued her!" Well, it should be! In the afternoon, the fleet returned to Treasure Island. The members of the association left some of them to deal with the ships, while Wu Heng and others returned directly to the association. This operation can be regarded as a good harvest. The deacons agreement to retrieve Shanara is considered a level three meritorious service, plus the leader of the Bloody Hand Pirates Group and two key pirates. There will be quite a few rewards. ?Go back to the office and study room. Anderweil immediately smiled happily, "Master, you are back!" "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and sat down aside, "There''s nothing going on here at the association!" Its okay, everything is normal. ?Andweil poured a cup of tea and placed it in front of him. ?Wu Heng took a sip. ??Continued: "The deacon needs a report from last night, and I asked you to write it for me." Okay Master! Anderweil spread out a piece of paper and started to write. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and recounted what happened last night. ? Anderweil sat aside and began to record it. The entire operation last night is actually not difficult to analyze. ?Just retell it according to what happened, and make sure it is consistent with the content of Sheila Gui herself. Furthermore, there was nothing special about the matter. Apart from the pirate ship that he drove away, there was no need to hide anything. Anderweil wrote it all down. Then I simply sorted it out and copied it again. Master, take a look. ?Wu Heng picked it up and read it from the beginning. After confirming that there was nothing wrong with it, he said, "Send it to the deacon." "good!" Anderweil leaves. ?Wu Heng took out all the loot from last night. Put them one by one on the table. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item)Space RingEndurance Belt. The first item is the double sword used by the pirate captain. An iron sword with a wooden handle, the blade has a trace of dark red. ?Like being stained with blood and not being wiped clean. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item) Category: Strange Objects Function: The wielder enters a violent state, and the wounds are difficult to heal. Side Effect: In the violent state, sanity decreases over time. (Description: A weapon used by a powerful thug. The wielder will gradually be affected by the killing and enter a state of madness. The blade is sharp, the wounds struck by it are difficult to heal, and the user will gradually lose his mind.) Wonderful object! ?It seems that this bloody-hand captain is really special. Rare items themselves are hard to come by, and rare items and weapons are even rarer. Furthermore, the double sword has a wide audience and can be sold for a sky-high price when put on the market. ?Wu Heng looked at the two swords again. The effect provided is that the holder can enter a violent state and the wound will be difficult to heal. These two points can directly improve the user''s combat effectiveness. The cost is gradually losing your mind. ??At that time, when I was fighting with the pirate captain, the other party turned around and ran away, but he didn''t seem to have lost his mind. But its not a big problem, if you use it on skeletons yourself. It is simply obeying orders, without the influence of emotions and senses. Things like reason should not affect the skeleton. As long as it doesn''t turn around and chop itself. ?Wu Heng put it away directly and continued to look at the remaining two items. Space Ring (5 cubic) Spiritual communication ring, explore the space inside. Some daily necessities, food, fresh water, various grenades, and an exquisite small wooden box. ?Wu Heng took out the daily necessities and the small wooden box. Open the small wooden box. There are neat gold coins inside, at least more than a thousand. Its really rich. On top of the gold coin, there is a note from the "Snake Emblem Consortium". You can take the bill and go to the consortium to take out the things stored in it. The door opens. ?Anderweil came back. What did the deacon say? Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t say anything." Anderweil said, her eyes falling on the debris beside her, "Master, these are..." Oh, let me throw it away, its a useless thing. "good." ? Anderweil opened the door and called some staff to take out all the clothes and pants on the floor and throw them away. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the third item. Endurance Belt (Description: A magic belt etched with a buff state, which can continuously replenish one''s own stamina.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 280 , lazy dog ??bomb Chapter 280, Lazy Dog Bomb ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Looked at the belt again. Endurance is a performance of resisting fatigue during physical or mental work. ?This kind of thing can play a certain role in fighting or learning. However, putting it on the belt requires people to guess which aspects of work it focuses on. Look at all three props. ?Wu Heng was put into the space ring. Overall, the harvest from this trip was huge. Not to mention anything else, the gold and silver coins in the cabin and space ring are a huge sum of money. Physique has been strengthened and I feel nothing even if I dont sleep for one night. Raise your hands, cup your cheeks, and lean toward yourself. ?Yawned and lay back on the sofa. "Master, you should also pay attention to your health. Don''t get too tired." Anderweil gently held her head and looked down. ?Wu Heng walked onto the boat. The skeleton attendant, Shark Teeth, was still standing in the control room. The boat was also empty. Its not bad. ??Wu Heng boarded the train with two skeleton attendants. But now this ship cannot dock immediately. ?Wu Heng released Glenda, and after saying a few words, Granda flew towards the sea. No one from the association asked, and Sheila Gui and others didn''t seem to notice the ship. ?Wu Heng stood up, walked off the train with the skeleton, and stepped onto Jiwei Island again. The two of them are tired of being together. In the itinerary, fill in the words "Jiwei Island". ?Now it seems that it should belong to me. ?Wu Heng stood at the bow of the ship, thinking about what to do with the ship. As soon as we sat down, the train arrived at Jiwei Island. Slowly approaching the port. The fox girl''s tail swung rapidly, she lay on the other person''s chest, and said softly: "There are people coming and going here, so wait until night to serve the master properly." Not long after, the pirate ship that left last night appeared in sight from the sea level. In the afternoon, the association had nothing to do. Used to transport goods, or to form a caravan of your own. ? Anderweil knelt down on one side and gently massaged his shoulders, "Master, he must be tired." ?Wu Heng and Anderweier exchanged a few words and left the association directly. ??The nobles in the city may not be able to come up with such a large sum of cash. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at the fair-skinned little fox. Taking it to the land, you can completely satisfy your own wealthy life. ?Wu Heng smiled, picked up his cheek and kissed him again. In addition to the harvest of gold and silver coins, the rest are meritorious service and ship rewards. As for ships, I took one away privately, and one of the remaining two pirate ships should be assigned to myself. ? Anderweil''s face was slightly red, her eyes closed subconsciously, and she stretched out the tip of her pink tongue and put it into the other person''s mouth. Put on the [train conductors hat], the car chimes, and the ghost train appears out of thin air. Awakened and separated by the sound of footsteps passing by the door. It only takes a few minutes. The next second, the train disappeared. After all, there is no place to sell the daily necessities collected from the zombie world. ?There is no one here, and the sea breeze is howling. I understand, Master. He took two skeleton attendants with him and found a deserted place. As you said, we cant lose to Minnie tonight. ?This ship is the main ship of the Blood Hand Pirates. Bringing him back to Treasure Island now means telling everyone that he stole a ship last night. ? Even if you do your best, it can easily bring about some negative impacts. Get off the boat again. Command the skeleton to go to the place where the corpses were buried yesterday and dig out all the corpses. Dead Corpse Battlefieldis released, the corpses that have not been transformed, their flesh and blood fall off, and they all stand up as skeletons. ?Wu Heng ordered, "From now on, you will be stationed on this ship." The skeletons all boarded the pirate ship. Wu Heng continued to say to the Shark Tooth: The ship usually docks here. If there are other fleets approaching, you should avoid it first. I will come back to pick you up in a few days. Shark teeth are also back on the pirate ship. After the ship matter was dealt with, Wu Heng also put on his conductor hat again. The train appeared and returned to Treasure Island.??? Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, chatting in the living room. The sound of cooking came from the kitchen. ?Wu Heng glanced over and saw the ''Chef No. 1'' wearing an apron preparing dinner. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Minnie jumped up excitedly and rushed over to give him a big hug. ??Wu Heng patted the other party''s buttocks and said, "Behave like a baby as soon as you come back. I''m not afraid that Wei''er will laugh at you." Master, I miss you so much. Minnie was buried in her arms. I havent seen it for just one day. Thats what I want too. ??Wu Heng hugged her, entered the living room and sat down on the sofa. Andewil smiled and said, "I heard you were back, and Minnie almost went to the association to look for you." Yeah! Minnie nodded. Minnie is so good! ?Wu Heng said softly. Minnie still sat in her arms and said softly: "Master, I bought some flower seeds and planted them in the courtyard. It won''t take long for the garden to grow." Well, not bad. Wu Heng praised with a smile. Soon, dinner was ready. The three of them sat together to eat. After dinner, Wu Heng also took out the loot plundered from the pirate ship. Let the two women decorate their residence when they have free time. Night falls. Three people got out of the bathtub. ??Wu Heng walked towards the bedroom holding the two soft bodies hanging on his body. Put the two girls on the bed. Under the light, admire the beautiful body and curves. ?Minnie smiled thinly, while Anderweil''s face was a little red, and the plush fox tail was curled in front of her body, blocking several important parts. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the bed and caressed the two women''s smooth bellies. It feels soft when you start it. Master, come on! Minnie grabbed his hand and said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded and lay on the bed with the two girls in his arms. The next day, in the morning. Anderweil went to the Association. ?Wu Heng simply sorted things out and went directly to the zombie world. Go out of your residence. Qiangzi came over from a distance. He said: "Your Majesty, we have a new plan for the flying dragon to throw things. This time it will be reliable." What plan! Wu Heng was curious. Have you ever heard of a lazy dog ??bomb? Hadron asked. ?Wu Heng shook his head. Qiangzi explained: "When people from the Flame God Sanctuary came over, I chatted with them and asked them how to attack zombies from the sky in an efficient and easy way. They mentioned the lazy dog ??bomb." He pointed at the draft drawing and said: "I heard they said it was a weapon developed during World War II. It is purely solid and does not need to be filled with gunpowder. It can penetrate a 60mm steel plate after being thrown from a high school. As long as you carry a lot, it can cover it." Enough range to kill the enemy." ?Wu Heng followed the opponent''s hand and looked at the graphics on the draft. The pattern is very similar to that of a bullet, with a long pointed tip, but the difference is that it has a spiral tail at the tail. In other words, this kind of bullet does not explode to kill the enemy, but is dropped from a high altitude to kill the zombies. This is actually not difficult to understand. Throwing a stone from a high altitude can kill someone, depending on how many can be carried. Furthermore, with the industrial capabilities of the auto repair shop, there should be no problem in producing solid bullets. Not to mention there is a skeleton blacksmith. Then try something and see what the effect is? Wu Heng said. Okay! Qiangzi nodded and agreed. After the hadron left. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, and Li Yahong also came over. He said: "Yesterday, Qi Hancai brought people over and wanted to join us." (End of this chapter) Chapter 281 , exaggerated lazy dog ??bomb Chapter 281, Exaggerated lazy dog ??bomb Wu Heng was not too surprised that Qi Hancai wanted to join. I have talked about this with Li Yahong before. ? Qi Hancai came to the auto repair shop more and more frequently, and she kept asking about the situation at the auto repair shop. The auto repair shop and Dong''an Village are both large refuges in this area. But the strength is very different. Dongan Village is hiding from zombies, while the auto repair shop is looking for zombies to kill. There is no comparison at all. Previously, people in Dong''an Village may not have had much idea, and even thought that their shelter was no worse than an auto repair shop. But after seeing the fighting power of the skeleton, his thoughts will definitely be shaken. As the corpse group continues to increase, it will become more and more difficult to kill in the future. If you really want to fight, you are not afraid. Speaking of more than 80 people. Li Yahong continued: "Then it''s settled like this?" "For sure, if Ma Zhiyong had seen your fighting style, he would have been depressed for several days, and then he would have wanted to join in." Li Yahong looked sure of it. "I don''t have any objections. It''s not a bad thing if we add a new superpower." Li Yahong continued: "The only thing I''m worried about is that there are so many people here at once, and they are in a group. If something happens, it may be difficult to deal with it. Lets continue cleaning up zombies along the road! Fell into the group of corpses with a clatter. It seems we guessed it right. Wu Heng said. I am afraid of doing something secretly and causing unnecessary trouble. After Qi Hancais matter was settled, Li Yahong continued to ask: Do you have any plans for today? The group of corpses in the second section of the road were attracted by the army of skeletons. Discard it directly, which is also a bit of waste. Okay, I think the result of your discussion is quite good. Wu Heng also agreed. No, it just feels like you are becoming more and more like a leader. Wu Heng said. There are indeed a lot of people. Following this came the iron spears being thrown, and the crossbowmen standing on the platform of the commercial shop. Bang~! ?Various attack methods roared towards the group of corpses. ?The corpses fell one after another. "good!" ? ? Not counting the prison, there were only about 50 survivors at the passenger terminal, and there were more than 80 people from the other side. It was indeed a bit troublesome. ?Wu Heng looked at her in surprise, "Do you still understand this?" After all, Qi Hancai is also under construction, and photovoltaic panels and other things must have been laid. He was trampled to the ground by the zombies behind him. ??Howling and roaring, they gathered their teeth and claws into a torrent, charging towards them. ?Doing this is actually a way. ??Driving the bus over, he took Wu Heng and continued to the main road section. Something difficult? Four p.m. I will notify them to come over in the next two days. "good!" Swish swish swish~! How many are there? Wu Heng asked. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "What do you think?" If you want to live better, relying on a stronger shelter is the best choice. Its good to keep it first and use it as a sub-base. The dense rain of arrows covered the sky. "Right." Li Yahong continued: "Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi, we discussed it and decided to keep Dong''an Village. Qi Hancai will bring some people over to carry out search and patrol work, and slowly divide them." ?Li Yahong agreed. ?Li Yahong smiled and said, "No way, we all discussed it." A gunshot rang out. ?Standing on the top of the scrapped bus, Lie Yi directly pulled the trigger. The bullets roared out. A deformed dog running away in the distance was instantly hit by a bullet. It lost its balance and fell to the ground. Bang~! Immediately afterwards, the second shot was fired again, and the deformed dog, which had just stood up and planned to continue running away, was hit again and never got up again. Another deformed dog looked back. Escape harder. ?Bang bang~! Two shots were fired in succession. The second deformed dog fell to the ground instantly and did not get up. ??Wu Heng glanced at the battlefield and said directly: "Speed ??up." The deformed skeleton rushes into the group of corpses. The zombies were instantly dispersed, and the skeleton queue also began to advance forward, killing all the zombies attracted by the deformed skeletons. Soon, the battle ended. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. The corpses of two deformed dogs were also dragged by the tails of Ju Yi and thrown in front of Wu Heng. Skeleton dog, I havent seen it for a while. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and two skeletal dogs shaped like lions stood up. Skeleton Hound (Level 6) Its level 6. ?It seems that the deformed dogs are also improving. He signaled the two skeleton dogs to stand aside, holding wooden sticks, picking out the corpse core from the minced meat and loading it up. ?Hand it to Li Yahong on the side, "Send it to the alchemy skeleton." "good!" After dealing with the deformed dog, the two stood aside and waited for a while. Wait for the large forces to clear the battlefield. ??Wu Heng continued to release [Dead Skeleton Battlefield], and a large number of skeletons joined the queue of skeletons. Its getting late too. I dont plan to continue cleaning up. Get on the bus and start returning. ?Back at the passenger terminal, Li Yahong took Wu Heng to see where the skeleton blacksmith was. A furnace had been set up here. In this world, iron can be found everywhere. The search team has also added a new task, which is to search for various iron tools. Wait until it gets late. ?Li Yahong followed the others to the cafeteria to eat, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Night falls. Minnie lay on her back on the bed, her legs hanging on his shoulders, and she spoke intermittently, "Why are you wearing a belt? Look...it looks weird and a little uncomfortable." "Health belt, it is good for the body." Wu Heng replied softly. ?Minnies eyes were a little blurry, and she said confusedly, What kind of livelihood can I make now? Its not too late. Of course, you have to pay more attention. So ugly, not at all..., ugh~! Minnie wanted to say more, but was blocked. ?His eyes are closed tightly, and his arms are tightly wrapped around the other person''s neck. The gently shaking bed board made Andweil beside her open her eyes. Hes still thereHey~! Anderweil was just about to turn to one side when a palm came up to her chest. He said hurriedly: "Master, I have to go to the association tomorrow!" The next day. ?Wu Heng followed and went to the association to take a look. After confirming that he had nothing to do, he returned to his residence and headed to the zombie world. ?Here, it rained a little last night. There was a sense of humidity in the air, and the ground was full of puddles. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, but Li Yahong hadn''t come over yet. Hadron ran over first. He said anxiously: "Your Majesty, we have achieved results!" Huh? Wu Heng was a little confused. Hangzi took two heavy breaths and took out two bullet-sized solid bullets from his pocket. Lazy dog ??bomb. Qiangzi said. "So fast?" ??Yesterday, what Qiangzi told him about the lazy dog ??bomb was done this morning? This speed is much faster than other weapons. "It''s not difficult. Just pour molten iron into the mold and wait for it to solidify." Qiangzi said directly. ?Wu Heng thought about it and it felt right. ??Picked up one gram and bumped it in his hand. It was about the same weight as a gold coin. How much? Wu Heng asked. 27 grams, if you want to reduce the weight, you can make it smaller. The gold coin is 30 grams, and the weight is really about the same. A flying dragon can carry an adult and fly quickly through the air. Excluding the equipment and rolling mines carried by the pirates at that time, the weight of the pirates was calculated as 120 kilograms. Approximately equivalent to two thousand of these solid rounds. It feels like the number is not that many. How many were made? Wu Heng asked. Qiangzi said: "More than 1,000 pieces." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let someone bring all the ammunition and let''s go try it." "good!" ?Wu Heng took Qiangzi and walked toward the warehouse. Li Yahong also came over at this time. Seeing the two of them, he asked, "Why are you going?" Lets go clean up the zombies. "okay!" ?Li Yahong drove a passenger car, and Qiangzi drove a military truck to pull the skeleton flying dragon. Hurry together towards the main road. ??Hello~! The main road leading to the city. ??Dense crowds of zombies began to gather, and piercing roars resounded throughout the entire area. A large group of corpses gathered from the roads on both sides to the middle, filling the entire street, and rushed towards this direction. ?Wu Heng glanced at the group of corpses coming quickly. Looking back, sweating profusely, he was still installing the magazine into the Feilong''s chest. Qiangzi and others were more thoughtful and assembled a honeycomb-shaped magazine out of plastic. ??He is fastening the buckles one by one to the spine and ribs of the skeleton flying dragon. The louder the roar of the corpses was, the more sweat appeared on their foreheads. There seems to be a problem with the size of some part. How long. Itll be ready soon. Qiangzi took off his belt, replaced the buckle, and fixed it on his spine. Hand down the body to test the sturdiness. Wiping off the sweat, "It''s no problem." ??Wu Heng nodded, pointed to the nearest ordinary skeleton, which was slightly shorter in stature, and said: "Put down your sword and armor first, and you ride on the back of the bone dragon." ??The skeleton warrior threw aside his weapons and armor and climbed directly onto the back of the bone dragon. Grab the reins prepared in advance. ?Wu Heng ordered the skeleton warrior: "Fly to the sky above the corpses and open these magazines." After all preparations are completed. ?Wu Heng patted the bone dragon and said, "Fly, fly higher." The Skeleton Flying Dragon kicked its feet, and its entire body instantly rose from the ground and rushed into the sky. It seems that the weight of the ammunition in the chest cavity has no effect on flight. The body of the skeleton flying dragon kept rising upwards, until it was finally only the size of a matchbox. Then, start flying forward along the main road. Wait until you reach the sky above the corpses. Suddenly, dense black raindrops fell from above. Soon, he smashed into the group of corpses. Boom, boom, boom~! A sound as violent as a rainstorm sounded. In an instant, the sound was like thunder, broken stone and glass flew everywhere, and each iron bullet stirred up two to three meters of smoke and dust. Wu Heng and others behind the skeleton were all frightened and lowered their bodies to avoid being affected. Looking ahead in surprise. The whole street was covered in smoke and dust. blocking the line of sight. ?Experience +1. Skeleton Flying Dragon, experience +1. ?Experience +1. Skeleton Flying Dragon. experience. Densely dense experiences appear. ?Wu Heng stared at the smoke-filled front with his eyes widened. Is it so useful? (End of this chapter) Chapter 284 , I will stay here first Chapter 284, Ill stay here first Boom, boom, boom~! The second round of bombing fell, and smoke rose again, filling the road ahead. ??Hello~! The remaining corpses continue to attack forward hard. Swish, swish, ding, ding, ding, ding! A hail of arrows and iron spears fell like raindrops again. The number of corpses has shrunk again. When they rushed to the skeleton spear array, there were only a thousand maimed and staggering Xiaobo corpses left. The spear kept thrusting forward. Level: Level 11 (77853/100000) Even though killing zombies is the common goal of all survivors, the brutal scene in front of her also made her feel scared. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation. Name: Wu Heng By cleaning up the battlefield. Confirming that the sound of battle did not attract a new group of corpses, he directly ordered, "Clean the battlefield!" ?? King Yama, how many corpse cores did he take? The entire main road has also returned to calm. However, according to Li Yahong''s idea, the entire road is also a road prepared for other shelters, so that they can safely go to the auto repair shop to exchange supplies. Start carrying corpses along the road, while collecting arrows and iron spears all over the ground. Qi Hancai, who was at the back of the team, stood there blankly. Different from the shock brought by the skeleton army last time, the battle just now gave people a sense of fear. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy sensing, spell casting acceleration. ??Wu Heng glanced at his attribute panel. It was only then that the superpowers were developed to this extent. Yes, but not very skilled. ?The road is covered with dense potholes, the roof of the car is dented and full of bullet holes. It would be better if it is smoother. No need to be skilled, just wait for the skeleton to move the body away, and then use a forklift to move the blocked scrapped vehicles away. Wu Heng said directly. The autumn wind blows and the smoke gradually disperses. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, walked through the group of skeletons, and asked, "What do I need to do?" The entire road was covered with corpses. The front of the team. ?Then a forklift drove over and pushed the scrapped cars to both sides of the road. It''s like a battlefield after a bombardment. After a brief battle. ??Wuheng stood on a scrapped car and looked into the distance. Feats: ...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic)..., Arcane Training, Lore of Souls, Lore of Haunts, Magical Senses, Arcane Echoes, Necromancer, Undying Adaptations, Spellcasting Acceleration. The skeleton on standby started to move again. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "Can you drive a forklift?" Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 34, Perception 22, Charisma 27. At every road section, there are basically scrapped cars blocking the road. ?It is also for this reason that when I came here this time, I brought an extra truck pulling a forklift. ?Stabs and limbs were hanging all around, and blood gathered into rivers. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and walked towards the back. The skeleton group was not afraid of these, they simply stepped on them and passed by. Kill all zombies in sight. The splashing sand and gravel shattered the glass of the shops on both sides. The sky above was all blood red. As time goes by, you will unlock more and more expertise and skills. Not to mention how excellent he is, but he is still far superior to professionals of the same level or even higher levels. After all, only you own the panel, and you can unlock skills by reading books. It is an ability that others do not have. On the level. I have reached level 11. If I want to upgrade to level 12, I need 100,000 experience points. In the past, I would have been unable to level up within a few years. But now that the Skeleton Dragon can kill enemies with bombs, this value is no longer so difficult to achieve. After two more battles, you will almost reach level 12. Previously, one apocalyptic world, another world with the Necromantic Restriction Act. It was like trying to survive, and now it suddenly became a game of mowing lawns and spawning monsters. I also have more expectations for improving my level. The road is open. Qi Hancai drove the forklift back. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked into the radio headset: "Hadron, how many iron bullets are there?" There are also two magazines with more than 2,000 bullets. Well, follow the convoy and push a little further before dark. Wu Heng said. Everyone get on the bus. The skeleton army also began to move forward. After walking out of a certain area. Zombies began to appear around again, fighting with skeletons. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng looked at the experience points. Level: 11 (89786/100000) You will reach level 12 soon. Skeletons continue to clean up the battlefield. ??Wu Heng glanced at the buildings on both sides of the road, and his eyes fell on a wedding hotel. He said: "I won''t go back. If I stay here, I won''t have to run back and forth." Li Yahong also looked at the hotel, "There''s no need to be in such a hurry. Nothing is ready here, and it may be inconvenient to stay." Isnt this how we used to come here? The bus station is a bit far away from here, and it takes too much time on the road. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Then I''ll help you clean up the room. If it''s not clean, you''ll easily get sick." "good." The two entered the hotel and chose an unoccupied room on the top floor. Daily necessities are also quite complete. ??Li Yahong was busy for a while and continued: "I will leave a truck for you. If anything happens then, you can contact us by radio." "That''s okay. After we go back, ask someone to prepare more arrows and solid iron bullets." Wu Heng said. Okay! Li Yahong nodded in agreement, then raised her head and looked at him eagerly. ?Wu Heng smiled, stepped forward and took her into his arms, kissing her heavily on the lips. Then he said: "How about we let Qiangzi and the others wait a little longer?" Li Yahong said softly: "There will be plenty of time next time." "also!" "Then I''m leaving. Remember to let me know if anything happens." Li Yahong said. "good!" ?Wu Heng sent her off. After waving goodbye, I boarded the bus, took the other two cars, and headed back in the direction from where I came. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons that were still busy carrying them. Come to the corpse, hold the ''Spine Staff'' and release [Dead Bones Field]. The bones stand up from the pile of corpses and join the queue. Several spells were released one after another, and a large number of skeletons joined them. Skeleton Warrior (Level 3) Now, most of the transformed skeleton warriors are at level 3. also represents the physical strength of the zombie, corresponding to level 3. Zombies evolve much faster than survivors. I wonder if corpse cores will appear when you evolve to level 5. Wu Heng muttered. After rearranging the skeleton army. Go back to your room in the hotel and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the deacons study. ??Wu Heng took out a tablet, flipped through the wanted notices one after another, and said: "This tool is very useful for checking the wanted notices and recording some things. It can just assist the deacon in your work." Deacon Imiro was stunned for a moment, then looked up at him and said, If you have anything to do, just tell me! ??Wu Heng sat down on the sofa opposite, looked at the noble elf deacon, and said, "Can you give me the body of the bloody-handed pirate? Treasure Island is in some danger, and I need some skeleton attendants." Didnt I share the body of the shark tooth with you last time? Imiro said. Wu Heng continued: "I brought my family members with me. Although I can come to the association, I still need some skeleton attendants at home to protect their safety." ??Imiro nodded slightly, feeling that what he said made sense. Looked at the assistant beside him, "Write a certificate and hand the body over to him." The assistant nodded and walked aside to prepare the proof. Imiro looked at him again and said, "You performed very well on these two missions. I saw that you were promoted too quickly before and thought you had some special connections. Now it seems that you are indeed very capable." ??The sudden mention of this matter made Wu Heng a little confused about what to say. Then, Imiro continued to talk to himself, "There are indeed many unstable factors in Treasure Island... Let''s do this. After the autopsy, the bodies of the wanted criminals you kill will be yours to dispose of." (End of this chapter) Chapter 283 , blank letter (one update today.) Chapter 283, Blank Letter (Updated today.) There was nothing going on in the association all morning. ?Wu Heng took Anderweil and left the association directly, heading for the port. The assigned ships have been docked at the associations exclusive port and are being monitored by staff. What do you do? The person looking after the ship didnt seem to know Wu Heng. ?? Anderweil showed her assistant certificate, and the other party''s attitude was much more respectful. Make way for the two of them to get on the boat. The corpses on the boat have been cleaned up. ??But the remaining blood stains and flesh foam can still be seen in the gaps between the decks. Either he is a necromancer. Everyone will suspect that this ship is full of ''soul rings''. Laughing, he walked to the round table on the other side where several people were already sitting and sat down. The two of them entered the tavern and sat down in the corner. Walking around, it was also noon. This hibiscus crab, is it called this because of the crab? Wu Heng asked, looking at the menu written on the wall. Then have one, and then have tempura, root vegetable salad and beef patties... ?Wu Hengze went to the weapons store again and purchased all the arrows and crossbows in the store. Several of them are alchemy materials, is that okay? Andweil asked. Go along the road towards Beacon Street. Take it easy! The woman saluted, then stepped back and continued to entertain other guests. Drinking and chatting, talking about recent events on the island. At this time, the door of the tavern opened again. As an assistant to the subdeacon, I also checked a lot of information. Before, Wu Heng only thought of forming a caravan, but now it seems that he can also arm the fleet. ??The maid brought the drink, the man took the beer and took a sip, then reached out and pinched the woman''s **** hard. put down the wine glass and asked: "I heard that Xue Hand is dead?" Although it was daytime, there were several tables of customers sitting in the shop. "If the master doesn''t plan to form a caravan, he can form a fleet. It will be more convenient to chase the pirate group at sea." Anderweil thought for a moment and said. The two continued to chat for a few words. ?The plump, dark-skinned tavern maid came over and asked with a smile: "What do the guests need?" I have never heard that it can be mixed into food before. ?Wu Heng sat down on the chair left behind and said, "I haven''t thought about it yet. Do you have any suggestions?" The wooden bow ordered has not been delivered. It will probably take two or three days. ??While Wu Heng was eating, his eyes fell on a few people. The two of them were eating. Not long after, all kinds of food were served. The leaves of kudzu root and demon red flower are both medicinal materials for alchemical potions. What are you shouting for? someone said. They got off the boat together. He knows more about the situation on Treasure Island than Wu Heng. When the woman heard that she had ordered several expensive dishes in the store, the smile on her face became even bigger. She said respectfully, "Wait a moment," and then went down to prepare. I found a pub nearby and planned to have lunch. ?Wu Heng took Anderweil and first went to the Elf shop. Well, Weier, you are smart and have an idea. Wu Heng praised. How does the master plan to use this ship? Andweil asked. Our chef is good at alchemy dishes, and they are also our signature dishes. I guarantee that they will be fine. Of course, the price is a bit expensive. Hibiscus crab costs 2 silver coins a portion. The woman said. "Of course not, it''s stewed with dragon tail crab, kudzu root, demon red leaves, bamboo shoots and fish stock." The woman smiled and said meaningfully: "Guests can try it, I''m sure it will be different tonight than usual. " Use it to chase pirate groups. ??A bearded man dressed as a sailor walked in and glanced at the entire tavern. ??The man looked suffocated, glanced at the hall again, and then leaned forward, seemingly talking about something. Perception increases and hearing is enhanced. But I lowered my voice intentionally, but I still couldnt hear clearly what was being said. With a thought in his mind, Glenda made himself invisible and leaned over. ?A few people chatted for a while. ??The man''s eyes fell on the woman serving the guests wine again. He stood up and walked over, lifted the woman up by her hips and said, "You guys chat, let''s go inside and have a private chat." The woman struggled a little in embarrassment. When a few silver coins were stuffed into his chest, he immediately became as docile as a kitten. Holded by the man, he walked towards the back. ??The other people laughed and shouted: "Hurry up, I have something to say to her later." ?Glenda flew back and got into the body. The scene of a few people chatting just now also appeared in my mind. The **** hand is really dead? the bearded man asked. The man on the opposite side said: "The exact news is that the association arranged two deputy deacons to kill the Bloody Hand Pirates overnight, and no one came out alive." No one is alive? Im a level 15 Bloodhand professional. Its no problem if I cant beat him and run away! All wanted orders for the Bloody Hand Pirates have been issued. It must be true. One person said, and then asked: Can you tell me, whats the new news? The bearded man said: "Yeke Kingdom, the old king is critically ill, and the situation in the entire kingdom has become tense." The second person said: "The Iron Barrel Pirates had internal strife, the captain was killed, and the vice-captain took charge of the pirates again." ?A few people murmured in low voices, why have so many troubles happened to the pirate group recently? Then look at the third person at the same time. The third person said: "The Vampire Clan is arresting some unruly light-blooded people. I heard that those people, through some means, gained some power from the Vampire Clan and caused a lot of trouble to the Vampire Clan." Some time ago, a similar thing happened on Treasure Island. A human dignitary captured a girl, imprisoned her, drank blood, and was killed by the association. said the person who initially answered the question about the Bloody Hand Pirates. The association has been quite aggressive lately. Indeed, I heard that the two deputy deacons are quite powerful. The association may have to forcefully intervene here. Speaking of which. The bearded man has lost all interest. Looking at the plump woman. He said a few words casually and walked towards the woman. After listening to the conversation of several people, Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. ?These people are like a small team that exchanges information. They exchange the information they have obtained here. Except for the first Blood Hand Pirates group. The other three are really news that Wu Heng doesnt know. ? Big Beard mentioned the political situation in the Kingdom of Yeko. The old king was critically ill, and the situation in the entire kingdom began to become more and more tense. ?This point should be a matter of inheritance, or someone wants to take the opportunity to seize the throne. ?Wu Heng is a little strange again. Those guys in the Secret Order have all kinds of weird props to increase their lifespan. ?There is no way for this king to extend his life? Or, after the extension, it has come to an end. ??This matter has little impact on me. The only one is ''Slater'' from Blackstone Town. But Blackstone Town is a remote town, and Slater is the deacon of the association, so there is no way she will be implicated. The second piece of information was about the "Iron Barrel Pirates". When Anderweil went to take the wanted poster in the morning, there was one of them who owned the flying dragon. As soon as it was determined as the target, the captain changed. The third piece of information is directly related to Wu Heng. The Vampires began to arrest illegal light-blooded people from various places. To put it bluntly, they were arresting members of the "Secret Order" from various places. This is what Wu Heng wants to see. It is best to kill them so that they dare not show up. After lunch. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier walked out of the tavern directly. ? Anderweil returned to the association to continue working, while Wu Heng went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium. In the hands of the leader of the Blood Hand Pirates Group, he also received two bills from the consortium. Walked into the consortium, showed his emblem, and was invited into the lounge. Sat down in the lounge, a middle-aged man in a formal dress walked in immediately. He asked respectfully: Guest, what are your orders? ?Wu Heng took out the two bills, pushed them over on the table, and said, "Take out the contents." Okay guest, please wait a moment! The man picked up the bill and walked out directly. Not long after, when I came back, I was followed by two staff members, each holding a sandalwood-colored wooden box in their hands. ?Wu Heng took a look, and judging from the strength with which the staff held it, there shouldn''t be anything heavy inside. I''m afraid I don''t even have gold or silver coins. "Guest, this is the item for the bill. If you have any instructions later, you can call us at any time." The man saluted again and left directly with the other two people. Wait for the door to close. ??Wu Heng bent down and placed the two wooden boxes in front of him, and opened the first wooden box directly. Inside are two vouchers laid flat. ?Wu Heng turned it upside down and took out the paper. North San Siga Shipyard: Vessel Certificate C Large Warship North San Siga Shipyard: Vessel Certificate C Large Warship Two ship certificates. ?Wu Heng frowned. The pirates gave the ship''s certificate to the Snake Emblem Consortium. What is this operation? ?Wu Heng guessed about money and rare objects. The only thing I have never thought about is storing the ship certificate with the consortium. But it doesnt matter, now I have four ships. ?Although he has no plans to go to sea, the strength of his own fleet has begun to take shape, and is at least much stronger than most pirate groups. His eyes continued to fall on the second wooden box. Open directly. Inside was a blank envelope, with the sealing wax positioned like a sheep''s horn. ?Wu Heng looked at the front and back. Tear off the sealing wax and pour out the letter inside. The letter is still a blank piece of paper. There is no handwriting, not even an indentation of writing. "Blank?" ?Wu Heng took it under the sun and looked at it, and then tried to verify whether the paper was interlayered. In the end, it turned out to be just a blank sheet of paper. Leave blank paper in the consortium? ??It was impossible no matter what Wu Heng thought. ??It was still put into the space ring directly. Maybe some potion was needed to make the words on it appear. After everything is sorted out. ?Wu Heng walked out of the lounge directly. ?Hello to the staff outside the door, left the consortium and walked towards the residence. Return to your residence. Pushing open the courtyard door, you can see Minnie and Gardener No. 1 squatting on the ground, cultivating flowers and plants. I dont know if the flower seeds in this world germinate quickly or if they use some special method. The seeds planted two days ago have already sprouted a bud today. The entire flowerbed is green and lush, no longer the original earthy brown color. Master, youre back so early today! Minnie cheered and ran over. ?Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "If you have nothing to do, just come early." Master must miss Minnie. Really, Master is getting more and more clingy. Minnie hugged his waist and whispered. ?Wu Heng smiled and pinched her cheek, "You seem to be acting in a drama." "Really? Do I have talent in this area?" Minnie asked as she followed them to the room. Maybe, Ill let Weier show it to you in the evening. Hey hey, okay! At dusk, Anderweil also returned from the association. After dinner, after training in the courtyard for a while. Go back to your room and rest. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng explained a few words to Anderweil who was going to the association. I have no plans to go to the association. After a brief tidying up, open the gate on the fourth floor and head to the zombie world. Appeared in the bedroom and looked out the window. He took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Get the car ready and ask Hadron to bring the solid ammunition. Let''s get ready to go." Soon Li Yahong''s voice came over, "Okay, get ready now." About half an hour later. The intercom rang again, "Ready." Well, Ill go down now. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building and saw three cars parked at the door. Li Yahongs passenger car and two military trucks. Your Majesty, Qiangzi and the other people in the car waved their hands and shouted. How many solid bullets have been made? Wu Heng asked. More than five thousand pieces, we have added some new molds. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Just as he was about to get on the bus, Li Yahong got off the bus with a figure. Qi Hancai! "This is Qi Hancai!" Li Yahong gestured to Wu Heng again and said, "This is the leader of the auto repair shop, King Yama." Every time I mention this name. ??Wu Heng felt that he was a little too middle-class. But I really dont want to reveal my real name. Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed, and as expected, the leader was King Yama. As for Li Yahong, she is only the apparent leader, similar to the responsibilities of a manager. King Yama, I have long admired your name. Qi Hancai stretched out his hand. Wu Heng shook her hand and said, "You are welcome to join." Thank you! Qi Hancai said. Li Yahong continued: "Now that we have joined, we are in the same boat. Don''t talk about these things to anyone else, and please tell the people under you." Although it doesnt sound nice, it is the fact. The shelters are also protected. The auto repair shop is not afraid of others, but it does not want internal affairs to be leaked. Dont worry, I will never be a fool. Qi Hancai promised. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Let''s go then!" "good!" ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong boarded the bus, while Qi Hancai got into the third bus at the back. Wait until the car doors are closed and the convoy is moving slowly. ??Wu Heng asked: "Qi Hancai is also following?" "The third vehicle is equipped with a forklift and ammunition made by Qiangzi and the others. We originally planned to let Wang Chenggang drive it, but ''Qi Hancai'' wanted to follow him to have a look, so I agreed." Li Yahong looked over and said, "I don''t want to let Wang Chenggang drive the car." If she goes, I will replace her now. Its okay, Im just curious and asked. "oh." The convoy continued forward and reached the end of the road. Hurrah! The skeleton army began to prepare. ??Densely packed groups of corpses began to gather in the distance and rushed towards this direction. ?At the rear, two skeletons stuffed the magazine into the flying dragon skeleton, and Hadron tightened the buckle. The level of solidity has been redefined. said: Okay, you can fly. ??Wu Heng signaled the skeleton warrior to get on the dragon''s back, patted the skeleton dragon, "Fly forward along the road." Huh~! The skeleton flying dragon soared into the sky and reached the sky above the corpses. Dense iron rain fell from the sky. Boom, boom, boom~! ??A deafening sound rang out, and the earth kept shaking. Thick smoke and dust rose to a height of two to three meters, covering the entire road. ?Several people lowered their bodies. ?Qi Hancai, who saw this scene for the first time, jumped back a long distance like a frightened rabbit, looking at the scene in front of him in horror. Is this an evolution towards modern weapons? Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the flying dragon landed. Qiangzi and others immediately stepped forward, opened the buckle, and replaced the new magazine. After the replacement is completed, tap the faucet lightly and say, "Fly!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 284 , I will stay here first Chapter 284, Ill stay here first Boom, boom, boom~! The second round of bombing fell, and smoke rose again, filling the road ahead. ??Hello~! The remaining corpses continue to attack forward hard. Swish, swish, ding, ding, ding, ding! A hail of arrows and iron spears fell like raindrops again. The number of corpses has shrunk again. When they rushed to the skeleton spear array, there were only a thousand maimed and staggering Xiaobo corpses left. The spear kept thrusting forward. Level: Level 11 (77853/100000) Even though killing zombies is the common goal of all survivors, the brutal scene in front of her also made her feel scared. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation. Name: Wu Heng By cleaning up the battlefield. Confirming that the sound of battle did not attract a new group of corpses, he directly ordered, "Clean the battlefield!" ?? King Yama, how many corpse cores did he take? The entire main road has also returned to calm. However, according to Li Yahong''s idea, the entire road is also a road prepared for other shelters, so that they can safely go to the auto repair shop to exchange supplies. Start carrying corpses along the road, while collecting arrows and iron spears all over the ground. Qi Hancai, who was at the back of the team, stood there blankly. Different from the shock brought by the skeleton army last time, the battle just now gave people a sense of fear. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy sensing, spell casting acceleration. ??Wu Heng glanced at his attribute panel. It was only then that the superpowers were developed to this extent. Yes, but not very skilled. ?The road is covered with dense potholes, the roof of the car is dented and full of bullet holes. It would be better if it is smoother. No need to be skilled, just wait for the skeleton to move the body away, and then use a forklift to move the blocked scrapped vehicles away. Wu Heng said directly. The autumn wind blows and the smoke gradually disperses. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, walked through the group of skeletons, and asked, "What do I need to do?" The entire road was covered with corpses. The front of the team. ?Then a forklift drove over and pushed the scrapped cars to both sides of the road. It''s like a battlefield after a bombardment. After a brief battle. ??Wuheng stood on a scrapped car and looked into the distance. Feats: ...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic)..., Arcane Training, Lore of Souls, Lore of Haunts, Magical Senses, Arcane Echoes, Necromancer, Undying Adaptations, Spellcasting Acceleration. The skeleton on standby started to move again. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "Can you drive a forklift?" Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 34, Perception 22, Charisma 27. At every road section, there are basically scrapped cars blocking the road. ?It is also for this reason that when I came here this time, I brought an extra truck pulling a forklift. ?Stabs and limbs were hanging all around, and blood gathered into rivers. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and walked towards the back. The skeleton group was not afraid of these, they simply stepped on them and passed by. Kill all zombies in sight. The splashing sand and gravel shattered the glass of the shops on both sides. The sky above was all blood red. As time goes by, you will unlock more and more expertise and skills. Not to mention how excellent he is, but he is still far superior to professionals of the same level or even higher levels. After all, only you own the panel, and you can unlock skills by reading books. It is an ability that others do not have. On the level. I have reached level 11. If I want to upgrade to level 12, I need 100,000 experience points. In the past, I would have been unable to level up within a few years. But now that the Skeleton Dragon can kill enemies with bombs, this value is no longer so difficult to achieve. After two more battles, you will almost reach level 12. Previously, one apocalyptic world, another world with the Necromantic Restriction Act. It was like trying to survive, and now it suddenly became a game of mowing lawns and spawning monsters. I also have more expectations for improving my level. The road is open. Qi Hancai drove the forklift back. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked into the radio headset: "Hadron, how many iron bullets are there?" There are also two magazines with more than 2,000 bullets. Well, follow the convoy and push a little further before dark. Wu Heng said. Everyone get on the bus. The skeleton army also began to move forward. After walking out of a certain area. Zombies began to appear around again, fighting with skeletons. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng looked at the experience points. Level: 11 (89786/100000) You will reach level 12 soon. Skeletons continue to clean up the battlefield. ??Wu Heng glanced at the buildings on both sides of the road, and his eyes fell on a wedding hotel. He said: "I won''t go back. If I stay here, I won''t have to run back and forth." Li Yahong also looked at the hotel, "There''s no need to be in such a hurry. Nothing is ready here, and it may be inconvenient to stay." Isnt this how we used to come here? The bus station is a bit far away from here, and it takes too much time on the road. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Then I''ll help you clean up the room. If it''s not clean, you''ll easily get sick." "good." The two entered the hotel and chose an unoccupied room on the top floor. Daily necessities are also quite complete. ??Li Yahong was busy for a while and continued: "I will leave a truck for you. If anything happens then, you can contact us by radio." "That''s okay. After we go back, ask someone to prepare more arrows and solid iron bullets." Wu Heng said. Okay! Li Yahong nodded in agreement, then raised her head and looked at him eagerly. ?Wu Heng smiled, stepped forward and took her into his arms, kissing her heavily on the lips. Then he said: "How about we let Qiangzi and the others wait a little longer?" Li Yahong said softly: "There will be plenty of time next time." "also!" "Then I''m leaving. Remember to let me know if anything happens." Li Yahong said. "good!" ?Wu Heng sent her off. After waving goodbye, I boarded the bus, took the other two cars, and headed back in the direction from where I came. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons that were still busy carrying them. Come to the corpse, hold the ''Spine Staff'' and release [Dead Bones Field]. The bones stand up from the pile of corpses and join the queue. Several spells were released one after another, and a large number of skeletons joined them. Skeleton Warrior (Level 3) Now, most of the transformed skeleton warriors are at level 3. also represents the physical strength of the zombie, corresponding to level 3. Zombies evolve much faster than survivors. I wonder if corpse cores will appear when you evolve to level 5. Wu Heng muttered. After rearranging the skeleton army. Go back to your room in the hotel and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the deacons study. ??Wu Heng took out a tablet, flipped through the wanted notices one after another, and said: "This tool is very useful for checking the wanted notices and recording some things. It can just assist the deacon in your work." Deacon Imiro was stunned for a moment, then looked up at him and said, If you have anything to do, just tell me! ??Wu Heng sat down on the sofa opposite, looked at the noble elf deacon, and said, "Can you give me the body of the bloody-handed pirate? Treasure Island is in some danger, and I need some skeleton attendants." Didnt I share the body of the shark tooth with you last time? Imiro said. Wu Heng continued: "I brought my family members with me. Although I can come to the association, I still need some skeleton attendants at home to protect their safety." ??Imiro nodded slightly, feeling that what he said made sense. Looked at the assistant beside him, "Write a certificate and hand the body over to him." The assistant nodded and walked aside to prepare the proof. Imiro looked at him again and said, "You performed very well on these two missions. I saw that you were promoted too quickly before and thought you had some special connections. Now it seems that you are indeed very capable." ??The sudden mention of this matter made Wu Heng a little confused about what to say. Then, Imiro continued to talk to himself, "There are indeed many unstable factors in Treasure Island... Let''s do this. After the autopsy, the bodies of the wanted criminals you kill will be yours to dispose of." (End of this chapter) Chapter 285 , test skills (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 285, Testing Skills (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) ??In the future, all the corpses killed will be handled by you after autopsy? Hearing these words, Wu Heng felt happy. It seems that the deacon of Treasure Island does not have too much hostility towards the necromancer, or in other words, his attitude was relatively friendly before he discovered that Wu Heng had done anything bad. From now on, the bodies of wanted criminals that he kills by himself will belong to him after autopsy. Actually, it sounds like it should be like this, but in Blackstone Town and Luntam City, this kind of treatment has never been given. ?Yazd from Blackstone Town was even more afraid that he would steal the corpse, so he asked his team and guards to take it out and burn it the next day. Thank you, deacon! Wu Heng thanked him. ?Elegance Elf smiled and said with approval: "When I first came here, I killed several level three wanted criminals one after another. You did a good job indeed." After finishing speaking, he changed his tone and emphasized again, "Your profession is quite special. You must abide by the regulations of the association. If you encounter any difficulties, you can tell me." ?Wu Heng understood what he wanted to say. He nodded and said, "I will." "Um!" At this time, the elf assistant on the side also filled out the certificate for taking the body. Thank you! Wu Heng took it and looked at the tablet on the table, Deacon, do you want this? There are a lot of tablets in the Zombie World, and the new ones are all in warehouses, and there is no place to put them. But in this world, it is indeed a scarce thing. At least taking photos and looking through photos is still impossible without props. Imiro glanced at the tablet and said calmly: "Put it here!" Oh, this prop needs to be charged. If it doesnt appear on the screen at that time, please give it to me to take back and recharge. Wu Heng explained. "Oh, I see." ?Wu Heng nodded and exited the room directly. ?Hold the proof that the ink is still wet. Walking towards the underground morgue. There was an eerie coldness in the morgue. ??I didnt see the two coroners today, only the staff responsible for guarding were standing at the door chatting. When he saw Wu Heng coming, he immediately stood up straight and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon!" "Well, this is the deacon''s certificate. I want to take this body away and go find a straw mat to roll up the body." Wu Heng took the certificate and gave the other party a look. Actually, Wu Heng wanted to steal the body. There are many ways. After all, he is also a sub-deacon, so there is no problem in using the boundary gate to transport the body to another world as a cover. But its best to take the formal approach. So as not to have any bad impact on yourself because of a corpse. Okay. The guard glanced at the confirmation, and one of them quickly entered the morgue. Take a straw mat and roll up the body. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. You guys, get busy, Wu Heng said. The two of them bowed slightly. Return to your office and study room. ?? Anderweil was sitting in the room, "Master!" Well, have you got the reward? Wu Heng asked. Here they are, theyre all on the table. ??Wu Heng walked to the desk and saw several items on the table, two skill books, and three leather bags filled with silver coins. These are the rewards for rescuing Lady Shannara and killing the Blood Hand Pirates. After several days of process by the association, the rewards were finally distributed. Anderweil smiled and said: "When I received the reward, the people from the third team were also there. Ohlin said that if you have any orders, you can go to them directly." It seems that they are quite satisfied with the mission rewards. Well, everyone is happy. ? Anderweil stood up, poured Wu Heng a cup of tea, then returned to his seat and sat down, continuing to organize documents. ?Wu Heng put away the bounty and looked at the two skill books in his hand. ?This time, exchange [Death Breath] and [Activated Object]. There is also a necromancy book [Plague Technique] at the front desk. ??But this skill is the same as the skill that comes with your own staff, so there is no intention to exchange it. Let Wei''er change to another skill that she was more interested in [activated object]. ?In addition to the images of sweeping the floor with a broom and pouring water into a teapot, I was also wondering whether giving the car skills would directly turn it into a Transformer. Or let the machine gun run to the battlefield by itself and chase people. ?Thinking in my mind, I opened the skill book casually. Look at the content in the book. ?Wu Heng gradually became focused. Activate ObjectThis skill belongs to the transformation spell type. ?This school is also called the transformation system, which is often used to change objects or the environment. The [Feather Falling Technique] learned before is a type of change. Its just that activate objects is a more advanced type of spell. You can designate up to 10 objects within the casting distance, and non-magical objects come to life. These 10 items are not randomly designated. Weight and size will affect the difficulty of casting spells and the number that can be controlled. ?The book gives an example, saying that a mage who casts spells normally can control 10 quill pens to write letters, but if he controls a chair, he can only control 5 chairs to move. Here is the difference caused by weight and body shape. ??Wu Heng wants to turn the car into a Transformer, which is even more impossible, and it is not an effect that can be expressed by magic. After casting the spell, it does not endow the object with real life or false soul life. More like giving a command to an item to complete an action. There is no sense of autonomy. ??Wu Heng looked back carefully, surprised at the magic of magic, and also surprised that someone could actually study this kind of magic. Turn the book to the last page, and the system prompt will appear immediately. Unlock skill: activate object. Putting the books into the space ring, his eyes fell on the desk. Use the spell on the quill on the side. ??The quill hanging on the pen holder floated to the table, and the word "quill pen" was written on the paper by itself. ??It''s not that the quill can write on its own, but the words written by Wu Heng''s preset magic. The magic dissipated and the quill fell on the desk. ?Wu Heng waved again, and the teapot flew over and filled the teacup with water. "Anderweil", who was working hard, was instantly alert, turned over her hand and took out a pistol, pointing at the teapot that suddenly moved. Its okay, its a new skill I learned. Wu Heng said immediately. Anderweil looked at the teapot, then at Wu Heng, and put away the gun, "What spell?" The activated objects I just brought back can make some objects move on their own. Do you want to bring tea and water? It seems that Minnie really has nothing to do. ?Wu Heng looked at her, then snapped his fingers with one hand. ??The hair tie tied to Anderweil''s hair suddenly untied itself, quickly tied a knot, tied her hands, and lifted her up high. ?Wu Heng walked over and grabbed the raised arm, "It''s quite useful." With her hands tied, Anderweil looked at the door carefully, blushed and whispered: "What are you doing, Master? We are still in the association. What should we do if someone bumps into us?" Dont you think its fun? Lets play again when we go home! After teasing Andeweier for a while, Wu Heng dissipated the magic. You cant really do anything in the association, its still broad daylight. Sit back at the table and continue to take out the second book and read it. Death Breathis a spell of the Necronomicon faction. The type is close to [Cloud and Mist Technique], and it is very likely that it was re-improved and developed from ''Cloud and Mist Technique''. It can form a cloud-like terrain. In addition to blocking the line of sight, it also has many negative effects in necromancy. More like, a poisonous fog zone surrounded by necromantic energy. This skill was very important to Wu Heng from the very beginning. ??Whether it is covering terrain or blocking pursuing troops, it can perform well. ?Of course, this effect is only for living beings, and is basically of no use to undead. Turn to the last page. ?System prompts also appear immediately. Unlock Skill: Breath of Death After the skill is unlocked, Wu Heng puts the skill book into the space ring. Feeling that the association had nothing to do, he said: "Weier, I''m going back first. If there''s nothing else, you should go home early for dinner." Good master, answered Anderweil. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association and walked towards his residence. The association and my residence are both in the central area, and the distance is actually not too far. It only takes about 10 minutes to get there. Walking back. Suddenly, Wu Heng felt a feeling of being watched. He turned around suddenly and looked back. ?There are people coming and going on the street, everyone is normal, and no one seems to be looking at me. But the feeling just now was not an illusion. Looked at the street and then at the sky. After confirming that there was no one around, he turned around and continued walking back. Lets see if anyone is following me. Wu Heng kept walking and whispered. ?Glenda flew invisible into the sky and looked down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 286 , is he really a mage? Chapter 286, Is he really a mage? ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward for a while. Glenda, who was in the invisible state, caught up from behind. Lying beside him, he said softly: "I didn''t find any strange people, and there were no tame animals following me." ?Wu Heng frowned, "Maybe I felt wrong." ?Glenda''s perception is high, and coupled with some relevant knowledge during her lifetime, she is proficient in investigation and finding traps. Since Glenda has not found the target. ?Either you feel that you are wrong, or the other person is a professional who is very good at hiding and tracking. ??If it''s the latter, if you look back and look for it now, you may be alerted. Lets take a look at the situation first. ? Pushing the door into the courtyard, Gardener No. 1 was wandering in the flower bed. Minnie is nice, too. Minnie rolled her eyes and asked, "Can''t I just learn this skill? I feel like this skill is very suitable for a maid." A spell that can control dead objects to move. Walking back to the residence. A large number of skeletons filled the open space outside the hotel. The bedroom is relatively spacious and tidy, with all the furniture available. Minnie also jumped out of the building to greet her, "Master, it''s so early to come back today." I am somewhat disappointed with this skill. Spell! Its so powerful! Minnie exclaimed. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Being a mage requires you to study and do experiments. It''s very boring." ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, snapped his fingers, flipped the inverted teacup, tilted the teapot and filled it with tea. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s not necessarily impossible. I have a skill book here. You can study it and take a look." Actually, its not very useful. It can only control some small objects. ?Hand the skill book to the rabbit girl, the latter happily put it away and said softly: "Master, you are so kind." "Ok, I know." Minnie, who kept chattering, closed her mouth instantly. He went directly to the fourth floor. ??If a scholar of this spell has heard someone say that the skills he has worked so hard to develop are suitable for being a maid. Hitch opened the curtains and looked outside. "That''s so awesome. The mage is so good. If I had known it was so fun, I would have changed my profession to a mage." Minnie said with some envy. But from the exclamations of Minnie. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked inside, "There is nothing wrong with the association." Out of the boundary door is the bedroom in the hotel. No, well have dinner later. ??It is not as powerful as imagined, and the objects it controls can only perform some simple specific actions. Practice writing, and my hands are already cramped due to fatigue. Wouldnt it be even more boring to read books every day? ?Granda hummed and continued: "If someone really follows you, they should be afraid of the association''s status. Just be careful, and it shouldn''t be a big problem." I chatted with Minnie in the living room for a while and decided on the menu for the evening. "hey-hey!" ??The teapot returned to its original position, and Wu Heng dispersed the magic. "The newly learned spell is quite fun." ?Suddenly I felt that this skill was pretty good. After all, I was a necromancer, and the battle was left to the necromancer. My spells only needed to be "handsome". Oh! That doesnt seem to suit me very well. Minnie has a clear understanding of herself. Want something to eat? How about I prepare some pastries for you. Im afraid Ill be so angry that Ill vomit blood. With his eyes widened, he looked at the scene in front of him in disbelief, "The kettle has moved." It depends on whether Minnie can understand it. Learning does not take much energy. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ??Wu Heng opened the door and walked directly out of the hotel door. In the open space in front of him, he called out the corpse in the space ring. The skeleton stepped forward and cut the rope from the straw mat. Expose the body inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton with broad bones slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 30, Strength 28, Agility 24, Intelligence 16, Perception 15, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, dexterous hands. Experts: Plate Armor Specialization (Advanced), Dual Sword Specialization (Advanced), Simple Weapon Specialization (Basic), Crossbow Specialization (Advanced), Navigation (Advanced), Ship Repair (Intermediate). Ability: Surprise attack with double swords, sweeping, continuous sword power. From an attribute point of view. Actually, its not bad. Level 15 skeletons can also become leaders in most forces. ??But for professionals who are pirates or bandits, no matter how high their level is, their attributes seem to be scattered.??????????????????????????????????????????? more like in fierce competition, selected out of the strong. "From now on, if you call me Bloody Hand, stand up first." Wu Heng named him. The skeleton walked out of the pile of rotten meat and stood aside. ?Wu Heng continued to take out a set of silver plate armor and the rare pair of swords, and handed them to him, "These are for you to use first." Bloodthirsty Double Bladescan provide a ''furious'' state and the effect of preventing wounds from healing after hitting the target. The side effect is that the user gradually loses their mind. Skeletons definitely have no sense. After all, they are just false souls given by necromancy magic, not independent thinking individuals. Similarly, its hard to say whether it can enter a violent state. Any state will affect most living beings, but will not take effect on undead. Let him use it now. If it cannot show the effect of "wonder object", then replace it. In a matter of seconds, Xue Hand changed his equipment. ?Wearing silver plate armor, with two swords hanging on his waist. ?Wearing a gangster''s hood on his head, he also put on a round helmet. Finished dealing with the **** hand matter. ??Wu Heng continued to walk around the team of skeletons. Pick out 50 skeletons with level ten or above and stand in front of you. He gave each of them a bandit hood and said, "Follow me." Go back to the hotel. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island with the selected skeletons. Go down the stairs. You guys are guarding the balcony on the second floor, and you go guard the courtyard. ?Wu Heng began to assign guard positions to skeletons. ?This type of mansion can be considered a wealthy person in Treasure Island. ?Each family must arrange some guards and attendants. ?Originally, Wu Heng arranged for Skullbreaker and Bloody Hand to follow him, Bawudong to protect Minnie and teach boxing and physical skills by the way, Fire Blade to protect Anderweil, and the warrior to cooperate with the ranger, which can also play a tactical role. Today, I feel like someone is following me. ?Wuheng still added some new skeletons to ensure the safety of his residence. ??The skeletons dispersed as ordered. ?Minnie, holding a small shovel, walked in from outside and asked, "What''s wrong?" Its okay, arrange some skeletons to increase defense. Wu Heng said. "Sister Wei''er should be back soon. I''ll have the kitchen prepare dinner." "Um!" ?Wu Heng sat in the living room for a while, and Anderweier also came back from outside. ?While taking off his shoes, he smiled and said, "Master!" Well, dinner will be ready soon, just wait a moment! "okay!" Anderweil came over, leaned into her arms, and talked about some documents that were handed over in the afternoon. Port, bottom of cargo ship. Dark cabin, dark and damp. Tap tap tap! The sound of footsteps coming down from the top of the stairs. ??A man wearing a loose robe, with slightly dark skin and dreadlocks walked down. He glanced at the dark corner and said, "I saw the deputy deacon. Are you sure he is a mage?" From the depths of the dark corner, a figure slowly walked out. He has a well-proportioned figure and a handsome appearance, but he staggers a bit when he walks. ??Every time my right leg touches the ground, there will be a "dah" sound, the sound of a hard object hitting the wooden board. "Necromancer, I saw it with my own eyes. What''s the problem?" the lame man asked. The man with the dreadlocks said: "He is very alert." Have you been discovered? The mans tone suddenly sounded nervous. "I just said that he was highly alert, and I didn''t say that he was discovered." The man with dreadlocks continued. The lame man was dull for a moment and continued: "Kill him, and the money will be yours." With a thud, a money bag was thrown to the ground. The loose bag opened, and two gold coins rolled out. They were stepped on by the man with dreadlocks, "I heard that the third team was the one who did this. I will kill them and only take half of them from you." reward." I want this necromancer dead. Deputy Killing Association, if something goes wrong, we wont be able to get out of this island. The man with the dreadlocks said again. "You are in this business, are you still afraid of this? Be careful and do it cleanly." The man continued. The man with the dreadlocks stood there a little dull, raised his head slightly and said, "Add more money!" Bang~! Another money bag was thrown over. ??The man with the dreadlocks bent down to pick it up and said, "Wait to hear the news." After saying that, he turned around and walked up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 287 , don鈥檛 force me to burn you all Chapter 287, Dont force me to burn you all After dinner, Wu Heng took his two girls to train in the courtyard. After training during this period, Wu Heng felt that his adaptability had been significantly improved. Its not that the combat has become much stronger. But the ability to respond to emergencies, body coordination, and some special movements are much better than before. After training. ?Wu Heng invited the two girls to take a bath together. After the three of them laughed and joked for a while, they each returned to their rooms. ?Wu Heng returned to the fourth floor. Before going to bed, think about the next plan. As for the zombies, we must maintain the speed of upgrading, find ways to find out some information about the flying dragon pirate group, and increase the number of skeleton flying dragons. It is best to develop our own informants and continue to provide intelligence. The war hammer in Skullbreaker''s hand fell and hit the billowing sheets. "There is no sea where I live. If I want to go to a coastal city, I''m afraid I won''t be able to get there in a few years. This is really a problem. When the time comes, let Li Yahong ask about the situation on the channel. Is there anyone there? can provide corresponding things. Dancing LightsThrow, you will see a smashed spider corpse, slapped on the wall. I woke up instantly and immediately smelled the aroma of burning in the air. There is also the matter of the fleet. There is no combat equipment on the ship. If modern ships and various advanced weapons can be brought over, it will be easier to kill the pirate group... " The smell of incense is like a magic incense burner, and controlling such dense spiders is not something ordinary professionals can do. Lets go out. ?Wu Heng looked ugly. Late at night and fall asleep. Under the horrified eyes, it seemed as if something was smashed and exploded. ?Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and the sheets on the bed rose into the air, wrapping up the rushing spiders and falling to the ground. ?As he walked downstairs, he took out his armor and staff. After putting them on, he continued to put on a [Bone Armor]. ?Wu Heng looked sideways and saw the ''Skull Crusher'' guarding the door holding a war hammer and sweeping towards him. Huh~! Close the door tightly again. Even though it has been smashed, it can still be identified as a colorful spider the size of a fingernail. With a thud, swarms of spiders covered the bed. Suddenly, a roar pierced the air. Suddenly, above the head, there were densely packed spiders, like a colony of ants, covering the top of the head. ?Wu Heng raised his head in confusion. At this time, another large group of black spiders rushed towards me. Someone attacked me? Wu Heng rolled from the bed to the ground and stood behind the two skeleton attendants. ?Wu Heng opened the door and exited the room with two skeleton followers. At the same time, he controlled the objects in the room and smashed them against the rushing spiders. In a daze, a mental shock was blocked and disintegrated by my own mental barriers. Huh~! Put your hands behind your head and sigh slightly. bang~! ?Wu Heng rolled over. At this time, the sound of dense crawling sounded, and the dense spiders gathered into a group and rushed towards the head in black. Hisssssss~! ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes, his face solemn. A large amount of green juice spurted out from the sheets wrapped in it. After thinking for a while, it was getting late. Sure enough, someone was staring at me, and I didnt feel wrong during the day. Bang. ?This feeling of a barrier blocking mental attacks occurred last time when Yazd tried to destroy his own will, but was blocked by his specialty [Strengthening Will]. From the top of your head? Lie down and rest directly. ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax stepped forward, waving their weapons and stepping on them with their feet. He released Glenda and Xiao Xiao at the same time. Under the puzzled looks of the two, he said: There is an enemy controlling a spider nearby. Find him. Okay. The two ghosts nodded, quickly flew into the sky, penetrated the roof, and flew out. When he arrived on the third floor, the Skeleton Flame Blade was still guarding the door, and he pushed open Anderweil''s room. The fox girl was still sleeping soundly, and at the window, spiders had begun to pour in. It seems that the target of these spiders is himself and follows his position. Weier! Wu Heng stepped forward and shouted. Anderweil is still sleeping soundly. Carry it up! Skeleton Fire Blade carried him on his shoulders and walked out together. ??Continue to go to Minnie''s room, still sleeping soundly. ?Hold "Bawudong" on his shoulders and walked downstairs together. At this time, the spiders began to gather on the first and second floors, and the skeletons guarding outside also began to attack these spiders. ?Weapon chop, lift your foot to step on. Attack as many spiders as possible. But for a large number of spiders, there is no significant effect. ?Similarly, this spider''s attack method is breath and poison, which has no obvious effect on skeletons. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and the sleeping maid down the stairs. There are still large spiders blocking the way. Dont force me to set fire to you. Wu Heng threatened. But for spiders, it does not have any deterrent effect. At this time, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. No suspicious person found. No one, uncle! ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper, and neither ghost found any trace of the other. Where did this person control the spider swarm? Why attack in this way? It is very possible that he is hiding in a nearby residence, and it will take some time to search. Granda said. Glenda was thinking about where the other party was hiding. ?Wu Heng, on the other hand, was thinking that the enemy''s position was not clear, and rushing out rashly might be a trap for the opponent. ?These spiders are just a part of it, just to force themselves out. Wu Heng shook his head and said: "No, the other party is here prepared. I''m afraid they are fully prepared, so you should come back first!" The two ghosts nodded and went back to their bodies. Come closer to me. Wu Heng ordered. Skeletons all around are gathering towards this side. After everyone comes over. ?Wu Heng directed a [Death Breath] into the room, and dark blue clouds instantly filled the room. The negative energy of the dead began to eat away at the spiders all over the room. Falling down with a crackling sound. Then, open the gate. Take all the skeletons and the two women and head to the zombie world. On the other side is the hotel corridor. After transporting 50 skeletons, the gate was opened in the corridor. ? Commanding the skeleton, he walked out of the hotel and shook the armor on his body to prevent any spiders from following him. The two maids, who were still asleep, were placed on the bed in the hotel room. ?Wu Heng went to the bathroom, washed his face and looked around to make himself sober. After washing up, the two girls were still sleeping soundly. There is no problem with my physical condition. ?Wu Heng sat at his desk and began to look through the wanted posters on his tablet. What happened tonight was a bit too sudden. Vice-deacon of the Dare to Kill Association. This must be a big feud. Former enemies? Or, kill the accomplices of the wanted criminals on Treasure Island. Think carefully. ?Starting from Blackstone Town, there seem to be quite a few enemies. "You can''t think like that. If you think like that, the scope is too big." ??Wu Heng patted his face and rethought the possibility of an enemy. Transportation and communications in this world are still relatively backward. ??Blackstone Town and Luntam City, the possibility of the enemy finding them is extremely slim. The most likely possibility is that the pirates killed or the members of the ''Secret Order''. But the Secret Order, now being targeted by the vampires, should not seek revenge on itself now. ??So he''s an accomplice of the pirates? ?The sky is slightly brighter. ??Wu Heng reopened the gate and took a look. On the other side, there were no traces of spiders, and even the dead spiders did not leave any bodies. If not, there are traces of fighting all around. I am afraid that even Wu Heng thought it was a dream. Assassinating the deputy deacon of the association is not a trivial matter. ?The other party would definitely not dare to stay here if they found out that the person was missing. Let the ghost continue to check and confirm that there is no danger. Only then did he carry back the two girls who were still sleeping soundly. After waiting in the living room for a while, the sky became brighter and brighter, and the sounds of people talking came from the street outside. Minnie yawned and shouted, "I slept well yesterday." Anderweil, who was on the side, was also woken up by the voice and said, "Minnie, why did you come to my room again?" No way! The two of them woke up a little and found themselves lying in the living room. Furthermore, something is not right about the surrounding environment. ?Wu Heng came over and said, "Take some time to clean up. Let''s go to the association together." During the day, it is unlikely that the other party will take action. But it is still safer. The two women also realized that a special situation might have occurred and quickly cleaned up. Follow Wu Heng to the association. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door. After receiving a response, he opened the door and walked in. ?The elegant and tall elf deacon must have just arrived. He is putting stacks of documents on the bookshelf at the back. Its rare to see you coming so early. Imiro glanced at him and said. ?Wu Heng was not in the mood to chat with him about these things. Get straight to the point, "Deacon, I was assassinated last night." The elegant butler and the elf assistant who cleans the house all have their hands moved. Whats going on? Imiro sat back at the table with a serious expression. "Last night, I was first attacked by a mental attack, and then a large swarm of spiders..." Wu Heng briefly told what happened last night. It does not raise the boundary, but blurs the way to deal with it. Even if the other party asked, Wu Heng would say that some kind of prop was used to limit the spider''s attack. Whats the loss? Imiro said. There was some damage to property, but the people had nothing to do. Wu Heng said. "Hmm." Imiro replied, frowned for a moment, and continued: "You can''t determine the identity of the other party?" Unable to be sure, it is very likely that revenge is coming. Swarms of spiders, mental attacks... Imiro repeated. It seems that the corresponding information is not found in my mind. Thought for a little while. He raised his head and asked, "Are there any more spiders like that?" "have!" ??Imiro nodded and said to the assistant on the side: "Moya, take Wu Heng to the Old Barrel Tavern and ask for the information." "Yes, deacon!" the elf assistant said, and continued to look at Wu Heng, "Go and change into more ordinary clothes, I will take you there." "good!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 288 , I like white and tender ones (please give me monthly votes and recommended votes) Chapter 288, I like fair and tender ones (please give me a monthly vote, a recommended vote!) On the carriage. ??Wu Heng changed into a blue-gray dress, and wore armor underneath, which was bulging. Opposite, the deacon assistant Moya sat, also wearing ordinary clothes, with an extra hat to cover his elf ears. Even if it is hidden, the temperament of the elves is still very obvious. The carriage creaked and creaked as it moved forward, but neither of them spoke. Until you entered Beacon Street, you stopped in front of the Old Barrel Tavern. The elf assistant said calmly, "I''ll take you in. If the other party doesn''t ask, don''t mention anything about yourself and the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. The door opened and the two got out of the carriage. ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax followed Wu Heng, and Moya also brought a staff member from the association with him. Push the door open and enter the tavern. There was a lot of excitement inside. The sailors and the maids were laughing and playing. ?The pub here is open day and night. When the fleet docks, the crew members who have been holding back for a long time will immediately rush into the tavern to drink and look for women. ? Moyas steps didnt stop. Go directly through the hall and go down the wooden stairs on one side. Go through the wine cellar again and enter another semi-underground room. Two burly men blocked the way. He stretched out his hand and started to feel around on his body. "Let two of them come in." A woman''s voice came from inside the room. The man guarding the house did not continue the inspection. Said directly: "You can only enter two." ??The elf assistant nodded, turned around and told his follower, Wu Heng also asked the broken skull and blood ax to stay outside. After the explanation is completed. The two of them entered the room directly. There is not much decoration in the room, except for a woman with a somewhat unique appearance sitting behind the desk. He has brown skin, heavy makeup, a nose ring on his nose, and a thick gold collar around his neck. ?Wearing a loose gray shawl. ?Hands were pruning potted plants. He raised his head and glanced at the two of them, "Assistant Moya, you''re actually here. Please sit down." ?Following the words, he stretched out a hand under his shawl again and made a gesture of invitation. ??He stretched out his other two hands and poured tea for the two of them. Moya sat down on the futon in front of the table. Although Wu Heng was a little surprised that the other party had so many arms, he also sat down. Moya said, "I encountered something. Let''s see Mrs. McIntosh to see if there is any news." Two teacups were brought to them. The woman with an exaggerated look looked at Wu Heng and said, "Little guy, are you in trouble?" ??Wu Heng glanced at ''Moya'', saw her nodding, and said directly: "I was assassinated yesterday. The enemy can control the spider swarm. I want to know who the opponent is." Spiders? Is there that kind of spider? "Yes!" Wu Heng took out a transparent glass bottle from his pocket, which contained a dying colorful spider. Let it out! said the woman. ?Wu Heng opened the bottle cap and poured the half-dead spider onto the table. The woman picked up a piece of cloth and crushed the spider to death. Then, his hands floated above the spider corpse and he closed his eyes. At the same time, he raised four arms, two arms straight, and two arms above his head. Six arms. What a strange race. The room became a little quieter. The woman reopened her eyes, looked at Wu Heng, and said, "I saw a half-spider man who controlled the spider swarm." Half-spiderman? ?Wu Heng frowned. ??It is true that I have many enemies, but they do not include these weird races. Let alone conflicts, I have never heard of them before coming to Treasure Island. Why kill me? Wu Heng asked. No one answered. ?The door next to her opened, and a man walked in and whispered a few words in the woman''s ear. The woman nodded, then turned her gaze to Wu Heng, and said: "Five days ago, a half-spider man landed on the island at the port. He will board the ship at port 7 and leave Treasure Island at noon today." ?Wu Heng was slightly surprised. ?The woman in front of me, the information is so fast and accurate. ??Treasure Island has a very large floating population, and it is really not an easy task to accurately get a half-spider to land on and leave the island. What does he look like? Wu Heng continued to ask. Male, about 30 years old, slightly dark skin, hair tied into small braids, loosely dressed, with yellow stripes. Im done asking. Wu Heng said. Moya nodded and said to the woman at the table, "How much is it?" The woman held the tea cup in both hands, raised one arm, and raised three fingers, "300 silver." The price is really not low. Catching a wanted criminal may not be as expensive as this. Moya nodded and looked at Wu Heng, "Give me money!" ??Wu Heng took out a silver bag from the space ring, placed it on the other party''s table, and said, "Thank you very much." Transaction complete. ?Wu Heng and the others turned and left. The woman looked at the money bag and spoke again, "If you need anything, you can continue to come to me. We like to cooperate with young people like you." ?Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Okay." After walking out of the tavern and boarding the carriage. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Go to the port." Moya looked at him and asked, "Don''t you need to go back and tell the deacon?" For the appointment of a deputy deacon, the level requirements are not too high. ?Judging from Wu Heng''s age and growth, she guessed that she was only at level eight or nine, and she had certain advantages in terms of luck and career to become a deputy deacon. It was originally assassinated and rushed to the past. It was not just a grass and a snake, but also might come to the door to kill each other. Back and forth, there is not enough time. Once the other party leaves Treasure Island, it will be difficult to catch him again. Wu Heng said. Moya thought for a moment, opened the curtain, and said, "Go back alone and report the situation here to the deacon and ask the team to come over." The entourage following the carriage, after one person answered, turned and left. Hand down the curtain, the carriage continues to move forward. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did that woman just now have six arms?" Moya said: "Her name is McIntosh, she is from the Bemala tribe, and her characteristic is that she has six arms." "What profession? It seems that he has the information source on the island." Wu Heng continued to ask. Her profession is that of a prophet. She controls a large number of labor forces at the port. The port handling business needs to be completed through their hands, and the other business chain is intelligence work. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. In other words, the port porters are all his spies. ?With more people, there will naturally be more sources for collecting intelligence. When she was in Luntam City, Wen Mansha relied on thieves to collect intelligence. Moya glanced at him and said, "If you want any information in the future, you can buy it from her, although the price is a bit more expensive." Is this the price, or are you trying to blackmail us? "The price has always been very expensive." Moya paused slightly and said with a hint of joking: "It seems that she has a good attitude towards you. There are some things you should pay attention to. She has had several husbands and many lovers. Be careful about who you are. ?Wu Heng was stunned and understood what the other party meant. I like white and tender ones, not her kind. About 20 minutes later, the carriage drove through Beacon Street and entered the port area. The carriage pulled over. ?Wu Heng opened the curtain and looked outside. ??The port is still full of people, many workers are carrying supplies on the ship, and there are people standing on wooden boxes to recruit people who are accompanying them to sea. Then he looked at the location of Port No. 7. ?There is a blue cargo ship parked over there, and a large number of workers are carrying things to the ship. ??Wu Heng glanced at the nearby crowd, the porters, and the sailors on the deck. I did not see the half-spider man mentioned by the six-armed woman. Half-arachnids can change into spider and human forms, and are good at hiding. They should not stand outside. Moya said calmly. You mean the other party is in the cabin? If I were to run away, I would never stand outside. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Glenda flew out of his body and approached the freighter in the distance. Moya continued to speak calmly, "Now that we have caught the ship, we only need to wait here for the team to arrive and round him up. Going in hastily will only increase our danger." ?Wu Heng said nothing. After sitting in the carriage and waiting for a while, Glenda flew back from outside. Drill directly into the body. The next second, the scene that Glenda saw was shared in his mind. In the dim cabin, a man was sitting in the corner. ?His skin is slightly darker and he is wearing a thick cloak, but from both sides of the hood, his hair can be seen tied into a small braid. it''s him! ?This guy is hiding in the cabin. Lets get on the boat! Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Two skeleton attendants followed behind them. Moya glanced behind them and could only follow them. Go to port 7 and board the ship along the plank. Several crew members frowned and scolded: "What are you doing?" ??Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "The association is arresting people, get out of the way." The crew members looked suffocated and subconsciously stepped aside. ?Wu Heng went directly off the deck and walked towards the cabin below. Thanks to MeteoriC for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 289 ,how do you know Chapter 289, how do you know Cabin. ??The people who also left by boat were all crowded into the airtight cabin, and the air was filled with an unpleasant stench of sweat and a strange smell. ?In the corner, a half-spider man wearing a loose cloak kept rubbing his hands. ?Looking at the cabin door. ? Whenever someone comes in or out, he will scan twice to confirm whether the other person is a member of the association. He was fully prepared last night, but still did not kill the other party. He did not go to his employer, but contacted the first ship to leave the island, intending to leave directly. "There is no way the other party will find out that I did it. As long as the ship leaves here, I will be safe. I can''t wait any longer. I can''t be in a hurry." The half-spider man unscrewed the kettle and took a sip of water. Let yourself settle down and dont be too nervous. ?The door of the room was pushed open with a bang. Yeah! So many spiders. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and pointed down, "Sleep!" ?The subdeacon is here? I actually found this place. Association, you still dare to kill everyone here? A small hissing sound was made. Spiders, damn, there are so many spiders. The crowded crowd looked up and looked ahead. Just walked to the door of the cabin. The moment the spider appears. At the moment when a large number of people fell down to make room, Wu Heng instantly took out his pistol and pointed forward and pulled the trigger. The half-spider man retreated without saying a word. Then he saw the half-spider man hiding behind the crowd. With a finger, a dense swarm of spiders poured out from the gaps in the wooden planks and filled the cabin. The chaotic crowd fell to the ground in an instant. ?Several figures blocked the way. Get out of here quickly. ?When the opponent lets him go, he rushes out. ?The scene was noisy and chaotic. gunshots and explosions. Dont block the road. Those in front should go out and get out of here quickly. The half-spider man jumped to the side to avoid the bullets. The crowd began to gather toward the door. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng glanced at him. ??The half-spider man''s pupils shrank, and he was horrified and confused. How could he have found himself so quickly? The half-spider man''s heart suddenly shrank, his forward steps quickly retreated, and he retreated to the back of the crowd. The man who drank the water suddenly changed his expression. ??The half-spider man is still standing behind, with a pair of eyes under his hood, cold and alert, waiting for him to deal with it. Other people in the cabin instantly became confused. ?Hand out his hand, he held the ''Spine Staff'' in his hand and shouted to the people coming towards him: "Everyone look at me." He has a better chance of escaping. Toxic, be careful to avoid them. ?Wu Heng glanced at the half-spider man in the distance, and could tell his purpose from the look in his eyes. Hurrah! "Impossible, how did he know it was me? How did he know I was on this ship?" It would be better if they are not allowed and the crowd riots. The cabin is now in chaos. Suddenly, several spiders crawled out from the gaps in the wooden boards above their heads. Tuck the hair outside the hood into your clothes, cover your mouth and nose with the scarf, and walk towards the door. ?Hunted coldly and made a "baa" sound from his mouth. The spiders above the head began to gather from the top of the head, forming a black cloud and mist, and rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. ?Wu Heng reached out and made a move, and the large sheets on the bed flew up, wrapping up the swarms of spiders that were rushing towards them, and fell to the ground, tumbling non-stop. ?Skull Crusher carried the battlefield, strode forward, and smashed directly into the opponent''s hiding position. The half-spider man fled again. There was a bang behind him, and the wooden bed was smashed by a war hammer. ?Wu Heng kept catching the target with his eyes and kept firing bullets. From the rear, Moya directed the people who were not asleep to walk out of the cabin from one side. At the same time, he led his entourage to drag the sleeping people outside. She did not expect that Wu Heng would act so decisively. After the crowd fell, they started attacking directly. The fighting continues. The half-spider man, who was dodging again, tried to bypass the figure holding the war hammer and attack the figure behind him. Just moved. A sheet was used as a hood to block vision. ?At the same time, bang bang bang~, the harsh gunfire sounded again. The bullet penetrated the sheets and hit the half-spider man''s body. The body of the half-spider man staggered backward as the bullets were fired, and fell to the ground. Hand out his hand to wipe the wound. There were large blood stains on the fingertips. ?Seeing the figure holding the war hammer charging towards him again, his body shook and suddenly began to expand, turning into a large gray-haired spider the size of a calf. The spider took one step, jumped up directly, and hung upside down from the roof of the shed. ?His eyes fell on the subdeacon. Poof~! The bloated abdomen kept squirming, and in the next second, it spit out a piece of green acid liquid forward. ?Wu Heng made another move, and two bed boards flew up. Holds acid and penetrates corrosion. The big spider climbed quickly along the roof of the shed, like a mad bull. ?Wu Heng flipped his palm, replaced it with a heavy machine gun, and held it in his arms. Pull the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets opened **** holes in the spider''s body, and the entire body fell from the roof and hit the ground. ?Skullbreaker quickly stepped forward and knocked down the war hammer. There was a loud bang. The spider''s body and chest collapsed, and various juices splashed everywhere. The body also fell down softly. In spider form, can I ask about the corpse? Wu Heng asked. ??The somewhat dumbfounded deacon''s assistant immediately reacted and said: "Yes, the spider-man is an intelligent creature, not an insect." Moya was still a little shocked by Wu Heng''s performance. A deputy deacon who was transferred from a small inland town actually showed such strong fighting ability. Throughout the battle, the half-spider man was being pressed and beaten. Skeleton attendants, magic, and that weird equipment. The half-spider man who was beaten had no power left to fight back. Necromancer, a new fighting style? ?This is the first time Ive heard of it. "Then does it speak human language? I mean, can I understand what it says?" Wu Heng asked. "I understand." Moya glanced at the corpse, "You want to ask about the corpse?" "I don''t know this half-spider man. There should be others behind the scenes." Wu Heng said without explaining much. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead], and the spider that was flipped on its back bounced up. The cloudy spider eyes looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did you kill me?" ?The spider spoke with a strange tone, "I''m very short of money. Someone give me money and let me kill you." Sure enough, someone paid him to kill him. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who asked you to kill me?" ?The spider replied, "All I know is that his name is Bravo." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought about it, but could not find any memory about this person. But he is not sure whether he knows this person. For him, the names of people in this world are difficult to remember. He doesnt know who they are by hearing their names, but he may know their identity after meeting them. Where can I find him? Port No. 3, bottom of the cargo ship. Describe his appearance. The spider was silent for a while and replied, "Human, over 40 years old, with curly brown hair, rough skin, wearing a gray sailor suit, one foot is lame, it should be a prosthetic leg." last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Did anyone else participate in last night''s action?" "there is none left!" After the corpse finished answering, the body lay back on the ground. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and walked directly outside. The elf assistant spoke again, "Why don''t you wait for the other teams to come over?" "Miss Moya, please wait here for a while. I''m afraid I''ll be late and someone will send a message to the other party." There may be danger over there. The elf assistant said again. "It''s unlikely. If he had the ability to kill me, why would he bother to spend money to hire this half-spider man?" The elf assistant wanted to persuade him, so Wu Heng walked out directly. After waiting for a while, dense footsteps sounded. Members of the four teams rushed down from above. Miss Moya! Is the battle over? Moya nodded, "The battle is over. One person is left to look at the corpses and rescue these sleeping people. The rest follow me to Port No. 3." "yes!" Port No. 3, cargo ship bottom warehouse. ?Wu Heng walked down and saw the figure standing in the dark corner, and raised his eyebrows. The description of the half-spider man is quite accurate. He is in his 40s, has curly brown hair, and has rough and flaky skin, as if he has been soaked in salt water and dried in the sun. He is wearing a gray sailor suit. The man opposite heard the footsteps on the stairs and looked up. When Wu Heng was found walking down. Dang Dang Dang~! His steps subconsciously took two steps back, making the sound of wooden sticks hitting the floor. The face is full of horror and disbelief. He drew out the sword from his waist. Just as he was about to lift it up, he lowered the sword again and said, "Did that half-spider betray me? I said he didn''t dare to kill you." Arent you going to resist? Wu Heng looked at him and asked. "I couldn''t kill you before. Now that you are ready to come down, how can I kill you?" the man said. Are you from the Blood Hand Pirates? Wu Heng asked. "You don''t remember me? So if I had acted stupid just now, would I have walked out of here?" the man said again. "No, the half-spider man described your characteristics, and there is no second person here, so you can''t get out." Wu Heng said. I am from the Blood Hand Pirates. (End of this chapter) Chapter 290 , someone wrote to me Chapter 290, Someone wrote to me There was a brief silence for two seconds in the cabin. ?Wu Heng didnt want to continue chatting with him. Said directly: "Is there anything else to say?" "I..." The man hesitated for a moment, but still asked: "Can you let me go once? I can give you money to buy my own life, and I promise not to trouble you again." Wu Heng shook his head, "You should cherish the last opportunity." ~! As soon as he finished speaking, the man suddenly stood up and stabbed forward with his sword. Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. After checking it, another person who wrote the letter actually appeared. It seems that they are the only two people involved in this matter. "have no idea!" There is another person. ?The corpse was silent for two or three seconds, and then said: "I suddenly received a letter, which asked me to avenge Captain Bloodhand." ?Wu Heng sat down on a wooden box nearby and asked casually: "What do you think? Come back to me for revenge." It is possible that some pirates escaped. ?Wu Heng thought silently for a moment. Took out the tablet and checked the pirate''s wanted poster again. Unclear. Immediately afterwards, Blood Ax stepped forward quickly, raised the battle ax high in his hand, and chopped it down on the head. The corpse replied, "No." Dang~! Wu Heng was not surprised that such a person escaped. ??He is not an important member of the pirate group. As for coming back for revenge? Is there anyone else in the Bloody Hand Pirates who survived? In the operation to rescue "Shanara", whether it was the initial siege by small boats or the subsequent battle on "Jiwei Island". ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse and did not move for a long time. I just didnt expect that he would come back and hire a killer to kill him. ?This made Wu Heng a little puzzled. No wanted warrant for this person has been found. This crisis can be considered resolved. The man who charged forward was kicked in the abdomen by the ''Skull Crusher'', and flew back like a cannonball. The corpse replied, "When I woke up the next day, it was under the pillow." The blood stopped and the corpse turned to look this way. The battle ax cut through the blocking iron sword and cut open the man''s chest. Last question. Looked at the corpse again and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. asked: "How did you receive the letter?" Knocked over a large piece of barrels and debris behind. Who gave you the letter? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??Wu Heng asked: "Is there anyone else who participated in my assassination last night?" After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the floor, and the blood in the chest began to flow out again. The man vomited blood, his eyes full of unwillingness and resentment. The body became weak little by little and lost its vitality. It is possible that a few people ran away, or even a small half of the people ran away. ??Moreover, why didnt he go find other people, or didnt go to find Sheila Gui for revenge. ??Are all pirates so loyal? ?Someone induced him to risk his life and come to Treasure Island to seek revenge on himself. ?Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed, and a chill instantly ran down his spine. Why did you come to find yourself? ??Yes, I killed Captain Bloodhand, and the others are at most a participant. ?Does the person who wrote the letter really want to avenge the Blood Hand Pirates, or is he targeting himself alone? ??Such strange things are used a lot by the Esoteric Order. Has anything to do with them? Check to see if there is anything on you. Wu Heng said. Xue Axe stood the battle ax aside, took off the clothes of the corpse, and began to fumble around. Find a money bag from your body. Continued to search around the cabin and found a backpack. After opening it, apart from some daily necessities, there is a blank space. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and frowned again. Open the envelope and take out the letter inside. After unfolding, it is blank without a word. Its better to go to hell! ?Wu Heng turned over his hand and took out another envelope from the space ring. Comparing the two, they are exactly the same. ?The letter in his hand is the ticket he got after killing the Blood Hand Pirates, and the trophies he took out from the consortium. The two are actually the same. What exactly is going on? Tap tap tap~! At this time, dense footsteps were heard from the stairs. ?Wu Heng put away the trophies and saw ''Moya'' walking down with the association team. Moya and the others were relieved to see that Wu Heng was fine. If the deputy deacon of the association dies here. It could become a joke if it spreads. After looking at Wu Heng, his eyes fell on the corpse beside him. Is he the murderer behind the scenes? Moya asked. ?Wu Heng nodded, "The members of the Bloody Hand Pirates are here to avenge his captain." ?Retaliation against association members is nothing new. It happens from time to time. Associations mobilize members over long distances to avoid retaliation. "Leave it to them here. I''ll take you back first and report the matter to the deacon." Moya continued. Okay! ???This place was handed over to the rest of the team, and Wu Heng and the elf assistant got off the cargo ship. Get on the carriage and return. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ?Wu Heng looked at the elf assistant opposite and asked, "Is there any way to deliver letters over long distances?" Youre homesick? Didnt you come here with your family? Moya said with a smile. Are there any props that were suddenly delivered to the other party? Wu Heng asked. Moya thought for a moment and said: "Currently there is no such magic prop, otherwise it would be popular in the association. Only rare items can achieve the effect you said." Yes, thats true. ?It seems that the elf assistant doesnt know about this letter either. Moya continued: If you feel stressed, you can rest for a few days. Well, thank you. The carriage continued to move backwards. The two continued to chat about other topics. Old Barrel Tavern. In a semi-underground room. ?McIntosh of the Bevera tribe is sitting behind the wooden table, pruning the flower branches in the potted plant. Tap tap tap~! The sound of rapid footsteps sounded. ??A man wearing a leather jacket and a waistcoat ran in quickly with his arms raised. Enter the room and salute slightly. Chief! Whats wrong? Youre in a panic! The woman was still looking at the potted plants, her tone calm. The two men from the association left the port. "So fast? Have you found the half-spider man?" the woman asked. Found it, the body of the half-arachnoid was carried out, and in spider form, it was beaten into a puddle of mud. The man answered. Oh? How many people did the association use? "The association team arrived later." The man paused and continued: "I asked the people in the cabin at that time. It was the black-haired man and the two attendants beside him who killed the half-spider man. I also heard "That man is the deputy deacon of the association." The woman pruned the flower branches for a moment, then turned her head with some doubts in her eyes. That human being is the new archdeacon of the association? "should be." The woman was dull for a while. Then he said: "I understand, let the port restore order, and don''t disclose the association''s affairs to the outside world at will." "Yes, chief." The man hesitated and continued to ask, "Do you want to arrange for someone to inquire about the new deputy deacon?" The woman shook her head, "No, don''t provoke the association. Imiro is not as docile as he looks." "good!" The man saluted again and left directly. Return to the association. ??Moya returned to the deacon''s study and reported what happened just now. ??Wu Heng also returned directly to his office and study room. Open the door. ?Andewil was sitting at the table sorting documents, while Minnie was lying on the sofa, reading the comic book in her hand. The two calves swayed back and forth. What happened last night had no impact on the two girls. After all, both of them fell into a coma and had no idea what happened. Minnie also said that she had the best sleep last night. Seeing Wu Heng come in, both women smiled. "Owner!" Master, you are back! ?Wu Heng sat down in front of the sofa, putting his hands on his straight hips. ?Minnie shook it nonchalantly. Anderweil asked: "Master, have you caught those people?" Caught it, Wu Heng said. There is no clue about the blank letter paper yet. But the other party obviously does not want to appear in the field of vision. The half-arachne and the pirate who assassinated him are dead, so they are safe for the time being. Well, thats good. Anderweil continued. said: "The people from the decoration team have already arrived. It''s almost night and we can go back to live." In the morning, before leaving the association. ?Wu Heng asked Anderweil to contact the decoration team to clean the damaged areas and rooms of the house again. After all, you still have to live in the house, and you cant say that you have to move to a new place because of what happened yesterday. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Minnie sat up, curled up with her legs on the sofa, and asked: "Master, who was the person who assassinated us last night?" Pirates, the captain has come back to take revenge. Ah? How did a pirate get to the island? Minnie continued to ask. Pirates, as long as they are not on a wanted notice, have the same status as sailors, and it is difficult to identify them. Wu Heng took a sip from the water glass and continued: Besides, he was not the one who took action. He hired a killer. Oh, its a pity that we dont know, otherwise we can help you. "Damn bad guy, he actually came to assassinate us." Minnie said harshly, then she held Wu Heng''s arm and acted coquettishly, "Master is still awesome, nothing happened at all." Thats right, its not like you dont know about my constitution. Hehe! Same thing. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened, and a staff member walked in carrying a brown leather bag. Deacon, this is the loot the team brought back. Assistant Moya asked me to bring it to you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 291 , cultivation tank Chapter 291, Breeding Tank It seems to be the salute of the half-spider man. ?At that time, Wu Heng wanted to catch the pirate, but he did not search carefully for anything. After killing the people, the scene was taken over by the team. Now I have sent it to myself. Thank you, just at the door of the room. The staff put the package aside, saluted again and left directly. ?Wu Heng also got up and walked over, opened the package and took out all the contents. First there are two money bags, one big and one small. The big purse is filled with more than 800 silver coins. In the small purse, there were exactly twenty gold coins. Huh? Its so disgusting! Minnie retracted her hand. It was full of cobwebs and nothing else. It is useless for a necromancer to raise a bunch of spiders that cannot be controlled. The money bag was put away directly, followed by the clothes and daily necessities of the half-spider man, as well as two magic props. So, it is empty now. (Description: A magical container used to cultivate poisonous spiders inside, which can promote the breeding of poisonous spiders.) A jar for raising spiders. We dont need it, lets put it aside for now! The first piece is a clay pot painted with various patterns and symbols. Can be used to breed bugs. Fortunately it was empty, otherwise Wu Heng might not have been able to control that kind of spider. The mouth of the jar is open, and the cork is tied to a rope and hung on one side. Just close the lid, this is a magic item. Wu Heng said. Even if Wu Heng was on a wanted warrant, he wouldn''t be worth so much money. cultivation tank "What is this! There are spider webs inside." Minnie took out the linen cloth and wanted to wipe it clean. "Huh? Oh!" Minnie threw the rag aside and replaced the cork hanging on the side of the pottery machine, "What''s the use of this pot?" ??Although it is a magic item, there seems to be no place to use it. The spiders inside should have been released by the opponent during the battle. ?Wu Heng thought about the use of cultivation tanks. It seems that these are the rewards for killing himself. To be honest, they are really quite a lot. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the magic props. "okay!" Minnie picked up the jar and placed it in the corner of the study. Temporarily serve as a craft. The second item is an incense burner. Sleeping Incense Burner (Description: Burning incense state, after inhaling it for a certain period of time, the creature will fall into dizziness, coma, etc., and the body constitution affects the status effect.) It is another magic item, the incense burner. In Wu Hengs hand, there is an incense burner called the [Hallucinogenic Incense Burner], which has the effect of causing exhaustion, dizziness and hallucinatory effects on creatures. The [Sleeping Incense Burner] in front of you has the effect of dizziness and coma. They all affect the inhaler through gas. Minnie and Andwyer fell into a deep sleep, which should be the effect of the incense burner. I am not affected, and my physical condition is high enough. Props like the incense burner are preset props. It is to place it in a certain position in advance and let the target inhale a certain amount of gas to achieve the effect. Speaking of magic, it''s more like being poisoned. ?This kind of prop is actually of little help for sudden battles and frontal confrontations. Hence, the previous one is rarely used. After checking the two props, Wu Heng put them all into the space ring. Sit back on the sofa and chat with the two girls. In the afternoon, the three of them had lunch in the office study room. ?Wu Heng left the association, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street again. Elf tribes cross-sea store. The mature female elf boss was wiping the shelves in the store with a rag. Hearing footsteps, he turned around and saw Wu Heng walking in. He immediately smiled and said, "Good afternoon, Mr. Archdeacon." Last time I came to the store, Sheila Gui was also present and introduced his identity to the female boss. Well, good afternoon! Wu Heng walked into the store and asked: Those wooden bows I ordered should have arrived! I heard before that the wooden bows of the elves are of good quality. So he ordered two thousand from here. After such a long time, the things should have arrived. The female boss walked back to the counter, opened the record book, checked it, and said, "The goods have arrived. Please come over here and I will take you to have a look." ??Wu Heng followed her out of the store and went to a warehouse in the back street. ?The door opened, and the smell of wood and grease hit us. These are your goods, two thousand in total! ?Wu Heng picked up one to inspect, pulled the bowstring and tried it. He didnt know much about the performance of crossbows, but he had learned a little about them with Anderweil in advance. He glanced briefly and said, "Okay, I think it''s okay. Just have it delivered directly to my residence, and I''ll settle the balance for you." Okay. The woman smiled, contacted the workers, and began to move the goods. ?Wu Heng and the woman returned to the shop. After paying the balance, Wu Heng continued: "Give me the order form, and I will order another two thousand." The woman''s smile became even brighter, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon." Fill out the order form again. ??Wu Heng returned to his residence with the moving team. The decorators have finished cleaning and are preparing to leave. Sir, youve finished everything here. said the foreman. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go to Anderweil''s place tomorrow to get the money!" Okay, sir. The foreman led the people away. ?Wu Heng opened the gate, and the workers who carried the weapons moved all the weapons into the courtyard. After moving two thousand wooden bows, half of the courtyard was filled. ?Wu Heng closed the gate, opened the boundary gate directly, called in a large number of skeletons, and began to carry the wooden bows. After everything was moved, Wu Heng followed him to the zombie world. Appear in a hotel room. Open the window and take a look outside. The motorcade from the auto repair shop has not come yet. There is still a large team of skeletons below. ?Wu Heng followed him out of the hotel and started picking skeletons from the skeleton queue. Gradually, two thousand skeletons were selected and moved to the front of the team. Take up the wooden bow and quiver! Hurrah! The large number of skeletons took action, bent down to pick up wooden bows and quivers, and stood back in the queue. Now, the number of long-range arms has reached a high level. Its just that the number of arrows cant keep up. Let Li Yahong think of a solution. After arranging things about the skeleton, Wu Heng reopened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. At dusk, Minnie and Andwyer also came back from outside. The two girls were chatting happily, with happy faces on their faces. After dinner, I took a shower. ?Minnie hugged his arm and said: "Master, bad guys came last night. Let''s live together tonight!" ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at Anderweil. The latter''s animal ears trembled slightly, but she still looked down at the document in her hand, as if she didn''t hear anything. Would Weier want to live by herself or live with us? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil raised her head slightly and said, "I am also with the master." (End of this chapter) Chapter 292 , the resident next door Chapter 292, The neighbor next door The next day, Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. On the left is Minnie who is still sleeping soundly. ?Humbling up the thin quilt covering her body, Anderweil looked up at this moment. Whispered and blinked. ?Wu Heng reached out and touched the other person''s smooth face, then covered the quilt back again. Continue to enjoy the girls early morning wake-up call service. By the time ''Andweil'' was over, Minnie also woke up from her deep sleep, stood up in a daze, and yawned. ?Then he frowned and stared at the fox girl beside him, and asked doubtfully: "Did you catch a cold? Why is your face so red?" No! Anderweil touched her face. Anderweil went to the association, while Wu Heng found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat], and the ghost train appeared. After exiting the weapon shop, continue to the armor shop opposite. How much has it increased? ?Wu Heng sat down on the side, and two skeleton attendants stood by. Send it to the designated warehouse. ??It doesn''t take him three days, that is, he can temporarily act as the position to open the gate. At the time promised by the other party. "Can!" Walking into the store, the clerk greeted him directly, "Guest, what do you need to see? Long swords, shields, and some crossbows sold across the sea." The original order price was 28 silver coins, which has increased a lot. Oh, maybe I caught a cold last night. Minnie got dressed, then served Wu Heng to put on his clothes as well. For previous orders, a deposit was paid and the price was negotiated. Not long after, the owner of the weapons store he saw last time walked over quickly, looked at him carefully, then put the order away and said: "Guest, the weapons you ordered are ready. I will take you to inspect them." Inspection." There are surprisingly few customers in the armor shop. Then well talk about it later. Send these to the warehouse for me first. When they arrive, Ill give you the final payment. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng first went to the port to rent a temporary warehouse. After washing, lets go downstairs together. Just now, the other party looked at me and thought he was identifying himself, but it turned out that he was hesitating whether to increase the price. ?Wu Heng nodded and picked up two of them for inspection. "Guest, I just wanted to mention this to you. Forget the previous orders. If you continue to order weapons, the price will change." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and looked at the other party carefully. "good!" ?Last time, in Netale City, a batch of crossbows and leather armor were ordered. Guest, are you here to pick up the goods? The lady boss walked out of the counter and greeted with a smile. After writing "Netale City" in the itinerary, enter the carriage directly. ?The door opened, and there was a smell of grease. The clerk took it, looked at the order, and said, "Guest, wait a moment." After renting the shop, we went directly to the weapons store in the commercial street. ?Wu Heng followed him into the backyard warehouse. Have breakfast. ?Walking into the store, I saw the plump and charming proprietress wiping the counter. 35 silver coins for a strong crossbow! The minimum rental period is three days. The quality is pretty good, no different from the ones displayed in the store. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Send the things to warehouse No. 32 at the port, and write me another order. The quantity is still 500 crossbows." Even if the other party asks, Wu Heng will not pay him more money. "The weapons here are all yours. There are 500 crossbows in total, all of which have been tested." The boss pointed to the left. ?Wu Heng walked out of the store, and the boss called for people to start moving the weapons in the warehouse. ?Wu Heng took out the order form and handed it to the other party, "I bought some goods here last time. Are you ready?" Well, is my goods ready? Ready! Im waiting for you to take a look! The landlady took him to the warehouse and opened the door. It was full of prepared goods. ?Wu Heng also checked two items, and there were no problems. I am very satisfied with the quality. As long as you are satisfied. The lady boss smiled. Has the price of leather armor increased here? Wu Heng asked. Its gone up. Each type has gone up by about 20%, the proprietress said directly. ??Wu Heng looked around and continued to ask: "Can you tell me the reason?" The landlady hesitated for a moment, then lowered her voice and said, "Within the Kingdom of Yeko, a large number of weapons and armors are being purchased, causing prices in the entire market to start to rise." ??Is it also being acquired by the kingdom? Army? Want to fight? Dont say this nonsense, it will cause trouble. The landlady looked around and said. I heard some information from Treasure Island. ??The old king of Yeko Kingdom may not live long, and several princes may fight for the throne. Now it seems that the situation is more serious. They are beginning to affect markets everywhere. When will the market recover? Wu Heng continued to ask. "How can I know this as a woman?" The lady boss hesitated and continued: "If you still want to order, you can leave me an address and I will write to you to inform you." ?Wu Heng felt that the landlady was quite talkative. He said directly: "Okay, just write a letter and send it to the association. The address is Treasure Island Association, Andwyer." The landlady opened her eyes and said, "Are you from the association?" Well, when you write the letter, also tell me about the recent situation and so on. Well, okay, you have to keep it a secret for me, otherwise you will lose your head. The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng paid the final payment for the leather armor. ??The landlady hired workers to move the leather armor to the rented warehouse. ?Wu Heng also went there with the workers. The people from the weapons store are already waiting at the door. ??He also paid the balance to the people in the weapon shop, and asked Skull Crusher and Blood Ax to close all the doors. ?This kind of warehouse has two sides of space inside. Outside, there is a room for guards, with wooden tables and chairs. The second floor inside is the warehouse. ??Wu Heng opened the internal door, commanded the skeleton, and transported all the goods inside to the zombie world. Piles are piled in the corridors on both sides of the hotel. Wait until all the goods have been moved. Get out of the warehouse again. After leaving the city, I found a deserted place, found the ghost train, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. It is getting late. The ghost train can significantly shorten the distance, but it also takes a whole day to go to and from Netale City. Walking into the residence, he saw Minnie and Andwyer sitting on the sofa chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Minnie immediately jumped up from the sofa and ran over and said, "Master, someone is already living next door and invites us to have dinner tonight. Do we want to go?" Is there someone living there? The decoration next door took several days, which took much longer than here in Wuheng. Now its finally inhabited. Yes, she is a very beautiful elf sister. Should we go? Minnie continued to ask. Im just being polite, but I dont even know him. How can I invite him to my home for dinner. Wu Heng walked in and sat down on the sofa. No, the other person said he knows you! Minnie continued. ?Wu Heng raised his brows and looked at Anderweir who was standing aside. The latter also shook his head, "I told Minnie, I haven''t seen what the owner next door looks like." ??Wu Heng asked: "Did she say what her name was?" "No!" What does it look like? An elf sister, she is very beautiful, with gray-blue hair, and her hair reaches about this position. Minnie gestured. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Shanella? The president of the Star Flower Merchant Group. (End of this chapter) Chapter 293 , there is no shortage of suitors Chapter 293: There is no shortage of suitors ?She bought the house next door? When the building next door was being renovated, I also guessed who would live there. Some local dignitaries or heads of large business groups. ?But I didnt expect that it would be the wood elf hostage rescued some time ago. This area is indeed pretty good. But Shanara is the president of the largest cross-sea chamber of commerce in the wood elves, so why did she choose this place. "What''s wrong? Do you know the master?" Minnie asked softly when she saw his expression. ? Anderweil also looked over in confusion. Wu Heng said: "I think of a person who looks somewhat similar to what you described." Are you also from the association? Minnie asked. "Well, that''s right. Let''s get ready. Let''s go to each other''s banquet tonight." Wu Heng said. Speaking of which, I just moved in here today, why do the plants grow so fast? The three of them all stared wide-eyed. ?The status of the other party is not low, and maintaining a friendly neighborly relationship with each other is not a bad thing. So rich! The light stone on the crystal lamp and the surrounding items are probably more expensive than the house. Took Anderweil down to prepare the clothes she wanted to wear. Im not from the association. In a previous operation, I rescued a wood elf hostage, which is somewhat similar to what you said. Wu Heng explained. A middle-aged woman opened the door. Following the housekeeper, he entered the mansion directly. Pushing open the door of the mansion, you will see a white stone floor, exquisite decorations all around, and a crystal chandelier above your head, covered with light stones. ?Minnie gently shook his arm and said, "That''s not the case. It just feels like the neighbors are closer, and we will have better contact in the future." "You want to go?" ??The last time I rescued him, I had met him once. Yeah! Minnie cheered. Normally speaking, most housekeepers are men. Knock lightly on the door. ?Wu Heng put on a blue embroidered aristocratic dress. Tap tap tap~! Inside the room. ?The people looked at the courtyard layout with some strange expressions on their faces. The sound of footsteps sounded. ??Wu Heng took the two of them downstairs, took four more skeleton attendants, and went directly out of the courtyard gate to the next door. "Um." ? Anderweil smiled, hugged his waist, and leaned her head into his arms. Anderweil gently adjusted his collar and said, "It looks so good. Master, it really suits these aristocratic dresses." Different from the bare yard in my own yard, flower paths and green leaves have grown in the flower bed here. Although it has not bloomed, it seems to have been growing for a while. Oh, shall we go? But some women are also female housekeepers for convenience. "good!" You look very good today too. Wu Heng rubbed the other persons head. Tap tap tap~! ?Wu Heng nodded and walked into the courtyard with his maid and attendants. Minnie was wearing a dress and strode up with the skirt in hand, "Master, are you ready?" ?Especially in the Kingdom of Yeke, there is some confusion. He glanced at Wu Heng and the two maids, smiled and said, "It''s Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, I guess. Madam has prepared a dinner, please come in." Maybe I can purchase some needed goods through the wood elves. Women should be housekeepers. Lets go and get the gifts you prepared. General Wu Heng arranged the skeletons guarding his residence and went back to his room to look through his own clothes. A tall and plump figure slowly walked down the stairs. Looking up, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. It was indeed Shanara, the wood elf he rescued from amber. ?Her skin is as white and tender as jade, her eyes are deep and bright, with a proud look like an elf, her long gray-blue hair is tied up, and she is wearing a strapless purple hip-hugging dress. Slowly walking downstairs, his posture is moving. ?Looking at everyone present. Finally, he fell on Wu Heng, his expression was much softer, and he said softly: "Deputy Wu Heng, I didn''t expect that your residence is next door." Mrs. Shannara, we meet again. Wu Heng performed the human etiquette. ?Minnie and Anderweil also greeted each other, and then handed the gifts in their hands to the attendants on the side. Shannara still smiled, "It seems that we are really destined." It is also an honor for me to meet Madam. "Really? Then I''ll take it as what you''re telling the truth." Shanara''s bright eyes glanced at his, and then continued: "Let''s go, the dinner is ready, let''s go Lets talk while eating. The three of them followed to the restaurant. The long and slender dining table is already filled with sumptuous food. Wu Heng had never seen many things before. The ones he could identify were also alchemy dishes, which were considered relatively expensive foods. Rich people really know how to enjoy themselves. After exchanging a few polite words, they began to sit down and eat. Wood elves behave dignifiedly and elegantly, and even when eating, they chew their food carefully. ?Wu Heng took a simple bite, looked up again, and saw the wood elf opposite, leaning on his chin and looking at him tenderly. Um, Mrs. Shanara, why did you think of buying a house here? Wu Heng found a topic. Well, I dont have a place to live on Treasure Island either. I thought it was a good place, so I bought it directly. Shanara replied with a smile. So, Lady Shannara will live on the island permanently. Shannella raised her eyebrows and asked, "Are you dissatisfied with me as a neighbor?" No, its a good thing for us to be neighbors. Shannara had a smile on her face, winked at him, picked up the fruit wine and took a sip, leaving a light lip mark on the edge of the glass with her gorgeous lips. Sister, why are all the flowers in your yard blooming? Minnie interjected and asked. "We have developed a potion that can stimulate the growth of plants. When I leave, I will ask you to bring some. Drop the potion in the water and pour it into the soil as usual." Shanara replied with a smile. Thats so embarrassing! "Some potions are not that valuable." Shanara said, and continued to focus on Wu Heng, "Deputy Wu Heng, where did they come from?" A small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Oh, Yeke Kingdom is a very good place. ?A few people chatted while eating and asked each other some interesting topics. It felt like the wood elves in front of him did not show any hostility towards the profession of ''Necromancer''. On the contrary, I am a little too concerned. The questions were all about his origin and past life. ?This kind of inquiry does not involve your own safety, but just gives people the impression that the other party is curious about you. Things to ask when getting close to each other. Have had dinner. A few people chatted in the living room for a while. It was getting late, so he got up and said goodbye to the wood elf and left his residence. Shannara had someone deliver the potion and waved goodbye to several people. Return to your residence. Minnie patted her belly and said, "Sister Shanara is so nice, beautiful, gentle and rich." "This is the first time we meet, and we are guests again. We will definitely be more gentle." Anderweier changed into home clothes and continued: "Does she have a good impression of the master? She always feels that the way she looks at you is a bit uncomfortable. So much the same. "Perhaps because she is too enthusiastic, her status has exceeded that of a socialite, and she must have many suitors." Wu Heng said while changing clothes. ??At most, we have a good rapport with each other. ?Given the appearance and status of the other party, there is no shortage of suitors. "What if the other party has that idea? Will you marry her back and become your wife?" Minnie asked. Elves have a lifespan of hundreds of years, and it seems that she also has a husband. "oh." Finished changing clothes. Have some tea in the living room. Before going to bed, Wu Heng went to the courtyard to practice his sword. The two of them saw Wu Heng go out, changed into their training clothes, and started training. Wait until late at night and return to your residence to rest. The next day, early morning. ?? Anderweil went to the association to attend class. Wu Heng simply packed up, opened the door on the fourth floor, and headed to the zombie world. Hitch opened the curtains and looked outside. The long and slender motorcade has stopped at the roadside. The survivors of the auto repair shop began to search for supplies nearby. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, Li Yahong got off the bus and walked over directly. When did you come here? I just arrived and divided the search area for everyone, Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Come in with me." "okay!" ?Follow Wu Heng into the hotel behind him. Li Yahongs eyes immediately widened. The corridors on both sides are filled with various goods. Arbalest and leather armor, this is the most. "so much!" "It should be enough for you to exchange for a while. If you need any equipment then, let me know." Wu Heng said from the side. These are enough for nearby survivors to exchange. ?Wu Heng nodded and didnt say much. Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Let everyone come back first and move the goods here first." All scattered squads returned. ??Looking at the piles of weapons and armor with the same surprised expression, he began to carry them to the truck. At this time, Qi Hancai''s voice suddenly came from the intercom. "Sister Hong, a convoy appears in front of the road and is approaching this way. A large number of corpses appear behind it. It can be confirmed that there are also two secondary ''tanks''." (End of this chapter) Chapter 294 , died in whose hands Chapter 294: Whose hands will he die in? The news reached everyone through the intercom. ?At the same time, the sound of running footsteps and the faint roar of corpses could be heard faintly. Wow~! The survivors were instantly panicked. Even though the auto repair shop is constantly expanding its control area, the survivors still have a deep fear of the corpses. ?Li Yahong signaled everyone not to mess up, pressed the intercom and asked: "Is there a large number?" "There should be quite a few. They are turning from the intersection in front of them. It is impossible to judge the specific number. There are five survivors in the convoy... Now there are four vehicles, and they are approaching here." Qi Hancai continued. Let people keep an eye on you. Sister Qi, come back first and prepare to lead people to intercept the convoy. Okay! Qi Hancai responded. ?Li Yahong also hung up the walkie-talkie and began to instruct the rest of the people to mobilize their vehicles. The skeleton army stationed around the hotel immediately took action. I dont know where these survivors came from, and they actually attracted so many zombies. ?The footsteps became clearer and clearer, and the roars became more intensive. ?In addition to the survivors vehicles and the group of corpses behind them, the shared picture also showed two second-level giant deformed zombies with a height of three meters and arched muscles. Looking at the zombies in the distance, he got back into his body again. ?Suddenly, the driver''s expression suddenly changed. He rubbed his eyes, and his expression changed from solemn to frightened. Even so, its hard to say whether they can survive. Hulala~! The zombies attracted from both sides crashed into the sides of the car like crazy. The hordes of corpses behind them prevented them from slowing down at all. Following the group of corpses, they chased the convoy forward together. He said: "Look, are those skeletons in front of you? Skeletons are blocking the whole road." ?Wu Heng once again asked Xiao Xiao to fly into the air and take a look. ?The survivors who fled were silent, each of them looked solemn and solemn, and their faces were covered with sweat. As for the deformed zombies, there are still only two. ?At the back of the spear formation, there are skeleton warriors holding iron swords, battle axes and hammers. Behind them are the second largest number of skeleton archers, with their bows and arrows drawn, ready to go. Smash over the zombies in front of you. After watching the shared picture, Wu Heng immediately ordered to the big-headed skeleton, "Mobilize the skeleton team and set up defense lines along the road to prepare against the corpses." It made the van, which was already accelerator to the bottom, keep swaying. At the rear of the convoy, there were masses of corpses. Hahhhhhh~! The distant scenes are also shared in my mind. Deploy defense lines along the road. After Wu Heng received the news, he released "Xiao Xiao" to fly vertically into the sky. Further behind is the skeleton flying dragon. The big skull did not respond. The rest of the people in the car immediately ducked down and looked ahead along the grid gaps formed by the steel bars. The dense army of skeletons blocked the entire road horizontally, with spears moving forward to form an airtight wall. The convoy of survivors completely entered everyone''s sight and rushed towards them quickly. ??Wu Heng looked into the distance and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go up to the sky and drop a bomb at the back of the corpse group." Inside a speeding passenger car. And Qiangzi and others, who were anxiously sweating on their foreheads, were loading the magazine of the skeleton flying dragon. The group of corpses was even denser, more than any group of corpses we had ever seen before, filling the entire road with no end in sight. ?While chasing, throwing stones and trash cans. Four vans stained with blood and flesh, carrying a mist of blood, sped forward quickly. ? Along the way to escape, my companions were constantly being overwhelmed by the corpses. When I arrived here, there were only four remaining vans. Tap tap tap~! The magazine is loaded and its time to take off. Hadrons voice came from the intercom. ?The skeleton flying dragon behind them flew directly into the sky and flew towards the group of corpses. In the midst of a sudden sound of bones rubbing together. I saw a large, densely packed figure blocking the road ahead. ?Hold a spear weapon and wear ancient battle armor. Only the exposed face can be seen as a hollow and pale skeleton. The eye sockets were burning with a faint blue fire. Damn it, what the **** is this? Stop the car quickly! We cant stop. The zombies behind us are also eating us. Lets see if there are paths on both sides that we can pass through. ?The people in the car immediately followed the car window and looked at both sides of the road ahead. ?On the whole road, only this main road is open, and there are a large number of scrapped cars piled up on both sides. Everyone was silent. After a long and arduous journey, I managed to escape here, but I didnt expect that I would end up dying at the hands of a monster. The difference is whether you die in the hands of the skeleton or the zombies behind you. ?Someone gritted his teeth and shouted: "Come in, hit it directly, as far as you can go." Yes, lets just crash into it. ?Several people shouted loudly, made up their minds, and rushed into the skeleton team. Huh~! Suddenly, the vision ahead suddenly darkened. A huge figure soared into the sky from behind the group of skeletons. The pale bones and huge fleshy wings flew directly into the sky and disappeared from sight. dragon? Or some kind of weird, distorted bird? Everyone kept their mouths shut. ?Suddenly, I felt that the convoy might not be able to break into the skeleton team. Hulala~! Suddenly, the sound of bones rubbing against each other was heard. In the sight of several people, the team of skeletons blocking the road separated a road to the left and right. Is this, let us go in? Go in, its a matter of life or death. "good!" ??Stepping on the accelerator again, he plunged directly into the path that the skeleton team left. Several vans from behind also entered the passage. ?As they passed through the dense group of skeletons, everyone saw several figures standing in the skeleton team, as well as military vehicles and survivors lined up behind them. people! Behind the skull is a human being. The joy of escaping from death and meeting long-lost relatives suddenly rose in my heart. The battlefield. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon quickly arrived above the group of corpses, and the magazine opened. Densely packed solid iron bullets fell from the sky. Like a heavy rain, it crashed into the corpses. Boom~! ?The deafening roars were heard in succession. The earth trembled and thick smoke rose. The bodies of large pieces of zombies were instantly shattered, with blood and broken limbs flying everywhere. A vacuum is formed. ??Hello~! Tap tap tap~! Immediately afterwards, the corpses at the rear stepped on the body parts and corpses on the ground, and continued to charge forward. Charge forward continuously. In the sky, the skeleton flying dragon circled and flew back to the rear of the team. After Qiangzi and others replaced the magazine, they soared into the sky again. The second wave of bullets rained down again. The ground trembled, and another group of hundreds of meters of corpses disappeared. They are all the remaining fragments of limbs. This time, two huge, deformed zombies were also within the bombing range. Their muscular arms covered their heads and they were huddled in the corner of the building. Even if the impact was minimized, blood holes as big as the mouth of a bowl were still penetrated in the back and arms. ??The body is also covered with splattered gravel. ??The furious, deformed zombie slowly stood up, dragging its injured body. Looking up at the figure flying in the sky, he roared angrily. ?Pick up the stones on the ground and throw them into the sky with all your strength. ?But it was too high to attack the skeleton flying dragon above. It could only follow below, roaring and throwing stones in its hands. Whoosh~hoo! ??The whistling sound pierced the air again. The dense arrows covered the sky like dark clouds. Puff puff puff~! The arrows fell into the battlefield, and zombies fell to the ground in pieces. The dense arrows were instantly inserted into the bodies of the two deformed zombies. The aberrant zombies were once again attracted to hatred. Turning around, he roared at the skeleton team in the distance. ??Throw away the zombies in front of you, and rush towards them with long strides. Another wave of arrows fell. ??The system prompt also sounded on Wu Hengs side. Level increased to level 12, Intelligence +1, Charisma +1. Unlock feat: forced concentration. Forced Concentration: You can quickly enter a state of concentration and greatly improve the efficiency of learning and training. The level has finally reached level 12. Now, I have reached the normal standards of a deacon of the association. The zombie world is like an experience dungeon, providing him with a steady stream of experience points. And his own improvement speed is rarely seen in other worlds. ?I am afraid that only the heroes in bard stories can achieve this speed. On the side, Li Yahong also walked over and said, "Qi Hancai and the others have stopped those cars. How should we deal with them better?" Wu Heng looked back and said, "Ask them how they got here. If they want to leave, let them go. If they want to stay, just observe them for a while and assign them some tasks." At the auto repair shop, a large number of people are still needed to complete some work. ?In addition to carrying and looting supplies, patrolling, and cleaning up scattered zombies, there are also wooden targets made and weapons and armor repaired. Many jobs require human hands. Im not afraid of anyone joining me. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay!" The rear of the team. The survivors in the auto repair shop, armed with heavy crossbows, surrounded the stopped van. ''Qi Hancai'', who was wearing stab-proof clothing, slowly walked to the front with his hands behind his back, and said to the van: "For your safety, when you get out of the car, raise your hands and don''t let us see any weapons, and Something dangerous could happen. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The first car, the twisted door was slowly opened. A figure walked out slowly with his hands raised. No, no, no, no, we are just ordinary survivors, we dont have the strength to hurt you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 295 , amber pendant (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 295, Amber Pendant (please vote for me and recommend me.) The man raised his hands and walked down carefully. Qi Hancai looked at the other party. Wearing a leather jacket and unkempt hair, he looked like a refugee fleeing from famine. Qi Hancai continued: "Let all of you come out and get checked." "okay!" The man turned around and let the people in the other vans get out. The other vans opened and some survivors got out one after another. ?Most of them are men, with a minority of women. Everyone is not in good condition, a little slovenly, and has a sallow complexion and thin muscles. Go and check their vehicles. Qi Hancai continued. ?Several people walked over and entered the car to check. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Is anyone injured?" No. Everyone answered one after another. This is easy to recognize. The impact of the virus on humans is rapid. ?As long as you stand there and observe for a while and don''t turn into a zombie, there will be no problem. Everyone was silent for a while, and Qi Hancai continued to look at the man at the beginning, "Are you the leader?" Well, thats right! Where did you come from? What are you doing here? The answer was still the wretched man, "We came from the Dajin Bridge. The place where we took refuge was attacked by a group of corpses, so we rushed all the way here." You guys, can you avoid the corpses and escape here? Qi Hancai said. "We have been preparing for a long time. The original plan was to get closer to the edge of the city, but the road was too blocked and we went round and round. We turned here." The man glanced at Qi Hancai carefully and continued: "Thank you. You saved us, otherwise we would all have died here. Qi Hancai nodded, not doubting their explanation. ?Most shelters are still struggling to survive by avoiding the zombies. The only one that can catch zombies and kill them is probably the auto repair shop. Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "Now I give you two choices. One is to join our shelter. We will provide you with food and safety guarantees, but you must also carry out corresponding work. The second option is to leave on your own. You continue Go to the edge of the city and live on your own, and dont reveal anything you see or hear today. Well, we want to discuss it. The man said. Okay, hurry up. The survivors gathered together and began to talk in low voices. After returning again soon, the leading man said: "We want to join you." Qi Hancai nodded, "Go and register there. If you have technical jobs or special skills, please mention them at that time. You may get better treatment." Okay, thank you. The man thanked him, and then asked: What do you call me? Qi Hancai! ?A few people were stunned, and all raised their heads to look at her. The man said: "Are you the leader of Dong''an Village?" ??Qi Hancai shook his head, "We have joined the auto repair shop. You know Dong''an Village, and you should have heard of the auto repair shop." The expressions of several people changed again. The auto repair shop and Dong''an Village merged, no wonder it was so fierce. The survivors continued to the registration location, talking in low voices along the way. We have joined the auto repair shop, its the biggest refuge! It should be worse than Yanshen Sanctuary, but with the merger of Dongan Village, the difference should not be much. "How is it possible? Can there be a flying dragon in the Flame God Sanctuary? Can it confront the corpses head-on?" Youve seen it, how do you know they cant do it? While registering, several people also started talking. Anyone who is not stupid knows the benefits of joining a large shelter. A safe living environment and adequate food are the most important things right now. These people are also the luckiest group in Qi Hancai''s opinion. If more people want to join, it depends on whether King Yama and Li Yahong agree. Look away from the new survivors. reported into the intercom. Then he continued to direct the men and said: "Move their cars aside and don''t block the road." On the battlefield. The battle continues. ?Those vans attracted more corpses than before. ??The skeleton flying dragon threw iron bombs over and over again, bombarding the rear of the corpses. After every loud noise and smoke, there will be a large vacuum area. At the same time, the corpses and skeletons also fought fiercely together. ??The zombies kept tearing and biting, and the array of skeletons'' spears kept pulling back and thrusting out the spears in their hands. Zombies kept falling down, and new zombies crowded in to fill the vacancies. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Two deformed zombies knocked away the zombies in front of them, jumped up, and smashed into the queue of skeletons. Large numbers of skeletons were knocked over or trampled underfoot. Ju Yi, Big Guy, and Big Guy Two, you guys go up and kill those two big guys without smashing their heads. Wu Heng said. The several deformed skeletons behind him immediately took action. One dash forward, directly knocking two deformed zombies to the ground. Huge fists began to hammer **** various parts of the body. No matter how hard he struggled, he could not resist so many deformed skeletons. He was smashed and rolled around, and his muscles were smashed and smashed. Your Majesty, the bullets are gone. Qiangzis voice came over the intercom. ?Feilong has been throwing solid iron bullets. I have invested it so far, and I have thrown out the last bit. Find some rocks nearby and see if you can throw them from a high altitude. "good!" ??Hello~! Suddenly, the sounds of zombies were heard from the paths on both sides. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to give the order, "Separate two groups of skeletons to intercept the groups of corpses on both sides." Skeletons with swords, axes, hammers, etc. were immediately divided into two teams and attacked the corpses on both sides. The fighting continued until the afternoon. The entire road was covered with corpses, and the sky was surrounded by blood. In addition to the rotten stench of rotting corpses, there is also the unpleasant smell of blood in the air. After a battle. ?Wu Hengs experience from level 12 to level 13 has also increased by less than half. Its not for nothing that those people blocked the corpses. The zombies were slaughtered, and the skeleton team also began to clean up the battlefield. Ju Yi and Big Man, each dragging the body of a deformed zombie, walked over from the opposite side. He threw it at Wu Heng''s feet and stood at the back of the team. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the thick-boned skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) [Skeleton Warrior (Level 12)] They are all second-level aberrant zombies, and there is not much change in level. ?Wu Heng searched among the minced meat, found two corpse cores, and put them into plastic bags. Then he handed it to Li Yahong and said, "Send it to the alchemy skeleton when you have time." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. ?Wu Heng straightened up and continued: "By the way, after we go back, let people study it. The arrows used to make wooden bows consume too much." ?Although arrows cannot directly kill zombies, they can also bring significant killing effects under rounds of volleys. But the losses are equally serious. ??Every time Wu Heng went to the blacksmith shop on Treasure Island, he bought all the arrows and crossbows inside. Even so, it is still not enough for the use of skeleton soldiers. On the contrary, it also caused the price of arrows on Treasure Island to increase. "Okay, I''ll discuss it with everyone when I get back." Li Yahong nodded and continued to ask: "Do we still want to move forward?" No need for now, lets clean up the battlefield. ??Li Yahong began to organize the survivors and continued to carry the crossbows and leather armors in the hotel. Skeletons are still cleaning the battlefield. Wait for the crossbows and armor to be transported. Li Yahong lowered her voice and said, "I''m going back first, and I''ll accompany you next time." Okay, stay one night next time and then go back. Li Yahongs face turned red, Theres no way to take a shower here, it will be sticky and uncomfortable. Ill prepare a bathtub for you, its okay. Really! The two chatted for a while. The convoy is also ready. After waving goodbye, Li Yahong left with the motorcade. ??Wu Heng walked to the pile of collected corpses, holding the spine staff, and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of skeletons stood up and slowly joined the queue. And this time. Among the transformed skeletons, there are already skeletons that have reached level 4. ??Zombies are improving a bit quickly. The transformation lasted until dusk. Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to be stationed again, returned to the hotel, opened the door, and returned to his residence. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. ?As I walked to the corner of the second floor of the stairs, I heard conversations coming from the courtyard. Pour it into the water, stir it, and then water the flowers. A soft voice came in. Water it once a day? Minnie asked. Just water it once every five days. ?Wu Heng walked out the door and saw the wood elves next door, Shanara and Minnie standing in front of the flower bed, holding a kettle to water the flowers. At the back, there were still standing a middle-aged housekeeper and several guards at the door. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, Minnie immediately smiled and said, "Master, Sister Shanara is here with gifts. You were resting just now, so I didn''t disturb you." Well, Mrs. Shannara, please come inside. Wu Heng stepped out of the way and invited her in. Shanela smiled and nodded, and walked into the hall. ?Today Shanela wore a casual long dress, but her face was still beautiful. The amber pendant hung on her pink and white neck. It should be a rare object or prop that can protect you and wait for rescue at critical moments. Shannara entered the living room with her hands behind her back and looked around. ?Then he stood in front of a hanging painting and looked up. "Mrs. Shannara, are you very interested in works of art?" Wu Heng found a topic. Shannara looked away from the paintings and said, "You know better. Do you also like these paintings?" I dont have any high artistic attainments, I just think these paintings are very beautiful, and the painter must be a very delicate person. Shannara smiled and said, "Well, I also feel that it will be the work of a very powerful painter." The two sat back on the sofa, and Minnie brought milk tea and some snacks. Introduce it in a ostentatious manner, then open the package and give it to the other party to eat. ?Wu Heng took a sip from the water glass and continued to ask: "Mrs. Shannara, are you the president of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce?" Well, do some business and make a living. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "What industries are involved?" "Life and military use are all involved." Shannara raised her head and looked at him, "Deputy Wu Heng, what goods do you want to purchase?" Weapons and food, are Star Flowers involved? The wood elves food is very popular, and their weapons are also transported. Id like to order some. Shanara glanced at him with beautiful eyes and said, "I didn''t bring an agreement with me either. You go to my place tomorrow and we sign an agreement. If you need anything, I''ll arrange for someone to buy it for you." "good." The two chatted for a while. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. ?Wu Heng asked people to prepare a dinner and entertain the other party to stay for dinner. Shanela seemed to be very close to Minnie, and they chatted happily with each other. Wait until it gets dark. Shanela just returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters back to his room to rest. The next day, early morning. ? Anderweil went to the association in advance. Wu Heng tidied up and went to the residence of ''Shanara'' next door. According to the discussion between the two yesterday, Wu Heng planned to purchase a batch of supplies from the "Flower of Stars" Chamber of Commerce. ?Knocking lightly on the courtyard door, the middle-aged housekeeper opened the door, bowed slightly and led him towards the building. Took him all the way to the room on the fourth floor, knocked on the door, "Madam, the Archdeacon is here." Let him in. ?The door opened and Wu Heng walked directly in. This is a study room. There are some brushes and paints scattered on the ground. In the middle, there is a log-colored flower stand and an oil painting with flowers, grass and night sky on it. Shannella was nestled on a bed, with smooth and white skin under the light blanket. ?Wu Heng glanced at the woman''s bare shoulders and round thighs, and then his eyes fell on the ''amber necklace'' on the side table. Oak Amber Pendant (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Function: Resin wraps itself. Side effects: In the closed state, the main consciousness of the first person you see will have a sense of dependence (and it cannot be changed after the second use). (Description: Special amber formed by condensation of ancient oak resin.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 296 , Expert No. 1 Chapter 296, Expert No. 1 Special objects, while providing special effects, also have certain side effects. Amber necklaces can protect the wearer in times of danger, but have very serious side effects. The main consciousness develops a sense of dependence on the first person it sees. ??It is the first time that Wu Heng has seen such side effects. But it also reminded him of some popular science videos he had watched. Some small animals will think that the first creature they see after breaking out of their shell is their mother. Create a sense of trust and dependence in the heart. This is very similar to the side effects of the pendant in front of you, and may even be more serious. ??Wu Heng glanced at the beautiful elf who was still lounging on the couch, wondering whether she had put it here for him to see on purpose. Shannara rolled her eyes, "Why don''t you tell me, I''ll give myself to you." ?Wu Heng glanced at the quotation. 24! Where are you? No way, I dont like to come into contact with those people who sit there all day long. Shanara seemed to be aware of it and looked back. Wu Heng looked away and admired the half-finished painting on the easel. The hobby of the upper class. Ha~! Shannara yawned and looked up at him, Do you get up so early every day? No one knows that they can see the panels of strange objects, and ordinary people dont know much about the strange objects of the wood elves. You are so beautiful! ?Wu Heng glanced at the oil painting and was a little surprised by the other person''s talent. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What about you?" After saying that, he stood up holding the thin quilt and walked towards the screen on the inside of the room. But then he denied this speculation. ?As she walked, her figure swayed, her white thighs and her round buttocks faintly flashed past. ??His white calves were curled up on the bed, and he pursed his lips at the oil painting in front of him, "I heard yesterday that you like oil paintings, so I wanted to paint a new one for you, but I haven''t finished it yet." Dang Dang Dang~! He glanced at the other person and said, "Landscape, then you should draw a picture of yourself in the mirror and give it to me." Shannara raised her head and shook her loose hair, and continued to ask: "How old are you this year?" Shanara said: "Look at what you need to purchase, and I will arrange for someone to bring it to you." It seems its getting late. Didnt you get a good rest last night? Wu Heng asked with a smile. The other party should just put it here casually. ??As I walked behind the inner screen, I heard the rustling sounds of people changing clothes. The mages hobbies seem to be reading all kinds of books. Shannara walked out from behind the screen. I usually practice swordplay and read some literary works. Come closer and sit down again on the side. Shanara smiled and sat up holding the thin blanket on her body. Lets talk about age and hobbies. "Really?" Behind the screen, Shanaras questioning voice came again. While the two were chatting, the door was lightly knocked. "Me! I like painting, artwork, and visiting places." Shannella thought for a moment and said. Attention-grabbing. Cross-sea transportation has quantity requirements, but the price is not high. ?The door opened and the butler walked in with an agreement and a quotation. Changed into light blue home clothes. Send it in! The plump **** lift up the loose shirt. What are your usual hobbies? ?Wu Heng sat on the chair and felt a little funny. How could this feel like a blind date? Then, the housekeeper''s voice came, "Madam, the purchase agreement is ready." "Me! I may scare you when I say it. Calculated by age, I can be regarded as your ancestor." Shannara glanced at him and added: "The elves grow up late, so we are not far behind. too much." In Luntam City, the price of a full bag of wheat is 135 copper coins, and in the Chamber of Commerce, the price of large quantities is 87 copper coins. It''s just that the quantity is larger, more than 20,000 bags are needed. Shannara also mentioned before that wood elf food is one of the main exports and is very popular among all races. ?In addition to wheat, there are also various legumes and grains, and there are many types. Among other types, the price of wooden bows is also much cheaper, and the price of leather armor is close to the market price. After reading the prices, Wu Heng wrote down the quantities of over 10,000 for the several types he needed. Shannara picked up the tea cup and drank, her eyes glancing at the amount filled in by the other party. He coughed and said, "You want so much? What are you doing?" Is this going to arm an army and buy so much weapons, equipment and food? Um, whats wrong? I want to buy as much as possible. Shannella said: "We live so close together, so there is no need to buy so much at once. When the time comes to transport it, it will easily attract attention." ?Wu Heng felt that this was right. Purchasing weapons and equipment in large quantities can easily attract unnecessary attention. Then let me change the quantity. A total of 5,000 bags of grain were ordered, including flour and soybeans. In terms of weapons, 2,000 wooden bows and one-handed battle axes each, and 20,000 sets of one-piece leather armor. After finishing writing, Shanara nodded and asked: "The business group has its own rules and needs to pay a 50% deposit. Is the money enough?" ?Wu Heng nodded, after calculating the price, he took out two large barrels of silver coins and placed them in the room. ??????????????????????????????????????? Shannara smiled and nodded, indicating to the housekeeper to take inventory and put it away directly. Then he continued: "Want to stay for breakfast?" Ive eaten and I have to go to the association. Shannara didnt hold back, Well, lets see you next time. "Um!" Waving goodbye, Wu Heng left Shanara''s residence directly. At this time, it was almost noon. ?Wu Heng passed by the association and went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. After being taken to the reception room. Not long after, the responsible middle-aged staff member walked in. Guest! the staff saluted slightly. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Is there anything about the commission?" "Guest, wait a moment, I''ll have someone check it for you!" the middle-aged man went down and ordered. When he came back again, several coffins were carried in. ?The middle-aged man said: "Guest, a total of five corpses have been collected this time, including one from a level 15 professional and four from a level 10 professional." Hearing the level 15 professional, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. For combat professions, I have several skeletons in my hands, but for life professions, I dont have any. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the coffin. The coffin lid was opened by the staff, revealing six arms inside, which were folded and wrapped around the male body on the chest. ?The middle-aged man also introduced, "Hernand, a member of the Bevera tribe, a level 15 ''pharmacy'' alchemist, died at the age of 245." As expected, he is from the tribe of Bevera, and he is also an alchemist. A few days ago, Wu Heng had just come into contact with this race. Its biggest characteristics were its darker skin color, thick eyebrows and thick lips, and the most obvious six arms. Otherwise, the height and body shape are not much different from humans. The corpse in the coffin has shrunk and shriveled, like a mummy. These are not important. A level 15 alchemist is exactly what Wu Heng needs. ??And the more, the better, and the higher the level, the better. After all, my third-level corpse core has not made any breakthrough yet. ttle Coffins one after another were opened. ?Wu Heng suppressed the joy in his heart and continued to look behind him. The middle-aged man also followed suit. Bradley, human race, level 11 tanner, 45 years old, died of love murder! Mijat, a dwarf, a 12th-level goldsmith, 32 years old, died of drowning. "Konovalova, dwarf, level 12 blacksmith..." Feroz, human, level 10 blacksmith. The middle-aged man introduced them one by one, including name, race, occupation and level. Except for the level 15 corpse, the remaining four corpses seemed to have been dead for a short time. Two of them were blacksmiths, one was a tanner, and one was a goldsmith. Golden carving, which is the carving of jewelry and small items, is also a profession that requires proficiency. ??Wu Heng feels pretty good, better than the gardener and chef last time. Okay, how much more do I need to pay? Wu Heng asked. ?The middle-aged man said: "The four third-level corpses are worth 2,700 silver coins in total, and the fourth-level corpses are worth 1,500 silver coins." ?Wu Heng nodded and paid the corresponding price directly. The middle-aged man asked someone to count the silver coins, which was considered as completing the commission. ??Wu Heng closed the coffin lid, collected all the corpses, and continued: "Continue to help me collect the corpses. In addition to the corpses of these special professions, if there are flying dragons, they can also be collected." Good guest, I will write a new commission for you. "good!" The new commission was re-signed, and Wu Heng left the consortium and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie ran out of the room. Didnt the master go to sister Shanara? Why did he come back now? Minnie asked. Weve finished talking a long time ago, and were going to the association again. Wu Heng hugged her and walked inside. "Oh." Minnie continued to ask: "Master, is there anything you want to eat at night?" Just make arrangements. The two of them said something, and Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?? Walking out of the hotel, there was still a dense army of skeletons outside the door. ??The zombie corpses that had not been transformed last night were piled up into a mountain of corpses in an open space not far away. The strong smell of rotten blood permeated the surroundings. ?Wu Heng walked closer and directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Flesh and blood flowed down the mountain of corpses like hot wax, and skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses. ??Tumbled down with a squeaking sound and walked into the skeleton team on one side. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. ??Wu Heng cast oil on the fallen carrion to burn it, and then had the skeletons transported to the land for burial. Wait until the zombie issue is resolved. ?Wu Heng took out the coffin he got today. The coffin lid was opened, revealing the body inside. Be the first to cast [Bone Spell] on the level 15 alchemist corpse. After the unstable prompt appeared, the shriveled flesh and blood on the corpse fell off the skeleton, and the six-armed skeleton slowly stood up. The body shape and bone structure are not much different from humans. It''s just the shoulder blades where the arms join, which looks wider. Look at the appearance. ??Wu Heng continued to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 25, Strength 15, Agility 17, Intelligence 20, Perception 18, Charisma 12 Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, multi-arm coordination. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Proficient), Martial Weapons Specialization (Proficient), Potions (Expert), Poisons (Expert). Ability: Alchemy scholar, thin formula, advanced potion research, material replacement. Multi-arm coordination: This unit is naturally equipped with the habit of using multiple arms and its movements are coordinated. [Pharmacology]: This unit is proficient in the alchemy subject of Pharmacology, focusing on treating others and developing and refining buffing potions. [Poisonology]: This unit is proficient in the alchemical subject of Poisonology and studies various poisons and venoms. Advanced Pharmaceutical Research: Able to develop new pharmaceuticals according to requirements. Material Replacement: The use of potions is no longer a rigid formula. Materials can be used flexibly to refine various potions. Alchemist does not need to participate in frontal combat. ?Wuhengs requirements for its attributes are not that high. After a brief glance, he focused on his expertise. In addition to [Pharmacy] reaching the expert level, there is also an additional [Poison] expert. ?Judging from the introduction, this alchemist is also good at making poison. ?When asking him to make a potion, make it clear and dont make something and give it away to yourself. In terms of abilities, two new abilities have been added. The first [Advanced Potion Research] can develop high-grade potions according to requirements. This is what Wuheng needs most at the moment. Speed ??up the research and development of level three corpse core agents. The second one is [material replacement], and the explanation is very simple, that is, materials with the same medicinal effect can be used freely instead of applying the original formula. This can save more materials and save money. From now on, youll be called Expert No. 1. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and gave the name of Expert No. 1. The reason why Alchemy Skeleton is not ranked fifth is to better distinguish between each other''s levels. When you get a level 15 alchemy skeleton later, you can continue to rank as expert number two. Level 10 alchemy skeletons will still be ranked from Alchemy No. 5. After giving the name, Wu Heng went to the hotel to find a waiter''s clothes and handed them to him to change into. Then continue to release [Bone Slave Technique] on other corpses. The blacksmith, the tanner, and the goldsmith all stood up one after another. ?Wu Heng gave names in order according to occupation. Looked at the skeletons in front of him. Wu Heng was thinking about how to distribute. The blacksmith, tanner, and goldsmith are obviously going to stay in the zombie world. As for the Alchemy Skeleton, he felt that he did not necessarily have to stay. Alchemy space can also be provided at one''s own residence, instead of having Li Yahong transport materials back and forth. After thinking about it, he said directly: "You guys stay, Expert No. 1 will go back with me." Reopen the gate and return to your residence on Treasure Island. After returning to his residence, Wu Heng took Expert No. 1 directly into the room next to the study on the fourth floor. According to the original layout, this room was where Wu Heng conducted experiments. But I have nothing to study, it has always been empty. Now we plan to use this place for the alchemy skeletons. In the future, the preparation of potions can be completed here, and you can also get the potions as soon as possible. Expert No. 1, you will work here from now on. (End of this chapter) Chapter 297 , I have a husband Chapter 297: I have a husband Expert No. 1 walked into the room and stood there blankly. Without materials and tools, there is no way to make potions. ??Wu Heng took out a pen and paper from the space ring, handed it to it and said: "I need healing potions, psychotropic potions and antidote potions. Write down all the required materials." These three are the most commonly used pharmaceuticals. Make these first, they will always come in handy. As for the production and research and development of corpse core medicine, we still need to wait for the corpse cores from the prison to be transported before we can proceed. The six-armed skeleton picked up the pen and paper and began to write down the material on the paper. After the list was half full, he handed it to Wu Heng again. In addition to the materials, there are also some tools used in alchemy, which are also on it. ??Wu Heng glanced at it, and then directly put the space ring away. You stay here first, and I will send you the materials and tools when the time comes. The skeleton did not respond, still standing in the middle. ?Wu Heng closed the door and went downstairs. Lobby. ?Minnie was lying on the sofa, reading the comics in her hands. Hearing the footsteps, he raised his head and smiled, "Master." ??Wu Heng walked over and patted his **** lightly, "In the room next to the study on the fourth floor, I have arranged for skeletons to make alchemy potions there. Don''t be frightened when you see them." "Oh, good! How can I be so timid? I''ve never been afraid of skeletons." Minnie said. Well, lets talk to you. The two sat together and chatted for a while, and Andweil also came back from outside. Putting on home clothes, he also came closer. "Master, the deacon asked you to come over tomorrow." Anderweil said. The deacon is looking for himself? Didnt you say anything? Anderweil shook her head, "No, Assistant Moya is here. Seeing that you are not here, I asked him to come over tomorrow. It shouldn''t be an urgent matter." Ill go over and have a look tomorrow. "Uh-huh!" Minnie continued: "Sister Wei''er, the master has arranged an alchemy room on the fourth floor. Don''t be frightened by the skeleton then." Anderweil turned to look at her and said, "I''m going to the association, you''re at home, don''t be scared." Im not afraid of this! When two people are bickering. The courtyard door knocked again. Minnie stood up to open the door, and Wu Heng also took his hand out of the fox girl''s clothes. Looking outward. ?Then he saw the wood elf Shanara walking in without any guards or the housekeeper. Minnie led her towards the house and shouted: "Master, Sister Shannara is here to give you an oil painting." Go into the room. Shanara handed over the oil painting and said with a smile: "I heard that Deputy Deacon Wu Heng likes oil paintings, so I sent you one. The one you said you liked this morning will be sent to you after I finish it." After saying that, he winked mischievously. "Thank you." Wu Heng took it and looked at it. It was the half-finished product he saw in the morning. It has now been completed. "The painting is very beautiful. I will hang it in my study later." Shannaras smile became even brighter and she sat down aside. Minnie brought tea, Wu Heng continued to chat with her for a while, and Chef No. 1 prepared dinner. ?A few people sat down to eat together with ''Shanela''. After seeing off Shanara, several people returned to the room. ?Minnie looked at the oil painting and said, "Sister Shanara is so amazing. All the paintings she draws are so beautiful." ?Wu Heng put on his pajamas and said, "Elves live a long life and can have a lot of energy to study something." Im so envious, I also want to live longer. ??Wu Heng rubbed her head, "Then practice hard and improve your physique and level, and you can live longer." Well, I will definitely train hard in the future. Minnie put down the oil painting in her hand, then turned her head and looked over, Would you like to take a shower? Lets go! Wu Heng opened his arms, and Minnie and Anderweil walked into the bathroom, one on each side, laughing. Deep at night, on the rough sea. ?Several warships sailed forward along with the waves, and three flying dragons kept circling in the sky. ?Hung on the erected mast was a pirate flag with a skull in an iron barrel.? ? ? Iron barrel pirate ship. ?In the captain''s cabin, a strong man was holding the woman in front of him, cursing all kinds of curse words and spitting. Hold on until the last moment. Yelled in his mouth and breathed heavily. Huh~! That old guys woman is so cool. The man said. He patted the woman''s body hard and said, "I''m tired, just yourself..." Having just finished speaking, the mans brows furrowed. ?His eyes fell on one side of the pillow. ?At some point, there was a blank envelope there. Had it not been for the yellowing of the sheets, it might have been difficult to notice that there was such an extra thing. Get out, the man said. The woman stood up in a panic, picked up the clothes on the side and ran out directly. He was the only one left in the waiting room. He sat on the edge of the bed, took out the dagger from the drawer, opened the envelope, and poured out the letter. Words as red as blood appeared on the letter paper. Three days later, the Adira Merchant Group entered the Romulo Route. Its alive again! The man smiled. According to the information in the letter, they have eaten a lot of hard food recently. Just wanted to put the letter back and put it away. ??However, I discovered that there was another message in the second half. Any pirate group that can kill Treasure Islands deputy deacon Wu Heng will receive 200 gold coins. The man''s pupils shrank and he looked slightly surprised. This is the first time that a person is wanted through letters. Deacon of Treasure Island, 200 gold coins. So valuable? A wanted criminal at level 15 can only get a bounty of a few gold coins at most. Has this person reached level 5? It shouldnt be, a fifth-level person cannot be a sub-deacon. Furthermore, any pirate band. It sounds like a bounty order has been issued to all pirate groups. Haha~! Its interesting, this deputy deacon really stepped on **** and was targeted by all the pirate groups. ??The man stuffed the envelope into a nearby cabinet and shouted outside: "Bring the chart." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and the sailor staggered in, holding a chart in his hand. The man checked the position carefully and said directly: "Inform all the ships to prepare to turn around. The fat sheep are coming." "yes!" The sailor ran out and spread the news. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the deacon''s study and knocked on the door. ?Hearing the reply from inside, he opened the door and walked in. Deacon Imilo was sitting behind the desk, holding documents in his hand and looking up, What have you been busy with recently? I havent seen you yet. I have arranged the security of my residence, and I am also investigating some information on wanted criminals. Wu Heng casually found a reason. ??Imiro nodded and didnt say much on this topic. ??Continues: "Shanela lives next door to you, do you know about this?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the other party. Does the association know about this? ?It''s right to think about it. Shannara has a certain identity. She was kidnapped by pirates before and almost died at sea. After living on Treasure Island, the association will naturally pay more attention to avoid any further problems. I know, we were invited to have dinner when we checked in. Wu Heng said. "Well, in addition to being the president of the business group, Shannara is also the wife of a wood elf political official. You should also pay more attention to her safety. If there is any danger, you can deal with it even if you are close." Yimi Luo said again. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Um..., I have a husband! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 298 , looking forward to your performance Chapter 298, looking forward to your performance Shanela''s identity is more important than previously understood. I am the president of the largest business group, and my family members are also important members. ??This is indeed a thing if you die on Treasure Island. ?Now, the other person lives next door to you, and you have to be responsible for the other persons safety. See Wu Heng frowning. Imiro said: "I just want you to pay more attention. The Star Flower Merchant Group has its own guards, so they may not need you." "Well, since the deacon has arranged it, I will definitely do it well." Wu Heng didn''t say much. I get along pretty well with Shannara. ??If the other party really has something to do, try to help as much as you can. "Yes!" Imiro nodded, and then continued: "One more thing. Recently, pirate groups have frequently interfered with shipping routes. The association has issued a target. You and Shilagui must win a pending third-level bounty within a month. pirate." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Deacon, I lack information. Is there any source?" Return to your office and study room. After walking out of the association, Wu Heng called a carriage and headed to Beacon Street. Imiro picked up the water glass and took a sip. "You can develop on your own. When the time comes, the association will be needed and we can try our best to cooperate with you." Until the meal was finished, nothing was heard or seen. After saying that, he stood up and left the deacons study. According to the skeleton alchemist''s material list, Wu Heng purchased a certain amount of materials and alchemy tools. Arrived at Beacon Street. It may seem like a long time, but it is very tight at sea. Well, there have indeed been fewer caravans entering the port recently. It should all be caused by pirates. Within one month. Okay, master, is he going back? ??Wu Heng rubbed her head and said, "Well, the island may not be very safe recently. If you have nothing to do in the afternoon, go back early." In a while, Im afraid they will all be out of stock. If you dont have accurate information, or the other party has escaped by the time you get there, time will have passed by the time you come back. ?Wu Heng went to the alchemy material store. Im going to buy alchemy materials, and I wont accompany you. ?Wu Heng could only nod, "Okay, I understand." Is there any penalty for not completing it? ?? Anderweil is dressed in association clothes, with a straight waist, sitting at a desk working. Then I chatted with the owner of the store. Its okay, the deacon knows that Shanara lives next door to us, so we should pay attention to her safety. The second thing is to kill the pirates with a bounty on them within a month. Wu Heng said. Inside the room. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng walked out of the material store and entered a nearby tavern to see if he could overhear any useful information. I have no idea of ??climbing higher. Perhaps the pirates are more aggressive now! Anderweil frowned and said, "Deacon, you have been assigned a task." ?There is no good way to see the other party. The sea is different from the land. A month may pass after one trip. Oh, then there is no punishment. ?Wu Heng frowned again. It will be recorded in the files and have an impact on future promotions. ???There has indeed been a problem on the route recently, and the types of materials have begun to become less and less. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and asked, "Master, is everything okay?" "Um!" After paying the bill, he declined the invitation from the gorgeous maid and walked towards his residence. Back here. ?The association has set an indicator. In addition to interfering with the route, it is very likely that the ''Shanara'' was hijacked. There is a note from Minnie on the table. Written that I went to study painting with sister "Shanela" next door. still uses Chinese characters for the earth, and the writing is quite standard. Minnie has a lively and enthusiastic nature, calling her "Shanara" like a sister, and the relationship between the two has become very good. After confirming that Minnie was okay, Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor. Give the purchased materials and alchemy tools to the alchemy skeleton. The six arms of Expert No. 1 moved in unison, and began to arrange items and prepare potions. ?The movements were smooth, which surprised Wu Heng. The movements of the six arms are very coordinated. Wu Heng feels that it would be a good choice for him to switch to a swordsman or warrior type. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then closed the door of the house again. Go back to the study room, sit at the desk and think. The targets set by the association for killing pirates do not have much impact on oneself. It is nothing more than unfinished and recorded in the file. But it was in Wu Hengs original plan. There is a plan to collect intelligence on the "Flying Dragon" pirate group. ??Feilong has shown strong bombing ability in clearing zombies. I have long wanted to get a few more. If we can confirm that we have information about the Feilong Pirates, both things can be solved. How can we develop our own informants among the pirates? Going to Liujou woman tomorrow to ask for information is just a matter of spending some money. Sit on a chair and think about things. Then open the gate and go to the zombie world. It is also noon in the other world. The fleet of vehicles in the auto repair shop was lined up in a long row, and the survivors began to search for supplies around them. Move it onto the truck and transport it back to the passenger terminal. ?Wu Heng walked down from the hotel. After seeing Li Yahong in the distance, she walked over quickly. From his backpack, he took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion and handed them over, "The alchemy skeleton gave them to me when delivering the corpse cores." ??Wu Heng took a look and after confirming that it was a first-level corpse core potion, he said: "Take a bottle and take it when you have time." After taking it several times. Li Yahong''s physical fitness has also been improved to a certain extent, and Wu Heng no longer needs to watch from the side every time. Ive taken several bottles, but my powers havent awakened yet. "It''s not that easy. Even if you don''t wake up, improving your health is a good thing." Wu Heng persuaded with a smile. Okay! Li Yahong took it anyway and put it in her backpack. He then continued: "By the way, the few survivors who joined the team the day before yesterday said that when they escaped, they seemed to have seen a scrapped armored vehicle on the side of the road." Armored vehicle, on the roadside? It is difficult to see this kind of thing in normal cities. They are not sure. They only said that when they walked by, they saw similar things. Li Yahong added: When they escaped, they were all corpses. It is not certain whether it is true or not. ?Wu Heng felt right, "Where did you see it?" Li Yahong took out her tablet and opened the map, zooming in to a location, "It said it was over here, but the car was driving faster, so I can only confirm that it was this section of the road." ?Wu Heng took the tablet and looked at the map. The location on the map is not the main road at your feet, but a road to the south. It was also the direction those people fled from at that time. What about the zombies? Li Yahong continued: "The zombies are all running over. There shouldn''t be many left along the way. I feel like I can go and have a look." That''s right. The other party fled all the way, followed by a large group of corpses. Even if there were skeleton flying dragons, they bombed from the air from morning until dusk. ?Even if there are some zombies left over there, the number should not be too many. Get ready, lets go over there and have a look! "good!" Li Yahong went down to prepare. Not long after, a passenger car and two trucks drove over. ?Wu Heng boarded the bus with the skeleton, and the army moved towards the previous position together. The bus moves forward slowly. ?There was a sound of intensive bone friction coming from outside the car. Li Yahong talked about the recent situation and future development plans. It sounds like there should be an internal meeting. It is quite comprehensive. ?Wu Heng listened and had no objections. I think there is nothing wrong with the development direction of auto repair shops. After the conversation was over, Wu Heng also said: "If you have time, go to the prison again and pick up all the alchemy skeletons." As the battle lines get longer and longer, it is indeed inconvenient to travel to and from prison. ?Wu Heng thought about it and decided to place the alchemy skeleton on the fourth floor of Treasure Island. You can replenish alchemy materials and get potions as soon as possible, instead of asking Li Yahong to make a trip every time. "Okay!" Li Yahong agreed directly and said, "Bring the skeleton over here. Where are the freezers and the bottles?" You dont need to bring the freezer, just bring all the bottles and cans. Just find new ones near the freezer, mainly the materials and organ jars left there. Well, Ill arrange for someone to come here tomorrow. So good! Wu Heng praised. ?? Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him, and then said: "I won''t go back tonight. Then I''ll let you see if I''m good or not." Looking forward to your performance. Youre the one whos performing! As the two chatted, Hadron''s voice came from the intercom. Sister Hong, I saw an armored vehicle ahead. It is indeed an armored vehicle. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Are there any zombies?" There were some, but not many. There were only a few hundred of them. They were attracted by the convoy and rushed over. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, penetrated the roof of the car, and looked forward in mid-air. After getting back into the body, we shared the vision. Far ahead, I did see two military green armored vehicles. At the same time, there were about two hundred zombies rushing over with their teeth and claws. The skeleton army attacks and kills the zombies. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton behind him. Hurrah! The skeleton team marching normally will launch a charge directly. ??Knocked the zombies rushing to the ground head-on, and kept stabbing and slashing with spears, iron swords and axes, killing all the zombies in the blink of an eye. The motorcade stopped aside. ?Several people got out of the car and looked at the blood-stained armored vehicle. (End of this chapter) Chapter 299 , guest, your food is ready Chapter 299: Guest, your food is ready There were two armored vehicles in total. They rolled over in the middle of the road. Their surfaces were covered with claw marks and blood stains. Thick layer, only the military green color of the original car body can still be vaguely seen. ?Several people approached and carefully observed the armored vehicle. An armored vehicle, a wheeled armor with three huge tires on each side, one of which is equipped with a cannon and a machine gun. The other one has a longer body and only a machine gun on the top. Do you understand this? Wu Heng asked Xiang Li Yahong and others. The rest of the people shook their heads. After all, it is military equipment, and it is still relatively difficult for ordinary people to access it. ??If you are not a military fan, you really dont know the model or usage. Seeing that everyone didnt understand much, Wu Heng continued: Check the vehicle and see if it can still be driven away. "good!" The car door is already open. It should be the people inside who planned to break out and took the initiative to come out. Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others went in to check the status of the armored vehicle. Qi Hancai did not go over and stood aside with Wu Heng. Did this represent the army entering the city for rescue? Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng remembered that the two vehicles found in the Bifeng Life Plaza were also military, but they contained some supplies. Maybe they are the same batch. It may be necessary to evacuate outwards. Under the current situation, it is somewhat unrealistic to enter the city to rescue people. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai glanced at him and nodded in agreement. I''m afraid it will be difficult to find someone like Wu Heng who can stand up to the zombies. At this time, Qiangzi came over with the rest of his companions, carrying a heavy sniper rifle and several boxes of bullets. "Your Majesty, look at this." Qiangzi shook the sniper rifle in his arms. Barrett~! ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?This kind of anti-material sniper rifle is very famous online and even in games. ??But I didnt expect to see such firearms here. It seems like this is a foreign gun! Is it also used in China? Where did you find it? Wu Heng asked. The car in the back should be a transport vehicle, with rows of seats in the back and these things. Qiangzi said. The other people also placed the ammunition boxes in their hands on the ground. The box was opened, and inside were ammunition for machine guns, machine guns, and rifles. Is there anything else in the car? Its gone. Sister Hong asked me to get it all for you. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, can the car drive away?" Um, Sister Hong is checking, Ill go ask. Qiangzi put the gun on the ground and led a few people towards the armored vehicle. ??Wu Heng reached out and put all Barrett and various bullets into the space ring. Qi Hancai on the sides eyes widened a bit. His face is full of disbelief. Soon, Li Yahong also walked back and said: "This car is somewhat damaged. It can be driven back with a simple repair." Do you have the car keys? Li Yahong replied, "I saw that this kind of car does not require a key to start. Just put the car in the right position first!" ??Wu Heng nodded, waited for Li Yahong and others to fasten the traction rope on the armored vehicle, and then ordered the skeleton army to pull the armored vehicle back. Then, they began to inspect the vehicle, and Wu Heng continued walking along the road with the skeleton. I saw no other scrapped military vehicles. After the armored vehicle was repaired, Wu Heng signaled everyone to get on the vehicle again and began to return to the hotel. en route. Li Yahong looked at the armored vehicle behind her from the rearview mirror and asked, "How do you plan to arrange these two vehicles?" What suggestions do you have? Li Yahong said: "It is best to arrange one at the passenger terminal exchange market. It doesn''t matter whether it is loaded with bullets or not. Putting it there will be enough to deter some people." The current status of Yanshen Sanctuary is largely due to its possession of armored vehicles and a large number of firearms. Driving an armored vehicle wherever you go is enough for each shelter to coordinate its actions. The same is true here at the auto repair shop. ?Although we are not afraid of people coming to **** things, the presence of an armored vehicle is enough to deter those uneasy survivors. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Okay, I will leave one at the passenger station, and then I will arrange for the skeleton to control the machine gun." "Okay! Which one do you want to keep? I''ll have someone take it back, clean it up and send it back." Take the one with the cannon! "Um!" Return to hotel location. Trucks have also been filled with teams searching for supplies. A group of people gathered around the armored vehicle, discussing and analyzing. There are some military fans who are still conducting popular science on models and functions. ?Li Yahong told Qiangzi and others that they should go back with the material convoy first. Let''s take the armored vehicle back together when we search for the second time tomorrow. Qiangzi and others nodded, and after greeting everyone to get on the bus, the convoy began to return. The sky is getting darker. ?? Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom in the guest room, wrapped in a bath towel. The wheat-colored skin is covered with crystal drops of water. With the use of the medicine, Li Yahong''s skin became firmer, but her skin color did not change. ?While wiping his wet hair, he sat on Wu Heng''s lap. What is the principle of this bathtub? How can it be heated by itself? ?Wu Heng hugged his waist and said, "It''s the same principle as self-heating hot pot." Li Yahong was stunned for a moment, then said with a smile, "Guest, the dishes you ordered are cooked and can be tasted at any time." Then Im going to have a good taste. Wu Heng stood up and hugged her around. ?Li Yahong exclaimed, coiling around him like an octopus, the towel fell off, exposing her skin. After turning around twice, he cupped the other person''s cheeks and kissed them heavily. The two of them also fell on the bed together. The next day, Li Yahong left. ?Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. ?Minnie boasted to him for a while about her talent in painting, and then went to find Shanara again. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and also went to the associations office and study room. Push the door open and walk in. Anderweil smiled and said hello, "Master." "Is there nothing happened yesterday?" No, everything is normal. Well, this is the potion I used last time. Just drink it! Wu Heng took out the first-level corpse core potion and handed it to her. ????????????????Andweil and Minnie have both taken this strengthening potion. ??Also knows the value. "Thank you, Master." Anderweil took it happily, then stepped up and kissed the other person''s cheek. Drink, Ill see you finish drinking before going out. Anderweil nodded, sat down on the side, opened the cork of the bottle, and drank it directly. After swallowing the medicine. The whole person curled up on the sofa with some pain, and his body was trembling. ?Wu Heng walked over and patted his back gently. Soon, his crouched body stretched out again, and he stood up and moved his body. I can feel my body improving again. As long as it works. Yeah, thank you, Master. Anderweil said with a smile. ??Now it is only the first-level potion. When the second-level potion comes, Wu Heng also wants to see if they will awaken their powers. There are professionals in this world, but powers may not have appeared yet. Im going out for a trip. If I dont have much to do in the afternoon, Ill go home early. A good master. Out of the association, Wu Heng called a carriage. Go to Beacon Street. Enter Beacon Street. The carriage stopped in front of the Barrel Tavern. ?Wu Heng entered the tavern and followed the stairs directly into the semi-underground room. The guard at the door, blocking the way. ??Wu Heng said: "Come to Mrs. McIntosh to buy some information." A woman''s voice came from the room inside. "Let him come in, and you can''t stop him." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 300 , wait for the rightful owner to come Chapter 300: Waiting for the rightful owner to come The guard let him go, and Wu Heng walked in directly. The woman with six arms was still dressed in a noble manner, with gold ornaments on her neck and wrists. What information do you need? The woman looked up at the other person and raised her hair with one arm. ??Wu Heng said: "Are you saying it''s okay here?" ?The woman was stunned and looked around, "You guys go down first." ?Several people in the room left directly, leaving only two guards at the door. The woman said: "Tell me, what do you want to know?" Information about pirates. The woman paused in her movements and looked up, "That may have cost you your trip. We have some information on the island. The pirate group is never fixed in one location. I can''t provide any information." Judging from the other persons tone. I am somewhat repelled by the mention of pirates. The reason for this should not be difficult to imagine. ?Just like Luntam City, any gang that has provided information to the association will be ostracized by other gangs. Here, the consequences may be even more serious. The pirate''s style of doing things is even more ruthless. Well, then I wont bother you. Wu Heng turned around and left. The woman glanced at the figure walking out and said, "Two bodies were found at the port. Something may have happened. You can go and take a look." ?Wu Heng looked back and said, "Okay, thank you very much." ?Stepping out of the Barrel Tavern, Wu Heng walked toward the port. ??Its still lively here. But there are obviously many fewer ships docked. ?Going to the ship management office, Wu Heng showed the association''s emblem and asked directly: "Where are the bodies that floated over in the sea this morning?" The ship''s steward is a human with a scarf on his head. When he saw the emblem, he immediately took off his legs from the table and said, "It has already been reported to the back, and someone will take it away and burn it in the afternoon." Take me to see it. "okay!" The man took Wu Heng to the backyard. In a simple stone house, two corpses that had been soaked and turned white were parked. You go down first, Ill call you if anything happens. Wu Heng said. Okay, sir. The man left directly. ?There is nothing here. The body was going to be burned, so we were not afraid of it being damaged. Wait for the ship management to leave. ?Wu Heng faced the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up from the ground and turned its head to look this way. ?Wu Heng asked: "How did you die?" The corpse replied, "I died at the hands of pirates." In which area? The Romulo Route near Treasure Island. What kind of pirate group is the other party? The Iron Barrel Pirates. The Iron Barrel Pirates? ?Wu Heng had paid special attention to this pirate group before. Because in the recorded files, this pirate group owned flying dragons. Now, collecting flying dragon corpses is a development direction of Wu Heng. Do you have any other information about the Iron Barrel Pirates? "No." What is the name of your caravan? Adila Merchant Group. After five questions, the body lay back on the ground with a thud. ?Wu Heng just wanted to ask about the second corpse. There were footsteps behind me. Several people dressed as guards walked in. He said: "Sir Archdeacon, let us burn the body." Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and pointed to the one he had just asked, "Take this one away and burn it. I want to take the other one back for investigation." "okay!" The guards carried the body away, and Wu Heng asked the skeleton to roll up the other body on a straw mat. He put himself into the space ring. ?Following the guard, he also walked directly out of the backyard of the ship management office. Go all the way back. ?Wu Heng was thinking about the issue of intelligence. ?It is obviously impossible to find pirates if you search like this casually, and it might attract someone''s attention. It is still necessary to carefully consider the plan and then conduct research.??? Return to the association. Just walked into the office study room. Anderweil then handed over a letter, "Someone sent you a letter." ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it. The envelope was blank, and the words used were not the association''s beliefs. Who sent it? A child was brought to the front desk, dropped him off and ran away, Anderweil said. Child? You just put it down and left? ?Wu Heng handed the letter to Broken Skull beside him, "Open it." ?Shattered Skull tore open the envelope and a piece of letter paper fell out. When it landed, the writing was facing up, and there were a few words written on it, "At night, in the lighthouse residential area, in the house with the blue pennant, there will be wanted criminals." the wanted? Also inform yourself in this way. The news from the Barrel Tavern? Or someone else? "Master, is there any trap? How could anyone deliver the news like this?" Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng also frowned. Can''t guess the identity of the person who wrote the letter to me, and the style is not like what can be done at the "Barrel Tavern". "It''s okay. It doesn''t matter what the purpose is. I''ll go take a look then." There may be danger. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Go and see if the third team is there? If there is no mission, let them follow me." A good master. Night falls. In the residential area of ??Beacon Street, in a remote room. ?Wu Heng sat in front of the window and looked at the building opposite. According to the instructions in the letter, the house opposite the wanted criminal is located. But everything is calm. Sir Archdeacon, we have arrived at the location and can attack the building at any time. The voice of Team 3 Captain Ohlin came from the radio headset. ?Wu Heng looked down the window and saw that the people from the third team had appeared in the alley opposite the building. ??As long as you give an order, you can go straight in. Wu Heng replied: "Wait for me to notify you." "good!" While speaking, Glenda, who was in charge of the investigation, flew back from the opposite side and said, "Did you offend someone?" ?Wu Heng frowned, "Why do you say that?" ?Glenda was floating in the air and said: "The house you are talking about is obviously a trap. As long as you enter, you will be shot to death with a bed crossbow." ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. In other words, the piece of information he obtained was a deliberate attempt to lure him here. "So, this is a trap." Wu Heng said. "Hmm." Glenda continued: "If this is a trap for you and the enemy is nearby, after you trigger the trap, they will rush over to clean the battlefield and confirm whether you are dead or not." ?Wu Heng nodded, "In other words, just let the trap be triggered and see who comes over then." "Um." ??Wu Heng contacted Ohlin below through the radio headset and said: "Don''t go in yet. There are traps inside. Stay where you are." Okay! The members of the third team retreated back into the deepest part of the darkness. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and took out the remaining body from the space ring. Release the [Corpse Slaying Technique], and the corpse staggers to its feet again. ?Wu Heng put a cloak on the corpse and continued to order, "Enter that house and search around it." Hearing the order, the corpse staggered downstairs and walked towards the house opposite. ?Wu Heng and Glenda, looking down from the window. Just opened the door. Bang~! A loud roar. The next second, the corpse''s body flew back instantly, with an iron spear stuck in its chest. Immediately afterwards, the runes on the spear exploded. The corpse''s chest disappeared instantly. The internal organs were scattered, and the upper body flew into the sky. Looking out the window, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. ?Glenda also floated above, observing the entire street. Wait for the enemy to appear. (End of this chapter) Chapter 301 , kill you by the way Chapter 301: Kill you by the way The movement that triggered the trap did not attract much attention. No residents came out to check, and no patrols approached. ?Wu Heng and Glenda both looked out the window silently. A few minutes later. The ranger''s birds began to appear above the corpse, landing on the eaves above and looking down. Immediately afterwards, five more figures appeared in the night. They quickly rushed to the corpse, lifted the hood of the corpse and looked at the face. ??Wu Heng said into the radio: "Operation Olin, there is no need to leave any survivors." Swish swish swish~! Several crossbow bolts were shot out from the dark alley. Captains order! Why did your captain want to kill me? It seems that the Iron Barrel Pirates are operating near Treasure Island. Bang~! The dark alley smelled like urine. Hit the bodies of two of them instantly. ??Wu Heng motioned to the skeleton to put the corpse down, and his eyes fell on the corpse that could kick Olin away. ?Shattered Skull held on to the window frame and jumped directly from the second floor. The Iron Barrel Pirates. ?Wu nodded and looked at the body on the ground with the help of firelight. No, Ohlin said. ?The fighting style is fierce, and it looks like a pirate at first glance. ?The dull impact was mixed with the sound of breaking bones. In the morning, when I asked about the corpse at the ship management office, he said that it was killed by the Iron Barrel Pirates. Understood. Ohlin nodded. ??But they were tightly entangled by the third team. After the Skull Crusher came back, they all were killed one by one with a hammer. When the few remaining people saw the scene in front of them, they turned around and wanted to run away. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. He is dressed like a port worker, but with his messy long hair and scars on his face, he looks more like a pirate. Olin, who bore the brunt of the attack, was kicked back by the opponent. He rolled around two or three times before barely stopping. Ohlin held up a torch and checked the identity of the corpse. "No one is on the wanted list." ??Wu Heng walked towards the alley on one side, with the broken skull and **** ax dragging the body behind him. Its losing its breath a little bit. ??The war hammer in his hand was swung up and down again, kicking away Olin''s pirate. His body was instantly sent flying out and hit the wall behind him. vomited a stream of blood. ??The fallen corpse suddenly sat up, its sternum and spine broken by the skull, and its upper body tilted unnaturally to one side. The corpse replied, "The captain gave an order, let us find a way to kill you and take your head back." Olin, take some people to guard here, be careful there are other enemies. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" Skull Broken, go help them. Wu Heng said directly. When they were discovered, these pirates showed no signs of weakness. They shouted loudly, drew their weapons, and went straight to kill the members of the third team. At the same time, Ohlin raised his one-handed ax and rushed out with the third team. The corpse replied, "I am a member of the Iron Barrel Pirates." After landing, hold the battle ax and attack the enemy. A muffled sound. The battle ended and the entire alley fell into silence again. ?Skullbreaker kept his feet down, rushed forward quickly, pushed the person back into the corner with one kick, and hit the chest with his war hammer. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room far away. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why do you want to kill me?" ?The figure nestled in the corner was vomiting blood. Is anyone hurt? The corpse replied, "I don''t know." ?Three questions, but not much information was obtained. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Where is your captain?" Follow the fleet and dock north of Scorpion Claw Island. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet and looked at the map he took last time. Scorpion Claw Island was closer to Jiwei Island. Put away the tablet and continue to ask: "What level is your captain?" Level 15 professional. After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when asked about the information. Previously, Wu Hengs information on looking for pirate groups with flying dragons included the Iron Barrel Pirate Group. ?Before I had time to find them, the other party had already come to kill me. Looking at the second corpse, release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up. Wu Heng asked: "Who is the corpse next to you?" "It is the backbone of our pirate group." ?Wu Heng asked, "What are you doing on the island?" Sell some supplies nearby, and then kill the deputy deacon of the association! . ?Wu Heng asked the corpses one by one. The basics of intelligence collection are almost the same. The Iron Barrel Pirates plundered a batch of goods on the route and planned to sell some on nearby Treasure Island and assassinate Wu Heng. The man who was killed by Skull Crusher was the backbone of the pirate group and the person who led the team to the island. In fact, the opponents strength is not bad either. Be able to kick the association captain away, and must be a melee professional of at least level 10 or above. Its a pity that he is no match for Skull Crusher. Before, Wu Heng was suspicious of the Barrel Tavern. After all, I went there to buy information at noon, and this happened in the afternoon. But now it seems that there should be no connection between the two parties. The Iron Barrel Pirates had landed on the island three days ago and were observing the association''s situation. ?Furthermore, these pirates are indeed rampant. Arrange a group of pirates to go to the island to kill a deputy deacon. I look down upon the association somewhat too much. Get out of the alley. Ohlin also came over and asked, "Deacon, how is the situation?" The leader of the Iron Barrel Pirates is a key member. I dont know why he is not on the wanted list, Wu Heng said. Maybe hes a new member, or the association doesnt have any information about him. Ohlin said, and then asked: What should we do next? Their ship is at Port No. 6. Go back and call someone to arrest the ship. Wu Heng said directly. "Okay." Ohlin didn''t say much and led the team directly towards the direction of the association. ??Wu Heng walked in the other direction. When he walked out of the residential area, he took out the [train conductor''s hat] and put it on his head. The car honked. ?The train appeared out of thin air, Wu Heng got on the train and wrote Jiwei Island on the itinerary. It takes about 10 minutes. ?Wu Heng appeared on Jiwei Island with two skeletons. As we walked to the port, we saw a pirate ship with shields hanging on its hull. Looking towards the deck, you can also see the patrolling skeleton sailors. ?This ship is the trophy from the last kill of the Blood Hand Pirates. Since there is no good reason to dock, it has been parked here. ?Wu Heng boarded the ship along the rope ladder. Taking out the map and checking it again, he pointed forward and said, "Go in this direction." The warship moved slowly, heading in the direction pointed by Wu Heng. Iron barrel pirate ship. In the captain''s room. ??The new captain, Brad, is still swinging his waist tirelessly. He was cursing and stroking the satin-like skin of the woman in front of him. "I really should let that old guy see what he is like now. His fleet is mine, and so are the women, hahaha~!" Brad laughed loudly, slapped it down, and cursed: "No matter how loud the voice is, A little, so that everyone outside can hear it. The woman was silent. When you sell this batch of goods and then kill the deputy deacon, your achievements will definitely exceed that of the old guy. It is also an honor for you to serve two captains. ??Brad said, his brows suddenly furrowed. Get up quickly, draw the knife and open the door. I saw a very tall figure with combed hair standing at the door, "What are you doing?" "Captain, we found a pirate ship approaching." A sailor''s voice came from the position connecting the deck. ??Brad pushed the figure in front of him away and said: "Next time if you have something to say, just tell me, and the mute will wipe the deck." After saying that, he picked up the armor in the room and walked to the deck while wearing it. The thin figure walked directly into the room. He glanced at the woman on the bed and said softly: "Are you okay?" Brad came on deck. Looking at the sea level in the distance. Only a ship without a flag appeared in sight. But judging from the shape, it is a pirate ship, or an old ship that has experienced countless battles. What the hell, we can still meet other ships here. Brad cursed and said: Sign up and tell them to get out, otherwise dont blame me... But the words have not yet finished. With a pop, Brads shoulder suddenly exploded, and the entire arm and half of the shoulder bone disappeared. (End of this chapter) Chapter 302 , use less in the future Chapter 302: Use less in the future The sudden situation caused all the pirates'' expressions to change. But before he could react, another ray of light flashed away. With a snap, a huge hole instantly appeared in the chest of a pirate skeleton, and all kinds of internal organs and blood splashed all over the rest of the people around him. ?His body also flew upside down and fell to the ground. ?With this kind of injury, even if you are not dead, you cannot take medicine. At this time, everyone reacted. ??Brad covered the broken arm, jumped forward, hid at the guardrail surrounded by shields, and shouted: "What the hell, what did the opponent use to attack?" ??But there was a chaos on the deck, and no one could answer his question. At the same time, the sound of breaking through the air struck again. The pirate who instantly penetrated the body and back of the flying dragon. Well, its original function is to destroy some equipment, but it is overkill for killing people. Wu Heng said. With a deafening sound, the shield hanging outside the fence suddenly exploded. The bullet penetrated the shield. The body of the pirate captain hiding behind shook slightly, and his other arm flew out like fragments again. Killing someone is as easy as crushing a watermelon. Capture the three ships. Bang~! Watching the silhouettes exploding in the distance, I was a little surprised at the power of this thing. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw three flying dragons carrying pirates flying towards this side under the silver moonlight. ?Glenda flew over the pirate ship again. Is this thing so powerful? Glenda exclaimed as she floated in the air. A large number of skeletons jumped into the sea and swam towards the three ships that were approaching quickly. The gunfire rang out. The bullets roared out again, and the flying dragon''s body fell from the sky again. ??Wu Heng turned around, opened the door in the cabin, and called a large number of skeletons onto the deck. ??Wu Heng picked up Barrett again and said, "The captain is hiding. Let''s go see where he is?" ?At the same time, the other two pirate ships also quickly approached here. Point to the position behind the shield. ?Wu Heng held his breath and pulled the trigger. After a muffled sound, the cartridge case was thrown out from the side of the gun. Plop-plop-plop~! The shield covered with iron was actually not so fragile and was directly shattered. Glenda quickly flew into the sky. Bang~! ??Possessed a pirate, took out the wind and fire thunder from his backpack, and buckled it directly on the flying dragon. Another pirate who tried to turn around and put on a ballista was hit in the head and shattered like a watermelon. You go deal with one flying dragon, and Ill deal with the other two. Wu Heng said. Even so, with the strength of the physical body, the body was not broken, and an arm was lost at the location of the hit. The bullets roared out. All three flying dragons were eliminated. "good!" Fish, flesh and broken bones were splashed all around. ?The bullet roared out again and penetrated the body of a pirate again. All the pirates froze in shock. There are so many weird things about you. ?Seeing that they had just flown halfway, two flying dragons were lost. The last one turned around and tried to escape. bang~! The flying dragon is coming, and the other two pirate ships are coming. Glenda reminded. The body lost its balance and fell from the air. ?At the same time, Wu Heng raised Barrett and also pointed towards the sky. According to the information obtained, the opponent''s captain is a level 15 warrior. ?Wu Heng stood on the deck, while Barrett stood on the railing. Then he hit the rear captain again. what happened? At this time, the pirates on the main ship were already frightened. Even if I hide below, I only feel a chill down my spine, without any sense of security. Hurrah lala~tap tap tap~! Suddenly, a dense and sporadic sound sounded. Whats climbing the boat? someone shouted. ?Everyone also instantly realized that the sound was coming from both sides of the ship. The enemy is approaching from the hull. ?Some pirates were brave enough to look at the ship next door. In an instant, his expression suddenly changed. Only countless white skeletons were seen, covering the entire hull. The undead, so many undead! They plan to board the ship in the sea. The voice fell. There were two skeletons jumping onto the deck from below. Fight with the pirates. ?Captain "Brad" gritted his teeth. He didn''t know who he had offended. He actually came here to kill himself. Looking at the chaos around him. Looking at the opportunity, he ran out of his hiding position in an instant and ran towards the cabin. An orange stream of light passed by. Brads waist and abdomen exploded instantly. The whole person fell to the ground. At the cabin stairs, Sailor Matai was standing at the door just now. Save me quickly, Ill let you be the deputy captain. Brad said with difficulty. The sailor opposite tidied his hair. ??Roll up his cuffs, reveal the crossbow, and point it towards ''Brad''s'' eyebrows. What are you doing? Im your captain. Brad shouted. ?The sailor smiled and said, "I learned from you." ??The crossbow string trembled lightly, and the crossbow arrow shot into the center of the eyebrow. ?Without one arrow killing him, he shot several more arrows. When the opponent was dead, he put away his crossbow and walked back to the cabin. ??The skeletons began to board the ship and fight in close combat, fighting together on the deck and in the cabin. The pirates fought fiercely, but gradually became exhausted. Killed by a skeleton. Some pirates who jumped into the sea and tried to escape by water, plunged themselves into the pile of skeletons and were torn into pieces. ?The sky is bright. The battle gradually ended. One corpse was carried up. ?Wu Heng jumped onto the iron-barrel ship and looked at the corpses all over the deck. Let the skeleton pick up the pirate captain''s stumps, but it''s still difficult to put them back together. Barrett will still be rarely used in the future. ?It is difficult to kill the person completely. If there are too many missing limbs, it will be difficult to meet the requirements of [Bone Slavery Technique]. Looked at the incomplete body. ?Wu Heng still planned to conduct an interrogation. Release [Conversation with the Dead] to wake up the captains corpse. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did you let people kill Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of the association?" The corpse replied, "I received the letter. As long as I kill you, I can get a reward of 200 gold coins." letter? It is also a letter. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Who wrote the letter to you?" I dont know, it will appear on its own. Letters that appear by themselves. What is the function of this letter? It will remind us of some caravans sailing by that we can plunder. ?Wu Heng asked, "Then what''s the benefit to the other party if I provide you with these?" No good! Holy shit, theres no way its going to be beneficial, just do this. Do you only have this letter, or do all pirates have it? I guess a lot of people do. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Originally, I thought it was to seek revenge on myself, but now it seems that it has something to do with the mysterious letter. Moreover, the matter is more serious than I thought. If the other party can send orders to all pirates, then other pirates should also have received their own bounties. I have become the public enemy of pirates. Glenda, go to the cabin and search to see where the letter he mentioned is? Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and flew towards the cabin. Not long after, Glenda flew back quickly. "did you find it?" Not yet, there is a dark room under the cabin, and there are several living people in it. A living person? (End of this chapter) Chapter 303 , I seem to be being targeted Chapter 303, I seem to be being targeted A living person? Hearing Grandas words, Wu Heng frowned. The skeleton soldiers attacked directly, but they were still left alive, in some dark room. ??Wu Heng took out a straw mat from the space ring, asked the skeleton to wrap the pirate captain''s body, and then put it into the space ring. Then he said to Glenda: Take me over and have a look! Okay, this way! He walked down the cabin with the skeleton and walked all the way to the bottom. In the dim cabin, there was a smell that had not been ventilated for a long time. Walking to the innermost corner, Glenda pointed to a slightly hidden location on one side. ?Wu Heng glanced behind him. Two skeletons walked over and opened the door horizontally. When we return to Treasure Island, we can just leave these matters to the association. No, but they were also caught on the boat. Over here. Glenda said, flying up through the roof of the shed. "We are not with these pirates. Don''t kill us. We pose no threat to you." A man said. The man from the business group shouted from behind, "Sir, if you are not satisfied with the price, we can talk about it again." ?Wu Heng glanced at the goods and directly put all the gold coins, silver coins and valuables into the space ring. "I promise to give them a large ransom." After the man finished speaking, he immediately added: "I will also give you a ransom, 500 gold coins. As long as you send the news back, you can get the corresponding ransom." Hurrah! ??Pirates rarely leave alive for ransom, but not always. ?Wu Heng walked up the stairs and found the boat room where the treasures were kept. Then who are you? Wu Heng asked. ??Catching pirates on Treasure Island is much more profitable than catching wanted criminals in inland cities. Pushing open the door, there is a large amount of loot placed inside. He gave up the idea of ??continuing to ask and said directly: "You guys stay here. If they want to come out, kill them directly." The sudden appearance of the skeleton also caused women to scream in the iron cage. Several women hugged each other and huddled in the corner, shaking. An iron cage made of black iron rods is exposed. ?Wu Heng glanced at him, then looked at the woman in the corner. In addition to various goods, there is a small box of gold coins and several buckets full of silver coins. These pirates, why didnt they kill you? ?Wu Heng looked at him and asked, "Why are you wearing armor?" ?Wu Heng glanced at them, there were five people in total. Three women and two men. ?Wu Heng ignored it and continued walking outside. Return to the deck. 200 gold coins would allow the Iron Barrel Pirates to take the risk to assassinate him. These 500 gold coins would definitely be tempting. ??Wu Heng continued to walk out with the broken skull and blood axe. Where is all the money on the ship? The following skeletons took action. ?Wu Heng did not intend to really investigate the identities of these people, or simply kill them all. Are you also from the caravan? He looked sloppy and had obvious injuries on his body. In the past, even if Wu Heng killed a level 16 necromancer, the most valuable items were his robes and space rings. "I am a member of the Adira Merchant Group and I do not pose any threat to you." They asked me to wipe the deck during the day, and they gave it to me. It seems that he was captured by pirates. ??As for apprehending the pirate group, the ship itself is worth a lot of money, and a lot of money can be made. The spear passed through the iron bars, facing inward. ?Standing in the shadows, his eyes have a special sharpness. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask any more questions, but turned his gaze behind him to see another figure who was slightly shorter and disheveled. It depends on whether the price is worth the risk. ?Three flying dragon corpses that fell into the sea were also fished out. One was burned to a crisp, and two had Barrett''s bullets piercing their chests. Even the leather saddle on the back has a big hole punched out. Flying dragon is a goal that has been set before. In this world, the skeleton flying dragon may only be helpful to Wu Heng in the form of flying mounts, but in the zombie world, it can still show strong combat capabilities. At the very least, it can increase the effect of high-altitude ground bombing. The greater the quantity, the more obvious the effect. Take off the leather saddle. Wu Heng said. Two skeletons stepped forward and took off the leather saddle from the flying dragon. Wu Heng began to release the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood of the flying dragon''s corpse began to fall off, and the three skeleton flying dragons stood up one after another. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 12) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) The level is not much different from the flying dragon last time. The difference between upper and lower is only one level. Then, Wu Heng walked to the cleaned pirate corpses and began to identify who else among the corpses was on the wanted notice. The corpse was wrapped in a straw mat and put into a space ring. Then start to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The pirate corpses stood up one after another. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the pirate ship in the distance, rode the flying dragon over, and continued to transform the corpses on the remaining ships. After everything was transformed, the fleet began to return to Jiwei Island. Return to Jiwei Island. The sky is completely bright. The fleet docked at the port. ??Wu Heng opened the gate and allowed the skeleton army and skeleton dragons called last night to enter the gate, leaving the pirate skeletons behind to continue guarding the ship. He put on the [train conductors hat] and returned to Treasure Island. Arrived at Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng went directly to the association and sent the bodies on the wanted list to the morgue. Then go to the deacon''s study and knock on the door. After receiving the response, he directly opened the door and walked in. Deacon Imiro, still sitting behind the desk, said: "Last night, you were ambushed?" Its not an ambush. The people from the Iron Barrel Pirates sent me a false message, trying to trick me into a trap. Wu Heng explained. Well, I heard what happened from Olin. Last night, we also seized the ships docked at the port and arrested more than 20 people. Imiro said. Wu Heng didnt care about what happened next when the team arrived ashore. ??Moreover, with the associations ability, we can capture each other as long as we are on the island. Wu Heng continued: "Last night, based on the intelligence, I found the location of the ''Iron Barrel Pirate Group'' fleet and killed all the captain and several key members of the other party." Imiro frowned as he lowered his head. When he raised his head, his eyes were slightly surprised. ??We were ambushed last night and killed the other party''s captain this morning? ??The biggest problem for pirates is that it is difficult to find the exact location, even if the information is obtained in advance to arrest them. ?If the other party leaves directly, it will be difficult to catch up with the other party. He killed the person directly? Where is the body? Imiro asked. It has been sent to the morgue, and the autopsy is under way. Well done. Although Imiro was confused, he still praised him. Wu Hengze continued: "Deacon, I also discovered a piece of information that I feel I should tell you." Tell me whats going on! I may be wanted by the entire pirate group. Imi Luos relaxed brows wrinkled again. The deputy deacon of the association is wanted by the entire pirate group. This is really a strange thing. Whats going on? Please tell me carefully. ??Wu Heng nodded, found the mysterious envelope, and after questioning the corpse, he learned that he was wanted by the pirate group, and told him in full. After all, he is the deputy deacon of the association. Having worked hard for the association for such a long time, no matter how hard you say it, you cannot handle this matter by yourself. Also let the association contribute. "Where''s the letter? Let me see what it looks like." Imiro asked. ?Wu Heng took out a few blank envelopes and handed them directly to the other party. The latter briefly checked it and then put it back on the table. He said: "I haven''t seen this kind of letter before. It should be some kind of strange thing." This is quite similar to what Wu Heng thought. Strange objects can always show many strange and strange effects. Well, I think its also a strange thing. Wu Heng said. Imiro thought for a while and said: "Don''t leave the island yet. I will negotiate with Treasure Island to strengthen port control. I will start investigating the letter." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "I also captured several pirate ships, which are now parked on a small island outside, with several hostages kidnapped by the pirates." You can just take the ship directly to the association port, tell the other party that this is your trophy, and then you can dock normally. Imiro said. ??Wu Heng looked up and said, "During the battle, I used the bone-braining technique. The crew members are all skeletons. Will it have any impact?" Imiro raised his eyebrows and said, "It may indeed attract some attention. Let the third team go with you. Let them come out when you dock. Your skeleton will be left in the cabin." "good!" afternoon. ?Wu Heng brought the fleet closer to the port. The third team, which had been waiting for a long time, boarded the ship and took over the ship. Are these the hostages? Ohlin asked people to **** a few people out of the cabin. ?Wu Heng nodded, "It''s just a few of them. They said they were hijacked by pirates. Their true identities are not sure. Take them back for investigation." "Okay." Ohlin nodded and said to the members: "Take them back, be careful not to let them escape." The team members watched the hostages walk back. ?At first, the man who said he wanted to pay the ransom kept turning back to thank him and shouting that he would never forget the agreed terms. ?Wu Heng didnt pay attention to him. After leaving the matter to Ohlin, he walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie went out to greet her and gave her a big hug. The whole person hangs on the body like an octopus. ?Wu Heng patted his crossed legs, signaling the other party to come down first. Master, do you want to eat? Minnie asked. Ive eaten outside, prepare some water for me to take a shower. "good!" ?Wu Heng took a hot bath and returned to his room to sleep. I slept until about four o''clock in the afternoon, then got up and went downstairs. As soon as he walked downstairs, he saw Minnie and the wood elf Shannara sitting in the living room chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Shanara showed a soft smile and said, "Did our chat disturb you?" ?Wu Heng sat down opposite, "No, I''ll come down after I''ve slept." "Hmm." Shannara leaned on the back of her chair, looked at him and said, "Did the association send more tasks?" We are indeed asked to kill the pirates, but its not a difficult task, dont worry! "That''s good." (End of this chapter) Chapter 304 , don鈥檛 you need eyeliner? Chapter 304: Dont you need eyeliner? ?Wu Heng joined in, and Minnie couldn''t say anything at first. Just sitting aside, listening to the two of them chatting about pirates and trade. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng thought of the goods obtained from the pirate ship. ? asked: "I got some goods from pirates. Is there any way to sell them?" "Pirates'' goods?" Shannara flipped the hair on her shoulders and said, "You can sell it to us, and I will settle the market price for you." Shanela''s attitude towards him has always been somewhat caring. ?It made Wu Heng feel as if he was eating soft rice. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Are there any procedures required to form my own chamber of commerce?" Do you want to form your own chamber of commerce? Lets take a look at the situation first. I have a few ships that are always parked at the port. I have to pay handling fees after a long time. I want to see how to use them. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling that there was still some trouble. "You can hang on Treasure Island, but this is not stable, and it may not be recognized by various forces at some point." Shannara looked at him. Shannara nodded, thought for a moment and said, "I can take this for 1 silver coin, but you have to promise not to sell it elsewhere." "Here!" Okay! Shannara nodded. To form a chamber of commerce, you must at least have a fixed source of goods and market advantages. ??Wu Heng said: I just want to understand the process. "Does it have to be the country you belong to? I am in the Kingdom of Yeke and have no background." Wu Heng said. That is indeed correct. Whether it can be done is hard to say. Shannara smiled and said: "It is not difficult to form a chamber of commerce. The main thing is to have channels for goods and whether the market is competitive. The few goods you grab cannot support the operation of a chamber of commerce." Then excuse me. ?Him himself was not well received in Yeke Kingdom. ??Wu Heng stood aside and added, "I sold it for a while in Yeke Kingdom before, and the sales were very good." ?It is completely impossible to rely on him to support a chamber of commerce, and he cannot even earn back the cost of crew and ship maintenance. Shanela came over with several guards. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng looked at the gorgeous wood elf and said, "Stay for dinner!" This price is much higher than Wu Heng expected. When he sells it, no one will use it if he keeps it, so it is better to sell it here cheaply. He took out a blue-gray glass, pointed it towards the sky, looked at it carefully, and said: "It is very transparent, the shape and craftsmanship are also very good, it is more exquisite than the glass products on the market, there should be a certain market. " You can still make a steady profit by selling some scattered goods directly. Shannara took out a few more and looked at them, and asked curiously: "Why are each of them different?" ?Li Yahong urged him more than once to take away the collected things. ??Wu Heng took her to the backyard and pointed to two large cardboard boxes stacked in front of the open space. ?But Wu Heng also had his own ideas. After all, in another world, he was still constantly searching for various daily necessities. Now they are all stacked in a large warehouse. Tomorrow, I need someone to bring it over. Shanara replied: "The process is actually not difficult. For example, if you are from the Kingdom of Yeko, as long as you register a cross-sea chamber of commerce in your country, you can conduct cross-sea trade, but you also need to report to various places to avoid anything happening. Misunderstandings cause losses. Smile and salute to Shanela. "Same." Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "I still have some daily necessities here, please help me see how to sell them better." Shanara smiled and said: "I understand your thinking, but I feel that your energy will not be focused on the Chamber of Commerce for too long. If you just want to make those ships have some use value, you can rent them out and charge a certain fee. , just like renting a house, it is a business that guarantees profit but does not lose money. ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while, and Anderweil also came back from outside. This is part of it, but the types are not much different. But Shannella seems to know more about pricing in the market. Shannara nodded and motioned to the people behind her to open the box, revealing the neatly arranged glassware and porcelain inside. There are relatively few remaining stocks that can be duplicated. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was not a simple matter. After saying hello to Wu Heng, he asked: "Where are the goods mentioned yesterday?" Okay! Now? "Why is it too little? I also need transportation and subsequent sales, and I can''t let the business group lose money." Shanara said immediately when she saw that he didn''t speak. Okay, I have no objection, and I can guarantee that there wont be a second store selling these things. Shannara nodded, "In a few days, the merchant group''s ship will arrive. You have to prepare the goods in advance." "Can!" After talking about the cargo, the two sat down in front of the stone pavilion, with two guards guarding the distance. Shannara tilted her chin and looked at him curiously, "I didn''t expect you to do business." Just give it a try, after all you have to live! "If you don''t want to be a subdeacon any day, you can come to my side and help me. I''ll make sure you have enough food and clothing," Shanara continued. I dont want to eat soft rice yet. If you dont try it, how will you know whether you like it or not? ??Wu Heng looked up at the other person again. This time, the other person''s face turned red and he looked away. Sitting together and chatting for a while. Minnie ran over from the front yard. He said: "Master, Sister Wei''er wants you to go to the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded and said to Shanara, Im going out for a while. Well, come back early. After speaking, I felt that my tone was not quite right, and my face turned red again. When I came to the association, I just entered the office and study room. Whats wrong? Weier. Wu Heng asked. Anderweil said: "Master, deacon, please come over." "what''s up?" Its about the last time the Iron Barrel Pirates brought back hostages. Andwyer replied. Oh, okay! Wu Heng agreed and went directly to the deacons study. ?Stand at the door and knock lightly on the door. I opened the door directly and walked in. ??Deacon Imiro is still sitting behind the desk, and assistant Moya is standing aside. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Imiro nodded and said: "The people you brought back have been interrogated. Three of them are hostages of the business group, and the rest have some relationship with pirates?" "what relationship?" The pirates wife and the pirates daughter are in there. ??Wu Heng frowned and recalled the scene when he saw several people at that time, "Why are my wife and daughter in the iron cage?" Thinking about it carefully, there are indeed many doubts. The Iron Barrel Pirates had internal strife before, and it was all the former captain. Wu Heng had also heard some news about the internal strife among the Iron Barrel Pirates. But I didnt expect that this would also involve family matters. ??This later captain was really not that good. After occupying the pirate group, he also took possession of other people''s wives and daughters. Oh, then come to me...? Wu Heng asked in confusion. Just deal with it how you want to deal with it. What do you want to do with yourself? ??Imiro didn''t speak, and the assistant Moya on the side said, "Didn''t you say before that you wanted to develop your own eyeliner?" Choose between two women? ?Wu Heng frowned. Wu Heng has indeed considered selecting eyeliners, but he has no clear goal yet. Now when it comes to these hostages, they are both wives and daughters, so there doesnt seem to be any good candidates. Imiro handed over a piece of information and said: "Philippa Iron Barrel Pirates, the daughter of the former captain, this time you killed the current captain, which can be regarded as saving her life. You can go and talk to her. " ??Wu Heng looked at the other party, "Deacon, are you sure you will let her go? You won''t just run away, but will you send the information back?" "Aren''t you a necromancer? You don''t have any means of restricting people?" Assistant Moya asked. "I am a decent mage. I don''t learn any of those things. I just learned some methods of enslaving the undead." Imiro took out a scroll from the space ring and handed it to him, "Slave scroll, you can give it to her to use. See if you are willing to use it." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and put the scroll away. Lets take a look at the situation first. Even if the other party is not a suitable candidate, put the scroll away first. Okay, Ill go take a look! ?Wu Heng said something and then left the deacon''s study directly. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng handed the information to Anderweier and asked her to go to the cell to pick up the person. Not long after, the door opened. ??Staff came in escorting a shackled prisoner. Thin body shape and messy hair. ?Wu Heng also knew this person. He looked like this on the boat before, looking like a beggar fished out of a mud pit. Now that I have washed my face, I can still see that she looks like a delicate woman. Is your name Philippa? ?Philippa turned her head aside and remained silent. Wu Heng said directly: "All pirates are frequently harassing the shipping routes. The association plans to execute you all at noon tomorrow." Hearing this sentence, his originally silent eyes trembled slightly. Still expressed fear of death. But still did not speak. "I''ll only ask you once, and I won''t give you a second chance." Wu Heng stared at her and asked, "Do you want to live?" Philippa''s pupils shrank, hesitated for a moment, then gritted his teeth and said, "Think!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 305 , consistent with the principle Chapter 305, consistent with the principle Speaking the word "think", Philippa''s expression became even more gloomy. ??Wu Heng looked at the information and said: "Pirates have been frequently disturbing the shipping routes recently. I need an informant to find out the pirates'' intelligence and movements." The slovenly ''Philippa'' raised her head slightly and said, "I will die miserably if the pirates find me." At least you have a chance to fight instead of dying on the gallows tomorrow. Philippa had no second choice. She has no second choice, either agree to the other party''s conditions now and become an informant among the pirates. Either be executed as a pirate now. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "Okay, I promise you, but I don''t know what to do!" "I will find an opportunity for you to escape, and you can just become a pirate again." Wu Heng said. also said: "Do a good job, and your mother will live a good life on Treasure Island." ?Wu Heng didn''t have the ability to identify lies, but judging from the other party''s appearance, it didn''t look like he was making excuses for himself. Wu Heng said: "I will arrange a ship for you. As for people, there are still a few people from your pirate group in the prison. You try to recruit them." The contract is completed. continued: "Weier, prepare a meal for her, with more meat." Wu Heng leaned on the desk and said, "I will send you back to prison later. Don''t show any abnormality. I will inform you after I have arranged things." Hmm! Philippa muttered, her mouth full of food. Wheres the boat? ?Wu Heng walked out, picked up the quill, and lightly pricked the opponent''s fingertips. A drop of blood fell on the scroll. ??Wu Heng took out the slave scroll and said, "This is a slave contract. Don''t resist." ?Philippa needs to recruit a crew, and then with the cooperation of Wu Heng, escape from prison and return to the sea to continue being a pirate. The other woman left is the woman of the former captain. On his return, he came in with some food and placed it in front of ''Philippa''. ?What Wu Heng had to do was to arrange a series of things for ''Philippa'' to escape and send her back to the sea in a reasonable manner. ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power, getting into the opponent''s eyebrows, and imprinting it on the soul. ?Philippa swallowed the last piece of bread and nodded. As long as you do your part well, I can guarantee her safety. Wu Heng promised. Philippa bit the cracked dead skin on her lower lip and said, "That''s not what I meant. What I meant is that there is no ship and no one, and I have received some information. How can I inform you?" At that time, it depends on whether ''Philippa'' will also get this kind of letter after becoming the new leader. As for the ship, we will arrange a previous pirate ship for you. What kind of life do you want her to have? ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil, who called the guards on guard and escorted ''Philippa'' back to the prison. Okay, lets make a deal then. The rules of passing are not clear yet, but it is definitely related to the pirate leader. Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. "Okay!" Philippa agreed, and then asked: "What about my mother, will you forgive her too?" In addition to the matter of pirate intelligence, there is also the matter of mysterious letters. "good!" Then send him the information about the pirates. What both sides need to do is actually very clear. Philippa''s body began to become weak, and he slumped down on the sofa on one side. ?Wu Heng put away the scroll. Be careful when you go back, this may be a matter of your own life. Wu Heng warned. "She is not a pirate, and we didn''t know he was a pirate before. You can arrange something for her to do. Don''t send her back to the original village. She won''t live long if she goes back." Philippa said directly. The latter looked up at the two of them, and then started to eat hungrily. "good!" What about life? How will she survive? ?Wu Heng had seen her in the prison before. She was a plump and round woman with fair skin. It is difficult to tell that he is a person living on a boat. ?According to the information obtained by Ask the Corpse, this kind of letter will suddenly appear next to the pirate ship leader. ?Philippa fell silent again. Shes a pirate? Andwyll asked. Well, the daughter of the previous captain of the Iron Barrel Pirates. Wu Heng said. Looks smaller than Minnie. At that time, I didnt expect her to be related to pirates. I thought she was just a hostage. Anderweil put the dishes away and asked, "Will those pirates listen to her?" ??Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, the deacons all think that the other party can do it. It shouldn''t be as simple as it seems on the surface." "oh!" ?Wu Heng sat in the association for a while and then went to the deacon to talk about the matter. I sat there until noon and saw nothing happened. He left the association directly. Return to your residence. Minnie was practicing boxing and kicking with Bawudong in the yard. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he immediately stopped his movements and ran back quickly, "Master came back very early today." Well, I came back as soon as I had nothing to do. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders, Why are you working so hard today? I usually practice at this time, but you dont know. Minnie said. It seems that our Minnie is really working hard. Minnie immediately had a smile on her face, "That''s right!" They followed him into the room and asked Chef No. 1 to prepare lunch. After eating together. Minnie returned to the yard for training, and Wu Heng also went to the fourth floor and headed to the alchemy laboratory. Pushing open the door, he saw the six-armed Expert No. 1, preparing a potion. Two hands were playing with the instruments in front of him, two hands were pounding the medicine, and the remaining two were holding the medicine and shaking the medicine bottle. It feels like one person is doing the work of three people, and the movements are very coordinated. No errors occurred. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look, but did not go in to disturb the other party. Close the door again, enter the study room and open the boundary door. Go to the zombie world. ??Stepping out of the hotel, the open space outside the door was filled with a dense army of skeletons, and four flying dragons were circling in the sky above their heads. The search progress of the auto repair shop fleet has also exceeded the scope of the hotel. Search for various supplies along the way. Its already October, and winter is getting closer. The supplies stored in the auto repair shop are enough to survive this winter smoothly, but the more sufficient supplies can bring people a sense of security. ??Moreover, as the road continues to advance, more shelters will come here to exchange supplies. ?These looted items will also be exchanged. Used to make up for the lack of other resources in the auto repair shop and to collect more gold and silver. ~! Two trucks and buses parked on the opposite side. Li Yahong got out of the car, and four alchemy skeletons got out of the car at the same time. The alchemy skeleton has been brought here, and all the bottles and bottles are in the car. Four alchemy skeletons stepped forward and bowed slightly to Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Move all your things into the first floor of the hotel, and I will arrange a new working place for you later." ?The alchemist skeleton returned to the bus, moved the jars of organs and bottles containing medicinal materials, and put them into a single room in the hotel. On the side, Qiangzi and the others looked up at the flying dragon hovering in the sky. Holy shit, there are four bodies. Qiangzi said. Two of them, are they still wearing armor? The companion wearing glasses on the side continued. Thats a saddle, right? Its something for people to sit on. Armor. I think its a saddle! Soon, the alchemy skeleton finished transporting the items. ?Wu Heng greeted everyone, got in the car again, and continued to move forward to clean up the zombies. ??Hello~! The roar of the zombies spread quickly. ?Zombies from all directions gathered on the main road, and the whole street was crowded with no end in sight. ??Wu Heng glanced at the group of corpses and said directly: "Let the flying dragon fly into the sky, and then drop the solid iron bullets in order." Hurrah! Four skeleton flying dragons soared into the sky. Arrive above the corpses and drop bombs one after another. In an instant, dense ammunition was like a dense rainstorm, quickly covering the entire street. Boom, boom, boom~! Amid the ear-splitting roar, thick smoke rose everywhere. The momentum was greater than in previous battles. ?The smoke and dust dispersed. ??The originally densely packed streets were instantly emptied out, with corpses and body parts everywhere, and blood covering the entire road. There were only a few scattered zombies, still rushing towards this side. ?Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others all stared at the scene in front of them with their eyes widened in disbelief. One attack and the whole street was cleared. This is too exaggerated! Qiangzi said in surprise. The co-pilot''s glasses said: "In principle, there is no problem." You were more surprised than anyone else just now about the principle of a few cents. ?Wu Heng also looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. ?At the same time, my experience has also increased a lot. After two or three more times, I will be able to level up again. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army began to move forward, killing the zombies that were still alive along the way. ??Wu Heng followed behind, releasing a large number of skeletons in [Dead Skeleton Field] and stood up, joining the advancing skeleton team and moving forward. Wait until the battlefield cleaning is completed. ?Wu Heng led the army forward again, continuing to clear zombies along the way, increasing experience and the number of skeletons. Until dusk. Li Yahong and others still have to go back to the passenger terminal. The team just started to return, the convoy left, and Wu Heng entered the realm gate with the alchemy skeleton. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng entered the alchemy laboratory with four alchemy skeletons. From now on, you will be brewing potions here. If you need anything, you can leave it to me or the bunny girl downstairs. Wu Heng explained. The alchemy skeleton entered the room and moved the various bottles and jars in his arms. ??Wu Heng also directed other skeletons to move a freezer in and connect it to electricity. Wait until everything is taken care of. ??Wu Heng continued: "Expert No. 1, come here too." Expert No. 1 put down his work and walked over directly. Wu Heng took out the third-level corpse core and said: "This is the corpse core. I need you to extract the ingredients that can increase the life but are not harmful and refine it into a potion." Alchemy No. 1 took the corpse core, then walked to the equipment aside and began to operate it. ??Wu Heng saw the other party starting to work and left the room without further interruption. Alchemy No. 1 is a level 15 alchemist, so it shouldnt be a problem to develop a level 3 corpse core. Go downstairs to eat. After practicing the sword in the courtyard, I took the two maids back to the room to rest. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. As Archdeacon, he was assigned the task of executing pirates. ?Each team killed more than 20 pirates in total, but this did not include the Iron Barrel Pirates. After all, there was still a plan for the next step. But the execution of pirates still brought a lot of psychological pressure to the people of the Iron Barrel Pirate Group. I heard that a few people tried to bribe the guards, but they failed. In the afternoon, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Go to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate. ?The intercom placed on the table emitted the buzzing sound of electricity. Following this was Li Yahong''s voice, "Your Majesty, can you hear me?" ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom button and said, "I''m here." Im going over now. I have something to tell you! As soon as Wu Heng walked down the stairs, he saw Li Yahong running over quickly. "What''s wrong?" ??Li Yahong took a deep breath and said: "There is news about Xiao Xiao''s mother. She is in a shelter in Taiping District, but the other party doesn''t sound very friendly." (End of this chapter) Chapter 306 , let鈥檚 cooperate Chapter 306, lets cooperate Found my little mother. Hearing the news, Wu Heng was overjoyed. After all, he had made a small promise to help him rescue his mother. It''s just that, as time goes by, the possibility of her mother surviving becomes less and less. ??If her mother really died, Wu Heng didn''t know how to talk about it. ?Now that I heard that the other party was still alive, I felt a little more at ease. But the second half of the sentence mentioned that the people in the shelter were not very friendly, and I had a bad premonition. Why are you so unfriendly? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong said: "The other party asked us to exchange 500 bags of grain and deliver it before they evacuate." ?Wu Heng frowned. Li Yahong nodded, and then asked: "Do you want to prepare food?" There is still a distance between the two sides. ?Wu Heng took Xiaoxiao back and sat on the back of a flying dragon with a saddle. "What''s wrong, uncle?" Xiao Xiao half-lying in the air asked curiously. Hey, uncle is so nice. About this location. Li Yahong opened the tablet map and zoomed in on an area, Near the old factory area, I heard they said they saw the red flag on the roof of the building, thats where they are. ?The little eyes widened instantly, and a look of surprise appeared on the ghostly face, "Really? Uncle is great." The remaining three flying dragons sit on the broken skull, the **** hand and the big-headed skull. Even if we clean up the zombies overnight, it will be impossible to get there in three days. ?Wu Heng coughed lightly, and then said: "I found the news about your mother, and now I plan to save her." Li Yahongs expression immediately became serious, This is too dangerous. "What''s the name of this shelter? I can''t even transport 500 bags to them," Wu Heng said. Dont worry, I wont take my own life for granted. ?Wu Heng looked at the map, thought for a moment, and said, "I''ll ride the flying dragon over there and rescue the little mother first." "good!" Li Yahong went down to prepare, and Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao. Wu Hengs skeleton attendants were simply swapped, and the blood axs position was taken over by the blood hand. "No, if the other party really plans to exchange, we can supply them later." Wu Heng said, and then added, "Remove the magazine from the belly of the skeleton flying dragon and check the stability of the saddle." ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "Don''t worry, if there is danger, I will have a way to escape." Well, I dont know either. Just tell her the truth in a tactful way. ?The other party protected the little mother, and Wu Heng passed by, so naturally he would not treat them badly. Wu Heng continued: "But your current appearance is a little different from that of humans. You have to think about how to explain it to your mother." ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I''m sure, trust me." What did you say? Okay, let me think about it. Furthermore, three days are also stipulated. Li Yahong said: "We called Laoshan Shelter. I also said that 500 bags could not be transported. They said they would leave by then, so they gave us three days." Then how do I explain it? Xiaoxiao asked. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought about this matter, and asked: "Where is the location of their shelter?" And if we push forward in such a hurry, there may be some dangers. Let the large forces advance, it will be more secure. Li Yahong said. But when I was said that, it felt like a hostage exchange. "I promised them first and asked them to ensure the safety of the little mother, and then I came to discuss it with you." ?This shelter plans to exchange people for food. Seeing that Li Yahong could not persuade the other party, she could only nod and said: "Then you must be careful." Soon, four skeleton flying dragons were removed from the magazine and landed in the open space in front of them. The Blood Ax is level 14, while the Blood Hand is level 15. The difference is one level. Ahem~! If you promise something small, of course you must do it. After everything is ready. Be careful on the road. If you really dont find it, come back first. Li Yahong stood below and kept telling her. Wu Heng comforted him and said, "Don''t worry, there will be no problem." Well, come back early. ?Wu Heng nodded again and patted the neck of the skeleton flying dragon. Whoosh~hoo! The skeleton flying dragon instantly rose from the ground and rushed into the sky. The three skeleton flying dragons behind him also followed closely behind, flying into the sky and flying towards the front. The sound of howling wind could be heard in my ears, and the air flow was like a knife blowing on my face. When you look at it from below, you dont actually feel much. When you ride on the back of a dragon, you realize how exaggerated the speed of the flying dragon is. After adapting to the environment, Wu Heng lowered his head and looked down. The street buildings have become like models, and the dense groups of corpses are more like rows of ants. It doesnt look that scary anymore. ?As we moved forward quickly, some corpse-shaped flying pigeons and birds appeared along the way, but they were incomparable in size to the flying dragons. He lingered for a while, but didnt dare to get close and flew away. ??The Feilong continued to approach the area Li Yahong mentioned. ?From a distance, you can see the flag planted below. ??And a few people sitting around on the second floor platform. The second floor platform. ?Four men were sitting around playing cards with cigarettes in their mouths and rifles on their backs. ?One of them said: "I heard from other brothers yesterday that the auto repair shop shelter wanted to exchange hostages with us, and the boss asked for 500 bags of grain." "I know about this, and the other party agreed directly. It seems that the boss is still missing." Lets raise the price again. Let the other party take some first, and then we can keep asking for them. We have people in our hands, but were afraid they wont give them. "That''s right." One of them threw out the cards in his hand and said, "I went to check it out this morning, and that girl looks pretty good. I didn''t even notice the appearance of the one I buried before. " The boss gave orders not to touch her. "I just say that I won''t let you go to the last step. I''ll enjoy touching it twice, so what?" ??The others were also stunned, "You are right, let''s go together tonight." "OK!" Flying dragon, hovering in the sky. The four people playing cards below lowered their heads and did not notice at all. ?Wu Hengs perception has been enhanced, and he can faintly hear the conversation even at high altitudes. It seems that the little mother did not find a good refuge. He patted the skeleton flying dragon''s neck again and began to lower its flying height. After reaching a certain distance. ?Wu Heng fell from the sky with several skeletons. He cast [Feather Falling Technique] in mid-air and landed lightly on the roof. The people playing cards turned their heads suddenly when they heard the sound of landing. When they saw the sudden appearance of the people, their pupils suddenly shrank. He stood up in a panic, raised his gun and pointed it at several people. ?Wu Heng waved his hand gently, and the muzzle of the gun instantly broke free from the grasp of several people and pointed towards the sky. ?Hold the Spine Staff and said directly: Come on, everyone, look at me. ?Several people looked over in confusion. ?Wu Heng continued: "Sleep." Hulala~! The bodies of the four people instantly collapsed and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and let her fly around in a circle. Uncle, there is no one building here. "It seems that their base is not here." Wu Heng said. He continued to focus on the corpse in front of him and said, "Go and kill one." ?The **** hand came forward, picked up a person''s hair, and wiped the neck with a long knife. ?Blood spurts out, and people wake up from their deep sleep. Covering his neck, he started struggling. Then it became silent little by little. ?Xiao Xiao hid behind Wu Heng''s shoulder and watched the scene in front of him carefully. The others died completely, and Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The body that fell to the ground sat up instantly. Looking this way with turbid eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Where is your base?" The corpse replied, "The base is in an abandoned factory building at the back." It seems that this is just an outpost, communicating with each other through walkie-talkies. Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many people can you form to fight?" The corpse replied, "More than 60 people in total." How many guns? More than 20 handfuls. What are your plans for the hostage exchange at the auto repair shop? "The boss said that the auto repair shop is very rich and has no intention of handing over the woman. He wants to make transactions again and again to squeeze the value of the other party." ?These people are indeed not that honest. The lion opened his mouth at first, probably because he was testing the bottom line of the auto repair shop. Finding that this woman was very important to him, he planned to keep asking for items. After all, the auto repair shop has built a trading market in the shelter, and the supplies must be abundant. They want to take this opportunity to squeeze out the last value of women. There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng just wanted to ask. The walkie-talkie hanging on the man''s chest made a sizzling sound of electricity, followed by a question, "Erhu, how are you doing over there?" ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, looked at the corpse, and asked, "What were you four doing just now?" After asking, he directly pressed the call switch on the intercom and leaned against the corpse''s mouth. The corpse replied, "Playing cards." The fifth question ended, and the body fell back onto the ground. From the intercom, curses were heard again, "You''ve got a **** broadcasting voice, don''t just play around and stare at the body counting group and other people." ?Wu Heng pressed it and said "Hmm" himself. The intercom ends. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the other three sleeping people. He said directly: "Kill them all!" ?The **** hand stepped forward and swung out a knife, wiping the necks of three people. ?Wu Heng put away his guns and ammunition. Release [Bone Slave Technique] to turn him into a skeleton warrior. Then board the Skeleton Flying Dragon again, and the three extra skeletons that have just been transformed sit with the Crushed Skull, Bloody Hand, and the others. The two skeletons sit on one flying dragon. ?They are all skeletons and have little weight. ??The flying dragon took off again and flew towards the old factory area mentioned by the corpse. ? ? Near the rear factory area, on the roof of the building. ??Wu Heng and the others fell from the sky and landed directly on the roof. Cao~! Who is he? The guard standing on the top of the building immediately adjusted the muzzle of his gun. ??Wu Heng waved his hand, pointing the muzzle of the gun uncontrollably toward the sky, while the **** hand on the side turned into a stream of light and quickly rushed in front of several people. ?Hand raised the knife and dropped it, several heads flew high, and blood sprayed all around. ?Wu Heng put away the guns on the ground. Use the Bone Spell on several corpses. Skeleton Warrior (Level 1) The three skeletons are all first-level skeleton warriors. Just ordinary human beings. Follow me. Wu Heng walked to the iron door leading to the stairs. He came directly and opened the door, "Go to the front." ?Several skeletons walked ahead and entered the cold and gray corridor. Just walked a few steps. A man walked out of a room carrying a rifle and holding a cigarette in his mouth. Hearing footsteps, he raised his head and frowned, "What the hell?" Hurry, he threw down the lighter and grabbed the gun behind him. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Charge up and kill all the people with guns." Hulala~! The skeleton instantly moved and rushed downwards with a machete in hand. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The man below also pulled the trigger decisively, and the bullet whizzed out, instantly hitting the figure rushing in front. Just bullets passed through the hollow skeleton and were located on the stairs at the back. Wu Heng could not help but take a few steps back. To avoid being accidentally injured by bullets that penetrate the frame. The charging skeleton threw the man to the ground, and kept slashing at the opponent''s body with the weapon in his hand. ?Wails sounded and blood splattered everywhere. ?Soon, the man stopped resisting and his body was a **** mess. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and put away his rifle. Release the [Bone Slave Technique], and another skeleton stood up. ?At the same time, noisy footsteps and loud questions were heard from below. "What happened?" "Who the **** shoots indiscriminately? Didn''t I tell you not to kill people indiscriminately?" ??Wu Heng glanced down and continued: "Skullbreaker, follow me, kill with **** hands and skeletons, kill all the people with guns and those who attack." Hurrah! ?Several skeletons immediately took action. Hurry down the stairs and pounce on the people who come out to check with guns. In an instant, gunshots and chopping sounds rang out. The dim corridor suddenly became a mess. ??Wu Heng followed the first corpse and glanced into the room. A young woman with a sallow face and thin muscles was huddled in the corner. She didn''t shout or make any fuss, just squatting there with her head in her hands. ?The eyes were hollow and numb, just like those people who were imprisoned by Chen Jinlong in the earliest days. ?Wu Heng closed the door for her and walked down the road. ?On the stairs, two **** corpses were lying. Wu Heng bent down to pick up the gun, and then continued to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Go down and kill all the people with guns. The two skeletons pulled out the machetes from their waists and rushed downstairs in large strides. ?Wu Heng just walked like this, transforming the corpses along the way. There are more and more skeletons, and fewer and fewer survivors are resisting. Factory building on the first floor. The survivors without weapons were pushed to the front, while a few men with guns hid behind the crowd, their guns pointing forward. ?One of the men, a tall man with a fat face and a thick beard, shouted loudly: "I know this is your power. Come out and let''s talk." ??Wu Heng stood at the corner of the second floor and said flatly: "What''s there to talk about?" "What do you want? Food or women, you can choose whatever I have here, but you have to get those ghosts of yours out of here." said the fat man with big ears. Do you have a lot of food? "There will be a lot soon. We can cooperate. Then someone will continuously send us food. We don''t have to worry about survival. How about, you have the strength and I have the food, let''s cooperate!" Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and continued: "If I kill you and occupy this place, won''t all the food be mine?" "You don''t know my plan, and if you continue to attack, I will kill all the survivors here. If there is no one, even if you occupy this building..." The words have not yet finished. The sound of breaking through the air suddenly sounded from the side. Looking back, he saw a war hammer appearing out of thin air. Don''t wait for people to react. bang~! The fat-faced mans head was crushed like a watermelon. ?The hot blood and minced meat splashed all over the bodies of the others around. Immediately afterwards, a tall figure appeared as if opening a curtain, swinging the warhammer quickly, killing all the other gun-holders. Ah~! Dont kill me, Im not with them. Just die! The remaining survivors screamed loudly. ??Wu Heng shouted: "Surround them." The skeleton moved quickly, surrounding everyone in the middle. Shut up, Ill kill anyone who calls me. The people who were shouting and screaming fell silent instantly, squatting on the ground, their bodies shaking non-stop. ?Wu Heng glanced at everyone. He said: "Zhao Yanqiu, come with me." The sloppy woman squatting on the ground with her head in her arms raised her head slightly. Looking this way with confusion and horror. (End of this chapter) Chapter 310 , I just rescued you (please vote for me, thank you) Chapter 310, I just rescued you (please vote for me, thank you brothers.) Establish sub-bases and contact the military. Both are no small decisions. Dividing bases means that the population must be dispersed and various resources must be reallocated. In contact with the military, more unpredictable things may occur. Its okay to keep the deal amicable, but what if some conflicts arise? Can the army of skeletons withstand modern weapons? The power of one missile is enough to destroy a large area. The rest are a little worried. Li Yahong asked directly: "What do you need next?" Wu Heng said: "Two radio equipment, preferably military equipment with good signals, and some photovoltaic panels and accessories. These are what I will take away later. You also need to prepare some manpower to follow me over there to stabilize the situation. Radio equipment and photovoltaic panels are all in the warehouse. Ill have people prepare them. Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and began to communicate externally. "The passenger station will continue to operate. Li Yahong will stay and take charge. Qi Hancai and Wang Chenggang will choose 20 people to go to the factory area." Wu Heng said. Its less than two hours away by riding a flying dragon. If you miss me by then, Ill ride a flying dragon over here. It wont have any impact. Wu Heng said directly. ?Photovoltaic panels and radio equipment are ready. Li Yahong''s face turned red instantly, "Goodbye, you''re always going to keep things busy." It was no different from before when she drove over to find him. Okay, lets do this for now, lets go get busy! Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and kissed her heavily on the mouth, "Would you like to relax a little before leaving?" Fall from the roof of a building. ?Wu Heng sat on the skeleton flying dragon again. In front of the broken skull, there was also an ''electrician'' skeleton sitting. Hearing the allocation, Li Yahong''s face suddenly changed. She was obviously not happy, but she also expressed her opinion and continued to ask: "How do people get there?" Okay, be safe on the road. "Okay, does anyone else have any opinions or ideas?" Li Yahong looked at the other people. Well, I guess what you said makes sense. ?The rest of the people left, leaving only Wu Heng and Li Yahong in the room. After finishing the explanation, he continued to ask: "How do you plan to arrange the personnel, and how to get there." If you miss me, ride a flying dragon over here. If I miss you, I can pass by, and there will be no impact. " Lets plan the same route we used to rescue the little mother. Its safer to go around the edge of the city. Wu Heng said directly. ??Wu Heng lowered his voice and said: "We must stay together. The camp we managed to run with great difficulty is not safe to hand over to others. Only if you stay can it be in our hands." "No comment." ??The unhappiness on Li Yahong''s face has disappeared. ??Wu Heng walked over and put his arm around the other person''s shoulders, "Why do you feel like I''m not taking you with me and you''re unhappy?" ?Li Yahong''s face was a little ugly, and she was obviously not happy. After everything was ready, he said goodbye to a few people, patted the flying dragon''s neck, and rushed into the sky. Hurry up! The rest of the people nodded. Get out of the room again. We walked outside together while chatting and laughing. ?A few people got up and walked directly outside. ?Press your upper body on the table and kick your legs apart. ??Wu Heng chose a location and began to have the skeletons install photovoltaic panels to provide power to the dormitory building. I dont have any objection either. Li Yahong was right. If there was a skeleton flying dragon, it would only last for a while. ?Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at him, "Then I want to go with you too." "No!" Going back to the dormitory building in the old factory area. Without waiting for the other party to speak, Wu Heng pulled Li Yahong into the room behind. "I''ll make arrangements and let the convoy set off tomorrow. Then you can arrange for someone to pick them up." Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Li Yahong still wanted to say something, but suddenly she felt the other person, so she closed her mouth and whispered softly. Then he returned to the dormitory building and looked at the other survivors. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the association office study room. The door opens. The pirates daughter Philippa was brought in. After the door closed, Philippa flopped down on the sofa in an awkward manner, "What are you going to eat today?" The tone and attitude were as if she was the subdeacon here. ?Wu Heng glanced at her, and Anderweier was also snickering. "What do you want to eat?" I want to eat beef, piranha and vegetable soup. Weier, go prepare it for her. Wu Heng said. ?Andwyer nodded and left the room directly. Philippa said directly: "How about I stay and be your assistant? You just need to provide me with these meals." Do what you are good at. Whats wrong with me! Philippas face was full of disdain. "We are about to take action tonight, how are you prepared?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Thats it, Ive done everything I have to do. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out the radio equipment, and said, "Here, I''ll teach you how to use this prop." Philippa stood up, walked aside, and looked at the strange metal box, "Is this a prop? Is it so big?" "Communication props, this is the position where the sound is collected. This is called a microphone. It can be used to transmit information. If there is any information then, just turn on this switch and speak directly." Wu Heng explained to her one by one. Philippa picked up the phone and said, then looked at him, "Did you receive it?" Two devices need to be running at the same time to receive it. I will put it on the boat for you. Be careful not to damage it or get water in it. Wu Heng instructed. "okay!" ??Wu Heng continued to point to the figure holding a long sword aside, "This is the Fire Blade, a level 12 skeleton attendant. I will also arrange to be by your side to protect you." "You are crazy. A skeleton is following me. How can I explain it to other pirates?" Philippa said directly. You have just reached level 8, can you deter those pirates? If there is any danger, the Fire Blade can protect you. Philippa felt right, thought for a moment and said: "Then you wrap him up tightly, and I will call him my thug." You can say whatever you want, as long as you can hide it from other people. The two of them were chatting. ??Andwyer came in with the food she bought. ?Philippa was sitting on the sofa, eating with big mouthfuls, without looking like a woman at all. Wait until the other person has finished speaking. Wu Heng continued: "At night, I will ask the Fire Blade to rescue you. Remember, no one knows that you are my spy. You have to run out with all your strength." "I know." Philippa nodded and said, "What should I do if there are some people who are always against me?" "If they can''t escape, just take your people on board." "good!" After the two people discussed it. Philippa was brought back again. Night falls. It was quiet in the dungeon. A few of the torches on the wall were extinguished, making the light even dimmer. Philippa lay on her side on the straw mat, looking at the wall on one side, waiting silently. Tap tap tap~! Who? Someone is robbing the prison, sound the alarm. Stop them! ?Outside, there was a sudden shout, followed by a clanging sound of fighting. All the pirates in the dungeon sat up from their beds and stared at the entrance. Suddenly, several figures, all covered in armor, with their faces and eyes sealed, rushed down from above. Hurry through the cages one after another. Philippas heart was pounding, but she still gritted her teeth and shouted: Help me, Im here. ?Several figures came outside the cage where ''Philippa'' was, drew out their iron swords, and cut off the iron locks. ?Philippa quickly rushed out of the iron cage and ran out. Philippa, save me and come with us. Captain, didnt we agree to go to sea together? You cant leave the crew behind. Yes, let us out too. If you run away, the association members will come over and kill us overnight. Philippa stopped and cursed: "Shut the **** up!" Then he said: "Let some of them out." The figure behind him stepped forward and cut down the sword in his hand. Chop the locks of several cages into pieces. The rest of the pirates also ran out with joy on their faces. "Let''s go, you will die on the road, but no one will save you." After saying that, he took the lead and ran out. Just broke out of the dungeon. There were roars and chaotic sounds all around. The light of torches lit up from the surrounding paths. Everyone ran away in the direction where there was no fire, all the way to the port. Port. ??The pirates ran wildly and headed straight for the port. Repulse the few guards. Here, Ive prepared a clipper. Well be safe once we get on board. Philippa said, running towards the clipper in front. ~! Suddenly, a sharp cracking sound sounded from the back of his head. ??Fear instantly appeared on Philippa''s face, and her body subconsciously jumped forward. Dang~! A crisp metallic chime sounded. ?Philippe pulled away and suddenly looked back. I saw several pirates who had already drawn their weapons, and the skeleton attendants they had arranged blocked the sneak attack just now. Philippas face changed drastically and she cursed: You are **** crazy, I saved you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 308 , it has side effects (please vote for me, vote for recommendation) Chapter 308, it has side effects (please vote for me, recommend me...) Saw the contents of the box. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Bazooka. ?This kind of thing often appears in movies and TV dramas. It is basically carried on the shoulders and fired outwards. Once the shell is fired, not even the bones and dregs are left. Open this one too. Wu Heng continued. The skeleton opened another box, which contained exactly the same launcher and rockets. Looking at the things on the ground, Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?These people not only bought a large number of bullets, but also bought rocket launchers. Looks like there is some plan. Fortunately, Wu Heng did not come directly towards them, but entered the corridor from the roof, catching them off guard. Otherwise, if a conflict occurs, the opponent will use these two rocket launchers. Its no joke. Even in terms of his own attributes, he has far surpassed ordinary people. But it has not reached the level of physical resistance to rockets. I also relied on modern weapons to kill many level 15 professionals. Withdraw your gaze. ?Wu Heng put all the ammunition into the space ring. ?These ammunitions are quite a harvest. Going around the entire base. Skeletons were arranged to guard some key locations. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with this location. It used to be an old-fashioned factory area. There are workshops, dormitories, yards, and the roads are well paved. It can fully meet the requirements of gathering places. The people who died probably chose this place because of this. Walked around. Zhao Yanqiu came back and said, "No one left, everyone chose to stay." Perhaps, there is no better choice. ??Wu Heng nodded and didnt say much. He changed the subject and asked, Have the people here killed zombies before? I have killed many people, Zhao Yanqiu said. Where are all the bodies? I dont know very well, I just know that they were all carried to the back. Go and have a look! ??Wu Heng took several skeletons with him and walked towards the back of the factory with Zhao Yanqiu. ?The entire back is a wasteland, with weeds half as tall as a person, and the rockery and pavilion can be vaguely seen in the weeds. Follow the only road and walk inside. After walking for a while, we saw a huge pit. There were piles of corpses inside, including zombies, humans, and several naked female corpses. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said to Zhao Yanqiu: "Go wait for me outside first." "good!" Zhao Yanqiu retreated. ??Wu Heng stood on the edge of the pit, took out the Spine Staff, and began to release the [Dead Skeleton Field]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed, and skeletons stood up from the pit and began to crawl out. More than 300 skeletons crawled out in total. Occupied the surrounding open space. ??Now we dont have many troops at hand, so we have to look around for some. In this world, corpses can be seen everywhere. Zhao Yanqiu was still startled when he walked out again with the skeleton. He felt that there was no danger to him, so he followed him calmly. Return to the building together. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. The survivors were rearranged. ?Wu Heng chose a room on the top floor and arranged the guarding position of the skeleton. Zhao Yanqiu''s room was a room away from his. In addition to being responsible for the affairs of the other survivors, he also had to listen to the radio for intelligence and news. Lest anything happen to the auto repair shop. After everything is taken care of. ?Wu Heng then opened the gate and returned to his residence on Treasure Island. Back here, its getting very late. ?Wu Heng walked down the hall and asked Chef No. 1 to prepare a midnight snack for himself. Fill your somewhat empty stomach. After eating and drinking, I just walked up the stairs. ?The door of a room on the third floor was gently opened, and Anderweil walked out directly, holding a pistol in one hand behind her back. The ranger is quite alert. Im hungry, come down and have some midnight snack. Wu Heng said. Anderweil put away the gun, "Have you eaten? I''ll prepare it for the master!" "have eaten." ?Wu Heng waved, and the latter came over obediently, "Go to my room, let me wash up." ?Andewil''s face was slightly red, she glanced at Minnie''s bedroom carefully, and then quickly went up to the fourth floor. After a simple wash. Return to the room. Anderweil half-hidden her head under the quilt, leaving only a pair of eyes looking out carefully. ?Wu Heng liked her expression. ?Be careful of being shy, and a little eager to try. Wu Heng lifted the quilt and pressed it under him, "Hold me!" ? Anderweil shyly wrapped her limbs around him, cooperating with his movements. They were all sweating profusely. They hugged each other and fell into a deep sleep. The next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. After taking a look at some documents sent yesterday. Then he took the pirate''s daughter "Philippa" out of prison. ?Philippa stood in the center of the room. He still looks sloppy, with some injuries on his face and eye sockets. You were in prison and you got into a fight with someone? Philippa looked up at him, wiped his face, and said, "This is how pirates solve problems. You have never been a pirate, so you don''t know." Winning or losing? Tie. It seems that I didnt get any advantage. ??Wu Heng said to Anderweil: "Prepare some food for her, and more meat." Okay! Anderweil left. Philippa swallowed subconsciously when he heard the food was being prepared. Seeing Wu Heng looking over, he quickly stopped swallowing and glanced to the side. ?Wu Heng asked: "Are those people willing to leave with you?" Have convinced a few people. You need to speed up the progress. The ship has been prepared for you. I plan to let you leave in three days. Wu Heng said. Okay! Im fine. Philippa nodded. "You have to give me a list of names then. If you don''t want to go with you, I will clear them out on the way." Wu Heng looked at her and said. What if Im not sure? Kill too! Okay, Ill blame you! At this time, the door opened. ?Andwyer walked in with some food. ?Philippa sat down on the sofa without any image and began to stuff it into his mouth. After you have devoured your food. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "What is your profession? How many levels are you at?" Ranger, level 8. ?Wu Heng looked at the opponent again. At this age, reaching level 8 is considered relatively talented. In the association, meet the level of squad leader. It is the occupation of the squad leader. Philippa patted her belly and asked, "Have you made arrangements for spreading the news? If the news cannot be spread, you can''t rely on me." I will arrange for you on the boat then. "Is it a prop? It''s best to let me see it in advance, so that it doesn''t work by then." Philippa leaned on the sofa. I will make arrangements in the next two days, you do your own thing. "good!" You have two days left, hurry up. "knew." Philippa was taken down. ?Wu Heng also packed up his things and returned to his residence. Go home. Shanela was sitting in the living room, playing with some gorgeous-looking pajamas with Minnie. See Wu Heng coming in. Shanara immediately held the item in her arms and said with a red face, "Why are you back?" Well, shouldnt I come back? Wu Heng glanced at the two of them doubtfully, What bad things are you doing? Where? Shannella denied. Minnie smiled, picked up a light yellow pajama and said, "Look at Sister Shanara''s pajamas, they are transparent!" Shanela was so anxious that she threw it away and immediately went to grab the pajamas in Minnie''s hand. ?Wu Heng picked up a piece that had fallen aside and took a look at it in his hand. Tulle material, feels very smooth and tender. "Give it to me, don''t touch anything belonging to a woman." Shannara reached out and asked for it. ?Wu Heng handed it to her with a smile and said, "It suits you very well." What nonsense. Shannaras face turned red. Hehe! I just said that sister Shanara likes the master, just look at it! Minnie laughed. Shannaras face turned even redder, and she stood up to cover the other persons mouth. ?Wu Heng picked up another piece and put it in front of his eyes to look at it. ? ? Silk nightgown, and the style is also bold. ?A few people laughed and played for a while. ?Minnie went to the kitchen to ask Chef No. 1 to prepare lunch. Shanara thought for a moment and said to Wu Heng: "Wu Heng, come out with me for a moment." The two of them went to the pavilion in the backyard. Shanara stood by the pavilion and looked at the flower bed that had sprouted, and whispered: "You should have felt it, I am more concerned about you." ??Wu Heng said: "Well, what''s wrong?" Shanara bit her lower lip and said: "Let''s put it this way, the last time I sealed it in amber, I used a strange item. It had a side effect of having a good impression of the first person I saw after waking up. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 309 , wait until you reach level 15 Chapter 309, wait until you reach level 15 ?Wu Heng was also stunned when he heard Shanara take the initiative to mention the side effects of the amber pendant. At the same time, guess in your mind what the other person wants to express. He knows about the side effects. What is shown on the panel is that it creates a sense of dependence. and the good feelings expressed by Shanela actually have the same meaning. Is it because of the influence of the pendant that you bought the house next door to me? Wu Heng asked. "I need a new place to live, but I do have something to do with you." Shanara looked back and continued: "I plan to get in touch with you. In fact, the side effects are not impossible. After knowing the side effects of this strange object, After that, I planned a solution. If you dont meet my expectations, I will have my memory of this period erased. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and was a little surprised by this result. ?The other party, when wearing this strange object, had already made a plan to deal with this situation. But this is just an expectation. Here in Wuheng, I felt relieved when I heard that reaching level 15 was enough. The mouth is good at talking. Shanela''s eyes also became much softer. You, it feels like choosing a maid in a pub. It is now level 12, and I have more than half of my experience. I will be level 13 soon. It is not a disadvantage to be a lover for a young genius. "lover?" ?Wu Heng looked at her back and said, "I don''t hate you either." ??If Wu Heng could reach level 15 before the age of 30, he would be a rare genius mage among the human race. Shannara''s face turned red, and even her fair neck and ears quickly turned red. It may be difficult for him to research a new type of magic and achieve anything. As long as you work harder, you can reach level 15 soon. Shanela turned around suddenly and said: "Of course, I am over 400 years old, isn''t it normal to have a husband? ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, I thought you had just grown up." Seeing that the other party was afraid that she would regret it, Shanara said with a smile: "I have made a decision, and I will not regret it." We have made an agreement, and you cant go back on it. Wu Heng emphasized. In the past, when ladies gathered together, many bold ladies showed off their achievements in this area. Dont worry, we are an agreed couple, we are just here to consolidate our status, and you will still be my first man. " On the contrary, it is more like eating the young grass oneself and taking advantage of it. ?Wu Heng waved, "Come, let me show you my palm." After finishing speaking, I felt that I was a little too proactive in explaining so much. The breeze blew by, and the corners of her skirt fluttered slightly. Shannella was curious, "Palmistry? What is that?" She pondered for a moment and continued: "If you can advance to level 15 professional before the age of 30, I can be your lover." He said softly: "Actually, I''ve been having a rough time lately, but during the time I''ve been in contact with you, I''ve been quite happy, and I don''t care about those rough things." After telling this matter, Shanara seemed to have completed a difficult task and felt a lot more relaxed. Do you still understand the power of the prophet? Shannara was full of kindness and love for the man in front of her. It was not only the influence of amber, but also the life-saving grace and the attraction of the other person''s personality. ?Maybe its also a good marriage. But its just an improvement in level, so theres not much pressure. Shannara''s face turned red again, "Don''t talk nonsense outside." Whats the point? When anyone chooses a partner, he or she should observe the other persons character and living habits! said Shanara. Finish the word lover. Then I will condemn you. You can tell a persons recent fortune through his palm prints, Wu Heng explained. The main consciousness has a sense of dependence, and it is very likely that a memory cannot be changed even if it is erased. Shannara took a deep breath, her chest rising and falling, "After contacting you these past few days, I don''t hate you. Although you are a necromancer and have a relationship with a maid, these are not unacceptable." "You still picked me." Shannara glared at him angrily, and then said: "I don''t hate you, but after all, I am also the president of the Star Flower Merchant Guild, and I have a certain status." He raised his head and said: "There are so many people who are pursuing me and expressing their love, but you still picked me." Then what do you think now? Not as advanced as them. Shanara immediately became interested and sat down next to her, "What do you think?" ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand in front of the other party, "Give me your hand?" Shannara reached out her hand in confusion, Wu Heng grabbed it, and opened the opponent''s white palm before the opponent could subconsciously dodge. ?At first glance, Shanara had never worked. Her palms were as white and tender as a piece of tofu, and there were no calluses from holding a weapon for a long time. Wu Heng held the opponent''s palm and said: "This represents your life line. It is very long and deep. It means that you live longer than other people and you have no illness..." Shannara was stunned for a moment, then moved closer and looked at the lines on her palm. This represents your career line. It is very long but there are many forks along the way. It seems to be full of difficulties. This is your marriage. Well... you will cheat. Bang~! Shannara raised her hand and punched him, hitting him directly on the shoulder, "Did you mean it?" "Just kidding, don''t be angry. Your palm print is very good. It will get better and better from now on, and your career and life will get better." Wu Heng grabbed the other person''s hand again, and did not continue to look at the palm print, but just held it in his hand. . Shannara wanted to pull away, but after persisting a few times, she let the other party hold her and sat aside with a blushing face. Two people sit side by side, close to each other. You can feel the warmth and faint fragrance coming from each other''s bodies. Wu Heng said: "How about we open a side door in the yard, so that it will be more convenient to come here in the future." Shannaras face turned red and she said softly: Ill wait until you reach level 15. The two sat for a while. Minnie''s voice came from the front yard, "Master, Sister Shanara, it''s time to eat. Where did you go?" ??Shanela hurriedly withdrew her hand, straightened her skirt somewhat guiltily, and then gave him a light slap on the body. Be more honest from now on. Its my fault too! Wu Heng was speechless. Tap tap tap~! Minnie ran over quickly. ?Seeing the two people in the stone pavilion, he said, "It''s time to eat." Oh, okay! Shanela walked over quickly, took Minnies arm, and walked into the house together. Minnie was pulled away, turned around and shouted: "Master, come and eat quickly." "good!" Several people returned to their residence for dinner. After lunch. Shanela took Minnie to the market to buy flower seeds. ?Wu Heng also went directly to the fourth floor. Opening the boundary gate, it is still the factory dormitory. ?Going out of the room, I saw the survivors downstairs doing general cleaning. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps going upstairs was heard, and Zhao Yanqiu walked up from below. Different from the sloppy beggar I saw yesterday. ??You have obviously washed yourself up a bit today, and your figure is still a little thin, but your appearance is indeed pretty good. Your Majesty, Zhao Yanqiu shouted, then glanced around. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, and Zhao Yanqiu immediately smiled, "Xiao Xiao." Mom, are you looking for me? Xiaoxiao asked. Mom wants to see you. Zhao Yanqiu said. Oh, I miss my mother too. Xiaoxiao said obediently. Zhao Yanqiu and Xiaoxiao are actually lucky in the current situation. At least we can still see each other. More survivors are actually left with themselves, no goals, no hope, and can only live one day at a time. After the mother and daughter chatted for a while, Zhao Yanqiu looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Your Majesty, what work are we going to do today?" The conditions put forward by Wu Heng yesterday were that after staying, the work needs to be completed. How many survivors are there? Wu Heng asked. There are 56 people, almost half male and female, but they are all young adults and have good physical strength. Zhao Yanqiu replied. "Let''s clean the dormitory today. You are responsible for monitoring the radio. We will count the survivors'' specialties, such as plumbers, electricians, and welding and cutting people. Register them all. Then we will assign tasks to everyone." Wu Heng thought for a moment. said. Just after the occupation, many tasks also required the cooperation of tools. Okay, thank you. Zhao Yanqiu thanked him. Well, lets do these first for today, and Ill tell you if theres anything else you need to do. "good!" ?Zhao Yanqiu agreed and exchanged a few words with Xiao Xiao. ??He walked quickly downstairs. As soon as he came downstairs, the other survivors immediately gathered around him and carefully asked about the situation. Then cooperate with the registration. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to guard the stairs, and then climbed to the roof. ??Take the Skeleton Flying Dragon and fly towards the county passenger terminal. The wind howled in my ears. Soon, he arrived at the air where the auto repair shop was and landed directly in the open space in the passenger terminal yard. It startled the survivors patrolling around. Your Majesty! Your Majesty, you have a new mount. The survivors who gathered around said hello one after another. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Where is Li Yahong?" Sister Hong is outside, are you looking for her? Well, let Li Yahong come to the meeting hall and I will tell her something. Wu Heng said. Okay. The man agreed, pressed the radio headset, and called Li Yahong. ?Wu Heng walked directly towards the conference hall. Not long. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, Qiangzi and others walked in quickly. Are you not injured? Li Yahong asked. "fine!" How is your little mother? Li Yahong continued to ask. Its also very good. I met Xiaoxiao and everything went smoothly. Then, Wu Heng directly explained the situation over there. There are a total of 4 people present. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang. ??Qi Hancai and Wang Chenggang have never met "Xiao Xiao", but they have indeed heard of this name and know that he is a very important figure in the camp. ??And this operation across such a long distance was to rescue "Xiao Xiao"''s mother. To the surprise of the few people who arrived, Wu Heng killed forty or fifty of his opponents, and they were all equipped with firearms. ?This kind of fighting power shocked a few people. The previous battles were all conducted by skeletons, with Wu Heng acting as a commander. ??This time I brought three skeletons over and captured the opponent''s base. Super powers and combat abilities are astonishing. I plan to build the factory over there into a sub-base for us. Then we can also contact the military to exchange some materials we need. Wu Heng said his plan. (End of this chapter) Chapter 310 , I just rescued you (please vote for me, thank you) Chapter 310, I just rescued you (please vote for me, thank you brothers.) Establish sub-bases and contact the military. Both are no small decisions. Dividing bases means that the population must be dispersed and various resources must be reallocated. In contact with the military, more unpredictable things may occur. Its okay to keep the deal amicable, but what if some conflicts arise? Can the army of skeletons withstand modern weapons? The power of one missile is enough to destroy a large area. The rest are a little worried. Li Yahong asked directly: "What do you need next?" Wu Heng said: "Two radio equipment, preferably military equipment with good signals, and some photovoltaic panels and accessories. These are what I will take away later. You also need to prepare some manpower to follow me over there to stabilize the situation. Radio equipment and photovoltaic panels are all in the warehouse. Ill have people prepare them. Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and began to communicate externally. "The passenger station will continue to operate. Li Yahong will stay and take charge. Qi Hancai and Wang Chenggang will choose 20 people to go to the factory area." Wu Heng said. Its less than two hours away by riding a flying dragon. If you miss me by then, Ill ride a flying dragon over here. It wont have any impact. Wu Heng said directly. ?Photovoltaic panels and radio equipment are ready. Li Yahong''s face turned red instantly, "Goodbye, you''re always going to keep things busy." It was no different from before when she drove over to find him. Okay, lets do this for now, lets go get busy! Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and kissed her heavily on the mouth, "Would you like to relax a little before leaving?" Fall from the roof of a building. ?Wu Heng sat on the skeleton flying dragon again. In front of the broken skull, there was also an ''electrician'' skeleton sitting. Hearing the allocation, Li Yahong''s face suddenly changed. She was obviously not happy, but she also expressed her opinion and continued to ask: "How do people get there?" Okay, be safe on the road. "Okay, does anyone else have any opinions or ideas?" Li Yahong looked at the other people. Well, I guess what you said makes sense. ?The rest of the people left, leaving only Wu Heng and Li Yahong in the room. After finishing the explanation, he continued to ask: "How do you plan to arrange the personnel, and how to get there." If you miss me, ride a flying dragon over here. If I miss you, I can pass by, and there will be no impact. " Lets plan the same route we used to rescue the little mother. Its safer to go around the edge of the city. Wu Heng said directly. ??Wu Heng lowered his voice and said: "We must stay together. The camp we managed to run with great difficulty is not safe to hand over to others. Only if you stay can it be in our hands." "No comment." ??The unhappiness on Li Yahong''s face has disappeared. ??Wu Heng walked over and put his arm around the other person''s shoulders, "Why do you feel like I''m not taking you with me and you''re unhappy?" ?Li Yahong''s face was a little ugly, and she was obviously not happy. After everything was ready, he said goodbye to a few people, patted the flying dragon''s neck, and rushed into the sky. Hurry up! The rest of the people nodded. Get out of the room again. We walked outside together while chatting and laughing. ?A few people got up and walked directly outside. ?Press your upper body on the table and kick your legs apart. ??Wu Heng chose a location and began to have the skeletons install photovoltaic panels to provide power to the dormitory building. I dont have any objection either. Li Yahong was right. If there was a skeleton flying dragon, it would only last for a while. ?Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at him, "Then I want to go with you too." "No!" Going back to the dormitory building in the old factory area. Without waiting for the other party to speak, Wu Heng pulled Li Yahong into the room behind. "I''ll make arrangements and let the convoy set off tomorrow. Then you can arrange for someone to pick them up." Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Li Yahong still wanted to say something, but suddenly she felt the other person, so she closed her mouth and whispered softly. Then he returned to the dormitory building and looked at the other survivors. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the association office study room. The door opens. The pirates daughter Philippa was brought in. After the door closed, Philippa flopped down on the sofa in an awkward manner, "What are you going to eat today?" The tone and attitude were as if she was the subdeacon here. ?Wu Heng glanced at her, and Anderweier was also snickering. "What do you want to eat?" I want to eat beef, piranha and vegetable soup. Weier, go prepare it for her. Wu Heng said. ?Andwyer nodded and left the room directly. Philippa said directly: "How about I stay and be your assistant? You just need to provide me with these meals." Do what you are good at. Whats wrong with me! Philippas face was full of disdain. "We are about to take action tonight, how are you prepared?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Thats it, Ive done everything I have to do. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out the radio equipment, and said, "Here, I''ll teach you how to use this prop." Philippa stood up, walked aside, and looked at the strange metal box, "Is this a prop? Is it so big?" "Communication props, this is the position where the sound is collected. This is called a microphone. It can be used to transmit information. If there is any information then, just turn on this switch and speak directly." Wu Heng explained to her one by one. Philippa picked up the phone and said, then looked at him, "Did you receive it?" Two devices need to be running at the same time to receive it. I will put it on the boat for you. Be careful not to damage it or get water in it. Wu Heng instructed. "okay!" ??Wu Heng continued to point to the figure holding a long sword aside, "This is the Fire Blade, a level 12 skeleton attendant. I will also arrange to be by your side to protect you." "You are crazy. A skeleton is following me. How can I explain it to other pirates?" Philippa said directly. You have just reached level 8, can you deter those pirates? If there is any danger, the Fire Blade can protect you. Philippa felt right, thought for a moment and said: "Then you wrap him up tightly, and I will call him my thug." You can say whatever you want, as long as you can hide it from other people. The two of them were chatting. ??Andwyer came in with the food she bought. ?Philippa was sitting on the sofa, eating with big mouthfuls, without looking like a woman at all. Wait until the other person has finished speaking. Wu Heng continued: "At night, I will ask the Fire Blade to rescue you. Remember, no one knows that you are my spy. You have to run out with all your strength." "I know." Philippa nodded and said, "What should I do if there are some people who are always against me?" "If they can''t escape, just take your people on board." "good!" After the two people discussed it. Philippa was brought back again. Night falls. It was quiet in the dungeon. A few of the torches on the wall were extinguished, making the light even dimmer. Philippa lay on her side on the straw mat, looking at the wall on one side, waiting silently. Tap tap tap~! Who? Someone is robbing the prison, sound the alarm. Stop them! ?Outside, there was a sudden shout, followed by a clanging sound of fighting. All the pirates in the dungeon sat up from their beds and stared at the entrance. Suddenly, several figures, all covered in armor, with their faces and eyes sealed, rushed down from above. Hurry through the cages one after another. Philippas heart was pounding, but she still gritted her teeth and shouted: Help me, Im here. ?Several figures came outside the cage where ''Philippa'' was, drew out their iron swords, and cut off the iron locks. ?Philippa quickly rushed out of the iron cage and ran out. Philippa, save me and come with us. Captain, didnt we agree to go to sea together? You cant leave the crew behind. Yes, let us out too. If you run away, the association members will come over and kill us overnight. Philippa stopped and cursed: "Shut the **** up!" Then he said: "Let some of them out." The figure behind him stepped forward and cut down the sword in his hand. Chop the locks of several cages into pieces. The rest of the pirates also ran out with joy on their faces. "Let''s go, you will die on the road, but no one will save you." After saying that, he took the lead and ran out. Just broke out of the dungeon. There were roars and chaotic sounds all around. The light of torches lit up from the surrounding paths. Everyone ran away in the direction where there was no fire, all the way to the port. Port. ??The pirates ran wildly and headed straight for the port. Repulse the few guards. Here, Ive prepared a clipper. Well be safe once we get on board. Philippa said, running towards the clipper in front. ~! Suddenly, a sharp cracking sound sounded from the back of his head. ??Fear instantly appeared on Philippa''s face, and her body subconsciously jumped forward. Dang~! A crisp metallic chime sounded. ?Philippe pulled away and suddenly looked back. I saw several pirates who had already drawn their weapons, and the skeleton attendants they had arranged blocked the sneak attack just now. Philippas face changed drastically and she cursed: You are **** crazy, I saved you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 311 , disappeared in one shot Chapter 311, disappeared in one shot The sudden sneak attack from behind sent shivers down Philippa''s spine and goosebumps all over her body. ??If it werent for the skeleton following behind him. I''m afraid I''ve lost half of my head. When you go out to sea, you should be an eyeliner. Died directly at the port. Philippa looked at the pirates behind him with an angry face. A pirate with yellow teeth stood at the front and said coldly: "Philippa, do you think we are stupid? You were always taken out in prison, and now you have escaped... I''m afraid there is some conspiracy. Bar?" Hearing these words, all the pirates looked over at the same time. ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat, and because of the anger at being attacked, she also felt a little panicked for a moment. He forced himself to calm down and cursed: "Is this the excuse you gave yourself? In prison, you were the ones who begged me to rescue you. Now that you have escaped, you are starting to fight among yourself, right?" Then how do you explain why you are always taken out? "Explain your mother, if I don''t find some connections, how can you run out?" Philippa glanced at the light of torches gradually appearing in the distance, and said: "You are not the association''s spy, are you planning to hold us back and be together? Grasp?" ?Feeling the suspicious looks of the pirates, the Yellow Fang pirate cursed: "Fart, who doesn''t know that I hate the association the most..." Stop **** nonsense, you want to stay here and die as you wish. If you want to come with me, get on the boat and lets get out of this **** place. Philippa shouted, beckoning the pirates behind him to get on the boat. ~! The long knife turned again. ??The Yellow Fang pirate stopped in front of him again and said: "Philippa, you go to another ship, we want this one." You must have done it on purpose. There are so many ships, why dont you just grab one? ??Yellow Fang pirate glanced at the barrels on the ship, "You go to another ship, otherwise we will drag it to the end together, and wait for the association and the guards to come over, and everyone will die together." You are really not a human being! "If you want to be a pirate, you still have a lot to learn." Huangya sneered. "You wait for the punishment of Poseidon." Philippa said through gritted teeth, and then called to the other people behind her, "Let''s find another ship." Hahaha~! The Yellow Tooth Pirate laughed and said to the people behind him: Lets get on the ship and return to the sea to continue to be free and happy. Philippa quickly ran towards the original port. Behind him, except for a few tightly wrapped skeletons, there were only six pirates following him. They are all still people who agreed to follow me when they were in prison. ?Standing at the port and seeing the ship with the rope ladder installed, Philippa showed joy and waved everyone on board. Open the cable and rush towards the sea. ??And in the darkness of the island, the chasing fire is getting closer and closer. Hurrah! The association team and the guards of Treasure Island arrived at the port one after another. Deacon, a total of two ships have left the post, a sea ship and a medium speed ship. The ranger reported the situation. Large tracts of tamed animals hovered over the sea, passing the message back. How many pirates are there on board the ship? Wu Heng asked. The ranger replied, "The number of people on both sides is about the same." Swish swish swish~! ?At the same time, the harbor defenses began to attack. Dense arrows and crossbows were fired at the two escaping ships, falling into the sea with clatter. The crossbow bolts etched with special effects fall into the sea and appear with many special effects such as explosions and thunder and lightning. The momentum is huge, but the accuracy is obviously not high. The two ships gradually moved away. At this time, several members of the professional team also rushed over quickly. ??The dwarf captain Ohlin released the tame beast in his hand again and said: I will adjust the ship and lead the people to chase. Lets not worry, everyone. If the other party dares to rob the prison, they should be fully prepared. If you chase them out rashly, you may be ambushed. Wu Heng said. Then, just watch them escape? Ohlin was a little anxious. "It''s okay!" Wu Heng said, took out the rocket launcher from the space ring and put it on his shoulder, then used the caliper to aim at the boat that was receding in the distance. Adjusted the angle and distance. Pull the trigger directly. Whoosh! The rocket dragged a slender tail flame and shot forward. Boom~! The next second, under the gaze of everyone in the port, red fire instantly engulfed the entire ship. Flames shot into the sky, and pieces of the ship fell into the sea. Everyones eyes widened. Looking back at the launch location, he looked back at the sunken ship in the firelight. ?A clipper ship just disappeared under the gaze, sinking into the seabed little by little with the light of the fire. Only some debris floating on the sea proved the other party''s existence. There is another big one. Ohlin continued to point to the ship that was gradually moving away. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said: "The props can only be used once, let the others focus their fire and sink the ship." "good!" Various defensive equipment began to attack. Smashed into the sea with a crackle. Although it was affected, the ship still moved away quickly. Gradually disappear into the night. Escape. ?Wu Heng nodded and said: "Search for pirates at the port and execute all pirates in prison." "yes!" The pirate ship returned to the sea. Philippa wiped the sweat from his neck, but his face was still a little ugly. She was also startled when in the distance, the ship piloted by the Yellow Fang pirates was engulfed in flames. Fortunately, I kept the other partys plan in mind. Let those who oppose you get on that ship. ?Now, the ship has also suffered some trauma, but it is not a big problem. For the pirate ship, this damage is nothing. Continuing to move away from the port without slowing down, heading towards the sea that represents freedom. Escaped, we made it out alive. Those traitors were punished by Poseidon. We are free. The pirates began to cheer, and the joy of escaping replaced the panic and uneasiness they had felt when they saw the explosion. Philippa clapped his hands and said, "Don''t stand here, go to your post, and get out of this **** place quickly." "Yes, Captain!" everyone responded and returned to their posts. ?Philippa watched everyone return to their posts. Taking the fire blade and the remaining skeletons, he went to the captain''s room. The familiar room, but the layout has changed slightly. Looking at it, he gently pulled on the string hanging by the side. Click sound. The room suddenly lit up. Philippa''s eyes widened a little, and he looked at the thing that lit up above his head in surprise. On the table beside the bed, there is a communication device. There are also notes with their functions attached to each button to prevent her from being confused. ?Philippa glanced around the room, and his eyes fell on a wooden box in the corner. Lift your feet and move away. Revealing the large number of silver coins inside, and a small amount of gold coins sandwiched between them. ?Philippa''s eyes widened. Holy shit, I can live a good life too. The sky is bright. Wu Heng returned to the association from outside. After Philippa escaped, he took his men and executed all the remaining pirates overnight, as well as those who had difficulty with their legs and feet and were caught halfway. ?These pirates should have been executed long ago, and the reason why they are still here is to complete the scene of "Philippa" escaping. Whether we can bring back the information then depends on what ''Philippa'' does. Go back to the office study room and sit for a while. The door was reopened. ?Andwyer walked in with a hooded figure. Master, someone has brought it here. ?Wu Heng nodded and handed over a wanted warrant, "Hang this wanted warrant out." Okay! Anderweil withdrew again. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the figure in the room. The hood was taken off, revealing a somewhat slovenly looking woman. She is thirty-seven or eighteen years old, with very fair skin and a plump figure like a mature woman. Philippa''s mother, a woman who was robbed by pirates. Philippa, did I tell you anything? Wu Heng said. The woman lowered her head and whispered: "Say, tell me, she said she will help you with things, and you will be considered a member of the association from now on." Same as I thought. ?This pirate lady didnt take her words seriously at all. She was told not to tell anyone else, so she told her mother. Have you told anyone about this? "No, Philippa told me that no one can say it except you," the woman said hurriedly. Well, remember this sentence, if you mention it to others, both you and your daughter will lose their lives. Wu Heng emphasized. "Yes, I understand." ?Wu Heng nodded, "I have forgiven your guilt. What are your plans in the future?" The woman lowered her head and hesitated, "I''ll go back to the village. I have a place to live there." "It''s better to stay on Treasure Island. It will be difficult for the village to live if they know about you and the pirates. You stay in the association dormitory first, and I will arrange a new place for you in the next two days." Wu Heng said directly. . Okay, follow your arrangements. Not long after, Anderweil came back. ?Wu Heng asked her to take the woman to the dormitory, and at the same time spent money to buy some daily necessities. What happened to Philippa before? It has little to do with Wu Heng. If you do things for yourself now, your life may be in danger at any time. You still need to take good care of your family members. Wait until the sky is completely bright. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study. Told Imilo what happened last night and its results. After all, he selected Philippa, and the slave scroll was given to him by the other party, so he should tell the other party anyway. ??Imiro should also be paying attention, and he is not too surprised by the results. Let him continue to follow up and said nothing more. ?Wu Heng also left the deacons study and went home directly. Return to your residence. Minnie was wearing a tank top and shorts, lying on the sofa reading comics. When she saw Wu Heng coming back, she smiled and said hello, "Master, did something happen last night? There seems to be some chaos outside." White and tender skin, slender thighs, exposed to the air. The pirates escaped from prison and were all captured. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa. Stretching into the loose vest, the round and soft palms are covered. Minnie changed to a more convenient position for the other party and continued: "Master, do you want to eat?" Eat outside. Oh, Master, Im going to play with sister Shanara later. Minnie said. Go, her house is full of good food, eat more if you havent eaten before. Hey, the master is so kind. ?Minnie smiled happily, turned over and straddled his lap, put her arms around his shoulders, stuck out the tip of her tongue, and put it into the other person''s mouth. Stayed on the first floor for a while. ?Minnie went to Shanara, and Wu Heng also climbed to the third floor and opened a room to the north. ?In the empty room, there is a wooden table against the wall, and there is a radio equipment on the table. The skeleton of an ''investigator'' profession, sitting in front of the table, is responsible for recording the messages transmitted by the radio. ?Wu Heng walked over and picked up the microphone, "Philippa, can you hear me?" Soon, the voice of Philippa came from the other side, Cao, you scared me! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 312 , taming animals Chapter 312, Taming the Beast How are you doing there? Wu Heng continued to ask. How about what? "Are you injured? How many people were taken away?" Wu Heng asked directly, feeling that this person was not very reliable. Philippa lowered her voice and said: "No injuries, there are 6 pirates who came with me, and you have 5 skeletons left, which is a bit short. I will recruit more crew members by then." ?It seems that it went quite smoothly. From the tone of your voice, you can tell that there is no big loss. "Be safe in everything. If you have any information, please pass it on to me. I have arranged a skeleton record here and will reply to you when the time comes." Okay, so what, when can I go back. Philippa continued to ask. When the pirate thing is over, I will arrange for you to come back. Ill try another one and give it to you if it suits you. Minnie said with a smile. After chatting for a while. Have had dinner. Minnie smiled and said: "This is also the underwear from the master''s hometown. It is for women to wear underneath. It is very comfortable to wear." ?Even Minnie and Anderweil saw the difference in each other''s eyes and joked about it. Andewil came back from the association, and Minnie brought "Shanela" here to have a meal. What are you afraid of? Just be happy. Hang up the chat, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to continue staring at the radio. Minnie cheered happily, packed up her pajamas, and walked towards the next door with Shannara on her arm. Softer than mine? Shannara was smiling all over her face, but from time to time she glanced at Wu Heng, her eyes full of tenderness. The two of them put on their pajamas, and Shanara stared at each other''s underwear again and said, "This is the first time I''ve seen this kind of corset." He said: "What nonsense are you talking about? You come to live with me. We are all women. After all, your place is a man''s place. What should I do if others see it?" In Shannara''s room. Minnie rolled around on the bed and said, "It''s not as comfortable as my bed." Really, the mattress was brought back by the owner from outside. Its very soft and very comfortable. Minnie said emphatically, lying on her side. Go back upstairs and sleep until 4 o''clock. Oh, will you have **** with her? "Yeah." Andweier''s face was slightly red, and her whole body was pressed tightly against him. Tch! Got it! ?Shanella smiled and didn''t take it seriously. ?A few people were sitting in the living room chatting. "Don''t worry, I brought her out and will temporarily arrange her in the association dormitory." Night falls. "It''s okay, I don''t have any friends, and I feel bored. I''m also happy that Minnie can accompany me." Shanela said with a smile. Seeing that both of them agreed, Wu Heng naturally had no objections and said, "Be careful when you live there. If her things are damaged, we can''t afford to pay for it." "It''s not just soft, it''s also elastic, the kind that bounces when you jump on it." Minnie patted the bed, "You''ll stay at my place tomorrow. It''s really soft." ?Wu Heng took Anderweil and trained in the courtyard. What are you talking about? Shanara rolled her eyes at him. The material feels really different from the previous ones. Let Shanelas face turn red all night long. Minnie said softly: "Master, sister Shanara wants me to stay at her place tonight, is that okay?" Normally, Wu Heng would also say some explicit words to the women around him, but he was still a little uncomfortable facing ''Philippa''. He went back upstairs to rest. ?Wu Heng glanced at Shanara and said, This is not good! "Okay!" Philippa agreed and continued: "How is my mother?" When the training was over, he hugged the fox girl and walked to the room, "It''s just the two of us tonight." He said in a deep voice: "Talk to me, don''t use your pirate behavior." Shanelas heart started to beat faster when she wanted to live next door. As the president of the First Chamber of Commerce, he actually heard that the maid wanted to give him something. Its a little strange, but also quite fun. Then Ill give it a try. Took off her long silk skirt and pajamas, revealing her fair and plump figure. Minnie taught him how to dress. ?At the back, the length is not enough. Minnie said: "Sister, this is too big for you. This model is not suitable for you. I will tell the owner tomorrow and ask him to find a bigger one for you." No, no one would say this to a man. "What are you afraid of? The master likes you very much, and you have such a good figure, the master must also like you." Shannara raised her eyebrows and asked, "He likes good figures?" Just like you, big and soft. Minnie said, stepping forward and grabbing two handfuls. Shannara immediately covered her chest and said, "Stop making trouble and go to sleep!" Okay! Minnie also got into bed. The next day, the association. ?When passing through the lobby, I redeemed the merit reward for killing the Iron Barrel Pirate Group Leader at the front desk. Looked at the skill book, and then looked at the optional props. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on a robe. Arcane Return Silk Robe (Description: The wearers movement speed is increased and the cost of casting spells is reduced.) ?This prop is pretty good. ??The robe Wu Heng is wearing now is the last time he killed the ''Level 16'' Necromancer and obtained the [Robe of Silence]. What is increased is the casting speed and resistance to external interference. ??Wu Heng''s spell casting speed is not slow now, and his skills are not mainly attack spells, but mainly summon skeletons and some side effect spells. Spellcasting speed is not that important. On the contrary, I feel that the movement speed and spell casting cost are reduced, which is more suitable for me. I want this. Wu Heng said. Okay, Mr. Archdeacon. The staff registered. ?Wu Heng put away his robe and walked towards the office and study room. Just walked to the door. Then he saw Olin and Anderweil standing in front of them talking something. Whats wrong? Wu Heng walked over. Deacon. Orin gave a slight dwarf salute. Anderweil explained: "Captain Ohlin, you want to give me a tame beast." Hearing Anderweil''s explanation, Wu Heng took another look at the dwarf opposite. In the dwarf''s arms, he was holding a white owl that was only the size of a palm. He looked like he hadnt grown up yet. He stared at a few people with round eyes and full of curiosity. Ohlin explained: "It''s like this. We got a tamed animal during the mission. Thinking that Miss Anderweil hadn''t tamed the animal yet, we sent it directly." ? Anderweils profession is ranger, which is a branch of ranger. Weier, can you control the tame beast? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil looked up and said, "Yes!" Then just keep it, its Captain Olins kindness. Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf immediately smiled and said: "Look, the deputy deacon has said so. Miss Weier, don''t be polite. I got it from the mission. If you don''t want it, I will sell it to the store. It won''t be worth much." Dwarves always speak directly, as if if you don''t want me, I''ll throw it away. "Thank you, Captain Ohlin." Anderweil took the little owl from the other person''s arms, held it gently in her arms, and stroked its feathers. Wu Heng said: "Go into the study and sit for a while, drink tea before leaving." This is so bad! Ohlin stroked his beard and followed into the room. ?Anderweil made tea for Orin. Then he sat aside and started to use the [Animal Taming Technique] on the little owl. Animal taming is a skill of some professions such as rangers and animal tamers, which can establish a connection with animal taming. Communication is one aspect, it is more about sharing perspectives or some tactical cooperation. It is still very effective. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and felt that she still liked the little owl very much. A face full of love. ?His eyes fell back on Olin, Why havent you seen Silla Rose recently? ??This elf subdeacon, who is full of justice in his heart, has not been seen for a while. ??Olin took a sip of tea and said: "Deputy Xilagui, he led two teams out of the island to catch pirates. The higher-ups have issued targets and there is a certain amount of pressure on them." Going out of the island? ?No wonder I didnt see her anywhere. Have you met the owner of the island? Wu Heng continued to ask. I have never seen him, but I heard that he is a very powerful level 18 professional, but he was born as a pirate and does not have high prestige. This incident happened at the port of the Kingdom of Yeko. Ive heard it said by others, so its not a secret. But as the owner of the island, it seems that he has never seen the other party show up. Isnt he living on the island? Wu Heng asked again. I dont know much about this, but it seems that no one has seen him. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Continued to chat some more about pirates. ?Olin didnt sit still longer and went back to his teams lounge. ?Wu Heng looked aside. ?Anderweil hugged the little owl with a face full of joy and rocked it back and forth. Obviously he likes this tame beast very much. Have you given it a name? Wu Heng walked over and gently stroked the little owls head. ??The little guy was very well-behaved. He just stared at Wu Heng with wide eyes, without dodging or making any attack moves. Not yet, what do you think the master would like to call it? Choose one of your tamed beasts that you like. Wu Heng touched it again. Master, help me with your advice! Anderweil held the owl in one hand and put his arm on the other. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "Choose a name that is simple and easy to remember, such as Xiaobai, Chuangdundun, etc. It is cute and easy to remember." Poof~! Anderweil smiled amusedly, held her hands to tame the beast and said: "We are not fat! Let''s call him Xiaobai." With a slight shake of his hand, Xiaobai flew around the room. It fell back on top of ''Andweil''''s head and lay down directly. The owl''s fur is white, and Anderweil''s hair is also white. Closing your eyes, you really cant tell that there is an owl lying down unless you pay attention. ??Anderweil teased the tame beast, and Wu Heng looked at the time. After saying hello, he left the association directly and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. ?At this time, ''Minnie'' was training in the courtyard. When she saw Wu Heng coming, she swooped over from a distance. ?Wu Heng caught her, and the latter coiled around him like an octopus. Master, I miss you so much! ??Wu Heng patted his elastic buttocks, "It sounds like I haven''t seen you for a long time." Thats nice to think about. Wu Heng carried her towards the room and said, "If you are bored, you can go to the association to see Wei''er. She has a new tame animal, a little owl." Minnie''s head that was lying on his shoulder suddenly tilted back, she looked into Wu Heng''s eyes and said, "Owl? Isn''t that Wen Mansha''s tame animal?" Weier also has one, shes still a baby and shes quite cute. "Then let me go and take a look!" Minnie held his face and kissed him hard, then went back to the room to get dressed, and ran out of the door with the skeleton attendant. ?Wu Heng went directly to the third floor. ??Go to the radio stations room and take a look. Investigator Skeleton, still sitting in front of the radio. The paper on the table is already covered with words. ?Wu Heng picked it up and took a look. Holy shit, the sea is so boring. One of the crew members asked me why I was always being taken out of the prison. Have you discovered me? Its okay, the man was killed by the fire blade, and the body was fed to the fish. I ate the fish, and he died without any evidence! Its so **** boring. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the other party''s words. Unlimited electricity is what makes you complain? I wanted to pick it up and warn her, but I thought about it and let it go. Replying the other party now may make her more excited and talk more endlessly in the future. Im not afraid of him wasting the radio, but the paper and pens consumed also cost money. Leave the room and go to the study room on the fourth floor. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, sat at his desk, and thought about the next plan. Sending the pirates daughter Philippa to sea was relatively smooth. But it does not mean that we have solved the threats to ourselves at sea. There is still no clue to the mysterious letter, and the bounty on his head among the pirates is still 200 gold coins. Other pirate groups will come to me, and the security around me should be tighter. ??Pirates are a group of thugs who are desperate for money. ??There will definitely be many actions against him in the future. I am not afraid of those pirates, but I am also worried about some secret sneak attacks. ?Picked up the teacup and took a sip, "Also, ''Shanara'', I have promised to be at level 15, so I have to speed up a little bit." He made an agreement with Shannara''s lover, and the basic condition is level 15. Now that I am level 12, and there is a zombie world, upgrading is not a problem. Whether its the threat of pirates or the agreement with Shanara, you need to upgrade your level. I have really slacked off a bit recently, so I have to focus on upgrading. Sitting in the study and thinking for a while, I drank the tea in one gulp. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. Appeared from the dormitory room in the old factory area. ?Wu Heng glanced out the window. The survivors are building a wall with red bricks and cement. Going out of the door, we just went down to the third floor. Little mother, Zhao Yanqiu, walked up to him and said, "There is news from a team claiming to be an auto repair shop." Whats the news? Wu Heng asked. Arrived at the scheduled location around 3 oclock this afternoon. The convoy has arrived. It was more than half a day earlier than originally planned. (End of this chapter) Chapter 313 , paper crane for delivering letters Chapter 313, Delivering Paper Cranes The fleet of automobile repair shops is equipped with on-board radios. Can directly communicate with the outside world while on the way. It seems that the team estimated the arrival time and then notified the old factory. Is someone coming over? Zhao Yanqiu stood on the stairs and asked, looking up. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "It''s a convoy from the auto repair shop, bringing some materials and equipment to support the construction here." Thats a good thing! Of course its a good thing. Wu Heng said with a smile. Zhao Yanqiu thought for a moment and continued: "Then I will organize people to pick up the convoy." "You don''t need to. I have made arrangements here. You have people tidy up the dormitory rooms so that they can stay there." Oh, okay! Zhao Yanqiu nodded in agreement, but still stared at this side. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "When I come back, let Xiaoxiao find you." Okay! After saying that, he stomped downstairs and handed over the cleaning tasks to others. ?Wu Heng went directly to the roof. Sit on the back of the skeleton flying dragon, fly into the sky, and rush towards the edge of the city. The speed of the flying dragon should be faster. When we arrived, the distance was still early. After waiting by the roadside for a while, I saw a line of motorcade coming quickly from a distance. ?Looking from a distance, you can see the blood stains on the body guard and the stumps hanging from the front of the car. It seems that even if we go around the edge of the city, it is still not that smooth. But still lucky. The entire convoy does not appear to have suffered too serious damage. ~! The convoy began to slow down and stopped on the opposite side. Qi Hancai jumped out of the car and ran over quickly. Your Majesty, there are more than 20 survivors and a thousand skeletons, all brought here. ?As he spoke, many survivors got out of the convoy behind them. They opened the back of the truck, and a large number of skeletons came down with a clatter. Wearing leather armor and holding spears, a few hold long bows with quivers hanging on their shoulders. Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. It should be. Qi Hancai replied with a smile. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the big-headed skeleton beside him and said: "Let the skeleton warriors form a team!" Hulala~! As the order was issued, the scattered skeleton warriors began to gather here quickly. Form a tight formation. ??Wu Heng turned around and said to Qi Hancai: "Let the convoy follow behind." "good!" Go down the road. Ahead are various auto repair shops. ??As the skeleton army advanced, the roars of zombies began to appear all around. Zombies walked out from the surrounding alleys and buildings, roared at the skeleton team, and ran up in large strides. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Zombies rushed into the group of skeletons, biting and tearing wildly. ??The skeleton army kept thrusting out the spears in their hands, piercing the corpses that rushed forward, and fell to the ground one by one. ?Wu Heng ordered to continue advancing, while he stayed behind and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of dead corpses stood up from the ground and joined the queue of skeletons. ??Qi Hancai handed the truck to others and walked over quickly, "Want to search nearby?" Look around, find some weapons for the skeletons to use first, and come back with the rest tomorrow. Wu Heng said directly. Before dark, we have to rush back to the old factory area. Can''t stay here too long yet. Qi Hancai nodded and walked quickly to the back, asking everyone to search for supplies around them. Some people gave the tools such as kitchen knives and hammers to the newly added skeletons. The remaining people followed the convoy forward and carried some important supplies to the back of the truck. ??The skeleton is almost armed. ?Wu Heng continued to order forward. The skeleton army passed through this area and continued into an old community. ??More corpses gathered from the area and rushed towards the skeleton army. The number increased rapidly in front of everyone''s sight, and gradually exceeded the number of skeletons, reaching at least five thousand. Qi Hancai, who was following him, changed his expression, patted his head and said, "Qiangzi has brought a lot of solid iron bullets, do you want to use them?" ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "It''s no use, the distance is too close. You need to step back and let everyone stay in the car." Okay! Qi Hancai quickly ran to the back and got directly into the truck. ?Wu Heng looked at the group of corpses approaching quickly, and first released a [Bone Armor] for himself. White bones wrap the body. Leave only the eyes and nose, leaving a gap. Then, the order was given directly, Archers, fire volley! Swish swish swish~! Dense arrows fell from the sky, crackling into the group of corpses. A large number of zombies were shot into hedgehogs. Their bodies shook and fell, tripping up a large number of zombies behind them. Archers keep drawing their bows and shooting arrows. ?Wu Heng also saw the time and continued to release [Grease Technique] and [Fireball Technique]. ?The fireball exploded over the corpses, igniting the grease and igniting a fire that reached the sky. ??The zombies rushed into the fire without fear, their whole bodies on fire. After staggering a few steps, they fell two meters away from the skeleton queue. It seems like I have returned to the time when I first learned [Grease Technique]. Luring zombies and walking through the fire. When the fire diminished, the corpses jumped directly into the skeleton''s spear array. A fierce fight ensued. But the number of corpses, under the attack of fire and arrows, was reduced by more than half, and there were not as many as before. Under a fierce fighting. ??The battle is gradually coming to an end, and the skeletons are on standby. Wu Heng begins to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and the number of skeletons increases again. When all transformations are completed, the army continues to advance along the road. Continuously fight against the corpses to replenish the number of skeletons. It is approaching dusk. The shelter in the old factory area suddenly became chaotic and noisy. People outside ran back in panic, and people inside the building also gathered at the door and windows, looking out with horrified faces. I only saw the entrance of the factory. Densely packed figures slowly appeared in sight, wearing armor, leather helmets, and holding metal spears in their hands. You can even see the blood stains on the spear that have not yet dried up. On the face that was not covered by the helmet, there was a pale skull with a faint blue fire in the eye sockets. It''s like an army coming out of hell, coming this way. In the factory area, everyone''s eyes widened, and their expressions became more frightened and confused as the skeleton army approached. What, whats the situation, why did such a monster appear? Yes, are they the skeleton soldiers of the leader of the auto repair shop? Lets run away quickly, take the food and run! The surroundings are noisy and chaotic. When there was chaos, some people were even preparing to pack up and flee. The skeleton army entered directly into the courtyard of the factory, reorganized into a neat formation, and faced the outside. Six trucks also drove in from behind the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and others out of the truck and walked to the dormitory in the old factory area. Until this time, the survivors in the dormitory gradually became quiet. ??They are really the leader''s bone soldiers, and they can also wear armor. ??As he walked into the dormitory building, everyone else looked at him. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Everyone went to help unload the truck, and Zhao Yanqiu recorded the materials on the truck." Oh, okay! Zhao Yanqiu agreed. ??The rest of the people also took action immediately, avoiding the skeletons, and began to move supplies from the truck. On the first floor, the converted conference room. ?Several people sat around the wooden table and discussed the future development plan. After discussion. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Qi Hancai, you were the leader of Dong''an Refuge before. Now you are also responsible for the distribution and management of the old factory area." ?Qi Hancai, who was sitting next to him, was stunned for a moment, and then he looked happy. Coughed lightly and said, "Thank you for trusting me. I will do a good job." Coming from Dong''an Village, Qi Hancai''s position is more like a security captain. Now he has been directly assigned the position of territorial leader, and his status has been significantly improved. Maybe not as good as Li Yahong, but definitely better than Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Wang Chenggang, you are responsible for leading everyone to resume production. There are large factories here, which will be used by then. They mainly produce spears, arrows, and solid iron bullets." Understood! Wang Chenggang nodded. Then, there is Zhao Yanhong. As a young mother, she is also someone Wu Heng can trust. After all, the other partys daughter is in his hands. Zhao Yanqiu, you continue to be responsible for the radio station, as well as the statistics of personnel and materials. If you are too busy yourself, you will find two people to help. Okay. Zhao Yanqiu also nodded to express his understanding. The respective responsibilities have been assigned. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. Okay, lets go back and have a rest. Well do any work tomorrow. A few people nodded, stood up and left. Return to the dormitory. Wait for Xiaoxiao to come back from Zhao Yanqiu, reopen the gate and return to Treasure Island. The sky here has also darkened. Go downstairs for a late-night snack, then go to the courtyard for some simple activities. Turning around and looking up, he saw that the study room of ''Shanela'' next door was still bright. Looks like I''m staying up late again. ?Wu Heng stood there and thought for a moment, then folded a paper crane into a paper crane and released the [Activation Object] against it. The paper crane **** its wings and flies up. Going past the guards below, he flew directly through the window. Soon, Shanela with disheveled hair and beautiful face poked her head out. ?Wu Heng jumped up and waved his arms. Shannara looked over, her face happy, she rolled her eyes at him angrily, and then pointed to the roof. Roof. ?Wu Heng opened his arms and hugged the beautiful wood elf who jumped over. Why havent you slept yet? "I can''t sleep, I''m reading the comics that Minnie gave me." Shannella twisted the waist that the other person hugged, "Why didn''t you sleep?" I miss you, I cant sleep. Shannara curled her lips, "You''re glib, I don''t like you." Well, I was busy with some things before, but I did miss you. Shannaras face was slightly red and she lowered her head, Okay, I understand, theres no need to keep saying it. After speaking, he looked at his feet and asked, "Why is the roof here like this?" Photovoltaic panel, a prop that can convert energy. Wu Heng hugged the other partys waist tightly. ??Continues: "It''s cold here, let''s go down!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 314 , who is the monster? Chapter 314, Who is the monster? Shannara touched him with her arm and said reproachfully: "Didn''t I agree to wait until you reach level 15?" I just said sit for a while, and didnt say anything else. "Hmph! It''s weird to believe you." Shanara hesitated and continued: "Let''s sit here for a while, I have to go back later." "also!" The two of them sat down on the roof. ?Wu Heng naturally put his arms around the opponent''s waist, and Shanara also leaned lightly on his shoulder. What have you been busy with these past two days? I see you are in a hurry every day. Shanela asked softly. Its still about pirates, there are many things. Tell me about your previous life, I want to know more about you. Shanela continued. "Me! I joined the association in a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Necromancers are very much rejected there, as if they were the enemies who killed their father..." Wu Heng said softly. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle of the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. "good!" Then, he grabbed the big hand that reached into his clothes, turned his head to the side, and said, "Okay, put this energy into upgrading." There was a sound of breaking through the air, and a skeleton flying dragon with a wingspan of several meters passed over the skeleton team. After Shanara struggled slightly, she also responded awkwardly. ??Wu Heng didnt want to be too tough and offend the other party, Well, okay! ?Wu Heng also stood up and hugged the opponent''s waist. The survivors in the old factory area began to work according to the assigned tasks. ?Wu Heng looked at the map, nodded and said, "Okay, let''s go!" Watched Shannara leave and entered the residence. What are you doing~, lets agree...woo! Getting on the modified jeep, there are skull crushers, **** hands and big-headed skeletons in the back. Baring teeth and dancing claws, with a ferocious face. After everything was ready, the convoy started to set off. Then Im going back! Shannara stood up and stretched, "It''s getting late, I have to go back." Ill see you off! A large number of zombies began to appear all around. The whole base became busy. Huh~! At the same time, collect various required tools to speed up the efficiency of weapon production. Todays plan is to clear away the zombies around the base. The next day, we had breakfast. Lets talk some more! "Go back quickly. I''ll find you again when it gets daylight." Shannara slapped the other party''s hand. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton next to him: "Let the flying dragon that fills the magazine take off and drop bombs over the zombies." As you walk out of the old factory area, you enter the main road. Chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng took the other person''s lips and kissed them heavily. He asked into the intercom: "Wang Chenggang, what happened next?" The first bone dragon has been loaded into the magazine. Looking at the tide of corpses approaching quickly. Its not good to be seen by the patrolling tame beast, wait until next time. Shannara blinked. ??The roars spread rapidly, and at the same time, more and more corpses poured into the main road, forming a large tide of corpses. ?Wu Heng also went down to the roof and returned to his room to rest. Climb to a certain height quickly. At this time, Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "The route has been confirmed. There are some building materials stores here, and you should be able to find some tools." Shannara leaned on him and said with a smile: "Are you so humorous when telling stories? You also killed your father''s enemy..." The convoy was flanked by a dense army of skeletons and began to move towards the target location. Open the magazine above the corpses. Hoo-hoo-hoo! ??The whistling sound of falling ammunition sounded from above the head. Immediately afterwards, it was like a hailstorm, smashing into the gathered corpses. Boom, boom, boom~! ??The roar of the earthquake was heard, smoke and dust rose more than three meters high, sand and gravel flew everywhere, and the glass of the shops on both sides was shattered. The smoke and dust drifted away with the autumn wind. The group of corpses at the rear continued to rush forward, trampling on the stumps on the ground. Without the slightest fear or flinch. Your Majesty, the second one has been filled. Wang Chenggangs voice came from the intercom again. ?Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skull. The second skeleton flying dragon flew out again, reached the sky above the corpses, and dropped solid iron bullets. Boom~! There were still violent tremors and thick smoke rising. ?At the same time, Wu Hengs ears also heard reminders. Your level has been increased to level 13, intelligence +1, perception +1. With increasing experience intensity. The level was finally raised to level 13, but the expertise was not unlocked. There is no time to check the properties. ?The smoke gradually faded away with the wind, revealing a large area of ??zombies with broken bodies. Trampling on the broken limbs of the entire road, they continued to rush forward. Archers, fire volley! Wu Heng continued to order. Swish swish swish~! Skeleton archers draw their bows and shoot arrows. Arrows fell into the group of corpses like raindrops. The already broken zombie was shot into a hedgehog, staggering and falling to the ground. Wait for a few rounds of arrow rain to pass. "move forward!" Hurrah! The army of skeletons lined up neatly, their spears moved forward, forming an airtight wall and began to advance forward. The zombies rushing towards him were pierced by spears. ?Hold up his body, move backwards little by little, and then be stabbed into a honeycomb. When the skeleton queue returned to standby mode, the entire battlefield became quiet. The long and thin road has been paved with flesh and blood. Clean the battlefield, clean up the corpses, and collect arrows! Wu Heng ordered directly. The skeleton on standby moved again. Start to clean up the battlefield. Rear convoy. The survivors who were newly added to the search team had their legs trembling and the hairs all over their bodies stood up. I have been preparing for psychological preparations long ago, but I am still in front of the eyes, and the scared body is not controlled. ?Flesh and blood covered the entire road like a carpet, blood formed streams, and the cars and buildings along the way were filled with holes that penetrated them. Even the sky above his head was filled with a layer of dark red blood. Which side is the monster? There are monsters on both sides. At this time, an order came from the walkie-talkie, "The search team came over, collected the items in the store, and protected them so as not to cause any wounds." ?Wang Chenggang turned his head and shouted to everyone: "Okay, it''s our turn. Let''s load all the useful things into the truck." The survivors of the auto repair shop, along with the newcomers from the old factory area, began to enter the battlefield area. Search and carry various supplies along the way. At the same time, he carefully scanned the dense army of skeletons and the young leader. After Wu Heng assigned the tasks, he opened the panel and looked at the attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 13 Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 36, Perception 23, Charisma 28. Feats:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Lore,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy sensing, spell casting acceleration. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation, Breath of Death, Activated Objects. The experience gained from level 13 to level 14 has reached an exaggerated value. ??Without the zombie world, Wu Heng might not be able to reach a higher level in his lifetime. But there is a zombie world, with five or six waves of zombies, its actually about the same. Close the panel and all the corpses are gathered together. ?Wu Heng took out the Spine Staff and released [Bone Transplantation] first. ?The broken skeleton warrior walked into the group of corpses, pulled out his missing parts, and pressed them on his body. Wait until the bone transplantation is completed. ?Wu Heng continues to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ??A gray-white halo of light swayed, and a large number of skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses and joined the queue of skeletons. With tens of thousands of corpses all over the streets, its still a lot of work. Staves and newly exchanged robes provide the effect of reducing spell consumption. But you still need to take psychotropic drugs. After all conversions are completed. ?Wu Heng called Qi Hancai and continued to advance along the road. Increasing experience also increases the number of skeletons. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army and convoy return. As soon as the car stopped, a large number of people rushed out of the dormitory and began to help carry supplies. When they saw the truck full of grain and various foods behind the truck, the survivors in the old factory area also showed excitement and joy. The other vehicles are various tools that can be used to make weapons. ?Wu Heng walked to the dormitory and said: "Weapons and solid iron bullets must be made as soon as possible. There are enough skeletons, but you cannot smash them with your fists." "Well, I asked people to start making iron spears overnight, but the solid iron bullets need to be built in a furnace. I plan to arrange a fleet to transport them from the passenger terminal first." There is no better way, "Okay, let''s do this first." Do you want to eat with me tonight? Qi Hancai continued to ask. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, you will be responsible for everything when I''m not around. Normally, don''t let anyone enter the floor where I am." Okay, I understand. Qi Hancai nodded. Returning to the room, Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. I came back earlier today than yesterday. I went downstairs and took a look at the radio room. The paper in front of the skeleton investigator once again had a large piece of content written on it. Holy shit, what the hell, deputy deacon, youre not going to die, why dont you say anything. We are going to the island and we plan to recruit some sailors. If something happens to me, remember to come and redeem me. Hey, I have information! Are some of you out to sea to catch pirates? There are several pirate groups planning to ambush your people. Your own people? ?Wu Heng reacted in his mind. People from the association! Hila Rose. (End of this chapter) Chapter 315 , auxiliary formation patterns (thanks to brothers for their monthly votes, plus Chapter 315, Auxiliary Formation (Thanks to brothers for their monthly votes, more updates will be added.) ?Seeing this news, Wu Heng quickly thought of Xila Rose. ?Last time I chatted with Olin, I heard that Silagui went to sea with two teams. Unless you are a member of the "Association Branch" elsewhere, if you are a member of the Treasure Island Association, it will be Sheila Gui and the team she carries. ??How come the pirates were not caught and were targeted by the other party! ?After thinking for a moment, he picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, can you hear me?" Soon, a communication voice came from the other side, "Ah! I''m here. I thought this thing was broken. You haven''t spoken for several days." ??Wu Heng asked: "How is it over there?" I just landed today and plan to recruit some sailors, said Philippa. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who are the pirates you mentioned who want to capture us?" I dont know, its the associations ship anyway, and several pirate groups are planning to surround them. Philippa said directly. We received a piece of information that several pirate groups are planning to siege the associations fleet. Wu Heng said softly. Philippa! She was recruiting sailors at Cape Hope and heard the news. The three of them were chatting and eating. Deacon''s study. Well, its very possible! Minnies presence always makes the atmosphere more relaxed. Go all the way back to your office and study room. The best way is to inform the deacon and let him think of a solution. After hanging up the chat, Wu Heng put the phone back. Chef No. 1 has prepared dinner. After dinner, Wu Heng made some new security arrangements for the residence. After thinking for a while, he went downstairs to say hello to Minnie and walked towards the association. I dont know, I just heard some of the chat content and didnt see the other person. "Well, I understand." After Wu Heng said this, he continued to add, "If you have the ability, continue to pay attention to this matter." ?Wu Heng nodded, "The information is not very certain, but I still feel like I should tell you something." ??Imiro put on his coat and looked like he was about to get off work. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then continued to ask: "Where are you?" Pick up Anderweil and go home with the white-haired tame beast. It is completely impossible for him to appear on his side. Is there something wrong? ??Imiro nodded and said: "Okay, I will find a way to inform ''Xilagui'' about this matter. You are being targeted by pirates, so don''t leave the island." Say it, Imiro said. After talking about this matter, Wu Heng left the deacon''s study without staying any longer. "be safe." said: Do you suspect its Sheila Guis team? Oh, okay! You are the boss, you have the final say. Imiro, who didnt care much at first, looked up with a solemn expression. Return to your residence. The overall feeling is that the defense is tighter than that of ''Shanara'' next door. Fort of Cape Hope. ??Wu Heng knew the news and wanted to rescue him, but it was obviously impossible. Copy that, I wont tell you anymore, Im going to lecture the new crew members. In addition to increasing the number of skeletons standing guard, skeleton guards with guns are also set up on the balconies of the second and fourth floors, as well as on the roof. "good!" Do you know who the association is? ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door and walked in directly. Furthermore, the guards on her side are all living beings, and they may be on duty, tired, distracted, etc. The sea is very big. "Where did the news come from?" Imiro also began to pay attention. Skeletons, without even blinking an eyelid, are on standby 24 hours a day. After everything is arranged. ?Wu Heng greeted the two people in the room and trained together in the courtyard. We waited until the training was over before going back to the room to rest together. The next day, the Snake Emblem Consortium. VIP room. ?Wu Heng sat on the leather sofa, and someone immediately brought him dried fruits and tea. ?The middle-aged staff member in a formal dress smiled and saluted, "Good morning, guest!" Well, have the results of the commission I issued come to fruition? Wu Heng asked directly. Guest, wait a moment, Ill check it for you. The man goes out and comes back quickly. ?Some people carried two coffins in from behind. Guest, it has been a short time since last time, and we only collected the bodies of two blacksmiths, both of whom were above 10, race dwarfs, and died of alcoholism at sea. The middle-aged man introduced. ?Wu Heng didnt want to know why the blacksmith went to sea. It does not matter whether he died of this cause or not. As long as you need it. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corpse inside after opening it, had someone cover it up again, and put away the space ring. After paying the final payment. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something and asked: "Is there anything that can smelt iron ore?" ?The middle-aged man didnt think too much and answered directly, If you are referring to forging and smelting metal, we can provide the Fire Furnace formation building, which is a building built by forging iron shops everywhere. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. He didn''t expect there to be such a building. ?Continued to ask: "What other types of array buildings can you provide?" The middle-aged man thought for a moment and said, "If you have any needs, I can help you make some suggestions." Can I make arrows directly? Arrows used in bows and arrows? Without that kind of building, the formation building mainly plays an auxiliary role and cannot be used for direct production. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. After thinking for a moment, he continued: "Are there any buildings to purify water?" "For some guests, one is a well building that condenses water elements, which can collect water elements in the air to form drinking water. The second is a dam-type building that purifies water resources. Its function is to purify toxins in it." Middle-aged man Explaining. Wu Heng said directly: "Write a commission for the wrought iron furnace and the water element well. Let me see the effect." The middle-aged man looked happy and said, "Of course, please wait a moment." After saying that, he quickly filled out the order form and collected a deposit of 3,500 silver coins. ?Wu Heng paid the money and put away the order form. Left the Snake Emblem Consortium directly. Hitchhi didnt stay outside any longer and walked towards his residence. Push the door to enter the courtyard. ?? Then he saw ''Shanela'' sitting alone on a stone bench, looking at the flower bed in front of her in a daze. I really regard this as my own home. ??We come here almost every two days, for lunch and dinner. If she hadn''t been able to get up in the morning, she might have had breakfast here. Actually, Wu Heng has many secrets, which are inconvenient to be revealed to the outside world. In the past, I would have resisted having outsiders approach my residence. After all, the Realm Gate and the Skeleton Attendant were my core trump cards. ?This world is not friendly. Revealing everything will only make you die faster. But as the level increases, the degree of confidentiality is also relaxed a lot. Except for the boundary gate, things like skeletons and some modern equipment are no longer so closely guarded secrets. ?After all, you cant hide it. Only the matter of the bronze key must not be known to outsiders. Even a maid who signed a slave contract. Why are you alone? Wu Heng came over and asked. Minnie was reading comics in the living room, and I came out to sit for a while when I was bored. Shanara turned her head and smiled. Minnie is also true, Ill talk about her when I get back. "No, Minnie said she wanted to accompany me out. Anyway, I was fine, so I came out by myself." After saying that, she stretched out her white and tender palms. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and did not let go after pulling her up. Take her to the backyard together. The two came to the backyard. Wu Heng sat down in the pavilion and wanted to pull her into his arms. Shannara was immediately alert, "Don''t mess around, Mr. Archdeacon!" What do you mean by messing around? Im afraid the chair will get cold. "Humph! It''s weird to believe you." Shanara sat down beside him, but the distance was very close, almost leaning on him, she said softly: "Actually, I also want to be with you, but I am a businessman , to abide by the contract. It wont take long. Wu Heng smelled the fragrance of the other party and reached out to hug his soft waist from behind. Shannara also leaned on the other party''s body. ?The two of them leaned together for a while. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "President of the conference!" "Why are you calling the president? It''s so weird!" Shanara looked up, and then seemed to think of something, and immediately said: "Minnie told you? Is it something big or not? It''s so unpleasant, don''t scream!" ah? Wu Heng didn''t know where she was thinking, and asked directly: "The batch of weapons and equipment I ordered should be arriving soon!" Shannara leaned back on his shoulder, closed her eyes and calculated the time, and said: "Pirates have become more rampant recently. The fleet has added more guards and changed its route, but it should be here in the next two days. When I wait, I will let someone inform you." "good!" "Why did you buy so many weapons and armor? You don''t want to get involved in the affairs of the Kingdom of Yeko, do you?" Shanara asked curiously. Wu Heng tightened his arms, hugged the other person''s hand, and said softly: "I have a friend who has a city in the interior. I plan to purchase things and transport them to him. He has never seen elven equipment there. " Oh, you have friends too! What are you talking about! No, dont they say that humans are very repulsive to necromancers? I thought you had very few friends. Its true that there arent many, but its impossible not to have none. "Right!" ?The two sat in the backyard and chatted for a while. Shannella was only allowed to hold hands and hug waists, but was not allowed to do anything else. They got up and went back to the living room together. Minnie was curious as to why the two of them came in together. He also said that he had just gone out to look for Shannara, but he thought he had gone back when he didnt see anyone. Have lunch. Shanela and Minnie are going shopping. ??Wu Heng checked the radio message and confirmed that nothing happened. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. This side of the old factory area. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and saw the busy survivors. Some people were carrying things, and some were heightening and strengthening the wall at the gate. Even the forklifts came over to dig the foundation again. ??Wu Heng greeted Qi Hancai, prepared a convoy, and led the skeleton army to continue cleaning up the corpses around him. While transporting supplies back and forth one by one. The number of skeleton armies has also reached more than 30,000. A big piece of hula-la. The only shortcoming is the lack of equipment. Even if you collect kitchen knives, you wont be able to satisfy everyones needs. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army returned to the factory. Just as he was about to go upstairs, a young girl ran down quickly, lowered her head and said timidly: "Your Majesty, Sister Zhao, please go to the radio station and tell you something." Good fellow, the king has begun to call everyone uniformly here again. ?Wu Heng nodded and went directly to the radio room upstairs. Zhao Yanqiu was sitting in front of the radio station, listening to information from various places, with a notebook beside him. ?Record some content. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately stood up and said, "We have already contacted the army. They have established a market in the southeast for exchanging supplies." (End of this chapter) Chapter 316 , Star Flower Cargo Chapter 316, Star Flower Cargo Have you contacted the military? The location of the military market is actually not difficult to find, or it can be said to be open to the shelters in various places. ??As long as you contact us and ask, we will tell you the exact location. Exchange in the past, are there any requirements? Zhao Yanqiu said: "There are no requirements. No more than five people can enter the market. If you sell items in the market, you need to register in advance." Are these two the only ones? Well, the other side mentioned these two requirements. For other shelters, these two requirements are not too strict. ?If you can get there, you will face a high risk. If the requirements are particularly stringent, no one will get there. Whats more popular over there? Wu Heng continued to ask. Several old residential areas around have been cleaned up, and the number of skeletons has reached more than 20,000, close to 30,000. "oh." The city is densely populated. Train in the courtyard until it gets dark, then go to the bathroom to take a bath and rest together. Go downstairs. ??The military should have this in mind before selling firearms to other parties. Firstly, it is to exchange for the supplies it needs. Secondly, it is to enable more survivors to survive. Grain has become the most popular currency in the apocalypse, and any exchange is based on grain. Zhao Yanqiu nodded to express his understanding. "I''m not short of food, it just depends on whether they have what I want." Slight scratches and bites are still fatal. The chef started preparing dinner on the 1st. Auto repair shop provides food, daily necessities, weapons and armor in exchange for gold and silver from other shelters. I was afraid that the corpse flocks became more and more, and they were overwhelmed by the corpse group. The rules of the market are similar to those at auto repair shops. Coming out of the dormitory, the survivors downstairs were already busy with their work. It''s just that the form is the opposite. Eat together. The two women ran in quickly. Theres no rush, lets take a look at the situation first. The next day, in the morning. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. The best-selling items are food and medicine, followed by weapons and equipment provided by the military, and some daily necessities. Winter is coming soon, and cotton clothes and quilts should also be popular, Zhao Yanqiu replied. ?Wu Heng left the room and returned to his dormitory on the top floor. After all, there are just a hundred or so people in a shelter, but once there is a wave of corpses, there will be thousands. After dinner. The army provides guns and ammunition in exchange for food and various supplies. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. ?When we were in the county, Yanshen Sanctuary also had a lot of firearms and equipment, but unless there were special circumstances, they would not use firearms to kill zombies. Minnie and Andwyll, playing with the little owl in the yard. "Are you going to exchange supplies with them?" Zhao Yanqiu asked. ?Standing at the door of the dormitory building and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said: "More than 70 spears were made yesterday, as well as some plundered kitchen knives, and the hammers are piled over there." ?With enough people and weapons, it is not difficult to deal with zombies. But the purpose of both parties is the same, to exchange the required items. Seeing that she had nothing else to do, Wu Heng said directly: "Okay, then you continue to watch the radio station." I will definitely go to the military to have a look, but its not the time yet. Soon, Chef No. 1 brought the dinner, and Wu Heng called the two women in the courtyard to come back for dinner. I ordered five thousand bags of grain from Shanara. After this batch of grain is shipped, it will be enough to exchange for the supplies I want. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, thinking about contact with the military. ??Firearms are still very lethal against hordes of corpses, but the sound can easily attract the hordes of corpses. The number of teams is constantly increasing, but the weapons and equipment cannot keep up. Now, in addition to the search team, the most important work arranged by the survivors is the production of weapons. If you cant kill zombies, making weapons should be faster! Lets go, Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai nodded and led him to one side. ?An open space was filled with plundered kitchen knives, hammers, axes and other lethal iron tools. It seems that they have taken all the things that can be used as weapons. ?Wu Heng looked at the big-headed skeleton behind him, Move over the skeleton warriors without weapons and get weapons. Hulala~! In a burst of bone friction. A large number of skeletons lined up in a long line and came from one side. ?Bent down, he picked up the weapons on the ground and walked back to the queue. It is as if it has been trained and is very neat and unified. Wait for all weapons to be distributed. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let the convoy come over, let''s go out and clean up the zombies." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, holding the walkie-talkie and said, "Here, bring the convoy over." Wait for the convoy to arrive. ?The driver of one of the buses came down and handed it over to Qi Hancai. Wu Heng followed him and boarded the bus with several skeletons. The convoy started and, escorted by skeletons, exited the gate of the old factory. In a passenger car. Qi Hancai held the steering wheel and glanced at the co-pilot from time to time. After pondering for a long time, he opened his mouth to find a topic, "Your Majesty, what kind of corpse core did you take to awaken the superpower?" Qi Hancai is also a person with super powers. ??Although wall climbing and leg strength are strengthened, they are not that effective in killing zombies. But at the auto repair shop, he is the strongest person outside Wu Heng. Corpse contains viruses, but in a sense, it also breaks the shackles of the human body. ?Wu Heng also knew what she was asking. ?Summoning skeletons is a skill of one''s own profession, but in the eyes of ''Qi Hancai'' and others, it means awakening a special power. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I have taken several. The one that awakened super powers was the corpse core of a big-headed zombie." He answered as vaguely as possible. ? What you awaken by taking Corpse Core yourself is [Strengthening of Will], which can protect your own consciousness and block negative states that affect your personal will. Its not like he lied to her. Hearing that Wu Heng had taken several kinds of drugs, Qi Hancai''s expression became brighter. ?Surprised, hesitant, and a little disbelieving, I held it in for a while before saying, "You have a really good physique." He almost said, "Your life is really big". "There are some techniques. I will tell you when I get the chance. Taking more medicine will also be good for your physical breakthrough." Wu Heng said flatly. When Qi Hancai heard these words, his arms trembled. Have any skills? He indeed found a way to take the corpse core. ?In addition to summoning skeletons, Wu Heng also released fireballs and took out items at will. Obviously, there is more than one kind of superpower. Sure enough, there are ways to reduce toxins. A method that even the main station doesnt know! "Okay, I will do a good job." Qi Hancai promised. I am secretly happy about my decision to join an auto repair shop. I dont have to worry about eating and drinking anymore, now I know such a big thing. Dont talk outside, otherwise it will be very troublesome. "I won''t say a word to anyone else." Qi Hancai solemnly promised. Well! Wu Heng continued: How did you arrange those factories in the old factory area? Two of them are used as production workshops, and some equipment and tools are there to make weapons used by skeletons. There are no arrangements for the rest, they are all empty! The old factory covers a very large area. The old sign found in the warehouse says Machinery No. 16 Factory. But the factory has long been abandoned, and there is no equipment left in it. There are several workshops and factories. With the number of survivors, even if they produce iron spears and arrows, they wont be able to use so many. Choose a workshop as a warehouse, and build a wall and iron gate from inside. I will be useful then. Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay, Ill make arrangements when I get back. The bus continues to move forward. As he left the safe area, the roar of zombies began to appear all around. The number of such items is increasing. ??Wu Heng began to issue orders to the skeleton army. Skeleton flying dragon drops solid iron bullets. Then, a rain of arrows fell on his head. After the two attacks, there are not many zombies left that can rush forward. ??He was directly knocked to the ground by the skeleton army. Spears and kitchen knives kept falling, crushing him to death. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. ??The skeleton began to stride forward, while Wu Heng followed behind, holding the ''Spine Staff'' to release [Dead Skeleton Field]. Skeletons stood up from the ground one after another, joined the queue of skeletons, and moved forward. This area ends. ?Wu Heng ordered the skeleton to move forward and continue to clean up the zombie groups in other areas. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army returns, and the number of skeletons increases again. ?Wu Heng took a look at his experience points. ??Has been upgraded to a quarter, and after a few more attempts, it will reach level 14. Its a little closer to Shanara. The army returned to the courtyard and entered a standby state. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai exchanged a few sentences before returning to Treasure Island. Day 2, Association. Havent been here for several days. ?Wu Heng had better come and sit for a while. Beside, Anderweil was tying the little owl''s hair, tying a strand of hair pointing upwards at the top of her head. Then he took out a silver mirror and showed it to the owl. The angry little owl stood on the table and shook its head wildly, trying to get rid of the things on its head. The teasing Andweil kept laughing. Weier! Wu Heng shouted. Anderweil walked over, and the owl that shook its head crazily also flew over, looking at him with wide eyes. ?Wu Heng touched the feathers of the little owl, and then asked: "Have your ranger abilities been trained after you changed your profession?" "It takes a long time to train. We grew up in the jungle when we were children and received training from the clan." Anderweil said directly. What type of occupation is easier for children from civilian families to switch to? A warrior or ranger can quickly become a professional by relying on training, and will not rely too much on inheritance, or spend a lot of time studying books. In fact, ordinary families need a longer time to make ends meet. Anderweil explained. In her opinion, her master was born into a noble family and was very rich. So, explain things in detail. ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling that what he said made sense. It is the same as studying in modern society. People from good families have sufficient time and financial resources to continue to improve their knowledge and knowledge. But some people need to devote more time to maintaining their own livelihood. Easy-to-learn occupations make it easier for these people to become professionals quickly. "Um!" "Master, does anyone want to change their profession? You can choose a profession based on his expertise." Just ask. When two people are chatting. There was a soft knock on the door. Anderweil opened the door. I saw a man wearing a straight dress with a "Flower of Stars" pattern on his chest, standing in front of the door. He didn''t come in either. He glanced at the room and said softly: "Excuse me, is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng here?" I am, whats the matter? Sir Deputy Deacon! President Shannella asked me to remind you that the goods ordered at Star Flower have arrived at the port. You can go over for inspection and acceptance at any time. Hearing the news, Wu Heng''s heart moved. The goods finally arrived! (End of this chapter) Chapter 317 ,so cheap? Chapter 317, so cheap? Because of pirates. The formation of the Star Flower fleet was also affected. After such a long time, we finally arrived at the port. Ill go with you now. The man nodded, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon, I''ll wait for you at the door." ?Wu Heng put on his coat and said to Anderweier: "Weier, if you have nothing to do with the association, go home early." I understand, Master. Anderweil smiled. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association and saw the carriage of the Flower of Stars parked at the door. After opening the door and boarding the carriage, the carriage rushed towards the port. Star Flower''s cargo ship. It is a huge cargo ship mainly blue and white. In terms of structure and volume, it is larger and more sophisticated than the pirate ships. The two are more like construction styles and technologies of different eras. The Flower of the Star fleet has arrived, and the port is busier than ever. ? Rows of workers are moving goods, and there are guards guarding the surroundings. Wu Heng was led by men in formal attire. Directly entered the cabin of one of the cargo ships. As soon as he walked down, he saw a hooded but still mature and beautiful figure standing in the cabin surrounded by guards. ? Judging from the body shape and the few strands of hair scattered under the hood, it can be confirmed that it is Shanara herself. Hearing the footsteps, Shanara turned her head and looked over, smiled and said, "Deputy Wu Heng!" Mrs. Shannara! Wu Heng nodded in response. Its like a business partner who has only met once. Shanara nodded, walked inside and said: "Your goods have arrived. Here are the leather armors and weapons and equipment, and inside are the ordered grains. The sea is humid, and the internal warehouse has moisture-proof patterns to ensure the dryness of the grains. and quality. With her introduction. Some guards opened two wooden boxes. Revealing the one-handed ax and wooden bow inside. ?Wu Heng took it out and looked at it, and felt that the quality was very good. He put it back again and said: "I naturally trust the reputation of Star Flower. There is no need to check the things. You can just have them moved to the ship at the association''s port 3. I will arrange for people to take them away at that time." Okay! Shannara smiled and gave instructions to the people behind her. A large number of workers immediately came in and began to move the goods. At the same time, someone from Star Flower came out and started counting the balance that needed to be settled. ?Wu Heng directly spent the corresponding money to complete the transaction. Workers carry goods. ?Wu Heng and Shanara stood aside and watched silently. What time did you get up today? Why do you feel like Im still awake? Wu Heng stood aside and whispered. Shannara still looked forward and replied softly, "Don''t mention it. I was brought here just after I got up. I haven''t had breakfast yet." Its great to be young and stay up late every day! A small hand pinched him lightly on one side. "What do you mean!" The goods have been moved. Shannara needs to deal with the fleet and leaves with the people from the Flower of Stars. ??Wu Heng also headed for his own ship. Open the door between the ship cabin and the zombie world, and move all the purchased goods to the newly built warehouse. There are five types of items purchased from Star Flower. Two thousand wooden bows and one-handed axes each, fifty thousand sets of leather armor, and five thousand bags of wheat flour and soybeans. After everything has been moved. Start to command the skeleton army to come over, put on equipment, and pick up weapons. When did so much equipment arrive? Last night, we had to rush the work yesterday and built an extra layer of wall from the warehouse. It was originally intended to be a warehouse. Im a good boy, these skeletons still know how to dress themselves. Arent you talking nonsense! He may be smarter than you. Do you think that using this kind of skeleton as a basis to make a silicone figure will solve the problem of being too stiff and heavy? Huh? Brother, what industry did you work in before? In the distance, the survivors in the old factory area were discussing while watching the skeletons changing equipment. ??Originally, I thought the skeleton could only perform simple attack actions, but now it can dress itself, pick up weapons, and carry items. There is not much difference between feeling and people. At this time, Qi Hancai walked out of the dormitory, "Stop looking and go do your own business." When everyone heard this, they immediately dispersed and returned to their posts. Seeing Qi Hancai coming, Wu Heng asked: "Has the route to the military market been planned?" Its planned! Qi Hancai took out a map and showed him the route. The people in the shelter in the old factory area have done business with the military before. There must be a safe route to the destination. Coupled with these two days, Wu Heng and others have cleaned up and explored the surrounding area, and the route can be easily deduced. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Get ready, let''s go to the military market tomorrow." How many vehicles need to be prepared? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Three trucks, one truck will contain some grain, and the remaining two trucks will contain skeletons." After all, it is an open market, so the possibility of danger is low. But you still have to be careful on the way. Bring some skeletons with you so that you can resist them at critical moments and buy time for the convoy to evacuate. Okay, Ill get someone ready right away. Qi Hancai went to hand over the task. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the door and returned to the cabin. Go on deck. ??Wu Heng glanced at several of his ships parked in the port. Because he was also wanted by pirates, he never had a chance to go to sea, so he just docked here. I wanted to set up a caravan before and experience the life of seafaring trade, but as ''Shanela'' said, doing business requires a lot of energy to run it, which is obviously not suitable for him. The second option is to rent out the boat and charge a certain rent, just like a house. Now it seems that the second option is more reliable. ?Wu Heng stepped **** the deck twice, "It would be great if it could be converted into a modern battleship or destroyer." ?Standing on the boat and looking at it for a while. I got off the boat directly, called a carriage and headed to the central area. Return to your residence. Shanela was already sitting in the living room, chatting with the two maids. The three of them gave Owl Xiaobai several hairstyles. Except that Owl was desperate for life, the three of them were very happy. ?Hold the little guy and smile. ??Seeing Wu Heng walking in, the three of them said in unison, "Back!" After finishing speaking, everyone was stunned. Then, Minnie and Anderweil both looked at ''Shanara'', who blushed instantly and said, "The deputy deacon is back! Are you satisfied with today''s goods?" Satisfied, President Shannara will keep an eye on it for me, I must be satisfied. Wu Heng walked in and sat down aside. "That''s good." Shannella continued to ask: "Do you need to order anything else? The fleet can bring it directly here next time it returns to port." Its not needed at the moment. Ill go to President Shannara when I need it. "good!" Minnie looked at the two talking. He said curiously: "Master and Sister Shannara, they both speak very formally. Do you usually speak like this?" Is there any? Shannella said. Yes, right, Sister Weier. ?Andweil also nodded. At this time, Chef No. 1 came up with dinner. ??Wu Heng said: "Eat and eat, Shannara also stays to eat." The four of them sat down at the dining table and started eating. ?Wu Heng and Shanara stopped calling each other vice-deacon and president, and called each other by their first names again. After dinner, the few of them chatted for a while before Shanara returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng took the two girls upstairs to rest. the next day. ??Anderweil went to work in the association, while Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Get out of the dormitory. Qi Hancai walked over. He said: "Everything is ready and ready to go at any time." Today''s action is to go to the military trading market. Then lets go! Wu Heng got on the truck. The fleet started and drove out of the old factory area. Go to the military market. It requires a long detour. Fortunately, the roads are still smooth. Even the roads that are difficult to walk are only a little bumpy and there are no forced stops. About three hours later. Three military trucks arrived at the military area. You can see a market enclosed by a cement wall in the distance. ?Outside the wall, you can see many modified cars parked, most of them reinforced with iron plates and steel bars, full of wasteland style. ?There is a barbed wire fence above the fence. There is a heavy machine gun at the gatehouse, and guards carrying rifles can also be seen. It feels like a former prison. ?Three trucks stopped in the distance for a while. Xiaoxiao, who was conducting stealth reconnaissance, floated back from the opposite side and got directly into Wu Heng''s body. The picture of sharing immediately appeared in my mind. Behind the cement wall is indeed a market. Many people are selling their own things, medicines, and tools at the stalls, and some people are even selling themselves in the picture. ??Shouting, he has eaten the first-level corpse core and is looking for a shelter to join. The military supplies that Wu Heng was interested in were at the rear of the courtyard. Stay some distance away from the stalls of ordinary shelters. There were quite a few people queuing up there, waiting to exchange supplies. Lets go, lets go there! Wu Heng said. Oh! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, notified the vehicle behind, stepped on the accelerator and drove over. As soon as they got close, someone came over and directed a few people to park the car aside. ?Wu Heng asked the others to wait, and walked towards the market with two skeleton attendants and Qi Hancai. Just approaching the gate. Being stopped by someone. "A few of you from which shelter need to be registered," the guard said. ??Wu Heng said: "Shelter in the old factory area." ??The guard looked at a few people curiously, and then looked specifically at the tall, weird-looking figure with a broken skull and **** hands, "Has your shelter changed people?" "Our two shelters have merged. I''ll come over to take a look and identify the way." Wu Heng said casually. ??The other party didn''t say much, just nodded, wrote "four people from the old factory" in the record book, and let them go directly. ?Wu Heng led the people and walked in directly. ?As soon as I entered the market, I heard all kinds of shouting sounds from all around. Beer, medicine, as well as winter cotton clothes and quilts, it feels even more lively than the modern wet market before. Continue to stride towards the inside. ??The target this time is those military weapons. They cannot be replaced by aircraft and tanks, but a few more rockets can play a big role at critical times. Go halfway. ?Wu Heng''s footsteps stopped for an instant and he lowered his head to look at a stall. Five glass jars containing **** corpse cores. Five corpse cores? Are these for sale too? Wu Heng asked. If you dont want to sell it, should I put it on display here? the mans voice came through. ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at him. How to sell? "what do you have?" Food! One 50-kilogram bag of grain is exchanged for one grain. The man said solemnly. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. so cheap? (End of this chapter) Chapter 318 , cheap prices Chapter 318, cheap prices ??Wu Heng raised his head and took another look at the boss behind the stall. ?Sitting on three red bricks, he was covered with a black, oily and tattered cloak, covering his figure. There were bulging bags, and he didnt know what was hidden inside. Only the exposed section of the gun barrel can be seen through the gap in the hood. ? Judging from the length and barrel appearance, it should be an AWM sniper rifle, and I also have one in my hand. ?This style has the feeling of an ancient hero. After sizing up the other person, Wu Heng turned his attention to the stall again. There were a total of five cans and glass bottles, a corpse core and a bag of grain. The price... was definitely not expensive in Wu Heng''s opinion. Even said that some are not equivalent to cheap. A thing that can change human physique and break through shackles is worth a bag of grain? One piece per bag? Wu Heng asked. Level 1 corpse core, no problem. ?Wang Chenggang and others jumped out of the car, "Why did you get out so quickly?" After confirming that there was no problem, he opened the backpack and threw in a plastic bag in addition to the five cans and bottles. ??The hood trembled slightly, and the man said in a puzzled tone, "Are you going to buy it?" "We have merged, and now I have the final say here, and I promise that you will not lose a penny." Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng picked up one of them and unscrewed the bottle cap. Immediately, a rotten smell emanated from the bottle. Put the glass bottle back on and continue to ask: "Is there any more?" I want to inspect the goods first before deciding whether to buy them or not, Wu Heng said. Carry 4 bags of rice and 4 bags of noodles! When everyone is loaded into the car and ready to leave. "Each half." Wheres the food? ?Has this person found the den of aberrant zombies? Bring out so much at one time. I wont bargain. We dont have enough food. Go check out other stalls! the stall owner said directly. Plan to buy. ?Wu Heng nodded. He then turned to look at the man in black cloak in the distance, "Rice and noodles, what do you want?" The food is in the car. Bring the corpse core with me. I will take you to exchange it. ??The black hood lifted up, "Let''s check it!" (Description: The energy crystal of an aberrant creature can improve its own physique and has a chance of being contaminated by toxins.) Attribute prompt appears. ?Wu Heng continued to check the remaining ones one by one. They were all first-level corpse cores. There are three first-level corpse cores inside. Its okay, give this brother 8 bags of grain. Wu Heng said. "I hope you are sincere in completing this transaction." The man closed the stall and walked out. Go straight out of the market and come to where the truck is parked. "Okay!" Wang Chenggang nodded, greeted the other people in the car, brought down 4 bags of rice and 4 bags of noodles, and placed them on the cement floor aside. ?See Wu Heng and Qi Hancai come back. ??The man in the cloak drove a pickup truck from the opposite side and stopped not far away. Eight, the deal is done. The man looked at him, then scanned the trucks behind him, and said, "Okay, I''ll remember it. If there are any more, I''ll contact you." Distorted Corpse Core The man raised his eyebrows and looked at him from the driver''s seat, "I''ve met the leader of the old factory area, and it doesn''t seem to be you." Get off the car and open the grain bags and inspect them one by one. After saying that, he moved a few bags of grain to the back of the pickup truck. He raised his head and looked at the other party again. ?Wu Heng didnt care about the other partys tone. Instead, he was pleasantly surprised because he confirmed the other partys price. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I want them all, where are they?" There are three more. I can sell them all to you without reducing the price. The man emphasized. ?The tone was cold and a little impatient. Wu Heng spoke again and said: "We are from the shelter in the old factory area. If you still have corpse cores to sell, you can contact us directly. One core is a bag of grain. If there are more than five cores, we will give you five kilograms of soybeans." The man stepped on the accelerator and drove away. It seems that he is in this market just to sell corpse cores. Qi Hancai looked at the pickup truck going away and said, "They got the corpse core, don''t they plan to use it themselves?" Maybe the risk is too high! Well, its possible! Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng glanced at the guards with guns around him and said, "Wang Chenggang, please bring someone in with you to see if there is anything we need around that can be exchanged." "Okay!" Wang Chenggang nodded, called another person, and followed Wu Heng and others back to the market. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and two skeleton attendants to the center where the military exchanged items. ?Wang Chenggang walked around the market and visited some stalls. In the market, various tools and vehicle parts are sold. Maybe there is something you need here. You might as well take this opportunity to exchange. ??The place behind Wuheng where the military exchanged supplies. The building is not an exhibition hall, but more like an office building. At the entrance, two blue notice boards were placed. The exchange prices of various firearms and ammunition are listed above. The rifle contains 25 kg of grain, and the ammunition contains 20 kg of 100 grains. Heavy machine gun with 75kg of grain and 50 pieces of ammunition of 30kg. Hand grenade. Bazooka 90kg of grain, comes with a rocket. ]????Sniper rifle... Machine gun 500kg of grain, 23mm artillery shell 10kg each. Military radio, military headset.... There are quite a lot of exchangeable materials, but they are not as comprehensive as imagined. ?Planes and tanks also do not appear on the list. It seems that the resources here are not that sufficient. From the initial interrogation, we learned that there were only about 300 people in the military. How did these people transport so much stuff? Or, we organized people to attack the military base and obtained these things. The latter is more likely. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the cannon. This is not the first time we have come into contact with weapons like machine guns. When they were in the county, they obtained two armored vehicles, one of which had a machine gun. However, for the safety of the county passenger terminal, both armored vehicles were left there. ?Wu Heng looked at the cannon on the picture. ?It feels a little different. The cannon obtained last time was a single-barreled cannon, but the one shown in the picture this time is a double-barreled cannon. I dont know if the picture is accurate or not. ??? I have no shortage of other firearms and bullets. But this kind of machine gun is indeed quite interesting. After reading the first notice board, Wu Heng looked at the second one, which mainly showed the prices of purchased items. First-grade corpse core, purchase price is 40 kilograms of grain. Level 2 corpse core, purchase price is 80 kilograms of grain. Drugs, purchase price is 1kg to 30kg of grain. Gasoline, purchase price 1kg 10 liters. Special vehicles. Instruments. The price for military acquisitions is lower. ?No wonder, the man who just sold his body core set the price at 50 kilograms. It is already much higher than the military. ??Moreover, the price is fixed. Common gasoline, various tools and auto accessories are also within the scope of acquisition. It''s just that the price is extremely low. It gives people the feeling that as long as they come to exchange, they will never be hungry or idle. I feel like we are like rich people. Qi Hancai came closer and said in a low voice. The prices here are so low. Auto repair shops are definitely rich. The food in the warehouse can be freely consumed by them here. At this time, Qi Hancai was even more certain that joining the auto repair shop was a clear decision. ??Ma Zhiyong has a regional commander title, armored vehicles and various firearms. What can he do? Now I have whatever I want. It is an exaggeration to say that the entire military market is taken over, but there is no problem in buying a large part of it. ?Wu Heng also felt this way, and said in a low voice: "Keep a low profile. We are on someone else''s territory. Keep a low profile." "Understood!" Qi Hancai''s face turned red with excitement, but she still suppressed the joy in her heart. The two stood aside and watched for a while. There were not many people lining up to exchange things, and Wu Heng also walked over, "I want to exchange firearms and ammunition." The staff member is a middle-aged woman. Just tell me what you want to change. One machine gun, 100 23mm shells. Wu Heng said directly. The woman who lowered her head suddenly raised her head. Looked up at him and Qi Hancai beside him, and said, "Have you looked at the price list?" Look, I plan to trade these. Wu Heng said directly. The number of cannonballs purchased was a bit small, but there was nothing we could do as the food brought this time was limited. ??I originally wanted to exchange more military radios and machine gun bullets, but I can only wait until the next time I come here. The woman was sure that the other party really wanted to buy it, so she picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Captain Yang Long, please come to the lobby. There is a base here that plans to purchase machine guns." "receive!" Tap tap tap~! Soon, several people wearing camouflage uniforms came down from upstairs. The leader looked young, only 27 or 28 years old. The woman glanced at Wu Heng, and the man walked over quickly and extended his hand, "Brother, do you want to buy a machine gun?" "Um!" Then Ill take you to see it! Then he took him and walked outside. The other survivors standing in the hall also followed a few people with their eyes. Discuss in a low voice. New faces! Yes, just buy the cannon. This means you have captured the granary! "It''s quite annoying. Last time, a shelter attacked the granary. I heard that rats are bigger than cats. A large area of ??Wuyang Wuyang was occupied. The granary was not captured, and several carloads of people died." That girl is pretty, she doesnt look malnourished at all, shes very round! (End of this chapter) Chapter 319 , road chase Chapter 319, Street Chase Brother, where did you come from? Yang Long asked as he led the way. Old factory area! Brothers must have many people under their command! If they can exchange so much food, they must be pretty strong. Yang Long continued. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said directly: "Not much. I found a grain store by chance and got some grain." ??Yang Long still smiled, "Brothers, don''t get me wrong. We have been cooperating with some powerful bases to clean up some special areas. Brothers can also participate when the time comes, and everyone will score the spoils." ?Wu Heng nodded, "If there is a chance, let''s work together." ?Several people walked to a factory building at the back together. The iron door opened, revealing a large amount of military equipment inside. "Can!" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the convoy started and left directly. The cannon is mounted on an iron frame and seems to be highly controllable. Machine guns can kill swarms of enemies. Machine guns have larger bullets and are definitely more powerful. After confirming that it was correct, Yang Long picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Bring the cannon and ammunition here." Soon, the food was unloaded, and Yang Long and others began to inspect it. It is not used to hit people, but to destroy vehicles or some equipment and bunkers. ??Using the time of unloading the grain, he said: "If you want anything next time, you can come directly to me, and I will arrange the goods directly for you, saving you time in queuing." At the entrance of the market. Like a machine gun, aim and shoot at the enemy. Ill go get it with you, and then have someone pull the cannon out for you. Anyway, after listening to it, I know that this thing is relatively powerful. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully and felt quite satisfied. ?Wang Chenggang also bought some tools at the market and is loading them onto the back of a truck. Wu Heng has too much professional knowledge and doesnt have much idea. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. ?Yang Long asked someone to lift the canvas in front, revealing a double-barreled cannon. How to operate, show me. At this time, a truck drove out from inside. Whichever one is caught counts. If it is not equipped with a control system, it will need people to control it. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked people to start carrying the food. Everyone used tools to transport the machine gun to the truck on Wuheng''s side. It feels like the other party has a lot of supplies. ??Yang Long also took people and a large amount of food, and under the greedy eyes of other shelters, passed through the market and entered the innermost side. Yang Long patted the cannon and said: "The GSh-23 double-barreled cannon is loaded with 23mm cannon shells. The bullet has a muzzle velocity of 715 meters per second and 3400 to 3600 rounds per minute. It can easily tear apart conventional vehicles. and some bunkers. Although I didnt have a chance to test-fire it, I am still very satisfied with the cannon. The crowd of spectators dispersed, leaving only five people, but they did not move. ?Wu Heng asked someone to cover the roof of the car with canvas, "Captain Yang, we are going back first." Well, the food is on the cart outside the market. Wu Heng said directly. ?Two jet-black barrels are full of modern mechanical beauty. ?Yang Long and others saw that the other party was so agile. Well, walk slowly! One person cursed: "They actually exchanged so much food for machine guns, **** it!" Looking at the truck as it went away. Since the quantity is quite large, there is no distinction between rice and flour, so we just throw them out. ?A few people walked out of the camp while chatting. ?Yang Long and the others smiled and walked up to explain the operation method and how to change the direction. After everything is ready. "I was staring at them just now. The food was unloaded from one truck. The other two trucks definitely have a lot of good stuff, and there are only a few people." Another person followed. Boss, why dont we follow up and take a look? We cant beat this side, and we cant beat their few little shrimps? The cannon they just replaced, you want to go to heaven! "I saw that the cannons and artillery shells were released separately. Let''s fight quickly. They don''t have time to prepare at all." The person who came up with the idea glanced at the location of the parked car. "Didn''t we just replace the rocket launcher! At the critical moment, Give them two rounds and replace the rocket launcher with a machine gun, no compensation! Besides, a bald man with a goatee frowned and thought. In this world, either you kill me or I kill you. The fact that several people came over and brought so much food proved that these people were not very smart. Maybe let yourself make a fortune. He looked around and saw that no one else was following him, so he said directly: "Come on, let''s follow. After we finish this job, we won''t have to worry about food and women." Okay, listen to the boss. Listen to the boss. ?As the others spoke, they walked directly to the parking spot. Immediately afterwards, a pickup truck and several off-road vehicles rushed out full of people. Chasing in the direction where the truck disappeared. On the truck. The supplies here are so cheap! Qi Hancai said. Well, food is a necessity, and as consumption decreases, we have enough food, so it feels relatively cheap. But for other shelters, it is not cheap. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. This is a different world to buy for yourself. Otherwise, with the number of survivors in the auto repair shop, it is difficult to say whether they can survive with only the food they plundered. ??If this is the case, I would be reluctant to change not only the machine gun, but also the rifle and bullets. If you go out a little bit, maybe everyone will go hungry next time. Qi Hancai looked suffocated, "Well, you are right, thank you for supporting such a large group of us." Lets work together! Qi Hancai smiled and said, "If you had been in charge of the regional resistance, I would have defected to you long ago." Its not too late. Hey! Anyway, still... ??As Qi Hancai spoke, Wu Heng suddenly stretched out his hand to stop her next words. Listen carefully outside. Qi Hancai immediately became nervous and looked at the surrounding situation through the rearview mirror. ??Wu Heng said: "Ask the tail car if there is any convoy approaching?" Qi Hancai immediately picked up the walkie-talkie and repeated Wu Heng''s words. Soon, a voice came from the rear car, "No vehicles were found." No car! Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Impossible!" ???? I just wanted to let Xiaoxiao fly out to a high altitude to check it out. Suddenly, in the community on one side of the road, several off-road vehicles flashed past the gap between the buildings. Both of them saw the off-road vehicle. A car is really coming up. Huh~! At this moment, a pickup truck suddenly rushed onto the road from the side and drove side by side with Wu Heng''s truck. The canvas on the rear trailer body was lifted, revealing an iron-black machine gun. The barrel of the gun is turned towards the position of the truck. Damn it, Im sending you to see your mother! The man laughed and was about to pull the trigger. Swipe~! Suddenly, a force came. The muzzle of the machine gun suddenly raised to the sky. No matter how hard the man tried, he could not turn the muzzle of the gun down. Qi Hancai saw the right moment, turned the steering wheel fiercely, and crashed directly into the pickup truck. Bang~! A violent crash sounded. The two cars collided directly. ??The military truck trembled slightly, and the pickup truck with the machine gun on it instantly lost its balance, swayed from side to side, and hit a scrapped car on the side of the road. The hood flew up and thick smoke drifted out. Four more off-road vehicles sprang out from one side and followed directly. The car window opened, and several rifles stretched out. Haven''t waited to shoot. The muzzle of the gun was also spinning around uncontrollably, aiming at the sky and the ground, but not at the front. ??Wu Heng took out his pistol and used the effect of the [Hunting Ring] to shoot two shots at the off-road vehicle with the window open. Two bullets accurately hit the driver in the driving seat. The off-road vehicle began to lose control and crashed into a bus booth on one side. Then "bang bang bang", three shots were fired again. Hit the tires of three off-road vehicles respectively. The car body rolled, and the sound of collisions was accompanied by parts, everywhere. The off-road convoy appears and disappears within a few minutes. ?Some people havent even reacted yet. The battle is over. ??If everything hadn''t been seen clearly, and the other party had taken out a machine gun and a rifle, even those who heard it wouldn''t have believed what was happening. Is anyone injured? Qi Hancai asked via the walkie-talkie. "No!" Not here either! Two military trucks answered directly. In the rearview mirror, several people climbed out of the car and cursed something in the direction of the truck. Qi Hancai looked back from the rearview mirror and said, "A few people climbed out of the car. It seemed like nothing happened." Reverse the car and kill them! Oh, okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, Go back, lets go back and kill them. "receive!" "receive!" The convoy reversed directly and quickly approached the overturning position. Under the bus booth. ? ? Goatee and the others climbed out of the car with difficulty. Fortunately, the zombies in this area had been cleared away, otherwise they would have been surrounded and killed by the zombies. He coughed twice, slapped the hood of the car that was smoking black, and cursed: "Damn it, the gun can still move on its own." One of the younger brothers said, "Sure, we''ve met a superpower." Damn it, no matter what, you can become a superpower. Go and see the others and pull out the ones who are not dead. Goatee ordered, and continued to mutter and curse, I remember that boy and that little bitch, next time I will just shoot them with a rocket launcher Half of the story. Looking forward doubtfully. I saw three trucks that had left sight quickly backing up, and the canvas shelters behind the cars were shaking. It seemed like something was coming down from above. (End of this chapter) Chapter 320 , Skeleton Raiders Chapter 320, Skeleton Raid Team The truck that left suddenly reversed. The people who rescued their companions were shocked and immediately went to look for their own firearms. Without waiting for them to pull the gun out of the disabled car, the canvas curtain on the back of the truck was lifted up. One after another figures wearing leather armor and holding battle axes, holding the edge with one hand, jumped down directly. They were running towards this side in large numbers. The eyes of the panicked people were full of surprise. How many people are there if you dont tell me? Grass, what is that thing? Why do they have no face! Damn it, whats in the car is not food, its just skeletons. Seeing the appearance of the approaching figure clearly, several people were even more horrified. We were wrong, we are all survivors. But the skeletons who gathered around did not give them any chance. ??The remaining Goatee people cried loudly and begged for mercy. A gunshot was fired. Hurryly, he opened the safety of the firearm and started shooting forward. ?It is not clear whether it can protect against the tearing, scratching and biting of zombies, but when worn on the body, it looks more professional. ?The equipment on those people is not bad. ?Goat Beard panicked, cursed loudly, let go of the things in his hands, turned around and ran away. ??The rest of the people went to loot a few cars, while the skeleton dragged a few corpses over. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Go and look at the overturned cars and loot out useful things." ?Even so, the running speed of the skeleton far exceeds that of the remaining people. The bullets shot out like raindrops, hitting the skeletons. They are not human beings. It feels like a stormtrooper. At the two boys in front, two shots were fired "bang bang". Grass! They cant be killed, so run away! Ah! Give us a chance. The bullets kept pouring forward, hitting the running skeleton holding a tomahawk. The boss with the goatee who had been dragging the long wooden box under the car looked up and found that his younger brother had run several meters away. ?Wu Hengcai jumped down from the car. While running wildly, he took out a pistol from his waist. ?The rest of the people also got out of the car and went to the overturned and crashed off-road vehicles to search for loot. The younger brother fell down due to pain. In addition to guns and ammunition, they also wear body armor. Tomahawks fell from all directions, the sound of chopping meat drowned out the cries, and the entire battlefield gradually became quiet. Hurryly, he picked up the fallen firearm from under the car. Started to shoot wildly at the charging skeletons. The force of the bullet knocked down the skeleton at the front, but then it got up from the ground again. Help me hold it up, your women, I will help take care of them. Run, they are not human, they are just like zombies. The fighting form displayed by the one-handed axe-skeleton is really a little different. He was quickly caught up and fell to the ground, with the battle ax falling continuously. At that time, letting these one-handed ax skeletons form a commando team may show good results. Wait for the skeleton to enter the standby state. Okay! Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and gave the order. Continue to follow the other skeletons and launch a charge. ?Seeing that the bullets had no effect, the others turned around and ran away. Yang Hao asked us to do it, dont kill us. ?Hold an ax in one hand and run fast. Without waiting for a big scold, he was caught up with the skeleton, and he chopped his head and fell directly. The body was already **** and bloody. Cant see the face clearly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then released [Conversation with the Dead] on one of them. The corpse sat up and looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why are you following us?" The corpse, whose mouth was already open, replied, "Seeing that there are not many of you, we want to get some benefits." Sure enough, it was at the market that it attracted the attention of others. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did anyone give you instructions?" The corpse replied, "No, we discussed it and followed him directly." Besides these cars, is there anyone else? "No!" Other than those here, does anyone else know that you are following us? "No!" After several questions in succession, Wu Heng had nothing else to ask. The magic was dissipated, and the body lay back on the ground. In other words, these people set their sights on themselves in the market, thinking that there were not many people there, so they pulled several carts of grain, and then they thought of robbing them. Perhaps, in the market, this kind of thing is done a lot. Its just that they were unlucky when they met Wu Heng and the others today. Pull everything off their bodies! Wu Heng said. Several skeletons came forward. The body armor, ammunition clips, cigarettes and other items were all searched out. ??Wu Heng also directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique] on the plucked corpse. The skeleton stood up and walked to the queue of battle ax skeletons on the side. At this time, Qi Hancai and others also brought over the looted items. In addition to rifles and bullets, there are 5 grenades, a machine gun, and a rocket launcher in a box. The rest include dry food, beer, mineral water and other supplies. Once they were plundered, there was quite a lot of stuff. Theyre all here! Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng put away his weapons and continued: "What about those off-road vehicles?" Its broken and can be repaired, but its no longer necessary. There are many cars in this world. With a crash like that, it would be better to find a car in better condition on the side of the road. Go to a 4S store, its open casually. You can hand out the bulletproof vests here and load the food and drink into the car. Lets go back. "good!" Everyone carries their things into the car and then all gets in the car. The skeleton also boarded the trunk. ??The convoy restarted and headed towards the old factory area. ?The rest of the journey went without any problems. Even the few off-road vehicles that rushed out just now did not cause any damage. Instead, they sent a lot of firearms and bullets, especially a machine gun and a rocket launcher. At first, Wu Heng was wondering why the opponent didn''t just fire a rocket launcher. Instead, he rushed over and shot at the cab. As soon as I got in the car and thought about it, I figured it out. When the rocket launcher was thrown, the entire truck''s cargo would be affected. At that time, they thought the truck was loaded with food, not skeleton soldiers. The factory gate opened and the convoy drove straight in. Skeletons began to get off the two trucks. Qi Hancai parked the truck with the ''machine gun'' directly into the garage. After parking the car, Wu Heng came down and put the cannon directly into the space ring. Qi Hancai is not surprised that he can collect things. He has seen it before. ?Standing aside and watching, he asked directly: "Do you have any plans for tomorrow?" Lets make weapons as normal first. If anything happens, Ill let you know. Wu Heng said. "good!" The two of them walked out of the garage together. Qi Hancai asked someone to move the body armor to the warehouse, and Wu Heng went directly back to the dormitory. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Come out of the boundary gate. ?Wu Heng went directly to the alchemy laboratory. ?Opening the door, several alchemy skeletons were busy with their work, sorting, purifying, and refining medicinal materials. Making potions is not as simple as cooking porridge. The steps are quite complicated. ?Wu Heng set his sights on Expert No. 1. ?Expert No. 1, who has only six arms, is carefully handling the third-level corpse core in front of the alchemy table. After thinking for a moment, he changed to another skeleton and said, "Alchemy No. 1, come here." ??The dwarf skeleton walked over while shaking the potion bottle. ?Wu Heng took out the 8 corpse cores collected today, "These are first-level corpse cores, made into first-level potions." ??The dwarf skeleton took it, put it in the refrigerator nearby, and then returned to his original working position. ??Wu Heng did not continue to disturb them. Close the door and walk directly downstairs. Going down to the first floor, Minnie was sitting at the coffee table practicing writing. When she saw Wu Heng coming down, she immediately smiled and said, "Master, I thought you weren''t at home!" Youve been upstairs, prepare the bath water, I want to take a shower. Okay, Master! Minnie got up and went to prepare bath water. After the bathtub is filled with water. ?Wu Heng soaked in it comfortably. He tilted his head back and leaned on the edge of the tub to think about today''s contact with the military market. The harvest was not small. In addition to buying a machine gun, there were also 8 corpse cores. Its all what you need. Furthermore, the market pricing is really not expensive. You can go there often and change more things you need. Wu Heng muttered. Except for ammunition. Corpse, various required mechanical parts, special types of work, or the corpses of some deformed zombies. You can also use it yourself. Talents are also very important, and we will recruit some when the time comes. The development of the base is still difficult to achieve by relying solely on ordinary survivors working hard. Recruiting people for special jobs or people with special abilities is also very important. At least, after Hadron discovered the lazy dog ??bomb, the efficiency of clearing zombies has increased several times. So it is not a bad thing after all that there are many talents in various industries in the base. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?Thinking in my mind, the bathroom door was gently pushed open. ?Wu Heng squinted and looked to one side. I saw Minnie walking in quietly wearing a bath towel. Outside the bath towel, her white clavicle arms and straight calves were exposed. ?Seeing Wu Heng open his eyes, he said with some disappointment: "I wanted to scare you." ?Minnie said, sitting down on the edge and gently splashing water on him. ??Wu Heng put his hands on his white and tender thighs and put his hands into the bath towel, "There are always some weird ideas throughout the day." Hehe! Minnie smiled and gently touched the other persons chest with her green-white fingers, Master, your muscles are so beautiful. I wish I were so strong. There is no girl with muscles all over her body. Minnie smiled again and said, "Let me give you a squeeze on your shoulder. I see you seem a little tired today." Follow it, go around to the back, and gently rub your shoulders. Hand after pressing for a while. Minnie continued: "Master, this posture is a bit tiring, can I go in?" Come on! The bathrobe slipped off. Revealing a slim and energetic body. Carefully stepped into the tub and sat in his arms. Just as he sat down, he leaned on his arms as if he had lost all strength. Arent you going to press it? Wu Heng asked, holding his arms around his waist. Minnies face turned slightly red and she stroked her wet ears, I dont have any strength anymore. No matter where it is, its over before it even begins. ?Minnie hugged the other person''s shoulders and complained softly, "The master is so bad!" It is approaching dusk. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. Waiting for Chef No. 1 to bring dinner, the three of them sat together and ate. Sister Shannella hasnt come to eat for the past two days. Andwyer said. Minnie said while eating, "The merchant ship is here, busy with things over there." Has the Star Flower fleet left yet? "No! I heard that we need to prepare food, fresh water, and goods to take away." Minnie answered. Right. He himself commanded the undead and forgot about the living beings. Being prepared to go to sea, you must be well prepared, otherwise you will die of thirst and starvation at sea. Yeah, thats right. "Uh-huh!" The three of them had dinner. Still training in the courtyard as usual. ?Wu Heng has also become more and more proficient in the use of swordsmanship. Even without the [Instructor]''s long sword, he can still dance with style. ??Its just that swordsmanship is still basic and has not reached the intermediate level. ?Practice for a while. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters back to his room to rest. The morning of the next day. ?Wu Heng went to the association and just entered the hall. A staff member came over quickly and said, "Sir Archdeacon, here are two of your letters." (End of this chapter) Chapter 321 , letter Chapter 321, Letter letter? ?Wu Heng took it and looked at it. Not a blank envelope, but a letter mailed by the association. "Thanks!" It should be done. The staff smiled and nodded, then turned and left. ?Wu Heng took the letter and went directly to the office study. Open the door. I saw Anderweil who was sorting things out. As an assistant to the subdeacon, she would come earlier. Make some preparations in advance. "Owner." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, sat down at the desk next to him, opened the letter and looked at it. ?There are two letters in total, and the letters are all sent by my acquaintances. The gang sister-in-law Mantha Wan, and the Blackstone town deacon Slater. ??Did these two people agree to send a letter together, but they actually arrived here at the same time? ?Pick up the first letter, cut open the sealing wax, pour out the letter paper and unfold it. "Owner: Have you arrived at Treasure Island? Have you had a smooth journey? Are the new members friendly? If it''s not that good over there and you''re not used to it, you can go to Luntam City. It''s not as bad as it used to be. ?Of course, with the masters ability, everything will go well wherever he goes. You have been away for so long, but Deacon Slater came to Wrentam City and brought singing and dancing girls. Now the Golden Cat has opened. ??It has become the most popular entertainment venue in surrounding cities, earning a lot of money every day, and even the taxes in the city have increased several times. The development of the city is also proceeding according to your layout. Street lights have been erected in the central area, and the number of rooms in surrounding shops has increased rapidly. People who sold their houses to us at low prices before can''t sleep because of regrets. I am counting the taxes and money cats income, and you can take them away at any time when you come back. While you were away, I missed you a little. Although I knew that my master would also miss me, and I knew that I would not be able to come back because I was busy with work in the association, I still dreamed about you every day, and dreamed about being a little wild cat for you. By the way, I have another surprise. The things we worked together before have already yielded results. You can see it when you come back. Master, if you have time, please come back and see me. I miss you very much. " After reading the letter, Wu Heng directly put it into the space ring. The first half is about the development of Luntam City. According to what the two people discussed before he left, they wanted to build Luntam City into a real city that never sleeps. In addition to serving as a transit point for the Orc Federation and the Kingdom of Yeko, it also needs to be built into a large entertainment city. The Golden Cat is one of the representative buildings. ??Moreover, judging from the letter, the effect is very good. Shops throughout the city have benefited, and tax revenue has naturally increased. The second half of the poem is about "Wen Mansha"''s longing for herself. ? Wen Mansha is Wu Heng''s first maid, a gangster sister-in-law who is indifferent to the outside world, and a woman who meows in cat-ear underwear on the inside. Actually, Wu Heng missed her too, but the journey was too far. Even using the ghost train would take half a month. Whenever you have free time, go back and take a look. Also arrange the next development direction of Wrentam City. Has anyone written a letter to the master? Anderweil poured a cup of tea and sent it over. Mantha Wens! Anderweil smiled and said, "Sister Wen Mansha, I''m afraid I miss you to death. She was the most attached to you when we were in Luntam City." "Have it?" "Yes, if you don''t believe me, just ask Minnie. If we stay with you for too long, Sister Wen Mansha will get angry immediately." Andwyer touched the little owl and said. Really, tell me about her next time you see me. "No need, except for you, the master, you take good care of us in other aspects. No one gives us pocket money when we come here." Anderweil said. Oh, she looks a bit like a big sister. Anderweil leaned over and continued to ask: "Sister Wen Mansha, did you mention my people?" "No, Wen Mansha is quite reliable in her work. I will go back in a while and help you take a look." Okay, thank you master! The two of them were chatting, and the owl was chirping. ?Andweil walked aside, opened the drawer, took out dried meat and fed it. ??Wu Heng continued to open the second letter and read the content above. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: Treasure Island is surrounded by the ocean, and pirates are very rampant, far more than the previous bandits. The leader''s level is more likely to reach the third level and the fourth level, and his power is not small. You must be careful when doing things, never be as careless as you are in the interior and act alone. At your current age, you are already a rare genius in the human race to take the position of deputy deacon so quickly. ?As long as you spend a period of time safely, the association will also cultivate you more, so remember not to take reckless risks. ??The Golden Cat in Luntam City is also doing very well. Even if you dont count the share promised to you, the income is dozens of times that of the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town. I plan to focus my business on Luntam City, focusing on that area. I heard that Treasure Island is an important trading place on the sea. Can you contact it first to see if it is suitable for running the next Money Cat? Everything is fine in Blackstone Town. Although you are gone, the news about you in the crowded area is spreading more and more, and your reputation is far greater than that of me, the deacon of the association. After the residents of the crowded area submitted the statue application to you for the third time, it was also approved. The next time you come back, you should be able to see what your image looks like among the residents. Yuli often mentions you and seems to be a little attached to you. You should know your position and don''t mention pirates to her. ?Now she is always clamoring to go to sea and become a pirate, which is a headache. Everything is fine with me, no need to worry. I have been taking care of your house in Blackstone Town. I recently replaced it with some new furniture and wall coverings. Do you like it when you have time to come back? be careful. " Looking at the contents of the letter, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?Slater and Mantha Wen have completely different personalities. ?Wen Mansha will reveal her emotions more frankly, after all, this is the way of communication in gangs. And Slater is the image of a strong woman, who does things more forcefully. Otherwise, the ''Money Cat'' will not be able to drive, let alone sit in the position of deacon. Even when two people are together, the woman must be on top. The content of the letter, in addition to telling myself to be careful, also introduced the business situation of Money Cat. ??Luntam City''s income has skyrocketed, making her want to shut down the money cat in Blackstone Town. Later, I mentioned Yuri. What does her wanting to be a pirate have to do with herself. I came to Treasure Island to meet pirates, but I didnt tell Yuli either. ??As for the last sentence, new furniture was arranged in the house and he was asked to go back and take a look. ?Wu Heng understood what it meant. The two of them had a good time here last time. What they saw in the furniture was nothing more than thinking about themselves. snort! woman! Also pretending to be cool. Took out two pieces of letter paper and wrote a reply to the two women. Introduced the situation here and expressed his thoughts about them. I will definitely go back and see them when I have time. After finishing writing the reply, put it directly into the envelope and write the address and recipient. Weier! Master! Weier turned around. Its nothing, Ill go back first. Now? Its not even noon yet! I cant, I feel uncomfortable sitting here. I need to inform you of something! Wu Heng stood up. Okay! Master, walk slowly. Zhizhi~! The little owl also hooted twice. ?Wu Heng waved to each person and bird, took the letter and walked out. Hand the letter to the front desk and leave the association. Return to your residence. ?As soon as you entered the courtyard, you saw the wood elf Shanara sitting in the courtyard. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he smiled brightly and said, "He''s back!" Well, why are you here in a daze again today? Wu Heng walked over and gently hugged the other partys shoulders. Shannara looked around a little guiltily and found that there was no one there, so she leaned on him and said, "Just come out and sit, Minnie is painting inside!" Well, Minnie has another hobby. Shannara smiled and said: "It''s quite good. I have some hobbies of my own, and it''s rare to have a master who dotes on his maid as much as you do." Ill pamper you even more in the future! Shannara raised her head slightly, "I remember what you said!" "certainly!" Shannara continued: "The Star Flower fleet is about to leave. How many of your ceramics and glass products are there for sale? I will transport them out together." Zombie world, collected daily necessities. ?Wu Heng agreed to sell to Star Flower. Furthermore, the price is higher than selling it yourself. Wu Heng said: "Tomorrow, I will prepare all the goods. Then you can have them all taken away." Well, what else do you need to purchase then? Lets write down the order together. "good!" ?The two sat in the courtyard and chatted for a while, and Minnie walked out of the room. Shouting to Shanela to look at her painting and help her correct it. Shanara and Minnie went to change the painting, while Wu Heng found an excuse and left the residence directly. Go to the port, the cabin of your own ship. Open the gate and move all the prepared goods over. The skeleton carried the goods one by one. Gradually the entire warehouse was filled. Just ask Shanela to arrange for people to move out tomorrow. It can be used. ?These things are all scavenged from the zombie world. Now, Star Flower sells it on his behalf, and it can also be sold out in large quantities. Otherwise there really would be no place to put it. Finish transporting things. ?Wu Heng locked the door, arranged for skeleton guards, returned directly to the deck, and walked out. Go back along the road. Haunted a few shops on Beacon Street along the way. Bought some alchemy materials and a lot of arrows. Halfway through, I suddenly felt someone approaching quickly. Turning around alertly, Broken Skull and Bloody Hand protected him in the middle. The person who came over was a bald, dark-skinned strong man who looked like he was dressed as a gang member. He bowed slightly and said, "Sir, my wife, please come over!" ??Wu Heng took another look at the other party and asked: "Who is your wife?" Mrs. McIntosh! ?The six-armed prophet? (End of this chapter) Chapter 322 , accompany me for dinner (banned, never passed review) Chapter 322, Eat with me (Blocked, never passed the review, will make up for it tomorrow.) McIntosh, the name "Wu Heng" still has some impression on me. The prophet from the Old Barrel Tavern is a woman with thick lips and thick eyebrows, and six arms. ?The appearance feels a bit like the Indians in the movie. ?The bald man in front of me is from Lao Ketong? "What do you want from me?" Wu Heng looked at him and asked. ??The bald man looked fierce, but his tone was very respectful, "Madam didn''t say this." ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Where is it?" This way please! The bald man led the way and walked to one side. ?Wu Heng followed behind and didn''t go far before he came to a carriage. Looks like he must have just seen himself. ?The bald man stood beside the carriage and said softly, "The adult you want to see has arrived." But today I actually used it on myself. I just want to go to the central area. The woman said, tapping the compartment partition, Lets go! "Just taking a stroll." Wu Heng asked, "Mrs. McIntosh, what are you doing here?" ?Maybe some of the strong men outside are her lovers. The car door closed, the woman poured a glass of fruit wine, brought it to him, and said softly: "Master Archdeacon, where do you plan to go?" Why does this rhetoric sound like you are trying to abduct some girl? Go back to the association! "Forget it about eating. If there is any necessary information, I will go to the Old Barrel Tavern." Wu Heng said directly. Maybe over time, many new stores will open on Beacon Street. Although there is no direct clue to the capture of pirates, it is still related. Whats more, the Old Barrel Tavern has a lot of information on the island! ?The other party knew his identity, but Wu Heng didn''t care. Lovers everywhere. The other party did not provide any information, but also said that two bodies were found at the port. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Its just that the other party is not good at his own aesthetics, and it is difficult for him to accept this method. The curtain was opened through a gap, and a woman could be vaguely seen looking out, "Sir, please get in the car." I went to visit a friend. Did you gain anything from the information I gave you last time? "There is some help. Mrs. McIntosh''s intelligence is very good. If there are any cases in the future, I may trouble the Old Barrel Tavern." Wu Heng said politely. The woman''s movements failed, and her expression did not change at all. The carriage started to move slowly and moved forward slowly. ??Wu Heng asked Shattered Skull to sit next to the coachman, and he entered the carriage directly with **** hands. A smile appeared on the woman''s face, "Don''t call me madam, actually I''m not much older than you." Hearing these words, Wu Heng got goosebumps all over. ??Wu Heng instantly raised his hand and scratched his head, avoiding the opponent''s movements, and said casually: "There''s nothing going on at the port recently!" ?Wu Heng glanced around and saw that there was only the woman herself in the carriage, and there was nothing else weird about her. He said directly: "Have dinner with me tonight, and I can provide you with any information you have." ?The other person looks at you wrongly, so ask him to pay more attention. The woman leaned on the back of her chair and said, "The subdeacon came to Beacon Street to buy something?" The woman looked up at the other person, smiled and drank tea, and didn''t say much about this matter. Having more lovers is normal. The news has spread among the pirates. McIntosh had several husbands and lovers. ?McIntosh controls the labor distribution and intelligence work in the port. Although he is not as good as the island owner or the association''s deacon, he is still a well-known figure on the island. The strong have more resources, including partners, regardless of gender. In the car, after a short period of silence. As he spoke, he put a hand on the back of his hand. Instead, he casually picked up a topic and mentioned that many wealthy businessmen have come to the Lighthouse District recently and purchased many houses in the newly built area. ?Last time Wu Heng went to buy information about pirates. The car door opened, revealing a slightly dim car inside. ?At the same time, I also remembered what the deacons assistant Moya said when I went to the Old Barrel Tavern for the first time. ?Wu Heng also chatted casually. Somewhat uncomfortable. ?Chatting awkwardly along the way, the carriage also arrived at the association. After thanking him, he got off the carriage directly. ?The woman''s fingers with gold rings opened the curtain, "If you figure it out one day, you can come to me and the relationship can be cultivated slowly." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said: "I still like to buy news in the form of remuneration." The woman did not speak, and the carriage slowly left. ?Wu Heng watched the carriage go away. Then he walked towards his residence. Good guy, I am a man, and I almost let the other party tease me. Return to your residence. ? Anderweil also returned from the association. The three women were sitting in the living room chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Minnie immediately said: "Master, Sister Shanara has brought a lot of ingredients, and the dinner will be a sumptuous one." Shanela smiled and said: "I can''t finish what the fleet brought here, so let''s eat it together." Its a waste of money. Where there is any, they are all ordinary ingredients. ?Minnie hugged Shannellas arm, Its great to have money. Your master is also very rich. "You don''t have the money." Minnie looked up at her and said, "Why don''t you live here from now on, and you won''t have to worry about walking back and forth." Shanara''s face turned red, and she glanced at Wu Heng carefully, then tapped Minnie''s forehead, "I am the president of Star Flower, how can I live outside casually? If word spreads, it will have an impact on the caravan and the race. " ?Wu Heng sat down aside, feeling as if these words were spoken to him. Minnie still hugged her, "Then if you come here every day, won''t it have any impact?" Coming to you, what impact does it have? Hey, hey, too! ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while, and Chef No. 1 also prepared dinner. Sit at the table and eat together. After eating. ?A few people and one owl went to the courtyard to study the water storage of flower beds and swimming pools. Wait until it gets dark. Shannara waved goodbye and returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng also took his two daughters back to his room to rest. The next day, in the morning. Inside the cabin. The workers of Star Flower began to move the goods in the cabin. Besides, there are people who keep reminding you to be careful because there are some fragile items inside. ??Shanella, today she wore a blue cloak, covering her body and face, but she still couldn''t hide her plump figure. ??Wu Heng handed her the filled-in order and said: "After filling it out, there are 50,000 sets of leather armor, 3,000 one-handed axes, 3,000 longbows, 1,000 crossbows, and 5,000 bags of grain." Shanara heard the quantity reported by the other party and looked at it again, slightly surprised, "Why did you buy so much again?" Is this going to arm a national army? I have many friends, and when I heard it was the goods brought by the Flower of Stars, they all rushed to get them. Another nonsense! If you decide like this, you can become our biggest customer on Treasure Island. Shanara said. "Is there any promotion?" Shannara rolled her eyes at him, handed the order to the fleet manager on the side, and said, "Give him a 30% deposit." Yes! the steward responded. After calculating the price, Star Flower paid Wu Heng more than 40 gold coins. This is the money from the sale of glass and ceramics. It should have been more, but 30% of the deposit was deducted. When I handed it over, there was only a small bag left. But the price is pretty good. When she was in Luntam City, these were all sold for copper coins, but Shannara purchased them directly for one piece of silver. ?Of course, glass products of this quality can only be sold externally by Star Flower and cannot be sold to others. It is considered a monopoly price. After receiving the money, Wu Heng still stood aside. ?Workers continue to move goods. ?Wu Heng and Shanara stood aside and watched silently. Wait until all transfers are completed. Shannara went to deal with the fleet, and Wu Heng also disembarked from the ship with the skeleton and left the port. After returning to the residence, I spoke to Minnie. He went directly to the fourth floor and headed to the zombie world. Get out of the dormitory. The survivors greeted each other one after another. ??Wu Heng nodded in response and went to the area where the skeletons were waiting. Walked around inside. Select 20 skeleton warriors who have reached level 5 and have [Hunter Aim]. Hunter''s Aim: When the target is focused on aiming, the attack becomes extremely precise and ignores the prey''s concealment status and any inferior cover. Hunter Aiming is a feat unlocked by archers and crossbowmen, which can reduce environmental impact and improve progress accuracy. In fact, the environment itself has little impact on skeletons. Skeletons have no physical touch, and the most impact is on weapons. For example, wind, wind resistance, or other interference. But having this expertise is better than not having it at all. ??Wu Heng took out the rifle from the space ring and placed it on the ground, and then ordered, "Put down the weapon in your hand and pick up the firearm on the ground!" Hurrah! The skeleton warrior put down the long bow in his hand, bent down and picked up the rifle on the ground. Level 5 skeletons already have basic intelligence. Although his actions still follow orders, he has developed strong recognition and judgment abilities. ?Furthermore, this is not the first time that skeletons have carried guns as guards. In prisons and passenger terminals, skeletons have always held guns. ?Wu Heng took out a rifle and showed them some actions such as opening the safety and changing bullets. After all demonstrations are completed, continue to give the order, "shoot forward!" ?Bang bang bang~! ??The skeletons opened fire in unison, and the bullets shot into the grass half a meter high in the distance. This is not the first time that a skeleton carries a gun. ??Prisons and passenger terminals are guarded by skeletons holding guns. Skeletons have stronger combat power than ordinary survivors, and they can also prevent situations that are difficult to control when guns are given to ordinary survivors. ??If someone really tries to **** the firearm from the skeleton, they will be judged as dangerous by the skeleton and attacked by other skeletons. Hence, skeletons act as guards, warning and deterring both externally and internally. At this time, Qi Hancai and his men rushed over after hearing the sound of gunshots. ?Seeing Wu Heng here, he asked the others to disperse. He came over and said, "I thought the enemy was coming!" "No, these skeletons will be assigned and will be responsible for guarding the base later." Wu Heng said directly. "clear!" ??Qi Hancai immediately placed the skeleton in a guard position, attracting many survivors to watch. After returning, Wu Heng continued: "Let the convoy prepare, and let''s go out and clean up the zombies." "good!" Soon, the convoy was ready. Under the **** of the skeleton army, they left the factory gate. There are large KTV streets on both sides. Groups of corpses, like a raging torrent, gathered on the main road from all directions, rushing towards them with the **** smell that reached the sky. Huh~! Skeleton flying dragon, flying over the corpses, Dense iron bullets fell like a torrential rain, covering the corpses below. The earth trembled and smoke rose into the sky. Immediately afterwards, the second and third waves of iron rain fell one after another. The groups of corpses fell in pieces amidst the roar, and the crowded group of corpses disappeared in an instant. There were only scattered zombies, squeezed to the edge, shaking their broken bodies. Looked around in confusion, and continued to attack. ?Wu Heng fanned the smoke that drifted to the back. Looking at the 1,800 zombies, he directly ordered, "Move forward." Hulala~! The skeleton army on standby takes action. Start pushing forward along the road. ?Wu Heng followed behind and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Skeletons stood up one after another and joined the queue of skeletons. Skeleton Warrior (Level 3) Skeleton Warrior (Level 4) level 4? (End of this chapter) Chapter 323 , if the person dies, it has nothing to do with me Chapter 323: If a person dies, it has nothing to do with me There are actually zombies that have reached level 4. Although the number is not large, it also represents the beginning of improvement to level 4. For ordinary survivors and shelters, this is not a good thing. Greater reduction in the living space of survivors. ??Originally, ordinary people could fight a single zombie, but now even fighting has become a bit difficult. The attributes of zombies are constantly improving, but it is still difficult for survivors to awaken their abilities. Even if the corpse core is sold, no one is willing to take the risk of swallowing the corpse core. Its understandable, after all, the success rate of taking corpse core is too low. ? It is easy to say whether the superpower can be awakened, but most survivors will be directly transformed into zombies after taking the corpse core. ??Wu Heng found two first-level corpse cores in the corpse. Aberrant dogs have high intelligence and are not easy to kill. Release the [Bone Slave Technique], the flesh and blood fell off, and the two skeleton dogs stood up directly. After Wu Heng has completed the transformation of all corpses. The third batch of corpses was cleared. Wow~! Ahead, a stairway door suddenly fell to one side. Put it away directly. ?Wu Heng looked up and said, "Go up, Ax Skull." He shook off the pieces of meat on his body and walked aside. ??The axe-wielding skeleton behind them strode forward, knocked the zombies head-on, and chopped them into a puddle of flesh. The skeleton warriors began to clean the battlefield, and the convoy following behind them also began to pack their belongings and prepare to return. ?Go to the next area and continue killing the corpses to increase the number of skeletons and accumulate experience. ??Not forced into a desperate situation, few people are willing to gamble their lives on luck. Order to continue moving forward. Soon, the battle ended. He also made the skeleton circle around and blocked it in the alley before successfully killing it. Pounce towards the rear of the team. The corpses of the two deformed dogs were dragged over by the skeletons and thrown to their feet. Five or six zombies rushed out from inside. ??Wu Heng opened the attribute panel and took a direct look. The experience value at level 13 is already close to half. The effect of clearing out zombies one after another is still significant. In a few days, he will almost reach level 15 and become a fourth-level powerhouse. Level 4, in a different world, already has the status of a top powerhouse, not to mention the leaders of some forces. Even in an association, as long as you reach level 15, you will ignore merit. As long as there are no negative records in the file, you can be directly appointed as a deacon or a higher special position. To put it bluntly, everything still depends on strength. ? Even if you had bad records before, once your strength increases, those things wont matter anymore. ?The island owner of Treasure Island, Occam, was also a notorious pirate before. After reaching level 18, various countries pardoned his crimes and rectified Treasure Islands name. Now it has become a maritime trading center. With improved strength, most of the previous problems will be solved naturally. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes and saw that the cleaning of the battlefield had ended. Close the panel and first release [Bone Transplantation]. The skeleton warrior with a mutilated body walks into the battlefield and begins to repair the bones on his body. After the replacement, continue to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons stand up and walk into the queue. Its all over. Get on the truck and start returning with the army. On the way back. Qi Hancai said: "I heard from ''Zhao Yanqiu'' that many people at the radio station are using supplies to purchase food, and the price of food has been rising. Should we release the news and exchange it with others?" Here in the world, the weather has begun to cool down significantly. This period is also the last time to purchase grain. For clothing, if you plunder some, you can use it for a long time. If you dont have sufficient food reserves, you will only starve to death. Wait until winter before going out to search for food. It will be much more difficult than it is now. As for our own side, our biggest capital is sufficient food. You can do the same as the county bus station and exchange what you need with various shelters. Lets go to the military market in the next two days to see the situation. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Choose a piece of land and simply renovate it. If conditions permit, we will also build a market." I understand, the open space is quite large. Well! Make preparations first and see what happens when the time comes. The two continued to discuss some details and directly decided on the construction of the market area. ??The team also returned to the old factory area, and it was already getting late. The big lights illuminate the courtyard brightly. A large number of survivors came out to inspect vehicles and carry supplies. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and said something to Qi Hancai and others. Return to the dormitory and go to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island and appear in the study on the fourth floor. ?It is also late at night here, and there is a slight buzzing of insects outside the window. walked out of the study and went directly to the alchemy room next door. ? Pushing the door open and walking in, the room was dark, and the blue firelight in the skeleton kept moving in the room. ?Wu Heng turned on the switch on the side, and the light bulb came on, illuminating the room brightly. ?Several alchemy skeletons are all busy with their work. Skeletons cannot see with the naked eye, so darkness has no effect on them. "This is a first-level corpse core. I put it here for you." Wu Heng placed the corpse core he obtained today on the counter beside him. Alchemy No. 1 walked over directly and put away the corpse core. ?Wu Heng walked to the cabinet on the other side, where various potions were neatly placed. Therapeutic AgentsPsychotropic AgentsHighly Effective Therapeutic Agents. ?Several kinds, all made from alchemy skeletons. After putting everything away, he closed the door again and walked out. Minnie and Andwyll have rested. ??Wu Heng walked downstairs quietly and asked "Chef No. 1" to prepare some midnight snacks. After eating some briefly, he returned to the room to rest. The next day, early morning. Minnies laughter came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng got up, washed and walked downstairs. ?When passing by the radio station room on the third floor, I walked directly in. ?Let''s see if there is any new information from ''Philippa''. As for the pirates, its not just the wanted notices related to the association, but also the blank envelopes. A bounty was placed on all pirates to find him. ?Wu Heng could see the information about wonderful objects or magic props, but when he faced the envelope, no content appeared. ?This feeling of being mysterious and being watched secretly is very uncomfortable. This is also the reason why "Wuheng" must support a pirate. In the record book in front of the skeleton investigator. As usual, I wrote a lot. "A new group of slaves have arrived here. Do you want me to buy some women for you to try? I see many people have bought them." Damn, those **** look down on me, you arrange two merchant ships for me to rob some, otherwise I have no reputation and it will be difficult to do things for you! I and several other pirate groups are encircling and destroying your associations ship. Think of a way. This ship wont last long. I didnt attack, I just followed you from a distance to help you collect information. If the person is dead by then, it has nothing to do with me. (End of this chapter) Chapter 324 , the deacon is not here (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 324, The deacon is not here (please vote for me and recommend me.) Looking at the contents recorded in his hand, Wu Heng suddenly woke up. Philippa actually followed other pirate groups to besiege the association''s ships. this. Isnt it crazy for eyeliners to fight with ones own people? Two days ago, Philippa sent back similar news. She said that several pirate groups were discussing besieging the association''s ships, and Wu Heng had asked her to pay more attention to them before. Okay now, just join in. ??If these association members really died here, and Philippa''s involvement was spread, it would be difficult to get them off the association''s wanted notice. Completely returned to the sea. ??Wu Heng read the content again, picked up the microphone, and said, "Philippa! Can you hear me?" Yes, you finally spoke! "What''s going on? Tell me in detail." Wu Heng said directly. "Oh! When I was on the island, I recruited some sailors and planned to leave the next day. The pirate groups I mentioned before found me and said they were going to besiege the association''s ships at night. They happened to be short of some manpower. , asked me if I wanted to participate. I thought this would be a good opportunity to collect the whereabouts of pirates, so I agreed." When Philippa told the story, there was a sense of pride in his tone. In other words, the pirate group "Philippa" was not included in the original plan. But a temporary change occurred and they were allowed to join in. ?It feels like Philippa has fully integrated into her identity as an undercover agent, and is also a little excited. What about now? Wu Heng asked again. Already at sea now. Whats going on with the Associations ships? They were running away. There were several pirate ships chasing them, but I didnt even hit them. If they died, it had nothing to do with me. Philippa continued. Who is on the boat? There are many people who are members of the association, and they are quite powerful. So many ships attacked them, and I dont know how many ballistas were fired. They just broke through and escaped until now. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again, "Is there a female elf with blond hair and wearing silver armor?" "Yes! She is quite powerful, and she is really one of yours." Philippa said with some surprise. ?Wu Heng''s heart also skipped a beat. As expected, it was the team led by Sheila Gui. Okay, I had to go out to catch some pirates, but now its fine, no one has been caught, and now I am about to become the other partys prisoner. He frowned and thought for a moment, then said, "Is there any way to save their lives?" "I can promise to help you gather the bodies." Everyone is dead, so whats the point of having corpses? Tell me their location, the number of pirate ships, and the rank of the leader. Wu Heng said. "I''m not sure about their location. They were escaping all the way to Treasure Island. They should be almost at Scorpion Claw Island. There are seven pirate ships, all of which are small pirate ships. There are two leaders. The tallest one is the ''Poison Blade'' pirate. The leader of the group is level 12, and the remaining one is level 10. ?Wu Heng looked at the wanted poster on the tablet. Poison Blade Pirate Group, the leader is level 12, because he robbed and killed the team leader of the association, he was put on a level 3 wanted order. Good guy. ??Having robbed and killed an association crew member before. It seems that there was a grudge against the association in the first place, so they specifically targeted people who were singled out by the association. After confirming the wanted order for the pirates, Wu Heng said again: "Okay, if you have the chance, try to save the female elf with golden hair. She is the deputy deacon of the association." Oh, I would if I had the chance. After hearing these words, Wu Heng put the microphone back. ?Go downstairs, put on your coat, and walk directly outside. Minnie, who was watering the flowers in the courtyard, saw him walking out in a hurry and shouted: "Master, breakfast is ready." The association has something to do, so Ill stay for dinner. After saying that, go out directly. Halled a carriage and rushed directly towards the association. Deacon''s study. ?After lightly knocking on the door, after hearing the response from assistant Moya, he opened the door and walked in. ?In the study room, only ''Moya'' was sitting behind the desk, sorting out stacks of documents. Where is the deacon? Wu Heng asked. "The deacon is not here, what are you in a hurry for?" Moya asked. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Call the deacon back. I have important information about the pirates and I want to tell him." Moya hesitated for a moment, then said: "The deacon went out to sea to pick up the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'' and the others. He is not on the island now." After finishing speaking, he added: "Don''t talk about this matter outside, in order to avoid any problems." Hearing these words, Wu Heng frowned. ??Imilo went to sea to rescue Sheila Gui? ?Who is Philippa and the others chasing? ? Judging from the appearance, the boat should be the team led by Sheila Gui. How many days has the deacon been out? Two days, according to the plan, we should arrive at the agreed location at noon. Since we had already set out the day before yesterday, why were we still being besieged by pirate ships? Even the deacon was blocked? ?It''s impossible. Pirates don''t dare to approach Treasure Island. To a large extent, Imiro is here. It is unlikely that a level 12 little pirate would dare to compete with Imiro. ??It is very possible that there was a problem with time, the two parties did not meet, and Shi Lagui''s fleet was chased around again. "Is there a problem?" Moya asked curiously when he saw him standing there frowning. ?Wu Heng raised his head and explained the information he had just received and his analysis. After hearing this, Moyas brows also wrinkled. He said: "What you think makes sense, I will find a way to contact the deacon, and you ask the pirate lady to ensure the safety of the association members as much as possible. Wu Heng hesitated to speak, but said: "Okay." He could only guarantee to collect the body. ?Seeing ''Moya'' leaving in a hurry, Wu Heng also left the study directly. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment. He walked directly towards the office room of the Elf Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui. ?Standing in front of the door, he turned the door handle hard but did not open it. Sheila Ge has no assistant yet, so no one is in the room when she is away. Do you have the key to this room? Wu Heng asked a passing staff member. The staff member looked at him, then at the study room, and shook his head, "No!" "Go find a thief and lock the door...forget it, Broken Skull, you do it." Wu Heng said directly. ?Shattered Skull took two steps back and kicked out with a running kick. With a bang, the whole door shook violently. ?Then he directly picked up the war hammer and smashed it against the door lock. There was a breaking sound, and the door lock was instantly loosened, followed by another kick, and the door was kicked open. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the room and looked around. Open the drawer of your desk, and there are many items for daily use inside. I rummaged through and found an off-white corset and blue hair rope. I put the corset back and put away the hair rope. Tap tap tap~! ??The guard in charge of order in the association quickly ran over, pushed away the crowd, and frowned slightly as he looked at the violently opened door and Wu Heng sitting in the room rummaging for something. Deputy Wu Heng, what are you doing? ??Wu Heng stood up and walked out, saying: "Have people watch here and don''t lose anything. I will explain it to the deacon and Xilagui afterwards." Oh! the guard agreed. Have someone put the door up and then arrange for someone to guard it. Hurry to the port. ?Wu Heng boarded one of his ships directly. ?Stepping down from the cabin, you saw the skeleton attendant Shark Tooth standing inside, as well as a large group of skeleton sailors behind him. Set the boat to Scorpion Claw Island! Hulala~! All the skeletons standing upright started to move instantly. Shark Tooth went to the control room, and the rest of the skeleton sailors rushed onto the deck, untied the reins, and put away the connecting pedals. Get ready to go to sea. At the port. The sudden appearance of skeletons quickly attracted the attention of others. Damn it, why are there so many undead here? They are robbing the associations ships, hurry up and call the guards. "Damn it, follow me and kill them. There are not many undead souls. Kill them and go to the association to get the money." The port was in chaos. The ship carrying the undead troops also gradually disappeared from sight. Ships sail quickly on the sea. Among the attributes of shark teeth, there are attributes related to navigation. Having strong proficiency in the control of ships, the ship under her feet moved forward quickly. On the deck, Wu Heng held the [Tracking Pendant] in his hand, identifying the direction of guidance. The greatest function of this strange object is to find targets. The last time I used it, it had a very good effect. This time, we are also counting on the pendant to find the location of Xila Gui and others. The ship was moving quickly. At this time, the ghost Glenda, who acted as a lookout sailor, flew down from above. I saw several ships flying pirate flags. They should be the people you are looking for. ??Wu Heng put his hand on the sunshade and looked forward. ?The vast sea was covered with light mist, and nothing could be seen. "I didn''t see it. I''ll take a look when you come back." Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got directly into his body, and the scene just now was shared in his mind. There were several pirate ships floating on the sea in the distance. Surrounded a sea ship in the middle and launched an attack. ?It seems that Shiragui and the others are still alive. At least from the looks of the picture, they are fighting with the pirates. Release Glenda and continue to let Shark Teeth get closer. ?Glenda, floating in the air, "Are you sure you are going there? There are eight pirate ships. Are you sure you are going to rescue people, not to bury them with them?" The information provided by Philippa was that there were 7 pirate ships, not including his own. What Glenda saw was eight ships. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, took out the heavy cannon from the space ring, and fixed the skeleton on one side of the deck. At the same time, he said to ''Glenda'': "I have a big baby, and I spent a lot of money on it, so I just want to test its power." ?Glenda floated over the cannon and looked at the strange guy propped up, "Is it your weird equipment again?" "Um!" The ship quickly approaches the battlefield. ?Wu Heng continued to distribute heavy machine guns, rifles, and rocket launchers to the remaining skeletons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 325 , the boat and the people were all shattered Chapter 325: The ship and the crew were shattered A ship on the sea surrounded by pirate ships. ?Bodies lay all over the deck, and blood pooled and flowed into the sea. Several pirates holding giant hammers. Keeping swinging and beating on the entrance to the cabin. At this time, the onlookers made way for the pirates. The three figures, all wearing captains hats, walked directly to the front. The leader is a slender man with thick eyebrows and a hairy beard. He is wearing black leather armor and has two short blades hanging from his waist. This man is the captain of the Poison Blade Pirates. The second person was probably in his forties, with a stocky build and a rough face. There was a green-feathered red-crowned parrot on his shoulder, which was bigger than a chicken. The captain of the Red Crown Pirates looked over in confusion and asked, "What? Is there someone you know inside? Do you want to delay time?" Come out, lets keep our word. Philippa glanced at the cabin, then at the other pirates, and said: "This ship must be quite valuable. What if it blows up? I think it''s better to have people break it open in turn, not from both sides." Block the opponent''s pursuit route. Halfway through the words, the alarm bell on the ship rang. Captain Poison Blade sneered and continued to speak to the cabin: "I just saw that the person you are leading is an elf. I haven''t tasted the elf for a long time. I won''t let you die so quickly, at least I will." Let me enjoy. Behind the door panel of the cabin. ??Pirates usually carry a lot, after all, they are on the road preparing for fights every day. ?This kind of gunpowder barrel is usually used to seal the sea. If a ship is chasing it, it will be thrown into the sea. Hearing the shouting outside, a sailor whispered, "Deacon, how about..." The stocky "Red Crown Pirates" also said: "We pirates are all looking for money and have no interest in killing you. If you come out and surrender, you can still live." The third person is Philippa, wearing leather armor and leather trousers with a full head of braids, representing the Iron Barrel Pirates. A group of pirates said with playful smiles. Hearing this, the others stopped talking. "yes!" The pirates turned their backs and laughed. ??It is also the weakest among the three pirate groups. ?Wearing a silver helmet on his head, his white face is covered with mud. The pirate wielding the hammer wiped his sweat and said: "It is specially reinforced and difficult to break open." ?Outside the cabin, the pirates saw no response. The pirates brought the powder keg over. Poison Blade said nothing. The remaining team members were sitting on the ground on both sides, recovering their strength as much as possible. I have no patience to wait any longer. "How''s it going?" Captain Baneblade asked. ?Hiragui held a long sword and stared outside. Captain Poison Blade waved his hand and said: "Bring the gunpowder barrel over and blast it away." Dangrang~! Hmph! This broken ship of the Association actually has the tightest entrance to the cabin. Captain Red Crown sneered. Xilagui''s face was grim. She glanced back and said directly: "The Poison Blade Pirates have been put on a wanted order for robbing and killing members of the association. Do you think they will let us go? If we open the door and go out, we will only die." Start stacking towards the cabin. Several pirates left to get the powder keg. ??This is the end. is the captain of the Red Crown Pirates. "Fuck! I know Qin Ma." Philippa cursed, waved his hand and said, "Come on, you two will bear the loss of the money." "That is, do you think there is any other way? Or should we hide in there all the time and die of thirst and starvation?" The fat parrot on the shoulders followed suit and said, "Broken ship, broken ship!" Sit back down again, not knowing what to do. Captain Poison Blade''s eyes fell on the hatch and said directly: "Friends of the association, now that the matter has come to this, is there any need to delay further? As long as you surrender honestly, I can promise your safety. When the ransom arrives, we will Just let you go." ??Poison Blade ignored it, "Put it at the door!" Immediately, a pirate ran over and shouted: "Captain, there is a merchant ship coming from behind and it is approaching this way." Merchant ship? ?A few people looked back and saw what looked like a cargo ship approaching quickly on the sea level in the distance. Sign up and tell him to get out. I have important things here, and I think he will be lucky. Poison Blade said. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Suddenly, there was a dull roar in the distance. Several bright red rays of light flashed away. ?The next second, a pirate ship in sight was suddenly torn apart. Both the pirates on the deck and the hull exploded like fireworks in an instant. Boom~! The gunpowder in the cabin was ignited, and the fire rose and enveloped the entire ship. Sink toward the bottom of the sea. ??Everyone stared at this scene with wide eyes and some disbelief. It only takes less than half a minute. The boat and the people just disappeared like that? Immediately afterwards, there was the second ship, the third ship, the fourth ship... Wherever the bright red fire passed, all the ships were vulnerable. ??The large pirate ship was blasted into a sieve, and the small speedboat was directly broken into several sections and sank toward the bottom of the sea. Captain Poison Blade was startled, and quickly hid behind the fence, shouting: "What the **** is this thing? Which force''s ship is it? Did it use some strange attack weapon!" Shout out questions one by one. But no one could answer him. ?Everyone was frightened by the sudden attack and looked for cover everywhere to avoid being affected by the splashed debris. Whoosh~! The next second, another sound broke through the air. Rockets fell next to the Poison Blade. The explosion lifted him several meters away, his legs disappeared, and his upper body rolled far away before slowly stopping. vomiting blood. ?Wu Heng controlled the cannon and kept firing at the ships. The 23mm artillery shells showed a power far beyond imagination. Even if it is impossible to sink a large pirate ship, it is no problem to penetrate the hull and kill the enemy. ??The kind of fast boat used by pirates to board ships, which can sink a ship with just a few shots. Both the boat and the crew were shattered. Sure enough, human beings are fragile, even if the world continues to develop its own constitution. Still unable to resist the attack of this weapon. ?Ghost Glenda, floating aside, "Who are you, how come you are so powerful?" There was a roar in his ears, and Wu Heng increased his tone, "Machine gun." If this kind of thing is put up for sale, it will definitely sell well among the armies of various countries, and they will even rush to buy it. Granda said. "Forget it, we can just use it ourselves. If it spreads, it may not be a good thing." ?Glenda shrugged, "You make your own decision, I''m just giving you a suggestion." Then he pointed at another ship and said, "That ship is close, hit it." That boat wont work, that one is our own. Less than 5 minutes, all the artillery shells purchased from the military were used up. Wu Heng said: "Go and investigate to see how many enemies are left. Are all the people in the association still alive?" Okay! Glenda agreed. Flying away into the distance. In the distance, all the pirates were frightened. They have never seen a weapon that can tear metal into pieces. Can''t even see clearly what is flying, the person turns into a ball of blood mist, and a huge hole is left on the boat. "Hey, why are you dazed? Get on the ship and let''s get out." The captain of the Red Crown Pirates cursed and ran towards his ship. ?Wu Heng saw the opponent from a distance, took out the Barrett in the ring, and put it on the guardrail to take aim. Estimate the other party''s movements. Pull the trigger directly. In an instant, a powerful recoil force struck, and his shoulders did not move at all. As for the stocky pirate captain, a cloud of blood mist instantly exploded from his chest. It flew backwards, rolled several times, and then slowly stopped. ?Wu Heng put away his gun and sighed, "My shooting skills seem to be quite accurate." At this time, Glenda also flew back. He said directly: "I found it. Is the subdeacon you mentioned a blond-haired elf?" Yes! Is the person still alive? Alive, hiding in the cabin, no one seems to be hurt. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief, he was fine. Get closer and kill all the pirates. ??The ship began to move forward, and the skeletons holding machine guns and rifles began to pull the triggers, and bullets poured down. On the deck. ?Captain Poison Blade, leaning in the corner, vomiting blood. Level 12 gives him stronger vitality. Even if rockets explode around him, he still won''t die immediately. At this time, from the corner of his eye, he saw ''Philippa'' not far away, who was also looking at him, and stretched out his hand, "Help, help me, I can give you money..." He lost too much blood and his sanity was almost at its limit, and he might faint at any time. ?Philippa glanced at him, then looked up at the ship approaching quickly in the distance and shooting at the pirate ship. He crawled over, grabbed half of the ''Poison Blade''''s body, and dragged it back. Hand drag it to a corner. ?The poisonous blade was vomiting blood and said: "Help, help me, I will take you away." Oh, good! Philippa nodded. The next second, a dagger slipped out of his sleeve and stabbed directly into his neck. ??The poisonous blade''s eyes widened. Unexpectedly, ''Philippa'' wanted to kill him too, so he suddenly burst out with great strength and began to struggle. Philippa locked her legs tightly with the opponent''s body. The dagger stuck in the neck kept stirring. (End of this chapter) Chapter 326 ,What about the rest? Chapter 326, Where are the others? Philippa locked his legs tightly and cut his neck horizontally with the dagger. The struggling body gradually lost strength and went limp. ??It was just a pair of eyes, still staring in her direction, unblinking. Philippa let go of the body and looked around warily. Seeing that no one was around, he immediately squatted down, rolled down the space ring on his finger with a happy face, wiped the blood on the corpse, and put it on his hand. Then, he looked around carefully while removing the equipment from the body. ?Leather armor, leather boots, and a dagger on his waist. He picked up the handle of the dagger and smashed it into the gold tooth in his mouth. Traitor, traitor! Suddenly, a high-pitched voice sounded from above. ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat. ?Looking up suddenly, he saw a fat parrot with green feathers and red crown standing on the fence, shouting traitor. Shut up, you stupid bird! Traitor, lackey, fool! You fucking Philippa cursed and pounced on him. ??The fat parrot flapped its wings, flew up, hit the overhead rail with a thud, and fell back to the deck. ?Philippa was stunned and said, "What a stupid bird." ?Picked up a roll of clothes, bent down and ran towards his pirate ship. Inside the cabin. With the ear-splitting roar, the whole ship was shaking violently. ??The pirates'' wails could be heard outside, and bright red blood seeped into the cracks in the door panels. Sheela Gui and several other team members. Huddled in the small gap, trying hard to look outside. From a fixed perspective, fire shot into the sky, and pirates were thrown away from time to time. ?Broken limbs and pieces of flesh were scattered all over the sky. "What kind of weapon is this? Or is there a great mage?" "The deacon must have led the team here. I just saw the poison blade captain being blown away. He is probably dead." Thats a level 12 wanted criminal. How could he be dead? "He will not live long if he doesn''t die. What''s hanging over there are his legs." The team members were discussing in low voices. The reinforcements arrived, which made the tense heart relax a little. It can be regarded as a trip to the gate of hell. But Sheela Gui in front still frowned. ?Although you cant see who is attacking the pirates, there is a familiar feeling to this attack method. ?Last time, Wu Heng used a strange instrument to kill all the pirates who came up. Its not the deacon Imilo who is here? ?But Wu Heng? How could he, a person who rarely goes to the association, suddenly appear here? Deacon, the noise outside has subsided, should we fight out? Someone suggested. Xilagui looked outside again and shook her head, "Wait a little longer. It''s a bit chaotic outside now. Going out now may accidentally hurt us. Let''s check the situation first." "okay!" Lets all eat something. Well go out later. There may be pirates. Everyone nodded and rested where they were. The cargo ship full of skeletons was approaching quickly. ?The bullets poured outwards with crackling sounds, killing all targets in sight. This way! Wu Heng pointed to the left. ?Bang bang bang~! All guns were aimed to the left, and bullets were fired intensively. ??The pirates who tried to untie the rope and cut off the hook were instantly killed and injured. This way! Attack this ship! Bazooka, sink that speedboat. ?Wu Heng kept pointing at the pirate ships one after another. The skeletons followed the movements and turned their guns to shoot. Suddenly, out of the corner of his eye, he saw Philippa holding something in her arms and climbing back to her boat through the rope net. ?Wu Heng immediately asked the skeleton to point his gun at other ships. Do you know that person? Glenda floated aside and asked softly. Well, I arranged for the spy among the pirates, and todays information was provided by her. Wu Heng said directly. The ghost is closely connected to itself. There is no problem in revealing many things to them.?????You seem to be inflexible in choosing people. There is no other choice, as long as you are not stupid. Wu Heng said. His eyes glanced at the location of the Iron Barrel Pirates again. Philippa had climbed back into his ship and began to direct the crew to rush out and cut the ropes. ?Wu Heng turned his head and looked in other directions. ?Hunted for the ship to break away and move away into the distance, he signaled the skeleton to fire two random shots. But several pirates were still hit. Lie down on the deck. Philippa''s pirate ship left, so he had no worries. Under a continuous barrage of fire. The decks of all the ships were covered with corpses, and not a single living person was seen. Stop shooting! The skeleton heard the order and put away the gun in his hand. The hulls of the ships connected, Wu Heng led the skeleton and jumped directly onto a pirate ship. The deck was covered with corpses, and there was a sticky feeling of flesh and blood underfoot. ??Raise your hand to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the corpses on the deck will turn into skeletons and stand up from the ground. Shaking his body, he picked up the weapon on the ground. ?Wu Heng walked to the entrance of the cabin and looked down. Swish swish~! Several crossbow bolts came with a roar. ??Wu Heng hid aside and threw the dancing light technique downwards. He vaguely saw the pirates hiding inside and getting ready. It seems that this is a defensive battle. I thought for a moment, took out a grenade from the space ring, pulled the ring, and threw it directly into the cabin. Bang~! After a loud roar. Wu Heng said: "Kill them all, leaving no one behind." Hurrah! Skeletons armed with weapons entered the cabin. In an instant, he was fighting with the pirates inside. ??Then, Wu Heng continued to the remaining pirate ships, transformed the corpses on the decks, and ordered an attack on the cabins to kill the remaining pirates. Several pirate ships were handed over to the Queen of Skeletons. ?Wu Hengcai went to the besieged association ship in the middle. ?This ship is not much better than a pirate ship. The fence is shattered. Apart from corpses, there are dense holes on the deck and huge dents left by the explosion. Walked around the deck. ?? Found the Captain Red Crown with a big hole in his chest and the Captain Poison Blade who had been stripped down to only a pair of underwear. ?Wu Heng checked the wanted notice and searched nearby. ?Among the broken limbs all over the ground, two broken legs suspected to be poisonous blades were found. He took out two straw mats from the space ring, wrapped the body, and put it directly into the space ring. Then, transform all the remaining corpses into skeletons. Dong dong dong! ?Wu Heng walked to the hiding place of the association, knocked a few times, and said, "Xila Gui, you can come out now." Behind the door, the sound of moving items was heard, and the door was opened. Hiragui led the team members and sailors and walked out of the dim cabin. Looking like everyone is in a bad mood. There are not many crew members left. Deputy Wu Heng! Thank you, Archdeacon, for coming to our rescue! Thank you, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. Everyone thanked him one after another, but still looked at the large group of skeletons behind them with some surprise. Sheila Gui looked around. ??The scene was even more miserable than imagined. The deck was like a ruin, and the ground was covered with blood and various debris. There were several pirate ships around. You can see skeletons one after another, and some corpses are dragged out from the cabin. Where are the others? Sheela asked? (End of this chapter) Chapter 327 , plucking stew soup Chapter 327, plucking hair and making soup See the curious look cast by Sheila Gui. ?Wu Heng was also stunned, "Who else?" Sheila Gui looked at him doubtfully, "You didn''t bring a team here?" "Did not have time!" After saying this, Shiragui and the others frowned and looked at him. One person killed so many pirates? The whole sea was dyed red. Not to mention whether the other deputy deacons can do it, even the deacon Imiro would not be able to say that he would dare to come out to save people by himself! ?This is a little too abnormal. Sheilagui continued to ask: "Didn''t the deacon come with you?" "No, I''ll tell you in detail when I get back. Let''s go check the ship first to see if it can still move." Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Sheila Gui nodded. Instruct others to start inspecting the ship. The battles on several other pirate ships have also ended. ??The body was dragged out of the cabin and laid flat on the deck. ??Wu Heng transformed them all into skeletons, and then began to carry materials and money on the pirate ship. Several ships were all connected together. A large amount of cargo was moved to the cabin where Wu Heng was. In addition to the supplies, there were also some gold coins and several large barrels of silver coins. It seems that the pirates were willing to use barrels to carry silver coins. The pirates who were killed one after another were all filled with wooden barrels. A large amount of supplies were piled into the cabin. Not to mention the associations wanted notice, bringing back these ships and the materials in the cabins can be considered a big gain. Return to the deck. Shark Tooth took several skeletons with him to salvage sunken supplies under the sea. There must be some losses. However, some coins can still be salvaged and continued to be used. Not long after, a team member came over. He said: "Deputy Wu Heng, we have inspected several pirate ships. Three of them can be started after repairs, and the remaining one needs to be towed back." There are four remaining pirate ships, and these ships must be taken back. The greatest value is these ships. Then drag it back. Okay. The team members went down to prepare. Wait until everything is taken care of. Ordered to start returning. ?Several ships formed a fleet and approached Treasure Island. On the deck. The sea breeze roared, and the waves splashed from time to time, falling like raindrops. Sheila Gui was leaning on the fence, her long blond hair fluttering in the sea breeze, and said, "How do you know we are in danger?" "The deacon came to pick you up a few days ago. I didn''t see any news, so I came out with the missing items to have a look." Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui nodded, "Thank you, if you hadn''t come over, we might have been in danger." ??Wu Heng smiled, waved his hand and said: "Thank you, we are all companions, and we should help each other, right? When I am in danger, you will definitely come to save me." Sheila Gui also had a smile on her somewhat dirty face, "That''s right, you are really different from other necromancers, you give people a different feeling." "Just think of it as your complimenting me!" Wu Heng said, and immediately added: "By the way, my missing person''s artifact needs to be traced based on the target''s personal belongings. I went to your office and study at that time. I took one and accidentally broke the door. Sheila Gui didn''t care at all, "It''s okay. Just let someone fix it then. What did you get?" ?Wu Heng turned over his hand and took out the hair tie, "I''ll give it back to you." Sheela Gui was slightly surprised, "I''ve been looking for this hair tie for a long time, but I can''t even remember where I put it. Well... I''ll put it with you first. Next time I''m in danger, I won''t have to destroy the door again." Well, this is also a way. Wu Heng put it away again, and Xila Gui also smiled. ?Wu Heng leaned on the fence and continued: "Don''t go out to sea randomly, it''s too dangerous." "The association set a target, you think I thought, now even the boat is broken, hey~! I don''t know how to explain it to the deacon when I get back." Sheila Gui sighed. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I just killed two pirate captains, one of whom is a level three wanted criminal. When I report, we will count them together and complete the target first." Sheila Gui looked up at him, "How can this be done? This should be your credit." In the file, killing by one person and killing by a group of people are completely different evaluations. Two subdeacons, plus two squads, killed two pirate groups. Although the target has been achieved. But it doesnt look that good. A file is of no use. Thats what I said, but false claims of merit are not allowed in the association. What a false report? Didnt you and the team members also participate? Its not considered a false report. Sheela Gui hesitated and looked at the other team members in the distance. ??I went on a trip with myself and almost lost my life. It was obviously not good that I didn''t get any benefits. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "Okay, thank you." "You''re welcome." "I''m going to tell everyone that there won''t be any problems then." Sheila Gui said, and then walked towards the team members. Speaking roughly. All team members saluted Wu Heng to express their gratitude. ?Wu Heng also smiled and nodded. I didnt say much. The Iron Barrel Pirates. Philippa sat in the captain''s cabin and took out all the items in the space ring with a face full of joy. Various living supplies, a large bag of gold coins, and two large buckets full of silver coins. ?This made Philippas face full of joy of harvest. Pirates are so cool! Different from the start-up capital given to her by Wu Heng, she robbed the money herself by killing people. A pirate should look like a pirate. Those who are subsidized will not have the peace of mind that they have snatched away. Humming a tune, he collected all the supplies. Then, his eyes fell on the iron cage on the table. There is a fat parrot with green feathers in an iron cage. The hair on my body was pulled out in patches, and I felt like I was in front of a pot. ?Philippa took out the dagger and nailed it to the wooden table with a clang sound. He narrowed his eyes slightly, looked at the parrot with evil intentions, and said: "Chicken, I give you two choices now, one is to stew the soup, and the other is to roast it." After speaking, he couldn''t help but licked his lower lips. ??The green-haired parrot trembled directly and said in a sharp voice: "Allies, pirate treaty." Your allies are hungry now. ??The green parrot flapped its ridged wings and shouted, "No, traitor." I didnt realize that you can still communicate. Philippa said curiously. ?She knew that the parrot could talk, but she didn''t expect that it could understand so many words. He thought for a moment and continued: "You have seen too much today, and you have to die." Ally! Ally! The parrot called his ally, shaking his head wildly. If you are from our pirate group, I dont have to eat you. The parrot flapping its wings was stunned for a moment and tilted its head as if it didn''t understand. Philippa picked up the dagger again. ?The parrot was immediately alert and shouted in a sharp voice: "Captain, great captain." Philippa put her face close to the iron cage, stared at the parrot and said: "You treat me as a tame animal. If you fail, I will pluck the feathers and make soup later." The parrot spread its wings and pressed against the iron cage behind it, with fear on its face. (End of this chapter) Chapter 328 , what is that, give me one. Chapter 328: What is that? Give me one. Until early the next morning. The fleet then towed the dilapidated pirate ship and approached the port. ??When the scarred ships approached the port, they still caused quite a stir. Whats going on? Why did we let the ship flying the pirate flag dock? They are the pirate ships of the Poison Blade and the Red Crown. I have seen their flags on the wanted poster. Its close to the associations port. It seems that it was destroyed by the associations people. The Poison Blade Pirates, a pirate group that has been famous for more than ten years, how could it be destroyed so easily? It seems that the association has been very ruthless. Pirates have been too active on the route recently. "Right." He told the ship steward, called a carriage, and returned to the association. Go out of the study room. Moya said: "We should be able to return tonight or tomorrow." Oh, lets come back tomorrow. Sheila Gui said. ??Stepped onto the deck again and disembarked the ship with Silla Rose and many team members. The team members returned to the lounge, and Wu Heng and Sheila Gui went to the deacon''s study together. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. In the cold morgue. Two corpses, the one who died was quite miserable. ??Taverns and prostitutes are all talking about related things. Say goodbye in the corridor and return to your office and study. ?Seeing two deacons coming down at the same time, he immediately saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." Well, if you can come back safely, the deacon will be relieved. Even if you hide it yourself, you can''t do it so fast! Arrived at the association. ??Wu Heng directly took out the corpse wrapped in the straw mat and said: "The two corpses are both wanted criminals. Let''s check the identities and then sew the corpses together." The body obtained still needs to undergo an autopsy. The coroner carried the two corpses onto the iron bed, took a brief look at them, and nodded in agreement, "Okay, I will inform the front desk directly if there are any results." Speaking of this, I became even more curious about how Wu Heng found the person and brought him back so quickly. In the cabin, Wu Heng put all the skeletons on standby. The two of them walked back again. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui nodded, and then exited the study. ?Yesterday, Wu Heng just said that he had obtained information about the danger of "Xila Rose", and he brought the person back today? ?This speed is a bit exaggerated! Still, Xilagui had nothing to do at all, and she happened to meet Wu Heng when she returned. Everything must still be carried out in accordance with the associations procedures. ??Moya''s eyes widened a bit when he saw Wu Heng and Xila Gui walking in. Soon, the news that the association had wiped out two pirate groups at once spread quickly to the island at the port. ?Captain Red Crown had a big hole in his chest, Captain Poison Blade was even worse, his legs were taken off the mast. ??Everyone was talking in low voices. Sheila Gui smoothed her hair and said: "I''m fine. There have been some casualties among the sailors and damage to the ship. Where is the deacon?" ?At the same time, he also speculated whether Imiro personally led the team and killed two pirate groups to scare the monkeys. Deacon Xilagui, are you okay? Moya asked. His body was also stripped naked, his neck was cut in half, and his head was hanging down. Okay, good work. When will you be able to come back? Sheila Gui continued to ask. Moya said: "I have passed the message to the deacon, and he has not come back yet." The coroner is examining the body on the iron bed. The two of them continued down the stone stairs to the morgue. Some of the intelligence collectors quickly left the crowd and passed the news back. In the study room, there is still only assistant Moya. Return to the office and study room. ?Andewil smiled and helped him hang his coat on the hanger. He said softly: "Master went on a mission yesterday?" Well, I went to rescue an association ship. Wu Heng washed his face in the basin nearby. ?Andewil took out a towel and gently helped him dry the water on his face. ??Wu Heng sat down aside and said, "Weier, help me write a report for a while. The deacon may need it then." Anderweil took out paper and pen and said, "Okay, please tell me." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and recounted what happened yesterday when he got the information and then went to rescue "Xila Gui". The only difference is that he did not say that he killed all the pirates. Rather, he said that when he arrived, Shiragui was already fighting with the pirates, and he used skeletons and some equipment to kill the pirates. This was also what he and Sheila Gui had agreed upon. Otherwise, Shilagui and other team members hid in the cabin and did not come out until the battle was over.?????It is difficult to be counted as a meritorious service. ? Anderweil wrote down the main content and then began to rewrite it into a report. ?Wu Heng continued to add, Lets mention some losses to our own ships and see if we can get the association to provide some money for repairs. Ah? Okay! Anderweil nodded. the other side. Sheila Gui looked at the door that had fallen to the ground and the broken door frame. ?Eyes were rounded. Is this what Wu Heng said was somewhat damaged? It cant be used at all! Let the guard guarding the door leave, step on the door panel and walk in directly. Looking around, I found a half-open drawer under the desk. It seems that this is where Wu Heng took his headband. Can''t blame him, after all, he was in a hurry to save himself, and he did encounter danger at that time. I casually pulled it open and took a look, when I saw the white corset on top. His face suddenly turned red. I just replaced it and havent had time to take it back for washing. Wont let him see it! "This guy." Deacon Sheilagui! At this time, a staff member walked in. Sheila Gui put the corset into the space ring, raised her head and asked, "What''s wrong?" Do you need someone to fix the door? Well, lets go find it. Okay, Archdeacon! the staff member left. Hilagui also took out a pen and paper and started writing about yesterday''s battle with the pirates. Its approaching noon. Wu Heng walked out of the association. The report was completely left to Anderweil. The report was not a composition test, so it was enough to explain the matter clearly. ?Furthermore, the deacon hasnt come back yet, so its uncertain whether he can be sent up tomorrow. In this world, the delivery of information is still very backward. The advantage of own radio is that it can deliver messages quickly. Go all the way back to your residence. Minnie saw him coming back, ran all the way from the room, and rushed towards him. ?Wu Heng caught it and felt the little bunny girl coiled around him like an octopus. Why is it like this again? Wu Heng walked towards the room with his elastic hips. Minnie said softly: "I just miss you a little!" You cant think about it every day! Ouch~! Minnie rubbed her neck hard and coquettishly. ?Wu Heng carried her towards the living room. He said: "Be good and let Chef No. 1 prepare lunch." Minnie jumped down and said, "Okay, master, what do you want to eat for lunch?" Just get some. "good." Minnie ran into the kitchen. ??Wu Heng also went up to the third floor and entered the room with the radio station. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record book, then picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, how are you doing there?" Soon, the voice of ''Philippa'' came from the other side, "It''s not bad, you killed several crew members, and I still have to recruit people." ?The scene was quite chaotic at that time. ??Furthermore, apart from Philippa, Wu Heng didnt know who was her crew, so the skeleton warriors fired at them. Let alone killing a few, if not all of them were killed, it would be considered that the opponent was well hidden. As long as you are not injured, we can recruit the other crew members if they die. Wu Heng said directly. Humph, those are my capable men, those are the helpers who want to conquer the sea. Philippa said, and then continued: What kind of weapon was that that you destroyed the ship? It seems to be quite powerful. She should be talking about a machine gun, which has enough ammunition and can destroy a sea-going ship in a few seconds. A device. Just give me a few clicks on the ship, and I will be able to collect more information for you. Philippa continued. Wu Heng knew what she wanted as soon as he thought about it, and said: "No, and don''t be too pushy, keep a low profile, the main thing is to collect some intelligence." As for things like machine guns, ammunition is a serious problem now. ??Now Wu Heng only has machine guns left in his hands and no artillery shells. ??And, even if there were one, fitting her would not be a clear decision. ?This kind of thing is comparable to an artifact in the eyes of pirates. Philippa is a level 8 ranger. How long can you live with an artifact? How can it be. "Stingy!" Philippa muttered, and then continued: "I found a blank envelope on the poison blade captain''s body, and the letter paper inside was also empty. I don''t know if it is the kind you asked me to pay attention to. envelope." (End of this chapter) Chapter 329 , I鈥檓 not familiar with him (please give me a monthly ticket.) Chapter 329: Not familiar with him (please vote for me...) Hearing the news, Wu Heng frowned. Why does this kind of envelope appear again? Or is it that the pirates'' besieging the association''s ship this time is also related to this kind of envelope? "Where are you now?" "Route? We made a circle to avoid being seen by anyone, and we are now moving away from the waters of Jiwei Island." Philippa said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "You are going to Jiwei Island now. I will go there later and we will meet." "I was waiting for you to come over. It was already dark, and other crew members saw your boat. How can I explain it?" Philippa exclaimed. I have a way to arrive early. "Okay! If you don''t arrive before dark, I will take people away. Don''t blame me. You can''t help yourself." Philippa sighed. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and hung up the phone directly. Lunch has been prepared downstairs. Having a simple bite, he talked to Minnie again. Leaved the residence again, found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat] and boarded the train. Hurry to Jiwei Island. The ghost train journey to Jiwei Island only takes more than 20 minutes. After Wu Heng arrived. After waiting for at least three or four hours, I saw the ship of the "Iron Barrel Pirates" approaching from a distance. Wait for the ship to dock. Philippa walked down the deck with the fire blade and carried a parrot on his shoulder. Like a thief, he looked around, then waved the crew back and walked directly to the center of the island. They came to a dilapidated stone house in the center and released the parrot, which landed on the roof near the guard. ?Him himself opened the door and walked into the room. When he opened the door, he saw Wu Heng sitting in the room and two attendants who were covering themselves tightly. A smile immediately appeared on his face, and he said respectfully and quietly: "Sir, Deputy Deacon." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down!" Philippa sat down on the stone opposite. ??Wu Heng continued: "Where is the letter? Show it to me." Oh, okay! Philippa turned over his hand and took out the letter and handed it over directly. ??Wu Heng glanced at the space ring on the opponent''s hand, and Philippa immediately covered it, as if he was afraid of being robbed. No need to think about it, the person who pulled out the poison blade equipment is Philippa. Its really a bad idea to start with. Captain Poison Blade''s legs were blown off, and she almost cut off the opponent''s head. ?Wu Heng didnt ask about the ring either. ??I am not short of such things. I took the envelope and started to look at it. It is really the same blank envelope that I got before. The length and size, as well as the feel of the paper, are exactly the same. ?Similarly, when looking at this kind of envelope, there is no panel introduction. In other words, envelopes and stationery were not props or rare objects, but were given to these pirates by other props. It is like an omniscient and omnipotent person on the sea, knowing the routes of various merchant groups and the movements of the association''s ships. ??The guy behind this is really a mystery. "How''s it going? Is it the one you''re looking for?" Philippa came over and asked. Wu Heng nodded, "That''s true, but we can''t be sure who sent the envelope. You should pay more attention in the future. If you have relevant information or have received such a letter, please notify me immediately." Oh, okay! Dont worry, Ill take care of things. Philippa patted her chest. ?Wu Heng returned the envelope to her, as a comparison. Don''t think about it if you see it later. ?Then he continued: "The information was delivered in a timely manner and handled well. I''ll give this to you and recruit some crew members when the time comes." ?With a wave of his hand, five wooden barrels appeared next to him, filled with silver coins. The bounty for pirates is actually not high. The most valuable things are the money robbed by the pirates and the captured ships. ?The things given to ''Philippa'' were by no means too much, but she had given a lot before when she left her post. ?Seeing Wu Heng take out so much money again. Philippa immediately smiled. This undercover job was great. Not only did he get a lot of money from the pirates. ?Wu Heng gave another pile of money. Her mother lived in that small village and had probably never seen so much money in her life. Seeing that the silver coins were put away, Philippa continued to ask: "Sir, how is my mother?" Philippa''s mother, Wu Heng really hasn''t paid much attention to her recently. He said: "When you left, I asked someone to take her out of the prison. She wanted to go back to the village to live, but I didn''t agree. She is currently staying in the association''s dormitory." Philippa immediately said: "We can''t let her go back. Her temperament is relatively weak. When she goes back, the people in the village will exclude her and make her angry. She will definitely not live long." ?Wu Heng also understood what she meant. He said: "If you do a good job, I will buy a property for your mother on Treasure Island. Then she can do a small business and maintain a normal life." Thats fine, just dont let her go back to the village anyway. Finished talking about my mother. Philippa leaned forward again and asked with curiosity: "I don''t want the equipment that destroys ships. The small equipment used by a row of skeletons on the deck. Give me a head office. I will give it to you." What should I do if Im in danger? It''s talking about a rifle. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. Philippa was now the captain, but her own strength was indeed not very good. Now the fire blade and skeleton protected her. It is indeed troublesome if you encounter danger alone. I have a lot of rifles and submachine guns, but I am afraid that they will spread and be dismantled and made into pieces. After all, cargo ships and freighters have been made. ??guns and artillery, as long as you study this aspect, it is not difficult to reproduce them. After thinking for a moment, he took out a rifle from the space ring and placed it on the table. Philippa''s eyes lit up immediately, and before Wu Heng could speak, he couldn''t wait to pick it up, "How to use it? Is it the same as a crossbow arrow?" ??Wu Heng avoided the direction of the muzzle, grabbed her hand, and said: "Don''t point the muzzle at yourself or your companions. There is a possibility of misfire. If you kill yourself, you will suffer a loss." ?Philippa also realized that she was a little too excited and smiled, "Yeah, I got it." Wu Heng held the rifle and explained to her the safety and how to use it. At the same time, he said: "This is how to use it. Only I have this weapon. Don''t expose it to the outside. If someone discovers it, it will be easy to guess your relationship with me." Fuck! If you dont let me use it, what are you going to do for me? "Protect yourself when you encounter danger. If you really encounter an unavoidable danger one day, you don''t need to worry so much. Use the method I teach you, just shoot him directly. If you are below level 15, you can directly shoot him. He sieves it. Hearing that he could kill targets below level 15, Philippa was a little excited. A weapon that can kill level 4 professionals head-on. This is a treasure. He raised his head and smiled, "Thank you." These are bullets, remember to replace them. Also, do not give this weapon to outsiders, not even a single ammunition. Wu Heng asked again. "I know, I would be stupid to give this kind of prop to someone else." Philippa put away all the guns and bullets. "Okay, that''s it. Your wanted bounty will increase after you go back, so be careful in the future." "I know! Why do you look like my mother." Philippa muttered, and then said: "Can I change the name of the pirate group? The name of Iron Bucket is too ugly." Isnt this what your father left behind? Im not familiar with him! I got on the boat just to save my mother. Dont change it yet. Your main job is to collect intelligence, and I dont really expect you to be able to run a pirate group. Why do you care so much about your name? Okay, you are the boss, you have the final say! The two continued chatting for a while and decided to use Jiwei Island as the place to meet and exchange supplies in the future. Philippa walked out of the stone house, and the green-feathered parrot flew down from the roof. ??Chirped, "Man, you like men." Shut up, you idiot. Captain, silly bird. You are a fool! ?Philippa quarreled with the parrot, boarded the ship and left. ?Wu Heng also walked out of the stone house, put on the [train conductors hat] again and returned to Treasure Island. (End of this chapter) Chapter 330 , remember what you said Chapter 330, remember what you said The night is dark. There was a sound of insects chirping outside the window. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, reaching out and gently stroking Minnie''s belly. The little bunny girl''s skin is tight and full of vitality, as smooth as silk. Follow it upwards, and the softness fills your palms. Minnie turned sideways, her eyes full of tenderness, and said softly: "Master, it''s great to have you!" Why are you talking about this? Minnie smiled, lay back down again, and said: "I just feel very lucky. There were so many slaves at that time, and you chose me. Now I can eat delicious food, wear beautiful clothes, and live in a big house. I couldn''t even dream of it before." Dare to think." Minnie put her arms behind her head, seemingly thinking about it. ?At that time, Wu Heng needed someone who could cook and someone who could do accounts. Minnie and Anderweil walked out directly. From the slaves purchased from Slater, he chose to follow himself. Speaking of it, it can be regarded as a mutual choice. Now, perhaps because they have better food and a better living environment, Minnie and Andwyer are getting better and better as they grow older. The entire Treasure Island is also a rare beauty. ?Wu Heng also smiled, "I am also very lucky to have chosen you." Wow~! The master is so kind! Minnie crawled into her arms again. ??Wu Heng patted the girl''s waist and hips, held her in his arms, and then continued: "By the way, I''ll give you a task." Ah? What mission? Minnie raised her head from her arms. On the third floor, there is a room used to receive intelligence. "Ah, I know which room needs to be cleaned?" Minnie asked. "No, that room is an important tool for me to communicate with the pirates. When you have nothing to do in the future, you can take a look at the news recorded by the skeleton. If there is something important or urgent, remind me in time." Wu Heng said. It was also because of the fact that Shiragui was besieged by pirates. ??Wu Heng felt that it would be better to let Minnie check the content regularly, so as not to miss some urgent things that he could not receive. ?Of course, sometimes, when she goes to the zombie world, Minnie cant find her. But when I come back, I can get the news as soon as possible. Oh, okay! Minnie agreed immediately, and then said: Pirates, are those people fierce? Not a good person anyway. Can you make your arms longer? "Why do you say that?" Its like this in the comics, and there are also people who use three swords. Those are all fake. Pirates in reality are very bad. Be careful about them in the future. Wu Heng continued. Oh! Minnie agreed, turned over and sat on him. "You still up?" Hey, the bad fox is not here today, so Im going to stay up all night. ?Wu Heng held her waist and said, "You are the only one who is energetic." "hey-hey!" The next day, early morning. ? Anderweil went downstairs and saw Minnie coming out of the kitchen. Good morning, Sister Weier. Anderweil rolled her eyes at her and said, "If you are so polite today, you won''t say bad things about me last night!" "No way, Sister Wei''er and I are the best." Minnie came closer. Andewil separated her with her hand and said, "Didn''t I shout last night that the bad fox was not here and it was time to play all night?" Minnie''s expression froze for a moment, and she said coyly: "Oh, I shouted subconsciously. You also know that I like to talk nonsense when I am excited. We are the best." Im not on good terms with you. Okay, wed better prepare something delicious for you tonight. ?Minnie hugged Andwyer''s arm and apologized coquettishly. Not long after, Wu Heng also got up and walked downstairs. He glanced at the two people fighting and said, "Weier, let''s go to the association together later." Okay, Master. Breakfast is ready. Sit down at the dining table and have breakfast together. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, and after hearing the response, he walked in directly. ?The elegant elf deacon sat behind the desk, not looking like he had returned from the sea. Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui was also sitting on the sofa on one side. She saw Wu Heng coming in and nodded. Sit down! Imiro said. ?Wu Heng sat down opposite Xila Gui. Imiro continued: "General Shila told me what happened yesterday. You did a good job, rescuing the members of the association and killing two pirate captains. I will write it into the file for you. " Thank you very much, deacon. Wu Heng thanked him. ?Although I dont pay much attention to archives, writing at best is not a bad thing. Has the report been written? Written! Wu Heng handed over the report. Imiro glanced at it roughly, put the report aside, and said: "Well, don''t go to sea recently. I will organize an internal inspection in the next few days." Understood. The two nodded. "Okay, Xilagui go back first, Wu Heng, please stay for a while." Xilagui stood up, bowed and left, winking at Wu Heng before leaving. Wait until the door is closed. Imiro continued: "Tell me the story again." ??Wu Heng nodded and recounted the story of getting information from ''Philippa'' and then going to sea to rescue him. Imiro thought for a moment and said, "Does the little pirate girl you arranged know where the pirates got the information?" Be able to accurately grasp the movements of the association''s ships, which is not something ordinary pirates can do. At the very least, Imiro doesnt think that the two pirate groups, Poison Blade and Red Crown, have this ability. Obviously it is suspected that someone has provided information. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "She didn''t know either. She said she went to recruit sailors and heard the conversation of these people." Then he added, But the blank envelope was found on the body. Imiro''s eyes narrowed instantly, "Is it related to the blank envelope again?" There is a certain possibility that the text on the envelope is missing. I dont know if the content of the delivery has anything to do with this time. Wu Heng said. Imiro frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "I know about this matter. You and the little pirate girl have done a good job. Let her continue to work hard. The association will record it and fund her. Development later. "okay." Okay, you should go back first. Ill let you know if anything happens. ?Wu Heng saluted and then exited the room. Return to the study. Anderweil is giving a bath to the little owl. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Smiled and said: "Is the association discussing your affairs?" Whats the matter? Wu Heng sat down aside. "It''s because you saved Archdeacon Shilagui and the others on your own. It''s said that your strength is only lower than that of Deacon Imiro." Andwyer turned her head and said while rubbing the owl. The association knows it. "Well! We''re all discussing it." Anderweil said, with a sense of pride on her face. "After two days of discussion, everyone forgot about this matter." Wu Heng packed up his things and said, "Weier, I''m going home first. I have nothing to do in the afternoon, so I''ll come back early." Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng left the office and study room. ?Walking to the lobby, as expected, many people greeted him from afar. Its like he became famous all of a sudden. He nodded in response, quickly walked out of the association and walked towards his residence. Returning to the residence, it was just about noon. Hand "Minnie" had lunch together and then walked upstairs. Even though Minnie said that there was no important information in the radio stations record book, she still went in and took a look for herself. ??There is really no important information, it''s all nonsense. ? It feels like Philippa treats the radio station as a tree hole of troubles, and whenever she has something, she has to talk to the microphone. After confirming that there is no information you need. He continued to climb to the 4th floor and entered the alchemy room. Put the purchased materials aside, then walk to the cabinet shelf aside and look at the finished medicines on it. This time, in addition to several commonly used pharmaceuticals that Wu Heng needs. There are also 8 bottles of first-level corpse core potions placed. The production efficiency is still relatively high. The last time I brought it back from the military market, it wasnt long ago. Put away all the potions, Wu Heng exited the room directly. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. Old factory area, dormitory. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked her to find her mother. I came to the window and looked outside. ?Construction is under way both inside and outside the factory. In addition to the internal walls and some fortifications, a planned market is also being built outside. Hook machines are digging the foundation, and a large number of people are clearing weeds that are half a person''s height. At this time, Qi Hancai passed by below. Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie, pressed the switch and said: "Qi Hancai, come here." "receive!" Qi Hancai replied and walked quickly upstairs. Soon, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened and Qi Hancai peeked in. Seeing that there were only Wu Heng and the two attendants in the room, he immediately became a little nervous. He lowered his head half-way, glanced at the bed next to him, and then at the other party. How is life here? Wu Heng asked. "Huh?" Qi Hancai was stunned and subconsciously replied: "It''s pretty good." Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Do you still remember what I told you, there is a skill in taking corpse core?" Hearing these words, Qi Hancai felt that his heartbeat was accelerating. "Remember!" "If you are willing to stay and promise not to reveal this matter, I can provide you with a corpse core that has no side effects." (End of this chapter) Chapter 331 ,come over Chapter 331, come here Sure enough! Qi Hancai''s heartbeat accelerated faster and faster. ?When I really heard the words no side effects, my heart skipped a beat and my pupils shrank suddenly. no side effects? ?Last time, the other party just said that he had some skills. She thought it was just to increase the success rate of taking corpse cores. But now it is completely different from what I said before. There are no side effects, that is, it will definitely succeed. ?This..., this is terrible. The ability to improve ones own abilities without any restrictions. ?This is not the end of the world. In the eyes of the other party, this is a hunting ground to break through one''s own shackles. No wonder the auto repair shop is always looking for aberrant zombies. ?Its no wonder that the opponent has displayed so many types of abilities. Now, tell yourself this secret. ?While feeling ecstatic in my heart, I also realized the meaning of the words. ?This is definitely a secret that cannot be revealed to the outside world. If you reveal it yourself, you may become one of those skeletons. Forcing himself to calm down, he said with a firm face: "I swear I will not betray you, and I am willing to do anything for you." Remember what you said today. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said again: "Don''t worry, I know how difficult life is now, and I will never do anything to betray you." ??Wu Heng nodded, took out a bottle of potion, handed it to her and said, "This is the purified potion. Just drink it. I''ll keep an eye on it for you." ?Qi Hancai frowned and subconsciously took the small potion bottle. Not the kind of **** corpse core. It is a liquid that looks like eye drops. ??Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng again and confirmed that the other party had no reason to deceive or harm him. Furthermore, having already reached this point, there is no reason to back down. Open the cork of the bottle and drink it. The liquid flows down the throat into the abdomen, dry and with a sense of warmth. Then the heartbeat speeds up, the chest feels tight, and a wave of energy quickly spreads throughout the body. There is a tingling sensation in the muscles and bones. But soon, all the strange feelings gradually disappeared, replaced by a sense of vitality and comfort emanating from the body. She had experienced this feeling once. It was just that the last time was more painful, as if the flesh and bones were being shaved off. It is a feeling that people never want to experience again. But now, after taking the medicine, it is over so easily. Its really magical. How is it? Wu Heng looked at the other party and asked. Even though Qi Hancai had taken the corpse core, her whole body was soaked in sweat, as if she had been fished out of the river. The clothes fit the body, outlining the tall figure, and the black underwear was vaguely exposed. Qi Hancai couldn''t hide her joy, "It''s pretty good. I can feel my body''s strength increasing." Well, you are in good physical condition and can absorb it quickly. "Thanks!" ?A breeze blew through the window, and Qi Hancai shuddered, only to realize that he was soaked all over. He subconsciously covered his chest, then released it, straightening up slightly. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Come in! Wu Heng said. ?The door opened and the little mother Zhao Yanqiu walked in. You can find me for short novels. Well, come in! Wu Heng said. Zhao Yanqiu entered the room and saw the strange-looking "Qi Hancai". He glanced at his whole body and then at Wu Heng. Deputy Chief Qi, Zhao Yanqiu said. The base here follows the names of most other bases. ?Wu Heng is the leader, and Qi Hancai is the deputy leader as the daily manager. Sister Zhao! Qi Hancai was more polite. After the two of them greeted each other, Qi Hancai said to Wu Heng: "I''m going back first. Please inform me at any time if you have any actions." Well, lets go back! Qi Hancai opened the door and walked out directly. ?Stepping out of the room, Qi Hancai took a deep breath to calm down. ?If the other party tells me about the potion, it means that she trusts her very much. Maybe not as good as ''Li Yahong'', but among the several bases controlled by King Yama, I am definitely considered a confidant. Go down the stairs. I cant help but feel a little excited in my heart. Looking back up again, it suddenly occurred to me that Zhao Yanqiu should also be here to take the potion. She must be because her daughter is small. Qi Hancai muttered, and became even more curious about who this ''Xiao Xiao'' was. She manages the entire old factory shelter, and all survivors are registered. ??Only this Xiao Xiao, which is often mentioned, has never appeared. Its as if it only appears in everyones thoughts and has never been seen from beginning to end. ?Thinking of this, Qi Hancai felt another chill coming down his spine. There is an inexplicable feeling of horror in my heart. It''s like watching a horror movie. The characters are imaginary and have never really existed. Its so cold. Qi Hancai shook his shoulders and went back to the room to change clothes. Zhao Yanqiu stood in the middle and said somewhat cautiously: "Do you have anything to explain?" ?Xiaoxiao also appeared in mid-air, half lying in the air, "Humph~! Mom has a temper with me." ?Zhao Yanqiu raised his head and glared at her. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you heard about the corpse core?" It was said on the radio that it is something inside a zombies body, Zhao Yanqiu said. Even if she hadnt heard of it before, now that she was in charge of the radio station, she had certainly heard of it. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I can provide you with corpse cores, which will be of great help to your physique." Zhao Yanqiu frowned, "The success rate of corpse core is quite low." ?Xiao Xiao interrupted at the side and said: "Uncle, there is no harm in it. Mom, don''t worry." ??Wu Heng also explained: "I have a medicine here that has no side effects." The provision provided to Zhao Yanqiu was largely a compensation for Xiao Xiao. As the ghost who followed him at the beginning, although his personality was a little naughty, he did provide him with a lot of help. Whether its reconnaissance before a battle or finding the location of aberrant zombies. So, now that the corpse cores are abundant, they are beginning to be distributed downwards, and the little mother is also included. Zhao Yanqiu glanced at her daughter, who nodded her head vigorously, and agreed, "Thank you for your trust." ?Wu Heng took out the potion and handed it to her. ?Zhao Yanqiu uncorked the bottle and drank it all in one gulp. Immediately afterwards, his body began to appear abnormal, curled up, and groaned in pain. ?Xiao Xiao cheered her up and told her to just hold on and it would be fine. After a brief period of pain, there is a sense of relief that the body is rejuvenated. Zhao Yanqiu wiped the wet hair on her forehead, "Thank you, I feel that my body has changed a lot." Well, dont mention this to anyone, not even people in the base, otherwise your life may be in danger. Wu Heng continued to instruct. Zhao Yanqiu''s face instantly became serious, and she nodded solemnly, "I won''t tell anyone." Well, lets get busy first! Zhao Yanqiu saluted again and left the room directly. Thank you, uncle. He thanked Xiao Xiao. No matter how polite you are, we are all our own people. Wu Heng said. Hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled and circled happily in the air. ?Wu Heng put on a coat and said, "Xiao Xiao will come back first, let''s go to the passenger terminal." "okay!" Hide your body back slightly. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton directly to the roof, sat on the back of the skeleton flying dragon, and put on a gangster mask to protect himself from the wind. ?Tapping the bone dragon''s neck, it instantly rose into the sky and flew towards the passenger terminal. ?The wind roared in my ears, and the air flow blew against the mask like a whip. ??If my physique hadn''t been several times that of a normal person, this speed would have been a bit unbearable. Flying fast all the way. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon arrived directly above the passenger terminal. ??The flying dragon fell from the courtyard, and the survivor responsible for patrol rushed over quickly carrying a crossbow. ?When he saw Wu Heng taking off his hood, he immediately put down his weapon and smiled. Your Majesty. You just came back from robbery! ?Wu Heng jumped off the flying dragon and asked, "Where is Li Yahong?" Sister Hong is in a meeting, do I need to inform her? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "After the meeting is over, ask her to find me in my room." "okay!" Go back to your original room. ??This place still remains in its original state. Waited for a while. ?The door opened, and Li Yahong walked in directly carrying a heavy backpack. Seeing Wu Heng, standing at the door with a straight face, arms folded in front of his chest, looking bulging with anger. Looking at her appearance, Wu Heng felt a little funny. He opened his arms and said, "Come here!" "You..." Li Yahong looked suffocated, glared, but walked over and threw herself into the other person''s arms. ?Wu Heng hugged her and asked, "Did you miss me?" Think of it. He said it, but still pushed hard into his arms. ?Wu Heng pinched his cheeks, raised his head, and kissed her hard. (End of this chapter) Chapter 332 , you also collect information for me Chapter 332: You also collect information for me ?Li Yahong punched the opponent''s chest twice in shame and raised her head in response. Seeing that her coat was taken off, Li Yahong turned her head and said, "No, I want to take a shower first, I''m sweating all over." ??Wu Heng smoothly opened the buckle of the corset, patted his lower back gently, "Go quickly." Really, its been like this since we got here. Li Yahong covered her chest with clothes and complained softly. When she entered the bathroom, Wu Heng also took off his clothes and followed her in. Get out of the bathroom. The two of them came out wrapped in bath towels and sat down by the bed. ?Wu Heng took out two bottles of potion and placed them on the table. "The newly made potion is out. I''ll give you two bottles." ?Li Yahong wiped her wet hair and raised her brows. The corpse core potion has not been seen for a while. The main reason is that there is no information about the aberrant zombies nearby. Now, it is indeed correct to establish a base from the city. Should I take two for myself? Do you want to share some with others? After all, Ive taken it so many times and havent awakened my powers. ?Wu Heng held her in his arms and said, "We will consider other people later. You must have a certain amount of strength to manage this place." Okay! Shall I drink it now? "Um!" Li Yahong didnt say much, opened the potion and drank two bottles one after another. After a brief tingling sensation in the body, everything returned to normal. Li Yahong can also clearly feel the improvement in physical strength. He grabbed it casually and spread his palm again, revealing the crushed mosquito. Wow, I can use Shadowless Hands now. Li Yahong exclaimed. Wash your hands in the bathroom, come back, smile and say: "How nice of you!" Are you not angry now? Im so angry, who kept you from coming back for so many days? Li Yahong said still angrily. ??Wu Heng hugged her over and said, "It''s busy over there. They are also building a new market." Tch! Li Yahong continued: At the passenger terminal, we need to replenish some food and crossbows. The bag I brought contains the gold and silver that I have recently collected. Well, Ill leave it to you, dont worry. Its true. Stayed from the passenger terminal until dusk, checked the time, and planned to leave. ?? Li Yahong helped him get dressed and complained softly, "Really, it''s like having an affair. I''m so anxious and have to go back." ?Wu Heng was amused by her, "You are the first wife." "What, you really have someone else? Qi Hancai, right? I have long felt that something is wrong with her." Li Yahong said immediately. ?Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "What are you guessing?" Then when will you come again? Li Yahong continued to ask. In a few days. What about the food and crossbows I need? "Let''s see. I''ll send the convoy here along the peripheral roads. It will only take more than two days." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. "also!" After the two people discussed it. ?Wu Heng picked up the backpack containing gold and silver from the ground and took a look at it. It made a loud noise when picked up, and it weighed at least 20 kilograms. If a gold coin weighs 30 grams, a bag like this contains more than 600 gold coins. In another world, you can directly live a wealthy life. Putting the space ring away, he walked out directly. ?Hunted on the skeleton flying dragon, waved goodbye, and headed directly towards the old factory area. ??The flying dragon landed on the roof of the old factory area. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. Wait until after dinner. ??Wu Heng took out the potion and said: "This is a newly refined potion, the kind that enhances physical fitness. Each of you has two bottles. Drink it now!" Compared to the zombie world, Wu Heng felt that the other world here was more dangerous. ??Zombies dont have too many plots and tricks. With the protection of the skeleton army, there is basically no danger. But its different here. The Secret Order, Pirates, Mysterious Blank Envelopes. Everyone wants to kill themselves. Similarly, Minnie and Andwyer also have certain dangers. The distribution of medicines is also more inclined to the two of them. Okay, its becoming more powerful again. Minnie cheered happily and stepped forward to pick up two bottles. Thank you, Master. Anderweil smiled and thanked her, then picked up the potion. Minnie, who was cheering, was stunned for a moment, suddenly feeling that she was very rude, and she also saluted solemnly, "Oh, thank you, master, the master is the best." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Okay, the family doesn''t need to be so exposed." Thats right, Sister Weier is always like this. Andewil glared at her, and Minnie stuck out her tongue. Wu Heng said: "Okay, you can drink it now, I will keep an eye on it for you." The two women nodded, opened the bottle cap and drank directly. After a brief period of physical abnormality, there is a feeling of physical enhancement. Then I took the second bottle and the effect was the same. Even Anderweil looked happy. "Let''s go, train for a while, and then rest early." "Okay, I want to repay the master tonight." Minnie cheered. Anderweil glared at her again, "Stop looking for excuses." Its a big deal, lets go together. Anderweil choked on her words and swallowed back the rest of her words. The three of them trained in the courtyard for a while, and then went back to the room to rest together. The next day, association. ??Wu Heng sat at the table, checking the latest updated wanted notices. ??Some pirate groups and common wanted criminals have been newly updated. The bounty on ''Philippa'' has already reached 650 silver coins, if he hadn''t just been on the list. ? Judging from his age, his level wont be too high, and he might even have a third-level meritorious service. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Anderweil came in with a woman. Master, Mrs. Millicent is here, Andwyll said. Millicent is the name of Philippa''s mother, a woman who is less than forty years old, with very fair skin and a plump figure. Master! The woman lowered her head and shouted in a low voice. Just call me deputy deacon, you dont have to follow them, Wu Heng said. It is still a bit strange to be called master by the mother of one of my subordinates. Yes, Lord Archdeacon. Wu Heng continued: "I met your daughter the day before yesterday. She wanted me to arrange a job for you to make a living. Have you done anything before?" The woman raised her head carefully and said, "There was a hotel that was opened for a while, but there was no one in the village, and it was finally closed." In a place like a village, it is simply not practical to open a hotel. But it can be considered as having some business experience. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "If I buy you a shop and open a tavern, can you open it?" I, I dont know. The woman lowered her head. Treasure Island is different from the village she lived in before. This is a highly mobile trade center, with a large number of sailors or business groups entering the port every day. ??The business of hotel-type pubs here is very good. You can also collect certain information for yourself. Thinking for a while, he raised his head and said, "Then give it a try. After finally getting out of the village, you should have a better life." The woman paused for a moment, "You''re right!" Weier. Master. Anderweil looked over. "Go to the municipal government and buy a shop in a better location. Don''t come forward and let others buy it." Wu Heng directly ordered. Okay, Master. Anderweil leaves. ??Only Wu Heng and the woman standing in the middle were left in the room. "Sir, how is my daughter now?" The woman hesitated, then asked. Its pretty good, at least my life is better than yours. Hearing that her daughter was doing well, the woman''s face relaxed a lot, and she whispered: "Philippa''s personality is a bit like a boy. If there are any shortcomings, please bear with her." Its okay, she has a pretty good personality. "Thanks." ?Wu Heng looked at her and continued to ask: "What is your occupation?" I dont have a career yet! Hearing these words, Wu Heng frowned slightly. In this world of universal occupations, there are still no occupations in such a big world. "How old are you?" 38. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Go inside and wait for a while." The woman followed the order and walked to the room on one side. At the door, Wu Heng called a staff member and said, "Go to the front desk and get an ''Investigator'' career scroll." Okay, Lord Archdeacon. Not long after, the job transfer scroll was sent over. After the staff left, he handed the scroll to the woman and said, "Here you go, your profession is an investigator. When you run the tavern in the future, you will also be responsible for helping me collect intelligence." The professional characteristics of an investigator are observation and recording. They often perform some clerical jobs, and they are also a relatively popular profession among various forces. It is the kind of occupation where as long as you change jobs, you dont have to worry about finding a job. But the disadvantages are also obvious. The chosen ones are workers, who have little fighting ability, and there are few high-level strong men. ?Seeing the scroll delivered, the woman immediately showed a happy expression, "Many, thank you, Mr. Deputy Deacon." Well, lets change jobs first. The woman tore open the scroll, and a ray of light penetrated into the woman''s body. As the light disappeared, the whole person''s temperament and state also changed. ?The eyes are brighter, and the look in the eyes is no longer timid, but gives people a feeling of observing things. ??Wu Heng said: "The promotion of investigators focuses on observation and collection. Although you are a little older when you change jobs, you can catch up if you pay more attention to the surrounding situation." Yes, I will definitely work hard. "Well, do your best. Although you are not considered members of the association, you are still considered my informants. You will work for a few years. When you no longer want to do it, I will take you away and arrange new jobs." Thank you, sir. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 333 , Skeleton Cavalry Chapter 333, Skeleton Cavalry Chatted with the woman for a while. ?Anderweil came back with the house deed. He said: "Master, I bought a shop on the newly built commercial street on Beacon Street. The location is pretty good." "Well, it''s pretty good over there." Wu Heng took the house deed and continued to look at the woman, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to see it." Yes, my lord. Beacon Street. One place, inside a newly completed shop. ?Wu Heng put on the ''Transformation Veil'', transformed into the form of a fat woman, and walked into the store with ''Millison''. But the area is still quite large. ?There are only a few of them, and they are of little use. Leave the rest to her. Bought more than 200 bags of flour and some beans directly. ?The boss smiled and said: "This kind of crossbow costs 40 silver coins." Get on the carriage. Closed the door of the shop again. Yes, my lord. Have lunch. The woman returned to the association, and Wu Heng got out of the car halfway. How many are there in the store? There is no need to order from here. With nothing else to buy, Wu Heng continued to walk outside. After looking around. Return to your residence. Wu Heng handed her the house deed and said: "This store is yours now. If you have any difficulties, you can come to me, but don''t mention your relationship with me to outsiders. I am the deputy deacon of the association and I have many enemies around me. That would be dangerous to you and your daughter." The train quickly disappeared, and when it appeared again, it had arrived at the port city of the Kingdom of Yeko. Well, just know what you should do! In ten days, the goods of Star Flower should have almost arrived. The price of grain has also increased, but the increase is not large and the quantity is relatively sufficient. In the itinerary, fill in Netale City. ??Wu Heng walked directly into a weapons store that he had never been to before, looked at the weapons around him, and said, "How much does the crossbow cost?" When designing the building, it should be designed according to the pub. ?Wu Heng left the store and strolled around the nearby stores. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. Furthermore, he ordered a thousand wood elf crossbows from the Flower of Stars, as well as a large amount of food. The price has really gone up a lot. ??Wu Heng continued: "Find someone to decorate it first. Don''t worry about money." "I know." The woman nodded, and then solemnly saluted again, "Thank you, sir, for rescuing me and ''Philippa'' from prison, and thank you for giving us this opportunity." Forget it, Ill take a look again! ?There are five floors above and below, and four floors above ground, including the lobby and single rooms upstairs. The streets throughout the port have become much deserted. The two of them looked around the store. ??Whether it is given to the passenger terminal or used in exchange, it can be used. ?Wu Heng found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat], and boarded the ghost train. Okay, sir! Perhaps it is because of the recent political instability in the kingdom. The store is empty. Walked around. "Do you need to order in large quantities?" The boss thought for a moment and said, "Guest, there are only more than 10 crossbows in the store. If you order in large quantities, we can arrange an order for you and deliver the goods to you within 10 days." Come to a relatively remote place outside the city. Just wanted to put on my hat and leave. Tap tap tap~! The sound of rapid horse hooves suddenly sounded from behind. Wu Heng put away his hat and looked back, and saw a group of armored cavalry running towards this side quickly. A group of 12 people, with puffs of smoke and dust rising behind them. ?Wu Heng stood aside, waiting for them to leave. Suddenly, the leading cavalry suddenly pulled the reins, and the cavalry squad stopped immediately. The leader, sitting upright on horseback, asked condescendingly: "What are you doing?" Im passing by, do you have any questions? Wu Heng replied. The man looked up and down at his clothes, glanced at the ring on his hand, and then looked around, "There has been a serious gang infestation in the city recently. You guys should put down your weapons and accept inspection." As he said that, the cavalry surrounded several people. ??Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, took out the deputy deacon''s emblem and hung it on his body, "Get out!" All the cavalry were stunned. ?Looking at the emblem, his eyes widened a bit. Meeting random people outside is the deputy deacon of the association. This is such a coincidence! The cavalry captain was obviously stunned. He looked at the other party carefully and continued: "I know all the deputy deacons in Netale City. Why haven''t I seen you? I couldn''t have picked him up!" Then, he continued to give the order to the cavalry, "Go and take him down." ?Wu Heng stood there and understood what the other party meant. No matter what identity you show, you are planning to kill yourself in this remote place. He is not even afraid of his status as a deputy deacon. It seems that he does not want to stay alive. Tap tap tap~! Hearing the captain''s order, the cavalry began to charge directly. ??Wu Heng took out the heavy machine gun directly from the space ring and fired the plate armor directly. ?Bang bang bang~! A violent explosion sounded. The approaching cavalry was instantly overwhelmed by bullets, and all men and horses lay on the ground. ?At the back, the captain, who had looked indifferent and disdainful just now, suddenly changed his expression. He pulled the reins and planned to ride away. ?Wu Heng cast a spell instantly, creating a cage of bones, trapping the only cavalry captain inside. The man''s face became extremely ugly. ?Originally I wanted to make a profit while there was no one around, but I didnt expect that I would hit a brick wall. Not only every member of the team died. I may die here too. Wu Heng walked over, but before he could speak, the other party rushed over and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon, we are eager to catch the bandits and have offended you." Turn over and dismount, bow and salute. ?Wu Heng frowned, he was really capable of bending and stretching. Just now he ordered the cavalry to kill people directly, but now he immediately apologized. ??Wu Heng said directly: "There is no need to talk about the apology. Don''t be so arrogant in the next life." After saying that, remove the bone prison, crush the skull and smash the opponent to death with a hammer. Clean and crisp. ?Wu Heng searched the corpses on the ground and found some money bags, medicines, and a letter with "sealing wax" on the captain''s body. I opened it and looked at it. It was an action letter requesting the mobilization of troops and arresting someone. It seems that these cavalry are here to deliver a message. ??Just now I really suspected that the blank letter was deceiving people. Took out all the straw mats in the space ring. Wrap the corpses, two human corpses on one straw mat. Wu Heng ordered directly. The number of straw mats is still too small. Wait until the body is rolled up. ??Wu Heng directly put the space ring away and continued to pick up bullet casings all over the ground. Put on the [train conductors hat] again and return to Treasure Island. Zombie world, old factory area. ?Wu Heng is in an open space at the back. Took out all the corpses of several cavalrymen. The battlefield of corpsesis released, and the white bones stand up from the ground. In addition to human skeletons, there are also 12 skeleton horses. (End of this chapter) Chapter 334 ,printer Chapter 334, Printer The flesh and blood fell off, and Senbais skeleton stood up from the ground. Twelve humanoid skeletons and twelve horse skeletons. ?Wu Heng looked at several skeletons one by one to check their levels. Skeleton Cavalry (Level 7) Skeleton Cavalry (Level 6) Skeleton War Horse (Level 4) This time it is a new profession called cavalry. The highest level is level 7, which is the squad leader who ordered the attack when they met. The level is a bit low! Wu Heng was a little disappointed. But after thinking about it, this level is also normal. Enter the courtyard. There was an inexplicable pressure in my heart. Qi Hancai also received the news and walked out of the dormitory building. Skeleton warriors, skeleton archers, and even flying dragons in the sky have been seen. There are two types of cavalry weapons, long swords and lances. Sitting upright on horseback, they look quite powerful. Then continue to put on a kind of leather armor and a saddle on the horse. When I came back from Netale City today, it was already getting late. Looking up at the tall skeleton cavalry, he subconsciously took two steps back. Pick up the weapon on the ground again and get on your horse. Continue to look at the attributes of the cavalry. Bring the Skeleton Cavalry to where the Skeleton Army is stationed. "Okay!" Qi Hancai agreed and went down to make preparations in advance. Ordinary soldiers cannot be viewed according to the level of leaders or backbones. ??Everyone stood far away and discussed in low voices. After the naming was over, Wu Heng returned to the compound with all the skeleton cavalry. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky. Furthermore, the recently converted pirate sailors are only around level five. ? said: "I don''t have any plans today. Come with me to the military market tomorrow morning and prepare two carts of food." ??If there was really a high-level professional among them, he would not be killed so easily by Wu Heng within a few minutes. The problem is not big. It may not be used in any way. It is better than nothing after all, and the skeleton does not need to eat, so there is basically no consumption. The next day, in the morning. ??It''s really just like the ancient army, almost all types of cold weapons are almost complete. "From now on, you will be called Qi Yi, you will be called Qi Two, you will be called Qi Three..." Wu Heng named the cavalry in turn. When it comes to chasing and intercepting, it will be difficult to use that kind of maneuverability. Now we have brought back a group of skeleton cavalry. Then he returned to the dormitory, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. ?These are cavalry troops, not the leading troops. Zombie world. The mighty skeleton cavalry immediately attracted the attention of all survivors. Put on the equipment on the ground and equip your own skeleton horses. Wu Heng ordered. ?Most of the time, zombies will quickly form a swarm. Stop what you are doing and look here with wide eyes. The occupations are different, but they are all soldiers. The type is closer to that of a warrior, and [Riding Specialization (Basic)] [Sword Skill Specialization (Basic)] [Lance Specialization (Intermediate)] has been added to the specialties. Looking away, he looked at Wu Heng again, "Do you have any plans for today?" Wait until everything is put on. Represents the combat effectiveness of this unit, which is largely reflected in combat on horseback. Twelve skeleton cavalrymen bent down to pick up the equipment on the ground and put them all back on their bodies. ??But in Wu Heng''s view, the advantage of cavalry may not be so obvious when facing zombies. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory and Qi Hancai had already prepared the vehicle. Get in the passenger seat. ?Three military trucks were launched and headed towards the military market. The wall on the market side has almost been built. Should we operate it like the passenger terminal, or a free market like the military? Qi Hancai asked while driving. The business forms in the two places are somewhat different. The passenger terminal where Li Yahong is sitting is more like a recycling center, where food is exchanged for materials brought from all shelters. The military market not only provides guns and ammunition for exchange of supplies, but also provides a market that allows others to set up stalls and sell items, which is considered a platform. ?Of course, the military provides you with a venue and certain security for a fee. What Qi Hancai wants to ask is whether to open the market to the outside world. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I feel that the situation at the passenger terminal is pretty good. How do you feel?" The purpose of our own side is different from that of the military market. The military needs some operations to maximize the harvest of food or other supplies. ??As for Wuheng, there is plenty of food. You come here with your things, I will give you the food, and then you can leave. There is absolutely no need to make the process so complicated. ??Moreover, a large number of other shelters stay in the market, which also increases the burden of security and maintenance within the market. I think so too. In terms of pricing, is it the same as the military? Qi Hancai continued to ask. On matters of pricing. It still needs to be considered carefully. The pricing set by the military market is based on the materials they need. ?Your side may not follow theirs, but you cannot deliberately increase the price to avoid conveying a sense of provocation. Even if you are not afraid of the other party, it is best not to have a conflict. Modern weapons still pose a certain threat. The pricing of guns and ammunition is one-third lower than that of the military. The prices of corpse cores and special equipment are the same. The prices of gold and silver are also one-third lower than those at the passenger terminal. "Okay." Qi Hancai continued: "There is also a special type of work. When we have a meeting, we discuss that other shelters will send a special type of work or profession that can provide them with 50 kilograms of food. If you come here by yourself, the food will be given to you. Himself." "Can!" "Then do we still need to go there to exchange supplies today? The market will open soon." Qi Hancai glanced at him. We still need to go there and exchange some of the ammunition we need first, in case the market opens and the other party doesnt sell to us. Wu Heng explained. Thats right. Qi Hancai continued: When I come back, Ill ask Zhao Yanqiu to promote it on the radio. "Um!" The two of them discussed the market. Qi Hancai talked about his arrangements for the sentry post again. ??The zombies around the old factory area have been cleared away. Qi Hancai plans to seal off some small roads and arrange sentinels on the two main roads. Whether survivors are approaching or groups of corpses are migrating, you can detect them in advance and have time to prepare. Wu Heng has no opinion on this point. I dont stay here every day, and some safety matters still have to be arranged by themselves. The following few things were all approved by Wu Heng. ??Qi Hancai was also a little happy. After talking about the business, he smiled and told some interesting things that happened in the base. Or, some old members, who got together with whom. Have started living together. Whether it is the passenger terminal or the old factory area, the two women act as leaders and avoid some bad situations between men and women. There is no such thing as appearing, seizing a woman, or the comfort room. All the way to the military market. Wang Chenggang and others stayed in the truck to guard the supplies. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and two skeleton attendants directly into the market area. The market is still bustling with activity. The stalls in succession are filled with various supplies. Walking along the way, you can see many stalls selling homemade detonators and explosives. Looks like the workmanship is a bit rough. "Guys, do you need explosives? Make sure each one is useful. Kill zombies or something, and blow up a big piece." The stall owner saw a few people looking at him, said loudly, and then slapped his chest, "Do you know about open-pit mines? I made all the explosives for mining, Im a veteran. ?Wu Heng took one look and immediately planned to leave. In other worlds, rolling thunder with explosion effects and smoke effects is the most common. Although the triggering method is still ignition, it is much better than this homemade one. ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward, looking around, and suddenly stopped in front of a stall. ?The stall owner is a slovenly middle-aged man, smoking the dry cigarettes he rolled in his mouth. In the stall, there are various miscellaneous items. Machete, tomahawk, homemade armor, and a cabinet-type glass equipment, the size of a beverage machine. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and asked directly: "What is this?" You young people should know that a 3D printer can print all kinds of things. If you need it, we can sell it to you at a cheap price. The man said casually, still smoking. (End of this chapter) Chapter 335 , Supervisory Envoy Chapter 335, Supervisory Envoy 3d printer. ?Wu Heng is no stranger to this kind of thing. Before the disaster, this kind of thing was popular for a while and was a kind of rapid prototyping process equipment. ?On the video, many bloggers posted some figures that they printed out, or more advanced, they created different parts, and finally assembled robotic arms, telescopic knives and other things. ?Of course, the material is not made of iron, but more like plastic. ?Wu Heng glanced at the stall owner in confusion. Its understandable to search for food and weapons. What did you think when you picked up this thing? Can this thing be used without electricity? Wu Heng asked. ?The stall owner exhaled a puff of smoke and said, "No." "Then what''s the use of taking it out?" If you want it, Ill give it to you cheaper. The stall owner couldnt answer and said directly. "what price?" 30 kilograms of grain, computers and raw materials in the car are all given to you. ?Wu Heng glanced at Qi Han Cai, who was stunned for a moment. Then he realized what he was doing and coughed lightly and said, "The food is waiting for the winter. What''s the use of this junk? You buy it back and I''ll smash it for you." ??The stall owner took a hard breath and felt that his business was about to be finished. He immediately said: "Sister, you can''t say that. The end of the world is already very difficult, how can you ruin a man''s handicraft dream!" I cant even eat, and Im still dreaming about it! ??Wu Heng also said: "Two kilograms of grain can''t be used without electricity." Its not that he deliberately lowered the price. In the current environment, this thing is no different from garbage. Brother, its not you who keeps the price low. Two kilograms is too little. Its quite troublesome for us to transport it here. How about you take the 10 kilograms? the man said. Forget it! Wu Heng turned around and left. The man immediately threw it to the ground, chased it and shouted: "Sell it, sell it, don''t leave in a hurry, I''ve given you two kilograms, men should use their dreams, brother!" ??Wu Heng stopped, his face still hesitant, "What about the computers and raw materials you mentioned?" Its all in the car outside. You get the grain, and Ill have someone prepare it. We can trade directly. ?Wu Heng also nodded and agreed, "Okay, let''s trade at the door." "Can!" ?Several people walked out of the market gate together. ?Wu Heng asked someone to pack two kilograms of flour, put it in a plastic bag, and took it directly. On the other side, 3D printers, computers, and a large bag of raw materials are all placed on the ground. ?Wu Heng handed the flour to the other party, and the sloppy man also took out a portable scale and weighed it. It weighed a little more, and I immediately had a smile on my face. Okay, the transaction is completed. If you really want to print something and you dont have enough raw materials, you can go to the Trade City and have a look. There are shops selling this kind of materials over there. The man reminded. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Oh, okay!" ?A few people waved goodbye. ?Wang Chenggang and others carried the equipment back to the car, and Wu Heng and Qi Hancai continued to walk around. There is nothing needed. Go directly to the area where the military exchanges ammunition. Enter the building. The exchange ratio on the notice board has not changed. ?Hello to the staff at the counter, and not long after, Captain Yang Long, who took the tour last time, walked slowly downstairs. ?Seeing Wu Heng, a smile immediately appeared on his face, "Little brother, what do you want to buy today?" It hasnt been long, but I still have an impression of Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng also smiled, "Captain Yang, come and buy some ammunition." "Welcome." Yang Long walked up the steps and said directly: "I will ask someone to prepare whatever you need. We are selling radio stations and headphones to see if there is anything you need, so we can exchange them together." ?Wu Heng glanced at him and asked curiously: "What''s going on? Why are you so anxious to sell this kind of thing to others?" ??Yang Long laughed and said, "Nothing''s wrong. Even if it''s in the warehouse, it''s getting dusty. I thought I''d swap it out for everyone so it can come in handy. Although Wu Heng didn''t believe it, he didn''t say much. Instead, he continued: "How many of those machine guns do you have?" "you still want?" "Um!" ?Yang Long paused for a moment and said in a regretful tone, "It''s a pity. We don''t have many cannons, so we can''t sell them to others. I can give you some shells." How many cannonballs can be exchanged? Five hundred. Okay, then five hundred artillery shells and five thousand machine gun bullets. Hearing that he wanted so much, Yang Long still frowned, but he just said that he would exchange it with the other party, so he still nodded and said: "Okay, I will have someone prepare it." ?Yang Long spoke directly into the intercom. ?Wu Heng stood aside and waited for a while. After loading the ammunition, they walked out of the market together. Same as last time, the ammunition was checked, and then Wang Chenggang and others were asked to carry the food. ??Yang Long continued: "Brother, there is plenty of food over there." "Reduce clothing and diet, squeeze out some and exchange ammunition here." Wu Heng sighed. Yang Long looked at the back compartment covered by another canvas and said: "We are recruiting survivors from all over the country. Do you have any ideas in this regard? I can introduce you to them when the disaster is over. The status is definitely not low, and the future and reputation are much better than they are now. ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and heard the other party''s intention to subdue him. I dont have the final say on this shelter. I will discuss it with everyone when I get back. If you have any ideas, we can discuss it in detail next time we come here. ??Yang Long nodded, "That''s good, I''m waiting for the good news from my brother." After the food and ammunition were counted and confirmed, Wu Heng continued: "Then let''s go back first. See you next time." Well, see you next time. ??Waving goodbye to each other, the motorcade drove away. After driving some distance, Qi Hancai asked: "I feel that he invited us to join just for the food." From the transaction between the two parties to Yang Longs invitation later. Qi Hancai also discovered something was wrong. ?Having met each other twice, the invitation to join is definitely not a sign of recognition of their strength, but more of a way to provide sufficient food. Yeah. Wu Heng agreed. "I feel that there is no need for us to join them. If the food is handed over, it is hard to say how much we will get." Qi Hancai reminded more bluntly. The present day. Wu Heng is the eldest, and she is the second oldest. ??And the construction of the entire base is also developing in an increasingly better direction. ??Joining any force now, Wu Heng can be regarded as a squad leader at most. By then, the status of the people below them will become worse and worse. ?This is better to think about it. ??If the other party takes the food and resources, they will not be distributed to them, which will cause even more trouble. ?Joining the military sounds good and has a bright future. But for Wu Heng, it is just adding a layer of shackles to himself. ??Wu Heng smiled and said: "To be polite, at that time, we were on someone else''s territory. If we directly rejected Yang Long, there might be some conflicts." Qi Hancai was stunned for a moment, and then he understood. ??Wu Heng didnt want to join at all, but he was at the gate of the military and worried about what the other party would do directly, so he politely said to go back and discuss it. "I''ll just tell you." Qi Hancai smiled and felt much more relaxed, "Then it won''t be easy to say next time." There will be no next time. When we get back, let Zhao Yanqiu promote our market. We will start exchanging supplies, guns and various military equipment in the next two days, and the prices will be reduced by another third. "clear!" ?The car moved forward quickly, heading towards the old factory area. ?Entering the gate, Qi Hancai immediately assigned tasks to everyone, planned the location of the outpost, and asked Zhao Yanqiu to announce the establishment of the ''Old Factory Area'' market. There is no cumbersome transaction method, as long as the things needed here can be taken out, the grain exchange can be carried out uniformly. ?Everyone in the refuge heard that a market was to be established on their side. I feel somewhat excited inside. At least it means that our place is already a refuge no less than that of the military, and is even richer in terms of resources. At the same time Qi Hancai handed over the task. ?Wu Heng went to the area where the skeletons were stationed, selected more skeletons, and distributed them rifles and submachine guns. As a guard in the market. You still need to be wary of others. Otherwise, you will not live long in this world. After everything was over, Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. The shining sea. On a ship moving with the waves. The dark cabin is hung with bright illumination stones. A man wearing a slim-fitting dress with a golden association emblem hanging on his chest sat at the table and read a book seriously. ~! There was a slight knock on the door. ??The guard''s voice came in, "Lord Kalema, the captain is here!" Let him in! The man closed the book in his hand. ?The door opened, and a man dressed as a merchant captain walked in. Smiled and saluted, Ive seen the Kalema special inspection envoy. The door then closed. The captain took out a prop and placed it on the ground. An invisible group of light surrounded the entire room. Kalema narrowed his eyes and had a staff in his hand. "Master Kalema, don''t be nervous. This is a sound-isolating prop. I''m here to convey something to you." The captain explained quickly, while taking out a ring with an eye pattern and wearing it on his hand. People of the Esoteric Order! Kalema had some displeasure on his face and said, "I told you not to contact me when I am performing the tasks of the association. If I am exposed, it will not do you any good." The captain smiled apologetically, "Don''t be surprised, sir, there are some important things, and the Secret Order needs your help." "explain!" When you go to Treasure Island this time, you need to deal with a person, his name is Wu Heng. Kalema frowned slightly, recalling the information of this name. Oh? That subdeacon who was just brought up? Yes, the Secret Order promises you a generous reward afterwards. Kalema shook his head, "Imilo is not easy to deal with. I have no chance to deal with him, and if I am caught with something, I will die." The captain continued: "No, no, you just need to find out something and pull him down from the position of deputy deacon. A necromancer cannot withstand investigation." Kalemas eyes narrowed instantly. ??If it were just that simple, it wouldnt be difficult. But he still said: What if its not found? Then you can let him make a mistake and then take him down. Kalema did not answer immediately. He closed his eyes and thought for a while, and then said, "Okay, I promise you." "Thank you, sir." The captain thanked him, put away the props, and bowed, "Then I won''t bother you much, and the dinner will be delivered to you soon." Well, lets go! The captain opened the door and stepped out. Treasure Island, residence. ?Wu Heng came downstairs, and Minnie and Anderweil were sitting in the living room chatting. When they saw Wu Heng coming down, they all smiled and said hello. ?Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the two of them, and asked, "Why hasn''t Shanara come here to eat recently?" "I heard that I have been busy recently. What''s the matter? Master, did you miss Sister Shanara?" Minnie came over and took his arm. Just curious, the association knows that she lives next door to us, and I have a task, which is to ensure her safety. Wu Heng explained. Minnie was stunned for a moment and realized that there was such a thing. Then lets go to her place for lunch today! Minnie suggested. ?Wu Heng felt that it made sense, and said: "Take some time to clean up, let''s go to her place and have a look!" "good!" The two women tidied up briefly. ?Wu Heng took them directly out and to the next door. (End of this chapter) Chapter 336 , modern underworld arms (one update today, no writing Chapter 336, Modern Underworld Arms (Updated today, not written out yet.) Come to Shannara''s residence and knock on the iron door. Soon a gap was opened. The housekeeper with a serious face looked outside and said, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng!" Is Mrs. Shanara at home? Wu Heng asked directly. "Wait a moment!" the housekeeper said and closed the courtyard door again. Soon, all the doors were opened again, "Madam, please invite some of you in." ?Wu Heng nodded and walked in directly with his two maids. The flower bed is already full of flowers, with butterflies and bees flying around. The whole courtyard is filled with the faint fragrance of flowers. Enter the building in the center. Are you in a hurry? Shannella asked. Shanara and Wu Heng were sitting on one side, and Minnie and Anderweil were sitting on the opposite side. Wearing a beige dress, Shanara walked slowly downstairs. When she saw the three of them, a bright smile immediately appeared on her face, "Why did you think of me today?" ??Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party''s boldness, and at the same time glanced sideways at the housekeeper standing behind ''Shanara''. Sculptures and hanging paintings have also changed their styles. The sound of footsteps sounded. At this time, several maids came up carrying tea. Its still about the business group! Shannara said in a helpless tone. When its almost time to eat. ?Various pastry styles fill the coffee table. Chatted for a while. After the maid left, Wu Heng asked: "What have you been busy with recently? It''s true that I haven''t seen you go by for several days." Tell me when you place another order and I will calculate the amount for you. These two transactions are relatively large transactions. There will be some discounts for subsequent orders. Just when Wu Heng was about to answer, he felt a soft little hand put into his palm from under the table, and his fingers intertwined. A few people sat down at the slender carved dining table. The housekeeper went down to give orders, and several people sat in the living room and continued chatting. Shannara glanced sideways behind her, and the housekeeper said: "According to the itinerary, it will take another four days." Turning her head to look over, Shannella smiled and blinked lightly. "Oh, you must be careful when doing things. At your current age, sitting in the position of deputy deacon, you are already very powerful, so don''t work so hard." Shannella looked over with a soft voice. Im not in a hurry, so I just thought of asking. ??The two of them clasped their hands tightly and continued to chat about some things related to the island. ??The housekeeper still stood aside politely, looking intently, as if he hadn''t seen anything. "good!" Minnie immediately came up to her and said in a surprised tone, "Sister, are you going to switch to a chef? What an exaggeration!" "There is no general change. The chefs of the business group will make some adjustments as needed." Shanara explained, and continued to say to the housekeeper: "Prepare dinner!" The layout of the entire living room has changed somewhat from last time. Are you in trouble? Okay, Ill excuse you. Wu Heng said politely. It should be! Minnie added from the side, "The master said he hasn''t seen you for several days because he was afraid of any danger." Come and see you! Wu Heng said. You care about me so much! Shanara looked at Wu Heng again. "I know." Wu Heng smiled, and then continued to ask: "When will the goods I ordered arrive?" "should be!" Shannara smiled and asked: "Are there many things going on at the association?" Shanela continued: "Do you want to place an order later?" "It''s not a big trouble, it''s okay, it''s been solved." Shanara smiled and continued to ask: "Would you like to eat at my place tonight? Two new chefs have been hired recently, and some alchemy dishes taste quite good. " Yes, maam! Seeing that Shannara was not afraid, Wu Heng naturally stopped worrying about anything. He took her hand and said, "Being busy is also a matter for the pirates." The housekeeper returned and announced that the dinner was ready. Wait for a few people to finish dinner. They quietly let go, walked back to the living room together, and continued chatting for a while. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. ?Wu Heng then left with his two daughters. Before leaving, he said: "Go to my place for dinner when you have time." Shannara smiled and nodded, "Okay!" Return to your residence. Minnie lay directly on the sofa, patting her belly and shouting to feel better. The little owl also flew over from the balcony, chirping non-stop. Andweil took out some strips of meat from the space ring, fed it to the little owl, and said at the same time: "Master, Mrs. Shannella seems to care about you." ?Wu Heng sat down aside and did not deny it, "Well, the relationship is not bad." Andewil continued: "Mrs. Shannella is so gentle and beautiful, and she has so much money. It''s perfect." Minnie also nodded, "Well, it''s still an elf and can live for such a long time." Wu Heng said with a smile: "Everyone has their own strengths, and you are also very good. There is no need to envy her." Hey, the master is so nice, Minnie said. Anderweil continued: "Go and prepare bath water for the master." Im so strong, I dont want to move! Just move around and go quickly. Anderweil urged again. Minnie reluctantly went upstairs to prepare the bath water. The three of them took a bath together and then went back to their room to rest. The next day, zombie world. As dusk approached, the convoy, surrounded by a large number of skeletons, began to return to the old factory area. ?Early this morning, Wu Heng went out with the skeletons and walked along the main road to clear out the zombies in the direction of the passenger terminal. Along the way, skeleton flying dragons were used to drop bombs, and spear arrays were used for carpet advancement. Speed ??up the pace and speed of combat to a great extent. Calculate according to the current speed. With another three or four days of clearing, the entire road will be almost opened. By then, the two bases will be completely connected, and there will be no need for a long detour. The transportation of materials is also more convenient. ?Similarly, after clearing out zombies, the number of skeletons will increase, and your own experience points will also continue to increase. Open the panel and take a look. Level: 13 (127451/140000) There is still more than 10,000 experience points left before reaching level 14. With the current number of corpses, one wave of corpses can be directly upgraded. ?Had it not been for the lack of time today, he would have wanted to clear out another wave and come back after reaching level 14. The convoy returned to the old factory area, the iron gate opened and drove into the factory yard. Many survivors rushed forward, carrying items and checking vehicles. ??Wu Heng and Qi Hancai got off the truck and just entered the dormitory building. Zhao Yanqiu walked over and said, "There is someone at the base who knows how to use that 3D equipment." ?Last time, I bought a 3D printer from the military market. Just ask in the base who knows how to use it. If no one knows how to use it, you can only ask someone who is proficient in computers to learn it. Now it seems that there are indeed people in this field. Where are the people? Here, Ill take you there. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai followed behind. ??We walked to the door of a dormitory together, knocked twice, opened the door and walked in. In the room, a young man in his 20s wearing glasses sat, with an assembled computer and 3D printer on his desk. ?Seeing the three people coming in, the young man immediately stood up and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Qi, Sister Zhao!" Zhao Yanqiu asked: "Have you installed that equipment?" "It''s installed, there are no problems with the equipment and the computer." The young man opened a software on the computer and explained: "Here you can design, make the shape and size of the object, and then import it into the 3D printer software, and then you can Made. Seeing his skillful operation, Wu Heng asked, "What''s your name?" Relaxation! Can you operate both computers and 3D equipment? "Yes! I had one before, but it''s not as expensive as this one." Zhang Chi said. ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and continued: "Zhang Chi, have you seen the skeletal flying dragon outside?" Ah, I saw it. "The magazine in the skeleton flying dragon''s chest is made of wood. I need you to make a new magazine to ensure that when the flying dragon is flying, the magazine and bullets will not swing around, and the maximum amount of ammunition can be loaded. Can it be done?" Wu Heng made his request directly. A slight drop of sweat suddenly appeared on his relaxed forehead, and he said: "I need to measure the size of the flying dragon''s chest and the size of its ammunition." Let Qi Hancai help you make arrangements then. Wu Heng continued. Zhang Chi nodded, "That''s no problem for me. I promise to complete the task." Okay, you dont have to worry about the outside work, just do this first. Yes! After saying this, his relaxed face turned slightly red, and he felt a sense of inexplicable excitement. ?Wu Heng nodded and led Qi Hancai out of the room. Qi Hancai continued: The market will be opened to the outside world tomorrow. Well, I will be there when the time comes. Its okay, just prepare normally. Wu Heng said. "good!" the next day. On the road, an off-road vehicle covered with blood scabs was speeding along. There was a man and a woman sitting in the car, and the back seat was filled with various cargoes. As the off-road vehicle bumped, it kept making jingling sounds. ?The two of them were a little tired from running all the way. Eyes are bloodshot and face is sallow. "Brother, you said on the radio that gold corpse cores can be exchanged for food. Is that true? Don''t be a bunch of liars who tricked us into eating human flesh or something." The young woman in the co-pilot said. They heard that the old factory area was going to open to the market, so they took a long detour a day in advance. ?But think about it carefully. ?It doesnt matter if the other party exchanges grain for corpse cores, but can exchange grain for gold, and there is no limit to the exchange. What does this mean? ??No matter what you think, you are a liar. But they do need food too. The man who was driving the car licked his dry lips and said, "You stay in the car and I''ll go in and check the situation. If the situation is not right, you drive away." "What about you?" Ive taken corpse core before, and most of them tried to recruit me. Youre different. The ones with thin skin and tender meat look delicious. "Holy shit, you''re scaring me." The woman trembled. "Okay, hold on tight. We have to pass through a community below, and there should be a lot of zombies." The woman grasped the handrail beside her. ??The off-road vehicle rushed directly down the diagonal dam, followed by violent bumps. The two came from a shelter on the edge of the city. There are not many survivors in the base, only about thirty people in total. In the past few days, I have heard on the radio about the shelter in the old factory area, where food is exchanged for gold and silver, corpse cores and various scarce resources. Not only them, but all the shelters in the radio station exploded. Exchanging grain for gold and silver is like having your brain kicked by a donkey. At this time, gold is not as useful as an axe. Some people actually exchanged grain for gold. As for the brother and sisters refuge, after a brief discussion, they decided to come and take a look. After all, winter is coming soon. If they can really exchange for food, they will come earlier and are not afraid of losing it. If it is fake, they will drive away. Its just a trip in vain. ?Furthermore, I really cant think of any reason why the other party would dare to deceive so many bases. Especially the military. Even if it is the end of the world, the remaining modern weapons are enough to destroy a shelter. You are entering the community, be careful! the man said. The off-road vehicle plunged directly into the community ahead. ??Immediately, a zombie roar came from all around, and large zombies emerged from all directions and rushed towards the off-road vehicle. The man stepped on the accelerator to the bottom and crashed straight into it. In the violent collision, the windshield was covered with blood, and the wipers swept away the blood and minced meat. Seeing the off-road vehicle rush out of the community. ??The glass above suddenly shattered, and zombies jumped down from the building one after another. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Like a falling stone, it hit the roof of the car. ?The off-road vehicle, which was already bumpy at high speed, lost its balance the moment it rushed out of the community and entered the main road. ??Swinging wildly from side to side, it hit a street light on the side of the road with a bang. The off-road vehicle stopped immediately, and two to three hundred zombies poured out of the community and rushed towards this direction. The brother and sister in the car were knocked dizzy and their ears were ringing. When I woke up a little, the zombies had already surrounded the off-road vehicle. The claws hit the car body and roof. ?Bang bang bang~! A violent banging sound caused the car body to slide continuously. Even if it is modified and reinforced, it will be difficult to maintain it for a long time. Damn it! The man kept igniting the fire, but the more anxious he became, the less responsive the off-road vehicle became. The woman said: "If we die here, we can be reunited with our parents, which would be good..." What are you saying! We cant die. ??The man got directly under the car and began to check what was wrong with the vehicle. "But." Tap tap tap~! Before she could finish her words, the woman''s eyes widened and she looked at a cavalry team running wildly in front of her in surprise. ?Silver armor, tall horse, holding a lance. Under the helmet is the skull of Senbai, and the war horse is also a skeleton horse made of bones. Horses galloping wildly with murderous intent. ?What the hell? Brother, brother, look quickly. The woman said, still staring straight ahead. As he spoke, the skeleton cavalry was like a bolt of lightning, passing through more than a hundred zombies. Large pieces of zombies were pierced through their bodies, lifted high into the air, and thrown to the side of the road. Then, the cavalry turned around again and plunged into the zombies again, flying away a large number of zombies. After two rounds of charges, the zombies'' attention was also attracted. ??No longer attacking the iron cars, they all turned around and rushed towards the Skeleton Cavalry. ??The brother and sister''s hearts were beating rapidly, and they looked at the scene in front of them in disbelief. There are only a dozen cavalrymen and more than a hundred zombies. ??But the cavalry still rushed back and forth quickly among the corpses, cleaning up the zombies over and over again, and at the same time drawing the zombies away from the range of the off-road vehicles. As for those ferocious and brutal zombies, they are completely powerless due to the high mobility of the cavalry. terrible. The two of them were stunned and froze on the spot. A modified explosion-proof vehicle was driving over directly in front. "They are survivors. These skeleton cavalry are from the survivor base." The woman exclaimed. Men also thought about supernatural powers. The explosion-proof vehicle quickly approached and stopped. A person quickly walked over and looked into the car. Seeing that the two were still alive, he said directly: "Can the car move? Follow us." The man restarted the off-road vehicle. After several attempts, he successfully started it. When things go wrong, it wont start no matter what. Now it can actually be started again. Follow the explosion-proof vehicle and drive forward. Forward. The broad road is set up with checkpoints. ?Abandoned cars and stone barriers have blocked a large area of ??the road, leaving only a two-car-wide passage in the middle. Behind the roadblock, you can see survivors wearing body armor, as well as skeletons holding guns and wearing leather armor. The brothers and sisters both opened their mouths a bit. ?There are also skeletons holding guns. These are nothing, modern underworld troops. ?At the entrance, two heavily armed survivors walked over. After waving his hand to lower the car window, he asked: "Which shelter is it from?" North Station Shelter. Are you not injured? "No!" After waiting for a few minutes, it was confirmed that both of them were fine. The barricades were removed, "and along the road you could see the place of exchange." "Thanks!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 337 , busy market Chapter 337, Busy Market The brother and sister were inspected, and the skeleton cavalry who had just killed the zombies also returned from the rear. Walking past the side of the off-road vehicle. The lance was still dripping with sticky blood. ?The brother and sister looked back and saw that there was no zombie in the distance. They all fell to the ground. What a fierce cavalry! The two of them were shocked. ?Although I dont know why these skeletons can stand up, they are obviously more powerful than zombies. 12 skeleton cavalry killed so many zombies. Its simply terrifying. When the brother and sister turned to look at the skeleton cavalry. The roadblock was removed, and the survivor responsible for the inspection said: "Following the road, you can see the place of exchange." "Oh, thank you!" The brother and sister reacted, drove the severely deformed off-road vehicle, and continued to drive inside. The road ahead is very smooth. Abandoned vehicles and debris were piled on both sides of the road, and not a single zombie rushed out. You can also see some survivors on patrol. Looking this way from time to time. Obviously, this area is completely controlled by survivors and is not infested by zombies. Brother! Are these skeletons that can move have supernatural powers? the woman in the co-pilot said suddenly. Ability to patrol with survivors. The only thing they can think of is supernatural powers. "That''s probably it. I''ve only heard of some supernatural powers on the radio, but we haven''t seen any effects." said the man driving the car. ??The woman looked out the window at the skeleton patrol passing by, "This power is too perverted, every skeleton is considered a thug." The man was a little yearning, "Yes! Unfortunately, I have only taken the first-level corpse core. If there is a second-level corpse core, I would also like to try it to see if I can awaken my powers." The woman immediately turned her head and said seriously: "No, let me tell you, the success rate is so low, how could it be your turn? What should I do if you die?" If you can awaken a superpower with powerful effects, it will soar into the sky, and at worst you can even get the position of leader. They also have powerful superpowers. There are a few who can take corpse cores and survive. "Let me tell you what you are shouting about. Besides, the zombies are getting stronger and stronger. Sooner or later we will try to take the corpse core." The man said helplessly. The off-road vehicle continued to move forward slowly, and gradually saw the tall courtyard wall in front of it, as well as the skeletons holding guns standing on the wall, and even two machine guns pointing outside. Holy shit, this place is no worse than the military side. The woman exclaimed. ?Now it seems that this shelter in the old factory area is no worse than the military one. With the same abundance of firearms, there are still so many skeletons that can be controlled, which is likely to be higher than that of the military. ??I had never heard of the shelter in the old factory area being so powerful. Why did he suddenly rise up! Here we are, stop talking nonsense, the man said. Ahead, according to the guidelines, we entered the open market courtyard. ? ?A sign was erected at the door with the values ??of various items marked on it. 10 grams of gold, exchange for 10 kilograms of grain One first-level corpse core can be exchanged for 50 kilograms of grain. A total of 5 cores will give you 10 kilograms more. Level 1 deformed corpse in exchange for 10 kilograms of grain. One second-level corpse core can be exchanged for 100 kilograms of grain. A total of 3 cores will give you an extra 30 kilograms. Level 2 deformed corpse in exchange for 30 kilograms of grain. 1 rifle, exchanged for 15 kilograms of grain, 100 bullets, exchanged for 10 kilograms of grain. One heavy machine gun. . One armored vehicle in exchange for 300 kilograms of grain. Special talents can exchange for 100 kilograms of grain per person. Various exchangeable items are clearly listed on the notice board. The brother and sister looked over, their eyes widening. Brother, they really exchanged grain for gold! They dont drink polluted water, they must have lost their minds! ?The cars have arrived at the entrance of the market, and there is no need for the other party to continue to deceive people. marked, obviously the intention is to exchange. "Don''t talk nonsense. If your brain is broken, others can''t be broken either..." The woman chuckled and said, "I just said casually, it would be great if they could exchange them. The price they buy guns is so low, half cheaper than the military. They also buy armored vehicles and special talents. Am I considered a talent?" " Is it considered a talent to be able to eat? Sick! After reading the notice board, the off-road vehicle entered the market directly. The two of them got out of the car and came to a wooden table. "Let''s exchange for food." Have you read the notice board? the arranger asked. Look, we brought some gold jewelry. The man said. "Bring it over and we''ll weigh it. If it''s ok, you can go get the grain again." "okay!" Opening the car door again, he handed over a small plastic bag containing various gold jewelry. After weighing. A total of 104 grams, go over there and get the food! "good!" Getting on the car again, we continued to the place where we received food. When two large bags of flour were stuffed into the back seat, both of them swallowed and spit. Its really good. ??Moreover, the warehouse where the other party took the grain was filled with bags of grain. Okay, you can go! After the exchange was completed, the staff said directly. Oh okay! The man in the drivers seat turned on the ignition twice and asked awkwardly, Can the car be repaired here? Theres something wrong. If you go there to repair your car, you will be charged some fees. Uh. When they heard the charge, the two of them hesitated. But the condition of the off-road vehicle is such that it may not be able to be driven back without repair. Still drove to the car repair location for simple repairs. Waiting for the car to start, some more grain was deducted. ?The brother and sister drove the vehicle back the same way. On the way back. The two brothers and sisters are still a little unable to recover. ??So gold is exchanged for food? ??Except for the danger of zombies along the way, the remaining journey does not take more than twenty minutes. They have a lot of food, and why do they need to exchange it for gold? The woman tilted her chin and pondered. The man said: "They all say that gold can be found in troubled times. Is this what they think?" Those were troubled times, not the end of the world. Everyone is almost dead now, so whats the use of gold? Then why do you think its so? Weve already replaced the food anyway. Yes, this is also something I cant figure out. The brother and sister chatted in low voices. Suddenly, several cars drove over. The brother and sister immediately looked serious and put their guns on their legs. In addition to zombies, other survivors are equally dangerous. ??However, the other vehicle did not stop. It honked its horn on the way and passed directly by. Im also going to exchange for food, the man said. Well, they brought more stuff. As he spoke, another military truck and two armored vehicles passed by from one side. ? It is also the direction of the old factory area. The military also went. "Um!" ??The man narrowed his eyes slightly, looked at the military vehicles going away in the rearview mirror, then turned directly and rushed towards the military market. The woman frowned, "What are you doing?" While they dont understand the market, lets go to the military to exchange for some big guys, kill the aberrant dogs at the intersection, and then exchange for more food. Its hard to get food, but just exchange it for it? The man said: "We have more than 30 people in our base. How long can just two bags of food last? Why not change more weapons while others are still waiting to watch. In a few days, all the food may be replaced. Gone." The woman was stunned and felt that it made sense. "Okay, then hurry up and change it. When food is abundant, the military may raise the price of weapons." I thought so too! Old factory area, reception room of the open market. Qi Hancai walked in and said, "Chief, Captain Yang is here." Behind her, followed Yang Long from the military and two team members also wearing combat uniforms. Captain Yang, we meet again so soon. Wu Heng stood up and shook hands with the other party. ??Yang Long also smiled and said: "Little brother, you deceived me so badly." "Hey! Where did Captain Yang come from?" Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down. You never said that you were a superpower, nor did you say that you had so much food. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 338 , Eagle Vision Chapter 338, Eagle Eye Technique ?Yang Long sat down on the chair, showing an expression of being deceived. ??Wu Heng also returned to his seat and sat down, "You can''t talk about this kind of thing casually." "That''s right!" Yang Long nodded in agreement and continued: "Brother, I''m curious to ask, why is it a little too early to collect gold at this time?" Different from last time outside the military market. ?Today, Yang Long talked more, but his tone was more polite. ?This is the reversal of roles between the two parties. Wu Heng should keep a low profile in the military market, and the other party should also restrain themselves here. If you happen to have some food, collect some in advance and use it when order is restored later, Wu Heng said. ?Yang Long looked blank for a moment, and in the end he only said, "I have an idea!" Captain Yang, are you here in exchange for food this time? Qi Hancai said: "I was quite surprised at first, but after chatting with the survivors, I found it was actually quite normal." The shelter here even took out the corpse cores in exchange! "Um." The shelters here are equipped with guns and rockets. If you find a way to kill the first-level aberrant zombies, you still have a high success rate. Qi Hancai explained. ??Yang Long nodded, "Well, I also brought some gold. The pricing of your weapons and military equipment is not in line with the market..." We currently have no shortage of guns and ammunition, and if necessary, we will exchange them with the military, Wu Heng said. "No joke?" According to the experience at the passenger terminal, gold will continue to increase for a period of time. 4 were exchanged in one day. Food can be bought at any time, and the wood elves also have potions to promote plant growth, so there must be enough. ~! "How to say?" "No joke!" Get back into the armored vehicle and drive away. ?The door opened, and Qi Hancai walked in with a backpack and said: "A total of 32 kilograms of gold and 4 first-level corpse cores." Wu Heng sent them to the door. Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he heard this number. Collect it, the price remains unchanged, and you will receive as much as you want. ?The outpost confirmed that no convoy was coming, and Qi Hancai ordered the market to be closed. Outside the market, there are still many vehicles from shelters gathering, exchanging food. Ammunition production has still not resumed. It is approaching dusk. "Okay, it''s good to have brothers, so we won''t bother you." Yang Long stood up. dormitory room. Firearms and ammunition are more important to Wu Heng than food. This is the number on the first day. There was a knock on the door. ?Wu Heng understood what the other party meant. Everyone started to pack up their things and return to the dormitory in the rear factory area. I didnt say much on this topic. The second one who was a little surprised was the corpse core. ??Yang Long has no choice. "It''s just that the price is too low for us to exchange with you." Yang Long continued. Judging from the defensive power of the market, there is really no shortage of guns. The market began to become deserted. explained: "Captain Yang, don''t worry, we only exchange food, not guns and ammunition. You will still occupy the market." "Enter!" Instead, he continued: "Brother, tell me the truth, will you continue to collect gold in the future?" Thirty-two pounds of gold is equivalent to more than 530 gold coins in another world. Many shelters were suspicious of this place and did not come directly. This point is really quite convincing. ? Human beings cannot fight against deformed zombies with their own strength. ??However, with the possession of modern weapons, they are enough to kill first-level deformed zombies, and what humans are best at is not frontal killing. They are more likely to set traps and kill from long distances. Thats indeed true. Qi Hancai smiled and said: "The market has just opened, and some people must still be waiting outside. After a while, I am afraid that someone will sell the second-level distorted corpse core." ??Wu Heng also agrees with this statement. The open market here is more suitable than the passenger terminal. As expected, everyone must be mobilized to collect the loot more quickly. Well, the market is pretty good. During this period, other work will be slowed down to maintain the market. "clear!" ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s do this first, be careful when doing things." "good!" Qi Hancai exited the room. ?Wu Heng also collected all the gold and corpse cores. Then open the gate and go to Treasure Island. Appears in the study room on the fourth floor. ?Wu Heng went directly to the alchemy room and placed four first-level corpse cores on the table. At the same time, on the cabinet shelf on the side. There are also two more bottles of first-level corpse core finished medicine. Putting the space ring away, he walked out of the room. Come down from upstairs. ?Minnie and Anderweil are putting a vest on the little owl. The fluffy feathers are tightened, making the head look exaggeratedly big.?????But it still looks quite cute. ??Watching the owl put on clothes, Wu Heng also thought of Yuri who could turn into an eagle. ??The armor on her body is a magic item that can be transformed into various armors according to its shape. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, they both called out to the master. Then, Anderweil continued: "Master, the bounty for killing the pirates last time has been paid. There is also a third-level meritorious service. You can go to the front desk to collect it." The two pirate groups are the Poison Blade Pirate Group and the Red Crown Pirate Group that were killed during the last rescue of Silla Rose. Call me tomorrow morning and well go to the association together. "good!" ?Minnie then talked about the radio pirate thing. Philippa has begun recruiting new sailors and changing some of the weapons on the ship. ?Although the pirate group is not strong. But the equipment of a ship is definitely not bad. There is no serious information. ? Minnie is still more willing to check the radio stations information every day. After all, she has read a lot of Straw Hat cartoons and has a curiosity and yearning for the life of pirates. Can enter the room several times a day. After finishing the serious chat, Chef No. 1s dinner has been prepared. The three of them sat at the table to eat together. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng gave two bottles of medicine directly to the two of them to continue to increase their physical fitness. The two women cheered and took the potion in the living room. The effects of such medicines disappear. After simple training, go back to your room and rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. When passing through the association hall. Check the rewards that can be exchanged for level 3 meritorious deeds at the front desk. ??As Wu Heng''s level increases, some of the existing skills and magic props are no longer of much help to him. ?In the skill book, I picked it up for a while and found a [Eagle Eye] skill book. It felt pretty good. Eagle Eye (Description: You can create a stealth sensor and place it in a certain location for observation and monitoring. (Stealth sensor, with high perception, there is a chance of detection).) ?When he saw the name of the skill Eagle Eye Technique, Wu Heng thought it was an enhancement of vision. In other words, it is the skill of the ranger. ?After reading the introduction through the panel, I discovered that it was an invisible surveillance camera. After placing it, you can observe and monitor a certain area. But it is not completely invisible. Professionals with high perception still have a chance of discovering it. I will change it to this one. Wu Heng said. The staff nodded, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon." ?Wu Heng put away the books and walked towards the office study room. Enter the room. Push the door open and walk in. ?Anderweil is wiping the table. Wu Heng said: "Weier, go and talk to Moya. You have to deal with the two corpses I killed and ask her to issue a transfer certificate for me." "Okay, Master." Anderweil wiped her hands, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, Anderweil came back again. Hand over the certificate for moving the corpse. ?Wu Heng took the certificate and went to the morgue, asking the coroner to get a straw mat and wrap the body. Then put it into the space ring. When everything was over, Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. Continue to the zombie world. Zombie world. Markets have reopened. Several shelters came here one after another to exchange food. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory building and took out the bodies of two pirate captains in the open space behind the building. ReleaseBone Slave Techniquein succession. Two corpses stood up, their rank and occupation also revealed. Skeleton Thief (Level 12) Skeleton Warrior (Level 10) It turns out that Captain Poison Blade''s profession is a thief, while the other one is a warrior. Level 12 is already not low. Your name is Poison Blade, your name is Red Crown. Wu Heng named them after the pirate group. Distributed equipment to the two skeletons and walked back together. Back to the factory area, Qi Hancai saw him and walked towards him. "There''s no problem. It''s almost the same as yesterday. I''m pretty disciplined." Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng looked at the market direction. ?One of the off-road vehicles also had a machine gun mounted on it. Poison Blade, you will follow her from now on to protect her safety. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai was stunned and looked at the tall and thin skeleton with two short blades hanging from his waist in surprise. Do you have a skeleton bodyguard yourself? (End of this chapter) Chapter 339 , pursuit of excitement Chapter 339, pursuit of excitement Hearing Wu Heng''s arrangement, Qi Hancai was delighted. Skeletons have very strong fighting power, and being able to arrange one to be their personal bodyguard also represents how important they are in the eyes of the other party. At least, they are no longer ordinary survivors who cannot be trusted. Skeleton Poison Blade consciously walked to Qi Hancai''s side. Thank you! Qi Hancai thanked him happily. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "How is the market today?" There werent many people in the morning, and now they are starting to arrive one after another. It seems that there should be more people than yesterday. Qi Hancai said, looking in the direction of the market. After the survivors who exchanged supplies yesterday return, the news will definitely spread. In the following days, there will be more and more. Is there no problem with public security? ?Two ghosts, one big and one small, were floating in the air, looked around, and then moved their eyes on him. It may take a few days before the mold is printed, and testing and adjustments are needed. Zhang Chi said immediately. Coupled with the arrival of more and more shelters, it can last for a week at most. "I know! When have I ever scared anyone?" Xiao Xiao said and left through the wall. ??Wu Heng went to a room on the third floor. Moreover, a few coppers per bag of flour must be exchanged for gold. Go into the dormitory building. He gave a simple explanation. "Okay, don''t worry." Qi Hancai nodded in agreement, and then reminded: "The speed of food exchange is a bit fast, and it can only last for a week at most." The goods of Star Flower will arrive in the next two days. In the software, you can see a pattern of a flying dragon''s chest, as well as various module components formed in the chest. ?The room was a little dark, and Zhang Chi, who was sitting in front of the computer, turned his head and looked over. Skeleton Thief Poison Blade followed behind her and left together. ?Only Wu Heng can understand both sides. ??Although both of them are their own ghosts, they cannot communicate with each other due to language barriers. Hmm did not disturb him any further and left the room again. How is the design going? Wu Heng walked to the computer. In terms of food, the wood elves have potions to increase production, which can fully meet the trading needs here. There is no problem so far. Skeletons holding guns are enough to deter those outside survivors. Even some shelters with a bad reputation have kept a low profile since they arrived. Qi Hancai said directly. Looks a bit like the CAD software I learned in school, but it shows a three-dimensional model. Return to the dormitory. Qi Hancai walked towards the market. Try to speed up the process as much as possible. When its completed, ask Qi Hancai to help you arrange for someone to test it. Among them was the large amount of grain he ordered. Hearing that Wu Heng had ensured the amount of food, Qi Hancai felt relieved and said, "Okay, I''ll get to work first." ?Knocked lightly on the door, pushed it open and walked in. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Go ahead, the market is open. If you''re not interested, go and stroll there, but you''re not allowed to come out to scare people." Food is not a problem, you can just exchange it normally. Wu Heng said. ?Xiao Xiaoban was lying in the air and said: "Uncle, if there is nothing else, I will go see my mother." Zhang Chi stepped aside, enlarged the pattern in the software on the computer, and explained: "The size of the Feilong''s chest has been measured, and I am making the corresponding module size based on the position inside." When he saw it was Wu Heng, he immediately stood up and said, "Your Majesty." ?Wu Heng also walked towards the dormitory building. Zhang Chi nodded, "Okay." ?Even if you go to various grain stores to collect them, you can''t let the exchange here stop. Well, lets go! ?Wu Heng released Glenda and Xiao Xiao at the same time. ?Each shelter thinks that the people in the old factory area are stupid, and they are exchanging food in large quantities to avoid not being able to exchange it in two days. When can we come out? Wu Heng asked. Well, Ill leave this to you. In the room, only Wu Heng and Glenda were left. The latter stuck his head out the window and took a look and said, "Are all those people below your slaves?" ?Glenda has seen the zombie world. ? Twice, when the search area for aberrant zombies was too large, Xiaoxiao and Glenda were released at the same time for investigation. Afterwards, Glenda also asked about it. His answer was that his hometown became what it is now due to certain circumstances. The relationship between them is contractual, and they are not worried that Glenda will betray them. ?If something happens to you, it will not be of any benefit to the ghost residing in your body, and it will even die with you. There is no such thing as slaves here, we can be called survivors. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda said: "Survivor? It sounds like someone who escaped death." You have seen the situation in this world before, and it is quite accurate to say that it was a narrow escape from death. Same! Glenda agreed, and then asked, Why havent I seen you catching pirates recently? "There are some problems with the association. The deacon asked us not to go to sea for the time being. Let''s wait and see the situation later. Let''s also take the opportunity to rest for a while." Wu Heng replied. The deacon suspended the association''s activities to conduct an internal investigation. Its not clear how I investigated it, but Im sure Ive been quite leisurely recently. ??Has also focused more on this world, the market has been established, and there is still a level 15 left in the original plan. Yeah, thats pretty good. Glenda nodded. "A market has been established here. If you are bored, you can go and have a look around." Wu Heng said directly. It was also because there was no fighting for a long time, Glenda didn''t come out for a long time. ??Wu Heng just thought of releasing all two ghosts today to let them breathe. "Okay, I''m also more interested in your culture." Glenda said, faded away, and left through the wall. ??The two ghosts were released, and Wu Heng sat down at the desk. Took out the skill book I bought today and started to read it. The skill [Eagle Eye] is a rare skill of the prophecy school among spells. The prophecy faction''s research and development direction is to predict the future, but more abilities in this faction are manifested in detecting dusty secrets, seeing through deception, or detecting abilities. Eagle Eye is a skill in the detection effect. Create an invisible sensor within the casting range to observe and listen to the area. ?In Wu Hengs understanding, this is a temporary camera created by magic. ??However, it will enter an invisible state after being released. It is regarded as a kind of invisible camera and can be monitored in real time. The book also introduces the characteristics of skills in detail. When released, it needs to be released within the casting range. However, after a complete sensor is formed, it is no longer restricted by distance. Hand can also observe the sensor from a long distance. This is much easier to use than a camera. For example, when you are on the road, you can place two sensors on the way to see if there is anyone following you. ?This is much easier to use than a camera or something. ?Wu Heng continued to look back. After the sensor is successfully released, it will have a existence time, rather than being created and retained permanently. Generally, it lasts for more than 10 minutes, and the existence time is determined according to the mental strength of the caster. The second point is the detection of invisible sensors. Those with high perception, or some professions that are good at detection, have a chance of discovering invisible sensors. It is not that it is completely undiscovered. Its almost like a ghost! After the ghost is invisible, people with high perception will also notice it. This is similar to a sensor. ?Wu Heng turned back page after page. Wait until you see the last page. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Unlock skill: Eagle Eye. Finally unlocked. Close the book and put it into the space ring. ?? He stretched out his hand and cast [Eagle Eye Technique] to the side. After a short spell of condensation, a ball-shaped sensor the size of a tennis ball appeared in front of him. And then, it gradually faded within a second and entered an invisible state. But Wu Heng could still feel the position where the sensor was floating. ?Wu Heng sensed it and directly used his mental power to connect to the sensor. Immediately gained sight and hearing. Looking at myself from another angle, it feels a little strange. Thinking about it for a moment, he immediately released two more sensors. Distributed in two other locations in the room. Continue to connect. But only one sensor can be connected at a time. If you want to view another one, you need to switch. Rather than watching three at the same time. It is impossible to put all the cameras on one screen like surveillance. If you think about it carefully, its actually right. After all, it is mental power that communicates. Receiving several visual and auditory sounds at the same time may overload the human brain. Generally speaking, this skill is pretty good. The effect is quite satisfactory. One day passes. As dusk approaches, the market closes. ?Glenda took the lead to fly back from the market, floating in the air, and said: "There was a conflict over there just now, don''t you go and take a look?" Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked curiously. "It was nothing. One man went to exchange food, and another man and his woman were in that iron vehicle. At the critical moment, they came back and caught them, and they started fighting." Glenda told. ?Wu Heng frowned, "With so little time, do you still have the energy to do this?" ?Glenda said: "It''s all about excitement. Don''t you think it would be exciting to do something while the other person''s husband is out?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 340 , do you still understand this? Chapter 340, do you still understand this? Still fighting now? Wu Heng asked. "That''s not true. When your skeletons rushed over, they stopped and left." Glenda continued. Although I dont understand the language of this world. But this can be understood just by looking at it. ??Wu Heng looked at Glenda floating in the air with some curiosity, "Do you still know these?" "It''s not like I haven''t lived before." Glenda floated to the other side and said, "You don''t understand the life of the nobles. Do you know why those nobles like to hold dances at night?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. He thought it was because there was a lack of entertainment forms, and nobles often held dance parties to pass the time. But when the other person asked this, I doubted whether my understanding was correct. asked: Why? Because its late at night, I can do some secret things with those ladies in the back yard. This kind of excitement is not something that can be achieved by normal interactions. Well..., this is not surprising. Arent you afraid that the other partys husband will find out? Maybe in the bushes next door, the other person is also trying hard to please other peoples wives. Its really a bit of an exaggeration! From the perspective of the outside world, dancing is a popular entertainment activity for nobles, but in fact, they are just looking for some excitement. How do you know? Wu Heng looked at her suspiciously. ?Glenda smiled and said: "Do you think that I understand it so well and have participated in it?" He changed positions again and added: "Although it sounds exciting, I don''t like to participate in these. I also had many close friends before, and they would often mention these to me. Women''s private topics are actually very bold. , especially mature women. ?Glenda gave him the impression that she was more like a homely woman. Even when he is alive, he still reads books and grows flowers. After becoming your own ghost, except for the reconnaissance before the battle. Even if she is let out, she rarely goes out. Most of the time she is in the study room, reading some books or comics. Wu Heng really didnt believe her when she said she was keen on this kind of dance. Then these close friends of yours are really open-minded. Glenda said: "Why do you want to get to know them? There may be a few of them still alive, eighty or ninety years old. If you can accept it, I will introduce them to you if I have the opportunity." Thank you! Im afraid the dentures will fall out of my mouth. Its very picturesque. Have you really experienced it? Im talking nonsense, you can think about it randomly. ?Glenda continued: "Is there any written record of your world? I want to learn the language and writing of your side." There is really no such thing. Ill teach you when I get the chance. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Xiaoxiao also flew back from outside. Looking like she was quite happy getting along with her mother, she couldn''t stop talking as soon as she came back. After talking for a while, the two ghosts all returned to their bodies. At the same time, Glenda also shared a scene that passed into his mind. Inside the dimly lit van. A man and a woman are intertwined together. They seem to be in a hurry and keep speeding up. ?Suddenly, the car door on one side was suddenly opened. The two of them were frightened, and the figures outside carrying flour also froze in place. Then, someone threw away the flour, yelled and rushed towards them. Get into a fight with the people in the car. Some people started a fight, some from other teams cheered, and some took the opportunity to take pictures of the woman. It''s a mess. The entire market has also come to a standstill. ?It wasn''t until Qi Hancai came over with skeleton soldiers holding firearms that he forcibly stopped the few people who were fighting together. Who is right or wrong has nothing to do with me. After they go out, they can solve it themselves. Hurrying a few people to drive away from the market, other convoys behind also drove over to exchange food. ?Wu Heng was speechless. ?Glenda discovered the entanglement in advance and sat aside to watch for a while with great interest. Otherwise, he wouldnt have stayed in the carriage for so long. After watching the shared scene, Wu Heng walked to the window and took a look outside. The market is completely closed and there is nothing else going on here. Open the gate and return to your home. Appear from the boundary gate. Wu Heng went downstairs. When he reached the third floor, he went to the radio station''s room and took a look at the news from ''Philippa''. ?After that excitement, now Philippa doesnt talk about everything into the microphone like before. The record book only recorded the itinerary and arrangements of ''Philippa''. If there is any danger, wait for Wu Heng to come and rescue her. After confirming that there was no important information, Wu Heng turned around and walked out of the room. I thought about it for a while. ??He went to Anderweil''s room again and released a ball sensor in the corner. It''s not that I want to monitor the other party, but I want to test whether this kind of invisible sensor can be easily discovered. ? Anderweil is now a level 7 ranger, and the characteristic of a ranger is that her perception is not low. ??If you can hide it from Anderweil, it means you can basically hide it from professionals at the squad leader level. If he is discovered immediately, then this skill can only be used in the zombie world. After all, people in that world do not have such strong senses. After arranging the sensors, go directly downstairs. In the courtyard, Minnie was watering the flowers in the flower bed. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he immediately pounced on him, coquettishly, his ears waving back and forth and brushing against his chin. The two sat in the living room and chatted for a while, and Anderweil also came back from outside. ?While taking off his leather armor, he said: "Master, Deacon Imiro, I want you to go to the association tomorrow." "What''s up?" "It seems that the association is going to conduct some kind of inspection. I don''t know the details. The association is busy with these things today." Andwyer explained. examine? ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, and came up with a rough idea in his mind. ??Imiro suspected that there was a pirate spy in the association, and planned to conduct an investigation in the association. It seemed that it was arranged by Imiro. "okay, I get it!" ?A few people chatted for a while, and dinner was served to the table. Sit down together and start eating dinner. After dinner was over, Minnie went to practice boxing with Bawudong, while Anderweil went back to her room first. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the living room and immediately connected to the magic sensor in Anderweil''s room. The picture appears in the mind. Anderweil passed by without noticing anything. She took off her long dress and took out a black lace underwear from the cabinet. She stood in front of the mirror and looked around, "I don''t know which one the master likes." Muttered to himself, his face started to turn red. The plush fox tail began to swing. Wuheng is viewed from the default perspective. ??It seems that Anderweil''s perception is unable to detect the existence of the magic sensor. Dont worry too much when you release skills by yourself, you are a team leader level professional. Then, Anderweil changed into three or four pieces of underwear, finally took them all off, put on a long skirt, and walked out of the room. He came down from upstairs and saw Wu Heng. He smiled and said, "Master, you haven''t rested yet." Speaking, he bent his knees and leaned on his arms. ??Wu Heng glanced at her funny, hugged the fox girl, and said softly: "Miss me?" Anderweil''s face was slightly red, "No way, I just saw that you haven''t rested, so I went downstairs to chat with you for a while." ??Wu Heng did not expose the other party''s little thoughts and said, "How about we go back to the bedroom to chat?" "good!" ?Wu Heng hugged her and walked towards the bedroom. The next day, the association. In the office study room, Wu Heng looked at the dwarf captain of Team 3 opposite and asked, "I heard that someone from the association came to check?" The dwarf captain ''Ohlin'' took a sip from the tea cup and said: "A special inspection envoy from the association came and questioned the association''s staff and professional teams yesterday. Almost one-fifth of them had problems. Suspended for investigation. "so serious!" Treasure Island is originally a relatively chaotic place. No one would believe it if there were no internal problems at all. Ohlin said. ?Wu Heng also nodded. Then he continued to ask: "What kind of special envoy? How did you check it? Is it accurate?" Ohlin said: "He has a wonderful thing that can make people tell the truth and they can''t lie even if they want to." Hearing these words, Wu Heng''s heart suddenly tightened. A strange thing that must tell the truth. There are many secrets in myself. ??If Jean told the truth, there might be big problems. (End of this chapter) Chapter 341 , sincere clay doll Chapter 341, Sincere Clay Doll Hearing the dwarfs words, Wu Heng also became nervous. A strange thing that forces people to tell the truth, which is similar to my own [Conversation with the Dead]. The difference is that he asked about the living beings, while he asked about the dead. This strange item would be really troublesome if used on oneself. ?If the other party''s problem is related to some of your own secrets and you tell them directly, then the matter will not be as simple as catching pirates. Whats the problem with the Archdeacon? Orin asked curiously when he saw him thinking deeply. ?Wu Heng shook his head and continued chatting and asked: "Then if he asks randomly, wouldn''t it be quite embarrassing if something happens then?" Olin smiled and said: "I was quite nervous before, but then I asked some questions about the association. There were no personal questions." Tell me what you asked about. Wu Heng took a sip of tea. Ohlin thought for a moment and said: "I don''t know about this. Even if there is, it will not appear among the staff and ordinary teams. This kind of investigation should be a large-scale investigation, and the investigation will not be so detailed." Sure enough, I have to be asked too. He said directly: "The questions are relatively straightforward. First, ask me if I have any contact with pirates, and then if I have sold the association''s internal information, and if I have done anything that damages the reputation of the association." I almost resigned. Okay, I understand! Wu Heng said. The two were chatting. I have never done any of these three. ??It definitely has nothing to do with pirates, so its okay to say something in advance. ?Olin thought for a moment and felt that Wu Heng had just transferred over and killed so many pirates one after another. In the past, it wasnt necessarily as serious as I thought. Ah, just these three, many people were screened and failed the inspection. Ohlin said. Thats right! Wu Heng agreed. There was a knock on the door. Anderweil opened the door and saw a staff member looking over. He felt relieved and continued to ask: "Aren''t the associations afraid that strange objects will have no effect, or are there any props that can avoid telling the truth?" ??If it were just these three questions, it would really not be a big problem. ! ? Even if I have done it, but there is no impression in my mind, when the time comes to answer, I will say no. Just these three? ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling a little more relaxed. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room, he said directly: Deacon, deacon, please come over. I quickly weighed it in my mind and felt that I still had to go over and check out the situation. Staff leave. Orin also stood up and said, "It seems that it''s your turn." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. The two of them walked out of the room together. ?Olin returned to the team lounge, while Wu Heng walked towards the deacon''s study. Just halfway through. ??Then he saw the elf sub-deacon Sheila Gui in front of him, leaning against the wall of the corridor, with his arms folded across his chest. Are you waiting for me? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui looked at him and said, "Do you know about the inspection?" "I know!" Wu Heng said: "We are both newly transferred here. It is necessary to investigate the pirates. Do you still need to ask us?" Xila Gui also looked a little serious and said: "The association conducts random inspections in various places every year. The local deacons tend to be in one direction. The special inspection envoy will make inquiries in this direction, and they will not care whether we are newly transferred." ?This thing also needs annual inspection! ?Wu Heng looked at the childlike elf in front of him, "What do you mean?" "We are deputy deacons after all. We can cooperate and prevent the other party from asking some secret questions wantonly." Sheila Gui said directly. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It seemed that the other party was quite resistant to this method of inspection. How to cooperate? "When you ask the other party, the other person must also be present. If the other party asks about something that is too confidential, interrupt him and be tougher." Sheela looked at him seriously. Sheila Guis attitude towards herself has changed a lot. Before, I heard that he was a necromancer, and I almost drew my sword. He also said that he would keep an eye on himself and not do anything randomly. Now it seems that in the association, Sheila Gui still trusts herself more. Lets discuss this matter privately. Of course, this is also a good thing for Wu Heng. Collaborate! As long as he doesn''t ask personal questions, Wu Heng has nothing to worry about. What are the secret things? Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him angrily and said, "Except for the association, everything else is private. Why can''t you turn your head now?" I want to ask more carefully to avoid problems when the time comes. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui raised her head, "Then you agreed?" Of course, Ill feel more at ease now that youre watching over me. Sheila Gui said angrily: "I know." The two chatted quickly. Without wasting too much time, they walked towards the deacon''s study together. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. In the deacon''s study, there were five people standing there. ??Deacon Imiro, assistant Moya, a thin middle-aged man wearing a purple mage robe, and two association investigators holding record books. After entering the room, the thin middle-aged man and the two investigators also looked at him at the same time. It seemed that he was also sizing up the two of them. Imiro said: "This is the special inspection envoy of the association. Everyone else in the association has already been inspected, and you two are the only ones left." ?Wu Heng and the other two looked at the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man smiled and said: "These are simple questions, so the two deputy deacons don''t need to be nervous." The two of them still didn''t speak. ??Yimiro said: "Xila Gui, you start first, Wu Hengqian will wait at the door for a while." Sheila Gui, who was called, turned to look at him. Wu Heng said directly: "Deacon, I am the deputy deacon of the association, and I also want to stay and get in touch with the process in this area." Several people in the room looked over. Imiro thought for a moment and nodded, "Okay, Moya will bring him a chair." A chair was brought over. ?Wu Heng sat down and winked at Xila Gui who was directly opposite him to reassure him. Sheela Gui also glanced at him and did not respond. Then he sat down opposite the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man glanced at Imiro and Wu Heng. Normally speaking, the deputy deacon is not allowed to stay in this kind of thing. After all, some deputy deacons are an honorary position and will be involved in many things. Wu Heng wanted to see the process and was allowed to stay. It can be seen that Imiro attaches great importance to this Wu Heng. The middle-aged man looked at the female elf opposite, and from the space ring, he took out a human-shaped clay sculpture with his hands clasped on his chest and kneeling on one knee. Place it in the middle of the table. said: "When the time comes, you will feel like your body is being manipulated. Don''t worry, don''t resist, it won''t have any impact on you." ?Wu Heng sitting aside. ?His eyes also fell on the clay doll. Sincere Clay Doll (Strange Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Look directly at the target and answer questions honestly. Side Effect: The controller will be speechless for one minute for each question. ?? (Description: A priestly magical object that represents sincere faith, allowing the target to answer true words, with high intelligence, mental resistance, and immunity to magical object manipulation.) It is indeed a strange thing. Look directly at the target and answer questions honestly. Isnt it true that if you avoid some eyes, you wont be manipulated? The cost is that the controller is speechless for one minute per question. No wonder, usually only three questions are asked, otherwise there are so many staff members, and the special inspection envoy would not be able to open his mouth for ten and a half days. Do you have any intelligence contact with the pirates? the middle-aged man asked. ?Wu Heng also immediately withdrew his gaze. Be prepared to stop or knock down the clay sculpture if there are any bad questions. (End of this chapter) Chapter 342 , do you have a grudge? Chapter 342, Do you have a grudge? The inspection envoy opened his mouth and asked the first question directly. Silla Rose, who was sitting on the other side, paused slightly and replied expressionlessly, "No!" The middle-aged man continued to ask: "Have you ever sold the association''s internal information?" Sheilagui replied, "No!" Have you ever done anything that damages the reputation of the association? This problem is actually quite broad. ?Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui to see how she would answer. No! Sheilagui replied again. Shuashuashua~! Following Sheila Guis answer, the two investigators standing behind began to record. Although I dont know what Im writing, I can hear the sound of writing. Through this period of contact, I also have a general understanding of Sheila Guis character. He is a person with a relatively sense of justice, unlike Wu Heng who joined the association in order to have a legitimate identity. She has a kind of heroic image in adventurers'' deeds. Furthermore, they also pay more attention to formal justice and take the rules of the association more seriously. "Did you falsely report your merits when you were promoted to deputy deacon?" the middle-aged man spoke again. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. According to the dwarf Ohlin, there were only three questions asked in total. But now theres a fourth one. ??Moreover, it has nothing to do with pirates anymore, before asking about what happened before becoming an archdeacon. ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro and saw that there was no change in the other person and he didnt speak. Although it is the fourth question, it does ask about things in the association. Under everyone''s gaze, Sheila Gui spoke calmly again, "No." End of four questions. The middle-aged man picked up a handkerchief and put it on the head of the clay sculpture. The handkerchief hung down to block his eyes. ?Hand waved to indicate that Silla Rose had finished the inspection and could leave her seat. Sheila Guis face still had no expression. Standed up from the chair and walked aside silently. Middle-aged man fell into the side effects of strange objects. There are 4 questions in total, which means he will be speechless for 4 minutes. The room fell into a brief silence. ?Wu Heng and Xila Guis eyes met, and Xila Gui shook her head slightly. 4 minutes over. ?The middle-aged man stretched out his hand and said, "Deputy Wu Heng, sit over here." ?Wu Heng stood up, walked to the opposite side and sat down. Xila Gui sat down on the chair in front of Wu Heng and looked like she was accompanying him. ??Imiro didn''t say much and acquiesced to her staying. Are you ready? the middle-aged man asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui and nodded. Look into the eyes of the clay sculpture. The middle-aged man said, and then picked up the handkerchief on the head of the clay sculpture. ?The moment he saw the eyes of the clay sculpture, Wu Heng felt a spiritual force hitting his mind. But it was only at the moment when he rushed forward that he was blocked by a barrier and isolated from the sea of ??his own spiritual consciousness. But you can still feel the constant impact. My own specialty [Strengthening Will] has taken effect. Strengthening Will is a power that is unlocked when one takes the Big Head Corpse Core. According to the introduction, it is to establish a will barrier to prevent and dismantle the negative effects that infringe on the individual''s will. It seems that the ability effect of clay sculpture is also a negative effect of personal will. ??Looking straight as usual, he glanced at the middle-aged man opposite him from the corner of his eye. He looked calm and didn''t seem to notice anything. Then, the middle-aged supervisory envoy began to ask: "Do you have any connection with pirates?" ?Wu Heng was silent for a moment, confirming that he was indeed not affected, and felt more relaxed. According to the dull expression of Sheila Gui before, she replied calmly, No! Have you ever sold association information to outside parties? "No!" Have you ever done anything that damages the reputation of the association? "No!" ??The middle-aged man frowned subconsciously, then quickly relaxed his brows, and continued to ask: "Have you made any false claims about your merits when you became deputy deacon?" Sure enough, the same problem as Shila Rose. No! Wu Heng replied. Not to mention that I am answering by myself now, even if I am really controlled by strange objects, I have never falsely reported my merits. They are all merit earned by apprehending wanted criminals. ?Although most of them rely on modern weapons to kill enemies, it doesnt matter what they use, and the association does not stipulate that designated weapons must be used to kill people. ?Wu Heng felt a little relaxed. ?Had I known that there was no threat to me, I wouldnt have been so worried just now. After answering the four questions, wait for the other party to finish questioning. Get yourself out of here. The middle-aged man picked up the tea cup and took a sip. He did not choose to end it and spoke again, "You are from Yeke Kingdom. Have you ever done any illegal necromancy experiments?" ?Wu Heng''s heart tightened. This issue had exceeded the scope of the association. Control your expression and prevent your pupils from changing. Wu Heng still replied calmly, "No!" No? The middle-aged man''s brows began to frown visibly. Even looked at the other persons eyes to see if they were meeting the clay sculpture. How can a necromancer, sitting in the position of deputy deacon of the association at such a young age, be so abiding by the rules? How can this be. Thinking in his mind, he asked again, "Have you done anything that goes against the association''s guidelines?" grass~! ?Wu Heng cursed in his heart. This question is too broad. The field envoy, even the deacon Imiro, dare not say that he acted in full compliance with the guidelines. This person has enmity against himself? ?Trying to get yourself to give incriminating answers? ?Wu Heng just wanted to answer no. Xilagui stood up directly, covered the eyes of the clay sculpture, and said: "The special envoy of the inspection knows Wu Heng? Why is the question so targeted?" Interrogation terminated. Woooo~! ??The middle-aged special inspector fell into a state of aphasia. He suddenly stood up, his eyes widened, and he couldn''t open his mouth. But his eyes were staring and his face was red, showing that he was very angry. The two investigators standing behind were still recording things. Has no intention of speaking or intervening. "What are you doing?" Imiro said with a hint of scolding, and then said: "The inspection of you two is over. Apologize to Mr. Kalema." Hilagui bowed and apologized, "I''m sorry, Special Envoy of Inspector Kalema." The middle-aged man is still a little angry. Imiro said directly: "Okay, you two go down. There will be some changes in the association staff recently, and you will take turns to be in charge of the association." Yes. The two of them saluted and walked out directly. Hurry away for a distance. ??Wu Heng said: "Thank you!" Although I was not affected by the effect of the strange object, I was still quite touched that Sheila Gui helped me. He immediately covered Qiwu''s eyes with a clean and neat movement. "Thank you for what we agreed." Sheila Gui said and continued to ask: "Do you know the special inspection envoy?" "never seen it!" Then why does he ask you so many questions? Sheela asked. ?Wu Heng is also a little strange about this. I also doubt the other partys purpose. The way he asked the questions was obviously to get him to reveal some crimes. What will happen if we fail this inspection today? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, "I will probably be investigated, but I will definitely be suspended for a period of time." Suspension. ?Wu Hengs brows were still furrowed. Sheila Gui smiled and said: "No matter what, we have passed the test, which is a good thing." "Indeed." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I''ll invite you to the tavern for lunch, as a way of thanking you for helping me out." Um, thats okay, lets celebrate that we passed the inspection. 6 minutes over. The Inspectorate Envoy recovers from aphasia. His face was still a little red, and he said seriously: "Deacon Imiro, members of the association must cooperate with the inspection, and interrupting and interfering are not in compliance with the rules." ??Imiro glanced at the other party and said: "I will punish the two of them. Inspector Kalema can rest assured about this." "Penalty? Interference in inspection, this is a serious violation of regulations." The man still said. Imiro turned to him and said: "The special envoy''s questions cannot involve personal life and secrets, otherwise the person being inspected has the right to refuse to answer. You don''t know this, right?" The man''s eyes narrowed slightly, "Do you think there is something wrong with what I asked? Don''t forget, it was you and the association who applied for an internal investigation." The investigator has already recorded it. If there are any problems, we can ask the higher-ups to review it. Hmph! The man snorted coldly and continued: Tomorrow I will check the member files and have them prepared in advance. "Can!" The man put away the clay sculpture and left the study directly. The two investigators also closed their notebooks, bowed and left. Public room. ??A variety of sumptuous meals were brought out and placed in front of the two of them. Sheila Gui asked: "Just eat a little, you don''t need to order so much." Its a rare treat for you, please eat more. Wu Heng said politely and continued: The effect of that strange object is quite special, and it is similar to me asking for corpses. Xilagui said: "This kind of strange object belongs to the auxiliary category and is of little use in actual combat." Indeed, telling the truth on the battlefield is useless! "That''s not what I mean. This kind of strange object does not control your body, but allows you to answer your true thoughts. If you don''t want to, you can easily crack it without looking at the eyes of the clay sculpture, or by covering your eyes." Xila Gui. said. "Right!" Its the associations arrangement, otherwise this rare item would be difficult to use on ordinary team members. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 343 , you can participate when you have time Chapter 343, you can participate when you have time to be honest. For this strange thing to have any effect, it requires human cooperation. In other words, the association stipulates that all members need to cooperate, otherwise no one will sit there honestly and look directly into the eyes of the clay sculpture. As long as there is no cooperation, it will be difficult to achieve results. The cost is not high, just one minute of silence per question. Well, its really useless to say so. Wu Heng agreed. Xila Gui picked up a piece of meat and chewed it in her mouth, and continued: "This inspection actually has some benefits for us." "How to say?" "It''s nothing. Even if we pass the inspection this time, it will be written on the file. We will be helped when we are promoted to deacon in the future." Sheila Gui raised her eyes and glanced at him, "The appointment of deacon is not just the accumulation of merit. , conduct and passing inspections are both very important. Human nature is difficult to control. I say I dont want to, do you believe it? After talking about the inspection, Wu Heng found a new topic. If you just accumulate merit, the deacon position of the association will be occupied by some people with high combat effectiveness. This gives him a certain amount of time to run the zombie world. ?Wu Heng continued to look at her, "Do you really want to be a deacon?" Perhaps in some places, a gang disguised as an association may be formed. This is not a good thing for various places. "Do not believe!" Even if the initial inspection passes, it will be difficult to ensure that it will not be affected by other factors later. Why dont you find an assistant? Sheila Gui said: "There are no suitable candidates! I have already written back, and someone should come over after a while." He killed people in Mining Village and almost took over Wu Heng''s body. ?For example, Yazd, the deacon of Blackstone Town, devised a conspiracy to extend his life. "Don''t you want to? Being able to become a deacon, sit in the association, and have a status second only to the city lord, I don''t believe there is anyone who doesn''t want to sit in this position." He really didnt have much interest in the deacon. The position of deputy deacon seems to be quite suitable for me. I dont have much work to do, and even if I do, it is done by my assistant. Thats right. ?Wu Heng smiled and said nothing more. Well, find someone you can trust, Treasure Island is not a safe place. But it is also one aspect. I see you take two attendants with you wherever you go, so you are so afraid of danger! Sheila Gui glanced at the two figures standing aside. Different from other professions, a Necromancer''s combat effectiveness comes largely from his Necromancer attendants. The next thing is spells and equipment attacks. "Are you envious? Next time you kill a wanted criminal, I will help you transform into a skeleton, and you can also act as a guard by following you." Sheela curled her lips and said, "Thank you. I''m not used to having people following me everywhere, and they are still undead." You are still young and dont know the benefits of undead attendants. I can be your grandma. Hey~! Why are you still swearing! The two of them had a meal and walked out of the tavern directly. Lets walk towards the association together. Return to the office and study room. ?Andwyer was lying on the desk, combing the owl''s feathers. Weier, have you eaten? "Eat." Andweil replied and asked: "Master, did the inspection go well?" It went well, nothing happened. Wu Heng said. "That''s good!" ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk and said: "There will be some changes in the association''s staff recently. When you do something, the skeleton attendant will be with you." "clear!" ? Anderweils current skeleton attendant is Blood Ax, a level 14 beast warrior. He is tall and carries a long-handled battle axe. The original level 12 Fire Blade was assigned to the pirate lady Philippa. Wu Heng continued: "By the way, no one notified you, so you have to be inspected, right?" No! Do I need it too? I dont know. If you are notified that you need to be examined, dont go yet. Tell me in advance. Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng sat in the office study and chatted with Anderweier for a while, then left directly. walked out of the association and looked around. Go directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite the association. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. ?The man in a formal dress bowed and said, "Good afternoon, distinguished guest." ??Wu Heng handed his emblem to the other party, "Look at the commission I issued, have you seen any results?" Good guest! The staff bowed and exited the room. After a while, I came back again. said: "Guest, we have collected for you the corpse of a level 12 blacksmith, the corpse of a level 13 flying dragon, and the formation building ''Fire Furnace''." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The collection of the two corpses was nothing special. After all, I havent been here for a while. But the Fire Smelting was completed much ahead of schedule. I have ordered two formation buildings in total, the Fire Furnace and the Water Element Well. One is a furnace for smelting metal, and the other is a well for condensing water elements in the air to form drinking water. Okay, where are everything? The staff member took out a sachet from the storage space and said, "Guests, corpses and buildings are all in here. Do you think we can take them away easily?" ??Wuheng really doesnt have such a large storage space. He said directly: "Lend me the sachet first and I will send it back to you tomorrow." The staff member said directly: "Guest, I will arrange for someone to go back with you and wait for you to take out the contents and return them to us." "also!" The staff continued: "Guest, you still need to pay 6,750 silver coins to complete this transaction." Okay! Wu Heng took out the corresponding money. After the staff put it away. In addition to the sachet that was handed over, there was also a bill with a purple snake head printed on it. The introduction said: "Guest, in half a month, we will hold a year-end auction on the cruise ship. If you have time, you can participate in some. There will be treasures, famous weapons, or some rare items for sale." auctions? ?This world also has this thing. Can all customers participate? Of course not, only guests whose transaction volume reaches a certain share are eligible, and there will be no more than 30 people on Treasure Island! Okay, Ill take a look then. ?Wu Heng took the sachet and left. The Snake Emblem Consortium arranged for a staff member to follow him towards his residence. Return to your residence. After talking to Minnie, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Came to an open space, took out the corpse and the huge furnace engraved with patterns, returned to Treasure Island, and returned the sachet to the staff. After putting away the sachet, the other party bowed and left. Return to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng looked at the two corpses in the open space. The blacksmith''s body was placed in a coffin, while the flying dragon''s body was wrapped in a large straw mat. Have the skeleton place the two corpses aside. Release [Bone Slave Technique]. Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 344 , let him come down (one update today, headache!) Chapter 344, let him come down (Updated today, headache!) Two skeletons stood up from the minced flesh. Shaked his body and walked aside. Counting those in front of me, there are a total of five skeleton blacksmiths and five skeleton flying dragons in the old factory area. The number of skeleton blacksmiths is not small. In a smaller city in another world, it is enough to maintain the operation of a blacksmith shop. As for the skeleton flying dragon, although there are already five of them, the flying dragon''s fighting method on the battlefield is still based on dropping bombs. The way of fighting is somewhat simple. ?Although I have also thought about extending some new combat methods, there have been no big breakthroughs. It is indeed the easiest and most efficient to kill the zombie hordes and drop the "lazy dog ??bomb". So, this has been going on all this time. The two skeletons walked aside, and Wu Heng set his sights on the ''Fire Furnace''. Not long after, a crane came over. ??Wu Heng glanced at the furnace nearby and said, "This is a furnace. I need to put it in a factory to smelt metal." Understood! Qi Hancai agreed. Is there no problem at the market? Wu Heng asked. The Flame Furnace was placed in a selected location, and the smelted gold was sent over and poured into several nodes of the furnace. Understood! Qi Hancai agreed and took out the walkie-talkie to explain the task. It seems that there was no such thing before. After a brief glance, Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and pressed the communication button, "Qi Hancai, come to the back of the factory." ??Wu Heng continued: "The skeleton blacksmith will work here from now on and increase the production of solid iron bullets." I cant figure it out a bit, but it doesnt have much to do with me. It''s like a very thick metal water tank. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked over quickly. Oh, no problem, theres a lot of space over there in the factory. The entire furnace is an iron-black cylindrical object with a diameter of more than three meters, with an elliptical depression of one meter in diameter in the center. Hook up the flame furnace and rush towards the warehouse in the factory area. There is still a lot of vacant factory buildings, what should be used for them? Wu Heng said: "Is the factory building that I asked you to prepare last time ready?" He frowned slightly. "I think so too." Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "I got some gold and corpse cores yesterday. I''ll have someone bring them over." The special effects that buildings can produce depend on these patterns. Get a car, transport this there, and then have someone smelt five hundred grams of gold for later use. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked back together. After the blacksmith skeleton is also transferred. The sides and top are carved with complex runes with deep carvings. Coupled with the round shape, it looks more like an altar. Qi Hancai followed and replied: "No, Captain Yang from the military came again yesterday and wanted to talk to you about the exchange of military equipment for food. You were not there at the time, so I told him that I had no plans to adjust the price. ?Wu Heng waited in the room for a while, and Qi Hancai sent the gold and corpse core over. After walking over, he looked at the two skeletons and then at the iron-black furnace. "receive!" ??Yang Long is talking about this matter again? Why are they so eager to sell things? Are they really short of food? Or do they have other plans? After a quick glance, he looked back and asked, "What are your instructions?" Activate the pattern effect. As long as you have food, you can exchange it for whatever you really need. Arrived at the factory. ? Wearing stab-proof clothing and a walkie-talkie hanging on his chest, he looks a bit handsome. Food is the only price tag now, and nothing is as important as food. "Um." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Having had experience with the Bone Burial Ground formation pattern, Wu Heng was not surprised. There is no need to adjust the price. Wu Heng said directly. "The gold is a little over 5 kilograms. This time there is more silver, more than 20 kilograms. As for the corpse cores, there are three first-level corpse cores and one second-level corpse core." Qi Hancai said. Is there any shelter that sells secondary corpse cores? Level 2 corpse cores sold by the military? No, a company called Mighty Shelter Exchange, I heard they planted explosives to blow up the aberrant zombies. Arrangement in advance is indeed a solution. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai also smiled and said: "He took the initiative to tell me, and then even sold their explosives. It felt like he was here to advertise." Quite smart. "Um!" ?Wu Heng collected all the gold, silver and corpse cores, and continued: "In the next two days, we will produce more solid iron bullets, and then the road in the county will be opened." Okay, Ill get someone to speed it up. The two chatted for a while. Qi Hancai continued to do his own business, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room, and then went directly downstairs. ??Andwyer was feeding the little owl on the first floor, while Minnie was cleaning the vase on the shelf. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, the two women said hello in unison. ??The little owl also turned its head and chirped twice. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Weier, what''s going on with the association?" "It''s okay. Nothing happened after you left. If nothing happens in the afternoon, I''ll be back." Andwyer said. "Well, it''s fine." Wu Heng was still a little worried. The special inspection envoy didn''t find his fault and went to target Anderweil. Now it seems that the other party did not do this either. Minnie put down the vase in her hand and asked: "There is no news from Philippa, it''s all about buying things and arming pirates." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, pay more attention." "good!" Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng returned to the study. Release the two ghosts and let them do their own things. I also sat at the desk, thinking about today''s events. Inspection envoy is a special function position in the association. Supervise and inspect associations in various places and find out some spies placed in the associations. I am sure that I have never met this middle-aged man. Why is it so targeted when the other person asks me questions? Do you have a grudge? Or is it also aimed at my career? ?Two guesses come to mind. One is that he has some grudge against himself, maybe he is a friend of the person he killed. The second type is the stereotype of the Necromancer profession. In the question, it was mentioned whether any necromancy experiments have been conducted, and it was obviously more focused on necromancy. But the other partys purpose is also obvious. intending to suspend himself from the office of archdeacon by giving an unfavorable answer. Look for opportunities and check his purpose. ?After all, I have many enemies. You should still look at what his purpose is. ~! ?Thinking in my mind, there was a soft knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the bath water is ready." Hmm! Wu Heng stood up, opened the door and went to the bathroom to wash up. The next day, the association. ??Wu Heng sat in the study and yawned, while flipping through the latest wanted notice. ? Philippa''s reward amount has reached 650 silver coins, which is almost the same as the reward amount for a fourth-level wanted criminal, except that there is no third-level meritorious service. The bounty amount increased, which increased her popularity among pirates. It also increases its own risk. Even if the association doesn''t catch her, some mercenaries and bounty hunters will target her.?????The level is low and the bounty is high. Who is not moved? After sitting for a while, there was a knock on the door. ? Anderweil opened the door, and the deacons assistant Moya peeked in through the crack of the door. Deputy Wu Heng, the special inspection envoy will go to the archives room today to check the files. If you have time, please accompany him, Moya said. Let yourself accompany the other person to check the files? He still wants to check the files? You can check it if necessary. Im going, what should I do? Wu Heng continued to ask. "You just need to accompany him there." Moya closed the door and continued: "After all, he is the association''s special inspection envoy, and he still has to get by on the surface. Sheila Gui is too straightforward, so the deacon asked you to accompany him." Okay! I promise not to hit him. Moya rolled his eyes at him and said: "Over there in the archives, don''t be late. The association won''t arrange anyone, and they can''t get in. By the way, his name is Kalema." "good!" ?? Moya left, Wu Heng packed up his things and followed him out. Archives room. ?Yesterday''s middle-aged inspection envoy and two investigators are already waiting in front of the archives room. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking over, the middle-aged man was stunned for a moment, and then his expression returned to normal, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." Special envoy of Kalema Supervision. Wu Heng smiled. Okay, lets not waste time. ??Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the staff behind him, took out the key, and opened the archives room. In the dark room, there are rows of wooden file racks. The middle-aged man walked in and started to check according to the time and association personnel. ??Wu Heng stood not far away, watching him perform the inspection. I thought for a moment and placed an invisible sensor far behind. ?The other party is also a mage. To avoid being noticed by the other party, he placed it as far away as possible so that he could overlook the files viewed by the middle-aged man and the contents recorded by the two investigators. Return to the door position. Watch the other partys content of the file through the perspective of the sensor. It can be seen that the other party has viewed the files of other members of the association. ? also includes myself and Sheila Gui. Wait until noon. ?The middle-aged man just came out of the archives room, still serious, "I''ve finished checking. The deputy deacon can go about his own business." ?Wu Heng asked the staff to lock the door, "Okay, you can do it yourself." After speaking, they left in different directions. After separation. ??Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study and reported what happened here to Imiro. Return to his study room again. Sit for a while from the association. ?Wu Heng left the association and returned to his residence. ??Say something to Minnie and go directly to the zombie world. The open space outside the dormitory building. Be honest! Wu Heng said directly. The skeletal flying dragon, which kept twisting its body, calmed down a little and stood on the ground. Wang Chenggang and others are taking some 3D printed accessories and assembling them into the chest cavity of the skeleton flying dragon. Zhang Chi held the drawings and stood below to give instructions. The printed magazine was assembled bit by bit and stuffed into the flying dragon''s chest. Like a large plastic toy, completely filling the chest cavity. It looked similar to the drawing, and the magazine and the chest were tightly fitted. Zhang Chi wiped the sweat from his forehead. He turned to Wu Heng and said, "Your Majesty, if you wrap it with another layer of leather, it will be stronger." ?Wu Heng looked quite satisfied. ??Although the color is a bit fancy, it is really well done. ?This material is lighter and can be better filled inside. After all, it is much stronger than a wooden box. Yeah, not bad. Wu Heng nodded. Zhang Chi also smiled. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "Ask the tanner to make some wrapped coats tonight, and test them tomorrow to see if they work." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. This matter is over. ?Wu Heng continued to walk around the market. Looking at the shelter where I came to exchange supplies. Wait until you finish shopping. Returned to the dormitory and released "Xiaoxiao" and "Glenda" again. ?Xiao Xiao went to see Zhao Yanqiu. ??Wu Heng took out a dictionary and taught ''Glenda'' some words and languages ??of this world. The afternoon sun is still dazzling. A carriage came creaking to Beacon Street. ?At a tavern on the corner of the street, the door was open, and two scantily clad girls were leaning against the door, looking at the customers passing by. The carriage slowly approached. ?The girls eyes immediately lit up and she stared at the carriage. Once a man comes down, he will immediately pounce on him and show his strength. The carriage stopped at the tavern. ? Kalema, dressed in a purple robe, stepped out of the carriage accompanied by his guards. Guest, do you need service? Just one look at you makes me full of energy. The other one took out his own cup and said, "Would you like a glass of fresh milk wine? Or I can drink yours." As soon as the two women approached, they were directly stopped by the guards. staggered. Kalema walked into the tavern expressionlessly and went straight to the second floor. You stay outside, Kalema said. The guard nodded and guarded the door. Kalema opened the door directly and walked in. The private room is not large, with a round wooden table and four chairs. Opposite the door of the room, sitting is the captain of the cargo ship when he came. Special Envoy of Inspector Kalema. The captain stood up and saluted with a smile. Kalema made a silent gesture. ??The latter took out a sound-isolating prop and placed it in the center of the room. A faint light curtain wraps the room and blocks the transmission of sound. Mr. Kalema, you must have brought good news, right? The captain sat down again, the smile on his face remained unchanged. Kalema sat down across from him, shook his head and said, "There is no good news. This guy is very clean, and no questions about him were found." The captain''s smile suddenly froze, and he frowned and said: "He is a necromancer, and he has been promoted one after another. How can there be no problem? Do you have any concerns? Or are you not satisfied with our conditions?" Kalema glanced at the other party and said: "What I promised you will be done naturally, but what I said is that he has no problem, that is, he really has no problem." You didnt ask him if he had done any necromancy experiments? A necromancer would definitely do it. Asked, he hasnt done it? What about stealing corpses and experimenting on living subjects? I also asked about the laws of the kingdom, but they havent been done yet. this. ??The captain also fell into a brief silence, "How is this possible?" Thats the way it is, theres nothing I can do about it. The captain frowned and continued: "Maybe we can think of a way to get him down from this position." (End of this chapter) Chapter 345 , you don鈥檛 sell? Chapter 345: You wont sell it? Hearing that the other party was not ready to give up, Kalema frowned even deeper. said: What on earth do you want to do? Its very simple, just let some bad things be found out on his head. Kalema narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at the other person, "That''s your business." ??If there is really a problem with "Wu Heng", as the "Special Envoy of Supervision", he will naturally remove him and at the same time sell the "Secret Order" a favor. However, the other party has no problem. Let him get involved and frame a deputy deacon, but he will not do it. The association system is strict and there are many means of inspection. ??If you find out that you have done this, I''m afraid it will cause a lot of trouble. ?The captain still kept smiling and said: "This matter, of course, has nothing to do with you. You just need to perform your duties at that time." Kalema looked at him without saying anything. Yes, according to the rules of the association. Little! Glenda shouted with a smile. Youre a pretty fast learner. I guess youll be able to watch movies with Xiaoxiao in a while, Wu Heng said. Wu Heng explained: "I taught her some basics, but I can''t say much." First, I went to the alchemy room to have a look. Hurry up, if it takes a long time, I will leave on other ships. Kalemas face was calm. Your language is really interesting. Glenda floated in the air and praised softly. Kalema pondered for a moment, stretched out his hand to put the wooden box away, and emphasized: "I only act according to the rules." Then lets do this for now. Kalema nodded, got up and walked out. Well, thats okay, Ill have a chance next time. Wu Heng said. Dont you want to study? ??The captain put away the soundproofing props, walked to the door, and said: "Sir, walk slowly. I will have someone notify you as soon as the ship is repaired." ??Wu Heng let the two ghosts return to his body, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Well, if you like it, you can have more contact with me in the future. Get out of the tavern. Zombie world. Although the pronunciation is a bit weird. Learning languages ??and characters is quite fast. ?Although Glenda is a ghost, her intelligence is not low in attributes. "good!" I estimate that learning a language has a lot to do with watching movies. ?Glenda smiled and nodded. The two girls soliciting customers subconsciously took two steps back. Not long after, Xiaoxiao also floated back from outside. The other party reached out and waved, and a wooden box appeared on the table. The lid was opened, revealing gold coins stacked upright. Its getting late. Teach me, I want to learn from there too! Xiaoxiao said excitedly. Kalema went downstairs, followed by his guards. Watching the other party get on the carriage and leave. "must!" Its just that I dont understand the language, so I can get a rough idea. He spat out carefully and cursed in a low voice. Sparkle and dazzle. ?Xiao Xiao turned his head, with a little surprise on his translucent face, "Ah! Aunt Glenda will call my name." ??Wu Heng only taught some basic things, and the other party was already able to speak some complete sentences. When Xiaoxiao watches cartoons and movies, Granda also watches them. ?Glenda nodded and said: "Thank you, I like your culture very much." This is not learning, just tell me something simple. Xiaoxiao continued. There is also a tone of voice, like that of a bard in a tavern. No corpse core potions have been produced, and it looks like it will take some time. Close the door and go downstairs. Minnie and Andwyer were sitting in the living room chatting. ?Wu Heng walked down and sat down on the sofa, with the two women leaning on his arms, one on the left and the other on the right. Anderweil said: "Master, the port has sent a list of ship maintenance and port calls. A total of 3 gold and 72 silver coins have been collected, of which 12 silver coins are the cost of the ship port call." ?So expensive! ??The pirate ships captured last time were all bombed into disarray. After returning, repairs and maintenance will definitely be needed. ?Forget the money, the cost of stopping at the port is not low. ?How long has it been since I stopped? I will collect 12 silver coins. If I fill up more, I can buy a crossbow. As the deputy deacon, dont you give me any face? Wu Heng said. Um, Miss Moya came to collect the money. "Moya! Forget it." Wu Heng hugged the two girls and thought for a while, then said: "The ship is in our hands now. It''s not of much use. It won''t be used for half a month and needs to be repaired." Now I have seven ships in my hand. One cargo ship, leaving six pirate ships. In fact, it is enough for me to keep two ships, and I will not use the rest at all. Can''t form a business group, and don''t plan to go overseas frequently. Standing at the port will only keep consuming money. Shannara asked herself to rent it out, but she couldn''t find anyone to rent the boat. Give it to that pirate lady. She always says that the ship is too small. As long as you give her a ship, she will **** other pirates butts. Minnie said at the side. ?Wu Heng was stunned, looked at her and said, "Don''t imitate her, she always talks dirty." Minnie hugged his waist and said, "No, I just told her exactly what she said." ?Wu Heng nodded, thinking about this in his mind. Philippas level is not high. With a ship and a few skeletons of her own to protect her, its actually not a big problem. If several ships are really separated, it may be difficult for her to control them. "She won''t be able to use so much. I''ll ask other people when the time comes. If it doesn''t work, I''ll just sell it." ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Supper was served, we ate together, then went back to our room to rest. The next day, the port. The cargo ship of the Star Flower Merchant Group. "My Lord Deputy, we have a total of fifty thousand sets of leather armor, three thousand one-handed axes, three thousand longbows, one thousand crossbows, and five thousand bags of grain. They are all here." The steward in charge of the goods said. ??Wu Heng selected a few items, checked them, nodded and said, "Well, not bad, let''s move them to my cabin!" ?The steward glanced at Shanara who was standing aside, and saw the other person nodded. Hand in hand directly to start moving supplies. The entire cabin began to get busy, and Shanara continued to ask: "Do you still need to order some?" I still need to order some, and strive to be the biggest customer on the island. Shannara rolled her eyes at him and said, "I don''t know why I ordered so much." Even as he spoke, someone still handed over an order. ?Wu Heng took it and walked into the cabin on the side. Shanara followed with the housekeeper. By the way, can plate armor be fixed? As the level of zombies increases, the lethality becomes greater. Furthermore, the amount of leather armor was indeed quite large, and Wu Heng was thinking of ordering some stronger protective gear. "Yes." Shannara turned around and said, "Bring over the list of protective gear." Soon, someone sent over a list of different styles of armor. ?Wu Heng took a quick look and spotted a set of plain plate armor, with leather on the inside and a layer of iron on the outside. The price of a complete set is 92 silver coins. Wu Heng began to fill in the form, then handed it to her and said: "Twenty thousand sets of plate armor, twenty thousand one-handed axes, twenty thousand long bows, five thousand crossbows, and thirty thousand bags of grain." Shanelas brows furrowed even deeper. He looked up at him again and said, "Tell me, what are you doing?" I really bought it for someone else. Are you involved in the fight in Jinyeko? Shannara asked in a lowered voice. No. Wu Heng continued to ask: If the kingdom orders it, you wont sell it? Sell it too! "Then what you said seems to be that the sale is prohibited." Wu Heng came closer and said softly: "I really didn''t participate in their bad things. In the inland, there is a city lord friend who has no channels to buy weapons. There are more places here. More convenient. The quantity ordered this time has doubled. It is also because a large amount of gold has been exchanged recently. You can purchase in larger quantities instead of one trip at a time, which is more troublesome. Shanela glanced at him again and said, "Then you are really our biggest customer now." Remember the discount you agreed to last time! Shanara handed the order to the butler on the side and said directly: "30% deposit, 8% discount on price." Yes, maam. The steward and steward began to calculate the price. Soon, the statistics were completed, Wu Heng paid the deposit and left the cabin. Wait for all the cargo to be moved to the hold of your own ship. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to guard the door, opened the gate and began to transport supplies. ?This time the food was delivered. It also solved the problem of insufficient food in the old factory area market. Now that new grain has been delivered, the exchange can continue. Wait until everything is moved. ?Wu Heng took a carriage back to his residence and headed to the zombie world again. Zombie world. ??Wu Heng issued new equipment to the skeleton army. At the same time, he told Qi Hancai that the new grain had been delivered. Hearing the news, Qi Hancai also smiled. There is nothing in this world that is more reassuring than having enough food. Wait for the skeleton to change its equipment. ?Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai to prepare the vehicle and test the newly installed bomb magazine of the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Qi Hancai nodded and immediately went down to prepare. Not long after, two military trucks stopped at the back entrance of the factory. ?Wu Heng got into the passenger seat. Surrounded by a team of skeletons, the convoy left the old factory area and headed for the main road that had not been cleared. Arrive at the main road. ??The voice of the skeleton army immediately attracted the attention of the zombies. ?A deafening roar spread quickly, and a huge group of corpses gathered in the middle of the road. Its ready! Wang Chenggang and others said. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton flying dragon drop bombs on top of the corpses." ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon kicked off its feet and instantly rose up from the ground, flying towards the area where the corpses were. Arriving above the group of corpses, the magazine in the abdomen was opened in an orderly manner. Black solid iron bullets fell in rows, like dark clouds covering the sky. Boom, boom, boom~! ?Iron bullets rained down among the corpses like a torrential rain, the ground trembled and smoke rose. The charging group of corpses was instantly submerged in smoke and dust, and a large area disappeared. ??Wu Heng and others stood behind the skeleton queue, observing the entire effect. The current magazine is not thrown in a pile at the same time as before, but in rows, so it covers a wider area along the road. The damage to the corpse group is also greater. At this time, the skeleton flying dragon fell from the sky again, and Wang Chenggang checked the leather-wrapped magazine. said: "Nothing''s wrong, it''s pretty solid!" Well, then continue to reload and prepare to clear the second wave. Wu Heng said. ?Wang Chenggang and others nodded and quickly filled the magazine with iron bullets. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up again, following the rushing corpses, and dropped iron bombs again. Boom, boom, boom~! An explosion sounded. The earth trembled. Summon - Skeleton Flying Dragon, level increased to 14, constitution +1. Your level has been increased to level 14, intelligence +1, perception +1. (End of this chapter) Chapter 346 ,three people Chapter 346, three people My previous experience was less than 10,000. I have been busy with market affairs these days and have not had time to improve. ?Now, after two waves of solid iron bullets were dropped, the level was directly raised to level 14. One step closer to the goal of level 15. Open the panel and take a look at the experience points required so far. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 14 (2724/165000) Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 37, Perception 24, Charisma 28. The experience value of 165,000 still shocked him. But when I think about it, it doesnt feel like that much. The entire zombie world is like a dungeon for gaining experience. ?Wu Heng waited until it was getting late before getting back into the truck. Well, arent there any superpowers joining? So, in a different world, strength is the last word. ?Once the supernatural powers are awakened, the thoughts are no longer as simple as the survivors pursuing food and clothing. There must be many people planning to establish their own forces. Qi Hancai said: "It is estimated that the entire road will be cleared in two or three days." After passing by, most of the corpses were transformed into skeletons, and then the order was given to move forward. More, it represents the identity of a lucky person, after all, the success rate is too low. At least for now, only Qi Hancai has joined him. The other shelters are all trying to collect gold in exchange for food, and they have no plans to join. 160,000 may seem like a lot, but considering the current number of corpses, its not that difficult to reach. ?All kinds of thoughts flashed by. Its not just level 15. As long as experience points are given for killing zombies, the next level 18 or even 20 is also a matter of time. Phew! A shower of arrows fell from the sky, crackling into the zombies. The fleet returned to the old factory area. ??It is definitely better to be a local emperor than to live under someone else''s roof. Well, we will clear this road in the next few days. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai nodded and continued to find the topic: "In the past two days, we have recruited several people for special jobs, including doctors, plumbers, and equipment repairers. A total of 6 people were recruited, and they were all given according to the conditions. Some food was distributed. "No, there are not many people with super powers. They probably all set up some small forces and serve as leaders!" Kill the zombies that have not fallen down. It was enough for the association to become a world police force. Qi Hancai directed others to arrange some work. ?There are still a few people like Qi Hancai who take their entire shelter to other shelters. A large number of zombies were **** like hedgehogs and fell to the ground. Level 20 is the end of the profession and is called a hero. In legend, several leaders of the association reached level 20 and became heroes. Hurrah! The spear skeletons on standby advanced forward neatly. The two continued to chat about the market and base issues. At this time, there were only a thousand zombies that rushed nearby, with missing limbs and arrows hanging from their bodies. Level 18 is the top being in another world. Even if he has committed a heinous crime, he will be pardoned by all forces. Yeah, thats right! Return to the old factory area. Speed ??up the progress of opening up the entire road. Go to the next section and continue clearing away zombies. ?Wu Heng closed the panel and glanced at the group of corpses that were still rushing towards him again. ?Wu Heng followed behind and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform corpses all over the ground. Give a direct order, "Bow and arrow, fire!" ??Wu Heng also rearranged the patrol work of the skeletons, and waited until it was getting late before returning to Treasure Island with the skeletons. Spear array, advance! The skeleton army and convoy entered the courtyard through the back door. en route. In the current world, superpowers do not show much lethality. Have a simple dinner. When we walked out of the courtyard, it was already getting dark. I habitually glanced at the study room next door, where Shannara''s study was. There was still a faint light coming from behind the gauze curtain. Sure enough, I am staying up late again. ??Wu Heng took the paper and folded a paper crane. After releasing the [activated object], the paper crane flapped its wings and flew towards the window and got into the room. Soon, Shanela with disheveled hair poked her head out of the window. Looked this way, and then pointed to the location of the roof. ?Wu Heng nodded and quickly climbed onto the roof. Come to the roof. Shannara took two steps back, jumped forward, and jumped directly to the opposite roof. She staggered two steps and ran into his arms. ?Wu Heng opened his arms and tightly wrapped them around his waist. Has no intention of letting go. ??Shanela broke away from her arms, grabbed his hand and slapped the back of his hand hard, then pulled him to sit down on the roof. Are you staying up late painting again? Wu Heng asked. Shannara leaned into his arms and said, "Check the accounts." ??Wu Heng continued: "You haven''t come here to eat for several days. Minnie misses you." "Minnie is the only one who misses me?" Shannella said: "Didn''t I see you today? And I can''t always run to you. The impact will be very bad." Whats wrong with this? Its normal for neighbors to move around frequently! Shannara squinted her eyes and held her big hands around her waist, "You call this a normal thing between neighbors?" Others dont know! Shanela pointed to the house opposite and said: "In the residence opposite, there are rumors that her husband was caught in adultery. I don''t want to be rumored." If anyone finds out, I will marry you directly. Wu Hengs hand around his waist tightened again. Shannara''s face turned slightly red and she rolled her eyes at the other party, "You''ve got a good plan." What? You dont want to? Shanara showed a doting expression and said softly: "Yes, I feel so sweet when I hear your words." ?Wu Heng smiled, held the opponent''s chin with one hand, and turned to himself. Looking down and staring at eyes as beautiful as emerald. Shanara''s eyes were a little dodgeful, "What, what are you doing? Just talk, you can''t mess up..." The next second, Wu Heng lowered his head directly. Shannara put her head aside and said, "Okay, we have an agreement and we can''t go too far." I just said that I was willing! Shannara smiled and said: "I am willing, but with my status, the wood elves will not allow me to really marry you, so I said that I will wait until level 15 to be your lover." Seems to be correct. Shannara largely represents the official chamber of commerce of the wood elves. How is it possible to allow her to divorce her current husband and be with a human man? Shannara had thought of this before and came up with the term lover. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, nodded and said, "It doesn''t matter, as long as we have each other in our hearts." Well, youre so good! ??Shanela praised him, raised her head and tapped him lightly on the lips. The two of them leaned together and chatted for a while. The serious-looking housekeeper also climbed onto the roof. He said nothing and looked at the two of them. Shanela blushed, straightened her nightgown, and said, "It''s too late, let''s talk next time." "good!" Shannara jumped back to the other side and walked off the roof with the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng watched the other party leave. Also go downstairs to rest. the other side. In the private room of a pub on Beacon Street. ??The steward of the Bucks Cross-Sea Chamber of Commerce was pressing on the woman, swinging his waist vigorously. ?At the same time, he muttered: "I dont know where the Flower of Stars found a sponsor to transport so many goods. Damn it." The woman on the bed hummed softly and put her hands on the other person''s chest, "Master, just concentrate. Don''t think about other things at this time." The man nodded and said, "Then you shout louder, I like to hear you shout." The woman''s face turned red, "It''s already so dark. If you speak too loudly, you''ll disturb others." "What are you afraid of? The other rooms are filled with people from the Chamber of Commerce. They are loud. I like to hear your screams." Disgusting! The woman slapped her lightly, and then started shouting loudly as she moved. Just when the two of them were in high spirits. When the voice becomes louder and louder. A voice came from the living room. So excited! The man in high spirits turned around instantly and grabbed the bedside weapon. Whoosh~! ?A cold light flashed, and the dagger accurately pierced the man''s wrist, drawing blood. Ah~! the woman shouted loudly. Another dagger shot out and penetrated the woman''s throat. With a face full of horror and fear, he fell into a pool of blood. The man looked at the woman''s body, and fear began to appear in his eyes. At this time, three figures walked out of the darkness and stood under the silver moonlight of the window. "You three, if there is anything we can talk about slowly, are you encountering difficulties? I can give you a lot of money." The voice from under the cloak came out again, "No, the best outcome is if you die." ?The words fell before the other party was about to shout. The three of them swarmed up and killed him directly. ??The sheet wiped the weapon, and he jumped out of the window and left. The next day, early morning. ~! There was a knock on the door, followed by Minnie''s voice, "Master, someone from the association is here, please come over now." ?Wu Heng sat up and looked at the time on his bedside. It was around 6 in the morning. It seems that something is wrong with the association. "okay, I get it!" After freshening up, I went downstairs and saw ''Anderweil'' already dressed and waiting at the door. The two of them didnt eat breakfast and went straight out to the association. As soon as he arrived at the association hall, he saw Olin, the captain of the third team, walking over quickly. Ardeacon, the deacons and the others are waiting for you in the morgue! Weier, you go to the study first. ?Anderweil nodded and headed to the study. Wu Heng continued to ask "Olin", "What happened?" As the two of them walked, Ohlin said: "A steward of the Chamber of Commerce died in the Beacon Street Hotel. This Chamber of Commerce wants the association to help investigate." Steward of the Chamber of Commerce? This kind of person lives over there on Beacon Street? Ohlin said: "Many chambers of commerce are temporary stops. Staying nearby is the most time-saving way." Oh, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. The two went to the morgue. The cold room was filled with members of the association, including the deacon Imilo, the deputy deacon Sheila Gui, the special inspection envoy, the coroner, the investigator, and several team captains. There are more people than corpses. Deacon! Wu Heng walked in directly. Imiro nodded and said: "Two people died last night. The matter is quite serious. You can ask the corpses to find out the situation." ?Wu Heng nodded and motioned for the coroner to come aside first. Facing the first corpse, directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse on the iron bed slowly sat up, and the white cloth covering it fell off. ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro and indicated that he could ask questions. Imiro looked at the corpse and asked directly: "Who killed you?" The corpse replied, "I have never seen their hidden faces." Shuashuashua~! Several investigators present began to take notes. ??Imiro continued to ask: "What are the characteristics of the person who killed you?" "There are three people in total. The leader is a man wearing a black cloak. He is of medium height. The gap under the cloak is black hair. There are two people behind him. One is human-shaped and holds two swords. The other is tall and holds a long sword. Hammer." (End of this chapter) Chapter 347 , how do you explain Chapter 347, how do you explain The leader has black hair, and there are two behind him. One is holding a long-handled war hammer, and the other is holding a pair of swords? Hearing this answer, everyone present was stunned. ?Then, they all turned their heads. Looking at Wu Heng standing aside and the two followers behind him. Tall, holding a war hammer, another human tall, holding two swords. Exactly the same! This..., has the case been solved? Have you asked yourself the question? ?Wu Heng was also shocked and took another look at the appearance of the corpse. I have indeed never seen this person, let alone killed him. Everyone looked over, but Wu Heng didn''t respond at all, he just stood there. ??Yimiro also glanced at Wu Heng, then looked at the corpse again, and started to ask the third question. In your impression, are there any people with such characteristics? The corpse was silent for a while, "No." Imiro continued to ask: "What did they do before killing you?" The corpse replied, "They stood in front of the window and said, as long as I die, it will be the greatest benefit." last question. Imiro thought for a moment and asked again, "Who do you think would be the most profitable to kill you?" My sons and my deputies. After answering the five questions, the body lay back on the iron bed. The scene remained quiet. Many peoples eyes still glanced at Wu Heng aside from time to time. Corpses are different from people. People can lie. Corpses tell what they see. Among the five questions, the most pointing clue still points to the deputy deacon of the association. Yimiluo looked at Wu Heng again and said, "There is another female corpse. Let''s ask again." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and released [Conversation with the Dead] again, and the corpse sat up from the iron bed. The white cloth covering the body fell off, and the body was covered with a linen jacket. It should have been put on after the autopsy. ?Wu Heng took a step back, and Imiro asked directly: "Do you know the person who killed you?" "do not know!" What are the characteristics of the person who killed you? The female corpse replied, "It was quite dark at the time. I only knew that there were three people, two of them were of normal height, and the other one was very tall. He spoke as a man." Peoples observation ability is related to their own level and characteristics. The woman is obviously not of a high level, and the sky is dark, so there isn''t much to the whole situation. ??Yimiro nodded, stepped aside, and pointed directly at Wu Heng, "Are they the three of them?" The corpse turned its head and looked this way, "It''s very similar!" Yimi Luo looked at Wu Heng and said, "Say something!" ?Wu Heng looked directly at the corpse and asked, "Is that my voice?" ?The corpse was dull for a moment and replied, "It''s not very similar." ?There is one last question left. ??Imiro asked again: "Who is the target you suspect most?" My husband, or one of Jeremains family. The five questions were over and the body lay down again. Two corpses have been examined. Everyone present also began to speculate. During the inspections in the past two days, it was spread in the association that Wu Heng, a necromancer, had not done any necromancy experiments. Unexpectedly, a case would be linked to him so soon. Especially during the inspection by the Inspection Envoy. I''m afraid it may be a bit difficult to handle. Coroner, cover the body again. Imiro said directly: "Don''t disclose this matter to the outside world for the time being. From the Bucks Chamber of Commerce, ''Xila Gui'' is responsible for follow-up and follow-up investigation." "Yes!" Xila Gui nodded and glanced at it. Wu Heng was silent on the side. ??Imiro continued to look at the others, "Let''s keep things like this for now. Everyone can continue to do their own business." ?Everyone nodded and walked outside together. ?Wu Heng did not follow him out and said, "Deacon, I want to take a look at the autopsy report." Well, Ill go to the study room after reading this. "good!" All the rest left. ?Wu Heng took the coroner''s autopsy record and looked at it. Male corpse, the wrist was pierced by a dagger. Judging from the force and degree of penetration, it was caused by being thrown. The location of death was the scar on the neck. The female corpse had a dagger pierced through the neck and was also thrown. Among the three murderers, one was good at throwing daggers. Where did you find the body? Wu Heng asked. The coroner answered, "The Inn at the Beacon Street Tavern." Are there any other discoveries at the scene? The coroner thought for a moment and said: "The on-site inspection was conducted by the second team. For detailed records, you can check the investigators'' records, but I heard that other people in the business group said that these two people shouted loudly last night. Damn it, I dont know why people died. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party''s expression and guessed what he meant by shouting loudly. Hand the record book back to the other party, "Thank you!" After speaking, leave the morgue directly. Walking towards the direction of the deacon''s study. In the corridor, Wu Heng analyzed what just happened. Someone deliberately brought clues to me, or in the context of interrogating the corpse. The whole thing is actually not difficult to speculate on. Someone pretends to be himself and a skeleton attendant, kills the person, and allows the deceased to see the disguise while alive. When the association asks about the corpse, draw clues to yourself. "Why did you do this? A clue to the murder and chaos investigation? Or did you deliberately kill someone in order to frame yourself?" ?Wu Heng slowed down again, thinking in his heart. ?That inspector might use that honesty tool against me again, but thats not a big problem, people dont kill themselves. Secondly, you may also conduct some investigations on yourself. At most, if I quit, I wont have any impact. Different from the beginning, with my current strength and financial resources, there is nothing wrong with not being the deacon. At worst, he could go back to Luntam City and become the city lord. ?Over there, my level 14 strength is already considered top-notch, and I am not afraid of others making trouble for me. Its just that being calculated doesnt feel very good. I always feel that there is a conspiracy being planned. If you continue to be the subdeacon, you will still have the association as your backer. There is a certain identity wherever you go. Come to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. ??There are still the same few people in the room as when I checked last time. Deacon Imiro, Assistant Moya, Supervisory Envoy Kalema, and two investigators. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking away, the deacon Imiro said directly: What do you think of the corpses answer just now? Wu Heng replied: "I don''t know the purpose of the murderer, but it is obviously a frame-up." Tell me what you think. Imiro said. "The evidence clearly points to me, but this is also the most obvious mistake." Wu Heng paused slightly, and then said: "For a necromancer, I know the corpse better than anyone else. If I want to kill him, I won''t Theres a second chance to speak. (End of this chapter) Chapter 348 , it鈥檚 my turn to save you Chapter 348: Its my turn to save you If you do this yourself. ?Then this person will only disappear, but will not appear in the association''s morgue, and will have a second chance to identify himself. Investigator and assistant Moya also began to record something on paper. Imiro asked again: "Who do you think would do this?" It may be a pirate, or it may be an accomplice who killed the wanted criminal before. I dont have a clue at the moment. Wu Heng replied. Along the way, he was also thinking about this matter. I was issued a wanted order by the pirates, and the ''Secret Order'' and my associates who had killed the wanted criminals were all possible. When working in an association, who can say that he doesnt have many enemies? ??Imiro looked at the information in his hand and said again: "Where were you last night?" "Well, I don''t think it''s you either." Xilagui flipped her hair and said, "Speaking of this period of time, I always feel that a lot of things are not going well for you. It would be good to rest for a few days." After Imiro nodded, Wu Heng walked out of the study room. Dont worry, its my turn to save you this time. Shilagui said. "at home!" Nonsense, have you ever seen me kill people with a throwing knife? Im counting on you. What should I say? Wu Heng stood beside her. "Um!" Kalema, the special envoy to the inspection, also nodded and said: "The person who can make such an arrangement should be someone close to Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, who is at least familiar with you." We have almost asked the questions such as ??. No more drinking, lets clean up and lets start our vacation. Wu Heng said directly. No more. Wu Heng replied. ?Going through the corridor, I saw Silla Rose leaning against the wall with her arms folded. ?As Shanara, meeting her late at night is much more serious than killing a fleet steward. Yimiro still trusts Wu Heng. Go back to the study. ??Imiro also nodded in agreement. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of the study directly. Okay, Im fine. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Anderweier smiled and said, "Master, do you want something to drink?" Sheila Gui raised her head and looked straight over, asking, "You didn''t kill him, did you?" Then lets rest for a few days and wait for news from Sheila Gui. But, Shanaras matter cannot be told. ??It''s not that I believe he won''t kill the business group manager, but I believe he won''t be so stupid that after killing the person, he will send the body to the association, and he will also lead clues to himself through interrogation of the body. What did you say? Sheela asked. Can anyone vouch for you? Imiro looked at the Inspection Envoy aside and said, It seems that someone deliberately framed this. Family members and maids are less efficient at testifying. Is there anyone else? Xila Gui thought for a moment and said: "I feel like I can''t say for sure. Just wait for my news. I will definitely investigate and clear your name." ? Anderweil is sitting at the desk sorting documents, and the little owl is in the room, chasing bees. The two people asked and answered questions, and the investigator took notes behind them. "good!" My two maids can testify! Sheila Gui smiled and patted him on the shoulder, "Then I''ll go get started and let you know if I have any information." Well, Ill go back first. Kalema continued: "But now, the evidence clearly points to you. I am supervising Treasure Island again. I can''t pretend that I didn''t see it. You should suspend your position and go home to rest for a few days. Wait until there is evidence here to confirm that this matter is related to It has nothing to do with you. What do you think of Deacon Imiro if you come back and be reinstated?" Yimiluo crossed his hands on the table, thought for a moment, and said, "Wu Heng, are you okay?" Last night, I came back from the zombie world relatively late. Minnie and Anderweil had already rested. I and "Shanela" were on the roof watching the night sky and chatting. "Suspension for investigation, waiting for the results of the investigation here." Wu Heng said. Anderweil stood up and was about to pour tea, then asked curiously: "Did something happen?" ?Wu Heng briefly told her what happened in the morning. He also told her that she would be on vacation from now on, and that she would come back to work after there were results from Sheela Gui. How can this be? Anderweil said angrily. ??Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s nothing. Just pack up your valuables and any other important documents. Let''s rest at home these days." Anderweil was angry, but there was nothing an assistant could do. Start to pack your belongings and then leave together. ?On the way, the staff was still saying hello. It is estimated that the notice of suspension will be sent out in the afternoon. Only other people will know about this. At lunch. ?Wu Heng told what happened in the morning again at the dinner table.?????In addition to Minnie and Andweil, Shannara was also sitting on one side of the dining table. After listening to what Wu Heng said. Minnie said angrily: "Why? It''s a frame-up at first glance. The association is blind." Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. It''s good to rest for a few days. If we really don''t want to work anymore, we will go back to Luntam City." "It''s not that serious. How can the deputy deacon of the association be framed and removed so easily? Don''t say you didn''t do it. Even if you pay some money, the matter will be easy to get over." Shanara said directly. She knows best whether this matter has anything to do with Wu Heng. Last night, the two of them were tired of being together and had no time to kill the manager of an ordinary business group. How can you be better at managing things than yourself? Well, Im not leaving! Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannaras face turned red and she rolled her eyes at him. After chatting for a few words, we started to eat. ??Its actually okay to take a vacation. Recently, the zombie world does have some things to be busy with. Have lunch. As soon as Wu Heng returned to the study, there was a knock on the door. After opening the door, Shanara, who was wearing a gorgeous and slim-fitting dress, came directly in, threw herself into his arms, put her arms around his neck, and gave him a kiss. ?Wu Heng hugged his waist, responded, and closed the door with his foot. The two hugged each other for a long time. They slowly separated. Are you feeling better? Shanara was still hanging on his shoulder, her face flushed with embarrassment. Hearing these words, Wu Heng was still a little moved. This is because I am afraid that I will feel uncomfortable, so I take the initiative to comfort myself. "I feel comfortable, but my body feels a little uncomfortable." Wu Heng sat down aside and pulled her into his arms. Shannara sat sideways on his lap, put one arm on his shoulder, and said, "How about I find someone to help you move around. This shouldn''t be difficult." ?Wu Heng looked at her in surprise. ??What kind of fairy lover is this? He still wants to help with the relationship. No, I also want to rest for a few days and spend more time with you then. "I''m very busy, why do you want me to accompany you?" Shannara said a little nervously. ??Wu Heng asked her to sit in his arms and lean on his shoulder, "Don''t worry, I''m fine." Well! With just one job, I can support you even if you are no longer the subdeacon. What if I havent reached level 15? "Then I will support you and let you be my male servant..." Madam, you are a little perverted! ?Wu Heng picked her up and placed her on the desk. He lowered his head slightly and kissed her again. Not long after, Minnie''s voice came from downstairs, "Sister Shanara, are you done talking? Come outside and play." Shanella raised her head, licked the water stains on her lower lips, swallowed it, and shouted: "Come right away!" "faster." "good!" Shanara looked over again and stroked her cheek, "Level 15, I''m waiting for you too!" "Soon!" Shannara jumped off the wooden table, put her clothes in order, opened the door and walked out. Shanela went downstairs. ?Wu Heng picked up the book that fell on the ground and put it back on the desk. Sit back on the chair and think about what happened today. Everything happened quite suddenly. He was a little unresponsive. It feels really unpleasant to be slandered. ?Since the other party is blaming the incident on themselves, they must have a purpose. It was during the inspection again. They wanted me to be removed from my post. So, their goal has been achieved. If I am the person behind the scenes, what will the enemy arrange after they are removed from office? ?Wu Heng pinched the center of his eyebrows. It must be the first step to be dismissed, and there will be other things later. Be more careful these days. Hey~! Ive really been walking on thin ice in my life. Just when he was sighing. ?Glenda flew directly back through the roof from outside. ?Floating in mid-air, he said: "Not long after you left, the ''Inspection Envoy'' went out with his entourage and went to the tavern on Beacon Street." (End of this chapter) Chapter 349 , Nautilus Tavern Chapter 349, Nautilus Tavern Follow me and go out? When Wu Heng left the association, he left Glenda there. Observe what everyone is doing. If you are framed and removed from your post, who will send the news out? Glenda floated to another direction and continued: "The first one to leave was ''Silla Rose''. She brought two teams, so there should be no problem. The second one to leave was the special inspection envoy, who brought his entourage. Went to the ''Black Crow''s Nest'' pub on Beacon Street." What to do? Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng still had great doubts about this special inspection envoy. ?As Sheila Gui said before, ever since the association started checking, he felt that there were many things targeting him. ?Wu Heng himself felt the same way. ??Moreover, there is still a little bit of doubt. When you are in the deacons study, to verify whether it was Wu Heng who killed the couple, you can use [Sincerity Clay Doll] to ask him. On the way there, I even thought of a way to say it. But the other party did not choose to use it this way. Instead, he asked Imiro to ask for records according to the associations procedures. Then, in his capacity as a special envoy for inspection, he proposed to be suspended from duty and take a rest. "I don''t know what to do. I didn''t follow him in. There was a sense of rejection." Glenda said, adding, "I''m sorry." Its okay! Wu Heng said. ?The opponent can sit in the position of supervisory envoy, and his level is definitely not low. ?Forcibly following and probing may actually alert the other party. Do you still need me to go out and continue to see other people? Glenda asked. "No." "Hmm." Glenda raised her hand towards the bookshelf, and a book flew over, half floating in the air, and she opened the pages. The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. Haha, Mr. Kalema did what he said. In one day, he lost his status as an association. The captain of the cargo ship said cheerfully. Kalema moved the wine glass in front of him aside and said: "It''s just a suspension. It''s just that I can''t continue to perform my duties. I''m still a member of the association." "We naturally know this. There is still a big difference between working and not working." The other party still said. Arrange the fleet to leave the island as soon as possible. I dont have time to deal with these things with you. Kalema asked again. Three days, I will take you away then. Kalema nodded with satisfaction. You just need to leave this island. The rest of the things have nothing to do with him. Moreover, I also made a lot of money during this trip. Kalema continued: "When I came, there must have been a ghost following me. Wu Heng may have suspected me." ??The captain was stunned, frowned and asked: "Has he discovered it?" "It should just be suspicion. The file says that he has just transferred to a new job less than a year ago. No matter how talented he is, he is only at the level of a squad leader. There is no danger to me." Kalema said directly. ??The captain also nodded and said: "I will also make arrangements here so that he won''t cause you any trouble!" "So much the better!" Kalema stood up again, walked out of the room, and left directly. In the study room. ?Glenda was floating in the air, flipping through the pages of the book in front of her and looking sideways. said: Are you worried about this? ?Wu Heng lay slumped on the chair, "I was just thinking about the other party''s purpose of framing me." "What''s the point? The purpose is obvious, to get you to step down from the position of deputy deacon!" Granda said. Yes, I was wondering what he would do after he asked me to come down! Granda said: "It''s hard to say, but what is certain is that the other party is more afraid of the association''s identity. You can think about who wants to do this the most." "Hey, pirates won''t do that, and they won''t consider whether you are a member of the association or not. The most likely possibility is that you are the rich but within the rules of the Secret Order, but they should be dealing with Lilith. Bian, you cant come to trouble me so quickly! Because of the incident of imprisoning a girl for a blood feast last time, many people blamed the vampire clan for this incident. ?Wu Heng wrote a letter to Lilith, exaggerating the other party''s crimes and the reaction of the local residents. Furthermore, the news that came back is that the vampires have begun to investigate and clean up members of the Secret Order in various places. It seems that the matter is quite big. In recent times, it is true that no secret cult has come to trouble me. "To deal with you, just arrange for a few people to come over. Why bother?" Granda said. Wu Heng looked suffocated, "What you said makes sense, but I''m not bad either. It won''t take long for me to surpass their leaders." Granda does not deny this. Wuhengs growth rate is indeed astonishingly rapid. Sometimes, she also chooses to go out with Wu Heng for herself, feeling that she has made the right choice. ?Granda continued: "Actually, it''s not difficult to reinstate your job, it just depends on whether you are willing to do it." "How to say?" "You first go to the association, and then arrange for three people with similar appearances to kill one person. If it is proven that it was not you, the charges will be cleared. Then you will investigate the murderer, and you will naturally return to your position as deputy deacon." Landa glanced at him and said, "If you become the subdeacon again, any arrangements they make will be overturned." ?Wu Heng frowned slightly and looked at the other party in surprise. ?Someone falsely accuses himself based on his appearance. He can also use this method to prove that he did not do it himself. Since I have a lot of skeletons in my hand, it is not difficult to find skeletons of the same height and shape. The disadvantage is that you have to kill another person. You also need to have a certain identity to quickly attract the attention of the association. What? Cant accept it? Glenda asked. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It is also a method, but it is not urgent. If it is really difficult to investigate, we will use this method again." "It''s up to you, I''m just making a suggestion." Glenda sent the book back and reminded again, "Don''t trust anyone unless you sign a contract first like your two little maids." Its not like you at all to be able to say such a thing. ?Glenda floated across the table, looked him in the eye and said, "I don''t want you to be the next me." "I know." Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the sky, and continued: "You come back first, let''s go out." ?Glenda nodded and got back into his body. ?Wu Heng looked at the courtyard along the window, where three women were playing shuttlecock. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. ?Out of the dormitory building, Wu Heng went directly to the forging iron factory. ?Entering the factory door, a wave of heat hits your face. ?The huge furnace poured out, and red iron slurry flowed out along the grooves. The blacksmith and the skeletons who were waiting below immediately took action. Use tools to pour iron slurry into the mold to make solid iron bullets. The creation of the [Fire Furnace] has greatly accelerated the speed at which blacksmiths can smelt iron. In this world, there is no shortage of iron resources. It should be regarded as the easiest resource to search out, and it is a huge amount of resources. At this time, Qi Hancai came from behind and stood aside and said: "The efficiency of the furnace is quite high. The number of iron bullets in the warehouse has exceeded 10,000, which is enough for normal use." It doesnt sound like much. Made while using it to fully meet the current needs. Over Zhang Chi, have the magazines for the other flying dragons been made? Wu Heng asked. Its been made, and I heard its still being improved! Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Drive the car over and let''s go clean up the zombies." Different ideas from Glenda. ?Wu Heng felt that the most fundamental way to solve the problem was to improve his strength. Once you reach level 15, you will become a top group of powerful people. ??If you want to cause trouble for yourself, you must also weigh your strength. Once you reach level 18, no one will care about you even if you kill someone. The owner of Treasure Island, who was originally a pirate, was exempted in the end. ??Qi Hancai was stunned. He didn''t expect to go out to clean up the zombies now. Oh, okay! I agreed and immediately went down to prepare. After a while, the vehicle was ready. ?Wu Heng got into the co-pilot, led the skeleton army, and left the old factory area directly. Main road. The earth shook. ??Wuyangyang''s corpses covered the entire main road. Like a surging wave, it quickly rushed towards the location of the skeleton army. There was noise in my ears, and a fishy smell filled the air. ? ? Xiao Xiao flew back from a distance in his invisible state, lying next to his ear, and whispered: "Uncle, there is a big guy and a crawler inside." ?Wu Heng looked at it from a distance. ??There are too many zombies, and its a dark place. I vaguely saw the figure of a giant zombie, but it was not important. He took out his walkie-talkie and asked, "Wang Chenggang, are you ready?" The intercom answered, "Five skeleton flying dragons, all loaded." "Watch the distance, don''t hurt you." "Copy it!" ?Wu Heng looked at the big-headed zombies behind him and directly ordered, "Let the flying dragon attack and drop bombs above the zombies." Hurrah hoo~! A deafening roar sounded. ?Five huge figures soared into the sky from behind and flew towards the direction of the corpses. Quickly reach the sky above the corpses. Open the magazine in sequence. Black iron bullets cover the sky above. Like a huge iron net, it fell from the sky and hit the ground. Boom, boom, boom~! A violent explosion sounded, the earth trembled, and the sky spun. ?Smoke and dust towered into the sky. Coverage range reaches more than one kilometer. ?The smoke and dust gradually dispersed, and the entire main road was filled with potholes and tatters, and flesh and blood were like mud. ??There were only a few scattered zombies, their bodies standing up from the ground with their mutilated bodies. The large zombies and crawlers that Xiaoxiao saw also had blood holes all over their bodies, and their bodies were crumbling. Looking at the skeleton army in the distance, he turned around and retreated a little bit. Tomahawks, charge forward and kill all targets! Hulala~! A large number of skeletons holding one-handed battle axes instantly rushed out of the queue of skeletons. ?Hold the battle ax and run wildly. In the blink of an eye, the remaining zombies were knocked to the ground, and the battle ax in their hands was chopped off their heads. Waiting for all the zombies to be chopped down, he continued to chase the large zombie that was stumbling away, hanging it all over his body, and slashing the opponent''s body with the tomahawk from the gap between the skeletons. Bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and the crawler who was climbing up with the help of the building suffered a **** blow from the back of his head and fell from the roof. The axe-wielding skeletons swarmed forward again. The battle ax in his hand kept falling. ?Seeing the skeletons in the surrounding shops, clean up the remaining zombies. ?Wu Heng looked at his experience points. Level: Level 14 (24750/165000) The experience value has increased by more than 20,000. The efficiency is still very high. Continue to clean it five or six times, and you will almost be able to upgrade. Close the panel. The bodies of two level two deformed zombies were dragged over. The body was covered in blood and flesh, with a hole the size of a fist penetrated through his body, and he looked miserable. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], and after the two skeletons stood up, he found two secondary corpse cores inside. After retracting the space, start releasing the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up among the corpses on the ground. Join the queue. Drank several bottles of potion one after another, transforming all the corpses on the street. The transformation is almost complete. Qi Hancai and others drove the car over. ?Wu Heng boarded the truck and the army began to return. en route. Qi Hancai said softly: "Further along the road is the city center roundabout. That is the busiest road section. There should be more corpses by then." Continue to clear up along the road and you will find the city center roundabout. Shopping malls, large chain supermarkets, cultural palaces, and commercial streets are all gathered there. The most important thing is rows of gold shops. Get ready in advance and go clean up there next. Wu Heng said directly. ?This section of the road is unavoidable, and with the current strength of the skeleton army, there is not much pressure. It can be pushed through completely. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something and asked: "Is there a bug in the warehouse? It''s the kind of thing that''s long-range and can eavesdrop on conversations." Qi Hancai was stunned, glanced aside, frowned and thought for a moment, and said, "I did search the store where security was monitored. I''m not sure if there are any of these things. I''ll go to the warehouse to take a look when I get back." "good!" Back to the old factory area, the sky has darkened. Leave the rest to Qi Hancai. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island first. When we returned to our residence, the sky was getting dark. Let Chef No. 1 prepare some dinner and take a simple bite. I walked out of the courtyard and took a look at ''Shanela''s'' room. I saw no light today. Go to bed so early today! Wu Heng muttered. I wanted to have a night party with Mrs. Wood Elf tonight, but she actually fell asleep. In the courtyard, the layout of the skeletons was rearranged. ??The skeletons guarding the front and back doors on the fourth floor balcony have been replaced with machine guns and mounted on the stone guardrail. Once there is any danger. You can also counterattack as soon as possible. After everything was arranged, Wu Heng returned to his residence and walked upstairs. The next day, in the morning. A carriage slowly stopped in front of the Nautilus Tavern. Madam, the tavern has arrived. The coachman said softly. ?Wu Heng put on the [Transformation Veil], turned into a bloated middle-aged woman, and got out of the car slowly. In front of you is a newly opened tavern. The sign is new, and there is no girl kissing her **** at the door. Paid the fare. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the tavern. It was deserted inside, there were no customers, only two bartenders were cleaning. Guest, we havent opened yet! a bartender said softly. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Where''s Boss Millicent? I''m her friend." "Oh, wait a minute, the boss is in the room upstairs. I''ll ask her to come out." The bartender said immediately. No, if its convenient, just tell me which room. Ill take you there. ??The bartender took him up to the second floor, and in the innermost room, he knocked lightly on the door. After getting the response, the bartender said: "Boss, there is a lady who said she is your friend." Huh? Let her in! ??The bartender motioned to come in. ??Wu Heng placed an [Eagle Eye Technique] sensor at the door. Then he walked in. Enter the room and saw Millicent sitting at the desk, seemingly keeping accounts. Different from the abject appearance at the beginning, she is now wearing a light blue dress, with fair skin and long hair tied up. gives people the feeling of a beautiful farm woman. Millicent is the mother of the pirate lady Philippa. Philippa refused to let her return to the village, so Wu Heng bought her this property and opened a tavern. Millisen opened the drawer on the side and faintly saw a dagger. He frowned and asked, "Who are you?" The sensor confirmed that the bartender had left and that there was no one else on the entire floor. Hand out your hand and pluck it off your head, taking off the [Transformation Veil], revealing your original face. Millicent was stunned and reacted immediately. Kneel down directly on the ground and shout respectfully: "Sir, Deputy Deacon!" Get up, you dont have to make such a big ceremony in the future. Wu Heng sat down aside. "Yes." Millicent stood up, still standing aside with some restraint. ??Wu Heng continued: "Dengta Street, are there many caravans arriving at the port recently?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 350 , kill someone Chapter 350: Kill someone I heard that a lot of ships have been calling the port recently, and the number of people in the tavern is also slowly increasing. Millicent said, pouring him a glass of water. ?Then he stood aside politely. Well, I can see that your business is pretty good. Wu Heng praised. You can see some of it from entering the door. ??Although the business of the pub is not as good as that of the pubs on the main street, it seems to be doing pretty well. Early in the morning, the bartenders were cleaning and replacing wine barrels. Millicent''s restrained expression was a little happy, and he whispered: "Thank you, sir." ??Wu Heng signaled that there was no need to stand, and waited for her to sit down by the bed before continuing to ask: "Are there many people staying in the hotel here?" Some, but not much. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Have you found anyone suspicious?" Millicent frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "The tavern has just opened, but I didn''t find anyone suspicious." What had attracted Millicent''s attention before was the wanted notice on the association. Have general appearance and characteristics. ??Wu Heng continued: "I need you to help me keep an eye on a few people. If you find anyone approaching, let me know." Millicent nodded, "Okay, sir!" "There are three people in total. One is close to me in height and has black or dark hair. The second is nearly three meters tall. His weapon is a long-handled war hammer. The other is of normal height and his weapons are double swords." Wu Heng According to the corpse, it was described again. After Millicent listened carefully, he looked at the other party with some doubts. If I remember correctly. ??The two personal attendants before the Archdeacon had this appearance. In addition, the first one has black hair and is about the same height. It sounds like he is checking himself out. But she had no intention of asking more about what was told. He agreed directly, "It''s my lord, I will pay more attention to it." They will definitely use some disguise. I dont know what their original appearance is. If their body shape is close or similar, please notify me immediately. "good!" Wu Heng was still very satisfied with Millicent''s attitude. Then he took out his tablet and pulled up the photo of the Inspection Envoy Kalema, There is another person who looks like this. The photo was secretly taken by Kalema at the door when he was investigating association information. Although he only has a side face, his appearance features are still very obvious. In addition, he always wears mage robes, so he is easily identifiable. Millicent took the tablet and looked at the face on it. Wu Heng added, "He is from the association. I suspect that he is related to a case. After you see him, just pay attention to who he comes in contact with and report it to me afterwards." Millicent nodded seriously, "I remember, sir." "Well, just try your best." Wu Heng continued: "Choose three private rooms and two accommodation rooms. I will arrange some arrangements. If there are any doubters, they will be placed in these rooms to monitor their conversations." Millicent didn''t quite understand, and asked cautiously: "Sir, do you want to choose a few empty rooms?" Well, you choose it first, and then I will explain it to you. Millicent stood up and said, "I''ll take you there." ?Wu Heng put on the [Transformation Veil] again and walked out of the room together, heading towards the private room next door. In the private room, there are round tables, side cabinets, and some potted plant decorations. ??Wu Heng took out the monitor he scrounged from the original electronics store and installed it on the wall behind the side cabinet. ?In this world, this kind of thing is not afraid of being discovered. Even if it is tuned out, one would not think that it is a monitoring device. Then, the two went to the remaining private rooms and accommodation rooms. Everything is set up and we return to the previous room. Wu Heng took out a new tablet, connected it to several listening devices, demonstrated the operation, and said: "This is a monitoring device. If there are any suspicious people in the future, arrange for them to enter those private rooms, and then Use this kind of thing to eavesdrop on what they say." After connection, a slight electric sound will be emitted from the tablet. As you get closer, you can faintly hear the footsteps, as well as the sound of the bartender opening the door, moving tables and chairs, and cleaning. Who is that fat woman who came just now? She is so fat. The sound came out of the tablet and it was very clear. Millicent was a little surprised that such a thing could really hear the sound of the private room in the distance, and looked at the man next to him carefully. He explained in a low voice: "They usually like to talk nonsense, don''t blame them." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, it was just a disguise. The sound of the two people talking was still coming from the tablet. Looking at it this way, the boss is really a beauty. It would be so comfortable to sleep with her in my arms. Many of the people who come to the tavern come here for the boss. Thats right, Im afraid that one day someone will get drunk and cause trouble in the tavern. Millicent''s face began to turn red. With a pair of eyes, he looked beside him carefully and explained softly, "That''s how it is in a tavern. Some guests will talk nonsense after drinking, but we are fine here. Nothing happens all the time." ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to tell her about the various functions and how to retrieve some photos. ?Millison also learned quickly. Those who are very proficient have already mastered how to use it. This is for you to use first. If you find its not working, go find me. Thank you, sir, I will take good care of it. Close the tablet, Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there any difficulties in operation?" ??Although it is a tavern established to gather information, if it cannot be run, or if it is only superficial, it will still arouse suspicion from others. ?The best thing is to be like the Old Barrel Tavern, which is a very popular tavern in itself. Secondly, to handle some intelligence work. Millicent thought for a moment and said: "There are gangs nearby who have collected protection fees twice. In addition, the menu in the tavern does not have many types, and it is difficult to find higher-level chefs. Finally, there are some who like to cause trouble after drinking." Three problems are not difficult to solve. But its not easy for me to come forward directly. Wu Heng said: "Wait for a few days. After a while, I will arrange for someone to come and help you." Okay, sir. Millicent thanked him again and continued to ask in a low voice, Philippa didnt cause you any trouble? Dont worry, she is doing well. Some time ago, she helped the association arrest two wanted criminals. Her contribution will be recorded in the files. Then shes not in any danger! Theres no danger, you dont have to worry. Judging from the news sent back by Philippa, the Iron Barrel Pirates used the money they received last time to carry out all-round armed preparations. In addition to some ballista equipment on the ship, a lot of crew members have also been recruited. It is not comparable to the big pirate group, but it is not something that ordinary forces can bully. Millicent also showed a soft smile and saluted again, "Thank you for taking care of her." Well, do it well, and you and your daughter will have a better life in the future. Thank you, sir. After everything was explained, Wu Heng also stood up and said: "Let''s keep things like this. You should also pay attention here. If there is any news, just inform me. You don''t have to do anything dangerous." "clear!" Maintaining the image of a bloated woman, Wu Heng opened the door and walked out directly. Millicent walked to the door of the tavern, saw him boarding a carriage, waved his hand and said, "Come back when you have time." Hmm! Wu Heng put down the curtain and the carriage left. The bartender came over. He asked curiously: "Boss, is this your friend?" Millicent glanced at the direction the carriage was going, turned to look at him, and said, "You two, go wipe the cellar and save yourself from having nothing to do." Huh? We have something to do! Go quickly! Seeing that Millicent was really angry. The two of them went to the cellar to clean up in despair. Millicent also returned to several rooms and rearranged the monitoring equipment. The associations props are really magical. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ??We returned all the way to the central area and stopped at the central square. ??Wu Heng was still dressed as a woman. After paying the fare, he entered the association hall, walked through the corridor, and walked towards the office and study room of "Xilagui". ?When there is no one in the corridor, take off the veil and change back to the original appearance. ?Knocked lightly on the door, opened it and walked in. The childlike elf deputy deacon was frowning at the document in his hand. Looking up, he glanced up and saw that it was Wu Heng who came in. He was obviously a little surprised, "Why are you here?" I have nothing to do at home. Come and see you. Sheilagui rolled her eyes at him angrily, "You usually don''t come to the association, but now that I''ve given you a day off, you started running over here." ?Wu Heng smiled, sat down on the sofa nearby, and asked, "Any clues?" I found some, but there are no clues that are beneficial to you. Sheila picked up the documents and tapped on the table. Is it convenient to talk about it? "It''s nothing. The first point is that we asked other people from the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. They said that the steward and the woman shouted fiercely that night. We did hear a scream in the end, but we didn''t expect that something happened." Sheila Gui said. , his face turned red. This matter was heard by the coroner. ?Just because of the nonsense shouting, even the final cry of being killed was regarded as a joy. Sheila Gui glanced at him and continued: "There is only one person''s shoe print in the window, and the size of the shoe print does not match the three people. It is suspected that besides the deceased, there was a fourth person at the time, two teams from the association. , We are continuing to investigate other people in the business group and the people in the tavern, and we should send new clues in the evening. " The fourth person? How come the more people investigate the matter, the more people do! Furthermore, there has been no apparent progress. Its not surprising. After all, the person who died yesterday and now its morning again, there wont be many clues. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Well, thank you for your hard work, everyone." "You can still laugh, no matter how little evidence you have, this matter will always be blamed on you!" Sheila Gui said. "How can it be!" Why is it impossible! If you cant catch anyone, you will always have to bear this crime. Thats right, its up to you whether I can clear my name! Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him again and said, "In the morning, I went to the Old Barrel Tavern and asked about the situation." The old wooden barrel is the territory of the six-armed prophetess. You can spend money to buy some information. But it is limited to the harbor and Beacon Street. Any clues? "There are no clues related to this matter, but on the day you were suspended, there was a restless guy who landed on the island with the caravan." Sheela''s tone became serious. "the wanted?" No, his name is Kerimu, a level 16 vagabond who earns bounties by relying on wanted notices from the association and the Snake Emblem Consortium. A decent man! "There is a record of killing a member of the dwarf royal family and a deputy deacon of the association, and he was not listed on the association''s wanted list." Shiragui glanced lightly. Kill the members of the royal family of the country and the deputy deacon of the association. ??Moreover, he has not yet been listed on the associations wanted notice. ?It is one thing that the opponent''s strength is not low. More importantly, he knows how to circumvent some rules and will not be listed on the wanted list after killing someone. ?Wu Hengs face suddenly turned ugly. At this time, I landed on the island and had the experience of killing the deputy deacon. Good guy. Having to make people suspicious, he came for himself. Is being a vagabond a profession? Well, its a melee-type profession with strong combat capabilities. Is he very powerful? Wu Heng asked. Xilagui said slowly: "The Lone Ranger makes a living by killing various bounty targets, and he has a great reputation in the circle. Without external help, I don''t have the confidence to face him." In other words, with the strength of Silla Rose, there is absolutely no confidence that it can defeat the opponent. Being able to be appointed deputy deacon at least proves the potential and talent of Sheila Gui. I have no confidence at all. It seems that the other party is indeed very powerful. "You mean, he is likely to come to the island to deal with me?" Wu Heng said. "possible!" ?Wu Heng scratched his head and asked, "Do you know where he lives? I''ll let the skeleton chop him down first." Xila Gui said angrily: "I haven''t found out where he is, but I''m not sure he is targeting you. Let''s check the situation first." ??Wu Heng was just talking, and he couldn''t kill the opponent blatantly. But level 16 also gave him a sense of crisis. Hand on, or let yourself attack by surprise, you are not afraid of this vagabond. Do you know what he is good at and what his weaknesses are? Wu Heng asked. "I don''t have too detailed information. I will tell the deacon and ask him to transfer some information from the Whisperer. I will tell you then." "good!" After talking about this matter, Wu Heng continued: "By the way, I''m here to discuss something with you." "What''s up?" Wu Heng said directly: "I want you to lead a team and search every tavern. I suspect that the person who framed me is hiding in the tavern." Sheela frowned and said, "You want to exhaust us to death. There are so many taverns, and the association is too domineering, which will affect its image in the minds of the residents." "As for the taverns in the Beacon District and the main street, just say that you have found useful clues and start investigating. People from other business groups will trust the association more when they see that we are so attentive." Wu Heng said. Sheela Gui still frowned and pondered for a moment. He agreed anyway, "I''ll tell the deacon and we''ll mobilize more teams to help." Okay, then Ill go back first. ?Wu Heng stood up and left the study, and Xila Gui also took the compiled documents and went to the deacon''s study. corridor. ??Wu Heng stood there and waited for a while, and heard the voice of the ghost "Glenda" in his ears, "There is no one in his room." Hmm! Wu Heng snorted lightly, and then walked towards the direction of the association dormitory. Still served as deputy deacon of the association. Even if he was suspended, no one would stop him along the way. ??He went directly to the third floor, in front of the dormitory where the special inspection envoy Kalema lived. Seeing that there was no one around, he used the bronze key to open the door to a crack and inserted a listening device. Close the door again. ?Glenda flew into the air and controlled the monitor to fly to the roof of the shed. "what are you doing here?" Suddenly, a voice came from the stairs. Kalema came back directly from downstairs with his guards and looked at him doubtfully. Wu Heng''s heart tightened, but he still said: "Inspection envoy, I came to find you, but I didn''t expect you to go out." Kalema looked at him suspiciously, then glanced at the door, "What do you want from me?" "You can use that truth-telling rare thing to ask me if I have killed anyone. Wouldn''t it be a faster way to prove my innocence?" Wu Heng said directly. "So that''s what happened." Kalema smiled and continued to explain: "The Bucks Business Group is also paying attention to this incident. We said we didn''t do anything, but we still can''t prove it. We need to catch the murderer or come up with something substantial. The prop is just a rare item within our house, so I just say it doesnt matter, because Im afraid the people from the Bucks Business Group wont recognize it. "Why don''t you admit it? Just show them the effects of the strange objects!" Kalema looked at him, still calm, "Don''t be anxious, rest for a few days, trust the association, and trust Sheilagui and the others, they will find the murderer." ?Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, then said: "Okay then, I''ll go talk to Sheila Gui again." Well, keep calm! The inspector wants you to be busy, Im going back first. "good!" ?Wu Heng went downstairs, Kalema looked at the direction he left, opened the door and entered the room. The room is empty. ?? Kalema holds a staff and releases several detection spells one after another. He frowned slightly and said, "You really want to ask me about the strange objects?" Perplexed in his heart, he released spells from every corner again and checked some of his items. After confirming that everything is OK. He just sat on the bed, looking thoughtful. Get out of the association. ?Glenda flew back from a distance and got directly into the body. The pictures in the room are also shared in the mind. ?Glenda placed the monitoring equipment on the beams of the roof, and then hurriedly flew out of the window. So as not to be noticed by the other party. ??Wu Heng took out the equipment and put on headphones to monitor. You can hear the shaking sound of the robes and soft murmurs. Other than that, I didnt hear any other sounds. Whether the looted listening equipment is an old model or is it the same. The size is quite large, about the size of a power bank, with a transmitting wire. Not as big as a button in the movie. Otherwise, you can find a way to put it on his body or something he carries with him. "It depends on whether you have anything to do with this matter." ?Black Crow''s Nest Tavern, private room on the second floor. ?The door opened, and a man holding a rapier and wearing a sailor''s turban walked in. He wears a loose half-sleeved gown over his leather armor. On his bare left arm, you can see numerous tattoos of poisonous snakes, ghost faces, and rats. Entering the private room, the man glanced around the room. Sit down near the door and say directly: "Are you ready?" He has now been suspended for investigation and can take action. (End of this chapter) Chapter 351 , it鈥檚 not my fault Chapter 351: Its not my fault It seems that this is what happened to Treasure Island. I pulled down a deputy deacon in a few seconds. The tattooed man stepped on the chair with one leg. Inside the private room, there is a man wearing captain''s clothing. Smiling, turning the generous ring on her index finger from time to time. Looking at the other party, he said: "It''s just a suspension for investigation, the rest will be left to you." "Well, since I promised you, I will naturally take care of things." Tattoo nodded, leaned back, and continued: "Where is the information?" The other side handed over a handwritten information. said: "He has joined the association for less than a year, and his level should not be high, but you should be careful about the two attendants around him. I feel that his level is not low." The tattooed man looked up at the opposite side and asked, "Do you have a background?" It is understood that he has no background. He came from a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko and his talent is relatively high. ??The tattooed man nodded, threw the information back, stood up and said, "Wait for my news." The tattooed man opened the door and walked out directly. Putting the bug in his room didn''t seem like the right place. But this kind of equipment is a bit bulky and difficult to place on the other party''s body, and his residence is the best location. ?Then, there were some conversations between Kalema and other people. They were all ordinary conversations and had nothing to do with what he wanted to monitor. "Um!" But the key is still in Wu Heng''s hands, and some things in this world are not managed so strictly. This thing has a certain distance limit. In the headphones, you can hear the sound of dragging chairs and moving objects. ? Before leaving the door, the tattooed man turned around again and reminded, Have money ready. No, I didnt say two words at all. Wu Heng said. Could it have nothing to do with him? Glenda guessed. Unlike radio, it can still transmit normally over such a long distance. How is it? Any clues? Glenda floated aside and asked. Of course, this is not the first time we have cooperated. ??Wu Heng was sitting on the sofa, wearing headphones and listening to the installed bug. "It''s possible, but I always feel that he has some problems, so be careful." After he was suspended, this study room became vacant. It feels like Im looking for something. In the office study room. Yeah, thats right. ?Wu Heng opened the gate, called out a skeleton investigator, placed him on the seat, and continued to monitor the opponent. Whether it is useful or not, record everything first. After making arrangements, exit the room again. Lock the door. Return to your residence. ?Minnie and Andwyer are directing the skeleton to dry the bedding. They say they are maids, but in fact most of the work is done by skeletons. Andwyer works as an association assistant, and Minnie acts as a housekeeper. Hearing the sound of the door opening, the two turned to look over. When they saw Wu Heng coming back, they all smiled and said hello from a distance. Minnie ran over quickly, threw herself into her arms, and arched her arms, "Master, why did I go out all morning and didn''t see you?" Who made you stay in bed? Minnie raised her head and argued, "No way, I got up very early today." When I came downstairs, I saw that you were sleeping soundly, and Weier finally had a rest and didnt have to get up early, so she didnt disturb you. Master, you are so kind! Minnie praised without hesitation. ? Anderweil also came over and asked softly: "Master, is there any progress?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Xila Gui is leading an investigation, and there is no strong evidence yet." Anderweil frowned and asked, "Deacon Sheila Gui, you will definitely be able to find the murderer." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Minnie listened on the sidelines and asked curiously: "Who is the deputy deacon Shilagui?" "The other deputy deacon of the association is from the elf tribe. He is very beautiful!" Anderweil replied. Who is more beautiful, her or sister Shannella? Andweil said: "They are different in beauty. Archdeacon Shiragui looks younger, while Mrs. Shannella has a mature beauty." Minnie glanced at Wu Heng suspiciously, "Master, who do you think is beautiful?" They are all beautiful, but the elves are naturally more outstanding in appearance. Minnie continued to ask, "They are both more beautiful, but Sister Wei''er and I are more beautiful." ?Andweil also raised her head expectantly. ?Wu Heng smiled and hugged the two of them tightly, "Both are beautiful, but everyone is beautiful in different ways." What, youre just trying to fool people again... Minnie was a little dissatisfied. ?Wu Heng rubbed her head and said, "Both are beautiful, but I like you two better." Hey! I knew it. Minnie hugged her waist and whispered coquettishly. ?? Anderweil also looked happy and her cheeks were flushed. "Master, do the bedding in your room need to be dried?" Anderweil asked. Lets take it out to dry too! ? Anderweil nodded, patted Minnie''s **** hard, and said: "Don''t stick to the master, follow me upstairs to clean the room." Its true. Minnie rubbed her butt, muttered and followed upstairs. Wu Heng followed behind and said, "By the way, don''t go out recently. If you need to buy anything, ask Shannella to buy it for you." Oh, okay! The two nodded. Then go up to the fourth floor to tidy up the bedroom. ??Wu Heng was on the third floor and entered the room where the radio station was placed. Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record book and looked at it directly. A lot of content has been recorded above. Today I caught a one-meter-long Deino snapping turtle. I said this thing is good for men. Do you want me to keep it for you and take it back to save your body from being difficult to use because of your age? The Destroyed Snapping Turtle is gone. It was sold to an old nobleman on the shore. Ill catch it for you next time! Damn it, we were attacked by the Yeko fleet, these pieces of shit, we just passed by and attacked indiscriminately. "No, I can''t bear it anymore. Let me tell you, they attacked first, and I am the counterattack..." , weve docked. Lets take a rest and buy some items. Ill go see my mother when I have time. Damn it, two idiot pirate groups are fighting. Do pirates have **** in their heads? They just know how to fight. ??Wu Heng probably took a look. ?This is quite a lot of content. Although there is no useful information, it seems that there is quite a lot going on as the pirates were attacked by the kingdoms fleet and the pirates were fighting among themselves. After thinking about it for a moment, he picked up the phone and asked, "Philippa, are you there?" Uh! Why are you talking at this time? came a low-pitched reply from Philippa. ??Wu Heng asked: "Isn''t it convenient to talk now?" In the radio station. After two high-pitched scoldings of "silly bird". Philippa''s voice also came over, "No, I was giving a lecture to the crew just now. If you had spoken earlier, they would have heard it." ??Wu Heng frowned and said, "Don''t let the crew enter your room! If someone discovers something, you will be in danger." "You haven''t had much news all the time. How could I have known that you would suddenly speak at this time." Philippa said unconvinced, and then added: "Okay, I won''t let them in from now on. I really heard you speak." , I cant explain it either. Wu Heng said: "There are so many cabins on the ship. If we arrange a conference room, the large fleet has a separate meeting place. It looks regular." That makes sense. Ill have someone prepare one tomorrow. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "How are you doing there recently?" Not bad, there is food and drink. Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the desk and asked, "You said two pirate groups were fighting. What happened?" Philippa said: "The original plan was to go to sea with the two pirate groups to see if any caravans were passing by, but yesterday the two of them fought and someone died, so the matter was delayed." Internal strife! "It has nothing to do with me. She is a woman from ''Babuqi'', and she is in love with the captain of another pirate group. I said something a little aggrieved. I was bullied like this, and I feel so aggrieved when I am a pirate. Then Started working that night. (End of this chapter) Chapter 352 , explosive potential Chapter 352, Explosive Potential ?Wu Heng frowned. Good guy, are you trying to get justice? Isnt this provoking trouble? ??The captain named "Babuqi" has suppressed his anger and plans to endure this matter. ??How can anyone bear it when you say this? ?Especially since they are all a group of fierce pirates, it would be strange not to fight. ??The next two pirate groups will definitely not be able to cooperate. You are not involved, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. Dont worry, I wont help you on either side, said Philippa. ?Wu Heng was speechless, is that what I meant? But it can be heard that Philippa''s side is developing pretty well. Moreover, he gradually integrated into the pirates. Why do you still remember going to sea with pirates? Philippa replied, "Doesn''t this give you a clue? When we go to sea, I will tell you the route so that we can catch them." It turned out to be for my own sake. It seems that he has not forgotten his responsibilities. Wu Heng said directly: "There are some changes here on Treasure Island. You don''t need to take risks to collect information. I will inform you when I can continue to collect information." Philippa ate something in his mouth and muttered: "The two of them may have to fight for a while. I''m not in a hurry. By the way, if I kill the pirate, can it be considered as meritorious service?" You can easily expose your identity by killing pirates. If you bring back the pirates body, I will reward you with the reward. Okay, Im not short of money now anyway. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Besides the internal strife between the two pirates, is there any other information?" Philippa thought for a moment and then said: "I asked about the blank envelope. They said that this kind of envelope may not appear anytime. At first, the others were quite scared, but later they found that the information provided was very accurate. , and also provided nearby information based on the location of each pirate group, and the pirate groups made a lot of money. Have you received them all? Most pirate groups should have received it. There is also a saying among pirates that the pirate king cannot bear the pirates being driven away like mice, so he is helping everyone. Pirate King? ?Other than in comics, this was the first time Wu Heng had heard of this name. Among pirates, there really is a pirate king! "It was also said a long time ago that the Pirate King has the power to control the sea and the right to dominate the sea. People in the coastal areas have heard this story." Philippa explained. ?Wu Heng kept this incident in his mind and would look into the matter of the Pirate King when he had the chance. Then he asked: "In terms of life and personal safety, do you have any problems over there?" Philippa said directly: "It''s all good. When I have a chance to go back, you can get me some more money. It''s almost spent. I also want to recruit a few more powerful crew members." Wu Heng reminded: "The money I gave you last time was enough for a large business group to make several round trips." Philippa said: "You don''t know how expensive it is to be a pirate from the outside. The ship needs to be repaired, the sailors need to spend money, and there are all kinds of weapons and equipment. You don''t want me to be in any danger!" ?Wu Heng had no choice but to say, "Okay, I''ll wait until the next time we meet!" "Thank you." Philippa changed the subject and continued to ask: "How is my mother''s side?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "I just came back from your mother''s tavern this morning. The tavern is running pretty well." You really opened a tavern? You wont be bullied. "Your mother is not as weak as you said. I will arrange some help for her in a while and also protect his safety." Wu Heng said directly. Both mother and daughter are collecting information for themselves. They can also be considered as their own subordinates. Some basic needs still need to be met. "Thank you! Please help me take care of her more, and I will collect information about the pirates for you." "Well, I''ve been a little busy here recently, so you should pay more attention to yourself." Wu Heng asked. "clear!" Okay, lets do this for now, and tell me if you have anything. "good." Hang up the communication, Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. Philippa looks pretty good, that kind of personality is really suitable for a pirate. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng even doubted whether it would be more appropriate for her to change her profession to a bard. ?Just a few words can make two pirate groups fight. In line with the characteristics of the bard''s language sound that affects people''s emotions. Go out of the room and continue to the fourth floor. Minnie is changing new sheets in the bedroom. ??Wu Heng took a look directly and went directly to the alchemy laboratory. ?Several alchemy skeletons are still busy with their own affairs. On the cabinet shelf next to it, there are already several bottles of finished medicine. ?Wu Heng walked over and his eyes lit up instantly. Strengthening PotionHighly Effective Strengthening Potion. In addition to several common therapeutic and mental medicines. There are also six bottles of first-level corpse core potions and three bottles of second-level corpse core potions placed on it. ??It is all during this period of time, market exchange, or corpse cores obtained from killing zombies. In the past few days, it was all produced. ?Wu Heng put away the medicine and went directly to the study. Take out three bottles of the second-level corpse core potion and place them on the desk. This incident still brought a certain amount of pressure to him. Especially, it is still unclear what the other partys purpose is. ?Now that the second-level corpse core potion is produced, it can also be used to improve one''s physical attributes. With improved attributes, it can reduce the threat posed by enemies to a great extent. After thinking about it, open a bottle of medicine and drink it. The sourness flows into the abdomen, and the heat spreads throughout the body, followed by the pain of stretching the bones and sore muscles. ?This kind of pain is not a side effect of the virus. Rather, the medicine forcibly improves the discomfort caused by the body. Even so, it was still very painful. ?The pain gradually disappears, and system prompts appear immediately. Strength +3, Constitution +2. Still an increase of five points. In terms of level, it has been improved by 5 and a half levels. The effect is still significant. Sit on a chair and rest for a while, waiting for the sweat on your body to disappear. Continue to take the second bottle. ??It is still the tearing feeling of bones and muscles being forcibly pulled away. ?Hand gritted your teeth and listened, the prompt appeared. Strength +2, Constitution +2, Agility +1. Unlock ability: Explosive potential. Hearing this prompt, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. Finally awakened the skill. Explosive potential: Explosive enhancement of the body, improving physical condition, and reducing pain and negative effects on oneself. ?Wu Heng looked at the skill introduction. His brows wrinkled again. This ability...have you seen it somewhere? I carefully recalled that in the zombie world, when I killed Chen Jinlong in prison, he seemed to have such a skill in his attributes. After being released, the whole body turns red, and the power explodes several times beyond the normal level. ??It''s okay to jump directly from the fourth floor. You can still escape far away. The same ability has actually been awakened! It seems like even a mage like me is of no use! A mage himself, standing behind a skeleton, probably wouldnt be of much use. Whatever, its better than nothing! Sitting on the chair and resting for a while, he took out the third bottle and drank it again. Strength +1, Constitution +2, Agility +1. Only four points more? The effect of the second-level medicine has begun to decrease. According to the experience of the first-level corpse core medicine, the effect of the medicine will gradually decrease after taking a certain amount. Now the second level corpse core is also in this situation. Open the attribute panel and take a look at your attribute values. Attributes: Strength 40, Agility 30, Constitution 43, Intelligence 37, Perception 24, Charisma 28. Good guy, my strength and physique have surpassed my intelligence again. Close the panel, go to the mirror, lift up your shirt and take a look. ?Muscles are more angular. It is the kind of muscular feeling full of power. Recovered a bit. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the window and shouted: "Minnie, Weier, come in." Coming! After a burst of running footsteps. ?Minnie and Anderweil opened the door and walked in. Whats wrong, Master! Minnie asked directly. ?Wu Heng took out a few bottles of medicine and said, "There are several bottles of medicine. Each of you has three bottles. Drink them first." So many! Minnie said in surprise. Anderweil also looked a little surprised. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. Thank you, master. The two women each picked up three bottles and started taking them. Outside the courtyard gate. ?Hold a rapier and wear a cloak, standing in a dark corner, staring at the building in the distance. Not long after, a translucent bird flew back from a distance. Plunging headlong into the scroll the man had opened. ?The next second, a picture appeared in the blank center of the scroll, including a four-story building, a flowerbed and a swimming pool, and skeleton guards arranged in a row. Hmph! With so many skeleton attendants, its really not that easy to be the deputy deacon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 353 , vagabond Chapter 353, Drifter Balconies, courtyards, and some secluded locations. The number of skeleton attendants even exceeds the number of guards in the residence of normal dignitaries. ??Moreover, they are all undead attendants. The man leaned against the wall and recalled the information he had received previously. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????. ??The number of undead skeletons in the courtyard alone is enough to overturn all the previous intelligence content. Intelligence is as unreliable as ever. He glanced at the door opposite and the entire street, thinking about his next plan. After a brief thought. Close the scroll in his hand, shoulder the sword in his hand, and turn around to leave. In the study room. ?Wu Heng distributed several bottles of first-level corpse core potion to the two maids. Thank you, master! The two nodded in thanks. Hands full of joy. ?This kind of medicine is a rare treasure. It is also because of this potion that the two of them are much stronger than professionals of the same level. ??Andewil is an ordinary assistant in the association, but her combat effectiveness is definitely not lower than the captain level of an ordinary team. The same is true for Minnie. Although the time to change jobs is the shortest, her attributes are not low either. What is relatively lacking is practical experience. But its not a big problem. If you accumulate it slowly, your attributes will improve, and the effect of training will be better. Drink it directly! Wu Heng said. Drank three bottles of potion one after another. The body has also gained a certain amount of growth. "is that OK!" ??Andweil said: "It feels pretty good, but it just doesn''t seem as obvious as before." Minnie said: "No, I feel pretty good." Weier has a high level. Once her body reaches a certain strength, the effect of the potion will be weakened. Minnie has just changed her job and can still take it many times. "Oh!" Minnie said, and then looked at ''Ande Weier'', "Sister Weier, you have no effect anymore, give me this medicine from now on!" If you dont give it, it wont be ineffective if it is weakened. Stingy! Minnie pouted. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "There will be more potions in the future." "I know! I just tease Sister Weier, she always looks very serious." Minnie said, pinching Anderweier''s waist. The latter''s body was agitated, he looked at Minnie who was running away, smiled and said: "Master, Minnie and I continue to clean the room." Well, let the tame beast also be responsible for the security of the residence. "clear." Anderweil nodded and followed downstairs. ?Soon, the sound of Minnie laughing and begging for mercy could be heard from the first floor. ?Wu Heng released Glenda and Xiao Xiao and inspected them around the building. After confirming that there are no enemies or dangers, open the gate and go to the zombie world. Association. Hiragui came out of the deacon''s study, her expression still serious. On the way back to his office and study, he said to the staff passing by: "Go and inform the team leader who has no mission to come to my study." Yes, Archdeacon. The staff member responded and left quickly. Sheila Gui returned to the study and began to put on armor. Soon, there was a knock on the door, and several team captains walked in one after another. Ardeacon, are you looking for us? asked the captain of the team. Sheela Gui glanced at a few people and said, "You teams will go out with me to inspect the pubs and hotels on Beacon Street." The captains frowned and looked at each other. The first captain said: "Is this the case of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng?" "Well, there is news that criminals are staying overnight on Beacon Street." Sheila Ge said. "Here..., there are so many people on Beacon Street, and there are a lot of pubs and hotels, it''s hard for us people to take care of them all." Another captain said. ??The dwarf captain of the third team stroked his beard and said, "How long can we waste by simply asking without bringing all the residents back for interrogation?" A female captain who was obviously dressed up said: "Deacon, I have a dance tonight. There are so many taverns on Beacon Street. Will it take a long time?" Xilagui continued to hang the long sword on her waist and said: "The deacon has approved this matter. Everyone can''t be absent when following me." He glanced at the female captain again and said, "What is there to do at the dance? When this matter is over, I will let Wu Heng hold you and dance." The female captains eyes lit up, Really? ? Feeling that what he said was not quite right, he immediately changed his words, "No! I didn''t mean that. I won''t attend the dance, and I don''t need Deputy Deacon Wu Heng to hold me and dance." Poof~! The other captains were also amused. After putting on the equipment, Xilagui walked straight out, "It won''t take long, and we won''t delay our dance at night. Bring the members and gather at the door." "yes!" Everyone dispersed, gathered at the door, and headed to Beacon Street. Zombie world, old factory area. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory and took a look around the established market. ???There are more and more bases coming to exchange supplies, and there is a long and slender queue along the entire road. Many survivors got out of the car to chat and smoke. Everyone was dressed in a wasteland style. At this time, Qi Hancai came over from behind, "Why didn''t you call me?" Its nothing, just take a look. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai followed and continued: "There are more and more shelters coming to exchange supplies, and many special jobs have been recruited recently. I plan to take advantage of the wasteland behind the yard to build more before winter. Some warehouses and factories. Behind the yard is a large open space with weeds taller than people. Winter is about to come, and the amount of work is quite large. Lets build it first. If it doesnt work, well continue in the next spring. ??Wu Heng had no objection, "Okay, you can arrange it. If you need a warehouse, nearby communities can use it." "Well, the military came again yesterday and wanted to talk to you about the price of military equipment. You were not there at the time, so I declined." Qi Hancai said again. ??Wu Heng doesn''t have the time to think about military matters now. Said directly: "Don''t worry about this now, we will talk about it later." Okay! The two of them chatted while walking. ??Qi Hancai continued to talk about some things in the old factory area. Outside the door, people in other shelters all looked over with their heads raised. ?Most people have met Qi Hancai, the leader of the old factory area and an awakener. But I have never seen Wu Heng. Hey, brother, who is that person next to your leader? A survivor asked directly as he handed a cigarette to the registered person. Which one do you mean? ??The survivor said: "The man next to leader Qi Hancai." Oh, our leader, Qi Hancai is our deputy leader. the registration officer said. ?This is no secret either. The people in the military knew about this, and the positions in the old factory area were also arranged in this way. The survivor frowned, "Damn it, you awakened ones!" The staff member smiled, waved his hand and said, "It''s your turn to change the food, go in!" Oooh! the survivor drove in. The rest of the people followed suit. Continue to inquire. Originally, they only thought that the most powerful person in the old factory was Qi Hancai, but now it seems that the strength of the old factory is stronger than they imagined. At least, the number of superpowers will not be less than two people. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked around the market and then went to the factory again. Qi Hancai asked: "When are you going to clean the turntable?" Itll be two days later, wait for my news! Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng chatted with her for a few more words, returned to the dormitory, and then returned to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng lay on the bed and looked at the roof of the shed. I was thinking about my current situation. Coming to Treasure Island, I feel that the number of enemies has skyrocketed. First of all, it was the murder of the steward of the Buck Merchant Group fleet. He was suspended from the association because of this incident. If he wanted to be reinstated, he had to find the real culprit or more direct evidence to prove that he was not the one who did it. At present, there are no direct clues. The second point is the danger we are about to face. ?The enemy intends to remove himself from the position of deputy deacon, and there must be more arrangements later. The Vagabond that Shilagui mentioned today happened to land on the island at this time. One has to wonder if he is here to find him. A level 16 professional who has killed an archdeacon still poses a certain threat. The last one is the pirate''s wanted notice, as well as the white envelope and the Pirate King mentioned by ''Philippa''. ??There is still a threat to myself, but it obviously has nothing to do with this matter. The possibility of pirates planning this incident is basically unlikely. "The most dangerous one is the rogue. He dares to kill the deputy deacon and he won''t be on the wanted list. He seems to be a veteran." "Waiting for him to come to me would be too passive. It would be best to lure him out and confront him head-on. I may not be afraid of him." Wu Heng muttered to himself. Release the two ghosts again. Floating in the air. ??Wu Heng said: "There have been a lot of troubles recently. Please help me take care of it at night." Hey~! Sir, this is really worrying. Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda still smiled as usual, "Don''t worry, we don''t need to rest anyway." "Thanks for your hard work." Two ghosts flew out of the building and started to alert. ?Wu Heng also closed his eyes and rested. The next day. ??Wu Heng had breakfast and took the skeleton attendant Xue Hand with him. As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw the iron door next door also opened. A gorgeously decorated carriage, protected by many guards, drove out slowly. The carriage stopped beside him, and the curtain was raised, revealing the fair and beautiful face of ''Shanara''. Shannara is still so beautiful, her facial features are exquisite and gorgeous, and her skin is as smooth as gelatin. ??If there were no viral outbreaks in the modern world. ??Wu Heng can definitely crush all the popular stars if he takes her back. If you start a live broadcast, there will definitely be a big brother who will give you a reward if you sit there. Why are you walking around again? Shannara said softly. Go to the association, what are you doing? Wu Heng asked. Shannara said: "Some things about the business group." Oh! There are a lot of people coming to the island recently, please pay attention to your safety. Shannara smiled, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for reminding me. I will be careful." Well, walk slowly! Wu Heng waved his hand. Shannara nodded, blinked quietly, lowered the curtain again, and the carriage slowly left. The relationship between the two should still be kept at a distance in the outside world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the intersection, called a carriage parked on the roadside, and got directly on it. The carriage moved forward slowly, heading to the central area. ?First we went to the association and went to the office study to take a look at the skeleton responsible for monitoring. There is no useful information in the entire record book. The only useful sentence is to leave the island with the fleet in two days and go to the next association station. The other party is leaving. It really has nothing to do with him? ?Although I have doubts in my heart, at present, there is really no substantive evidence found on him. Let the skeleton continue recording. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association again and headed to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. ?Wu Heng put on the veil and left the association. ?On the way, Glenda''s voice rang in my ears. There is someone following you, a high-level professional. ?Wu Heng suddenly turned his head and saw a figure standing behind him. ??Wearing a loose robe with leather armor underneath, he holds a sword in one hand and the other arm is covered with tattoos of various patterns. Wanderer - Kerimu. He followed me here. Want to take action on the road? So courageous? But in my heart, I felt a little more relaxed. At least it was better to show up from the front than to attack from behind. "You want to take action during the day? I''m just suspended, not dismissed." Wu Heng stood there, his eyes falling on the other party. The man opposite unbuttoned his robe, took off one sleeve of his arm, revealing a large tattoo, and said, "You know I''m coming to find you?" ?Wu Heng smiled, "Rogue ''Kerimu'', I know you." Kerimu narrowed his eyes, "Are you waiting for me on purpose?" "Nothing to talk about." Wu Heng continued: "We don''t have any grudges, right? Do you need a fifth-level professional like you to kill my deputy deacon?" Keranmu tied his clothes around his waist and said directly: "Don''t blame me for using money to do things." The voice fell. Kerimu turned into a figure and ran forward quickly. ?Wu Heng''s body retreated, and at the same time the [White Bone Armor] was formed. At the same time, the skeleton attendant Xue Hand also drew out his two swords and crashed directly into the original ''Vagabond''. Dang~! The deafening metallic chirping sounded. The two weapons collided and sparks flew out. Immediately afterwards, Kerin suddenly flashed alert and threw his body to one side. Almost at the same time. ?Bang bang bang~! The dense bullets landed at his original position, splashing sparks on the bluestone road. Dodge bullets? Is this what a melee profession should do? ?Wu Heng was surprised, but immediately turned the gun and fired the bullet at the opponent''s position again. ?Keranmu rolled one after another, holding the ground with one hand, and with a roar, thick smoke instantly enveloped his entire body. The whole street was filled with screams. The crowd fled in all directions, avoiding the area where the two men were fighting. ?Wu Heng continued to pull the trigger into the smoke. ?The next second, there was a sudden sound of breaking through the air behind him, Kerimu appeared in mid-air, and his long sword slashed across his neck. ?Wu Heng was shocked and his adrenal glands secreted rapidly. Pushing the body forward. At the same time, Glenda''s figure emerged, pointing in the air at the center of ''Kerimu''''s eyebrows. Keranmu''s pupils were blank for a moment, and Wu Heng also took the opportunity to distance himself. Roll to stand up. Place one hand on the ground and release [breath of death]. Dense dark clouds enveloped the surrounding area, and the negative attributes of necromancy magic began to fill the surrounding area. Keranmu began to feel itchy in his throat, dizzy, and his face turned sickly sallow. ?At the same time, the skeleton attendant who had lost his target just now raised his sword and came over again, slashing straight at the opponent. Keranmu tore the two scrolls into pieces. The negative state on his body disappeared instantly. He looked at the opposite side and said: "You are the deputy deacon I have killed, and you are still a little worse." ?The words just fell. ?Keranmus arms were covered with tattoos, he put one hand on the ground and muttered something in his mouth. The next second. Tattoos begin to become three-dimensional. The black pattern and the detached arm rushed towards this side quickly along the ground. Swarms of snakes entangled the **** hands'' feet, and black rats and ghosts rushed toward Wu Heng. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks for the tip from Xiankanyuan. (End of this chapter) Chapter 354 , you can鈥檛 be a mage (please vote for me.) Chapter 354, You cant be a mage (please vote for me...) Black tattoos are climbing along the body of the bloody hand, attached to the bones. ?The bones creaked, and the movements began to become stiff. Every step he took seemed to be stuck like a puppet on strings. The remaining insect-rat ghost faces crossed the **** hand and rushed directly towards Wu Heng. Seeing this scene, Wu Heng cursed secretly in his heart. ??Thought I was a tattoo enthusiast. Unexpectedly, the whole body is fake. ?Seeing various things rushing over, Wu Heng continued to retreat backwards. While keeping distance, he fired at the ground with the submachine gun in his hand. ?The bullet hit the ground with a crackling sound, sparks flying everywhere. It has no effect on the insect-like ghost faces formed by these tattoos. The bullets are useless? ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and raised his hand to concentrate his magic again. It''s just that the other party was more anxious than the three people discussed. They only agreed on the matter in the morning and attacked at noon. "The **** hand is dead. The master needs support. Hurry up." Anderweil urged. In a burst of dazzling sword light. The stone slab on the ground was cut with a clear cut mark. Through the exploding flames, the bone prison gradually took shape. Anderweil put one hand on her headset and asked, "Minnie, where did you take the skeleton?" Furthermore, the location of the battle is still some distance from the residence. At the same time, Kerimu had already rushed in front of the skeleton''s "bloody hand". ??Move quickly and quickly. Huh~! The force of the bullet made ''Keranmu'' lean forward, and he saw Wu Heng also turning the strange instrument. The sound of a sharp blade cutting through the air sounded from behind him again. Wu Heng''s heart trembled. Knowing that the opponent appeared behind him again, he didn''t dare to think too much and turned forward on the spot. At breakfast, Wu Heng discussed this matter with them. Fireball TechniqueThrow it out instantly, hit the ground with a bang, the tattoo shatters, and the flames spread out to form a sea of ????fire. ?Keranmu kept walking and rushed towards this side again. ??After avoiding the chop sideways, the long sword struck out quickly. Tap tap tap~! Rolling on the spot, holding one hand on the ground, he let out a breath, and the smoke filled the air, covering his body. It is also best to make arrangements in advance and use your own advantages to kill the enemy in the dark. The sound of burning flames sounded. Far away, on the roof of a building. After receiving the notice from Little Ghost, he quickly acted according to the original plan. ?Suddenly, the face of the forward-moving ''Keranmu'' changed, and his feet stopped suddenly. As soon as he turned his body, blood spattered on his chest and ribs. I know, Im on my way, Im on my way! The arms holding the scimitar fell down, his forehead was pierced by the rapier, and the next second his entire skull was twisted into pieces. ?Wu Hengs face became more serious. ?Anderweil held up her sniper rifle and looked far ahead. The war zone. A sword light flashed past the original position. This rogue is only level 16? How could it be possible that he was only level 16 when he killed the **** hand so easily? Instead of passively waiting for the opponent to find an opportunity to come to you, it is better to lure the enemy out. Anderweil sniped from a distance, while Minnie took the skeleton to support. A moment filled with smoke. Then, there was a faint sound of gunshots. Minnie''s voice came from the headset, "We are almost reaching the battle zone, and we can already hear the sound of fighting." The blood-hand soul fire was extinguished, and the body turned into a pile of broken bones. Bang~! But the sudden rise of smoke obscured the sight, and the target''s figure was temporarily lost. Strive to defeat all enemies in one fell swoop. ?Keranmu landed on the ground, tapped his toes, and jumped out again, like a cheetah, pounced on the prey in front of him. The gunshot wounds on his body did not seem to have much impact on him. Now lets see where else you can hide! Kerimu said coldly. His thinking is very clear. ??The Necromancer relies on magic and undead attendants. Without these, he cannot even defeat lower-level warriors. Facing himself now, he has no room to fight back. In his eyes, the target has become a dead person. Distance is shortened. Charge the long sword in your hand and slash it out directly. Dang~! The next second, a deafening metallic symphony sounded. ?Keranmu''s sharp sword strike was as if it had struck a solid rock. The huge rebound force made his palms numb. How can it be! He raised his head suddenly, with surprise and disbelief in his eyes. ??I saw the mage in front of me, holding a wing sword in his hand, and steadily caught his full sword. This is the power that a mage can possess? Keranmus face showed shock and confusion, and he said in surprise: You are not a mage! ?Each profession has its own rules. Mages specialize in knowledge, and warriors are diligent in training. It is impossible for a mage to have this kind of power. ?Wu Heng said nothing and released the newly unlocked ability [Explosive Potential]. Instantly, my body began to feel bloated, veins bulged, my skin became red, and the whites of my eyes were bloodshot. Kick the opponent in the abdomen. Then, he uses the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique", the sword is fast and hard. Different attacks directed at each other. Intermediate swordsmanship, plus Gray Eagle swordsmanship. For a moment, Kerimus face was full of horror, and he hurriedly resisted the opponents moves. ?Suddenly, the coat that was half hanging on the body suddenly moved, and the two long sleeves were wrapped around the neck like a python. The long Kerin wood sword circled around the body and cut off the sleeves. ?At the same time, he ducked to avoid the opponent''s sword. Bang~! There was another gunshot, and blood exploded from one shoulder. Damn it! ?Keranmu cursed and his body instantly fell back. Clenched his teeth, just about to attack again. A voice came out. "Master, I''m here to save you." Minnie shouted from a distance and took two steps back, "Skullbreaker, take the skull with you." Hurrah! Hold a long-handled war hammer, Skullbreaker rushes forward, followed by more skeleton attendants. Kerimu gritted his teeth and glanced at the approaching figure, then used his hands and mouth to tear open a scroll. Hurrah hoo~! In an instant, flame missiles shot out from the scroll. Smash forward. ?The flames rose and thick smoke was everywhere. He ran away! Glenda reminded. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, avoiding the fire blocking the road, and chased forward. And many skeletons followed behind. Ahead, the fierce ''Keranmu'' just now rushed into the alley on one side, holding his drooping shoulder. The angle of escape also deliberately avoided the direction of Anderweil''s shooting. Crossing two streets. ?Wu Heng suddenly stopped. There was a dense crowd in front of him, and the other party rushed into the crowd and disappeared directly. At the same time, his [Explosive Potential] state disappeared, a feeling of dizziness appeared, and he was a little unsteady on his feet. I cant find it. He seems to have used something. Just now his eyes were dazzled and he disappeared. Glenda, who had been leading the way, said with some regret. ?It took so much effort to lure the other party out. Unexpectedly, he escaped from his own hands. Next time, if you want to lure the other party out, it wont be that simple. "It''s okay, he can''t escape." Wu Heng took the healing potion and psychotropic potion, raised his head and drank it. At this time, Broken Skull ran over with the skeleton, and Minnie followed behind. Master, are you okay? Minnie walked over quickly and looked up and down. The battle just now seemed to be fierce, and the strength was not inferior to that of ''Keranmu''. But in terms of melee combat skills, there is still a big gap with the opponent. There are many injuries all over the body, but they are just superficial injuries. "fine!" Minnie supported him and whispered: "Master, am I too late?" No, its just right! Lets go back first. "okay!" ??We returned to the fighting area together. Thick smoke was still rising, and there were still fires burning in several places. Fortunately, this is a main road and the road is wide. Otherwise, the fire may not be controllable. ??Wu Heng looked around and found the two cuffs that the opponent had separated from himself, as well as the [Bloodthirsty Double Blades] and the armor dropped by the **** hand, and put the space ring away. ?This time, the biggest loss was that the ''bloody hand'' was killed by the opponent. A level 15 skeleton attendant. The heartbroken blood! Minnie, let the skeleton put out the fire, and then collect the bullet casings. Wu Heng ordered. Oh, okay! Minnie nodded, and then directed the skeleton to move. At this time, the guards from afar did not dare to approach. Someone also came over. ?Wu Heng explained what happened just now and mentioned the association appropriately. ?The guards didnt say much. When the scene was almost cleaned, let Minnie take the rest of the skeletons home, while she quickly rushed to the association with the broken skulls. Association. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door and received a response. Walked in directly. Deacon Imiro, still sitting behind the desk, looking at the documents in his hand, "When I am on duty, I can''t see you. When I let you rest from home, you become more diligent." ??Wu Heng ignored the other party''s rare teasing and said directly: "Deacon, I was assassinated on the road just now. The opponent was ''Vagabond-Keranmu''." Imiro behind the desk looked solemn, and even the assistant Moya not far away looked a little ugly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 355 , Evil Sword (please give me some monthly votes, some brothers can support it) Chapter 355, Evil Sword (please give me some monthly votes, some brothers can support me.) The people from the association were already investigating the reasons why Wu Heng was framed and suspended. ??He was assassinated today. What flashed through their minds was a well-planned conspiracy. ??Yimiro put the document aside, "How do you confirm that the other party is from ''Keranmu''? Have you met him before?" Wu Heng shook his head and said directly: "When I was chatting with the deputy deacon of ''Xilagui'' yesterday, she mentioned that ''Keranmu'' landed on the island, and also talked about the characteristics of the other party. The other party had killed the deputy deacon. Exoneration thing. "Tell me the matter in detail." Imiro said directly. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and explained the location of the battle and the outcome of the battle in detail. In fact, there is nothing to say. When he returned from the association, he followed him all the way, and a fight broke out between the two sides. But when I heard Wu Heng say that the other party was seriously injured and escaped. Deacon, it works! Wu Heng raised his head. Try it, Ill go with you then. ??Wu Heng directly took out the [Tracking Pendant] from the space ring and removed the cuffs that the opponent had just dropped. ??Imiro looked at him with even more surprise. Put a drop of blood on the pendant, and then bring the cloth close to it. ??Imiro stood up, put on his leather armor, "Go and prepare the carriage." Yes, Deacon! Moya nodded, filled in the Deacon statistics on the side, and walked out directly. Those who are targeted by him, no one below the fifth level can survive. Still almost killed him on the spot. The skull of the dead creature moved directly, biting off a piece of cloth and started chewing it. You seriously injured him, and then he got into the crowd and ran away? ??If it were anyone else, Yimiluo would really think that the other person was caring about face, but Wu Heng also had a lot of kills of fourth-level professionals on his record. ?The gunshot wound almost caused him to lose his limbs, and the negative impact of necromancy magic caused his wounds to become inflamed and suppurative, and the effect of the healing medicine was greatly weakened. ?Keranmu still stared at him coldly and said nothing. ??Imiro also understood what he was thinking. "good." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????. "Thank you, deacon!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Deacon, when I fought with the opponent, I got a piece of the opponent''s personal clothing. There is a high probability that I can find the opponent." Keranmu, wearing a heavy cloak, ran directly in. ? showing a slightly skeptical look. The captain asked curiously: "You mean, he is of a very high level?" ??The captain retreated in horror and immediately explained: "What''s the point of lying to you? If you are killed by him, I will also be investigated by the association. Can I still let myself be implicated?" "yes!" ??Imiro continued: "It seems that the purpose of falsely accusing you of suspending you was for this assassination." That kid is a high-level professional. Kerimu said angrily, taking a step forward with his sword in hand. "Yes, he moved very quickly, and there was a large crowd at the time, so there was no way to kill him." Wu Heng said. ? Sensing the murderous intention of the other party, the captain''s expression also changed, and he immediately said: "What do you mean?" Seeing his appearance, the captain in the room suddenly stood up from his seat and asked, "What''s going on?" Then a blue ghost rushed out of the skull, struggling to run in one direction. Kerimu glared at the other party angrily and said, "You dare to lie to me?" His face was pale, and his body was filled with a faint smell of blood. Wu Heng nodded, "There is no second explanation!" Because he killed the deputy deacon and was not on the wanted list, Kerenmu had a great reputation outside. "Well, Xilagui will continue the investigation. Regardless of whether he can find the murderer or not, I will reinstate you after ''Keranmu'' is captured and interrogated." Imiro said directly. In a private room of a tavern. ??Yimiro nodded and said directly to the side: "Moya, issue a wanted order for ''Keranmu'', and at the same time notify the port to conduct an investigation on Kerimu and not allow him to leave the island." ??Wu Heng, a deputy deacon who had just arrived, actually beat the opponent away instead of escaping. ?This kind of strength has already exceeded the scope of deputy deacon. It can be seen that Imiro also became angry. When it comes out of his mouth, there is no doubt about its authenticity. Kerimu said: "He has a strength that is not inferior to mine at all. How can he be a newcomer who has transferred to a new job less than a year ago? Either you harmed me, or the person who sold you the information lied to you." The captain''s eyes widened a bit. He kept recalling the information he had collected in his mind. Then, he continued to retort, "It''s impossible. What I got was the information sent back from various places in the Secret Order. I know exactly which city he was in at each time..., how is it possible!" "Hmph! Go back and investigate on your own. Prepare a boat for me to leave the island. If I am caught by the association, you can''t run away." Seeing the other party''s expression, the captain stopped trying to persuade him and said directly: "This is the ticket for leaving the port today and the remuneration I promised you. It''s not a penny, but I also hope you won''t reveal this matter. Go A place far away." Keranmu put away all the money and said coldly: "If I find out later that you cheated me, I will come back to you again." After saying that, he turned around and left directly. ??The captain also stood there, his face a little ugly. Arrived at the port. ?This is still the busiest place on the island, with large and small ports full of ships and workers carrying various goods. Keranmu straightened his hood and walked quickly towards the port corresponding to the ticket. Just get on the connection board. Kerimu''s expression suddenly changed, and he looked back. I saw an association''s carriage slowly parked on the roadside outside the port, and two figures walked down one after the other. ??In addition to Wu Heng, who is wearing a robe, there is also an elf deacon with long blond hair and gorgeous armor. Its Deacon Imiro! Why did he come to the port? Is there another wanted criminal? He is so good-looking. Brother, you are a man, so its inappropriate to say this! Gender gets in the way of our true feelings. ??Connection board. Kerimu watched the two people walking over with an ugly expression on his face, and his eyes were full of fear and regret. He cleared his throat and said, "Are you a child? You can''t go back to find your mother!" ??Wu Heng said: "Are you scared? You were so awesome just now!" Kerimu looked at Yimiluo and said: "Deacon Yimiluo, Wu Heng has been suspended. We just have some minor disputes. According to the regulations of the association, you have no reason to take action against me." Yimiluo''s face was calm and he said directly: " The association has issued a wanted order for you. Come back with me and accept some investigations." Kerimu looked down at the port, then glanced at the sea aside, and said: "There are many people here. If you attack me, aren''t you afraid of affecting other people here?" "You can try!" Kerimus face hardened, he turned around and ran towards the ship. The Imiro under the boat had a golden sword in his hand, and he swung it in vain in the direction of the opponent''s escape. ?Several crescent blades of light, as bright as day, flew in front of ''Keranmu'' in an instant. Without waiting for him to release his skills, he beheaded his body and burst into a large blood. Then, the second sword was swung again. The body fell to the ground, the head separated! died? ?Wu Heng looked at this scene in surprise, his eyes widening. ??Calling "Imilo" over, I was afraid that the other person would escape and I wouldn''t be able to catch him. ?But I didnt expect that he could be killed so easily. ??Having taken out her own gun, she didn''t have time to **** the head. Go and collect the corpse, lets go back to the association. Imiro said and walked towards the carriage. Okay. Wu Heng quickly boarded the cargo ship and kicked the head back as it rolled away. He groped around on the corpse for a while, looking for the thin sword and a space ring. As for the armor on his body, it had been chopped to pieces by the sword light just now. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the single-edged rapier over there. Mist Evil Sword (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Touch the water mist and appear behind the target at the same time. Side effects: Affects the holder''s character. (Description: An evil sword that has been passed down. While gaining power, every owner will die tragically under the sword.) I thought it would flash, but it turned out to be the ability on the sword. Previously, in the mist, Kerimu was able to move behind him instantly, thinking it was the skill of Drifter. Now it seems that it is entirely the ability of this sword. As for Drifter, it is more about actual combat performance. ?Wu Heng walked to the corpse, took off the scabbard from his waist, and put the evil sword back into the scabbard. ?Take out the straw mat, roll up the body, and put it into the space ring. Then take the loot and board the carriage. Beacon Street. Hiragui led the team members. Still conducting searches in the taverns and shops on Beacon Street. ??The team members knocked on the door of the resident in the store and began to ask for their names, occupations, and how many people were traveling with them. The tavern owner stood with "Sheila Gui" and whispered, "Deacon, how can there be prisoners living in a small place like ours? The house across the street must be slandering us because of our good business." Hilagui remained silent, holding the hilt of the sword with one hand and guarding the stairs. ~! At this time, no one opened the door to the innermost room. Two team members came over and said, "Deacon, no one opened the door to the room inside." Sheila Gui looked at the chattering tavern owner and asked, "Is there anyone living here?" "Stay here, we ordered dinner just now, how come there''s no one here!" After saying that, he also knocked twice and shouted: "Guest, are you there? Guest, are you still there? People from the association are here to check. Please open the door." I stood at the door and shouted for a long time, but no one opened the door. Sheila Gui asked directly: "Who is staying in the hotel?" A dwarf gentleman, well-dressed and well-used. What occupation and how many people are there? "The occupation is unclear. There is only one person, and it must have nothing to do with the murderer you mentioned." The boss continued. In terms of height, it is completely different from what the association is looking for. Open the door, lets take a look! ?The boss hesitated for a moment, then took out the key and opened the door. The room was empty, the bed was in a mess, and there was unfinished food on the wooden table in the middle. It seems that he really left suddenly. You should have left through the window. The captain of the team looked at the window and turned around and said. "Write down the dwarf''s appearance and go back to check the wanted order." Sheela Gui said. When I saw the association checking people, I ran away. Even if it is not this case, there is still some problem. Some members began to ask the boss about the appearance and characteristics of the other party, and Sheila Gui led the team to continue to the next tavern. ?The streets are packed with people. ??A dwarf wearing a linen hood, blended in with the crowd and left quickly. On the way, I saw an association carriage passing by. I carefully avoided it and covered my hood. After walking a certain distance, he looked back at the direction of the tavern and the distant carriage. Why are there people from associations everywhere? I thought and hesitated for a moment. Leave the busy streets and walk towards a slightly remote area. Crossing two blocks in succession. His eyes finally fell on a tavern called the Nautilus. There are not many people, and the store looks pretty well decorated. Pushing the door open and walking in, he walked to the counter and asked, "Do you have a room?" Yes, how many guests are there, and how many days do you want to book? One room, three days. There is a single suite on the third floor for 360 coppers for three days. The dwarf gave the money directly, and while going upstairs, he said directly: "Prepare some dinner and bring it up." Okay guest, please go upstairs and wait a moment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 356 , it鈥檚 a waste to ask the corpse Chapter 356: Its a waste to ask the corpse ??Imiro''s action has no impact on the port. As the association''s carriage left, the workers continued their previous work while discussing in low voices. ??Only the captain of the ship who was almost boarded by ''Kerimu'' hurriedly ran out of the cabin, wiping his sweat and asking the crew about the situation just now. Wait until you finish asking about the situation. After confirming that the association has left with the body. Still called everyone out and rechecked everyone''s identity. On the carriage. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and the space ring and said, "Deacon, these were found on the corpse." ?Thinking in my heart. The sound of footsteps sounded from the stairs. Tap tap tap~! It can be regarded as solving a potential danger. Then, he continued to ask: "Deacon, this ''Kerimu'' is more familiar with the rules of the association. Now that he is dead, will there be any trouble?" Imiro sat opposite, glanced at it, and said calmly: "You take it first, and let Moya count it when you get back. Then we will divide the spoils equally." The coroner took the head back. The carriage continued to move forward, and the two of them chatted casually. Assistant Moya came down with two association investigators. Still feel a little distressed. Level 15 skeletons are already rare, and they used to be used to save one''s own life, but now they are killed directly by the opponent. "Well, there is a wanted criminal here who was killed by the deacon, named ''Keranmu''. Please verify his identity." Wu Heng said, taking out the body wrapped in a straw mat. But the final victory is still the two swords of Imiro. Then the straw mats were opened and the autopsy was carried out. Imiro said: "The stationed deacon has special powers to deal with local emergencies. It is within the rules for me to kill him." Okay. Wu Heng nodded and put the two things into the space ring. The title remains unchanged. Luring enemies out of darkness and killing them directly. Just suspended, everyone still maintains the original respect. Oh, okay! Wu Heng nodded and walked along the stone steps to the morgue. It doesnt seem to be of much use, but it has the responsibility of supervising local associations. ?Of course, the loss was not small, a level 15 skeleton attendant died. Imiro said: "Go and send the body for autopsy." ??If he was really serious, he might actually be in some trouble. Arrived at the entrance of the association. No one can say for sure when he will be reinstated. In the cold morgue, there were several corpses parked. Thats good! Wu Heng nodded. The two of them got out of the car. According to the rules of the association, the spoils will be chosen first by those who have contributed the most. ??Wu Heng sat down on the wooden chair at the door, watching the two autopsies and thinking about the next plan. His eyes glanced at the corpse being examined. The development of the whole thing is quite good. ?Seeing Wu Heng approaching, the two coroners stood up and saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." ?Even if Wu Heng has injured the opponent, he has also provided traces of the target. Among them, the bodies of the steward and his lover from the Bucks Merchant Group were still placed in their original positions. He glanced at the morgue, then set his sights on Wu Heng, and said, "The deacon said you planned to interrogate the corpse, so I brought the investigator over to you." The two of them nodded and worked together to lift the body onto the iron bed. The head rolled off the straw mat and Gululu rolled to the side. After all, there is an inspectors envoy on the island. Because many things are still under investigation, they have not been sent back to the business group. Ask about the corpse! ?As long as you ask the corpse, you will most likely know who commissioned him to land on the island specifically to kill him. ?Similarly, we can also find a breakthrough to investigate the murderer of Bucks Chamber of Commerce. However, as a necromancer. The manifestation of strength largely comes from the collection of corpses. ? Even though Kerimu was killed by two swords of Imiro, he still showed super strength and fighting consciousness when fighting himself. Hyperhand is a level 15 warrior, his own mage, and there is also a sniper from the distance called ''Anderweil''. In this case, let him kill the **** hand and then flee the scene. It always feels like a waste to use this body just to ask some questions. Thinking quickly in his mind, he stood up and said, "Assistant Moya, please take a step to speak." Moya followed and walked aside. Wu Heng said: "I don''t plan to conduct an interrogation on this corpse yet. I still have some guesses that need to be verified." Moya frowned, "Keranmu is dead. After getting the news, the people behind the scenes will most likely choose to leave the island as soon as possible. Then the other party will most likely choose to leave the island." Wu Heng nodded, "Give me half a day! If it''s not what I guessed, I will conduct an interrogation immediately." Moya still looked at him, pondered for a moment, and said: "How do you feel? You are not worried at all. Can you do it? reinstatement." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "No way, the association is my home." "I will talk to the deacon about this matter, and you should also think about it. If the other party escapes, or the murderer who killed the Buck Steward cannot be found in the end, your matter will become more troublesome." Moya reminded again. "Understood!" Wu Heng continued to take out the trophies just now and said, "These are the trophies found from the corpses. The deacon asked me to give them to you and we will divide them equally." Moya took it and said, "I will sort out the contents when I get back. I will come back tomorrow and take away your other half." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. "Then I''ll go back and talk to the deacon about this first." Moya said, and when he saw him sitting back on the wooden chair, he asked, "Are you going to stay here?" Its nothing, just keep an eye on it from here, Wu Heng said. Moya raised his eyebrows and understood what he meant. ??This is because we are afraid that someone from the association will destroy the corpse. "Okay! I''m going back first. If anything happens, come back to me." ?Wu Heng nodded, and Moya left directly with the two investigators. About half an hour passed. The coroner examined the body and sewed the severed head back together. ??It''s just a superficial suture, the bones are broken, and it looks a bit uncoordinated. Deacon, the body has been examined and it can be confirmed that it is Keranmu. ??Wu Heng stood up and said: "You record according to the normal process. This body is very important. I need to take it away first." Okay, Archdeacon! ?The straw mat was wrapped again, and Wu Heng took the body back into the space ring. He strode out of the morgue. Walk out of the association and walk towards the residence with the broken skull. Return to your residence. As soon as the iron gate was opened, there were skeleton guards in the courtyard. The skulls all turned towards him, with a considerable sense of oppression. Spread out! Wu Heng ordered directly. ??Skeleton guards spread out around the entire courtyard. ?Minnie and Anderweil rushed out of the room quickly. Master, are you okay? Master, are you injured? The two women, one on the left and one on the right, began to examine him. ?At the scene, the **** hands were scattered into white bones, which really frightened the two of them. Its okay, nothing happened at all! Wu Heng said. ?Seeing that nothing happened to him, the two maids breathed a sigh of relief. Minnie asked: "How''s that bad guy doing?" "He''s dead. I caught him at the port and almost made him leave his post and escape." Wu Heng led the two of them into the house. Wow, the master is so awesome! Minnie exclaimed. "Uh..., it wasn''t me. The deacon took action and killed the opponent directly." Wu Heng said. Going back to the room, seeing that the two of them were more concerned about this matter, they briefly talked about what had just happened. When you hear the two swords of "Imilo", behead the enemy. ?Minnie and Anderweil still showed a little surprise, After all, Kerimu killed a level 15 **** hand and escaped under the sniper rifle and surrounded by so many skeletons. has already demonstrated strong combat and survivability capabilities. ?Such a man was actually killed by two swords from the deacon. Somewhat exaggerated. Deacon Imiro seems to be more powerful than Deacon Gomez. Andwyer said. ?Gmez is the deacon of the city of Luntam. "It''s much more powerful, Gomez. He may not even be able to beat you now." Wu Heng said directly. ?Gomezs level is estimated to be level 12. ?Although Anderweil''s level is a bit lower, she has taken so many potions, so her attributes may not be lower than Gomez''s. With the addition of some firearms, there is also a chance of killing the opponent. No way! Andweier leaned closer shyly. Minnie continued to ask: "Master, have you been reinstated?" "Not yet. We will check the situation in two days. If there is nothing we can do, we will interrogate the body." "Oh!" Minnie nodded and continued: "Master, what are you going to eat tonight to celebrate your victory? You were so handsome at that time, chasing the bad guy with a sword and slashing at him." Wu Heng said: "Just prepare something casually. The matter is not over yet, so don''t go out yet." "Oh well!" On the other side, in a dark tavern. Soundproofing props are released. Kalema, the special envoy to the inspection, said with a gloomy face: "Is the person who assassinated Wu Heng dead?" "That loser Kerimu was actually killed by ''Imiro'' at the port. Damn it, Mr. Kalema, we have to leave here as soon as possible, otherwise the association will probably come to us." The somewhat flustered captain said, His tone was anxious. Kalema still stared at the other person and said coldly, "Does anyone else know about you and me?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 357 , quick news Chapter 357, quick news ?The other person''s brows instantly furrowed, his eyes wary, "Mr. Kalema, what do you mean?" "If you are the only one who knows about this, then you can leave the island as soon as possible. If I leave now, Imiro will immediately suspect me." Kalema sat down opposite. "Oh, don''t worry about this. Only I know our affairs. I have arranged the ship to leave the port and will leave soon!" the captain said directly. Kalema nodded, "I feel relieved." Of course, I am a businessman and I speak the most about Before he could finish his words, a bolt of silver lightning struck suddenly. ??Hit his chest with a bang, knocking over a large piece of furniture behind him. The captain''s chest was scorched, and his body was still convulsing due to the effects of lightning. Then, the second flaming arrow instantly penetrated the center of the eyebrow, leaving a burnt hole. A trace of blood slowly flowed out. Kalema stepped forward, groped around on his body, and put away the opponent''s space ring. If you want to blame me, its your fault for doing things so carelessly. If you dont die, I will be implicated sooner or later. ??Took out a straw mat and wrapped the body, then put it into the space ring. I simply tidied up the private room. Put away the soundproofing props on the ground, open the door and walk out. Walk out of the tavern, board the carriage and leave slowly. Residence, in the study. ?Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, reading a novel. Not long after, Glenda came back through the wall from outside. Said: "As you thought, not long after you left the association, Kalema left in a car and went to the last tavern. When he left, I went in and took a look. There was no one in the private room. He must have been there. He killed and collected the body. How are you sure you were killed by him? "There are obviously tableware for other people to eat in the room. Unless the other person can escape transparently, he will be killed. If I were Kalema, killing without proof would be the best result." Granda analyzed directly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let me take a look!" ?Glenda crawled back into her body. This time Glenda''s tracking kept a longer distance. Just above the sky, watching the movement of the carriage from a distance. Then he waited for the other party to leave the tavern, then went into the private room invisibly to check. There were indeed traces of another person in the private room. But after Kalema left, there was no one inside. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and sorted out the whole thing in his mind. He said: "In other words, Kalema thinks that I will interrogate the corpse and kill the people who know about him in advance. This person will not be found by then, and I will not be able to implicate the matter to him." ?Glenda nodded, "Smart." This Kalema is really decisive in what he does, Wu Heng said. In other words, even if someone exposes him for killing people in the tavern, it will be a lighter charge than colluding with outsiders to frame the deputy deacon of the association. What are you going to do next? Glenda continued. "If our guess is correct, the person behind the scenes has been killed by Kalema. Even if I conduct an interrogation, the other person is already dead. There is no way to verify it, and Kalema cannot be found." Wu Heng tapped. Said the back of the chair. "Um!" Tomorrow, I will go to the association to have a look, and then I will decide what to do next according to the situation. "You should also learn a lesson from this matter. Not all people in the association are good people. Even if the original intention of establishing the association is good, everyone has their own interests." Granda reminded. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "When I first joined the association, the deacon at the time taught me a lesson." "Okay!" Glenda floated aside, glanced at the books on the desk, and said with some complaint: "Next time when you read a book, can you please don''t throw my bookmarks away casually, I will have to start all over again. try to find." Page 64, Ill remember it for you. ?Glenda flicked her fingers and turned the page to page 64. She hummed slightly and began to continue reading. ?Wu Heng sat aside and continued to ponder. ?Now it seems that it is difficult for Wenshi to get rid of the fact that he killed someone. Master, go downstairs for dinner. At this moment, Minnies shout came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked downstairs. In the lobby on the first floor, the sound of women chatting could be heard. As soon as he walked downstairs, Minnie ran over, holding a piece of off-white cloth and bringing it to his nose, "Master, smell it quickly!" ?Wu Heng smelled it subconsciously, and there was a faint warm fragrance. "What''s wrong?" Its okay, sister Shannaras, it smells good! Minnie said. Minnie! Shanela was sitting in the living room. When she heard this sentence, she looked sideways. When he found something in the other person''s hand, he yelled and rushed forward in shame. ?Minnie laughed loudly, holding the fabric in her hand and running around the living room. In mid-air, a small owl with white fur was also hovering in the sky, chirping. ?Wu Heng walked to the living room, looked at Anderweil, and asked, "What''s going on!" Andweil said: "Sister Shannella is here as a guest, and Minnie gave her two bras you brought from your hometown. The one just now was changed by Sister Shannair." Ah! Thats what I said! ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and then looked at the thing in Minnie''s hand again. ??It''s really a bra, and the size is quite small. Minnie is really particular about giving good things to herself. The two of them quarreled for a while, and then the food was served. Shanela snatched back the bra and put the space ring away. A few people sat at the dining table and started eating. Shannara looked up at him and said, "I heard from Minnie and Weier that you were in danger today? You weren''t hurt!" No, just lost a skeleton attendant. Who is the enemy? Do you need my help? Shanara said directly. In a head-on battle, Shannara may not be able to show much military superiority. But if the president of his own business group wants to operate and deal with some people, there are still many ways. Wu Heng said directly: "No need. After the other party escaped, I directly told the deacon about it, and the other party had already killed him." If Imiro takes action, this person will definitely not survive. ?Wu Heng also became interested and asked, "Is the deacon very powerful?" You must have heard that pirates dare not land on the island, and few pirates even dare to approach the surrounding area. I heard it, its because Deacon Imiro is in charge of Treasure Island! Shannara thought about her words and continued: "The association will never trust a maritime trade hub to a person who has been a pirate as the owner of the island, so it arranged Imiro here." ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Is the deacon sitting here to intimidate the island owner here?" Well, you could say that. What level is he? Wu Heng asked. I dont know about this, but Imiro was famous very early on. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, thinking about the news he heard. Seems like everything is reasonable. On Treasure Island, Imiro not only deterred pirates, but also deterred the pardoned island owners. ?A few people had dinner and chatted for a while in the living room. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. Shanela went home, and Wu Heng and his two daughters also went back to their room to rest. The next day, the association. ??Wu Heng continued to ask the two girls not to go out, walked out of the residence, and headed to the association. First, he went to his office and study room and looked at the skeleton investigators records. After still having no useful information, I walked out again. In the corridor, I saw Sheila Gui wearing armor and planning to go out. When he saw him, he frowned and said directly: "Come here with me." ?Wu Heng followed and walked aside, "What''s wrong?" You killed Kerimu? Xilagui looked at him questioningly with her big eyes wide open. ??Wu Heng said: "Those who are killed by the deacon, I will use strange objects to lead the way." No, what did Sister Moya say? You seriously injured Kerimu. Xilagui continued to ask. Kerimu landed on the island. ?While she reminded Wu Heng, she was also a little worried. ? ?If she faced ''Kerimu'', it would be difficult for her to be her opponent. ??And now, he was seriously injured by Wu Heng, and was finally killed by the deacon. "I set up an ambush, and many people surrounded him. He is really powerful, but his brain is not very good." Sheila Gui frowned and glanced at him, "Really or not." "real!" Then why are you going now? Didnt we kill each other yesterday? Lets divide the spoils. "You guy..." Sheila Gui said and waved her hand, "Okay, you go, I will take people to find the murderer for you." Thank you, I will definitely repay you in the future. Silla rolled her eyes at him and continued walking outside. ?Wu Heng also walked towards the deacons study. (End of this chapter) Chapter 358 , control couple Chapter 358, Spouse Control Hiragui left, and Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, pushed it open and walked in. ??Imiro was still sitting behind the desk, sorting documents in his hands. He looked up at him and asked, "Why didn''t you ask about the corpse yesterday?" "There are some other clues, so I am not in a hurry to ask about the corpse." Wu Heng said. "It involves framing the deputy deacon of the association, which is not a trivial matter. Don''t delay the progress of the case." Imiro put the document aside and reminded him. This is saying that he kept the body and did not conduct an interrogation. "I understand." Wu Heng continued to explain: "This body landed on the island from the freighter after I was suspended from duty, so the important clue is the murderer of the steward of the Bucks Merchant Group." Any clues now? There are only some scattered clues and we are still investigating! Imiro glanced at him and said, "I''ll give you one day." "clear!" Well, go over there and share the spoils with Moya! "good!" Moya came over from one side. Hand out his hand and wave it on the coffee table. Yesterdays spoils of war are placed on the table in sequence. Weapons and armor, prop scrolls, a bag of gold coins, a large number of silver coins and a book. ?There are many kinds, and the number of gold coins far exceeds that of silver coins. Two strange objects, six magic props, 13 scrolls, and one book. Moya said from the side. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the strange object. ?In addition to seeing the [Mist Evil Sword (wonderful item)] yesterday, the other one is [Thug Armguard (wonderful item)]. Thug Armguards (Wonderful Item) Effect: The wearer moves more quickly. Side effects: reduced sanity. (Description: Strength should be faced head-on.) The second magical item is a magical item that helps with mobility, but the price is also high. Losing ones mind. Such strange objects that have an impact on people''s mental state are actually quite fatal. Battle is not only a duel of force, but also a game of thinking and tactics. The more you hit your mind, the empty it will become, which is quite fatal. The Ningwu Evil Sword is a very famous sword. Its function is that it can appear behind the target in battle. The side effect is that it affects the users psychological state. The second item is the Thug Armguard, which allows the user to move faster in combat, but the side effect is that it makes the user prone to impulsiveness. Moya saw him looking at two strange objects and introduced them softly. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the magic props. There are many types of magic props, and two of them are still single-edged swords, with the magical effects of sharpness and armor-piercing. ??The remaining magic props are [space ring (5 cubic meters)] [face-covering cloak] [flint ring] [magic incense burner]. The number of props is still quite large. But it is not of great use to myself. ?The eyes continued to look back, past several disposable magic scrolls, and finally landed on the last book [Magic Tattoo]. ?At that time, when he was fighting with Kerimu, the opponents tattoo showed a rather strange fighting style. ??Furthermore, by moving close to the ground, it is difficult for physical attacks to affect this kind of tattoo. It seems that it should have something to do with this book. Did he get the tattoo himself? Tattoo one hand on the other arm? Moya gave a general introduction, mainly introducing rare objects and magic props, and continued: "The most valuable thing here is the evil sword. Weapon-like rare objects are rare and expensive. My suggestion is that the evil sword counts. One share, and the remaining rare items and props count as another share. ?Wu Heng frowned. The value of this evil sword is so high! One piece is worth all the other props. "I have no opinion!" Well, you choose first! Moya said. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Then I''m not polite, I choose this evil sword." I have several rare items in my hand, but their effects are mostly auxiliary. For example, the invisibility effect of the shroud, the phantom effect of the veil, and the missing person effect of the tracking pendant. Once engaged in battle, it is difficult to show much effect. And this evil sword, even if I am not very good at swordsmanship. Using that move to suddenly appear behind the enemy can also bring a certain threat. At least scare the other person. Moya didn''t say much, he just put away the other items and handed the evil sword to him, "It''s yours." Thank you! Wu Heng took it and put it into the space ring. The transaction is completed. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Deacon, I have chosen." Well, hurry up and resolve the matter with the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. Understood! Wu Heng nodded and exited the study room directly. Leaving the deacon''s study, Wu Heng went directly to his office study. ??Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record and looked at it. There is still no important record. It seemed that Kalema was in the room by himself and didn''t talk much. He took out the newly exchanged evil sword and looked at it carefully. Pull out the scabbard. ?The blade of the sword is sharp and carries a fierce killing intent. Hands out two swordsmanship exercises in the middle space. ??Said softly: "I don''t know, what is Imiro''s strength?" As soon as the words are spoken. ?Wu Heng was suddenly startled, and his hair stood up instantly. Just for a moment, the idea of ??challenging Imiro did arise in my mind. I have become brave. A person who deterred pirates from landing, and was placed on Treasure Island by the association to intimidate the island owner. Why do you want to challenge the other party? Then, his eyes fell on the weapon in his hand. Side effects: Affects the holder''s character. Is this what you mean? This weapon affects me? I have a strengthened will, how can it still affect me? Throwed the weapon in his hand on the table. ?This thing is really evil. ??Maybe it would be better if I actually went to find Imiro with my sword. The other person would at most think that I was crazy, beat myself up, and then investigate the reason. If you challenge other strong men, you may die without knowing how. ~! As soon as Wu Heng sat down at the desk, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened, and a woman in a gray cloak walked in with her head lowered. Hurry through the door and take off the hood. Millicent, Philippa''s mother. Lord Archdeacon! Millicent saluted respectfully. It can be seen that Millicent looks very good. My mental state is also much better than before. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. In terms of gathering information, it is actually more dangerous for her to come directly. Once someone is following you or you are recognized by someone. It is easy for someone to find out something. "Sir, a dwarf guest checked out today. When we were cleaning up his room, we found these." Millicent took out a few things from the satchel on one side. A black wig, some rag strips, and various wooden strips, like parts of something. ?Black hair? ??Dwarf? The dwarf is short in stature and is completely incompatible with the three people who imitate him. But it is obviously related to this matter. You said he checked out? Where did he go? Wu Heng asked directly. Millicent replied, "He headed towards the port, probably intending to leave the island." ??Wu Heng nodded, began to put on leather armor, and said, "Do you know which ship it is?" "have no idea!" "Well, you did a good job on this matter. You go back first. I will come back to you after this matter is dealt with." Wu Heng said directly. Yes, sir. Millicent put on his hood and left. When Wu Heng and others were ready, he also took the ''Cracked Skull'' out. Take the association''s carriage and head towards the port. ?On the way, Shiragui led the team and was still asking about the tavern. The carriage stopped and Wu Heng stuck his head out, "Xila Gui, we have a clue." Sheila Gui looked up and frowned, "What clue." You come up first! Sheila Gui opened the car door and sat in. ??Wu Heng directly stated the information he received. Millicent was not mentioned, only that the intelligence revealed a dwarf and a black wig. Sheila Gui nodded, opened the curtain and said to the team outside: "Let''s go to the port together." The carriage started moving again and headed towards the port. All the way to the port. Several people went to the area where the ship management was located. ?Seeing that the people in the association were in a bad mood, the ship management was also a little nervous. My lords, what are your orders? Sheilagui said: "Are there any ships leaving today? When will they be?" Several ships left duty in the morning. What kind of ships will be leaving next? The ship steward immediately flipped through the record book and said: "No. 5, No. 7, No. 9, in the afternoon it will be No. 11..." ?Several people listened one by one, With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew out of the body, becoming invisible, and flew towards the corresponding base ship port. Sheelagui also ordered: "For each ship in a team, find a dwarf wearing a blue-grey robe and a hood." "Yes." The teams quickly separated and headed towards the cargo ship. Soon, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. It penetrated directly into the body. The next second, the image of Glenda was shared in my mind. The dark cabin. ??The dwarf was sitting on the wooden bed, leaning on his legs, waiting for the boat to sail. A pair of eyes kept scanning towards the hatch of the ship, looking a little wary. it''s him! No. 7! Wu Heng said. Everyone quickly followed and boarded the ship together. A single room in a ship''s cabin. ??The dwarf sat on the wooden bed, his arms resting on his knees, waiting silently. There is the sound of footsteps in the corridor, and you will look nervously at the door. He also heard about what happened in the past two days. The associations investigation has become more and more strict recently, and the people who hired it have disappeared. As long as I get out of here, Ill be safe! ??The dwarf took a deep breath to calm himself down. But I still felt some regret in my heart for wading into this muddy water. Tap tap tap~! 1 Suddenly, dense footsteps sounded again. The dwarf''s heart immediately became tense. While listening attentively. There was a loud bang. ?The door to the room was suddenly kicked open. Members of the squad, blocking the door, weapons facing each other. The dwarf''s face changed drastically, but he maintained his composure and said, "My lords, what happened? This seems to be the room I have reserved." ?Wu Heng looked him up and down and asked, "You don''t know me? You still think the association can''t find you." ??The dwarf''s expression changed, and he threw his hands forward, spreading his fingers. Two large-headed puppets with exaggerated shapes rushed straight towards them. Suddenly, the puppets opened their mouths, one spit out black grease, and the other spit out flames. Hush~boom! In an instant, an explosion sounded. In the cabin, flames suddenly burst into the sky. ?The team members who were blocking the door also scattered in all directions to avoid the fire. The dwarf turned his fingers again, and another dog-shaped puppet was released from the space ring. Riding on his back, he lowered his head and rushed out. "You losers, if you have the ability to catch ''Ewald'', don''t put your efforts on me." ??The dwarf shouted, riding on the back of the puppet, running quickly. ?The fire was still spreading inside the cabin. ?Wu Heng looked at the retreating figure, immediately took out his rifle and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets roared out and hit the target accurately. Blood spattered everywhere, and the dwarf fell off the puppet, staggering to his feet again, still trying to operate his fingers. ?Hiragui stepped lightly, and her body turned into a black shadow and shot out, pushing the dwarf away again. The sword is at the throat. "Damn it! I, I admit it." The dwarf vomited blood and said loudly. The equipment on his body was taken off. People were also detained by members of the squad. Evacuate the crowd, organize personnel to put out the fire, and a small team will take people back with me. Sheila Gui ordered again. "yes!" A small team escorted the people away, and the rest began to organize people to put out the fire. In a dark cell. Imiro, Moya, and Kalema, two investigators came down from upstairs. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and explained what had just happened. ?Several people also cast their eyes on the dwarf in the dungeon. The dwarf turned over and sat up, looking outside. Humph, come to see your father? I have the right to enter and leave the island freely. If you arrest me for no reason, I will report you to the association. The dwarf yelled. Already recognized him on the ship, but when he arrived at the association dungeon, he immediately changed his mind. ?Wu Heng glanced aside. ??Imiro raised his hands and said directly: "Kill the corpse!" Obviously, this incident has exhausted his patience. Hearing these words, the dwarf''s face changed instantly and said: "Imilo, you are crazy. The association does not allow random killings." Kill! Imiro said directly. Swish, swish, swish. ?Several arrows were shot through the iron bars. The dwarf''s body was instantly pierced, and the dwarf fell to the ground with shock and fear on his face. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up from the ground. Who killed the Buck Steward four days ago? Wu Heng asked. "I!" In what way did you kill? Wu Heng continued to ask. The corpse replied, "I controlled three puppets, imitated you, and killed the target." When asked here, the whole context of the world has become clear. The reason why there are three people. In fact, the dwarf controlled three puppets, imitating the appearance of Wu Heng and the skeleton attendant. The light was dim at the time, and it was difficult to discern more clues from the corpse before it died. Easily pointed the direction to the only necromancer of the Treasure Island Association. ?During the investigation, Shilagui mentioned that the footprints of a person, and the feet were relatively small, were also due to the fact that the dwarf put away the puppets and escaped alone. ??They were all done by the dwarf himself, and the direction he checked was always three people. The investigators kept recording behind them. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why did you frame me?" The dwarf replied, "Ewald promised me a sum of money." What did he tell you? Let me imitate your figure, and I dont need to worry about the rest. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Tell me the full identity of this ''Ewald''." Ewald, captain of the Oruch. After answering the last sentence, the body lay back on the ground with a thud. The dungeon fell into silence again. Imiro said directly: "Notify the port that the Oruch cargo ship is not allowed to leave its post and search for the person ''Ewald''." Yes! Everyone nodded. "Imiro, you should be more careful about this Treasure Island. These people actually plotted against the deputy deacon." Kalema, the special envoy of the inspector, said with a smile. Imiro nodded, "Before, I only paid attention to pirate matters. It seems that we should also manage the local security." Kalema continued to look at Wu Heng and said: "The matter has been investigated clearly, and Wu Heng''s status as deputy deacon will be restored from now on." Thank you! Wu Heng expressed his thanks. "I removed you from your post because of some professional prejudices. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, just don''t blame me." Kalema sighed. No way, we all work according to the process. Yeah! Kalema nodded and walked outside with Imiro. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui followed. Sheila Gui said: "This Kalema is not that annoying, and he even apologized to you." "yes!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 359 , Skeleton Drifter Chapter 359, Skeleton Drifter He and Sheila Gui went to their office and study together. ??Took out the space ring obtained from the dwarf. ?This time, Shiragui and other teams were involved in the capture of the dwarf, and several people were slightly injured. The spoils of war still have to be divided up. Every item was taken out. Two big-headed puppets, three human-shaped puppets, some material parts, carving tools, daily necessities, gold and silver coins, a book [Detailed Explanation of Ghost Puppet Types and Runes], and a space ring. Are these puppets worth anything? Wu Heng asked. Two big-headed puppets, one can spray oil and the other one can spray fire. The attack method is rather strange, and in the parts on the side, you can also see the device for releasing the crossbow. Well, thank you very much, deacon. afternoon. The deputy captain and some important members of the fleet were brought to the association for investigation. ??This dwarf puppet master also has a lot of money. Even if there are a lot of members participating, everyone can get some share, which is more than the bounty for ordinary wanted criminals. Should be replaceable. ?The team that went to capture Captain Ewald came back. Lift off the outer layer of armor. The merchant group''s ships were also temporarily detained and were not allowed to leave their posts. As expected, people disappeared. If you really do this, its easy to fall back into it. Puppet controllers are relatively rare and may not be easy to sell. You can give them to the association in exchange for some merit. Sheela stood up and checked the structure of the puppets. Thats right, the work was not in vain. After the spoils were distributed, Sheila Gui left directly and continued busy with her own affairs. The body has been in the morgue for several days. It is also a profession that requires practical skills and high intelligence. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng opened the door and walked in. Imiro put down the document in his hand and said: "We haven''t found that person. If he either escaped or was silenced, he will appear on the wanted order and it will be difficult for him to pose a threat to you." After the investigation is completed, the murder of Manager Buck will be closed, and the body will be returned to their business group. The structure inside the puppet is really complex, unlike the skeleton, which has a simple skeleton. Its like disappearing from the world. Divide it into several portions according to value, and then distribute them to each team together. ?The person has been killed by Kalema. Unless Wu Heng kills him and interrogates the body, it will be difficult to find out where the person is with the investigation methods in this place. Relatively rough. Imiro said: "At that time, I will have people investigate his family and some background, and assassinate the deputy deacon of the association. It does not mean that it will end when the person is not found." Deacon''s study. The two gathered the remaining items together. ?Of course, this person will definitely not be found. Its time to send it back. The other three humanoid puppets should be imitating "Wu Heng" to kill the merchant group managers. One of the long-handled hammers is made of wood. Continue to check below. ??Imiro behaved very strongly in this matter. If he really found the captain, he would probably kill Wenzhi directly. Lets ask the team then. If no one wants it, we can exchange it for merit. Sheela Gui also nodded in agreement. "It all depends on the deacon''s arrangement." Wu Heng said, and then continued: "I want to investigate some of the background of ''Ewald'', and I am very curious about his purpose of harming me." ?Wu Heng would not do this either. On the puppet frame, etched runes can also be seen. This person was not found either in the tavern where he lived or on the boat. "I have no opinion." Thats it for now. Ill let you know if there is any progress on this matter. Okay, then Ill go back first. ??Imiro nodded, "Go back!" ?Wu Heng walked back out of the deacon''s study. ?On the way, I happened to meet Sheila Gui. Why are you going? Sheela asked. Go home, have you just finished your work? "Um!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "How about I treat you all to dinner tonight as a way of thanking you." The association is quite busy right now. Going out to celebrate together will have a bad impact. Sheila Gui said directly. Then lets wait for another day, when we have time. Sheila Gui nodded. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "When will Kalema leave?" I just heard from him and the deacon that its a boat ticket for tomorrow. Oh, I thought he was going to live from here. I dont like him very much either. ?The two of them walked and chatted, and Shiragui returned to her study. ??Wu Heng left the association directly and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll came out of the room to welcome him. Minnie asked: "Master, how are you today?" ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. The investigation has cleared up the matter. Wei''er can return to the association tomorrow." Good master. Anderweil nodded. Minnie held his arm and asked, "Where is the bad guy who framed you?" There is no longer a threat. Are they former enemies? Minnie continued to ask. "I don''t know. The captain of a merchant group is probably related to the secret order or pirates." Wu Heng said. Oh! I thought it was my former enemy! Probably not. The three of them entered the living room together. Minnie brought some fruit from the kitchen and said, "Can I go out and buy something tomorrow? It''s not good to ask Sister Shannella to help." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay. When you go out, take the skeleton attendant with you. If there is any danger, just run back." Hey, I got it! Minnie smiled, picked up two pieces of cut fruit, and put them into his mouth. The crisis is resolved. ?Wu Heng and the two women also felt much more relaxed. Otherwise, there was always a sense of crisis in my heart. ?A few people chatted for a while about what to eat for dinner to celebrate. The two women were getting ready, while Wu Heng walked upstairs. ?Passing through the third floor, Wu Heng entered the radio stations room and took a look. After confirming that there was no news from Philippa, Go directly to the fourth floor. After simply freshening up, he opened the door and headed to the zombie world. Go out of the dormitory and go directly to the backyard. Take out the body of ''Kerimu'', let the skeleton untie the straw mat, and take off the armor on his body. The armor on Kerimu also looks very good. However, the breastplate was hit by the sword of Imiro, leaving a gap. Looks like it''s scrapped. After all the equipment was taken off and put aside. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, the flesh and blood began to fall off, and the white bones were slowly exposed. Then, the blue soul fire rose from the eye sockets, and the skeleton sat up from the ground. Skeleton Drifter (Level 17) Level 17! Not level 16. One level short of reaching level 18. ? No wonder he was so rampant and causing trouble everywhere. Once he reaches level 18, even if he kills himself, he may be pardoned for some reasons. But now he is his own skeleton attendant. My own strength can be considered to have been improved to a certain extent. Waiting to come out of the minced meat. ??Wu Heng also began to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Drifter (Level 17) Attributes: Constitution 33, Strength 35, Agility 38, Intelligence 22, Perception 34, Charisma 12. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, war dancer. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Single-Edged Sword Specialization (Master), Basic Sword Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Disarming Sword Technique, Precise Strike, Agile Speed, Sharp Brilliance, Intuitive Dodge, Ultimate Killing. ?Wu Heng looked at the skills of the entire profession. He raised his eyebrows slightly. From the overall attribute point of view, the Drifter is an agile melee profession. ?Characteristics: high agility, low strength and low perception. In terms of ability, Wu Heng opened it and took a look. In addition to various combat abilities. ? ? Focused on [War Dancer] and [Intuitive Dodge]. War Dancer: Agile movement, swift and precise sword skills, proficient in conventional sword weapons, agility +5, perception +3. Increased Agility and Perception. Intuition Dodge: Use intuition to detect danger and dodge. Whether it was his own machine gun fire or Anderweil''s sniping from a distance. Keranmu can even dodge subconsciously. ?Especially the sniper attack from a distance. Although he did not avoid the bullet, he also relied on his movements to avoid key positions. Dodging sniper bullets is something you dont even dare to do in movies. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the attributes of the skeleton. Just the ability to get tattoos and the ability to release clouds are gone. From now on, you will still be called Keranmu, put on your armor! Wu Heng said. Keranmu walked aside and began to put on the armor that had been taken off. After putting it on. ?Wu Heng took out the Ningwu Evil Sword and handed it to him, "You use this weapon." The skeleton took it and held it in his hand. ?Wu Heng looked at it for a while, confirmed that nothing had changed, and then walked back with it. The side effect of the evil sword is that it affects the user''s psyche. Logically speaking, skeleton attendants do not have these things. And when the evil sword touches the water mist, it can flash behind the enemy. Lets see how to match it. He returned to the courtyard with two skeleton attendants. Qi Hancai also walked over from not far away. Looking at Shou Kerimu, there was some curiosity in his eyes. ??The one he carried before was a double-sworded skeleton, and his fighting style was quite brave. Now the bodyguards have been changed. He glanced at it several times before looking away and said: "People from the military came yesterday and sold us a batch of military supplies." Um? ?Wu Heng frowned. The price of military equipment in the old factory area is relatively low. The other party has tried to negotiate with this company several times before. I want to increase the proportion of grain exchange. ?Its just that Wu Heng has been busy with other things recently and hasnt paid much attention to this matter. This is a batch sold? What did you exchange for? Radio equipment, communication headsets, and some bulletproof vests, helmets, etc., the prices are all set externally. If they come to exchange, they will be exchanged normally. Qi Hancai explained. The military ones are definitely better than the civilian ones. But in large quantities, they are of little use. Do you know why they sell so much to outsiders? Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "It feels like they are leaving here. In addition to exchanging food with us, they are also recruiting a few shelters for people with supernatural powers. During the chat, they also vaguely expressed that they can provide a safer place. Ask us if we want to join. Evacuate? Before complete road closures in winter? After listening to Qi Hancais words, Wu Heng thought of this instantly. This is entirely possible. Find a shelter more suitable for survival, or join the main force. They may choose to leave. This means exchanging all the unused or surplus things for food. Fortunately, I agreed to give more food before. Otherwise, the other party is afraid that they will all come to our side. Wu Heng continued: "You can ask them for some information first. As for joining them, there is no need. Our side is relatively safe and stable, and we don''t need to talk about the situation on his side." "Well, I''ll ask around then." Qi Hancai nodded and continued to ask: "Are you ready to clean up the zombies?" Just these two days, Ill see when I have time. "okay!" The two of them walked around the factory area. After confirming that there were no problems here, Wu Heng returned to the dormitory. Qi Hancai also went to do his own business. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Minnies eyes widened and she pointed at the skeleton following behind her, Its him, the one who killed Bloody Hand. The appearance characteristics of Keran wood are very obvious. Even if there are no facial features, one can recognize them immediately by looking at their body shape and appearance. ??Andwyer also looked up and recognized the skeleton. ??Wu Heng nodded, "After killing it, it was transformed into a skeleton, which just filled the position of the **** hand." "Oh!" Minnie walked around in a circle, "This can be considered as atonement for the previous behavior." Yeah! Minnie can still speak well now. Minnie smiled, raising her head with pride on her face, "I''ve been reading recently." Anderweil also said: "They are all novels." Go, go! Sister Weier is so annoying. Minnie said dissatisfied. Soon, dinner was served. In order to celebrate Wu Heng''s reinstatement, preparations were more abundant. Have had dinner. The three of them went to the courtyard for training and then returned to the room together. In the bathroom. Steam rises. ?Wu Heng soaked comfortably in the tub and exhaled heavily. Lying on the edge, he couldn''t help but think about the remaining things. Only Kalema remains! ??The only person involved in this matter is the inspectors envoy Kalema. During the day, I even apologized to myself. Looking like he didn''t know anything about it. ?At that time, I wanted to tell his story and let ''Imiro'' directly check his space ring. Maybe the body was inside. Still pretending to be with me! "No, does he know that the ghost is following him, and he is not afraid of breaking up with me!" ?Thinking about it this way, its really possible! A mage on the other side, who is also the association''s special envoy, may not be able to stop the ghost from following, but it is very likely that the ghost will be discovered. Be prepared in advance and dont be afraid to speak up yourself. Old fox! It depends on which ship you get on tomorrow. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The bathroom door is open. ?Minnie and Andwyer walked in directly, wrapped in bath towels. ? ?Beautiful arm collarbones and straight calves are exposed. Master, we havent washed together for a long time. Minnie came over and hugged her neck from behind. You can wash it together at any time! Wu Heng smiled. ?Andwyer also leaned over and gently rubbed his arms. Waiting for a while to wash. ?Wu Heng said softly: "Weier, come in!" Anderweil''s face turned red, she nodded slightly, stepped into the tub, and sat looking at each other. Sitting in the tub, the towel floated up, revealing a large area of ??skin. ?Wu Heng grabbed her ribs and moved her in his direction. Anderweil also lay on top of him. Minnie smiled and asked curiously: "Sister Wei''er, are you comfortable?" Stop talking nonsense! After a while, Wu Heng pulled Minnie in again. Its almost done washing. Hold the rabbit girl wrapped around him and walk towards the bedroom. The next day. ?Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the association together. ?? Anderweil has to work as an assistant again. ??Wu Heng wanted to send Kalema off the island and at the same time confirm which ship he was on. Arrived at the association. ?Wu Heng never found anyone to say goodbye to. directly knocked on the door of Sheila Guis study room. After opening the door, Shiragui looked up and asked, "What''s wrong?" Arent you going to see Kalema off today? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui said: "Let''s go. I changed my plan temporarily and left the port early this morning." gone? (End of this chapter) Chapter 360 , tracking (please vote for me, thank you all.) Chapter 360, Tracking (please vote for me, thank you all.) I heard the other party leaving. I was stunned for a moment, and then I came to my senses. I was surprised at how cautious this old guy was in doing things. By lying about the time of leaving the island, the entire association was deceived. ?Wu Heng was also more suspicious that Kalema knew about the ghost following him. Otherwise, most of the people involved in this matter would have died, and he wouldnt have done it to this extent. "What''s wrong?" Seeing his strange expression, Xi Lagui asked doubtfully. Oh, its okay, I was thinking of seeing him off, but I didnt expect him to leave early. Wu Heng walked in and sat down on the sofa. Hilagui said: "There may be some changes!" Sir, isnt the fleet scheduled to arrive at noon tomorrow? ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Anderweier immediately smiled and said, "Master!" Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Don''t you really hate him? You''re quite serious." Not to mention whether its too late to catch up now. "Your achievements are already good, so you don''t need to do this. The association''s promotion, even a supervisory envoy, can''t get in the way." Go back to the study. Well, the associations fleet? Wu Heng asked. "It should be a ship of a certain business group. The port was blocked in the past two days. Many ships'' plans were delayed. There were many departures this morning." Xilagui explained. ? Even if I were to get a missile from the modern world, I wouldnt know who it would hit. You go out and go to the port of the Teshenger cargo ship to meet the captain and arrange a room for sailing. ??Imiro should know the ship and route he took, but with Imiro''s thinking, it would be easy to detect something if he inquired about the information himself. The records of several days have more content. In my professional relationship, its not a bad thing to have a good relationship with someones special inspection envoy. Wu Heng turned around and followed suit. Dont mention this to anyone, I dont want to disturb other people. Different from the two or three scattered records in the past few days. "I left early and didn''t have time." Wu Heng said. ?There is no clue at all, and it is simply unrealistic to check them one by one. Go and prepare the carriage, dont waste time. Even it is not clear which ship the other party is on. Okay, Ill go now. "Well, that''s what you said." Wu Heng continued: "Forget it after he leaves. I''ll just ask. I''ll go back first and ask you when I have time to treat you to dinner." Old fox, if you have the ability, dont run away! Wu Heng gritted his teeth. Well, lets ask two people to come in and clean it up. Dont worry about it yourself. Wu Heng walked in. Attract the other party''s attention and things will become more difficult to deal with later. Walked over and picked up the notebook and looked at it, his eyes slightly condensed. ?Wu Heng left the room and walked back. Its too long to stay at Treasure Island, please leave early. "It''s okay anyway. Didn''t the master say he was going to the port to see someone off? Why did he come back so soon!" Anderweil continued to ask. Kalema''s early departure really ruined his original plan. Then, his eyes fell on the skeleton investigator in the direction of the desk, who was responsible for monitoring and recording. ?Walking in the corridor, Wu Heng was thinking about this matter quickly in his mind. But it seems that there is really nothing we can do against the other party. Understood, sir! ? Anderweil is taking a linen cloth and wiping the bookshelf, tables and chairs. ??Moreover, just like Shilagui said, the ports have been blocked in succession in the past two days, and many fleets have been affected. It sounds like Sheila Ge didnt know which ship left with her. The little owl chased flying insects all over the house. Yes! Sheila Gui responded softly. Oh! Wu Heng nodded. The record ends here. ?Wu Heng also looked at the record in his hand with some surprise. The monitor, which had been ineffective all this time, actually recorded important information on the last day. At least, there are no clues now. Instead, they learned about the ship the other party was traveling on, the "Tesheng''er Cargo Ship". Whats wrong? Anderweil looked up. "It''s okay!" Wu Heng put away the record book and said, "I went out for a while, and when someone asked me, I said I was going to investigate a wanted criminal." Okay, Master! Anderweil nodded. ??Wu Heng left the association directly with the skeleton. Call a carriage and go to the port. The carriage stopped at the port. ?Wu Heng paid the money and got out of the carriage, stood on the roadside and looked towards the port. ?The entire port is still lively and busy, workers are busy moving goods, and people in the fleet stand on wooden boxes to recruit sailors. ?Originally, Wu Heng wanted to go directly to the old tavern to inquire about information. ??The prophetess, who controls the workers in the entire port, will definitely be able to find out the news about the "Tesheng''er" cargo ship. But when the carriage arrived at the door, he changed his mind. ?This female prophet is an intelligence peddler herself. She has some special abilities due to her profession as a prophet. ?If you just ask this yourself, it is very likely that the other party will notice something. In this way, it can be regarded as leaving another hidden danger for myself. So, the carriage arrived at the port directly without stopping. I stood there and looked around. Not far away, several members of the association came over. ??Wu Heng has met these people. They are from the fifth team. The captain is a woman. "Deputy Wu Heng, are you here to check on ''Ewald''?" As far as the association is concerned, the murder of the Bucks Merchant Group manager is considered closed. ??But the man ''Ewald'' was on a wanted warrant, and the team and some mercenary groups were searching everywhere. It seems that the people from the fifth team are still investigating this matter. In fact, that''s right. A captain who has just been hooked up will have an easier time than those wanted criminals. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, do you have any clues?" No, its like the person disappeared. The female captain sighed. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go with me to the ship steward." Okay! the captain responded and followed Wu Heng towards the ship management office. A group of people came over aggressively. The steward, who had his feet on the table, immediately stood up and said, "Sir, what''s going on?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "The association is investigating the wanted criminals and show me the fleet''s arrival and departure records." ??In the past two days, the port has been blocked, and it was Imiro who killed people again. The ship management also knew that they were looking for wanted criminals. After hearing this, he took out the record book and said, "Sir, this is the record." The fleet must be recorded when it arrives and departs from the port. In addition to ensuring that you are not a pirate ship, it is also a guarantee for the fleet. Once a person is missing, a rough range can be traced based on the records along the way. Rather than actually disappearing into the sea. ?Wu Heng took it and looked up at the ships leaving the port during the day. Found the record of the cargo ship "Tesheng''er", as well as the location and route to the next port. Glanced his eyes roughly and memorized the contents in his mind. Then give the record book to the captain of the fifth team, "focus on checking the ships that are about to leave the port." Okay! Team five took the record. Wu Heng continued: "You guys check here, and I''ll go to the taverns to check." The fifth team hesitated to speak, but finally nodded and agreed. The position away from the ship''s pipe. ?Wu Heng first went to his ship. Come to the cabin and take out the tablet to check the sea area and route. According to the speed of the cargo ship, if you set off from Jiwei Island, you may not be able to catch up with the other party. I thought about it for a while. The thought of letting the other person go has occurred several times. But he is not sure whether the other party will pose a threat to him again after he leaves. If you really let the other person leave like this, countless possibilities may arise later. A cunning envoy is more feared than a ruthless pirate. Skullbreaker stays behind for now, Sharktooth, you come with me! ?Wu Heng said to the skeleton in the cabin. Skeleton boxer Sharktooth walked out from the skeleton. Taking the shark teeth and Kerimu, he walked out of the cabin directly and left the port and walked towards the distance. Come to a more secluded place. ?Wu Heng took out the [train conductors hat] and put it directly on his head, boarded the train and headed to Jiwei Island. Night falls. There is a light mist on the sea. ??Wu Heng stepped on a single-person wooden boat, with Kerinmu standing behind him. Under the boat were shark teeth pushing the wooden boat forward. The whole wooden boat is like a speedboat. The speed is not slow, but the waves make the wooden boat keep swinging, which is very uncomfortable. In the distance, a cargo ship can be seen moving slowly forward. ??The hull of the ship is written "Te Sheng''er", and a few crew members holding torches can be faintly seen on the deck, walking back and forth. Upon seeing this, Wu Heng immediately stopped the wooden boat. ??After such a swaggering past, a head-on fight is about to begin. After thinking for a moment, he released the ghost Glenda. Have you found someone? Glenda said directly. ??Wu Heng glanced at the cargo ship in the distance, "It should be on that ship. Go and explore the deck. Don''t go to the cabin. I doubt Kalema can detect you." Well, okay! Glenda disappeared and flew towards the direction of the cargo ship. Inside the cabin. A light-emitting stone table lamp is supported on the wooden table in the room. Kalema sent away the wealthy businessman who came over to chat, and looked at the attendant, "You should also go back and rest. I will call you if anything happens." Yes, sir. The attendant responded and left. Kalema closed the door and sat down at the table again. Start to look at the things in the ring in another space. As he checked, a smile appeared on his face. "The people in the Secret Order are really rich. They will have enough money for me to buy a manor after I go back." Then, the smile faded again. He muttered: "This guy''s detailed information should be able to be sold at a good price in the Secret Order." (End of this chapter) Chapter 361 , Skeleton Mage Chapter 361, Skeleton Mage Not long. Glenda flew back. He said directly: "There are five patrols on the deck and two rangers on the mast. They are all looking for a place to sleep." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let me take a look." Glenda got into him. The picture is shared to the brain. ??The angle of exploration is in the air. Looking from above, the entire deck can be seen clearly. There were five patrolling men, holding torches, and two rangers on the mast. By the time Granda was about to leave, three of the patrolling sailors had carefully walked to the corner together and lay down to sleep. Then what? Glenda continued to ask. ?Wu Heng said directly. Even said, the best single room. ?The hull of the boat was covered with water drops, and even the ropes were very wet. It was quiet on the boat. At that time, I can only hide in the zombie world, wait until I reach level 18, then come back and negotiate terms with the association. The sea is very rough. Go quickly underwater and reach under the hull. There is still some danger. However, once a fight breaks out, more and more people will be alarmed. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Kalema''s status is unusual. He will definitely be placed in a separate room. It shouldn''t be difficult to find him." Release Glenda. ??Wu Heng took out the [Transformation Veil], transformed himself into a female mercenary, and took Kerimu along the rope to board the ship. After saying that, he jumped directly into the sea, grabbed the ''shark teeth'' together with Kerinmu, and quickly approached the direction of the ship. ? Kalema, the special inspection envoy, will definitely receive the same treatment. The criminal investigation methods in this world are relatively backward. ?Three meters away, two crew members were leaning against the wall and sleeping. Between the sounds of the waves, snoring could be heard. The remaining two seemed to be looking for a place to rest. Two possibilities, one is to board the ship carefully, then kill and evacuate safely, the other is to expose yourself, kill everyone here, and finally sink the ship and destroy the evidence. Two tame beasts are flying towards this side. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" But there are also many strange exploration props and strange objects. The hull of the ship also kept swinging. ?Wu Heng stood in the shadow and glanced at the mast observation deck. If his murder of the special inspector is exposed, he will definitely be wanted by the association. The most desirable option is naturally the first one, which is to quietly go in, kill people, and leave. "Um..., I won''t do it unless I have to." Wu Heng didn''t want to do it, but if there was really no way to end it, he would have no choice but to continue. Shark Tooth took Wu Heng and dived into the sea instantly to avoid the tame beast''s gaze. ?Glenda said: "Now that you have thought about it, you can get up from the side of the boat and I will help you throw the rope down." There was only the sound of crashing waves. Youre going to kill everyone? I dont believe it! Glenda said. Since I have several modern weapons in my hand, killing a mage at close range shouldnt be a big problem. The torch stuck on the side swayed with the hull of the ship. Whats the plan? Glenda asked. Soon, a rope hung from it and fell to one side. Hurrah! It will be difficult not to take action at that time. The waves hit the hull of the ship and lifted it up to a height of two to three meters. The sound is like thunder. As a deputy deacon, he was assigned a separate room when he accompanied the merchant fleet to Treasure Island. The view from the observation deck is better. Once a ship approaches, you will be able to detect it in advance. ??But for the deck, there is a visual blind spot. Unless the probe is looking downward. After confirming that there is no problem, and after confirming that no one discovers you. Enter the cabin quickly. The cabin was also empty. ?Wu Heng led people and observed room by room. From the style of the door, you can roughly tell the grade of an individual room. ?Wu Heng checked them one by one. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?Suddenly, the door in front opened, and a burly man wearing linen clothes and carrying a basin came out. ??He paused in his steps and stared straight at the two people who walked down the cabin. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, he knew this man, Kalema''s attendant. A taciturn warrior who rarely speaks. The weapon is a long sword, but it is not carried at all at this time. The attendant stood there, frowning slightly, and looked at the opposite side carefully, "Apparition?" Huh~! ?While speaking, Wu Heng raised his hand to release the cloud and mist technique. Dense fog instantly filled the entire corridor. The attendants eyes narrowed. ??The whistling sound of weapons breaking through the air could be heard in my ears. Behind you! ??The attendant subconsciously lowered his body to avoid it, and at the same time, he threw the wooden basin back with his backhand. The air waves brought by the wooden barrel spread the mist. Keranmu wearing a bandits hood appeared. Close at hand, a knife''s length away. Kerimu refused to dodge, and kept slashing out with the long sword in his hand. The barrel was split in half instantly. ??The attendant turned around and tried to grab the arm behind him with one arm. As soon as he made the move, a ghost appeared in front of him and pointed at his eyebrows. The attendant''s pupils blurred for a moment, and the long sword penetrated his throat. With a clang, it was nailed to the wooden door behind him. The attendants eyes widened. The eyes were full of fear and disbelief. A sword master, a ghost, and a mage. Yes, its you. The attendant vomited blood and looked at the figure wrapped in a cloak at the door. ?The body gradually became limp and lifeless. Keranmu drew his sword, and the body fell limply to the ground. ??There are still deafening waves all around, and all the rooms in the corridor are still closed. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the room next door. Needless to say, it must be Kalemas room. Close to the door. ?Wu Heng''s expression changed. Although he didn''t see anything with his naked eyes, a preset magic at the door was triggered. Alert spellA low-level magic used by mages to warn. "Enter!" Keranmu kicked open the door of the room next to the attendant''s. He rushed in directly. Huh~! A flash of thunder shot out suddenly. ?The ''Kerimu'' who rushed in instantly fell back and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng followed closely behind him and entered the room. He fired a powerful crossbow in his hand, and the crossbow bolts whizzed towards the figure in the room. ??A magic shield formed around Kalema, blocking the crossbow arrows. As he got closer, the second flame magic condensed in Kalema''s hands. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and waved, and the sheets on the bed flew up and covered him. Flame arrows penetrated the sheets. Kalema threw off the sheet, and the thunder and lightning gathered again. Keranmu''s figure flashed, and he got close in an instant. His long sword split the defensive barrier and pierced the heart. Kalemas eyes widened and he kept trying to gather thunder and lightning in his palms. But after several attempts, it was not completed. ?Looking at the position standing at the door, full of resentment and unwillingness. The body gradually became limp, and there was no heartbeat or breathing. ?Wu Heng took out a straw mat and asked Kerimu to wrap the body. ?At the same time, he stood at the door and looked at the situation outside. ?The entire corridor was still quiet, and it seemed that no one else noticed. ?Glenda also flew back. "It''s okay. There is an empty room next door. I also looked at the remaining rooms. They are all sleeping and no one noticed." Perhaps because he was afraid of disturbing the special inspector, there was an attendant''s room on one side and an empty room on the other side. To a great extent, it reduces the chance of waking up other people. After the body is wrapped. ?Wu Heng put the two corpses, plus the blood-stained sheets and bedding, into the space ring. Continue to go to the attendant''s room and put away the armor and weapons that you took off. After everything is taken care of, hang the Do Not Disturb signs on the doors of the two private rooms. Carefully walked out of the cabin and jumped into the sea. Grab the shark tooth and leave quickly. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island and entered the association in a swaggering manner. ?First he went to the deacons study to report on the search for Ewald, and then he went to Sheila Guis study to chat with her. After showing up in both places. Just returned to his study room. In the study room, Anderweil was holding strips of meat to feed the owl. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, put the strips of meat on the table, walked over and said, "Master, have you had breakfast?" Eat, will the association be fine? "It''s okay, just like before, nothing happened. I just checked the information about receiving the reward and then approved it." Well, with Weiers help, I, the deputy deacon, have nothing to do. No way! Its much worse than Sister Moya. Andwyer lowered her head and said. ??Wu Heng rubbed the other party''s ears and continued: "I''m going home first, and I''ll go back early in the evening." A good master. ?Wu Heng left in a big way, and Anderweil continued to feed the little owl. Return to your residence. Minnie went to Shannella''s side. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. All the corpses were taken out from the open space behind the courtyard. Two in total. Squire and Kalema. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to take off the equipment from the corpse. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. Skeleton Warrior (Level 12) Skeleton Mage (Level 15) (End of this chapter) Chapter 362 , ordinary evolved zombies Chapter 362, Ordinary Evolved Zombies ?Wu Heng looked at the two standing skeletons and frowned slightly. The attendants are all at level 12. ??The status of this special inspection envoy is not low. Normally speaking, a resident deacon in a remote area with a stable political power would only be at level 12. Here, he is just a servant. After a brief glance, he set his sights on the skeleton mage. Skeleton Mage (Level 15) Level: 15 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 15, Agility 17, Intelligence 37, Perception 28, Charisma 20. Characteristics: Empty Skeleton, Advanced Soul, Magical Senses, Conjuration Scholar, Master Spellcaster, Source Law Theory. The effect provided does not seem to be too high. ?Wu Heng continued to take out two space rings and began to examine them. Your own spine staff, the necromantic magic effect is +23%, and it also provides two spells. The next one is the magic robe [energy-gathering robe], which can reduce the mental energy consumption when casting spells. There is only one life-sustaining spell. (Description: A prop etched with insulation text, which can isolate the outward propagation of sound.) The shape of the soundproof kettle is more like a spiral vase. After all, I got mine in exchange for a third-level meritorious service, so the level is close to that of a rare item. [Source Law Theory]: You understand the commonalities between the roots of magic and the essence of magic in basic theory, and can thus fully understand everything from the perspective of arcane magic (all skills you have learned, the spell level is increased by one level, and the spells of this faction are decrease greatly.) The skill level has been learned and the spell level is increased by one level. Not only Kalemas, but the Tub Attendant also has a space ring. Going out in a carriage, accompanied by escorts and attendants, it is obviously the configuration of an aristocratic gentleman. ?Various daily necessities, water, food, extra weapons and armors, and money bags full of coins. ??The conjuring wooden staff in front of him was etched with two runes that increased the effect, and the spell effect only increased by 17%. In terms of attributes, it is the standard template of a mage. It has high intelligence, perception and constitution are the second highest attributes, while strength and agility are its own shortcomings. ?Only the magic of the Necromancer faction is left, and the life-sustaining magic belongs to the Necromancer faction. Large complex runes are etched on it. This piece should be a spare one, I already have one on me. Wu Heng mainly focused on "Yuanfa Lun". Then Sincerity Clay Dolllooks directly into the eyes of the clay doll and it will tell the truth. ?Then, Wu Heng continued to check Kalemas space ring. [Feats: Cloth Armor Specialization (Advanced), Staff Specialization (Advanced), Dagger Specialization (Intermediate), Arcane Echo, Soul Lore, Haunting Lore, Untiring Concentration, Spell Craftsmanship. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the mage''s panel. Skills are a bit miserable. First he opened the tub attendant''s ring and took a look at it. There was nothing in it, just two money bags of gold coins, and a gold ring with an eye pattern on it. ?Of course, the position of a mage is not a profession that relies on strength. Look at the [Soundproof Pot] first. Not to mention the shape, props with this kind of sound insulation effect are rare on the market. [Soundproof Pot][Spell Wooden Staff][Energy-Gathering Robe][Sincerity Clay Doll (Rare Object)][Space Ring (5 cubic meters)]. "From now on, you will be called the attendant of the tub, and you will also be called Kalema." Wu Heng named the two skeletons, then moved them aside and began to put on their original armor. Continue to look down. After the mage class is converted into undead, the skills of all factions will disappear. In terms of characteristics, there are conjuration scholars, represented by mages of the conjuration school. In addition to some daily items that are not available, there are quite a few magic props inside. All other skills have not been retained. ??The last one was also a space ring, Wu Heng continued to mentally explore it. It seems that Kalema himself is really no ordinary person. Spell Wooden Staff (Description: A magic prop made of special wood roots, etched with arcane reflux, light of conjuration, and magic effect of the conjuration faction +17%.) A magic wand. Skill: Life-sustaining technique. Soundproof pot A secret order? ?This is not the first time Wu Heng has seen this kind of ring. Generally, members of the Esoteric Order will have one like this to prove their identity. Calema is a member of the Esoteric Order? Impossible, how could the association allow a person from the Esoteric Order to be the special inspection envoy? Then, Wu Heng thought of another person. The captain whom Kalema killed. This ring is his! In other words, the whole thing this time was once again caused by the secret cult. ??Just like a dog-skin plaster, people keep coming to trouble him, and he can''t kill them all. ??Furthermore, the location of the secret order headquarters has not yet been found. Write a letter to Lilith? Ask her to intensify her attack on the Secret Order? For what reason? Just making up one and being found out can easily destroy the trust established between each other. ?Wu Heng was thinking as he put away all the props he took out. After all the items have been put away. Go back with the two skeletons. Take Kalema back to the dormitory. ??Wu Heng took out all his necromancy books and said, "You don''t have to do anything, just read here and learn these skills as soon as possible." Skeleton Kalema sat down at the desk, took out a book of Weakening Ray and opened it. ?Wu Heng closed it again and took out the [Bone Slave Technique], "Read this book first!" Kalema took over the [Bone Spelling Technique] and began to look through it carefully. With Kalema''s intelligence and reaching level 15, it shouldn''t be difficult to learn these skills. Its just a matter of sooner or later. Wait until the arrangements are made here. ?Wu Heng looked at the time. It was still quite early, so he took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. Walk out of the dormitory, go downstairs and just walk to the door. Qi Hancai rushed over from outside. What are your orders? Qi Hancai stood aside. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "How are the preparations for cleaning up the central square?" "No problem. I have accumulated a lot of those solid iron bullets in the past few days. Based on each flying dragon carrying two thousand, it can be thrown back and forth more than twenty times." Qi Hancai answered standing aside. The cleaning of the main roads has almost been completed. Only the area around the city center square is left. As long as it is cleared, the road to the passenger terminal can be opened. ?The plan had been decided a long time ago, but the suspension of work delayed it for several days. Now that the matter is resolved, it is time to open up this road. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Tomorrow, let''s clean the central turntable. Everything that needs to be prepared is ready!" Understood! Qi Hancai nodded. The two stood at the door and chatted about the news of the past few days. At the same time, we discussed it and faced the construction of the old factory area later. After chatting for a while. ??Wu Heng also returned to the dormitory, glanced at Kalema who was still reading seriously, opened the gate and headed to Treasure Island. Dining room. The three of them were sitting at the table eating dinner. ??Wu Heng picked up a piece of fish and put it in his mouth, glanced at Anderweil, and asked: "Weier, is there nothing wrong with the association?" "It''s nothing. The biggest thing is that there are a new batch of wanted posters, and I have already taken pictures of them." Anderweil replied. Information transmission in this world is still relatively slow. ?Even if the cargo ship discovers that Kalema is missing or dead, it will report it to the association at the next port. It will be delivered to Treasure Island by then, maybe in a few months. ?It''s hard to find out clearly even if you want to, just don''t let those props leak out. Well, come back early next time when nothing happens. Wu Heng said. "It''s already very early. If it were earlier, it would be noon." Anderweier said softly. Well, really, its okay to come back at noon occasionally. Anderweil also smiled, "I know, Master." Minnie was also at the side, picked up a piece of sea fish meat, brought it over and said, "Master, eat this. I heard it is very nourishing. Eat more and you will have strength at night." Wu Heng was stuffed into his mouth and muttered, "You It sounds like hes not very satisfied with what he said. Where can I find it? Its more powerful. I can use it to punish the little fox at night. Minnie said, picking up another piece and stuffing it into his mouth. ? Andeweier on the side rolled her eyes and said, "Obviously you stick to the master every day and always make trouble with me." After dinner, we chatted for a while in the living room. They went back to the room to rest together. The next day. ?Wu Heng first went to the association. ??Although I didnt think that Kalemas death would spread, I still took a look. Found that nothing happened. ?Go to the association dormitory to get the bug back, then go home directly. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Skeleton Kalema was still sitting at the desk reading a book. Wu Heng glanced at it, took out the walkie-talkie and asked: "Qi Hancai, are you ready?" Soon, a reply came over the intercom, "Ready, ready to go at any time." Okay, lets go when I get downstairs. "receive!" ??Wu Heng went downstairs and the motorcade had already stopped at the door. Two military trucks and one off-road vehicle. A round window was opened on the top of the passenger side of the off-road vehicle, and a skeleton stuck its upper body out of the round window, manipulating a heavy machine gun. At the old factory area, the firearms are still in charge of skeletons with shooting expertise. Ordinary survivor patrols are equipped with heavy crossbows. ?Wu Heng mobilized the skeleton army. Then he opened the door and got directly into the co-pilot of the truck. The convoy started, and under the protection of the skeleton army, it left the factory and headed towards the target direction. Central roundabout. It connects the main roads in four directions and is also the most prosperous road section in the city. Surrounded by shopping malls, large supermarkets, the Workers'' Cultural Palace, and a mobile phone street. There was a small pedestrian street next to the auto repair shop, where a large number of zombies gathered. There must be more zombies here. The skeleton army escorted the convoy forward. After clearing two small waves of corpses along the way. At the end of the line of sight, one can see the circular turntable and the densely packed zombie figures. If you go further, you may attract the attention of the zombies. Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Stop the car and let everyone start preparing!" Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. With a sudden thought, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and Glenda and asked them to go to the front to investigate the situation. Soon, two ghosts flew back from the distance, got into the body, and shared the scene they just saw. The roads surrounding the carousel, as well as the roads extending in the other three directions, are filled with dense zombies. At the feet of the zombies, there are scrapped cars crowding the road. It seems that when the zombies broke out, this road section formed a serious jam, and the cars all crashed together, forming a car cemetery. In the group of corpses, several deformed zombies can be seen. Big guy, creeper. There was no big-headed zombie seen, but the big-headed zombies were relatively timid and were probably hiding in a nearby building. ??After Wu Heng looked at the shared pictures, his attention was attracted by some weird zombies. They have the same body shape as normal zombies. The skin on their bodies is still shriveled, but it is no longer rotten and dilapidated. Its more like a mummy without fat. ?These zombies are scattered among the corpses. ?The action is not like wandering aimlessly like other zombies, but turns around to look for the target, and will also push approaching zombies aside. Looks like he has some intelligence. New type of zombie? Or are ordinary zombies evolving again? Qi Hancai noticed his expression and asked, "What''s wrong?" Is there any update on the zombies on the radio? "Yes." Qi Hancai recalled for a moment and said: "Several types of zombies have been updated. There is a splatter zombie, which is characterized by spraying thick liquid, and a plague ghost, which is characterized by emitting dust viruses. The third-level zombie has announced a Millipede is said to be a monster made up of many limbs. Where are the ordinary zombies? The main station said that ordinary zombies in some places have begun to possess certain intelligence, but they did not release any more information. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seemed that the zombies mixed in were probably the kind of evolved zombies mentioned on the radio. ??If all zombies evolve intelligence. ?That would be an even greater disaster for the survivors. You stay in the car. There are a lot of corpses today, so everyone should be careful, Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and gave instructions. After getting off the car. Let the skeleton army be ready. ??Wu Heng patted the two deformed dogs and said, "Go and lure those zombies over." The two deformed dogs kept shaking their bony tails. Hearing Wu Heng''s words, he ran out immediately. When he got within a hundred meters of the zombie, all the zombies nearby turned their heads and looked over. First he was stunned, and then he let out an ear-splitting roar. Almost at the same time, the nearby zombies also roared, spreading backwards in waves. The skeleton dog turned around and ran away, while the group of corpses also quickly caught up. ??The crowd squeezed into the middle road, pushing and crowding each other, like a rushing black wave, desperately chasing the fleeing skeleton dog. The earth began to tremble, and the roar of corpses was as loud as thunder. The skeleton dogs erect tail was also tucked up, lowering its head and running as fast as it could. The tide of corpses is coming. ?The ground trembled, and the ear-splitting roar mixed with the fishy smell spread, like purgatory on earth. Qi Hancai, Wang Chenggang and others looked at the mass of darkness in the distance, and their expressions changed dramatically, full of horror and fear. This amount is indeed beyond original expectations. Any shelter, including walls, iron bars, machine guns and artillery, would be flooded in an instant. There is no way to stop so many zombies. There are too many. ?Can these skeletons withstand it? Everyone suddenly became a little uncertain. ??Wu Heng looked at the tide of corpses running in the distance, and his eyes narrowed slightly. Said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "The skeleton flying dragon flies out and drops the iron bullets." Hurrah hoo~! Five skeletal flying dragons rushed into the sky instantly. Quickly reaching the sky above the corpses, the magazine opened, and dense iron bullets fell like black raindrops. Boom, boom, boom~! In an instant, there was an explosion and thick smoke rose into the sky. The iron bullets dropped by the five skeletal flying dragons instantly emptied the entire road. The ground was covered with broken limbs, rotten flesh, and blood. ??More waves of corpses continued to run forward, stepping on the flesh and blood on the ground. Crowded the whole road again. Charge with a roar. ?At the rear, Wang Chenggang and others kept scanning the distance while changing the magazine. ??I wish I had a few more hands and could just stuff the magazine into it. The two ghosts responsible for the investigation flew back again. Glenda said: "There are corpses coming around on the right, and there are a lot of them." Uncle, there are zombies coming from the left. ?Wu Heng''s eyes instantly narrowed and he quickly looked around on both sides. ?Tall buildings block the view, but you can still faintly hear running footsteps. There are indeed big-headed zombies. (End of this chapter) Chapter 363 , four-legged zombie Chapter 363, Four-legged Zombie From behind the buildings on both sides, the sounds of intensive running and corpse roars became increasingly clear. The zombie group can choose to take a roundabout route, which means that there are large-headed zombies nearby. It is very likely that it is hidden in a nearby building. Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Two ghosts returned to the body directly, and two images also appeared in the mind. The backs of the buildings on both sides of the main road were crowded with zombies, and they were rushing towards this direction. The evolved zombies with shriveled muscles that we saw before were also among the corpses. It moves quickly and flexibly, which is obviously different from ordinary zombies. Even if they do not have the same intelligence as humans, they are still inferior to some lower-level intelligence. ??Wu Heng continued to give orders to the skeletons, "mobilize the skeletons, block the intersections on both sides, and block the approaching corpses." Qi Hancai also jumped out of the truck, taking his skeleton bodyguard with him to help change the magazine. Then, several people wiped their sweat while speeding up. ?Wang Chenggang looked suffocated, and pressed the intercom with one hand, "It''ll be ready soon." ??Wu Heng also released [Eagle Eye Technique] throughout the queue and placed several sensors to monitor the entire battlefield. Divided into two spear teams and quickly headed towards the forked skeletons on both sides. The rear of the team. While speaking, a burst of electricity came from the intercom. After watching, Wu Heng released the two ghosts again. At this time, everyone is more interested in hearing his opinion. ??Wang Chenggang raised his head and looked into the distance, and said: "The number of skeleton troops is no less than that of zombies. Your Majesty and Qi Hancai are not afraid. What should we worry about?" Hurrah! The corpses rolled and crowded over the queue, covering the skeletons in the front row. ?Glenda nodded and flew directly into the sky. Xiaoxiao responded and flew away. But before them, there were endless scenes in all directions, which still made their hearts tremble. Such a number, let alone a group of corpses. Fighting with each other. We have no powers! Brother Gang, is this killing over? a survivor asked with a trembling voice. Baring his teeth and claws, he stepped on the **** remains of his limbs on the ground and continued to charge forward. The main road that had just been cleared by bombing was once again occupied by a wave of corpses. But this amount. ?Wang Chenggang and others were anxiously replacing the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. Soon, the group of corpses behind the building came into view. He said: "Glenda, please continue to observe the movements of the zombies in the air. If there are special circumstances, remember to remind me. Go and find the hiding aberrant zombies, especially the big-headed zombies." ??The other survivors who were changing the magazine also looked at Wang Chenggang. ?Like the rushing flood after the flood was discharged, it crashed into the skeletons in defensive postures. He came from the auto repair shop with him, and he would talk about some previous battles in the past. Even if we release so many rabbits, we may not be able to kill them all in a few days. ??More axe-wielding skeletons were mobilized and rushed toward the zombies that crossed the defense line. Dont worry, I followed them from Qixin District and fought with skeletons. I have never lost once, and I cant lose this time either! Even though I used to follow skeletons to clean up zombies, I have seen many big scenes. Zizzi~! at the same time. The spears are moved forward to form a defensive formation. There was no trembling or loud screaming. Among the survivors, he was already relatively strong in endurance. A large number of skeletons move into action. Wang Chenggang, when will it be replaced? The two ghosts all arranged the work. Main road location. The swarm of corpses spread rapidly from the main road like a wave. ??Wu Heng released a [Bone Armor] for himself and continued to look at the group of corpses approaching quickly in front of him. Archers, shoot freely. Wu Heng ordered directly. Densely packed archers began to draw their bows and set up arrows. Huh~! The arrows flew out like a roaring wind, and appeared in the sky densely like dark clouds. Then, he fell into the tide of corpses with a crackle. ??A large number of zombies were shot by arrows and turned into hedgehogs. Their bodies were knocked to the ground by inertia, tripping over the zombies behind them and tumbling into a ball. ??And more zombies trampled on their fallen companions and continued to run forward. The arrows fell in waves. Zombies also fell to the ground one after another. After several waves of arrows. Wang Chenggang''s voice came from the intercom, "Ready!" Let the flying dragon attack! Hurrah hoo~! A series of sounds broke through the air. ?Five skeletal flying dragons soared into the sky and flew towards the rushing corpses. ??The deformed zombies mixed in the zombie tide stopped, looked up at the strange creatures in the sky, picked up the stones on the ground, and threw them into the sky with all their strength. The next moment, the sky darkened again. A mass of darkness, accompanied by rocks falling from the top of the head. Boom~! The earth trembled and thick smoke rose into the sky. ?Wu Heng lowered his body instantly, and smoke, dust and gravel crackled on the bone armor. Looking up to the front, the dense group of corpses was gone, leaving only a few scattered zombies. Their bodies were broken, but they were still not dead. There was also a second-level giant zombie among them, with several **** holes all over its body. The body swayed and moved backwards little by little. Go, kill the remaining zombies, and then come back. Hulala~! A large number of axe-wielding skeletons crossed the spear formation and rushed forward in large groups. Pounced towards the remaining zombies, the battle ax kept falling, slashing at the opponent''s body. Even the second-level deformed zombies fell to the ground amid a chaotic hacking attack. The body was dragged backwards quickly. Before the next group of corpses rushes in, retreat to the rear of the skeleton defense formation. Wu Heng communicated with the [Eagle Eye Technique] left at various intersections to check the situation. The road on the right. Pah~, clatter! The glass upstairs was broken, and a large number of zombies jumped from the upstairs. Smash directly into the skeleton team. Like dumplings, smash one piece over. ?At the same time, a large, Level 2 deformed man at the intersection crashed into the spear array like crazy, waving his arms wide and wide. Destroy the original formation and lead the corpse group to charge in. Red Crown, Barrel Attendant, go kill that aberrant zombie and help the skeleton reorganize its formation. Two skeletal warriors drew their weapons and quickly killed the deformed zombies ahead. ??The long sword kept swinging out, knocking the crazy, deformed zombies to the ground, and cutting off their heads with the long sword. A warrior''s battle will end with beheading. Looks like a professional habit. After the aberration zombies die, start killing the zombies that break through the defense line. Forcibly kill the zombies and reorganize the defense line. ?At the same time, the body of the second deformed zombie was also dragged over. Put it aside. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. He said: "Uncle, we found big-headed monsters. There are two of them, just over there in the mall. There is also a big monster with four legs. It''s so ugly." ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. At the shopping mall in the distance, there is a black glass curtain wall. "Let me see!" ??Xiaoxiao got into the body and shared the picture. Behind the glass curtain wall on the third floor of the shopping mall, three deformed zombies stood. ?Two big-headed zombies, kneeling on the ground, facing outside. ??A large zombie with a bloated body and four thick legs, caressing the head of the big zombie with its bloated palms as if stroking a puppy, while looking at the charging zombies outside. Level 3 deformed zombies? (End of this chapter) Chapter 364 , it鈥檚 better to grab it Chapter 364: Why not grab it? Why is it a third-level deformed zombie again? The entire main station has not collected any information about level 3 aberration zombies. I have already encountered three different types. This level three zombie seems to have higher intelligence. The action of stroking the head of a big-headed zombie no longer feels like something a zombie can do. Then, Wu Heng began to think about **** these three aberrant zombies. Two big-headed skeletons, I have come into contact with them before. The main ability is to control the zombie swarm. It moves slowly and does not have much combat effectiveness. All we have to rely on are the remaining zombies. Without zombies, there is no threat to itself. Qi Hancai nodded, "Well, we will definitely be able to open this road." Glenda flew down from the sky overhead and said: "Those zombies did not continue to attack, and the zombies on both sides also retreated." ?There are not many zombies left at the intersections on both sides. Wait until the skeleton army reorganizes. Most of the large swath of zombies disappeared again. Its a bit far away. Hurrah hoo~! ?From time to time, zombies would take a few steps forward with their claws and teeth bared. Sure enough, after discovering that a direct charge could not win, they did not continue to charge. Wu Heng can also check through the Eagle Eye Technique. Wow~Wow! The friction of bones was accompanied by the sound of stepping on the ground. ?Glenda quickly disappeared. The best way is to kill the opponent remotely. ?Facing the rain of arrows from the sky, he fought his way into the queue of skeletons. The zombies no longer attacked blindly, but lingered in the distance, roaring and roaring towards this side. The number of zombies behind has decreased, there arent many left, Qi Hancai said. Its really unclear what abilities this level three zombie has. Judging from its size, its combat effectiveness is not weak. Once you dont succeed, you probably wont be able to come back. ?The remaining zombies no longer roared in place and rushed forward like crazy again. Its okay, they are blocking the front. There are not many zombies left, so its not a big problem. Wu Heng said directly. Except for the zombies who were still entangled, all the others retreated back. ?Hung on the roof of a scrapped car, pointing towards the shopping mall in the distance. ??The flying dragon passed overhead again, and iron bullets rained down from the sky. ?Wu Heng took out Barrett from the space ring. After the third wave of skeleton flying dragons dropped bombs. The skeleton army began to advance rapidly. Main battlefield. The battle continues. Qi Hancai came over from the rear. The [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released, and the two tall skeletons stood up directly. The group of corpses in the distance became even more violent and kept roaring. Looked again at the shopping mall in the distance. ?Wu Heng nodded and turned his gaze to the two Level 2 deformed corpses at his feet. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Move forward." Then he retreated into the ranks of corpses and continued to roar. Instead, it blocks an intersection on the far roundabout. ??If you let the skeleton sneak over and kill it, the risk is a bit high. ??Wu Heng asked them to stand aside, picked out two secondary corpse cores from inside, and put them into the space ring. Cover the corpses below. The distance may not have been enough before, and he couldn''t grasp it well. The current distance is definitely enough for Barrett. Xiao Xiao, go point out the location of the four-legged monster. Wu Heng said directly. Okay, uncle! Xiaoxiao responded and flew forward quickly. Immediately afterwards, he appeared at a location outside the glass curtain wall on the third floor and pointed to the location behind. Bang~! gunshots and explosions. Huge recoil, hitting the shoulder. ?The next second, the glass curtain wall suddenly exploded, and the bloated body of the four-legged zombie watching the show exploded suddenly. Blood and white flesh splattered everywhere. The whole half of the body disappeared. The four-legged zombie looked down at his missing parts, his eyes filled with horror and suspicion.? ? ? looks up again. Poof~! ??The two legs on the right side were shattered again, and then there was a faint explosion. The four-legged zombie looked frightened, stumbled to the ground, and began to crawl away to one side. ?Wu Heng aimed from a distance. ?Xiaoxiao flew quickly on the outside of the curtain wall, pointing to the position while flying. ?The gunfire rang out and the glass exploded. At the same time, the entire chest of a big-headed zombie was blown away, and its head covered with pustules flew out. Xiao Xiao continued to fly, quickly pointing to a location again. ?Wu Heng estimated the speed of action and pulled the trigger again. ?The bullet flew out, and the last big-headed zombie''s body exploded, killing him immediately. From a distance, Xiaoxiao put his head inside and took a look. Then he made an OK gesture from a distance. ??Wu Heng also gave her a thumbs up. On the battlefield, the battle continues. The attacking zombies turned into beasts again and jumped into the spear formation. ??While being pierced by the spear, he stretched out his arms and opened his teeth and claws to tear the target in front of him. Attack, outflank the remaining zombies, and speed up the progress. The skeleton team dispersed instantly. The spear moved forward, and the axe-wielding skeletons slashed at the remaining zombies from both sides. The fighting became more intense. Night falls. The whole land was shrouded in darkness. The vehicle''s headlights are on, providing illumination. The entire area is like a battlefield after bombardment. The roads were pocked with iron bullets thrown by gangs, street lamps fell aside, and thick smoke billowed from cars. ??The skeleton army fought all the way to the bottom of the mall. ?Only scattered zombies with missing limbs were left, crawling slowly towards this side, and were driven over by skeletons holding axes, and their heads were chopped into pieces. ?Standing under the mall. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Skullbreaker, go in with the skeleton, kill all the zombies inside, and bring out the corpses." ?Shattered Skull carried the war hammer, stepped on the broken glass on the ground, and walked in with the skeleton. Amid a sporadic roar and fighting. It also gradually became quiet. A lot of zombie corpses were moved out. Among them were the heads of two large-headed zombies and the upper body of a bloated four-legged zombie. This corpse is incomplete! Under the light, Wu Heng looked at the corpse and frowned. In order to reduce the difficulty of the battle, Wu Heng directly used Barrett, and the effect was also significant. Kill the big-headed zombies one by one, and the four-legged zombies with one shot. Several shots also shattered the corpses. The battle was easy, but it was a bit difficult to transform the corpse. Clean the battlefield and collect all the arrows. You guys will go search the mall to see if you can still find severed limbs! Wu Heng continued to order. All skeletons started to take action. After cleaning up the battlefield, a few skeletons continued to enter the mall to collect residual limbs. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai. Its too late, spend the night in the car and search the area tomorrow morning. Qi Hancai nodded, "Okay!" The order was passed on, and the survivors began to pack their belongings and plan to rest. The next day. Three armored vehicles, advancing slowly in the distance. A man in camouflage uniform said with a hint of worry: "The commander asked us to investigate the situation of the Roulette Gold Store. What do you think? There are so many zombies here. To grab the gold from the zombies, it is better to attack the old factory directly." , snatching food from them. The other co-pilot said: "We are exploring, not really attacking." "Other brothers'' lives are also their own. Instead of fighting with the corpses to get gold in exchange for food, it''s better to go directly to the old factory and get it, bringing all the armored vehicles with them." The man continued. The command over there may not want to damage the old factory... Before he finished speaking, the armored vehicle suddenly stopped. What are you doing? Are there zombies? Level 4 frowned, with a look of horror on his face, "Are those in front of you the skeleton soldiers? They have captured the turntable." ?Everyone suffocated. They all looked forward, and the car fell into silence for a moment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 365 , is this also a profession? Chapter 365: Is this also a profession? On the road ahead, skeletons wearing leather armor and holding weapons are patrolling along the road. Farther away, there is still a large army of skeletons. Clean up the battlefield, or move scrapped vehicles blocking the road. what happened? Where are the corpses entrenched here? Why are they all turned into skeletons now, and this cleaning of the battlefield has just ended the battle? what happened? Are those bone soldiers in the old factory area wearing the same armor and weapons? one of them said directly. Even if you dont believe that a person with superpowers can control so many skeletons, the armor and weapons on his body are the same as those of the training skeletons in the old factory. ??It also made a few people think that it was a skeleton in the old factory area. Oh, okay! the driver agreed. ?Of course, it is possible that other shelters are pretending to be there. What are you doing here? Qi Hancai asked again. There are also armored vehicles here. The team leader said: "Don''t get me wrong, Leader Qi. We received an order to come here to investigate the movements and situation of the zombies. Unexpectedly, there were no zombies along the way, so we drove here." But where exactly it is, it doesnt matter. Even if the military shelter has sufficient weapons and ammunition, it would not dare to go here to clean up the zombies. Why are there so many skeletons? There are probably more than zombies. The road we came here was carefully selected after several reconnaissances. ?Hands on whether to actually give the order to be knocked out. So occupied by skeletons? How many zombies have to be killed? When hesitating. He scanned the armored vehicle and moved his fingers towards the glass. The air was quiet for a few seconds. The besieged skeletons make way for a path. Qi Hancai walked out wearing a camouflage body armor, followed by a tall, thin skeleton with double blades hanging from his waist. Even if these skeletons are only armed with cold weapons, armored vehicles can forcefully break through. Dont provoke them, exit first and contact the base. The team leader in the car ordered in a deep voice. After contacting via walkie-talkie. ??The captain stared outside, holding the walkie-talkie in his hand. After loading the car, he still lowered the window, revealing a few people inside. But judging from the opponent''s equipment configuration, it should be a military refuge. Qi Hancai looked at the other party up and down, but was not too impressed. ??However, there is no gap left between the vehicles, which still brings a strong sense of oppression. Three armored vehicles began to turn around. Qi Hancai nodded, not caring what the other party did. ?At this moment, a heavy running sound suddenly came from ahead. I asked why the journey was so smooth. It turned out that all the zombies were killed. I thought I had chosen the route correctly, but now it seems that the corpse group has been completely killed by the skeletons. Even if you feel surprised, you still keep yourself calm. This cannot be explained by coincidence. What are they going to do? Chief Qi, from the military shelter, we met at the market. The team leader forced a smile. I didnt meet any zombies along the way. "The old factory area attacked here? Didn''t it say that the number of corpses here reached tens of thousands? How could it be captured?" Now the nature of the mission has changed, and the intelligence here needs to be brought back. Qi Hancai said directly: "Which shelter is it from?" ?Two skeletons with a height of three meters and thick bones rushed over with thousands of ordinary skeletons, and surrounded the armored vehicle in the middle before the convoy completed the U-turn. The faces of the people in the car suddenly turned ugly. The turntable is definitely the most dangerous area in the city. It is densely populated and may even contain advanced aberrant zombies. ?With the current number and combat effectiveness of the skeleton army, even the military with various modern weapons can hardly pose a threat to itself. ? No matter how destructive the firearms and machine guns are, skeletons are not fixed targets and will not stand still and let them hit. Unless they really pull out some missiles. Otherwise, there really would be no refuge to defeat the old factory area. He glanced inside through the car window again and said: "We have occupied the carousel, and we will arrange troops to guard it later. Don''t get close unless there is something important to avoid misunderstandings and dangers." Understood, we have no other ideas and will take this matter back, the captain said. Well, we have to continue to clean up the battlefield here, so there wont be many left. Qi Hancai waved his hand, and the skeleton blocking the road moved out of the way. The captain smiled and said, "Chief Qi, we will go back first. Congratulations to those in the old factory area for occupying the central area." "Thanks!" The convoy turned around and left in the distance. Wait until you have driven a certain distance. Only then did someone say: "This Qi Hancai is so powerful now." With so many troops, anyone can have enough momentum. Thats right, whats going on in this old factory area? How can the supernatural power control so many skeletons, which are more than the number of zombies? Superpowers are quite mysterious in themselves, so its not surprising that they appear. Now it seems that the development of the old factory area will far exceed that of other shelters. Now that the central carousel is occupied, it is likely to become the first shelter in the country to successfully regain the city. "It''s a bit scary." "It doesn''t matter, we will leave before winter anyway, and we won''t have much contact with them then." "Right!" On the other side, at the entrance of the shopping mall. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse on the ground and frowned slightly. After dawn, he personally took the skeleton and went into the mall to search again. He brought down Barrett''s broken body parts, including bones and flesh, and let the skeleton take them down. When transforming a skeleton, necromancy magic will repair the corpse to a certain extent. However, this kind of repair has limitations, but severely damaged parts cannot be grown out of thin air. In front of him, the body of a four-legged level three zombie was visible. Because the body was stronger, the severed limbs could still be recovered. As for the other two large-headed zombies of the second level, only the head and crotch parts were preserved. The chest was completely shattered and could not be collected at all. ?While I felt a little regretful, I also reminded myself to use Barrett less next time if I wanted to preserve the body. ??This kind of anti-machine weapon, the body of ordinary zombies simply cannot withstand this kind of power. When the body is killed, it cannot be transformed, which is also a loss. If its really not collected, forget it. Looked at the corpse again, and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood of the level 3 zombies fell off like hot wax, and tall white bones stood up from inside. About four meters tall, with four legs connected to the hips, standing like a crab. The upper body maintains a human shape, with thick bones and unusually wide hands. After taking a look at the appearance. ??Directly view the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Quadruped Warrior (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 38, Strength 40, Agility 25, Intelligence 18, Perception 15, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, four legs. Experts: Biological aberration, physical aberration, physical aberration. Quadruped: This unit has special legs that allow it to move quickly in rugged environments. Biological aberration: Constitution +2, Strength +5. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Physical Distortion: Agility +3. Looking at the attributes of the four-legged warrior, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Strength has reached 40 points, which is already higher than that of warriors of the same level. Physique 38, Agility 25, both are not low. ??The remaining three attributes are a bit too low-key and not so prominent. "From now on, if you call me Four Feet, please stand aside first!" Wu Heng said. The huge skeleton walked aside and stood obediently. Four human legs, moving together, still look a bit weird. ?Wu Heng rummaged through the minced meat on the ground and found a level 3 corpse core. ?Hands on the plastic bag, picks up the space ring and puts it away. Continue to transform the big-headed zombie corpse on the side. The corpse is incomplete and relies on the number of bones to complete the transformation. Skeleton Demon (Level 8) After the transformation, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ??Although the corpse is incomplete, after the two are combined into one, it is still a skeleton spirit demon, and its attributes also have the characteristics of commanding zombies. This is pretty good. The loss is not as big as imagined. Continuing to rummage on the ground, two secondary corpse cores were found and put into the space ring. After the transformation of several deformed zombies is completed. ?Wu Heng continued to walk aside. ??More than a hundred corpses were neatly placed in the open space marked with parking spaces. ?Evolved zombies with shriveled skin. According to Qi Hancai, this kind of zombie has been mentioned at the main station. Belongs to the changes that occur after the evolution of ordinary zombies. The flesh and blood is no longer rotten and decayed. Although it is shriveled, it looks stronger. Furthermore, in terms of action, he also possesses some low-level intelligence and can make some judgments. ?Wu Heng was curious about this kind of zombie, so he asked the skeleton to be carried over while cleaning the battlefield. After a brief glance, he directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. All the corpses lying nearby were transformed into skeletons. Standed up from the ground. Skeleton Warrior (Level 5) Evolved zombies are level 5 skeletons. ?Wu Heng took a look at the attributes of the zombies. In addition to the improvement in strength, physique, and agility, the intelligence has reached 6, and he does have a certain amount of intelligence. But, looking at these skeletons, something feels wrong. How come the evolution of these zombies is so close to that of another world? After reaching level 5, a professional will enter the second level, and the professional characteristics and abilities will be significantly improved. The zombies are also following this rule. Level five is the watershed between ordinary zombies and evolved zombies, and they begin to show obvious physical and intellectual changes. ??Are zombies also a profession? What the hell! (End of this chapter) Chapter 366 , delivered directly to you? Chapter 366, was it given directly to you? Analyzing this aspect, there is a creepy feeling. Thinking about it more carefully, there is a big difference. Thats wrong! It should be because your own panel calculates the level. When the attributes reach the level, they are calculated to the corresponding level. ?Others have no panels, and no level attributes can be seen. ??Wu Heng saw that the transformed level of the zombies was calculated through attributes on the system panel. There may not be any connection between the two. ?Thinking about it this way, it makes sense. ?Let all the skeletons stand aside, Wu Heng continued to squat down, and casually picked at the minced meat a few times. Then, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed. First-level corpse core! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and Qi Hancai walked away and walked over. For other survivors, there are advantages and disadvantages. The advantage is that the chance of obtaining corpse cores is higher, but the disadvantage is that the living environment becomes more dangerous. It is our own side now. After spending so much energy to attack it, we must have it in our hands. The door is dilapidated, with broken glass all over the floor. But the amount of gold is definitely a lot, and it is also the largest store among the several gold stores I have raided before. He glanced at the newly transformed skeletons around him, and then said: "The three armored vehicles just now belong to the military. They said they were here to collect intelligence, so I asked them to leave." Walking into the store, some glass counters were broken, and various gold jewelry were scattered on the counter and the floor. ??If all evolved zombies can have corpse cores, wouldnt it mean that first-level corpse cores can be seen everywhere? Has the corpse core energy been produced? ??Evolved zombies have a chance of appearing corpse cores, which is a good thing for you. Lets go and take a look! Wu Heng said directly. Can we live a richer life in another world? Qi Hancai continued to look at the main road on the right and said: "That''s a gold shop street over there. I took a look just now and there are a lot of gold and silver jewelry." In yesterdays battle, an astonishing number of zombies were killed. A corpse core that was very similar to a first-level corpse core was picked out and rolled aside. The number of skeletons in the entire area has also reached an astonishing level. At the pile of corpses, release [Battlefield of the Dead]. Put away all the corpse cores, Wu Heng took the spine staff and walked directly into the battlefield area. ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement. "I understand, and they can''t control this area with just a few people." Qi Hancai said. "The central turntable connects the main roads in the city. Since we captured it, it must be in our hands." Wu Heng drank two bottles of psychotropic potion and said directly. It just depends on whether these gold shops can provide enough support. It would be fine if it was captured by other shelters. Finally, a total of 9 first-level corpse cores were found. ?In addition to opening up the road to the passenger terminal, the reason why Wu Heng had to capture this area was also because of the Jindian Street here. Pick it up with a plastic bag on your hand, and its not much different from the corpse core in the head of a deformed hound. Furthermore, it is also the most prosperous commercial road nearby, so supplies are absolutely sufficient. Everyone walked towards the gold store together. Continue to rummage through the rest of the minced meat. After walking about two to three hundred meters, we entered the door of the first gold shop. All conversions are completed. There were about 120 corpses of evolved zombies in total, but only 9 were found in the end. Can improve the strength of those around you even more. Skeletons stood up from the ground and walked to the side with the sound of bones rubbing together. Not everyone has it. Even if the proportion is so low, its better than nothing. Even if I used [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to do batch conversion, the conversion lasted from morning to noon. It seems that Kalema needs to hurry up and learn [Dead Skeleton Field] to help him transform the skeleton. Tap tap tap~! The high-intensity use of magic also gave the body a headache due to mental stress. ??Qi Hancai and several skeleton attendants followed behind. When passing by the motorcade, Wang Chenggang and others also followed. Put the gold away and I will take it away later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wang Chenggang and others took out the bags, smashed the counter, and packed the gold jewelry inside directly. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and continued walking upstairs. In addition to gold, there are also some jade jewelry on the second floor, mostly pendant bracelets. In another world, jade is not as valuable as gold. But if it looks good, you should be able to sell it for some money. Pack them all up. Wu Heng took the lead and started searching. Put it all in a backpack. After collecting them all and going downstairs again, the other people also handed over the collected gold. ?Wu Heng took it, holding large and small bags in his hands, weighing at least seventy or eighty kilograms. It is already a considerable gain. Lets go to the next house. Pack the things away and walk to the next house with the rest of the people. ?Before the outbreak of the virus, it was said that physical stores were affected by online stores, and the physical industry closed down in large numbers, but there were more and more gold stores. The entire street is lined with splendidly decorated gold shops. ?Several people searched it from beginning to end, and found that there must be at least 20 kilograms and at most more than 80 kilograms. ?This harvest is really amazing. I estimate that I am the person who owns the most gold on Treasure Island. I am also thinking about opening a gold jewelry store on Treasure Island. These things can be sold at a better price. After plundering the gold store. ?A few people walked towards the shopping mall together. Qi Hancai said as he walked, "We still need skeletons to guard this place. We will have people from the old factory come over in the afternoon and search it carefully again." Well, you can just arrange the personnel. There are quite a lot of materials here. Wu Heng nodded. Then Ill arrange for someone to go back later. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "The road is basically open. Let''s transport a batch of grain to the passenger station and then inform Li Yahong that the road is open." "clear!" The road is open, and it only takes 40 minutes from the passenger terminal to the roundabout. Transportation will become more convenient in the future. After finishing chatting with Qi Hancai. ?Wu Heng found a cleaner manager''s office in the mall. Let the skeleton guard the door, open the gate, and return to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked out, but there was still no change here. Opening the window and looking outside, Minnie was training boxing and kicking with "Bawudong". His fists and kicks were swung out, and they already had energy visible to the naked eye. Different from when she first left Wrentam City, Minnie seemed to have grown up at this time. The body becomes taller and plumper, and the face and skin become fairer and tenderer. From a pretty village girl, she has completely transformed into a fair and tender city lady. What each person is like is really related to the environment in which he lives. Minnie! Wu Heng shouted. Minnie, who was training, looked up. When she spotted Wu Heng, a smile immediately appeared on her face, "What''s the matter, Master?" Well, if youre not busy, prepare some bath water for me. Okay! Minnie immediately ran upstairs and started preparing bath water. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and went to the alchemy room opposite. In the room, several alchemy skeletons were busy with their own affairs. ?Wu Heng placed all the collected corpse cores on the cabinet shelf nearby. ?This harvest is not just gold. There are also more high-level skeletons and the collection of corpse cores. One third-level corpse core, four second-level corpse cores, and nine first-level corpse cores. This is simply the largest harvest in one time in history. It seems that these alchemy skeletons will be busy again. ?Wu Heng put down the corpse core, said something to the alchemy skeleton, walked out of the room and walked downstairs. Minnie directed the skeleton to fill the bathtub with water. When she saw Wu Heng coming down, she asked the skeleton to continue carrying water and said: "Master, that pirate lady was looking for you before, but you were not there at the time." When did it happen? Wu Heng asked. This mornings news was recorded by the skeleton investigators. Minnie answered. Well, Ill go take a look. Okay, the bath water is ready, Ill call you. Minnie is so good. Minnie said coyly: "No way!" Enter the radio room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng walked to the side of the skeleton investigator, picked up the record book and looked at it. ??Apart from the long nonsense in the previous paragraphs, the latest paragraphs are about Philippa asking if she is there and the news of the blank envelope. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows when he saw the mention of the blank envelope. ?? Which pirate did you get the news from again? ?Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, a message came from the other side, "Here, why are you talking to me now?" Forehead. ?? was also asked a rhetorical question. I went out to do errands this morning. Did you tell me about the blank envelope? Wu Heng asked directly. ?Philippa''s voice suddenly dropped much lower, as if she was afraid of something. said: "I woke up this morning and found a blank envelope under my pillow. It was like I had seen a ghost." Is it delivered directly to you? Well then! (End of this chapter) Chapter 367 , huge reward Chapter 367, huge reward Hearing that Philippa also received a blank envelope, Wu Hengs brows also wrinkled. Assign her to join the pirates. Her main task is to collect the pirates'' movements and some plans, including blank envelopes. ?During this time, she was indeed inquiring about the blank envelope. Now that its ready, Ill give it to you directly. Whats written on it? Wu Heng asked again. Philippa said with a somewhat casual tone: "What can be done is that the water chestnut merchant fleet has recently passed through the route near me, so we should be ready to block the road to grab supplies, and your reward has been increased to 500 gold." ?Wu Heng was stunned and his brows furrowed deeper. Holy shit! Him has been raised to 500. What if no one gives me money if I announce to the outside world that I am dead? It is very possible that other association residents arranged spies and the news leaked out. I was given barrels of silver coins, and then within a few days I was still complaining that I had no money. You are a fake pirate. That way others will know that we are acting, and you will be exposed too! Are you asleep? Seeing that he didnt speak, Philippa spoke again. Understand, I have always done things safely. Has anyone doubted you? Wu Heng leaned on the table. What do you think we should do? Ill take the crew to the sea to fish? Philippa said in a somewhat dissatisfied tone. ??But I still expect her to collect information, so its not enough if she doesnt give it. How about you act in a play with me and we can make money. Philippas voice came again. ?The reward is only a few hundred silver, so you can get five hundred gold. Wu Heng said: "You can''t take the initiative to rob merchant ships, otherwise it will be difficult for you to go ashore in the future." Oh, this is a good idea. Then I can increase my prestige outside. Philippa said happily. ?The crew has been recruited and the equipment on board is equipped. "It''s okay. Let''s put this matter aside for now. I''ll think about what to do. What do you think about the business group passing by?" Wu Heng continued to ask. ? ?Only he and Imiro know about Philippa. You really think Im a drama actor, I can act however I want, Philippa continued. This is a gold-eating beast. "When this matter is over, I will arrange for a ship to pass by disguised as a business group, let you rob it, and put the supplies on the ship." Wu Heng said immediately. Philippa said: "It''s okay if no one gives you anything. If you come back alive then, it won''t be a loss to us." ?Philippa is the one who spends the most money among her maids. What we need to pay attention to now is not to let the pirates suspect this matter on Philippa. "Okay!" Philippa agreed, and then continued to ask, "How is my mother''s side?" Philippa ate something while saying: "There have been some rumors among the pirates recently, saying that the association has placed a lot of spies among the pirates. I am worried that suspicion will be cast on me, and in recent times, the pirate group has not taken any action. , the crew also complained a little, and I thought about robbing it. " Think about what you need in the past two days, and I will prepare it. ?Wu Heng was speechless. ?Philippa paused, and then said in surprise: "It seems right." "Okay, I get it." Philippa agreed, and then continued: "Last time you said you would send me money, when will you send it to me? I have been short of money recently and I don''t dare to spend money anymore. Holy shit, Im a pirate~! "I will make arrangements when the time comes, but don''t tell anyone else yet." Associations in coastal cities will be assigned the task of catching pirates. ?It is not surprising to arrange informants and purchase intelligence. Im just worried that suspicion will be cast on me. Something has been reported among the pirates. Everyone suspects that some of the crew members are members of the association, but the captain has not yet been suspected. Philippa explained. Isnt it nonsense to not allow fighting? "You carry out the plunder normally according to the content in the letter, and then arrange something to release them." ??Imiro is a deacon, so it is impossible for him to deliver this kind of news to the pirates, and he has never revealed it to the outside world. Wu Heng said: "If we really want to fight and kill people, we will fly the flags of other pirate groups." How to act? Five hundred gold coins, a deputy deacon, corresponding to a level 12 wanted criminal. Takes too much of oneself. Tell the public that I will kill you, and then we will see who will give you the money. Its pretty good too. The tavern is running well and I even helped me catch a wanted criminal. Is she so powerful? Philippa sounded a little doubtful. Im not as weak as you said. Im still quite thoughtful in my work. "You don''t have a crush on her, do you? If you were my father, well... that''s actually not bad. It wouldn''t be that difficult to ask for money." ?Wu Heng was a little speechless. Her way of chatting was really unabashed. Dont talk nonsense. "Hey, I know, I won''t tell you anymore. I have something to do later." Well, be safe! "clear!" Hang up the communication, Wu Heng also put the microphone back. ?Leaning on the edge of the desk, thinking about the news from ''Philippa''. The blank envelope appeared under the pillow as soon as I woke up. It is really difficult to find a pattern in this way of transmission. ?How does the other party determine the location of ''Philippa'', based on the pirate ship or the identity of the captain? There are two messages conveyed by letters. One is his own bounty, which has reached a sky-high price. ?This had to make him even more suspicious that it was the Secret Order. After all, the frame-up for his resignation and assassination were instigated from behind by members of the Secret Order. ?Even if the other party dies in the hands of Kalema, the outside world may not know it, and it will definitely be counted on him. ??But this is just a guess. Its hard to say whether it is a secret cult or not. ?In the intelligence, the Secret Order is an organization formed by a group of powerful businessmen. It is a bit far-fetched to say that they rely on pirates to issue bounties. The second point is the matter of informants within the pirates. Definitely not from my side, but I am afraid that "Philippa" will find out. There are many things that cannot be explored deeply. ?Especially when ''Philippa'' led people to escape from Treasure Island, there were many loopholes in the realism. Given Philippas character, there should be no doubt about it. ?Philippa''s character is too much like a pirate. Either she is pretending, or she is acting in her true colors. Where to go, my personal image is like a pirate gangster. Id better go to the association tomorrow and tell Imiro. After thinking about it, Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. At the door, Minnie saw him coming out and said, "Master, the bath water is ready. Sister Shanara sent some flower petals yesterday. Do you want to sprinkle some?" Petals? What are they for? After washing, my body smells good. Sister Wei and I used it yesterday, and the effect is quite good. Minnie said with a smile. Ill leave it to you. Its unreasonable for me to go out as a man wearing the scent of flowers. Wu Heng walked into the cubicle and took off his armor and coat. Minnie helped him take off his clothes. While taking off his clothes, Minnie said, "It smells so good." Wait for Minnie to take off her clothes, revealing her slim and toned figure. ??Wu Heng hugged her and walked into the innermost bathroom. They sat in the bathtub together, Minnie sat in his arms. Gently caress the rabbit girls flat, smooth and tender belly, as well as its increasing fullness. Enjoying the smoothness of girlish skin. ?Like stroking a piece of warm jade. ??Wu Heng would never have dared to dream of such a life if it were his previous self. Having power, a young maid, and the power to change herself. Any of them is what I have longed for in novels and movies. Now not only do we have it, but it is getting better and better. Minnie turned around, sat in his arms, put her arms on his shoulders, and asked softly: "What do you want, Master? You are not serious at all." Thinking about it again, its really nice to meet you. Minnie smiled, held his face, and said: "No way, Wei''er and I should be lucky to have been bought by you. Sometimes I wake up while sleeping, dreaming that our current life is a dream. You didn''t buy us." We are all lucky! Yeah. Minnie smiled and kissed her directly. It is approaching dusk. ??Andwyer returned from the association with a little owl on her head. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting on the sofa, he also smiled and said, "Master!" Well, is there anything big going on with the association? No, just like usual. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seems that Kalemas incident has not reached Treasure Island yet. According to the voyage of that ship, even if someone discovers that the Kalema is missing, they will have to wait until it docks and pass the news to the local association. When the time comes, investigate and inquire, and then pass the news on. It may not have been how long it took for it to reach Treasure Island. At that time, it was even more difficult to find out anything. ?As long as you dont reveal some of Kalemas rare items, it wont be a big problem. Its okay, dinner will be ready soon, just wait a moment! Wu Heng said. Anderweil nodded, took off her coat, and leaned into her arms. Talk about some interesting things you heard The next day, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. ?Let Anderweil go to the office study first, while he went to the deacon''s study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. In the room, two staff members were reporting the matter and stood aside for a while. The staff left, and only Imiro, Moya and himself were left in the room. Youre here so early today, whats the matter? My bounty on the pirate side has been increased to 500 gold coins. ??Imiro was stunned, and Moya, who was not far away, also looked over in confusion. Killing a deputy deacon actually raised the reward to such an exaggerated amount. (End of this chapter) Chapter 368 , reopen shopping malls Chapter 368, reopening shopping malls Who told you? Imiro asked. "Philippa, she received a blank envelope. It said two things in total. One was that a ship from the Watershed Merchants Group passed by near the route and asked her to rob it. The second was that my reward was increased to 500 gold. "Wu Heng said, and then detailed the content of his conversation with Philippa. ?Imiro listened silently. Then he asked with slightly furrowed brows: "Is there any specific information about the letter?" No, Philippa only said that the letter appeared under the pillow as soon as she woke up. Imiro thought for a moment, and then said: "You don''t have to worry about the bounty. Don''t go to sea recently, and be careful on weekdays. It won''t be a big problem." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. On the island, Im actually not too worried. ? No matter how crazy the pirate is, he will not go to the island to kill him. If he wants to go to sea, he will use the ghost train so that others can''t find his trace. Imiro continued to ask: "How did you tell that little pirate girl about the robbery of the caravan?" ??You have a different world, which can be quickly upgraded, and you also have firearms to leapfrog enemies. Kavina! Blackstone Town, a member of the fifth team. "good." Now it is explained clearly, which saves a lot of trouble later. "Um." ??But I also heard some news from Slater, saying that she was not taken seriously in the association where she was assigned, and some were even excluded. Actually, if you think about it, it was true that at that time, he and Kavina were promoted exceptionally. ??My life here is pretty good, and my achievements are a bit hard to talk about compared to yours. Imiro continued: "Pirates'' actions have become more frequent recently. It may be related to the envelope you mentioned. There may be indicators on it in a few days. Pay attention to collecting more intelligence." ?At that time, he and Kavina got along very well. He especially remembered that every time he went to the association in the morning, she would prepare a cup of hot tea for him. Master, I have a letter from you. Anderweil said. Oh, whos here? Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down at the desk. Kawina. " If this is troubled, he is rewarded by the pirate price of heaven, and the association will give an indicator. When I heard Deacon Slater mention this matter, I felt like I was in a dream. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: There is a rumor circulating among pirates that they have an eye on the pirates. I asked her to get close to the merchant group and then create some problems so that the fleet can escape. Wu Heng replied. I asked some people, and they didnt know much about Treasure Island. They only saw some related introductions in books. I heard that it was an island used by pirates to trade dirty goods, and it was also relatively dangerous. Be more serious and cautious than us, but you should also be careful and put safety first. I and the pirates are fighting to the death. There will be no magic traps or poisons placed inside. ?Wu Heng also wrote to her when he was in Luntam City, but after two back and forth exchanges, there was no further contact. ??I may consider submitting an application to be transferred back to Blackstone Town in the future. Blackstone Town is more familiar to me and more suitable for me, even if I want to be a team member again. But when I was in the fifth team, I felt more like a feeling of mutual support and dependence among the team members. Although it is a bit late, congratulations on your becoming Archdeacon. After opening the letter, you will see neat and delicate fonts. It has only been a few months since you left Blackstone Town. I didnt expect you to be promoted from captain to deputy deacon. Letters transmitted through the association have been inspected. Wish you all the best in your future and life. ?Mainly because Philippa was finally pardoned and came ashore, and still wanted Imiro to speak. ??Imiro nodded, "Okay, just be careful and don''t cause too many casualties." Although we didnt get along with him for too long, he was transferred to Luntam City. The reason why I talked to Imiro in more detail. It is also more like the teammates who share the same hardships in the story of the association team. You take good care of yourself there. I am proud to be a team member with you and grow together. Return to the room. ?Wu Heng picked up the envelope on the table, cut open the sealing wax and poured out the letter. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out of the study. I dont know, please open it and take a look! Understood! Wu Heng agreed and said, Deacon, Ill go back first. Kavina has none of this. It is actually quite difficult for a young woman to rely on herself. "Master, who gave you the letter?" Anderweil came over with a cup of tea. Kawina! "Haven''t you heard of your friend, Master?" Andwyer leaned on her shoulder from behind. Former team members, congratulate me on becoming the deputy deacon. Wu Heng said. You can feel the powerlessness in the other person''s emotions from the letter. Happy that Wu Heng could become the deputy deacon, he also felt helpless about his situation. Oh, are you also the captain now? Well, the captain who was promoted together with me seems to be having trouble outside and wants to be transferred back to Blackstone Town. Anderweil thought for a moment and said: "If she is a teammate and has a good relationship with her in the past, you can transfer her to Treasure Island. You have a team you trust, and she can also get some care." Hearing what Anderweil said, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It feels like this is also a solution. I am relatively close to the third team, but there is no trust or distrust. It means cooperation in apprehending some wanted criminals. Kavina wants to be transferred back to Blackstone Town, obviously she doesnt want to stay where she was. You can also transfer her to your own side, your own deputy deacon, who has the privilege of recommending team members, and can help her. At the same time, I also have a team that I can trust. Well, that makes sense, Weier is smarter. Anderweil smiled and said softly: "I learned it from you, Master." ?Wu Heng nodded and took out the letter paper from the drawer. Reply directly to Kavina. The content is also relatively simple. It tells about the situation of Treasure Island. It is not a small island where pirates trade goods as described in the records. It has now been built into a maritime trade center and is more prosperous than the inland side. In the second half, she said that she had just arrived on Treasure Island and had no reliable team under her, so she could help him by coming over. Speak more tactfully so as not to make her feel that you are going out of your way to help her. I checked it twice to make sure there was nothing wrong with my words, then put it directly into the envelope and sealed it with wax. Weier, send it to the front desk and mail it out. Wu Heng handed it to Anderweier. Anderweil took it and said: "Master, can I write a letter to the people in Luntam City, so as to report that they are safe." "Okay!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "I''ll also ask Minnie if she wants to write tonight. Doesn''t she also have two friends in Luntam City?" Okay, Ill write it down first, and Ill teach Minnie how to write a letter in the evening. "Um." Sit with Anderweil in the room for a while. He walked out of the association directly, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street. The carriage stopped outside the Nautilus Tavern. ?Wu Heng walked in wearing the Transformation Veil. Compared to last time, the tavern was obviously more lively. In broad daylight, there were many guests drinking and chatting in the lobby on the first floor. There are also a few more store clerks than before. ?Millisen is wearing a beige top and a light blue long skirt. She wears it loosely, but it still can''t hide her plump figure. Philippa didnt inherit any physical advantages. I saw a familiar figure coming in. Millicent was stunned for a moment, then explained to the clerk, and walked upstairs with Wu Heng. After entering the room. ??Wu Heng took out the [Soundproof Pot] and placed it directly in the middle of the room. A faint barrier enveloped the room. Sir, what are you doing? Millicent looked at the soundproof pot. Soundproof so that your words are not heard. Oh, your Excellency is very considerate. The tavern business looks good, Wu Heng said. Millicent said softly: "A few days ago, the association searched for wanted criminals on the main street. Many people felt annoyed, so they came here. There are more and more people, and the rooms are full." It seems that the previous search by Sheila Gui and the others has improved the business here. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "You did a good job with the intelligence last time, and it played a big role in the progress of the entire case." This is what I should do. Millicents face lit up and she said politely. Wu Heng continued: "Last time you said that there was a lack of high-level chefs, I will give you this money to recruit a few good ones." As he spoke, several large bags full of silver coins were taken out. The mouth of the bag was opened, and the shining silver coins made Millicent''s eyes widen instantly. Even though she had come into contact with pirates, she was still a country girl who came out of the village. So many silver coins suddenly belonged to her, which made her feel a little uneasy. This, this is too much. If you run the tavern well, you will live a better life yourself, Wu Heng said. "Oh, okay, thank you, sir." Millicent thanked him and bowed. The loose skirt droops, revealing exaggerated plumpness. Keep it well and dont let others see it. If you have any greedy thoughts, it will be dangerous for you. Well, I hid under the bed. Millicent opened a secret compartment under the bed and put all the silver coins in. Wu Heng continued: "Let''s run the business first. In a few days, I will arrange two skeletons for you to protect your safety." No need, sir, people in the tavern are very discerning, and those arrangements can easily attract other peoples attention. Keep it in your room and dont take it out. "Oh fine!" The two chatted in the room for a while. ?Wu Heng asked her to continue monitoring the people in the tavern. After all, I have put a reward on my head, so some pirates might risk going to the island. After chatting for a while. ?Wu Heng put on the phantom veil again and left the tavern. Get on the carriage, get off at the center, and return to your residence on foot. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng and Minnie had lunch together. Then go up to the fourth floor, open the door, and go to the zombie world. There are many shelter vehicles parked outside the shopping mall. A large number of base survivors are cleaning up scrapped cars, setting up checkpoints, and transporting supplies. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. I received a reply soon, "Your Majesty, Captain Yang Long from the Military Market is here, here on the second floor." The military is here? Im going down now. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and was in a conference room-like room on the second floor. I saw it, Qi Hancai, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others. Opposite, several people from the military were sitting, one of whom was Yang Long whom he had met before. Captain Yang! Wu Heng walked in with a smile. ??Yang Long stood up, first stretched out his hand to signal a middle-aged man next to him, and said: "This is Wu Jingguang, the city''s disaster relief commander, who is fully responsible for the city''s disaster relief and rescue work." Then he introduced Wu Heng and said: "This is the leader of the old factory area, a high-level psychic. He distributes food to various shelters, which has greatly alleviated the food problem of each shelter." ?Wu Jingguang raised his head and looked at the other party carefully. He nodded slightly, then stood up and stretched out his hand, "What is the name of the leader?" My surname is Wu. Wu Heng shook hands with the other party. Then we are the same family. Wu Jingguang said with a smile. Martial arts of martial arts. Wu Heng continued to ask: Commander Wu, whats the purpose of coming here this time? After Wu Jingguang sat down again, he said straight to the point: "The provincial and district rescue teams have built a stronger evacuation base. The main reason for coming here this time is to ask whether Chief Wu has the idea of ??joining us." (End of this chapter) Chapter 369 , snake emblem auction Chapter 369, Snake Emblem Auction ?Wu Jingguang is in his 40s, with short hair, thick eyebrows and a square face. Looks like a very capable person. Before the end of the world, he should also be in an important position. After hearing what the other party said, Wu Heng looked at him with some doubts. ?Inviting the old factory area into the military shelter is not the first time it has been mentioned. The last time it was Yang Long and Qi Hancai. At that time, the market had just been established, and the old factory area sold grain to the outside world, showing sufficient supplies. ??This time there is a new commander-in-chief of disaster relief. It should be the scouts who left yesterday and brought the news back. You want to leave here? Wu Heng asked. ??Wu Jingguang did not hide anything, nodded and said: "To be honest, we will leave here before winter, withdraw all our troops and join the provincial and district rescue teams, and we will also take away several cooperative shelters." We can plan our own development and have no intention of joining any force. Wu Heng said more directly. The specific time has not been decided yet, Chief Wu wants to keep the secret for us. Of course. Wu Heng nodded and sent several people downstairs. ?Wu Jingguang continued to ask: "Which kind of corpse core was taken to show this kind of behavior?" ?Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "We will discuss it then and see if we can make appropriate adjustments." ?Wang Chenggang also followed up and said: "During this period, they frequently went to the market to exchange for food. It seems that they were preparing to leave and planned to exchange for more food to leave." Well, of course. How is the development in the provinces and regions? ??Wu Jingguang''s eyes narrowed slightly and he said: "Chief Wu must put the overall situation first and the future of mankind first." ?Wu Jingguang is interested in Wu Hengs special abilities and the source of food in the old factory area. ?Wu Jingguang thought for a moment and continued: "Is the price of military equipment in the old factory area a little too low? Should it be raised a little bit?" ?Get into a military transport vehicle and drive away directly. Yeah! Wu Jingguang smiled and nodded. While gradually recovering important areas, we are also planning to recover military industrial enterprises. Looking at the disappearing vehicles. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng is also confident that it is stronger than any refuge. ?Wu Heng also smiled and nodded, "This is best." ?Wu Jingguang stood up and said, "Then let''s go back first. If you need anything in the future, let''s contact you more often." How is it possible that if you work hard to develop yourself, you will have to give it to others in the end? Those bone soldiers outside are your special powers? They are really amazing. Each side is tentatively inquiring about each other''s information. Military equipment is more sophisticated and can be used after being properly kept, so you wont suffer any loss. ?Wu Heng was inquiring about some matters in the province. ?It seems that just as ''Qi Hancai'' guessed, they are selling off supplies and preparing to evacuate here. After chatting for a while. ?Wu Heng did not answer, just shook his head slightly. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "When do you plan to leave?" Haha, you see I talk too much, dont be surprised, Chief Wu. ??Wu Heng glanced at Qi Hancai and Li Yahong on one side, and said directly: "Thank you, Commander Wu, for your kindness. We are used to living here, and we don''t want to leave here yet." ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while. Qiangzi said with some dissatisfaction: "Damn, the rescue team is still here. I didn''t see anyone rescued. Now I plan to leave first, and I want to prostitute us for free." He pondered for a moment and smiled again, "I''m just making a suggestion. Since Chief Wu has his own plan, he won''t force it." ??Wu Heng smiled and said: "Commander Wu, why not bring your people to join the old factory area? We also have a plan to build a fortress for unity and development." It seems that it is indeed better than a small place like ours. ?Wu Jingguang hesitated to speak several times, but in the end he said no more. this. I had no intention of awakening, and I also took a lot of risks at that time. Wu Heng replied. ??Wu Heng sighed lightly, his tone helpless, "We only have such a small number of people, and we won''t be able to use so much equipment. It will just be left in the warehouse to collect dust. Food is more important." Food and military strength, the two most important things, are not lacking. ??Wu Jingguang continued: "The strength of zombies continues to increase, and the living space of survivors is constantly compressed. Only when everyone unites can we have more chances to survive." Well, after all, it is a key planning location. When the ammunition production resumes, I can connect you with each other and exchange what you need. Well, that should be the reason. Qi Hancai agreed. When the vehicle disappeared completely, Wu Hengcai said: "Let''s go back to the conference room and discuss it." ?A few people nodded and returned to the conference room. Military armored vehicles. Those skeletons are really powerful. Wu Jingguang said. When I first heard about this kind of power, I didnt believe it. ?Now I see a dense army of skeletons. Not only did he believe this, but he was also surprised and afraid of this kind of power. "It should be his superpower. Qi Hancai is in charge of the camp, and the real right to speak is in his hands," Yang Long said. Hey~! He is a talented person, but its a pity that he doesnt have a big picture view. What a pity! Wu Jingguang sighed softly. "Should we continue to contact him?" Yang Long did not evaluate Wu Heng, but asked directly. Wu Jingguang shook his head and said: "No need, the railway side has almost prepared everything. In the past few days, all the supplies will be replaced by grain. Let''s leave here and join the provinces. When our military industry resumes production, he is the one who came to ask us to exchange supplies." Its time. "clear!" In the conference room. Qi Hancai said: "We discussed it before and planned to use the mall on the turntable as a new trading market. It has a wide territory and is in the center. The surrounding shelters can more conveniently come to exchange supplies." Each shelter is established to avoid densely populated areas in the center. Placing the market in a central location can indeed take care of the surrounding areas. ??Moreover, the buildings here are all ready-made, the roads are wider, and the parking lots are complete. There is basically no place that needs to be rebuilt. Once food supplies are shipped, the market can be opened. Okay, you can arrange it! Wu Heng agreed. "Okay, then I will have people plan this area in the afternoon and open it to the outside world as soon as possible." Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong, "How is the situation over there in the county?" There are no problems in the county, but the supplies are almost exhausted, and it is difficult to find too much gold in other shelters. Keep the passenger terminal first, and move the focus of development here. "good!" Then, several people discussed the production of equipment. Wait until everything is settled. Separate each other and go about their own business. ?Wu Heng returned to the managers lounge upstairs. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened and Li Yahong walked in directly. Close the door, throw aside the backpack in your hand, rush up to him, wrap your arms around his neck, and kiss him heavily. Then, a pair of hands took off his clothes. ??Wu Heng put aside his head and said: "There''s no need to be in such a hurry, just stay here tonight." Li Yahong took off his coat and said, "I don''t have time. The convoy back to the passenger terminal is waiting. I came up to deliver gold to you and will be leaving soon." So urgent? Of course you cant feel it if youre a hands-off shopkeeper. After Li Yahong finished speaking, she looked at him shyly, "Why, you don''t like this?" No way, I originally wanted to accompany you in the evening, but since we are in a hurry, lets make a quick decision. ?Wu Heng pulled her naked in two or two strokes and patted the desk beside her, "Hold her up, don''t fall." Hmm! Li Yahong, who was in high spirits just now, suddenly became a little shy. Hands on the table with both hands. After the soft moan of deep love. Li Yahong lay weakly on the table, "I''ll accompany you next time. I still have a lot of things to do when I go back today." Well, okay! Wu Heng said with a smile. Li Yahong rested for a while and while getting dressed, she said, "Do you have someone else?" Who else? Is it Qi Hancai? Li Yahong looked at him. ?Wu Heng slapped her **** the buttocks, "No, don''t make random guesses." "Really? How can you hold back for such a long time?" Li Yahong fastened the back button and continued: "I also understand the current environment. You are the leader, and I don''t blame you if there are others, but you can''t forget me. " "Don''t worry, I only have you here, don''t think too much." "Really, if there is someone you like, please tell me when the time comes and we can live together peacefully." Li Yahong put on her coat and said before leaving: "In the backpack is the gold of this period." "Oh, I see." "Bye-Bye!" "bye!" ?Li Yahong opened the door and left, walking quickly downstairs. ?Wu Heng also picked up his backpack and opened it. Inside was various gold and silver jewelry, weighing more than 30 kilograms. After putting them all away. ??Wu Heng also got dressed, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Residence. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and just reached the first floor. I saw Anderweil teaching Minnie to write letters. Its not that I cant write. Its about the format and what to write in the letter. ??The hometown of both of them is Luntam City, so they should also write back to report that they are safe. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Minnie ran over and pulled him to sit down in front of the sofa. "Master, read the letter I wrote." ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it, "It''s very good. I can see the longing for your friend and the unabashed show off." Hey, Sister Weier taught me this. Minnie said happily. I didnt teach you how big the house is, how big the house is, how big the swimming pool is, how big the dinner is, and so on. Andwyer immediately emphasized. But I just want to say that if they know that I am living a good life, they will be happy for me. Minnie said in a serious tone. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Yeah, that''s okay. Just send it to the association and mail it out tomorrow." Hmm! Minnie packed the letter and stamped it with sealing wax. Andewil continued to say from the side: "Master, in the afternoon, the people from the Snake Emblem Consortium sent a message, saying that the auction is about to begin, and the guests on the island will be picked up at Port No. 7 the day after tomorrow." auctions? ?Wu Heng would have forgotten about it if he didn''t mention it. ?Last time at the Snake Emblem Consortium, the other party did mention this matter to me. It is an auction organized by a consortium, where some rare items will be sold. ?Wu Heng now has money in his hands, and he is quite rich. He even feels that he is the person with the most cash in Treasure Island. It is still necessary to buy something that can improve yourself. However, there is a wanted warrant for 500 gold coins on his body. The deacons told him not to go to sea. Is there any danger? After Minnie sealed the letter, she asked: "What auction is it?" Organized by the Snake Emblem Consortium, selling some things. Oh, master is going? Minnie asked. "Not sure yet. There are more enemies recently and it''s a bit dangerous." Wu Heng said directly. "That''s right. It''s a place that sells things. If you have money, you can''t buy anything. If you don''t go there, you won''t go." Minnie said and continued to hold his arm, "Master, I bought a lot of food today. Made for you to eat. Feeling that he could fight again, he nodded, "Uh..., okay." Wait until after dinner. The three of them conducted simple training in the courtyard. They then returned to the room to rest together. the next day. ?Wu Heng went to the association again. Let''s see if there are any special circumstances, and at the same time inquire about the consortium auction. This matter is not a secret. Even ordinary team members know this. Stayed away from the association for a while. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence and went to the zombie world through the gate. According to the plan, the mall began to be restored. Prepare to establish new markets. ??Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai to prepare the truck and lead the skeleton army to continue cleaning up the zombies in the surrounding communities. The large-scale zombie tide was attracted by the sound when the turntable was cleaned last time, and has been almost cleared. There are still remaining zombies, forming a small group of corpses. But for the already formed skeleton army. There is no threat. ??The skeleton army pushed forward all the way, and a large number of zombies were slaughtered. The battle is over. ?Wu Heng took a look at his attributes. Level: 14 (157877/165000) The experience has reached 157,000. ??It takes almost two more waves of zombie battles to reach level 15. Becoming a level 4 archmage is not just about completing the agreement with Shannara. More, it is also an improvement of ones own strength. Have more ability to resist risks, and the physical condition has reached a new level. In short, the higher the level, the more benefits and no harm. After all the corpses have been dragged over, Wu Heng releases the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Then he got into the passenger seat and returned surrounded by skeletons. Wu Heng said: "Look where there are still corpses around. Clean them up in the past two days." Qi Hancai, who was driving, thought for a moment, nodded and said: "There is a trade city to the north of the main road, and there should be a lot of corpses." Well, record it first and go there next time. The convoy returned to the mall. ??Wu Heng rearranged the skeleton soldiers and returned to Treasure Island at dusk. Another day passed, at the port. ??Wu Heng appeared at the port with the ''Transformed Veil'' and ''Keran Mu''. From a distance, I saw a medium-sized passenger ship docking at the port. The logo of the Snake Emblem Consortium is printed on the side of the ship. There were dignitaries in extraordinary clothes who boarded the ship together. It seems that these people still trust the Snake Emblem Consortium. At least many of them bring female companions instead of guards. ?Wu Heng also boarded the boat with the crowd. At the location of the connecting board, there is a staff member checking the invitation letter. After confirming the invitation letter. Hand him a number plate. Madam, this is your room number. A staff member will explain the boarding process to you. ??Wu Hengs current image is that of a middle-aged woman. Took the number plate and boarded the ship directly. Find the room according to the number and waited silently. After a while, the ship started and left the port. ?There was also a knock on Wu Hengs room, and a staff member walked in. After saluting, he said: "Guests, you will arrive at the consortium''s ''Shengya'' passenger ship in two hours. The auction will be held at midnight. During the rest of the time, we will provide entertainment and dining venues. If you have anything you need to exchange, we will There is also a mutual trading floor where every guest can exchange needed items within the venue. In other words, the passenger ship that is sitting now is a transport ship, and the auction is not here yet. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. The staff took out two cloaks again and said, "This is a cloak with hidden runes etched on it. It can conceal your identity and avoid many troubles after the transaction." (End of this chapter) Chapter 370 , trade fair Chapter 370, Trade Fair Concealment cloak (Description: A cloak etched with various runes, which can cover the face, shield special marks and perception.) The Snake Emblem Consortium is really wealthy. This magical item can be provided to all participants in the auction. Hide the user''s face and body shape, and also block some imposed marks and perceptions. is a very good prop. Even if it is placed outside, it is relatively rare. ?His own ''Transformation Veil'' may not be able to hide it from everyone. The consortium provided this prop, which is considered thoughtful. Is there anything else the guest needs to know? the staff continued to ask. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "How long will the auction last?" The auction starts at midnight and ends around 4 to 5 in the morning. At that time, the guests will be sent back to the city where they originated. The staff replied. The staff sounded very confident, "Guests, please rest assured. There are strong people on board to handle all possible dangers. There are other fleets escorting the outside world. The auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium has more than 150 years of experience in organizing, and it is safe." problem, you can rest assured. It seems that he is not worried about being seen. "We agreed to have a good time today, be good! Don''t be angry. I will take you to the casino later. With you here today, I must be very lucky." ?His whole body was shrouded in black robes, and even his face from the front was hazy. ??The queue was boring, and Wu Heng also listened to the gossip of the two. There were many people waiting to go out in the corridor of the cabin. Others brought money to attend the auction, but these two borrowed their cloaks to come here on a date. Shaking her shoulders, a female voice whispered: "Sneaky, not like a man at all." Can''t see clearly at all. The steps at the door fade away. In front of Wu Heng, two cloaked figures leaned closely together. This prop is really useful. He can even chop you. I know. Wu Heng replied. Finally were on the boat, so we wont be afraid of being discovered. One person hugged the waist next to him and said softly. ?Most of them wore cloaks to cover their faces, and some just wore them on their bodies without covering their heads, revealing their original faces. ??Wu Heng took off his ''transformation veil'' and put on a black cloak. The staff saluted again and left the room directly. Approximately two hours journey. After two questions, Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "Thank you, I have nothing more to ask." The auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium looks a little different. It can be considered as one night, without delaying the next day''s time. When everything is ready, open the door and walk out of the room. I hate it, stop touching it, there are so many people. ? Pay more attention to the safety and privacy of guests. ?Wu Heng glanced at ''Keranmu'' who was also wearing a cloak. There was a knock on the door, "Guest, we are approaching the passenger ship "Si Shengya". Please pack your personal belongings and come out to board the ship." It doesnt last long. I am still looking forward to the auction. The way of wearing it is not like a cloak that is put up from behind, but more like a raincoat, which needs to be put on over the head to cover the whole body. In modern society, Wu Heng has never participated in any auctions. I dont know if I can find what I need. Attach more importance to customer experience than associations. "good." I dont know who it is or what Im afraid of. "Who said that? If you agree, I will go to your husband to fight and **** you away after getting off the boat." Even though the bidding process is the same, everyone is wearing a cloak, so no one knows who is bidding on what. "If you need anything, you can pull the bell here. Someone will notify you when the ship approaches the "Si Sheng Ya" passenger ship." In terms of safety, can it be guaranteed? Wu Heng asked again. The only thing I know about it is from TV series or some videos I saw online. ??But also note that the cloak cannot change the sound. As he climbed onto the deck. You can see a huge and luxurious passenger ship on one side, with "Si Sheng Ya" written on it. Except for a few escorting ships around. ?There are also passenger ships from other directions, taking guests close to the passenger ship. Soon, the passenger ship approached the passenger ship. The connecting board was set up and many passengers boarded the passenger ship. The Si Sheng Ya is a large passenger ship with a smooth deck. Guests who arrived early held wine glasses and leaned on the railing to watch other people boarding the ship. ??After Wu Heng boarded the ship, he looked around on the deck. Approximately 60% of the guests had cloaks covering their entire faces, and many of them were only wearing cloaks and not on their heads. Wu Heng suspected that the reason for wearing a cloak was to distinguish guests from staff. The auction started at midnight. Wu Heng had no goal, so he followed the crowd towards the cabin. We visited casinos and concert halls one after another. ??In the performance hall, I saw women of all ethnic groups performing dances without clothes. ?Then he walked out. ?stopped a staff member and asked: "Where is the trade meeting?" In Hall 5 in the cabin. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked directly towards Hall 5. Said to be a trade fair, it is actually not much different from the black market in various regions. The Snake Emblem Consortium provides a venue where others can set up stalls to sell items or exchange whatever they need. Among those who boarded the ship, many people also came for the trade fair. Allow ample time to make exchanges before the auction begins. Furthermore, the Snake Emblem Consortium is also very good at organizing such venues. There are many people participating every time. Enter Hall 5. The trade fair was bustling with activity. But the transaction will be a little different from the imagined one. The entire venue was distributed in a circle, with people wearing black robes sitting in circles around it, with a wooden platform in the middle. Someone stood on the wooden platform and introduced the items in his hands. ?Wu Heng walked in. ??A man with a somewhat stocky build stood on a round platform, holding a wooden box in his hand. The color of the wood could be seen inside, which looked like a ginseng. Everyone must be aware of the effects of Baogen Ginseng. If relatives and friends have any secrets, you can buy it back. It is guaranteed to be effective, for 120 silver coins. The figure on the stage said loudly. Baogen Ginseng, Wu Heng himself also has one. It was given to me by the orc owner of the armor shop when he was in Luntam City. The function is to improve mens ability in bed. But its really not of such high value in Luntam City. I didnt expect it to cost 150 silver coins here. It''s a pity that my own one has been kept in the study. I want 155 pieces. Someone said. 160 silver coins. Another person shouted the price. Finally, when the price reached 182, someone bought it directly. Then, another person quickly climbed up the steps, took out a long-handled war hammer from the space ring, and said: "Thunder War Hammer, etched with thunder and lightning effects, two gold coins, or equivalent items in exchange." Weapons and armor-like magic props are relatively rare on the market. But the long-handled war hammer requires high strength. ? Even though the thunder and lightning effect is very good, it is still an unpopular weapon among weapons. ??Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the long-handled war hammer. It was very well made, and etched runes could be seen on it. The warhammer in Skullbreaker''s hand is not yet a magic item. It can be used by him. As for props, what do you need? At this time, one person spoke first. The person on the stage said: "Two defensive props, or rare objects will also work." There are very few people who use long-handled war hammers. You still want to exchange for rare items. You are crazy! someone said. No need, you dont have to buy it. The person on the stage still said. Seeing some stalemate between the two sides. ?Wu Heng said: "I want two gold coins." ?The people on the stage saw that no one else was raising their prices, so they said directly: "Okay, it''s yours." When I came down, I glanced at the person who had just haggled, and said without hesitation that he didn''t know the goods. ?Wu Heng directly took out a money bag, and the other party also handed over the long-handled warhammer. Thunder Warhammer (Description: A weapon etched with thunder runes, which can produce thunder effects when attacking the target.) ?Attributes appear, and the effect is pretty good. ?The other person also counted the silver coins, nodded to Wu Heng, and then went back to his seat and sat down. Evil Soul Grass can put people in a state of death... White red sand, forging material Several people came on stage one after another, all with herbs or forging materials. It was of little help to Wu Heng, so he paid no attention to it. But everything has been traded, and it seems that there is still demand in the market. Then, the next person comes on stage. "I have 20 long swords with sharp effects in my hand. I will sell them together for five thousand silver coins, or equivalent props." Thanks to book friend 170326225059972 for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 371 , mansion technique Chapter 371, Mansion Technique The market for long swords is obviously better. As soon as he finished speaking, the bidding started. I want five thousand. Five thousand and one. ?The price rose all the way to 5,500, and no one spoke. When buying, you are also measuring the market price. Even if it fluctuates, the price will not be too high. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "I have five thousand six." No one spoke. The other party walked over directly and took out 20 long swords, and Wu Heng paid the corresponding price. Next. Ive never heard of it. The woman spoke again. Although this is a free trade fair, we cant falsely report something. The voice was a female voice, with a low and serious tone. Yeke, Netalei City. I really didnt bring it with me. We can complete the transaction at the Snake Emblem Consortium then. Wu Heng said directly. The trade fair lasted for more than an hour. No! the woman on the stage said. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Two bottles of potion, in exchange for your rare items, can be notarized by the Snake Emblem Consortium." The woman still stood there, dull for a while, then nodded and agreed, "Okay, where are you?" ??If such a potion existed, wouldn''t it be possible to create a hero by drinking the potion? Everyone came on stage one by one. Strength-enhancing potion. Someone reminded me again. Is there really such a potion? ?Of course, what Wu Heng said was a little more ambiguous. The trade fair will continue. I didnt bring it with me. It seemed that no one at the scene believed there was such a potion. ??Wu Heng glanced at the figure above and said directly: "I have a potion that can directly increase you to one level, or more." Are you kidding me? The womans voice was serious. Someone asked in confusion, "Is there such a medicine?" The woman looked over and asked, "What''s the potion called?" ??Wu Heng shook his head, "The materials for the potion are very precious, and I won''t be able to refine one bottle for several years. Therefore, the two bottles I give you are the most." The person on the stage still stood there, looking down, and said: "Five bottles." Wow~! It seems that there are people selling everything, and there are also people who come to the stage to collect things. ?Consortium notarization? The rest of the people also turned around and looked over. To put it bluntly, if you take a lot of medicine, your body will adapt to various toxins. Zombie Core Potion can improve attributes, but it is not a direct improvement in level. ?The woman hesitated for a moment and said, "Okay, take out the potion and let''s go over there to verify its efficacy." ?The scene was instantly noisy. They spoke one after another and quoted their prices. "never heard of that." I have a strange item here that can restore peoples consciousness. The side effect is that the pain from being slapped is very strong. I dont want money in exchange for medicines that can improve myself, or special props. ??Wu Heng asked the staff to bring him a cup of fruit tea, and at the same time, another figure walked up. I have antibody medicine here. Long-term use can enhance the bodys antibodies against various negative effects. One person said. I have blood crystal lotus root here, which can make your qi and blood more abundant. Its not bad, but its not worth enough to be my rare item. The woman said again. Some people are selling potions they made, and some are selling real estate in some places. There is no such medicine among the medicines that can be produced according to the records of the Alchemy Association. "Okay, when I issue the commission, you can just deliver the potion directly. I hope you are not lying to me." Im also very busy. The woman looked at him again, put away the items, and walked directly off the wooden platform. This one is considered a no-deal. Several people then went up to exchange items. ?Wu Heng also walked up directly. ??He said: "Collect defensive props, props with cloud effects, and all kinds of strange objects." "Friend, I have a prop, which is a token that can release clouds and mist. I will sell it to you for 800 silver." One person said. Another person followed up and said: "The ring of cloud magic is 650 silver." The effect of the ring is better than the effect of the token. "A token like yours is of no use at all if you throw it out." ??Wu Heng looked at the two people arguing and said directly: "I want the cloud and mist magic ring." The man holding the ring immediately smiled and said, "Your decision is correct." ?Handing the ring over, Wu Heng looked at the attributes. Cloud Ring (Description: A ring etched with Cloud Magic.) no problem. ?Wu Heng put the ring away and paid him the corresponding amount directly. The first order has been completed. More people came up one after another. You cant do this, youve already worn boots. This shield is good, how much does it cost? The armor is pretty good, how many sets do you have? The entire trade fair suddenly changed its form. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle, while the others came up with goods and sold their own items. ?After some bargaining, Wu Heng also received a lot of things. It is rare for me to be rich and wealthy. After seeing that there was nothing he needed, he jumped down from the front desk again. Sit back to your seat. The rest of the people continued to go up one by one and introduce their belongings. ?Just now, I bought a total of five sets of defensive armor and three shields. After sitting back in your seat, continue to watch other people selling items. Until late at night. A staff member informed that the auction was about to begin. Everyone ended the trade fair and headed outside. ??Wu Heng didn''t need to know the way, and he followed the crowd to the auction hall. The whole hall is wider. At the front is an auction stand, and below are rows of chairs facing the stands. ??When Wu Heng entered the room, the front was already full of people. ?? and ''Kerimu'' found a seat at the back and sat down directly. And the entire hall was gradually filling up. About half an hour after sitting down, a clear ringing sound rang out in the hall. Everyone was stunned for a moment and felt much more awake. The noisy scene fell silent for an instant, and countless eyes focused on the stands in front. ??A human man in a slim-fitting dress walked out with a smile and stood in the middle, bowing slightly. "Thank you all for coming. The auction will begin soon. The rules remain the same, the highest bidder will win." The host spoke very concisely and did not even introduce himself. After finishing speaking, he waved slightly, and a young woman came out holding a tray. ?There is a piece of writing paper placed on it. ??The man said directly: "The five-year mining rights of the Nystad Iron Mine are priced at 500 gold coins. Each increase in price must not be less than 10 gold coins." The voice fell. ??Bidding starts immediately below. 510 gold. 520 gold! ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened as he looked at the people bidding. ?At the trade fair just now, he was still thinking about why they were just some magic props and how could they be the top dignitaries. More like a local chamber of commerce trade fair. ?Now it seems that the highlight is here. In the end, the mining rights of the mineral were auctioned off at a price of 780 gold. The next step is the mining rights of fisheries, pastures, iron mines and gold mines. The prices range from a hundred gold to ten thousand gold. The prices are very exaggerated. The man cleared his throat. He continued: "Next, there is a top-level skill book called the ''Modern Ken Mansion Technique''. You can create a different-dimensional residence as your own residence, and even store items or soldiers." ?Wu Heng, who was somewhat drowsy, suddenly opened his eyes. Different dimension space? Can it store items or soldiers? The man still said, "The spell is powerful, but it is also very difficult to learn. It is difficult for mages below level 18 to understand and learn the above content. Please bid carefully." (End of this chapter) Chapter 372 ,auctions Chapter 372, Auction Following the auctioneer''s introduction, the woman behind him also began to show the skill book in her hand. The appearance of the books is a bit old. The outer skin is mottled and the edges are curled and blackened. It looks like it was dug out of some ruins. After letting everyone take a few glances, he continued: "The appearance is a bit old, but the interior content is complete, with no missing pages or traces of smearing, which does not affect normal viewing. The starting price is 300 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 20. " After saying that, the auctioneer smiled and stopped talking. At the bottom of the stands, the crowd suddenly became noisy. Compared to the price of hundreds or even thousands of gold coins for the mining rights of various minerals, the low price of 300 does not sound like a lot. However, skill books also have corresponding price distinctions on the market. ?For example, level three meritorious deeds can be exchanged for advanced skill books, and the corresponding price is about 500 silver coins. This multiplication has greatly exceeded the value of a normal skill book. "You think so, the book is not a consumable. If you take it this time, it can be studied by many people. It can even be placed in the library of the Mage Association or the Magic Academy. The value can be far more than these hundreds of gold coins." It seems that the mouth has no time to speak. It was the man and woman who met on a date when they boarded the ship. ?Wu Heng also refocused his attention on on-site bidding. ?Wu Heng raised the number plate in his hand, "570." Some organizations buy it back, and in addition to studying it themselves, they can also put it in libraries for other people to study. 340! Even so, its too expensive. The woman still said. The effect of the skill should be a hidden function. The warlock''s skills. But the number of people is obviously not large, and the price is also increasing according to the lowest price, which does not seem to be drastic. A woman''s voice said: "The price is so expensive, I can buy dozens of advanced skill books." But from the conversation between the two, we can also learn some things. The books were taken down. After the auctioneer called out the price three times, he said directly: "570 gold, won by guest No. 057, congratulations to the guest." Holy shit, its them. 360. ?Wu Heng complained in his heart, and the sound of two people talking in low voices came from the side. Immediately afterwards, another skill book was brought up on a tray by the staff, "Shadow of Moi, a magician''s book. After learning, a shadow will cover the whole body, leaving oneself in a state of severe concealment. When attacking, it will cause necrotic damage. Start shooting. The price is 250 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 5 gold coins. ?Wu Heng was a little excited when he heard the bidding, but the price was a little too outrageous. However, there was no further price increase. Now we meet them again. Warlock is also a relatively rare ability. They leaned together and talked about love. Professional characteristics, similar to those of clergy of the Holy See, whose power comes from gods. The auctioneer glanced down and said loudly: "550 gold a time, if you are in need, don''t miss this opportunity." The person who bid before looked back hesitantly. The price has been soaring and has reached 550 gold. The difference is the way to exchange power with the gods. 550 gold twice. The auctioneer paused and immediately said: "This guest costs 570 gold. Does anyone else want to increase the price?" The man paused for a moment and then added: "A mage is very persistent in academics and knowledge. Even if he is not from his own school, he would still want to buy it back and study it." There were a few people in the audience, and someone started bidding. In other words, the reason why this kind of skill book is expensive is that it is not available on the market, not even in the libraries of some mage organizations. Beside the woman, another man''s voice explained softly, "The fact that it is sold so expensive means that there is no such skill book out there. It may not be the only one, but it is definitely a skill that is not included in the various mage organizations." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and immediately thought of the two of them. Thats right. The woman agreed. 320! The man and woman were talking about their skills. Wu Heng also wanted to hear what the man and woman had to say, so he turned his head and glanced, and saw that their faces were close to each other. Its so convenient to grab money. We have to hold an auction. The bidding started again, and the price increased little by little. At this time, a staff member bent over and said softly, "Guest, these are the goods you purchased. You need to pay 570 gold coins." Since his face was covered with a cloak, everything was delivered directly. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a money bag from the space ring and handed it to the other party. ?That old book also appeared in his hand. Modern Ken Mansion Technique (Description: You can build a different-dimensional space and summon the appearance of the residence at any time within the casting distance.) Its really just like what was introduced, it can create a space in a different dimension. The name is called mansion magic. It should be that the original intention of the founder of the magic is to build a living space. ??If Wuheng was to be built, mansions would be of little use. Barracks or warehouses are more suitable for you. The staff also counted the number of coins, saluted and left. The auction continues. The book auction was relatively short-lived, with a total of only 5 skill books sold. ?In addition to the Mansion Technique that I bought, I also have two books of Warlock, one of Divine Guard and one of Wanderer. The selling price is the highest for luxury houses. After the end of the book auction. The auctioneer on the stage smiled and saluted, then turned around and walked away. ??A female elf in a long aqua dress walked to the middle of the auction table again, saluted and said loudly, "The following is an auction of magic props and rare objects. I hope that the distinguished guests can choose the items they like." Hands clapping lightly, the staff holding the trays were all replaced by elves. Slowly walked onto the auction stage, and the silk cover on the plate opened, revealing a kit-like item. The auctioneer introduced: "A space sachet takes three years to be completed by a master-level rune master. It has an internal storage space of 100 cubic meters and is priced at 2,500 gold coins. The price will increase by no less than 100 each time. Please..." Beside them, the two of them separated, looking at the stands and whispering. The space sachets have been sold. The consortium is short of money this year. Actually, the price is not bad. If you use it for business, you can make it back in a few years. "I like this." Well, the price will be very high. I will buy you a larger space ring when you go back. Okay, why do I fall in love with you? You are so poor. "Charisma." The two said a few words, then leaned together and continued to talk about other things. ?Wu Heng also looked at the sachet on the stage. ??He had seen this item when he was in Luntam City. At that time, it was ''Lecia'' of the Snake Emblem Consortium, and she had one. ??It also belongs to the Snake Emblem Consortium, and Lecia, as the resident manager, can use it. At that time, he borrowed it from Lecia and used it. He only knew that the storage space inside was very large, but he did not expect that it would be 100 cubic meters. A cube is not a square, although it is an exaggeration to say it is comparable to a cargo ship. But it can also carry a large amount of goods for transportation, and you can make money back after running for a few years. Soon people started asking for prices. The price quickly soared from 2,500 to 7,500 gold coins. Its getting more and more outrageous. ??Wu Heng was also surprised, there were so many rich people. The price reached 8200, and the bidding speed gradually slowed down. ?Wu Heng started calling out the price, "8300." 8400! Someone followed the price in front of me. 8500, Wu Heng continued to follow. . 9000. ??When Wu Heng shouted 9000, the whole audience fell into silence. The auctioneer still kept smiling and said: "9,000 gold coins once, 9,000 gold coins twice,...three times. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for winning the ''Space Sachet''." The sachet was taken away. Then, the next item is sent to the field. The auctioneer said: "Guardian glove, a weapon worn by El''s great boxer, can increase the user''s speed and attack, resist divine consciousness and mental interference, and at the same time..., the etching skill ''Cangshan Blessing'' will form when used. Petrify the skin and increase the bodys comprehensive ability. The starting price is 200 gold coins, and the price will be increased by no less than 10 gold coins each time. The price has come down a bit. But as a magic prop, it is still a bit exaggerated. At the trade fair just now, the warhammer that can release thunder and lightning was bought for only two gold coins. It has doubled so many times at once. ?Wu Heng looked at the reactions of others. The man and woman next to him were still kissing passionately, and after a while of low-pitched exchanges, the others also started bidding. The price has been raised all the way to 430 gold coins. It seems that everyone still approves of this magic prop. Furthermore, under his command, Bawudong and Sharktooth are both relatively high-level boxers, and they can also be used by Minnie in the future. No matter how much you think about it, dont waste it. After thinking about it, he also shouted the price. After the price reached 480 gold, no one raised the price again. After the auctioneer called out the price three times, the hammer fell directly, "Congratulations to guest 057, for receiving the ''Guardian Fist''." The auction continues. But something was not quite right at the scene. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of Martial Fantasy Double Blade. Congratulations to guest No. 057, for taking the photo of Wind Thread Clothes. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of Lion Armor. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of the Holy War Glory Armor. The whole place was quiet. ??Everyone turned around and looked at the location behind the photo. Even though the cloak cannot see the faces and expressions, everyone seems to be frozen in their seats. Curiosity and surprise can also be seen. How much money did he bring here? If one thing is lost, take pictures of them all! Did you rob the consortiums treasury? Judging from the voice, he should be young. Judging from his height, he should be a human or an elf. I think its from the Kingdom of Ke. I heard that the royal family over there is having a lot of trouble, so maybe all the money has been transferred away. Why did he buy so many? The people who rarely interacted with each other began to discuss each other as they approached. The sachet in the front space cost 9,000 gold, and there are several props in the back that cost hundreds of gold. ??This is how much money I brought here to dare to treat the auction as an ordinary store. The wealth is so powerful that its scary. ?Everyone looked over. ??Wu Heng is nothing, since no one knows anyone. On the contrary, the two people who were making out on one side became cautious and wanted to get closer together, but also felt a little guilty because they were both looking this way. Several staff members came over. ?Hold the item you just photographed in your hand. "Guest, this is the item you bought. You need to pay a total of 3570 gold coins." A staff member said softly. The prices of the four props are between two and three hundred gold. Apparently, the original space sachet was the most expensive item, and it was also sold as the first item in the prop category. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I want to exchange some gold coins." Sure guest, would you like to exchange items of equal value or gold? Gold exchange. Wait a moment, Ill arrange for someone to come over. the staff said. On the stage, the auctioneer loudly introduced the last rare item. But everyone at the scene was looking at Wu Heng''s position, intending to see if he could take down so many things in one go. Halfway through the introduction, the auctioneer could only smile awkwardly when she saw that no one was listening to her. The auction was suspended, waiting for Wu Heng to exchange gold. Soon, two dwarfs came over from a distance. Smiled and said: "Guest, do you need to exchange gold coins?" ?Wu Heng took out two schoolbags and handed them to the other party. The schoolbag was opened, and inside it was filled with gold and silver jewelry. The dwarf nodded, "Guest, please wait a moment. We need to weigh the finished jewelry. If the jewelry is in good condition, we will settle the price for you at a 10% premium." ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that it was okay. Two schoolbags of gold weigh about 100 kilograms. Including the premium, its almost the same. The weight of gold is measured here. Everyone behind was even more surprised. Its all gold, bring so much money. It must have been brought from some royal warehouse, otherwise it cannot be jewelry of this quality. Well, there is a high possibility that whoever brings them out will be finished jewelry. You are so rich. Come to the consortium to clear out the auction. Everyone is still discussing. The dwarf has also been verified and weighed. ? said: "Guest, according to the premium, the total is 4211 gold coins. After deducting the gold coins for the goods you purchased, the remaining 641 gold coins are left." "Can!" "Please wait." Soon, two money bags were delivered. ?The gold jewelry was also taken away by the other party. ?Wu Heng put away all the props and gold coins he bought. The auction continues again. The female auctioneer smiled again and said: "Next is the last item in this auction. Customers who have not chosen the item they want can seize the opportunity." He stretched out his hand to signal everyone to look at the object aside, and continued to introduce, "The strange object, the Evil Sword Silent Blade, any living being that moves around the user will be attacked by the weapon, including the user. There are no special side effects." Hearing the excitement below the Evil Sword instantly became lively again. O evil sword, take these out and sell them. A few days ago, Kerimu came to the island with the evil sword and was killed by Imiro. The one in Kerimu is called Ningwu, not this one. Whats going on recently? This kind of evil sword has begun to circulate outside. "Maybe in a few days, that Ningwu will be sold. Imiro has the holy sword of the elves in his hand, so he won''t take a fancy to that evil weapon." "Right!" Everyone was talking in low voices. The auctioneer continued: "The starting price is 1,000 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 50. Everyone, you can start." The starting price is not low. Sword weapons have always been easy to sell. This is because there is someone here who knows the truth, so the consortium has increased the price! Evil swords are inherently expensive, 1050. 1100. The bidding begins. ?Wu Heng said directly, "1150." Everyone bids for a meal. Look back again. Sure enough, it started again. ?Most people listened to his bid and did not increase the price. There were only one or two people, and when the price reached 2150 gold coins, no one continued to speak. It was still bought by Wu Heng. ??The auctioneer still repeated what he said before, "Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for bidding on the ''Evil Sword Silent Blade''." ??The staff walked to Wu Heng''s side with weapons in hand under everyone''s gaze. After exchanging some more gold coins, the transaction was completed. Put away the strange things. The auctioneer said again: "Thank you for your participation. The auction is over. You can return to your city via the ship you came from. I wish you all a happy life." The woman saluted and left the stage directly. ?The guests also stood up and walked outside. ??When Wu Heng also stood up, a staff member walked over quickly. He said softly: "Guest, please come over, sir." ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and his heart tightened at first, thinking that another trouble would happen. But it doesnt feel right. If you buy something from a consortium, its impossible for the consortium to cause trouble for you. ??Moreover, so many people present have seen it. Unless they want to ruin their own sign, they will never do such a stupid thing. Lead the way. The staff nodded and led them to the side hall on one side. Enter a room. A faint fragrance came out, and the female auctioneer on the stage just now was sitting in the room. ?Seeing him come in, he stood up and said with a smile: "Guest, please sit down." ??Wu Heng sat down aside and was also curious about the other person''s purpose of calling him here. He asked directly: "What do you want from me?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 373 , you can create a small world (please vote for me.) Chapter 373: You can create a small world (please vote for me...) ??The female elf is wearing a long red dress, has blond hair with pointed ears, and delicate and beautiful features. She is sitting on a chair, her long legs are crossed, and her straight white calves are under the skirt. ?Wu Heng observed her, and the other party also looked at her curiously. Even though he was wearing a cloak, he was watching carefully. After Wu Heng sat down, an attendant brought tea. The elf smiled and said: "Guest, your transaction amount in this auction has reached a certain standard. We can change your emblem for you to facilitate better cooperation in the future." Speaking, the female elf handed over a emblem. The emblem plays a very important role in the Snake Emblem Consortium. Whether it is a commission or some special transactions, the Snake Emblem Consortium does not recognize people, only emblems and bills. Invoices are for people without emblems, and for those with emblems, only the emblems are shown. ??If the emblem is lost, it will be difficult to get it out unless you have a special way. In other words, the replacement of the emblem of the consortium. The woman glanced at him with a smile and continued: "Of course this is the most basic privilege. The consortium''s network of connections is also very extensive, and it can give you advantages in many aspects." For example, vehicles, security, and influence networks are also one type of resources. The man in front of her made her a little curious. What privileges does this kind of emblem have? The main concern is financial resources. After all, before the auctioneer was exchanged, the other party did not show such an exaggerated purchasing method. ?This point seems harsh, even a little unreasonable. He must have reached the second type. If you reach the first place and the transaction amount reaches a certain standard, the standard for changing the emblem will be fully met. The female elf smiled and nodded, then took a sip from the tea cup, "My name is ''Retili'', and I am in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium in ''Lopez City''. If you have a chance to go there in the future, you can come to me." Thank you, Ill take it. Wu Heng put it away directly. "This means that you are our most precious guest. You can enjoy great discounts when purchasing items. At the same time, you can ride on the consortium''s vehicles for free under any circumstances. If there is unrest in your city, you can also go to the consortium building. They will Sparing no effort to protect the safety of you and your family. The first type is that you have reached the first place, but the transaction price may not be too high, and the organizer will consider whether to replace it for you. But many powerful people really recognize this and are willing to cooperate with the consortium. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, still a little surprised by this privilege. What standards must be met to replace this kind of emblem? Wu Heng continued to ask. It seems that having this emblem not only releases the identity of the entrusted representative, but also allows you to borrow the resources of some consortiums. "Two types. One is the person with the highest transaction volume at the auction. The General Steward will evaluate the potential and choose whether to replace it. The second is after satisfying the first type and reaching a certain amount, he will be directly given a purple-gold level emblem. ." The female elf explained softly. I also wonder if the other partys ten thousand gold purchase of items may have a reason to attract my attention. It seems that this kind of emblem is really precious. After I came up, I had a lot of all the props and bought them all. Even though his face is covered by a black robe, judging from his voice and the way he is sitting, he must be young. For a young and wealthy guest, it would not hurt to have more contact with her. Listen to the other person and express yourself in a very straightforward way. "Well, if I have the chance, I will be a guest." Wu Heng said, then stood up and said: "If there is nothing else, then I will leave first, so as not to delay the departure ship." Good guest. The woman stood up to see him off. Go out of the room. ?Wu Hengs steps paused again. ?Outside the door, there were more than a dozen figures in black robes gathered. When he came out with the ''Kerimu'', everyone''s eyes turned towards him. "Sir, I run a jewelry store in the city of Lapalis. If you are interested, you can go and have a look, or I can introduce it to you and you can place an order directly." A figure came over and said quickly . ?Jewelry business? ?Wu Heng glanced at the rest of the people in line. ?These people are waiting at the door, planning to discuss business with me? I have no need for jewelry for the time being, Wu Heng said. "Sir, you can remember the name of our store, Pearl Jewelry Store. If you have a chance, you can go and have a look." He took out a pen and paper and quickly wrote down the name of his store and handed it over. ?Wu Heng took it and said, "Okay, I remember it!" ?Then the second one came over and said, "Sir, our shop is a daily life magic props shop, called the White Whale Props Shop." Another piece of paper with a name written on it was sent over. Then, the third and fourth came up one after another. Sir, we deal in weapons and magic props. We can make weapons of high quality and above with special effects. Another person said. Weapons and props? Wu Heng really has some needs for this. Where is your store? Whats its name? Wu Heng asked. Lopez City, Bai Zhuo Props Shop. Okay, Ill remember it and Ill go take a look when I get the chance. Yes, sir. Continue to take the sheets handed over by the remaining people. ?Under the **** of ''Kerimu'', he left the cabin and walked towards the deck. In the room behind you. Wu Heng left, and two figures walked out from the partition on the inside. ?One is a tall, gray-haired old human, and the other is the original middle-aged male auctioneer. The two of them walked out together, and the female auctioneer ''Retili'' saluted the old man, "Sir." The old man nodded, sat down aside, and asked, "Are you from the Kingdom of Yeke?" "Probably not. He doesn''t know much about the rules of the consortium, and it''s probably his first time to participate in the auction." Leitili said. When did such a generous person appear in the cities along the coast? the old man wondered. I dont know! Retili shook her head. Another middle-aged auctioneer pondered for a moment and said, "How about we arrange for someone to follow us and confirm which boat to take to leave? We can get a rough idea." The old man shook his head, "You must abide by the rules of the consortium and don''t do stupid things." Its my lord, Im too talkative. "Okay, this auction is very good, I will ask for credit from you two." The two auctioneers were overjoyed and said, "Thank you, sir." ?Standing on the deck and waiting for a while. The boat picking people up slowly approached the passenger ship. Previously, Wu Heng was thinking about whether to choose a ship to leave somewhere else, wait until the destination, and then use the ghost train to return to Treasure Island. But after thinking about it carefully, I gave up this idea. In addition to Treasure Island, the nearest port also takes two days. What a waste of time. The effect is not too big. Soon, the ship to Treasure Island arrived. ??Wu Heng boarded the ship with the crowd and entered the assigned room to rest. The ship started and headed towards Treasure Island. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng took out the "Modern Ken Mansion Technique" he purchased and simply looked through it. The material of the book should be made of leather, which feels obviously different from paper. It seems that it is fortunate to have this kind of material. Otherwise, judging from the current damage level of the books, if it were paper, it would have rotted away long ago. The type of skill, which belongs to the conjuration faction. The previous part describes the original intention of creating magic and some of the effects it can achieve. The reason why this magic was developed. It is to solve the problem of temporary camps in small group adventures. The environment is not allowed, the weather is bad, and the campfire can easily attract enemies or wild beasts. So, the original author began to develop this skill. The mansion spell allows the caster to create a space in a different dimension to build a residence. The function of the boundary gate is different from what is imagined. Building in another dimension does not mean moving all the original things in, but relying on your mental power to build the entire house structure. Including interior decoration, furniture, or servants to help you wash and cook. Can you create a small world? (End of this chapter) Chapter 374 , whoever moves whom to chop? Chapter 374: Whoever moves will be killed Being able to create objects and life is no different from creating a small world. But something created in a different dimension. Can only be used in another dimension, and items taken from the outside world can be taken out of the mansion in another dimension. The servants are not real life forms and cannot leave the mansion in another dimension. Those who entered the mansion in the original world can enter and exit normally from different dimensions. This seems reasonable. What is created is ultimately false. But it is already an exaggeration to be able to work from one''s own small world. ?Looking at it now, it doesnt feel like a big deal to buy a skill book for 570 gold coins. It was already dawn at this time. After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng got up and left directly. Guest, the ship is about to dock. You can take off your cloak. It seems that there is nothing too hidden in the consortium''s auction. Open the door and return the two cloaks to the other party''s staff. I can carry items inside, store troops, and everything I want can be done. The consortium''s ship docked at the port, and everyone began to disembark along with the team. ~! So fast! "okay!" Then why did you come so early? It went very smoothly. How can there be any trouble with spending money? Wu Heng said. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming back, a smile immediately appeared on his face, "Master, you are back!" Different from Wu Heng. "I got up early, so I came here early." Anderweil said, and then continued to ask: "Master, how was the auction last night?" Well, let Minnie cook you something delicious. Xila Gui, you are slacking off and you came so late. Wu Heng spoke first. The idea was to mobilize troops quickly. Although the book did not mention the storage of troops, it did mention that people could come in and out at will. Enter the office study room. ?The possibility of problems is not very high. After all, it is only one night. Who can look for yourself at night? It also means that all the troops can be stored in it. Basically met all my expectations. Ill go back and eat later. Then, along with the rest of the people, they lined up and walked onto the deck. It was busy. ?Anderweil is sitting at the desk sorting documents. Xila Gui looked suffocated, glanced at the other party up and down, and said doubtfully: "Are you causing trouble again?" ??After taking off their cloaks, many of the other people became familiar with each other, said hello, or directly talked about the reserved area to purchase items at the auction. It can be discussed openly. ?There was a knock on the door, and the staff''s voice came from outside the door. ?Walking along the corridor, I met Silla Rose walking in from the outside. When buying books by yourself. Hmm! Why are you here so early? Take off the black cloak and put on the ''phantom veil'' again. Moreover, they were also told to make up a reason if anyone asked. ?Andewil smiled, made a cup of tea and put it in front of his table, "Has the master had breakfast?" The two little maids at home knew that he attended the auction last night. There are ships leaving the port and workers moving goods. What are you talking about! ?Wu Heng called a carriage and rushed directly to the association. It is another spell that meets the needs of the teams field camp. ?Wu Heng was speechless and did not answer. Instead, he asked: "Is there nothing going on with the association recently?" Its okay, its just that in recent days, the fleet on the route has frequently encountered pirates, causing some losses. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said. ?Wu Heng frowned. ?According to the pirate lady Philippa, the blank envelope conveyed information on the route to her. This is also to pass on the route information to other pirates. "Do you have any plans from the deacon?" "Not yet. In a few days, the higher authorities should issue another target. Then we will discuss it together and complete the target." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. "Hmm." Sheila Gui looked at him and asked, "Why did you go out so early in the morning?" Well, lets go investigate the wanted criminal. Sheila Gui looked at him suspiciously, but nodded, "Okay, pay attention to safety." Lets go, lets exchange any information. "good!" Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng didnt stop either and got on the carriage back to his residence. Push the door and enter the room. Minnie trotted all the way and pounced directly on her. He arched his arms vigorously and asked, "Is the auction fun?" ??Wu Heng hugged her, sat down on the sofa, ran his hand along the hem of his clothes, caressed the little rabbit''s smooth belly, and said, "It''s okay. The auction is not interesting, but there are some entertainment places on the ship." ?Minnie was even more curious, "What kind of entertainment place." The casino, the pub, the dance party, its quite lively. Its a dance! Do you want to dance together? "The people participating in the auction are all masked and wearing cloaks. How to dance? It''s like actors dancing in the stands." Does it look good? Its okay, Im wearing something cool, its quite attractive. Wu Heng said. Oh, that sounds fun. Next time I have a chance, Ill take you and Weier with me. The master is so kind. Minnie said coquettishly. ?Wu Heng patted his waist and said, "Go and prepare the bath water. I''ll take a bath first." A good master. Not long after, the bath water is ready. After taking a comfortable bath. Go directly to the study room. Sit at the desk. Took out all the things purchased this time. But his eyes fell on the two most valuable items. Space SachetSilent Blade Evil Sword (Strange Object). Space Sachet (Description: A prop engraved with space magic, with 100 cubic meters of storage space inside.) From the introduction point of view, it is not much different from the space ring. The difference is the size of the storage space. ?Wu Heng took the mental power communication tool in his hand and immediately entered it into the space sachet. ?The space inside is huge and empty, with nothing in it. ?The value of the space sachet, judging from the exaggerated transaction price of 9,000 gold coins, has gone beyond the scope of a magic prop. But the value of use is still huge. Just like what the couple said. Even if it is used for business, there is enough space inside to carry some goods. Earning money back within a few years is a bit exaggerated, but it is indeed a tool that can improve business efficiency in the long term. By buying it, Wu Heng can better exchange materials between the two worlds, instead of frequently opening the world gate and letting the skeletons carry the goods little by little. Put the space sachet aside first, and continue to look at the second evil sword. Silent Blade Evil Sword (Rare Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Within 10 meters around you, active life units will be attacked. Side effects: Unable to identify the user. (Description: One of the evil swords, no one wants to be its master because of its weird characteristics.) ?Wu Heng looked at the weapon introduction and frowned. Attack all active units. The side effect is that the user cannot be identified. What''s the meaning? ?With this sword, the enemy cannot move, and neither can I move? ?Who cuts whom? (End of this chapter) Chapter 375 , professional bias Chapter 375, Professional Prejudice ??There is more than one evil sword. Each one also has its own unique effects and side effects. The effect of the Mist-condensing Evil Sword in Keranmus hand is that it can instantly appear behind the enemy in the clouds and mist, acting as a surprise attack. The evil sword in front of him attacks all living units within 10 meters of the body. The side effect is that it is impossible to identify the user. This aspect is really special. Does activity mean walking, or does it mean not being able to move any part of the body. If no part of the body can be moved, how do you put the sword away after drawing it out? Just standing like this, being eaten alive by a sword? ?This side effect is a bit too harsh. ?Wu Heng muttered and temporarily put away the evil sword. (Description: A long sword forged from fine iron, etched with sharp runes to make the sword more effective in cutting.) Lightweight Lath Armor Each piece has an asking price of several hundred gold. Continue to look at the remaining props. After distributing the items, return the two skeletons to their original positions. There are three boxers under him, Shark Tooth is level 13, Bawudong is level 12, and Minnie is level 5. ?Looking at the introduction, its really a good magic prop. The two skeletons guarding the door came directly over. Keranmu took off his gloves and put the ring on his skeletal finger. As for magic props, they can be triggered directly. Then, look at the props lined up on the ground. The first is a rune that increases the user''s ability and resistance, and the second is a skill etched with it, called ''Cangshan Blessing''. When the skill is released, the body will form petrified skin. Hunter of the Dead can trigger the effects of magic props, but cannot use space rings. ??The original war hammer, Wu Heng retracted the space ring. ?Among them are one piece each of the ''Thunder War Hammer'' and the ''Cloud Mist Ring'', twenty sharp swords, and five sets of light lath armor. ?? (Description: A long-handled warhammer etched with a thunder effect, which can cause a powerful thunder shock while attacking the target unit.) Cloud Ring Guardian GlovesMartial Fantasy Double BladesWindweave ClothesLion ArmorHoly War Glory Armor. (Description: Gloves etched with a variety of rune effects, which can increase the user''s reaction speed, physical attacks, greatly improve mental and spiritual resistance, etched with the skill ''Cangshan Blessing'', and can choose to enter the skill state by itself, the body Form petrified skin to improve defense and resistance to attack). ?Wu Heng looked at the introduction of the gloves and frowned slightly. You cant use it after you buy it. The price is too high, so naturally no one will buy it. If it is easy to use, you can also go to those stores to order later. Skull Crusher, this weapon is for you. It has a thunder and lightning effect. Wu Heng handed the thunder warhammer to the other party and introduced it at the same time. ? No wonder swords, such a popular weapon, dont see too much competition at auctions. Then, he continued to say to ''Kerimu'': "I''ll give you the cloud ring. You can use it in conjunction with the Ningwu Evil Sword in the future." As for long swords and armor, I just bought some to test whether they work well. ?The explanation in the Necronomicon is that the dead do not have independent souls and cannot truly communicate with things in another dimension. These four items were purchased at auction. ?? (Description: This kind of armor is flexibly reinforced and interlocking metal plates on the chain mail, and is etched with light runes to reduce the overall weight of the armor.) There are four props in total. (Description: A magic ring etched with cloud magic, which can release a cloud effect of 3 meters around.) Sharp long sword ?Shattered Skull took the warhammer and held it in his hand. Anyway, I have written down the address and store name. The price and the props above are very different. First, the magic items purchased from the trade fair. There are two types of runes in total. Thunder Warhammer Guardian Gloves Skull Broken, Kerimu, come here. Wu Heng said. Thats what the money was spent on! Thunder HammerCloud RingSharp Long SwordLightweight Lath Armor The description of the panel is more detailed than the introduction at the auction. Hand the gloves to Shark Teeth, it will naturally have the greatest effect. But since skeletons have no skin, its hard to say whether the above skills can take effect. As for using it for Minnie, I had her in mind when I first bought it. But her own level is a bit too low, and it will be difficult for her to be effective even after a while. Continue reading below. The second piece [Martial Fantasy Double Blade]. Martial Fantasy Double Blades ?? (Description: A sharp blade from the Arutonga region, etched with illusion runes, which can create multiple illusions and attack at the same time, and has effects such as hard-to-heal wounds and armor-breaking.) Sounds like you can create clones. It can be matched with itself for true and false coordination, and it is a tactical weapon. The side effects include hard-to-heal wounds and armor-piercing effects, which are also very good. ??Furthermore, this kind of magic prop has no side effects, and it is indeed a good thing that is difficult to buy on the market. The professions that use double blades are also very wide. Commonly used by thieves and warriors. However, some professions, such as rangers and investigators, also choose this weapon when facing close combat. In his hand, he also has a pair of strange double blades [Bloodthirsty Double Blades], which were previously the weapons of the Bloody Hands. Later, Xue Hand was killed by Keran Mu, and the bloodthirsty double blades were still in his backpack. Now there is one more. Anyway, there are no side effects and the effect is not bad. We will see who can use it. Continue to look down.Wind-lined Clothes (Description: A martial arts uniform made of silk armor pieces interlockingly woven together. Attacks with fists and feet can form air currents and release energy, which can enhance the effect.) A martial arts uniform made of very good materials. ??Moreover, judging from the name and size, it is still a womens model. Just right for Minnie. Lion Armor (Description: A tough half-armor. Many parts of the armor are cast into the image of a lion''s head. It is majestic. It is etched with strong and protective runes. It also wears a lion shield. The shield''s lion head can bite the enemy. The armor''s lion head produces a lion. Roar, causing dizziness, fear, etc. to the enemy). A piece of heavy armor. The whole body is golden, with the image of a lion''s head on the chest and shoulders. Looking quite domineering. ?Heavy armor requires both professional physique and strength. Otherwise, if the defense is increased and the wearer moves slowly, he will only become a living target. Judging from the description, it should be a set. It is only etched with runes to increase armor defense, but when used with another ''Lion Shield'', it can produce special effects. The shield bites the enemy, and the armor releases a roar. Just pay attention to the Lion Shield. The last piece [Holy War Glory Armor]. Holy War Glory Armor ?? (Description: The armor of the Holy Warrior of the Shining Expedition. The armor is etched with religious patterns and sacred scriptures. When you wear the armor, your body will be blessed, and your physical strength, self-healing, etc. will be improved. ??If the wearer is an undead or dark unit, he will receive positive energy damage. ) Good guy. ??I bought a piece of armor against the undead. ??If it is an undead unit, it will also suffer positive energy damage. The use of this positive energy is somewhat special and full of prejudice. ?Looking at several weapons. Although there are two effects that I am not very satisfied with, overall they are pretty good. Gold coins, which can be obtained in the modern world. What you have to do is to find a way to turn this gold into your own strength. I have many enemies here. If you are reluctant to spend money, and the enemy comes to find you in the end, and the money is not spent, then you will be unjust. Put away all the props. Drink the tea in the cup in one gulp, open the door directly, and go to the zombie world. ?On the other side is still the mall managers office. Get out of the room. Four-legged, big-headed skeletons, and several skeletons holding iron swords were guarding the door. I came to the glass curtain wall on one side of the corridor and looked out. There were checkpoints and fences set up under the entire shopping mall. Some shelter vehicles, after passing the checkpoint, are directed to enter the parking lot on one side. ?Several people got out of the car, carrying backpacks, and walked towards the mall talking as they walked. It seems that the shopping mall here has been utilized. All shelters come here to exchange supplies. After taking a look. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze, took out the long-handled war hammer that had been eliminated by Crushing Skull, and handed it to the ''Four Legs'' beside him. This is for you to use as a weapon. Wu Heng handed it to him. ??It is four meters tall on all four legs, with thick bones, and its four legs are unusually eye-catching. ?Hold the war hammer and stood aside. Then, he picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked up from below. He wears a stab-proof suit inside and a woolen coat on the outside. She has the aura of a strong corporate woman. Your Majesty! Well, lets go in and chat. Enter the office and the two sat down on the chairs. Qi Hancai said directly: "The market has been moved here, but only the first and second floors are open. The other floors need to be repurposed." The mall is divided into five floors. However, in terms of the current population and material needs, neither level is needed, and one level can fully meet the needs of opening up to the outside world. So, there is no need to open a room on a higher floor. Are there many people coming here? Wu Heng asked. "There are obviously more fleets coming to exchange than in the old factory. Some shelters are far away. After going to the old factory to exchange food, they have to stay outside for one night. Now that we trade here, we can almost get back before dark. ." Qi Hancai explained. It seems that moving the market here is really the right choice. However, there are still some problems now. From the prison to the old factory area, there are many scattered bases. ?Judging from the current number of survivors, so many bases are completely a burden. Transportation is inconvenient, and once something happens, it is difficult for each other to support each other. It is best to count and keep one or two. But dont worry, we will discuss it with everyone later. Well, thats good. Qi Hancai continued: "The military came here yesterday. It seemed that they were still not satisfied with our pricing. They negotiated the price with me again and wanted to increase the amount of food exchange. They talked about a lot of things about the overall situation. , If I hadnt said no, I might have agreed. Good guy. Here we come to talk again. But Wu Heng immediately thought of something and asked, "Are they leaving soon?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 376 , is this awesome? Chapter 376: Is this so powerful? "I feel like it''s soon, otherwise I wouldn''t be in such a hurry." After Qi Hancai said this, he continued: "Do we need to change the price?" The price should not be changed for the most part. We also have to eat. If you have special needs, you can add less. It will also give them face. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Originally I didnt want to change it at all. They sold ammunition to themselves, but they never said they would give any discount. Now they are negotiating the price again and again. There are also some unpleasant things about it. But then I thought about it, I still need a group of corpses to increase the level. The central area of ??the city has been cleared of zombies, and the next step is to expand outward. At that time, there may be some contact with the provincial and district rescue teams, or information exchange. Try to keep a decent face as much as possible. Understood, I will find a suitable reason when the time comes. After having dinner together. After returning to the study room. Close the windows and turn on the air conditioner. Okay. Minnie went to tell her to prepare dinner. In addition to exchanging food, there are also some daily necessities. Weier, Minnie, please come in. Wu Heng shouted. After walking around for a while. ??Wu Heng took out the items in the space ring and said: "Minnie, this wind-lined garment is for you. It is a martial arts uniform prop that can increase the power of Qi Jin." After dividing, Wu Heng continued: "Let''s prepare dinner." Minnie grabbed the kicked shuttlecock and ran into the house quickly. ??Wu Heng went out and replaced the sharp swords and light lath armor for several skeleton attendants in the courtyard. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded. The two of them got up, went out and went downstairs. The safety of your residence is still very important. Reappear in the study. Then he continued: "Have you investigated the surrounding zombies?" Thank you, master. Minnie took it, her face full of joy. ?Anderweil also walked in. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. Soon dinner was served to the table. After chatting about the matter, Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "Shall I take you down to see the market? It just so happens that I can show my face in front of everyone." As for Wei''er, she has been equipped with various firearms before, so she actually doesn''t have much need for weapons. Wu Heng didnt give Minnie the protective glove, so she still cant exert its effect. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Anderweil and said: "Weier, I can only give you a 10 cubic space ring at first. I will change it for you later if there is equipment suitable for you." ?At a distance of more than ten meters, the shuttlecock was kicked by the two people, making a clicking sound with every kick. Okay, have someone prepare the convoy and go there to clean it up in the next two days. Qi Hancai said: "Over there in the Trade City, we had people investigate. There are a certain group of corpses, and they are also blocking a section of the road. It''s best to clear them out." "OK." ?Minnie wore a windbreaker and went to the courtyard to practice boxing, while Anderweil fed the little owl. "What''s wrong, Master?" Minnie hugged his arm and asked half-coquettishly. ?? Anderweil also smiled. Okay, theres another gift. Minnie cheered. Qi Hancai took him to the hall. Divide the layout and functions of the mall while walking. ?Wu Heng also went upstairs directly. When they came downstairs, Minnie and Anderweil were playing shuttlecock in the courtyard. Wu Heng said: "I went to the auction this time and bought some props, which I will give to the two of you." Anderweil still smiled, "Thank you, Master." ?A cool breeze blew out. The time in the two worlds is synchronized, but the climate is different. ?The zombie world has entered late autumn, with plants turning yellow and leaves falling all over the ground. As for Treasure Island, the weather is still hot. Plus, being on an island, the temperature is not low either. In terms of climate, the location of Treasure Island should have a tropical monsoon climate. There is no such thing as winter. Furthermore, these are all professionals with high physical strength and are not so afraid of heat. It is indeed a more suitable place to live. Sitting at the desk, I took out the "Mansion Technique" that I had not read before. He glanced at the teapot on the shelf by the door, released the [Activation Object] and the teapot floated over by itself, filling the teacup with tea. ?Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, opened the book and read it carefully. The first half of the book mainly talks about the original intention of developing skills, as well as some corresponding usages and effects. In short, after learning this skill, it is a house that you carry with you. ??And you can change the furniture decoration in the house according to your ideas, or add a few slaves to serve you. I dont know if this effect can be achieved, but from the introduction, it is quite attractive. Turn over the page that you saw before. Start to continue looking backwards. What follows is a detailed explanation of skills. ? ?Mansion spell belongs to the conjuration school in terms of spell type. ??The magic pictures and texts recorded above are the most numerous and complex skill books I have ever read. ?Among them, the spell patterns that Wu Heng has seen include space expansion, material transformation, or spell condensation. The rest include several pictures and texts that I have never seen before. ?This made him have to question the terrifying level of knowledge and level of the person who created this magic. Level 18 or have reached the level of a hero. Fortunately, I dont need to really delve into magic. Just finish reading normally. Concentrate again and start watching seriously. Time passes little by little. The window outside the window has also dimmed. The entire book has only been read about half of its thickness. ?This kind of book has no page number, and I dont know which page I saw. But looking at it now, my head feels a little dizzy. With an intelligence of over 40, I still find it difficult to read this kind of book. Take out the bookmark and clip it to the page of the book you are looking at. Then release Glenda and Xiaoxiao. Whats wrong? Glenda asked. "It''s okay, you guys can do your own activities at home. If you want to go out, don''t fly too far to avoid any danger." Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay! Glenda nodded, stretched out her hand, and a book floated over. Start to float aside and watch. ?Xiao Xiao also took out his tablet, controlled the stylus, called up the cartoon and started watching it. ?Wu Heng turned off the lights, turned off the air conditioner, and walked downstairs. ?As soon as I reached the third floor, the two rooms next to me opened one after another. ?Andewil and Minnie looked over at the same time. also was stunned almost at the same time. Didnt you say you should go to bed early if you feel sleepy? Andwyer asked Minnie. The latter also said: "Humph, you are the same. You said you should go back to your room to rest, and then secretly listen to the noise." ?Wu Heng looked at the two women and asked, "Have I disturbed you?" "No! I haven''t slept yet." Minnie said, and then asked: "Master, are you going downstairs for supper? I''ll let the skeleton prepare it." No, I plan to go downstairs and let the skeleton carry water for a bath. Minnie looked around and said, "I''m going to prepare. The master will go back and wait for a while." Yeah, thats okay too. ?Wu Heng chatted with Anderweier on the first floor. Minnie shouted from upstairs that the bath water was ready. ??Wu Heng went upstairs to soak in the tub, and the two girls also walked in wearing bath towels. The next day, early morning. The two of them entered the association. Weier, you go to the study room first, and Ill go talk to Sheila Gui about something. Walking into the hall, Wu Heng said. Okay. Anderweil nodded and walked towards the study. The next day, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. I want her to go to the office and study room. He himself went directly to the direction of the study room of Xila Gui. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly after getting a response. It seems that Sheila Gui has just arrived at the association. Are you here so early again today? Sheilagui looked at him and said. ??Wu Heng sat down in front of the sofa and said directly: "I want to ask you something." ?Hilagui raised his eyebrows and looked a little serious. He took a look and asked, "Just tell me what you want!" Do you know about the evil sword? You mean the Kerimu one? Shilagui said, glancing at the skeleton following him. Yes, its this kind of evil sword. Is there more than one of this kind of weapon? Wu Heng asked. The reason why I came to ask Sheila Gui. It is also because the other party is a magic swordsman and must have some understanding of sword weapons. ??Moreover, the relationship between the two is pretty good, and you can get some information through casual chat. "There is indeed more than one, but I don''t know how many there are specifically." Sheela looked up and asked, "Are you interested in this kind of weapon?" "Yesterday, when we met, didn''t I go out to investigate the wanted criminals? When I was in the tavern, I heard two people chatting and mentioned an evil sword called Silent Blade. It sounded more powerful." Ive also heard about this. The consortium sold this weapon at the year-end auction this year. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party and wondered if he had also participated in the auction. Is this weapon powerful? The effect is quite special. Rumor has it that as long as the evil sword is unsheathed, it will kill all living beings within the range, including the user of the weapon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 377 , Hanmang is decapitated (an update today.) Chapter 377, Hanmang Beheaded (Updated today.) Then this sword is of no use, it could even kill me. Wu Heng complained. Xila Gui said: "The evil sword is like this. The weapon itself has very unique characteristics, and the side effects basically affect the user." Keranmu''s evil sword, judging from this, the side effects are relatively small. Picking it up will only affect your thinking, always thinking about challenging difficult-to-beat goals. ??And this evil sword can''t tell the difference between friend and foe at all. It just kills randomly when it is unsheathed. How did the previous owner of this weapon use it? Wu Heng continued to ask. The owner of the previous one. There must be some methods. Sheila Gui frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "I really don''t know who the last user was, but this weapon must be rarely used. The weapon used by a swordsman restrains him and is very fatal. mistake." Whoever buys this sword will be unlucky! Wu Heng sighed helplessly. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. Hasnt the user of this sword developed any method for killing moving targets? "Sold from the consortium''s auction, the buyer must be a rich person. People are stupid and have a lot of money. Most of them are used as collectibles." Sheila smiled and continued: "But the evil sword will have its consequences if it is used well. The effect is unexpected. Kerimu is so famous outside, largely because he has an evil sword. " Master! Minnie waved from a distance. Suddenly thought of Philippa. At least in a gang, the worst is to be a key member, or even the leader of a small gang. Yes! Wu Heng nodded. Kicking and punching, causing bursts of whistling sounds. You, dont bully young people into poverty! Sheela Gui pondered again and said: "As long as you find a way to retract the scabbard, you are a mage, why are you so interested in the evil sword?" Hands out his fists and feet, driving strong winds. Actually, I have a dream to become a swordsman. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng sat aside for a while, then said hello and left the association directly. Looks like he is working harder than before. Last time I got news about a blank envelope, I went to rob some water chestnut merchant group. Suddenly there was no news in the past two days! By the way, you are still wanted by the pirates, so you should be more careful when the time comes. The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also got up and left. Sheila Gui smiled and rolled her eyes at him, "The target for arresting pirates in the past few days should be coming down soon. Let''s find a way to complete it together." Pour yourself a cup of tea and drink it in one gulp. "You can''t bear the pain of practicing swordsmanship, so you should be your mage." Sheila Gui complained, and then said, "I will have someone check it to see who the last user of this sword was. What method? It shouldnt be difficult from the Secret Whisperer side. Return to your residence. Then, continue training with Bawudong. Back to Luntam City, he is also a master. Go directly upstairs and enter the study. "It should be soon. The pirate groups are becoming more and more active. If the quota is not lowered, the merchant groups will not be able to go to sea." Return to your study room. Come down so soon? I came here to mainly talk about the evil sword. The other party said to check it out for me and just wait for the news. "Practice, I have nothing to do." Wu Heng also said to her. ??Andwyer was also in the room looking at the documents that had been sent. After speaking, he looked up at him again, "You didn''t buy that sword, did you?" ?Although there was no opportunity for actual combat, her efforts during this period, coupled with Wu Heng''s continuous administration of corpse core potion to her. Push open the courtyard door. Then he saw Minnie training with Bawudong in the yard. Its okay, theres no problem with safety on the island. Also, the consortium will not allow you to participate. There are requirements for candidates to participate. As you said, I have just heard of this sword. Well, theres some trouble. ??No longer a little slave who didnt even change jobs. Minnie smiled and said, "Okay." On the other side is still the managers office. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai, can you hear me?" Yes! Qi Hancais voice came from the intercom. Now, whats the matter? We are arranging patrol, go upstairs now. Wu Heng said: "Prepare the vehicle and go to the place mentioned last time to clean up the zombies." "receive!" End the call. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and went downstairs with the skeleton. ?Go to the gate on the other side of the mall. ?Two trucks, one driving a machine gun off-road, stopped at the door. ?Wu Heng mobilized the skeleton army and got into the co-pilot. The convoy rushed towards the Trade City agreed upon last time. The Trade City is not far from the carousel. Just 20 minutes away, you can see the notice board in the distance. ?At a glance, there are still roads clogged with vehicles and groups of zombies wandering around. The car is parked here to replace the magazine of the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and gave the order to the walkie-talkie. ?Wu Heng also got out of the car and advanced a certain distance with the skeleton army. Release Glenda and Xiaoxiao, and go out to investigate the situation at the same time. Not long after, two ghosts flew back. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, there is a big zombie inside." ?Glenda added: "I also looked around, and there was only one deformed zombie." Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Two ghosts entered the body, and the visual images were shared in the mind. The roads entering the Trade City are crowded with zombies. ?Among them, you can also see evolved zombies mixed in. There are not many of them, but their shriveled skin makes them easy to distinguish. ??This kind of evolved zombies are evolved from ordinary zombies. They are not as powerful as aberrant zombies, but they also have a certain amount of intelligence. There are many variations that can be made. Two ghosts, the deformed zombies mentioned, are on the first floor of the Trade City. Walking aimlessly back and forth with no clear goal. On the remaining floors, there are only some ordinary zombies wandering back and forth. After watching. He released the two ghosts again and ordered: "Glenda investigates the surrounding situation, and Xiaoxiao goes to keep an eye on the deformed zombie. If there is any movement, come back and tell me." Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed, turned around and flew away. ?Glenda also nodded and straightened up, above the team, to observe the situation in the entire area. The two ghosts all left. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Are you ready?" ?Wang Chenggang''s voice came from inside, "Get ready, the flying dragon can take off at any time." "good." Hang up the conversation. ??Wu Heng patted the two skeleton dogs on the side, pointed forward and said: "Go and lure the zombies over." Swish swish~! ?Two skeleton dogs rushed out and ran wildly, jumping over the scrapped car and approaching the location of the zombies. As he approached a hundred meters away, he was spotted by the zombies in front of him. ?Looking at the weird skeleton with its tail wagging, it let out a harsh roar. ??The roar attracted the attention of the surrounding zombies. Their rotten and dilapidated heads turned around and roared together. ?Like an infection, the roar quickly spreads layer by layer. The skeleton dog turned and ran away. The group of corpses began to follow, chasing forward with claws and teeth. In the blink of an eye, a dense group of corpses gathered from the entrance of the Trade City and surrounding alleys and buildings towards the main road, forming a large tide of corpses, chasing behind the skeleton dog. The two skeleton dogs ran wildly, looking back at the distance between each other from time to time. ?Wu Heng looked at the group of corpses coming in. Compared to the time when the carousel was turned, the number was much smaller. Seeing that they were almost gathered together, he directly ordered the big-headed skeleton next to him, "Let the skeleton flying dragon attack." Hurrah hoo~! The roar of the sky was heard, and five huge skeletal flying dragons instantly rushed into the sky. ??reached above the group of corpses and dropped iron bullets one after another. Black iron rain spread over the entire group of corpses. The next second. Boom, boom, boom~! The ground trembled and thick smoke rose. The group of corpses that were originally crowding the entire road were all gone in an instant. ??There were only a few dozen scattered surviving zombies, standing on the ground with broken flesh and body parts. "Uncle! The deformed zombie rushed out." At this time, Xiaoxiao appeared from beside him and pointed forward. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction pointed. I saw a large zombie, also covered in blood holes and scars, rushing out from one side. He took the remaining zombies and ran towards this side. ?Wu Heng nodded. Just as he was about to order the skeletons to be blocked, something moved in his heart. ?Take out the [Silent Blade Evil Sword] and hand it to a level 3 skeleton warrior. Go, move forward! ??The skeleton warrior held the evil sword and walked straight out of the team, facing the charging zombies. Wait until you reach a certain distance. ?Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton: "Give it the order, draw your weapon, and then stand by where you are." Swipe~! ??The skeleton warrior in the distance suddenly drew his sword, pointed the tip of the sword diagonally at the ground, and entered a standby state. In the distance, the big zombie charging towards the first one roared angrily, jumped up on the roof of the car, and smashed his fists at the lone figure in front of him. Poof~! Suddenly, a cold light flashed across the sky. The big zombie jumped up, his face filled with anger. The body fell from the sky, and the head rolled away into the distance. ?Then, flashes of cold light appeared one after another, like silver threads thrown out, streaking across the sky. The heads of the zombies that rushed in fell off one after another. Until the last zombie falls. Rear. ?Wu Heng stared at the scene in front of him with his eyes widened. ?This attack method is really surprising. At the same time, it also reminded him of the attack method of Imiro, which also released sword energy from a long distance to kill Keranmu. But the two methods are different. ??Imiro''s sword energy is swung from the weapon. ??And the cold light that just cut off the zombie''s neck seemed to appear out of thin air. There is a very obvious difference. But no matter what, the power of this evil sword is still surprising. Kill level 10 aberrant zombies and dozens or hundreds of ordinary zombies instantly. If one person stands on the road, it will be difficult for others to pass. Kill the target unless it is from a distance. Its simply scary. Seeing that the scene became quiet, Wu Heng said directly: "Let him sheath the sword." The skeleton holding a sword in the distance instantly sheathed his sword. The moment when the sword is sheathed. ?A cold light flashed through, and the skull rolled aside. Holy shit! Wu Heng cursed. Is sheathing the sword considered an activity? ???You dont want to let the holder live at all. The skeleton died and the bones were scattered on the ground. Go and pick up the sword. Wu Heng said. A skeleton walked out quickly. ?Bent down, picked up the sword and walked back. It seems that it will be fine once it is sheathed. Took it over, put it into the space ring directly, and then continued: "Advance the whole army and kill all the remaining zombies!" The army on standby began to move forward. Kill the zombies that are still crawling on the ground without their lower body. Wait for the battlefield to fall into silence again. Let the skeleton check the interior of the trade city again before ordering the battlefield to be cleaned. The corpse of a deformed zombie and the corpses of five evolved zombies were dragged over. Throw it aside. Yu Bone Techniquerelease. A tall level 12 skeleton and five level 5 skeleton soldiers stood up from the ground. ?Wu Heng squatted down and began to rummage through the minced meat. Find a second-level corpse core and a first-level corpse core. Wrap it in a plastic bag and put it directly into the space ring. Tap tap tap~! Qi Hancai walked out of the Trade City wearing leather boots. He said directly: "It''s full of beds, quilts, curtains, and some furniture. There''s a lot of it." Is there the kind of 3D printing material needed for relaxation? I havent seen it yet, but the entire third floor sells computer accessories or monitoring equipment. It should be inside. Lets go in and have a look. Lets walk into the Trade City together. ?The first floor is full of fabric shops, curtains, wedding quilts and other items. Even when you open the doors of two shops, there is a warehouse directly inside. It is filled with a lot of fabric supplies. Even though physical stores are not as popular as before, it seems that the sound here is still relatively good. The second floor is a furniture store, mostly selling coffee tables and wooden beds, and there are also many tutoring classes. On the third floor, there are computer products, mice, monitors or some monitoring equipment. ?Wu Heng, Qi Hancai and others strolled inside for a while. Found a store that sells 3D printing related equipment. ?The store is a bit messy, but many similar equipment and raw materials were found in the back room. Zhang Chi is talking about this, Qi Hancai said. Okay, when the time comes to search, we will bring them back together. "Okay! Arrange some skeletons to guard here first, and I will bring a search team over tomorrow." "Um!" The two of them went downstairs again. ??Wu Heng began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road, transforming all the dead corpses into skeleton warriors. After everything was transformed, some skeletons were arranged to guard it. Get back on the truck and return to the mall. After confirming that there is nothing of your own business. In the manager''s office, open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go downstairs from the study room. When passing by the third floor. Go directly into the room where the radio station is located. Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record book and looked at it. There was no new information on it. He began to worry about Philippas safety. ?Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, are you there?" From the opposite side, there was the sound of ''Philippa'' mumbling while eating, "Eating, what''s wrong?" Hearing her relaxed tone, he felt relieved. Even if you dont have many opportunities to come into contact with yourself, do things under your own hands. Still dont want anything to happen to her. ?Besides, Philippa is quite obedient. "What happened to the robbery of the merchant group? Why is there suddenly no news?" Wu Heng asked. "As soon as I mentioned this, I got angry. That water chestnut merchant group is a bunch of idiots. I even asked the boat to slow down, but their boat actually lost control and stopped several times, almost allowing us to catch up." Philippa Said somewhat angrily. Its good that youre fine. Oh, you care about me so much, dear sir. I just dont want anything to happen to you. Wu Heng said. Philippa continued: "Nothing was robbed this time, and the crew members are a little dissatisfied. When can you deliver the ships and goods you promised me?" I will arrange for the cargo ship to leave tomorrow. Yeah! Really, thank you dad! (End of this chapter) Chapter 378 , you are not fit to be a captain Chapter 378, You are not suitable to be a captain ?Wu Heng ignored her nonsense. Continue to ask: "When the ship leaves the port, where should I take you?" Philippa replied, just go out along the "Sinanya Route", and we will meet then. Is this route safe? Are there any other pirates? "No, I''m the only one traveling on this route! And it''s only more than a day''s sail from Treasure Island, so it''s hard to meet other ships." Philippa said, not forgetting to remind, "We will meet you then. Dont forget to act, dont let anyone see it. Lets pretend to resist for a while, then show that we are invincible and escape in a small boat! "Okay, then I will ask the crew to attack from a distance, and you will show that you are invincible, and then kneel down and beg for mercy. The fierce Captain Philippa ordered a storm to board the ship. You will leave in a small boat and abandon the cargo ship. , the pirates occupied the cargo ship and cheered for the great captain," Philippa said more and more enthusiastically. ?Wu Heng was in a daze. Listening to the other party''s words, I can picture in my mind the way she told me how excited she was. It''s simply an exaggeration. Strengthening Potion. Open the door and let Minnie prepare dinner. Hang up the communication, Wu Heng put the microphone back. He went upstairs again. The pirate wanted order, the use of the Silent Blade Evil Sword, and I need to reach level 15 as soon as possible. Said as if for one''s own side. Is the efficiency of the first-level medicine so high? Including the corpse cores just delivered, there are two first-level corpse cores and five second-level corpse cores. They are now all made into potions. ?Wu Heng also exited the alchemy room. ??They were all dropped by the level 3 zombies that were killed before. There were originally four, and one of them should be used to develop potions. ?At the same time, his eyes also fell on the cabinet shelves filled with medicines. The efficiency is still relatively high. Philippa was safe, so he felt relieved. Otherwise, the corpse core that has never been used may have broken down long ago. "Okay, I will make arrangements tomorrow. When the ship leaves, I will notify you and your ship will stay near the route and don''t wander around." Then, open the organ jar on the side. There are a total of nine bottles of potions refined from first-level corpse cores, neatly placed. ??Wu Heng also often thinks about this matter, what exactly do he do to make the blank envelope pay attention to him, and the price is getting higher and higher. There are a total of three level 3 corpse cores stored inside. Reseal the organ jars. Theres no need to kneel down and beg for mercy. ?Wu Heng handed over the few corpse cores he had just obtained to Alchemy One. Put away the corpse core potion. "Um!" ?Wu Heng returned to the study, leaning on his seat, thinking about the gains of the past two days and the follow-up plan. Fortunately, there is this magic item that can store internal organs. Have had dinner. Let alone a normal reward, even if someone were to kill a resident deacon, the price would not reach this level. ?These corpse cores are obtained when clearing the carousel zombies. There are 9 first-level corpse cores in total. I understand, please wait. Even if a level 15 alchemy skeleton is added to it, it doesnt seem like there will be much progress. In the room, the alchemy skeletons were still busy with their own affairs. The production of the third-level potion still has no finished product. Its up to you, I work for you anyway, I have face outside, and you also have face, Philippa said. Push the door and enter the alchemy room. Opened the freezer and took a look. The bounty on the pirate side has reached 500 gold. If you have a grudge against the association, you should also offer a reward for Imiro. It is simply crazy to put a bounty on one''s own sub-deacon. Now, the blank envelope also identifies Philippa as a pirate, and it is the only way to find out the opponent. Philippa cannot break this move. Support for Philippa must continue. ?Even if you can''t find out the other party, you can tell yourself any special information as soon as possible. Next is the Silent Blade Evil Sword. ??This weapon that I bought for two thousand gold coins turned out to be completely worthless. The effect is powerful enough to kill enemies that rush into the area, as well as yourself. ?At present, there is no problem in killing level 12 targets, but it is unclear whether it can kill higher-level enemies. It makes me not want to take it out for research now. Find a way to prevent yourself from being hurt. If you really dont want to, use the skeleton as a consumable. Use the sword to compete with the enemy for endurance to see who can move first. Finally, its your own level. Once you reach level 15, you are considered a fourth-level powerhouse, and you are also the leader of all major forces. Essentially, there will be a big improvement. In addition to the agreement between himself and Shannara, his strength will be higher and his ability to deal with danger will be stronger. No matter what point, upgrading is the most stable way to improve yourself. Thinking about it, he opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: 14161781/165000 There is still more than 3,000 experience points left, and a wave of zombies is enough. After delivering the goods to Philippa, raise the level first. After analyzing the three things, Wu Heng just wanted to get up, but his movements stopped again. There is also the matter of developing third-level potions. We must find a way to buy higher-level alchemist corpses, otherwise the corpse core will grow hair sooner or later. Think about everything. After confirming that there were no omissions, he stood up and poured himself a cup of tea. Then sit down again. ?Take out [Modernken Mansion Technique] and continue to look through it. The sky is getting darker. When Wu Heng turned to the last page, he waited silently for a while. He frowned slightly. The prompt to unlock the skill does not appear. "what happened?" Open the panel and take a look at the skill positions. There is indeed no record of the Modern Ken Mansion Technique. Is the skill book fake? Thats not right. It shows the name and description. It cant be fake. Whats wrong with this! I thought about it for a while. Guess two possibilities. One is that the way of reading intermittently is not good. The second point is that your attributes may not meet the skill requirements. When reading the Necronomicon, the above always mentions the standards that must be met when learning and researching spells. There are no skills unlocked yet, and I have some doubts about this. When you have time, try to read it in its entirety. ?The sky was completely dark, and Wu Heng put the books away again. After simple grooming. Go downstairs and knock on Anderweil''s door. ?The door opened, and Andweil stood at the door in a nightgown. Looking at each other. ? Anderweil rushed forward directly. ?Wu Heng lifted her up, kissed her, and walked towards the bed. The little fox was hanging on him, its face flushed, and its fluffy tail wagging rapidly. the next day. ??Wu Heng got off the carriage wearing a ''phantom veil''. Looking at the busy port, he boarded a ship that had been prepared in advance. ??Stepping down from the deck, the cabin was filled with large skeletons. Shark teeth go out to sea and enter the Sinan Asia Route. Shark Tooth walked onto the deck with several skeletons wrapped in armor. The cargo ship slowly left the port. Going towards the depths of the ocean. The ship moves forward through the waves. ?Wu Heng walked around the boat and let Shark Teeth continue to control the boat. I simply rearranged the cargo ship to make it look more like a cargo ship that goes to sea all year round, rather than a ship that has been parked unused for a long time. After the decoration was almost done, I walked back onto the deck, took out a deck chair, and started reading [Modern Ken Mansion Technique] again. Try to read them all in one go today to verify your own ideas. Iron barrel pirate ship. In the dim conference room, a light stone swayed above the head. There were people sitting and standing on both sides of an old wooden table covered with knife marks. On the left, a man with rough skin wearing a red sailor''s hat said directly: "Philippa, for the sake of leading us to escape from Treasure Island, give up your position as captain. No one else will Its hard for you, a bitch. Philippa took back her feet that were resting on the edge of the table and looked directly at the opposite side. "You still remember that I took you to escape. You have been more serious with me these days. I thought you had forgotten it!" "You are not suitable to be a captain. You manage the entire pirate group like a fishing boat." The man sneered. The supporters behind him also echoed. The pirate group hasnt robbed cargo for a long time. Everyone wants to have enough to eat when they go to sea, but you cant. ?Filia narrowed her eyes slightly and glanced at the expressions of the people opposite and the weapons at her waist. It just so happens that today, these people have come to seize power themselves. ??It was so embarrassing to be seen by my sub-deacon master. ? Anticipating the worst possibility in his mind, he continued: "Am I starving you, or am I giving you less money every month? Let you support him." The middle-aged man opposite smiled and said: "We are pirates, and we pay monthly. With this money, it is better to serve as a guard for the group. Philippa, please give up your position now, otherwise don''t blame the brothers for being careless." Shuashuashua~! After the words fell, many sailors behind him drew their swords. ??The supporters on Philippa''s side also drew their weapons. While angrily scolding the opponent as a traitor, he is ready to fight for his life. ?The conference room was in chaos. Only one person was left to take action, and both sides could kill each other. Philippa glanced at the tall figure beside her. This was the skeleton attendant Wu Heng left for her to keep safe. Thinking quickly in his mind, he took out a blank envelope and slapped it on the table. He cursed loudly: "Shut up, the next caravan is coming with cargo. Only I know the location and route. Are you sure you want me to not be the captain and watch this cargo leave?" ?The person opposite was stunned, looked at the envelope, and then at her. It was the last time, how could it be so fast? someone said. Philippa scolded an idiot, and then continued: "If I don''t grab this batch of goods within two days, I will give up this position myself. If I grab the goods, everyone will make a profit, which means there is no problem with my command. , lets forget it. ??Everyone started discussing in low voices, and the momentum of shouting and killing was gone. The man in the red hat, who was headed by the leader, said with a serious expression that no one should believe it, but obviously more people agreed with this statement. Its only for two days anyway, so it wont have any impact. Seeing that everyone agreed, the man in the red sailor hat also coughed lightly and said: "Okay, Philippa, this is what you said, we only have two days, Poseidon will be your witness." Yes, Poseidon is the witness. Philippa said directly. The rest of the people also put away their weapons. Philippa continued: "All return to their places, for whoever delays this operation will be disemboweled and fed to the fishes." Everyone nodded and quickly left the room. Philippa also returned to the captain''s cabin, sat on a chair, and wiped the sweat from his forehead. He looked at the radio and muttered: "You can''t delay." Until it gets dark. ??Wu Heng still looked at the skill book in his hand without interruption. After finishing reading the last page, I listened for a while. It was still quiet, without any prompts. Damn it, this skill is poisonous! ?Glenda was floating aside, also reading a book. She turned her head and asked, "What''s wrong~www.mtlnovel.com~You''re still so angry!" Sighing softly, he put the skill book away. Its okay, its just a skill book, I havent learned it yet. ?Glenda floated over, "It''s not that simple. Learn it slowly in the future, don''t be anxious." Forehead. ??Wu Heng had no way to explain, so he could only nod, "You''re right." One person and one soul talk. ?Xiaoxiao also flew back from the air and said, "Uncle, there are pirate ships coming over there. They seem to have discovered us." ?Wu Heng stood up and looked into the distance. ?The sea was pitch black, and the other ships ships probably had no lights on. "Let me see!" Smallly get into the body and contribute to the picture. A pirate ship flying the flag of the Iron Barrel Pirates is approaching here. He released Xiaoxiao again and said directly: "Xiaoxiao continues to be vigilant. Glenda will go to the pirates. The captain there is my spy among the pirates. His name is Philippa. The last time I saw her kidnapping I put on my braid and told her we were here and going as planned." ?Glenda nodded, "Okay." After saying that, he flew in the direction of the pirate ship in the distance. ??Wu Heng continued to command the skeleton to start taking action, pretending to be a passing cargo ship, and also hung the spare ship on the side of the ship to prepare for evacuation. The Iron Barrel Pirates. Dang rang rang rang~! The sound of the clanging bells sounded from inside the cabin. A large number of pirates rushed out of the deck, climbed onto the rope, and looked into the distance. There is really a cargo ship, but there are not many people there! A flag I havent seen before, it should be a newly formed business group. Wheres the captain? Why hasnt she come out yet? Ill call her~! ??The pirate quickly rushed down the deck and knocked **** the door. Captain, we have found a cargo ship. There are not many people there and there are no defensive equipment. Philippa''s voice came out, "Let the ship come closer, I will go out immediately." "good!" ??The pirate agreed and left directly. Inside the room. Philippa looked at the ghost coming in through the wall in horror. You are Philippa! Are you the ghost of the deputy deacon? Philippa reacted immediately and said directly. Haunted Ghost nodded and said directly: "Yes, the cargo ship is coming, go according to the plan, don''t make any mistakes." Okay, I understand, said Philippa. Seeing that the ghost wanted to leave, Philippa continued: "Tell him to kill someone, he wants to take away my position as captain." ??Wu Heng stood on the deck, looking at the pirate ship that appeared in sight. ??And the pirates on the ship who raised their weapons and shouted loudly. It looks like an orangutan pulling a boat, exaggerated. Archers, prepare, release! Wu Heng ordered directly. Swish swish swish~! Arrows shot into the night sky and fell into the sea with a crackle. A few arrows fell on the deck. The roaring pirates hid with their heads in their hands. Immediately afterwards, the pirates began to evade. Arrows and spears were thrown one after another, and the crossbows and ballistas on the ship were also roaring towards this side. Boom~! The violent impact caused the ship''s hull to shake violently. ??The skeletons on the deck were also swaying and had difficulty standing on their feet. ??Wu Heng saw Philippa standing on the barrel and giving instructions. After giving the order for two more volleys, he said directly: "Put down the ships and let''s retreat." Two medium-sized wooden boats hanging on the side of the freighter were thrown into the sea. ??Wu Heng took many skeletons with him, boarded the wooden boat and quickly left in the distance. On a pirate ship. They ran away. Its really a new business group, a bunch of weaklings. Youve made a fortune, hurry up and get close to me. Long live the captain! The pirates cheered for taking down a cargo ship without any damage. Not to mention how many valuable things were in the ship, this cargo ship was an astonishing harvest. Its not a loss no matter what. ?The ship was approaching quickly, and the pirates were eager to board the ship. ?On the deck, Philippa stared at the ships going away, his eyes widening. I was anxious, but I couldnt remind the other person that the person hadnt killed him yet. At the fence. ??The man in the red sailor hat led a few people to lean on the fence and chat in a low voice. What should we do? We really robbed the cargo ship. The man glanced at Philippa, with a ruthless look on his face, and said: "Follow her later, find an opportunity to kill her directly, and then say there is an ambush on the ship." No one will believe it! another person said. When the time comes, I will be the captain and you will all... bang~! ??The man said, but his voice suddenly stopped, and his head exploded like half of a watermelon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 379 , what a ghost Chapter 379: I saw a ghost The man''s head exploded, and sticky blood splattered all around. ??The people around him were stunned for a moment. Their expressions suddenly changed when they looked at the blood on their hands and bodies. Just wanted to do something. bang~! The fence exploded, and another man''s chest exploded, his upper body flew up, and his internal organs splashed all over the ground. For a moment, everyone showed a look of fear. ?Chaos running around. ?Philippa was also startled, but immediately realized that she was doing herself a favor. Those who wanted to take away their positions were almost dead. It seemed as if the crew members who had just been shattered had completely forgotten. Seeing the pirates stroking the cloth, Philippa stepped up and kicked them, and cursed: "Don''t touch them, cover them up and carry them to the main ship." The other pirates also stood up. In the future, it may be handled by Philippa. The pirates drew back their hands. ?Now, he has become a sub-captain, and many of those who wanted to pull ''Philippa'' from the captain''s position also died. The patterns and patterns on it are obviously not the cheap ones that ordinary people can use. They are all exquisite and detailed patterns with bright colors. He immediately shouted: "Stop running around, hide, and lie down on the deck." ?Philippa''s eyes gradually widened, and she actually sent herself these high-quality goods. This is more valuable than leather and grain. ?The pirates responded and all returned to their respective positions. Philippa continued to shout: "Everyone else go back to their posts and let''s get out of here. ?Philippa followed into the cabin. ?Philippa whistled in the air, and a parrot flew out. He shouted: "Captain, these are made of fine fabrics with embroidery and patterns. This trip will definitely make a lot of money." ?Each pirates face was full of excitement and anticipation for the cargo on the ship. ??Everyone cheered and rushed into the cargo hold. The connecting plate was placed in the middle of the two ships. The pirates raised their weapons and boarded the opposite cargo ship directly. Happiness was also felt in my heart. In the previous lineup, I chose to side with Philippa. Philippa followed behind, surrounded by several people, flattering in a low voice, "Captain, your plan is so perfect." Happiness could not be concealed on his face as he suddenly became the captain. "yes!" You can see piles of neatly stacked fabrics inside. Okay Captain. Cam, a dark-skinned and strong man, responded loudly. After conducting the reconnaissance, he stood up and said: "It''s okay, put the connecting plate, let''s go to the cargo ship and have a look." ?The thunderous explosion did not sound, and no one was crushed again. Then, someone else ran out quickly. The two ships kept their distance and left toward the distance. After a while, someone raised his head slightly, looked outside, and asked, "Captain, it seems everything is okay." ??Philippa enjoyed the pursuit of the crew, but her face remained calm. Wait until all the cloth has been carried to the main ship. Yeah, Id say following the captain is the best decision. Start moving goods. Hearing Philippa''s shout, the others looked for cover or lay down directly on the deck. Its the captain! Philippa stood on the deck and said: "Cam, now you are the captain of the sub-ship, ready to set sail, let''s get out of here." On the other side, the sea shrouded in darkness. Go to the cargo hold and dont crowd around me. Captain, watch your step. There is hardly any threat to oneself. ?Glenda walked through the night and returned to Wu Heng. He said softly: "There is no problem with the pirates. Miss Philippa is quite good. She has appointed a new sub-ship captain. The pirates seem to respect her quite a bit." Who were those people she asked to be killed before? From what she said, she sounded like a pirate trying to seize power. ?Wu Heng nodded, then took out his tablet, compared it with the sea chart, and said, "Let''s leave here and find an island to go ashore first." Hurrah! The ship leaves in the distance. Early morning. ?Wu Heng sat on the side of the boat, facing the sea, twisting his clothes hard. ?The wind and waves on the sea and the early morning fog made him and the skeletons all wet, like drowned rats that had just been fished out. And all around, there is still the endless sea. ??Still unable to see the location of the target island. Sailing at sea is not as close as it looks on the chart. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance again and shouted: "There is another pirate ship coming over there." ?Wu Heng stopped moving his hands and looked into the distance. Visibility is better during the day. On the distant sea, a ship flying a black pirate flag appeared. Took out the telescope and looked at the pirate flag. The pattern is a rapier piercing the skull vertically. Continue to take out the tablet and quickly compare the information on the pirate wanted poster. Sword Pirate Pirate Group, Captain 12th level swordsman. They belong to the same level as the current pirate group of ''Philippa''. Uncle, the boat is leaving! Xiaoxiao continued. ?Looking up, the pirate ship ignored them and turned around to head towards the ''Sinanya Route''. Looked at the pirate ship, and then at the wooden ship at his feet. Shark Tooth, Kerimu, you go over and seize the ship. Wu Heng said directly. Shark Teeth stood up and jumped into the sea. ?Keranmu stepped directly on Shark Tooth''s back, crouched slightly, and rushed towards the pirate ship quickly. the other side. Sword on the pirate ship. The pirates looked at the two wooden ships in the distance and frowned in unison. Someone asked: "Captain, are those two wooden boats? They look like fishing boats." The middle-aged man wearing a captain''s hat glanced at the two wooden boats in the distance. He also frowned, "The letter said it was a cargo ship." Is it possible that there is something wrong with the intelligence? the crew member continued. The captain said: "There has never been any error in the letter. It should not be these two fishing boats. Let''s look for it again." Then these two..., do you want to grab them first? Leave them alone and continue to look for cargo ships on the route. The captain continued to order. "yes!" The pirates took the order and the fleet began to leave in the distance. Without waiting for a few people to leave. Someone else said: "Look, someone is rushing over from the sea." The pirates who had just wanted to leave looked towards the sea again. I saw a figure, holding a sword in one hand, rushing towards this side as if standing on the waves. The speed is extremely fast. "what?" How can he stand on the waves? "No, there seems to be something underfoot." The captain also frowned and directly ordered: "Attack and kill him." Swish swish swish~! The arrows and crossbows were shot out in unison, shooting forward. ?The figure on the sea was still approaching quickly, and soon it was close to the hull. Suddenly, thick smoke enveloped the approaching figure. ?The next second, the pirate captain''s face changed drastically. He suddenly turned around and saw that the man who was still at sea just now had appeared behind him. Poof~! The sound of the sword cutting into the flesh was heard, and the head wearing the captain''s hat fell off the neck. Still horrified and disbelieving, he rolled away. Until this time. ?The rest of the pirates reacted, rushed out their weapons, and rushed forward. Keranmu held a sword in one hand, turned into an afterimage, and rushed into the pirates. Level 17 Drifter showed his ability to crush all pirates. Large numbers of pirates fell to the ground, blood staining the deck. ?Wu Heng brought the skeletons close to the pirate ship. The rope ladder was thrown from the deck. ?Stepping onto the deck, the first thing you see is the corpses all over the deck, as well as a figure standing on the deck holding a sword in one hand. ??Looking at Kerimu carefully, except for a few arrows stuck in his chest, there were no other obvious injuries. ??But bows, crossbows and arrows have little effect on the undead. Glanced roughly. In the corridor of the cabin, pirates hiding can be vaguely seen. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Go in and kill all the pirates." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons rushed into the cabin and started fighting with the pirates hiding inside. ?Wu Heng walked around the deck. His eyes fell on the head wearing the captains hat. Thinking about it for a moment, he directly spoke to the release [dead man]. The head suddenly opened its eyes, and the cloudy eyeballs turned around. Having the skeleton bring a wooden box to sit down, Wu Heng asked directly: "Why are you here?" Skull opened his mouth, "I received a mysterious letter last night saying that a merchant ship was passing through this route, so we rushed over." Hearing this answer, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Another mysterious letter. ??Moreover, in this time zone, there is only one cargo ship coming out of Treasure Island. How did the other party know this news? I didnt mention it to others. Philippa had a slave contract and would not tell anyone about it. Even "Imilo" he didn''t have time to say. ?How did the other party know? Seen a ghost. What else did the letter mention to you? The corpse replied, "No, I just said this message." ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How much do you know about letters?" The letter will convey the news of the fleet to the nearest fleet, and the information provided is relatively accurate. It has a high prestige among pirates. Some pirate groups call letters a gift from the sea god. Thinking about it carefully, it doesnt feel right. According to the principle of proximity, the news should be sent to Philippa. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "What news has been heard among pirates recently?" "Recently, pirates have been taking action. According to the information in the letter, several pirate groups and hunters are planning to kill the deputy deacon of Treasure Island. Leonid had an ear bitten off by a sea monster. Cahill had an inappropriate relationship with the captain''s woman..." ??This time I told you a lot of information. Wu Heng was not interested in some pirate gossip. Continuing to ask, "Who are the pirates who planned to kill the deputy deacon of Treasure Island?" Devils Hand Pirate Group, its unclear whether other people have participated. End of five questions. The skull closed its eyes. Still got some useful information. ??There is a pirate group called Devil''s Hand, which is organizing people to kill them. Going crazy. You really dont take Imiro seriously. ??The battle in the cabin ended, and the bodies were moved to the deck one by one. ?Wu Hengrang pulled off the equipment from the corpse, and then released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the large corpses stood up. Start to put on equipment again and tidy up the deck. ?Wu Heng walked around in the cabin. There was no cargo inside, but several barrels of silver coins were found in the storage room. ??Go back on deck. He ordered: "Put down the pirate flag, hang the association flag, and go to Treasure Island." The ship started and headed towards Treasure Island. This time the pirates came in time. Otherwise, it will take a long time to get close to the island. At dusk, the ship entered the Treasure Island port. ?Wu Heng settled the skeletons and called a carriage to return to his residence. ?Hello to the two maids. Go directly to the room on the third floor where the radio is stored. Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, is everything going well over there?" Soon, Philippa''s voice came out, "Smooth, it''s great that you gave me such good goods." The tone was full of surprise. The goods in the cabin are all taken out from the Trade City warehouse. ?It seems that Philippa is quite satisfied. The fabrics in this other world are generally plain clothes for ordinary people. Clothes with bright colors and complex patterns can only be worn by people with good financial means. Modern fabrics are indeed more precise in color and factory production. As long as it helps you. Wu Heng continued: Didnt you receive a blank envelope? No! Whats wrong? On the way back, I met the Rapier Pirates. He received a letter and came to rob my merchant ship. ?The other person was stunned and said, "Ah? How could this happen?" Thats why I asked you if you received the letter? Philippa thought for a while and said: "Letter usually appears when people are sleeping or not paying attention. I didn''t sleep all night last night, so I definitely won''t receive it." ?Hmm, that explanation makes sense. Okay, have you got the space ring I prepared for you? Is there a space ring? I didnt see it! Wu Heng said: "I put it in the captain''s cabin for you. It was stuck under the desk and marked. Didn''t you see it?" "I know where you can hide it. I''m going to look for it now." After saying that, there was no response from the other party. Not long after, Philippas side was connected again. There was an exclamation, "Wow, give me such a big ring and a weapon. How did you know that I like scimitars?" 10 cubic meters, keep more food and water on your own at sea. Oh! Philippa agreed, as if checking something. ??Wu Heng continued: "That weapon is the Martial Illusion Blade. Its effect is that the user can release phantom clones to confuse the enemy or escape, which can play a very good role." Holy shit, is it the one sold at the auction? It must cost several hundred gold! Philippa exclaimed again. ??Wu Heng said: "You also know about the auction?" "This matter is widely spread outside. There is a fat sheep who bought all the magic items... and the pirates are investigating this guy''s identity..., uh... that... person can''t be you!" Philippa was suspicious! asked. "It''s the Martial Fantasy Blade. Wrap the sheath with something to prevent others from recognizing it, so as not to be in any danger." Holy shit, Dad! Youre so good to me. Ive never used anything so nice in my life. (End of this chapter) Chapter 380 , I will protect your head. Chapter 380: I will protect your head. ?Philippa shouted, her tone full of excitement. ??This is a weapon worth hundreds of gold, enough to arm a fleet of a large pirate group. This weapon is not for you to fight. When in danger, use the phantom to confuse the enemy and escape. Wu Heng reminded. "Yeah, thank you, Dad!" Philippa took a deep breath to calm herself down, then asked, "What are these two bottles of potion? Are they poison?" Thats a strength-enhancing potion. After taking it, you can directly improve your physical fitness. The effect is probably one to two levels. ?The other side suddenly fell into silence. ?After two or three seconds, Philippa said doubtfully: "Can I upgrade directly?" Its not a direct upgrade, its just about achieving the effects of the upgrade. Ive never heard of this potion! Putting the microphone back, Wu Heng walked out of the room and walked downstairs. Shut up, you idiot. Philippa''s legs were resting on the desk, and her hand was on the scabbard of the ''Martial Fantasy Blade'', wrapped in strips of cloth. Weapons with special effects require some cover-up. One bag of gold coins and two bottles of medicine. I doubt whether the medicine has the effect the other party said. Iron Pirate Group, Captain''s Room. ??Although I dont believe that Wu Heng will harm her, how can a potion that can directly improve physical attributes appear? Large pirate group with captain above level 15. I got some news that they seem to be planning to assassinate me. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have you ever heard of the Devil''s Hand pirate group?" Philippa''s eyes were filled with surprise. It is said to be a potion that can achieve the effect of improving the level. The color is more like the antidote potion sold in an alchemy shop. Philippa thought for a moment and then said, "I have never been in contact with it, but I have only heard about it. The Devil''s Hand belongs to a large pirate group, with two or three fleets. It must be above level 15. The Hand There are also many experts in the crew below. They are not in this area, why are they asking about him? " Youre welcome, I wont chat with you for now, Ill contact you if you have anything else. Wu Heng said: "The precious value is not lower than that of your weapon. It must be kept secret from the outside world." "Ah!" Philippa shouted subconsciously and asked suspiciously: "Is it reliable? With their size, they shouldn''t come to you for 500 gold coins." "Um!" Okay, I will protect your head worth 500 gold coins. Philippa said solemnly. The gold coins were put away directly, and the potion was taken and looked at carefully. ?With a thought in his heart, the two clones immediately made attacking movements. ?Philippa also got up and walked to the open space in the room. The parrot flapped its wings and flew to the "standing pole" nearby, swinging gently. I thank you. Although if you look carefully, you can see that it is different from the main body, it can play a short-term role in battle and can also affect the trend of the entire battle. Satisfied, Philippa put away her weapon and the apparition disappeared. It does already have a certain strength. You cant make money as quickly as being a pirate! Oh, I understand! Im very strict with my words. Hung the two weapons on his waist, he touched the red-crowned green-feathered parrot beside him vigorously, "Do you think so?" Sitting back at the desk, his eyes continued to fall on the remaining items. Tell me the information about this pirate group. "There may be some rumors. If you have a chance, pay attention to it." Otherwise, the enemy will make plans to kill you based on the type of equipment you have. Pull out the two swords from your waist. After all the wrappings were done, he held her in his arms with a face full of love. ?After standing there and sensing it for a while, the figure began to become distorted, with two figures of the same appearance, one on the left and one on the right, doing the same posture. You idiot! scolded the parrot. Finished handing over the items to her. Ive heard of it, its a very famous pirate group. ??If this kind of potion really exists, then wouldn''t a strong person be able to come out by drinking the potion? Those who have the recipe for the medicine will have the power to change the world. It passed through the hands of a sub-deacon and came into the hands of a little pirate like myself. Somewhat doubtful. But the other party was really nice to her and gave her weapons and money. She shouldn''t end up harming herself in this matter. Thinking in his mind, he looked at the parrot standing on the copper standing pole. Hello: "Come here, I''ll give you a task." The parrot looked at her and flew over anyway. With quick eyes and quick hands, Philippa grabbed the parrot and pressed it on the table. The parrot flapped its wings in panic, its eyes full of fear, and it kept struggling. Philippa drew his weapon and put it against his neck. The parrot stared and did not dare to move. Pirate pact, cried the parrot. ?Philippa took the bottle cork with her mouth, opened it, and drank it directly to the parrot. After taking the medicine, the parrot stood up again. ?Took two steps on the table, rolled his eyes, fell down, and his body began to twitch violently. Holy shit, its really poisonous. Philippa regretted giving the parrot a drink. After all, it was his own tame animal. When you die, you have to find a new one. Just wanted to step forward to do some rescue work. The convulsions in the parrot stopped. ? ?His body has gained weight visible to the naked eye, and the feathers on his body have become shinier. The parrot stood up again and opened its eyes, seeming to be more intelligent. Shaked his head and said: "Praise the captain!" Philippa''s eyes widened instantly. There has really been a change, and the parrot feels smarter. Philippa looked back at the remaining bottle of potion, opened the cork, and drank it directly. After the bitter feeling has passed. There is an indescribable tingling sensation all over the body, as if the bone marrow and muscles are being pricked by fine needles. Huddled up in the chair for a while. The physical sensations gradually disappear, followed by an increased sense of strength throughout the body. You can clearly feel that your body has been strengthened. "It''s amazing. I''m following someone!" Philippa said, and his eyes fell on the tame parrot again. Ignoring the other person''s compliments, he grabbed his neck and shook it: "Give it to me. Spit it out, you stupid bird." The parrot shook its body and turned its head to the side. Treasure Island. At the dinner table, in addition to Wu Heng and the two maids, Shanara also came to eat. Shannella is wearing a light blue dress, and wears an amber pendant on her white neck, which hangs down to her chest, covering her fullness. As if aware of the other person''s gaze, Shanara raised her head and rolled her eyes, then lowered her head slightly. ??Wu Heng asked: "What have you been busy with recently?" Its still a matter of the business group, how are you doing over there? Its okay, Im dealing with some pirate matters. Dont go to sea recently, its not safe. Wu Heng warned. Shannara smiled and said, "After what happened last time, I don''t go to sea much. I feel it''s safer to stay here." Well, if there is danger, run towards me. I know! Shannella cast a look full of tenderness. ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "When will the goods I ordered last time arrive?" It will be delivered within five days, I will let you know then. By the way, can I order weapons and equipment like magic props? Wu Heng asked again. "It depends on what you need, but the production is limited. I definitely can''t order thousands of pieces at once like you." Shannara put down her knife and fork, looked at him and said: "If you want to equip the army, magic weapons and armor, not suitable for the battlefield. How do you say it? Wu Heng also looked at her. "Magic props can provide many special effects, but frequent battles or slight damage will render the etched runes ineffective. Personal use is fine. If you want to assemble them on a large scale, it is completely unnecessary. It is better to buy a batch of high-quality ones. Equipment is more practical than magic weapons," Shannara explained. ?Wu Heng listened to the other party''s words and understood what they meant. In other words, if you fight occasionally, like Wu Heng to arrest wanted criminals, or pirates to plunder ships, magic weapons and armor can provide many effects that ordinary equipment cannot achieve. But it doesnt matter how much it costs to equip the army. With that kind of frequent training and hundreds of people fighting on the battlefield, problems can easily arise. Even if you equip an army, after returning from the battlefield, you will scrap a batch of weapons. Not as good as some durable weapons. ?Wu Heng felt that what the other party said made sense. What you said makes sense, do you have any recommendations? Wu Heng asked. For example, long swords or battle axes made of refined iron can achieve very good results, with high output and prices that are not as outrageous as magic props. Shannara continued to explain. For the market, Shannara needs to know what weapons are suitable for which people to buy. ?Being the largest merchant guild among the wood elves is not just about looking good, but also being able to transport and sell goods. "Well, that''s okay. Can the armor be customized? I have a few friends with special body shapes who want to customize some armor." Wu Heng said. Shannara nodded, "When the time comes, give me the drawings and I will arrange for someone to make them for you." "good!" As the two chatted, Minnie and Andwyer began to clear the table. Then he said: "Let''s go outside and play shuttlecock. Sister Shanara will come out and join us after we finish chatting." "Okay, I''ll be there right away." Shanara agreed with a smile. ?Minnie and Anderweil left the door and started playing shuttlecock in the courtyard, more than ten meters apart. The little owl followed and flew back and forth. It keeps squeaking. Looked outside. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked over, looking down at the wood elf in the light blue dress and looking directly into his gem-like eyes. Shannella shyly dodged and whispered: "Why, they are still outside." (End of this chapter) Chapter 381 , Level 15 changes Chapter 381, changes at level 15 ??Wu Heng held her chin with his fingers, lowered his head and pressed it. Shanara was a little flustered, and her eyes glanced out the window from time to time. Through the glass, you can still see the two maids having fun. They dont intend to carry anyone behind them at all. Her heart was pounding and her face was getting redder. Its better to open the teeth lightly. We havent seen each other for several days, and we miss each other in our hearts. Sister Shanara, havent you finished talking yet? Minnies shout came from the courtyard. Shanela turned her head away and licked her wet lips. ?Hold the opponent''s face and say: "We have agreed to level 15, so keep working hard." "Understood!" Moya walked out and looked at Wu Heng, "Where is the body?" Moya, go ahead and record the body first, and wait a week before canceling the wanted order. Imiro said directly. The next day, the association. ??Imiro looked at the document in his hand again. "Soon!" Moya took it away and walked towards the morgue. Ask: What do you think? I''m afraid he is the most exaggerated one among the entire association''s spies. Well, Im just making a conjecture. ?Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, and after getting a response, he walked in directly. ?Becoming a Whisperer means truly having an identity. Not only will it be easier to put aside the identity of a pirate in the future, but when in danger, you can also seek refuge in any association. Imiro continued to ask: "How is your pirate lady developing?" Hearing these words, Wu Heng was also very happy. Moya was not far away, sorting the information on the bookshelf. Wu Heng returned to the study room. "My cargo ship left Treasure Island temporarily. The other party knows my route and approximate time. I doubt it has anything to do with the port." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Then he said: "Let''s do this. If you, the pirate lady, can provide three level three bounty and effective information, I will arrange her into the Whisperer, which can be regarded as giving her an identity." Is something wrong? Imiro looked up. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "I also killed the captain of a bayonet pirate group. The third-level wanted order, the cargo ship was robbed and got into the hands of ''Philippa''. If it is revealed, he will die." In my hands, someone may have inferred that I am related to Philippa." The two walked out of the study, and Wu Heng took out the body wrapped in a straw mat. It is not difficult to write a letter to the other party and ask Lilith to arrange Philippa. Its in this space ring! If it is the effect of a rare item or prop, there is no place to check it. "Yes, members of the Sword Pirates can die at any time, but they cannot die now." Wu Heng said. Its not bad. Some information is being sent back one after another, but her pirate group is small and they dont have access to information about high-level pirate groups, Wu Heng said. Speaking of which, I had some contact with Lilith, the leader of the Whisperers. The only thing that can be guessed is the port. You want the autopsy to be a little more private? Hearing him say that he was going to deliver supplies, Imiro frowned. Imiro nodded and pondered for a moment, then said: "Your idea has a certain possibility, but it is a bit far-fetched to mobilize all the pirates based on this alone. Otherwise, bribery of the port ship management will become the main source of intelligence for the pirates." Come out first and give me the body. Bragging! Shannara said, pecked her again, then straightened her clothes and walked out quickly. Outside the deacons study. ?The other party owes me a favor to a certain extent. Wu Heng said directly: "Yesterday, I sent supplies to the pirate informant. On the way back, I was attacked by the pirate group. The other party got the news of the blank envelope and came to block the cargo ship I arranged." In the study room, Imiro sat behind the desk, looking through the documents in his hands as usual. Imiro said: "I will arrange for a small team to check it at that time. Before we have accurate information, we should not make any big moves on the island." Just a conjecture. It will be even better now that the deacon "Imilo" is here to handle it. Send a boatload of supplies and let the other party plunder it. Then Ill thank the deacon for Philippa. Well, its nothing, try to stay away from the island. "good!" After the matter was discussed, Wu Heng left the room directly. Just left the door. Then he saw Silla Rose walking towards him. ?The two said hello, and Shiragui walked in directly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, stood at the door and waited for a while, then Xilagui walked out of the study. Wait for me? Sheela asked. "Ah, are you okay? Let''s go sit over there for a while." Lets go! The two of them went to Xilagui''s study. ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, while Xila Gui sat opposite and asked, "Is it about the evil sword again?" No, I want to ask you about level 15 professionals. They all said that there is an essential improvement in each profession at level 15. I dont understand what they mean. Wu Heng asked directly. I didnt think of asking at first. After all, I will reach level 15 soon, so I will naturally know when the time comes. When Dan met Sheila Gui, he asked about it. I also have some understanding in my heart. Sheilagui looked at him with some suspicion, "Do you really not know, or are you just testing me here? Don''t you, a mage, usually read?" Forehead. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I came from a small place and got all my books from the association. My knowledge is not as broad as you think. It does not mean that all mages are scholars. It is inevitable that some of me will This kind of thing slipped through the net. Poof~! Sheila Gui was amused by him and smiled. She had never seen anyone say that she was sent to a foreign country. Then he said: "There is indeed a saying that level 15 is a watershed for professions. After each profession reaches this level, some changes will occur, but it is not as exaggerated as the rumors." So, what exactly has changed? Sheela Gui continued: "The first is the change in title. For example, if a boxer has reached level 15, when the outside world introduces you, they will mention that this is a great boxer, which means that you have reached level 15 and have a certain level. Achievements, and in terms of physical changes, the great boxer will have an immortal body, full of strength and will not age, and will still maintain a relatively youthful appearance even at the age of several hundred years. " Immortal? Immortal? "That''s not what I mean. It''s just that there won''t be that obvious aging in appearance, but when one''s lifespan is exhausted, he will still die normally. The important thing is that his energy is full and he will be even more powerful when fighting." Xilagui said. ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. According to his own panel, reaching this level unlocks special abilities. The Boxer has unlocked the immortal body and can maintain full energy to fight. Appearance will also change. Wheres the mage? "I don''t know much about mages. There seem to be two opinions. One is a master spellcaster, which should be a change in the power of your spells. The second one is related to your school. I''m not sure." La Gui thought for a moment and replied. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. No matter which profession, reaching level 15 is considered a very high level. Being sought after and respected by others. Are you going to reach level 15? Xi Lagui asked after explaining. How is that possible? Im just over 20 years old! "Don''t worry, you are already very good at reaching the level of deputy deacon at the age of 20. It is not impossible to reach level 15 in the future." Sheela comforted. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: Has the evil sword had any results? No results yet? Ill let you know when there are results! Do you want to have dinner together later? Silla rolled her eyes at him, "Let''s wait until later!" ?Wu Heng chatted with her about pirates again. There was nothing to say and he left here directly. Go back to the study and say hello to Anderweil. He returned directly to his residence. Minnie is watering the flowers in the yard. He waved his hand and went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. On the other side is still the manager''s office. I looked down at the vehicles queuing up to exchange food in the corridor. Took out the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai!" "You say!" Prepare the convoy and go out to clean up the zombies. "receive!" Go downstairs, get in the car, and rush towards the zombie area. (End of this chapter) Chapter 382 , Pirates United Chapter 382, ??Pirates Union Emerald Sea, several pirate ships form a huge fleet. And several ships in the middle. ?Hunting the pirate flag with the image of "claws breaking the ground". Devil''s Hand, a large pirate group. In the captain''s room of the first ship, three people were sitting. Behind the desk, a man wearing a religious robe and holding a book in his hand looked like a kind godfather. Captain Devil''s Hand, Javier. Looking towards the opposite side with a smile, he said softly, "How about it? It''s just a deputy deacon, and the bounty will be divided equally!" Opposite, two men were sitting. The devils hand will also be interested in these 500 gold coins? Baldhead asked curiously. The two people opposite fell into silence again. ? ?Goat Beard also said: "It''s so easy to kill, why would you ask for 500 gold coins?" ?Havier glanced at him and said, "Perhaps his bounty will be increased by then! Moreover, he has a lot of good things, and some loot will be enough for everyone to have a good income." How many people do you plan to find? Goatee pushed up the captains hat and looked directly into the other persons eyes. Baldhead added, "I heard that Imiro values ??him very much. He basically won''t leave the island now. How can he kill him?" Youre looking for so many people, and the money is simply not enough. Bald Head said. The eyes showed surprise at the same time. Since it also involves Treasure Island and mysterious letters, people have to consider whether it is worth it. The two people opposite were stunned. ?The other man has a thin cheek, a goatee, a suit of leather armor, and two swords hanging on his waist, with an equally serious expression. ?Havier picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "You don''t have to think about this, and we are not the only three pirates in the whole plan, there will be others joining us." ?The fourth level is a level 15 professional, which can also be understood as five large pirate groups uniting to kill a deputy deacon. ??One man has a bald head in iron armor, the fat on his forehead forms a Sichuan pattern, and he has a fierce face. What a generous act. Normally speaking, you wouldnt be too worried about killing an association deputy deacon. 500 gold, if there are more people, you may not be able to get much. Unexpectedly, the other party valued this subdeacon more than he did. ?Havier, the captain of Devil''s Hand, replied: "500 gold coins is not a lot, but it is a lot. It''s just killing a deputy deacon, which is much easier than robbing a merchant group." ?Havier took another sip of wine and replied, "I might as well reveal something to you. If you join, I plan to gather 5 level 4 professionals to kill him." The bald man touched his head and said, "The more people join, the less the bounty will be." There are less people who are afraid of having problems, and make more money and earn less. ? Javier said directly: "As a level 15 professional, I guarantee a minimum settlement of 200 gold, which is not enough for my devil''s hand to supplement it for you." "Um..." The bald man scratched his head again, "It doesn''t matter whether it''s money or not. Since you opened your mouth, I''ll join this time." Goatee also nodded, "I agree too. When will it start?" ?Havier smiled and nodded, and said: "Don''t worry, I still have to talk to other people, and Imiro is guarding Treasure Island, and I have to arrange a plan to lure that kid out." Yes, please inform us in advance. "good!" Zombie world. ??The convoy, escorted by the skeleton army, is still moving towards the target point. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the co-pilot, thinking about level 15 professionals again. Each profession will have a special change after reaching level 15. I am also looking forward to seeing what new abilities will be unlocked. Recently, the amount of food exchange has been relatively large, and I feel that various shelters are trying to stock up on food for the winter. Qi Hancai said while driving a car. Winter can also be a disaster for shelters. At that time, it will not only be zombies that are gradually getting stronger, but also the ice and snow, the streets are blocked by heavy snow, and without food, you will really be waiting to die. Selling everything that can be exchanged for items in exchange for food is also inevitable. I will supplement it for you when the time comes. Wu Heng said. "In the two trading markets, we have collected about 10 kilograms of gold in the past few days. There are 19 corpse cores. I will send them to you when we get back." "Are all the corpse cores first-class?" They are all at the first level, and the number of corpse cores seems to be continuously increasing. Do you want to change the quantity of grain transactions? Qi Hancai asked again. The exchange of gold began to slow down. It will only get slower and slower in the future. On the contrary, the number of corpse cores is gradually increasing. The reason is also easy to analyze. The emergence of evolved zombies has increased the production of first-level corpse cores. Qi Hancai wanted to ask if corpse cores were no longer so scarce. Should the exchange amount of grain be reduced? ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s do this in the winter, and then we''ll talk about it in the spring." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed with a smile. She doesnt want to change the price either. But the base does not belong to oneself, and the food does not come from oneself. I am afraid that I will exchang it in a large number of them. You still have to listen to Wu Hengs ideas. He said there was no need to adjust it, and he felt relieved. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "When Li Yahong comes next time, we will discuss the matter of the base and close the redundant bases. The population should not be too scattered." "Understood, we are also discussing this matter, and we will report to you when we have the results." "Um!" As the two chatted, the convoy approached the location to be cleaned. Forward. It is an area without any landmark buildings. Belongs to the main road between two communities. Looking from a distance, you can see zombies wandering on the road. Although not much in quantity. But it is definitely enough to reach level 15. Facing them, two ghosts flew back, and Xiaoxiao said: "No aberrant zombies were found." ?Glenda also shook her head, "I didn''t find any special zombies either." Then lets start fighting! He patted the skeleton dog next to him. Shuashua~! Two skeleton dogs rushed out directly. Hurry quickly towards the direction of the corpses. Just halfway through the run. ??Has attracted the attention of the zombies, a zombie roar spread back along the road, and zombies poured out of the two communities. On the central road, a dense group of corpses formed and charged towards them. Let the skeleton flying dragon come out. Wu Heng said. Hurrah~! The sound of breaking the air sounded from above, and five skeletal flying dragons rushed directly into the sky. After reaching the sky above the corpses, directly drop a dense amount of solid iron bullets. Boom, boom, boom~! The earth trembled and smoke rose into the sky. ?At the same time, the system prompt also appeared immediately. Level increased to level 15, intelligence 2, constitution +1, perception +1. Unlock feats: Master Spellcaster, Untiring Concentration, Breath of the Dead, Divine Presence. Unlock ability: God''s presence. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes. Upgraded directly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 383 , fourth level special effects Chapter 383, fourth-level special effects ??The sudden upgrade also surprised Wu Heng. It was faster than I thought, and I reached level 15 directly. Looking at the battlefield in front of him. Zombies that followed rushed out from the communities on both sides one after another. But the number is not much anymore. Advance, kill all the zombies! Wu Heng ordered directly. ?The skeleton army on standby immediately took action, armed with spears, to attack the oncoming corpses head-on. For a time, the weapons chopped flesh and blood, and the sound of zombies roaring sounded again. ??Wu Heng issued several orders one after another. Let the deformed skeletons around you also kill the corpses. ?Seeing the corpses being killed one by one and falling to the ground, Wu Heng also took the opportunity to open the panel to check the attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 15 (423/195000) Attributes: Strength 40, Agility 30, Constitution 44, Intelligence 39, Perception 25, Charisma 28. [Experts:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate), Swordsmanship Specialization (Intermediate), Staff Specialization (Intermediate)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration, Master Spellcaster , not tired of concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul induction, spell casting acceleration, breath of dead souls, divine presence. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation, Breath of Death, Activated Objects. The experience value for upgrading from level 15 to level 16 reaches 195,000. 30,000 more than before. But its still normal, after all, it has been increasing in this way before. ?As for the attribute points, this upgrade directly increased four attribute points. In addition to two points of intelligence, physical fitness and perception increased by one point each. Before, upgrading a level only increased two attributes. I dont know if its only at level 15, or if it will be increased by four attributes in the future. Feats and abilities unlocked. Introduces more individual features than Sheila Rose. Four were added in total. ?Wu Heng began to watch them one by one. Master Spellcaster: Using the highest spellcasting ability, your spell power, casting speed, and duration are all increased to the master level. When in a state of concentration, your thinking and energy will not be tired. Breath of the Dead: It can absorb the power of the dead and the dead, and quickly restore one''s own injuries and mental strength. Can descend into the body of an attached attendant and have control over it. There are four types in total. [Master Spellcaster] can be regarded as an increase for the mage profession. The spell strength and spell casting speed reach the master level. This point represents a difference from ordinary professionals. Spell abilities have all reached the level of a master. Never-tired ConcentrationIn a state of concentration, your thinking and energy will not be exhausted, which corresponds to the mental consumption when studying spells. Same as the Master caster, an increase for the Mage. Next, there is [Breath of the Dead], which absorbs the power of the dead and the dead to restore one''s own injuries and mental strength. It should also be related to this expertise. ?Wu Heng can now feel the power of the dead around him, and he can absorb it into his body as long as he is willing. Can be used to restore one''s own injuries on the battlefield. Even in normal times, you can come here to restore your own mental strength. At least I can save money on medicine. The last one is called [Gods presence], which is an unlocked ability. From the introduction, the effect of God''s presence is to descend on the body of the attached servant and have control over it. I dont quite understand what it means. Looking at the fighting area in front of him. ?With a thought, cast [God''s presence]. The next second, his consciousness appeared on the body of a spear-wielding skeleton on the battlefield. In front of him was a zombie with its chest pierced through. It was clawing at him with all its teeth and claws. I was shocked, but I quickly understood. ?? He raised his foot and kicked the attacking zombie back a few steps, pulled out his spear, and stabbed it into the zombie''s mouth again. At the same time, I was also surprised by the effect of [Gods presence]. How can it be used in this way? Observed the scene again. The way a skeleton perceives images and colors is different from how living beings see it. The surrounding world is gray and white, and zombies and other skeletons are energy bodies of the same shape. The battle continues. ??Wu Heng immediately ended the [God''s presence] state and regained control of his body. What did you do just now? Glenda flew down and asked. ?Wu Heng asked, "Is there any problem?" "It seems like your spiritual consciousness has disappeared. When Xiaoxiao and I came over, your body was just standing there like this." Granda said. In other words, if you are in the state of divine presence, you will remain in a state without spiritual consciousness. Xiaoxiao circled around him and said, "Uncle, you seem to be different. You have a very comfortable aura about you." "Yes, the aura of death on your body makes us feel very comfortable with you." Glenda also added. ??The Necromancer himself exudes the power of the dead. After I reach level 15, this aura becomes even stronger. I have reached level 15 and am now an Archmage. It should be for this reason that you feel that the aura of the undead has become heavier. Wu Heng explained. ?Xiao Xiao didnt understand this either, so he just clapped his hands approvingly, Wow, thats awesome. What is a great mage? It means it has improved and become more powerful. Wu Heng explained. Oh, uncle is so awesome. Xiaoxiao repeated. There is also a small contribution. ?Glenda''s expression was full of surprise. She naturally knows what level 15 means. ??When Wu Heng brought him out, he was not even at level 10, but he was raised to level 15 so quickly. You came out with a human genius? This matter is even more surprising than Wu Heng having a special world. Listen to one person and one soul, blowing on each other. ?Glenda continued to ask: "Is it because of this that your consciousness disappeared just now?" Well, its an ability at level 15. You can use it again. ?Wu Heng used it again, and his body instantly appeared on the big-headed skeleton beside him. Looking back at his body, he saw ''Glenda'' getting in directly. Controlling his body, he looked at his hands and feet. Damn it, I got it for myself. Ending [God''s Arrival], she instantly regained control of her body, and Glenda flew out again. After you leave the body, I can control your body. Well, you can still do it like this. Wu Heng continued to ask: How does it feel to have your body again? Suddenly I felt a little uncomfortable in my body. "If there are special circumstances in the future, you can control my body and run away first." "Um!" ?Standing there and chatting for a while. The battle ahead is gradually coming to an end. Skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and Qi Hancai and others also came from behind. Search nearby stores. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the corpses of several evolved zombies. Directly release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], the range of the gray-white aperture almost covers a distance of ten meters around it. It is wider than before, and there is no need for skeletons to gather the corpses together. After the aperture, the corpse of the evolved zombie stood up. ?Wu Heng found two corpse cores from inside. Put in the space ring and continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stand up one after another. Join the queue behind. While Wu Heng was releasing one after another, the surrounding power of death continued to restore its own spiritual power. Can maintain his frequent use of spells. Wait until all skeletons have been transformed. Qi Hancai and others also came back. Several survivors behind him were moving bicycles in a bicycle shop. It looks like it should be a brand, and it also has various cycling supplies. "There are no zombies nearby. I will arrange for someone to come over tomorrow and search them carefully." Qi Hancai said. As he spoke, he looked at him carefully up and down. It feels a little different from before. Well, lets go back first. Wu Heng nodded. ?Getting on the truck, after the others also moved the bicycles. The convoy restarted and headed towards the shopping mall. Shopping mall, managers office. Qi Hancai sent a backpack of gold and 19 first-level corpse cores. After Wu Heng put it away, he handed the two bottles of medicine to her and said, "Drink it yourself and don''t tell anyone else." When he saw it, he gave himself the medicine. Qi Hancai''s face still showed joy, "I understand." Wu Heng said: "Pay attention to the military and let me know if there are any developments." Okay, I dont have any instructions, so Ill go back first. "Um." Qi Hancai exited the room. ??After Wu Heng put away the items, he simply sorted them out, opened the gate, returned the gold and silver, etc. Come out of the study room. Send the corpse core to the alchemy room. Let Minnie prepare the bath water and take a comfortable bath. ?Andeweier also came back from outside. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to prepare dinner, let''s go to Shannara''s place to eat." Master misses Sister Shanara again! Minnie said mischievously. ?Wu Heng patted her on the back, "Don''t talk nonsense!" "hey-hey!" After the two maids had changed, Wu Heng took them out and walked towards the next door. ~! Knocking lightly on the courtyard door, the housekeeper opened it. Deputy Wu Heng, two ladies. The housekeeper saluted. Well, is Mrs. Shannara here? Lets come and see her. "Please wait." Not long after, the door opened and the housekeeper said softly: "Please come in, my wife is waiting for you in the living room." Go through the courtyard and enter the building. ?? Then he saw Shanara wearing a gorgeous long dress, sitting on the sofa drinking tea. When she saw a few people coming in, she also showed a bright smile, "Here it comes!" Well, has the Star Flower Caravan come here recently? Wu Heng sat down and asked casually. Shannara shook her head, "Not so fast. We will approach the port in two days." Oh, let me know when the time comes. "Okay!" Shannara continued: "I heard that pirates have begun to frequently harass shipping routes recently. Is there any action from the association?" "The deacon is arranging this matter, and I guess there will be some arrangements by then." He said, looking at the other party''s delicate face. Shanara''s face turned a little red, she rolled her eyes at the other party, changed the subject and said: "The dinner is almost over, let''s go to the restaurant!" ?A few people got up and walked towards the restaurant. Shanara said as she walked, "I still have some precious ingredients here, and it just so happens that you can try them too." "Great! I just said that coming to Sister Shannara''s side was the right decision." Minnie cheered. Sit down at the table and after dinner is served. Started to eat. Wu Heng said: "How do you usually verify other people''s levels?" Shannara glanced at him and explained: "Most of the time, we make inferences based on the opponent''s combat effectiveness and some intelligence. Your association''s wanted order is this method. ?There is also a magic prop called detection level, which is a kind of spell in prophecy. Its function is to help some organizations identify the level when recruiting personnel. " Personal level is private. When faced with danger, your level is also the key to determining whether you can defeat the enemy. ?The association will not record specific grades on file. But everyone can estimate that a deacon must be at least level 12, and a subdeacon must be at least level 10 or above. Then, Shanara looked at him with a smile, "What, have you upgraded?" Just ask. ?A few people were chatting while eating, and they were very happy with each other. After dinner, Wu Heng took his two daughters and said goodbye to her and left. Wait until it gets late. The two maids also went back to their rooms to rest. ?Wu Heng walked out of the courtyard, folded a paper crane, and flew into Shanara''s lighted room. Shannella, with her hair disheveled, looked over from the window. ?Wu Heng pointed to the roof of the building, and the latter nodded. Go all the way to the top of the building. Shannara jumped over, gave her a light blow, and said, "Didn''t we just break up? Why are you looking for me again?" ?Wu Heng took her hand and asked, "Do you mean what you say?" Ah? Why doesnt it count? Shannara asked with some doubt. ?Wu Heng said softly: "I''m level 15!" Shanella frowned. ?Eyes gradually widen. (End of this chapter) Chapter 384 , news of Kalema鈥檚 disappearance Chapter 384, news of Kalemas disappearance Shanela looked at him in surprise. ?Then he reached out and touched his forehead, "Are you okay?" "real!" "Minnie and the others are with you, how can you talk nonsense about this?" Shannara said seriously. Obviously he doesnt believe that he can reach level 15. ??Wu Heng held the opponent''s hand and said: "Really, what are you doing to lie to me? Didn''t you say that there are props to verify the level? Take it out and I will prove it to you." I dont feel any resentment towards Shanara for not believing in me. According to normal circumstances, given the time it took him to become a professional and his own background, it would be impossible for him to reach level 15 so quickly. I heard that I need to use props to detect it. ??Shanara saw that his tone was serious, even if it was not consistent with common sense, she began to become a little suspicious. asked: Are you serious? Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Then wait! Shanara jumped back to the roof of her building and hurried downstairs. After a while, he returned again. He handed over a crystal stone engraved with runes. The front side of the spar, like a scale, is divided into five dividing lines. Hold it, like communicating ?Wu Heng held the spar and began to mentally try to communicate. The next second, the crystal in his hand began to light up from the bottom, and when it reached the fourth level, it slowly stopped. Shanara on the side was staring at the crystal with surprise and disbelief in her eyes. Hand covering the crystal, he looked around cautiously. Check to see if any tame animals are nearby. Even if the two of them are dating, they are not as nervous as now. After confirming that there was nothing suspicious, he opened his eyes wide and asked, "How did you do that?" If I remember correctly, Wu Heng is only 24 years old. Human, a 24-year-old professional from a remote town, reached level 15 and fourth level. How can this be? But the fact was before her eyes, and she had to admit it. It wasnt you who inspired me, but I finally reached level 15. Wu Heng said. Shannara''s face was slightly red. Although she liked hearing it, leveling was not something that could be achieved with motivation. "If you don''t want to say forget it, don''t tell anyone about it." "I know, I''ll tell you." Wu Heng firmly hugged her waist and continued: "You promised!" Shannara''s face started to turn red, and she said timidly: "Let''s talk about it later, you are improving too fast." ?Wu Hengs hand around his waist tightened again, and he lowered his head and pressed it to his lips. Shannara gave a light hammer, her whole body hanging on the other party. The body gradually becomes weaker and the heart beats more intensely. When he was breathing heavily, he said: "It''s a little cold outside, go to my place." ?Wu Heng nodded, let the other party hold him, and jumped back to the roof next door. ??He entered the bedroom quietly. Shanela''s bedroom is large. It''s like two rooms are connected. ??The bedroom is a large bed hung with a white gauze curtain, and there is a small study room behind the partition, with many oil paintings hanging on the walls. After a brief glance, without waiting for the other party to speak, he picked up Shannara again and put her on the bed. Having half a push to take off her nightgown. Shannara covered her important parts with her hands and curled up on the bed, timid and somewhat expectant. ? Glancing carefully, his eyes fell on the other party''s exposed body. The muscles are firm and well defined. Even the sculptures used for painting are more smooth and natural. I feel shy, but I cant look away. ??This is a mage? Seeing her staring at him, Wu Heng subconsciously touched his body, "What''s wrong?" Shannara reacted and immediately turned her head away, "It''s okay, I just don''t feel like you are built like a mage." ?Wu Heng smiled, pulled away her covering arm, and put it on his body, "Want to touch it?" What are you doing! Shannellas skin became even redder, but she still touched her carefully. Does it feel good? Shannella put her head aside and said, "Next time I draw a human body, you will be my model." Okay, then I want to collect some reward first. ?Wu Heng pressed lightly on his body and pecked down his neck. Hmm~! Shannara moaned softly. Hand your arms lightly against your chest. The next day, early morning. Shanela walked out of the bathroom wearing an off-white bathrobe. ?Standing in front of the silver mirror, he gently combed his scattered hair. Turning his head to look at the hickey on his neck, he touched it gently. Youre up so early! Wu Heng came over from behind and hugged the waist in front of him. Shanela was still combing her hair, "You are always dishonest, how can you sleep." ?Wu Heng smiled, looked at the beautiful figure in the mirror, and said softly: "You are so beautiful." ? ? "It''s just your sweet mouth." ? ? ? Wu Heng stretched out his hand, and the belt tied around Shannara''s waist was untied, and the skirt of her clothes spread to both sides, revealing a round, smooth and flat belly. Ah~! Shannara was just about to cover it with her hands. The belt is bundled together, and the hands are tied and raised high. What have you been doing all morning? Shanela complained, her upper body was pressed against the silver mirror, and her buttocks were slightly backward. afternoon. There was a knock on the door, and the housekeeper''s voice came in. Madam, you havent eaten all day. Shannara lay on her back on the desk, breathing lightly, and patted the man''s chest. said: Bring it in! ?Wu Heng was startled, "What are you doing!" "fine!" ?The door opened and the housekeeper walked in directly. Ignoring the two people on the desk on one side, he placed the prepared meal on the tea table next to the bed. Then he simply cleaned up the scene. Leave the room directly. ?Wu Heng asked in surprise: "Isn''t this bad?" We have a slave contract, dont worry. Shannara said. Its a little strange to be seen. "From now on, you will also be her master, so what are you afraid of? Even though you are not in name yet." Shanara smiled softly. Oh, okay! Wu Heng picked her up, walked to the tea table, leaned against each other, and fed each other affectionately as they ate dinner. Why are you like an animal, endlessly? Shanara complained as she lay on the bed a little tired. You dont even think about how long Ive been waiting for you. "Really." Shanela rolled her eyes at him and said, "I have to talk about things tomorrow. You can''t stay here tonight, otherwise I won''t be able to sleep well all night." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Okay, then when you are done with your work, come directly to me." "I don''t want it. It would be so embarrassing if Minnie and the others see it." "What are you afraid of? In their eyes, you are also the mistress." Shannara''s face was slightly red, but she still felt a sense of joy in her heart, "Let''s talk about it then!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng got dressed. ?Pecked the other person on the face, waved and walked out of the room. Go along the roof and return to your residence. The improvement in physical fitness can be clearly felt at this time. ?Even if it lasts for a day and a night, it wont make a big difference. First, I went to the radio room on the third floor and took a look to make sure there was no news from ''Philippa''. Go directly downstairs. In the restaurant, Minnie and Andwyer were sitting at the table eating. Seeing him coming down, Minnie got up and went to get the dishes. I have eaten, you can eat! Wu Heng said. Oh, the master ate outside. Minnie sat back and continued eating. ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa nearby. Anderweil said: "Master, Assistant Moya asked you today to ask you to go to the association tomorrow." ??Moya is looking for himself? Do you know anything? "It seems to be related to the special inspection envoy last time. I don''t know what the specific matter is." Andwyer thought for a moment and said in an uncertain tone. Calema! It seems that news of his death has finally come back. Okay, lets go together tomorrow. Well, good master. Have had dinner. After chatting in the living room for a while. ?Wu Heng walked upstairs to the room. The two women looked at each other and followed him upstairs. In the bedroom. ?Minnie and Anderweil were lying on both sides of the bed, leaning on their chins and looking at Wu Heng, who was sleeping soundly in the middle. "What''s going on? Master went to bed so early today?" Minnie asked, holding her chin. ? Anderweil was on the other side and said softly: "Keep your voice down, maybe you''re tired!" "Master, it''s really hard for you. If you can''t do it, don''t be a sub-deacon. Why don''t we play together at home every day?" Minnie said. Anderweil pinched the other person''s cheek lightly and said, "How do you think our current life came about? Moreover, the master''s status will become higher and higher in the future, so how can he come back to stay at home with you every day." Thats all Im saying, what are you doing so seriously? Anderweil smiled, "I''m afraid you''re too young to know what to do." Who is younger? Is it better to be older than you? The two whispered a few words, and then each leaned on one side. Close your eyes and fall into a deep sleep. The next day, association. Deacon''s study. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said directly after entering the study. ??Imiro said directly: "Kalema is missing." Thanks for the 10,000 tip lighter than a feather. (End of this chapter) Chapter 385 , exchange the ring stick at the port (please ask for a monthly ticket.) Chapter 385: Changing the oracle at the port (asking for a monthly ticket.) It is indeed a matter of Kalema. ? He ??glanced at Imiro and saw that he had no expression on his face. He frowned and said, "Didn''t you say we were going to the next resident association? Why are you still missing?" The ship he was on has already conveyed the news to the local association, and the person disappeared on the ship. Imiro continued. Missing at sea? Then there should be some problems with this ship. Imiro glanced at him and asked: "The local association is investigating. Let your pirate lady also pay attention to this matter to see if it is related to pirates." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Well, theres nothing else to do, go and do your business! ?Wu Heng left directly. Return to your office and study room. Anderweil asked: "Master, do you have any mission?" Its nothing, its just that Kalema is missing, and the association plans to investigate! Wu Heng sat down at the desk. Isnt the special supervisory envoy a very high position? Why is he still missing? Who knows, the deacon suspected that the pirates did it. Oh! On the sea, only pirates are so unscrupulous. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. About the fact that he killed Kalema, he did not tell the two maids around him. Its not that I dont trust them, its just that the less people know about some things, the better. Especially this kind of thing, which has a relatively large impact. On the other hand, Imiro didn''t seem to pay attention to himself. From a superficial point of view, I dont have that big of animosity with Kalema, and its not even a conflict. And in terms of time, it is difficult to doubt coming here. It depends on the association where the ship is docked, whether they will find out anything through investigation. Not very likely. After staying in the study for a while, Wu Heng said hello to Anderweil and walked out of the association. Find a place where there was no one around. Put on the [train conductors hat], and the train whistle will sound the next second. The ghost train appeared and opened one door with a loud crash. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and filled in "Netalei City" in the itinerary. The doors closed and the train disappeared. A few hours later. ?The train appeared in an uninhabited land outside Netale City. ?Wu Heng got off the train and looked at the direction of the city. Put the [Transformation Veil] on your head and walk towards the city. Five or six days have passed since the consortium auction. Previously at the trade fair, I had a verbal transaction with a woman wearing a black cloak. ?The other party took out a "wonderful object" that could restore one''s sanity, and exchanged two bottles of potion with him. Calculating the time, the other party left the passenger ship and arrived at Netale City. After solving the level 15 problem. I thought to take a look. If the other party really hangs up the commission, I will exchange it. After all, I have made an agreement. If there is no similar commission, it will be a wasted trip. Enter the city smoothly. I found a tavern on the way and went in. Madam, what do you need? the bartender came over and asked. Wu Heng now has the image of a woman, so she is called Madam. Sit down and order a glass of wine. When the other party brings the wine, he takes out two silver coins and hands them to the other party. The bartender looked at the silver coin and did not dare to take it. He said respectfully: "Madam, I can help you introduce other men." ??Wu Heng ignored Dui''s words and asked directly: "Where is the Snake Emblem Consortium in the city?" The bartender breathed a sigh of relief when he heard that he was not coveting his own beauty. quickly put away the silver coins and said in a low voice: "You can go to the Mermaid Tavern. The downstairs there is also open to the public." ??Ye Ke Kingdom does not recognize the identity of the consortium. So it usually appears in another form around the city, or in relatively secret places. ?Just like the Snake Emblem Consortium in Blackstone Town, they established a black market outside the city. ??Blackstone Town and the local association are both aware of the consortium''s black market, but they also acquiesce in the existence of the other party. This sounds like it''s in the city. Its really bold.?????Thank you! ??The bartender saluted again, took the silver coins and left directly. ?Wu Heng drank all the wine in his glass, walked out of the tavern, called a carriage, and headed to the Mermaid Tavern. ?The Mermaid Tavern is not too far away either. Follow the crowd down the wooden ladder and enter an underground place. At the front desk of the Snake Emblem Financial Group, there is an exchange area for gold and silver coins on one side, and a notice board surrounded by many people. This should be considered a semi-public place. He remembered that when he was in Blackstone Town, entering the black market established by the consortium required a cloak, and it was completely open here. ?Wu Heng walked to the notice board. Scanning through the commissioned tasks one after another, I finally landed on one. The strange object ''Jieguang'', provides the effect of making people wake up by hitting the body. In exchange, 2 bottles of medicine can be used to change the body''s constitution. Sure enough, it came out. The price was still based on the price negotiated by both parties at that time, two bottles of medicine. ?After thinking for a moment, I took off the commission and walked to the counter. "I''ll take this commission." The counter staff took the entrustment and looked at it. Then he said: "Guest, what do you want to exchange? We need to arrange for someone to inspect it to ensure that it meets the entrustment requirements." ?Wu Heng handed over the two bottles of medicine. The staff took it and said, "Guest, please wait a moment." ?Wu Heng nodded and waited at a location not far away. not long time. The staff came out again and said: "Guest, the potion meets the conditions of the commission. This is the item on the commission. Please check it." The long wooden box is opened. The wooden staff with a tan color inside is exposed, with a shiny surface and religious patterns on it. At the top is a golden ball-shaped hand grip. Qingming Precept Stick Category: Strange Objects Effect: Beating creatures can relieve mental, hypnotic, illusion and other negative effects. Side effects: Doubled pain. (Description: Physical pain, which can make you more awake.) It is indeed this prop. ??Moreover, it has more effects than imagined, including mental relief, hypnosis, and even illusion effects. It is already considered a very good rare item. The side effects are not serious, but the pain is doubled, and it will be over after a while. It is not a serious side effect. It is unlikely that he can use it. After all, the ability of [Strengthening Will] has protected his consciousness several times. But there is no telling when it will be used. ?Wu Heng was quite satisfied and put the items away. Looking up at the staff who had not left yet, he asked: "Is there anything else?" "The guest, the alchemist who verified the potion, is very interested in your potion. Let me ask you if it is convenient for you to meet with him." After that, he continued to add, "We will not disclose your information, we are just here to ask you. Opinion." It seems that the alchemist responsible for the inspection discovered the difference in the potion. Want to have a chat with myself. You should think of yourself as an alchemist. Its not very convenient. Wu Heng said. Good guest, then we wont disturb you. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked directly outside. Exit the Mermaid Tavern. ?Wu Heng walked forward along the road. The carriages here do not stop at any time. More often, they need to go to a fixed location to find the carriage. Havent walked a few meters. ?Wu Heng turned into an alley. ?Standing there and waiting, a figure followed closely and walked in. "What''s up?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 386 , the woman who followed Chapter 386, the woman who followed The figure following him paused. Looking ahead with some surprise. ?Just now I was curious about why I suddenly turned into an alley, but it turned out that I was following him and was waiting to follow him. ?Standing at the entrance of the alley, he said directly, "I''m selling that rare thing." ?Wu Heng also looked at the figure who followed. ? Wearing a hood, the brim of the hat is lowered very low, and the long golden hair can be seen in the gaps on both sides of the hood. Female voice, and young. ??I thought it was the alchemist of the consortium, after all, I just asked the staff to send a message, saying that I wanted to talk to him. It seems that I was wrong. You can continue to issue commissions to the consortium, I will come over and take a look. Wu Heng replied. You can come back to see it after a while, and maybe exchange some rare items or props. I also want to test the outside worlds attitude towards this medicine. The sale of the potion this time is not just to exchange for this rare item. ??Wu Heng said directly: "The production of potions is not as simple as you think. Just go through the consortium. I will come and check on it from time to time." Wheres Shannella? Having dinner with the two maids, we headed to Shanara''s residence from the rooftop. "Can." "Our transaction has been completed, do you have anything else to do?" Wu Heng''s tone was still a bit unkind. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng nodded and walked directly to the study. "I apologize to you for my behavior just now." The woman bowed and continued: "I know that you intend to hide your identity, so I did not meet you in the consortium. I came out with you and wanted to have a talk." The carriage rushed all the way to the city gate. He stopped a passing carriage and rushed out of the city. The woman just now should have a very good background. "Madam is in the study. Do you want to stay here tonight?" the housekeeper continued to ask. The alchemist responsible for the inspection was indeed very interested in this potion, but the impact was not as exaggerated as imagined. Just when he was about to explain, the other party bowed slightly and said, "Master Wu Heng!" Find a deserted place and took the ghost train back to Treasure Island. Back to Treasure Island, it was almost dusk. ?Wu Heng paused, feeling that the way he came might be misunderstood by the other party. Then I wont disturb you. The woman bowed to the nobles again and exited the alley again. Have encountered any difficulties and need this medicine? ?Hunting the door open, Shanara was sitting in front of the desk in a daze. ?Wu Heng watched her leave and walked forward some distance. Youve been staying here waiting for me? Wu Heng asked curiously. "The guards have made some adjustments. If you stay, please leave before breakfast to avoid having a bad impact on the lady." As soon as he stepped off the roof, he saw the housekeeper walking towards him. "Um." "I know, if I want to exchange again, how should I find you?" the woman said again. You can tell me the specific address and I will go directly with the exchange items. The [Eagle Eye Technique] was released along the road, as well as Glenda''s reconnaissance to confirm that no one was following him anymore. ?Wu Heng got off the car and walked towards the outside of the city. Return to the Mermaid Tavern. The woman continued: "I just want to confirm with you, how can I continue to exchange this medicine with you in the future?" ??Wu Heng looked at her doubtfully, "This kind of medicine is limited to one person. You can''t take it all the time. If you buy too much, you won''t be able to use it." It should be the person who made a verbal agreement with him on the auction ship. I saw you took off the commission. "This..., okay! If you are not satisfied with the exchange of items, you can ask the consortium to contact me and we will continue to negotiate." What to talk about? Stalking someone is not a friendly thing to do. Seeing him come in, the statue of God wandering in the sky suddenly turned into joy. With bare white feet, he ran all the way and jumped directly into his arms. Hes back! Well, I saw your housekeeper when I was in the corridor. She asked me to leave before breakfast tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said. Shannara looked up at him, "You can stay in the room and not go out, and no one will know." ?Wu Heng smiled, picked her up, kissed her and put her on the desk. The corners of the skirt hang down along the edge of the table, gently floating rhythmically. Summon - Skeleton Mage, unlocks the skill ''Bone Spell''. Um? Before she had time to think too much, Shannella asked, "What''s wrong?" ?Wu Heng smiled and caressed the other person''s cheek, "You are so beautiful." "Why are you saying this at this time? Really!" Shannara glanced to the side. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng returned from Shannara''s residence. Come downstairs and have dinner with your two maids. He went up to the fourth floor again. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. It was still the manager''s lounge. He stood at the window and looked out. As the weather turns colder, there is also a cold wind outside, raising dust and fallen leaves all over the ground. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?But now there are not enough manpower, and yellowing leaves are flying all over the sky. ??Wu Heng did not call Qi Hancai, but went directly downstairs, rode on the flying dragon and headed to the old factory area. Still a few minutes away. ??The flying dragon fell from the roof of the building. Wu Heng jumped off the dragon''s back and spat a few mouthfuls of sand in his mouth toward the ground. Go downstairs along the roof. Entered his dormitory. ?In the room, the skeleton mage Kalema was still sitting at the desk, and had already changed to another book. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look at the skeleton''s skills. ??The skill column that originally only had one skill [Surviation Technique] now has an additional skill [Bone-Supporting Technique (Replacement)]. Hand has indeed learned the art of bones. ??The substitution word after it represents his status as an auxiliary attendant. The transformed skeleton is still an auxiliary summon belonging to Wu Heng. Kalema is a level 15 mage after all, so his intelligence advantage lies here. The speed of learning skills is not slow either. I remember that it was difficult for me to learn the skills of several skeleton hags I transformed before. Later, I gave up and left them in the prison. ???Didn''t take Kalema away immediately, but went out again and walked downstairs along the stairs. When I walked to the third floor, I happened to see my little mother Zhao Yanqiu walking up carrying a lunch box. ?He was stunned for a moment, then smiled, "Your Majesty!" I just had dinner. The factory canteen opens at fixed times. Do you have any instructions for coming here this time? Zhao Yanqiu asked. Its nothing, come and take a look at the situation here. "Wait a moment." Zhao Yanqiu sent the lunch box back to the room, then walked out, "I''ll take a look with you." ?Wu Heng nodded and walked downstairs. Then I looked around the factory area, including the front and back yards. The entire old factory is now in charge of Zhao Yanqiu, and his main responsibility is productivity. Weapons for skeletons, winter clothing for survivors, and solid iron bullets produced at the furnace. It can be regarded as the factory of the base. plays a very important role. Zhao Yanqiu introduced it from beginning to end, and Wu Heng also followed and listened. It seems that there are no problems and it is developing smoothly. Return to the dormitory. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked her to go see her mother. Myself and Glenda, chatting in the room. Why do you think your husband is still alive? Wu Heng looked at the ghost in the sky and asked curiously. "This is also what I analyzed after so many years after my death. In the few years since we were together, he has been obsessed with some books about changing human lifespan or physique. I doubt he survived, and I hope he will not die so easily. Glenda explained. In Glenda''s story. She was killed by her husband in the basement, and then the whole building was set on fire. That is, the manor where Wu Heng met her. ?At that time, one of the conditions for ''Glenda'' to follow her was that if she met her husband, he would help her kill him. Today, Glenda read a book about killing his wife and monopolizing his property, and thats where the conversation ended. If he really survives, his strength will probably reach a relatively high level. Wu Heng said. "You will help me, right? We agreed." Glenda leaned over and looked into his eyes. Wu Heng said directly: "Of course I will help you, but then don''t be like those women in the novel, who soften your heart, forgive the other person, and get back together." (End of this chapter) Chapter 387 , I have the information! (Please give me a monthly ticket.) Chapter 387, I have the information! (Please give me a monthly ticket...) ?Glenda likes to read books, so naturally she has read books or stories of this type. He asked curiously: "When the time comes, I will really soften my heart and forgive him. What will you do?" What can I do? I hope you feel more comfortable next time you are killed. ?Granda changed her position again and said: "Don''t worry, what you said will only appear in romance novels. If you help me, he will not be as good as you if he is really alive today." "Um!" The two of them were chatting. Xiaoxiao flew back from next door. said: "I''m back." How was the chat with your mother? Wu Heng asked. Its good. Im much fatter than before. Thank you uncle for taking care of my mother. My family should do it. "Uh-huh!" ?Wu Heng stood up and ordered to Kalema, "Leave here with me." Kalema stood up and followed him. ?Wu Heng put away all the books on the desk. Go back to the top of the building, get on the Skeleton Dragon and leave. Return to the mall. ?Wu Heng arranged for Kalema to stay in his room and continue reading. The second book I chose is [Dead Corpse Battlefield], both of which are skills for transforming corpses. ??The reason why I learned [Bone Slave Technique] in advance is because it is a prerequisite skill. If you dont learn it, you cant release it in the Battlefield of Dead Corpses. Get settled in Kalema. ??Wu Heng continued to call Qi Hancai and talked about some things about the development of the factory area. Then go through the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go downstairs from the fourth floor. When you walk to the third floor, go directly into the room where the radio station is placed. ?Picked up the record book and looked at it, then directly picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, Philippa''s response came from the other side, "Here, what''s wrong?" Why didnt I contact you yesterday? "I didn''t hear you. I can''t stay here and chat with you every day. I''m a captain, but I''m very busy." Philippa said a little proudly. ?Yesterday, he tried to contact Philippa, but there was no one on the other side. Almost thought something had happened to the other party. You can arrange for a skeleton to stay by the radio station and make some records, so you can know whether I have contacted you or not. Wu Heng suggested. Okay, Ill arrange one at that time. Do you have anything to do with me? Wu Heng continued: "I told the deacon about your matter, and he promised that you can provide three level three wanted information. If the information is successful, you will be allowed to join the association and become a member of the ''Secret Whisperers''." Wow! Its true. Philippa exclaimed, and then asked: What is the Whisperer? "The association is an organization that is responsible for collecting intelligence. Some people will be assigned to join the team in the association, and some are like you who act as eyeliners among various forces." Wu Heng explained to the other party what he understood. Oh, what are the benefits of joining? "This means that you are already a member of the association. Some things are easier to deal with. Even if there is any danger in the future, you can go directly to the local association to seek asylum. The most important point is that when you stop being a pirate in the future, you can more easily distance yourself from the pirates. In short, there are advantages and no disadvantages to the relationship between them." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said to him. Give me money? "There are settlements every month. I didn''t ask how much I would give. I''ll wait until you join." Oh, thats fine too, give it to my mother then! "Can!" "Then I join the association and we are members. Will you still take care of me?" Philippa''s voice suddenly became softer. Sounds like she is still somewhat dependent on him. Think about it too. The association may not be able to support an informant in such a way that it pays buckets of money. Wu Heng said: "You are still responsible for me. Joining the association will also make you safer in the future." Then tell my mother, Im now a member of the association and Im getting ahead. You are not yet a member of the association. You will be considered a member of the association after completing the three wanted notices. Yes, I have information now. Philippa said suddenly. ?Wu Heng frowned, "What information?" While selling the cargo you gave me, I heard that the Black Crocodile Pirates will stop at Horseshoe Island for a few days. You can go over and kill them! Philippa said. ?Wu Heng opened the tablet and checked the location on the island. Found the Horseshoe Island she mentioned in the south. An island that doesnt look too big. The distance is a bit far. It takes about two days to travel from Treasure Island. Im going over now. It will take two days at the earliest. Will they stay there? "Probably, they are planning to rob the caravan there. If you go directly, you will most likely encounter them." Philippa said, but his tone was not too confident. It is difficult to control the behavior of pirates. ??It is also the most difficult point to capture. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then agreed, "Okay, I''ll go over and have a look as soon as I''m ready. If I can kill the target, it will be credited to you." Hmm, whether I can become a Whisperer depends on your help! ?Wu Heng continued: "There is one more thing, please pay attention to it." "What''s up?" "Recently, the association has lost an ''inspection envoy''. The deacon suspects that it was pirates. Please pay attention to the relevant information. If there is anything in this regard, remember to report it to me in time." Wu Heng mentioned the matter of Kalema. . Who is it? I dont even know what a special inspection envoy is. "It''s a position. His name is Kalema. He is a tall and thin middle-aged man. Just pay attention to him." "Oh fine!" Theres nothing left to do, just be careful on your own. Understood. Goodbye, dad. Hang up the phone. ??Wu Heng reopened the map and took a look. He is thinking about the next plan in his mind. ?Horseshoe Island is a little further away, but Philippa has provided information and cannot ignore it. Otherwise, there will be no point in arranging eyeliner. Still have to go there. Go down the stairs. Minnie came back from training in the courtyard. Her clothes were soaked and her skin was covered with beads of sweat. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he immediately smiled and said, "Master." Minnie has been so diligent recently! "Of course, the master bought me such an expensive prop. I want to use it as soon as possible, and I can help you like Sister Wei''er." Minnie hugged his arm. Minnie is so good. Hehe! Minnie smiled happily. ??Wu Heng continued to take out four bottles of potions and put them on the table, "You and Wei''er will have two bottles of potions to improve your physique. Watch each other carefully when drinking." Thank you, Master. Minnie put it away and continued to ask: Master, do you want to eat? "Prepare some for me. I have to go out later. Prepare for two days." Oh, okay! Minnie agreed immediately and went to the kitchen to prepare food. Not long after, the food is ready. ??Wu Heng put the space ring away and said, "I''m going out for a trip. If someone asks, they tell me that I''m on the island investigating wanted criminals." Understood. Minnie nodded. ?Wu Heng rubbed her rabbit ears and walked out of the residence with the skeleton. Call a carriage and go to the port. Take a boat and continue to leave Treasure Island. The ship sailed all night. The next night, the ship approached the island mentioned in the intelligence. Looking from a distance. You can see several pirate ships with torches. Extraordinarily eye-catching in the dark night. ?Philippa''s information is still accurate, these pirates are still here. Looked at it from a distance for a while. Granda flew back from a distance and said: "There are three ships in total, and a few people are left to guard each ship. There are more people on the island, almost two hundred people, dancing around the lit bonfire, and dancing Its ugly. Are there any defense measures? "I didn''t notice them. They were all drunk and staggering around. If we just rushed up, it wouldn''t be a big problem." Granda said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Shark Tooth, bring the ship closer." The approach of the ship also attracted the attention of the pirates guarding the ship. But there were no torches lit here, and the outline of the ship could only be seen faintly by the moonlight. ?Wu Heng took out the bronze key and opened the boundary gate at the wooden door of the cabin. Revealing a large area of ??skeletons behind. Give a direct order, "Come out and kill the pirates on the ship and on the island." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons walked out of the boundary gate and jumped into the sea like dumplings. Approaching the island ahead. While watching from a distance. Like a colony of ants, they crowded onto the pirate ship. More skeletons continue to approach the island. Horseshoe Island. ?The pirates gathered around the bonfire. Sing and dance to celebrate this harvest. ?In the distance, the captain was also holding a wine glass and kept pouring wine into his mouth. Beside him were the touting crew members. Laughter, shouting. ??And the sound of discussions about where to go to have fun after dividing the money filled the surroundings of the campfire. Just because everyone is in a good mood. When you are immersed in joy. Suddenly, three pirates guarding the ship ran over in panic. ?Haunted loudly: "The undead, the undead have robbed the ship." Captain, there are souls, many souls. Damn it, stop drinking. The captain and a few sober people stood up. Looking towards the direction where the ship is docked. On the deck of the pirate ship, skeletons wearing leather armor appeared one after another. Get up, pick up your weapons, and fight with me to take back the ship. The captain turned around and shouted loudly. Captain, that, over there... Someone pointed forward, his voice trembling. The captain turned back. Then he saw the sea rolling, and densely packed skeletons walking out of the sea. Holding a battle ax in hand, he rushed towards me like an evil spirit crawling out of the abyss. (End of this chapter) Chapter 388 , The Conspiracy of the Devils Hand Chapter 388, The conspiracy of the devils hand Damn it, why are there so many undead? They are coming to take revenge on us. They are crawling out to take revenge. What should we do? The boat has been taken over by the undead. How can we leave? The drunken pirates sobered up instantly. While screaming, he put on his armor in a panic. They are pirates. I also thought about the retribution I would receive. But they have never killed so many people in their lives. This is counting all the people killed by the pirates on their heads. ??The pirate captain also looked horrified, and his eyes quickly glanced around. He was thinking about ways to retreat. The island has fallen into silence again. The corpses have been collected and piled together bloody. Mainly cloth and leather. Reopen the gate and let the transferred skeletons return to the other side. There is a lot of cargo in the three ships. The skeletons on standby immediately took action and began to clean up the battlefield. ?In the blink of an eye, the pirates were overwhelmed by the skeletons. Only the hacking and wailing coming from under the skeletons proved that the pirates were still resisting. All items were put into the space sachet, walked out of the cabin directly, and returned to the island. In one of the cabins, a large number of gold and silver coins belonging to the pirates were also found, as well as some gold and silver utensils. The pirates are all dead, said Glenda. "I haven''t noticed. There are only so many pirates. If you use so many skeletons, you won''t have anywhere to hide." Granda said. ??The undead ran away and began to chase around the pirates. ?This is an isolated island. Without a boat, they have no chance to escape. The next second, the skeletons began to shrink the encirclement and rushed towards the pirates. Gradually, the wailing stopped. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and ordered: "Clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses and equipment." Then take the opportunity to recapture the ship. The rest of the corpses will be released into [Dead Corpse Battlefield] and all will be transformed into skeletons. ?With a finger pointing the weapon in his hand, the large number of skeletons around him immediately rushed in several directions. You cannot swim to other shores either. ?Wu Heng released the [God''s presence] state, and Glenda flew back from a distance. "That''s right!" Wu Heng said directly from behind: "Go forward and get to the shore." The cargo ship moved forward again and slowly docked. ??Enter the gate while the skeleton is there. A large number of skeletons stood in place, on standby. In the middle of the skeleton. Staring at the pirates wandering in the distance. ?The pirates'' eyes were already panicking, but they still drew their weapons and started running to one side following the captain. Surrounded the pirates who were circling in the middle. Without thinking of other escape routes, the captain drew his weapon and shouted: "Shut up, they are all **** pirates, why are you panicking? These skeletons are not very intelligent. Follow me, circle around and then go and take back the ship." "You didn''t run away, were you hiding?" At sea. ?Wu Heng used [Divine Appearance] to place his spiritual consciousness on an ordinary skeleton. Planning to turn the skeleton around in a circle. The skeleton has also returned to standby mode. He held up the helmet on his head. Let the skeleton drag out the pirate captain''s body, wrap it in a straw mat, and put it into the space ring. Hurrah! ??Wu Heng took Kerinmu and Shattered Skull and boarded the pirate ship at the back to check the goods inside. ?Wu Heng took out the [Conductors Hat] again, summoned the ghost train, and recorded the location under his feet. ??If you come here again next time, you dont need to take a boat, you can directly use the ghost train to arrive. Wait until everything is processed. Get back on the ship, let other skeletons control the captured ship, and return to Treasure Island together. Originally, I wanted to take the ghost train back, but the skeletons controlled the ship to return. But after a little thought, I was afraid that something would go wrong. A bunch of skeletons are driving a ship to the port. If he is not there, there may be some panic. The matter of leaving the island needs to be kept confidential.?????It''s better to be careful. Go back to the cabin and lie down on the boat to take a nap. It was already dusk on the second day when we returned to Treasure Island. Call a carriage and take the body to the association morgue first, and then return to his residence. Go into the living room. Minnie and Anderweil walked up immediately. "Master, you are back. Sister Wei''er and I are so worried about you!" Minnie hugged his arm and said. ??Andwyer also hugged the other arm and also cast a soft gaze. "It''s a small mission, nothing dangerous." Wu Heng hugged the two of them and sat down on the sofa, and continued to ask: "Is there nothing going on in the past two days?" Minnie said: "Nothing happened. Sister Shanara came over. After sitting for a while, she asked why I didn''t see you. I said you went to arrest a wanted criminal." Well, is there nothing wrong with the association? Wu Heng hugged the little fox **** the other side. Anderweil leaned on her chest obediently and said softly: "There is nothing going on at the association." Its fine as long as theres nothing to do. Whats for dinner? Master, wait a moment, it will be ready soon. Minnie got up and went to the kitchen to urge the skeleton to speed up. Soon dinner was served. The three of them sat together and started eating. After dinner, the two girls gave the little owl a bath in the courtyard. ??Wu Heng went to the radio station room on the third floor to contact Philippa. Philippa, are you there? How about now? Have you caught those stinky pirates? Philippa said. Already killed. Wow, you are so efficient. Wu Heng continued: "The body has been sent to the association for autopsy. After the autopsy confirms the identity, it will be included in your information." Oh oh, okay! Keep working hard, there are still two more to go. Understood. Philippas tone was full of enthusiasm. I have nothing to do, just go about your business. "good." After hanging up the chat, Wu Heng sat in the study for a while. Minnie prepared bath water, and with the help of the two girls, she took a comfortable bath. When it gets dark, everyone returns to their rooms to rest. It was late at night, and Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes. ?Going out of the room, at the end of the corridor, I saw ''Shanela'' wearing a nightgown, carefully coming down from the roof. ??Wu Heng dismissed the skeleton guard who was approaching and helped her down, "Why didn''t you tell me in advance?" I wont let the paper crane spread the news. Shanara rolled her eyes at him and asked, You came back, and you didnt say you were looking for me. I just came back, it was a bit late, so I didnt bother you. It would be weird if I believed you. ?Wu Heng picked him up by the waist and asked, "Go to the bedroom, the study, or the courtyard." Shannara''s eyes widened, "You still want to go to the courtyard, are you crazy?" Then go to the bedroom. Its up to you, Ill deliver it to you anyway! ?Wu Heng smiled, hugged her and walked toward the bedroom. A coastal city, a well-decorated tavern. A man wearing a robe, hanging rosary beads, and holding a book on one side of his arm appeared at the door of the tavern. Looking around, he sank his knees and stood up straight from the ground. ??Picked through an open window on the second floor and climbed directly in. ??The room was empty, except for the faint sound of breathing coming from the room behind. The man was about to walk in. From the bedroom, a woman''s voice came, "Captain of Devil''s Hand, what are you doing here?" The man stopped and did not enter the bedroom. He said directly: "I''m here to cooperate with you and make a big deal." Go away, the smell of sea on your body is disgusting, I have nothing to cooperate with you! ??The man sat down on the side and said: "Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, and Imiro, the deacon, are you interested?" "say clearly!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 389 , old friends arrive Chapter 389, old friends arrive The captain of the Devil''s Hand sat down on the seat next to him, made a light shoulder, which was similar to a religious blessing, and said: "I have contacted several other pirate groups and will test the actions of the Treasure Island Association. Fish them out, then surround and kill them." Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded softly. In the bedroom, a woman wearing a red nightgown walked out slowly. She had fluffy hair and a charming and **** face. She looked at the other person and said directly: "It''s a bold idea. Aren''t you afraid of death? Imiro will not let you bully him." The people under my hands. The man continued: "This is why I came to you. I need you to contain ''Imiro''. As long as he doesn''t interfere, we will have a way to kill the kid and leave." "You asked me to block the gun for you, are you looking for death?" The woman''s voice suddenly turned cold. "No, no, I don''t need you to take action, so it doesn''t count as fighting with Imiro. According to his character, even if he is suspicious, he will not take action against you, let alone be put on the wanted list by the association." "What''s the meaning?" "As long as you land on Treasure Island, Imiro will naturally pay attention to you. As long as you stay on the island for a day, he will not leave the island rashly, and we will have more opportunities." The man said confidently. New pirate groups may emerge from newly established pirate groups, or from pirates who are divided due to internal strife. Looking at the night outside the window. Okay, you did a good job, I will write down the information this time for her. Disappear into the night. At this time, there was a knock on the door. Told the story about how Philippa provided information and killed the Poisonous Crocodile Pirates himself. Seems to be acceptable. "What do you want his body to do? It''s best to destroy it on the spot. If the body is preserved, it may leave hidden dangers." ?Imiro showed some surprise and appreciation for how efficiently the two of them captured the pirates. ?Wu Hengs actions were different from others. Even Imiro thought that the other party was investigating a wanted criminal, and he stopped mentioning why he couldn''t see anyone and wanted to take charge of the association. In todays social environment, it is difficult to stop pirates. Anderweil thought about it for a moment, and immediately remembered the last time she wrote a letter. After arriving at the association, Wu Heng first went to the deacons study. Return to your office and study room. ?? Anderweil was sorting documents in the study room. The man looked straight at her, finally took a deep breath and said, "Okay, we will set off tomorrow. I need you to reach Treasure Island within three days." Several wanted notices were sent over. Basically, the team will not be mobilized. They will not see each other for a few days, and then bring back the body of the wanted person. Is this the study room of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng? The woman still looked at him, "Bring the body back, I agree to your terms." The woman sat at the table, poured herself a glass of water, and drank it silently. The woman was dull for a few seconds, "I want to take away Wu Heng''s body." ?? Anderweil opened the door, and a figure stood outside the door. After saying that, he jumped out of the window again. Wheres the reward? The next day. Thank you, deacon. Now, even if you dont come to the association for several days. ?Wu Heng took a look at it in his hand and found that several pirate groups and several wanted criminals with major crimes had indeed been added. Master, the associations wanted order was updated this morning. This is newly added wanted information. The woman narrowed her eyes slightly, if she could only do this step. I am Kavina, the new captain of Team 11, and I have worked together with Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng thanked him and then exited the study. The man was silent for a few seconds, "200 gold coins and a warship. If you have anything to do at sea, I can help you." Smiled and said: "It''s Sister Kavina. The deputy deacon often mentions the things he did with you in Blackstone Town." Yes, you are? Andweil asked. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet and took a photo of the new wanted order for easy reference later. ~! Speaking, he got out of the way and led the other party into the study. "Ah? Really?" Kavina didn''t expect that the other party had heard of her. ?Feeling a little surprised. Enter the study room. Then she saw Wu Heng sitting behind the desk. Kavina smiled on her face and said, "Wu Heng... deputy deacon." ?Wu Heng also looked at her. There is no change from the impression. He feels much more mature, and his expression has the determination of a swordsman. Kawina, you came so quickly. "I received your letter. After thinking about it, I applied to be transferred here. I will take more care of you in the future." Kavina said, somewhat cautiously. At this time, Anderweil brought her tea and cakes. ??He also looked up and down curiously. Dont worry, I wont let you be bullied. Kavina smiled and didnt say much. Have you completed the onboarding process? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina said: "The letter of appointment has been handed over to Deacon Imiro, who is now the captain of Team 11." Well, its good to have successfully joined the company. Have you settled your accommodation? Wu Heng continued to ask. Not yet, Ill go check it out and rent a place to live. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The house I live in has many rooms. I can give you one, or I can open a dormitory for you in the association. I will live there when I come here. It doesn''t cost money and the conditions are pretty good. " Kavina glanced at the Beast Ear assistant not far away and said, "I''d better live in the dormitory." Well, then I will apply for a move-in application for you later, and you can move in directly. Thank you very much. Kavina thanked her. With help, many things are easy. Its not that complicated either. Kavina continued to ask: "Is there anything I should pay attention to here on Treasure Island?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The main threat to Treasure Island is pirates, but with Deacon Ymiro sitting on the island, almost no pirates dare to approach, and you have nothing to do. Wait until the association recruits you with all the members, and then See what the mission is. Okay, there are many races here, are there any taboos? "Um..., I''m not too sure about this. Just communicate normally, there aren''t many taboos." "okay!" By the way, what level are you at? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina glanced at the assistant not far away again, and still said: "Level 8!" Why did you level up so quickly? Wu Heng was a little surprised. Kavinas upgrade speed is not too slow. Furthermore, the captain level requirements have been met. Compared with you, am I fast? Kavina cast a look. "It can''t be compared like this. I am a mage and I rely on skeleton attendants. You have real strength." Wu Heng said. Theres no need for us to brag like this! ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "What are your requirements for team members? When suitable candidates are available, I will arrange for you to join the team." Its great to have a backer. Kavina sighed and said, If you want a ranger, its best to have a legal professional. There are no requirements for the rest. The Ranger is basically equipped in every squad. Animal taming is still the main method of investigation. ? Legal professions have some difficulties. They are generally warlocks. Mages are still relatively rare on Treasure Island, and they will not easily join a professional team for adventure. Okay, Ill keep an eye on it for you. Have you been notified that the captain is getting married? Kavina asked. "No, but he wrote to me when he was in love with the captain of the second team." Wu Heng said. At that time, it was supposed to be your transfer, so I didnt notify you. Well, I should have been on the road at that time. Even if I wrote a letter, I couldnt receive it. I didnt even expect that the captain and Captain Tulisa would get together. Kavina recalled saying. Ive seen them dating several times, but its too late now. Really! "Um." The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng gave her a dormitory certificate. Let Anderweil take her to choose a room, and at the same time introduce the functions of each area of ??the association. It is also a good thing for me that Kavina can come here. ??We have a good relationship with each other, and we have kept in touch with each other through letters. When there is action in the future, it will be regarded as a small team that can be controlled by oneself. ? And the cost of being bribed by the other party is also higher, and they will not betray themselves easily. The two women left. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. Open the door directly in the study room and go to the zombie world. Kalema was still sitting at his desk reading, and he had read more than half of the "Battlefield of the Dead" in his hand. I think Ill finish it soon. ??If you learn [Dead Corpse Battlefield], you can completely replace Wu Heng''s position. Lead the skeleton army directly to clean up the zombies. You can also increase your experience. Withdrawing his gaze, he picked up the charging walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai came up from downstairs. The military withdrew and sold us a large amount of military equipment and equipment before leaving. (End of this chapter) Chapter 390 , apologetics Chapter 390, Apologetics Qi Hancais words made Wu Heng frown slightly. The military shelter was evacuated so quickly. What have you sold to us? Wu Heng asked, gesturing for her to come into the room to chat. Qi Hancai walked into the room, glanced at the skeleton mage who was reading a book, and said: "When exchanging things like body armor, helmets, gas masks, radio equipment, and headsets, I asked them to provide them on the grounds that they were of little use. A batch of ammunition and military vehicles were obtained, and they agreed. Obviously, the military shelter plans to pack up all the materials that are unused or difficult to take away and exchange them for food. Winter is coming soon, and no matter how valuable things or sophisticated equipment are before, they are not as important as food. Qi Hancai did not accept the entire order, but asked the other party to sell a certain amount of weapons, ammunition and military vehicles before agreeing to accept this batch of supplies. The market is also closed? Qi Hancai replied, "No, the market is still open to the outside world, but it has been managed by a survivor base. Now it is completely a free trading market." Then, he went to several other warehouses and collected some drinks and snacks, as well as the bicycles he had returned from the last raid. The two main things have been discussed. The remaining items will be handed over to Qi Hancai for distribution. The two of them got up and walked out together. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "It''s called Kalema, and it has abilities similar to mine. During the day, he will take the zombies scattered around with him. If they are a group of zombies, wait for me to clean them up." Skeleton Mage, turned back again. The skeleton mage who was reading a book on the side turned his head and looked over. In the backyard of the mall, two armored vehicles and several military trucks were parked. Lets go and take a look at the exchanged materials. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai glanced at the skeleton again, "Okay!" If there is any danger in the future, you can completely retreat there. Is the prison also going to be closed? It will take a long time to truly fully recover the city. Well, many of the other shelters dont even know they are gone. Still need to continue cleaning up. ??Wu Heng continued, "Kalema, follow her arrangements, lead the skeleton army, and clean up the surrounding zombies. Okay, let''s continue reading." Understood! Qi Hancai continued: Sister Yahong and I have discussed the base matter and plan to keep three bases, the passenger terminal, the old factory area and the central shopping mall, and the remaining bases will be temporarily closed. ?Wu Heng was transferred to unlock the driving skeleton and took over the armored vehicle. He and Qi Hancai talked about the layout of the shopping mall. Then continue to the warehouse. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, with some surprise in his eyes. They move pretty fast. Two relatively strong survivor bases are likely to have conflicts over resources and end up fighting. Qi Hancai also talked about the issue of peripheral expansion. Qi Hancai stood up and walked out with him. If they dont leave, they will meet each other sooner or later. You two will discuss it then and arrange the people separately. Now that they have left and merged with the provinces, this is the best outcome. After listening to Han Cai''s report on the quantity, Qi put these things into the space ring. Its okay to close it temporarily. ??Having occupied the city center, it is also expanding to the surrounding areas. Qi Hancai explained: "The span over the prison is too far. We will temporarily close it in the winter and leave some skeletons to guard it. The rest will come here and go back in spring to develop the fields behind the prison." The warehouse is filled with a large amount of supplies, military equipment, instruments, and many guns and ammunition. ??Not just reading a book, but also following yourself to clean up zombies. Lets just leave. Lets continue to develop our own place. The corpses on the main roads have been cleared away, but there are still a lot of zombies in some residential areas or city branch roads. After hearing this, Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Kalema!" Yeah. Qi Hancai nodded to express his understanding. The prison is like a small fortress. In fact, when I think about it, their evacuation is also a better result for Wu Heng. ??This skeleton wearing a slim-fitting robe seems to have a different status. They are separated. ?Wu Heng also returned to another world. Go out of the study room. After going downstairs, I saw Minnie and Anderweil looking at flowers in the courtyard. The little owl is in the shade not far away, hiding from the sun. Minnie, Weier! Wu Heng waved. The two women ran over quickly, "What''s wrong, Master?" ??Wu Heng took the two of them to the open space in the courtyard and took out the bicycle. Minnie looked at something strange and said doubtfully: "Wheels, a vehicle?" Well, its a travel tool, let me demonstrate it to you. Wu Heng got on his bicycle and rode around the open space in the courtyard. Minnie and Anderweil both looked at it in surprise. This is how the two wheels are used. Teach me, teach me! Minnie shouted excitedly. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and helped her get up carefully, "Keep your balance and push forward slowly." The car moved forward crookedly, but Minnies learning ability was relatively strong, and she could keep moving forward on the first ride. The second lap seemed much more natural, but the body was a little stiff. ?Then, Wu Heng took out the second one, helped Andweier up, and said: "Be careful, raise your tail a little, and don''t get caught in the wheels." Anderweil''s face turned red, "Master, help me hold on." Well, move forward slowly. Wu Heng supported the car, and then began to ride normally, starting to circle around the house. ?Perhaps its because of the professional relationship, but the two girls learn quickly. The balance is also maintained very well, and I gradually ride faster. There was a sound of laughter. ?? Shanara, who was next door, also looked up from the study room and saw the bicycles the two girls were riding. She then looked at Wu Heng who was standing in the courtyard, changed into a short shirt and long trousers, and walked over alone. ?Wu Heng opened the door for her. Shannara asked: "What are they playing?" ?Wu Heng looked at her envious expression and took out another one, "Here is this one for you. I''ll teach you how to ride it." Seeing that there was one of her own, Shanara immediately smiled on her face. With support, carefully mount the bicycle. Soon he also joined the two womens cycling team. The sound of laughter filled the entire courtyard. Association, Deacon''s Study. ??Imiro sat behind his desk, frowning at the documents delivered to him. Moya stood aside and said: "Lopez City is asking for support. What do you think should be done?" ??Just received a letter from the coastal city of Lopez requesting reinforcements. ??Imiro frowned slightly, thinking about the following arrangements. Suddenly, there was a knock on the door. A woman''s figure walked in swaggeringly. Deacon Imiro, long time no see. You are quite courageous, Gods Punishment Cult Protector, Imiro said coldly. The woman sat down on the sofa and shrugged, "I didn''t do anything. What''s the matter with being brave or timid?" What are you doing here at Treasure Island? Imiro put the documents away. Passing by, staying for a few days. Have had dinner. Minnie and Andwyll began to clear away the dishes. Shanara walked over quickly, raised her foot and pecked the other person on the mouth, "I''ll come back later, remember not to sleep too hard." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and patted her buttocks lightly. As the relationship between the two develops. The other party no longer rejects some small actions, but rather enjoys them. The latter turned around and winked mischievously, then walked to the door, said goodbye to Minnie and Anderweil, and returned to his residence. ?Wu Heng also went to the courtyard to practice swordsmanship. Not long after, Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, the bath water is ready, and the pirate lady has left a message to ask for something from you." "okay!" ?Wu Heng put away the instructor''s sword and went directly upstairs and entered the radio room. Looked at the record book, picked up the phone and asked: "Philippa, what happened?" Philippa said: "Didn''t you ask me to inquire about the ''Devil''s Hand'' last time? I found out some information, but I don''t know if it will be of any use to you." (End of this chapter) Chapter 391 , outsourcing tasks Chapter 391, External Transfer Task Hand of the Devil. This matter is the information I got when I asked the captain of the "Sword Pirates Group" last time. Let ''Philippa'' try to find out. It seems that we have obtained some information. "tell me the story." The Devils Hand Pirates Group is one of the old pirate groups in the Emerald Sea. The leader is called Rabib. He is a fourth-level professional with a level of 16 or 17. He also has many high-level professionals under his command. Level 16 or 17, this level of strength is already considered very high. Level 18 professionals will also be pardoned by various forces. He is already considered a top pirate group. ??Pirates themselves like to exaggerate some things to show their ferocity and strength. ??The captain is ruthless and active in the eastern waters of the Emerald Sea. The pirate group behaves in a very strange way. They rob ships and never leave them alive, let alone ask for ransom. But it is undeniable that there is a big difference between this pirate group and ordinary pirate groups. As for the association, there is also some information about the devil''s hand. Do you have any information about them targeting me? Wu Heng continued to ask. The entire Devil''s Hand is like a brainwashed fleet, very sick. Have you recorded the information about the Poisonous Crocodile Pirate Group on me? Whether I can enter that squinting person is up to you. What you said makes sense. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Is there any more?" You can also cast resurrection spells yourself, but there is a time limit. "There is also news that the captain himself is related to the devil. He can use the power of the devil himself, and he can quickly repair the ship and resurrect the crew even if he is surrounded." Forehead. He can still repair ships, which is a bit exaggerated. "No, I''ll tell you if I have any information then," Philippa said. The crew members also have a kind of fanatical loyalty to their leader. If you think about it carefully, it seems that it may be an exaggeration. Holy shit! Demonic power to resurrect the crew. "It seems that there are rumors about this, but I didn''t get any specific information." After a slight pause, Philippa added: "Besides, all the pirate teams are staring at you, 500 gold coins, who wouldn''t be tempted, devil? Its not surprising that his hands are targeting you! "good!" Is it so awesome? ??It is difficult to place informants, and it is also difficult to arrange people to join this pirate group. Secret Whisperer, I have already recorded it in your file, dont worry. Oh, thats good. Keep up the hard work and pay attention to safety. "clear." Hang up the microphone. ?Step out of the radio room and go directly back to the study on the fourth floor. Sit on the chair and start thinking about the next plan. After reaching level 15, the rhythm of the two worlds suddenly slowed down. In the zombie world, the military has left, and other shelters are also preparing for the winter, and everything has entered a stage of stable development. ??I arranged for Kalema to clean up the scattered zombies in the surrounding area, sharing a large part of the work. ?The main corpse groups in this city have almost been cleared away, and the remaining ones are scattered, which is probably not enough to reach level 18. The next step is to look for a new location, also go to the provinces? Or look for other more remote cities? "When I go to the province, Yang Long and others will think that I followed them." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought. Here to Treasure Island, be careful of some pirate wanted notices. It is relatively safe on the island. ?Utilize the characteristics of the two worlds and continue to exchange food for gold. steady development. Pay attention to the blank envelope. The other dangers are not great. There is also a high-level alchemy skeleton, developing a level 3 corpse core potion. The blank envelope still has no clues. The best way to deal with this is to upgrade to level 18. This envelope and the pirate bounty will be solved easily. Thinked about it for a while.????The most direct way to solve the problem is to upgrade. ??Sooner or later, you have to find a new city and continue to kill zombies. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie shouted: "Master, Sister Wei''er and I are back. Do you want to take a bath together?" "okay!" ?Wu Heng no longer thought about it, opened the door and walked towards the bathroom. the next day. ?Wu Heng was riding a bicycle, and Anderweil was sitting sideways on the crossbar in front. He pedaled all the way towards the association, attracting the attention of countless people along the way. The technological development of this world is actually not low. Trains and passenger ships have been developed. But in this worlds system, various machines are still very unpopular systems. ?Even though the principle of bicycle is not complicated, it is the first time it appears in this world. All the way to the entrance of the association. Put away the bicycle and pluck the white fox fur that floated into his mouth. Soon, Kerimu, Broken Skull and Blood Axe, who were following the two men, came up. Entering the association, Wu Heng came directly to the front desk. The staff member saluted and said, "Sir, Archdeacon." Well, I have a third-level reward for killing the Poisonous Crocodile Pirate Group. Lets settle it. Wu Heng said. Wait a moment. The staff began to look through the records. Wu Heng now has two merit rewards. One is the rapier pirate captain, and the other is the poisonous crocodile pirate captain. Because the sword needs to be kept secret for a period of time, the death has not been announced to the public, so the reward has not been released. ?The Crocodile Pirate is relatively fast. Its ready to be collected. I found it. The reward is 450 silver coins and a level 3 prop reward. You can choose from it. ?Wu Heng put away his money bag and his eyes fell on a skill [Lightning Beam]. Lightning beam (Description: Release a linear bolt of lightning in any direction you point.) There is nothing in the skill book that I like very much. I remembered that when fighting Kalema, the opponent released a similar skill. I dont know if it was this one. But judging from the description, it should be about the same. ? And lightning skills can be transmitted on iron armor, and should have good effects against some heavily armored warriors. I want this book. Wu Heng said. The staff nodded, "Okay, we have recorded it for you." ?Wu Heng put away the skill book and walked towards his office and study room. Just entered the room. Anderweil told him, and the deacon asked him to go to the study. He went directly to the deacon''s study. Deacon''s study. ?In addition to Imilo, the sub-deacon Sheila Gui is also sitting in the study. See Wu Heng coming in. Imiro said directly: "Yesterday, a request for assistance came from Lopez City. The two of you each choose a team to assist. Wu Heng has a pirate bounty on his body. Be careful to hide your identity when leaving the port." Xila Gui frowned slightly and asked, "Deacon, did you tell me what the case was?" "It''s related to a cult. This time it feels a little special. You guys should be more careful. If you have any problems, you can just refuse to take action. I will handle the rest." Imiro said in a serious tone. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other and nodded in response. Yes, deacon! (End of this chapter) Chapter 392 , travel (please ask for a monthly pass.) Chapter 392: Travel (please ask for a monthly pass...) Go out of the study room. The two of them walked along the corridor. ??Wu Heng asked: "What does the deacon mean when he says there may be special circumstances?" It is not surprising that the association mobilizes support for neighboring areas. ??But listening to the tone in which Imiro handed over the task, I always felt that there was something else going on. Xilagui said: "I heard from Sister Moya that a high-level professional landed on the island yesterday. I may have felt that the time when he landed on the island coincided with this mission, so I suspected there was something wrong with it." Whats the trick? Xilagui shook her head and said: "It''s unlikely. This kind of help is personally sent by the local association. It should be fine. If we have problems, it will be difficult for them to evade the relationship." ?Wu Heng feels right too. Involving local associations, even if it is a real-name address. A level 13 skeleton warrior stood up from the ground. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and then said, "Team 11 is insufficient in number. You also know that this mission may be dangerous. It is best to lead a team with sufficient numbers to attack. I just suggest that you decide how to choose." "Yeah!" Sheila Gui nodded, and then asked: "Which team do you plan to take there?" Wu Heng also understood what she meant, "I''ll take a look at her situation then." Then lets be more careful. ??Wu Heng named him "Poisonous Crocodile", put on a suit of armor to cover his bones, and took him back to his office and study. Xila Gui said: "Your team has improved very quickly." Sheela frowned slightly and glanced at him, "The newly formed team? Do you know each other?" Sheila Gui walked into her study. An archdeacon, a captain. Lets go to Team 11. ??Wu Heng went directly to the morgue and transformed the body of Captain Poison Crocodile. "good." Xilagui nodded, "Gather at the door at noon. The journey will take about two days. Food and fresh water are ready." In the study room. At that time, all kinds of interrogations and tools for detecting lies will be available, and you will not be able to hide any problems. "well enough!" The people in this team are improving very quickly. ?You send false news and something goes wrong, and the association will investigate you directly. "When I was a member of the team, we were in the same team. She was not taken seriously outside, so I suggested that she be transferred here." Wu Heng explained. ??Andwyer is preening the feathers of a little owl. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he smiled and called his master. Wu Heng returned to the desk and sat down, and said: "Weier, the deacon has arranged a field investigation mission. He will be out for a few days. You and Minnie will stay on the island and go to and from the association. This skeleton warrior will also be responsible for Protect you. Anderweil was stunned for a moment, her brows furrowed slightly, "A mission in another place? How about I accompany you so that I can take care of you on the way?" There are also Sheila Gui and the other two teams, and they even have someone to take care of them. Isnt it a joke? "No way, it''s too late for them to envy you. I''ll go with you!" Andweier walked over and coquettishly. "I''ll be back in two days. You still have to keep an eye on Minnie''s side of the house. Keep an eye on her and don''t run around when I''m not around." Wu Heng still said. Its a bit strange to go out on a mission and bring a maid with you. Furthermore, since I am also a subdeacon, I still have to pay attention to the influence outside. Anderweil felt that she really shouldn''t follow, so she could only nod and agree, "Okay, wait until my level is higher, then you can go out and take me with you." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "We will leave here at noon. Weier, go to the tavern to order some food and prepare it according to the two-day journey." Good master. Anderweil put on her coat and planned to go out. Before leaving, Wu Heng added, "By the way, let''s ask Kavina to come over." "good!" Anderweil responded, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, the door was knocked again, and Kavina walked in directly. He glanced at the few skeleton attendants standing in the room and asked curiously: "What do you want from me?" Wu Heng motioned her to sit down and asked, "Have you still adapted to this place in the past two days?" Kavina smiled, "It''s all good. The weather and scenery here are very good. It''s much more beautiful than the one in Blackstone Town." If you need anything, tell me and Ill ask you to prepare it. Well, thank you, everyone is very friendly, its good to have a backer. Kavina said with emotion. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Has the deacon recommended any team members to you?" Two people have already joined the team, one is a dwarf shield warrior and the other is a human ranger. They are still getting used to each other. Are dwarves also suitable for the shield fighting profession? The professional characteristics of shield fighting are defense and protection. The height of dwarves gives people a feeling that they are not suitable for shield fighting. Kavina smiled and said: "Actually, it''s not bad. The physical strength of dwarves is no worse than that of humans." "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng continued: "I have a mission and need to go out. There may be some dangers. Do you want to go with me?" With almost no hesitation, Kavina said directly: "If you are willing to go, as long as you don''t mind the small number of us." Wu Heng nodded, "Then go and prepare. Bring your team members to my place to gather at noon. Pay attention to confidentiality. Before setting off, inform your team members of the real mission." Understood. Kavina nodded seriously. By the way, do you have a space ring? Um, no. Kavina said. The level of staff in associations varies from place to place. Over in Blackstone Town, Slater doesnt even have a space ring, let alone a team leader like Kavina. On Treasure Island, if you kill any pirate of level 10 or above, you may get a space ring from the other party. ?Of course, the rank of pirate captains is often higher than that of deacons in small places. ?Wu Heng took out a ring and handed it to her, "5 cubic meters. Prepare some food and fresh water. These are all necessities at sea." ?Kavina looked at the space ring, wondering whether she should take it or not. You have already taken advantage of yourself by joining the other side, and now you are taking the other side''s things, which is a bit embarrassing. No need, Ill just prepare a package when the time comes. "Consider me selling it to you. Give me money later when you have money." Hearing what he said, Kavina said no more, thanked her, took the space ring and put it on her hand. Then Ill go get ready first. Well, meet at the door at noon. Dont be late. "clear." Kavina left, and Wu Heng began to organize the items in his space ring. Install all the props that may be used into a ring for easy use. Not long after, Anderweil also came back. Bring out all the food and drinks ordered. ??Wuheng put all away. Noon. ?Wu Heng and Kaweinas team waited for a while, and Kaweina came over with the first team. Take a carriage and go to the port. Boarded the ship directly and sailed out of the port. Inside the cabin. The light stone above the head swings gently with the hull of the ship. Everyone was sitting around in the cabin, and it was quiet. Sheila Gui said: "This mission is to go to ''Lopez City'' to investigate the problem of cults in the local villages, and to ask for help from Treasure Island. It also means that this incident exceeds the level that the locals can investigate. Everyone must be careful. At the same time, we must also pay attention to the external image of the association and not bully or kill local residents as an association. (End of this chapter) Chapter 393 , weird village Chapter 393, Weird Village Until the outlying island. Just then mentioned the status of this mission to everyone. ?Even though two deputy deacons are leading the team this time, the rest of the team is still somewhat nervous. Yes! The team members nodded in response. Okay, lets go and do our own thing. The two teams will allocate patrol time and be responsible for the safety of the ship. Sheila Gui continued. Yes! The two team captains nodded again and exited the cabin. The navigation of ships is handled by specialized people. But the association team still needs to pay attention to safety issues at sea. Wait for the team members to leave. ?Glenda nodded, "Okay!" Achieve the effect of damaging the enemy and causing lightning damage. The two ghosts looked curiously at the narrow and shaky space. Okay, Ill listen to you, Im just accompanying you. ?Xiaoxiao also said: "This room is so simple." ?? is also difficult to obtain. ?Hiragui leaned back lazily, her exaggerated chest seemed to burst the armor. ?At that time, he didnt know why Bawudong was wanted. Xilagui continued: "When we get to the local area, we will only be responsible for the investigation. If there is really any cult or danger, we will leave it to the local city guard to deal with it." ?Wu Hengcai said: "Is there any news about the evil sword?" ?Wu Heng was delighted. I dont know, but its pretty awesome anyway. Each returns to his own cabin. The two ghosts agreed, then disappeared and wandered around. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I killed a wanted criminal who was an elder of the Divine Punishment Sect." You can stroll around the ship, remember to stay invisible and dont let others see you. Wu Heng sat down at the table. Look through the pages carefully. Oh, no wonder! Wu Heng nodded. Lightning Beambelongs to the plastic energy skill. Unlock skill: Lightning Beam. Two skeleton attendants were guarding the door, and Wu Heng released "Xiao Xiao" and "Glenda". Enter the assigned cabin. It is a direct and effective means of injuring the enemy. And a rare item that can withstand attacks is probably worth a lot of money. When the last page is turned, the system prompt will also appear immediately. ?Glenda asked: "Why did you go to sea again?" "How can it be!" The most powerful companion? The association has assigned me a mission to investigate a foreign cult, about a cult. Wu Heng told them about the mission, and then said: You will work harder then and help me investigate the situation. "Have you ever been in contact with a cult?" Sheila Gui tilted her chin and asked again. "The Divine Punishment Sect should not be considered a cult. At least it is not wanted by all the associations. The elder you killed must have done something and was put on a wanted order." Sheela Gui said. Used another strange object to resist the attack of the evil sword. He said: "There is news. It is said that the last user had a strange item in his hand that can withstand an attack. Now I don''t know where this item is." Through the transformation and shaping of energy, lightning bursts out in a designated direction. The two chatted for a while and then came out of the conference room. Not only did you learn new skills, it also means that your ability to read books and unlock skills has not expired. ??Wu Heng took out the skill he exchanged today [Lightning Beam] and started to look through it. ?Xiaoxiao was also floating in the air and said, "I finally got out of the island. I also want to see what it''s like outside." It was the captain at the time, Otluk, who said something about heresy, and he wrote it down. That is, the previous user. Mansion Technique was not successful, and there were still other problems. We will find a way when the time comes. As night approached, Xiaoxiao and Glenda also flew back. One is floating in the air reading a book, and the other is watching the animation on the tablet opposite Wu Heng''s desk. ?Wu Heng also went to bed to rest. The morning two days later. ?The ship docked at the port of Lpez City. Members of the team rode in horse-drawn carriages and headed directly to the local association. ??Met with the local deacon, who briefly introduced the situation. He arranged for an archdeacon named Endel and two association investigators to take them to the villages that needed to be investigated. The road leading to the village is rugged, with dense jungle on both sides. The carriage moved forward slowly. ?Endel is a man in his 40s with a full beard. Judging from the weapons and armor, his profession should be that of a warrior. "It''s not as prosperous as your Treasure Island. The roads here are all dirt roads." Endel said with a smile and continued: "About five days ago, I found something in a house in the village. The altar and the dead human body were initially suspected to be human sacrifices." Human sacrifice? ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. There are gods in this world. When Yazd in Blackstone Town wanted to seize him, the power he used was related to the evil god. But these gods do not seem to be as powerful as rumored, or they cannot directly affect the world. Because of this incident, he specifically checked some relevant information. According to some archives of the association, most cults are false churches fabricated by glib talkers. The purpose is to confuse some people to achieve their own goals. What god? Shilagui asked. ?Endel shook his head and said: "I don''t know, I haven''t investigated it yet." Xilagui nodded and glanced at Wu Heng beside him. It is easier to say if there is a corpse. ??There is also a necromancer here. Its hard to say in other aspects. He is relatively professional in dealing with corpses. Lets go into the village and have a look again! "Um." As the carriage moves forward, you can see villages in the distance. It seems that the village is not as backward as imagined. The houses are made of stone and wood, and the clothes hung to dry are all made of good quality fabrics. The carriage slowly approached. Facing an old man with a long beard, he walked over directly, glanced at a few people, and said with a smile: "Welcome, adults." Endel said, "This is the village chief. People in the village have less contact with outsiders. If you talk to the village chief, things will go more smoothly." "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, "Let''s go, take us to the altar and see the corpse." Oh, okay, please come this way. The village chief motioned for a few people to invite them, and led them towards the village. Enter the village and gradually go away. From the entrance of the village, several figures immediately emerged. ??Walked to the carriage tied to the side, got directly into the carriage, and began to rummage. ?Wu Heng saw all this through his Eagle Eye Technique. ?The steps didnt stop, but his brows furrowed slightly. ?These people actually went directly to overturn the association''s carriage. It doesnt feel like stealing, more like checking something. ??In Blackstone Town, ordinary residents will call out to members of the association team when they see them. Even in the chaotic Luntam City, the gang leader will not provoke people from the association. Here, these villagers do not treat the association with as much respect as they appear. The house of the cult is located on the left side of the village. ??The room was completely empty, except for a statue made of clay in the middle. A human figure could be vaguely seen, and its appearance looked like melted hot wax. ?The air was filled with the smell of decay and fishy smell that had not been ventilated for a long time. There are black rusty iron chains around the statue, and there are dark red blood stains on the ground. and round wax marks, it seems that candles were lit at that time. All the evidence at the scene indicates that this is an altar. Check around and record the situation. Shilagui said. The team members began to disperse and inspect the room. ??Wu Heng didnt have anything to check, he just looked around. Sheila Gui looked at the village chief again, "Where is the body?" The body was burned, the village chief said. ? Endel frowned, "Burned? Didn''t I tell you to keep it?" "Sir, what kind of weather is this? We can''t save it. The smell is rotten. We were afraid of attracting plague, so we burned it first." The village chief explained anxiously. ?Greek Rose glanced at Wu Heng on the side, feeling a little helpless in his heart. ??If there is a corpse, Wu Heng can ask the corpse directly. At that time, whoever killed him can be found out in one go. Now, I''m afraid it''s going to be a little more troublesome. Xilagui signaled the village chief to leave first, while the others continued to stay to check. How is it? Did you find anything? Sheila Ge came over and asked. Although she was the one who showed up along the way. But among the entire team, Wu Heng is still the strongest. Dont talk about your own strength. The skeleton attendant Keranmu behind him is level 17, the highest level in the team. ??Wu Heng shook his head and said softly: "Nothing has been discovered. Be careful of the people in the village." Sheila Guis eyes narrowed, and then she nodded. The two investigators also began to record the findings. However, there is still not much gain. "Several adults." The village chief came back and said: "We have prepared dinner and an empty room. If it is not possible, we should rest for a night. It will not be too late to investigate tomorrow. Although the matter is serious, it has not caused any harm to the village. Its not harmful, and theres no rush. Okay! Xilagui thought for a moment, looked at the sky and could only nod in agreement. A few people were walking outside. Suddenly, a noisy sound sounded from one side. I saw an unkempt figure rushing out with a loud scream and running towards the other side. "Stand there and see if I don''t beat you to death." ?Several figures followed closely behind, chasing after each other with wooden sticks in their hands. (End of this chapter) Chapter 394 , pirate village Chapter 394, Pirate Village On one side of the road, several people rushed out one after another. ??The disheveled beggar screamed and fell to the ground, followed by four men holding wooden sticks and chasing him out of the alley. ? ? Approached quickly, cursing. Grass, lets see if I dont beat you to death. Break your legs and see if you keep running out. ??The beggar huddled up and stepped backwards, saying, "Don''t hit me, don''t hit me." A few people who chased after him breathed a sigh of relief when they saw that he didn''t run away. Still cursing, he quickly stepped forward, wanting to teach the beggar a lesson. The wooden stick in his hand has just been raised. A voice came from behind, "Stop, what are you doing here?" Faced with ghosts, he did not show the fear of living beings. ?Several people pushed the beggar down and hit him heavily with sticks in their hands. Yelling, crawling to the corner of the iron cage like a dog. The ghost floated to the cloth bag. A translucent ghost slowly appeared from the iron cage. The beggar still kept his silly smile. Did you guess wrong? ??This beggar, didn''t he want to say something when he rushed to the association? Just running around? There was blood flowing from the corners of his mouth. After cursing, he turned around and left. Sacrifice ceremony? ??While locking the door with a chain, the man cursed: "When those bad guys from the association leave, I''ll have to skin you." A piece of rolled up cloth was revealed inside, with handwriting written in blood, "Pirates massacred the village, and massacred all men, women, old and weak." Kill the pirates! The beggar opened his eyes wide and screamed at the top of his lungs, as if he was crazy. "Village chief, he..." The leader pointed at the beggar and was about to explain. A courtyard. Forget it, the village was attacked by pirates a few years ago, and everyone in the family died. He was the only one left, and then it became like this. The village chief explained. The ghost circled in the air, got directly into the beggar''s body, made two self-rescue movements, and then leaned against the corner and sat up. After separating his body again, the beggar also opened his eyes and giggled. Sheela Gui glanced at the figure being dragged away, "Why are you so stupid?" ??The beggar was still huddled on the ground, motionless. He dragged it outside, and the control force opened up layer by layer. The ghost asked: "What''s going on in this village? Tell me what you know." ??The ghost continued to try: "A cult?" "Several adults, a fool, his brain has been broken before, don''t be offended." The village chief said. ?A few people turned around and saw the association team approaching. He cursed a few times, dragged the embarrassed and injured beggar into a semi-underground cell, and threw him into it. The beggar on the ground moved slightly, but did not get up. Wait for the others to go away. The beggar still wanted to rush over, but he was held down by several people and dragged away from him. Xila Gui didnt say much, and the others continued to follow the village chief and walked further away. Pirate? On the ground covered with thatch and mud, he grabbed a cloth bag and held it in his hand. "Are you still alive?" Pirates, pirates! The beggar suffocated, his eyes were bloodshot, and he shouted: Pirates, association! Then he threw the cloth bag against the wall as if he was sick. Oh, yes! ??The village chief looked gloomy, glanced behind him, and said, "Why are you fooling around here with a fool? Send him home." The ghost looked at the beggar and began to guess in his mind. The ghost''s translucent body trembled. Lies and kills people in the village? The village was massacred. ?Who are the villagers in this village? ?The beggar in front of me must know many of these things. Why was he not killed and kept in a cage like a dog? Why did they ask the association to come over? The ghost thought and turned around to leave. Seeing the angry beggar again, he said, "Someone will come to save you." After saying that, he turned around and left. Outside the village, inside a wooden house. ?There was a knock on the door, and the village chief walked in cautiously. The small room was crowded with many people. ??The village chief lowered his head, saluted to the front and said: "Chief, they have been settled." A man wearing similar religious robes sat on the main seat and asked, "Did they find anything?" "No, their people only went to the arranged altar room, and then it got late and they didn''t go anywhere. Check it out," the village chief replied. The man in the religious robe nodded, "How many people have come? Is there anything special about them?" The village chief recalled, "There are thirteen people in total, including the two deputy deacons of Treasure Island that you asked to pay attention to." The man raised his eyebrows and praised, "Okay, you did a good job. Don''t worry about the rest, we will take care of it." Yes, chief. Go back first! ??The village chief saluted again and retreated directly. The man lowered his gaze. He said in a solemn voice: "According to the plan, the four of us will deal with the necromancer. Be careful of his undead attendants. It is not difficult to kill him as long as you get up close. The rest of you will follow me to deal with the other two deputy deacons and the rest of the team." Okay. Everyone nodded. Get ready, well start when the weather gets darker, and well have to clean up the scene before dawn. Everyone stood up and began to prepare. Residence arranged by the village. The members of the association simply ate some of the food they brought and began to arrange for people to take turns to watch the night. ?Even though I had a rest on the boat, I still felt tired from the journey. ??Wu Heng sat in the room and began to recheck his weapons and props. Start by entering the village. There is an indescribable sense of dissonance. ??The village looks simple, with little cultivated land, but the living conditions of every household are pretty good. His behavior is barbaric. Although there are many people in the village, there are few mature men. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Sheila Ge opened the door directly and walked in. He glanced around the room and said, "If you find something, just tell me!" Just when Wu Heng was about to say that there was no major discovery yet, he felt ''Glenda'' flying back invisibly and getting directly into his body. Then, a picture was shared in my mind. After receiving the information, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly opened wide, with some surprise and disbelief. Seeing the change in his expression as he looked at her, Shiragui drew her sword and alerted her surroundings. Seeing that there was still no danger, he frowned and asked, "What''s wrong with you? This expression." Wu Heng finished sorting out the information in his mind, released Glenda again, and surveyed the surrounding area. ?Then he said to Sheila Gui: We may be in trouble! What do you mean? You mean the problem of cults. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, there is no cult here at all. This is a pirate village. The cult just brought us here." ?Silla''s pupils shrank, and her expression was also surprised. She naturally knows what Pirate Village means. The former Treasure Island was a pirate island, and pirates and their families lived on it. The women snatched will also be distributed to the people on the island, forming an area where they can supplement their own personnel and maintain their lives. To put it more clearly, it is a mountain stronghold for bandits. It''s just that these are pirates, the type is the same. In other words, this is all a conspiracy. The purpose is to lure them out of Treasure Island. No wonder that when leaving, Deacon Imiro suspected that there was something wrong. ?Many things happened to happen together. After being surprised, Sheila Gui said again: "The cult does not exist. You brought us in for the 500 gold coins you have? Are we really going to kill you? The pirates don''t want this village anymore? Aren''t you afraid that the association will investigate?" Its not clear how to deal with it later. Sheila Gui continued to ask: "Then what should we do next?" Inform everyone about this in advance and they should take action soon. Sheila Gui nodded and was about to get up and leave. The ghost ghost Xiaoxiao also flew back from the outside, got into his body, and shared the scene outside. I saw figures running towards me quickly, surrounding the courtyard where I lived. Here they come, ready to fight! As he spoke, an armor composed of white bones began to appear on Wu Heng''s body, covering his whole body. Hila Guis face also changed instantly. Aware that the other party has already taken action. He drew his sword and rushed out of the courtyard, shouting: "The enemy is coming, fight accurately." Hurrah hoo~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. ?Countless alchemical rolling thunders were thrown in from outside the courtyard and landed around the courtyard. (End of this chapter) Chapter 395 , Siege Association Chapter 395, Siege and Killing Association Boom, boom, boom~! Violent explosions sounded, wind, fire, thunder, lightning and thunder continued to explode in the courtyard. ?Members were hiding in all directions and were in a panic. Immediately afterwards, several figures appeared in sight. Looking at the people in the association from a distance. ?Hiragui held the sword in one hand and looked at the opposite side with cold eyes, but her heart sank to the bottom of the valley. A large number of pirates stood on the opposite side, surrounding the entire farmyard and scanning the area with their eyes. You can see a group of wanted criminals appearing on the association''s wanted poster. Six level 15 professionals, and the rest are about 10 wanted criminals on the wanted list. What a luxurious lineup. The body quickly retreated, and its original position was once again engulfed by the fire of rolling thunder. The spreading electric current made the whole body twitch. ??A boxer with tiger fingers, two daggers in hand, a nimble thief, and a ranger with a bow in the distance who kept shooting arrows. Arrows were shot out one after another, and many pirates rushed toward their targets. Staying here will only drag everyone to death. There was a roar, thick smoke, and wind and fire. ??Finally fell behind the two skeleton attendants, a figure wrapped in white bone armor. ?Wu Heng watched the target rushing towards him, and electric current surged in front of him. In the blink of an eye, everyone in the association team was killed. At that time, even if he can go back alive, Sheila Gui, Kaweina and others will be in danger. ?The other hand was holding a submachine gun. Just as he was about to shoot, he saw several ignited rolling thunderbolts being thrown and flying from a distance in the dark night. ??A silver-white thunder snake suddenly sprang out and hit the first charging silver-armored pirate. ?The opponent''s body instantly flew upside down and hit the low wall behind him. You really think highly of me! ???????! The pirates swept across the front. The Skeleton Kerin Wood Long Sword was swung out, separating two arrows. ?Thoughts flashed through my mind. Fuck, Bomberman. You really think highly of me. The division of labor is clear and the goals are clear. ?Wu Heng raised the muzzle of his gun and fired two shots in the distance. ??Arrows roared, covering the two melee fighters approaching quickly. Dangdang~! The bomber held up the rolling thunder and evaded quickly like a dexterous monkey. Let so many pirates unite. How much hatred is there. At the same time, several other figures quickly ran toward him. ?Stand firm and look around. ?The man wearing a religious robe and holding a book in his hand showed a smile and said softly, "Kill them, leave no one behind." To break the situation and get out of the boundaries they set. He and Shattered Skull looked at the oncoming thieves and boxers. The pirates planned everything. ?Wu Hengs peripheral vision quickly swept across the battlefield. does it worth? Swish swish swish~! ??The warrior who was knocked down by [Lightning Beam] stood up again, and the bomber also began to light the fuse, constantly throwing rolling thunder with various effects everywhere. Just to ambush people like myself? ?Among the pirates, a short dwarf was holding a pipe. He took two strong puffs and lit the rolling thunder in his hand. Among them, four of the level 15 professionals rushed towards Wu Heng''s position in an instant. ??He is short in stature, holding two black rolling thunders on one left and one on the right. The muzzle of the gun fired rapidly at the approaching figure and the ranger shooting arrows in the distance. ?The bullets shot out with crackling sounds, forcing the opponent to retreat. Then, he turned around and retreated, leading two skeleton attendants to distance himself from the fighting area. And he moved like this. The pirates changed instantly. The pirates who were targeting him exchanged glances with each other and chased after him. As for Xila Gui, her face changed drastically as she looked at Wu Heng and several pirates who had disappeared. She naturally didnt think Wu Heng would escape. The target of the pirates was originally him, but now that they are retreating, they are more likely to lure away the main force of the pirates. ?This is indeed the case at the scene. There were five less level 15 pirates in an instant. Give everyone in the association a chance to breathe. However, even if he brings two skeleton attendants, it is not equal to the number of pirates. Once a mage loses the safe environment for casting spells, he will become as fragile as a lamb. "You retreat, I will help him..." Sheela Gui said, the halo under her feet lit up, and her figure instantly jumped up from the ground. Just as he was about to follow him, he saw a figure coming towards him like a cannonball from the corner of his eye. ?Hilagui swept across with her sword, the two clashed, and they stretched out again. ??The man in religious robes looked at her, smiled and said: "Deacon Sheila Gui, worry about your own situation first." Sheela''s eyes narrowed slightly, "Captain Devil Hand." "It''s me!" ?Wu Heng adjusted his breathing and gained 30 points of agility, allowing him to keep running fast. Even the thieves and rangers following closely behind him were unable to catch up for a while. Only the tame beasts of the Ranger Pirates followed closely in the air, maintaining the surveillance range. Seeing the distance between the enemy and the war zone. ?Wu Heng also gradually slowed down his running speed. Wait for the pirates to approach. When it is determined that the secret enemy is these pirates. In fact, I feel much calmer in my heart. Its not like the enemy is hiding in the dark, making random guesses and worrying. ?As long as you handle it well, it shouldn''t be a problem to deal with them with the cards you have accumulated. Swish swish~! ?From the roof behind, two arrows roared towards him. ?Wu Heng paused slightly. While dodging, he turned around and fired with a submachine gun. The ranger quickly crouched down to avoid sight. Then, the muzzle of the gun turned again and swept towards the bomb gnome. The bomb dwarf dodged sideways and hid in the alley. The unlit rolling thunder in his hand also fell to the ground. Looking at the bullet holes that cracked the stone, he wiped the sweat from his forehead. It was also at this time. The other three figures appeared on both sides of the alley one after another, surrounding Wu Heng in the middle. ??The silver-armored warrior, whose face was full of flesh and whose chest was scorched black by the electric shock, exhaled heavily, "You''re pretty good at running, kid." "I am your father-killing enemy? Why go to such trouble to plot against me, a sub-deacon?" "No way, who makes your head worth anything?" the silver-armored warrior said. Its only 500 gold coins. Ill give you 500 gold coins and help you pardon your past crimes. How about we just say hello? Wu Heng adjusted his gun and said directly. While talking, the ranger appeared on the roof, and the bomb gnome picked up the pipe again and took two strong puffs. "Hmph! Do you think we are stupid?" The silver-armored warrior snorted coldly, then turned his head and said: "Kill him with me, and we will fight quickly." After saying that, holding the heavy sword in his hand, the warrior took the lead, the boxer followed behind, and the thieves came from behind. The ranger draws the bow, the dwarf lights the fuse. When dealing with oneself, it can be regarded as sparing no effort. ?Wu Heng also made a move instantly. ? Raise your hands to release the [breath of death]. The dark clouds formed by negative energy cover the dim moonlight in the sky. ??Hung the submachine gun around his neck and swung it back. Two more grenades appeared in his hand. He opened the ring and threw them forward. ??Unlike igniting a fuse, this detonation only lasts a few seconds. Boom~! There was an explosion, and shrapnel from grenades flew in all directions. The warrior who rushed over was thrown away again, vomiting blood. Skeleton Kerimu held the ground with one hand, and [Cloud and Mist Technique] covered the whole body. The figure disappeared in an instant, and appeared behind the ranger in the blink of an eye. ??The knight was instantly alert, hurriedly dwarfed, and a strand of hair on his head was cut off by the long sword. Roll quickly on the spot, two daggers appeared in his hands, and killed the skeleton attendant. Skeletons with broken heads, carrying war hammers, slaying towards the oncoming boxers. Every time the war hammer fell, the masonry exploded and the electric snakes scattered. The bomber in the distance laughed loudly. As soon as he threw the ignited rolling thunder, he saw the grenade stopped in mid-air. A ghost slowly appeared in front of him. Ghost? Why is there still this ghost thing? Bomb Gnome said in a high-pitched voice. Then I saw the ghost controlling the rolling thunder thrown out and floating back. The fuse burns quickly. Damn it, **** the undead. He cursed, turned around and ran away. ??The ghost is still holding up the rolling thunder to chase. Dang~! ?Wu Heng entered the [Explosive Potential] state, with veins popping out and his eyes bloodshot. ?With a kick of his feet, he rushed towards the thief behind like a mad bull. The thief who also rushed towards him frowned. ??The mage rushed towards the thief with a sword. This was the first time I saw him. But I am also happy in my heart. ?Killing him yourself will give you more say in dividing the spoils. ?Thinking of this, the speed of my feet speeded up again. The distance between each other is getting closer. The figure jumped up and stabbed the opponent''s throat with the dagger. Dang~! The next second, metal chimes sounded. ??The thief''s expression changed drastically, a huge force came from the dagger in his hand, and he almost lost his weapon. what''s the situation? Mage? Such a power? (End of this chapter) Chapter 396 , according to plan, kill the mage (please vote for me.) Chapter 396: Kill the mage as planned (please vote for me) ??The thief adjusted his body shape and swung his weapons again. The sword is dexterous and changeable, constantly trying to break through the opponent''s defense and attack the body''s vital points. And Wu Heng, long-term sword practice. At this moment, he also showed his skillful coping ability. Sword power is continuous, defense is at the same time, and quick counterattacks are carried out. Dang Dang Dang~! The weapons of the two men kept colliding. Dense metallic symphony resounded through the night sky, sparks flying everywhere. ??The thief became more and more frightened as he fought, his eyes widened, and his expression became more and more unbelievable. In the initial battle, perhaps the opponent used some method to increase their strength. A figure with a charred body ran out of the alley. The fighting continues everywhere. Place a huge vertical coffin with a human face in front of it. The lid of the coffin is opened horizontally, and countless iron chains snake out. Only by forcibly suppressing the urge to cut will you think of using spells or firearms to attack. Skeleton attendants and ghosts are also entangled in each other, and it seems that they cannot kill the target in a short time. The dwarf bomber quickly ran close. What a mage! Tap tap tap~! The thief became even more anxious and shouted: "How long do you want to delay? If I die, you won''t survive." ??The rest of the people dodged quickly, and the chains instantly wrapped around the two skeleton attendants. ?On the roof, the ranger entangled by the ''Kerumu'' also shouted: "Brigao, what are you doing?" Explosive Potentialis an ability unlocked from the corpse core. While the three attributes of physique, strength, and agility are increased, the heart also becomes more and more violent. Looking at each other, they all rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. Shot again at the location where the thief flew out. The longer time passes, the more dangerous it will be for the rest of the association, should they fail. The thin voice said: "Coming!" With all the pirates coming over, your situation will become even more dangerous. Kill the mage as planned. The ranger shouted loudly. ?Vinevines grew on the ground, restraining the ''Broken Skull'', and black tentacles flew out from the scroll and wrapped around the ''Keran Wood''. **** it. But as the fighting continued. Hit the thief''s body and fly backwards. ??Are all the candidates for deputy deacons of the association so abnormal now? ???????! Find a breakthrough as soon as possible. Several pirates breathed a sigh of relief at the same time. ??The thief had a look of horror on his face. He turned over to avoid the bullets and tore two scrolls in his hand. The earth wall rose up to cover his body. Green light enveloped his body and he recovered from his injuries. The ranger and the boxer tore open the scroll almost at the same time. The thief was knocked away. ?The sound of electric current sounded, and the silver-white lightning gathered again and burst out. ?Wu Heng held the sword tightly, with only the desire to fight in his heart. Saw this scene appear. The chains shrank, and in the blink of an eye the two figures were pulled into the vertical coffin. With a bang, the coffin lid was closed tightly. ?Hunting the submachine gun behind his back, he turned around. Seeing the opponent shooting strange ammunition while charging towards him. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The opponent''s strength and melee response ability are not inferior to melee professions at all. While speaking. The corner of his eye quickly glanced at the entire battlefield. break the current deadlock. Compared to the frequent psychological fluctuations of thieves. ?The scene in front of him made Wu Heng''s expression change instantly. ?These pirates are really well prepared, and they have also made a plan to restrain the skeleton attendants and kill themselves first. ??The silver-armored warrior bore the brunt, the boxer was half a step slower, the ranger hurriedly ran on the roof, and the thief waited for the opportunity. The dwarf bomber, whose whole body was charred, kept his distance and was at the very back. Standard five-person team. ?Three people for melee combat, one for remote combat, and one for reconnaissance and remote output. The tactical formation created by the association and used by pirates against themselves. What a damn! ?Wu Heng quickly thought about countermeasures in his mind. ??His own props, thermal weapons, or acting as a bomber to throw out all the grenades in the space ring. It will still be detrimental to yourself if you procrastinate like this. Theres an alley to the left! Glenda flew back and whispered. ?Wu Heng turned around and went straight into an alley. Five pirates quickly gathered together and rushed in. Having been delayed for a long time just now, now it''s five against one, and it''s natural to take back all the insults suffered earlier. Just rush in. Gululu~! Several grenades were thrown from inside. Take shelter! shouted the soldier. ?The people dispersed instantly, explosions rang out, and smoke filled the alley. Here, stop him! shouted a villager armed with a machete. Then, two more men with weapons came over. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng raised his hand and fired. Three people who tried to block the road fell to the ground instantly. Dead Skeleton Field was released, and the three skeletons slowly stood up. ?Wu Heng took out a long sword and handed it to one of the skeletons. At the same time, he said: "Glenda, control me and exit." Understood! ????The consciousness was separated, Glenda took over the physical body and quickly opened the distance. Two skeletons rushed towards the pirates in the alley. It was directly smashed to pieces by the pirates. ?Five figures quickly chased out. Wu Heng controlled the skeleton, targeted the five people''s positions, and jumped onto the wall. Quickly drew out the long sword and stopped in place. Swipe~Swipe! Two silver-white sword lights flashed past, ?A silver-white sword light flashed past, and the ranger who drew his bow and took aim, and the warrior who ran wildly with the sword, were slashed across the neck by the cold light. ?Gululu! One head rolled off the roof, and another fell to the ground. ??The remaining people''s pupils shrank and they stopped moving instantly. ??Only looked at the sword in the opposite skeleton''s hand with horrified eyes. Silent Blade Evil Sword. Damn it, hes the one who bought the thing at the auction. The return of spiritual consciousness. ?Wu Heng turned around and took a look. Only two of the five people chasing him died. ?Response so quickly? Immediately realize that the characteristic of weapons is to remain stationary? "Uncle, the little old man who threw the bomb was not captured and is about to escape." Xiaoxiao, who was in charge of the investigation, flew over and said quickly. The dwarf did not enter the range of the weapon? "Where is it? Point it to me." Wu Heng avoided the position of the weapon, jumped onto a rooftop, and took out a sniper rifle. ??He is the best at killing enemies from long distances. That! Xiaoxiao pointed. In the dark night, a short figure was running away in panic. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. The running dwarf only felt a pain in his back, and his whole body was pushed forward by a force. Then, came the severe pain. The body fell to the ground instantly, blood oozing out from the wound. ?Bang bang~! Before he could take out the potion, there were two more explosions. The body and back of the head exploded, and he was instantly plunged into darkness. Leap off the roof and look back to the alley again. In the alley, there are still boxers and thieves left. At this time, a wave of regret arose in the hearts of both of them. I never expected that a deputy deacon from Treasure Island would lead the battle to such a situation. The prey that was introduced to the village through various calculations suddenly turned into a hunter. Three of the five people have died. When there is no thought of fighting in the mind and the eyes are wandering. Saw the Wu Heng appear again. The thief said solemnly: "Wu Heng, this matter is our fault. I am willing to pay enough compensation to buy my own life. We are also a large pirate group and can give you a lot of money." ?Wu Heng exited the [Explosive Potential] state, and a feeling of weakness and exhaustion instantly spread throughout his body. He sat down opposite and said, "Is there no cult here?" The thief shut up instantly. ?Wu Heng raised his hand, bang bang, two bullets shot out, hitting the thief''s body instantly. ?The body shook violently, the cold light of the evil sword flashed, and the head fell to the ground. ??Wu Heng looked at the pirate boxer again and asked: "There is no cult here?" Boxers face looked uncertain, and he gritted his teeth and replied, No? You set up such a trap just to lure me out and kill me? Wu Heng asked again. Boxer''s eyes wandered, "Yes, they are all organized by the Devil''s Hand. I was also attracted by the bounty, and I have no hatred towards you." So the local association also has your arrangements, so it will ask for support from the Treasure Island Association? I dont know this, its all arranged by the Devils Hand. Boxer continued: What I know, Ive told you, you can let me go now. When did I say I would let you go! He raised the submachine gun in his hand. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The whizzing bullets were shot out, and the man looked shocked. Dodge quickly with your feet. The sword flashed and the head fell to the ground. All five pirates died, their bodies strewn all over the alley. Put your sword away! The skeleton in the distance sheathed his sword. A cold light flashed, the skull fell, and the body was scattered into white bones. The battle is over. ?The ground was in a mess. ?Wu Heng raised his head and took two sips of the potion. The physical and mental fatigue was slightly relieved. "Glenda, go see how the team is doing. Xiaoxiao will continue to help me guard the surroundings." Wu Heng said. "clear!" Two ghosts dispersed, and one flew back to where he lived before. The other climbs up to alert the surroundings. ?Wu Heng also stood up and dragged all the corpses in front of him. The battle is not over yet, and Sheila Gui and the others still dont know what is going on. ??Take off the Space Ring and the Silent Blade Evil Sword, put them away together, and then release the [Bone Slave Technique] one after another. The five corpses slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Skeleton Ranger (Level 15) Skeleton Boxer (Level 16) Skeleton Thief (Level 15) Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) (End of this chapter) Chapter 397 ,who are you Chapter 397, Who are you? All five skeletons have reached level 15. ?These pirates really take themselves seriously. At a glance, he glanced at several professions and finally landed on the short skeleton. The dwarf bomber is actually a level 15 alchemist. this. ??Among the alchemists he came into contact with, none of them had much fighting ability, and they were more of an extension of a scientific research profession. Can make antidotes, poisons, and various potions with enhanced effects. ?Now, a short alchemist not only became a pirate captain, but also participated in the battle. Its really a bit unbelievable. ??Took out two more bottles of potion and drank it, while taking a look at the attributes of the alchemy skeleton. ?Shattered Skull and Kerimu were trapped inside by this prop. ?Wu Heng looked around the iron coffin and put a slight pressure on the coffin lid. Walked directly over. Sinners can be locked up inside and subjected to endless loneliness and torture. Flexible Mind: This unit is born with a flexible mind. Attributes: Constitution 22, Strength 15, Agility 25, Intelligence 28, Perception 22, Charisma 12 Effect: Control a maximum of three fixed targets within the range and lock them in an iron coffin. Explosives: This unit is proficient in the alchemical subject of "Explosives" and studies various types of blasting and sputtering mines. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, intermediate soul, flexible mind. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Proficient), Throwing Specialization (Proficient), Bombology (Expert). (Description: A torture instrument stained with sin, which can trap the sinner inside and suffer endless loneliness and pain.) A curious object. Looking at the attributes, Bombermans advantages are also revealed. There are no iron chains shot out of the vertical coffin. It seems that to achieve the effect, blood needs to be fed. Go directly to the vertical iron coffin in the distance. He is not dead, and the soul fire in his eyes is still strong. He said: "The people of the association lost, and only the elf subdeacon is left to persist. If we delay for a long time, it may be dangerous." Higher agility and intelligence throughout the body. Side effects: Blood feeding. Iron Maiden vertical coffin (wonderful object) It is still a torture instrument, and it looks a bit like the underworld. Ability: Alchemy scholar, formula thinner, explosives science, alchemy bomb research, gunpowder material preparation. It is still unclear whether it is a prop or a strange object, and whether there is any specific danger. Category: Strange objects. It doesnt look like it will kill anyone. It seems that it has moved towards a relatively unpopular alchemy discipline, and it is developing quite well. The heavy coffin lid was opened directly. Let a skeleton come forward to test it. Looked at it roughly. Lets study it carefully after we go back. Alchemy Bomb Research: Able to develop new types of alchemy bombs according to requirements. ?Wuheng didnt have time to stay much. In the discipline of alchemy, it belongs to the category of bombology. ?Wu Heng also put the vertical coffin into the space ring. At this time, Glenda also flew back from a distance. Gunpowder Material Preparation: It has flexible use and deployment of gunpowder and special materials, and can be made into a variety of bombs. It also includes the research of alchemical bombs and the preparation of gunpowder materials. Revealing two skeletons inside. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) After confirming that there is no danger. release the two skeletons. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and handed a sniper rifle to the Skeleton Ranger. Then he stood up and said, "Let''s go over." The location of the village courtyard. ?The courtyard wall collapsed, and the house behind him also collapsed. ??The backbone of the pirates were holding torches and standing in the ruins-like courtyard. In addition to the exhaustion after the war, his face also showed a kind of enthusiasm and excitement. A pirate stabbed the sword in his hand into the chest of a seriously injured association member, and blood flowed out in streams. Members of Team 1 and Team 11 fell to the ground, vomiting blood in their mouths, and their eyes were wandering. ?Now they figured out that all this was the pirates'' plan. "Isn''t your association crazy? Maintain order and search us everywhere. Have you ever thought about today?" "This woman looks good. She is much better than those in the tavern. Don''t kill her then. Keep her like that dog." " The captain has run out, so its our turn. For todays victory. The pirates felt a little happy. After hiding for so many years, he finally let the people from the other association fall into his hands. Outside the village courtyard. Sheela''s body was stained with blood, and her golden hair was dyed dark red by the blood. ?The figure was a little decadent, with his head lowered and his eyes squinting, staring coldly at the opposite side. The face, which was originally fair and childlike, was pathologically pale. Beside him, there was the local deputy deacon who was also seriously injured and clenching his teeth to support him. His chest was **** and bloody, and his whole body looked like it had been fished out of **** water. Different from Wuheng and Xilagui, it can also be inferred that the situation in the village is related to pirates. ??This deputy deacon, from the beginning of the battle until now when he is seriously injured and dying, has always looked confused. I dont know why so many pirates came out of an ordinary patrol mission. Furthermore, they were so familiar with the village that the villagers all closed their doors at home and no one came out. Sheila Gui looked forward coldly and said in a deep voice: "The Devil''s Hand will be endlessly hunted by the association. Even if you escape from the Emerald Sea, you know the attitude of Deacon Imiro, you will all die." Opposite, Captain Devil Hand in religious robes, with a thin sword of ''Sela Rose'' stuck on his chest. The bright red blood dyed the clothes on his chest red. But his figure is still upright, and his face does not show any fatigue after the battle. Hearing the threat, a smile appeared on his lips. He casually pulled out the thin sword from his chest and threw it aside, and said with a smile: "If I don''t kill you, the association won''t come to kill us? Deputy Deacon, please be more awake. If you kill pirates, the pirates will naturally kill you." "Wu Heng has escaped. Even if we die, it doesn''t mean that your plan has succeeded." Xilagui said. The local deputy deacon swallowed and spit out some information. ?These pirates planned such a thing to capture the man who just escaped? ? Along the way, Sheila Gui was handling things and giving orders, and she really didn''t pay attention to the other person. The captain of Devil''s Hand whispered softly, "Five level 15 pirates, do you think they can''t kill one deputy?" Of course! said Sheilagui. "Then you should die first, so that you can have company by then." After the words fell, the captain of the Devil''s Hand turned into a black stream of light and slammed into him. In the village courtyard. Except these two women, kill everyone else. The pirate backbone shouted loudly. The remaining people drew their weapons one after another. With a fierce look on his face, he slashed the weapon in his hand at the team members who had no strength to resist. ??The people who killed Treasure Island today will be something they can brag about for the rest of their lives on the ship. Kavina held the dagger tightly in her hand and put it against her throat, "I just came here and I''m so annoyed." ?Even if these pirates dont kill themselves. I''m afraid it''s worse than death. It would be better to have a good time, Wu Heng will definitely avenge himself in the future. ?? He took a strong breath and was about to pierce his throat. Bang~! A familiar blast suddenly sounded. Opening his eyes, he saw an ugly pirate with a frozen expression and his head exploding suddenly. The body falls forward. With a bang, it hit the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, intensive gunfire rang out, and several key pirates fell one after another. ??In Kavina''s hazy vision, she saw two skeletons running quickly, protecting the wounded behind them. He did not escape, he killed the pirates and came back. Whoosh~! A ray of fire came with a trail of flames. ??In an instant, it hit the captain of Devil''s Hand. The fire exploded and his body was lifted several meters away. ?His whole body was charred black, and half of his shoulders were missing. ?Wu Heng threw down the empty rocket launcher and walked out with a few skeletons. The Captain of Devil''s Hand frowned, gritted his teeth to hold back the pain, and looked suspicious and disbelieving. How is it you? Where are they? As he spoke, his eyes glanced towards the darkness behind him from time to time. Following several skeletons, they also appeared in sight. The familiar weapons and armor also made him instantly understand what was going on. Who are you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 398 , the consequences of stimulating the Necromancer (please vote for me. Chapter 398: The consequences of irritating the Necromancer (please vote for me...) I put a lot of effort into planning todays plan. Five level 15 pirates, but in the end they still didnt kill each other. Instead, all the pirates arranged to go out became the opponent''s skeleton attendants. This is definitely not something that an ordinary archdeacon can do. Furthermore, this is a newly promoted professional in intelligence. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but looked warily at the embarrassed pirate captain who was missing one shoulder. The power of rockets can destroy a vehicle. But the other party was not directly killed. Just for the reward of 500 gold coins? I want to say yes! He ran away, over there! Glenda reminded. ??The pirate captain turned sharply on the spot. While avoiding the blow, his mouth turned into a giant jaw full of sharp teeth and bit behind him. "I don''t believe it. There are so many of you, how can you divide them?" Wu Heng replied. Preview the position and pull the trigger directly. ?Wu Heng raised his gun and fired. The bullets penetrated the black air and shot into the night sky. ?Keranmu kicked hard, and his swollen body was instantly kicked out. His body hit the wall like a sandbag, and the bricks rolled down. Kill him! Wu Heng ordered. Bang~! ?Wu Heng stood in the distance and looked at the battle location with some surprise. Huh~! Two skeletons followed closely again, swinging their weapons frequently. Combat methods include melee combat and magic. turned into a black air figure and rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. Bang~Zi! ?The current flashed, and the figure of the pirate captain dissipated like smoke. ?Shattered Skull took a step forward. See the right moment and pull the trigger. Under the courtyard wall, the pirate captain''s scream came. The bones were broken, and the sound of chopping and chopping meat was heard. The rocket dragged its tail flame and flew forward. Like a thunderous explosion, the left rib of the pirate captain in the distance instantly exploded and disappeared. At the moment of contact, the speeding rocket decomposed instantly. Transformed into materials all over the sky, flying forward in a flourishing manner. Huh~! I will go back with you and confess my sin. The war hammer in his hand suddenly swung up and hit the black air. Ill tell you when youre dead. The pirate captain roared angrily, and his figure suddenly rose. Perhaps a sense of danger and death. ??Wu Heng also took out the rocket launcher from the space ring and pointed towards the figure ahead. Sure enough, there are two things. ??The skeleton thief holding a double blade also came close at this time. ??This Devil''s Hand captain''s combat power is stronger than the previous five pirates, and his fighting method is also extremely strange and unpredictable. Behind, clouds and mist are rising. Seeing that the opponent was blocked, Wu Heng took out Barrett again and pointed far ahead. Keranmu''s figure appeared behind the captain and slashed his neck. ??The captain dodged quickly, expanded his body again, and retreated outside the village while fighting the skeleton. Turning around and looking around, he saw the figure of the pirate captain hidden in the black mist, looming, running quickly towards the outside of the village. ??The running pirate captain was alert, turned his head suddenly, waved his hand attentively, and the black beam flew towards him and fired rockets. The skeleton beside him rushed out instantly, chasing the figure in the distance. ?Keranmu bent his legs and pushed on the opponent''s chest, using the force to move backwards. Hand out both knives and remove them directly from the ribs. Escaped? If you kill me, the Devils Hand Pirates will take revenge on all of you, and more people will die. Wu Heng, the blank envelope asked me to do this. The promise it told me was not a bounty, and you cant kill me. The heart-rending shouts resounded throughout the area. Sheila Gui or others in the association looked at the scene in front of them in disbelief. The infamous demonic hand of the Emerald Sea. The leader of the pirate group that no one has been able to offend for decades. Hunted against the wall and beaten, he kept begging for mercy, trying to get them to stop. Tap tap tap~! Countless footsteps sounded. The shout attracted the villagers in the village. ??Surrounded from all directions, holding torches and swords and various weapons in the other hand, surrounding everyone in the middle. Get closer little by little. The faces of the people in the association who originally thought they had won became even more ugly. Obviously things have changed again. Let the captain go and leave the village, the village chief said. Let the captain go and leave the village! hundreds of villagers shouted in unison, approaching. ?Hundreds of people, how dare the association kill them all? Even if they take action directly, these people can only withdraw from the village to avoid the anger of the villagers. Dont be impulsive, everyone, this man is a pirate, dont be impulsive. The local deputy deacon who came with him shouted loudly, trying to appease the villagers. But every time he shouted, the villagers'' footsteps became faster and faster. ?Wu Heng glanced at the surrounding villagers and asked other members to move closer to him. ??A cold warning, "The association will hunt down wanted pirates, and those who block it will be treated as associates." ??The villagers who were gradually narrowing down the area paused, looking at the other party''s indifferent expression, hesitantly. The people in this association can even defeat the captain. If you really do it, a lot of people may die. ??The village chief stood in the crowd, glanced at them and said: "They are all seriously injured, kill them." Hulala~! The surrounding villagers no longer hesitated. Raised his weapon and ran towards Wu Heng, as well as other seriously injured association members. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. The submachine gun hanging on the shoulder raised the muzzle and pulled the trigger directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The muzzle of the gun instantly spit out tongues of fire. Bullets roared out, and villagers were pierced through their bodies and fell slowly. Then, there are the villagers on the other side. Amid the deafening gunshots, they fell to the ground. at the same time. ??The village chief''s body began to twist. In his frightened expression, his neck twisted like a twist, and he fell to the ground. Looking at the village chief and the villagers at the front, they died tragically one after another. The remaining villagers all stopped, fearful in their hearts, and subconsciously took a few steps back. The association really dared to kill villagers. crazy! ?While Xila Gui and the rest of the team members were surprised that Wu Heng killed people, they also had a feeling in their hearts that he would really do this. Incite a necromancer. Not a wise move. At that time, even if you die, he can continue to torment you. As if to verify this idea, a gray-white halo of light swayed, and all the fallen corpses turned into skeletons. They slowly stood up and picked up the weapons on the ground again. Towards the surrounding villagers. Skeleton frame that suddenly stood up. The faces of the villagers changed dramatically. Subconsciously, he took a few steps back again, his scalp numb. Undead! Can actually summon the dead. Even though I was used to seeing dead people, this moment felt a little scary. Poof~! ?In the distance, there was an unusually obvious sound of a knife blade entering flesh. The pirate captains head fell to the ground. ??Gurgled out of the corner and appeared in everyone''s sight. Then, two skeleton attendants, one carrying the head and the other dragging the body, came back from a distance. The pirate captain''s body was twisted and broken, with missing limbs. ?With this level of missing limbs, even transformation is very difficult. ?Wu Heng bent down and glanced at the corpse. The remaining arm still has a space ring. Take off the space ring, and then take out the straw mat. "wrap up!" The skeleton wraps the corpse in a straw mat. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Looking at the villagers with confused eyes and blank expressions again. He said directly: "No one is allowed to leave the village. Anyone who flees or resists will be killed on the spot." Hulala~! The many skeletons that had just been transformed instantly spread out, surrounding all the villagers. When some villagers react and plan to escape. ??Only found that he was surrounded by skeletons. Missed the best opportunity. Early morning, in the farmyard. ?The door opened, and Sheila Gui, with disheveled hair and weak breath, walked in directly. The battle last night left everyone seriously injured. ? Even if you take medicine, you wont be able to adjust in a short time. Are you okay? Sheela asked with concern. Its okay, where are the others? Sheela Gee sat down on a chair nearby. The others are fine. The two investigators were seriously injured. After all, they are not in the combat profession, so they are in poor health. After saying that, he looked at Wu Heng again. Asked directly: "Why are you so powerful?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 399 , raised for five years and tortured for five years Chapter 399: Five years of support and five years of torture They are both subdeacons. But the combat effectiveness displayed by Wu Heng has far exceeded the level that ordinary deputy deacons can achieve. Its not the kind of weapon that relies on me, havent you seen it before? Wu Heng said directly. When participating in the battle of Shilagui. More important is the use of thermal weapons. Sheila Gui didn''t ask too much, looked at him and said: "Thank you, you saved me again." Facing the trap set by the pirates in advance, if anyone leaves in the name of delivering a message when they feel there is no chance of winning, they will all die here. ?The association has no reason to say anything. ?At that time, Wu Heng left, and Xila Gui and other team members also thought that Wu Heng had escaped. But the reality is different from what they thought. No need to be polite, we agreed to help each other and never give up. Wu Heng said with a smile. "What do you think is wrong with them?" Wu Heng looked at him. Without waiting for others to speak, the local deputy deacon came over first and said hurriedly: "Deputy Wu Heng, these villagers have a problem. Please give the association some time." Lets go see the others first and bring everyone with us. Wu Heng walked out. Wu Heng''s own profession has some bad prejudices. If this matter is reported back to the association, it is likely to have a serious impact. Can you still move? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then stood up directly, "Let''s go, I have evidence, let''s go out." "There was nothing we could do at the time. You have seen the situation. If some people don''t die, we will die in their hands." Wu Heng said. And killed all the pirates. Not bad, just some broken bones. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and sat down by the bed, "How is your injury?" The aftermath may cause them harm. The association has a strict system. If word spreads, it will be enough to become the biggest news in the Emerald Sea. One person, killed six level 15 and several level 10 pirates. ?This kind of profession is really not suitable for combat. Thank you, Deputy Deacon. There was a hint of gratitude in the eyes of the two of them. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Follow us and we will give you an explanation." Sheila Gui followed behind and complained: "Mysterious." Bringing everyone back from the brink of death. Its my fault, we are all safe. ?The door of the room was opened, and there were two investigators lying on the bed on the left and right. What evidence? ?Wu Heng not only killed the five level 15 pirates, but also killed them back directly. "Um!" Ive met several deputy deacons. The two investigators said stiffly. Following behind, they walked towards another house together. I know it too, so lets come over and discuss it to see how we can explain this matter better. Sheila Gui leaned on her chin and continued. There were a large number of skeletons standing in the courtyard, as well as several members of the association. ?The other party hesitated for a moment and said directly: "It is obvious that there is collusion with pirates, but the specific reason and the connection need to be investigated in detail." After that, in addition to Imiro expelling the pirates of Treasure Island, there was another rumor. ??He has been standing outside today, for fear that the Necromancer Deputy Deacon, whose hatred is still lingering in his heart, might show some ruthless tactics. Go out of the room. Wu Heng sighed, "You were injured because we failed to protect you. After I return, I will submit a report to the association and record the files for you." Sheila Gui continued to ask: "What to do next? You killed so many villagers, even if it is a pirate''s village, you won''t be able to explain it at that time, and problems may arise." The massacre of the villagers really frightened the accompanying subdeacon. ??Wu Heng was stunned, "I accept the idea, but I still hope there won''t be any danger." Xila Gui also showed a smile, pulled up her hair, tied it into a ponytail, and said, "That''s true. When there is danger next time, I will risk my life to save you." Oh, okay! Hearing that no one was killed, he breathed a sigh of relief. ?The purpose is to avoid misbehaving everywhere in the name of the association. Maybe I cant get out of bed. There are some clues here that I need you to record. Ill have someone carry you there. Wu Heng said again. When the people come, carry them on your back and lets go to the east. Two team members carried the investigator on their backs. The large team followed them to the east of the village. All the villagers were under guard, making the village seem empty. All the way to the iron cage where the beggars are imprisoned. ?The stench is overwhelming. ?In the iron cage, the beggar was still sleeping and ignored the people surrounding him outside. Is he the beggar I met yesterday? Sheela asked. "He seems to have something to do with the association." Wu Heng explained, and then said: "Open the iron cage and search inside." Zhiha~! The iron cage was opened and the beggar woke up. ??Yelling and screaming, he rushed out and was subdued by a small team of people and brought under control. ?Kavina took the rest of the people into the iron cage, and after a brief search, she found the piece of cloth that the ghost ''Glenda'' had seen. Kavina came out. He shook off the dirt on the cloth and read: "The pirates massacred the village, killing all the men, women, old and weak." As soon as he finished speaking, his body trembled. ??The rest of the people''s eyes widened in an instant, full of surprise. ??Everyone in this village was killed, and the people who lived in the village were pirates. ??If this banner had been discovered before last night, perhaps not many people would have believed it. After all, a village has connections with the outside world. How can it be said that it can be replaced if it is killed? But last night the villagers surrounded the members of the association and shouted "Captain". You have to make people believe this. Shuashuashua~! The investigator took out the record book and started recording, and also saved the strips. This incident is so shocking. Even looking at this text makes one feel horrified. He rushed to us to say this? Sheilagui looked at the crazy beggar. Its possible, or it might just be a coincidence. The rest of the people also looked at the beggar. If he is treated like this and still retains the information he wants to send out, then he is not an ordinary person. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Pull him over so I can try." Two members of the association pulled the person over. ??Wu Heng took out a round wooden stick and held it in his hand. "It''s a strange thing that can make people wake up. I''m not sure if it has any effect on this kind of thing." The others nodded to show their understanding. ??Wu Heng also slapped the beggar directly on the butt. bang~! A crisp sound sounded. ??The beggar jumped forward and howled in pain. After being slapped twice in succession, the beggar did not shout or scream, but stared at the few people outside through the long hair that covered his face. Sheila Gui said directly: "We are members of the association, who are you?" Under his long hair, he was still staring at a few people coldly. A voice like a throat being cracked sounded, "The Whisperer, Wilhelm!" The Whisperer! As expected, the news was sent to the association, but it was not sent out. Why are you here? Sheela asked. Where are the people with devils hands? the beggar asked. Dead, we captured this place and the villagers were also controlled. Hahahaha~! ??The beggar looked up to the sky and laughed, his voice was extremely harsh. After he finished laughing, he continued to squat on the ground without saying a word. Sheila Gui continued to ask repeatedly: "What''s the matter with you?" After pondering for a while, the beggar lowered his head and said: "I joined the hands of the devil, and later they found out. They imprisoned me for five years and tortured me for five years." You said the village was massacred, is that true? "real!" Shuashshuashuashua, the investigator recorded again. ??Wu Heng interrupted Xila Gui who continued to ask. The beggar''s mood was not stable. Strange objects can make people return to normal. This effect is already a medical miracle. If you ask me crazy questions again, it will be difficult to handle. "Let''s go back with us. When these pirates are punished, we need you to be your witness." Okay! The beggar nodded. The people began to return. ??The local deputy deacon drove a carriage and returned to the "Lpez City" association to request support. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng took out the body of Captain Devil''s Hand. A fishy smell filled the air instantly. What is his occupation? Does the association have records? Sheila shook her head. The beggar said: "Warlock, demon blood." (End of this chapter) Chapter 400 , Missionary Book (please vote for me.) Chapter 400, Missionary Book (please vote for me...) ??Beggars can still go crazy sometimes, but most of the time, they can still communicate normally. Saw the broken corpse that Wu Heng took out. While gritting his teeth, he said the other persons occupation. Warlock, demonic bloodline. Innate? Or acquired later? Wu Heng asked. As I leave Blackstone Town, my exposure to various professions increases. I also have a better understanding of the profession of Warlock. The magic of a warlock comes from the blood. It may be inspired by the divine power of ancestors, or the blending of ancestors and powerful creatures, or it may be that powerful rituals change the bloodline. The way to become a warlock is not just through bloodline awakening. ?Of course, this does not mean that after becoming a warlock, you will directly have powerful power. ?After superficial handover, they planned to return to the port of Lopez City and take a boat back to Treasure Island. The local association and guards arrived in the village. Forehead. You cannot be like a mage, who can study a variety of spells or even develop new schools. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the beggar and asked: "Do you also know about the other strongholds or locations established by the Demon Pirate Group?" There was a sudden silence in the room. After learning about the situation at that time, I was shocked and angry about the pirate ambush, but I didnt mention the pirate village. Tap tap tap~! The body was carried down. ~! It also requires introspection and practice to refine existing magic skills, or to discover more powerful abilities. started to write it down. Lets walk out of the village courtyard together. It should be the subdeacon who accompanied them yesterday and told them about the battle last night. We will go back when the local association comes to take over the place. In an instant, the noisy scene suddenly became silent. Its approaching noon. The local deacon and the guard commander were very polite. The guards in the city negotiated loudly with the villagers, beads of sweat dripping from their foreheads and necks. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the members of Team 11 on the side: "Go find a barrel and bleed this corpse." After going back, I have a valid reason to explain. The beggar thought for a moment and shook his head, "I don''t know about this. When he was in the pirate group, I only knew his identity as a warlock. Some of the captured prisoners would hold rituals similar to sacrifices." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s difficult for us to find out anything. Let''s go back and tell the deacon about this matter first and let the headquarters handle it!" Sheilagui said again: "When shall we go back?" Okay. The beggar stood up and went to the side to recall the information in his mind. It''s really the style of a necromancer. I knew something about it before, but five years have passed and Treasure Island has expelled the pirates. Im not sure whether it will still exist. The beggar said. "good!" ?Especially for pirate groups, fleets disappear or new pirate groups are established every day. A large number of villagers gathered in the central area. Everyone looked ugly, and many of them were carrying sticks in their hands. Killing villagers and killing pirates pretending to be villagers are two different things. "There is a problem in this village. Can we leave it to them?" Sheilagui continued to ask. Five years, many things are changing. The appearance of beggars can prove that all the people in a village are pirates. ?Wu Heng and others did not ask each other why there was an ambush by pirates. This is both a benefit and a disadvantage. Becoming a warlock also means that your development is fixed within a framework. Kavina turned her head and glanced at the dwarves and human thieves who immediately went down to prepare the barrels. This point is very important to Wu Heng. "Write me the location you know, and I will arrange it later, and the merit will be credited to you." Wu Heng looked at him and said. ?Wu Heng and others came out and turned to look at the noisy location. ?The villagers bowed their heads and stopped making too many moves. Last night, people like me might have been able to argue with the guards, but the one in the distance... It still makes them a little scared. The group of skeletons following behind them are all their former companions. Its hard to say whether they will all be killed if they provoke the other party again. Deacon, we will take care of it, the commander said. ?Wu Heng nodded and led everyone away. Before dusk. The carriage arrived at the port. Get back on the Treasure Island Association''s ship, slowly leave the port, and enter the route back to Treasure Island. When they really left the confines of Lopez City, everyone slowly breathed a sigh of relief. After inspecting the ship again, Xilagui said: "The two teams will strengthen patrols and be careful of subsequent dangers." Yes, Archdeacon. The two captains nodded.????Arrange patrol work. Everyone returned to the assigned room to rest. Inside the cabin. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts. ?Glenda glanced at the cabin and asked, "Starting the return journey?" I was in this cabin when I came here, and I am still here now. Obviously I am going back to Treasure Island. "Well, I''m going back. The remaining matters will be reported to the headquarters and handled at that time." Wu Heng said. Thats okay. Glenda nodded. ?Xiao Xiao floated aside, hesitated for a moment, and still shouted: "Uncle!" Whats wrong? Wu Heng raised his head and looked at her. ?Xiao Xiao floated to another location and said, "Next time we fight, I don''t want to fight with birds, it''s so low." Last night when I was dealing with 5 pursuing pirates. ?Skullbreaker and Kerimu each deal with a pirate, Glenda entangles Bomberman, and Tiny interferes with the Ranger''s tame beast. Perhaps he thinks that he has little effect and feels a little conflicted. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "That''s animal taming. The division of labor is different, but the goal is the same." I dont want to. Anyway, I dont want to compete with a bird next time. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I''ll look through the information when I get back and see how you can level up. Once you level up, you can participate in battles." "good!" After chatting for a while, Xiaoxiao went to the opposite side to watch cartoons. ?Glenda flew out and was responsible for monitoring the safety of the nearby sea area. When entering the sea, you should also be careful of the dangers of pirates. ?Wu Heng took out all the spoils from last night. There are a total of 9 space rings, the largest is 20 cubic meters, and the smallest is only 2 cubic meters. They were all picked from the pirate captain and several key pirates. Each ring carries a lot of fresh water, food, and some daily necessities. People who stay at sea for a long time pay more attention to carrying these things. ?In addition, there are a large amount of gold and silver currencies, some magic scrolls, potions with various effects, and some magic props. ?Huge variety, especially one of the space rings. It should belong to the Bomb Gnome. Most of the 20 cubic meters of space inside are filled with alchemy grenades of various effects. Taking them all out and detonating them would probably sink the ship under your feet. Looked at it again and put the space ring back into it. ?There is only a thick book left in my hand. Missionary Book (Wonderful Objects) Effect: Charm is improved, words are more contagious, and it is easier to achieve the goal (you need to be face to face with the target, and the lower the target''s perception, the more obvious the effect.) Side Effect: Every time you use a prop, you must sincerely repent within 24 hours, otherwise you will be cursed with ''aphasia'' for three days. (Description: Pray for Gods forgiveness!) Um? Looks like a very nice rare item. It can improve your own charm and language appeal, making it easier to achieve your goals. ?This effect can be used in many situations. And the side effects dont seem serious. Repent sincerely within 24 hours, otherwise you will be in a state of aphasia curse for three days. Aphasia, Wu Heng has actually seen it. ?Last time, Kalemas side effect of using sincere clay sculpture was aphasia. To put it simply, he couldnt open his mouth and couldnt speak. ?This will be more serious, and I wont be able to speak for three days. But in 24 hours, there is finally a chance to repent. In short, it is a very good rare item. ??After Wu Heng put it away, he continued to check several other props. are all common, nothing too unusual. ?It was late at night, and Wu Heng went out and walked around the deck. He returned to the cabin to rest. The afternoon of the next day. The ship returns to Treasure Island. The crowd called a few carriages and went straight to the association. ?Wu Heng took a few people to the morgue, and Shiragui went to the study to ask for the deacon Imiro. Not long after, the sound of footsteps and the voice of Sheila Guis story came from the direction of the stairs. ??Imiro and others walked down directly. He glanced at the people present and asked directly: "Where is the body?" The team members lifted up the white cloth on an iron bed, revealing the mutilated body of the pirate whose blood had been drained. Lets begin! Imiro said. ?Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up from the iron bed and turned his head to look over. At the back, the two investigators who followed Imiro also opened their notebooks and began to prepare records. The blank envelope, what promise did it give you, so that you would design to lure out Deputy Deacon Wu Heng of Treasure Island? (End of this chapter) Chapter 401 , the internal response of the pirates Chapter 401, Pirates Internal Response The corpse spoke, "Forgive crimes and build a self-made island." As soon as these words came out, the scene fell silent for an instant. ?This promise is indeed a bit too exaggerated. It is no longer an exaggerated amount of bounty, but an indescribable shock. ?Who dares to promise to pardon crimes and build self-made islands? ?The last person to receive this kind of privilege was the island owner of Treasure Island, Occam, a pirate leader who had reached level 18 and was pardoned by the association and various countries. Related to the association? Otherwise why would you say this? ??Everyone''s eyes turned to Imiro. The latter had his hands behind him and was deep in thought, but his expression didn''t change. ?? Then, Imiro continued to ask, "Why do you believe that the blank envelope will fulfill its promise?" The corpse replied, "The message delivered by the blank envelope is accurate every time, and based on my thinking at the time, the assassination could not fail. I have no reason not to believe it." ?Wu Heng immediately said: "Deacon!" I also killed five pirate captains, but the battle was so intense that they turned into skeletons. Talk to the situation in the pirate village at that time. Yes. Moya turned and left. ??Yimiluo looked at Wu Heng and Xila Gui, "Do you have anything to ask?" ??Wu Heng heard the name of the Gods Punishment Sect. The Bawudong he killed in Blackstone Town was the local elder of the Gods Punishment Sect. How could there be another guardian? When you have a chance, ask Philippa again. As for any sub-deacon, it is impossible for the pirates to fail. He said to Wu Heng and others: "You go back and rest first. If you have anything to do, we''ll talk about it tomorrow." Imiro turned and left. ?From the perspective of Captain Devil''s Hand, there is really no reason to refuse. ?Wu Heng seems to have heard Philippa mention this story before, but he cant remember whether the content is similar. Then he looked at his assistant Moya, "Prepare the carriage and go to Beacon Street." ??Imiro''s face was a little ugly, as if he was suppressing the anger in his heart. ??The pirates were fully prepared, if it weren''t for the fact that Wu Heng had too many tricks. ?Everyone had some guesses. They suspected that someone in the association was cooperating with the pirates. They guessed the deputy deacon and also the deacon. Now it falls to the assistant. last question. Thank you, deacon! Wu Heng thanked him. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui both narrowed their eyes. Divine Punishment Cult Apologetics-Viola, Lopez City Association Deacon Assistant-Vinsmoak. Then, the pirates began to name pirate strongholds. Imiro is also leaving. ?Hilagui, on the other hand, was surprised by what happened in Lopez City. Imiro turned around and asked, "Is there anything else?" The body fell back onto the iron bed. Imiro paused for a few seconds, and after the investigator behind him took notes, he continued to ask: "What clues do you have about the person behind the blank envelope?" Original pirate group! The legend of the Pirate King. ??Imiro looked at the corpse again, "Who else is cooperating with you in the assassination of the deputy deacon of Treasure Island?" Imiro glanced at the several skeletons behind him and said directly: "Let the coroner check the bones and characteristics. You can determine the corresponding wanted order and calculate the merits normally." A profession that does not belong to the association but controls important local matters. I have nothing to ask! Wu Heng said. End of five questions. The corpse was silent for a moment and continued to answer, "The letter will appear in the hands of the old pirate group. New pirates will not get the letter. Moreover, in the legend of pirates, there is a saying that the Pirate King can control all pirates in the sea. Many people think that it is The Pirate King reappears, commanding the pirates to retake the sea." Hear these two names. ??Imiro just asked about the two things he was most concerned about. Moya and the investigators began to record quickly. Finally there are two questions left. Sheila Gui also shook her head. Tell me all the pirate strongholds you know. There are still a few people left in the morgue. ??The coroner began to verify the identities of several skeletons. In fact, after death, it is much more difficult to verify through bones than through corpses. Compared with a general idea, the rest depends on what the person who provided the clues said. Verify here. Wu Hengze said: "Everyone, please go back and rest." The two teams nodded and walked upstairs together. For two teams. ?This operation is dangerous, but after the incident is over, the rewards are equally huge. Even if they were pirates killed by Wu Heng himself, they would still receive a share of the merit rewards. Six level 15 pirate leaders. The wealth that pours into the sky. Sheila Gui glanced at him and said, "You should go back early after the verification." Well, by the way, who is the guardian of the Divine Punishment Sect that the corpse mentioned just now? Is it also among the killed corpses? Wu Heng asked. "Probably not. I have seen these pirates on wanted posters." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, "I remember that before we left, we said that a strong man came to the island, and the deacon should pay more attention to him. It might be this people." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and nodded, "Oh, so I went to the island." Well, its very possible. Be careful on the island and stay safe. Understood! Wu Heng smiled. Sheela Gui also smiled and said, "I''m going to leave first. If there''s anything else, we''ll talk tomorrow." "good!" ?Xila Gui left, and Wu Heng sat aside and waited for the other party to verify his identity. Then check them against the people on the wanted warrant for confirmation. Wait for confirmation one by one. ??The coroner said there was no problem and recorded it directly. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and walked upstairs again. Return to your office and study room. Hulala, several skeleton attendants came in, and Anderweil was even startled. ?When he saw Wu Heng walking in, his vigilant face immediately turned to joy, and he pushed the little owl aside. He rushed up quickly and shouted softly: "Master, you are back!" ??Wu Heng hugged the little fox''s waist and turned half a circle, put it down again, and said, "I''m back. Did you miss me?" I want to die! Andweiers face turned red. Weier is so good, is everything okay at home? "It''s okay, everything is fine. Sister Shanara came here twice, and there is nothing else." Andwyer replied. Well, wait for me for a moment, and well go home together later. "good!" ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk, took out the letter paper from the drawer, and spread it out on the table. Start writing. "Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit:" Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, encountered a plan and ambush by pirates while supporting the investigation of the cult incident in the village of ''Lopez City'', and killed several pirate leaders and key pirates. people, as well as fellow pirates who participated in it, disguised as villagers. In the village, we rescued the missing member of the Whisperers, Wilhelm, who had been imprisoned by pirates for five years and tortured. The wisdom is crazy, but still uses blood and fabrics to try to convey all kinds of crimes of pirates. Hereby is a letter to rectify the deeds of Wilhelm. Happy also to the Secret Whisperers for their silent contribution to the association. Deputy deacon of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " After scribbling and correcting, I finally came up with a copy that I am quite satisfied with. After checking it once, put it into an envelope. The members of the Secret Whisperers who were rescued did make a great contribution, which is quite touching. The second point is to convey your experiences and events to the association headquarters. ??In case there is any discrepancy in the news conveyed by ''Lpez City'', this can be regarded as an indirect guarantee for myself. Although I only wrote to Lilith unilaterally. But in previous letters, the other party still believed in me. Every time a letter passes, the other party will respond in some way. For example, the nobles who investigated the Secret Order and vampires did so after writing a letter to Lilith. Seal the letter. ?Hand it to Anderweil, "Weier, take it to the front desk and mail it out." Good master. Anderweil sent it back directly. Not long after, Anderweil returned again. ?Wu Heng also packed up his things and left the association with many skeleton attendants. Walking towards the residence. Beacon Street. ??Imilo was sitting in the carriage. Outside the door, a member of the association team walked over quickly. He said softly: "Deacon, he left. I checked with the tavern owner and the port. He left on a cargo ship in the afternoon." Leaving the island. ?The action is really fast! ??Imiro glanced at the port and waved his hand, "Okay, let''s stop the team and let''s go back." Yes, deacon. The team closes up. The carriage also slowly returned to the association. The night is deep. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and took out his arms, one on the left and one on the right, that were resting under the heads of the two little maids. Try the quilts on the two maids and carefully walk out of the room. As soon as I opened the door and went out, I saw a beautiful figure coming down from the roof. Wearing a pink nightgown, she has a fair and delicate face with a slight smile. ??Step forward quickly, throw yourself into his arms, and whisper: "Did the mission go well?" It went very well, Im worried about it. Are you not injured? ??Wu Heng lifted her chin and looked directly into her jewel-like eyes, "Want to check it out?" Shannella''s face turned red, "What are you checking for? It''s all nonsense." Wu Heng picked her up and said, "Hold me." Oh. Shannaras whole body was wrapped around him. ?Wu Heng smiled and reached out to take off her shoulder strap. The silk nightgown slipped off and hung around her waist. ?The whole person, revealing a plump and white figure. ?Wu Heng dragged her to one side. Shanela hugged him tightly, pillowed her shoulder, and said softly: "Aren''t you going to the bedroom? Why are you going!" Go to the study room. Kicked open the door of the study room with her feet and laid Shannara flat on the desk. The hanging nightgown ripples gently at the edge. The next day. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Wu Heng and Shanara woke up from the bearskin spread on the ground. Master, are you in the study? Breakfast is ready. ?Wu Heng coughed slightly and shouted: "Get down immediately." Oh, okay. Minnies voice faded away. The golden sunlight shines from the window. ??Wu Heng looked at the figure beside him, pulled him into his arms again, and kissed his red lips gently. Shannara also responded, and then said: "Okay, I''m going back. It would be bad if Minnie and the others find me." Ill take you down and let them know sooner or later. "No." Shanela said, stood up and put on her nightgown, "It will take a while, I''m not ready yet." ?Wu Heng didnt force anything and nodded in agreement. ?After getting dressed, Wu Heng opened the door and took a look at the corridor. He helped Shanara climb to the roof and returned to the residence next door. ?Wu Heng also went downstairs to eat with the two girls. Have breakfast. ?Wu Heng went to the alchemy laboratory and took a look. On the cabinet shelves nearby, there were already several bottles of first-level corpse core potion and second-level corpse core potion. After putting them all away. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. Spent one night in the village. But the journey back and forth took four days. Actually its quite long. Stepping out of the manager''s office, there was a chill. Look out the window. The dark sky was filled with snowflakes. ??Wu Heng picked up the charging walkie-talkie and said directly: "Is Qi Hancai here?" Here, please wait a moment. Soon, footsteps sounded. ? Qi Hancai, wearing a long black down jacket, walked up quickly. Your Majesty! ??Wu Heng motioned for her to sit aside, and then asked: "How is the development here?" Qi Hancai recounted all the changes in the past few days. It basically involves cleaning up the area and arranging the supplies needed for the survivors to survive the winter. After the introduction, he added: "Yesterday, the provincial and district rescue teams contacted us and asked if gold can still be exchanged for food." (End of this chapter) Chapter 402 , exaggerating the bounty Chapter 402, exaggerated bounty Provinces and regions also need to exchange grain? News about the exchange of gold has always been carried out in local channels. The provincial side received news that it should be a military refuge in the past, and told them the situation here. In terms of the current situation. Gold has no value, but food is a necessity for survival. With such a long distance, did they say how to exchange? Wu Heng continued to ask. The number of local gold exchanges will only become less and less, and it is still necessary to expand the trading market outwards. "As I said, when the military evacuated, they left via the railway. If both parties want to trade, they can also do it via the railway." Qi Hancai replied. Since railways are built on the edge of cities, the number of zombies will certainly not be large, and they are also conducive to long-distance transportation. Potential problems still exist. Okay, I will communicate with them again then. Food is hard currency and there is basically no need to worry about selling it to others. Qi Hancai responded. The two of them looked overjoyed. This medicine, which can directly change the physique, is comparable to a miracle elixir. Qi Hancai and Li Yahong have also taken it many times. According to previous experience, the effect of the medicine should have weakened. After thinking for a moment, he said: "Food is not a problem. You don''t have to worry about this when managing. There may be some gatherings in shelters, but zombies are still occupying various places. It is a bit difficult to think about it. We have enough time to improve it. this matter." Looked at Wu Heng, and then walked in directly. By the way, has Li Yahong been here recently? Wu Heng asked. Putting the backpack in his hand on the table with a thump, "During this period, the shopping mall and the passenger terminal exchanged gold and corpse cores." Soon, Li Yahong walked in wearing a white short down jacket and carrying a backpack. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "Exchange can be carried out, but we must also let them sell some advanced weapons and equipment. It is not enough to just exchange gold for food." With the current strength of the shelter, if other shelters converge here, there will only be some troubles, and there will not be any great danger. The number of corpse cores is increasing. If the line is safe, it''s not just a two-way transaction. Start trading with provinces, regions and surrounding areas. Qi Hancai''s eyes were a little wandering. ?Others may get colds and illnesses, but they have never had them. ?Wu Heng put away the gold and corpse cores, took out a few bottles of medicine and handed them to the two of them, "You two have two bottles each, and you can send the remaining bottle of Qi Hancai to my little mother." As the market develops, less and less gold can be exchanged, and the number of corpse cores is increasing. ??Wu Heng opened his backpack and took a look. The gold was about 30 kilograms, and the body cores were packed in plastic bags. Judging from the cold air on them, they must have just been taken out of the refrigerator or freezer. The second point is that it will cause other shelters to gather locally. Everyone knows that we have food here and the territory is safe. People may gather here through various methods, and safety will be an issue at that time. " It is very likely that it will become the main exchange area for nearby cities. Well, we will make some arrangements in advance. Qi Hancai nodded to express his understanding. ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, feeling that his analysis made sense. You should also support some people you can trust. Oh, okay! Qi Hancai changed the frequency band of the walkie-talkie and said a few words. It has indeed been a while since I came here to get gold and corpse cores. The shelter has grown from a small place at the beginning to what it is now without even realizing it. Saw the medicine being handed out. ??If you want to clear out zombies in the province ahead, you can also go there through the railway. Qi Hancai showed a smile on his face and said, "Sister Yahong is here today. Do you need her to come up?" Wu Heng added: "You can also try to contact the surrounding cities. Those who are capable can come to exchange for food. The main ones are gold and corpse cores." But it cannot prevent outward expansion. There are twelve first-level corpse cores and two second-level corpse cores. What did you tell them? "That''s good. Let her come up here. I have something to tell you." Thank you! The two of them took the potion and put it away. The announcement of a piece of news will cause a certain chain reaction. The main issue is food. Just make sure there is no problem with food. Qi Hancai said: "I didn''t give a direct reply. I said I would tell them after the discussion is complete." Wu Heng continued: "After you go back, screen out the trustworthy people. Well... let''s recommend one each first and let me know next time." If we announce it, we have to consider two things. Qi Hancai leaned forward, paused slightly, and then said: The consumption of food will increase, and the supply may be under several times more pressure than it is now. The two of them were stunned for a moment, then immediately understood the idea behind the words, and nodded in agreement, "Okay!" This matter is over. Qi Hancai continued: "I recorded two locations where corpses are gathered, and they need to be cleaned up." ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go there today." "good!" The two of them got up and walked out together. ?Although it is snowing outside, the snowflakes are not too heavy and have not yet closed the roads. The vehicles were prepared and we headed towards the area where the corpses were recorded. Night falls. In a renovated dormitory building next to the shopping mall. In the spacious bathtub, the warm water ripples gently like silk. ?Li Yahong leaned tightly in Wu Heng''s arms, immersed in the water, and their bodies were close to each other. The wet hair was hung with water drops, dancing up and down in the water. After a sigh of relief, Li Yahong''s face turned red and her body gradually went limp. "Ma Zhiyong, do you still remember?" Li Yahong said with half-squinted eyes. Remember, the disaster response command over there in the county. "Well, it seems they didn''t leave with the military here." Li Yahong said directly. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?Ma Zhiyong is definitely related to the military, which can be judged from the equipment he carries and his understanding of weapons. Why havent you left yet? "Why?" "I don''t know." Li Yahong shook her head, thought for a moment and said, "Maybe something has not been negotiated!" At that time, the entire road had been opened by Wu Heng. There are no roads that are impassable. There must be some problem between them. It has nothing to do with us. We may meet again when we do business with the province in the future. ?Wu Heng said. Yeah! Li Yahong nodded. Then I felt myself being lifted up slightly and then put down again. ?Hunted slightly, tilted his head back and complained, "Why is it endless?" ?Wu Heng held up his cheek and leaned down. The next day, early morning. ??Li Yahong returned to the county with the convoy, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. The sky is already bright here. The sound of the skeleton chef cooking could be heard downstairs. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room, and then returned to the study. Took out all five bottles of the second-level corpse core medicine in the space ring. There are two bottles of [high-efficiency intelligence-enhancing potion] and three bottles of [high-efficiency strengthening potion]. ??Intelligence-enhancing potions are made from the corpse cores of big-headed zombies, while strengthening potions are the names of two potions made from the corpse cores of big-headed zombies and crawler zombies. Without much hesitation, he directly took out a bottle of [Highly Effective Intelligence Enhancement Potion] and drank it. A sour taste that was difficult to swallow flowed down the throat into the abdomen. Then, the heartbeat began to accelerate rapidly, as if it was about to jump out of the chest. ?Then I had difficulty breathing, a splitting headache, as if there were countless needles stirring in my brain, and I felt dizzy in front of my eyes. It lasted about three or two minutes. The feeling of strangeness gradually disappears. ?System prompts also appear in your ears. Intelligence +2, Perception +1, Charisma +1. ?Wu Heng stood up and exhaled heavily. The increase positions of intelligence-enhancing potions and strengthening potions are obviously different. Intensifying agent for muscle and bone pain. Now this medicine is more like a brain enhancement. Much more uncomfortable. Take a short rest and continue taking the second bottle. I still have a splitting headache, tinnitus and dizziness. Intelligence +2, Perception +2. Attributes last at four points. After drinking two bottles of ''Intelligence Enhancement'' potion, he picked up a bottle of [Highly Effective Strengthening Potion] and drank it. ?Tinging pain in muscles and bones spreads all over the body immediately. Its not much better than before. Strength +1, Agility +1. Only two points were added this time. Level 2 corpse core, this reduction is too serious. Wu Heng wiped his sweat. Two attributes, which is too low. ?Wu Heng did not continue to drink the remaining two bottles of potion. Only take three bottles a day, otherwise it will be a burden on the body. Secondly, the effect is a bit too poor. I am considering whether to improve the strength of my two maids first. After all, the enemies we face are becoming more and more dangerous. Minnie and the others will be safer as their strength increases. Open the properties and take a look. Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 44, Intelligence 43, Perception 28, Charisma 29. Intelligence once again exceeds strength. He is still a mage! ~! There was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in. Master, its time to eat! ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked downstairs. "Is it very hot? Master, why are you sweating so much?" Minnie asked. The room is a little stuffy, its okay. "oh!" Lets go downstairs together and start having breakfast. Have breakfast. ?Andweil packed up and headed to the association with the little owl. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the radio stations room. While eating, Minnie said that when she got up in the morning, she saw Miss Pirate and wanted to see him for something. He went directly upstairs. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record. Picked up the phone directly and asked: "Philippa, are you looking for me?" Holy shit, you scared me, can you please stop talking all morning next time? Philippa said angrily. The sun is out, and youre still sleeping! Im in the cabin, where can I see the sun? Philippa muttered. Wu Heng didn''t want to talk nonsense to her, so he asked directly: "What do you want from me?" "Yes, I have good news for you. Your bounty has increased again. Now your head is worth 1,000 gold coins. Are you excited?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 403 , island owner Chapter 403, Island Owner ?Wu Heng frowned, and his face instantly became a little ugly. 500 gold coins already made the pirates a little reckless. Now that they have doubled their money, they may be in even more trouble. Im just kidding, youre on Treasure Island, its okay, dont worry. When Philippa didnt respond, she thought he was angry and said immediately. ??Wu Heng replied and asked: "When did you receive it?" Found it yesterday. Besides the bounty, is there any other news? "There was another person who went to rob the ship. He couldn''t make up the time, so he didn''t go." Philippa then asked: "What did you do? Let the blank envelope directly give you double your head." Before you received the message in the envelope, how many pirate leaders did our association kill? Wu Heng analyzed. Who? It is still necessary to strengthen the review of people who land on the island. ??Even if the pirates wanted to attack, they would not be able to swim to the shore. Oh, Ill wait for you to come back for dinner that evening. Minnie was changing into her training clothes. She saw him coming down and asked, "Master, are you going to train in the courtyard?" Fighted on land? Have you captured the pirate ship? After saying that, he hung up the radio directly. ?Each mercenary team guessed who killed these pirate groups. "good." Deacon, I have increased the reward to 1,000 gold coins. Wu Heng said directly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and did not want to stop her, so he said: "Near Lopez City, the association will also arrange people to investigate there during this period. You should be careful not to be blocked by the other party." Wu Heng said: "No, the situation was quite dangerous at that time. After killing them, we retreated to Treasure Island." Imiro said again: "Moya, give him the application files for members of Team 11." When I mentioned it to Imiro, I wasnt asking for personal protection. "If you feel there is any danger, tell me in time. Treasure Island will protect you and there will be no problem." Imiro said confidently. Imiro sat back in his seat and pondered for a moment, then said: "I will ask people to strengthen the censorship on the island. You should not leave the island yet. As long as you stay on the island, there will be no danger." "Thank you, deacon. I''ll go back first," Wu Heng said. A top pirate group that has been running rampant for decades, plus several large-scale pirate groups, disappeared from the wanted list at the same time, which still caused quite a topic. "Wow..., you killed the Devil''s Hand and five pirate leaders. Are you...so powerful?" ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Imiro said: "This is the file for applying to join Team 11. Didn''t you introduce her? You can choose the personnel for her." Imiro raised his eyebrows, "Did that pirate lady tell you?" ? ? Imiro, who was dressed neatly, was standing in the study room, looking at a brightly colored oil painting on the wall. Or the association headquarters arranged for people to come over and carry out encirclement and suppression. Association. No, I have to go to the association. There are many secrets around me, and it is not convenient for someone to follow me. Moya walked out of it with a stack of documents in his hand. Then he took the skeleton attendant out of the residence and rushed to the association. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. Well, the information should be true. Every time I kill a pirate, the bounty increases. "Then where did they die? I''ll go see if I can collect their ships. The Devil''s Hand is a very powerful pirate group." Philippa was a little excited in his words. ?Wu Heng put back the microphone and walked downstairs. "Devil''s Hand organized five pirate leaders and planned to surround and kill us. There were some problems in the plan, and we were killed in the end. This should be the reason." Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng listened to the discussion and went to the deacon''s study. I understand, I wont say any more, Im going to go to sea and see my mother when I have time. Simply tidy up. Entering the hall, you can hear some discussions about the "Devil''s Hand" being destroyed. They were also ordinary, and they fought on land. He glanced sideways at him and asked, "What''s wrong?" There was silence on the other side for a few seconds, and then Philippa exclaimed exaggeratedly. "so much?" Moya smiled and said: "You have killed so many pirates, and you are quite famous in the association. It is normal that there are many people who want to join Team 11." "Oh, okay!" Wu Heng took it, "Then I''ll go back first." ?Imiro nodded. ?Wu Heng exited the study room directly. Return to your office and study room. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk and waited for a while. ?Andewil walked in with Kavina. ?Wu Heng looked at her and asked, "What''s wrong?" Kavina smiled bitterly and said: "The team lounge is surrounded by other teams, all asking about killing pirates." Wu Heng smiled and said, "What''s the matter? If you want to talk, just talk to them. If you don''t want to, just say a few perfunctory words." Kavina glanced at him angrily, "You think I''m also a deputy deacon. I just came here, so I can''t offend anyone casually." Its okay, youll get better slowly. How are your injuries? Wu Heng continued to ask. Its almost healed, and the injuries werent too serious. Kavina smiled. ?Wu Heng nodded and handed her the pile of files he brought back. He said: "These are the preparatory members from the deacon''s side who want to join your eleventh team. You can choose them yourself and see what occupations are needed." Huh? You can still choose this by yourself! Kavinas eyes widened and she subconsciously took it. This is the back door. You can also choose your own team members. Its best to choose someone recommended by someone within the association. People recommended by outsiders will be very troublesome in the future. Understood! Kavina began to look through them one by one. After reading it two or three times, I finally chose a ranger and a water warlock. From the perspective of the team structure, reconnaissance and remote output are supplemented. After handing it over again. ?Wu Heng took a pen and signed directly on the paper, which was regarded as allowing the two people to join the job. Then ask Anderweil to be sent to the front desk for registration. Kavina looked up and said, "Thank you!" No matter how polite you are, its all your own. Yeah, too. ?Kavina sat in the study for a while and then returned to her team''s lounge. The new members are likely to come and report in the afternoon.?????Still have to wait a bit in advance. ?Wu Heng said nothing to Anderweier after he had nothing to do. He left the association, hailed a carriage, and headed for Beacon Street. Nautilus Tavern. ??Wu Heng transformed into a woman and walked directly into the tavern. At this time, many people gathered in the tavern. ?Miss Pirate''s mother, Millicent, is greeting the guests with a smile. The business of the tavern is much better than before. There are a lot of customers, and the number of shop assistants has also increased by several people. There are two burly men at the door, who seem to be guards responsible for maintaining order. ??The entire tavern is well-run. As soon as he walked into the tavern, Millicent glanced at him and glanced upstairs. Wu Heng walked up directly. Enter the room. Not long after, Millicent also walked in. Bow down and salute, "Your Excellency." Well, the tavern is doing well. After being praised, Millicent looked a little pleased, "Thank you, sir." Any information recently? "My lord, please wait a moment." Millicent immediately walked to the bed and rummaged inside for something. Exaggerated waist-to-hip ratio, rounded hips facing outward. It made people look at it several times unconsciously. Soon, Millicent took out a small book, opened it and said: "Five days ago, the port workers had a group fight, and the people from the Old Barrel Tavern were assassinated after they came out. The pirates began to receive letters from Poseidon more frequently, and the plundering missions were basically connected... Some guests said that in the Yeke Kingdom, the comatose old king had obtained some elixir, and there were signs of waking up, and the situation in the kingdom had eased. ?Yesterday, several people stayed at the hotel and talked about pirates. Their appearance was not on the wanted poster, so it was not yet certain whether they were pirates. " ?Wu Heng sat aside and listened. A little surprised at the information recorded by the other party. ?Although the content is complex, there are still many useful things in it. ??Places like taverns are indeed important places for collecting miscellaneous intelligence. ??The number of times pirates received blank envelopes began to increase, which certainly led to more frequent pirate actions. This is not a good thing for the route. ?There is also information from the Kingdom of Yeke. Last time I heard about the old king, he said that he had fallen into a coma. There was a civil strife among princes fighting for power and so on. At the end of the day, the old king is not dead yet? How long has it been? If you are rich and powerful, you can survive even if you are in a coma. ??Wu Heng nodded, "The intelligence collection is good. There are a few pieces that are important to me." "what I should do." ?Wu Heng continued to take out two bottles of first-level medicine and a space ring. He said: "This is a 5-cubic space ring. You use it to store things. Don''t expose it outside to avoid attracting the attention of others." Its your lord. Millicent must have known about the space ring. He was a little excited and didn''t ask how to use it. ??Wu Heng continued to introduce the potion, "This is a potion to enhance your physical fitness. Drink it now and I will keep an eye on it for you." Millicent glanced at him carefully. Still walked over, picked up the potion and drank it. Then there was a painful groan while covering the abdomen. ?Wu Heng supported her and said softly: "It will be fine soon, just hold on." After a minute or two. The pain disappeared, and Millicent straightened her back again. How do you feel? I seem to...become more powerful. Millicent felt it and said. This is the effect of the medicine, and this matter is not allowed to be talked about outside. Understood, my lord. Then, Millicent continued to drink the second bottle of potion. Feeling the strengthening of his body, he showed a burst of joy. Wu Heng looked at her and said: "Continue to collect information. For important matters, go to the association to find me. If there is nothing else, I will come to see you when I have time." Yes, my lord. Millicent saluted again. ?Then the two of them walked out together. Millicent sent him out of the tavern. Leave Nautilus. ?Wu Heng just wanted to call a carriage to leave. I saw crowds of people on the street gathering towards the port. Its not a riot, its more like theres something fun to watch. ?Wu Heng also rushed towards the port. Just getting close. Then he saw a fleet of blue and gold ships parked at the port. On the mast of the ship, there is a blue pirate ship hanging. ??A man wearing a simple white robe and a thick beard on his chin was standing at the port, staring at the crowd below with burning eyes. Said loudly, "These evil pirates will get the punishment they deserve. I will continue to lead the fleet to sea and drive away pirates that harass the shipping lanes." As he spoke, he glanced down below with expectant eyes, seeming to be observing everyone''s reactions. Towards the end, the person above said again: "Let us work together to restore the order that the Emerald Sea should have." After saying that, a large number of silver-armored warriors came down from the rear ship, escorting the prisoners who looked like pirates. Lord Ockham said that very well. Drive away the pirates! "It seems that Lord Occam has killed many pirate groups." If we can really drive away the pirates, our business group will be able to go to sea normally. Amidst the bursts of warm applause and cheers, Wu Heng also heard some comments. ?Occam? The pirate leader who was pardoned? (End of this chapter) Chapter 404 , come for supper Chapter 404: Come and have a late night snack ??As the pirates were escorted down, cheers rang out again in the port. ?Occam is dressed simply, with a steady gaze and a smile. The soldiers behind him have shining armor and steady steps. It gives people the appearance of an elite army with sharp armor and fine armor. ??Wu Heng stood in the crowd and watched everything happening in front of him. A pirate who had just been pardoned turned around and led his fleet to kill other pirates. This guy has forgotten his roots a bit. Looking at it from a distance, I felt that it had nothing to do with me. Halled a carriage and returned to his residence. Push open the courtyard door. ??Wu Heng held her in his arms and walked inside, saying, "What is the use of that stone house in the yard now?" But, I always feel that the other party is proving that he is not a pirate. Made into a new type of alchemical grenade. Let the skeleton tidy up and arrange other functions here. Skeleton Bomberman is a level 15 alchemist bomber. ??Now that it has been transformed into a skeleton, Wu Heng does not intend to let it participate in any battles. "I went to see the deacon. I don''t know why he came here." Anderweier said with a slightly curious tone, "Don''t they say he is a pirate? He looks a little different from a pirate. He also has a guard, Billen. The Iron Guard Knights in Tam City are still regular." Minnie is training in the yard. In the future, we can consider combining it with modern grenade triggering methods. It is both wind and fire, which is quite scary. Oh, thats good. ?Stay here and make various rolling thunders. Minnie poked her head out from behind and asked, "Is it also an alchemist?" ??The Skeleton Bomber did not respond, but walked directly into the stone house. If the enemy is prepared, he can even throw the fuse back to him before it burns out. Oh, okay! Minnie jumped down and asked a few skeletons to move out all the tools inside. ?The stone house is very large inside, with ordinary bluestone slabs on the floor and original stone brick walls. How do you describe this kind of alchemical bomb? Well, its from the alchemy bomb! Wait until the cleaning is completed. I started to arrange some arrangements in the room. ??Wu Heng rubbed her little head, "It''s okay, it''s not that powerful." On the way to Treasure Island, Minnie had seen the alchemy bombs used by pirates. Not that there''s anything wrong with carrying a bodyguard. ?Tomorrow Minnie will buy items according to the material list, and Skeleton Bomber will make bombs. ??Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he trotted and flew around, acting like a baby with his whole body hanging on his body. ?The three of them were sitting at the dining table, eating dinner. Alchemy bombs with various effects can be made. Dusk. Maybe he wanted to get rid of other peoples impression that he was a pirate. Wu Heng guessed. Minnie turned her head, looked at the stone house on one side of the yard, and said, "Store some debris for cleaning up the yard. What''s wrong?" The two of them continued to place a workbench and several cabinet shelves in the laboratory, and then returned directly to the room. Wu Heng had the same feeling when he was at the port. ??Wu Heng called the skeleton bomber in the yard over and said: "From now on, this will be your laboratory. To make rolling thunder with various effects, you can write down what materials you need and give them to me or her." ?Wu Heng raised his head and asked curiously: "Why are you going to the association?" The effect is still very good. The only drawback is that the fuse needs to be ignited, and the ignition time is very long. Speaking, he pointed at Minnie beside him. Andewil chewed the food gently and said, "Master, you were not here in the afternoon. The owner of Treasure Island went to the association, and many people were watching." ??Andwyer came back from outside. Minnies eyes widened a bit and she said suspiciously: Then... is it safe? We rent this house. Well, that should be the case. Anderweil agreed. ?Minnie sat aside and listened to the conversation between the two. After he finished speaking, he asked: "Sister Wei''er, is the owner of this island a man or a woman?" Hes a man, he looks like hes in his 40s. "oh oh!" A few people had dinner. When the two girls were planning to go to the yard for training. Wu Heng called them to the living room. He took out two bottles of potion, placed it on the table, and said: "The potion I gave you before has no obvious effect if you continue to take it. This is a higher-level potion, one bottle for each of you." Hearing is a new type of medicine. The eyes of the two women changed slightly. ?Minnie was full of joy at getting something good, while Anderweil was happy and a little surprised at the same time. Andewil works as an assistant at the association. Although he has not participated in the battle directly. But sometimes, I also go to the training room to watch other people train and fight. Her current ability to perceive the enemy''s movements and reactions is definitely better than that of ordinary captains. Even when surrounded by two or three captains, he can still find ways to escape. ?This large degree is the increase in medicine. There are actually higher levels now, and the improvement in strength will definitely be more significant. Thank you, master. Minnie happily took it. ?Andewil glanced at Minnie and held it in her hand, "Thank you, Master." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "If you take it, your body will feel a tingling sensation. This is a normal reaction. Don''t worry too much. Just grit your teeth and it will pass. Just take it now and I will keep an eye on it for you." The two women looked at each other, opened the potions one after another, and drank them directly. The effects that appeared on Wu Heng before also appeared on the two of them at the same time. The skin becomes red and veins pop out. Make a groan of pain. After gritting his teeth and persisting for a while. ? Anderweil calmed down a little. After straightening her waist, she was slightly surprised to feel the growth of her body. The first few times of taking the second-level medicine can achieve the third-level amplifying effect. The improvement is still very significant. ??Wu Heng motioned for her to familiarize herself with her body, and his eyes fell on Minnie who was still gritting her teeth and persisting. Perhaps because of her low level, she can withstand the effects of the medicine for a longer period of time. When Wu Heng was worried that something was wrong with her. The veins on his body receded slightly. How is it? Wu Heng walked over and patted his back gently. Minnie took a deep breath, "I thought I was going to die." "Don''t talk nonsense, how could you die?" Wu Heng said. Then, Minnie raised her palm, stared at it doubtfully for two seconds, and then with a cry, a scorching flame rose up. Minnie looked at the flames with disbelief in her eyes. Then he shouted, "Ah, my hand is on fire, help!" ?Wu Heng also looked at the scene in front of him in surprise. The same effect appeared on Ma Zhiyong in the Flame God Sanctuary. Awakened the superpower! What kind of luck is this? ?Wu Heng opened the window and said, "Throw the fire out." "Huh?" Minnie was a little at a loss, but she still made a throwing motion. The flames in his hands condensed into a fireball. Whist out through the window. It hit the flower bed in the distance with a loud bang, sending up puffs of thick smoke. The explosion shocked the skeletons all around. Immediately ran to the flower bed, and then also entered the room to check. ?Wu Heng let the skeletons disperse and returned to their posts. Looking at Minnie again. With tears in her eyes, Anderweil blew her palms gently. Minnie asked: "Master, what is this?" ??Wu Heng asked the two of them to sit down and explained: "We call this superpower. After taking the potion, there is a chance that the potential in the body will be stimulated and various abilities can be displayed." Then thats a good thing for me! Good things, how many people envy the good things that cannot come. Minnie, who was frightened, smiled again. There will be no burning sensation when the power is released. I was more shocked. Anderweil pondered for a moment and said softly: "This ability sounds more like the feeling of a warlock awakening his bloodline." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Well, it is indeed somewhat similar." ?At that time, when he learned that there was a warlock profession in another world, he also felt that it was very similar to the ability to awaken. They all stimulate the potential of the body, but the degree of expression is not the same. Warlocks have a complete system, and their abilities will improve with practice. In terms of superpowers, the primary goal of survivors in the zombie world is to survive, and they do not have much time and opportunity to research and develop superpowers. ?Wu Heng spoke to the two of them for a while. The sky is gradually getting darker. Let Minnie have time to practice more, and dont tell anyone else. We each walked upstairs. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk and poured himself a cup of tea. Starting to plan the future development in my mind. The biggest threat at present is the pirates'' 1,000 gold bounty, which is an exaggerated figure. There are so many pirates targeting me even with 500 gold. Now with 1 thousand gold, Im afraid some people will take the risk and directly land on the island. Why is the blank envelope targeted at me? Why! ?Wu Heng is also confused now as to why the other party is targeting him. ? I also guessed that it was a secret cult, but their behavior was completely different. If the Secret Order wants to spend 1,000 gold, they will definitely hire a killer to land on the island and kill them. ??????????????????????????????????????????????? ?Then I dont have any enemies anymore. ?Divine Punishment Cult? ?Last time, a Divine Punishment Cult apologist landed on the island, but it didnt seem to have much to do with this incident. ?Take a deep breath. said: "Continue to let Philippa investigate, and your level cannot fall. If you have reached level 18, no matter how much the other party increases the bounty, there will not be much danger to you, and the association will protect you." There is also the development of third-level potions, and the establishment of transactions with provinces, regions and surrounding cities. By the way, I will take the time to go back and see Wen Mansha and Slater and the others. Go through what you want to do quickly in your mind. I also have a rough plan in mind. Coming to Treasure Island, my strength has improved significantly. Information and development are beyond the reach of Luntam City. You must continue to maintain it. Increase the material complementarity between the two worlds to make yourself stronger. If you can really become a god, you may be able to completely solve the zombie problem. ~! There was a knock on the study door. Getting up and opening the door, he saw Anderweil standing at the door with her head lowered. Feeling something was wrong, Wu Heng asked: "Weier, what''s wrong?" Anderweil raised her head, her eyes a little disappointed, and said softly: "Master, will there be a chance for that kind of superpower in the future? Have I disappointed you?" There will be a chance for superpowers to appear in the future, and the superpowers are not as powerful as I thought. Combat skills and comprehensive attributes are the most important. Awakening your bloodline will make you stronger. This is somewhat different from the awakening of your bloodline. Moreover, I drank many bottles of potion before I awakened the effect of temporarily increasing my strength. Im sorry, Master, thats not what I meant. ??Wu Heng rubbed her hair and comforted her: "It''s okay. There will be opportunities in the future. Even if the superpower doesn''t appear, it''s okay." Thank you, master. Can I stay with you for a while? ?Wu Heng picked her up and placed her on the desk. He took off her nightgown and felt the delicate and soft skin of the little fox. ~! Not long after, the door was knocked again and quietly opened a crack. Minnie looked in and said, "Master, you''re not asleep yet." ?Wu Heng paused for two seconds and said, "I''m going to sleep right away." Sister Weier is asleep, let me rest with you! Minnie said, approaching the desk, and saw Andweier kneeling under the desk with her hands on Wu Hengs legs. He frowned and said, "Sister Wei''er didn''t sleep either." ?Wu Heng caressed the face of the little fox under the table, "Come out, I''ve been discovered." ? Anderweil crawled out with some difficulty and wiped her lower lip with her thumb, "Why aren''t you sleeping yet? Can you get up to prepare breakfast tomorrow?" Humph, Ill allow you to have midnight snack! What nonsense. ?Wu Heng smiled and hugged the two of them and walked towards the bedroom, "Let''s go to the bedroom to rest." On the roof, Shannara patted her chest gently. ?Then he tiptoed back to his residence. The next day, we had breakfast. Minnie puts on her practice clothes and goes out to practice. ?Wu Heng also packed up and went directly to the zombie world. The temperature here has dropped sharply, and the howling wind can be heard outside the window. ?Step out of the room and go to the conference room on the second floor of the shopping mall. At the same time, he notified Qi Hancai to follow him. ?After waiting in the conference room for a while, a total of four people, Qi Hancai, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang, walked in. After sitting down separately. Qi Hancai said: "Last time you asked me to recommend people, I recommended Wang Chenggang, and Li Yahong recommended Qiangzi." ??Li Yahong recommended Hadron, Wu Heng was not surprised at all. Be considered Li Yahongs confidant. Whenever you have something good to do, you should naturally think of your own people. However, Qi Hancai''s recommendation of Wang Chenggang was somewhat unexpected. ??Qi Hancai has his own people, the same group of people he brought from Dong''an Refuge. Unexpectedly, I did not recommend the one there, but recommended Wang Chenggang. ??Wu Heng nodded, looked at the two people who looked a little confused, and said directly: "The base plans to train some trustworthy people and take corpse cores to enhance their physical fitness." Your Majesty, the death rate of corpse cores is high. Qiangzi said. ?Li Yahong went up and punched him on the shoulder, "Listen, I can still hurt you." ? Qiangzi immediately shut up, indicating that he would not speak anymore. Wu Heng continued: "You are all old men of the base, so naturally we will start training with you first, but this matter is related to the security of the base, and I promise that it will not be disclosed to the outside world." Level 1 is suitable for pharmaceuticals, for ordinary people. After taking it several times, the effect will be about level 5. ?With Wu Hengs current strength and level, he is not worried about any threat to himself after these people take it. ?As for the zombie world, as the territory expands, more trustworthy people are also needed. He controls the troops and the corpse core medicine. means to control all the rights. Dont worry about big problems. ?Wang Chenggang nodded, "Don''t worry, Your Majesty, we would have died long ago without you. We know clearly what should be said and what should not be said." Qiangzi also said: "Me too, this matter will never be revealed." ?Wu Heng nodded. He took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion and handed them to them, "One bottle for each person, just drink it." The two of them looked at each other in confusion. I picked it up anyway, thought about it and drank it. After a short period of pain. Happiness appeared on both of their faces. ?No wonder the other party asked me to keep it a secret. The medicine without viruses is simply amazing. Thank you, Your Majesty, we will definitely not disclose it to anyone else. Wang Chenggang said. Me too, I promise not to tell anyone. Qiangzi also patted his chest hard. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I believe you, go about your own business first!" "good." The two of them exited the room directly. In the conference room, there were only three people left. Qi Hancaicai said: "I have contacted the province and district, and I will arrive here probably in the afternoon." (End of this chapter) Chapter 405 , comes with weapons and ammunition Chapter 405, attached weapons and ammunition Can we arrive in the afternoon? "So fast?" The people over there should have made preparations in advance, just waiting for a word from us. Qi Hancai took out another map and pointed to the next location, "The transaction location is set at the station where the military evacuated." ?Wu Heng glanced at the map and saw that the trading location was a temporary station. It should have been built by oneself to avoid large-scale zombies. The exchange didnt feel like a big problem, Okay, Ill follow you there later. Qi Hancai continued to ask, "Do you want to bring more convoys?" "Five trucks are pulling the skeletons, and the rest are used to transport the exchanged grain. The survivors don''t need too many people, and they won''t be able to help much." Wu Heng said lightly. The drivers seat is Li Yahong. Lets get back to the car first, its a little cold in here. Yeah, thats good too. ?The station location is a small station on the edge of the city. After letting the ghost investigate, the convoy drove straight in. ?Several people whispered. It is difficult for Xiaobo''s zombies to pose a threat to such a big guy. ??The skeleton army armed with weapons and firearms dispersedly guarded the station and surrounded the entire station. We are the provincial and district team responsible for transactions and are about to arrive at the transaction location. An exaggerated train is approaching from a distance. Our future trains can also be modified according to this idea. Not long after, the voice of the convoy getting ready came over the intercom. Around two o''clock in the afternoon. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Don''t worry, check whether there are many transactions. If there are many, arrange some skeletons to guard it. If it is only once or twice, there is no need to pay attention to this place." ?Wang Chenggang also nodded, "With the weapons like this, we can indeed trade." ?Just when I was about to answer, I felt something wasnt quite right about this sentence. "receive!" Understood! Then lets go down and get ready. A train of this level will not travel unless it encounters level 3 deformed zombies or a large-scale zombie wave. We are already at the station, you can go directly to the station. Get on a familiar bus. Waited for a while. Qi Hancai picked up the microphone and said, "Please speak!" The two of them said and walked out of the room. Qi Hancai came over and asked, "How about arranging for someone to occupy this place so that future transactions will be more convenient." The front end has a triangular impact angle, and the body is also reinforced with exaggerated iron plates. The whole thing looks like a black python galloping on the rails. . Its been a long time since Ive been in your car! Wu Heng sat down and the other skeletons came up behind him. Call the shelter in the old factory area. Li Yahong still wanted to joke with him, but Qi Hancai''s order to set off came over the intercom. They got out of the car. Qi Hancai took the skeleton to the platform, while Wu Heng took his skeleton attendant and entered a temporarily prepared room. "good." I dont know, I feel good about your car. Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, "Qi Hancai''s car, isn''t it comfortable?" Qi Hancai stared at him, "No wonder it is used for long-distance transportation. It can be bumped into all the way." The next words were not spoken. He took hold of the steering wheel and started the vehicle slowly. ??If zombies can really tear apart steel plates with their bare hands, there will be no survivors. ?Wu Heng went downstairs. "Um." There was a sound coming from the car radio. There was nothing inside, just an empty building. ?The train slowly entered the station, the door opened, and several figures walked out wearing down jackets. The leader is a middle-aged man, followed by Yang Long and another young man with sharp eyes. Having just gotten off the bus, I saw skeletons filling the platform and the roofs of buildings. ?The eyes of several people changed slightly. The expression was full of horror. ?The entire platform is like a road leading to hell. Tap tap tap~! Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "Welcome the provincial rescue team." ?Yang Long smiled and introduced: "This is the leader of Qi Hancai, who is responsible for the management of the old factory area." Then he introduced the middle-aged man next to him, "This is Deputy Commander Liu of the provincial rescue team." Deputy Commander Liu, please come in. Yes, please. The middle-aged deputy commander smiled and said equally politely. We walked through the skeleton guard together and walked towards the inside of the station. Inside the room. ?Xiaoxiao flew back first, got into Wu Heng''s body, and relayed the situation in the train. The interior of the train is really like a moving fortress. Food, supplies, and a certain amount of firearms and ammunition. There were footsteps at the door. ??Wu Heng released the ghost again, monitored the train entering the station, took out a book from the space ring, and held it in his hand. ?The door of the room opened, and Qi Hancai led several people in. This is our leader. He extended his hand to indicate to the side, Deputy Commander Liu from the provincial district, and Captain Yang Long. ??The remaining person was not introduced, and Qi Hancai did not know his name or official position. ??Wu Heng stood up and shook hands with the other party. After the other party sat down, he got straight to the point, "Deputy Commander Liu, how much gold did you bring this time?" Deputy Commander Liu looked away from the other party and smiled, "Only more than 20 kilograms of gold were collected." The number is really not much. Firstly, the time is relatively short, and secondly, the other party may just come to verify the authenticity. The exchange of gold for food in the last days is still a bit exaggerated. Okay, you should know the market price, and we will settle the bill by weight for you. "There''s no rush." ??The deputy commander said, and asked as if in a casual conversation: "Will this exchange continue?" Wu Heng said: "Grain is the hard currency now. If you want to continue trading later, it is somewhat unrealistic to only take out gold." The deputy commander raised his eyebrows and said, "I heard from Captain Yang Long that there were no other requirements before." Its naturally different when we enter winter, Wu Heng emphasized. Then what conditions need to be added if I want to continue to exchange with you? the other party asked seriously. Weapons, ammunition, and design drawings of various military weapons and equipment. Every 10 kilograms of gold sold in the future must be sold to the weapons or drawings we need. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. The person on the other side fell into silence, seeming to be thinking about this matter. After a few seconds, he continued, "I can sell it to you. The quantity of firearms and ammunition needs to be discussed. We will provide a copy of the drawing to ensure that the content is accurate." Well, when can you come over next time to trade? We will come again in five days, and we will contact you in advance through the radio. ?Wu Heng continued, "Next time I come here, I need machine guns and corresponding shells." ??The three people on the opposite side looked at each other with concentration, and the glances they cast towards them were also somewhat surprised. ??Yang Long and others have said that the city is almost recovered here. Still eager to get so many cannons? "I will fight for it for you. How much I can sell to you depends on the situation." Yes! Wu Heng agreed. After finishing these conversations. Qi Hancai took a few people to exchange gold and grain. Bags of flour were loaded onto the train, and the people from the provincial and district rescue teams had a bit of excitement on their faces. When everything is exchanged, the train leaves. ?Wu Heng collected the gold and returned with the convoy. During the conversation, Wu Heng used the Preaching Book. The effect is that the charm is improved, the words are more contagious, and it is easier to achieve the goal during the negotiation process. It is not clear how big a role it played in this transaction. But it was indeed smoother than expected. The other party agreed to all the conditions I proposed. Even if they wanted to exchange for more cannons next time, the other party just said they would go back to discuss. It depends on how much the other party can bring back what you need next time. ?Back at the mall, Qi Hancai mentioned the food issue. ?Wu Heng told her not to worry, he would solve it himself. ??Also returned to his room and returned to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng took out the book again and placed it on the table. The side effect of this strange item is that it requires pious repentance after using it. Since it is used, it must abide by the rules of strange objects. Otherwise, you will be cursed with aphasia within three days. After studying for a while, he clasped his hands together and began to repent devoutly in front of the book. I thought silently in my heart that I was wrong, I was wrong.... You can clearly feel that an invisible negative energy is fading away from your body little by little. ?It seems that this should be the case. About twenty minutes, about the same time as the negotiation. ?The negative energy feeling in my body has all disappeared. Put away the books and walk downstairs. Todays dinner was quite sumptuous. Sitting at the dining table, chatting about todays association affairs while eating. Anderweil said: "Master, today the island owner sent an invitation to invite you to the dance." Dance? Pirates also like to hold dance parties? Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. Minnie also echoed, "That''s right, he''s a pirate, what kind of dance can he dance?" I dont know either. Anderweil shook her head. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who else have you sent invitations to?" Well, the deacon and Archdeacon Shiraz have received it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 406 , how to upgrade ghosts Chapter 406: How to upgrade ghosts Are they going? Anderweil said softly: "I heard that I don''t plan to go." It is normal not to go. Imiro was assigned to Treasure Island because the association could not trust the pardoned island owner. Have monitoring and deterrent effects. It is impossible to get too close to each other. As for Sheila Gui, it is even more impossible for her to participate in such a dance due to her character. Minnie filled a cup of fruit tea for him and asked curiously: "Master wants to go?" ?Wu Heng picked up the water glass and took a sip, "If they don''t go, we won''t go either." The goods finally arrived. Shanara smiled and didn''t say much. Her eyes fell back on Wu Heng, who was leaning on the back of the chair and thinking deeply. "The goods you ordered arrived last night. We will go to the port to sign for them later. Write down what else you need to order in advance. I will arrange for someone to deliver it to you." you buy it." Occam used the dance to send a signal to the rest of the business groups, intending to clean up the pirates on the route and ensure that the business groups can do business through Treasure Island. Shannara looked at him and answered. ?Wu Heng did not attend, but Shanara, as the president of the business group staying on the island, still participated in the dance. He didn''t want to get too close to them, not to mention he was carrying a reward of 1,000 gold. "good!" Shanara shook her head, "Not sure, but so far, what he did is beneficial to the business group. At the ball, all the business groups promised to provide support. When I came, I saw many carriages going to the manor. , I should just send money. Anderweil also wanted to refute Minnie, but Wu Heng looked very interested and nodded with a red face, "I can dance a little. If the master wants to see it, I will dance for you." ?Minnie nodded, glanced at Anderweil opposite, and said, "That''s what the point of their dance is. I''ll let Sister Weier dance for you later, without any clothes on." Those who participated in large numbers were representatives of the business groups who stayed on the island. Wow, its so convenient to make money as an island owner. Just say a few words and someone will give you money. Minnie sighed. Clear the shipping lanes from pirates. ??Wu Heng asked curiously while eating, "Does he have any purpose?" While eating breakfast, he was talking about yesterdays dance in the island owners manor. Well, Weier knows a lot. Minnie asked: "Then this island owner is a good person." Really? Weier can dance! ??This is a shore by yourself, lets attack other pirates first. In the morning, Shannella came over to eat. The next day, early morning. Due to route problems, the transportation time was a bit long. Luckily, its finally here. After breakfast, Wu Heng and Shanara took a carriage and rushed to the port. Packed up all the goods and reordered a large amount of food, weapons and armor. As for weapons and armor, refined iron has been replaced. The price is higher, but the quality is also better and stronger. The order quantity this time has doubled compared to the last time. "You are now our biggest customer in Treasure Island." Shannara looked at the order quantity on the order and felt a little emotional. I thought I had found a little lover. Now it seems that he has found a sponsor. ?Wu Heng paid the deposit, and an idea flashed through his mind and asked: "Can I book a train from you?" Railway train? Well, can I order it? Shannara frowned and looked at him, "Why did you book a train?" I have a friend. Isnt there a city over there? Its more convenient to have a train. This friend of yours cant be you! Can you do it? Shanara handed the order to the housekeeper on the side and continued to say to Wu Heng, "I can help you contact the corresponding magician organization, but it will take a long time. It can be produced within one or two years. You still need to make sure there are no other weapons in front of you. Its custom-made, otherwise it will just be slower. Armagist. Similar to the occupations of current technological machinery. Forget it, its too long. Wu Heng still gave up the idea. It would be better to find a train in the modern world and modify it yourself for the convenience and saving money. Shannara rolled her eyes at him angrily and said softly: "Take your time." "knew." Then Ill go see the business group first, and well talk when we get back in the evening. Okay. Shannara left with the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng also returned to his ship. Open the gate to the world and send all the things you bought to another world. With the space sachet, 100 cubic meters cannot hold everything. It also speeds up transportation. ?? No big skeletal action required. Having made three or four trips back and forth, I have completed the transportation of all materials. Saves a lot of time. Getting off the ship, he called a carriage and headed to the association. Hiragui''s office and study room. Looking for me? Sheila Gui cast a curious look. Lets see you. Wu Heng closed the door and sat down aside. Sheila Gui put the document in her hand aside, stood up and poured him a cup of fruit tea, "Let''s take a look." ?Wu Heng took it and took a sip, "Do you know anything about ghosts?" You are the Necromancer! ??Wu Heng explained, I have become a monk halfway and have been groping on my own, and I dont understand some things. There are some records in the Book of the Dead. ?After successfully contracting with a ghost, the necromancer''s necromantic energy will have a warming and nourishing effect on the ghost. It can make the ghost less likely to break up and stay alive for a long time. But just relying on its own necromantic energy for nourishment, the ghost''s growth rate is very slow, and its abilities will not change. This is what Xiaoxiao and Glenda are like at this time. ?Glenda has learned the language and part of the writing of the other world, but her level remains unchanged. The same is true for Xiaoxiao, who can''t beat the ranger''s tame beasts. The Book of the Dead only records the methods of contracting and driving, but there is no record of upgrading. Elves have long lifespans, so they should know more. Just thought of asking Sheila Gui. Sheila Gui stirred the silver spoon in the cup and pondered for a moment before speaking, "I remember that ghosts can easily form in places where the aura of the dead is strong, but most of them are not very intelligent. If you want to contract with ghosts, you can look for these places. " She doesnt know yet that Wu Heng has a ghost. I have indeed not told anyone here. "How do you upgrade the ghost after you get it?" Wu Heng followed the words and continued to ask. I have heard of some methods, but I dont know if they are accurate or not. Let me tell you for your reference. "good!" After Shilagui took a sip of tea, she said: "There are two types that I know of. One is that souls and bodies cannibalize each other, which can be regarded as absorbing the energy of each other to improve themselves. The second is the sacrifice of materials. Sacrifice Give your contracted ghost a level, or unlock other abilities. ?? He glanced at Wu Heng opposite him and added: "There are still a few necromancers who don''t know how to use rituals or magic experiments." That is indeed true. Well, Im in the minority. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "You should really contract a ghost. It will be of great help to you." Well, it shouldnt be easy to meet. Take your time, you will meet sooner or later. Sheila Gui said. ?Wu Heng nodded, saying that he would pay attention to this matter. Sheila Gui put the tea cup back on the table and said again: "In the past few days since we left, there has been a lot of trouble on Treasure Island." ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and asked, "What''s wrong?" Hilagui leaned forward and said, "You should know about the Old Barrel Tavern!" "Know!" Sheila Gui looked at him, leaned forward, and whispered: "I heard that one day, there was a riot at the port, and the old barrel''s ''McIntosh'' came to mediate. ?While remembering the deceased who died in the chaos, a black snake came out of the belly of the corpse. After a few bites, McIntosh fell into a coma. It is hard to say whether he is alive or not. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 407 , six for one Chapter 407, six for one The leader of the Old Barrel Tavern was assassinated. I got some information from Millicent. ??Its just that the description at the time was a bit vague. After all, I heard a few words from the tavern guests, not so detailed. Mentioned some details about the presence of venomous snakes inside the corpse. ??As for the prophet, he didn''t calculate that he was in danger at that time. This profession is not very good either. I complained in my heart and frowned again. Poisonous snakes appear after death. How come the effect is so close to the Necromancer''s [Plague Technique]? Plague Techniquecan breed insects, flies, poisonous spiders, poisonous snakes, etc. ??You can''t put the **** basin on your head again! After finishing speaking, Imiro fell silent and stopped talking. Come to the deacon''s study. ??When we were in Luntam City, the gangs who cooperated today might fight each other tomorrow, and it was even said that the city lord would deliberately instigate fights between gangs. ??The things in the pirate village were over, and they had a few days of rest. Six pieces in total. ??Imiro waved his hand, and several props appeared on the coffee table in the middle. Sheila Gui shrugged, "I don''t know how to deal with it later. No detailed information has been transmitted yet. Now the Old Barrel Tavern has closed. People like them actually have more enemies and plot against each other." Well, lets go there now. Unclear. Do you know whats going on? Sheila Gui took another sip and put down the tea cup. ?Xila Gui looked at Wu Heng. Without waiting for the two of them to speak, he added again, "Treasure Island has a few props in reserve, but they are not enough to distribute to you two. You can choose from the existing props first, and wait for the headquarters to send new props later. . Bracelets, bamboo, hairbands, swords and iron golems. The two of them walked out of the room together and headed to the deacon''s study. ~! After lightly knocking on the door, the two of them walked in directly. Who did it? Wu Heng asked curiously. In every circle, where rights and interests are linked, there are always fights. The second option is to exchange six items for one prop, and the quality reaches the first level reward. Sheila Gui responded, the door opened, and a staff member poked his head in. While the two were drinking tea and chatting, there was a gentle knock on the door. ?Or the opportunity to redeem first-level rewards with the headquarters, the quality will be higher, but six pieces become one. " Okay, Ill ask you then. How was your rest? Imiro looked at the two of them and asked with concern. Wu Heng and the other two frowned. To limit their development. "Sit down." Imiro stood up and walked out from behind the desk. "Your merit rewards are here. Each person will receive six second-level merit rewards, each person will receive 12 gold coin rewards, and six second-level item selections." Wu Heng looked at Imiro, "Deacon, can we take a look at the existing props first?" ?In the room, Imiro was sitting behind the desk, dressed in dark green embroidered aristocratic clothing, sitting upright, with several pages of documents placed on the table in front of him. Sheila Gui stood up, put on a coat, and said casually, "As for the ghost, you can ask the deacon to help you borrow some information. Not to mention the actual treasures and secrets, some related notes are still fine." The staff saluted again and left directly. After thinking about it, even if it is really [Plague Technique], it has nothing to do with me. "Can." They are now given two options, either choose six second-level props, and Treasure Island has insufficient reserves, and they have to wait for the headquarters to transfer them later. ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement. Theres nothing wrong anymore, Sheilagui said. When the incident happened, they were still dealing with matters in the pirate village. ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that nothing was wrong. When he saw the two of them there, he said directly: "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, Deputy Deacon Xilagui, deacon, please come over." ? Moya is in the back of the study, seemingly making tea. ??Wu Hengs eyes fell on the first prop, and data information appeared. Immortal Power Bracelet (Description: An oak bracelet etched with various runes, providing energy three times a day.) Moya, who was on the side, brought two cups of tea to the two of them, then picked up the documents on the table beside him, opened them, and began to introduce, "The power bracelet is made of ancient oak trees. It allows the user to defeat the enemy in battle." The energy is restored to its optimal state and can only be used three times a day. The best state of strength.????This is indeed a good prop. In battle, durability is also an important condition for determining the outcome, especially melee professions, which need this item even more. ?Wu Heng has a similar item in his hand, [Endurance Belt]. The effect is to continuously replenish a certain amount of endurance. I havent used it a few times in battles, but I use it more often when Im with two maids. Moya continued, "You need to let the bracelet bask in the sun after use. It doesn''t need to be too long. One or two hours is enough. Remember, it only increases your strength. If you are seriously injured or lose too much blood in battle, no matter how strong you are, Its hard to help you change the situation. ?Wu Heng continued to look down. Withered Bamboo (wonderful object) Effect: Promote the growth of green plants in the planted area. Side effects: Bamboo forests grow in this area, which is three times that of normal green plants. (Description: An ancient bamboo handed down from ancient times, with a dry appearance, waiting for the right time to revive.) Shenshou Headband: It can resist mental and spiritual attacks to a certain extent and keep the mind clear. Wide Boots: Within 20 minutes, you can walk on the water while using them. Discharge Sword: A long sword made of fine iron, etched with two runes of ''sharpness'' and ''lightning''. When it hits the target, it can produce a thunder and lightning effect. Effects appear one by one. The last iron golem, I saw it last time, was just a model. If selected, it will give a tall all-metal structure that can drive and protect itself. Wait until Moya finishes his introduction. Sheela did not speak. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Deacon, which reward method do you think is better?" After all, the two of them are Imiro''s subordinates. It is impossible to give yourself a wrong answer. Yimiluo said calmly, "If it were me, I would choose the first-level reward." It seems that Imiro prefers high-quality props, which is closely related to his own strength. ??After all, he doesnt like ordinary props, so he naturally chooses higher-level props. Level 3 bounties are level 10 wanted criminals. Level 2 criminals are level 15 wanted criminals. ?? If calculated this way, the first level is level 18, or a major contribution to the meritorious service. ? There are bounties on Treasure Island for level 15 pirates, but bounties on level 18 are rare. ?Wu Heng thought for a few seconds and said: "Deacon, I choose the first-level item reward." Sheila Gui was also hesitant at first, but when she saw what he said, she also said: "I will also choose the first-level prop reward." Imiro put away several props and said, "When the props come down, I will notify you to pick them up." Then, give the bounty to the two of them. Put away the bounty and just want to leave. Imiro said again: "Tomorrow, Shiragui, you are responsible for following up on things in Lopez City. Wu Heng, there are also some problems at the Old Barrel Tavern. Go and see what''s going on. " "good!" The two nodded. Xilagui took the first step away. Wu Heng said before leaving: "Deacon, I want to know something about cultivating ghosts. Can you borrow some books or information?" Imiro returned to the desk and sat down, "Well, I will keep an eye on it for you and let you know if there is any news." Thank you, deacon. In the corridor. Sheela Gui was waiting at the side, "Did you tell me?" I told you, the deacon said he had news to inform me. The two of them walked out together. Just now we were talking about the old barrel, and now its on you. Sheela Gui said. Lets go and take a look. Its not clear whats going on. Stopping in front of her study, Sheilagui asked again, "Gang fights are common. If the logic doesn''t work there, just follow the investigation and investigate." Understood. Wu Heng looked at her, Go to Lopez City and ask me to arrange a skeleton attendant for you? As a follower, I can protect you even if you are in danger. Sheela looked at him with twinkling eyes, "No, I will be careful. If something happens, remember the hair tie I left for you." Dont say anything unlucky. He added, Im keeping the hair tie. Sheila Gui smiled and nodded, "Then I''m leaving." After speaking, open the door and enter the room. (End of this chapter) Chapter 408 , dead Chapter 408: Dead Return to the study. Anderweil is preening the feathers of her owl. Looking back, he smiled and said, "Master." Weier, are you going to see Kavina in the lounge? Okay, Master. ?Andewil got up and left, and when she came back, Kavina, who was wearing new armor, was followed behind her. The equipment on his body is obviously a higher level than before. It seems that the reward has also been given to her. For tasks such as Pirate Village, the rewards for the accompanying team will be different from those of the Deputy Deacon without special performance. On the file, it will be recorded as a second-level meritorious service, and the rewards will be lower. ?Wu Heng first went to the bomber''s bomb laboratory, where some gunpowder and alchemy powder were placed on the table. ? ? Tiptoeing, like an unskilled thief. Not to mention the more difficult control, there is still no problem in condensing the ordinary fireball and then cooling it out. Shannara opened her mouth and nibbled on his chest, "I''ll leave a mark on you and let''s see how you explain it when the time comes." After all, the accompanying mission is not a normal arrest mission. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Minnie jumped and waved her hands, "Master." Shannara suddenly lost her temper, "I''m not ready yet, I''ll talk about it later." Speak with a smile. toxic smoke thunderס. I saw Minnie training her abilities in the courtyard. ?Wind, fire and thunder are higher-level rolling thunder, and their effects are more exaggerated. Distributed according to three levels. "OK." Well, just practice, dont get tired. ?The Bomberman Skeleton is making rolling thunder. No, I just returned to the association. Night falls. ??Wu Heng walked to the side of the finished cabinet shelf, with several finished rolling thunders placed on it. ??Wu Heng asked: "Do you have a task in hand?" Then I will surrender you, and then you will be able to come in an upright manner. ? Fireballs were thrown out one after another, hitting the stone pier in the distance and exploding. Told Anderweil to go home early, and also called a carriage and returned to his residence. ??Wu Heng picked her up by the waist and said as he walked towards the bedroom, "I''ll let you pester me today." ??Wu Heng said directly: "Tomorrow morning, let your team gather at the door and let''s investigate a case." After leaving the study, Wu Heng also tidied up. Push open the courtyard door. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "No, it''s just a matter on the island. If there is any need, I can come back temporarily." "Aren''t your two little maids pestering you?" Shannara dusted the hem of her skirt. ??Wu Heng stood in the corridor on the fourth floor, helping ''Shanara'', who was wearing a light blue nightgown, to come down little by little. Different from being unable to release or throw at the beginning, now I am gradually becoming proficient in using it. Even so, for an ordinary team, six selections of level three props are still a considerable amount of income. Looking for me? Kavinas condition was much better than when she first arrived. ??Wu Heng put all of them into the space ring. Well, okay! Kavina nodded. Scattered a stream of flames all around. ?Poison smoke mines are relatively common and can be seen in small towns, and they should not be difficult to make. It doesnt hurt at all, just itchy. Okay, do you need to prepare anything? walked out of the room again and returned to his residence. The door opens. Shanela took off her clothes and lay on her back on the bed. ?Wu Heng pecked along the neck, bringing bursts of pleasure to the other party. Then the bodies hugged each other, enjoying the warmth and intimacy brought by each other. Shannara put her hands on the opponent''s chest, and while humming softly, she asked intermittently: "Why is the port so chaotic recently?" "What''s wrong?" I saw several waves of workers fighting, which delayed many ships from leaving the port. Shannella said softly. There are some problems with the forces responsible for the workers at the port. Shannara nodded, "Let your people go take a look and maintain order." I know, Ill go tomorrow. The thin quilt was thrown over the two of them, and they stopped talking. Concentrate on the current work. Beacon Street, Old Barrel Tavern. The carriage stopped in front of the tavern. ??Wu Heng and several people from Team 11 got off the carriage and looked at the closed shops. It was early in the morning, and there was still a faint light from the torch on the side. There were about five or six burly men standing at the door of the tavern. He glanced at the carriage and said with a bad look: "The tavern is closed, go somewhere else." Team 11 of the Association. Kavina flashed her emblem, The Association asked us to help you investigate whats going on here and report it to your leader. Hearing is a person from an association. ?The coldness in the eyes of several people softened a little, and one of them said wait a moment. He turned around and walked inside. Not long after, another strong bald man came out from inside. ?This man was known to Wu Heng. He was a close confidant around McIntosh. It was him who had sent messages to him several times before. ??The bald head glanced at the people in the association, and his eyes fell on Wu Heng. ?Step forward and say, "Sir." The gatekeepers did not expect to be so respectful to the person behind them. They were obviously not ordinary members of the association. also followed suit and bowed slightly. How is the situation? ?The bald man sighed, "The situation is not very good." While speaking. ?There was a sound of footsteps on the other side of the street. ??I saw a man riding a horse, followed by a silver-armored team, walking over quickly. ?This outfit is the same as the guards the island owner brought when he came back last time. ?The bald man frowned slightly and stepped forward quickly to salute, "Commander Fulvio." The commander immediately glanced at him, nodded, and then turned his attention to the people in front. "Who are these people? Are they related to the incident at the port? Arrest them and go back for interrogation." Hurrah! The guards behind him all moved. With his bald head wiping sweat, he hurriedly said: "Commander, commander, people from the association are here to help us investigate." "Association?" The commander stretched out his hand to stop the guards, still looking at a few people, "I haven''t seen you before, are you new here?" ?Wu Heng didn''t bother to pay attention and said to the bald head: "Take us to see your leader." You have a good temper. The commander snorted coldly, You are lucky that you have been pardoned, otherwise your **** would have blossomed. Kavina held the hilt of the sword and glanced at him, "You should be lucky." Fuck, little girl, Im not interested in you. ??The bald man saw that the atmosphere between the two parties was becoming more and more tense, and he was afraid of causing trouble. He pushed open the door of the tavern and said, "Sir, let''s talk inside." As he said that, he led a few people in. ??The two parties stopped bickering and went straight to the tavern to do business. There was dead silence in the tavern. In the corner, you can see several figures sitting. ?Wu Heng and others glanced at each other after they came in. The bald man immediately said: "Sir, please come here. You can understand some things at a glance." A group of people followed behind. ?Go down the stone steps, pass through the cellar, and enter the semi-underground space. Enter the last door. ?When they saw the scene in front of them, their pupils shrank slightly. In the middle of the front, there is a coffin. McIntosh is dead? (End of this chapter) Chapter 409 , investigate the body Chapter 409, Investigating the Corpse ?The light stone hangs from the ceiling, illuminating the faces of several people. The entire room was deathly quiet. Even the guards who kept talking were froze on the spot, looking at the coffin in the middle in disbelief. McIntosh is dead! ??The old barrel leader who controlled all the workers at the port and had countless lovers was just lying there quietly. Wearing the most familiar clothes, surrounded by flower petals. ??Wu Heng observed the members of the guard. Judging from the disbelieving expressions on their faces, they had just learned that they were dead. When did it happen? Wu Heng asked. ?The bald man sighed softly and said: "The day after the attack, the leader couldn''t hold on any longer, so he asked us to prepare a coffin." ??The guard commander took out a handkerchief and wiped his hands as he came back, "McIntosh and I have a good relationship. My old friend is dead, and I feel bad. If you old barrels have any ideas, just tell me." ??The female boss with a somewhat arrogant attitude just lay stiffly in the coffin. The commander continued to ask, "Who do you suspect?" The people from Black Crows Nest have a problem with us, and the Sea Dog Gang also wants to steal the port business. Since their leader is dead, they will benefit the most. Didnt you use any medicine? It can also be seen that the old wooden barrel man is really angry. If you investigate the murderer on the island, you will get 200 gold. Even the antidote for zombie viruses can be developed, but snake venom can kill the opponent? And he is also a professional with a high level. After its settled, can the person still lie in the coffin? The guard commander snorted coldly, Why didnt you say that McIntosh was dead before? ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse, "What was the cause of death?" ??The guard commander coughed lightly and said, "Tell me everything that happened. Be more careful. Your information is equally important if you can find out who killed McIntosh." ?The guards left, and the whole room became quieter. It can be confirmed that there are no obvious signs of life. After returning, his symptoms still did not disappear, and he finally died in the tavern. I took the potion and invited the famous alchemist on the island, but it still had no effect. The bald head said helplessly. ?This old barrel is really wealthy. ??If the team led by Wu Heng can investigate the murderer, everyone can get gold coins. After saying that, he waved and left directly with several members of the guard. ?The bald man looked startled and wanted to stop him, but he still endured it. ?The same was true for the guards. After the surprise, there was a kind of enthusiasm. Looking to the side. From the tone of voice, the guards did not quite believe that this woman would die. The research and development of pharmaceuticals in this world has reached an exaggerated level. Killing a pirate only earns a few hundred silver. Snake venom? He walked straight into the room and looked around the body. The guard commander nodded, quite satisfied with this answer. Even if you take the medicine quickly. Then, he took off his protective gloves, checked his breathing, then lifted up the corpse''s clothes, put his hand in and held it at the heart. ? The bald man clenched his hands, looked at the people present, and said solemnly: "The poisonous snakes that appeared in the corpse must have been done by someone. If you can help us find the murderer, Lao Cong is willing to give 200 gold as a reward." ??Wu Heng led a few people close to the coffin and took a close look at the state of the body. Baldhead replied, "Old Cask also has many enemies. Once the news of the leader''s death spreads, someone will probably take some action." After a while, the commander took out his hand and said, "He is really dead." Snake venom. Everyone present was shocked. The cause was a dispute between two work teams over cargo issues, which gradually escalated and caused chaos, affecting normal transportation at the port. ??It is also more resistant to abnormal conditions. The commander nodded, "Wait, I''ll go find it for you." ?The bald man was silent for a moment and told him about the port. ?McIntosh took people over, and after mediation, when he looked at the workers who died in the chaos, the bodies exploded and a poisonous snake bit ''McIntosh''. He looked around and asked, "Why wasn''t there an autopsy?" The leaders race has a tradition that the body must be kept intact after death. Before he died, he also told us that we can investigate the murderer in any way, but we must not destroy her body. The bald man followed and explained. What about asking the corpse? Its the necromancer who asks questions about the body. The bald man shook his head and said that was not possible either. After all, it is not the body of a wanted criminal, so it would be unreasonable to ask for it. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party, turned around and said, "Kawina, check the body." Kavina stepped forward, untied the body''s clothes, and began to examine it. Several men present walked not far away.?????Continue to ask some questions. ? Baldhead is also very cooperative, saying whatever I ask, and occasionally adding something. Not long after, Kavina came back, "There were obvious signs of snake bites, and no other fatal injuries were found on her body." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the bald head again. You said, where are the corpses with poisonous snakes in their bodies? Baldhead said: "I was worried that it might contain some poison, so I had it taken to the wasteland behind and buried. If you need to check, I''ll have someone take you there." Okay, lets arrange people! A few people walked back up together. ??The bald man said a few words to two equally strong men. The two of them came over and saluted. ??Wu Heng said: "Let''s go, take us to the port first." The two nodded. He went out with him, prepared a carriage, and headed directly to the port. At the port location. The two pointed out the location at that time and also talked about some conditions at the scene. ?Because the death of ''McIntosh'' was not announced to the outside world, the entire port was still operating normally. There was no way to protect the scene, and not even a trace of blood could be found. After a brief inspection, he continued to the place where the corpse was buried. Outside the city, there is an undeveloped wasteland. Two strong men and team members dug out the body with shovels. The straw mat was opened, revealing three corpses with pierced intestines and rotten belly. In the soil on the side, you can still see some dead black venomous snakes as thick as a little finger. Sir, these three corpses had their stomachs exploded like balloons, and these poisonous snakes came out. The snakes themselves died soon after, one person said. ?Wu Heng nodded, motioned for several people to take a few steps back, and released [Conversation with the Dead] to the first body. The lying corpse suddenly sat up and looked this way. ??The two people in the tavern were startled, retreated in panic, and stood watching from a distance. ??Wu Heng asked directly to the corpse: "Why did the fight happen before you died?" The corpse replied, "They took our job and started fighting before the negotiation was settled." ?Wu Heng asked again, "Your body has been pre-buried with spells. Who did it?" "have no idea!" Before your death, did you have any contact with unfamiliar people? "No." Did anyone find anything suspicious at the scene and tried to get close to you? Not found. In your opinion, who was likely to kill Mackintosh that day? The people of Black Crows Nest have a lot of trouble with them. After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. Judging from the first corpse. Haven''t found any clues at all. ??There is no breakthrough on his side, and the corpse doesn''t know anything about it. As for the mention of the Black Crow''s Nest, it is just a personal guess and cannot be considered as evidence pointing to the target. Continue to look at the second corpse and release [Conversation with the Dead]. Then, the corpse sat up. Before you died, someone suspicious was spotted and tried to get close to you. "No!" . After five questions in a row, this corpse still did not provide effective information. Attention is focused on the fight. Then the third corpse sat up. ?This corpse was dressed a little differently, somewhat like a steward. Before you died, someone suspicious was discovered and tried to get close to you. ?The corpse was silent for a moment, then slowly spoke. That morning, a dwarf came looking for work. The money was relatively small, so I agreed to follow him. (End of this chapter) Chapter 410 , it鈥檚 useless to ask Chapter 410: Its a waste of time to ask Dwarf? The work in the port is simply not suitable for the dwarf race. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did he do anything suspicious?" The corpse quickly replied, "Not found." Has he touched your body? "been touched." Tell me his appearance and characteristics. Middle-aged man, with long hair, always squinting eyes, a thin scar at the corner of his lower lip, and long plain clothes. ?There is one last question left. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. After the five questions, the body lay back again. Say, I mentioned a dwarf worker. At the last moment, someone prepared a carriage and took everyone away. ?Several people came forward and wrapped the straw mat again. When I asked the corpse just now, I didn''t let the two people avoid it, and the other party also heard some of the content. ?The bald man was silent for a moment, and then said, "I know, I won''t mess around." Okay, lets do this for today. "good." ??The two people who led the way just walked over quickly and whispered something to the bald head. The latters face became increasingly gloomy. Sea Dog Gang! ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Did your people tell you?" Pushing the door open and entering the tavern, more people gathered inside. "Well, I''ll take those three corpses back and let the coroner check the cause of death. It doesn''t look like they were caused by a fight." After saying that, he glanced at the people in the tavern and reminded: "Waiting for our investigation, once you If you rely on guesswork, the reasonable party will become unreasonable." ? Wearing armor, there are weapons on the table. Then take the carriage back to the Old Barrel Tavern. ??The bald man came back directly and said, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Apart from this person, who do you think wants to kill ''McIntosh'' the most?" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, "Wrap the body." The carriage returned directly to the association. After sending the body to the morgue, Team 11 also disbanded and went home to rest. We will continue to gather at the entrance of the association tomorrow morning to investigate this matter. ?Wu Heng also returned to his office and study, called Anderweier, and went home together. Residence, in the study. ?Wu Heng sorted out todays clues. I dont have a good impression of the woman McIntosh, and I havent even met her twice. But the sudden death still makes people feel a little regretful. She was assassinated by the spider-men because she provided accurate information and directly calculated the opponent''s location. But this time, I was not sure that I would be in danger. There are not many clues at present, or they are not clues at all. The only place where we can check is the dwarf worker mentioned in the third corpse. You can start from this aspect and check it out. ?Thinking in my heart. ?Glenda came in through the ceiling. Appeared in the room and said: "They first went to the port, then to the Black Crow''s Nest to inquire about the situation, and took a bag of money from the boss, and then went to the Sea Dog Gang and took away two bags of money." Hey guys, these people can make a lot of money just by going out. Ill take a look at the situation. ?Glenda got directly into her body, and a scene was shared in her mind. The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. ?Glenda''s perspective, following the guards into the tavern.? ? ? To drive the guests in the tavern out of the room or back to the rooms upstairs. The owner of the store came out with a flattering look on his face. Mate Fulvio, you didnt even tell me beforehand that you were coming, so that I could prepare some good wine for you. I am the commander now. The commander patted the armor on his body. Yes, I remember. ??The guard commander glanced around and said, "Gather all the backbones in your hands. I want to investigate some things." ??The boss wanted to say something more, but seeing that the other person''s face was not kind, he nodded and called out all his subordinates. Register, record your occupation and level, what were you doing when the Old Barrel Tavern was assassinated, find your personal ID. The commander stepped on the chair with one leg and said directly. As a guard, all personnel were registered. Then show it to him for inspection. After reading it, I didnt find anything suspicious, but I still stayed in the tavern. ?The boss realized it and asked someone to prepare a small bag of silver coins and quietly stuffed it into the other party. The latter showed a smile again, stood up and said: "Those who are keeping an eye on you, no one is allowed to leave the island until the matter is investigated clearly. If you leave, I will settle the account with you." The boss nodded and agreed to send these people away. Sea Dog Gang, courtyard. The guard commander had his hands behind his back, pacing back and forth, saying, "Old Cask was assassinated at the port. They suspected you of doing it. He only suffered minor injuries. Whoever did it, please come forward now and pay some compensation." If you dont admit it, let me find out, and things wont be that simple. ?The other side remained silent. The leader of the gang is a bearded dwarf. ?Standing beside him were the backbone of the gang and some manpower. There are humans, dwarves, and gnomes, and they are much more complicated than those in Black Crow''s Nest. The gang leader stepped forward and explained a few words, took out two money bags from his arms and handed them over. ?The latter''s expression softened slightly as if he was examining the prisoner. No one is allowed to leave the island for the time being, and we will continue to investigate in the future. After saying that, take everyone and leave. In the picture, Wu Heng focuses on the record of asking about occupation through Grandas perspective. I havent found any occupations related to snakes. Several dwarfs have short and long hair. There is no accurate perspective of their more detailed appearance. Release Glenda. asked: What are they doing now? I took the money to eat, and I dont seem to care much about it. Glenda floated to one side. The gang fight has little impact on them. They definitely dont care much about it. If they are willing to go around and ask, it should be Lao Cong who promised the bounty. "That''s right, how can a group of pirates investigate any case." Glenda floated to the other side again, "What clues do you have here?" ?Wu Heng moved his shoulders and said, "I found news about a dwarf." "Gnome?" Glenda floated to the other side. "The Sea Dog Gang has the backbone of dwarfs. If you only pay attention to these two places, you can go to the Sea Dog Gang to check." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and have a look tomorrow." On the other side, inside the tavern. A ranger walked in quickly and glanced around. ?Seeing the position of the guards, he walked over directly and sat down on the chair. "Commander, they have gone back." Any clues? The ranger replied, "They went to the port and then checked the corpses of the workers where venomous snakes appeared. The leader of the association should be the Necromancer Deputy Deacon, who questioned the corpses." The commander slapped the table and said, "Damn it, I forgot to check the body." Then he frowned again and looked at the ranger, "You said he is the necromancer sub-deacon? So young?" Probably, its impossible for other professions to talk to corpses. The commander narrowed his eyes slightly, frowned and thought for a moment. Speaking again, "What did they ask?" The specific content is not clear. They also have tame animals that keep disturbing me, but judging from their expressions, they seem quite disappointed. "It''s a useless question." The commander sneered, "Okay, let''s eat, and we''ll talk about it tomorrow." (End of this chapter) Chapter 411 , the Sea Dog Gang Chapter 411, Sea Dog Gang Have had dinner. After sitting in the study and waiting for a while, Shanara walked in directly. He asked with a smile: "Looking for me?" ?Wu Heng waved, "I thought you would come for dinner!" Shanela came over, sat down on one side of her legs, and whispered: "I''m here in the evening, so I can''t even think about coming over for dinner." ?Wu Heng picked her up and sat astride him. Her skirt slipped gently, revealing her fair skin. Shanara was suddenly picked up, and she hugged his neck in a panic, complaining softly, "What are you doing!" ??Wu Heng put his arm around her waist and asked, "Have the workers at the port always been controlled by the Old Barrel Tavern?" "No, there are several others, but more workers occupy a share of the port''s work." Shanela thought for a moment and said. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they all stood up. Wu Heng replied, "The people at the Old Cask Tavern said it was snake venom. During the chaos at the port, a venomous snake came out of the corpse and bit her." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Do you think the Sea Dog Gang will kill ''McIntosh''?" "Deacon, the body was inspected last night. The external injuries on the body were not fatal. The cause of death should be caused by magic." Yes, Lord Archdeacon. "It should be done." The coroner turned to look at the body again, "Does the body need to be preserved?" The Sea Dog Gang..., well, they account for almost a quarter of the ports business! Shannella said. Shannara hesitated for a moment and then spoke slowly, "How... is this possible!" Shannara held the other person''s hand and said softly: "I made an agreement with Minnie to teach her how to draw, and I will stay with you tonight." Then what is the origin of this sea dog gang? You mean the Sea Dog Gang did it? The next day, the association. Morgue. Come here early. "Keep it for a few days, and I will notify you to destroy it." Well, I just saw the body today. Its good that you know about it and dont talk about it outside. The funeral will be held in two days and everyone will know by then. The contents of the autopsy were not much different from what Wu Heng thought. "I heard that they are from outside, and there are many people in the gang, but I don''t know who they are specifically. There is basically no contact." Shanela explained in her ear. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he also left the morgue. ??Wu Heng put his hand on her leg, groping along the hem of her skirt, and asked, "Where is the Sea Dog Gang?" "good!" "It should be impossible. Assassinating the leader of Lao Tong means breaking the original rules, and the other party will retaliate in the same way." Shannella said, and her brows furrowed for a moment, "You said ''Mai Kintosh'' dead?" "I don''t think it''s possible. The association and the guards of Treasure Island are also investigating this matter." Wu Heng said. After the conversation was over, Wu Hengs hands began to move wildly on the other partys body. Sir Archdeacon! Well, thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng nodded. Return to the office and study room. Shannara held his face and whispered, "Gang affairs are all about fighting and killing. The investigation can also be considered as an explanation to the association. Don''t take it too seriously, otherwise there will be any danger." Shannara still looked a little unbelievable, "How did you die?" "Are you talking about the Flower of Stars?" Shanara spat out the opponent''s earlobe and said: "The Flower of Stars is a large chamber of commerce, and it also has to take care of some other forces. It usually allocates 30% of the business to other forces. Can get by. ?The confusion of the workers was not the cause of death. More importantly, someone released magic from the dark to the seriously injured workers, causing their death and also serving as a container for the target of the attack. The other party is indeed within the scope of suspicion. Which side do your business groups prefer when choosing workers? ?? Shanara, who was still surprised by the news of ''McIntosh''''s death, now looked at the man''s aggressive eyes and her breathing was a little short. . "Know it." Several people from Team 11 were waiting in the room. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, and the coroner came out with the records. Raise your hands! Ardeacon! ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down!" A few people sat down. Kavina asked directly: "What was found on the body?" "The injuries left by the fight were not fatal. Someone still used some method in the dark to kill people during internal fighting, and then released the spell to breed poisonous snakes." Wu Heng will hear from the coroner. , said it again. "So, it is very likely that he is the dwarf mentioned when he asked about the corpse yesterday." Kavina said. Well, its very possible. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: Has the information been collected? Kavina took out two pieces of information and handed them over, "This is the information of the Black Crow''s Nest and the Sea Dog Gang. The former runs a tavern and is involved in some gray industries. The Sea Dog Gang is a local gang that has been developing rapidly in the past two years." ?Wu Heng opened the information and looked down at it. The boss of Black Crow''s Nest is a human professional, and his level at the time of recording was level 12. They were the first people to come here with their assets to do business after Treasure Island was pardoned. ?There are a lot of people under his command, and they deal with some contraband, smuggled goods and other black industries. ?Of course, these are not regulated in Treasure Island, and it is also a very suitable transit place. Sea Dog Gang, the leader is level 14. The area where the gang is located is where Millicent runs the tavern. The way to get money is quite special. You get a little bit of everything, grab a bite of food from here, grab a bite of food from there. Being radical and crazy in doing things, and expanding very quickly. After reading it, I put it away directly. Kavina asked: "What should we do next?" Lets go, lets go to the old barrel first, and then see whats going on behind. The carriage arrived at the Old Barrel Tavern. As soon as he stopped, he saw the two people who led the way yesterday walking out. He approached the carriage and said softly: "Deacon, we checked the information sent from the port during this period and found a dwarf with a scar on his lower lip." Old Barrel Taverns information on the port is quite comprehensive. ??Yesterday, I asked about the corpse''s information. Today, I found clues about the other party through this method. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, "Where is he?" The intelligence said that we went to the Sea Dog Gangs territory. The other partys tone became gloomy. ?Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Let''s go to the Sea Dog Gang." The two men from Lao Tong took over the position of the coachman. Driving the carriage towards the territory of the Sea Dog Gang. The carriage arrived at the territory of the Sea Dog Gang. As soon as he got close, several gang members immediately surrounded him. ?Hold the weapon tightly and look at the people driving the carriage and several carriages with vigilant eyes. ??Wu Heng and others stepped out of the carriage and said directly: "Association, let''s ask your leader something." The surrounding gang members were stunned for a moment, but then they gave way to a path. Let a few people go in. Not long after, the dwarf leader who appeared during Glenda''s reconnaissance came out from behind, looked at a few people, and said, "Guys, what''s going on?" Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said directly: "You should know everything about McIntosh. Let your people come out for inspection." The dwarf narrowed his eyes with anger, "What does McIntosh have to do with us? He comes to my place again and again. Do you really think that our Sea Dog Gang can bully him casually?" You are not the only one who is being investigated. If you dont do it, please cooperate. ??The dwarf stared at the few people indifferently, and finally said: "This is the last time, go and call the brothers over." Not long after, some backbones and important members of the gang came over. There are quite a lot of people together. ?Wu Heng was sitting aside, casually asking about the port with the dwarf leader. Kavina led the team forward, looked at the gang backbones, and said solemnly: "The dwarf takes a step forward." The dwarf present took a step forward, and the rest of the people behind him pulled away a little. There are three people in total. Look up, take off your helmet, and reveal your face. Kavina continued. Hearing these words, the dwarf leader''s movements froze slightly, but soon returned to normal, and continued to talk to Wu Heng about the situation at the recent port. Kavina and others confirmed the dwarfs, but still found no one with scars on their lips. After checking, he looked at Wu Heng and shook his head. Wu Heng said: "The rest of you can go down, but the leader will stay." The gang members who had just been summoned looked at each other and then retreated. But they didnt go far, they all stayed at the door. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the dwarf leader, "A dwarf with small eyes and a scar on his lower lip. Where is he?" The dwarf thought for a moment and shook his head, "I haven''t seen them before. There must be quite a few gang members. I can''t remember everyone''s appearance." Ordinary members cannot kill McIntosh. "The matter of Lao Tong has alerted the association and the guards. Let this person come out. There is still room for easing the matter. If he is finally found out, the matter will be difficult to end." Wu Heng reminded. Whether it ends or not, it really has nothing to do with us. If it was really done by our Sea Dog Gang, we would definitely recognize it. The dwarf stroked his beard. While speaking. Two ghosts flew back from the backyard and got into the body. The following scenes were also shared in my mind. The entire gang station, the two ghosts flew around. There are many people hiding in the dark, but there are not many dwarfs, and there are even fewer people who match their appearance. Really not from here? ?The information is wrong? The dwarf glanced at a few people and spoke again, "Okay, I still have things to do, so I won''t accompany you anymore. If you really have evidence, you can come and arrest me directly. If not, please don''t bother us again." After saying that, he motioned for a few people to leave. The two old barrel men still wanted to go up and argue. He was stopped by the surrounding gang members. Okay, lets go back. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several people walked out of the gang station together. Get on the carriage and drive out slowly. "Sir Archdeacon, our information must be accurate. Even if the dwarf is not one of their people, he is still related to them." The man from the old barrel said. Wu Heng said: "I will continue to investigate and wait for my news." This, okay! the man sighed. The two returned to the old barrel. ??Wu Heng also returned to the association with people. (End of this chapter) Chapter 412 ,found it Chapter 412, found The carriage returns. Separate each other. ??Wu Heng changed his appearance from the association, got on the carriage and returned to Beacon Street. ?Entered the Nautilus Tavern. ?This time is when the pub is busy. People were coming and going, and the whole tavern was full of people. ??Wu Heng entered the door, Millicent looked up and still glanced upstairs. Then go on to greet the guests. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and entered the room on the back. The room is very clean. Except for changing some bedding, the entire layout is the same as last time. ?Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "This is a line from the movie. I''ve seen it, and your performance doesn''t look like a bad guy at all." "Yes, there aren''t that many customers anymore. The clerks can just look at the store." Millicent said softly. Wu Heng did not continue to discuss the kindergarten with her, and said directly: "Go and monitor the Sea Dog Gang. If the situation is like this, the Sea Dog Gang will definitely arrange for him to leave Treasure Island and find him." Disappear into the night sky. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts. We are bad people, so we must act like bad people. ?The sky is getting darker. Dont be so troublesome. Just remember who met the dwarf leader. Wu Heng said. Really? How is it possible? I won a prize in kindergarten. The two ghosts also understood what he meant. "Ah? So cruel?" Wu Heng looked at her. ?Glenda asked, "The facial features you mentioned are too vague and may not be identifiable." No one found? Glenda said. Millicent came up from downstairs. "Busy working?" If everything goes well, this matter will be over today. ?Xiao Xiaoze added, "Why don''t you arrest all the gangs and lock them up to feed the zombies? I''m not afraid they won''t tell you." Closing the door gently, bowed and saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." The two ghosts nodded and flew directly through the wall. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the window and looked at the location of the Sea Dog Gang. Sea Dog Gang, do you know? Wu Heng asked directly. Millicent nodded and immediately said: "I know, they are a gang in this area. The tavern has to pay them a management fee of 12 silver coins every month. The business in the tavern has been good recently, and they plan to increase it even more." When gangs manage an area, they will charge some protection fees. ??Part of this money will also be sent to the guards or the city lord''s mansion. It is also a reason for laissez-faire development in the city. What do you know about this gang? Millicent pondered for a moment, "I don''t know much about it, and my reputation isn''t that good." "What do you remember about a dwarf with a scar on his lower lip?" Millicent thought about it for a moment and shook his head, "I don''t have any impression. Gangs usually raise some people to do things that are not easy to show off." ?Wu Heng nodded, not expecting the other party to provide any useful clues. ??Continues: "Purify a room and I will stay here tonight." Okay, wait a moment. Millicent nodded and retreated directly. Without further ado, Millicent returned again. He brought over a set of bedding, took a careful look at it, and said, "Sir, the room is full. If you don''t mind, you can stay in my room for the night." The room is full? "Well, several shops outside have been closed recently, and the rooms here have also been booked. If it''s inconvenient for you, I''ll sleep over in the kitchen." Millicent explained. "You can rest normally. I''ll sit aside for a while. I may take action later." Wu Heng didn''t say much. "Oh, okay, sir." Millicent put the newly brought mattress on the bed. My own set was spread on the ground. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, just sat aside and waited. Then Millicent walked out again. When he came back, he was holding a wooden basin in his hand, his eyes were timid and evasive, "Sir, there is no bathtub prepared. I will wash your feet." ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at him, "Millicent, you don''t have to do this. I''ll sit down for a while and go back." Millicent took a deep breath and looked up, "Sir, if you don''t mind, just sit down and I''ll help you wash up. It''s been a tiring day." ?Wu Heng looked at Millicent and sat down from the bed beside him. Millicent placed the wooden basin on the ground and gently rubbed his feet. Long hair hangs down to both sides, swaying slightly with movement. The shoulders are rounded and the lines are smooth, showing a mature charm. "Millisen, are you still adaptable to life here?" Wu Heng didn''t know what to say, so he spoke uncomfortably. Millicent raised his head and smiled, "It''s very good. I''m well fed and well clothed, and I don''t have to worry about being kidnapped by pirates one day. It''s a dream life." Dont want to go back to the village? "I don''t want to think about it anymore. If one day you don''t need us anymore, we can go back." Millicent said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Pay attention to your own safety and collect more information. It will get better and better in the future." Thank you, sir. Millicent gently wiped his feet dry with a rag and continued: "Sir, you lie down and I will press them for you." ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed. Millicent sat down on the edge of the bed, put a hand on his leg, and gently pressed his arm. ?At this moment, there was a sudden noise outside the window. Two ghosts, in the invisible state, flew back and forth and got directly into the body. Two images came into my mind at the same time. ??The Sea Dog Gang did intend to send the people away, but it was not only Wu Heng who was staring at them, but also everyone in the Old Barrel Tavern. ?Wu Heng sat up directly, walked to the window and looked into the distance. At the end of the road on one side, densely packed torches formed a long dragon. Occupied the whole street. ?Countless people holding torches and weapons gathered in various streets in the direction of the Sea Dog Gang. Lao Cask had no choice to wait any longer. In other words, finding out the association and the guards is also a legitimate reason to prove one''s own side. When gangs do things, they still rely on fighting to solve problems. ?There are more and more torch groups, and they are converging more and more towards the position of the Sea Dog Gang. Avenge the leader. Suddenly, a cry came from afar. Avenge the leader. Everyone shouted. The sound is like a wave, passing backwards layer by layer. Then, everyone held weapons and rushed forward. The brawl begins. Cries of killing and sounds of fighting. Full the entire area. Millicent ran out of the room and ordered the clerks to block the door. Lest yourself be affected in the melee. ?As for Wu Heng, he could only stand in the room and watch the scene happening in the distance. When the battle begins, no one can intervene. It wont stop unless one side loses. Early morning the next day. The shouts of killing stopped, and the whole area was filled with the smell of blood. ?Wu Heng changed his appearance in a hidden alley and walked towards the fighting area. ?The Guards and the Association team have all arrived here. Looking at the fallen corpses in the distance and the blood on the ground. The man in the Old Barrel Tavern had a bald head and his whole body was stained red with blood. He led a few people and dragged a half-dead dwarf over. There is a scar on the dwarf''s lower lip. The bald man wiped the blood from his face and said, "We found him, he''s from the Sea Dog Gang." (End of this chapter) Chapter 413 ,funeral Chapter 413, Funeral ?The bald man pulled the dwarfs hair and raised his face upward. The face was covered with blood, and there was a centipede-shaped scar on the corner of the lower lip. I found it in the Sea Dog Gang, a warlock, and the level is above level 10. The bald man from the Old Barrel Tavern said. Everyone in the association and the guards frowned in unison. The guard commander looked at the dwarf, "Are you sure it was this dwarf who did it?" ?The bald man glanced aside and replied, "Yes." The commander followed his gaze and saw that it happened to be where Wu Heng and Team 11 were. It seems that Lao Cong and the Association have some information that he doesn''t know about. His eyes once again glanced at the chaotic scene and the workers standing in the alley. Yes, my lord, the commander. ?The bald man turned around and said a few words. I saw you at the funeral. Shanara jumped down and said softly. ?Several people walked out of the area. Kavina asked: "What to do next?" Pick up Anderweil and go home together. Halled a carriage and returned to the association. ?Just nodded and watched the bald head walking towards the guard. After returning to the association. ?Now, the murderer of ''McIntosh'' has been found, which can be regarded as completing the mission. ??The coffin was placed quietly in front of the tombstone, surrounded by white flowers. Easy to take off your nightgown. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and saw Shanara coming down cautiously. I saw you too. Wu Heng took her hand and walked towards the bedroom. ?Team 11 returned to the lounge first, and Wu Heng also went to the deacon''s study to tell Imiro the outcome of the incident. Not too sad, just a little emotional. Just said that the port will be chaotic for a period of time, and let each team strengthen the monitoring of the port. ?? Covering the important parts with his hands, he got into the quilt, "I also went to the port to take a look in the afternoon. The work there has basically stopped, and many fleets should be stranded for a few days." ??Imiro didnt say much. After completing the whole process, people talked about it in low voices and left one after another. The funeral is relatively simple. In other words, the safety of the association members was not involved, nor did they appear on the wanted notice, and there was no legitimate reason to arrest them. ??Whether it''s a gang fight or Lao Tong gathering a crowd to kill. ?These are things the Guard needs to deal with. ?Wu Heng glanced at him, not mentioning that he was already ready to catch him. Pull up the hem of her skirt, Shanara raised her arms consciously. He said again: "Leave some people to clean up and move forward, and the rest will disperse. You can take this dwarf back with me. It''s really what he did. Just pay some compensation." ??The old barrel thugs holding weapons gradually dispersed. Until this time. ?Only did all the forces know that McIntosh was dead, and last nights battle was related to this matter. In the afternoon, McIntosh''s funeral was held. It doesnt have much to do with the association. After returning to the association together. Take the half-dead dwarf and leave with him. Imiro and Wu Heng attended the funeral on behalf of the association. Lets go back, the rest has nothing to do with us. Wu Heng turned around and walked out with a few people. A leader who had dominated the port for so many years died on his own territory in such a childish manner. ?The sky is getting darker. The bald man also came over and said, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for your investigation. I will have someone deliver the promised bounty to the association." ??Wu Heng hugged the soft body into his arms and said: "Old Tong spent one night to wipe out the Sea Dog Gang." Shannara frowned, "So fast?" Well, its faster than you think, basically only a few hours. It was beyond his expectation that a gang could mobilize such a large force. Even in the cities here, the roads are not as wide as in the modern world, but the streets are filled with people, and torches are connected to form a long queue. In addition to gang members, there are also more workers at the port who eat with the old barrels. ?The kind of place where you work hard. The level may not be very high, but the physical quality is definitely not bad. ??And the Sea Dog Gang, a gang that was like a mad dog, was completely wiped out overnight, snatching business from everyone. Then who will be in charge of the port in the future? Shannara continued to ask. I dont know. Now that Mackintosh is dead, its hard to say whether Old Cask can maintain its prestige in the future. Yes! I hope it wont affect the operation of the port. Shannella was worried. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Okay, it''s just a matter of changing the power management. Nothing too bad will happen." "Well, you''re right." Shanara pecked the other party''s lips. ?Wu Heng hugged her with a little force. Turn the soft body over. Shanela sat on her waist and looked at him, "You are lazy again." The initiative is in your hands today. "Hate." The two intertwined their fingers, and Shannara''s waist swayed. The next day, in the morning. Shanara left, Wu Heng had breakfast and headed to the zombie world from the study. Out of the boundary gate, this is still the managers office. Looked out the window. The cold wind howled, and the treetops and roofs were covered with white snow. The fleet that came to exchange supplies was much smaller than before. At a glance, there were only two modified off-road vehicles, which seemed to be imported. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai directly. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked up wearing a long black down jacket and black Martin boots. Sit down aside and take out a plastic bag from his pocket. There are some gold and silver jewelry inside. The road is not easy to walk, and there are not many shelters for exchange. They are all exchanged here and there. Lets wait for spring. Wu Heng put away the jewelry, What happened recently? Qi Hancai took out another small book from his pocket, compared it and said: "The military was very satisfied with the first transaction and praised us for taking the overall situation into consideration and sharing supplies. ?Then...the second transaction is being prepared. Two machine guns and 2,000 artillery shells will be sold to us as required. The drawings will be based on the type and the price will be discussed. " In this current environment, gold is really exchanged for food. You can imagine how surprised the opponent''s base will be. ??We will definitely find ways to maintain this kind of transaction in the future. Especially in winter. ?The other side continued to prepare gold, and promised to sell them machine guns and artillery shells, which they indeed needed. Over at Treasure Island, the reward I am offering is getting higher and higher. Even if there is no thought of leaving the island, Treasure Island seems to be shrouded in a haze. It is still necessary to be careful and prepare more means of self-protection. Whats the price of the cannon and artillery shells? Wu Heng looked at the other party. It should still be based on the previous pricing in the military market. They should have discussed it and have no intention of changing it. Qi Hancai replied. Well, tell them when the time comes and we will also collect the corpse cores, and the excess can be traded. "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said: "Dong''an Village and the prison have been closed. Only a few skeletons are left there, and the personnel are placed separately at the passenger terminal and shopping mall." ?Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued, "There is also the matter of trains. We have arranged for people to investigate the road to the North Railway Station. There is no problem in driving there. However, we are not sure whether any trains will be preserved." The train in the provincial area has brought a lot of inspiration to this place. Armed into a mobile fortress that can travel and trade between several cities. ? And being a train conductor is not a difficult profession to find. When I was at Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory, I rescued several train staff at the station there. Its just that its just a small stop on the way. There can''t be a train there. Wait for Qi Hancai to finish speaking. ??Wu Hengcai continued: "Let the convoy prepare. Let''s go directly to the station to have a look." "good!" Qi Hancai changed the channel on the walkie-talkie and asked people to prepare the motorcade. ??The motorcade slowly left the shopping mall and headed towards the North Station. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the passenger seat, looking at the map and asked casually: "Is there anything going on at the main station recently?" Qi Hancai held the steering wheel, thought for a moment and said: "In addition to summarizing some survival experiences, we also announced several new types of zombies." Whats there? "The second-level deformed zombies have added venom zombies. They are called drool monsters. They are characterized by spitting venom, which is highly corrosive. After corroding the skin, it will be infected. There are also wild monkeys who are more agile in their movements. Some people suspect this zombie. It evolved from evolutionary zombies. There is no definite answer yet. In the animal category, some avian aberrant zombies have been updated. The corpse core belongs to the first level, but the danger level is classified into the second level. Level 3 deformed zombies include a butcher zombie with a body length of about 4 meters and the ability to use weapons. " ?Wu Heng listened and nodded. Level 2 deformed zombies correspond to level 10, and level 3 deformed zombies correspond to level 15. As long as you are careful, there is no big problem in dealing with it under the protection of the skeleton army. Lets put it from another perspective. ??Wu Heng also believes that the corpse cores of these zombies are the ingredients for potions. If there is definite information, he will go there and kill them. Qi Hancai suddenly thought of something and added: "The main station also said that there is a kind of ghost that can control people to commit suicide. It is classified as a level four danger and there is no solution." (End of this chapter) Chapter 414 , Ghost Notes Chapter 414, Ghost Notes Qi Hancai finished speaking. He glanced at the co-pilot carefully. In the base, there is a member who seems to have never existed, Xiaoxiao. ? is one of the earliest members to follow Wu Heng, but he has never seen this member. When I heard on the radio that ghosts could become invisible and attack people, I had some guesses in my mind. ?Wu Hengs abilities are comparable to those of the underworld. Its actually not surprising to have a ghost next to you. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly when he heard what the other party said. It seems that ghosts have also been encountered in other places. Qi Hancai''s voice came over, "Okay, we can fight at any time." The skeleton dog ran back. ??Wu Heng patted the head of the skeleton dog beside him and said, "Go and lure the zombies over." There is only one aberrant zombie, which is less than expected. Ghosts are incorporeal and immune to physical attacks. For now, they are indeed invincible. ?Glenda also flew into the sky to alert the surroundings. Level 2. Xiaoxiao replied. Qi Hancai nodded, feeling certain at the same time. "The ghosts you mentioned cannot be preserved in the outside world for a long time. Just don''t get close to the past." Wu Heng explained. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Xiaoxiao, continue to keep an eye on the big-headed zombie. Glenda will be on guard around you." ?Glenda added on the side, "There are some evolved zombies around, and it seems that they use it as a base." ??Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie to convey the order, and also got out of the car and followed him to load iron bullets into Feilong. "Yeah." Xiaoxiao agreed, and then said: "Uncle, when I go back after this, I want to see my mother." Hey, uncle is so nice. ?Wu Heng sat in the car and waited for a while. Station stations are generally crowded places. ?It is more likely that the name Xiao Xiao is a ghost. Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back from a distance. There are a lot of zombies in the station, including one with a big head. Xiaoxiao pointed to the North Station lobby in the distance. The two continued to chat for a few words. Looking back from time to time, the running speed is getting faster and faster. Charged over from a distance and was killed by the skeletons surrounding the convoy. Xiaoxiao happily circled half a circle, and then flew towards the direction of the hall. As soon as he got close to a certain distance, he attracted the attention of the zombies. Its normal to have a large number of people. As soon as he finished speaking, the skeleton dog rushed out and started charging towards the zombie group in front. ??There is still some distance from the North Station, and scattered zombies begin to appear in front. Okay, then Ill tell the skeleton to hurry up and lets get there earlier. "good!" Just stop here and let someone reload the flying dragon. Wu Heng said. ?Feeling that the distance was about the same, he said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out." The two ghosts all flew out. Whoosh~! The convoy began to slow down. Level 2 or Level 3? Wu Heng asked. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and asked, "How are the preparations going?" ?Wu Heng looked at the gathering zombies and could vaguely see some evolved zombies mixed in the group of corpses. He really understands this aspect. ?One roar sounded, and the corpses gathered together to form a dark group of corpses, which began to chase the skeleton dogs. Hurrah hoo~! One after another, there was a hollow sound. The Skeleton Flying Dragon passed overhead and flew towards the group of corpses in the distance. Arriving above the group of corpses, the magazines were opened one after another. ? Dense iron bullets fell like a torrential rain and smashed into the group of corpses. The earth trembled, and smoke and dust rose into the sky. The streets that were full of people suddenly emptied out. Only the small drum zombies, who arrived slightly late, continued to gather on the road and rushed towards this direction. Swish swish swish~! A hail of arrows fell into the corpses in waves. A large number of zombies were covered with arrows and lay on their backs. The number of zombies was only a few hundred, dragging their broken bodies and stumbling forward. Move forward. Wu Heng ordered again. ??The army of skeletons waiting on the spot started to move together. The spear thrust forward, forming a tight phalanx and advancing neatly. Kill all the zombies rushing towards you. Proceed all the way to the North Station Hall. At this time, Xiaoxiao also flew out from inside, "Uncle, the big-headed zombie is inside, and the zombie has blocked the entrance." Following the broken glass door of the hall, you can see the scene inside. A large number of zombies blocked the door. ??Roared at the skeletons outside, but no one rushed out to attack. Behind the zombie blocking the door, stood a zombie with a big head. After Wu Heng glanced at it, he immediately looked back and said, "Fight in!" Hurrah! ?A group of spear-skeletons charged with spears. The spears instantly penetrated the zombies in the front row, causing blood and flesh to spatter. ??The zombies also fought back and started tearing apart like crazy. Kerimu, go in and kill the big-headed zombie. Kerimu quickly approached the fighting area and glanced at the big-headed zombies inside with his empty eyes. ?Hold the ground with one hand, clouds and mist fill the air. The next second, he appeared behind the big-headed zombie, slashing with a long sword in his hand. ?The huge head fell to the ground, pus and blood splattered all over the ground. The zombies blocking the door were instantly confused. Skeletons swarmed in and killed all the zombies inside. The battle is over. The skeleton began to clean the battlefield, collecting arrows all over the ground. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie, called Qi Hancai over, and walked towards the back of the station together. ?At the platform location, at the end of the rails on one side, there is a warehouse next to the Usage Workshop. After opening the heavy iron door, a familiar green train was revealed inside. ??This is not an express train like the high-speed rail, but an old-fashioned green train with a square head. Qi Hancai exclaimed: "It''s true, it''s great, our trip was not in vain." ?Wu Heng took a look and asked, "What fuel does this train use?" I asked, its fuel-burning and can be driven normally. Qi Hancai walked in and patted the car body hard. ?Wu Heng also followed in and took a look. The interior of the car was well maintained. After all, the iron door was always closed and no zombies rushed in. It can completely satisfy your own use. Occupy this area and arrange for people to modify the train. Okay, Ill make arrangements right away. Qi Hancai returned to the truck and used the radio to contact the base. ??Wu Heng began to collect corpse cores and transform the corpses outside. A total of 1 second-level corpse core and 4 first-level corpse cores were collected. The harvest is pretty good. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. Let Qi Hancai drive, take him to the old factory area, and let Xiaoxiao meet her mother. I stayed in my original dormitory and taught Granda to continue to recognize the characters here and some pronunciation. At dusk, Xiaoxiao flew back again. Get back into the body and return to Treasure Island together. On the table. The three of them were having dinner. Anderweil said softly: "Master, the old wooden barrel sent you two hundred gold coins, saying it was a reward for investigating the case. I didn''t dare to accept it, so I asked them to leave it at the front desk of the association first." Remuneration? Lao Mutong took the blame for solving the entire case on himself. Well, they did say they would pay you. Weier, you did the right thing. Anderweil continued, "By the way, Master, the deacon is also looking for you today. It''s best to go there tomorrow." Okay! Lets go there together tomorrow. Anderweil smiled and nodded. ?Minnie chewed the food and said, "Sister Wei''er screamed so loudly yesterday that she even disturbed me to sleep." Anderweil frowned, "I was in the bedroom, and you were the one who shouted okay!" As the two women spoke, they were suddenly startled. At the same time, he turned his head and looked this way. Being stared at, Wu Heng swallowed the food in his mouth and said, "If I have a chance, I''ll introduce you to him." Okay, Master, you actually did it secretly. Minnie exclaimed. Anderweil also stared and asked softly, "Do we have a wife?" No, she has a husband. The two of them widened their eyes. "Huh? No wonder you prefer Sister Wen Mansha in Luntam City." The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Anderweil and I went to the association. Let Anderweil return to the study first, while he went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, opened it and walked in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Imiro took out an old rolled notebook from the space ring, "Last time you said you wanted to know the information on cultivating ghosts, I found a related manuscript for you, take a look and it will be useful to you. no help." (End of this chapter) Chapter 415 , new skills (one update today.) Chapter 415, New Skills (Updated today.) Manuscript? ?Wu Hengs eyes lit up. When I came here last time, I mentioned to Imiro that I wanted a necromancer and the information to cultivate ghosts. At that time, I wanted to apply for some related books from the association, and I would study them slowly when the time comes. ??Now it seems that Imiro directly obtained an experimental manuscript. This kind of manuscripts record the mage''s research process and the complete process. It is a rare item among professionals in the mage system. ?Wu Heng took it and immediately thanked him, "Thank you very much, deacon. I will copy it when I get back and give it back to you." "No, it''s of no use to me, so I''ll leave it to you. You''ve advanced a level three meritorious service in advance. Just remember to make up for it." Imiro said calmly. Well, its not like I got it for nothing. But this kind of note is indeed worth a third-level meritorious service, something that cannot even be exchanged for meritorious service. "I got it, deacon." Wu Heng directly put the space ring away, and then remembered the payment from the old wooden barrel, and said directly: "Deacon, the old wooden barrel tavern sent me two hundred pieces of gold and silver, saying it was I was not at the association at the time, so my assistant sent the money to the front desk for helping to investigate the murderer. I didnt know what to do with the money. Investigating the murder of ''McIntosh'' was originally a task assigned by the deacon. ?If you take the money yourself, it will not comply with the association''s procedures. Its okay that no one knows about it, Im just afraid that there might be something else going on that might make it easy for people to talk about it later. There are also many people who want to step down from the post of subdeacon. Imiro said directly: "You keep one hundred and give the rest to the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Seeing that there was nothing else to do, he left the room directly. Return to your study room. ? Anderweil was sitting at the desk sorting out documents. The little owl flew around the room, chasing the bees trapped in the room. Master, you are back! Anderweil stood up, made a cup of tea and brought it over. ?Wu Heng took it, took a sip, and sat down at his office. Weier, please go to the front desk. Of the two hundred gold coins that Old Bucket brought, give one hundred to the deacon, and the rest will be divided proportionately with Team 11. Okay. Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. ?Wu Heng took another sip of tea and took out the notes he just got. The brown outer skin is old and full of creases. After being turned over for a long time, the edges have begun to become rough. Gently stroke it, the cortex is extremely delicate, which makes people feel uncomfortable. When I took it from Imiro, I thought it was very thick. After opening it, I found that there were only a few pages, but the leather paper was thicker than normal paper pages. As you flip through this page, you can see many words, patterns, and magic formations drawn with colored pencils. There are also some instructions marked on one side of the magic circle. Including some very professional words such as array pattern, origin, incapacitation, and scope of effect. No wonder, it is said that every mage is a scholar. For these professional vocabulary, a large amount of information needs to be consulted, which is also beyond the grasp of ordinary professions. ??Looking at the large amount of content in the manuscript, I feel a sense of uncertainty and amazement that the mages in this world can use their brains and calculations to open up the path of magic and ritual. ?Wu Heng came to this world and read a lot of skill books, and he could understand the meaning of the vocabulary in them. I can barely understand it. ?Wu Heng looked through it roughly. When I was about to start watching from the beginning, the door opened and Anderweil came back. ?Handed over the remaining money bag and said, "Captain Kavina refused for a while before reluctantly accepting it." ?Wu Heng put the money bag away and asked: "What do you want to eat tonight? Let Minnie prepare it in advance, and let''s improve the food." ??Andwyer smiled, sat sideways on his lap, and hung her arms on his shoulders, "Master, do you want to introduce us to a new sister tonight?" ??Wu Heng looked at her curiously, "How can you be sure that she is your sister?" "The voice is so familiar. You can come here at night, so you can guess it!" Anderweil said carefully. ?This little fox is quite smart. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Don''t worry, she''s not ready yet. Let''s talk about this matter when we have a chance." "Okay, Master has the final say." Anderweil hesitated and caressed the other person''s cheek with one hand, "Master, will you not want us?" ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, not expecting that the other party would have such an idea. ?Hands his arms around the waist and tightens them tightly, "How come, Wei''er and Minnie are so good, I want to stay with them all the time." Anderweil smiled again, "The master is so kind." Return to your residence. It was exactly noon. After having lunch with Minnie, they went directly to the study on the fourth floor. Take out the manuscript and read it carefully starting from the first page. Judging from what is recorded in the book. The overall types of rituals are divided into three types. One is reconnaissance, illusion, and soul-type attacks. Each type has different ritual forms and different levels of difficulty. Rituals are not stable. After success, the shadow''s own abilities will be improved. Similarly, there is also the possibility of failure. If it fails, the ghost may become weak and need to cultivate for a long time before it can come out again. In more severe cases, mental decline may occur, and the person may even return to the form of a low-minded resentful spirit, turning into a monster that only attacks living creatures and cannot communicate with other creatures. Whats more serious is that the ghost dissipates. That is to say, dead, and the soul is gone. There is still danger! Seeing this, Wu Heng''s heart tightened. He had originally thought of improving the ghost, even if it was improved a lot, it would just result in the loss of some materials. At present, it seems that there is still a certain danger. Fortunately, I didnt try to use the ritual blindly before. Otherwise, there may really be some danger. Compared to the owner of the manuscript who used ghosts to conduct various ritual experiments, Wu Heng''s relationship with his ghosts was more like a family member. We rely on each other, even if we dont improve, its good to be able to provide detection. There is no need to upgrade. Lets try a ritual with no serious consequences first! ??Wu Heng looked at several rituals in the manuscript and the consequences of failure. Choose one, which will only weaken the ritual Spiritual Vision. Effects are not recorded above. ???Only scrawled and modified during several failed rituals, and recorded the final content of the ritual. Spiritual vision: main materials, a pair of prophets eyeballs (or owl eagle eyeballs), 50g of moon spirit sand, auxiliary materials, 5g of Yinya grass powder, 10ml of warlocks blood (or living creatures blood). Materials of the magic circle: blood, gold powder. Holy shit! The prophet''s eyeball. ?This start is a blast. ??Necromancers are very annoying, because all rituals require organs with fixed professions. Furthermore, a ritual requires many attempts. Somewhat scary. Even if there are replaceable materials. But the professional eyeball is recorded in the front, which also represents the owner of the manuscript, and the priority is given to the prophet''s eyeball. The following materials are all alchemy and rune materials. ?Wu Heng often helps the skeleton alchemist buy materials, and he has also seen him in the shop. The warlocks blood in the back also has its own reserves. Gold powder is also enough. It actually satisfies the ritual materials. ??Moreover, what you see is the final version after the experiment by the owner of the manuscript. There is little chance of something going wrong. A thought in my mind. Two ghosts flew out. One left and one right floating in the air. ?Xiao Xiao immediately flew to the tablet aside, planning to watch cartoons. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I found a way to improve the ghost soul, and I chose a simpler ritual." Xiaoxiao floated back again and asked: "Is there any danger?" The notes say that if the ritual fails, you will be weak for a period of time. Wu Heng replied. Are you weak, or are we weak? The ghosts participating in the ritual are weak. Xiaoxiao asked again, "Is the improvement big?" "There should be a certain improvement." Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, turned around and looked over, "Aunt Glenda, do you want to be promoted?" ?Glenda thought for a moment, "I want to improve my illusion and telekinesis." Xiao Xiao clenched his fist and said, "Then I''ll be weak for a few days, so there''s nothing to be afraid of." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t worry, there will be no problem." "good." Then you guys come back first and Ill go out to buy materials. The two ghosts nodded and got back into the body again. ?Hello to Minnie. ?So he took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. Entered the largest alchemy material store on the island. After a simple inquiry. The boss smiled and said: "Yes, the owl eagle''s eyeballs are a material for dispelling illusions and improving perception, but the price is higher." He breathed a sigh of relief when he heard that this kind of material was for sale. No matter what, I cant dig McIntoshs grave. Get to know each other. How much? Wu Heng asked. A piece of 120 silver. Here are two pills, wrap them with other materials, and I will take them away later. Wu Heng gave the money directly. Seeing how cheerful he was, the boss smiled and agreed, wrapping up all the materials he bought and handing them over. ?Wu Heng put it away, said goodbye to the boss and walked out of the store. Looking for the carriage along the road, he also took a look at the port. The port must not have been very peaceful these two days. ??Guards were arranged all around. ?Workers are also going to and from the merchant ships, carrying items. ?At this time, out of the corner of his eye, Wu Heng happened to see a figure standing on the connecting board of the ship, chatting with a steward of the business group. The man from the Old Barrel Tavern, one of the two people who was responsible for guiding Wu Heng. Are you leaving the island? ??After Mackintosh''s death, did the Old Cask Tavern break up? ??Wu Heng just glanced at it. I didnt even think of going over to say hello. A carriage passed by. Get on the carriage and rush towards the residence. Have had dinner. The sky outside the window has darkened. ?Wu Heng took out all the prepared materials. Mix the blood and gold powder in a bowl, and then start drawing the formations required for the ritual according to the records on the manuscript on the floor of the empty room. It seems a bit cumbersome, but for Wu Heng now, it is not a difficult thing. When the last stroke is finished, the entire formation is fully formed. You can vaguely feel the aura of death emanating from it. Without too much delay, place the remaining materials in fixed positions according to their quantities accurately. Then he said: "Xiaoxiao, go in!" ?Xiao Xiao was a little worried, "Well, then I''m going in. If something happens, please save me." Its okay, dont worry. Wu Heng said. Granda on the side also said, "If there is a problem, just knock over the ritual materials and it will be interrupted. It will be fine." Okay! Xiaoxiao flew directly into the middle of the formation. ??As Xiao Xiao entered, the blood-colored array began to emit light visible to the naked eye, wrapping several materials in the center. Then, the material was shrouded in blood light. Smake like fine sand, turn into an energy group, and gather towards the small half of the air. The next second, Xiaoxiao and the energy group began to intertwine, like a rotating vortex. Under the gaze of Wu Heng and Glenda, the small body absorbed all the energy groups into the body. And Xiaoxiao also changed back to his original appearance. Ghost Unlocked Skill: Spiritual Vision. Succeeded. The moment he heard the prompt, Wu Heng felt happy. It was exactly the same as what I had guessed. As long as you follow the final results on the record, there will be no problems. Xiao Xiaomi floated in the air in confusion, "What next?" Its done, you can come over. Wu Heng called her back. The magic circle has expired, the blood has disappeared, leaving only some iron-black fine sand, and the shape of the magic circle can be vaguely seen. Is it done? Wu Heng saw that she was still a little confused and held out three fingers, "What is this?" Im already in the big class, okay. Can you tell me first? 3ah! Then it seems okay. Its true, uncle is really bad. Little Void crossed his arms and flew out dissatisfied. ?Glenda asked what she felt just now. Xiao Xiao was thinking about words that could express it. ??Wu Heng opened the small panel and checked out the new skills. Spiritual Vision: This spirit has the ability to detect the level and can identify the level of the unit it is looking at. Detection level? ??The skill introduction this time is really straightforward. In other words, the material emphasizes the need for eyeballs, which enhances the ability to detect levels. ?Think carefully in your mind. Cant help but feel a little happy. In other words, once the war starts, you can use the small size to identify the level of the enemies on the battlefield. Quickly target some high-professionals hiding in the crowd. Its really good. "Uncle, where is the ability you mentioned? Why didn''t I find it?" Xiaoxiao and Glenda discussed it before flying over and asking. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Your detection ability has been strengthened. You can see other people''s levels. The method of use should be similar to your usual invisibility and appearance. Give it a try." ?Xiao Xiao nodded and tried it floating in the air. Then, his eyes gradually widened as he looked at Wu Heng and Glenda, "I saw it. Uncle''s body has red air masses, and Aunt Glenda''s is light red." "This should be the level to check. My level 15 air mass is red, and Glenda''s level 10 is light red." Wu Heng said. Oh, can I go out and have a look? Xiaoxiao was full of interest and joy. Go ahead, dont go to the central area. "okay!" ?Xiao Xiao agreed and flew out directly. ??Wu Heng also carefully walked out of the room and walked towards the bedroom on the fourth floor. When hesitating whether to find a maid to rest with him. Xiaoxiao flew back. He said: "Uncle, I saw the bald uncle. They were at the port and left the port in a small boat." That bald guy from Old Cask? Well, several of them have already left. Outlying island? Lao Ketong is no longer in business? It was still midnight, so I left quietly. "Let me see." Get into the body a little. A picture is shared instantly. At a secluded location outside the port, a total of six people took a small boat and prepared to leave. And under the effect of spiritual vision. ?The light clusters on these people were extremely dazzling in the dark night. Out of the six people, five had light red light, and one wore a cloak and mask, and the light on his body was unusually red. Level 15 professional. There are still strong people in the old wooden barrel. (End of this chapter) Chapter 416 , you are so kind (please vote for me, thank you brothers) Chapter 416, You are so kind (please vote for me..., thank you brothers.) The actions of the old barrel man made Wu Heng frown. After something happens to a leader of a force. In the event of civil strife among members, it would be a normal development process to divide the remaining resources. But they still maintained peace and chose to leave together. Its somewhat confusing. ??The old king of the Kingdom of Yeko fell into a coma. Parties began to emerge in the regime, supporting different princes. The situation in the entire kingdom began to become tense. It is strange that a gang on a pirate island is so peaceful. There is a high possibility that it is this level 15 professional. Avoided internal strife in the old wooden barrel. ??The small shared scene continues, with the members of Lao Tong rowing their boats away from the pirates. The air masses of various colors on the body are as conspicuous as light sources in the dark night. Xiaoxiao followed and flew for a distance. ?Far away in the darkness on the sea, there is a cargo ship parked. After several people approached, he threw down the rope ladder and picked them up. Then, the freighter slowly left. The man from Old Wood Barrel is gone. Left Treasure Island directly. Why? Dont want the site youve been operating for so many years anymore? Or rather, I had a premonition that something bad was going to happen to Treasure Island. I had to leave here. Think in this direction. Xiao Xiao''s joy at gaining new abilities disappeared instantly, and an inexplicable sense of tension arose in his heart. Let Xiaoxiao out again. Floating in mid-air, he said, "Yes, they ran away." Well, I just dont know why. Wu Heng put his hands behind his head and lay back again. "Maybe it was because of the death last time, and they left." Xiao Xiao analyzed. "maybe!" Xiaoxiao circled half a circle in mid-air, "You go to sleep, I''m going to watch a cartoon." Go, keep your voice down when watching, so as not to disturb others. "Know it!" ?Xiao Xiao agreed, turned around and walked through the wall to leave. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, thinking about what had just happened before going to bed. "There is no problem with the manuscript. The remaining rituals can be used by ghosts as long as the materials are collected. It is best to separate the types of Xiao Xiao and Glenda to avoid duplication of abilities." The people in the Old Barrel Tavern left secretly. It may be because their leader is dead and they are afraid of revenge from their former opponents, or they may encounter some danger. Well... we need to upgrade the level and speed up the research and development of the third-level potion to avoid capsizing. Currently on Treasure Island. With Imiro covering him, he is relatively safe. But the envelope is blank, the bounty is increased, and the people of the Old Barrel Tavern leave. They all give people a sense of increasing danger. You can exchange more weapons to increase your ability to respond to crises. Even a level 15 professional cannot stand up to rockets or Barrett. ?Maybe there are some rare objects and high-level props that can block it, but if you concentrate your firepower and continue to output, the props can also be destroyed. ???If you can get a missile or something, you can level a city. Modern weapons are still our own reliance. ?Thinking in my heart, sleepiness came over me and I gradually fell asleep. The next day, early morning. Uncle, get up, humans are in trouble, they still have to sleep. ??Wu Heng was awakened by the sound of chanting in his ears. When he opened his eyes, he saw Xiao Xiao floating above his head. ?Hold his arms and muttered. "Is there anything going on?" Wu Heng opened his eyes instantly and asked in a low voice. Xiaoxiao circled above her head and pointed in the direction of the next door, "I found that the aunt next door is also a high-level professional, and the color is the same as yours, uncle." next door? Aunt? Who? "Sometimes I sneak over here at night. I belong to a good-looking aunt who looks a bit stern." Xiao Xiao tried hard to explain clearly. Coming over at night? ??Shanella! The president of the largest chamber of commerce in the wood elf race, and the guards guarding his residence are not of low level. Its not surprising either. But the stern aunt that "Xiao Xiao" said made him subconsciously think of the housekeeper next to him. "Let me see." Xiaoxiao got into the body and the picture was shared. ??The perspective is looking down from the roof. There are several guards standing guard in Shannara''s courtyard. Every person shines with the light of a level 10 professional. Then, a dark red figure walked out of the building. It was indeed the housekeeper. It turns out that he is a level 15 professional. No wonder he always uses honorifics when talking to anyone, and his expression is always indifferent. A level 15 professional, the deacons everywhere are not as high as her. After reading it, he released Xiaoxiao again and said, "That''s the housekeeper next door. The beautiful sister you mentioned is called ''Shanela''." I remember, what does a housekeeper do? "Well... it''s the daily management of this house, such as arranging meals, coordinating the work of employees, and so on. Minnie is our housekeeper." Wu Heng explained while getting dressed. "Oh, I see." Go and call Glenda over, I have to go out later. "okay!" Xiaoxiao flew away and soon flew back with Glenda. Two ghosts entered the body, and Wu Heng also went downstairs to eat. Have breakfast. ?Wu Heng rode a bicycle and carried "Anderweil" to the association. Sit in the study for a while. There was nothing to do, so I walked out of the association directly. Walking towards the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. Enter the hall. The staff of the Snake Emblem Consortium took him to the VIP room at the back. Not long after, the door opened, and the middle-aged man who had been receiving him before walked in. Silky salute, "Good morning, guest." ??Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "Check the previously issued commission. Are there any results?" The pirate village and the investigation into the death of the old barrel leader have been very tight in the recent period. Snake Emblem Consortium has indeed not been here for a while. Okay, guest. The man took the badge and walked out directly. Not long after, the man came back again. ?Haunted the space sachet in his hand and walked in. In the open space in the middle, take out eight coffins. The man said: "Guest, a total of eight corpses of professionals above level 10, a flying dragon corpse, and the ''water element well'' magic building ordered last time have also been completed. The space is limited and there is no way to display them all." It seems that all the orders that were placed before have been released this time. Well, lets talk about these corpses first! Wu Heng said directly. The credibility of the consortium is still very good. Even if the goods come in disgraceful ways, we always have a guarantee for our customers. There are eight corpses of professionals in total, including four blacksmiths above level 10, two tanners, one alchemist, and one brewer. ?This time, I did not introduce the name, age and cause of death, but just mentioned the rank. All of them are level 10 professionals, But there are still no level 15 corpses. ?Wu Heng glanced at the coffin in front of him, nodded and said, "Okay, let''s put it away first and calculate how much balance I need to settle." The man calculated the amount and said, "You still need to pay 22 gold coins." ?Wu Heng directly took out 22 gold coins and handed them to the opponent. Then he said: Write another commission. The man was already prepared. He took out a new power of attorney from under the record book and asked, "Are you still buying the corpses of professionals?" "Hmm." Wu Heng nodded, and before the other party started writing, he said: "This time, just fill in the corpse of a level 15 professional. The commission amount can be higher." Directly collect the corpses of level 15 professionals. ??You really dare to place an order. I was a little shocked, but still asked: "Isn''t it limited to occupation type?" No limit! "Then how much do you plan to increase the entrustment amount? I will record it for you." The man continued to ask. Increase by 50%. Increase it by half at once. Necromancer is indeed rich. The man filled out the order form directly and stamped it with his emblem. Guest, youre ready. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Write another one. Help me collect 10 grams of dust from the spirit binding, 5 grams of aboleth''s blood, and a body of the brain-eating monster. Keep it intact. That''s it. These are all materials recorded in notes. Those items that are not available in the alchemy shop can only be purchased through the consortium. If I collect them little by little, Im afraid it wont be easy to come across them even within a few years. ??The man wrote in a flash, then stamped his emblem and stamped it. Okay, guest. You can publish it then. Wu Heng continued: How are you going to take away the buildings and coffins I bought? I also have a space sachet in my hand. But it is not convenient to use here. Recently, the only way to obtain sachets near Treasure Island is through auctions during the front-end time. It is easy for people to infer the buyer to themselves. There may not be any danger, but its better to be careful. "I will ask someone to follow you to your residence and take out the goods." The man stood up and put the coffin away with a sachet. Okay, lets go. ??Wu Heng walked out of the consortium with a staff member. In a tavern in a coastal town somewhere. Philippa picked up the wine glass and took a sip. He looked at the bearded man opposite and said, "You just gave up your woman to him? You can''t beat him!" The bearded man took a sip from his wine glass and wiped the foam from his beard, "Fart, we won the battle, but I don''t like that kind of woman either. If the lame man likes her, I''ll give it to her." Philippa stared at him, "Really or not? You are so kind, why would you be a pirate if you join the association?" Poof~! ?Several pirates who were drinking not far away sprayed out instantly. Looking away, trying not to laugh out loud. Go to your mothers association, the Qicai Association, your whole familys association. The bearded man scolded. Philippa was not angry and continued: "Babuqi, you have spent so many years together, and you don''t miss her at all at night? When you pass by the place where you live, you never see her figure?" The bearded man, who had been drinking heavily a second ago, suddenly fell silent. ?Looking blankly at the top of the head. "Stop talking, let''s drink and drink. I''ll treat you to this meal. I''m different from you. I''m happy when I have money." Philippa said. The bearded man slapped the table and said, "Bring me the most expensive wine." Took two more sips. Philippa put down the wine glass and continued to ask: "Is there any new news recently?" The bearded man burped and said, "New news? The deputy deacon of Treasure Island has increased his bounty again. Does it count?" Philippa frowned, "When did it happen? Why didn''t I receive the news?" "You didn''t sleep last night, did you? Are you looking for a man? Do you prefer women or men?" I like your mother, tell me what news you have. The bearded man took another sip and said, "The bounty has been increased to 1,200 gold coins, and we have more detailed information. He always has two skeleton attendants with him, a wanderer and a warrior. They are both skeleton attendants of level 15 or above. To deal with them, you must be prepared in advance to restrict the attendants. " ?Philippa''s eyes widened a little. Why is there suddenly information about his skeleton attendant in the letter? (End of this chapter) Chapter 417 , help me catch them Chapter 417: Help me catch them "I didn''t know that every time the information was conveyed in the letter, it was very accurate and couldn''t be fake." The bearded Babuqi emphasized. ?Philippa held up the fist-sized wine glass and covered her face. Write this down in my mind. Information about the Skeleton Attendant is actually not difficult to obtain. But why was such a piece of information suddenly added? Didnt you know the strength of the other partys attendant before the envelope? Or rather, I thought that the first few pirates had not succeeded, so I wanted to give all the pirates a warning and be prepared. "What? Do you still want to kill the deputy deacon?" The bearded man looked at him and asked. 1,200 gold coins, dont you want it? "I don''t think so. You may not be able to defeat him if you go there, so why bother with him." Philippa looked at him and said seriously: "I beg you, please join the association." The bearded man ignored her teasing and continued: "I have summoned two pirate groups, the leaders of which are around level 12, and plan to rob a caravan. Since you invited me to drink today, I will count you among them. Do you want to join in?" ?Philippa drank wine and looked at him suspiciously, "You can''t be the association''s spy and want to trick me into it." "Your wanted notice, the dog will urinate before leaving after seeing it?" The bearded man stood up, waved his hand and waved his people to go out, "Drink money is enough, see you next time." Philippa asked the vice-captain to pay, and immediately chased after him, putting his arm on the bearded shoulder, "Don''t be angry, I''ll join. What kind of caravan? Do you have any money?" Of course I have money, its enough for you. Babuqi, you are such a kind pirate. "Grass!" Put the purchased items into the open space in the courtyard. ?Wu Heng returned the consortiums space sachet to the staff who followed him. The latter saluted and left directly. ?Wu Heng put away all the items, said hello to Minnie, and went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. On the other side is the old factory dormitory. ?Last time, Xiaoxiao missed her mother, so I sent her over to have a look, and then returned to Treasure Island here. Let Xiaoxiao go see her mother, and then walked down the stairs. ??Walked to the back of the dormitory building in the old factory area. Took out all the coffins and the flying dragon corpses that they bought. Dead Corpse Battlefield was released, and all the corpses stood up, shook the pieces of flesh on their bodies, and strode aside. After the incident, Wu Heng returned to the old factory with the skeleton. As soon as he entered the courtyard, his mother, Zhao Yanqiu, walked down. "Your Majesty, what are your orders?" Zhao Yanqiu glanced at the skeleton behind him. "These four are blacksmiths and these two are leatherworkers. They will be assigned to the factory." Wu Heng pointed to the skeleton behind him. Then, he ordered the skeleton, "Follow her orders from now on." Hulala~! ?Several skeletons moved and walked to Zhao Yanqiu''s side. "Okay, I''ve written it down. Do you have any other instructions?" Zhao Yanqiu continued to ask. No, you go and do your work. "Oh well." Zhao Yanqiu left with the skeleton. ?Wu Heng sent the skeleton brewer and skeleton alchemist to the realm gate. Then take the Skeleton Dragon and go directly to the occupied North Station. Just landed. Just then a survivor ran over. She lowered her voice and said, "People from the province are here and are talking to Sister Qi in the conference room." You came in the morning? The survivor said: "We just arrived, and only about ten minutes have passed." Well, Ill go take a look. The survivors nodded and continued to guard their positions. ??Wu Heng walked to the cleared conference room, took out the Book of Rare Objects and Preaching, clamped it to one side, knocked on the door, and walked in. Sitting inside was Qi Hancai, and those near the door were Deputy Commander Liu whom we saw last time, and another bright-eyed young man. Deputy Commander Liu, we just came here and are a little late. Wu Heng walked in with a smile. The middle-aged deputy commander also stood up and said with a smile: "We have just arrived, the time is just right." After the two shook hands. Qi Hancai stood up and gave up his position. Wait for Wu Heng to sit down. The deputy commander then said: "This time we brought 30 kilograms of gold, two machine guns, two thousand rounds of artillery shells, and some drawings you need." The items being traded have been verified by both parties before. Now I say it again. Where are the drawings? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai took out a few stacks of printed drawings from the cabinet nearby. Wu Heng looks through it. The deputy commander introduced, "There are three types in total, the drawings of the Type 56 rifle, the drawings of grenades, and the structural drawings of ammunition." Wu Heng looked at them, although they were printed out. But the content is very clear, the size, style, and internal material structure are all clearly marked. At first glance, it is a standard drawing specification. The deputy commander smiled and said: "The drawings are considered gifts from us. After all, in dangerous times, all places have the strength to contribute and the technology to work together to tide over the difficulties." The blueprints are replicas, and given the current conditions in various shelters, nothing can be produced with the blueprints. The main station usually discloses the production methods of some weapons, but the description is not as clear as the drawings. Thank you very much. Wu Heng handed the drawings back to Qi Hancai, and then asked, Do you have the drawings of the cannon and the artillery shells? ?The other person frowned, "Do you need these?" Well, I hope I can exchange these drawings next time. It would be better if there are production line drawings. The deputy commander fell silent for a moment, "With the current situation, even if there are drawings, we can''t produce them. Why do we need these?" "I want my subordinates to study it. Moreover, I was also a military fan before. I am more interested in these things. I also hope that the province and district can agree." Wu Heng fiddled with the books. Okay, I will report this matter to my superiors when I get back. Well, thank you. After chatting about the exchange, the deputy commander said in a casual tone: "What are your plans for occupying this site? Is it convenient to disclose it?" I dont have any plans. Even though I saw the train you modified, I want to modify one myself. If there is danger, I can drive to you. ?The other party was stunned for a moment, then smiled and said: "Haha, if you can come, the province and district will definitely welcome you. By then, my position as deputy commander may be yours." Okay, Ill have to rely on Deputy Commander Liu to take care of me then. The future belongs to you young people. The two chatted for a while. The trade in grain has also been completed outside. ?Deputy Commander Liu didnt stay long and took his people onto the train. Leave toward the distance. In a warehouse at the station. The cover was lifted, revealing the two cannons underneath. There are two types in total. One is a double-barreled cannon previously sold by the military, which can be loaded with 23mm shells. The second type is a big thing with six iron pipes in a circle, which looks like an enlarged version of the Gatling gun. ?This one is a Gatling cannon. This is new equipment? Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai. I just said that I am an arms fan, but my understanding of firearms basically comes from games such as PlayerUnknowns Battlegrounds. Heres the information. The price of this kind of machine gun has doubled. It sounds pretty powerful. ?Wu Heng took it and took a look. It was indeed much better than the original cannon. Well, its really not bad. I can continue to trade with them then. "good." ?Wu Heng put away all the machine guns and artillery shells. Continue to walk to another warehouse. In the blue shed that was built, several welders were modifying the train. The iron plate is thickened and the collision angle is installed. ??The appearance is also becoming more and more like the mobile fortress in the provincial area. Actually, it would be great to be able to do it to their level. Completely meet transportation and use. Listen to Qi Hancai''s introduction to some of the current situation. ??Wu Heng collected the exchanged gold and blueprints and returned to Treasure Island. Just came downstairs. Minnie said: "Master, Miss Pirate is looking for you." ?Just after walking downstairs, I paused and walked upstairs again. ??Walked into the radio room and looked at the skeleton investigator''s record book. ?Picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, are you there?" ?There was a confused voice from the other side, "Here, why do you always talk when I''m sleeping?" How can you sleep in broad daylight? There is no day or night in the cabin. Wu Heng didnt want to get into trouble with her on this matter, so he asked directly: Are you looking for me? "Ah, yes, your reward is 1,200 gold coins, and the pirates also got the information of your two attendants." Philippa said. Forehead. I was not so surprised when I heard that my price had increased. He asked: "What information does the attendant have? Let me hear it." Well, there are just two skeleton servants, both above level 15. One is a rogue, the other is a warhammer warrior, and theres not much else. Its not a secret, its not a big problem. Philippa continued: "I joined a pirate fleet. There are three pirate groups in total. Come and help me capture them." (End of this chapter) Chapter 418 , rotating machine gun (an update today.) Chapter 418, Minigun (Updated today.) You joined the fleet again? Wu Heng asked curiously. Philippa said: "Yes, the target this time was a passing fleet, and someone happened to invite me, so I joined." Okay, lets talk about the strength of these three pirate groups. Wu Heng agreed directly. The eyeliner provides intelligence, and you must also actively respond to it. Otherwise, useful information will not be provided next time. On my own side, the manuscript I got from Imiro can be considered as a third-level meritorious service. Still need to pay it back. Philippa said casually: "Can the person who came in looking for me be some big pirate? The three captains are all around level 10, and the devil''s hand has not killed you. These are just small fish and shrimps." A level 10 wanted criminal has exactly three levels of merit. "Well, by the way, there is a friend of mine among the pirates. The one I told you about the woman who was snatched away last time. He introduced me. Don''t kill him then." Philippa paused slightly and added : "Furthermore, you killed all three of them, and it''s hard to explain why I escaped, so it''s better not to kill him." Have certain privileges. There are not many friends among pirates. ??Wu Heng asked, "Didn''t any of the previous blank envelopes contain information about the skeleton attendant?" But what Philippa said makes sense. Finished talking about the business. The two of them escaped together to avoid attracting other attention. "Really or not, it must be funded by you. I don''t believe it can be done to this extent." Philippa said doubtfully, but the surprise could be heard in his tone. ?In the pirate''s concept, friends are just a foil to interests and power. Four pirate groups went to sea together, and in the end she was the only one who came back intact, which would definitely arouse the suspicion of others. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Let''s wait until this matter is over. I''ll ask her to come over and chat with you for a while." Oh, when will you bring her over to talk to me? Philippa said softly. In the entire Emerald Sea, the distance is indeed not that far. ?It seems that Philippa is quite concerned about this matter. Thank you dad, see you the day after tomorrow. Philippa asked again: "By the way, how is my mother''s side?" Philippa was silent for a moment, and then said: "I also heard from other pirates that your bounty has been increased to 1,200 pieces, and the two skeleton attendants around you also conveyed general information." "Okay, then how can I identify your friend''s ship? Don''t kill the wrong one." Wu Heng agreed. Funding is one aspect, and your mother has done a good job in the rest. Yeah, thats okay too. ?Wu Heng took a pen and wrote down the name of the route. Philippa replied, "No, I suspect that the person behind it has just received the exact information from the Skeleton Attendant and sent it out in this way." ?Wu Heng leaned on the table and replied, "It''s good. The business of the tavern is very prosperous. It should be the hottest tavern on that street." "Um!" ?Leaning on the edge of the desk, contemplating the information just received. I remember, you will tell me about the pirate bounty again. Wu Heng mentioned his bounty again. Okay, Ill leave tomorrow morning. He took out the map again and checked the location. Hmm, when its over, dont forget to tell your deacon that I have met the three requirements for joining the Secret Whisperer, and I can join the Secret Whisperer. Filia reminded softly. Hook up the microphone again. "It will be on the ''Lingassar Route'' north of Scorpion Claw Island, coming from Treasure Island. It will take about a day. At noon the day after tomorrow, the cargo ship will pass by the route." Philippa said directly. Betrayal and struggles for power often occur on a ship. Even the captains change frequently. "No, if there is any new news, I will inform you as soon as possible." Philippa said calmly. It can be said that I have a strong backer. The Jolly Roger is a flying fish with wings. It is easy to identify. It looks like a bearded man, quite honest. Well, I understand, where should I go to find you? Wu Heng continued to ask. For ordinary people, joining the association is equivalent to joining the guard, and it is a guard that must be recognized by all kingdoms. Didnt you mention any other plans to ambush or assassinate me? Even if something happens, as long as you hide in the association, the local city hall will negotiate with the association instead of dealing with you directly. The two ended the call. My own bounty has increased again. After experiencing it a few times before, now I hear it has only increased by 200, but it feels a little less. The two skeleton attendants beside him were announced through blank envelopes. It is true that more information is provided to those who plan to earn this bounty, but the problem is not that big. The two skeletons around him are indeed protecting him. But it is not your own trump card. The bigger role is to be able to respond immediately in emergencies and hold back the target enemy. Time to take out a gun for yourself or open the door. No matter how powerful the enemy is, the total number of troops in the zombie world is roughly 500,000 to 600,000. Even if they are distributed in various bases, there are still tens of thousands. As long as you give yourself time to call over, you can tire the enemy to death even if you are tired. But something feels wrong. Why is the servants information updated at this time? Let Minnie and Anderweil, please be careful during this time. Thought for a while. Tear off the page on which the route was recorded and walk out of the room. Go to the next floor. ?Minnie practiced boxing with Bawudong, and her hands were filled with rising flames. As the boxer generates ''qi'', it explodes like explosive fire. Master! Minnie waved her hand. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked curiously: "The flames are controlled so well now!" "No way, just practice casually, there is no lethality." Minnie said coquettishly. "I feel pretty good. At least it proves that you are very talented." "Really? Master is so kind. I feel a lot more powerful." Minnie held his arm and shook it gently. Then she noticed what she was wearing, "Master is going out? Sister Wei''er may be back soon. ! Ill go out and come back as soon as possible. Oh, okay, then well wait for you to come back for dinner. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of his residence. Call a carriage and rush to the port area. Enter the association''s port and board your ship. In the dark cabin, there are densely packed skeletons waiting for help, with soul fire flaring in their eyes. Shark teeth. Wu Heng shouted. The thick-boned skeleton Shark Tooth walked out of the cabin and stood in front of him. Sail the ship to the port of Juqian Island tonight to avoid ships and other people. I will go there tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said. Shark Tooth walked straight towards the control room. ?Wu Heng stepped off the ship and the ship started slowly. Sailed directly from the port. ??After Wu Heng confirmed that the ship had entered the sea, he called the carriage again and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. Supper was ready, and the two maids were sitting in the living room, waiting for him to come back. Seeing him come back, all the dinner was served. Master, what does that pirate lady want from you? Minnie asked while eating. ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. "He provided some information about the pirates and asked me to capture them." Ah, is she betraying her companions? Minnie looked over with wide eyes. I was originally an informant among the pirates, so how can I be considered a betrayal? Wu Heng said. Anderweil also said, "Pirates are more cruel and disorderly than robbers. They sometimes float on the sea for days or months, killing their companions or captains." "Huh? Are pirates so bad? That''s not the case in the comics." Minnie said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and explained softly, "The above are all stories written from the perspective of pirates. If you stand from the perspective of ordinary islanders, you will think that justice is still the navy, and kindness and passion are among pirates. A very scarce thing. Oh! Okay. Minnie nodded. Several people were eating together, and Wu Heng continued to tell him, "Be careful when you go out. There may be pirates on the island, collecting information from us." "okay!" Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took a bath under the service of the two women. Then go upstairs to rest. The sky is getting darker. ?Wu Heng opened the bedroom door and saw Shanara walking over from the roof. I thought you were asleep! Shannella jumped down barefoot. Walking into the bedroom, he casually hung his coat aside. It looks coherent, as if you are returning to your own home. "I knew you would come." Wu Heng followed behind and closed the door again. Shanela sat sideways on the bed, holding one side of her skirt in her hands. The silk skirt moved up little by little, revealing her smooth and flawless legs. Soon, the hem of the skirt reached the top of her thighs, looming, and Shanara sat curled up on the bed, her beautiful eyes glaring. ??Wu Heng looked at her seemingly calmly, but her face turned red. He walked over quickly and licked his lips, "You''ve been drinking!" Today, the business group and the Treasure Island Guards organized a trip to sea, attended the banquet, and drank some. Shanara said softly. ??Wu Heng pushed her down on the bed, covered her head with her long skirt, and nudged her down her white neck. ?Continued to ask: "The United Nations has gone to sea? What are we going to do?" "Driving away pirates is organized by the island owner. Pirates have been active recently, and all business groups are very supportive of this matter." Shannara gently held his head and answered while humming softly. ?Wu Heng leaned forward lightly. One pair of legs, naturally wrapped around the waist. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Is this island owner trustworthy?" Well, its not very credible, but the business group is profit-seeking. As long as this matter is helpful to the current situation, it is natural to show support. "Right." ?Wu Heng nodded, refocused on his current work, and stopped talking. The next day, in the morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng and the two maids gave instructions and left the residence. Find a place where there is no one. Took out the [train conductors hat] and put it directly on his head. The void on one side opened, and the ghost train stopped beside him. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and wrote [Scorpion Clamp Island] in the record book. The doors closed and the train disappeared. Half an hour after opening, the train appeared on Scorpion Claw Island. The sea breeze roared, and the sound of waves crashing against the rocks came from the port. Looking towards the port. My own ship has docked at the port. Skeletons walked up and down the deck, looking around. ?Wu Heng quickly walked over, boarded the ship, and continued to order, "Enter the ''Lingasik Navigation'' and move forward along the route." Ships sail quickly on the sea. Among the attributes of shark teeth, there are attributes related to navigation. He has strong proficiency in the control of ships, and there is no cargo on the ship, making the ship much faster. It took most of the day to drive. Xiaoxiao, who acted as a lookout, flew down from above, "Uncle, you can see a pirate ship ahead. It should be the person you are looking for." ?Wu Heng looked into the distance. Within his sight was the endless sea, and he didn''t see any ships. "I didn''t see it. Come back and I''ll take a look." Xiaoxiao got into the body and the picture was shared. On the distant sea, there were several pirate ships floating. With the function of small "spiritual vision", one can see the different levels of light of the bodies on the ship. The highest level is only level 10. Even if you cant see the pirate flag clearly, it should be the pirate fleet that Philippa mentioned. Its closer than imagined, it doesnt even take a day to sail. Put Xiaoxiao out again and let the ship continue to move forward. ?Wu Heng took out two double-barreled cannons and a rotating cannon, and selected skeletons to control them. Then, continue to distribute heavy machine guns, rifles, rocket launchers and grenades to the remaining skeletons. The main thing is to have sufficient firepower and not give the opponent time to counterattack. As we get closer. The location of the pirate ship is becoming increasingly clear. There are a total of 9 pirate ships, surrounded by a severely damaged cargo ship. On the deck, there were the crew members who were barely resisting, and the pirates who were as excited as chicken blood. Just getting close. Three medium-sized speedboats were quickly approaching, each with more than 20 people on board, carrying various weapons in their hands. Looking this way, pointing, laughing and joking. It seemed as if I saw another batch of goods and took the initiative to deliver them to my door. Soon, the two sides approached. A pirate with one foot on the fence and a mouth full of yellow teeth shouted to the top: "We are from the Silver Scale Pirates, and we are here to borrow some money from you." Another person echoed and added, "It''s okay if you don''t have money. We also want the goods, and we can also help take care of your women." Hahahaha~! The pirates around him laughed together. It was as if the robbery of the cargo ship behind them had nothing to do with them, and the cargo ship in front of them had become a fat sheep waiting to be slaughtered. ??The pirates laughed, and the two magic crossbow beds on the medium-sized ship had turned around and were facing this way. The rest of the pirates are also ready to board the ship. Just when we were approaching the bottom of the ship, we were about to board the ship by force. Wu Heng poked his head out from above. All the pirates were stunned for a moment, and their brows furrowed. Man, in his 20s, with black hair and black eyes. Thats the skeleton attendant next to you? Why does this person look so familiar? Treasure Island Deputy Deacon! Someone suddenly said. ?Everyone woke up immediately, doubt, surprise and disbelief flashed in their eyes. The pirate with yellow teeth immediately shouted: "Crossbow bed, kill him quickly." ?But the next second, densely packed skeleton figures appeared on the edge of the ship''s deck, holding strange instruments. Cargo ships are much taller than medium-sized fast ships. ?Those things that look like black iron pipes point downward. Attack, kill him, hurry up. The pirate shouted loudly. ?The bed crossbow was raised at the maximum angle, and the others also took out their crossbows and pointed upwards. The next second, Wu Heng directed the rotating machine gun towards the Huangya pirate ship. ??Woo~! The cannon rotates rapidly, and the cannon pops out of the chamber, like a fire-breathing dragon. In the huge waves caused by the shells. ??The ship where the Yellow Fang Pirates were was shattered instantly, turning into scattered fragments among the debris that filled the sky. ?Wu Heng looked at this scene in surprise. I didnt expect the rate of fire to be so fast. ??The pirates were even more horrified, and the entire ship just disappeared from sight. Damn, what is this! (End of this chapter) Chapter 419 , acting is really troublesome Chapter 419: Acting is really troublesome In less than half a minute, a medium-sized speedboat disappeared. There were only debris floating on the water and the flesh and blood of the remaining limbs that had been eaten by schools of fish. ??The pirates who were laughing wildly fell silent for an instant. Looking at the sea full of debris with a horrified expression. In my heart, an uncontrollable fear instantly arose. Attack, attack, kill him quickly, he has a strange thing... Ta ta ta da~! Without waiting for a reaction, the skeletons standing on the edge of the cargo ship pulled the trigger downwards. Concentrated bullets swept towards the pirates on the surrounding ships. The bullets penetrated their bodies and they fell one by one. The skeleton manipulating the cannon also began to fire. Fortunately we are one of our own. Even if its not the first time we meet. Even the Devil''s Hand and other large pirate groups died at the hands of his own deputy deacon. Oh, good! replied the sailor, immediately replying in semaphore, and then added: He told us to hurry up. ?This kind of device that can destroy ships instantly still makes people feel frightened. Philippa looked at the oncoming ship in the distance and looked up at his pirate flag. ?This scene obviously made the main pirates feel pressured. ??Philippa stood on the deck, observing the distance from the perspective of the tame animal. Shark Tooth controlled the ship to move forward again. The newly transformed pirate skeleton controlled the medium-sized ship to guard the left and right. Start to adjust the direction of the ship. Continue to approach the front. ??It also attracted the attention of the main pirate ships from behind. Forward! Wu Heng said again. The pirates who besieged the cargo ship began to reduce their number, and more people returned to their respective pirate ships. The sea ship moved slowly and entered a position behind the left fleet. So as not to be seen by others later. ?No one expected that the cargo ship that they thought was sent to die would actually kill all the pirates sent over in the blink of an eye. After a short period of time. Captain, the Flame Pirates have signaled, let our ships enter the left formation and attack the incoming ships. The sailor shouted loudly from the observation deck. Acting is really troublesome. Philippa looked into the distance again and said: "Send a flag to say that there is something wrong with the ship. Follow us immediately." ?Wu Heng stood on the boat and glanced around, took out the Spine Staff, and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Philippa walked up to the deck, took a deep breath, and said loudly as he walked, "Put on your best crossbow bolts and hit me hard to avenge the dead pirates and let them know who is the master of the sea." ''s lion. Form a formation and kill the cargo ship that is rushing straight towards you. The gray-white halo of light instantly swung out, enveloping the surrounding ships. ??The fallen pirate corpses, the flesh and blood fell off, and the white bones stood up slowly, bending down to pick up the weapons on the ground. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Squeaky, squeaky? Let alone the pirate groups like myself. ?The cannonballs tore through the hull of the ship, and the people and the ship were all smashed to pieces. There are violent gunshots and sunken ships here. Its the captain! the sailor responded and walked away quickly. Its so scary. The ranger''s tamed beasts were hovering above their heads, observing the situation here. ??????????????????????????????????????????? I know, let the ship move a little further back, notify the auxiliary ship, and pay attention to the movement of the main ship later, Philippa said. ?Several unsinked ships, the decks were covered with corpses, and blood flowed into the sea along the hulls. I just hope that when the opponent fights, it wont affect my side. The gunfire stopped, and all the pirates approaching were killed or injured. ? A bed crossbow was adjusted in direction, and arm-thick crossbow arrows etched with explosive effects were loaded onto the bed crossbow. Yes, Captain. ?All the pirates went to their positions and prepared to fight. The pirate fleet consists of two formations. One left and one right, sailing towards the oncoming ship. Make sure that the side weapons can hit the target ship at the first moment of approach. Having an advantage in terms of the number of own ships. Even if it causes some losses, it will only be the other party who loses in the end. Get ready! shouted the pirate captain. Semaphores carry messages to other ships. Just when all the pirates were getting ready and waiting to get into range. The ship on the opposite side took the lead in attacking. ?Bang bang bang~! A dull and dense explosion sounded. Countless bullets and artillery shells were fired simultaneously at the two pirate ships trying to flank them. Ammunition, such as heavy rain falling on the deck of a ship. ?The next second, the ship''s fence deck exploded intensively, and the pirates and their control equipment exploded and splashed everywhere. Boom~! The rocket trailing the flames came. The control room exploded instantly, and flames shot into the sky. ?The originally busy and noisy deck was instantly deserted, with only the rising smoke and blood flowing along the hull. ??Everyone on the pirate ship at the rear also looked at the scene in front of them in horror. All the people on the decks of the two ships were dead? But the formation of the fleet still kept moving forward. The second stage ships entered the range. ?Bang bang bang~! Dense bullets fell on the deck of the ship like a giant net. ??All the pirates were shot and fell to the ground instantly, their bodies were shot into sieves, and the deck was instantly empty. The pirates further behind began to get into trouble. The crossbow bolt was fired in a hurry, but it couldn''t reach the distance. When it flew halfway, it fell into the sea. Seeing that there is a huge gap in weapons between the two sides. The ships in the fleet began to turn around. The original formation also instantly became chaotic. The ships on Wuheng''s side sped up again. Passing among pirate ships. Skeletons on both sides, bullets kept firing downwards. The pirates died one by one, like a massacre. "Uncle, hurry up, those pirate ships are trying to escape." Xiaoxiao flew down from the sky and pointed into the distance. Several pirate ships are turning around. The ship that has traveled the farthest is Philippas Iron Barrel Pirates. Where are the other pirate leaders on our own ship? Wu Heng said something and continued to ask. Oh, theres one hiding behind there, and theres another one over there. Xiaoxiao pointed in three directions. Having the ability to see the level. Among the large crowds, high-level professionals stand out as if they were marked. No matter how dense the crowd is, high-level targets can be easily found with a small viewing angle. Of course, there are certain limitations. ??If you hide in a building, you cannot see it. There is no need to share perspectives either. Looking in the direction of the little finger, he found the man dressed as the captain. Ignoring the "Flying Fish Pirate Group" who was turning around, he set up his sniper rifle and aimed at the remaining two pirate captains. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. Hit a pirate captain in the calf instantly. The whole person fell out from behind the bunker. Bang~! The second gunshot rang out, and he was hit in the forehead as he fell. His head instantly fell back and fell out. Then, continue to turn the gun. Another pirate captain, running quickly. A sliding shovel that hides directly behind the cabin. After confirming that no body parts were exposed, he quickly glanced around. When he saw the Iron Barrel Pirates and the Flying Fish Pirates far away in the distance, he gritted his teeth and said, "Trash, cowards, shit." Then I glanced at the dead bodies and wreckage all over the deck. ?Haunted loudly: "Turn around, let''s leave here too, and then we''ll settle the score with those two guys." ??It was just a shout, still covered by the dense gunfire. ?Furthermore, the rest of the pirates are also running for their lives, so there is no time to listen to this. Huh~! Suddenly, a sound broke through the air. Rockets exploded directly around you. Boom~! A violent explosion sounded. ??The pirate captain''s body flew out in an instant, and rolled down several times before slowly stopping. ?While vomiting blood, he tried to take out the potion and pour it into his mouth. Bang~! The gunfire sounded again. The bullet shattered the medicine bottle and passed through the mouth. The whole body slowly fell down. Two captains died. ?The pirates became even more confused and fled in all directions. Some even jumped directly into the sea, intending to rely on the sea to avoid bullets. The skeletons started shooting bullets into the sea. At the same time, the blood attracted sea beasts, which also began to attack the pirates who jumped into the sea. (End of this chapter) Chapter 420 , the omniscient one on the Emerald Sea (please vote for me.) Chapter 420, The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea (please vote for me...) ??The ship is still moving forward. Bullets cleared the pirate ships passing along the road. ?Wu Heng put away the sniper rifle in his hand, and the fighting around him gradually came to an end. When the gunfire stops. The surroundings also fell into silence. All the pirate ships drifted on the sea with the waves. The deck was pitted and covered with blood and corpses. ?Wu Heng asked Skull to drag the bodies of the two captains over and wrap them in straw mats. It was directly collected into the space ring. ??Then, he continued to release [Dead Skeleton Battlefield], and the dead pirates on the deck turned into white skeletons and stood up from the ground. ?Wu Heng glanced sideways, and Granda, who was invisible, entered the cabin directly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, now you are safe. You can leave by yourself, or you can leave with me." ?Looking around. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Glenda, who were responsible for investigating the situation, flew back together. Are you a merchant ship? He leaned into his ear and whispered: "They doubt whether you are a member of the association, and some of them are afraid to come out." The sound of conversation came from beneath the dim cabin. ?Xiaoxiao pointed to the cargo ship surrounded by pirates and said, "There are still people inside." ?Wu Heng stood aside and waited for a while. In the cabin, there were several key members of the Flying Fish pirate group sitting. After adjusting, he made a dwarf salute, "Captain Leopold of the Bay Grape has met the Archdeacon." "Okay, let''s go check the ship. When I leave, you can follow me." Wu Heng said directly. We will go with you, the dwarf said immediately. Lets go over there and take a look. Well go back early after weve solved the problem. Wu Heng let the ship get closer and jumped directly onto the opposite deck. Wu Heng redistributed the skeletons of each ship''s posture. The transformed skeleton rushed into the cabin of the ship. The dwarves also called others out and rescued the wounded, while the others began to repair the ship and prepare to leave. When he saw it was Philippa, he sat back down again. Immediately afterwards, there was a fierce fight, and the pirates'' roars and curses. ?Philippa kicked open the door and shouted: "Babuqi, you are indeed a member of the **** association." Maintaining a certain distance, he said to the cabin: "I am the deputy deacon of the Treasure Island Association. You are now safe. Come out and speak." ?Wu Heng waved his hand and returned to his ship. It seems that his appearance attracted the attention of the pirates, and not all of them were killed by the pirates. The dwarf was delighted and thanked him, "Thank you, Archdeacon. When we arrive at Treasure Island, I will definitely go to the association to express my gratitude." His pupils contracted violently, and he was in a daze for a few seconds before he realized what he was doing. After everything was taken care of, the fleet began to return. Flying fish pirate ship. Storm into the cabin and kill everyone. While he was talking, a well-dressed but somewhat embarrassed bearded dwarf came out carrying a crossbow. ?The bodies of pirates were dragged out from under the cabin one after another. ?Glenda added, "Looking at his clothes, he''s not a pirate, he should be someone from that cargo ship." Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yes, not like a pirate." ??Wu Heng continued to release skills and transformed into a skeleton. They were all startled when they heard the door being broken into. Wait until the battle is over. Put it on the deck. Hurrah! The merchant ship, this time transported ore and craft accessories. After transferring to Treasure Island, it will continue to the human port. The dwarf captain replied. Flyed back soon. When Wu Heng arrived, there was still fighting going on here. The bearded Babuqi, with an equally ugly face, said: "Don''t talk nonsense, I also lost a ship, how could it be from the association?" Then we were just about to seize the cargo ship, why did the people from the association arrive? Babuqi frowned, and a pair of eyes under his thick eyebrows looked at her suspiciously, "How did you know it was the association''s ship? When it arrived, you were still behind us." Philippa paused for a moment, and immediately said: "I am a ranger, and tame animals can see each other. Please explain why there is an association ship there." Here it is. "Fart, how is it possible? It happened to appear, and then rushed over motionlessly." Philippa was still angry. ??Babuqi frowned and looked at her, "What do you mean, I''ve lost a lot of **** brothers, and I''m the one who snitched on you?" The men on both sides also looked at each other warily. ?The appearance of the people from the association was too coincidental, coupled with the recent rumors of informants. One has to wonder if there is some inside story. Philippa said: "Babuqi, of course I believe you. We have all killed people, and the association will not let us join." "Um." Philippa continued, "I mean, is there anyone in our fleet? There have been a lot of rumors recently that the association arranged spies to join the pirate group." You mean, someone in the team spread the news? While he was speaking, everyone else in the room looked over instantly. Philippa explained, "We, or the other two pirate groups, escaped with us." "What do you propose?" Kill them all, and well get half of the boat. ???Babuqis eyes moved slightly, then looked at the crew behind him, nodded and said: Okay. The next day, early morning. The fleet began to approach Treasure Island. After explaining the origins of many battle-damaged pirate ships, they slowly stopped at the port. The dwarf captain of the cargo ship once again expressed his gratitude. Wu Heng called a carriage and went directly to the association. After arriving at the association. First sent the two bodies to the morgue and explained the situation to the coroner. The procedure still needs to be carried out, not to mention that it also involves his own merits and the matter of ''Philippa'' joining the Secret Whisperers. After chatting with the coroner for a few words. Just left the morgue and went to the deacon''s study. ??Imilo The elf deacon in a purple dress was still sitting on the chair and raised his head, "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng said directly: "There was news from the pirates that the pirates planned to rob merchant ships on the ''Ling Gaisi Route''. Based on the intelligence, I killed two level three wanted criminals and rescued the people on the merchant ship." Imiro looked at him again in surprise and said, "Where is the body?" The body has been sent to the morgue. Imiro praised: "You did a good job, your little pirate did a good job too." Thank you, deacon. Wu Heng thanked him and continued: Deacon, this time, with the information provided by Philippa, we have killed three wanted criminals with level 3 bounties. "The matter about the Whisperer, right? I''ve remembered it. I will mention it to the headquarters after the autopsy process is completed." Then Id like to thank the deacon on behalf of Philippa. Imiro nodded and said calmly: "Tell her to continue collecting information. Once her merit and level increase, she can be arranged to work within the association." "good!" ?Stepping out of the study, Wu Heng returned to his office and study. ??Andwyer was cleaning her room all morning. Seeing Wu Heng come back safely, he also smiled happily, "Master, have you had breakfast?" Not yet. Wu Heng sat down aside. Then Ill go to the tavern and order some for you. Just keep it simple. Okay. Anderweil put down her tools and took the little owl out. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of fruit tea and sat back on the chair. Took out the space rings of the two captains he killed. ?There are a lot of items inside. Daily necessities, sundries, underwear, and a lot of gold and silver coins. ?Piracy is a high-risk profession, but it is also a profession with huge rewards. Everyone is very rich, and it is difficult for ordinary people to save an amount in a lifetime. Pile all the useless items aside and have them thrown out later. Then, his eyes fell on an old book that was taken out. "A Brief History of Pirates-The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea" (End of this chapter) Chapter 421 , Pirate King and Treasure Map Chapter 421, The Pirate King and the Treasure Map The Omniscient One of the Emerald Sea? ?Seeing the name of the book, a blank envelope that could be used to send letters to pirates flashed in his mind. The origin of the letter is unknown. But every time, the merchant ships passing through the route and the location of the pirate ships can be accurately predicted. Let pirates go to the route to rob merchant ships at an accurate time. Is this considered omniscience? ?Furthermore, Philippa also mentioned the matter of the Pirate King. ??Is there really a pirate king in this jade? Commanding pirates secretly? ?Then he is so powerful, why has he never shown up? It would be great to lead the pirates to retake the sea by himself. Think about it in your mind. I started to look through the old books in my hands. The pages were soft and floppy, giving people the feeling that they would rot if I applied a little force. Thats not right. You are acting like the Pirate King. What does it have to do with me? Why do you want me wanted one after another? Re-imitate the contents of the book and control the pirates. ?This made Wu Heng a little surprised. Piracy was not restricted and plundered an astonishing amount of wealth from the sea. ?This ability may be a rare item or prop, or it may be some ability of one''s own. , at the same time, the devastated countries began to unite to suppress pirates, and silent warships filled the entire sea area. Also called pirates warriors and conquerors of the sea. ?Later on, all countries were encircling and suppressing pirates. With fleets and bounties, the unscrupulous pirates began to become prey. The capabilities in the description are basically the same as the message conveyed by the blank envelope. ?At every location, the dried corpses of pirates or the heads of the combined fleet were hung... " But the fact that he is wanted does not make sense at all. Leading more and more people to become pirates. Not self-proclaimed, but really recognized by the pirates in this area. Until the appearance of Herzl Reis, he was born in a lowly position, but he had the blood of the sea flowing through him. In Barbary Island, become the King of the Emerald Sea. " In the content, a large section describes the chaos on the Emerald Sea at that time. Its like hating their evil deeds and respecting each others courage. Under the encirclement and suppression of the combined fleet and many high-level professionals, the rampant sea warriors began to fail or split quickly. During the long years of the Emerald Sea, the warriors who cruised the sea, mainly coastal humans and the Bevera tribe, left a profound mark on this sea area. Turn to the last page and feel along the cover of the book. Lead the pirates and gradually balance the situation between the two sides. The writer''s sentences are somewhat special, describing the ferocity of pirates and their impact on surrounding residents. There really is a pirate king! There are pirates who have inherited his abilities. His characteristic is that he can know the position of fleets and caravans and navigate the sea. Is he still alive? They emerged as invaders, conquerors and colonists, causing storms along the coast. ?At this time, Herzl Reis appeared. "No, if he is alive, he must be pardoned or hunted down. There is no way there is no news at all." ?Things can probably be deduced. Someone should have acquired this ability. ?This world is not just a battle between weapons on ships. He is the messenger of Poseidon and can predict the appearance of enemies and the location of merchant groups. ?Wu Heng entered a state of concentration and read it quickly. The addition of high-level professionals has caused the pirates to decline rapidly. A vicious cycle has completely formed. Finally, he was recognized as the Pirate King. ??Rogue and plundering wealth. When I first came to Treasure Island, other members of the association were also killing pirates, so why did my own bounty keep rising? The content of the book is very long. Opening the gap in the middle, a yellowed and mottled map was taken out. At the center of the map is a small island. Holy shit, treasure map! ?Although there is nothing written on it, it is written like this in the story, and it is considered a treasure map. ??Took out the chart in his hand and compared it. I looked carefully several times but couldn''t find a similar location. Not in the Emerald Sea? Or maybe its been a long time and the island has sunk. I took a photo with my tablet and put the map back into the book. After thinking about it for a moment, I felt it would be better to talk to Imiro. If this pirate king really exists and the association knows about it, it will be better handled. Return to the deacons study again. Knocked on the door and walked in. Facing Imiro, he said directly: "Deacon, I found this brief history of pirates from the space ring that killed the pirates. It mentioned a pirate king of the Emerald Sea." Imiro on the opposite side raised his head and glanced at the book in his hand, "I''ve seen this book before, and the content on it is indeed somewhat similar to the blank letter." Forehead. So to put it this way, at that time, this brief history of pirates was printed and distributed to the outside world. There is also a map. Wu Heng added. "A small island, there is one in each book." Imiro paused for a moment and continued: "There is no direct clue yet. Connect the above content with the matter of the blank envelope. You can pay attention to it as a clue. Also be careful of the other party using this method to mislead us. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. There is no mention of blank envelopes in the book. ?The other party may also mislead the direction of the investigation by relying on this aspect of the entire incident. "clear." Keep the book and map for now, maybe you can find out something. Imiro said calmly. Okay. Wu Heng responded and left the study. Return to your study. ? Anderweil has come back, and the breakfast she bought is placed on the desk. I thought the master had gone back! Im going to the deacon. Wu Heng returned to the desk and looked at the prepared breakfast. This morning is so rich. Anderweil smiled, poured a cup of tea and brought it over, "The master has just come back, please eat more." Weier is still thoughtful. The smile on Anderweil''s face became even brighter. After finishing breakfast. ?Wu Heng sat in the study again and chatted with Anderweier. Seeing that nothing happened, he explained a few words and left the association directly. Get on the bicycle and return to your residence. Push open the courtyard door. ?Minnie is wearing a training uniform and is training various movements. Now, its not just physical training. Also added to the training of superpowers, the ability to control fire also requires regular practice. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he jumped forward while running, his whole body hanging on his body. Master, have you had breakfast? ??Wu Heng dragged the little maid whose legs were wrapped around his waist and said as he walked: "Eat at the association." Oh, how are you going out? It went very well. Is Minnie good at home? Of course you are good, you take good care of the family. ?Wu Heng tipped the little bunny girl upwards, "Well, Minnie is awesome." Hehe! Minnie smiled and kissed him on the neck. Go into the residence. After taking a shower in the bathroom, I went back to the bedroom and slept until after one o''clock. Go out and go downstairs. He walked directly into the radio room on the third floor, picked up the microphone, and said, "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, Philippa''s lazy voice came from the radio, "She''s sleeping!" How are you doing there? Wu Heng asked. Its okay, we are leaving that sea area. Philippa replied and asked: Did you kill those two pirates? Killed, the body has been sent to the association for autopsy. Once the identity of the body is verified, the deacon will apply to the headquarters for you to join the Secret Whisperers. (End of this chapter) Chapter 422 , set off (please ask for a monthly ticket!) Chapter 422, Departure (please vote for me!) Huh? Your association is so troublesome. Philippa complained. "Just wait a few days. When I joined the association, I also waited a few days." Wu Heng said. Then how many days will you wait? He recalled a little and said, "It seemed like three days. It should be about the same for you." Oh, three days is fine. After telling Philippa about the Whisperer. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Your pirate friend doesn''t doubt you, does he?" "No, I said he tipped off the association, and we also detained some of the ships that came out with us. Now I have three ships." Philippa said proudly. Unless someone figures out the radio, it will be difficult to trace Philippa. ?Wu Heng thought about it for a moment, but he didn''t feel that there was any benefit to having more ships. Qi Hancai took out a small notebook from his pocket, took out the refill, and wrote it down. "Okay, I''ll write it down. I''ll contact them when I get back." In less than a minute, the man and the ship were shattered. ?On the other side is still the mall managers office. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Has the gold smelting equipment been shipped?" However, the consumption of ammunition is also huge. Philippa continued to ask, "Where is my mother?" Then lets do this for now, stay safe outside and dont make any friends with pirates. "Ah..., a blank envelope!" Philippa exclaimed, also thinking of the blank envelope. Sure enough, she didnt know this book. I know, goodbye dad. Hang up the phone and Wu Heng returns to the fourth floor. Not long after, footsteps sounded, and a figure in a long down jacket and Martin boots walked up. Philippa said: "Okay, the Flying Fish Pirates and I are heading to a port to rest. I will go back in two days, and you can give it to me then." Are you looking for me? Philippa paused and said, "Ah, you seem to be right. After I study it and sell the boat, I can still have money to spend." Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Oh, okay, Im not in a hurry. "Um." Umwho reads pirate books? I havent read them. The rotating cannon has a high rate of fire and is powerful. ??Wu Heng told her briefly, "The above mainly talks about a pirate king in the Emerald Sea, who can know the movements of ships on the sea." Well, let them continue to sell some revolver cannon shells. Also, its best to bring the drawings of the cannon shells. Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go there." ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there nothing going on here?" Whose history are you picking up? Ill let her talk to you next time I have a chance. Ive just returned to Treasure Island. Now we have to continue to let the other party sell to us. ??The last time the artillery shells were sold together with the machine guns were shot out in less than a minute. "I have also thought of this. You have an idea of ??this matter. Pay attention to the information." Wu Heng said directly. Its been shipped. Dont focus on developing a pirate group. The more people there are, the more likely problems will arise. We should focus on gathering intelligence. Where is the water well? Okay, some old pirate groups should know some information. Ill ask about it when I get the chance. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "There is also a treasure map. I will give it to you when I have the chance to see if I can find this place." Its okay, the provinces and districts continue to collect gold, and they will continue to sell us some blueprints and ammunition. Qi Hancai reported. ??Wu Heng didnt say much about this matter, but continued to mention the books he had obtained, Have you heard of A Brief History of Pirates? A book called A Brief History of Pirates, The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea. Also selected. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. "good!" ?The two of them walked out of the shopping mall and, led by Qi Hancai, walked to a courtyard behind the shopping mall. The snow in the yard was cleared, and a huge deep hole was dug in the middle. Is it OK here? Qi Hancai asked. "It should be possible. Let''s have someone smelt the gold. The liquid gold will be delivered before it cools down." Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and explained immediately. ?Wu Heng took out all the parts of the Water Element Well. Call in a large number of skeleton warriors and start assembling them. The entire well is more like a large reservoir. The stone well body is etched with complex symbols and patterns. Having had the precedent of the Bone Burial Ground and the Fire Furnace, I am very familiar with magic buildings. Keep it as assembled. Soon, several survivors walked over quickly carrying liquid gold. ?Wu Heng directed them to pour gold along the grooves and into several connecting locations. Wait for the liquid to cool down. A faint magic ripple spread out instantly. The runes on the well body also began to take effect, collecting nearby water elements, gradually condensing into water droplets, and storing them in the well. Wu Heng said to ''Qi Hancai'': "The water source here is safe and can be provided for everyone to use. Remember to arrange for people to guard it. If the runes on it are destroyed or someone poisons it, it will have an impact." ??Qi Hancai heard the runes for the first time, but he also guessed the lines on them. He nodded and agreed, "Let the skeleton stay here, it will be safer." Yeah, thats okay too. Several skeletons were brought in to guard the place. The two of them walked out again. Qi Hancai continued: "The train is almost renovated. I tried to drive a certain distance and there is no problem." It took almost a week to get the train. ?The people here at the base have experience in modifying cars, and there is no problem in modifying trains. The speed is not too slow. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Let''s arrange the manpower. Let''s go to the next city tomorrow." In the zombie world, there has been little progress during this period. Its time to take the next step. Okay, Ill get ready later. Return to the mall. Qi Hancai went to do his own business, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Go to the next floor. Minnie, Andevil, and Shannella were sitting in the living room chatting about some interesting things that had happened recently. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs and chatted with them for a while. The skeleton chef also brought dinner. ?A few people were sitting at the dining table, chatting and eating dinner. What have you been busy with these two days? Shanara asked curiously. The association will arrange to catch pirates, Wu Heng replied. "Pirates will never be caught, don''t get tired." Shannara said softly. The concerned tone made Minnie open her eyes wide and look over in confusion. Shannara changed the subject again, "The island is gathering a second batch of fleets that are ready to go to sea. Some merchant guards and mercenaries will arrange for people to join them." ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and asked doubtfully: "Are you going to sea?" "No, I heard that some training is required, but compared to the guards, this team on the island has the right to arrest and search on the island." Shanara explained. Oh, Star Flower has also arranged for someone? "We all have the right to search. Other business groups have arranged people, so we can only arrange them. The competition among business groups is not as calm as you think." Shannara said helplessly. Thats right, driving away pirates is also a good thing. "Um!" How to arrange things on the island, these are all local policies. ?The association does have some rights, but it cannot meddle in these matters at will. Unless there is any conspiracy found, or there will be a huge threat. After dinner, a few people chatted in the living room for a while. Shanela left, and the three of them went back to their rooms to rest. ?Late at night, Shannara sneaked over again. The two of them hugged each other on the bed. Arent you tired from running like this every day? Wu Heng asked. Its quite exciting. Ah! Mrs. Shannara, you actually like this. I hate it, why should I call you madam at this time? The next day, zombie world. ?North Railway Station. At this time, the train is already like a moving steel fortress. The front of the car is a shining triangular corner, and the glass of the car window is protected by horizontal welding of steel bars as thick as a finger. The body is reinforced with metal plates, and key locations are also specially reinforced. With a heavy sense of power. ? Solar panels and antennas are installed on the top, which not only provides energy but also increases signal reception. The rear of the car is even more exaggerated, with several half-meter-long steel cones welded on it. He should be afraid that the corpses would drag the rear of the car from behind. There are six carriages in total, used to carry supplies, skeletons and survivors who set out together. There are also horizontal rails welded on the roof to carry the skeleton flying dragon. ?Food and supplies were moved onto the carriages, and staff also checked the status of the train. Qi Hancai came over and said, "Everything is ready and ready to go at any time." Lets go, lets get in the car and leave early. After saying that, he took the skeleton and walked directly into the arranged carriage. Wait until all the skeletons are ready. Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie and said: "Let''s go." Amidst a rumble, the train slowly started to move. (End of this chapter) Chapter 423 ,Dongcheng Area Chapter 423, Dongcheng District Inside the train, the smell of welding iron and engine oil came to my face. The space inside the carriage is relatively narrow, and it is surrounded by various supplies and tools that need to be carried. ?The walls are covered with mottled metal plates, and temporarily connected pipes and wires can be seen in some places. The dim light tubes on the roof of the car emit a faint light, giving people a slightly depressing feeling. The space is given priority to skeletons and supplies, so the seating position is crowded. Qi Hancai introduced softly. The layout is good. ?Wu Heng said and sat down aside. The seats are old long green leather seats, with a fixed long table in the middle. There is also a monitor fixed on the desktop, showing the surveillance footage around the train. ?? This is outside the train, and surveillance cameras are installed to ensure that every angle is captured. Level: Level 15 (13585/195000) But it can also be understood. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction, burst potential, spell casting acceleration, breath of dead souls, divine presence. The modification of the train here is more complete than expected. Its a pity. Now in a new place, a similar situation occurs again. Scattered zombies are not a threat to a train that has been modified to this extent. At that time, Qi Hancai had not yet joined. ?Even though the number of skeletons carried by the train is limited, the level is still superior to that of zombies. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked about the situation in the cab. ?The train left the city, and a crash began to be heard outside. Straight towards the train. Name: Wu Heng Zombies killed by trains have no experience gain. Sitting down on the chair, Qi Hancai said directly: "If the journey goes well, it will take five hours to enter ''Anhui City Station''. If there are too many zombies, you need to stop and clean up the zombies. The outside of the train can resist zombies, but There is still the risk of derailment. Once derailed, it will be difficult for us to get back on track with our current tools. The two of them looked at the surveillance monitor on one side and could see zombies on both sides of the tracks, attracted by the sound of the train. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows slightly, "Is there still such a thing? I never mocked you." It doesnt feel like it has any impact. Skills: Bone Spell,..., Breath of Death,..., Activated Object, Lightning Beam. Normal thinking will doubt the authenticity. ~! ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze from the monitor and paid attention to the prompts on the panel. "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, and then added: "We mentioned the occupation of the station to exchange supplies in advance on the ''Anhui City'' channel, but they didn''t believe it and their attitude was not very friendly." ??Wu Heng also understood what the other party meant, "When there are a lot of zombies, be prepared in advance and let the skeletons resolve the battle." The zombies blocking the front were smashed into pieces. ?Wu Heng nodded, "When we capture the station, the people in the shelters will also believe it." Wu Heng opened the panel and checked his attributes. Wu Heng said: "When the passenger terminal market was opened to the outside world, other shelters also had the same attitude." When I and Li Yahong opened the passenger terminal, there was a burst of ridicule in all the shelters. [Experts:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic), Staff Specialization (Intermediate)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration, Master Spellcaster , not tired of concentration. When the market in the old factory area was opened, the military had already opened the market in advance, so it was easier for the survivors to accept it. As long as you pay some attention and prepare in advance, there will be no problem. ??The zombies that hit the car on both sides were also carried away by the inertia of the train. Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 44, Intelligence 43, Perception 28, Charisma 29. The main ones are large groups of corpses and large obstacles on the railway. ??Although I dont know how the trains in the provincial area have been modified. It seems that the killing by oneself is not counted. Well, youre right. In addition to hearing a banging sound. When there are zombies all over the place, the market comes from other places and the food is exchanged for gold. Have a look at this time. I have indeed been slacking off a bit recently. The experience value is only 13,000, which is still a long way from 190,000. ??There are still quite a few threats in the other world. The level still needs to be improved as quickly as possible. Would you like something to drink? Qi Hancai put down the walkie-talkie and asked. Wu Heng closed the panel, "What''s there?" "Beer, drinks, mineral water." It fits the shouting in the car, mineral water! Qi Hancai opened the cabinet on the side and took out two bottles of mineral water. One bottle for two people. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Have you known each other from the beginning at the auto repair shop?" The community we live in is relatively close, and I met him when we were cleaning up zombies. Oh, sister Yahong is really lucky. Qi Hancai was slightly envious and added: I am very lucky too. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Where is the next stop?" Qi Hancai looked at the map and said, "Dongjiang District Station." Dongjiang District Station. Outside the station, the window on the fifth floor of a building. ?The man wearing a black oil-stained down jacket and carrying a combat backpack was looking down with a telescope. Looking carefully at the situation on the other side. ?His face was serious and he was silent. In the back, a fire was built with miscellaneous materials. There were five people, both men and women, warming themselves while waiting for the news. "How is it? Are there many zombies?" a woman with short hair asked. The man who checked the situation said solemnly: "There are many. There are hundreds inside and outside the hall. There should be more at the station or other places." The woman covered the sun with her hands and glanced into the distance, "Is there any way to divert it away?" Its difficult, we all lurked in carefully. Once there is any big noise and there is a zombie riot outside, we may all die here. said a person from behind. If that doesnt work, lets take the expressway by car. Wait! the man holding the telescope suddenly said. ?The rest of the people immediately became nervous, extinguished the flames, and drew their weapons. "What''s wrong?" The man said in a confused tone, "All the zombies at the station rushed in, as if they were attracted by something." ?Several people came to the window and watched from a distance. A large number of zombies poured into the station like crazy. As if being attracted by something. Are there any other survivors? A voice came from the intercom, "This is the cab. We are about to enter the site ahead. You can see a lot of zombies in the site. It may be dangerous to rush through." The two chatting away turned their attention to the monitor on one side. In the scene in front of the car, you can see zombies wandering in the station in the distance. Lets not talk about a group of corpses, there are more than a hundred of them. Are you going to rush over? There should be no problem with the rails. Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng looked at the monitor and said, "Be more prudent. Inform the cab to prepare to stop and clear out the zombies here." Okay. Qi Hancai contacted the cab. The train began to slow down and came to a slow stop. The carriages opened one by one, and skeletons poured out of them, quickly forming a formation at the front of the carriage. Let the train blow its horn! ???Beep~! The deafening car horn sounded. The zombies in the distant site instantly turned their heads to look this way. ?The next second he roared and started running towards this side. ?At the same time, the zombies in the waiting room were also attracted, smashed through the glass, began to merge at the railway track, and rushed towards this side. Throw a spear, let go. Swish swish swish~! Throwing spears intensively, they were thrown out. ??He fell into the middle of the zombies with a clatter, and the zombies were pierced by spears, falling to the ground and tripping the zombies behind them. ??The zombies behind continued to roar and run wildly, crashing into the spear formation. In an instant, screams and the sound of sharp weapons piercing flesh resounded throughout the area. Skeleton flying dragon, hovering from the sky. ?From time to time, he swooped down, grabbed zombies, dragged them into the sky and threw them down, knocking over several zombies. The number of skeletons he carries is not large, but he definitely has an advantage in terms of level. Zombies fell down one by one, and came up again one by one. (End of this chapter) Chapter 424 , ghosts, and this good thing Chapter 424: Ghost, and this good thing The battle is simpler than imagined. ?Zombies fell one by one, and the smell of blood filled his nostrils. Compared to cleaning up the commercial streets and central roundabouts, these numbers of zombies were not even enough for an alley at that time. Let alone what threats it can pose. Soon, the battle ended. All the zombies that came up were killed. Blood and severed limbs covered the entire road. After confirming that no new zombies are coming. ?Wu Heng took two steps forward and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The fallen zombies turned into skeletons and stood up, shaking off the broken flesh from the skeletons. In the waiting room. You can also take a break normally. After checking the screen. The intercom fell silent again. ??If you are on your way normally, it doesnt matter whether you stop or not. He then asked doubtfully: "Are you sure?" ??As for Wu Heng, the ghosts released also flew back from different locations on both sides. A confused voice also came from the intercom, "Calm down, what did you see? A train, what else?" Its noon, lets get out of the car and get some fresh air before continuing on our way! Qi Hancai said. The survivor wearing a down jacket and carrying a backpack kept talking with a walkie-talkie. ?This is a small station, with "Dongjiang District Station" written on the building. After all, for safety reasons, the entire interior of the train was sealed tightly. It has stopped now, and the station can also be searched. ??The man squatted under the window, looking over his shoulder from time to time, and then exclaimed into the intercom. ~! Survivor? Appeared here? Qi Hancai was stunned. No, its not a human train, its a train with skeletons. Damn it, these monsters are starting to develop technology. Sure, they are dangerous. I also saw a flying bone dragon. I have to leave first I think they discovered the changes in the zombies and came here to investigate. Wu Heng explained as he walked into the building ahead with the skeleton. The words have not yet finished. The tracks have been cleared. The skeletons began to take action, cleaning up all the scraps of meat, rags and debris on the railway tracks. Shared images come to mind. What skeleton? ??Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai again, "Let everyone rest and eat something. Let''s go in. There is a survivor inside. Let''s see what''s going on?" Survivors on the train should get off the train to get some air and check the condition of the train. The train continues to approach the platform ahead. Survivor? In the picture, a survivor was found, using a walkie-talkie to convey some news to the outside world. Clean the battlefield and clear away the debris on the railway tracks. "It''s the bones in the human body. The flesh on the body is rotten and gone, that kind of skeleton." A smoking area near the window. Having dizziness and blurred vision. The sudden sound made the man''s heart contract violently. The man lowered his body and explained: "A modified train came into the station. Protected around the train were a group of skeletons holding weapons and wearing armor." Be breathable. Hurrah! Qi Hancai followed behind, holding a walkie-talkie, telling everyone to rest, and then walked over. There was a knock on the door. Oops, here are these trains that have been extremely modified. The body of the train is made of iron plates, and there is a collision angle on the front of the train. You come back first, lets get out of here, the station cant be used anymore. The voice of my companion came from the intercom. ?At the same time, a woman''s voice came from outside the door, "Survivor, right? We just came here, come out and have a chat!" The man shook his head to wake himself up. ?Taking a deep breath, she picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Yinghui, I love you. You don''t have to wait for me to go back." Grass, why are you crazy? The man turned off the intercom and walked out directly. Pushing open the door of the smoking room, he saw a man and a woman standing outside, surrounded by dozens of pale skeletons. Some skeletons were wearing armor and holding cold weapons in their hands. Some were holding rifles and submachine guns. Skeleton Special Forces? Its even more surprising than the scene just now. You...are you human? ???? Qi Hancai also looked at the other party. It doesnt look like he is malnourished. Of course its a human being. Qi Hancai replied and continued: What are you doing sneakily here? ??The man immediately said: "I found zombies rushing in one direction, come and see the situation." Being able to communicate normally made him feel happy. I may not die. Qi Hancai then asked: "Is your refuge nearby?" The man hesitated for a moment, then nodded. Qi Hancai looked back at Wu Heng behind him and said directly: "Okay, you can leave. We have occupied this place. If you have gold, or any special materials or tools, you can come over and exchange for food. " The man frowned and thought for a moment, "Are you from the shelter in the old factory area that I said you were coming to a few days ago?" Yes. Qi Hancai nodded. You are really here! Well, we are going to Anhui City Station. Do you have any information there? Qi Hancai crossed his arms and looked at him. The man said: "I know something, let me tell you, can you let me go?" Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows and said, "Let''s see if what you said is of any use." The man''s eyes were wandering, he thought for a moment, and then slowly said, "I heard that there are ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'', the kind that will not stop if they are haunted." Qi Hancai was stunned and frowned, "Tell me carefully." "I don''t know much. I just know that a shelter mentioned this on the radio and told everyone to be careful when approaching the station. They had already killed many people and were forced to move the original base. Later, the shelter , there is no news. Ghost? The receptionist mentioned ghosts. Are they available here too? Seeing that the woman opposite did not speak, the man asked cautiously, "Can I leave?" Know anything else? "I don''t know. If I know, I will tell you. It won''t cost me anything." The man emphasized. "Okay, go ahead and talk to your people when you go back. If you want to trade, you can contact us." ??The man hesitated and said, "We want to get a car inside." Qi Hancai glanced inside the station and said, "We didn''t see any extra locomotives. Even if there are any, they are still our spoils. If you want them, you have to exchange them with the items we need." I know, I will bring the news back. Qi Hancai continued to add, "This place will be closed for a period of time. If you have the idea of ????trading, the radio station will contact us and come here rashly. There is no way to guarantee your safety." "okay!" The man nodded and walked out carefully. Look back from time to time to confirm whether the other party has any intention of attacking you. After walking out of the gate, he took off and ran towards the distance. ?Wu Heng walked around the hall. ?Although it has been abandoned for a long time. But the infrastructure, some supermarkets, and rest rooms are still relatively intact. ?See Qi Hancai coming back. Is the person gone? Lets go. Tell him from the nearby shelter that he wants to trade with us. He can come over with gold or supplies in two days. Qi Hancai said. Well, as long as it doesnt pose a threat to us. Qi Hancai glanced at the skeleton holding a gun and said, "Unless the artillery brigade comes in, no one can threaten you." ?Wu Heng walked into the supermarket and looked at the things on the floor. "Let everyone come in and move away everything that can be eaten and used." Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and ordered to go down. ?Several survivors came in excitedly and began to search for supplies. ?Even if there is little space in the car, food and drink must be taken away. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "What should I do at this station?" Let the skeletons of the voice guard it. We will check the situation and then arrange for people to come over and occupy it. "good!" ?Wu Heng began to assign tasks to the skeletons. The rest of the people searched for supplies. After everything has been searched and the train has been checked again. Everyone got on the bus again and continued towards Anhui City Station. In the carriage. ?Wu Heng collected all the gold and silver jewelry he found from the corpse. Qi Hancai sat on the ground and said: "The man just mentioned something, saying that there are ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'', and they will not stop after being entangled. I suggest that there be ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'' Set up a market at the previous stop to avoid this ghost. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Ghost? (End of this chapter) Chapter 425 , Anhui City Station Chapter 425, Anhui City Station ??The ghosts called ghosts in this world are actually ghosts. At the reception desk, there was also mention of ghosts. The risk level is ranked the highest, and once discovered, the area will be set as a restricted area. The characteristic of being completely immune to physical damage is basically unsolvable in the current situation. Qi Hancai continued: "It is said that there was a survivor base close to the station before, and they came into contact with ghosts inside. After being entangled, people died. Later, there was no news about that team." Ghosts are targeting living beings, and their impact is still considerable. Ghosts are causing trouble, or they may be possessed directly and control the body to jump off the building. In Blackstone Town and Mining Village, the infant ghost was a type of ghost that caused trouble. It affects the village for a long time, making the whole village go crazy, and they also start to attack people who enter the village crazily. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and organized a team of skeletons to clean up the zombies at the front site. Skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses. Well, its okay if I dont know. That man didnt say whether ghosts can communicate. Clean the battlefield and clear away the debris on the railway tracks. Wu Heng ordered. Continue forward and enter the station. The sound once again attracted the zombies around. The body shook, and the bones made a hissing sound. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment and continued to ask, "Enter ''Anhui City Station'' or one stop ahead?" Start cleaning the rails and throw all useless items to both sides of the rails. The train and the army of skeletons. The track ahead is paved. ??Wu Heng jumped off the train, took the spine staff, and began to release [Dead Corpse Field]. Crash into the queue of skeletons and start fighting. ?Standing around, you are at least close to a thousand skeletons. In the future, this road must remain open. All skeletons move. ?There was a sound of hitting the car body. The journey continued for more than 40 minutes. "Stand at Anhui City. I have a solution for the ghost. Don''t worry about it, and don''t tell anyone else, lest everyone will be worried." What? Qi Hancai raised his head in confusion. ?There are obviously more zombies at this site than at the previous site. In the fierce collision, the zombies fell to the ground piece by piece. Communicate with ghosts? Qi Hancais eyes opened a little wider. What is there to communicate with ghosts? Like in the movie? Same form as the station just now. Wave after wave of zombies rushed over. The train left the station. In terms of level, it has already surpassed ordinary zombies. The train entered Xixiao Station. "good." The spear skeletons at this time are not compared to those low-level skeletons at the beginning. Let the survivors carry the goods that can be used in the waiting room store, continue to arrange skeletons, and guard this place. Do you have intelligence? Wu Heng asked. After the two ghosts checked the situation and confirmed that there was no special danger. Light two sticks of incense, or invite a ghost to communicate? ? Various thoughts flashed through, and then he said: "The man didn''t say anything, he just heard what others said. He probably doesn''t know the specifics." ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and Skeleton into the hall of the station. There are no new zombies rushing around. Wait until all zombies are dead. It is still necessary to control the site in your own hands. After moving all the things, all the doors and windows to the outside of the station were sealed. Get on the train and keep going. The train continues to move forward. As it gets closer to the target site. Zombies rushing up around him became more frequent. ?Everyone seemed to be sitting in a long drum, with the banging sound ringing continuously. Normally a five-hour journey. It wasnt until dusk that we started to approach Anhui City Station A voice reported from the cab again, "You can see the Anhui City Station. There are a lot of zombies. Do you want to stop the car in advance?" After entering winter. The length of daylight hours will be significantly shortened. The images provided by the cameras in the car are not as clear as during the day. You can see the outline of the building inside the station, as well as a large number of wandering figures. Although it is only a vague scene. But it can be seen that the number of zombies is much more than the first two stations. Stop the car, lets prepare in advance. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai conveyed the order, and the train, which had already slowed down, slowly stopped. The car door opened, and several zombies immediately pounced on it. ??He was knocked to the ground by a group of skeletons who got off the car, stabbed with a spear, and killed directly. "The number of skeletons is small. You go and sit in the driver''s cab. If anything happens, I will inform you directly." Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai who was accompanying him. She can''t help in the battle, and there''s nothing to do if she stays here. ?Qi Hancai was stunned and understood what the other party meant, "Okay." Tightening his down jacket, he opened the door and walked towards the cab. After others left. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and Glenda. The two ghosts looked around curiously, and even put their heads through the roof and car body to look outside. This train is so cool. Xiaoxiao said. ?Granda looked at the monitor and nodded in agreement, "To a certain extent, you do have your own development direction." At the time of the first two sites. The ghost will be released. ?However, Qi Hancai was there at the time, so the two ghosts remained invisible and had no chance to speak. Now that there is no one around, I start to sigh. Wu Heng said directly: "There is a station ahead. There is information that there is a ghost in the station. Glenda, you go to find out the information about the ghost. If the opponent is strong, fly back in advance to find out the information about the zombies, their number and Pay attention to the aberrant zombies." "good." "clear." The two ghosts agreed, flew directly through the wall, and flew out. ?Wu Heng also opened the car door and got out of the car. Transform several zombie corpses that have fallen to the ground into skeletons. ??Start to organize the skeletons into a formation to prepare to deal with zombies. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. He said hurriedly: "There is a big zombie." What about the number of zombies? Wu Heng asked. "Well, there are a lot. Not many over there, but more in the waiting room." Xiaoxiao said. "Let me see!" Get into your body a little, and share the picture in your mind. The number of zombies in the entire building is relatively large, at least three to four thousand. As for the deformed zombie, there is only one, a second-level large zombie. Let Xiaoxiao out again. He asked her to stay with him as a warning, and after waiting for a while, Glenda still didn''t come back. I dont plan to wait any longer. Took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Horn." ??Woo~! The melodious whistle sounded. ?At the same time, the headlights of the train also shined forward, brightly illuminating the sight ahead. ??The zombies in the station in the distance were instantly attracted by the sound of the whistle here, and instantly turned their heads to look this way, roaring one after another. started to run over. Immediately afterwards, there was the sound of glass breaking. More zombies broke through the glass door of the entrance. He jumped off the platform and formed a dense group of corpses, rushing towards this side. Like a torrent coming along the railroad tracks. Throw the spear, let go! Swish swish swish~! One iron spear after another was thrown directly into the sky. A large number of zombies had their bodies penetrated and were nailed to the ground. The group of corpses behind them stumbled and fell. Keep playing~! Then the second batch and the third batch of iron spears continued to fall into the group of corpses from above their heads. Continuously killing the corpses. When the zombies approached, Wu Heng released a [Bone Armor] for himself, and then continued: "Spear formation, move forward." Hurrah! The skeleton''s body is in a half-squat. Densely packed spears thrust out in layers. ?Then, the corpse group rushed into the spear array without fear. ??The sound of sharp weapons piercing frozen flesh, the roar of zombies, and the sound of clawing at leather armor filled the entire area. ??Sharp teeth and sore teeth. Then, the skeleton flying dragon hovered in the sky. ??From time to time, he grabbed zombies, threw them from the wounds, and knocked over more zombies. ??Although there are more zombies than skeletons. ?But it still couldnt break through the defense line set up by the skeletons. Even if it is to let the spear array, take half a step back. Uncle, that big guy is coming over. A small voice sounded from my ears. ?Wu Heng looked forward. Then he saw a large zombie charging towards him, roaring like a mad bull. All the zombies in front of him were knocked away, and a path was forcibly opened up. ??Wu Heng glanced at his side and said, "Kerimu, go kill that large zombie and don''t let it get close to here." ?Keranmu held the long sword in his hand, tapped his feet lightly, and rushed out. ??As he approached the front row of the skeleton queue, a large zombie also bumped into him. Cloud and Mistrelease. Keranmus figure disappeared instantly. The next second, he appeared behind the running big man. ?The long sword in his hand slashed horizontally, poof~, the sound of the sharp blade cutting through flesh and blood was heard, and the huge forehead fell to the ground. The zombie''s body continued to stagger forward for a few steps. Fell to the ground with a thud. ?Keranmu swung the long sword in his hand again, killing all the ordinary zombies that came over. ? ?The figure retreated little by little into the queue of skeletons behind. train. The survivors who were accompanying them opened their eyes wide and looked at the monitor in surprise. Under the headlights of the train. ?Everyone could see clearly that the skeleton that looked like a knight holding a sword appeared out of thin air behind the deformed zombie. Furthermore, the level 2 deformed zombie was killed with one sword. How did it appear? Flash, holy shit, it will flash. (End of this chapter) Chapter 426 , ghost (please vote for me.) Chapter 426, Ghost (please vote for me...) Skeletons can also awaken supernatural powers? The kings skeleton can also have supernatural powers. Level 2 deformed zombies can be killed instantly. Your Majesty, this is so powerful. Yeah, its amazing. In different carriages, there were heated discussions. Skeletons can also use powers. ?The idea that human beings collective abilities depend on genes will be overturned. Skeletons do not have any cells or genes. The bone marrow is pretty much the same. In the cab, Qi Hancai and the driver also looked at this scene in horror. Different from others by monitoring. Now, its easier than killing a chicken. Hurrah! Then he looked at his figure along the collar of the down jacket. The skeletons on standby all took action to clean up the scraps of meat, clothing, suitcases, backpacks and other debris blocked in front. Clear the track. Wu Heng ordered. I dont know if I have any special abilities. Wait until the original skeleton completes the body. Under the dazzling light, there was a **** red glow. There was a sound of bones and armor rubbing against each other. A large number of zombies fell to the ground, gradually forming a pile of corpses. Continue to dig through the minced meat and find a second-level corpse core and three first-level corpse cores. The skeleton that follows Da every day and is not that tall is actually so powerful. The two pilots asked in low voices. Push forward. Wu Heng shouted directly. ?Judging from the bones and height, there shouldnt be much difference. Its no worse than Li Yahong. The skeleton army trampled on the corpses everywhere and advanced until they were outside the station before stopping. Sister Qi, that skeleton is too powerful. What kind of ability is that? Why did it suddenly pass? Level 2 deformed zombies can be killed in seconds with just one strike. The defensive skeleton stood up straight. Qi Hancai remembered that he had to make some preparations before killing the second-level deformed zombies. The [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released, and several skeletons stood out from the corpses. Then the [Dead Skeleton Field] was released, and skeletons climbed up from the ground. The group of corpses have all been killed. ?Like an iron wall covered with spikes, pushing the zombies backwards. They saw the fighting outside through glass and iron bars. ??The harsh sound of bone friction sounded. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze. Qi Hancai still looked outside and whispered: "This matter is not allowed to be spread outside. If you see it, you will keep it in your heart. I will also tell others." He glanced at the skeleton guards assigned to him again. After putting it away. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to pick out the corpses of the second-level deformed zombies and evolved zombies. Continue to face the skeleton army and release [Bone Transplantation]. The damaged skeleton will walk close to the corpse on the ground. Oh, I understand. The two replied. ??The zombies kept falling down like wheat. Large items such as ??? were cleared away and the train restarted. Tear off the corresponding parts and press them on yourself. Holding a spear, he began to move forward slowly. The battle on the main battlefield continues. Press the minced meat along the road and slowly enter the site. Outside the site. Get me a flashlight. Wu Heng told the walkie-talkie. Qi Hancai got off the train, and a bright flashlight was sent over, reminding him: "There are still ghosts inside." "Well, I will remember it. You go back first, and I will inform you after the ghosts are dealt with." "Wu Heng took the flashlight, turned it on and off twice and tried it. I have changed my space ring several times and put my flashlight in the drawer of Treasure Islands bedroom. I didnt take it with me. "Okay, I''ll get the train ready. If it''s difficult to deal with, just run out. Let''s get out of here first." Qi Hancai said directly. "good!" ??Qi Hancai returned to the car, and Wu Heng also followed "It should be inside. You go back first. When the matter is resolved, I will notify you before coming back down." Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, then said: "I''ll get the car ready. If things don''t go well, come back quickly and we''ll leave directly by train." Okay! Wu Heng agreed, and Qi Hancai returned to the train. ?With a flashlight on, we entered the waiting hall directly. Face to face, Xiaoxiao also flew over, with an anxious tone, "Aunt Glenda has caught a ghost, over there, hurry up." There really are ghosts. "where?" Its on the second floor. There are stairs over there. Xiaoxiao pointed to one side. ?Wu Heng quickly went upstairs with a flashlight, and the light of the flashlight swept away. Then he saw Glenda in the shop on one side, and another ghost with a translucent body, disheveled hair, and a ferocious face. Baring teeth and claws, roaring non-stop. But the body seemed to be wrapped in an invisible force, and no matter how much collision it was, it could not leave its position. This is one of Glenda''s abilities, called Soul Binding. Can impose a confinement effect on the spirit target, restricting the ability to move. When she was in Luntam City, Glenda used this ability to trap Xiaoxiao who was investigating the situation in the basement. When Wu Heng passed by, he released her. After seeing the situation clearly. Throw [Dancing Light Technique] casually, and the chandelier hanging above your head will illuminate the location. Then he walked over quickly, and Glenda also flew towards him, "The low-level ghost that cannot communicate only retains the instinct to attack living creatures." Well, where did you find it? Wu Heng asked. "Right here, control her directly." Glenda glanced at the crazy ghost again, "How do you want to deal with it?" Just absorb it directly. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded, "Okay." Xiaoxiao hid behind Wu Heng''s shoulder and asked curiously: "What absorption?" One of the ways to improve ghosts is the absorption of each other. Wu Heng explained. This point has some records in the Book of the Dead and the mages'' manuscripts. By devouring and absorbing each other, the ghosts can obtain each other''s energy or inherit their power. But I dont know how. Xiaoxiao said. Ill let your Aunt Glenda teach you. Just follow along and youll be good. "Oh okay!" ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghost and asked, "Xiao Xiao, look at how many levels it has." ?Xiao Xiao stared at it and said, "It''s very close to level 5." Then just absorb it, Glenda will take care of you a little bit. Wu Heng explained. Okay! Glenda nodded in agreement. The power of restraint is removed, and the ghost is instantly freed. Ignoring Granda, he rushed directly towards Wu Heng''s position. ?Glenda stood in the middle and flew towards the other side. The two ghosts collided together, like whirlpools that were separated, and began to entangle. ?At the same time, a voice came, "Xiao Xiao, come here quickly." ?Xiao Xiao glanced at Wu Heng and said, "Uncle, please save me if you are in danger." After saying that, he also rushed forward. Then, three groups of energy are entangled together. It can be seen that two of them are constantly dividing one of them. It went on like this for about 10 minutes. The ghost is separated from the whirlpool. The ghost has been upgraded to level 7, Constitution +2, Perception +1, Charisma +1. Ghost is upgraded to level 11, constitution +1, intelligence +1. It has indeed been upgraded. (End of this chapter) Chapter 427 , mother and daughter meet (first update.) Chapter 427, mother and daughter meet (first update.) Upgraded. Absorbing other ghosts is indeed the most convenient way to upgrade. ?Xiao Xiao has been promoted by two levels, and Granda has also been promoted by one level. Attributes have been improved. But no other abilities are unlocked. The book says that the ghost''s original abilities will be inherited, but it seems that he has not. "how do you feel?" Very good. Xiaoxiao replied. ?Glenda also nodded with satisfaction, saying that she felt good too. ?Xiao Xiao thought for a moment and said, "After that, when we meet other ghosts and absorb them, will our level become higher and higher?" He returned to the carriage. "of course!" Then the equipment is assembled, the broken doors and windows are sealed with wooden boards, and the steel bars are welded. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and felt that he couldn''t just absorb ghosts. The two ghosts nodded and immediately separated and took a circle from both sides. ?Wu Heng did not refuse anymore and let the two ghosts stare at the spot. You have no chance! Xiaoxiao emphasized coquettishly, "Except for you, uncle, I have never harmed anyone else." Everyone, as if rehearsed. "Take a rest. We didn''t do anything along the way. You have a rest. If anything happens, I''ll call you." Qi Hancai pulled him and walked towards the train. Lying on a fixed bench, covered with a bearskin, he closed his eyes and squinted for a while. Wu Heng continued: "Check around again. If there is no danger, I can let the survivors in." Then he waved behind him. The ghost who was less than level 5 allowed Glenda, who was level 10, to move up one level, and Xiaoxiao also moved up two levels. "receive!" Qi Hancai explained a few words and then walked over, "It''s still a while before dawn. Let''s go back to the car and rest for a while." Soon, Qi Hancai walked in first. Obviously it is not allocated according to experience value. No, Ill look around. The matter is over. Coming back again means that there is no more danger. Hearing the necromancer bring up a humanitarian idea, Glenda only felt a little funny. Dealing with ghosts is easier than imagined. "For the sake of humanitarianism, if the ghost retains its sanity and can communicate normally, as long as it has not done any bad things, we can talk to it. If it is just a low-quality ghost like just now and is a bad ghost who goes around killing people, we can talk to it. Normal absorption." Furthermore, after the ghosts absorb each other, the level improvement is also obvious. After all, some people also have intelligence, and apart from not having a body, they are not much different from living beings. Light up the dark space. Entered working status instantly. Immediately afterwards, the accompanying survivors walked in quickly. Looking around cautiously, he saw Wu Heng coming down from the second floor with the skeleton. ?Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie and said, "There is no danger inside. Let everyone come in." ?Xiao Xiao raised her head and did not look at him, "I work very hard to help uncle." With Glenda''s ability, the ghost cannot move even if it wants to. Another group of people connected the welding and cutting machines and began to weld and sharpen the steel pipes and spearheads that were delivered. At that time, you can also pay special attention to some ghost affairs to improve the ghosts. Slender wires were stretched from the train to the waiting room, and the light bulbs lit up one by one. I dont know how long I slept, but there was a knock on the door outside. ~! "Well, that''s right. Then I forgive you. Xiaoxiao is still a good boy." Then, Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in, putting the basin aside, "How was your rest last night? The conditions in the car were a bit worse." ?Wu Heng shook his stiff neck and said, "It''s not bad." Wash your face, the conditions are a bit bad, so be careful. Qi Hancai said softly. Thank you! Wu Heng simply washed his face and then wiped it dry. Then he sat down from the table, took out some food from the space ring, and gave one to Qi Hancai. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows slightly and sat down opposite. ?Picked up a piece of pizza-like food and put it in his mouth to taste it. When he tasted the taste of meat and seafood, his eyes instantly brightened and his face showed an expression of surprise. In the current situation, you can also find canned meat or sealed meat in some supermarkets. But it is absolutely impossible to achieve this taste. ?Originally, I wanted to be reserved and pay attention to my image, but I still couldn''t resist the smell of this food and started to wolf it down. Slow down, theres not enough to eat. I still have some here. Wu Heng poured her a glass of water. Qi Hancai was a little embarrassed, "It''s enough to eat, but I didn''t expect it to be so delicious." If I have a chance, Ill bring you some more. Qi Hancai swallowed and asked again, "Did you do it?" Someone else did it. "oh oh." After breakfast, the two of them got out of the carriage. Walked into the waiting room. ?The doors and windows with broken glass were all sealed up, and the debris in the hall was also removed and piled in the corner. Even after simple cleaning, clear claw marks and blood stains can still be seen on the walls and surrounding areas. Survivors, adjustments have been made. ?Only a small number of people are still working hard, and the rest return to the car to rest. "More than a hundred iron spears have been produced. We will continue to increase production in the future. We also had people inspect the outside of the station. There are zombies on the road, which is similar to what we encountered before." Qi Hancai followed behind, Introducing softly. Wu Heng said: "Let people prepare and clean up the surrounding zombies when the time comes." Understood! Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. ??Wu Heng ordered the skeletons to move all these weapons outside and distribute them to the newly transformed skeleton warriors yesterday. About half an hour later. The survivors are ready. ??Wu Heng and his army of skeletons formed a spear formation outside the train station and waited silently. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back one after another. They are all ordinary zombies, there is no danger at all! There are no strange rotting corpses here. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Pick up the walkie-talkie and ask, "Is the Skeleton Dragon ready?" Qi Hancai replied, Ready. ??This time I did not bring the Skeleton Hound. He took the spear of a skeleton warrior next to him and said, "Attract the zombies. If they find them, run back." The skeleton warrior squeezed out of the queue. ? ? Walk towards the location of the zombies in front of the road. There is still some distance to go. The wandering zombies turned their heads and looked this way, and the roar spread instantly. The skeleton turned and ran backwards. ??The zombies also boiled like a frying pan, gathering into a tide of zombies and chasing after them. Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, and dense iron bullets smashed into the corpses like a torrential rain. ?Thick smoke rose and the streets emptied out in an instant. The spear array continued to advance and cleared away all the remaining zombies. Level: 15 (32785/195000) ?Wu Heng looked at his skyrocketing experience points. A hint of joy appeared on his face. It''s still an undeveloped place. In the original city, there was no experience value that could be increased so much. Furthermore, fighting on this kind of road is more convenient than on railway tracks. There is no need to worry about damaging the railway tracks, you can directly use the flying dragons for bombing. ??There is still a feeling of killing monsters when playing games. ??It''s the smell of corpses rushing towards you, but it''s not as relaxing as sitting in front of a computer. At noon, the battle ended. A large number of skeletons have entered a standby state. Clean the battlefield and drag over the corpses of evolved zombies. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton immediately took action and began to clean up the battlefield. ?At the same time, the corpses of several evolved zombies were also dragged to Wu Heng. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and the skeletons stand up one after another. From the corpse, five first-level corpse cores were also found and collected directly. Then, continue along the road to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of skeletons stood up, swaying their bodies, and walked into the queue of skeletons. Soon, the number of skeletons approached more than 30,000. ??The area is already densely packed. Finish cleaning up the surrounding zombies. ??Wu Heng led the army and returned to the station. Looking at the tens of thousands of skeleton troops behind them, the survivors who were responsible for making weapons all had bitter expressions on their faces. Let alone working all night, even if several machines are operating at the same time, it will be difficult to arm these skeletons. Qi Hancai walked over and said, "The train will go back today to bring new supplies. Is there anything you need to bring here?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Bring some high-level skeletons, and you can arrange the rest." The railway is open, so its only a few hours away. It is no slower than going from the old factory area to the county passenger terminal. "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "We have opened a lounge upstairs. You can see which one suits you." ?Wu Heng followed him upstairs and took a look at the room. He chose the innermost one and said, "Just this one. When I''m not out, if you have anything to say to the big-headed skeleton, he will help you move the skeletons and don''t let anyone enter my room." Understood, when you have a good rest, I will report the information here to you. ?Wu Heng nodded and placed two skeletons guarding the door. Him himself entered the room. Looked around the room. Opened the gate and walked in directly. Treasure Island, the sky is still sunny. ?Wu Heng took off his down jacket and put it in a cabinet nearby. At this time, the difference in weather between the two sides is getting bigger and bigger. Send the obtained corpse core to the alchemy laboratory, and get two bottles of second-level corpse core potion and five bottles of first-level corpse core potion from the finished cabinet shelf on the side. ?Wu Heng took a look and found that among the second-level corpse core potion, there was a bottle of [highly effective intelligence-enhancing potion]. Open it casually and drink it directly. ??A stinging pain came from his head and disappeared quickly. Intelligence +1.????Sure enough. The effect of the second-level medicine has been reduced to this. This is getting worse and worse. Packed everything else up and walked out of the room. Walking towards the downstairs. Mini is cleaning the room on the first floor. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he said hello, and then said: "Master, the pirate lady has sent news again and is looking for you." Philippa? Okay, Minnie will prepare some bath water. Okay, Master. Minnie agreed and immediately went to prepare. ?Wu Heng went up to the third floor again. Enter the radio station room, picked up the notebook on the table and took a look. There is a record of finding yourself on it. Picked up the phone and asked directly: "Philippa, are you looking for me?" Soon, Philippa''s voice came from the other side, "Ah, our fleet is approaching Crab Claw Island, do you want to come over?" ?Last time, the other party provided intelligence, and Wu Heng also killed two wanted criminals. He promised to bring her some supplies. ?At that time, Philippa was leaving this area with his fleet and did not see it. It seems that I have rushed back in the past two days. When can you arrive? Almost, we can arrive before dusk. Do you want to come and deliver supplies to me? I will go there then. Well, bring me some more, the seafood soup from the tavern in front of the association, I like to eat theirs. Okay, I know. See you in the evening. Simply confirmed the meeting time. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and entered the bathroom to take a shower. Pillow on the edge of the tub. Thinking about the next plan. The Zombie World has arrived at Anhui City, and the upgrades will continue, as well as the looting of gold shops in the city. As for Treasure Island, we need to increase the purchase of grain to meet the needs of exchange among several regions. There is also the development of level three corpse cores. Three goals, upgrade to level 18, increase the amount of supplies purchased, and research and develop corpse cores. ?Wu Heng said something and stood up from the bathtub. Get dressed and walked out directly. ?Hello to Minnie and walked out of the residence. Take Kerinmu to the outside of the city, and board the train in a deserted place [Conductors Hat]. Then, the train disappeared. More than forty minutes later. The train arrives at Crab Claw Island. Looking towards the port, you can see three ships flying pirate flags with iron barrels. Arrived quite quickly. ?Wu Heng glanced and walked directly towards the center. ?In front of a stone house, a green-feathered parrot stood on the roof, looking at him with wide eyes. ?Wu Heng walked into the room. They saw Philippa sitting on an old wooden box, crossing her arms and shaking her legs. ?Seeing him come in, I was stunned for a moment, then showed joy, "Dad...subdeacon." Changed his words midway, almost biting his tongue. ?Wu Heng looked at her and asked directly: "How long will the fleet stay?" I will stay on the island for one night and leave tomorrow morning. Philippa replied. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a beige cloak from the space ring and handed it to her, "Put it on and follow me." Philippa looked puzzled, but she obeyed and put on her cloak, covering her head and body in the cloak. "Come with me." The two of them walked out of the door, and the green-feathered parrot also flew down. ?Wu Heng glanced at the parrot and said, "This parrot can''t follow. It''s too obvious. Let''s let it go back to the boat first." Silly bird, go back and dont tell others whats going on here. If I know youre talking nonsense, Ill stew you. Philippa warned. ??The parrot flew back to the roof and shouted in a high voice, "Captain Stupid Bird, you are so lewd." "I''ll beat you to death." Philippa raised his hand to make a beating gesture, and then said, "Come back and bring you delicious food so that you can be full." Praise the captain. Philippa turned around again and said, "It''s okay. He just talks nonsense to me. He won''t talk nonsense." ?Wu Heng didnt say much. He put on the train conductors hat again, and a ghost train appeared in front of him. After boarding, after filling in two people among the accompanying persons, Kerinmu walked up. ??Philippa also widened her eyes and followed her carefully into the car. Then, the car door slammed shut. The train plunges into the void. Arrived at Treasure Island. ?Philippa got out of the car, his eyes still wide and blank. After a few seconds, he asked: "Where is this?" Treasure Island, Ill take you to see your mother. Wu Heng changed his appearance and walked towards the city. Philippa quickly followed up and exclaimed, "Are you crazy? I am still a pirate. I was caught and found out, wasn''t it exposed?" Then stop talking and put those dreadlocks of yours back into your hood. Philippa curled her lips, tightened her hood, and followed behind. Enter the city and go to Beacon Street. When passing through a port location. Not far away, high-pitched voices came from the crowd. Look up and look to one side. I saw a young man with an upright posture, brown hair and eyes closed, standing on the wooden box, holding his head high and talking loudly. They are greedy plunderers, destroying the peace of countless families and threatening our maritime rights and interests! We stand here for justice and to protect our homeland and people! We cannot let these pirates continue to be at large! We want them to know that we are invincible! We have firm beliefs and fearless courage! We will unite and move forward bravely! Completely eliminate these villains and hang their bodies in the port. There was applause from the crowd of spectators. There were even many women gathered together, looking at the figure in front of them with admiration on their faces. ?Like modern star-chasing fans. What are you doing? Wu Heng pulled the man aside, winked at him, and then asked. ??The man trembled, took a step back, and said, "The newly formed United Guards, this is the new commander." New leader? Ever since the island owner returned, there has been a feeling of chaos on the island. There is no actual attempt to catch pirates, but there are many various actions. Oh, thank you! Wu Heng thanked him and turned to leave. Philippa looked at the large number of guards around him and subconsciously hugged his arm tightly. Follow closely. The man giving the speech glanced away from the two of them. He frowned slightly. Nautilus Tavern. ?At this time, there were many people in the tavern. Basically every table is full of guests, and there are even customers queuing up at the door. Among the taverns that do not provide meat business, Nautilus is considered the best one. ?Millison stood at the counter, chatting with the customers. ? He ??glanced at the door and glanced upstairs. ?Wu Heng took ''Philippa'' directly upstairs and entered the innermost room. Close the door. Philippa took off her hood and exclaimed: "You built a tavern for her? No, you treat her better than me." ??Wu Heng also took off his veil and said, "The money I gave you is enough to open more than ten taverns like this." "How can that be the same? I work hard outside." Philippa said forcefully. Okay, the tavern will be closed tomorrow, and Ill give you the money to buy a boat. Huh? Hey, I was joking. Philippa smiled and explained immediately. On the radio, every time after giving information, you have to ask about Millicent. That means speaking tough, always saying that he doesn''t care, or making some nasty remarks among pirates. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. ?The door opened and Millicent walked in carrying wine and food. ??When his eyes fell on Philippa, his movements paused slightly, and then he showed joy, "Philippa." Put the food and wine aside. Step forward quickly and hold his daughter in his arms. Philippa''s head was buried in her chest, she raised her head and took a breath, and said: "Millicent, you want to suffocate me to death." Millicent released her, looked her up and down, and said, "She''s tanned. She''s much better than before. She looks more and more like a girl." Philippa before was like a malnourished tomboy. Now I not only look good, but my body is getting plumper and has a tendency to develop in the direction of Millicent. Its just that my skin is a little tanned from being at sea for a long time. "What are you talking about? I am originally a woman." Philippa pushed her away, then tilted her head to Wu Heng, "He brought me to see you." Millicent also reacted immediately, came over and knelt down, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for taking care of Philippa." Get up, I told you not to do this, just talk normally. Wu Heng said. Millicent stood up slowly, "Thank you, sir." You guys talk slowly, Philippa is not in a hurry to leave tonight. Port location. The young man who finished his speech jumped down from the wooden box. Smile and wave goodbye to the people around you. ??Boarded into a carriage, escorted by the guards, and left toward the distance. Having traveled halfway. A man dressed as a thief boarded the carriage from the roadside and said softly: "My lord, he went to the Nautilus Tavern." Tavern? "Yes, and he also entered the tavern owner''s room. It looks familiar." said the thief. The young man continued to ask: "Is the boss male or female?" Female? Looks good. "lover?" Go to the city hall and find out who bought this tavern. The young man thought for a moment and said. "OK." The man continued to add, "By the way, when I was giving a speech, there was a red-haired woman down there. Let''s check who is in her family." Understood, my lord. (End of this chapter) Chapter 428 , you are too excited Chapter 428, you are too excited Nautilus Tavern. Millicent took Philippa and sat on the edge of the bed, asking about her recent life, how she was eating and wearing, and how she should be more honest outside. Philippa''s side, after listening to a few words at the beginning. He started to get a little impatient, scratching his left and right eyes. Wu Heng also gave her instructions when she came over. Don''t talk too much about pirates to Millicent. After all, Millicent has just become a professional and came out of the village. Its hard to say what anyone will find out from the investigation. ?Philippa also remembered these things and did not mention the specific details during the chat. I was really tired of hearing it, so I waved my hand and said, "Okay, okay, I''ll remember it." Millicent said nothing more. He said: "You have all drank this potion before. If it can improve your physical fitness, you can get two bottles per person." When he saw the potion, his eyes instantly lit up. The effect is naturally clear. I almost died without regrets. The three of them stopped talking and heard footsteps stopping at the door. The bartender''s voice came, "Boss, there are guests who want to change rooms. Please come out and coordinate." Philippa does a good job and helps me a lot at work. Wu Heng said. ??Still a short-lived side effect, and then return to normal. Philippa pouted and repeated, "I''ll do something for you." The mother and daughter opened the potion again. Thank you, sir. Millicent thanked him again and again, with a look of gratitude on his face. Take it, Ill keep an eye on it for you. Well, it would be great if you can get promoted. If I have the opportunity in the future, I will provide it to you. Dont worry, I wont treat you badly. My lord, Philippa has caused you trouble, Millicent said again. Millicent immediately straightened his hair and clothes, and said softly to Wu Heng and Philippa: "I''ll go out for a while and come back later." After finishing the chat, his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. Drink the second bottle too! Wu Heng said again when he saw that there was nothing wrong with the two of them. Millicent glanced at his daughter and bowed slightly, "Thank you, sir." ?Philippa raised her head a little proudly. The two felt their bodies, and their expressions showed joy again. She is lucky to be able to help you, sir. Now there is medicine again, and it also includes my mother''s share. ?Wu Heng said there was no need to be so polite. "Yes, we will do a good job for you." Millicent said hurriedly and pulled her daughter aside. ?Especially Philippa, who was a little skeptical last time and tried a bottle on the parrot. ??Also took out four bottles of first-level corpse core potion from the space ring. ?Philippa looked over instantly and said, "Millicent, why do you talk like that?" The painful side effects made the two of them curl up and tremble slightly. He raised his head and drank. The biggest reason why the mother and daughter were able to get out of prison was that Philippa still had some value. The two nodded, looked at each other, opened the potion and drank it. Thank you! Philippa came over and picked up the potion. This is the time when there are many guests. Soon, the effects of side effects wear off. ?Philippa stood aside without speaking, with a lot more dependence in his eyes. Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Otherwise, I am afraid that I will be executed together with all the pirates. ??If you are not strong or your methods are not tough, it will be difficult to control even your subordinates. He saw both of them looking at him. ??Both of them have taken this medicine. For pirates, strength is always the primary requirement. At this moment, there were slight footsteps outside the door. After saying that, he opened the door and walked out. ?There were only two people left in the room. Philippa shook her shoulders, crossed her legs again, and said, "Are you going back today? Or will you stay with us?" "live together?" Then where do you live? Philippa asked. I will go back to my place in the evening and come back to pick you up tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said directly. Where is the support you promised me? Philippa asked again. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and took out a barrel of silver coins and some alchemy grenades, "Save some flowers, I can hardly afford to support you." Ive been very economical. Philippa happily collected all the silver coins and grenades. ?Wu Heng continued to take out 4 bottles of medicine, "Put these away as well, and drink two bottles every two days." Wow~! Philippa exclaimed, rushed over, and sat astride her arms, "Thank you, Dad!" ?The force of the forward thrust caused the chair to slide across the floor, making a harsh friction sound. Wu Heng hugged her and said, "Are you a little too excited?" I knew you were the best to me. Philippa gave him a hug. He rested his head on his shoulder and sniffed gently, "Why do you smell so good? Are all nobles smelling so good?" Forehead. "How can a woman say that a man is sweet?" Wu Heng pushed her. But, you smell so good. Philippa relaxed a little, still sat in his arms, and started to move, Would you like to stay, my waist is invincible, and I will definitely let you fly into the sky. Wu Heng was speechless listening to the dirty words that the other party had obviously learned. The waist strength is invincible. You are a woman, what does your waist have to do with it? Moreover, he actually used it on himself. ??Wu Heng patted her waist lightly and said, "Stop making trouble. If your mother comes back later and sees you like this, she won''t beat you to death." She cant beat me. Philippa said, but still got up and stood aside. Put away the potions on the table, put one hand on his shoulder, and said, "What are your plans next?" "It''s still the same mission as before, collecting pirate intelligence, information about blank envelopes, and treasure maps. Pay attention to relevant information." Wu Heng said, and then took the brief history of pirates and the treasure map inside, Take it out. Philippa came up to look at it carefully. Throwing the brief history aside, he then carefully identified the map. After looking at it for a while, he said, "I don''t have much impression. Could it be that the person who published the book drew it blindly?" This is also possible. There is more than one copy of A Brief History of Pirates, and a batch of them should have been released at some point in time. ??There are the same books over there in Imiro, and the map is exactly the same. Put your things away first, and pay attention to them at ordinary times. "Okay!" Philippa collected them all, and then continued: "When you come tomorrow morning, bring some rations for taming animals. I promise that stupid bird, if you don''t bring it back, it will be stained with ink." "good." Also, bring me a portion of the seafood soup from the tavern in front of the association, as well as fruit cakes. The one in front of your association is delicious, but the ones in other places are not. Okay, Ill bring it to you tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said with a smile. ?During this period, Philippa''s character was a little exaggerated, but he did provide himself with a lot of help. But she will still be needed to provide information later, especially after finally coming back, try to make the little girl happy. Hey, thank you dad! ????????????????????????????????? Millicent hugged a quilt and froze in place. My face and neck turned red, and I wanted to get out, but it felt a little late. He walked in anyway and started making the bed without saying a word. ??Wu Heng stood up directly and said, "Okay, let''s talk. Philippa should stay out of the room if there is nothing to do. The island has been very strict with pirates recently." Okay, goodbye Archdeacon. Philippa said awkwardly. ?Wu Heng put on the veil and walked out of the room. He called a carriage and rushed to his residence. Return to your residence. The sky has darkened. Minnie was reading comics in the living room. When she saw Wu Heng coming back, she immediately sat up and asked, "Has Master eaten?" We ate at the tavern. Wu Heng also sat down on the sofa and held the rabbit girl in his arms. Hook your arms around your shoulders and reach in from the neckline, holding them softly. "What did the master do during the day? He didn''t come back with Sister Wei''er." Minnie leaned on her arms and panted softly. I went to the port to do some errands, and it seems that there are more people in the guard. "Yes, today there were guards who came directly to investigate and were attacked by skeletons. If I had gone out later, those people would have been hacked to death." Minnie twisted gently and said. ?At the residence, there are 5 level 15 skeletons arranged, and the rest are all level 10 skeletons. ?These people just barged in. The fact that they didn''t die also shows that their level is not low. What are you here to investigate? "It should be the resident information. I said this is a consortium property and asked them to communicate with the consortium and closed the door." Ah! Minnie is so smart. The residence here is rented from the consortium. No matter what the other partys purpose is, just let them communicate with the consortium. No, I learned it from my master. Minnie twisted slightly again. While talking, Anderweil also came down from upstairs. ?Seeing the two tired people sitting on the sofa, they also came over and got close to the other side, with their white calves bent on the sofa. ?Wu Heng also put his arm around the little fox''s shoulders and stretched his arms through the collar. Measures the difference between two people. Master, Archdeacon Sheilagui is back. Anderweil said. Well, they are not in any danger, right? I met her today and chatted with her for a while. I heard that the deacon of Lopez City was missing before the people from the headquarters passed by. Anderweil looked up. Missing? Ran? (End of this chapter) Chapter 429 , an untouched arsenal Chapter 429, Untouched Arsenal Before the people from the headquarters arrived, the deacon disappeared. It seems that the matter of the Devil''s Hand Pirates Group has something to do with this deacon. ??If it was a pirate''s revenge, it would probably be against the deputy deacon who went to the pirate village together, or a conflict with the entire local association. Only the deacon disappeared silently. The greater possibility is that the person ran away. Even if it has nothing to do with the Devil''s Hand, it is still related to pirates. Xila Gui and the others are not in any danger, right? Wu Heng tightened his arms. Andewell curled up in her arms, "No, I heard that I just helped him for a while and then came back." "Well, it''s fine." Wu Heng retracted his hand, stood up and pulled up Anderweil''s nightgown. ?The little fox''s face turned red and he raised his arms to take it off directly. Philippa put the things away and said, "Okay, I''ll be back after a while." "Master is real." Minnie muttered, then her body lay limply on the fox girl''s body. Then he went directly to the Nautilus tavern. ?First, I went to the tavern in front of the association to order some food, and on the way to the tavern, I bought some animal taming rations at the grocery store. Anderweil put her head aside and stopped talking. You come first. Philippa''s dreadlocks were all opened and she was wiping the table on the first floor. When arriving at the island. Anderweil crossed her arms and said softly, "Go back to the room, Master." There are several types of rations. ?Revealing a fair and smooth figure. "Damn it, let me tell you, I am cheerful..., stupid women don''t understand anything." Philippa said. Um, not quite. ??Wu Heng simply took off his clothes and gently pressed on the two of them. Millicent came out from behind with all kinds of food prepared in his hand. He held hands and gave several instructions. If you are shy, you are at home. My mother scolded me last night. As we approached the fleet, the green parrot flew back and landed on the shoulder. ?Some of them are mixed with some meat particles from monsters, which look better than what humans can eat. Call the ghost train and head to Scorpion Claw Island. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he threw the linen cloth to the ground and said, "Hurry up, we can''t stay in this place." What did I teach you? Minnie frowned and said, "Master, you got the wrong person." Minnie echoed, "That''s right, it will be wherever the master says." ?Wu Heng took out all the things he bought. Tell me not to act like a madman, I look like a madman? Philippa straightened her captains hat. Get out of the city. "okay." Whenever you miss your mother again, I will come and pick you up. Anderweier''s whole body was red. She was held down by the opponent without struggling, "I''m so shy here." ?Philippa waved his hand and left towards the distance. ??Wu Heng winked at Minnie, who smiled, jumped directly towards the little fox, put his arms around him, "Come quickly, master." After putting it away, Philippa looked at him and asked, "When will you pick me up next time?" It seems that the Iron Barrel Pirates lit a bonfire on the shore last night. ?Three ships are still parked in the port, and there are still several unburned fires near the seaside. Early in the morning, the pub was not open yet and the bartenders were not there either. Millicent glanced at Wu Heng who was waiting at the door. He nodded without saying anything more and watched the two of them leave. The next day, Wu Heng got up on time. Bought two of them and also included the space ring. ?Wu Heng glanced at the pirate ship in the distance, and then said, "Okay, go back, remember your own business, don''t just play." Philippa walked to the bonfire, punched and kicked the drunkards on the ground, and invited everyone to get on the boat. The pirates collected their belongings and were busy for a while. Then drive the pirate ship and leave in the distance. ?Wu Heng also called the ghost train and returned to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?After sitting in the office study and yawning twice, I went straight out and headed to Sheila Guis study. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. Sheila Gui was sitting behind the desk. When she saw him coming in, she smiled and said, "I was still wondering that I didn''t see you when I came back!" ?Wu Heng came in and sat down on the sofa on one side, "When did you come back?" Yesterday at noon, I just accompanied the headquarters to investigate, and nothing happened. Sheela Gui said. I heard that the deacon over there is missing? Wu Heng asked "Well, when we passed by, the person had disappeared. The entire association is managed by the deputy deacon. The association has inspected the place and will arrange for a new deacon to go there. The missing one will also be investigated later. "Xila Gui said briefly. Even deacons are related to pirates. It is not surprising when you think about it that a village was replaced by pirates. ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "The headquarters should take this matter seriously, right?" Sheila Ge stood up, poured two cups of tea, and handed one over, "The resident associations in coastal cities will conduct inspections, especially the disappearance of Kalema last time. It is also suspected to be related to colluding with pirates. Anyway, the matter is quite serious. , there will be a new group of people everywhere. Thats fine. Wu Heng nodded. Sheila Gui leaned her round hips against the edge of the table behind her and looked at him, "How is your investigation of the old barrel? I just came back, so I didn''t have time to ask." When Imiro assigns tasks. ?Hiragui is in charge of affairs in Lopez City, while Wu Heng is investigating the affairs of the Old Barrel Tavern. "The murderer was found. He was a thug secretly trained by the Sea Dog Gang, a magician. Now the Sea Dog Gang has been wiped out by Lao Tong''s people, and the gang''s headquarters have been bulldozed." Wu Heng narrated. "The murderer? Did you say that ''McIntosh'' is dead?" Sheila Gui paused while drinking tea. When she left, she said that ''McIntosh'' had been attacked and injured. Everyone is dead now? "He died. When I went there, everyone was completely cold." Silla Gui did not react for a long time. A female boss who had controlled the port for so many years died at the hands of a new gang thug. Its unbelievable, but also feels a bit pity. Even though Sheila Gui looked down on gangs, she believed that gangs were a hidden danger in the city. ?But I have to admit that the old barrels run by McIntosh are pretty good. It is not an easy task for a woman to manage so many people with her skills. People actually died like this. "Why did he die? He shouldn''t be killed by normal means, right?" Wu Heng looked at the face full of doubts and surprise and said: "Old Tong said it was snake venom, but due to the customs of the Bevela tribe, no autopsy was conducted, but the guards on the island conducted a vital sign examination and could confirm that the deceased Its McIntosh. Alas! A prophet actually died in the place he managed. Sheila Gui sighed. "yes." "Recently, the island is still forming guards and so on. It seems a bit chaotic. You should be careful." Xi Lagui warned. "Um." The two chatted for a while, but Wu Heng didn''t stay much longer. Xila Gui went to deliver the documents, and Wu Heng went back to his study to sit for a while. He also left the association, called a carriage, and returned to his residence. After returning home, I said hello to Minnie. Go directly to the zombie world. Come out of the bedroom. There are many survivors gathered in the entire waiting room hall. Moreover, various tools and equipment are also more complete. It seems that the train has brought new supplies. As soon as he came downstairs, Qi Hancai got the news and came over. He said: "I found the local map, also checked on the radio, and checked with the shelter here." A long scroll map was opened, revealing the buildings and routes in Anhui City. Wu Heng helped hold one side, and Qi Hancai pointed at two locations, "This is the city''s commercial street. I can be sure that there are many gold shops and shopping malls that can replenish the supplies we need. This is the military area, occupy it." , can obtain corresponding ammunition and equipment. Military zone? ??Wu Heng asked: "Isn''t there a military market here?" No, its possible that we didnt take too many weapons and equipment with us when we left, and we didnt open any markets. That is to say. There is an untouched arsenal of weapons here. (End of this chapter) Chapter 430 , all veteran pirates know Chapter 430, all veteran pirates know ?Wu Heng lowered his gaze to the location pointed by Qi Hancai. ??The location of the local military zone, close to the edge of the city on the south side, is already considered the end of the map. ??If you go from the station at your feet, you will be across the entire city. The zombies along the road will probably take a while to be cleared away. At present, these two important areas have been temporarily determined. If there are any special places later, we will continue to collect information. Qi Hancai said. Gold and weapons are the most needed items at the moment. The remaining shops and some things can be collected when clearing zombies along the way. Well, lets plan a route to the gold store first. The military area is a bit far away, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded and roughly drew along the road outside the station with his hand, "This road, after it is cleared, other shelters can also use this road to exchange supplies, which can save a lot of trouble." thing." After dinner, Wu Heng took two maids to train in the courtyard. Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng started practicing halfway and is a mage himself. It is quite satisfying to reach this level in a short period of time. When the position stabilizes, you can order a few more magic furnaces to improve production efficiency. After being made, they will be packed into wooden boxes according to specifications. Hand around, I confirmed that there was nothing to change. ?Qi Hancai took Wu Heng downstairs for a walk. In terms of the completion level of modern architecture, it can fully meet the needs of use. However, these missions all required going to sea, and they were on the ship day and night during the journey, so it was not easy to train. ?When facing Kerimu, the opponent didnt expect that he could pick up the sword and chase him to chop. I am a mage with some melee abilities, which is also a trump card. Finish talking about the future plans. 300 boxes of solid iron bullets are completely enough for the subsequent battles. ?Qi Hancai rolled up the map and replied, "More than 300 boxes have been shipped so far, and trains will continue to arrive." The corresponding level is also above level ten. Swordsmanship specialization has finally reached the intermediate level. Havent even fought such a rich war. Wiping off the sweat, he put away the strange objects in his hands. 1000 pieces per box. Easy to carry and calculate the quantity used. In recent times, swordsmanship training has been much reduced than before. ?Holding the [Instructor] sword in his hand, he made swordsmanship movements one after another. "Okay." Wu Heng agreed with the plan and continued to ask, "How many solid iron bullets have been prepared?" Swordsmanship Specialization, upgraded to (intermediate level). Station stations and commercial streets are both relatively important places. It does not seem to be high, but for a swordsman or sword warrior, it takes years of practice to achieve it. Taking a breath, he waited for the two maids to finish their training and went back to the room to rest together. Compared to the beginning, completing these actions has become much easier now. The next time the train comes back, bring some skeleton dogs over. The main roads are connected, just follow the road. In addition to the initially occupied waiting room, ticket office, and temporary office rest area, all have been arranged. Thats not to say that Im slacking off. During the fifth round of practice, the system prompt appears. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. He then returned to his room. The processing and rest areas are separated, and the survivors are arranged in different locations according to their type of work. After the addition of the Magic Forge, the production efficiency of solid iron bullets has also been improved. So, try to show these things as little as possible in front of outsiders. The next day, zombie world. On the main road leading to the commercial street. Abandoned vehicles are piled up and crowded, dilapidated buildings are like ruins, glass is shattered, and walls are covered with claw marks and blood stains. Densely packed zombies poured out from the surrounding paths, forming black waves on the main road. They roared with teeth and claws, and chased the skeleton hound running with its tail between its legs. Opposite, an army of skeletons formed a tight formation. ?Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, looking at the dark corpses, running quickly through the white snow on the ground. ??Added a layer of mask to resist the spreading stench. Said to the side: "Let the skeleton flying dragon get out!" Hurrah hoo~! The skeleton flying dragon flew head-on from the sky. Arrived above the group of corpses. Densely packed solid iron bullets, like a heavy rain. Covering the sky above the entire road. Boom, boom, boom~! Dense explosions sounded and thick smoke rose. The flying dragon returns. The explosion attracted more zombies, which continued to gather on the road. The tide of corpses forms again. ?Stepping on the broken limbs and pieces of meat on the ground, he ran wildly again. The flying dragon is changing the magazine. Qi Hancais voice came from the intercom. The rear of the team. Dozens of people are replacing the magazine of the skeleton flying dragon. After a busy period, the flying dragon took off again and reached the sky above the corpses again. Solid iron bullets were dropped again. The explosion sounded again. Once the road was clear, a large group of corpses gathered again. It''s just that it''s much sparser than the previous two times. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flies out four times in succession. When the shock disappears, the smoke dissipates. It revealed devastated roads, with piles of jammed cars, broken and collapsed buildings, and only crumbling broken walls of some wall buildings. ??On the road full of potholes and flesh, scattered zombies with mutilated bodies are still approaching here. "Skeleton flying dragon pauses." Wu Heng said on the walkie-talkie, and then ordered to the front, "Skeleton army, move forward." Hurrah! The skeleton army advances. Clean up zombies along the way. The last zombie was stabbed into twists. The whole world became completely silent. The cold wind howled, diluting the smell of the surroundings a lot. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield and collect special corpses. ?Several modified trucks and buses also drove into this street, and a large number of survivors came down and began to plunder and carry supplies from surrounding stores. Even if its a clothing store or supplies store. In the newly built base, there are all materials that can be used. ??Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look. Level: 15 (117573/195000) In the morning, I pushed all the way from the station to here. The effect is still significant. The experience value has increased by more than 70,000, which is simply terrifying. It only takes two or three more corpse swarms at most to reach level 16. At this time. Several special corpses were dragged over. Two of them were a large zombie and a crawler, both of which were Level 2 deformed zombies. There are nearly two hundred evolved zombies. ??Its just that the bodies of evolved zombies are in tatters, and many of them only have their heads or upper bodies left. A bit miserable. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and the skeleton is transformed. A total of two second-level corpse cores and 75 first-level corpse cores were obtained. After putting them all away. Continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] along the road. Large skeletons stood up in the flesh and blood, and began to clean the battlefield under the command, clearing the road. And so on, the transformation is completed from beginning to end. Densely packed skeletons also covered the entire road. The current number of skeletons is enough to ensure the safety of the newly built shelter. Wait until the skeleton is transformed. Qi Hancai came over with a few people. Every person behind him is holding a backpack in his hand. These are the gold found in nearby gold shops, totaling 1,560 kilograms. ?Wu Heng was delighted. ?It seems that the gold shop in Anhui City is more powerful than our own. So many were found. Okay, leave it to me. Wu Heng motioned to put it aside on the steps. After the people carrying the bags left, Wu Heng put everything away. Qi Hancai continued: "This area cannot be plundered in a day or two. We need to arrange skeletons to guard it. When the plunder is almost complete, it will be opened to the outside world and other shelters can exchange supplies through this road." Okay, Ill ask Big Skeleton to cooperate with your arrangements, and I can also accept some other survivors appropriately. Wu Heng said. "clear." The two chatted for a while. Hand over this place to Qi Hancai, take the bus back to the station. Open the door from the room and return to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. As soon as she came downstairs, Minnie said there was news from Miss Pirate. Philippa has only been away for two days, so there is news again so soon. Come to the room on the third floor. First he looked at the radio station''s record book to confirm that the other party had really called for him, then he picked up the microphone and asked: "Philippa, are you there?" "Here." Philippa''s voice came over, "What did you do in the morning?" Wu Heng said: "Go and do some work. Is there anything urgent?" Philippa said excitedly: "I found out about some pirate maps." "So fast?" Ask casually and youll get some. Im not sure whether its accurate or not. Philippas tone was hesitant again. "tell me the story!" Philippa pondered for a moment, then spoke again, "It is said that the old pirate groups, including the Demon Hand you killed before, all believe in the existence of the Pirate King''s treasure, and have been looking for it according to the map." Believe them all? In other words, this may be true. I didnt find this kind of map on Captain Devils Hand, Wu Heng said. "Then how do I know? I haven''t put it on my body. Just continue to listen to me." Philippa continued: "Until the blank envelope appears, the old pirate group no longer continues to search for treasures and starts to act according to the instructions on the envelope." (End of this chapter) Chapter 431 , kidnap her away Chapter 431: Kidnap her away ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a little. Suddenly, I remembered something mentioned in the brief history of pirates. ?The appearance of the Pirate King stopped the internal strife among pirates and united with each other to take back their own sea areas. After the blank envelope appeared again, even those who did not know the legend of the Pirate King were driven to action by the letter because it could accurately predict the time of the merchant ship. Think about it carefully. ?At that time, the Devil''s Hand ambushed himself, the Association and others on the pirate ship. He was a little confused. With the strength of the Devil''s Hand pirate group, plus the other five pirate groups with level 15 leaders. The reward you have is not enough, so why do you insist on killing yourself? Now it seems that it may not be for the reward. Leaning on the table, he reorganized Philippa''s information. I heard that there are still people who can pick up money! ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I asked Captain Devil''s Hand about the corpse, but I didn''t get any information about the envelope and the person behind it." A strange object or a prop? Before, veteran pirates were looking for the Pirate Kings treasure. ??Yimiro was sitting on the sofa, wiping sword oil on his weapon. He looked at Wu Heng who came in and asked, "I came very early today. Is there anything else?" ??The pirates are not stupid enough to actually do this. Superstitious. Ending the conversation, Wu Heng hung up the phone again. So, I suspect that the old pirate group knows some inside information. Philippa continued. Many people have bought it. Some people say that they have escaped shipwreck, and some people say that they are invulnerable in battle. Wait for Anderweil to come back, finish dinner, and go back to the room to rest. He could only say: "There is some news from Philippa. Please report it to the deacon." Holy shit, he cant, let all the pirates land on the island and kill me! Go downstairs and chat with Minnie for a while. Most of all, I still act according to the information in the letter. Philippa thought for a moment and said, "Next time, you can ask in a different direction. Ask how the envelope was delivered, or who the previous Pirate King was." ??Wu Heng said: "You''re lying, their race is so awesome, the things they make up can look like strange things." No news, Ill go to the association to ask you tomorrow. Okay, try to look more formal then. ?The other party handed it directly to Moya, and he sat down and looked at him. "kindness." Morning, association. Philippa asked again, "Okay, stop talking, I''m going out." Not so much. Previously, Wu Heng had not collected any information about the Pirate King. But the letters can provide accurate caravan information, and can drive the remaining pirates to act with profit. ?Wu Heng wanted to step forward and see the properties of his sword. Even if the pirates are still scattered now, if Blank Envelope is willing, it is very likely that he can command the pirates to act according to his words. ?Now, the appearance of blank envelopes makes pirates think that the treasure has been obtained, and they are very willing to cooperate with the actions in the letters. And the new generation of pirates, even if they dont know about the Pirate King. No, its just woven by the Bethbera people, and many people bought it, Philippa said. Then ask them where they bought it. Hence, when asking about corpses, they tend to ask questions about the master behind the scenes. "Okay, you are really sensible." Philippa felt that she had said the wrong thing and changed the topic. "Recently, pirates have spread a green sailor scarf. It is said that wearing it can get blessings from the sea god." Philippa is right. You can change the question and ask who the pirate king was before, or if you know how the letter came out. Well, next time I catch a pirate, Ill ask you this. You continue to collect relevant intelligence and notify me of any news in time. Think briefly and walk out of the room. "Okay." Philippa agreed and continued, "Have I lost my identity as the Whisperer?" "Oh, I''m here. Go talk to my mother and tell her loudly how brave and smart I am to be accepted into the association." Philippa''s tone increased. Say it. Wu Heng organized his speech and said: "According to Philippa, the veteran pirates were looking for the Pirate King''s treasure some time ago, but after the letter appeared, they stopped looking and began to selectively act according to the content of the letter. " There is not much I can do about pirates. ??Imiro is very powerful and is also an enemy of the pirates. There are some things that would be better to let him know or handle. After all, we have all joined the association, so it would be unreasonable not to rely on it. "Huh?" Imiro raised his eyebrows, "Do you think that book is true?" "I feel that the story of the Pirate King is not false, otherwise the old pirate groups would not be so convinced of each other''s existence. Now that the blank envelope appears, the pirates are gradually being led by the envelope. As time goes by, when all the pirates unite, they will become a very powerful pirate." Big hidden dangers," Wu Heng analyzed. Say what you think. Reduce the number of fleets on the route and slow down the number of pirates actions according to the contents of the letter. Secondly, we will mainly infiltrate more from the established pirate groups, and maybe we will get some intelligence. Wu Heng said. Others in the association should also have their own spies. If everyone investigates together, the sources of intelligence will be richer. Imiro thought for a moment and said: "We have no right to interfere with the caravans of various countries. You can try to implement what you said about collecting intelligence on established pirate groups." Then I have nothing to do. Wu Heng said. Imiro took out a copper-colored emblem from the drawer, "This is the Whisperer emblem of your pirate lady. You can give it to her if you have a chance. Also, you can tell me about your achievements in killing two pirates last time." Yes, remember to pick it up. Okay. Wu Heng put away the emblem and left the study. Back to the corridor. First, go to the morgue and put the bodies of the two pirate captains into the space ring. Then continue to the lobby. These days, there are many people in the association hall. Many people are talking about setting up a fleet and guard on the island. The pay is good. If you dont want to be a mercenary, joining the Guard is a good choice. ?Wu Heng stood aside and eavesdropped. It feels like the Island Guard is quite popular. Anywhere, people who can become law enforcement teams are more popular. When he came to the front desk, the staff smiled and said, "Ardeacon, what are your orders?" I have two meritorious deeds and need to redeem them. "Wait a moment." The staff immediately looked through the records. "You have two third-level meritorious deeds that can be redeemed. I will prepare them for you." Mages skill book. Wait a moment. The staff member left immediately, and when he came back again, he had several more skill books in his hand, Deacon, you can choose. ?Wu Heng''s eyes quickly scanned it, many of which were skills he had already learned. In the end, it falls into two categories. Mirror Shadow Technique (Description: You can create up to three phantom clones, and you can command the clones to complete simple actions.) Default Armor ?? (Description: You touch a target unit, and if you wish, it will be surrounded by a protective force field until the spell ends. If it is attacked, the spell will be automatically triggered.) Two skills, one is an illusion spell that can create clones. The Mirror Shadow Technique has the same effect as the Martial Fantasy Blade given to Philippa. Be able to confuse the enemy, even for a moment, and it can play a certain role. ??The second skill is called Default Armor, which can preset a defensive magic on the target, which will be automatically triggered when it is attacked. Plays a protective role. The effects are pretty good too. I want these two copies. Wu Heng said directly. The staff nodded, "Okay, you can take it directly." ?Wu Heng nodded and returned to his office and study. Snowburn Street, in a mansion. Two men were sitting in the slightly dark room. ?One person has a hairy beard on his back. He is in his 40s. He is wearing a blue aristocratic dress. His hair is neatly combed and he is energetic. The other man is younger, with brown hair and blue eyes, wearing silver armor, and has a tall and tall figure. Greco, do you have any information? said the shaggy beard. That tavern was bought by someone arranged by the association, either that persons informant or his lover. Greco, who was wearing silver armor, said calmly. So sure? "He''s just a mage who changed his profession midway. He can''t escape my eyes." Greco said with a sneer. The middle-aged man continued: "What are you going to do?" Greco touched the mark on the armor and said, "When he goes to the tavern, he will burn it together." The man shook his head and said, "That''s not right. There are so many people on Beacon Street and it makes too much noise. It''s difficult to end it." Greco continued: "Then kidnap the woman, lead her out to the sea, and kill her." ?The middle-aged man nodded slightly, "Don''t be careless. He has killed many pirates. If he hadn''t died, we would have been in a lot of trouble." Dont worry, he is nothing without the skeleton attendant. (End of this chapter) Chapter 432 , redeem people within three days Chapter 432: Redeeming people within three days At three o''clock in the afternoon, Wu Heng returned to his residence. ?At the radio station on the third floor, I picked up the microphone and called "Philippa". There was no response from the person on the other end, so I guess no one was in the room. I originally planned to tell her about becoming a Secret Whisperer. We can only wait until next time. walked out of the room and went upstairs to his study. Take off your coat, pour yourself a cup of tea, and sit down at the desk. Took out two newly exchanged skill books. Mirror ImageDefault Armor. Now that I have been exposed to spells, skills actually still have many functions. But in their own battles, they still rely more on skeletons and modern firearms. Unlock skill: Mirror Shadow. In this regard, you can choose to create one or multiple clones according to different occasions. After being released, three clone phantoms can be created and made to perform some simple actions. ?Wu Heng returned to the table and continued to look at the next skill book [Default Armor]. Disable the skill and all illusion clones disappear. Soon I turned to the last page, and the system prompt also appeared immediately. Three clones will make it more likely to be discovered, but if you only create one, the possibility of being discovered will be lower. When the target is attacked, a honeycomb shield will be formed instantly to reduce the damage caused by the attack. This skill book is an illusion skill. With a thought in his mind, three clones that were exactly like him appeared on both sides in an instant. A shuttle of bullets passes by, which is more efficient than releasing magic. I opened the first book [Mirror Shadow Technique] and started reading. ~! Unlock skills: Default armor. Many mass-produced magic props are mostly based on spell effects. Get up and walk to the middle of the study. That is, more real. As soon as the book was closed, there was a knock on the door. In addition, the number of clones will also affect the effect. The effect is not bad. ?Now that he actually asked me to go over, it seems that something happened. also turned to the last page. Almost no different from myself. Hence, when it comes to skill selection, we are beginning to favor some functional and special skills. ?Anderweil? The state of concentration speeds up reading to a great extent. Skill unlocking, I am quite satisfied with this result. ?Wu Heng looked at the three figures standing motionless. Usually I go home from get off work at this time. The effect is somewhat like a protective pendant. Black hair, robe, space ring. The effect is to cast a spell on a willing target in advance. With a thought in his mind, the three clones began to take action and made some simple movements. Then, Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the staff of the association are here and asked Sister Wei''er to ask you to come over." The skill is unlocked. The better the effect of the clone created, the more insight the enemy needs to see through it. This skill belongs to the school of protective spells. The effect of the clone is closely related to the caster''s intelligence and mental strength. The prompt appears. Close the book and put it on the bookshelf at the back. Except for his own mansion skill book that has not been unlocked, the other skill books can still be unlocked quickly. Getting up and opening the door, Minnie was standing at the door. Did you tell me what happened? "No, I just asked you to come over. It sounds like there is something urgent." Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and take out my armor. I''ll go to the association." "good!" The two of them went downstairs together. ?Minnie helped him put on the leather armor. Go directly out and go to the association. Arrived at the association. ?Wu Heng went directly to his office and study room. In the room, Anderweil sat at the desk and waited, looking slightly anxious. Weier, whats wrong? Wu Heng came in and asked directly. Anderweil said directly: "The bartender from Nautilus just came to the association and said that their boss was kidnapped." ?Wu Heng frowned. Thoughts flashed through me quickly. ?First there was anger, for daring to kidnap people in a tavern in broad daylight, then there was suspicion that something had gone wrong, the number of island guards was increasing, and finally there was a sense of vigilance. If Millicent had not offended anyone, it was more likely that his relationship with her would be noticed by others. The ultimate goal is to target oneself. Otherwise, it would not be so troublesome to catch Millicent, a woman who had just become a professional for a few days. Where are the people? Wu Heng asked. Captain Kavina has been taken away for questioning. Andwyer replied solemnly. ?While talking, there was a knock on the door. Kavina walked in directly. How is the question going? Wu Heng asked. Kavina held the record book in her hand and said: "As dusk approached, a few people came in and took them away immediately. They were not sure of the other party''s identity and purpose." Tell me in detail. "Hmm." Kavina organized her thoughts and said, "There were five people who took away the people. Because there was a dispute in the room, they injured the guard in the tavern and took the people away. He also said that he would go out to sea with 100 gold coins to redeem people within three days, otherwise he would kill people and sink them into the sea. ?Three of them were armed with swords, and two had scimitars and crossbows. The bartender and other people in the store had no impression of these people. They probably did not live on Beacon Street. " There was a dispute in the room. Should I take 100 gold coins out to sea within three days to redeem someone? Sounds like pirate behavior. Why did the bartender remember that the association asked for help? Kavina said: "The bartender said that their boss had mentioned before that she had subsidized the association. If anything happened, the association could arrange someone to handle it. After this incident happened, he came over." ?Millison is smart. Knowing that he was responsible for some dangerous work, he greeted the bartenders in advance. How is the tavern doing now? Wu Heng continued to ask. The tavern on the first floor has stopped, and the rooms upstairs have been booked and are available to residents. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to Anderweier: "Weier, go tell the deacon about this and see what he says." Okay! Anderweil went out. After a while, he returned again, "The deacon said, let you investigate first and find out if there is anything that needs assistance, and then arrange for someone to help." ?Wu Heng did not speak, and sat at the table to think. The opponents typical five-person team composition. This combination often appears in association teams and mercenaries. ?Of course, appearing in this form is very likely to deliberately mislead subsequent investigations. ??The bartender would not scrape together so much money to save a kidnapped tavern owner. ??? I am even more convinced that the real target of this kidnapping is actually myself. ?But arent they worried that they wont save people? Who would jump into it if they knew it was a trap? ?Perhaps, the other party doesnt care whether he redeems the person or not. Maybe More importantly, it is better to bring the news to yourself. Even if they do not redeem the person, they will not lose anything by killing the person. He thought quickly and said, "I''ll handle the rest of Kavina''s affairs. I''ll let you know if there''s anything else you need. Andewell, follow my clone home." Anderweil was a little confused, "Clone?" ?Wu Heng thought, and a group of identical figures appeared aside. Phantom clones, please go back so that no one is watching the association. "clear." Kavina frowned and looked over, "You want to check it yourself? I''ll lead a team to help you!" ??Wu Heng said: "No, I will investigate secretly first. You ask the team to gather tomorrow morning to prepare to investigate this matter." Okay! Kavina agreed. After the matter was explained, everyone went their separate ways. ??Andwyer and her clone walked out of the association together. ?Halled a carriage along the way, got on the carriage, and rushed towards the direction of the residence. And after a while. ??Wu Heng wore a phantom veil and covered his face with a cloak. With Kerimu, who had also changed his appearance, he also walked out of the association. Get on the carriage and head to Beacon Street. The carriage stopped in front of the Nautilus Tavern. ??The main door is closed, and no bustling sounds from the past can be heard inside. Getting off the carriage, we entered a deserted alley and waited for a while. A beige hair tie floated down from the window on the second floor of the pub. ?Glenda also showed her body, "Is this okay?" The hairband has some impression, Millicent has worn it on a regular basis. Okay. Wu Heng agreed. He took out the [Tracing Pendant] from the space ring, pricked his finger with the dagger, and a drop of blood fell on the pendant. The cold metal skull seemed to come to life. The lower jaw trembled slightly, and a faint blue fire lit up in the eye sockets. Hold the hair tie closer to you. The skull bit a corner and began to chew hard. Then, the faint blue fire began to boil, passing through the skull, struggling in one direction. ?Wu Heng felt relieved at first. The appearance of soul fire proved that Millicent''s life was not in danger. Then he wrinkled slightly again. The direction of struggle is not the port, but the area behind Beacon Street, which is still expanding. They didnt go to sea, they were still on the island. (End of this chapter) Chapter 433 , and an ambush Chapter 433: There is an ambush This is a good thing. At least on the island, I have an advantage. He covered himself with a cloak, put the pendant into his cuffs, and rushed in the direction indicated. Half an hour later. ?The sky became darker and no one could be seen around. There are only some built houses and unpaved stone roads. ?This side is still the location for expansion. Treasure Island serves as a transfer station for maritime trade, and the layout of the island can no longer keep up with the speed of development. Finally, we arrived at the location guided by the pendant. In the distance is a two-story stone building, and a fire can be seen in the room. Needless to say, people should be inside. ?Wu Heng is also thinking about this matter. After a few minutes, Xiaoxiao, who was in the invisible state, flew back directly. Then, two ghosts appeared around him, one on the left and one on the right. Exactly the same as in intelligence. Just those five people? "Let me see!" Then she has changed her ways now! The sharing of the screen ended and Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao. ?Glenda also became invisible and flew out directly. There really are other people. The crossbowman said: "It may still be useful, or someone may want to enjoy it before killing it. After all, it looks good." If skeletons are used, everyone must be killed. ?Hide your body in a dark corner and put the pendant back into the space ring. Then, Xiaoxiao flew up to the second floor, which was completely empty. Forget it, now collect information for me. Ive seen this aunt before. Was she on the pirate ship before? Xiaoxiao said. On the wooden table, there are some food and beer. Glenda also heard what ''Xiao Xiao'' said about the situation here, looked over and analyzed: "It''s not difficult for you to save people, but you have to think about the order of actions. Kill the people outside first and guard the hostages. It will kill people directly, but if you save people first, people around you will come and attack you. I suggest you use your skeletons from another world, or let the association take action. " There were no injuries on the outside, and his clothes were intact. ?Wu Heng was even more curious about the identity of the person who organized this kidnapping. Just chat, dont be so serious. Just leaning on it with his head tilted, his eyes were dull and dull. Do you have such a good memory? ?While One Person and One Soul were talking, Glenda also flew back from a distance and said: "Some people were found in two buildings, about ten people in each place, with complete armors and weapons. They should be prepared for you." ?Three have iron swords hanging on their waists, one has a scimitar and the other is a crossbowman. A man with a round shield on his arm and a one-handed sword in front of him took a sip of beer and said, "I didn''t send her out to sea as promised. Why not just kill her? It''s very troublesome to take her with me." ?Glenda just cooperated and got the hair tie and understood a little bit about the matter. Among them, the Buckler Warrior and the Scimitar are level 10 professionals. So many people can be mobilized on the island. "Uncle, where are you?" Xiao Xiao just came out and didn''t know what happened. ??Wu Heng pointed to the stone building in the distance, "One of my informants was kidnapped in that building. Xiaoxiao went to check the house and confirm the level and number of the enemies." ?Wu Heng was thinking about the next plan in his mind. Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Smallly got into the body, and the scene in the building was immediately shared. In the stone building, which is completely in the original brick wall structure, there are five people sitting around a wooden table. ??The rest of the people also have a very strong light, but they have not reached level 10. They should be at level 8 or 9. ?Hunter said: "We use money to do things, no matter how much we do." Flyed down to the basement again. ?Wu Heng looked at Granda again, "Look at other nearby buildings to see if anyone else is ambushing here." There are five people inside, two of them are above level 10, and the rest are below level 10. Saw Millicent tied to a chair. ?Of course, considering the number and level of skeletons, it is not a difficult task. "Okay, I understand." Wu Heng followed the courtyard wall and climbed into a house. In the room, I found a wooden door and took out the key to open the gate. The night becomes darker. Hurrah! ??The sound of dense bones rubbing together was heard, and a large number of skeletons rushed out of the building, immediately divided into two teams, and headed towards the location where Granda found them. ??Wu Heng quickly approached the target house with several skeletons. Inside the building, the five people were still chatting. "It''s such a boring night, why don''t we take it first and use it, or we''ll all be killed in the end anyway." The crossbowman took a sip of wine and gestured, "My **** is so big, it must be very comfortable." When the other people heard these words, they also began to feel itchy in their hearts. What if the other party asks? They might use this as an excuse to deduct our money. The crossbowman cursed: "She''s afraid of a bird. Just clean her up. Now that she''s in such a state of confusion, what else can she say?" "Okay, then you can carry the person over. Even if you touch a few handfuls, it is better than just waiting around." "Then I''ll go." The crossbowman said, heading towards the basement. Tap tap tap~! Suddenly, there was a sound of footsteps at the door. Do not wait to react. Bang~! ?The door was kicked open, and a figure holding a sword appeared in front of him. ?Hold the ground with one hand, a cloud of mist spread instantly, and the figure disappeared instantly. ?At the same time, the crossbowman in the farthest place was startled, and his body instantly flew forward. ~! A cold light streaked across the back of my neck. ?The momentum of the forward attack allowed him to avoid being decapitated, but he also cut most of his neck open, and blood gushed out like a spring. Damn it, **** it, save me! The crossbowman held the back of his neck and staggered. The others were immediately shocked. Immediately grabbed the weapons on the table and planned to fight. ??And the sword-wielding figure retreated directly into the basement behind and guarded under the stairs. At the door, a figure wearing black leather armor and a robe slowly walked out of the fog. Hand the iron-black instrument in his hand towards the people in the room. ?Bang bang bang~! ??Hearing explosions followed one after another, and dense bullets roared out like a rainstorm. ??The crossbowman who suffered a severe blow to his neck was the first to be beaten into a sieve. In shield fighting, a round shield is raised. ?Hunter and a few others turned over the wooden table and used it as a cover. The bullets struck where several people were hiding. Tables and chairs were blown to pieces, the round shield was instantly shattered, and bullet holes were left in the wall. ?The bodies of several people were shaking non-stop, and **** holes were opened. The gunshots stopped. Five people had fallen into a pool of blood. ?Especially for the buckler warriors, the shields in their hands were also in tatters. Five people were confirmed dead and there was no other danger. ?Wu Heng quickly walked downstairs and headed to the basement. It was getting darker below. I released [Dancing Lights] to illuminate the surroundings, and I saw Millicent tied to a chair. It is still the same as the small shared screen. The head is tilted and the eyes are open and dull. "Millicent! Wake up, what''s wrong with you?" Wu Heng patted her face. Millicent''s eyes became clear for a moment, then became dull again. ?Wu Heng untied the rope for her. Glenda and Xiaoxiao also flew back respectively. The bad guys are all dead. ?Glenda also said: "I killed everyone on my side, and no one ran out." Thats good. Wu Heng nodded. ?Glenda looked at Millicent and said, "I was given an absentminded medicine, and I won''t be able to recover in a short time." "Where''s the antidote?" Wu Heng asked, but still took out a bottle of medicine. Opened the mouth of Millicent and poured it directly into it. Just like a paralyzed person. How much was swallowed is uncertain, but more went down the cheeks and flowed all over the body. I drank two bottles in succession. ?Seeing that I still cant wake him up, I dont intend to delay here any longer. Just pick it up and walk outside. ?Just as he walked up the stairs, his pupils suddenly shrank. I saw an eagle-like beast, opening the mouth of the corpse and trying to pull out the tongue. (End of this chapter) Chapter 434 ,I was wrong Chapter 434, I was wrong The tongue is like a gummy candy, pulled out from the corpse''s mouth into an elongated shape. ??Wu Heng was startled when he suddenly saw this scene. But he reacted immediately. This is someone taking advantage of tame animals and intending to destroy the corpse. ?Wu Heng waved his free arm, and the broken wooden chair spun and smashed over. The tame beast immediately let go of the corpse''s tongue and flew up to avoid it. ??Seeing the skeleton attendant rushing over with his sword in hand, he turned around and flew out of the open door in panic. ?Glenda and Xiaogang wanted to chase after him. Wu Heng said: "Xiaoxiao, go and see where it flies and who is behind it. Glenda, stay here and warn the surroundings." The two ghosts nodded, disappeared, and chased after the tame beast. ?Three of them had their tongues removed, the remaining one was pulled out of the mouth, and one remained intact. "Sir, I saw it with my own eyes through the beast''s vision. How could I possibly lie to you." The subordinate''s voice rose. ??The handsome man with brown hair and blue eyes looked at his subordinates who walked in with confusion, "Is there a result so soon?" He glanced at the other person again, "Where are you taming the beast?" The figure at the door paused for a moment and said solemnly: "Master Greco, the operation failed. The other party killed everyone we prepared and took the woman away." I let the tame beast fly in the opposite direction, so it wont attract anyone. ?Either the other party goes to sea to pay the ransom, or they find the location of the expansion area. Imiro was personally involved? Greco asked suspiciously. the other side. The estimated time is about two days before the other party takes action. Keranmu stepped forward and rolled up the corpses one by one. Outside the door, a large number of skeletons, also carrying **** corpses, came from two directions. ?Glenda flew vertically into the sky to monitor the surrounding situation. The ghost followed. It is actually not difficult to kill a tame beast. ??Greco frowned and pondered, cold sweat constantly appearing on his forehead. But it doesnt mean much. Their plan has two lines. The corpses were neatly placed at the door. ??Greco nodded, took out a bag of money from the space ring, and threw it on the table in front of him. "Here are one hundred gold coins. If you leave here, it will be enough for you to live for a lifetime." It would be more valuable to find the owner of the tamed beast. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. ?The subordinate looked happy. Just as he was about to step forward, he stopped again and said, "Sir, please throw it over. I will take it and leave." Wait until everything is processed. Whether its raising money or doing research. Hearing the news, the brown-haired man suddenly panicked. Reopen the gate and let all the skeletons go back. The light stone lights up the entire room. There were more than twenty bodies in total, and their bodies were covered with wounds from being chopped. A figure quickly approached the building on Beacon Street. That necromancer, he mobilized a lot of skeletons and killed all the people we were ambushing. The mans voice trembled. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. ?There are some things that if there is no evidence, there is no need to worry about what the association will do. But once there is evidence, no one can afford to offend the behemoth of the association. ??Wu Heng quickly stepped forward to check the bodies on the ground. Took out all the straw mats in the ring, rolled two of them together, and put them all into the space ring. ??Damn it, how could a Necromancer fail? ?Wu Heng took out a few straw mats and "wrap them up." Carrying Millicent on his shoulders, he disappeared into the night. "How is it possible? The whole Beacon Street is my people. How could he mobilize the skeletons? You are lying." But, now it seems that it was much earlier than I expected. I arrested people at dusk and took action at night. ??Greco sneered, "When have I ever wronged you?" After saying that, he grabbed the money bag and threw it high into the air. ?The subordinate looked happy, looked at the money bag, and reached out to take it. Bang~! ??The string of the crossbow sounded, and a crossbow bolt instantly penetrated his chest. ??Then, Greco''s body suddenly rose up, appearing beside him like a ghost in the dark night, and cut off the opponent''s neck with his long sword. ??Greco quickly picked up the quilt on the bed, wrapped the body and put it into the space ring. He cursed in a low voice: "Trash, if you deal with a necromancer like this, you all deserve to die." Sat down at the table again and thought deeply. Calculate various methods in your mind. I have to leave the island first, and then I can find a way to negotiate with the association later. Yes, lets leave here before the association reacts. Port. The guard responsible for the association''s port position looked at Wu Heng and the attendants behind him with confusion. Then, he frowned slightly and glanced at the figure carrying the attendant on his shoulders. Although it was covered with black cloth, it could still be seen that it was carrying a person, a woman with long hair. Deacon, what are you doing? the guard asked in confusion. If you want to rob a woman, go to a deserted place. It would be a little difficult for even the deputy deacon to handle this arrogant person. Wu Heng said directly: "Go and arrange for someone to notify the association and tell them that the results of my investigation have been concluded. Please ask the deacon to come over." Deacon? It turns out its not about robbing women. "Yes, Mr. Deputy Deacon." The leading guard said after him, and several people immediately came out and rushed towards the center with torches. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Go and talk to the commercial port. Anyone who wants to board the ship or leave the port before dawn needs to register." Yes, Archdeacon. The guard responded and left. ?Wu Heng walked directly onto his cargo ship. Enter a cabin. Let Kerinmu throw Milicon on the bed. "Millicent, can this be done?" Wu Heng pinched her face and continued to ask. Millicent still had no reaction. Like a dead person, the body has no reaction. Only the eyes can occasionally focus briefly, which seems to be better than when I first saw it. Youre not stupid, are you? The medicines in this world have many functions. In addition to pharmaceuticals with positive effects, many pharmaceuticals with other functions have also been developed. It''s really smart. It doesn''t feel weird to drink a potion that makes people stupid but not dead. He took out a bottle of highly effective antidote again and drank it for Millicent. Seeing that it still has no effect. I thought about it for a while. He picked up Millicent and knelt on the ground, with his upper body lying on the window edge and his buttocks facing outside. ?Millisons figure is already plump, and at this time, her exaggerated waist-to-hip ratio is even more exposed. ?Like a ripe and plump peach. Attract attention. Looking quickly. He took out the [Qingming Ring Staff] from the space ring. ?This strange item that I exchanged for potion has the effect of keeping people awake. ?Last time, when I was in the pirate village, I used this rod to restore the mad Whisperer to his senses. Not sure if it will work on Millicent, but you can give it a try now. If it still doesnt work, take it back to the alchemy skeleton and try to prepare some antidote. After thinking about it, control the strength in your hands. I smoked it directly. bang~! A crisp sound sounded. Millicent''s body trembled, and his upper body moved slightly. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to twitch twice. Papa~! A crisp whipping sound resounded in the cabin. At the last blow, Millicent let out a painful groan. A burst of heat evaporates from the body and floats in the air. He still maintained his posture and turned his head to look over. His eyes were still a little blurry, but they no longer felt empty. ?Seeing the figure holding a sandalwood-colored cane, his pale face showed a little joy, "Sir, you have come to save me." It really works. ?This thing can also cure diseases. "how''s it going?" My **** hurts, Millicent whispered. Is there anything wrong with my mental state? My head is still a little dizzy. Millicent answered. ??Wu Heng continued: "Don''t move, lift up your clothes." Millicent''s body suffocated slightly, and she carefully lifted up the clothes that covered her hips. The waist is tightened and the hip shape is more obvious. ?Wu Heng hit him again, the waves of flesh rolled, and Millicent grunted through gritted teeth. Are you feeling better now? Sir, I know I was wrong. Millicent said pitifully. Seeing that there was no problem, he put away the stick and said, "Okay, get up. The people who kidnapped you are all dead. Tell me what you know." Millicent climbed up carefully. The burning pain in her **** made her unable to sit down, but her body felt a little weak. I could only carefully sit on the edge and tell the story completely. Not much different from the information provided by the bartender. The only difference is that these people have been here the first day. It should be to explore the route in advance and get information. Only take action when you are sure there are no problems. to kidnap someone. Sir, have I caused you trouble again? Can the tavern be opened in the future? Millicent asked with some frustration. It is not easy to have a stable life. ?Life is gradually getting better. But now it seems that we may have to go back to our original life. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Not sure yet. Let''s see what happens when the time comes." Oh! Millicent lowered his head. The two of them said a few words and felt Xiao Xiaofei come back. Said to Millicent: "You stay here first, I will take you back later." Okay, sir. walked out of the cabin and entered another room. ?Wu Heng asked: "How is it?" Xiao Xiao revealed his figure, "That tame beast is dead." "died?" "I didn''t touch it. It died while flying, and then it fell and broke." Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought about this matter. ? Taming animals are also alive. If they are not killed by external forces, the most likely death is the owner''s death. When the master dies, the soul of the tamed beast will also dissipate. It seems that the owner of the beast is no longer the murderer. Oh, thats it. Xiaoxiao spun around in mid-air, Uncle, why dont you just talk to the dead person directly? What are you doing? I have already asked someone to notify the association, and we will wait for the deacon and investigators to come over before conducting an interrogation of the body. Wu Heng explained. This may involve people on the island. Since the deacon and the investigator were not around, I asked the corpse by myself and pointed to certain people. At that time, if the other party does not admit it, it will be difficult to prove it. So, normal program recording is the best way. Oh, the association is really troublesome. The sky is bright. The sound of footsteps was heard outside the cabin. The figure disappeared in a small moment. ?Deacon Imiro, deputy deacon Sheila Gui, two team captains, and two investigators walked down the wooden ladder. Looked at the skeletons waiting in the darkness inside the cabin. His eyes fell on Wu Heng again. Imiros plain voice sounded, How is it? ??Wu Heng stood up and said: "The person has been rescued. The kidnappers did not take the person out to sea, but took him to the area behind Beacon Street that is being expanded." Where is the body? "Bring it here." Wu Heng took out the two corpses. "There are five corpses. Three of them were controlled by tame animals and their tongues were pulled out while I was rescuing people." ??Imiro nodded, "Just ask the corpse, the investigator will record it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 435 , have no right to arrest people Chapter 435: No right to arrest people The investigator quickly opened the notebook. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to open the straw mat, and then directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. ??The bullet-riddled corpse suddenly sat up and looked at several people with cloudy pupils. You ask about your matters. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and asked directly: "Who ordered you to capture the Nautilus Tavern?" The corpse replied, "The newly formed guard commander, Greco!" As soon as these words came out, everyone was stunned. Not a pirate''s revenge. But the commander of the island? It was just formed. Instead of catching pirates, he was the first person to target the association. Confirmed the person who directed it, and some other issues. Someone was arrested at dusk and rescued just after nightfall. ??Wu Heng then asked, "Before you saw me, did you know who was behind the tavern owner?" If I dont show up, whats your next plan? What speed is this? "Then it could be the Blank Envelope or the Secret Order. Because of some previous cases, I have a grudge against them." "It seems that this ''Greco'' did it." Wu Heng turned around. "Beacon Street, the commander of the newly formed guard." Sheila Gui explained at the side, and then asked in confusion, "You don''t know him? Then why did he kill you?" No, I only know him. Didnt continue to ask questions, he avoided the corpses gaze and looked at Sheila Gui, Who is it? ?Wu Heng nodded, then looked at the corpse, "Greco, what on earth did you tell you?" Had he known, it is very likely that he would not have accepted this job. The corpse replied, "Kill the person, bury the body, and go back to get the money." The other people looked at him in surprise. ??Imiro turned around and said, "Keep asking." Catching a tavern owner is already a sky-high price. "This can only be explained. I have not had much contact with other forces. Being able to find out about the Nautilus Tavern proves that someone has been investigating my affairs for a long time." Wu Heng analyzed. Several questions about the second corpse also helped them figure out the situation. "Yes!" Sheila Gui agreed, holding the hilt of her sword and walking out. She called two teams and got off the boat to catch the people. The others were surprised, the investigator was still writing down the records. But they didnt know that this matter had anything to do with the association, and they just thought it was a simple matter of kidnapping and killing people. He killed a small team and found out the mastermind behind it. You mean, this leader is from these two organizations? ?Wu Heng thought so too. "have no idea." The answer is basically the same as the first one. ?Wu Heng glanced at the others. 5 gold coins, one may not sound like much, but it is far more than the price of a normal bounty. "I don''t know you, I haven''t spoken to you yet!" Wu Heng said, and then said with some suspicion: "A few days ago, some guardsmen went to my place to check, and they were kicked out by skeletons, but they didn''t As for killing me." ??Imiro looked at him, "What''s the problem between you and the guards?" ??The one you tied is not that fast! Well, the analysis makes sense. The corpse replied, "Kidnapping the tavern owner, luring out the people behind the scenes, and getting 5 gold coins afterwards." After the five questions were over, the body lay directly back. I dont know them. I dont know who is in this newly formed guard. Then, Wu Heng continued to deal with the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The investigator began to brush up the records. Besides Greco, who else is the main person? It wont be because of such a trivial matter. Imiro said calmly. ??Yimiro stretched out his hand to interrupt the conversation between the two, and said directly: "Xila Gui, you know this man. Now lead a team to capture him. If he resists, he can be killed directly." ?Five people were hired by this Greco to kidnap Millison directly from the tavern. ?While the two were talking, a team member ran in quickly. The deacon, the archdeacon, found Greco at the port and was already fighting with the archdeacon Shiraqui. At the port? This is about to leave Hong Kong. It was indeed him. Deacon, what should I do? Imiro said: "Catch the person and bring him back before the island guard intervenes." "clear!" ?Wu Heng quickly walked out of the cabin with the skeleton. Go on deck. Looking towards the location of the public port. ??Hiragui holds a long sword, with a circle of magic halo under her feet. She is fast and dexterous, and she keeps attacking, attacking the young man on the opposite side. The remaining team members are also cooperating in the attack. On the opposite side, a young man wearing a gray cloak retreated while resisting the association''s siege. "It''s him!" ??Wu Heng has actually seen this man before. And has a deep impression. ?Last time, when I brought ''Philippa'' back to see her mother, this man gave a speech at the port. The content is ordinary, but there are a group of ladies and ladies below, cheering and cheering. At that time, I took a special look at his appearance. Is he Greco? I dont know him. At this time, the man faced the attack of Shilagui and the other members. Although he kept retreating, he was still able to persevere. The strength is definitely above level 12. Among humans, he is also considered a genius. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton off the boat, squeezed through the crowd, and hurried over. "I am the commander of the Treasure Island Guards. You have no reason to arrest the commander of a local government." Sheila Gui, recognize your strength, I will kill every fish and break the net, and you will not get any benefit. The man was talking while fighting each other. When he saw Wu Heng and the attendants behind him, his face became even more ugly. ?Hand the long sword in his hand, he swung away the "Xila Rose", took two steps back, turned over a scroll and suddenly tore it open. Huh~! A violent storm and snow rose in the middle, causing everyone to stagger and blocking their sight. He is fleeing, shouted a band of rangers. ?Wu Heng ran sideways quickly to avoid the strong wind. Raise your hand and shoot. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The shot rang out, and the leader of the running guards staggered. His thigh, butt, and lower back were all shot. The body also fell to the ground. ?Hiragui''s body pushed through the wind and snow, burst out, and rushed in front of her. The sword was pressed against the opponent''s neck, "Don''t move, the deacon said, I can kill you directly!" The scroll effect disappears. The team members also rushed over. Take him to the deacon. The team members picked him up and walked towards the ship. The man''s eyes glared at Wu Heng fiercely. Cabin. Greco gritted his teeth and said: "I just arrested a woman and I can pay her some money. There is no need to make things like this." "What you are doing is completely against the rules. I am the commander of the island''s guards, and your association is arresting people indiscriminately." The interrogation still has no results. ??Greco killed one thing. At most, he was lustful. He fell in love with the tavern owner and had him kidnapped. Has no idea of ??any relationship with the association. ?Wu Heng looked at Imiro. Since we follow the associations procedures, the next step depends on what Imiro says. Kill him and ask about the corpse! (End of this chapter) Chapter 436 , the head is missing Chapter 436, the head is missing I heard that Imiro wanted to kill someone and interrogate the body. ??Greco''s argumentative words suddenly stopped, and then he seemed to explode, shouting: "Imiro, you are crazy, I am the commander of Treasure Island." "The association has no right to deal with me privately, Imiro, you have to follow the association''s procedures." Treasure Island will not let you go then. ??Greco spoke quickly, and when no one spoke on the other side, his expression became frightened. ??Yimiluo, who is in charge of Treasure Island, is not an ordinary resident deacon. If he says he wants to kill people and interrogate corpses, then he really knows **** people. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and Skeleton Keranmu drew his sword and stepped forward. "Okay, okay, you win. I admit that I did this, and I am willing to pay enough compensation to make up for it. If you want to ask anything, just say it." ??Greco said urgently, glancing towards the opposite side with his eyes. The corpse replied, "The bounty outside is very high. I owe a sum of money. As long as you die, Vitaghis can help me get the money from the bounty outside." ?Wu Heng asked: "How can he get the money?" ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Besides you, who else was involved in this matter?" ?Then, he staggered and fell to his knees, struggling to squeeze out a broken voice, "Save me, I was wrong, save me, I will tell you everything..." ??The corpse''s voice was hoarse, "Vitagis." Seeing the skeleton, the feet are not stopping. The long sword was slashed out, and the cold light cut across the neck. Blank envelope! The fallen corpse sat up again, with no emotion in his eyes. The association and others on the other side just looked at it coldly. Wu Heng and other investigators took notes and continued to ask: "Who is this Vitagis''?" ?Wu Heng stepped forward and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Wait for him to die a little bit. The body fell to the ground. In an instant, he burst into flames, broke free from the team members, and was about to kidnap one of them. Sure enough, it is related to this matter. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Why do you want to kill me?" Officials of the city hall. A new name has appeared. But Keranmu is faster. ??Greco''s face changed drastically, and he covered his neck with both hands, blood spurting out from between his fingers. ?Wu Heng frowned. "have no idea." ?There is one last question left. ??Wu Heng could only ask: "Where does he live?" House No. 153 East, Snowbourne Street. After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. Take the body back. Imiro ordered and continued: Its not yet time for the city hall to work. You two go directly to the residence to arrest the person. When the guards arrive, bring the person to the association. Yes! The two nodded. The bodies were collected and everyone left the boat. On the carriage. Sheila Gui took off her helmet and put it aside, "Treasure Island is indeed not a good place. The commander in charge of public security killed the deputy deacon of the association for gambling debts. This would become a joke if word spread." Yes, I didnt expect this result either. ?Wu Heng did not expect that the commander of the guard did this. But judging from the development of the whole thing, it is more logical that the other party is the commander of the guard. Otherwise, people would not be kidnapped so easily. "Fortunately, it''s nothing too serious." Sheila Gui looked at him and continued: "In the future, if something like this happens again, remember to bring the association team with you. As a mage, it is very dangerous to go out by yourself." I will be more careful next time. ?Wu Heng agreed with his mouth, but he didnt think so in his heart. After all, I have a lot of secrets. I have ghosts to investigate and I can summon an army of skeletons. In fact, it is more convenient not to bring anyone with me. Seeing Xilagui, she stopped talking. ??Wu Heng said: "Why don''t you believe in our last first-level reward?" When he killed the Devil''s Hand pirate group, he obtained a total of six second-level meritorious deeds. At that time, the quality of rewards was average and the quantity was insufficient. After listening to Imiros suggestion, six of them applied for a first-level meritorious service. In terms of the quality and rarity of the reward, level one meritorious service is definitely a rare treasure. However, some time passed, the reward did not come out, and Imiro did not mention this matter again. "I don''t know. The process may be complicated. Let''s wait a little longer. An association can''t give us two sub-deacons rewards." Sheila Gui said softly. Thats right, and there is no good solution. Well, youre right. Then, the two continued to chat about some things on the island. The carriage gradually began to slow down. The following team came over and said, "The two subdeacons have arrived." The two of them opened the car door and walked out directly. On one side is a mansion. The team members gathered around and gathered at the door. Sheila Gui held the hilt of the sword with one hand and said, "Knock on the door." ~! One of the members stepped forward and knocked **** the door. Soon, the sound of footsteps was heard, and a middle-aged man looked over. When he saw the association members gathered outside the door, his eyes narrowed slightly, "Guys, what''s going on?" Sheela looked him up and down and asked, "Whose residence is here?" The property of Lord Vitaghis. "Where are the others?" Sheilagui pushed him away and asked while leading the people inside. ??The man walked quickly in front and stopped, "Guys, our master is a city hall official, so it would be a bit impolite to barge in like this." Sheila Gui waved her hand, and someone immediately grabbed the man and stopped the surrounding guards at the same time. The remaining people entered the residence and began to inspect. The living room was empty, with a few young maids standing aside in a somewhat reserved manner. Then, they began to search upstairs floor by floor. "There is someone here." The voice of a team member came from the bedroom on the fourth floor. Everyone quickly went upstairs. Before he even climbed up to the fourth floor, a strong smell of blood hit his face. Hurry into the room and look inside. The curtains in the bedroom were closed, the light was dim, and a fat figure was lying naked on the bed. There is only the body, and the head has disappeared. ?Blood dripped down the sheets. Gathered into a bright red stream on the ground. ?Someone died? ?Died like this on the way they came? After Wenshi got the news, they rushed over immediately. Bring someone up and identify them. Sheila Gui said to the people below. ??The middle-aged man who had just opened the door was brought up. When he saw the headless body, he stepped back a few steps and almost fell down the stairs. Master, why did you die? Is he Vitagis? Shilagui asked. "Yes Yes." The middle-aged man gave a trembling answer. (End of this chapter) Chapter 437 , what is his occupation? Chapter 437, What is his occupation? You didnt even know he was dead? Sheela frowned and looked at him. "No, I don''t know." The man was pushed back by the team members and hurriedly added, "In the morning, breakfast was also delivered to the room." Sheila Gui looked him up and down and saw that her legs were swaying, and it didn''t look like he was pretending. He said to the team members: "Look out for everyone and follow us back to the association for questioning." The team members dispersed and gathered all the servants and guards. Inside the room. ??Wu Heng checked the body and at the same time released the ghost to inspect the surroundings. But there are no obvious clues. How is it? Sheela walked over and asked. ?Moreover, they have all been built and are developing quite well, so it is a bit unbearable to close them down like this. Association, Deacon''s Study. Has nothing to do with taverns. "Deacon, can that tavern be closed? If this matter spreads, others should know that the tavern is related to the association." Wu Heng directly expressed his thoughts. ??Wu Heng also said: "The other party should be a high-level professional." ??Imiro asked: "Why, do you have anything else to do?" ? ?As a well-known force on Beacon Street, even if the association assists the other party in handling matters, no one would suspect that Lao Cask is the associations spy. "I will negotiate with the city hall. You continue to investigate this matter, especially Wu Heng. Don''t go to sea yet." Imiro spoke again. "Only in this way can we make sense. Let''s check the room first and go back to the association to talk to the deacon." Sheila Gui frowned, "Well, the other party has no chance to kill ''Greco'' to prevent you from interrogating the body, so just come here and kill this person." "It''s possible that when we arrested ''Greco'', the other party was already dealing with the following matters." The Nautilus Tavern still provided some useful information. The team members dispersed. At best, there was a conflict at the port between the association and the commander of the guards. ?Things are obvious. He died not long ago, so he should be on the same foot as us. Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng did not leave. Just thought for a moment and said: "Let the investigators record normally. At the same time, notify all field envoys of the association to be careful about safety and report in time if there is any situation." That means someone knew that you had found this place, so they rushed here and killed the person so that the clues could be completely cut off here. Sheila Gui frowned and analyzed. "Oh well." ??Yimi Luo still looked at him, "You have also investigated the case of Lao Tong. Why haven''t you ever thought that others suspected that Lao Tong was the association''s spy?" It is definitely related to Millicent being kidnapped and killing the guard commander himself. ??Imiro waved his hand, and Shiragui retreated directly. Sheila Gui frowned and looked at the body again, "The murderer took away the head because he was afraid that you would ask about the body." "good!" Um? This is another way to look at the problem. Old Wood Barrels business methods are different and deeply ingrained. No one believes it is normal. ??Wu Heng rescued Millicent, but outsiders didn''t know. "The body has been conveyed to the mortuary, and the remaining servants of the house are being interrogated." Hiragui told Imiro what happened next. That speed was too fast. We rushed here directly, and he could still take action before us. Sheilagui opened the curtains and glanced at the open window. When the difference in inspection is not too great, return to the association together. Understood! The two nodded. "should be." Speaking of this, Sheila Gui''s eyes widened a little, "There are other people involved." The head of the capture target was taken away. Imiro''s tone was still calm, "The same goes for your tavern. If you find a reasonable reason to sever ties with your tavern, even if someone suspects it, it won''t have much impact." ??Although Imiro was a little surprised, he was not surprised. Unless someone behind the scenes speaks out, or a blank envelope tells everyone directly, outsiders will not know what happened. ?A few people checked the room to collect clues, while the others still looked at the servants outside. Okay, I understand, thank you, deacon. ?Wu Heng nodded and exited the room. Return to your office and study room. Sit for a while. ?The door opened, and Anderweil came in with Millicent in a cloak. Master, Ive brought it back. Millicent took off his hood and saluted slightly, "My lord." Wu Heng said: "Weier, please go again and prepare some food for her." A good master. Anderweil leaves. ?Wu Heng looked at Millicent, "Sit down, do you feel any discomfort in your body?" Millicent carefully sat down aside and subconsciously touched his butt, "It''s nothing uncomfortable. Thank you, sir." "The person who kidnapped you is dead, but there may be others behind the scenes. I will arrange two skeletons for you to protect you." Millicent nodded, "Okay." Well, you will stay at the association for the next two days. Then we will see if there is anything else to do. If not, we will arrange some reasons for you to open the tavern again. Millicent looked happy, and he didnt want to give up the hard work he had spent on the tavern. Its your lord. "It''s okay. You''ve worked hard. After dinner, go back to your room to rest and refresh yourself." Wu Heng said, and then continued to add, "By the way, Philippa has joined the association. She asked me to tell you "One sound." Really? Thats great. Millicent was a little excited. Then, he asked Wu Heng about the details of his daughter joining the association. Wu Heng also briefly explained to her. The two chatted for a while, and Andweil brought back food. Millicent ate carefully, then went to the prepared dormitory to rest. ?Wu Heng also left the association and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. After saying hello to Minnie, he entered the radio station room on the third floor. ?Picked up the phone and asked: "Philippa, are you there?" As soon as he finished speaking, Philippa''s voice came from the other side, "I''m eating, I missed me." ??Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table, "Your identity as a Whisperer has been confirmed, and you also have a emblem. You can use the emblem to prove your identity wherever you go." Really? Damn it, Im also a member of the association. Philippa exclaimed. "Whenever I have time, I will give you the emblem. Holding it in your hand can be considered a kind of protection." Wu Heng said. ?The other person paused for a moment and replied: "It will take a while. I have been building relations with the Wild Lion Pirates these days." You cant always run this way. Too frequently, the crew may even notice something is wrong. Dont worry, Ill leave it to you when I have time. "Okay, I''m not in a hurry. You may not be able to use it in my hand. I''m scared to see a place like the association." Philippa said casually. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Your mother was kidnapped yesterday and has been rescued now. There is no danger." How could this happen? Philippas tone suddenly became serious. Remember the person who gave a speech at the port last time you came back? That pretty boy? "Yes, he seems to have a strong insight. He saw us entering the tavern and talking to your mother, and planned this kidnapping." Wu Heng explained. Fuck, whats his name? Im going to kill his whole family tomorrow. Philippa cursed angrily. ?At sea, pirates are a symbol of toughness and ferocity. Threatening family members, they will also resort to crazy ways to retaliate. "I have already killed the man, and there are many things involved in this matter. You should also pay attention at sea, in case there is any information that may also involve you." Hearing that everyone was dead, Philippa had nothing to say. He agreed, "Okay, I''ll be careful. By the way, can''t she open that tavern?" "It may not be impossible to open it. I will pay attention to the outside news in the past two days. If there is no problem, I will release some false information to let your mother put aside the relationship with the association. Then the pub will be open." "Okay, she still likes this pub. If possible, I hope she can keep it open." Well, dont worry, I will have someone protect her when the time comes. If the Beacon Street tavern cannot be opened, let her open one outside the association. Wu Heng promised again. Hey, thank you. Philippa smiled and thanked her. Is there any information from the pirates? Wu Heng asked again. "No, there is no latest news in the past two days. I will inform you in advance if there is any situation." Okay, be safe. Goodbye, Dad. Hang up the call. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and entered the study. Pour yourself a cup of tea and sit down behind the desk. Lean back and contemplate what happened this time. The commander of a guard actually wanted to lure him out and kill him. Furthermore, the second person behind the scenes was found, and his head was chopped off, which cut off the subsequent investigation. ?Now, the island is starting to feel less safe. But think about it carefully. These people on Treasure Island were originally pirates. It is not so strange to be attracted by high bounties and take risks to do something. Its not a bad thing, at least remind yourself that there are dangers on the island. We still need to speed up the level improvement and ensure the safety of the people around us. ~! Speaking softly, the door was knocked, and Minnie''s voice came in from outside, "Master, it''s time to eat." ?Wu Heng opened the door, put his arm around the maid''s shoulders and went downstairs. Minnie talked enthusiastically about the ingredients sent by Shannara and the dishes she developed herself. Downstairs, Anderweil also returned from the association. Sit down together at the dining table and start eating. Have had dinner. After the three of them completed their training. Then everyone returns to their room to rest. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association early in the morning. In the office study room. Xilagui said: "The corpse without the head yesterday can be confirmed to be the person we are looking for. In the afternoon, the guards came and took away both corpses and said they would investigate the matter later." Nothing more to say? "No, Deacon Imiro was present at the time, and they didn''t have any objections." Sheila Gui said with a smile. ??Wu Heng nodded, "If you are strong, you are a bull." "Of course, Imiro also has a high status in the elves, otherwise he would not be placed here." Sheila Gui said with a little pride. Really, what status! Sheila Gui blinked at him, but did not continue speaking. She picked up the tea cup and took a sip. ??Wu Heng didn''t continue to ask, and he didn''t care much about who among the elves was more powerful or what their identity was. I am still a person from another world. ?Who hasnt ordered special status yet? He also picked up the tea cup and took a sip. His mind turned around and he continued to ask: "What is the occupation of the owner of Treasure Island?" Xilagui looked up and said uncertainly: "It should be a soldier, there is no specific information." (End of this chapter) Chapter 438 , let me announce something Chapter 438, I have something to announce Last time at the port. ??Wu Heng met the rumored island owner, who had just returned from the sea and captured a group of pirates. He has a rough face, a tall build, and a long sword hanging on his waist. In terms of appearance, it is indeed close to the profession of a warrior or swordsman. Such a famous person has not determined his occupation? Wu Heng was curious. Sheila Gui pondered for a moment, "Pirates or some wanted criminals are judged by professional abilities, or clothing and equipment, which are generally the same." Well, a pirate leader has a mass occupation. Wu Heng complained. In the past, when I read novels and played games, they were all about special professions, or hidden professions that were more powerful. This is the most common one. "Your idea is wrong. Common professions will have a more complete inheritance system and are more suitable for ordinary people to improve." Xila Gui took a sip of tea and continued: "You still have to ask about the cultivation method of ghosts. Have you ever seen a warrior or ranger looking for skill books everywhere?" Even ordinary families can produce professionals. ?Wu Heng didnt deny it, Isnt it possible? Last night, before going to bed. Back to the residence, after having lunch with Minnie. Sheela Gui pondered for a moment and said: "It''s unlikely. He has just been exempted and became the island owner. The association and various forces are also staring at him. If you don''t have any grudges, why bother to compete with you? Even if there is. Qiu should also avoid this period of time. Now that this matter is mentioned again, it is easy to guess that the island owner is suspected. Leave the association and return to your residence. Sit in the study and rest for a while, then open the door and go to the zombie world. The two of them chatted in the study for a while. There is no way, after all, most of them are pirates, and their behavior is quite barbaric. Why did you remember to ask him? Sheila Gui raised her head and looked over. It seems that the people from Black Crows Nest have taken over, and now they plan to follow the path of Old Cask and share the port business. Sheila Gui said lightly. You are right. Suddenly I felt that the island was not as safe as before. On the other side, there is still a renovated bedroom. In the case of the kidnapping, it was found that all the heads were chopped off. Sheila smiled and mentioned other things again, "The Old Barrel Tavern has reopened, but the people have been changed." When Wu Heng heard it, it seemed to make sense. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. The corridor was filled with skeletons on standby. I didnt know the island owner at first, so even if he could receive a blank envelope, he wouldnt necessarily be in danger for the 1,200 gold coins. But it was not used later. It''s like an undercurrent is surging, and a danger is gradually approaching. The advantage is that there are many job changes, the system is complete, and the threshold is low, so you can get started quickly. He thought again about Treasure Island during this period. That''s right. Maybe there will be another fire fight or something. Go directly to the fourth floor. The disadvantages are also obvious. It is a popular profession, everyone knows its abilities and characteristics, and there are no trump cards. ?The other party may be able to guess it. Do you suspect that this kidnapping is related to him? Sheila Gui asked. Well, what you said makes sense. "Too." Apparently there are others. Last night, I was not sure if there would be any further battles, so I asked the skeleton to wait at the door. If there was any danger, I could open the gate and summon him as soon as possible. Its okay, I just feel like he doesnt care much about this island. He hasnt seen it twice in total. Wu Heng replied casually. Who has been replaced? Sheila Ge also got up and went back to her study. Common occupations, with advantages and disadvantages. ??Wu Heng also learned some news and said hello to Anderweier. When fighting, what moves do you use? Go back outside. Wu Heng ordered. ??The skeletons turned around, went down the stairs, and then walked toward the area outside where the skeleton army was stationed. ?Wu Heng followed and walked down the stairs together. The entire station has changed a lot since I came back. The waiting room was divided into two areas. One part was set up as a market for exchanging supplies. Several survivors who were obviously foreigners carefully avoided the skeletons standing guard with guns and came in to exchange supplies. In another area, there are some tools and equipment piled up, as well as flour used for exchange. At this time, the back door of the station opened. Qi Hancai walked in wearing a white down jacket, dusted the snowflakes on his body, walked over and said, "Why didn''t you call me?" "just looking around." Qi Hancai followed his gaze and looked at the area where supplies were exchanged, and said: "Some shelters have come to exchange food through the cleared roads. In two days, if the news spreads, more shelters will come to exchange." " Well, arrange more people at the intersection then. People from these shelters may bring zombies with them when they come. Wu Heng instructed. Understood, survivors and skeletons have been arranged to stand guard. ?Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued to count: "There was news from sister Yahong that the provinces and districts came over to exchange. In addition to some gold, there were also drawings of machine gun bullets. As for the drawings of machine guns and artillery shells, they said It will be provided to us after both parties have more trust. Hearing this sentence, he raised his eyebrows. He still remembered that last time, Deputy Commander Liu vowed to unite to help more shelters and survivors. The drawings will also be provided to others. Now its time to trust each other again. ?Of course, the machine gun bullet drawings provided to you are actually pretty good. Even a level 10 professional cannot withstand the power of a machine gun. If he can find a way to produce it, his combat effectiveness can be greatly improved. Since you have necessary resources like food, you can still talk about it later. Theres no rush, well talk about it later. Wu Heng wasnt worried at all. Qi Hancai continued, "Tomorrow morning, the train will come with the drawings, and I will hand them over to you then." Hmm. Qi Hancai then pointed to the area opposite, where materials were exchanged, and talked about the layout. ?Those survivors who came to exchange supplies. He looked over here from time to time, looking at the two people talking curiously. You can see the obvious difference from the clothes and complexion. From time to time we get together and whisper a few words. Finished talking about things here. ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was 1:20 p.m. There is still enough time. Let the convoy prepare. Lets try to clear out another batch of zombies before dark. Qi Hancai nodded, took out the walkie-talkie and asked him to prepare the convoy. Soon, the convoy stopped at the back door, Qi Hancai got into the driver''s seat, and Wu Heng got into the passenger seat. Surrounded by a large number of skeletons, he left the station. Go to the area that has not been cleared of zombies along the road. Hello~! Snowflakes are falling in large numbers. Dense groups of corpses rushed out from the surrounding lanes and alleys. The clothes are in rags, the skin is rotten and pale after freezing. The corpses quickly gathered into a dense group on the main road. Hurrah~! ?Overhead, a skeletal flying dragon roared past. Densely packed solid iron bullets rained down on the corpses like a heavy rain. Sparse smoke rises. The earth trembled. The group of corpses further away, attracted by the explosion, rushed over again and gathered on the road. Skeleton flying dragon, after three consecutive bombings. ?The smoke and dust dispersed. On the entire road, there were only scattered zombies and a messy road. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered directly. The skeleton army on standby instantly stood up. Carrying a spear, advance along the road. Wherever he passed, the zombies that were approaching had their bodies pierced, and they fell limply among the broken flesh and limbs on the ground. ??Wu Heng stood behind him, opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: 15147852/195000 The speed at which experience points increase is pretty good. It has now reached 147,000. Clean up the corpses one more time and you will be able to reach level 16. Looking at the shops on both sides along the road. The battle between skeletons and zombies has also ended. ?Two level two deformed zombie corpses, and the corpses of more than two hundred evolved zombies, were dragged over. Throw it in front of you. ?Afraid that corpse cores would be difficult to find, Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one and got two second-level corpse cores and 73 first-level corpse cores. After putting them all away. Continuing to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road, Qi Hancai led people into the shops on both sides. Take a quick look at the situation in the store so that you can make arrangements for work tomorrow. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. The sky has also turned dark. The sky in the north will become very short after winter. Getting back on the bus, the army returned to the station. After returning to the station, I said a few words to Qi Hancai, opened the boundary door, and walked in. ??It''s still bright here and the sun is shining. It was cold and hot, and I shivered involuntarily. Send the obtained corpse core to the alchemy laboratory, wash briefly, and walk downstairs. Going downstairs, I saw several women sitting in the living room chatting happily. ?Minnie, Andevil, and Shannella, who were wearing a light blue dress and a corolla-like headdress, looked like a graceful princess. Seeing him coming down, the three women all smiled. Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon, Minnie said. Yeah. Wu Heng agreed and looked at Shanara again, What have you been busy with lately? I havent seen you here for a while. ??Shanella knew that he said he didn''t come over at night. His face turned a little red, "You didn''t even come to see me about the business group." Im also busy with a case. Wu Heng sat down aside. Thats even, Shannara said. The two sat together and chatted for a while, and dinner was brought to the table by the skeleton. The four of them sat down together and started eating dinner. ?Wu Heng glanced at the three women chatting, thought for a moment, and grabbed Shannara''s palm from under the table. The latter was a little flustered and couldn''t break free, so he let the other party hold him and intertwined his fingers. Minnie, Weier, let me tell you something. Wu Heng suddenly spoke. Shannara''s body froze, one hand was held by the other party, and she lowered her head to eat with the other hand. Minnie and Andwyll, as well as the owl standing at the corner of the table pecking at food, all looked up. ?Wu Heng raised their clasped hands and introduced: "Shanela will also be a member of our family in the future." (End of this chapter) Chapter 439 , one for each person, count mine Chapter 439, one for each person, count it as mine Shannaras head bowed even further, and her face and neck were as red as if they were congested. ?I thought to myself that a chamber of commerce as big as mine would do well. No worse than the Archdeacon of the Society. He raised his head with a blushing face and said, "Yes." However, after this matter was announced, the expressions of the two maids remained calm. It was like I had known about this for a long time, and there was no surprise at all. It was just that it turned out to be the case. Are you going to prepare a room for Sister Shannara? Minnie asked. Shannara immediately waved her hand, "No, I''ll live next door. You can live with me when you have time." After saying that, he lowered his head again, feeling a little embarrassed. Having said this, Shanara also felt what happened between herself and Wu Heng. Okay, from now on we will be fair and aboveboard, dont think so much. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders. When asked when the two of them got along, he roughly told the story after he was rescued from pirates by Wu Heng. Although it is just jewelry, from the workmanship and materials used, it can be seen that the value is definitely not low. Seeing that he didnt look like he was lying, Shanara asked suspiciously, Is it really so obvious? "How can it be." Its just that the two peoples emotional experiences were not so tortuous. They got along well with each other and got together directly. Wait until after dinner. Its really like a story about a knight and a princess. Oh, let me prepare an extra quilt to save you from catching a cold at night. "this time." Shanara looked up at him and said, "It depends on what you do. Weapon accessories can be easily customized. If the quantity is large, they can be individually arranged for mass production. If it is a gadget accessories, it is relatively complicated. , but as long as the money is enough, its not a problem. Yes, when I was cleaning the masters bedroom, I found the bra I gave to sister Shannara under the pillow. Minnie said, and then asked, How do you know? The two maids received the gifts and were also very happy. At this time, Shannara was not as shy as she was at the beginning. ?Minnie and Anderweil also smiled and chimed in a few words. Minnie was surprised and said: "Wow, you guys seem to be part of a story. Sister Shanara is so happy. Unlike me and Sister Wei''er, we were bought back." After all, this is the first time, except for Wu Heng, that someone has given them a gift, and it is such a good gift. Shanara could only whisper, "Then I won''t go back." ??Wu Heng interrupted: "I won''t go back tonight." Thank you Minnie. ? Anderweil looked at Minnie curiously, "Do you also know about the master and Sister Shannara?" Theres still a while, are you anxious? ?Wu Heng remembered something and asked, "When can the caravan come back?" "I''m not in a hurry." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I want to customize some more precise metal accessories. I wonder if you have any channels to customize them." Its quite embarrassing to find a bra under the pillow. In the living room, Shanara took out two gifts and gave them to the two girls in a rather formal manner. She should have been prepared for it a long time ago and was just waiting for this matter to be revealed today. "Okay, okay, you guys are awesome. Stop talking and eat quickly. I have prepared gifts for you. Let''s look at the gifts later." Shannara couldn''t listen anymore and immediately interrupted the two of them to learn about the matter. . They have a good impression of each other again. ??There are also people who can recognize it by listening to the sound. You can normally use one, but its hard to say youll be able to use it, so you still need to prepare it first. ??Wu Heng also smiled and said: "Stop teasing her, let''s eat first. If the gift tonight is not good, we won''t let Shanara leave." Sister Shanara, are you going back tonight? Minnie asked. ?Wu Heng looked at Shanara and said, "Look, they have already regarded you as family." Two maids went upstairs to help prepare new bedding. You can recognize it by listening to the voice at night. Thinking in my heart, I also felt a sense of sweetness, and looked at the smiling man sitting beside me with a gentle face. Continue eating. Shannara stood up and hit him lightly, "Did you tell them in advance?" Shannara was also there, leaning against him gently. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "For example, I have a device that requires a lot of accessories to assemble, but I don''t want the maker to have complete access to all the accessories specifications and final styles. What would be better? " Shannara answered directly, "It''s simple, divide it into several more places for production. If it''s really that important, raise a few blacksmiths and artificers yourself." Oh, thats right. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Shannara asked curiously: "Do you have any precision equipment that needs to be made? I can recommend you to go to our wood elf factory to make it, but if you submit the complete drawings, they will definitely be kept as backups. You don''t have any. In the case of limited production capacity, this is actually difficult to avoid. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s just an idea, I haven''t produced the drawings yet." Shannara thought he was studying the equipment blueprints, so she rolled her eyes at him and said, "You are a mage who doesn''t level up properly. You always study these weird things. If I had known, I would have set the level to 18. It can inspire you." I can also give you incentives now, such as giving me a baby, or some new tricks. Shannara twisted her body and complained, "Don''t talk nonsense. It''s not good to be heard." The two of them whispered a few words downstairs. Minnie and Anderweil came down from upstairs. The bed is ready. ?Wu Heng gave her a thumbs up, and amidst Shanara''s exclamation, he held her in his arms and walked upstairs. What are you doing? Its still so early. I havent seen you for a few days. You miss me, but I still miss you. Shannara also leaned gently into his arms and muttered, "Really, you''ve ruined my image." Return to the room. ?Minnie pulled Andweil and carefully climbed up to the fourth floor. Listen gently to the movement inside. When there was a soft humming sound, they looked at each other. Well, thats the voice, and it is indeed Shannara. I heard it very early. ???? In the early morning, Wu Heng opened his eyes and looked out the window. Shanela, who was nestled in her arms, also woke up. ?His eyes curved into crescent moons, and he pecked the other person''s lips, "You got up so early." "Well, I''m getting used to it. If you sleep a little longer, you won''t be in a hurry to go back." Wu Heng put his smooth body into his arms. Shanellas life is more casual. It is very common to go to bed late and get up late. Completely different from his living habits. Shannara shook her head, "That''s okay, you can''t act too lazy in front of Minnie and the others!" Speaking, he stood up gently and started to get dressed. ?Wu Heng yawned and sat aside, reaching out to touch the other person''s skin, rubbing it gently and slowly. ?This made Shannara feel embarrassed. After they finished getting dressed, they went downstairs to eat together. The three women have also arranged their own processes. Anderweil had to go to the association to work. Shanara took Minnie to Beacon Street to look at the goods, and then picked up Anderweil from get off work in the afternoon. A set of procedures, fully arranged. Wu Heng had no time to participate with them. It can only be said that if you provide money, the expenses incurred will be borne by you. After breakfast, the three women left the residence. ?Wu Heng also packed up and headed to the zombie world. Get out of the room. Call Qi Hancai directly. The convoy is ready and continues to rush towards the uncleared area. Not long after, we arrived at the location. After making sure there are no strange zombies. ??Skeleton dogs are still attracting monsters, and the iron rain in the sky is cleaning up the zombies. When the corpses are cleared. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Level increased to level 16, intelligence 2, perception +1, charm +1. Finally upgraded. The level has reached level 16, one step closer to the target of level 18. Furthermore, it seems that starting from level 15, attribute points increase by 4 points at each level. It''s just a pity that there are no talents unlocked. Soon, the battlefield is over. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ?Wu Heng collects corpse cores and transforms skeletons. After everything was completed, the convoy began to return. Hand Qi Hancai walked into the waiting room hall together. A survivor, carrying a suitcase, walked over quickly and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Qi, these are the blueprints sent." so much? ?Wu Heng opened the suitcase and took a look. Inside was a suitcase full of blueprints. Probably glanced at it. Not only the drawings of machine gun bullets, but also the drawings of a set of mechanical production lines, which are the production lines for making warheads and cartridge cases. ??But the number is a bit staggering. I''m afraid ordinary people wouldn''t be able to assemble a complete machine with this set of drawings. Okay, thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng closed the suitcase. It should be done. The survivor smiled and left. Qi Hancai looked at the suitcase and asked, "Do you need to back it up? Don''t damage it by then, and you''ll have to worry about it with the province." Thats right, make a backup and save it when the time comes. "good." Given the current situation, these drawings will not be of much use to ordinary shelters if they are sent out. ?Who can make so many accessories by hand? Qi Hancai took over the drawings. ?Wu Heng also went to arrange patrol tasks for the skeletons with intelligence. Another world, an island. Bang~! The door of the tavern was kicked open. With a green parrot standing on his shoulder, Philippa walked in with his men in a swaggering manner. He tilted his head and glanced at the tavern, and said, "Bartender, there is a woman for each person in the tavern, and the money will be charged to my account." This captain, not so much. Fuck, go find it and bring all the good-looking ones. I have a lot of money. Philippa said loudly. ??The bartender glanced at the boss, then went out to look for someone. In the tavern, there were cheers. A thumbs up to the heroic Captain Philippa. Philippa waved his hand to indicate that this was all a trivial matter, then strutted to the bar, sat down next to a blond man with an afro, and said: "Boss Joachim, are you doing any work recently? Take me one." The man glanced at her and said, "You are not short of money. What are you going to do at sea?" "Who''s worried about having a lot of money and following you? If I go to sea in the future, I''ll have something to brag about." Philippa patted her chest. "You have a good plan." The man snorted and said, "No, if there is one, I will bring you one to follow and see how we fight." Philippa ordered a glass of beer, took a sip, and continued: "Boss Joachim, there are rumors about the Pirate King outside, is it true?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 440 , you are worse than your father Chapter 440: You are worse than your father Where did you hear these things? Joachim next to her looked at her and asked. Philippa leaned against the bar and said, "I was reading a book recently called A Brief History of Pirates. It said that there was a pirate king before the Emerald Sea, and I was curious if it was true." You still know how to read? Joachim asked suspiciously. Philippa said: "If my father hadn''t been a pirate, I would have been a key talent cultivated by the kingdom." ??The tavern was silent for a moment, and then the pirates burst into laughter. You, a wild girl, can you still be a talent? Which kingdom is so unlucky that it would cultivate you. Iron Barrel Pirates, you only have three ships left in your hands, you might as well be your father. Bang~! Philippa slapped the bar hard and cursed loudly: "Fuck you, if I were not a pirate, how could I be a member of the association? I will arrest you all and stab you in the **** with a wooden stick." Dont, dont, dont! You are talented. Joachim laughed, hugged the woman and walked upstairs, saying: "I think you are quite pleasing to the wild girl. Don''t go to sea recently. I will take you to have a long experience in two days. If you can pass the investigation ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. Philippa ignored the other pirates and turned around and asked, "Is this pirate king really so powerful?" Philippa waved her hand, "Forget it, you are too old." Joachim also laughed for a while and said: "What is written in the book is naturally true. It is normal for you younger generation not to know." ??There was a squeak. ??The parrot also followed suit. Swearing a few words, he walked out of the tavern with the parrot. The door of the tavern was pushed open, and the bartender walked in with several women wearing heavy makeup, twisting their waists, and instantly threw themselves into the arms of the pirates in the tavern. ??The laughter all around became even louder, and the whole tavern instantly became lively. Shannara is here today, chatting and laughing with the two maids on the first floor. Downstairs, the pirates and the women were already fighting. ?Philippa glanced at all the pirates. It can be heard faintly that the three talked about Wu Heng''s body. Wait for Wu Heng to approach. Philippa chased him to the top of the stairs and shouted up: "Boss Joachim, you are more particular, like the kind-hearted Babucci." Hahahaha~! Not as shy as yesterday. Joachim looked suffocated and was about to speak. Joachim raised his eyebrows, "Of course I know more than you." The pirates started booing again. Even the pirates brought by Philippa buried their heads in the woman''s chest. Philippa frowned and said, "Boss Joachim, you don''t know and you don''t know, why are you talking nonsense to me?" Philippa''s face turned red with anger, and she continued to curse: "If you guys laugh again, you have to pay for the trouble with women." Poke in the ass, poke in the ass. Joachim''s figure disappeared into the stairwell, and a voice came down, "About what you were curious about just now." ?The three of them noticed it, their faces turned slightly red, and they immediately changed the topic and started talking about today''s shopping. Philippa was not weak at all. He drank and shook his legs, and said doubtfully, "Forget it if I don''t know. I''ll ask other pirate groups in the future." Joakim frowned and looked at her, looking up and down, "Are you so interested?" came down from upstairs. What knowledge do you have? Philippa asked. There was no reply from upstairs. Joachim also stood up and hugged the two women, "Philippa, do you want to stay with us tonight?" Philippa nodded, "I know, I robbed several ships, and that''s the news in the letter. Is it really related to the Pirate King? Has he lived for so long?" You must have seen Neptunes letter too! Walking around the neighborhood along the street. ?Joachim smiled, picked up the wine glass and took a sip, without continuing. Thats right, you can be a deacon in the association. Real or false, then who do you think this pirate king is? ?Wu Heng sat down beside him and chatted with him. Not long after, dinner was served, and the four of them sat at the dining table and started eating. After dinner. ?Minnie and Shanara went to play shuttlecock in the yard, while Wu Heng left Anderweil behind. Master, do you have any orders? Andweier poured him a glass of water and asked curiously. ?Wu Heng took a sip and said, "Has there been any progress on the kidnapping?" Anderweil shook her head, "No news has reached me yet. I''ll ask when I go to the association tomorrow." "No, I''ll go there tomorrow too," Wu Heng then asked, "Where''s Millicent?" "Mrs. Millicent is still living in the association''s dormitory. There have been no rumors about Nautilus and the association in the past few days. Assistant Moya is making arrangements to get her out while building a relationship." ?Wu Heng nodded, Moya would be more secure in arranging this matter. "That''s good, you can go play with them." ? Anderweil responded and walked out of the room to play shuttlecock with Minnie and Shannella. ?Wu Heng went back to his study to read for a while. When it gets late at night, go back to your room and rest. The next day, Association Dungeon. The heavy iron door was opened. The young man dressed as a bartender walked down cautiously. ?Going through several iron cages along the way, identifying the prisoners lying on the ground inside, and walking towards them. Finally, I saw a familiar figure in an iron cage. He lowered his voice and said, "Boss, are you okay?" ?In the cage, Millicent raised his head, joy flashing in his eyes, "How is it? Is the matter done?" ??The bartender lowered his voice again: "It''s done, all the money has been given away." Then when can you let me out? I didnt say anything. The bartender shook his head, and then asked cautiously: Boss, you wont give this money away for free, right? Probably not! ?The two whispered, and the iron door of the dungeon was opened again. Two association guards walked down while chatting. Millicent and the bartender immediately shut up and watched the two figures approaching. ??The guard stood outside the iron cage and glanced inside, "Millicent, right?" Yes! Millicent answered. ??The guard opened the cage and said: "The investigation of your matter is finished, you can leave." "Thank you." Millicent walked out of the iron cage, thanked him, and walked out with the bartender. They walked through the hall and walked out of the association door. The bartender said dissatisfiedly: "I thought the association was better, but it''s just asking for money randomly." Millicent looked around and said, "Stop talking nonsense, let''s go back first." Call a carriage and rush to Beacon Street. Upstairs of the association. ?Wu Heng looked at the disappearing carriage and closed the curtains again. ?According to Moya''s idea, Millicent will be detained for a few days, waiting for some results from the assassination. Let her go again. After Wu Heng came over, he still planned to release him directly. The clues on the association''s side have been cut off. ?Moreover, the other party chopped off the head but did not take away the body. Obviously, we have a certain degree of certainty, and there is no point in delaying it. So, Millicent was released as planned today. ??Andwyer said from behind: "Some people know that she is your spy, and they may not be able to collect much information by then." "It''s not a big problem. There are all kinds of rumors outside that are true or false. There are all kinds of theories, and they may not be able to spread." Wu Heng added, "If we can''t collect any information, let her maintain this tavern and treat Fei. Lipa also gave an explanation. Well, youre thoughtful. ??Wu Heng turned around and touched her little head, "Okay, I''m going back first. If you don''t have anything to do in the afternoon, I''ll go home early." A good master. Wu Heng walked out of the association. ?Standing at the door and thinking for a moment, he walked in the direction of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Entered the Snake Emblem Consortium with the skeleton attendant. After showing his coat of arms, he was taken to the VIP room by the staff. Immediately afterwards, the middle-aged staff member from before knocked on the door and walked in. He bowed and saluted, "Good morning, guest." Good morning, have you seen the result of the last commission I issued? Wu Heng handed the emblem to the other party. The middle-aged man took it and said, "Wait a moment." After saying that, he walked out directly. Not long after, the man came back again, holding a wooden brocade box in his hand. Guest, the commission you issued has already collected a precious material, the blood of the aboleth, and the remaining materials are still being collected. The wooden box was opened, revealing a glass bottle with a viscous red liquid inside. When can the rest of the materials be collected? Wu Heng asked. "I can''t give you an accurate answer to this. If I collect it, I will let you know." The middle-aged man continued. Okay, leave it to me. After settling the final payment, Wu Heng collected the materials. After asking the other party to speed up the collection as much as possible, he also left the consortium. (End of this chapter) Chapter 441 , holding a sword with mind power Chapter 441: Holding a sword with telekinesis Return to the mansion. ?Minnie is watering the flowers in the flower bed with Shannella. There should be nothing going on at Star Flower in the past two days, as Shannara''s visits have become more frequent again. Moreover, I regard this place as my own home. ?Wu Heng said hello to the two women and went upstairs to the room where the ceremony was held last time. Release all the two ghosts. ?Xiao Xiao circled half a circle above his head, and Glenda asked directly: "Has the investigation concluded what happened last time?" No, the clues have been broken and we will not continue the investigation, Wu Heng said. The investigation methods in this world are not as perfect as modern ones. ??Wu Heng continued, "Last time it was Xiaoxiao, this time let''s promote Granda!" As Wu Hengs level increases. Xiao Xiao also nodded in agreement, "Yeah, let''s give Aunt Glenda a promotion." It is useful to stop or move something. As Granda entered, the formation began to glow. What is the effect? Granda continues to improve its capabilities, which is what must be done. No, Ive seen it before. Its more accurate to compare it. After everything was ready, he looked into the air and said, "Glenda, go in, it''s okay." Mix the blood and gold powder in a bowl, and then start to draw the type of formation required for the ceremony according to the records on the manuscript. ?Wu Heng took out the Necromancers notes, Its called Mind Power Holding Sword. When the last stroke is finished, the entire formation is completely closed. Go and keep your voice down in the study. ??Wu Heng introduced: "The ghost can be given the ability to hold weapons." ?Wu Heng also took out the prepared materials one by one. After hearing this, Granda didnt ask any questions and just nodded in agreement, I have no objection. Place all materials in fixed locations accurately according to quantity and type. Just some basic investigations, supplemented by rare objects or props. ?Glenda did not refuse, but simply asked: "What type of ability?" ??Xiao Xiao raised his hand in mid-air, "Uncle, it''s okay for me. Can you go upstairs and watch cartoons? Come down when Auntie is well." ??Wu Heng continued: "Today I got the materials that were lacking before from the consortium, and I can improve them for you." There is no delay. ?Glenda warned: "Then be careful on the island. Enemies are more dangerous than pirates." In particular, Xiaoxiao also gained the ability to see the enemy''s level. The two ghosts said nothing and continued to wait. The ghost has no body, so it cannot hold weapons. "Okay, then I will prepare the materials for the ceremony. You guys will wait for a while." Wu Heng said. Compared to Xiaoxiao''s time. He nodded and flew directly to the middle of the formation. A necromantic dark energy permeated the surrounding area. The enemies he faces are becoming more and more powerful. If the ghost can only provide detection, it can no longer keep up with the effect Wu Heng wants. Materials are crushed like fine sand, turned into energy, flying towards Glenda, entangled with each other, forming a rotating vortex. The characteristic of mental push can lift objects up, but it cannot produce the same effect as slashing. ??The formation type this time is a bit more complicated, but the record is quite clear and can be drawn completely according to it. Wu Heng has not found anything now. If it is handed over to the association and the guards, it will be even harder to find anything. To kill the enemy, unless you lift the rolling thunder and throw it at the pirates like the pirate village did. Necromancer''s interrogation of corpses, or some truth-telling props, are considered very advanced methods in this world. Got it. Xiaoxiao agreed and flew up through the roof of the shed. Even though Glenda is in ghost form, she can still feel nervous. You only collected the materials and didnt understand the ability types, right? Granda looked down with some dissatisfaction. "Ok, I know." As time passes little by little. Glenda absorbed all the energy and returned to its original appearance. Ghost Unlocked Skills: Holding Sword with Telekinesis. Successfully unlocked. And it went smoothly. ?Glenda looked at her translucent body and asked, "Is it over?" Its over, you can come out. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda flew out and said: "Actually, I don''t feel any improvement." No hurry! Wu Heng said, and then checked her panel properties. In it, a new skill sword holding with telekinesis appeared as expected. Sword holding with telekinesis: This spirit has the ability to concentrate telekinesis, and can attach telekinesis to weapons to achieve an effect similar to holding a sword. It is almost the same as recorded. ??It''s just that you can''t actually grab a weapon, which is unlikely since you don''t have a physical body. Instead, he can concentrate his mind power and attach it to the weapon. Similar to the effect of holding a sword. It still feels very useful. Looking up again, Glenda was also feeling her abilities in mid-air. ??Wu Heng took out a sword and placed it on the table beside him, "Try to see if you can use it like a normal sword." ?Glenda looked at the iron sword aside. Start to concentrate and use your mind power. After several attempts, the weapon on the table was directly grasped by the hilt with transparent hands. Took it up from the table. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised, and Glenda''s soul was also a little surprised, "It''s really okay." Try waving it! Shuashhua~! ?There were sounds of breaking through the air, and the iron sword split the air in the air. It is indeed different from the normal soft telekinesis objects. The effect is so good! Glenda was a little surprised. ?Wu Heng continued to take out a pistol and said, "Try this." Glenda had seen him use the pistol before, so she grabbed it consciously, held it in her hand, and aimed forward. Try to be invisible! ?Glenda, her body disappeared, only the gun was floating in the air. ?Looks a little weird. How was the effect? Glendas voice came from the air. The effect is very good. ?Glenda reappeared from mid-air and handed the pistol back to him. ??Wu Heng said: "From now on, you can also help during the battle." Yes, I can finally help. After completing the skill. ?Wu Heng returned to the study room upstairs, where Xiao Xiao was watching cartoons. Looking up, "Auntie, was the ceremony successful?" Succeeded. Oh, what kind of abilities does Auntie have, please show me quickly. ?Glenda smiled, reached for the water glass on the side, and moved it. ?Xiao Xiao was a little disappointed, "That''s it? So it''s okay!" Its different. I can hold weapons and participate in battles. Xiao Xiao was not very interested, "Okay, as long as you are satisfied." ?Wu Heng sat in the study for a while. As evening approached, Minnies voice calling for dinner came from downstairs. Let the two ghosts stay upstairs and stay away. Go downstairs to eat by yourself. The next day, after breakfast. ??Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Get out of the room. Looked in the direction of the waiting room. There were not many people coming to exchange supplies today. There were only two people, holding bags in their hands and chatting with the survivor in charge of the exchange. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, and within a few steps, Qi Hancai came over in a hurry. He called him aside and said, "Something happened." "What''s wrong?" Yesterday, we arranged for a few people to go to the military area in advance to investigate the situation, but they never came back. We also arranged for rescuers to go over and said that no trace of them was found. Qi Hancai said seriously. ?Wu Hengs brows also frowned slightly. ?People are lost! With the current situation of the shelter, it is impossible for people to escape with supplies. More, we still encountered dangers. ??If it is a zombie, then the rescue team that goes behind will also find the location of the accident. After all, zombies kill people and will not move vehicles. ?Looking at it this way, something happened, but it had nothing to do with zombies yet. Just when Wu Heng was about to speak, a man came out of the room in charge of the radio station. ?Haunted to this side: "Sister Qi, come here." ??Qi Hancai looked back and walked over with Wu Heng. After entering the room. The female survivor in charge of the radio station said: "A shelter just contacted us, saying that they have the person in their hands, and they want the person alive, and they want 2,000 bags of food, and 500 guns and bullets." 500 guns? There are 500 of them? (End of this chapter) Chapter 442 , try the ability Chapter 442, Test your ability Sure enough, the missing people were kidnapped by survivors from other bases. Judging from the other partys requests, we already know some of the situation on our side. But 500 guns are required. It makes people somewhat doubt whether there are really 500 people. Given the current situation, 500 people is quite a burden. Did you tell me which shelter? Qi Hancai asked solemnly. ??The girl in charge of the radio station shook her head, "I didn''t say anything, they just told me the request and the exchange location, and then they couldn''t contact me." Where to trade? Over there on Anren Street, there is a viaduct under it. ??This time it was an accident. Qi Hancai looked gloomy and apologized softly, "I''m sorry, I didn''t expect this kind of thing to happen." ?More than thirty men and women dressed as scavengers gathered on the viaduct. Through the front windshield, you can see the viaduct ahead. The road the convoy takes. And the figure standing on the bridge. Gradually enter the branch road. ?One person looked into the distance and shouted: "It''s coming, it''s just a car, without those bones." According to the map, it took about four minutes to drive. Qi Hancai said: "Turn around this intersection and you will find Anren Street. Do you need all the skeleton army to pass by?" After driving for a certain distance. It is the area that has been cleaned before. On the viaduct. The rest of the people gathered over immediately. When you are ready. If there is an ambush or any danger, you can detect it immediately. The two of them walked out of the room. Qi Hancai nodded, "Continue to watch the radio and notify me of any news in time." After rescuing the person, just be more careful in the future. Okay, Sister Qi. Not zombies, but survivors looking this way. ?Wu Heng also mobilized a large number of skeleton troops and rushed towards the location mentioned by the other party. In the past, Qi Hancais management of the base was quite good. Qi Hancai said: "There is a viaduct in front, and they are on it." Qi Hancai drove the truck, turned around the intersection, and continued to the trading location. Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and began to explain. "They are smart, let''s go from below, and they are on top." Wu Heng said something, and then added, "Slow down and move forward slowly." Two ghosts were observing the situation nearby. Do you need to prepare the food and ammunition that the other party needs? "Is there any danger?" Qi Hancai was a little uneasy. ??Wu Heng looked at the map and said, "Let the other vehicles park here, and the two of us will go over and take a look at the situation." No need, just let the team get ready. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and explained. Not long after, the motorcade arrived at the door. ?More than ten of them were wearing body armor and carrying rifles, and the remaining few were also wearing simple homemade armor, carrying iron spears and machetes, and were fully armed. Go and take a look first. Itll be fine if you dont get out of the car. Wu Heng said directly. ?Especially with small psychic vision abilities, the energy emitted by zombies and living creatures is completely different. ??Wu Heng also followed the big-headed skeleton and issued an order to put the skeleton army on standby. ??Wu Heng glanced at her and just nodded, "Let people prepare the convoy. Let''s rescue people first. We''ll talk about the rest later." Looking into the distance. Sure enough, I saw a truck modified to look like an iron can, driving towards this direction. "It''s the car of the people at the station. They are really stupid. At this time, they really exchanged food for hostages." Dare to exchange with foreign countries to prove that they are not short of food, and what we want is even less. Not a lot, if there is too much, it will be over if they dont come. ?A few peoples eyes were shining and they were talking in low voices. ??Standing among several people, a man holding a cigarette said: "Throw the person down." The two men squatted down and threw the three men with ropes tied to them along the fence. The rope was tightened and hung in the middle of the viaduct. And under the bridge tunnel. ?Several zombies heard the sound and gathered together. They looked up and opened their teeth and claws, trying to catch the three figures in the air. Boss, when the food and guns are given to us, do you want to let them go? Another person asked. ??The man known as the boss took two strong puffs of his cigarette and said, "Just go away, they are going back. Remember, none of us can survive." He glanced sideways and said, "Let the brothers with guns hide and wait for the car to come. Then call me up and shoot them to death." ??The rest of the people''s expressions froze, and they nodded in agreement. "knew." ?The crowd dispersed and crouched down behind the guardrail of the viaduct. And gradually. The truck in the distance stopped slowly. did not come as close as expected. Fuck, why did they stop there? Maybe you want us to come over. The boss cursed: "Only idiots would go down and talk to them. Who knows if those skeletons are being pulled in the car? Let''s just fight with them. I don''t believe they have come over and can still watch the hanging people freezing to death." The rest of the people continued to hide without any movement. On the truck. The two of them could see the scene in the distance clearly. Three of his own people were hung under the viaduct, and Qi Hancai''s face became even more ugly. It is not possible to tell whether the other party is alive or dead. But if we drag it on like this, sooner or later we will freeze to death there. Moreover, judging from the other partys posture, it doesnt look like they want to complete the transaction at all. At least the positions of both parties are obviously wrong. They are on top and can attack from a high position. It is very difficult for them to fight back. If you dont rely on the skeleton flying dragon. If the skeleton army wants to go up, they have to go around a long distance to find a way to get to the viaduct. "What...what should we do? They came prepared." Qi Hancai said. Theres no hurry, just wait! Wu Heng said. ??Qi Hancai stopped talking and just stared ahead, so that if the other party made any moves, he could notify Wu Heng in advance. Waited for a while. Two investigating ghosts flew back. ?Getting into the body, the scene on the viaduct was also shared, as well as a conversation about getting close to the past and shooting directly. ?The other party has a gun, which is really surprising. There are a total of twelve people with guns, and the rest are cold weapons. ?There are twelve vehicles in total, and some modifications have been made to them. After checking. Rereleased the two ghosts. ??Wu Heng said: "Try your ability and kill them all." ?Glenda flew out directly, and Xiaoxiao followed behind, flying towards the viaduct. Qi Hancai was still staring at Qi Hancai in the distance. He thought he was talking to her and pointed at himself, "Huh? Should I go over and kill them?" Its not you, youll know later. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Do I need to ask the skeleton to come over?" Wait a minute. Qi Hancai stopped talking and began to wait silently. On the viaduct. ?The truck still made no movement, which made the people here start to feel a little restless. After all, it is not an easy matter to ambush on the viaduct. The cold wind howled and everyone began to shiver from the cold. Humbling about what the other party is doing. Whether you can come or leave, you will be wasting your time there. ??Even if we can just come out and communicate with each other to confirm each other''s identities, it would be good. What does it mean to just stop there? At this moment. ??A man with dyed yellow hair suddenly stood up from behind the bunker. The sudden movement startled the companions beside him. Grass, what are you doing standing up? Huang Mao took two stiff steps forward, with fear on his face, "I, it''s not me, my body is out of control." Bang~! After saying that, he hit the fence with his head, blood spattered everywhere, and he fell down directly. The sudden scene made everyone froze on the spot. Immediately afterwards, the rifle on Huang Mao flew up out of the air. The muzzle of the gun is pointed at a person. In the horrified gaze of the opponent, click, the safety was opened, and the trigger was pulled. Bang~! ?The gunshot was deafening. The man''s head exploded instantly and his body fell backwards. The rest of the people also reacted immediately, their faces even more horrified. The boss, holding a cigarette in his mouth, immediately shouted: "It''s an invisible superpower. Shoot at the gun''s position. Don''t hurt your own people." ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets, shooting randomly. ??The bullet was just aimed at the ''invisible superpower'', but it was like hitting the air. There was no reaction, and there was no trace of blood as expected. Instead, they fired randomly and hit many of their own people. The floating rifle started shooting again, killing the surrounding enemies. His marksmanship was not accurate, but he couldn''t stand it and flew over, so he shot him in the face. Oops, **** it, **** it! The leading man cursed, ducking down and rushing towards the pickup truck nearby. Close the door and start igniting the vehicle. Who did I provoke? He actually has the ability to control a gun out of thin air. How to fight this? The vehicle started and I was about to drive away. Suddenly, I felt a cold feeling penetrate into my body, and then I couldn''t control my limbs. The neck began to twist, and with a click, it turned to the back. It was quiet on the viaduct. Two translucent ghosts also appeared from mid-air. ?Xiao Xiao exclaimed in admiration, "Wow, Auntie, you are so awesome." ?Glenda smiled and said: "It''s just the ability added yesterday that improves the effect of holding objects with thoughts." Its so handsome, just like a superhero. I will also have this ability next time. Okay, Ill ask Wu Heng to get one for you then. Yeah. Xiaoxiao nodded. ?Glenda looked around and said, "Xiaoxiao, go and ask Wu Heng to come over. It''s over here." Okay. Xiaoxiao flew downwards. On the truck. From the angle below, you can vaguely see the scene above. When he saw one, the rifle flew up out of the air and killed all the people around him. Qi Hancai couldn''t believe her eyes. She also thought about how she would resolve this battle. After all, with the current strength of the base, there is no pressure to kill these people. I just never thought that I would get a gun and kill someone by myself. Whatwhats going on? Qi Hancais eyes widened and he turned around and asked. (End of this chapter) Chapter 443 , pirates gathered Chapter 443, pirates gather ??Wu Heng said: "You mean, the flying gun?" Qi Hancai nodded, "Is it convenient? If it''s not convenient, forget it." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then waved his hand, and the mineral water bottle placed in front of the car flew up out of thin air. Some simple abilities, just know them and dont tell outsiders. Glendas matter cant be understood even if I explain it to her. Simply, lets use [Activated Object] to briefly explain it. "I know." Qi Hancai''s eyes widened and he nodded subconsciously. This is the awakening of a new ability. terrible. How could something like this appear in the city? The effect is not big. Is there anyone with super powers? The effect recorded in the manuscript is to let the ghost fight the enemy with a sword. Qi Hancai, who was still in shock, immediately reacted, started the car, and looked for a place to get on the viaduct. Find a corpse and directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. The military area to the south? ?Over there, it should be the location of the military area that Qi Hancai found out. ??Wu Heng asked: "Tell me your complete plan." ?The corpse replied, "There is a military area near the south. We attracted some zombies and got these guns after killing them." Well, the performance effect is beyond my expectation. Wu Heng agreed. ?There are also tanks. Do they all have guns? "did not see it." Okay! Qi Hancai walked over quickly, pulled the rope, and pulled up the people below. Are there any special zombies? I mean aberrant zombies. Where did you get the gun? ?But now when you hold a gun and shoot with this kind of intention, the effect is even more significant, and there are no strong technical requirements. Get on the viaduct. ?Hold the walkie-talkie and ask everyone else to come over. Are there many zombies? The corpse replied, "Gaud Street, Brewery Refuge." There are more than ten people left. "No." ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "What else do you know about the military area over there?" ??Wu Heng asked: "Where is your refuge?" Holy shit! "a lot of." The fallen corpse suddenly sat up and looked this way. There are still many guns, and there are many armored vehicles and tanks in the yard. ?Wu Heng continued to face the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. ?Wu Heng bent down and put away all the firearms and ammunition from the corpses. Soon, Wu Heng received a small prompt and said directly: "Go to the viaduct." ??Wu Heng got out of the car and said to Qi Hancai: "Go and pull our people up." The corpse sat up again. The ground was covered with corpses. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ??Wu Heng walked to the front, and Glenda''s voice rang in his ears, "This ability is really good." How many people are left in your shelter? The corpse replied, "Exchange food with you, and then kill them all to avoid retaliation later." But this involves the issue of swordsmanship. It is simply a collection of superpowers. Two guns were left behind. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Who are they?" They are all women we control. After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. At this time, Qi Hancai also came over from behind, looked at the body, and said: "Everyone has been rescued and they are not dead. It is certain that they will have a severe cold after returning." Not dying is better than nothing, so be careful in the future. I will pay more attention in the future. Qi Hancai said solemnly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: Have you ever heard of a brewery shelter? Qi Hancai''s eyes flashed with surprise, "I know, we exchanged some grains two days ago, so this incident has something to do with them?" Well, these are the people at the Brewery Shelter. These shameless guys, they can come out to exchange for food, but we have to clean up the zombies along the way, but now they bite us. Qi Hancai scolded angrily. Whether its exchanging food with them or cleaning up the surrounding zombies. Even if it is mainly our own side that wants to clear the road, it can be considered as indirectly helping them. ?Now instead, they have **** their own people and extorted food. ??It feels like I fed a dog and was bitten by a dog again. "When the army comes, we will bulldoze them." Qi Hancai said angrily. There are still some women under control over there, lets see what happens then. "good!" Not long after, the rest of the convoy caught up. Qi Hancai asked people to check the vehicles left by these people. ??Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], turning the corpses on the ground into skeletons. When everything was over, the army went directly to the brewery shelter.??? Outside the brewery shelter. When the skeleton army approaches in mighty force. Inside the gate, two people walked out, a man and a woman. ?Hold your arms high and walk out directly. Qi Hancai suppressed the anger in her heart and said, "Don''t you resist?" The man replied, "We are unable to resist. The only ones left inside are women. Please don''t kill us." Qi Hancai glanced at the courtyard. ??Continued: "Let everyone come out and take out all the weapons and firearms. If anyone dares to hide it privately, you will all be implicated." Okay, Ill go notify you. The woman who followed him went back to inform him. A large number of women came out of it. In addition to the knives, there were two guns thrown aside. Enter the hospital! Qi Hancai said. The convoy and the skeleton army entered the courtyard directly, and all the gates were closed. Qi Hancai officially took over this factory area. ??Wu Heng began to arrange skeletons to defend the factory area. Not long after, Qi Hancai came back. "No problem. There are so many people here because the brewery was originally a warehouse for storing grain and making wine. The others are willing to cooperate. I plan to observe them for a while." "Well, you are responsible here. Ask more about the intelligence from the military area. Next time we will clean up there directly." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Qi Hancai responded and continued: "This used to be their leader''s room. I have people clean it up. You can live here and I will live next door to you." ?Wu Heng nodded and entered the room directly. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Back to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng first went to the alchemy laboratory to take a look. Packed up all the bottles of refined potions, and then walked downstairs. Shanela did not come today, and the two maids were chatting in the living room. Have dinner together. ?Wu Heng distributed the corpse core potion to the two women to strengthen their attributes. After taking the medicine. Carried out daily training again. ??Wu Heng took the two girls to the bathroom to take a bath. In the bathtub, two maids, one on the left and one on the right, lay on their chests. ??Wu Heng patted the little fox''s buttocks and asked, "Is everything okay over there at Millicent?" "It''s okay, the tavern has reopened, and there are no rumors." Andwyer twisted slightly and said. Well, thats fine. Minnie on the other side gently licked his chest and said, "Master, I have information." Whats the information about Minnie? Wu Heng looked at her. Minnie said: "The number of guards has increased. Many people are patrolling now, and several squads have been added." Anderweil also added, "The port was also taken over by the guards. The gangs who originally planned to divide the port business gathered people to protest because of this incident." ?These two pieces of information made Wu Heng a little stunned. Originally, the guards were increased to go out to sea to arrest pirates. Now a larger part is used on the island. Minnie continued: "As long as it doesn''t bother us." ? Anderweil agreed, "Yes, it feels safer than Wrentam City." "Um!" ?Wu Heng said nothing and thought for a while. After the three of them had a good time. Lets go back to the room to rest together. The next day, at sea. The ships of the Iron Barrel Pirates Group closely followed the Crazy Lion Pirate Group ahead. ?Philippa stood on the deck, shook the red kerchief she bought at a high price, put it on her head again, and put on her captain''s hat again. At this time, the sailor on the observation deck shouted: "Captain, the members of the Wild Lion Pirate Group have sent a signal, asking us to slow down and continue to follow." Philippa glanced into the distance, and small dots appeared faintly on the sea level. Follow them and everyone should pay attention to safety. If the other party makes any dangerous moves, we will turn around immediately. Philippa said loudly. Finally, it was difficult to establish a relationship with a large pirate group like the Crazy Lions. But also pay attention to safety. It is not uncommon for pirates to cheat on others regardless of their identity. If anything happens, its easy to run away. At the same time, I felt a little excited. ??If you can''t get any news about the Pirate King, it would be a great achievement to pass on the information about the Crazy Lion Pirate Group. When the time comes, Gao Luo will ask Wu Heng to equip himself with an iron pipe weapon like that. ??Whoever refuses to obey at sea, use that kind of weapon to blow the opponent to pieces. Just, as you get closer. Philippa''s face was a little serious. Densely packed sea ships in the distance appeared in front of us. ????Pirate groups of all sizes in the Emerald Sea have gathered here. Why are you all here? Suddenly, a good premonition arose in my heart. (End of this chapter) Chapter 444 , deal with traitors Chapter 444, dealing with traitors As the ship continues to move forward. ?Philippa also saw many familiar pirate groups. While docked at the island, they also saw a black pirate flag with dragon-shaped wings, the Black Dragon Pirates Group. What is going on? Seen a ghost. Just as he was about to return to the cabin and report the situation here, a ship from the Wild Lion Pirate Group slowly approached. ?Brown afro, like a lions Joquim. I pulled myself up from the boat directly on the spot and jumped onto the boat here. Putting one hand on Philippa''s shoulder, he said, "Isn''t it a spectacular scene?" Philippa narrowed her eyes slightly and shook off the other person''s arm, "Why are they all gathered here?" Oh my god, he is really a notorious pirate on all routes. The two were chatting in low voices. "Don''t mention it. After we separated, I met the Wild Lion Pirates and he brought me here." Philippa said. I mean you didnt get the letter? Looking around, he finally found an acquaintance. Are you really lying? Joachim looked her up and down, smiled and said, "Let''s go, you''ll find out when you get to the island." I never received any more letters. There is no fixed port on the island coast. ??This is such a powerful appeal that they all gathered here. ?Philippa followed Joachim. Seeing his appearance, Philippa didn''t ask any questions, and said to the pirates on his ship: "Leave some people on the ship, while the rest go to the island to rest. Please restrain yourself and don''t cause trouble everywhere." Joachim patted Philippa on the shoulder, turned and left. ?The Mad Lion Pirate Group, why did they bring you here? ?This had to make her think a little more, and sweat gradually broke out on her forehead. It is unlikely to rush out. Yes, captain. The pirates responded loudly. "Okay, just take it as it is. Some people say that this is Barbary Island, the island where the first Pirate King was identified by pirates. This time the envelope will bring everyone together to divide the property of several major business groups. At the same time, we will make unified plans for the next step. Tap tap tap~! ?Philippa nodded, feeling even more surprised. Fuck, Philippa, can you not mention this matter wherever you go? Babuqi said dissatisfied. The pirates were shouting loudly, with vulgar words and loud laughter filling the room. The Pirate King is indeed real. Enter the Stone Castle. Philippa squeezed over directly and patted the other party on the shoulder, "Babuqi, why did you shave your beard to commemorate your ex-wife?" The smell of sweat and the salty smell of sea water hit my face. Stop near the shore, take two small wooden boats, and go directly to the island. Philippa stood there, still looking around. ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat. ?Ever since there were reports from Treasure Island that his mother had been kidnapped, in an attempt to lure Wu Heng to the sea. Philippa raised her eyebrows and said, "Babuqi, I saved you last time, but you doubt me." The guidance of blank letters during this period made the pirates completely trust the instructions above. The dim space was crowded with pirates in different costumes. Some were sitting on chairs and polishing their scimitars, while others were grinning with incomplete teeth and filling their mouths with wine bottles. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "I did receive it, but I didn''t pay attention to it at the time. Later, the words on it disappeared. Can you tell me what it said?" Looking at the door, someone was already guarding the door. Babuqi frowned and looked at her doubtfully, "No, you don''t know anything, how did you get here?" "Don''t mention it, don''t mention it." Philippa pulled him aside and asked directly: "What are you doing here? Why are there so many pirates?" I thought there was nothing going on recently, but it seems that I am not around. ??Directly entered a stone castle-like building in the middle. Flying Fish Pirate Group-Babuqi. At this time, I am no longer trusted by the envelope. ?There was a sound of footsteps. On the wooden platform in front, several people walked out quickly. The leader is a man, wearing leather armor and a black cloak, with one eye and a long sword hanging on his waist. The second person is the captain of the Wild Lion Pirate Group, Joquim. The whole place fell silent for an instant. ??The man in the black cloak glanced at the whole place and said loudly: "My brave brothers and sisters, hello, I am the captain of the Black Dragon Pirates Group, ''Heller''." Introduce yourself and clap your hands lightly to one side. Then, figures wearing different costumes were pushed and pulled up one after another. Kneel down under the wooden platform. He is a member of the Kingdoms fleet. There are also people from the guards of various merchant groups. Where did you catch so many people? Down below, the pirates began to discuss. I was surprised and curious about the gathering of so many people from all walks of life. ??But Philippa''s eyes had condensed slightly. The people who drove off the pirate fleet from Treasure Island. Those people who had gathered from various business groups and mercenaries were all sent here, waiting to be dealt with by the pirates like defeated dogs. ??The captain of the Black Dragon Pirates reached out and pressed his hand into the void, signaling everyone to stop talking. Then he said: "The property we robbed is the glory we deserve. We have braved the wind and waves and have never been knocked down by difficulties. These people are our enemies. They try to block our way, but they do not Know that our warships are as fierce as giant sharks and our warriors are as powerful as violent bears. As he spoke, someone behind him carried out wooden boxes one by one. After opening it, there is a lot of gold. ?The pirates'' eyes became intense and their expressions became more and more excited. ??The Black Dragon Captain smiled and raised his voice again, "Everyone will remember our glory." Puff puff puff~! A sharp blade was wiped across the neck of the hostage in front. ?Blood sprayed out like a fountain, and the hostage struggled and fell to the ground, gradually losing his voice. The entire room was covered in pungent blood. But the pirates just avoided the splatter of blood and still stared at the boxes of gold coins in the distance. After the blood. ??Captain Black Dragon clapped his hands again, "I''ll give you some money. This is what the Pirate King promised you." The coins in the barrel were put into the money bag. According to the size of the pirate group, they were divided directly. Praise to the Pirate King. ?All the pirates shouted: "Praise to the Pirate King." ??Captain Black Dragon continued: "We are gathered together this time to carry out a feat that will change the pattern of the Emerald Sea. We will gather all the pirates, reoccupy the entire Emerald Sea, and reshape the rules of the route. Pirates are no longer prodigal dogs. Everyone who wants to trade through the route needs to pay sufficient funds. ??And all the captains here will no longer be afraid of the association and the fleet. You will have your own manor woman just like the nobles, and a steady stream of gold coins will be delivered to you every day. At home, you can just do some annoying things like counting money. You will no longer be wanted, and you wont become a curse to everyone. " The pirates also began to talk about it at this time. But no one raised any objections. Most of them were still discussing what to do. ?Philippa stood below, holding a bag of gold coins. Even now, I am not in any danger, but I am still a little uneasy. She doesn''t care about the re-establishment of maritime rules. She just hopes it will be over soon so she can leave here. Tell the information to Wu Heng. Those people on Treasure Island are all dead. ??And its all served in one pot. "Tonight, we will set off, and I will inform everyone of what we are going to do." Black Dragon paused slightly, and then said, "But the first step is to capture the traitors among the pirates and sacrifice them to the pirates before setting off. Poseidon." As soon as the words fell, the pirate guards around him immediately walked towards the crowd. In an instant, the sounds of pushing and fighting could be heard from all around. Several figures appeared beside Philippa, holding weapons in their hands, surrounding her. Lets go on stage and show your face to everyone. Philippa''s face changed drastically, and his heart shook like a lightning strike. He glanced at the stage. ??The members of the Wild Lion Pirate Group are looking at this side with a playful expression. Grass, this **** is hurting me. Treasure Island, office and study room. ??Wu Heng sat in the study and looked at the information that had been sent recently. Just as Anderweil said, the number of guards on the island has increased exponentially. It is a bit unreasonable for a small island that has just been pardoned and is still under surveillance to have so many guards. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and Anderweil came back from outside. He said softly: "Master, Deacon Imiro, please come over and say that the last reward has been received." ?Wu Heng was stunned at first, and then he was happy. The only reward that can be received from the deacon is the first-level meritorious service reward transferred from the headquarters. After such a long time, I finally came down. Well, Ill go take a look. Wu Heng stood up and walked out directly. Come to the deacon''s study. Entering the room, Shirazuki was already here and sitting on the sofa. ??Imiro sat behind the desk, and his assistant Moya was beside him, making tea for several people. Deacon! Wu Heng said. ??Imiro nodded, walked out from behind the desk, waved his hand, and two items appeared on the coffee table. The first-level rewards for you two have been released, and the types are selected by the headquarters based on your professional characteristics. There are two items on the table. ??Wuheng''s side is a robe of many colors, while Xilagui''s side is a long sword with a light blue hilt. ?His eyes fell on the robe. The robe of a hundred soldiers (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Ability Clone Side effects: disabling ability, splitting of thoughts within a certain period of time (Description: Everyone is me, and everyone is an independent individual.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 445 , a hundred soldiers Chapter 445: Hundreds of Soldiers Hundred soldiers wear robes of law. The effect is an ability clone. The explanation is a bit vague, but it seems to have a similar effect to [Mirror Imagery]. Mirror Imagecan also produce clones. The effect of the clone is an illusion, which confuses the enemy and makes the opponent unable to distinguish between the main body and the energy body. But it has basically no practical effect. ??If it is really the same as illusion, then this strange thing is really too watery. It completely fails to achieve the effect of first-level meritorious service. His eyes quickly glanced at Sheila Gui''s reward. Sheila Gui nodded. The two nodded again. Everyone contributes. That is to say. "yes!" (Description: A long sword accompanied by a white phoenix.) Damn, shes so good. Imiro said: "Let''s go back and take a look. The rare items with first-level merit are all very precious items of the association. Even if you don''t need them in the future, remember to give them to the association first, and you will be rewarded with merit." Evil sword. Obviously the advantages outweigh the disadvantages. ?Hiragui looked at the weapon in her hand with joy on her face. Skeletons have no blood and are not afraid of freezing. Its better to exchange for six second-level meritorious deeds. Furthermore, the effect of this evil sword is very good, and the side effects are actually not too harsh. Category: Strange Objects ?Wu Heng thought to himself, is this it? There has been some chaos on the island recently. Please arrange your work properly and do not leave the island to go to sea unless necessary. Imiro continued. Turning it over and over, looking at it. At this time, the body of the professional is already strong, and the effect of the medicine can also provide good recovery. Okay, deacon, we got it. Assistant Moya brought the brewed tea to the two of them, picked up the record book on the side, and began to introduce: "The Hundred Weapon Robe allows you to have the ability of multiple clones and gain an advantage in battle. The side effect is that the ability is cancelled. There will be a strong sense of division in the mind afterward, which can easily lead to danger in battle. ??Are you discriminating against your profession and deliberately picked this kind of robe? ??Imiro also knew that something was not right about this kind of thing. Side effects: physical damage. Xilagui said: "Thank you, I followed you and achieved first-level meritorious service." No, skeletons are not considered to be of elven origin! After the introduction, Moya closed the record in his hand and walked aside again. The hilt of the sword is blue, and the scabbard looks relatively ordinary, but some complex runes can be vaguely seen. There is no evidence of what the other party is going to do, and some maneuvers will take time. Same as the introduction, there is not much difference. A long sword. Wu Heng recalled what he had just thought about in his study and asked: "Deacon, the number of guards on the island has more than doubled. Isn''t it unusual for such a person who has just been pardoned?" Place them back in the corridors of their respective offices and study rooms. At the auction, the evil sword is a very expensive rare item. The two of them saluted and walked directly out of the deacon''s study. "Go back first. If you find anything, remember to tell me in advance." His eyes were filled with anticipation as he waited. Effect: Ice attribute damage, elf blood can assimilate the white phoenix. ?Wu Heng was much calmer. He touched the cloth and then put the space ring directly into it without looking at it. Imiro raised his head and glanced at him, "That''s why I said it was a bit chaotic. This matter should also be reported to the association headquarters, and arrangements will be made as soon as possible." Moya continued to turn to the next page and continued, "The White Phoenix Evil Sword is a very powerful magical weapon in the Evil Sword series. In addition to the ice attribute damage when slashing, the elven blood can activate the White Phoenix blood. It has The side effect of the special ability is that after it ends, the blood freezes and the body is damaged. " This weapon is good. Hilagui could not check the attributes of the item, but she had some guesses based on the appearance. White Phoenix Evil Sword (wonderful object) "At that time, without your words, no matter how hard we tried, we couldn''t defeat the devil." Sheela Gui said bluntly. "Let''s fight together." Wu Heng continued: "You should also be careful about what the deacon said. The island has been chaotic recently, so pay attention to your safety." "Well, you too, come to me if you are in danger." Sheila Gui raised the sword in her hand. If you are in danger, shout my name and I will save you. Sheila Gui smiled and nodded. After saying that, the two of them returned to their study rooms. Go back to the study. Anderweil looked up and said, "Master, how about the reward?" After all, I got it from the deacon, so it must not be too bad. Wu Heng took out the robe and said, "It doesn''t look good. I feel like I might have lost some money." Anderweil picked up the robe and looked at it, "The style is very nice. It will look even better on you." Then give it a try! ??Wu Heng took off his leather armor and the robe underneath, and put on the new robe under the service of ''Anderweil''. The fabric and feel are very comfortable when worn. Wait until all the buttons are fastened. Weier, please stay back and Ill try the effect. ?Anderweil retreated to the back. ?Wu Hengs mind moved, and his body became blurry for a moment like a high frequency. The next second, six identical figures appeared in front of him. They look the same and wear the same clothes. Arent you a phantom? said the first Wu Heng. The third Wu Heng took half a step back and asked, "Can you speak?" The second Wu Heng exclaimed, "The ability of the robe is to create entities." The first one said: "What power can you use?" The second one said: "I only remember the illusion ability." The third said: "I remember the spells of the Necromancer faction." I know how to protect myself. I am a conjurer. Im from the prophecy department. . For a moment, all the clones were stunned. Anderweil, who was in the back, also had her eyes widened, looking at the six masters with surprise on her face, chatting together. Lets try disabling the ability and see what the side effects are. said the sixth one. "Can." I dont have any objection either. . ?The ability is cancelled, and six figures appear at the same time for a moment of high frequency. Gathered together, becoming one again. at the same time. A sharp stabbing pain appeared in my mind. I just feel like I have a split personality, and different scene thoughts flash in my mind like fragments. Anderweier ran over quickly, held Wu Heng''s head in her arms, and said anxiously, "Master, what''s wrong with you? Don''t scare me." After a brief dizziness and headache, all kinds of thoughts disappear in the mind. Its okay, you just need to get used to the side effects of strange items. Then he asked, How many people did you see me with just now? There are six masters. "it is as expected." ?Wu Heng felt happy. From this point of view, the effect of the strange object is still powerful. Barbary Island, wooden platform. One by one, the pirates and traitors were pointed out the reasons for their betrayal. Then his throat was slit, and blood spurted forward. As long as no reasonable explanation is given, they will be killed directly. There is no other disposal. Finally, a dagger was placed across ''Philippa''s'' neck. The cold and sharp blade made her feel cold. "Philippa, the Treasure Island Association''s spy. His mother runs a tavern on Beacon Street and is also collecting intelligence for the association. You betrayed the sea and the pirates. You will be executed on Barbary Island." Captain of the Black Dragon Pirates, Said loudly. Below, there was a burst of discussion. Treasure Island''s eyeliner. ??Mother is still collecting information for them. This is a traitor in the family. Even more hateful than the previous ones. Philippa''s back was wet with sweat and he shouted loudly: "I am not an informant. My father is the captain of the Iron Bucket Pirates. My mother has not known who he is for a long time. Moreover, I also received a letter from the Pirate King. I am the captain of the Iron Bucket Pirates." Confessed Pirates." The captain of the Wild Lion Pirates was stunned and said, "I brought you here. Where do you have any letters?" ??The black dragon said: "Do it!" "Wait, I have a witness." Philippa shouted, looking down. ??The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates'' eyes narrowed and he wanted to avoid it, but then he remembered those words. I saved you. Coughed slightly, "I don''t know if what I said can be proved. She did tell me just now that she received the letter." (End of this chapter) Chapter 446 , waiting for my father to avenge me Chapter 446: Waiting for my father to avenge me Someone spoke. The pirate captains present all turned their heads and looked at ''Babuqi''. ???Babuqi has also been a pirate captain for many years. At this time, he was tortured and scrutinized, and a kind of panic arose in his heart. ? said: "I''m not excusing her. I''m not sure whether she is the association''s spy, but when she first came in, she did mention the Pirate King''s letter." Then he added, "Search her space ring to see if there is a letter inside, and you can confirm whether she is recognized by the Pirate King. Moreover, when the Iron Barrel Pirates were galloping across the sea, there was no association on Treasure Island!" Say this, but it also aroused the approval of many pirates. ?Although the Iron Barrel Pirates Group has declined, it did have a glorious period back then. ?Such a notorious pirate group. The bad things they did were worse than most of the pirates present. Considering the rules and regulations of the association, it was somewhat unjustifiable to choose the Iron Barrel Pirates. ??The Black Dragon Captain listened to the discussion below and looked at Babuqi, "Which pirate ship are you from?" The rest of the people began to follow suit. The contents of these envelopes cannot be verified. It is also more agreeable than direct execution. But more people were also a little worried. Philippa even mentioned the crew of the Wild Lion. It was hard to tell whether this was true. Ive said it, and with her character and brain thats not very easy to use, I dont think the association will choose her as an informant. At this time, Babuqi from Feiyu said again: "Both captains, why not lock up Philippa and the remaining people first? They are not high-level. As long as they are taken care of, there is no danger. We can invite the Pirate King later. Handle this matter so that everyone will not be suspicious of each other. ?Daily necessities, rolling thunder, food, coins, and crossbow bolts are a big mess. ??Babuqi touched his chin in embarrassment, "Captain Heller, I was lucky enough to rob a caravan with you back then. I still had a beard at that time." The two captains, the Mad Lion and the Black Dragon, also looked a little ugly. ??I was also curious as to why I met the Mad Lion Pirate Group. It turned out that they were there to arrest me. But now is not the time to think about this, and it is even less likely to admit it. The subsequent actions may lead to uncontrollable situations. ?Philippa''s expression condensed. He cursed loudly: "You fart, you asked me to sleep with you in the tavern, but I didn''t agree, so he took me out for a long time. I''m here now. Unless I betrayed the pirates, you can go out and ask the mad lion alone." The crew members were all present at the time and can all testify to me. ??The Black Dragon Captain frowned and looked at it, "I have seen the Flying Fish Pirates. The captain is a very tall and resolute man. When did the captain change?" In terms of quantity, it is more than what an ordinary pirate captain receives. ??Pirates dont have very high moral standards. This argument is completely untenable. Heilong waved her hand, and someone immediately covered her mouth. The ring on Philippas hand was taken off, and the contents were placed one by one on the wooden platform. ?The quality of the pirates has never been high. If they don''t believe in themselves and whether they will be obedient when the time comes, they will probably disperse now. Whether he is a traitor or not will be decided by the Pirate King, which means he will be locked up first. Seeing that it was effective, Philippa continued to shout, "He can find any reason to kill me, and he will also find any reason to kill other people in the future. Don''t believe it..." After looking at each other, Captain Black Dragon said: "Okay, then listen to everyone, lock up the remaining few first, let the Pirate King confirm their identities later, take them away, and lock them up in two groups: Black Dragon and Mad Lion " ?Seeing that the discussion below was even louder, the Black Dragon Captain said directly: "Check her space ring." Hulala~! Philippa and others were taken away. "It''s really you." Black Dragon recognized the other party and then asked, "Are you sure she just told you?" The latters face turned red, and he felt like he was about to explode with anger. Its just that the characteristic of letters is that they disappear immediately after reading them. On the wooden platform, the captain of the Crazy Lion Pirates took a step forward and said: "This is nothing to discuss. I took a detour to catch her according to the instructions in the Pirate King''s letter, but she was not very smart and took the initiative to follow her. come over." "I am not a traitor. I have robbed the association''s ships. My father is a pirate and I grew up on a ship. They framed me. They can kill me without any evidence today, and they will find any reason to attack others tomorrow. "Philippa threw away the hand covering his mouth and shouted loudly. ?Philippa did not resist, but allowed himself to be taken away. Send her to the black dragons cage. I even wonder if the first few pirates who were killed were all made up. ?The pirates raised their heads and looked at Captain Mad Lion. Below, the discussions among the other pirates were even more noisy. If we continue to put Philippa to death. Flying Fish Pirates! Captain Heller. Among them, there are a large number of blank envelopes. He just shouted on the way: "If I go to the Black Dragon, the crazy lion will definitely find a reason to kill me." Hei Long then signaled everyone to be quiet again and said: "Don''t let these things affect our plans. Materials and supplies are provided on the island. You can prepare when you go back. Follow us before dark for the next step." ?Everyone nodded and left the building. Return to their respective fleets and make preparations. The bottom of the cabin. Philippa was pushed into the iron cage. It was dark all around, and you could faintly hear moans coming from the darkness not far away. The **** locked the cage and said, "You are lucky, you have saved your life." Philippa was sitting on the damp straw mat inside and said without anger: "Huh, my dad will take revenge on me for letting you bully me." Grass, dont say your father is dead. Even if he sees our black dragon, he still has to kowtow obediently. Tch! Philippa turned her head and ignored them. ??The escorting personnel ignored her and turned around to leave. Wait until the entrance door is completely closed. The entire cabin was plunged into darkness. ?Philippa slowly breathed a sigh of relief. I only feel a chill down my spine and my legs feel uncontrollably weak. The eyeliners on the front were just cut open on the neck. ??If Babuqi hadnt spoken for himself, Im afraid he would have had the same fate. Sure enough, anyone who becomes a traitor will be punished by Poseidon. Suppress the panic in your heart, Take two deep breaths to calm yourself down. Start to think about what you can do next. You must find a way to escape, return to your ship and leave here. Then pass the message to Wu Heng. Let him kill the two people who bullied him. What a bad luck! Treasure Island. After testing the robe of the Hundred Soldiers, Wu Heng had a great change in his view of this strange object. ?Even if it is just a preliminary attempt, we have not yet figured out too detailed usage distribution. But what is certain is that it can play a huge role if used properly. Level 1 Merit will certainly not disappoint. Looked at the time, it was almost noon. After saying hello to Anderweil, he left the association directly. ??Didn''t go home, but walked outside the city. Waiting until there was no one around. Took out the [train conductors hat] and put it on his head, and the train whistle sounded. The ghost train stopped in front of me out of thin air. ?Wu Heng took Kerinmu onto the train and wrote "Lpez City" in the itinerary. The train started again and plunged into the void. ?Wu Heng found a place to sit down. ?Out the car window was a flash of nothingness. ?This morning, Imiro also specifically asked not to go to sea or leave the island unless there are special circumstances. But Wu Heng thought about it. Its better to choose to go out. Be prepared for whats coming next. Wu Heng is not too worried about safety issues. The ghost train travels in a state of void and will not take a route or route in the traditional sense. At the moment, the associations enemies are pirates. No matter how powerful they are, they cannot stop Wu Hengs actions. The journey took about three hours. A scene suddenly appeared outside the window, the train stopped and the door opened. Wu Heng got off the train and the train disappeared again. There was a wasteland at my feet. I looked around and saw the outline of the city in the distance to the east. Lopez City is the city that docked from the sea when investigating the pirate village. Relatively prosperous. ?Wu Heng covered himself with a cloak and walked directly towards the city. Halled a carriage on the way and headed to the Snake Emblem Consortium building. Get off the carriage. Put on a mask and enter the building. He came to the front desk, took out a purple and gold emblem, and looked at the other party, "Is Miss Leitili here?" ?The moment they saw the emblem, the staffs pupils shrank. He saluted immediately and said, "Guest, please come this way. Miss Retili will be here soon." Some people went to find Leidili, and Wu Heng was taken to a VIP room. Sit in the room for two or three minutes. ?The door opened, and a female elf wearing a long red dress, blond hair with pointed ears, and delicate and beautiful features walked in quickly. ?Saw Wu Heng wearing a cloak and mask. A smile appeared on his face, "Guest, long time no see." Retili, the auctioneer at the Snake Emblem Consortium auction. Last time, after the auction ended, I was found by someone alone, as the buyer with the highest spending in the audience. Give him a Purple Gold Emblem, which belongs to the Snake Emblem Consortium. It is the highest-level emblem and can enjoy many special rights. At the same time, she suggested that if you need anything in the future, you can come here to see her. She is the head of the consortium in charge of Lopez City. Long time no see. Wu Heng also said. ?While the two were talking, Leitili sat down on the chair opposite her. Her long skirt was tight and her buttocks were plump. Then, the door opened again. A waiter brought tea, snacks and fruits, which was quite thoughtful. Wait for the others to leave. ??Retili then asked: "Guest, what are your orders?" ??Wu Heng''s voice came from behind the mask, "There is indeed a commission, and I want to collect it for me through Miss Leitili." "You say!" ?Wu Heng said directly: "I need the body of a level 15 alchemist and the body of an artificer. The sooner the better." (End of this chapter) Chapter 447 , bad premonition Chapter 447, bad premonition Retili frowned slightly. She thought of props, rare objects, or some rare materials. What I didnt expect was that this customer who had bought all the props from the auction came here to buy a corpse. But through this piece of information, we can also roughly infer the identity of the other party. "Of course." Retili thought for a moment and continued to ask, "Does the alchemist have any project requirements? There is also a research and development direction for the artificer." Alchemists need to be pharmacies and have a tendency to develop medicines. Artificers dont have many requirements. They only need to reach the level. Wu Heng looked at her and said. ??Retili nodded, "I''ll fill out the power of attorney for you." Speaking, he opened the door and walked out. After coming back, I squatted by the coffee table and started filling out the power of attorney. ?Wu Heng sat aside and waited silently. Even if its not clear, something is not quite right. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "I also need a prop or rare object that can conceal my identity. It must be able to achieve the effect that professionals above level 15 cannot see through." The delegation takes effect. ??Retili wrote a new commission again, and Wu Heng also put away the cloak. Well, I have to leave later, it wont be long. Guest, this has been filled in. You need to pay a deposit of 100 gold coins. Leitili pushed the commission to the opposite side. Are you selling yourself? Well, this service is really thoughtful. It will be prepared for you immediately. How much difference? ?At that time, I was determined to buy one. Thank you, please fill in the request. ??Retili was stunned when she explained, and she couldn''t believe her ears. Retili was pleasantly surprised. ??Retili came back again. No need, I will come over after a while. But we cant waste our time like this, especially since Treasure Island is no longer as safe as before. ?Wu Heng stood up in the room and looked at the paintings around him. Leitili put the cloak on the coffee table, "Guest, there are currently no props or rare items with corresponding effects. I can fill in the purchase request for you and acquire the corresponding items. During this period, this consortium''s ''hidden cloak'' can be temporarily provided to You use it, but you have to ensure that it is not lost or damaged when you return it. Furthermore, the effect of this prop is also very good. Can block anyone''s detection. Guest, how should we notify you after the commission is completed? If it is convenient, it is best to leave an address so that we can send it to you or write a letter to inform you. After dinner, Wu Heng went straight to the study on the fourth floor. Concealment cloak ??Retili handed the completed commission to the person outside the door and walked back. ??Retili was stunned for a moment, then she reacted and said awkwardly: "Not yet." Its all over. "Wait a moment, I''ll check the local prop reserves." Leitili walked out again. (Description: A cloak etched with various runes, which can cover the face, shield special marks and perception.) Wu Heng knew this cloak, and each of them had one at the consortium''s auction. Thats why I came here directly to re-release the commission. There is definitely something wrong with the consortium on Treasure Island. The corpse collection commission that he issued, from the very beginning, there were level 15 corpses, and later it was difficult to hand over ordinary corpses to him. ?The main purpose of coming here this time is to collect corpses. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Has this year''s gold acquisition performance been completed?" ??Retili didn''t force it, she still smiled and said, "Okay." He hesitated for a moment and asked, "Are you serious?" "The difference is quite a bit, more than 5,000 grams. There have been problems at sea recently, and the route is unstable..." ?Hold a black cloak in his hand. Returning to Treasure Island, it was almost dusk. "Go and prepare the silver coins. I will help you complete these." Wu Heng said directly. ?Wu Heng looked at it, gave the money directly, and then stamped the emblem on it. Putting on the [Hundred Soldiers'' Robe] again, a thought came to mind. ?Six figures with the same name, Wu Heng, appeared in the open space in the middle of the study. Six pairs of eyes looked at each other. ?Looking at yourself from this angle is much weirder than looking in the mirror. The first one, Wu Heng, said: "Let''s first confirm whether the panel can be opened in this state." The others also nodded. Start trying. I cant open it here. There was no response from my side. "I do not have either." . Six people reported one after another, but they were unable to open the panel. You can also confirm that in this state, there is no way to open the panel. The first Wu Heng continued: "The second experiment is whether the space ring can be used." I cant use it here. I cant communicate either. The third Wu Heng took out his staff, raised it and said, "I can take it out." Out of the six Wuhengs, only the third one can communicate with the space ring. But its reasonable. The ones on other peoples hands are more like ordinary rings with the same appearance. Then, the six Wuhengs tested their abilities again. Same as when in the office or study room. Each Wu Heng can only use the abilities of one school. ? Even if you have relevant knowledge in your mind, you cannot use spells that do not belong to you. In other words, the reason why there are six of us is because we have learned spells from six schools. One person said. Another person leaned on the sideboard and said: "In other words, among the eight sects, there is still a lack of enchantment and transformation. If you learn these two, you can add two more bodies." Another person spoke, "The third-level meritorious deeds that follow can be exchanged for the skills of these two schools. Get the body out first." Well, I dont expect the spells to be very powerful. We can all use guns. Its a way. Six people gathered together to discuss for a while. There is not much that needs to be tested. With a thought in his mind, the six bodies began to shake at high frequency and reunited into one person.? ? ? Immediately afterwards, there was a burst of dizziness and tingling pain. ?Countless broken pictures and contents rolled through my mind. ?This kind of division does have a sense of unrealistic dissonance. Release the [Activation Object], and the kettle on the side will automatically pour a glass of water. ?Wu Heng took a sip and began to sort out the results of the experiment. In the clone state, the panel cannot be opened, and the space ring can only take effect in one person''s hand. The number of bodies is most likely related to the school''s spells. After learning the skills of six schools, he split into six schools. ??If you learn all the eight orthodox ones, I wonder if two more will be added. It is still unclear whether the distance and duration of separation of several bodies, and whether a single body is killed will have any impact. "You can''t experiment with being killed. The risk is too high. Don''t make me mentally deficient." Ask Moya when you have time, the associations props should be recorded accordingly. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the bath water is ready, and so is the little fox." Minnie, youre talking nonsense up there again. Andweils voice came from below. ?Wu Heng stretched and released the two ghosts to move freely in the study. He himself opened the door and walked out. ?Hold Minnie''s shoulders, "What has Shannara been busy with these two days?" "I went to see her during the day. She said she was busy with the business group and something seemed to have happened." Minnie hugged his waist and said softly: "Sister Shanara is kind, but you can''t stay apart every day. " Listening to Minnies sour words. ?Wu Heng smiled and patted Minnie''s butt, "Go and get the little fox ready. Let''s sleep together tonight." Shes already prepared. Push open the bathroom door. Anderweil was wearing a bath towel, covering her chest and thighs, "Master." Minnie said while changing clothes: "You see, I''m still a little impatient." Lets go, just take a quick shower, lets go back and rest early. ?Wu Heng took the two of them into the bathroom. Day 2, zombie world. Outside the military area. The skeleton army began to charge, knocking all the remaining zombies to the ground. The spears and battle axes in his hands kept attacking the already broken body. Wait until the sound of hacking and stabbing ends. The huge area has been filled with blood-red energy. Clean the battlefield. The skeleton soldiers began to take action. The corpses blocking the road were moved to one side, and the corpses of deformed zombies and evolved zombies were moved to Wu Heng''s side. The [Bone Slave Technique] was released to transform the corpse and collect all the corpse cores. Then, the convoy behind also drove directly over. Qi Hancai got out of the car and asked, "Are you okay?" Its okay, lets go in and take a look. The remaining survivors stayed at the front and began to search some office buildings. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went to the backyard. One warehouse after another, all appeared before our eyes. Open these. Wu Heng ordered. The heavy iron door was fully opened. Armored vehicles of various models are parked inside. Machine guns, cannons, and vehicles with various antenna receiving devices on the top look complete. Really, there are so many. Qi Hancais eyes lit up. Even if you get some information. But its also quite vague. If all the warehouses in the back are opened, how much will it take? It''s just amazing. ??Wu Heng did not open all the warehouses one by one, but through a small perspective, he found the warehouses where ammunition and firearms were stored. Put away all these weapons. At a later stage, allocate them to skeletons with the talent of precise aiming. Occupy this place first? Wu Heng said: "Let''s occupy it first, inventory the supplies, and keep an eye on the new survivors. Don''t let them have access to weapons, so as not to hurt our own people." Qi Hancai also understood the seriousness of the matter, "I understand, I will take good care of them." "Also, Li Yahong has trained skeletons to drive and control machine guns. Let the train bring some over." Wu Heng looked around again, "Repair the gate. Let''s stay here first and wait for the supplies to be transported. Go to the next step. Okay, Ill make arrangements right away. Qi Hancai made arrangements, while Wu Heng found a new room. Return to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. ??Shanella is sitting downstairs chatting with Minnie. ?Wu Heng sat down on the first floor, one on the left and one on the right, holding the two of them in his arms. ?Minnie was grinning, while Shannella was a little shy, "Why, just in the living room." ?Wu Heng asked: "You haven''t been here for several days." Shannara''s face was slightly red, "You can''t come here every day. What if someone discovers you?" What are you afraid of? Lets live together. Minnie said from the other side. Its not that simple. Shanara said. Unlike you, I didnt say the second half of the sentence. Whats the problem? Minnie muttered. Shanara looked up at Wu Heng and said, "I want to ask you something." "Hmm, what''s up?" Has there been any news about the combined fleet from the association recently? It has been at sea for a while, and no news has come back at all. Shanela asked. ??Wu Heng frowned, "Only the Flower of Stars didn''t come back, or did the other business groups not come back?" "They haven''t come back yet. These are the guards of the merchant group, and they are also a kind of garrison on Treasure Island from various powers and countries. I haven''t come back for a long time, so I always have a bad feeling." Shannara sounded a little worried. (End of this chapter) Chapter 448 , kill him first Chapter 448, kill him first ??Garrison? I suddenly heard this word in another world. It still feels somewhat inconsistent. Shannara curled up her legs on the sofa and continued to explain, "Treasure Island has a special location. Most trade needs to be transferred here, so various business groups and forces have arranged a certain amount of manpower. The protection of the business groups also has a supervisory role." ?Wu Heng understood what she meant. ?Treasure Island is an important hub for maritime trade, but due to piracy, it is not trusted by various business groups and countries. Hences were placed here in the form of guards. Protect their respective business groups. Once there is danger, the guards of each business group unite to form a considerable fighting force. Didnt you go to the city hall or the guard to ask? Shannara sighed, "I asked, but there was no clear answer. They were all official words, so I came to ask you if there is any information from the association." ? Pushing the door open and entering the tavern, several bartenders were cleaning. Let her in! Shannara turned her face to her arms and murmured softly, "Anywhere is fine." "Oh!" The bartender suddenly realized and reached out to signal upstairs, "Follow me, the boss is in the room." Continue to take off the hood of the cloak to reveal its original appearance. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and hugged the blushing wood elf next to him, "Are you going back tonight?" Before, Wu Heng thought that the formation of this joint fleet was a bit unreliable. ?Wu Heng nodded, "There have been a lot of things lately, so try to be careful." Enter the room. Madam, please. The bartender said, turned and left. Shanela left, and Andweil also went to the association to work. ?Wu Heng hugged her and walked upstairs. Shanela arched her arms and said, "Well, you''re so kind." Hehe! Minnie snickered from the side. A smaller voice said, Its up to you. ?Piracy was rampant at that time, which seriously affected the trade on the routes, and all business groups were impatient. We climbed the stairs together. Youre right, Millicent agreed. ?There is no reason to stop the Flower of Stars from participating in the encirclement and suppression of pirates. The bartender approached the door and said, "Guest, it''s not open yet. You can come over in the afternoon." But I dont have any evidence, its just a feeling. Stopping in front of Millicent''s room, the bartender knocked on the door, "Boss, a lady came to see you and said she was your friend." After disguising himself, he went out directly, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street. But I didnt expect that there was a layer of protection inside, so I had to be more careful than before. Listen to sister. Minnie smiled. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Tomorrow, I will ask the deacon to see if he has any information, and I will tell you when I come back." Im here to see Millicent, Im her friend. Sir! Millicent stood up immediately. He frowned and looked at the figure standing at the door, "Who are you?" Shannara''s face turned even redder, "Go, I''m not old, I dare to ask anything." Minnie saw the two of them finished chatting about serious matters, poked her head from the other side, and asked jokingly: "Where is the best place?" Shannara leaned on her chest and looked at Minnie carefully, "Give me some more time, okay, Minnie!" Then we wont go back. Wu Heng stood up and picked up the wood elf, How about we come together tonight, Minnie? The next day, after breakfast. She knows about the phantom veil. The carriage slowly stopped at the door of the Nautilus Tavern. Millicent was wearing a loose off-white nightgown, with a sleepy look on her face. ??Wu Heng sat down on the side and asked: "Have you collected any information recently?" ?Wu Heng took off the phantom veil on his head, revealing the black cloak underneath. Sister Shanara, which master do you like the most? Yes! Millicent pulled out the space ring hidden in his chest and took out a notebook. Looking at the above content, he said: "Some guests said that they found some pirates coming to the island through the port, but nothing special happened. The second point is that the fleet of pirates was encircled and suppressed. It had obvious effects. Many ships docked at the port. The team was not attacked by pirates. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "How do you know about the fleet''s encirclement and suppression of pirates?" Millicent replied, "There are people from the fleet who live in the tavern. They mentioned it during the chat. They said that they didn''t meet any pirates when they came here, so they attributed it to the fleet." "Those people have seen the combined fleet on Treasure Island?" Millicent shook his head, "Probably not. What I mean by what I said is that the disappearance of the pirates is related to the fleet." ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Millicent closed the record book and said, "I don''t have much information. There are more people in the tavern recently, but they are all from the caravan." "Well, it''s okay." Wu Heng continued: "Pack up and leave with me later. Stay with me for the time being and come back after a while." What about the tavern? Millicent was a little surprised and asked subconsciously. Close the business, or hand it over to employees you trust to run it first, its your choice, Wu Heng said directly. Millicent didn''t dare to say he wouldn''t leave. While packing up the things he wanted to take away, he said, "Sir, I choose the second one." Wait until things are packed away. ?Wu Heng put on his costume and went downstairs with Millicent. ??When he reached the first floor, Millicent said he wanted to go back to his hometown, so the tavern directly entrusted it to a clerk. Then, walk out of the tavern together. Take a carriage and drive around Beacon Street and return to Center Street. Master, who is this? Minnie looked at Millicent, a little curious. Philippas mother, please stay with us for the time being and arrange a room for her. Wu Heng said directly. Then he said to Millicent: "This is Minnie, who is responsible for all the daily life here. If you need anything, you can talk to her." Miss Minnie. Millicent saluted. ?Minnie smiled, "There are spare rooms on the second and third floors." Just make arrangements with Miss Minnie. If it faces south, the room on the second floor is larger and has good lighting, so Ill stick to the second floor. "good." The two women said as they walked towards the room on the second floor. ?Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor and entered the study. Sit down from the desk, Wu Heng began to collect the information collected in the past two days. Transfer away the lost merchant fleet, pirates enter Treasure Island, and the island''s guard is expanded. ??This island owner is indeed related to blank envelopes. Furthermore, its basically clear now. He must be killed in advance. Allowing the other party to make the first move will only make you more passive. After thinking about it, Wu Heng got up and went downstairs. ?Going to the second floor, Minnie was directing Skeleton to move some furniture into the room. Master, are you going out? Minnie turned around and asked. Well, you are at home, dont go out. I understand, Master. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and went out directly to the association. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and entered. Imiro was looking at the chart. He looked up and asked, "What''s wrong?" Deacon, I have collected some information and need to report it to you. Speak! Imiro put down the map. ?Wu Heng quickly recounted the scattered information he had collected previously. The owner of Treasure Island is level 18 and has been pardoned by the association and various forces. Going to kill him directly is not only risky, but also difficult to explain afterwards. Moreover, there is absolutely no need to do this. Why take the risk on your own when the association and Imiro are present. With his face unchanged, Imiro said calmly, "The intelligence analysis is good. What do you think?" Wu Heng said: "Deacon, it is now certain that the island owner has basically turned against him. He has never thought about resuming the route after being pardoned. It is just that he cannot be sure whether he is also acting according to the blank envelope or whether he is sending a blank envelope. envelope man. Do you know his occupation? Imiro said. I heard from Shilagui that he is a warrior. Imiro nodded, "In terms of professional positioning, warriors are more suitable for execution rather than decision-making. They are more likely to execute blank envelopes." ?Wu Heng looked serious. He said directly: "Deacon, I think that even if we don''t kill him immediately, we should control him to avoid any problems." (End of this chapter) Chapter 449 , crazy, all crazy Chapter 449, crazy, all crazy The combined fleet of the merchant group was transferred away. At present, all arrangements on the island are aimed at the association. Whether it was related to the blank envelope or not, killing him was not a wrong thing. ??And, the faster, the better. Imiro picked up the tea cup and took a sip, and said: "Your analysis is very good. It is basically the same as the information I have. It''s just that once I attack him, there will be a riot on the island. You should have heard of the pirates'' fighting methods. Well, it will only make the situation worse." He glanced at him again, "Moreover, if he just acts according to the blank envelope and kills him, the envelope will also appear in the next person''s hand, and we will lose the goal of tracing it." ?Wu Heng frowned. Imiro is thinking in this direction. One is that there will be chaos on the island and more people will die. Then are we going to do something? Wu Heng asked. It turned out that I had already prepared for it. Moya smiled, "You have nothing to ask, right?" In the case of Treasure Island, I must have noticed something was wrong. It is not safe at sea, and I am the deputy deacon of the association. If I run away at this time, how will I face other people in the future? Dinner. Moya looked at the information and said, It doesnt matter. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng said. Shannara looked up from time to time, and then looked at Wu Heng. After finishing the formal conversation, Wu Heng continued: "Deacon, I would like to ask about the robe of the Hundred Soldiers." It has been a bit dangerous recently. There is nothing going on in the afternoon. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Moya, check the information for him. Imiro said to the side. Now it seems that the fleet may not be able to come back. Imiro was silent for a moment and said: "The association''s reinforcements are already on their way and will arrive within three days. We will act together when the time comes." ?Hence he asked Anderweil to lock the door and go home from get off work early. I have tested the effect of the robe clone. I would like to ask about the distance the clone moves and whether there will be any effects after the clone dies. Dont talk about this to outsiders. Wu Heng said: "I mentioned the fleet to the deacon today, and there is no new information from him." ?Wu Heng nodded, it would be nice to have reinforcements. Millicent was a little cautious and ate in small bites. Moya came over, smiled and asked, "What do you want to ask?" He raised his head and said softly: "I''ll arrange the boat, let''s go first." "yes." Actually, this is what is recorded here. If there is anything you dont understand, you have to test it yourself. Moya stood up and returned to his desk. ?Wu Heng also said goodbye to the two of them and left the deacon''s study directly. Shanela''s face turned ugly for a moment. There is one more place on the dining table. Okay, deacon. The second point is that they now know the opponent''s plan and can follow the plan to investigate. If they kill him, the clues will be cut off and the opponent will have a new plan. Shannella is a smart person and her intuition has always been sharp. replied: "There is no too restrictive distance. It is recorded above. Keep the same space. When the distance reaches the critical point, the user can feel it. Then you can try it out. ??Imilo is strong enough, and the reinforcements he invites will definitely be stronger. Go back to your office and study room and sit for a while. "Don''t be a deputy deacon. I have enough money for us to spend." After Shanara finished speaking, her face turned red and she added: "It''s enough to support Minnie and Weier." No, if theres anything I dont understand, Ill ask you again. Moya opened the information and took a quick look at it. The dead clone will disappear instantly. After you end the effect of the magical object, you will suffer the pain of death. " ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "Among these clones, are they divided into subjects or clones?" ??Wu Heng grabbed her hand, "Don''t worry, I can protect you if there is danger. It''s best to take you away. It''s still fine. If I''m not here, just come over to my side. The guards are enough to keep you safe." "I also have guards here to protect you if there is danger." Lets protect each other. Have had dinner. Millicent returned to the room early. ?Wu Heng chatted with a few people from downstairs. Then they all went back to their rooms. Shanara did not stay because of this incident. You should go back and arrange your own affairs. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. The night was as dark as ink, and a few weak illuminating stones hung on the neck of the skeleton, flickering brightly and dimly. ?Zombies roared from all around. ?Groups of figures gathered on the road like ghosts, forming a huge tide of corpses. Hurrah hoo~! The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew overhead, and dense iron bullets hit the ground. The roar sounded. In the dim moonlight, you can see the remains of body parts and pieces of meat flying all over the sky. Skeleton flying dragon, after two or three consecutive bombings. There was also a brief silence in the entire area. After that, the faint roar of zombies continued, coming from all around. Wu Heng looked around at the situation. With a thought, six identical clones were immediately scattered. You form a square formation and advance forward with me. Split into two teams and follow me to the left. The rest come with me to the right. Divide the skeleton army into three groups by forming a group of two clones. Start to clean up the zombies along the front and the two roads on the left and right. The skeleton army and the zombies were fighting together, and fierce fighting sounds were heard. In midair, two ghosts responsible for investigation were stunned on the spot. Xiao Xiaoqian looked around several times, "What happened? Who are these? Why are there so many uncles?" ?Glenda was also a little confused, "Use your spiritual vision to see if these are illusions." "I saw it, it''s all true. It''s over, uncle is split." Xiaoxiao exclaimed, holding his face in his hands. At this time, Wu Heng in front shouted: "Xiaoxiao, Glenda, go to the front to investigate." ?Wu Heng on the left said: "Come to my side, the view in front is too dark." The person on the right also said, "Look at the building to see if there are any special zombies." Xiaoxiao said: "It''s over, I''m going to be torn apart too." The two ghosts flew out quickly. He kept traveling through the three areas, investigating the situation. The sky is bright. ?Wu Heng cleaned up the zombies all night long. Removes the cloning effect of the robe, causing tingling and splitting sensations, directly hitting the brain. ?Standing where he was, he recovered. Open the experience value and take a look. Level: 1673542/225000 In one night, I gained more than 50,000 experience points. ?The speed is not too slow either. After transforming the corpse. ?Wu Heng got back into the truck and said, "Let''s walk back." Qi Hancai started the car and said, "Don''t tire yourself out, the entire base is relying on you!" Its okay, its not a big problem. Treasure Island, sea. ?Philippa was lying on his side in the dark cage, poking out the hay stalk in his hand in boredom. ?During this period, the people of the Black Dragon Pirate Group did not make things difficult for her. But there was no care. Barely in a state of starvation and little strength. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and two people from the Black Dragon Pirate Group walked down. He kicked the iron cage hard and said, "It''s time to eat." Throwing the bread in his hands on the ground, they turned around and left. ?One of them said: "I heard that the strongest person below Hero Ymiro can we land on the island?" Another person said: "You are out of your mind. Naturally, there will be other people to deal with Imiro. It is our turn." "That''s right. I heard that there are many noble women on the island whose skin is smoother than silk." Thats what the captains play too. After weve finished playing, its our turn and it wont break, so theres nothing to be afraid of. Hey, thats the best. The two of them talked and gradually walked away. ?Philippa turned over and sat up, looking outside the iron cage, her eyes widening. The pirates gathered to attack Treasure Island. Crazy, all crazy. Philippa''s eyes turned quickly in the dark night. Open the dreadlocks on the head, and pull out the space ring entangled by the hair from the root of one of the dreadlocks. Put it on your hand. Military area warehouse. ?Wu Heng listened to Qi Hancais material statistics. Put all four armored vehicles into the space sachet. When the car disappears from sight. ??Qi Hancai was startled and subconsciously took several steps back before he realized that this was one of Wu Heng''s abilities. Originally, we could only collect some items. Even armored vehicles can be put away now, which is incredible. Wheres the driving skeleton? "Here, I''ll bring them over." Qi Hancai walked aside and brought a few skeletons. These are skeletons who learned to drive and operate firearms and cannons from Li Yahong. It can be regarded as a technical job among skeletons. "It''s okay. You can go have breakfast. I''ll come back to you if I need anything." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded, waved goodbye, and walked towards the building nearby. ??Wu Heng returned to his room with a few skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 450 , schools of fish and treasures Chapter 450, Schools of Fish and Treasures Back to Treasure Island. Minnie and others are still resting. He asked the skeleton who was following him to go to the courtyard to wait while he entered the radio station room on the third floor. Enter the room. Picked up the record book in front of the skeleton investigator and looked at it. Still empty, without any records. ?With a talker like Philippa, even if there is no information, he will still leave a few casual words. There were problems on her side too. ??Wu Heng did not pick up the phone and tried to contact Philippa. If the ship is occupied by others. Go back to the room to eat. ?Although it seems a bit intrusive, it also suppresses many flower beds. ?Minnie and Anderweil have both seen firearms and understand them very well. People are still alive. "Owner." ?Several skeletons immediately took action and got into the driving position and the position where the weapons were controlled. Minnie, Andwyll, and Millicent came down the stairs one after another. Wait until this is handled. ?Judging from the fighting style of this world, it is also difficult for cold weapons to penetrate armored vehicles. Introduced them all, and gave a few instructions to a few people. There are large open spaces in the front and back courtyards. Minnie planted flowers, fruit trees, and some vegetables. Leave the room. Lets make some arrangements. Ill introduce the layout to you. If theres danger and Im not around, I can command the skeleton to control the equipment to fight. From now on, you will be responsible for controlling the armored vehicles and protecting the safety here. Wu Heng said to the newly brought skeletons. Only two days left. ??Wu Heng took the three people to the courtyard and introduced the situation of the armored vehicle and the characteristics of the weapons. Come out of the room on the balcony. Two vehicles each in the front and rear courtyards. Take out the space ring [Tracing Pendant] and a sailor''s scarf. It can be guaranteed, as long as someone plans to attack here by force. Did I wake you up? The sudden sound coming from the radio will only make things worse. ??Wu Heng stood in the courtyard and looked at the surrounding layout. In addition to weapons attacks, armored vehicles can also play a good protective role. But safety issues are still more important. Flowers, plants and vegetables can be planted again later. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the association. At that time, we can go to sea to rescue her. ??The two maids shouted sweetly, and Millicent bowed respectfully. ??Wu Heng continued to return to his residence, adding skeleton guards to the external balcony of the building and setting up a machine gun on the guardrail. Philippa was a little crazy and didn''t want anything to happen to her. Hash it directly into a sieve. Minnie smiled and said: "No, it''s time to get up. What does the master want to eat in the morning?" Then, the blue will-o''-the-wisp struggled towards the east. "Ah good!" Pricked his fingertip, blood dripped on the pendant skull, and the turban leaned over. Looking around, he took out four armored vehicles from the space ring and placed them in the open space of the courtyard. "There are only two days left. The association''s reinforcements will arrive. Philippa must hold on." Wu Heng muttered. The situation has been tense recently, so I have to go to the association for at least half a day. It will be covered by bullets immediately. The skull began to chew on the edge of the turban. "grown ups." In the office study room. We spent the whole night cleaning up the zombies. I feel a little sleepy today. I put my hands behind my head and leaned on the back of my chair. I closed my eyes to rest while thinking about Treasure Island. ?At the moment, the person who controls the blank envelope, that is, the Pirate King, has completed the layout of Treasure Island. The merchant guards on the island were led out to sea and all disappeared. A large number of pirates came to the island, and the number of guards also increased. Once a war breaks out, the pirates can quickly mobilize a large number of people, and the top businessmen on the entire island will be fat and rich. As for the association, there are still two days left for reinforcements to arrive. The association is waiting for reinforcements. What are the pirates waiting for? No, what the pirates think has nothing to do with me. ??If a war really breaks out and the association does not have an advantage, I can send Weier and the others behind the boundary gate and leave Treasure Island by myself via the ghost train. Or, directly open the gate and push everyone aside. In this case, if you want to keep the secret of the Realm Gate, you have to kill everyone. In the end, maybe the association will investigate itself. The gain outweighs the loss. On your own side, you should also be as prepared as possible. Go back in the afternoon, continue killing zombies to gain experience, and strive to reach level 17 in these two days. ~! ?Thinking in my mind, there was a gentle knock on the door. ?Wu Heng squinted and looked at the door. Anderweier had already opened the door and asked about the situation. Close the door again. He came over and said, "Master, I have a letter from you. The staff sent it directly to you." letter? ?Wu Heng took a look and saw that it was not a blank envelope. ?Wu Heng took it, tore it open and took out the letter inside. ?The letter paper is somewhat yellowed, and the handwriting is smooth and looks like a woman''s handwriting. It is also very powerful and the writing is deep. Its not Mantha Wens handwriting, nor is it Slaters handwriting. In terms of content, it is not a letter at all. But a story. There have always been legends of mysterious treasures among the fish schools, where there are countless pearls and the power to make the fish schools strong again. Finally, a little fish appeared with a pair of bright eyes, which could see things and predict dangers in the sea. ?The fish school was overjoyed and set out in great force, swimming through the trench and through the rapid undercurrent, and began to head towards the location of the treasure. Just when the treasure was about to be opened, internal strife broke out among the fish, and the fish in their prime elected a new leader. also has a pair of bright eyes. The new boss got the treasure and gained the ability to observe other fish schools in the ocean. " "What the hell?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the letter in his hand. ??This is telling a story? Picked up the envelope again and looked at it. There is no address, just the recipient, Treasure Island, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. "Master, what''s wrong?" On the side, Anderweil asked suspiciously when she saw him looking over and over. Wu Heng said: "There is something wrong with this letter." Not Sister Wen Mansha? No, the handwriting is wrong, Weier, go to the front desk and ask where this letter came from? Wu Heng handed the envelope to her. Oh, okay! Anderweil took it, took the envelope and walked out directly. Wu Heng was left in the room again. Started to concentrate and rethink the content of this letter. The letter tells the story of a school of fish looking for treasure. Putting aside fairy tales and linking it to the current world, it is more like talking about the pirate kings treasure. ??Pirates always compare themselves to being as fierce as sharks. But from whose perspective did you write this letter to yourself? In the end, what do you want to express? ?Wu Heng took out a pen and paper from the drawer. Write down a few important words. A fish has bright eyes and is qualified to get the treasure. When the treasure was obtained, the fish group fought among themselves and recommended a new fish, which also had bright eyes and obtained the treasure. Acquired the ability to observe other fish schools. Schools of fish equal pirates. Bright eyes, discerning things, predicting dangers. Insights and predictions are more like prophets in contact. The prophet on the island, the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern, McIntosh. ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. With a thought, the ghost Glenda flew out of her body, floated to the side, and looked around. Is something wrong? Wu Heng said: "Last time, the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern, do you remember where he was buried?" I know the cemetery in the back mountain. Glenda nodded. "Go over and take a look. Is her body still there?" ?Glenda stared at him. Look at the corpse? Do you want to steal the corpse? (End of this chapter) Chapter 451 , it is indeed you Chapter 451, Its really you ?Wu Heng was not in the mood to joke with her. "No, I suspect there is still something wrong with her death. You should go and take a look." ?Glenda didnt say much, disappeared, and left directly through the wall. Not long after, Glenda flew back again. Floated to one side and said: "The coffin is empty, there is nothing left. I looked outside specifically. There has been no soil being turned over in the near future." Sure enough. McIntosh did not really die. But to escape by pretending to die. "She should have faked her death and left here." Wu Heng said. Glenda, who was in the invisible state, got back into his body and walked outside. Even though I had already suspected that the other party was the mastermind of the blank envelope, I still felt a chill as I exited layer by layer. ????????????????????????????????? I just received a letter that tells the story of a school of fish looking for treasure He said: "Master, the mailing address was not found at the front desk. If you want to check it step by step, it will take a certain amount of time." What does that have to do with this story? Sheila Gui followed closely and walked in. What exactly happened at that time, during that time period. Instead, he continued to meditate. The other party can monitor the situation at sea, how can it be possible for the associations reinforcements to arrive. ?Andweil agreed and went to Sheila Gui''s study. ?Wu Heng stood up and said: "There is no need to check the letter. Go and inform ''Xila Gui'' to go to the deacon''s study." Are you not afraid? Someone has performed an autopsy on her? The body was damaged and could not be saved by any means. ?Wu Heng suddenly shuddered. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door and walked in directly. "Ah? Ask the deputy deacon, Shiragui, to go to the deacon''s study?" Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng told the story completely. ?The story of a school of fish looking for treasure? ?Imilo, Sheila Gui, and ''Moya'' not far away all looked at him with some doubts. ?Wu Heng did not continue to speak. ?What happened at that time that made her leave in this way? ?At that time, when the island owner led the team back, Wu Heng stood at the port and listened to his speech. ?The door knocked again. Grass! He is not a warrior, he is a prophet. Furthermore, being able to monitor all fish schools on the sea is blank envelope intelligence. Well, I have something to do, just let her go. Wu Heng said. "Fake death? Why fake it? I wish I knew how to do this back then." Glenda muttered at the side. McIntosh chose to leave because she was avoiding the island owner. Otherwise, she might not be able to get out of the island for the rest of her life. The fact that she was able to hide from the inspections of the association and the Treasure Island Guards must have been in a very dangerous way, putting her in a state of real death. At the time when ''McIntosh'' left, she didn''t know that she had found information about the Pirate King. ~! ?The door opened, and Anderweil came back from outside. ?Wu Heng frowned and recalled. So, he vaguely told the story of a school of fish looking for a treasure, telling himself that the island owner got the treasure. The two of them were not asked to analyze the contents, as that would take too much time. ?Yimiluo looked at the two of them doubtfully, and Xila Gui also looked at Wu Heng, waiting for what the other party was going to do. Imiro looked up at him and asked, "What''s wrong?" The island owner returns to the island. "Unless..., the island owner is the Pirate King, the new Pirate King who got the treasure after rebelling with the fish." Looking back along the timeline, suddenly, a picture appeared in my mind. Instead, he said directly: "The school of fish in the story refers to the pirate group, and the treasure is the treasure of the Pirate King. In this way, someone planned to tell me about the Emerald Sea, and the Pirate King who got the treasure had something similar or something like Professional Traits of the Prophet. Sheilagui followed his train of thought and analyzed further, "You mean, you can use the prophet''s ability to find out who the pirate king is from among the pirates?" "no." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows with doubts in her eyes. Wu Heng said solemnly: "Originally, the prophet of Treasure Island was only ''McIntosh'' from the Old Barrel Tavern. I just went to check her cemetery, and there was no body in the coffin." The pupils of Imiro and Sheilagui suddenly shrank. Even Moya, who was making tea in the distance, looked back. Keep talking! Imiro also became interested. ??Wu Heng continued, "There are two possibilities. McIntosh is the pirate king. The second possibility is that McIntosh knew that he would die if he stayed, so he took the risk and faked his death to escape." "McIntosh has just reached level 15, and she can be regarded as a captain at most." Sheila Gui said. ?McIntosh was exposed to all eyes. ?Cooperate with associations and local forces, and also have port intelligence. Imilo and Sheila Gui both paid attention to her. She cannot be a high-level professional. ?Wu Heng also nodded in agreement, "So, she is the second type, aware of the danger, and at that time..." ??Imiro spoke, "Occam took the fleet back to the island." "Yes." Wu Heng added, "If our thinking is correct, the island owner''s profession is not a warrior, but also a prophet. He has used Treasure Island as a chessboard, intending to swoop in one fell swoop for representatives of associations and major business groups, and re-establish Become the Pirate King of the Emerald Sea. Sheila Guis eyes widened. Imiro''s usually calm face became increasingly gloomy. In other words, the island owner held a blank envelope, controlled the pirates, and acted out a play. What a ruthless pirate. He plans to use the association and major business groups as a stepping stone for him to become the pirate king. Let me see the letter you mentioned. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng handed the envelope to Imiro. ??Imiro glanced at it and handed it to Moya behind him, "Go and compare the handwriting of ''McIntosh''." Moya took it and left quickly. ??Imiro continued: "The Association''s reinforcements are still on the way." Wu Heng advised: "Deacon, the other party can know the location of all the ships in the Emerald Sea. What if the association''s ships are also in the other party''s plan? We cannot follow his rhythm." What do you mean? Kill him now. As soon as he dies, Treasure Islands situation will be over immediately. Sheila Gui never spoke, but her eyes were still looking at the two people discussing the plan. ??I dont know how to get in the conversation. At this time, the door opened again. Moya walked in directly and said with an ugly face: "Deacon, there is nothing wrong with McIntosh''s handwriting." Sure enough. Imiro immediately stood up, took out the battle armor from the space ring, and began to put it on, "The association has entered a state of preparation for war. Wu Heng is in charge of the association and has full authority to take over the association''s defense and security. Xila Gei chooses her own team to seize the port. Any blockers, Kill directly." ?Wu Heng and Wu Heng''s faces immediately became serious. Hilagui asked, "Deacon, where are you?" Ill go to the island owners manor to see what hes up to. ??Wu Heng said: "Deacon, let Xi Lagui stay in the association. I have some experience in dealing with pirates." Sheela Roses level is not low among professionals. But Treasure Island will definitely strengthen the port. It may be difficult for Sheila Ge to capture it by force. ??Wuheng has more long-range weapons, and it can summon undead as it kills enemies, which makes it easier. Imiro glanced at the two of them, "If your analysis is correct, once the war starts, the association will face greater difficulties. You can play the greatest role if you stay. If your analysis is wrong, then the port will not Even if there is too much danger, Shiragui can handle it. Xila Gui also glanced at Wu Heng, "Don''t worry, I can do it." ??Wu Heng continued to take out three radio earphones, handed them to the two of them, and put them on their ears. Sheila Gui had seen it before and put it on very skillfully. Imiro was also a little confused and put it on to try it out. ?Wu Heng explained speaking and listening to them. Imiro was surprised by the communication effect and directly put the space ring into it. After putting on the armor. ??Imiro said directly: "Moya issued an announcement, and everyone will listen to Wu Heng''s deployment." Its already written. Moya took the notice and walked out directly. Okay, everything is about safety. Imiro said. ?A few people nodded. We walked out of the study together. ??Imiro left the association directly, and Shiragui called the team and also left directly. ??Wu Heng directly ordered the company to close its doors and all members entered a state of preparation for war. In a dark room. A figure quickly entered the room. Chief, the beast tamer discovered that Imiro left the association and was coming towards the manor. Inside the room. ??The burly figure, wrapped in a robe filled with stars and bright moons, the island owner holding a wooden staff, looked at the ocean sand table on one side. Black Dragon and the others will arrive tonight. What news have Imiro and the others got? The reporting figure shook his head, "I don''t know, maybe I noticed something." ?The island owner smiled and said, "That''s fine, let me inform you and act as planned." "yes!" The person left quickly. The whole island seemed to be boiling. ?Countless tame animals flew into the sky, and large numbers of guards and people dressed as pirates rushed into the streets. Residence. ?Minnie took Millicent to transplant a few plants from under the armored vehicle in the courtyard flower bed. Sister Shanara and I have been planting these for a long time, and it would be a pity if they died like this. Minnie dug them out and planted them in a flower pot. Millicent is also helping. She is a woman and she also likes this kind of flowers and plants. Shanara, is she the elf lady from yesterday? "Yes." Minnie said immediately: "Have you ever heard of Star Flower?" The business group is very famous. Well, the largest business group in the wood elves belongs to Sister Shannara. Now that she is rich, she always brings us delicious food. Minnie puffed up her chest a little. Millicent also widened his eyes. The person in charge of such a large business group had dinner with him at the same table last night. They chatted with each other for a while. This is the first time I have received such treatment. I would like to know what the relationship between the two parties is. Feeling that it was not my place to ask, I nodded and continued to help fill the flower pots with soil. Dang Dang Dang~! At this moment, someone knocked **** the door. The two of them moved their hands for a moment, and Minnie frowned slightly. Who? "Deputy Wu Heng asked me to pick you up. He said that the island is dangerous recently and asked you to go to the association." (End of this chapter) Chapter 452 , Surrender, Archdeacon Chapter 452: Surrender, Archdeacon ?Wu Heng arranged for someone to pick them up? Lately, Wu Heng has been mentioning the dangers on the island almost every day and telling him not to go out. Even with Shanara, they are also adjusting their manpower, and even occasionally mention that when they come over, they will leave Treasure Island with her first. When everything is over, come back and deal with the rest of the matter. Millicent patted the dirt on his hands, stood up and went to open the door. Hush~! Minnie grabbed her and made a gesture to keep quiet. Then she shouted towards the door: "Let''s go change clothes. Please wait a moment." The person outside the door hesitated for a moment, but still shouted: "The subdeacon is very anxious, please hurry up." "knew." ?Minnie shouted and whispered orders to the surrounding skeletons, then pulled Millicent and ran directly back to the house. Suddenly, a sound broke through the air. Whoosh~! ?The person standing at the door immediately shouted: "Miss, how much longer do you need?" ?Minnie subconsciously stretched out her hand and grabbed the front of Millicent''s face. She held an arrow tightly in her hand and threw it out of the window. Speaking, he walked to one side. Inside the building. Hurrah! As soon as the voice fell, several tame beasts flew into the sky. Minnie patted the skeleton with a machine gun on the balcony, "Get ready to fight. If anyone breaks in, attack them immediately." ?A commander in silver armor spat and said, "Attack directly. Be careful of the skeleton inside. Don''t kill the female rabbit." The two women were still standing on the balcony, nervously looking at the door. If there is someone arranged by Wu Heng outside the door. Click, click, click! ?It was a large crowd, some were guards uniformly dressed, and some were dressed in messy pirate attire. Commander, if the other party doesnt come out, he must have noticed something is wrong. Then, he grabbed Millicent and hid in the room. ?Those who can do this are easy to guess. Outside the hospital. The master added those weapons here this morning, how could he just take us away? Minnie said, and stopped explaining. ?Go all the way up to the balcony on the third floor and look outside the courtyard wall. Standing in a scattered group, waiting for news. Last time, those guards who tried to come in and check household information were thrown out directly. It will not be said that picking up them, but to transfer all the strength of the whole army, at least, the alchemy skeletons on the fourth floor, and the pharmaceutical materials. Enter the corner position. So, those people outside just want to trick them out. ?The man who called the door had a serious face, "I''ll go tell the commander. She must have noticed something." Until this moment, Millicent finally showed a look of horror. Just waited for a long time, but there was no movement inside. "We are really members of the association. Over time, the archdeacon will blame us." The machine gun turned around and pointed at the door. ?Minnie has been with Wu Heng for a long time, and she is also aware of some of the other party''s arrangements. Miss Minnie, something is wrong outside? Millicent wondered. I shouted several times in succession, but got no response. Then, the soldiers on standby quickly poured into the road. Call someone. One person said in a low voice. Even though I believed that my master would arrange everything, my heart began to beat and I was a little nervous. ?From this angle, you can see part of the road outside the wall. Everything is normal and there is no change. Its getting late, hurry up so that the subdeacon wont be anxious. A row of figures standing against the wall, holding weapons, waiting for the door to open. hovering above the building. "just." Its okay, dont worry. Minnie said softly. Looking outside. Those rolling thunders were thrown in along the wall. Huh~! The effect of the beacon thunder exploded, and the fire took advantage of the wind to form vortexes. ۶~! After the impact of rolling thunder. ?The door was violently smashed open, and a large number of guards and pirates poured in through the door. Attack, kill everyone. ?Bang bang bang~! Balcony gunner, start to pull the trigger. Bullets rained down, covering the crowd below. In the blink of an eye, the pirates shouted excitedly, and in the blink of an eye, their bodies were shattered. Blood and minced meat were scattered all around. At the same time, the armored vehicles in the courtyard also began to fire. Boom, boom, boom~! The cannon fires directly at the wall ahead. The wall was shattered, and the pirates who climbed up the wall or hid behind were beaten into a **** mist. Bullets and artillery shells kept shooting forward. ?The attacking enemy suffered heavy casualties, but those who survived ran away in panic, crying and fleeing into the distance. Rogue One, Ranger One, take a few skeletons out to take a look around. If there are still enemies, continue fighting. Dont chase them too far. Minnie continued. Level 15 rogue skeletons, and level 15 ranger with several skeletons. ?Stepping on the broken meat and gravel on the ground, he walked out directly. I checked around the road and quickly turned back. It seems that these people were beaten away. Minnie, whats going on? Shannara came over quickly wearing armor, leading the housekeeper and guards. Enter the room directly. Minnie threw herself into her arms and said, "Someone is trying to arrest us. Something must have happened." Are you not injured? Shannella asked. "No." Put on your armor first, and well talk about the rest later. Shannara said directly. Minnie and Millicent walked aside and started putting on their armor. At this time, Shannara''s housekeeper also came back. He said: "After checking, they are from the guards in this area. The remaining ones dressed in disorder should be pirates." Shanela''s face turned even uglier. I also guessed what happened. Arrange people to help defend, lets defend here together. "Okay, madam." The housekeeper immediately arranged for defense and repaired the fortifications. Tap tap tap~! At this time, other nearby houses were also opened one after another. Mrs. Shannara, what...what happened? President Shannara, how did it end up like this? ?Most of the people living here are representatives of business groups. ??Has been observing the situation, and when the battle is over, he will come out to ask what happened. Shannara looked at everyone, "The pirates have come to the island, and we all know what they are doing. When they come again, we will fight them off together, otherwise we will all die on this island." Everyone''s face turned pale. He glanced at the broken corpses on the ground and nodded. Association. The door was closed tightly, and Wu Heng assigned the remaining personnel the task of defense. ?In addition to the remaining teams, there are also association staff and association guards, who have all been mobilized for follow-up operations. According to Imiros instructions, Wu Heng must guard this place. ?He and Sheila Gui, if things don''t go well, can still return to the association. If this side is gone, everyone will be dispersed. After everyone simply understood the situation. ??He also took action immediately and headed to his position. "Master, the five corpses in the morgue and the seven pirates in the dungeon were all executed. The corpses are all here." Anderweil walked over quickly. The guards behind him carried twelve corpses and placed them in the open space in front of them. ?Wu Heng directly released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all twelve corpses were transformed into rotting corpses, and they slowly stood up. Take out machine guns and rifles and distribute them to several carrion corpses. While continuing to hand over tasks. The ghost Xiaoxiao flew down from above his head. It penetrates directly into the body, shares the picture, and emerges from the mind. On the main road in front of the association, people are pouring in. From a small mid-air perspective, they are all heads. The leader was a tall man wearing close-fitting black leather armor. ?Hang a pair of tiger fingers around his waist. The body exudes a strong red light, less than level 18, but very close. The people behind him all had level 15 professions, and finally there were a large number of pirates with different radiances. At least more than a thousand people. I really think highly of the association. The large team approached the association for a short distance and stopped immediately. The leading man cleared his throat. He shouted: "Deputy Wu Heng, why don''t you bring your people out and surrender, and everyone''s lives can be saved." (End of this chapter) Chapter 453 , have you seen me scared? Chapter 453: Do you see me scared? The leading man stood in the distance with a half-smile, and his voice came clearly into the building. A pirate who speaks to the association in a condescending manner. I''m afraid it''s also the first time. ?Wu Heng asked everyone to return to their respective positions, and Anderweil also propped up Barrett in the corner of the window. Moya said from the side: "The speaker is the captain of the Thunder Pirates - Tolga, a level 17 boxer. He is the second pirate in the Emerald Sea who is expected to reach level 18. Those behind him are also captains of the pirate group. Or the backbone, all above level 15. ??Yimiluo went to kill the island owner, and Moya naturally stayed. ?At this time, he saw the situation outside and explained softly. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the outside: "Do you have such great power? Can you let so many of us go?" "Why care about other people." Tolga shrugged and said, "You kill the people inside, and I promise not to embarrass you and give you wealth and women, which is much better than being this **** subdeacon. Fell to the ground. Kill all the associations. Save. Then, two more level 15 pirates appeared. Their bodies were instantly shattered and they fell to the ground dead. The skeletons upstairs and downstairs began to pull the triggers, and dense bullets roared out. ??The pirates waved their weapons excitedly and ran forward in groups. All the pirates looked at the horrifying scene in front of them. ? Tolga turned his head suddenly and saw the level 15 pirate behind him, with half of his body shattered and blood and internal organs flowing downwards. Behind him, the pirates laughed ear-splittingly. ?Bang bang~! The team of guards and pirates was instantly confused. Died here so easily. bang~! Tolga''s face also changed dramatically, and he shouted directly: "Hey, don''t mess around, go in, kill each team member for one hundred gold coins, the team leader for three hundred gold coins, Wu Heng''s head..., five thousand gold coins." The injured pirate also looked at the gap in his body in horror. Immediately afterwards, the pirates holding heavy iron shields rode on a tortoise shell road forward according to the bullets fired. ?But I didnt expect that the range would be so far. Bang~! Kill! A large mouthful of blood sprayed out from his mouth, and his body fell backwards. ?? Anderweil pulled the trigger while the other person was talking. ?Bang bang bang~! He knew that the other party had powerful equipment. ?These are big pirates with notorious reputations. "You actually know this?" Tolga choked up his laughter, a little surprised, but still said: "Surrender, that little maid will be here soon. You don''t want to see him being tortured in public, do you? ! I heard that you like women who look like animals? I know a kind of monitor lizard, and I will give you two to try. " Spread out along the way, surround the entire building, and launch an attack. Hahahaha~! Looked at the association in the distance, and then at the dead bodies on the ground. A large number of pirates were instantly hit by a dense barrage of bullets. I didnt even see where the attacker was or what he was killed by. ?Wu Heng showed no emotion and asked instead: "Occam worked so hard to become the pirate king, will he allow you to let me go?" Suddenly, a loud roar sounded. The sound of breaking was heard. The pirates passed under the iron shield and continued to run forward. There were two more explosions. Kill them all. Tolga stared at this scene with his eyes widened in horror. The chaotic pirates all looked calm. Tolga''s expression changed, and he subconsciously flew to the side. Everyone spread out in all directions, looking for cover. Hurrying forward, he slashed at the association members guarding the window with weapons in his hands, trying to force them back and rush into the building. Click, click, click! The rear of the pirates. Two heavy bed crossbows, under the cover of the pirates, advanced a certain distance. ??The bow string was tightened, and the crossbow arrow as thick as an arm was placed on the bed crossbow. Looking far ahead. Swish swish~! The crossbow bolt roared out with two bangs, and nailed the closed door of the association. Then, the etched magic circle took effect, the red iron slurry began to flow, and the door slowly melted. Until the crossbow arrow fell off, the closed door melted to create a huge hole. The pirates became even crazier and kept rushing towards this side. "Hahaha~! Come with me and rush in to avenge your dead brothers." Tolga raised his head and laughed, tapping his feet lightly, and rushed over like a cannonball. Lead the pirates into the association hall. Master, that man is coming too. Anderweil put away the Barrett and had an extra submachine gun in her hand. Started to shoot at the pirates who rushed in. In the midst of the chaos, Tolga took great strides forward. Looking across the entire venue, he went straight to Wu Hengs location. Kerimu, crush his skull and kill him. Two skeleton attendants rushed towards the target head on. Tolga looked at the approaching skeletons, grabbed two pirates, and was thrown towards the skeleton attendants under the doubtful eyes of the other party. ?Step on the wall and continue forward for a certain distance. With another flick of his hand, an iron lock instantly tied him and Wu Heng together. Ive got you, pretty boy. Tolgar sneered, before Kerimu and Shattered Skull approached. A scroll was suddenly torn open in his hand, and light enveloped him and Wu Heng. The next second, the two of them disappeared at the same time. "Owner." Deputy Wu Heng. Everyone''s faces turned pale instantly. Beacon Street, gunshots and alarm bells resounded throughout the island. Sheila Ge has heard this sound before. It is the kind of weapon from Wu Heng. As expected, they have taken action, and the enemy has already begun to attack the association. A large number of guards gathered towards the central square, but on the streets of Beacon Street, the people seemed to be getting weaker and weaker. Hilagui led the team members in a dark alley. Deacon Sheilagui, we were wrong, please let us go. Several people dressed as guards kept begging for mercy. Sheela Gui glanced at it and said directly: "Kill." The dagger grazed their necks, and several people fell to the ground in pain. In the past, they might have been taken back for interrogation to confirm that there were no errors in the procedures, and then dealt with. But things are different now. People like me may not survive tomorrow. ?How can I have so many concerns? Sheila Gui leaned in the alley and waited for a while. The translucent detection guard returned and got into the scroll. Form a complete picture. At the port location, a large number of guards gathered. The land and the sea were filled with the corpses of those who had been killed. It seemed that everyone near the port had been killed. Sure enough, increasing the number of guards is to have more manpower to mobilize. ?Wu Hengs ideas are really sharp. He said almost everything was right, but it was a little late. The other team captains all came closer. Ardeacon, what should we do next? Hilagui put away the scroll and replaced the long sword in his hand. "What can we do? Seize the port, otherwise everyone will die here." ??The rest of the people said nothing and began to sort out and check the final equipment. When everything is ready. Sheila straightened her helmet and said solemnly: "Follow me and fight up." After saying that, he took the lead and headed forward. At the port location, the guards immediately spotted a few people. They are members of the association, kill them and go back to receive the reward afterwards. Hurrah! ?The guards shouted and charged forward to fight. Outside the city, in the wasteland. The formation lit up, and two figures appeared at the same time. ?Wu Heng quickly glanced around, his face a little solemn. ???????????????????????????? It seems that they are more interested in killing themselves than attacking the association. Tolga appeared immediately, and the chain still locked the two of them tightly, with a distance of 5 meters between them. The gladiator chain is said to have been found in the ruins of a certain duel ground. Unless one of you dies, it will never be opened. ?See the plan succeed. The smile returned to Tolga''s face, and his tone was calm, as if he had already won the victory and was the winner of both sides. ??The Necromancer''s greatest reliance is the undead under his command. Of course, the power of the instruments in his hands is also terrifying. But now there are only two of them here. ??Killing a mage in close combat is not much more difficult than killing an ordinary person. At this time, the two sides have already reached a conclusion. ?Wu Heng thought about the plan and said, "Do you see that I am afraid?" Tolga slowly calmed down his expression and said coldly: "You look down on me?" ?Wu Heng turned over his hand, and a submachine gun appeared in his hand. There was no need to aim, he could just pull the trigger forward. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense bullets roared out like a barrage, shooting forward. ??The moment the opponent took out his submachine gun, Tolga''s body exploded out, almost flashing at an extremely fast speed, closing the distance between them. The chains also shortened the distance between the two of them at the moment they moved. ?Wu Heng adjusted his direction, predicted and blocked the opponent''s route. Tolga hit his chest with both fists, and his powerful energy was instantly released. ?The bullet apparently stopped in the air, then deviated from its trajectory and ricocheted to both sides. The strength of the boxer. ?His energy can deflect bullets, which is close to that of a level 18 boxer. ??The pirates of the Emerald Sea are really a place where dragons and tigers are hidden. No wonder it is so difficult to exterminate. ??Wu Heng stretched out his hand and flipped it over again, and another submachine gun appeared in his hand. He held two in both hands and continued to block the enemy''s path forward. In close combat, no one can rival a fighter in terms of skill. Tolga roared like a mad lion. ?Wu Heng''s head was buzzing for a moment, and his vision was a little blurry. After shooting twice casually. Quickly regain your sight, and the enemy rushes in front of you in the blink of an eye. The distance between them is only one meter. Tolga''s eyes were full of malice, and he said with a ferocious smile: "Little mage, let me see if you have any other tricks." ?Wu Heng''s expression condensed and he shouted: "Brothers, the actual battle has begun." The next second. The figure in the opponent''s eyes began to tremble at a high frequency. The figure instantly transformed into six identical figures, surrounding him in the middle. "Illusion? What do you think this trick can change?" Tolga was startled, then recovered immediately and roared loudly. ?One of the figures took out an iron sword and rushed forward, intending to engage in a close combat. At the rear, two people took over submachine guns and fired. The rest of the people also flew towards the target with several magic spells at the same time. One person releases [grease splash]. One person releases [pathogenic ray] and [weakening ray]. Then, there is [Lightning Beam] and [Fireball]. . Intensive magic instantly gathered towards his position. Boom~! With an explosion, Tolga flew backwards. (End of this chapter) Chapter 454 , cooperate (an update today) Chapter 454, Cooperation (Updated today) ?Various magics hit ''Tolga'' like a violent storm. ?Layer upon layer, the energy explodes. Tolga felt like he was hit in the chest by a huge force, and his body flew out involuntarily. But the chains connected to each other pulled his body and threw him to the ground. The development of spells must be either practical or powerful. ?Various magic bombarded him at the same time. Even a level 17 boxer felt like his internal organs had been displaced, and he almost vomited out a mouthful of blood. Damn it, its not an illusion. Formed by illusion, it is impossible to use weapons and can also release magic. What the **** is this. Necromancer and Prophecy were rapidly changing positions, submachine guns in their hands, and firing continuously. ?Wu Heng in the rear stretched out his hand to strike at ''Tolga''. Long-term swordsmanship training, the most basic thing is thrusting, which is accurate and fast. ?Prophecy is Wu Heng, follow up with a sword, and stab the opponent between the eyebrows. Just wanted to punch the enemy. ??The Evocation Wu Heng releases [Lightning Beam], and the Conjuration Wu Heng releases [Acid Splash]. The whole person enters the state of [explosion potential], and various attributes of the body begin to increase. ??The smoke and dust dispersed, and the guard Wu Heng also took the iron sword handed to him, rushed directly into the battlefield, and slashed at the opponent together. Flying backwards like a broken thread, coughing up blood. Uncle, you split again. Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew over from a distance. ?The bullet deviated from its trajectory. Tolga put his hands on the ground and the ground shook violently. Ghosts and necromancers have a certain degree of sensitivity. Why are there so many moves! ?All kinds of thoughts flashed by, and the carp jumped up, punched out, and faced the long sword that was coming. Dang~! ??Although he beat the opponent, he still exchanged injuries for injuries. The trousers, shoelaces, and sailor hat were all broken instantly. Distinguish the location of the chain. Prophecy Wu Heng shouted. Tolga staggered, and his fingers became numb. The movement of ''Tolga'', who was about to counterattack, was blocked in an instant and almost fell to the ground. ranging crisply. The items on Tolga''s body changed instantly. The belt came off, the trousers fell down and tightened around the ankles, the shoelaces were knotted, and the sailor hat was pulled down to cover his eyes. ?Tolga stretched out his hand and a handful of iron sand flew out. Wu Heng was teleported here, and the two ghosts flew over directly based on their senses. ? And ''Tolga''s face was even more ugly. The [Gladiator Shackles] acquired at a high cost have now become the opponent''s props to lock him. Magic and bullets are still whizzing. ?The bullets shot towards the fallen enemy with crackling sounds. The chains and distance between each other can directly determine the other''s position. Hit the chest again. Undead Wu Heng asked: "How is the association doing?" ??Wu Heng possesses intermediate swordsmanship, and his attributes are not inferior to those of melee combatants. Take two steps back and distance yourself. The air wave exploded again. Tolga showed a ferocious expression and charged forward. Release the [Mirror Image Technique] at the same time, and the body will instantly split into five phantom clones, killing the target together. What kind of power is this? Are you a mage? ?Wu Heng, holding a sword, rushed towards him again. His skin began to turn red, and raised veins could be seen on his neck. ?The phantom was shattered, leaving only one person holding the sword. But in terms of technique, there is still a gap that is difficult to achieve. ?Smoke and dust do not have the effect of clouds, but barely affect the line of sight. The energy in his body swayed. ?Smoke and dust are everywhere, and vision is blurred. ??Tolga''s eyes were covered, and he subconsciously raised his hand to lift it. The tiger''s finger hit the sword body and smashed the powerful sword. ?Glenda replied, "After you disappeared, there was a moment of chaos, but your little fox and the elf assistant organized the defense. When we came out, there were no problems." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. "Uncle, when we came over, a large number of pirates rushed over there, all holding crossbows!" Xiaoxiao could see the light beams on the living creatures, and it was easy to find the enemy in the grass and woods. Pirate, crossbow? It seems that they have also arranged for people. I heard someone talking in the air not far away. The fighting Tolga was confused at first, and then realized that it was the ghost of the Necromancer. He continued fighting and taunted, "Deacon, what''s the use of holding me back? When the rest of the people arrive, not to mention your 6 clones, even if there are 8 or 18 of you, they will all die here." No one paid any attention to him. Attack when its time to attack, and shoot when its time to shoot. How many people? What level? A lot of them, most of them are above level 10. ?Granda added, There can be more than 50 people. Prophecy Wu Heng took out a long sword directly from the space ring and threw it to Glenda, "Glenda, stop them. Xiaoxiao will continue to investigate the surroundings and notify us if there is any danger." The two ghosts nodded and flew away quickly. The island owners estate. The sword light flashed past, and the bodies of several high-level professionals blocking the road were split in half and slowly fell down. ??Imiro held a sword in one hand and his whole body was spotless. He slowly stepped over the corpse and continued to walk forward. Use all the investigation scrolls. But he didnt find what he was looking for. ??I also thought that the other party would hide, but I didn''t expect to hide so secretly. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and a woman wearing leather armor slowly walked out from the front. ?Leaning at the door, looking up and down at the figure opposite. Imiro, what are you looking for? Imiro''s face remained unchanged, and he squinted his eyes and looked ahead, "Viola, I let you go last time, but you came to get involved in the pirate thing again." Apologetics of Divine Punishment Cult-Viola. ?Last time she went to the island to attract Imiro''s attention, the Devil''s Hands ambushed Wu Heng, Sheila Gui and others in the pirate village. When he returned to the island, Imiro found out about this incident and planned to settle the score with her. I had already left the island at that time, but I didnt expect to come back this time and get involved in this. "Hey~! You can''t say that. Your affairs with the pirates have nothing to do with me." Viola emphasized. Get out! Imiro snorted coldly. Why is this man so rude? ??Yimiro''s eyebrows were cold, and he held his sword forward. In an instant, sharp sword energy shot out. Like the full moon reflecting the sky and the earth. Viola''s face was solemn, her figure moved quickly as if looming, and at the original position behind her, walls and buildings exploded. Debris sputtered all over the sky. Viola took a deep breath, and instantly a cloud appeared, covering her figure. Said: "Imiro, don''t be angry! I''m not targeting you. You let me go last time, and I''m grateful to you. But my superiors gave me a task and asked me to help those guys. Let''s not make things difficult for each other. Wait until nightfall , Ill leave here. The sound floated out from the clouds and reached Imiro''s ears. simultaneously! Another sword energy and the diffuse clouds were separated from the middle. Like cut tofu. The Divine Punishment Cult is also involved in this? "Ah! I didn''t say it, you guessed it yourself." Viola exclaimed. ??Imiro felt that this woman was a little crazy and continued: "Who else?" "How would I know." ??Imiro stopped talking and his body shot out in an instant. Push directly into the clouds and mist. The body moves quickly in the clouds and mist. The sword energy swayed out over and over again, filling the entire area. With blood splattering. Huh~! A figure flew out of the building and fell to the ground. Viola covered her chest, and a long and thin scar tore open her armor and body. "Why are you beating a woman! You bad guy, I already said that I don''t want to be your enemy, I just want to delay you for a while." As he spoke, black, lifeless iron nails appeared in his hands. Throwed it towards the opposite side. Then, the hounds, lions, leopards, and crocodiles that spit out countless smoke again rushed towards them in groups. Dang Dang Dang~! ??Imiro blocked with his sword, and with a flick of his sword, all the smoke dissipated. ?Yimi Luo''s golden sword pointed diagonally at the ground. Viola, you can try to escape. Outside the city, in the wasteland. Shashashasha~! ?The vegetation shook violently, and figures rushed out of the dense forest. Wear different clothes, with helmets or sailor hats on their heads. He stared at the war zone in the distance, where magic roared and explosions continued, and he frowned slightly. ?That deputy deacon turned out to be sextuplets. Not only do they look the same, they also dress exactly the same. ??If the attack methods are different, they may all be recognized as the same person. Prepare the crossbow, be careful not to hurt Captain Tolga. Dont go there, prepare the crossbow here, dont be affected by the magic. ??The pirates discussed with each other, took out their magic crossbow bolts, and began to draw arrows. So many powerful crossbows. Enough to shoot the people fighting on the opposite side into stoppers. Everyone is busy. Suddenly, the people in the front row looked up to the sky. I saw a long sword floating, approaching quickly, as if someone invisible was holding it in his hand. "what?" Why is a sword flying over? Try shooting two arrows! Swish swish~! ?Several crossbow arrows were shot into the air. Passed through the air without any sign. Just when the pirates were full of doubts. The long sword floated among the pirates, and the scabbard fell off, revealing the sharp blade. Strange object? One of the pirates was confused, jumped up and tried to grab the hilt of the sword. Swipe~! A cold light flashed through. ??The pirate''s head fell off, and blood splashed from his neck like a waterfall. ?This scene made all the pirates widen their eyes. There is an ambush and spreading out is the enemys tactic. Someone shouted loudly. All the pirates dispersed. Shuashushua~! The sword light flashed continuously, and heads fell to the ground one after another. No, its an evil sword, dont move it. By the time they realized that there was an evil sword in the sky, there were only a dozen pirates left in the audience, standing stiffly on the spot, with sweat on their foreheads. The evil sword of silence. Its over, no one can move now. On the main battlefield. Tolga''s face was splashed with ''acid'', and he covered his face, wailed, and staggered back. ?This kind of attack may not cause much damage. However, the corrosive effect of the acid on the living body is far greater than the damage itself. ??In addition, the side effects of ''pathogenic ray'' and ''debilitating ray'' take effect, making this injury even more painful. The activated objects take effect again, the pants are raised, and the collar is locked. Two sword-wielding Wu Heng came to kill again. ?Tolga, whose vision was blurred, grabbed it by feeling. He held a sword in each hand and clasped his fingers tightly, making it difficult to pull away. Another spell of magic poured over the whole body, and the strong smell of oil penetrated into the nose. A bad feeling arose in the heart of ''Tolga'', and he roared, "Damn it, you dare!" Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air was heard, and the fireball technique hit his chest. Boom~! Tolga flew out instantly. In mid-air, a fire burst into the sky. Tolga was like a burning man, screaming miserably and rushing around. Six Wuheng, keeping a distance from him, silently watched being swallowed up by the fire. A level 17 professional would actually scream like this because he was in death and pain. Gradually. The burning man, who was rushing around, gradually lost strength. He stopped wailing and fell to his knees, lying on the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Several people stepped forward and fired at them with submachine guns, until they were beaten into pieces. Wait until the experience value prompt appears before stopping shooting. Take out a fire extinguisher and put out the fire on the body. ?The smoke and dust dispersed, and a charred corpse lay in front of him. Finally died. The six Wu Hengs all breathed a sigh of relief. It is different from the last battle with level 17 Kerimu. That time, he set up an ambush and deliberately lured the other party into his trap. At that time, he was the hunter and Keranmu was the prey. ?Even though he escaped in the end, he was killed by Imiro. But in the battle, you are the leader. This time, their positions are opposite. The other party was prepared and brought himself here. ??If I had not exchanged this first-level meritorious service reward, I am afraid that if I want to defeat him, I would have to pay a greater price. ?This Tolga is definitely a ruthless person. ??If the strongest pirate would arrange to hold back Imiro, then he would definitely be the second strongest one to kill him. Gladiator Shackles fell off, Wu Heng looked at it and put it away directly. He looked at He He and Xiaoxiao in the distance again, after confirming that there were no other dangers nearby. The effect of the Robe of Strange Objects has been removed. Six clones flashed at high frequency and returned to one person again. Dizziness, tingling, and splitting of brain consciousness hit the mind directly. Hold your head and rest for a while before recovering a little. Get up and stand up. ??Looked at the corpse of ''Tolga'', took off the blackened space ring, and then released the [Bone Spell] on the corpse. The flesh and blood of the charred corpse slowly fell off, and the white skeleton stood up. Skeleton Boxer (Level 17) From now on, you can continue to call me Tolga and follow me! ??Wu Heng said, with the skeleton attendant following behind. Then, he took a few steps forward and looked at the pirates restrained by Glenda from a distance. They all saw the battle just now. His forehead was covered with sweat while he kept his posture fixed, and his eyes were full of fear. Ardeacon, we surrender. Yes, yes, you take us back to the association, and I will cooperate with you to catch the pirates. I can be your eyeliner. Let me live! The pirates cried out for mercy. Even if the battle on the opposite side does not end, it will be difficult for them to maintain this posture for too long. I just hope that the other party can let me go. ?Wu Heng said nothing, took out his rifle and fired at several people. After the bullets hit several people, the remaining pirates began to flee and were killed by the evil sword. Heads fall. Everyone died, Glenda sheathed her sword. A sword beam cut through the void where she was, but it did not cause any harm. ?This kind of sword light can only attack entities and has little effect on ghosts. ?Wu Heng put away the evil sword and continued to point at the corpses on the ground, releasing the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The skeleton stood up. ?Wu Heng issued them rifles and submachine guns, and put away all the original powerful crossbow bolts. Then he took out the radio headset and tried to contact a few people outside, "Andweir, how are you doing there?" Soon, a surprised voice came from the other side, "Master, are you okay?" Its okay, where is the association? There are too many pirates, and our people are dying constantly, and now we are trapped in the associations training room. Andwyer said quickly. ?Wu Heng has a soul connection with other people. ??If you really die, your skeleton will fall apart, and the slave girl''s soul will be severely shattered, and at the very least she will be in a state of stupidity. But hearing questions from Wu Heng also meant that the final victory had been achieved. Thats a good thing after all. ??Wu Heng continued: "I will go over right away, and you tell everyone to hold on." Okay. Anderweil replied directly. End the call. ?Wu Heng quickly ran towards the city. The first thing to enter was the area where the city was expanding outwards. There was no one on the road, and there were newly completed or unfinished houses on both sides. Let Xiaoxiao check the position of his eyes in mid-air. The road leading to the association happens to pass by my residence. Under the observation of spiritual vision, a large amount of red light gathered in the location where he lived. so many people? How can it be? ??Wu Heng placed four armored vehicles, four machine guns and more than ten rifle submachine guns in his residence, as well as defensive skeletons, five level 15 skeletons and twenty level 10 skeletons. Dont say that the main force of pirates will not attack here. Even if we attack, it will be difficult to penetrate. Bringing the skeleton, he quickly approached. I saw three layers of guards inside and three layers outside. Judging from the sign, they belonged to a large business group. Who is it? Someone shouted loudly. I am Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of the association, who among you has the final say. Hearing Wu Heng, he saw his appearance and the many skeletons behind him. The guards immediately became respectful. The subdeacon, the president, and the stewards are all in there. ?This man led the way and walked directly into his own building. See Wu Heng coming in. Minnie swooped over and said, "Master." Shannara also wanted to rush over, but after carefully glancing at the other business group representatives around her, they still didn''t come over. Instead, he said calmly: "How is it outside?" Pirates outside are besieging the association and occupying the port. None of you are injured, right? "It''s quite safe. The first batch of pirates were killed by your skeletons, and then no one else came." Shanara said, and then introduced the people nearby, "These are all nearby residents, each of them Representatives of the merchant group, we have gathered our forces and are here to defend ourselves." ?Wu Heng nodded, Shannara still has strong organizational skills. Gathering so many people together formed a considerable fighting force. How many people are there on your side? About 500? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I need you people to seize the port. Can you do it?" Hearing these words, the rest of the business group representatives instantly became confused. Shannara glanced sideways and said: "If your skeletons and equipment also join us, we are willing to listen to your arrangements. After all, if the port is not taken back, we will die sooner or later if we stay here." The last words are for other people. As long as they regain the port, they can even leave directly. It''s safer than staying here. The representatives of the business group behind them discussed with each other, nodded and agreed. ??Wu Heng handed the radio earphones to Minnie and Shanara each, and said: "Through this contact, Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui has passed. Don''t accidentally hurt your own people, and take care of Millicent." Understood. The two women nodded. Im going to support the association, you guys should start early. ?Everyone nodded. Shanela began to mobilize people. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and continued to rush towards the association. Within the association. Members of the association were blocked in the training room. The women sobbed softly, and all the guards and team members were also injured. In other words, there are two skeleton attendants "Keranmu" and "Skullbreaker", otherwise these people would have been killed long ago. You losers of the association, do you really think we are afraid of you? "A group of garbage." Come out early and have a good time. Those women, we wont kill you, come out! What nonsense are you talking about? Go in and kill the men. Lets play with the women first. Yes, yes! Fight in. The islands roared again. Raise your weapon and charge forward. Bang~! ?There was a sudden muffled sound. The door was kicked open. (End of this chapter) Chapter 455 ,in my side Chapter 455, On my side ?The sudden loud noise made the pirates who were shouting excitedly and preparing for the final touches were all stunned. He turned his head and looked doubtfully. The battered door was knocked to pieces by a direct kick. The door panel hit the ground. The light of dusk shines in like a veil. A large number of skeletons wearing leather armor and sailor hats poured straight into the hall. Line up in a row, with all the black instruments in their hands pointing forward. And among the skeletons, you can see that familiar figure. Vice-deacon of the Association! He is not dead! ?Looking at the figure on the side again, he was even more horrified. ?Bang bang~bang bang! Kill~! Even if you have a strong person with a high level. The level 17 skeleton boxer came out of the team. The pirates began to tremble a little, and their eyes began to scan around, looking for a way to escape. The hall is also allowed to be quiet during the holidays. ?Wu Heng said calmly: "Shoot and kill everyone." ? Sometimes, Wu Heng was really lucky that the world was developing towards magic runes instead of developing guns and cannons. Machine guns, missiles. Even said that for a level 20 hero, the physical body still determines whether to die. Skeleton holding a gun, shooting forward while shooting. Allow yourself to use this kind of weapon, which is not difficult to make, to exert the lethality that these people do not have. Kill all the pirates on both sides who are trying to escape through the windows. He took a few skeletons with him and rushed upstairs quickly. Soon there will not be much left. Rearranged the defense. "Yes, let''s rush out together. If we can kill the deputy deacon, we will do it." Kill out. There are still more powerful weapons that can be used. The pirates cheered each other up and roared loudly. The initial target for people like myself is other people in the association, and the deputy deacon will be handled by Captain Tolga. The ground is covered with corpses and wreckage, and blood gathers to form blood pools. The pirates who rushed forward fell down piece by piece like wheat. The gunfire was deafening, and the dense bullets were like a huge net, covering the front. The whole plan has been implemented until now, but Tolga is actually dead. They also have a general understanding of the plan to attack the association. There are only a few skeletons, lets kill them. ?Have the skeleton retrieve all the firearms that were pressed under the corpse, then directly release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and each skeleton will stand up from the ground. It may not be able to withstand the power of missiles. Tolga, take some skeletons and go upstairs and downstairs to check. If there are pirates, kill them directly. If they are not pirates, control them first. The level 17 boxer actually did not kill the opponent in this situation. All the pirates opened their eyes wide and stared ahead in surprise, a little unbelievable. They were also killed one by one by the skeletons. Tolga is dead. ?Shake off the scraps of meat on your body, bend down and pick up the weapons on the ground. The gunshots still sounded uninterrupted, and free money poured forward. Dont let them run away. Wu Heng continued. The pirates on the ground were injured and wailing in pain. ?Then, the pirates raised their weapons and screamed as they headed toward the gate. ?Wu Heng glanced at the hall. The furniture was shattered, the walls were stained with blood, and there were arrows and crossbows nailed to the walls. ??Wu Heng continued to walk to the door of the training room and shouted inside: "Weier, you can come out, it''s safe outside." There was no response inside. To the side, a small white owl is observing from a distance. Finding that it was really Wu Heng, he squeaked twice and landed on his shoulder. Behind the door of the training room. The sound of moving items also began to be heard. Soon, the door to the training room opened, and Anderweil, Moya, Kavina, team members, and staff walked out one after another. Most people are injured. But as long as it is not fatal and the organs are not lost, the problem is not a big one. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and Kavina, and he was relieved when he saw that there were no obvious injuries. Anderweil walked over, her face full of joy, "Deacon, are you okay?" Its okay, dont worry. The rest of the people also shouted: "Sir Archdeacon!" ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "The battle is not over yet. The pirates may attack us again at any time. Those who are injured should rest and be able to move. Repair the doors and windows again and prepare to face possible dangers." "yes!" Everyone responded with a little more confidence in their voices. Residential area. Shannara began to gather the guards of all business group representatives, and temporarily gathered a lot of manpower. Except for the people who gathered here just now. He also called other nearby residents, explained the current situation, and gathered all the people. Treasure Island is a trade transit station. ?Most of the people who bought such a residence on the island were senior executives of business groups. Everyone gathered together, looking flustered and at a loss. The island owner has become a pirate again? Hasnt he been pardoned? What are the benefits of being a pirate? How is it possible, why did he do this? Then what should we do now? Some people still refuse to believe that the island master killed everyone on the island. From the perspective of interests. Having been pardoned, why should I go back to being a pirate? Completely inconsistent with common sense. But the scene in front of me cannot be faked. The corpses of pirates and guards were piled all over the ground over there. How could there be so many pirates if no one let them go to the island? At this time, Shanara came back with someone. The crowd rushed forward and surrounded him instantly. Mrs. Shannara, are you really going to attack the port? Our people died over there, but there is no room for negotiation at all. President Shannara, its not that I dont trust Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, but it may be difficult for us to get out! Shannaras brows instantly rose. According to the agreement between her and Wu Heng, gathering these people has been delayed. ?Now I''m actually starting to hesitate again. He glanced at everyone present and said in a cold voice, "If the pirates win, can they let us go? Or, some of you are with the pirates. The last time we mobilized our guards on the island, but not Few people are lobbying for support. As soon as these words came out, the scene suddenly fell silent. At the beginning, the people who were the most skeptical didnt know how to defend themselves. No one who can get into the upper echelons of a business group is a fool. ?Whoever talks more is a pirate and the enemy of everyone. ?Furthermore, if I think about it carefully at this time, when the guards were transferred, many people were indeed too enthusiastic about it. Leading to a shortage of manpower on the island. It is difficult to say that none of them have negotiated any terms with the pirates. Seeing that no one was speaking, Shannara continued: "Give the order, everyone should stay in formation and go to the port. Anyone who collaborates with the enemy, escapes, or is lazy will be killed on the spot." The orders were passed on one after another. After a brief period of confusion, the army began to take action. Heading towards the port. ? Along the way, people continued to knock on the door and persuade them to join the team. Inside an armored vehicle. Minnie, Millicent, and Shannella were in the same car. The armored vehicles at the back were all pulling skeleton alchemists. Shannara looked at the armored vehicle''s sophisticated and special equipment with some surprise, and was secretly surprised. ? It turns out that not only is the base equipped with weapons, but there is also such a complicated device inside. On the screen on the side, you can even see the surrounding scene. It is like a picture reflected in a mirror. Minnie hugged Shannara''s arm and said, "Sister, is everything okay over there, master?" Shannara was also a little worried, and still said: "He left these to us, and he must have arranged a method himself." Minnie said oh and continued to ask: "Why do you want to drag those people along? They only have a few guards and it feels like it''s hard to breathe?" Shannara glanced at the shadow screen aside. There were many powerful people inside. ??Said softly: "How do you feel about Treasure Island?" Its not good, the pirates are too unstable. Minnie suddenly realized, Are you afraid that they will be attacked by pirates if we leave? Im not that great. Shanara smiled, I keep mentioning that your master saved this neighborhood. Ah, I heard it. You said, we won in the end, who should this island be divided into in the end? Shannara looked at her. ?Minnie was stunned, and suddenly sat upright and looked at her. Shannara continued: "Imilo has a high prestige and is from a royal family. No matter how great Wu Heng''s contribution is this time, he is still a **** in the association. His reputation and merits all belong to the association." Afterwards, if the pirates fail, Treasure Island needs a new owner. Once the initiative is handed over to the association, it will not be Wu Hengs turn. All the major business groups are involved. As long as there is a little operation, the next island owner can also compete, and it must comply with the associations procedures. Of course, if the pirates are not defeated, everyone will not survive, so it doesnt matter. Minnie and Millicent both looked at her in surprise. But I also understood the meaning. In other words, after the victory of this battle, if the island association appoints the next island owner, it will be difficult for Wu Heng to take his turn. The greater possibility is meritorious service and monetary rewards. But various business groups are added to it, so that the appointment rules are not just carried out by the association. ?Then things will be much more controllable. Shanara is confident and can convince others to support Wu Heng. Really, what should we do next? Minnie understood, but she didnt know what to do. Shannara smiled and said, "Just let these skeletons and this equipment exert their maximum power." "good." Semi-underground wine cellar. ?The island owner Occam sat cross-legged in front of the wooden table, admiring the tangled potted plants beside him. I heard footsteps. Looked up. One of his subordinates walked in quickly and said in a low voice, "Island Master, the association was not captured. The undead deputy deacon came back with the skeleton and reoccupied the association." Occam, who was about to build a potted plant, stared at him. There was a bit of disbelief in his eyes. asked: Where is Tolga? Didnt see it! ?Occam''s eyes narrowed slightly, and a bad feeling arose in his heart. You go down first and wait outside. The men nodded and exited the door directly. ?Occam continued to pick up an item and placed it on the wooden table in front of him, his hands floating in the sky. Then, induction begins. Opened his eyes again, his eyes were in a trance. Tolga is dead. Even before, the pirates who arranged to kill the subdeacon failed. But Tolga''s failure still made him feel unbelievable. How can this be! ?Occam calmed down quickly. Take out the letter paper and quill pen from the space ring and start writing. After you finish writing, put it in an envelope. Disappeared in the next second. ?At the same time, he shouted to the outside: "Come in." The people outside came back again. Arrange a team of people to go to the east sentry post. Yes, island owner! The island owners estate. A slim figure knocked over the rockery behind him, stumbled, and rolled several times. He jumped back to avoid the two sword energy that followed, and shouted angrily: "Imiro, have you lost your mind? You are always chasing me for whatever you want. Just do whatever you want. I won''t stop you." ??Imiro quickly chased after him with his sword in hand, "Say, where is Occam?" "How the **** do I know? I was just called over and stopped here for a while. I didn''t know where he was hiding." The guardian ''Viola'' cursed completely regardless of his image. Now, she has seen it. ??Imiro is definitely more powerful than rumored. Since the fight with the opponent, he has almost used all his strength, but the opponent may not have used up much strength. I estimate that if he hadn''t been wary of the danger in the dark, he would have killed himself with all his strength. ??Imiro quickly chased after her, but the woman turned around and ran away. When he stopped, he was still watching from a distance. ??Yimiro stopped and remembered the headphones Wu Heng had given him before leaving. He put them on his ears and asked, Wu Heng, how are you doing there? Not far away, Viola didnt stop her. Just took out two bottles of potion and drank it, leaning against the wall and looking at each other. A look that says its okay if you dont leave my sight. Sure enough, Wu Heng''s voice came from inside, "It''s okay. The pirates who attacked the association have been killed. We are now organizing repair facilities to prevent pirates from continuing to attack." Hearing that everything was alright on the other side, he also killed the pirates. Imiro''s cold face softened slightly. Thats right. He said with approval, and continued: The island owner is not at the manor, try to figure out his location, and then tell me. I try my best. ??Imiro added again, "The pirate reinforcements will arrive at the port at night and arrange people to support Shiragui." "clear!" Association. ??Wu Hengs face turned ugly when he received the news from Imiro. ?The island owner was actually not at the manor. Imiro informed himself in this way, but he did not rush back. He must have been held back by someone. They are really well prepared. It is even said that the island owner has accurately calculated everyone''s changes in actions. Only then can everything be arranged. Glenda, go and call Xiaoxiao back. Wu Heng said to the side. Glenda, who was invisible, shot directly into the sky and through the roof of the shed, calling Xiaoxiao back. Whats wrong, uncle? Xiao Xiaofei said after coming back. Wu Heng said: "The island owner behind the scenes can''t be found now. I need your help to find where to hide." ?Xiao Xiao lay half-lying in the air, thought for a while and said, "But we don''t know him. We don''t know what he looks like. How can we find him?" ?Glenda also looked at him. The two ghosts could always hear him mention the island owner and some things about pirates. But its not clear exactly what it looks like or what characteristics it has. Wu Heng took out his tablet and pulled up a photo, "It looks like this. The appearance on the wanted notice about a year ago has not changed much. It should be possible to identify it. Xiaoxiao can find the person through spiritual vision." , he is level 18, the highest level. The photo is the associations early wanted poster. After the pardon, the appearance did not continue to change. But compared with what I saw at the port before, the change is not too big. What about your safety? Glenda asked. Its okay, Ill stay here and wait for you to come back. The two ghosts nodded, discussed with each other, and flew directly through the wall. One left and one right, began to conduct reconnaissance in the air, looking for targets. ??Wu Heng walked out of the room again and directed the rest of the people to continue repairing the association''s facilities and make preparations for the next step. ?According to Imiro, the pirates also arranged for reinforcements. Will arrive in the evening. By this time, dusk had passed and the sky was beginning to gradually darken. ??Didn''t wait for the second wave of pirates to come. Soon, two ghosts flew back one after another. Glenda said: "To the east, several teams are gathering outside. The island owner should hide there, otherwise it will be impossible to move troops there." ?Xiao Xiao immediately said: "I also found many high-level professionals on Beacon Street. The island owner should be here." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Have both sides discovered the situation? (End of this chapter) Chapter 456 , you cant change anything Chapter 456, You cant change anything ?Glenda has strong insight and can find traps and traps in some locations, while Xiao has spiritual vision and can see the level of creatures more clearly. To identify where the enemy''s focus will be. But the two ghosts found out the situation, which was beyond his expectation. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. The two ghosts returned directly to his body. At the same time, I received two shared images in my mind. ??The area where Glenda discovered the enemy was the half-developed area to the east, which was close to the location where Millicent was kidnapped last time. A team of pirates and guards guard the surrounding area, and there are also some defensive equipment near the building. The location of the small shared restaurant is Beacon Street, close to the Old Barrel Tavern. You can see a lot of people. ?Stand on rooftops, intersections, and near buildings. Two professionals at level 15, and the rest are all at level 10 or professionals close to level 10. Whether its Glenda or Xiaoxiao. None of them entered the building to investigate. Level 18 prophets will have very high perception, and ghosts will be discovered at close range. ??There may not be any means of harming the ghost, but it will definitely attract the other party''s attention and continue to take some actions. So, without seeing the target directly, I wrote down the location and did not enter the building to check. Rerelease the two ghosts. ?Glenda asked: "How is it?" ?Xiaoxiao also looked over curiously. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Xiao Xiao''s side is more likely." Xiao Xiao shook his fist, "Yeah!" ?Glenda was curious, "What?" The east is too far. He cannot hide so far from the port. Once Imiro finds him through any method, he will not be able to escape, Wu Heng said. ?Glenda thought for a moment and then said, "What if this is what he thinks? To make you think he is not over there." "It''s also possible. We can go to Beacon Street first. If he''s not there, we can seize the port. He won''t be able to escape by then." What you said makes sense, I have no objection. This point convinced Glenda. Unless there are some fast-moving props, if you want to leave, you have to go through the port. ?The other party was really not there and occupied the port directly. ???????????????????????????????????????????????? ??Wu Heng took out the radio headset and called Minnie, "Minnie, where are you?" Minnie''s voice came from the headset, "We encountered a group of pirates, and now they are fighting. We cannot use thick-barreled weapons in residential areas." ??Meeted pirates again? Is there any danger? Theres no problem, there arent many people, itll just take a while. ??Wu Heng continued: "Pay attention to safety. If there is danger, remember to hide in the armored vehicle and don''t come out." Understood. Minnie said loudly. After its over, rush to the port as soon as possible. "good!" After the call with Minnie ended, Wu Heng continued to try to contact Imiro. Let him deal with the island owner, which is the safest way. Butler! Butler? Are you there? ?Wu Heng called several times, but no one answered. The possibility of danger is unlikely. The greater probability is that you are not wearing headphones, or the signal is interfered or damaged during the battle. Compared with the modern world, gun shooting is different. The battles in this world are more about melee combat and magic attacks. There is a high possibility that the headphones may be subject to interference. Unable to contact the other party, Wu Heng sat on a chair and thought for a while. Still got up and walked out of the room. In the hall, in addition to increasing defense, we also dealt with the blood-stained association personnel on the floor. There are also many nearby businesses and residents gathered here. Families of all ages, many of whom brought their children. ? Confirm your identity and be guarded by team members to prevent pirates from sneaking in. Everyone gathered together and carefully looked at the large skeletons around them. And some miserable scenes. Occam is a dog that cant change his ways. He was finally pardoned, but he colluded with pirates again. Isnt this going to kill everyone on the island? This, why is this? Why would he do this? "I just inquired. There is a deputy deacon sitting here. It is very safe. Those skeletons are the undead attendants of the deputy deacon." "I''ve heard of him, the Necromancer. The association''s wanted notices are down page after page. He killed them all!" Necromancer, this profession, seems to have negative rumors. As you said, there are most warriors and rangers among pirates. How can you use profession to judge character? "that is!" Those who come here to seek asylum are those who trust the association more. ?Occam became the owner of the island, the local emperor, and reunited the pirates. While people were discussing, they also cursed him for being short-sighted and vicious. That man is the subdeacon, a very powerful man. Human? Its rare to be so young. "Occam has no reason not to be the owner of the island. Could it be the undead deputy deacon who is causing trouble?" As soon as these words came out, several people who were talking in low voices looked at him. Youre kidding, youre kidding, he just came to Treasure Island, how is that possible? ?Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to take a look at the level of the evacuated residents. The level is not high and there is no threat. ? Calling Anderweil and Moya aside, Wu Heng said in a low voice: "The deacon can''t be contacted. I need to go out and confirm the location of the island owner." The two women both frowned. "The deacon can''t be contacted? Your talking prop doesn''t work?" Moya said. Anderweil also pulled him, "There are pirates outside, wait until the deacon comes back!" ?Wu Heng also knew Anderweils worries. But the longer things are delayed, the more dangerous they become. "It''s okay. I will take some skeletons and leave quietly. You are in charge here. The pirates have lost a lot of people on the association''s side and will definitely tighten their troops and wait for reinforcements." The two peoples expressions were still solemn. Wu Heng continued: "Notify me immediately if there is any danger, and then retreat to the training room as before." Okay! Please pay attention to your safety too. ? Even if I am worried, there is nothing I can do. I can only agree. ?Wu Heng picked some skeletons and jumped out of the window at the back. Hurry towards Beacon Street. On the main road near the port. A pair of white wings sprouted from Shilagui''s back, and white feathers also sprouted from her exposed neck and arms. ?The wings flapped, and the whole person floated in the air holding the sword. On his forehead and chest, there were bone-deep wounds, and blood was dripping down. The team members behind him were not much better. Everyone has different injuries, and someone may be killed at any time. Hilagui and her team members have fought tooth and nail with the opponent, but still cannot break through the defense and approach the port. It was not as simple as Imiro said when he came out. Swish swish swish~! ? Dense arrows and crossbows were shot into the sky. Hiragui quickly dodges to avoid various incoming attacks. White Phoenix Evil Swordprovides the user with special effects, but it also has to bear the pressure it brings. Hurrah! Suddenly, a pirate captain threw out the rope in his hand. ?The rope was as flexible as a snake, taking advantage of the chaos to wrap around Sheila Gui''s ankle, abruptly stopping her evasive movements. In an instant, several arrows pierced the body. Sheela Gui, you still want to occupy the port these two times. Do you really think we are afraid of you? Hiragui looked down and slashed down with the long sword in her hand. The rope is cut. Several more arrows hit Sheila Gui''s body. After flying a few meters staggeringly. Fall from the air. ??The pirate captain stepped forward quickly and stepped on her body with one foot. "What a pity. Otherwise, if I catch you, I can still play for a few days." Sighing slightly, he raised the sword in his hand. Chop off the head. ?Hiragui struggled hard, but when she saw the iron sword falling, she could only accept her fate and close her eyes. suddenly. A silver-white thunder snake shot from a distance. ??The sword-wielding pirate captain''s body flew out in an instant and was thrown heavily against the wall behind him. Diffused electric current. The "Silla Rose" lying on the ground also trembled. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, intensive gunshots rang out. ?Hiragui suddenly opened her eyes and looked towards the back of the road. I saw a whole row of skeletons, holding strange instruments, shooting and pushing forward. ?The pirates along the road were shot in the body instantly and fell down piece by piece. The pirates quickly retreated, sought cover, and counterattacked with crossbows. ??Wu Heng picked up the "Xila Rose", put it on his shoulder, and said to other team members: "Let''s go back first." After saying that, they walked backwards together. Hila Rose''s body began to experience the side effects of strange things. ?His whole body was covered with white frost, his whole body was as cold as ice, and his hair and eyebrows were also covered with frost. ??The body is trembling slightly. That is to say, Xilagui''s level is not low. She is a melee professional with high resistance. Ordinary professionals would probably freeze to death directly. Sheila Gui was carried on his body and exhaled a white breath, "Why are you here?" Wu Heng said: "If I don''t come, you will die here." "How is it going at the association? Have any pirates gone by?" Sheela asked weakly. Dont worry, the association is fine. Wu Heng carried her and patted her hard. "That''s good." Sheela lay on the opponent''s shoulder, carefully looked at the other vigilant team members on both sides, and patted the opponent''s hand that grabbed her buttocks, "Be gentle, you''re hurting me." Ah, I didnt pay attention. Wu Heng relaxed his strength slightly and still placed it on it. ??Hilagui was being carried, but she still raised her hand and hit him. I didnt say much. After all, when Wu Heng arrived, he did feel an indescribable sense of security. It seems that when he comes, he will be safe. Retreat to a vacant house. Wu Heng put her down and asked everyone to distribute some potions. He returned to Xilagui and said, "Are you okay?" ????? "It''s okay." Xilagui drank two bottles of potions, exhaled, and continued to ask. , "What should we do next? The road to the port is blocked. I''m afraid we won''t be able to get in for a while." Wu Heng said: "I found a place, and the island owner is very likely to be over there." Xilagui''s eyes lit up, "Let''s go over and kill him?" "No, we don''t need so many people." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I leave these skeletons to you. You are still trying to attack the port, but you don''t need to go too deep. Just consume them in the surrounding areas." Sheila Gui asked with some uncertainty, "Is it possible? Where is the deacon?" "The deacon has been held back by the enemy arranged by him, and he can''t be contacted now. He can only rely on us." ??The frost on Xilagui''s body gradually dissipated, and after the medicine was used up, the wound stopped bleeding. She stood up slowly, "Okay, then I will follow what you said. Pay attention to safety and don''t be as reckless as me." Dont worry, Ill contact you before we get closer to the port. "good!" After the two people discussed it. ?Wu Heng gave the skeletons the order to obey "Xila Gui". Wait until the team members have rested. ??We walked out of the resting house together, and Wu Heng headed to the west side of Beacon Street. Hilagui continued to lead the people and began to fight the pirates on the road. With the addition of skeletons and guns. Fight from a distance and start to gain an advantage. A large number of pirates were attracted and began to chase Sheila Gui and others. ?The sky is getting darker. ?The entire night sky is like a dark curtain, dotted with a few scattered stars. ??Wu Heng was lying on a roof, with skeleton attendants on both sides, and two ghosts floating above him. Xiao Xiao pointed forward, "That''s right there. There are pirates all over the street. The bad island owner must be hiding nearby." The situation of the small investigation is slightly different from the beginning. Staff should have been redeployed. But you can still vaguely see the human hands hidden in the moonlight. Hilagui''s side was beaten like that, but the hands on this side are still not moving, there is definitely a problem. Want me to go in and see where he is hiding? Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "No, they have quite a few high-level professionals. Let''s kill a few of them first without them knowing." Xiaoxiao stopped talking. ?Wu Heng took out his sniper rifle. Actually, the most powerful one is Barrett. But after Barrett killed the enemy, the body was seriously damaged. When it is not particularly urgent or dangerous, this kind of sniper rifle is still enough to kill the enemy, and the body will be preserved intact. He adjusted his position and said, "Xiaoxiao, which one is the highest?" ??Xiao Xiao pointed downwards, "The guy leaning against the wall and hugging his arms, and the guy picking his teeth out of the window on the second floor. They are two of the highest levels, both reaching level fifteen or above." ?Wu Heng decided between the two, and decided to be more sure and kill one first. Aim at the pirate leaning against the wall outside on the first floor and pull the trigger directly. The gunfire rang out. The target in the distance jerked his head and his body fell backward before making a move. ??Wu Heng continued to shoot another shot at the corpse, and the experience value prompt appeared. Sudden gunshots and dead bodies appeared. It shocked all the pirates on standby. The level 15 pirates on the second floor hid in the room, and the other pirates were immediately alert to avoid it. ?There was only one person who quickened his pace and left towards the distance. Xiaoxiao, follow that person. Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Xiao Xiao left. ?Glenda also reminded: "A tame beast is coming." ?Wu Heng looked up. In the sky, a large number of tame animals are approaching here. ?Wu Heng handed a sword to Glenda, "Don''t let those tame beasts come over." Okay! Glenda caught the sword and flew towards the large group of tamed beasts. Wait until you get close to an area. The long sword is unsheathed. Shuashushua~! ?Swords flashed like thunder in the night sky, and various tame beasts fell from the sky with crackling sounds. In the blink of an eye, the tame animals within the effect range disappear. ??Then, Glenda held the unsheathed evil sword, and with the sword light constantly slashing through her transparent body, she killed the pirates below. The pirates looked like they were seeing ghosts. Fleeing in all directions. In the light of the sword, heads fell one after another. The body slowly fell to the ground. This method of use was somewhat unexpected by Wu Heng. When using this evil sword, he always thinks from the perspective of a living being, subconsciously feeling that after drawing the sword, he will stand still. But Glenda, the ghost is not afraid of the light of the sword. Hold up your sword and chase after him. This evil sword that I regretted buying before seemed to have a very good effect with my own ghost. ?Grandat chased him with his sword, forcing all the pirates everywhere out. The level 15 pirate also rushed out. ?Wu Heng adjusted the muzzle of his gun. Bang~! ?The gunshot rang out, and the bullet hit the target''s back instantly. The second shot hit the back of the head. The whole person dies. In the distance, Xiaoxiao waved to this side. ?Wu Heng followed quickly with two skeleton attendants. In a dark semi-basement. ??The island owner Occam held the torn scroll in his hand, and the light circle under his feet lit up, gradually forming a closed-loop magic circle. Teleportation scroll. "I should have killed you at all costs from the beginning." Occam spoke softly. ?Wu Heng quickened his pace and fired bullets from the submachine gun in his hand. A stone wall rose from the ground to block the bullets and also blocked the Occam behind. ?The other partys voice still came out. You did a better job than Imiro. Our plan would have been smoother without you. "Of course, this doesn''t change anything. It''s just a small accident in the whole plan. The entire island is still ours, and you will also become the first batch of deaths of the new Pirate King." The aperture gradually closes. ?Occams figure disappears. See you at the port. ?Wu Hengs face became even more gloomy. Just let him run away. ?Glenda sheathed her sword and flew in, "How''s it going?" ??Xiao Xiao said: "I let him run away and even mocked my uncle." Run away? How did you run away? He used the teleportation scroll, lets go to the port. Wu Heng said directly. The port is the most important location. ?Occam is so confident that pirate reinforcements should be arriving. The night is like ink. A gloomy sky hangs over the vast sea. In the darkness, a little light suddenly appeared on the sea, and pirate ships quietly emerged like ghosts. ?One ship after another, they keep appearing in sight. ??There is a ferocious statue on the bow of the ship, and black flags are flapping in the night wind. ?Wu Heng walked over quickly. Sheela Gui also came over quickly with her people. Looking at the pirate ships filling the horizon on the sea, his face turned pale. The location of the port is different from the tranquility here in Wuheng. The expressions of the pirates occupying the port are excited and excited. They survived and were about to achieve final victory. "Wu Heng, don''t you want to save the association and arrest the pirates? Now it seems that everything you do is a waste of energy. You can''t change anything, and you can''t change your own destiny." Ockham stared at him closely, with hostility and hatred in his tone, as well as the joy of final victory. ??The original hypothetical opponent was Imiro on the island, but he didnt expect that the most difficult person to deal with was the young deputy deacon who had just been transferred. No matter what, he killed several small pirate groups one after another. Even later, even the Devils Hand died in his hands. At that time, he even thought that the association arranged for a hero to come over and deal with the matter, forcing him to return to the island in advance to find out the matter. Now, everything has finally come to fruition. In the contest between the two sides, he was slightly better and won the final victory. "You should have a way to leave the island, or fight out directly." Ockham paused, then continued: "But what about the other people in your association? Team members, people from the island''s business group." What will the people in the various business groups think when they know that you abandoned people and fled? After so many years of donating money to the association, you have donated a bunch of deserters! And you, Wu Heng, your little maids, and Shanara next door, they all look good. I will cut off your head then and watch how I play with them. ?At this time, Occam turned back into a crazy pirate. Insult the opponent and the people he or she cares about. Lets fight! Sheila Gui slowly pulled out her sword, wings sprouted from her back, and white feathers appeared on her skin. The teams behind them also drew their weapons and prepared for the final battle. Just like the other person said. Deacons and sub-deacons may have a way to leave. The team leader and members definitely have no way to leave. Fortunately, the two subdeacons had no intention of abandoning them, so it was better to fight directly. I am about to rush over. ??Wu Heng grabbed her arm and said, "Don''t be impulsive. Wait for reinforcements?" Wu Heng was not angry at Occam''s ridicule. He has many ways to achieve final victory. The simplest thing is to open the gate and drop the skeleton into the sea, which is enough to capsize these pirate ships. But we must also consider how to deal with it later. Choose a method that is appropriate and will not cause you any trouble. Sheela frowned and said, "Where are the reinforcements coming from? You mean reinforcements from the association? It has to be noon after dawn, we can''t wait until then." Not from the association, wait for Shanara and the others. ?Wu Heng pulled her behind him again. Hilagui did not speak, put away the sword, and stopped talking. During the confrontation, the densely packed pirate ships got closer and closer. On the deck, the pirates held torches, and the jumping firelight was particularly dazzling in the darkness. ?Hand holding weapons, as the ship approached, he began to laugh and shout wildly, getting ready to fight on the island. Master, we are here. Minnies voice came from the headset. (End of this chapter) Chapter 457 , kill the island owner Chapter 457, Killing the Island Owner Minnies voice came from the headset. In the noisy scene, the sound of armored vehicles and footsteps could be heard faintly from behind. finally reached. Otherwise, the only way to deal with the pirates is to open the gate. If you really do this, things will be more troublesome later. He held up the headset with one hand and said, "I''m at the port, just come over here." "OK." Ending the conversation, Wu Heng returned his gaze to the front. The pirate ship began to approach the pier. The pirates shouted and cheered, and poured onto the pier through the gangplank. Hulala filled the entire port area. Looking in the direction of the island, there is unconcealable enthusiasm and excitement in his eyes. The pirates landed on the island. Occam''s eyes flashed with joy. He put his hands behind his hands and said loudly: "The whole island is mine. I know everything here. There are many times more people than you now. Young deputy deacon, what do you want to take?" Fight with me?" ?As he spoke, the pirates raised their weapons and roared loudly. As long as they win today, all pirates will follow the Pirate King to reestablish the rules of the Emerald Sea. ?Any ship that wants to pass through this sea area must leave a benefit. The age of pirates has come. ??Wu Heng looked calm and spoke calmly, "Occam, you led the crew and robbed the pirate king''s treasure at the end. Aren''t you afraid that other captains will know this secret and not recognize your identity?" ?The voice was calm, but it reached the ears of most pirates. The noisy port was suddenly startled. ?The Pirate King is the belief in the hearts of pirates, otherwise he would not have gained the trust of all pirates in the Emerald Sea so easily. ??Pirates firmly believe that the Pirate King can lead everyone to fight against any enemy, including the Association, and bring them higher interests. ?Wu Hengs words made the pirates quiet down. Occam glanced left and right and sneered: "What? Do you want us to have differences so that you can escape? As pirates, we can''t compare to your mages who read books every day, but we are not fools either." ?Wu Heng ignored the others and continued: "Pirate treasures are not inheritance. Whoever gets them will be the next pirate king." ?Occams face became even more gloomy. Unexpectedly, the other party wanted to trick him now. Not bothering to continue talking nonsense, he said coldly: "Kill them, the wealthy women on the island, first come, first served." Wow~! The pirate put what had just happened behind him. ??Howling and cheering, rushing forward like locusts. Sheila Gui and the team members turned pale and clenched their weapons in their hands. Be prepared for a final fight to the death. ??Wu Heng glanced sideways and said into the headset: "Let the skeleton fire and hit the target accurately." ~! In the depths of the dark street, there was the sound of a collapse of the sky and an explosion. A stream of light penetrated the darkness and shot towards the port, where the pirates rushed forward. The next second. Boom~! ??A deafening explosion sounded, and large pieces of pirate corpses were shattered into pieces. The splashing sand and gravel continued to affect the surrounding pirates. Then, four green square vehicles broke through the defense line of wine barrels and debris. Appear directly in everyone''s sight. The muzzle of the gun is facing the port. ? Dazzling flames pierced the night sky, shooting towards the port like meteors, severely hitting the port and the ships behind. ? Explosions came one after another, and the port was instantly plunged into a sea of ??flames. ?The fire shot up into the sky and illuminated the entire sky. ?The ship was blown to pieces in the gunfire, the wreckage was scattered in all directions, and fragments were flying in the sky. ?Thick smoke billowed into the air, and the acrid smell of gunpowder smoke was suffocating. The pirates ran around in panic, shouting. ?They jumped into the sea one after another to avoid the shells. ??Wu Heng led his team back into the building behind him, leaning under the window and watching with wide eyes. ?Xila Gui stared straight at Wu Heng. Its been arranged, I didnt tell you earlier. The rear of the convoy. ?Members of the chamber of commerce, family dignitaries, and the escorting coalition...all of them hurried over and looked at the scene in front of them in horror. The dark night sky was reflected in orange-red. The port and the dense pirate ships were constantly covered by explosions. Basically within five seconds, a pirate ship will be smashed to pieces and begin to sink. The momentum of the pirate ship, with its thousands of sails floating, was gone at this moment, only fleeing and turning around, swallowed up by the fire. In the crowd, there were people of faith who knelt down towards the port. Begin to mutter something in your mouth. Members of business associations. They also gathered together and began to discuss in a low voice. This, this is a magic weapon? When did the association develop this kind of thing? "It''s not from the association. I heard from ''Shanela'', it''s from the deputy deacon of the association." "horrible." Anyway, we survived, thanks to this weapon. "Right!" At this time, Shannara''s housekeeper walked over quickly. He glanced at everyone present with cold eyes and said: "The representatives of the business group retreated to a safe position. All the guards were divided into two teams and blocked the east and west roads. Any pirates who passed through were killed." The task is issued and everyone takes action immediately. ?Those who thought they had no fighting ability retreated obediently. ??The guards did not ask their master for his opinion, and directly followed the order and divided into two teams. Go to the arranged intersection and start setting up defenses. Kill the pirates who escaped the gunfire and fled in panic. Kill the pirates who flee in panic. The island owners estate. ? ?The guardian Viola, whose aura was weakened, returned to human form from the cloud state. ?? He took two steps back, looked at the fire shooting into the sky behind him, and said with a smile: "Imiro, pirates have come to the island. You''d better leave and come back to avenge them later." ??Imiro turned his head to look at her, and waved the sword energy in his hand again. ?The woman''s body turned into mist again, and she ran away into the distance, "Goodbye, it''s up to you whether you want to leave or not." ??Imiro glanced at the direction in which the woman was escaping, and instead of continuing to chase, he ran directly towards the port. Association. Andewil, Moya, and many members of the association. ?Standing at the door, looking at the bright lights that light up over and over again in the dark night. I pray silently in my heart that the association can achieve final victory. Black Dragon Pirate Group, inside the cabin. The constant roaring and the violently swaying hull. Made Philippas face turn a little pale, Damn it, Im using that thing again. ?This kind of frequent and intensive blasting. She has heard it more than once and can confirm that it is the weapon of her subdeacon. Damn it, she wouldn''t survive if we opened fire on this ship. I listened intently outside and saw that the pirates were in chaos. He took out the cloak from the space ring and put it over his head. He also took out the tool and pried open the iron lock which was not rusty. ?Philippa covered his hood and walked quickly outside. The ship''s hull shook violently. ??The pirates were swaying their bodies while retrieving the crew members who had fallen into the water. They seemed to be preparing to turn around. Surrounded by ships wrapped in fire, they were slowly submerged in the sea. ?Philippa''s eyes widened. I didnt expect it to end up like this. Looking around quickly, he couldn''t find his pirate ship. Grass! Wheres my boat? But right now, I cant take care of that much. If you stay here, you will die sooner or later. Thinking about it, he walked towards the edge of the ship. Just walking a few steps. This attracted the attention of other pirates. Stop, take off your hat. A voice came from behind. The pirates around him also looked over immediately. Hurry up and surround her. Philippa, no longer trying to hide herself, directly took a submachine gun from the space ring and followed the method given to her, pointing at the pirates ahead. Im here to take revenge on you. ttle Pull the trigger. But he didn''t press it down, as if it was stuck there. Holy shit. bad. ?The pirates were stunned. Philippa, you little **** really has a problem. Youve arrived at Treasure Island and you want to escape? The captain doesnt need to worry about her anymore, why not let the brothers relax at sea. Catch her, we have to deal with Treasure Island first. The pirates nodded and rushed forward. Seeing the pirates staggering towards him, Philippa also remembered how to use it and turned on the safety. Shoot toward the front. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets roared out, and the recoil and rocking of the ship nearly caused her to fall. But the pirates who were advancing also stopped. Looking down at the **** holes that appeared on his body. The pirate who hit an important part of his body slowly fell down. Kill her, quickly! Some pirates. ?As for Philippa, her originally nervous expression turned into surprise little by little. ?Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired again non-stop and began to kill the deck pirates. Then, he returned to the cabin again. Fuck you, Ill shoot you to death today. "Wu Heng, who are you? How can you be just a deputy deacon?" ??Seeing Wu Heng blocking the front, Occam''s eyes looked ugly. The tone was full of anger and unwillingness. I have planned it for so long and spent so much energy. With Imilo dragged along, the large armies of various merchant groups on the island were also taken out to sea and eliminated. But why would such a person appear on the island? Ardeacon. How could a deputy deacon possess such strength? ??Can also possess such a terrifying weapon. "Why did you appear on the island? Tell me, who asked you to come here, and why did you ruin my plan." Occam''s eyes widened and he roared. Just a little bit. ?The only thing missing is this place. Surrender, at least there will be a whole corpse left. Wu Heng looked at the other party and said. You want to turn me into an undead, you vicious necromancer, you **** thing. Occam cursed, releasing the anger in his heart. ?? Being scolded like this by a pirate. ?Wu Heng also felt insulted. ??Waving his hands slightly, "Shoot!" ?Bang bang bang~! Skeletons lined up in a row, shooting directly forward. Concentrated bullets were shot forward. A large number of pirates were pierced through their bodies and fell directly to the ground, wailing loudly. ?Occam had a round shield in his hand. While blocking the bullet, he ran towards the dark alley beside him. Kerimu, Tolga, go kill him. Wu Heng said again. Two level 17 skeleton attendants rushed out and chased the target in the direction of escape. shorten the distance. Keranmu releases clouds and mist. The "Occam" running wildly in front jumped forward as if he felt something. Keranmu''s figure appeared behind him one step slower, slashing the air with his long sword. Skeleton boxer Tolga directly blocks the opponents path. ?Occam turned his head in advance to avoid the opponent''s punch, and at the same time stabbed forward with the long sword in his hand. ?Wu Heng stood at the back, a little surprised by the opponent''s fighting style. Even if his swordsmanship is not as good as Kerimu''s, and his skills are not as good as Tolga''s, he can still barely dodge some fatal attacks in a predictable way. Even if the armor is dented and the corners of the mouth are bleeding. ?But he can still continue to persist. ?Wu Heng took the rifle from the skeleton on the side, took a brief look, and then pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang~! Occam''s body was shot with two holes in an instant. The armor covered up the blood, but it was enough to penetrate his body. Ah~! ?Occam screamed. Tolga quickly stepped forward and tied his arms tightly from behind. Kerimu followed closely behind, and the long sword penetrated Occam''s body and even passed through the gap in Tokar''s ribs. Occam''s eyes were red and he was severely injured. His whole body burst out with unprecedented strength. His arms rattled behind him, and the back of his head slammed into the head of the skeleton behind him. ?Keranmu drew his sword and stabbed twice again, piercing the shoulder. The arms are struggling and weak. Occam, you are the one who loses in the end. Wu Heng came over from behind. ?Occam looked ferocious and roared: "You will not end well either. Your death will be more miserable than mine." Wu Heng said: "Speaking of which, I would also like to thank you for gathering all these pirates. You are really a qualified pirate king. You know that you will be alone on the road." ?Occams eyes widened, unable to refute, and his eyes were full of hatred. Anger, unwillingness, and endless resentment. He received the Pirate King inheritance. Called various major business groups and held back Imiro. Why, there happens to be him. Without him, in the battle between the pirates and the association, the winner would definitely be himself. Kill him. Swipe~! The Kerinmu sword was swung horizontally, and the head rolled down. The body slowly collapsed. Just as Wu Heng was about to bend down and take off the opponent''s space ring, he suddenly sensed something and frowned as he looked forward. ?While walking backwards, he extended his hand and waved. A cage of bones rises from the ground. A bone prison was instantly formed, blocking the front. In the middle of the bone prison, a ghost that looked very similar to Occam gradually emerged. ?Hungry against the wall of the bone prison like crazy. He shouted loudly: "Wu Heng, I will kill you sooner or later. Even if I can''t kill you, I will still pester you and make you have no peace." As he spoke, he kept rushing into the bone prison, roaring viciously. ?The Bone Cage is a virtual cage formed by necromancy magic. Not only can it trap living beings, but also ghosts and void creatures. Wu Heng was also a little surprised by what happened suddenly. ?The opponent actually formed a ghost state directly after his death. This level 18 professional really has his own special features. Xiaoxiao, what level is he? Xiao Xiao appeared at the side, "It''s not high, about level 12." ?Glenda also appeared from the other side, "It should be because he is a level 18 prophet, otherwise it would be difficult for the ghost level to be so high." (End of this chapter) Chapter 458 , God鈥檚 perspective Chapter 458, Gods perspective ??The decapitation injury is considered damage to important organs, and the resurrection technique cannot take effect. Now, the ghost comes out of the body directly. High-level professionals are becoming increasingly difficult to kill. Can you devour him? Wu Heng asked in a low voice. The two ghosts looked at each other. ?Granda said: "I''m not sure. I''m at about the same level as him, but he may be much higher than me in ability." ?At first glance, Glenda was not sure. He also shook his head. ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghosts still running rampant and cursing loudly in the bone cage. Letting his two ghosts engulf him now is a bit risky. I was also very suspicious that he didn''t run away immediately because he deliberately wanted his ghost to rush forward. Trick yourself. "Wu Heng, what can you do to me? Level 18 is a height you will never reach. I will always haunt you. When you die, you will become a ghost. I will devour you bit by bit." Cam was still cursing loudly in the cage, venting his anger. "I, we are necromancers, King Yama, how can we be afraid of an ugly monster like you." Xiaoxiao pointed at the other party and shouted, and shrank back behind Wu Heng. "Haha~! You actually raise such a young ghost as a spiritual servant, Wu Heng, we are the same kind of people, unscrupulous and ruthless, you are no better." Occam still said loudly. What to do? Glenda asked. Dont devour him first, use it as a ritual material later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Hearing these words, Occam''s curse in the cage suddenly choked, and he looked here uneasily. ?Wu Heng rummaged through the space ring for a while. A pottery pot-shaped product was taken out. Devil Soul Pot (Description: A container that stores and imprisons the soul.) ?This item was obtained when killing the Necromancer in Luntam City. It seems to be useful now. Under the surprised gaze of Occam, Wu Heng walked to the bone prison. ??The grid composed of white bones automatically widened the distance, and Wu Heng placed the props into the bone prison. ?Then, the bone cage began to compress the space towards the soul pot, forcing ''Occam'' to move closer to the magic soul pot. Wu Heng, we can have a talk. The rivalry between us is only in terms of power, and we dont have any deep hatred towards each other. Give me a chance and Ill help you get into the position of deacon. ?Occam''s voice was louder and more urgent, "Wu Heng, let''s talk, your informant is dead, I can help you get merit." "No, you can''t do this, Wu Heng, you can''t do it so absolutely." ?Occam screamed miserably, his body was stretched, and he was sucked into the magic soul jar. The bone prison disappeared, and Wu Heng plugged the magic soul pot. Wow, King Golden Horns treasure gourd. Xiaoxiao exclaimed. Just as Wu Heng was about to tease Xiao Xiao, he suddenly felt a feeling of being watched behind him. He turned around suddenly and saw the head of Occam. A pair of eyes are looking here with curiosity. grass~! ?Wu Hengs heart tightened. Take a step back again, raise the gun and point forward. The skeleton instantly protected Wu Heng behind him. "Occam is indeed a waste. This can all fail." The corpse spoke slowly and weakly. Why dont you come out in person and meet me? Wu Heng asked, looking at the head. ??It can be clearly felt that some kind of magic is establishing a connection with the head in front of me. Definitely not Occam, but someone else. This method is even worse than the abilities of a necromancer like myself. The head''s eyes were still looking at him, "The association has actually trained a person like you. It''s really unexpected and interesting!" ??Wu Heng said: "Do you have something to say?" ?The head smiled strangely, "I just came to see who killed ''Occam''." To avenge him. If youre dead, youre dead, said the head. ??Wu Heng said: "Say your name, so you don''t even dare to say your name, right?" Haha, its enough for me to remember you. After speaking, the head stretched out its tongue and wanted to bite it in one bite. ?Wu Heng was well prepared and pulled the trigger. Bang. The bullet passed through the gap in the skull, penetrated the forehead of the head, and rolled away in a gurgling manner. The skeletons stepped forward quickly and kicked the heads back. ?The tongue is still there, but there is also a deep tooth mark left by the bite. The head also turned into a dead corpse again, and the eyeballs were cloudy. ?That magic of connection has also disappeared. ?Glenda said in a serious tone, "What is that?" It seems that there are other people involved in the pirate incident. Lets talk to the deacon then. Wu Heng raised his hand and took another shot to the head. "It''s so scary. He couldn''t have been looking at us just now, right?" Xiaoxiao said while hiding behind. Its okay, he doesnt even dare to show up, and he must be more afraid of us. Wu Heng said, throwing the head back next to the body. Thats right! Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and nodded in agreement. ?Wu Heng took off the space ring from the corpse and said at the same time: "Take off everything on him." The skeleton stepped forward and began to remove the clothes from the corpse. Then he took out the straw mat and wrapped it, and Wu Heng put the body, clothes and equipment into the space ring. Lets check it carefully when we get back. "Xiaoxiao, you continue to protect me, Glenda, you go to the island owner''s manor to see if he has a treasure trove or something, and avoid ''Imilo'', let him know that it affects our image. "Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and flew directly towards the manor. Return to the location of the lane level. Olin! The dwarf captain ran over quickly, "Here you are, deputy deacon." Occam is dead, arrange for someone to pass on the news and cheer everyone up, Wu Heng said directly. ?Olin''s eyes narrowed, the pirate leader was dead. With joy on his face, he said, "Understood, I''ll let someone know immediately." After speaking, he turned around and ran back to the team to explain the matter. Members of the team ran in different directions. Shouting, "Occam is dead, the pirate leader has been killed by Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." ?Occam is dead? The representatives of the business group walked out of the hiding room and looked at the team members who were running and repeating the content loudly. ??The island owner who deceived most of their troops and mobilized all the pirates. He actually died in the hands of the subdeacon. Imilo is here? Occam is level 18. Who can kill him except Imiro? Didnt Wu Heng kill him just now? That deputy deacon! The deputy deacon is only around level 12, how is that possible? "Anyway, the association will definitely not talk nonsense. Just die. Who do you care who kills you?" "Right." Im afraid Ive almost killed all the pirates in the Emerald Sea this night. Thats a good thing. Our merchant ships will be able to trade better and make more money in the future. Yes, the era of maritime trade has come. Happy that I will not be kidnapped by pirates and my family will not be destroyed. It means getting together to discuss sea transportation. In this battle, at least 80% of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed. In one breath, the entire sea area was cleaned up. The direction of the armored vehicle. The artillery fire has stopped, and the air is filled with acrid smoke. Shannara stood on one side, her hair lifted by the breeze, looking at the association members running by, a smile on her lips. At the same time, I felt a little relieved. I knew you wouldnt lose! ?Occams death also represents the complete end of the era of pirates. Treasure Island is about to usher in a new era. ?More business associations, larger trading markets, and more prosperous islands. The current Treasure Island will truly live up to its name. Become a gathering place for wealth. Similarly, next is the selection of the new island owner. Representatives of various business groups participated in the battle and had a certain say in this matter. ???Has also seen the power of this kind of equipment and the skeleton army. Having sufficient force, he is also the savior of these people. Can he win over these people? Furthermore, if he shows up in person, the impact will not be very good. Its up to me to do it. Shannara glanced behind her and murmured softly. The housekeeper on the side only glanced at her after hearing this and still stood by. The artillery fire has stopped. ??A large number of skeletons stood on the coast, shooting bullets towards the sea to kill the pirates who fell into the water and were running around. The cannon is powerful and has a fast rate of fire, and it displays frightening lethality against ships in this world. It''s just that the ammunition has still not been solved. The military warehouses occupied by Anhui City cannot all be used here. ?Wu Heng walked to the port. After the bombardment, what I saw was shocking. The ground was bombed into pits and covered with large and small craters. Broken wooden boards and pieces of dead bodies were floating on the sea. The ships were half-sunken and half-floating, emitting black smoke. ?In the distance, there are still many pirates, holding boards in the sea and swimming towards the distance. Some fast boats are also trying to leave this area. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, took out the ''Spine Staff'' and released [Dead Skeleton Field]. On the shore and on the sea, skeletons appeared one after another, their eyes blazing with blue fire. ?Wu Heng pointed to the sea and said, "Sink all the ships and kill all the pirates." Hulala~! Skeletons on the shore jumped into the sea. The sea surface seemed to be boiling, and densely packed skeletons were swimming towards the distance. Fight the remaining pirates. A sinking ship. Several pirates leaned behind the wheelhouse and shouted loudly: "Philippa, you are crazy, the ship will sink soon, what are you doing here with us? We will all be killed by those skeletons when we fall into the water." " Opposite, Philippa was holding a rifle in her hand, hiding behind the mast, spitting and cursing: "Who told you to bully me before? No one dared to do this to me." "Sister, aunt, that''s what the captain meant. , What does it have to do with us? Almost everyone on the ship was killed by you. " Philippa made a big fuss on the boat, which also caused the boat that was originally moving forward to stop in place. And those ships that sailed in front of them were basically all sunk. ?The boat under my feet also slowly sank amidst the creaking sound. Philippa said: "I didn''t find him, so I took you on my back." We were wrong, okay, lets run away for our lives first! How could you be a pirate if you are so cowardly? ??The pirates glanced at each other and stopped talking. Suddenly, the ship became unstable. Everyone shook violently. ??The pirates instantly divided into two groups, one on the left and one on the right, surrounding Philippa''s position. Philippa heard the footsteps, raised his gun and shot. ?The bullets instantly hit several people on one side, causing them to fall to the ground and scream. The pirates on the other side rushed forward. ??Philippa threw the rifle behind his back and drew out the double blades with both hands. In an instant, his body split into four people and charged towards the pirates head on. ??The pirates paused slightly and charged towards the phantom. The phantoms were shattered one after another. Its all false. Looking up again, Philippa distanced himself again, raising the muzzle of his gun slightly. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Gunshots sounded, and several figures fell to the ground again. Bah~! Just these two times, you still want to fight with me? Philippa cursed again. Then, I continued to look at the sea, feeling a little worried. My own ship has disappeared. ?The ship underfoot has sunk and only the deck area is left. These skeletons, do they recognize me? They cant kill me too! ?Philippa muttered. Huh. There was a sound of breaking through the air, and Philippa turned around suddenly, and saw a woman with two white feathers on her back falling from the sky. Carefully discern the other partys appearance. Sheila Rose? Philippa and other pirates had surrounded Sheila Gui, and the blond deputy deacon of the association was still very impressed. Sheila Gui was attracted by the sound of gunfire. After all, Wu Heng is the only one who can have such a weapon. He glanced at the opponent''s gun and asked, "What''s your name?" "Philippa, I am Wu Heng''s spy and a secret whisperer. I have provided you with several clues to third-level meritorious deeds. We are our own people, deputy deacon." Philippa said it out in one breath like a series of cannons. . Sheila Gui confirmed her identity and asked curiously, "Why are you not on your own ship?" ?Philippa was also stunned. ??Immediately realized that this was Wu Heng asking the other party to go to the ship to find him. He said directly: "I was locked in the cabin by the Black Dragon Pirates, and I just ran out during the chaos. How is my ship?" Sinked. It all sank? Philippas eyes widened. "Two ships sank. The main ship also sank when I left. It wasn''t me who sank it. It was several pirate groups who got into a fight and finally sank." Xilagui explained and continued: " Okay, come with me, Wu Heng asked me to pick you up." No, have you brought back the props on the ship? What props? Sheila Gui asked. "Speaker." I dont know, Wu Heng didnt tell me, and I dont know him either. I still have a bird! "We''ll look for you when it''s over. Stop talking nonsense. Let''s go back first." Sheila Gui''s tone became serious. ?Philippa curled her lips, but didnt say much. Sheila Gui hugged her and flew towards the port. Tap tap tap~! The sound of horse hooves sounded. ??Imilo rode a fast horse and arrived at the port, followed by Moya, Anderweil, and some members of the association. Looking at the scene ahead, there was a hint of horror in his eyes. ??Wu Heng walked over with the skeleton and said: "Deacon, the island owner is dead, and it is difficult for the remaining pirate reinforcements to continue to pose a threat to the island." The situation is right in front of you, and Imiro can naturally see it. The entire sea area is filled with fragments of ships and skeletons chasing pirates. It is definitely difficult to pose a threat to the island. Well, you did a good job. Imiro praised. Wait for troops from various places to come over. ??Imilo asked: "Where is Shila Rose?" Sheila Ge went to the sea to save people. Imiro nodded, "Wu Heng and Xila Gui will stay at the port, members of the association team. Each team will lead the association guard and the merchant group coalition to start patrolling. If pirates and those who take advantage of the situation are found, they will be killed directly and order will be restored on the island as soon as possible. " Yes! Everyone responded and began to plan the team and conduct patrols. Imiro returned and took charge of the association. ?Wu Heng went to the Ship Management Office to register the ships construction. Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. Hilagus took Philippa with her and fell from the sky. The wings were retracted, and the body was covered with a layer of frost mist again. Opened the potion, took a sip, and asked, "Is the deacon here?" Well, after arranging the tasks, I went back to take charge of the association, leaving you and me to stay at the port. Wu Heng said directly. Xilagui glanced at the location of the port and said: "You sit here, I will go to the dock to have a look. There are high-level professionals who can also deal with it." ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "I''ll go with you, Philippa. Your mother is over there. You go over and be with her. Don''t run around by yourself." It sounds like a curse, Philippa muttered, and then added, Please pay attention to my tame animal, the green parrot, he is easy to recognize. "Um." ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked out of the room together. Xila Gui said: "You are such an eyeliner, you speak very casually." She has lived with pirates since she was a child. She is young and has changed slowly. Wu Heng said. Sheila Ge also stopped talking. ?The two of them stood on the pier, looking at the fighting sea. On the pier, the skeletons who went to the sea kept carrying the corpses ashore and piling them aside. Sheila Gui clicked on a few skeletons and started patrolling nearby. ??Wu Heng continued to transform corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and joined the large team. Not long after, Glenda, who was looking for the treasure, flew back. I didnt find any treasure house, and I didnt see Imiro either. He wouldnt have run away, right? The deacon has returned to the association. I asked why I didnt see him. Early morning. The dawn illuminates the harbor and dispels the darkness. ?Four teams from the association rushed over quickly with some guards. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, Deputy Deacon Xila Gui, the deacon asked us to replace you. A team leader said. Wu Heng said: "I will leave some skeletons for you to assist in defense. If there is any danger, arrange for someone to notify us." Thank you, Archdeacon. ?Wu Heng transferred some skeletons and ordered them to obey the command. Then they returned in a mighty manner with armored vehicles and an army of skeletons. ?Standing outside the association, Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door. After getting a response, he opened the door and walked in. When Imiro saw Wu Heng coming in, he nodded and said, "You did a good job last night. I will explain your contribution to the association and commend it." ?Wu Heng did not talk about this matter. Instead, he continued: "Deacon, after I killed Occam last night, someone used some method to talk to me using the head. There may be other people involved behind the pirate incident." ??Imiro narrowed his eyes slightly. Tell me in detail. ?Wu Heng recounted what happened before. ??Imiro listened carefully and frowned slightly. He said: "I was at the island owner''s manor and was dragged away by the Divine Punishment Cult''s guardians, unable to leave. I can confirm that the Divine Punishment Cult was involved in this matter. They have always been able to use some weird abilities, which may have something to do with them." The Cult of Divine Punishment. ?Bawudong is the elder of a church in the Divine Punishment Sect and a level 12 professional. In Blackstone Town, that is the same level as deacon. The Divine Punishment Sect, I also have some grudges against them. Wu Heng said. "I will investigate this matter and give you a result then." A good deacon. Imiro continued: "Don''t go back yet. The association''s reinforcements will arrive today. Let''s meet together then." "good!" The difference is only half a day. ?Its no wonder Ockham is so eager to take action. Leave the deacons study. Returned to his office and study room. ??Andwyer took a few women out to get food, but she hasn''t come back yet. ?Wu Heng put on the space ring of Occam on his hand. Took out things one by one. First of all, my eyes fell on a piece, shaped like a huge amber, like a crystal clear ocean sand table. Emerald Sand Table (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Small wonder, which can map the entire scene of the corresponding location. Side effects: Take effect in the corresponding location. (Description: A naturally formed natural wonder that has magical effects.) ?Wu Heng looked inside the sand table. Treasure Island, nearby islands, and miniature ships all appear in the sand table. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened and he looked at everything inside. This, Gods perspective. (End of this chapter) Chapter 459 , is the little ghost yours? Chapter 459: Is the little ghost yours? Like a miniature landscape. Islands, ships, everything in the Emerald Sea are clearly presented in the entire sand table. Originally, it was thought that the island owner Occam might be able to calculate the routes of all merchant ships through his personal abilities or port ship information. ?Now it seems that it is completely dependent on this strange thing in front of me. Which ship takes which route. See it too clearly. Fortunately, the battlefield was placed on Treasure Island. If it were at sea, he would have a God''s perspective and it would be more difficult to deal with him. Continue to look at side effects. Effective in the corresponding location. What do you mean? It can only take effect in the Emerald Sea? Or, in different locations, can the whole picture of the area be shown? ?Wu Heng scratched his chin. It feels like the first point is more likely. After all, it is called the Emerald Sand Table, which corresponds to the Emerald Sea. If it is the second option, it is of course better. Every time you go to a location, you can check the information of the corresponding location. It is the same as the big map used in the game. Waiting for a chance to try it. After looking at the most conspicuous object, my eyes continued to fall on the second one. A quill pen with a unique shape, the tip of the pen is bright red. Sentimental Quill (Strange Object) Category: Strange objects. Effect: The letter can be sent to the person you miss. Side Effect: The blood of living beings is used as pen and ink. (Description: A folded letter, carrying the earls tender feelings for different lovers.) Um? Looking at this strange object, Wu Heng frowned again. The blank envelope has nothing to do with the letter, obviously because this pen can be passed directly after writing. Just from the description. Originally used as a quill pen to write love letters to lovers. It has a special effect and is used by Occam to deliver messages and tasks to pirates. Theres really no one to target with rare objects. The effect is to reach the person you are thinking of. This point should not be described accurately. It is impossible for Occam to know who every pirate captain is, not to mention that pirate groups disappear and new pirates are established all the time. More, we should use the sand table to determine the information about the pirate ship, and then send the letter there. ?Or you can use the prophet''s profession to detect some information about the pirates. Send another letter. "This should be." The more I think about it, the more reasonable it becomes. The side effect is that the blood of living beings is used as pen and ink. ?This is nothing at all. Animals are considered living creatures and are not difficult to obtain. There is a jar of red liquid beside it. Open it, and there is a strong smell of blood inside. It should be the blood used for writing. It has to be said that the two rare items in Occam are of high value. The effect is great and the cost is small. The sand table has no cost at all. ??If it were sold at a consortium auction, the price would definitely exceed the most expensive evil sword. ?Wu Heng took the pen and looked at it, then put it back again. All doubts are cleared. ?How did the other party know the routes of all the fleets, and how did the blank envelopes be sent out? When he saw two strange things, he solved them all. The doubts I had before were nothing special. I even thought that the profession of prophet was too powerful. Change to any profession and have these two kinds of wonders. Also able to mobilize all pirates gradually. But there should be other reasons why the Pirate King asked the Prophet to inherit. When you transform the skeleton later, lets see whats special about it. I hope the association will not take away the body. There are still a lot of props left. Wise Man''s ScepterTidal Chain ShirtLong Sword of LightnessEndurance Belt. There are still many types of props in the ring. There are quite a lot of equipment and daily use items. After all, they have reached the island owner level, so they must be richer. Take out everything. Throw the useless items, some personal clothing, and daily necessities aside, and let others throw them away when the time comes. Then, there is another space ring. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and barrels filled with gold and silver coins appeared in the open space in the middle. Full of dcor, dazzling and dazzling. What a guy, so rich! ?It seems that the few gold coins that I have been offered as a reward are really nothing. Is it so profitable to be an island owner? Or, it means the treasure of the pirate king, or the money saved by being a pirate. Anyway, its all yours now. Sure enough, its faster to steal other peoples money. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????? At this time, the door opened. The four women, Andwyll, Minnie, Philippa, and Millicent, came back after eating. Minnie still had the breakfast she bought for him in her hand. When I saw buckets of gold coins in the room. The four peoples eyes widened. Philippa was the first to rush over, holding a barrel filled with gold coins. "Wow, is it Occam''s money? There are so many, I''m making a fortune." Speaking, he grabbed a handful and was about to put it into his own space ring. Minnie stepped forward and grabbed her, "What are you doing? These belong to the master, why are you pretending to be them?" "What happened to me taking some? I almost died at sea. My life is worthless." Philippa shook off the caught arm. Minnie still said: "You were rescued from prison by the master, otherwise you would have died long ago." I caught so many pirates for him. Its yours only if I give it to you. Millicent also said: "Philippa, take it out, you are already a member of the association, and you are no longer at sea." Philippa saw that no one was looking towards him. Throwing the collected money back, "Who cares?" After saying that, he sat aside angrily. Anderweil came over and asked, "Master, what did the deacon say?" At noon, the associations reinforcements will come, and the island will be safe by then. Wu Heng began to eat and answered casually. Then when are we going home? Minnie said. "Wait a minute, you guys go back first, and Weier will go back with you. I''ll just stay here with the association." Well, lets go back early so we can tidy up the yard. After dinner, Wu Heng collected all the money and props. The women left the association and returned to their residence. Along the way, Philippa walked with the emblem of the Secret Whisperer on her chest. After all, the previous avatar appeared on the wanted poster. ?Especially now that pirates are being captured on a large scale on the island to avoid any misunderstandings. The scorching sun hangs high in the sky at noon. On the distant sea level, three ships are gradually approaching Treasure Island. There was a battle ahead, and the sea was full of sunken shipwrecks. A sailors voice came from the lookout. On the ship, many deacons and members of the association came to the bow and looked into the distance. The sea near Treasure Island''s port was filled with broken boards and debris. The further you go, the more muddy it becomes like entering a swamp. Some people in small boats were salvaging bodies from the sea. Its over, its too late. Occam is indeed dishonest and dares to attack the association. Imiro still miscalculated the time. If we come one step earlier, we might be able to prevent this accident. I dont know if Imiro can survive. If something happens to him, the association will probably make Treasure Island disappear. Everyone was discussing. The sound of footsteps came from behind. An old human mage with white hair, white beard, and gray robe came out. Dean Gianvito. Everyone salutes. The old mage nodded and looked at the situation in front of him. Hands off the embroidered robe. A piece of detection magic flew forward quickly. ?At the same time, the tamed beasts behind them also flew towards Treasure Island. In the sight of the tame beast. At the port location, there are workers repairing the port, skeletons guarding it, and patrolling team members. At this moment, a figure slowly walked out of the carriage on the roadside. ?Blonde hair and blue eyes, wearing a straight and gorgeous aristocratic dress. Imiro? Is he okay? ?Then here. On board the Associations vessels. Everyone was a little surprised when they saw Imiro coming out. It seems to be different from what they imagined. At least Imiro is fine. ??The old mage''s detection magic returned and he also observed the situation on the island. ??Said in a deep voice: "Get closer and go to the island." ??The ship moved forward again, and after successfully docking, everyone boarded the devastated pier. Dean Gianvito. Imiro nodded and said lightly. The old mage looked around and said, "Deacon Ymiro, Treasure Island is..." "Go to the association first, let''s talk on the way." Imiro said, and several carriages stopped aside. Members of the association who came to support boarded the carriage respectively. Imilo and the old mage were riding in the same car. On the carriage, Imiro gave an overview of the matter. ??The old mage raised his eyebrows slightly, a little surprised, "Did you say that the deputy deacon killed Occam and fought off hundreds of pirate ships?" ??Imiro nodded, "Indeed." Deacon Imiro, do you want him to gain the attention of the association? "I will never talk nonsense about this kind of thing." Imiro said in a serious tone. The old mage also felt that something was wrong with what he said, so he smiled and nodded, "Then I will take a look at this young man." Uncle, there are many people outside, all high-level professionals. ?Xiao Xiaofei came back and whispered. Where? Wu Heng asked. There is an old man at the gate, dressed like Gandalf. Xiaoxiao said. Who is Gandalf? asked Glynda. Ah, an old man who can do magic. He is very powerful. I will show it to you tonight. ?The door of the association cannot be seen from the window of the office study, unless you stick your head out and you can see a little bit. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao penetrates directly into the body. The image of the entrance of the association also appeared in my mind. There were many carriages parked at the door. Many people came down from the top. The one who came in with Imiro was an old man with white hair and white beard, holding a wooden stick in his hand. Level 18, others behind, professionals from level 15 to level 12. ?This configuration, if I arrived in advance yesterday. It can really stop the pirates'' actions. That''s not right either. Occam has an emerald sand table, and he can see the movements of the association''s ships. There will definitely be other ways to deal with it. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Deputy Wu Heng, Deacon Imiro, please go to the study. The staff''s voice came from outside the door. "I see." In response, he stood up from the chair. Looking at Glenda, "You come back first, you have to go to the deacon''s study." ?Glenda crawled back into her body. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Come to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. In the study room, in addition to Imiro and the white-bearded old man he saw just now, there are also several investigators with pens and papers in hand. Wu Heng, this is Dean Gianvito, the leader of the reinforcement team for Treasure Island this time. Imiro introduced the old man. ??Then he continued to introduce Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, played an important role in the pirates'' occupation of the island." "It''s all under the command of the deacon, and I just act according to the order." Wu Heng said. Imiro nodded slightly on his cold face. The old man did not answer, but looked him up and down. "The little ghost at the door just now is your spiritual servant? How did you get it?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 460 , 3 options Chapter 460, 3 choices ??This old man not only noticed the ghost, but also judged that the ghost was young when it was formed. "What''s the problem, Dean?" Wu Heng looked at him and asked. ?Just now, Imiro introduced the other party''s name too quickly and didn''t remember it for a while. The old man looked at him and said: "Necromancers need to follow legal procedures to raise spiritual servants." "Dean doesn''t have to worry about this. I can become the deputy deacon of the association. After passing the inspection by the special inspection envoy, I will naturally comply with the regulations." Wu Heng''s tone was still calm. ??The old man was stunned for a moment, seemingly a little surprised by his attitude. Laughed and said: "Yes, no wonder Imiro thinks so highly of you." At this time, the door of the room was knocked again, and Sheila Gui also walked in. He bowed slightly and looked at Wu Heng again. Imiro said directly: "Tell us what happened yesterday so that you can record it and report it to the headquarters." "good!" Sheela Gui was the first to speak, telling her what happened yesterday after she received the mission and went to the port. Then Wu Heng''s armored vehicles arrived and bombed the pirate ships in the port and at sea. When heard, four movable vehicles, carrying equipment, destroyed hundreds of ships and blocked the opponent''s attack. Everyone present was a little surprised. Especially the investigators, they all looked at how the investigators beside them were recording. This matter will be reported to the headquarters, and there will be no room for falsehood. The old mage reminded. At that time, all the team members and people from several business groups on the island saw it. We have defended the island, so there is no need to lie to you! Sheila Guis tone was also a little too polite. Although we won, everyone paid a heavy price. ?These people were not very helpful, and they looked like they were investigating when they came. "You..." The old mage''s tone was choked and he did not continue to say more. Then Wu Heng narrates the process. Defend the association building, then receive the message from Imiro, find and kill the island owner. There is more plot about Imiro in the middle, so the credibility is higher and no one raises questions. Did you remember it? Imiro asked. Write it down. Several investigators nodded. Imiro said: "Okay, now that the reinforcements have arrived, the island is safer. You go back and rest first. I will let you know when something happens." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Deacon, the skeletons helping to defend the port need some mobilization, and the tamed beasts under my command are lost over there and need to be found." Imiro looked at him and said, "In the evening, you take over the port patrol and take care of things." "clear." With a promise, the two of them retreated directly. The old mage took a sip of tea and said with a smile: "The two deputy deacons you have here are quite unique!" ??Imiro organized the documents casually, "When dealing with pirates on Treasure Island, it is inevitable that some changes will occur in your personality." Well, you are right. Outside the study. Sheila Gui asked: "What is this old man''s name?" "Ah? I still want to ask you?" Wu Heng looked at her. "I didn''t pay attention. I forgot about it as soon as I got distracted. Is he great?" Sheila Gui looked back at the study room. ?Wu Heng lowered his voice and said, "What is the name of a level 18 professional, dean? It sounds pretty powerful." "Level 18, I didn''t come yesterday, I came here after today." Sheila Gui sounded a little dissatisfied. Wu Heng said with a smile: "Anyway, we won in the end, everyone is fine, and the rest is not important." "Well, you''re right." Sheila Gui agreed and puffed up her chest, "I didn''t expect you to be so powerful last night." ?Wu Heng was startled and looked around, "You slandered me." Yes, where did you get that equipment? The entire association is discussing it now. Oh, youre telling me this, there arent many in my hometown, and Im usually reluctant to use them. The two of them walked and chatted until they reached the door of their respective study rooms. Sheela Gui yawned, "I''m going back, I''ll talk about it when I have time." "good." ?Wu Heng also returned to his study. After simply tidying up, he walked out of the association and returned to his residence. Night has just fallen. ?Wu Heng took Philippa directly to the port. Sir, Deputy Deacon. The team responsible for guarding saluted slightly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I will be in charge tonight. You can go back and rest." "yes!" The team saluted again and left the port directly. ?Wu Heng said to Philippa: "Sensor your tame beast and see if you can find it." That stupid bird is not dead, so he has gone somewhere. Philippa said angrily. ?? I finally escaped yesterday, but I didnt feel the need to tame the beast.????Hence, it didnt help at all. Look slowly, if you dont find it Ill get you a new one. Hey, thank you, Dad! Philippa shouted, and then walked aside. Start to sense the position of his tame animal, and at the same time try to communicate and issue orders. If the distance is too far, it will be difficult to transmit commands to the tame animals. It is necessary to sense while minimizing the distance. ??Wu Heng''s side turned all the corpses salvaged during the day into skeletons. A densely packed area, occupying the port. ?Looking at the still turbid sea, he ordered: "Go to the sea and salvage all the equipment, gold and silver utensils inside." Hurrah! Like making dumplings. All the skeletons plunged into the sea and swam toward the sea. ?Pirates are generally relatively wealthy, otherwise no one would do such a hard work. Not long after, skeletons emerged from the seabed one after another. Some were carrying weapons and equipment, while others were carrying gold and silver utensils, boxes of currency, and some intact crossbows and ballistae. One by one, they filled the shore. ?Wu Heng looked at the salvaged items and his face was filled with joy. ?Sure enough, this is also a big gain. Hands out a batch, and Wu Heng collects a batch. Then the skeleton returned to the sea and continued salvage. Philippa followed the induction and gradually walked to the wasteland on the east side. The surroundings were so gloomy that she couldn''t help but shiver. For the last time, I couldnt find it, so you cant blame me. Philippa muttered. ?Finally try to communicate and tame the beast. ?This time, we directly established a connection with the tame animals and shared the vision. ?It was dark all around and I couldn''t see anything clearly. Then he gave the order to the tame beast to come back. Not long after, the sound of leaves shaking came from the woods ahead, and a fat parrot with green feathers and a red crown flew out directly. With grass clippings and leaves on his body, he flew over excitedly. Philippa also showed surprise, "Silly bird, I knew you were not dead." Silly bird, captain. The parrot also shouted in a high-pitched voice. Return to port. ?Wuheng is still collecting salvaged goods. Philippa had nothing to do. She was fanning mosquitoes and talking to the parrot, asking what happened after she was caught. ?At dawn, Wu Heng arranged for skeletons to help defend the port. Go home with Philippa. The house has been renovated, but the collapsed wall has not yet been repaired. After sleeping until noon, the sound of several women chatting could be heard downstairs. ?Wu Heng simply ate his lunch. He then returned to the study on the 4th floor, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. ?This side is still a room in the military area. ?Standing at the window and looking out, there was heavy snow falling outside. ? A large group of skeletons were clearing the snow. Judging from the footprints, there was at least 20 centimeters of snow. He took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. Are you looking for me? ??Wu Heng motioned for her to sit down and asked, "How are you doing here lately?" "There are almost no people exchanging gold at the station now. It should be better after the heavy snow. Sister Yahong has also suspended the transaction with the provincial rescue team because of the snow. They still don''t want the machine gun blueprints. Give us some ideas," Qi Hancai said while holding a small notebook. It seems that the heavy snow has lasted for a day or two. Hindered a lot of actions. Well, lets wait until the snow stops. "Let me take you down to take a look. Are there any shortcomings?" Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng stood up and followed her outside. Association, meeting room. ?Imiro, Dean Gianvito, and several level 15 association professionals sat around the conference table. "Deacon Imiro, according to the procedure, when the incident on Treasure Island is sent to the headquarters, he should also recommend a candidate for the island owner." The old mage Gianvito spoke softly. Imiro looked at the other party and said softly: "Dean Gianvito, do you have any suggestions?" "I can''t talk about suggestions. After all, we really can''t help much on Treasure Island. However, there are only three choices for the island owner. First, recommendations from local associations, usually people who are popular with the people and have made special contributions. Second, the headquarters. Distribute it, select a new person to be the island owner, and thirdly, divide it into nearby countries and let them manage it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 461 , no need to ask the corpse (one update today.) Chapter 461, No Need to Ask the Corpse (Updated today.) The crisis on Treasure Island has been resolved, and the next step is the appointment of a new island owner. As for the candidates, the association headquarters now needs to make the selection. After all, both Imiro and Wu Heng, who solved most of the troubles, are both members of the association. You must abide by the rules. ??Imiro leaned on the back of his chair and asked directly: "Which one does Dean Gianvito think has a greater chance?" Gianvito seemed to have thought about this problem for a long time, and said slowly: "According to the association''s past arrangements, the second possibility is more likely, to arrange for someone who is good at management to be the new island owner." The second option is to bring in a new island owner from outside. The disadvantages are also obvious. Newcomers need a certain amount of time to understand the local conditions. As time goes by, a new group of pirates may appear again. The threshold for becoming a pirate is not too high. As time goes by, more and more people will come out. ??Imiro nodded, he also knew about the association. Gianvito continued: "Of course, this is just based on past speculation. If the person elected locally has a high enough reputation and has local support, the first option will be more likely." As he spoke, he raised his head and glanced at the other party. In fact, the meaning is very obvious, Imiro wants to be the island owner. Its not that troublesome. Imiro said directly: "The locally recommended candidate is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. This time he figured out the enemy''s plan in advance, killed Occam and prevented the pirates from landing on the island. He should be elected." ??Gianvito was slightly surprised. He reminded softly, "The location here on Treasure Island is quite good." Imiro''s tone was still calm, "I came to Treasure Island just because the association couldn''t find a more suitable person. Now that the pirate issue has been resolved, I have my own path to go on. I won''t stay in Treasure Island for a long time." island." "The elves are really enviable. They can have more time to move in their own direction." Gianvito said with a slight envy. He then continued: "If you serve, the success rate will be greater. If you elect the young archdeacon, the possibility will be much smaller." Imiro said calmly: "Then it depends on his own luck." "When you think about it, just record it and send it to the association headquarters as soon as possible." "Um!" Residential area, a hall of a mansion. ??Shanella is wearing a purple dress and looks dignified and elegant. Sitting on one side of the long table, while representatives of the major business groups sat on both sides of the square table, talking in low voices about what happened in the past two days. They are the happiest people when order is restored on Treasure Island. After this incident, Treasure Island will usher in a new era. Sea transport will become the new golden route. "I heard that the association is going to choose a new island owner. Do you have any thoughts?" Shannara suddenly spoke, attracting everyone''s attention. ?A representative of the business group turned the gold ring on his hand and said: "We can''t say what the association will choose. What ideas can we have?" Yeah, you can choose whatever you want, as long as youre not a pirate. Based on the current situation, it will be beneficial for us if anyone becomes the owner of the island, and maritime trade will only be better. The rest of the people spoke one after another, and they were all relatively optimistic about the current situation. As they say. The association has very clear rules and regulations for doing things. When a business group does business, what they like most is to do things within the rules. So, as long as it is arranged by the association, it doesnt matter who is the owner of the island. It doesnt matter if he is not a pirate. Shannara put down her tea cup and said with a smile: "Actually, I prefer to let Deputy Deacon Wu Heng be the owner of the island." The representatives of each business group were stunned. cast a curious look. Mrs. Shannara, if you have anything to say, just say it. We are all here now, so we can discuss it. Shannara nodded and said: "You may not be aware that appointments from the association are generally divided into three types: local recommendation, external transfer from the association, or directly to a neighboring country." ??Pause slightly to let the others react. Then he said: "The latter two will not help us at all. We have dealt with the battle the night before yesterday to some extent. We cannot let our busy work be in vain. In the end, the island has nothing to do with us." Everyone frowned. For the time being, I had no intention of going around here. However, some people still cheered and said: "According to Mrs. Shannara''s wishes, we have indeed made a contribution." Yes, I also lost a lot of my guards. "That makes sense, deacon... What does this have to do with Deputy Deacon Wu Heng?" As each of them spoke, the hall became a little chaotic. Shanara picked up the silver spoon, tapped the rim of the teacup, and said, "I plan to write a recommendation letter and send it to the association on behalf of the Chamber of Commerce, recommending Deputy Deacon Wu Heng to be the new island owner." Is there any direct connection here? Shanara said slowly: "First, our lives were saved by him. Support the savior. Someone will save us next time we are in danger. Second, his character and talent are pretty good. He is sitting in his 20s. When he reaches the position of deputy deacon, he is also a genius, and his achievements will be even higher in the future. Thirdly, he will have enough strength to sit on Treasure Island. " Without waiting for others to react, he concluded: "By helping him, externally, we have not forgotten our savior, and we are also helping a genius. It is considered an investment. Internally, Treasure Island is stable, and our chamber of commerce will also benefit." Wow~! As soon as he finished speaking, everyone started discussing again. From what Shannella said, it seemed that it would be in their best interests to elect this deputy deacon. "Then why don''t you let Imiro become the owner of the island directly? The deputy deacon is a necromancer after all, and it is easy for problems." A slightly obese middle-aged man asked. Shanara replied, "Don''t say that ''Imilo'' can''t see Treasure Island. Even if he wants to become the owner of the island, after this incident, Wu Heng will be transferred to another place to be a deacon, and Treasure Island will be Without a strong person, if Wu Heng becomes the island master, he will not be transferred. Treasure Island will be dominated by two strong people. " The middle-aged man''s tone was choked and he said no more. Everyone thought for a moment. State their opinions one after another. "Okay, I agree with Mrs. Shannara''s suggestion. Count me in for the recommendation." "I also agree. If he really takes the position of island master, he must not forget us." I also agree with this statement. Most of the people spoke up and agreed to Shannara''s proposal. After all, there is nothing to be lost by nominating someone. ?The other partys argument is indeed quite convincing. Shannara glanced at the remaining chambers of commerce that had not expressed their opinions. He continued: "When he really becomes the owner of the island, he will fight for at least three years of trade tax exemption for the chamber of commerce that signed the recommendation letter, which will be enough for everyone to make a fortune." Finish this sentence. More people agreed to join and signed their names. Shannara glanced at the recommendation letter, and after confirming that there was nothing wrong with it, she handed it to the steward on the side. Ask someone to send it to the association, and tell them that all chambers of commerce will elect Deputy Wu Heng to become the island owner. Yes, maam. Residence, study. ??Wu Heng came back from the zombie world. Sit at your desk and rethink the next questions. With the death of the island owner Occam, the crisis on Treasure Island and the problem of blank envelopes have also been resolved. ??The only thing that happened was the person who controlled the head to speak after Ockham died. ? Judging from the tone of the other party''s words, he also participated in this incident, but was not a member of the pirates. Its up to Imiro to see if there are any clues. The second point is the processing work behind Treasure Island. Occams corpse, the association may need to ask for it later. In that case, you will lose a level 18 skeleton. But it is also good to ask the corpse to know who else was involved behind the scenes. As for the two strange objects that were obtained. The association generally does not force members to hand over trophies, but the two rare items have special effects, so they may have to keep them. ?Especially the Emerald Sand Table, which is a strategic map in the Emerald Sea. ?Whoever owns it can control the movements of all ships in the sea area. It is simply an artifact. The matter of rare objects must still be kept secret. If you dont mention it, the possibility of the association asking about it is not high. Wait for a while before taking it out for use. I sat in the study for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, dinner is ready." Well, Ill go down right away. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the study. Going down to the first floor, five women were already seated at the dining table. ?In addition to several maids of her own, there was also Shanara who was wearing a formal dress. When she saw him coming down, she smiled and spoke in a bad tone. There are more people here again. Forehead. Wu Heng said: "Philippa, I arranged to be the spy among the pirates. Before I arrested the pirates, she provided a lot of information." Well, I heard Minnie say it. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and greeted him: Sit down and eat! A few people sat down around the dining table. ?Wu Heng and Shanara were chatting about some things on the island. ??Philippa put something into her mouth and touched Minnie with her arm, "Our lady?" According to the level in the contract. Philippa, Minnie and others all belong to the status of maids, and the hostess will become a madam. Sister Shanara is the president of the Flower of Stars, um..., and she and the master are... lovers. Philippa looked at the wood elf opposite, with some surprise in his eyes. Being a pirate, I have naturally heard of Star Flower, the largest trading group of wood elves, and it has contracted the largest export trade of a race. Unexpectedly, Wu Heng still has such a relationship with the other party. Really or not, how do you fall in love with an archdeacon? Philippa muttered. There was a moment of silence at the dining table. Shanela glanced at Wu Heng with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked at Philippa, who immediately lowered his head to eat, pretending that nothing happened. After dinner. ?The sky is gradually getting gloomier. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, and the door opened. Shanara, wrapped in a white bath towel, opened the door and walked in. Long hair spread over her shoulders, her skin is delicate and smooth, and her cheeks are red. The bath towel on her chest was slightly open, and the ravine was deep. Come! Wu Heng lifted up the thin quilt beside him. Shanela rolled her eyes at him, simply wiped her hair, untied the towel, and got into the quilt. Closely together. Shannara breathed quickly and said intermittently: "I still have something serious to say!" ??Wu Heng put his straight and white calves on his shoulders and said, "Tell me, I like to listen to you." Disgusting! Shannara complained, and continued: I have convinced other chambers of commerce to elect you as the owner of the island. If successful, the chamber of commerce that signed your name will exempt them from taxes for three years. The matter of recommending oneself was conveyed to me by Minnie before. Being the island owner is naturally the best thing. But it may not be successful. If the association really hands over this place to others, I cannot fall out with the association because of this matter. "Can it succeed?" Wu Heng held his hands on the opponent''s chest. "There is a high chance. After all, each chamber of commerce also has a certain influence. Others also contributed to the occupation of Treasure Island and have a certain say." Shannara said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "If it succeeds, it won''t be a big deal if we are exempt from tax for three years." Well, thats all I can do. "Thank you Baby." Its really disgusting. ?Wu Heng smiled and leaned forward slightly. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng took Philippa to the association. ??Philippa was wearing a leather armor, with the green-feathered parrot on his shoulders, and he was walking swaggeringly with his hands attached. Good morning, Gers. Nowalu, you look good. Hey~! Ohlin, your beard looks very handsome today. "No, you just now know that I am Wu Heng''s spy? I thought you were so smart, you would have guessed it a long time ago!" ??Philippa was like a social madman, greeting people in the association non-stop all the way. Attracted the attention of many people. ?Especially Orin, who put his arm around the dwarf''s shoulders and praised him for his handsome beard. ?This made Olin a little annoyed, but for Wu Heng''s sake, it was difficult to say anything. ?Wu Heng took her by the back collar and took her back to his office and study room. Anderweil, who came one step ahead, looked curiously at Philippa who was carried back. Do you say hello to everyone? Wu Heng looked at her and asked. And! Captain Foolish Bird. The parrot flew to the side and said. Philippa raised her hand to scare the parrot and explained: "Why don''t you get to know everyone so that you don''t meet me in the future and hunt me down?" "Then you should be more reserved. What are you doing holding Olin and braiding his beard?" "I''ll go, I''m very good at it. I braided my own braids before." Philippa pointed to her hair. Be subtle the next time you say hello. ?Philippa pouted, "Okay, I get it." After saying that, he sat on the sofa nearby and started reading the comics he had brought. Sit in the study for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Philippa opened the door. The staff member looked inside and said directly after seeing Wu Heng: "Deputy Wu Heng, the deacon asks you to go to the morgue." Okay, thank you. The staff left, and Wu Heng also got up and walked out of the study. In the morgue, there was a feeling of coolness. ??Imiro stood at the door, followed by two investigators. ??The morgue was already filled with corpses, and the two coroners were busy. ?Wu Heng walked closer and said, "Deacon, are you looking for me?" Imiro stood tall and asked: "Have the autopsies been performed on all the pirates you killed?" Not yet. They are all arranged at the port and several locations for assisting defense. We havent counted them yet, Wu Heng said. A lot of pirates were killed this time. It really takes some effort to calculate statistics. Lets do some statistics so that we can calculate the merits by then. Imiro said. Wu Heng glanced at the corpses and said, "Deacon, some of the skeletons can''t recognize who they are." Then collect the pirate flags and count them according to the leader of the pirate flags. "also." ??Imiro nodded and continued: "Take out the body of ''Occam'' and conduct an interrogation so that we can know if there are any other plans." Deacon, I have a way to get the questions you want without asking the corpse. (End of this chapter) Chapter 462 , hero creation Chapter 462, Hero Creation No need to ask about the corpse? ??Imiro looked at him with some doubts. ??Wu Heng said seriously: "Deacon, I need a separate room." What method is so mysterious? After Imiro said something, the two of them took the investigator and walked toward the corridor together. Choose a vacant room. ?Wu Heng took out gold powder and blood, and gradually formed a closed magic circle on the ground. After finishing the last stroke, the magic circle exuded a faint necromantic power. ?Wu Heng took out the magic soul pot, placed it in the middle of the magic circle, and opened the cork. Then, a blue ghost flew out of the magic soul pot. Gradually formed the rough look of Occam. ?Occam glanced around and tried to hide and leave to the side. Its just that the magic circle is like a barrier, trapping it in the middle, and the permeating power of death is constantly eroding its translucent soul. Seeing that there was no way to escape, Occam yelled in the direction of several people: "You **** beasts, you will die at sea, red worms will burrow into your bodies, and sea beasts will eat your flesh and blood." On the other side, Imiro and the two investigators looked surprised. The original way to say it is this. actually imprisoned the ghost in the magic soul pot. Necromancer is really scary. ??Wu Heng was the first to explain, "When I killed him, I formed a ghost. At that time, I tried to attack me and was put into the ''Devil Soul Pot''." Imiro raised his eyebrows, "He didn''t choose to run away, but attacked you instead?" Well, maybe he thinks that my level is not high enough and there is a chance to kill me. Wu Heng said. ?Occam was level 12 when he became a ghost, and Wu Heng''s widely circulated level was also level 12. It is very consistent with the behavioral logic of pirates, who like to take risks in exchange for greater profits. ??Wu Heng continued: "Deacon, you can ask whatever you want. The formation''s duration is limited." ??Imiro nodded and turned his gaze back to the irritable ghost, "Who else participated in this attack on Treasure Island?" "Huh, what? Imiro, you are so powerful, go check it yourself." Occam looked disdainful. ?Wu Heng stood aside and injected the power of the dead into the magic circle. ??The originally calm magic circle began to become restless, and solid black whips struck the ghost''s body one after another. Ah~! Damn it, what is this. There is no sound when whipped. ??But every time it fell, Occam would let out a heart-rending wail. Bang~! The next second. ?Occams ghost suddenly shattered and scattered in all directions. After stopping the beating, it slowly condensed into a weak-looking soul body. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he saw that he was not really beaten to death. ?This magic circle was found by Wu Heng in the mage''s manuscript. It can control and attack ghosts. Otherwise, in most cases, it is difficult to control ghosts that are unwilling to cooperate. After Occam''s soul solidified again, he looked weak and frightened, and said tremblingly: "No, no, let''s talk it over. Your association can''t do this, it will affect your image." Imiro asked again: Who else was involved? You know about the Divine Punishment Sect, dont you know? I asked the people from the Divine Punishment Sect to stop you at that time, Occam said. "anything else?" No more, after stopping you in the plan, the pirates will be enough to kill everyone after they land on the island. Occam said, and looked at Wu Heng fiercely. If it hadnt been for him, he wouldnt have had to go through so much trouble, and he wouldnt have failed in the end. There is another person who can control your head to speak after you die, saying that you cooperated. Imiro asked again. ?Occam said: "He is the bishop of the God''s Punishment Cult." Bishop? ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro. ?According to what was said before, when Imiro went to the island owner''s manor, he was held back by the guardians of the Divine Punishment Sect. It also means that the guardian has a strength no less than that of Imiro. ?It sounds like a bishop should be of a higher rank than an apologist, so that would be more dangerous. Imiro gave the investigators time to record before continuing, "How do you cooperate, and what can they get from helping you?" After sighing, Occam said: "I promise them that after Treasure Island gets rid of the association, they will be allowed to establish a church on the island." ??Imiro still looked at him and saw that he did not continue. He looked at Wu Heng and said, "Do it." Occam''s soul form showed panic, and said hurriedly, "Don''t... don''t, there is still hero creation. They have a certain base of followers and can help me become a hero. This is what we talked about, each needs what he needs. But they only have one person nearby to hold ''Imiro'' back." It seems that the attack effect in the magic circle is indeed a kind of torture to the ghost. As soon as you talk about it, you will attack. ?Occam said a lot at once. Beside him, Wu Heng, who was listening silently, frowned. It seems that I have gained another unknown knowledge and hero creation. Level 20 is the moment you become a hero. But it seems that it is not as simple as directly increasing the experience value, but requires hero building at level 18. ?This..., I really havent heard anyone mention it. If theres anything else, just say it! "No, we are just a group of pirates, and we need to avoid the investigation of your association. There are so many secrets. If it weren''t for this kid, my plan would not have failed." Occam said angrily. Imiro looked at the investigator and said, "Did you write it down?" Its all written down. Put him back. When Occam heard this, he immediately shouted: "Imiro, I am willing to work for the association. A ghost with my strength can provide a lot of help." ??Wu Heng controlled the power of the dead, a suction force, and began to pull away the ''Occam'' in mid-air. Give me a chance, Yimi Luo, Wu Heng, lets talk... ?Occam''s soul was stretched and returned to the magic pot. ?Wu Heng closed the lid and took back the space ring. Ghosts are still very useful to necromancers, but whether a ghost is worth cultivating depends on whether the character and direction of doing things are the same. Xiaoxiao and Glenda have different personalities, but neither of them are bad people. But this man was a pirate, and he had such a big feud with Wu Heng. She will definitely not let it become her spiritual servant, no matter how high the level is. The question you want to ask is over. ??Imiro clasped his hands and walked out. ?Wu Heng took two quick steps and said, "Deacon, do you still need the body?" "Since there is a ghost who can ask questions, you should deal with the body yourself. Save his soul first, and then dispose of it as you wish when there are no further problems." Imiro said calmly. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. ??Imiro left with the investigators. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the coroner''s position. Ardeacon, what are your orders? the coroner stepped forward and asked. ?Wu Heng took out the body of Occam and said, Take off the eyes and internal organs and keep them intact. The coroner looked at the body and recognized it as the previous island owner. He asked cautiously: "Deacon, it''s okay to take it off. Where can I put it? In this weather..." "Wait a minute, I''ll have someone deliver the organ jar, just put it in then." Wu Heng said, and took out a few more silver coins, "Drink tea." Ardeacon, youre welcome, we should do it. Take it, there have been a lot of pirate corpses recently, and you have worked hard. The two of them took it and said, "Thank you, Mr. Archdeacon." ?Wu Heng nodded and left the basement. Get out of the basement. ??Wu Heng went back to his study first and asked "Anderweil" to go to the prop shop and buy an organ jar. The organ jar is a necromancer-type magic prop, but it has a wide range of uses on the market. ??Whether it is alchemy materials or ritual materials, you will need the organs or blood of some animals or monsters. So it will be sold in prop stores. Its just that the price will be higher. ?Andwyer nodded and took Philippa out to buy things. Maybe he was worried about leaving this crazy girl alone in the association and causing some trouble. The two of them left. ?Wu Heng went out again and went to the deacon''s study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. ??Imiro saw him coming over again, "Is there anything else?" ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Deacon, the hero creation mentioned by ''Occam'' just now is the first time I heard this term and I want to know more about it." ??Imiro stacked the documents in his hands aside and said: "This is something that only level 18 will come into contact with. It''s a little early for you to understand it now." Im just curious. If its convenient, can you tell me a little bit? ?Except for Shanara, everyone else inferred the rank based on common sense based on his age and the time he joined the association. But he is about to reach level 18, and he is even more curious about this hero creation. Does it start to be linked to heroes at level 18? Imiro glanced at him and motioned to sit down first, "I can have a brief chat with you." Thank you. ??Imiro organized his thoughts and spoke slowly. "When you reach level 18, you are a fifth-level professional, and the other title is reserve hero, which means you have reached the threshold of becoming a hero. If you want to continue to improve, it is not only an improvement in skills, but also in reputation. Communication, we call it hero creation. You can also understand that you will become a hero only when your reputation or influence reaches certain requirements. (End of this chapter) Chapter 463 , can it be used universally? Chapter 463: Can it be used universally? ?Wu Heng frowned, understanding the meaning of the words. In other words, after reaching level 18, if you want to become a hero, you not only need to meet the experience points requirements, but also add the criterion of "hero creation". Own reputation and influence. Only when you meet this requirement can you become a hero. "Is any type of influence acceptable? Occam is originally a pirate, so he shouldn''t have much influence outside." Wu Heng felt that he didn''t quite understand the meaning. Prestige generally refers to positive recognition and respect. What kind of reputation does a pirate leader have even if he reaches level 18? It is impossible to become a hero in your lifetime. As for his subsequent plans, it seems that he is still working in the direction of a hero, which means that he also has hope of becoming a hero. This is somewhat different from what Imiro said. ??Imiro went on to explain, Everyone chooses a different method, and what Occam chooses is the pirates reputation and influence. ??If the incident on Treasure Island succeeds, killing the association members on Treasure Island and detaining representatives of all large business groups in the Emerald Sea, do you think his reputation as the Pirate King will be low? Moreover, when he cooperated with the Divine Punishment Sect, he also valued the members of the Divine Punishment Sect. " ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and suddenly felt a feeling in his heart. The so-called reputation and influence are somewhat like beliefs in religion. Imiro continued: "You should have read the association''s hero books and the stories of outstanding members from all over the world! The association spends a lot of money to distribute them to various places. In addition to promoting the association''s ideas, it also allows people everywhere to better understand the protagonists in the stories. deeds. Books of the Society, as well as stories of adventures, were circulated throughout the country. ?The stories of professionals from all over the world have always been inspirational stories that inspire people and inspire young people. Now it seems that it is also a means of publicity for the association. Can the content in the story also enhance the heros creation? "Of course, it''s definitely not as good as leaving a real deed, but it will also play some role. The association has associations in various places, so naturally, a little adds up." Imiro smiled calmly, "You understand these now Its still too early. When you reach level 18, you will gradually know this. Yeah, thats right, Wu Heng said. ??Imiro continued, "With your ability and talent, it is not difficult to reach level 18. Humans have a limited lifespan, so you must seize the time more." From the perspective of elves, the life span of humans is simply terrifyingly short. Elves reach adulthood at the age of 100, and all humans are dead. So, for human beings, since they have talents, they must seize the time to improve themselves. Thank you, deacon, I will try my best. Imiro nodded and continued: "Several chambers of commerce on the island have jointly elected you to be the new island owner. Do you know this?" Yesterday, I met Mrs. Shannara. She mentioned this matter to me and said that if it succeeds, tax exemptions will be given to various chambers of commerce for three years, Wu Heng said. Businessmen pursue profit, and those who recommend you will naturally want some benefits, but in the end whether the headquarters will choose you depends on their choice. Wu Heng glanced at the other party in confusion, "Deacon, aren''t you the owner of the island? I feel you are more suitable for this position." Imiro smiled and shook his head, "These are not the directions I want to go." Forehead. ?Wu Heng was suffocated, suddenly feeling that what he was pursuing was a bit vulgar. I havent reached the level of a deacon yet. Yimiluo sipped the tea lightly, "Is there anything else?" "Gone." In the past two days, you and Shilagui have led patrols to confirm the safety of the island. "clear." Leaving the deacon''s study, Wu Heng walked towards his own study. Enter the room. ?Andwyer was sitting at her desk, and Philippa stood aside, talking about her experiences as a pirate. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Anderweil smiled and said: "Master, there are only three organ jars in the props store. They said that new ones will not come until the sea transportation is clear." As he spoke, three organ jars were taken out. Its enough, I wont even need so much. Wu Heng put the things away. Philippa came up and asked, Why did you buy this? Dont ask, I wont be able to sleep at night. Wu Heng pushed her away. "What are you talking about? I haven''t seen anything when I was a captain." Occams organs were removed and need to be sealed and preserved. Philippa frowned, "You like to collect these? Necromancers are so scary." Ritual materials, pirates are really uneducated. ?Wu Heng said something, walked out of the study and walked towards the morgue. Philippa followed, shouting that it was no use staying in the room. Go to the morgue, preserve the removed organs, and put the body away again. Then he took Philippa with him to the port. At this time, the port was very busy. A large number of residents slide boats and hold long pole nets to clean up garbage in the sea. At first, it was just some people organized by the association to carry out the cleaning work, but as time went by, items of great value were salvaged. More and more people join. Even though Wu Heng had arranged for the skeletons to be salvaged before, most of the valuables had been taken away. But you can still find a lot of good things, such as gold coins nailed to broken wooden boards, twisted devices, and severed fingers hanging with gold rings. ?So many pirates died here, and there was definitely a lot of treasure left behind. "Deputy deacon." The captain of the seventh team walked over quickly. ??Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Let people salvage the pirate flag. The deacon said, let us count the merits according to the pirate flag." I immediately asked someone to collect the pirate flags. The captain said immediately. Not just Wu Heng, everyone participated in this operation. They will also be counted as meritorious deeds. "Well, when the next team takes over, tell them too. Don''t fight then. There will be no place to prove your merits." Wu Heng asked again. Understood, I will send messages to each captain later. Okay, you guys get busy. ?Wu Heng said something and took Philippa for a walk around the area. ??The originally bustling Lighthouse Street now had not many people shopping. ?Even if the pirates did not succeed, they still suffered a big impact. Even there are not many shops open. The two of them went shopping and bought her some daily necessities. They returned to their residence together. Have had dinner. A few girls went to the yard to play shuttlecock. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and released the two ghosts. One is reading a book, and the other is holding a tablet and playing the games that come with it. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, sat at his desk, and began to think about the information he got today. First of all, the one who controls the head and speaks to himself is the bishop of the Divine Punishment Cult. ??Protect can stop Imiro, this bishop should be of a higher level. If I had known better, I would have put on my cloak when I killed Occam. The cloak given to him by the consortium can block most of the inspections. ?Had I known it earlier, I would have covered myself to avoid being seen by the other party. But its too late to say anything now, Ive seen everything. No, he is so powerful, why dont he do it himself? ??This bishop wants to come in person, and there is nothing he can do to stop him. "There is still some problem. He can''t take action, or he can''t take action openly." Be careful about the Divine Punishment Cult in the future. The second point is the news of hero creation. ?According to Wu Hengs understanding, hero creation is similar to the collection of beliefs. If someone recognizes your actions and deeds, you can increase hero creation. Experience points can be used in both worlds, so this hero creation...can it also be collected in the modern world? If it really works, then it wont be difficult for me to become a hero. As strength increases. The zombie world is not as dangerous to me as it was at the beginning. ?Even if a large area is still controlled by zombies, there are definitely a lot of survivors. It shouldnt be too much to have a safe refuge, provide food and supplies, and let them give themselves some reputation! I can be a hero even without an association. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study, and Shanara came down from the roof wearing a nightgown. "When will your wall be repaired? I''m always worried about being seen." ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked toward the bedroom, "Tomorrow, let''s open a door on the side. It''s convenient." "Hmm." Shannella thought for a moment, "I''ll make arrangements to open a smaller door then." The two of them entered the bedroom. ?Hug each other and whisper. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the association, and Shannara also returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng yawned and was about to go upstairs to the zombie world. Millicent put away the tableware and came over, "Sir." Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. "Sir, I want to take ''Philippa'' back to Nautilus to live there." Millicent lowered his head and said. Are you not used to living here? Millicent immediately shook his head, "No, the conditions here are very good, and the adults and several ladies take good care of us. It''s just that we have managed to run the tavern, and we don''t want to give up just like that." (End of this chapter) Chapter 464 , Skeleton Prophet Chapter 464, Skeleton Prophet The tavern in Millicent is actually doing pretty well. ??Although it didnt last long in total, it did provide several pieces of effective information. ?For example, last time the puppet master impersonated Wu Heng to kill someone, as well as all kinds of messy information about the Treasure Island incident later. ??Taverns are good places to gather information. But something is different now. ?There are basically no pirates on the island. Millicent and Philippa live here for a while. ??If you want to collect more information, you will basically not be able to collect any information. He raised his head and glanced at the other party. Millicent''s cautious eyes were full of expectation. For Wu Heng, the tavern is used to collect intelligence. But in Millicon''s view, it is more of a reflection of his own value. Its okay to go back. Wu Heng said. Millicent was instantly happy. ?Wu Heng continued to add, "Let''s start for a while. If there are any changes to the association later, we will discuss it at that time." Thank you, sir. Millicent saluted and thanked him. Wu Heng walked out and said, "Let''s go, I will arrange two guards for you to protect your safety." Millicent followed behind, "The island is so safe, so there''s no need for it!" Its always good to be careful. Thank you, my lord. The two of them walked to the courtyard together. ?Wu Heng selected two skeletons, a level 15 warrior and a level 12 swordsman. On the island, it is enough to keep them safe. ?Even if there is really a danger exceeding this level, there is still no problem with a little obstruction to buy them time to escape. After everything is taken care of. Millicent and Philippa, carrying some luggage, came downstairs. "Millicent can''t get used to living here. Let''s go back first. If you have a chance, you can come and play with me." Philippa said directly. ??Wu Heng warned, "Don''t cause trouble in the tavern. You are now a member of the association. Please pay attention to your identity." Dont worry, I am also a captain after all. How can I compete with these idiots on the island? Philippa said with her arms crossed. While speaking, a carriage slowly stopped in front of the door. The mother and daughter got into the car and prepared to leave. The curtain was opened, Philippa poked her head in and said, "Remember to come and see me." Its not that far away. Ill come back when Im bored. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa nodded in agreement, waved goodbye, and slowly left with the carriage. Sent the two of them away. ??Wu Heng took Minnie back to his residence. ?Go upstairs and open the door in the study to go to the zombie world. On the other side of the boundary gate is still the previous room. ??Wu Heng came to the window and took a look. The snow had stopped, but there was still thick snow piled up on the road and roofs. For the survivors in this world right now. ?This kind of weather makes it more difficult to survive. Picked up a down jacket, put it on himself, and walked out of the room. Go downstairs and stand in the hall. You can see skeletons and survivors clearing snow outside. It looks like they are planning to clear a road. ?Seeing Wu Heng come out, Qi Hancai walked over directly wearing a black down jacket. I cant say whether it will snow again. If it doesnt, there is a tow truck in the garage behind, which is as long as a bulldozer and can clear the road. The current location is next to the military warehouse. Some special vehicles are also relatively complete. Well, lets connect it to the road over the station first, Wu Heng said. Understood. Qi Hancai continued, Recently, many people from other regions on the radio have crowded into our channel and want to exchange food with us. Other areas? How do they know? Someone should have mentioned our exchange of grain for gold. Some cities in the north want us to establish exchange points in their cities and voluntarily lower the price. Qi Hancai explained. As long as the radio station changes frequency, it can access radio stations in other areas. It is not surprising that news can be spread. Furthermore, for Wuheng, it is actually not a bad thing. As for the food problem, it can be purchased at any time when the route to Treasure Island is restored. Just want to go to various cities and establish exchange points, and you need to be prepared. At least this kind of heavy snow weather is difficult to get through. Its not easy to get over, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "If you have this plan, I will have people prepare in advance and collect some intelligence information from various places. When the weather gets better, we can enter the next city along the railway track to establish an exchange point." The establishment of exchange points in cities along the road will definitely be implemented. Gold remains important. Okay, lets prepare in advance. "good!" ??Wu Heng stood there and thought for a moment, then continued: "You and Li Yahong can recruit some reliable bases to join us and increase the population. It will also be useful to establish an exchange point when the time comes." Qi Hancai frowned and thought for a moment, "We have a higher reputation in our hometown, and it is easier to recruit some people there." Then let Li Yahong recruit more people. "clear." The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. ?Qi Hancai went to the radio station to contact Li Yahong, and Wu Heng walked to the backyard. Looking for a place where there is no one around. Took out the body of the original level 18 island owner. ?The corpse was a bit miserable. The head and body were sewn together, and the eyes and organs were removed. It looks a bit scary. ??We have confirmed with Imiro that the association will not want this body. If you want to investigate anything further, you can continue to interrogate the ghost. The body can be disposed of by oneself. Actually, I still think about the advantages of level 18 professionals. Let associations and countries pardon such people. Directly facing the corpse, release [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The familiar unstable prompt appears again. This prompt has not appeared for a long time. With the injection of undead power, the flesh and blood of the corpse on the ground began to slowly fall off, and the white skeleton stood up from the ground. Shaked off the scraps of meat on his body. The empty eye sockets looked towards Wu Heng. The soul fire in the eye sockets is unusually deep and bright. "You are still called ''Occam''. Collect all these things on the ground and throw them outside." Wu Heng named them and said directly. The skeleton rolled up the straw mat and the rotten flesh that had fallen off, and walked outside. ??Wu Heng began to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Prophet (Level 18) Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 30, Agility 38, Intelligence 42, Perception 47, Charisma 25. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, advanced soul, prophetic enlightenment. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Medium Armor Specialization (Advanced), Staff Specialization (Master). Ability: Divine source of wisdom, soul sense, blocking of peeping, domain foretelling. Prophet Enlightenment: You can explore some mysteries of the world and glean useful information for yourself. Divine Source of Wisdom: Concentrate on requesting secrets from the source of your own divine power, and collect the secrets you need from scattered information (relevant items are required as connections). Spirit Senses: You are connected to this world and can vaguely perceive things that ordinary people cannot see. Block Peeping: It can block the peeping, divination and deduction of most heroes and below. Field foreshadowing: The secret sign has reached a lofty level, and you will form a personal domain around you, which can foreshadow imminent dangers. Looking at the attributes, Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?Perception reaches a maximum of 47 points, which is already an exaggerated value among professions. But the prophet profession can detect all kinds of information, and high perception is indeed normal. The second highest point is intelligence, reaching 42 points, which is not too low. It seems that after level 18, there will still be a significant improvement in attributes. Otherwise, it will be increased according to the normal level value and will not reach such a high value. In terms of abilities, a total of four have been retained. by the prophet''s obvious ability to detect some hidden things. Spirit Sensecan vaguely sense invisible things, which should refer to ghosts or void creatures. After all, the perception has reached 47 points. If I can''t detect anything anymore, it''s a bit unreasonable. Blocking Peepingcan block some means of prying or divination. ??It''s not bad, but I don''t know whether the effect of this ability is to block the peeking eyes of the skeleton, or whether it is for myself as the caster. The last one is [Field Prediction]. A personal realm will be formed in the surrounding area, which can indicate imminent danger. ?Wu Heng was deeply impressed by this ability when the two sides fought. Two skeletons fight Occam, and he can always be one step ahead and make evasive movements. ?This kind of action is not because of his quick reaction and action. But just like predicting, he started to dodge before taking action. ?Now it seems that this is really an ability. Tap tap tap~! The skeleton Occam came back after throwing away his things. Wu Heng found a set of clothes for him to put on, and then they went back to the room together. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. In the bathroom. ?Wu Heng was lying in the bathtub, enjoying the service of the two little maids. After soaking for a while, each other is washed clean. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the tub. He picked up the little fox next to him, patted his waist and hips, and said, "Put it around my waist." Anderweil''s face turned slightly red, she snorted softly, and her whole body hung on him. ?Minnie was smiling from the side. Lets go, go back to the room and punish the little fox. Wu Heng pulled Minnie. Okay, you can bully Sister Weier again. Minnie cheered. Get out of the bathroom. ?Hold Minnie with one hand and drag Andwell in her arms with the other, and walked upstairs. With every step. The little fox snorted like a coquettish child. Coastal town, Snake Emblem Consortium. ??Viola, the guardian of the Divine Punishment Cult, walked into the private room wearing a long cloak and a mask. After taking out the consortiums notes. The staff brought over a wooden brocade box. Viola took off her hood, revealing her mature but slightly pale face, and took a deep breath. The brocade box was opened and a shriveled head was taken out. ?The moment he took out the brocade box, his head and eyes suddenly opened. Your Majesty, Bishop. Viola saluted respectfully. (End of this chapter) Chapter 465 , who is it with black hair and black eyes? Chapter 465, Who is the one with black hair and black eyes? ?The head rolled its dry eyeballs, glanced at her, and said in a hoarse voice, "How could you fail?" Viola immediately said: "Bishop, I tried my best to hold back ''Imilo''. Even though he was almost killed, I didn''t let him leave. It was those pirates who failed to live up to their expectations and did not attack the island." Hmph! Head snorted coldly, Are you going to blame the dead man? "That''s the truth. I don''t have the slightest intention to make excuses for myself." Viola said again. The head continued: "Who is that person with black hair and black eyes?" Viola frowned, "You mean that association''s deputy deacon? He has just been transferred to Treasure Island." The head said: "Necromancer?" "Well, Necromancer, but Yimiluo thinks highly of him. I heard that he is allowed to transform the corpses of pirates captured on the island." Viola said something, and then asked slightly, "You mean, because he The pirates didnt succeed? He killed Occam. "No, it can''t be. I heard that the association developed a new type of magic instrument that prevented pirates from landing on the island." Viola emphasized. "I saw it with my own eyes." The head said again: "You don''t need to come back yet. Another apologist has already rushed to your side. Kill the kid before he gets his new appointment." This, I am injured. ?? Viola still wanted to speak, but the eyes of the head were already closed. turned back into a dead corpse. Viola carefully put the head back, called the staff to store it again, and replaced the receipt. Wait until the head is taken out. Viola cursed angrily: "You are a **** who wants to kill me. When I get a chance, I will drag you to **** with me." The next day, Wu Heng rode a bicycle and carried Anderweil to the association. Just arrived at the door. He saw an old mage who looked like Gandalf coming back from outside. According to Imiro, these members who support Treasure Island will stay for a while. After ensuring that there is no danger, we will leave here by boat one after another. ?Wu Heng doesnt care how long he stays. The association provides accommodation, which was rarely seen in the past. Deputy Wu Heng. The old mage greeted with a smile. Master Dean. Wu Heng also smiled. ?Wu Heng really didnt remember the other partys name. ?Last time I asked about "Xila Gui", she didn''t remember it, so she just called the dean directly, which was also an honorific title. The old mage was followed by his attendants, and Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and Anderweil. Walking toward the inside together. The old mage suddenly spoke, "I heard that within a year of becoming a professional, the deputy deacon was promoted to deputy deacon one after another. He is a rare genius among the human race." ?Wu Heng glanced at him. I am quite old, so I dont think I need a young body. ?Keep smiling and answer, "It''s just some records, not necessarily all true." The old mage nodded, seemingly approving the answer. This battle on Treasure Island uses new magic props, which are very powerful. Did you develop them? Wu Heng shook his head again, "I don''t know anything about etching runes. They are all tools from my hometown. I brought some with me when I went out. I took them out to save my life." ??The old mage didnt ask too much about these matters. He said again: "Are the Archdeacons interested in joining the Magic Research Society? It is a personal organization established by a group of old guys. We are not subject to external forces. We only occasionally discuss some magic knowledge or share some experiences." Magic Research Society? Organization established by the mage himself. Actually, there are many organizations around the world. Some local craftsmen groups, workers groups, or bards and writers have their own circles. ??But the research conference mentioned by this dean is definitely of higher quality. Join it and you might be able to get some magic for free. Its just that Wu Heng knew how much real ability he had, and he couldnt say anything at all if he was asked to express any opinions. Facing a group of mages whose attributes mainly develop intelligence, you may have exposed yourself. I have little talent and knowledge and am still in the exploratory stage of magic. When I have certain insights and achievements in the future, I can trouble the dean to recommend me to join the research association. Wu Heng said politely. "Haha!" The old mage smiled and was very helpful to this sentence. "You are indeed a little younger. When you reach level 15, write to me at any time and I will let you join the research association." Thank you very much, Dean. The two of them said a few words briefly. Separate in the hall. Wu Heng went to his office and study, and the old mage led the people back to the dormitory. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng sat at his desk and drank some tea. The association has been doing a lot of work lately, counting the injured and calculating losses. After the staff is counted, Anderweil needs to review it again and then stamp it for confirmation. ~! ?There was a knock on the door and Sheila Ge came in. ??He nodded to ''Anderweil'', looked at Wu Heng and asked: "The deacon assigned us a task. You lead the team to patrol over Beacon Street." "And you?" Sheila rolled her eyes at him and said, "Of course I also have a mission. I lead a team to patrol the central area and the residential area." There should be no danger on the island, right? Wu Heng asked, actually not wanting to move. Xilagui said: "I feel that the deacon arranged the patrol to reassure the residents and caravans on the island. The garbage in the sea at the port has not been cleaned up, and there are not many records of enemies coming up." "That''s right." Wu Heng agreed, and then asked, "Occam''s level 18 professional was pardoned before and there is no arrest warrant for him. Can he be considered a meritorious deed for us?" The merits of the association have always been based on wanted orders. If you are not on the wanted list, then even if you have done something bad, the local guards will arrest you. ?Ockham has just been pardoned by the Society, and his identity has been recognized by various kingdoms. ?Wu Heng was not sure whether this was considered meritorious service. Sheila Gui thought for a moment, "Just after I was pardoned, you seized the evidence and killed me. I have never seen this before, but I feel that it will definitely be decided. The entire association will be destroyed and so many business groups will be kidnapped. Definitely need to pay some attention to it. "I say so. It would be inappropriate not to count." "The pirates you killed are enough for you to get meritorious service." Sheela smiled, got up and walked out, "Let''s go, we''ll talk after the patrol, and do business first." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him out. Called two teams to patrol together along Beacon Street. The security on Beacon Street is much better than before. After all, the association went crazy in the past few days, and there were skeletons all over the city. No one would cause any trouble at this time. There was nothing wrong with me all the way down. There was only the location of the port, and several people had a dispute over the loot they had salvaged. Saw Wu Heng leading people walking past from a distance. A few people immediately separated and went about their own business. ??Wu Heng took the team and walked around the city. Its almost noon, let everyone go back to eat. ?Wu Heng went to the Nautilus Tavern. ?Wu Heng entered the tavern. He walked straight upstairs. The guests at the two tables did not pay much attention to the people who came in. They were eating and drinking by themselves, chatting about the previous battle. ?Wu Heng waited in the room for a while. Millicent walked in, "My lord!" Is there any problem after you come back? No problem, everything is normal, Millicent said. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea and continued, "I''m patrolling nearby and I''ll come to your place for lunch." "I''ll have someone prepare it for you right away." Millicent said and immediately exited the room. Less than two minutes. ?The door creaked and was opened a crack. Philippa looked in and said, "I knew it was you." After saying that, he walked in directly. Different from the crazy girl before, today she wore a beige waist-cinching tube top dress with two braids on her head. Do I look good in this outfit? My mother made it for me. Philippa stood in the middle and turned around. Well, its pretty good-looking. "Hehe!" Philippa smiled, came over and sat on his lap generously, and said: "Now that most of the pirates have been killed, what should I do in the future? Yes, I won''t open this tavern with her. Bored to death." (End of this chapter) Chapter 466 , you just research potions Chapter 466: Study potions Philippa sat lightly on his lap, one arm hanging on his shoulder, and there was a smell of malty beer as he spoke. ??Wu Heng also put his arm around her waist, "It depends on the situation. What arrangements will be made by the association later? If we are transferred outside, we will have to leave Treasure Island and the tavern will not be able to open." Philippa twisted her body slightly, frowned and said, "Then Millicent''s tavern can''t be opened. She quite likes this tavern." She and Wu Heng have a slave contract, so they naturally want to go together. It is impossible to leave Millicent alone on Treasure Island, and he will definitely leave together. "It depends on the situation. If she likes it, it won''t be difficult to open a tavern in another place." Wu Heng said. ?With the current financial resources, it is not difficult to open a tavern. What if we stay? Philippa continued to ask. If you stay, it is very likely that I will be the owner of the island, and I will organize a guard or a fleet for you depending on the situation. Wu Heng thought for a moment and replied. Im not in business, I still have to settle accounts. ??Wu Heng frowned and looked at her, "Before, you didn''t pay for everything you bought? How did you manage the fleet?" "I''m a captain, so what kind of accounts can I settle?" Philippa felt that what she said was untenable, and waved her hand, "Okay, let''s not mention the past things. What''s the point of mentioning him?" After speaking, Philippa turned around, straddled him, put her hands around his neck, and looked at him seriously. Then, the lips slowly came closer. ??Wu Heng pushed her face back, "What are you doing?" I dont have a man yet, let me try! "Your mother went to prepare lunch. If she comes back later and sees you like this, she won''t beat you to death," Wu Heng said. Philippa said: "There are many people in the tavern at noon. If you can''t come back, don''t be so stingy. I have given you life and death. It hurts my heart so much that you are so guarded against me." ?Wu Heng looked back at her. Wheat-colored skin, tied with braids. young and energetic. Seeing that he didn''t speak, Philippa pulled the lapel of her clothes, dragged one side, and brought it in front of her, "What are you pretending to be? Just open your mouth and hold it." ?Wu Heng glanced at the girl who was gradually chasing his mother. Going forward gently. ?Philippa let out a cry in her throat, her eyes were a little wandering, her body was trembling slightly, and her legs unconsciously clamped the opponent''s thigh. ?Wu Heng lifted up the other party''s skirt and began to caress the energetic and tight body. Philippas cheeks were flushed and her eyes were blurred, Whats next? Shall we go to bed? ??Wu Heng picked her up and placed her whole body on the dining table. The skirt of her long skirt was pulled down and piled around her waist, and the skirt was rolled up. Philippa suddenly became a little timid and covered his important position, "Is it okay?" Different from wheat-colored skin. Under the clothes, the skin is whiter and tenderer, one black and one white, unusually obvious. ??Wu Heng pulled the other person back and said, "It might hurt a little." Ive seen you fart a lot. Philippa curled her lips. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, held his hands on his waist, and touched each other skin to skin. Holy shit! Philippa suddenly exclaimed, her body shaking. ?Then there were coquettish shouts and a few curse words from time to time. Outside the door. Millicent stood at the door blankly, holding lunch. Hearing his daughter''s increasingly urgent shouting, his face turned red and he felt a little at a loss. Carefully turn around and go downstairs. After a while, there were many fewer guests downstairs. Just then he knocked on the door and entered the room with lunch in hand. ?Wu Heng sat aside, while Philippa rubbed his **** without any image. Sir, lunch is ready. Everything was served on the table. Lets eat together. The three of them sat at the table together. Eating lunch in silence. In the afternoon, Wu Heng led his team and continued to patrol around Beacon Street. ?I went to the alchemy material store along the way and bought the materials I needed. Return to your residence. Its late at night. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes. Open the door and go downstairs, entering the room where the ceremony was held. Take out the blood and gold powder and draw a magic circle on the ground. The magic circle with the ability of spiritual vision has been used by Xiao Xiao before, so he is much more proficient in drawing it. Finished the last stroke. The magic circle closed, and a wave of energy suddenly spread out. Checked the manuscript again, and after confirming that there were no problems, released the two ghosts. What are you going to do today? Xiaoxiao looked at the magic circle and asked curiously. ?Glenda also cast a curious look. ??Wu Heng explained: "The materials for spiritual vision are complete, and it''s time to add this ability to ''Glenda''." ?Xiao Xiaopiao stood aside and said in an envious tone, "That''s great. From now on, Aunt Glenda can hold a knife and chase down high-level enemies." "I''m like a gangster." Granda said, and continued: "Actually, it''s okay to deal with ordinary professionals. High-level professionals have high knowledge and abilities and are still dangerous to us." Wu Heng agreed with this point. Just like the level 18 island owner Occam, he didnt show much strength during the battle. But after death, a ghost with original consciousness is directly formed. ??If he had not chosen to attack Wu Heng at that time, but had directly gone to devour Xiaoxiao or Granda, it is hard to say whether there would have been any danger. Well, what Glenda said makes sense, you should be more careful in the future. Wu Heng agreed. I dont know **** people with a sword, so what are you talking about? Xiao Xiao protested. ?Glenda continued to look at Wu Heng, "Where is the body of the island owner?" It has been transformed, retaining the ability to find people, and other abilities have disappeared. Wu Heng answered, taking out the last few materials. When everything is ready. Said directly: "Glenda, the process is normal, there is no danger." "clear!" Glenda, flew into the center of the circle. ?Wu Heng put various materials in and then activated the magic circle. Materials are crushed, turned into energy, and gathered towards Glenda. Entangled with each other to form an energy vortex. Ghost Unlocked Skill: Spiritual Vision. No surprises. Succeeded directly. ?Glenda returned to her original form and flew out of the magic circle. How is it? Wu Heng swept the floor and asked casually. Yes, I can see your level. Its almost level 18. You are indeed not an ordinary human being. Xiao Xiaopiao came over and said, "I''ll take you outside to have a look." ?Glenda nodded, also wanting to see more of the outside through this perspective. Seeing that the two ghosts were about to leave, Wu Heng said, "Don''t go to the association. That old man Gandalf can see the ghosts." "OK." With a promise, the two ghosts flew out directly. ?Wu Heng tidied up briefly and then went back to his room to rest. The next day, association. ??When Wu Heng entered the office study, Anderweier had already been here for a while. Seeing him coming in, he smiled and said: "Master, the pirate flags collected by each team have been counted. There are 372 small pirate flags, 147 medium pirate flags, and 13 large flags." Killed Are there so many pirate groups? ?At that time, I was dealing with Occam, and I only glanced at the port. It was indeed densely packed. The higher the level of the pirate group, the greater the number of fleets. Philippa''s kind, there were three ships at that time, not to mention the other fleets. Do you all have meritorious service? Wu Heng sat down aside. Anderweil looked at the information in her hand and said, "We are checking, but currently, many pirate flags have no merit records in the association." In other words, some pirate groups are not included in the association''s wanted list. Either the pirate group works secretly, or they are part-time pirates with little reputation. They did not attract the attention of the association. After careful calculation, its mainly those large pirate groups. Make sure its clear. "Okay." Andweil agreed and said with a smile: "But now it seems that this battle may have cleared the wanted list of the Emerald Sea Association." ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes, "Then tell me, will the story of our killing of pirates be spread across the coast?" I think so! Master, you are going to be famous. Keep a low profile, we still have many enemies! ?Anderweil was all smiles. Towards the afternoon. The team went on a patrol mission. ?Wu Heng had nothing to do. After leaving the association, he found a place where no one was. Put on your hood and veil and board the ghost train. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng entered the hall and showed his emblem. The staff respectfully took me to the VIP room to wait. Not long. ??The sound of clicking footsteps sounded, and the local person in charge, ''Retili'', in a slim red dress, lightly knocked on the door and walked in. Good afternoon, guest. "Good afternoon." Wu Heng handed the emblem to the other party, "Help me see if the last commission has the result?" ??Retili did not pick it up, but smiled and replied, "The results are already there, please wait a moment." Opened the door and gave the order again. Three coffins were carried directly in. The coffin was opened one by one. ??Retili introduced at the side, "According to your request, a total of three level 15 corpses have been collected, including two alchemists, pharmacy subjects, and an artificer, in the direction of improvement and research and development." ?Wu Heng was delighted. Is the speed here so efficient? Treasure Island, I published it over and over again several times, but I still havent collected level 15 corpses. ?The first time I commissioned it here, I got three of them. He asked calmly: "What was the cause of death?" Leitili replied, "One died at the end of his life, one died for unknown reasons and was transported from a distant place, and the remaining one died in an assassination. Guests can rest assured that as long as you don''t spread it everywhere, there will be no other incidents later. trouble." ?Wu Heng is not afraid of any trouble. After being transformed into a skeleton, it is basically impossible to tell unless the coroner uses the bones to restore the original appearance. The activities are only in the laboratory and cannot be seen by others. Can a level 15 professional be assassinated? ???Retili thought for a moment, "You may not be aware that the situation in the coastal areas has been quite special recently. Many forces and families have been in conflict, resulting in some casualties." Can you tell me why? ??Retili glanced at the other party, still planning to reveal something to her father, the financial sponsor, and said: "You should have heard of Treasure Island, right?" ?Wu Heng''s heart moved, "I''ve heard of it, it''s a pirate island." Some time ago, all the pirates attacked Treasure Island, intending to kill the resident association on the island and kidnap all members of the chamber of commerce. What does this have to do with other families? "Pirates have always existed in the Emerald Sea. Large pirate groups are commanded by high-level professionals, and their involvement is relatively deep, such as the chamber of commerce that sells stolen goods, the supporting families, or some bribed officials. Now the pirates are being blamed, and many people are involved. Taking this opportunity to retaliate against those associated with pirates, the situation gradually began to get out of control, and assassinations or armed fights occurred everywhere. " ?Wu Heng listened silently. I am still a little surprised by the development of the whole situation. That is to say, after the pirate died. Those who did not dare to take action before are now taking action to retaliate against those who colluded with pirates. ?Feeling that the other party was observing him, Wu Heng said: "It''s a good thing that the pirate is dead." ??Retili agreed, "It''s indeed a good thing, and we don''t like them either." "I''m quite satisfied with these three corpses. Are there any results with the props that can hide the faces?" Wu Heng did not continue chatting on the topic of pirates. He knows more than what is spread outside. Not yet, I will continue to collect them for you later. "Okay! Fill out a new request. I want corpses from all professions above level 15, preferably from accidents or death." Understand, we are not pirates, and we also like to do things within the rules. The commission refilled by Leitili. ?Wu Heng paid the corresponding money and collected the body. He didnt stay here longer and walked out of the consortium directly. Board the train in a remote place and return to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. It is already dusk. After dinner, Wu Heng directly transformed the corpse in the open space in the backyard. All three skeletons stood up. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Skeleton Artificer (Level 15) ?Wu Heng set his sights on the weapon master. In terms of attributes, intelligence and physical fitness are relatively high. Among the remaining attributes, the most prominent feature is expertise. Feats: Craftsmanship (Master), Weapon Specialization (Master), Equipment Improvement, Offensive Boost, Rune Fusion, Energy Overload, Construct External Production, Construct Internal Design. All expertise is related to machinery and structures. Your name is Expert No. 2, your name is Expert No. 3, and your name is Strange Device No. 1. Come upstairs with me. Wu Heng named them one by one and went upstairs with the three skeletons. First sent two alchemy skeletons to the laboratory, and then called expert No. 1 over. ?Took out the third-level corpse core and ordered: "The three of you are mainly going to develop this material and make potions that can enhance the body of living beings." The three skeletons did not respond and still stood where they were. Okay, if you understand, go and do research and development. If you need anything, make a list and Ill prepare it for you. The three skeletons turned around directly, walked aside and started working. ?Wu Heng closed the door. Take Magic One downstairs. On the third floor, Minnie and Andwyll lived, leaving Millicent and Philippa''s room. ??So he planned to put the studio of No. 1 on the second floor. Choose a room on the north side. In the room, there are complete wooden tables and cabinets. You will work in this room from now on. ??Wu Heng said as he took out three thick stacks of drawings. (End of this chapter) Chapter 467 , I don鈥檛 want the drawings anymore Chapter 467, I dont want the drawings anymore Among them are the drawings of the Type 56 rifle, the drawings of grenades, and the structural drawings of ammunition. Gather all these drawings together, especially the bullet drawings, and see if you can create a production line. Wu Heng said to the skeleton. ?These drawings were all exchanged from the provincial and district rescue teams. It has never been put to use, so I just kept it in my hand. ??Wu Heng mainly wanted the drawings of the ammunition production line, especially the machine gun shell production line, but the other party has not yet exchanged them. ?? I mentioned this matter to the other party many times, but they declined with various reasons. Now, we can only use these three to make the artificer familiar with them and see if they can complete the job. Such a precise structure can be produced and developed, so the production line should not be a problem. Skeleton picked up the drawing and began to look at it carefully. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and saw that he couldn''t help him much, so he walked out of the room. the next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. ?The sky is short here, and the sky is just getting brighter at this time. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai, but received no response. "no one?" ?Having doubts in my heart. Hands on the down jacket beside him, puts it on directly and goes downstairs. Seeing the survivors guarding the area proves that there is no danger here. Your Majesty! The survivor ran over in a hurry. Where is Qi Hancai? Sister Qi returned to the station yesterday. the survivor replied. "what''s the matter?" The survivor recalled, "It seemed that they wanted to arrange a train back to Xinfu City, so they went to the station to make arrangements during the day." Xinfu City is the city where they originally came from. ?The snow has stopped in the past few days, and even the railway tracks are open. Prepare a car and take me to the station. "clear." After a while, a truck was ready. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton into the car and rushed to the station. Arrived at the station. ??Qi Hancai is directing the survivors and conducting final inspections of the train. After all, it has just snowed, so it needs to be checked carefully. Seeing Wu Heng coming over, he smiled and said, "It''s nothing important. I just need to go back on the train." ?Wu Heng nodded, "I also need to go back." Qi Hancai was stunned, "Then I''ll go back with you!" There cant be no one here. You stay here. If anything happens, lets contact the radio station. Qi Hancai glanced at the train and said, "Okay, I will also arrange the location of the exchange point in the next city as soon as possible." "Can!" ?Wu Heng boarded the train, and soon the train started and slowly left the station. Afternoon, Xinfu City. A temporary conference room. ?? Li Yahong is sitting on one side, and on the other side is "Deputy Commander Liu" of the provincial rescue team, and two young people who look very capable. Li Yahong frowned slightly, "Deputy Commander Liu, we agreed that after three grain transactions, we will hand over the artillery shell production line drawings to us. You can''t go back on your word." Deputy Commander Liu sighed softly, "Chief Li, the drawings are being sorted out. You also know how thick the drawings are, weighing at least seventy or eighty kilograms. There are also regional security issues, which are also being considered by the higher ups." "Now is the time, what area is not safe and unsafe? The main station has asked us to disclose the technology. Why are you guarding this thing?" Li Yahong was a little dissatisfied. The matter of the drawings was discussed again and again. There is an excuse every time. Deputy Commander Liu did not speak. One of the attendants behind said, "We brought the gold at a price, and we didn''t take your things for free. Do we have anything to explain to you?" Li Yahongs eyes narrowed and she looked towards the opposite side. "Don''t talk nonsense." Deputy Commander Liu turned his head and said, "Let''s do normal business. I will talk to the superiors later. Just keep an eye on it." ?Li Yahong said nothing, only feeling a ball of anger in her heart. Its not that I really want to take advantage of the other party. Rather, the other party changed his mind over and over again, and she kept conveying the news to Wu Heng. At the end of the day, we no longer plan to provide drawings. It''s like using the blueprints as bargaining chips to speed up the exchange of food with the gold obtained in exchange. There is no shortage of food here. ?After all, Wu Heng can change, but this feeling of being tricked still makes people feel chest tight. ?Taking a deep breath, "Qiangzi, take them to complete the exchange." ??There was a squeak. ?The door opened, and it was not Qiangzi who walked in, but Wu Heng, who was holding a book. ?Li Yahongs brows were filled with joy, while Deputy Commander Liu and others across from him had serious expressions. The rightful owner is back. Im back. Li Yahong said with a smile. Well, I just came back from the train. ?Li Yahong gave up her seat and Wu Heng sat down. ?Looking at the three people opposite, "Deputy Commander Liu, haven''t the drawings been finalized yet? We didn''t get it for free. We will exchange it with you for food." Hey! Deputy Commander Liu sighed, Preparations are underway, just wait. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, "Okay, we don''t want it anymore, there''s no use holding it." The expressions of the people on the opposite side suddenly became serious. A not-so-good feeling arose in my heart. "Winter is coming, and all cities need food for the winter. We plan to establish exchange points in other areas, so... the exchange ratio with our rescue team will be changed. 100 grams of gold will be exchanged for 10 kilograms of food." "This..." Deputy Commander Liu''s expression changed, "Captain Wu, you can''t make fun of people''s lives. How many people are waiting for food in the provinces and districts!" "We also want to save more people, but food is limited." Wu Heng said helplessly. This matter, I feel. Qiangzi, take them to exchange for grain. If they are not satisfied with the price, return the gold to them. Wu Heng shouted outside. With a bang, Qiangzi walked in with several people. Looking at the three men angrily. Deputy Commander Liu had an ugly expression on his face, "I will negotiate about the drawings and inform Chief Wu at that time." No, we dont need it. Please! Qiangzi stretched out his hand and motioned for several people to leave. Deputy Liu commanded several people. After hesitating for a long time, he could only leave with a straight face. There are only two people left. Li Yahong asked: Dont you want the drawings? Think of other ways, and I suspect they dont have it, or they dont want to give it to us at all. Wu Heng analyzed. If it is the first type. That is to use the drawings as an excuse to increase the exchange of grain. If it is the second type, it is testing the bottom line here. The more convenience we give them, the more fooled we feel. Where else can I get these from them? Li Yahong put her arm on his shoulder and asked. Wu Heng said: "Contact the main station or the World Channel and tell them directly that we will exchange food for cutting-edge weapons and various blueprints. I don''t believe others have it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 468 , new wanted order Chapter 468, New Wanted Order Head office? ??World Channel? ?Li Yahong frowned and thought for a moment. Then the radio station needs some foreign languages ????that are relatively good in order to communicate with the outside world. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Ask at the base, or if it doesn''t work, just ask at the frequency bands in each city. Those who are talented in this area can be recruited directly." Looking after the radio station is a really good job at the base. There is no need to do physical work, just watch the radio every day. If you want to communicate with foreign countries, then foreign language is an essential skill. "Well, I''ll ask then. There are a lot of college students here, so it shouldn''t be difficult to find them." Li Yahong said something and continued: "I''ll contact the outside world then. If someone wants to trade, how can we get there?" It is conceivable that when the news of exchanging food for resources is released, it will definitely cause a certain sensation. At that time, there will be a foreign base that wants to exchange blueprints or gold, and it will not be easy to get there. The modified train only connected the two urban areas along the railway. It is impossible to go further away even if you want to. ?Wu Heng has also thought about this, but there is currently no good solution. "Let''s communicate first, and then we''ll see what happens. If that doesn''t work, use a skeleton flying dragon to get there, or occupy an airport." Okay, Ill contact you first. The two briefly discussed and basically decided on the next direction. Mainly, for larger gold transactions and more cutting-edge technologies. Restore industrial production as soon as possible. Is there anything else going on here? Wu Heng asked. No, I just came to see the provincial rescue team. Li Yahong replied. You go prepare the vehicle first, and we will go to the old factory later and let Xiao Xiao see her mother. I will accompany you tonight. Who cares? Li Yahong muttered and walked out directly. ??Wu Heng began to pray and repent in front of the "Preaching Book", and performed side effects. When I came in, I wanted to chat with the provincial rescue team. Hearing their attitudes at the door, he gave up the idea of ??continuing the conversation. The action time is not long. The time for repentance is also very fast. ?Stepping out of the room, Li Yahong explained the following tasks at the platform. ??Wu Heng walked to one side and looked at the tall and tall skeleton mage Kalema who was wearing a mage''s robe. This level 15 mage left him with Li Yahong after he left. Even if a bodyguard is left behind, he can also help transform the corpse. Looked at the skeleton''s skills. Life-supporting technique, bone-saving technique (substitution), corpse battlefield (substitution), pathogenic ray. So much time has passed. Learned two more skills, Dead Skeleton Field and Pathogenic Ray. With the Dead Skeleton Battlefield, you can transform skeletons on a large scale, even if you cant get there yourself. ?Having an entity, the Skeleton Mage can also be completely transformed. ?Standing at the door and waiting for a while. ?Li Yahong came over with the car keys, "Let''s go!" ?The two of them walked out of the gate together, got on a truck, and rushed towards the old factory area. en route. ?? Li Yahong looked at him from time to time while driving, "How far has He Qi Hancai developed?" ?Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Don''t be suspicious every day. It''s not what you think." Dont worry, I wont exclude her. Lets be sisters together. Im the first to get started. Li Yahong emphasized. It is no better now than before. Even if they retain their previous thoughts, they cannot change the fact that resources are scarce and the strong have a decisive position. ??Wu Heng is the leader of such a large base. Let alone Qi Hancai, more women will rush over to her. It depends on whether he is willing or not. ?Wu Heng looked at her funny, "If that day comes, I will tell you." "Really? Can you bear it?" Li Yahong glanced at him suspiciously. Ive kept them all for you. Li Yahong''s face turned red and she muttered, "Don''t bother me all night again, I can''t bear it." ?Wu Heng didnt talk much about this matter. He continued: "When the weather is better, take Kalema to clean up some of the uncleaned areas in the city or surrounding villages and towns, and completely control the city." Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and asked, "Is there any other plan?" In the future, some people may be brought in, and the zombies abilities will improve over time. It will be safer to kill them all earlier. Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, there are basically no missing communities in the city. Then I will take a look and clean up the surrounding area." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then said, "Let''s see if there are any other shelters who are willing to join us? We can admit some people appropriately." "Will this affect us? The weather is not very good now." Its okay, we will add exchange points in various cities along the railway in the future. We need more manpower. Wu Heng explained. Just make arrangements, I will discuss this matter with each shelter. "Um!" After the two of them finished chatting about business matters, they casually chatted about some interesting things in the base. The snow here is not too heavy, and the modified vehicles have good weight and grip. The drive was very steady along the way towards the old factory area. Most of the staff here have been transferred. What is left are workers who produce. After all, the Fire Furnace is here, and it is also the place where solid iron bullets are mainly produced. Checked around the old factory area. After returning to the room, he released "Xiao Xiao" and asked her to accompany Zhao Yanqiu. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong returned to their original dormitories. Fell on the bed with a kiss. Early in the morning, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. After breakfast, he walked towards the association with the skeleton. With the increase in physical fitness, it cannot be said that the energy is exhausted, but there is still no problem in dealing with ordinary people like ''Li Yahong''. ?? I worked hard for half the night last night, and I dont feel much this morning. The only thing is that I feel a little sleepy. Enter the association hall. I saw a lot of mercenaries and association members gathered around the notice board looking at something. ?Wu Heng also walked over. Level 18, you can post this, who can catch it? I estimate that the deacon and sub-deacon can almost kill each other. "yes!" As soon as we got closer, we heard whispers. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking over, the people surrounding him also saluted and moved out of the way. A member of the team greeted him with a smile, "Deacon, you''re here so early today." Well, I got up early. Wu Heng asked, What are you all gathering here to see? The team member said: "A wanted notice was just posted, level 18 professional, level 1 meritorious service." Level 18 professional. First-level meritorious service? ?Wu Heng looked forward in confusion. ??The notice board was originally full of wanted posters, but now there are only six wanted posters left, and they are all wanted criminals from various places. The wanted poster at the front is a portrait of a woman. Long hair, charming. Divine Punishment Cult Protector-Viola, level 18 professional, professional witch, bounty of 200 gold coins, first-level meritorious service. (End of this chapter) Chapter 469 , inquire about information Chapter 469: Exploring information Divine punishment apologetics. ?Wu Heng knew who this was. It seems that she was the guardian who helped the pirates stop Imiro before. I just didnt expect that she was a woman and her profession was that of a witch. ??The profession of witch is rather special. ? ?Some professions similar to warlocks or priests. Our own strength comes largely from the protectors we rely on. For example, the gods of belief, the protection of ancestors, or even powerful spirits may give witches power. ?Of course, Wu Heng had never seen it himself, but only had some understanding of it from books. Deputy, why is this Gods Punishment Cult protector wanted? the team members asked curiously. Others also stopped the discussion instantly. ??I also want to hear the reason. Level 18 professionals are pardoned for their crimes and are now on a wanted list. They are naturally curious. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It should be related to the pirates last time. Don''t just think about meritorious service when you meet her. Come back and inform the deacon." We know where we can deal with level 18 professionals. The team member said with a smile. ?Others also followed suit and whispered. The last time pirates attacked Treasure Island, it turned out to be related to the Divine Punishment Cult. Go back to your office and study room. ??Andwyer was still sitting at her desk looking at the documents. Master, there is your letter on the desk. ?Wu Heng paused, "Whose?" Now when I hear the letter, I have some natural reactions. ?Whether its a blank envelope or a reminder letter sent by McIntosh who faked his death, it gives people the feeling of being caught up in various conspiracies. "It''s a letter from Deacon Slater and Sister Wen Mansha. I guess I miss you again." Andwyer said with a smile. I was shocked. I thought something happened again! Wu Heng sat down at the desk. On the table, there are two letters. One is an envelope dedicated to the association, and the other is a more ordinary envelope. Lets open the first Slater letter first. Poured directly from inside. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: ?Your reply has been received. I feel relieved to know that you are all well. I recently got to know some businessmen in the coastal areas, and I heard from them that the owner of Treasure Island was an 18th-level pirate, and he became the official island owner after being pardoned. More pirate leaders, all above level 15. You must be more careful when doing things. ?With your qualifications, you are definitely expected to reach level 15 before the age of 40 and be appointed as a deacon in a new place. Remember never to take risks. ??Luntam City has opened a second Golden Cat in the West District. The original distribution ratio is still the same, and your little maid really doesn''t give in at all. Business is as good as ever, and the income is several times higher than before. The situation in Blackstone Town is somewhat unstable. ?It is not Blackstone Town, but the political situation of the entire Kingdom of Yeko, which is wavering. Even small and marginal places like Blackstone Town are affected. In the past two months, three garrison commanders have been replaced one after another. I heard that the old king was really dying, and the princes began to fight for power. I only heard a few things. Fortunately, the association is not directly managed by each country, so it does not involve me. Your statue has been erected in the crowded area, and people go there every day to send flowers. You, the transferred team member, are more loved than me, the deacon. Yuli is now also the captain of the team, and she often mentions you. She plans to write to you recently. ?Everything is fine here, no need to worry. Just thinking about it, Ill come back and take a look when I have time. Slater. " Look at the content of the letter. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Slater, who has always been very concerned about the situation on his side, actually found out about the pardoned island owner from a place like Blackstone Town. Also remind myself to be careful. Its just that this letter came a little late, as most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed by him. Wu Heng focused his attention on the affairs of the Kingdom of Yeke in the middle. ??The political situation in the Kingdom of Yeko has become unstable again? ??Didnt you say that the old king was awake before, and now he is unconscious again? In a place like Blackstone Town, the garrison commanders are constantly changing, which seems to be quite turbulent. But for Slater, there is basically no danger. No matter how we change the rights and fight for it, it has nothing to do with the association. ?Wu Heng looked at the last sentence and couldn''t help but smile, "I just miss you. Come back and see me when you have time." Slaters character is quite strong. ?Last time, I just vaguely mentioned that the residence had been renovated and I would come back to see if I liked it. Now I have directly said that I think about it, which is rare. Put the letter aside. Continue to open the second letter. "Owner: You have been away for several months, and the development of Luntam City is going smoothly. Magic street lights have been installed in all commercial streets. The areas outside the city have also begun to expand, and roads connecting various cities have been paved. ?Now, Luntam City has completely become the city that never sleeps as you planned when you left. Caravans of all sizes keep entering the city during the day. At night, the surrounding gentry and dignitaries also come here for entertainment and consumption. Money Cat has opened a second store, and many similar entertainment venues have also opened. Business tax revenue has increased linearly. Everything is developing in the direction we planned. Its just that, Master, I really miss you. Every night, I toss and turn and have trouble falling asleep, with your image all in my mind. Can you come back and have a look? " Different from Slater. As her maid, Wen Mansha can express her thoughts more boldly. ??Moreover, this gangster sister-in-law looks much more artistic. ?Wu Heng missed them too. It''s just that the journey is a bit far, and it would be quite time-consuming to go back. Look at the situation, if there is nothing wrong with Treasure Island. Before the merits come down, go back and see them. Master, whats written in the letter? Youre smiling so happily. Anderweil looked over and asked. Nothing, just some ordinary letters. Sister Wen Mansha misses you so much! Andweier joked. ?Wu Heng didnt deny it, I mean I thought about it. You can go back and have a look when you have time. Sister Wen Mansha will be very happy. Itll be in a few days. ?Wu Heng opened the drawer and took out the letter paper. Thought for a moment, and then took out a quill with a longer feather from the space ring. Port, inside a cargo ship. In the dim cabin, two figures were sitting. ??The man is tall and burly, with slightly dark skin, a bald head and thick eyebrows, and a tight linen shirt that highlights his strong and angular muscles. ?The other man was wearing a robe, and his whole body was covered underneath, so his appearance could not be seen clearly. ?Only the white arms occasionally exposed, it can be seen that she is a woman, and she is not very old. Tap tap tap~! At this time, footsteps sounded. A figure dressed as a mercenary quickly ran down the wooden stairs. He glanced at the two of them and said, "There is already news." Say! the bald man said in a deep voice. Wheres the money? the other party asked. The man turned over his hands, took a money bag in his hand, and threw it directly to the other party. The mercenary caught it, opened it and counted the quantity, with a smile on his face. Say it. The man urged. The mercenary replied, "Many reinforcements from the association have arrived on the island. The leader is called ''Gianvito'', an old mage. Now there are people patrolling the island every day, and the association''s personnel are also sufficient." The two people in the distance looked at each other. ??The bald man continued to ask: "I heard that the one who defeated the pirates was not Imiro, but a deputy deacon of the association?" Yes, its called Wu Heng. The mercenary replied. Is he leaving the island? I dont know, this is not included in the intelligence. ?The bald man smiled and said, "Go and ask for information. Does anyone else know?" The mercenary was alert, "What? You still want to take advantage of others? I have been doing this on the island for so many years, and I really just..." Huh~! ?Suddenly, a thick fog suddenly rose in the cabin, and then the thick fog turned into poisonous snakes and hyenas. The poisonous snake wrapped around his neck and bit his throat. ?Several hyenas clamped their limbs and pulled away frantically. In the mercenary''s frightened and struggling struggle. In an instant, he was dismembered into pieces and died completely. Baldhead said: "Gianvito and Imiro are here, it will be very dangerous for us to go to the island." ??The man in the black hood slowly took off his hood, revealing a charming face. Then think of a way to kill him from the outside. Association, office and study room. ?Wu Heng took the quill pen and wrote two letters. Put it in an envelope. After confirming who the letter was written to, he held it in his hand and silently thought about Slaters appearance. The next second. The hand was empty and the letter disappeared. It was really successful! ?Wu Heng was delighted. Then I picked up the second letter again, thinking about what Wen Mansha looked like. Then, my hands were also empty. The letters also disappeared. Its really magical. Not far away, Anderweil, who saw this scene, also opened her mouth wide. "This...master, did you send the letter you wrote?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 470 , I can be used as bait Chapter 470, I can be a bait Blank envelope? After thinking about it, Anderweil thought of the mysterious letter that sent information to the pirates. Weier is really smart. Wu Heng praised. "No way! It''s mainly because you mentioned this kind of letters too many times before." Andwyer said softly. Dont tell anyone about this matter. Dont mention it to anyone. Wu Heng began to put away the things on the table. Okay. Anderweil nodded, indicating that she understood. Whether it is a prop or a rare object, being able to send letters out of thin air is an exaggerated effect. ??The pirates who know this kind of blank envelope are almost dead. Others, no one has mentioned this matter so far. It would be best if it fades away slowly. Having it in your hands now and spreading it everywhere will only cause more trouble. ?Wu Heng took a sip of tea and suddenly thought of the tribe of Anderweier, "Weier, do you want to write a letter to your tribe?" "Thank you, Master. There is no need for it yet. Sister Wen Mansha will help me take care of them." Andwyer came over and kissed the side of his face. When I go back next time, Ill arrange a radio station there. It will be easier to contact me if there is any problem. Yeah, thats right. Different from the beginning, whether it was exchange or the capture of several military warehouses. ??The radio stations I have are quite sufficient. It will be more convenient to leave one to Luntam City than to deliver letters like this. Towards the afternoon. ??Wu Heng led the eleventh squad and began to patrol. ?Now, the deacon did not say that the sub-deacon must lead the patrol, but Sheila Gui seemed to be very diligent. ?Wu Heng came to the association once and tried his best to lead the team and show his face outside. Dont make yourself look too lazy. On the road to Beacon Street. Kavina pushed aside the skeleton on one side, leaned over and said, "Deacon Slater sent me a letter, telling me about Blackstone Town and the captain." ?Wu Heng glanced sideways at her. It seems that I am not just writing letters to myself. What did you say? Wu Heng asked along. "Yeke Kingdom is not stable. They said that my choice was a correct decision. They also said that the owner of Treasure Island is a pirate pardoned at level 18. Let us all be careful." Kavina said with a slight smile: "She would be surprised to know that you killed all the 18th-level island owners." Did you tell Slater about what happened on the island? "No, I''m waiting for them to get the news later and ask me if it''s true or not in surprise." Kavina said with a smile. As a witness, she naturally knew how terrifying Wu Heng was. Repelled the densely packed pirate ships along the coast, and killed the level 18 Treasure Island owner. In Blackstone Town, level 18 is a huge figure. No matter what the identity is behind it. Now he died in the hands of Wu Heng. Kavina looked at the other party carefully. She was the one who took Wu Heng to learn about the association. ?I should have known that he had such a strong talent. You should get it first while he is young. ??Now I have a female assistant around me, and I talk and laugh with the elf sub-deacon every day. There is no competitiveness at all. Can we still detect pirates from the island now? Wu Heng asked again casually. Kavina regained her thoughts, "Ah? What did you say?" Are there any pirates or wanted criminals on the island? Wu Heng added. "The association''s cleanup of pirates has almost spread. It is difficult to see pirates on the island, but the number of people in various chambers of commerce is increasing. It seems that they are all interested in this area." Kavina introduced softly. When passing by the Nautilus. ??Wu Heng also looked up at Millicent''s room. It must be a busy time now, so I didnt see either mother and daughter. ??Hmm, I didnt plan to go in, so I passed by the pub. Dusk. ?Wu Heng said goodbye to Team 11 and returned to his residence. Back home, Anderweil has returned, and Minnie has also prepared dinner. The three of them were sitting and eating together. Minnie picked up a kind of shellfish and put it into Wu Heng''s bowl. "Master, eat this. This is good for men. You can deal with the little fox at night." Andeweier held the fish in her hands and said calmly: "You can''t help it anymore." No, we just want to punish the bad fox. Minnie emphasized. While eating, Wu Heng asked, "Why haven''t I seen Shanara in the past two days?" Minnie said: "I know this. I was busy with business at the Chamber of Commerce. I even went to see her during the day. That''s what she told me." The Chamber of Commerce is quite busy. Wu Heng nodded. ?Minnie and Anderweil did not continue to argue about who should be punished. Eat obediently. After dinner, Wu Heng went directly to the room where the ''weapon master'' was arranged. Push open the door. ? ?The skeleton artificer is standing in front of the drawing table, redrawing and marking the drawings. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look. The pattern and content are not much different, they are just relabeled using the drawings of this world. The gun barrel, accessories, and other items on the drawing were also drawn again. The material grade and forging requirements are also marked on the side. Several of them, human craftsmen and dwarf craftsmen are separated, and it seems that racial crafts are also included. It seems that it is not the same as the development route I want. ?Wu Heng wanted the magician to design a mechanized factory that could produce batches of products on an assembly line. The skeleton artificer wants to subcontract these accessories to craftsmen of various races, and then assemble them finally. This is actually a solution. But it is also possible that someone collects information about accessories and researches the firearms. Firearms can be produced with the current level of technology in the world, but it has not been developed in this area. Let the artificer draw it first and see what happens later. Leave the artificer''s room. ??Wu Heng continued to the alchemy room. ?Several level 15 skeleton alchemists were also standing in front of the experimental table conducting experiments. Purification of materials, or fusion of pharmaceuticals. ?Wu Heng took a look and returned to his study. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng sat behind his desk and began to ponder the next development. At present, the artificer can complete the re-production of modern firearms. Firearms may not be important, the main thing is the production of bullets and shells. The blueprints for the bullets are already available. It is not difficult to obtain the other firearms and shells through various external channels. Now it depends on the associations arrangements. Wu Heng tapped his fingers on the table. If he appoints himself as the owner of the island, then he will have enough land on the entire island to build factories and produce the weapons and equipment he needs. If the association still cannot trust itself, it will be transferred to another place to serve as a deacon. This is a bit troublesome. ??I still can''t leave the association as a supporter, and will Shanara leave with me? She will still be needed to help with the subsequent procurement of many supplies. ?Wu Heng thought in his mind. Suddenly I noticed something. With a flip of his hand, the black cloak that covered his body appeared on his body, covering his whole body, and he put on the phantom veil again. Become like a woman. Almost at the same time, a transparent detection magic flew into the room quickly. Walked around in a circle and left the room again. Someone is looking for me? Wu Heng thought, and Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew out at the same time. ?Xiao Xiao was curious, "Uncle, do you wear this at home?" I feel rather curious that he covers himself so tightly. Wu Heng said: "Someone casts detection magic on my place. Glenda follows him to take a look. Keep a distance so as not to be discovered. Keep a close eye on your residence. If there is any danger, please inform me as soon as possible." "good!" The two ghosts agreed. ?Glenda chased out through the window, while Xiaoxiao hung down through the roof of the shed and began to alert the surroundings. ?Wu Heng did not bother the two maids, but arranged all the skeletons around. Once the ghost comes back and there is danger, it is not too late to wake up the two girls. Not long. Glenda flew back from outside. He said solemnly: "Found it." Who is it? Wu Heng was curious. ?Granda said: "Wearing a cloak, I can only confirm that he is relatively tall, and he is a level 18 professional." Level 18! ?Wu Hengs eyelids twitched. ?Are you so awesome now? There are level 18 professionals who come to the residence to investigate their situation. You think too highly of yourself. Where are the people now? Wu Heng looked serious. "He left. I watched him go towards Beacon Street. I was afraid of being discovered, so I didn''t follow him." Glenda floated to the other side. This is probably because he didnt notice himself and chose to leave first. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Thank you and Xiaoxiao for your hard work, guard the surroundings of the building and notify me if there is any danger." "Okay, don''t worry. Level 18 is as bright as a beam of light in our eyes. We can spot it once we get close." Glenda comforted. "Um." ?Glenda made a half-circle and then flew out, scouting the surroundings with Xiaoxiao. ?Wu Heng sat back at the desk again. Frowning, he thought about the other persons identity. ?The 18th-level professional on the island, Imiro and the old mage Gandalf. Old mage, come here to spy on me? It shouldnt be, we can meet at the association, and the method of detecting scrolls is not like what a mage can use. ?So who else? ??Wu Heng''s mind flashed instantly, and the wanted poster he saw during the day flashed across his mind. Level 18 witch. ?Divine Punishment Cult apologetics! "The other party is a woman. Glenda said the person outside is tall and tall..." There is no result in mind. ??I dont dare to go to the zombie world. If the other party comes to find me, the two maids may be implicated. Simply put, he wore a cloak and a veil and went to bed to rest. Its dawn. In the port cabin. ??The bald-headed and thick-browed apologist of the Divine Punishment Cult folded his arms and said, "We don''t have that much time to delay." From the opposite side, a woman''s voice sounded, "Then what do you think we should do? Can you still go to the island?" "Tonight, if we haven''t found a chance yet, we will arrest the woman next to him first, lest he doesn''t come out." Bald Head said. When the time comes, he will notify Imiro as soon as possible, and only a fool will go there and die on his own. The woman said with a smile. Then kill these women, lets leave here and explain the situation to the bishop. "You are really crazy. Why are you doing something so stupid? Killing him will not do us any good." The woman exclaimed. She has no intention of getting involved in pirate matters. Treasure Island was not occupied and he was put on the wanted list. Now we still have to deal with the subdeacon. What''s the use of killing him? ??Now we have to kill the other party''s people. If we do this, there will really be no room for relaxation. "If you can''t kill him, you should make him pay some price. This is what the bishop meant." The bald man wiped the top of his head with a towel. "If you are afraid, go to the Nautilus Tavern. There is a woman who is his spy. I will go against others." The woman hesitated to speak, and finally said: "It''s up to you." Association. ?Wu Heng brought Minnie and Anderweil to the association. Let the two of you stay in the study. He went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door and get a response. Walked in directly. ?In the room, besides Imiro, the white-bearded old mage was also in the study, holding a wooden staff in one hand and drinking tea in the other. Deacon, old dean. Wu Heng greeted. The old mage nodded. Imiro asked: "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng glanced at the old mage on the sofa, and then said: "Deacon, an 18th-level professional went to my house last night. Instead of entering, he used the exploration scroll outside to investigate my residence. " After saying this, the room fell silent for a moment. ??Imiro turned his head and looked at the old mage sitting on the sofa. The old mage''s eyes still fell on Wu Heng, "Are you sure he is a level 18 professional?" Its certain. Wu Heng said solemnly. Imiro also asked: "Now that you have seen him, do you know what he looks like and what his characteristics are?" At the beginning, Wu Heng named 18 professionals. ??Yimiluo also doubted the old mage for a moment, after all, he was also more interested in Wu Heng before. But it is obviously not the case, and such a clumsy method will not be adopted. ?Now, I am even more curious as to why there are other level 18 professionals on the island. Going to the island secretly again to investigate the deputy deacon of the association. Wu Heng said: "I didn''t see his appearance. It was late at night. The other person was wearing a cloak and he was relatively tall in size." After speaking, he added: "I''m not sure if any props were used to change the appearance." There was a brief silence in the study room. Imiro looked at the old mage and said, "Dean Gianvito, it seems that your departure time will be postponed." It seems that the association''s reinforcements will leave soon. The old mage said calmly: "It doesn''t matter if the schedule is postponed. We are originally supporting Treasure Island. If there is only one person, it will not be a problem for the two of us to take action." It is possible to deal with level 18 professionals, but it must be arranged in advance. If the residents on the island die, there will be no way to explain it to the association. Imiro said. Of course, if you want to do it, you have to do it in a remote place. Different from the last pirate attack. When pirates attack, they are forced to defend, and many things can be ignored. Its different now, theres more to consider. As for level 18 professionals, if they fight without control, their combat effectiveness is relatively huge, especially the combat profession, which is comparable to a bomber. Others do not consider the surrounding civilians, but the association must. To prevent the battle from affecting the residents of the city, it is best to set the battle location on the sea or in surrounding undeveloped areas. Imiro was familiar with the map of the island and pointed out a suitable location. The old mage nodded in agreement. ??Yimiluo continued to look at Wu Heng, "Do you have any method to set the battle location outside?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party, a little speechless. Thats what you asked. Isnt this redundant? But after all, I am facing danger, so I have to ask the two people in front of me for help. The tone was sonorous: "I can use it as bait to lure him out." (End of this chapter) Chapter 471 , Im afraid its cold Chapter 471, Im afraid Im cold The other party is obviously targeting him. If you want to draw people out, only he can do it. The only way is to let one''s own side take the initiative. If you really wait for the other party to make the first move, you will only become more passive. Hearing Wu Heng directly say that he wanted to lure the other party out. ??The old mage raised his eyebrows slightly and looked at him again. Not everyone has the courage to face level 18 professionals. Before, there were doubts about the authenticity of his killing of the level 18 island owner, but now it seems that it is not impossible. Then where would it be more beneficial for us to lead the other party? Imiro thought for a moment and said: "It is best to be on the sea, so that he will not be able to escape after the fight." On land, there is still a possibility of returning to residential areas. The old mage nodded in agreement, "Well, if you go to sea, you can indeed solve a lot of unnecessary troubles." ?Wu Heng frowned as he listened to the conversation between the two. Coughing lightly, he said: "If we are at sea, he can''t escape, and neither can I." ?The opponent is following you and looking for an opportunity to take action. There is a high probability that he is a melee professional. Leading the other party to the boat by oneself is like tying the "gladiation yoke" to each other, and no one can leave the boat. "Once the other party appears, we will get there as soon as possible." The old mage smiled. ?Wu Hengs brows were still furrowed, He is a level 18 professional. When you guys arrived, I was so cold. To deal with level 18 professionals, if you fight hard, you may not be insecure. But with two level 18 people in front of me, it was too much of a risk for me. ??The old mage flipped his palm and took out a scroll, "If you are in danger, you can teleport away." Teleport Scroll ?? (Description: A scroll with a teleportation circle engraved on it can be connected to the magic circle you are on the ''same plane'' and ''within range'' to teleport to the target area.) Teleportation scroll. It has been used by pirates before. The effect is quite significant. Imiro also said: "Dean Gianvito is a mage of the Conjuration School. He can teleport us directly. With your strength, there will be no danger." A mage from the Conjuration School, Wu Heng looked at the old mage again. ?The other person is still smiling, looking like a worldly expert. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and did not refuse. There would be no problem if he persisted for a few minutes or delayed with the other party for a while. Then we will proceed according to this plan. Wu Heng put away the scroll and agreed. After the initial decision is made. ??The old mage pondered for a moment and continued to ask: "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, don''t you have any impression of this person at all?" "No, except for the pirate incident, I have never met a level 18 professional." Wu Heng answered directly. Imiro also analyzed: "It is most likely that he is a member of the Divine Punishment Sect, but the body type described by Wu Heng is not the same as the other person." "Are you talking about the witch on the wanted poster?" The old mage picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "Witches have many unique abilities. It''s actually not difficult to change their appearance." ??Wu Heng shook his head, "I have never met that witch, and I don''t have much hatred." The old mage and Imiro were silent at the same time. There is really no reason to follow Wu Heng. If you want revenge, you should also look for Imiro. None of the three analyzed a very reasonable explanation. Imiro said: "We will know who the other party is by then. Wu Heng will prepare it first when he goes back. Once the arrangements are made, I will inform you. Remember not to talk to anyone about this matter first." People say." Understood, Ill go back first After Wu Heng finished speaking, he left the room directly. The old mage picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "You, the deputy deacon, are very courageous." Imiro stood up and said casually: "He is worried about the two maids around him, otherwise he would not talk about this matter, and he would deal with that person himself." ??The old mage raised his brows, his face full of disbelief, "You trust him too much. The gap in levels cannot be bridged casually." ??Imiro didn''t explain, got up and walked outside. ??The old mage also held his staff and followed him out of the study. In the study room. ?Andwyer was sitting at the table sorting out information, while Minnie was in front of the sofa, feeding the little owl. ?While tearing the dried meat, he said, "You can''t grow up like Philippa the parrot. We want to be a good-looking tame animal, do you hear me?" The little owl ate the dried meat without any response. Hearing the sound of the door opening, he turned around and saw Wu Heng coming back. Minnie threw away the dried meat and threw herself into her arms, "Master, did something happen?" ? Anderweil and the little owl also looked up. I brought Minnie here all morning, obviously there was something going on. ??Wu Heng put Minnie in his arms, hugged her, and said, "It''s okay. I suspected that there was danger on the island before, so I brought Minnie over first. Now I''ve told the deacon that he will handle the matter." Then, can I go back later? Minnie then asked. "Stay in the association for a while, and then go back after the deacon has taken care of it." Okay! Minnie agreed, sat back on the sofa, and began to look through the rough-edged comic book. ?Wu Heng sat back at his desk and began to prepare for the evening battle. The firearms and ammunition were all checked. As for skeletons, the skeleton attendants around you now are the level 17 skeleton wanderer Kerimu and the level 17 skeleton boxer Tolga. ??That is, when the pirates attack, they use the "Gladiator Shackles" to connect themselves and teleport to the wild. As for the level 18 Skeleton Prophet, his combat power is actually not very great. I didnt take it with me. In fact, if you think about it carefully, if there is really only one person on the other side. It may not be impossible to be sure. I sat in the study room until the afternoon. ~! ?There was a knock on the door. ?Minnie jumped up from the sofa and went to open the door. A staff member looked in and said with a smile: "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, deacon, please come over." Okay, Ill go over now. Wu Heng agreed. It seems that it is ready. He wears a piece of defensive leather armor from the association''s deputy deacon on the outside. Before leaving, he and the two girls told him: "You two, stay in the association dormitory for one night today, and don''t go too far to eat." The two women looked at each other. "Okay, master, be careful." Anderweil immediately said with concern. Minnie also said: "Master, we are waiting for you to come back." "Well, it''s okay. The deacon has arranged the task. There is no danger." ?Wu Heng touched Minnies rabbit ears, opened the door and walked out. ???? Dusk, Nautilus Tavern. Guest, the dinner you ordered is ready. Outside the private room, Philippa held a dinner plate, knocked on the door twice, and shouted. There is no other way, even if I feel conflicted in my heart. Cant stand Millicent nagging in my ears. It wont last long anyway. Let Wu Heng arrange a job for him in a few days. Even if he goes out on patrol, it will be better than here. Bring it in! A womans voice came from inside the room. ?Philippa immediately opened the door and walked into the private room. In a rather small private room. There was only one woman sitting in front of the wooden table. She had long brown hair, delicate features, and a smile. ?The upper body is leather armor, the lower body is also brown leather trousers, and there is a black cloak on the seat next to him. But in terms of temperament, he obviously does not look like the common mercenaries on Beacon Street. "Guest, I brought you dinner. It''s absolutely delicious." Philippa smiled skillfully. Put it down! The womans voice was soft. Okay, guest, please take it easy. Philippa put it down, turned around and wanted to leave. The woman continued: "Are you Philippa?" Philippa turned her head in confusion, smiled and said, "You have the wrong person, guest." We met at sea, and you were the captain at that time! The woman smiled brightly and continued. As soon as Philippa heard that he was an acquaintance, he immediately said: "My friend''s shop has just opened, please help me." Im talking about a captain, why are you still here? It turns out hes here to help. The woman still smiled. Well, you are also from the sea? Philippa glanced again. I am not at sea. "Oh, I don''t think you are dressed like this. No one on the sea can be as white as you." Philippa continued. The woman smiled and said nothing, just looked at her silently. Smoke rose quietly in the corner, gradually forming two venomous snakes, slowly climbing up Philippa''s shoulders. Philippa, who was standing where he was, his expression suddenly froze. ?The eyes are alert and frightened, but the whole body is stiff, and only the eyeballs are moving. "I''m sorry, little sister..." the woman said softly. ??Hiss~! The mist snake spat out a message, biting its neck from the left to the right. ۡ! The door was pushed open forcefully. ?The bald man rushed in directly. Looking into the room, he said: "Let''s go, he went to sea, don''t scare the snake here." Going to sea? at this time? Are you sure its him? the woman asked doubtfully. Its a disguise, a prop that can turn into a woman, and its easy to see through. The bald man walked over, picked up the food on the table and took two bites. What did he do at sea? "No matter what he does, he has two attendants with him, who should be his skeleton. No one can save him when he reaches the sea." The bald head was slightly excited. ??As for Philippa, who was still frozen in place and unable to move, his eyes began to change. A little inferred that this is to kill Wu Heng. Its over, my stupid deputy deacon definitely doesnt know about this. ??He was so stupid that he went to sea. The woman put on her hood again to cover herself, "Let''s go!" Waving his hands slightly, Philippa, who was frozen on the spot, rolled his eyes and fainted. The two of them left the room and closed the door tightly. The pub on the first floor is extremely lively. The drinkers were making a lot of noise and the bartenders were busy serving the guests. No one paid attention to the two people who went downstairs and left. Its late at night, ?Wu Heng stood on the deck, looking at the endless sea. Even if its to ambush others. But there is still a sense of tension in my heart that is difficult to suppress. Level 18 professionals, besides heroes, are the strongest professionals. It is obviously impossible to say that there is no pressure at all. His body must be great. At this time, Xiaoxiao quickly flew down from above his head and said hurriedly: "Come on, come on, there is a ship over there coming this way." ?Glenda also flew down. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. ?The sea was still dark and nothing could be seen. But Xiao Xiao never makes fun of others at critical moments, not to mention Glenda is also there. Ghosts cannot see with the naked eye, and the night has no effect on them. Are there any level 18 professionals? Wu Heng asked. It doesnt matter whether there is a ship or not. For level 18 professionals, the most important thing is whether they follow or not. If the other party does not follow, the matter may be more difficult. I havent seen it yet. Xiaoxiao shook his head. ?Glenda asked: "Do you need us to go into the boat and take a look?" The effect of psychic vision can only be effective on the target that can be seen. ?Hide in a building, or wear a ''concealment cloak'' or something like a prop to cover yourself, there is no way to see it. Theres no need to go there, just keep an eye on it. Okay! Xiaoxiao nodded, flew into the air again, and continued to observe the situation on the sea from a height. About twenty minutes later. A medium-sized ship appeared in the moonlight. Get straight towards this side. Here we come, there are level 18 professionals. Xiao Xiao exclaimed. I saw a figure walking out of the cabin. Similarly, he glanced at the ships here. ?With a kick of his foot, it shot out like a cannonball. A few meters apart, it landed on the deck here with a bang. Ive got you, Archdeacon! (End of this chapter) Chapter 472 , card repair Chapter 472, Card Xiu The two faced each other five meters apart. ?Wu Heng also looked at the target carefully. Compared with the other party, they are always looking for opportunities to target themselves. He doesnt even know who the enemy is. He has a bald head with a Chinese character face, thick eyebrows and big eyes, slightly dark skin, and a naked upper body. His strong muscles are as shiny as if they were greased. ?Hands with fists, eyes like tigers. Boxer, or unarmored boxer. Baldhead looked at the deputy deacon of the association who was looking at him calmly, frowning slightly, "Why, you''re not surprised that I suddenly stopped your ship?" ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" Divine Punishment Cults defense, Ka Xiu! ?Divine Punishment Cult? Sure enough, it has something to do with them. ?Wu Heng asked suspiciously: "We don''t seem to have much hatred, right? Why are you targeting me?" Haha~! ?The bald man laughed and continued: "Because you don''t need to know, now I can give you a chance to survive." "what chance?" "You are considered to be quite capable. If you join our Divine Punishment Cult, you will have no less rights than the deputy deacon. Don''t you like women of all races? There are enough female cult members for you to play with, and they will be grateful to you." The bald man said unabashedly. Wu Heng frowned deeper, glanced at the other party, and sneered: "I don''t think I am a good person, but I will not associate with people like you. What the Divine Punishment Sect believes in or does has nothing to do with me, but If you want to cause trouble for me, Im not that easy to bully. ??The bald man''s eyes flashed with cold light, and murderous intent arose. Then he smiled again and said, "Guess how many moves I need to use to kill you?" ?Wu Heng also sneered, "Guess why I went to sea today?" "You are looking for death!" The bald head kicked his feet again, turning into a stream of light and rushing straight towards him. Click~! ?Suddenly, a bright thunderbolt suddenly fell from the clouds overhead. Light up the night sky. The forward bald man''s face suddenly changed. Just as he was about to dodge, he was hit by lightning. ?The bald body curled up in a ball, the wooden boards under his feet collapsed, and silver-white arcs of electricity spread rapidly around him. ?At the same time, a magic circle rose from the middle of the deck. Imiro, the old mage, and two high-level association deacons appeared from the magic circle at the same time. ??Imiro looked at the bald man opposite and said, "God''s Punishment Cult Ka Xiu." At the same time, he reminded: "The witches from the Divine Punishment Sect should be nearby, so be careful." ??Rising with the words. ??Yimiluo''s figure had already shot out rapidly, his figure kept changing positions, and his sword energy slashed at the bald boxer on the opposite side. Humph, the most promising prince of the elves to become a hero. Others are afraid of you, but I, Kaxiu, am not afraid of you. ?The bald man shouted angrily, and his fists turned into fist shadows. The sword energy and energy kept exploding on the deck, and wood chips were scattered everywhere. Behind him, two association deacons did not rush over, but stayed close to the old mage''s side. The old mage waved the wooden staff in his hand. Swish swish swish~! Energy arrows rained down, like tracking, piercing the bald head. Then, there were strong winds, thunder and lightning, and all kinds of magic in the middle of the battle between the two, attacking each other''s position non-stop. The output of the mage has indeed had a significant effect. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew down again, "Uncle, there is another level 18 professional on that ship." ?Wu Heng, who was watching the battle and preparing to grab the head, was shocked. Turn around and look at the ship. At the bow of the ship, a figure wearing a black cloak stood. Dean, there is another level 18 professional. Wu Heng shouted towards the front. The old mage, who was concentrating on casting spells, looked sideways. ?His eyes also narrowed slightly. Then, a new level 18 professional appeared, leaping up, riding the rolling thick fog, and rushed directly to the old mage''s position. Its a witch from the Gods Punishment Cult. ??The old mage pointed forward with the wooden staff in his hand. Boom~! The rolling smoke exploded. ??The witch reached out and made another move, and the dispersed smoke once again formed into galloping jackals, tigers and leopards, swarming towards the deck again. The two deacons who were guarding the old mage stopped in front and began to split the weapons. ?Wu Heng also took out his machine gun and fired at the black-robed witch. The witch glanced here, her body floated away again, and appeared further away. Wuheng began to sweep smoke. But the bullet passed through the clouds and fog, and had no effect. ??The old mage finished casting the spell and pointed the wooden stick in his hand toward the sky. Huh~! The bright light of day suddenly breaks through the darkness and shines down from the sky. The monster formed by the smoke, its body began to evaporate and dissipated, disappearing in the blink of an eye. The old mage looked at the witch and said, "You two will deal with the witch with me. Wu Heng will ask your skeletons to kill Kaxiu. Kill one first. The other one will naturally pose no threat." "clear." The two deacons rushed towards the witch, and the old mage also began to fight off the fog beasts. ??Wu Heng also set his sights on Yimi Luo''s battle in the distance. The sword energy and fist strength kept alternating, like a demolition team. ?Wu Hengs body instantly split into six parts. Barrett, sniper rifles, and submachine guns all aim forward. ?At the same time, [Pathogenic Ray] and [Debilitating Ray] are fired at the target, and [Default Shield] adds a shield to the clone. The moment when the ray hits. The bald man''s throat felt itchy, and the wounds on his body cut by Yimi Luo''s sword energy were rapidly decaying. But the 18th-level professional boxer has endless energy and shows no signs of weakness. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire sounded suddenly. The bald head that was entangled by Imiro suddenly exploded a big hole in the mouth of the bowl at his waist. ?The bald man''s face changed drastically. He didn''t expect that he would be so seriously injured. Wu Heng also looked surprised, Barrett only caused him this little injury. Then, there were a lot of bullets, punching holes in his body. Kaxius body was staggered by the beating. ??Imiro saw the right moment and pierced his chest with his sword. The sword energy stirred in the body, and large mouthfuls of blood spurted out from the bald head''s features. "Interesting, I will plant a tree on your Treasure Island, haha..." Bald Head coughed up blood as he said, "The Divine Punishment Sect will...kill you, and you will all die too." Imiro raised his long sword. Cut the head in half from the chest upward. ??Imiro flicked his long sword, stepped a little further, and turned into a stream of light again, rushing towards the witch''s position, intending to work together to keep the witch behind. ?Wu Heng did not participate in the battle on the other side, but quickly ran to the bald body. ?The person must have died, and he didnt get any experience points. "A ghost has escaped." Xiaoxiao, who was investigating, flew down again. ??Concentrated induction, a blurry soul quickly escaped from the location of the ship. Are ghosts born again? After level 18, are ghosts so easy to generate? ?Thoughts flashed through his mind for a moment, and then he asked: "How many levels?" About level 5. At this time, the ghost has escaped to the sea, beyond the casting range of the Bone Cage. But he cannot really escape. If he escapes, there will be more trouble later. With a thought, he released Glenda, "Swallow that ghost, Glenda will take care of Xiaoxiao." Okay! the two ghosts responded and quickly caught up. ?Glenda took the lead in entangling the target ghost, and Xiaoxiao followed closely and rushed forward. As for Wuheng. The clones of the undead faction guarded the corpse, and the other clones, holding weapons, also followed to support the old mage. The other side. ??Imiro joined in, and the witch was beaten and retreated. The surrounding fog beasts were defeated by magic and sword energy as soon as they appeared, making it difficult to form a complete fog beast. Five Wuheng, armed with rifles and submachine guns, also entered the battlefield. ?Continuously shoot at the witch''s location. Let the witch keep running and dodging, looking embarrassed. You are all madmen, none of you are normal. The witch hissed. The violent clouds and mist rolled and exploded. blocking everyones sight. The old mage waved his staff, the wind roared and the clouds dispersed. The figure of the witch has jumped off the ship, fallen into the sea, formed a cloud of smoke, and left quickly. Theres no need to chase her, its hard for us to catch her, the old mage said. ??Imiro sheathed his sword, and the two level 15 deacons also stood in front of the fence and took a look, with no intention of pursuing him. ?Wu Heng didnt follow either. At this time, the system prompt also appeared from the ear. The ghost level is increased to level 9, constitution +1, perception +2, intelligence +1. Ghost level increased to level 12, constitution +2. The ghost has been devoured. Glenda and Xiaoxiao have both been promoted. The two ghosts quickly returned and entered the body of the undead clone. ??Imiro glanced around, and then led people to check another ship nearby. After making sure there is no danger. Order, "Return." ?Wu Heng gave the order to the skeleton and started the ship''s return journey. Six Wuheng, the body instantly became one. The side effects of the strange object made him sit on the wooden box and rest for a while, holding his head. Waiting for the side effects to disappear, I walked slowly over. Butler, what should I do with the body? Imiro said: "Wrap it up and report it to the headquarters first, and then deal with it after the results come out." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and directed the skeleton to wrap the body. The old mage looked at him. Why is the robe of a hundred soldiers in your hand? "I got it in exchange for my meritorious service." Wu Heng asked back, "That move you made when you dropped thunder in the sky was very cool. What was it called?" The art of attracting thunder, wait until you reach level 15, join our research group, and I will teach you. Forehead. The corpse is put into the space ring. The ship continues its return journey. When you arrive at the port. The sky is gradually getting brighter. The body was brought back to the association. On a damp island. The waves kept hitting the rocks, and the water spray fell like a heavy rain. ?A cloud of mist stumbled onto the rocks, forming the appearance of a embarrassed woman. The shocking wounds, blood flowed into the sea along the rocks. Damn, madmen, all madmen. Kaxiu, this idiot, doesnt even know hes been deceived. The woman swallowed the potion with difficulty and cursed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 473 , received the letter Chapter 473, I received the letter The biggest reason why he ended up like this is that "Kaxiu" underestimated his opponent. Only think that the other party is an ordinary deputy deacon with a low level. As long as you find a suitable opportunity, you can easily crush the opponent to death. But it turns out that the person who can kill the island owner Occam cant be so simple. Even if the level is not high, it still has other advantages. The whole incident is not difficult to deduce. ??This deputy deacon discovered Kaxiu who was following him in search of opportunities in advance and arranged the trip to sea. Even if the war started on the island, they would not lose so miserably. The boxer really trained his brains into muscles. The woman cursed again. Sitting on the rocks and continuing to rest, his face became gloomy. Kaxiu died, and he asked for it. How should she explain this matter after she returns? In both battles, he escaped alive, but all the level 18 professionals who cooperated died on the island. Even if you know whats going on. Its also hard to convince others. It depends on how to say it now, and also to avoid landing yourself on Treasure Island next time. ?Thinking of this, I still looked in the direction of Treasure Island. There must be a curse on this island for level 18! Everyone died when they went up there, and I almost died there. Sit on the rocks and rest for a while. ?In the distance, the outline of a cargo ship slowly appeared. The woman''s eyes lit up, she exhaled gently, and a shark formed from gray mist formed in front of her. Carry her and quickly approach the direction of the cargo ship. Wrentam City. Luxury decorated master bedroom. Wen Mansha, who was sleeping soundly, woke up from her sleep, combed her fiery red hair, and sat up on the bed. As soon as he sat up, he saw envelopes placed beside his pillow from the corner of his eye. ?His eyes were focused and he scanned around the room with vigilance. After confirming that there were no enemies or danger, he frowned and reached out to pick up the letter. I looked around and determined that it was an ordinary letter. Wen Mansha frowned and thought. She didn''t remember putting such an unopened letter by her bedside. As for other people, sending letters to themselves also means that the other party has the ability to kill them at that time. He hesitated for a moment, but chose to open the envelope and pour out the letter. The letter was unfolded, and the bright red handwriting was a bit dazzling. Lovely sister-in-law: Happy to receive a letter from my most lovely and beautiful maid, I havent seen you for several months and I miss you too. The world outside is vast and colorful, but it still doesnt give me a warm and beautiful feeling when you are around. Looking back at the time when we met, it was like a dream that broke into each other''s lives. Until this moment, I still remember the scene of the little wild cat begging for spanking, and the lingering in the alley. ?At that time we seemed really crazy. Everything is fine with me and I am constantly improving myself, so there is no need to worry. I heard that the political situation in the Yeko Kingdom is relatively tense. You are relatively close, so you must be prepared for everything. If there is danger or there may be a fight, abandon the city and seek asylum from the association. I will pick you up when the time comes. Do everything for your own safety. Lord. You use the tax money according to the development plan. You dont have to leave it to me. You can use it yourself. I will go back to see you after some time. There are all kinds of seafood and beautiful and exquisite jewelry here. I will bring them back to you then. The master who loves you. " ?As she watched, a smile appeared on Mansha Wen''s lips. There is no signature, and no title appears in it, but from the content of the letter, we can also know who the letter is from. This is probably the first time I have used this method of delivering a letter. I was not sure whether it would be successful, so I did not write my name or title. Hate it, you dont call me sister-in-law at that time. When she saw the little wild cat being coquettishly spanked, Wen Mansha felt her face heat up and her body became a little warm. The scene of meowing on the ground while wearing kitten underwear that was obviously too small came to mind. Tease each other, throw them roughly on the bed, and linger with each other. At that time, the master liked this body the most. As for making out in an alleyway. ?At that time, when the two were in a similar state of love, they tried it in some alleys and private rooms of taverns. Its true, I miss you more and more. Wen Mansha said softly, feeling her whole body start to heat up. When I plan to watch it a second time. The handwriting on the letter slowly disappeared. Wen Mansha''s eyes widened and she fiddled with it for a while, but she couldn''t find the reason why the handwriting disappeared. He had no choice but to put it away and put it in the bedside drawer. He reached out and pulled the lanyard on the side, and heard the sound of a bell clanking outside the door. ~! Madam, what are your orders? Come in and help me wash up. Wen Mansha said. ?The door opened, and a figure walked in. He was wearing a black robe, with long brown hair tied back, a serious face, and black-rimmed glasses. ?Hurry to the bedside, help Wen Mansha get out of bed, and walk to the bathroom. What do you want to eat for breakfast? Wen Mansha asked with a smile. Fresh milk, bread, beef rolls, is there anything you would like to add, madam? the butler introduced softly. Just a breakfast, just order whatever you want. "Okay." The housekeeper nodded and looked at Wen Mansha, "Madam, you seem to be in a good mood today." Wen Mansha was stunned and stroked her bulging belly, "That''s good. I''ll give it to the servants in the house this afternoon. Take half a day off to go back and see your family. I would like to thank Madam for everyone, you are so kind. After Wen Mansha washed up briefly, she walked towards the restaurant, "Your husband, are you still inquiring about information about the City Lord''s Mansion?" The butler''s face turned solemn, "He''s still asking, I''ll answer him according to Madam''s instructions." Well, lets just deal with it like this for now, theres no need to rush. Its all up to you, madam. ?Blackstone Town, Deacons Mansion. Slater was woken up by the chirping of birds outside the window. ?Looking sideways, he saw his niece sleeping on the other side, leaning on the bedside and looking at something. "I''ve been reading this all morning. Wu Heng is already the deputy deacon, and you are the squad leader. Why are you not in a hurry?" Slater sat up and lectured softly. Yuli did not take the blame this time, but turned to look at her aunt while reading the letter. Slater touched his face, "What''s wrong? What are you looking at?" Yuli asked suspiciously: "Aunt, are you..., is there a man?" Slater''s heart trembled and he said, "What nonsense are you talking about? Are you dreaming?" "Here, this is a letter to you. The content is quite disgusting. I also said that I would come to see you in a while." Yuli handed the letter over. Slater''s eyes widened instantly and panic appeared on his face. He grabbed the letter and looked at the content on it. Its blank. Slater''s eyes narrowed, "Where''s the content? Where''s the disgusting content?" Yuli took the reply paper and looked at it, her eyes widened, "I, no, what..., aunt, I said the words disappeared on their own, do you believe it?" "You''re itchy, right? You dare to joke about such a thing." Yuli jumped out of bed in an instant and ran while shouting, "It really happened just now, my aunt really did, the envelope is still on the bedside." Slater didn''t listen either. He picked up a wooden branch and put the letter paper away. Following the chase. At the dinner table, Yuli rubbed her **** and said, "Aunt, I''m already the captain, why do you still beat me? And I really didn''t lie. I really believe it." Slater picked up the wooden branch and hit her again, "We slept together last night. Who can deliver the letter to the bedroom at night? You are hallucinating when you read the cartoon. You are not allowed to read it in the future." What does this have to do with comics. Slater looked at him and said, "Did you miss someone and read the unwritten letter as a love letter?" Yuri curled her lips and said, "No way, I am the man who wants to become the Pirate King, who can I think of?" You are not allowed to read it in the future. If I find out, I will spank you. Yuli stopped talking and ate in silence. Thinking in my mind about what went wrong. Why is it that the letter I saw has no words? Treasure Island, Association. ?Wu Heng went downstairs along the stone steps and headed to the morgue. It was still early in the morning, and the two coroners had just begun to prepare for today''s work. Sir Archdeacon. The two of them saluted. Well, there is a corpse here. Lets verify the identity. Then collect all the internal organs. I will pick them up when the time comes. Speaking, he took out the body and the organ jar. The body of the bald boxer was quite miserable. ??Imiro lifted his chest upwards with a sword, splitting his upper body in two, and a large area of ??his internal organs and other things leaked out. How the body will be disposed of in the end depends on the arrangement of the association. After all, this man was killed by Imiro, and its hard to say whether he can share it with him in the end. As for the internal organs of level 18 professionals, Wu Heng felt that they might be useful. Anyway, he also had organ jars, so he stored them first. The coroner carried the body to the iron bed. ??Continued to ask casually: "Deacon, will the body be kept for you when the time comes?" Keep it well, this is what the deacon killed. Well tell you what to do with it in the end. Wu Heng said. "OK." The coroner began to dispose of the body, and Wu Heng also walked out and went upstairs again. Return to your office and study room. ?Anderweil and Minnie were sitting in the study room chatting. Last night, since the situation was still unclear, we let them stay in the association dormitory, and they came directly to the association today. Seeing Wu Heng coming back, both women looked happy. Come up one on the left and one on the right to check for any injuries. Its okay, nothing happened at all. Wu Heng said with a smile. Anderweil hugged his waist and asked, "Master, has the matter been resolved?" Solved, the deacon killed the target. "The deacon took action, so the other party must be very powerful." Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng was stunned, "You are right to say that." Minnie poured Wu Heng a cup of tea and asked, "Master, when are we going home?" Well, lets have a good meal outside together in the evening, and then go home. Wu Heng sat back on the chair behind the desk. Lets go to the one in the Lighthouse District. Their alchemy dishes are delicious. Minnie suggested. "good." The three of them chatted for a while. There is a clang. ?The door was opened with a force that felt like being kicked. Then, Philippa was seen rushing in with a wanted notice in his hand. Pointing to the portrait of the woman on the wanted poster. "This...me, she, she wanted to kill me yesterday, and there is also a bald man who wants to kill you." (End of this chapter) Chapter 474 , bullet factory Chapter 474, Bullet Factory ?Philippa was panting and trying to express herself. But its still a bit confusing. Dont be in a hurry, speak slowly. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa took a deep breath and sat down on the sofa. "Minnie, give me a glass of water." Pour yourself down. Minnie didnt even look back. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, the kettle floated up, and he poured a glass of water in front of ''Philippa''. Philippa blew it and found that it was not hot. After drinking it in one gulp, he said: "Last night, this woman went to the tavern and wanted to kill me. Then another bald man rushed in and said that you were going to sea and wanted to follow you out. kill you." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and the two women on the side also looked over in surprise. ?Have the other party found the Nautilus Tavern? ??Moreover, Philippa must be killed. Then what? Wu Heng asked with a frown. Philippa continued, "Then I fainted, and as soon as I woke up today, I came running to find you." ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he heard this. The time Philippa mentioned was not much different from the time he went to sea. In other words, the witch''s original plan was to kill Philippa, but because she went to sea, she changed her plan temporarily. But, you have to kill yourself anyway. ?It shouldnt be that difficult to kill Philippa at that time. So youre unconscious until now? Minnie asked. Philippa said: "I was knocked unconscious and my mother was frightened. I came to find you when I woke up this morning." "Well, I know about this. Yesterday, we killed the bald deacon. This woman escaped, but she definitely doesn''t dare to go to the island again, so don''t worry." Wu Heng said. Philippa fiddled with her pigtails and said, "I''m not afraid. I''m just worried about you, a mage. I''ve never seen anything like this on the sea." ?Wu Heng said: "Do you often see level 18 professionals at sea?" ?Philippa was stunned for a moment, then reacted, "Oh no, they are both level 18." Otherwise, why would the deacon take action? Im so stupid~! ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to your tavern." "okay!" The two of them walked out of the association, called a carriage, and headed to the Nautilus Tavern. In a private room of a tavern. Millicent said somewhat cautiously: "Sir, I have caused trouble to you again." Im going to give him a message, why bother? Philippa said at the side. Wu Heng also said: "It''s okay. One of those two people was killed and the other escaped. They definitely don''t dare to go to the island." Thats good. Millicent breathed a sigh of relief. ??Wu Heng glanced at the untouched private room and asked, "Did the woman leave anything behind?" Let me take a look. Philippa rummaged around the room. From under the wooden chair, he took out a copper button, "Does this count? It should have been left by the woman." "Well, it doesn''t matter." Wu Heng put away the space ring and continued to say to Millicent: "Let''s open the business normally and hand over some work appropriately. How can the boss be busy every day?" "My lord, I will listen to you." Millicent nodded. ?Wu Heng walked out of the tavern and got into the carriage. Philippa also got into the carriage. The carriage drove towards the residence. ?Philipa sat on Wu Heng''s lap affectionately and said, "Wu Heng, let me tell you something." ??Wu Heng was inside her clothes, caressing her smooth belly, and then held it in front of her chest, "Let''s talk." "Give me a job, my mother always lets me serve the dishes." Philippa loosened the leather armor on her body and continued, "Yesterday, the woman was not afraid of killing me, but she asked me why When I''m not the captain, but I''m serving the dishes, I really can''t bear it anymore." Thats not the case! "Why not? I have some dignity outside. I don''t care what happens when I serve the dishes. Just give me something to do and don''t let me in the store." Philippa twisted her body. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Then I''ll ask you tomorrow and help you in the association." Okay, I know a lot of people in the association now. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng asked her to wait in the living room for a while, and then he entered the room of the ''Skeleton Prophet'' upstairs. ?The skeleton in a robe is sitting on a wooden chair, looking out the window. Look, can this detect anything? Wu Heng took out the copper buckle. The Skeleton Prophet took it, with a skeleton palm floating above the copper buckle, and one hand grabbing Wu Heng''s arm. The next second, broken images appeared in my mind. In an old fabric shop. A woman with a charming face walked into the store and said, "Boss, how much does this cloak cost?" You have such good taste, the material is of the best quality, 70 coppers. "Okay, I want it." The woman dropped the money, picked up the cloak and put it on her head, walked out and nodded. In a luxuriously decorated lounge. The woman is holding a shriveled head. ?The head was full of ferocious features, "Wait until another guardian comes nearby and kill that kid before the latest appointment of the association is made." An archdeacon is not necessary! Do as I say. In the dark cabin. The mercenary who brought the information told the association about the situation. The gray mist condensed into poisonous snakes and killed the mercenaries. We cant do anything on the island, Imiro and Gianvito are enough to keep us. Then wait until he leaves the island. The pictures end one after another. ?Wu Heng also became clear in an instant. I didnt expect that skeletons could play pictures in this way. It is completely different from the first perspective shared by ghosts. It is more like looking down from the void, looking at everything that happens from the perspective of another person. But the overall thing is basically understood. ?The people from the Divine Punishment Cult came back not to take revenge on the association, but because the talking head gave the woman and the bald head the order to kill him. Its really directed at myself. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Can you see where she is now?" Skeleton Prophet, grabbed Wu Hengs arm again. My mind was spinning. ??A cargo ship that was gradually moving away appeared in the field of vision. The woman stood on the deck and looked into the distance. The next second, the woman suddenly raised her head and looked into the air, as if she was looking at Wu Heng. ?Visual end. ?Wu Heng put the copper buckle away again. ? Walking downstairs, Philippa put away the shuttlecock she was kicking, "How was it?" "The woman is gone. Please go to the port and check the cargo ship ''Sardari'' leaving the port. Where is the next stop?" Okay. Philippa nodded and left the residence directly. ?Wu Heng checked the rooms of several skeletons. Confirm that nothing has changed. Not long after, Philippa came back in a carriage and "went to Netale City in the Kingdom of Yeko." Well, I understand. Philippa smiled and walked up shyly, "Shall I stay with you tonight?" ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Not today, I still have things to deal with. I will go to the tavern to find you in the next two days." Thats okay, then dont forget it. After a while, Philippa returned to the tavern. ?Wu Heng also returned to his room and walked into the boundary gate. Zombie world. After releasing Xiaoxiao, Zhao Yanqiu came over not long after and said, "Your Majesty, Deputy Chief Li Yahong has sent news that he has contacted survivors abroad and will let you go and have a look if you have time." Survivors abroad? ??Is there any news so soon? Get a car ready. Im going to the mall now. "OK." Not long after, Wu Heng arrived at the mall. Li Yahong walked in and said: "We have contacted survivors from various regions abroad. Some of them said that they used to work in a military factory and could take us to occupy that factory, provided that they provide enough food." Oh? Which country are you from? In Myanmar, there are basically no communication barriers. They also speak Chinese. From other countries, we have only found survivors who are proficient in English, Japanese, and Korean. There are no people proficient in the language in other areas to communicate. Myanmar? ?Wu Heng frowned. ?This is a little different from what I imagined. The development of weapons over there doesn''t seem to be too advanced. Many things are purchased domestically or from other large countries. What kind of weapons factory? The bullet factory said it could produce both rifle and machine gun bullets. It mentioned several models, and I wrote them down in my notebook. (End of this chapter) Chapter 475 , appoint the island owner Chapter 475, Appointment of Island Owner Myanmar. How do you feel that people are always trying to deceive people? ?Assign people to contact the outside world, and they will be the first to receive a response. ?Before the virus broke out, I could always check the situation there. I seem to remember that there were government forces, independent forces, and allied forces. Each of them controls an area, which is quite confusing. How is the scale of the factory? Wu Heng continued to ask. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "I didn''t go into details, but judging from the other party''s words, it shouldn''t be too formal, like a small factory or something." The production of bullets is indeed the next development direction. But based on the level of development there, the scale of the factory mentioned is probably just a small local army factory, or more likely a small workshop. When the time comes, ride the flying dragon over. Walking long distances also involves considerable dangers. ??If it is really the advanced technology of a big country and there is a mature military factory, it will be okay to overcome difficulties in the past, but Myanmar needs to think about it. The technology there is backward and its not worth our trip. "Yeah." Li Yahong didn''t say much on this matter, but continued: "There are two other things. One is that the main station encourages the trade of surplus materials from various places, and the second is that the provincial rescue team changed a new one yesterday. Deputy Commander Huang came over and re-explained the deal between the two parties. " What did the province say? First of all, I would like to apologize for the previous misunderstanding. I want us to restore food prices to their original proportions. ?Wu Heng was curious, "What''s the misunderstanding?" Li Yahong smiled and said, "It is said that Deputy Commander Liu deliberately made trouble with the cannon blueprints in order to trade with us. Now he has been removed from his position as deputy commander." Hello guys, such a familiar way of doing things. So, they dont have the cannon blueprints at all? They say they are preparing a military factory, and they will be willing to share it with us when the time comes. Li Yahong said. Military factory. Domestic factory technology is more mature, but their locations are relatively confidential. I didnt know much about this before. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Find a way to find out the location, and then we can occupy it ourselves." Okay, there are other shelters in the province, so it shouldnt be difficult to find out where they are. After talking about weapons, the two discussed the development of the base. The progress of base development is a bit slow for Wuheng. In the past few days, we have been delayed by heavy snow. In the future, more manpower and resources will be devoted to the establishment of new exchange points in other cities. Come to exchange more gold and materials. The two chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng did not choose to stay overnight. Go back to your dormitory, open the door and walk in. Treasure Island. During dinner, Shanara wore a long dress and also sat on one side of the dining table. Eating in small bites, he glanced aside and asked, "Why was there no one at home yesterday?" ??Wu Heng explained, "Enemies came to the island yesterday, so during the day, I took Minnie to the association." Hear enemies. Shannaras face instantly became serious. After all, the pirate incident is not completely over, and now there are enemies again. Has anyone been caught? Its okay, the person has been killed, there is no danger anymore. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannara glared at him complainingly, "You didn''t even say a word to me." ??Wu Heng took her hand from under the table and said, "I''m afraid you''ll be worried, and the other party is of high rank. He''s mainly targeting me. If he notices that I''ve arranged for someone to find you, I''m afraid I''ll involve you too." It would be weird if I believed you. "The deacons took action. It was quite dangerous at the time, and I was really afraid that you would be implicated." Wu Heng explained. Hearing that Imiro had taken action, Shannara also realized the seriousness of the matter. ?This means that the opponent is over level 15, at least close to level 18 or above. "It''s so serious. Remember to tell me next time you are in danger. Maybe I can be of some help." "good." The two of them were holding hands under the table, with only one hand on the table as they ate, "Has the appointment of the association not come down yet?" No, it should be down in the next two days. "Then I may not be able to wait any longer." Shannara took a sip of fruit wine. "Tomorrow the Star Flower fleet will block the port, and the goods you ordered last time are also in it. I will leave with the fleet by then." Where to go? Shannara glanced at him again and said, "Go back to the wood elf. Because I haven''t been back for a long time, my clan has some objections and I want to go back and have a look." ?Wu Heng frowned. Go back normally and nothing will happen. But listening to Shanaras tone, she felt a little serious. "what''s the matter?" Its okay, you just have some opinions on me, and the caravan will make some adjustments. Shanara said. If you have anything, remember to tell me and I can help you. ?Shanella smiled and said, "Okay." Chatted for a while, after dinner. ?Several people trained in the courtyard and then went back to their rooms to rest. Morning, port. The fleet of Star Flower slowly docked at the port. Compared with before, the fleet had more and more elite escorts this time. In the cabin, Wu Heng simply inventoried the cargo. It was directly put into the space ring. ??As he kills more pirates, he also has more space rings with large spaces in his hands. With a few more, you can pack all the ordered goods. In a separate cabin. Shannara sighed softly and said: "I will leave with the boat today. When I get there, help me take care of the place where I live." Wu Heng nodded and took out a fixed-frequency radio and a portable solar power bank from the space ring. "These two are for you. Put them under the solar energy to charge. Then connect them to this location and you can contact me. If there is danger, remember to notify me. Shanela has seen solar panels before. ?After all, for a period of time, the two of them walked on the roof every day and had to be careful to avoid it. ??Wu Heng also specifically explained to her what he was doing, so she knew it more or less. Shannara listened carefully, and after confirming that she knew how to use it, she put it away. Will you miss me? Shanara held his face and looked at him with reluctance. "Yes." Wu Heng put his arms around her waist and kissed her hard. The two hugged each other tightly, and each other''s breaths intertwined. Kissed for a while. ?There was a knock on the door, and the housekeeper''s voice came over. Madam, the steward will ask you to come over. The two of them separated. Im going over now. Shannella said. ?While arranging the clothes, he said: "Okay, I''m going out. I''ll be back in a while." Okay, dont leave then. Shannara gave him a light slap and said, "You have promised to be a lover, you kid, you don''t know how to be truly affectionate!" ??Wu Heng lightly wiped the water marks on the corners of her lips, "I''m not the only one who is emotional!" Shannara raised her eyes affectionately, "Me too." The fleet of Star Flower left slowly. ?Wu Heng stood at the port and watched for a while, then got on the carriage and returned to his residence. Actually, I still feel a little bit reluctant to part with Shannara. But the other party also has his own things to do. The president of a racial business group has a much higher status and achievements than himself. He can''t really keep her by his side and keep her as a maid, only with him. Everyone has his or her own path to take. Call a carriage. ?Wu Heng got on the carriage and returned to his residence. After saying hello to Minnie, he climbed to the fourth floor and sent the purchased goods to the zombie world. Site will be set up in various cities in the future. These grains are the most important goods for implementation. The next day, the association. Deacon''s study. ?In the room, Imiro sat opposite, Wu Heng and Xila Gui sat on the sofa on one side, and assistant Moya made tea for them. ??Imiro looked through the information twice and then looked at the two of them. The tone is still calm, "The appointments of this department have been announced. Although you two are deputy deacons, your performance is very outstanding and you have been promoted accordingly." The appointment has been made! ?Wu Hengs expression turned serious for a moment. Sheela looked expectant. Things on Treasure Island are actually quite complicated. ??Wu Heng defeated the pirate reinforcements, cleaning up most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea in one fell swoop, and also killed the original island owner. ?With this kind of strength, in urban battles, one can directly seize control of the entire island. But the problem is that Wu Heng acted as a deputy deacon at that time. It is an unexpected task belonging to the association. No matter how outstanding the performance is, it still depends on how the association calculates the matter. ??This is also why Shannara united with the Chamber of Commerce to specifically support Wu Heng and focused on Wu Heng''s contribution in this battle. Imiro did not try to be mysterious. He took out two different emblems and placed them opposite the two people''s positions. "Wu Heng canceled his status as deputy deacon and succeeded him as the owner of Treasure Island. At the same time, he appointed the flag bearer of the association." ?Wu Heng felt suddenly happy. ?The association really got the Treasure Island into its own hands. Silla Gui on the side also looked at him in surprise. This is to directly become the owner of the island. The whole island is his. ??Wu Heng expressed his thanks, Thank you to the association for trusting me, and thank you to the deacon for your cultivation. "You deserve it." Imiro nodded and pushed the emblem opposite him, "Put away the emblem of the flag bearer." ?Wu Heng picked it up and took a look. It has a golden background, with the associations basic pattern hollowly engraved on it, and a blue flag pattern in the middle. ??Imiro continued: "Xila Gui has been promoted to the position of treasure island deacon. From now on, she will be fully responsible for the work of the treasure island association." Both of them frowned. Sheilagui asked directly: "Deacon, what about you?" "I will be transferred back to the headquarters. I shouldn''t be sitting in the position of deacon." Imiro replied softly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Deacon, what if you leave and we can''t defeat others?" ?Treasure Island is different from Luntam City. If you pull out two people at random, they may be high-level professionals. ?Especially recently, I had a conflict with the people of the Divine Punishment Sect. The pirates have almost been cleared up, and you two are enough to defend the entire island. Imiro said. There is also the Divine Punishment Cult! The Divine Punishment Sect, our headquarters will pursue them, and they will not dare to land on the island easily. The two of them wanted to say something else, but they didn''t say it. Both of them have been promoted, and Imiro, as the deacon of the island, must have better arrangements. You cannot force him to stay for the sake of the safety of the island. Cant pull it out either. ?Wu Heng then asked: "Deacon, what is the flag bearer?" Moya served the tea to the three of them. "There are explanations in the association manual, but it seems you didn''t read it very much." Imiro said something and continued: "The flag bearer represents the person in charge of the association''s corresponding work in a fixed area, conveying the important ideas of the association, and development direction. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. Convey important ideas and development directions. ??This is to arrange himself in a civilian position, which is different from the association''s field envoy. But this is also good. Originally, he didn''t like to go on patrol and went to work in the association every day. Then what is my scope? The surrounding islands and coastal areas. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng asked again, "Who was the last flag bearer?" Me! Imiro looked at him. ?Wu Heng was stunned. He was about to ask why you held two positions, but he held back. "I see." Imiro continued: "The rewards for your meritorious service will be sent to you later. Shilagui will pay attention to it at that time. The position of deputy deacon of the association will be assigned to a new person later." "good." Well, I will stay on the island for a few more days. If you dont understand anything, you can come to me. ??Imiro explained the matter in detail. I''m afraid the two of them won''t understand. There is nothing we can do about it. Wu Heng has been promoted one after another in a year, and he still doesnt understand the association. ????? And Sheila Gui was just an adult among the elves. I dont know much. Every aspect must be properly explained. Leave the deacons study. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked silently in the corridor. ??Wu Heng glanced at the unhappy Sheela Gui and said, "Deacon Ymiro, this is a promotion. He will definitely get better treatment when he returns to the headquarters. We should be happy for him." Sheila Gui forced a smile on her face, "I know, I just feel like we are about to separate suddenly, which is a bit sad." We can write to him, and if we have the chance, we can go to the headquarters to see him. Yes! Sheila Gui nodded, wiping her tears gently. "Okay, okay! Don''t cry, we have all improved, which is a good thing." Wu Heng opened his arms. ?Hilagui leaned against her chest and sobbed softly. ?Wu Heng patted her shoulder lightly, "You will be a deacon from now on. How can a deacon cry?" What should I do if I cant do it well? "You can''t do it well. You haven''t seen the deacons outside. They are far behind you." Wu Heng comforted. You will help me then! Of course, we agreed to help each other! "Um." The sound of talking and footsteps could be heard from one side of the corridor. Sheila Gui wiped away her tears and got into her office and study room. ?Wu Heng also walked towards his study. Return to the study. ? Anderweil is sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and said, "Master." Weier, pack up, lets go home. Pack up? Go home? The associations appointment has been approved. I am now the owner of the island and I will no longer have to work in the association. Wu Heng said. Anderweil was taken aback for a moment, and then she said happily, "You have really become the owner of the island. Sister Shannara''s plan is still useful." ??Wu Heng continued: "Pack it up, let''s go back today." "good." ?Anderweil packed all their things. Then they walked out of the association together. Catch up with Minnie. The three of them went to the island owners manor together. ?This area is not considered deserted, but it is also guarded by association guards and no one lives there. Outside the manor, there is a circle of tall and thick stone walls, with a black iron gate in the middle, carved with exquisite patterns and decorations. It looks like a small city wall. Speak to the guard. He took the maid into the manor. Inside was a wide courtyard and a huge and slender fountain that extended to the front of the stone castle. Wow, this island owner really knows how to enjoy himself. The place he lives in is better than the leader of our tribe. Minnie looked around and exclaimed loudly. Anderweil followed up and said: "What level is your clan leader? If you compare him with a level 18 professional, there is no way to compare him." Minnie looked suffocated and retorted: "You are still the young leader of the tribe. From now on, when the master lives here, you will also live here." That one also lived in with the owner. ?Wu Heng put his arm around the shoulders of the two bickering people, "Let''s go in and take a look. We may need to renovate it." Several people walked towards the castle. (End of this chapter) Chapter 476 ,Direction of development Chapter 476, Development Direction Enter the stone castle. The first is the spacious and tall hall, with exquisite carpets, ornately carved wall reliefs, and huge crystal lamps hanging from the ceiling, covered with light stones. There are some valuable paintings and gold and silver utensils placed around. It gives people the feeling of being gorgeous and solemn. Wow~! This is a palace! Minnie exclaimed involuntarily. At this time, Anderweil didnt argue with her, and sighed, How much does this cost? ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised. ?This pirate leader really thinks of himself as a king. He decorated his residence like this. To put it another way, he is really the emperor of the country on Treasure Island. "Let''s go upstairs and have a look. Remember which room you like. It''s a bit big here." Wu Heng said softly. Okay! Minnie cheered, pulling Andweil and running upstairs together. There are more rooms here, when you count the floors from the outside. There are six windows in total, which should be compared to the sixth floor. With the current number of people, they all seem relatively empty. ??Wu Heng looked at the first floor. On one side of the hall was a separate dining room, connected to the kitchen. On the other side is a huge training room. There are many weapons and equipment needed for training. It seems to be quite complete. Tap tap tap~! Minnie ran down from the room again, "Master, there are so many floors. Which floor do you choose? Let''s choose the floor below the master?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Fourth floor, maybe. It''s too high and it''s inconvenient to go up and down the stairs." Okay, lets choose the third floor. Minnie held his arm and said excitedly, The bedroom inside is so big, and there is also a study and bathroom. You no longer have to take a shower from outside and then go back to the room. Its just the three of us anyway. You can live in turns if you like. Yeah! Minnie nodded. Anderweil also came down from upstairs, "Master, are you moving in today?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Tomorrow, I''ll have the skeletons move some equipment over early, and bring in the solar panels and equipment and install them in advance." "Right." The three of them glanced at each other and walked outside together. Weier, let the decoration team come to repair it tomorrow. Well, is the decoration team from last time good? Anderweil asked. "Okay, some repair work, the fountain pattern should be redrawn, and then we can let them find someone together." "clear." Inside the building, it is completely preserved and things have not been moved much. ??However, many traces of fighting can still be seen in the courtyard, especially the sword marks that tore the stone bricks on the fountain in the center of the courtyard. It should be caused by the sword energy of Imiro. ?There were also broken stone sculptures and uprooted trees that had fallen to the ground. It can be seen that the fighting was quite fierce at that time. ??After walking out of the manor together, Wu Heng looked at the time. It was still too early to go back now, so he simply said: "Minnie, you go back first, I will take Weier to the city hall." "good." The three of them separated at the door. Leave in a different direction. town Hall. Built in the second row of buildings in the central area. Due to the war on the island, the entire city hall is at a standstill. The association has traced these people, and many of them who were not involved have remained. Sir Deputy Deacon, Assistant Anderweil. The guard guarding the door saluted slightly. These guards are the local garrison guards of the association. Before, I also followed Wu Heng and defended the association buildings together. The attitude shown is also very respectful. Well, lets inform the people inside to gather in the hall. I have something to tell them. Wu Heng said. Yes, Archdeacon! ?The guards left quickly, and soon a scattered crowd came down from upstairs. There are both men and women, standing in a scattered row. The news that the deputy deacon of the association killed the island owner has been spread on the island. Being suddenly gathered here, I felt anxious as to whether I would be implicated. ?Wu Heng looked at everyone and said directly: "From today on, all government affairs of Treasure Island will be managed by me." ?Everyone on the other side was a little surprised, but no one discussed anything. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who is the general manager here?" My lord, Archdeacon, I am. A dwarf in straight clothes came out. "what''s your name?" My lord, my name is Wilkins, the dwarf said in a shrill voice. "Well, from now on, Anderweil will have full management here. She will assign tasks to you. If you have anything, you can consult her." Wu Heng said. Anderweil took a step forward, smiled and said, "Hello, Mr. Wilkins." Hello, Miss Anderweil, its an honor to work for you. "Well, Mr. Wilkins, I need you to tally up the work scope of the city hall and the list of members and hand it over to me tomorrow." Andwyer quickly entered the state and directly ordered. ?Many things in this world are not difficult. It was like being an assistant. Sitting in that position, some things gradually became familiar to me. Okay, miss. "Well, that''s it for now. You can go back to your posts. From now on, Treasure Island will belong to the association, and your life will get better and better." Everyone looked at each other, disbanded and walked upstairs. When he was out of sight, there was a burst of discussion. After the matter is settled. The two left again and returned to their residence. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng locked himself in the study. Poured a cup of tea, sat behind the desk and began to think. Becoming the owner of Treasure Island is a good thing for him. No longer having to move around, he also has a territory for development in another world. ?As long as we maintain stable development and take advantage of the advantages of both sides, we can accelerate our own development speed. The development direction of Treasure Island can currently be divided into three points. The first point is to ensure the stability of routes and establish a maritime fleet to prevent pirates from rapidly spreading again, while ensuring the business environment on the island. The second point is that for the expansion and development of pirates, the wasteland is too large and the construction speed is too slow. The third point is that the strong man is in charge and Imiro leaves, which is not a good thing for Treasure Island. Picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Its not difficult to form a fleet. If you get warships from the modern world, it will be too easy to kill pirates. Its just warships. If you get them, no one may know how to drive them. ?Hold the tea cup and continue to think about the second pirate construction issue. You can bring excavators and bulldozers here, and with the skeletons working day and night, the construction speed should be much faster, so there wont be a big problem. As for the strong man sitting in charge... I must get the body of the 18th-level boxer from the Divine Punishment Sect. He thought for a moment and said, "You can also open another money cat. I promise to recommend my own business group to be tax-free for three years. I definitely can''t go back on it and I have to get the money back through some places." Thinking in my heart, I also thought about farming and the construction of military factories. Once you have your own territory, you can consider arranging some facilities that you had no place to arrange before. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, you can take a shower now." ?Wu Heng drank the tea in one gulp, opened the door and walked out, "Let''s go!" Minnie smiled and said: "Master, everything has been put away. There is only one quilt left in your room. The three of us are going to squeeze in tonight." ?Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "When choosing furniture at the manor, choose a bigger bed." "good." The two of them walked into the bathroom. The little fox with white hair and animal ears was already waiting for them. The next day, in the morning. ?Minnie directed the skeleton to make final preparations. The solar panels on the roof, the armored vehicles in the courtyard, the fruit trees and flowers planted by Minnie and Shannella were all planned to be taken away. The whole residence was busy. ? Anderweil went to the city hall early in the morning, and Wu Heng also took the skeleton to the association. Just entered the association hall. In front of the notice board on the side, there were mercenaries and team members gathered on three floors inside and three floors outside. There was a lot of discussion. "The transfer of Treasure Island is so big? Wu Heng appointed the island owner and became the flag bearer of the region. Deputy Deacon Xila Gui was promoted to local deacon. Let me go. The two deputy deacons are both new. How can they be appointed so quickly? Bring it up." As you said, I killed a level 18 professional and wiped out most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea. This kind of achievement should be promoted regardless of the circumstances. Now that Shiraqui has become a deacon, what will happen to deacon Imiro? It has not been announced above. As a local deacon, the greatest merit must be his, and I feel that he should also be promoted. No, what I mean is that if Imiro is gone, can they hold on to Treasure Island? You didnt see at the time how powerful the weapon used to kill pirates was. A flash of fire turned everyone into a mist of blood. I heard that it is a prop passed down from the family of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, a weapon that combines strange weapons and runes. Isnt he a necromancer? Is it okay to give such great power to a necromancer? "The association will definitely monitor him. The more power he is given, the tighter the supervision will be. People who want to do things quietly will not be so public." ?Wu Heng stood in the corridor and saw the content on the notice board and the conversations with several people through his small vision. Transfers on the island are notified through notice boards. Soon, word will spread around the island. Himself also considered famous. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and the old mage passed by with his attendants. Smiled and said: "Congratulations, you have become the owner of the island at such a young age." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Treasure Island, we have to rely on the dean to take more care of it in the future." The old mage stroked his beard and said, "You really don''t have the character of the Necromancer faction at all. You chose the wrong profession." Where are you going, Dean? I was planning to go to Imiros place for a meeting, but now that I have met you, lets chat together? The old mage looked at him. Okay, I dont have an office or study room anymore, and the keys have been returned. Then go to the conference room and sit down for a while before I go to Imiros side. "good!" ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement and walked towards the conference room together. Nautilus Tavern. Bang~! ?Philippa kicked open the door, startling Millicent who was keeping accounts in the room. I just wanted to yell angrily. ?? Then he saw Philippa holding his waist with one hand and said proudly: "Wu Heng has become the owner of the island. I wonder who dares to say that I am a pirate. I am a regular soldier of Treasure Island." (End of this chapter) Chapter 477 , is there a skill book? Chapter 477, is there a skill book? Millicent was stunned for a moment and swallowed back his words of reprimand. Pull her into the room and close the door, "How do you know he is the owner of the island?" "The association has announced it. Wu Heng has become the island master. What other position is there for the flag bearer? Sheela Gui, the elf deputy deacon, is now the deacon of Treasure Island." Philippa sat down at the table and picked up the He said while eating the fruit. After hearing this, Millicent murmured: "He has been promoted too fast. How old is he?" Philippa was still a little excited, "Genius? I know him. I could tell he was special the first time I saw him. Otherwise, you would have expected me to be his spy." He said, patting Millicent''s butt, "If the tavern doesn''t open from now on, let''s just follow him. We can''t make much money by doing this." What nonsense are you talking about? Of course the tavern must remain open. This is a place where you can provide information to your lord. Millicent said. "Okay, you like driving anyway. I''ll go to the association to see if there is any news. I''ll come back and tell you." Philippa took a sip of water, turned around and ran out again. Millicent said hurriedly: "Be careful on the road and don''t cause trouble." "Know it!" ?Philippa went downstairs excitedly and disappeared without a trace. Millicent was sitting at the table, no longer in the mood to settle accounts, and frowned slightly. Before, Wu Heng was the deputy deacon, and the mother and daughter helped him collect intelligence. But now, the other party has directly become the owner of the island, and the entire island belongs to him. The gap between them is too big. No, we are not needed anymore. Philippa is already on good terms with him, what will we do then? Association, meeting room. Do you have a development direction for Treasure Island? the old mage asked casually. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "There is indeed a general direction. When the island becomes more stable, it will be implemented slowly." Well, you young people are quite energetic. The old mage nodded. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Dean, did you develop that skill of teleportation and the skill of lighting up the sky? What''s its name?" You want to learn? Ive taught you everything, what will I use then? the old mage said with a smile on his face. Do you have a skill book? Lend it to me for two days to broaden your horizons and return it to you. The old mage picked up the teacup and took a sip. "You have to focus on your own faction. If you learn one from the east or another from the west, it will distract your energy." ?This old man really looks like a school teacher. How can I learn skills from you? The old mage stroked his beard and said, "I''ll discuss it with the old guys when I go back and see if there''s anything suitable for you. I can show it to you then. We''ll talk about the rest after you reach level 15 and join the research association. " ?Wu Heng didnt say much, Thats okay. "I will leave here tomorrow. This is my address. If you have anything to do, you can write to me. It is indeed not easy for a talent like you to appear in the human race. It is a pity that I did not get the correct guidance and chose the undead." ??Wu Heng took the address written by the other party, looked at it and put it away in the space ring. When do you leave, Ill see you off. "Imilo is not allowed to be publicized to the outside world. There is no need to send it. Just write a letter if you have something to do." The old mage stood up. Okay. Wu Heng followed and walked out. The old mage went to Imiro''s study. ?Wu Heng went to discuss the patrol on the island with "Xila Gui". The town hall has been preserved. There is nothing left of the guards on the island. ??The association''s team is still needed for training, and Wu Heng sends additional skeletons to follow. In the afternoon, Wu Heng began to count the number of his skeletons. The Battle of Treasure Island could not be said to have wiped out the pirates in one fell swoop, but it also eliminated most of the pirate groups. All the corpses were transformed, and there were a lot of them. After this transformation, it is also a good excuse for Wu Heng. The number is relatively vague. Wu Heng transferred some skeletons from another world, which would not attract anyone''s attention. Go and find out where these skeletons came from. The skeletons were arranged in different positions by Wu Heng. It can be said that most of the defense work on the island is undertaken by these skeletons. Otherwise, the association really cannot maintain law and order in a city with just a few people. Visited to several places in succession. The number of skeleton levels has been counted. ?At the Battle of Treasure Island, I obtained a level 18 skeleton, the original island owner Occam, and a level 17 skeleton, the skeleton boxer Tolga. There are 12 skeletons at levels 16 and 15, and 75 skeletons at levels 10 to 14. ?There are nearly a thousand skeletons left, all of which are level 5 or above. The quantity is average, and the high-level ones are pretty good. There is Zombie World for comparison. ??The number of skeletons in this world is actually nothing. But he added a group of high-level professionals. Normally speaking, level 15 is a very high level. Among pirates, it belongs to a large pirate group. If placed in Luntam City, it is a level that can overthrow the city lord. The number of units increased to 12 at once, which is still very good. Wu Heng made some redeployments. ?Most of them continue to be arranged in ports, as well as several patrol and defense positions. The rest will follow the association team and continue to be responsible for patrol work. Strengthen security on the island. After all the statistics were finished, Wu Heng returned in a carriage. Just approaching the residence. You can hear a noisy sound in the distance. ?? He opened the curtain and looked outside, only to see a large number of people gathered in front of the residence. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. Let out Xiaoxiao and go to the front to see the situation. Not long after, Xiao Xiaofei came back and said, "Uncle, it seems that there are all businessmen over there. There is no danger. They are all discussing your becoming the owner of the island." merchant? ?? He opened the curtain again and looked ahead. At the outermost edge, there are some business group guards. Inside, near the gate of the mansion, are business group managers or representatives wearing brocade robes. ?Wu Heng got off the carriage directly and walked forward. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Everyone cheered and gathered around. Island owner, congratulations. Master of Wuheng Island, the business group hopes that you will take more care of me in the future. "Yes, when Mrs. Shannara proposed to recommend you, we strongly agreed. No one is more suitable for this position than you." ?Hunts of flattery came in from all directions. They even shouted that their daughter was pretty and wanted to introduce her to Wu Heng. There are a lot of things to say, and each one is more lively than the last. ?Wu Heng opened the door and said, "Everyone, let''s talk inside. How can anyone stand outside and talk?" Everyone cheered and entered the courtyard. Carefully walk through the rows of skeletons in the yard and enter the building. ??The furniture in the hall has almost been packed away, and I will pick up Minnie to go to the manor when I come back. Minnie found some chairs and gave them to everyone. Sit together. ?At that time, the representatives of the business group who had signed the recommendation together with Shanara were sitting near the front, with their heads held high and their faces glowing. The rest of the people who did not participate should sit a little later. After a few polite words in small talk. Wu Heng said: "I promise that Mrs. Shannara''s matter will naturally be effective. The future construction of Treasure Island will also need your help. We will do our best to protect the safety of the route and create a more favorable business environment for everyone. " Hearing what Wu Heng said, all the representatives also showed joy. When I signed the recommendation letter at that time, it was more to give face to "Shanara", and I didn''t really think that a deputy deacon could directly become the owner of the island. ?Now that the other party has really taken the bait, we naturally hope that he can fulfill his promise and create a better business environment at the same time. From behind, someone immediately said: "Our Chamber of Commerce was not present when Mrs. Shannara made the proposal and did not provide support to the island owner. This time, we are willing to provide two large warships as a boost to the development of the island." We, too, have brought gifts to congratulate Mr. Wu Heng on becoming the owner of the island. ?Everyone spoke one after another, one by one. ?Wu Heng thanked them all and behaved very politely. The entire island has a small population, and after the battle, there were even fewer people. Whether it can be recovered in the future. As well as the situation and reputation of Treasure Island, these people still need to be conveyed through the caravan. It is still necessary to maintain a friendly relationship and attitude towards each other. ?Wu Heng asked Minnie to write down the names of future merchants. Then he sent everyone away. Wait for everyone from the Chamber of Commerce to leave. ?Wu Heng and Minnie re-confirmed the situation in the room before bringing a large group of skeletons and four armored vehicles. Go to the manor. After formally taking over the defense of the manor. Rows of skeletons holding firearms climbed onto the city wall. The armored vehicle parked in the open space of the courtyard. It was a wide space and there was no need to occupy Minnie''s orchard and flower beds. ?Here, Wu Heng was reminded of the zombie world and the occupied prison. Like a small city, it is well-equipped internally and its defense is not low. Even if the pirates attack again, they may not even be able to get close to the city wall. Master, which room should these alchemy skeletons be placed in? (End of this chapter) Chapter 478 , water monster conch Chapter 478, Water Demon Conch ?Minnie was full of excitement and ran up to ask. It can be seen that I am quite satisfied. ?The building has six floors in total, with multiple rooms on each floor. ?Wu Heng chose the fourth floor, while Minnie and Anderweil chose the third floor. ?Thought for a moment and said: "Alchemists and magicians should be placed on the fifth floor, otherwise it will be inconvenient to go up and downstairs." In fact, there is not much emphasis on how to arrange the skeletons. The main reason is that it depends on the inconvenience of action. ??If it is arranged on the sixth floor, it will be more troublesome to have to go to an additional floor in the future. Wheres the dwarf who made the bomb? Minnie continued to ask. Dwarf? Then, Wu Heng looked down. ??His eyes fell on the skeleton bomber wearing a leather cloak, an alchemist who was good at making alchemical rolling thunder. Him himself was transformed from a dwarf, so he is relatively short. Isnt there a house for the guard outside? Arrange one for him and use it as a laboratory. There is still some danger in rolling thunder. Its better to arrange it outside. Okay! Minnie agreed. Let the bomb skeleton wait at the door first, and take the other skeletons up to the fifth floor. At the same time, take out all the equipment and materials and start decorating the room. Wait until the rooms for several special skeletons are arranged. ?Minnie continued to assign tasks to the remaining skeletons, and the entire manor gradually became lively. There are skeletons climbing up to the roof to install solar panels, the skeletons on the wall are hanging ropes to clean the walls, and the skeletons below are cleaning the yard garbage and carrying items. Looking very busy. ??Wu Heng also participated for a while, but seeing that he could not help much, he returned to the room. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. the other side. Out of the boundary door, it is still the managers office. Snowflakes started to fall outside the window again. It is not too big, but it also turns the previously cleared road into white again. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. Soon, Li Yahong, who was wearing a long black down jacket, and Qi Hancai, who was wearing a short white down jacket and jeans, walked up. Your Majesty! Qi Hancai smiled. When did you come here? Wu Heng nodded and asked. I came here with the train yesterday. "come in!" We entered the room together and found a seat to sit down. ??Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai, "Is there nothing going on over there?" Now the two women manage different places. ?Li Yahong is Xinfu City, which is their home city. It is considered as the foundation. ??Qi Hancai managed "Anhui City", the first Linshi city he captured. "It''s okay. I arranged all the tasks when I came." Qi Hancai said, and then added: "It was originally planned to go to the next city and establish an exchange point, but it snowed again." The establishment of the next exchange point has been determined for some time. But here in the north, snow is frequent in winter. Let the plan be delayed until now. ? And Wu Heng also had no time to go to the next location because of the incident on Treasure Island. Theres no rush yet, Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong again, "Is there any problem here?" Li Yahong said: "There is no problem. I have asked about it at the base. The remaining foreign languages ????are relatively niche and not many people know them. I will see if I can recruit them from outside." Some small countries or less popular languages ??are actually not that important. After all, if you want some advanced technology or equipment, it is owned by big and powerful countries. Even the language is not popular in this small place, let alone how advanced it is. At most, it is an exchange of gold. ?Of course, gold is equally important. After Wu Heng finished listening. Seeing that nothing happened to the two of them. He continued: "I need you to collect some things and arrange them as soon as possible." The two women looked over seriously with serious faces. Wu Heng continued, First of all, there are engineering vehicles, such as forklifts, excavators and other vehicles. There are more types, and you can collect them. Then arrange some skeletons and learn to use them. The second point is to have people in the base who understand construction engineering train the skeletons and learn the corresponding knowledge. Also check the brick and cement factories around the city to see if there is any way to resume production. " Hearing Wu Heng''s words, both of them were stunned. Obviously this is some kind of construction project. ?They looked at each other and nodded in agreement without asking any more questions. Okay, Ill tell you to go down when the time comes. I will also notify you to collect these vehicles. After the conversation is over. The two planned to leave. ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly at Li Yahong. The latter''s face turned red. When Qi Han Cai walked out of the room, he came over and said, "I promised Sister Han Cai that I will learn makeup from her tonight, and I will accompany you next time." Speaking, he kissed him on the cheek. He walked out directly. He and Qi Hancai were chatting and walked downstairs. When did the two of them get so good? At dusk, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island Manor. Coming down from upstairs, Minnie took Anderweil to talk about the allocation of each room. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, dinner is ready." Well, if I dont come down in the future, you dont have to wait for me. Wu Heng put his arm around Minnies shoulders and walked towards the restaurant. Today is our first meal after moving, and you must have eaten it with us. Minnie said with a smile. "Right!" Lets come to the restaurant together. The long and slender dining table has a total of 12 chairs. ?The three of them were sitting on one side. There was obviously more food than usual, but it seemed a little less on the dining table. Eat for a while. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at Anderweil, "Weier, is there a problem at the city hall?" Theres no problem, everyone is quite cooperative. Andwyer looked up. If someone bullies you, remember to tell me. Anderweil smiled, "With the master here, no one dares to bully us." Sitting down from the dining table, Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, "Weier, are you okay at the city hall?" "It''s nothing. Everyone is quite cooperative, so it''s nothing." Andwyer looked up. "Well, that''s good. If someone gives you trouble, tell me then." Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. Anderweil smiled. Minnie also said: "Master, just now Sister Wei''er said that the bed in your bedroom is very big. I want to try to see if it is comfortable." ?Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, who pinched Minnie who was talking nonsense. But he did not deny it. He lowered his head to drink the soup and whispered coquettishly, "Is it okay? Master." Lets get together that night to celebrate our move to a new home. Okay! Minnie shouted happily. After dinner, the three of them went to the training room for training together. After finishing, take a shower and go to the bedroom to rest together. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Opening his eyes, he saw ''Anderweil'' sitting on the edge of the bed, wearing clothes. Smooth and white back, and plush fox tail. ?Hand out his hand to touch the soft tail, Anderweil also turned her head and looked over, "Master, did I wake you up?" No, its just time to get up. ?Andewil glanced at the sleeping Minnie, leaned down again, stuck out the tip of her red tongue, and sent it over. ?Wu Heng hugged the other person and caressed his smooth waist and hips. After lingering for a while, Minnie yawned and opened her eyes. ?Andwyer sat up again and urged Minnie to get up and prepare breakfast. After dinner. Minnie looked at Wu Heng who had put on his armor and asked, "Master, are you going out today too?" Well, lets give the original house back and we wont go back again. The mansion was originally rented from the Snake Emblem Consortium. It is no longer needed and must be returned directly. By the way, I would also like to settle the entrustment previously placed with the Snake Emblem Consortium. Oh, okay then. After packing up things. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil went out together. Arriving at the central area, Anderweil walked into the city hall, while Wu Heng entered the Snake Emblem Consortium. In the VIP room. ?The door opened, and a man in a purple dress walked over with a smile. ??Looked at Wu Heng in the room, bowed and saluted, "Rostand, the person in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium on Treasure Island, has met the island owner." The local person in charge of Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng also glanced at him. He was tall and thin, with upturned eyebrows and narrow eyes. Looks like a shrewd person. ??Wu Heng had met him before, of course not to receive him, but to receive some businessmen on the island. After a quick glance, he took out the emblem and handed it to the other party, "Let me settle the rented house and the entrustment issued. Are you ready?" "Okay." The man took the badge, opened the door and handed it directly to the staff outside. He sat back down. He said: "In the past two days, I planned to visit you with gifts, but I was too busy with work and didn''t take the time. Years from now, the consortium also plans to expand its business and increase the transaction volume in the surrounding waters. When that happens, the island owner will have to worry about the land. " ??Wu Heng listened to what the other party said for a while and said calmly: "The city hall will have a unified plan by then. As long as it complies with the process, there will be no problem." The man paused and continued: "The development of the consortium is also a multi-faceted cooperation. We plan to give 5% of the local income to the island owner''s palace as construction funds for the island." Now we have started giving money directly. Wu Heng also understood the meaning. The purpose is to build good relationships and tie the local consortium to itself. No need, just cooperate normally if necessary. Wu Heng still said. ??The man raised his eyebrows slightly, as if he didn''t expect that even though he took the initiative to give money, the other party still refused. Looking at the other party, he wondered if he had gone through some channels. Having learned about the consortium, the levels for collecting corpses have been restricted. It shouldnt be. It is impossible to spread it. ?While thinking about it, there was a knock on the door. ?Three coffins were carried over and placed on the ground. Open it! the man said. The coffins were opened one by one, revealing the bodies inside. The man looked at the record and said: "Three corpses, two level 12 blacksmiths, and a level 13 artificer." Wu Heng didnt have any expectations for this place either. Having killed so many pirates, he still has corpses of this level here. Build it all and settle the balance! Wu Heng said directly. ??The coffin was re-covered, and Wu Heng put all the space rings inside. The staff was settling the final payment on the side, and the person in charge continued: "Island owner, you can fill in a new commission, and we will do our best to help you collect the corpses you want." No, its no longer needed. Wu Heng said directly. Not to mention that the cooperation between the two parties was not very smooth. Whats more, now that I am the flag-bearer of the association, I have an identity hanging on me. Coming to a consortium to buy corpses is not a rational act. ?Even if you have done this before, you cannot continue to do it now. ?Of course, the corpses will still have to be collected, but they will pass through Lopez City. Hearing Wu Heng''s refusal again. The man quickly said: "My Lord, pirates were rampant on the sea before, and it was really difficult to deliver many goods." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. It seemed that he knew about the high-level corpse. We will continue to cooperate when necessary. The casual expression on the man''s face disappeared. He wanted to continue speaking several times, but he had no idea where to start. I can only close my mouth and say no more. The accounting staff on the side also calculated the price. Wuheng paid the final payment. Get out of the room. The man followed and said, "Island owner, if you need anything in the future, you can come directly. Caiyuan is willing to do its best to provide services for you." ?Wu Heng still walked outside and did not continue to answer. ?Just when I was passing the notice board, I saw a lot of people gathered in front of me, seemingly looking at something. ??Looked around. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly. The strange object ''Water Demon Conch'' provides an effect. It can condense into a ''sea shark'' composed of water elements and rush towards the target, causing bite and water poison damage. In exchange, 2 bottles of medicine can be used to change the body''s constitution. Exchange place, Kingdom of Yeko, Netale City. (End of this chapter) Chapter 479 , the brain is gone Chapter 479, the head is gone Very familiar way of exchange. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and walked out without stopping. The man stood at the door, his attitude still respectful, "Welcome to come next time." ?Wu Heng nodded. Halled a carriage at the door and returned directly to the manor. On the way, Glenda flew back. It penetrated directly into the body. The shared screen appeared, and I reconfirmed the commission I just saw. The format and the medicines that need to be exchanged are the same as what I saw last time. It can basically be confirmed that it was posted by the same person. ?Last time, I took the potion and exchanged it for a ''stick'', which can relieve some negative effects such as mental and hypnotic effects by whipping the body. It worked in the pirate village, and it also played a certain role in rescuing Millicent later. The effect is good. This time it is also a strange thing. It sounds pretty good too. The carriage stopped at the gate of the manor. The guarding skeleton opened the door, and Wu Heng walked in directly. I said hello to Minnie who was weeding, and put on the [train conductors hat] in a spacious place. ?The whistle sounded and the ghost train stopped in front of me. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and wrote "Netale City" on the itinerary. ?The whistle sounded again, and the train disappeared into the void. Its approaching noon. ?The train appeared outside Netale City. ?Wu Heng got out of the car, put on his cloak, and went directly into the city. The political situation of the Yeke Kingdom can be seen from here. When he first came, the whole city was very lively, the streets were full of pedestrians, and many people of other races could be seen. ?Now, the streets seem a little deserted. There is an inexplicable solemn and dignified feeling. After entering the city, go directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium underground in the tavern. There are not many people inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at the notice board and found the same commission. Picked it off directly. ?walked to the counter and said, "I''ll take this order." The staff looked at the entrustment and said, "Guest, you need to deliver the potion in advance. We will arrange for a professional alchemist to inspect it." ?Wu Heng took out the potion and handed it directly to the other party. Guest, please wait a moment. ?Wu Heng nodded and waited at a location not far away. Not long after, the staff came back and said, "Guest, these are the items on the commission. Please check them." Speaking, he handed over a brocade box. The lid of the box is opened, revealing a palm-sized, smooth conch. Water Demon Conch Category: Strange objects. Effect: Blowing the conch can condense a water elemental shark (in non-water source environment, the water elemental shark will hit the target, causing impact damage. In water source environment, the maximum duration is thirty minutes, and it will continue to attack the target.) Side effects: Strong sense of hunger and thirst. (Description: A naturally formed strange object, often with effects related to the environment in which it was born.) ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, with some surprise in his eyes. Like the ''Emerald Sand Table'', it is also a natural wonder, that is, a wonder formed by nature. ??Natural wonders generally do not have too bad side effects. The side effect of this strange item is a strong sense of hunger. Its not really a side effect. Just prepare more food and drink then and it will be solved. The effects brought about are also more comprehensive than those introduced in the commission. Blow the conch and condense it into a water element shark, which can be divided into two scenes. One is a non-water environment, which should refer to land, where water element sharks hit the target. In a water environment, it can attack the target continuously for thirty minutes. Outside Treasure Island is the sea. It can be used completely. No problem! Wu Heng said. The staff smiled, saluted, and returned directly to the front desk. Just as Wu Heng was about to get up and leave, a figure blocked him directly. He is also wearing a cloak, and his golden hair can be vaguely seen. "Sir, I issued the commission. I want us to have a good chat this time." A cold female voice came from inside. The person who spoke to me after the last transaction was the same person. Okay, where can we talk? Wu Heng said. The room has been reserved, please come this way. The woman led the way and walked into a room together. Inside the room. This is the VIP room of the consortium. Since it is a basement, several light stones are placed in the room as light sources. The woman looked across. He took off his hood directly, revealing long golden hair and sapphire-like eyes. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party''s actions, but still looked at the other party carefully. ?Having delicate facial features, fair skin, and bright blue eyes, even though she looks like a mercenary, she is definitely not a mercenary. ??More like a pampered young lady from some family. She is not very old, only eighteen or nineteen years old among the human race. "Sir, won''t you take off your hood? I''m willing to show my face." The woman sounded dissatisfied. ?Wu Heng said calmly: "Let''s talk about it!" The woman suffocated and said directly: "I would like to ask you, sir, to be my pharmacist. The remuneration will be the same as that of a top pharmacist. Whether it is treasures or women, I can provide you with it." "You want me to help you refine the changes." Physical medicine? The woman did not deny it, "Yes, the conditions are up to you." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party again, with such a loud tone. ?It seems that the little girl is really from a low background, and she speaks with enough confidence. You should also know that making this kind of potion will be very difficult, and it will take a long time to refine two bottles. The woman emphasized, "I will collect the materials for you, and you can just refine the potion every day." "No need. If it is refined next time, I can continue to sell it to you." Wu Heng said directly. The woman looked serious and glanced at the other person, "I can provide you with safe protection without having to hide under the black robe." This is treating yourself as a wanted criminal. ?Wu Heng''s tone remained calm, "Is there anything else? If not, let''s meet again next time when we have a chance." The woman''s expression changed rapidly, and she even touched the weapon at her waist twice. But he took it away again. Seeing that the other party has reached the door. Turning his eyes quickly, he said, "Sir, are you from Treasure Island?" ?Wu Heng turned back and looked at her curiously, "I''d like to hear from which angle you want to convince me." "There are changes on Treasure Island. The association has eliminated a large number of pirates. The entire Emerald Sea will usher in the era of shipping. Do you want to settle on Treasure Island? I can provide you with a personal ship, house, and money for living. As long as you promise me, you will continue to provide me with two bottles of medicine within five days," the woman said quickly. You think Im short of money? But who cares about the lack of money? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I can make the potion and provide it to you within five days, but in addition to the rare items in exchange, I also need to expedite the hard work." "You say!" "I haven''t figured out what I need from you yet. You owe me a promise. When I think of it, you must try your best to fulfill it." The woman''s eyes moved quickly, "Yes, but only if you provide some treasures and property. You cannot let me do anything or do anything that harms others." I agree, within five days, we will still be here. "good!" ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the room. ?The woman also put on her hood and left together. Out of the city, Wu Heng found a deserted place in the wild, boarded the train, and returned to Treasure Island. At dinner time. ?Philippa also came to the manor and looked at the huge courtyard and buildings. Exhibiting exaggerated excitement. Running around the courtyard and hall several times. ?The green-feathered parrot fell to the side, covering its face with its wings and burying itself in the gap of the sofa. While eating, Philippa asked: "Wu Heng, have you arranged a job for me?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and took out three ship deeds from the space ring, "A business group has sent three ships and they are parked at the port. Your task is to check and refit them and use them as our warships first. " Philippa licked the grease on her fingers, took the ship deed and looked at it, "Wow, they are all large warships, given to you by the caravan? You, the island owner, can make money faster than pirates." Dont always be a pirate. Ah! Got it. Philippa agreed, and then said: Where are the crew? Should I recruit them, or should you recruit them? There is no need to recruit for now. Then we will use skeletons as sailors. Wu Heng said. The transformed skeletons here were all pirates when they were alive. There is no problem controlling the ship. "Skeleton, that''s fine. Then give me another one of your talking props, as well as a fire-breathing weapon. I''ll go out to sea to fight pirates." Philippa put away the ship''s deed. Okay, lets see how the boat looks like first, and then Ill install it for you. "good!" Have had dinner. Philippa stayed until a later hour. Want to live here? There are more rooms. Wu Heng said to Philippa. Philippa glanced at the two maids on the side and said, "No, I didn''t tell Millicent in advance. She will be anxious if she doesn''t go back. Maybe next time!" ?Wu Heng didnt say much and arranged two skeletons for her. send her home. Then he took the two maids upstairs to take a shower. Go back to your room and rest. Day 2, morning. ?Wu Heng was in the study, looking at the overall plan of Treasure Island. The drawings were taken from the city hall and are copies. Even though Occam is a pirate, he still knows the importance of the development of his territory. Planning plans are obviously designed. The entire island has been divided very carefully. This includes the construction of new ports, commercial streets and residential areas. Looks like the planning is pretty good. is looking at. ~! ?There was a sudden knock on the door. Minnies voice also came in, Master, the deacon of the association Silla Rose is here. Hilagui is here? Let her in! ?The door opened, and Sheela, wearing silver armor, walked directly in, holding the hilt of her sword with one hand. You will really enjoy it, living in such a good house. Shilagui said. ??Wu Heng explained with a smile, "They were all built by pirates, so I took them over to live in." Sheila Gui sat aside and felt the cool breeze, "Why is it so cool here? What props? I think it''s also very cold in the hall." This was the first time she went to Wu Heng''s residence, and it was also the first time she felt the air conditioning. Air conditioner, if it gets too hot in the future, come to my place and let me cool you down. "Well, we''ll talk about it later." Sheila Gui continued to tell her the purpose of coming here. "Someone died on Beacon Street. A steward of the Chamber of Commerce fleet died in his room. I arranged for people to investigate, but there is no progress so far. I need you to come and take a look at the situation. You want to ask the corpse? The head of the corpse is gone, can I still ask? Thats no question. The head is missing. How do you know who died? "His mistress knew that there was a birthmark on his buttocks, which can basically determine the identity of the deceased." (End of this chapter) Chapter 480 , lend it to me Chapter 480, Lend me to use it Identification from the butt? Its really a rare method. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "I didn''t ask the mistress if she has any suspects or if she has any enemies recently?" "Asking, the deceased went to the island to make an appointment with this mistress, but we don''t know much. We also asked the guards and servants, but there is no obvious evidence yet." Sheila Gui glanced at him, "So, let''s ask I ask you, an upright Necromancer, if there is anything you can do." It is actually quite difficult to resolve cases in this world. ??There is no surveillance, no fingerprints can be extracted, and there are not so many manpower and financial resources to investigate. Perhaps there are some props or rare objects that can help with the investigation, but the number is still relatively small. If there is no clear direction or goal within a few days, it will be difficult to catch people again. ?Wu Heng met the other partys gaze. ??There was a kind of expectation in the eyes of the blond elf girl. Perhaps this is my first case as a deacon, so I take it seriously. "have!" Really? Sheelas eyes lit up. The murderer, did you leave anything behind? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui frowned, "Assassination, there will be nothing left behind." Anything, maybe from the murderer. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and took out half a stick of incense from the space ring. "Is this okay? Lighting the incense can harmonize the smell in the room and cover up the smell of blood." Only the end section of the incense remains. If we delay any longer, I''m afraid the incense will be burned out. Im not sure, lets see if it works and come with me. Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the room. Take Sheila Rose and go upstairs together. Open a room. ?In the room, the Skeleton Prophet sat on a chair. As the two people came in, he turned his head slightly. Sheela frowned. Look carefully at the size of the skeleton to identify the other person''s identity. It always feels familiar, but not quite sure. What to do next? Sheela asked quietly from behind. "come over!" Hilagui came closer. ??Wu Heng handed the small piece of incense to the Skeleton Prophet, "Help her find out who the owner of this incense is and whether it is involved in any murder case." The Skeleton Prophet placed the burning incense on the table with one hand, and grabbed Sheila Rose''s arm with the other hand. The latter looked suffocated. Just when he was about to ask Wu Heng, his eyes suddenly went blank. It was as if I had opened my eyes and entered a dream. After a while, the Skeleton Prophet let go of her arm. Sheela''s pupils refocused, her face full of surprise. Look at the skeleton. I also know whose body this is. After a brief surprise, he looked at Wu Heng again, "Found him, eating in a tavern, so rampant! I''ll catch him and tell you when I come back." After speaking, he hurriedly walked out without waiting for Wu Heng to reply. He took the two team members who were watching the armored vehicle in the courtyard and left quickly. Minnie came out of the kitchen, holding a plate of cut fruit in her hand. Why is the deacon gone? Im investigating the case, so I left first. Oh! Master, you can eat it. Minnie handed him the cut fruit. ?Black Crow''s Nest Tavern, in a private room. ?The thief, wearing leather armor and slightly dark skin, leaned against the window and looked outside. There was a huge travel backpack placed in the corner. Put your head out and you can see the location of the port. There are members of the association who will ask the identity of those who board the ship. Treasure Island is just like that, a bunch of trash. He said disdainfully, sat back at the table, and ate the food on the table. The whole thing went smoother than expected. When the association staff arrived, he was also standing among the crowd of onlookers. ?Those people only went to question the merchant''s guards and servants, and did not pay any attention to him. ?As long as he gets the reward he was promised, he can leave by boat. The whole thing will have nothing to do with me at that time. Bullshit Imiro, **** Necromancer. If I had known it was so easy, I wouldnt have had to prepare for so long. While eating, he muttered. The rumors about this place were so evil that he didnt dare to take action. ?Now that I think about it, it feels a bit ridiculous. Tap tap tap~! ?Suddenly, the sound of footsteps approaching quickly came from outside the door. ?The man immediately became alert, got up and ran to the window Bang~! The private room door was kicked open. The man didnt look any further, picked up his backpack and jumped out of the window. While landing. Several figures from all around rushed towards him. ??Without waiting to stand firm, he pushed him to the ground and took off all his weapons and backpack. ?Hilagui walked to the window and looked down. The team members downstairs shouted: "The man has been caught, there is a head in the backpack." Tie him up and take him back. ?Members tied people up. Waiting for Sheila Gui and others to come out of the tavern, they walked together towards the direction of the association. Deacon, the head is that of the Chamber of Commerce representative, I can recognize it. The arrest was too fast this time, it didnt even take half a day. "Yes, Deacon Shilagui''s inference was accurate. He could guess where he was escaping from." Shilagui sat in the carriage and listened to the discussions of several people. In the afternoon, Sheela came to the manor again. said: "The person has been caught. According to his confession, it was the mistress''s husband who hired him to kill. Now the husband has also been arrested." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "That''s the mistress who provided the information about the **** birthmark?" "Well, it''s her. After this business representative came to the island, his mistress didn''t even come back. The husband couldn''t bear it, so he hired a killer." Sheila Gui explained. Listen to the entire case. ?Wu Heng didnt know what to say. ?It''s quite dramatic, and it feels a bit like something that happened in a movie. Sheila Gui nodded. She was quite surprised when the answer came out during the interrogation. After searching again and again, it turned out that an emotional entanglement resulted in a murder. After talking about the case, Sheila Gui looked a little more serious and said: "Now that you are the owner of the island, you will basically not be exposed to this kind of case in the future. I would like to discuss with you and hand over the ''Prophet Skeleton''." Give it to me to help the association handle some cases. Hearing her say this, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly. Now, I am just a level 18 skeleton. ??Its also a treasure. But what Xila Gui said is actually not correct. In terms of utilization rate, I will have fewer opportunities to come into contact with cases in the future, and the association will handle various matters more. However, Wu Heng also had his own enemies. The Esoteric Order, the Divine Punishment Sect. Furthermore, the skeleton of the prophet cannot be exposed to the outside. It is best to keep it secret. He thought quickly in his mind and said, "I don''t feel right." The skeleton is still yours, so lend it to us. Sheila Gui looked over with wide eyes. ?Every time I ask for help, I always look forward to it. Paired with her childlike appearance, it is really lethal. "Don''t worry, I''ll analyze it for you." Wu Heng cast a spell, filled the water cup she drank from, filled it with tea, and then said, "Have you noticed that recent cases have frequently seen beheadings and tongue pulling out." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows, recalled it, and nodded. This is exactly what happened. Wu Heng explained: "This is because the fact that the necromancer can ask the corpse has been spread on the island. Everyone knows that as long as the head is taken away, or the corpse cannot speak, they can avoid being asked directly for detailed information. matter." this. Sheila Gui was slightly surprised. Thats really the case. The fact that the owner of the island is a necromancer has spread throughout the island. Not only that, merchant ships traveling around the world are also bringing news to all parts of the world. I learned that it is not difficult to avoid being interrogated by the necromancer. Wu Heng continued: "So, think about it, if you bring the Skeleton Prophet to the association, this matter will spread again, and the murderer who committed the crime will probably find a new way to avoid the investigation of the ''Prophet'' Hearing this, Sheila Gui felt that what he said made sense. Skeleton Prophet really went to the association with her, which may not be a good thing. "you mean?" Wu Heng explained: "Only the two of us know about this matter. If there are any difficult cases to investigate in the future, you can just bring the murderer''s belongings. You don''t need to bring anyone. We will arrest the person quietly and not reveal any unnecessary information to the outside world." Hilagui drank tea and thought about this matter in her mind. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "What you said makes sense, but what if you''re not here? What if I want the skeleton to check someone?" "You know Minnie, right? When you come in the future, I will ask her to take you up." Wu Heng said, and then said: "You are a deacon, why do you lead the team to arrest people yourself?" "The new deputy deacon hasn''t been transferred yet, so I won''t care about him from now on." Sheila Gui leaned on the chair. Finished talking about the case and the Skeleton Prophet. Wu Heng looked at her again and said, "I have an idea. Can the association and the guards on the island be jointly responsible for public security?" "What''s the meaning?" "There is no patrol team on the island now, and it is sometimes difficult to recruit people. Can you let the guards and team members of the association be trained first, and I will provide a certain amount of skeletons for coordination." Wu Heng said. idea. At the moment, recruiting guards from the island is really not something that can be solved in a short while. Still rely on the association to temporarily maintain security on the island. "I have no objection. If you need it, I can arrange for patrols. It''s up to you to decide whether your skeletons are safe or not." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and agreed directly. Okay, lets settle this first and start patrolling tomorrow. This murder will also give us a wake-up call. Okay, Ill make arrangements when I get back. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Thank you!" How silly! Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him, stretched out, and said, Okay, I got up early today, so Ill go back first. Well, come when you have time. "I know!" Sheela glanced at him with a smile and walked downstairs slowly. Hand Minnie also said hello. Left the manor by himself. ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was 1:20 p.m. There is nothing much going on in the afternoon. I still plan to go to the Zombie World to see it, but its been two days since then. Opened the door from the study room and walked in directly. Go out of bounds. ??Wu Heng called Li Yahong while going downstairs. Not long after, Li Yahong came over and took him to see the collected engineering vehicles. Rows of construction vehicles are parked neatly, most of them are brand new. On one side, stood a skeleton warrior who had unlocked the knowledge of driving. The fuel tanks are full. Li Yahong said from the side. Wu Heng praised, "You are so considerate. I feel most at ease leaving the matter to you." Li Yahong blinked, "How can you say, I am also the deputy leader now." While the two were talking. A voice came from Li Yahong''s intercom, "Sister Hong, the radio room said there was news from Qi Hancai, saying that the train responsible for exploring the road and clearing obstacles has lost contact, and they are looking for the king." ?The train was lost? The two looked at each other with some doubts in their eyes. Lets go to the radio room. (End of this chapter) Chapter 481 , compound bow Chapter 481, Compound Bow The radio room. Your Majesty! the girl in charge of the radio station said as she stood up. The eyes that looked over showed a kind of gratitude and admiration. Jia Yingying, is your leg okay? Wu Heng called out the other persons name. Li Yahong is the person in charge of the radio station. Her name is Jia Yingying, she was rescued by Wu Heng and others in a hotel. ?At that time, my legs were not good enough and I could only use a wheelchair. Later, the skeleton alchemist used potions to cure him. Even if he is not as flexible as a normal person, he can still walk normally. Okay, basically nothing happened. Jia Yingying said with a smile on her face and ran twice as usual. After saying hello, Wu Heng asked directly: "Contact Qi Hancai." Last time Qi Hancai came here. After Wu Heng left, she also returned to Anhui City. After all, she couldn''t be away from people in one place for too long. Jia Yingying sat back in front of the radio station and contacted the other party. He handed the microphone to Wu Heng and said, "Contacted." Qi Hancai, whats going on over there? Wu Heng asked directly. Qi Hancai''s voice came from the radio, "I have arranged for the newly renovated train to set off in advance to explore the path and confirm whether the snow will affect the railway. ?? News came from the train in the morning that the train arrived at Daikin Station smoothly. Roadblocks and a large number of survivors were found in front of it, but contact could not be made in the back. " Qi Hancais words were very long and detailed. In other words, the missing person was stopped by the survivors who had set up roadblocks. It should be under control now. In the current environment, zombies are scary, and not all survivors are so friendly. ??Wuheng''s side has the strength to crush the other bases, so everyone they meet is polite, but the other survivors are not so peaceful and polite. How long does it take to arrive at the Daijin station you mentioned? Wu Heng asked. About 3 hours, its just a small stop on the way, not too far. ??Wu Heng asked again: "Where is the train?" Li Yahong said: "On my side, stop at the station and transport supplies back tomorrow." Get ready, well set off in a moment, go directly to Dajin Station to rescue people. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay." Wu Heng said into the microphone again: "When the train leaves later and passes by your side, get on the train with me." "good!" After the task is handed over. Hands the microphone back to Jia Yingying, then walks out of the radio room, ready to go. It gets dark very quickly in the north in winter. ?At this time, it was dark outside the window. ??I picked up Qi Hancai on the way to the train and continued to rush towards Dajin Station. Qi Hancai''s face was a little gloomy. Wu Heng asked her what she said along the way. ??Several of the people arranged to explore the road this time were her cronies, people brought from Dong''an Village. Even though the base now has a larger population. But some important tasks will be assigned to people you trust. Now, I cant contact anyone, so I must be worried. Have you said hello to the city here? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai sighed, "Having contacted us in advance, I suspected that they heard about us and set up roadblocks on the railway tracks, otherwise who would block the railway tracks." That is indeed correct. Without accurate information, how could anyone deliberately set up a roadblock on the railway? Zombies cant drive trains. The greater possibility is that someone heard on the radio that a train full of grain would come here to exchange for gold. The idea of ??robbing food and gaining a lot of fertilizer came up. "Don''t worry, let''s check the situation first. They won''t kill anyone yet." Wu Heng comforted him. ?Qi Hancai nodded and said no more. The train drove for a while and began to slow down gradually. A voice also came from the cab, "Sister Qi, we are almost approaching the station. If we continue forward, we may attract the attention of people at the station." Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Stop the car and wait for a while." Qi Hancai pressed the intercom and repeated the order. The train stopped and was completely plunged into darkness. ?Zombies chasing from behind. ??He was grabbed by the whirling skeletal flying dragon and smashed into a pulp. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Xiaoxiao flew out of his body and flew out of the train in an invisible state. Follow the tracks and explore. Soon, I found a station and flew in directly. Brother Hu, these two should be the leaders. ?Several people dragged two figures and threw them over. Opposite him, a bloated figure sat on a chair and looked at the two of them. Fuck me, kneel down for me. The fat man called Brother Hu yelled angrily. ?Hand kicked his knees, and the two of them fell to the ground. The bloated Brother Hu stood up, his fat muscles, like a hill, blocking the light behind him. He looked at the two people in front of him and said, "Do you really want to exchange grain for gold?" Haha! A person kneeling on the ground sneered. "Grass." Brother Hu raised his hand and slapped the person directly, knocking the person to the ground. Continue to ask: "How many are you?" Its enough to flatten you here. Another person said. Youre really short of mouth. Brother Hu sneered, stretched out his huge palm, and grabbed the other persons shoulder. With a little force, there was a creaking sound. "Brother Tiger! Don''t kill them." The younger brother on the side reminded hurriedly. Brother Hu opened his eyes and flashed a sharp look. The younger brother immediately explained, "Brother Tiger, it doesn''t matter if they are real or fake, let them contact the base and use food to redeem their people. If they don''t intend to redeem their people, it won''t be too late to kill them." Brother Hu suddenly smiled, retracted his palm, and patted the younger brother beside him. Youre right, take them down, let them contact the base, and exchange food for people, otherwise they will be used to feed the zombies. Okay, Brother Tiger. ?Wu Heng sat in the carriage and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back from the outside, got into the body, and shared the scene. At the station, there were indeed survivors and temporary lighting. ?There are eleven or two people with fighting strength, and a few of them are women, who look like slaves in captivity, and are in a miserable state. Most of the people with combat capabilities were equipped with machetes and iron spears, and a few were holding compound bows, some like those in TV competitions. The people on my side are all alive. ?Most of the people were **** and locked in a room, and two were taken out for questioning. How is it? Seeing Wu Heng stand up, Qi Hancai asked directly. "It''s okay, there are not many people. Wait for my news." Wu Heng tightened the leather armor on his body. Qi Hancai asked curiously: "Don''t we need skeletons to attack?" No need, it has attracted attention, and our people are also in danger. In addition to Qi Hancai''s people, there are also people who can drive trains. These are all special talents in the base. If chaos really breaks out, it will be over if they are killed. "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded and bowed: "Sorry to trouble you." "Um." ?Wu Heng stepped off the train and summoned the flying dragon from the sky. He took the skeleton attendant with him, sat on it, and disappeared into the night sky. Close to the station, falling on the snow-covered roof. ??Wu Heng glanced around, led the skeleton attendants, and pried open the locked iron door on the roof. I walked in directly. ??The entire station hall was dark, except for the area near one side, which was connected to temporary lights and emitted a dim light. In the hall downstairs, you can still hear the shouts and curses of the interrogation. Which room are the hostages in? Wu Heng asked softly aside. The small figure appeared, "Most of the people are in the room over there, and there are two uncles downstairs who are being beaten." ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. Waving his hand, he took the lead and walked towards the room where the hostages were held. ?The world actually doesnt put much pressure on survivors. Even a skeleton can destroy this refuge base. More, considering the safety of the hostages, the people arranged are all old people from the base. Those who can drive and maintain trains are also considered talents in the base. Approaching the room, two people were guarding the door. Hearing footsteps, he opened his eyes drowsily. Unfamiliar faces and strange costumes. ?Especially two of them, how come their eyes are glowing blue! What are you doing? someone shouted. The other man also woke up immediately and hurriedly took off the compound bow on his shoulder. ??Wu Heng said: "Kill them both." Keranmu and Tolga, after receiving the order, directly bypassed Wu Heng''s position and rushed out. Swish swish~! Two arrows roared out instantly. ?Kerimu tilted his head to dodge, and Tolga grabbed the flying arrow, threw it back, and pierced someone''s eyebrows. ?Following that, Kerimu also rushed to the other person. The sword flashed and the head fell to the ground. Two skeleton attendants came back. ?Wu Heng glanced in the direction of the hall. The voices of shouting, cursing and questioning continued, and the fighting and strange noises did not attract anyone''s attention. ?Wu Heng stepped over the fallen body and opened the door on one side. Faint light shines into the room. You can see several base members **** and wearing thin clothes in the corner. At the same time as the door is opened. ?Several people also looked up at the same time. In the dim light, I saw the figure in the robe and leather armor. Everyone looked happy, "Your Majesty!" ?Wu Heng nodded and said to his side: "Untie them." The sword blade cut the rope, and everyone stood up. Where are your clothes? It was taken away by those people and they put it on the railroad tracks Theres no rush, you stay here first, there are two people below. Wu Heng interrupted the other party and continued. ?A few people nodded and said nothing more. After confirming the safety of the hostages here, Wu Heng took the skeleton and walked out of the room again. He glanced at the hall again and said directly: "Kill all the people with weapons." Two figures ran past again. He rushed into the interrogation room. Grass, something. Damn, theres a monster coming in. Where are the people, come out quickly, a monster is coming in. Chaos and shouts resounded, echoing through the hall. However, just after shouting a few words, the sound suddenly stopped, and the two skeletons came out again. ?Kerimu flicked the sword''s blade, which was stained with blood, and Tolga also twisted his bones and neck. In the distance, more people rushed out of the single rooms and found that there were only two figures under the light. They rushed over in unison. ??Two skeleton attendants rushed into the crowd. The sword light flashed and figures fell down one after another. Their fists exploded and their muscles were broken and their bones were broken. Grass, let me see who dares to run, there are only two of them. A deep voice sounded. The bloated body squeezed out of the door and walked out. Two slaps, knocking the person trying to escape to the ground. Brother Tiger, they are monsters. Its my fault, Mom, follow me and kill them. Brother Hu cursed. Then he ran forward, his footsteps hitting the ground with a thumping sound. ? ? Approached quickly and pounced directly on Tolga, Die, you monster. Bang~! A blast of air exploded. Tolga punched out, Brother Tiger''s body collapsed instantly, stagnated in the air for a moment, and then flew backwards. I am a fool, what are you doing... Brother Hu was lying on the ground, groaning in pain. ?While his expression was twisted, his eyes suddenly glanced at another figure in the darkness behind him. is the person who controls the monster. Brother Hu immediately became energetic, got up, and avoided the fighting place in front. He rushed towards the back, "Boy, I found you." Seeing it approaching quickly. ZiZi, boom~! Thunder flashes. ?Silver-white lightning struck instantly. Brother Hu''s body exploded again, his flesh and blood exploding, and blood splattered everywhere. "you." Brother Hu looked down and his stomach was like a balloon exploding. Looking horrified. You are a monster too. Huh~! Another roar came from the sky. The rotating machete flew over and penetrated the head. Brother Hus eyes widened and he lay down on his back. Never got up again. Not far away, the battle between the two skeleton attendants has also ended. The ground was covered with corpses. The skeleton attendant also walked back. Put down the two men who were hung up, Kerimu walked into the room on one side and put down the two hanging people. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Then he looked ahead and saw the bloated corpse with its belly blown apart. Conversation with the DeadRelease. The bloated corpse slowly sat up. The internal organs in his stomach flowed all over the floor. ??Wu Heng asked: "Why are you blocking the road on the railway tracks?" The corpse replied, "I heard on the radio that someone was coming to exchange gold, so I''m just waiting here." It was just as they guessed. ?Wu Heng glanced out of the corner of his eye and saw the arrow that penetrated the wall. He continued to ask: "Where did you get this kind of compound bow?" There is a production factory outside, I found it from there. (End of this chapter) Chapter 482 ,drawing Chapter 482, Drawings ?The compound bow I saw this time. It was still somewhat beyond Wu Hengs expectations. It is a little different from the bows and arrows from another world that I brought here before. ?These ordinary survivors can easily draw bows and shoot arrows very accurately. The power is also not small. Perhaps it can replace the traditional longbow of another world. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Tell me the specific address, or how to find it?" ??The corpse was silent for a moment and replied, "Leave the train station and about 5 kilometers east, you can see the location of the factory." 5 kilometers east. ?Wu Heng recited it silently in his mind to increase his memory. ?Two questions remain. Looking at the bloated figure of the deceased, he then asked: "Are you so fat? Have you always been like this before? Is there any reason why?" In the current situation, having enough food is a problem. ??If he had enough food, he would not be in danger of blocking the railway track. Furthermore, this fat man named Brother Tiger is also very capable of resisting beatings. ?Level 17 Tolga can kill someone with one punch. When he hits him, he just flies backwards and lies on the ground wailing for a while. Then he rushed towards him again. The corpse replied, "It should be related to the corpse core. I can''t be sure." Have you taken the corpse core? The corpse replied, "No, I didn''t dare to eat it directly. After cleaning it, I soaked it in a wine barrel and drank a little every day." After answering the five questions, the heavy body fell down directly. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the last question. Soak in a wine barrel. This method can also bring about changes in people? The effect of corpse core is diluted by wine? Or some other reason. ?Wu Heng couldnt understand either. ?Several compound bows were collected by Keranmu, and Wu Heng directly put them into the space ring. Then, he stood in the middle of the hall and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], the circle of light swung open, and the fallen corpse got up from the ground. Slowly stood behind him. ?Wu Heng went to the room where this man lived and took a look. There are some reserves of food, and there are still radio stations broadcasting information from the outside world. Tap tap tap~! Not long after, dense footsteps sounded. ??Qi Hancai rushed directly into the station hall with a large number of skeletons. Looking at the blood and rotten flesh on the ground. Hurry towards Wuheng. Are you okay? "It''s okay! Everyone has been rescued. There are still a few women inside. Ask them if they are coming with us or if they have their own base. Let the people in the car get down and move the supplies here to our car." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. ?As he walked towards the room beside him, he used the intercom to arrange for someone to come and carry things. Soon, the survivors who came with the train walked in quickly. Move all the supplies here to the train. Qi Hancai also came back with the rescued people and a few women with numb faces. Let these people carry things along with them. He walked over and said, "There are five women in total. They are all locked up by these people. They have nowhere to go. They are willing to come with us." Then take them back, they wont survive long if they stay here. The current weather leaves food for these women. It is also difficult to survive. "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded, and then asked: "Should we leave at dawn, or should we go to Enzhou City overnight?" Wait until daybreak, there will be a factory making bows and arrows outside, lets go there first, Wu Heng said. The original plan was to go directly to the next city after rescuing the people. But now I still plan to visit a compound bow factory. "A factory that makes bows and arrows? Isn''t this illegal?" Qi Hancai asked with a frown. In the past, this kind of thing was very strictly managed. "Maybe it was made for some competitions. We will know when we take a look." Wu Heng guessed. Is it a black factory or is it made for competitions? In fact, it doesnt matter anymore. It depends on the final result, whether Wu Heng can use it. Ill have someone arrange a room for you. Lets rest in the car for a while. Its almost dawn. Let everyone finish moving their things and get in the car to rest. Just leave the skeleton to guard this place. ?Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the train. Qi Hancai followed behind and used the intercom to tell everyone that after moving the supplies, they should return to the car and rest. The next day, in the morning. The skeleton army gathered outside the station. In addition to the skeletons brought with the train, corpses killed by previous survivors were also found near the station. After transformation, the number of skeletons has also increased by more than a hundred. Its all arranged. Qi Hancai said. ?Several skeletal flying dragons followed, the magazines already filled with solid iron bullets. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Let''s go." ??Continuing to give orders to the skeleton, the army began to advance eastward along the road. With walking a certain distance. The zombies around began to increase gradually. ??Howls and footsteps sounded from far away and from both sides. The dense zombies were like black torrents, rushing out from the road in the distance and the alleys on both sides. Along the road, coming this way. The group of corpses is gathering more and more, and it has already filled the sight range. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out and drop the iron bombs." Hurrah~! The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up and opened the magazine above the zombies. Dense iron bullets fell like a heavy rain. Because there is snow on the ground, there is not much smoke and dust. Just a bunch of corpses on the street, all gone in an instant. turned into corpses all over the ground. After dropping the bomb, the skeleton flying dragon returns. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Advance." Hurrah! The skeleton army advances forward, killing all the remaining zombies along the way. Advanced a distance of five kilometers all the way. There are still various shops on both sides, mostly car repair shops. Xiaoxiao got into the body and shared a building. The sign at the door reads [Sanda Archery Equipment and Sports Goods Co., Ltd.]. It does exist, and its not small. Over there, we passed by. Wu Heng greeted Qi Hancai in the distance. Qi Hancai came over. The army went directly off the main road and headed towards the branch road on the right. After walking for about five minutes, we saw the factory area in the shared screen. Go in. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army swarmed in and occupied the entire courtyard instantly. In the factory, there is an office building and a large workshop on the other side. ?Wu Heng was the first to enter the factory for inspection. ?The glass was shattered, as if half of the interior had exploded, large pieces were shattered, and the surrounding area was scorched black. Those people should have discovered that there were many zombies in the workshop and used explosives. Qi Hancai speculated. "Well, let''s go to the office building." The equipment inside will definitely not be used. The rest is to see if you can find the drawings. Enter the office building. The two of them checked room by room. Over here Qi Hancai shouted. ?Wu Heng walked over and found a place similar to an information station. ?The safe against the wall is open, revealing stacks of blueprints inside. ?Wu Heng picked up the top one and opened it, his eyes lit up instantly. Drawings of compound bows. The name, specification, and detailed dimensions and requirements of the material are marked above. Exactly what you need. Continuing to open the second page, the bow handle is made of 6061 aluminum and the processing specifications are written. Very detailed drawings. How is it? Qi Hancai asked. Its quite useful. Its not in vain. Wu Heng put away all the drawings and searched nearby. Some corresponding books have also been collected. Then we walked out together again. Qi Hancai asked: "Will we use this kind of bow in the future?" Currently, the survivors in the base are using crossbows provided by Wu Heng. In fact, the power is not small. It is just that the weight is relatively bulky. It depends on the situation. Its hard to say whether it can be produced. We may not be able to process the various aluminum and steel materials mentioned above. "Normally made, it should be lighter than that kind of crossbow." Qi Hancai said. Well, lets go back and find a professional to see if there is any replacement material. The skeleton army returns to the station. After a short rest, the train started again. Go to the next stop Enzhou City. Four p.m. The sky has darkened. ?The train stopped in the distance, and the army of skeletons held weapons and rushed towards the oncoming corpses. The sound of roaring and slashing with sharp blades filled the entire space. Move forward. Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The skeletons in the spear formation stood up among the pile of corpses and began to push forward against the zombies. ?Zombies fell one after another. The blood stained the white snow on the ground deep red. As the army pushed them to the station. The zombies are gradually being cleared away. ??Only the zombies, whose bodies were mutilated and whose movements were one step slower, were still roaring and crawling forward slowly. He was rushed by a skeleton holding an axe, and was chopped to death with a flurry of axes. The whole space became completely quiet. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield and clear out the railroad tracks. The train also slowly entered the platform. ??Wu Heng looked at the bodies of almost seventy or eighty evolved zombies in front of him, released the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one, and then began to look for the corpse core. There are 12 pieces in total, not a lot, but not bad. ?Wu Heng continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and skeletons stood up all around. Join the skeleton army and become one of them. Continued to check inside the station. After confirming that there is no danger. The survivors on the train got off the train carrying various tools. Temporary lights are put up. All outward-facing doors and windows were blocked and steel bars were welded on. Everyone has their own work, as if they have been rehearsed countless times. Ive asked people to prepare dinner, do you want to eat it here? Qi Hancai came over to ask after arranging tasks. No, prepare a room for me. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and immediately had someone clean up the room. After Wu Heng entered the room. Also open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go out of the study room. ?Wu Heng first went to the alchemy laboratory. Put the corpse cores obtained today into the freezer on one side, and at the same time look at the progress of the alchemists. ?Various medicinal materials and refined medicinal liquids are placed on the experimental table. But the third-level potion has still not been produced. The few third-level corpse cores in the organ jar are still placed inside. Out of the alchemy laboratory. ?Wu Heng went to the weapon master''s room again. Hand over the entire set of drawings of the compound bow that I got today. At the same time, he was given two finished compound bows as a reference. Firearms and bullets are still some way away from mass production. ? ? Another feature of the compound bow is that it converts the rebound force of the bow limbs through the pulley system, making it easier to draw the bow and more powerful. It should not be difficult to make this weapon based on the forging technology in this other world. It can be equipped to survivors at the base or to the guards here. The available range is still quite large. Exit the Artificer''s room. Walking towards the downstairs. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he immediately took out a set of tableware. ?Wu Heng sat down and started eating. Minnie said while eating: "Master, during the day, Deacon Sheilagui came." Is there another case? No, I want to ask you about the preparations for the fleet. I said that the fleet docking at the port has found traces of pirates again. Minnie said. ?Wu Heng frowned. There are pirates again. ?The newly formed pirate group is still the same pirate that slipped through the net last time. It really should be dealt with early, otherwise if no one takes care of it, more people will join the pirates one after another. Well, Ill go to the port to have a look tomorrow. Have had dinner. Three people trained in the training room. The sky is getting dark, so I go back to my room to rest. The next day, port. At this time, the port has returned to its former bustle. Many caravans arrived at the port, and a large number of workers began to carry supplies at the port. It is different from before. The skeleton army guards the port, reducing the workers'' fighting. Even if there is a dispute, when the skeleton walks over, the two people will separate. Very conscious. The location where the associations fleet docks. ??Philippa took Wu Heng onto the deck of a large warship. He said enthusiastically: "You people from Treasure Island are so generous. You don''t even care if I ask for money to re-reinforce this ship. It''s so cool to be the owner of the island." ?Wu Heng asked: "Did you give me the money?" How can I give it to others if they dont want it? (Chapter 2 has been blocked, please wait for a while, some bad luck.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 483 , Millicent Chapter 483, Millicent ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her. "They knew you were from the island owner''s house, so they didn''t care about your request for money. If something happens in the future, they will definitely need your help. It will be more troublesome then. They will send the money to you later." Philippa scratched his neck. Seeing that the other party was serious, he nodded and agreed, "Okay, okay, it''s up to you. I''ll send the money later." After speaking, he muttered, "I wonder why these vampires are so kind." ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay, it''s not a big deal." Philippa smiled and continued to hold him, talking about the reinforcement and some improvements of the entire ship. As soon as I got on the boat, I looked much more professional. Which positions are vulnerable to attack and which positions are the weak points of the ship''s hull. It talks about it in more detail, as well as the effect after modification. These things, at least, are not something ordinary pirates can say. There is indeed some knowledge reserve. ?Wu Heng listened for a while and praised the other party a few more times. ?Philippa looked proud. ??Wu Heng then asked, "When can we go to sea? In the past few days, there has been news from the caravan that there are pirates wandering around again." Philippa thought for a moment and said: "The hull reinforcement is complete. All that is left is to put some equipment and equipment on the ship and then it can go to sea." When will what you said be completed? "It''s been decided and will be assembled tomorrow." After Philippa finished speaking, he seemed to remember something and looked up at him, "Where are the things you promised me? Props that can talk, and such a thick weapon that can breathe fire." Its talking about radios and cannons. Wu Heng did agree to her before. Lets go to the cabin. Wu Heng said. Philippa followed him into the cabin, and Wu Heng took out a double-barreled cannon. Yes, thats it, its so handsome. Philippas face was full of excitement. ?She has been thinking about this thing for a long time, but it has never been given to her before. Finally got it now. He touched it carefully and then asked: "What is this thing called?" Machine gun. Oh, the name is not bad, so it will be mine from now on? Philippa raised her head and looked at him. Its yours. I usually keep it in the space ring. Holy shit, thats great. Philippa made a fist. ??Wu Heng continued: "You know that this kind of equipment requires ammunition, right?" I know, it shoots bullets just like the gun you gave me. Philippa nodded. You can think of this kind of machine gun as an enlarged version of a gun. It is very powerful, but it does not have much ammunition. It can only give you 100 bullets. Normally, you can use the crossbow on the ship to attack others, and use the machine gun at critical times. "Ok, I know." ??Wu Heng then added, "If we cannot guard the cannon, we will destroy it directly and do not let others get it. If others have this weapon, we will be in danger." Philippa''s face also became serious, she patted her chest and promised: "Don''t worry, I can''t lose this treasure even if I die." ??Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "What nonsense are you talking about? Life is more important than anything else." Hehe. Philippa smiled happily and put her arms around his shoulders, I know you are kind and righteous. Insufficient ammunition, pay attention to the quantity when shooting. Then why not make more ammunition. You think I dont want to? I cant make it yet. "Fine." After explaining a few words. ?Wu Heng began to teach her how to operate it. In fact, it was not much different from a large machine gun. ??It''s just that the way of shooting is different. Philippa''s learning ability is quite strong. I learned how to operate it very quickly, which was quite satisfying. Wait until she puts away the cannon. ??Wu Heng continued: "I still have a few rare items here, which I just want to give to you. They may be useful when we go to sea in two days." "what!" ?Wu Heng took out [Iron Maiden] and [Water Demon Conch]. Introducing the functions one by one. Philippa looked surprised and her eyes were full of surprise. I havent seen any strange objects yet! Give me two at once? Are they both mine? Its yours, but you cant sell it. Philippa jumped directly into her arms, "Thank you, Dad." Hand your arms around your neck with force. kissed him directly. The two kissed in the cabin for a while. They walked out of the cabin separately. ?The port is too noisy, and it is indeed not suitable for deeper exchanges of feelings. Philippa went to the equipment store and asked about ordering equipment. Wu Heng directly called the carriage and returned to his residence. Zombie world. When Wu Heng came over. The entire station hall has changed. The debris and filth on the floor were cleaned up, and welding and cutting were carried out in different areas. ?Like a factory, extremely busy. ?Wu Heng released the ghost and inspected the zombies in the door area. ??Then bring an army of skeletons. Go out of the station and clean up the zombies at the door. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The battle went well. As dusk approached, Wu Heng returned with his skeleton army. The skeleton is on standby again. ?Wu Heng also returned to the station. Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "You didn''t ask me to accompany you today!" I just cleaned up at the door and didnt go further. "Then I want to follow you." Qi Hancai whispered, coughed slightly, and began to report, "News about the exchange of grain for gold and silver has been announced on the local channel. All shelters are very excited, but it is best Its better to clean up the zombies on the main road, otherwise there wont be many shelters available. In these two days, preparations must be made for Philippa to go to sea. In two days time, well turn this place into an exchange point first. Then Ill clean it up with skeletons in my hands. "Okay!" Qi Hancai continued, "The train has returned, and more people and skeletons will be brought in in the evening. The women rescued yesterday have also arranged their work, and there is no problem." "I can rest assured that you have arranged everything properly." Qi Hancai smiled and said, "I hope I can help you." Okay, Ill leave this to you. "good!" ?Wu Heng returned to the room, opened the door and walked in. The next day, morning. Nautilus, tavern. ?Philipa sat on the waist, with her hands on the other person''s chest. "I am not great, am I great?". ?Wu Heng said: "Can you just stop talking?" Philippa said angrily: "Isn''t that what everyone says? If you don''t say it, don''t let others say it." Its a mans word! "What do you say." I wont say it, its too perverted. Wu Heng shook his head. Okay, you call me a pervert, you weak sheep. ?Philippa moved faster, and the two of them frowned and had no time to argue. Im exhausted, come on! said Philippa, slumping on one side. ~! Philippa, the owner of the dockyard has sent someone to find you. Come out quickly, dont keep people waiting. Millicents voice came from outside the door. Philippa, who was slumped on the bed, was stunned for a moment, turned over and sat up, "I forgot, I have an appointment." Speaking, he started to get dressed in a hurry. No, youre leaving like this? Wu Heng looked at the other party. ?Philippa smiled and kissed him on the cheek, "Next time." After saying that, he rushed out directly. Millicent, where is he? Also, I want to eat hibiscus crab tonight. Okay, please slow down, be careful when speaking, dont talk nonsense out of your head. "Know it." Inside the room. ?Wu Heng was a little helpless. ??The only thing "Philippa" can do is run away halfway through this kind of thing. ????????????????????????????????? The door reopens. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw Millicent walking in. A pair of eyes looked at Wu Heng on the bed in surprise. Sir, my lord, I didnt know you were here. (End of this chapter) Chapter 484 , Imiro is gone Chapter 484, Imiro is gone Wait for Wu Heng to get dressed. Millicent''s face turned red and she spoke softly, "Sir, do you want to let ''Philippa'' go to sea?" ??Wu Heng observed her expression and said, "Well, tomorrow I will go to sea again on behalf of Treasure Island." "Sir..." Millicent raised her head suddenly, looked at each other and then lowered her head quickly, "Can you arrange another job for her? Even if she stays in the tavern, she can collect some intelligence for you." ?Wu Heng also understood what she meant. After all, going out to sea is dangerous, which means that you may face danger. Still want to keep Philippa on the island. Have you asked Philippa for her opinion? Wu Heng looked at her. She is young and ignorant! Millicent still whispered. ??Wu Heng sat aside and thought for a while, then said directly: "She is so old, so we should respect her choice more, and ''Philippa'' is also very good." Philippa''s feeling for Wu Heng was not that bad. Have certain commanding abilities, and his knowledge of navigation and ships far exceeded that of most pirates. I really feel like she can achieve some success in sailing. From another perspective. ??Wu Heng took the mother and daughter out of prison, saved their lives and provided them with a good life. Philippa provides herself with information. The same is true now, but it doesnt mean that once the tavern is opened, the work is no longer going to be done. Millicent lowered her head and whispered: "I am just a daughter." Wu Heng also knew her worries as a mother and said softly: "You don''t want Philippa to stay in the tavern with you all your life. She is now the ''Secret Whisperer'' of the association and will have a better future in the future." ?These words made Millicent''s expression suffocate. She really couldn''t control Philippa, and she had indeed achieved something with her own daughter that she had never dared to think of before. The Whisperers of the Association also have a closer relationship with the island owner. He thought quickly in his mind, raised his head again, and said, "Sir, you are right, Philippa has her own way to go, and she will be better than me." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t worry, I won''t put her in any danger." Thank you, sir. Philippa saluted and thanked him. You can continue to collect intelligence in the tavern here. I think there are quite a lot of customers recently. Its your lord. There are already many guests in the tavern, sitting around, eating and chatting. ?Wu Heng walked out of the tavern and called a carriage at the door. Go to the association. Association, Deacon''s Study. ??Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, heard a voice coming from inside, opened the door and walked in. Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, sorting out the documents in her hands. ?Seeing him coming in, he was a little curious, "Big Island Master, why do you have time to come to my place?" "Let''s see you." Wu Heng sat down and said, "Why didn''t you hire an assistant? You are a deacon now and you are too busy." While serving as subdeacon, Shiraqui had no assistants. ?Most of the clerical work also falls on Wu Hengs Ande Weier. Now that Sheila Gui has become a local deacon, some tasks really cannot be shared. Assistants must be recruited. "I have written a letter to the clan before, and it will probably arrive soon." Xilagui said directly. A deacon''s assistant, although a personal assistant. However, you can have access to many core things, so you must choose someone who the deacon has complete trust in. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Have the affairs of the guard been arranged?" Sheila Gui put down the things in her hands and said: "Everything has been arranged. The squad and the association guards have planned the patrol area. If you want the skeleton to join in, just bring it to the association. Be smarter. Skeleton, don''t cause trouble." Okay, Ill choose some skeletons tomorrow. It is actually not easy to form a team on Treasure Island. In the short term, we still have to rely on associations to maintain order. At the very least, those who can join the association must have certain moral standards and are less likely to cause problems. After talking about the patrol in two sentences, Shiragui said again: "By the way, Deacon Imiro left the island. I didn''t want to attract other people''s attention to avoid getting into trouble with us, so I didn''t notify you. If you have anything, you can write to him. Just send it to the headquarters. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, a little surprised. Imiro actually left too. ?Then the strongest person on this treasure island is himself and his skeleton attendants. Its not that the machine guns and skeleton army are inferior to Imiro. But in terms of reputation, Imiro''s presence on Treasure Island can indeed deter most enemies. Machine guns and skeleton troops can display tremendous power when facing the enemy head-on. ??If high-level professionals want to make a sneak attack, or rush into the city for melee combat, they still need high-level professionals to deal with it. Imiro left without making any noise. This reason should also be taken into consideration. However, when Imiro appears at the association headquarters, the news will spread. On the surface, it still said: "We have a backer in the headquarters, and Deacon Imiro can continue to pursue his own direction." A literate person, not like a necromancer at all. ?Wu Heng continued: "What are you going to do with the body of an 18th-level boxer from the Divine Punishment Sect?" Sheila Gui glanced at him with a smile on her face, "What? You want it?" ??Wu Heng did not deny it, "There is no way, the Divine Punishment Sect is still eyeing Treasure Island. Without high-level professionals, we are all in danger." I can almost handle your equipment and skeletons. That was a head-on battle. It would still be very dangerous if we entered the city alone, or came to kill us two directly, Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui nodded, took out a pen and paper and wrote a certificate. He handed it to him and said, "This is what I gave you. If you need it in the future, I will be able to mobilize it." It seems that the body was originally intended to be distributed to himself. Just waiting for him to say it. Wu Heng took it and looked down, "What you said, I will listen to you if necessary, let alone the skeleton." Sheela narrowed her eyes slightly and rolled her eyes at him. Im going to see the body. Wu Heng said. Go! walked out of the deacon''s study and went directly to the morgue. The island has been relatively calm recently. The two coroners had nothing to do and were sitting at the door chatting. When he saw Wu Heng coming, he immediately saluted, "My lord, the island owner." ?Wu Heng handed the certificate to the other party, "Where is the level 18 corpse? The deacon asked me to handle it." ?The other party checked, stretched out his hand and said, "It''s inside, I''ll take you there." All the way to the innermost part of the morgue. On the iron bed, there was a corpse rolled up with a straw mat. Looking at his face, he had a bald head and thick eyebrows. He was indeed a level 18 boxer. I took it away. Wu Heng put the space ring away. Okay. The coroner nodded. The body has been obtained and the patrol has been arranged. ?Wu Heng did not bother Xila Gui again. Halled a carriage and returned to his residence. In the manor. The fountain pool has been repaired. The cracks that were split by the sword energy were completely repaired, and the damaged formation patterns were also etched again. Zhen pattern is really a magical thing. No need for water pipes or water sources. Absorb the surrounding water elements, condense into water, and then spray out from the sky to form a fountain effect. It consumes a lot less energy than modern fountains. ?Hello to Minnie. ?Wu Heng took out the level 18 corpse from a location in the manor. The straw mat is untied. Revealing the stitched corpse inside. Without much thought, he directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the body. A skeleton stood up from the ground. Skeleton Boxer (Level 18) (PS: Some words have been deleted in this chapter, and the missing words will be added later.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 485 , Corpse King Chapter 485, Corpse King Skeleton Boxer Level: 18 Attributes: Constitution 48, Strength 45, Agility 50, Intelligence 14, Perception 31, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, Qi, vajra soul, ethereal body. Feats: Unarmored Specialization (Master), Unarmored Movement (Master), Tiger Finger Specialization (Master), Fist Specialization (Advanced). Abilities: Shocking punch, light body fall, catching flying arrows, flying wind, penetrating strength, domain fist intention. Vajra Soul: The soul is persevering and is not affected by any mental or soul effects. Empty Body: Can make one''s own actions invisible. Quick Wind Stride: Break through abnormal terrain and quickly run towards the target. Penetration Strength: The energy generated by the attack can penetrate into the enemy''s body, ignore the surface body defense, and attack the internal organs. Field Fist Intention: Your physical skills have reached a sublime level. You will form a personal domain around you, with fierce fist intention and endless punches. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes of the skeleton and frowned slightly. The name changed and became The Great Boxer. One word difference is the difference between level 17 and level 18. In terms of attributes, his physical constitution reached 48 points, his strength was 45, and his agility was 50. It has also reached a terrifying point. No wonder he was so crazy at the time. With this kind of attribute, few people could stop him. The charm is that after it is transformed into a skeleton, it will automatically fall down. There is nothing to say. Perception 31 is pretty good. But the intelligence is only 14 points, which is very different from the previous three attributes. Not even as high as low-level legal professions. No wonder you fell into the trap directly, your intelligence is not good enough. In terms of expertise and abilities, he has many more abilities than the previous boxers. Every ability is pretty good. Especially [Penetration Strength] and [Domain Fist Intent]. Penetration StrengthCan penetrate the energy into the enemy''s body, ignoring the surface defense. This point can be understood to mean that it doesnt matter whether you wear armor or not. It can kill you directly. Field Fist Intentis to form a personal domain in the surrounding area. The fist intention is fierce and the power of the punch is endless. It should mean that the attack power is stronger in the field. When transforming into a level 18 Skeleton Prophet. The opponent also has a domain ability, and the enemy''s attacks can be completely predicted within the domain. The two are different, but the ability in this field should be level 18. Xila Gui said that when the boxer reaches level 18, he awakens his immortal body, his strength is endless, and his appearance no longer ages. It seems that some of the abilities cannot be inherited after being transformed into a skeleton. It doesnt matter. The statement that the skeleton has no strength in the first place cannot be said to be absolutely invincible. Furthermore, with this appearance, let alone aging. ??Wu Heng recalled his original name and said: "From now on, you will still be called Kaxiu and throw this garbage outside." The skeleton came out, rolled up the straw mat and the broken pieces of meat, and threw them outside. ?Minnies shout came from inside the room. ?Wu Heng walked into the room to eat and rest. The next day, port. On ships flying the flag of the Association and the flag of Treasure Island. Wu Heng looked at Philippa and told him, "I''m just going to drive away some pirates. When it''s over, come back as soon as possible. Don''t run around and drink." Philippa nodded, "I know, wait until I bring you some pirate heads." Millicent also followed up and said: "I have prepared food for you for several days. You must eat on time at sea. When you see pirates, be careful. Safety comes first." Okay, I understand, you have been talking for a long time. Philippa said dissatisfied. At this time, Sheila Gui also came over with three team members. Ive made an explanation here. Theres nothing wrong with me here. Wu Heng nodded. Xilagui said directly: "Then let''s go to sea. The weather is good today." ?Wu Heng glanced at Philippa and said, "At sea, keep in touch." "clear." A few people got off the boat. Leave Philippa behind, along with the association squad that went out to sea, and a large number of skeleton soldiers. Then, under the watchful eyes of many residents and business groups, the three ships slowly left the port. Philippa stood on the side of the ship, holding on to the mast ropes and holding her head high. Enjoying the cheers of the crowd at the port. Going away little by little. "She shouldn''t be of a high rank. Is it okay to arrange for her to be the captain?" Sheila Gui looked at the ships going away and spoke softly. ?Philippa has a carefree personality and seems a little unreliable. But the tasks assigned to her were completed well every time. Its okay. I arranged three level 15 pirate skeletons for her to control three ships respectively. Its not a big problem. Wu Heng said directly. In naval battles, level is not that important. ??Wu Heng also directed some of Philippa''s actions through the radio. "Just make arrangements." Sheila Gui didn''t say much. Dont worry, itll be okay. Wait for ships further away. Several people began to return. Hilagui got on the carriage and returned to the association. ??Wu Heng also found a carriage, got on it, and said, "Millicon, I''ll take you back to the tavern." Millicent held up her skirt and boarded the carriage. ?Wu Heng tapped the wall of the carriage and the carriage rushed towards the Nautilus Tavern. Sent Milicon back, Wu Heng also returned to the manor. ?Go upstairs and enter the radio room. Hand took out the emerald sand tray directly from the space ring. In the middle of the clear sand table, three ship models flying the flag of Treasure Island appeared in sight. In addition, there are more ships of different types and flags in other locations in the sea. Wandering on the sea. ?Wu Heng picked up the microphone of the radio equipment and said, "Philippa, can you hear me?" "Yes! It''s very clear. I feel it''s clearer than the prop you gave me last time." Philippa''s voice came over. ??Wu Heng said: "Well, you haven''t started to miss home, have you?" What are you talking about? Its like you havent been weaned. Philippa muttered dissatisfiedly. ??Wu Heng continued: "You first enter the ''Ling Kasik Route''. There are two groups of small pirate ships there, and they will be cleared immediately." Understand, I didnt even like the small pirate group at first. Philippa said. Well, be safe. Waiting for my good news. The two chatted briefly, and Wu Heng hung up the phone again. The skeleton investigator was still placed at the table, waiting to record some information. Get out of the radio room. ?Wu Heng returned to the study. Looking at the sky, he opened the boundary door and walked in directly. ?Zombie World, the main road outside the station. Skeleton flying dragons roared past overhead. Solid iron bullets fell to the ground like a heavy rain. Amidst the roaring and bursts of earth tremors, the experience value also increased rapidly. After the iron bomb bombardment, the skeleton army began to advance along the road. Kill the remaining zombies. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Level increased to level 17, constitution +1, intelligence +2, charm +1. Finally reached level 17. Its really difficult to get promoted. ?Wu Heng opened the panel and looked at the experience points required for level 18. Level: Level 17 (1327/265000). Reaching level 18 requires 260,000 experience points. Thats quite a lot. The skeletons were cleaning the battlefield, and the corpses of evolved zombies were thrown in front of them. This period of time has passed. The number of evolved zombies has increased again. There are at least five or six hundred in front of us, which is much more than before. The corpse was transformed and the corpse core was collected. ??Wu Heng began to return with the skeleton army. Go back to the station. Qi Hancai followed and said, "There are two things I want to tell you." Say it! One is that the main station discovered a level four zombie and named it the Zombie King. The second thing is that Sister Yahong obtained the map location of the provincial military factory. (End of this chapter) Chapter 486 , is there any other way? Chapter 486: Is there any other way? Level 4 deformed zombies? The Corpse King? Each level of deformed zombies corresponds to the level of professionals in another world. ?Level 2 deformed zombies correspond to level 10 professionals, and level 3 corresponds to level 15 professionals. And this newly emerged fourth-level corpse king... It should correspond to a higher level, but I dont know if it is level 18, or if it still increases according to level 5, and is directly rated as level 20, corresponding to the hero. What are the characteristics of this kind of corpse king? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai recalled it and said: "The main station simply described it, saying that its body shape is closer to humans, its appearance is different from humans, it can control a larger number of zombies, and it has more infectious abilities." ?Wu Heng listened on the sidelines. ??Its just this description that reminded him of the ghoul necromancer that the association worked together to kill in Blackstone Town. Sounds somewhat similar. "Nothing else?" Seeing that she didn''t continue speaking, Wu Heng turned around and glanced. No, I heard it was just collected information, and I cant verify whether its true or false. The main station collects intelligence from various places, some of which are even from abroad. Summarize and then pass it on to the rest of the people. The Level 4 Corpse King should be real. After all, in the current environment, who would be bored and make up these things. It''s just intelligence information, a little too vague. Actually, if you think about level 4 zombies, they wont have much impact on you. In terms of strength and military strength, they are not comparable to each other. ??Zombies of this level are difficult to encounter. ??The potion for the third-level corpse core has not been researched yet, and I am not in a hurry to find the fourth-level zombies. Lets talk about the factory. Wu Heng sat down aside. Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "Sister Yahong, I asked about the location of the military factory. I heard that it involves the production of artillery parts and weapon accessories. It sounds quite comprehensive." Through the provincial rescue team? "No, I found out from another channel. I heard that the person who provided the information worked there before." Qi Hancai said. In other words, information obtained from provincially differentiated shelters. Is it highly reliable? I checked it with the map, there should be no problem. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where is the train?" Come back tomorrow during the day. Lets make arrangements to go back to Xinfu City tomorrow night. Qi Hancai nodded, thought for a moment, and said, "I want to go to the province with you." ?Wu Heng looked at her with some confusion, "Are there any relatives over there?" I really havent thought of anyone to carry. After all, the Skeleton Flying Dragon needs to replace bullets, as well as some logistical work. Still needs someone to complete it. "No, even if there is, it''s impossible to survive. I just feel that staying here won''t be of much help to the base. I can still help by going with you." Qi Hancai said directly. Okay, well make arrangements here then, and you can come with me. Hearing Wu Hengs agreement, Qi Hancai also smiled. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng returned to the room. Return to Treasure Island. In the manor. Send the corpse cores obtained by killing evolved zombies to the alchemy laboratory. At the same time, the prepared first-level medicine will also be stored in the space ring. walked out of the room and headed to the radio room. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record book, picked up the phone, and contacted Philippa. Philippa, are you there? "Here, what did you do during the day? I can''t find anyone to talk to you." Philippa''s voice came over. I also have to work, so Ill be here to chat with you every day. "Okay, I forgive you." Philippa continued: "Let me tell you, the conch you gave me is so handsome. I have never felt so handsome. It''s just that the side effects are a bit severe. I''m still nauseated now. , want to vomit." When talking about strange objects, the tone of voice was much higher. It seems that I am very satisfied with the effect shown. The side effect is a strong feeling of hunger and thirst after use. Cant help but eat and drink. ??But this is already a very mild side effect. It is much better than the evil sword that even killed himself and the use of the shroud that caused the body to fester. Whats the effect after using it? Wu Heng leaned against the table. "A very large water-type shark appeared and kept hitting pirate ships. Some fell into the sea and were directly bitten to death. The most important thing is that the arrows and crossbow bolts have no effect on it, but they are easy to use. " Philippa said loudly. A water-type shark is a shark formed from the element of water. It can last thirty minutes in water. From what Philippa said, if it can hit and move a ship, it must be quite big. The rare items exchanged from Netale City are of very high quality. You can just use it if you like it. There is no need to use it as little as possible. Overeating is not good for your health. Hey, daddy is so nice. Philippa coquettishly said. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "So, you have already fought today?" We fought, cleared out two waves of small pirate groups, and escorted a caravan for a while, Philippa said. You wiped out two pirate groups in one day? "Well, they are all small pirate groups. We also checked the wanted poster. They are not on it. They may be newly formed." Philippa felt a little regretful and continued: "Where are we going now? There is no target now." "Wait a minute." Wu Heng took out the emerald sand table, looked at a ship in the sea, and found the location of Philippa''s ship. There were two more ships than the original three. It does seem that there is a lot of gain. ??After searching nearby, his eyes fell on the route. Three pirate ships docked on a small island. There is a small island further east. There are three pirate ships docked there. You can go directly there. Turtle Island, I know that side. Philippa said the name of the island directly. Yes, thats it. "Then I''ll go out to give directions. Do you have anything else to do?" Philippa asked. Its okay, stay safe. Dont worry, Im terribly strong now. After saying that, he hung up the chat. ?At sea, there are really not many people who can threaten Philippa''s fleet. Not to mention the machine guns he gave us, and the many skeletons holding firearms. There are three level 15 skeleton captains accompanying the ship. ?This kind of configuration could have traveled across the Emerald Sea in the past. Ordinary pirates cannot defeat Philippa and the others. Wu Heng also hung up the microphone. Looking at another radio device next to him. ?This station is on the same frequency as Shannara''s radio. Shannara has been away from the island for a few days. We promised to keep in touch, but now no news has come back. His eyes glanced at the location of the Star Flower Merchant Group''s fleet. Already close to the edge of the Emerald Sea. As long as the fleet is not in danger. Dont say anything, try the equipment and say something to me. ?Wu Heng muttered and left the room. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. ?The three of them were sitting at the dining table, chatting and eating dinner. After dinner. The sky has also darkened. ?Wu Heng sat in the study and began to think about the next plan. I have now reached level 17, only one step away from level 18. The required experience is 265,000. In fact, the problem is not that big, it is just a matter of a few waves of zombies. ?As long as you work hard, you can almost reach level 18 within a week. After level 18, you need to consider what Imiro said about hero building. Last time I was chatting with Imiro about level 18 professionals, the other person mentioned the matter of hero creation. After reaching this level, upgrading is not just a requirement for experience points. There is also the creation of a hero, which needs to be famous and have a certain influence. I dont know if I have a hero after level 18, or if my reputation in the zombie world meets the requirements. "It seems that I am somewhat famous on the other side of the earth." ?My name as King of Yama has been widely spread due to some reasons. I dont know if it counts as hero creation. It would be much more convenient if it were calculated. "This side of Treasure Island..." Wu Heng folded his arms behind his head and leaned back. Get the ammunition production chain as soon as possible, build a factory on Treasure Island, and start resuming production. After all, gunpowder and some special metals can be purchased in large quantities here. ?There is also the construction of islands. At that time, various construction machinery will be brought over, and the expansion will continue. Go through the plan quickly in your mind. Turn off the air conditioner in the room. Opened the door, walked out, and went back to the room to rest. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng put on the "train conductor''s hat" in the open space in the courtyard. The whistle sounded and the ghost train appeared out of thin air. ?Wuheng got on the train and directly filled in "Netalai City". Soon, the train disappeared and disappeared into the void. A few hours later. The train arrived at the deserted area outside Netale. ?Wu Heng wore a cloak and went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium in the city. Enter the gate and stood in front of the notice board and took a look. A staff member walked over directly. Guest, someone in the VIP room invites you to come over. ??Wu Heng turned his head and glanced, and saw a figure also wearing a cloak standing in front of the VIP room. ?Judging from the body shape and height, he is the person he traded with the previous two times. Not even entrusted by the consortium. Just waiting for me here. ?Wu Heng followed him into the VIP room. The other person sat down opposite him and took off his hood, revealing his shiny blond hair and delicate face. Sir, you are one day late, the other party said. Today is exactly 5 days. ?The other party did not waste time to argue, and forced a smile, "Have you made the potion?" Well, its made. Wu Heng took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion, placed them on the table, and pushed them over. The woman picked it up, looked at it, and put it down again. He took one out and put it on the table. Good Dancer''s Veil Category: Strange objects. Effect: After wearing it, people with no dance foundation can show superb dance skills. Side effects: Once used, it should continue for two hours. (Description: A veil worn by good dancers.) A strange thing for dancing? this. The woman spoke softly, "Sir, this is a dance veil. It allows the wearer to have a good foundation in dancing. The side effect is that once used, the dancing time limit must be reached. Even if the dance is over, the dance must be completed. Of course, you can rest in between. , as long as it can be completed within one day. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. Actually, this strange item doesnt seem to have much effect. He has never attended a ball. Even if he did attend, he would not wear a lady''s veil and dance on stage. Its embarrassing just to think about it. Seeing that the other party did not go to get it, the woman continued: "Sir, I will try to prepare better things for you next time." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, Okay. Put away the veil. The woman also smiled and put away the potion. ?Wu Heng looked at her, "Why don''t you test the authenticity of the potion?" The woman shook her head, "If you reject the conditions I made before, you will never lie to me about this matter. I believe you." ?Last time, she wanted Wu Heng to refine the potion for her alone. Money, women, and rights are all available. ?Wu Heng still refused. At this point, she believed that Wu Heng lacked nothing, so there was no need to deceive her because of the potion. ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, the other party was pretty good. The woman sat on the chair, pondered for a moment, and then spoke slowly. Sir, do you have other kinds of medicines that can wake people up from coma or extend their lifespan? (End of this chapter) Chapter 487 , Skeleton Cavalry Chapter 487, Skeleton Cavalry While on Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng also briefly investigated the identity of the blond girl. ?Even if there is no conclusive evidence, it feels like a guess. ??The old king of Yeko Kingdom fell into a coma again, the domestic situation was turbulent, and the ministers and troops each supported different princes. Once the old king dies, the Kingdom of Yeko will fall into civil war. Unlike other people who fight for power, the man in front of him wants to extend the life of the old king. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Any kind of vampire, corpse, or ghost will be more effective than medicine." The woman sighed, "These are not acceptable, they are not allowed." ??Wu Heng continued, The drug will only last for a short time, and if you take it too much, it will reach a limit, and in the end it will not change anything. "Then you...can you develop a more effective potion? I can continue to collect rare items with you." The woman looked straight at him, looking forward to it. If there are new potions, I will notify you. Thank you, will you come back in five days? the woman asked tentatively. After all, she also knew that some of the strange items brought this time were of little use. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Okay, I''m still here." "good!" The two ended the conversation. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out directly. Leave the city, put on the [train conductors hat], and continue to fill in Lpez City on the itinerary. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. In the VIP room. Four coffins were brought in. Open them one by one to reveal the corpse inside. ??The beautiful female elf manager Retili sat opposite, with her straight white calves exposed under her skirt. He said softly: "Two level 15 blacksmiths, one level 15 artificer, and one level 15 chef all died unexpectedly. You can rest assured about this." ?Last time, Wu Hengs commission was for all level 15 special professions. The efficiency is still there, and it is much higher than that of Treasure Island. It seems that Retilis ability should be higher than that of the person in charge of Treasure Island. ?At that time, the consortium auction was held so close to Treasure Island. The people who hosted the auction were ''Retili'' and an old man, not the person in charge of Treasure Island. Settle the balance, then fill out a new form, or buy the body. Wu Heng said. Good guest. Retili greeted several staff members. Start calculating the balance and fill in the entrustment at the same time. Retili sat opposite, glanced at the other party, and then asked: "Guest, do you need the corpses of the cavalry? I can sell them to you in bulk at a good price." ?Wu Heng also looked at the other party in confusion, "Cavalry?" ??Retili smiled and nodded, "Some arrogant bandits robbed a batch of goods from the consortium, and they were cleaned up. There were many corpses of cavalry among them. I feel pretty good." Where is it? Take me to see it! Ill take you there after filling out the entrustment. Not long after, the balance was settled and the new order was filled out. ?Wu Heng put away the four coffins and followed ''Leidili'' out of the consortium building. Took a carriage and left the city to a location similar to an incineration site. Carcasses of humans and horses littered the ground. This is really a lot of people killed. There have always been rumors that the Snake Emblem Consortium is engaged in gray industries, and its own strength is not lower than that of the association. But I have never seen the consortium actually take action. Now that he has killed so many people in one fell swoop, he actually believes it. At least the means of doing things are more ruthless than those of the association. There is no unnecessary investigation, just identify the master and handle the matter directly. ?No one can escape. How do you plan to sell it? A level 15 corpse here costs you 600 silver coins, four level 10 corpses cost you 300 silver coins, and the remaining corpses and horse corpses cost you a total of 200 silver coins. How about that? Retili asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked at her, "Don''t you need to fill in the entrustment?" You can also let us make some extra money! Leitili leaned towards this side. Oh, I understand. Originally intended to be incinerated, this was sold directly to myself. Okay, you guys have really worked hard. Wu Heng agreed. Retili was overjoyed and immediately called out: "Go get the straw mats and wrap all the bodies." The rest of the people dispersed to sort out the corpse. ?Wu Heng also gave them the money according to the agreed amount. Then he put all the corpses into the space sachet. After completing the transaction with each other. Lets take a carriage back together. ??Retili returned to the consortium, and Wu Heng went around the city and bought some food to pack. ??I also found a deserted place and took the train back to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. Four corpses of level 15 special professions were transformed on Treasure Island. ??The artificer was arranged in the room on the fifth floor, the chef entered the kitchen, and the remaining two blacksmiths stayed on standby temporarily without arranging anything. Have dinner with Minnie and others. Go directly to the zombie world. Take the return train. He went to "Xinfu City" overnight, preparing to go to the province and occupy the military factory. Provincial and district expressways. At a rest stop. A barbed wire fence was hung on the fence, and a pair of eyes looked warily into the distance through the top of the fence. Zombies on the highway do not gather as much as in the city, so some survivors have established gathering places here. ?At this time, from the far side of the road, the roars of zombies kept coming. On the snow-white road. The dense group of zombies is slowly moving forward. The front is the area where they are. Have these zombies discovered us? "It''s not like that. If they find us, they will rush over directly. They should be wandering here." There are evolved zombies, they brought them here. I counted several hundred of them. If we launch an attack, there wont be enough people to fill our teeth. How about we retreat and exit quietly. Fart, without this wall, we will die faster, and in this weather, we will freeze to death and starve to death if we go out. Wheres Brother Chuang? What did Brother Chuang say? Brother Chuang, let us keep an eye on him and attack if there is any danger. Hello~! While several people were talking. ?The evolved zombies headed in the distance seemed to have discovered something, and roared towards the wall. The aimless zombies behind him were all startled, and they also screamed and roared. Deafening. Grass, found. Its over, were done. Tap tap tap~! The group of corpses began to charge and rushed towards the wall. The survivors also panicked and took out their weapons to prepare for the final battle. Just when the corpse group was less than 200 meters away from the wall, the corpse group''s forward steps suddenly stopped. They all turned their heads and looked up at the sky. The survivors were also stunned, and then looked up. Suddenly. Then he saw flying dragons with pale skeletons appearing in his field of vision. Arrived quickly, above the corpses. It felt like something was opening in the chest. Sprinkle large pieces of stuff from the sky. Boom, boom, boom~! A deafening explosion sounded. The earth trembled and the earth was turned upside down. The survivors held their heads in horror. Look, there are cavalry, hell, cavalry made of skeletons. All the survivors looked out along the wall again. ?Skeleton cavalry wearing leather armor and holding lances rushed towards them. (End of this chapter) Chapter 488 , I have information to report Chapter 488, I have information to report Like the skeleton of an ancient warrior, riding a tall, bone-like war horse. The bones on his body glowed palely in the white snow surrounding the sun. In the empty eye sockets, there was a faint blue firelight, like a team coming out of hell. ??The skeleton cavalry rushed forward and rushed into the group of corpses, knocking over a large number of zombies. Their decayed bodies were hung on lances and lifted high. The roar and the sound of horse hooves intertwined to form a tragic and strange scene. ?Skeleton Cavalry? The survivors behind the wall looked at the fighting on the battlefield with wide eyes. Everyones eyes revealed horror and disbelief. Zombies have already turned the world into this horrible state. ?Now a group of inexplicable skeletons have appeared. Looks to be more fierce. What should we do? These skeletons are worse than zombies. Grass! How come we have everything now. Its finished, were all finished. ??If we are talking about resisting zombies, we may still be able to win by relying on walls and some traps prepared in advance. But if the enemy were replaced by these ferocious skeletons, they would never survive. Lets not talk about the cavalry, but the few skeleton flying dragons hovering in the sky. Teach them the same way as bombing zombies, and no one will survive. ??Human beings'' biggest advantage when dealing with these immortal guys is wisdom. Now, humans may not have any advantages. On the battlefield. After several rounds of cavalry charges, there were no zombies on the road that could stand normally. Some zombies with mutilated bodies, dragging their bodies while crawling, had their heads smashed one by one by horse hooves. Then, the cavalry team regrouped, all looking at the wall with empty eyes. The hearts of all the survivors beat like drums. I just feel a chill down my spine. Then, the cavalrymen turned around neatly and left in the direction they came from. The skeleton flying dragon in the sky also changed its direction and left this location. Leaved, they left. It seems they didnt find us. I remember that someone on the radio mentioned that survivors in other areas had awakened the ability to control skeletons. How is it possible that by controlling a skeleton, you can also create a flying dragon? ?Huh~huh! The survivors had just breathed a sigh of relief when the sound of car engines was heard again in the distance. The discussion stopped and he looked over. I saw a convoy escorted by skeleton cavalry, heading this way quickly. The truck headed by it has an exaggerated impact angle. To the left and right are off-road vehicles equipped with machine guns and armored vehicles with gun barrels on top. Approach quickly. Damn, skeletons have a modern army. The direction of the convoy. Xiaoxiao, who was in charge of the investigation, flew back from the front and got directly into the body. The screen in the front service area is also shared. See this scene. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised that a group of survivors actually survived here. Inform the convoy to slow down. There are a group of survivors in the service area ahead. You can go and find out the situation with them then, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai, who was driving the vehicle, was slightly startled. "it''s here?" Well, there can be about twenty people. "Okay, got it." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "There are survivors at the service station ahead. Prepare to slow down and stop. Don''t get out of the car yet, first make sure they are not in danger." "receive!" "receive!" A reply came out from the intercom. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao again and continued to be responsible for the surrounding exploration. Yesterday, Wu Heng and Qi Hancai took a train to Xinfu City overnight. ?A few people discussed it and decided on a plan to go to the provincial capital today. There is no train option. After all, the provincial rescue team controls the railway at the other end. When the train passes, you must negotiate with them in advance. As for the matter of going to the military factory, I still want to do it in a low-key manner. Wait until everything is taken care of before revealing it. In addition, we need to maintain smooth traffic between cities to transport various supplies. So we chose the highway. ? Along the way, Feilong and the cavalry opened the way. The convoy basically did not stop, and the speed on the road was much faster than originally expected. Just about to get off the highway, I found survivors in the service area. The fleet stops on the roadside outside the service area. You can faintly see the eyes looking from the top of the wall. Qi Hancai picked up the microphone of the car loudspeaker and said to it: "We are from the Xinfu City base. We are passing by your place. Let''s come out and have a chat!" The sound from the speaker was loud and spread quickly. ?The survivors in the base shivered and began to look around to see if they had attracted the attention of other zombies. At the same time, he cursed in his heart, these are all madmen. ?At this time, you still dare to use the trumpet to shout nonsense. Brother Chuang, I remembered that there is a person with the ability to control skeletons at the base in Xinfu City. A few days ago, we had a dispute with the provincial rescue team over supplies. Beside, a man with a beard and a rough face frowned, "Are you sure it''s them?" In Xinfu City, they must be the ones who can control the skeletons. "Then why did you come here?" The man known as Brother Chuang still looked outside. Seeing that the other party had no intention of leaving, and the armored vehicle was equipped with machine guns, he said to the side: "Tell them that we can talk, and we can talk in the middle. ? ? "Ah, okay!" ? ? ? The heavy door opened a gap, and a man wearing a ragged cotton-padded jacket ran out. ?Standing not far away, he shouted: "Our boss said, what do you want to talk about? Take a few less people in the middle." ??Qi Hancai got out of the car directly, taking with him the skeleton to protect himself and two other members wearing stab-proof clothing. Going to a position in the middle of the two sides. In the service area, three people also came out and came closer. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the truck. ? After confirming that there was nothing wrong with the eyes, the two parties started talking. Get off from the other side as well. Commanded the skeleton and began to clean the battlefield. The corpses of evolved zombies were dragged together. Release [Bone Slave Technique], and after all are transformed into skeletons, collect the collected corpse cores into the space ring. Then, continue to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road to transform all remaining corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and staggered to the position of the convoy. There are also many transformed skeletons. The truck brought out cannot carry so many skeletons. Looking across the entire road. Looking for some vans or trucks that can be driven away to load the newly transformed skeletons. At this time, Qi Hancai came over from behind. He said directly: "I have already talked with them. There are more than 20 people in the shelter who gathered together one after another. The leader used to be a truck driver. Zombies broke out on the highway and they were trapped here." Truck driver? What kind of job do you do? From the provincial capital and other places. Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Truck drivers, will they know more about each road section?" Qi Hancai''s eyes lit up, "You mean, he might know the situation at the factory?" Well, take me to talk to him. He travels everywhere, so he must know something. "good." A guard box outside the service area. In the small space, there are two groups of people sitting on the left and right. ?Wu Heng, Qi Hancai, and several skeleton attendants, and three people on the other side. The leading man is in his 40s, with a long beard and protruding mandibles on both sides. This is our leader. Qi Hancai said to the other side: This is Liu Chuang, the leader of the Pingxiang Service Center. Hello, Chief, I often hear news about your refuge on the radio. Liu Chuang looked at the other person and said enthusiastically. Well, Leader Lius base is also very well built. Compared to you, its far behind. Liu Chuang said with a smile. ??Wu Heng continued: "What is the future development direction of your shelter?" "The direction of development..." Liu Chuang muttered and replied, "Let''s spend the winter first. There is a lot of land on both sides of the highway. Then we will grow something to meet the needs of people like us. It should be fine." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly. It seems that the other party plans to run the base by itself. He didnt say much at the top of the base. He said again: You were in the freight business before? I havent read many books, so I just haul some goods and make a living. Do you know some road sections and locations in Yangtong City? Wu Heng said directly. ?Yangtong City is the capital city of this province. It is densely populated and is also the most developed city in the province. Liu Chuang said: "I have traveled all over Yangtong City. I will listen to what you say." Sanwu Industrial Group. Liu Chuang frowned with a smile on his face. After wandering around for a while, he said, "I''ve heard of some, but I haven''t delivered any goods." We want to go there, is there any convenient route to get there? "Where are you going?" Liu Chuang sounded a little surprised, but he quickly calmed down and said: "I do know a road... It was specially built for these special factories to transport goods. The road is smooth and there are no residents. district." At this point, the words stopped. ?Looking at the people opposite. Draw it out for us and we can give you 20 kilograms of grain. If you are willing to lead us and find the location when the time comes, we can pay you five bags of 50 kilograms of grain. Liu Chuang looked suffocated, and the two followers behind him swallowed and spat subconsciously. ?This winter, food is becoming more and more important. After hesitating for a moment, Liu Chuang said: "Then I will go with you, but when I see the location, I will come back." Okay, come with us! Wu Heng stood up. Liu Chuang immediately said: "I want to explain that you guys will wait for me outside for a while." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Hurry up." "good!" ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went back. The people from the convoy came over quickly. Your Majesty, Sister Qi, we found two trucks that can be driven. Arrange a driver to pull the skeleton. Qi Hancai said. "Um." After simple repairs, the two trucks drove into the convoy, and all the newly transformed skeletons jumped onto the truck bed. Inside the service station. Liu Chuang returned with his people. ??The younger brother followed behind and hurried two steps quickly, "Brother Chuang, really go with them. There are zombies everywhere on the highway. Do we need to take the risk?" "Fuck, if I don''t say it, he might even carry me over. This guy looks at people very cautiously." Liu Chuang cursed, and then said: "Tell the others, you two will follow me later. Walk." Ah? Lets go too! Stop talking nonsense, do you want food? Liu Chuang shouted angrily. Uh, okay! The two of them left to give instructions on this matter. Liu Chuang walked into a room, pushed away the woman standing in front of the radio, tuned to a separate frequency band, and said, "Is it the provincial rescue team?" This is the provincial rescue team, please speak! I am from the Pingxiang Shelter. I have contacted you before. I have important information that I want to report to you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 489 , Corpse King? Chapter 489, Corpse King? Please tell me, we will reward you with weapons and materials based on the importance of the intelligence. said the radio station. Liu Chuang moved forward, lowered his voice a bit, and said, "King Yama from Xinfu City is here and is preparing to go to the military factory." ?The other side suddenly fell into silence. "Hello? Where are we? Do you want this information?" There was suddenly no response, and Liu Chuang asked confusedly. From the news heard on the radio in the past two days, the two forces have argued several times over material matters. Now people from Xinfu City are coming here to occupy the factory. The rescue team should have some ideas. Just when I was about to urge him, a response came from the other side. It was not the operator just now, but a slightly deeper mans voice. This is the rescue team. Tell me what you just said again, and we will reward you accordingly. Liu Chuang knew that the other side would definitely pay attention to it. Immediately explained what had just happened in detail, including the appearance of the opponent''s leader and the number of vehicles he brought. Very good, the rescue team will remember your intelligence contribution this time. Then the other person continued: When will you go there? Well leave soon. Okay, I understand. If conditions permit, you can continue to provide us with information. "receive!" Liu Chuang hung up the call and suddenly felt much better. It is also a good thing for him to establish a relationship with the provincial rescue team. ? Even if I defect to the past in the future, I might be able to work as an official and have a better life than now. Give the place to the woman guarding the radio station. He walked out of the room directly. On the truck. ?Several people are waiting. Qi Hancai picked up the water glass and took a sip, and said: "This Liu Chuang has changed quite quickly. When he talked to me, he wanted to let us leave, for fear that we would take a fancy to his refuge. When talking to you, , and actually agreed to go along. Dont like him? "I''m not as good-looking as you." Qi Hancai smiled, and then said: "He didn''t choose to join us, and he still wanted to manage the shelter by himself. He is a person who pays special attention to rights and interests." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "It''s best for him to show the way honestly. If you have any ideas, you can also take over this shelter." While speaking, Xiaoxiao flew back from the direction of the service area. In the invisible state, he lay next to Wu Heng''s ear and whispered, "The big bad guy is contacting other people." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Xiaoxiao also got directly into Wu Heng''s body. Share the screen here. ??After Wu Heng left with Qi Hancai, Liu Chuang actually told the provincial rescue team what happened here. Furthermore, they also showed great interest in Wu Hengs information. ?Not only did he encourage Liu Chuang to continue to gather information, but he also had the faint idea of ????arranging troops to come over. Actually, this is also a rare opportunity. The rescue team also tried to attack the factory, but unfortunately they were unsuccessful. ?This time, Wu Heng came with troops. Once he fights the zombies in the factory, he will be successful or not. ??Whether it is to seize the results after the war, or to directly capture Wuheng and require the base to provide a steady stream of food. ??It''s a good time. Whats wrong? Qi Hancai saw something wrong with his expression. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "Liu Chuang directly told the provincial rescue team about our matter, and the other party seems to have the idea of ????arranging for personnel to come over." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows and did not doubt the information provided by Wu Heng. He said angrily: "What is he doing? He is hurting others but not benefiting himself. Why?" It should be that we want to exchange some benefits with the provinces and regions. "Push the shelter away." Qi Hancai said directly. Theres no rush, well wait until he takes us to the factory. When you ask the corpse, you should ask the question in one go. If the road is complicated, it will be difficult to clarify it by asking the corpse. Still, he needs to be taken along with him. "good." Direction of the service area. A minivan drove out. Liu Chuang stuck his head out from the co-pilots side and said, Thats it for me. Well follow your convoy. Qi Hancai said: "Show us the way and take a bus with us. The van will follow in the middle of the convoy." The car door opens. The two skeletons got out of the car, lifted Liu Chuang out of the van, and put him into the back of the truck. One left and one right, sandwiched in the middle. Liu Chuang wiped the sweat from his forehead and grinned. It feels like the attitudes of these two people are different from just now. ?The van glanced at the convoy and also inserted itself into the middle of the convoy. Lets go! Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said on the walkie-talkie: "Let''s go." The convoy started and moved quickly towards the front. New road markings. It is a road specially built for factories in this area. The road surface is smooth and there are no traffic jams in the city. There are large windbreaks on both sides, but in winter, they are covered with snow. The team had a smooth ride. After entering this road, no vehicle stopped. ? Along the road, I occasionally encountered some scattered zombies, and they were killed by the cavalry as they passed by. The body was dumped on the roadside. "It''s right in front. That factory area is where you are looking for. I didn''t lie to you guys!" Liu Chuang lowered his head and pointed forward along the front windshield. ?Looking ahead, you can see a large factory area. ?Tall walls, barbed wire, and buildings similar to sentries are spaced on the walls. You can see some factories and buildings inside, just like a small city. Well, two leaders, just go here. You may encounter zombies if you go further. We cant help, so we wont go through. Liu Chuang said, trying to find an excuse to leave. While speaking, the voice of the leading car also came from the intercom. Sister Qi, you can see zombies wandering around the factory ahead. If you get closer, there may be a war. ??Wu Heng said: "Stop the car." Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie and said: "Slow down, the convoy stops." The convoy began to slow down and slowly stopped aside. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, two ghosts flew out quickly and flew towards the factory in the distance for investigation. In the car, Liu Chuang coughed again and said, "Well, when we get to the place, we will go back first. You promised me the food..." "Don''t worry." Wu Heng took out a map of the provincial capital from the co-pilot''s storage box and handed it to him, "Help me mark the location, the bustling commercial streets, the locations of gold shops, the locations of some important factories, and so on. There are locations for provincial and district rescue teams. Liu Chuangs heart trembled when he mentioned the provincial rescue team. But he probably didnt know about the correspondence he sent to the rescue team. Okay, okay! Liu Chuang nodded and began to mark them one by one. The markings are finished. Liu Chuang handed the map back. Get off the car! Liu Chuang carefully squeezed past the skeleton, opened the door and got out of the car, and walked towards his van. ??Wu Heng glanced and said behind him: "Kerimu, go kill that man and the two people around him." Keranmu got out of the car and walked quickly towards the van. Liu Chuang panicked and started to jog. Keranmu caught up with him in a few steps and cut off his head with the sword in his hand. Then, the body jumped up and landed on the front hood of the car. The long sword penetrated the glass, killing the driver in the driver''s seat. The sword turned again, killing the remaining person. Very smooth and clean. Sister Qi, the kings skeleton, kill those people. Someone said through the intercom. Qi Hancai replied, "It''s okay. They passed our information to others in order to prevent us from being discovered by the king." "OK." Qi Hancai continued: "A few people are coming down here to see what''s in the car. If you want to smoke and go to the toilet, you can do it now." "clear." Qi Hancai got out of the car, and the convoy behind them also opened their doors and got out of the car one after another to get some fresh air. After all, its been a days journey. Wu Heng was the only one left in the truck. Soon, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back one after another. The small figure slowly appeared, "Uncle, there are Level 2 deformed zombies and Level 3 deformed zombies inside." ?Glenda also said on the other side: "With spiritual vision, you can also see the level of deformed zombies, which is quite convenient." Zombies do have levels after transformation. Spiritual vision can see, so it should be reasonable. Are there a lot of aberrant zombies? Wu Heng asked. ??Xiao Xiao nodded, "It''s quite a lot, at least five or six, but there''s no pressure on you, uncle. No matter how many there are, it won''t be the same as the last time I killed pirates. There are more high-level ones." That time, pirates from all over the Emerald Sea came, and there must have been many high-level pirates, Granda said. Thats what I meant! Xiaoxiao said softly, lying on Wu Hengs shoulder. Wu Heng said: "Let me take a look, and we will kill the zombies later." "good!" Xiaoxiao and Glenda got into his body back and forth. The next second, two pictures were shared. In the huge courtyard, the two ghosts quickly visited one building after another. Many buildings have obviously suffered from fires or explosions and have been changed beyond recognition. The rest also suffered varying degrees of losses. There are at least five or six Level 2 deformed zombies. In a room in an office building. A zombie figure appeared in sight. Wearing a blood-stained suit, his head is like a layer of Ganoderma lucidum spreading out. In the gap between Ganoderma lucidum, a pair of eyes. ?Staring at the ghosts wandering in the air. In terms of level, it is a level three zombie. But from the appearance, it still somewhat conforms to the level four deformed zombies mentioned by Qi Hancai. The Corpse King? The level is not enough. (End of this chapter) Chapter 490 , go catch that kid (first update, something happened today. Chapter 490: Go catch that kid (First update, something happened today.) ??The weird-looking zombies made Wu Heng a little suspicious. ?Judging from the ghosts spiritual vision, it should belong to the category of third-level zombies. But wearing a suit, you can sense the invisible ghost immediately. Your intelligence and sensitivity are much higher than those of the third-level zombies you have encountered before. ??More like the fourth-level corpse king mentioned by Qi Hancai. The two ghosts were released again and floated in the air. Are we going to start a fight? Xiaoxiao asked. ??Wu Heng said: "The zombie in the suit is a bit strange. It looks like the new zombie mentioned by the main station. The danger level is level 4, which corresponds to the strength of a level 18 professional." "That''s it? How is it possible? There isn''t a big guy who looks fierce!" Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda thought for a moment and said, "Two possibilities." "tell me the story!" Glenda continued, "One is that the humans on your side are unable to accurately judge the level of the new zombie. They feel that it is more threatening, so they decided on a level 4 zombie, and the accurate strength level is level 3. The second type is the new zombie." Zombies can hide their strength, making them appear to be level three but actually stronger. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded in agreement. These are the only two things that can be explained. ??It is difficult to have more possibilities. After all, zombies lack human thinking to a certain extent. ?Glenda smiled and said: "Whether it''s level three or level four, it''s not difficult for you. What are you afraid of?" Its not that youre afraid, you just have to be prepared. You dont have many skeletons with you, so you cant just rush in. Recently, I have been in contact with level 18 professionals many times. It''s not as scary as imagined. Even if the Zombie King reaches level four deformed zombies, it won''t be a big problem. Thats right. Glenda agreed. You should stay invisible and follow me first. When I need to fight later, I will rely on you for reconnaissance. Wu Heng looked at Erhun with a smile. Dont worry. Xiaoxiao agreed immediately. ?Glenda also nodded. The two ghosts disappeared, Wu Heng also opened the car door and walked out. Three corpses were dragged over. Liu Chuang is the most miserable. His head is separated from the body, his eyes are wide open, and you can see the fear before death. Qi Hancai came over and said: "The van was inspected. There were some machetes, iron pipes, and homemade explosives. It seems that they want to die with us." Perish together? Liu Chuang sold the information to the rescue team in exchange for some reward. How could he die with himself? The possibility of dying together is not high. We should be afraid of any danger, and it is also a bargaining chip in negotiations. Wu Heng said. It makes sense, many movies act like this. Qi Hancai smiled. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse again, pointed at Liu Chuang''s head, and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The head suddenly opened its eyes, and with accurate eyeballs, it tried hard to look this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "Will the rescue team come?" The corpse replied, "I don''t know, they didn''t give me an accurate answer." ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "If they want to come over, which route will they take?" The corpse replied, "It should also go around this road. It is impossible to cross the entire city." ??Wu Heng then asked: "How long do you think it will take for them to get here?" The corpse hesitated for a moment and then spoke slowly, "If I had prepared when I notified them, it would have taken more than five hours to get here." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked the fourth question, "Is the location you marked for me on the map accurate?" The commercial streets and gold store gathering places are all accurate, but the locations of the provincial and district rescue teams were marked randomly by me. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai both raised their eyebrows. ?This guy is really dishonest. It seems that in my heart, I have made up my mind to trick myself. last question. ??Wu Heng asked along the way: "Where are the provinces and regions? Please explain in detail." "There is a Little Rock City on Dongying Street. The base established there, I don''t know if there are other strongholds." Five questions answered. The head also closed its eyes for an instant. ??Qi Hancai stepped forward and kicked his head away, "You bastard, I''ll help you with your food, and you''ll pay us back." Based on the current situation. ?Wu Heng and the others took out five bags of grain and asked the other party to lead the way. They definitely did not treat them badly. How many lives can you buy if you put it in any shelter? ?This Liu Chuang actually wanted to trick them all the way. ??If I hadnt taken him with me all the way, I might even have made up the location of the factory. ?The head is thrown and kicked away in an arc. ??Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] and transformed the other two corpses into skeletons. Qi Hancai then asked: "What should we do? Should we wait for people from the provinces to come over and then consider whether to attack the factory?" There were 13 trucks in total, and the number of skeletons they carried was only more than 7,000. There are not as many as there are more than 100,000 in urban areas. ??If there is a battle in front and the rescue team arrives, it will be a flanking attack. Hazards can easily occur. ???As long as the leader of the largest base in Xinfu City is captured and detained, he can be exchanged for a steady stream of food. ??Wu Heng also thought for a while and said: "It''s okay, five hours is enough for us to complete the battle, and then we will deal with the rescue team." Qi Hancai didn''t say much and nodded in agreement, "Okay." Let everyone prepare, move faster and speed up when changing ammunition for the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Understood, Ill do it right away. Skeleton flying dragon, falling from behind. The survivors began to replace the magazine. A large number of skeletons were turned over on the side of the truck. ?Amid the sounds of bones rubbing together and weapons clashing, a large number of skeletons formed a tight formation in the front row. Lance forward. Wu Heng said to the side: "Glenda stays with me and investigates the surrounding situation. Xiaoxiao goes to the factory to keep an eye on the zombie in a suit. If there is any movement, notify me immediately." "good." "clear." Two voices sounded, one from the left and one from the right. ?Granda lifted vertically to the position overhead, while Xiaoxiao flew straight towards the factory area. ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and asked: "Has the ammunition been loaded?" Qi Hancais voice sounded from the intercom, Everything is ready. ?Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton: "Arrange a skeleton to lure the zombies over." A skeleton squeezed out of the skeleton team and walked quickly forward. When there is still a certain distance. ??Stretched out his skeleton fist and banged the sign on one side twice. Violent noises and aimless zombies immediately looked this way alertly. The skeleton turned and ran backwards. Hahhhhhh~! The group of corpses boiled instantly, roaring and spreading rapidly to the surrounding areas. Zombies all around quickly gathered. Like a tide, it chases the skeleton in front. ?Even in the factory, the number of zombies seems to be quite large. ??The whole street was crowded with crowds of people. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Let the skeleton flying dragon out." Hurrah~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the skeletal flying dragon passed overhead. Reaching the sky above the corpses, the magazine opened, and dense rain of iron fell from the sky. Boom, boom, boom~! ?Smoke and dust are everywhere. The entire road was trembling. ?When the smoke and dust gradually dispersed, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly narrowed. A large group of zombies instantly separated to the left and right and rushed into the woodland outside the road. In an instant, it covered the entire forest land. Weaving through the trees, continue rushing this way. As expected, he can command ordinary zombies. The opponent is more likely to be the Corpse King. Tighten the formation, protect the convoy, and prepare for the charge. Wu Heng quickly ordered. The skeleton formation began to shrink backwards. Surround the convoy in the middle, forming a formation similar to a circular formation. Skeleton flying dragon''s bombing, the denser the zombies, the better the effect. This method of large-scale dispersion can indeed reduce the casualties caused by bombing to a great extent. The ammunition is loaded. Qi Hancais voice came over. Let the flying dragons disperse and bomb the forest. Wu Heng said. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up again, reached the sky above the forest, and dropped solid iron bullets. The deafening roar sounded again. ?Trees were snapped in half, soil was splashed everywhere, leaving patches of craters. The zombies in the forest were instantly shattered, with blood and flesh splattering all around. More zombies have arrived near the skeleton team. ?The footsteps were chaotic, and the putrid stench of nausea hit my face. In an instant, groups of zombies jumped into the queue of skeletons. The dense spears kept thrusting forward, piercing the zombies'' bodies over and over again. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The skeleton manipulating the machine gun on the off-road vehicle started to shoot at the rear of the corpses from a commanding position. The gunfire sounded like popping beans, flashing with fire. A large number of zombies fell to the ground, and more and more zombies rushed up one after another, baring their teeth and claws, trying to break through the skeleton''s defense line. In the fierce battle, some zombies were crowded and rolled, breaking through the defense line. The body was chopped to pieces by a skeleton holding an ax from behind. The scene was **** and tragic. The survivors kept carrying ammunition and replacing the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. But everyone''s face was full of fear. ?Even though it was not the first time, I followed the convoy to kill zombies everywhere. But before, they used a crushing style of play. Now these zombies seem to know how to use tactics. No longer like an irrational beast. Qi, Sister Qi, will everything be okay with us? one of the survivors asked with an ugly face. Qi Hancai was also busy. He glanced at the surrounding areas of the battle and said with a serious face, "Don''t say negative words. Let''s clean up the zombies. We have failed before." Its different this time! Sister Qi, I just got married last week. Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed and he cursed: "No one wants to die, so hurry up and work hard, because if anyone makes a mistake and delays the battle, I will skin you." ??Everyone shrank their necks and continued busy with their work. Just listening to the roars of zombies less than a hundred meters away and the strong smell of corpses all around made people''s hands and feet tremble. Wu Heng issued orders quickly. ?At the same time, [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and a large number of dead corpses stood up from the ground, grabbing at the zombies rushing around. At this time, Glenda flew down from the air and pointed to the top of the building in the distance, "Look over there, those zombies are standing there!" ?Perception is improved, and vision is much higher than that of ordinary people. Following the direction she pointed, you could see several figures standing on the edge of the roof. At the front, there is a zombie wearing a suit with his hands attached. He is no different from a human in size. He is standing there, looking down at the entire battlefield. On both sides of him, there were several second-level zombies such as big men and crawlers. ??Wu Heng looked at it carefully. ?The zombie in a suit also turned his head to look at him as if he was feeling something. Perception is so high? Wu Heng was a little surprised. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze and looked at Glenda, "Is it still level 15?" "Still, but it seems a little stronger than before." Granda said. ?Wu Heng frowned, "That might be the Corpse King." ?Glenda floated to the other side and said suspiciously: "Have you always been so lucky? I just heard about the Corpse King a few days ago, and I met him today." ?Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "It''s a war, don''t laugh at me." ?Glenda smiled, flew into the sky again, and continued to monitor the surrounding situation. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let the two skeleton flying dragons go out and bomb that building for me." Hurrah~! Two skeletal flying dragons flew out directly. ?While watching, quickly approach the building where the Corpse King is located in the distance. When the skeleton flying dragon approached. Zombie King took several other deformed zombies and retreated directly, disappearing without a trace. The flying dragon also arrived in the sky. Solid iron bullets fell on the roof like a heavy rain. Thick smoke rose from the roof of the building. ?Earth and rocks exploded, and the whole building shook violently. The group of corpses currently fighting was also in chaos and no longer surrounded the team in a roundabout way. Regather along the main road and attack forward. ??The remaining skeleton flying dragons rushed out again and bombed along the road. The surrounding zombies were also killed in mass killings and machine gun fire. The advantage previously held by the zombies was instantly reversed. Hurrah! At the same time, the group of corpses rushing forward suddenly stopped. ??Still baring his teeth and claws in front of him, roaring ferociously, but his steps were retreating little by little. All returned to the location of the factory. ?Wu Heng asked Granda to confirm the number of zombies in his eyes, and most of them died outside. ?There are less than 10,000 zombies inside. Qi Hancai, let everyone get in the car and follow the skeleton forward. Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said directly. "receive!" ??Qi Hancai asked everyone to pack their things and return to the vehicle he was driving. Follow the skeleton army and begin to advance along the road. ??Wu Heng held the Spine Staff and began to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stood up from the ground along the way. Join the skeleton team. Soon, the number doubled, and the convoy was densely protected in the middle. The skeleton army approached the factory gate in a mighty manner. The army confronts the zombies inside. ?Wu Heng responded to the order and said: "Ready the machine guns and wait for my order." After saying that, his eyes began to look for the zombie in the suit. Pingxiang Service Station. The convoy with the flag of the rescue team surrounded the small service station shelter. In the lobby of the service station. All survivors in the base are gathered here. Opposite, a short-haired young man in a blue sweater sat. He glanced at everyone present indifferently and said, "I am the captain of the fifth rescue team. Have you sent a message to the rescue team?" Everyone remained silent. The man narrowed his eyes and said, "Speak." The woman guarding the radio station lowered her head and whispered, "Yes, Boss Liu Chuang contacted me." The man with the short hair nodded and continued to ask: "How long has it been since the convoy left before?" Another man came out. Answer carefully, "Probably more than two hours." The Cuntou team was searching for supplies nearby and came directly after receiving the news. I thought I could block the other party, but I didnt expect that he left very quickly, without even stopping. The man with the short hair then asked, "Tell me the number of people and vehicles." He answered carefully, "They have been gone for about two hours. They have a lot of skeletons. Most of their vehicles are trucks, four off-road vehicles equipped with machine guns, and two armored vehicles." They also have armored vehicles? Do you know what an armored vehicle is? I know, two six-wheeled cannon armored vehicles! The man with an inch-shaped head raised his eyes. ?The other party really has armored vehicles. Okay, Im quite satisfied with your answer. Cuntou replied. At this time, one of his subordinates ran back and said, "Captain, there is nothing good. I found more than thirty bags of grain." ?Huntou nodded, "Leave half of it for them, and we''ll take the rest with us." The faces of the survivors changed. It was not enough to get through the winter in the first place, but now I am afraid it will be even harder to get through. But he looked at the cold muzzles around him. No one dared to say anything. ?Seeing him leaving with the food on his shoulders. Leave the service area shelter. People boarded trucks and armored vehicles. Cun Tou picked up the car walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go to the factory and catch that kid. We won''t be short of food in the future." Its just the right time now. At this time, they were most likely fighting zombies. Go by yourself and just block them. If someone catches it, they might be able to take over the factory. At that time, it will be a great achievement for the base, and it will be able to allocate more resources to its own team. ?Thinking in my heart, I became more and more anxious. "Speed ??up," urged. (End of this chapter) Chapter 491 , Level 18 Corpse King Chapter 491, Level 18 Corpse King Hurrah~! The skeletal flying dragon flew over the factory. Solid iron bullets fell rapidly with a roar of death. In an instant, there was a roar, and the world was turned upside down. Piles of zombies were turned into pieces of flesh all over the ground during the bombing. Attack~! ??Wu Heng gave the order directly before the smoke and dust cleared. The skeletons were lined up closely, their spears moved forward, and they began to advance step by step. Squeezing through the door forcefully, he started fighting with the zombies blocked inside. Sharp weapons pierce flesh and blood. Zombies roared and roared, filling the entire area. Except for the zombie king discovered, the number of zombies poses no threat at all. In the previous clean-up of the zombie tide in the city, each time there were several times the number of zombies at present. The Corpse King has not appeared for a long time. The number of zombies is rapidly decreasing in the fighting of the skeleton army. "Wu Heng! There is a group of zombies coming around over there. Judging from the direction, they should be trying to attack the convoy behind." Granda flew down from above and said quickly. Is there a corpse king? No, there are level two zombies, and there are many evolved zombies you mentioned. Glenda answered. In other words, this is a sneak attack team. The zombies you command can now use tactics. ??Wu Heng glanced at the direction Granda said the zombies would attack the team, and threw the [Silent Blade Evil Sword] in the space ring to Granda. You go and solve some problems, pay attention to the scope, and dont hurt our own people. ?Glenda caught the evil sword and said, "Be careful and wait until I come back." ?Wu Heng nodded, and Glenda left quickly. You also go to help and speed up. Beside him, several level 15 skeleton attendants drew their weapons and followed him into the battlefield. Quickly kill the zombies along the way. Forest land outside the factory area. Three level two aberration zombies, and more than 200 evolved zombies. Running quickly through the forest. ?On the road ahead, an unsheathed long sword is suspended in mid-air. ~! The sword flashed, and the head of the big zombie that rushed towards him fell to the ground. Shuashuashua~! Then, the second, the third. As he rushed into the range of the strange objects, heads fell to the ground one after another. The few evolved zombies following at the back suddenly stopped. Start to run away in the opposite direction. The suspended evil sword rushed straight up. Factory location. The ground was covered with zombie corpses. There are not many zombies left that can still resist skeletons. In the remaining time, as long as you continue to push forward, you can clean up all the zombies. Uncle, the Corpse King is out. Xiaoxiao flew down quickly. Bang~! When Xiaoxiao talks. The glass on the third floor on one side suddenly shattered. With broken glass falling all over the sky, the Corpse King wearing a blood-stained suit fell from the sky riding on the back of a second-level crawler. Then, he knocked away the scattered skeletons around and fled towards the back of the factory yard. Escape? I thought the other party was going to rush over. But he ran away backwards. ?The Corpse King was riding on the back of the crawler. As it went away, its hideous and weird head looked back. Staring at Wu Heng''s position, his eyes were full of hatred and resentment. It indeed possesses higher wisdom. Can''t let it escape. It will only be more dangerous if you leave here and gather zombies in the city. Stop them. Wu Heng ordered directly. After saying this, Kerimu, the level 17 skeleton boxer Tolga, tapped his foot lightly and rushed out like a sharp arrow. A large number of axe-wielding skeletons also started running wildly. Go around the building, swoop over, drag and chop the two deformed zombies, and escape. In the blink of an eye, a large number of skeletons were already hanging on the fleeing crawler. Huh~! Clouds and mist rise in the periphery. The next second, Kerimus figure appeared behind the Corpse King. ??The Corpse King, who was sitting on the back of the crawler, glanced back slightly. The surface of his ruined skin was quickly covered with a layer of black keratin. ?Leaning his head forward, he avoided the decapitating blow. But he also made a deep scar on the back of his neck, with bone visible. Immediately afterwards, the scars healed at a speed visible to the naked eye, the flesh and blood were reconnected, and the **** skin covered the surface again. The Kerimu sword swung out again, killing the Corpse King. Boxer Tolga also stopped in front of the crawler and punched out with both fists. Bang~! ? Explosions and air waves sounded, and the crawler''s body suddenly rolled backwards as it ran away. After throwing away the corpse king above, the crawler also rolled several times and was overwhelmed by the skeleton axe-wielders gathered around it. The corpse king rolled over and slowly stood up from the ground. ?Hand gripped the twisted left arm with his right hand, and straightened it with a squeaking sound. The muscles move and return to normal. ?His eyes quickly scanned the surroundings, and he quickly ran to one side, still with the goal of escaping from here. Keranmu and Tolga quickly followed up, attacking with long swords, fists and feet. Kill towards the target. Both skeleton servants are level 17, and they are professions with high melee skills. Even though the corpse kings wisdom has been improved. Skills and abilities are still incomparable to melee professions. The black **** skin provides a strong defense. Even if the two skeletons attack fiercely, they will only distort the body parts or leave wounds. ?The corpse kings healing ability has also reached a terrifying level. basically heals at a speed visible to the naked eye. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng was behind, setting up a sniper rifle, looking for the target and firing bullets one by one. ?The bullet pierced through the corpse king''s body in the blink of an eye. The broken position is still squirming and healing bit by bit. After he was healed, the strange corpse king once again ran away, just to get out of here first. The self-healing ability is so strong? This point made Wu Heng full of surprise. Any professional, even at level 18, does not have such a strong self-healing ability. Broken bones can be healed, and open wounds can also return to normal within a few seconds. ?This is too scary. If any professional can have this ability. The survivability is so high that you save money on medicines. ??Looking at the Corpse King who started to run around, using the terrain to avoid the surrounding skeletons. ?Wu Heng also frowned. He doesn''t have time to go around in circles with such a zombie. People from the rescue team may arrive here at any time. The battle is not over by then, and you may become passive. ?Handed a chain to the level 18 great boxer Kaxiu beside him and said: Kaxiu, you also go over and kill it. Kaxiu picked up the chain, stepped forward, and rushed out. Hurry past the skeleton blocking the front. Close the distance between each other, throw the chain in hand straight away. ?Before the Corpse King could react, it was instantly wrapped around his waist, and the other end was connected to Ka Xiu himself. Gladiator ShacklesOnce connected, it will only be opened if one party dies. The chain connecting the two sides began to gradually shorten. No matter how much the Corpse King struggles, he cannot escape the effect of the strange object. The distance is very close. Kaxiu brought his finger-tiger fist, like a heavy rain, towards the Corpse King. The **** interior began to explode continuously. ??Black, sticky blood spurted out from the blasted wound. No matter how strong your bodys recovery power is. Faced with the great boxer''s [Domain Boxing Intent], the punches continued. The recovery speed cannot catch up with the injuries on the body. ?The bones were shattered one after another, and the body lay limply on the ground. The chains are still connected, proving that they are still alive and not dead. Kerimu, chop off its head. The cloud and mist spell is released again. Keranmu appeared behind the paralyzed corpse king, slashed out his long sword, and got stuck in the middle of the neck bone. Then, push again. Click~! Neck bone fracture. The head fell to the side. The corpse on the ground twitched briefly. The chain opened and the two people were unconnected. The skeleton has also returned to standby mode. It proves that all the zombies around have been killed. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look, and ordered again to clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses everywhere. Hulala~! All skeletons on standby take action. Start to clean up the battlefield along the road. At this time, Glenda also flew back, looked around and at the corpses on the ground, and said in surprise: "Are you so fast?" ?Wu Heng glanced aside and said, "The child is here, don''t talk nonsense." "No, I mean, you killed the Corpse King so quickly! I thought I could wait a while." Grenda said. It jumped out on its own, otherwise it would have taken much longer to fight inside the building. Wu Heng kicked the head back as it rolled to the side. "Well, let me tell you, you don''t have to worry too much. With your current ability, level 18 may not be able to beat you." Glenda said at the side, handing the evil sword back. ?Xiao Xiao also nodded, "Uncle, you are much better than before." "Thank you both for your approval." Wu Heng looked outside and said, "I''m not sure if the rescue team will come. Please help me keep an eye on it." The two ghosts nodded and flew into the sky again. On alert. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and asked Qi Hancai to bring the motorcade over. His eyes fell on the body on the ground. Level 18 Corpse King. Qi Hancai mentioned something before, but he didn''t expect that he would kill one just after he came here. Yu Bone TechniqueRelease. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Demon (Level 18) New road markings. The rescue team''s convoy stopped at an intersection. Someone checked the corpses of zombies on the roadside and said, "Captain, they were all killed with cold weapons. It seems to be similar to what the service station said. They all used cold weapons when fighting." ??Captain Cuntou smiled and said, "They don''t have much ammunition, so what we give them in exchange is valuable." "Yeah! But those two armored vehicles are still more dangerous." ??The captain asked: "How long does it take to arrive at the factory?" It will take more than 40 minutes and you can see over there. ??The captain sneered, "I hope they are not all dead. Get in the car and go there as soon as possible." "yes!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 492 , help with defense Chapter 492: Help with defense Skeleton Demon (Level 18) Level: Level 18 Attributes: Constitution 50, Strength 35, Agility 42, Intelligence 32, Perception 34, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, regeneration characteristics. Ability: Brood Domain, **** outer armor. Experts: Biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Regeneration Characteristics: Non-fatal physical injuries can be quickly reorganized and repaired. Brother''s Nest Domain: The ''Skeleton Demon'' in the domain can pass instructions to the surrounding ''affiliated'' servants. Hornous Outer Armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes of the skeleton. ?It always feels weird. In terms of attributes, no shortcomings can be seen. Constitution 50, Strength 35, Agility 42. Completely meets the requirements of advanced melee professions. The 18th-level Skeleton Boxer has a physical constitution of only 48. 50 is considered a very high attribute. The following attributes are also not low. Intelligence 32, Perception 34, not as good as his own physique, but in terms of attributes of a professional, they are not low either. Charm 5 cant be helped. After being transformed into a skeleton, it will be reduced to a certain extent. After reading the attributes, Wu Heng continued to look at the expertise and abilities below. There are three of them that are quite distinctive. Regeneration CharacteristicIt is a non-fatal injury that can be repaired quickly. After being transformed into a skeleton, it is also inherited. ?This is good, but I dont know how to show it on the bones. Can it be reconnected if it is broken? Its not clear yet. Brood Realmis obviously an evolved version of the big-headed skeleton ability. It can control skeletons in a wider range and no longer requires waves of hundreds of skeletons to issue frequent orders. Hornous outer armorThe ability to form thick cutin on the surface. I remember seeing it on a third-level deformed zombie. In other words, in addition to the rapid improvement of the attributes of this corpse king. Inherits the characteristics of various zombies. You call Commander No. 1 and stand aside first. Wu Heng said after naming him. The Skeleton Demon came out, shaking off the filth from his body. Take off your suit first, Ill find you a new one later. The Skeleton Demon took off his clothes and threw them aside, then walked aside. At the door, the corpses were divided into two piles. Ordinary corpses are on one side, and the corpses of evolved zombies and aberrant zombies are on the other side. ?Wu Heng walked over and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The corpses on both sides had all their flesh and blood shed off. One skeleton after another rolled down from the pile of corpses with a gurgling sound, and then stood up unsteadily. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to go aside, and began to search for corpse cores from the pile of corpses, then put them into the space ring. "I took people to the back factory to take a look. Part of it was burned down. It must have been a fire. There was also a part that was quite intact. There were a lot of equipment and accessories in the warehouse. I don''t know what they were used for. There were also bullets. , boxes by box, lots of reserves. Qi Hancai came over and said with a smile on his face. ?As far as the ammunition in the warehouse is concerned, it''s not a loss for them to make a trip. Is ammunition produced in the factory? It seems like there are still bullet casings on it! ?Wu Heng asked again, Can production be resumed? Qi Hancai frowned and thought for a moment, "Even if the production line is intact and can be used when opened, electricity is a problem if we want to support such a large production chain. We will use all the remaining solar panels. I''m afraid Theres no supply either. ?Wu Heng touched his chin and felt that this was indeed the right thing to say. Just use a light or one or two electrical appliances, and you wont feel anything. But if a factory resumes production, it is not an easy task. ?Each factory consumes huge amounts of electricity. Lets take a look at the situation first, Wu Heng said. While the two were talking. ?Wu Heng paused in his footsteps, Glenda got into his body, and a scene was shared in his mind. The far side of the road. A convoy of armored vehicles and trucks is approaching.? ? ? People from the rescue team have arrived. According to Liu Chuang, it would take more than 5 hours for the other party to come from the base. But the fighting speed on our side is much faster. How come the opponent arrived here at least half the time ahead of schedule? ?The corpse cannot lie, and Liu Chuang is a driver of sports cars all year round, so he has a certain grasp of time and roads. In other words, the opponent did not come from the base, but somewhere in the middle. Is there a problem? Qi Hancai asked. "The rescue team''s vehicle is here." Wu Heng said, and then said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton bring the armored vehicles and machine gun vehicles over and get ready." The vehicle starts. The skeleton began to make way for a car, which arrived at the door. The weapon faces outward. On the road. Vehicles with rescue team flags began to slow down. A pair of eyes, looking through the front towards the factory in the distance. It seems like theres no movement! Were too late and everyone is already dead, right? "They have cars. If they can''t be beaten, some of them will run back, right?" "They didn''t think they couldn''t fight, so they didn''t fight and left, right?" Then we should be able to meet. The people in the motorcade began to discuss. Obviously, there was no sound of fighting in the distant factory. The greater possibility is that the person ran away. The captain with an inch head was sitting in the back row smoking a cigarette. He took a deep breath and blew out the smoke ring. "Let''s fly the drone and see what happens." The car window opened and a drone was thrown into the sky. Flying forward, at the same time, the situation along the way appears on the on-board monitor. ?Just above the factory, we could vaguely see skeletons and armored vehicles. A suspended wooden stick suddenly hit his head. ?The drone made a loud bang, shook and fell, and lost signal. ?Several people in the car stared at the monitor with their eyes widened. ??A stick floated high in the sky and hit the drone. Furthermore, it seems that the guys who control the skeletons in Xinfu City have also taken over the factory. Captain, they have captured it. "How could it be so fast? All the zombies are gone?" What shall we do? Everyone was a bit at a loss of ideas. The captain thought for a moment and said, "It would be better if we move closer and they capture it. Our armored vehicles are here, so we can''t go back empty-handed." Okay! Someone picked up the walkie-talkie and began to order the vehicles to continue approaching. Along the way, the ground was crushed with blood. Directly close to the factory gate. The car door opened, a team member walked out, took the walkie-talkie to the gate, turned around and left. The skeleton inside came out, picked up the walkie-talkie, and sent it inside. You tell them. Wu Heng handed it to Qi Hancai. Soon, the sound of electricity came from the intercom. And a man''s voice, "What do you call it?" Qi Hancai! "Ah! Chief Qi, I have long admired your name." The other person was slightly surprised, but he obviously knew her. "what is your name?" Wang Xin. So Wang Xin, whats the matter? The person on the other side was silent for a moment and said directly: "We are responsible for the security and rescue dispatch in the province. I heard that you were going to attack the factory, so we came to support you. It seems that it is a step too late." He paused slightly and then continued: "It''s not too late. We can assist you in defense. The rest of the defense and deployment work will be negotiated between our two bases." Qi Hancai frowned, and an angry look immediately appeared on his face. Let us fight it down and you can negotiate the distribution. What is the difference between this and robbery? (End of this chapter) Chapter 493 , start a war Chapter 493: War begins ?Wu Heng stood aside and frowned. At the main station, the occupation and utilization of original materials are encouraged. When they come over, they are more like the kings of nearby mountains. The land they conquer will be divided into half of ours. ?? Qi Hancai glanced at Wu Heng and then said: "Want to share some of the benefits for free? Okay, give me something in exchange. I think your armored vehicle is good." There was a sneer from the other side, "Am I talking to you about the exchange? The resources of the entire provincial capital must be uniformly allocated for better recovery and construction. Your unauthorized actions have destroyed our original plan." Qi Hancai didn''t want to talk nonsense to him, "Go back, you won''t get much benefit here, go and bully the small shelter." How to put it another way, Qi Hancai was also the leader who managed two cities for Wu Heng. How could you be so frightened by these few words that you hand over the supplies? ??If this is true, then the exchange stations in other cities will not be able to open, and people will threaten and ask for food every day. The opposite side suddenly fell into dullness. ?Several machine guns have their muzzles slightly raised. The intercom sounded again in a threatening tone, "Chief Qi, times have changed. Can your skeletons carrying cold weapons deal with zombies and armored vehicles? Don''t make fun of your own life." At this point, the threatening tone is already very obvious. Qi Hancai leaned closer to Wu Heng''s position, feeling a lot safer, and then continued to press the intercom, "Guess, your Deputy Commander Liu and Deputy Commander Huang, do you dare to talk to us like this? We are from Xinfu City You can fight all the way here, think you can beat us?" The opponent seems to have underestimated the strength of this side. Attributed the combat effectiveness to the skeletons carrying cold weapons. But if you think about it carefully, you may not have really underestimated yourself, otherwise you would use the tone of your words and your domineering tone. Ordinary small forces may have had armored vehicles crash into them. Because I still have some fear in my heart, I try to use words. Let this side take the initiative to hand over the factory and distribute it with them. The intercom rang again, "Give you five minutes to discuss. Once a fight breaks out, our reinforcements will come faster than your Xinfu City." After speaking, there was no sound on the intercom. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "What should we do? It seems like they won''t give up easily." Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "Give me the walkie-talkie. You go to the back first. If there is a fight, make sure there is no problem behind." What about you? Modern weapons with a long range. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''m not stupid. I can still stand outside. I will also hide when the time comes. Don''t worry, they can''t do anything to us." Hearing what he said, Qi Hancai felt more relaxed. He nodded, handed over the walkie-talkie, and walked toward the back. ?Wu Heng also quickly walked into a safe position to avoid a real war and himself being affected by artillery fire. From the upper floors of the building, the positions of both sides can be seen. At this time, Xiaoxiao appeared from beside him and said: "Uncle, I blew up two planes and smashed them into pieces." ??When the drone was shot down just now, Wu Heng also saw it. ??Ghost is also very useful for targeting a single drone. ??In the future, if some missiles come over and the ghosts are detonated in the air, is it possible? Awesome! ?Glenda also appeared from the other side, "There are not many people on the other side." This kind of battle does not depend on the number of people. "I know that your four armored vehicles destroyed hundreds of pirate groups." Granda said. Wu Heng said: "Well, the lethality is too great. When the time comes, go and kill the people inside those armored vehicles." ?Glenda nodded. What about me? Xiaoxiao asked. You protect me a little, but I will count on you if Im in danger. A smile immediately appeared on the little face, "Okay." Seeing that there was nothing new to explain, Granda became invisible again, quickly flew towards the convoy in the distance, and got into the armored vehicle. Rescue team, in armored vehicle. Captain, five minutes are up, do they have any news? someone said. Captain Inn Tou threw the cigarette **** in his hand through the gap in the window, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Wait for my order, prepare for battle, and give priority to destroying the opponent''s armor...A, A..." Suddenly, Captain Inn Tou''s voice stopped. The other people looked over in confusion. ??Then he saw the captain''s mouth opened wide, his face flushed red from suppressing it, and his eyes full of fear. The neck was twisted to one side exaggeratedly, making a rattling sound. Captain, whats wrong with you? "team leader?" Click~! ?At the questioning sound of the team members beside him, the captain''s neck turned 180 degrees to the back, making eye contact with the team members behind him. Everyone''s eyes widened at the same time. I never expected that my captain would die in such a strange way. The enemy has killed the captain. The people in the back row shouted. Then, his body suddenly suffocated. He pulled out the pistol from his waist, turned on the safety, and killed the driver in the driver''s seat with one shot. He turned the muzzle of the gun and put it against his chin. Dont, dont! Bang~! Gunshots rang out, and the last person fell in a pool of blood. The sound of gunshots spread out of the window along the open glass, and also attracted the attention of others. The car radio came with a voice asking, "Captain, what''s going on in your car?" Armored Car No. 3, please reply when you receive it! "I am the deputy captain Wei Gui. I will take over the next team operations. Everyone will provide fire coverage towards the target." Serial sounds sounded from the walkie-talkie. ?Bang bang bang~! Three armored vehicles spit out tongues of fire from the front and back and opened fire toward the front. ?In the blink of an eye, the gate of the courtyard instantly shattered, and the walls exploded one after another, collapsing piece by piece. ?Glenda, on the other hand, quickly got into the next armored vehicle, and gunshots rang out from inside. Machine gun ceasefire. Then came the third and fourth cars. Less than a minute after the cannon opened fire, the four armored vehicles stopped firing. Falled into a state of stagnation. And in the smoke on the opposite side. The densely packed figures holding battle axes gradually became clearer. The people in the machine gun pickup truck and the truck looked at the figure in the smoke that looked like it was coming out of hell, and they swallowed helplessly. Damn, why are there so many? Didnt you say there arent many? There are probably more than zombies. Someone picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Captain, vice-captain, please reply when you receive it." Why did the armored vehicle stop attacking? Should we continue the attack? Please keep the armored vehicles firing. The convoy started calling, but no one responded. Tap tap tap~! At this moment, dense and noisy footsteps sounded. Groups of skeletons burst out of the smoke, filling the field of vision and running towards them. The faces of the remaining people in the convoy changed drastically. The skeletons in front of me have received news several times more than the service area, and they are still rushing out. Shoot, shoot! people shouted. The machine gun turned and the man in the truck took out his rifle. Bullets fired wildly downwards. (End of this chapter) Chapter 494 , opened a factory on Treasure Island (repay everyone a thousand words.) Chapter 494, Treasure Island opens factory (repay everyone a thousand words.) A large number of skeletons were hit by bullets, while more skeletons swarmed around the convoy from different directions. ?The pickup truck was overturned and the people in the truck were dragged out and hacked to death. ??Those who tried to escape by car were also hit by the iron frame grabbed by the skeleton flying dragon and smashed on the front of the car. The car swayed and hit a tree trunk on the side of the road. The people in the car were directly killed by the skeleton. The battle did not last long. ??The only surprise that occurs is that the armored vehicle will actually open fire. Carried out bombing on the factory area. Even though the skeletons had been evacuated before, there was still a lot of damage. It feels quite cool to blow up pirates. I didnt expect that this would happen to me today. ?Glenda flew back from a distance, "It''s over, their leader died, and the deputy leader directly took over the command, a little slower." "It''s okay. Compared with the gains, these losses are bearable." Wu Heng said, walking out from the hiding position. Four armored vehicles, as well as machine gun pickups and trucks. Its quite a gain. It can be regarded as a batch of supplies sent to myself. When I walked down again, the entrance of the factory was already full of craters. ?Several corpses were dragged directly to the door. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and said directly: "Take off all the clothes on the corpse." ?Several skeletons bent down and began to remove the bulletproof clothing and helmets from the corpses, and put them aside. Who is the head of these people? ?Glenda pointed to one of them and said, "He is the leader." ?Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse suddenly sat up from the ground. ?Turn your head behind you and look at this side at a weird angle. ??Wu Heng asked: "What order did the provincial rescue team give you?" The corpse replied, "Close to the No. 35 Factory, accompanying and monitoring your movements." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Didn''t you let you attack us?" The corpse replied, "I didn''t say it directly, but I think the time is ripe to attack and control your leader." ?Wu Heng nodded. Provincial and district rescue teams did not issue direct orders. Two points can be understood here. ?One is that the rescue team does not want to be too overbearing. After all, the main station is issuing orders to the rescue teams in various places. Another possibility is that they know the strength of Wu Heng. After all, he went to Xinfu City many times to exchange supplies. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Tell me about the internal situation of your rescue team?" ??The corpse was silent for two or three seconds, and then replied, "The provincial rescue team is controlled by three forces, the military rescue team, Tiancheng Group, and Boss Huang of the Huang family." ?Wu Heng frowned. How come there are so many people in the rescue team? The corpse said: "The base was short of supplies at the beginning, and a large number of people could not survive, so they would give rewards based on the supplies and intelligence brought back, including weapons. It was through this rapid accumulation that the Tiancheng Group and the Huang Family Manpower and weapons occupy a certain say." ?Wu Heng frowned and analyzed the meaning of the words. In other words, the military distributed weapons as a kind of reward. ?However, it was later discovered that these weapons provided military support to the two forces, the Tiancheng Group and the Huang Family. When it reaches a certain intensity, it has the right to speak. It should be understood this way. But think about it, there is no way around it. If weapons are not issued, it will be difficult to open up wasteland or collect supplies. If it continues, it will become difficult to control the situation again. At the beginning, I did not choose to distribute firearms to other survivors on a large scale, which was probably the right thing to do. It is too easy to cause hidden dangers. last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "If you die, will the rescue team come to trouble us?" The corpse answered directly, "Yes, I am Huang Guangping''s son." After five questions, the body fell back with a thud. Huang Guangping? ??This captain is from the Huang family of the rescue team. No wonder he doesn''t follow orders. ??I have had contact with the military market and Deputy Commander Liu before. They are both trying to get the benefits they want. But it did not reach the point of using whatever means necessary. It turned out that he was not from the orthodox rescue team. ??Wu Heng continued to ask two more corpses and got to know something about the entire rescue team. The population of the base is around 5,000, and weapons are relatively sufficient. There are at least twenty more armored vehicles. There are also a lot of firearms and ammunition, but the number is not clear and has not been counted. After having a general understanding, Wu Heng did not continue to ask. The remaining corpses were all transformed into skeleton warriors. Joined the queue. Arrange skeletons who can drive, drive all the cars in, and then find some things to repair the wall. Wu Heng said to the side. Several skeletons walked out quickly. ?Hunting the pickup truck that had overturned and hit the tree, he righted the truck back onto the road and drove into the yard together with the armored vehicle. ??And more skeletons began to collect rubble to collapse the wall and temporarily surround it. Qi Hancai also walked over from behind. He looked around and asked with concern: "Are you okay?" "It''s okay, take me to see the factory assembly line you mentioned, and then ask someone to search nearby to see if there are any drawings left. The rescue team will come to the factory to find drawings to sell to us. There should be a place to store the drawings." Wu Heng Said directly. Qi Hancai nodded, took out the walkie-talkie and explained to the others. ?At the same time, he took Wu Heng to the factory at the back. The whole factory occupies a large area. The dormitory buildings, canteens, and basketball courts are all well-constructed. It even feels better than in prison, without the sense of oppression. Come to the back position. Most of the factory buildings have been destroyed by fire. There may be something to support the combustion. It can be seen that the fire was very strong, and some iron objects were burned and condensed into discus. The remaining factory buildings are separated by a large open space. It was not affected. The two of them turned on their flashlights and walked directly in with the help of the faint light. The ground and walls were covered with scratches and bloodstains. Then, Wu Heng saw the equipment Qi Hancai said. The entire workshop is relatively intact, with a slender industrial chain and unassembled artillery shells on display. From the specification point of view, the 23mm artillery shells produced are. It was indeed a machine gun shell. ?Wu Heng was delighted. If production can be resumed, then there will be no need to worry about the number of shells. In the other factory, there are also small firearms and bullets, and the types are quite complete. Qi Hancai said with a smile. The harvest this time is still very good. At least the goal set before departure was achieved. It would be great if we could resume production. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "I asked the brother in the team who knows about equipment to take a look at it and said that it is well preserved. As long as it can provide the power to drive it, production can almost be resumed." Well, Ill find a way. The two of them stopped looking, and the sky did get dark. ?Wu Heng arranged defense work for the skeleton. Qi Hancai first asked people to sort out the dormitory building. For the rest, wait until daybreak to continue checking other locations in the factory and looking for drawings. ??Qi Hancai took Wu Heng to the prepared dormitory and said softly: "What should the rescue team do if they ask those people?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I just said I was leaving. We don''t know where exactly we went." "Can they believe it?" They wont believe anything we say, theyre just looking for an excuse. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng opened the door and entered his room. Opened the gate and walked in with his skeleton. At Treasure Island, its still almost dusk. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and went directly to the Skeleton Alchemy Room. He took down the organ jar from the shelf beside him and placed it in front of him. At the same time, he also took out the fourth-level corpse core. It is like a small brain, densely covered with dark purple blood vessels. Open the mouth of the organ jar and put the corpse core directly in. ??The third-level corpse core potion has not yet been produced, and the fourth level will definitely be more difficult. But the Corpse Kings abilities are still somewhat exciting. The recovery speed visible to the naked eye is simply terrifying. Even if the bones in the body are broken and twisted into twists, they can quickly return to normal. It is not an exaggeration to say that it is immortal and has the ability to heal itself. Then, Wu Heng took out a plastic bag with other distorted corpse cores inside. There are four second-level corpse cores and more than 300 first-level corpse cores. All are given to ordinary alchemy skeletons, which can be used to make potions. Finished dealing with the corpse core matter. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Minnie and Andwyer have already had dinner and are training with the skeleton in the training room. I asked the skeleton chef to make some, and sat at the dining table to eat while listening to Minnie and Andwyer talk about today''s events. Weier, who did the regional planning on the island? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil recalled, "It seems to be a dwarf designer, I don''t remember the specific name." Can I contact him? He works in the city hall, do you need to ask him to come over? Andwyer looked over. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It''s not good to come to our house for everything. Let him go to the association meeting room tomorrow morning, and I will discuss the construction of the island with him." A good master. Have a simple dinner. ?Wu Heng returned upstairs, and the two women went to the training room again to train for a while. In the study, Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat on a chair. Leaning back, I couldn''t help but start thinking about what happened in the factory today. Killing the people in the rescue team will obviously make the relationship between them more serious. There are three forces within the opponent, so it is unlikely that a direct war will begin. But you also need to make some preparations yourself. The factory''s production chain is relatively intact. As long as production is resumed, it can make up for the demand for ammunition. Raw materials and electricity must be found. ?Materials are actually not difficult to solve. Gunpowder and corresponding metals, whether copper or steel, can be satisfied in other worlds. Treasure Island is a gathering place for chambers of commerce from all over the world, so it shouldnt be difficult to purchase these resources. No, its a bit too troublesome to always transport raw materials through the boundary gate. There is also the rescue team. One day when I am not here, the other party bombs the factory with a few shells..." If we can move the factory to Treasure Island, everything will be solved. ?Material requirements and the possibility of danger, Wu Heng still feels that building a factory on Treasure Island will be more convenient and safer. The strong ones here can at best rush over and cause destruction. Can''t use artillery shells or missiles to blast a large area. The second point is the issue of electricity. ?Wu Heng put his hands behind his head. Production requires power supply. The power required by a factory cannot be maintained by several solar panels. Need to build power stations. The power stations that I know about include thermal power plants, hydroelectric power plants, wind power plants and nuclear power plants. Nuclear power plants are obviously out of the question. Those I can think of include thermal power generation and hydropower generation. Treasure Island is close to the sea. There is no shortage of water. But it is really difficult for us to build equipment in the sea. The second type is thermal power generation. The basic principle is to burn fire, generate steam, and convert it into electricity. Provide heat and convert it into electricity... Wu Heng murmured. His eyes suddenly lit up as he got closer. The furnace of fire. A magical building that relies on formations to produce terrifying heat energy. It can even melt a large amount of metal and provide it to the blacksmith for forging. ??Isn''t it possible to research a power plant with a magic building? Even fuel is saved. You can try it! Wu Heng said. I think it is very likely that it can be implemented. Thought about it quickly. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and returned to his room to rest. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng got up and washed up, then went to the radio room to take a look. Philippa''s record book has already written a lot of words. The most useful record is that another pirate group was cleared yesterday. ?Picking up the phone, Wu Heng said: "Philippa!" After waiting for a while, a confused voice came from the other side, "You are sick, so early." Is there nothing wrong? "The pirate thing is fine. You talked to me so early. I feel like I''m going to die." The person on the other end was weak and full of complaints. Wu Heng was almost amused by her and said, "I''ve been out for a few days, do you want to come back?" The person on the other side hesitated. Then he said: "Go back, I miss you a little, but I have just been out for a few days, and the others are quite energetic. Do you see if there are any pirates nearby? If not, I will go back." "Wait a minute, let me take a look!" Wu Heng took out the emerald sand table and looked at Philippa''s route. ?Looking all the way. Finally landed on a fleet of somewhat suspicious ships. ?There are five ships in total, hanging with a blue-on-yellow pattern, looking like a caravan fleet. But this fleet is traveling sideways. Instead of advancing along the route, he rushed straight towards the other fleet. Then, the flag is changed and the pirate flag is hoisted. ?These guys are getting smarter. Philippa, there is a large fleet in the north, and they are preparing to attack a passing caravan. Wu Heng picked up the microphone and said directly. Philippa immediately became energetic and said, "A fight started?" Not yet, catching up. "Okay, I''ll have people turn around right away. I''ll protect this caravan." Philippa said, and then asked: "What is the pirate flag? Is it powerful?" ?Wu Heng looked at the sand table again and said, "Black background, golden lion, and tiger pattern." The Wild Lion Pirate Group? The association has withdrawn all wanted notices for him. Philippa said doubtfully. (End of this chapter) Chapter 495 , pay some money Chapter 495: Pay some money When Philippa said this, Wu Heng also thought of this pirate group. The Wild Lion Pirate Group is also a famous large-scale pirate group in the Emerald Sea. After the last battle on Treasure Island. Because the flag of the Wild Lion Pirates was discovered, they were considered to have been eliminated, and the wanted order was also removed. Now it has appeared again and plans to continue to rob the fleet on the route. ?Either the Mad Lion Pirate Group did not all join the battle on Treasure Island at that time. Either he was lucky enough to survive and form a new pirate group again. Philippa''s voice came again. He gritted his teeth and said, "It was this pirate group that deceived me before, saying that I was the association''s spy. If I hadn''t had two friends among the pirates, I would have died in their hands." ?Wu Heng frowned. I have heard Philippa mention that he was exposed and imprisoned by the pirate group. ?Now it seems that it was this Mad Lion pirate group that did it. Thought for a moment and said: "The pirate group has not changed its flag. It is very likely that the other party''s captain is still alive. If you go there, be careful." In terms of the ships commanded by Philippa. There is no problem in defeating ordinary pirates. But for level 15 professionals, there may still be dangers. Philippa continued: "Then I will use the equipment you gave me. You said there is insufficient ammunition, but I am not willing to use it." Use it, the recoil is relatively large, and the first few shots will hit the hull. Now that the factory has been occupied, preparations are being made to resume production. ?Although there is a shortage of ammunition, there is no need to deliberately save it. "Okay! I''ll kill those **** then." Philippa said impatiently. After all, Treasure Island was fighting at that time. But it made Wu Heng completely famous on the island, and Philippa had always wanted to try the power of this weapon. It is obviously unwilling to return after not using it once. Well, be safe. Philippa chuckled and said, "Okay, is there anything else? If nothing else, I will command the ship to rush over." Go, now that this time is over, prepare to return. Its been a long time since we left, Wu Heng said. Philippa agreed directly, "Okay, I miss you too, I''m going out first, see you dad." The other party hung up the communication and there was no sound. ??Wu Heng also hung up the microphone on the radio and put away the jade sand table beside him. Walked to the side, where the other radio was, picked up the record book and looked at it. Here are the records of the radio Shannaira. There is already a message in the record book. Relatively short. We have arrived at the port, dont worry! ?It seems that the location of the wood elves is really not close, and it took so long to get there. I dont know if its because Im not familiar with radio or Im in a bad mood. In the past, Shannara was very willing to talk to herself. Now, so much time has passed, just these few words. But I felt relieved. There is no danger on Shannara''s side, and she has not forgotten herself. Put the record book back in front of the skeleton, open the door and walk out. Have breakfast with the two maids. Take a horse-drawn carriage and head to the central area. The carriage of the island lord''s mansion. It is a carriage pulled by two skeleton horses. The car body has the patterns and carvings of Treasure Island and the Association, which looks quite gorgeous. The skeleton horse was left over from the last cavalry purchased by the Snake Emblem Consortium and was used to pull the carriage. I am also considering whether to get a few more luxurious cars to use as vehicles for the island owner''s mansion, but I always feel that driving is not as handsome as a skeleton horse. The carriage arrived at the central area in a hurry. ?Wu Heng got off the bus and headed to the association, while Anderweil continued riding the carriage to the city hall. ??This is also the reason why I just took over the entire island, and the city hall is a little busy with work. After a while, it should stabilize and Anderweil won''t be so busy. Enter the association hall. Staff and the association team greeted each other warmly. ?Wu Heng responded with a smile and went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked on the door and heard Sheila Gui''s voice. Opened the door directly and walked in. In the room, Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, and in the assistant''s position sat another elf girl with short blond hair. ?The appearance is somewhat similar to that of ''Sela Rose'', but the facial features look much more mature, unlike ''Sela Rose'' which has the feeling of baby fat. The figure is somewhat similar, exaggerated and inconsistent with the appearance. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming in, Xila Gui''s expression immediately became happy and she looked aside. Coughing slightly, he said: "Wu Heng, you''re here at the right time. I''ll introduce you to something. This is my assistant." Then he said to his assistant: "He is the island owner Wu Heng. We were both deputy deacons before and we fought together." ??The short-haired elf smiled, took two steps forward, and saluted slightly, "Master Wuheng Island, I am the new assistant ''Shi Yali'', and I am also Xilagui''s sister. Thank you for taking care of her." Hello. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Sheila Gui said from the side: "Don''t talk about these things during working hours." ??The short-haired elf still smiled, "Island owner, please sit down. I have brought local scented tea from the elves. You can have a taste." Speaking, he walked aside and started to prepare tea. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Sheila Gui looked over curiously, "Why are you here today?" ??Wu Heng said: "Let''s take a look. Is there nothing happening on the island recently?" "It''s nothing. There are more and more caravans on the island. I feel like you should consider resuming the expansion." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said directly. It is a good thing that there are many caravans on Treasure Island. ?It also drives local peoples income and some related taxes. The number of caravans you recommend to yourself is still a small number. More caravans of different sizes come to the island to trade, and they still have to pay taxes. But the population is large, and the scale of construction is now large. It seems a bit crowded. The assistant brought the tea, Wu Heng thanked him, and then said: "I also want to say this when I come here this time. I plan to resume the expansion of the city and increase the port, so that the ships on the Association Island and the merchant ships can dock separately. Well, thats a good idea. Sheila Gui agreed. Wu Heng looked at her and said, "So, for the construction of the association and the dedicated port on the island, the association will also contribute some money, but it''s not excessive!" Poof~! The water that Sheila Gui had just entered her mouth spurted out. ?? He wiped his hands in a panic, tried to save his image, and said angrily: "You''ve been telling me for a long time that you''re here to ask me for money?" "Construction depends on everyone. Happiness is between you and me. When the time comes, you first write the requirements for a separate port to the ''headquarters'', and I will directly propose the construction and let the headquarter allocate funds. How about it?" Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Sheela''s eyes widened. You still want to ask for money from the headquarters! Whats your expression? Sheila Gui shook her head and said, "I don''t write. I am a deacon and I don''t do these things." Its not about cheating money, its about building a port. Wu Heng emphasized. "That''s not good. It would be embarrassing if word spread." Sheila Gui still refused. Wu Heng continued to persuade: "Now that the fleet has increased, the port itself is not enough. It is reasonable and reasonable to separate the fleet, why is it embarrassing? You write one first, and we will decide whether to approve it or not!" Sheela Gui thought for a moment. He just said: "I''ll think about it and let you know when the time comes." Well, its okay to try. If its not approved, we can build it ourselves. Silla rolled her eyes at him and didn''t say much. ?Wu Heng took another sip of the Elf scented tea, stood up and said, "I''ll borrow the conference room. Let''s talk when we have time." Sheila Gui nodded. ??Wu Heng went directly to the association''s conference room. In the conference room, I waited for a while. The door knocked again. The staff came in with a dwarf. ??The dwarf was wearing a black dress, his hair was a little messy, and he was wearing black-rimmed glasses. Island owner, Mr. Yousef from the city hall said you want to see him. the staff said. The dwarf saluted directly, "Yousef, I have met the island owner." Im looking for him. Wu Heng nodded and said to the dwarf, Sit down! Staff leave. The dwarf sat down on one side of the conference table. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Did you complete the overall design of Treasure Island?" The dwarf looked a little reserved and answered carefully, "It was completed by our team. If the island owner feels that something is not suitable, we can make modifications." The design of a city cannot be completed by a single person. ?The team is more reasonable. I am quite satisfied with your design. Wu Heng said. ??The dwarf was obviously relieved, and his expression became more serious. Wu Heng continued: "I came to you because of the resumption of work in the expansion area. You will need to arrange people to go to the site to coordinate the work." The dwarf suddenly understood, "That''s no problem. I can arrange for someone to follow up at any time." "Well, you can make arrangements when you get back. We will resume work tomorrow and arrange for people to go there in the morning." Wu Heng looked at the other party and explained. "good." ?Wu Heng took out a drawing of Treasure Island and said at the same time: "I still need you to continue the design." Sir, do you have any requirements for design direction? the dwarf asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "The first point is to continue the expansion of commercial streets and residential areas. The second point is to add a new port. Separate the needs for civil use and association use. The third point is to choose a place where it will be built." Some functional buildings require concealment and easy transportation. ??The dwarf followed along on the table and took notes. After writing down all three points, he said: "I''ve written them all down. I''ll arrange for someone to design them when I get back." Well, when the design is ready, just inform Anderweil, and she will tell me then. Okay, sir. After the matter was discussed, Wu Heng asked him to speed up. The dwarf stood up, bowed, and left the room. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the conference room and went to Beacon Street to buy some food supplies. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. Military factory. ?Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate and went directly downstairs. ?As soon as I came downstairs, I felt that the overall atmosphere was not right. A large number of skeletons gathered together. The gun-toting skeletons on the wall were not holding their guns in a ready-to-read posture, but pointed their muzzles outward. A survivor walked over quickly. They are from Qi Hancai, who defected from Dong''an Village together. After coming over, he lowered his voice and said: "Your Majesty, the rescue team is here. There are several armored vehicles outside." The rescue team is here! Come to investigate the team from yesterday? "Yes! Before they died, they should have sent some news back. The other party was sure that we were going to kill them." ?Wu Heng frowned, "Where is Qi Hancai?" Sister Qi is negotiating with them in the conference room. Take me there. Wu Heng said. Your Majesty, over here. The man led the way into the office building on one side. ?As soon as I walked into the corridor, I heard a roar. If you cant hand over the people, Ill make you pay with your lives. Dont think that just getting some skeletons wielding swords and guns can withstand the modern army. (End of this chapter) Chapter 496 ,VIP Chapter 496: Important people In the conference room. Qi Hancai was sitting on one side, flanked by two of his subordinates and two skeleton attendants who were protecting him. There are three people on the opposite side. A middle-aged man wearing a black down jacket, deputy conductor Liu whom he had met before, and a young man with a straight body. The middle-aged man in a black down jacket slapped the table and shouted loudly. Qi Hancai looked at the other party and said: "As I said, the craters and explosion marks outside were left by killing zombies when we attacked the factory. Why do you always say that we killed people?" The middle-aged man still said: "Before the team disappeared, they sent a message back saying that they had a conflict with you." I dont understand what you are saying, but we are not here anyway. Qi Hancai still said. Do you dare to let us search this place? Sorry, we dont have the habit of letting people search our homes at will. "you." ??There was a squeak. ?The door was pushed open and Wu Heng walked in directly. Qi Hancai immediately showed joy and gave up his position. "What''s going on?" Wu Heng glanced at the people opposite and asked directly. Qi Hancai replied, "The rescue team said someone is missing in our area." ??Wu Heng sat down on the chair, looked at Deputy Commander Liu, and asked, "How did you know we were here?" Forehead. Deputy Commander Liu glanced aside and explained: "We have a small team performing tasks nearby." Just speaking, his momentum became a little weaker. What mission to perform? Wu Heng asked. Terrain reconnaissance, and material collection. ?Wu Heng looked directly at the other party: "Why do you say it has something to do with us?" Another middle-aged man said coldly: "Before the team disappeared, they sent back the news and had a conflict with you." ?Wu Heng turned to look at him again, "What do you call me?" Surname Qi. ??Wu Heng nodded and said, "According to what you said, your people were planning to attack us at that time?" "How can it be?" "We are attacking the factory, how can we attack you." Wu Heng said to the middle-aged man named Qi, and then looked at Deputy Commander Liu, "Deputy Commander Liu, you have deceived us once." Deputy Commander Liu narrowed his eyes slightly and emphasized: "The person is indeed missing." "So? Who is not in danger when you go out to collect supplies? In the future, if your personnel disappear, you will come to my side to cause trouble? Or do you also want to do things like robbing other people''s bases of supplies?" How is that possible? Deputy Commander Liu said immediately. The middle-aged man named Qi had a gloomy look on his face, "Do you dare to let us search this place?" What if its not found? Not found, I apologize to you. "What''s the use of your apology? If I don''t find it, I want you to have four armored vehicles outside. It depends on whether you dare." Wu Heng looked directly at the other party. ??Qi Hancai stood on one side, with his hands tightly clasped behind his back. The armored vehicles and trucks seized yesterday are parked in the garage. It is numbered on it and can be easily recognized. Why? the other party said immediately. ?Wu Heng also looked at the other party, "Yes, why?" Hmph! the middle-aged man sneered, Our armored vehicles are parked outside and can raze your place to the ground at any time. ?Wu Heng stared at him, then smiled. Looking at Qi Hancai, he said: "Notify Xinfu City to suspend material exchange with provinces and regions." bang~! Deputy Commander Liu slapped the table and stood up suddenly. ??Angrily yelled at the person beside him, "Qi Anrong apologizes to Chief Wu. Whoever allows you to open and close your mouth will start a war. You talk like a bandit." You. Seeing that the other person was really angry, the person named Qi also took a deep breath. Then he said: "I''m sorry, Chief Wu, I just said the wrong thing in excitement." Wu Heng waved his hand, "Okay, you can go back first. If there is any definite information by then, we can help you find it, but the time of their disappearance does not match the time when we occupied the factory." Deputy Commander Liu stood up and said, "Then let''s go back first. Chief Wu must not pass on the transaction between the two cities. We are working hard to collect gold." "Well, I also hope that we can coexist peacefully." "Then we won''t disturb you." Deputy Commander Liu said and left with the remaining two people. ?We walked all the way out of the factory, got into the armored vehicle, and gradually moved away. Qi Hancai said: "With so many armored vehicles, I thought they were going to fight us." The three forces control the base and everything must be discussed. Wu Heng looked at the fleet of vehicles and continued, But we must also be careful lest they actually do something. Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "By the way, I found the place where the drawings are stored, but the security door can''t be opened." Lets go, take me to see it. In the rescue team vehicle. Qi Anrong looked a little unwilling and said, "It''s hard for me to explain to Boss Huang if we go back like this." Deputy Commander Liu glanced at him and said: "Normally speaking, the possibility of having anything to do with the other party is very small. I think we should look for clues from other directions." Boss Huang is such a son, he will definitely not give up. Deputy Commander Liu stared at him coldly and warned, "It''s best not to provoke him again. It really affects the exchange of food. You should know the consequences." Hmph~! Qi Anrong snorted coldly and stopped talking. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai looked up at the huge iron gate in front of them. On the wall on one side, it is clearly written "Archive Storage Room". ?The door is a pure metal steel plate, just like the door used in the bank treasure house in the movie. There are also two kinds of locks on the door. Combination locks and keyholes. Qi Hancai said: "Someone suggested blasting from the side wall, for fear of damaging the documents inside. I think we can wait for Xinfu City to transport some tools and try to cut it to see if it can be opened." ?This kind of iron door is difficult to damage even by cutting or drilling holes. It is really just a blast from one side, which will come faster. ??Wu Heng glanced at the iron gate and said to Qi Hancai: "Go get me a bottle of water." Oh! Qi Hancai turned around and walked outside. ?Wu Heng took out the bronze key and opened the iron door directly. ?The thickness of the entire iron door is still a bit exaggerated, almost five centimeters thick. ??I''m afraid this can protect you from artillery shells! Not long after, Qi Hancai came back with a bottle of mineral water. When he saw the open iron door, he paused and asked in surprise: "Do you know the password?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s a bit difficult to explain. It''s probably opened by using supernatural powers." Qi Hancai sighed, Its great to have so many superpowers. ?Wu Heng took the mineral water, took a sip and put it away. The two of them went inside together and looked around. ?The room is very large, with neat rows of cabinets and various drawers. Open one at random, and there are an exaggerated number of drawings inside. The drawings are indeed here. There is also an electronic version here. Qi Hancai said not far away. ?Wu Heng walked over and saw a separate location with rows of mobile hard drives labeled with different types of data. Looking at it, it is clearer than the drawing. ?Wu Heng put away all the things together with the cabinet shelves. It can be considered a big gain. ? Walking out of the room, Wu Heng continued: "Find a warehouse and I will bring some food over so that everyone can eat." Okay! Qi Hancai smiled and took him to the warehouse on one side. Put all the grain into the warehouse. ?Wu Heng gave Qi Hancai a few more instructions and returned to his room. In the dormitory room. ?Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while, then Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. He said: "Uncle, Deputy Commander Liu warned the man not to mess with you and to look for clues in other directions. The bad old man said he would not let you go." (End of this chapter) Chapter 497 , go, give him two knives Chapter 497: Go and give him two knives "You won''t let me go? These are the original words. Why do they sound like words from a cartoon?" Xiao Xiao circled half a circle above his head, "That''s what it means~!" ?Wu Heng said: "Come, let me take a look!" Xiao Xiao nodded and got directly into the body. The scene just now was also shared in my mind. Deputy Commander Liu obviously didnt want this incident to affect his relationship with him, and the other middle-aged man named Qi Anrong came here on behalf of Boss Huang. mentioned that Boss Huang is just such a son and will never give up. It should be a small talker who will not let go of his own words. ?The father and son named Huang seem to be really lucky. At least they both survived when the apocalypse broke out. More relatives of survivors died in the early stages of the outbreak. I quickly analyzed it in my mind. The rescue team is obviously unwilling to conflict with themselves. After all, they have the initiative on whether they can exchange for food in the future. ?This boss Huang can only use his personal power to cause trouble for himself at most. As long as you dont destroy the factory, the rest wont be a big problem. With your own current means. Even if you are hiding in an armored car, it is not difficult to kill him. After making sure that the other party has really left and there is no threat. ?He stood up, opened the boundary door, and walked in directly. ?Emerald Sea. The ship carrying the Mad Lion Pirate Group was escaping into the distance in embarrassment. Boom, boom, boom~! A ship beside him suddenly exploded. The sputtering debris all over the sky fell into the sea with crackling sounds. The hull of the ship began to move silently toward the sea. ?The pirate who fell into the water shouted for help. In the back row, a ship flying the flag of Treasure Island and the Association followed closely behind. ?The weapons above were spitting out tongues of fire. In the midst of the intensive explosions, shouts such as "You all die," "Shoot you **** to death," and wild laughter could also be heard vaguely. ?Like a madman. Soon, the Wild Lion Pirates only had one ship left, and they fled at the front. ??The captain "Joquim" with a blond afro stood on the deck, with veins popping out on his forehead, urging over and over again, "Quick, speed up, avoid that kind of weapon." As he spoke, he cut his finger with the dagger. ?? Touching the blood on the brow of the wooden mermaid sculpture on the bow, the speed of the ship increased again in an instant. Gradually increase the distance. At this moment, a green-feathered parrot flew over first and landed on one side of the ship. Looking at Joquim, he kept talking, Joquim, you stupid bird. Joachims face was cold. In the last Battle of Treasure Island, I managed to save my life because I was sitting at the back of the fleet. ?During this period, we finally managed to form a fleet, but were found by this madman again. Joachim looked back. The sound of the equipment behind them stopped, and the two sides were increasing the distance between each other. It should be difficult to catch up with yourself. He breathed a sigh of relief and looked at the parrot again. Philippa must be looking at herself through the taming of animals. Gritting his teeth, he said: "I will look for you in the future. Then I will break every joint of yours and hang them on the mast to dry in the sun. Even if I can''t find you, I will look for everyone around you and make them dry." They died because of you. ??The parrot stared with big eyes and cursed in a high-pitched voice: "Silly bird." After saying that, he flapped his wings and flew into the sky again, away from the ship. At the same time, the lookout on the mast shouted: "Captain, there is something strange on the right side of the ship." Joachim narrowed his eyes and quickly walked to the right to check. I saw a giant shark under the sea, like a seawater, moving forward with the ship. Immediately afterwards, the giant shark swung its tail and slammed into the hull of the ship. Bang~! There was a violent collision, the ship swayed, and the pirates fell over. Attack it, quickly! The pirates began to attack into the sea. ??The arrows and crossbows penetrated the body without causing any damage. The shark jumped suddenly from above the ship, swept up a large number of pirates, and fell into the sea on the other side. ?Then there was endless collision. Making it impossible for the ship to maintain forward speed. Behind him, Philippa stood on the bow of the ship, with a powerful instrument in front of him, and began to approach quickly. The parrot flew away from the shoulder. Philippa turned to the cannon and scanned forward. "go to hell." ?Bang bang bang~! Intense explosions sounded, and the Wild Lion pirate ship exploded quickly, shattering into pieces in the blink of an eye. Wreckage of wooden planks floated on the sea, and black smoke emitted from the half-sunken and half-floating ship. The battle is over. Philippa ordered the loot to be recovered, as well as the corpses and surviving pirates. After the corpse is returned, it must be transformed by Wu Heng. ?Those who can be pirates are actually not too low in level, and they all have good water characteristics. Except for corpses. On the other side, there were several pirates who were injured but fortunately not dead. Philippa glanced around, came to Joachim, and patted the other person''s face hard, "Boss Joachim, your life is really great, you are not dead yet." I remember that at that time, Philippa was deceived by him into the pirate island. He was also forced to kneel on the ground and was almost executed directly. Now, the positions of the two sides have changed. Kneeling in front is the level 15 captain Joquim of a large pirate group. "Philippa, you are the daughter of a pirate, do you think the association really recognizes you? You will never be able to get rid of this identity in your life, and you will be abandoned sooner or later." Joakim shook the hair that covered his eyes and said coldly. "Fart! I am originally a Whisperer of the association, and your whole family is a pirate. Forget it, people like you probably don''t know what a Whisperer is." Philippa said disdainfully. For he said the association abandoned itself. ?Philippa was not afraid at all. My relationship with Wu Heng is very good. "Hmph!" Joachim sneered, without any timidity on his face, "Don''t kill me if you can. Let''s see who of us is afraid in the end." "When you say that, I''m really worried." Fei. Lipa said. ?Joachim narrowed his eyes and his face became even more ugly. Philippa asked the two level 15 skeletons to keep an eye on him, and continued to look back at the remaining prisoners. When you get to the fifth one. ?He paused and looked at the other person with a frown, "Raise your head." The kneeling pirate raised his head carefully, his eyes evasive. Philippa frowned, "Babuqi, you''re not dead either? No, I mean, why are you hanging out with them." The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, Babuqi. ??Babuqi raised his head in embarrassment and said: "Joquim said that I was your accomplice. He arrested me and locked me in the cabin for several days." Philippa looked to one side, the members of the association team responsible for salvage, and nodded slightly. "Fuck, this bitch." Philippa stepped forward, untied Babuqi, and pulled him up. "I''m your only friend. Come on, I''ll vent your anger on you." ??Babuqi stood up with his arms crossed, his eyes a little confused. ??Follow and walk to the crazy lion Joquim. Philippa took out the scimitar from the waist of the skeleton and handed it to him, "Go, give him two knives, it will be fine if you stab him to death." ??Babuqis eyes were focused, and he looked at the glaring eyes of the mad lion Joquim, and hesitated, This ?Philippa handed him the knife, and Babuqi hesitated for a long time. ??Or take the knife and walk to the opposite side. "Babuqi, she is from the association. If you dare to kill me, you will be punished by the sea." Joachim roared loudly with a ferocious face. Babuqis eyes became firmer and he said coldly: The era of the great pirate groups rule has passed. You cant scare me. After saying that, the knife in his hand stabbed directly into the opponent''s body. Then the second and third cuts. Bloody blood. ?Philippa nodded and waved his hand. The skeletons wiped the necks of all the surviving pirates. Falled on the deck and twitched slowly. When all the pirates were dead, Philippa continued: "Sweep all the corpses with grass, and after salvage the loot, we will return." Everybody take action. Philippa said to ''Babuqi'': "Sorry, I will intercede for you after we get to the island." ??Babuqi returned the knife to her and was taken to the cabin by the skeleton and imprisoned. The island owners estate. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and walked towards the weapon master''s room. Skeletons are still very efficient at doing things. Unlike living beings who need to rest, and there is no need for lights at night, drawings can be organized in the dark. ?Wu Heng went over and took a look. The drawings of bullets and grenades have been rearranged and labeled. Compound bows are currently being sorted out. Wu Heng called the two level 15 skeletons aside and said: "After sorting out the drawings in your hands, rearrange the drawings of this cannonball, and I will put the rest of the drawings for you in the next room. You can then Check and pay attention to fire prevention. ??The skeleton artificer picked up the blueprint and looked at it. Then put the drawings aside and continue to organize the compound bow. ?Wu Heng looked aside and walked out of the room. Go downstairs and chat with Minnie for a while. Waiting for Anderweil to come back, lets have dinner together. Return to the room to rest. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng sent all the collected engineering vehicles to the construction site. The expansion of the outer area of ??the island began. When the dwarf engineer, and several other biological engineers, saw the roar of the engine, easily tearing open the boulders and bulldozing the road. Everyones eyes were wide open. "Sir, if this kind of wonder can be maintained, I guarantee that the project can be completed half the time, within three days, and the construction of drainage, houses and shops can be carried out," the dwarf said. Yes, I will also arrange skeletons to assist in the transportation work, and try to speed up the progress of the project. There is also a second port, which will be built as a priority. Wu Heng saw that these vehicles were normal and he breathed a sigh of relief. The progress of the project is faster than the dwarf said. After all, skeletons can work at night, and there is still some distance between here and residential areas. ??You are not afraid of disturbing the people or anything, you can work as you like. Understood, my lord. ??Wu Heng patted him on the shoulder and said, "Do it well. If you do well, I will set up a separate research institute department for you. From now on, you will be responsible for the design of all aspects of the entire island." The dwarf looked suffocated and immediately thanked you excitedly, "Thank you, sir. I will do my best to complete the work and not let you down." ?Wu Heng nodded and handed this place over to the dwarf. Wu Heng returned to the manor. ?Hello to Minnie and head to the zombie world from the study. ?Stepping out of the gate, a chill swept through my body. Its hot on Treasure Island, and its winter here again. Had it not been for the increase in physical fitness, I might have caught a cold just by coming back and forth from both sides. Get out of the room. Qi Hancai followed. He said directly: "Others, photovoltaic panels and some equipment are on their way and will arrive tomorrow." Well, lets first look at the number of photovoltaic panels and see if one or two production lines can be provided to resume production. Understood! Qi Hancai nodded. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did the rescue team say anything?" "Not yet. I guess they have admitted defeat. Our fighting speed is quite fast. They can''t find any substantive evidence, so it''s useless to just be suspicious." Qi Hancai is relatively calm now. Judging from the conversation between the two yesterday. The rescue team does not plan to pursue the case, it depends on the person known as Boss Huang. Dont trust them too much yet, be careful. "good." ??Wu Heng then said: "Have you investigated the nearby area clearly?" Qi Hancai took out a map and said, "There are several factories over here." Arrange the convoy and lets clean up along the way. (End of this chapter) Chapter 498 , weapons are not used to collect dust. Chapter 498: Weapons are not meant to collect dust On the road. A large number of zombies began to gather. It roared ferociously, charging forward with its teeth and claws. Skeleton flying dragons passed overhead, and solid iron bullets fell into the corpses like heavy rain. The zombies along the road were shattered by the bombing. Immediately afterwards, a suspended long sword began to fly forward. Sword lights flashed one after another. The remaining zombies heads fell off and their bodies fell limply. The battle is over. The skeleton cleaned the battlefield, while Wu Heng looked at his experience points. Level: Level 17 (47582/265000) In one afternoon, almost three factories were cleaned up along the road. The experience value reached 47,000. There is still a long way to go before reaching level 18. It seems that its better to gain experience points in the city. Wu Heng muttered. Killing zombies is actually not that difficult. The only issue is efficiency. Qi Hancai walked over from behind, "Auto parts factory, rubber parts factory, heavy parts factory." Well, Ill take someone to see if theres anything we can use. "good." After cleaning up, Wu Heng completed the transformation of the skeleton. They then returned to the arsenal together. Provincial rescue teams, evacuation bases. In a slightly dark room. ?The door opened and a figure walked in directly. Looking ahead, he said: "Deputy Commander Huang, we brought back a few people from the Pingxiang Refuge and interrogated them. Captain Huang did go to the Pingxiang Refuge and inquired about the people at the military factory and Xinfu City Base. intelligence." Behind the desk, a thin and lean middle-aged man took a puff of a cigarette and said, "So, my son''s disappearance has something to do with those people?" "There is no substantial evidence yet, but judging from the course of action that day, we did go to the military factory." said the subordinate. Boss Huangs voice contained anger, Do you need any substantive evidence? Are you still waiting for my son to give you a dream? The subordinates did not answer. Boss Huang continued: "How many people did you ask?" Three. Three people in one shelter? "Brothers on guard noticed that a convoy of people from Xinfu City was coming. We selected the three who knew the most and came back. The people were interrogated on the road." ?Boss Huang smoked one cigarette after another. After pondering for a while, he said: "Ask someone to investigate the defenses near the general factory for me. Someone must be buried with my son." Yes. The subordinate replied and was about to leave. "etc!" The men stopped and looked back. Boss Huang said: "Keep things secret and don''t let other people in the base know." "clear." Go, I will distribute more of your food supplies. Thank you, boss. The subordinate thanked him, opened the door and walked out. ?Boss Huang was leaning on his chair, smoking a cigarette and muttering. I changed so many weapons, not just to collect dust! Son! the next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. The support team from Xinfu City has arrived. Carloads of supplies were unloaded into the warehouse, accompanied by many technical personnel. Qi Hancai followed. With a serious face, he said, When the convoy passed by the Pingxiang Service Station, it was said that people from the provincial and district rescue teams were investigating the convoy. The people at the service station, did they tell us about us? Qi Hancai said: "I told you, and I also arrested a few people. I wonder if they are going to be witnesses and testify against us." "It''s the end of the world. What can we do if we don''t admit it after the accusations have been made?" In fact, after investigating through the Pingxiang Service Station, Wu Heng was not surprised at all. After all, the initial news was conveyed from Pingxiang. ?It is normal for the other party to investigate through that place. Qi Hancai narrowed his eyes slightly, "What do you mean, they will come directly to you?" This is not very likely, but we still have to be careful. Wu Heng warned. Qi Hancai sighed slightly and could only nod. Speaking of which, I am also unlucky here. ??If Liu Chuang hadn''t notified the provincial rescue team, they would have come directly here to occupy the factory. ?The matter is over. ?Even if the rescue team finds out later, there is no reason to say anything. Now things have been made so complicated. ?The person on the opposite side is dead, and they are still chasing him. ?It is difficult to say whether a conflict will really break out later. Even if we have confidence in our own side, modern weapons are still very lethal and will be equally dangerous if they affect them. Seeing her ugly face, Wu Heng comforted her and said, "It''s okay. They really want to trouble us. I will protect you." Qi Hancai suppressed her uneasiness and forced a smile, "No, I''m not afraid of you." Then, he continued: "It''s time to install photovoltaic panels. The electrician suggested that we try a production chain first to see if it can be used." Choose the production chain of machine guns. Okay! Qi Hancai immediately went down and directed the others to install photovoltaic panels on the roof and change the wiring. ??Wu Heng was on the side, directing the skeletons to clean up some areas burned by the fire. Some debris, collapsed walls. ??Being moved outside. The day passed gradually. The sky is gradually getting darker. ??Wu Heng and the others stood in front of the factory, waiting silently. Waiting for someone to make some adjustments to the CNC host machine. ?Hum~! The hum of machinery sounded. The entire production chain is gradually moving. The bullet that stopped on it was sent to the next link by the conveyor belt, and finally fell into the plastic frame at the tail. Watching the production chain really move. ?Wu Heng was delighted, and the others also showed joy. Thats great. Qi Hancai pulled his arm and jumped excitedly. When he noticed that other people were looking at him, he immediately let go, but his face was still unconceivably happy. The production of bullets is of great significance to the base. ?Even if the survivors have never been issued firearms, the base has enough bullets, which means it is safer. Even the worst case, there is no need to use food or exchange bullets with the provinces or districts. Okay, lets pause for now, and wait until there is enough material to resume production. Lets go back and rest! Wu Heng said directly. Everyone turns off the machines. ?Wuheng arranged a large number of skeletons to guard the place. Then they all exited the factory. We returned to the dormitory building together. Even things that can produce bullets must be kept secret. We have many enemies. Wu Heng said as he walked. I understand, the people here are all old people and they understand the rules. Well, lets take a rest. Everyone dispersed and returned to their rooms. the next day. Association, meeting room. Wu Heng looked at the people gathered around the conference table and said directly: "You are all representatives of the island''s business groups. Treasure Island needs a batch of supplies, and we plan to select a few reputable and efficient caravans for cooperation. " ?Everyone present became interested immediately after hearing this. Island owner, I dont know what goods you need, so we can help you analyze them. (End of this chapter) Chapter 499 , Wrentam City Crisis (Updated today.) Chapter 499, Crisis in Luntam City (Updated today.) For business groups who want to do business from the island, or transfer goods. ?Maintaining close cooperation with the island owner''s government is a good opportunity to draw closer to each other, especially those business groups that have not written letters of recommendation before to help Wu Heng become the island owner. I want to seize the opportunity of this cooperation. Every one of them seems to be quite enthusiastic. ??Wu Heng actually wants Shannara to help him with the business group''s procurement. Its just that Shannara has just returned to the wood elves, and it will take some time to come back. The representatives of the Star Flower business group were also present and had the same identity as the other business group representatives. These are the items I need to purchase. Take a look at them first. Wu Heng took out several arranged lists of materials and handed them to the representatives of the business groups present. The material list was reorganized by Artificer. Including 3 mm copper plate, white gunpowder, lead and other materials. White gunpowder is similar to smokeless gunpowder in the modern world, the difference is in the material. The gunpowder in this world is mixed with the scale powder of fire monsters. The artificer made adjustments when arranging the materials. People from each business group looked at the list of materials. Some looked happy, while others shook their heads helplessly. Someone stood up and said: "Island owner, in the previous auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium, we bought the copper mining rights in the eastern part of ''Rochefort'', which can supply your copper mine needs." Another person also stood up and said, "Sir, we also export a large amount of copper ore, and we can also make the specifications you need and send them to you." White gunpowder, we can supply. . Several people stood up one after another, and they all said the materials they could cooperate with. ?Wu Heng sat on one side and listened. All purchases can be made smoothly, which makes me feel relieved. Waving his hand for everyone to sit down. Said: "You go back and calculate the types and prices of the materials you can cooperate with. After they are calculated, send them directly to the city hall. We will select several companies to sign the agreement and purchase them based on the price and transportation conditions. In terms of money, you Dont worry, its all settled normally. Yes, yes! Everyone nodded flatteringly. Then lets do this for now. You bid as soon as possible so that we can make a choice. Wu Heng said. Everyone stood up, saluted, and walked outside together. Wait for everyone to leave. ??Wu Heng also left the association directly. ??Take a carriage back to the island owner''s manor, put on the [Conductor''s Hat], and the ghost train will appear. Go directly to the "Netale City" of the Kingdom of Yeko. The train stopped in a deserted place, Wu Heng put on his cloak and veil and went directly into the city. Its different from the past. At this time in Netale City, there were fewer pedestrians on the streets than in the past few days. Everyone was in a hurry, and many shops were closed. ?At the alchemy shop and the mineral shop, I temporarily purchased some materials, and then went to the semi-underground Snake Emblem Consortium in the Mermaid Tavern. The Snake Emblem Consortium is not as lively as before. Two scattered people stood in front of the notice board, chatting in low voices. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the room he had reserved. Not long after, a strange young woman walked in cautiously. He glanced at Wu Heng and said respectfully, "Sir, are you here to exchange potions?" ?Wu Heng looked at the other person and nodded, "It wasn''t you before, was it?" "My lady has something to do, and she has arranged for me to wait here to trade with you. Don''t worry, the lady and I have already explained it." The other party leaned forward and spoke in a half-bowed posture. ?Wu Heng was still looking at her. ?The other party said again: "My lady also said that if you want to help her refine the potion, your previous promise is still valid, and you can offer higher conditions." I mentioned it at this time to prove my identity. After all, the conditions between the two of them are unknown to outsiders unless the blond woman says it herself. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded, took out two bottles of medicine and placed them on the table. The woman in front of him also took out a brocade box from the space ring. Open it carefully, put it on the table and push it over. Inside is a corolla of bright flowers. Fairy Flower Crown (Description: A flower crown woven by reclusive fairies, with the effects of self-healing, nourishing the body, and bestiality.) ??This time it''s not a strange object, but a magic item. But the effect is still very good. Some magic props are as effective as rare items and have no side effects. ?This Elf Flower Crown is not bad, although it is not a combat prop. Even if it has a self-healing effect, it is impossible to wear the flower crown in a battle. Most often used after war, or carried on daily basis, it can also nourish the body. The woman softly introduced: "The corolla of the Fairy Tribe has a self-healing effect equivalent to that of a mid-level therapeutic potion. Wearing it on a daily basis can nourish the body well and gain the ability to communicate with animals and beasts." It turns out that **** really means communicating with wild beasts literally. Wait until the introduction is finished. The woman asked carefully: "Sir, are you satisfied with the things?" Well, Im quite satisfied. Wu Heng put it away directly. ?The other party also smiled when he heard that he was satisfied and put the potion away. ??This time the transaction was over, Wu Heng asked: "Why are there so few people on the street?" The woman shook her head slightly, "I''m sorry, I can''t talk nonsense, and I don''t want to perfuse you." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Im still a little surprised by this answer. He stood up and said, "It''s okay, I''ll go back first." The woman saluted again. ?Wu Heng walked out directly. I didnt stay outside for too long, I got on the ghost train in a deserted place and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng sat in the living room and chatted with Minnie for a while. When he was almost rested, he went upstairs again. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Add some small quantities of purchased materials into the machines of the production chain. ?Several people stood aside and waited silently. Soon, the sound of machine operation sounded, and the whole thing started to work. The copper plate is cut into coin-sized discs, which are then extruded by a machine into hollow bullet casings. Then comes the fixing of the bottom, the filling of gunpowder, and the fixing of the warhead. ?Wu Heng has seen the drawings and can understand the general process. Qi Hancai and others saw the production of bullets for the first time and were full of curiosity. But once the whole process is completed and the complete bullet is produced, it doesnt feel that difficult to make. These materials may not be produced for long, Qi Hancai said. Ill figure it out by then, dont worry. Qi Hancai thought for a moment, "I can collect some copper products from various places, but gunpowder is difficult to collect." Well, lets collect some copper products, gunpowder and lead first, and Ill figure it out. "good!" After some bullets were produced, Wu Heng stopped the machine. Collect newly produced bullets. We walked out of the factory together and came outside. ?Hand the bullets to a skeleton holding a machine gun, "Put on these bullets." ??The skeleton opened the magazine and loaded the new bullet into it. Shot from a distance. ?Bang bang bang~! ?There was a burst of gunfire, and bullets hit the wooden target in the distance. There are no problems with the orbit and range. ?This also proves that not only is there no problem with the replacement of white gunpowder, but the bullets produced by the entire production chain also meet the standards. It looks like the effect is not bad. Qi Hancai looked at the wooden target and said. Well, its really not bad. Let the skeleton return to its post. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked back together. Go directly back to your respective residences. The next day, the island owners manor. Wu Heng was basking in the sun on the lounge chair, while Minnie was handling flowers and plants in the flower bed nearby. ~! The door of the manor was knocked. ?Minnie wiped her hands on her apron and quickly ran over to open the door. ?Chatted a few words with people outside. ? Came back with a letter in hand. Master, there is a letter from you at the association, and it was sent directly here. Believe it. Wu Heng sat up, took it and took a look. Tear open the envelope and pour the letter directly out. Lines of writing appear. Letter from Mantha Wen. "Owner: I was very happy that I had received the letter I sent, but it still shocked me when it suddenly appeared next to someones pillow. People cannot be frightened now. You said you would come back to see me, but there has been no news for several days. I couldn''t wait any longer, so I wrote you a letter. I just hope I wont miss you and I didnt see you there. ??Luntam City has been a bit uneasy recently. Two days ago, there was an assassination operation by gangs in the outer city. Several officials in the city hall were assassinated, and there were signs of interrogation. Through investigation and the arrest of several gangs. Got some news that high-level professionals have entered the city and are planning things. I have arranged manpower to increase patrols and guards in the city, but some officials still choose to leave due to pressure. ?Deacon Slater has been here a few times, but he can''t stay in the city all the time, and he doesn''t have any good ideas. If the master was here, this would definitely not happen... I just hope that I wont do too badly and disappoint the owners expectations. Waiting for your return. Wen Mansha Looking at the contents of the letter, Wu Heng frowned slightly. The letters sent before were all in good condition in Luntam City. The city was developing rapidly and taxes continued to rise. Coupled with the good management of Money Cat, it has become an entertainment center in surrounding cities. The city that never sleeps in the true sense. Todays letter clearly carries a sense of worry. There are high-level professionals who assassinate officials and interfere with the development of "Luntam City". ?Like Luntam City, a middle ground without the support of a country or force is really the easiest place to overthrow the regime. Looks like I really have to go back. Is it Sister Wen Mansha? Minnie asked from the side. So smart! I knew it was her, and I must have driven you crazy. Minnie said from the side. ?Andweil also said it. ?Among the three maids in Luntam City, Wen Mansha is the most clingy. ?It seems that Minnie thinks so too. ?Wu Heng put the letter away and said: "There are high-level professionals in Luntam City who are causing trouble. That''s what Wen Mansha said." Didnt you leave behind a high-level skeleton? Higher than that? ??Luntam City did not attract much attention before. ?Judging from the feeling of playing games in the past, it is more like the cities around Novice Village. ??It''s a little higher than Blackstone Town, but it''s much worse than Treasure Island. Level 15 is the top professional there. ? At that time, the Warhammer Partys level 15 Skullbreaker, a bandit leader, almost captured the entire city. But now the tax revenue in the city has increased sharply. Attracted the attention of high-level professionals. Maybe he wants to occupy it! Wu Heng said. Minnie looked over and asked, "Do you want to go back?" Well, lets go back and take a look. At least turn on the radio for her, so that she can save herself writing letters. Thats right, you can accompany Sister Wen Mansha when the time comes. Its pitiful for her to be left alone there. Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded, thinking about his plan to leave. Treasure Island has been stabilized and there is no need to worry about it for a while. The main thing is to look at the zombie world. There is no result yet from provincial and district rescue teams. Solve the problem as soon as possible and then go to Luntam City. afternoon. Go directly to the zombie world. ?More people were transferred here, and the factory became lively. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Qi Hancai also came quickly from outside with a serious face, "Come here for a moment." Seeing her expression, he also followed her to a place behind the building. In the open space in the middle, there is a corpse. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Is someone dead?" ??Qi Hancai shook his head, "He is not one of us. He was discovered climbing over the wall last night and was killed by a skeleton." Not from ones own side. ?Still trying to climb over the wall to get in? ?Wu Heng guessed, From the provincial rescue team? After all, we are here, and only the rescue team knows about it. "It''s possible. He''s not wearing the clothes of the rescue team, but he is wearing a pistol. It should be about the same." ?Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] towards the corpse. The corpse sat up from the ground and looked this way with its cloudy eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Which base are you from?" The corpse replied, "Dongying Street, Little Rock Base." ?Little Rock is where the rescue team builds its base. Some people say the Rescue Team Base, and some say the Little Rock Base, but the names are different. But it also verified the two peoples guesses that they were people from the provincial rescue team. ??Wu Heng then asked: "What are you doing here?" The corpse replied, "Boss Huang, we have been given the task of collecting intelligence here in exchange for food." Boss Huang! I really dont want to give up. ??Wu Heng asked again, "What information is collected?" The missing team, the defense plan of the factory area, and what is being done internally. The two looked at each other. Qi Hancai said nothing, but his face became more solemn. Still collecting their own defense plans, this purpose is already obvious. Even if we dont want to fight, we are ready to fight. ?Wu Heng signaled Qi Hancai not to worry. Continuing to look at the body, "Is it only Boss Huang who said this, or does the entire rescue team agree to investigate this place?" Boss Huang is the only one who did it without telling the other two forces of the rescue team. last question. How many weapons and equipment does Boss Huang have? There are four armored vehicles and a lot of guns. I dont know exactly how many there are. Five questions answered. The body lay back on the ground. It seems that Boss Huang has already taken this matter on himself. Whether he really disappeared or died somewhere. These are not important anymore. Just look for yourself here. (End of this chapter) Chapter 500 , he will not die no matter who dies Chapter 500: No matter who dies, he will not die. ?Qi Hancai frowned and looked a little ugly. The base is developing well now, and the establishment of strongholds abroad has been successful several times. ??But I didnt expect that such a thing would be involved. ?No wonder, the squad leader spoke so arrogantly at that time, he really had a backer behind him. Its the end of the world, but Im still fighting for my father. "Do we need to tell the rescue team? The military will definitely not let this person named Huang run amok." Qi Hancai said directly. The rescue team wants to continue exchanging food. You wont watch this boss Huang destroy the relationship between the two parties. ??Wu Heng stood aside and thought for a moment, then said: "No, I will handle this matter. Just pretend it never happened and don''t mention it to anyone else." Qi Hancai moved his eyes quickly, and then said: "Okay!" ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry the body outside and bury it. After the body was taken away, the two of them stopped mentioning the matter. We walked towards the workshop room together. Qi Hancai continued: "Our photovoltaic panels are only enough to maintain this production chain. Unless all photovoltaic panels from several bases are collected, one more one may be added." At this time of year, cutting off power to the base is not a good option. Furthermore, the supply of white gunpowder and various materials is not perfect, and there is no rush to increase the production chain. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment while walking, and said: "Let''s maintain this one for now. In the next time, we will contact the outside through the radio to recruit relevant personnel for power plant construction." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. The two of them circled the entire base. When returning, Wu Heng said: "Prepare a car, I want to go out." "I''ll take you there." Qi Hancai turned around and said while handing over the vehicle. No need, arrange a skeleton who can drive, and you can stay. ?Qi Hancai glanced at the other party and nodded in agreement. Rescue team shelter. In a well-decorated room. Behind Huang Guangping''s desk, there was red wine and a half-glass goblet of red wine on the table. He looked at the figure standing in front and asked, "What have you collected?" One of his subordinates spoke softly, "There is no news from Captain Huang. Convoys have continued to enter the military factory in the past two days, and some supplies and support personnel can be seen." Huang Guangping took a sip of wine and then asked: "What about the number of troops and armored vehicles?" "This..." The subordinate hesitated for a moment and said: "It is impossible to determine the number of raised hands. The number of skeletons is probably more than a thousand, two armored vehicles, and some self-modified vehicles." I want detailed information and let the brothers count the ammunition. Huang Guangping said, taking out a pack of cigarettes from the drawer and throwing it to the other party. Okay! The subordinate caught the cigarette, nodded and left. Only Huang Guangping is left in the study. While smoking, he would take a sip from his wine glass from time to time. ??Took a deep breath from the cigarette and exhaled the smoke. When he looked into the air, his pupils suddenly shrank. I saw, in the mid-air in front of me, a lady wearing an old-fashioned Western dress and a top hat, her body translucent floating in the air. ? Huang Guangping''s expression changed drastically, and he was so frightened that he reached out to cover his heart. At the same time, his eyes glanced at the pistol on the cabinet nearby. Are you Huang Guangping? The figure in mid-air spoke slowly. The tone of voice is weird, like a foreigner who has just learned Chinese. ? Huang Guangping took two deep breaths, slowly lowered his hand on his heart, and said warily: "Are you a ghost? Can you still speak?" "Your name is very rude. Life is just one form and can survive in many forms." Huang Guangping didn''t want to listen to her nonsense, but asked seriously: "What are you doing here? It seems that I have never provoked... friends like you, right?" The matter of ghosts was also mentioned at the main station. The local rescue team also held a meeting for this purpose. ?According to some information collected, ghosts are difficult to kill, and being entangled by them will be very troublesome. Obviously, I am entangled with him. ? Huang Guangping can be sure that he has never seen this ghost. It is dangerous outside and he has not been out of the base for a long time. Be considered a commander behind the scenes. The ghost still looked at her and said softly, "Wu Heng asked me to come. You should know him. No, we call him King Yama." ? Huang Guangpings eyes suddenly shrank. ??The leader of the Xinfu City base, he can actually command ghosts. How is this done? He was shocked in his heart, but on his face he forced himself to calm down and said, "My cooperation with Xinfu City is pretty good. What''s the reason for you coming to my place?" ?Haunted Ghost smiled, turned his body in mid-air, and rushed directly towards Huang Guangping. Grass~! Huang Guangping stood up instantly and grabbed the pistol not far away. ?But the ghost was faster. The moment it touched him, it had already entered his body and sat back on the chair. ? Huang Guangpings body movements became stiff, and his eyes were filled with fear. ?Now he knew how ghosts killed people. Its really just like in ghost stories, you can be possessed by ghosts. ?Hunter controlled his body and sat down, picked up the wine glass and took a sip, then opened a few drawers in front of him and looked at it. Then he took out a table knife. Slowly slit his neck. ?Blood was flowing along the hem of his clothes, and Huang Guangping''s eyes slowly turned from fear to dullness and turbidity. Finally, he slumped on the chair. In the wild, on a deserted land by the roadside. ?Wu Heng sat in the passenger seat and waited silently. Not long after, Glenda appeared from one side and spoke softly, "He''s dead. It''s suicide at first sight." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. Glenda smiled and said: "It''s nothing hard. People in your world are basically ordinary people, not even first-level professionals." "The main development here is technology." Well, it can be seen that if there had not been the virus outbreak you mentioned, the lives of ordinary people here would have been pretty good. Granda said in agreement. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to his side: "Let''s go back." The skeleton in charge of driving changed direction, returned to the road, and started to return. Early morning. The rescue team base fell into a bit of chaos. A large number of personnel were mobilized. Start investigating the cause of death and arresting the murderer. In the conference room. The military and Tiancheng Group sat together and began to discuss this matter. With Huang Guangpings character, it is impossible to commit suicide. A middle-aged man in a suit from the Tiancheng Group said directly. ?On the other side, the commander-in-chief of the rescue team pinched his brows and said, "I''ve had someone investigate, and there''s no sign of anyone else pretending to kill someone." Thats why this matter is serious. A middle-aged man in a suit. Anyone may commit suicide in the last days, but not Huang Guangping. Even if his son dies, he will at most find a woman and give him another son, and he will not die in this way. ?This kind of person is selfish, but once he gains power, he will get along very well. In the current environment, Huang Guangping''s status is more influential than in peacetime. How could he choose to commit suicide at this time? "There''s no way to explain it. The one who can kill him in the base is either you or me." The commander-in-chief looked up at the other party. The middle-aged man in a suit sneered, "I don''t do such a thing." Thats suicide. ~! ?The door knocked, and several figures walked in. ?One of them glanced at the two parties and said softly, "Commander-in-Chief, there are some clues." Say it! The last person who met Deputy Commander Huang was one of his cronies. At that time, he issued a mission to him... At this point, the words suddenly paused. Several people in the distance looked over at the same time. The commander-in-chief asked, What mission? Statistics on troop strength and ammunition, and at the same time investigate the defense and numerical strength of Xinfu City Military Factory. ?The room fell silent for a moment. ?Everyone was a little surprised and a little unbelievable. ? Huang Guangping actually passed them secretly and was still looking for trouble at the Xinfu City base. ??Moreover, he committed suicide as soon as he was given the task, which makes people doubt whether he is related to the other party. Anything else? "Gone." "Go down first. Huang Guangping committed suicide because of the pain of losing his son. If we announce it, all the weapons and troops under his command will be taken back." Yes! Several people responded and exited the room directly. In the conference room, there was silence for five or six seconds. The man in the suit said, "Is it related to Xinfu City?" If its true, then their methods are too powerful. ??If you can kill Huang Guangping silently, you can kill anyone present. ??And its still the kind that cant be found out how to kill. This makes every senior executive feel anxious. ?Those in power are not afraid of war, but they will not end it personally. If it can directly threaten themselves, they should be more careful in doing things. I think you can explain it to the other party. The man in the suit said. The commander-in-chief thought for a moment and shook his head, "Do nothing, just cooperate normally. If we take unnecessary actions now, bad results are likely to occur." The man in the suit thought for a moment, "Okay, let''s do this." In a blink of an eye, two days passed. In the past two days. ?Wu Heng made certain arrangements for Treasure Island and the military factory. Make sure you leave after you leave. They can all operate normally without any problems. In the courtyard. Master, you have to tell us when you get to the place. Andwyer leaned on her left arm and said softly. "Yes, you stay with Sister Wen Mansha for two days and come back as soon as possible. We miss you too." Minnie was on the other side, holding his waist and coquettishly. ??Wu Heng patted the two of them on the back and comforted them: "Look after your home. I will be back in a few days. If anything happens, go find Xila Gui." The two women hummed softly and put their heads in their arms. Minnie looked up again and said, "When the master comes back, please bring my two friends. The manor is so big, I will be here every day." Forehead. ??Remember those two friends! "It depends on whether they are willing or not. I will ask then." "Um!" Farewell to the two women, Wu Heng put on the [train conductors hat], the ghost train appeared, Wu Heng got on the train with the skeleton, and waved goodbye to the two women. The doors closed and the train plunged into the void. ?Wu Heng sat down in the carriage, his senses disappearing. (End of this chapter) Chapter 501 , the unstable city of Wrentam Chapter 501, Unstable Luntam City On the train. ??Wu Heng and two skeleton attendants sat on a long chair on one side. My mind started to think about the future development involuntarily. ?Most of the senses disappear and you feel more focused. ??Luntam City is doing pretty well, and it will definitely continue to develop. It can provide part of the source of funds, and it is also a retreat for itself. ??If there is a problem on Treasure Island, retreating to Luntam City and becoming a local emperor is actually a good choice. ?This time when I go back, I want to help Wen Mansha deal with some potential dangers. As for Treasure Island, the first thing is to keep a low profile. The association gives itself identity and power, but it is also a shackle. There must not be any adverse effects, especially if ones own profession has certain prejudices. The second point is that the smooth shipping routes and the island''s security will attract more wealthy merchants to the island to increase trade, and you can also get a lot of resources and benefits from it. The last point is the construction of the island. ??On the contrary, we can replicate Luntam City and build a singing and dancing venue like the Golden Cat on the island, which is actually not bad. After all, the acceptance of Money Cat in the market has also been verified in Luntam City. As for the zombie world. The direction of development has not changed much, including upgrading, collecting gold, and collecting some related talents. The power plant and some modern equipment will be gradually restored. To facilitate the development of both worlds. ??Even after killing Boss Huang this time, it can be seen that the survivors in the zombie world are still not very capable. Even if there are people with super powers, they still cannot compare with myself, a professional who is constantly upgrading. As long as they are not targeted by hot weapons, no one can be their opponent. Furthermore, several urban strongholds and refuges in the north relied on themselves in exchange for food. ??Whoever dares to target himself will be scolded to death if word spreads. I thought about it quickly in my mind. ?Take out the Mansion Technique skill book that you prepared in advance and start flipping through it. On the train, you can still see with your eyes. I also take this opportunity to read this book again. ??I havent unlocked the skill yet, and Im still a little reluctant. But I spent a lot of money to buy it. Seven days later. The ghost train appeared from the void and stopped in a clearing in the wild woods. ?Winter has also entered here, the trees are dry, the snow on the ground still leaves some animal footprints and blood stains. ??Wu Heng got out of the car with two skeleton attendants. Take a deep breath. The ghost train disappeared, hunger, thirst, and severe bloating set in. Find a tree to make things easier. He took out the food he had prepared in advance and took two bites. Even if the ghost train is fast, you must pay attention to the time, otherwise it is easy for people to starve to death on the train without feeling. After finishing everything, Wu Heng looked around. ??They are all dense woods, and it is impossible to distinguish the direction, so it is impossible to find the direction of "Luntam City". With a thought in his mind, two ghosts flew out. One on the left and one on the right, floating on both sides. Uncle, are you there yet? Xiaoxiao asked. ?Glenda also looked over curiously. "We should have arrived, but we don''t know where we are here. Look at the direction of Luntam City from the air and where the road is?" Wu Heng said. The two ghosts nodded and immediately flew into the sky. Not long after, Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew down, shouting: "Luntam City is over there. It has changed so much. It is several times bigger than when we left." "Yeah?" Well, uncle, now that you are gone, the city has become better. What are you saying? Its as if Im preventing the city from developing. Xiao Xiao smiled mischievously, "I didn''t say that." ?Glenda flew back a little late and said: "There is a caravan coming over there. The highest level is only level 10. You can take a carriage there and you can learn something about the situation on the way." Caravan transportation here is basically horse-drawn carriages. Level 10 professionals serve as accompanying guards, which is already quite a large team. There is not much threat to myself. ?Glenda has already arranged this for herself. Good guy. Which way? Over there, wait at the roadside for a while. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked to the roadside with the skeleton attendant, while two ghosts followed him and disappeared. Not long after, a caravan slowly appeared in sight. The caravan saw three people standing on the roadside from a distance. The accompanying guards began to be on guard, their swords were unsheathed, and their crossbows were cocked. "How many of you are standing here?" Several professionals wearing cotton armor walked over quickly and stopped five meters away, "What are you doing?" Wu Heng said: "We are going to Luntam City. The road is difficult to walk. Can you give us a ride? You can give us money." How did you show up here? the other party continued to ask. "We are from Yeke Kingdom and wanted to visit Luntam City. Something unexpected happened on the way, and there were only three of us left." Wu Heng replied. Among the people talking, two immediately separated and ran quickly towards the convoy behind. At the same time, one by one, the tame animals took off from the direction of the convoy and circled in the surrounding forest. After confirming that there is no ambush in the forest. The convoy pressed against the snow and walked over little by little. ??A man who was obviously better dressed walked over, looked him up and down, and then looked at the tightly covered figure behind him. "Okay, you can sit in the carriage, but we are almost to Luntam City." The man said. Thank you. Wu Heng got on the carriage, with two skeletons following on both sides. After walking for a while, I casually chatted with the other person. Then he inquired and asked: "They say that business is good in the city and the public security is safe. Is this true?" The businessman turned around and looked at him, "Are you in business too?" ?Wu Heng was wearing a cloak and cotton clothes. But from the looks of it, he looks more like a young master who has never experienced hardship. After all, even the table in the house is moved by skeletons, and he doesn''t need to do anything. Ah! Can you make a fortune? Wu Heng asked jokingly. Haha~! What business are you doing? The man smiled, and the guards around him also looked over with smiles. Entertainment industry, that is, pubs, opera houses and the like. The man thought for a moment and said, "The security was pretty good before, and the city was developing rapidly, but something is different recently. Some rumors are spreading in the city, and there are fewer powerful and wealthy businessmen coming here to have fun." What rumor? The man pondered for a moment and explained softly, "The real owner of this city is not Mrs. Wen Mansha, but a former association captain. Later, he was transferred away, and this place was managed by Mrs. Wen Mansha. Rumor has it that this captain is in There are level 18 professionals outside who want to destroy the city. Some people say that this city is an experimental warehouse for necromancers. If you need living creatures for experiments, just capture a few. " ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. How did the matter with level 18 professionals get here? "seriously?" There are rumors and so on, but recently there have been a lot of gangs, which are more chaotic than before. Then you still come here to do business? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?The other party smiled and said, "I know the city of Luntam before. It is already very good now. It is much better than when Erno ruled." Erno is the name of the original city lord. ?Wu Heng nodded, but did not continue to ask. From what the other party said, all he knew were rumors, which were not very credible. But about the matter of level 18 professionals, I am afraid that someone came here on purpose. After entering the city, you still have to ask Wen Mansha what happened. As the convoy approaches. A city that was more majestic and vast than what he had imagined appeared in front of him. ? ? If you distinguish carefully, you can still distinguish the inner city, outer city and outer city. It''s just that the area outside the city is larger, more than several times the original area. The buildings are scattered and the streets are winding. Pedestrians in horse-drawn carriages came and went on the road, while on both sides were vendors setting up stalls. In the outer city and inner city, you can see towering arrow towers and towers, and flags fluttering in the wind. "It''s spectacular!" The businessman smiled and continued: "The most important thing about the outer city area is the excitement. The outer city area and the inner city area are the good places. The ground is made of bluestone, and there are magic light stones along the road. The night is brighter than the day. There are also many good shops there that are open late. ?Wu Heng looked at the city and nodded. City Lords Mansion. ?Wen Mansha sits on the throne of the city lord. On the left is a skeleton mage wearing a mage robe, and on the right is a skeleton warrior wearing heavy armor and a long sword. ??The housekeeper, wearing black-rimmed glasses and a black dress, walked over from the side and said softly: "Madam, two more officials from the city hall have handed in their resignations." Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, then said: "Pay them the money and **** them out of the city." Yes, maam. Tap tap tap~! While the two were talking. ??Footsteps sounded, and three figures walked in from outside. ?One person walked in front, followed by two skeletons, carrying a corpse. Wen Mansha and the housekeeper looked at the corpse on the ground at the same time. Sister-in-law! the younger brother shouted and glanced at the housekeeper beside him. The city lord''s men are divided into two groups. One is a former member of the Spike Gang, or someone who arranged for Calais before Wu Heng left. Including the tribesmen of Andweil and some cooperative armor and weapon shop owners. They are all relatively trustworthy. The rest are the personnel recruited after taking the position of city lord. Management of the city hall, some patrol guards. The staff is relatively mixed and it is an employment relationship. Wen Mansha followed his gaze and said, "It''s okay, just tell me!" The younger brother nodded and said: "The informant arranged for the outer city was killed and died on the way into the inner city." ??The Spike Gang used to start by selling information. Now we have also cultivated some informants and arranged them in the outer city and outer districts. Wen Mansha glanced sideways and said, "Zi Gu, go over and ask about the corpse." The skeleton necromancer beside him walked out directly and came to the corpse to release [Conversation with the Dead]. The stiff corpse that fell to the ground slowly sat up. Broken and broken ice particles on clothes. Wen Mansha looked at the corpse and asked, "Who killed you." The corpse spoke slowly, "A thief, I didn''t see his appearance clearly." Do you have any information that you want to tell us? The corpse replied, "The Wind and Fire Party has organized several other gangs to attack the inner city tonight." As soon as these words came out, everyones expressions changed. "Are they worthy?" the younger brother said coldly. There are two skeletons above level 15 in the city lord''s mansion, as well as guns that shoot bullets. ?How many groups of gangs tried to do something, but they were all wiped out. What else do they want to do? Wen Mansha continued to ask the corpse: "What else do you know about gangs?" Rigor Rigor Morbid replied, "There are many high-level professionals in the gang. They are not afraid of the skeletons in the City Lord''s Mansion, nor are they afraid of the fourth-level skeletons in the City Lord''s Mansion." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly. The younger brother and the housekeeper also looked solemn. Not afraid of level 4 skeletons. In other words, they also have high-level professionals. (End of this chapter) Chapter 502 , solve the problem (an update today.) Chapter 502, Solving the Problem (Updated today.) Things about high-level professionals coming to the city have been happening frequently recently. After all, Luntam City is developing so well as a city without any country to rely on. ??There will definitely be many people who are concerned about it. However, this is the first time that I really plan to take action. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, then looked at the corpse, "How many high-level professionals are there?" The corpse thought for a moment and replied, "I don''t know." ?There is one last question left. ?Wen Mansha asked: "When will they take action?" Gathering at dusk. After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a bang. ?The hall also fell into a brief silence. Dusk! ?Winter came early in Luntam City, and now the sky is gradually getting dark. Sister-in-law, I will take people to kill them first to prevent them from gathering. The younger brother said immediately. Being from a gang, I still have some sense of fighting. The housekeeper pushed up her glasses and said, "Going blindly may cause greater losses." It will be more troublesome when they gather together. ?Wen Mansha sat sideways on the chair. Thinking about how to deal with it. There seem to be a lot of skeletons and rotting corpses that can be mobilized in the city, but the skeletons are all arranged in the city defense, patrolling, and protecting the city lord''s mansion, so they are relatively scattered. The rotting corpses are stationed alone in fixed areas. Because the rotting corpses carry diseases, they basically do not appear in the city. If there is a battle, you need to call back in advance. ??But it may not be that easy to attack the city lord''s mansion. There are also two high-level skeletons on his side, as well as an instrument called a machine gun left behind by Wu Heng. Enough to kill most enemies. ?Its just that even if they dont actually attack the city lords palace, they will still cause a certain amount of chaos and losses to the city. ?Ever since I became inconvenient, things in the city happened one after another. Thinking quickly, he spoke softly, "Notice, the inner city is closed, and no one is allowed to enter or exit the inner city gate. Erno, go and move the carrion back..." The order has not been finished yet. The door to the mansion was opened by a skeleton. Three figures walked in. The skeletons around them, as if they had not seen them, were still standing in place without any movement. ??The three people who were talking about the crisis in the City Lord''s Mansion immediately became alert. The younger brother pointed at the three people who strode in and shouted: "Skeleton, stop him, don''t let them get close." The skeletons turned their heads to look at him, then turned back. The younger brothers face changed drastically, Sister-in-law, you go first. Wen Mansha also frowned and stared at the hooded figure looking up and down. The figure who walked in took off his hood and said with a smile: "Wen Mansha, I''m back." return? The housekeeper looked puzzled, and the younger brother''s eyes widened. Sitting in her seat, Wen Mansha suddenly became happy. ?Standed up and shouted: "Master!" Such a sound confirmed Wu Hengs identity. The housekeeper knew who was coming, and the younger brother immediately responded, "Mr. City Lord, you are back." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and patted the other partys shoulder. Looking at Wen Mansha''s obviously bulging belly. Now I have guessed what the surprise mentioned many times in the letter is. He quickly stepped forward, supported Wen Mansha, and asked, "Why didn''t you tell me directly in the letter?" "I''m afraid of delaying your business, but I also want to give you a surprise." Wen Mansha touched her belly and asked, "Do you like it?" I like it! Wu Heng said with a smile. After all, there were outsiders present, and the two of them didn''t get too close. ?Wen Mansha was helped to sit back in the chair. ?Wu Heng looked at the body lying on the ground, "What''s going on?" "The informant I arranged for in the outer city was killed, and I just got some information from the corpse." Then, Wen Mansha recounted the information obtained from the corpse''s mouth. Information is also easy to understand. ??It is a high-level professional who secretly joined a local gang and planned to take the opportunity to occupy Lower Luntam City. ?The purpose is not difficult to guess. Luntam City has become a cornucopia. ??Everyone wants to occupy it. ?Wu Heng asked: "How many levels do you mean by high level?" Lets get to level 15! Wen Mansha said. Wheres the map of the city? Show me it. Wen Mansha asked someone to bring a map. Wu Heng sat on one side and looked at it. Wen Mansha pointed out the location of the "Wind and Fire Party" to him. And the location of the city gates that will be attacked. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "I will handle the gang affairs. It''s not a big problem." The younger brother and the housekeeper looked at Wen Mansha at the same time. The opponent has more than one level 15 professional, so we should pay more attention to it. Wen Mansha said: "Listen to the master." The two nodded. Go and prepare the carriage. Yes. The younger brother left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood up again and said to Wen Mansha: "Prepare some dinner. If you come back late, you should eat first." Ill wait for the master to come back. Wen Mansha said with a smile. ??Wu Heng didnt say much, got up and walked out of the building, picked some skeletons in the courtyard and distributed the guns. Wen Mansha looked at the body and said, "Have someone send the body back to his family. The pension will be doubled. If someone in the family wants to work in the city lord''s palace, special arrangements can be made." It can be seen that Wen Mansha is in a good mood. Its madam, the housekeeper replied. Wen Mansha stood up slowly and continued: "Let the kitchen prepare dinner, and also think about what I told you before." The housekeeper lowered her head and whispered: "It all depends on Madam." Yeah. Wen Mansha nodded. The housekeeper asked the skeleton to carry the body out. Meanwhile, go to the kitchen to make arrangements for todays dinner. Inner city. In a patrol hall, Wu Heng was sitting in the room. Waiting silently. Not long after, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. ?Glenda shook her head, "I didn''t find anything special here." Xiaoxiao was a little excited, "Uncle, I noticed something here. A large number of people have gathered and are coming this way. There are three level 15 professionals, and the rest are all level 10 and below professionals. There are several Hundreds of people." Three level 15s. ??In Luntam City, its really a luxurious lineup. In the past, when Erno was the city lord, he would have taken the initiative to open the city gate and give up the city lord''s position. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Level 15 professionals should have no problem. But the remaining quantity still needs to be confirmed. Xiao Xiaos arithmetic ability is limited, and estimates of more than 100 are basically inaccurate. Oh! Xiaoxiao got directly into the body. The picture has also been shared. On the road, a group of people walked towards the inner city from a distance. There were groups along the way, coming out of the alleys on both sides to join the group. Gradually increasing, the number is close to about 400. The shops on both sides also discovered something was wrong and closed down one after another. After the inspection was completed, Xiaoxiao was released. Floating aside, he said, "Is this the person you''re looking for?" Yes, Xiaoxiao is awesome. Hey, Ive made a contribution again. Xiaoxiaos face was full of joy. ??Wu Heng put on his cloak again, walked out of the building, climbed onto the inner city wall, and waited silently. Not long after, a huge number of figures appeared. The number has exceeded 500 people. ?At the city wall, a patrol team walked to the city gate. Looking around, he quickly greeted the people outside the door, "The city gate is not closed yet, I will take you in." Yeah. Everyone nodded. Hurry through the city gate and directly enter the inner city. At this time, all the gang members felt happy. This is the most important step completed, and the next step is to attack the city lord''s palace. ?As long as that woman is killed, the whole city will naturally belong to people like them. The pace gradually quickens. When the last person walks through the city gate.?????Crash! Suddenly, the skeletons who were guarding the city wall without making any movement all looked down. The black muzzle of the gun was pointing towards the people below. Shoot. An order came from somewhere. ?Bang bang bang~! A blast sounded quickly from the wall. Dense bullets fell from the sky like raindrops. There is an ambush, disperse. Go up the wall and kill those skeletons. Get back under the city wall, they cant reach that side. ??One shout after another rang out. The bottom was already filled with corpses. The gunshots stopped, Smoke bombs were thrown down from above. Thick smoke was everywhere. ?Countless skeletons holding weapons rushed directly into the smoke. A mess in the smoke. ??Wu Heng stood on the second floor of a building in the distance, looking at the battlefield in the distance. ?Xiao Xiao shouted: "Uncle, there are two level 15 ones. They are so fierce. Several of your skeletons have died." Ghosts are not affected by smoke and can see the battle inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at his side and said, "Kaxiu, go and kill all the people inside and make a quick decision." The level 18 skeleton master jumped down from the second floor. ?When you land on the ground and tap your feet lightly, it turns into a stream of light and bursts out. The figure drives the airflow, blows away the smoke, and rushes directly into the fighting area. Bang~! Charge into the battlefield and punch. A level 15 thief, his body flew out and hit the city gate. Vomiting blood, his body slid down the city gate. ?At the same time, a warrior wearing heavy armor, holding a long sword, struck with a sword. He said in a cold voice: "Boxer, it seems that the information is really inaccurate. There is actually a high-level boxer. You should die here too." ?Ka Xiu dodges like a gust of wind and throws out a punch with majestic momentum. The warrior responded calmly and raised his sword to block. The sound of metal hitting was clear and loud, and at the same time a huge force spread from the sword. ?So powerful? ??The warrior retreated, and Ka Xiu followed closely behind, his fists hitting the solid armor like a continuous rainstorm. And with each punch falling. The soldier''s body exploded layer by layer, and blood spurted out from his mouth. The long sword fell to the ground and his body fell down. You are not the third level! Kaxiu did not answer and continued to charge towards the remaining enemies. It was like a massacre, killing gang members one by one. About half an hour. The entire battlefield gradually became quiet, and the air was filled with the smell of blood. In the distance, several of Wen Mansha''s men responsible for blocking the road came back quickly. Looking at the battlefield, he was a little dazed. Is this the end? Are level 15 professionals so easy to kill? Still, the city lord has been away for a few months, and when he came back, he no longer took level 15 professionals seriously. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs, saw a few people, and asked, "Did anyone escape?" No one escaped. Several people came to their senses immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Identify the body and see who is the gang leader." "good!" Everyone began to identify the bodies. Three level 15 corpses and four gang leader corpses were singled out. ?Wu Heng glanced at the first gang corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "What is your plan?" The corpse replied, "Follow three level 15 professionals and attack the city lord''s mansion." Calling them level 15 professionals doesn''t sound familiar. ?Wu Heng then asked: "Who organized the meeting for you to meet?" The corpse replied, "The Wind and Fire Party." Apart from those who came here today, do you have anyone else staying outside? The corpse said: "The gang is stationed, and there are still some people left." Besides the ones here, are there any other gangs involved? The corpse replied: "It should be gone." I asked four questions, but I felt that there was no useful information from him. The magic was dissipated directly, and the body lay back down again. Among the three level 15 corpses, select the thief who died first and release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way with its cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked: "Are there other people behind your scenes?" ?The corpse replied, "Yes, Mr. Christu will provide us with information and funds, as long as we capture this city." With todays operation, are you sure you can capture it? The corpse replied, "Not sure, it''s okay to disturb." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Tell me about the identity of ''Christu''." The man, in his 40s, should be a businessman and is very interested in this city. He gave a rough description and did not continue. It seems that there is only so much that is known. ??Wu Heng continued to ask, "Besides the three of you, are there any other high-level professionals?" I dont know, there should be no more. last question. ?Wu Heng asked: "Christu, where can I find him?" I dont know, he will arrange for someone to contact us. After five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng also frowned. ?This kind of operation makes people look very much like the style of a secret order. ??The ghost is still lingering. Rather than go to Treasure Island to cause trouble, he decided to come to his own city of Luntam. This Christu, have you heard of it? Wu Heng asked a few people on the side. The rest of them all shook their heads. ?Wu Heng nodded and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the remaining corpses stood up. The remaining corpses were all transformed into skeletons. Including two level 15 corpses, as well as a large number of gang members lying on the ground. You guys have to work hard, command the skeletons, and clean this place up. Wu Heng said. Yes, my lord. Everyone responded and started to do the finishing work. By the way, dont tell anyone about my return yet! "Don''t worry, sir, we know what to do." Several people assured them immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, got on the carriage, and left with the newly transformed skeleton. The few people left behind commanded the guarding skeletons to clean up the battlefield. ?Humbling at the same time. Captain Wu Heng, when did you come back? I just came back, and by chance, I got information about these people. My sister-in-law just came back because she was pregnant, right? I heard that my sister-in-law has written to the city lord. Its time to come back and have a look. "Um." ?Wu Heng returned in a carriage. The sumptuous dinner has also been placed on the table. Wen Mansha looked at him curiously, "Come back so soon?" I killed some small gang members, its not difficult. Wu Heng said casually. ?This time, Wu Heng didnt even use the cannon. Its simpler than you think. Wen Mansha was a little surprised and asked: "Are there any level 15 professionals?" "Yes, three of them are dead, and two have turned into skeletons. They are standing outside the door to let you vent your anger." ? Wen Mansha applauded exaggeratedly, "The master is awesome." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t be weird." They sat down at the dining table together. Wu Heng said while eating, "Have you ever heard of Christu?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 503 , all yours Chapter 503, its all yours Kristu? Wen Mansha repeated in a low voice, but still shook her head. After recalling it, he shook his head and had no impression of this person. ??Wu Heng explained: "The information obtained from the corpse inquiry is this person who provides information and plans to level 15 professionals. He is male and is a businessman." Wen Mansha raised her eyebrows. Since he is a merchant, it is not difficult to find out. Several new caravans have indeed arrived in the city recently. I will ask someone to check them out. It should not be difficult to find them. ?Wu Heng nodded and left this matter to Wen Mansha. It shouldnt be difficult to find such a person. The whole thing is finished. The two of them were eating and chatting about things in their respective places. Mansha Wen is still very interested in Treasure Island. "Sir, madam! The room has been tidied up." The housekeeper came down from upstairs and said softly. Wen Mansha nodded and turned to Wu Heng, "My butler, Harter." ??Wu Heng also set his eyes on the other party and looked at him carefully. He is less than twenty-eight or nine years old, with long brown hair tied up, no accessories, an oval face, and black-rimmed glasses. She has a serious face and looks like a mature woman who is cold and intellectual. Hello, Hartle. Sir! the housekeeper saluted again. ?Wen Mansha leaned her chin at the table and looked at Wu Heng with a smile. After dinner, Wu Heng took Wen Mansha for a walk in the courtyard. Then he returned to the living room and walked slowly upstairs. Find a room close to your bedroom, and I will arrange a communication device for you. Wen Mansha smiled and asked: "What is communication equipment?" It is a prop that can keep in touch with Treasure Island at any time in the future. Wu Heng explained. "good!" Lets go upstairs together. In the room next to the bedroom, Wu Heng installed the radio. ?Picked up the microphone, demonstrated it to Wen Mansha, and said, "Through this, you can send messages to Treasure Island without writing letters. You can also chat in peacetime." ? Wen Mansha sat aside and asked, "A strange thing? Does it have any side effects?" It can be understood as a magic prop. You should also arrange a skeleton investigator here. If there is any news that has not been received, it can be recorded. Wu Heng explained. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded, "Okay!" Finished explaining the affairs of the radio station. ??The sky also darkened, and Wu Heng took her back to the bedroom. On the bed. ?Wen Mansha was wearing a nightgown and sitting by the bed. ??Wu Heng put his ear against the opponent''s belly, listening to the heartbeat coming from inside. Wen Mansha sat there with a smile and asked softly: "Master, do you like boys or girls?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and sat down aside, "I like them all." Minnie and Anderweil, arent they doing anything? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Not yet, we are more compatible! Master, its true, it makes people feel itchy. Wen Mansha burrowed into her arms. ??Wu Heng hugged her and lay down on the bed, "Get some rest. Going to bed early is good for your health." After turning off the lights. ?Wu Heng hugged her and slowly fell asleep. The next day, early morning. After breakfast. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha made an explanation, then went upstairs to choose a room and headed to the zombie world. After all, I spent a lot of time on the road. Still want to see how the situation is here. Out of the building, the number of survivors in the entire factory yard also increased. There was no special situation. Soon, Qi Hancai walked over with leather boots from a distance, "Your Majesty!" The barking lasted a long time. I have gotten used to this title and am not as embarrassed as before. ??Wu Heng nodded and asked: "The provincial rescue team isn''t looking for trouble, is it?" No, but I heard that Boss Huang is dead. Qi Hancai said, looking up at his expression. A few days ago, the spies arranged by the rescue team were caught. ?Wu Heng said that he would deal with this matter, but how to deal with it and what the final result would be, he never mentioned. Within two days, the rescue team arranged for a group of people to come over. ? Mentioned the strengthening of cooperation between the two parties and the provision of some technical personnel to maintain and train other equipment in the factory. He also mentioned in a very subtle way that Boss Huang committed suicide in his study room. ?The person has been buried, and the matter will not be pursued. Even if the whole thing happened in the opponent''s shelter, Qi Hancai can be sure that it was Wu Heng who did it. A person who threatens the refuge. Died by suicide in his study. The change in attitude of the rescue team was probably due to this. ?Wu Heng did not explain much and then asked: "Is there any problem with the production of bullets?" Qi Hancai thought for a while and said: "Two problems. One is that the gunpowder is not enough. What you brought here is almost consumed. The other is that the power supply is unstable and the power storage of the solar panels is unstable. It is difficult to maintain full power." Days work. In the final analysis, it is still a matter of power supply. The establishment of power plants still needs to be carried out as quickly as possible. Have there been any results for the talents in the power plant? Wu Heng asked again. Qi Hancai said: "There are currently two directions. One is the survivor base of the city''s base ''Jinjiang Apartment Area''. They said they have relevant technical personnel. I checked the map. To enter the central area, the second general Over at the station, they said they could also provide corresponding drawings. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. One is a survivor from the province, and the other is the main station who provides the drawings. At present. The most feasible thing is the survivors in the area, but it is hard to say whether the power plant drawings can be drawn after the rescue. After all, this kind of engineering drawings cannot be completed by one person. However, there is no way to get the drawings provided by the main station. What are the conditions? The survivors are joining us. The main station is still talking about it, and they also mentioned transportation issues. They can be airdropped to us. Qi Hancai said. Airdrop??????This is a way. Then keep talking to them and ask about the terms of exchange. "Okay!" Qi Hancai stood on one side and looked at the busy crowd, "There are still half a month to celebrate the New Year. I didn''t expect to live to this time." When speaking, his tone was somewhat emotional. ??Wu Heng also understood what she was thinking. In the current world and environment, most people can survive one day at a time. There is no future and no pursuit. This is the case here, and even more so in other small shelters. Just live if you can survive, and forget it if you cant. It will get better in the future, believe me. Qi Hancai smiled, "Yeah." You can make your own arrangements then and have something good to eat at the party. Ill discuss it with Sister Yahong and see how we can decide. "good." The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. Wu Heng returned to his room again. The plan to kill zombies and upgrade will be carried out after returning to Treasure Island. Its not even that short of a few days. Return to the city lord''s palace. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. ?Wen Mansha was standing in the living room, instructing the skeleton to straighten the hanging paintings. Different from the gangster sister-in-law who was decisive and ruthless at that time, Mansha Wen is now more easy-going and gentle. See Wu Heng walking down. Wen Mansha asked the housekeeper to continue to command the skeleton, while she took Wu Heng''s hand, "Let''s go, I will take you to see what you have gained during this period." As soon as I came downstairs, I was taken back again. Enter the study and open a secret door inside. Hung inside the door were some jewelry and a large box of golden coins. Wen Mansha smiled and said, "It''s all yours." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?This Luntam City is more profitable than imagined. ?No wonder so many people are eyeing this city. Ill take half of it and leave the rest for you to continue developing the city. ?Luntam City is developing really well, and it should get better and better in the future. These gold coins are left in Luntam City and can be used to build the city. But its almost enough to get to Treasure Island, arm a few ships, and buy some goods. Wen Mansha nodded, "Okay, I''ll listen to you." ?Wu Heng took away half of the gold coins. Sit down at the desk. ?Wen Mansha sat aside and whispered about the subsequent development of the city. As well as some industries invested by the city government. In addition to money cats, there are investments in pubs, hotels, and breweries in the city. ?Wen Mansha, being a gangster sister-in-law is indeed an abdication of talent. afternoon. There was a knock on the door. The housekeeper''s voice came in. Sir, madam, Commander Ocott is here. ?Ocott is the subordinate who brought back the body yesterday, a former member of the Spike Gang. Wen Mansha straightened her clothes and said, "Let him come in!" The door opens. The younger brother in leather armor walked in directly. "City Lord, sister-in-law!" The younger brother saluted, and then continued: "I found some information about the person ''Christu''." Wen Mansha asked: Who is it? "The steward of the caravan called ''White Sheep'' died in a private room of the hotel today, and his tongue was cut out." Wen Mansha frowned and her expression turned ugly. This is obviously to prevent the investigation from continuing. "Don''t worry!" Wu Heng held Wen Mansha''s hand, then looked at his younger brother and asked, "Are there any items that may be suspected of being the murderer?" Yes, I found the hood that the other party suspected of having been lost nearby. Go and get it for me. "okay!" The younger brother left quickly. In Treasure Island, killing people by pulling out their tongues is out of date, and even the heads are cut off and taken away. As for Luntam City, very few people have space rings. Leaving with the head obviously attracts some attention. Do you have any idea? Wen Mansha looked over. It depends on whether the hood belongs to the murderer or not. Not long. The younger brother walked back quickly. Bringing over a hood that was stained with blood. ?Wu Heng took out the tracking pendant and placed it next to his hood. The skeleton in the pendant began to chew on the edge of the hood, and the blue soul struggled out of the pendant. To run in a direction. Outside the city, on the road leaving the residential area. ??The killer who was about to leave Luntam City was pinned to the ground by the skeleton. The snow is pressed against my face, and my breath blows away the snowflakes in front of me. Sir, what should I do? asked the younger brother Ocott. ?They chased them all the way outside the city and almost escaped. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "Kill." (End of this chapter) Chapter 504 , involves so much Chapter 504, so much involved The killer''s eyes widened and his tone was horrified, "No, no, I''ll tell you whatever you want to know." The little brother did not move. The skeleton Kerimu has opened its neck with a long sword, and blood spurts out like a waterfall. The killer''s body fell down little by little, twitching and becoming motionless. Wu Heng [Conversation with the Dead] was released, and the corpse slowly got up. Who asked you to kill Christu? The corpse replied, "Our master." Master? Not a hired killer, but a bodyguard. Who is your master? The corpse replied, "President of the Golden Wing Chamber of Commerce." ??Wu Heng looked at his younger brother Ocott, who shook his head and said he was not familiar with this chamber of commerce. Then he asked: Where is the president? In the inner city, in Block 3 in the east, House 72 is where he lives. ?Ocott quickly recorded it. ??Wu Heng asked again: "What is the complete order he gave you?" Kill Christu and make sure that the people in the city lords palace have found the body, then take the money and leave Luntam City, and come back after a while. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and directly dispersed the magic. The body fell down again. The equipment on his body was stripped clean, and the body was thrown aside. Lets go to the inner city. In a carriage. Glenda flew back from a distance. He revealed his figure and said: "A man in his 40s. When I entered, he was still asking people if they had left Luntam City. He should be talking about the person just now." How many guards are there? More than twenty guards, one is level 15, the rest are around level 10, and six servants. ?Wu Heng nodded and opened the carriage curtain. Ocott! Sir. The younger brother came over quickly. "There are more than 20 guards inside. You go in with the skeletons and bring the people out. It doesn''t matter if the people are alive or not." Wu Heng said something, and then said to the outside of the carriage: "Keranmu, you follow." After the explanation has been given. ?Ocott took a large number of skeletons with him, turned the intersection, and rushed directly to the door of the mansion. Kicked away the building in front of him. Hold directly in. Fighting and shouting resounded in the mansion. Make a mess. ?It didnt last long, and the sound of fighting gradually stopped. ??Ocott ran back again, "Sir, it''s over. The most powerful one among them was beheaded by your skeleton sword, and the businessman was also hacked to death by the skeleton." Go in and have a look. The carriage approached, and Wu Heng walked directly into the mansion. There were corpses lying on the ground. ??Wu Heng glanced at the businessman in brocade robes, bent down and took off the space ring on his hand. Space Ring (5 cubic) The spiritual power came in and took a look. Some daily necessities, gold and silver coins, and some drafted agreements. Segun Tribal Iron Ore Purchase Agreement Diabao Copper Mine Purchase Agreement . It seems that this is conducting some trade agreements in Luntam City. Purchase a certain amount of ore. The space ring is put away. ?Wu Heng faced the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse dressed in wealth sat up and looked over with cloudy pupils. ?Wu Heng asked: "Yesterday, three level 15 professionals attacked the inner city. Was it your arrangement?" "yes!" Why did you do that? Occupy the city of Luntam and make it a stronghold. Sure enough, everything was arranged by him. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and wanted to ask if he was from the Secret Order, but the question came to his lips before he could ask. Previously, I had asked about the corpses of members of the Secret Order. Mention relevant matters, and the corpse will trigger a certain confidentiality spell, and the questioning of the corpse will be automatically lifted. I thought about it for a while. He asked: "Is there anyone else involved in the city?" The corpse replied, "No more." ?Wu Heng asked, "If we capture it, what plans will we have?" The corpse replied, "Based on Luntam City, we will provide weapons and equipment to the Kingdom of Yeko and take advantage of the political power." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes instantly. Why is it related to the Kingdom of Yeke again? last question. What are your plans in the Kingdom of Yeko? Support the second prince and become the king! ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. I was even more surprised by this result. ?These people''s premeditations are even greater, and now they are plotting to take the throne of the Kingdom of Yeke. ?Moreover, the old king is not dead yet. Five questions answered. The body fell back. ?Wu Heng releases [Dead Corpse Battlefield] and transforms corpses all over the ground. Continues: "Guard it." Hulala~! Skeletons guard the mansion. ?Wu Heng took the people away and said, "Let''s go back." Return to the city lord''s palace. ?Wu Heng told Wen Mansha the results of the investigation. The good news is that the matter of the three level 15 professionals is over, and the murderer behind the scenes has been found and is already dead. The bad news is that 90% of the last businessman is a member of the Esoteric Order. These people are good at calculations. Use some means to attempt to interfere with the rights of various places to seek greater benefits for themselves. At the same time, it was also related to the Kingdom of Yeko. This is not a good thing. Wen Mansha listened quietly without much worry on her face, "It''s so dangerous, why don''t you stay." ?Wu Heng was stunned and pinched her face, "We can''t leave the association yet, and I can''t leave Treasure Island for too long." Wen Mansha rolled her tongue, took the other person''s finger into her mouth, and muttered: "When will there be no need to leave?" When there is no need to rely on the association. Wu Heng gently scratched Wen Mansha with his soft tongue. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said, "Actually, it''s nothing. Luntam City has developed into what it is now, and there are a lot of people watching." ??Wu Heng nodded, "At that time, I will arrange more skeleton guards. Don''t worry, you will not be in danger." What you said, Im not afraid of this. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha took him with him, disguised himself a little, and they went to the Golden Cat in the city together. Watch a song and dance performance at Luntam City, which never sleeps. Wait until the performance is over before returning to your residence to rest. the next day. Zombie world. Outside Jinjiang Apartment Area. A dense roar sounded on the road. In the room on the top floor of the building, two survivors were huddled in the corner, holding their heads and shaking. ?Some middle-aged people from the Mediterranean opened the corner of the window covered with waste paper and looked outside. A flying dragon with white bones roared past along the road. Throw a dense amount of ammunition into the corpses below. After each bombing, the zombies died one by one. Uncle Wang, is it the base on the radio? behind him, a young man asked softly. The Mediterranean man swallowed, shook his head and said, "I don''t know, there are skeletons outside, bombarding the corpses." Thats them, dont they all say that their superpower is to control skeletons! The young man was a little excited. The Mediterranean man said: But I didnt see any humans, only skeletons. Two groups of monsters started fighting? Zizzi~! At this time, a voice came from the radio station. This is the Xinfu City Base, can people in Jinjiang Apartment Area hear me? (End of this chapter) Chapter 505 , old power plant Chapter 505, Old Power Plant The radio suddenly spoke, and the two of them turned pale in fright. ??The Mediterranean man quickly glanced out the window and re-glued the opened newspaper. Her tone was flustered, What did you just say? ?The young man was a little unsure, "It seems like someone from Xinfu City is contacting us." When two people are talking. The sound of the radio station sounded again. This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team. Can people in Jinjiang Apartment District hear me? The second time, the two of them heard it clearly. Happiness appeared on his face at the same time. Really contact yourself. Its been saved. Die! No one answered. There were people talking two days ago. It shouldnt happen now! "Are you serious? Jinjiang Apartment is so densely populated. How can we save people?" At most, we can just let them escape on their own and gather somewhere. How can they go in and save people? Bless me, Amen. In the public frequency band, discussions from other shelters immediately came. ??I was surprised that the Xinfu City base really wanted to rescue people, and I also wondered if no one at Jinjiang Apartment responded, so something had happened. The young man handed the homemade microphone to the Mediterranean man, "Uncle Wang, tell them quickly." The Mediterranean man picked up the phone and said, "This is Jinjiang Apartment. Are you here?" In the radio station, the discussions in various shelters came to an abrupt end. Everyone remained quiet, as if waiting for a reply. On the radio, a voice came again, "We have arrived at the east gate of Jinjiang Apartment. Please be prepared to evacuate and bring the necessary supplies. Do not bring lethal weapons or infectious dangerous goods." The eyes of the two people in the room widened instantly. They are coming? At the east door of the apartment. ??The skeletons killing the corpses outside are really theirs? ?The young man quickly walked to the window, opened it, and stuck his head out to look at the east door. Looking down, a large number of skeletons surrounded the exaggeratedly modified truck, parked on one side of the road. Uncle Wang, there are really survivors, and they really came to pick us up. The Mediterranean man walked over quickly and looked over. After the surprise, I felt a little worried again. "Do you want to leave with them? It looks different from other rescue teams." The Mediterranean man suddenly hesitated. The young man said firmly, "Uncle Wang, if we don''t leave now, we won''t be able to survive long if we stay here." That''s right. If you really stay, how long can you live? Then go and pack your things and take whatever you want with you. "good!" The young man went to pack his belongings. The Mediterranean man picked up the radio microphone again and said: "We saw your convoy and are packing up now." Wait for news from us and come back then. "good!" After the two of them finished talking, the radio station went silent for a few seconds. There was noisy discussion again. Holy shit, I really went over to save someone! We are on Yunpo Road, can you come to rescue us? We are here at Tianhai Building, asking for rescue. There is a lot of money in the safe, and I can give it to you. . Voices for rescue rang out one after another. ??Some people kept reporting their location and asking for rescue. The battlefield downstairs. As the last zombie fell, the entire area became quiet. A cold wind blows. The disgusting rotten stench drifted away and filled the air again. Clean the battlefield. The skeletons are back in action, dragging corpses and clearing the way. ??Wu Heng opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: Level 17 (137851/265000) The population in provinces and regions is denser than that in ordinary cities. Coming from the factory, we went straight to the Jinjiang Apartment. We killed nearly 90,000 zombies along the way. Calculated at this speed. After clearing it twice more, you will almost reach level 18. Become a fifth-level professional. The battlefield was not much cleaned up. ??Wu Heng transformed the corpses of evolved zombies, collected all the fallen corpse cores, and then began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up from the ground. Swaying his body, he slowly joined the queue of skeletons. Soon, the number of skeletons filled the entire street with no end in sight. At this time, Qi Hancai came over with two people. ? said: "Wang Haibing used to work in a power company, and Zhang Zhong just graduated from University and studied agriculture." Then he introduced Wu Heng, "Our leader, you can call him Chief Wu or Great King." Chief Wu. The two of them saluted with some trepidation. What you see from upstairs is different from the scene. Because the line of sight upstairs is blocked by the building, only part of it can be seen. After going downstairs, I realized how terrifying the number of skeletons was. ?At that time, someone was leading them, and when they passed through the skeleton team, they even felt that they were being led, step by step, towards the underworld. I just feel that my body temperature is getting colder. ?Only now can I see clearly that the leader is a young man, so young. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at ''Wang Haibing''. He looked somewhat Mediterranean and looked slovenly. He looked like he was over 50 years old. Can you design a power plant? I have participated in the design of power plants. Wang Haibing emphasized. Can it be designed independently? Drawing of drawings, various parts and architectural specifications. ?Wang Haibing fell into silence and began to sweat on his forehead. ? He pondered for a moment and said: "I dare not lie to you. I think I know the structure and operation of the power plant very well, but the design of the entire power plant requires many people to complete, and I can''t do it myself." In fact, Wu Heng also knew this problem. The design of a building requires many people to complete. It will be difficult to complete the design of the power plant even if only one or two people are rescued. After thinking for a moment, Wu Heng asked: "Can you restore the existing power plants to operation?" As long as the damage is not serious, I am confident that it will be restored! Wang Haibing said immediately. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, let''s go back to the car and rest for a while, and then follow the convoy back to the base." Okay. The two of them walked back to the convoy carefully. Qi Hancai asked: "Can''t they?" "Take him back to see if we can restore power to the power plant near the factory." Wu Heng continued: "Let everyone search the area and load the useful ones, and we will work together then Bring back." Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. Survivors began to search the shops on both sides along the road. A large group of skeletons were carrying various supplies onto trucks. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. The convoy began to return. When we returned to the factory area, it was already pitch dark. Originally, I planned to take the newly joined Wang Haibing to the power plant near the factory. Because it was too late, I gave up the idea. It is decided to go there tomorrow, and there is no rush. ??Leave the rest to Qi Hancai, while Wu Heng returned to his dormitory, passed through the boundary gate, and headed to Luntam City, the city lord''s palace. ??Over Luntam City, the sky has also darkened. Go downstairs carefully and eat something. He returned to the bedroom again. It was pitch dark during the holiday, and you could vaguely see Wen Mansha lying on her side. ?Go to bed quietly. ?Wen Mansha turned around and looked at him with a smile. "Am I disturbing you?" Wu Heng looked into the other person''s eyes and asked softly. "No." Wen Mansha got into her arms and continued: "I contacted Minnie through that radio station during the day. We chatted for a while and felt a little nostalgic for the time when we were together." How is it over there at Treasure Island? Wu Heng hugged the other party. "Nothing happened. Minnie said that a little pirate named Philippa returned to the island and brought back a lot of pirate corpses. Andwyer reviewed the caravans on the island and selected a few with good reputations for cooperation. , signed the cargo agreement," Wen Mansha recalled softly. It seems that everything is still normal. ?Wu Heng nodded, his departure would not have much impact on the entire Treasure Island. After all, when I am here, I can often go to the zombie world, and Treasure Island will operate normally. I told her about the baby. Minnie was jealous and wanted to come over next time. Wen Mansha said with a smile. Its time to bring them back to see if theres a chance! Yes! Wen Mansha nodded in response, took his hand and put it on his chest, Its a little swollen, Master, help me rub it. ?Wu Heng pressed lightly, "It''s a lot bigger." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Do you want me to help you?" How can I help? Its not convenient for you either. Sit on the edge of the bed and hold me up. ?Wu Heng stood up, put a blanket on her and sat down on the edge of the bed. ?Wen Mansha knelt down in front of her, her movements slow and gentle. The next day, at the dinner table. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha were eating breakfast together. Is the deputy deacon in the city still an orc shaman? Wu Heng put down his chopsticks and asked directly. While he was still captain of the association. ??The deputy deacon of Luntam City is the shaman of the orc tribe, a local honorary deputy deacon. As long as he is there, the orcs in the city will not cause too much trouble. Have strong prestige among the orcs. "Well, it''s still him, Luntam City has basically not changed much." Wen Mansha replied. "what do you say that is?" Eskar. Ask him to come over. I got several purchase agreements for the orc area from the corpse last time. Lets see if we can take over. Wu Heng said directly. ??The businessman I killed last time had several purchase agreements in the space ring. Lets see if our side can take over. Wen Mansha frowned slightly and reminded, "Those orcs are not easy to get in touch with." Thats why I have to talk to this shaman. Wen Mansha nodded, "Then I''ll ask him to come over in the afternoon?" Well, come over in the afternoon. ?The two chatted for a while, and Mansha Wen took the housekeeper to the office and study room. ?Wu Heng went upstairs, found a room and headed to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs slowly. ?After standing at the door and waiting for a while, the motorcade drove over directly. Get on the passenger seat. The fleet drove directly out of the factory area and headed to a nearby power plant. This area has been cleaned up before. The journey was relatively smooth, and I didnt encounter any zombies or dangers. The convoy is parked outside the power plant. ??The rusty iron gate is ajar, and the yard is covered with white snow and yellow weeds. ۡ! The iron door was knocked open directly. ?More than twenty zombies rushed out, roaring and crowding. Hurrah! Without giving any orders, the skeleton took a step forward and pushed back the zombies with its sharp spear. Then, dense spears kept falling on the zombies, killing them all. Let the skeleton open all the doors. Everyone walked in directly. The power plant is larger than imagined, with huge chimneys, warehouses, and equipment workshops. ?Wu Heng stood outside and waited for a while. ?Wang Haibing and several survivors who knew how to be electricians walked out of it. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Wang Haibing said: "After a quick glance, the equipment has automatically shut down. At present, there is no damage. It should not affect the use, but it needs to be carefully checked." Is it thermal power generation? Yes! If you want to provide electricity, you need a lot of fuel to provide heat. ??Wu Heng nodded, "You pick a few people and they will be responsible for the inspections here in the next few days. What should I tell you then?" Okay. Wang Haibing agreed. Shut down the power plant again, leaving some skeletons to guard it. The convoy returned. afternoon. Luntam City, the city lord''s palace. ??An orc shaman wearing a tribal robe, holding a wooden staff, was sitting on the sofa in the hall. On the opposite side, Wen Mansha smiled and chatted with the other party. The sound of footsteps sounded from upstairs. Some old orc shamans looked up. And then, his brows wrinkled slightly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 506 , Mission: Impossible Chapter 506, Mission: Impossible After this period of time, it seems that the old shaman has not changed much. ?Skin folds, body looks, but still burly. He is an old orc with green skin and a burly body. ?Wu Heng slowly walked down the stairs and said with a smile: "Long time no see, Deputy Deacon Eskar." ??The orc shaman''s brows instantly relaxed, revealing a ferocious-looking smile from the orcs, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng!" When he left Luntam City, Wu Heng was the deputy deacon. Becoming a flag bearer has not spread here yet. How are you doing? Wu Heng walked down and sat down opposite. The orc shaman spoke calmly, "Mrs. Wen Mansha manages the city well, and the association is also very calm." Wen Mansha told me that only if you sit in the city will the public security be as good as it is now. The orc smiled more and nodded. I also believe that my existence will help the overall public security. Deputy Wu Heng, are you coming back for something? Its nothing big, I just came back to take a look and arrange some things at the same time. "Well, there is often a lot of instability outside. You can come back, and the city run by Wen Mansha will be enough for you to have a worry-free life in the future." The orc shaman started to say like an old man. Wu Heng said calmly, "There will be more opportunities outside. When I was on Treasure Island, my deacon was the prince of the elves, the strongest level 18 professional at the moment. He killed a level 17 rogue with one sword. Swing it out and cut the person in half. There is also Dean Gianvito, an 18th-level mage with disciples all over the continent. He has a strong influence. Maybe I will join the Dean''s research group later, but there are still some hesitate." The orc raised his eyebrows. Obviously, he was a little surprised by what Wu Heng said. Level 18 professionals, one is the strongest elf prince, and the other is a level 18 mage with disciples all over the continent. Hey guys, is the outside world so exciting? Just by going out, I have such a wide network of contacts. In Luntam City, level 18 professionals are all characters in the story. He pondered for a moment and said, "That is indeed different from a small place like ours." ??Wu Heng mentioned the two level 18s he was familiar with before continuing: "I invite you to come here this time because I also want to tell Deputy Deacon Eskar something." Huh? What happened? Someone gave me some mining agreements. Wu Heng took out all the agreements. Segun Tribal Iron Ore Purchase Agreement Diabao Copper Mine Purchase Agreement . The orc shaman picked it up and looked at it, and immediately understood its meaning. ?Several locations are the locations of orc tribes. The provision of minerals lasts for three years. This is because they are afraid that the orcs will not admit it, or if they admit it, they will not perform according to the agreement. The orc shaman looked up at the other party, then nodded and said, "If you can guarantee that there won''t be any disputes later, I can help you negotiate this matter." Dont worry, there is no dispute. "Then I will help you talk about it then. Since these tribes have signed the agreement, they will follow the content of the agreement normally. Who will the goods be handed over to at that time?" Wen Mansha will take care of it then. Wu Heng said. He will not stay here long, and the supply of minerals will last for several years. It still has to be left to Wen Mansha to handle. "Okay, I can guarantee that there will be no problem in this matter." The orc shaman confirmed directly, and then continued: "One more thing, after the winter is over, I hope that the city can provide more positions for the orcs." Wen Mansha glanced at Wu Heng and saw that the other party had no expression. He also nodded in agreement, "Yes, the city lord''s palace needs more craftsmen, and the outer area of ??the city needs more workers for expansion. The orcs can be given priority, but we must discuss security issues in advance, and you must ensure that the orcs will not come around randomly. " I will arrange it. The three of them talked for a while and finalized the matter. can also be regarded as a kind of exchange. The orc shaman helped him negotiate the agreement, and Wen Mansha promised to provide more positions in the coming year. At that time, more orcs will enter Luntam City. ??Then there was some small talk. The orc shaman was more curious about Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng inquired about the attitude of the orc tribe towards the Kingdom of Yeke. We talked until about four o''clock in the afternoon. The shaman just left here. After the orc shaman left, Wu Heng handed over all the agreements to Wen Mansha. Master, how do you plan to use these minerals? Wen Mansha asked. Wu Heng said: "I will think about it then and make arrangements." Copper ore and iron ore are both useful, but Treasure Island is some distance away from here. ??If you really rely on rail transportation to Treasure Island, in terms of time and transportation costs, it is better to purchase it from various caravans on Treasure Island. ??If Wu Heng used the ghost train, he wouldn''t have time to go back and forth to do it. We will see how we can arrange it at that time. All of it will be used locally, or selling it will also be a source of income. Okay. Wen Mansha nodded. Supper is ready and we walk to the restaurant to eat together. Late at night, bedroom. There was a slight knock on the door. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha opened their eyes back and forth. Whats wrong? Wen Mansha asked. Outside the door, the housekeeper''s voice came, "Sir, madam, I''ve been asked for information." Come in and talk! Wen Mansha sat up leaning against the head of the bed. In the darkness, the door opened. The housekeeper walked in, wearing black-rimmed glasses and a beige nightgown. Whats going on? Tell me! Wen Mansha asked. The housekeeper replied, "There is news from outside, asking me about the situation in the City Lord''s Mansion, who killed three level 15 professionals, and whether there are any strong people in the City Lord''s Mansion." Did you answer them? "No, I plan to ask the master and his wife before deciding how to reply." said the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng was a little confused when he heard this. It seems that Wen Mansha''s housekeeper also has a special identity. Turning to look at Wen Mansha, "What''s going on?" ? Wen Mansha smoothed her messy hair and began to explain the whole thing. The housekeeper Hartelle is the wife of the internal affairs officer of the city hall. She was recommended to be the housekeeper of the city lords mansion, and she was the informant who arranged for her to come in. ?While peeking at the information, I was noticed by the skeleton mage "Dead Bone". ?High-level skeletons have intelligence that is no less than that of living creatures, or even higher, but they are false souls. They look a little dull and cannot speak. When the incident was revealed, Hartle told the whole story. ?Wen Mansha didnt kill her. After confirming that she was not signed into a slave contract, he signed a slave contract with her. Became Wen Manshas slave. ?This is why Wen Mansha trusts the other party so much. Under a slave contract, you will not worry about the other partys subjective thoughts of harming you. Now, Hartles husband is collecting information about the city lords palace through Hartle. ?Hateer, on the other hand, provided some unimportant or false information and at the same time, inquired about the information in reverse. After Wu Heng heard this, he looked at the two girls in surprise. Mission: Impossible! Why not just kill that person? Wu Heng asked curiously. Wen Mansha explained, "Hater''s husband is also involved in other forces later. If he is killed, the other party will bribe new people. It is better to keep him, and we all know what he will do." Which force? Yeke Kingdom. ?Wu Heng frowned, it was Yeke Kingdom again. Hartelles husband, with the previous businessman? It shouldnt be. If they were together, it would be impossible to plan to tear them apart like this. ??If they werent together, why would they be involved in the Kingdom of Yeke again? ??Moreover, why are you staring at Luntam City? (End of this chapter) Chapter 507 , not as good as you Chapter 507: Not as good as you After hearing everything clearly, Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha again. asked: What was your previous plan? "The original plan was to remain in a stalemate like this. It would have no impact on us anyway. It''s also because the kingdom is in internal chaos and has no energy to pay attention to this." Wen Mansha said. ??Yeke Kingdom''s senior officials will focus on seizing power and siding with each other, and will not pay much attention to Luntam City. But these are all speculations from Wen Mansha''s side. Who knows, someone has been eyeing this place for a long time and thinks that "Luntam City" is a fat and oily place. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "While I''m in the city, I''ll settle this matter today." ? Wen Mansha glanced at the housekeeper, "Do you have any questions?" The housekeeper lowered her head and said softly: "It all depends on the arrangements of the master and madam." Wen Mansha glanced at her side and said, "I will help you find a better man then." As long as I follow my wife, I will be satisfied. Yeah! Wen Mansha nodded. Wu Heng said directly: "Go and call Ocott over first, and then I will assign tasks to them." Yes, sir! The housekeeper left quickly. ?Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha who was about to get dressed and said, "You can continue to rest. I will take care of it tonight." Wen Mansha pouted, "There is no way for the maid to rest, while the master goes to work, and I''m not that fragile." Now you have a more important task. Wu Heng touched her belly. Wen Mansha no longer persisted and said with a smile on her face, "Then I will definitely complete this task well." Well, lets rest. ?Wu Heng quickly put on his clothes, closed the door and walked out of the room. Sit downstairs for a while. The younger brother Ocott came over with a few people. Lord City Lord! Several people saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I need you to catch someone. Hartle will lead you the way. No matter life or death, bring him back as quickly as possible." Yes, Lord of the City. After saying that, several people took the housekeeper and left the city lord''s mansion directly. Hurry towards the residential areas of the inner city. Late night. Hall of the City Lords Mansion. ?A middle-aged man in pajamas was kneeling in the middle of the hall. His hair was messy, and his lips were blue from the cold on the way here. ??The man quickly glanced at the housekeeper beside him, his eyes full of surprise. ??I suspect that the matter has been exposed, but why is the housekeeper fine and she was caught here? Has been reported? ?That shouldnt be the case either. Thinking quickly in my mind. Feel like I still have a chance. After all, he is an official of the city hall. As long as he finds a reasonable reason, the other party will not easily kill him if he cannot produce substantive evidence. Lets think of a solution later. Strangle, dont stain the floor. ?Just as he was thinking about how to defend himself, a faint voice sounded from above. "Huh? I..." The middle-aged man was startled, with a look of horror on his face. The skeleton next to him took out the rope and wrapped it around his neck from behind, putting his knees on his back and gradually exerting force. Middle-aged man''s body struggled violently. ?Unable to break free, his face turned purple, his eyes turned white, and his body gradually became limp. The skeleton lets go of the rope. The body fell to the ground. The housekeeper closed her eyes, not looking directly at what was in front of her. You guys go to the restaurant to have a rest first. Ill call you when theres a mission. Wu Heng walked down and said to the younger brothers. ?Ocott and the others saluted, walked into a nearby restaurant and waited. After the others left, Wu Heng looked at the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The middle-aged man who fell to the ground also sat up again. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who is the person behind you?" ??The corpse''s tongue stuck out, and he spoke with some slurring words, "The eastern border city of the Kingdom of Yeko, commanded by Godwin." It is really related to the Kingdom of Yeke. ??Wu Heng then asked, "What task did he give you?" ??The corpse replied, "Collect intelligence on Luntam City and dismantle the interior of the city hall." What are your follow-up plans? The corpse replied, "Prepare for the capture of Luntam City." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "What level of professional are you talking about as ''Commander Godwin''?" The corpse pondered for a moment, "It should have reached level 15." last question. "Hatter, prepare a pen and paper." The housekeeper opened her eyes, quickly found a pen and paper aside, and got ready. Wu Heng continued to ask the corpse, "Who else is your person in the city? Tell me all of them." ??The corpse began to answer, "The mayor of the city - Hartl, the city hall - Ricardo, the patrol guard - Gracie..." Say one name after another. The housekeeper was taking notes carefully. By the time the name is finished, the five questions have been answered. ??The body fell back to the ground with a thud, turning back into a corpse. Sir, Ive written it down, the housekeeper said. ??Wu Heng took it over, looked at it, and handed it back, "Let ''Ocott'' arrest the people. Kill all those who resist. Those who are willing to cooperate will be locked up first, and we will deal with it after Wen Mansha gets up." Yes, sir. Also, dont talk about the rest of the matter to anyone, and dont mention it to anyone. Yes! the housekeeper responded, taking the list and heading to the restaurant. The boys waiting there took the list and quickly left the city lord''s mansion to arrest people. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the building. Put on the [train conductors hat] and disappear. Early morning. Yeke Kingdom, a city on the eastern border. ?Wu Heng put on his hood and walked directly into the city. ?This is the only way for the Kingdom of Yeko to go to Luntam City. Before there was no ghost train, Wu Heng also passed by this city. At that time, I also bought a carriage in the city, and met a hag pretending to be a nun on the way. Charming nun, ugly hag. It left a strong impression on him. ?Wu Heng booked a private room in the tavern and sat there for a while. Glenda flew back from outside. He showed his body and said: "I found it. He was flirting with a lady in the patrol commander''s lounge. I watched her for a while, but I''m not as good as you in terms of love talk." Hey~! You also eavesdropped on me. Wu Heng squinted in shock. "I praise you, yours is much higher than his." ??Wu Heng didnt want to talk to her any more in this aspect. He always felt that Glenda was very interested in this aspect. Asked directly: "Are you sure it''s him?" There is only one level 15 professional in the city. I watched him for a while. Others also called him Commander Godwin, so it must be him. Granda said. ?Wu Heng nodded, so it was really him. In the case of spiritual vision, it is really convenient to find some fixed targets. "Let me see!" ?Glenda got into the body and the scene was shared. In a room of the patrol building in the city, a burly man was pressing a noble lady on the table. ??This is past the flirting stage and the real fight has begun. Shouts and groans intertwined in the room. ?Glenda watched for a while before flying back from the building location. Transfer the matter to Wu Heng. After confirming the other party''s appearance and identity, Wu Heng released Granda again. You call this flirting? ?Glenda said nonchalantly: "Before I said it, it was not the part you saw." ?Wu Heng was a little speechless, "Let''s go, let''s finish early and leave here." Packed up their things and walked out of the private room together. Going to the location of the patrol building. Waiting in the alley opposite for a while. ?Glenda flew out from inside, "The woman has left, and there is no one inside. Just kill her and you can leave." ?Wu Heng glanced towards the opposite side. ?A tall, somewhat charming woman came out, her face full of joy after having fun. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party carefully. ?Wearing the phantom veil, it roughly resembles the other person''s appearance. ?Hand the [Shroud] to the skeleton card repairer on the side, the other person puts it on his body and hides his figure. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the building. ??The guard guarding the door just glanced at him, ignoring the flirtatious look he gave him, and turned his head to the side. ??Wu Heng stood outside the commander''s room and looked around. After confirming that no one was there, he opened the door and walked in. The disheveled man was sitting behind the desk drinking wine when he saw the other party come in. Arent you afraid of your husband anymore? However, midway through the words, his eyes froze. (End of this chapter) Chapter 508 , do you have family members? Chapter 508: Do you have any family members? Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. A figure shot out of the air and reached the desk in the blink of an eye. Before the opponent stood up, he punched him in the throat. Click it~! The sound of broken bones was heard. Then, the second punch hit his temple, knocking him to the ground. The fist fell over and over again, beating the whole head beyond recognition. Finally, he held his head in his arms and twisted it, breaking his neck. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corpse, quickly took out the straw mat from the space ring, wrapped the body, and put it into the space ring. ?Hurrying footsteps and the sounds of fighting came from outside the door, still attracting attention from outside. Put away the shroud and open the window. ?? He jumped down from the third floor with Ka Xiu, releasing the [Feather Falling Technique] on the way, landing lightly and disappearing on the street. Go straight out of the city. Coming to a deserted wilderness, Wu Heng took out the body and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse opened its eyes again and looked this way. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who asked you to target ''Luntam City''?" The corpse replied, "No one." ?This answer is somewhat unexpected. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Then why did you arrange for people to collect information about Luntam City?" After receiving the order from above, to increase the influence of the great prince and prepare more funds, Luntam City is the most suitable choice. ?Wu Hengs brows wrinkled again. ??The businessman I killed last time, the other persons answer was still the second prince. And this time a big prince actually appeared. ??What is the attraction of Wrentam City? The disputes in the entire Kingdom of Yeko have also been attracted here. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Is there anyone else involved in the incident in Luntam City?" I have arranged some spies in Luntam City to investigate the city lords palace and the city hall. ??Wu Heng asked: "After your death, will anyone else target Luntam City?" I dont know, probably not. Yeke Kingdom, what has become of the interior? "I am not sure." After answering the five questions, the corpse closed its eyes again. Thats good news. It was only that he paid personal attention to Luntam City, and did not attract the attention of the senior officials of the Kingdom of Yeko. ?Let the skeleton roll up the body again, and Wu Heng put the space ring away. Board the ghost train and return to Luntam City. ??This assassination incident was relatively smooth. The target was killed with basically no effort. Return to the city lord''s palace. Wen Mansha was dealing with the people arrested last night. Wu Heng did not show up, leaving everything to Wen Mansha. Not everyone has to be killed. After all, some people have no access to any information at all. At most, some information is revealed to others on a daily basis while working. In the study room, I briefly explained it to Wen Mansha and the problem was solved. Hence no more attention. Find a room and went to the zombie world to have a look. ?? Walked out of the dormitory, picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Wang Haibing and several old men from the base came over from behind. ?Wu Heng asked: "How is it?" ?Wang Haibing flipped through several photos on his mobile phone, "There was a fire in the factory here, and some lines were burned out and need to be repaired." That is to say, there is no problem with the power plant. There is no problem with the power plant. As long as it is maintained, it can be used normally. The main thing is to repair the lines on the factory side. Wang Haibing explained. For Wu Heng, this is indeed good news. If the power plant breaks down, it is much more complicated than repairing the lines. Various accessories may not be available. ??Wu Heng nodded calmly, and then said: "Repair the damaged lines as soon as possible. If you need any materials or equipment, tell Qi Hancai directly and let her help you deal with it." "good." This matter is finished. Wu Heng continued: "I also need to redraw the location where the fuel provides heat, the specifications, and some requirements." ?Wang Haibing frowned and said carefully: "I don''t quite understand what you mean." "I will use new materials to replace the original boiler. I will need you to provide the size of the boiler and some requirements." Wu Heng explained, then looked at Qi Hancai, "Take him to Xinfu when you have time. The old factory area of ??the city, look at what the furnace looks like. Qi Hancai understood immediately. I have a video here, you can take a look first. Speaking, he took out his mobile phone and played the video he had recorded before. Even if there is no signal or network, the survivors all carry some tablets and mobile phones to record things, or take photos and videos. After all, there is nothing wrong with charging mobile phones. ?Wang Haibing looked at it carefully and saw that the things in the video were used to melt iron. But the heat provided is enough to provide the corresponding power supply. I agreed immediately, "I understand, I''ll do it immediately when I get back." Well, get it out as soon as possible. Ill need it in two days. "good!" ??Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai again, "Continue to contact the main station and ask them to give us a complete drawing of the power plant. The exchange terms are easy to negotiate, and the drawing is more complete. It is for thermal power generation." Understood, Ill contact you later. "Um!" After a brief chat, the others returned to their posts. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went to see the burned area in the factory together. Discussed the matter of cleaning up and rebuilding. There are many construction vehicles in the factory area, so there is no problem in cleaning them. But if we want to rebuild, we need to wait until spring. After taking a look around the factory. ?Wu Heng then returned to his room and returned to Luntam City. City Lords Mansion.?????After dinner. ?Wu Heng took Wen Mansha for a walk in the courtyard. After returning to the room, Wu Heng took out several potions and props from the space ring and placed them on the table. He said softly: "I will leave some extra physical enhancement potion for you to take after the baby is born. This item is good for the skin. This item can form a shield to protect you when being attacked. This item is the Fairy Corolla. , it can nourish the body and communicate with animals. Introducing one thing after another. ??In Treasure Island, these magic props are not precious. The captains and backbones of medium-sized pirate groups all have one or two. But here in Luntam City, it is a rare prop. ?Wu Heng picked some and took them all out. ?Wen Mansha sat opposite and listened silently. There was just a faint smile on his face. ?Wu Heng took out all his things, which also meant that he was leaving. After all, there still needs to be someone on Treasure Island, so we cant really give up. Ill put it on you. Wu Heng picked up the fairy flower crown. Wen Mansha lowered her head slightly and put it on her head in cooperation with the other party. The moment you wear it, you feel a faint energy flowing throughout your body. Its so beautiful, like a queen. Wu Heng said with a smile. Wen Mansha gently hugged his waist and rested her head in her arms, "You must come back and take a look when you have time." "When things stabilize, I will go to Treasure Island to live. You haven''t seen the sea yet, so I''ll let Minnie take you swimming." Wu Heng stroked her long, fiery red hair. As long as I can stay with you, Ill be fine wherever I go. Wen Mansha said softly. It wont be long before we can be together forever. ?Wen Mansha raised her head and stared with big eyes, "Really?" When have I ever lied to you? Well, its up to you. Wen Mansha smiled, feeling less disappointed in her heart. Put away all props and potions. The two of them returned to the bedroom together. Wen Manman pulled him to sit on the edge of the bed, carefully kneeling in front of him and putting his hands on his legs. Are you comfortable? Master. ?Wu Heng stroked his red hair and said, "Comfortable." When the baby is born, I will serve you well. Well, we wont leave the bedroom all day. Wen Mansha glanced upward and muttered, "That''s up to you." The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng met the tribesmen of Andweier in the city lords mansion. There are both men and women, some of them are still holding little foxes, and they have already settled in the city. Wen Mansha really took good care of these fox people. Some of them were placed in the city''s guards, and the rest were also placed in the city''s underwear shops. In the city, the famous Red Rose lingerie store is Wen Manshas business. ??It is also the first store that specializes in women''s underwear as its main product. ??Wu Heng probably chatted with the fox tribe for a while, asked about their living conditions, and also talked about the life of ''Anderweil'', the young leader of the fox tribe. We had a lot of fun chatting with each other. Then, Wu Heng turned his attention to the short cat girl and the white lop-eared bunny girl who came with them. Whats your name? Wu Heng asked. ?These two are the friends Minnie mentioned. Similarly, Minnie bought it from a slave merchant with money. Hearing the question, the two of them were a little cautious, and the other fox people also looked at them. "City Lord, my name is Robert." Kitten Girl jumped off the chair and bowed. ??The lop-eared bunny girl also said: "My name is Annette." Well, Rob, Annette, do you have any family in town? No. The two women replied. Wu Heng continued, "Minnie asked me to ask you if you would like to go to Treasure Island and work as a maid." The two orc girls looked at each other, then nodded, "Yes." Then you go back and pack your things and leave with me in the afternoon. Yes! The two girls were a little happy, but also a little worried. Then, leave with the fox tribe. Go back and prepare items. ?Wu Heng, I originally planned to visit Lecia. Luntam City, the local person in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium. However, Wen Mansha said that she was transferred before, and now the person in charge of the local area is a new person in charge. ?Wu Heng also gave up the idea of ??going over and taking a look. ?Lecia was transferred at the end of the year, which felt more like a promotion. After all, when he left, he helped the other party complete a large amount of gold exchange. In a place like Luntam City, this is already an astonishing achievement. In my heart, I was a little happy that I could help my friend get promoted, but also felt a little disappointed that the other person had left without even saying a word. But it doesnt matter, everyone has their own path forward. Towards the afternoon. ?Wu Heng has prepared everything. The two skeleton attendants were sent back to the other side of the gate first. With two little orc maids, they boarded the ghost train and disappeared. The train appears again. A familiar town, Blackstone Town, can be clearly seen in the distance. ?Wu Heng put on his cloak, and the two maids also covered their faces. We walked into the town together. Just entered the gate and walked a few steps. A familiar voice came from behind, "Hey~! You three, are you from out of town? What are you doing here?" ?Wu Heng looked back. I saw a little girl with short curly hair, hands on hips, and four team members. ?Haunted over. (End of this chapter) Chapter 509 , how did you become the Chapter 509: How did you become the Looking at the aggressive little girl, Wu Heng was also stunned. Unexpectedly, I met an acquaintance as soon as I entered the city. Yuli, the druid who loves snacks and can transform into various animals. ??When we were members of the team in Blackstone Town, the two of us had the best relationship. The relationship is good now, but our circles are separated. ??Wu Heng did not use the [Concealment Cloak] of the consortium, but just put on an ordinary hood that covered his head and face, leaving only a pair of eyes exposed. Yuli looked at the three of them with her eyes and walked over little by little. With a strong tone, he said, "What about you three? What are you doing in the city?" Seeing that the other party did not recognize him, Wu Heng replied: "I am a member of the association. I am passing through here and plan to stay one night." From the association? Is there any proof? Yuli asked. ?Wu Heng took out his flag-bearer emblem and handed it to the other party. Yuli held it in her hand and frowned. The emblem of the association has a unified standard and can represent the identity of the bearer. But this emblem in front of me... It can be confirmed that it is a kind of association, but she seems to have never seen it before. What kind of emblem do you have? Wu Heng said: "Take me to see your deacon, and I will explain to you then." ?Seeing that the other party''s attitude was also good, and that the emblem was true and belonged to the association, I dispelled some doubts. Lets go, Ill take you there. ?Wu Heng and the other three followed behind and walked towards the association together. On the way, Wu Heng asked: "There don''t seem to be many people on the street." Will anyone come out to wander around in the winter? Then if you go out to patrol, you wont see anyone else on the street. "I, this..., our team is serious and responsible." Yuri raised her head and said solemnly. Walking all the way into the association hall. Yuri said to the team members: "You go back to the lounge first, I will call you later." The team members nodded and walked aside. Then Yuli led three more people through the corridor and came to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door. "Enter!" Yuli looked back, her eyes falling on Wu Heng, "Follow me in." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and walked into the study together. "Deacon, we found three of them during training, saying they were members of the association from outside." Yuri said directly as soon as she entered the room. ?Deacon Slater was sitting behind his work, looking at the documents in his hand, with a leopard lying beside the fireplace. The leopard came over, circled around him, smelled the scent, walked back and lay on the ground. Slater raised his head and glanced, asking: "Where are you from? What are you doing here?" He came from Treasure Island. Wu Heng replied. Treasure Island? Yuri turned around suddenly, and Slater also cast a suspicious look. ??Wu Heng took off his hood, revealed his original face, smiled and said hello, "Long time no see, Deacon Slater, Captain Yuli." Wu Heng! Yuli exclaimed, jumping up and rushing towards him. ?Wu Heng subconsciously hugged the other person and said, "Shh, don''t shout. I can''t be too arrogant when I come here." "Oh! I thought the voice sounded so familiar, but it turned out to be you." Yuli lowered her voice, but she was still very happy. After Slater was pleasantly surprised, he couldn''t help but frown when he saw the two of them behaving intimately. He glared at Wu Heng and said scoldingly: "Yuli, be honest, how old are you?" Yuli curled her lips, then stood aside honestly. Slater looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Go to Luntam City?" Well, lets go back and deal with some things. Wu Heng sat down aside. The Leopard came over and jumped onto the sofa, leaning against him and lying down. How long do you plan to stay? ?Wu Heng stroked the leopard and said, "One night, I will leave tomorrow morning. I mainly come to see you." Its so urgent! Yuri said. Slater also said: "The time has been spent on Luntam City!" In response to the two women''s questions, Wu Heng replied with a smile, "Don''t you know it yet? I am now the owner of Treasure Island and cannot leave for too long." The two frowned. Island owner? What is that? Yuri asked. Same as the city lord, doesnt the city lord manage a city? The island lord means that the entire island is under my management. Wu Heng explained. Is he also promoted by the association? Slater asked. Wu Heng said: "I was promoted by the association, but I am also separated from the association and will not interfere with the normal development of the island. My position in the association is the flag-bearer." Yuli was even more surprised, "No way...why have you been promoted again? Why?" The little girl felt a little unbalanced. ??Originally, they were all members of the fifth team, but Wu Heng became the captain and deputy deacon along the way, which Yuri was able to accept. He also worked hard and became the squad leader. But Wu Heng is now the owner of the island and the flag bearer. In an instant, the gap between them widened again. Yes, its the right thing to do to get out of here, Slater said. Wu Hengze said: "The two people at the door are my servants. Let me take them to my residence first, and let''s talk slowly." Yuri, go ahead, Slater said. Yuli opened the door and called a staff member to lead the two of them over. He walked back again. Picked up the leopard, put it on his lap, and then asked: "Wu Heng, are there many pirates over there?" There used to be quite a lot of them, occupying a large area of ????the sea. There is a high chance that you will encounter pirates when you go to sea. Is he as handsome as in the comics? ?Feeling the warning gaze of ''Slater'', he said: "Pirates are glorified in comics. Those people are bad guys, similar to bandits on land. They are ugly, have yellow teeth and bad breath. They are the enemies of the association." Yuli looked disgusted, "How do you know you have yellow teeth and bad breath?" When I was the deputy deacon, I killed a lot of people. Wu Heng continued to describe the evil deeds of those pirates. Yuli listened attentively. When I read the comics, I felt that pirates were quite handsome. But now when the other party says it, I feel nothing at all. ?Fortunately, I didnt really sneak out and become a pirate. "Then how did you become the owner of the island?" Yuri continued to ask. Isnt it normal to be reused by the association if you are strong and good-looking? "I don''t believe it. You must have spent money to buy it. You are so rich." "How is it possible? How can you spend money to buy such an important thing?" Wu Heng touched the golden leopard and said: "Actually, I killed some pirates, I have done enough merit, and some people on the island jointly recommended me , was appointed as the island leader. Oh, thats it. Yuri nodded. Slater also asked: "How is it over in Luntam City? Wen Mansha, a person from a gang, still has some management skills." The development is indeed beyond my expectation. I also took a look at Money Cat. Even if it is outside, it is a very good industry situation. ?Slater smiled, liking the other person''s recognition. Now that you have become the owner of the island, what are your thoughts on the development of the island? "In terms of development, I really want to replicate the form of Luntam City. If you have a chance, go over and take a look and open a bigger money cat." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Slater thought for a while and said, "Okay, I will go to the island to have a look when the time comes. When this deacon stops working, I will go live on your Treasure Island." "Aunt, take me there, I haven''t seen the sea yet." Yuri said immediately. Slater rolled his eyes at the other party and said, "You are indispensable everywhere." Hey, aunt is the best. Wu Heng also said: "The winter over there is better, the temperature is just right, but it''s a bit hot in the summer." Lets watch the time then and make time to go there. "Um." Finished chatting about some serious matters. ?Wu Heng took out a few props and said, "I brought you gifts." One piece of magic props was taken out. Protective PendantZhuyan Rattan BraceletBoth of them are the same. ?This kind of thing is rare in Luntam City, and it is equally rare in Blackstone Town. They were all a little surprised and looked a little excited. Then, Wu Heng took another space ring and handed it to Yuli, "A 5-cubic space ring will make it easier to store things in the future." "Wow, you are so rich." Yuli immediately put it on her hand. Put away the two props. Wu Heng continued to take out a pair of blood-colored swords and a space ring, and placed them on Slater''s desk, "The space ring is also 5 cubic meters. The two swords are called bloodthirsty double blades. They are strange objects that can make people suffer for a short time." It has a strong internal burst of fighting power, but the side effects are also obvious and it will gradually make you lose your mind, so be careful when using it. " When they heard the strange object, the pupils of the second female team suddenly shrank. He actually took out a strange weapon-like item. In Blackstone Town, this is probably a reward for level two meritorious service. Give it to me? Is that okay? Slater was a little doubtful. Its okay for a man to bring back gifts. But I still feel that I am of little use. After all, there is no danger in Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "If it suits you, take it and use it. Just pay attention to the side effects." Thank you then. Slater accepted it happily. "Yuli" on the side felt that her space ring was not so surprising, "Wu Heng, are you partial? Why am I missing one?" "I haven''t found a weapon that suits you. When I find it, I''ll keep it for you." Yuri thought it right, "Okay." Slater was in a good mood and stood up and said, "Let''s go. Since Wu Heng is back, let''s go celebrate and have someone give your two servants some food." I know a good pub. Yuri said excitedly. Go and book a private room. "good!" The three of them chatted in the tavern until late at night, and then returned to their residences to rest. Its late at night. ??The door of Wu Heng''s residence was lightly knocked. Open the concierge. Then he saw Slater, standing quietly at the door. ?His eyes kept looking around, as cautiously as a thief. Wait until all doors are opened. Slater quickly entered the residence. Closing the door, they kissed each other and walked all the way towards the bedroom. Enter the bedroom. Take off your clothes quickly. Slater pushed him down on the bed and straddled his waist roughly. The two of them exhaled at the same time. Why did you come to see me? Slater complained a little. Im really busy. I have to squeeze out the time to come out this time. Wu Heng held the other partys waist and helped her use her strength. Slater rolled his eyes at him, leaned down slightly, and lay on top of him, "If you don''t come back, I will go to Treasure Island to find you." ?Wu Heng smiled and patted his butt, "When you build a money cat, you will have a good reason." "It''s not that simple. The situation in the kingdom is tense. How can I leave? I''ll wait until I have the chance!" "What''s going on with the Kingdom of Yeko? We killed two enemies who coveted the city lord''s palace in Luntam City. They were both from the Kingdom of Yeko." Wu Heng was a little curious. Slater paused and frowned, "Are they all from Yeko Kingdom?" "Don''t stop." Wu Heng patted him lightly and waited for the other party to continue his action before saying: "One said he was the eldest prince, and the other said he was the second prince. I don''t know why they paid attention to Luntam City at the same time." Slater frowned and thought for a moment, then explained, "The two most influential princes in the kingdom now are the eldest prince and the second prince. The eldest prince is supported by the army, while the second prince is supported by many civil servants and dignitaries. The remaining None of the other princes have much influence. It mainly depends on which of them can make it to the end. " Isnt the old king still alive? "Is it so important whether you are dead or not now? It has been impossible to govern for such a long time, and power has been gradually dispersed. That is to say, there is no real civil strife until people are really dead." Well, what you said makes sense. Slater smiled and said: "Don''t worry, I will notify Mansha Wen in advance if there is any danger. Although we are not very familiar with each other, it is your property after all. No one can take my man''s things." Thats so gross! Wu Heng smiled. Do you like to hear it? I like it, say more. Slater held the other person''s face and said softly: "My dear, you are awesome." After saying that, he kissed her heavily. The next day, Wu Heng got off the carriage. After bidding farewell to the two of them, he walked directly out of the city. On the carriage, two eyes were watching him. They waited until he got farther away before turning around and returning. On the road in the city. ?Several figures dressed as ordinary residents passed by the city gate. ?One of them stopped and looked at the figure receding in the distance. What are you looking at, Penny? Hurry up, dont let others wait too long. In front, someone walked back and followed his gaze. Why does that persons back look familiar? said the woman named Beni. "Who is it? I haven''t seen him before. He seemed to have gotten off the association''s carriage just now. He should be someone from the association. Don''t cause trouble." People from the association? Pennys eyes widened instantly. The person next to me said: "Let''s go, today is a day of prayer, don''t keep the elders waiting too long." Okay! Penny nodded and quickened her pace. ??But his eyes still looked outside the city from time to time, in the direction where the figure disappeared. Nine days later. The ghost train appears in the wild on Treasure Island. The three of them got out of the car and felt some discomfort immediately. Since I brought two beast girls with me, their levels were not high, so we stopped several times along the way to eat and rest. It also delayed time a little bit. ?The weather here is hot. Wu Heng changed out of his cotton clothes and looked back. They saw the two of them looking at the sea in the distance, slightly stunned. If you have the chance, Minnie will take you to the beach. Change out of your cotton clothes to avoid heat stroke. Wu Heng immediately reminded. The two of them agreed and quickly took off their cotton clothes. Wearing some thin clothes, we followed Wu Heng into the city. Enter the city area and hailed a carriage. Go to the island owner''s estate. Return to the manor. Open the door and walk in. The slender fountain with splashing water and the flowers and trees swaying in the wind made the two beast girls widen their eyes again. Having seen the City Lords Mansion, I think its already very gorgeous. Whats in front of us now is even grander. The sound of footsteps sounded, and Minnie and Philippa ran out of the residence. Master! Minnie jumped into her arms, and Philippa also jumped into the other side. Is everything okay at home? Its okay, everything is fine. Minnie said. ??Wu Heng patted her on the back, "Your two friends are here, you take them to choose a room first." Minnie turned her head and looked behind her, and saw the two people who had just taken off their hoods. He said in surprise: "Robert, Annette, you are here!" Hurry over and give them a hug. Kitten Girl Robert said: "Minnie, you are so beautiful here." Annette said blankly: "It''s so hot here, I''m going to have heatstroke." Ill take you in, its air-conditioned. Minnie pulled the two of them into the room. Philippa paid more attention to Wu Heng and said, "What have you been doing these days?" Miss me? No, I have captured so many pirates and I feel a bit lost for not showing off to you. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked into the room, "Minnie told me through the radio that you killed the Mad Lion Pirate Group and brought back a pirate?" ?Philippa scratched his face and said: "Yes, my friend, I told you before that all the pirates want to kill me, so he spoke for me. He is very kind and righteous. His wife was robbed, and he just wished him happiness." (End of this chapter) Chapter 510 , 220,000 people consume electricity Chapter 510, 220,000 people consume electricity ?Wu Heng was shocked when he heard this. My wife has been snatched away, I wish her happiness. How could this happen to pirates. What about others? "He was imprisoned by Sheila Gui. I just want to tell you, can you not kill him? He is not a bad person and he saved me." Philippa hugged his arm and said, "Please, Dad!" Being able to lock up "Sheila Gui" means that his name also appears on the wanted notice. Once a wanted order is issued, it will be difficult to erase it unless it is recorded. It is obviously impossible to release it directly. If he is caught again, it will easily bring trouble to the Treasure Island Association. However, the other party did save Philippa. Without him, Philippa would have died outside. "I will discuss with Xilagui then to see if we can give him a chance to make up for his mistakes." Wu Heng said. What does it mean to make up for ones faults? It means to make merit again and make up for the previous mistakes. Aoao, you mages are still educated. Go back to the room together. Catwoman and lop-eared bunny girl are enjoying the cool breeze on the sofa. Lets go, Ill take you to choose a room. You can choose from the second or third floor. Minnie greeted the two of them. Philippa also shouted: "I want to choose one too." What do you choose? I dont live here. "There are so many rooms, and I am not the least of them." Philippa followed quickly. We walked upstairs together. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and changed his clothes. ?Go to the radio station''s room and pick up the microphone, "Mansha Wen, I''m back to Treasure Island, don''t worry." ?Originally I just wanted to say hello. From the radio station, Wen Mansha''s voice came next, "Master, is the journey going well?" Good luck, theres nothing going on over there these days! Its okay, the city hall has begun to recruit people again, and the defense skeletons have also been rearranged. Wen Mansha introduced. When Wu Heng left, he left her nearly 20,000 skeletons. They are all transferred from the zombie world. For Luntam City, it is a large number of troops. The eastern boundary city of the kingdom directly to attack the kingdom is afraid that it can also be attacked directly. There was also some ammunition left and an off-road vehicle loaded with machine guns. It is not easy to really attack. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Pay attention to your body and don''t tire yourself." "I know! When the baby is born, I will take him to see you." "good." Hang up the radio, Wu Heng continued to walk out of the room. Enter the alchemy laboratory on the opposite side. Skeleton alchemists, not much progress has been made. On the finished cabinet shelves on the side, there are only a lot of finished medicines and first-level corpse core medicines. After all Wu Heng was put away. Continue to go to the Artificer''s room. Across the room, the artificers were still gathering information. ?Wu Heng walked aside and took a look. ? Found that the drawings of the compound bow have been sorted out, and the materials and dimensions of the various parts have been marked one by one. The period of time when I left was not a waste for the skeletons. Put away the drawings of the finished product as well. Going downstairs again, chatting casually with Minnie and others. As dusk approached, Anderweil also returned from the city hall. At dinner. ?Wu Heng listened to Anderweil talk about the progress on the island. The construction team is still expanding, and the addition of various engineering vehicles has accelerated the progress of the entire project several times. ?Workers have now entered the site and started building the house. As for the purchase of caravans, the city hall has signed purchase agreements with six companies in total, two of which are for the purchase of copper plates, that is, they directly require copper plates instead of copper ore. The remaining four companies purchase white gunpowder and lead. If the quality and speed are up to par, the purchase will proceed. Minnie asked: "Why don''t we wait until sister Shanara comes back to do the shopping? We will definitely save a lot of money." Philippa also chimed in, "She and Wu Heng are lovers, so we can''t buy them all at one place here, just like we rob things and sell them separately." Before, food and weapons were all bought together, so there is no situation like what you said. Philippa scratched his head, "Then I don''t know, let''s have a quarrel!" "Shanara is not here. If she is, she will be looking for her. Stop guessing." Wu Heng also said something, and then asked, "Shanara, haven''t you sent any news during this time? " No, there wont be any danger! Minnie looked up. Wu Heng also frowned and thought for a moment, "Probably not. She has returned to her clan, so no one will make things difficult for her." "Yes, that''s right. Sister Shanara is so rich, and everyone wants to please her." ?A few people were eating and chatting, and the new additions, Robert and Annette, were eating their food and listening to the chat. After dinner. Have another training session in the training room. Philippa returns to the tavern. ?Wu Heng called all the maids to the living room. He looked at Robert and Annette and said, "I need to sign a slave contract with you. Minnie should have mentioned it to you." The two looked at each other and nodded, "Master, we are willing." Come on, who starts first? Kitten Girl Robert took a step forward, her eyes firm and her head slightly raised, "I''ll go first." There is a feeling of dying generously. Robey is a cat-man among the orcs. He has brown-grey hair and the same brown-gray cat ears and tail. About 1.4 to 1.5 meters tall, he is a small orc. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay, don''t be nervous, it won''t have any impact on your future lives." Im not nervous. Robert emphasized forcefully. ?Wu Heng opened the contract scroll and said, "Drop a drop of blood." ??Catwoman stretched out the nail of her little finger, tapped it gently on the pad of her finger, and a drop of blood fell on the scroll. ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power and getting into Catwoman''s eyebrows. ?? Forming a line, then disappearing quickly. The contract is completed. ?Robert''s body was shaking a little, and their souls were already connected. Sit aside and rest first! ?Robert bowed and sat back. Then, Annette took the initiative and walked out, "Do I also want to bleed?" Hmm! Wu Heng opened another slave scroll. Like Minnie, Annette is from the bunny tribe. She has an oval face, long brown hair, but her ears are white, droopy bunny ears. Carefully pricked his finger with a dagger and dripped blood on the scroll. The contract is also completed. ??Wu Heng said: "Okay, you are welcome to join." The two women stood up and said, "Thank you, Master." "If you are short of daily necessities, just tell Minnie. When you have time, Minnie will take you to the city or to the beach. Don''t go into the water if you don''t know how to swim. This is no joke." Wu Heng instructed. With. Yes, master. "That''s it for today. You can play and go back to your room to rest early." Wu Heng went upstairs. ?Minnie and Andweil took the newly joined two people around the island owner''s manor. Introduce what the place does and what it does. ?Some rooms are filled with skeletons doing experiments. Its best not to disturb them if theres nothing going on. ?? After Wu Heng went upstairs, he went to the radio room to check the radio station of the wood elf Shanara to make sure that there was no news coming back. Also go back to the room to rest. The next day, zombie world. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building and saw a group of motorcades coming in from the main entrance. Stopped at the door of the warehouse in the distance, the survivors began to carry supplies. ?Stand aside and watch for a while. ??Qi Hancai came over not far away with Wang Haibing. "how''s it going?" Qi Hancai said: "The ruins of the fire have been cleared. The lines are being repaired in the past few days. It is estimated that it will be almost done in a day or two." Wheres the main station? The main station has already negotiated terms. They will provide 200 megawatts of power drawings, which can probably meet the annual electricity needs of 220,000 households. Upon hearing this, Wu Heng felt that 220,000 households were enough. Leave aside the zombie world, each stronghold only has a few hundred people at most, and Treasure Island only has tens of thousands of people. ?Although it is still expanding, the number of people is not increasing that fast. Enough for your own use. Very good. Wu Heng said, and then asked, What are the requirements? After bargaining, it was 30 bags of 100 kilograms of grain. The quantity is a bit high, but not unacceptable. How to transport? Qi Hancai replied, "They said they need us to occupy the airport and they will arrange for a plane to come over." Provincial capital cities have airports. Well, let them produce drawings, which should be more detailed. "good!" ??Wu Heng continued to look at "Wang Haibing" on the side, "Wang Gong, how are you doing here?" Ive finished it here. Leader Qi Hancai took me to see the Yanhuo Furnace, which can fully meet the heat supply. This is the drawing I drew based on the original power plant. Just replace the original boiler. Speaking, he took out a drawing. (End of this chapter) Chapter 511 , knowing that there is a man outside me Chapter 511, I know there is a man outside me ??It took nine days on the way back, and we stayed in Blackstone Town for another day. ?Taken together, "Wang Haibing" was given ten days. If he couldn''t produce the drawings, Wu Heng would doubt whether he was lying before. ??Wu Heng took it and looked at the drawing, which showed the size and shape specifications of the boiler. If we make it according to the drawing, we can replace the position of the boiler, right? Yes, the specifications must be grasped well. If it is too large or too small, it will be difficult to match the original equipment. Wang Haibing said. Wu Heng put away the drawings and said, "Okay, I get it. You did a good job on this matter." "What I should have done, the base saved us." Wang Haibing smoothed the bangs on his head. You go ahead and do your work. I will come find you when I need you. Okay, Ill get busy first. Wang Haibing nodded, turned and left. Qi Hancai still stood aside and asked curiously: "If the power supply can be restored, we should be the first base in the province to restore the power supply." From the current point of view, there should be no problem. Qi Hancai nodded and said nothing more. ?If the power supply can be restored to the base, not only the various high-power production chains can be restored, but it will also be a good thing for the survivors in the base. Life is more convenient. After talking about the power plant, Wu Heng continued: "Prepare the convoy, let''s go clean up the zombies." "Okay, I''ll go get ready now." Qi Hancai pressed the intercom on his chest and started to organize the convoy to come over. Wu Heng continued to face the ''Bone Demon No. 1'' transformed by the ''Corpse King'' beside him, and said: "Mobilize 30,000 spear skeletons, 20,000 axe-wielding skeletons, 20,000 longbow skeletons, five-headed skeleton flying dragons, and two Twenty super-deformed skeletons gathered at the entrance of the factory. With the order given. ??The skeletons stationed throughout the factory began to take action as if they were boiling. ?Stepping in neat steps, they converged towards the middle road, walked out of the factory gate, and stood by at the door. ??The Bone Demon is a level four deformed zombie that Wu Heng killed, and has a stronger ability to transmit information. The method of mobilizing big-headed skeletons is to mobilize hundreds of them at a time and issue frequent orders, which reflects the characteristics of various skeletons in executing orders. ??The Bone Demon is more direct and can mobilize tens of thousands of troops at once, and they can also act at the same time. More convenient for mobilization. After the skeleton army was ready, the convoy also drove out from inside. Qi Hancai changed the driving position, and Wu Heng also got on the passenger seat. Surrounded by the army, they headed towards the central area. A neighborhood. ?The corpses with broken bodies and missing limbs gathered towards the center from all directions, like a black torrent, surging forward. There is no end in sight for Wuyangyang. Phew! There was a sound of piercing the sky overhead, and a skeletal flying dragon with a wingspan of several meters passed overhead with a roar of piercing the sky. Dense iron bullets fell from the sky like a heavy rain. The earth trembles and the sky is filled with smoke and dust. The surging corpses disappeared in an instant, leaving only stumps and broken corpses on the ground. But the explosion attracted more corpses, which continued to gather from all directions, forming a torrent again and rushing towards them. ?Wu Heng looked at the distance of the zombies and gave the order, "Let the archers shoot arrows." Huh~! The archers behind the spear array fired arrows in unison. Fell into the group of corpses with a clatter. A large number of zombies were shot into hedgehogs, falling to the ground and tripping over the group of corpses behind them. The Skeleton Flying Dragon finished changing the magazine, flew out again, and continued to drop bombs. Thick smoke rose again. Uncle, there are a lot of deformed zombies gathered in the building over there, one is level three, and the rest are level two and evolved zombies. Xiao Xiaofei came back and pointed to the building in the distance. ?Wu Heng took a look at the Orange Express Hotel. ?Through the broken glass of the broken mirror, a figure standing in the darkness can be vaguely seen. Is the highest level of zombies the third level? The highest level is level three. Xiaoxiao said he was sure. ?Wu Heng looked at the hotel again. ?These deformed zombies are obviously observing the battlefield and may eventually choose to escape. Go and call Glenda down. Wu Heng said. Hmm. Xiaoxiao flew directly above his head. Soon, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew down together, revealing their figures. Whats wrong? Glenda asked. Wu Heng said: "Xiao Xiao found that there are deformed zombies over there, take the evil sword and kill them to prevent them from escaping." ?Glenda turned her head and glanced, "What level is it?" The highest level three deformed zombies, corresponding to level 15 professionals. Okay, give me the evil sword. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and ordered: "Leave the skeleton team and draw the sword again." I know, its not the first time Ive used it. ?Glenda took the evil sword and flew towards the hotel quickly. After getting away from the skeleton team, the evil sword was unsheathed. Sword lights flashed quickly, and among the corpses along the road, heads fell one after another. Like plowing a deep furrow in a dense rice field. He rushed straight into the hotel. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the battlefield again. After four waves of bombings, the speed of zombies gathering on the road has begun to slow down. ?Most of them are just missing limbs. Staggering, he continued to walk forward. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! The spear skeleton on standby stood up, holding a spear, and began to advance forward. The zombies that rushed up were pierced by spears. Kill all the zombies. ?Glenda returned and returned the evil sword sheathed to him, "Kill them all." Hmm. Wu Heng put away the evil sword. ?Glenda continued to fly to the air for alert. ??Wu Heng opened the experience panel and took a look. Level: Level 17 (221782/265000) This time, more than 90,000 experience points have been added. There is still more than 40,000 to go before level 18. No matter how you calculate it, it will all be upgraded in the next wave. When I think that I will become a fifth-level professional, and all the forces are top-notch experts, I feel a little excited in my heart. Looked at the sky. There is no way to continue upgrading today. Dark night has little effect on skeletons, but there are still many dangers. ?Having come this far, it would be good for you to be more stable. I have to be more diligent, fix the furnace, and come back to upgrade it. ?Wu Heng muttered. Soon, the battlefield was cleared. The corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were piled on one side. ??The third-level deformed zombies in the hotel are giant zombies with black **** skin on their bodies. ?Wu Heng has also killed him before, but not as easily as now. Start the transformation. Skeletons stood up from the minced meat, and their cores were put into the space ring. Then, continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stand up one after another and join the team behind them. There were already a lot of skeletons brought there, but now they were even more densely packed, crowding the whole street. There is no end in sight. After everything was over, Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, bring someone over here to see if there is anything to loot, and then let''s go back." "receive!" The convoy came from behind. The survivors raided nearby shops along the road and first moved important supplies onto trucks. ??The rest will be carefully searched later. By the time the loot was almost done, the sky was getting dark. The convoy, escorted by the army, began to return to the factory. Go through the gate and return to Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng first went to the skeleton alchemist''s room and sent the newly acquired corpse core there. The research on the third-level corpse core agent seems to have made greater progress. Several high-level alchemy skeletons have begun to enter the stage of preparing medicinal solutions. Completely different from previous tests. ?This gave Wu Heng hope in terms of corpse core potions. I just hope that I can get the potion before I reach level 18. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then walked out of the room again and walked downstairs. As soon as he walked downstairs, he saw Minnie playing shuttlecock in the yard with the two new maids. ?Happy laughter rippled through the yard. See Wu Heng coming out. The two maids immediately stopped smiling, saluted and said, "Master." Its okay, lets play. Minnie ran over and said, "Master, Sister Shanara came to us during the day and said she was delayed due to clan affairs." Received or read record? Minnie replied, "It''s written in the skeleton investigator''s notebook." Well, Ill go take a look. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and walked directly into the radio station''s room. Looking at the record of the skeleton investigator''s location on Shannara''s radio station. There is an extra line of text above. I delayed contacting you due to family matters. Im fine here, so dont worry. Just as Minnie said, Shannara sent a message. There is no difference in content. ?After thinking about it, I picked up the phone and tried to make contact, "Shanela, can you hear me?" It was slightly quiet for three or four seconds. From the radio station, a familiar voice came, "Is that how it is used?" "Yes, just hold it and talk. It''s very simple." Wu Heng explained, and then asked: "How are you doing over there? Why did it take so long for the news to come back?" ??Hey~! A gentle sigh came over first, followed by Shanara''s voice, "It''s okay, don''t worry." Say this, Wu Heng feels more troubled. Tell me, maybe I can help, or I might as well listen to you. ?The other party was silent for a while, and said softly: "The Presbytery knew that the ''Amber Pendant'' was used, and also found out that I have a man outside." (End of this chapter) Chapter 512 , level 18 hero creation Chapter 512, Level 18 hero creation Amber pendant is a kind of protective rare item. After using it for the first time, you will develop a sense of dependence on the target you see. If there is danger behind you, the amber pendant can still protect you, but the side effects of the strange item will only be effective on the target you see for the first time. That is, the time I saw Wu Heng, I will not change my goal after that. Otherwise, every time you use it, you will feel dependent on one, and you will really not be able to rely on it. Are they making things difficult for you? Wu Heng asked. Shannara said: "It''s considered under house arrest now. The elders are investigating this matter. It won''t take long to find you. Are you afraid?" Dont be afraid, we can fall in love freely, what is there to be afraid of? I have a husband! Shanara reminded softly. Thats not what you said in bed. Disgusting! Shannara said softly, and then said: Dont worry, it wont affect you. Im really not afraid, as long as you dont change your mind. Yeah, no change. Shannellas voice was gentle. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "Where is your race? I will find a way to rescue you." Shannara said seriously: "Don''t come, and don''t interfere with things here. I''m locked up in my own mansion, and I don''t have to worry about food or drink. If you come, it will make things more serious." ?Wu Heng thought about her living habits, and it seemed that this was not a detention. Shannara always goes to bed late and gets up late. Unless the fleet docks, she never goes out. This is no different from her previous life. ?Wu Heng asked again, "Then you are going to be locked up like this forever?" When the results of the investigation come out, I will be let out. Shannara still explained softly. "What''s the result? Is your husband investigating?" Wu Heng was curious. Shannara said: "How is it possible? He also has his own woman. We have agreed to be husband and wife and not interfere with each other. The Council of Elders suspects that I use my status as president to harm the interests of the Star Flower and the Wood Elves. They mainly investigate these matters." That should be fine. ??When Shannara was on Treasure Island, she did not give Wu Heng any special conveniences as the president. The following discounts are also due to Wu Heng''s purchase of items reaching a certain amount and becoming the island''s largest customer, so he deserves the discount. ??So I''m not afraid of them checking. ?Judging from Shannara''s tone, she was just waiting for the results to come out. Well, lets wait first. If they dont let you go, I will find a way to go in and save you. Shannara complained in a tone of voice, "What are you talking about? This is my home, why are you killing people? It''s so unpleasant." Im afraid you will be wronged. Its okay, everything is still under control. Well, its okay. Wu Heng said. Shanara continued: "I will inform you if there is any news, so don''t worry about my safety." Okay, Ill wait for you to come back. "Um!" Ending the call, Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and thought for a while. When Shanara went back, she was faced with this matter. ? Even if the investigation shows that Shannara did not take advantage of her privileges to benefit herself, her status will still be affected. You should also prepare yourself in advance. If she comes back, arrange for a boat to pick her up to avoid any problems. Go out of the room and sit upstairs for a while. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. Supper was brought to the table, and several people sat around the table to eat. ?Wu Heng looked at the two new maids and asked: "Robert, Annette, what are your professions?" You cant play with Minnie every day. You also need to undergo some training and professional improvement, otherwise it will be difficult to protect yourself if any danger arises. "Master, I am a thief, level 3." Robbe said. ??Robert is less than 1.5 meters tall, and there is a thick cushion under the chair. Annette whispered: "Master, I don''t have a profession yet, and I am saving money to buy a profession scroll." ?Like Minnie, it is rare for someone to have no career at such an old age. What career do you like? Wu Heng looked at the other person and asked. Minnie interjected and said: "Change to boxer. Hello boxer. The master''s squire is a level 18 boxer. You can still learn from him." Robbe reminded carefully, "Annette, thieves are not bad. I could always find something to eat when we were hungry before." Annette looked at the two of them carefully, and then at Wu Heng. She hesitated and said, "I want to listen to the master." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Choose what you like." The lop-eared bunny girl hesitated for a moment and said, "I want to choose a warrior. They say warriors have good health and are less likely to get sick." What are you choosing warriors for? They are all over the street. Minnie said. Anderweil also advised: "The master will help you get the job transfer scroll, so you don''t have to worry." I still want to choose the warrior! Annette said, and then asked quietly, Can I? Okay, let Minnie take you to the association tomorrow to get the job transfer scroll, and take a walk around the city. Wu Heng said with a smile. Thank you, master, Annette said. ?Minnie and Robert, each on their own, began to persuade her in a low voice, trying to make her change her mind and choose another career. After dinner, several people did some simple training together. ?Wu Heng took Minnie and Anderweil to take a bath and rest together. The other two people hid in the room early. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng took the ghost train and went directly to Lopez City. Wearing the [Concealment Cloak], we walked directly into the VIP room of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Waiting in the room for a while. ?The door opened, and the elf ''Retili'', wearing a long blue dress with lace decorations on the collar and skirt, walked in with a smile. Good morning, guest! "Good morning." Wu Heng took out the emblem, "Help me take a look. Has the last order been completed?" ??Retili was already prepared. She opened the door and clapped her hands lightly, and several staff members brought in the coffins one after another. "There are seven corpses in total, including two alchemists, one for potion and alchemy bombs, two magicians, both for improving equipment, one blacksmith, one chef, and one gardener." Reti Li introduced them one by one. It should be, I havent been here for a while. The number of corpses was higher than ever before. How many levels are they all in? According to the requirements of your order, they are all level 15 professionals. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and glanced at the other party with some suspicion. Level 15 special occupations are relatively rare to begin with. ?? No matter in various kingdoms or famous chambers of commerce, they are also the targets of key protection. In the past, it was understandable that those who had been assassinated or died, but now that there were seven of them at once, Wu Heng began to wonder again whether they were killing people everywhere in order to complete orders. Even if the corpse is what you need. But I dont want to cause any confusion or leave hidden dangers for myself because of this kind of thing. Retili noticed the other party''s gaze and explained with a smile, "You haven''t come here during this time. Our consortia in various places have transferred the corpses. You can rest assured that they will not cause you any trouble." "Hmm." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Have you had any results on the props that can hide your identity and appearance?" "Not yet. If there are props, I will collect them for you as soon as possible." Leitili said. ?It seems that this kind of prop is really scarce. "Let''s settle the matter." Wu Heng collected all the corpses. ??Retili asked the staff to settle the accounts and asked at the same time: "Guest, are you still buying corpses?" Continue to acquire, but I also need a new commission. Just a moment. Retili personally filled out the order to continue acquiring corpses. Then asked: What is the new commission? ??Wu Heng took out a blueprint and handed it to the other party, "Made the flame furnace magic building according to the dimensions and specifications on the blueprint." ??Retili took it and looked at it, "No problem." How long will it take to complete? ??Retili replied, "If you are in a hurry, you can speed up the process. It will be delivered to you in 5 days, and the price will be about 5% higher." Okay, speed up. Ill pick it up in five days. ??Retili smiled and nodded, filling out the second commission. ?Wu Heng also paid the final payment for several skeletons, which was considered a completion of the transaction. Wait until the matter is over. ?Wu Heng walked out, and Lei Dili took the people out with him. Aroused many people''s discussion and speculation about his identity. Get out into the wild, call the ghost train, and return to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng went directly to the association. Enter the association hall, greeted the staff along the way, and headed to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door. After getting a response, he opened the door and walked in. Sheela Gui was wiping her weapon, and her assistant "Shi Yali" was sitting aside, sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and asked, "What have you been doing recently? I can''t even see you." I took a trip to the island and bought some things. Wu Heng sat down aside. Assistant Shi Yali brought tea. Xilagui also sat back in her chair, "You mentioned that I have already submitted the application for the second port. Whether it will be approved or not depends on how you write it." When I go back, I will also write a request for expansion and ask the association to allocate funds to us. He almost forgot about it if Shilagui didn''t mention it. ?Last time he came to see Sheila Gui, he talked about the construction of a new dedicated port. At that time, the ships of the Association and Treasure Island will be separated from the commercial and civilian ports. ?Wu Heng felt that this would benefit both the association and himself, and he could not be allowed to pay for it himself. He said this, and it seems that Sheila Ge agreed. Yeah! Sheila Gui nodded. ??Wu Heng continued: "I''m here to discuss with you the matter of the captain of the Feiyu Pirates." Xila Gui said directly: "A third-level wanted criminal is carrying crimes such as robbing caravans and killing people. There is really no way to let him go." Let him go today, and nothing will happen again. They will all be in trouble. So, even if he is allowed to die on the island, it is impossible to let him go. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was not right to let him go. Everyone must bear their own guilt. However, he did save Philippa. Kill him directly. It will be difficult for Philippa to get over the hurdle in his heart. "Is it possible to give him a chance to make up for his past mistakes? After all, he saved Philippa and the secret whisperer of the association, which can be regarded as a special performance." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Sheila Gui frowned, "How do you want him to make meritorious deeds?" "I don''t know either. You are the deacon. Let''s see how you can make up for his mistakes." Sheela Gui was silent for a moment, "Let''s keep him in jail for now. I''ll tell the headquarters about this matter. If the headquarters is willing to give him a chance and cancel the wanted order, we will discuss it again. If he is not willing to cancel it, he will still be executed directly. " Okay. Wu Heng nodded. This is the best way. ?Whether he has a chance to make up for his mistakes depends on his fate. ??If the association does not cancel the wanted order for him and release him, it will only cause trouble for both parties. This matter is over. Sheila Gui smoothed her hair on her forehead and asked, "Where did you buy the tool that releases the cool breeze where you live?" "In two days, I will ask you to install one." Wu Heng said grandly. "I''ll give you money." "How much does it cost? The whole island belongs to me. How much does it cost to arrange a prop for a good friend?" Wu Heng said nonchalantly. ??There are many air-conditioned shops in the zombie world, and this one is no exception. Its just that she has to hold down the photovoltaic panels when the time comes. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Then I would like to thank the island owner." Youre welcome, do you want a place to stay? "want." The two of them were chatting. ?The assistant Shi Yali not far away was leaning on the table and looking at the two chatting happily, she also smiled. Return to the island owner''s manor. The sky has also darkened. The day passed like this. ?In the training room, an oval-faced, lop-eared bunny girl was holding a long sword and following a skeleton warrior for training. Huhuhahaha, the shouting is loud, but it has no momentum. There is not much difference from Minnie who was showing off her skills and embroidered legs in the beginning. Master! several people shouted one after another. Changed your job? Minnie sighed: "I can''t help it, she just looks for the warrior." I feel that the warrior is quite good. Annette smiled shyly, and then saluted: Thank you, master. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, the warrior is pretty good too. He has a clear career direction. Practice hard and I will rely on you to protect everyone in the future." Yes, Master. Annettes face turned slightly red. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and continued training and chatting with several maids. The entire island owners estate is more lively than before. The next day, zombie world. Wuyang Commercial Street. The skeleton army formed a tight spear array. ?Stepping on the broken corpses on the ground, he pushed forward step by step. The zombies that attacked were pierced by spears, struggling, and pushed back a little bit. In the end, he was dug into a hornet''s nest and fell to the ground. ??Ding~! Level increased to level 18, Constitution +2, Intelligence +2, Charisma +1. Unlocked features: Hero building. (End of this chapter) Chapter 513 , magical mansion technique Chapter 513, Magic Mansion Technique Level increased to level 18, Constitution +2, Intelligence +2, Charisma +1. Unlocked features: Hero building. ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng feel happy. Finally reached level 18. Without waiting for any response, the prompts continued to appear. Unlock expertise: Necromancer. Unlocked ability: independent soul. Unlock skill: Modern Ken Mansion Technique. Wait for the prompt to stop completely. ?Wu Hengs eyes were still wide open. ?Not only does [Hero Creation] appear, as well as two master-level specialties, there is also [Modern Mansion Technique] that has not been unlocked before. All were unlocked after this upgrade. It was because the level was not enough before? Or what other reasons. But being able to complete the unlocking also eliminates the previous confusion. After all, I spent a lot of money to buy the Mansion Skill, so I feel a little sad that I can''t unlock the skill. Looked at the battlefield. After confirming that no accident or danger would occur, he directly opened the panel and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 18 (7411/305000) Fame: Level 18 (7242/48000) Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 47, Intelligence 50, Perception 29, Charisma 32. Characteristics: Hero creation. Feats: ...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate)..., Staff Specialization (Advanced)..., Untiring Concentration, Necromancer. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Skill (Intermediate), ... Breath of the Dead Soul, Divine Presence, Independent Soul. Skills: Bone Spell,..., Breath of Death,..., Activated Object, Lightning Beam, Mirror Image, Default Armor, Mordenken Mansion. Hero Creation: Your reputation spreads all over the world, and you have a decisive influence on the road to practice. Often your attitude will determine the decisions of others (this characteristic is reflected in fame). Necromage Archmage: You have high attainments in the necromantic faction. The effect of this faction''s spells is +100%, and your learning ability is +100%. Independent Soul: Your soul power has achieved a breakthrough enhancement. The physical body is only a temporary container, and the death of the physical body will not cause your soul to be destroyed (after death, it will 100% become a ghost form). Modernken Mansion Technique: You can build a different-dimensional space and summon the appearance of a residence at any time within the casting distance. The properties of the panel are pretty good. His intelligence has reached 50, constitution 47, and strength 41. A brain and a body are both relatively important attributes in Wu Heng''s opinion. Now it seems that agility, perception and charisma are indeed lower. Especially perception, which only reached 29. In the past, investigations were done by two ghosts, especially after the ghosts had unlocked spiritual vision. It is more convenient to find the target, and there is basically no need to observe and speculate by yourself. However, we still have to find ways to make up for the shortcomings in our own attributes. Strive for it, and there is nothing lacking in becoming a person with all attributes. Continue to look down. The experience points required for upgrading have reached three hundred and five thousand. A level that looks quite scary. But according to the current method of clearing zombies, four or five zombie waves can almost meet the upgrade standard. In addition, there is an additional [prestige] level. The required quantity is 48,000, which is linked to [Hero Creation]. Added a limit to upgrades. ?? is not a good thing. There are four unlocked expertise, abilities, and skills. The first one is [Hero Creation], which talks about the reputation that spreads all over the world and the way to practice it. In fact, it is the explanation of [fame] level. Needs to achieve a certain level of fame. Its quite similar to faith. It is said that gods exist in other worlds, and some professions also rely on gods to obtain power. As for the gods, they need priests to spread doctrines and gather peoples beliefs. It feels like there are some similarities with the fame mentioned in this hero creation. The second one is [Necromancer], the spell effect of this faction is +100%, and the learning ability is +100%. This is the most direct improvement. The following introduction to [Independent Soul] will make it easier to understand. After death, it directly becomes the ghost form. ?This reminded him of the level 18 prophet and level 18 great boxer he killed. Both of them instantly formed ghosts after their death. It is very likely that this ability will appear at level 18. The last one is [Modern Ken Mansion Technique]. I have read this skill book four or five times and can recite the beginning of it. ??Also followed this upgrade and unlocked it directly. This is a good thing, it proves that you did not spend a lot of money to buy a fake skill book. Suppress the idea of ??trying out your skills. Close the panel and look at the battlefield again. The battle is nearing its end. When the last zombie was picked up by the skeleton''s spear and thrown aside. The entire area fell into silence again. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and the corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were dragged closer again. Pile up into a mountain of corpses. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and each skeleton stands up. Collect the corpse cores from the minced meat and put them into the space ring. Then, the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] begins to be released. The gray-white halo of light swung out, covering almost one-third of the battlefield. Densely packed skeletons stood up, and the sound of bones rubbing against each other resounded throughout the area. Greatly improves the efficiency of conversion. ?This is really good. It also saves the time of previous conversions. All skeletons have been transformed. A large number of skeletons slowly joined the queue. Occupied the entire street again. Qi Hancai, come with the convoy. Wu Heng pressed the intercom. "receive!" The sound of the car engine sounded. The convoy came directly from the rear. Qi Hancai jumped out of the car and looked at the surrounding shops. Let others search along the road, collect the important items first, and bring the rest over tomorrow. Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. The survivors who were accompanying them got out of the car one after another and divided into several small teams. Search for shops along the road. ?This is a commercial street with the most specialty stores on both sides. The prices on the labels prove that it was a famous brand in the past. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and several skeleton attendants into a gold shop in the distance. There were broken glass and scattered gold jewelry all over the floor. Collect all the gold. Wu Heng said. The skeleton took action, and Qi Hancai also took out a bag and started picking up gold jewelry all over the ground. After you finish looting this shop, continue to the shop next door and continue looting. Not long after, several skeletons and Qi Hancai were seen carrying bags. Walked back again. Its almost 256 kilograms, which is better than the gold store at home. Qi Hancai said with a smile. Its quite a lot. ?Wu Heng collected all the gold. ? Continued to wander around, while the other survivors kept carrying supplies. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. ?Wu Heng arranged for some skeletons to stay behind, and the team began to return to the factory. The remaining supplies. More trucks and survivors will be dispatched tomorrow to conduct a careful search. Return to the factory. ??The convoy stopped at the entrance of the warehouse and began to move the collected materials. ?Wu Heng took a few skeletons and walked to a deserted place. Took out all the coffins. This is the corpse that came from the Snake Emblem Consortium yesterday. It still needs to be transformed before returning to Treasure Island. ?Let the skeletons open the coffin, and Wu Heng releases the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked out of the coffins. Throw the coffin aside and follow me back. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several skeletons followed Wu Heng back. ??Returned to the dormitory where he lived, passed through the gate, and headed to the zombie world. Return to Treasure Island. ?Several maids, training with skeletons in the training room. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons to their respective posts. ?Alchemy skeleton goes to the alchemy room and continues to study the third-level corpse core potion. And there are already 6 level 15 skeleton alchemists, which is no longer a minority. They should not be able to develop even level 3 potions. Skeleton Artifacturer, I went to the drawing room. Counting the two newly added ones, there were already four level 15 skeleton artificers. The blacksmith stayed in the zombie world, the chef was assigned to the kitchen, and the landscaper was responsible for the flowers and plants in the courtyard. After everything is ready. Come back to the courtyard. Start to experiment with the newly unlocked mansion technique. I am still a little curious about this skill, which requires reaching level 18 to be unlocked. Concentrate your concentration to run your magic power. The next second. ?Just like cracks cutting through the space, a huge stone door with simple and exquisite carvings of various patterns appeared out of thin air. With a thought in his mind, the stone door slowly opened. Revealing the grand but empty hall inside. (End of this chapter) Chapter 514 , this is the living Bodhisattva Chapter 514, This is the Living Bodhisattva ?The space is larger than the hall of the island owner''s palace, like a dilapidated palace that has been vacant for a long time. What the **** kind of mansion is this. ?Wu Heng muttered and began to recall the contents of the skill book. Because he had not unlocked it before, he read this book at least three or four times and could memorize a large paragraph from the beginning. Much content and more profound. According to the introduction in the book, this extradimensional space is opened and constructed by the spiritual power of the caster. ?The internal items and props can be fully presented using imagination. Looking still at the hall behind the stone door. A thought in my mind. Brown floors began to cover the ground, chandeliers hung from overhead, and huge oil paintings hung on the walls, which were paintings of himself and several maids. ?After thinking about it, I felt that it was a bit taboo to hang figures on the wall, so I replaced it with a landscape painting. Sofa, bookcases, gorgeous carpets, and sunlight coming in from the window. In the blink of an eye, the originally empty room had turned into a luxurious living room, filled with precious artworks and paintings. "amazing." ?Wu Heng suddenly felt like he was the creator. After the decoration is completed. ??Wu Heng glanced at the courtyard and waved to the skeleton not far away, "You guys, go in and take a look." Several skeletons holding rifles walked down the wall. Go directly through the stone door and enter the building. ?After seeing that there was no danger, Wu Heng directly turned off the skill, and the space crack and the stone door disappeared at the same time. ?? Came to the other side of the courtyard and released the ''Mansion Technique'' again. The stone door opened again, and the two skeletons were still standing at the door without any change. Okay, come out! The skeleton walked out and returned to his post. Interesting ability. ?Wu Heng did not continue the experiment. Maintaining the mansion technique continued to consume a lot of mental energy. We will wait for some experimental results later. But obviously, it works really well. There should be many places that can be used. Not long after, Minnie called for dinner. ?Wu Heng also walked to the restaurant. On the table. ?Wu Heng briefly asked about the training status of several people. The two newly joined maids answered very seriously. Have stayed for two days. Already have some understanding of this place. ?There is not much work to do every day, and more things are done by commanding the skeleton. They had no idea that the life of a maid would be like this. Even in Luntam City, those powerful ladies must live like this! Living in such a big house, eating the same food as the owner, and being trained with high-level skeletons. Its almost unbelievable. The two of them were also more grateful to Minnie. "Master, do you think it is better for ''Annette'' to use a two-handed sword, or a sword and shield combination?" Minnie asked curiously while eating. The warrior profession can use a wide range of weapons. In addition to swords, conventional military weapons and civilian weapons can be used. ?For example, you can choose the specialization route for sticks, axes, hammers, and even crossbows. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It''s up to ''Annette'' to make her own choice." Minnie said: "Annette is not a good choice either." ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I feel that sword and shield are pretty good. Training with a two-handed sword requires long-term training and mature skills. Mistakes on the battlefield can be fatal. Sword and shield are easier." Annette raised her head, "Then I will listen to the master and practice sword and shield." The growth of every profession requires a long period of training. Wu Heng said. Master, I will work hard. After saying this, Anderweil began to talk about things in the city hall. ??The other three people couldn''t get in the conversation and just listened while eating. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng went upstairs, and several maids also took a break and went to the training room to continue training. Full of fighting spirit. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat down at the desk. Took a sip. Involuntarily, my mind began to think about the future development. Him has been promoted to level 18, and he is already considered a top powerhouse in another world. ? ?Imiro is so awesome, but he is only level 18. For myself, I need to collect some high-level skill books. The effects of ordinary skills can no longer keep up with my level. The effect of the mansion spell is very good. But it is not directly used in combat. You still need to collect more high-level skill books. "The old mage dean should have it in his hand. If you have a chance, ask him and borrow it to take a look at it. There should be no problem!" What follows is the development of two worlds. In the zombie world, when the power is restored, all production lines will be fully operational to make up for the lack of bullets. Treasure Island is still in the process of expansion and procurement of various materials. If you only purchase items, your money will run out sooner or later. Its best to have your own industry. Firearms must not be sold to outsiders. It is best if they are something that only you have and that others cannot even imitate. You need to think about it carefully. There is also [hero creation]. The newly added [Fame] can be regarded as adding another restriction to level up. But think about it carefully. I still have a certain advantage. In another world, I have two territories, "Luntam City" and "Treasure Island". Even though the population of this world is not large, it still has a certain foundation. As long as you promote it more, you can still gain some reputation for yourself. ?On the other side is the zombie world. It has several strongholds, but the number of survivors is not too many. In the past, if there were millions of people in a city, it would be enough for ones own [fame]. You can promote yourself through the radio station. Especially the exchange of grain for gold. ??It is not just the cities that have set up their own sites, but it has also spread in other cities and countries. They asked Wu Heng to exchange grain with them. Do something to gain some reputation for yourself. At the same time, it can also help more people survive. Those who become heroes, how do they do it? I havent really traveled all over the place. Think about everything. Open the door again and go downstairs. ?As soon as he reached the stairs, Anderweil walked up in a nightgown. Master, Im here to help you take a bath. ?Wu Heng smiled, put his arm around the little fox girl''s shoulders, and walked towards the bathroom. Wheres Minnie? She is taking Robert and the others to read comics! The next day. ?Wu Heng boarded the ghost train and headed to Netale City in the Kingdom of Yeko. Getting off the bus in the wild, I felt a tense and oppressive feeling as soon as I approached the city wall. ?The city gates were heavily guarded, and there were not many people entering or leaving the city. Wu Heng showed the association emblem and was not embarrassed. ?Walking into the city, the atmosphere was equally depressing. ?There were no pedestrians on the street, and large groups of guards frequently shuttled through the streets. Along the way, I was asked three or four times. Without a carriage, we can only walk to the Mermaid Tavern. The tavern has been closed, and the underground Snake Emblem Consortium has also closed down. He came here this time intending to exchange potions for rare items. Now it seems that something has happened in the Kingdom of Yeke. Most of the shops in the city have been closed. ?Wu Heng found a weapons store and walked in directly. ?The boss is the only one in the room, and it looks like he has to close the door. What do the guests need? All thats left is whats on the wall. said the boss. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and asked, "All sold?" Um, thats all for now. ?Wu Heng picked out a one-handed sword and a fine iron buckler, "I want these two." "Okay, a total of 375 silver, I''ll wrap it up for you." The boss began to take out the linen cloth and rolled up the weapon and buckler together. ??Wu Heng walked over and asked: "Boss, I just came back. What happened in this city?" "Guest, don''t ask, go home quickly, don''t come out if you have nothing to do recently." The boss immediately ordered. ??Wu Heng took out a few silver coins and put them into the opponent''s hand. "Tell me what you can say, but forget about what you can''t." ?The boss pondered for a moment and then said softly: "There must be something going on up there. The guards are arresting people everywhere." Who to arrest? Said he rebelled against the party. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and nodded. ?At this time, some guards saw Wu Heng and came directly to investigate. ?Wu Heng took out the emblem and looked at the opponent again. ?The guards turned around and left, urging the boss to close the door and avoid getting themselves into trouble. ?Wu Heng put away the weapons he bought and walked out of the store directly. After leaving the city, return directly to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s manor. ?Wu Heng handed the purchased weapons to Annette. Although it is not very good equipment, it is suitable for her daily training. Sitting in the living room and waiting for a while. Minnie rides the skeleton carriage and returns from the outside. He said: "Master, there is not much information collected from the Nautilus Tavern. They only say that many fleets have canceled their plans to go to Netale City. Aunt Millicent will continue to pay attention." It should be that the information has not been transmitted yet. Normal routes take a long time. Well, there may be some changes recently. Its nothing important, so you guys dont go out yet. Wu Heng asked. Yes, Master. Several maids nodded. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room. I saw the survivors hanging some red lanterns around the dormitory building and on the street lights in the factory yard. Qi Hancai came over and said, "It''s the New Year tomorrow." Well, time flies by so fast. Wu Heng sighed. Yes, its so fast. Qi Hancai agreed, and then said: Unknowingly, I have lived until now. Dont always say such things, it will get better in the future. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Yes, I know." By the way, its Chinese New Year, I have a plan and I need you to inform the public. Qi Hancai looked serious, "What is the plan and who should I inform?" Go into the house and say. The two walked into the house on one side, and Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. A residential building. ?A slovenly-looking middle-aged woman sat cross-legged on the ground, holding a young girl wrapped in a quilt in her arms. "Mom, go ahead and leave me alone." The girl murmured softly. The fever persists, there is no medicine, and there is not enough food and drink. In the current situation, we can only wait for death. ?The middle-aged woman still hugged her and said softly: "It''s okay, it''s okay." "It would be great if this was a dream. Am I dreaming? What a terrible dream." The girl whispered with her eyes half closed, half asleep. Gradually close your eyes. With tears falling one by one, the woman picked up the girl and walked to the window. The biting cold wind poured into the room, and zombies were wandering below. As long as she takes one step, she and her daughter will wake up from this horrific nightmare. Mom is with you. Steps raised. Zizzizi~! Horse current, sound coming from the old modified radio station. Immediately afterwards, a voice came out. This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team, wishing all the fellow survivors in the radio station New Years greetings. Starting from tomorrow, we will provide supplies of food and medicine to all compatriots in accordance with the order of the leader, King Yama. ?All shelter members are requested to hang and lay red markers in locations where supplies can be accepted, and we will airdrop supplies. Repeat, we will place supplies at the locations marked by red markers. ?May the New Year bring you courage and strength to overcome the current difficulties. Leader King Yama, Xinfu City Rescue Team. I wish you all a happy new year and all the best! " The woman with one foot out of the window suddenly turned back to look at the radio station. When the second sentence is repeated again. Only then was I convinced that I had heard correctly. ??The rescue team from Xinfu City came to the province to deliver supplies. Light a fire on the ground to boil water and feed it to his daughter. Mom. The daughter called softly. ?The woman hugged her daughter and cried, "It''s okay, it''s okay, we don''t have to die, we don''t have to die." Same broadcast. It is also broadcast in Xinfu City, Anhui City and Enzhou City. This is the shelter in Xinfu City. I would like to wish everyone a happy New Year. At the same time, starting tomorrow morning, shelters in the city can be led by leaders to receive food supplies. ?May the bells of the New Year bring courage and strength to everyone, and let us join hands to overcome the current difficulties. May every base remain strong and optimistic. I believe that with the joint efforts of everyone, we will be able to rebuild a beautiful home and usher in a brighter tomorrow. Leader King Yama, Xinfu City Rescue Team. I wish you all a happy new year and all the best! " Different from fixed-point airdrops in provincial cities. In these three cities, the zombies on the roads have almost been cleared. The exchange of food and medicine will be provided at the exchange point. After notification from both sides. In the radio station, things started to boil instantly. "Xinfu City, this time we are directly distributing food. I said gold is an excuse to help us." This is not the living King of Hell, this is the living Bodhisattva. (End of this chapter) Chapter 515 , your brain was eaten by zombies? Chapter 515: Your brain was eaten by zombies Soon, it will be about distributing supplies during the Chinese New Year. It spread across different frequency bands in various places, and it immediately became popular. It is hard to imagine that in the current environment, someone would distribute food to the shelter for free. ??Moreover, it is not a rescue team in name only. ??Xinfu City Base, King of Yama, these two names are well known to more people. Arms factory, conference room. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and looked at his panel. Fame: Level 18 (7351/48000) Since the beginning of broadcasting, Wu Heng has been paying attention to the changes in fame. From 7242, it increased to 7351. The increase is not small, but it also proves the feasibility of radio communication. Things done in the name of "King of Yama" will also fall on oneself. This point made him somewhat unclear as to why. ?How does the system determine that King Yama refers to himself, rather than assigning fame to the King of Yama in the mythical story? In short, this is a good thing, but it is a little slower. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in directly. We have already informed you that tomorrow we will deliver supplies to the marked shelters. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let everyone work hard and pack the supplies." "Already preparing." Qi Hancai continued: "There is also news from Wang Haibing that the circuit leading to the factory has been repaired, and the parts in the transformer have been dismantled from other places. If its powered on, it needs to be tested. ?Has the line been repaired? It has indeed been some time. I understand, wait until the furnace is completed and try to see if it can achieve the desired effect. "Um." The two had a brief chat. Qi Hancai left, and the organizers continued to prepare for the delivery of supplies. ?Wu Heng also returned to his room. Back to Treasure Island, the sky is approaching dusk. ?Walking downstairs, I saw ''Philippa'' standing on a stone chair with one foot, dancing and telling Robert and Annette about her glorious deeds at sea. The two beast girls who had just arrived at Treasure Island were full of admiration. Philippa was talking happily when he turned around subconsciously and saw ''Wu Heng'' walking out. Say something to the two maids and trot over quickly. ?Hold his arm and said, "Come on." ??Wu Heng was pulled back to the living room and asked curiously: "What''s wrong?" Philippa sat on his lap naturally and asked, "Have you helped me with my friend''s matter?" It turned out to be the pirate incident. Wu Heng said: "I went to talk to Xilagui and said that your friend had robbed merchant ships and killed people. Eight times of death is not too much." He is a pirate, of course he has robbed caravans. Philippa emphasized. "So things are not easy to handle. When you received a blank envelope before and went to rob the fleet, didn''t I always let you chase for a while and then let you go? It was also because I was afraid that it would be difficult to explain in the future." Wu Heng explained. With. "Then he has to die?" Philippa was a little disappointed, "If I had known better, I would have let him go at sea. I thought we could save him." Wu Heng gently hugged the other party, let him lean into his arms, and said: "I have discussed with Xila Gui and will mention some things about him to the headquarters. After all, I have saved you before. If the headquarters is willing to give him a chance, There is still hope. If the department thinks his behavior is not worthy of forgiveness, then..." So what? After all, your friend, lets make it more prosperous. Philippa frowned and said, "Everyone is dead, so what''s the use of someone who is not prosperous?" At least, it proves that the captain of the Flying Fish Pirates is also a respectable person. Philippa sighed and said, "It''s better to be buried at sea. Pirates will return to the sea if they pursue it." ??Wu Heng felt a little funny, thought for a moment, and said: "I promised ''Xila Gui'' to give her a cool air prop. Tomorrow you take the skeleton and install it for her, and then ask about the situation." "Okay, you mage is the one with the best brains." Philippa also understood what he meant. ??Wu Heng patted the other party lightly and said, "Be more steady when you speak. Don''t always sound like a pirate and use swear words." Dont worry, I understand. After finishing the matter, Philippa continued: "When will we go to sea again? I am so boring on the island." What do you always want to do at sea? Philippa lifted up some of the hem of his clothes, "It''s almost as white as the inside." ?Wu Heng reached in and held his chest, "The white spots are not bad." Not good, it doesnt look like it has much combat effectiveness. "Wait until you have something to do before going to sea. If you want to maintain your skin color, get more sun." "Fine!" The two chatted for a while. Minnie came from behind. The master is about to eat. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the restaurant together. Have had dinner. ?Several maids went to the training room for training. ??Wu Heng walked into the courtyard and continued to study his skills. The [Mansion Technique] was released, and the huge and simple stone door appeared again, slowly opening, revealing the luxurious living room that had been decorated before. There has been no change. What it was like before is what it is now. During the day, I looked at the explanation of the Mansion Technique again. Confirm the circumstances under which danger may arise. ?Taking a deep breath, he also stepped into the mansion behind the stone door. He stomped the floor and sat down on the sofa in the living room. ?Everything in the room is as real as there is no difference. Pick up the flower pot on the side. Go directly outside. I passed through the stone gate smoothly, but the flowerpot constructed with my mind did not come out. Left on the ground at the inner doorway. Cant you take out the things inside? Things from the outside can be brought in, but things constructed with ideas can only exist in the opened space. ?Wu Heng concluded. I thought quickly in my mind. Looked around again, his eyes fell on a straight wooden stick. Go and get that stick. The skeleton walked over quickly and took the wooden stick over. ??Wu Heng took it in his hand and walked into the opened space again. ? Activating his mental power, a bed crossbow took shape in front of him, pointing outward. He used the wooden stick as a crossbow arrow and put it on the crossbow on the bed. Bang~! ?The strings rang and exploded. ??The wooden stick penetrated directly through the stone door and hit the opposite wall with a bang. The huge force caused the wooden stick to fall apart. Its really good! Wu Heng was pleasantly surprised. Things inside cannot be taken out, but a launching device can be installed inside to shoot out things brought in from the outside. Arrows, crossbow bolts, or cannonball missiles. It really works. ?Lets just say, how can a skill that is only unlocked at level 18 be useless? Those who can reach level 18 also have a high status. ?There is nothing you cant achieve without expending so much effort to build such a space. Continue to maintain the operation of the "Mansion Technique". Then proceed with the experiment. With a thought, two ghosts flew out of the body, one floating on the left and the other in the air. As soon as he appeared, he noticed the luxurious hall behind the stone door. Uncle, have you changed your house again? Illusion?? Wu Heng explained: "Do you still remember the luxury house you bought at the auction?" The one that Ive never been able to learn? Glenda asked. Well, now that I have learned it, the effect is like this. Wu Heng said. Wow! So handsome. Xiaoxiao exclaimed in admiration, and then flew in directly. ?Glenda also followed in and looked around the room, curious about everything. ?Wu Heng also walked in. According to Xiaoxiao and Granda''s ideas, several pieces of furniture were added to the space. It has a feeling of combining modern and ancient Europe. Okay, lets go out first. Maintaining skills also consumes a lot of mental energy. Wu Heng said. With the two ghosts, he walked directly out of the stone door. The skill is cancelled, and the cracks and the stone door disappear at the same time. Letting the two ghosts move around on their own, Wu Heng walked towards the room. Step into the door. Philippa ran over from a distance, "I''ll stay with you tonight." Minnie followed behind, "Where are you staying? Go back to your tavern." I dont, I finally came here, what are you doing! Its not far, its like you live far away. You stay with me every day, and you even compete with me. ??Wu Heng hugged the two of them and said, "Let''s go together. The bed is big enough anyway." Then, he looked back and asked, "Is Wei''er coming?" ?Andweiers face was slightly red and she was a little embarrassed. ?Wu Heng said with a smile: "Come together, let''s take a shower first." Yes, Master. Anderweil nodded and walked over. We walked upstairs together. The other two newly joined maids also had slightly red faces and watched as they went upstairs together. The next day, zombie world. Skeleton flying dragons circled over the province over and over again. Place supplies in locations with marked characteristics. The radio station also exploded. We have received supplies, we really have supplies. Who said there is beef in it? Why dont I? Leader, I dont have beef here. The cows are all dead, your brains will be eaten by zombies, I believe there is beef. (End of this chapter) Chapter 516 , black-robed procession and sarcophagus Chapter 516, Black-robed team and sarcophagus This is Xingfeng City. When will the Xinfu City Base come to us? I kowtow to you and thank you for the supplies you sent. The channel is abuzz with excitement. There is a lot more vitality than before. Its more like a Chinese New Year look. Military factory. ??Wu Heng looked at his growing reputation and felt that it was still a little too slow. I have some doubts that others are increasing so slowly, or that their own methods are wrong. But there is no way to confirm this kind of thing. After all, others do not have panels and cannot give accurate information. At present, in terms of reputation, I can only accumulate it bit by bit. Sit on the chair and wait for a while. Qi Hancai came over and said, "The delivery of supplies went very smoothly. The radio stations are discussing this matter. We are now famous." Suddenly, every frequency band is talking about its own refuge. It made everyone in the base feel indescribably excited. Well, our development speed does require some fame. Wu Heng said casually. Qi Hancai nodded and handed over the backpack he was carrying, "Some of the accessories you ordered before are all inside." ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and took a look. The axle, bow limbs, adjustment bolts and other accessories are all inside. This is last time, I took the composite bow drawings and asked Qi Hancai to arrange for people to make them. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and put the things away. Will you celebrate the New Year with us tonight? Qi Hancai continued to ask. "I won''t go there. You make arrangements and organize some activities." Wu Heng said. "Yeah, that''s okay." Qi Hancai continued, "Sister Yahong is planning to come over in the next two days. I guess she misses you." It has indeed been a while since I visited Li Yahong. When she comes, let me know in advance. "good." Then I leave this to you. I wish everyone a Happy New Year. Qi Hancai smiled and nodded, "I wish you a happy New Year." ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and went upstairs to his dormitory. Then open the gate and go to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. ?Wu Heng greeted: "Minnie!" Master, whats wrong? Minnie ran over in small steps from a distance. Are the bow arms and bow strings you ordered last time not ready yet? The production of compound bow accessories is divided into two parts. Accessories such as axles, bow limbs, and bolts are made in the modern world, while bow arms and bow strings are ordered from other worlds. Especially for bow strings, it is difficult to find those that meet the standards in the apocalyptic world. But its different in another world. There are bow strings of different strengths, and there are more types than you might imagine. Ill go and ask, it should be ready. "Um!" Minnie changed her clothes, took the skeleton attendant, and left the island owner''s manor in a carriage. Not long after, Minnie returned in a carriage. Master, its done, Minnie took out the things. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and handed the previous accessories to Minnie, "Send it to the magicians upstairs and let them assemble and test it." Oh, I understand. Minnie nodded and ran directly upstairs. Shortly afterwards, the artificer came down from upstairs. Start experimenting with assembled compound bows. Hang, bang, the sound of arrows penetrating the wooden target kept ringing in the courtyard. The artificer stood aside and took notes with a notebook. ?Wu Heng continued to return to the room. Took out two books, sat at the table and started reading. It is approaching dusk. ?The door knocked again. Then, Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, Deacon Shiraqui is here, downstairs in the living room." ?Hilagui is here? Im going down now. ?Wu Heng went straight downstairs and saw the elf deacon with tied blond hair sitting in front of the sofa in the living room, waiting silently. Seeing him coming down, he smiled. Good evening, Mr. Deacon. Wu Heng smiled and sat down opposite. "It''s not evening yet," Sheila rolled her eyes at him and then said, "I came here on business." Whats the business? Have you heard of Lujiao Island? Sheila Gui looked over. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and shook his head. Originally I thought I was going to talk about ''Philippa''s'' friend''s pirate affairs. It seems that I am overthinking it. Xilagui explained: "I got some information that there are suspicious people gathering on Lujiao Island, and there are also some traces of slaves or refugees among them." Didnt you arrange for someone to investigate? "No, judging from the information sent, there are high-level professionals on the other side. It would be dangerous for ordinary team members to investigate." What do you think? Sheela looked directly over and said, "Let''s take a look together to avoid any problems." ?Wu Heng was speechless. Hiragui is a deacon and the owner of Treasure Island. Dangerous situations may arise and two people need to go out. Why does it feel like something is not quite right? But if you think about it carefully, they are really the only two high-level professionals on Treasure Island. "Aren''t you afraid that this is a ploy to lure the tiger away from the mountain? Move us out of the island and then capture the island?" Wu Heng asked in return. "No, this matter has reached me very secretly, and the location of Antler Island is not far from Treasure Island. The skeletons on your island are enough to hold on until we come back." Seeing her serious look, Wu Heng asked directly: "When will we set off?" Tonight, dont tell anyone, lets leave Hong Kong quietly. Okay, well meet at the port then. Then Ill go back first. After speaking, get up and leave. ?Wu Heng also told Minnie about his departure and helped him prepare some things. Its late at night. ??Wu Heng arrived at the port with his skeleton attendants and boarded the prepared ship. Philippa looked a little excited. When she saw Wu Heng boarding the ship, she came over and asked, "When should we set off?" Wheres Shiraz? With two teams, they are in the cabin. While talking, Shiragui walked up wearing a cloak and said: "Nothing, let''s go. Staying too long will easily attract attention." Okay. Philippa responded and began to direct the skeletons to take action. ?The ship slowly left the port and headed towards the depths of the sea. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui entered a cabin. Look, its good to separate the dedicated and civilian ports. You dont have to be so careful next time you come out. Wu Heng mentioned this matter again. Youve been thoughtful, okay! Sheela took out a blanket and started to make the bed. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are you going to rest?" Lets chat with you for a while and then rest. By the way, our last reward hasnt come out yet. How long has it been? Wu Heng asked directly. Sheila Gui thought for a moment, and her tone was a little uncertain, "Maybe there are too many that need to be distributed, and they haven''t been distributed yet." "If we come down, we will be rich." Well, it would be great if the rewards can be as generous as last time. It will be of great help to personal combat effectiveness. Sheela Gui agreed. "Deacon Imiro is definitely more convenient. He is in the headquarters and can choose directly." What? Im jealous, you can apply to be transferred to the headquarters. Sheila Gui joked. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "Forget it, it''s good to stay on the island. There are heroes and leaders there, so it''s not as comfortable as me, the owner of the island." Youve thought about it a lot. Seeing that her bed was made, Wu Heng stood up and twisted his neck, "You can rest, I''ll go back to rest too. There are several level 15 skeleton attendants on the ship, so don''t worry about anyone getting on the ship." With a smile on her face, Sheela Gui said, "Who dares to board this ghost ship of yours? The ship is full of skeletons, and their eyes are glowing blue." A ship controlled by a skeleton, dont you think its cool? The Necromancer is indeed different from others. Okay, you can rest. "Um." ?The two said goodbye, and Wu Heng also walked out of the room. Go to your cabin, make your bed, and get ready to rest. Havent waited for a break. There was a knock on the door, and Philippa looked in. Now that the explanation is over, the skeleton can just control the ship and sail. After saying that, he took off his coat and leather armor and got into Wu Heng''s arms on the bed. Its too crowded, lets stay on the ground! Philippa said directly. ?Wu Heng spread the blanket on the ground, and Philippa lay on her back, spreading her arms, "Come on, let me show you how powerful I am." Put the [Soundproof Pot] next to it to form a barrier. After obtaining this item, there are not many opportunities to use it. I didnt expect it to be used in this situation. ??Wu Heng pressed lightly on the other party, still a little worried and said: "Don''t talk, it''s not good for others to hear you." If you hear it, just listen. What are you afraid of? Be good, keep your voice down. Wu Heng coaxed softly. Philippa''s cheeks turned red, "You say that, and people feel weird." Like to listen? Dad, I love you so much. The next day, afternoon. ?Several people gathered on the deck. Philippa pointed to the island at the end of the sight, "That''s Antler Island." ?Wu Heng picked up the telescope and took a look. Two ships could be seen near the island. No flags were hoisted and identification was not possible. Let the beasts be tamed. Sheila Gui said to the back. One by one, the tamed beasts took off and flew towards the islands in the distance. ??Wu Heng also secretly released ghosts, Xiao Xiao alerted the surroundings, and Glenda went to the island to investigate the situation. The speed of the ghost is obviously faster than that of the tame beast. ?After Granda flew back, she got directly into her body and shared the scene on the island. The view starts from the sea. First, I checked along the ship. The interior was in a mess and no flag was found. But more like a pirate ship. Leave the ship, fly along the shore and towards the interior of the island. The first thing I saw were guards wearing leather armor and black cloaks, guarding the road. Behind them, there are a large number of shackled slaves, both men and women, numbering nearly a hundred. Being guarded by more black-robed teams. Through the perspective of spiritual vision, the highest level is 15, and the rest are around level 10. In terms of the current level of Wuheng, it is not high. But in the market, it is already considered a considerable force. Even the former pirate group, with a level 15 leader and a team of hundreds of people, was still a large pirate group. ?Glenda circled around the crowd. ??Discovered a single figure of a man in black robe and walked into a nearby building. Immediately change direction, fly directly towards the building, penetrate the roof, and look down from above. In the middle of the room is something similar to a circular array. In the middle of the array, there stood a sarcophagus carved with complex patterns and patterns. Sarcophagus? ?Glenda wanted to look forward. Suddenly, I seemed to feel some danger. The body quickly retracts to the outside of the wall. He hesitated for a moment and flew back directly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 517 , Blood Awakening (Today鈥檚 first update, 5,000 words.) Chapter 517, Blood Awakening (Todays update, 5,000 words.) The shared screen ends. ?Wu Heng released Granda back. His brows were still furrowed. ??A team in black cloaks, a large number of slaves, as well as a magic circle and a sarcophagus. No matter how you think about it, something feels wrong. ?On the other side of Sheelagui, the rangers of the association team also began to report on the situation on the island through the beast taming vision. ?There are also unidentifiable ships, enemy numbers, slaves in chains. There is no mention of the magic circle and sarcophagus in the building. Taming animals is not a ghost. Lowering the height will be noticed, and it is difficult to actually fly into the building to investigate the situation. After hearing the report, Shilagui asked the ranger to take the tame beast back. He looked towards Wu Heng, "There are still a lot of people, and there are quite a few slaves." ??Wu Heng glanced at the direction of the island and said, "It''s not a big problem. If we just go over there and hide here, we''re definitely not doing anything good." "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, turned to the team members and said, "Get ready for battle. Check your equipment." ?Wu Heng also turned his head and looked behind. ?Philippa and the green parrot were standing together and competing to eat melon seeds. Eat a deck full of melon seed peels. Philippa! Wu Heng shouted. Ah! Whats wrong? Philippa looked up. Go forward, close to the island ahead. Copy that! Philippa immediately went to the control room and issued the order. ??Wu Heng also began to direct a large number of skeletons to come out of the cabin and prepare for battle. Staghorn Island. The ships flying the flags of the association and Treasure Island attracted the attention of the people on the island as soon as they approached. A large number of manpower began to be mobilized. Several tame beasts flew into the sky and began to detect the situation from a distance. Confirm the number of ships. When he discovered that there was only one ship flying the flag of the association, he felt much more relaxed. The two ships immediately turned around. He drove towards the approaching ship. ?On the deck, the crossbows and ballistae turned around and made plans to sink the ship in one glance. ??At Wuheng, the ship was still approaching at full speed without any slowdown. Their ship is coming, and there are sailors manning crossbows and ballistae. Someone shouted loudly on the mast. At the bow of the ship, Philippa set up the cannon and patted his chest, "Leave it to me!" Both ships are approaching. Philippa opened fire directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of explosions was deafening, and the ship on the left front exploded rapidly in an instant. Fragments scattered all over the sky, and the ship''s hull was divided into two, slowly becoming silent. Then, the muzzle was turned again, and the cannon spit out tongues of flame again. Another cabin exploded directly, with fire rising from the stern and thick smoke rising into the sky. Done! Philippa gave a thumbs up to several people. Forehead. Even though the team members had seen the effect of machine guns destroying ships, they were still a little surprised by such an easy solution. ?At sea, this kind of ship is just like paper. Completely defenseless against this weapon. ?Wu Heng glanced at the slowly sinking ship and the people crying and wailing in the sea. He ordered: "Go to the sea and kill them all." Hurrah! The skeletons on both sides jumped into the sea one by one and rushed towards the people who fell into the water. Hash the weapon at the opponent, or drag it directly to the bottom of the water. The battle is over. ??Wu Heng stood on the deck and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The gray-white halo of light swayed, and all the corpses floating in the sea were transformed into skeletons. Get on board. ?Rope ladders hang down on both sides, and the skeleton climbs onto the deck. The ship moved forward again and stopped outside Antler Island. The battle just now also attracted the attention of the rest of the people on the island. ??The remaining men in black robes blocked the shackled slaves in front of them, forming a human wall to separate the two sides. From the association? someone shouted loudly from a distance. Sheila Gui stood on the deck and shouted: "Surrender and go back for investigation." The figure behind the hostage showed a sneer on his face and said again: "I don''t care why you came here, you should leave now, otherwise we will kill these ordinary people first. Your association should not watch them die here." ?Hiragui''s eyes instantly narrowed, and her face became ugly. He turned his head and asked softly: "What should I do?" "I''ll kill the person who spoke. He''s level 15. Attack him as soon as he dies." Wu Heng set up his sniper rifle and said directly. What should they do if they kill the hostages? If we dont come, they will die faster. Okay, Ill listen to you. ?Wu Heng took aim and then said: "Continue talking to him." Hiragui spoke to the distance again, with a tone that persuaded the other party to surrender. ??The moment Wu Heng poked his head out, he fired directly from the deck. Bang~! gunshots and explosions. The level 15 leader who spoke suddenly leaned back and fell to the ground. Kill all those armed with weapons. Wu Heng immediately ordered. ??The skeleton rolled off the deck and rushed towards the island. The slaves instantly became a mess. ?The men in black robes also looked extremely panicked, holding weapons to attack the skeletons, and some followed the slaves and fled in all directions. In a fierce fight. The number of the men in black robes became smaller and smaller until they were all killed. Hiragui took the team members to the island. The skeletons have already started dragging the corpses and cleaning the battlefield. The battlefield in Xilagui was in a mess, and some people didnt know what to say. ?Even though I have seen this kind of scene before, the quick resolution of the battle now is shocking. Completely changed the past practice of the strong taking advantage. What a level 15 professional, or a large fleet. In this kind of equipment, everyone is truly equal. Xilagui took a deep breath and continued: "The first team will collect the slaves, confirm whether there is any danger, and ask about their place and identity. The second team will guard the ship and stay alert. If there is any danger, notify me immediately." "yes." The two teams responded and immediately began to act according to the order. ?And in Wu Heng''s ears, Granda''s voice, as thin as a mosquito''s moan, sounded, "Blood is gathering into the building." ?Wu Heng frowned. Go and observe the blood on the ground immediately. The blood stains on the body after death seeped into the soil, but it still seemed to be pulled by force. Gathering towards the building on one side. Formating linear dark red traces. After Sheila Gui handed over the task, she just turned her head and followed his gaze to look at the blood on the ground. "what happened?" "There are magic circles and sarcophagi in the building, which may be related to these." Wu Heng explained quickly and continued, "Let''s go over and have a look." He led the skeleton and quickly approached the building. The moment they opened the door, their pupils shrank. Dark red blood flowed upwards along the gaps in the stone tiles on the ground. A stream of blood formed and flowed into the sarcophagus. The sarcophagus is sucking blood! Sheila Gui held her hand on the hilt of the sword and stared straight ahead. ?Wu Heng pulled her back a step and ordered, "Go over and take a look." Skeleton Card Xiu just wanted to step forward. ~! The coffin lid slowly opened with a harsh friction sound, and fell to the side with a bang. Inside the coffin, stood a haggard figure with pale skin. The whole body is naked, with no male or female characteristics, the arms are in the posture of pushing open the coffin lid, and the huge flesh wings can be vaguely seen on the back. Like a mummy with intact skin. Immediately afterwards, the closed eyes suddenly opened, revealing **** eyes. ?Glenda''s voice sounded again, "Level 18." Level 18 professional! Good guy. Kneel down. Whoosh~! Boom~! As soon as the hoarse voice sounded, a silver-white thunder beam suddenly struck. ?The figure who had just stepped out of the sarcophagus suddenly flew back, crashed into the sarcophagus, and fell backwards. ?Wu Heng pulled Xila Gui behind him and then said: Kill him! Kaxiu rushed out instantly, Kerimu put one hand on the ground and released the cloud and mist technique. Large amounts of smoke filled the room instantly. You all deserve to die. There was a roar in the room. Kerumu has already appeared behind the mummy. ?The evil sword in his hand slashed horizontally and swept towards his neck. Poof~! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and the long sword was held in a dry hand. The fleshy wings spread out and flapped, and the fierce wind blew away the clouds and mist in the room. ~Boom! At this time, Skeleton Kaxiu also rushed in front of him, and the huge force knocked his shriveled body away again and fell against the wall. The sound of bones, rattling. ?Ka Xiu kept walking and quickly followed up. His fists fell like raindrops, and the force of his fists exploded. The shriveled body, flesh and blood exploding continuously. Drums of blood gush out from the mouth and nose. Ouch~! Like a wild beast roaring. ?Hold the opponent''s body with both arms, and suddenly threw Ka Xiu''s body away. Chest swelled up quickly, and he opened his mouth and sucked in hard. In the formation, the remaining blood is drawn into the abdomen. ?The injuries on the mummys body healed quickly, and the originally shriveled body became more plump. Gradually forms a wide forehead and a sunken brow bone, the image of a middle-aged Western man. Little elf girl, your blood must be delicious. Necromancer, you stink so much. ??Wu Heng also looked at each other in surprise. Having basically guessed the identity of the other party. Bloodlines. Not the kind of light-blooded person who uses strange items to develop bloodthirsty. But a real vampire. Go up! Wu Heng ordered coldly again. In the current situation, there is no need for mediation. Procrastination will only allow the opponent''s strength to continue to recover. After receiving the order, the two skeletons moved again. Keranmu''s body disappeared again and appeared behind him, with the long sword in his hand slashing out. ??The vampire leaned forward, avoiding the chop, and at the same time grabbed the hilt of the sword in Keranmu''s hand, trying to grab the sword. Keranmu bent his legs and kicked the opponent. ?Ka Xiu followed quickly, the wind of his fists exploded, and with loud explosions, raindrops fell on the opponent''s body. The opponent is level 18, and the card repairer is also level 18. Even after being transformed into a skeleton, some of the abilities have disappeared. But for the boxer profession, melee physical skills can still have a strong advantage. In the blink of an eye, blood holes were opened in the vampire''s body again. ?The tough skin cannot withstand Ka Xius punch. ?Wu Heng still didnt let Xila Gui come forward, and his body instantly transformed into six people. ?pathogenic ray, debilitating ray, lightning beam, acid splash. They all released it in unison. Then, machine guns were distributed. Five people were holding submachine guns, and another person started to release the "Mansion Technique". Kaxiu, get out of the way. Kaxiu stepped aside to get out of the way. ?Bang bang bang~! Dense bullets are fired towards the target ahead in a fan shape. The vampire''s eyes condensed, and the flesh wings instantly wrapped his body, and dense bullets landed on the vampire''s body. ?Blood splattered everywhere, and the body staggered. ?At the back, the ancient stone door in the crack opened. A bed crossbow with a thick crossbow bolt already loaded appeared behind the door, pointing forward. Shoot~! Bang~! The crossbow strings roared. ??The crossbow bolt roared out instantly and hit the target instantly. The powerful force took the vampire''s body flying out and hit the wall behind. The wounds that penetrated the chest and abdomen were dripping with blood. "You, you **** guys, I will find you, drain the blood of your family members, turn it into blood wine, and taste it bit by bit." The vampires vomited blood and cursed loudly. The next second, a **** wind roared in the room, and the vampire''s body spread like **** smoke. Hooked through the gap in the simple wall and got out. Get out, he will escape. Wu Heng has seen Blood Mist''s moves before. ??Also know that this is a tactic to escape. ?Several people rushed out of the room quickly. After leaving the house, Bloodstain regained his human form. Half kneeling on the ground, vomiting blood. The scorching sunlight caused his pale skin to instantly turn red, and pustules and blisters covered his body. ??Bloodthirsty eyes swept across the scene, focusing on the dense crowd wearing shackles. Stop him. ?Wu Hengs voice sounded behind him. A large number of skeletons blocked the slave in the distance, separating them from the vampires. When the Vampires saw several figures chasing after them again, they gritted their teeth and cursed, spread their flesh wings, and rushed directly into the sky. Flee away into the distance. He wants to run. ??Hiragui let out a loud shout, and her body rose up from the ground. White wings spread out on her back, and the exposed skin gradually began to look like bird feathers. ??Fluttering its wings, it chased straight towards the opponent. ?Wu Heng had already followed him out of the room. "Don''t." ?Wu Heng wanted to stop him, but Xila Gui had already caught up with him. The opponent''s level 18 professional was besieged by his side and chose to escape, but it was definitely not something that ''Xila Gui'' could deal with alone. ?Had I known it earlier, I should have asked Kaxiu to directly use [Gladiator Chain] to restrain the opponent. I dont believe that he can fly away with Ka Xiu. Seeing two figures chasing away. ?Wu Heng couldn''t care so much, so he took out the Barrett and raised the muzzle of the gun. After aiming, pull the trigger. The next second, the left shoulder and wings of the vampire in the air exploded instantly, and pieces of flesh and bones were scattered all over the sky. The vampire''s pupils were wide open and full of fear. I have met someone. Or rather, the other party was well prepared and was waiting for him to come out to deal with him. My heart was horrified, and my body began to lose control. Suddenly, another powerful force came, and a big hole opened in his whole chest. The head and lower body were completely separated, and the minced meat and internal organs were scattered from the sky. Sheela Gui also followed closely at this time. The long sword in her hand exuded bursts of cold air, and she slashed her head and fell quickly from the sky. With a bang, it hit the ground. ??The vampire''s appearance at this time was extremely miserable, with his head connected to the few remaining chests, but he was still not dead. I tried to speak, but couldn''t understand clearly. ??Wu Heng approached and shot directly through the head. ?At the same time, the bone prison rose from the ground, trapping the ghosts who tried to leave invisibly. The ghost hit the guardrail over and over again. ?When he realized that he couldn''t escape, he turned around and roared ferociously, "You can''t do this to me. I want to see Lilith. She can''t treat her own people like this." Hear this sentence. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui both frowned. ??If there is no duplicate name, Lilith is the leader in charge of the Whisperers. What should I do? Sheila Gui flew down from the sky and asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at the distance and said, "I''ll control him first and then talk about it when I get back." Speaking, he took out a new magic soul pot. Put it into the bone prison. The bone prison began to gradually compress the space. The Demonic Soul Pot also began to generate suction. ??The Vampire Ghost''s tone became even more flustered, "You are a human and your lifespan is short. I can help you have a long lifespan. And you, elf, I can give you wealth to make your life more abundant in the future." We can talk about it. You cannot do this to an elder. Damn it, you **** guys, I curse you... Amidst the increasingly fierce screams, the ghost was sucked into the magic soul pot. The bone prison disappears. ?Wu Heng put away the magic soul pot and put it into the space ring. Well talk about it when we get back. Sheila Gui nodded to express her understanding. Two people release the strange object status at the same time. ?Wu Hengs brain was stinging and the world was turning upside down. Xila Guis body was covered with frost and her body was trembling. Tap tap tap~! Dense footsteps sounded. The two teams, as well as Philippa and the skeleton, ran over quickly. Protect the two people in the middle and guard the surroundings. ?The sudden situation just now shocked everyone. ?No one expected that there was an enemy in the dilapidated stone house on the island. Spreading its wings, it almost allowed the opponent to escape. The captain of a team asked: "Island owner, deacon, are you okay?" The side effects of the strange objects on the two of them gradually disappeared. After drinking the potion, I basically returned to normal. Its okay. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui also slowly stood up and said directly: "The ship and port defense will be carried out by Philippa and Skeleton. You guys will check it again. If there is danger, don''t rush to take action. Come back and inform us." "clear." The two teams quickly dispersed. Philippa also returned to the ship with the skeleton, and at the same time guarded the vicinity and the slave side. Wait until you carefully inspect the island. The two teams returned one after another, "Deacon, after checking, there is no danger. The formation in the stone house has been destroyed, and only the stone coffin is left there." Sheila Gui breathed a sigh of relief and continued to ask: "What is the situation of those slaves?" The captain of a team said: "The villagers of Yeko Kingdom were kidnapped here by these people." Villagers? ?This is really unexpected. "Well, villagers, they can give detailed addresses, and they can also confirm that they are all villagers from the same village. They said that a few nights ago, these people landed in the village and killed some people, and the rest were captured and taken away. When we get here, we dont know what we are going to do. The captain continued to explain. Hilagui rubbed her temples, referring to the kingdom and its residents. Things are about to get complicated again. Thought for a moment and said: "Keep an eye on them, bring them back to Treasure Island first, and then try to negotiate with the Kingdom of Yeke." Yes. The team responded and left quickly. After others left. What do you mean by arresting these people? Sheila Gui looked this way. ?Wu Heng didnt think much and answered directly, I suspect that he wants to use these people to resurrect the one we killed just now. Its the same as what I thought, but the human race is rarely related to the vampire race, especially such a weird vampire race. Sheila Gui touched her chin and said while thinking. Lets ask about the corpse. We can write a report when we go back. "good!" ?Wu Heng greeted the skeletons and dragged over several corpses of men in black robes that were obviously shriveled up. Conversation with the DeadRelease. The first corpse sat up slowly. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" The corpse replied, "We are members of the Destiny Sect." ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, who shook his head and said he had never heard of it. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What are we arresting these people for?" Follow the bishops orders and awaken powerful professions. (End of this chapter) Chapter 518 , who are you? (5,000 words, first update.) Chapter 518, Who are you? (5,000 words, first update.) Bishop? A powerful professional? Sounds like the Destiny Sect is quite formal. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What position does the leader who brought you here today hold in the church?" He is our apologist, said the corpse. Apologetics. ?Now it seems that the Destiny Sect is not as strong as the Divine Punishment Sect. In the Divine Punishment Cult, all apologists are level 18 professionals. Even one of them dared to fight Imiro, and both of them even went to Treasure Island. A professional who is level 15 in the Tianming Cult becomes an apologist. Its a whole level lower. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did you know before that the person in the sarcophagus was still alive?" ?The corpse paused for two seconds, and then replied, "I don''t know, I''m just following orders." ?Wu Heng then asked, "Where is your bishop?" I heard that the church is developing in the Kingdom of Yeko! After the five questions, the body lay back on the ground. Xila Gui said from the side: "It seems that the Destiny Sect obtained this coffin through some means and is preparing to wake up the people inside." Well, since level 18 is so important, it seems that there are no high-level professionals in the church. Wu Heng added. Sheila Gui glanced at him angrily, "You sound like level 18 is easy." Thats the only one who dares to evaluate level 18 professionals like this. ?Wu Heng did not continue to talk, but continued to talk to the next corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Start asking about the situation. ? He asked several corpses one after another about the sarcophagus and the Destiny Cult. The Tianming Sect is only a sect established in recent years. ??Yeke also began to penetrate into the kingdom when the kingdom was in internal chaos and peripheral management was lax. Intends to recruit believers and increase its influence. ?This time, under the leadership of Sheng Xing, they raided a coastal village at night and gathered all the people here. The ceremony was prepared to awaken the people in the sarcophagus. Who is the specific person inside, and the corpses asked, all of them do not know. All I know is that he is a level 18 strong man who will help them develop the church. ?Wu Heng felt that the intelligence of these people was not too high. ?That vampire is obviously not very easy to control. They are not afraid to wake up, kill the others, and then walk away. Things are pretty much understood. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask. Let the skeleton drag the corpse aside and bury it. This Destiny Cult deserves to die. After hearing this, Xilagui gritted her teeth. ?Her character is still the type that abides by justice. I remember when Wu Heng first landed on the island. Sheila Gui almost drew her sword when she revealed that she was a necromancer, as if she would kill you even if she was punished. Later, Wu Heng rescued her several times and never did anything bad. The relationship between the two has improved, and they feel like they are dependent on each other to protect Treasure Island. Wu Heng said: "After we return, we will report the matter to the local government and ask all localities to investigate this sect. Before they develop, see if they can be destroyed directly." Sheela Gui nodded in agreement, "Human sacrifice involves so many people, it''s enough to classify them as a cult." Their bishop may still be in the Kingdom of Yeko, dont forget to report it too. "good." The two had a brief chat. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the head of the vampire again. On the upper body, only the head and shoulder bones remain, while the lower body consists of the waist and legs. The chest and abdomen area completely disappeared, and I dont know where the colorful things were scattered. The missing parts have exceeded half. Difficult to convert into skeletons. He said to the skeleton next to him: "Go over there and see if you can find the fallen body." Level 18 professional who can also fly. ??If you can put it together well, it will definitely be a rare skeleton attendant. The skeleton next to him received the order. He quickly moved towards the location where the vampire flew by and began to search carefully. Hilagui heard his order and guessed something in her mind. ?? reminded: "Have you heard of the Racial Protection Act?" You wouldnt say that the Vampire Race is considered a rare race, right? Wu Heng turned his head. The Rare Races Protection Act refers to some special and sparsely populated races that will receive corresponding protection. Corpse cannot be used for experiments or enslaved in any form. But it feels like its in Wuheng. ?These are all obvious restrictions. If the corpse has a special function, some people will still choose to conduct experiments quietly. ??As long as you dont talk about it everywhere, it is difficult to check this kind of thing, and no one will check it. This news was told to Wu Heng by the assistant deacon Moya when he was killing the spider man. Unexpectedly, the Vampire Clan has also issued a restriction bill. Sheila Gui nodded and confirmed that the vampires were also included in the bill. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "I will do it quietly." "What are you talking about? So many people have seen it, and the other party obviously knows Leader Lilith, so don''t get yourself into trouble." Sheela Gui said softly. When the other party died, he obviously mentioned Lilith. This matter is not that simple. ?While the two were talking, the skeleton who was searching for body parts came back. Found broken arms, incomplete wings, and some scattered internal organs. A **** pile. Its just that even these are not enough for transformation. ?In addition, what Sheela Gui said makes sense. The other party is really a high-level member of the vampire clan. If you enslave the other party, it is indeed easy to cause trouble. Furthermore, I had some contact with Lilith before, and our relationship was pretty good. It cannot be destroyed easily. "Well, that makes sense." Wu Heng said, and then took out the organ jar, "Put the organs here." The skeleton picked out the organs and put them **** into the organ jar. Sheela''s eyes widened. ??This is not going to stop until you get some benefits from it. ?But he just looked and didnt say anything more. The body was so mutilated and the missing organs were easily explained. ?Wu Heng put the organ jar into the space ring. Continue to order, "Go and carry out the sarcophagus inside." The skeleton entered the stone house and carried the sarcophagus directly out. Stuffed all the corpses of the vampires into the sarcophagus. Hila Rose was directly put into the space ring. The rest is just some finishing work. ??Xilagui arranged for the rescued villagers to get on the boat, while Wu Heng released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the remaining corpses on the ground. Although the level 18 corpse cannot be transformed, there is also a level 15 corpse. Its a little bit worse, but its not a wasted trip. After everything has been arranged and everyone has boarded the boat. At Philippas loud shout, we started to return. At night, in the cabin. Xilagui put down the tableware in her hand and said: "Big Island Master, please notify the Kingdom of Yeko of the matter. It will take some time. Before sending these people back, you must arrange a place for them to live." Even though these people belong to the kingdom. You cannot send it back directly. You need to negotiate in advance and get confirmation before sending it back. In particular, this matter also involves things such as level 18 vampires and cults. ?The association may also arrange for people to come down to investigate, and these villagers will be witnesses. During the period of staying on the island, the island needs to provide a place to live, food and drink. The previously expanded area can be used to temporarily house them, and food and drink can also be temporarily provided. We will have to ask the Kingdom of Yeke to reimburse us when the time comes. Wu Heng emphasized. ? Even if the people were rescued by themselves, and they were provided with food and shelter, it would still cost a lot of money for these hundreds of people. Xila Gui spoke calmly and continued, "I will explain the situation to the headquarters about the Destiny Cult and the level 18 vampires. Do you want to tell Leader Lilith as well?" Normally speaking, Sheila Ge did not need to tell Lilith about this alone. ??But it also involves the vampires, which makes things a bit complicated. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I have put away the ghost. Let''s ask about the situation tomorrow and then we can discuss how to write a letter." Okay, lets do it. Sheela Gui also agreed with this statement. The matter is finished. The two of them also chatted casually about some unimportant things. ??The only problem in this operation is the vampire in the sarcophagus. Fortunately, no danger was caused, and the other party did not kill him directly. ??Wu Heng continued: "Is the air conditioner easy to use?" "It''s very useful. Shi Yali also likes it. She even wanted to dismantle it to study the formation patterns inside, but I didn''t agree." Do you like it? Sheila Gui smiled and said, "I like it too." Well, when the island is rebuilt in the future, it will be better than now. You are quite confident. After one day and one night. The ship slowly entered the Treasure Island port. Xila Gui led everyone back to the association to perform an autopsy on the corpse in the sarcophagus. At the same time, she also had to re-check the identity of the villagers brought back. ??Wu Heng, as the island owner, does not need to worry about these things himself. Just wait for the results. Philippa arranged for someone to repair the ship, and Wu Heng called a carriage and returned to the island owners estate first. Return to the manor and just enter the gate. Minnie quickly came up to meet her, her face full of joy, "Master, you are back!" Behind him, Robert and Annette also followed, bowing slightly, "Master." Is there nothing going on at home? Wu Heng asked. Its nothing. Minnie replied with a smile. Its okay. Wu Heng touched Minnies head. The latter was smiling and leaned forward coquettishly. Minnie continued to ask: "Would you like to prepare dinner?" Lets eat together when Weier comes back. Okay! Minnie nodded. Chatted with a few people downstairs for a while, and then watched the training of Robbe and Annette. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ? Andevil came back from outside, and Philippa also finished arranging the boat and came here to have dinner. The table was full, and Philippa was telling the story of the battle at Antler Island. The other people listened carefully. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng walked directly upstairs. Release the two ghosts to move around freely, and return to the room.?????On the ship, you can also rest in the cabin. But the ship swayed severely, and when it was violent, people would fly into the air. Still not as safe as resting on land. After a brief wash, go to bed and rest. Hand involuntarily, he thought of the vampires he met today. Looks like a middle-aged man. But why are there no male and female characteristics? When he came out of the sarcophagus, he was naked, with no gender characteristics on his body. All vampires are like this? Thats not right, there is nothing, how can I go to the toilet? Lilith, the name is quite nice. Isnt it the same? ?Thinking in my heart, I gradually fell into sleep. The next day, in the morning. The basement of the association. ?Wu Heng mixed gold powder and blood to form a closed circle on the ground in the middle. Dark energy permeated from the formation, making the entire basement even colder and biting. Continue to take out the Devil Soul Pot containing the vampire ghost and put it into the formation. ??A blue ghost floated out from the magic soul pot, forming an illusory and translucent form. The ghost quickly looked around. Then he flew back, trying to escape from here. However, the magic circle was like a barrier, trapping him firmly within it. No matter how they collide, they cannot leave the range of the formation. ?Finding that he could not escape, the ghost looked over with ferocious eyes, "You are indeed members of the association, you **** guys." You ask! Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui. The latter shook his head, "You better ask." What on earth are you going to do? The ghost roared loudly. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse and asked, "What''s your name?" And~! Ghost sneered. ??Wu Heng''s power of death was activated, and a series of energy vine whips were formed in the magic circle, which whipped the ghost''s body. Amidst the beatings, the ghosts kept disintegrating and gathering. Crying in agony. "I tell you, I tell you." The ghost shouted: "Melanice Baddeley, my name is Melanith Baddeley." Why are you locked in a sarcophagus? The dormancy of the vampires, you should listen ?Wu Heng activated his magic again, and the energy whip roared out. Hit the ghosts body one after another. I am banished. The ghost shouted loudly. The sound of the whip is still lashing. ??The soul kept disintegrating and regrouping, and the wailing sounds continued. "It''s true, it''s true. I didn''t lie to you. Lilith sealed me in a sarcophagus and exiled me. She kept me sealed in the sarcophagus and never let me out." The sound of the whip stopped, the soul body dispersed, and slowly condensed. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why are you exiled?" "I..." Ghost looked outside carefully and explained: "When I was young, I did some wrong things because of my greed for blood, and killed some people. It was all small things, and I was punished." ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other. He said that some people were killed, definitely not a few, or there were people of high status among them. The Pirate King is pardoned when he reaches level 18. How many bad things can pirates do? ?The person in front of me reached level 18 earlier, but was sealed in a sarcophagus and exiled because of murder. Must have caused a lot of trouble. Is there anything else you want to ask? Wu Heng looked aside. Sheila Gui shook her head, "I don''t have any more." The ghost in the magic circle immediately said: "Wait a minute, you are a necromancer. You need ghosts. I can work for you. I know many secrets and I can definitely help you." ?Wu Heng said nothing. ? Activating magic power, the magic soul pot generates suction. "Think about it, I also have a lot of knowledge that you humans don''t have. Don''t worry about me, you need..." The ghost''s body was stretched and slender, and was taken back into the Demonic Soul Pot. ??Wu Heng bent down to pick up the magic soul pot and put the space ring back into it. "He''s a criminal, there shouldn''t be any problem in killing him," Shiragui said. ?This inquiry is also to confirm the identity of this person. ??The Destiny Sect is not a threat. To put it bluntly, it is a cult formed by bewitching ordinary people. But this level 18 vampire is still involved in some ways. ?Before reporting, it is still necessary to determine the identity of the other party and the reason why he was sealed in the sarcophagus. Well, when you report it, write down that we were forced to fight back. Okay. Sheila Gui nodded. As the two of them walked outside together, Sheela asked again, "Do you think it''s inappropriate for me to write this letter to Chief Lilith?" "It''s really not good to send the report from the headquarters and Lilith''s letter at the same time." Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said: "Let''s do it this way, you report to the headquarters, and I will tell you about the blood clan''s affairs from a personal perspective. Leader Lilith wrote a letter explaining this matter." Okay, lets do that. Sheela nodded with a smile. ?The two of them walked out of the basement together. Xilagui returned to the study to prepare a report, and Wu Heng also took a carriage and returned to the manor where he lived. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the study. Sit on the chair and think for a while, then take out a pen and paper and start writing. Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: There is an Antler Island near Treasure Island. We found a group of mysterious men in black robes on the island, bringing more than a hundred villagers with them. We also found formations and strange sarcophagi. The association''s ships approached and a battle broke out. During the battle, the blood of the deceased was absorbed by the sarcophagus. A skinny man with wings on his back rushed out of the sarcophagus and fought with us. In the end, he won by luck and killed the enemy. After investigation. ???The black-robed men''s organization is called the "Destiny Sect". In the coastal villages of the Kingdom of Yeko, they killed the villagers and kidnapped more than a hundred people in an attempt to perform rituals to awaken the people in the sarcophagi. ?The person in the coffin calls herself "Melanice Baddeley" and is a member of the vampire family. She has an extremely arrogant attitude and keeps shouting that she wants to kill everyone else. ??In this incident, more than a hundred people almost died as sacrifices. ??He also witnessed the other party breaking out of the coffin and rushing out, shouting to kill all living creatures. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A letter reporting the matter. Treasure Island flag bearer: Wu Heng. " The last stroke has fallen. ?Wu Heng confirmed it again. When writing a letter to Lilith, you still need to confirm the wording. After checking to confirm that there are no discrepancies. Put the envelope in, open the door and go downstairs. ?Three maids, riding bicycles in the open space of the courtyard, ''Robey'' is limited in height and looks a little reluctant. The addition of two new maids has not changed much to the manor. But for Minnie, she was indeed a lot happier. ??Someone would accompany her when Wu Heng and Andeweier were away. So that every time she comes back, she will be seen staring at the flowers in the flower bed in a daze. Master! Minnie jumped up and waved, with a smile on her face. Minnie, go out and deliver this letter to the association to Xila Gui and ask her to mail it out together. Wu Heng waved and ordered. Okay. Minnie ran over and took the letter. Leave with the skeleton attendant. The other two maids carefully put the bicycles aside. Go back to the living room and clean up. ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. Wearing [the conductors hat], take the train and disappear directly into the courtyard. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium, VIP Room. ?Wu Heng sat in the room for a while. The person in charge, Retili, walked in with a smile, a beautiful face, and gorgeous earrings on her pointed ears. ?Wearing a purple silk dress, she has a slim figure. Good afternoon, guest. Retili started as usual. Good afternoon, has the flame furnace I ordered last time been made? Wu Heng said directly. ??Retili smiled confidently, "It''s done. It''s in the warehouse outside. I''ll take you to see it." Okay. Wu Heng stood up and followed her out of the room. Go through the corridor and come to a warehouse in the backyard. Open the door to reveal a stone furnace divided into three pieces. The surface of the furnace is engraved with dense and complicated runes. The shape and specifications are all made according to your requirements. Leitili introduced with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked around and nodded with satisfaction, "Not bad, I''m very satisfied." ??Retili''s smile was even brighter, "As long as you are satisfied, we just agreed to speed up the progress and pay 5% more remuneration." There is no problem if we agree. ?Wu Heng put the things into the space sachet. Follow her back to the VIP room to settle the final payment. ??Retilis face was filled with smiles. I am also lucky to have met such a rich man, and my performance here may far exceed that of other surrounding financial groups. If you need other magic buildings, you can come here at any time. Efficiency is completely guaranteed. Retili said again. "Okay, there is a real possibility that I will order some later and come to you then." Wu Heng said. If the test can be successful this time. The following Xinfu City and Anhui City will also adopt a similar approach. On the basis of the original power plant, the furnace is replaced to generate electricity. Easier than rebuilding a power plant. Of course thats good, I will help you check it. Well, I will come then. After settling the final payment, Wu Heng also walked out of the building. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of the building directly. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng went to the zombie world. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Qi Hancai, let Wang Haibing prepare, let''s go to the power plant." "receive!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 519 , this is unscientific (first update, the rewards have not been compiled) Chapter 519, This is unscientific (First update, the reward has not been compiled.) ?Wu Heng stood downstairs and waited for a while. Two trucks and a passenger car drove over from the direction of the garage. ?Wu Heng boarded the co-pilot, and several accompanying skeleton attendants also sat in the back row. Is Wang Haibing following? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai said: "In the passenger car at the back, there are several members who are familiar with electricians, and they are also coming." ?This time I went there, obviously to see the condition of the power plant. Without Wang Haibing, it will be useless no matter how many times they go. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go then!" The convoy started and drove directly out of the factory area. He drove towards the power plant. Its about twenty minutes away. The convoy arrives at the power plant. ?The courtyard gate has been re-welded with iron plates, and the weeds and snow inside have been cleared away. Guard skeletons can be seen all around. It is no longer as dilapidated as it was at the beginning. The group got out of the car and entered directly into the combustion area and the room where the boiler was located. ??Wu Heng began to command the skeleton, move the ''Fire Furnace'' to assemble it, and replace it in the burning zone where the heat energy is converted. ?At the back, Wang Haibing and several others watched the skeletons working together to carry huge items. They were all in a daze. Gather together and chat quietly. Didnt you say that we want to restore power? What are we doing with these big rocks in the equipment room? I dont know, it seems to replace the equipment. Do you want to light fuel in the stone? If the equipment is damaged, it cannot be repaired in the current situation. Lets just keep an eye on it. It might be something with special powers. Were all behind the times. At this moment, footsteps came from behind. Come on, dont get stuck here. Get out of the way and saw two people carefully carrying containers with orange-gold liquid inside. ??Go to where the skeleton is assembling the stones, and pour the gold liquid in your hand directly along the gap in the furnace array pattern. Reconnect the disconnected formations. When the gold liquid solidifies little by little, it will regain its original golden color. ??A wave of magic suddenly spread out, and then a red flame suddenly rose from the furnace. In an instant, scorching heat filled the entire room. ??The people talking behind them opened their eyes wide instantly, looking at the flames rising inside in disbelief. ?Wang Haigang muttered, "How is this possible? It''s unscientific. It''s not scientific at all." He has seen the video Qi Hancai showed him. A furnace capable of smelting iron. The original plan was to use this thing to replace the burning zone and provide heat. ?But I didnt expect that this thing would raise flames out of thin air, and the temperature would be so high. ?This is completely unreasonable. Wu Heng confirmed that the furnace was in normal use, turned around and asked, "Can it generate electricity?" ?Wang Haibing calmed down and said, "I''ll go take a look." After saying that, he left quickly. ?Wu Heng took the others and walked outside. ?Standing in the yard and waiting for a while. ?The noise of machine operation came from the building, followed by a clicking sound. The emergency lights in the concierge come on. Everyone is happy. ?Wang Haibing also ran out from one side and shouted: "It''s successful, it can operate normally, it''s successful." Can it be used normally at the military factory? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Wang Haibing thought for a while and said conservatively: "It still needs to be tested, and then the power is supplied little by little to avoid pushing the voltage back." "About what time?" It will be over before noon. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, you guys can handle it together." Yes. Several people nodded in unison. noon. Everyone returned to the factory. Wait a moment. The dark workshop suddenly lit up, and the machine that was shut down was turned on with a beeping sound and was on standby. ?Emergency lights and the overhead light tubes all lighted up one after another. The survivors who noticed all this cheered instantly. Resounded throughout the factory. There is electricity, there is electricity, there is electricity.. We are definitely the first to restore power. I have collected so many electrical appliances and finally I can use them. Long live the king. Even if there are photovoltaic panels to use electricity. However, there are also usage requirements, and it cannot be used with high power consumption at any time. Especially in winter, the days are short, not to mention the amount of electricity stored. Now, power plants supply power, which also represents the restoration of power supply requirements before the disaster. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the reputation on the panel. More than 100 points have been added, which is the same as if there was no addition. It may not be at the military factory side, because the power supply has been restored. On the radio, ones own name can be considered spread through other people. Perhaps this is the increased reputation. ~! ??There was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in with Wang Haibing. The faces of both of them were filled with joy after the power was restored. Wang Haibing said: "Chief, the power supply has been restored. The voltage and lines are normal. The supporting facilities of the lines here are of high standard. There is no problem at all for normal use." "Well done." Wu Heng praised, and then said: "In the future, you will be responsible for the work of the power plant, and some people will be assigned to help you." ?Wang Haibing''s smile became even brighter, and he saluted and promised, "Thank you for your trust, chief. I will do a good job." ?Wu Heng also smiled, "We agreed." The two of them had agreed before. ?Wang Haibing restored power to the power plant, and Wu Heng asked him to take charge of the power plant and gave him some people. Thank you, chief. Wang Haibing thanked him again. ??Wu Hengze continued: "I still have two things to give you." You said it. Wang Haibing stopped smiling. In addition to allocating you some members of the base, I will also arrange 50 skeletons for you. You need to teach them to control the power plant in a short period of time, as well as perform inspection and maintenance work. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wang Haibing opened his eyes and felt a little embarrassed. He said tentatively: "Chief, we can take charge of the power plant. Don''t bother these skeletons!" "This involves the second thing I want to tell you. The remaining bases and subsequent power plants will also need to be restored. I plan to let the skeleton be in charge, and you will be mainly responsible for the factory." Wu Heng said. ??There are enough skeletons under your hands now, and as the level increases, the intelligence of the skeletons is no worse than that of ordinary people. You can also learn some abilities. Power plants are one of them. Requires skeletons to complete. Whether it is the remaining bases or the planned factories to be established in other worlds, they will be used to a large extent. ?Wang Haibing looked carefully at Qi Hancai on one side. Seeing that the other party had no intention of speaking, he nodded and said, "I will work hard to teach these skeleton friends." ??Wu Heng nodded and said to Qi Hancai: "In the past two days, arrange for someone to take him to the other bases to see the situation of the power plants there." Understood. Qi Hancai agreed. ??Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton King of Corpses beside him: Take the skeleton I picked out and follow Wang Haibing from today on. The sound of bones rubbing against each other came from downstairs. 50 skeletons gathered downstairs. Okay, you go back first, Ill leave the power plant to you. Yes, chief. ?Wang Haibing agreed, turned and left. Wang Haibing left. Qi Hancai is no longer so serious. With a smile on his face, he said: "We should be the first to restore normal power supply. Other bases will definitely be envious if they find out." When the photovoltaic panels on your side are supplying power. In radio, he is already the envy of many bases. Now the power supply from the power plant is directly restored, which is still the same method of power supply that does not require fuel consumption. ?As soon as word spreads, even the main station will express surprise and envy. Dont announce it to the outside world yet, we can just use it ourselves. Wu Heng said. "I understand, you can make a fortune by keeping silent." Qi Hancai said with a smile. Wu Hengze continued to ask: "Over at the main station, how are the drawings?" Theres no news yet, Ill ask later. Well, lets ask them about their situation first, and make preparations in the next two days. Lets capture the airport first. Okay, Ill plan the route then. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. Qi Hancai went to arrange the operation of other production chains, while Wu Heng passed through the boundary gate. Return to Treasure Island. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng changed out of his down jacket. The temperature difference between the two sides is too big, which is actually quite uncomfortable. Change your clothes and pour yourself a cup of tea. Sit down at the desk again. Start thinking about future development plans. In the zombie world, the power supply to the military factory has been restored, and the production chain of other workshops can also start working. What you have to do is to provide sufficient raw materials. At that time, the problem of bullets can be completely solved, and there is no need to worry about running out of bullets. Actually, the use of the Flame Furnace in the power plant can be regarded as an inspiration to him. Can other magical buildings be combined with modern machinery to create new things? This can be studied. There is also the issue of ones own reputation. ?This kind of thing has now completely become a hindrance, improvement is slow, and an accurate method has not yet been found. Some of them are not easy to work with. The development of Treasure Island is still expansion. However, the expansion of the new area must also be prepared for power supply in advance, and it will need to be discussed carefully with the island''s designers. ?Wu Heng took a sip of water. There are also skill books. Level 18 skills are a bit hard to find. Mansion Technique was bought by me at the auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?As for the Treasure Island Association, there is no level 18 skill book for merit exchange. It is a bit difficult to obtain it myself. The old dean..., he said that he can join their research association at level 15. Perhaps you can give it a try. ?At that time, the skills released by the old dean were probably level 18. Not to mention other things, if you learn those two tricks yourself, you wont be compensated. Sitting in the study and resting for a while. He also opened the door and walked out. All the way downstairs, three maids were planting flowers in the flower bed. Master. Robert and Annette saluted. Master, do you want to have lunch? Minnie asked. Youre not hungry yet, go ahead and get busy, Ill test the magic over there. Good master. Minnie smiled. Go to the open space on the other side. ?Wu Heng began to study his own skill [Modern Ken Mansion Technique]. ??The last time we dealt with the Sarcophagus Vampires, the bed crossbow inside the Mansion Technique exploded and blasted the opponent away. The effect shown is still very good. As long as it is well constructed, it can play a huge role. Release the ''Mansion Technique'', a crack appears out of thin air, and the simple stone door inside opens with a bang, revealing the luxurious hall behind and the bed crossbow at the door. The release of the mansion technique will appear in different sizes depending on the space. In the open space outside, the height of the stone gate is nearly six meters and its width is nearly four meters. ?Last time, in the stone house on Lujiao Island, only the stone door more than two meters high was opened. The internal layout has not changed much, only the entrance door has changed. ?In the distance, the three maids also put down their work. Looked over curiously. guessing in a low voice, but did not come over. ??Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look, and began to think about the internal structure. Arise with the thoughts in your mind. The buildings behind the stone gate began to change. Ladder-shaped iron frames were erected one after another, with machine guns placed on the iron frames, pointing far ahead. Cannonballs can be provided by oneself. It can be fully stimulated by then. No, the remaining space inside is not used at all. Then, the interior changes again. Under the iron frame, an entrance is formed, which is the size of a normal door and can lead into the room. But I still feel unsatisfied and havent developed much of its characteristics. Starting to change again. It has been changed several times. It was finally formed. There is a gate more than two meters high below, which can lead to the interior normally. The second floor is three machine guns, and the third and fourth floors are the fortresses of the machine guns. The interior is no longer a luxurious living room, but all the furniture has been emptied. To serve as a military hideout. When you are unable to use the Realm Gate, you can turn on the Mansion Technique to mobilize troops. The machine guns and cannons above form a fortress that can carry out some defense and offense. ?After several changes, I am still satisfied with what I have now. Command the skeleton, move some ammunition in, and then control the machine gun and turret. ??It feels like it''s not much different, and my magic power is also quite depleted. ?Then the Mansion Technique was cancelled, and the stone gate disappeared. Go back to the living room and chat with the three maids. At dusk, Anderweil came back from outside. ?Several people went to the restaurant to eat. ??Wu Heng asked: "Weier, is there no news about the caravan that purchased white gunpowder and other materials?" The matter of discussing the goods with the caravan was met by Wu Heng. ?The island owner coming forward will make things look more reliable and make progress easier. But what follows. ? is an agreement signed by the town hall and the caravan. Anderweil said: "The news has not been sent back yet. I will ask someone tomorrow and let you know then." Well, let them hurry up, its been how many days. Okay, Ill go tomorrow. After dinner, Wu Heng also went to the training room to practice swordsmanship. Let each go upstairs to rest. Early the next morning. Just after breakfast, Minnie walked in with a member of the association. Master, Deacon Sheilagui has arranged for someone to come to you. ?Wu Heng looked over. is a team member of the Association. ?The other party saluted and said, "Island owner, Deacon Xilagui, please come over." Do you know anything? I dont know, the deacon didnt say. Okay, Ill pack up and go over. The team members saluted again, then followed Minnie and left the manor. If there is any case or someone is arrested, they will take the initiative to come to me. Calling myself over now, it should be because there is something going on at the association. He simply packed up and left the manor. Take a carriage and go to the association. ?Standing in front of Sheila Gui''s study, she knocked on the door. Then he opened the door and walked in. In the study room, Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, and assistant Shi Yali stood not far away. Looking for me? Xila Gui raised her head and said directly: "The rewards from the association are here. Two first-level merit items, seven second-level merit items, and a total bounty of 727 gold coins." (End of this chapter) Chapter 520 , Wuyu Shenghui (one update, two updates guaranteed tomorrow. Chapter 520, The Immaculate Holy Glory (One update, two updates guaranteed tomorrow.) Hearing the reward, Wu Heng suddenly felt happy. But I heard that the number behind it felt a little wrong. I vaguely remember that 13 flags of large-scale pirate groups and more than 140 flags of medium-sized pirate groups were reported. It is impossible to give this point no matter how you calculate it? Especially, he also killed the original island owner who was level 18. With their strength at the time, it can be said that they faced huge dangers. Isnt the quantity wrong? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui walked out from behind the table, "This department has checked the information on the wanted order in the Emerald Sea, and most of the flags are not on the wanted order." Forehead. The merit is not calculated based on the number of pirate flags sent, but the corresponding wanted orders. When collecting flags. ??Wu Heng indeed asked each team to side with the boss, regardless of whether he was killed this time, and report him first. ?It seems that its really not that easy to fool. Even so, the quantity doesnt feel right. That night, as far as the eye could see, there were pirate ships on the sea. Why not more than this? The quantity is definitely wrong, we are at a loss. Wu Heng looked at her. Xilagui said: "I feel that if Deacon "Imilo" were not in the headquarters, the settlement rewards would be less. The file records are relatively comprehensive and calculated according to the flag. It seems that Sheila Gui has compromised this reward. As for, archival records. In fact, it has little to do with Wu Heng. Being appointed as the island owner, you have broken away from the original promotion system. No matter how much he is promoted, he cannot be removed from his position as the island owner or transferred to another place. More importantly, there is some improvement in reputation. But it doesnt matter, I have indeed gained a lot from the entire Treasure Island battle. A small island recognized by all forces is worth much more than these prop rewards. ?Even if you dont do anything else in the future, if the island is well managed, the tax revenue will be enough to live a wealthy life. Okay, I have no objection, what have you given us? Wu Heng leaned forward. Sheila Gui sat down opposite and waved her hand, and two props appeared on the coffee table. The first-level meritorious service rewards are these two. ?Wu Heng looked at the coffee table. There are two pieces in total. The first one is a belt of various colors, and the second one is an iron-gray, circular hollow medal with religious features. Hundred Soldiers Space Belt (Wonderful Object) Effect: Adapt to body changes, rejuvenation, storage. Side effects: physical weakness. (Description: A belt filled with strange magic, like a decorative accessory.) The belt of the soldier''s robe? Set? In terms of color matching, the two wonders are very close. It should be the suit of the Hundred Soldiers. But now it seems that it is actually called the Hundred Soldiers Space Belt. The effect is to adapt to body changes, restore spirits and store items. It actually has a storage effect. If it only has these effects, it doesnt seem to be worth the first level of merit. At least the robes without hundreds of soldiers are more practical. Thinking in his mind, he looked at the second reward, a medal. Innocent Holy Glory (wonderful object) Effect: Guardian spirit/spiritual consciousness, summon knight attendant (fourth level). Side Effect: Sinners spontaneously combust. (Description: The Holy Glory will protect believers from evil erosion.) Looking at the second strange object. ?Wu Heng''s brows suddenly frowned, and his body subconsciously leaned back to keep a certain distance. The wonders of the church. The side effect is that those who are sinful and filthy will spontaneously combust. Why give yourself a Necromancer and distribute church stuff. Take the opportunity to kill him, or just warn yourself? ?If you can''t trust yourself, you don''t have to allocate the island to yourself. You are promoted one after another, and this happens again. So many types of props, giving myself such a reward. He had to think deeply about the purpose behind it and what the association was going to do. ?Wu Heng frowned and speculated, completely losing the joy of receiving the reward. ?On the side, Sheila Gui got up and went to make tea for him, while his assistant, Shi Yali, walked over slowly with a notebook. After looking at it, he introduced softly: "The first item is the Belt of the Hundred Soldiers. According to the information sent, it is one of the accessories of the Hundred Soldiers'' robe. It comes with the spirit recovery technique, which is equivalent to the full energy of a level 15 mage. The second point is that it has 100 cubic meters of storage space inside. ??Wu Heng was attracted by the other party''s words and focused on his belt again. Spirit recovery is an effect that restores mental power. It can reach the full mental state of a level 15 mage, which basically resets one''s own consumption. This is still very powerful. On the battlefield, you have more opportunities to unleash your skills. The storage space of 100 cubic meters is not bad, but it feels a bit strange. It is inconvenient for anyone to take things in the belt. ?Wu Heng was thinking in his mind. Shi Yali continued: "The third characteristic of the belt is that it can be used in conjunction with the robe. The more clones there are, the less the internal storage space will be evenly divided." Hearing these words, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed. asked: "It means that my Hundred Soldiers Robe is divided into six clones, and the belt will provide storage capabilities for the six clones at the same time?" "Yes, it''s just that the more clones there are, the smaller the internal space will be evenly divided." Shi Yali explained. Hearing the confirmation, Wu Heng felt happy. No wonder its called a suit. Originally used together. Each time the Hundred Soldiers Robe takes effect, the space ring will only take effect on one of them. ??Whether it is props or distributing firearms, it is a bit troublesome. With this belt, this problem can be completely solved. As for taking something out of your waist, whether it is strange or not is not that important. Looking up, he saw Shi Yali still looking at him. Smile and nod, "Go on!" "The side effect of the belt is weakness, and the strength of the weakness is related to the physical constitution." Shi Yali continued to look at the next item and continued to introduce, "The second item is also a rare item, called the Innocent Holy Glory. It also has two effects. One is to protect and wear it. The user''s spirit and consciousness can block the attacks of most fifth-level professionals. ??The second method is to summon a light element knight attendant. The attendant''s strength will be improved by killing zombies and dark creatures. The current attendant level is level four. Side effects: People with serious sins will spontaneously combust after wearing it. " After the introduction, Shi Yali paused, and even Sheila Gui frowned and looked over. ?There was something strange in his eyes, and there was something questioning about it. Shi Yali looked at the introduction again and said, "I read it correctly, that''s what it says above." Obviously, this item should not be given to a necromancer as a reward. Xila Gui came back with a tea cup, put a cup in front of Wu Heng, and asked: "I didn''t pay attention to what it was before, so why did I send you this?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, maybe the rewards are not enough, I can just find one." From his understanding of the association, the other party should not do such a thing. ? Even if you doubt yourself, you will arrange for an inspector or someone to investigate you instead of directly sending you such a thing. How is it possible? Sheila Gui was surprised. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "What is the criterion for serious sins, occupation? The number of skeleton attendants, or what bad things have been done?" Shi Yali looked at the information sent again and said, "It has nothing to do with career. It depends on the good and evil of what one does." Then you should be fine. Sheila Gui said. But Wu Heng was still a little unsure about this matter. How to evaluate good and evil? ??? He has killed many people, especially the association''s special inspection envoy. ??Is this considered evil? Can I change it? You can write a report to the headquarters and apply for this, but the time spent may be higher. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, You can try it and see if it works. How can you try this? He will spontaneously combust! Sheila Gui took out a breast shield and handed it to him, "I''ll lend it to you. I don''t think this badge will be effective on you." Guardian Breast Mirror (Rare Object) Effect: Substitute death. Side effects: Use 3 times. (Description: A breastplate that follows the knights last wish and will protect the wearer.) Your reward? Sheila Gui nodded. This breast shield looks much better than my own. At least the effect is simple, and the side effects are only the number of times it is used. ?Wu Heng didnt hesitate much, picked it up directly and put it on. Then, he took out the emblem on the table and put it on the other side of his chest. The moment you put it on, you can clearly feel a warm current that wraps your spirit. The three of them all waited attentively for a while. Nothing happened. Spontaneous combustion, a side effect, did not appear on myself or on the goggles. "Look, I''ll just say that there''s nothing wrong with you. You''ve passed the inspection, so there''s nothing to worry about." Sheila Gui said, picked up the tea cup and took a leisurely sip. Completely forgetting the nervous look on my face just now. ?Wu Heng carefully took off the breast shield, but there was no reaction. His own mental power and consciousness can still feel protected by a force of energy. Putting aside the side effects of spontaneous combustion, the effect of strange objects is pretty good. ?Wu Heng took it off again and said, "How about I give it to you? If you get a reward next time, give it to me." Xilagui opened her eyes and pushed back, "I don''t want it, it''s so dangerous." Holy shit! Xilagui smiled and said, "It''s okay. Spontaneous combustion doesn''t happen immediately. If there''s anything wrong, just pick it off." Ill change it to another one when I get a chance. "OK." Then, Shilagui continued to take out the remaining rewards. A total of 7 second-level meritorious deeds were placed on the table one by one. Elf Magic Carpet (Wonderful Object): Effect: manned flight, side effect: feeling of weightlessness. Banshen Yin Jade (Rare Object): Effect: Increase the power of the undead, nourish the spirit servants, Side effects: Cold. Soul whip (magic prop): Effect: It has deterrent and attack effects on souls and void creatures. Linbing Jade Talisman (Magic Props): Props made by heroes, which can provide combat assistance after use. Iron Golem (Model): A mechanical construct that can act as a minion to attack targets. Corpse Explosion (Skill Book): Embed magic in the corpse to produce an explosion effect. Severe Injury (Skill Book): Releases the Serious Injury Technique on the target creature. Those with insufficient physical fitness will be seriously injured. ?There are seven pieces in total, two rare objects, two magic props, one construct, and two skill books. Elf Magic Carpetis a rolled up wool blanket with a pretty good-looking style. It has patterns like curling grass, feathers, corollas, etc. that elves like. From the introduction, it looks a bit like the magic carpet in the movie. Can fly with people in the air. ??Now I really lack the props for flying. After all, I can''t carry the bone dragon with me. It can also be regarded as increasing one''s ability. The side effect is a feeling of weightlessness. After experiencing spontaneous combustion, this is nothing. Banshen YinyuThe size of a normal pendant, the appearance is a little dark, and it sways gently, as if there is water sloshing inside. The effect is completely suitable for necromancers. It can increase the power of necromancer and nourish spiritual servants. It should be a naturally formed strange object. The side effects are not big, it is cold. Two magic props, one is [Soul Whip] which can attack the soul body. The second [Jade Talisman] is a prop made by the hero, which can help in the battle. It sounds more powerful. The [Iron Golem] is a magic energy construct, and what you see in front of you is just a model. I heard that it normally reaches a height of four to five meters and can be used to protect yourself or attack enemies. The remaining two are skill books, [Corpse Explosion] and [Severe Injury]. Both are level 15 skills. It seems that the association has done some research on itself and knows that it does not have these two skills. Give it to yourself as a reward. ??Wu Heng finished reading, and Shi Yali also finished introducing the functions and characteristics of the second-level meritorious service. ? Confirming that there was nothing wrong, he put away the documents and sat back down in his seat. Sheila Gui continued to take out two bags of gold coins and handed them to him, "The last one is the reward." More than 700 gold coins are not a small amount. ?Wu Heng also collected them all. Are you satisfied? Sheila Gui said with a smile. Lets make do, I thought we could give us dozens of first-level rewards. "There will be opportunities in the future. If you take too many things, you will be noticed easily." Xila Gui was more open-minded. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "What is the effect of your other first-level prop?" Sheelagui said: "A piece of armor, better than the one I have on me, to provide defense." Yours is quite practical. Yours is pretty good too. If youre worried, dont use that emblem yet. Its safe enough on the island. "Yeah, that''s right." Wu Heng agreed, looked at the time, and continued: "How about we celebrate together tonight. We agreed to have dinner together before, but for so long, there has been no chance." Its not good! Sheila Gui hesitated. Is this..., okay? If there is something bad, its not a bad thing. Sheela Gui looked at herself, Shi Yali, "Do you want to go?" Shi Yali smiled, "I won''t go so as not to disturb you." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and asked, "What are you talking about?" Wu Heng also advised: "Let''s go together, otherwise she will always worry." Shi Yali looked at her sister and then at Wu Heng, "Thank you very much, the island owner." ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "It''s still a little early. I''ll have a carriage pick you up in the evening." "good!" Leave Sheila Ge''s study. ?Wu Heng was not in a hurry to leave and went to the conference room. Let the associations staff go to the city hall to call the islands dwarf designer. Entering the room, the dwarf bowed and saluted, "My lord, the island owner." Sit down and talk. ??The dwarf jumped up on the chair with a good attitude. Wu Heng took out the design drawing of the island and said: "I need you to choose a location on the island to build a factory. The requirement is to provide energy to Lighthouse Street and the central area." (End of this chapter) Chapter 521 , you really enjoy it Chapter 521, You really know how to enjoy it The issue of the factory has been discussed before. But the dwarf designer did not expect to have to search for an address today. Even if you are a little unfamiliar with the term "providing energy", you can vaguely understand the meaning. Take out the map you carry with you from your satchel. ? Spread it out on the table, stand on the chair, point to a location and say: "Sir, this is the location we have chosen these days to take into account the two areas you mentioned." ?Wu Heng looked at the position he pointed at. ? is a newly developed area, a site to the east. In fact, the number of residents on the island is not as large as in the modern world. The power supply capacity provided by the main station can fully meet the needs of the residents of the entire island. After Wu Heng listened for a while, the other party explained the advantages of this location, and nodded to confirm, "It''s okay here. I''ll arrange for people to clean it up in the next two days, and wait for the magic weapon master to make a plan before proceeding directly with the construction." Okay, Ill arrange for people to start work when we get back. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. After talking about the site selection of the power plant, he then asked: "How is the progress in the expansion area?" The dwarf sat back on the chair. "It''s going very smoothly. The next step is to build the house. Once the bricks are put in, we can continue." According to the previous plan, several of the buildings were built larger and more gorgeous. Understood, my lord. Finished talking about the dwarf. Wu Heng thought about it for a while, and didn''t have anything else to do. He said, "Okay, let''s do this for now. If there are any difficulties during the construction, tell Anderweil in time, and don''t waste time." "Yes, I''ll go back first and hand over my work." Go! ??The dwarf stood up, bowed slightly, and then exited the conference room. Wait until the other party leaves. ?Wu Heng also got up and went to Beacon Street. Purchased some alchemy materials at the store along the way. ??I booked a private room in a tavern called Red Coral. I have also thought about booking a private room in the Nautilus. After all, it is my own property and it will be more convenient. But after thinking about it carefully, I still chose the outside. It would be better for you and Sheila Gui to show up there less often. It is approaching dusk. There was a knock on the door of the private room. ?The door opened, and two figures with hoods covering their faces walked in. ?Seeing that Wu Heng was the only one in the room, they all took off their hoods, revealing the elf sisters who looked similar but different. Sheila Ge has long blond hair tied behind her head, which is smooth and shining. Her skin is white and tender, her face is baby-fat, but her eyes are extremely bright, which contrasts with her cute face and has a fierce aura. Sister Shi Yali has short blond shoulder-length hair, a more mature face shape, but very similar facial features. She wears gold earrings and pendants, and smiles, giving people a gentler feeling. Is it a newly opened tavern? Sheila Ge sat down at the side of the dining table and asked. Shi Yali sat next to them, folded their hoods, and put them away. Its newly opened, I heard it tastes good. Wu Heng poured the two of them tea to relieve the heat. You must have some good cooking skills, otherwise you wont be very competitive on the island. Sheela Gui said. Ive ordered all the signature ones, lets see if they are competitive later. ?While the two were talking, the bartender''s voice came from outside the door. But the bartender did not come in. ??But the skeleton attendant guarding the door brought the food directly in. Everything is put on the table. Eat first, Wu Heng said. After eating a few bites. Wu Heng took a sip from his wine glass and said, "I just met with the island''s designer. The expansion work has entered the stage of building houses. Where do you think this population will come from?" "Where?" Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows, "Why do you sound like you want to kidnap people! You necromancer." What, I mean, how can we attract people to live on the island? Wu Heng said. Xila Gui put the cut beef in her mouth, chewed it, and then said: "There are two ways. One is to relax the restrictions on people who come to the island. As long as they can live on the island, they can obtain the right of residence. The second is to apply to the headquarters. When the population settles in, some tribes or races without fixed residences will be sent over and become islanders. " "Which is better?" Sheila Gui shook her head, "Actually, it''s not that good at all?" Shi Yali on the side explained, "The first way to relax the restrictions on going to the island will attract some criminals and fugitives. They can no longer survive in their original countries and come to live on the island. The second way is to migrate tribes, which is also dangerous. Once I feel there is something unfair. It is not a small matter for a tribe to resist on the island. " Sheela looked at him and nodded, "Yes, that''s what I mean." ?Wu Heng leaned on the chair and pondered what the two said. With the relaxation of restrictions, anyone can come to live on the island, and the first group to come may be criminals seeking refuge. ?According to the second option mentioned by ''Xila Gui'', if the association transfers some tribes without stable settlements to the island, there may be bigger problems. criminals are just a public security issue. If a tribe wants to unite, it may be necessary to overthrow the island master''s government. Isnt it normal? Wu Heng asked. Xilagui said: "It normally takes time. As you said before, if Treasure Island develops well, there will naturally be people willing to come to the island." ?Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Let people from your tribe come to the island." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Go, go, you can give me any idea." ?Wu Heng smiled, just to tease her. Continued to chat about some things on the island. Sheila Gui wiped her mouth gently, then looked directly at him and asked: "Two days ago, Minnie brought people to the association to select professional scrolls. I heard that you have added two more maids?" The tone was somewhat questioning. ??Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, organized his words, and said: "They are all friends of Minnie. When I left the island last time, you asked me to bring them here so that she would not be lonely at home." You will enjoy it as you have just become the owner of the island. Sheela Gui said. Wu Heng further explained, "It is indeed the slaves I bought. There are still dozens of slaves where I was the captain." Slave? Sheela was curious. ?Shi Yali also looked over. Yes, the place where I worked before was a border city between two countries, and there were slave traders selling slaves. At that time, there was a force of the Warhammer Party, which belonged to bandits and bandits. They planned to attack the city. All the local merchants and those who had the conditions left. The worst ones could enter the city, but the slaves were still in the hands of the slave traders. I had no choice but to I bought some more and kept the rest in the city over there, running a small shop. " The two elves looked at him in surprise. Originally I thought I had so many maids just to enjoy life. Now I heard such a story. A small captain actually spent his own money to buy those slaves. Xila Ge subconsciously said: "No wonder the Innocent Holy Glory has no effect on you. You are not like a necromancer at all." Wu Heng slapped his thigh and came closer, "You don''t know, there were some rumors in the city at that time. , saying that I bought those slaves for use in necromantic rituals, and many people looked at me like a butcher." Sheela Gui was so amused that she smiled, "Who asked you to choose the Necromancer?" I cant help it. My dream is to be a prince and inherit the throne from birth. Whats the use of a prince? When the time comes, I will make you a minister. You deserve a beating, right? The two quarreled, and Sheila Ge also forgot about the new maid. Shi Yali sat aside, leaning her chin, looking at the two of them with a smile on her face. murmured, "That''s great." Come out of the tavern. The three of them separated outside and each took a carriage back to their residence. Back at the manor, it was already dark. Enter the hall. From the training room on one side, the sound of maids training was heard. Wearing modern sportswear, the skirt and back are wet with sweat. The addition of two new maids has revived the enthusiasm for training. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Several maids came over quickly. Master, have you eaten? Minnie asked. Eat, eat outside. Then Ill prepare some cakes for you! Minnie continued. ?Wu Heng touched her rabbit ears and said, "No, I''m full and can''t eat any more." "oh!" You guys should continue training, dont get tired. Okay Master. Minnie led the other two people back to the training room. Anderweier followed Wu Heng to the living room. Sit down aside. Andewil wiped the sweat from her forehead and said, "Master, today I contacted several fleets that placed orders. Their fleets will arrive at the port one after another in the next few days." The caravan was a bit long. But this is the first time that the two parties have cooperated. It also takes time to prepare the goods and compress the copper ore into copper plates. "Well, please follow up. The gunpowder is stored inside, so there won''t be any danger." ?Wu Heng handed her the space sachet. ??Now that I have the Hundred-Soldier Space Belt, I have an additional large-capacity storage item. ??This piece is temporarily given to Anderweil to carry goods, and she is not afraid that it will be useful suddenly. Yes, Master. Anderweil took it and nodded with a smile. Then, Anderweil took the iced fruit wine to the training room. ?Wu Heng also went upstairs and entered his study. Channel lights and air conditioning are on. A blast of cool air caused the temperature in the room to plummet. Pour yourself a cup of tea, sit down at the desk, and take out all today''s rewards. The first is two first-level rare item rewards. Hundred Soldiers Space BeltAlthough it is an accessory of the "Hundred Soldiers'' Robe", its function is not bad at all. It can even be said that it is the prop that Wu Heng needs most right now. I feel quite satisfied. Are there any other accessories at the association? Next time, when the first-level meritorious service is awarded, just write a letter and give it to the accessories of the Hundred Soldiers Robe. Save the money and send it over, its weird. Then, his eyes fell on the second piece [Innocent Holy Glory]. I have already worn it, and it has no spontaneous combustion effect, proving that I am not a sinner mentioned in the side effects. It''s just that the association gave this item to a necromancer as a reward. It has to make people think a little more. The effect is to protect the spirit and the protection of the knight''s attendants, while the side effect is that the sinner is natural. As if to remind yourself, the association can protect you. It can also kill you. Spontaneous combustion means dont seek death yourself. The more you think about it, the more likely it is. Who came up with this bad move and wasted one of my reward quotas. Fortunately, I can wear it myself, so its not useless. After that, there is the second level reward. The effects of [Elf Magic Carpet], [Soul Whip] and [Iron Golem] are all very clear, and there is nothing interesting to see. Put it away directly. ?His eyes fell on the hand [Banshen Yinyu]. Just holding it in your hand, you can feel a cold feeling spreading throughout your body. But within the body, the potential power of death became active, as if an oxygen pump had been added to the silent fish tank. It is not that strong, but it can be felt clearly, active and boiling. Its really suitable for a necromancer. With a thought, two ghosts flew out of the body. Floating on both sides, one to the left and one to the right. "Uncle, what''s wrong? We are taking a rest?" Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda also looked over. Wu Heng said: "I got a strange thing today, which I said can have some nourishing effects on you. I want to ask you if you feel anything." I didnt pay attention, maybe I was deceived by someone at the street stall. Xiaoxiao said. (End of this chapter) Chapter 522 , light knight Chapter 522, Knight of Light ?Glenda also shook her head and said: "There is really no change. It will only take effect in your body." Then you come back and try. Wu Heng said. Two ghosts flew back to the body. After waiting for a while, he flew back again. ?Xiao Xiao exclaimed, "Wow, uncle, it works." Glenda also said: "The power of the dead in you has become more active, and we have also been affected. The absorption speed is almost twice as fast as before." Nourish the ghost. In fact, it can also be understood that the ghost is upgrading in the body. The power of the dead nourishes them, and their experience points will slowly increase, but the effect is not high. It is better to devour other ghosts, it will come faster. The effect is so good? Wu Heng was also a little surprised. But when I think about it, after all, the effect of the second-level merit reward items will definitely not be too bad. As long as it works, do you want to go back? Wu Heng asked. Small novel, "I want to watch cartoons." Im also walking around outside. Good guy, I dont seem to care too much about nourishing or not nourishing. Then you go and play by yourselves. Xiaoxiao watch cartoons and keep your voice down. "oh." The two ghosts dispersed, and Wu Heng put Yin Yu aside first. Then, Wu Heng continued to take out the second [Jade Talisman of Linbing]. While eating just now, I also asked Xila Gui about the function of this jade talisman. According to the other party''s study room. It is a hero who seals one of his abilities in a jade talisman. When there is danger, crush the jade talisman to release the inner ability. ?This kind of prop cannot be obtained by relying on merit, but only those who the association pays more attention to will have this prop. It can be regarded as a quota for key protection. Sheela Gei also has one of the second-level meritorious service rewards, which is the same for both of them. Anyway, its a nice reward. After reading the rare objects and props, there are two skill books at the end. Picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Handlessly took out a book of [Corpse Explosion Technique] and started to read through it. As a necromantic faction, it is a typical powerful spell. As long as the level is reached, it will basically be learned. The principle of action is similar to that of the Evil Explosion Technique. But the effect is to make the corpse produce a huge explosion effect. Even if it cannot destroy the building, it is enough to kill the surrounding creatures. ?Especially for this skill, it can also be matched. Zombie Spell and Plague Technique, wait for the plague pest to die, and then trigger the Corpse Explosion Technique. Form a set of combinations. The effect is still very good. ?Also because abilities can be matched, more necromancers prefer to control corpses rather than skeletons during combat. Skills turn to the last page, and the system prompt appears. Unlock skill: Corpse Explosion. Corpse Explosion has finally been unlocked. After thinking about it for a while, I realized that the current situation was not suitable, so I gave up the idea of ??testing the skills. Put the corpse explosion skill book on the bookshelf at the back. After returning, continue reading the second book [Severe Injury Technique]. From the introduction of the book, [Serious Injury Spell] is a curse-like spell with a negative status. The types of ''debilitating rays'' and ''pathogenic rays'' are actually the same. But the level and effect are stronger. After being released on the target, it will be seriously injured. Unlock Skill: Serious Injury ?System prompt appears again. Finished reading the two skills. ?Wu Heng stood up and stretched. It is already dark outside the window. Not far away, two ghosts were reading a book and watching cartoons. Look, I went back to the house to sleep. The two ghosts nodded. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and went to bed to rest. The next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. The skeleton army gathered at the gate of the factory. The motorcade slowly approached from the direction of the garage and stopped aside. ?Wu Heng boarded the co-pilot. Qi Hancai handed over the tablet with the offline map open and said: "The airport is a bit far away. The set route is to go around the perimeter. After arriving at the nearest location, we will then cross two blocks to reach the airport." The route of the convoy is to stay on peripheral roads as much as possible. Then cross a residential area. ?Although it is a detour, it is much faster than traveling across the entire provincial capital. ?Of course, the zombies in the city are also included in the plan to clean up, but the airport must be captured first. Okay, lets go. Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly. Qi Hancai nodded and picked up the walkie-talkie to inform. The convoy started to move forward, surrounded by an army of skeletons. The truck drove for a while. ??Wu Heng asked: "What''s going on with Wang Haibing?" "There is nothing wrong with the military factory power plant. Now it can run by itself without arranging anyone to manage it. There is no need for anyone to add fuel anyway. Wang Haibing went to Xinfu City yesterday and should have been inspecting the power plant today. No news has been reported back yet. ." Qi Hancai said while driving. Hurry him up when the time comes. Now is not the time to slow down. Okay, Ill tell him when I get back. ??Wu Heng opened the mineral water and took a sip. "How are the drawings at the main station?" Qi Hancai said: "It seems that it is still being drawn. There has been no news in the past two days. I will ask about the progress after the airport is occupied and notified to them." "okay!" The two of them finished talking about the power plant and the drawings. Qi Hancai mentioned some news from Xinfu City again. One of them is that Wang Ke is married to a member of the base. ??There are no documents. ?It was Li Yahong and several old people in the base who gave witness. ??Wang Ke was the nurse who was rescued by Wu Heng and Li Yahong at the district hospital. She was hiding in the refrigerator and was discovered by Xiao Xiao. ??Moreover, what impressed Wu Heng the most was Wang Kes grandmother, who worshiped many Baojiaxian. I dont know if it works or not. But at such an old age, it is incredible that he could survive in the environment at that time. Its good, but its a pity that I didnt have a chance to drink the wedding wine. I heard from sister Yahong that in addition to bowing to her grandma when she got married, she also kowtowed to you a few times. Qi Hancai glanced at her with a smile. How did you knock it? Isnt it a bit unlucky! Sister Yahong is sitting there instead of you, but she represents . ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I was shocked. I thought I was just slapping in front of the photo. From now on, just let everyone live a good life without doing this." "Well, by the way, sister Yahong will also come tonight. If it ends early, you can still see her." Qi Hancai said and glanced a few more times. Okay, try to speed up. It was not until noon. The convoy just got off the road and entered the residential area. Hahhhhhh~! ??A deafening roar resounded throughout the entire area, and the crowds of corpses gathered from all sides to the middle. ? form a huge torrent, rushing forward along the road. The skeleton flying dragon roared out. Solid iron bullets fell like a heavy rain, directly hitting the group of corpses. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and the crowds of corpses on the road suddenly disappeared. But then, the zombies from behind gathered again and continued to form and surge toward the front. The skeleton flying dragon flew by again, and the iron bullets fell. The corpses fell like wheat. There are deformed zombies, all of which are level two, and the number seems to be eight. Glenda flew back after investigating. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and gave it to her, "I leave it to you." Okay. Glenda flew out with the evil sword. The long sword was unsheathed midway, and sword lights flashed past. ?Zombies along the way fell one after another. The bombing of the Skeleton Dragon continues. After four or five waves in a row, the speed at which zombies gathered on the road began to slow down. There could be thousands of zombies, staggering and continuing to approach here. In the past, Wu Heng would have ordered the skeleton to advance at this time. Let the spearmen push all the way over and kill all the remaining ones. ?Today, I have another idea. Hand out his hand and turn it over, Innocent Holy Glory appeared in his hand. This item is used by the association to warn itself, and it can summon knights and attendants to fight for itself. Still curious about what kind of effect it can produce. ??Furthermore, when the assistant Shi Yali described the knights attendant, she also mentioned that the level would increase as the killing spirits were killed. Zombies should be considered a type of undead. In terms of characteristics, there is no difference from the carrion. ??Wu Heng put the emblem on his chest and activated the power within it. A golden ray of light shot out from the emblem, condensing into a knight composed of golden rays in front of him. Helmet, armor, sword in hand. Although it is composed of light, its outline is clear. It''s like a figure with a light bulb of several hundred watts inside. ??The knight glanced around, and the next second, he suddenly raised his sword and slashed at the skeleton attendant in front of him. ?Wu Heng, who was still observing, was startled and immediately shouted: "Light Knight, stop attacking." ??The lightsaber stopped abruptly, less than two centimeters above the skull helmet. But he didn''t take it back, it just stopped in mid-air. Good guy, what a cruel attack. ?If I had been slower, the sword would have fallen. ??Wu Heng pointed at the zombies rushing outside and said: "Your target is those dead creatures, kill them, for the sake of the Holy See." Whoosh~! ?The Knight of Light turned into a stream of light, directly penetrated the dense team, and re-condensed into the image of a knight from the front of the skeleton. Holding the golden lightsaber in hand, he quickly rushed towards the incoming zombies. ??The long sword made of light in his hand stabbed through the chest of a zombie in an instant. ??The zombies are still roaring. The next second, the flames suddenly rose and enveloped the zombies instantly. With the lightsaber drawn out, the zombie turned into a charred corpse and slowly fell to the ground. Then, the light knight rushed into the group of corpses, swinging the weapon in his hand over and over again. Even though the injury caused by the blade is not fatal. As long as it is hit and pierces the flesh, the golden flame will wrap around the zombie. Directly turned into a charred corpse. On the battlefield, burning people appeared one after another. Then he quickly fell to the ground. ??Wu Heng was held high by two skeletons and watched the battle between the light knights. Good guy, this is a natural suppression of the undead. In the distance, the number of corpses is increasing. Surrounding the light knight in the middle, with the attack, the golden body gradually becomes thinner. ?Wu Heng once again urged the emblem. ?The knight of light turned into a stream of light and got back into the emblem. ??Nearly being directly attacked and defeated by zombies. Then he ordered, Move forward. Hurrah! The skeleton army began to move forward to deal with the remaining zombies. The skeleton still works. (End of this chapter) Chapter 523 , take a bite of them (an update today.) Chapter 523: Take a bite out of them (Updated today.) The skeleton army began to clean up the remaining zombies. ?Wu Heng began to summarize the characteristics of the light knight just summoned. From the appearance point of view, the body is an elemental type summon. Not only the body, but also the armor and weapons are the same. The water elemental shark summoned by the [Water Demon Conch] obtained previously is an elemental summon. The element properties are different, but there is no essential difference. The biggest advantage is that there is no physical burden. ?Although it will still be attacked and cause certain damage, it will not be fatal like the physical body. ??Moreover, the level of the summoned object is not low. It is currently at level four and can continue to improve as it kills undead creatures. Reaching level 5 is equivalent to level 18. Indirectly added a high-level bodyguard. The attack methods are all ordinary slashing attacks. The biggest feature is that after each attack, the target will be ignited in flames. I havent tested it yet to see if attacking ordinary creatures has this effect. But the greater possibility is the suppression of undead creatures. ?Now it seems that this strange thing is still good. It would be nice if there were no side effects. not far away. ?Glenda flew back and threw the sheathed evil sword over. "The aberrant zombies are all dead. Some zombies are in the building over there. Let the skeletons search for them." Well, with your help, the speed has become faster. Wu Heng put away the evil sword and complimented casually. ?Glenda floated aside and asked: "What was that thing that glowed just now? It felt a little dangerous." Wu Heng explained, "Didn''t the association distribute rewards yesterday? One of the rewards is the emblem of the Holy See, which can summon light attribute knights to help fight." Hearing the church, Glenda was slightly startled, "You necromancer, why do you want such a reward? How unlucky." The words sounded awkward, but I understood the meaning. ? Even though Wu Heng has nothing to do with the church, the direction of his career development is opposite to that of the church. It is easy to cause problems if you have too much contact. "I can''t help it. The reward is designated by the association." Wu Heng paused for a moment and then said: "Use it first. The combat ability of this summoned knight is pretty good. I won''t use it in the future. Give it to Wei Er, Minnie and the others are pretty good at protecting themselves. "Okay, you can''t go astray. Xiaoxiaoke and I are counting on you." Dont worry, dont abandon or give up. "Um." One person and one soul, we chatted for a few words. The fighting on the battlefield also ended. The skeletons automatically dispersed and began to clean up the battlefield. ?Wu Heng commanded several skeletons and went to the building where Glenda killed the zombies to search for the corpses. I stood aside and waited for a while. Not long. The corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were collected and piled together. Wu Heng began to transform, then collected all the corpse cores and put them into the space ring. Then, continue to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up one after another, swaying their bodies, and joined the queue. When he came, he only brought more than 50,000 skeletons with him, but now the number has more than doubled. ?At a glance, there are densely packed skeletons of white bones. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and said, "Let the convoy come over and keep moving forward." "receive!" The convoy came from behind. ?Wu Heng got back on the truck and continued moving forward. The sound of the bombing was so loud that all the zombies around were attracted. The road ahead for the team has become smoother. Driving a certain distance. The leading car suddenly began to slow down, and the other party''s voice came from the intercom, "Sister Qi, there is a roadblock ahead, and there is a sign saying please go around for bridge maintenance. Do we still want to move forward?" As he spoke, the convoy began to slow down and came to a slow stop. ? Qi Hancai frowned, picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "How is the maintenance going? Can our team pass by?" I cant see you in the car, so Im not sure if I can get through. The intercom answered. Then, someone opened the door and got off the lead car. He came over with a crumpled piece of propaganda paper and handed it into the window, "Sister Qi, this is what is written on it." Qi Hancai took it, looked at it, and handed it to Wu Heng. The bridge ahead is under emergency repair, please detour: ?The bridge ahead is broken. From now until June 8, the bridge is in the emergency repair stage. Vehicles and people passing by are asked to avoid it. We apologize for any inconvenience caused. Construction managerLiang Zheng. " "I''ll arrange for someone to go take a look at the front." Qi Hancai turned around and said. Wait a minute. Wu Heng said. Waiting for Xiaoxiao, who is responsible for high-altitude reconnaissance in the sky, to bring back the news. ??Wu Hengcai continued: "It''s okay, just keep going. It''s too far to take a detour." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Move the signboard blocking the road in front and keep moving forward." "receive." The roadblocks in front were cleared. The convoy began to approach. As the convoy moved forward, Wu Heng also saw an orange fence nearly as tall as a person in the city where he was riding. ?? and huge words, please avoid construction. On the bridge connecting the roads on both sides. Houses were built one after another. ?The iron frame and colored steel plates look like temporary sentry boxes, but they are also built solidly and can withstand the cold wind. Both sides of the bridge, where the road is connected, are cut off front and back. Only the house in the middle is supported by huge bridge pillars. At the cutoff position, a suspension bridge is erected as in ancient times to prevent zombies from wandering into the building. Form a unique refuge. Cars buzzed. A man on a motorcycle approached quickly and waved to the man guarding the opposite side. The suspension bridge was slowly lowered. Waiting for the motorcyclist, he rode in directly. The suspension bridge was raised again. Throwing the car aside, he walked quickly into the building and climbed to the second floor. ?Standing outside a room, he knocked on the door and shouted: "Brother Liang, I''m back to inquire about information." Wait! came a voice from inside. Not long after, the door opened, and a young but thin woman came out, lowered her head and left quickly. The man on the motorcycle stared at the woman''s back and looked at her several times before entering the room. ?The room was dark, barely able to withstand the chill. ??A middle-aged man with a short haircut and a slightly darker appearance, less than 1.7 meters tall, was sitting on the sofa, casually wearing a belt. What happened just now? Is the army entering the city? The man on the motorcycle immediately turned around and said in a hurried tone, "Brother Liang, it''s a skeleton. A large group of bone soldiers wearing armor and holding iron spears. There are also bone flying dragons, the one who threw food for us last time, and trucks. Liang Zhengs eyes narrowed, Those people from Xinfu City? "It must be. I haven''t heard of other bases having such flying dragons. It must be them." Liang Zheng also immediately became nervous, "What are they doing here? No, where are they? Are they coming here?" The younger brother said: "I don''t know. I suspected it was them, so they came back immediately. I don''t know if they will come here." Tap tap tap~! ?While the two were talking, footsteps came from outside the door. Then, another person walked in quickly and said in an anxious tone, "Brother Liang, something''s not going right. There are a group of skeletons approaching here. There are too many of them." ?Liang Zheng stood up suddenly, his eyes full of doubt and fear. Coming to your own side? That shouldnt be the case, I have nothing to do with them. Why did you come here directly? Want to cross the bridge? Yes, do you want to cross the bridge? Brother Liang, what should we do? Liang Zheng took out the pistol from the drawer on the side and said, "Let the brothers prepare their weapons, and let''s go out and take a look together." Brother Liang, they are from Xinfu City. There are too many bone soldiers. What nonsense, we have no place to run. Liang Zheng put on his pistol and put on his down jacket, saying, Maybe we can still make a fortune. ?Several people quickly walked to the building on the other side. Through the window, you can see the motorcade parked in the distance, as well as the endless skeletons. He swallowed and said, "Go and give them a walkie-talkie. I want to talk to them." After thinking for a moment, he continued: "Go and ask the brothers to prepare the explosives we got last time, just in case." It didn''t go very far. The convoy slowed down again. On the intercom, the voice of the leading car reported, "Sister Qi, you can see the bridge. It seems that a house has been built on the bridge, blocking the bridge." Qi Hancai frowned and looked at Wu Heng, "There are survivors on the bridge." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let the convoy stop and wait for a while." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "The convoy slows down and stops." The convoy slowly stopped, and the skeleton army followed suit. The skeleton flying dragon landed on the ground, shaking its head and tail. Just as the motorcade stopped, the voice came from the walkie-talkie again, "Sister Qi, someone is coming from the other side, and I will send you a walkie-talkie." Qi Hancai said: "Bring it to me." One person walked quickly to the back and handed in an old walkie-talkie wrapped with yellow tape. The power of the walkie-talkie is basically low, and the indicator light keeps flashing. Then there was a rustling noise, "Hey, hey~! Is this the shelter in Xinfu City?" Qi Hancai pressed the button, "Yes, we want to pass by here, please make it convenient." The person on the other side was silent for a moment and said: "Oh, it''s difficult to handle. We have built buildings on the bridge. We want you to cross, so we are going to demolish it. It''s winter, look at this... it''s difficult to handle." Qi Hancai said: "We have cleaned up the outside. You can find a building to survive the winter. It is safer than this kind of temporary house." However, we are used to living here and have no idea of ??moving out yet. Qi Hancai still wanted to speak, but Wu Heng said directly: "Ask him what he wants?" "Do you have any requests?" "It is indeed a big shelter. Just do what you say and do what you say. Give us 100 large bags of food and a military truck. We will immediately lower the suspension bridge and send you there." said the other side. ?Qi Hancai glanced at Wu Heng. Dont agree to him yet. Qi Hancai said into the intercom: "We need to discuss it, wait a moment." "good." Qi Hancai looked over in confusion. ?Wu Heng said: "Wait a minute." "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up his walkie-talkie, and gave instructions. Waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back. In the shared vision, I heard the preparation of explosives. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed instantly. He said softly: "Go and kill them." "What?" Qi Hancai asked softly, thinking he was talking to her. Its okay, just wait for a while. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he folded his arms and waited aside. On the bridge, inside the building. ?Liang Zheng and several others are waiting for the results. ?One person asked: "Brother Liang, the conditions you set are too many. They can''t agree to it." Liang Zheng turned around suddenly, with a little excitement on his face, "They must be in a hurry to get there, and they don''t have time to waste time with us here. Just order whatever you can, give them a bite first, and when they pass, we can Follow their path out of here without fear of retaliation. Is this possible? "Why not..." Liang Zheng''s tone suddenly paused as he spoke. ?The movements were stiff and the eyes were wide and full of fear. Click it~! The sound of bones twisting was heard. ?Liang Zhengs neck suddenly twisted to the back and his body fell to the ground. The few remaining people were startled by the scene in front of them. They suddenly stood up from their seats and looked at this scene. Dead~! ?Liang Zheng, a person who has devoured corpse cores and gained physical growth. Died here in such a strange way. I, I dont feel much. Another person said with difficulty. With a face full of horror and disbelief, he took out his pistol and pointed it at his companions. What are you doing? Put the gun down. Youre crazy, arent you. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of gunshots rang out. Bullets were directed at each other. ??Several people in the room fell to the ground, with blood flowing on the ground. "Help..." A person climbed out with difficulty and shouted loudly. Then, the suspended pistol fired again. Hit the back of the head. The room became completely quiet. "There were gunshots from the opposite side. They seemed to be fighting among themselves." A voice came from the leading car. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "They are fighting among themselves." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Get closer." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and ordered to go down directly. The convoy slowly approached the suspension bridge and stopped on the other side. ?Wu Heng glanced at the suspension bridge and the height several meters below. ?These people are considered smart, and they actually came up with this way to prevent the zombies from approaching. Go over and lower the suspension bridge. Wu Heng ordered. The suspension bridge was erected like a wall blocking the front. No matter how good the bounce is, it is still difficult to get over. Keranmu climbed onto the back of the flying dragon and flew directly to the opposite side. Lower the drawbridge. Wu Heng said: "Explosives have been placed on the bridge. We have arranged for people who know this to come over and remove them. Be careful." The ones I made were all homemade explosives. Easy to make and easy to disassemble. Qi Hancai immediately gave the order, and someone walked over and began to dismantle the explosives above. Sister Qi, after weve dismantled them, there are only four of them. Even if they explode, they may not be enough to move our car. A survivor threw it in his hand. Qi Hancai said: "Here, continue to check the strength of the suspension bridge and see if the truck can pass. You guys take the skeleton to the building to see if there is anyone else." The order was issued and everyone took action immediately. Some people began to check the strength of the suspension bridge, and several people entered the building with skeletons. The body was dragged out, along with several men and women. Qi Hancai went over to find out more. He also walked back again, handed over the collected explosive pistols, and then said: "The suspension bridge still needs to be reinforced. In addition to the dead people, there are four women and two men inside. He knows some mechanical maintenance. What are they planning? Im very scared, but I think Ill follow us, Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What does it have to do with those who died?" Its said that they were all nearby survivors who we didnt know at first but gathered here later. I dont rule out that someone is lying. Qi Hancai said. Allow them to spread out and stay in the carriage. Okay! Qi Hancai continued to give instructions. After Wu Hengze finished moving the materials inside, he ordered the buildings blocking the bridge to be demolished, including pieces of blue iron foam board and some iron sheets. It is not difficult to dismantle it. The items were quickly dismantled and piled aside. Lets go, lets go there. Everyone got out of the car and moved all the heavy objects off the truck. ?The trucks drove past carefully one by one, followed by the skeleton army passing by in batches. Wait until everyone has passed the bridge, get on the bus again, and continue moving forward. Leave the bridge and continue driving for some distance. A large group of corpses appeared in front again. The convoy stopped at the rear. Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, dropping bombs like a rainstorm. ?The explosion roared and the world was turned upside down. After several rounds of bombing, the number of corpses waiting along the road began to gradually decrease. ?Wu Heng released again, Light Knight, "Don''t attack the skeletons, go kill the rotting corpses outside." The knight turned into a stream of light again and appeared at the front of the team. ?Holding a long sword, he slashed at the zombies with his sword. The flames enveloped the zombies that were hit, gradually forming charred corpses that fell to the ground. Waiting for the light knight, the body dimmed again. ?Wu Heng took him back and continued to let the skeleton army clear the road. In two consecutive battles, the Light Knight almost eliminated nearly a thousand zombies. In fact, the combat effectiveness is pretty good. Especially has a special effect on the undead. However, the level remains unchanged. ?Wu Heng was a little skeptical. The conditions for upgrading were not as strict as his experience points. In that case, the Light Knight may not be able to reach the fifth level in his lifetime. The battle is over and the battlefield begins to be cleaned. By this time, the sky had darkened. ?Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform the corpses, and the convoys headlights lit up the entire road. Qi Hancai came over with a motorcade and said, "Further ahead is the airport. Do you want to wait until tomorrow?" Humans always think that night is unsafe. Based on human visual characteristics, Krishna is indeed at a disadvantage. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go over there first and see what''s going on." ??Qi Hancai nodded, glanced at him carefully, and continued to ask: "Where is sister Yahong? The radio just said that she has arrived at the military factory." I definitely wont be able to go back tonight. If nothing happens, let her stay one more day and we can go back together tomorrow. Okay, Ill tell her later. Dont talk about our intelligence on the radio, just pass on the news. "clear!" After a short meal and rest. The convoy set off again and drove for a certain distance in the night. Under the moonlight, the outline of the airport could be vaguely seen. ??The convoy turned off its lights and plunged completely into darkness. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts at the same time and began to explore the situation. Not long after, the ghost returned. Get into the body and share the picture with others. The interior of the airport was in a mess, with claw marks and blood stains covering every corner. A large number of zombies were wandering around the house purposefully. In a compartment on the second floor. A strange zombie appeared in sight. ?The skin on the body is black and horny, and the back is an oval bulging hard shell. You can vaguely see something like wings growing underneath. ?Standing there blankly. It''s like a human-shaped unicorn. Level 4 Corpse King. (End of this chapter) Chapter 524 , it鈥檚 so ugly Chapter 524: Its so ugly The shared picture made Wu Heng frown. I actually met the Corpse King again. ??The main station only announced the existence of the Corpse King, and no specific information was reported from anywhere. I met two of them one after another. I dont know what kind of luck this is. Looking at the appearance of the Corpse King again. The skin is black horny, with an oval insect shell on the back, like a black pot on its back. Under the insect shell, you can also see a structure similar to the arms of a dragonfly. Can fly? Although I cant see clearly. But the evolution of wings should mean that they can fly. In addition to the Zombie King, some other types of deformed zombies can also be seen. But for Wu Heng, there is basically no threat. Finish viewing the shared screen. ?Wu Heng looked aside and said, "Let everyone replace the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon and occupy the airport tonight." Qi Hancai was stunned, and immediately nodded in agreement, "Okay, I''ll make arrangements now!" With that said, he opened the car door, called the rest of the people on the intercom, and walked towards the back. The airport is right in front, and I have already guessed in my mind that Wuheng is very likely, and we will start tonight. After all, it is also dangerous in the wild. ??It would be better to fight directly and get everyone into combat mode. On the contrary, it will be safer. After Qi Hancai leaves. Two ghosts also appeared from beside him. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, do you want to fight in tonight?" "Well, fight in." Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Xiao Xiao is responsible for going in and keeping an eye on the Corpse King, and Glenda stays with me to monitor the surrounding situation." Okay. Xiaoxiao nodded and flew out directly. ?Glenda also flew overhead and was responsible for monitoring the surrounding situation. ??Wu Heng got off the bus. A large number of skeletons began to move. Form a tight phalanx of spears, surrounding the entire road airtight. Waited for a while. Qi Hancai''s voice came from the intercom, "The skeleton flying dragon is ready." "Okay, I understand." In reply, Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton of the ''Zombie King'' beside him: "Arrange a skeleton to go out and lure those zombies over." Hurrah! A skeleton squeezed out of the team and walked quickly towards the airport in the distance. Wait until you get close to a certain distance. ??Stretched out his fist and punched the advertising booth on the roadside twice. ?The sound of banging iron plates instantly echoed in the night sky. ??The zombies wandering on the ground outside the airport all turned their heads and looked at the place where the sound came from. Then, the group of corpses seemed to be boiling. ??Roaring and roaring together. The skeleton turned and ran away. ?The zombies outside the airport roared and charged, and the zombies inside the airport also broke through the doors and windows and quickly gathered. Howling and running wildly in the dark night. ?Wu Heng used [Divine Appearance], and his divine consciousness controlled the skeleton next to him to look forward. Even though his perception is higher than that of ordinary people, his naked eye vision is still affected by the darkness of the night, but through the perspective of the skeleton, he can clearly see the hordes of zombies coming. The distance is not too different, and the effect of [God''s Visit] is lifted. ?Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton next to him, "Skeleton flying dragon, start bombing." Hurrah hoo~! Skeleton flying dragon, passing overhead. Then there were intensive explosions, and thick smoke rose from the vehicles on the road, followed by explosions and fires. The zombies that came in fell in large numbers. The second wave of zombies continues to fill the vacant positions. "There are zombies rushing over in the alleys on both sides. The number is not too many." Glenda flew down and warned. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the skeleton of the Corpse King next to him, "Send out soldiers to attack the zombies." The skeletons began to mobilize. Two skeleton teams defended with spears at the entrance of the alley. Stop the wavelet of zombies planning to attack. Immediately afterwards, the skeleton flying dragon passed overhead again and launched another bombardment. After the second round of bombing, the corpses on the entire road were almost cleared. The remaining zombies were staggering and slowly walking towards this side. ?Wu Heng just wanted to give the order to advance. A small, slightly panicked voice came over, "Uncle, the Corpse King is flying over, be careful." Looked up suddenly. I saw a figure, flapping its wings, approaching the sky above the skeleton team. Want to rush in? ?Wu Heng stared at the opponent. When the target didn''t think of lowering his height, he already realized that something was wrong. The target is the convoy behind. ?It believes that the team is the main force of the team. Stop him and let the skeleton shoot. Wu Heng said immediately. ??This time there is no machine gun buggy, but there are still some gun-wielding skeletons. With the order given. In the middle and rear, intensive gunshots were heard. The bullets were shot into the sky intensively, and instantly hit the body of the target ''Zombie King''. The bullets got stuck in the flesh, but did not penetrate the body. But the powerful force still made it wail in pain. Change direction several times. However, he was still covered in bullets and was forced to turn around, landing on the roof of the scrapped car on the outside. He grinned and shook his body, and the bullet stuck in the flesh fell down with a crackle. "The skeleton fired. Something in the sky is hitting him." Qi Hancai''s voice came over just now, and his tone was a little panicked. ?Wu Heng pressed the intercom, "Hide back into the car first, don''t come out." "good!" Hang up the walkie-talkie, Wu Heng quickly glanced at the battlefield. The corpse king fell on the roof of the car, crawling back and forth on all fours like an animal. ??The eyes with black **** slits, filled with hatred, looked at the huge team of skeletons with vigilance. When a large number of skeletons began to rush towards it. ?The Corpse King roared heart-breakingly in the direction of the skeleton. With a push of his feet, he jumped directly into the sky, flapped his wings, and left towards the distance. ?Wu Heng frowned. Hand out his hand, he took out the flying carpet and threw it to Ka Xiu, "Go, catch up and kill it." Ka Xiu opened the flying carpet, lifted him into the air, and chased him in the direction where he fled. ??Wu Heng quickly threw the [Dancing Light Technique] into the sky, and the light ball flew out, illuminating the entire night sky. Then, he quickly took out his sniper rifle and pointed it at the flying figure. Bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and the bullet instantly hit the corpse king''s lower back. ?Bang bang~! Two more shots hit him one after another. ?Blood spattered, and the flying body swayed in the air. Kaxiu, who was riding the flying carpet, quickly closed the distance between them. Jumped up on the flying carpet and landed directly on the opponent''s back. The flying carpet was uncontrolled, rolled up into a ball again, and fell from the sky. The Corpse King felt someone standing on his back and immediately began to struggle, trying to throw the person off. Kaxiu, on the other hand, clung to the opponent''s wings tightly, and used his other finger-tiger hand to charge up his curved fist. The next second, a punch fell. Bang~! A sound like hammering a drum sounded. The corpse king''s body trembled, and dirty blood spurted out from his mouth. Then, there was a punch, hitting the corpse king on the back of the head and back like a rainstorm. The Great Boxer''s [Penetration Strength] can ignore surface defense. ??Even the sturdy black carapace cannot block Ka Xiu''s attack. ??As the punch fell, a large amount of dirty blood poured out from the gaps in the corpse king''s carapace and mouth and nose, flowing downward. The Corpse King roared loudly. ?While falling downwards, he kept struggling to fight back, trying to throw away the enemy on his back and kill him. But it still has no effect. The two of them fell rapidly together. Boom~! The Corpse King fell to the ground, and Kaxiu [Light Body Fall] slowly landed. The corpse king''s body was covered in blood, the wings on his back were broken, and his limbs were twisted and deformed due to falling from a high altitude. ?While letting out an angry roar, he crawled away. Kaxiu walked over slowly. Press one knee on the corpse king''s back and hold his head with both hands. Click it~! ??A harsh sound sounded, and the corpse king''s neck was twisted to the back of his head at 90 degrees. Hello~! ?The corpse king''s head turned to the back and was still roaring loudly, trying to bite. Kaxiu punched the back of Bo''s neck. Smash it completely. Main battlefield. After the last few zombies were cleared away, the entire road suddenly became much quieter. The battle to capture the airport is much simpler than imagined. At least, the number of zombies here at the airport is much less than that of the train stations and passenger terminals that were cleared before. The fourth-level corpse king is just one of the accidents. It did not pose any danger. After two contacts. Wu Heng also gradually became familiar with the Corpse King. Having high attributes, they have evolved many special abilities, but their improved intelligence also allows them to feel fear and danger. Met the Corpse King twice and chose to run away at the last moment. While the sniper rifle can still kill them, running away will only allow Wu Heng to aim better. ?Of course, being able to fly this is still a bit unexpected. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Xiaoxiao also flew back from a distance. Uncle, the corpse king is dead. His neck was broken by Ka Xius punches. At the same time as he was talking, Ka Xiu also walked over from a short distance away. Hand dragging the corpse of the Corpse King with one hand, the broken neck was still connected to the head, and the other hand held the rolled up flying carpet. Squeeze past the skeleton and throw the body to the ground. Uncle, transform it quickly and see if the skeleton that appears can fly. Xiaoxiao floated to one side, urging constantly. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood began to fall off, and a skeleton slowly stood up from the ground. ??The bones of the whole body are covered with black horny, and the back is an oval insect shell. When opened, you can see the wings like a dragonfly inside. Sometimes he walks upright on two feet, and sometimes he walks on all fours. Looking more like a giant beetle now than before he died. Eh~! Its so ugly. Xiao Xiao shrank back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 525 ,who is it? Chapter 525, who is it? ?Wu Heng bent down, found a level 4 corpse core on the ground, packed it up separately and put it away. ??Opened the attributes of the skeleton and took a look. Skeleton Flying Demon Level: Level 18 Attributes: Constitution 47, Strength 38, Agility 42, Intelligence 25, Perception 36, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, flying. Ability: Brood Domain, **** outer armor. Experts: Biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Flying: This unit is born with the ability to fly. Brother''s Nest Domain: The ''Skeleton Demon'' in the domain can pass instructions to the surrounding ''affiliated'' servants. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. The name of the skeleton is Flying Demon. also represents its own ability to fly. In terms of attributes, there are not many changes from the first corpse king that I killed before. It is necessary to distinguish the difference in terms of attributes. The first Corpse King has a strong regeneration ability. As long as it is not a fatal injury, it can recover at a speed visible to the naked eye. This one has no regeneration ability, and its characteristic is flying. That''s the difference. "From now on, you can call me Fei Mo No. 1 and go aside first." Wu Heng said after naming him. ??The Skeleton Flying Demon flapped its wings and flew to the side, looking around at the skeleton army. ?Wu Heng continued to take out the walkie-talkie and said, "Turn on the car lights." "receive!" ?At the rear, the headlights of the convoy were all on, illuminating the surrounding area brightly. The skeletons dragged over the corpses of evolved zombies and deformed zombies. Wu Heng began to transform the corpses, and then searched the ground for fallen corpse cores. Wait until the corpse cores are collected. Start to continue transforming the remaining corpses along the road. Wait until the battlefield is almost cleaned up. He called Qi Hancai, and together they rushed into the airport hall with a large number of skeletons. The hall was already in chaos. The walls were covered with bloodstains and claw marks, and the ground was covered with dark red bloodstains. Let the skeletons spread out for inspection and check all the floors and rooms in the building. Wait until it is confirmed that there is no danger. Let everyone come in! Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Come in." The survivors waiting outside the door quickly walked in. ?Some people were holding coils of wires, while others were holding steel bars. They all spread them out very skillfully after entering. Started to carry out some renovations in the building. ?Temporary lights were hung on the roof, and the doors and windows were re-sealed with steel bars. The previous occupation of the train station followed similar steps, and the actions seemed more skillful. Let the survivors rebuild here. ?Wu Heng continued to walk through the corridor and headed to the apron at the back. The preservation here is pretty good. There are some traces of blood stains, but they are not as serious as those in the hall. By this time, the sky was already bright. ?You can also see the entire airport clearly. When looking to one side, Wu Heng''s eyes lit up slightly. airplane! A passenger plane was parked there with the hatch open, and a lot of snow could be seen at the hatch. Its of no use! After the subconscious surprise. Feeling that the plane is of little use to me. No one can drive it without mentioning that maintenance and fuel are all a burden. ?As for your own skeleton or flying carpet, it is just like no consumption and can meet the functions of the aircraft, and there is no need to consider other issues. ?Standing below and watching for a while. Behind him, Qi Hancai came over and said, "No problem, the tasks have been handed over." Wu Heng said: "Well, arrange for a few survivors to stay here, and I will also arrange for some skeletons to stay. Then we will build this place into an exchange point. Those who have the ability to transport by air can come to us to exchange for food." Then leave four people for now, and I will bring more people over next time. Qi Hancai said. Contact the main station then. We have taken over the airport, and all we have left is their drawings. Well, Ill contact you when I get back. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said as he walked, "Tell them that if you have gold and silver, some blueprints and weapons, you can also sell them to us in exchange for food. Also mention the matter of the fourth-level corpse king to them. , characterized by the ability to fly. Understood. Qi Hancai took out his tablet and wrote it down on the memo. Return to the lobby. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeleton to move out all the mud and debris in the hall and throw them away. Try to make this place more suitable for people to live. Stayed here until noon. Arranged the personnel left behind and a large number of skeletons to coordinate the defense. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai began to return with the remaining vehicles and skeletons. Return to the military factory. The sky is also approaching dusk. ??Wu Heng got off the car and saw several old members of Li Yahong standing at the door of the dormitory building. ?When he saw Wu Heng coming down, his face immediately showed joy, and he walked over and asked, "Did it go well this time?" It went very well, it has been captured. ??Qi Hancai parked the truck into the garage and walked over. He looked at Li Yahong and said, "How is it here?" Li Yahong glanced aside and said, "Let''s just say he''s biased. You have electricity here, and you can use any electrical appliances at will." Qi Hancai smiled and replied, "Your power plant will be repaired in a few days, so don''t worry." "I''m not in a hurry." Qi Hancai nodded and said, "You guys talk first, I''m going to go to the radio station." Li Yahong said: "Don''t forget the business." Qi Hancai''s eyes wandered, "I know." ?Wu Heng and several other old members chatted for a while and walked over. "What''s the business?" Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. "Don''t worry about women''s affairs." Li Yahong said, then lowered her voice and said, "I''ll wait for you for two days. Are you okay tonight?" Its okay, Ill stay with you tonight. Lets go, lets go eat first. The two of them walked towards the canteen together. The radio room. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, cleared his throat, and said: "This is the Xinfu City base, call the main station." From the radio station, a woman''s voice came out. This is the communication channel of the main station. Please speak from the Xinfu City Base. "We have occupied the airport and can conduct subsequent transactions at any time." Qi Hancai said directly. After saying this, the radio station fell into silence. ?After two or three seconds, the message came, "Please wait a moment." A few minutes later, a deep male voice came over, "Xinfu City Base, is the airport you are talking about a regular airport, or an open space that can accommodate planes?" ?Qi Hancai was stunned for a moment and then came to his senses. This is because I suspect that I have found an open space here to serve as an airport. He replied with a confident tone, "We have completely occupied the provincial and district civil airports and established a defense base. You can come over at any time." "sure?" You can be sure that we wont joke about this kind of thing. ?The other party fell into a brief silence again. Then he replied: The drawings I promised you are also being finalized, and I will contact you then to confirm the time. Qi Hancai continued: "Our leader also mentioned this matter and said that if there is gold, silver or some other useful drawings, we will exchange them for grain." Okay, we will do some statistics and we will let you know in advance. "Okay!" Qi Hancai agreed, and then said: "During this attack, we encountered level four zombies at the airport. Now we will report their characteristics and attack methods." ??This time it was the woman''s voice again, "Please speak!" The zombie is nearly 1.7 meters tall, with a medium build, black **** skin, and insect-like wings on its back, which can meet the flying ability. It is currently confirmed that the flying ability cannot fly for a long time and needs to stop at a point of impact. Qi Hancai said in one breath. Detailed records were also kept on the opposite side. The record has been completed here, thank you to the Xinfu City Base for the exploration and summary. "You''re welcome." Hang up the call, Qi Hancai sat down aside, resting his legs on the edge of the table, and continued to listen to other things on the radio. Stay for about five minutes. Only other people''s voices came from the radio. "Is Xinfu City so fierce? I remember the air transportation thing. I didn''t talk about it for a few days, but the airport was taken over?" "Before, they were distributing food from various places. I suspect that their leader is a reborn person and started to prepare before the outbreak." Although I dont believe this statement, it seems to be more explainable. Xinfu City is so awesome. Can you help us here? Our base is willing to be our little brother. Is the family in need of a younger brother? Qi Hancai listened for a while and then took back his legs on the table. Looked at the time. ?The little girl in charge of the radio station said: "Sister Qi, there is a movie to be shown tonight, can I give you a front row seat?" Qi Hancai smiled and said, "No, Li Yahong and I have something to do. Just watch." "okay." On the other side, I had dinner in the cafeteria. Wu Heng and the two returned to the dormitory room. Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom, wearing a white bath towel. While wiping her hair, she sat sideways on his lap, her tone slightly complaining, "I thought you had forgotten me!" No way, Im just too busy. Well, I believe you. Li Yahong smiled and then said, Then you have to listen to me tonight. "Okay, you can say it, but don''t be too perverted." "You''re the pervert." Li Yahong took out an eye mask for sleeping from her backpack, "Put it on, and you are not allowed to take it off under any circumstances, do you hear me?" "Should I put it on? We are so familiar with each other, so there is no need!" Wu Heng asked while holding it. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and said, "Listen to me." Okay! Wu Heng covered his eyes according to the other partys request, and his vision completely fell into darkness. At the same time, when sight is deprived, other senses become more sensitive. You can hear the other party''s location, heartbeat and slightly excited breathing. "Come here and sit down. I agreed not to take it off." Li Yahong helped him, sat on the edge of the bed, and whispered in his ear. "knew." Just when Wu Heng thought that the other party was about to start. Li Yahong made no next move. There was a slight sound of opening the door, and a familiar voice came over, as thin as the sound of a mosquito, "Come on, keep your voice down, it will definitely scare him." What if he gets angry? ?Wu Heng was shocked, Qi Hancai! ?Although the sound is subtle, it can be heard clearly. Qi Hancai, she actually walked in when she and Li Yahong were basically wearing nothing. I agree, why are you hesitating? Li Yahong said softly. ?The two of them tiptoed to the bed. Then, delicate and cold hands rested on his thighs. ?Wu Heng frowned. who? ?Li Yahong or Qi Hancai? (End of this chapter) Chapter 526 ,how are you feeling? Chapter 526, how do you feel? ?The sight is blocked and the senses are more sensitive. The addition of Qi Hancai added a sense of excitement. He also began to guess in his mind which one of them was kneeling in front of him. Qi Hancai, who came in later? Still, Li Yahong is giving some demonstrations. When did the two of them get so good? The person in front of me is working harder, and the sound of breathing becoming increasingly rapid can also be heard on the other side. ?Wu Heng raised his hand, wanting to touch the other person''s face to identify who the other person was. As soon as he raised his hand, it was grabbed by another hand, "We agreed not to move." The voice came from the front, that is to say, the person in front of him was ''Li Yahong'', so the person beside him who was breathing rapidly was Qi Hancai. These two lunatics actually played this trick. ?Wu Heng composed himself and said in a confused tone, "Did you close the window? Why do I feel like someone is peeking at us?" ?Li Yahong paused and then said: "Who is looking at you? There is nothing interesting to see." Perhaps, who has this hobby! ??Li Yahong took his hand and put it on top of her head, "How would you feel if someone was watching?" "Who would be so perverted?" Wu Heng stroked the other person''s hair. ?Li Yahong turned her head and glanced aside, removed his hand, and said, "Don''t move." Then there was a slight sound of moving, and another person knelt in front of him. ?Wu Heng didn''t say anything, but he also knew that it was Qi Hancai now. The hand on his leg was not that cold, but still a little soft. The rapid breathing blew against his lower abdomen from far to near, very hard. ??Wu Heng also became more and more excited by this novel feeling, making the other party swallow continuously, and the hands on his legs gradually became stronger. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and stroked the other person''s hair. Then touch your cheek. It is certain that it is Qi Hancai. ??Qi Hancai is one or two years older than Li Yahong. Perhaps it is because she has awakened her powers, but her skin is still very good. But Wu Heng still said nothing and played his role. Not long after, Li Yahong''s voice came from one side, "How do you feel?" ??Suddenly speaking, Qi Hancai''s movements suddenly stopped, and he was obviously a little panicked. He leaned back and coughed loudly. ??Wu Heng also pulled down his blindfold, glanced at Li Yahong, and then looked at Qi Hancai in front of him in surprise, "Qi Hancai, what''s wrong with you?" Qi Hancai became even more flustered and coughed twice, "I''m sorry." ??Li Yahong said: "This is my idea, are you willing to accept Qi Hancai?" ?Wu Heng pulled the bed sheet aside and covered his legs. Naturally, he did not reject Qi Hancai. But they were also curious about the idea of ????arranging this show. "Why do you say that?" Li Yahong said: "How do you plan to arrange Qi Hancai in the future? Now that she is the deputy leader of the base, so many things are under her control. Do you feel free to let her get along with others? Or do you plan to let her be alone for the rest of her life? After all, you have to give it to her. A man?" this. ?Wu Heng was stunned. He had never thought about this problem. Most of the matters at the base are managed by Qi Hancai, who even manages more matters than Li Yahong. Given such great power to her, he told her to marry another man. ?Wu Heng was a little worried. At that time, it is very likely that someone will be replaced for management, but at present, there is really no suitable candidate. ??Whether it is Li Yahong or now Qi Hancai, their role in the base is more like a secretary. ?Wu Heng told them what was going to happen, and they implemented it accordingly. Women are more careful and less ambitious in doing this kind of thing. If it were a different man. Ambition is harder to control. Wu Heng looked at the two of them and asked curiously: "When did you two become so close?" "Isn''t it because of you? If we don''t unite, what can we do?" Li Yahong said with some complaints. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask, and looked at Qi Hancai, "Qi Hancai, are you willing?" Li Yahong smiled and said, "How come you have become so straight? If she didn''t want to, could you just do it for you?" Qi Hancai lowered his head, his face even redder. ??Wu Heng smiled and put the eyepatch on his forehead back on, "Some people are a little shy. It''s better for me. You continue." ??Li Yahong came over, pushed him gently down on the bed, and sat astride his waist, "Remember, you can never abandon us two." Of course not, but you two have to work harder. ??The rustling sound of taking off clothes was heard. Another silky body slipped into the arms from the side. The next day, early morning. Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom. Then he saw the two people stacked together on the bed and said, "Okay, let''s start in the morning. Don''t kill Qi Hancai." On the bed, Qi Hancai''s whole body was red, like an octopus hanging on the other person''s body, "I''m fine." Whats wrong with you? Li Yahong sat down aside. After the two of them finished, they went to the bathroom to take a shower. Leave the room and go to the canteen in the factory to eat. Sitting at the dining table, Li Yahong said: "I''m going back today. The last few shelters are discussing joining our base. There are a lot of things, and we can''t stay here for too long." Those who kill and rob shelters, it is best not to recruit them as they are prone to problems. Wu Heng warned. ?Li Yahong nodded, "I understand, try to check it out." Also, all the skeletons transformed from aberrant zombies will be shipped to me, and I will make unified arrangements then. Wu Heng continued. Okay, Ill have someone drive you here when I get back. Qi Hancai was still eating slowly, thinking about things, and his face turned red from time to time. Qi Hancai. Wu Heng looked to the other side. Ah. Qi Hancai suddenly raised his head. The main station will continue to follow up. If there is any news, remember to inform me. Qi Hancai immediately said: "Understood." Li Yahong looked at her absent-minded look, glanced at the other members eating around, and whispered: "I still think about it!" Go, go, go! Qi Hancai waved his hand hurriedly. After breakfast, the three of them separated and went about their own business. ?Li Yahong returned to Xinfu City with the convoy, while Qi Hancai arranged for people to go to the airport to build an exchange point. Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. Come out of the realm gate and send the corpse core to the skeleton alchemy room. Put all the corpse cores obtained into the freezer nearby, and collect all the corpse core medicines on the finished cabinet shelves. At present, there are two level four corpse cores. The most abundant ones are the first-level corpse cores, which cannot be said to be mass-produced, but nearly a hundred are obtained after each clearing out of the corpse tide. People like me cannot digest these medicines at all. ? He took another look at the progress of the alchemist''s development of potions and walked out of the room again. Go downstairs. Minnie and the two new maids were sitting in the living room chatting. Master! the two new maids saluted. Minnie asked: "Master, do you want to have breakfast?" "No, I''ve eaten." Wu Heng motioned for a few people to sit down, looked at Cat Girl and Lop-eared Rabbit Girl, and asked, "How are you doing? Are you still adapting here?" Kitten Girl Robbe said: "Thank you, Master, for your concern. We never thought we would have the life we ??have now." Annette, the lop-eared rabbit girl, also nodded, "Thank you, Master." What about training? How does it feel? Minnie has arranged a skeleton instructor for us, and she is training with us every day. She will definitely live up to her masters expectations. Robbe said again. It seems that among the two, Robbe is better at communicating with others. Annette, on the other hand, didnt answer much. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out two 5-cubic rings and several bottles of potions from the space ring, and placed them on the table. You have one space ring each. Store some things. The medicine can change your physique. When you take it, let Minnie watch you. ??The two people, who were a little cautious, suddenly raised their heads and looked over. ??Robert said: "Master, the space ring is too precious." Annette also whispered, "We don''t need it." ?The space ring is a rare item in Luntam City, and it is the kind of thing that even money may not be able to buy. Only some merchants who travel around the world, or characters such as leaders, have space rings. ?Slaves, at most they have heard of it, but they may not have seen it. On Wu Hengs side, after killing the pirates, half the drawer was filled with space rings. Most of them dont have much storage space, but they are enough for daily use by maids. "One for each person, it is considered as a benefit for the maid of your island master''s mansion." Wu Heng said. Minnie also said at the side: "Take what the master gives you. See, I also have some, which are bigger than yours." He also stretched out his hand to show off and shook his space ring. Hearing what Minnie said, the two of them took it carefully and said, "Thank you, Master." Put away the potion as well, and wait until Minnie tells you some precautions. Yes! The two continued to put away the potion. Okay, lets go play! ?Robert and Annette bowed again, stood up and left. Minnie did not leave, but still sat aside. Just waited for the two of them to go to the courtyard. Then he said: "Master, the compound bow from last time has been made. Please take a look." Speaking, he took out a compound bow. Slightly different from the original version, the bow arms are made of iron-grey wooden arms, the main string is slightly thicker and dark red, and the two secondary strings are brown. It seems that the materials of compound bows have been changed again in recent days. Has it been tested? Wu Heng asked. The Artifact Master conducted experiments on ordinary skeleton archers. Compared with ordinary longbows, the power of the same bow is more than five times greater than that of ordinary longbows. (End of this chapter) Chapter 527 ,condition Chapter 527, Conditions so tall? He didnt know much about compound bows. He only knew that they were improvements to traditional bows and arrows. I didnt expect that the effect would be improved to more than five times. In addition, the bow string in this world is more flexible and powerful, so the effect is even better. Lets go and try outside. ??Wu Heng took the compound bow and walked outside with Minnie. ?Aiming at a wooden target in the distance, setting an arrow and firing the bow, the moment the bow string is pulled, a boost of power suddenly comes from the axle position, allowing the bow to be fully reached with less effort. Whoosh~! Let go of your hand, and the arrow roars out. With a bang, the nail penetrated the iron sheet on the surface of the wooden target in the distance. ?Wu Heng looked at the effect of the compound bow with some surprise. ??He has used ordinary bows and arrows, and also used crossbows, and he has been studying for a while to select suitable bows and crossbows for the skeleton army. Still somewhat knowledgeable. ?The effect of this compound bow can be regarded as combining the lightness and speed of the bow with the power of the crossbow. ??It is not an ordinary crossbow, it is comparable to a sophisticated level crossbow. How is it? Minnie held the quiver and asked from the side. Not bad, better than expected. Those skeleton weapon masters, with ordinary skeletons, have been testing for several days, and several wooden targets have been broken. Minnie complained at the side. Proof that success comes from countless practices. Minnie smiled and cheered, "The master is really educated." Wu Heng handed the compound bow to her, walked back and said, "Minnie, when the time comes, you can continue to order some more materials according to the final product." Minnie nodded, How much do you want? Lets get five thousand sets first. Okay, Ill go now. "Um." They returned to the house together, and Wu Heng went upstairs again. Minnie called the other two people and took a carriage to Beacon Street to order parts for the compound bow. The components of a compound bow are separated. The wheel sets and fine parts are machined by lathes and machines in the zombie world, and the bow arms and bow strings are ordered in this world. Bow arms and bow strings are divided into different strengths in the other world, especially the bow strings. The tendons of Warcraft are more flexible. The two places produce in different places, which also prevents the drawings from being leaked. It is considered a confidential procedure! ?Wu Heng went to the radio stations room. Looked at the records of several radio stations. Only the record of Shanara left a message for herself. ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it, his brows also furrowed. Last night I attended a noblemans ball and met my best friend Taddei. She had changed so much that she was a little strange. I mentioned you to her, but I didnt reveal your identity. I just talked about our secret meeting and the agreement we made. You also know that they, married ladies, are very keen on this. Good guy. Whenever you go out, you talk about everything outside. I also saw my nominal husband, greeted each other, and also mentioned this matter to me. He can be said to be a very gentlemanly nobleman, the kind of gentleman on the surface, you may not know much about him. The end of the first paragraph. Then the second paragraph appeared. The annotation of the Skeleton Investigator has no date, it should be after the dance. Or the next day. The Presbyterian Churchs investigation has come back. Because of you, Treasure Islands performance has been several times higher than before, and it was only in those two months. They put forward some conditions, but Im a little unsure. Lets discuss it when we have time and see what we should do. Once recorded here, there is no further content. Need to talk to yourself! Without thinking too much, he picked up the phone and said directly: "Shanela, are you there?" ??Wu Heng shouted two or three times, and just when he thought the other party was not there, he heard a yawn, "Yes, I have a headache." Sister, you are still sleeping. Wu Heng was speechless. ?This habit of staying up late must be maintained. "Why don''t I sleep? I have nothing to do." Shannara counterattacked with a dissatisfied tone. Well, you are the rich woman who has the final say. She is still a rich woman. Wu Heng continued to ask: "What do you mean by the conditions they proposed? What are the conditions based on?" Shannara''s tone also became serious. said: The conditions for my freedom. Tell me carefully. "They found out that my man is you, and they confirmed it directly this time. Treasure Island''s largest order was for the items you ordered, which made Star Flower make a lot of money in a short period of time. They want to continue to maintain this A transaction, to put it simply, I want to make money from you. It is actually not surprising at all to find out Wu Heng. The wood elves have probably found out about this place before, but now it is even more confirmed. ?Wu Heng didnt intend to hide anything. ?He and Shanara are in a free relationship, but the other person''s identity is rather special. What do you mean? Just put it simply. Shannara took a deep breath, "After I bargained with them, their final request was that they would continue to cooperate with Star Flower and let me leave." Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. The last time the island owner ordered items, the Star Flower was not selected. Is there a reason for this? The Flower of Stars is short of this amount of money, and I want you to exchange it for me? "The Flower of Stars pursues benefits, and the situation of the business group is indeed not good. In addition, sooner or later, I will be let out. After all, I have not harmed the interests of the clan and the business group. For personal emotional issues, I can be executed. Well!" Shannella said. Cooperation is possible, what kind of cooperation method is needed? Wu Heng continued to ask. Within three years, maintaining an order worth no less than 200,000 gold, and caravan discounts are also valid. Shannella said. Two hundred thousand gold is actually not too much. The cost of ordering weapons and equipment yourself is about the same. Seeing that there was no sound from the other side, Shanara said a little disappointedly: "It''s okay, you will let me out after a while, and I will find a way to go back then." Wu Heng reacted, "I agree, I''m not worried about you staying there." "I''m very happy if you have such a heart. You have just become the owner of the island, so don''t spend money on such a place." Shannara said softly. "What are you talking about? Get up and clean up. Go talk to those old men now. I agree. Let them go quickly." "real?" "Of course, I will arrange for someone to pick you up when the time comes, and we will wait until they come back." Wu Heng said. The order is no problem at all. I still need a lot of supplies to purchase. ?Especially the food of the wood elves, even if spring comes, the food aspect may not be able to be solved. Furthermore, as time goes by, the food collected outside also begins to become moldy. Still need to purchase in large quantities. The rest includes white gunpowder, copper, lead, or other subsequent resources. These orders are enough to meet the other party''s requirements. The Flower of Stars is indeed a large business group. Transportation speed is also faster. Shanaras laughter was a little choked, You little man, you suddenly feel so reliable. What are you saying? It feels like you are complimenting me, but it doesnt feel right. Im flattering you, Im going to talk to them now, and Ill let you know if theres any news. Well, feel free to talk and Ill tell you the truth. "good!" After the two finished chatting, they hung up the communication. ?Wu Heng leaned against the table, thinking about the wood elves. If you have money, you can solve a lot of problems, and even get the other party to let you go in advance. Shannara must be brought back. Not to mention the relationship between the two, her position as the owner of the island was also arranged by her. Having strong interpersonal skills. It is impossible to ignore the other party just because of such a trivial matter. Yeke Kingdom, a coastal town. ??In the dim basement, rows of black-robed figures were neatly arranged, sitting quietly on their knees, muttering something, with pious and focused eyes. ?At the front of the room, a man also wearing black robes, holding a wooden staff and a brown book, stood in front, leading everyone to pray in a low and contagious voice. ?At this time, there was a soft knock on the door. ?The figure holding a wooden stick in front of him glanced sideways, motioning for everyone to continue, and he opened the door and walked out. Outside the door, there were several figures standing. ??The thief wearing leather armor is a secret sentry posted outside. Whats the matter? the man in black robe who came out asked in a deep voice. ??The secret whistle thief immediately said respectfully: "Master Protector, the bishop has arranged for someone to come over. Please come over." Person arranged by the bishop? Take me there. ??The thief took the other person to a room. ?The door opened, and several unfamiliar figures appeared in front of the small room. ?One person is sitting, and the remaining four people are standing on one side. How many are they? asked the apologist. ?The man sitting at the table turned his head and took off his hood, revealing a shriveled and shrunken face. The figures behind him also took off their hoods, revealing themselves as skeleton attendants with souls filled with fire. My name is Solvay, you should have heard of me. The sitting figures voice was hoarse. ??The guardian''s eyes narrowed and he immediately thought about the name. ?The churchs death Solvi is responsible for punishing traitors or killing high-level enemies who threaten the church. Lord Knight Solvay. The guardian nodded, thought about the words in his mind, and spoke softly, "The person who arranged to go out was killed by the deacon and island owner of Treasure Island, and we are also wanted by various associations." Solvay asked: "What reason?" Cult, human sacrifice. Its really accurate. Solvi sneered and continued to ask: Tell me about those people on Treasure Island. Isnt that the place where pirates are pardoned? "I heard that the pirates were wiped out by the association. Now the owner of Treasure Island is a..., uh, respected necromancer, and the deacon is an elf swordsman." The thief replied. Can a necromancer also be the owner of the island? the man wondered. Thats what the inquiring information said. What level are they? "I heard that both of them were promoted to deputy deacons, so they should not be of high rank." Deacon, thats level 12. Solvi stroked his chin and thought for a moment, then said, Owning a small island might be more helpful to the church. (End of this chapter) Chapter 528 , Ferocious Ghost (First update today, 5,000 words.) Chapter 528, The ferocious ghost (Todays update, 5,000 words.) The island owners estate. As dusk approached, the maids who had gone out all came back. Sitting around the dining table, chatting while eating dinner. Minnie said: "Master, the materials for the compound bow have been placed at the elf shop. They trust us and promise to put our order as early as possible and deliver it ahead of time." The elven shop, Wu Heng had cooperated with them when he first came to the island. Purchased a lot of elven wooden bows. ??It is also the race that Silla Rose belongs to, and they all have some basis of trust with each other. ??Wu Heng said: "I''ll leave this matter to you. I''ll follow up later." Okay master, I will definitely keep an eye on you. Minnie said with great motivation. Yeah. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Then, Anderweil also said: "Master, two caravans arrived at the port today. The copper plates were stored in the warehouse on Beacon Street. I put the white gunpowder into the space sachet." Speaking, he handed over the space sachet. It has been a while since I ordered these things, and the first batch of goods has just been delivered. ?Wu Heng put away the space sachet and said, "Are there other caravans?" They will come over in the next two days, and I will follow up then. Andwyer said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "After dinner, let''s go to the warehouse and take out all the goods." Okay! Anderweil nodded. Wu Heng continued: "Let''s talk to those caravans then. If the delivery speed continues in the future, we will switch to other caravans. Their speed is too slow." Andewil said: "I also talked about this with the caravan representatives. They said that this was the first transaction. It took some time to prepare and process. The next orders will be much faster." Then lets take a look at the situation. Okay. Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng was gradually arranging some things for the maids to handle. The improvement in strength and status also freed him from being as careful as before and doing everything by himself. Just make some important decisions yourself. After chatting about important things, several people chatted and ate. Minnie talked about what happened when they were slaves. It seems that Minnie, Robert and Annette have a really good relationship, the kind of people who survive difficult times together. ? No wonder Minnie was so persistent in bringing the two of them here. Have had dinner. ?Minnie and the other two went to the training room to train. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the warehouse area on Beacon Street and took out all the goods inside. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and opened the door to the zombie world. Put the white gunpowder, copper plates and other materials collected today into different warehouses. To avoid any danger. As for the military factory, with the supply of sufficient electricity, all production chains began to operate. Bullets are produced and assembled one by one. Skeleton is at the end of the transport belt, packing all the assembled bullets into boxes and moving them to the warehouse. Two days later, in the morning. ?Wu Heng took a carriage and went to the association. One morning, just after breakfast, a staff member from the association went to the island owners manor and said that Sheila Gui invited him to come over. Sheela rarely looks for her own, unless something happens on the island or another wanted criminal is discovered. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and headed to the association. The carriage arrived, but there were not many people in the association all morning. ?Walked all the way to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, and walked in directly. In the study room, incense is lit. A faint floral fragrance filled the room. ?Sheela Gui was sitting in the study room, while her assistant Shi Yali was sitting by the window, leaning her chin and looking out the window. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and saluted. I poured a cup of scented tea, sat back down, and looked out the window. Looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Xila Gui handed over a document and said: "Take a look at the association''s decisions and directions for this year, and then send a copy to each regional association you are responsible for." What! Wu Heng took it and looked at it. Association action manual, association decision-making guide. Looking through it casually. Non-interference in local areas, and abide by the rules: understand the governance characteristics and ethnic customs of each place, safeguard each others legitimate rights and interests, and be able to distinguish the difference between internal affairs and crime. The difference between cults and local churches: quickly and accurately identify the nature of the church Promotion of 18th-level professionals: Effectively promote 18th-level professionals to ensure correct and guided dissemination of reputation by deepening impressions and increasing influence. Major incident handling: The flag bearer can take the lead in responding to major incidents and crisis incidents... Ouch, holy shit! ??There really is such a thing. Imilo divided his position into two and gave them to him and Sheila Gui. He also mentioned the responsibilities of the flag bearer and some of the roles he played in the association. But all this time, nothing happened to me. I thought it was just a temporary job, and I really had my own life. It seems that the identity of the flag bearer is quite important. ?Especially the last one, the flag bearer can respond to major events and crises to a certain extent, and the local associations within the jurisdiction need to cooperate. Looking at it this way, he has more power than a deacon. He glanced briefly, raised his head and asked, "Do I need to send these to various places?" Sheila Gui nodded, "Well, I need you to arrange to send it out, and you can also add some local things, such as arresting pirates in various places, reporting information about pirates, etc." Thats it! Wu Heng raised the information in his hand. "Get someone to copy it, or let your skeletons copy it." Sheila Gui shrugged, indicating that this is your business. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng put it away directly. Its just a matter of taking it back and making a copy, which is not a big deal. Sheila Gui continued: "The corpse of the vampire has been transported to the headquarters. The vampire also responded, saying that this person was a criminal exiled by the vampire because of bloodthirsty killing and **** creatures. Lily was Leader Si was punished and exiled, and he had no chance to see the light of day again. Unexpectedly, he was dug out by those from the Destiny Sect. " Punishment and banishment? ?The vampire''s exile is to be sealed in a coffin, sunk to the bottom of the sea, or buried in a deep mountain somewhere. ??It will not kill you directly, but let you experience loneliness and endless darkness for a long time. It is more like life imprisonment in the modern world. Speaking of punishment, Wu Heng thought of the vampire at that time, with a body structure that had no male and female characteristics. The tools for committing the crime were confiscated. What a terrible trick. Did you tell us any rewards? Wu Heng asked. After all, he killed an 18th-level professional and rescued some villagers who were almost sacrificed. It was a credit to him. Sheila Gui nodded, "I feel like the response will calculate the merits for us, and we''ll see what happens then." What about the Destiny Sect? Is there any new news? "The association has updated the wanted order, but the Destiny Church is a new church, and the identity of the bishop and main members is not yet clear. It is currently in the stage of collecting intelligence." Sheila Gui put her arms on her chin and said softly With. Well, we have done everything we can, and there is nothing else we can do. Lets wait for the news! Finished talking about the main things. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "There are no problems with the patrol and security on the island, right?" No problem! The basic area can be guaranteed to be safe. You are talking about opening a tourist beach for other people to play. Wu Heng said casually. Beach? What to do? Just go swimming or bask in the sun. There are many caravans on the island, which attracts them. Sheila Gui thought for a while, "I can''t say, I don''t know if it will have the effect you said." At that time, I will have someone sort out an area and take you there to have a look and experience it first. Sheila smiled and said, "Okay, let me see how it is different from normal swimming." The two chatted for a while. When someone from the team came to report the matter, Wu Heng left the study and walked out of the association. Return to your residence. Have lunch with the maids. After resting for a while, we went upstairs again and headed to the zombie world. Waiting in the dormitory for a while. ?There were footsteps outside the door, followed by a knock on the door. "come in!" ?The door opened, and Qi Hancai and Wang Haibing walked in directly. Wang Haibing took two steps forward and said in a reporting tone: "Chief, several bases have been inspected. There are no major problems with the power plant. The power supply can be restored by replacing the boiler. There are many bases in Xinfu City. Need to change the line. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, his complexion had improved a lot over the past few days. ?Although his hair is still messy, he is obviously a little fatter. Even if the food can keep up, people can still gain weight easily. Have the drawings come out? Come out, here. Wang Haibing took out the blueprint from his arms. There are three power plants in total, and three furnace sizes with different specifications have also been drawn, which will then replace the fuel and provide heat energy. ??Wu Heng put away the drawings and said, "You will also be responsible for changing the wiring. Do it as soon as possible so that people in other places can use electricity freely." "Okay, I''ll go back tomorrow and change the route in advance." Wang Haibing said. After thinking for a moment, Wu Heng asked again, "Have the few skeletons you brought with you had any effect?" "Still learning. I have almost mastered some basic knowledge. I am still learning about the control and maintenance of the power plant. These skeletons... First of all, gentlemen, they have very strong learning ability and should be able to learn it soon." ?????????Hurry up. Time, a group of people need to be taught before power is restored to other bases. Yes, I know! Wang Haibing wiped his sweat. Go and do your work first. Once things are done, your job will be easier than anyone elses. Yes, I will try my best. ?Wang Haibing saluted the two of them, then turned and left to go about his own business. After Wang Haibing left. There were only two people left in the room. ?Wu Heng glanced at Qi Hancai. Today I am wearing a white down jacket, a gray stand-up collar sweater, and tight-leg jeans. Wrap the buttocks more roundly. ?Wu Heng patted his thigh, Qi Hancai lowered his head, walked over and sat on his lap. ??Wu Heng put his arms around the opponent''s waist and asked, "How''s it going at the main station?" The airport has been occupied for a few days, and the main office has yet to complete the drawings. ?This made Wu Heng somewhat anxious. Qi Hancai replied softly, "I contacted them yesterday. It will be over in the next two days, and a plane will be arranged to send it to us." Hearing the news, Wu Heng was still overjoyed. Meaning that in just a few days, you can have complete drawings on your side. Treasure Island and Luntam City can also start arranging construction work. "well done." ?Qi Hancai smiled and hummed softly. ??Wu Heng hugged the other person and said, "The factory should have equipment that can make copies, right?" Yes, do you need to copy something? ??Wu Heng continued to take out the "Association Manual" he got from Xila Gui, "These are all copied for me. They need to be clearer. Ordinary paper will do." Qi Hancai picked it up and looked at it. There were strange words on it. I didnt think much about it, after all, Wu Heng had too many secrets. He nodded and agreed, "Okay, how many copies do I need to make?" "Just 100 copies. If necessary, I''ll tell you." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "There are people in the base who are good at typesetting or advertising. You can pay attention to it. It may be useful later." "Okay, I understand, and I will arrange it as soon as possible." Qi Hancai nodded. "Um!" The two continued to chat about the base. Qi Hancai was called away by the intercom, and Wu Heng also opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. The next day, morning. ?Minnie brought Sheila Rose to the island owners manor. ?Wearing a gold and silver armor, the waistline is shrunk, and the exaggerated figure can still be seen. "What''s wrong? Are you in a hurry?" Wu Heng brought her a bottle of cold iced black tea. "The members of Team 4 of the Association are missing, and there are also ordinary residents on the island, reflecting the disappearance of their family members. I feel that there must be a problem." Sheela sat down aside, took a sip, and quickly explained Again. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you brought the other party''s belongings?" Bring it. Sheela took out a linen shawl and handed it to him. She knows a little about Wu Hengs rare objects and props. ?Especially the strange objects that can track people. When she was in danger at sea, Wu Heng used the strange objects to find people''s traces and found her. Thats easy. Wu Heng took out the [Tracing Pendant] and put a drop of blood on the skull of the pendant. The skull of the dead thing began to come to life. The jaw moved from side to side. Putting the shawl he brought closer, the skull was on the corner of the cuff and began to tear and chew it. The two of them watched carefully. Waiting for directions to appear so that you can follow them and investigate the location of the missing person. The skull can be chewed. The fire in his pupils was extinguished immediately, and there was no next move. Sheela frowned, "What''s going on?" Wu Heng said: "When a person dies, a dead person cannot be traced." Dead? The family members said that the person disappeared yesterday and died today? "Maybe something happened. The person must be dead." Wu Heng thought for a moment, and seeing that the skull did not respond, he said, "Let''s go to the prophet and have a look." The two of them went upstairs together and walked directly into the Skeleton Prophet''s room. ??The skeleton was wearing a loose robe, sitting in front of the window, staring out the window silently. Wu Heng said: "Here is a piece of clothing. See what happened?" The prophet took the clothes, one hand floated above the clothes, and the other hand grabbed Wu Heng''s wrist. ??Wu Heng grabbed Xila Gui''s hand and put it into the skull''s hand, "Show her." Hunting to wait for Sheilagui to speak. The flames in the skull''s eye sockets suddenly rose, and Sheila Gui''s pupils also lost focus for an instant. Soon, his pupils regained their vitality and said: "The people were kidnapped. Those people were wearing hoods and they were very neat and careful in their work." Then he said to the skeleton prophet, "Check, where is he now?" Still some people dont believe that people are dead. Check it for her. Wu Heng said. The prophet used his power again, and Shilagui''s pupils were blank for a moment, and then recovered, "Dead, buried in the soil." "what to do?" Xila Gui took a deep breath and said: "It must be someone who has recently arrived on the island. I will check and let you know when the time comes." "good!" Ten p.m. ?A carriage was parked far away in the second expansion area of ??Lighthouse Street, which was a residential area established before Wu Heng became the owner of the island. ?At that time, Millicent was kidnapped in this area. Now some people have begun to live there, but not many. Tap tap tap~! Footsteps sounded, and a ranger from the association ran over quickly, "They are in a private room on the second floor of the tavern. There are people guarding the door. I''m not sure how many people are inside." Sheelagui said: "Let everyone guard the surroundings and don''t let him escape." Yes! The team members left quickly. Xilagui continued to look at Wu Heng, "Let''s investigate first. If it''s not a trap, let''s rush in and arrest them." Okay, let me take a look first. The killing of association members on the island obviously made Sheila Gui very angry. ??Whether it is just a few people or there are others who committed the crime, we plan to kill one first and then interrogate the corpse to find the others. ?Wu Heng released the ghost, "In the room with the firelight, go check the situation." The ghost came out directly from the body and flew towards the distant building. Xila Gui knew that Wu Heng had a ghost, and it was still a little ghost. ?The reason why I know this is that the last time the 18th-level old mage Gianvito mentioned this matter, Sheela Gui was by the side. ??Although I haven''t said it yet, I also know that there is a ghost in Wu Heng. Hearing Wu Heng talking to the air, he didn''t feel strange at all. Just waiting silently. The pub has three floors in total. Ghost Glenda, following Wu Hengs order, got into the room with the light on. The room was a little dim, with many flying insects flying around the dim light stone. The first person to enter is the outside of the private room. The dining table is covered with eaten food, and there are wine glasses, medicine bottles and some sundries scattered around. ?Glenda looked around briefly and saw that there was nothing to see. ?Hence, he turned toward the bedroom, where he could faintly hear a woman''s humming. For this kind of thing. ?Granda has never had any psychological burden, and is even a little curious. The other party has been targeted by the association, and he actually dares to come to find a woman. ?The body passed through the partition and directly entered the room where the bed was. Clothes and pants were scattered on the ground, and the sheets were messy. A man with slightly dark skin and a strong body was supporting his body with his hands, above the young woman. ?The woman''s voice was hoarse, her eyes were cloudy, and she was confused. Just make a slight sound following the opponent''s movements. ?Glenda walked around to the head of the bed, observed their faces, and then began to check their levels. The level of women is not high, about first level. But the man has already reached level 15, and his level is not low either. A level 15 professional, no wonder he easily killed a team member. Glenda checked the appearance and level. I also feel that their postures are monotonous. They only lower their heads and work hard, and they don''t know how to say love words. In short, it is not as enjoyable as our own Necromancer. I walked through the wall and was about to leave. As soon as she turned around, Glenda was shocked. Not far behind you. ?Two ghosts with disheveled hair and ferocious shapes flew towards her quickly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 529 , the necromancer is really difficult to deal with Chapter 529: The Necromancer is really difficult to deal with Glenda was suddenly startled by the ghost that came out. Why are there two ghosts here? Ambush? Necromancer? ?A few thoughts flashed through Glenda''s mind, and she looked down at the man on the bed, but she was still working **** the woman. Not his ghost. Necromancer, its impossible to be so close and not even notice that hes almost touching his face. Seeing the two ghosts rushing towards them, Glenda did not dare to take any chances. Turn around and fly back, passing through the wall and leaving. Two ferocious ghosts also followed through the wall and left quickly. But the two people on the bed still maintained their original movements. On the carriage. ?There was silence all around. As time went by, Wu Heng felt something was wrong. The location of the tavern is right in front. With Glenda''s ability, it doesn''t need to take such a long time. Ill go down and take a look, it doesnt feel right. Wu Heng opened the car door. As soon as he stepped off the carriage, Granda''s voice came from the night sky ahead, "Wu Heng!" ?Wu Hengs pupils condensed, and he looked towards the sound, and his perceptions quickly gathered. ?Glenda, in her soul body, flew towards this side quickly, and behind her were two ugly ghosts like fierce ghosts. Glenda''s soul body was chased by the ghost and began to absorb the energy in her body. Immediately afterwards, the second ghost ghost also gathered in a group. Depend on! ?Wu Heng cursed, took out the [Soul Beating Whip] and rushed towards the wrapped soul body in front. At the same time, he shouted: "Sheila Gui, arrest people." Sheila Gui had followed him down from the carriage, and she could hear the shout clearly. She drew her sword and rushed to the tavern, "Arrest the people, and kill those who resist." Hurrah! ??A large number of team members rushed out from all around and rushed towards the tavern. Bang~! The window of the private room on the second floor was broken, and several figures jumped down from above. They were blocked by the team and started fighting instantly. ?Wu Heng stepped forward quickly. ?The body jumped up, the soul-beating whip in his hand glowed with light, and he whipped it directly towards the entangled soul body. bang~! The whip passed through the air, but it seemed to hit a water balloon. Screaming and wailing suddenly came to mind. The soul dispersed instantly, forming three separate individuals, two ferocious ghosts, and the other one was Glenda. They are lurking in the room and are of a higher level than me. Glenda said quickly. ?Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and the bone cage rose from the ground. The two ferocious ghosts quickly separated and tried to escape. The bone cage rapidly expands as the ghost moves. ?Seeing that the ghost is about to be controlled by the ghost. ?Glenda''s reminder sounded again, "Wu Heng, your shadow." ?In the dark night, a shadow like a shadow gradually emerged from behind him. He held a knife in his hand and stabbed Wu Heng in the back of the heart. ?Wu Heng moved forward, protecting Ka Xiu beside him. The fist wind roared, and the black shadow was instantly shattered with one punch. The shadows shattered, like broken ink, disappearing into the darkness instantly. The distraction just now caused the two ghosts to distance themselves. ?Wu Heng no longer tried to trap the two ghosts at the same time, and the cage closed instantly. Trapped a ghost in it. Gradually pull back to the front. The surrounding area, except for the trapped ghosts that kept roaring and struggling, seemed to have fallen into silence again. There were no other attacks, nor the killer who had just appeared from the shadows. Ill follow and have a look. Glenda said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, let''s discuss it then." ?Glenda nodded, flew back and followed Wu Heng invisible. ??Wu Heng, on the other hand, took out a demon soul pot, placed it in the bone prison, and collected the ghost into the soul pot. Let the skeleton protect itself. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Glenda, "Let me see what''s going on?" Okay! Glenda got directly into his body. The shared scene starts from entering the tavern. A messy dining table, a man and a fair-skinned woman working hard in bed. Then, the ghost suddenly appeared. As if he had been wandering nearby for a long time, he rushed directly towards Granda''s location. Then, there was the matter of Glenda asking for help. Release Glenda again, "Help me guard the surroundings and don''t leave too far." "good." ?Glenda disappeared again and followed around. ?Wu Heng walked quickly toward the tavern. Outside the door of the tavern, several corpses were lying. One of them was not wearing pants. He was the man who worked hard in Glenda''s sight. From Glendas sight, the opponent is a level 15 professional. He was killed so quickly. All around, in addition to the team members who had finished the battle, there were also a large number of skeletons rushing to help. Densely packed, blocking up all around. Sheila Gui''s body was exuding waves of cold air, and her eyelashes and face were still covered with white frost. "Kill them all, and no one can escape." There is also a woman inside. Go in and investigate to see if she has anything to do with these people. Wu Heng said. Sheela Gui spoke to the team behind her, and the two teams went in directly to continue the investigation. Then, he looked at Wu Heng and asked softly: "What happened just now?" There are two ghosts, and there should be a necromancer. Wu Heng explained. Xila Gui''s face also became ugly. The more she came into contact with Wu Heng, the more she knew how difficult the Necromancer was. actually came to the island. Do you know who it is? "It''s not clear yet, but judging from what you said about someone missing, they should be collecting corpses, which may be troublesome." Wu Heng speculated. Now it seems that things are very clear. Sheila Gui said that someone was missing, and then implicated the necromancer, so she was obviously collecting corpses. Any profession will change people unconsciously because of its characteristics. ?Just like Wu Heng, before he became a professional, he was repelled by corpses and even felt unlucky. Up to now, through different channels, various corpses have been obtained to transform into skeletons. It even feels like collecting cards before the end of the world. ?Other people are similar. When they arrive at a place or have some purpose, the first thing they want to do is to expand their own advantages. The fastest way for the Necromancer to increase his advantage is to collect corpses. After all, not everyone has a bronze key, and tens of thousands of skeletons can be summoned by just finding a door. Sheila Gui looked around cautiously, seeing all the skeleton guards on the island, and continued to ask: "What should we do next?" ?Wu Heng said: "Ask about the corpse!" Xila Gui nodded and asked someone to carry the body to an alley on one side. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way with cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who are you?" The corpse replied, "Believers of the Destiny Sect." How many people are going to the island? 12 people. There are only 7 dead bodies at the moment, and the remaining 5 are not here. "What is the purpose?" To avenge previous members of the Society who were killed by them. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other. They were all a little surprised by what was happening in front of them. A newly established church that was not registered with the association actually landed on the island to kill the island owner and local deacons appointed by the association. An arrogant person. Even said that it was crazier than the Divine Punishment Sect, when the two guardians came to Treasure Island to seek revenge. ??Still planning to lure them out, and did not say that they really dared to go to the island to kill people randomly. ?Wu Heng continued to ask the fourth question. Whats your highest level? The corpse hesitated for a moment, "He is a high knight of the church, his rank is unclear." The last question is, "What is the profession of the great knight you are talking about?" "Necromancer." Sure enough, there is this necromancer in the team. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng continued to face the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up again. How many undead attendants are there with the great knight you lead? The neck of the corpse was cut horizontally, and the voice was hoarse, "I don''t know, there are probably eleven or two." Why dont you know? In the past two days, we have been collecting corpses for the great knight, and the number is not clear. It is indeed the same as verified. Besides the great knight, how many high-level professionals do you have? One level 15 apostle, two level 10 and the remaining 5 or above cultivators. Ask till now. Some information is already known, which is pretty much the same. There are only five members of the Tianming Cult left on the island. The 15th-level guardian should be the one who died at his feet. Except for the necromancer''s undead attendant, there are no other high-level professionals. After confirming that the opponent cannot defeat you head-on. ?Wu Heng asked: "Where is the great knight hiding?" In the eastern residential area, there will be three dots arranged horizontally on the door. After answering, Wu Heng dissipated the magic directly, and the body lay back down again. Put away the remaining bodies and lets arrest them. Wu Heng said directly. The remaining body was rolled up, and Shilagui was directly put into the space ring. ??The crowd took a large number of skeletons and headed directly to the residential area east of Beacon Street. The entire neighborhood was shrouded in darkness. Exceptionally quiet. A group of people quickly arrived at the door. Come in. Several skeletons behind him crashed directly into the door. There was a clang. ?The door was easily knocked open, the sound resounded throughout the night sky, and the skeleton staggered into the room. ??Papa~! After the skeleton entered, a shattering sound was heard in the room. ??Wu Heng casually threw [Dancing Light Technique] in, lighting up the room. ?There was a corpse hanging upside down on the beam. Judging from the clothing, it was the member of the association that Shilagui said was missing. The belly and chest of the corpse are still exploded. ?Several spiders as big as bowls were biting at the skeletons in the room. (End of this chapter) Chapter 530 , someone has entered the manor Chapter 530, someone entered the manor Archers! Shilagui shouted to the back. Several team members rushed over quickly. ??Led by three groups of dwarves, Orin, all aimed their bows and arrows at the room. Swish swish swish~! Several arrows roared out. Short range, resulting in a high hit rate. ?In an instant, the spider''s bloated abdomen was filled with arrows and crossbows. Dark green juice flowed out from the wound, and then it fell to the ground and died. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of violent explosions resounded throughout the sky. Necromancer, how difficult it is to deal with! The explosion disappeared and the smoke gradually dispersed. The original room was in a mess. On the ground are broken tables and chairs, as well as various foods and rolling wooden wine glasses. The corpse explosion technique is not as good as a bomb, but it is powerful enough to destroy some furniture in the room. ??We arranged for two more skeletons to go in and walk around. After confirming that there was no danger, a few people walked in directly. Check the body, be careful of poison. Sheila Gui said. Then, several people entered the room on one side. This is the bedroom. The room was not large. There were scattered quilts on the wooden bed, and some blood stains could be seen on the walls and floor. The man ran away and is not here. Shilagui said. Obviously, the other party left here early. ??If they didn''t leave here, there might be another conspiracy to lure them here. Well, lets see if we can find anything? Wu Heng said. Okay! Sheela Gui nodded in agreement. He took the team members and started searching nearby. Searched for a while. Xilagui came back and said: "The corpse outside can be confirmed to be a member of our team. The person is dead, eh~!" After speaking, Sheila Gui sighed. This is the first time the association has reduced its membership since she became a deacon. Moreover, he still died on the island. The other party left the body behind to provoke us to catch him earlier and avenge him, Wu Heng said. "Well." Sheila Gui took a deep breath and continued, "I found some items. See if you can find the other party''s location." With a huff, he took out a lot of things. The prophet was not with him, so Wu Heng took out the [Tracking Pendant] and started to search for the target with blood. Items were verified one by one, and the fire in the skull was extinguished time and time again. means that the target you are looking for is already dead. "These people are dead, are there any others?" Wu Heng put away the tracking pendant. No, the other party didnt leave anything behind. The explosion just made this place a mess. ??Wu Heng frowned and said: "Let''s go back, blockade the port and inner city roads, and narrow the encirclement little by little. I don''t believe we can''t catch him." "good!" It can be seen that the other party is very careful and experienced in doing things. ??Wu Heng''s prophets and props were all used, but they were still a step too late and left no clues. In the end, we have to use a more primitive method to search. ??As long as we are in the city, we don''t believe we can''t catch the other party. When we returned, the sky was already bright. The faces of the team members were gloomy. The death of a team member was an inexplicable pressure on everyone. ?No one knows whether this necromancer will find his head next. Neither the deacon nor the island owner caught each other. It would only be more dangerous for ordinary members like them to meet alone. Everyone was silent. All the way back to the central area. Association, meeting room. Hiragui sat at the head of the long table, listening to the reports from her subordinates. The woman in the tavern is a prostitute nearby. She met her outside the tavern. This has been confirmed by the tavern owner and bartender. "The woman didn''t provide many effective clues. When the other party was going on, he would keep saying words like ''The great Lord bless'' and ''The Lord will bless the devout believers''. She thought it was distracting. I didnt think about it as a cult. "After that, we checked the records of their stay in the tavern. They checked in on the same day and had not lived here before." ? ? ? "We also made portraits based on their memories, which can prove that all they knew were the people we killed last night. , those who escaped are not inside. After one person finished reporting, he sat back down again. Prostitutes and taverns involve people who have been killed. There is no other news about the Necromancer and the remaining members of the Destiny Sect. Where is the second team? Sheila Gui asked again. The captain of the second team stood up. Said: "We visited other surrounding residents and sorted out the clues provided. The number of people on the other side was about twenty-five. Among them, they mentioned corpse odor and stiff walking. They should be rotten corpses transformed by necromancers. " The missing persons mostly appear in other surrounding residential areas, and manpower has been deployed to conduct investigations on the main roads and lanes. Wait for the captain of the second team to finish his report. Sheila Gui nodded slightly and looked around at everyone present. He concluded: "It is certain that the other party is a member of the Destiny Cult, his position is a Grand Knight, his profession is a Necromancer, and his level is relatively high. The moral bottom line of this profession..." He paused and changed his words: "The other party is a member of a cult. He is cruel and unscrupulous in his actions, and his goal is probably to retaliate against us. If we delay, everyone will be in danger, and the residents will also be in danger." ?Everyone nodded. ??This time a team member died, and everyone felt a sense of crisis. If you dont catch it, its hard to say that it wont come to kill you. Xila Gui added: "A team will go to the port to check all ships and personnel entering and leaving the island. Wu Heng will send an armored vehicle of yours there to prevent enemies from attacking Treasure Island." Yes! The captain of the team nodded. ?Wu Heng also nodded, indicating that it was okay. Sheila Gui continued: "The second team, the third team and the fourth team will allocate more skeleton guards to you in due course. They will start to conduct inspections on Beacon Street. The remaining teams will guard the central area and the central residential area." Yes, I understand. Sheilagui never forgot her instructions, "If you find an enemy, don''t rush to take action. Come back and tell us to avoid any danger to you." "yes!" At eight o''clock, Wu Heng returned to the manor. Entering the courtyard gate, several maids ran out from inside. They surrounded him and asked with concern: "Master, are you not injured?" "No!" Wu Heng touched the heads of several people and breathed a sigh of relief when he saw that they were fine. The character of the Necromancer cannot be trusted by Wu Heng. ?Afraid that he would go out to catch the other party last night, he came over to serve it to his hometown. ?With the defense of the island lord''s mansion, even if a few level 18 professionals come, they may not be able to break in. But high-level ghosts may not be able to deal with them. At that time, if you just let the ghost kill the maid, there will really be no room for regret. Want to have breakfast? Minnie hugged his waist and raised her head and asked. Eat, Im really hungry. "Then I''ll get ready." Minnie said and ran quickly to the kitchen. Bennie and Annette also went over to prepare. Andweil said: "Master, last night the Skeleton Prophet stood on the balcony on the third floor, staring outside all night, as if something invisible had come to the manor." ?Wu Hengs eyes instantly narrowed. His face also became hard to look at. It is indeed coming. ??The manor is too obvious, how could he give up here. ?Perhaps he was afraid of the Skeleton Prophet''s level, or maybe his men were chasing him too closely last night. The opponent has no chance to attack this side. "I''m going to see the Skeleton Prophet. Wei''er, don''t go to the city hall today. Take a day off." Wu Heng said as he went upstairs. Anderweil nodded, "Okay." ?Wu Heng went upstairs and went to the Skeleton Prophet''s room. ?The skeleton wearing a robe and holding a wooden staff is still sitting on the chair and looking out the window. Wu Heng asked directly: "Was there any danger last night? You can write down what happened." The prophet stood up and slowly turned around, looking at Wu Heng with empty eyes. Withered fingers grasped his wrist. The next second, broken images flashed through my mind. The dark night sky. ??A ghost was half-circling above the manor, inspecting the situation below, and in the courtyard, a shadow as dark as ink quickly passed through the manor close to the ground and climbed up to the balcony. (End of this chapter) Chapter 534 , soul-stirring jade Chapter 534, Soul Captivating Jade The undead clone glanced at the body of the tavern owner. He frowned slightly, "This is more serious than Shi Yali." "Try it, if it doesn''t work, forget it." The prophecy clone said. The undead clone nodded, drank a bottle of spiritual potion, twisted the boss''s head back, and released the [Resurrection Technique] again. The tavern owner suddenly opened his eyes and began to feel intense thirst. In his eyes, there was still the fear of having experienced death. He looked around in confusion, then with a bang, he lay back down again. The prophecy clone went over to take a look and said, "I fainted. There is nothing wrong with my life." The tavern owner also came back from death. Both clones were still a little surprised. After all, the skill introduction of [Resurrection] is actually quite harsh. Must be within one minute of death. But it''s far beyond this time. It can no longer be explained by luck. Then, he said with some doubt: "Is it because the level has been upgraded? The effect of this ability has also been improved. Why is it all alive?" What is suspicious is that as his level increases, the effects of various skills also increase. The rest of the skills either increase duration or range. The resurrection technique extends the effective time, which can also be explained. At this time, footsteps sounded at the door. Several members of the association came in, carrying several wounded people. "Island Master, the deacon asked me to bring the wounded over to you." One person said. Wu Heng glanced at the wounded and said, "I''ll keep them alive, and you give them medicine." "good!" On the other side, the war zone. With the addition of several clones of Wu Heng and Xila Gui. It also accelerated the pace of encirclement and suppression. The number of people in these churches was not large, and except for the necromancer, the others posed no threat. Under a relentless attack. The last cult member died after being pierced through the body with a sharp knife. The entire area also became completely quiet. Several teams quickly inspected the body to confirm its identity. Soon, Olin, the captain of the third team, came back quickly, "There are five living corpses and four rotting corpses in total. The necromancer is not here." Upon hearing this, Wu Heng and Xila Gui frowned instantly. not here. There are so many people entangled here and chasing each other, how can they escape. The most dangerous one is the Necromancer, the rest are unimportant. Sheila Gui ordered directly into the headset, "The Necromancer has escaped. Let me search everyone along the way. A mage like him can''t escape far. If you find the target, notify us immediately. If you can''t catch him, we are all in danger." "Yes!" All teams responded. With a whoop, they quickly dispersed and began searching along the road. Xilagui frowned and looked at the four Wu Heng around her, and said to the nearest one: "Take the rotten corpse back first and see if the Skeleton Prophet can detect his location." There is no other way. I''m afraid this is the only thing that can make a connection. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Collect all the bodies on the ground. I just wanted to turn around and leave here. Glenda quickly flew down from above her head, remaining invisible, and said, "I found a level 18 professional, over there." Wu Heng glanced in the direction Granda said. He immediately turned his head and glanced, and then said to Sheila Gui and the other clones in the distance: "We found the target, it''s a level 18 necromancer." As soon as they opened their eyes, their spirits immediately became tense. A clone said: "At level 18, ghosts will appear after death. Go to the tavern first and bring those from the Necromancy School with you." "good!" Sheila Gui also walked over quickly, her eyes showing the hatred of the enemy she was about to face. "Then hurry up and don''t let him run away again." Behind the tavern, in an alley. A brown earthen coffin rose from the ground, and the fine sand in the earthen coffin collapsed in the next second, revealing a necromancer in black robes. He quickly glanced around and changed into a hood of another color. Three ghost-like ghosts were released, floating on both sides of the shoulders. "Go, explore the surrounding situation. I want to avoid the search and leave here first." The Necromancer said. The ghost divided into three directions and rushed directly into the sky. The necromancer also began to leave here under the guidance, avoiding the search team. There were some surprises in today''s plan. With his strength, he could kill everyone and leave safely, and then completely kill everyone in the association bit by bit. I just didnt expect the other partys support to be so fast. Basically all the believers who followed him to the island died there. But the problem is not big. As long as he is not dead, there are enough creatures on the island for him to form a team of undead at any time. He looked back in the direction of the association and said with a ferocious smile: "We have plenty of time. I will slowly kill the people around you." After saying that, he continued to leave quickly. Just after taking two steps, his body suddenly staggered, and he felt a strong force knocking him forward for a distance. Bang~! Then, there was an explosion. The necromancer lowered his head blankly and saw a hole piercing through his left chest. dangerous. The Necromancer''s pupils were wide open and his face was full of surprise. The mummy''s body prevented him from feeling the pain of living beings, but the physical body was still an important carrier. Snap~! The Necromancer''s heart was pierced again, and his body staggered back two steps. Then, the Necromancer rolled backwards, and a black mist instantly filled the entire alleyway, thick and lingering, blocking his vision. Buzz! The insects spread in swarms, and chaos and noise came from the houses on both sides. A large number of residents, covering their heads and bodies, rushed out of the room and ran outside. The scene became chaotic again. Sure enough, long-distance attacks stopped. The necromancer quickly found a cover, stretched out his fingers, and clasped it like burnt flesh. The wound began to squirm, gradually shrinking, filling the wound flat. Then the white bone armor began to emerge on the body, gradually covering the whole body. He glanced at the chaotic crowd. He said coldly: "Find the person who attacked me and kill him. If you can''t kill him, control ordinary people and kill him." Huhu~! The ghost flew up again and rushed into the sky. The Necromancer continued to wave his hand, and a huge pottery jar appeared in front of him. Bang~! The pottery jar shattered, and the huddled corpses of various races spread out like piles of fat and rolled to the ground. [Dead Corpse Battlefield] is released. Large swaths of rotting corpses stood up and crowded in the alleyway. "They''re all chasing me, and they''re still hiding their heads. Are you afraid of embarrassing your association if word spreads?" While talking. Huh~! Strong winds blew, and the fog in the alley began to dissipate. A ray of golden light shot into the alley from a distance, condensing into a line of knights wearing armor and holding lightsabers. Light element knight? Holy See? The Necromancer frowned, and the Light Knight had already rushed forward and killed himself among the rotting corpses. The long sword slashed across the corpse''s body, and the flames enveloped the corpse, burning it until the corpse fell to its knees on the ground. The Necromancer waved his staff and was about to unleash his skill on the Light Knight. Bang bang bang~! Three blasts sounded again. The Necromancer''s body was pierced by bullets one after another. Even the bone armor could not stop this attack, and the decaying body kept exploding with blood. Even if the direction of the bullet was confirmed, the body was unable to dodge. It was like a living target in this narrow alley. With fear flashing in his eyes, the Necromancer quickly hid back in the bunker. Listening to the rotten corpses he summoned, they were killed bit by bit by the light knight. At this time, the ghost came back with information. The Necromancer''s pupils widened and he shouted into the distance: "Wu Heng, come out, let''s talk." There was no response from all around. The Necromancer continued shouting. "You are not level 12, you should be a level 15 professional. You have been hiding your level because you are afraid that the association will be jealous of our profession!" "At your age, it is indeed surprising and worrying. If you join our Destiny Sect, I will make you the holy son of the church, a powerful woman, and various resources. We can support you secretly, but you are still a member of the association. Island owners can also get our resources. "You are so smart, you should understand what I mean!" Seeing that the other party did not attack, the Necromancer was also happy, "How is it? We are the same kind of people. What chance can you have to communicate with the people in the association? They just discovered the professionals who spread the faith earlier. He just took the lead in establishing order. Ta tap tap~! Youve killed so many people and now you want me to join you? When the voice sounded, the Necromancer suddenly turned around and saw a black-haired man in a colorful robe walking out of the path on one side. He''s here? Who is attacking me from afar? The necromancer frowned. The message from the ghost was that he shouldn''t be here. But he still replied, "The value of a person will increase with performance. You are worth the price I offer." "How can you, a great knight, be this master? If you say the Holy Son, you will be the Holy Son, and if you say support, you will support him?" Another voice sounded. The Necromancer turned his head again and saw another Wu Heng walking out from the right. His brows furrowed momentarily and he glanced left and right two or three times. substitute? He also prepared a substitute for himself. Then he replied, "With your potential, the leader will definitely agree to this matter." "If you invite him, what will happen to my sister''s revenge? After killing so many people, you still want to go back alive?" From behind, Shila rose fell from the top of her head, with white wings and frost on her face. And in his eyes, there was unconcealable hatred. "You..." The Necromancer''s face changed, and he knew that the matter was unreasonable, and his voice was cold, "Looking for death..." Bang~! The gunfire sounded again, and the Necromancer''s head jerked back, and the bullet penetrated his eyebrows. But the body still stood in place. Little by little he raised his head back. The voice became even colder, "Then let''s die together~!" The wooden stick in his hand suddenly hit the ground. In an instant, countless ferocious ghosts emerged from his body, spreading out layer by layer like a huge tornado. The sky was filled with roars and screams. Everyone''s eyes widened and they looked at the scene in front of them in surprise. There were actually so many ghosts gathered in his body, and it looked like he couldn''t control them even after they were released. The dense ghosts circled, roared, and gradually dispersed. "He''s going to run." Sheela shouted loudly, running out instantly and rushing towards the target. Looking forward, the Necromancer''s body was gradually wrapped in a brown earthen coffin, standing upright and sinking. Wu Heng on one side shouted distractedly: "Don''t go there, leave it to me." Shirazuki stopped. Wu Heng took out the rocket and fired it directly. The rocket dragged its tail flame and hit the earth coffin instantly. There was a bang. The earthen coffin exploded into pieces, and the necromancer''s body flew out from inside. Two more Wuhengs appeared, holding submachine guns and rifles, scanning the target and pulling the trigger directly. The dense bullets crackled on the Necromancer''s body. The bone armor shattered, and blood spurted out from his body. Under the opponent''s unwilling roar and the barrage of negative energy rays, he was directly beaten into a puddle of mud by the gun. The ghost of the necromancer separated from his body. Wu Heng''s undead clone reached out and made a move, and the bone cage instantly rose from the ground, forming a bone prison in the blink of an eye. Trapped the ghost of the Necromancer and the ghosts wandering around in a large area. And in the bone prison. The large group of ghosts began to become restless. They kept colliding with the bone prison, and began to entangle and engulf each other, as if forming energy vortexes. "Quick, these ghosts have no intelligence, let me out first, they will devour me." The ghost of the Necromancer appeared, broke away from a fierce ghost, and shouted loudly. "You raised it, you deal with it yourself." Wu Heng said. "You deserve to die!" the Necromancer cursed. "The same to you." There are other ferocious ghosts in the sky who are not trapped by the bone prison. Flying around, attacking the surrounding residents. The possessed person seems to have lost his mind and attacks other people around him. Some people hit the wall and twist their necks. Instantly, chaos reigned. Wu Heng asked Granda to absorb the ghost, and at the same time said to Sheila Gui: "Let the people from the association come over and start controlling the crazy people. The Necromancer is dead, and these ghosts won''t live long." The latter nodded and quickly issued orders through the headset. Wu Heng turned his gaze to the bone prison again. The ghosts devouring each other gradually came to an end. There were only two ghosts left, a necromancer and a ghost-like ghost. The levels of the two ghosts also skyrocketed after devouring the ghosts. Wu Heng did not want the level of the ghost to be too high, so the bone prison instantly separated, isolating the two ghosts. Amidst a burst of cursing and ridicule, he put it into the magic soul pot. Xila Ge released the strange object state, and her whole body was covered with frost, "It''s over." "Well, put the body away first, and the teams will come over immediately to organize the rescue of ordinary residents. There are too many ghosts." Wu Heng took off the space ring of the body, then wrapped the body in a straw mat and put it away. Sheila Gui nodded and walked out of the alley together. Wait for other teams to come here. As the teams arrived, Sheila Gui began to issue orders and began to control and treat the possessed residents. Wait for the task to be handed over. Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked towards the association first. Return to the association. After talking to Wu Heng, Xila Gui went to visit ''Shi Yali''. Wu Heng stayed in Xilagui''s office study. He took out the ring he took from the Destiny Sect''s ''Necromancer'', communicated with his spirit, and checked the items inside. First, he took out a piece of gray-white jade. "Why do I keep getting jade lately?" On one side of the jade, you can vaguely see the etched magic circle, which is like a natural pattern formed on the stone. [Soul-taking Jade (Rare Item)] [Effect: The formation can extract incomplete soul power. [Side Effect: Sacrifice. (Description: A naturally formed strange object that can form a formation through sunlight. The remnant soul can be extracted from living creatures and corpses within the formation. The extracted remnant soul does not have living consciousness.) (End of chapter) Chapter 533 , I am indeed dead Chapter 533, I am indeed dead Hearing the other party, he directly said his name and position. Shi Yali''s face suddenly changed, and her eyes showed panic. I never expected that the enemy would be so arrogant and enter the central area, just opposite the association. Poof~! Just as she took half a step back, a dagger pierced her chest from behind. There was a moment of pain, then dizziness. The negative energy of the dead carried on the dagger was constantly eroding her body. "If you die, that little elf deacon will be very sad, hehehe~!" A hoarse voice sounded, and a weird laugh came out. Shi Yali vomited blood from her mouth, endured the pain, took out the short blade from the space ring and struck behind her. The ink-like black shadow instantly collapsed and disappeared. Immediately afterwards, Shi Yali''s body transformed into a spiritual deer, jumped a long distance towards the inside of the tavern, and then transformed back into its original form, covering her chest with blood dripping from her body. The other party came to find him on purpose. In order to take revenge on Sheila Rose. In the morning, the news that the guards were killed was just to transfer the association''s personnel out. The disintegration of the association bit by bit creates fear in everyone. Find another opportunity to kill the people on the island. According to what I learned in the morning, I quickly pressed the headphones I was wearing, but still looked at the opposite side, and said: "Necromancers from the Destiny Sect, this tavern is opposite the association. There are only five of you. Don''t be afraid that the association will surround you and kill you directly. Die?" After saying this, his body continued to retreat. Several figures at the door also walked in. "I know your movements better than you." "Speaking of which, we finally entered the central area. We didn''t come here to find you in the first place. If we''re to blame, it''s that kid who hid everyone in his family, and he hid it very well." "I can only come to you. In fact, you are not bad. I do not have any undead attendants from the elves." As it gets closer. The necromancer saw fear, helplessness and despair in the female elf''s eyes. He liked that look. The fear of living beings was also what he once feared the most, but it was gone now. Just about to take a step forward. Ta tap tap~! Dense and chaotic sounds came from all directions. It seemed that countless people were gathering here, and the sound could be heard from far away. "The association''s reinforcements have arrived. There are many people at every intersection." Another person walked in quickly, his tone anxious. The necromancer looked again and took out the wooden bow. The elf was still vomiting blood in his mouth. Somewhat curious, how did she spread the news. It was obviously always in front of him. The footsteps were getting closer and he said directly: "Kill her, let''s get out of here." Swish swish swish~! The figure behind him ran out quickly, avoiding the incoming arrows, and rushed in front of the female elf. Long swords pierced the body. Blood spurted out like a spring. "Sister, take care of yourself." After saying that, he collapsed directly, and blood pooled under his body. The necromancer sneered and stepped forward slowly, preparing to transform this good-looking corpse into his attendant. I was also looking forward to a corpse with such high quality appearance and body. Even if it is transformed into a rotting corpse, it should look more eye-catching than other rotting corpses. The wooden stick in his hand was just raised. Bang bang~! The windows on both sides suddenly shattered. With sawdust flying everywhere, skeletons wearing leather armor directly held weapons and killed several people in the house. After a quick fight, the heads of the two corpse attendants were split open. Became a corpse again. The necromancer''s eyes narrowed, looking at the fire in the skeleton''s eyes, secretly surprised that the other party actually had such a high-level corpse. I''m afraid it''s close to level 15. Seeing the skeleton charging towards him again. The necromancer waved the wooden staff in his hand again, and an arrow of witch light was shot out directly. The two attendants beside him also followed and killed each other, and they fought together in the blink of an eye. Behind him, the congregants ran in quickly. His tone was urgent, "Master Knight, the association will be here soon. There are too many people." The Necromancer turned around and looked outside. Then I saw teams from several directions, carrying large groups of skeletons, gathering from different directions. Among them, you can see the crossbowmen and the team, directly pushing the crossbow cart. The Necromancer''s heart tightened. what happened? Is this using any props or some special communication spell? How could it be possible to determine the location here so quickly? The teams coming from different directions were obviously all those who went out on patrol and returned. If you are really trapped here, it may be difficult to get out. His eyes quickly looked around, no longer paying attention to the corpses in the tavern. He took the remaining corpses and church members and walked out of the tavern, preparing to face the enemy. Seeing more and more people in the association, fear and hesitation appeared in the eyes of the Necromancer. After thinking for a moment, he said directly: "I will stop them, you guys will go first, and we will meet at the previous place." As he spoke, he waved his long sleeves and wooden staff. Thick black clouds gathered in the sky, forming clouds and mist filled with the negative energy of the dead. Cover all surrounding areas. The bodies of the creatures that blocked their sight and rushed into the clouds began to be eroded. Everyone in the Tianming Sect began to quickly separate and flee around, followed by the sounds of fighting and fighting. resounded throughout the area. "He is a necromancer, kill him." A small team rushed into the cloud. Pointing at the mage dressed in black and holding a wooden staff, he shouted an order. The skeleton warrior wearing armor and holding weapons behind him roared, bypassed the members in front, and rushed towards the target location. The necromancer quickly glanced at the opposite side and determined that those who came over were only some low-level team members and a large number of skeletons. With a sneer on his face, he said: "You are really underestimated." The staff in his hand waved slightly. Shot after shot, it sank into the skull. The body of the running skeleton suddenly suffocated, and the soul fire in the head swung wildly. The next second, the blue fire began to gradually fade into gray. "You are free." Wow~! The next second, the gray-white soul-fire skeleton suddenly turned around, holding a weapon and pounced on the skeleton following behind. In an instant, a melee began. The skeletons, which were all from their own side, kept waving their weapons and hacking at their companions. The sound of swords clashing and bones breaking. resounded throughout the sky. The team members at the rear also began to make a mess. From time to time, some people''s bodies stiffened and their necks turned back. "Quick, save me! I''m possessed by a ghost." "My neck hurts so much. Please help me push it back. Quick, I don''t want to die." "Quickly inform the deacon and the island owner, we can''t stop him." There was a civil war between skeletons, and the team members were also in chaos. The Necromancer, on the other hand, looked up at the sky in the distance and retreated into the black mist. Disappeared from everyone''s sight. Huh~! A sound broke through the air. Xila Gui flapped her wings, and Wu Heng followed closely behind her on a flying carpet. At the same time, messy sounds came from the radio headset. "There are targets escaping in the east lane. Don''t let them escape. Hurry up." "The target undead attendant has been killed, and there are no casualties." "Two enemies in the east lane were killed." "We saw the Necromancer. He can make skeletons rebel. The team members were also attacked by ghosts." "The target disappeared into the black fog, and the search is continuing." "The tavern was successfully occupied. The boss and Assistant Shi Yali confirmed that there were no vital signs." Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed and he suddenly looked forward. Seeing Sheila Gui flying quickly, her body trembled and she almost fell from the air. Her voice was cold and she said, "Continue to surround these people and kill them at all costs." "Yes!" Everyone answered in the earphones. Close to the pub. The two fell from the sky one after another. Sheela quickly walked into the tavern and looked at the body stained with blood red. Her pupils were wide open and her face became even paler. He took off his goggles and hung them on the other person''s body. He continued to take out the potion, his arms were shaking, and he tried to feed it into the other person''s mouth. The medicine mixed with blood flowed out of the mouth and dripped on the ground. Sheela Gui kept moving, her eyes were empty and blank, and she was frozen in place. Wu Heng fell from behind, walked over quickly, looked at Xila Gui and the corpse on the ground, and his face turned pale. "show me!" Sheila Gui heard the voice and raised her head stupidly, "She didn''t want to come, I shouldn''t have let her come." Wu Heng said nothing, and the [Resurrection Technique] was released. The body was still lying in each other''s arms. There was no response. Xila Gui''s face turned a bit paler, and the hope that had just been ignited gradually dimmed as time went by. Ugh~! Suddenly, Shi Yali''s body trembled suddenly, and she vomited out blood mixed with minced meat. The eyes of the two people also suddenly lit up. Wu Heng''s body was running at high frequency, and six identical clones were instantly separated. The clones with necromantic abilities stepped forward to grab the opponent''s body, continued to release the [Life-Sustaining Technique], and at the same time took out the potion and fed it into his mouth. The protective clone said: "The prophecy and the undead stay here and take care of Shi Yali. Let''s go out to arrest Shi Lagui. The necromancer is about to run away. Something similar will happen again." "Okay, I''m going to kill him." Sheela said angrily. Arrangements were made for skeletons to protect the place, and several people left quickly. The undead clone held Shi Yali, and while maintaining the spell, he opened bottles of potions and poured them into the other person''s mouth. Unlike before when he was dead, now he began to swallow. Although the action is relatively small. But being able to swallow potion is a good thing. Healing potions and strengthening potions were poured into her mouth one after another, whether it was for Sheila Rose or as a friend. Wu Heng didn''t want the other party to really die here. After swallowing several bottles of medicine. Shi Yali slowly opened her eyes, and while vomiting blood, she said, "Wu Heng, are you back?" "Well, it''s okay, I''ve beaten him away." Wu Heng said. "That''s good." Shi Yali''s face was pale, with a smile everywhere. On the side, prophecy clones were around the tavern. After releasing several [Eagle Eye Techniques], they dragged the body of the tavern owner behind the counter and came back. The tavern owner''s head was twisted to the back, and it seemed that he was also implicated. "Let''s see if we can save him?" the prophecy clone said. Ahem~! Shi Yali coughed up blood and asked in surprise: "Why are there two of you? There is indeed something wrong with me." (End of chapter) Chapter 532 , say a few words Chapter 532, please say a few words The Destiny Sect has been established for a short time and has no fixed territory. This time, they are openly working with the association. Even if they retreat now, the association will only want them everywhere. Therefore, there is no rush to leave. Moreover, unlike others, he is a necromancer and has seen the entire island through ghosts. Beacon Street is prosperous, with merchant ships constantly flowing, and houses and roads well constructed. However, outside the residential areas, various magic devices are still being expanded. It was better than the small islands or coastal villages and towns he had seen. "Grand Knight, what are your plans for tomorrow?" His subordinate asked softly again. "You will know when the time comes. Let the others come back and rest. There will be ghosts guarding you outside." "yes." The men retreated and carefully closed the door. the next morning. Wu Heng and the team leaders went to the conference room for a meeting. Assistant ''Shi Yali'' and several staff members placed the ordered breakfast on the long table, one for each person, including vegetables and soup. Sheila Gui was wearing golden armor and sitting at the head of the table, "talking while eating." No one was polite, they all sat in their seats and started eating. Sheila Gui continued: "Yesterday, the team inspected two residential areas and commercial street pubs. Today, they will focus on investigating the remaining residences. In the areas that have been inspected, road blockades must be strengthened to prevent those people from running back." After saying this, he continued to rearrange tasks for each team, which was considered a kind of rotation. After the task was handed over, Xila Gui glanced at Wu Heng who had finished breakfast, rolled her eyes, and said: "Master Wu Heng, please tell everyone what you need to pay attention to when facing the Necromancer." When Wu Heng heard this, his eyes widened. You tell me, what are you trying to attract to me? Sheila Gui still kept smiling, "Just tell me some things to pay attention to, and let everyone be careful." Wu Heng was helpless and said directly: "The deacon asked me to talk, and I will tell you some information that I already know and what needs to be paid attention to." Everyone put down their tableware and looked over at the same time. Wu Heng continued, "The opponent''s Necromancer has more than two ghosts, which means that he can better observe the situation in the city and avoid us better. This is very detrimental to our search, and the ghosts Its a bit aggressive, so be careful. "The second point is that the opponent has a method similar to a shadow attack from behind. It may be the shadow of the Necromancer. There is no way to confirm it yet, because I don''t know this trick. If it is a shadow, be careful in some dark places." "The third point is to pay attention to the opponent''s undead attendants. Through last night''s battle, it can be determined that the opponent knows the plague technique and corpse explosion technique. The plague technique can breed poisonous insects in the dead corpse. After the death of the poisonous insects, Then the corpse explosion technique will be released. If the corpse suddenly swells or reacts abnormally, it will immediately distance itself to reduce the damage to itself. " As Wu Heng said, the people in each team kept wiping cold sweat. Necromancer, this is too difficult to deal with. Being able to detect, but also be careful of your own shadow, the undead servant is not only not afraid of death, but can also breed bugs for a second time, and the bugs can also explode. How can we fight this? It''s not an advantage at all. Sheila Gui listened and felt okay at first, but as she listened, she found that the team leaders below were constantly wiping cold sweat. The momentum also began to gradually decrease, and each of them seemed to be about to go out and die. "Okay, thank you, Lord Wuheng." Xilagui turned her head and glared at him complainingly. Wu Heng frowned and was confused, you asked me to say it, why are you still staring at me. Sheila Gui clapped her hands, "It''s okay, we are responsible for searching and discovering targets, fighting and attacking, mainly the island owner''s skeleton guards. There are so many of us, as well as armored vehicles, level 18 pirate kings, and the pirate group of the Emerald Sea. , we have killed them, are we still afraid of this newly established cult? " Everyone murmured, feeling that he was right. The opponent may not have reached level 18, but on my side, I have already killed level 18 professionals. As long as you find the target and shoot over it, no bones or scraps will be left. Wu Heng took out the radio headset from the space ring, "One for each small team, and those from the Left Behind Association will also come to collect it. If anything happens, use this prop to inform everyone, and I will show you how to use it." Each person took one, and Wu Heng also followed suit to demonstrate. Many people in the team have used it, and its usage is very simple. After a basic demonstration, everyone can use it. Just as everyone was playing with their headphones, there was a sudden knock on the door of the conference room. Then a staff member pushed the door open and said with an ugly face: "Deacon, there is news from outside that something happened to the patrol booth in the North District. The guards who were left behind died, and all the skeletons were also dead." As soon as these words came out, everyone''s expressions suddenly changed. Silla''s expression suddenly became serious. He pinned the sword on the table to his waist and said: "Everyone is proceeding as planned. Wu Heng and I will go to the scene to have a look. Members of the association who are left behind will strengthen the guard." Hurrah~! Everyone got up and walked outside. Everyone separated and went about their own affairs according to the previous arrangements. About half an hour. The association''s carriage arrived at the North District Patrol Pavilion. The patrol pavilion is a place for patrol guards to rest and change shifts. Usually a team of skeletons will be stationed, and then the city''s patrol guards will patrol together. Patrols are jointly selected by the association and the city hall, and the association currently assigns patrol tasks. The two got off the carriage. Looking up, he saw the blocked patrol booth and the crowd of people watching. A guard ran over quickly, a middle-aged man with a serious expression and some weakness and worry in his eyes. He saluted and said: "Island owner, deacon, the scene has not been touched much, they are all inside." "Let''s go over there." Entering the building, the tables and chairs were not much moved. Of the five corpses, one had his head turned to the back, and the others were killed with cold weapons. There are also broken bones all over the ground. Judging from the deaths, one person had his neck broken by the ghost, and the remaining few were all killed by outsiders who rushed in. However, this time there is no corpse explosion or plague technique. The body was relatively well preserved. "Have you asked the people around you?" Sheela asked. The middle-aged guard said: "I checked and asked, no one saw who did it. When we were patrolling and passing by, we came in to take a look and discovered the situation here." "Did you find it?" "Well, I just happen to be on patrol passing by here. We usually meet each other to say hello and support each other in case of danger." Sheila Gui nodded, "Stay outside first and pay attention to suspicious people around you. They may arrange people to observe this place in the crowd." "Understood." The guard retreated directly. Xila Gui looked at Wu Heng again, "He is taking revenge on us. The people who killed him yesterday will kill our people today." "More than revenge." Silla''s eyes narrowed, "What do you mean?" "There is no way to ask the corpse. To put it simply, the corpse has been asked. Five people were asked. What on earth did he ask?" Silla''s eyes widened instantly. Central District. The road leading to the central area has been set up with checkpoints. The guards patrolled more frequently than in the past. Within the association, there is also a defense, with several people working in groups. As long as one person is in trouble, people around him will gather here as soon as possible to provide support. "I still need to order lunch. Just deliver it directly to the association just like in the morning." Shi Yali stood in the tavern and ordered meals for everyone. The boss responded with a smile on his face and wrote it all down on paper. Building a good relationship with the association is also beneficial to the management of the tavern. After ordering. Shi Yali put on her hood, hung her headphones around her neck, and walked slowly outside. As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw several tall figures blocking the way. It was cold and filled with a faint rancid smell. Shi Yali''s pupils opened and her heart began to beat violently. She pretended to be calm and said with a smile: "There are not many guests in the tavern. Please invite a few of them." A hoarse voice came out, "Shi Yali, assistant to the deacon." (End of chapter) Chapter 531 , kill a few of them for fun Chapter 531: Kill a few of them for fun The shadow follows the wall and climbs up to the balcony. Just when he was about to enter the room, the Skeleton Prophet rushed in directly. The wooden stick in his hand hit the shadow of the ground heavily. The shadow began to twist and struggle where the wooden stick fell, forming a black palm that grabbed the skeleton''s ankle. The prophet took half a step back to avoid the opponent''s attack. A level 18 prophet possesses [Field Prediction], which allows him to form a personal domain around him and predict possible dangers in advance. Whether the shadow is trying to get around or trying to attack. A prophet can take action one step ahead of time. In the room, Anderweil clung to the door, staring at the scene in front of her with wide eyes. He held a pistol in his hand and was ready for battle. The shadow and the skeleton prophet struggled on the balcony for a while, then escaped from the balcony again and disappeared into the night. The ghost in the sky also left soon after. The scene ended and Wu Heng''s pupils focused. He patted the skeleton on the shoulder and said, "Well done, thanks to you last night." The prophet bowed slightly and was respectful. "Just keep looking at the scenery." The prophet sat back in his chair and continued to look out the window. Wu Heng rubbed his eyebrows and suddenly felt a headache. It seems that there is really no way to prevent ghosts. Even if he is not afraid, several maids are still in danger. "The Necromancer is so annoying!" I didn''t think anything of it before, but now I''m facing a high-level necromancer. I just feel like this profession is really troublesome. He stood there and thought for a moment, then opened the door again and walked out. Come down from upstairs. Kitten Girl Robey ran over quickly, "Master, a team from the association has arrived. The captain said that the deacon asked him to take the armored vehicle to the port. Everyone is waiting in the yard." The association team came over. "I know, go get busy!" Wu Heng touched her little head. Robert smiled, his face slightly red, "Okay, Master." After saying that, he jumped up and ran to the restaurant. Wu Heng walked to the courtyard and saw a small group of people standing in the flower bed chatting. Seeing him approaching, he immediately saluted, "Island owner, the deacon asked us to bring the armored vehicle over directly." Sheila Gui mentioned this matter during the previous meeting. Worried that more people would take the opportunity to capture the island, an armored vehicle needed to be arranged. When Wu Heng came back, he looked at the jade sand table and confirmed that there were no suspicious ships. But Sheila Gui''s worries do have some truth. Wu Heng nodded, walked to an armored vehicle, and tapped on the window. The car window opened, revealing a skeleton driver wearing a helmet in the driver''s seat. Wu Heng said directly: "Follow them to help defend the port. If someone attacks the port, you can shoot on your own. Otherwise, do not carry out any attacks." The skeleton raised the window again and the vehicle started. Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then transferred twenty high-level skeletons to follow the armored vehicles. In fact, I am not too worried that someone will grab the armored vehicle and turn around to bombard me. After all, my skeleton has spent a long time learning from driving to controlling the cannon. Buttons, lines, etc. are very different from this world. Even if a strong person comes and robs it, he can''t control it. The armored vehicle, surrounded by skeletons, drove out of the courtyard and waited for a while. Wu Heng said to the small group: "You guys should go there too, be careful, don''t be impulsive if anything happens." "Yes, Island Master!" Several people saluted again and left with the armored vehicle. Return to the room again. Minnie and Annette had already brought breakfast to the table. Wu Heng was sitting at the table eating, while several other maids were sitting aside, staring directly at him. "What''s wrong?" Minnie asked: "Master, is there any danger on the island again?" Every time Wu Heng refused to let them go out, it meant there was danger in the city. A habit has been formed. Wu Heng said with a smile: "We did encounter some dangers." "Do you need our help? You train every day, just thinking that if you have a chance, you can help your master." Minnie continued. Robert and Annette nodded. Anderweier frowned slightly and said nothing. She knew that someone entered the manor last night, and the level 18 skeleton prophet only managed to repel the opponent. How could the maids I had trained for several days be of any help? Wu Heng smiled and said: "I know you are working hard. The enemies this time are a bit powerful. I will let you help next time when they are of similar levels." "Are you very powerful? Sister Wei''er is also very powerful." Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then told a few people what happened last night. When they heard that the other party was also a necromancer, and that they had arranged for ghosts to almost come in last night, everyone''s faces turned a little pale. "Then what do we need to do?" Minnie asked. "The Necromancer is more troublesome. Once discovered, he will probably take action directly, so we have to go to a place where he can''t be found." "Where can''t I find it?" The other people also looked up. "Remember the mansion technique?" Wu Heng looked at a few people. "Yeah, remember." Before, several people had seen the mansion technique being tested in the yard. Wu Heng continued: "I will put you into the mansion technique first, and then I will release you after this matter is over." The function of the mansion spell itself is to provide a place for the traveling team to rest. Not only can other people enter, You can also go in yourself. If you close the crack after you enter it, the crack will appear where you left it the next time you open it. If you don''t go in, and others do, the next time you open it, it will be within the range around the caster. As for Wu Heng, he hasn''t tried it yet. When he first had the mansion technique, he didn''t plan to actually live in it. This time it was also a place for the maids to take shelter. Several maids looked at each other. "Then let''s go pack our things." "You don''t need anything!" Wu Heng said, anyway, the supplies can be transformed. Anderweil said: "We have food and some valuables. No one is home. What if we attract a thief? Anyway, I have a space ring, so I won''t worry about trouble." That makes sense. "Okay, then get ready and bring everything you need to bring." "Okay." Several people nodded, returned to their rooms together, and began to sort out their belongings. After Wu Heng finished breakfast, he sat on a chair and waited for a while. The maids came down from upstairs. Everything is put into the space ring, and nothing can be seen outside. "Are you all ready?" "Get ready. I asked the chef to prepare some food, which is enough for us to hide for a while." Minnie patted her space ring. "Don''t worry, it won''t take that many days." Treasure Island is just that big. If the search continues like this, the opponent can be forced out in two or three days. "Yeah!" Several people nodded. Wu Heng directly released the [Modern Ken Mansion Technique], and cracks and stone gates appeared. Behind the stone gate is a solid iron-gray stone wall. The stone wall is covered with forts, with machine guns and machine guns pointing outward. On the lowest floor, a two-meter-high doorway remains. Through the doorway, you can see the scene inside. It is empty. It was originally intended to be a hiding place for soldiers. "So empty!" Robert muttered. Wu Heng looked at a few people and asked, "What do you want?" "A bed or a chair, and a lamp, otherwise it will be too dark inside." Wu Heng thought, and changes began to occur inside. Floor carpets, huge soft beds, luxurious chandeliers. It appeared in an instant, turning the empty Tibetan Soldier Cave into a modern mansion. "what else?" "Grassland, hot springs, and flowers." Wu Heng nodded, and the room changed again. The floor on the other side became a lawn, and at the end of the lawn was a hot spring wrapped in flowers. Modern houses, and the meadow spa are connected from the middle. "Is it okay?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. Several people''s eyes widened, "Wow, you can do this." "Go ahead. When it''s over, I''ll take you out." Anderweil came over and gave him a hug, "Master, be careful." "Um!" Minnie was the second one and hugged him, "Master, we still have Luntam City, don''t take risks." Annette and Robert were a little cautious and stood there hesitating. Wu Heng opened his arms and said, "Come on, one person at a time." Annette and Robert also came over and gave them a hug. Several people entered the mansion, Wu Heng turned off his skills, and the cracks and stone doors disappeared. Arrange a few maids. Wu Heng made new arrangements for the skeletons in the manor. Alchemist skeletons and artificer skeletons were arranged into the zombie world. One-third of the skeletons were left in the manor to look after the house, and the remaining skeletons, including the Skeleton Prophet, were brought to the association. In the association, I continued to discuss the action with Sheila Gui. Both of them also led teams out and participated in investigations and patrols. When Wu Heng passed by the Nautilus Tavern, he called Philippa and Millicent together. In a place where no one was around, he turned on the ''Mansion Technique'' and sent it in. Then continue patrolling, investigating cults, and suspicious people wearing cloaks, or smelling corpses and walking stiffly. Until dusk. Return to the association and rest in the dormitory. Dormitory, bed. Wu Heng put his hands behind his head, thinking about today''s events. A newly established Destiny Sect has made the entire Treasure Island dangerous. Half of the confidence he had built up during this period suddenly collapsed. Relying on the zombie world, his level rose quickly, and the power of modern weapons was enough to kill high-level professionals. But when encountering a profession like the Necromancer. Hiding in the dark and not coming out, I really felt like I was being watched by the enemy. "The intelligence agency on the island is much worse than Lao Tong." At this time, Wu Heng remembered the old barrel tavern at that time. At that time, under the leadership of the woman ''McIntosh'', most of the intelligence on the entire port could be collected. "Wait until this matter is over and see if we can contact her." "I can change her to a regular job and be a big sister, so there shouldn''t be any problem." Thinking in my mind, I gradually became sleepy. Entered dreamland. Beacon Street, residential area. A man in a black cloak quickly shuttled through the streets, avoiding the tame beasts patrolling the sky, and entered a dark alley on one side. After climbing over the courtyard wall on one side, he hurriedly walked some distance. Enter a courtyard. The moment he stepped into the courtyard, several figures walked out of the darkness, looking wary. "It''s me, where''s Lord Solway?" "in the room." Seeing that it was one of their own, several figures returned to the darkness and continued to be on guard. The man in the cloak shook off his clothes, walked quickly to the house, and knocked on the door. "Come in!" A deep voice came from inside the room. The man pushed open the door and entered. The area inside the house is not small. There is a dining table, coffee table, and some glass decorations. It seems that the family was in a good condition before. In the back of the room, the great knight of the Destiny Sect, who looked like a mummy, was sitting beside the bed. On the wooden table beside him, a copper frame supported a gray-white jade, and behind the jade, there was a burning candle. The firelight passed through the jade, forming a circular array on the ground. In the middle of the magic circle, four figures were kneeling, both men and women, maintaining postures of repentance. Wisps of blue energy gathered above the heads of the four people, forming a ferocious ghost in the center, struggling and roaring. The great knight Solvi used the power of the dead to wrap up the ghost, and then took it into his spirit servant. Take it back into your body. "how''s it going?" After everything was over, Solvay asked in a deep voice. The man who came in calmed down and reported in a low voice: "Knight Solvay, people from the association are checking door to door now. We are afraid we will have to change places tomorrow." Solvay''s voice was cold, "You really underestimate them." The battle last night, although there was no direct confrontation. But they can also be considered as testing each other''s strength and abilities. It is completely different from the information. Even the deacons and island owners here are promoted by the association. But its definitely more than level 12. Otherwise, he wouldn''t have killed not one last night, but also lost several church members and a ghost. The subordinates continued to remind in a low voice, "A blanket search has begun on the island. It is very likely that we have asked for help from outside. Should we avoid the limelight and wait until we have the opportunity..." Solvay''s voice became more gloomy, "Please help, the nearest association, it will take four or five days to get here, which is enough for us to have some fun." "But..., with the island''s defense, it might not be that easy!" Solvay stood up, put away the items on the table beside him, and while releasing the ghost, he said: "No hurry, kill a few of their companions first, and take revenge on our people." (End of chapter) Chapter 543 , I came to see your grandpa. Chapter 543: Come to see your grandpa The rescue team brought the corpses here? Near the military factory, Wu Heng cleaned up the zombies, and there was no way they would be suddenly found by the zombies. It should have been brought here by the rescue team. These guys are really looking for death. It''s not the time to think about this now, let''s deal with this battle first. Wu Heng released the two ghosts again. At the same time, he pressed the intercom and said: "Organize the team and replace the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. Everyone should take action and don''t get together." The walkie-talkie spread, and the panicked survivors were instantly suffocated. The leader is back. As long as the leader comes back, these zombies won''t be a problem at all. More corpses were also cleared. "Received, immediately arrange for someone to transport the solid iron bullets." "Speed ??up." Wu Heng urged and started walking outside. He took out the ''soul-obsessing jade flashlight'' and handed it to a skeleton, saying, "Go up to the sentry tower and shine the light on the location where the skeletons and zombies are fighting." The skeleton took the flashlight, quickly climbed to the sentry tower on the wall, and turned on the flashlight. A strong light shot out, shining on the fighting position. Wisps of ghosts flew into the sky like smoke. Wu Heng quickly walked towards the location of the skeleton in the suit, and at the same time said to the air: "Go and absorb the remnant souls, and also pay attention to the battlefield. Remember to notify me if there is any danger." "I know, uncle!" "Don''t worry, I won''t put you in danger." The two ghosts quickly flew into the sky where the battle was taking place. Wu Heng walked up to the zombies in suits and said, "The skeleton flying dragons have loaded their ammunition. Let them bomb again. Pay attention to the distance." Huhuhu~! As the words fell, a series of piercing sounds passed by from behind. The skeleton flying dragon rose to a certain height, and the iron rain from the sky smashed into the group of corpses. Boom boom boom~! There was a roar like an explosion. The menacing group of corpses was instantly gone. The Corpse King, who was hiding among the corpses in the distance, also looked up at the sky in horror. After the skeleton flying dragon flew past, it circled half a circle and flew back again. Wow~! The remaining zombies dispersed again. Avoid the main road, enter the dead wood forest on both sides, and continue rushing forward. The flying dragon went out for the second time and dropped iron bombs into the woods, killing a large number of zombies again. "Move forward." Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army began to advance. The advantages of weapons and levels made this team, like an indestructible wall, retreat little by little against the incoming zombies. The spears in the front row were already covered with rotting corpses. Roar~! The Corpse King let out another deafening roar. Wu Heng was instantly alert, "Defend!" The skeleton instantly squatted down, lowered its center of gravity, and moved its spear forward. The next second, the zombies all turned around and ran towards the darkness behind. "Pursuit." Wow~! The half-crouched skeleton suddenly charged forward. Start chasing the zombies and rush up to kill them. Glenda flew down quickly and said, "The Corpse King is over there." Wu Heng immediately looked in the direction pointed. Only masses of corpses could be seen in the darkness, but there was no trace of the Corpse King. Taking out the magic carpet and flying into the air, Barrett pointed far ahead, "Glenda, I can''t see the target." Glenda flew out quickly. Hanging in mid-air, he pointed at a location below. Bang~! There was an explosion. The row of zombies was instantly shattered, and the corpse king''s figure could be vaguely seen, stumbling and falling. Then, Glenda gave another hint. After Wu Heng fired another shot, Granda''s figure could not be seen clearly. Soon, the zombies on the entire battlefield disappeared without a trace. Glenda also flew back from a distance, "Why don''t you hit it? It will die soon." "I can''t see you anymore. I can''t even see you anymore." "It''s a pity." Glenda sighed, and then said: "It''s almost the same. Half of the body is gone, but the recovery power is still quite strong, and I can still run away." "If we collect intelligence then, it won''t be difficult to catch it again." "Yeah." Glenda nodded and flew into the sky again. Wu Heng got off the flying carpet. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and Wu Heng also transformed zombies. early morning. Wu Heng was sitting in the bedroom eating breakfast. The door opened and Qi Hancai walked in from the outside. He took a sip of water and said, "These rescue teams seem to have a serious brain disease. They insist on running towards us. I''m so angry." In the middle of the night, Qi Hancai also rushed back with his convoy. In the past, she would stay here. Just yesterday afternoon, she took a convoy to deliver the rare item [Sincerity Clay Doll] to Li Yahong, but she didn''t expect to encounter this. "How did they provoke these zombies?" Wu Heng asked. In fact, Wu Heng couldn''t come over, and the skeletons in suits were enough to deal with these groups of corpses. The skeleton''s level and equipment also have an advantage, making it impossible to lose. At least, it was impossible for those zombies to capture the military factory last night. Qi Hancai said: "According to their statement, they arranged for the army to enter the city to fight the zombies, but they withdrew without fighting on the way. The zombies followed the withdrawing vehicles and found their base." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Their base is gone?" "No, everyone ran out, and then led the corpses to us." Qi Hancai sighed, "They sent us a message half an hour in advance, but they really escaped this way, still want to You have to hold us back." Speaking of pulling on the back of the pad. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly. A provincial rescue team, if this is really the case, then there is no need to exist. Or it would not be difficult to kill their leader. "Who are the people in the rescue team?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "It is roughly divided into three types. One is the rescue team headed by Commander Liu. These people have strong discipline and combat effectiveness." "The second one is Tiancheng Group. They are the second largest force in the rescue team. They have a group of highly knowledgeable talents under their command who are proficient in machinery research and development and manufacturing. In related fields, they seem to develop whatever type of machinery you want. The corresponding production line is coming out, thats what I heard. "The third one is ordinary residents. They are found everywhere, and there are also many people who live here and there." Wu Heng listened carefully and nodded along. This rescue team still has some background and retains a group of high-level talents. According to professions in other worlds, they are a group of magic weapon masters. Wu Heng asked: "What''s their plan behind this?" "I just talked with them. Commander Liu said that he wants to pass through our airport and follow the main station directly when he comes to trade next time." Qi Hancai replied. Wu Heng nodded. This rescue team had a good plan. He brought the matter to his side, and in the end he had to use the airport to leave. All the good things were taken over by them. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Because of their reasons, they also caused us a certain amount of panic and losses. In the future, when other shelters encounter corpses, they will follow suit and lead them to other shelters. It will not be a mess." "Well, it''s really not authentic." Wu Heng glanced at her and said: "Don''t say anything to them now. When they want to use the airport to leave, keep the Tiancheng Group and their weapons and equipment. If the rest of the residents are willing to stay, we will also take them in." If you dont want to, just follow them to the main station. "What if people from Tiancheng Group are unwilling?" Qi Hancai asked. "It doesn''t matter if you are willing or not, this is compensation for the losses caused to us. We can do anything for them." Wu Heng took a sip of soup. Qi Hancai nodded, "I understand. I will have Renhe Tiancheng contact us in the next few days to count the people." They established a base and really didn''t do anything to force others. Even when rescuing survivors, they are always taken back if they are willing to follow them, and if they are not willing, forget it. This time, the attitude was obviously tougher. They must pay some price for their actions last night. "Have you eaten?" Wu Heng asked. "not yet!" "Eat quickly, the days are long, what if you''re starving?" Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai sat down opposite and started eating together. Chatting casually about other things. Had breakfast. Wu Heng also asked Xiaoxiao to go to the rescue team and eavesdrop on some news. In private, these people held four meetings in succession. They were all discussing the strength of the military factory and the next step to go to the main station. For last night''s fight. These people expressed disbelief and shock. Even though I had heard of skeletons before, I never expected them to be so numerous and so powerful. Basically, they were fighting against the corpses. Among these topics, there was no discussion about what to do here. The most important thing was to maintain good relations. Don''t make enemies. We stayed at the military factory until the afternoon. After confirming that there were no problems or dangers, he said hello to Qi Hancai. Then he returned to the dormitory and walked into the boundary gate. Return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng appeared in the study. Two ghosts were released. Xiaoxiao and Glenda were floating on both sides, one on the left and the other on the right. During last night''s battle. Xiaoxiao upgraded to level 15 and unlocked [Supernatural Phenomena]. Granda was promoted to level 17. After one step up, she reached level 18 and became a fifth-level professional. Wu Heng looked at Granda, who was about to read a book, and said, "Glenda, you are already level 17. Work hard today and directly raise it to level 18." Glenda looked up and said, "Didn''t I just come back? Do you still want to go there?" Granda has no objections to the upgrade. The higher the level, the better. "Didn''t I get a few level 18 dead ghosts before? Keeping them will take up space. You absorb one first and see if you can reach level 18." Glenda thought for a moment and nodded, "Okay." We went downstairs together and entered a room on the third floor. Wu Heng took out the Demon Soul Pot, placed it in the middle, and continued to release the [Bone Cage]. Thick white bones wrapped the Demonic Soul Pot. Then, he activated the Demon Soul Pot, and a thin ghost with fangs slowly floated out from it. A level 18 strongman from the vampire clan. That is, the vampire in the sarcophagus of the Destiny Sect. The ghost level is 10. Granda is level 17 and absorbs level 10, no problem at all. Ghost was a little confused, and then he saw Wu Heng outside. He raised his eyebrows and cursed: "Little brat, are you here to see your grandpa?" (End of chapter) Chapter 542 , this is hell Chapter 542: This is hell What will happen to these skeletons when we leave? Except for Sister Qi, Im afraid these skeletons wont listen to us. "Then we won''t take them with us. It''s more important to save our lives." "How can we explain to Sister Qi and the King when we come back that we just run away like this?" "Then what do you think we should do?" There was brief chaos in the room. After joining the base, the survivors have basically never had a direct confrontation with zombies. The leader of the base is not here, and they have no confidence in their hearts. But judging from the current opinions of several people, more people think that they should leave first and then take this place back after reuniting with Qi Hancai. While several people were discussing in low voices. A familiar voice came from the radio. "I am Qi Hancai, the deputy leader of the Xinfu City base. How many zombies did you bring to the provincial rescue team?" The voice was deep and serious. There was a moment of silence in the room. Several people stopped arguing and focused all their attention on the radio. Soon, the voice with messy noise came over again, "There are a lot of people. The specific number cannot be determined for the time being. It is estimated that it has exceeded ten thousand people, and the number is constantly increasing along the way." The faces of several people in the military factory listening to the radio became even more ugly. "If there are only 10,000 or 20,000, it will be about the same number as when the leader goes into the city to clear out zombies." "It''s much worse. We can''t move the skeletons, and we don''t have the skills of the leaders. When the zombies rush in, we will be infected if we are touched." "Damn it, they tricked us." "This bunch of scammers have disappeared without a trace when saving people. Now that they see that we are living well, they are trying to lure us here." "Be quiet and listen to what Sister Qi has to say!" Everyone fell silent again. Qi Hancai''s voice sounded from the radio, "Are there any special types of zombies?" The rescue team replied, "We can see Level 2 and Level 3 deformed zombies. Judging from the behavior and movements of the zombies, we speculate that the existence of the Zombie King cannot be ruled out, but we cannot be sure." There was a brief silence in the radio station. Then, Qi Hancai said again: "Okay, you continue to move towards the military factory. I will have people pick you up and cooperate with them. Do not make any provocative or unnecessary actions to avoid misunderstandings." "The provincial and district rescue teams would like to thank Xinfu City for their rescue," the rescue team said. Qi Hancai did not continue to reply. Even on the radio, he said something like "calling for the rescue team", but from the tone of voice, Qi Hancai''s dissatisfaction could be heard. In other words, Qi Hancai could keep his composure, but if it had been anyone else, he would have yelled loudly. Then, Qi Hancai''s voice sounded again. Not with the provincial rescue team, but with the military factory shelter, "Bai Qing!" "Sister Qi, I''m here." "Bring Bone Demon No. 1 here and tell him that I want to talk to him." "good." Bai Qing turned around and waved his hand, and someone immediately turned and left. Not long after, the door reopened, and a figure in a white shirt and black suit walked in. Except for his white skeleton, he was dressed more like a manager who was going to attend a meeting. "Sister Qi, Bone Demon No. 1 is here, please tell me!" The radio station remained quiet. Qi Hancai said directly: "Bone Demon No. 1, I am Qi Hancai. There are now over 10,000 zombies approaching the base along the east road. I need you to mobilize all the troops to resist the zombie attack to the greatest extent possible. Protect the base and rescue the survivors who come over." Everyone in the room looked at the skeleton in the suit and saw him nodding slightly. Bai Qing immediately said: "Sister Qi, it nodded." Qi Hancai continued: "You should also be prepared. If there is danger, leave first and do not interfere with the skeletons'' actions." "clear!" "If you have anything, please report to me at any time." "OK." After hanging up the communication, everyone started to take action. The survivors prepared the convoy and called others to prepare for evacuation. The skeleton in the suit also walked outside the factory. Behind the factory, in the endless forest of dead trees, the sound of trampling fallen leaves and walking through the shrubs could be heard. A large number of skeletons with eyes shining with blue fire walked out of the woods and gathered in front of the factory. Provincial and district rescue teams and convoys. A whole row of vehicles moved quickly along the road. Behind them were still a group of corpses chasing after the vehicle, roaring and roaring, chasing the vehicle like crazy. "We are approaching the military factory. There is a roadblock area in front of us. We can see a large number of skeletons, giving us a way." The voice of the lead car reported on the intercom. "Slow down and drive past." The convoy began to slow down and plunged straight into the queue of skeletons. As the convoy drove in, everyone''s faces began to look ugly. Under the moonlight, on both sides of the convoy were dense and orderly armies of skeletons, wearing battle armor, with a strange light shining in their empty eye sockets. Spearmen, archers, one-handed axes, swords! Different types of soldiers stand in different square formations, with the ranks forming straight lines. At a glance, the end of the army could not be seen. "This is hell!" When the rescue team looked terrified. The survivors of the military factory quickly approached and knocked on the car windows, "Everyone get out of the car. No weapons are allowed." On the main road. The group of corpses that were chasing after them suddenly stopped. He fell down due to inertia, then got up again and stood back. Behind the corpse group, more zombies arrived one after another, forming an endless group of corpses. call! A sound broke through the air. A figure with insect wings and a shape like a beetle landed on the street lamp on one side. The street lights swayed and squeaked. His cold eyes scanned the skeleton in front of him. Then, he let out an angry roar. The group of corpses below also roared and roared. Then, they began to charge, coming like a tidal wave. Swish swish~! Dense arrows were shot from the skeleton camp, and large zombies were shot into hedgehogs and fell to the ground in the rain of arrows. Rolling, tripping over the corpses behind. Then, more zombies rushed into the spear formation. The sharp spears pierced the body, bones collided with carrion, and roars resounded through the night sky. Treasure Island, bedroom. Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes, and his expression became grim. Experience value +1. [Experience value +1. experience. The intensive experience value prompts made him wake up instantly. He quickly put on his clothes, put on his armor, and walked to the study on the side. In the darkness, Xiaoxiao was watching TV, and Glenda was organizing drawings at the desk. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he asked curiously: "Didn''t you go to rest?" "I feel there is danger. You go around the island to see if there is any fighting." Wu Heng said. Such dense experience points are more suitable for fighting in the zombie world. But before leaving, its better to check Treasure Island first to avoid any problems. The two ghosts looked at each other, agreed, and left directly through the roof of the shed. Not long after, it flew back quickly. "It''s okay, uncle!" "Having patrols chasing away drunks doesn''t count." "No, you guys come back first and we''ll go over there." Wu Heng said directly. The two ghosts quickly returned to their bodies, and Wu Heng opened the door and headed to the zombie world. When they walked out of the dormitory building, they heard fighting and roars resounding from outside the factory. It is indeed here. Released the ghost again, "Go and see what''s going on outside." Two ghosts quickly flew out and headed to the fighting area. Soon, it flew back from outside. "A large number of corpses are attacking here, fighting with the skeletons." Granda said. The primary school student raised his hand and added: "There is a level 18 zombie among the zombies. He is a strong zombie with insect shells and wings." Glenda added, "In the yard, there is an extra motorcade, all with new faces." "Let me take a look." Wu Heng said. Two ghosts entered the body, and the scene was shared. On the road outside the factory, dense crowds of zombies were swarming along the road, like wave after wave, crashing into the queue of skeletons. The formation of skeletons is also like a solid steel wall. Resisting the opponent''s charge again and again. Then came the extra motorcade in the factory yard and the crowds gathering around. After just a brief glance, I saw the flag of the rescue team. Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 541 , in front is the military factory in Xinfu City Chapter 541, in front is the military factory in Xinfu City The corpses dispersed, and the whole street was empty. Everyone''s eyes widened in surprise and suspicion, gradually becoming frightened and uneasy. Ordinary zombies don''t have the intelligence to avoid gunfire. There must be high-level zombies giving orders to these ordinary zombies. But... even the zombie commander cannot command so many zombies at the same time. The most likely possibility is that there are higher-level zombies in the dark. "Stay alert, the drone will go around and take a look." The command came over the intercom. The muzzle of the armored vehicle is facing forward, and the machine gunners are fully focused, with their fingers tightened on the trigger, ready to deal with sudden dangers at any time. Two drones took to the sky. He bypassed the building in front and checked the situation of the corpses. "The corpses are moving. They are moving where we can''t see them. They want to surround us from both sides." The voice reporting on the intercom was trembling. The tens of thousands of corpses have a command. Then it is a terrifying fighting force. "End the mission, turn around and exit." The commander issued the order again. The vehicle started instantly and moved backwards. While the convoy turned around and planned to leave directly. The group of corpses behind the building seemed to be boiling, and there was an ear-splitting roar in an instant. "Speed ??up and get out." Ta tap tap~! The sound of intensive running sounded. A large number of corpses began to pour out of the paths on both sides. The road was crowded with darkness, like water flowing from a flood. Bang bang bang~! Gunshots and cannons rang out again, and bullets poured out like a torrential rain, hitting the zombie''s body and splashing black blood. No need to aim, just shoot the bullet forward and it will hit the zombie''s body. For a time, under heavy firepower, zombies fell to the ground and died in droves. Wow~! The glass shattered and countless zombies jumped from above. It hit the roof of the car and the surrounding areas of the convoy. The car body shook violently, and the speed of reversing was once again hindered. Zombies poured out from both sides and rear crazily, crashing into the convoy. Boom~! Dong Dong~! Off-road vehicles and trucks were knocked over by the corpses. The steel bars on the windows fell off, and corpses poured into the interior, clawing and biting. A car was overwhelmed by the corpses and collapsed instantly. "Rush out, rush out first." The orders were still being issued. Booms and gunfire echoed through the streets. Two armored vehicles, loaded with zombies, broke out of the siege. Go away in the direction you came from. The group of corpses chased for a certain distance, then stopped and watched the armored vehicle leave from a distance. "Is anyone else out? Hey, please reply when you receive it." The walkie-talkie asked several questions one after another, but received no response. Inside the armored vehicle, there was also silence. Of the more than twenty modified vehicles, only two armored vehicles escaped from it relying on their heavy defense. All other vehicles, without exception, lost contact. There is actually no need to say much about what this means. When it came out, everyone thought about this result. But now that it has actually appeared, it is still hard to accept. There was silence for a long time. Only then did someone speak softly, "How did the Xinfu City base do it?" "Perhaps they are lucky, they are just ordinary corpses." "maybe!" "The corpse group has not followed. Return to the base first and report the matter to the commander-in-chief and the others." The armored vehicle accelerated again and headed towards the base. Behind them, a figure like a giant beetle fell from the sky, looking in the direction of the convoy from a distance. Treasure Island, Association. Knocking on the door, after hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. There was only Sheila Gui in the room, sitting behind the desk sorting documents. "Looking for me?" Wu Heng asked. Back from the zombie world. Minnie said that "Sheila Rose" had arranged for staff to look for him. Seeing that it was still early, she came over in a carriage to have a look. Sheila Gui raised her head and glanced at him, took out a hair tie to tie up her loose hair, and then said: "Call a staff member to come in." "Oh." Wu Heng opened the door and called a staff member who was passing by. "Island owner, butler!" The staff saluted. Sheila Gui said: "Go and call the two new deputy deacons." "yes!" The staff member answered and left. Wu Heng looked at Sheila Gui curiously, "Is the deputy deacon here?" "One arrived last night, and the other arrived at noon today." "How is it? Is it great?" The difficulties facing Treasure Island are still considerable, and combat effectiveness is very important. "They are all level 12 professionals. One is a human and the other is a dwarf. They are all transferred from outside. I don''t know exactly what they are. Let''s find out later!" Sheila Gui replied. Level 12 is not a low level. It is still placed in a place like Treasure Island. On the outside, they are all at a level that can serve as a deacon. While the two were talking, there was a knock on the door. "Come in!" The door opened, and a middle-aged man wearing leather armor and a long sword walked in. Aged over 40, with short hair and chiseled face. "Deacon!" The man saluted slightly. Xila Gei nodded and introduced: "This is the island owner of Treasure Island, Mr. Wu Heng, the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." The man looked at Wu Heng, still a little surprised in his eyes. Perhaps he didn''t expect that the island owner and flag bearer would be such a young human being. "Tevsey CitySkeeter, I have met the island owner." The middle-aged man saluted slightly again. "Welcome to Treasure Island." Wu Heng smiled and nodded. "Thank you, sir." Then, there was a knock on the door again. Another dwarf wearing scale armor and a battle ax hung on his waist walked in. The body is stocky and strong, and the exposed arms are exaggerated muscles. Short hair, deep eyebrows, and a long beard. The beard is very well groomed and has a beard buckle inlaid with rubies. Sheila Gui introduced directly, "Dwarf tribe - Gardain, level 12 dwarf warrior." Then he introduced to the other side, "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island and the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." "My lord, the island owner." "Welcome to Treasure Island." The two of them greeted each other and looked at each other''s outfits curiously. Xilagui continued: "Let''s get to know each other, and we will take care of any future actions on the island." "Yes, deacon." The two deputy deacons nodded. "Okay, you go and do your work first, arrange your accommodation, and then come to the association to formally join the company." "yes." The two of them saluted again and left the study directly. There were two people left in the study again, and Sheila Gui asked: "How is it?" "It''s pretty good. It seems pretty stable and reliable." Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "When you put it like that, you are much more stable than when we joined the company." When Imiro was in charge of the association, the entire association had a younger feel. Wu Heng is not that old, and Xila Gui is just an adult among the elves, especially she still has a childlike appearance. The entire association seems to give people a youthful feel. This time there were two deputy deacons, one was in his 40s, his eyes showed vicissitudes of life, and the other had a beard longer than his hair. The atmosphere of the association suddenly entered the middle age. Wu Heng stood up, poured himself a cup of elven scented tea, and then asked, "How is your sister?" "She''s basically fine. She was just scared." Sheila Gui paused for a moment and then said, "I wanted her to return to the clan, but she didn''t agree." When Shi Yali was killed, Xila Gui regretted letting her come to Treasure Island from her clan. Now that she is fine, I am probably afraid of any dangers in the future and plan to send her back. "Don''t worry about it!" "Maybe, I''ll talk to her again in the next two days." Wu Heng returned to his position and sat down, "I will continue to strengthen the defense on the island, and it will be safer later." "I believe you, but it''s better for Shi Yali to go back." "You sisters can just discuss it." Wu Heng didn''t persuade him much. The two sat in the study and chatted for a while. The association also started to close get off work. Xila Gui and Wu Heng walked out of the association together and returned to their respective residences. Back at the manor, dinner was served on the table. Andweil said: "Mr. Yousef said that the new area will be completed this month. Recently, many people have come to the island to inquire about houses and shops. Should we sell them in advance?" Yousef is the name of the dwarf designer. Last time we mentioned that the expansion area was about to be completed. It is indeed time to sell it to outsiders. "Okay, first divide the area and price, and then sell it when you are ready!" Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I''ll go back and make arrangements." Andweier nodded. "By the way, there are also those special skeletons in the courtyard. In the past few days, we have arranged for them to set up street lights along the road so that people can cooperate." "Okay, Master." After dinner, several people entered the training room for training together. When the sky darkens, return to your room to rest. Zombie world, provincial rescue team base. In the dark room, an oval conference table is placed in the center. People kept taking their seats one after another with serious expressions. At this time, a middle-aged man wearing a long green coat walked in quickly, glanced at everyone, and said, "I think everyone already knows about the team''s failed return." Everyone''s eyes flashed, but no one spoke. The middle-aged man said again: "Based on the information from the returning personnel, we may have encountered zombies at the level of the zombie king. They can control a large group of zombies, issue unified orders, and have extremely high intelligence." As soon as these words came out, there was a slight discussion below. "It can''t be such a coincidence. I''ve only heard of the Corpse King at the reception desk." "Yeah, we just entered the city and we met the Corpse King?" "The Xinfu City base entered the city and occupied the airport. Why didn''t we meet the Corpse King?" "I heard from Xinfu City and the main station about the appearance and characteristics of the Corpse King, and I may have met him before." "How can it be!" The commander-in-chief, who was at the top of the list, patted the table and said, "Quiet." Everyone fell silent and looked at each other again. "Whether Xinfu City encountered the Corpse King has nothing to do with us. We suffered serious losses this time. We need to redistribute tasks and form a new team. At the same time, we will mark the area specially to prevent people from getting close to it." Everyone nodded to show their understanding. The loss is indeed huge, but the problem is not big either. As long as the base remains, we can continue to exchange food with Xinfu City. The foundation will not be shaken. Ta tap tap~! As he spoke, rapid footsteps sounded. A person rushed in and said: "A large number of corpses were found outside the camp. The number is increasing continuously. It is impossible to count how many there are." Everyone in the conference room stood up suddenly, with disbelief in their eyes. Someone suddenly realized, "It''s not that the convoy escaped, but that they deliberately released the convoy to find us." "Go out and have a look~!" Everyone quickly left the room, speeding up their pace as they climbed onto the wall. Under the silver-white moonlight, you can vaguely see countless figures swaying back and forth, not attacking, just standing there in the distance. And more figures continued to gather towards the position of the corpses. Everyone''s heart felt cold. The number is too high, tens of thousands? or more. Thousands of people can fill a street, and there is no end in sight. "Each team continues to defend and use all available weapons." "The rear organized people and personnel to evacuate. Vehicles took scientific researchers, engineering personnel, and children under 14 years old to leave. The general public evacuated in the second batch, and the remaining people evacuated in the third batch." The order was issued, and the entire camp instantly became chaotic. The crowd began to board the prepared trucks. Some people are carrying food and some necessary supplies. The two sides faced off for about 20 minutes. A deafening roar suddenly sounded. The corpses roared together. Then, the waves began to attack forward, like a torrent, the turbulence was difficult to resist. "Attack~!" Whoosh whoosh! A series of grenades passed over from above and smashed into the group of corpses. A violent explosion sounded, and flames shot into the sky. Then there was intensive gunfire, and countless guns and bullets poured down from the wall. Large swaths of zombies were knocked to the ground, tripping up more enemies. But the tide of corpses continued to flow, filling up in the blink of an eye. The trenches dug in advance broke through the barriers and roadblocks, and rushed towards the wall. There were violent crashes and roars. "Commander-in-Chief, you can evacuate." "Let''s withdraw." All the soldiers quickly boarded the truck and left quickly. Boom boom boom~! A deafening explosion suddenly sounded, and the entire base was covered in explosions and fire. The zombies that poured into the city were instantly overwhelmed by the fire. The explosion was deafening, and the whole city was like a box of flash bombs. The fire illuminated the entire area. "Blow them up, these **** monsters." "That **** Corpse King, if he entered the city, he would definitely be dead too." "What a shame for our base." Everyone looked at the city in flames and whispered. Hohoho~! While he was talking, there were hurried footsteps behind him again. Densely packed zombies came running from a distance again. Everyone''s expressions suddenly changed. Someone picked up the walkie-talkie in a panic and reported: "Report, a large number of corpses have appeared in the rear again, and they are chasing after the convoy." There was silence for a while on the intercom. Voices rang out asking, "Where does this road lead?" "Ahead is the military factory in Xinfu City. Here..., if we go all the way down, I''m afraid they will suffer as well." The commander-in-chief narrowed his eyes slightly. "We can''t stop the car, so let''s notify them in advance and let them evacuate in advance." "good!" Xinfu City, military factory. There was a sizzling sound of electricity coming from the radio. "Provincial and district rescue teams, call the provincial and district military factories in Xinfu City." Standing in front of the radio station, the dozing woman shivered violently, picked up the microphone and immediately replied, "This is the Xinfu City Military Factory. Please speak to the provincial and district rescue teams." "The provincial rescue team base has been captured by a group of corpses. Our convoy is retreating along Tianhua Road, followed by a large number of corpses. In half an hour, it will pass through the area of ??your military factory. Please be prepared in advance." The still confused woman suddenly woke up and said, "Wait a moment, I''ll inform the leader." Then, he took out the charging walkie-talkie on the side and shouted: "Emergency, the provincial rescue team is approaching us with a large number of corpses. We still have half an hour at most." "Wait, let''s go there now." There was a sound of rapid footsteps, and five or six people rushed into the radio room. The woman immediately told what had just happened. One of them picked up the microphone and said: "Provincial rescue team, what are you doing to lead us? Take a detour to get rid of them." A low voice came from the radio, "Sorry, we entered this road when evacuating. Unless we stop, we can only move forward along the road." "Fuck, aren''t you trying to trick people!" There was no sound coming from the intercom and it started to remain silent. Everyone in the room looked ugly. It was not easy to occupy this base. Now they live well and can use electricity 24 hours a day. They have basically returned to their previous lives. But now the rescue team actually leads the corpses here, which is simply trying to harm people. "What should we do? The leader is not here. Sister Qi went to Xinfu City with the convoy in the afternoon." "Damn it, those rescue teams can''t save people, but they can''t help but deceive them." "Let''s retreat first and take the people out of here first." Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 540 , supernatural phenomenon Chapter 540, Supernatural Phenomenon "What are you talking about? Stay away from the window so you don''t get discovered by the zombies below." From behind, a woman''s nagging voice could be heard. "Really, there are so many souls in the direction of the explosion just now. They must be the zombies that the eminent monk is saving over there. They will not be in pain in the future." The girl was still looking out the window. The equally slovenly middle-aged woman behind him followed the other person''s gaze and looked into the distance. Empty sky. Where is the soul. Occasionally, one or two bone dragons can be seen hovering in the sky in the distance. "Stop talking nonsense, it''s scary." "Mom, was it this bone flying dragon that delivered food to us last time?" the daughter asked again, looking into the distance. Mother closed most of the curtains tightly, leaving only a gap through which she could see the scene outside. "It''s very similar. At that time, I hid in the distance and took a look. I wasn''t sure if it was that kind of flying dragon." The daughter tilted her head and thought for a moment, "Could it be someone from Xinfu City who kills zombies there and then saves the dead souls?" "How is it possible? It''s not that easy to kill zombies. Even the rescue team can''t get in, let alone a civilian base like this." "But they are the only ones who send us food. What you said is just shouting slogans on the radio every day." The daughter retorted. "They will come to rescue us. The radio said they are organizing troops." The daughter thought again, "I think we should go out and take a look. The zombies were lured away by the fighting in the distance, so they should be safe." "If we go downstairs and encounter zombies, we won''t be able to come back. We won''t be able to recover just by taking two cold medicines," the mother said. "But." "Let''s talk about it later, we still have to be careful." While the mother and daughter were talking, a harsh current came from the radio station behind them, followed by intermittent, weak sounds. "This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team. We have arrived at Tiebei Commercial Street and have uniformly cleaned up the surrounding zombies. Survivors nearby can come closer to us. When they come, they will encounter skeletons. Those are our soldiers. Please don''t do anything. Any attack or provocative action to avoid unnecessary casualties. The mother and daughter turned back suddenly. There was a look of surprise in his eyes. Its really a base in Xinfu City. They really came into the city to save people. Commercial street. The battle between skeletons and zombies is over. The ghosts wandering in the sky were also chased and devoured one by one by Xiaoxiao and Glenda. Wait until the last ghost is absorbed. [The ghost level is increased to level 15, constitution +2, intelligence +3.] [Ghost Unlocked Features: Supernatural Phenomenon. Glenda has been promoted to level 15. In terms of level, it has reached level three. Wu Heng opened the ghost panel and took a look at the new feature [Supernatural Phenomenon]. [Supernatural Phenomenon]: The place where the ghost lingers can ''actively'' affect the five senses of the surrounding creatures, allowing them to feel strange noises and coldness seeping into the hall where the fire is burning, the smell of corpses filling the tidy room, or the corpse emerging from the cemetery. Climbing out, the ghost can control the type according to the corresponding scene. Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the newly emerged characteristics. Judging from the introduction, it seems more like an improvement of ghost fantasy. It affects the senses of living beings, whether it is strange noises, coldness seeping into the hall where the fire is burning, or corpse odor permeating the clean room. They are all affected by hearing, vision, and smell. It can''t be said that it is useless. It feels like it''s mainly about scaring people. Professionals from other worlds are very sensitive to changes in their surroundings. Once something like this happens, it will make the other party wary. The effect is not too great. It''s okay to scare ordinary people, but scaring people seems to be of no use. Let''s wait and see where it can be used later. "Uncle, they are all gone." Xiaoxiao flew down. After this upgrade. Xiaoxiao has also reached level 13. The level gap between the two ghosts was quite large before, but now the gap is gradually narrowing. "Wait until next time, you guys also need to take a rest." Wu Heng said. "Oh." Xiaoxiao said, then lay on his shoulder, "Uncle, did you see me killing everyone just now? I wasn''t so good when I was in kindergarten." "What kind of kindergarten do you have?" "No, I''m just playing with the kids." Xiaoxiao floated to the other side again, "I''m really good today." Glenda also said: "Xiao Xiao is very good today." "Hehe." Xiaoxiao smiled. While talking, the skeleton dragged various corpses over. Evolved zombies and deformed zombies were lined up in front of him. Wu Heng transformed them one by one, and then collected the fallen corpse cores. After the transformation of evolved zombies and aberrant zombies is completed, continue to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the way to transform all corpses into skeletons. It occupied the entire street, as if there was no end in sight. "Qi Hancai, let the convoy come over and search the surrounding stores." Wu Heng pressed the intercom. "receive!" The convoy at the rear began to move, and the road opened in the middle of the skeleton team continued to drive over. Stopping on one side, a large number of survivors got out of the car and began to search the shops along the road. Take away important items in advance. The survivors began to get busy. Qi Hancai also walked over from the back of the convoy and said: "There are 13 survivors, all from nearby shelters. The last time we delivered food to everyone, it worked. When they heard that it was our convoy, they all coming." Wu Heng turned his head and looked towards the back of the convoy. A lot of people gathered at the tail end of the car. There were both men and women, looking slovenly like savages who had walked out of the barren mountains. They were waiting in line to receive some bread and fresh water brought by the motorcade. Wu Hengruo felt something and looked towards the middle of the queue. A little girl in her teens was looking directly at her. From time to time, he looked at the sky and his shoulders. His eyes were full of doubts and confusion. "These people lived here before, and their families should be good." Qi Hancai spoke again from the side. Wu Heng turned around and said, "Well, let''s take a look at age and occupation, and assign jobs when we get back. If you have any special abilities, write them down separately then." "Understood, someone has already registered." "That''s good." After waiting on the roadside for a while, the survivors loaded various items into the truck. When the preparations were almost complete, the convoy began to turn around and rush towards the military factory. On the way back to the truck. Wu Heng took a sip of water and asked, "How is Wang Haibing doing lately?" "He has been training the skeletons recently. He seems to be quite serious. He is on time every day, making it seem like he is at work." Wang Haibing''s current task is to manage the power plant of the military factory and train the skeletons entrusted to him. When power plants in other places are built later, these skeletons will also be arranged. To maintain the operation of power plants everywhere. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let him select a few skeletons who have learned the lesson tomorrow. I will take them away then." "Okay, I''ll tell him when I get back." Qi Hancai replied without squinting. By this time it was getting dark. The convoy lit up its headlights, illuminating the surrounding area. Wu Heng continued to ask: "Has the main station contacted you again?" "I contacted them and asked how they were considering it. I told them that we were not considering either agreement. The exchange of materials between the two parties could still continue. They also said something like it was for everyone''s good and they didn''t agree because we were dead. , forget it. "Well, except for the transactions between the two parties, other things will not be of any help to us." Wu Heng said. "I know." Qi Hancai said with a smile. The convoy made its way back to the factory. Qi Hancai got out of the car and arranged housing for the new survivors, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. The hall was dark. The sky here has also turned dark, and the maids have returned to their rooms to rest. Wu Heng arranged the electrician skeleton he brought back to the courtyard first. I asked the skeleton chef to prepare some dinner and ate it in the restaurant. Ta tap tap~! Footsteps sounded. Anderweil walked downstairs carrying a pistol. Seeing Wu Heng sitting at the dining table eating, he smiled and said, "Master, you are eating so late." "Well, do you want to eat something together?" "No, you won''t like it if you gain weight." Wu Heng touched the fluffy fox tail and said, "Our Wei''er is also very cute if she is fatter." Andweier''s face turned slightly red, "No way, the competition is so fierce now, I have to keep up." "What competition?" "You don''t understand." Wu Heng continued to ask: "How is it going at the city hall?" "Everything is good. The number of patrols has been increased. The tax adjustment that has been discussed before has been finalized recently. I will show it to you in the next two days." Anderweier said. Wu Heng nodded and then asked: "I mentioned the energy plant before. How is the construction going?" Anderweil thought for a moment and said: "I heard that the progress is going very smoothly, but I haven''t asked in detail what step it has reached." "Let the dwarf designer come over tomorrow and I''ll talk to him." "Okay, then I''ll ask him to come over tomorrow morning?" "OK." The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also finished the steak on the plate. Wiped his mouth, stood up and said, "Weier, want to join us tonight?" Andweier''s eyes turned into crescent moons, "Okay, I''m a little afraid of the dark today." "Come here, I will sleep with you in my arms at night." "good!" In the early morning, Wu Heng yawned and went downstairs. After having breakfast together, Anderweil went to the city hall, while Wu Heng was dragged to the courtyard by the other three maids. Look at the garden they renovated in the past two days. Some of the original flowers and plants have been replaced by fruit trees. Forcibly turning the garden into a fruit forest. He said that he would be able to grow his own fruits in the future. Dong dong dong~! Just as the three of them were chattering about the benefits of planting fruit trees, there was a loud knock on the courtyard door. Minnie asked through the window. Then he ran back quickly and said, "Master, he is a representative of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. He came to discuss ordering goods with you." Wu Heng was stunned. Shannara had just told herself about the wood elves'' affairs, and so soon the representatives of the business group came over. Either the wood elves have already discussed it and want to cooperate with him, or there is a way to communicate quickly so that the other party knows that they want to cooperate with him. "Let him go to the living room!" Wu Heng walked towards the living room. Minnie walked to the gate again and led the other party through the courtyard filled with skeletons and armored vehicles to the hall. In the living room. The male wood elf in black dress saluted slightly, "Star Flower, the business group representative ''Seamos'' has met the island owner." He behaves elegantly, like a noble attending a ball. "Hello, sit down!" Wu Heng said. The wood elf sat down aside, and Catwoman brought tea. After the maids left, the wood elf spoke softly, "Island Master, I am here to discuss cooperation with you." "Well, I know about this. I do have a batch of goods that I need to order from Star Flower." "This is really great." The wood elf smiled immediately. It seemed that things were simpler than he thought. "Have you brought the order of goods you ordered?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "Bring it." The wood elf made a list of various goods, stood up and handed it over respectfully. Wu Heng looked back, took out a pen and started marking the goods he ordered. First is the food, then the sophisticated armor and one-handed axe. "Why are there no ships up there?" "Normally there are no ships above. If you need to order, you need to apply to the above separately. You are our important guest. As long as you declare it, there should be no problem." The wood elf explained at the side. Wu Heng handed him the order form and continued: "Order 10 of your warships." "Okay!" The other party looked at the order form, with a look of joy on his face. One hundred thousand grains, fifty thousand armors, fifty thousand one-handed axes. I am afraid that the total amount in Treasure Island and coastal areas will not be as high as this time. No wonder the clan attaches so much importance to transactions with each other. The wood elves immediately filled the warships. "Sir, after deducting the discounts you enjoy, you still need to pay 53,520 gold coins. This is the agreement of the Star Flower." After the wood elf calculated, he said directly. Wu Heng asked someone to count the gold coins, and he also signed the agreement. Then he continued: "I am in a hurry with food and warships and need you to deliver them as soon as possible." "Sir, the quantity of your order is too large and requires preparation. Even a fleet cannot deliver it to you at once." "Then we will send them one after another, and the warships will be sent here first." The wood elf thought for a moment and nodded: "That''s no problem. I will make arrangements for you when the time comes, and the warship will be sent to you first." "Just go to the city hall and notify Anderweil for acceptance." "Understood, Lord Island Master." Then while waiting for the gold coins to be counted, Wu Heng chatted with the other party. Ask about the business environment on the island, as well as some views on shipping routes and port facilities. The wood elf was obviously a little reserved, and his answers were all official. Wait until Minnie has counted the gold coins. The other party called people from outside again, and after confirming, they put them all away. He saluted again and left the island owner''s manor directly. nine in the morning. The dwarf designer is at the manor again. Under Minnie''s guidance, we arrived at the hall. Wu Heng waited for the other party to sit down and asked: "The expansion area should be almost done, right?" "We have entered into the final work. The construction will definitely be completed within this month and residents can be arranged to move in." Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the construction progress. The buildings in this world are not as exaggerated as modern ones. Generally, ordinary residential buildings are two stories. The mansions of powerful people only have three or four floors. It''s not that exaggerated, and with the help of construction vehicles, it will naturally be faster. "What''s the progress of the energy plants and ports I mentioned?" The dwarf immediately replied, "The factory has been completed, and the port can be completed within this week." "You''re doing a good job. I''ll let you know if there are any improvements that need to be made in the factory." "Okay, my lord." Wu Heng thought for a while and then said: "In the next few days, I will choose a separate building for you behind the city hall as the design institute, and you will be the person in charge." The dwarf suddenly became happy, jumped off the chair, and saluted, "Thank you, sir. I will do a good job. Treasure Island will be my second home from now on." "Okay, just do it well. Go back first. I''ll let you know sometimes." "Yes, sir." The dwarf saluted again and left the manor again. He happily boarded the carriage and left here. In the afternoon, after seeing nothing happened. Wu Heng said hello to Minnie and went directly to the zombie world. He sat in his bedroom and waited for a while. Qi Hancai came back from outside and introduced the situation at the factory. Then he said: "Sister Yahong encountered some problems." "What''s wrong?" "Some shelters said that the people we recruited to rob and kill were the bandits in that area at that time. However, the people on our side denied this and said that the other party had suffered losses from previous transactions and framed them. They had a quarrel on the channel. In the past few days, other shelters have also been paying attention to this matter. If it is not done well, it may affect the prestige of our base. " In a doomsday situation, fierce and cruel people are often more likely to survive. People like Yang Yitian and Chen Jinlong before. If you are strong, ruthless enough, and able to intimidate your younger brother, you can condense into a small force. Bullying survivors is much easier than fighting zombies. Everyone knows that the most important thing is to survive at the end of the day. However, neither the rescue team base nor some large bases will recruit these people to join. At best, just ignore these things. Wu Heng also didn''t expect that someone would report such a criminal among his own. "What problems are you facing?" "I''m not sure which of the two is telling the truth, and there are no other shelters or bases that can prove it. It''s actually quite annoying to say some sarcastic remarks." Qi Hancai said. "What type of sarcastic remarks?" Wu Heng asked again. "It''s just that you are protecting your own people. When a big force develops, who doesn''t have some blood on their hands?" Wu Heng was stunned, "Somewhat like me before." "Give me a break." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I have a way. I''ll teach you. Then you can teach it to Li Yahong." "any solution?" Wu Heng placed a clay sculpture on the table, "Look into its eyes, don''t resist, and don''t look away." Qi Hancai looked at the kneeling clay sculpture and frowned, "It''s a bit scary." But he still followed his words and met the eyes of the clay sculpture. Wu Heng asked: "What do you think of the current base?" Qi Hancai said: "The base is developing very well. As long as it continues to develop steadily, sooner or later it will surpass the main station and become the largest and most prestigious shelter." After speaking, Qi Hancai''s eyes widened a bit, as if he was a little surprised by his answer. Wu Heng then asked: "Why do you want to follow me?" Qi Hancai''s face turned red. But he said unconsciously, "You are good-looking and have more potential. You are the best candidate now. When I joined, I hinted to you more than once, and finally discussed the last plan with Li Yahong. " Wu Heng saw that her face looked congested with blood, so he covered the eyes of the clay sculpture with a handkerchief. His mouth immediately closed tightly. He stretched out his hand to signal her to wait for a while until the side effects disappeared. Cai said: "The function is to make people who look directly tell the truth." "So magical? What''s the principle?" "Ancient relics, don''t ask so many questions, just be useful." Wu Heng continued: "The side effect is that after asking the questions, you will be temporarily unable to speak. You cannot speak for two minutes for two questions. The more questions you ask, the longer you will be unable to speak. long." "A lie detector." "That''s understandable." Wu Heng nodded. "Okay, I''ll personally send someone over tomorrow to deliver it to Li Yahong." "Can." Qi Hancai said coyly: "What I told you just now is not allowed to be told outside, not even by Li Yahong." "Okay, our secret." "Um." After saying this, Qi Hancai thought for a moment and then said: "By the way, today the provincial channel is occupied by the provincial rescue team, which is attacking the urban area." "Why did you suddenly think of attacking?" "Maybe we have put pressure on them. We continue to enter the city to clean up zombies and rescue survivors. It is not good that they have not taken any action." Qi Hancai analyzed. "Yes, this is a good thing for the survivors." "This should have been done a long time ago. The longer you drag the zombies, the stronger your ability will be." Jiuhua Street. The roaring sound echoed through the entire street. Then, grenades rained down. In an instant, flames shot into the sky, and the huge explosion was deafening. The building shook violently, and hordes of zombies were torn apart, with pieces of flesh and limbs flying around. The group of corpses screamed loudly and quickly looked around to see an armored convoy coming from a distance. It instantly formed a torrent, roaring and charging forward. Boom boom~ bang bang bang~! The machine guns exploded, and machine gun bullets intertwined into a huge net. The rushing zombies fell down in pieces like wheat, piling up into a large mountain of corpses. "Machine gunner, pay attention to changing bullets." "Armored vehicles, clean up the distorted zombies ahead." "Stay steady, we have made sufficient preparations, and victory belongs to us." Orders were issued from the walkie-talkie. Everyone continued to pour out ammunition quickly. suddenly. The group of corpses rushing forward suddenly stopped. They scattered in all directions and hid behind the buildings on both sides. The entire street was instantly empty, with only the corpses left behind covering the ground. Everyone''s eyes widened, a little at a loss. What''s going on? Tens of thousands of zombies actually dispersed and hid at the same time. what happened? Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 539 , someone is transcending Chapter 539: Someone is trying to save someone I contacted Shanara a few days ago. The wood elf put her under house arrest, with no restrictions on food, drink and life. The only thing was that she was not allowed to leave the city where she was. As for the wood elves, after investigation, it was found that Wu Heng was Treasure Island''s largest customer. I want to continue to cooperate with him. Then he proposed that if he wanted to let Shannara go back, he must maintain an order of no less than 200,000 gold within three years. How should I put it? If the money is spent, we will let Shanara go back and help you be together. In Wu Heng''s view, he himself had to rely on the food of the wood elves to supply the zombie world, plus some weapons and equipment, or orders for gunpowder and copper mines. It is not difficult to deposit two hundred thousand gold. So I agreed. Shanara has also been talking about this matter with the other party these days, and it seems that she has an answer. Wu Heng picked up the phone and patted it gently, "Shanara, can you hear me?" Soon, Shanara''s gentle voice came from the other side, "Yes, I''m painting." "Um...how was your chat with the elders?" Wu Heng asked. "After the chat, I can go back at any time. There will be caravan representatives to talk to you about the goods. Two hundred thousand gold in three years. The pressure on Treasure Island is a bit high. You have given those caravans tax exemption." Shanara''s tone was a little gloomy. "It''s okay, having you back is better than anything else." "I''m not worth two hundred thousand now." "It''s priceless, more than two hundred thousand." Shanara''s tone suddenly became gloomy, "Star Flower, there are still some adjustments. Now I am still nominally the president of Star Flower, but I no longer have the right to mobilize and manage. To put it simply, I have a name to maintain it. The clans internal and external reputation is not good for the fact that the president is getting along with a small island owner. Wu Heng frowned as he listened. In other words, the current Shannara is just a false name with no real power. It seems to the outside world that nothing has changed, but in fact nothing has changed. Seeing that Wu Heng didn''t speak, Shanara said jokingly, "Do you regret not asking for more money from your sister? Anyway, I do regret it. If I had known better, I would have earned the money for my future life first." Wu Heng smiled and said, "There is nothing to regret about this. With your ability, it is their loss." "I hope so!" Wu Heng changed the topic, "When will you come back, I will ask Philippa to pick you up." "I''ll make arrangements in the next two days and let you know in advance." "Yeah, that''s fine." Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then asked, "I want to buy some ships to use as cruise ships on Treasure Island. Do you have any shipyard recommendations?" "You have also seen the Star Flower ship. It is big enough and strong enough. The keel of the hull here is made of special wood, which is enough for you to use. Of course, the price is also higher." "Okay, let''s make a reservation at Star Flower." "Uh-huh." Then, Wu Heng told her some things that happened on the island. When I heard that Xila Ge''s sister almost died in the hands of the other party, she also exclaimed. Go to the island to assassinate the deacon of the association. This is really not something ordinary people can do. The two chatted for a while, and someone came to visit Shanara, so they hung up the communication. Wu Heng went downstairs to eat, then took the two maids upstairs to rest. The next day, zombie world. Tiebei Commercial Street. Rumble~! After dropping bombs three times, the skeleton flying dragon roared back from overhead. On the streets, the smoke and dust dispersed. The ground was full of broken limbs, broken walls, and flesh and blood turned into mud. But there were still nearly a thousand zombies gathering on the road, roaring and charging towards this side. Wu Heng looked at the battlefield in front of him and directly ordered, "Prepare the spear formation!" Wow~! The array of spears that occupied the entire road were all facing forward, forming a solid and tight wall. At the same time, he waved his hand towards the top of the building on one side. A bright light lit up from above. In front of the spear array, a circular array was formed. This is the soul-catching jade flashlight made by Wu Heng. The soul-stirring jade is a rare item obtained from killing the necromancer last time. The effect is that it can absorb the remnant souls of living creatures or corpses, but the triggering condition requires light to pass through the jade and reflect the above magic circle on the ground. Wu Heng studied it for a while. I found a flashlight of similar size and tied the jade stone to the front of the flashlight. Just turn on the switch and look at the ground. A complete magic circle will appear. If you use it now, it can be fully displayed, which is much better than lighting candles and shining light stones behind your back. However, the effect under sunlight will be weakened. The location chosen by Wu Heng also happened to be blocked by a building, so the array was in the shadow range. Whether this kind of strange item will work against zombies depends on this time. If it works, it will no longer be difficult to level up your two ghosts. You can even cultivate a group of high-level ghosts. If it doesn''t work, then you can only go to another world and find a way to use ordinary creatures or corpses to transform it. Thinking in his mind, a large number of zombies have already swarmed over. Roaring and crowding. He crashed directly into the spear formation. The body was pierced by spears, and the sound of clawing and sharp blades piercing flesh resounded throughout the area. Wu Heng stared at the entire area. Two ghosts, one on the left and one on the right, were also waiting silently. "Is it possible? What if we can''t defeat it if it really shows up?" Xiaoxiao said with some worry. "Remnant soul, remnant soul is at a low level, it''s written in the book." Wu Heng said. "What if the book is a lie?" "When it shows up, just take a look first." Glenda added at the side, staring ahead. "yes." One person and two souls whispered. The battlefield ahead began to change. A ferocious and inhuman remnant soul floated slowly into the sky like translucent smoke. "It''s true, it''s appeared." Xiaoxiao pointed and shouted. Wu Heng was also delighted, "Let''s see how many levels there are?" "It''s less than level five, it looks like it''s only level two or three." As he spoke, pieces of remnant souls floated densely from the ground to the sky, with ferocious and confused expressions on their faces, hovering in the sky. It was like someone was on the ground, releasing countless bubbles. But it looked indescribably terrifying. "Aren''t they all below level five?" Wu Heng asked again. "Not even." "Then absorb it quickly. It''s broad daylight and the remnant soul may not last long before it dissipates." Wu Heng urged. "Okay." Glenda flew out first, entangled a remnant soul, and swallowed it up amidst the opponent''s roar. Xiaoxiao made a fist and pumped himself several times. Under Wu Heng''s urging, he also rushed into the battlefield and began to absorb. For a moment, skeletons and zombies were fighting below, and two ghosts above began to hunt the remnant souls that rose into the sky. [The ghost level is increased to level 10, constitution +1, perception +1, intelligence +2. [The ghost level has been increased to level 11. [The ghost level has been increased to level 13. The two ghosts upgraded one after another, especially Xiaoxiao. After feeling that there was no danger, he began to chase the remnant ghost. The levels are improved one after another. Now I don''t say I''m afraid of ghosts anymore, I''m chasing those unconscious ghosts and running around in the sky. In the distance, there is a high-rise residential building. The sloppy girl, who was wearing a quilt and looking out the window, suddenly widened her eyes. He turned around and shouted: "Mom, someone is giving salvation to the zombies. I saw their souls ascending to heaven." (End of chapter) Chapter 538 , agreed with the elders Chapter 538: Agreed with the elders ??Although Babuqi was unwilling, he still maintained his last dignity. Every pirate knows what his final fate is, either to die at sea or at the hands of the association. The fact that he was able to experience the battle in the Emerald Sea and die behind the Pirate King and various large pirate groups is already something worth showing off. Its worth it too. Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows when she heard the other party''s attitude, and said according to the original arrangement: "Babuqi, the association plans to give you a chance, it depends on whether you are willing." ''Babuqi'', who had just adjusted his mentality and planned to die generously, suddenly stopped. I wanted to curse the association and shout a few words that the sea warriors would never give in, but I swallowed it down. He asked tentatively, "What opportunity?" No one wants to die, otherwise he wouldn''t wait for Philippa to find a relationship for him. When I heard that I had a chance to live, I naturally wanted to take it. Sheila Gui clasped her hands together and looked at the other person, "We are investigating a cult recently, and we just need someone to be an informant. Your identity is very suitable." Babuqi frowned and asked himself to be an informant for the association. Sure enough, it''s still the association''s old routine. However, the association has always kept its promises in this regard, and Philippa also relied on acting as an informant for the association to get rid of his identity as a pirate. "What kind of cult? I have never been in contact with a cult." Xilagui explained, "The Destiny Sect is a newly established church with not many people. It is recruiting strong people from all over the country. If you join, you can almost get a position as a guardian or a backbone." On the side, Wu Heng also understood what happened here. It turned out that he wanted to arrange for Babuqi to be an informant. With his status, it is a good idea to investigate the affairs of the Destiny Sect. Babuqi thought for a moment, "Is there any other choice?" "Yes, hanging or beheading, you are Philippa''s friend, you can choose one!" Sheela''s tone was calm, but what she said was a bit scary. Babuqi wiped the sweat from his forehead and said, "If you let me out now, won''t you doubt me?" "They are not pirates, and they do not pay attention to the Emerald Sea. Your wanted bounty will also increase by then, and they will not have time to check your identity." Sheila Gui replied. Babuqi didn''t have a good idea, either die now or go out and give it a try. Normal people would choose the second option. If you are lucky and get some information, it can be considered a meritorious service. Even if there is no information, you can still live for a while. "What do I need to do to complete your mission?" Babuqi continued to ask. "Just one, find the bishop of the Destiny Sect. If you can provide the strongholds of this cult or the identities of some key members, it can be included in your file, which will be helpful to you in the future." Sheila Gui looked at him. , said softly. Babuqi took a deep breath and said, "I agree and am willing to cooperate with you." "Let him out," Sheela said. Wu Heng looked to his side, and the skeleton attendant stepped forward to open the iron cage. Babuqi walked out carefully and looked at the two of them carefully, as well as the skeleton attendant behind him. Shilagui threw a hood to him, "Put it on and follow us out." Babuqi took it in his hand and carefully put it on his head. They walked out of the dungeon together. He didn''t choose to run away or do anything else. This chance to survive was rare, and he didn''t want to be thrown back into prison again, or directly sent to the gallows. Make your way to the Deacon''s Study. Waited for a while. There was a knock on the door, and a team captain walked in with a long sword hanging from his waist. "Butler, island owner!" Sheila Gui nodded and glanced at the slovenly pirate, "The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, ''Babuqi'', the association plans to give him a chance to make up for his past mistakes, to investigate the information of the ''Destiny Cult'', and hand over the person to you, and He signed a slave contract and returned regularly to collect some information." After saying that, he took out the slave contract, put it on the table and pushed it to the other party. The captain of the first team looked at each other without any surprise or doubt. It seems that he knew about this in advance. He nodded and said, "Yes, Deacon." Then directly take out the contract and sign the contract with the other party. Wait until the signing is completed. Xilagui continued: "Find an opportunity to release him, and also tell him the detailed information about the Destiny Sect." "Yes! Then I will take him back first and send him off the island tonight." "Okay, you can make your own arrangements." The captain nodded and left the study with the pirates. Wait until the two of them leave. Xila Guicai said: "Leaving him to the first team will make it easier to collect intelligence and file records, and it will be more convenient." Wu Heng replied with a smile, "You arranged it well. He can save his life, which can be regarded as an explanation to Philippa." It is actually quite rare to get this opportunity. How can you ask for so much more? Moreover, the Destiny Sect involves level 18 professionals, and the opponent''s bishop will definitely not be lower than this level. Coupled with human sacrifice and the killing of association deacons, the matter is already quite serious. Letting Babuqi go to find out the information is considered a blessing for him, and he has such an opportunity. Otherwise, death is certain. "I''m afraid you won''t be satisfied. I''ll explain it to you. Then you can also tell Philippa, but you can''t tell anyone about it. You still have to keep it a secret." Sheila Gui said with a smile. "Okay, I will tell her then." Wu Heng nodded. Xilagui continued: "By the way, the association did not approve the funds for port construction, saying that the association was originally to assist local security, and the port was provided by Treasure Island." "You haven''t even approved this yet!" Wu Heng touched his chin. I feel that building a port will be beneficial to both Treasure Island and the association. In the end, it was not approved. "Well, I''d say no. If according to what you said, the association would still build roads for other cities." "You can''t say that, the exclusive port is for our own convenience." Wu Heng emphasized. "It''s not approved anyway, so it''s useless for you to tell me." Xila Gui curled her lips. "It''s okay, we didn''t approve it so we can fix it ourselves." Wu Heng smiled and continued to ask: "Is there any news from the association about the props that limit ghosts?" "I just sent it up. I feel that there must be corresponding props, but it is unlikely that they will be given to us for free." "As long as it''s available," Wu Heng said. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. Someone came to Xilagui to report something, Wu Heng didn''t stay long, said hello, left the association directly, and took a carriage to Beacon Street. The carriage moved forward slowly. Opening the curtain of the carriage, you can see the guards patrolling outside the window. After the Tianming Cult incident ended, the number of guards patrolling the island also increased and the number of patrols increased. Wu Heng is also considering equipping each team with walkie-talkies and establishing a transmission center on the island to make it easier to mobilize personnel. Soon, the carriage stopped in front of the Nautilus tavern, and Wu Heng got out of the car and walked into the tavern. At this time, there were not many people in the tavern. There were only two tables of guests, drinking and chatting. Wu Heng said hello to Millicent behind the counter and walked straight upstairs. Entered the innermost single room. As soon as she sat down, the door was pushed open, and Philippa, wearing a brown top and beige skirt, walked in directly. When he saw Wu Heng, he took two steps and rushed towards him. Wu Heng stood up to catch the approaching figure, "If I can''t react, you can escape from the window." "No way!" Philippa looked up at him, "I haven''t seen you for a long time!" "You just came back from the island owner''s mansion the day before yesterday." "Ah? Really? I miss you so much." Philippa arched her arms. Wu Heng hugged her, patted her gently, and said, "I came here to tell you that your pirate friend will be released in the next two days, so don''t worry." "Really? I have chosen the cemetery for him." Wu Heng frowned, "Do you want him to come out or not?" Philippa immediately said: "Of course I have. It would be better if he comes out. I will pick him up when he is released." Wu Heng lowered his voice and explained: "You can''t pick him up. Xila Gui gave him a chance to make up for his mistakes and collect some intelligence. His identity is confidential. If you pick him up, there will be problems." Philippa''s eyes opened, "Is he okay? Many people outside should know that he was arrested by the association." "It''s okay. They are not pirates from the Emerald Sea. They are most likely going inland." "That''s okay, that''s all I can do to help him." Philippa said. "Well, what happens in the end depends on his own life." Philippa held the other person''s face and kissed him hard, "Thank you, Dad. It''s better for you." Wu Heng patted his waist and hip, "You deserve it after your hard work." "I love hearing you talk," said Philippa, and began to take off her shirt. Wu Heng was stunned and grabbed her hand, "What are you doing?" "What else can you do, sleep, you..." Philippa glanced down, "Isn''t it convenient today?" "What a mess. I have to go out later. Let''s go to the manor at night." "What about Millicent?" Millicent? Wu Heng looked at her strangely, "What should I do?" "I''m not worried about leaving her at home. I''ll go there during the day for the next two days, and then you can make me feel comfortable." Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "Listen to what you said, just like a bandit." "hey-hey." "I''ve told you what''s going on. I''ll go do some errands first. If you have time, go to the manor. I''ll be free at dusk." "Okay dad, I remember." Wu Heng touched her head and left the Nautilus Tavern. I went to the expansion construction site and took a look. Various construction machines are working rapidly, some construction workers have begun to build houses, and a large number of workers are helping. The speed is quite fast, and it won''t take long for this area to be completed. Arrangements can also be made for further expansion to the rear. Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then left the area. Go to the deserted wilderness in the distance, put on the [train conductors hat], and go to Lopez City. At the Snake Emblem Consortium, I met the person in charge, Retili. Filled out the order form and ordered five flame furnaces of different specifications. Returning to the manor, the sky had darkened. Just walked into the living room. Minnie came over and said, "Master, have you eaten?" "Not yet, let''s get ready." "Okay, also, Sister Shanara spoke on the radio. You have time to go and check it out." Minnie said again. Is there news from Shannella? It seems that the wood elves have also achieved results. "Well, I''ll go upstairs and have a look." "Then I''ll prepare dinner for you." Minnie jumped up and left quickly. Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the radio station''s room. Picking up Shannara''s record book and looking at it, new content appeared on it. "I have already talked with the elders. There is no problem. Representatives of the Star Flower will come to you to discuss cooperation." Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 537 , I admit it, don鈥檛 waste time Chapter 537, I admit it, dont waste time Qi Hancai didn''t answer and looked down at the document in his hand. "Protocol and Instructions for Inspection of Superpowers." In other words, the main station is conducting research on people with superpowers to see what changes have caused people to have different types of superpowers. In the past, Qi Hancai would have definitely supported this work. I don''t know how many people are waiting for the headquarters to research the potion and find a way out for them. But now, the idea has changed. In the base, there were only two people who had awakened their superpowers. Their superpowers were not unusual, and the other party said so when they came here. Obviously he wanted Wu Heng''s blood sample. But now, the base has developed to this point, and the bases in the four cities are counting on Wu Heng to support them. How could he be allowed to take risks or any unforeseen dangers arise. "Commander Lu, this matter also needs to be conveyed to our leader. I will inform you of the results." "Of course." Lu Changan said, and then added, "It''s just normal blood collection and analysis, which is no different from blood testing in the hospital. If there is any breakthrough, it will be a major event that changes the current situation." "Yes, I will convey it truthfully." Qi Hancai replied calmly. Lu Changan continued, "The second piece of paper is our training plan for superpowers. Survivors who are physically strong or have taken first-level corpse cores can be gathered together at the headquarters to undergo training to change their physiques. Taking the corpse core can increase the success rate by 10%, allowing more people to awaken their abilities. Qi Hancai glanced at the other party. This second thing is still about taking the corpse core and the awakened one. It seems that the main station attaches great importance to this matter. "Hasn''t the virus serum or something been researched yet?" Qi Hancai asked directly, putting aside other questions. The current survivors hope for the emergence of serum. Otherwise, zombies will spread too quickly to humans. "Hey~! It hasn''t happened yet, or in other words, it will take a long time to study it out." "Isn''t this virus released by other countries?" Qi Hancai continued to inquire. The virus broke out, and the radio stations were full of curses. Even if you dont pay much attention to the virus war, someone will always mention it and keep it in mind. "Maybe not, but a rather mysterious virus." Lu Changan said, his tone becoming serious. Qi Hancai also sighed and said: "I will report these matters clearly to the leader. I will inform you of the results immediately." "Okay, I don''t know what to call the leader of Xinfu City?" "His surname is Wu." "Next time if Chief Wu is here, I will pay him a visit in person." "Commander Lu is too polite." Qi Hancai said, feeling a little proud. If the main station can be so polite, I am afraid that I am the only private refuge in various places. While the two were talking, the person who had just gone out came back. "The deal is done." "Well, let''s go back first. If you need to order anything, tell us in advance and bring it with you next time." "Okay." Qi Hancai stood up to see him off. While walking outside, Lu Changan looked at the skeletons working around him, "Can these skeletons do anything?" There are some rumors about the skeleton on various channels, but it is actually not a secret. But it seems that the ability to control skeletons is the only one here, and the entire radio station has not heard of a second one. Qi Hancai said: "It can complete most of the work, but it is still a bit difficult because it is too cutting-edge." "What about quantity? This looks like a lot." Qi Hancai''s answer was more vague, "The number is not bad, it can barely protect our safety." "Then, your leader, what kind of supernatural power are you taking that is suitable for awakening?" "I''m not sure about this, and it''s not convenient for me to ask." "Haha, I talk too much. As I get older, I like to ask around." After walking out of the airport lobby, Lu Changan and others boarded the plane. Then it started and flew into the sky. After leaving, Qi Hancai took a look at the supplies he had brought, and then walked toward the hall. Just walked back to the lobby. Then a member of the base came down from the second floor and said, "Sister Qi, the leader is in the room on the second floor. Please come over." Qi Hancai was stunned and immediately came back. Wu Heng came over. "Okay, I understand." He agreed and walked upstairs. Push the door and enter the room. Then he saw Wu Heng sitting on the chair. Qi Hancai asked with a smile: "When did you come?" "Just arrived." "Then why didn''t you go see the people at the main station? They asked a lot of things, but I couldn''t answer them." Qi Hancai sat down aside. "Next time, and if you go and talk about it, there is no difference between talking to me." Qi Hancai smiled and then told him what the other party said. There is also an arms list and two agreements. In fact, he also heard the second half of the conversation just now. Especially blood samples and psychic training programs. In fact, they are not suitable for me. Summoning skeletons is his professional ability and has nothing to do with supernatural powers. As for special ability training, it is basically to gather more manpower for the headquarters and gather all capable people from all over the place. Qi Hancai said: "The superpower training plan actually sounds good, but it still cannot be compared with the medicines we have here." Wu Heng picked up the teacup, took a sip, and asked, "Do you think it would be better to have more people with superpowers?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "Everyone wants to be stronger. Even if they don''t participate in the battle, it is necessary to be in better health in the current environment. People with weak bodies in the base are easy to get sick. They are looted from the hospital. The medicine will expire sooner or later." Wu Heng also began to think about this sentence. "Is it just good physical condition?" "We don''t need us to fight. I feel in good health and have a higher ability to resist danger, so it will be better." "That makes sense." Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "Let''s go and take a look at the shipped goods. If the main station asks about the next two agreements, you will directly say that you don''t agree. Weapons procurement, then I''ll look at it again." "good." The two of them walked out of the room together and headed to the open space outside the airport, where they looked at the blueprints and gold and silver they had exchanged. There is a thick cardboard box with blueprints, gold, in addition to jewelry, there are gold nuggets and silver nuggets. This time the harvest was quite a lot. With a wave of his hand, he took the space ring directly. In the afternoon, I checked around the airport with Qi Hancai and others, then followed the convoy back to the military factory. Make copies of the drawings for backup, and collect all the last copied association manuals. Then go through the Realm Gate and return to Treasure Island. Out of bounds. When Wu Heng came downstairs, Minnie and others had already prepared dinner. Sit together at the dinner table. Wu Heng asked: "Is there nothing wrong?" "It''s okay, everything is normal." Minnie replied. Anderweil also said: "Everything has basically returned to normal. The city hall is approving pensions for the dead guards, and they can be sent to their families in the next few days." "Well, it''s okay." Several people had dinner together. Wu Heng went upstairs and returned to the study. He sat down at the desk and released the two ghosts. "Ha~! It''s dark again." Xiaoxiao said with emotion as he stretched his head out from the wall. Glenda said: "Didn''t you say that Xiaoxiao and I were going to be upgraded? I forgot about it!" Forehead. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I haven''t forgotten. Some things have been delayed today. I will do it in the next two days. Why are you in a hurry?" "I can''t say I''m anxious, I just felt it was quite dangerous last time. It''s important to be able to level up." Wu Heng also agreed, "I will try my best to hurry up." "Yeah." Glenda agreed. Wu Heng continued to take out all the drawings he got today, "I''m going to give you a hard time." "What''s wrong, why are you so polite?" Glenda looked at the drawing. "I have some drawings here. I need you to translate them, and then I will ask the magic weapon master to make them." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll help you handle it." Granda agreed, took the drawing aside, and began to make modifications and annotations. Xiao Xiao was afraid that he would be assigned this kind of job, so he stayed surprisingly quiet and carefully read comics in the corner. Wu Heng sat on a chair and began to ponder what Qi Hancai said. The superpower plan mentioned by the main station reminded him of his original arrangement for the two worlds. Potions can improve physical fitness in other worlds and ensure that they cannot be copied. Career scrolls are given to trustworthy survivors to change careers to improve their abilities. Ordinary people can switch to professions such as warriors and boxers, while some scientific researchers can switch to professions such as investigators and weapon masters. However, as time passed, this matter was slightly forgotten. "You can transfer Qi Hancai and Li Yahong first, see the effect, and then consider others." After thinking for a while, the sky outside the window had darkened. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and went to bed to rest. The next day, morning. Wu Heng went to the association and took out all the printed association manuals and association action guides. Xila Ge took out two sheets and looked at them carefully, "It''s pretty good. The handwriting and paper are both good." "When we do things, we must do our best." Wu Heng sat down and said confidently. Sheila Gui called the staff to move these manuals out. Part of it is placed in the association, and part of it needs to be registered and sent to other resident associations in the region. Then, Sheela stood up and said, "Let''s go to the dungeon." Wu Heng frowned, thinking of ''Philippa''s'' pirate friend who was imprisoned. Following her, they walked out of the study together. Head to the Guild''s dungeon. The dark dungeon was filled with a damp and rotten smell. The two stopped in front of a cage. Inside the iron cage, a man with unkempt hair and a slovenly appearance raised his head slightly and looked outside. When he saw Xila Gui in armor and Wu Heng in black hair and robe. When Philippa is not around. Helplessness and despair flashed in the man''s eyes. After working on it for so long, there is still nothing I can do. "Captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, Babuqi, robbed, killed, and robbed and killed members of the association. You can admit it." "Ha! I admit it, don''t delay." (End of chapter) Chapter 536 , need leader blood sample Chapter 536: Need blood sample from the leader McIntosh looked puzzled and stood there without walking over. Leaving Treasure Island and leaving the Emerald Sea went smoothly. How could..., someone knew that he was still alive. He also delivered a blank envelope to himself. He hesitated for a while. Then he walked over slowly, picked up the envelope, tore it open, and held the letter in his hand. Handwriting as bright as blood appeared before my eyes. "Mrs. McIntosh: I wonder if when you open the letter, you will recall the life on Treasure Island like I did. You don''t need to worry too much, this is just a reply letter, a reply letter to the shark school story. Time flies, and Treasure Island is also undergoing earth-shaking changes. The residential area is expanding, and the shopping malls at the port are several times the size of before. Caravans from various countries have poured into Treasure Island with goods and representatives, turning it into a veritable ''Treasure Island''. The old barrel tavern has changed its sign and is now a very normal tavern, but the business is much cooler than when you were there. The Black Crow''s Nest and the new local gangs have had some battles over port business before, and they have not unified. The port, the care is much worse. Today''s Treasure Island is no longer a turbulent pirate island, but a real trade transit station. Trade and development will have immeasurable growth. Similarly, some wanted criminals and criminals have also set their sights here, and from time to time, team members will start arresting people. Sometimes I think that if you were still on the island at this time, you would definitely make the island''s security better. After all, you seem indifferent, but you have a strong sense of responsibility. You love this island more than us outsiders, and hope that this island will develop better. If you are willing to come back, the island owner''s mansion will give you support and help you rebuild the Old Barrel Tavern. Hope to have the opportunity to meet you. -Your friend. " McIntosh looked at the letter, his eyes widening. A letter sent to him by Wu Heng. Because of the story about the shark group, she only wrote a letter to Wu Heng. The expression is still a bit vague. If you have not been exposed to the Pirate King and Prophet Pirates, even if you see the letter, it will be difficult to know what useful information you can deduce. Moreover, the Pirate King''s plan was already in the final stage at that time, and when he realized it, he could not succeed. But it was obvious that he underestimated the association and also underestimated Wu Heng. When I learned through some intelligence that the association had won, all the pirates in the Emerald Sea were cleared, Wu Heng became the island owner, and Sheila Gui became the deacon. She was also a little shocked and unbelievable. Taking a deep breath, his eyes quickly glanced at the blood-red writing as it gradually disappeared. It falls on the sentence ''If you are willing to come back, the island master''s mansion will give you support''. His eyes narrowed slightly, "Are you inviting me back to Treasure Island? You are really different from others." The letters all disappeared on their own. He threw the letter into the stove and burned it. He walked aside, poured himself a glass of wine, and sat by the fireplace watching the burning flames. The tavern I just bought. Why did something happen to me again? "How does he know he wrote Shark Tale?" "He already knew that I faked my death?" Think about it, after he faked his death, the person responsible for the investigation was Wu Heng. Treasure Island. McIntosh murmured. "I''m going back, I''m afraid many people will be surprised." The next day, early morning. Wu Heng first went to the association to check to make sure nothing special happened, and then arranged for the transferred armored vehicles to return to the manor. He also went to the zombie world through the door of the study room. The other side is still his dormitory. Open the window of the room for ventilation, then take out the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai. But after waiting for a long time, there was still no reply from the intercom. This made Wu Heng frown, but he could still see the guarding skeletons and working base members outside the window. There is nothing wrong with the base, Qi Hancai is not here. After walking out of the dormitory and seeing a base member passing by, Wu Heng asked, "Where is Qi Hancai?" Seeing that it was Wu Heng, the members of the base immediately became respectful. "Chief, today the main station is here to deliver the drawings. Sister Qi went there with the convoy early in the morning." The drawings of the main station have arrived! A few days ago, Qi Hancai did say that the drawings for the main station were nearing completion. I almost forgot about it because of the Treasure Island incident. I thought about it in my mind. Still said: "Prepare a car, I will go to the airport to have a look." "Okay leader." The base member said immediately. Not long after, an off-road vehicle drove over. Wu Heng transferred a skeleton driver and pulled him and the skeleton attendant out of the factory. Head to the airport. Airport. In the room, Qi Hancai was sitting on an office chair, with his straight legs in leather boots resting on the table in front of him. We started on our way just after dawn, yawning one after another. Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the open door, and someone said: "Sister Qi, there is news from the radio, saying that it is the captain of the transport plane, asking about the landing situation." arrive! Qi Hancai immediately cheered up and said, "Go over and have a look." They went to the radio station''s room together. As soon as I walked in, I heard a voice coming from the radio station, "This is the YS202 transport aircraft, calling Xinfu City Base-Yangtong City Airport." "This is Yangtong City Airport, please speak." "We are approaching the airport and found a strange beast hovering. We are about to return." Several people in the radio room were stunned. Qi Hancai immediately picked up the phone and said, "Don''t go back. That''s our flying unit. Check it in the air. You can land normally." There was a brief silence on the other side. Then, with a slightly confused tone, he asked, "Is that flying monster yours?" "Yes, dragon-type troops, I will let them leave the sky now, you can land normally." He said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton flying dragon leave over there." In the sky, the hovering flying dragon left. On the radio, a voice came again, "YS202 requests to land." "It''s OK to land, the runway has been taken care of." "receive!" After hanging up the communication, Qi Hancai led a few people outside. Several people behind him said softly, "They are not very courageous, they almost turned around and went back." "Nonsense, those things are flying in the sky. If anyone dares to get close to them, they should inform us. That''s pretty respectable." "Why aren''t there any escorts like fighter jets?" "It''s pretty awesome to have one like this, and it can be used to exchange supplies. It has all kinds of equipment, and it doesn''t need to be used to exchange food for us." "You''re right." Walked all the way out of the hall. A transport plane was seen in the distance, and the sky lowered its height. After a distance, it slowly stopped. The cabin door opened, and several figures walked down from it. Qi Hancai also led others and quickly greeted him. A total of five people came down from the other party. The leader is probably in his 40s, has short hair and a Chinese character face, and is wearing a long down jacket. He is mature and steady. There were four people behind him, three of them in short-sleeved shirts had empty hands, and one was carrying a black suitcase. The five of them were observing the surroundings of the airport, their expressions full of suspicion and surprise. There are skeleton soldiers holding rifles and wearing leather armor, skeleton drivers driving forklifts to clear debris, and skeleton mechanics changing tires on vehicles. The entire airport is like a base made of skeletons. It seems like skeletons can do any job. This is completely different from the information collected on the radio. Qi Hancai led the people and walked over quickly, "Qi Hancai, deputy chief of Xinfu City, welcome the leaders from the main station." "Haha!" The middle-aged man smiled, shook hands with her, and said, "Lv Changan, currently serving as the third-level commander of the Disaster Relief Corps, is responsible for discussing cooperation with the Xinfu City base." "Hello, Commander Lu." "You''re welcome, just call me by my name." Qi Hancai smiled, "Please come in, let''s go in and chat." "good!" Several people entered the airport lobby together and walked into the conference room prepared in advance. Hot tea and pastries were served on the slender white conference table. It''s a little rudimentary, but if you use these to find guests in the last days, it''s already considered lavish. Qi Hancai and Lu Changan sat on both sides of the wooden table, while the others sat behind them. Lu Changan said directly: "We brought a copy of the thermal power plant drawings, 520 kilograms of gold and 728 kilograms of silver." Qi Hancai nodded slightly, and the drawings and gold were sent over. There seems to be a lot of gold, but the amount collected in the commercial streets where gold shops gather in the provincial area is enough. Not really surprising. "Yes, the exchange conditions are still as we have discussed before." Qi Hancai said. Lu Changan also smiled, fearing that the other party would not be able to bring out food if he came all the way. He glanced behind him and said, "Cooperate with Leader Qi''s people to unload the goods and take inventory." One person stood up and followed Qi Hancai''s people out of the conference room. Lu Changan turned his head and looked to the other side again, "Let Chief Qi take a look at the list." The suitcase was opened and a list was placed on the table and pushed over. "This is our list that we can provide for exchange. Whatever you need, you can order according to the above. We can negotiate the price." Qi Hancai lowered his head and looked at the content above. Rifles, machine guns, machine guns and rocket launchers. Radios and bulletproof suits are also on the list. It looks like an arms purchase order. "Can the main station produce so many things normally?" Qi Hancai asked curiously. There are many more transactions of this kind than when the provincial rescue team trades. Lu Changan hesitated for a moment and explained: "No, it''s just that there are enough things. If we exchange some, it can be regarded as supporting the combat effectiveness of various places." "Oh, I understand. If you need anything, I still need to go back and discuss it. Please leave this piece of paper to me first." "Okay!" Lu Changan nodded and continued to take out the other two pieces of paper from the suitcase. Pushing it to Qi Hancai, he introduced, "These are the other two things I want to say. The first is the examination of superpowers. We have enough scientific personnel to conduct some tests on superpowers who have awakened their superpowers." examine." Qi Hancai frowned instantly. Lu Changan immediately said: "It''s not too complicated. Just some blood samples are enough, and we can better study what kind of changes have caused so many superpowers to appear in humans." Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 535 , he knows my plan Chapter 535, He knows my plan Looking at the jade in his hand, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Naturally formed strange objects are considered a very special kind of strange objects. The effect is special, but there are no serious side effects. Judging from the description, the light can be passed through the jade to form a magic circle to extract the remaining souls of living creatures or corpses. It also made Wu Heng understand why the necromancer of the Destiny Sect was able to release so many ferocious ghosts. "It must be relying on this rare item. This guy''s life is really good, and he can get such a thing." In fact, if you think about it, this guy has many ordinary ghosts, but none of them can retain their consciousness during life like Xiaoxiao and Glenda. Having perfect intelligence and communication skills are very important for both ghosts and attendants. I took another look at the description of the strange object. The remaining souls can be extracted from living creatures and corpses. "Do zombies count? They should count. They can all be transformed into skeletons, so they shouldn''t count as corpses." If zombies also count, then he will continue to obtain remnant souls. Even though it sounds like the remnant souls are not complete ghost souls, the number is sufficient. And this time, what happened to the Necromancer of the Destiny Sect really reminded me. The ghost''s level is insufficient and can easily be swallowed by the ghosts of other necromancers. As a result, Wu Heng did not dare to release Xiaoxiao during the entire battle, nor did he let ''Glenda'' leave him too far. Upgrading the ghost is also the next thing to do. Moreover, the opponent''s move of releasing a large number of ghosts to control other people nearby looks quite powerful. You can also research it. Then, Wu Heng continued to take out all the items and props. Money bags, daily necessities, and some armors and weapons should be prepared for the undead attendants. In addition, there are some props, badges, and a skill book. There wasn''t even a bottle of potion. That''s right, the other party is a ghoul, and his body is no longer a living thing, so he won''t absorb the potion if he drinks it. Wu Heng glanced at the props he took out. They were all things that increased the skills of the necromancer. Compared with the equipment on my body, it is much worse. Especially the robes and belts, which are the first-level merit awards of the association. A newly formed great knight who was hiding in Tibet was obviously incomparable. You can donate it to the association, or sell it through some channel, and you can get some money. Then, Wu Heng turned his attention to the skill book. The only skill book that looks a bit old. [Earth Coffin Technique] (Description: It can form an earthen coffin that wraps the body and sinks into the ground. When it is underground, it can slowly recover from injuries and mental strength, but the oxygen is thin.) Wrapped in an earthen coffin, it sank into the ground. It seems to be the trick he used at that time. This also belongs to the undead faction? After becoming a ghoul, the body has been transformed by the power of the undead, and the spell direction can only be learned from the undead faction, and other factions cannot be learned. It is related to the coffin, which is indeed in line with the characteristics of the undead faction. He rolled his eyes briefly and didn''t look carefully. After you go back, check it again and unlock the skills. Regardless of whether it is useful or not, learn it first and then talk about it. The last thing is an emblem. Judging from the style, it has a religious character. "It should be the emblem of the Destiny Sect. The church is not very famous, so the emblem came first." Take a look at everything and throw the useless ones into the trash can aside. The rest were collected. Even if I dont have many other props, at least the space ring is good, 20 cubic meters. It is also very rare outside. Dong dong dong~! After resting in the study for a while, the door was knocked softly. A staff member looked in. After spotting Wu Heng, he said, "My lord, the deacon, please go to the morgue." "Okay, thank you." The staff member smiled and said, "That''s what I should do." Wu Heng stood up and followed him out. Go down the stone stairs. When he walked out of the stairwell, he saw Sheila Gui and two investigators from the association standing not far away. Wu Heng walked over and asked, "Is Shi Yali okay?" "Much better, but I was very scared. After all, I just came here and have never experienced anything like this. I just need to rest for a few days and it will be fine." Xila Gui said directly. "Well, that''s fine. I''ll write a report to the association in the next few days, talk about the ghosts, and ask if there are any props that can restrain the ghosts. Bring some to us, or buy some." "Okay, I will write it down when the time comes and submit it along with the report." Then he continued to look at the corpse and said, "Ask the corpse. The ghost will ask if you want to." This is not to trust the necromancer. You can ask ghosts as many times as you want, but there is no guarantee that what you say is true or false. The corpse interrogation is different. The corpse interrogation answers the memory of the person''s life. Unless the corpse has received false information in the first place, it will not deliberately lie or fabricate facts. "You are the deacon. You have the final say. Where to start?" "Let''s do this!" Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up directly. With cloudy eyes, he looked at several people. Wu Heng gave her a signal, and Xila Gui took a half step forward and asked directly: "Are there anyone else outside?" The corpse replied, "There were some rotting corpses left at our residence last night." Rotting corpse? It seems that they did not expect that something would happen to them today. When the Necromancer dies, whether it is a rotten corpse or a skeleton attendant, he will also die. "What is the purpose of you coming to the island?" "I feel angry when I kill members of the association to avenge the members of the congregation who died before. There are also wanted notices issued by various places in the association." Things were pretty much what they suspected. The most direct reason for coming here this time is that their plan was ruined last time, and the association knew about the Destiny Sect and added a wanted order. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Will anyone else come later?" "Not sure." "What''s your bishop''s name? I''m asking for his real name." "Not sure." "Where was your previous base?" "Sarovina Port, a fishing village to the east." After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a thud. Xilagui continued to signal the next one, Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up. Sheila asked: "Where is your bishop?" "Not sure." "Approximate location, or where we were last time." The corpse thought for a moment and replied, "The eastern region of the Kingdom of Yeko." Sheila Gui nodded and waited a moment to give the investigator time to record the information. After the recording ended, he continued: "Tell me about the Destiny Sect. Who are the key members? Tell me what you know." Time passed little by little. Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and Xila Gui began to ask. Compared with any other time, this time the questions were the most detailed and serious. It can be seen that Xila Gui really wants to find out the Destiny Sect, not just ordinary members, but the entire Destiny Sect. In terms of news. The Destiny Sect began to enter the Yeko Kingdom when the political situation in the Yeko Kingdom was unstable. While developing followers, we are also recruiting high-level professionals. Currently, the bishop is the strongest person in the church. His rank and occupation are unclear. The two great knights included a necromancer. The five Guardians, who are level 15 or below, can also become Guardians if they are close enough. These are all the strong ones, and the rest are ordinary believers. The number cannot be specified as wanted. After Sheila Gui asked, she looked behind her and asked, "Have you written everything down?" The investigator nodded, "Write it down." "Arrange it and send it to my study when the time comes. I will report it to the headquarters in the next two days." Sheila Gui turned around and walked out. "Yes, Deacon." The two investigators also walked out. Wu Heng did not leave with him. Instead, he found a separate empty morgue and took out the Necromancer''s body from the space ring. Place it in the open space in the middle. The corpse had been beaten into a sieve, and since it was originally a mummified corpse, it looked like a pile of rotten meat. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique] to transform. The power of the dead wrapped the corpse, and the flesh and blood began to fall off, but the skeleton did not stand up. It just mixed with the fallen flesh and blood. "As expected." According to the records in the Book of the Dead, wights transform their bodies into corpse-like bodies through rituals. No more death, no more pain. The body is more like a container, making this container not to decay over time. This body cannot be transformed because it has already been transformed. But after all, the level 18 corpse was still a bit unwilling, so after trying it, it didn''t work. "After working on it for a long time, the biggest reward is the soul-catching jade." Let the skeleton sort out the corpse and throw it out. Wu Heng also walked out of the morgue, said hello to Xila Gui, and returned directly to his residence. The island owner''s estate. Wu Heng re-mobilized the defensive skeletons and asked the remaining ones to spread out as much as possible to protect the manor. Then, the [Mansion Technique] was released, and cracks and stone doors appeared one after another. It also reveals the scene behind it. A room that combines a luxurious bedroom with a grassy spa. Andwyll, Millicent, and Annette were sitting on the sofa on one side chatting with smiles on their faces. On the other side, Minnie, Robert, and Philippa were playing in the hot springs. Wearing some cute underwear, the sound of laughter filled the whole room. When the door opened, several people were stunned. When he turned his head and saw Wu Heng, he showed an expression of surprise. Wu Heng clapped his hands, "You can go home." "Okay, home!" "When it''s over, I know Wu Heng is fine." Minnie and Philippa ran out first and threw themselves into Wu Heng''s arms. Then, the other maids also came out. Anderweil asked: "Master, has the matter been resolved?" The other people also looked up. Let them hide. Obviously it will be difficult for the enemy to deal with it, but it will end faster than expected. Just one day and it''s over. "Dead, the one who was killed at the entrance of the association, the deacon assistant almost died in the hands of the other party." Wu Heng said softly. "Ah~! So dangerous." Minnie exclaimed. Anderweier also looked a little solemn. She worked as an assistant. Usually nothing dangerous is involved. The other party killed the assistant first, obviously there was a possibility of revenge and hatred, so no wonder they had to hide them first. "Pirates?" Philippa asked curiously. "Here''s a cult." Wu Heng patted several people''s heads, turned off the [Mansion Technique], and said, "Prepare dinner, Millicent and Philippa, and go back tomorrow until things stabilize." "It''s your lord." Millicent saluted. Philippa shouted: "Minnie, how about a swimming competition?" "I''m going to prepare dinner. Who looks like you, like a child?" "No, you weren''t like this just now." Had dinner. Several maids continued chatting in the living room. Wu Heng went upstairs again and entered his study. Turn on the air conditioner and sit on the chair. Release both Xiaoxiao and Glenda. "Is it over?" Glenda asked. "It''s over. Everyone who came to the island is dead. There are still a few hidden corpses. The necromancers are all dead, and they have collapsed." Wu Heng said. "That''s good!" Xiaoxiao''s eyes widened, and he flew from left to right, asking, "What are you talking about? What rotten corpse, who died? Why didn''t I know?" Wu Heng explained with a smile, "A necromancer came to the island. The ghosts in his hands are very powerful and fierce, so I didn''t release you and let your Aunt Glenda deal with it." Xiaoxiao was stunned for a moment, then quickly flew closer and met his eyes, "Uncle, you don''t trust me." Then he flew to Glenda and said, "He''s partial." Glenda smiled and said: "It was indeed very dangerous at that time. They were all ferocious ghosts, scarier than those horror movies you watched. They were all over the sky, like swarms of bugs." Xiaoxiao shivered, "Then he is better than uncle." "What do you mean? He was killed by me. How can he be more powerful than me?" "He has many ghosts, and you only have the two of us." "His ghost is not as smart as me, nor as good-looking as me." Glenda smiled. Xiaoxiao said coyly: "You''re right, it''s nothing. I''m going to watch TV." "Go ahead." "Yeah," Xiaoxiao flew aside. Glenda also went to the other side, chose a book and started reading. Wu Hengze was still sitting at the table. My mind started thinking about what happened this time. Although the Tianming Sect came to the island, although the matter was resolved, there might be another Earthly Sect, Earthly Sect, etc. coming to the island in the future. The intelligence work on the island is indeed lacking. Millison''s tavern can indeed receive information from some caravans and guests staying in the hotel. But it is still not comprehensive enough, and it is even said that it cannot provide effective intelligence in emergencies. The original old wooden barrel is more reliable. Although the woman with six arms is not a decent person, judging from her contact, she has not done anything bad. Otherwise, Imiro would have chopped her off at that time. I want to have information about the port. Dangerous people, dangerous goods, she is more professional. "It would be a good thing if I could come back and work for the Island Lord''s Mansion." Wu Heng thought for a moment. From the space ring, take out the rare item [Sentimental Quill] and the ink bottle filled with the blood of living beings. I thought about my wording. Start writing on the letter paper. Waiting for a letter, it is filled with red writing. Wrap it in an envelope and place it in the palm of your hand. Recalling the appearance and name of the old barrel leader ''McIntosh'' in his mind, the envelope suddenly disappeared in the palm of his hand. Sent out. Wu Heng looked at his empty palms and raised his eyebrows. "She really faked her death and got away." Bagang Kecheng is a mixed place of humans and Bevera people. In a room on the third floor called the Barrel Tavern. McIntosh, wearing dark purple pajamas, suddenly woke up from his sleep. He sat up from the bed and looked to the side of the pillow. Staring at the blank envelope. McIntosh''s pupils suddenly widened. After the secret was discovered, a sense of crisis of being watched suddenly rose in my heart. "How can it be?" Thanks 08a for the tip ? ? (End of chapter) Chapter 544 , memory and unfinished business Chapter 544, Memory and Unfinished Business The vampire ghost looked outside with anger on his face. He was full of disdain and resentment towards the Necromancer in front of him. "Little one, how long can you keep me locked up? Sooner or later, the clan will communicate with the association and let me out. At that time, I will peel off your skin, hang you up, and collect your blood bit by bit." Even if he becomes a ghost, he falls into the hands of the Necromancer. Still acting extremely arrogant. This is completely different from ''interrogating'' several other ghosts. Whether it was the soul of the 18th-level island owner or the soul of the great boxer of the Divine Punishment Sect, even if they had threatened, they did not dare to be too arrogant. But the vampire in front of him acted confident. Only the ghosts are left, and they are not worried at all if they are caught. At most, they will be locked up for a while. He believed that the vampires would protect him. Wu Heng ignored him and looked at Glenda, "Is it okay?" Glenda said calmly, "No problem, the level is not high, I can suppress him." Xiaoxiao lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder, "Auntie, won''t it be affected? His mind doesn''t seem to be working very well." "probably not." The vampire ghosts stopped cursing and taunting, and looked outside suspiciously, "Hey, what are you talking about? What do you mean?" His eyes quickly glanced at the two ghosts, and their eyes changed slightly. Controlling his emotions, he adopted a rational debating attitude and said: "What? You want to harm me? You can''t explain it to the vampires then. You can talk to the vampires about this matter. I still have a certain identity and can help you." A generous compensation for you. No one cares outside. Wu Heng still looked at Granda, "Let''s get started, don''t leave any room to spare." "Okay." Glenda nodded. A gap opened in the bone prison, and Glenda flew directly in. Seeing this scene, the expression of the vampire ghost changed. His eyes lingered on Granda and Wu Heng, and he said angrily: "What are you doing? I am the prince of the vampire clan. If you anger me, don''t blame me for being rude." Glenda said: "Wu Heng wrote a letter to your leader Lilith, but she didn''t reply. Do you think the vampires really intend to save you?" Such a long time passed. No news came from the vampires or Lilith, and the most they could do was ask Sheila Gui to transport the mutilated body back. In order to avoid being really transformed into a skeleton by Wu Heng, it would have a negative impact on the vampires outside. And whether the soul of this vampire exists or not has not been mentioned at all. It also proves how Lilith and the Vampires treat him. "You are talking nonsense. You are a ghost. How much benefit can you get by absorbing me? And you, a field envoy, were not qualified to talk to me before. How dare you... do this to me." The ghost roared hoarsely and angrily. "People like you will be more dangerous if they really let you out." Granda said, and her body rushed forward. Two ghosts entangled themselves in an instant. Like two drops of ink of different colors, turbid together, constantly eroding each other. Outside the bone prison, Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao also looked nervously at the energy group wrapped inside. Even if ''Glenda'' had the advantage, there would be no problem in theory. But it is still difficult to guarantee that it will be completely smooth. Under the gaze, time passes little by little, and the entangled ghosts become more and more blurred, making it difficult to distinguish each other. At this time, the prompt suddenly appeared. [The ghost level is increased to level 18, constitution +3, perception +3, charm +2.] [Unlocked features: Enhanced possession. [Unlock ability: Touch of withering. [Unlocking restrictions: Unfinished business. The appearance of the prompt made Wu Heng feel happy. Sure enough, absorbing this complete ghost is more effective than absorbing the residual soul. Let Granda reach level 18. The improvement of his ghost soul also solved the fear he had always had about his soul body. The reason why the necromancers from the Destiny Sect are so difficult to deal with from Treasure Island is because the opponent''s ghosts are at a higher level. Looks like Glenda hasn''t fully recovered yet. Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look at the newly unlocked attributes. [Enhanced Possession]: Strengthens the original possession function. If the intelligence and charm are lower than the ghost itself, it will forcibly take control of the body. [Withering Touch]: The ghost''s attack will have erosion damage, causing damage to the soul body and the soul of living creatures. [Unfinished business]: The ghost longs to complete its last wish (if the last wish is not completed, it will not be able to enter the next level). A total of three new abilities are unlocked. [Enhanced Possession] is an enhancement of the original possession ability. Possession is the signature ability of ghosts, and it plays a big role in the zombie world. Now that it has been enhanced, it can also possess some high-level professionals. The second ability, called [Withering Touch], can attack the soul body or the soul of a living being. The original ghost itself has no offensive power. Being able to control objects and kill people with a sword is also an ability that Wu Heng gave the ghost through a ritual. And this ability adds a way of attack. The last one is called [Unfinished Business]. Judging from the description, it is the ghost''s unfulfilled last wish, and only by fulfilling this last wish can the level continue to be improved. Some are like inner demons. Moreover, it is quite similar to [Hero Creation] for level 18 professionals, which adds a restriction to level up. Although the types are different, they are all stuck at level 18. In the bone prison. Glenda''s figure gradually solidified, and she returned to the image of a Western housewife. He looked down at his illusory hands. Then he looked at Wu Heng and Xiao Xiao outside. Wu Heng closed the panel and asked in a concerned tone, "How are you doing? Do you feel anything special?" "I feel like I have become stronger." Glenda replied, and then said, "I also received some chaotic memories about this vampire." "Memory? Does it affect you?" "It doesn''t have any impact. It''s like watching a cartoon in Xiaoxiao. It''s just a scene. It''s quite interesting. Do you want to watch it?" Glenda looked at him and asked. "Can I watch it too?" "It should work, let''s try it." Wu Heng removed the bone prison, and Granda made a half circle and got into Wu Heng''s body. Immediately afterwards, countless messy and broken memory fragments were shared in my mind. Wu Heng also saw some past experiences of vampire ghosts. When he was young, he bullied his fellow clansmen, plundered and killed creatures wantonly, and raped women to satisfy his desire for blood and men. After reaching adulthood, his level and status in the clan also increased, and he began to plunder living creatures and raise blood slaves who provided him with blood food in the cellar of the mansion. The worst thing is to plunder newlywed brides from all over the country, organize blood feasts in the mansion, let them wear wedding dresses or local wedding dresses, and have their throats bitten out by the vampires and **** their blood. Scenes kept flashing by, followed by the vampire ghosts, some scenes that were more profound in my memory. Inside the cold and dark castle. An adult male vampire sat on the iron-gray throne. "Put away your bad habits. The association has focused its attention on you. Don''t cause trouble for yourself." "This **** Lilith brought her back. Ever since she joined that **** association, she no longer regards herself as a member of our vampire clan." The vampire ghost took a step forward and said in an angry tone, "Her existence will only cause conflicts between the vampire clan and the association. Deeper, give her to me, I need a woman to distract myself and make sure I dont cause trouble outside. "She is the eldest daughter of the Beshmit family. Don''t mess with her." The vampire gritted his teeth and said, "I know." The picture changes again. The woman in black armor and cold appearance slowly sat on the iron-gray throne. The voice was cold, "Melanice, according to the laws of the blood clan, you wantonly killed the residents of neighboring countries and raped and imprisoned girls of all races, which has had a serious impact on the blood clan. I declare that you will be permanently exiled. In the remaining years, you will slowly Repent slowly!" "Lilith, you can''t do this to me, you can''t do this." Lilith waved her hand slightly. Bloody light swept across his body. The flesh and blood began to dry up, and the male organs disappeared in strange ways. (End of chapter) Chapter 545 , no face left Chapter 545, no shame Dead flesh forming a line of intact skin. "Ahem~! Lilith, you are a lackey of the association and a shameless bitch. If I survive, I will definitely kill you." Amidst the curses, he was thrown into the sarcophagus and the scene disappeared. This was the first time Wu Heng knew what Lilith looked like. And the ghost he killed was a villain who did all kinds of evil. At first I didn''t believe that some people were born to do evil things, but after seeing his memory, I started to believe it a little bit. But from these pictures, it seems that we also know something about the Vampire Clan. There are different families in the Vampire Clan. The original leader was not Lilith, but she became the leader by usurping the throne. Then there should be other exiled vampires. Release Glenda again. Floating aside, his face was full of interest, "How was it? Is it exciting?" "It''s quite unexpected." Xiaoxiao asked, "What did you see? Tell me, I love listening to stories the most." "Let your aunt tell you." Wu Heng looked at Granda again, "Don''t be too **** and teach the child bad things." Glenda was about to start telling a story, but immediately held it back, "Then I can''t tell it, so you tell it." "About talking about how he did bad things and was exiled." Glenda nodded, "Let''s go to the study and I''ll tell you." "good!" The two ghosts left through the roof of the shed, while Wu Heng cleaned up the surrounding area. Put away the empty magic soul pot on the ground. Going downstairs, Wu Heng sat in the living room and looked through the ''Necronomicon''. There is no record in the book that the ghost reached level 18. But it mentions the souls last wish. With the memory of their lifetime preserved, most souls will be eager to complete unfinished tasks during their lifetime. For example, death revenge, fulfilling a promise. Or go and take another look at a place that impressed you. As for the encounters the ghosts suffered when they died, they would also be afraid of the corresponding scenes to a large extent. "Glenda died in the fire, and she didn''t seem to show any fear of the fire." "Xiaoxiao died in a zombie outbreak, so he wasn''t afraid of zombies. No, Xiaoxiao was locked in a hidden place and didn''t come out in the end, so it doesn''t count as death at the hands of zombies." Afraid of this, both of his ghosts seemed to have no psychological shadow. Not bad. "Master, it''s time to eat!" Catwoman Robert waved from a distance. Wu Heng stood up and followed him into the restaurant. He continued to eat while listening to the maids chatting about the interesting things they met while shopping during the day. The sky is getting dark. After Wu Heng took a shower, he walked into the study. Both ghosts were busy doing their own thing. Wu Heng glanced at the ghost woman on one side and said, "Glenda." "Well, what''s wrong?" Glenda flew over and asked. "You know the unfinished business?" Wu Heng looked at her. "I don''t know, is it also an idiom from your side?" Glenda was a little curious. "Unfinished business" is the word that appears on Glenda''s panel. It seems that the ghost itself is not clear about it. Wu Heng explained: "That''s right, you are a ghost now. Did you have any wishes before? I can help you realize it." Just when Glenda was about to speak, Xiaoxiao shouted: "I want a big strawberry bear suit, and then put a skeleton in it and act as my bodyguard. How about that? That''s a good idea." After saying that, there was still a proud look on his face. It seems that my ideas are very creative. "Your wish will wait until you reach level 18. Your Aunt Glenda has just reached level 18, so let her speak first." "Ah? Then I don''t want it." Xiaoxiao flew back and continued playing with the tablet. Glenda said: "I originally wanted a big house where I could hold dance parties and plant a garden shed with various flowers. Now there is no need for it. I feel quite satisfied just following you and Xiaoxiao." Forehead. It seems that I was led astray by Xiaoxiao. "That is, even if you become a ghost now, you have to do something and never do anything you are unwilling to do." Wu Heng emphasized again. Glenda thought for a moment and looked at him doubtfully, "I told you, have you forgotten?" Wu Heng frowned and thought quickly. My heart moved slightly. Glenda said more than once that if her husband was still alive, she would find him and ask why she and the house were burned down. This must be it. "Besides finding your husband?" "He is not my husband, he is my enemy." Glenda emphasized, and then said: "I don''t have any other ideas. Please help me collect some books. I can also pass the time when I am bored." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. Glenda smiled and saw that there was nothing wrong with him, so she flew aside and continued to look at the open book. Wu Heng was sitting on a chair, thinking about Glenda. The unfinished business can basically be determined, but it''s really hard to say whether the other party is still alive. If you live, the rest is easy to talk about. Find it normally, ask why, and then take revenge on Glenda. If already dead. Find the body, and if there is still meat, ask the corpse. A pile of bones is left, summoned, and given to Glenda to vent. It just depends on how to find the other party. It was getting late, and Wu Heng was feeling sleepy. I got up in the middle of the night to kill zombies last night, and I really didn''t get a good rest. Say hello to the two ghosts, return to the bedroom, and rest. late at night. Emerald Sea, a small island. There was no moonlight at night, and bright torches illuminated the surrounding area. A large number of figures camped on the shore, and in the depths of the island, a large number of flying dragons, both adults and young ones, could be seen wandering around. At this time, a speedboat approached the shore. A figure wearing leather armor and a hood got off the ship, walked quickly to the middle of the crowd, and said in a deep voice: "I found out that all the pirates in the Emerald Sea were wiped out by the association, including a few of the people who placed orders with us. A pirate group." Then, a voice sounded from the temporary animal skin tent, "All dead? Can the association kill so many pirates?" "I heard that the pirates attacked Treasure Island collectively and were killed by the strong men on the island. There was a necromancer island owner. The strong man at that time was Imiro from the Elf clan." The man in the tent pondered for a moment and said, "Then we have to go back empty-handed this time? The leader may be dissatisfied with us." The reporting figure whispered: "How about grabbing a few ships and going back with money and goods, it won''t be a loss." "Where''s Treasure Island?" "Treasure Island is no good. They say the association left behind a lot of weird equipment. Anyone who goes there will be blown to pieces." There was silence in the tent again, "Okay, let everyone collect intelligence tomorrow and grab enough money for this transaction. We will go back. This can be regarded as an explanation to the leader." "yes!" The next day, zombie world. There was a low murmur of discussion on the radio. "Did the rescue team survive? They were chased all the way by the Corpse King with a group of corpses. They were really lucky." "Listening to their conversation on the radio, they were rescued by Xinfu City." "This rescue team is really not a human being. It would be shameless to lure them in another direction." "Stop talking nonsense, you''re risking your life." "I, Liu Huaqiang, am not allowed to tell the truth anymore. If you have the ability, come to me." After Wu Heng came over, he turned on the radio and listened, and then there was talk about them and the rescue team. It seems that saving the rescue team is not without any benefit. The public opinion outside on my side is quite good. Wu Heng listened, and the door opened with a creak. Qi Hancai walked in. He took out a list and handed it over, "In two days, the plane from the main station will come to pick us up. Do we need to order anything? We might as well ask them to bring it with us." Wu Heng glanced at the items on the list. "Do these howitzers only provide shells, not launchers?" (End of chapter) Chapter 546 , looking forward to your performance Chapter 546, looking forward to your performance "If it''s not written down, it probably doesn''t exist." Qi Hancai stood up and poured him a glass of water. Wu Heng looked at the list again and said: "Fifty sniper rifles, 100 heavy machine guns, 2,000 cannon shells, and 500 grenades. Let''s start with this." Qi Hancai returned to the table, took out a piece of paper and started recording. Wu Heng returned the list to her, "Decide on these first, then ask them about the selling prices of various weapons production machinery drawings, and let them add them to the list." "Okay!" Qi Hancai put away the paper he had written down. "How are the rescue team? Are they honest?" Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng was still wary of these people. It is said that he hurriedly fled down the road leading to the military factory. But it is not ruled out that those people on the radio said they wanted to lure Wu Heng into trouble. Qi Hancai sat down aside, "They are all relatively honest, and they all eat the same food as us. In addition, we have easy access to electricity here and there are electric heaters in winter. It will not be difficult to keep some people as long as we retain them a little." " In the past two days, Qi Hancai also asked people to inquire about the original life of the rescue team. Food is distributed according to quantity. It cannot be said to be the minimum quantity, but it is not enough to make people full. And there is no electricity or heating, so we are almost becoming primitive. The living environment is much worse than here. "That''s good." Qi Hancai continued: "What happened last time can be regarded as a wake-up call for us. I have arranged sentries on several roads that must be passed through the factory. If there are people coming or groups of corpses, the news can be sent back in advance." "That''s good. Sentries should have been set up long ago." "Also, the roads outside the factory are being rebuilt, and the street lights in certain areas outside the factory are also being rerouted. They can be lit up at night and can see further." Qi Hancai and the others obviously had a meeting and made detailed arrangements for some surrounding situations. Streetlight Wuheng feels unnecessary. The guards are all skeletons, and whether or not there are lights at night has little impact. But now that there is sufficient power, it is not a big problem just to restore the street lights on a section of the road outside. "Okay, just do as you say." "Okay." Qi Hancai smiled when he saw that his ideas were agreed. Finished talking about the factory. Wu Heng then asked: "Last time, I asked Li Yahong to send all the skeletons that were transformed into deformed zombies. How did it go?" "I''m here already. It''s in the woodland behind the factory." Qi Hancai replied. "Come on, take me to see you." The two walked out of the dormitory together and headed to a woodland location outside the factory yard. Big guys, big guys wearing iron armor, and other large skeletons transformed from aberrant zombies filled the entire open space. These are skeletons transformed from aberrant zombies. Among them, there are mainly second- and third-level power-type deformed skeletons, including large skeletons and crawler skeletons. Commander, the big skull is not included. Still staying in various places, responsible for helping survivors manage ordinary skeletons. "They are all here, 220 of them in total. I didn''t expect that we would all kill such deformed zombies." Qi Hancai said from the side. "It''s quite a lot." Wu Heng waved his hand. Suddenly a crack appeared out of thin air on his side, and the stone door opened, revealing the luxurious bedroom inside and the hot spring in the middle of the grass. Then, the scene inside began to change. All the items disappeared, turning into a simple and empty soldier hiding cave. "Everyone go in and stand by." As the order was given, all the aberrant skeletons took action. Pushing each other, they walked into the hidden soldier cave of Shimen. Once inside, everyone stands still. Wu Heng asked several skeletons huddled together to distance themselves, and then turned off the mansion technique. Everything disappeared. Qi Hancai''s eyes widened and he glanced back and forth several times at the place where Wuheng and Zangbingdong disappeared. New power! This was definitely a new superpower that she hadn''t seen before. The front desk is still urging them to send the blood of superpower users to better develop superpowers. joke. The superpowers possessed by our leader are probably the most comprehensive and diverse. I also use them to help with development. "Let''s go back." After putting away the aberrant skeleton, Wu Heng continued. Qi Hancai followed behind and walked towards the back together. In the afternoon, the two of them had lunch in the cafeteria. Qi Hancai introduced in a low voice some important personnel of the provincial and district rescue teams. Including some management, captains and technical staff of Tiancheng Group. While Wu Heng was eating, he listened to Qi Hancai''s introduction. There were many people from the provincial and district rescue teams, but they didn''t meet many acquaintances. The only commendable thing about the rescue team''s escape this time is that they did not give up on ordinary people. Even though the convoy was divided into several batches, everyone was still brought along. After lunch, the two returned to the dormitory. Qi Hancai took off his coat, revealing a white turtleneck sweater with a high chest and a flat belly. Twisting her hair, her face turned slightly red, "I''m going to take a shower." "Don''t worry, we have enough time before dark." Wu Heng also took off his coat. Qi Hancai''s face turned redder, "Yeah." Wu Heng sat by the bed, waiting for Qi Hancai, while also thinking about the subsequent plan. If progress goes well, Treasure Island will be able to complete power supply in the next few days. At that time, some production chains can also be established on the island. The R&D and design of production equipment require some professional personnel, and those from Tiancheng Group must stay. In the past two days, Qi Hancai has been trying to win over these people. If they are still unwilling to stay by then, Wu Heng will force them to stay. Come and design the production machine for yourself. As I thought to myself, the bathroom door opened. Qi Hancai walked out wrapped in a white bathrobe. "Do you still want to wash it?" "Wait for me!" Wu Heng took off his clothes and walked into the bathroom. "Yes." Qi Hancai nodded, knelt on the bed, and began to make the quilt on the bed. Wu Heng entered the bathroom and rinsed briefly. When it comes out again. Qi Hancai took the initiative to stand up and come closer. The two clung to each other, caressing each other. "Come here, lie down." Qi Hancai pulled him to lie down on the bed. Qi Hancai loosened her bathrobe, revealing her white, tender and beautiful body. With bare white and tender feet, he walked vertically upward from one side of the wall. He walked all the way to the roof of the shed, above where Wu Heng was lying. The body was hanging upside down, and his feet were firmly grasping the roof of the shed. Wu Heng looked at her, "What kind of show is this?" "Some are out of reach." Qi Hancai raised his head and said. Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai hanging upside down, put the pillow behind him on his waist, and pulled it closer. Qi Hancai blushed, stretched out her red tongue, licked it lightly, and put it in her mouth. The footsteps hanging on the roof of the shed moved and began to circle slowly. Returning to Treasure Island, it was already dusk. Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and Kitten Girl Robbe jumped and waved her hands, "Master, it''s time to eat." "Yeah." Wu Heng walked towards the dining table. The dinner was quite sumptuous. Several people sat together and chatted while eating. Anderweil chewed lightly and said, "Master, the street lights have been erected, but they seem to be broken and they don''t shine like Luntam City." In the past two days, electrician Skeleton and the island''s engineering team have set up telephone poles and street lights in the central area. Prepare for the completion of power supply to Treasure Island later. "It''s different from Luntam City. You''ll be able to see the effect after a few days." Wu Heng explained. "Oh, I thought it was broken after being pretended." "It''s not broken. You''ll know when the time comes. The effect is better than the one in Wrentam City." "Really, I''m starting to look forward to it!" Andwyer said with a smile. Had dinner. The maids took a break and went to the training room for training. Wu Heng was in the study room, unlocking the [Earth Coffin Technique] he obtained last time. Then he chatted with the two ghosts and asked Granda in a casual chat if she had any other last wishes. But after talking, Glenda''s last wish was to set her husband on fire. Wu Heng asked about her husband''s appearance and name. Take a piece of paper and write it down and look into it when you get a chance. Late at night, Wu Heng returned to his room to rest. The next day, morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng stood in the courtyard. The staff in hand condenses the spell. The earth element under his feet began to boil, gradually forming an upright earth coffin along the body, wrapping the body. Then, the earthen coffin began to move slowly downward with him, until it sank to the ground. At the sinking position, only slight traces can be seen, which are not that obvious. Wu Heng was sealed in an earthen coffin, and his whole body was dim. The narrow coffin also restricted his movements. The air became thinner and breathing became a little difficult. After waiting for a while, adjusting the spell, the earthen coffin began to slowly rise to the ground, and the earthen coffin collapsed. Vision returned. Wu Heng turned around and saw Minnie, Annette and Robert standing over there holding a shovel. (End of chapter) Chapter 547 , why resurrect it? Chapter 547: Why resurrect it? Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Minnie asked: "Master, are you okay?" Wu Heng touched the other party''s head and said, "Don''t worry, nothing will happen." "What is this new spell used for?" Minnie was curious. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "At critical moments, you can hide yourself or ambush the enemy." "Oh, it still doesn''t feel like it''s of much use." "With one more skill, I might be able to use it sometime!" "Well, the master is right." Dong dong dong~! While several people were chatting, there was a knocking sound on the courtyard door. Minnie quickly walked over to open the door, turned around and shouted: "Master, Deacon Sheilagui is here." Then, he walked in with Shi Lagui. "Why are you thinking of me?" Wu Heng walked over. Sheila Gui said: "There are pirates on the sea. Let''s discuss it with you." "Pirates? Newly established?" Wu Heng asked. The two walked into the living room together and sat down on the sofa. Annette, the lop-eared rabbit, brought tea and cakes. Sheila Gui continued: "No, the news sent by the fleet that arrived at the port yesterday said that five pirate ships without flags appeared on the ''Lingassar Route'', and they had flying dragons, and their combat effectiveness was not weak. Some ships had already been attacked. To the plunder. Flying dragon? Five pirate ships. Since the last time ''Philippa'' took the fleet to clean up a circle along the route, there has been basically no news of pirates. It is the most peaceful time in the Emerald Sea. So soon, there are pirates again. "The pirate groups that could have flying dragons were all big pirates, and we killed them all." Sheela shook her head, "This is also what I''m worried about. It may have been missed at the time, or it may be a pirate group in other sea areas." Then, he took out a tattered and **** leather armor and said, "This belongs to the pirates. Let''s see if the prophet can find out anything." Wu Heng took it and said, "Okay, just wait a moment." "Okay, just let me know if there are any results." Wu Heng took the leather armor and climbed directly to the third floor and entered the room where the Skeleton Prophet was. He did not let the prophet check the leather armor in his hand, but took out the emerald sand tray. The reason why I didn''t let Sheila Gui follow me. He also didn''t want her to know the existence of the jade sand table. It''s not that I''m afraid of her coveting her. The relationship between Sheila Gui''s character and myself is still very good. The main reason is that I am worried that if the information about the strange objects is leaked, it will cause unnecessary trouble to me. The emerald sand table is like forming a map from God''s perspective within the entire Emerald Sea. You can see the movements, routes, and even flags and types of any ship. It''s not easy to use outside, but it''s a magical weapon inside the Jade Sea. The reason why the Pirate King can challenge the association is also because of the existence of this rare object. Take out the jade sand table and look at the situation above. When he saw no obvious pirates, he focused his attention on the ''Lingassar Route'' and started searching along the route. After looking around, I found five huge cargo ships on the shore of Scorpion Claw Island. Stopped at the edge of the island, a flag with red dragon wings on a green background was hung. Not the pirates black skull and crossbones flag. But there were only five of them on the entire route, and they had a flag type that they had never seen before. The target was obvious. Wu Heng put away the sand table and went downstairs again. Sheila Gui was still sitting in the hall, looking at the paintings hanging on the wall. "How about it?" Wu Heng said: "The flag with green background and red dragon wings, do you know what kind of flag it is?" Sheela frowned and recalled, "The flag of the Dragon Traffickers and the pterosaurs of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were bought from them." "Ah? Did you buy the pirate''s dragon? Why didn''t I hear about it?" "I also know some information, but I have never seen it." Sheila Gui explained, and then said, "They should be here to sell the flying dragon. I don''t know why they started hijacking the ship." "What are your plans?" "Let''s lead the team out to sea in the afternoon. The Emerald Sea has just calmed down, so we can''t let these guys cause trouble." Xila Gui picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Wu Heng also agreed with this idea. Treasure Island has seen more and more caravans calling the port recently, and the business environment has also improved. We can''t let these guys make the caravan feel that the route is dangerous again. After thinking for a moment, he said directly: "Treasure Island cannot be without people. You stay and take charge and leave the rest to me." Sheila Gui felt it made sense, "Bring two teams with you!" "No, it''s still a skeleton battle. Just wait for my good news." "Okay then, be safe." "Um." The two briefly discussed it, and Sheila Gui left the manor and returned to the association in a carriage. Wu Heng began to make some preparations. Then put on the [Conductors Hat], board the train, and fill in Scorpion Claw Island on the itinerary. The ghost train reentered the void and disappeared. Scorpion Claw Island. Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while. Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. "More than 400 people, no slaves or hostages were found, but there were more than 40 flying dragons." Xiao Xiao added, "There is a level 15 professional who is picking his toes in the house over there. It''s so dirty!" "Let me take a look! No need to look at the little one." "Tch~!" Xiaoxiao Baobian pouted. Glenda smiled, got into him, and shared the scene. A temporary tent was set up on the shore. There were indeed a lot of people there, and there were many flying dragons not far away. It didn''t fly into the sky, but fell to the ground in pieces. Wu Heng released Granda. Start assigning tasks, "Xiaoxiao, please help me guard. Glenda, you are in charge of those flying dragons. Do you need the evil sword?" Glenda shook her head, "It shouldn''t be necessary." Wu Heng nodded and looked to the other side, "Is there a problem with Xiaoxiao?" Xiaoxiao clenched his fist and said, "No problem." "Okay, then prepare to fight." Wu Heng said, and the two ghosts quickly separated and flew away. Wu Heng stood on a high place and looked at the tent gathering place below from a distance. He raised the staff in his hand, and a huge crack and stone door suddenly appeared. The moment the crack appeared, it also attracted the attention of the enemy in the distance. They shouted to their companions, picked up their weapons, and looked at this side with vigilance. Wu Heng glanced ahead and ordered, "Blast at the crowd and the stone house over there." Bang~bang~bang bang bang! The machine cannon behind the stone gate began to spit out dazzling tongues of flame. The tent groups and stone houses exploded suddenly, turning into debris all over the sky. The gathered enemies roared and howled, and fled in all directions in confusion. Their bodies were penetrated by splashing sand and gravel, and they fell one by one. The entire tent gathering place disappeared, leaving deep pits on the ground. "Go down and kill all the enemies." Wu Heng ordered again. Wow~! A large number of deformed skeletons rushed out from behind the stone door, like crazy beasts, striding downwards. A fight began with the remaining enemies who were not dead. On the other side, several figures climbed onto the back of the flying dragon. More than 40 flying dragons instantly flew into the sky and hovered from the sky. A human riding a flying dragon fired the crossbow bolt in his hand, then took out an alchemy bomb and lit the fuse, "Damn undead, I''ll blow you up." "Who will be killed?" An illusory face appeared in front of the other party. Without waiting for a reaction, it penetrated directly into his body. The grenade that had just been ignited was put back into the full bag. Boom~! There was an explosion, and the fire engulfed both the man and the dragon. Burnt corpses fell from the sky. Then, the ghost left the body again and got into the body of the next enemy. He raised the long sword in his hand and stabbed the flying dragon in the seat into the back of his neck. The flying dragon was in pain and dripping with blood. He fell to the ground with him. The entire sky was also in chaos, and the flying dragons fell from the sky one after another. Even if it''s a flying dragon that feels something is wrong and wants to run away. After flying for a certain distance, it fell into the sea. The battle lasted about half an hour. The whole island gradually became quiet. Only the tent with burning flames still heard the crackling sound of burning. The battle is easier than imagined. Even the strong foot-picking man in the novel, Wu Heng did not see him. It should have been blown to pieces in the first round of artillery fire. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Some of them jumped directly into the sea to salvage the bodies that fell into the sea. Not long after, corpses were neatly arranged on the shore. Wu Heng walked around the flying dragon corpses and selected three flying dragon corpses with sharp swords pierced through the back of the neck. "Tie the wings and feet of these three bodies." The skeleton immediately took action, picked up the rope, and tied the wings and legs of the flying dragon tightly together. "Uncle, what are you doing?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. Glenda, on the other side, also said, "You have quite a few quirks." "What do you mean?" Xiaoxiao was even more curious. Wu Heng said: "Don''t talk nonsense to children." "Isn''t it? Then what are you doing?" Wu Heng didn''t explain much and released [Resurrection Technique] on three dragon corpses one after another. Feilong''s body trembled slightly, and then he opened his eyes, going from death to serious injury. "Why are you saving them?" (End of chapter) Chapter 548 , escorted by four fighter jets Chapter 548, escorted by four fighter jets Three flying dragons changed from dead to seriously injured. He was beaten to death with great difficulty, but now he was revived. "Tie them up tightly." Wu Heng ordered, and then explained to the ghost next to him, "Take them back first to see if we can raise them ourselves or use them for some experiments. Let''s talk later." "Okay, just think about it." Glenda said. Xiaoxiao no longer focused on this place and flew straight towards the cargo ship on the shore. The skeleton tied the seriously injured flying dragon twice more. Wu Heng activated the ''Mansion Technique'' and asked the skeleton to drag the seriously injured flying dragon in and throw it into the corner. The Mansion Technique is closed. Wu Heng continued to focus on other ordinary human corpses. According to ''Xila Gui''''s guess, these people are members of the Dragon Trafficking Team, but the purpose of coming here and why they robbed the ships are still unclear. I found a random corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way with cloudy eyes. Wu Heng asked directly: "What is the purpose of your coming here?" The corpse replied, "Come to the Emerald Sea and sell some trained flying dragons to the pirates." It was exactly what Sheila Gui had guessed. The dragon selling team is here to sell flying dragons. Wu Heng then asked, "Why did you rob merchant ships?" The corpse replied, "The pirates disappeared and I couldn''t complete the order this time, so I wanted to grab some goods to make up for the loss." When asked here, things are actually very clear. These guys couldn''t find the pirates and didn''t want to go back empty-handed, so they started to harass the caravans on the route. With more than 40 flying dragons and a level 15 leader, the caravan on the route really doesn''t have the strength to fight back. However, they are more unlucky. The island I chose to stay on was a place recorded by the Ghost Train. Three questions remain. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "Did you cultivate these flying dragons yourself?" "Yes, a flying dragon trained and grown in its infancy will obey its master''s orders." Wu Heng touched his chin and nodded. The flying dragon that was just rescued didn''t even look at the male or female. I don''t know if I can continue to cultivate it here. Wu Heng then asked, "Where do you live?" The corpse replied, "The city of Kasar in the Emerald Overseas." last question. "If you are dead, how will others find you?" The corpse paused for a moment, "Probably not. There are several dragon-selling teams, and some have disappeared in the past. We will arrange for people to make general inquiries. If there is no news, forget it." Five questions answered. The body lay directly back on its back. "Wrap the Feilong body and gather all the broken items around." Wu Heng ordered. The skeletons took action, picked up the straw mats they took out and wrapped the flying dragon. All the tattered tent debris around them were collected and piled aside. Wu Heng first put all the flying dragon corpses into the space ring. Then start to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The gray-white halo of light swayed, flesh and blood fell off, and skeletons slowly stood up from the ground. The transformation of the corpse is completed. Wu Heng released [Grease Technique] on the pile of debris nearby, and continued to release [Fireball Technique]. Set it on fire. The fire ignited, burning the surrounding area. When the fire ended, only ashes were left on the ground. Wu Heng took the skeletons and began to inspect the ships docked on the shore. This kind of ship is still very different from a pirate ship. The ship is very dirty and filled with a sour smell. "They have nothing, they are so poor." Xiao Xiaofei came back, a little disgusted. "These flying dragon corpses and ships are a big harvest," Wu Heng said. "It''s not easy to sell them for money, these people are worse than pirates!" Xiaoxiao''s face was full of dissatisfaction. "Next time I have a chance, I''ll catch pirates again." Wu Heng then reassigned tasks to the skeletons and went to the remaining ships. Wait until everything is ready. Ordered to start returning. Noon the next day. The five ships docked at the association''s dedicated port. They told the ship stewards and took a carriage to the association. At this time, many people gathered in the association hall. Looking at the notice board, there are also people discussing forming their own mercenary team. Wu Heng went all the way to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, opened the door and walked in. In the room, assistant Shi Yali was sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, a smile immediately appeared on his face. "Island Master, thank you for saving me last time." "Is the injury healed? Let''s rest at home for a while." Wu Heng said. Being brought back from death is no ordinary injury. Even if the medicines in this world have special effects, they are not easy to cure. "I don''t know how to do any strenuous work, so I can accompany Sheila Gui when I come over." Shi Yali said softly. Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Where is Xila Gui?" "She''s out. She''ll probably be back soon. Please wait a moment." Shi Yali brought tea and sat down aside. Chat with him. First, he asked about the situation at home, and then asked why, in terms of human age, he should have started a family, but why he hadnt started a family yet. How did you become a necromancer? What are your plans for the future? Wu Heng felt a little sweat on his forehead when he was asked. It feels like in the modern world, being blocked by aunts at the entrance of the village, collecting gossip information. Just when you want to find a reason to leave. The door was pushed open again, and Silla walked in fiercely. As soon as he stepped into the room, his eyes fell on Wu Heng, "Why haven''t you left yet?" Wu Heng said: "I came here to tell you this." Sheila Gui put her helmet aside and raised her brows, "Let''s talk about it when we come back. Pirates can''t stay in one place for a long time. Once they leave, it will be difficult to find them on the sea." "No, I''m back and the people have been killed." Seeing that she was a little anxious, Wu Heng said immediately. "Come back? What do you mean, you have killed those pirates?" Sheela frowned. "Kill. It''s just like what you said. I came to deliver the flying dragon to the pirates. But I didn''t find the pirates. I don''t want to go back empty-handed, so I just rob merchant ships on the route." Then, Wu Heng explained the matter carefully. Sheila Gui sat down aside and stared at him, "Are you sure you went?" "Why are you lying to me? I have brought all five ships back and they are parked at the port." Wu Heng leaned back, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "How did you get there? So fast?" Sheila Gui asked. "Then don''t worry about it, just get it done." Sheila Gui glared at him, and then said: "Where do you think they came from?" "Kasar City, I heard it is outside the Emerald Sea." Sheila Gui drank tea and thought for a moment, "I will report to the headquarters and let the local association of ''Kasar City'' communicate this matter." Wu Heng also thought for a moment, "That''s okay, you just have to make arrangements. Anyway, when I killed them, I dealt with the scene. They arranged for people to investigate, but they couldn''t find us." "Okay, you''re professional!" Sheela praised expressionlessly, and then said, "When the number of ships increases, we will appropriately increase patrols on the routes to prevent new pirates from appearing." "Well, I got five ships this time, and I also ordered a few ships for the caravan, and then I will organize a cruising fleet." "Okay, the sooner the better." "I know." After chatting about the matter, Sheila Gui asked about several metal poles erected in the central area. Wu Heng remained mysterious and only told her that she was part of the development of the island. After a while, she would understand what it was used for. The two chatted for a while. Wu Heng left the association, and Xila Gui also started writing a report to submit to the association. Return to your residence. Several maids went out to greet him. Besides Minnie, Annette, and Robert, Philippa came out of the house with the parrot on her shoulder. Wait for the three maids to finish their coquettish behavior. Philippa pinched her waist and said, "What do you mean when you go to sea without me as the captain?" Forehead. "The incident happened suddenly and there was no need for the ship to go out to sea, so I didn''t call you." Wu Heng said. Philippa looked unbelieving, "You and Sheila Gui went out alone, you don''t want to take me with you, do you?" Wu Heng put his hand on her shoulder, and the parrot flew to a branch nearby. He hugged her and walked into the room, saying, "What are you talking about? She didn''t go either. The mission was a bit special and she didn''t go out by boat." "That''s not bad. I am a captain after all. Taking me with you when you go to sea in the future is not interesting on the island." Philippa smiled again when he heard that the other party had a real reason. Returned to the living room and waited for a while. Lunch was served. A few people were chatting casually while eating lunch. Wu Heng continued, "Philippa, five new large cargo ships have been brought back from the port. You can modify them when the time comes and we can use them for route patrol." "Okay, I''ll go after dinner." Philippa asked again, "What were you doing before?" "You can understand it as someone who sells livestock." "I know, that kind of ship stinks inside. When we robbed the ship, we were so annoyed by this kind of ship that we couldn''t even clean it." "Let the skeleton go brush and clean it up then." "Understood." Philippa nodded. After lunch, several maids discussed and followed Philippa to the port to watch the ships. Wu Heng returned to the study, passed through the gate, and headed to the zombie world. Walk out of the dormitory building. After standing at the door and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai came over from behind. "Any plans for today?" Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s go to the dead wood forest at the back." "Need a car?" "No need yet." The two of them headed to the dead wood forest behind, surrounded by a large number of skeleton armies. Wu Heng took out all the corpses of the flying dragons and placed them in the open space in front of him. Qi Hancai''s eyes gradually widened as he looked at Feilong''s corpse. so much! The role played by the Skeleton Flying Dragon in battle is irreplaceable. After several waves of aerial bombing, 80% of the zombies can be eliminated. The current skeleton flying dragons are arranged in two locations: the military factory and the airport. Some are not enough. The presence of so many flying dragon corpses in front of us will definitely bring the base to a higher level. Wu Heng counted them carefully, there were 38 in total. Directly releasing the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], the flesh and blood of the flying dragon corpse fell off, and the skeleton flying dragons stood up from the broken flesh. The body shook and rotten flesh splattered everywhere. [Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 12)] [Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13)] [Skeleton. All the flying dragons are basically at level 12 or 13, which is pretty good. "Stay where you are and standby." Wu Heng ordered directly. The restless skeleton dragons gradually calmed down. One by one, they curled up and lay in the clearing among the trees. Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai, "When the time comes, a few will be transferred to the airport." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded. "Also, I remember if Zhang Chi came up with the design of a machine gun hanging on Feilong, and asked him to arrange for someone to send it over. Let''s study whether it can be done." "Well, I''ll contact them when we get back." The two returned to base. At dusk, return to Treasure Island. Three seriously injured and dying flying dragons were dragged out of the ''mansion''. Wu Heng and others squatted aside, looking at the three tightly tied flying dragons. "Two males and one female." Wu Heng said. From the condition under the belly, the gender of this flying dragon can still be identified. "Is the master going to keep them?" Annette, the lop-eared rabbit, asked curiously. "When we killed the Dragon Selling Team, they had bred these flying dragons since childhood. We can try it too." Wu Heng stood up again and asked the skeleton to throw the three flying dragons into the iron cage aside. Originally planned to be raised in the zombie world. But there have been a lot of people from the rescue team over there recently, and those people will have to leave by then. Still don''t want them to know too much. "Do you need to prepare some food for them?" Minnie asked. "No need for now, as long as we don''t let them die, let''s starve for a few meals first." "good." "Come on, let''s go back." "Okay, Master." Day 2, Zombie World Airport. In the conference room. Commander Liu frowned and asked in a deep voice: "Deputy Leader Qi, what do you mean by leaving people from the Tiancheng Group? Are you trying to rob them?" Qi Hancai looked up at the other party and said directly: "We invite people from Tiancheng Group to stay and join our Xinfu City base. Of course, if you don''t agree, it can also be understood as robbing people." Bang~! Commander Liu punched the conference table. He said angrily: "Isn''t it a little unreasonable for you to do this?" "You must say this, you led the zombies to our side. If we didn''t respond in time, I''m afraid we would have suffered along with you." Qi Hancai''s tone was calm, and there was no change due to the other party''s roar. "Leader Qi, didn''t I explain before that I hurriedly fled down that road." The other party said again. Qi Hancai said: "We accept the reason, but everyone must bear responsibility for the mistakes they make. You don''t think that almost killing us is a small thing!" "We can renegotiate this matter, but we can''t forcefully detain people, right? And this is before leaving." Commander Liu said. Qi Hancai shrugged, "We also have to make temporary decisions on some things." Commander Liu took a deep breath, stood up and said, "I want to go back and discuss with others, and I will give you accurate information before leaving." "I''ll give you half an hour. If you can''t convince your people, we have our own way." "Hmph~! Just wait for my news." Commander Liu said coldly, turned and left. After Commander Liu leaves. Qi Hancai got up and walked outside, entering a room next door. Commander Liu returned all the way to the room assigned to him. After opening the door, the other people in the room all stood up, "Commander! What did the other party say?" Commander Liu had a gloomy face and said in a cold voice: "Connect to the radio station. I want to contact the main station." "The radio has just been put away," someone whispered. "Do as I say." Commander Liu said in a serious tone. "Yes!" the other party responded and immediately started assembling the radio station. After the assembly was completed, debugging was carried out. "It''s ready for use," the person on the side said. Commander Liu directly took the other person''s place, picked up the microphone and said: "This is the provincial and district shelter in Yangtong City, call the main station." "This is the main station, please speak!" Commander Liu took a deep breath and said directly: "We originally planned to go to the main station via the passenger plane arriving at Yangtong Airport." "Yes, the passenger plane is already on its way and should be arriving soon," the other party said. "Xinfu City Base promised to provide an airport, but only allowed some of us to leave and forcibly detained some technical personnel." Commander Liu took a deep breath and continued: "We are grateful to Xinfu City for the rescue and help, but These technicians are going to the main station to provide technology and cannot be forcibly detained. The main station is requested to communicate with the other party. " Zizzi~! The electricity sounded. Another man''s voice sounded. "This is the YS202 transport aircraft. I am the third-level commander "Lv Changan". We are approaching the sky above Yangtong City, and are escorted by 4 fighter jets. We promise to bring the Yangtong rescue team and technical personnel back to the main station." Commander Liu and everyone in the room were overjoyed. "Thank you, Commander Lu Changan, I feel relieved now." (End of chapter) Chapter 549 , stay, holy monk of the small temple Chapter 549, Stay, Holy Monk of the Small Temple "It is also one of the purposes of our trip to take the brothers from Yangtong City home." Lu Changan''s voice was low and serious. Commander Liu and several people in the room also breathed a sigh of relief. He continued to hold the microphone and said, "Then we will wait for Commander Lu to arrive." "We have arrived above Yangtong City, pack your things now and prepare to leave!" "receive!" And just after receiving it, I said it. Qi Hancai''s voice suddenly came out from the radio, "In order to ensure the safety of the leaders of the main station, we will arrange air units to **** the transport aircraft. Please do not make any provocation or attack to avoid danger." As soon as these words came out, the radio station suddenly went silent. Everyone on the public frequency band can hear the call. But after all, Qi Hancai was the one being talked about, so it was still a bit awkward to speak at this time. convoy? Commander Liu and several people in the room also frowned. "They have planes too?" "I just looked and there was a civilian airliner outside." "It should be about their skeleton flying dragons. I''ve been paying attention to them in the past few days. There are only two or three in total. They are not dangerous." Several people whispered. But a man close to the window only felt the sunlight shining through the window intermittently. He looked out suspiciously, and his pupils suddenly shrank. Listening to the people in the room still talking nonchalantly, he reminded me, "Come and take a look, there are a lot of skeleton flying dragons." Several people stopped talking and walked towards the window in confusion. Look towards the sky. Large swaths of skeletons, like swallows leaving their nests, rushed into the sky in large groups. Begins to circle over the airport. The momentum is terrifying. Everyone''s eyes widened, feeling incredible. There are so many such monsters. "How come there are so many of them? There were only two or three fighting zombies last time?" "What a terrifying power!" Commander Liu''s expression became even more ugly. He thought to himself that it was over, the planes from the main station would definitely not be able to suppress Qi Hancai, and he would not have the chance to continue the negotiation. This time, I completely messed up the matter. Sky, YS202 transport aircraft. In the airborne communication, the voice of the accompanying fighter plane came. "There are a large number of flying targets approaching this way." "The distance is 200 meters. You can visually see a large number of skeleton flying units, which are exactly the same as the flying dragons we saw last time." "The number is above 20..." In the transport plane, Lu Changan''s face looked ugly, and there was sweat on his forehead. Through the glass in front, you can also see a large number of skeleton flying dragons flying out. More than 20 doesn''t sound like much. But in the sky, the flying dragon spread its wings and covered all areas of sight. Picking up the communication microphone, "No need to attack, we are here to trade with them. The task is to exchange food. Don''t conflict, and continue to maintain the normal speed." "receive!" "receive!" Lu Changan wiped the sweat from his forehead, his eyes a little wandering. The Xinfu City base obviously heard their conversation and arranged for Feilong to show off its strength. "This is a big deal!" I thought they brought fighter jets this time to deter the opponent. Now it seems that not only is the opponent not afraid of him, but his strength is not as simple as what he gathered. The radio came again with a report from the accompanying fighter plane, "The flying dragon did not attack us and was flying alongside." Lu Changan nodded and said, "Contact them and request a landing." The captain picked up the microphone and said: "This is the YS202 transport aircraft, requesting to land." "You can land." The plane began to lose altitude and landed on the runway. Outside the airport hall. Qi Hancai and others stood aside and waited. Someone sneered, "As soon as the flying dragon came up, they all spoke softly." "Stop talking about them, I was shocked." "Fortunately, the king has brought so many flying dragons, otherwise they would have been killed." "If there are fighter jets, don''t save people, so come here and pretend to be B." Seeing the plane land and the door open, Qi Hancai turned her head and said, "Stop talking, they are coming." After saying that, he led a few people up. Greet the reception desk with a few people. The people who came this time were still the same people as last time, headed by the third-level commander, Lu Changan. "Deputy Leader Qi." Lu Changan smiled. "Commander Lu, please come inside and have some tea and have a rest." Qi Hancai extended his hand to signal. "Thank you." Several people walked towards the hall together. No one mentioned what happened on the radio just now. Entering the conference room, someone brought tea. Lu Changan said directly: "According to Deputy Leader Qi''s request, we brought 50 sniper rifles, 100 heavy machine guns, 2,000 cannon shells, 500 grenades, in addition to 200 kilograms of gold, all of which were exchanged for food "I''ll have someone check it first." Qi Hancai turned his head and ordered to the side. Someone immediately went out and took someone to check the goods brought over. Lu Changan took a sip from the teacup, pondered for a moment, and said, "I don''t know if the leader of the base is here. I''ve been here twice and haven''t gotten to know him formally." "Our leader is not here, just tell me if you have anything." Qi Hancai looked at the other party with a smile. "It''s still what I said last time. I don''t know what concerns the base has about the training of superpowers and the development of superpowers. In fact, the implementation of these two things will be beneficial to everyone, even to all mankind. It will be a huge contribution to our future." Lu Changan''s tone gradually became high. Qi Hancai glanced at the other party and said decisively: "We will not participate in these two plans, Commander Lu need not say any more." "This..." Lu Changan hesitated, but nodded, "We won''t force it, we respect the opinions of all places." The two said. The door knocked again. The man who had just gone out to count the goods came back. "Sister Qi, the quantity is correct, there is no problem." Qi Hancai nodded, but had no intention of settling the food bill. Instead, he looked at Lu Changan again and asked, "How does Commander Lu want to handle the provincial rescue team matter?" Lu Changan raised his eyebrows slightly and looked directly at the other party, "We have received an order to pick up the provincial rescue team and leave here." "Let''s just put it bluntly. People who go around in circles will only waste time. People from the provincial team can leave at any time. We will keep the Tiancheng Group and some ordinary survivors who don''t want to leave." Qi Hancai said directly. . "Deputy Chief Qi, now is a critical moment, when everyone is united to fight against difficulties. How can you do this? Aren''t you afraid that the outside world will give you a bad reputation?" "Have you not received information on the frequency band of Yangtong City? If you have a chance to listen, each base is scolding someone. The provincial and district rescue teams led the corpse group and the third-level deformed zombies to our base, and almost killed us. They all died. We have had good food and drink for a few days, and now we just want to pat our butts and leave? " Lu Changan was choked by the tone of his words. He thought for a moment and then said, "These technicians will only get corresponding development and platforms at the main station. When we bring them back, we can share the technology." Qi Hancai said directly: "The people from Tiancheng Group stay, and you take the others away. From now on, the transactions between the two parties will continue. There is no other way to say it. This is also the order I received." Lu Changan''s eyes narrowed, he didn''t expect the other party to be so tough. But it was obvious that the other party was determined to detain the person. "I want to talk to Commander Liu of the rescue team to discuss this matter." "Okay, go and invite Commander Liu over." Soon, Commander Liu walked in with a gloomy face. Qi Hancai stood up and said, "Let''s talk. Let me know the result." "Yes." Lu Changan nodded, looked at Commander Liu, stood up and shook hands, "Please sit down." Qi Hancai walked to another room. There were skeleton soldiers guarding the door, and the door was closed. Just open the door and walk in. There were seven people sitting or standing in the room. Seeing Qi Hancai come in, they all stood up and cast doubtful and uneasy glances. "Chief Qi, is there any result?" The man wearing a down jacket and a suit underneath said. This person is the representative of Tiancheng Group, Gao Rong. "Sit down and talk." Qi Hancai said. Everyone sat down again, and Qi Hancai slowly spoke, "I plan to let you stay. You should know this, right?" "We understand." Gao Rong replied. Things have gotten so bad, and everyone is under house arrest, how could they not know about it. Qi Hancai continued: "What do you think?" Gao Rong''s body was still upright and he replied: "Thank you to Xinfu City Base for rescuing us and helping us during this period. We will always remember this kindness, but we also promised Commander Liu that we will accompany him there." Front desk, Im sorry, Chief Qi. Qi Hancai remained calm and said in a calm tone: "You are a smart man. The main station has come to my place to exchange food. Do you think the situation will be better than ours? People from all over the country have gathered here, and there must be a lot of people. , you took those people there to starve?" Everyone in the room frowned. This time the main station''s plane came over, not specifically to pick them up. Otherwise, we would have gone to the original base long ago, and we would have waited until now. The main purpose is to exchange food and pick them all up by the way. Qi Hancai continued: "If you stay here, you will be the technical staff. The eminent monks in the small temple will give you priority in supplies and equipment. If you go over there..." (End of chapter) Chapter 550 , Ashram Church Chapter 550, Ashram Church Qi Hancai glanced at the people opposite him again, smiled and said: "Are there any shortage of technicians like you at the main station base? When the time comes, it will only be a start, doing some ordinary work, and you may not be able to take credit for it. If it falls on you, why do you have to squeeze in one place? Maybe you are thinking about security issues. The main station has more troops and is safer. But as you have seen in the past few days, our base has more troops and more bases, which are enough to ensure your safety. " Everyone''s eyes began to change, thinking about what Qi Hancai said. "The main station assigned tasks according to the tasks, and we went to make efforts for human development." Gao Rong still said. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "It''s a credit to Commander Liu for bringing you there. Why did you bring those technical staff there, besides starving and filling some vacancies?" Then his eyes fell on the others, "I can guarantee that you will have enough to eat in the future, and those with families can live a stable life. You will contribute to mankind wherever you go." Gao Rong''s brows were still furrowed and he didn''t say anything further. The others also frowned. When no one spoke, Qi Hancai continued to speak, "I just want to tell everyone that we value your abilities and invite everyone to stay and think about it carefully." After saying that, he glanced at Gao Rong, who was deep in thought, with a cold and stern gaze. The other party''s expression was suffocated, and his eyes were wandering. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze, opened the door and left. After they went out, there was a murmur of discussion behind the door. Qi Hancai walked out of the hall and looked at the plane parked on the runway. Not long after, someone walked over quickly and said, "Sister Qi, Commander Lu and the man named Liu are out." "Let''s go, there should be a result." Qi Hancai walked back to the hall. Lu Changan had already walked out with Commander Liu. Commander Liu said directly: "Deputy Commander Qi, we are also deeply sorry for what happened before. We will find ways to make up for our mistakes in the future." Qi Hancai waved his hand, "Let''s talk about this matter first. How did your discussion go?" Lu Changan said: "It is better to let the people of Tiancheng Group choose this matter. Who to follow depends on their wishes." "Go and bring Gao Rong." Qi Hancai turned around and said. Lu Changan and Commander Liu were both overjoyed. It seems that the other party has also acquiesced in this method. Soon, Gao Rong, who was wearing a suit, was brought over. He looked at a few people and nodded slightly. Commander Liu couldn''t wait to say: "Representative Gao Rong, we respect your idea whether you plan to go to the main base with us or stay here." Gao Rong''s face looked a little ugly. He didn''t expect that the negotiation between the two parties would end with him choosing. His eyes swept across several people''s faces. Commander Liu''s joy, Qi Hancai''s indifference, and the other people''s different expressions. Everyone set their eyes on him, waiting for the final result. He took a deep breath and said, "We just discussed it and chose to stay with the military factory to help rebuild Yangtong City." "What? Gao Rong, what did you say?" Commander Liu opened his eyes in disbelief. Qi Hancai nodded with satisfaction, "Gao Rong, please go back." "Yes, Chief Qi." Gao Rong turned around and left. Qi Hancai continued to look at Lu Changan, "Commander Lu, do you have any questions?" Lu Changan glanced sideways at Commander Liu. To this day, I still have no idea what they are doing. You don''t even know whether the other party will follow you or not, which makes things so tense. "No problem, it seems everything is a misunderstanding!" "Commander Lu..." Commander Liu still wanted to speak. Lu Changan interrupted sharply, "If you have anything to do, please wait until you return to the base to talk to the people above. Don''t hinder our normal transactions." Commander Liu stopped talking. Qi Hancai nodded and ordered, "Check the supplies and settle the food accounts for Commander Lu." The people behind him started to take action. The cargo was moved off the plane, and the settled grain was transported onto the plane. After everything is over. Lu Changan didn''t mention anything else. They boarded the plane with the rescue team who were willing to go and took off directly. Qi Hancai asked people to sort out the supplies, while he went to a room on the third floor. In the room, Wu Heng was sitting and waiting. "The people from the main station have left, but the technical staff have also stayed." Qi Hancai exhaled. Wu Heng could see the development of the matter clearly through the ghost. Including Qi Hancai''s departure and private conversations between Lu Changan and Commander Liu. It can also be heard that the two are afraid of the strength of their own troops. If the number of his flying dragons hadn''t increased dramatically, even though he wasn''t afraid of them, he would still have to do more things. It is still necessary to show a certain degree of strength. "Well done, more thoughtful than me." Wu Heng praised. If it were him, he might have arrested Gao Rong, killed him if he didn''t agree to stay, and then replaced him with someone else to lead the technical staff. Of course, Qi Hancai''s method was better. He explained the pros and cons of both sides, and the people of Tiancheng Group made their own choices. Qi Hancai smiled and said: "I''m also afraid that those people are out of their minds and really don''t agree. Then you will have to step forward." "Fortunately, they agreed." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Yes." Qi Hancai also nodded. "Let''s go, let''s get organized and go back early so that we can arrange accommodation for those people." "good." The two men walked out of the room and put away all the ammunition and gold they had brought. Near noon, he took the convoy and the rest of the people back to the military factory. Qi Hancai went to arrange rooms for the new members and prepare the equipment needed for the work. Wu Heng also passed through the Realm Gate and returned to Treasure Island. The island owner''s estate. Wu Heng went downstairs and saw several maids gathered in front of the iron cage where Feilong was imprisoned. He said something to the iron cage. "Don''t get bitten." Wu Heng walked over. "Master!" Several maids stood up and saluted. Minnie explained: "I went to Beacon Street today and bought two props that can communicate with the flying dragon." As he said that, he took a bracelet and a headband from Robert''s hand. [Bracelet that turns animals into friends] (Description: Make a beast/warcraft with a certain intelligence believe that you are not malicious. The beast target must be able to see you and hear your voice.) Psychic Command Headband (Description: Allows lower creatures with certain intelligence to obtain your spiritual instructions and understand your thoughts, but they cannot read the other party''s thoughts.) Wu Heng glanced and the message appeared. These two props are pretty good. These are not high-level props. But judging from Feilong''s attitude, it should still have some effect. "Are they obedient?" Wu Heng asked. "Very obedient." Minnie glanced at the iron cage. "It''s okay to use props to communicate, but don''t release them to avoid any danger." Wu Heng instructed. "Understood." Minnie then asked: "Master, do you want to eat?" "When you say that, I''m really hungry." "Then I''ll get ready." After saying that, he quickly ran to the kitchen. Had dinner together. Simple training was conducted in the training room again. When the night got dark, everyone went back to their rooms to rest. The next day, morning. Wu Heng took a carriage to the association. Knocking on the door and entering the deacon''s study, there was still only assistant ''Shi Yali'' sitting in the room. "Lord Island Master!" "Where''s Xila Gui?" Wu Heng asked. After breakfast, the association staff went to the island owner''s manor and said that Sheila Gui was looking for him. We took a carriage and came here. Shi Yali smiled and said: "Xila Gui went to the front desk and will be back soon." "Um." As soon as Wu Heng nodded, Xila Gui opened the door and walked in. He glanced at Wu Heng and handed him the letter in his hand. "Your letter also contains a ''Jade Talisman'', which belongs to leader Lilith." Lilith? Is this because the vampire was killed last time? Or is it because of the information he provided several times? Put the Linbing Jade Talisman aside first. He took out the letter, tore it open, and poured it into his palm. The first thing to fall out was an iron-grey badge that looked like a cross between bat wings and a battle ax appeared in the palm of his hand. Sheila Gui looked on and said in surprise: "The badge of the Ash Holy Church law enforcement team." "From the church?" (End of chapter) Chapter 551 , make me kill someone Chapter 551: Make me kill someone Wu Heng looked at the elf girl beside him with confusion. Sheila Gui explained, "This is the badge of the Holy Ash Church Law Enforcement Team of the Blood Tribe. I heard that it is composed of some specially trained priests and people with special abilities to handle matters related to religion and intra-tribe security." After explaining, he looked at Wu Heng in confusion, "Why did I give you this badge?" Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know. I just heard that the Vampire Clan also has a church." Wu Heng was trying hard to accept this world, but still didn''t understand much. Just like the names of people in this world, complex names cannot be remembered even after two or three times. As for locals, they can remember each other after being introduced to each other once. "Look at what the letter says." Sheila Gui sat down aside. Wu Heng placed the emblem on the coffee table in front of him and continued to pour the envelope, and a letter fell out. "Master of Wuheng Island: The Jade Sea has a special world, where pirates and religious groups are entangled. In the early years, there were changes within the clan, and four sinners in the clan were exiled. I give you the status of a law enforcement team, with the right to investigate and deal with inappropriate personnel of the Vampire Clan and maintain the honor of the Vampire Clan. They can be investigated and reported, or they can be killed directly. The letter comes with a map of the location of the banishment in the Emerald Sea to investigate the sealing situation. If there are signs of breaking through the sealing, they can be executed as a law enforcement team. May care and trust be conveyed to you through writing. " Wu Heng frowned and read it. Then he handed it to Sheila Gui and said, "Let me show it to you." "I wrote it for you, I don''t think so!" Sheila Gui hesitated. "It''s not a love letter, there''s no secret." Hearing what he said, Sheila Gui was also curious about the contents of the letter. Lets take it and look at the content above. Wu Heng picked up another map with four locations marked on it. According to the letter, these four places are the locations of exile. One of them was killed by herself, and Lilith planned to let herself check the other three. After reading the letter, Shiragui handed the letter back, looked at him and asked, "Have you and Leader Lilith known each other before?" "I don''t know you!" Wu Heng explained again: "When we first became deputy deacons, didn''t I solve a case of a blood feast on a cargo ship? At that time, I was afraid that the people of the Secret Order would retaliate against me, so I gave Lily Si wrote a letter and told me about it. Wu Heng had some contact with Lilith when he was in Luntam City. At that time, it was because I found the blood cup, a rare artifact of the vampire clan, and handed it over through ''Slater''. After arriving at Treasure Island, he was too far away from Slater, so he wrote a letter himself and reported the blood feast. The purpose is also to get Lilith to find trouble with the Secret Order. Sheila Gui didn''t ask any more questions. She frowned and thought for a moment, "She gave you the identity of the law enforcement team. It seems that she wanted you to check out the other places where criminals are exiled." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. "Would you like to take a look then?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "In the Emerald Sea, we''d better take a look. If we really let these exiled vampires escape, we may be in more trouble." Sheila Gui also nodded in agreement. Now go and check if there is any problem, the other party is still in the coffin. When he is really released, or escapes for some reason, it will not be so easy to deal with. "I will make arrangements then to go to sea and have a look." Xila Gui said. "Okay." Wu Heng put away the letter and map, and then said, "Prepare paper and pen for me, and I will write a letter and send it back to the other party." Shi Yali brought a pen and paper, and Wu Heng wrote some polite words to thank the other party for their trust. At the back, ask about other accessories information of [Hundred Soldiers Set]. Lilith is the leader of the Whisperers and is in the association headquarters, so she must know about this kind of thing. It''s like charging some interest in advance. Just a medal and status can''t do everything! "Why don''t you practice the word ?" Xila Gui frowned. "Everyone has their own style." "Your style is nothing like a mage." Wu Heng put the letter into an envelope. Shi Yali took the initiative to pick it up and took it to the front desk for him. Wu Heng then looked at Xila Gui, "Then next time you teach me to write, I think your elves'' handwriting is very beautiful." Sheila Gui looked at him suspiciously, "Let''s wait until there is time." The matter is over. Wu Heng did not stay too long in the association, walked out of the hall, and returned to his residence. When we returned to the island owner''s manor, it was almost noon. The maids prepare lunch. Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, thinking about the law enforcement team and going to check on the three exiles. Judging from Sheila Ge''s surprise, it should be a relatively rare thing for humans to be appointed as the vampire law enforcement team. In fact, if you think about it carefully, you can understand why. The law enforcement team has the power to enforce the law and arrest criminals who kill vampires. This kind of right is not a small matter for any race. Wu Heng, a foreigner, would not be appointed even if he had done something beneficial to the vampires before! There is also the matter of checking out the Emerald Sea and the Exile. Why not let the vampire law enforcement team come over to say hello to you in advance and accompany you for a while? Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and narrowed his eyes slightly. "She wants me to kill them!" Wu Heng''s mind flashed. My behavior several times was to kill people first and then report the matter to superiors. Whether its a light-blooded person from the Blood Feast, or Judging from Wu Heng''s past behavior style, he basically killed people first and then reported to Lilith. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. "She didn''t ask me to go see if the Exile was still there, but she killed him directly to clear up some potential concerns for her." This would also explain why the Vampire Law Enforcement Team was not dispatched to inspect. Instead, he appointed himself, a foreigner, to investigate some exiled criminal. "Good guy, let me clear up the trouble for her." Wu Heng figured this out instantly. "Master, it''s time to eat!" Robert waved his hand. Wu Heng recovered his thoughts, got up and walked into the restaurant to eat together. After having lunch together. Wu Heng put on the [train conductors hat] in the courtyard and headed to Lopez City. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while. The beautiful elf ''Leidili'' in a dark green silk dress opened the door and walked in. Smile and salute slightly. Wu Heng nodded and asked directly: "Are the items I ordered ready?" Leitili smiled confidently, "I delivered them all yesterday. I just don''t know where you are, otherwise I would have someone deliver them to you." Wu Heng glanced at the other party in surprise. I ordered four flame furnaces of different specifications. The delivery time is almost the same as the last time I ordered one. Seeing his suspicious look, Leitili explained: "I arranged for several places to be worked on at the same time, so the completion time is about the same." Wu Heng nodded, feeling that this woman was quite shrewd. In my cooperation with her, except for the appearance-changing props, there was no news, and other orders went smoothly. It is in sharp contrast to the consortium on Treasure Island. One can''t do anything, and the other tries his best to complete it every time. "Where is the cargo?" Wu Heng asked. "Follow me, in the warehouse at the back." Leitili stood up, led him out of the VIP room, and walked along the corridor toward the outside. Go all the way to the warehouse and open the iron door to reveal four unassembled flame furnace buildings. Wu Heng took a look around and visually checked that there was no problem. All put into the space sachet. After putting it away, the two returned to the VIP room. Leitili sat back on the single sofa, her long legs crossed, her white calves exposed under her skirt, "Does the guest still need to fill in any orders?" Wu Heng said: "Then fill in the request to collect the corpse, the same as the previous request." "Okay!" Leitili bent down and filled out the request herself. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and asked, "Are there any targets for this year?" Leitili looked over and said: "Entrustment completion indicators, performance indicators, and gold exchange indicators." "How much gold is left?" Leitili''s eyes flashed, "More than 200 kilograms, which is a lot for the beginning of the new year." Wu Heng nodded and said softly, "Let someone prepare the gold coins. I will help you complete the gold amount." Leitili''s eyes widened for a moment, and then became fanatical, "Really?" "I like smart and capable partners, and I am willing to help you solve some problems." Wu Heng said calmly. "Okay, I''ll get someone ready right away." Leitili left immediately and asked people to start preparations. On Wu Heng''s side, seeing the other party''s excitement, he also felt funny in his heart. The gold was shipped from the main station in the past two days. Perhaps to save space for transportation, the jewelry was squeezed into a ball. There is no way to sell it as a finished product. During this period, Wu Heng wanted to build an island and purchase a large amount of supplies with the caravan. Even if the other party does not have such performance, Wu Heng can exchange it into gold coins that are easy to calculate, helping the other party complete the performance, and also bring the relationship closer between them. Next time you order, the other party will be more attentive. After Leitili explained to the staff, she returned to the VIP room and started chatting with him. In his words, he was also more interested in his identity as a distinguished guest. A pair of eyes, also looking at each other from time to time. Not long after, bags of gold coins were brought in from outside. In front of Wu Heng, the count began. "Guest, I will calculate the privileges of your emblem and give you 6,700 gold coins." "Okay!" Wu Heng took out the gold and handed it to the other party. Both parties examined the coins and gold and were both satisfied. Leitili completed the full year''s performance at the beginning of the year, and the remaining time was extra for whatever she did. It will also be easier. Wu Heng got gold coins for easy settlement, and also showed off his assets in front of the beautiful elf. Wait until all settlements are completed. Wu Heng stood up and said, "I won''t bother you. I need Miss Leitili to worry more about the commission." "Guest, you are out of town. I will try my best to help you complete your commission." Wu Heng nodded, "If there are cavalry like last time, you can help me keep an eye on them, either privately or with an order." Leitili smiled, "It''s within the rules, I''ll help you pay attention." The two walked out of the consortium building while talking. Leitili saluted again, and Wu Heng walked directly out of the city. In the deserted wilderness, the ghost boarded the train after confirming that no one was following him. Returning to Treasure Island, it was approaching dusk. Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor and took all the electrician-related skeletons, magicians, and big-headed skeletons that had been on standby for several days to the power plant that was under construction. The buildings here were prepared beforehand. There is a three-meter-high courtyard wall and a built warehouse inside the courtyard. Wu Heng took out all the accessories and machinery he had prepared. The weapon master compared the drawings and kept giving orders through the big-headed skull. A large number of skeletons moved into action and began to assemble various instruments and parts. Wu Heng stood aside and watched, looking lively, but he couldn''t really help. A large number of skeleton guards were mobilized from outside, and machine guns were set up on the wall to completely protect the place. "You guys should be busy here." Wu Heng said to the big-headed skull. Got little response. Wu Heng returned to his residence for the time being. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng opened his eyes slightly and lifted up the thin quilt covering his waist. Annette, with white lop ears, knelt on one side and served carefully, "Master, good morning." Wu Heng caressed the other person''s cheek, "Are you up so early?" "I was in Luntam City and heard other slave sisters say that many people like to be woken up like this, so I woke up a little early. Are you satisfied?" Annette held it on her cheek and rubbed it gently. "Satisfied, Annette is so good." "Thank you, Master." During the shower last night, Annette came in with a towel around her to serve. In the evening, we rested together in the room. By agreeing to follow Wu Heng, he actually understood his fate. Just wait and see when you accept it. Wait for the two to finish. Wu Heng pinched the other party''s soft ears and said, "Okay, it''s time to get up." "Master, let me help you." After getting dressed, the two of them went downstairs together. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to see the power plant. It''s not completely finished, so I come back again, go upstairs and through the gate, and head to the zombie world. Zombie world, conference room. Wu Heng sat in the main seat, flanked by Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, the newly joined Tiancheng Group representative. After asking about the other partys living situation. The topic was brought back to base construction. Qi Hancai took the lead and said: "I have started to start spring farming here, and there are enough farm tools and personnel." Even though Wu Heng was buying a steady stream of grain, farming still had to go on. In order to avoid some accidents, the other world will be unable to purchase food, and the zombie world will starve again. There is plenty of land and various related agricultural vehicles. There are enough skeletons to farm a large area. Wu Heng still remembered the wood elf''s potion, which can promote the growth of plants, and he can use it when the time comes. After Qi Hancai finished speaking, it was Gao Rong''s turn who was wearing a suit. Gao Rong said: "We suggest that we start with the production of the military industry, including the increase in the bullet production chain, the production of guns and weapons, and the resumption of light industry production. The clothes and quilts outside seem to be sufficient, but if they are maintained for three to five years, they will also be We must complete independent production before it is completely eliminated. Wu Heng nodded, and what the other party said was what he thought. "Well, I''ll prepare as you said." "In addition to the military industry, we have some drawings and electronic cases for other light industries, which were previously designed for customers. Some of the same types can be improved and produced." Gao Rong said confidently. "Okay, except for that, I first need a newspaper printing equipment, not an ordinary copy machine, but a large-scale printing like a newspaper office." Hear this request. Gao Rong frowned. According to his opinion, newspapers were completely unnecessary. What''s more, the survivors are all modern people, and this kind of thing has long been eliminated. "Chief, is a newspaper necessary?" Qi Hancai said: "Just do what the leader said. Design this first and it will not affect other things." Gao Rong glanced at the two of them and nodded in agreement, "Okay, I''ll do it as soon as I get back." Send Gao Rong away. Wu Heng took out the flame furnace. Let Qi Hancai organize a convoy and go to various cities in Xinfu City together with Wang Haibing to restore power. In the afternoon, Wu Heng headed to the city. After cleaning up a group of zombies, they returned to Treasure Island. Night fell. Swish swish swish~! Street lights suddenly turned on, illuminating the central area brightly. The light was steady and soft, illuminating the originally dark road as if daylight had fallen. Residents on both sides, after carefully investigating the situation, carefully walked out of the house and looked at the light source above their heads with disbelief and surprise. (End of chapter) Chapter 552 , the old king is dead (Updated today.) Chapter 552, the old king is dead (Updated today.) I thought it was dawn! "New lighting props? You actually put this kind of thing outside." "These poles have been erected for the past few days. I thought they were going to hang some flags, but it turns out these are the ones." "How many new things does this new island owner have?" "Fried beans, Garlemma milk slices, dried fish, beer, champagne..." People gathered outside were gradually attracted by the lights and gathered together. A large number of skeletons began to patrol, causing some people who were restless to climb up to slide down obediently. Everyone was curious about the effect of the lights, and they were also surprised that Treasure Island actually put such a thing outside for other people to use. Props that can illuminate are nothing new. But it still remains in scarce quantity and can only be used by some powerful people. The caravan representatives living in the mansion in the central area were analyzing the types of magic props and the future development of Treasure Island. Deacon''s Residence, second floor window. Sheila Gui was wearing a loose nightgown and stood in front of the window looking at the bright street outside the window. At this time, the purpose of those poles erected on the street was also known. "It''s really unexpected. The Elf King City is not as spectacular as it is now." Shi Yali walked over from behind and sighed softly. Sheela glanced sideways at her sister and said, "If you have seen him bomb hundreds of pirate ships and maybe light up a street, you won''t be surprised." "Did you know that he set up this kind of prop in the central area?" Shi Yali was confused. "I don''t know. He is the owner of the island. You don''t need to tell me about the island''s construction." Xila Gui replied calmly. Shi Yali smiled and hugged her sister''s shoulders, "If you don''t pay close attention to him, what will you do if someone else takes the lead?" "I think you should go back and find a man to marry!" Sheila Gui shook off the other party''s arm. "To be honest, I think he is more than level 12. He is already a rare genius among humans when he is appointed as the island master by the association at this age. As his level increases, his lifespan also increases, but he will not be so good-looking when he gets older." Shi Yali was minding her own business, muttering to the side. Sheela''s eyes widened and she looked at her in disbelief. I didn''t expect that I would consider it so far. He really planned to hand her over to Wu Heng. Shi Yali noticed the other person''s gaze and said, "Why are you looking at me? If you don''t take the initiative, what will happen if you are stared at by others in the future? Can you still be a bed maid like his little slaves?" "Are you serious? You''ve only known him for a few days." Shi Yali shrugged, "I can''t help it. I''m the only sister who can handle life-saving kindness." "Give yourself to him. What do you want me to do?" "Are you willing? Then you''ll cry to me desperately. I can''t stand you." Sheila Gui was silent for a moment, then turned around to pick up the armor and put it on. "What are you doing in the middle of the night?" Shi Yali asked. "I won''t be able to talk to you when I go out on patrol." Sheila Gui said. "I''ll go with you. It seems to be quite lively outside." Shi Yali also put on her armor. The two quarreled in a low voice while walking out of the residence. The next day, Beacon Street. The bard stood on a wooden box on the street, holding a notice in one hand and speaking loudly. "The construction of street lights in the central area has been officially completed. The street lights can provide lighting for the roads, promote smooth traffic, facilitate night patrols, and reduce the chance of crime at night." Everyone whispered, it turns out that kind of thing is called a street lamp. The name is simple and easy to remember. The bard continued loudly. "This kind of street lamp is not only exclusive to the nobles in the central area. The island owner promises that it will also be gradually installed on Beacon Street and various residential areas. By then, all residents will experience the convenience of this magic prop. "At the same time, patrols will be stepped up on the island to prevent any possible violence. Anyone who attempts to endanger the lives and property of the islanders will be targeted by the guards to arrest and kill." The third point is the construction of the island and the patrolling of route safety. Treasure Island will form a **** fleet to **** all caravans going to Treasure Island and create a good business environment for caravans from all over the world. " "May we all work together to create a happy and beautiful home." After the words fell, the audience remained quiet. Will this kind of prop be provided to ordinary residents? The island owner wrote a report to ordinary residents? this. It seems different from before. The island owner said, lets build our home together! Wow~! The whole place instantly boiled, and everyone started talking. Tavern private room. "What? He wants to erect these street lights on Beacon Street and the port?" A caravan representative paused in his movements and looked at the person who had just entered in confusion. "Yes! News this morning, a leaflet distributed by the Island Lord''s Mansion." Another representative raised the leaflet in his hand. "real?" "It is clearly written in the propaganda that some bards are also reading out this matter. Everything has been said. How could it be false?" The other party took a sip of wine and continued, "It also said that the fleet was to be formed in Route **** and create a good shipping environment. this. Last night, the central area was as bright as day and lasted all night. It disappeared in the early morning. Everyone was surprised and sighed at the island owner''s courage and the magic of the new props. Today, the entire Beacon Street and port are equipped with such props, and the shipping routes are also escorted. This is different from last night. If this kind of thing can really be implemented, the entire island will be able to dock day and night, even at night. Several people were silent and read the flyers one after another. One person stood up and said, "If you have something to do, go back first. Let''s get together tomorrow." After saying that, he turned around and left. Another person also stood up and said: "I also want to tell the business group about this. Let''s get together next time." As he spoke, the others also reacted. They all got up and left. association. Shi Yali frowned and looked at her sister. "He really came from a small place? Did he lie to you?" Sheila Gui put the flyer aside and said, "It is written in the association materials that there is time to sign with the local deacon. How can it be fake!" "Then where did he get all these weird props?" Xilagui suddenly remembered, "He said it was something from his hometown. Due to some changes, he came here." Shi Yali sat aside, tilting her chin and thinking for a moment, "Then he must be a member of the royal family. His tone and spirit of speaking are not like ordinary people, so be optimistic about him." Sheila Gui glared at her, picked up the flyer and read it again. The island owner''s estate. Notices were distributed throughout the morning. Wu Heng watched his fame gradually grow. [Fame: Level 18 (9117/48000)] Since the street lights started to light up last night, Wu Heng''s reputation has gradually increased, and today it increased to more than 9,100 during the day. Almost two thousand reputation points have been added, and it is still improving slowly. Throughout Treasure Island, all the islanders knew that they had become the owners of the island. In this case, it is still improving. It seems that fame is not just about letting everyone know you. The level of recognition should also be counted in fame. This is also a good thing for Wu Heng. You can continue to gain reputation points by improving management locations in both worlds. "The direction of Treasure Island is to develop according to modernization, post more notices, and accumulate reputation." Wu Heng thought. If the notice is effective, then the idea of ????the newspaper will definitely be effective. If it is sold, the price should not be too high and everyone should be able to afford it. The content shouldn''t be too boring. It should mainly promote some things about Treasure Island and yourself. It''s best to also serialize some comics and novels so that they have to buy them. "One Piece is not good. They are just like Yuri. It will be difficult to become a pirate after reading it. Then ask Minnie and the others what kind of comics they like." At that time, newspapers will also be sent to various places through caravans. If you don''t believe that your reputation will not increase at all. "If you don''t believe it, your reputation is not up to standard and you can''t become a hero." After Wu Heng thought about it, he stood up and walked out of the room. "Minnie!" Wu Heng came downstairs and shouted softly. In the courtyard, Minnie and two other maids were feeding the flying dragon in the iron cage. Feilong, who was originally seriously injured, has recovered and feels two times fatter than before. The food at the Island Lord''s Mansion is really... You can make me fat no matter what you feed me. Minnie gave the dragon-feeding basin to Annette, wiped her hands, and ran in quickly, "Master, do you want something to eat?" "No, you can''t always eat it." Wu Heng sat down and said, "I am planning to set up a newspaper. Do you think it is better to serialize some comics or novels?" "What is a newspaper office?" Minnie''s eyes widened. "It is a kind of newspaper distributed to the outside world, which will publish some events or the situation of various countries. In a corner, there will be serial comics or novels." Minnie pondered for a moment and said in a low voice: "Master, a page of dialogue and stories in a comic takes up a lot of space. I feel that a novel is more suitable." Oops, Minnie was right. The serialization of stories must also be coherent and have a certain storytelling quality. Although cartoons are very expressive, there is not enough space in the corner of the newspaper for pictures and dialogues. You can''t just cut out a page from a comic book and send it out, it won''t be turned into a story. "What you said makes sense." Wu Heng agreed. Minnie smiled and said, "This is what I feel. Whether it suits you or not depends on you." "As for novels, what type of novels do you think is suitable for the current market?" Wu Heng asked again. Minnie has never read novels about the modern world. The main themes are comic strips, and even though Minnie has learned some Chinese characters on her own, she can still read them clearly. But the novel is a bit difficult. It''s so densely packed with words that it''s hard to understand. Minnie frowned and thought for a moment, "Women like to read some love stories between princes, princesses, or nobles. The more popular ones are the adventure stories of the teams published by the association." This is similar to modern novels. The female market likes romance genres, while men are passionate and adventurous. Wu Heng nodded, "I understand, I will choose one when the time comes." "Uh-huh." The two chatted about newspapers for a while. Minnie went out and continued to feed the flying dragon with others, and Wu Heng took the skeleton to the power plant to check the situation. The entire power plant is like a protected fortress. On the wall are guarded skeletons, complete with rifles and machine guns. Inside the hospital, there are well-trained skeletons who are proficient in power plants and are running the entire power plant. In fact, power plants do not necessarily need to be guarded in this way. But this world is different. Power generation is a novel thing. If you don''t keep it, there will always be curious smart people coming to make trouble. Just like last night, a lot of people were caught climbing telephone poles to see why they were glowing. After confirming that there are no problems and that it is fully operational. Return to your residence. It was already noon when Wu Heng returned to the manor. He took another look at his reputation. [Fame: Level 18 (12217/48000)] The effect of the leaflet is still very good. After one morning, the number has exceeded 10,000. Now it seems that the growth rate is not that slow. Follow-up newspapers will be distributed to various places. If you promote yourself more, the effect will definitely be better. When Wu Heng frowned and thought. Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, in the radio room, Sister Wen Mansha has replied to your message." "Okay." Wu Heng stood up and walked directly upstairs. The last time I contacted him was when I just came back from Luntam City. Climb all the way to the third floor and enter the room inside the radio station. He picked up the record book with the location of Wen Mansha''s radio station and looked at it. The handwriting is not dry yet, it must have just been written down. "Under the coordination of the orc shaman, we have several mineral agreements in hand that have been negotiated with various tribes and can be mined immediately." "Promising more positions for orcs has become a popular thing. I heard that many orc tribe leaders have gone to find shamans. Some of them even sent me fine furs and gems. Who said orcs are better? To be honest, I know how to give money and gifts." "In the past few days, a large number of Yeko Kingdom residents have poured into Luntam City. At first, they thought they were enemies who had arranged to enter the city. After some investigation, it was found that they were just ordinary residents and some businessmen and nobles who came to Luntam with their assets. I have purchased a property in Mu City and seem to be planning to settle down. Wu Heng took a look and saw that the matter of the Shaman Mine was something he had discussed with the orc shaman in Luntam City. It''s only been decided now, and it doesn''t seem as simple as it was initially said. A large number of residents of the Kingdom of Yeko appeared in Luntam City. In the Yeke Kingdom, the port of Netale City has already been closed. Pick up the phone. Wu Heng said: "Wen Mansha, can you hear me?" A somewhat delighted voice came from the other side, "Master, I can hear you." Hearing this voice, Wu Heng also felt a sense of longing in his heart and asked: "How is your health? How is the baby?" Wen Mansha''s voice was filled with a smile, "Everything is fine. Don''t worry. It''s just that the milk supply has been abundant recently and you are not here." "What are you talking about? It''s like I want to eat it." "When the baby comes out, there will be no owner." "I can still fight with the child." "Hehe!" Wen Mansha laughed softly. Wu Heng continued to ask: "What''s going on with a large number of residents of Yeko Kingdom going to Luntam City?" Wen Mansha''s voice also became serious, "Some powerful people came over with money and bought properties and shops. Others came in and formed several new gangs to compete with local gangs for territory, and many people died." "Have you found out why they gathered in Luntam City?" Wen Mansha paused and said, "It seems that the old king is dead." (End of chapter) Chapter 553 , a chaotic situation Chapter 553, a chaotic situation Wu Heng frowned when he heard that the old king was dead. This little trouble in the Kingdom of Yeke continued over and over again for some time. The old king fell into coma and woke up, and the entire kingdom was also affected. The news that came out this time was that he was dead. On the contrary, I didn''t feel too surprised. "Is the information reliable?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s all rumored in private, but I feel there is still a certain possibility. We can''t feel anything, but the residents and wealthy businessmen in these kingdoms will definitely not run out for no reason." Wen Mansha analyzed. Wu Heng then asked, "Does the king''s death have any direct relationship with them running away?" Wen Mansha said: "According to them, there are cases of supporting different political parties in the city. The army, private soldiers, and guards have all become unstable factors, especially those businessmen, whose homes have been ransacked for no reason. Anyway, they are doing things internally. They are all trying to find a way out. Wu Heng thought that the battle for the throne would involve princes leading troops to kill each other. Whoever wins wins. It''s the same thing on TV. Now it seems that it will still affect ordinary people. "Is there any danger over there?" Wu Heng asked. "There is no danger on my side. The guards you left for me when you left are enough to keep Luntam City in check, and the Kingdom of Yeke may not have the energy to worry about me here." Wen Mansha said in a relaxed tone. When she left last time, Wu Heng left her six level 15 skeletons and two thousand level 10 skeletons as personal guards to protect Wen Mansha. These level 10 skeletons are all skeleton warriors promoted from the zombie world. There are no special professions, but each one comes from the first level of fighting. Weapon specialization and armor specialization are all above proficiency. In a place like Luntam City, there is no problem in protecting Wen Mansha''s safety. "Is there any news from Slater?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "Deacon Slater came here a few days ago to formulate the business direction of Golden Cat, and then returned to Blackstone Town. I heard that the situation there is not very good. He also found out the news about a cult preaching and is currently investigating. ." Mansha Wen replied. Cults have appeared in small places like Blackstone Town. I''m afraid the kingdom doesn''t have any patrolling guards anymore. "Pay attention to safety. If you are in danger, go to the association and hide. Then I will pick you up." "Okay, Luntam City is relatively safe. I will take care of myself if there is danger." After Wen Mansha said this, she asked, "Are Minnie and Wei''er okay? Do they miss me?" "It''s all good. They also said that no one would give them pocket money without you around." Wu Heng said jokingly. "They are all the maids of the island owner, how can they be short of this little money?" "Who would mind having too much money?" Wen Mansha''s tone was gentler, "Will you come back when the baby is about to be born?" "Go back and name the baby together then." "Okay!" Wen Mansha smiled. "Then let''s do this for now. If there is any danger, go to the association. Safety is the first priority. If the city is gone, it will be fine." "Know it!" Ended the call and hung up the phone. Leaning on the edge of the table, thinking about the news delivered by Mansha Wen. Combined with the information collected during this period. The probability of the old king''s death is very high. He even said that when he heard that he was dead, he was not surprised at all, but that he was finally dead. What the kingdom looks like has nothing to do with him. Even if there is a civil war, it will not affect Treasure Island. "Many new gangs have passed through Wrentam City. We should also pay attention to the Emerald Sea. There may be more pirates appearing." I thought about it quickly in my mind. Open the door and go downstairs to eat with the maids. In the training room. Wu Heng looked at several maids in training and waved, "Come here." The four maids stopped what they were doing and walked over quickly. Especially the lop-eared rabbit girl, holding a shield in one hand and a sword in the other. The weapons and armor collided and clanged as she moved. "Owner!" Several people saluted. Wu Heng took out the rare object [Instructor] sword and said: "This is a rare object long sword that can help users train. If you want to practice swordsmanship, you can use it yourself. When using it, don''t resist. The feeling of being controlled." In addition to Minnie, a boxer, several other professions can also use long swords. Even a ranger has the possibility of close combat. As for Wu Heng, his swordsmanship has now reached the ''advanced'' level, but he has yet to reach the ''master'' level. Now that the opportunities for training are beginning to decrease, I take out the rare objects and let anyone who has time can use them. "Thank you, Master." Several people thanked him. Anderweil was delighted to know the effect of this strange object. Annette and Robert felt novel and excited because they could use strange objects for training. Several people took turns trying it. Late at night, I went upstairs to rest. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Wu Heng sat in the main seat, while Qi Hancai and Gao Rong sat on both sides of the conference table. Qi Hancai said directly: "I want to say two things here. The first is the news from Xinfu City that Wang Haibing has completed the power restoration. In the remaining two cities, after checking the lines and confirming that there are no problems, , will provide power. "The second thing is that last time someone reported that the survivors in the base had snatched supplies and killed people. Sister Yahong used the truth-telling clay sculpture to conduct a test. It can be confirmed that this happened, and the situation was quite bad. In total, The four people, Sister Yahong, will be executed directly, and the survivors who joined later in the base will be inspected later. The clay sculpture of truth is a rare thing [Clay Doll of Sincerity]. Staring at the clay puppet will answer real questions. This rare item was obtained from the association inspector. I have never dared to use it in another world, for fear of causing any trouble because of this prop. Last time, Li Yahong wanted to investigate and report the survivors of the base, so she asked Qi Hancai to hand it over to her. Now there are finally results. Moreover, Li Yahong showed courage that he had never seen before and directly executed people. "Put that clay sculpture over with her. New ones who join the base will be inspected regularly, and those who are in bad condition will be cleared out." Wu Heng said directly. "Understood, I''ve finished what I want to say." Qi Hancai said. Gao Rong cleared his throat and continued: "What I want to say is, regarding the newspaper printing equipment, we checked the electronic archives we brought over. We have provided corresponding equipment to a printing factory in the city before. You can go and take a look. The condition of the machine, even if it is somewhat damaged, can be remade faster than we can. "Where is the printing factory you mentioned?" Wu Heng asked. "To the north, there is a commercial street for an advertising company, just behind the factory." Gao Rong took out a map and pointed roughly on it. (End of chapter) Chapter 554 , it鈥檚 not a good idea to change the nam Chapter 554: Its not good to change the name, right? ?Wu Heng looked at the time. It''s 9 a.m., which is plenty of time. "Is there anything else?" Gao Rong said: "There is also the matter of the weapons production chain. We need some weapons to confirm the specifications and sizes." "We have weapons blueprints. If you need anything then, ask Qi Hancai to make a copy for you." "Okay, then I have nothing to do." Gao Rong closed the notebook on the table. Wu Heng nodded and said: "Qi Hancai, prepare the convoy. Let''s go to the printing factory Gao Rong mentioned." "Yes." Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and began to explain the task. The survivors outside began loading their vehicles and making preparations. Not long after, the convoy and skeletons were assembled. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were riding in a truck. Gao Rong got into the next car and headed to the printing factory in the north of the city. On the truck. Wu Heng asked: "How do people from the Tiancheng Group feel?" During meetings, Gao Rong also reported problems normally. But after all, he is not always here. For some things, I still have to ask Qi Hancai how he feels. Qi Hancai thought for a moment, "No problem. These people don''t have much contact with other people. They are all busy with their own things. They only come out during lunch." "After some time, I want to arrange some skeleton apprentices for them to learn some techniques from them." Qi Hancai glanced sideways, "Will it cause rejection?" "You should contact them first and introduce examples of other people teaching skeletons to work. Skeletons will not take their place even after they learn it." Wu Heng said. "That''s okay. I''ll take Gao Rong to the electrician''s place after I get back." "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued: "On the radio, survivors from all over the world come to our frequency band to talk every day. It''s very noisy." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What are you arguing about?" "They asked us to go clean up the zombies in their cities. Many people even recommended themselves to be important local resource points. They wished we could go there right away. They also said that as long as they join us, they don''t need anything but stutterers. That''s quite pitiful. "Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng frowned slightly. As the game progresses, Wu Heng indeed needs to clean up zombies to gain experience. He also needs to establish contact with more survivors to increase his influence and accumulate fame. But the problem now is that I am a little too busy. Yangtong City has not been completely cleaned up yet, and the corpse king attracted by the last rescue team has no idea where it went. Determined to go to various cities to rescue survivors and let more people survive. But I really dont have time for a while. "I''ll go back and think of a way. You can explain it to the survivors everywhere first. We are also planning to let everyone hold on until we get there." Wu Heng sighed. Qi Hancai also smiled, "I''ll tell them when I get back." The convoy continued on. Not long after, they approached the area where they were, and news came from the lead car that there were wandering zombies. Danglanglang~! The door of the printing house was pushed open. Hoho~! In the dark factory, a zombie roar could be heard, and several zombies rushed out of the factory. Baring his teeth and dancing his claws, there was a stench. Puff puff puff~! As soon as they approached the door, the zombie was stabbed to the ground by a spear. The spear thrust out over and over again, killing the charging zombies. Then, Wu Heng took the skeleton into the factory and looked around. There were **** fingerprints on the walls inside the factory, and blood stains all over the floor. In the middle, three printing presses can be seen. After wiping off the blood on it, you can vaguely see the GC6180 printing press. The whole machine is not as big as imagined. The length is about 4 meters and the width is more than two meters. The guide chain at the back is slightly longer, about four or five meters in length. After confirming that there is no danger. Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Qi Hancai, bring Gao Rong over." "receive!" Footsteps sounded, and Qi Hancai came over with Gao Rong. He frowned and looked at the situation in the room and said, "How about going to take a look at the machine?" "Okay." Gao Rong walked in quickly and started to inspect. After a while, he came back again. Said: "There is no problem, I still need to debug it when I go back." Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeleton on the side: "Remove the fixing screws." The skeleton stepped forward, and Gao Rong took two steps back to get out of the way. The skeleton removed all the screws connecting the machine to the ground. Wu Heng then waved his hand and put away the three machines. Gao Rong was startled by the sudden disappearance of the machine. Just when he was about to react, he saw that Qi Han Cai''s expression remained normal, as if nothing had happened. He forced himself to control his expression, but still subconsciously took half a step back. New abilities. The leader of the Xinfu City base has more than just the ability to control skeletons. The superpower is truly amazing. After all the machines are put away. Wu Heng took a few people and went to the other warehouses to take a look. The door of the warehouse opened, and there was a warehouse full of paper and ink. This trip was not in vain. These are enough for you to use for a while. After putting it away as well. The convoy began to return. All the way back to the military factory. Hand the machine over to Gao Rong for debugging and cleaning. He passed through the realm gate and returned to Treasure Island. dinner. Wu Heng wiped his mouth, looked at Anderweier and said: "Weier, I plan to establish a newspaper office, and the newspaper will be printed in the next few days. You can sort out some content to be published in the city hall and hand it over to me then. I." "I heard Minnie talk about the newspaper. In terms of content, what do you need?" Andwyer asked in confusion. "The policies and development direction to be announced on the island, didn''t we say last time that we would change taxes and sell houses? Write them all down, and then go to the association to copy some of this year''s guidance manual. Let''s send one out first to see the effect." Wu Heng said while thinking. "Okay, I''ll get ready when I get back." The matter is over. A few people gathered together and chatted for a while. They each returned to their rooms to rest. Return to the study. Wu Heng stood in front of the bookshelf, looking up at the books on it. In addition to some skill books, there are also collected novels and comics. Glenda floated over and said, "Are you choosing a novel to be serialized in your newspaper?" "Well, do you have any recommendations?" Wu Heng asked. Glenda''s hobby is reading books. On the entire bookshelf, except for the skill books, she was basically reading the rest. Moreover, being proficient in the words and languages ??of both worlds means there are no limitations in reading. "I remember that the detective novel I read some time ago was good." Granda gently hooked her hand, and a copy of the complete works of Sherlock Holmes flew out and floated in front of the two of them. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, but he didn''t expect that this was the book Granda recommended. Granda continued: "The names and occasions are more suitable here, and some of the cases described are quite attractive, but they need to be modified to look more like works in the context of this world." "Change what?" "Place names, descriptions of some things, many things do not exist in our world. The most important thing is the image of the protagonist. It would be better if it was changed to Wu Heng." Wu Heng scratched his head, "Deleting some incomprehensible items is understandable, but changing the protagonist''s name is a bit too much!" Glenda walked half a circle to the other side of him and said: "You have copied it, why do you still care about it? And what is your purpose of serializing this novel? It''s not really just to occupy a space in the newspaper. Well, if the newspaper can really spread according to your plan, the protagonist of the novel will be You, and his reputation will increase accordingly. Do you want to be a hero? " Wu Heng frowned. But Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement, "Auntie is right. I''ve copied my homework, so it''s even weirder if you don''t change your name." Forehead. Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao again, her analysis angle was so unique. But some dont know how to answer. Originally, a paragraph of the novel was left in the newspaper to increase some sales. After all, serial novels are quite attractive. But Granda''s idea is to serialize Wu Heng''s personal story. Once it sells well, her reputation will definitely increase accordingly. Create the image of a meticulous detective. This kind of story is not uncommon in this world. The association supports level 18 professionals and will distribute this type of story content to various places. Storytelling is mostly based on adventure and unity. Wu Heng suddenly hesitated. What Glenda said makes sense. The story has been copied and must be disseminated according to her own best interests. But I always feel like changing the protagonist''s name to myself... Some are too shameless. "Don''t worry about it. I''ll correct it for you tonight, and you can take a look at it then." Seeing his hesitation, Glenda said directly. "You want to change it?" "I have written some works before, don''t worry, there will be no problem." Granda sounded somewhat confident. Wu Heng nodded, "Then I''ll leave it to you." "good!" One person and two souls chatted for a few words. Glenda returned to her desk and began to rewrite the novel, while Xiao Xiao flew aside to play a game on her tablet. Wu Heng went back to his bedroom to rest. The next day, morning. Wu Heng sat in the living room and watched the skeletons erecting some garden lights in the courtyard. Xiaoxiao, who went out to wander around, flew back from outside. He said hurriedly: "Uncle, I saw the aunt with six arms. She took people to the island. She was sneaky." (End of chapter) Chapter 555 , the change is not small Chapter 555, a lot of changes The aunt with six arms? McIntosh? Six arms are a characteristic of the Bethela tribe. The only aunt Xiao Xiao can recognize is the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern - McIntosh. The letter I wrote to the other party some time ago is here now? "Let me take a look!" Wu Heng waved. Xiaoxiao circled half a circle above his head and penetrated directly into his body. Immediately afterwards, the image was shared in my mind. The initial perspective is from the air overlooking the entire port. In the state of spiritual vision, everyone has different levels of light, representing their own level. Soon, his little eyes fell on a group of people. The leader was level 15, wearing a hood and a loose cloak. He was followed by three people, all close to level 10. After the team landed on the island, they looked around. Then we went to the original Old Barrel Tavern, now called the Golden Sail Tavern. Entered the tavern and booked a private room. Go directly upstairs. In a separate private room, several people took off their hoods to reveal their original faces. When Xiaoxiao recognized the identity of the other party. He flew back directly and informed himself. "As expected, it was her. She was so brave and came directly to the island." Wu Heng muttered. He released Xiaoxiao again and floated aside, "It must be her! I said at the time that she was pretending to be dead and running away. Look, it''s true." At that time, the person suspected of being ''McIntosh'' left the island at night and was also discovered by Xiao Xiao. This time when I first arrived on the island, I was caught again. Xiao Xiaoming is lucky to her. "Xiao Xiao is really amazing." Wu Heng followed up with a compliment. The little head was slightly raised, arms folded, looking proud. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said hello to Minnie. Take a carriage and go to the association. Jinfan Tavern, in a private room. McIntosh sat at the table and used the prophet''s ability to sense several items. Then he placed various items beside him. Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the door, and three figures walked in quickly. One person said: "Chief, I have come back from the news. The owner of Treasure Island is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. All the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed by him with a new type of instrument. Now there are no pirates in the Emerald Sea." Another person added, "I went to the Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. It''s much more honest than when we were there. I heard that the gang has disbanded and they are only doing ordinary business. They don''t even sell hallucinogens or anything like that." "There are also street lights set up in the central area, which look the same at night as during the day. They are said to be newly developed by the association and will also be used in Beacon Street and ordinary residential areas in the future." "What is the origin of Wu Heng...? It is even more exaggerated than when Imiro was here..." Several people talked to each other and roughly told them all the information they had learned. The entire Treasure Island had undergone earth-shaking changes when they left. Just been gone for a few months. The changes are a bit too big. McIntosh had almost heard it, waved his hand to be quiet, and then said: "Have you ever found out what major events happened recently or about recruiting personnel?" One person said: "I heard that a necromancer came to the island some time ago. He captured him for several days before killing him. He should be a high-level professional." "The city hall is recruiting clerks and patrols. As long as they are indigenous people on the island, the remuneration is said to be quite high." McIntosh''s eyes rolled slightly. It seems that it is true that the other party wrote to him to help him collect information. "Eat first, and then go to the central area in the evening to see the street lamp thing. I''ll see what effect it has." "good!" The three of them agreed and started eating. Just took two bites. The door was knocked again. Several people looked suffocated and immediately became vigilant. McIntosh immediately put on his hood and one of them opened the door. The leader of the association team, ''Kawina'', stood at the door and glanced at the people in the room, finally landing on ''McIntosh''. Said: "Mrs. McIntosh, the owner of Wuheng Island would like to ask you to go to the association." Everyone''s expressions in the room changed. They never expected that the other party had already targeted them. Is this Treasure Island so well-informed? Then why bring them back? "You stay in the tavern." McIntosh told his men, then looked at the door, "Let''s go, I''ll follow you." "This way, please, the carriage has stopped at the door." Kavina moved out of the way, and McIntosh walked out directly. Take a carriage and rush to the association. Association, meeting room. The air conditioner blew out gusts of cool breeze, which made ''McIntosh'' couldn''t help but exclaim: "You guys have a really good life." "Some small items." Wu Heng made two cups of tea and handed her one. "When did you find out that I came to the island?" McIntosh took the water glass and placed it in front of the table. "When we first got off the boat." McIntosh looked at him deeply, "Did you write the letter I received?" "Well, isn''t there a name written on it?" McIntosh asked in confusion: "You are so good at gathering intelligence, why did you bring me back? Are you teasing me?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, not expecting the other party to ask this question first. Xiaoxiao found her today because of a special circumstance. But you can''t keep an eye on it from the port all the time. Also, not all enemies may be visible by level. "The methods are different, what do you think? Do you want to come back and help me?" Wu Heng asked directly. "What do I need to do? What can I get?" McIntosh was extremely calm and his words sounded like gang negotiations. He did not show any fear towards this young island owner. Wu Heng said: "What you have to do is to help me collect intelligence on the island and help the island deal with some dangerous things. And what I can give you, in addition to the support of your residence, is your identity. You are no longer a gang leader, but He is the backbone of Treasure Islands official positions. "Can you trust me?" McIntosh asked. What you can get and what you have to pay, you have already thought about it before you come here. Otherwise, they would not take people directly to the island. "I will sign a slave contract with you." Wu Heng said. McIntosh''s eyes narrowed for a moment, and his tone was slightly mocking, "The owner of Wuheng Island is so arrogant. He just said a few words in blank, and he just wanted me to sign a contract of betrayal. Or did he say that he wanted me to come back just to insult me?" Two sentences. "I have some secrets and need my men to be more reliable." McIntosh quickly glanced at the skeleton attendant behind him and asked, "What if I don''t agree?" "That''s okay. As a friend, I''m very happy to see you alive." Wu Heng smiled. "I don''t understand. What do you mean?" McIntosh stared at him. Seeing that he really had no intention of detaining himself, he said, "I will think about it. Regardless of whether we agree or not, we will do it then." Let me inform you, I just hope you wont embarrass us then. Depending on the tone of voice, rejection is more likely. Its good to stay on the island for a few days and see the changes. "Okay, nothing happens, I''ll go back first." McIntosh stood up, wrapped himself tightly again, opened the door and walked out. Without waiting for Wu Heng to get up. The door opened again, and Sheila Gui peeked in, "Was that a woman just now?" "How did you know it was a woman?" Wu Heng asked. "You can tell she''s a woman just by looking at her walking posture." After saying that, she looked at him doubtfully, "What are you doing in the conference room?" This question was asked. There is a feeling of being caught doing bad things. Wu Heng said: "That was McIntosh just now, didn''t you see?" "McIntosh? She''s back, what are you doing here?" Sheela walked in and closed the door of the conference room. "I want her to join Treasure Island and continue to collect intelligence for us." Wu Heng said directly. Xilagui frowned, "Because of the fate of the Necromancer?" "Well, when McIntosh was on the island, the intelligence on Treasure Island was pretty good. If she can come back to help us, it will be easier to detect any dangerous people who appear on the island." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. In fact, there is no need to explain this kind of thing to Sheila Gui. But both of them are responsible for the security of Treasure Island. There are many battles, and the association''s team is also more combat effective. It''s better to explain things clearly to the other person. Sheila Gui sat aside and pondered for a while, with some doubts, "She has a lot of connections with pirates, so she is not afraid of sending our information out." (End of chapter) Chapter 556 , the vampire fleet Chapter 556, The Vampire Fleet Wu Heng slapped his thigh and said, "Look, we wanted to go together, so I told her just now that I wanted her to sign a slave contract, but she didn''t agree." Cough~! Sheila Gui coughed dryly, "You asked ''McIntosh'' to sign a slave contract with you. She is a level 15 professional and has been a leader for so many years." "Ah..., am I not worthy?" Wu Heng asked. "She didn''t scold you!" "I feel like I cursed in my heart, but I almost cursed in my mouth." Sheila Gui was smiling all over her face, "I''ll just say..., it seems that there will be no results from this matter. Let''s train another one to collect intelligence!" "Well, she hasn''t given me a reply yet. She said she would stay on the island for two days to check the situation. If she refuses, we will support one by ourselves." Sheila Gui nodded and looked at him with some confusion, "You don''t have a crush on her, do you? Do you like this type?" "Forget it, it''s all for Treasure Island, otherwise you sign the contract with her." Wu Heng said immediately. "You are the owner of the island, what''s going on if I sign?" Sheila Gui said with her arms crossed. She belongs to Deacon. She may be transferred at any time, and even if the other party agrees to sign, it is not suitable for her to sign this contract. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, leaned forward and said in a low voice: "Is there any news from Yeke Kingdom recently?" "No? What news did you get?" Sheila Gui also came over and asked in a low voice. "I heard that the old king is dead." Silla''s beautiful eyebrows frowned instantly, "Is it true or false? Who said that? Is it reliable?" "You forgot, I also came from the Kingdom of Kuei, and my original friends are still there. They also heard what others said." Sheela Gui pondered for a moment, "It''s really possible. No news has come from the Kingdom of Yeke for a long time. The news should be blocked." "We should also be careful on our island to prevent new pirates from appearing." "good!" Squeak~! The two approached and whispered, and the door of the conference room was suddenly pushed open. Shi Yali looked at the two people who were closer and whispering, and her footsteps suddenly stopped when they came in. Closed the door again. Xilagui''s eyes widened and she immediately stood up and said, "I''m going back first. Remember to let me know if anything happens." "Oh, okay, I''ll treat you to dinner when I have time." "There is time." Silla opened the door and walked out, quickly chasing Shi Yali who was walking away. Wu Heng also put the water cup back into the side cabinet and took the skeleton to the city hall. And visited the newly built design institute. I discussed the subsequent construction plan with the dwarf designer and several other designers. The main thing is the location selection of several new factories. The location needs to be delineated in advance and roads paved to facilitate transportation. Near dusk, Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. Inside the island owner''s manor. After having dinner with several maids, he went straight upstairs and walked into the study. Glenda was still rewriting the novel, and Xiaoxiao was watching cartoons, giggling. Ghost is really good, at least it has no impact on intelligence. The two ghosts ignored him. Wu Heng ignored them and returned to the bedroom, lying on the bed and starting to think about the past two days and the future development. "Everything goes well for Treasure Island, and the next step is to develop towards industrialization." "It''s best to combine mechanization with various runes to create energy-saving and efficient rune equipment." Yanhuo Power Plant gave Wu Heng a lot of inspiration. The furnace replaced fuel heating, which not only reduced costs but also eliminated smoke and dust pollution, which made Wu Heng quite satisfied. For the rest, Wu Heng also thought about whether he could use runes and equipment to create something similar. You can research this aspect. "In addition, factory construction, pharmaceutical development, and the construction of Golden Cat and Entertainment Street must be accelerated." These things all need to be implemented one after another. "As for the zombie world, one is to continue to recruit talents in various fields, and basically start to compete with the main station for people. Talents are helpful to the construction of both worlds." "The second question is to clean up zombies in various cities and rescue survivors." According to Qi Hancai, survivors from various cities came to their channel to ask for help. Wu Heng is indeed determined to rescue more people and increase his reputation. But the country is so big, not to mention the inconvenience of transportation, even if it is convenient to travel from city to city. It''s not a simple thing either. Not to mention going into the city to clean up the zombies and arrange the rescue of survivors. He put his arms behind his head and said, "Let the skeletons disperse and clean up the zombies in the surrounding cities! It seems feasible." When skeletons kill zombies, Wu Heng will gain experience. As for high-level skeletons, they already have a certain level of intelligence. Normally, there is no problem in spreading out to clean up the zombies. The number of skeletons reserved in each city is over a million. "Skeletons alone are not enough. We also need to arrange large-headed skeletons who can command, as well as a team of survivors." "You can transfer jobs to people you trust, and let them lead a team to try to kill zombies and rescue survivors on your behalf." "You can try it! Then we will see which profession is suitable for killing zombies." I quickly thought about the problem in my mind. Turn off the lights and go to sleep. Late night, emerald sea. On the dark sea surface, the cold moon sheds light. A fleet of ships with huge blood-red wings moved forward quickly. The hull of the ship broke through the sea, bringing up waves of waves. A figure stood at the bow of the ship, tall and straight, with red eyes. The sea breeze blew by, and the black cloak fluttered in the wind. At this time, another figure walked up from the deck quickly and said softly: "Master, ahead is Treasure Island. According to intelligence, this island has been assigned to a deputy deacon by the association some time ago. Kill'' The murderer of Lady Melanies is most likely the deacon on the island. The figure at the bow of the boat glanced at the light shining in the darkness in the distance and said: "Bypassing the island, our purpose is to rescue the other elders of the family. These people will be dealt with later." "Yes, respected master." "Check the map and speed up. Lilith also made a copy of this map and will probably arrange for someone to go there. We need to be faster." "Yes!" The slave turned around and shouted downstairs: "Master has an order, go ahead at full speed and let all the slaves get up and work." As the order was issued, the fleet accelerated again under the cover of night. Move towards your destination. the next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. After listening to Qi Hancai''s arrangement. Wu Heng looked at Gao Rong, "How are those printing machines doing?" Gao Rong said: "There is nothing wrong with the two of them. It''s just that the ink in the ink cartridge has dried up and is being cleaned. It can be used after cleaning. The remaining one cannot be started. We are still looking for the reason. I will replace the accessories later to see the situation." Two machines are enough, at least enough for Treasure Islands printing quantity. "I''ll arrange a few skeletons for you. I''ll teach them how to write content and layout in the past two days, and complete the entire set of printing." Gao Rong nodded, "Okay, these are not difficult." Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai, "Is there nothing going on at the base?" "It''s okay! Everything is running normally." "Um." Then, Wu Heng went to the warehouse and put away all the bullets he had made in the past few days. Then he looked at the time, passed through the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Wu Heng walked downstairs. Then he saw Philippa, who also started teasing the flying dragons. Maybe it was sold to pirates, or maybe it was the ''bracelet that turns animals into friends''. The flying dragon doesn''t look that fierce. On the contrary, he was quite well-behaved. Wu Heng''s first plan was to give him corpse cores to see the changes. Now that Feilong is so obedient, it''s a little hard to do anything. "Philippa!" Wu Heng shouted. Philippa turned her head, pushed the parrot on her head away, and came bounding over. Said: "I came early. Minnie said you were still resting, so I waited for a while." "What''s going on with the fleet?" Wu Heng sat down on the sofa. Philippa sat on his lap naturally, "The five dragon ships from last time have all been refitted. No one can tell whose ship they belong to. They are also armed, and they are all parked in the newly built s port. "Yes, you are still very serious about matters on the ship." "What are you talking about? I was also the captain back then, so I was in charge of the overall situation, okay?" Philippa emphasized. "Get ready, we will go to sea later." "Let''s go to sea, okay! Then I''ll go back and prepare first, and then we''ll meet at the port." Philippa sounded excited. "Well, don''t be late, and don''t tell anyone, including Millicent." Philippa clenched his fist and said, "Don''t worry, I know what''s going on." After saying that, he quickly left, with the parrot following behind him. Wu Heng also told Minnie and others, put on his cloak and veil, took a carriage, and headed to the dedicated port. (End of chapter) Chapter 557 , carrion shark Chapter 557, The Carrion Shark "The location on the map is ahead. We call this place the Eye of the Raging Dragon. It looks like an eye from the sky. I wonder if the sarcophagus you mentioned is here." Philippa slid down from the mast and said casually. Wu Heng stood on the bow of the ship and looked forward. Then he saw the darkness under the sea in front of him, which was obviously different from the color of the surrounding sea. It''s hard to tell with your eyes, it''s more like ink dyeing this area black. "Is there any danger?" Wu Heng asked. "The sea beasts here are quite fierce. As long as someone falls into the water, they will be attacked." Philippa glanced at the skeletons on the boat. "They will probably be attacked if they get down." "Wait a minute and let the ship not approach it first," Wu Heng said. Philippa nodded and turned to pass on the order. The ship floated around this location for a while, and ''Glenda'', which had been arranged to go out to investigate the situation, flew back from the water, got directly into Wu Heng''s body, and shared the underwater scene. The water in the Eye of the Raging Dragon area is pitch black. Even if the sun is shining above, only a little sunlight penetrates, making it dim. Glenda went all the way down and saw three sizable giant sharks circling under the ship. Like an underwater guard, it bites into pieces and swallows some approaching sea creatures. Continuing downward, I saw a sarcophagus half-hidden in the mud, engraved with intricate runes and carvings. A turtle whose body was bitten into pieces, and the blood flowing out slowly gathered towards the sarcophagus. The surrounding area was also covered with human bones and large fish bones. Like a cemetery under the sea. At this point, the shared scene ends. Wu Heng also released Granda again, floating around invisible. Judging from the scene just now. Those three giant sharks with exaggerated shapes should be the ferocious sea beasts Philippa mentioned. "It''s been around several times!" Philippa came over. Wu Heng said: "There are three large sharks down there. They look quite fierce. Is there any way to kill them?" "Just three?" "Three of them, they also noticed our ship. It''s right under our ship." Philippa raised his eyebrows, rolled up his sleeves and said, "There is a way. Let''s eat shark meat tonight." With that said, he walked aside and started giving orders to some skeletons. Not long after, several barrels filled with disemboweled fish were brought over. was thrown directly to the side of the ship. The barrel floated on the sea, and the blood stained the surroundings red. Soon, the huge shadow became clearer and clearer under the water, hula-la-ha. Three ferocious giant sharks broke through the sea and began to fight for food on the floating barrel. "Fish spear!" Philippa ordered. Click! Along with the sound of machinery, the bed crossbow began to adjust its angle amidst the blast of the crossbow strings. The giant crossbow bolt connected to the chain roared out. Instantly nailed into the bodies of three giant sharks. The giant shark began to struggle violently, and the chain pulled the hull of the ship and began to rock violently. "Shoot, kill him immediately!" Wu Heng held on to the fence and gave the same order. Bang bang bang~! The skeletons standing at the edge of the deck directly pulled the trigger, and dense bullets were fired at the struggling sharks like a heavy rain. In the blink of an eye, the shark is inundated with bullets. The gunfire stopped, and there were three dead giant sharks floating on the sea, connected by crossbow spears and dragged behind the hull. "It''s so cool. A weapon like yours is so easy to use." Philippa''s face was full of excitement. "Get the coffin first, sharks will come later." Wu Heng said, and then said to the skeleton on the side: "Go down and tie the sarcophagus below tightly." Plop, plop~! Several skeletons jumped off the deck and swam toward the bottom of the sea, pulling on the chains. When it resurfaced, Wu Heng ordered the ship to pull the sarcophagus. The sarcophagus buried in the mud was pulled out and pulled up to the deck little by little. Wu Heng and Philippa both looked at the sarcophagus. The khaki stone is carved with complex patterns and contains silt, but there is nothing like barnacles attached to it. "Do you want to take it back?" Philippa asked. Wu Heng recalled the contents of Lilith''s letter and became more and more convinced of what the other party wanted him to do. Said: "If you don''t take it back, check the status of the exile inside." With a slight wave of his hand, the surrounding skeletons began to gather, with the muzzles of their guns pointing towards the sarcophagus. Next, have the skeleton attempt to open the sarcophagus. The crowbar and chisel bits were all used, and the gaps in the sarcophagus were still closed without any signs of loosening. "Go and carry the sarcophagus to the bow of the ship." The skeleton carried the sarcophagus to the bow of the ship, and Wu Heng took out the cannon. Boom~! The cannon opened fire, hitting the center of the sarcophagus. Smoke and dust flew everywhere, and the sarcophagus exploded. The sea breeze blew away the smoke and dust, and a woman with a pale face and sunken eyebrows and cheekbones appeared in sight. She has long hair like a waterfall and is wearing a black dress with bright red embroidery on the collar. The originally gorgeous appearance was affected by the cannon, and it was dripping with blood. The next second, the woman opened her eyes suddenly, and a bloodthirsty red light flashed from her eyes. Ah~! The scorching sunshine made her let out a wail, covering her head with her wide sleeves, and glanced at the skeletons around her. His eyes turned rapidly and his voice was hoarse, "Necromancer, save me, and you will get rich wealth." "Shoot~!" Bang bang bang~! Several sniper rifles behind him, as well as rifles around him, fired simultaneously. Bullets penetrated the head and body. The Vampire woman, with eyes full of fear, fell to the ground and died instantly. Then, the bone cage rose from the ground, trapping the escaping ghosts. Amid the ghosts'' struggles and curses, they were put into the Demonic Soul Pot. Wu Heng took out a roll of straw mat and "wrap the body." The skeleton stepped forward and swept the corpse up with grass. Wu Heng directly put in the space ring. Philippa walked over with the parrot standing on her shoulder, "These sharks have been beaten to pieces, and there are not many edible parts left." "Don''t eat it. Eat what you want back to the island. These will be transformed into skeletons. When the time comes, we will go to sea to help you escort." Wu Heng looked at the shark carcass dragged on the side of the ship. The smell of blood in the sea attracted some small schools of fish. It is estimated that if you delay it for a while, it will attract sharks or ferocious sea animals. I heard that I wanted to **** myself. Philippa''s eyes lit up, "The mage is still smart. Can the fish''s skeleton swim? The current is stronger, so it won''t be taken away!" Forehead. Saying this made Wu Heng, who was about to cast a spell, hesitate. That makes sense. Ordinary land creatures will have their hands and feet after transformation, but marine creatures will not only have fish bones left after they are transformed into skeletons, right? It is difficult to determine whether the tail fin will be retained. "Carrion, can you accept it?" Wu Heng asked. "I don''t care, as long as it''s useful." Wu Heng nodded and released the [Corpse Slaying Technique]. The wounds on the shark corpse began to scab, turning into a rotting corpse with muscles atrophied and shark teeth exposed. [Carrion Shark (Level 9)] The level is not too low. We almost reached level 10 and entered the next stage. "Follow the fleet!" Wu Heng said something, and then said to Philippa: "Let''s go to the next place." Philippa shouted loudly, and the ship started again, heading to the next place on the map. Late at night. The ship arrives at the second location. In a hidden cave. After the ghost''s investigation. Philippa stayed behind to guard the ship, while Wu Heng walked directly over with the skeleton. [Dancing Light Technique] Throw it out and light up the entire cave. At the far end, an open sarcophagus stands in the middle, and remaining traces of rituals can still be seen on the ground around it. "It escaped." Xiaoxiao appeared from the side. "No, he was rescued and locked in a sarcophagus. There is no way to hold a ceremony." Granda said. Xiaoxiao flew over and flew around the sarcophagus, "Auntie makes sense." Wu Heng also walked over and took a look, "It seems that we are a little late, and the ceremony was just held recently. Let''s go around and see if there are any corpses." (End of chapter) Chapter 558 , covering the blow Chapter 558, Covering Strike The two ghosts dispersed instantly and flew out of the cave to start searching. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back. "We found a head down there, human." "Come on, let''s go out." Returning to the deck, the head was also fished out, and the rest of the body had been eaten clean by fish. Only the head was stuck in the crevices of the rocks and was not eaten. [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the head opens its eyes. Wu Heng asked: "Who performed the ceremony and killed you." Lululu~! The head spat out a large amount of mud, and the words were unclear, "Vampire, I heard someone call him ''Master Emeka''." "How many of them came?" "There are three ships in total, carrying a lot of vampires, maybe hundreds of people." Wu Heng then asked, "Do you know their subsequent plans?" The corpse replied, "Go find the other sarcophagi." "This sarcophagus, which one did they open?" "First bite!" last question. "What is the highest level among the vampires?" "I don''t know!" After answering the five questions, the corpse closed its eyes. But the matter has been investigated clearly. Not only them, but also a vampire fleet arrived in the Emerald Sea. The purpose is exactly the opposite of his own, to rescue all the people in the sarcophagus. Philippa came over and asked, "Is there someone trying to steal our lives?" "There is a team of vampires, different from us, who are here to save people." Wu Heng explained. "Then let''s go quickly and stop them." "Well, let''s go to the third location. Don''t expose the lights on the way to avoid being noticed." "good!" After the explanation. Go to the third location again. The next day, noon. Thick dark clouds cover the island. Under the dark clouds, vampires wearing cloaks were busy. Inside the built wooden shed. A vampire wearing an old uniform opened his huge mouth, revealing sharp fangs, and bit the throat of a slave. Swallowing blood. The slave''s struggling movements gradually became weaker, and finally his limbs drooped and his body went limp. The vampire threw the body aside and wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth with a white handkerchief. Move slowly and gracefully. "Fresh blood is the most delicious." Opposite, another Vampire watched him finish sucking the blood and said, "Lilith still controls the Vampire. You must conceal your identity when you return to the Vampire. It may be difficult for her to catch you." "We know how to do it. As long as we work a little bit and regain control of the church, her position will not be unshakable." The vampire in the old dress said flatly. "The family has been suppressed too severely, and it is difficult for us to tolerate her." "She will pay the price for her decision." While the two were talking, the old servant came over and saluted respectfully, "Master, the ceremony is ready and can be opened at any time." "Well, let''s perform the ritual!" The two vampires stood up and walked to the middle position. Several slaves were suppressed and knelt in front of the sarcophagus, and the old slave said, "Start the ceremony." The sharp dagger slit the slave''s throat. Blood gushed out in a big drum. Converging flows towards the sarcophagus. Click~! The gap in the sarcophagus loosened, and the coffin lid suddenly opened, revealing the long-haired vampire inside. Roar~! The vampire in the sarcophagus let out an angry roar. Venting out the pent-up emotions in his heart. The vampire in old clothes spoke softly, "Be quiet, Emeka has released us, and the anger in her heart is waiting to be vented against Lilith and her people." "Lilith? I want her to feel the pain of loneliness and hunger." "Okay! Adjust, pick a slave you like, have a good meal, and then let''s go rescue Akulina." The vampire walked out of the sarcophagus. Pulled up a slave and bit out his throat. The other slaves were so frightened that they swung their legs and huddled together. And just when he was about to continue taking action. Someone said: "There are ships from the association approaching." Everyone''s movements were suddenly startled. Although they said they wanted to seek revenge on Lilith, the first thing they had to do was hide. Recover slowly and look for opportunities in the dark. "How many?" "There''s just one ship approaching us, flying the flags of the Association and Treasure Island." "Sink it. If there are any alive, capture them as sacrifices." "yes!" on deck. Wu Heng took out the machine cannon and ordered the skeletons to prepare for battle. I didnt go directly to the third location last night. Instead, he confirmed the location of the vampire ship through the emerald sand table and rushed over directly. Regardless of whether the other party took away the second coffin or not, catching them first is the most direct way to solve the problem. "There are ships coming, three in total, without flags," Philippa shouted. Wu Heng glanced and saw that there were not many people on the deck. There were only a few scattered people preparing the equipment on the ship. "Philippa, command the attack." Wu Heng said. Philippa acknowledged it and then shouted: "Fuck them to death." Dong dong dong~! The cannon began to spit out tongues of flame, and where the shells passed, the hull exploded and splinters of wood flew everywhere. Sniper rifles began to fire at lookouts and personnel operating equipment. Machine guns fired directly. While wailing and fleeing, the enemy who fell into the water was attacked by the carrion shark and torn into pieces. There is no suspense in the battle. When the gunfire stopped, the sea was covered with broken boards. "It''s great!" Philippa pumped his fist. On the small island. The vampires'' eyes widened at this time. He looked at the scene happening in front of him in horror. No one spoke, they just stared blankly at the association ship approaching again. During the period of being exiled, the association developed so fast? Has this extremely powerful prop been developed, or is it some kind of special item? Fortunately, we didn''t board the ship and follow the attack. "Let''s stay on the island and wait for them to attack." Glenda returned and got into Wu Hengs body. The situation on the island was also shared in Wu Heng''s mind. There are two level 18 vampires, one level 15 vampire, and the remaining level 5 and 10 vampires. Wu Heng frowned. This vampire is so powerful! Two are level 18 and one is level 15. Outside, it is definitely top-notch strength. He looked up at the small island covered by dark clouds, and could vaguely see the vampire members standing on the island. During the day, the vampire''s combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced, and they need to be shielded from the sun. At night, the combat effectiveness of the vampires will increase. It is also because of this that the Vampires call themselves Children of the Night. "They are all hiding on the island and have no idea of ??attacking them. Shall we attack them? It seems that those guys are quite cowardly." Philippa observed the situation on the island through animal training. "Don''t worry, they have high-level professionals, don''t rush forward yet." Wu Heng said. "What should we do?" "Bomb them first." "Huh?" Philippa was curious. Wu Heng waved his hand, and a huge stone gate and crack appeared from his side. Below it was still the gate of the Tibetan Soldier Cave. At the top, there are howitzer barrels erected one by one. Beside the barrel stood a skeleton warrior holding a grenade, waiting silently. "Target the center of the island, adjust the angle, and prepare to cover the attack." Wu Heng said directly. The skeleton sprang into action. Adjust the angle of the gun barrel and aim at the distant island. "Start bombing!" Dong dong dong~! There was a dense sound of firing, and grenades pierced the sky and fell towards the small island ahead. Immediately afterwards, there was a series of deafening explosions. Howitzers rained down on the island, with flames rising into the sky and thick smoke billowing. Trees snapped and earth and rocks flew. The island was covered in fire and smoke. The vampire members who were originally ambushing on the island were swallowed up by the explosion. Most of them were killed or injured in the blink of an eye, with broken limbs and broken arms scattered everywhere. Roar~! "Follow me and fight out, seize the ship and leave here." A vampire roared. "Kill on board." The other vampires also roared loudly, their eyes filled with bloodthirsty and angry blood. Tap tap tap~! The remaining vampires began to run quickly. Approaching the coast, the black bat wings instantly spread out and rushed into the sky like ghosts. Against the blazing sun above their heads, they swarmed towards the ships hanging with the association. Just flying into the sky and looking at the large number of skeletons on the ship. His brows furrowed tightly again. Undead attendant? Bang bang bang~! While frowning and thinking, a blast sounded again. The instrument in the skeleton''s hand spit out tongues of fire and swept towards the approaching figure. Puff puff puff~! In the dense bullets, the vampire''s body turned into blood mist and entered a state of self-preservation. The bullets still shot towards the blood mist. Soon, the vampires reappeared under the intensive attack, with their fangs exposed and roaring ferociously. Bang bang bang~! The machine guns set up also followed suit and fired. The bullets were like a rainstorm, piercing through the vampire''s body and wings. Falling into the water with a splash. The shark circled and began to bite the body that fell into the water. "I found you, little mage!" In mid-air, a vampire in old attire murmured coldly. His eyes fell on a figure wearing a mage''s robe and controlling strange equipment. It is certain that the other party is the master of this undead fleet, the Necromancer. "I''ll kill him, and you go attract those skeletons." The old-dress vampire said. "Okay!" Several people responded quickly. Then, the vampires dispersed again. Attack ships from different directions If Wu Heng felt something, he suddenly turned his head and looked. Then he saw a vampire, like a ghost, rushing towards him. Are you going to kill yourself first? The cannon turned around and fired suddenly into the air. Bang bang bang~! The shells roared out and shot towards the opponent''s position in the blink of an eye. And at the moment when the cannonball hit. The vampire''s body suddenly collapsed and disappeared into **** smoke. Almost at the same time, Wu Heng felt a sense of coldness and danger coming from behind. Ha~! A black figure appeared from behind, with his head close to his shoulders and his fangs biting into his neck. Wu Heng didn''t think much about it. The body leans to the other side and strikes with an elbow. Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. The vampire behind him took a few steps back and looked at the necromancer in front of him, somewhat surprised at the speed of his reaction. Wu Heng was also a little surprised at the other party''s ability. When killing the first level 18 vampire. But he was killed directly. The vampire in front of him showed an ability that was close to teleportation. It has almost the same effect as the rare item Condensing Mist Evil Sword. But there is no need for clouds and fog, and the distance is further. It''s more like a surprise attack ability. "Kaxiu, go help Philippa, don''t let her die." Wu Heng said directly. Ka Xiu, who was charging forward, suddenly changed direction. The action of rushing to the opposite side, turning directly, and running towards Philippa''s position. Wu Heng quickly released spells for himself. [Bone Armor] covers the whole body. The vampire on the other side sneered and said, "You''d better worry about yourself, little mage!" He said, walking quickly. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and took out a machine gun. Start shooting at the target. The bullets shot out quickly. The vampire''s figure, at the moment when the bullet hit, collapsed into a blood mist and appeared from the front. Bullets continued to fire. The bodies of the vampires were rapidly approaching as they collapsed again and again. "The blood of a young mage is exciting to think about." (End of chapter) Chapter 559 , I saw my biological father Chapter 559, I saw my biological father (The end of the previous chapter has been changed. Those who are following up will have to take a second look.) ??Vampires can turn into blood mist, which Wu Heng has seen before. This ability can reduce physical damage to a great extent. It can play a very good role in escaping and in some special circumstances. But this is the first time I have seen the vampire in front of me use his abilities so frequently and like flashes. What are the abilities of level 18 vampires? It''s really special. "Where do these weapons come from? New props from the association, or weapons from your country?" "It doesn''t matter. When I taste your blood, I will also know your experience. Then I will find your family and friends bit by bit and make them blood food." "Do you want to give your body to other mages? Use it as a bargaining chip to help me." Every time the vampire figure appears, he will say a sentence. The necromancer in front of him has become his prey to be slaughtered. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and continued to shoot backwards. I don''t believe that this ability can be maintained forever, but it is still maintained. Bang~! The larger blood mist dispersed, and the Vampire figure disappeared. Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and while his body rolled forward, a vampire appeared beside him. He is also level 18. Moreover, the three attributes of physique, strength and agility are not lower than those of melee professionals, even if the melee skills are not high. But with strong attributes, the body can quickly explode with power and move faster. The vampires failed again. His brows also wrinkled. Wu Heng rolled to his feet, his body shaking at high frequency, and six identical figures appeared in the blink of an eye. While quickly dispersing, the undead clone releases [weakening ray] and [pathogenic ray]. The remaining clones, machine guns and rifles, began to fire more intensively. Seeing the sudden distraction, the vampire''s eyes flashed with confusion. A necromancer actually fought alone and struggled with himself for such a long time. He concentrated and quickly distinguished the six clones, making sure that he could not distinguish the true body and its weaknesses. The body turned into blood mist again and appeared in the distance. To distance ourselves, we must first go to support other places. Wu Heng saw that the other party was leaving. He reached out and took out a badge and threw it towards the opponent''s position. "Glenda!" The moment the ghost flew down from above his head and penetrated into the vampire''s body, he turned around and grabbed the emblem that was thrown at him. The possession only lasted for a brief moment, and the ghost was driven away from the body. The vampire frowned, stopped, opened his palms, and looked at the emblem that clearly bore the characteristics of the church. Holy Church? "Are you from the Holy Church? A necromancer?" Then, the vampire''s eyes suddenly shrank, and his expression gradually became frightened. Throwing away the badge like it was hot. The skin began to turn red, and a large amount of heat began to appear in the mouth and nostrils. Huh~! The body suddenly burned. The vampires began to cry and struggle in fear. It turned into blood mist again and again, and returned to its original form again and again. The flames were still burning in his body, turning into a burning man. Wails spread throughout the area. The other fighting vampires also looked at this scene in horror. Bang bang bang~! The bullets were shot out again, hitting the opponent''s body intensively. This time, he did not dodge the bullet again, nor could he turn into blood mist. The vampires struggled and ran towards the edge of the ship, trying to escape into the sea. "Stop him!" Kerimu put one hand on the ground, released the cloud and mist technique, and appeared behind the vampire in the blink of an eye. The evil sword slashed horizontally, and with a pop, it cut into the neck, but did not completely cut off. The vampire roared and clawed at the opponent. The evil sword slashed out again. It crossed his neck and his head fell to the ground. Wu Heng''s undead clone quickly stepped forward, and the bone cage rose from the ground to trap the escaping ghost. In curses and rants. Put it into the magic soul pot. Wu Heng picked up the emblem and looked at the charred corpse on the ground. Bone ArtRelease. The burnt flesh and blood fell off, and the vampire skeleton with bat wings and flesh membrane slowly stood up. [Skeleton Blood Assassin (Level 18)]. Level 18 assassin! Why don''t you call him a thief? Why call him an assassin? Wu Heng didn''t have time to think too much, "Follow me." After saying that, he rushed to the other side. Another level 18 vampire fought with Card Xiu. Bloody spears condensed from mid-air and shot towards Kaxiu and other skeletons around him. The abilities displayed are different from those that just kept flashing. It''s more of a legal system approach. Blood spears, blood balls, and wriggling black tentacles. A streak of blood-colored magic was swung out, and the skeleton that hit it had its bones eroded and then exploded. It is difficult for Kaxiu to attack air units. I barely managed to deal with it, but there was no good way. "Kill him!" Wu Heng ordered. The figure of the Skeleton Blood Assassin disappeared instantly. The next second, a sharp bone palm appeared behind the opponent, like a sword, piercing the target''s back. The vampire just wanted to dodge. Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired into his body. The body hesitated briefly, and the sharp claws pierced the back of the heart. A mouthful of blood came from the mouth. Wu Heng threw the ''Elf Magic Carpet'' to Kaxiu, "Go and kill him." Card Xiu flew into the sky on a flying carpet, leaped high, and pounced directly on the target. below. The undead clone held the staff and released [Dead Bones Field], and a gray-white halo of light swayed. The dead vampire corpses around them turned into white bones with giant wings and stood up one by one. "Kill all the vampires." Huh~! The skeleton vampires rushed into the sky, pounced on the other vampires around, and started fighting. The protective clone looked around. He found the skeleton attendant protecting Philippa and asked, "Where is Philippa?" The skeleton turned his head and glanced at the cabin behind him. Wu Heng walked directly in and saw the iron coffin standing upright in the corner of the cabin. [Iron Maiden Vertical Coffin] A strange item that can trap enemies. Once trapped, no one from the inside can open it. It is somewhat similar to the sarcophagus used by the Vampires to trap the exiles, except that the ''Iron Maiden Vertical Coffin'' is a rare item. The sarcophagus is a magic prop. Wu Heng moved forward and opened the outside handle. The coffin lid suddenly opened. Philippa staggered out of it, her armor eroded and blood oozing from her mouth and nose. Seeing Wu Heng outside, he breathed a sigh of relief. "How is it?" Wu Heng supported her. "Just now, I saw my biological father." Philippa looked horrified. "Don''t talk nonsense, where are you hurt?" "When I was hit by that man''s magic, I felt my blood reverse. Card Xiu held him back, so I locked myself up." Philippa took out two bottles of potion and drank them all. Wu Heng touched her head and said, "You stay here first and then go out after it''s over." "Are those bats dead?" "It''s almost time. I''ll call you then." Outside the cabin. The battle between the vampires and the skeletons is gradually coming to an end. The level 18 vampire was killed by two level 18 skeletons in the sea. The ghost that tried to escape was devoured by Glenda and Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng''s undead clone released the [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] again, and the newly dead vampires turned into bones and flew into the sky. "Ashore!" Wu Heng shouted. The ship slowly approached the island. In the sky, there were large numbers of skeleton vampires flying with them. Land on the island. Wu Heng ordered to start cleaning the battlefield on the island and collect the corpses. The bombing of grenades also left the island covered with devastation. The skeletons went to the island and began to gather all the corpses that had exploded everywhere. Wu Heng released the effect of [Hundred Soldiers'' Robe], the clone disappeared, and a headache struck. After the side effects disappeared, the bodies were collected. I selected two of them and conducted [Conversation with the Dead]. After a simple inquiry. The whole incident is basically clear. The leader of this fleet is called ''Emeka'', a level 15 professional who is in charge of the 5th fleet of the Scarlet Knights. He is the more outstanding younger generation of the Baddeley family. After learning that one of the Exiles had been killed and Lilith copied the locations of the remaining Exiles, she guessed that these Exiles might be killed. Then he came with his trustworthy fleet to release these exiles. Some of the creatures used for sacrifice were purchased slaves, and some were fishermen caught along the way. The entire operation was conducted in secrecy. Therefore, after discovering the Wuheng ship, we must sink it no matter what. Otherwise, the news will reach Lilith''s ears. After asking about the matter, Wu Heng wrote down the names mentioned on the paper so that he could report to Lilith when he returned. Recently, there is no way to get rewards through the association. I hope Lilith won''t disappoint herself. After all processing was completed, Wu Heng continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the remaining corpses were transformed into skeletons. "Didn''t you say that the corpses of vampires are not allowed to be transformed?" Philippa came over with the parrot. "I will arrange it in a place where others can''t see it. Don''t tell anyone. If someone asks, just say that there was a battle at sea and it was eaten by sharks." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I said it was blown to pieces, and then the shark ate the body, and it was pulled out and eaten by small fish, and the small fish was eaten by shrimps," Philippa said. "It doesn''t have to be so detailed." Philippa slapped his chest and said, "Don''t worry, I''ve always been the strictest with my mouth." After a brief search on the island, all the fallen flesh and blood was thrown into the sea, and the skeletons were sent into the sea to salvage items from the sunken ship. After everything was sorted, everyone began to return. The harvest this time is not small. Among the vampire corpses, there are three level 18 corpses, one level 15 corpse, and more skeletons of level 10 and lower. Among them, two were directly transformed into skeletons, and one was stored in a space ring. After going back, do the conversion again. You can''t buy a level 18 corpse with any amount of money. You can improve your strength very intuitively. Even if this world cannot be used, is there any rare species protection bill? You can also use it directly in the zombie world. Two days and one night trip. The ship docks at Treasure Island, an exclusive port. Philippa proudly disembarked from the boat with the parrot and went to the boat manager to register. Wu Heng opened the gate and allowed all the skeletons in the form of vampires to enter the gate and go to another world. After all the vampire skeletons walk in. Wu Heng also disembarked from the ship with his skeleton, and took a carriage with Philippa to leave the port. Drop her off at Beacon Street and head to the Association. (End of chapter) Chapter 560 , Damn, it鈥檚 him Chapter 560, Damn, its him Deacon''s study. Wu Heng took a sip of scented tea and recounted what happened when he went to sea. When she heard that the Vampires had released those exiles, each of them at level 18, Sheela Gui''s baby-fat face instantly became tense and serious. "What happened in the end?" Wu Heng took another sip of tea and said, "Dead! I killed them all with one bombardment on the sea." "Where''s the Vampire fleet you mentioned?" Sheila Gui continued to ask. "It''s the fifth fleet of the Blood Knights. The leader is called ''Emeka'', a level 15 professional." Wu Heng said softly. Sheela''s face was still ugly. If Wu Heng didn''t meet him this time, but released these exiles. It''s okay to return to the Vampire Clan, at least they can solve their own affairs within the clan. If you don''t plan to go back, but mess around around the Emerald Sea, a lot of people will die, whether it''s Treasure Island or other villages and towns. "What are your thoughts later?" Sheila Gui continued to ask. Wu Heng glanced at the other party, "There seem to be some families within the Blood Clan, and they are fighting each other openly and secretly. This time I ruined their plan and killed the fleet. I may suffer revenge from the Blood Clan. You need to be more careful on the island. "Well, I will explain it to each team and pay attention to this matter." Sheila Gui nodded. The last revenge of the necromancer almost caused ''Shi Yali'' to die in the city. So, you still have to be careful about this kind of thing. The Blood Clan is not a small sect like the Destiny Sect, but a truly large clan. Then, Sheila Gui asked, "Are you going to report this matter to the association? Reporting it will also be a deterrent to the vampires." Originally, Wu Heng did not want to tell the headquarters about this matter. It''s not on the association''s wanted list, and it also involves matters within the vampire clan. But Sheila Gui is right. If there is a problem reported, the headquarters can be used to put pressure on the vampires. If the problem is not reported, it will be very troublesome to explain the matter from the beginning when something goes wrong. "You write a report to the association and talk about the human sacrifice of the vampire ship in the Emerald Sea. I will write a letter to Lilith and talk about this from the perspective of checking the exiles." Wu Heng thought for a moment. , said. Sheela thought for a moment and nodded in agreement, "Okay." Shi Yali came over from the side and prepared pen and paper for the two of them. Started writing. "Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: During this mission to visit three locations of the exiles to check the status of the exiles, they encountered other fleets of the Blood Tribe. They took the lead in salvaging the three sarcophagi of the exiles, and captured fishermen along the way as living sacrifices to open the sarcophagi. Treasure Island''s ships clashed with the Vampire fleet. After losing several large warships and skeleton attendants, the target ship was sunk and the personnel were killed. The bloodshed in the battle zone attracted swarms of sharks, which devoured corpses and rammed ships. The scene was extremely chaotic. According to subsequent investigations, the leader of the team is called ''Emeka'', the captain of the fifth fleet of the Scarlet Knights. The purpose this time is to release several exiles from the Emerald Sea. I don''t understand the other party''s reasons, and I can''t guess the other party''s ultimate purpose. I just feel like someone is being unfavorable to the leader. Leader Lilith, please be careful of potential enemies in the dark. The owner of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " After finishing writing, Wu Heng checked it over. Xila Gui, who was at the desk, also stopped writing. "Have you finished writing?" "It''s finished, take a look." Wu Heng handed it to her. Sheila Gui also handed the other party what she had written. The two of them looked at each other and confirmed that there was nothing wrong with what they reported to each other. It was just that the angles of description were different, and there was no big difference. After confirming that there is no problem. Put it in an envelope, Shi Yali picked it up and sent it to the front desk. It will be mailed together with other letters. After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng also got up and left. Return to the island owner''s manor. Open the door and walk in. Several maids immediately surrounded him. They gathered around and asked if they were hurt. Although every time I come back after going out, the maids ask the same questions. But in fact, some people are worried about it. For Wu Heng, it is quite good. It''s much better than being alone in the beginning when renting an apartment in Blackstone Town. "Is everything okay at home these two days?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s nothing. It''s just sister ''Shanela'' who talked to you. You weren''t there at the time, so I chatted with her for a while and she said she was coming back." Minnie said softly. "Yeah, let me go take a look!" Walking into the hall together, the maid helped take off the armor. Wu Heng freshened up briefly, then went upstairs and walked into the radio station''s room. First he looked at the record book. Then he picked up the phone and said, "Is Mrs. Shannella here?" Soon, a slightly lazy voice came from the other side, "I hate it! You call me Madam again." Wu Heng smiled and said, "I heard from Minnie that you are coming back." "Well, do you, the island owner, welcome this idea?" "Of course you''re welcome. Why are you coming back? I mean, what ship are you taking?" Wu Heng asked. The person on the other side thought for a moment and said, "It should be the Star Flower fleet. I don''t have any real power now. I just want to save face and pretend to be the president, so I can''t move the ships." "As long as you can come back, I''ll let Philippa pick you up." "It''s too far. Let''s check the situation when we get to the port. If there really are no ships coming, you can make arrangements for me." Shannella said. "Okay, it''s up to you." The two continued to chat about the recent situation. Hang up chat. Go to the zombie world and get the prepared printing press. A separate factory building in the courtyard was selected as a temporary printing workshop. Night falls. After dinner, Glenda handed him the revised novel and the newspaper she had written. Wu Heng glanced at it, a little surprised at Granda''s ability. The things summarized and organized are really good. It is almost the same as a modern newspaper. The novels in the corner are still the predetermined detective collections. His name was changed to Wu Heng, and his appearance was also changed to black hair and black eyes. Wu Heng looked a little embarrassed. Glenda and Xiaoxiao both felt very good, and their real names and appearances were used in the associations promotional stories. However, Wu Heng made it up here. Those things are probably true. After checking it from the beginning, I confirmed that there was no problem. Wu Heng took it and walked out, handed it to the skeletons in the printing workshop, asked them to copy it, and then started printing. the next day. "Take a look, Treasure Island Express, you can know the world''s major events and wonders even while sitting at home." On the main road of Treasure Island. There were figures one after another, newspaper sellers holding newspapers in their hands and shouting loudly. "Express report? What is it for?" Someone passed by and asked curiously. "This kind is called a newspaper. It collects all the major events in the world and puts them together in the newspaper." The newspaper seller explained. "This kind of thing is good, give me one." "65 coppers." "I still need money. Forget it, this thing still needs money." The person who asked the price turned around and left, muttering. Then, people kept coming to ask. Not many actually bought it. Golden Sail Tavern. A bard quickly read the contents of the newspaper. He took a sip of herbal tea to soothe his throat, shook his neck and walked directly onto the wooden platform in the middle. He clapped his hands to attract everyone''s attention. Said: "Today I bought a newspaper on the road. It is a reading material with written texts sold by the Island Lord''s Mansion. It has rich content. Let me tell you about it." A customer below frowned and shouted: "What is it? Something about pirates or something about street lights?" Someone continued, "I guess it''s a street light. This matter has been publicized for several days." The bard said: "Everyone, listen to me. This content is worth 65 coppers. If you listen to it, you will get it for free." "I still need money!" "This thing...hum!" "Then tell me, you want money, I really want to hear it." The bard gathered his mind, glanced at the newspaper, and read: "Yeke Kingdom''s port is blocked and ships are not allowed to enter or exit... Recently, a cult fleet entered the Emerald Sea, sacrificed human beings, and was killed by the Treasure Island fleet." "Houses in the expansion area are on sale. You can go to the city hall to purchase them. Treasure Island is recruiting fleet sailors and patrol personnel." Discussions gradually began below. "The Kingdom of Yeke has been sealed for a long time." "Is there another incident of human sacrifice? Without the pirates, there is a cult again." "Recruiting sailors, I feel pretty much the same." "This newspaper is not worth the price, and I feel nothing after hearing it." I only buy it if I have too much money and no place to use it. The bard, taking advantage of everyone''s discussion, took a sip of tea and clapped his hands again to silence everyone. When the voice gradually became lower, he continued: "Don''t worry, there is another story below, you must be interested." Everyone frowned and shut up. The poet spoke confidently and began to speak softly. . "While I was standing at the door of the Criterion Tavern, someone suddenly tapped me on the shoulder. I looked back and recognized him as little Stamford, who had worked for me at Wrentham Hospital. first responder." "Poor guy!" he said sympathetically after listening to me tell me about my misfortune. "Then what are you doing now?" "Find a place to stay," I replied, "and see if you can find a few rooms that are comfortable and reasonably priced." "What a coincidence, someone said that to me today," Stamford said. "who?" "It''s a guy at work. He was still complaining alone this morning, saying that he found a pretty good house, but he just couldn''t find anyone to share the house with him. He can''t afford such a high rent on his own." "Great!" I exclaimed. "If he really wants someone to share the house with, I''m just the person he needs. I like the company of someone myself." Little Stamford looked at me strangely while drinking. "His name is Wu Heng, and his appearance is very rare here." "Rare? Isn''t he human?" "I''m not talking about his race, but his appearance. He has black hair and black eyes. I''ve only seen him in the city, and he looks like this." Wow~! The drinkers who were listening to the stories in their spare time were as excited as an explosion. Wu Heng? Black hair and black eyes? Damn it, island owner! (End of chapter) Chapter 561 , they have no money Chapter 561, they have no money "Wu Heng? Isn''t this the name of the island owner?" "The looks match up, so he is the one I should talk about." "Are you writing your own story?" The bard''s narration was interrupted by sudden comments from the drinkers. The bard on the stage just looked at the discussion of the drinkers below with a smile, and was very satisfied with the surprised reaction. When he saw this story, he had the same reaction. "Shut up!" Someone stood up and shouted, then looked at the stage, "Keep talking, I want to hear what story is told in this newspaper." The drinkers gradually became quiet, waiting for the next story. The bard took another sip of water and continued his story. In the later story, Watson and Wu Heng rented a house on Baker Street together, and through Watson''s perspective, Wu Heng''s character traits in the story were revealed. He is silent and lives a regular life. He often stays in the anatomy room and laboratory for a whole day, and he likes knowledge in other fields. "The story should be written in his early days, before he changed jobs!" "When I was young, I loved dissecting corpses so much. I guess my original idea was to be a coroner." "Some conservative families want their family members to switch to civilian jobs." "The current Necromancer is also suitable for him. It is rare for him to become the island master at such a young age." Following the narration, there was also a low-pitched discussion below. The bard continued. In the conversation between the two, Wu Heng in the book mentioned that he was a detective. And during questioning with Watson, he easily guessed that the person who delivered the message was once a member of the kingdom''s light infantry. Everyone in the audience frowned slightly. The word detective is a bit unfamiliar, but after listening to the following conversation, I also learned about the specific profession of a detective. A status similar to that of a case investigator. Just now I felt that the other party planned to become the coroner. Now I feel like my original career direction was as an investigator. The story continues. It was hard for Watson to believe that the other person could deduce the other person''s identity just by looking at him a few times. Then, an idea flashed in Watson''s mind. Perhaps the whole thing had been arranged by him in advance, and the purpose was just to dazzle him. Watson questioned Wu Heng''s guess. Wu Heng explained with a smile that the man who delivered the message had calluses on his hands and a sword and flag tattooed on his wrist. His behavior also revealed the temperament of an infantryman, as well as his tone of voice and the way he stood with his head held high, which made me believe it. He had served in the army, and the markings on his hand indicated that he was from the light infantry. The drinkers raised their eyebrows slightly when they heard this. "So that''s it." "really!" Even if you know that this is a plot in the story, it may not really be the case at the time. But this reasoning is also well-founded. What''s more, the judgments in this world are rough, and everything can be explained based on physical characteristics, posture, and tone of voice. It''s already very exciting. Watson couldn''t help but admire, and Wu Heng threw the letter in front of him. Watson picked up the letter and began to say: A murder occurred on Lauriston Garden Street, and Wu Heng was invited to investigate. So much for that. The bard stopped talking and took a drink from the tea cup again. It was quiet below, everyone was waiting silently. Time passed little by little, and seeing that the bard still didn''t speak, someone shouted: "Keep talking, you can''t finish drinking." "That''s right, are you a turtle? You''re so excited to drink water." The bard took another sip and said: "That''s it. That''s it. The story ends here. There is also the last paragraph. The follow-up story will be serialized in the next issue. In other words, the following content will have to wait for the next issue of the newspaper." "Damn, this thing has its own issues." I talked a lot of nonsense earlier, but its considered a case and its gone. "What a tatty newspaper, why did it stop here?" Everyone cursed and vented their anger. The story is stuck here, always giving people an uncomfortable feeling of neither getting up nor getting down. If not, this was still on the island, and I would have wanted to scold the island owner outside. Or don''t send it, otherwise it will be stuck in paragraphs. After a while of complaints and curses. Everyone became quiet again, began to drink and eat, and continued to discuss the story just now. "Wu Heng has such a strong sense of observation. Taking the path of a mage is indeed suitable for him." "The last time a group of pirates attacked Treasure Island, he guessed it. Otherwise, Imiro wouldn''t be able to stop him on the island." Many pirates. "What do you think he did by writing this in the newspaper?" "Maybe he wants everyone to know more about him. Many people on the island question his profession." "I used to like to dissect corpses and beat them with wooden sticks. No matter how I looked at them, I became even more perverted." "Necromancers are like this..." The second floor of the tavern. A window facing the hall was opened, and there were faint eyes looking down. McIntosh took a sip from his glass. Somewhat surprised, the other party would publish his story in the newspaper. It will be so detailed. Of course, the content of the story is still somewhat questionable. If one could really infer a person''s occupation and intentions just by looking at him, Wu Heng wouldn''t have had to go to the Old Barrel Tavern to buy information before. Now he has found himself again and continues to help him collect information on the island. Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the door, and a strong man walked in. "Sister, I bought the newspaper for 65 coppers." Someone handed the newspaper over. McIntosh took it and looked again carefully. The subordinate said: "He is quite narcissistic and published his story." McIntosh smiled and said: "At such a young age, being promoted from an ordinary member to the position of island leader within a year would make anyone else feel narcissistic." "That''s right! Fortunately, I listened to my eldest sister and didn''t have any conflicts with him." McIntosh didn''t answer, still looking at the newspaper. After listening to the story, there is actually nothing special about it. But the Wu Heng she knew was not such a flamboyant person. He always had to disguise himself when going out. Why did he suddenly publish such a story. The series will continue later... What''s the purpose of doing this? McIntosh didn''t think that a person who could sit in the position of the island owner would publish his experience out of narcissism. Hero creation? An idea suddenly flashed through her mind. She has now reached level 15 and is preparing for hero creation. And Wu Heng did this. The reason she could think of was hero creation. "Sister, we have already made an agreement with the fleet, and we can leave with the ship in the afternoon." Another person opened the door and walked in. McIntosh placed the newspaper on the table. Said: "Go and tell the fleet that we are not leaving and will stay for a few more days." His subordinates were stunned for a moment and immediately agreed, "Okay." After saying that, he turned around and left. McIntosh looked downstairs again and put the newspaper into the space ring. Association, Deacon''s Study. Shi Yali opened the door and handed the newspaper in her hand to Silla Gui, "Look at this. Someone sells it on the roadside. It''s called a newspaper." Xila Gui took it and looked at it. The big characters at the top said ''Gold and Silver Express''. It should be the newspaper Wu Heng mentioned to himself some time ago. "He really got this thing out." Shi Yali was making tea at the side and said, "Look at the story below. Is it the same as his previous experience? Was he so powerful in the first place?" Sheila Gui looked at the content below and frowned. "I don''t know, but he did come from the Kingdom of Yeko. He only got the career scroll last year. Why did he post this story?" Shi Yali turned her head and looked over, "I feel like you''re not good enough for him." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng saw that his reputation had increased by about a few hundred points. Granda flew back first, "Not many people buy newspapers. I think we can send some to the association and the city hall, and let people there buy some and take the lead in buying." While talking, Xiaoxiao also flew back. He shouted: "Uncle, they say only fools spend money to buy newspapers!" "Xiaoxiao, be polite, your uncle has a bad heart." They dont have money. (End of chapter) Chapter 562 , the imperial edict, also rolled up Chapter 562: The imperial edict is still rolled up Forehead. Wu Heng glanced at Xiaoxiao. After thinking for a moment, he said: "It''s on sale on the first day, and it''s a novelty. I definitely can''t accept it immediately. It will be fine later." In this world, knowing how to read can eliminate a group of people. For the remaining people, I heard that if you write something on the paper, you will be sold for 65 copper coins. It is normal that you cannot accept it for the time being. But on Treasure Island, in addition to ordinary residents, there are also many caravans from various races and forces. Spending dozens of coppers to take a look at the information is not a big expense. "When do you plan to distribute the next issue? If you wait too long, others may forget it." Granda continued to ask. "Three days! The city hall will also collect the latest intelligence and news, and then publish it together with the novel." Wu Heng said. "I will also change the next chapter when the time comes. Do you want to post more?" Granda said. "It''s up to you. If you post more, the workload will be heavier." "It''s okay, we don''t need a rest like you, so we can help you get it out." Glenda smiled. "Okay, thank you for your hard work." Had lunch at the island owners manor. Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Walk out of the dormitory building. Then I saw a large number of skeletons in the form of vampires gathered around the dormitory building. On the ground, on top of buildings, or hovering in the air. The survivors passing by were a little cautious. "Everyone follow me." Wu Heng ordered, leading a large number of vampire skeletons towards the outside of the factory. All the way to the woodland behind. Let the vampire skeletons fall to the ground and stand by. Wu Heng took out another vampire corpse from the space ring. This body was the first exile found. The moment the sarcophagus was opened, the skeletons surrounding it were shot and killed directly. At that time, I didn''t think about how to deal with it, so I took the space ring first. Later, they encountered the Fifth Fleet of the Vampires. In order to kill those Vampires who could fly, all the remaining corpses were transformed into skeletons during the battle. Now this is the only one left, so there is no psychological burden. The transformation transforms. The reasons have been given to Lilith, but no body or skeleton can be found anyway. [Bone Slave Technique] is released, and the flesh and blood on the corpse falls off. A skeleton slowly stood up. [Skeleton Blood Mage (Level 18)]. Now it seems that the overall strength of the vampire clan is really not low. Is it easy to increase the level of a vampire? It shouldn''t be, the Fifth Fleet killed so many people, and the level is not very high. And Lilith is indeed ruthless. When pirates reach level 18, the association will grant pardon to each other. Lilith directly sealed four of her 18th level kin. This woman cannot be messed with. It seems difficult to deal with. Continue to look at the attributes of vampire skeletons. Skeleton Blood Mage [Attributes: Constitution 42, Strength 35, Agility 55, Intelligence 48, Perception 40, Charisma 25.] [Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, flying. [Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Cloth Armor Specialization (Master), Staff Specialization (Master), Dagger Specialization (Advanced). [Skills: Blood Magic, Incarnation of Blood Mist, Blood Plague. [Blood Magic]: Blood magic formed by dark energy, often attacked with blood spears, blood missiles, etc. [Transform into blood mist]: Can change into blood mist state and move. [Blood Plague]: Forms a unique area. The plague in the area merges into the blood, causing lasting damage. When you are in the area, the blood magic effect increases by 100%. The vampire in front of him obviously belongs to the mage category. But in terms of attributes, it is more unique. Agility and intelligence are the two highest, and physique and perception have also reached over 40 points. This race, apart from sucking blood and being afraid of the sun, is really quite powerful. Characteristics. Advanced souls, already possessing higher intelligence and understanding. It can be said that it is completely close to a single individual. The next feature is flight. That is to say, the flying ability of the vampire itself is also the most practical point in Wu Heng''s opinion. Whether it can fly or not is actually very important. Next is the skills aspect. Very good point. Three vampire mage skills have been retained. The skills of the mages who were transformed before were all cleared, and they needed to learn necromancy magic again. Follow the introduction. Blood magic is a dark attribute energy magic. From a certain perspective, it is the same type as necromancy magic. It may be that the direction of development is different. There are three skills in total, blood magic, which releases dark energy-type blood spears and blood missiles. I saw it during the battle. Transform into blood mist, change into blood mist form to move, rush or escape, which is more useful. The last one is Blood Plague. The plague in the area is integrated into the blood, causing damage, and casting spells in the area. The effect is 100%. This move should be in the same field as the level 18 professional. The plague is integrated into the blood, referring to living beings. Undead, has no effect on plague. Overall, not bad. "Come here." Wu Heng looked at another vampire skeleton figure. The [Skeleton Blood Assassin] that can flash continuously. Checked his attributes. There is not much difference in the front, mainly focusing on skills. [Skills: Incarnation of Blood Mist, Shadow Thorn, Blood Domain. [Shadow Thorn]: Transform into blood mist, appear around the locked target, and assassinate. [Blood Domain]: Your assassination attainment has reached a sublime level. Within a certain period of time, you will form a personal domain around you and be immune to attacks. The characteristics of the Blood Assassin are still very clear. Just to carry out the assassination. And when he fired, the other party flashed his moves. It belongs to the [blood domain] and is immune to attacks for a certain period of time. Even if you don''t use the church emblem at that time to kill him, when the time is up, his skills will become ineffective. You can kill him yourself. But I have to say, this skill is really quite bluffing. After reading the properties. Wu Heng said to the blood assassin: "From now on, you will be called the number one of the blood clan." He then faced the two blood mages and said, "Your name is Blood Clan No. 2, and you are Blood Clan No. 3." "The three of you go back with me, the others are on standby here." After Wu Heng finished speaking, he returned with a few skeletons. Return to the factory yard. Qi Hancai was already waiting at the door. Watching him coming, he glanced at the three skeletons with wings, "The new skeleton?" "Well, Blood Clan Number One, Blood Clan Number Two, and Blood Clan Number Three." Wu Heng introduced, and then said to the skeleton: "I am not here, but I will follow her command." Qi Hancai said in a confused tone, "Vampire?" "Don''t you feel like the vampire on TV? This name is easy to remember." Wu Heng explained. "Oh, I thought you really killed a few vampires and brought them back!" "No way! Let''s go to the conference room first." After entering the conference room. Qi Hancai reported what happened during his absence in the past few days. Over at the main desk, another transaction came over. They brought howitzers, machine guns, and gold in exchange for food. No one mentioned what happened to Tiancheng Group last time, and the attitudes of both parties were as if it never happened. The transaction went smoothly and some intelligence was shared. The second point is that the power supply has been restored in several other cities, and they can be considered free to use electricity. The third point is that Tiancheng Group is still developing firearms and ammunition in terms of mechanical research and development. Zhang Chi has also been transferred from the old factory in Xinfu City. Help for model simulation. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the development here. The report is over. Wu Hengcai said: "I plan to select a few people and set out with the skeletons to other cities to clean up the zombies and rescue survivors." "Let other people in the base lead the team? It may be a bit difficult." Qi Hancai frowned. Living in the apocalypse, everyone has the courage to face zombies. It''s not as scary as it was at first. But if the people in the base are faced with a flood of zombies, I am afraid that few people can withstand the pressure. "I''m not letting them lead the team." Wu Heng organized some words and explained: "I let the skeletons with command ability lead the team to fight the zombies. The accompanying base members are responsible for the survivors encountered, and they will report to us at any time." Qi Hancai suddenly said, "That shouldn''t be a problem. I recommend the people I brought from Dong''an Village, as well as the people from Sister Yahong''s original auto repair shop. These people have complete trust in us, so it shouldn''t be a big problem to complete this kind of task. " "You and Li Yahong will discuss it then and select a few people to send here. I will talk to them." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "Understood, I''ll talk about it later." The important things have been said. Wu Heng continued to look at the other party. After thinking for a moment, he took out a rolled scroll and placed it on the table. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows. He looked at what was in front of him in confusion. "Is it an imperial edict? It''s still rolled up." (End of chapter) Chapter 563 , I promise you anything Chapter 563: I promise you anything When Wu Heng saw the professional scroll for the first time, it only felt like a rolled up painting. Qi Hancai directly stated an imperial edict. "It''s called a career scroll. Open it and try it!" Wu Heng said directly. Although the career scroll was a plan that was made quite early. But in this world, its hard to say whether it will be effective. "How to try? And does this scroll have any special function?" Qi Hancai picked it up and took a look. The surface of the professional scroll is covered with a layer of embroidered silk. It looks quite gorgeous. "If it works, it can change your body. If the potion can change your body temporarily, this scroll will plan a long-term improvement path for you." Wu Heng explained. The biggest feature of the different world is the variety of professions. As the level increases, oneself will also improve. Everything depends on your own potential and diligence. "So good!" Qi Hancai''s eyes lit up. Short-term and long-term improvement, the long-term one sounds more reliable. Moreover, if someone else said that a scroll could improve a person''s body, they might think that this person was driven crazy by the apocalypse. But when Wu Heng could say this, Qi Hancai had no doubts in his mind. There are so many magical things, and this is nothing. "Well, let me look at it for you and see if it can be used." "How to use it?" Qi Hancai asked. "Just open the scroll and you''ll get a subtle feeling. Don''t put any psychological burden on it." "Okay!" Qi Hancai stood up, walked aside, looked at Wu Heng, and tore open the scroll. The moment it was torn apart, a ray of light penetrated her body. The whole person''s temperament and state have changed, and his eyes are sharper and more lively. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai looked at his hands, "There seems to be some changes, but I can''t tell what the specific changes are, but I feel that my eyesight is better and my body is lighter." It seems that the scroll is also effective in this world. "I will arrange a sparring match for you later. If you keep training, you will get better and better." Wu Heng said. "Okay, thank you!" Qi Hancai thanked him with a smile. What Wu Heng prepared for her was the Ranger Scroll, one of the more common scrolls on the market. In fact, Qi Hancai''s awakened abilities are more suitable for the boxer profession. After all, the strength of his legs has been strengthened, and his fists and kicks have become more powerful. But Wu Heng thought about it and still did not choose the melee profession. The enemies you face are zombies, and the danger is not just scratches and bites, but blood flying into your mouth or eyes, and infection. It would be good to just do some commanding or investigation work from behind. There''s no need to take risks with something like this. "No matter how polite you are, it''s all your own." Qi Hancai smiled, walked over slowly, and sat on his lap, "I want to thank you too." Wu Heng put his arms around his waist and said, "How can I thank you?" Qi Hancai''s face turned slightly red, "You can tell me, I''m willing to do whatever you want." "Wait for Li Yahong to come over in two days." Qi Hancai''s cheeks turned redder and she leaned gently into the other person''s arms. As dusk approaches, return to the island owners estate. Come downstairs. Several maids came over to salute. Minnie came over and said: "Master, the 5,000 bow arms and bow strings we ordered last time have been delivered. I asked all the skeletons to move to the warehouse." These are the materials that compound bows are made of. After the drawings come out. The production of compound bows was arranged by Wu Heng in two places. The bow arms and bow strings were ordered from the elves in another world, and the rest of the accessories were made in the zombie world. One is to prevent the blueprints from being leaked, and the second is also because the bow arms and bow strings from other worlds are easier to use. "Take me to see it." Wu Heng followed Minnie to the warehouse, opened the door, and revealed the bow arms and bow strings stacked in wooden boxes inside. After roughly checking it, I confirmed that there is no problem. Collect them all and send them to the zombie world later. "What would you like to have for dinner, Master?" "Whatever, you can add more of whatever you want to eat." "Yellow tail lion fish soup, a seafood platter, roast beef, and beef patties!" Minnie said as she thought. "Okay, it''s quite rich." "Then I''ll let the chef prepare it." Minnie jumped up and walked towards the kitchen. Wu Heng went to the zombie world again. The purchased bow arms and bow strings were sent over and arranged for personnel to assemble them. For dinner. Wu Heng said: "Weier, does anyone in the city hall buy newspapers?" "Someone brought it over, and everyone took turns to look at it and discuss your story." Andwyer said with a smile. Wu Heng picked up a piece of crab meat, put it into his mouth, and said: "Tomorrow, arrange a place in the city hall to sell newspapers. It doesn''t need to be too big, just an iron shelf." Granda suggested that city hall staff make it compulsory to buy newspapers. Wu Heng felt uncomfortable. After all, some of the above information was compiled by the City Hall. Let them buy it and make it self-produced and sold. Wu Heng still plans to set up a newspaper selling place in the city hall. Residents who go to do business can buy it from there if they want to buy it. "Okay!" Anderweil responded. Had dinner. Several people went to the training room for training together. When it got late at night, Wu Heng first took a look at Granda, who was working on a manuscript in the study. He returned to his room to rest. The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng distributed the compound bows to the skeleton archers stationed outside. The original wooden bows are still used, and these compound bow shooters are newly added skeletons, which can be regarded as expanded troops. Wooden bow, compound bow, strong crossbow. It can be regarded as the current configuration of the skeleton shooter. After allocating the weapons. Wu Heng returned to the factory. From a distance, they saw Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, the representative of Tiancheng Group, standing at the door waiting. Seeing him coming, he took the initiative to say hello. Qi Hancai said: "Last night, I spoke to sister Yahong. Because it was on a public frequency band, I didn''t say anything too detailed. She will bring someone over in the next two days." After saying that, his face was still a little red. "Well, just let me know." Wu Heng nodded. Then, Gao Rong stepped forward and said, "Chief, in the past two days, we have compared the map of the entire Yangtong City with Deputy Chief Qi, and divided the entire urban area into several areas." Wu Heng nodded, "Say!" Gao Rong took out a map with basic areas circled in red pen. Said: "Here are some factories for clothing, shoes and hats. Many of them used to be OEM factories for some brands. The equipment must be relatively complete. This is the automobile industry, automobile assembly, engine manufacturers, automobile parts and the like." This should be the inspiration I got from the copy of the newspaper last time. Finding these equipment from outside also saves the trouble of research and production. At best, you have time to focus on the research and development of production firearms. "Okay, Qi Hancai prepares the vehicle. Let''s go to the clothing factory first and occupy it first," Wu Heng said. "Okay." Qi Hancai responded and began to issue orders through the intercom. Not long after, the motorcade and skeletons gathered at the gate of the factory. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai boarded a truck. Gao Rong and two technicians boarded the carriage behind them and rushed to the clothing factory area according to the map. Boom boom boom~! Dense solid iron bullets fell into the corpses, and thick smoke rose from the streets. After the bombing. The remaining zombies continued to rush forward. His body was penetrated by a spear, and he was still struggling forward while hanging on it. Some of him grabbed the spear and kept pulling and pushing it. For a moment, blood spattered everywhere and rotten flesh flew everywhere. The sound of skin and flesh being penetrated by sharp weapons and bones breaking resounded throughout the area. When the zombies died, residual souls floated from the ground to the sky. "Xiao Xiao, it''s your turn, today is all yours." Wu Heng said to the air. "Okay~!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Rushing forward, the sky is full of remnants of souls. Glenda reached level 18 and was stuck on ''unfinished business''. The remaining souls in front of me are all small. As Xiaoxiao absorbs ghosts. System prompts also appear immediately. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 16, constitution +2, agility +1. Perception +1.] [The ghost has been upgraded to level 17, intelligence +2, perception +2.] (End of chapter) Chapter 564 , was there a fight inside? Chapter 564: There was a fight inside? Has been upgraded two levels. It''s starting to get closer to level 18. "Uncle, no more." Xiao Xiaofei came back. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded and ordered around, "Clean the battlefield!" Wow~! The skeleton behind him took action. The battlefield began to be cleaned. Evolved zombies and aberrant zombies were dragged over, while ordinary zombies were piled aside. Putting away the corpse core, the [Dead Skeleton Field] was released, and the skeletons in the entire street stood up. Join the queue of skeletons behind. The team moved on. The battle just now drew away the zombies in the entire area, and the rest of the road became much smoother. Just some scrapped cars blocking the road. Need to get out of the car, clean up, and move on. All the way to the clothing factory where Gao Rong said. Clothing factories, shoe and hat factories are all gathered here. Several people walked into the first factory area. The door opened, and two deformed zombie dogs rushed over. The big skeleton boxer pinched his neck in mid-air with one hand and died immediately. The body was thrown aside. Gao Rong and the other two technicians belatedly exclaimed and took half a step back. Then he realized that he had been killed. "Let''s go in and take a look." Wu Heng said, taking the lead and walking inside. The other people followed closely behind. Together they walked into the factory building inside. Various equipment stained with filth appeared in front of us. After confirming that there was no danger in the factory, Wu Heng said: "Gao Rong, take someone here to check the equipment. Let''s go over there and have a look. If there is danger, the intercom will call us." "Okay." Gao Rong nodded. Take your own people and start checking the equipment. Wu Heng took Qi Hancai to the warehouse area at the back. Each warehouse was opened, revealing clothes of different brands inside. "These will be shipped back and distributed to everyone during the holidays." "Okay." Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and started loading the convoy. I stood at the door of the warehouse and waited for a while. Gao Rong led people back and said, "It looks fine from the outside. We still need to test whether it can operate normally." Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "Don''t worry, let''s go check out the other ones." "good." Several people went to several other factory areas together. Checked one by one. After the inspection was completed, some skeletons were arranged to be left behind. The rest of the group, climbed into the truck and started back. On the truck. Wu Heng reconsidered the matter at the garment factory. Currently, there are two options. One is to restore the power supply to that area and all the equipment can be produced in the original factory area. But the disadvantage is that the later supply of fabrics will be troublesome. Wu Heng needs to purchase cloth materials from Treasure Island, bring them to this world, and then transport them to the factory. In the zombie world, the clothes of the survivors are enough for the time being. The production of clothing is more about selling to people in other worlds and having their own industry and market. The second option is to move the equipment to Treasure Island, where material transportation and production will be simpler. The problem is, arranging some skeleton training. Those devices, it seems, still need to be operated. "Bring some photovoltaic panels over tomorrow. After the power is turned on, let Gao Rong and the others check the equipment." Wu Heng looked aside. "Okay, I''ll have people prepare tonight and go there tomorrow morning." Qi Hancai replied. The convoy made its way back to the factory. The rest of the people went to have dinner, and Wu Heng also returned to the island owner''s manor. The next day, morning. "Take a look, the second issue of the Gold and Silver Express is on sale. The Kingdom is in a serious situation. The Destiny Sect has been officially designated as a cult organization by the association. The latest serialization of the Great Detective Story." The newspaper seller waved his hand on the stone platform of the flower bed. newspaper. The shouting instantly attracted the crowd passing by. "The second issue is out again, so fast!" "What''s wrong with the Kingdom of Yeko? Indeed, no caravan from the Kingdom of Yeko has entered the island recently." "Buy one and let''s take a look." "Not buying." "Come on, let''s get together and take turns watching." "Yes, let''s get it together." Soon, some people gathered around the newspaper seller. Some bought it individually, and some people pooled their money together to buy a copy and read the contents. They are all words anyway, and after one person reads them, they are of little use. The next person can continue watching. More people are simply buying. The newspaper seller also had a smile on his face, and his business finally improved a lot. Saban held up the newspaper he bought and squeezed out of the crowd awkwardly. Last night I was a little late after having a hard time with ''Marin'', so I woke up a little later than usual. Also because I came out late, I saw the new issue of the newspaper being sold by the newspaper seller. The last time I was in the tavern, after reading the first issue of the newspaper, the business in the tavern became much better. The number of people who came to the tavern to listen to stories every day increased, and his treatment as a bard in the tavern also improved. This time there is a second issue. Even if the price is acceptable, even if it is a sky-high price, I will buy one myself. May change your own destiny. Wiping the sweat from his forehead, he walked towards a corner. When he was a child, he was one of the few talented people in the village. He has a good voice and a good memory. He can remember some content in his mind after watching it once or twice. After switching to the bard, he became proficient in acting and language use, and his performance became even better. The village pooled money to send him out of the village, hoping for a different future. But after coming out, I found that it was different from what I imagined. My own talent has no advantage at all outside. I took a boat all the way to Treasure Island and found a job in a tavern. Come and make a living temporarily so as not to starve to death directly. I found a corner where no one was. Saban opened the newspaper and read it carefully. When I read the story, I took out a pen and marked the key parts and dialogue parts on it. Make it easier for you to speak. After looking at it carefully twice. Then he stuffed the newspaper into his arms, stood up and looked in the direction of the Island Lord''s Mansion. "Master Wuheng Island, what happens to me in the future depends on your story." Close to the pub. Saban frowned. It was still morning, so there shouldn''t be many people in the tavern. But looking from a distance, a lot of people gathered at the door, including men, women, old and young, chatting around the door. "Good morning." Saban saluted everyone politely, "Is there a fight inside?" "Mr. Saban, we are all waiting for you. Are you late today?" A familiar guest said. "It''s not too late, there''s still some time! Wait for me all morning. What''s going on?" Saban looked around suspiciously. Although he is a professional, bards are not good at doing things. So many people beat themselves up. May die. "What else can happen! Didn''t the newspaper publish the second issue? Everyone is waiting for you to read the contents." Someone explained. Saban was instantly relieved. Just don''t come here to hit me. "Come in quickly, everyone is waiting for you." Someone pushed him from behind, staggered, pushed open the door of the tavern and rushed in. The light was dim, but Saban''s eyes froze for a moment. The tavern was full of people, and there was no empty seat. "Let''s do it, Mr. Saban!" Saban took a deep breath. After releasing [Good Speech], [Heroic Spirit] and [Loud Voice] to myself, I strode onto the wooden platform. He coughed lightly, signaling for the audience to be quiet. He glanced at the seats filled with drinkers and the eyes coming in from the window outside. With a smile on his face, he said: "Everyone, today''s newspaper has begun..." (End of chapter) Chapter 565 , Im afraid auntie will chop them Chapter 565, Im afraid Auntie will chop them The island lords mansion. Wu Heng looked at the reputation on the panel and raised his eyebrows slightly. The rate of fame growth this time is much faster than the last time, and it can even be said to have doubled. The story went viral? But the second issue has just been serialized, and the total is less than 6,000 words. No matter what, you cant become popular at this time! I have doubts in my heart, but my reputation is really improving. It seems that Glenda''s decision to change the protagonist of the story to herself was the right one. As long as it helps with fame, changing the protagonist''s name won''t be a big deal. Thinking in his heart, Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, the newspaper sales are really good today. I went to the port and all the newspapers were sold out." "Sales are so good?" Then I thought about it. Places like ports are locations with relatively large population movements. People who go to the island look strange, so it is normal to buy one and read it. People who leave the island will stay on the boat for a longer time, and buying newspapers can also pass the time. "Now, they all have money?" "Some were bought individually, and some were bought by several people who pooled their money together." Xiaoxiao answered. It is also a way to save money if several people pool their money to buy a copy and watch it in turns. "It''s a good idea. As long as everyone likes our newspaper, it doesn''t matter if a few people pool their money to buy it," Wu Heng said. The main thing is the improvement of reputation, and the effect is not bad. Even if no money is made, as long as the reputation can continue to grow, this newspaper will continue to be serialized. Xiaoxiao flew to the other side, leaned into his ear, and whispered: "I also heard some people scolding Aunt Glenda, saying that she was evil-minded, and wanted to find out who wrote it, and wanted to break her legs. They must have I dont know, Auntie has no legs now. "For what?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s a bad ending, it makes them uncomfortable where the story ends." Wu Heng understood the problem of out of context. He had read the novel rewritten by Glenda. The story was still the original one, but the ending was broken. Granda should have learned this from reading modern articles. "Don''t tell your aunt, lest she get angry." Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yeah, I''m afraid she''ll kill them with a sword." Beacon Street Tavern. "Fuck! The critical moment is over again. I can''t wait to give him a few punches." "This ghostwriter has no good intentions. The newspaper took our money and deliberately stopped here." "Absolutely hateful." "He really deserves to die~! If I want to know who broke the article, I have to burn her." A dwarf with a red beard slammed the table and cursed loudly. Bang bang~! The words just fell. The crisp slaps resounded throughout the tavern. The man who stood up and cursed looked at his hand in surprise and then touched his sore face. "Why are you beating yourself?" "I..., I don''t know." The red-bearded dwarf froze in place, his face was burning from his own slaps, and his angry eyes became much clearer. After thinking about it carefully, he sat back down carefully. He muttered a few sorry words to everyone around him. Stop talking and just keep your head down and drink. The island owner''s mansion. Glenda also flew back. Said: "The newspapers are selling well this time. There are people reading newspapers along the way. I feel that we can print more appropriately. People come to the island every day and can buy them. It can also develop the habit of reading newspapers on the island. Wu Heng made a mental calculation. This second issue will continue to be sold until the next issue comes out. It is indeed possible to print some more. "You''re right, let''s go print some more." Take the two ghosts downstairs and go to the printing machinery factory. Give the skeleton workers the task to continue printing the second issue of the newspaper. "When is the next issue planned to be released?" Glenda asked again. "The time needs to be spread out, maybe seven days. The time is too tight. The city hall cannot collect intelligence, and our newspaper cannot just update the story." "Yeah, that''s right!" Glenda nodded and continued, "I think it will be more popular if I post a separate one that just updates the story." "That''s a novel." Complete the assignment. After walking out of the printing room, Robert ran over and called him to eat. Follow the maids to the restaurant. After lunch, we returned to the study and headed to the zombie world. Walking out of the boundary gate, you are still in the dormitory where you live. Wu Heng glanced out the window, picked up the charging intercom in the side cabinet, and called Qi Hancai. Soon, Qi Hancai''s voice came from the other side, "Sister Yahong is here, we are in the conference room!" Li Yahong arrived with someone? The action is quite fast. Press the intercom, "I''ll go over now." Pick up the down jacket on the hanger, put it on, and go out to the conference room. In the conference room. There were many people sitting on both sides of the slender conference table. Qi Hancai, along with his cronies, Gao Rong and two other technicians, sat on the left side of the conference table. Li Yahong took several others and sat on the right side. Seeing Wu Heng come in, everyone stood up and said hello. Wu Heng sat down at the head, and the others followed suit. Each reported the situation. Li Yahong asked: "Sister Qi said that we need to arrange personnel to participate in cleaning up the zombies?" Wu Heng nodded and looked at everyone. He said directly: "Recently, survivor bases in various places have sent us rescue requests. Although we are not a rescue team, we are developing well now. If we are able, we should try our best to help survivors in other areas." Everyone nodded slightly to show their understanding. Wu Heng continued: "So, I plan to form two pioneering teams to enter the cities along the railway tracks in both forward and backward directions to clean up the zombies and rescue the survivors." Everyone present frowned. Except Qi Hancai who knew about the plan, no one else knew about it. Even Li Yahong was only informed that people should be selected to clean up the zombies at the base. The specific situation was not clear. After all, the content of the radio station is public, and it is not convenient to directly announce some things before a decision is made. Now that I heard the detailed content, I am a little confused and worried. Li Yahong thought for a moment and asked softly: "What are the base personnel responsible for forming a team?" Wu Heng explained, "The main battle will be completed by the skeletons. The selected people will follow the skeletons and do not need to directly participate in the battle. The main job is to communicate with the rescued survivors, report the itinerary and progress at any time, arrange material supplies, etc. It can be understood that apart from fighting, you are all responsible." Huh~! People on both sides breathed a sigh of relief. As long as they don''t directly participate in the battle, they are doing the rest now. "Qi Hancai and Li Yahong, you each choose a captain who will be mainly responsible for this matter." Qi Hancai took the lead and said: "On our side, Bai Qinglai is responsible for this matter." Beside, Bai Qing stood up. He is less than thirty years old and is an old man who came from Dong''an Village with Qi Hancai. He is considered a close confidant of Qi Hancai. "Chief, make sure to complete the mission." "Well, you know the process well, this kind of thing shouldn''t be difficult." "yes!" On Li Yahong''s side, several people gathered together and communicated in low voices. Not long after, Li Yahong turned around and said, "Our team is led by Hong Dedong." A middle-aged man with a beard stood up and said, "Your Majesty! I promise to complete the mission." Hong Dedong was also an early joiner of the base. "Well, you two stay here for now. Then I will arrange the skeleton and you can get familiar with it." "Yes!" The two nodded. Things are done for the Skeleton Logistics Team. Wu Heng continued: "Qi Hancai, tomorrow we will go to the original site of the provincial rescue team, seize control of the railway, and arrange the convoy." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded in response. The meeting ended and everyone walked outside together. Just walked out of the hallway. The sound of chasing footsteps came from behind. Qiangzi ran over quickly and said, "Your Majesty, I have new drawings. See if you can do it!" "Are there any more drawings?" When he was at the Xinfu City base, Qiangzi had a very rich imagination. There are quite a lot of designs such as iron wolf choppers and zombie power-generating treadmills. Some are useless, but some are actually pretty good. For example, the solid iron bullet was proposed by Hadron. Although he did not invent it, he still had an idea and went outside to inquire about the information from the people in the Flame God Sanctuary. I''ve been using it to this day and it''s still very useful. "Look, what are you doing so sneakily?" Wu Heng asked. "Sister Hong, don''t let me mess around." After saying that, he took out a small notebook from his pocket and opened it to see the patterns on it. On the first page, there are several flying dragons. Qiangzi introduced, "The first plan is to add a machine gun to the skeleton flying dragon. The inside of the sternum is used as a magazine to store a large number of bullets. There is also a fire-breathing device, and the oil pipe is along the The neck is connected to the mouth, the chest is the fuel tank, and the mouth is equipped with a flint. Open the mouth and use the flint to ignite the fuel gun to create the effect of spitting fire from the mouth, which can burn zombies in a large area. " (End of chapter) Chapter 566 , Skeleton anti-stab suit Chapter 566, Skeleton stab-proof suit ?Wu Heng looked at Hadrons drawings. The drawing of carrying a machine gun does not place the machine gun on the dragon''s back, but hangs it on the belly of the bone dragon. A diagonal downward angle. The second picture is of a flying dragon that sprays oil. The painting is relatively simple, and you can see the flames spitting out of its mouth. "If you burn this with oil, what should you do if the flame explodes along the oil pipe? Moreover, if the flame is too big, the body will be burned out, and the skeleton will not be transformed," Wu Heng said. "What about the machine gun?" "The machine gun feels okay, why is it hanging underneath?" Qiangzi explained, "Putting it on the back of a dragon, it is difficult for the machine gun to tilt downward at a too large angle. In addition, there are many high-rise buildings in the city, so it is difficult to aim at zombies in the streets, so it is more convenient to hang it below." "How to control it?" "The humanoid skeleton sits on the back of the dragon, adjusting the direction and shooting through a handle-like method. I have a picture." Qiangzi turned another page. A humanoid skeleton sits on the back of a dragon, holding a handle in his hand that can control the machine gun below. The method is similar to that of a bicycle. You can adjust the direction of the wheels by turning the handlebars. "I feel good, I can study it." Wu Heng nodded, it really felt good. "Yeah, I said you can understand our creativity." Qiangzi was a little excited. "Is there more?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Qiangzi continued to turn back and said: "This is the iron cow armor, the kind of deformed cow skeleton we killed last time, with iron armor on the outside, machine guns hanging on both sides, and skull-like stab-proof clothing. " Wu Heng said: "Let''s talk about stab-proof clothing." "This kind of stab-proof clothing is close to the stab-proof clothing we collected. It is made of high-density blended fabric, wrapped with steel plates on the front and back, and has leg and crotch guards on the lower body. It is enough to protect against zombies, and it will be produced very quickly. While weaving the fabric, we will Just make the pickguard and sew it inside. Stab-proof clothing, Wu Heng feels okay. The production cycle of armor customized from another world is too long and costs a lot of money. This simple version of stab-resistant clothing is faster to make. "Okay!" Then, Qiangzi introduced many wonderful ideas that he analyzed. But the latter ones are a bit too exaggerated. Or the flying dragon machine gun and stab-proof suit, these two are more reliable. After thinking for a while, he said: "I will prepare a skeleton flying dragon for you then, and a skeleton who knows how to make machinery will help you. Try to see if you can make a machine gun flying dragon, as well as stab-proof clothing. Let''s make a finished product first. Let me see what it looks like." "Okay!" Qiangzi was slightly excited and lowered his voice and said, "Your Majesty, you have to tell Sister Hong." "I told her to stay here during this period." "Okay!" Qiangzi said and left somewhat happily. Late at night. In the bedroom. Li Yahong tore open the scroll, and light penetrated into her body. "I feel like my body is much more flexible." As he spoke, he jumped on the spot. Wu Heng explained with a smile, "You and Qi Hancai use the same type of scroll. If you go back and train more diligently, your strength will become higher and higher." It sounds the same as Qi Hancai. Li Yahong curled her lips and said, "You are really not partial at all." Qi Hancai walked over with a smile and put his arms around her shoulders, "Okay, sister, remember your kindness, and I will give you good things first in the future." "That''s not what I meant, I just teased him." Li Yahong said with a smile. Then, Qi Hancai whispered a few words in her ear. Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng suspiciously. Then he followed Qi Hancai and walked into the bathroom behind him. After a while, the bathroom door opened. Two women came out one after another. Qi Hancai was wearing white underwear, a plush bra, and a plush fox tail behind her, while Li Yahong was wearing black underwear with hollow lace, and the covered skin could be seen. Both were a little shy. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, squatted on the ground, and let out a soft ''meow''. Li Yahong''s eyes widened a lot. She looked at Qi Hancai who suddenly imitated a cat''s meow, then coughed lightly and followed with a ''meow''. Wu Heng was stunned. After taking a look at Qi Hancai''s outfit, she must be a fox. Why did you change it to a cat? But it doesnt matter, I have a real one at home, and this acting can also increase the fun. "Come here!" Wu Heng waved. Li Yahong walked up to her, sat on her lap, and kissed her gently. Qi Hancai slowly crawled over, knelt down in front of him, and put his arms on his legs. Wu Heng enjoyed Li Yahong''s enthusiasm and reached out to caress Qi Hancai''s hair below. The next day, in the morning. The motorcade and the skeleton army gathered at the gate of the factory. After getting ready, the convoy, surrounded by the army, rushed towards the former site of the provincial rescue team. The army arrived nearby in great force. The convoy began to stand by at the rear, while Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to form a formation and get ready. He stood among the skeletons and waited for a while. Glenda flew back from a distance and said, "There are a lot of zombies. There is a level 18 zombie king with scars on his body. He should be the zombie king who escaped last time." "Let me take a look!" Wu Heng said. Glenda got into the body and the scene was shared. The entire area was densely packed with zombies. Different from the zombies wandering around, they are also gathered in various locations just like the army, but not so orderly. And in a half-collapsed building. A corpse king with black horns on his body and insect wings on his back appeared in front of him. On the body, some healed scars can be seen. It should be the corpse king who was led near the base by the rescue team last time and escaped. Release Glenda again and continue to be on guard. Wu Heng ordered: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out, fly higher, and bomb directly." Huhuhu~! Sounds broke through the air. Five flying dragons flew forward in one piece. At the same time, the corpse group in the distance also noticed the movement here. Like boiling, it began to surge towards this side. Dense iron bullets fell like a torrential rain. Thick smoke rose. A large group of corpses were covered by iron rain. The battle continues. Solid iron bullets and arrows fell into the corpses like a heavy rain. The spear array also lowers the center of gravity. Prepare to face the incoming tide of corpses. "Uncle, the Corpse King is here." "Hiding among the corpses, it looks like he wants to make a sneak attack." Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew down from the sky one after another and warned. Sneak attack! It seems that this corpse king likes to make sneak attacks. Last time I heard someone from the provincial rescue team say that they were quietly followed by the Corpse King and found the location of the base. It was only in the evening that they launched an attack with a group of corpses. Not low in wisdom. With a thought in his mind, Wu Heng activated the [Mirror Image Technique], and three illusions exactly like himself appeared. This is not a real clone, but an image created by illusion skills. Two of the illusions disappear. Only one of them was left, standing in front of Wu Heng. Wu Heng pointed to one side, and Huan Huan walked straight over, climbed onto the roof of a scrapped car, and pointed randomly at the skeleton, as if giving orders. Wu Heng stood among the skeletons and waited silently. About twenty minutes. Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air suddenly sounded. The figure of the Corpse King suddenly appeared from the sky, flapped its wings, and pounced on the illusion like a hungry tiger attacking a sheep. Bang~! There was a muffled sound. The roof of the car is dented, and the illusion of pounce is shattered. The Corpse King''s eyes narrowed, he turned around and flew back into the sky. Trying to escape from here. Huhuhu~! There were sounds of breaking through the air all around, and large skeletons with giant flesh wings appeared from all sides, surrounding it in the middle. (End of chapter) Chapter 567 , the skill of borrowing souls to bring Chapter 567, The skill of resurrecting a soul (an update today.) The sudden appearance of the Vampire Skeleton made the Corpse King''s eyes show surprise and bloodlust. It seems that he didn''t expect it. Among these skeletons, there are also skeletons that can fly. Weird eyes glanced at the surrounding giant winged skeletons, whose half-human, half-insect mouthparts made a harsh and deadly sound. Roar~! The Corpse King let out an angry roar and took the lead in attacking. His wings flapped rapidly and shot towards the nearest Vampire skeleton like a cannonball. The two arms were flailing like jointed limbs, trying to tear each other out of the air. The vampire skeleton turned into blood mist with a ''bang'' sound, and reappeared not far away, unscathed. Swish swish~! At this time, a series of sounds broke through the air. The vampire skeletons all around threw blood spears. The blows hit the corpse king''s body, some were broken, and some penetrated the body. A thick liquid flows out. The Corpse King roared angrily and flapped its wings fiercely again, trying to break through the siege. The vampire skeletons always surrounded each other and kept a certain distance. Blood spears and **** missiles kept flying out. Exploded on the corpse king''s body. Poof~! In the melee, a figure appeared behind the Corpse King like a ghost, with its fingers together, it instantly pierced the back of the heart. The **** hand was thrown from the chest, crushing the heart in the hand. The Corpse King struggled hard. Throwing away the enemy behind him, his body quickly fell towards the ground. The moment he hit the ground with a thud. Countless **** spears were smashed down. Then a large number of vampire skeletons landed on the ground and swarmed up, completely submerging the Corpse King. "Dead! He didn''t get up." Glenda flew back to report. Almost at the same time he spoke. The zombies that were attacking in a roundabout way were instantly confused and rushed straight over. The groups of zombies on the main road began to crowd and push each other, and they fell down one by one and rolled into a ball. "The skeleton flying dragon continues to bombard, and the archers in front are free to throw." Wu Heng immediately ordered. Huhuhu~! Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, and solid iron bullets rained down from the sky. The dense arrows turned into the sky and shot out from behind. The corpses fell to the ground one by one. One by one they rushed onto the street and continued to charge forward. Crash into the spear array. The sharp spear pierced the rotting body, and the zombies still roared and struggled forward, trying to catch the enemy in front. A large number of zombies fell. The remaining souls glanced towards the sky. Xiaoxiao rushed straight up from the sky and began to devour the remaining souls above the formation. As Xiaoxiao kept devouring it. System prompts also appeared immediately. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 18, with constitution +2, perception +4, and intelligence +2. [Unlocked features: Enhanced possession. [Unlocking restrictions: Unfinished business. Xiaoxiao finally reached level 18. Ever since I got the [Soul Captivating Jade], my two ghost souls have improved at an incredible speed. But its much faster than when I upgraded. After level 18, the ghost''s attributes increase by 8 points. Perception increased by 4 points, and it seems that Xiao Xiao is more inclined to investigation work. Unlocked a feature [Enhanced Possession] and a restriction [Unfinished Business]. Same as when Glenda reaches level 18. But there is one missing [Withering Touch]. The effect of withering touch can directly attack the soul body or harm the soul of a living being. Xiaoxiao is not unlocked, which may be related to the differences between the two worlds. All in all reaching level 18 is a good thing. When you get back, ask what your little last wish is. Maybe, Xiaoxiao will be able to clear [unfinished business] earlier than Granda and continue to improve. The ghost has reached level 20 and I don''t know if he can become a hero. Looking at the battlefield again, Wu Heng ordered, "Move forward!" Wow~! The skeletons in the spear array stood up and pushed the remaining corpses backwards little by little. The skeleton axe-wielder following behind chopped down all the zombies that slipped through the gaps. The battle is over. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. The corpse of the Corpse King was also dragged back by a skeleton. It was covered in blood holes and looked a bit miserable. In this battle. The combat effectiveness displayed by the vampire skeletons is still very significant. Make up for the gap in air combat. Although the Skeleton Flying Dragon is not low in level, its size and flying method make it difficult to stay in mid-air and fight. After looking at the corpse, he directly released the [Bone Slave Technique], and the Skeleton Corpse King stood up from the broken flesh. "From now on, you can call me Fei Mo No. 2. Please go aside first." Wu Heng named him casually. The skeleton corpse king in a suit without wings is called Bone Demon No. 1, and the corpse king with wings is called Fei Demon No. 1 and Fei Demon No. 2. There are now three corpse king skeletons in total. Fei Mo No. 1 shook off the scraps of flesh on his body, flapped his wings and flew to the side. His empty eyes looked around, moving back and forth. Wu Heng collected the corpse cores on the ground and continued to transform the remaining zombies. A large number of skeletons stood up on the ground, crowding the entire area. The skeleton group has been reorganized. The skeleton moved aside. The convoy came through the gap in the middle and headed to the abandoned provincial rescue team base ahead. You can see ruins in the distance. Ruins of broken walls are scattered all over the field of vision, concrete blocks and twisted steel bars, as if they were roughly twisted into a ball by giants. "The people from the rescue team said that the bomb at the base was detonated during the evacuation, killing the zombies that rushed into the base." Qi Hancai explained at the side. You can see a deep, charred pit, which should be where the explosives were piled. "They are quite ruthless and even planted bombs in the base." "I estimate that there have been plans to go to the main station for a long time. When this base was established, it was built as a temporary base." Qi Hancai analyzed. "That makes sense." The convoy did not enter the ruins, but slowed down on the main road outside. "Let Gao Rong point the way, we have to rush back before dark." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Gao Rong, where is the station?" Gao Rong''s voice came from the intercom, "Turn left at the intersection ahead, then drive forward and you will see the station." Qi Hancai also ordered, "Follow Gao Rong''s instructions." The convoy began to turn left and continued forward. A dense army of skeletons followed behind, and large swaths of vampire skeletons flew around the convoy. Rush forward. The location of the convoy was not too far away. After more than ten minutes'' journey, we saw a simple building. There is nothing dangerous in the building, and you can see the railroad tracks through the lobby. And that rescue team train. Everyone still has a deep memory of this train. The first train in Xinfu City was largely imitated and modified from this train. The iron plate is thickened and has an exaggerated impact angle on the front. Now that the rescue team has left, the train becomes their trophy. "Check the status of the train, and then search to see if there are any supplies nearby." Wu Heng ordered. Everyone immediately took action to check the vehicles and confirm whether there were any supplies left in several warehouses. Wu Heng also took the skeleton and looked around. Qi Hancai came back from outside and said, "There is nothing wrong with the train. There are some equipment and tools in the several warehouses. There are no special supplies." "I will leave some skeletons to occupy this place, and subsequent transportation can be carried out by railway." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded. Wait for confirmation. Wu Heng arranged some skeletons to protect this place. Everyone got in the car again and returned to the military factory base. After arriving at the military factory. Everyone was busy, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and walked into the gate. The island owner''s estate. After dinner with the maids. Wu Heng went upstairs again and returned to the study. Glenda was revising the draft at the desk, while Xiaoxiao was watching cartoons a few feet away, having a silly time. Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, walked over and took a look at the small animation, "I''ve watched it several times, and I still love it so much!" "I asked Aunt Yahong to download a new animation for me and said she would bring it to me next time she comes." Xiaoxiao said. "You are quite good at arranging it." Wu Heng sat down aside, looked at Xiaoxiao, and then asked: "Xiaoxiao, do you have any wishes?" When Xiaoxiao reaches level 18, he still has to find a way to solve the problem of "unfinished business". "Wish! It''s gone. It''s good now. I feel quite happy." Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and said. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. No way! "Didn''t you say last time that you wanted a huge pink bear doll? Then let the skeleton be inside and act as your bodyguard." Wu Heng said. "It''s too childish, I just said it casually." Xiaoxiao replied. Wu Heng took a sip of tea and said, "Xiao Xiao has reached level 18. Uncle will definitely grant you a wish, just like Aunt Glenda did last time. You should think about it carefully." Glenda raised her head and glanced here, then lowered her head and continued to revise the draft. After thinking for a moment, he asked, "Can my father and grandfather be resurrected?" Forehead. "Well... I''m not that capable. Let''s try something simpler." Wu Heng said immediately. The little father and grandfather had already turned into zombies when they met Wu Heng. Later, he attacked himself, was killed by a skeleton and transformed into a skeleton. Later, he couldn''t even tell which skeleton it was. He probably fought with zombies and was shattered on the ground. Moreover, even if it can be found, there is no way to resurrect it. "That''s really not the case. It''ll be nice if we can be together in the future. When uncle, you die and my mother dies too, we''ll be ghosts together." Glenda said not far away: "Your uncle can''t die. We are living in his body. When the life span is up, let''s perform the ghoul ritual. Anyway, the whole island is evil." "Thank you both for thinking so far." Wu Heng was speechless. No matter what I said, my funeral arrangements have been made. "Hehe~!" Xiaoxiao smiled, then flew far away with the tablet, as if to avoid Wu Heng''s interruption. Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao and started thinking. Glenda''s "unfinished business" can be determined to be the matter of her ex-husband. As for Xiaoxiao, there is a high probability that it is her mother. The only relative in this world. She certainly can''t turn her mother into a ghost, but she can take more care of her. A better life, or some support. I thought about it for a while. Both ghosts had their own things to be busy with, so they returned to their rooms to rest. Zombie world. Military factory, radio room. Qi Hancai sat on a chair, her legs in leather boots resting on the edge of the table. The person in charge of the radio station on the side, after debugging, said: "Sister Qi, it has entered the Gaohe City frequency band." On the radio station, some scattered chatter came from the radio station. Qi Hancai sat up and took the phone. He cleared his throat and said in a deep voice: "We are the Xinfu City base." As soon as the words came out, the entire radio station suddenly fell silent. All chatter disappeared. Qi Hancai continued: "We will go to Gaohe City the day after tomorrow to launch a rescue operation. All bases and survivors who hear the news must meet the following conditions. 1. When you encounter a skeleton wearing a battle armor and holding a weapon, please dont panic. They are our leaders soldiers with special abilities and are also the main combat force of the base. 2. Do not attack or provoke skeletons under any circumstances, otherwise you will be attacked. 3. Hang a red marker in an obvious location, or other obvious information that can confirm the presence of survivors. 4. After the zombies have been cleaned up, you can go downstairs and approach the rescue team proactively. Do not touch the skeletons and contact the rescue team at the rear. Brothers and sisters who have received the news, hold on until we arrive. " Hurrah~! After Qi Hancai finished speaking, the frequency band in Gaohe City instantly started to boil. There were only a few conversations, and it was like a large crowd suddenly poured into the room. Noisy and chaotic. "Is it the base of King Yama?" "Are you really coming? We may not be able to hold on for much longer." Qi Hancai took a deep breath and picked up the walkie-talkie, "Wait for us and we will pick you up at a safe base." "Thank you, thank you!" Xinfu City Base. Li Yahong, who had just returned, washed her face. Also headed to the radio station''s room. Adjusting the frequency band, he said directly: "This is the main base of Xinfu City. According to the arrangement of the leader, King Yama, we will arrange a rescue team to go to ''Tie City'' to carry out rescue. The following are important things to note. Survivors who are listening, please listen carefully to the end. 1. Skeletons wearing armor and holding weapons are our soldiers. Please do not panic or make dangerous moves. 2,. " The same words were said. In the radio station, four or five seconds passed. A small, suspicious voice sounded, "Really, really?" "Really, we will continue to rescue people all the way north." Then, a whimpering sound came from the radio. No one continued to speak. The next day, the association. After Wu Heng walked into the deacon''s study, he took off his hood. Sheila Gui looked up at the other party and joked: "Oh, our great detective is here." "It''s just a false name, are you looking for me?" Wu Heng put the hood on the coffee table and sat down on the sofa. Shi Yali brought tea, then sat not far away, looking at him with a smile and her chin. Xilagui said: "Leader Lilith has written to you, and there is also a reward for you in his own name. It seems that he is quite satisfied with your actions." Wu Heng paused while drinking tea, a little surprised that the other party handed out the reward so quickly. Or in a personal capacity. "What a reward!" "Don''t you know how to detect? Guess what?" Wu Heng looked at the other party and said suspiciously: "Skill book? Jade Talisman for Soldiers?" Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Well, I guessed two correctly." After saying that, he didn''t let him guess any more. He took the items out directly. There are three in total, corresponding to the killing of three level 18 exiles. As for the exile who killed the Destiny Sect in the first place, it seemed that he was forgotten by default. Wu Heng looked over. His eyes lit up. A pair of boots, a skill book, and a jade talisman. [Boots of the Hundred Soldiers (Rare Item)] [Effect: Adapt to body changes, the power of Cangshan. [Side Effect: Unable to be in a state of nothingness. (Description: Leather boots made of special materials, like decorative accessories.) Boots from the Soldier Set. It seems that the last time I wrote a letter was useful. I asked about the Hundred Soldiers suit, and the other party sent me an accessory this time. Can the leader of this department distribute the association''s rewards in a private name? Or, after she changes it out, give it to herself. The latter is more likely. It is not difficult for a leader to have several first-level meritorious deeds under him. Sitting in that position, there shouldn''t be any talk of receiving an association reward because of something like this. Very satisfied with the first one. Wu Heng continued to look at the second item. Awaken the soul (Description: This spell can be used as an insurance measure for the awakening of the soul after the death of a living creature. The dead corpse will have its soul awakened in the ghost of the ''sacrifice'' (and the soul voluntarily awakens). After awakening, the soul will replace the sacrifice. ghost.) ah? Safeguards for soul awakening. The soul of the corpse awakens in the ghost of the sacrifice? This is not a borrowed corpse but a borrowed soul. Why give me this skill? What''s the meaning? (End of chapter) Chapter 568 , How could I be so perverted? Chapter 568: How could I be so perverted? When Wu Heng looked at the skill book, Shi Yali came over with the document. The introduction said: "The Hundred Soldiers'' combat boots and Hundred Soldiers robe accessories have the effect that as long as you step on the ground, you can absorb the power of the earth to replenish your physical strength. The second effect is that your strength will be increased, which is probably the original About 50%, and every clone can have this effect. As he spoke, Wu Heng turned his attention to the boots again. The power of Cangshan in the effect actually has this effect. As long as you step on the ground, you can recover your physical strength by absorbing the power of the earth. This is really an exaggeration. Wearing shoes must be on the ground. Who will hang on to it? The second is to increase the user''s power. This also has a certain effect on Wu Heng. After all, he has certain melee capabilities. The most important point. This is the accessory of the ''Hundred Soldiers Robe''. After the clone effect appears, all clones have the same effect. This set is really good in everything. "What about the side effects?" Wu Heng asked. The side effects presented in the panel are a bit vague. Shi Yali explained, "The side effect is that the user cannot perform any form of fast movement, including void movement, space movement, transformation into mist and other effects." Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief, that''s okay, he doesn''t know these things. Then, another idea came to mind. If you can''t use fast movement ability, it shouldn''t include entering the world gate yourself, right? You can try it when you go back. But its not a big problem. If there are restrictions, it wont be a problem to take off your clothes and go in again. "Does this Hundred Soldiers suit have any accessories?" Wu Heng continued to ask. I have collected four types now. Each one is a prop for a first-level meritorious service reward. If placed anywhere, it can be considered a treasure. I was also curious about how many more there were. Shi Yali flipped through the file and said, "There seems to be a mage crown. There is no clear record on it, so I can''t be completely sure." There is also a tiara. In fact, its not much different. One person can wear so many things. Clothes, shoes, and belts all appeared, and there was no room for more. Wu Heng nodded, "I understand, let''s continue!" Shi Yali continued to introduce the next reward, the skill book. "Avoking the soul is a fifth-level ritual spell of the Necromancer faction. It can use the ''sacrificial'' ghost of a corpse that has no soul after death to evoke the ghost of the corpse. The higher the level of the sacrifice ghost, the better the effect." Level 5 skills are level 18 spells. After Shi Yali introduced it, it became clearer. That is, after a living being dies, if there is no soul, it can be replaced by another soul. Forcibly awaken the ghosts of dead creatures. This is actually quite powerful. Not everyone below level 18 has the opportunity to become a ghost. With this skill, some people can be awakened. It can be regarded as a redeemable skill. A sudden flash occurred in my mind. With this skill, the little mother can also become a ghost. "How long can a corpse be left alive to awaken the soul?" Wu Heng asked. Shi Yali looked at the document carefully and said, "It''s not written on it. You can try it out if you have a chance." "Oh fine!" Shi Yali turned another page and said, "The third item is Leader Lilith''s ''Jade Talisman''. When you are in danger, you can crush the jade talisman and the power inside will help you." The introduction of the three rewards is over. Shi Yali closed the book. Seeing that Wu Heng had no problems, he walked back to his office. Wu Heng put away the reward and looked at Xila Gui, "Didn''t I give you a reward?" She is the deacon of Treasure Island, so she deserves a share of the credit. "I don''t get such treatment as you, so you gave me a jade talisman." "That''s pretty good," Wu Heng said. After all, Sheila Ge did not participate in the battle. Just sitting at home and getting a reward is pretty good. "I''m taking advantage of you." "You''re welcome!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Then he picked up the letter on the coffee table, tore open the envelope and poured out the letter paper. "Master of Wuheng Island: In this incident, your performance was outstanding. With your firm belief and talent, you completed the task perfectly. The fifth fleet secretly went to the Emerald Sea in an attempt to release the ''Exile''. The clan has begun to investigate, and it won''t take long before there will be a result. Once it is investigated and other people are involved, the matter will be cleaned up and disposed of. Subsequently, you continue to serve as the "law enforcement team" to investigate and supervise the vampire''s external operations and collect corresponding intelligence. I have prepared three rewards and have distributed them to you through the association to make up for the losses you caused in this battle. I hope you will maintain this enthusiasm and focus, move forward courageously, and perform the duties of the law enforcement team. Lilith Ann Beshmit. " The letter was written by Lilith. But theres nothing substantial in it. The main thing is to praise this action for stopping the Fifth Fleet and having enough reasons to kill several Exiles. It seems that Lilith is quite satisfied. In the letter, other people who may be involved in the Bleeding Tribe were also mentioned. It seems that his actions ruined the plans of some people in the vampire clan. You should also pay attention to it, lest the other party doesn''t dare to trouble Lilith and comes to find you instead. "What did you write?" Sheela asked with wide eyes. Wu Heng handed it to her, "Look, Lilith said I have talent, a rare talent." Sheila Gui did not refuse this time, and took it and looked at the content above. "My evaluation of you is not low." Sheila Gui finished reading and put the letter away, "Do you still want to reply?" "Write one. After all, the reward given this time is quite good." Shi Yali brought the letter paper. Wu Heng began to write. The content I wrote is relatively simple. Thank you Lilith for your trust. I will try my best to fulfill my duties as a law enforcement team in the future. If there are any other exiles, you can also arrange for them to be investigated by yourself. When you''re done writing, re-insert the envelope. Give it to Shi Yali and send it outside to mail it. The matter of letters is over. Wu Heng leaned on the sofa, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Sheilagui asked curiously: "Who came up with such things as newspapers?" "I figured it out, how do you feel?" Wu Heng asked. "How did you remember to distribute such a thing on the island?" Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "Don''t you feel that newspapers have a big effect if they are distributed? For example, the information published in newspapers is more accurate and reliable. In the past, some gossip became more and more outrageous, and now it is Newspapers are the main thing. Silla raised her eyebrows. If you put it that way, it seems to have a certain effect. What kind of intelligence and news have there been in the past? As soon as all kinds of news spread, they became more and more outrageous. There may be four or five versions of the same thing happening on Beacon Street. Now that this kind of newspaper has come out, as long as the accuracy of the information is maintained, it can indeed guide residents'' information and curb some rumors. "It''s amazing, you can think of all this." Sheila Gui praised. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Not bad, mainly if we collect this information, we can still sell it for money." "You... I''m praising you in vain." While the two were talking, Shi Yali also walked back from outside. Sitting sideways on the armrest of Shila Rose''s chair, he put one hand on his sister''s shoulder and asked, "How did you remember to publish your story in the newspaper?" Sheila has long rose gold hair, a round face, beautiful and delicate facial features, and a pair of big and bright eyes. Only when it comes to work does he show his sharpness. Sister Shi Yali has short blond shoulder-length hair, soft facial lines, and always has a smile in her eyes. The two sisters have similar looks. Sitting next to each other is pleasing to the eye. Wu Heng said: "In the beginning, I just wanted to serialize some stories to promote newspaper sales. Someone suggested that publishing such stories could also change the island residents'' view of me." Sheila Gui smiled and said, "You are quite confident and you know that your story can be so popular." Wu Heng was still somewhat confident that the story was popular. After all, the collection of great detective stories is a global bestseller in the modern world. In this different world where there are few novels to read, it is not surprising that it is popular. However, what I didn''t expect was that the second issue of the series would have this effect. Sheela asked: "Watson really exists? Did he write this story? Why haven''t I seen him?" Wu Heng replied, "The stage name is the name in the novel. I will introduce you to him when I have the opportunity." Shi Yali then asked, "Do you really like to spank corpses with a stick?" "Art processing, how could I be so perverted?" (End of chapter) Chapter 569 , used to be a pirate Chapter 569: Been a pirate before Sheila Gui asked again, "When you didn''t get the necromancer profession, did you really plan to change your profession to coroner?" "Maybe! I can''t say." "Who is the murderer? Is it that woman?" "It would be pointless to tell you in advance. The third issue will be released in two days. I will have someone send you the latest one then." The two sisters are like reporters. You ask her questions one by one. There was nothing work-related, it was all about the newspaper and the stories serialized in it. Fortunately, Wu Heng had read the detective collection and knew the contents. Otherwise, the secret will be revealed. Chatted with the two for a while. I drank three or four cups of scented tea. Wu Heng also stood up and said, "I''m going back. I''ll talk to you next time." "Well, I have something to do in the afternoon." Sheila Gui smiled. "I''ll see you again in two days." Sheila Gui and Shi Yali smiled and nodded. Wu Heng put on his hood and veil. Walk out of the study. Leave the association. Wu Heng took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. After this period of time, the entire Lighthouse Street became more lively, the population continued to increase, and the vendors on both sides of the road continued to shout. There were also people asking for newspapers at several newspaper sellers'' locations. Newspapers are also continuing to be sold. Wu Heng got off the bus at a crowded location and walked inside on foot. We passed two pubs along the way. On the sign at the door, it was announced when the "Detective Story" would be performed. It seems to have become a regular show. In fact, a large part of the island''s residents are illiterate. This kind of speech by a bard is also the best way to understand the story. Wandered around for a while. Wu Heng took the skeleton and turned directly into an animal training shop on the roadside. The boss, an elf man, was wiping the talons of a grey-headed eagle at the counter. I saw a guest coming in. With a smile on his face, "Guest, please come inside." "Come and see how to tame the beasts." Wu Heng walked into the store. The boss put the grey-headed eagle back into the cage aside, followed behind him, and asked: "Has the guest already chosen the type of animal taming in his heart, or would you like me to help you analyze it." "Tell me about it!" Wu Heng said, looking at some of the tame animals around him. The ranger''s tamed animals are usually birds. The house is filled with various cages and birds. It feels like entering a zoo. "Does the owner of the beast taming have a high level?" the boss asked. "My level is not high, I just transferred." "That requires docile taming of animals, and after taming animals in their infancy and raising them, they will become closer to their owners." The boss said something, and then asked, "Should the emphasis be on combat or investigation?" Wu Heng said: "Investigation!" "I recommend the dove or the owl. The dove has a docile personality, has a long flight time, and is good at finding water sources, minerals or some special targets. The owl can see at night, is smart, and is good at hunting, and its reconnaissance ability at night is not good. affected." I recommended Owl again. Among the rangers around me, there are really more owls for taming animals. "Then let''s take an owl! Pick a young one that''s in better physical condition." Wu Heng smiled. "Wait a moment." The boss said and walked into the back room. Not long after, a birdcage was carried, and a small owl with white feathers curled up in the birdcage with some caution. "Guest, 72 silver coins." Wu Heng took the money directly and left with the owl. He didn''t continue wandering around, called a carriage and returned directly to the island owner''s manor. Return to your residence. The maids went out to greet him. Seeing the owl held by the skeleton behind her, Minnie asked curiously: "Master, a new tame animal?" "I bought it for someone else. Feed it some food." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Minnie took the cage and walked into the house to feed the owl. The little owl is still very obedient. Quietly in the cage, three maids stood in a circle, each taking turns feeding him. Wu Heng glanced at the maids and said, "Minnie, I''m going upstairs. Call me if you need anything." "Okay, Master." He went straight upstairs, opened the door and walked into his study. In the study room. The desk was occupied by ''Glenda'', who was working on a manuscript. Xiaoxiao, who was responsible for going out with Wu Heng today, also showed up and went to watch cartoons. Wu Heng sat down at a few seats aside, took out the reward he received today, and placed it next to him. The first item is [Hundred Soldiers Boots], which is an accessory to the Hundred Soldiers robe. Looks pretty clean. I found some alcohol and disinfected the inside. Then put it on the feet. The size is just right and there is nothing inconvenient about moving around. When your feet hit the ground, you can clearly feel a weak energy spreading throughout your body along the soles of your feet. Continuing to restore his physical strength. With a thought, six identical clones immediately dispersed. A clone asked: "Is the effect of restoring physical strength still there?" "Yes, are yours here?" another asked in reply. "I''m still here, so it will work for you too!" "It works!" several clones said one after another. "End the clone first. The longer it takes, the greater the side effects will be." "good!" After saying that, the clone shook at high frequency and turned back into Wu Heng alone. Wait until the side effects disappear. Glenda looked over and asked, "What are you doing?" Xiaoxiao also followed and looked over. "Try out the newly obtained rare items." Wu Heng replied. "What strange thing?" "A pair of boots and a hundred-soldier robe are a set. After wearing them, you can restore your physical strength." Wu Heng replied. "Sounds good." "It''s pretty good." Wu Heng glanced at the two ghosts, "You guys come back first, and I''ll try to see if I can go to the zombie world." The two ghosts nodded and got directly into the body. Wu Heng opened the gate and walked in directly. After confirming the side effects, not including passing through the boundary gate, he walked back again. Release the ghosts and let everyone go about their own business. Wu Heng took off his boots and placed them at the door, then returned to the wooden chair and sat down. I am quite satisfied with this rare item. Fortunately, after accepting this mission from Lilith, I not only obtained three level 18 vampire skeletons and three ghosts, but also received a set of accessories as a reward. It was a huge profit. "I wonder if there are any Vampire Exiles." He muttered softly. Glenda, who was not far away, looked up and then returned her gaze to the book. Wu Heng also picked up the skill book [Avoking Souls] beside him and started to check it. Different from normal skill books. This skill is a ritual spell. In addition to its own spells, rituals are needed to coordinate. Sacrificing ghosts is a necessary part of the ritual. As he read the skill book, Wu Heng also gained some understanding of the skills. The skill effect can awaken the soul of the corpse, but it is not unlimited. One is to wake up voluntarily. If the soul is unwilling to wake up, the ritual will naturally not take effect. The second is that corpses that are within a maximum of 120 days cannot be used if they are too long. Although I can''t think of where it can be used at the moment. But multiple skills are ultimately a good thing. Turn to the last page of the skill book. A prompt appears. [Unlock skills: Arouse the soul. No pressure. Return the skill book to the bookshelf at the back. After sitting in the study and waiting for a while, the sound of someone calling for food came from the door. Wu Heng walked downstairs and had dinner with the maids. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Qi Hancai and Gao Rong both glanced at the birdcage on the side. Doubt flashed in his eyes. Where did the owl come from? "Qi Hancai, please talk about the situation first." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze and said first: "The train has set off this morning and will go directly to Gaohe City to clean up the zombies. Bai Qing has brought a total of 20 survivors and is responsible for the logistics. There were no problems when setting off. Keep the news flowing through the radio. Wu Heng asked: "Where is Li Yahong?" "The people from Sister Yahong have also set off from Xinfu City. The journey will be longer than here. They are not expected to arrive in Tiecheng the day after tomorrow." Wu Heng nodded, "Ask them to send back the news frequently and prepare logistical supplies." "Understood!" Qi Hancai nodded. "Gao Rong, where are you?" Gao Rong said: "The equipment in the clothing factory has been tested and there are no problems. The skeletons you left behind can also control the machinery." "How is the research and development of firearms machinery going?" Wu Heng asked next. "It''s progressing very quickly, and there''s still some time before the results are achieved." "Hold on tighter." "Okay." Gao Rong nodded. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Qi Hancai, inform ''Zhao Yanqiu'' in Xinfu City to transfer to our side." Qi Hancai nodded. "Okay, let''s just go and do your own business!" Wu Heng said. Gao Rong stood up, took his documents and left. Only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left in the conference room. He took the birdcage over and handed it to Qi Hancai, "I chose a tame animal for you and try to establish communication with it." Taming animals? communicate? Qi Hancai''s eyes flashed with confusion and confusion as he looked over. Blackstone Town, a nearby village. The kingdom has been uneasy recently, and there has been little movement between villages and towns. It''s as if they are all closed off to themselves. In a simple room, Penny, dressed as an ordinary village woman, was looking at the newly delivered message in her hand. When he saw the much late news in his hand, a smile appeared on his face, "I was named the island owner by the association. It''s really awesome." After reading it once, quickly destroy the paper. There was longing in his eyes, "As long as I find out useful information about the cult, I can also join the association. Then I will go to Treasure Island, which will definitely surprise him." thinking in mind. A companion''s shout came from the door. "Benny, the lunch break is over. Go to the church quickly, otherwise the elders will be angry again." "Okay!" Penny took a deep breath, stood up and walked out directly. Head to the central building with other people gathered around. Put on your black robe, open the door and sit in a circle to prepare for afternoon prayer. At this time, the elder walked in with a new figure. He coughed lightly and introduced, "This is a member of the congregation who came from Emerald Sea. He is now appointed as an elder. Elder Babuqi, please introduce yourself." The figure glanced at everyone present. The low voice said: "My name is ''Babuqi''. I worked as a pirate in the Emerald Sea and later followed the great knight ''Solvi''." (End of chapter) Chapter 570 , why do you mention him every day? (Tod Chapter 570: Why do you mention him every day? (Todays update, I didnt make it up.) Zombie World, conference room. The white owl flew half a circle around the room. Qi Hancai, whose vision was shared, opened his mouth with disbelief on his face, "I can see the owl''s perspective, I see myself, this..., have I awakened a new power?" Wu Heng sat aside, looking at Qi Hancai who exclaimed from time to time, and said with a smile: "This is the benefit of using a professional scroll. You can also understand that the scroll helps you awaken your abilities. If you practice diligently in the future, you will be able to Other abilities emerge. Qi Hancai still looked surprised. But I also understood what Wu Heng meant. This is not the ability she awakened, but the ability provided to her by using the professional scroll last time. There is no need to take any corpse cores or potions, just tear open a scroll and you will have new abilities! The corpse core can also be explained as changing genes, but this scroll tearing is too exaggerated. Moreover, according to Wu Heng, as long as he trains diligently, he can awaken new abilities in the future. Still sustainable. He glanced at Wu Heng quietly. I was glad in my heart that I had indeed chosen the right person. The little owl fell into her arms, and Qi Hancai held it carefully, "So, this little guy is mine?" Contract established. Tamed animals also have a dependence on their masters. The little owl now behaves very close to Qi Hancai, unlike the initial huddle. "It''s yours, give it a name!" Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai held the small owl, looked at it carefully, and said: "It''s in vain, let''s call it Tangyuan from now on!" "It sounds pretty good." Qi Hancai smiled, "Thank you!" "Why are you so polite?" Wu Heng smiled. Qi Hancai held the little owl and looked at it carefully, with a face full of love. Wu Heng glanced at the time and then said, "Have someone prepare a car. I''m going to the clothing factory." "Are you going by yourself? I''ll drive you there." Qi Hancai said. "No, I''ll ask the skeleton to drive over and take a look and come back. It won''t take long." Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai didn''t say much, picked up the walkie-talkie and started giving instructions. Then the two walked out of the conference room and stood at the door waiting for two or three minutes. A truck drove up. After changing the driver, Wu Heng got into the car with the skeleton attendant and drove directly out of the factory. Go to the clothing factory. Cleaning was carried out around the garment factory. All snow and debris were cleared away. Wu Heng walked into the factory with the skeletons. There were many arranged skeletons gathered inside. Two artificers were responsible for comparing drawings and recording equipment, and the remaining skeletons were ordinary skeletons learning to use equipment. Walked around the factory. Let the electrician skeleton cut off the power, and Wu Heng passed through the factory door and opened the boundary door. Entering the realm gate, headed to the island owner''s manor. After leaving the manor, he went to the factory built on Treasure Island. Open the gate again and connect the factories of the two worlds. "Move the equipment in, be careful not to damage it." Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton, which had been prepared for a long time, began to take action. Move all the packed equipment into the boundary gate. Wu Heng considered the establishment of the factory for two days before choosing another world. Here, Wuheng can purchase cloth raw materials for production. If the factory is still set up in the zombie world, the purchased materials need to be sent to the zombie world through the gate. If the number of factories continues to increase in the future, Wu Heng may not have to do anything. Give all kinds of materials to the two worlds every day. It''s more convenient here. Moving the equipment is considered the most laborious. Once settled, purchasing materials and selling finished products will become easier. The skeletons were busy for a while, and the clothing factory in the zombie world was completely moved. Wu Heng asked the skeleton magician to assemble it, and the electrician skeleton was responsible for connecting the lines. He returned to Treasure Island. After all, he can''t be of much help after the gate is closed. Return to the island owner''s manor. Minnie helped him take off his coat and said softly: "Master, there is news from Sister Shanara. You can go and have a look later." "When did you come?" Wu Heng asked. "It was the morning when I saw it, so the time should be about the same." Minnie hung her coat aside and said in estimation. Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go upstairs and have a look." "Would you like to prepare some lunch for you?" "I''m not very hungry yet. Let''s eat together in the evening." "Okay." Minnie smiled. Wu Heng walked upstairs and entered the radio station''s room. I looked at the record books one by one, and only the record of ''Shanara'' had a small paragraph of text. "I have arrived at the coastal port and am preparing the ship to go back." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Picked up the phone and said, "Shanela, can you hear me?" Shanara''s slightly lazy voice came from the opposite side, "Here you are, why are you talking?" Wu Heng smiled unconsciously, "I went out this morning. As you know, I, the island owner, am quite busy and I have an island to worry about." "Show off!" Shanara said with a smile, and then said: "Tonight''s boat, I will go back then." "Why do you still have time? Where is your own ship?" "I don''t have my own ship anymore. I''m just an honorary president and don''t have so many privileges. I will follow the Star Flower''s ship to Treasure Island and go there with it." Shanara said. It seems that after losing real power. All the individual ships were taken back. Wu Heng said: "When you go back, I will give you a new one, which is better than theirs." "It''s useless for me to ask for a boat. There will be less opportunities to go out in the future." "You can''t be inferior to what others have." Shanara''s smile became even brighter, "I didn''t realize it, but you are quite caring." Wu Heng changed his tone and said, "I''ll ask Philippa to pick you up." "No, it''s too long. If I want to wait for her, I''ll have to stay for several days." Shanara refused softly. Wu Heng took out the jade sand tray and looked at it. There are no suspicious ships on the various routes in the Emerald Sea. Encountering pirates is unlikely. However, the recent incidents involving the dragon hawking team, the vampire fleet, and the cult all happened in the Emerald Sea. They are also unstable factors. Who knows which force''s back-up came to look for someone and become a pirate by the way? After thinking for a while, he still said: "Let''s do this. I''ll ask Philippa to pick you up halfway and **** you then, or I can change the ship and come back." Shanara did not refuse this time, "Seeing that you are quite sincere, I agree." "Okay, watch out for ships then." "Yeah." Shanara changed her words and asked in a leisurely tone: "Do you miss me?" "Think about it." "What do you think? Let me hear it." Forehead. Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, then lowered his voice and said: "I always dream about you in my dreams, the kind of dreams that are difficult to express." "I hate it, that''s all I''m talking about." Shannella squeaked, and then whispered, "Just wait until I get back." "Then do you miss me?" Shanara''s tone was very soft, "I thought about it! I didn''t want to, why can I go back in such a hurry!" "What are you missing about me? Tell me." The other person''s tone paused. His tone changed, "How do you feel? I didn''t learn from you." "Why do you ask me if it''s okay? If I ask you, you''ll learn bad things." "How old am I? You''re just a kid." The two chatted for a while. Shanara wanted to go out to buy some necessities for the ship, so she hung up the phone. Wu Heng went downstairs and chatted with several maids. Waiting for dusk, Anderweil came back from outside. Several people ate together in the restaurant. Then return to your room to rest. Last night, it was windy and rainy. This is what happens to small islands in the sea. Wind and rain suddenly come quickly and densely. By the time dawn breaks, the entire Treasure Island is shrouded in moisture, jade beads are hung on the branches, and raindrops are slowly dripping from the eaves. Gradually, there were more and more pedestrians on the road and it started to become lively. On the road, the newspaper seller was riding a weird two-wheeled vehicle, dragging a huge package behind him. Stopped at several busy sections. He opened the backpack in the back seat of the car and held the newspaper in his hand high. "The third issue of the Gold and Silver Express. Netale City is experiencing civil unrest, the port is blocked, and fireworks are rising into the sky. The latest decisions of the association headquarters, come and take a look..." Wow~! At the same time as the hawking sound sounded, a large number of people rushed towards this side. Residential area. "What are you doing in a hurry?" "The third issue is on sale. Go to the tavern and get a good seat." "Then hurry up. I heard that someone got a good seat last time and sold it for 1 silver coin." "Then stop talking and leave!" Golden Sail Tavern. Nowadays, the tavern is no longer what it used to be. Customers no longer come only at night, but are attended by customers all day long. There are many people in the tavern listening to stories, and even more people outside who are telling stories for free. As soon as Boss Zhan walked out of the door, he saw many people rushing towards him. First I was shocked. Then, I guessed that a new newspaper was on sale. He asked the bartender to add more tables and chairs, and at the same time shouted: "Is Saban not here yet? Go out to greet him personally and tell him that a new newspaper has been distributed." "Okay!" A bartender rushed out of the door and rushed in the direction Saban came from. After walking a few steps, he saw the bard Saban walking over quickly, holding a newspaper in one hand and a scone in the other. "Mr. Saban, the boss asked me to tell you that the third issue of the newspaper is on sale." Saban raised the newspaper in his hand and said, "I bought it, let''s go." The two squeezed through the crowd and strode into the tavern. Several states bless themselves. Saban''s chest is much higher, and it feels good to be noticed. "Good morning everyone, I will tell you about the information in the newspaper first, and then we will read a detective story." Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. Bard, reader''s plot in detective stories. "What does that mean? Gregson said contemptuously." "This means that the person who wrote the letter wanted to write a woman''s name, that is Rachel, but for some reason, he did not finish it. I can guarantee that when the facts of the case come to light, there will definitely be a woman named ''Rachel'' The woman is related to this case. Nautilus Tavern. The bard stood on the stage, playing two roles. "Then how did you judge the height of one of them? Is it also your inference? Or a guess." The bard turned to the other side again, playing the role of detective Wu Heng, with a confident expression on his face, and replied, "It''s very simple. You can infer a person''s height from the size of his steps. This does not require any complicated calculations... Most people are... When writing on the wall, I instinctively write above the eye level, but the words on the wall inside the house are exactly three feet away from the ground. This is such a coincidence, and it is like a child''s play. " "Then how do you deduce his age?" "If a man can cross two and a half feet effortlessly, he is definitely not an old man..." "Where are the fingernails and the cheroot?" "The writing on the wall was written by a person with his index finger dipped in blood. With the help of a magnifying glass, I found that some of the wall paint was scraped off while writing, indicating that the person''s nails were not trimmed. ... I am not boasting, no matter what brand it is. Hallucinogenic grass blades, I can tell them apart at a glance. The bard kept talking above. Everyone below listened silently. Some people were puzzled and said, "The old man''s explanation is wrong. Professionals'' abilities have improved, and the difference in age and body is not that big. An 18th-level boxer has endless strength and will not look old even if he is 100 years old." "You are sick. At the time of the story, Wu Heng had not yet changed his profession. He must be investigating ordinary people. Level 18 professionals use you to investigate. It is okay to kill people directly." "Shh, keep listening." And at the counter location. Philippa tilted her chin, listening to the minstrel''s speech, and reading the newspaper. "Wu Heng is really awesome. I really have good vision." Golden Sail Tavern. Saban''s tone suddenly froze on stage. He bowed to everyone first, and then said: "The subsequent story will be serialized in the next issue." Then he added, "Everyone, the newspaper serialization ends here and has nothing to do with the tavern." The audience was quiet for two seconds, then suddenly became noisy. "Damn it, it''s a critical moment again." "I just entered the state, are you going to end it now?" "When will the fourth issue be released? I feel so sad..." Association, Deacon''s Study. Shi Yali frowned and asked: "Does he really judge a person''s age by the size of his steps? This is a bit far-fetched. At least the professional characteristics should be distinguished." Sheila Gui closed the newspaper and replied: "He said that there are no professionals where he lives, and all his energy is devoted to weapons called machine guns." Then he added, "You should also know about the pirate attack on Treasure Island. He deduced the fake death of the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern and the matter of the ''Occam'' Pirate King." Shi Yali raised her eyebrows. Xila Gui smiled, "The deacon at the time was Imiro. The whole incident was sorted out and deduced by Wu Heng. I feel that it would not be difficult for him to catch an ordinary prisoner." "If you say that, it should have something to do with the environment in which he lives." Shi Yali said, and then hissed, "You are quite protective of him." "I''m just saying some things for myself to judge." Sheila Gui''s eyes were not false at all, and she asked, "Why do you mention him every day recently?" Wu Heng was lying on the deck chair in the courtyard. Annette squeezed her shoulders, Robert thumped his legs, and Minnie picked up the fruit and put it in her mouth. Wu Heng opened the panel, and the reputation on it kept increasing. [Level: Level 18 (134567/305000)] [Fame: Level 18 (29171/48000)] Three issues of the newspaper raised the reputation to 29,000. In the next two days, it is estimated that the number will almost reach 30,000. But problems also began to arise. The rise in this third period does not seem to be as strong as in the second period. I wonder if it will be slower in the future. And this is just level 18, and there is still level 19 of fame behind it. In other words, it is obviously unrealistic to rely solely on Treasure Island to achieve hero status. The scope of transmission also needs to be enlarged. It turns out that the great detective story is quite popular. Even if some of the details are slightly different from this world, the story is the story, and no one will take it too seriously. If it is popular on Treasure Island, the effect should not be bad if it is placed outside. Want to distribute... Newspapers are having some trouble! By the time the ship delivers the newspaper, the news and intelligence on it will be out of date. Instead, we can wait until all the stories are serialized, bound into cost-effective books, and distributed to various places. (End of chapter) Chapter 571 , what career does your mother want? (Fi Chapter 571: What career does your mother want? (Update 1, I have something to do today, so I will update first.) Once the stories are serialized, they can be compiled into separate books for sale. Likewise, newspapers cannot be stopped. Wu Heng also needed newspapers to serialize new stories, publish some correct news, and influence public opinion. At present, the effect of newspapers is still very good. To a large extent, it gave the island residents a sense of their own image. Otherwise, the reputation of the Necromancer would be much worse than that of pirates on Treasure Island. Now there is a complete change. And its still positive. After thinking for a moment, he closed the panel. He patted Minnie''s waist and hips and said, "You go and play. You don''t have to stay with me." Minnie put another piece of fruit into Wu Heng''s mouth and said with a smile, "Then let''s go to Beacon Street to see what fresh ingredients are available and make delicious food for the master in the evening." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Minnie called to the other two people, "Let''s go to Beacon Street and read the newspaper the host said." "Let''s go together, don''t get lost." Wu Heng smiled. The other two maids looked happy and jumped back to the room with Minnie to change their clothes. Then he walked out and waved goodbye to Wu Heng. He took the skeleton attendants with him and left the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng lay in the courtyard and basked in the sun for a while. Two ghosts flew back from behind. Reveal your figure on the side. Granda said: "The effect of the newspaper this time is also good. The taverns along the street are telling detective stories, and it has become a regular program in the taverns." Xiaoxiao also added, "Yes, the tavern is so lively. Everyone is listening to stories. The newspapers outside are selling very fast, and there is a long queue." The mission of the two ghosts is to go out and find out the news when the newspapers are distributed. The function is similar to surveying market feedback. The results were pretty good both times. "Do more people go to the tavern to listen to stories, or do more people buy newspapers and read them themselves?" Wu Heng sat up straighter and asked. Xiao Xiao thought for a moment and said, "I feel like there are too many people in the tavern." Glenda agreed, "Well, there are many pubs. If you buy a beer, you can listen to everything in the newspaper. If it were me, I would do the same." Forehead. Having said that, it feels like it''s more cost-effective to go to a pub to listen. After reading the newspaper once, there is nothing new. If you go to the pub to buy a beer, you can also hear the entire newspaper. It is more cost-effective than buying a newspaper. I feel that by publishing the newspaper, the tavern will make more profit than myself. But there is no good way. We can''t really make it impossible to read newspapers in pubs. Moreover, most people on the island are illiterate, so reading newspapers in taverns also increases the audience. Wu Heng said: "If you want to go to the tavern, go and listen to the stories. It is much better than going to the street to fight." Glenda circled half a circle in the air, and then said, "I saw two taverns running gambling games to predict in what period the murderer will appear. I feel that other taverns will also have similar gambling games." "You can also start a gambling game by reading a serial novel?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. "Why are newspapers so popular now? If you want to get some back, you can do something here." Granda reminded with a smile. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and could guess what Granda was thinking. It''s not up to you to decide which episode the murderer will appear in. At that time, according to the progress of your own novel, go to the tavern to buy some bets. It is actually very easy to earn back this money. But if I think about it carefully, it feels like its okay. There is no need to compete with the island residents for such a small amount of money. "Forget it, we don''t need this little money. It will be a good thing for us if the tavern is more lively." Wu Heng said. Glenda shrugged indifferently, "Look at you, I just said it casually." One person and two souls chatted outside for a while. Then he returned to the house. Glenda went back to revise the manuscript, while Xiaoxiao went to watch cartoons. Wu Heng walked into the alchemy room of the alchemy skeleton. The whole room was dark, even in broad daylight, the curtains in the room were drawn down to block the sunlight outside the window. Turn on the chandelier in the room to light up the room. All the skeletons are busy with their own things. The cabinet shelves on the side are also filled with various finished medicines. "Come here." Wu Heng called to the nearest level 15 alchemy skeleton. The skeleton put down the items in his hands and walked over quickly. Wu Heng asked: "How is the development of the third-level corpse core agent going?" The alchemy skeleton pointed to the side, the potion bottles and test stones on the alchemy table. "Debugging phase?" The skeleton shook his head. "Testing drug efficacy stage?" The skeleton nodded. Starting to test the efficacy of the medicine also means entering the final stage. "After the potion is prepared, notify me as soon as possible." Wu Heng said. The skeleton alchemist saluted again, turned back to the alchemy table, and continued testing the potion. Wu Heng put away the other finished medicines. Turned around and left the alchemy room. The third-level corpse core agent has also been developed for some time. It is the one that takes the longest among several suitable medicines. If it weren''t for the fact that the skeleton unit didn''t know how to work hard and wasn''t lazy, he would have suspected that he was stalling for time from now on. Fortunately, there are still some results, and it has entered the final trial stage. I am also somewhat looking forward to the effect of the third-level potion. Will he awaken new powers for himself? At dusk, Anderweil came back from outside. Several people were sitting at the dining table eating. Minnie and the others talked enthusiastically about newspapers on Beacon Street. The newspapers on sale and the serialized detective stories have become the hottest topics on the island. We chatted about newspapers for a while. Wu Heng said: "Weier, if you have time, contact the cloth business caravans and pick two with good reputation and quality. I need to order some cloth materials." "Okay master, I will contact you tomorrow." Anderweil replied. "Well, the other thing is to recruit two tailors who are good at clothing design, with a higher level." "good." Several people had dinner together and went to the training room for training. Wait for the sky to darken. Then they each walked upstairs. When Wuheng passed by the third floor. The door on one side opened, and Anderweil looked over with wide eyes. Then he gently took his hand and led him into the room. The next day, early morning. Experience +1. Experience +1. experience. A series of experience prompts sounded, waking Wu Heng from his sleep. I was alert at first, and then reacted. It should be the zombie world. The team that went to a nearby city to clean up the zombies began to fight the zombies. Time can match, and only the zombie world can kill the target. There will be such an intensive effect of increasing 1 point of experience. I feel a little relaxed as I write. Then, he looked down at the little fox lying in his arms, his skin delicate and soft to the touch. His white arms hugged his chest, and his furry tail rested on his waist. Just about to pick up the tail. Anderweil also woke up from her dream, "Master, you''re awake!" "You can sleep a little longer. It''s still early, so there''s no need to get up so early." Wu Heng hugged the other person''s arm and touched the other person''s hair. Andweil crawled into her arms like a baby, "How can the master be awake and the maid still stay in bed?" "Our little fox has special privileges. Let''s sleep a little longer and go out after breakfast is ready." Wu Heng patted the other party''s **** and got out of bed from one side. "Master is so kind!" Anderweil lay on the bed, her tail wagging from side to side. Wu Heng simply washed up and got dressed, "I''m going upstairs, you don''t need to ask me to have breakfast." "Good master." Wu Heng walked out of Anderweier''s room and returned to his study. Let the ghost go out and check around first. After confirming that there is nothing wrong with Treasure Island, open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. Zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate, he stood at the window and looked out. The sky is brightening, and skeletons can be seen patrolling on the road. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai, can you hear me?" The other person responded quickly, "Here, wait a moment, I''ll be there right away." I sat in the room and waited for a while. There was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in directly with the little owl and said: "Half an hour ago, news came from Bai Qing that the skeleton army had launched an attack on Gaohe City and is now fighting." Sure enough, it was just as I guessed. The skeletons arranged to go out have already begun to attack. "Is there any problem?" Wu Heng asked. "There are no problems so far, everything is going smoothly." Qi Hancai sat down aside. "Where''s Li Yahong?" Qi Hancai said: "Sister Yahong is expected to arrive in Tiecheng the day after tomorrow, and should still be on the way now." Wu Heng nodded and told: "Pay attention to keeping the railway tracks open, arrange for people to check regularly, and keep up with the logistics." "Understood!" Qi Hancai responded, and then said, "Spring is coming soon. In the past few days, people will be arranged to go back to deal with the wasteland and prepare it for sowing." "Okay, you make arrangements first, and then I will also arrange some skeletons to help you." "Okay." Qi Hancai touched the owl next to him, and then said, "Zhao Yanqiu came here yesterday. Do you need to arrange a position for her?" "Don''t worry about the position now." "Um." Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go to the conference room, and then ask her to come to the conference room to meet me." The two of them went out together and went downstairs to the conference room. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked someone to notify Zhao Yanqiu. Not long after, there was a knock on the door of the conference room. Zhao Yanqiu opened the door and walked in. "Your Majesty, Deputy Chief Qi!" Zhao Yanqiu saluted. Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and said, "Go and do your work first. Let''s go take a look at the factory together later." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, opened the door and left. Wu Heng looked at Zhao Yanqiu again, motioned for her to sit down, and then let Xiaoxiao out. Xiaoxiao was half lying in the air, a little lazy. When he saw Zhao Yanqiu, he immediately shouted in surprise: "Ah, Mom!" "Xiao Xiao." Zhao Yanqiu opened her arms, floated over to Xiao Xiao, and hugged him. Wu Heng waited for the mother and daughter to say a few words, and then asked: "Zhao Yanqiu, Xiaoxiao is usually very carefree. I can transfer you here. How do you feel?" Zhao Yanqiu glanced at Xiaoxiao and said without much hesitation: "Thank you, Your Majesty, I am willing to come." "Is there anything else you want to bring over there?" "There are some luggage and some old things." Zhao Yanqiu said. "You go back in the next two days, bring everything here, arrange it in Xinfu City, and then come and live here." "OK." Wu Heng nodded and stood up again, "You and Xiaoxiao can chat for a while from here." Zhao Yanqiu saluted again, "Thank you, Your Majesty." "Here, just call me leader." "Yes, chief." Wu Heng opened the door and walked out of the room, and from behind came the voices of mother and daughter caring and asking each other. After walking out of the conference room, Qi Hancai also walked out of the room opposite. The two went to the workshop where bullets are produced. Checked the equipment. Then the bullets produced by the bullets were collected. In the afternoon, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. The two ghosts were released again and floated in the air. After seeing his mother, Xiaoxiao was obviously in a good mood, floating around and humming songs from cartoons. Glenda floated to the desk and began to revise the manuscript. Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao and said, "Xiaoxiao, I plan to change your mother''s career to another profession. What do you think is more suitable for her?" "What a professional!" Xiaoxiao floated back and forth in the air twice, and then said: "I feel that Imiro is quite powerful." "Imiro, he is great because of his level. Any profession that reaches his level will be very powerful." "Oh, uncle is right. Is there any choice?" Xiaoxiao came over and asked curiously. Wu Heng recalled the common profession transfer scrolls in the association, and said: "For combat professions, there are warriors, rangers, thieves, boxers, and for civilian professions, investigators, coroners, and bards." Xiao Xiao thought for a moment and said, "It feels like there is no difference. Uncle, please recommend one for me." "Your mother is probably not fit to fight." "Well, it''s not suitable." Xiaoxiao agreed very much. Wu Heng said while thinking, "Then you can only choose a civilian job. If you are a civilian..., coroner is not good, there are zombies there, and there is nothing to test. Then there are investigators and bards. Bards are semi-combatants. Occupation can add some positive status to yourself, which is quite useful. Xiaoxiao has been paying more attention to these bards recently because of newspapers. When I go up to tell stories, I always add a few statuses to myself in advance. His own momentum and speech have been strengthened to a certain extent. "Not bad, I think the bard is pretty good." Xiaoxiao nodded. "Then I will prepare the job transfer scroll tomorrow and transfer your mother''s job then." "Okay, thank you, uncle." Xiao Xiao thanked him. "You''re welcome, we''re a family." Xiaoxiao smiled. Glenda also looked up and looked over with a smile. Blackstone Town, an affiliated village. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! The sound of dense footsteps sounded from all around. Figures in black cloaks walked out from behind the surrounding alley houses. Surrounded by the similarly dressed Benny. One of them grabbed the struggling tame animal in his hand and casually broke his neck. The tame beast slumped down and casually unfolded the paper wrapped around his ankles. "The Destiny Sect, leader Fatih, is preparing to leave Blackstone Town and head southwest." A hoarse voice read. "Benny, you actually betrayed the church and betrayed us." "Others don''t understand, and you don''t understand either, Penny." Everyone was heartbroken. You spoke to me one by one. The look in Penny''s eyes changed from panic and fear to gradually firmness. He shouted: "I was never a believer from the beginning. You liars have killed so many people in the village. Even if there is a god, he is still an evil god." There was confusion all around. The leading man in black robe looked around. The voice was cold, "She has been controlled by inner demons. Send her to see the true God. God will enlighten her and forgive her!" After the words fell, the two men drew their swords and moved forward. Penny also took out a dagger hidden in her sleeve. He gritted his teeth and rushed forward. As soon as he got close, the dagger was released and he was pushed to the ground. The cold blade was pressed against his throat. Penny''s expression was one of unconcealable fear. But still talking. "You are a cult. Those dead villagers and dead children will watch you from the sky and watch you die little by little." "I, Penny, am the maid in the tavern. My life is worthless." "Wu Heng will come back to find you. Blackstone Town is his home and he will avenge me." "You shall not die well." Poof~! The sharp blade cut across his throat, and blood spurted out. (End of chapter) Chapter 572 , eldest sister, listen to you Chapter 572: Sister, I listen to you ?Blood spurted out, staining the skirt of his clothes red in the blink of an eye. Penny covered her neck and fell to the ground, staring straight ahead. As if to remember everyone. Firmly imprinted in my mind. Gradually, the struggling movements became lighter and lighter, and he fell to the ground without making any sound. Among the men in black robes, Babuqi looked at the body lying in a pool of blood, his pupils shrinking slightly. Wu Heng! When this woman died, Wu Heng was mentioned. The one Philippa clings to? Wasn''t he just arranged here? Wu Heng also arranged an spy? Or should I say, this woman knows him. Damn it, why did a small mountain village deep in the Yeke Kingdom get involved with him again? But it was too late. This woman is so stupid that she can survive while passing on information under the supervision of an 18th-level professional. "Cut off the corpse''s tongue and hang it at the village gate. The others will prepare and we will leave as planned." The leading man in black robe said. Everyone responded and took action. Babuqi quickly approached the body, and after the other person cut off the tongue. Together they hung the body on the beam of the village entrance gate. A breeze flew by. The body shook slightly, and blood dripped down to the ground. All the men in black robes gathered together and dressed up. Leave towards the west. The island owner''s mansion, study room. Wu Heng chatted with the two ghosts for a while. There was a slight knock on the door and Minnie''s voice, "Master, are you there? Mrs. Millicent is here." "I know, I''ll go over now." Wu Heng signaled the two ghosts to be busy with their own affairs, opened the door and walked out, and went downstairs with Minnie. Go downstairs. Then he saw Millicent in a light blue dress, holding a teacup in both hands, waiting silently. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Millicent stood up and saluted, "Sir!" Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down." Millicent sat down again and said softly: "Sir, I collected some information today. I think it may be useful. I will come and report to you." "What information?" Millicent took out a small book, glanced at it quickly, and continued, "There are drinkers today, many of whom are from Netale City. They said that the city''s main guard and the army of the garrison commander were fighting. There are corpses everywhere in the city, shops have been robbed, and men will be forced to join the army if they are caught. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, a little surprised but expected by this information. Netale City has been in chaos for a while. In the last issue of the newspaper, it was announced that there was a battle inside Netale City, and thick smoke could be seen rising from the sea. Just to remind some caravans not to run that way. Now it seems that it is more serious than imagined. There was a fight between the city lord''s palace and the guarding army, just like the exchange of fire between the police and the garrison in the city. "Any other news?" Millicent looked at Xiao Ben again and said, "They also said that there were some people from the sect inside." sect. This reminded Wu Heng of the Divine Punishment Sect. The defensive witches of the God''s Punishment Sect who had been repelled at that time left by boat in the direction of the Kingdom of Yeko. Dont you want to participate in it too? "Did you tell me what sect it is?" "No! Judging from what they mean, I can''t tell which sect they are from." Millicent replied. Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is there anything else?" "No, the main thing is these two things." "Continue to pay attention to the news outside, and be careful not to say anything outside." "Yes, sir!" After talking about intelligence, Wu Heng then asked: "Has Philippa gone to sea?" "I went to sea. I left yesterday afternoon and said I was going to pick up the person you arranged." Millicent replied. "It''s okay. It''s not a combat mission. It''s just to pick up someone. I''ll be back in two days." "This is what Philippa should do." Wu Heng glanced at the time and then said, "It''s getting late, let''s stay for dinner." "this." "Minnie prepared quite a lot today, stay and finish eating, and I''ll ask the skeleton to take you back." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Thank you, sir." The two sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Minnie came over and informed them that dinner was ready. The two got up and went to the restaurant to eat together. "Sister, we have been staying for more than a week." In the central area, under the bright street lights, the strong man spoke softly. McIntosh looked at the children playing under the street lights and sighed softly, "Treasure Island has changed so much, and it has become so strange." "Sister, the owner of Wuheng Island was so powerful when he was young. He must be better than someone like Occam in managing the island." The younger brother said. The changes on the island are already happening before our eyes. The original Treasure Island and the current Treasure Island are like two places. "Yes, before I changed jobs, I had so much experience. It was much better than when we went to sea." McIntosh smiled. The younger brother hesitated for a moment and then said: "Sister, I''ve done all the prying that should be done. It''s time for you to make a choice." McIntosh raised his head and glanced at the other party, "Do you think we should stay?" "Sister, to be honest, don''t be angry." The younger brother hesitated for a moment, then whispered, "If you wanted to leave, we would have left long ago." McIntosh frowned. The younger brother immediately changed his mind, "You also want to see the island, not stay." McIntosh took a deep breath and said, "I''ll think about it again. Either leave tomorrow, or we can go find him and see what position he can give us." "It''s up to you." The next day, City Hall. Wu Heng got off the bus with the skeleton at the door and walked directly into the city hall. Not long after breakfast. Anderweier arranged for someone to go to the island owner''s mansion and said that there were several businessmen who wanted to see him. It was arranged in the conference room of the city hall. Just walked to the long corridor leading to the conference room. Andweil walked out of the room on one side, approached and whispered softly: "Master, there are three people in total. They said they want to order more newspapers and sell them outside the island." "Off the island?" "Well, I''m talking about the outside of the island." Anderweil said with certainty. "Come on, take me to see it." The two walked to the conference room together. He opened the door and walked in directly. There were three people sitting in the room, two men and one woman. The clothes are different, but they all look like relatively good dresses, representing unusual status. The three of them first glanced at Anderweier, and then their eyes fell on Wu Heng. He stood up immediately, saluted and spoke one after another. "The representative of the Bucks Caravan has met the island owner." "Laimei Chamber of Commerce, I have met the island owner." "Good afternoon, Lord Island Master, I am Point Star Caravan." The Bucks Caravan, the Laimei Chamber of Commerce, and Wu Heng all had some impressions. If you become the owner of the island, the other party should also sign the recommendation letter. I dont have much impression of the Point Star Caravan, but those who came with me should also be on the list. Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down." The three of them sat down, and Wu Heng and Andeweier also sat down on the other side. The people from the Bucks Caravan said: "Island owner, let me tell you directly, newspapers are very successful in distribution on the island. We are here this time to ask if you have any ideas about selling them outside the island. If so, , we want to work with you. This is because reading newspapers is very popular on the island, so the idea of ??selling them came up. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "You should have read the contents of the newspaper. The information above will be out of date by the time you transport it outside, and the newspaper will lose its value." (End of chapter) Chapter 573 , faceless man human skin Chapter 573, Faceless Man Human Skin Treasure Islands newspapers are updated very quickly. The second period is the three days of the first period, and the third period is the five days of the previous period. The information was originally nothing special, but now it was shipped outside the island. This information is really far behind. The female representative of the Les Mills Chamber of Commerce smiled and spoke softly, "Sir, intelligence information in some areas is already lagging behind, and your stories are most popular in newspapers, so we plan to order some and take them out to try." Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "Since you want to try it, I have no objection. If the sales are good, I will bring your share every time it is released in the future." The three of them looked happy. Then, the representative of the Bucks Caravan said again, "As for the price, please see if it can be lowered. We also need to earn a certain amount of fees for transportation and sales." "How many do you want?" "40 copper coins!" Wu Heng said: "50 copper coins, you decide how much you can sell for the rest." The three people exchanged quick glances. The representative of the Bucks Caravan slapped his thigh, "Okay, the island owner said, then it will be calculated as 50 copper coins. There will be a total of three issues. We, the Bucks, will order 5,000 copies for each issue." "We also order 5,000 copies for each issue." "So are we!" Five thousand copies per issue may sound like a lot, but its actually not much. A space ring can fit it in. I really want to test it outside. "Okay, Weier will ask someone to draw up an agreement and pick up the newspaper in five days." "Okay." Andweier stood up and left. Wu Heng stayed and continued chatting with several caravan representatives. We talked about the business environment and what issues need to be improved on the island. Not long after, Anderweil came back with three agreements. In the name of the city hall, purchase agreements were filled out with three caravans. The agreement was completed and both parties were satisfied. "Island Master, then we won''t disturb you." The three stood up and saluted again. "Well, if you have any questions, just come to the city hall and see Wei''er. She can completely represent me." Wu Heng said. "Yes, Lord Island Master." The three of them bowed slightly to Anderweier again, "I will have to trouble Miss Weier in the future." "It should be!" Anderweier also responded. The three of them left, and Weier was a little dissatisfied, "They ordered so little. If I had known they only had this much, I wouldn''t have bothered you to come over." "It''s okay. It''s a good thing to let them transport it outside and try it out." Wu Heng put the agreement away and then asked, "Is there any progress on the cloth ordering caravan?" "The notice has been sent out. Several caravans are making quotations. They will be sent over when the time comes. I will send them to you." "good!" After the newspaper matter was over, Wu Heng also walked out of the city hall. After taking a carriage back to the island owner''s mansion. Say hello to the maid, put on the [train conductor''s hat] and head to Lopez City. Lopez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. Wu Heng sat in the VIP room and waited for a while, when the beautiful elf Lei Tili opened the door and walked in. With a smile on his face, "Good afternoon, guest." "Good afternoon, how was the last commission?" Wu Heng asked directly. "You came at the right time. Your two commissions have already yielded results." Leitili said with a smile. Two commissions? "Have you gained any camouflage props?" "Yes, I have spent a lot of effort on this matter, and the balance will be larger." Leitili said with a little pride on her face. It''s like finally completing some kind of difficult task. "As expected of the beauty in charge, I was indeed right." Wu Heng also praised her. Leitili smiled even brighter, then opened the door and gave instructions to the outside. Not long after, the door opened and a staff member came in with a wooden box. He put it on the coffee table, saluted the two of them, and then left. Leitili pushed the wooden box forward and introduced: "The strange object, the Mask of the Faceless Man, can record the face of any user. The side effect is that after wearing it, it will gradually increase the burden on the body, and it will become angry after a long time. When the blood declines, even if the great boxers energy and blood are full, he cannot wear it all the time. Wu Heng listened and opened the wooden box. When he saw the items in the wooden box, his eyes froze. A piece of human skin, the skin of the face. [Faceless Man''s Skin (Rare Item)] [Effect: The wearer''s face can be reproduced. Side effects: consumption of Qi and blood. (Description: A completely removed human face, which can help you become anyone.) It is indeed a strange object that can conceal its identity. "How is this prop?" Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. If the other party has information, you still need to inquire carefully. Leitili said: "The way to wear it is to put it on your face, and the skin will fit into your skin." "The recording method is somewhat special. Only the person who has worn it can be remembered by the mask. Next time, as long as you think of that face in your mind, your facial features will change." "The advantage is that this strange object is integrated with your face when you wear it. It is not an illusion, so there is no such thing as seeing through it. The disadvantage is that whoever you want to become, you have to find a way to let him wear it... or control it. Him, let him wear a mask for once. Wu Heng nodded and understood what the other party meant. In other words, after wearing this strange object, unless it tears your face off, there is no such thing as seeing through it. The disadvantage is that every face needs to be recorded by a real person. Unlike the [Transforming Veil], you can change your appearance by just imagining it. "What about the side effects! Tell me in detail." Leitili crossed one of her legs and continued to introduce, "The side effect is that it affects physical strength, and the effect is gradually increasing. Of course, the person with higher physical strength will wear it for a longer time." "Approximately how long it can be worn." "For level 15 melee professions, you need to take it off within 3 hours. Although it won''t cause death, it is still a burden on the body." Lei Tili said comparing the records. Wu Heng was still very satisfied with this strange object. Except for the scary-looking face, the rest of the effects are pretty good. As for recording faces, next time you kill pirates or wanted criminals, record two public faces, which will be enough for you to use for a while. The side effects arent too much of a problem, and the facial changes arent permanent. Wear it for a while and then take it off. "Not bad, I''m very satisfied." "Your satisfaction is the greatest recognition for me." Leitili smiled brightly. Judging from the effects of the strange objects, it can be seen that Leitili put a lot of thought into it. After all, he continued to entrust her with tasks and helped her achieve golden results one after another. It can be considered a big customer. Then, Leitili said, "Guest, the price of this prop is a bit high." "How much do you need?" "2,200 gold coins, the price after your emblem privilege." Leitili said with some caution. I know that the other party is not short of money, but the price this time is indeed a bit high. It''s almost as good as putting it at auction. But it''s not an auction now either. "Okay, it''s worth the price." Wu Heng waved his hand, and two thousand gold coin purses appeared on the table. Then, another two hundred were counted one by one. "Thank you." Leitili was even more delighted. Open the door and call the staff, count the gold coins, and then complete the commission. After counting, the consortium put away the gold coins, and Wu Heng also put away the rare objects. The staff leaves. Leitili glanced at the other party and said, "Guest, ''Concealing Cloak...''" Wu Heng has always been wearing the concealment cloak of the consortium when he comes out. Now that the rare item has been received, it is indeed time to return it. "This is really not for sale?" Wu Heng asked again. "I really can''t sell it, otherwise it will be difficult for me to explain if the consortium pursues it." Leitili smiled bitterly. "Then I''ll come over next time and bring you the cloak." "Okay." Leitili glanced at the other party and still chose to believe it. Wu Heng said, "How is the commission to purchase the corpse?" Leitili turned around and said, "They are all stored in the warehouse. I will take you there." Put it in the warehouse? "Let''s go!" The two stood up and walked out of the room together. Walk along the corridor towards the warehouse behind the consortium. Leitili introduced softly, "A total of 32 corpses were collected this time, covering many occupations. It is the most complete one." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. So many this time! (End of chapter) Chapter 574 , what level are you at? Chapter 574: What level are you at? After passing through the corridor, we arrived at the consortium''s warehouse. The guards saluted, and Retili waved her hand coldly. The heavy doors were opened left and right. A cold warehouse filled with coffins was revealed. Wu Heng glanced at it and found that the number should match the number Lei Tili said. Leitili stood aside and spoke, "There are four corpses each of the blacksmith and tanner, three coroners, three tailors, two alchemists, two magicians, one gardener, and a total of 19 civil servants. Tools, the rest are all level 15 combat professions, and they are available in all professions. There are only 19 civil servants, but they almost have all the common civil servants. Wu Heng''s commission only requires professionals above level 15, so it''s actually quite a lot to have so many come together at the same time. "How come you got so many?" Wu Heng asked confused. Leitili said in a cryptic tone: "The turmoil and war in the region will produce a lot of corpses. We started earlier. Recently, people from other places have started to purchase corpses." The war should be said to be the Kingdom of Yeko. With so many people in the sub-professional profession dying, there will only be more for the remaining professionals, or ordinary residents and soldiers. Moreover, no wonder the Necromancer is suitable for troubled times, and corpses are easier to collect. "We have cooperated so many times, so there is no need to inspect it. I will pack up the body first and then settle the balance when I get back." Wu Heng said calmly. Leitili smiled and stretched out her hand, "Please." Wu Heng walked into the warehouse and put all the coffins into the space sachet. Then, they returned to the VIP room together. The staff was checking the balance for the body, and Leitili said, "Do you still need to fill in the entrustment for the body?" "Fill it in. It''s best to receive a level 18 corpse." Leitili smiled and said, "Guest, you are joking. How could a level 18 person die outside? Even if there is an accident, it is not that easy to collect." "You''re right. Try to pay attention. It doesn''t matter if you don''t collect it." Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll write it in the entrustment for you." "Um!" Not long after, the new commission was completed and the staff settled the balance. Wu Heng settled the final payment, which could be regarded as completing the corpse transaction. "I''m going back first. I''ll return the cloak to you next time I come here." Leitili reached out and flipped through it, and a delicate wooden box appeared in her hand, "Guest, this is the scented tea of ??our elves. It is different from the ones on the market. It is specially made for some royal dignitaries. I asked someone to buy some." , just bring it back for you to try. Wu Heng glanced at the other party. There was some anxiety and expectation in his big eyes. Wu Heng didn''t shirk it, took it over and said, "Thank you." Leitili smiled and replied, "It''s okay. If you like it, I''ll buy some more next time." The two said as they walked out of the consortium together. Wu Heng walked towards the outside of the city. Retili stood behind and waved goodbye. Returning to the Island Lord''s Mansion, the sky had darkened. Wu Heng sat in the restaurant and ate his meal, while the other maids were doing daily training in the training room. Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall, glanced at the food on the table, and then said in his ear: "Uncle, that aunt with six arms is outside and has been walking around for several times." The aunt with six arms? McIntosh? "Which outside?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s just outside the gate. I feel like she might want to come in." Xiaoxiao answered. "Let me see!" Xiaoxiao got directly into the body, and the picture was shared in his mind. The perspective is from the sky above the island owner''s mansion, and the direction should be towards the direction where there are lively street lights. As soon as it flew by, my eyes saw the figure whose body was emitting level 15 light. Xiaoxiao changed his direction in an instant, flew down and observed closely before confirming the identity of ''McIntosh''. Fly back and tell Wu Heng. After releasing Xiaoxiao, Wu Heng praised him, "Xiaoxiao is pretty good. He spotted the opponent at a glance." "Humph, no one can escape my eyes." Xiaoxiao said proudly. "That''s right, in terms of investigation, our Xiaoxiao is the best." Xiaoxiao was even more happy and wanted to be more serious, but still had a smile on his lips, floating above his head. "I''ll have someone bring her in and ask her what''s the matter!" "Oh." Xiao Xiao said and slowly disappeared. Wu Heng got up and walked to the training room and shouted: "Minnie!" Minnie walked over quickly, her clothes wet with sweat, "Master!" "McIntosh is outside, wearing a brown cloak. You take someone out to ask her if there is anything wrong. If anything happens, bring her to see me." Minnie had seen ''McIntosh'' last time she came. Moreover, the appearance and characteristics are very special, and the memory is quite deep. "OK." Minnie put on some clothes and walked out directly with a few skeleton attendants. Not long after. Minnie returned, followed by ''McIntosh'' who took off his hood. Brown skin, thick eyebrows and thick lips. Wearing a gold ring around his neck. A sense of dj vu as an Indian chiefess. "Master of Wuheng Island!" McIntosh saluted slightly. "Sit down, why don''t you come in? What are you waiting for at the door?" Wu Heng asked casually. McIntosh looked a little embarrassed. If I had known earlier, I would have walked in or left directly, but even if I hesitated, I would have been discovered by the other party. A time of silence. Minnie brought tea. McIntosh smiled and said ''thank you''. Minnie stepped back and assumed her role as housekeeper. "I was a little unsure whether you were home or not, so I hesitated at the door for a while." McIntosh said softly after thinking about his words. Wu Heng asked: "How are you thinking about it? Treasure Island is actually not bad, and it will get better and better in the future. I hope you can stay, and we can build this place better together." McIntosh looked up at him again and asked, "If I sign a slave contract with you, will you force me to do something?" She was indeed still worried about this matter. Wu Heng said: "It depends on what you think. The purpose of the slave contract is to prevent you from doing anything that will harm me. As for forcing you to do something...even if you don''t sign the slave contract, in front of a strong person Its also difficult to resist without being forced. The words came to McIntosh''s lips with a sudden pause. What he said makes sense. In front of a strong person, there is no big difference whether there is this layer of slave contract or not. "You also said that you would let me lead the team alone and provide you with intelligence. Doesn''t this change anything?" "No change, you have to promise that you will be from the island master''s palace, and you will be in charge of intelligence issues." Wu Heng said seriously. This already gives her a lot of power. McIntosh stopped talking and just sat across from him in silence. "Still worried?" Wu Heng looked at the other party with a smile. Lingering outside the door for so long. Wu Heng guessed that she wanted to join Treasure Island. After all, I have stayed on the island for more than ten days. If I wanted to leave, I would have left long ago. McIntosh looked up again. "My last question." "Say it!" McIntosh stared into the other person''s eyes, "What level are you at?" Wu Heng was stunned when he heard this question. He looked at the other party and said, "I tell you, you will have to sign this contract then." McIntosh''s eyes narrowed. Then, confusion, disbelief, and shock flashed rapidly in his eyes. Take a deep breath and calm down. "Okay, I agree to sign a contract with you, but you won''t really treat me as a dispensable slave." (End of chapter) Chapter 575 , trample him underfoot Chapter 575: Trample him underfoot "Don''t worry, even if there is danger, the ones who come up are skeletons. I will not abandon you." Wu Heng said, and took out a scroll from the space ring. McIntosh stood up and walked over, pricking a drop of blood on the pad of his finger and falling on the scroll. The scroll quickly absorbed blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power, getting into the center of ''McIntosh''s'' eyebrows, and imprinting his soul. McIntosh was swaying and slightly frail. But after all, he reached level 15 and quickly recovered. The contract is completed. Wu Heng smiled and said: "Welcome to Treasure Island, McIntosh." McIntosh also looked somewhat relieved, "Then should I call you the owner of the island or the master now?" "Island Master! When you go back, prepare to resume your intelligence work. I will choose an office location for you in the next two days." Wu Heng said. McIntosh had no objections and continued, "I also plan to summon some of my former subordinates." "Yes, but you have to remember that you are now the head of the Intelligence Department of Treasure Island. You are no longer a pirate or gang leader. The people under you must also restrain them. This island is also under the management of the association." Wu Heng looked serious. "Don''t worry, since I joined Treasure Island, I naturally know what to do and what not to do." McIntosh said in a serious tone. "That''s good." "It''s nothing. I''m going back first. If you need anything, just go to the Golden Sail Tavern and find me." McIntosh put his hood back on. "I''ll have someone take you back." "No, my people are waiting for me over there in the central area, don''t worry." McIntosh replied. Wu Heng didn''t say much and sent her to the courtyard gate. When McIntosh stepped out of the door, he turned around and saluted again, "I hope the island owner will take more care of me in the future." "Thank you also for being willing to join Treasure Island." McIntosh nodded and turned to leave. The courtyard gate was closed again, and Wu Heng and Minnie returned to the house. Minnie jumped up and down and went to the training room. Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the study. "Auntie, have you joined us?" Xiao Xiaofei came over and asked. "I joined. He''s hanging around outside. He''s just too embarrassed to tell us about it." Wu Heng sat down aside. Glenda heard one person talking and asked curiously: "Which aunt?" Xiaoxiao flew over, "The one with six arms, the one who faked her own death before and was discovered by us, has just been around outside for a while, and this time she accepted my uncle''s request and joined us." "It''s her! She has no other choice. Even if she leaves, the most she can do is find a remote place and become a gang leader again. Only then will she take another path if she stays." Glenda said. "That makes sense!" Wu Heng nodded in agreement. Glenda didn''t say any more and lowered her head to finish the manuscript. Xiaoxiao also flew back to her place and started watching cartoons. Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat down aside. My mind began to think about the future direction of development. In the zombie world, skeletons clean up the surrounding cities on their behalf, and the progress is pretty smooth. There is no need to do it yourself, you can see the improvement in experience points while sitting at home. Once a city is captured, the materials inside can be looted at will. On Treasure Island, newspapers played a big role in publicity. If the zombie world provides you with experience points, the number of zombies in the world is enough to send you to the position of a hero. On the other side of the world, it is a place to enhance your reputation. Newspapers will still continue to be sold. The three caravans planning to sell outside the island can explore the way for themselves. Does a newspaper with delayed information have any sales value? Or rather, like modern times. Newspaper offices have been set up in various places, which can simultaneously sell newspapers and collect information from various places. But information transmission is still a problem. If that doesn''t work, just read it over the radio, have newspapers in other places record it, and then put it on sale at the same time. It''s a bit clumsy, but it''s a solution. I sat in a chair and thought for a while. Wu Heng stood up and stretched, "I''m going to rest. Don''t be tired, you guys." Xiaoxiao said without looking back: "Uncle, we are ghosts. I have told you many times that you are becoming more and more like my mother." "Okay, I''m going back." "Good night, uncle." Wu Heng walked out of the study. After looking downstairs, he walked to Minnie''s door, knocked twice, opened the door and walked in. "Master!" Minnie cheered and rushed forward. The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng stood in the dense forest behind the factory yard and took out coffins one after another. "Open the lid all the way." The skeleton stepped forward and opened all the coffin lids, revealing mostly human corpses inside. According to Leitili, most of these corpses came from the Kingdom of Yeko. The civil strife between various ethnic groups also affected these level 15 professionals. Even the gardener died, and it was basically a mass killing. Wu Heng''s bone-building technique was released, and skeletons stood up from the coffins. The scene was still a bit scary. There are 19 civilian skeletons and 13 level 15 combat professional skeletons. He took a rough look. Wu Heng glanced at the three tailor skeletons, which specialized in cutting cloth and making clothing. My own garment factory just needs this kind of work. Not in a hurry, let Anderweil recruit new tailors. "Come back with me!" Wu Heng greeted. The skeletons walked out of the coffin with a clatter, shook off the pieces of flesh from their bodies, and followed Wu Heng towards the factory area. When approaching the dormitory building. Qi Hancai stood at the door. The little owl on her shoulder was wearing a red sweater and a little hat of the same color on her head. This was the first time Wu Heng had seen a tamed beast dressed up in such a fancy way. Its like hes afraid that others wont see it. But it doesnt matter, there is no concept of professionals in this world, so just keep them as pets. "I''ll wait a minute." Wu Heng said, then took the skeleton upstairs. Then he quickly came down and took Qi Hancai into the conference room. Sit down in the chair. Qi Hancai said directly: "Bai Qing''s attack is going very smoothly, two batches of survivors have been rescued, and logistical supplies are also being transported there. There is also a special building burial ground. Sister Yahong said that the truck has started loading and it will be delivered here in the next two days. " In the original plan. The boneyard of the undead building in Xinfu City Prison will be dug out and transported to Gaohe City to transform and kill the zombies. The skeleton mage Kalema, who had learned necromancy, was the former association inspector who was killed by Wu Heng. He will follow Li Yahong''s team, attack the city along the way, and be responsible for transforming the corpses. "Are the survivors okay?" Wu Heng asked next. "It''s not a big problem. We are currently counting occupations and specialties. Those with special occupations or those who are young will be sent back to us. Those who can work will start with the team." Qi Hancai answered. Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Qi Hancai continued: "Zhao Yanqiu has returned to Xinfu City. When he comes back in two days, Qiangzi and a few people are studying the new inventions. Everything is normal at the military factory and the production chain is also going smoothly. By the way, the main desk will come to exchange food in the afternoon, and I need to go there later. " All that needs to be said is said. Wu Heng also stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the airport together." "good!" Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie. The convoy stopped in front of the dormitory building and the two got on the truck. Driving out of the factory and heading towards the airport. Treasure Island, Golden Sail Tavern. "A bunch of brainless guys." Listening to the bard reading the great detective story in the tavern, there were exclamations and comments from the audience. In the private room, a handsome young man with blond hair sneered. "You think it''s fake?" Next to the young man, the old mage holding a wooden staff took a sip from the tea cup and asked softly. "Teacher." The man shouted softly, poured wine for the old mage, and then said: "The reason why cases are solved constantly is to deceive these ignorant islanders." "Imiro is very optimistic about him in the headquarters. The position of island leader is handed over to him, and he may be regarded as his successor." The old mage said. A trace of arrogance flashed in the young man''s eyes, and he said softly: "Teacher, I want to have a duel with him, and use his reputation on the island to trample him under our feet and turn him into our reputation." The old mage narrowed his eyes and nodded, "It''s up to you, as long as it doesn''t delay the headquarters'' plan." "Thank you, teacher." The young man thanked him, opened the door quickly and walked out. Walking downstairs, he interrupted the bard on stage and whispered a few words in his ear. The bard frowned. He looked up and down at the man in front of him, and then at the silver coins in his hand. He threw it back on the seat beside him. "Go find someone else, I won''t say it for you." The young man raised his eyebrows, displeasure flashing in his eyes. Collect the silver coins casually. With a smile on his face, he walked to the middle of the wooden platform. Stand upright and speak loudly. "My subordinate, ''Luan Randolph'', came here with the teacher from the association headquarters. I will challenge the island owner Wu Heng. I will do it openly and openly, and everyone will witness it." (End of chapter) Chapter 576 , ask him to take it out (one update tod Chapter 576, let him take it out (Updated today.) Challenge the island owner? There was a moment of silence in the tavern, and everyone looked forward in surprise and confusion. With the distribution of newspapers, the island owner has the highest popularity on the island. At this time, someone actually wanted to challenge the island owner openly. Judging from the other party''s clothing and aura, he was not an ordinary person, and he mentioned that the association headquarters was here. It proves that he has a certain status. No one in the tavern was stupid. Although they felt that the other party was a little arrogant, no one said anything. The young man is still smiling. He said again: "You can pass the news on, I will go to the association to declare a challenge, and the venue and time will be decided in the next few days." After saying that, he walked down the wooden platform with his hands behind his back. He met an old man holding a wooden staff at the door and walked out of the tavern. Someone looked out the window. He turned around and said, "Let''s go, take the carriage towards the central area." After confirming to leave, there was a buzz in the tavern. "The last one who was so crazy has sunk into the sea." "People coming from the association headquarters are probably coming for the island owner." "The pirates of the Emerald Sea have all died at the hands of the island owner. He, a pretty boy, still wants to challenge?" "Pirates are all killed with that kind of equipment. The island owner is good at detecting and solving crimes, and his profession is a necromancer. If those skeletons are allowed to play, the island owner will win in the battle. If the skeletons don''t play, he may not have an advantage in the duel." The buzz in the audience was slightly lower. In case of duel. Counting the skeleton attendants, the other side would definitely not be able to win if there were skeletons all over the island, and there would be no point in the duel. If they are not allowed to play, then the Necromancer will lose a helping hand. Do you really rely on various negative states to win? It might be a little harder. Everyone was silent for a while, looking thoughtful. The owner of the tavern once again took out a wooden sign. A bet was placed on whether the island owner would accept the challenge. "Don''t clean this room yet." A man walked into the private room and stopped the bartender who was cleaning the room. After saying that, he put a few copper coins into the other party''s hand and said, "We have decided on this private room. There is no need to clean it for the time being. I will call you if anything happens." The bartender stuffed the copper coins into his arms and said with a smile on his face, "Please, if you need anything, just shout out the window." After saying that, he exited the private room directly. After the bartender leaves. Several other figures walked in. The person in the middle took off his hood, it was McIntosh who had signed a contract with Wu Heng. McIntosh walked into the private room and the door closed. He glanced at the private room and said, "Search!" Several people spread out and started searching under the chairs under the dining table. Searched around. One person handed over the crumpled ticket, "Sister, there''s nothing left, just this ticket." McIntosh sat down at the table, the cutlery pushed to the sides. The ticket was unfolded and placed on the table. Two arms were raised above the head, and the other four were floating above the ticket, and began to use the prophet''s ability. His eyes were blank for a moment, and scattered picture fragments emerged from his mind. After a while, McIntosh''s eyes regained their vitality and said, "Bring me paper and pen." Paper and pen were handed over. McIntosh quickly recorded what he saw, and then handed it to the men beside him, "Send to the island lord''s mansion. Don''t take the main road, go through the small road." "yes." Zombie world, airport. The person in charge of the main station, Lu Changan, took Qi Hancai onto the plane. The canvases on both sides were lifted one after another. Lu Changan smiled and said: "2,000 cannon shells, 1,000 grenades, 5,000 machine guns, and 200 kilograms of gold. Deputy Chief Qi will check it out." "I''ll have someone check it first, and then I''ll pay Commander Lu for the food." Qi Hancai said something and waved slightly behind him. Several base survivors followed and began to check the number. Then he and Lu Changan walked aside. Lu Changan said: "I heard that the Xinfu City base has begun attacking surrounding cities?" "There is no way. Bases all over the channel are asking for rescue. As the main station said, the more difficult the time, we must be more united." Qi Hancai replied. Lu Changan nodded, "If you need anything, we will try our best to help you." "Well, if you need anything, we will mention it to the main station." The two chatted for a while. The inventory of supplies was also completed, the equipment was unloaded from the plane, and the trucks of food were reloaded into the cabin. After both parties complete the transaction. They waved goodbye to each other. The plane left the airport and headed into the distance. Wu Heng walked out of the building with his skeleton attendant and the little owl wearing a sweater. "It''s no different from the materials exchanged last time. They should be energy-producing grenades and machine gun shells, 200 kilograms of gold, and 5,000 machine guns." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s possible, but they can produce it. Where do the raw materials come from? Materials are also a problem now." "That''s right. Maybe I''m overthinking it." Qi Hancai thought for a moment and nodded. "It doesn''t matter, just keep it if you can sell it to us. Gao Rong is also dismantling research and development equipment." "Yeah, I know." Wu Heng put away the supplies. His eyes also glanced at Gold. Different from the scattered gold jewelry that was shipped before, this time it was one kilogram of gold nuggets, totaling two hundred pieces. It looked like they had captured a certain gold reserve center. Moreover, it is possible that they may not all be exchanged at once. After everything is put away. The airport is once again guarded by skeletons. The convoy began to return to the arsenal. After arriving at the factory base all the way, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. The island owner''s estate. Wu Heng walked down the stairs, followed by various newly transformed skeletons. The alchemist and magician were assigned to their respective rooms, and the chef and gardener were assigned to their respective posts. Tailor, I will take it to the clothing factory in the next two days, which is exactly what I need. There was only the coroner, and Wu Heng hadn''t figured out how to arrange it yet. It definitely can''t be sent to the association. By then, the skeleton will be sent and the two original coroners will be replaced. Wouldn''t that make people laid off? Lets wait until then! After arranging the skeletons, Wu Heng went downstairs. As soon as they stepped on the ground on the first floor, Minnie walked over quickly. He took out a piece of paper from the space ring and said, "Master, McIntosh sent someone to tell you that someone openly wanted to challenge you in the tavern today. This is the other party''s intelligence." Challenge yourself? My image has improved a lot recently on the island, so its not time for someone to challenge me! "Let me take a look first!" Wu Heng took the paper and opened it. Then I saw the content above. "The challenger calls himself ''Luann Randolph''. He looks like a human male around 25 years old, has blond hair and blue eyes, and has a bayonet on his waist. He publicly stated in the Golden Sail Tavern that he wanted to challenge the island owner. There was also an old man accompanying him, wearing a robe and holding a wooden staff. His occupation was guessed to be magic. The relationship between the two was master and apprentice. The two of them were members of the association, and after leaving the tavern, they also went to the association. In response to the prophetic message, the two landed from Port No. 1 at noon, taking the cargo ship ''Andres''. " After reading the information, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. McIntosh''s information was indeed quite detailed, including his age, appearance, and even the ship he was traveling on. Wu Heng was also a little surprised by these two people. I just landed on the island today, and I am a member of the association. What do you challenge yourself to do? Was he also arranged to cause trouble for himself? Or maybe the other party has other motives. "Master, are you okay?" Minnie looked at him frowning and asked softly. Wu Heng put his arm around the opponent''s shoulders and said, "It''s okay. Some master and apprentice from the association came to the island and wanted to challenge me." "Association? Aren''t we also from the association? Why challenge you?" "It''s okay, there are always people who are full and have nothing to do, looking for trouble everywhere." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Why don''t you let ''Robe'' go to where he lives and throw a grenade to prevent them from bothering you." "They are also troublesome on Dead Island. Just ignore them and leave by yourself in a few days." Wu Heng led them to the restaurant and asked: "What''s for dinner?" "I''ve prepared some oysters for you to replenish." The next day, the association. Wu Heng walked through the cold corridor and walked directly into the cold morgue. In the morgue, two coroners were disposing of the bodies. Seeing Wu Heng coming, he bowed slightly and said, "Island Master." "What kind of corpses are these?" Wu Heng asked after scanning the three corpses in the room. The coroner replied, "The two bodies are wanted criminals killed by teams one and four. Their identities have been confirmed. The one here is a corpse salvaged from the sea. He is dressed like a fisherman." "Aren''t you from the island?" Wu Heng looked at the last corpse. "The team went to inquire and no one among the fishermen on the island was missing," the coroner said. Wu Heng took a look at the corpse''s face. It looked pretty good and was not too swollen from the soak. "You guys wait at the door for a while while I check on the body." "Yes!" the two coroners responded and exited the room directly. After Wu Heng confirmed that both of them were out. He took out the strange object [Faceless Man Skin] and covered the corpse''s face. The moment the two get close. The human skin then combines with the other person''s face just like real skin. Even the skin connections in other parts did not show any traces. Wu Heng waited for a few seconds, stretched out his hand to fumble around his face, and used a little force to tear off the mask. Become a strange object of human skin again. After taking a look inside the human skin mask, there was no trace of a corpse left. Wu Heng took out a tissue and wiped it before putting it on his face. First, form your own face. Then as soon as I thought about it, I felt my face begin to tighten and squirm. He took out the mirror from the space ring and took a look. He has transformed into the corpse next to him, exactly the same, with his eye color, facial contours, and hair color all changed. "It''s quite magical." Wu Heng praised in a low voice, stretched his hand behind his ear, and tore off the human skin mask again. Tighten the space ring. After finishing what he wanted to do, Wu Heng walked out of the morgue. Two coroners chatted in the doorway. "I''m fine, you can continue working!" Wu Heng said. The two saluted again and entered the morgue again. Leave the morgue. Wu Heng passed by the deacon''s study and thought for a moment before standing at the door and knocking lightly on the door. After hearing a response from inside, he opened the door and walked in. In the room, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were both in the study. When they saw him coming in, they stared at him. Wu Heng touched his face to confirm that the human skin mask was removed. Then he asked: "What are you looking at?" Sheila Gui took out a piece of paper and handed it to him, "Here, challenge letter, I was planning to have someone send it to you." Wu Heng frowned and took it over to take a look. The words "Challenge" are written on the top, and below are terms such as "Fair Fight". Below the last one is the seal of an association. "I''ll go, there''s still something like this." He didn''t expect that the association had such a thing as a challenge letter, which seemed to support various challenges. "We can''t talk about support, but the association also acquiesces to the competition of the younger generation, encourages faster development, and some conflicts can be resolved with this challenge letter." Xilagui explained. "He filled in this thing, so I have to challenge him?" Wu Heng asked. "Of course not. He submitted it to the association, that is, through the association''s platform. It''s up to you whether you accept it or not. It''s not a mandatory thing." Sheila Gui looked at him with a smile, "So, are you going to agree? ? "I definitely won''t agree. I don''t even know who he is, and why should I agree to him? If he loses, he just slaps his **** and leaves. No one on the island knows him. If I fail, how can I be the owner of the island? "Wu Heng put the challenge back on her desk. Sheila Gui nodded in agreement, "What you said is right, but it''s not like you said he doesn''t know anyone. He is the leader of the outstanding generation of the human race in the association headquarters. I heard that he is extremely talented and has defeated many people. The strong men of the older generation. If you can defeat him, you will be declared more victorious in this headquarters. " A dormitory of the association. The blond-haired, blue-eyed ''Lu An'' opened the door and walked in, saying: "Teacher, this island is well built. The ones around the association are called street lights. I heard that they will be as bright as the sun at night and will not go out all night." "It should be some special magic prop. In the published story, it''s not about the place where he came out, but more about the development of equipment and various props!" the old mage replied with a smile. "It just feels good. If we have the opportunity in the future, we can live here permanently." Lu An continued. The old mage took a sip of tea and said, "Have you sent the challenge?" "I sent it to Sheila Gui. According to the regulations of the association, she will arrange for someone to send it to the other party." Lu An sat down opposite. The old mage continued to give instructions, "If he can get Imiro''s attention, I''m afraid he also has some abilities. During the battle, you should put aside your show-off tricks and end the battle as soon as possible." Lu An''s eyes flashed, "I know!" "The news has been released. If you win, you have to win beautifully and gain a higher reputation." Luan also poured himself tea and took a sip. "I really want to start as soon as possible and defeat him in front of everyone." Deacon''s study. Xila Gui said: "He has a high background and has been supported by the association for so many years. His strength is not weak. There is really no need to agree to this challenge." (End of chapter) Chapter 577 , identity overlay Chapter 577, Identity Superposition "What level is he?" Sheila Gui said: "Lu An is 17 years old, a 16th-level mage, and he is accompanied by his teacher, an 18th-level archmage of the association, whose name is Moffat." Both of them are mages! This Lu An is actually only 17 years old. He reached level 16 mage at the age of 17, which is considered a rare genius among humans. No wonder he''s so crazy. As soon as I got to the island, I had to challenge myself who would be prosperous tomorrow. I did have crazy capital. The other person is his teacher. The level 18 Archmage, with his profession and level, is a powerful backer for the opponent. If you think about it. Luan wants to defeat himself to pave the way for his fame to reach level 18. The old mage agreed with the other party and made such a big noise as soon as he landed on the island, which was also to accumulate fame for himself. The disciple''s public appearance is also a kind of publicity for him. Wu Heng asked: "I heard people say that he always hangs a sword wherever he goes. I thought he was a swordsman or a melee professional!" "The information on the association is that he is a mage, an orthodox energy evocation system. It may be his habit to wear a sword. Many mages also have the habit of wearing melee weapons." Xila Gui explained. "Oh, decorations." Wu Heng suddenly realized. Even if the mage has the possibility of close combat, it is stored in the space ring and is easy to access. Hanging it outside is more like a decoration. Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Maybe. It may also be some special prop or rare object that needs to be worn to achieve the corresponding effect." "That makes sense! Is there any other information?" Sheila Gui continued: "Being born in the royal family of the ''Kingdom of Celtic'', you have a high prestige in the country. You can understand that you are the next designated successor." Damn it, the population of a kingdom comes to compete with me for such a little bit of fame. When I was in Blackstone Town and Luntam City, I didn''t see any royal family, and there weren''t even any rumors. When we arrived at Treasure Island, the prince and the princess came out. I''ve seen it a lot, and that''s it. As for the Celtic Kingdom, Wu Heng also knew about it. It was the kingdom of the Snake Emblem Consortium in Lopez City that he often visited. Shi Yali cut some fruits and sent them to Wu Heng, adding: "He should be preparing for promotion to level 18, otherwise he should have gone back to inherit the throne long ago." "Why, I can''t advance to level 18 when I go home." Shiragui continued, "I heard Deacon Imiro say before that their kingdom has a characteristic. The kings are always mediocre in one generation, and the next one will be very outstanding. It has basically become a rule, and Lu Anjiu is outstanding. generation." One generation is mediocre and the other is outstanding. This is the next generation taking over the luck of the previous generation. Wu Heng did not speak, but looked at the challenge letter again. Now it seems that there is no possibility of losing. The other party''s identity is full of BUFFs, princes, talents cultivated by the association, and preparatory kings who stole the luck of the previous generation. If you defeat him, your reputation will not increase even a little bit. In the past, the strategy was to keep a low profile and develop slowly. Now that fame is in front of him, it is a bit unreasonable to give up and let him leave. Wu Heng moved closer and looked at the two elf sisters, "You guys say, if I ask him to increase the stakes and agree to this competition, will he agree?" Silla''s eyes widened, "Don''t you want to compete with him?" Shi Yali also said: "He has teachers to bring him experience, and the resources of the association and the kingdom are tilted towards him. Your transfer time is short, so there is no need to compete with him." "I thought about it and couldn''t find any way to lose to him." Wu Heng said, and then said: "Well, you arrange to negotiate with him, and we both put forward some bets for the fight, and I agree. If he doesnt want this fight, I have reason to refuse him. Sheila Gui looked at him, "Are you sure? In a normal fight, you won''t be allowed to go up to all those skeletons. Normally, you will only be allowed to go up to two." "It''s okay! I have a plan, just do as I say." Xila Gui nodded and looked to her side, "Shi Yali, you can come forward and tell them. Just follow Wu Heng''s words. If you don''t agree with what they say, it will be fine." "Okay!" Shi Yali nodded. After saying that, he immediately walked out of the room. Sheila Gui looked at him suspiciously and asked: "What level are you at? Why did it feel like you were relieved when you heard that the other party was level 16?" "It''s just that at the beginning, I thought the opponent was level 18!" "How can there be so many level 18s?" Association dormitory. Shi Yali explained Wu Heng''s decision to the master and apprentice in front of her. Luan looked back at his teacher. He turned around and said: "Since the island owner said so, I am also willing to give the second-level merit reward as a reward for this competition. As for the island owner, there is no need to take anything, as long as you can participate." The old mage also said calmly, "Your goal is to become a hero, so you should be more generous." "Yes, teacher!" Lu An casually took out a wooden stick covered with cloth strips and feathers and placed it on the table. "The gray eagle wooden stick can summon a magical reconnaissance gray eagle for investigation. Bet on it." Shi Yali nodded and took out a new challenge letter. Filled out the rules again and asked Luan to sign them. After finishing, he saluted again, "The venue and time will be decided as soon as possible, so I won''t disturb you two." The two nodded, and Shi Yali exited the room. The old mage said, "He does have a bit of Imiro''s tenacity. If he dares to accept this challenge in the face of you, it will save us trouble." "Perhaps being on this Treasure Island makes him think that the world is just that big." "The choice of venue only lasts for two days, and we will win better by then." "Yes, teacher!" Shi Yali returned to the room. He handed the challenge letter and the wooden staff to Wu Heng, "He took out a second-level prop called the Gray Eagle Wooden Staff, which can summon magic detection guards for investigation." Wu Heng glanced at the props. It''s only level two, but it''s not too low. The second level meritorious service corresponds to killing a level 15 professional. Wu Heng nodded, "There is no problem on my side." Xila Gui said directly: "Then it''s settled. I''ll have people clean up the place so that you don''t suffer any losses from fighting." "You choose the place. I will arrange for the skeleton to install some equipment. Then the residents of the island can come and watch the fun." "OK." Shi Yali watched the two of them talking, "What''s the matter with you? You two are so confident. Xila Gui, are you not afraid of Wu Heng losing?" "If he is not sure, he will definitely not agree." "You really understand me." He left the association and went directly back to his residence. Enter the building. Minnie helped him take off his coat, "Master, there are rumors circulating in Beacon Street about challenging you." Wu Heng said casually: "I promised that person, the association is now choosing the venue for the competition." "Ah? Didn''t you say you don''t want to pay attention to him?" Minnie walked aside and poured another cup of scented tea over. "The challenge letter was sent to the association, so I agreed." Minnie was a little worried, "There won''t be any danger!" "It''s okay. Association competitions don''t involve life or death." Minnie then asked: "So will you win?" "Don''t worry, it''s okay to hit him." "That''s good, we''ll go cheer for you then." Minnie said with a smile. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "Minnie, let''s see who is free, Annette or Robert. I will arrange for a few skeletons to be taken to the association to help set up a competition venue." "good." Minnie agreed and went to talk to the other two people about this matter. Wu Heng went to the courtyard to mobilize some skeletons. Let Annette take him to the association. The next day, noon. In an open space in the development area, a flat and wide competition area was demarcated. Residents of the island, representatives of various caravans. People are gathering here one after another, waiting for today''s challenge from the island owner and the geniuses of the association. A large number of association teams and skeleton patrols were mobilized to maintain order and guard the combat area. On the stand, the old mage told him: "He is not as good as you in level. He has a crossbow-like instrument in his hand. When fighting, go all out and resolve the battle as soon as possible." "yes!" While the two were talking, Sheila Gui arrived with a small team of members. They greeted each other and stopped talking, and the place fell into silence. Off the stage, Wu Heng''s carriage also arrived shortly after. Get off the carriage and walk straight into the arena. Wu Heng was wearing a Hundred Soldiers robe and Hundred Soldiers boots. Standing next to him was the level 18 skeleton attendant, Kaxiu. Immediately afterwards, a figure jumped into the battle arena from a distance. Blonde hair, blue eyes, handsome appearance. His eyes were deep and steady, as if he had seen his first deacon, Yazd. Assistant Shi Yali walked to the stage. He said in a deep voice: "When fighting, you cannot use abilities beyond the scope of the fighting arena, you cannot use lethal items or props, you cannot damage the soul, and you must stop fighting immediately if you admit defeat or are seriously injured." (End of chapter) Chapter 578 , I said that the undead are not suitabl Chapter 578, I just said that the undead are not suitable for fighting ttle The sound of a switch turning on sounded. Immediately, screens with higher shelves showed scenes from the arena. Under the screen stand, there are a large number of skeletons guarding it, preventing onlookers from approaching or destroying it. The crowd watching the excitement looked up at the screen, their eyes widened with disbelief. "I can see the pictures inside!" "It''s another new type of prop, something I''ve never seen before." "This thing is good. We can see it from behind. We don''t have to squeeze so far forward, which can be dangerous." Some business representatives also looked at the screen. "What kind of prop is this? If it can be sold, it must be of good value." "The island owner has many new props in his hands. We can ask him then." "I''m afraid the association headquarters doesn''t have such a prop to display the picture." "Stop talking, the island owner is coming up." Everyone followed the sound and saw Wu Heng in the picture, dressed in mage robes, standing on one side of the arena, with a skeleton attendant wearing leather armor and a hood beside him. Opposite him was also a blond Bluetooth challenger wearing a robe and a leather armor. Most people have heard this news. This is also the first time I have seen a challenger look like this. "You''re not that old!" "I heard that he is a genius from the younger generation of the association, and his background must be different." "You can see it." "Who do you support?" "Island owner? His background is similar to ours, and his career change time is also short." "Yes, he represents Treasure Island. If this person loses or wins, he turns around and leaves. He has nothing to do with us." "Too." On the fighting stage. "Both parties confirm, the competition begins!" Shi Yali''s body fell back quickly after she finished speaking. Two people compete to cast spells at the same time. Wu Heng''s body was wrapped in the bone armor, and then a preset shield took effect. Lu An''s body was also wrapped in a light yellow mage shield. Then, Lu An had a staff in his hand, his eyes suddenly became sharp, the staff in his hand suddenly pointed forward, and several icy blue ice picks shot out instantly, as fast as arrows. Wu Heng also took out his staff and swung it casually, shooting out a fireball. Boom~! Ice cones and fireballs hit the epidemic, causing flames and ice crystals to fill the sky. "You can also cast energy spells, which is not bad!" Lu An complimented casually, raised his staff, and quickly condensed the spells. The thick Razer shot out again. Wu Heng also releases lightning beams. Boom~Zi! The two thunderbolts collided again, and thunder shot out. "Let me see how many spells from other factions you know." Lu An said coldly. Air vortices appeared from all around, and the clothes rustled. Then, countless silver-white flying birds appeared from all around, densely packed like a flock of swallows returning to their nest, and smashed towards the positions of Wu Heng and the skeleton attendants from the sky and all around. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly. I have never seen this spell before. He ran quickly sideways. The silver-white flying bird, as if it had identified him, followed closely behind him and crashed into his body. Bang bang bang~! Continuous explosions sounded, and Wu Heng''s location was instantly submerged by thunder and lightning. It was like being covered by a dense explosion. Thick smoke rose, covering the surrounding area. No figure escaped, and there was no target in sight. Lu An raised his eyebrows, "It ended as soon as it started? How could he become the owner of Treasure Island with this kind of strength? His strength is even worse than imagined, not even as good as an ordinary deputy deacon of the association!" Looking at the scene on the screen where Wu Heng''s figure was covered by silver-white birds, everyone frowned tightly. "No way!" "The island owner has killed so many pirates, how can he be so weak?" "I''m just saying that necromancers are not suitable for fighting. If the skeletons come up, they can beat the **** out of that kid." "What''s the use of saying this? The fight is agreed upon by both parties." "Hey~! The attack was too harsh. I told Lu An to pay attention to the occasion. Let him compete with the younger generation. It will also better train himself. Why did he attack so hard?" In the stands, the old mage smiled and scolded. Sheila Gui glanced sideways slightly, and saw only false modesty on the other person''s face. He snorted coldly and said nothing. Although I dont believe that Wu Heng will lose to the opponent. But he also paid attention to the battle arena. If there is real danger, fly over to save people. "Sister, the island owner doesn''t seem to have an advantage." Beside McIntosh, a younger brother said softly. It was covered with such dense spells right from the start, even melee professions couldn''t withstand such intensive blows. "Sister, I will send people out to sea to wait. When they leave, I will give them to them at sea..." As he spoke, he made a gesture of wiping his neck. McIntosh turned to glare at the opponent and said: "His skeleton is at least level 15 or above. If he really wants to fight, he can fight with the opponent for a while." The younger brother was stunned and looked at the skeleton on the stage. The skeleton attendant who was brought up was still standing there, and the few magic birds that had just flown by did not cause any damage. Then, the crowd started talking again. "The island owner is fine. He has protected himself." "I just said, how could it fail so quickly?" "But the Necromancer doesn''t seem to have any attack methods!" On the battlefield. Just when everyone thought Wu Heng had failed. The breeze blew and the smoke dispersed. After being bombarded by silver-white birds, a khaki earthen coffin slowly rose up and collapsed in front of everyone. Wu Heng was exposed, unscathed. Lu An narrowed his eyes and said, "You are hiding. It really suits the style of the undead faction." Wu Heng glanced at the other party. The magic just now was indeed quite bluffing, and it was also a type of spell I had never seen before. If you learn it yourself, the effect will be the same as a drone bombing swarm. Whether it is fighting or dealing with zombies, it is a good effect. Wu Heng glanced at Lu An, who had a suddenly cold face across from him, and forced out a smile, "It''s funny. It''s my first time to compete with a mage. I want to see what effect can be achieved. It really scared me." Lu An snorted coldly, "Arrogant!" The staff in his hand was waved again, and red flame tornadoes began to gather in the field, driving the surrounding violent winds. Another new spell. The energy-shaping moves are so powerful, and they all seem to have extremely lethal effects. Wu Heng immediately ran to avoid the location of the tornado. At the same time, the staff in his hand began to wave one after another, releasing [pathogenic ray], [weakening ray] and [serious injury] one after another. Lu Ans expression dropped as he released his skills. Blood instantly flowed from the nostrils and corners of the mouth. Dye the skirt red. The severe injury spell is more like a curse spell, which has no effect on the undead, but faces the living beings. Especially creatures whose level is lower than your own, it will cause serious harm. Lu An''s eyes narrowed, and a green light enveloped his body. The negative status applied disappears instantly. And the Ice Cone Technique, the Silver Bird, and the Wind and Fire Blade were shot out one after another. They began to bombard Wu Heng''s location one after another. There was a roar on the field, gravel scattered, and smoke filled the sky. Wu Heng''s running speed was too fast for a mage to be able to do. "Why doesn''t your skeleton move? Do you look down on me?" Lu An said coldly, immediately drew out the stabbing sword from his waist, and quickly rushed towards Wu Heng. On the way, the spell remains the same. There was a violent bombardment. Wu Heng''s running steps stopped, and a wing sword appeared in his hand. He advanced instead of retreating, and quickly faced the opponent. When the two men drew their swords and approached each other, the crowd was excited again. "The swords are drawn, they draw the swords." "Aren''t you a mage? What are you doing?" "Are all mages like this? After magic, do you have to fight in close combat?" Clang~! The metal chirped. The wing sword was blocked in front of him, blocking the thrust of the stabbing sword at the chest. The long sword took advantage of the situation and swung the stabbing sword away. Lu An''s body was slightly tilted back, and Wu Heng used the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique". His body followed the opponent and he shot out. The sword force continued to slash at the opponent. The activated object is released, Lu An''s collar is locked on his neck, and his pants are raised. Lu An''s body flashed with light again, and the status of the objects on his body became invalid. He held his sword and hastily blocked the opponent''s attack. Stabbing sword, the blade is thin and straight, and the attack method is mainly stabbing. Facing Wu Heng''s chops, the stabbing sword began to weaken and became difficult to resist. Lu An also didn''t expect that the opponent would be so powerful, and that his proficient swordsmanship would leave him with no room to fight back. He only felt that countless attacks were hitting him. The spell he wanted to cast was interrupted by the opponent''s attack. While avoiding a sword, he was hit on the left shoulder. The leather armor was torn open, and blood dripped. Lu An took a few steps back, a look of fear flashing in his eyes. Seeing the opponent charging towards him again, he reached out and stabbed the sword, and scorching flames appeared on the blade. Stepping lightly, the figure shot out again. On the way, his figure flashed and instantly transformed into three figures, stabbing at the target at the same time. The body in the middle rushes forward, stabbing the sword between the eyebrows, turning the left step and stabbing the lower ribs, and stabbing the sword directly to the heart on the right. The three figures were as fast as lightning and moved neatly, arriving almost at the same time. And just when he was approaching Wu Heng, the stabbing sword was about to hit the target. The figure in front of me also followed Ichika. (End of chapter) Chapter 579 , what a good person Chapter 579, What a good person The battle took a sudden turn, and Wu Heng suddenly had the upper hand. The young man who had just arrived on the island and submitted a letter of challenge to the association was wounded and his clothes were stained red with blood. The islanders watching around them started to get excited again from silence. "I just said there is no way the island owner can beat him." "Island Master''s swordsmanship must have been learned from Imiro." "The skill is fancy, it turns out to be a soft-footed shrimp." In the stands. Everyone in the Treasure Island Association breathed a sigh of relief. Sure enough, it was still the same Wu Heng who never disappoints. Sheila Gui removed her hand from the hilt of the sword, glanced at the old mage on one side with her beautiful eyes, and told the other side: "If anyone surrenders, end the battle immediately." "Yes, Deacon." Shi Yali nodded in agreement. The old mage frowned and stared at the battlefield, with surprise and suspicion in his eyes. Since when did young geniuses from the human race begin to appear everywhere? Lu An is a mage who has advanced swordsmanship at the age of 17 and is already considered a freak. On such a small island, there is another one. "What''s going on?" On the battlefield. Lu An, who was split into three, felt his eyes blurred. The target he locked on shook at high frequency, and the next second he turned into six identical figures. Stand apart in front. Illusion clone? No, it was the effect of the strange object on his body. Fear flashed in Lu An''s eyes, his whole body was once again enveloped in smoothness, and his movements became even faster. The three stabbing swords changed directions instantly. At a faster speed, he stabbed at the three nearest figures. Clang, Clang, Clang~! Three chimes sounded. The weapon blocks the thrust. At the same time, six people formed a circle, surrounding three Lu An in the middle. The long sword was held horizontally in his hand, and the sword surface was struck like an iron whip. Bang bang bang~, a dull sound sounded. In an instant, three Lu An were knocked to the ground. Second smash. The three Luans were restored to one person. The defensive shield on his body was shattered again and again, and the condensed magic continued to disintegrate. Can''t get out, can''t escape. I can only curl up in a ball and grit my teeth and persist. "Just you..." Wu Heng just wanted to say, you came to the island to steal my reputation. I held back the thought of the live broadcast. He changed his tune and said, "If it doesn''t work, just admit defeat." Lu An gritted his teeth and remained silent. The strength in Wu Heng''s hand increased again. "Stop." The old mage shouted angrily and stood up suddenly. The wind howled, and the robes rustled. The rich magic power quickly condensed. Snap~! Sheila Gui suddenly slapped the armrest of the seat and said coldly: "Mr. Moffat, since you have signed the challenge, you must follow the rules. If you can''t beat us, you can admit defeat. We abide by the rules, and you must abide by them too." Wow~! After the words fell, a large number of skeletons gathered here. The weapon is unsheathed. At such a close distance, there are many level 15 skeletons stationed on the island. It''s enough to prevent him from benefiting from it. The old mage narrowed his eyes and praised with a sneer, "Young people should have this kind of courage. Okay, let''s admit defeat and end this competition!" On the fighting stage. Lu An was even more embarrassed. The body-protecting magic shield cannot take effect at all, and he relies on the broken leather armor on his body to maintain some fragile defense. Shi Yali walked up to the competition stage unhurriedly, glanced at the scene, and said loudly: "The competition is over, the island owner Wu Heng won." With Shi Yali''s announcement. Wu Heng stopped what he was doing, and the six clones instantly returned to their original form. A burst of tinnitus and dizziness hit me, waiting for the side effects to end. Looking at the figure still curled up on the ground, "Mr. Lu An, it''s over." Wu Heng shouted, and Lu An shivered violently. He looked up, his eyes full of anger and unwillingness. Wu Heng stretched out a hand and gestured to pull him up. Lu An gritted his teeth and showed a fierce look on his face. "Everyone is watching, grace, grace." Luan also reacted. Gritting his teeth and enduring the pain all over his body, he straightened out his tattered clothes. Still maintaining his grace, he said, "Master of Wuheng Island, you win." "Luckily, I also have an age advantage." The two saluted each other, and Lu An turned around and stepped off the stage. Shi Yali took the bet for this competition and handed it over to Wu Heng. Wu Heng held up the reward and gestured around. "We won, Treasure Island won." Everyone in the audience was stunned. In an instant, cheers came from the audience. It spread like ocean waves, resounding throughout the entire area. The island owner won. Treasure Island wins. amid cheers. The caravan representatives watching the game got into carriages and left early. It is different from ordinary people watching the excitement. Wu Heng''s victory over ''Lu An'' is no small matter. The human genius chosen by the association to train was defeated by the equally young Wu Heng in such a small place. Will it support Wu Heng, or will it attract the attention of other powerful people? These can happen. Regardless of whether it happens or not, the message must be sent back first. Be prepared to invest. After the competition, the evacuation of the crowd was left to the association. On the carriage back to the residence. The maids who came to watch the excitement were chattering among themselves. "The master''s skeleton has not moved, otherwise he would have won long ago." "That skeleton is level 18. He''s a little too bully." "He took the initiative to challenge me. I can''t blame anyone else if I beat him to death." "Master is so handsome..." Several maids said excitedly. Wu Heng opened his reputation and took a look. [Fame: Level 18 (31747/48000)] His reputation increased by more than two thousand. Different from the slight increase in the newspaper, this time it jumped directly to 31,000. It gives the impression that people who are not provided with fame on the island are included in the provision of fame in one fell swoop. It''s not a waste of time. "Master, what would you like to eat?" "Let''s go to the tavern outside the association to celebrate our victory." "Okay, you can eat outside." Association dormitory. Lu An recovered from his injuries and put on clean robes. But he lost the high spirits he had when he went to the island. "If we were to compete in spells, I might not lose to him." The old mage shook his head slightly, "No, we are underestimating him. The information provided by the association is not comprehensive, and it is even more unlikely that he is only level 12. He published the newspaper and should be preparing for the creation of a hero." "Is he level 15? His body has been taken over?" Lu An said subconsciously, then stopped suddenly. The old mage was stunned, not expecting that the other party would think of this direction. He nodded and said: "Let''s go back to the headquarters now. If this matter spreads, it may be detrimental to you. Go back and deal with the matter first. What you said about occupying the body is also a way of saying that necromancers are proficient in the research of souls, and there are many ways to resurrect and occupy the body. Providing it to the association will allow the department to have uncertain thoughts about it and reduce the impact on you. " Lu An''s eyes flickered, "Teacher, if we leave now, will it make people laugh?" "It''s just a small place. If there is any joke, let''s leave now. We don''t have to say hello to the association." "Yes, teacher!" Pack your belongings quickly. The master and apprentice walked out of the association and headed to the port to catch a boat and leave. Had a meal outside. Wu Heng and others also returned to their residence. The maids went about their own business, while Wu Heng went to the radio station to check that there was no new news. I went directly upstairs to the study. Sit aside. Take out the bet won by the fight. A magic item corresponding to the second level meritorious service. [Detection Witch Staff] (Description: A magic prop etched with detection guards, which can release magic guards to detect any area.) From an effect point of view, it is a very good prop. Without rangers, most professions don''t have very good detection methods. More will use detection scrolls to conduct detection. But the reels were disposable and hard to come by. This prop can provide effective detection. It is most likely a prop used by Lu An himself, or a prop that has been eliminated. I have ghosts to detect, so I don''t need them at all. Lets see who gets it then. In addition to props, the biggest gain is fame. "The news will spread to the outside world, and those who follow Lu An will also know themselves because of this incident." "What a nice guy." (End of chapter) Chapter 580 , dont let me slap you Chapter 580, dont let me slap you Put away the [Detection Witching Staff] first, and then take out the [Faceless Man Skin] again. Because I had to deal with the challenge yesterday, I didn''t have much time to study this human skin mask. He held it in his hand and looked at it, then put it close to his face. When approaching a certain distance. Like suction, it combines with the face and sticks together firmly. I thought back to the fisherman''s appearance that the mask had ''copied'' before. A squirming feeling began to appear on his face. When I came to the mirror, I saw myself transformed into a fisherman. Looking carefully now, there are still no flaws. The two ghosts on the side also looked over at the same time. Xiaoxiao exclaimed, "Wow, uncle, you have become an uncle." Glenda also flew over and looked carefully, "I can''t tell at all. Is this a new prop?" "The rare item bought from the Snake Emblem Consortium can be regarded as a physical change of appearance." Wu Heng looked left and right in the mirror, and then asked the two ghosts to check himself. From the perspective of myself and the two ghosts, no obvious flaws were found. After confirming that there are no problems. Pulling behind the ear with his hand, the human skin was torn off directly. When Xiaoxiao saw it, his body trembled in mid-air, "Uncle, this strange thing is so scary." "It''s a bit scary, but it''s very useful." Wu Heng also felt a little unlucky. But there is no way, strange objects with great effects are always strange and weird. Moreover, this rare item is definitely something that no one can buy with money on the market. Leitili really put some thought into it. Glenda floated in the air and looked at the face in his hand. Asked: "Can I put it on the skeleton?" Wu Heng raised his brows and said in a somewhat uncertain tone, "I didn''t expect this idea of ??yours. The side effect is that it consumes energy and blood. The idea that a skeleton has no energy and blood may be a bit annoying." He kept saying it, but he still planned to give it a try. He called the skeleton attendant Ka Xiu over and handed him the mask, "Can you try wearing it?" Ka Xiu put the human skin against his face. The skull was quickly wrapped and turned into Wu Heng''s appearance. "It''s really okay!" "Wow~!" "Can''t tell the difference." One person and two souls exclaimed at the same time. The appearance, hair, and eye color are all exactly the same. Can''t even see any difference. That being said, this strange item is more suitable for the undead and has no side effects at all. wrong. Things like human skin masks, according to the classification of strange species, should be classified into the category of undead. "Uncle, please let him help you go up. It will save you such misery." Xiaoxiaopiao said directly from the side. "That kid will be even worse off." Wu Heng continued to order to the skeleton, "Let''s be the fisherman today." His face squirmed and turned into that of a fisherman. It''s quite magical. Wu Heng walked up to the skeleton and looked inside along the collar. The chest cavity is still full of white bones, which means that only the head can function, and what is originally there is nothing down to the neck. "The novel is pretty good. If there is any danger in the future, it would be safer to let the skeleton dress up like you." Glenda also said. "It is indeed a life-saving method." Wu Heng nodded and put away the human skin mask. Glenda also returned to the desk to continue revising the manuscript, and Xiaoxiao also flew aside to continue playing the game. Wait until it gets late. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom to rest. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Qi Hancai glanced at the information in his hand and said: "Gaohe City sent 12 more survivors, all of whom have been assigned jobs. The remaining survivors will follow Bai Qing to continue to assist the skeletons in the battle. Tiecheng City We have also started to attack the city center and there are currently no problems. Wu Heng nodded, "Continue to follow up." "yes!" After Qi Hancai finished speaking, it was Gao Rong''s turn from Tiancheng Group. He coughed lightly and said: "The production line drawings of the rifle have been designed and the corresponding accessories are being produced. They will be assembled and tried to operate." This is good news. By then, rifles and bullets will be mass-produced, and skeleton armies can be equipped on a large scale. "You''re doing well. If you need anything, tell me or Qi Hancai." Wu Heng said. "Thank you, chief. We will help you if necessary." Gao Rong smiled and thanked him. Gao Rong ends, and then the remaining Qiangzi. Wu Heng stayed here because of the stab-proof suit and Feilong equipped with a machine gun. In the entire base, only Wu Heng supported some of his ideas. Qiangzi stood up and took out a dummy from under the table, wearing a homemade stab-proof suit. It seems that the appearance is very similar to the stab-resistant clothing found. Qiangzi said: "We dismantled the original stab-proof clothing and modeled the outer fabric part with a special weaving structure. Even if it is cut by a knife or stabbed by a sword, there will be no problem of large-scale seams. We dont know what materials are used for normal stab-proof clothing, we havent figured it out yet. " Qiangzi continued to step forward, knocked on the chest and back, and continued: "Inside the fabric, two steel plates at the front and back protect the chest, and the shoulders also have arc protection, which can greatly lift the main torso." "The entire equipment greatly reduces the production time. The steel plate and fabric parts can be produced at the same time and then sewn together." Production efficiency and production difficulty are what Wuheng values ????more. There are more and more skeletons in the zombie world. Even if Wu Heng only plans to equip skeletons with armors above level five, it is still an exaggerated number. The armor ordered in another world looks majestic, and the protection is indeed good. But the production time is long and the price is high. If you buy it for tens of thousands, you still worry about attracting attention. That''s why I support Qiangzi to get this kind of armor. "Go and try the effect." Wu Heng said. Qiangzi took out an ax and struck it as two axes. The outer fabric was instantly torn apart, exposing the inner steel plate. But there is nothing wrong with the entire stab-proof suit, it still hangs on my body. Wu Heng looked to his side again, "Go and try." Keranmu drew out the Strange Object Evil Sword, walked over directly, and slashed down diagonally from above. The fabric was cut with large scratches, and the steel plate inside also made an ear-splitting sound. Bang~! The next second, the steel plate fell from the stab-proof suit to the ground. Qiangzi scratched his head in embarrassment, "The area cut is too large." "I''m quite satisfied with the idea. I''ll go back and improve it to prevent the inner guard plate from falling off," Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll study it immediately when I get back." Wu Heng nodded, "Is everyone else okay?" None of the three spoke. Wu Heng continued, "That''s it for now, let''s go get busy." Several people got up and started to leave. Wu Heng said again: "Is Zhao Yanqiu back?" "Back." Qi Hancai said. "Let her come to the conference room." "good." Several people left the conference room. Not long after, the door was knocked again. Zhao Yanqiu walked in, "Chief." Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and took out a professional scroll. Xiaoxiao said excitedly: "Mom, uncle has prepared a career scroll for you. You will have a career in the future." Zhao Yanqiu glanced at her daughter and then at the scroll on the table. "What is a career scroll?" Treasure Island. Star Flower''s merchant ship slowly docked. Shanara took the housekeeper and slowly walked off the boat. Covering the sun with one hand, he looked in the direction of Treasure Island, took a deep breath, and exhaled slowly. "Mrs. Shannara, the Presbyterian Church retains your identity as honorary president, but we need to count the assets here." A male wood elf in a dress beside him got off the boat and said immediately. Shanara looked up at him and said in a calm tone, "I have handed over everything I should pay. Treasure Island is my own property and has nothing to do with the Chamber of Commerce." "Whether it matters or not, you don''t have the final say. We have our own way of checking." The male elf sneered, and his attitude gradually became tougher. "Get out of the way, I''m going home." Shannara walked towards the carriage ahead. "Ms. Shannella, I am also following orders." The other party brought people with him to block the way out. People began to gather around and talk in low voices. The housekeeper narrowed her eyes slightly and glanced at the people blocking the way unkindly. Just when you are considering taking action. A voice sounded. "Who''s blocking the way?" Philippa, who had just reached the shore, walked over with a swaggering parrot on his shoulder. He glanced at ''Shanela'' and then at the people blocking the front. "Fuck you, don''t let me slap you." (End of chapter) Chapter 581 , he worked as a detective, did you know Chapter 581, He was a detective, did you know? Philippa appeared with a skeleton, leaving both sides of the confrontation in silence. The wood elf blocking the road also turned serious. The order was received to confirm Shannara''s assets on Treasure Island, but he also received an order to make good friends with Treasure Island and maintain business cooperation. For a moment, it felt a little awkward. The leader of the wood elves bowed slightly and said, "Captain Philippa, this should be an internal matter within our Star Flower. Please don''t interfere." Philippa frowned, "Don''t talk nonsense to me, or I''ll throw you into the sea and wake up." The wood elf frowned, "Captain Philippa, you are now the captain of Treasure Island. You should be careful with your words." "You are lucky to have landed on Treasure Island! Get out of here!" Philippa waved her hand behind her. The skeleton opened the way in front, and Philippa and Shannella followed through the people blocking the way. Get on the carriage on the roadside and rush towards the island lord''s mansion. On the carriage. Philippa sat carelessly and said, "There are many people here. When I get the chance, I will vent my anger on you." Shanara smiled, "No, it''s fine now. They were frightened by you." "Really! I have changed a lot. I was a pirate back then..." Philippa said, then stopped, "Other than that, I was an undercover agent at the time, not a pirate." Shannella wasn''t too interested in her being a pirate, so she chose a different topic. "Don''t mention them, tell me how Treasure Island has been lately? It seems to have changed a lot." Philippa stood up, sat directly next to Shanara, and said excitedly: "Let me tell you, did you know that Wu Heng was a detective? He was the kind of detective who didn''t rely on professional ability and only looked at the corpse to find the murderer. On the road. Philippa gushed. Shanara''s eyes widened, full of surprise and disbelief. "Then what?" "No, the newspaper was published here, oh, this is called serialization, Wu Heng said it." Philippa said. Shanara nodded and fell into silence again. Unexpectedly, a lot of things happened on Treasure Island during the time he left. Moreover, a newspaper was published on the island. Wu Heng had reached level 15 before and should be preparing for his level 18. Not bad, just paving the way for my future. I thought. Philippe opened the curtain of the carriage and stretched out his arm, "Here''s a newspaper." The newspaper seller came over quickly, took the money and handed over a newspaper. Philippa looked back and handed it to Shannella, "This is the newspaper. Below is his story. This is the third issue. The first two issues were sold before." Shanara took it, held it in her hand and looked at it. Zombie world, conference room. After completing the job transfer, Zhao Yanqiu stood where he was and looked at the opposite side. "I could feel the changes in my body, but I didn''t know where." Xiaoxiao flew over and showed off a little, "Mom, you are a professional now, not an ordinary person." "Be specific? What''s the use?" Zhao Yanqiu looked at her daughter. "Uh..." Xiaoxiao turned his head and looked at Wu Heng for help, "Uncle, what''s the use?" Wu Heng thought about the bard he understood and said: "As a professional, you can understand and plan the direction of your own development, thereby improving your various abilities. To put it simply, as long as you stick to this career plan, it is equivalent to taking the corpse core medicine non-stop. The main thing is that there are no side effects and you dont have to worry about the impact of the virus on the body. " I didnt quite understand the rest, but Zhao Yanqiu also understood the last sentence. The effect is equivalent to taking the corpse core potion continuously. And there are no side effects. Even if she didn''t understand anything, she still knew that if the news was released, the whole world would be shocked. He actually gave it to himself. With a surprised look on his face, he said, "Thank you, chief." Xiaoxiao flew over very politely, and Vukong patted Zhao Yanqiu on the shoulder, "Mom, you''re welcome, we are a family, right uncle." "Ah, yes!" Wu Heng nodded. Zhao Yanqiu glared at her daughter, and then asked, "What should I do to strengthen my career?" Xiaoxiao turned around again, "How to do it?" Wu Heng explained, "Your profession is called a bard. I know that there are two directions. One is knowledge of strange things, collecting knowledge, and collecting works should be included in it. The second is performance and speech, which literally means conducting. Some performances or speeches can also improve your abilities. Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yes!" The characteristics of bards are closer to artistic performances. Many abilities are conveyed to the audience through words, affecting the mind or inspiring the soul. Of course, this refers to the profession in the normal direction. Manipulators and liars are also mostly in this profession. Zhao Yanqiu listened and nodded, "I understand." Xiaoxiao thought: "Mom, you can be a star. Didn''t you love singing before? This career is very suitable for you." "There are no stars anymore." Zhao Yanqiu said. Wu Heng continued: "Professionals definitely have advantages and disadvantages. You should adapt to the specific abilities first. Then I will find two books for you to read." "Yes, leader." Zhao Yanqiu bowed again and thanked him. "Don''t talk about this matter outside, otherwise it will be troublesome for us." Wu Heng ordered. "I see." Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "You two, mother and daughter, let''s talk together. I''ll go out and take a look at the factory." Zhao Yanqiu bowed again, with an extremely respectful attitude. Wu Heng didn''t say much and walked outside. A small voice came from behind, "Mom, I chose this career. It is suitable for you. You can improve by talking in the future. You are so nagging... No, I mean simple." Wu Heng walked out of the conference room. He and Qi Hancai walked towards the factory building where bullets are produced. The factory buildings and warehouses were inspected and the quantities of materials required were confirmed. After the inspection was completed, we had lunch together in the cafeteria. Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and chatted with Granda in the room. Xiaoxiao also flew back. "How is it? Is your mother satisfied?" Wu Heng asked. Xiao Xiao floated lazily in the air, "I''m satisfied, but I''m stupid and can''t understand anything." "After all, the cultures of the two worlds are different. It''s normal to not be able to accept it for a while. It will get better gradually." Wu Heng explained. Xiao Xiao nodded, "I hope so." Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao again and asked: "Xiaoxiao, what do you think should be done to help your mother improve next? For other professions, skeletons can be arranged to help with training. Bards are somewhat special." The skeleton cannot speak, making it difficult for the bard to provide effective guidance. Xiaoxiao frowned and thought for a moment, "Follow what uncle said, pick a few simple skill books and give them to my mother to try." "Yeah, that''s okay, but you can translate the content yourself. Your mother can''t read the words of another world." "I can''t understand it either!" Xiaoxiao emphasized immediately. "Let your Aunt Glenda teach you. It''s up to you to raise your mother''s level." Xiaoxiao didn''t expect that he would be given a job, so he muttered with a grimace, "I should train two skeletons who can translate." Seeing Xiaoxiao''s mood drop instantly, both Wu Heng and Glenda smiled. Even fighting and investigating, Xiaoxiao didn''t think it was a chore. Only reading or studying something. Emotions change instantly, very quickly. The reason why Wu Heng asked Xiao Xiao was because of [unfinished business]. But it seems that her mother''s job change did not unlock this status. I can only ask her which direction she wants to develop next. Try it slowly. After chatting with the two ghosts for a while, he opened the gate and walked in. Return to Treasure Island and change into the clothes here. Opened the door and walked out. As soon as I reached the second floor, I heard the chatter and laughter of the maids downstairs. So happy today? Walking down the stairs, I glanced towards the living room and saw ''Shanela'' sitting there dignified and gentle in a simple and elegant dress. Mature and plump. Smiling, chatting with the maids about what happened after leaving. Behind Shanara, the middle-aged housekeeper was still standing aside politely. It is in sharp contrast to the maid in the island owner''s mansion. Hearing footsteps, several people looked towards the stairs. I saw Wu Heng coming over. Everyone smiled. "Owner." "Master, sister Shanara is back." The maids greeted. Shanara also looked over with a tender expression, "Long time no see." (End of chapter) Chapter 582 , miss me so much Chapter 582: You miss me so much When did you come back? "I went to the island in the morning." "Has the journey been smooth?" "Philippa brought so many ships to escort, how could it not go smoothly? The journey has been advanced several days." Shannella said with a smile. On the other side, Philippa, who was feeding the parrot, looked over and punched his chest with his fist. Shanara continued: "You also know about the Star Flower. In order to take into account the face of the Chamber of Commerce, I am still the president on the surface, but I no longer have real power. After a while, this identity will be found. Reason to withdraw. "It''s okay. Our family has a big business. Even if we don''t do anything, I will support you." Wu Heng said. The maids'' eyes widened, and they all looked at Shannara as if they were watching a play. The latter''s face turned red and he glared at Wu Heng, "Then you can''t just rest at home every day." "Treasure Island is so big, how can you not find something to do?" Wu Heng said. Minnie also asked: "Sister Shanara, can we live together in the future without having to sneak over every day?" "Where is the secret?" Shannara said something, and still said: "It''s not possible now. If I move in directly, the Chamber of Commerce will have no effect in maintaining my honorary president. On the surface, it is only with the island owner''s mansion, some Business cooperation. "Oh! There are so many people in your clan to take care of." Minnie muttered. When he mentioned the wood elves, Philippa seemed to have thought of something, and said in a snitch tone: "When we were going to the island, some members of Shannara''s tribe blocked the way. If I hadn''t been there, they wouldn''t have let me go!" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Who else dares to bully you on the island?" "It''s not bullying. The agreement I reached with the elders is to give up all the assets of the Chamber of Commerce, but the assets on Treasure Island are my own and have nothing to do with them. Just let them find out." Shanai La explained. Philippa said: "You are too talkative. If I go up, I will give him a mouthful to see if he dares to trouble me next time." Shannella said calmly, "They are also acting according to orders, and the Chamber of Commerce will not really care about a property." "Remember to tell me if you have any trouble." Wu Heng said. "I know~!" Shannella cast a look full of tenderness. Then, Shannara continued: "The Star Flower fleet came this time and brought the supplies you ordered last time, including five large warships. I saw the order. Someone will come to you in the next two days. delivery." "Andweier will check and accept the goods when they arrive. Philippa, you will check and accept the ordered ships tomorrow." Wu Heng explained. "Okay." Philippa nodded. Wu Heng looked at Shanara and said, "Don''t leave at night." Shanara''s face turned redder and she nodded. Late at night. Shannella curled up in her arms. There was a blush on his face that hadn''t faded yet. "You miss me so much?" "If you don''t come back, I will go find you with the wood elves." Wu Heng hugged him again. Soft and smooth, filling the chest. Shanela took away the other party''s erratic hand and asked, "Did you come up with the newspaper?" "Yeah, it works pretty well on the island." "I didn''t see it, but you are quite good at promoting yourself. The idea is indeed good, and it can prepare you for level 18." Shannella praised with a smile. "It seems that the newspaper is indeed good to be recognized by President Shannara." Shanara bit his chest lightly and said angrily: "I don''t even have real power anymore, why should I mention the president?" "From now on, if I take care of you, everything will be no worse than before." Shanara buried her head in her arms again, "I really feel like handing over Star Flower, which I''ve been running for so long, and feel a little bored." Wu Heng stroked the other party''s hair and said softly, "How about you become the president of Treasure Island? You have the final say over the entire caravan." Shanara stuck her head out and said with a smile, "It''s not that easy to build a caravan. The rest of the caravans have already become famous. If you want to join now, you will lose your life, and you don''t have any resources." Treasure Island is just an island. Although the land boundary is relatively wide, there is a large area of ??land that is not developed. But it is an island after all. Many resources need to be purchased from outside. There are no unique resources of its own that can be supplied to the outside world. Moreover, as Shannara said, if we only set up a caravan now, we might be suppressed to death by others. On Treasure Island, people let you go. When you go outside, no one will let you go. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let me think about it and see if there are any unique products in my hand. Then we can discuss it carefully." "Okay, you have the final say." Shanara looked up with a doting look on her face. He also reached out and touched his head. Wu Heng took her hand away and patted her plump buttocks, "Lift it up a little." As he spoke, he turned over and folded himself on his back. "Are you coming? It''s too late." Wu Heng patted me again, "You usually stay up late anyway, so hurry up." Shanara moved her upper body back and tilted upward slightly. The next day, we had breakfast. Shannella returned to her residence to deal with the remaining problems. Wu Heng also took a carriage and went to the association. Walking all the way through the hall and corridor, he stood in the deacon''s study and knocked on the door. After getting a response. Opened the door and walked in. "Looking for me?" Wu Heng asked. Silla behind the desk looked up and said, "Lu An and his master left yesterday. They probably left after the game. I didn''t receive any news from here." "So urgent?" "Yeah, and it''s very secret." Sheela thought for a moment and said, "I plan to write a letter to the association to tell the story in full, so as not to spread other versions in the headquarters." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Understand what Sheila Gui means. From the look Lu An looked at him when he finished, there was a sense of dissatisfaction. He left quietly again, obviously there were some problems. Wu Heng was not afraid. He played fair and square and was not afraid of what the opponent would say. But Sheila Gui had the right idea. If she told the association exactly what happened, she would naturally understand what happened. "Okay, then you write a letter to the association, and I will write one to Deacon Imiro." "Write a letter to Deacon Imiro?" "Isn''t McIntosh in charge of intelligence work? When the two went to the island, she used her prophetic ability to conduct some investigations and found that Imiro was mentioned in the conversation between the two. It would be better to say so." Wu said. Heng explained. "Okay." Sheela started writing. Shi Yali also sent pen and paper to Wu Heng. After the two of them finished writing, they looked at each other again to confirm that what they wrote was almost the same and there were no discrepancies. After sealing the letter, Shi Yali took it to the front desk. You can send it out today. afternoon. Wu Heng returned to the island master''s mansion. I will write down the content about yesterday''s competition and hand it to the skeleton in charge of printing. "For the new issue of the newspaper, rearrange the next page. This picture and the content will be placed in the most conspicuous position. The other content will be reduced. Today Ill print it later and send it out tomorrow. The skeleton took over the content and began to type it. The printing press began to make a clattering sound, and newspapers were being printed one after another. Ghost Glenda appeared, "You want everyone to know about this." "Xila Gui''s suspicion is justified. I will post the fight and send some to other places. Then everyone will know what happened. If he doesn''t make up anything, he will be a normal contestant. Failure, if you are making something up, you are a loser with a small mind and a mind that confuses right and wrong. "You''re looking more and more like a necromancer." "It''s not like you''re complimenting me." the next day. In the early morning, the newspaper seller held the newspaper in his hand and shouted loudly, "In the fourth issue of the newspaper, the identity of the challenger has been exposed. He is the prince of a neighboring country. Come and see and buy..." With the shouts, the entire Treasure Island seemed to become lively in advance. It turns out that the person who challenged him had such an identity. The prince, another candidate supported by the association, was defeated on Treasure Island. There was a long queue in front of the newspaper seller. Newspapers were sold one by one. port. Stacks of newspapers sealed in bundles were loaded onto different ships. "These are sent to various associations. Be careful and keep them in a dry place." Amid the shouting, the newspaper was loaded onto the merchant ship. With different ships, ships are shipped to various associations across the Emerald Sea. Inside the tavern. Saban the Bard, after applying two positive statuses to himself. He strode onto the high platform. He first saluted, and then said loudly: "Everyone, before telling the story, let me tell you about the competition here. The challenger has a lot of background..." There was a moment of silence and concentration below. (End of chapter) Chapter 583 , feeling more happy Chapter 583, feeling more happy There was an instant silence in the tavern, and the chefs and helpers in the back kitchen also walked to the door. Everyone on the island knows about the battle between the island owner and the challenger. After it''s over, even if the opponent loses. It is still a topic of discussion and speculation about his true identity. Saban didn''t pause for too long. He leaned forward and said in a serious tone, "The challenger, ''Luann Randolph'', is the prince of the Kingdom of Celtic and the next unofficial king of the kingdom. He is a human genius cultivated by the association. The accompanying person is The old man is his master, an 18th-level mage from the association. Wow~! The quiet tavern suddenly became noisy. From the clothes and temperament, you can guess that he is definitely not an ordinary person. But I never expected that there would be so many identities. The port of Lopez in the Celtic Kingdom is connected to the Emerald Sea, so it can be said that it is no stranger to it. And the other party is actually the prince of the kingdom, the next king. He is also a human genius supported by the association. The old man accompanying him is also an 18th-level mage. The identities attached to each of them are much greater than Wu Heng, the island master who was appointed deputy deacon for his meritorious service. Even saying that there is no way to compare. "Is he a genius? He is about the same age as the island owner!" "She should be younger than the island owner and have greater potential in the future." "What the heck, I''m a prince when I''m born, and the direction of development is all set. The island owner changed jobs later than us." "That''s right. It''s also mentioned in the story. The island owner used to make a living by solving crimes. He didn''t even have a career at that time!" "So, the island owner beat up his apprentice in front of an 18th-level mage." "Yeah, it makes me happy just thinking about it." "I felt so happy when I was there yesterday, and now I feel even more happy after knowing the identity of the other party." The bard Saban picked up the water glass and took a sip. After the discussion subsided a little, he continued, "Everyone, let''s continue. We will talk about the detective story in the fourth issue later." The drinkers gradually became quiet. Saban continued reading the rest of the newspaper. Association, Deacon''s Study. Shi Yali walked in and handed the newspaper to her sister, "Wu Heng was very ruthless and published all of Lu An''s name and identity in the newspaper. Now Lu An is known to the whole island." Sheela Gui was not surprised and said with a smile, "He asked for it himself. Who told him to go around saying that he would challenge the island owner as soon as he came to the island? He deserves to be beaten now." After saying that, he took the newspaper and read the contents. The most conspicuous position in the center is a photo of the battle arena. Wu Heng held up the reward in his hand, Shi Yali stood aside with a smile, and in the lower right corner was Lu An, whose robes were in tatters and ended up lonely. The whole picture is very expressive. The joy of the winner, the attention of the beautiful referee, and the loneliness of the loser. Even if you don''t read the text above, you can still understand what the picture wants to express. Sheila Gui glanced at the pattern and then at her sister. She always felt that the eyes in this picture were a little different from usual. "This pattern was put on?" "I don''t know, maybe it''s some new props." Shi Yali said, and then said: "There are also some newspapers that were sent to the port. They should be sent to the Emerald Sea associations through the fleet, and to the headquarters. of." Sheila Gui smiled and leaned back on the chair, "It''s bad luck for Lu An to offend him. Now it seems that Treasure Island can''t stop this matter." The location of the Emerald Sea is quite special. The coast is connected to the seaside cities in many countries. Newspapers are sent out one after another, and people everywhere will gradually know about it. When it comes to talents supported by the prince and the association, Wu Heng''s reputation can also be publicized. "That''s right." Shi Yali sat sideways on the deputy''s arm of the Xila rose chair and urged: "Look at the story in the fourth issue. I placed a bet at the pub at the door. I don''t know if the murderer will be revealed today." Sheela frowned, "Don''t get involved in this kind of thing, or I''ll write to mom and tell her." "If you win, I''ll give you half." "That''s not okay. I''m a deacon and I can''t encourage this kind of thing." "I know, let''s read the story first." In Shannara''s mansion. Workers were packing up items and transporting them to the carriages ready at the door. The new house was selected at the city hall early in the morning. In the residential area outside the island owner''s mansion, there is a street in the middle. Even if the wood elves tacitly agree that he and Wu Heng are together, they cannot live together. On the surface, she is still the president of the Chamber of Commerce and the nominal wife of a wood elf official. But if you live closer, its okay to interact more. Its the same as what the two people discussed before. Be lovers to each other. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! There were footsteps, and the housekeeper came in with a newspaper. "Madam, the Island Lord''s Mansion is selling new newspapers. I bought one for you to take a look at." Shanara took it and looked at it, "Competition? I don''t know about this yet!" "I heard that it happened a few days ago. Lu An went to the island and declared that he would challenge the island owner. In the end, he was defeated by Mr. Wu Heng." Shanela sighed, "He grew up so fast." The housekeeper also agreed, "Madam, you have such a good taste." Shanara looked up and asked with a smile, "You mean Wu Heng? It seems so." He was originally just looked after as a younger brother, but unexpectedly, he actually raised an incredible person. A genius who can sit on Treasure Island and defeat Luan. I am very satisfied with my vision in selecting people. Footsteps sounded, and the worker responsible for packing the items came over, saluted and said, "Mrs. Shannella, everything is ready." Shanara stood up and said, "Let''s go and move to a new residence." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng sat in the study and looked at the fame on the panel. In today''s fourth issue, the increase in reputation has become even less, only more than 500 points. This increase may not all be included in Treasure Island, Zombie World, or the growth in other places. It seems that we still need to develop outwards and cannot just guard Treasure Island. I thought. The two ghosts flew back after investigating the market. Xiaoxiao said excitedly: "Uncle, they are all discussing your beating, and they support you." Glenda also said: "After knowing the identity of the other party as a prince, everyone inexplicably sided with you." "After all, I have a similar background to everyone else, and I am different from those princes and princesses." Wu Heng thought for a moment. "Well, in heroic stories, there are always scenes where ordinary people defeat powerful people, let alone a prince." Granda said. Wu Heng smiled and said: "So, I am becoming more and more like the hero in the story?" "Isn''t your goal a hero? It''s normal to get closer and closer." Glenda said and floated towards the desk. "That''s right, if you don''t work hard now, you will have to endure hardship one day in the future." Xiaoxiao pinched his waist and looked like he was preaching. "I worked really hard." Wu Heng defended. The two ghosts flew aside and went about their own business. There was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice also came in, "Master, Sister Shanara is here." "I''m going down now." The courtyard behind the house. Shanara wore a light blue dress, sitting in a stone pavilion and watching the flying butterflies in the flower bed. The maids were smart enough not to follow. Wu Heng walked slowly to Shiting, "How is the house?" "I changed to one closer to you. I''m decorating the house. Come sit here for a while." Shannella turned her head and looked over with a smile. "When it''s installed, I''ll ask the skeleton to install the air conditioner for you so that you can live more comfortably." "Okay, this is my favorite prop here." Shannella agreed with a smile. Wu Heng walked into the stone pavilion and sat down aside. He took her hand and pulled her up. "What are you doing!" Shanara said softly and looked around again. Seeing that no one was watching, he followed suit and sat on the other side''s lap, facing each other. Wu Heng put his hands around his waist and said softly: "Have you read the newspaper?" Shanara held the other person''s face, smiled and joked, "What, you want me to praise you?" Wu Heng pinched the **** hard. Said: "I want to publish this kind of newspaper everywhere. Is there any way?" (End of chapter) Chapter 584 , someone died Chapter 584, Someone died Shanara raised her eyebrows, "Where do you mean where?" "For example, the main city of a country or race, some important cities." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "This is too difficult. The transmission of information is inherently difficult. The number of main cities and important cities in the country you mentioned is more than you think." Shannara touched his hair gently, "So, set a limit for yourself. The target is a bit too big, you can choose the area around the Emerald Sea. Wu Heng hugged the other party and was lost in thought. What he was thinking about was not printing Treasure Island and then transporting it to various places. Instead, newspapers were established in each city. First, local news could be collected quickly instead of getting news from some traveling merchants. The second point is to spread your story on a larger scale and collect fame. The information transmission that Shannara mentioned can be accomplished by relying on the radio station, which is nothing more than arranging some people to guard the position of the radio station. The main reason is the insufficient number of printing presses. Now there are only three, and they can no longer be distributed to various places. "Now is indeed not the time, but we can make arrangements first." Wu Heng raised his head and pulled off one of the opponent''s shoulder straps. "What are you doing, outside!" Shannella grabbed the slipped shoulder strap. "It''s okay, Minnie and the others are reading comics in the living room. They won''t disturb us before eating." Wu Heng said. Shanara still let go of her hand and allowed the other party to pull down the shoulder strap. The shoulder strap hangs on one side, revealing light white underwear. Wu Heng put his arm around Shanara''s back and opened the buckle of her underwear. When sitting, it was already a little loose. The shoulders of the long skirt were taken off, and the shoulder straps of the underwear were opened and slid down together. Exquisite and beautiful collarbones, white breasts, plump, white and tender, tall and round. Although I have seen it before, I still dont get tired of it. Like a perfect handicraft. Wu Heng leaned in for a kiss, and Shanara stretched out a finger and gently pressed it against the other person''s forehead, "Okay, it''s all sweat. I''ll wait until I take a shower next time." "It''s okay." Wu Heng leaned forward gently and took it in his mouth. Shanara also started to blush slightly, hugged each other, and gently stroked the hair. After a while, Wu Heng raised his head and said: "Based on your experience in business for so many years, you said that I would launch a potion that can enhance your physical fitness as long as you take it. The effect is almost the same as upgrading it by one or two levels. Is that okay? There is a market. "Just like a child." Shanara took out a handkerchief, wiped the saliva on it, and then said: "If there is such a potion, we can only become a famous potion supplier. Of course, we will definitely make a lot of money, but Cant become a caravan. "Then what do I need to do to become a caravan?" "It has sufficient funds, has its own business scope, and can establish contacts with caravans from other countries, at least some of them must be involved." Shannella said. "Okay, I''ll think about it again." Shanara put her clothes back on and asked, "Do you really have this potion?" "Yes." Wu Heng nodded. Shanara looked at him seriously and said, "Don''t say anything outside, just like your level, otherwise it will cause trouble for you. Let me think about how to deal with this matter." "Don''t worry, I know." Wu Heng said. "So good!" "Can you please stop acting like you''re dealing with a child?" "Okay, my self-esteem is quite strong." "Stay here tonight!" Shanara shook her head, "It will take two days. After the things at the residence are settled, I will find another opportunity to come over." "Alright." The two sat in the stone pavilion and chatted for a while. Shanara left the island owner''s mansion, and Wu Heng also returned to his residence. It''s approaching dusk. Had dinner together. Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, there is news from Sister Wen Mansha." Wen Mansha has indeed not contacted herself for a while. Wu Heng walked toward the stairs and said, "I''m going to take a look. Don''t you want to go to Shanara''s place? Come back early." "Okay Master." After saying that, he greeted the other maids and left the island owner''s mansion together. Walking towards Shanara''s newly purchased residence. Wu Heng went upstairs and entered the radio room. Wen Mansha took a look at her record book and found that it did contain information that she wanted to see her if something happened. Picked up the phone and said directly: "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" There was a busy voice on the other end of the phone, and then a woman said: "Sir, my wife is eating in the restaurant, I asked her to come over." Hearing the voice and the other party''s name, it should be Wen Mansha''s housekeeper. It''s called Hartle. Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came over, "Master." "Wen Mansha, I saw your message. Do you have anything to ask me?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha''s tone was a little serious and she said: "Deacon Slater sent a corpse. Female, in her 20s, named Lobelini. She said she had provided you with information before." Provided information? Wu Heng frowned and recalled the name. Those sent by Slater must be residents of Blackstone Town. I lived there for a while, but I really dont remember such a persons name. Moreover, I was only a small team member at that time, and I had never come across the concept of cultivating eyeliners. "No impression? What are its characteristics?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Wen Mansha paused and said: "The appearance is a little blurry, and it is difficult to identify the characteristics of the appearance, but I heard Deacon Slater said that he worked in a tavern before, and his name at the time was Penny." Penny. Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. Penny is dead. In Wu Heng''s mind, the image of the person in the tavern who always had a smile on his face instantly appeared. His tone also became serious, "I remember, you provided me with information before. How did she die?" "The news from Deacon Slater is that after you left, she wanted to join the association and become a secret whisperer. She was arranged to investigate an alien sect in the village. Maybe her identity was discovered, or for some other reason, she was After killing him, he dropped it at the entrance of the village and was not found for several days," Wen Mansha said directly. To become a Whisperer. Killed himself. Wu Heng didn''t know what to say. The other party did not want to be a maid in the tavern, but wanted to join the association. Wu Heng felt that she was moving in a meaningful direction. But she didn''t want her to lose her life just because she wanted to join the Whisperers. Nothing is worth losing your life for. Wen Mansha continued, "The tongue of the corpse is gone. She is probably afraid of being interrogated, and the body is also seriously damaged. If you don''t have any arrangements, I will arrange a cemetery for her here." "Does she have no family?" "It seems not. The only people I know are the people in the tavern and the residents around the house. I heard that they came from the village outside." Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and fell into deep thought. Penny''s contact with him was short, only once or twice. He is timid, but he also has a little person''s cautious sense of justice. Wu Heng still remembers when he learned the information he provided and rescued the abducted child. Penny''s eyes shone. A different kind of light than seeing a bounty. Slater brought the body over and asked himself. Apparently, Beni had talked about things with him before his death. To be honest, I didnt have much contact. But he didn''t want her to end up like this. "How long have you been dead?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha replied, "It''s probably more than a week. The weather here is cold and the body is still preserved, but it will get warm soon and it may not last long." I quickly thought about Treasure Island in my mind. Then he said: "Keep the body first. I will go there tomorrow to make sure the body is not damaged." "Understood!" Wen Mansha''s tone also softened a lot, "Then I''ll wait for you to come over and deal with it." "Okay, let''s do this for now. I''ll explain the matter." "Um." After hanging up the call, Wu Heng walked out of the radio station. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room, Wu Heng looked at the people on both sides of the conference table and said, "Let Wang Haibing dismantle another set of power plant equipment. It will be completed within five days. Gao Rong, you have to make several newspaper printing presses." , or see if there are any other printing houses. (End of chapter) Chapter 585 , you also gave the order Chapter 585, you gave the order Several people in the room looked at each other in confusion. Want a printing press? Since I got the printing press last time, I havent seen any newspapers or other printed publications. Now inform them that they need new ones, and it sounds like there are more than one or two. Gao Rong looked at Qi Hancai, who asked, "How many units are needed? Gao Rong can easily arrange them." "We need two or three units first, and we will need them continuously later," Wu Heng said. According to the layout of the other world, a large number of printing presses are needed. The two or three needed first are prepared for Luntam City. Qi Hancai nodded and said to Gao Rong: "I will contact several other cities and ask people to find printing houses or old newspapers. You will also design the drawings, and we will produce them ourselves later." With Qi Hancai helping him, Gao Rong agreed, "I''ll prepare as soon as I get back." After the power plant and printing press matters were settled. Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "How is the skeleton team attacking the city?" Qi Hancai replied, "Everything went relatively smoothly. There were no problems in combat and transportation." "What''s new?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "The rescue team at the main station has also begun to arrange rescue missions, set up evacuation points, and arranged helicopters to rescue some survivors who can climb to the roof. But people from other cities still crowded into our channel and asked us to go to their cities for rescue. " The main rescue team probably couldn''t withstand the pressure. The civilian evacuation bases on our side began to rescue survivors along the road. They did not take any action, which was really unjustifiable. But the rescue method is a bit harsh. After all, only a few people can reach the evacuation point by themselves, or reach the rooftop to wait for the helicopter. It is more reliable to go directly into the city, clean up the zombies, and then save people on your own side. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Say something on the radio and more teams will be arranged to rescue survivors. As long as we persist, everyone will be rescued." Several people present looked suffocated. This sentence will save everyone. Inexplicably, there is a little more sense of mission. "Okay, I''ll have someone announce the matter later." Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng looked at the other people and asked, "Do you have anything else to do?" Several people shook their heads, indicating that they didn''t. Wu Heng glanced at Qiangzi, who was sitting at the back on the left, "Qiangzi, how is the stab-proof suit?" Qiangzi, who had been listening all the time, immediately came back to his senses and said: "Still thinking of a way, there are currently two directions. One is to improve the cloth outside the stab-proof suit, striving to achieve a special level of density and toughness. The second is to The first method is to add some stickiness to the cloth and stick it to the iron plate with glue on both sides. Wu Heng asked: "In which direction are we going to develop now?" "Two directions are being carried out at the same time. In the past two days, we have gathered two more people with expertise in this field. We just want to have a result, which should take a few days." Qiangzi said. There is no talent in this field in the base. Qiangzi has a big brain, but he was just an auto mechanic before. Even if you take some friends with you and do your own research, the progress will definitely be lower. The second point is that Qiangzi was the first person to join Wu Heng with Li Yahong. They have a good relationship with each other and are trustworthy. We can''t always let him drive and repair cars, so we should try to change it to technical convenience as much as possible. "Seize some time and we can improve it little by little later." "Okay!" Qiangzi nodded. Wu Heng added: "There is also the machine gun flying dragon, let''s continue to study it." "clear." The meeting ended and everyone left. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked around the factory and asked Xiaoxiao to go see her mother. Wait until the afternoon. After having lunch in the cafeteria, we returned to the dormitory and walked through the boundary gate. The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng walked downstairs and asked someone to call Anderweier back outside. Sitting around the living room with the maids, preparing for the meeting. After everyone arrived, Wu Heng said directly: "I want to go back to Luntam City. I''ll leave it to you here. In addition to being responsible for the city hall, Weier also pays attention to the newspaper updates every seven days. The serialized stories have been sorted out. Okay, just publish it according to the chapters. "Minnie is responsible for the operation of the entire island master''s mansion and tries to reduce the number of times she goes out. When Shanara and Sheila Gui want to see me, they say they are temporarily out. When others ask, they say it is inconvenient for the time being." Newspapers still need to be updated to maintain the current popularity. Treasure Island has been relatively peaceful recently, and even ordinary crimes have begun to decrease. But when you leave, you must be careful of some potential dangers. After all, you still have many enemies. And its increasing little by little, and you cant tell when someone will come to the island. So, be careful in everything. Of course, the defense of the island master''s mansion is relatively reliable. Even if Wu Heng is not around, it will be difficult for level 18 professionals to break in. There are dozens of level 15 skeletons, level 10 skeleton guards everywhere, and armored vehicles. More than enough for most troubles. "I understand, Master." Several maids nodded. Then, Minnie asked in a low voice: "Master, did something happen over there?" "It''s okay, it''s not a danger. A friend has a problem. Come over and help." Wu Heng explained. Minnie then asked, "When do you plan to leave?" "Leave now!" "I asked the kitchen to prepare some food for you, so that the food there will not be unpalatable." "good!" Minnie stood up and said: "Robert, Annette, go and prepare some clothes for the master. The weather is still cold over there. I''ll ask the kitchen to cook some meals." "Oh okay!" Several maids separated and got busy. Wu Heng and Anderweier sat in the living room and talked for a while. The other maids also sorted everything out. Wu Heng put away the space ring, put on the [train conductor''s hat], and the train whistle sounded. Ghost trains appear out of thin air. He waved goodbye to the maids and boarded the train. Fill in the city of Luntam on the itinerary, the train starts, and dives into the void. There was nothingness outside the window. Wu Heng walked into one side of the carriage and sat down on his seat. The disappearance of the senses allows the mind to focus more. You can also think about problems better. This time I went to Luntam City. In addition to dealing with Beni''s matter, I also wanted to build Luntam City. The whole city was electrified and newspapers were also arranged. Wrentam City also has a large population. If the newspaper can reach the level of popularity of Treasure Island, it will also increase its reputation a lot. Maybe you can get to level 19. On Treasure Island, the development and expansion of the island have also been determined. The only problem I have right now. It was the formation of the Treasure Island caravan. Shannara was withdrawn by the wood elf, just in time to help herself, but what the other party said was equally reasonable. Only one kind of potion is presented as a commodity. At best, it can be regarded as an alchemy institution that can provide potions. It''s not really a caravan either. We need to enrich our products and be able to support a caravan. I probably thought about it for a while. Then he closed his eyes and stopped thinking about it. Wait for the train to arrive at your destination. A few days later. The scenery began to appear outside the window, and the train slowly stopped. The door opened and Wu Heng stepped off the train. There was still a chill in the air, but the hard and cold ground became soft, and the accumulated white snow began to melt, revealing the rotten leaves and animal bones inside. Wu Heng glanced around and determined the location of Luntam City. After releasing the mansion technique, he simply ate something inside and then pushed out the motorcycle he had prepared in advance. Taking the skeleton attendants with him, he rushed towards Luntam City. Driving fast all the way, raising smoke and dust. On the road, the caravans driving carriages looked sideways and exclaimed. Discuss what is being ridden. Like a running iron lump. The population in the outer area near Luntam City began to become denser. Looking inside, I felt that the number of houses extending outward was more dense than the last time I came here. And the further out you go, the simpler the houses become. Wu Heng began to slow down and move forward slowly People avoided him one after another and cast curious glances. Wow~! Suddenly, a group of people rushed out from the alley on the right. Stop in front of the motorcycle. After looking up and down, the leader said: "What kind of mount are you doing? Come down and get checked." Wu Heng pushed up his helmet visor and glanced at the people blocking the road. There were both humans and orcs, seven in total, wearing coats and armor, and looking menacing. "What do you do?" "This is the territory of our Baiyan Gang. Come down as soon as you are told. There is so much nonsense." One person cursed in a low voice. "I am a friend of your Lord Wen Mansha." The other party looked at me again and sneered, "Just you? Don''t talk nonsense to me. It''s okay if you don''t want to be inspected. The deposit is two silver coins per person." While he was talking, the caravan that had just been overtaken by Wu Heng also came from behind. As soon as I passed by, no one blocked the way, and no one asked for any inspection or deposit. "They don''t have to pay?" "They are caravans in the city, can they be like you? Hurry up, don''t make yourself uncomfortable." After saying that, he reached out to pull Wu Heng''s arm. Just as he reached over, Ka Xiu, who was sitting in the back seat, grabbed his wrist. A rattling sound sounded. The metal wristband is shrinking and deforming little by little. "Fuck, you dare to do it." The gang members who reached out began to struggle violently, and several people behind them drew their weapons. The crowd began to move closer and formed a circle to watch the excitement. Ka Xiu got out of the car and got ready for battle. And behind the crowd of onlookers. Then another group of people squeezed in. The leader was a tall orc, followed by more than a dozen skeleton warriors wearing armor, with the word "Patrol" written on the chest. "What''s going on? The city lord ordered not to cause trouble, you''re already itching, right?" the orc roared, his voice loud and clear. "Sir, this person is very suspicious. He wanted to fight me just now. I think there is something wrong." A gang member immediately approached and said. The orc looked over in confusion, his brows furrowed. Wu Heng was too lazy to talk nonsense, waved his hand and said: "Arrest these people!" "Fuck, you still gave the order." (End of chapter) Chapter 586 , ferocious ghost Chapter 586, The ferocious ghost Wow~! In everyone''s surprised eyes. The skeleton with the word patrol immediately took action, drew out the weapon from his waist, and quickly surrounded several gang members in the middle. The gang members'' eyes widened. The orc who led the team kept looking at the skeleton and then at the man who was stopped. Skeletons who can command the city lord''s mansion. It''s not like he was the leader of the team he knew. He was obviously not an outsider. The member next to him knelt down and shouted directly: "Sir, I''m sorry." The orc who led the team also became respectful and spoke softly, "My lord, who are you?" Wu Heng looked at him and asked: "Is there any requirement in Luntam City that you have to pay a deposit when passing by?" "Give it to whom?" "These gang members." "There is no such regulation. Mrs. Wen Mansha built the road, so how can anyone charge a fee?" the orc answered honestly. Several gang members began to look panicked. He wanted to step forward to explain, but was blocked by the skeleton. He shouted from a distance: "Sir, there is a misunderstanding." "Sir, we are new here and we are not familiar with the rules. Please give us a break." "We were wrong." Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said: "Get them under control and send them to the city lord''s palace." "Yes, sir." The orc responded, turned to the skeleton and said, "Tie him up." The skeletons immediately tightened the encirclement and pushed the gang members to the ground in twos and twos. He took out a rope and tied the person tightly. "Don''t crowd around, get out of the way." The orc captain shouted again roughly. The crowd also moved out of the way. Wu Heng turned the accelerator and left here directly. After entering the outer city, the number of people began to decrease. No one was looking for trouble the rest of the way. It seems that the public security in the outer city and inner city is much better than that in the outer city. The residents'' condition is also better. The road became smoother and the speed of the motorcycle gradually became faster. Rush towards the direction of the City Lord''s Mansion. City Lord''s Mansion. The door opened, Wu Heng put away his motorcycle and strode in. The housekeeper came out quickly to check. After discovering that Wu Heng had taken off his helmet, he ran back quickly. Then, Wen Mansha walked out slowly wearing a dark blue coat, holding her bulging belly with one hand, and supported by the housekeeper. When he saw it was really Wu Heng, his eyes were full of surprise and joy. "Master..." Wen Mansha shouted softly. The butler on the side also shouted "Master". Wu Heng walked over quickly, held Wen Mansha''s other side, and said, "Why is it still coming out? What should I do if I catch a cold?" "How can you be so delicate? I go out for a walk every day." Wen Mansha let go of the housekeeper''s hand, put it on the other side, and walked back slowly. "Then try to come out as little as possible and just move around in the house." "Master, did you have a smooth trip?" "It went very smoothly. By the way, when I entered the city, I met a Baiyan gang to collect the deposit for entering the city." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha raised her eyebrows, but she wasn''t too surprised. Said: "The population outside the city has been increasing recently, and there is indeed some chaos. Did you give me money?" "It''s not a joke to go back to your home and be blackmailed by a gang for a sum of money. I asked the patrolling skeleton to arrest him and deliver him to you later." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Wait a minute, I will vent my anger on the master." "It''s not a big deal, just make those gangs be more honest." "good!" When we returned to the house together, there was a burst of warmth from the air conditioner. The coat was hung aside by the housekeeper. Wu Heng took Wen Mansha and sat down beside him, and gently touched his abdomen, "It seems to be moving inside." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "It''s getting more and more dishonest." "Can be stuck" "Thank you for your hard work." "No way, this is our baby, I''m so happy!" Wu Heng gently hugged the other party, and Wen Mansha leaned in his arms obediently. We sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go, take me to see the body first." "Outside." The two stood up, put on their robes and walked out of the residence together. Wen Mansha took him to a warehouse-like building in the courtyard, opened the door of the warehouse, and revealed the debris inside. There is also a coffin in the corner. "It''s hot in the house, so I''ll store it here." Mansha Wen explained while standing at the door. "It''s okay." Wu Heng walked into the warehouse, and the skeleton opened the coffin, revealing the body inside. His skin was pale and purple, and there were hideous horizontal wounds on his neck. His expression was frozen in pain and despair. But it does look like Penny. His first informant in name. "Bring it out!" The skeleton lifted the body from the coffin, and the whole body was as stiff as a wooden board. He stood upright and was placed on the ground by two skeletons, lifting his shoulders and feet. Wu Heng just wanted to step forward. The housekeeper''s voice came from behind. "Madam, the people from the Baiyan Gang have been escorted over and are over there in the hall!" Wu Heng looked back, and Wen Mansha said with a smile, "I''ll go to the front to have a look, and I''ll come back to you after I finish handling it." "Wait for me in the house after you finish. Don''t come out because it''s too cold." "Yeah, okay." Wen Mansha nodded and left with the housekeeper. Wu Heng looked at the corpse again. Take out the ritual materials and place them on the designated spot on the body. Holding the wooden staff, he gathered his magic power and raised it towards the ground. Huh~! A ritual circle gradually spread out with the corpse as the center. [Awaken the soul]. A spell that can awaken the soul of a corpse is also the latest advanced spell Wu Heng has learned. I just dont know if it can achieve the effect described. It''s also Penny''s last hope. The magic circle took shape and energy gathered towards the corpse. Wu Heng once again took out a ''Devil Soul Pot'' and put it into the ritual circle. The soul in the magic soul pot was pulled out by the magic circle. Revealing the blurry silhouette of a woman. Imprisoned in the Demon Soul Pot is the only woman among the three exiles of the Vampire Clan. Wu Heng didn''t know whether men and women would have any influence, but since he had ghosts of the same gender in hand, he chose to use them first. The ghost appeared and looked around in fear. Even if she didn''t recognize the magic circle on the ground, she knew it was pulling her closer to the corpse. "Necromancer, you can''t do this." "The vampires will not let you go, you will be tortured." "Don''t, don''t be like this, let''s talk about it. You are so handsome, you must be a child of some big family. Let''s talk in a noble way." "Please, let the magic circle stop, I don''t want to die." From the roar at the beginning to the begging for mercy later. Little by little, it was pulled into the body of the corpse by the magic circle. Then, the energy of the magic circle suddenly swayed. The magic power gathered towards the corpse like a tide. The next second. The magic circle suddenly ended. A ferocious ghost emerged from the corpse''s brow. With a blurry appearance, he glanced at Wu Heng and the skeleton beside him, let out a roar, turned around, crossed the roof, and flew towards the sky. Depend on! (End of chapter) Chapter 587 , you count as deputy Chapter 587, you are considered the second-in-command The ghost turned and ran. In the blink of an eye, he passed through the roof and disappeared from sight. This was beyond Wu Heng''s expectation. With a thought, his two ghosts separated and floated on both sides. "What''s wrong?" Glenda looked at the corpse and ritual materials. "I just transformed a ghost. It seems to be in a bad state. Control it and don''t hurt it." Wu Heng said quickly. The two ghosts looked at each other and rushed through the roof into the sky. Chase after the escaping ghost. Glenda and Xiaoxiao were both level 18 ghosts now, and they were obviously faster than the escaping ghosts. Gradually shorten the distance and get closer. Wu Heng walked out of the warehouse, waited for a while, and Xiao Pei flew back. Pointing to one side, he said, "Uncle, aunty has caught that ghost." Among Glenda''s abilities is the ability to imprison the soul. When we first met, he imprisoned Xiaoxiao. Later, he also used this ability to imprison irrational ghosts at the train station in the zombie world. Therefore, Glenda is very good at catching low-level ghosts. Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. If the ghost escapes, both his and the ghost''s levels will be raised in vain. "How many levels of ghosts are there?" Wu Heng asked. "Less than level 5, very low. He was controlled by Aunt Glenda before he could run very far." "Let''s go over and have a look." "This way!" Xiaoxiao pointed the way and walked directly out of the city lord''s mansion. The ghost didn''t escape far before it was controlled by Glenda. Walking into the dark alley, he saw Glenda and the ghost imprisoned aside, struggling and roaring. "It''s not in the right shape," Glenda whispered. Wu Heng approached and looked at the ghost trapped by the invisible force. The shape of the ghost is erratic, and the illusory face appears and disappears, as if struggling between a ghost and a ghost. Seeing Wu Heng approaching, Ghost suddenly rushed forward and hit the barrier, let out a roar, and then quickly retreated, curling up in the farthest position. Show a look of caution and fear. Wu Heng watched and frowned. Skill failed? In the description of the skill, it is mentioned that it can awaken the soul in the corpse. It should not be this kind of unclear soul. Penny''s death and transformation into a ghost was her only chance to ''live''. If it fails, then there is nothing I can do. Ah~! The soul body rushed forward again and screamed sharply, like a fierce ghost. Then he quickly retreated, cautiously. "What''s its name? Try calling it by name." Glenda said from the side. "Benny!" Wu Heng tried to shout. The struggling ghost paused slightly. He turned around and looked here again. It seems to work! Wu Heng continued: "Lobelini, I am Wu Heng. We met in the tavern. You provided me with information at that time, and we saved the children in the town together." The blurry soul body began to have facial features. It is also becoming more solid. "I''m here to pick you up and leave Blackstone Town." The ghost''s illusory body gradually took on the outline of a human being, and its facial features changed into Penny''s original appearance. Standing at the edge of the trapped bondage, she looked at him blankly. "Benny, don''t you recognize me?" "Wu Heng? Aren''t you the master of the island? Why..." Then he suddenly realized something and looked down at his body, "I... I, I seem to be dead. I was killed by those people. I''m so scared. The soul form was distorted and wavering again. Wu Heng comforted him: "Benny, it''s okay. Everything is over. I''m here to take you out of here. Are you willing to come with me?" Penny frowned, "Is this me?" "Well, I''ll take you to Treasure Island. It''s surrounded by the sea. Have you seen the sea? There are also elves and dwarves. The outside world is much bigger than Blackstone Town." Penny was a little nervous, "But I don''t know anything. Will it cause you any trouble?" "I came to pick you up from Blackstone Town. If you don''t agree, I''ll be too sad." "Well..., okay, I''m willing to go with you." Penny nodded shyly. As the two talked, Penny''s condition began to stabilize. No longer erratic, her facial features and body shape have also changed to what Penny looked like before she was alive, but she is still in the state of a soul. Wu Heng glanced aside and said, "Glenda, please open the restrictions." The confinement disappeared, and Penny did not run away. Wu Heng walked over and said, "I will sign a contract with you. I will tell you the rest of the matter bit by bit when I get back." "Okay." Penny nodded. Wu Heng released the power of death and slowly wrapped the soul body. Without any resistance, leave a mark in the depths of the ghost. The contract is completed. "Welcome to us, Penny." "So am I a member of the association now?" Penny asked. "You are considered the deputy of the association''s flag bearer, and indirectly you are also considered a member of the association." Penny flew over slowly, "That''s okay, it''s fine just like before." Wu Heng glanced at the other two ghosts who were chatting curiously aside, and introduced: "This is called ''Lobelini'', and she is a friend of mine in Blackstone Town." Then he introduced to Penny, "These two are Glenda and Xiaoxiao, and they are also my companions." Penny bowed slightly, "Ms. Glenda, little miss." Granda returned the gift, and Xiaoxiao followed suit with a Young Pioneer salute. Feeling that it didn''t fit the situation here, he followed Granda''s example and made a lady''s salute. "Let''s go, let''s go back first, and we''ll talk about the specifics later." Wu Heng said. Glenda and Xiaoxiao got back into the body first. Penny also tried and entered his body. Wu Heng walked back. City Lord''s Mansion. A lot of people gathered in the hall, including several gang members who were asking for money, city guards, and other people dressed as gang members. Trying hard to explain something. Wen Mansha was sitting in the main seat with an expressionless face, looking like an indifferent female city lord. Wu Heng walked by on one side and pointed upstairs, indicating that he should go upstairs first. Wen Mansha nodded to express her understanding. After going upstairs, go into the study. The three ghosts were released again. Glenda floated to one side, looking around a little, and Penny didn''t show any signs of instability. "Benny, can you still recall what happened before?" Wu Heng asked tentatively. Penny''s expression showed fear and uneasiness. But he still said: "I remember that I wanted to send a message to the association, but somehow I was discovered, and I was killed by them in the name of betraying the church." Wu Heng was sure that when it came to this matter, there was no problem with Beini. He felt a lot more relieved, and then asked: "What news did you find out?" Beni recalled for a moment and said: "The church I joined is called the Destiny Sect, and the leader is called ''Fatih.'' Through the method of preaching, he gathered a lot of people and moved towards the west of the kingdom." When Beni mentioned the Destiny Cult, Wu Heng and Glenda both looked surprised. This is not the first time this sect has appeared. The Emerald Sea Living Sacrifice releases the Sarcophagus Exile, and the 18th-level Necromancer behind him goes to the island to take revenge. They were all done by people from the Destiny Sect. The association also put this sect on a wanted list, but there has been no news. I didn''t expect to meet him here. There is a long distance between Emerald Sea and Blackstone Town. Especially since the transportation in this world is not that developed, the distance covered is really not short. "What is this bishop''s profession?" Wu Heng asked. "I don''t know. The other party acted mysteriously, but I suspect he is a melee professional. Once I saw him carrying a long sword." Minnie answered. Melee profession! If both of them are level 18, the necromancer is a high knight and the melee one is a bishop? The possibility is not impossible. But generally, professions with high intelligence are better at confusing people. "Are there any masters around you?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "While I was there, people came over one after another. Among them were a great knight and two guardians. They should be of high levels." Penny recalled. (End of chapter) Chapter 588 , he is definitely not afraid Chapter 588, he is definitely not afraid When asked here, things are actually very clear. The Destiny Sect has established a gathering point outside Blackstone Town. While developing followers, church members from other locations are also gathering here. Penny, a maid from a tavern, wanted to deliver information under the nose of a level 18 professional. The success rate is indeed not high. "I understand." Wu Heng nodded. Penny asked in a low voice: "Is my information useful?" "It''s very useful. Information about level 18 cults can be considered a first-class meritorious service in the association." "Really?" "real!" Penny beamed. Wu Heng said: "Glenda, Xiaoxiao, help Beni get familiar with the ghost." "Okay!" Glenda nodded. Xiaoxiao also looked away from the window and nodded. The three ghosts flew aside and began to discuss the characteristics of the ghosts and what they could do. Wu Heng was sitting at the desk. I opened Beni''s attributes and took a look. ghost [Level: Level 2] [Attributes: Agility 13, Constitution 9, Intelligence 8, Perception 10, Charisma 13.] [Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement. So low! Penny''s attributes are very poor, even lower than Tiny''s attributes at the beginning. Using a ghost produced at level 18 to exchange for such a ghost would be a loss in terms of value. Moreover, it also proves that the skill [Awakening Souls] is useless. But in terms of personal emotions, Wu Heng is also glad that he learned this skill. There is a chance to save Penny. Judging from Beni''s ''awakening'' this time, the release of skills will put huge pressure on the soul, and this pressure comes from the fear deep in the soul. Including the hardships and pain endured during life, it will make the soul extremely unstable. When you come out of "awakening", your form is closer to that of an irrational ghost, and you need trust or a special person to call out to awaken your consciousness during life. Not sure if the analysis is correct, but it is highly likely. "There is also the Destiny Sect!" Wu Heng touched his chin. I am afraid that I and the Tianming Sect are already enemies. Each wanted to kill the other, this time Penny. "Now that I''m here this time, I can kill him by the way." "A level 18 professional with sufficient firepower will have no problem." Now that we have obtained the information, we must use this opportunity to destroy the Destiny Sect. When this sect grows, it will also go to Treasure Island to cause trouble for itself. Moreover, now Penny is also her own ghost. If this Destiny Sect is not destroyed now, it will probably become her "unfinished business" in the future. Then it will be troublesome to search all over the world. First build the power plant and newspaper office in Luntam City, then go to the Destiny Sect and resolve this matter before returning to Treasure Island. After thinking about it in his mind, he took out the strange object [Sentimental Quill] and a blank letter from the space ring. Unfold the letter paper and start writing. The letter was addressed to Slater. First, he briefly explained the information that was asked. Then he told her not to take risks and handle the affairs of Luntam City by herself, and he would go over to find her. Handle the matters of the Destiny Sect together. After I finished writing the letter, I checked it over again. Put it in the palm of your hand, recalling Slater''s appearance and silently reciting his name. The next second, the letter disappeared. Finished together. He glanced at the three ghosts gathered together. Wu Heng opened the door and walked downstairs. Wen Mansha is still dealing with things, but there are a different group of people. When the housekeeper saw Wu Heng, she walked over quickly, pushed up her black-rimmed glasses, and saluted slightly, "Master, do you have any orders?" "I''ll occupy the study and don''t let anyone in. I''ll be back before dinner." Wu Heng said. "Okay, sir." The butler responded. Wu Heng nodded and returned to the study. Collect all three ghosts, open the gate, and go to the zombie world. ...walking out of the boundary gate, Wu Heng stood at the window and looked out. The accumulated snow in the factory yard melted, leaving water on the concrete floor. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. He was wearing a gray sweater underneath, and a long woolen coat on the outside, with the little owl still on his shoulders. "How are you preparing for what you explained last time?" Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down and asked directly. Qi Hancai replied, "The power plant equipment is all ready. The newspaper printing machine was found in Enzhou City and can be transported tomorrow." It took him 7 days to rush to Luntam City. The printing press is still on its way. "Can you deliver it at noon tomorrow?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment, "I''ll have someone test the equipment if it can be shipped over, and everything will be completed before noon." Wu Heng then asked: "Is there anything else?" "The rest of the things went smoothly. The two skeleton armies continued to the next city, and the logistics were also transported there. The main station came to trade once, and it was all gold and some ammunition." Qi Hancai He looked at his record book and said. Wu Heng nodded. After talking about the matter, we went out together to collect the exchanged grenades and machine gun ammunition. Then he returned to the dormitory and returned to the city lord''s mansion. Wu Heng went downstairs. Dinner is ready. After having dinner with Wen Mansha and walking in the courtyard together, they returned to the bedroom early. The sky is already getting dark here, but compared to Treasure Island, it gets dark very early. On the bed. Wu Heng touched Wen Mansha''s long, silky fiery red hair and said, "Okay, don''t force it." Wen Mansha raised her head and kissed his waist, "I miss it too." Wu Heng pinched the other person''s cheek and said, "It will be fine once the baby is born." "Yes." Wen Mansha stepped forward carefully and leaned into the other person''s arms. Wu Heng hugged her and said, "I will help you build a power plant and a newspaper office here. The power plant needs a site, and the newspaper office prints a kind of writing paper and needs people to distribute it regularly." Wu Heng carefully explained the uses and characteristics of the power plant and the newspaper office. Regarding electricity, Wen Mansha had been exposed to photovoltaic panels and street lamps, so she understood it very well. The newspaper Wu Heng brought a sample of the finished product and explained it to her. It''s also easy to understand. "There is a ready-made place. I will ask someone to take you there tomorrow." Wen Mansha nodded and said. "Well, okay!" Wu Heng nodded. Wen Mansha continued to ask: "Master, it''s time for you to find us a wife." "Uh... why did you mention this?" Wu Heng looked at her. It just felt like it was time. Wu Heng hugged her into his arms, "I''m not afraid that if I have a wife, I will bully you." "No way! Master, you are the master, and you will definitely not let others bully us." To the west of Blackstone Town, Iron Rock Village. A figure wearing a long coat stood at the door. On one side at his feet was a leopard wandering restlessly. At this time, figures came out of the village. He saluted and said, "Deacon, the village is empty. A large number of burned corpses were found at the back of the village. They should be villagers in the village. Every house has been ransacked, and valuable belongings and utensils have also been taken away." Another person added, "In some rooms, we found traces of the spread of sects. We can confirm that sects stayed here before." Slater''s eyes narrowed slightly, and his expression instantly became cold. I followed the traces all the way and didn''t lose sight of my target. But along the way down, all three villages were killed. It''s simply cruel and ruthless. "The investigators entered the village to record and record the numerous crimes. The others re-blocked the village. We will spend the night here and continue tracking tomorrow." Slater ordered. "Yes!" everyone responded. In a tidy room. Yuli took out the light stone, hung it on the ceiling, and said, "Aunt, if we chase after them, will we be unable to defeat this sect? They are a bit scary." Slater prepared food for the leopard and said softly: "Let''s follow first. Once we find the trace, we will notify the nearby guards to encircle and suppress them. There will be no head-on conflict." "With the kingdom in such chaos, where are the guards for us to mobilize?" Yuri muttered. "Let''s take a look at the situation first!" "If Wu Heng is here, he will definitely not be afraid of these cults." "yes!" (End of chapter) Chapter 589 , waiting for reinforcements Chapter 589, Waiting for reinforcements The next day, early morning. Iron Rock Village. The team of professionals who stayed overnight did not sleep well all night. The matter of cult is like a huge stone hanging in the heart, making people feel depressed and heavy. If the investigation is not carried out, the cult will continue to cause chaos, and more people will die. If you continue to investigate, you may encounter danger, and given the current situation of the kingdom, it may be difficult to mobilize troops for yourself. The preparations are pretty much the same. Yuri, who had some dark circles under her eyes, knocked lightly on the door of a house. "Aunt, everything is ready and you can go." "Let the tame beast out first, and I''ll go out right away." Slater sat at the table and turned around and said. "Okay!" Yuli turned and left. Slater turned back and finished writing the last letter on the desk. Picked up the letter and looked at it. "I hope it doesn''t come in handy." Take a deep breath, pack the letter and set it aside. He began to pack away the pillows and bedding beside him and put them all into the space ring. Just when I was putting away the pillow, a blank envelope slipped aside. Slater''s eyes narrowed. Then, surprise, suspicion and joy flashed in his eyes. Pick up the letter and quickly unfold it. The contents inside also appear in front of you. "Slater: The cause of Beni''s death has been investigated clearly. The sect that killed her is called the Destiny Sect, which was officially designated as a cult by the association two months ago. The leader is called ''Fatih'', his level is above level 18, and his occupation cannot be determined yet. Judging from the current information, the sect may have two level 18 professionals and multiple level 15 function professionals. I have arrived in Luntam City and will head to Blackstone Town after arrangements are made here. Don''t act rashly until I pass. Just like the Destiny Sect actively threatens you, ensure your own safety first. " There are not many words in the letter, and there is no other content except Tianming Cult. But after reading it, Slater''s forehead was already covered with sweat. There is more than one level 18 professional and multiple level 15 professionals. Even just looking at the text description. It all sent shivers down her spine and her heart beat violently. Why does this lineup appear here? Not to mention killing nearby villages, even if they swept through several surrounding towns, no one could stop them. They really had to follow them all the way, fearing that no one would be able to come back. "Aunt, aren''t you ready? Everyone is waiting at the door!" Yuli''s urging voice came in again. Slater took a deep breath and calmed down. The text on the letter has disappeared, leaving only the blank letter paper and envelope. Put the letter into the space ring. Slater opened the door with Leopard and walked out, and saw Yuri standing outside the door. Yuri asked: "Aunt, what''s wrong with you!" "It''s okay!" Slater pinched her cheek. "What are you doing!" Yuri muttered with some dissatisfaction. Walk to the village gate together. Slater glanced at the prepared carriages and several small teams. He ordered solemnly, "The continued tracking operation is cancelled. We will be stationed in Tieyan Village. The first team will arrange for a person to return to Blackstone Town. If reinforcements come, bring him here." "Express report, express report, Wrentam report..." "The newspaper published by the city hall allows you to sit at home and learn about world affairs. It also explains the internal turmoil in the kingdom. The 18th-level cult massacred villagers. The murderer of the blood python gang leader was actually around. The legendary city lord, Mr. Wu Heng, became a small person and the leader of the association island. The growth process,... is all written in the newspaper." The sound of shouting to sell newspapers could be heard on the main thoroughfares in the city. The newspaper seller held the newspaper high and shouted loudly, attracting the attention of the people passing by. What a newspaper is, no one knows. But listening to these two sentences seems quite attractive. "This newspaper... can you just take it?" A tall orc, encouraged by the people around him, went up and asked. The newspaper seller stopped shouting and looked down at him, "65 copper coins." "If I had told you I wanted money, I wouldn''t have squeezed in." "Give me one." A well-dressed businessman came over to buy. If you dont want to buy, you can retreat to the back and watch the excitement. People who want to buy it and see what it is about buy the newspaper. Windweed Tavern. A few scattered customers occupied about a third of the tavern. A bard dressed as a human, after whispering a few words to the boss, walked straight onto the wooden platform on one side. After tapping the counter, he said loudly: "Everyone, this morning the city lord''s palace released a reading material called a newspaper, 65 copper coins a piece, which records information about surrounding cities, information about gangs in the city, and the story of Lord Wu Heng. I happened to have some spare money, so I bought a copy and told everyone. Everyone in the audience looked at him. There are mostly orcs in the tavern, and not many are literate. When they heard that it was something new and did not require any money, everyone smiled. "Say it quickly!" "Well, for a price, everyone can listen to what''s written in it." "Speak quickly, I won''t understand when I drink too much." The bard smiled and began to speak. "The first news is that the old king of the Kingdom of Yeko has died, and the royal family is fighting for power... Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, defeated the prince of the Kingdom of Celtic, the human genius Luan Randolph, in a fair competition in the association. ''." "Treasure Island? Wu Heng? Why are you so familiar?" "The captain of the association, the one who defeated the Warhammer Party, is the real lord of Luntam City." "I wonder why it looks so familiar!" "Now you are the owner of the island, and you have defeated the prince." "No wonder I didn''t want this city. People don''t like it at all." The tavern became noisy because of this news. There was a commotion, discussing things about Wu Heng, and some even talked about some rumors they had heard. The bard was not in a hurry to continue. Waiting for everyone to discuss, so that some outsiders know who Wu Heng is. And what I did in this city. Unlike Treasure Island. The bard at the Wrentam City Tavern was specially arranged by the city hall. There is one place for each person, and the drinkers can read newspapers for free. This is also done because Luntam City is different from Treasure Island. Luntam City is located in a small shop. There are not many high-level professionals, and there are even fewer people who are literate and willing to buy reading materials. It is more difficult to get them to buy a newspaper, or to get a bard to read it. Simply make your own arrangements and wait until it becomes a habit later. The tavern will hire a bard to take charge of the tavern. Finished the information in the newspaper. The bard began to tell the following story, and all the drinkers shut up again. The whole tavern was surprisingly quiet. Only the bard''s voice echoed in the tavern. "Wu Heng came over and took a look, and immediately said: Are you looking at that retired soldier?" . "...I planned to expose Wu Heng''s conspiracy and make him look embarrassed...but the staff member who delivered the letter happened to come out. I caught up with him and asked, what is your occupation?" "I was once a soldier of the kingdom." "Wu Heng''s theory has been proven once again. I am so surprised that I can''t help but ask how you deduced it." "It''s very simple. Wu Heng explained with a smile. The person delivering the message has calluses on his hands,..., he stands with his head held high,..., plus the mark on his hand, it can be determined that he is from the light infantry." The drinkers nodded slightly, even the orcs who didn''t want to use their brains. I also understood the basis of the analysis. Very reasonable. The story continued without stopping due to the admiration of the drinkers. Watson admired Wu Heng''s deduction and handed him the letter just sent. Watson picked up the letter and read the contents. A murder occurred on Lauriston Garden Street, and Wu Heng was invited to investigate. At this point, the story ends at the same point as the first issue of Treasure Island. While everyone was immersed in it, the bard clapped his hands lightly and said, "Okay, the story is over. The second half of the story will be published in the next issue of the newspaper." Everyone was stunned, and then looked at each other in confusion. "No more? Can this thing be stopped in the middle?" "I''ll go, I hate it when someone talks halfway." "Bah~! Follow me to the city hall!" "The wine glass costs 50 copper coins." "Grass." (End of chapter) Chapter 590 , it turns out that your tame beast Chapter 590: It turns out that your tame beast City Lords Mansion. Wu Heng looked at the reputation on the panel. [Fame: Level 18 (33574/48000)] Fame grows at a pretty good rate. In one morning, it rose by almost six to seven hundred points. According to the experience gained from Treasure Island. The release of the first issue is just a warm-up, and the second and third issues will usher in the explosion of fame. With my current figure of thirty-three thousand, I might be able to directly increase it to full. Directly meet the requirements for level 19. At that time, all you have to do to increase your experience points is kill zombies. Thinking in his mind, Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew back. Xiaoxiao was the first to say: "Uncle, because the story was broken, the bard who told the story was beaten and his face was covered with blood." Wu Heng sat up from his seat instantly, "I''ll go, it won''t happen!" "It''s true, the attacker was taken away by the patrol." Xiaoxiao said. Forehead. It seems that this Luntam City is more sturdy than the folk customs of Treasure Island. Then, Glenda and Penny also flew back one after another. After two days of adapting, Beni has completely accepted this body and is able to become more skillful in hiding and revealing her figure. Glenda said: "The response to the story has been pretty good, and the discussion has been quite heated!" Penny also said: "The pub is lively, but there are not that many people buying newspapers." "It''s okay, we don''t expect this to make money, as long as the newspaper can continue to be serialized." Wu Heng said with a smile. The main thing is to collect reputation, and the newspaper should not lose money. The three ghosts nodded and said nothing more. After confirming that there are no problems with the sale of newspapers. Wu Heng opened the door again and walked downstairs. In the living room, Mansha Wen was nibbling pastries. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he smiled and said, "The newspaper was quite successful. I asked people to go out and read it." Wu Heng sat down aside and put his arm around her shoulders. "Continue to distribute the newspapers in the back. I have prepared the stories for the next few issues for you. The rest will be delivered through the radio." Wen Mansha turned her head and looked over, "Are you leaving?" "The cult matters still need to be dealt with, and Treasure Island cannot be left for too long." Wu Heng explained softly. Wu Heng stayed for three days. The equipment of the power plant has been shipped over, and in addition to assembly there is also wiring laying. As long as the wiring is completed, power can be supplied normally. Now that the newspaper has been sold, Wu Heng''s plans can be considered successful. "But you just arrived." Wen Mansha leaned in her arms. "I''ll take you to Treasure Island!" Wu Heng looked at her and said. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, then shook her head, "How can we walk far from Luntam City? We will only stay for a day or two before coming back. Time is wasted on the road. You can come back earlier next time. " "Okay, next time, I''ll stay with you for a while longer." Wu Heng held up the other person''s chin, gently held his lips, The two were intimate for a while and then slowly separated. Wen Mansha then asked, "Master, when are you leaving?" "Leave later." Wen Mansha nodded and looked aside, "Harter." "Madam!" the housekeeper took a step forward. "Prepare some spare supplies for the master for the road. Calculate the taxes for the past few months and give half of them to the master." Wen Mansha ordered. "Yes, ma''am." The housekeeper responded and turned around to prepare. Wu Heng didn''t say much, he hugged the other person and coaxed him softly. It''s approaching noon. After Wu Heng was ready, he waved goodbye to the two of them, put on the [train conductor''s hat] and got on the train directly. The whistle sounded and the train disappeared. The train appears again. Stopped in a wasteland outside Blackstone Town. Wu Heng put on the [Faceless Man Skin], transformed into a ''fisherman'', and walked directly towards the city. As he approached the city gate, the guards stopped him. "For what?" Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "From the association, come find Slater." The two of them guarded the city gate and frowned as they looked at the emblem. After thinking for a while, he looked at the two figures again, and finally gave way to a path, "Be honest and don''t cause trouble." Wu Heng ignored it and walked directly into the city. Blackstone Town is unusually deserted. Occasionally, you can see some residents in a hurry. There is no communication, they just keep their heads down and go on their way. It is obviously different from the bustle and bustle of Luntam City. All the way to the association hall. After Wu Heng walked in, he went directly to the deacon''s study and knocked on the door, but no one answered. Release the ghost and enter the room to check. There was no one inside, and it looked like they had been gone for a few days. What''s going on in Blackstone Town? He walked back to the front desk and asked, "I want to see Deacon Slater. We made an appointment." "Who are you?" The staff member looked up and down. Wu Heng took out his emblem again to prove his identity. "What do you want from the deacon?" The staff member asked again after confirming. "I contacted the deacon in advance and we are going to perform a mission together." Wu Heng explained with a frown, guessing what the other party meant. The staff suddenly said: "A mission to investigate sect affairs?" "right!" "Wait a moment." The staff member left and then walked out with a team member. Wu Heng also knew the other party, a member of the previous team. "Sir, the deacons are stationed at Tieyan Village. When you come over, let me take you there." Wu Heng glanced at the other party and asked: "Didn''t you say we would meet in Blackstone Town? Why did we go to Tieyan Village?" The other party hesitated for a moment and took him aside. "When Deacon Slater asked me to come back, we had already found Iron Rock Village." "The cult thing?" "Yes, people in several villages along the way are gone, and the kingdom''s guards refused to dispatch, so the deacon took us to investigate on our own." Wu Heng nodded, "Time is tight, tell me the location of Tieyan Village, and I will go there first." The team members took out a map and directly pointed out the location of Iron Rock Village. "Give me the map! I''ll go there first and leave when you''re ready." Wu Heng took the map and walked out of the association. After all the way out of the city. He pushed off his motorcycle and headed towards Tieyan Village. Iron Rock Village. The association stayed here for three days. Slater and Yuri both have space rings, and they have sufficient food and water sources. Yuri said while eating, "Aunt, why haven''t the reinforcements you mentioned arrived yet? We will all go back to Blackstone Town at this time." "It should be soon!" Slater said. "How do you know?" Yuri took a sip of soup from the bowl and exclaimed as if she had thought of something, "It''s the kind of letter that has no words after reading it, you man!" Snap~! Slater patted the back of her head and said, "Don''t talk nonsense." Yuri''s eyes suddenly became clear, and she whispered softly, "Who told you not to tell who it is." Slater didn''t say much, feeling worried. If Wu Heng came over directly, this little girl would have guessed it. Outside the village gate. A ranger ran back quickly. Said: "Deacon, the trace is approaching the ''Tour Village''." The people who were eating together frowned. That place is no longer the territory of Blackstone Town and belongs to the management of the next town. "Aunt, you don''t belong to us..." The words have not yet finished. The golden leopard, which was crouched aside, suddenly stood up and faced out of the village with a fierce expression on its face. And in the direction outside the village, a figure quickly rushed out of the dense forest. Wearing a black cloak and a mask, he exuded a disturbing aura. He looked up at the guarded village. "It turns out it was your tame beast that made me follow you this far." (End of chapter) Chapter 591 , why are your movements so familiar? (U Chapter 591: Why are your movements so familiar? (Updated today.) ?Someone followed the beast and found this place, which made everyone in the association immediately nervous. Deacon Slater and several team captains quickly climbed onto the city wall. Looking at the figure outside. Wearing a black cloak and mask. "See if there''s anyone else." Slater said to his side. Wow~! Several tamed beasts flew into the sky and flew around. "Nothing else was found." Several rangers replied. The figure in a black cloak outside the village glanced at the village gate and the wall, and then looked at a few people unkindly. With a smile on his face, he backed away little by little, planning to leave. "He wants to leave!" someone reminded. Slater watched the other party retreat a little bit, and his expression became hesitant. But now the other party is alone. If you really let him go back and pass the news back, it will only be more troublesome. "Open the city gate, don''t let him escape." Slater ordered coldly. The village gate opened, and everyone rushed out, chasing the other party in the direction he left. The Golden Leopard rushed to the front and flew directly towards the target. The escaping man suddenly stopped, twisted his waist, and pulled out his right leg like an iron whip. Bang~! A dull sound sounded, and the golden leopard was whipped out. Whoosh~! The sound of arrows piercing the air was heard, and the man in black robe ducked down and quickly hid behind a thick tree. Listening to the footsteps surrounding him, he sneered and said, "I''m really afraid you won''t come out." As he spoke, smoke bombs were thrown at his feet. Large amounts of smoke covered the entire forest. The man in black robe drew out two swords, long and short, with a ghostly figure, and turned around and rushed into the mist. "Be careful of the fog, disperse!" Slater''s voice sounded. And the next second, a sharp sword suddenly stabbed out from the mist. Slater''s eyes narrowed, he turned his head to avoid the sword, and slashed forward with the long sword in his hand. In the sky, the eagle wearing leather armor suddenly turned into a giant bear and fell from the sky. Bang~! It fell heavily to the ground, hitting the black-robed man''s original position. The impact caused the mist to scatter to both sides. The others also saw the target, their arrows whistling, and they all surrounded him. The man in black robe quickly swung his long and short swords, making two wounds on the giant bear, and then used it to shuttle through the woods again to kill the other people surrounding it. People kept being injured and flying backwards. Fourth level professional. It must have reached level 15 or above, otherwise it would be impossible to have such combat power. "Retreat to the village!" Slater shouted again. The order is given and it instantly attracts the other party''s attention. The steps turned around, and the figure loomed, appearing in front of Slater again. The weapon in his hand quickly stabbed and slashed, turning into sword lights. "Aunt~!" The giant bear rushed over again. "Go back first..." Slater shouted. "Deacon of Blackstone Town, if I kill you, it will be a great achievement if I go back..." Bang~poof! As he spoke, the black-robed man''s chest suddenly exploded, and blood flowed out along the split coat. The man in black robe''s eyes were focused, and he turned over to avoid it without any hesitation. Another smoke bomb was thrown, and the figure disappeared in the smoke. Bang bang bang~! The explosion sounded again, and bullets shot into the smoke. "Damn~!" There was a curse in the smoke, and then there was no sound. Slater''s eyes narrowed. This voice is really too familiar. Firearms used by Wu Heng. But before the matter was clear, I still didn''t dare to take too many risks. Just chasing him out was an unwise decision. Lead everyone back and continue to be wary of the smoke ahead. At this time, the sound of the engine sounded. Two figures riding strange vehicles appeared in sight and parked next to the smoke. The figures behind them walked into the smoke and dragged out the body covered in black robes. Throw it on the open space in front of you. Slater and others stared at the two. Not Wu Heng! A middle-aged man with rough skin, like someone who has been exposed to the sun for a long time. And the man in black robe with strong fighting ability. He was dragged out of the smoke like a dead man, with slender blood stains underneath him. Dead! Die so easily? It felt like the other party was helping me, and there was no ill intention. But he still ordered, "Close the village gate, take potion for the injured, and Yuri also takes a potion for Kuro." The village gate was closed again. The others also began to take the potion. Yuri picked up the injured leopard and poured the opened potion into the leopard''s mouth. Outside the village gate. Wu Heng looked at the body that was dragged out, bent down and took off his mask. Under the mask is a middle-aged man. The gray-brown hair is not like the hair color common among the people of Yeko Kingdom. The mask is either a prop or a strange object, it is just an ordinary covering to cover the face. It should be because you don''t want to expose your appearance. The only prop is the space ring on his hand. There are 5 cubic meters of storage space, a large number of silver coins, as well as smoke bombs, magic scrolls and other items. In other words, when this person beat Slater and others, he still didn''t use his full strength. After checking. Let the skeleton drag the body to the village gate. He met Slater''s eyes, and then said: "I learned the news that you are here from the Blackstone Town Association, and I came here specifically to assist you in arresting the cult." Wu Heng is still wearing the ''human skin mask'', which he put on when he was about to arrive here. I didnt plan to let too many people know that I was in Blackstone Town. And the things you can do to change your appearance. Slater frowned slightly, still a little suspicious, "Let me take a look at your emblem." Wu Heng took out the emblem and waved it in front of him, and then said: "Open the door, don''t waste time, this is the letter I wrote to you three days ago." Slater nodded, "Open the door, this is the association reinforcements we are waiting for." The village gate opens. Wu Heng walked in front, and the skeleton followed behind, dragging the body. Slater said directly: "You come in with me, Yuri will check the identity of the body, and the rest of the team will guard the surroundings of the village to avoid other enemies." "Yes!" each team responded. Wu Heng followed Slater into the house on one side with the skeleton. The lights in the house are dim. Slater stopped and stared at his face. Wu Heng tugged behind the ear and tore off the human skin mask, "Oh, what are you looking at!" Slater looked down at the mask in his hand, and then at his face, "What is it, so ugly?" "With a mask, if too many people know that I''m back, it will cause trouble for you." Wu Heng explained. Slater''s brows relaxed and he stepped forward to give him a hug, "Why did you come here? It took so many days." Wu Heng patted her on the back, "I was delayed a bit on the way, but fortunately I came at the right time." "I almost lost sight of Yuri and I." Slater left the other party''s arms, sat down on the side, and said directly: "This sect, the Destiny Sect that you investigated, is now in Tu''er Village in the southwest, across the Its about three hours journey through the forest. Slater didn''t do anything. Investigate the location where the cult is stationed. It is also difficult for them to do the rest of the things because the level difference is too big. Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeleton beside him: "Drag that body in." The skeleton went out and dragged the body outside the door in. "You want to ask about the corpse?" Slater asked. "Ask the other party if they have any preparations and how many high-level professionals there are in the village." Wu Heng said. "This corpse may be level 15, but you won''t transform it?" "It''s not bad for this one." Wu Heng said, and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] towards the corpse. The fallen corpse sat up and looked this way with turbid eyes. Wu Heng asked directly: "Where are your people stationed?" The corpse replied, "Village of Tours." "Is there anyone in the village who is a high-level professional?" The corpse replied, "Bishop, all the great knights should have reached level 18 professionals." Slater''s face became solemn again. Wu Heng mentioned in the letter that there may be more than one level 18 professional in the Destiny Sect, and now it seems that this is true. This kind of lineup is actually causing trouble in such a small place. Wu Heng then asked: "How many people are there in total?" "The number of congregants who gathered recently was less than three hundred." "Do you have any ambush?" "No." "When do you plan to leave?" "We will probably stay for two or three days and then continue west along the road." After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a thud. Slater''s face was serious. Asked: "What should I do? There are no professionals who have reached level 18 in the associations in this area." "It''s okay, don''t be afraid!" Wu Heng comforted him, and then said, "Can you find Tour Village?" "able!" "You come with me later. Let''s go to Tu''er Village. The rest of the team will follow us, but it won''t be easy to get close. Let them go back to Blackstone Town first." Wu Heng said directly. "Shall we go to Tour Village? Is that possible?" Slater knew that Wu Heng was very powerful, but he faced two level 18 professionals. It can also be strenuous. "Don''t worry! I have a way." Wu Heng said confidently. Now that things have come to this, Slater has no better way. There is already a member of the cult lying at his feet. Maybe the other party will come here along the road tomorrow or the day after tomorrow. We can only believe that Wu Heng can do it. Even if you make the matter bigger and intimidate the other party, it will be fine. "Okay, it''s up to you." Wu Heng put on his mask and walked out of the house with Slater. Just walked out of the gate. Yuri came up with the leopard. One person and one leopard circled around. Yuri looked up and down, her brows slightly furrowed. The leopard kept sniffing to identify the scent. "How come your walking style is so familiar? You don''t know how to use illusions anymore!" Yuri''s tone was full of doubt. The leopard also followed him and showed his teeth, showing that he was familiar with it. Wu Heng glanced at Slater out of the corner of his eye, saw him shaking his head, and said calmly: "Let''s play." Yuri frowned deeper and then asked, "Where did the weapon you used to kill that man come from? Don''t pretend to be with me. I could see it right away with those two steps of yours." Before Wu Heng could speak, Slater said from the side: "Yuri, don''t cause trouble. This gentleman came from Luntam City. I will tell you when I get back. Go and call some captains." Yuri wanted to say something else, but now was obviously not the time to discuss that. He could only nod and go find someone else. Not long after, the other captains came over. Slater said directly: "This sect is a cult wanted by the association. It has exceeded the difficulty we can handle. All teams return to Blackstone Town and notify the city defense to increase defense." A cult recognized by the association. In other words, he has done a lot of bad things before. No wonder it''s so difficult to deal with. "Butler, where are you!" Yuri asked. When working, address the position. "I''m going to Tour Village to investigate intelligence." Slater said, and before Yuri wanted to speak, he gave the order, "Get everyone moving and go back now." "Yes!" everyone responded and began to prepare to return. Wait until everything is ready. The team members returned, Wu Heng and Slater, and also crossed the woods. A few hours later. The two walked through the woods, behind a boulder, and looked at the village ahead. "That is Tu''er Village. It is no longer within the scope of our Blackstone Town. It is also difficult to mobilize the nearby town guards." Slater said. Wu Heng took out his telescope and looked at the wall. With a thought, the ghost flew out to inquire for information. Not long after, the ghost flew back and the screen was shared. One is a level 18 professional, and the other is approaching level 18, probably reaching level 17. Just one step away. "Get ready to fight." Wu Heng said. Slater panicked, "Huh? The three of us? Fighting?" "No need for you, protect yourself." Wu Heng said, waving his hand to his side. Cracks and stone doors opened, revealing gun barrels, machine guns, and a cave filled with skeletons. Village of Tours. The spacious central open space was now filled with members of the Destiny Sect wearing black robes. Directly in front, a huge circular pattern hangs high, reflecting the afterglow, exuding a kind of majesty. Wearing an embroidered robe to protect the teachings, he stood on the high platform with a solemn expression, holding a heavy book in his hand and reading aloud. Below, devout believers gathered below, holding candles in their hands and chanting the words of our Lord God. Bishop Fatih sits under the ring and enjoys the worship of the gods on behalf of the gods. As long as time allows, you can gain sufficient fame. Sooner or later, I will be able to send myself to the position of a hero. Get the same treatment as those heroes who sit in the Hall of Heroes and boss them around. What if a cult kills people? As long as he is strong enough, no one can do anything to him. When I think that one day I will be able to sit in that legendary position. My whole body felt as if I was getting an electric shock. Power, power has the final say in everything. When the chanting time was over and it was time for ''Fatih'' to show up, he stood up gently stroking the handrail, adjusted his clothes, and walked slowly to the front. With a soft smile on his face, he waved slightly. Just as he was about to speak, a terrifying crisis suddenly arose in his heart. Huhuhu~! A sound broke through the air. Large objects fell from overhead. Fatih quickly dodged to one side, and boom, an explosion sounded, and the whole person was thrown away. Boom boom boom~! Immediately afterwards, countless explosions covered the entire village. The members of the congregation were torn apart, with broken limbs and broken arms, and debris of stone and wood flying everywhere, filling the sky. Panic and screams kept ringing out, and the place of production was in chaos. "Enemy attack, prepare..." A church leader shouted an order, and the next second a grenade exploded at his feet. The whole person was thrown up, his legs were missing, and he was vomiting blood. High-level professionals have strong vitality. But the impact of the explosion can still shatter the internal organs and directly lose the ability to fight. Someone shouted: "Hide inside the house and prepare to fight." The explosion was deafening. No order could be heard clearly, everyone was in a mess, and the totem representing the church was trampled underfoot and covered with mud. outside the village. The [Mansion Technique] continued, and grenades were shot into the sky, hitting the village regardless of the cost. Thousands of these grenades were replaced before and after. To handle this situation. Level 18 professionals are already regarded as the top combat power in this world, and they must reduce the opponent''s combat power to the greatest extent. It''s best to be killed directly or seriously injured. A grenade attack, even if it is a rare object or prop, can hardly block the spread of power and impact. As long as it hits, there will be absolutely no benefit. Slater stood aside, staring at the open door beside him with wide eyes. Pieces of shells were fired into the village, the ground shook, the gates and walls were torn apart, and the village was covered in smoke. Has the way of fighting changed? Have you started fighting like this? In a burst of covering bombing. Xiaoxiao quickly flew back and got directly into the body. Share the screen. In the smoke-filled village, a group of people stumbled out of the collapsed wall and fled to one side. A level 18 bishop! There are also several professionals with high levels. Wu Heng pointed to the side and said, "Over there, Ka Xiu will lead the team to kill them all." Ka Xiu took a step forward and turned into an afterimage and rushed out. Behind the stone gate, with the sound of bones rubbing against each other, a large number of strangely sized, deformed skeletons poured out of the stone gate and charged forward. (End of chapter) Chapter 592 , you exposed yourself Chapter 592: You exposed your secret Bishop Fatih led more than 20 people, rushed out of the ruins, and fled into the distance. It is unclear who the enemy is, but it is definitely not the surrounding defense forces or local associations. Those guys don''t have the ability to raze a village to the ground. "Bishop, let''s run north. There is a mine over there. Get into the miners and then escape." A member of the congregation shouted. Fatih looked serious, looked around and said, "Let''s go to the mine..." As he spoke, the sense of crisis rose in his heart again. He grabbed the congregant who was pointing the way and blocked him in front of him. Poof~! The bullet hit the body instantly, the leather armor was torn and blood spattered. The body gradually became limp, and the congregants were shocked, "I am loyal to the church..., you..." Fatih cast aside his worthless congregants. His eyes looked to the side of him again. In the already dark woods, there was the sound of dense and rapid footsteps. The dense blue firelight was extremely bright in the dark night. As they got closer, they saw densely packed large skeletons, with blue soul fire flashing in their eyes, running towards them. This scene made everyone''s eyes widen. Guessed the identity of the enemy. But I never thought it would be the undead. Why are there so many undead in human villages and towns? As various thoughts flashed through his mind, the tall, weird skeleton with arms above his knees, like a mad bull, took the lead and crashed into the crowd. In an instant, several figures were knocked out. They raised their fists and smashed them down with all their strength. Dong dong dong~! Fatih''s expression condensed, and he looked at the tall skeleton rushing towards him. He stood up from the ground, flicked his long sleeves, and stabbed out the thin sword from the sleeves. The tall skeleton instantly raised his arms to block. The thin sword penetrated the arm bone, the sword light stirred, and the entire arm exploded instantly. Then the figure flashed like a ghost, appearing beside the skeleton, and the sword thrust out again. It penetrated the skull, crushed the skull, and the body turned into broken bones and scattered on the ground. Fatih''s eyes narrowed. The summon of the Necromancer, and its level is not low. At least it''s close to level 15. "Kill all the skeletons and retreat slowly." Fatih turned around and ordered loudly. Huh~! As he spoke, a sound broke through the air. The skeleton attendant Kaxiu flew in from a distance, whipping his legs in the air and making the air explode. Fatih turned over and backed away, looked up and saw the figure opposite, wearing a thin cloth, with his head wrapped tightly. Level 18 professional. The strength and movement he had just now made him a level 18 professional. "What''s your name?" Fatih asked coldly. Ka Xiu shed his arms and his shirt fell off, revealing the bones underneath. It''s the skeleton again! Still an unarmored boxer. You can know the other person''s occupation from the action of taking off his shirt. Kaxiu tapped his foot lightly, rushed out, punched out, and the air exploded. Fatih reacted more quickly, dodged sideways, and his figure disappeared in the dark night, appearing sideways, slashing across the waist with the long sword in his hand. Kaxiu turned around and whipped his legs. The next second, another ''Fatih'' appeared from behind and stabbed his head. Ka Xiu twisted his body and kicked his legs to both sides at the same time. Puff~! The ''Fatih'' in the front was shattered, and the body of the ''Fatih'' in the back was dodging, and his robes were fluttering. A baby-like figure emerged from the waist, stabbing forward with a dagger in one hand, and firing a crossbow with a short crossbow in the other. Kaxiu leaned back, his sternum wide open, the crossbow arrow passed through the gap, and his sternum caught the dagger. He punched it and forced the strange shadow around his waist back. Fatih took advantage of the situation and retreated, his body disappearing and reappearing. Kaxiu landed on the ground, adjusted his body, took off the sternum dagger and threw it suddenly, and rushed forward like lightning again. Fatih''s face was solemn, looking for an opportunity to escape. He was fighting with a skeleton, and the necromancer had not yet found his position. If you procrastinate, you will only become more disadvantageous to yourself. He turned his head sideways to avoid the thrown dagger, and saw the skeleton boxer rushing towards him again, waving his hand and throwing out two shadows, then turned around and ran away. After just two steps, the sense of crisis rose again. The long sword in his hand stood upright at his side. Dang~! The powerful force hit the weapon, and my arm felt numb, and the weapon almost fell off. There are experts too! After hesitating in his movements, Kaxiu followed closely again, his fists were fierce and powerful, the air waves were rolling, and the explosions were deafening. Fatih''s movements were dexterous and his moves were strange. The figure is looming, and from time to time there are illusion clones and weird limbs sticking out to assist in the attack. In the distance, on a thick tree trunk. Wu Heng held a sniper rifle, surprise flashing in his eyes. Not only the opponent''s actions of blocking bullets, but also various weird fighting methods. It can be determined that it is a melee profession, but the clone shown in it, He holds a weapon to block bullets, and his attack moves are also very weird. It is definitely a melee profession, but the illusion clones and strange moves shown do not look like a common melee profession. We can''t delay it. If we let him run away, things will only become more troublesome. With a thought, several clones appeared. Wow~! "You''re so **** stupid, using your skills on a tree." "What''s going on in your head?" "If you weren''t for me, I would beat you to death." After a few curses, each clone quickly climbed up several surrounding trees, or took a flying carpet and floated in the air. Each person has a sniper rifle and targets the target from a distance. Bang bang bang~! The next second, six people pulled the trigger together. In the scope. ''Fatih'', who was fighting with Kaxiu, suddenly looked over and waved his sword in his hand, blocking two bullets with a ''dang-dang''. The remaining bullets hit his body, staining his clothes red with blood. After his body was hit by a bullet, the moment he staggered, the sound of breaking through the air sounded again, and Kaxiu''s whip leg hit his head. Click~! The sound of broken bones sounded, and Fatih''s body instantly flew to the side. Ka Xiu''s body continued to follow. He pushed him to the ground and his fists rained down. Bang bang bang~! The punches continued continuously, and the air waves kept exploding. The body on the ground was dented downwards by the hammer blow, and sand, stone, and dust flew around with the air waves. Not long after, in the rising smoke. A ghost floated out and fled towards the dense forest in the distance without looking back. But before he could escape too far, he was caught up by another ghost and imprisoned in the air. rear. Wu Heng was sitting on the ''flying carpet'', followed by two other ghosts, flying quickly over. The imprisoned ghost kept struggling and roaring. Seeing Wu Heng flying over, he roared ferociously, "Necromancer, why did you do this? The church I finally established, why did you do this..." Wu Heng ignored it and looked at the ghost ''Benny'' on the other side of his shoulder, "Is it him?" "Yes!" Penny looked evasive and showed great fear. The ghost of Bishop Fatih also looked at the other ghost curiously and looked at it carefully. Doubt flashed in his eyes. "You are the traitor I killed, the association''s spy..." Then he suddenly looked at Wu Heng, "Are you a member of the association, a necromancer?" Wu Heng ignored him and explained to Penny, "Now that he is dead, the ghost is in our hands. I will lock him up first, and then deal with him when your level is high." Penny looked at the other party carefully and said, "Thank you, I''ll just leave it to you. Killing him has already avenged me." "The great revenge has been avenged, and a wish can be regarded as fulfilled." Wu Heng said in guidance. "Listen to me," Fatih roared loudly. Then he said: "Necromancer, I didn''t know she was yours. From my perspective at that time, I would definitely kill her. This is not entirely my fault." "You are now level 18, right? We can join forces and send you to the position of a hero." "When the time comes, rich women, the entire continent will bow their heads. Don''t you want to have this status?" "Inexhaustible wealth, girls of all races, and even princesses, will be delivered to you at any time." "I can help you, trust me." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "I can''t trust you." After saying that, he took out the magic soul pot and started to devour the ghost soul of ''Fatih''. Put them all into the magic soul pot. The ghost was put away, and Wu Heng landed with his ghost. He asked the skeleton card repairer to pull out the corpse that had sunk into the ground, and began to check the equipment on the corpse. The long sword and belt are both magic items. The space ring contains more than two hundred gold coins, a large number of silver coins, magic scrolls, some weapons and equipment, and many daily necessities. There are no too strange items or props. Wu Heng put away the opponent''s space ring directly. Glenda asked from the side: "How did he know you were lustful?" "who?" "That ghost just now, he focused on girls from all races, princesses and queens." Glenda followed closely and said softly. Wu Heng was speechless, "Didn''t you hear what he said earlier about wealth that can''t be spent? When the wealth is gone, it will be left to women, otherwise what else can you say?" Glenda raised her eyebrows slightly, "Your explanation is reasonable. I thought he would also observe the details and see that you like these." He leaned back a little and moved with his chin, "Uncle, your secret is exposed." Penny also chuckled softly. The battle here is over. Wu Heng greeted the skeleton and continued into the bombed village. The smoke and dust had dissipated in the village, leaving only ruins and ruins on the ground. Only some were half collapsed, or some figures could still be seen vaguely in dark corners. There were whispers and the sound of weapons being drawn. It seems that at this point, some people still refuse to give up. That''s how sects are, they can always influence some people''s thoughts and behaviors. Even if it has been proven that this sect is a lie and the bishop who can perform miracles has not received God''s protection. But it will still be thought that everything is a test from God. "The Necromancer has come in, let''s kill him." A cry came from the darkness on one side. The surroundings began to become restless. Some figures began to test forward, and crossbow bolts were fired from the corners. Wu Heng glanced slightly, raised the staff in his hand, and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The dead bodies in the village turned into bones and slowly stood up. They were densely packed throughout the area. "Kill everyone." Wu Heng ordered. Wow~! The standing skeletons instantly flooded into the surrounding houses and corners, and the sounds of fighting and slashing could be heard. In a fierce fight. Suddenly, a figure rushed out of the half-collapsed house holding a skeleton. Before more skeletons surrounded him, he knelt on the ground and raised his head high. "I am the Whisperer of the Association, don''t kill me." (End of chapter) Chapter 593 , look him up Chapter 593, check him out I am the Secret Whisperer of the Association. The Treasure Island Association arranged for me to come here. Dont kill me. This is my certificate of surrender. I killed the great knight of the church. The sound was loud, as if he had used his greatest strength. It was dark in the middle of the night and I couldn''t see the other person''s face clearly. But these three words Treasure Island still reminded Wu Heng of someone. Babzi! The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates and the friend that Philippa tried his best to keep. When I was on Treasure Island, I was assigned to investigate the Destiny Sect as a bargaining chip for committing meritorious deeds, and I actually found this place. Wu Heng said directly: "Tie them up first." The two skeletons took out hemp rope and tied the man up. The remaining skeletons continued to rush towards other people around, and the shouts of killing still filled the surroundings. Gradually, the entire area became quiet. The corpses in the corner, as well as the corpses just outside the village, were all dragged out. Pile in the center of the village. Wu Heng brought Slater from outside the village into the village, and hung a light stone in a room that had not completely collapsed. Briefly told her about the situation here. Put on the ''faceless man''s skin'' again and look like a middle-aged fisherman. "Bring over the tied prisoner." Wu Heng said. After a while, the door opened. ''Babuqi'', whose hands were tied, was led in. His appearance was somewhat different from when he met Treasure Island. He had gained a lot of weight and had grown a large beard again. Babuqi also used the light of the light stone to look at the other party carefully. Not the owner of Treasure Island, but a middle-aged man. Why are Necromancers so powerful? Killing a force is like pushing for peace. Wu Heng said in a calm voice: "We are from the Blackstone Town Association. You said you are Treasure Island''s spy?" "Yes, I was arranged by Treasure Island to investigate the informant of the Destiny Sect. The deacon on the island is called Xila Gui. The owner of the island, Wu Heng, is also from your Yeke Kingdom. You can write to Treasure Island. I said "Everything is true," Babuqi said quickly. I''m afraid that if I speak slowly, the other party will think I made it up. Wu Heng said: "We will confirm with Treasure Island. Since you are the spy, what have you found out?" Babuqi hesitated for a moment, "I just followed them. Before I could send out the information, you guys took it all away." "So you didn''t do anything?" Wu Heng was a little dissatisfied. Beni, a maid in a tavern, was killed by the other party for passing on information. He is an informant, he has been a pirate, and his level is higher. Nothing was done. Wu Heng even suspected that he was killing time here. Babuqi immediately explained, "When I first came here, a woman from Blackstone Town was caught delivering a message. Later, the bishop''s supervision was stricter, so I had no chance to deliver the message to Treasure Island." Wu Heng still felt that this was an excuse. He said solemnly: "What do I ask, what do you answer." "good!" "Are you sure that the bishop here is the leader of the Destiny Sect?" "It''s certain, and there is no main god. He is the one being worshiped by the people." Babuqi said. "Are there any branch cults outside?" Babuqi thought for a moment and replied, "There should be more. I heard that there are two more guardians and a high knight." Wu Heng then asked, "They are just outside and not coming back?" Babuqi replied, "No, this bishop will take us all the way to the west. We will meet at ''Argiro City'' and completely gather all the members." There are others! "Erjiluo City is also a city of Yeke Kingdom?" Wu Heng asked. Babuzzi replied, "Yes." "That great knight killed you? How did you kill him?" Babuqi didn''t expect that there was such a big gap, and he asked about the great knight again. He replied: "He was injured. He was injured by something that fell from the sky. I killed him when I helped rescue him." Ask all questions. Wu Heng continued: "Okay, I''m quite satisfied with your answer so far. If you come back to Blackstone Town with us tomorrow, we will confirm your identity with Treasure Island and let you go if there is no problem." "Thank you, deacon!" Babuqi thanked him immediately, with a look of joy as if he was surviving a disaster. "Let him go." The skeleton stepped forward and released him. Babucci flexed his wrist. Wu Heng reminded, "Find a room to rest and don''t wander around at night, otherwise the undead will think you have escaped and it will be difficult to kill you." Babuqi''s eyes narrowed, "I won''t go out tonight, all my **** and urine will be taken care of from inside." Wu Heng nodded, and Babuqi left the room and found a relatively well-kept room with the door closed. Finished dealing with Babuqi''s matter. Wu Heng walked out of the room again. Look at the remaining corpses that were put away. The most eye-catching ones are the corpses of level 18 and the corpses of level 17 knights with severed heads. "How to deal with it?" Slater asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Go back to the 18th level for an autopsy and report it to the association, and then I will carry out the transformation." Take out the straw mat from the space ring. After rolling up the body, Slater first put the space ring into it. Wu Heng continued to transform the remaining corpses. The body of the great knight was a skeleton of a level 17 great warrior. Instead, you can focus on cultivating it. Maybe it can be upgraded to level 18. After everything was taken care of, the two of them returned to the room where they were just now, closed their eyes and rested, waiting for dawn. Early the next morning. Wu Heng released the [Mansion Technique] and collected all the skeletons into the hiding cave. He took only Kaxiu''s skeleton, Slater, and Babuqi back to Blackstone Town. Afternoon, Blackstone Township Association. Underground, morgue. Slater said: "The autopsy is over, and the coroner and investigators have taken notes. When I get back, I will write a report and send it to the headquarters. Do you need to mention your name?" "Just mention me directly, just rely on Blackstone. "Zhen''s ability, it is a bit far-fetched to say that the 18th-level professional of the Destiny Sect is destroyed, and the matter of Beni is also included, the whole incident can be connected," Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. The cult recognized by the association also has level 18 and multiple high-level professionals. It is said that Blackstone Town can destroy the opponent, and the headquarters will be suspicious if the information is sent up. Counting Wu Heng, it''s not much different. After all, he has level 18 skeleton attendants in his hands, coupled with those powerful instruments, he can destroy all the pirates in the Emerald Sea. It is normal to destroy a newly emerged sect. As for Wu Heng himself, he also needs level 18 meritorious service. The accessories of the Hundred-Soldier Set and the level 18 skill book require first-level merit in exchange. Therefore, you must report your name. "Okay, I''ll write a letter when I get back." Slater said with a smile. After this feat, Slater will definitely be promoted as well. A good thing for everyone. Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is this corpse still useful?" "Aren''t you going to transform?" "If you don''t need it anymore, I will transform you." "Transform!" "Wait for me at the door first, and then come in after the transformation." Wu Heng turned around and said. Slater didn''t say much and walked out directly. Standing at the door, arms folded, waiting. Wu Heng put the [Faceless Man Skin] on the corpse''s face, and the mask merged with the face to record the other person''s appearance. Then, take off the human skin and use the [Bone Slave Technique] on the corpse. The flesh and blood fell off, and the bones slowly stood up. [Skeleton Deceitful Swordsman (Level 18)] It is indeed a special profession. "Come down and follow me out." The skeleton jumped off the iron bed and followed Wu Heng to the door. Wu Heng pointed at the skeleton and pointed at Slat, "From now on, you will be responsible for protecting her." The skeleton walked directly behind Slater, like a squire. Slater raised his brows, with surprise and joy in his eyes, "Level 18 servant, protect me?" "The Yeke Kingdom is too chaotic, and you have a heavy sense of responsibility. It will protect you from now on." Wu Heng said. This time, if Wu Heng comes one day later. Slater is the second Penny, Yuri is the third, and he needs two more ghosts. Although he could stay with her, Wu Heng didn''t want them to be really in danger. Especially now, the Kingdom of Yeko seems to have no political power. It''s really worrying. "Thank you." Slater said gratefully. She doesn''t like skeletons very much, but a level 18 skeleton is really a treasure. "You''re welcome!" Wu Heng smiled and continued, "The newly developed neighborhood of Treasure Island has been completed, and a building has been left for you to run Money Cat. Will you come with me this time? I happen to be staying there for a few days. Regarding the addition of the money cat, the two of them had talked about this in letters before. It can be regarded as an entertainment industry that needs support. Slater thought for a moment and said: "We can''t leave now. I''ll arrange for someone to go there after a while. Now that I''m gone, Blackstone Town and the surrounding areas will be even more chaotic." "Alright." Wu Heng nodded. "What should we do with that spy in Treasure Island?" Slater continued to ask. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to write a letter to Treasure Island. After two days, you will say that Treasure Island has responded to the letter and ask him to continue to Erjiluo City to investigate the remaining members of the Destiny Sect." "Okay, got it!" The two chatted underground for a while. Wu Heng put on his mask again and left, and Slater sent him outside the city. Watch him go away. Put on the conductor''s hat and board the train in a deserted place. Association headquarters, Hall of Glory. The ground is spotless and white, exuding a soft light, and above the dome are exquisite murals describing the glory and mission of the heroes and pioneer adventurers. The 18th-level mage ''Moffat'' brought his apprentice ''Luann Randolph'' to a room. He knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. In the room, a young elf man sat behind the desk. Moffat and Luan bowed lightly and said, "Lord Kallus." The elf man nodded and said with a smile: "Moffat, you are back. This trip should benefit your apprentice a lot." "That''s a lot of insights." Moffat smiled and nodded, his expression suddenly serious, and said: "Sir, this time we passed by Treasure Island, there is something I want to tell you about the owner of the island, the Necromancer. Regarding Wu Heng, we suspect that he used some kind of ritual to possess or reincarnate." "Wu Heng? That young man that Imiro likes? Tell me what''s going on." The elf man also became serious. Moffat sat down and began to describe it seriously. From the rumors of the islanders, Wu Hengs control of the island, and the exaggerated speed of level improvement. Conducted well-founded analysis and speculation. "So, there must be something wrong with him. I think a level 18 inspector should be arranged to go down and conduct an inspection." Moffat said bluntly. The elf man frowned and began to think. Just when the room fell into silence. Dong dong dong~! The door was knocked again. Another figure walked in, glanced at the other two people in the room, and looked obviously stunned. He bowed slightly and said: "Lord Kallus, Treasure Island has sent a kind of reading material called a newspaper. Leader Lilith, please give a copy to everyone to read the contents." The three people in the room stared at each other. As soon as Treasure Island was mentioned, the newspaper was delivered. "Let me take a look and it happened to mention Treasure Island." The elf man said. The newspaper was handed over. Eyes widened slightly when seeing the central title. Then he glanced at the master and apprentice on the side with strange eyes. (End of chapter) Chapter 594 , the headquarters is lively Chapter 594: The headquarters is lively Hear the newspaper delivered from Treasure Island. Moffat and his apprentice both frowned. This was the first time we had seen newspapers like this in our headquarters, but the two of them had been to Treasure Island and had seen them in taverns. Bards read such newspapers. The public challenge to Wu Heng was also because the newspaper generated a lot of popularity on the island. He plans to use this popularity to step on his opponent and enhance his own reputation. Why were the newspapers delivered to the headquarters? It has nothing to do with the two of us! But when they thought about it carefully, they had seen the contents of the newspaper. They were all about things and information around Treasure Island, as well as Wu Heng''s personal story. It should have nothing to do with myself. As long as it''s not about yourself. It doesn''t matter what is written on it. Kallus the Elf holds the newspaper. With just a quick glance, I roughly understood the whole story. Moffat mentioned the rumors among the islanders, the reforms of the island owner Wu Heng, and the exaggerated level promotion. Only he did not mention that after he came to the island, he openly provoked the island owner and promoted fair and open challenges everywhere. He forced the opponent to enter the competition arena. Unexpectedly, Moffat''s apprentice did not win, but was defeated in a crushing manner by the equally young Wu Heng. Especially with the colorful patterns on it. A young man wearing the robe of a soldier, holding a wooden stick in his hand, was flanked by an admiring referee and the lonely figure of Lu An. It still has a strong visual impact. Now returning to the headquarters, Moffat immediately came to him again to suspect that Wu Heng had a problem. No matter how he looked at it, he was unwilling to lose the game. If there was really a problem, would Imiro not be able to tell it when he was on Treasure Island? He came to the island for a day and could tell from just one meeting during the game? It''s really hard to explain. In fact, it is easy to understand the matter of challenging the island owner. Increase the reputation foundation for your apprentice. Kallus glanced at the other side, feeling a little disdainful. He took the initiative to stir up trouble but lost the fight. He also wanted the association to come forward and cause trouble for the other party. Isnt this a disguised form of discrediting the association? Moffat saw the other person looking over and smiled, "The newspaper is indeed a good idea. I feel that this department can also publish similar reading materials and distribute them to various places." "It''s a good idea. Moffat, I will record what you said about Treasure Island, and then let several elders discuss it before making arrangements." Kallus put down the newspaper and his expression returned to normal. Moffat nodded and emphasized: "Wu Heng is very cunning, so you should be careful when the time comes." Kallus smiled and nodded, "It will be arranged." Moffat and Moffat did not continue to say more. It''s good if things are recorded. He bowed slightly and exited the room. Return to the hallway. Lu An looked serious, "Teacher, after reading the newspaper, Carles feels that his attitude is different from before." "It may be something written in the newspaper, but that''s not important. What we have to do is to keep the association''s support for you." Moffat said expressionlessly. "Thank you, teacher." Lu An thanked him. The two walked out of the corridor and returned to the Hall of Glory. Stacks of newspapers were stacked at the front desk. No one was hawking or promoting it. From time to time, someone walked over curiously, took one and looked at the content on it. It''s like a free book that you can grab. Many people looked down at the newspapers and followed the master and apprentice into the hall, casting strange looks at them. "Go get a copy and see what''s on it," Moffat said. Under the gaze of the others, Lu An walked to the front desk and took a newspaper. As he walked and looked around, his face began to look more and more ugly. "Teacher, up here..." Moffat took it directly and his eyes fell on the conspicuous pattern in the middle and the enlarged title. His eyes widened, and his face turned red for an instant, then turned purple again. It is now clear why Kallus''s attitude suddenly changed. The content in the newspaper clearly stated that the master and apprentice had lost the game and came back with the intention of plotting against Treasure Island. "What a sinister boy, he actually published such a thing." Moffat cursed in a low voice. They still underestimated the newspaper. Not only can it publish some intelligence information around Treasure Island, but it also posts this kind of thing. It was also sent to the headquarters. Cunning boy. Now it is useless no matter how I explain it, I will think that what is in the newspaper is true. More and more people gathered around, and the discussion began to get louder. It seemed that everyone''s eyes were on the two of them. Whispering something. "Come on, let''s get out of here first." Moffat said something, took Luan and left with a gloomy face. An open-air training ground. Moya quickened his pace, climbed the stone steps, and said to the figure in front of him: "Treasure Island has sent you a letter." In the center of the training ground, Imiro sheathed his sword and walked over. He looked at the letter in Moya''s hand and the paper rolled together, "What''s the other one?" "It''s called a newspaper. It was also delivered from Treasure Island. I brought a copy in the Hall of Glory." Moya explained. Imiro nodded, sat down on a stone chair nearby, took the letter and started reading it. When his eyes saw the content on the paper, his peaceful eyes suddenly flashed with a sharp look. Moya looked up at the other party and asked, "What''s wrong? Something happened on Treasure Island?" Imiro calmed down and handed the letter to the other party, "It was written by Wu Heng. Moffat took his apprentice to the island, openly challenged Wu Heng, and asked the prophets on the island to investigate. One of the reasons is that Wu Heng is in my hands." I was a subdeacon." Moya took the letter and looked at the contents. Imiro looked at another newspaper. The content in the newspaper is a simplified version of the entire incident. The other party came to the island, publicly challenged, and directly sent a letter of challenge to the association, forcing Wu Heng to accept the challenge. But the ending is good. Directly defeated the opponent. Moya read the letter and put it aside. Imiro pondered for a moment and said: "Moya, write a challenge letter and send it to the Hall of Glory to challenge Moffat." Moya was surprised for a moment, then nodded. the next day. The unchanged association headquarters suddenly became lively. The two hottest things everyone is talking about. The first thing was a newspaper sent from Treasure Island. The young generation of geniuses supported by the association lost to an unknown young man in a public challenge. The owner of an island called Treasure Island. What is the association headquarters? It can be said that high-level professionals from all races and countries are all gathered here. This matter can be regarded as known to the whole world. The second thing was that Imiro submitted a challenge to the association, challenging the 18th-level mage, Moffat. Regarding the competition between the younger generation, many people pay more attention to the battle between these two veteran professionals. "I heard that this island owner, Wu Heng, worked as a deputy deacon under Imiro before. I want to vent his anger on him." "They both won, so why do you have to be angry? I think it''s the conflict between them. The younger generation takes action first, and then they compete." "I am becoming more and more curious about this Wu Heng." "I''m also very curious, especially in newspapers, the story published is his own." "It seems that I am also laying the foundation for myself to reach level 18." "Smart boy." Association, Hongwenhui. Hongwen Club is a special organization of the association. It is mostly composed of professions with a high thirst for knowledge such as mages, alchemists, and scholars. Translate ancient documents and explore new knowledge. It is the same as the Secret Whisperer, and it belongs to a separate social organization within the overall association. In the Hongwen Society, there are various research groups, large and small. Different areas and factions develop. "Mr. Virgil, you rarely go out." A man dressed as a swordsman said at the door. Virgil covered his head from the sun and said with a smile: "The leader asked me to go out to see a little guy with great potential." "Does Hongwen have a crush on someone?" "It''s hard to say what will happen in the end." Virgil replied with a smile. When the carriage stopped in front of him, he waved goodbye, "I still have a mission to do. I''ll talk about it when I have the chance." "Well, have a nice trip." (End of chapter) Chapter 595 , Russia鈥檚 cry for help Chapter 595, Russias cry for help A few days later, Treasure Island. The ghost train appeared out of thin air, and Wu Heng slowly walked off the train with the skeleton. He walked all the way into the city, called a carriage and rushed to his residence. Pushing the door open and walking into the manor, three maids in the room ran out quickly. She threw herself into her arms and whispered coquettishly, "Master, we miss you so much." Wu Heng hugged the three of them and said, "I miss you too." The three of them were full of joy and asked as they walked into the house: "Is Sister Wen Mansha okay? Is the baby born?" "There''s still a month left, but my belly doesn''t look small anymore," Wu Heng said. Minnie said: "Why didn''t you take Sister Wen Mansha over? It''s much better here than Luntam City." "I''ll ask her again in a few days. If she wants to come over, pick her up again." Wu Heng touched Minnie''s hair. Then Robert went to cut the fruit while Annette went upstairs to prepare the bath water. Minnie sat on the sofa and reported on the changes in Treasure Island in the past few days since she left. "A total of two issues of the newspaper have been published in the past few days since you left. The next issue should be the day after tomorrow. I heard from Sister Wei''er that the effect of the newspaper is quite good. Several caravans have signed up at the city hall. Newspaper Order Agreement." "Sister Shanara came here twice. Knowing that you were not here, she stayed to chat with us and play shuttlecock together. We were all very happy. Yesterday Philippa said that the newly purchased warships were all armed. Today Ive already gone out on patrol, and Ive taken Sister Shanara with me. Minnie thought for a while, "There''s nothing else going on. The island is pretty quiet, nothing special happened." Wu Heng nodded, feeling relieved. The layout and development of Treasure Island are quite good, and even if I am away, it will not affect its normal operation. Of course, things about his absence cannot be disclosed to the outside world. There are still many enemies, but if you don''t know the situation of Treasure Island, you can''t do any damage. Chatted with Minnie in the room for a while. Annette heard the sound of bath water being prepared from upstairs. Wu Heng asked Minnie to contact Wen Mansha to make sure she was safe, while he went upstairs to take a bath to relieve the fatigue from the journey. At dusk, Anderweil also returned from the city hall. The few of them had dinner together, and Anderweier also told Wu Heng about the situation, which was not much different from what Minnie said. Anyway, nothing too big. After dinner, the maids trained. Wu Heng went upstairs and returned to the study. In the study room. The three ghosts were released, and Xiaoxiao watched cartoons. Glenda flew to the desk consciously, opened the Great Detective Collection, and continued to rewrite. The new member, Penny, looked around curiously. Wu Heng said: "We are at the island owner''s mansion on Treasure Island. At night, you can go out invisible and take a look. Don''t leave too far to avoid any danger." Penny stretched her head out of the wall and looked out, "Are we going to live here in the future?" "I am the island owner, similar to the position of the city owner. I have to stay here most of the time." Wu Heng said. "You are so awesome. When we first met, you had to look at the menu for a long time while drinking." Penny said with a smile. "I don''t understand the taste of wine, so I wanted to choose a more conservative one." Wu Heng explained, and then said, "From now on, we will be a family, and we can just treat this place as our own home." Penny smiled and nodded, "Thank you." After settling down Beni, Wu Heng went downstairs again. I watched the maids training on the first floor. Then he said hello: "Weier, Minnie has gone back to her room to rest." The two maids put down their weapons and ran over, one holding their arms on the left and the other on the right. Walk towards the bedroom. The next day, the association. Wu Heng stood in front of the door of the deacon''s study and knocked lightly. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. Sheila Gui raised her head and glanced at him, "I haven''t seen you for several days." "Miss me?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. Sila Gei glanced out of the corner of her eye, sorting out the information, but peeked at Shi Yali here with a smile, and scolded: "Stop talking nonsense." Wu Heng sat down aside and continued: "I went out a few days ago and met the bishop of the Destiny Sect. I killed him directly." Sheela Gui also became serious, "Why did you go out by yourself? How dangerous it is." "Originally it was just some other things, but I didn''t expect it to involve the Destiny Sect." Wu Heng explained, and then gave a rough summary of his experience. One of his informants was killed by the other party. I went to investigate and directly found the Destiny Sect. Xilagui listened carefully, even though Wu Heng said it in a relaxed manner, there were still some jokes in the story. But when it comes to level 18 professionals, it''s definitely not an easy thing. It''s more tense and dangerous than what he said. "Next time something like this happens again, tell me in advance and don''t always think about taking risks on your own." Sheila Gui said seriously. "Okay!" Wu Heng continued, "From the Destiny Sect, I also met Babuqi, the captain of the Flying Fish Pirates group that we arranged to go out with." "Has he really found the Tianming Cult? It''s quite powerful." Sheela Gui was a little surprised. "It''s more than amazing. Not a single piece of information has been sent out, and I''m so fed up..." Wu Heng got angry when he thought of him. The main thing is comparison. Penny was killed because of her intelligence. He was a man who had done meritorious service, but he was doing well. I guess if I hang around for a while, I can become a great knight. Sheela Gui was a little amused. After all, Philippa had asked this person to be released. It was also because of Wu Heng''s face that she gave him a chance. "Then he came back with you?" "No! There are two Tianming Cult branches outside. I asked him to continue investigating." Wu Heng said. "That''s okay, it would be better to gain something. If there is no gain, the bishop will be killed, and this sect will not be able to last for too long." Sheila Gui nodded. "I thought so too." Xila Gui picked up the water glass, continued to take a sip, and then said, "If you have any other plans later, tell me about it, so that you don''t have to act on your own." Wu Heng leaned back and said, "I don''t have any plans. By the way, I want to build a fleet and help me select a few vice-captains who are good at water and have clear details." "Only the deputy captain?" "Captain, I arranged for the skeleton to be the captain. With so many skeletons transformed by pirate leaders, it is no problem to be the captain!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Xila Gui said: "Okay, I will make arrangements for you in these two days." After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng left the association. Called a carriage and headed to Beacon Street. In the store, I picked two introductory books for bards. There is a book called "The Words of Contouring", which can modify your voice and make it sound more beautiful. The second book is called [General Performance]. This skill is to train your own performance ability. It is not just about performing on stage and becoming a star. For example, disguise, deception, and intimidation are all included in performance. The higher the proficiency, the better the effect. These two books are prepared for little mothers, and they also hope to unlock the little "unfinished business" faster. After purchasing the books. After changing appearance, we had lunch in a pub. Listened to the bard telling the story of the great detective Wu Heng. At first, I felt a little ashamed for stealing other people''s stories, but my reputation increased significantly. I dont feel much anymore, and I even want to collect some more books and let Granda rewrite them. Had lunch. Wu Heng also took a carriage and returned to the island master''s mansion. Rested for a while downstairs. Return to the study and open the door to the zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate. Then I heard the patter of rain. I looked out the window and saw that the sky was gray and there were dense raindrops. Here, it also started to rain. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in wearing a slim-fitting woolen coat with a little owl standing on her shoulders. "How are you doing?" Wu Heng motioned for her to sit down. Qi Hancai said: "Everything went smoothly. The two skeleton teams continued to enter the next city. Supplies and rescue personnel were continuously sent over." Wu Heng nodded, "Not bad." "By the way, Sister Yahong''s skeleton team entered Linghe City. I heard that Russian researchers contacted them via radio and asked for rescue." Qi Hancai seemed to suddenly remember. "Russian?" "Yes, fortunately we found some foreign language liaisons before, so that we can understand what the other party said. The basic meaning is that they want to ask for help and don''t expect their local rescue team." Qi Hancai said. Have all the news about your actions here spread abroad? "What do they, as researchers, study?" Wu Heng then asked. Qi Hancai said: "It is said to be a new project called electromagnetic gun. I wonder if you have heard of it." Electromagnetic gun? Is Russia also developing this? It wasn''t mentioned in the news. (End of chapter) Chapter 596 , Blushing Maid Penny (One update today. Chapter 596, Blushing Maid Penny (Updated today.) "Even if it can be used, it may not be of much use in this environment." Qi Hancai expressed his thoughts. Even though Qi Hancai has never paid attention to the electromagnetic gun. But after the news came, there were some discussions within the base. After all, someone has read the relevant news. By briefly describing the use, you can understand the general principles and functions. In the current environment, firearms are not very effective against zombies, let alone weapons that require a large amount of electricity to power and use. The most important thing is that it is still in the research and development and improvement stages. It was not in use then, let alone now. On Wu Heng''s side, the perspective is different. The first thing that comes to mind is what use it would have in a different world. Installation on warships or some positional defenses are also good choices. The main thing is the supply of electrical energy and whether this weapon can be used stably. "Can the skeleton rescue them?" Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai nodded and said: "There should be no problem, we just need to change the original plan and cross the border to rescue people." "At this time, there is no border left. Let Li Yahong arrange to rescue people. Even if the electromagnetic gun doesn''t work, they are still cutting-edge scientific researchers and may be useful to us." Wu Heng said. "I will notify sister Yahong later and ask her to rescue people." Qi Hancai responded directly. We also know the importance of talents. Several projects at the base are currently unable to be implemented because there are no relevant technical personnel. After talking about the electromagnetic gun, Wu Heng asked, "Is there anything else?" "No, everything is normal at the base." Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "Let''s go, take me to the factory." Qi Hancai also stood up and walked out with the little owl. It was still raining outside, so they walked out of the dormitory building with umbrellas. He went there first, inside a factory building. Walking into the door, you saw a human-shaped wooden target placed at the door. The wooden target was covered in stab-proof clothing and was covered in scratches. "Your Majesty, Sister Qi." Qiangzi came over and said hello. Behind him, several other personnel also stood up and saluted. "How is the stab-proof suit?" Wu Heng asked. It can be seen at the scene that Qiangzi and the others are definitely not lazy. The tattered stab-proof clothing on the side is piled up into a hill. "Come here." Qiangzi led the two of them to the innermost place, in front of a wooden target. The stab-proof clothing on the wooden target was also covered with many scratches, but the fabric was only separated, and there was no large-scale collapse or the iron plate inside falling out. "This is our improved fabric, and it is also the most effective one. It increases the toughness of the fabric, and a wire mesh is added to the inside of the iron plate, which is sewn together with the fabric to prevent the threads from falling off. Qiangzi introduced, and also took out an experimental product to show to himself. The front is an iron plate facing out, and some iron wires are welded to the inward direction, which is woven together with the fabric on the inside. To actually think of this method is quite a bit of a stretch. After finishing speaking, he did not forget to add, "There is still some gap between it and the genuine stab-proof clothing." "Keranmu!" Wu Heng shouted. The skeleton attendant Keran Mu stepped forward with his sword and slashed it down diagonally. A harsh metallic hiss sounded. There were long and thin scratches on the anti-stab suit, but the iron plate was still inside and did not fall out like last time. Wu Heng thought for a moment. This method solves the problem of the iron plate falling off, but it adds a new process. It''s much more complicated than initially imagined. "Target the fabrics and craftsmanship. I''ll have someone produce a few pieces to test the effect. You can continue to improve. Ask Qi Hancai and Li Yahong to coordinate with you what personnel and materials are needed." Wu Heng was still determined. Qiangzi''s eyes lit up. Several other people behind also showed expressions of surprise. It seems that the hard work during this period has not been in vain and has been recognized. "We will write it out tonight and hand it over to you tomorrow." Qiangzi promised. "good!" Wu Heng agreed and left, and Qiangzi and others immediately sorted out the materials and wrote down the craftsmanship. After leaving the factory, Wu Heng followed Qi Hancai and went to Gao Rong''s mechanical research laboratory and bullet production workshop. I glanced at each one one by one, which was regarded as showing their faces. Finally, we had lunch in the cafeteria. Just go back to the room and return to Treasure Island. Out of bounds. After releasing all the ghosts, Glenda went to work on the manuscript, while Xiaoxiao pouted and translated the two newly purchased bard skill books. Penny watched from the sidelines as the two ghosts were busy with their own affairs. Wu Heng opened the door, went downstairs, and walked to the courtyard. The maids were playing shuttlecock in the courtyard. The three flying dragons they raised were like domestic dogs, lying in the iron cage and watching a few people laughing and joking. Wu Heng walked out, and the maids waved hello. "Let''s play, I have nothing to do!" Wu Heng said directly. The maids nodded and continued to kick the shuttlecock. Wu Heng walked to the other side of the courtyard and directly opened the [Mansion Technique]. Cracks and stone doors appear. Revealing the fort behind and the crowded skeletons in the cave where soldiers were hiding. Due to the cleanup of the Tianming Cult, the number of skeletons in the Tibetan Soldier Cave increased. It''s bone to bone. "All come out." Wu Heng ordered. Wow~! The skeletons pushed out of the Tibetan Soldier Cave and stood in the open space of the courtyard. Wu Heng began to make some adjustments. The deformed skeleton re-entered the Tibetan Soldier Cave, and the remaining skeletons were kept by Wu Heng. Skeletons above level 10 will be left at the island owner''s mansion, and the remaining skeletons above level 5 and below will be arranged to patrol the island. The lower one was sent to the construction site in the expansion area and was responsible for some handling work. Many skeletons were divided into three piles according to their levels. Wu Heng cast his gaze on one of the thick-boned skeletons. [Skeleton Warrior (Level 17)] The great knight in the Destiny Cult. He was injured by his own grenade, and then was picked up by ''Babuqi'' and beheaded. The same level as the Skeleton Drifter Kerimu. Although it has not reached level 18. But the level is not low. After all, the only level 18 skeletons on the island are the Skeleton Prophet and the Skeleton Boxer. It can also be regarded as top combat effectiveness. A level 17 warrior can also serve as a skeleton attendant for those around him, providing protection. As for training to level 18. Kerinmu also thought this way when he became his skeleton attendant. But so far, it has not reached level 18. The experience of killing zombies cannot be shared with skeletons, and the level will increase very slowly. "After Kerimu reaches level 18, I will help you level up. You are first responsible for the security of the island master''s mansion." Wu Heng said something to the level 17 skeleton warrior. Then he was assigned a position near the building to be responsible for the security of the island owner''s mansion. All skeletons arranged. Wu Heng returned to the courtyard and lay down on the deck chair, basking in the sun and watching the maids playing around. When dusk approached, Anderweil came back from outside. Several people ate together and chatted casually about interesting things happening on the island. Night falls. Wu Heng took a shower and returned to the study to take a look. Glenda floated over and said, "In the new issue of the newspaper, I plan to publish a new short story." Wu Heng looked at her doubtfully, "The Great Detective''s story is very effective. If one issue is discontinued, will it affect the effect?" "It may have some impact, but I also want to publish this short story to see the effect." Granda said in a serious tone. With a casual hook, he controlled the object with his mind, and the paper on the desk floated into Wu Heng''s hand. "Take a look first. If you don''t agree, forget it. The decision-making power is yours." Wu Heng nodded, picked up the paper and opened it. The name made Wu Heng raise his eyebrows. It''s called Penny the Blushing Maid. Looking at the name, you know it should be a story about Penny. He looked up at Glenda and then at Penny in the distance. Then focus on the story. In fact, the story is very simple. It tells that Beni''s parents died when she was young, and she followed the leather carriage in the village to Blackstone Town. At first, she was just a maid in a tavern, doing some work serving drinks and food. Until Wu Heng appeared, he found the true meaning by providing intelligence to save the children in the city. After Wu Heng left, she was unwilling to continue being a maid, so she went to a cult with level 18 professionals to get information. As expected, he was discovered by the cult. Penny picked up the information in her hand and angrily denounced the cult and the bewitched villagers. She resolutely walked into the fire and was engulfed by the flames. Glenda''s writing skills are very good, Wu Heng inquired about information, and Beni directly pointed out the identity of the suspect, showing strong insight. Later, he learned that he had indirectly rescued the children in the city and was kind-hearted. As I write this, Beni Taverns identity is no longer important, but that he is a smart and kind person. In the end, he went to investigate the level 18 professionals, scolded them angrily, and took the initiative to walk into the fire. He was upright and strong in his heart. Even professionals cannot do it. An article with more than 2,000 words seems to really let people see a girl with a bad background, but an upright person, walking into the fire. The story is exciting, but a little depressing. Wu Heng glanced at Beni in the distance. Penny was a little dodgy and whispered: "It''s not Mrs. Glenda''s fault. I took the initiative to tell her." Wu Heng smiled, "The story is quite exciting, but the ending is a bit too depressing. Are you afraid that people will overthrow the island master''s mansion?" Glenda said: "No way!" "I feel guilty for not saving Beni. If you write it out, I''m afraid I will lose more than half of the reputation I accumulated some time ago." As your reputation increases, it will not decrease. But reputation is hard to say. "There is an ending. The ending is that you went out and summoned her into a ghost, killed the cult, and avenged the villagers and Penny." Glenda said. "Then why don''t you write?" "Let you see first." Glenda said with a smile. "Then fill it in, and then we''ll explain it to the skeleton and print it out tonight." "Okay!" Glenda wrote the end. Wu Heng took Ghost and went to the warehouse of the printing press. The next day, early morning. Early on, some people gathered around the intersection, sitting on the roadside or walking back and forth aimlessly. When the newspaper seller came over. The crowd rushed forward and rushed to buy newspapers. The bard Saban squeezed out of the crowd after grabbing the newspaper. He frowned at the nicks and teeth marks on the pancake, turned around and cursed: "Whoever bites my pancake won''t buy it himself." After saying that, he walked aside angrily, chewed the remaining cake, and started reading the contents of the newspaper. The agreement with the tavern was that after the newspaper came out, he would go to the tavern to read the newspaper as soon as possible. Of course, you have to preview it yourself in advance and have a rough impression in your mind. After reading the news about the surrounding kingdom cities, my eyes fell on the story serialized in the corner. Blushing Maid Penny? Erotic story? Not a great detective story. What''s going on? Everyone on the island is waiting to find the murderer. Are you going to stop serializing? He frowned and read on, his brows slightly furrowed along with the story. There was a feeling of resentment in my heart. He didn''t know if not reading the great detective story would cause dissatisfaction among the drinkers, but he knew that this story was equally exciting. From his perspective as a bard. The category is different, but no worse than The Great Detective. After compiling his mood, Saban put away the newspaper and walked quickly towards the tavern. Dong dong dong~! Wu Heng was sitting in the study, waiting for the results of the new newspaper, when there was a sudden knock on the door. The sound was clear and crisp, like a branch hitting the door. Wu Heng frowned. If it is a maid, she will ask if she is there after knocking on the door. If she is not there, she will not come in. I kept knocking on the door today, but no one said anything. Confused, he opened the door. Then he saw an alchemy skeleton with six arms. The two arms at the bottom each held a bottle of medicine and handed it over directly. Wu Heng frowned and looked over with speculation in his mind. [Powerful Strengthening Potion]. The two bottles of potion have the same name. "Level 3 corpse core potion?" Wu Heng looked at the skeleton and felt happy for a moment. The alchemy skeleton nodded slightly to confirm. How long has this potion been used for? Wu Heng thought that this potion could not be refined. Unexpectedly, this time brought me a surprise. Wu Heng happily took it in his hand, and then asked: "Continue to refine other corpse cores when you go back. If you are missing any materials, tell me in time." The alchemy skeleton saluted directly, turned and walked towards the alchemy room upstairs. Wu Heng closed the door again. Look at the potion in front of you. After thinking for a moment, he opened the door and shouted, "Minnie!" "What''s wrong, Master?" Minnie''s voice came up from downstairs. "If there''s nothing else, come up here." There were hurried footsteps in the stairwell, and Minnie, dressed in a maid skirt, ran up in small steps. Holding a plate of cut fruits in his hand, he asked curiously: "Master, what are your orders?" Wu Heng glanced at the potion. Say directly, "I''m going to take a new type of potion later. Please help me keep an eye on it. If there are any problems, remember to use the antidote potion and healing scroll for me." Concern appeared in Minnie''s eyes. "Is it your strengthening potion?" "Yes, the enhanced version." Minnie said: "Let me try it for you. If there is no danger, you can take it again." Wu Heng smiled and rubbed her head, "I have a good constitution and nothing will happen to me." Minnie nodded. Wu Heng took out some potions and scrolls. Take a deep breath, open the potion, and drink it. (End of chapter) Chapter 597 , **** outer nail Chapter 597, Horny Armor Beacon Street. Bard Saban quickened his pace and rushed to the Golden Sail Tavern. Even after reading the newspaper once, rush over immediately. A lot of people gathered outside the tavern. When they saw Saban coming, they moved out of the way and said, "Mr. Saban, I''m waiting for you." "The newspapers have been brought over, let''s start right away." Saban smiled and greeted familiar faces. Quickly cross the cleared road and enter the tavern. He passed through the seats of the drinkers, climbed onto the wooden platform, took out the newspaper and spread it out in front of him, and said, "Everyone, let''s read the intelligence from various places first." The drinkers fell silent for a moment before Saban began to speak. The island owner''s mansion, study room. Wu Heng took the potion. A burning sting flowed down his throat and into his abdomen. Then, this burning tingling sensation spread all over the body in an instant. It was as if countless insects were crawling into his blood vessels and scurrying around. Sweat covered his body and his body began to tremble. Minnie knew the potion had side effects. But he was also startled, walked over quickly, and let him lean into his arms. Keep an antidote in your hand and take it if it continues to get worse. Wu Heng still gritted his teeth and persisted, his bones cracking and his muscles seemed to be torn and reorganized. But it did not continue to worsen, and the side effects were gradually weakening. At this time, a system prompt appears in your ear. [Physique +3, Strength +4, Agility +2. Immediately afterwards, a sense of power filled the whole body. Wu Heng was delighted. The effect of the third-level potion is so strong, and the attributes are increased so much. "Master, are you okay?" Minnie asked worriedly. Wu Heng sat up and said, "It''s okay, much better." Minnie stood up, picked up a towel and wiped the sweat from his forehead and neck. Wu Heng focused on the prompt just now. A total of 9 attributes have been added. In terms of attributes that have been improved by level, it has been upgraded by more than two levels. Its already quite a lot. However, it is somewhat of a pity that the superpower has not been awakened. Minnie wiped his sweat and went to pour a glass of water. Wu Heng sat aside and rested for a while. Chatting with Minnie also made the physical side effects completely disappear. After waiting for a while, when it felt almost the same, he continued to pick up the second bottle of potion, opened it and drank it directly. Severe pain struck again. Even though he had experienced it once, it still made his body tense and he began to tremble uncontrollably. Minnie held him gently, waiting for the side effects to end. [Physique +3, Strength +3, Agility +2, Perception +2.] [Unlocked features: **** outer armor. Features appear. The prompts from the system dispersed the pain caused by the side effects. Wiped away the sweat. Opened the properties panel and took a look. [Attributes: Strength 48, Agility 35, Constitution 53, Intelligence 50, Perception 31, Charisma 32.] [Features: **** outer armor. [Hornous Outer Armor]: Thick **** armor is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. The changes in attributes are quite large. Because it is a strengthening potion, that is, a strength potion, the main attributes that are increased are physical fitness, strength and agility. Now, the physical constitution has been increased to 53 points, becoming the highest among all attributes. Physical fitness is no less important than intelligence. In addition to enhancing resistance to toxins, negative effects, and abnormal conditions, there is also the physical burden of excessive spellcasting and the side effects of using strange objects. All are affected by physical fitness. The higher your constitution, the more you can mitigate the effects of these states. Moreover, the number of times Wu Heng used strange objects was gradually increasing. Physical fitness also needs to be improved. Intelligence has not changed, it is still 50 points. The strength is 48 points and the agility is 35 points, which is not much worse than the melee profession. Then, Wu Heng focused on the [Hornous Outer Armor]. This ability has appeared in deformed zombies, which is to form a layer of black **** on the surface of the body. It can greatly increase the skin''s defense. Wu Heng immediately looked at his hands, which were still ordinary skin. Then he stood up and began to take off his shirt, exposing his shoulders and chest. Minnie whispered, "Master, what are you doing!" Wu Heng asked: "Minnie, my skin hasn''t changed at all, right?" "It seems to have turned white, and it''s slippery a lot." Minnie said with a smile. Wu Heng nodded, it seemed that it did not appear directly on his body. A thought came to my mind. Black horniness appeared on both hands and quickly spread to the top of the arms. It''s like wearing a pair of long black gloves. Controlling it in his mind, the horniness on his arms quickly disappeared and reappeared on his chest. Wu Heng''s eyes lit up. Unlike the fixed horns on zombies, your own can be controlled. "Master, are you okay?" Minnie looked at the black horn on her chest and asked carefully. "It''s okay, newly awakened powers." Wu Heng explained. "Wow, the master is so awesome." Minnie cheered. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Just support me. Come on, let''s go downstairs and try out the effects of the new power." "Okay!" Minnie nodded. The two of them went out together and walked downstairs. After Saban finished telling the information in the newspaper, he drank tea to moisten his throat. There will be two or three minutes in between for the bard to recover his condition and prepare for the subsequent serialized story. The drinkers also started chatting. "I heard that people who plan to become coroners buy newspapers to learn reasoning and analysis of corpses. It is almost becoming a professional manual." One person said after taking a sip of wine. "Not only that, the patrol team is also copying the reasoning experience above. Now on patrol, a pair of eyes will look at your clothes and palms. Staring at people is like staring at a naked woman." The drinker at the same table followed. Another person continued, "I think the biggest impact is on the pubs. Pubs on the island are very popular now. They have never been as lively as they are now, and there is still a lot of competition for spots." "The owner of the island is really powerful. One newspaper has changed the island so much that the wine industry has probably doubled several times." "I hope today''s story will be more exciting." For most islanders, the information from surrounding countries is just fun to hear and they don''t care much about it. The main reason I come here is to listen to the great detective story. While everyone was talking. Saban the Bard stepped onto the high platform and raised his hand to release two positive effects for himself. Hold your head high and be confident. As soon as people came on stage, there was an instant silence below. Saban glanced at the crowd, recalling the story of the short film he had just watched in his mind. The feeling of resentment rose in my heart again. He took a deep breath and took the lead in saluting, "Everyone, today''s newspaper does not have a serialized detective story, but a short story where you can directly hear the ending. It is equally exciting. Let me tell you about it." Wow~! "Not a great detective story?" "Why did you change the story? Did you change the writer?" "I just came to hear about the great detective. I really want to hear other stories." "Is anyone going to the city hall? Let''s go together and ask what it means." The tavern seemed to be boiling, and there were shouts and shouts. Saban ignored it. With the amplification of skills, the sound reaches everyone''s ears. "Benny, my parents passed away when I was young. My only brother left the village with a passing business group. Once he left, he never came back." "When I was twelve years old, I went to the city with the villagers to sell furs. Because I was good-looking and obedient and diligent, I became a maid in a tavern in the city." "When I reached the age of nineteen, I had already worked in the tavern for seven years, laughing and playing with the guests, showing off my coquettishness, and I was able to survive and live an ordinary life." As Saban spoke, the drinkers'' chatter gradually became quieter and their brows furrowed. The story of a tavern maid? Being a tavern maid is really not a good profession in today''s society, especially the maids of Treasure Island, who are more open-minded in their behavior. What''s there to say? Why take the story of the great detective and write a story about a tavern maid? Then, the second character begins to appear in the story. Suddenly one day, a strangely dressed drinker entered the tavern. He had long white hair and black hair, as if he was wearing a black top hat. Penny could tell at a glance that the other party was definitely not a local. When Saban said this, his tone paused for a moment. "It''s the island owner!" someone exclaimed. (End of chapter) Chapter 598 , my heart feels uncomfortable Chapter 598, I feel sad The rest of the people also reacted, and Danfan entered the room with black hair and black eyes. Its the island owner Im talking about. Its not too different from the Great Detective Story. Now, people are starting to become interested. The island owner Wu Heng also appeared. That said, this is still a true story. The Great Detective story begins from Watsons perspective, this time its Penny. But what happened to the island owner and the maid in a remote place? "It must be the island owner, it should be one of the experiences." "Maybe he is the lover of the island owner. When I was young, I grew up with the help of Ofili in the tavern." "If it''s this kind of story, I really want to hear it." "Stop talking, I want to hear this story." Heroes and heroes appear, and the story becomes easier to understand. Seeing that it was his first time here, Beni recommended him a drink with a milder taste. Wu Heng invited her to sit down and asked if she had met any outsiders from the Yeke Kingdom with a southern accent. After thinking about it, Beni revealed the clues about the person she met. "Asking for clues, or a detective story." "Looking for an outsider with a southern accent, he should be a fugitive." Everyone whispered, and their minds began to follow the story. After getting the information, Wu Heng left. Based on the information provided by Beni, he found the criminal hiding in the city, killed him, and rescued the missing child. In the pub, the two met for the second time. Wu Heng sent her a commission from the bounty, told her about the rescue, and expressed his gratitude to the parents of the children. When Beni heard that she had rescued the missing children, she also smiled. Wu Heng left, and Beni looked at his back for a long time. Later, Wu Heng came to say goodbye to Beni. Beini was a little reluctant to leave and wanted to leave with the other party, but she felt inferior because of her status and did not say anything. The next day, she stood behind the crowd and watched Wu Heng board the train and go to other cities. The two seemed to have no connection at all. One became the captain and the other continued to work in the tavern. Everyone frowned. Not a love story, not a detective story. In the beginning, the case was solved too smoothly. After getting the information, the target was killed directly. It was not as exciting as a great detective story at all. Just when everyone thought the story was over. When Im about to curse the story as rubbish. Sabans story is still going on. As soon as the words changed, he began to introduce a sect. "The Destiny Cult is a wanted cult by the association. The leader is above level 18 and there are many level 15 masters in the cult. They go to the northern part of the kingdom to preach their doctrines and recruit followers." But the association and the local area did not get the news. Penny heard some news about the cult in the tavern and went to the association, intending to explore the information in exchange for the identity of a Whisperer. Heading to Treasure Island. Bang~! A drinker''s glass fell to the ground, and the drink splattered everywhere. Does the story mean that an ordinary person went to inquire about a cult with level 18 professionals? Is this possible? Moreover, even if intelligence is collected, such a small place does not have the ability to fight against this sect. It seems to be verifying everyone''s suspicions. When Penny was delivering a letter, she was discovered by the sect and surrounded in the house. Faced with ridicule and rebuke from sect members. From being fearful and cowardly, Penny gradually became firm and strong, angrily cursing the 18th-level leader and all the church members who killed villagers. The leader was angry, and the followers were also extremely angry. When he planned to capture her and execute her. Penny knocked over the lamp and walked slowly into the fire. Standing in the scorching flames, he still said, the wronged souls of the villagers will be waiting for you, and Wu Heng will come back to avenge me and the villagers. The fire became more intense and engulfed the figure. There was silence in the audience. In the corner of the tavern, the sobbing of the tavern maids could be heard faintly. "Damn cult, I really want to tear them apart." "What does the association do? Let such an ordinary person investigate level 18 professionals and let ordinary people act as informants." "What a shame for such a good girl." "Where is the island owner? The newspapers have published it, but he has done nothing? Even if he goes to avenge the other party, it will be fine." "How can we kill a level 18 cult and it''s not near Treasure Island?" "My heart is so sad. Today''s story is so sad." The drinkers clenched their fists and cursed in low voices. The growing crying around them made the atmosphere in the tavern even more depressing. No one expected it to be this kind of story. A maid in a tavern actually did something that most people wouldn''t dare to do. Saban exhaled a sigh of relief in his chest before continuing to read the last ending, "Benny''s relatives were nowhere to be found, so the local association wrote to Treasure Island..." The crying stopped and the drinkers fell silent. They all looked at the stage. Looking forward to a better ending. "The owner of Wuheng Island went to the local area and cast a spell to awaken Beni''s ghost. Beni told all the information he found out." "Wu Heng contacted the local association to encircle and suppress the cult and kill them all." "Avenge Beni and the villagers in the three surrounding villages." Huh~! Everyone breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that this is a good ending. At least Beni followed Wu Heng as she wished, and all the cultists were killed. The tavern became lively again. On the stage, Saban''s eyes narrowed, an aura rose from his body, and he had a deeper understanding of the profession of bard in his mind. "Mr. Saban, what''s wrong with you?" the bartender asked quietly. Saban swallowed and whispered, "I''m level ten." association. Sheila Gui came back from performing a mission outside. He glanced at his sister and said, "A new newspaper has been distributed? Has the murderer appeared?" Shi Yali handed over the newspaper on the table, "Today is not a detective story, it is about Wu Heng and a tavern maid." "Tavern maid? He can''t, right?" Sheela asked while taking off her armor. "Read for yourself the following story." Silla looked over curiously and raised her eyebrows. Penny! A maid in a tavern. "It turns out that he went out a few days ago to do this." Sheila Gui sat down on the chair. Shi Yali asked curiously: "Aren''t you jealous?" "Isn''t this pretty good, an upright necromancer." Sheela Gui said something, then reacted, "Why should I be jealous?" The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng was in the courtyard, testing out his new characteristics. The effect is very good, the defense is equivalent to the effect of two pieces of leather armor, which is already very good. To a great extent, it increases your own security. He also did not expect that the research and development of the third-level potion would be completed today. Of course, this is also a good thing. As long as it is developed, the subsequent production will be like an assembly line and will be smoother. Thinking in his mind, he opened the panel. His eyes were frozen. [Level: Level 18 (257831/305000)] [Fame: Level 18 (48552/48000)] Fame exceeds the limit of quantity. This does not refer to the increased fame this time around. Instead, Wrentam City publishes a newspaper, and the current issue of the newspaper is a common increment. The last time he went to Luntam City, his reputation had reached thirty-three thousand. So far, Wrentam City''s newspaper has published two issues, which is when the story became popular. Exceeding the limit value is also normal. "The reputation value has passed, nothing has changed." After analysis, it seems that the reputation is enough, but the experience value of the level has not reached the requirements. Fortunately, the reputation points are still accumulating, and there is no reason why they will not be counted. He turned around and said, "Minnie, I''m going back to the room. You can play." "Don''t you need me to take care of you?" Minnie asked. "I won''t take the potion anymore. I''ll call you if something happens." "Okay, Master." Minnie agreed and headed to the orchard with the other two maids. Wu Heng returned to the study. The three ghosts arranged to go out also returned from outside and were floating in the room. "How is the effect of the story?" Wu Heng asked. Even if I can''t attribute all my fame to this newspaper. But it can also be seen that the effect is still good. "It''s so good!" Xiaoxiao flew over excitedly and said, "Sister Beni is now famous, and almost everyone on the island will know her." Glenda''s tone was calmer, and she said: "At the beginning, I heard that it was not a great detective story, and those people were quite resistant. But when they heard the story, the evaluation was pretty good." "Yeah, yeah, when I heard sister Beni being engulfed by the fire, there was a lot of crying in the tavern." Xiaoxiao interjected immediately. It seems like the story is working really well. Being able to arouse readers'' emotions proves to be successful. Penny''s story has been changed a bit. Blackstone Town was not mentioned, and the Destiny Sect was also changed to the Tianling Sect. Although it is unlikely that the newspaper will reach the ears of the remnants of the Destiny Sect, we should be careful. Changing the name will have no impact on the entire story. Wu Heng looked at Beni and asked: "Beni, how do you feel?" "I don''t feel anything. It''s just Mrs. Glenda who wrote about me so greatly. If I knew it was so dangerous, I wouldn''t have gone." Penny said with a smile. Penny worked in the tavern for several years. Not so shy, and even willing to give Wu Heng a place in the newspaper and publish her story. There is a feeling of being taken care of. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "The story of the great detective will continue to be serialized in the next issue. We still need to rely on him to collect fame." "The next issue can be released two days in advance." Granda said. "Okay." (End of chapter) Chapter 599 , Torrent of the Dead (an update today.) Chapter 599, Torrent of the Undead (Updated today.) Night. Wu Heng lay on the bed, thinking about today''s events in his mind. First, the third-level pharmaceutical was successfully developed. His attributes have been greatly improved. This means that the subsequent third-level potions will be produced like an assembly line, and their attributes will increase significantly. He even said that his level was not high enough, but his attributes would be close to those of a hero. The second thing is the matter of reputation. Wu Heng put his arms behind his head, "The reputation is enough, but the experience points are not enough." The distribution of newspapers has greatly accelerated the collection of one''s own reputation. Imiro works as a deacon on the island and is a prince of the elves, so he may not be able to collect fame as quickly as he does. "The rest is to improve my experience and help Beni improve her level." Gaining experience points is not a difficult thing for Wu Heng. The zombie world is enough for you to accumulate experience. It''s just a matter of time. "The reputation of level 19 may be more. Treasure Island has been squeezed out by itself, and it still needs to be spread to the outside world." "If we can cooperate with the association headquarters, we can distribute newspapers to various places from the headquarters..." "No, that would be too public. There must be many professionals above level 18 in this department, so I''m afraid many people will be watching." "You can''t add any more enemies to yourself." "It''s better to keep a low profile first. We have potions and a zombie world. Sooner or later we will find a hero." "Can''t be too hasty." After Wu Heng thought about it, he also determined his short-term direction. Turn over and close your eyes to sleep. The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate and picked up the walkie-talkie to call Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in with a pile of information. "The craftsmanship gathered from Qiangzi." The information is the stab-proof clothing mentioned last time. Wu Heng took it and put it in the space ring, then asked: "How are the Russian survivors?" "The people have been rescued, and we are sorting out the information there, as well as a lot of equipment over there. We will see if it can be shipped over. If not, we may have to build a base." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s best to transport them here. We can''t build so many bases." There are not many survivors, so establishing so many bases and transporting food and supplies has become a burden. It is still necessary to bring the population together. "I''ll talk to sister Yahong when I get there." Qi Hancai nodded. "Is there anything else?" Wu Heng asked. "No more!" Wu Heng then asked, "Are there any places in Yangtong City that have not been cleaned up? Let''s go and clean up the zombies." Qi Hancai said: "The surrounding area has not been cleaned up. I will ask the convoy to come over and we will set off later." "good!" Soon, the motorcade gathered at the door. Wu Heng boarded the truck and, escorted by the skeleton army, headed to the area that had not been cleared. Ibatu District. The densely packed corpses were like a tide, running towards this side crazily. Huhuhu~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded from overhead, and several skeletal flying dragons quickly passed by, facing the group of corpses in the distance. The magazine in the chest and abdomen opened, and a dense rain of iron crashed into the corpses, setting off a large cloud of smoke. After two rounds of bombing. The group of corpses was instantly gone. The remaining zombies continue to rush towards this side. The mutilated limbs dragged on the ground, leaving disgusting traces. "Benny, let Glenda imprison one for you later, and you try to devour one first." Wu Heng said from the side. Beni''s level was only level 2. Wu Heng was a little worried and released her, only to be absorbed by other ghosts. It will really be over by then. Glenda said: "It''s not difficult, those are just some remnant souls, without reason and not of high level." Xiaoxiao also comforted you, "If you are in danger, aunt and I will go rescue you." "Thank you, I will try my best." Penny nodded. The group of corpses was getting closer and closer, Wu Heng ordered to the side, "Turn on the strong light flashlight." The skeleton arranged on the roof of one side of the building turned on the flashlight tied with the [Soul Capturing Jade], and a magic circle instantly covered the area in front of the spear formation. Immediately afterwards, the group of corpses crashed into the spear array. Roaring, tearing, spears piercing the body. The zombies that rushed up fell down in batches, and their remaining souls floated into the sky. Glenda flew over and controlled a ghost, "This will do." Penny nodded and flew over directly. The two ghosts entangled together and began to pull away and merge with each other. [The ghost is upgraded to level 3, agility +1, perception +1.] The system prompt appears and Beni completes the absorption. "How about it?" Penny said: "It doesn''t seem difficult." Wu Heng nodded, "Glenda, let her absorb a few more." Glenda nodded, controlled the floating remnant soul, and asked Penny to absorb it. [The ghost is upgraded to level 4, intelligence +1, perception +1.] [The ghost has been upgraded to level 5. After reaching level five. Glenda did not continue to control the remnant soul. Penny also rushed directly into the group of remnant souls and began to devour them. As one by one is absorbed. Although the improvement is slow, it keeps happening. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 6. . [The ghost has been upgraded to level 8, constitution +1, intelligence +1.] A large area of ??remnant souls was swallowed up. Penny''s level has been raised all the way to level 8. As long as a ghost is devoured by a ghost, it will level up much faster than a normal professional. Beni flew back and Wu Heng said: "Keranmu, move forward with the skeleton and kill the remaining zombies." Kerimu, who was by his side, walked to the front of the queue. Kill a crawling zombie that has lost its legs, and advance forward with a skeleton spear formation. Kill the remaining zombies that are slow or out of action. "How do you feel?" Wu Heng asked. Penny circled in mid-air, "It''s okay, thank you Wu Heng, thank you Mrs. Glenda, little miss." Glenda and Xiaoxiao both smiled and nodded. Wu Heng said: "If you do it a few more times, the level will come up. Don''t worry." "It''s up to you!" Penny smiled. Raising Beni''s level is also part of the plan. Level 2 is really too low. Wu Heng was afraid that one day she would go out and be discovered by a class with high perception and kill her using some trick. Therefore, it is still necessary to improve the level as soon as possible. Xiaoxiao flew into the air and glanced at the skeletons advancing along the road. Asked: "Uncle, why didn''t you summon that shining knight of yours?" "Don''t rush to summon it now, let''s see if we can raise Kerimu''s level to level 18 first." "Oh! But I still feel that Light Knight is more handsome than Keranmu." Xiaoxiao said. "It''s no use being handsome, the main thing is practicality." "That''s not even as handsome as a knight." Wu Heng shrugged, "When Kerimu comes back, I will tell him that you said bad things about him." "Uncle, you created them. You don''t understand these things." Xiaoxiao told him seriously. Forehead. Wu Heng was stunned, and Xiao Xiao became smarter. Xiaoxiao was no longer talking to him. He heard Glenda telling Penny about the remnant souls, so he followed him over and imparted some experience. Wu Heng opened his experience points and took a look. [Level: Level 18 (295713/305000)] Almost 40,000 experience points were added. There are about 10,000 left. There isn''t much left. Even if you don''t kill the zombies on your side, you can wait for the two skeleton armies to attack and continue fighting to kill the zombies. You can almost upgrade yourself. After standing aside and waiting for a while, the battle ahead was coming to an end. "Clean the battlefield!" Wu Heng ordered. The skeletons instantly dispersed and began to identify the corpses and move them to different locations. Wu Heng transformed the evolved skeletons and deformed skeletons individually. After putting away the corpse cores, he continued to release a large-scale [dead corpse battlefield]. Large pieces of white bones stood up slowly and joined the queue. "Qi Hancai, take someone to check the surroundings." Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said. "receive!" The convoy came from behind. Start searching the shops along the way. This is also a rough search, marking some special shops and buildings. Wait for more convoys to arrive the next day, and then search for items carefully. Survivors, move some important items onto the truck. Thats almost it. Qi Hancai walked back and said, "You can go back now. I will bring someone over tomorrow and search it carefully." Wu Heng nodded and got into the truck with the skeleton. The convoy began to adjust its position, surrounded by an army of skeletons. Start returning. After returning all the way to the military factory, Qi Hancai went to contact Li Yahong. Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. the next day. Wu Heng arrived at the association by carriage early in the morning. Standing in front of the deacon''s study, he lightly knocked on the door and walked in. In the room, Sheila Gui was sitting behind the desk, and her assistant Shi Yali was cutting out the story part of the newspaper with scissors. "Looking for me?" Wu Heng asked. Yesterday, Xila Gui arranged for someone to go to the island owner''s mansion to find him. No one was there at the time, and it was dusk when we returned to Treasure Island. Just came here today. Sheila Gui nodded, "There is a reward sent from the headquarters. It should be your reward for killing the Destiny Cult. At the same time, a record of annihilating the cult will be recorded on the file, as well as a first-level meritorious service." Calculating the time, the reward should indeed come. It took a lot of time to return from Blackstone Town. "What reward?" Wu Heng was looking forward to it. "Skill book." Xilagui took out a skill book, put it on the table and pushed it over. It is not an accessory for the Hundred Soldiers Robe. This is probably intentional. Its a set, why dont you give out the set accessories first? Thinking in his mind, his eyes still fell on the skill book. [Torrent of the Dead] (Description: You will trigger the undead power in the area under your feet to form a torrent of energy. The undead creatures in the area will be ''enhanced'', and the living creatures will be eroded by the undead power, causing physical and mental damage.) Seeing the description in the skill book, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. From a description point of view, the effect of the skill is still very good. A range-based skill, the undead creatures in the area are enhanced and the undead are corroded. For me, it is indeed a relatively good skill. Especially now that I have so many skeletons, the effect will definitely be better. "Thank you." Wu Heng put the skill book away and continued, "Can you work out a reward? I still have one piece missing from the last suit." Sheila Gui thought for a moment, "I don''t know about this either. Next time you report your meritorious service, just write a letter and I will send it to you." "Okay, I''ll write it down first next time and give it to the best I can. If I don''t give it, forget it." Wu Heng said. Anyway, they are all first-level rewards, and the rewards issued by the headquarters should also be based on the occupation and characteristics of the user. If you ask for something by name, there is a high chance it will be given. Finished talking about serious matters. Shi Yali came out from behind, sat next to her sister, and looked at him with her chin raised, "The cult in this story is the one you went out to kill last time?" Wu Heng didn''t hide it, "Yes, the name has been changed in the story, so it won''t attract the other party''s attention." Sheela asked, "So, Penny''s story is also true?" "real." "What now? How is Penny?" Sheela asked. Wu Heng looked at each other, and both sisters stared with big eyes, waiting for the result. "She has become my ghost. The reward last time was not to awaken the spirit. I used skills to awaken her." Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said it truthfully. Of the three ghosts of her own, Sheela Gui knew two. One is Xiaoxiao. Last time a mage who looked like Gandalf came to the island and directly asked about the little ghost. Sheila Gui was present as the deputy deacon. Penny''s story was in the newspaper, and she knew her skills. You can pretty much guess it. "Benny''s story spread quickly on the island, and it is also a positive publicity for the association." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said: "Shi Yali, write a notice to commend Miss Benny for her efforts. The local archives will record Assist first-class meritorious service. "Okay!" Shi Yali nodded. Wu Heng was also a little surprised by this decision. But for Beni, it might also be a good thing. "Thank you on Penny''s behalf." "She deserves it." Sheila Gui said, and then asked: "Will the next issue be a detective story?" Wu Heng smiled and said, "Yes, don''t worry." Chatted with the sisters for a while. Wu Heng also walked out of the association. Although I didn''t get the set accessories I wanted, the skill book is really good. Try it yourself when you get a chance and see how the skill works. Calling a carriage at the door, Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. He sat on the stone chair and thought for a while. He stood up again and said hello to Minnie. In the open space in the courtyard, put on the [Conductor''s Hat] and board the train. Head to Lopez City. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. Footsteps sounded, and the elf beauty in a slim-fitting dress, Leitili, opened the door and walked in. He glanced at the figure sitting on the sofa. I identified it carefully. "Guest? Is it you?" Leitili asked carefully. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Miss Leitili, I''ll return the cloak." This time I came here to return the [Shielding Cloak]. I promised to return it to him last time, and half a month passed in a blink of an eye. Wu Heng is wearing the [Faceless Man Skin], and his face is that of a fisherman. Leitili immediately smiled and said, "Are you wearing a mask? I don''t even dare to recognize you." Wu Heng nodded, pushed the folded cloak on the table to the opposite side, "This is the cloak." Leitili opened the door and gave a few instructions. Two middle-aged male personnel came in and began to conduct an inspection in front of Wu Heng and Lei Dili. Wu Heng didn''t say much, and it was good to do so. To avoid any trouble later. The staff examined the cloak. Leitili, on the other hand, quietly observed the other party with her eyes. Male, with good temperament and good body proportions. The wrists exposed under the sleeves definitely indicate that he is not very old. Which family''s prince and young master? Soon, the staff completed the inspection and said, "No problem." "Take it out, register it and put it away!" Leitili said. "Yes." The two nodded and left with their cloaks. There were two people left in the room again, and Wu Heng asked, "How is the body collection going?" "We have collected some, please wait a moment." Leitili opened the door again and explained. The door opened and four coffins were carried in. "They are all level 15 corpses, one alchemist, one shipbuilder, and two blacksmiths." Retili said. Wu Heng nodded and put the body away directly. Then he said, "For a new commission, add the corpse of a mage. It only needs to be level 5 or above. There is no limit to the number." Leitili''s eyes narrowed and she took a curious look. Treasure Island, Harbor. A giant cargo ship slowly docked at the port. An old man wearing a mage''s robe and two burly attendants slowly landed on the island. "Mr. Virgil, do you want to go directly to the association?" an attendant asked. The old mage looked around and said, "No hurry, let''s go to the tavern first." (End of chapter) Chapter 600 , how did he do it Chapter 600, how did he do it? "If it''s only level five or above, it shouldn''t be difficult." In the room, Leitili crossed her arms on her chest and said softly. Wu Heng looked at her appearance and asked: "From your tone, it''s harder than collecting civilian corpses?" With her sapphire eyes, Leitili raised her eyes to look at him and said with a smile, "Literacy, intelligence, and long-term research, each of which can eliminate a group of people. Not everyone is qualified to be a mage." It''s different from games. Mages in this world are not a common profession. Even if a job transfer scroll were circulated, there would be very few people who would choose it. The first point is literacy, having a certain understanding of many professional terms and magic terms. Not only my own understanding, but also more needs to be taught by a teacher. Otherwise, you cant even read the skill book. Then there is the financial situation of the family. But not everyone has time to delve into magic without considering the cost of living. Of course, Wu Heng also heard that the other party''s words meant to flatter him. She guessed that she was a mage. He also praised the magician''s power in his words. "Write an order and try to collect as much as possible." Wu Heng said lightly. "Okay." Leitili nodded and bent down to fill out the order form, revealing part of her white collar. Then he said casually, "There has been some chaos in the surrounding countries recently, maybe there will be some unexpected gains." "Yeah." Wu Heng didn''t say much. Even if he needed a corpse, he actually didn''t want to cause chaos in any country. This can be seen from the situation in Blackstone Town. The country is in chaos, and ordinary residents are not having a good time either. The Destiny Sect, which was established not long ago, has killed so many people. After filling out the order form, Leitili opened the door and handed it to the staff outside. Wu Heng had no plans to stay any longer. Standing up, "I''m going back first, and I''ll come back next time." "I''ll see you off!" Leitili stepped forward and held the other person''s arm affectionately. Wu Heng paused as he walked out. Leitili also stopped, a little self-doubt flashing in her eyes, "I''m sorry, I..." Wu Heng glanced at her and naturally put his arms around her waist, feeling smooth and tender, "Aren''t you afraid that I am an old man?" A smile appeared on Retili''s face again, "You can''t be an old man." "So sure?" Wu Heng was curious. Leitili sounded confident, "A woman''s intuition, and I''m always very accurate." The two of them walked along the corridor and when they approached the hall, they were about to walk out. Only then did they create some distance. Leitili still had to maintain her image. Send Wu Heng out of the door and wave goodbye. Treasure Island. Virgil was walking on the street with his attendants, also observing the island. There was an endless stream of bustling crowds, workers in brown short shirts carrying items, businessmen in straight gowns with elegant steps, and ladies in gorgeous long skirts with hat feathers fluttering in the wind, out for shopping. The vendors were hawking their goods hard, and the flower girls were selling the flowers in the baskets. A lively and prosperous island. The three of them, Virgil, all looked a little strange. Before coming here, I specifically checked the information about this island. It was an island built based on pirates. Even later, Wu Heng will be the island leader. But not for long. Now it doesn''t look like a pirate island, but more like a prosperous royal city of a country. After walking a few more steps, a shout came from ahead. "Newspaper, 65 coppers each, information about surrounding kingdoms, Miss Penny''s story." "Don''t buy it if you can''t read. Go to the tavern and listen to the bard read what''s on it." "Miss, I sell newspapers, please don''t put your hands on my butt, it is not included in the service sold." Looking up, I saw the newspaper seller stepping on the edge of the flower bed, waving the newspaper in his hand. Dont forget to lower your head and talk to the people around you. "Go buy a copy and let''s take a look," the mage ''Virgil'' said to the side. The accompanying attendants came forward. I squeezed into the crowd and bought a newspaper. He walked back quickly and said, "The sixth issue has been published. The story is about a tavern maid." Virgil took the newspaper and scanned it quickly. Then I saw the title of the story below. "Blooming Maid Penny". It''s actually not Wu Heng''s own story. Newspaper stories, just for sales? He quickly glanced at the content above, then put the space ring away, "Let''s go, let''s go to the tavern first." Golden Sail Tavern. Entering the tavern, the bard''s voice came over. "When I turned nineteen, I had already worked in the tavern for seven years, and... my life was ordinary." "Suddenly one day, a drunkard dressed strangely entered the tavern. He had long white hair and black hair, as if he was wearing a black top hat." The bartender came over and said slightly apologetically, "Guests, the house is full." Virgil nodded, "Let''s go, let''s find another one." Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. "The next day, Wu Heng sent a bounty to Beni and told about rescuing the children in the city..." the bard looked at the newspaper and said. "Guest, the private room is also full. You can go visit other people''s houses." The bartender said. The three of them went out again, looking for the next home. Red Bay Tavern. "Benny looked reluctant to leave, but she still didn''t have the courage to walk up..." The three of them glanced at the full tavern. Without waiting for the bartender to come over, he turned around and left. Zuiyue Hotel. A tavern that looks like it was converted from a hotel. "Is there a place?" the attendant asked. The three of them looked at several houses, and their tempers were somewhat aroused. There''s something wrong with this island. There is no such thing as noon, every pub is full. "Yes, please come in, three of you." The bartender immediately cleared a seat. The three of them breathed a sigh of relief. He walked over and sat down. There was someone else at the table, a bearded dwarf. But it doesnt matter, as long as theres an empty table. The three of them ordered some drinks and food, and their eyes fell on the bard on the stage. "Benny went from being frightened and timid to becoming determined. She angrily cursed the 18th-level leader and all the church members who killed villagers." "Benny knocked over the oil lamp and stood in the flames. There was no fear in her voice, only hatred for the cults outside. She shouted: Wu Heng will come back and avenge me and the villagers." "The fire became more intense and completely engulfed the figure." Woohoo~! In the corner, there was a slight cry. Bang~! The bearded dwarf at the same table slapped the table and said angrily: "Is the association eating shit? Why did you send her to investigate the level 18 professionals?" The three mages looked at the angry dwarf. I feel like I''ve been scolded. But when I thought about it carefully, I realized that I was criticizing the local association that arranged for the maid to go out. But there was also some surprise in their eyes. This newspaper is so powerful and can arouse everyone''s emotions. Even after listening to the story, the three of them felt sorry for the maid named ''Benny''. Such a good girl died like this. "How come this island owner came up with such a great idea?" said one of the attendants. Another person said, "Newspapers are not unusual. They are not much different from the stories published by the association. The main thing is that the writers behind him can write the stories in an attractive way." "Could it be that the soul is reincarnated as ''Moffat'' said?" "If that''s true, Moffat would have had reason to take action on the spot. How could he still watch his apprentice being bullied?" Virgil took a sip of his drink and said calmly, "I''m curious about him. I''ll see what kind of person he is then." The dwarf at the same table, after cursing. He sat back in his seat and looked at the three of them for a moment. "When did the replacement happen?" The ghost train appears. Wu Heng took Ka Xiu and got off the train. Returned to the city, called a carriage, and returned to the island owner''s mansion. Sitting on the carriage, passing by the newspaper sales point, I opened a slight gap and looked outside. There were many people surrounding the sales point. In addition to those who buy newspapers, there are also some people who will read them to others after buying them. More and more people gathered. "Why do so many women buy newspapers?" "It''s not the story of this issue. Each of the maids in the tavern bought several copies, saying they wanted to increase the sales of this issue of the newspaper." "Princess, I bought the newspaper. There are many people here, let''s go first." As the carriage passed by, voices came into the carriage. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Minnie helped him take off his coat and hung it aside. Asked softly, "Master, did you have lunch?" Wu Heng felt it and said, "I''m not hungry either. Let''s have dinner together later in the evening!" "Then make more delicious food tonight." Minnie said with a smile. Wu Heng touched her little head and said, "Okay, I''ll listen to you." Sit in the living room and blow on the air conditioner for a while. There was a knock on the courtyard door, and Minnie quickly walked out and opened the door. Then Minnie returned and walked in with the six-armed ''McIntosh''. McIntosh wore a dark gray purple shawl hood, a dark blue dress underneath, gold earrings, and a gold necklace around her neck. Very personal. Entering the living room, McIntosh saluted with three arms on one side, attached to his chest, "Lord of the Island." "Sit down!" Wu Heng said. McIntosh sat down and Minnie brought herbal tea. "Sir, just after noon, three people came to the island. One of them should be a mage, and the other two are attendants. They may be above level 15, or even level 18." McIntosh said his intention directly. (End of chapter) Chapter 601 , all pinyin Chapter 601, all in Pinyin Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, another mage came to the island. It is also suspected that it has reached level 18. Lu An''s master has reached level 18, and this time there is another level 18. "What did they do after they landed on the island?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "After arriving on the island, they went to several taverns one after another, seemingly to listen to the newly released stories, and finally entered the ''Drunken Moon Inn''. The Drunken Moon Inn was originally only a hotel business, but was recently converted into a tavern." "Do you think they are in danger?" McIntosh thought for a moment and said: "At present, there is no way to judge their intentions." "You wait for me first." Wu Heng stood up and walked to the room on one side. Released all three ghosts. Said: "Glenda, a mage and two attendants came to Zuiyue Hotel. They are suspected to be level 18 professionals. Go and see what they are doing. Keep a distance and don''t let them find out." Wizards can easily detect ghosts. Even if you can''t see it, you can still notice it. Keeping a certain distance can still reduce the possibility of being discovered. Use ''spiritual vision'' to track from a distance, and you won''t be afraid of not being able to find the target. "Okay, I''ll go over now." Glenda agreed, turned around and left across the roof. Xiaoxiao also said, "I''ll go take a look too." "Don''t go. It''s easier to be discovered in the past. How about the skill book you translated for your mother?" Wu Heng looked at her. Xiaoxiao immediately became nervous and said, "I''m still writing." "Go and continue writing, and we will send it to your mother tomorrow." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao hesitated to speak, but nodded and flew upstairs, muttering, "The pressure is still so great." Wu Heng continued to look at Beni, "Beni, please help keep an eye on the island master''s mansion. If anyone approaches, please notify me in time." "Okay." Penny also flew out. All three ghosts have completed their work arrangements. Wu Heng returned to the living room, sat down, and said, "I''ve had someone check it out. Is everything going well recently?" McIntosh took a sip of tea and said with a smile, "With you as my backer, everything will go smoothly." After defeating Luan last time. McIntosh also understood the gap between himself and Wu Heng. The other party is younger than himself, and his own strength and level far exceed his own. The initial feeling of reluctance is gone. It even feels like I''m hugging my thigh. "You continue to collect intelligence. If you need anything then, tell me in time and I will help you handle it." Wu Heng said lightly. "Okay!" McIntosh agreed, drank some tea again, stood up and said, "I''m going back first, and I''ll send you news if anything happens." Wu Heng nodded. McIntosh got up and left, and Minnie walked to the door. McIntosh leaves. Wu Heng also stood up and said hello to Minnie. Walked straight upstairs. Go into the study. After waiting for a while, Glenda flew back from outside and said, "It is indeed a level 18 professional. The other two attendants are both level 15." Good guy, there are quite a few level 18s here. Recently on this island, there are 18 level mages one after another. I just dont know what the people who came this time are doing. "What are they doing now?" Wu Heng asked. "We are going to the association. Sheila Gui went out to greet her personally. She should be from the association and her status is not low." Granda said. The level depends on this, even if a level 18 professional does not hold any position. You will also receive certain courtesy. Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. As long as you are a member of the association, you will be much safer. At least it won''t cause any damage. Things must also be done within the rules of the association. Don''t be afraid of what he will do suddenly. When the time comes, Xila Gui will also tell her what the other partys purpose is. "Just the people from the association, you don''t have to keep an eye on them." Wu Heng said. "Um!" dusk. The voice of the maid calling for dinner came from outside the door. After going downstairs, dinner was already placed on the dining table. Several people were eating at the same time. Anderweil said: "Several caravans have signed agreements with the city hall and will order 50,000 copies of newspapers to be sold everywhere." "This is a good thing. They sold it on our behalf." Wu Heng nodded. Andweil smiled and said: "The sales of newspapers are getting better and better, and they may also become an income for the island in the future." "I don''t expect the newspaper to make much money." Wu Heng took a sip of fruit wine and continued, "Find a few caravans and order some paper and ink." "Okay." Anderweil nodded. Had dinner together. The maids go to the training room to train. Wu Heng also went upstairs again. In the study room. Sit aside and rest for a while. He took out the skill book he got today and opened it in front of the table. The name is [Undead Torrent], a spell that induces undead energy. Within the range of the spell, the undead units will be amplified. Here, the units are amplified. Even the enemy''s undead units will be amplified. The living units, standing in the spell, will be eroded by the power of the dead. Of course, the caster automatically provides some resistance. But you can''t stay in the torrent for a long time. Wu Heng could think of a useful method for himself, which was to increase the strength of the skeleton army. The torrent covers all the skeletons, which is definitely a good effect. Turn to the last page of the skill book. The prompt appears immediately. [Unlocked skills: Torrent of the Dead. The real product is unlocked. Wu Heng stretched, closed the book and put it back on the bookshelf. "Xiao Xiao, how''s the translation going?" Wu Heng looked aside. Xiaoxiao said: "The translation is finished." "Xiao Xiao worked so hard!" Xiaoxiao shrugged, "I can''t help it, she is my biological mother after all." "Let me see!" Xiaoxiao used his mind power to control a book to fly over. "Words that go around the beams". Wu Heng rolled his eyes and frowned instantly. He raised his head and asked, "Why are there so many pinyin words?" Xiaoxiao said naturally, "I can''t write, so I can only use Pinyin, and I don''t know many words in this world." Wu Heng wanted to say something, but he swallowed the words again. Thinking about it this way, it is indeed difficult for Xiaoxiao to translate these. "Let me translate, and I will find a way to cultivate a few skeletons in the future." "Okay." Xiaoxiao cheered immediately. Wu Heng cut the staple thread, marked it, and divided the book into six parts. A thought came to my mind. The body immediately separated six Wuhengs, each person picked up one and began to translate. "Oh, uncle, you still use it like this, and you don''t even help me." Xiao Xiaofei complained loudly above his head. Wu Heng ignored her and translated quickly with his head down. Xiaoxiao looked at each one and said, "Uncle, your handwriting is out of line." "And you, please be steady and don''t be anxious." Xiaoxiao, like the supervisor, kept talking. Skill books are not thick to begin with. It took six people just over 20 minutes to complete a translation. The translated notes were put aside and the originals were reinstalled. Then, continue to open the second book and translate it. In about half an hour, the second book was also translated. Remove the strange object effect. Six figures merged into one person. He shook his head. "Okay, I''m going to rest. Don''t run around at night. There''s a mage on the island." Wu Heng walked out and gave instructions. "I know, goodbye uncle." Xiaoxiao waved. The other two ghosts also nodded. Wu Heng went downstairs, thought for a moment, and opened Annette''s door. The lop-eared rabbit girl opened her eyes and smiled immediately when she saw Wu Heng coming in. He whispered, "Master." Then he stood up and helped him take off his clothes. "I didn''t disturb your rest!" "No, you can come at any time." Annette''s face turned red. "Hold on to the desk." Annette walked to the desk obediently, bowed slightly, and lay down on the desk. Wu Heng untied the other party''s pajamas and gently held his waist. The next day, morning. Wu Heng asked Granda to visit the association again. Sheela has gone to the association and everything else is normal. I didnt pay attention to it anymore. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. First he knocked on Zhao Yanqius door. "Chief!" Zhao Yanqiu looked confused. Wu Heng took out two books and said, "These are skill books. See if you can understand them. If you don''t understand anything, just ask Xiaoxiao." While speaking, he released Xiaoxiao. Xiaoxiao patted his chest and said, "Ask me if you don''t understand anything." Wu Heng left directly. A small voice came from behind, "Mom, my uncle and I have been translating the books for a long time, and I am exhausted." Wu Heng went downstairs. Entered the conference room directly. Two sides of a long, slender table. Sitting there were Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, a young man wearing glasses, and a middle-aged foreigner with thinning hair and a beard. "This is the rescued Russian researcher, Kadyrov." Introduction by Qi Hancai. (End of chapter) Chapter 602 , someone is looking for Chapter 602, someone is looking for Qi Hancai introduced the Russians and stretched out his hand towards the young man wearing glasses. "Liu Yuming, a member of our base, is temporarily responsible for translation." Liu Yuming stood up and saluted: "Chief!" "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai explained, "Kadyrov knows some Chinese, but some still need translation." The bearded foreigner on the side also stood up and said in broken Chinese: "Thank you, Chief Wu, for saving us. I came to your country five years ago and I like it here very much." "Sit down!" Wu Heng sat down on the side and continued, "You are welcome to join." "Thank you!" Kadyrov thanked him. Wu Heng then asked, "How many of you are there in total?" Kadyrov replied, "Six people, all members of our institute." Normally, there are only so many people in a shelter. If there are too many, it will be a burden, and if there are too few, it will be difficult to persist. "I heard that you are researching the electromagnetic gun. How is the research going? Can it be used normally?" Wu Heng looked at the other party. Kadyrov looked puzzled and cast a questioning look at Liu Mingyu. Liu Mingyu translated. Kadyrov answered in Russian. Liu Mingyu turned around again and translated: "He said the range is 150 kilometers and the power can penetrate 5 meters wide concrete." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Qi Hancai and Gao Rong also had shock in their eyes. 150 kilometers, penetrate 5 meters of concrete. This can even penetrate a building. Moreover, the range of the machine gun is only within two kilometers. In such a comparison, the range and power of the electromagnetic gun are simply exaggerated. No wonder before the end of the world. Countries are competing for weapons in this area. Wu Heng then asked, "Can it be used normally now?" Kadyrov said in Russian and Liu Mingyu translated, "What they developed is a rail-mounted electromagnetic gun. It can be launched in experiments, but it requires large-scale equipment support and a huge power burden. In modern society at that time, there was no The method will be more difficult to put into use now. "Where are the drawings?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "I brought all the drawings over and made electronic backups," Qi Hancai replied. There are blueprints, which can be studied by the magician. "Apart from electromagnetic guns, what else are you proficient in?" Kadyrov himself answered, "We are also quite proficient in the research and design of electrical equipment and weapons." Wu Heng thought for a moment. Not sure if the electromagnetic gun can be used. Well take a look at it later when the laboratory is moved here. You can arrange some other work for them first. "Qi Hancai, see where they are needed and temporarily arrange some work for him." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded. Liu Mingyu also quietly translated for Kadyrov. Kadyrov slowly breathed a sigh of relief. Being able to stay was better than anything else. Finished talking about foreigners. Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai and Gao Rong. "Is there any progress on your side?" Qi Hancai said: "It''s nothing. The two skeleton armies are still cleaning up zombies along the railway. The next city over Bai Qing is Binhai City." Binhai City is close to the sea. Maybe we can get some modern boats. Wu Heng immediately said: "Let the other side keep an eye on the shipyard or ship, and let me know if there is any news." "Okay, I''ll notify you later." Qi Hancai responded without asking the reason. Gao Rong sorted out the documents and began to report, "The rifle production machinery has entered the final production and debugging stage. If there are no problems, it can be put into production normally. The newspaper printing press has also begun to sort out the mechanical components, and experiments will also be carried out in due course. " Tiancheng Group obviously sent good news to Wu Heng. The bullets can be produced here. If rifles can also be produced, a large number of skeletons who are proficient in shooting can be cultivated and a modern skeleton army can be assembled. In the modern world, it is not needed to fight zombies. But in another world, it still works well. After walking all the way, the effect of spells is really not as great as that of firearms. The development of newspaper printing presses was in preparation for the establishment of newspaper offices around the world. Although there is no clear plan yet, the machinery must be prepared in advance. Once you start building it, you can use it immediately. Wu Heng praised: "Well done, tell Qi Hancai if you need anything, and complete the experiment as soon as possible." "Understood." Gao Rong also smiled and said, "I have nothing else to do." "Then let''s do this for now. Qi Hancai will take me to get the drawings, and everyone else can go about their own business!" Wu Heng nodded. Everyone stood up and left the conference room. Wu Heng followed Qi Hancai to the data room. Two large boxes of drawings were placed in front of them. "It''s all here. It''s been backed up. If you still need it, you can print it out." Qi Hancai glanced at the machine beside him. "I''ll take a look at the drawings first. We''ll talk about it later." Wu Heng said, putting all the drawings into the space ring. The door to the reference room was closed again. The two walked out together, and Qi Hancai said: "Sister Yahong, I know there are tamed beasts, and I may come over and ask you for them in the next two days." "I''ve prepared them for her too." Wu Heng said with a smile. It is not difficult to prepare animals for Li Yahong. There is an animal taming shop on Treasure Island, just buy it directly. It''s still because the distance between the two is a bit far, unlike Qi Hancai, who can just buy it directly. "Lest she get jealous again and say you are partial." Qi Hancai smiled. "No way, the palms and backs of my hands are all flesh." "It sounds like we are both children." The two chatted casually and walked out together. After getting the drawings. Wu Heng returned to the dormitory directly and waited for Xiaoxiao to come back. The original plan was to raise Penny''s level in these two days. But there is an 18th-level mage coming to Treasure Island, so we still need to pay attention to him. Released Glenda and Penny. Let the two ghosts wander around first, while Glenda gave Penny a general introduction to the world. When he learned that Wu Heng was from another world. Penny''s whole body looked surprised. Another world, something that only appears in myths. Wu Heng sat on the chair and was about to take out the drawings to kill time. System prompts suddenly appeared in my ears. [Level increased to level 19, constitution +2, intelligence +4, perception +2, charm +2.] Upgraded. Wu Heng felt happy. It seemed that the attacking skeleton team was fighting zombies again. This feeling of being able to upgrade while sitting at home is actually quite good. Wu Heng immediately opened the panel and checked the upgrade requirements. [Name: Wu Heng] [Level: Level 19 (1452/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (721/66000)] [Attributes: Strength 48, Agility 35, Constitution 55, Intelligence 54, Perception 33, Charisma 34.] The required experience after level 19 reaches 355,000. A seemingly exaggerated number. But it didnt take long from when I changed my job to now. The upgrade speed is faster than that of traditional professionals in other worlds, and even exceeds that of princes and princesses who have been arranged a path for advancement since birth. A mere 350,000. There are enough zombies to upgrade yourself to level 20 and become a hero. Even though the number seems quite high, I dont feel too much pressure. Fame went from 58,000 to 66,000. In fact, reputation is more troublesome than experience. Treasure Island''s reputation collection is definitely not enough for me to reach level 20. But expanding outward and promoting fame is not an easy task. There is no good direction yet. In addition to the establishment of a newspaper office, I should also hold more activities from Treasure Island. Let businessmen from all over the world help you promote it. I was thinking in my mind. Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall, with a helpless tone, Hey! My mother is so stupid. "How are you talking!" Wu Heng said angrily. "Really, when you look at a skill book, you always ask me why I am like this, what the principles are, etc. How do I understand these things? I just say that this is how you practice." Xiaoxiao floated to one side and complained. "It''s normal if you are new to it and don''t understand it." "I haven''t learned anything after reading it once. Uncle, you will learn it every time you read it again." Xiaoxiao said. Xiaoxiao has only watched Wu Heng learn skills. Turn the book from the first page to the last page, and then you can perform it. I guess I thought I could learn it by reading it once. Wu Heng didn''t know how to explain this. Said: "My level is higher, and my understanding of knowledge is stronger. Just wait until your mother''s level goes up." Xiaoxiao lay on his back and floated in the air. After thinking for a while, he felt that something made sense. "Okay, I understand." "Go and call Glenda and the others back. Let''s go back first." Wu Heng pointed out the window. Xiaoxiao flew out and soon flew back with Glenda and Penny. Get into the body together. Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to the zombie world. Return to the island owner''s mansion and appear in the study. Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. The voices of the maids could be heard downstairs. He turned around and saw Wu Heng coming down. Annette and Robert saluted, and Minnie came over and said, "Master, in the morning, Deacon Sheila asked someone to come over and said that someone from the association headquarters is here. Please come over." (End of chapter) Chapter 603 , it will be faster if someone leads the Chapter 603: It will be faster if someone leads the way Hilagui arranged for someone to come to her. Needless to say, you can also guess that it is the 18th level mage who came to the island. As expected, he came from the headquarters and came to find himself. There are not many things related to him in the headquarters. Lilith, Imiro, and Luan challenged him. Lilith and she had always exchanged letters. Imiro was an elf prince, so the person who came over to arrange something should also be an elf. The most likely one is Lu Ans master and apprentice. He sent the newspaper to the headquarters. The master and apprentice wanted to take revenge, so they probably wouldn''t be in such a hurry. "Help me prepare lunch first, and then go after eating." Wu Heng said. "Master, what do you want to eat?" Minnie asked with a smile. "Seafood noodles, simple." "Okay!" Minnie nodded and walked quickly to the kitchen. Association, dormitory. The door opened, and a burly attendant walked in with several newspapers and handed them to ''Virgil'' who was wearing a robe. You can buy previous issues of the newspaper at the city hall, so its not a hassle. Virgil nodded, picked up the newspaper, and looked at each copy. "It doesn''t say on it whether this street lamp is a contraption or a prop." "I haven''t written it down, but I feel it should be a prop. You can see what''s inside the glass cover when you stand underneath it. It should be a prop with runes etched on it." The attendant deduced. After arriving on the island, they originally thought that the newspaper would be the most surprising thing to them. But at night, bright white light shines through the window. It still attracted the attention of three people. After leaving the association. Then he saw that the entire central area was brightly lit. Under the lights, a large number of residents gathered, coming out for activities in the cool night, and there were vendors selling items. More lively than during the day. This made all three of them widen their eyes. I also know that the iron poles erected during the day are not used to hang flags, but special props that light up. Light up the entire area. The association headquarters is probably nothing more than that. But that is where the heroes gather. And here, a small island in the sea. An island snatched from pirates. At dawn, people went out to inquire about the situation and buy newspapers. But it''s still unclear whether it''s a prop or not. Virgil put the newspaper away and said, "He hasn''t come back yet?" "There''s no news yet, I''ll ask someone to press it again." "There''s no rush." ??Virgil thought for a moment, then continued: "Go and ask Sheila Gui, besides Imiro, is he still in contact with anyone else?" The attendant was stunned, "Do you want to accept him as your apprentice?" "There is a huge career difference, so go ask first." association. Wu Heng came to the association after lunch. He dodged and quickly entered the deacon''s study. Sheila Gui frowned, "What are you doing?" "Is there a level 18 professional looking for me?" Wu Heng asked cautiously. Sheela Gui was amused by his appearance and said, "Didn''t you defeat a level 18 professional before? Why are you so nervous?" "I''m not nervous, I just don''t know what he''s going to do. Do you know what he wants from me?" Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui closed the information on the table and said: "Virgil, the prophecy mage, came here this time. It seems that he wants to invite you to join the Hongwen Club." Prophecy mage? This faction is rare and has low combat effectiveness. Occupational characteristics tend to be detection, precognition, detection of thoughts and other spells. When talking to him, you still have to be careful to avoid any problems. "You came to the island specially to invite me to join? Am I so famous?" Wu Heng was curious. He had heard of Hongwenhui. Such a long time has passed, and it is not just dawdling. Hongwenhui was mostly composed of mages, bards and other professions. In Wu Heng''s imagination, it was a gathering place for high-level intellectuals. "You take a look at this first." Sheila Gui handed over a letter, "Miss Moya also mentioned you in the letter she wrote to me. It was sent here one day after Virgil. I feel that Hongwen will invite You, and your defeat of Luan. Moya is Imiro''s assistant. I actually wrote a letter to Treasure Island. Wu Heng took it and the envelope was open. Turn the letter out and unfold it to read. What follows are some normal questions to Sheila Gui. The second half of the content reads, "Master Imiro has received Wu Heng''s letter and issued a challenge to ''Moffat''. The other party refused because of his discomfort. Master Moffat and his apprentice are narrow-minded, and the Treasure Island newspaper spreads in the headquarters, which lowers the reputation of their master and apprentice. Pay attention to secret methods and write in time when something happens. " After reading it, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Imiro also submitted a challenge to the department, wanting to beat Moffat. In fact, it makes sense when you think about it. Luan challenges Wu Heng, and Imiro can also challenge Moffat. But it''s obvious that Imiro is stronger, and Moffat doesn''t even dare to accept the challenge. Moya also mentioned being careful about underhanded tactics. This is because it is suspected that the opponent is not easy to take action from the front and will make some small moves secretly. "Leave the letter here for now. I will publish the news when the new newspaper is released in two days." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui looked at him and said, "You are not worried at all about the dangers mentioned above." "What are you worried about? I fell down when I went out, so I wrote a letter to Deacon Imiro, saying that I was assassinated and asked him to beat Moffat." Wu Heng said seriously. "You... are amazing." When Sila Gui spoke, she could only say the word "awesome". Shi Yali tilted her chin and watched the two chatting with a smile. Wu Heng put the letter away and continued, "In other words, I have made a name for myself in the headquarters. Hongwen will think that I have defeated Lu An and have greater potential, so he invited me to join." Sheila Gui nodded, "I feel so." "Then you say, should I join?" Sheila Gui looked at him doubtfully, "Ask me too? What do you think?" "You know better, help me with my advice." "Hongwen Club has a very high threshold. Only those who have received certain recognition will be invited to join. I feel that joining will be good for you." Xila Gui analyzed. This is not much different from what Wu Heng thought. They are all organizations within the association and do no harm to themselves. Moreover, the more mages you come into contact with, the more skill books you may obtain. "Then it''s up to you." "You have to think about it yourself and talk to me about it." Silla rolled her eyes at him, stood up and said, "Let''s go to the conference room first. I''ll ask Virgil to come over." Wu Heng also stood up, said goodbye to Shi Yali, and walked out of the study. In the conference room. After waiting for a while, the door opened. A ruddy-faced mage wearing robes walked in with two attendants. Sheila Gui introduced, "This is Mr. Virgil, coming from the headquarters." Then he introduced Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island." The three people on the opposite side all looked at Wu Heng curiously, looking up and down. The newspaper sent to the association contained his photo, which was exactly the same. Wu Heng saw the three people from a distance through Granda''s perspective. He glanced briefly at first, then withdrew his gaze. "Mr. Virgil." Wu Heng greeted with a smile. "Master of Wuheng Island." The old mage also smiled. After the two sat down. Virgil continued: "I heard about the deeds of Wuheng Island Master when I was at my headquarters. He is young and promising." Wu Heng said with a smile, "Virgil is too polite. He is following the deeds of heroes and doing his job well." "Haha! That''s good." Virgil touched his beard and looked at the other person up and down. He said, "You are very talented, but you changed jobs relatively late." "If you can have a mentor to guide you, your subsequent development will be smoother." "Within three years, it is expected to reach level 18." (End of chapter) Chapter 604 , how to build street lights? Chapter 604, How to build street lights The meaning behind his words was very clear, he wanted to accept him as his disciple. Sheila Gui didn''t mention this just now. He glanced at her, also a little surprised. For any professional, having a guide will make the road ahead smoother and avoid many detours. If he had been in Blackstone Town or Luntam City, he would have wished he had such a master. Giving yourself guidance on spells can also serve as a backer. After all, at that time, level 18 professionals were god-like existences. Anyone who dares to mess with him can solve a lot of trouble by reporting the name of his level 18 master. But things are different now. Level 18 professionals on Treasure Island can often be seen. All my skeletons are level 18. Moreover, no matter how powerful it is, it can''t stop the cannon shells. What''s more, he has reached level 19 now, which is higher than the mage in front of him. It is obviously unreasonable to become a disciple in turn. His mind turned quickly. Said: "I didn''t have much chance before, but now I have no idea about this. Deacon Imiro and Dean Gianvito will also give me some guidance." The smile on Virgil''s face froze, as if he didn''t expect Wu Heng to reject him. I didnt expect that someone would refuse a level 18 expert to become their master. He wanted to speak, but he swallowed the words as they reached his lips. After pondering for a moment, he nodded and did not mention the matter again. Instead, he continued: "The main reason I came here this time is to ask you if you are willing to join the Hongwen Club." Sure enough, it came to Hongwenhui. Sheila Guis news is still accurate. Wu Heng asked curiously: "What do I need to do after joining?" Vergil seemed to have been prepared and said it smoothly, "There is no mandatory requirement. If you are willing to go to the headquarters, you can research the direction you are interested in in the research tower of Hongwenhui. If you can''t go there, Some rubbings of ancient documents, books, and texts will be sent over, so we can cooperate with them in deciphering them. "The other thing is to organize some activities. Hongwen Club is the initiator of many activities of the association to maintain the academic atmosphere of the association members, such as giving lectures by alchemists from various places and distributing professional scrolls. When it comes to your Treasure Island, you may be needed. " It really sounds like a school club. Just cooperate and complete some assigned tasks. I will definitely not go to the headquarters. There are high-level people there, so they are not as comfortable as I am here. As for deciphering some documents and books, Wu Heng was somewhat looking forward to it. The system can convert text. Those contents that even mages and scholars cannot decipher, I dont know if I can translate them here. As for organizing some activities, giving lectures, distributing scrolls, etc. It was also arranged by the local association, and Xila Gui''s matter had little to do with him. "Thank you, I''m willing to join." Wu Heng nodded. There is nothing strange about Virgil either. He took out an agreement and the emblem of the association and pushed it over, "Sign your name and you will become a member of the Hongwen Association. Keep the emblem, which represents your status as a member." Wu Heng picked up the agreement and took a look at it. It was basically some official terms for joining the Hongwen Society. Its not much different from the one I joined the association at that time, nothing special about it. He picked up the pen and signed his name directly. Virgil picked it up and checked it. Smiling again, "Welcome to join." "Thank you." The matter is over. Virgil looked more casual and asked, "Are those street lights props?" The two attendants on the side also looked over. Wu Heng explained: "It can be understood as a kind of strange weapon." "Did you invent it?" Wu Heng shook his head, "How can I have this ability? It is the result of the hard work of several professions." Virgil nodded, "A very good invention." "Thank you, these are nothing compared to the scholars of Hongwenhui." Wu Heng said politely. Virgil smiled and said: "You are at your age and you are a human race, so you are already pretty good." "Mr. Virgil, you are joking." Wu Heng said politely, and then said: "Xila Gui, let someone go to the tavern to book a private room and meet some gentlemen." Xilagui nodded in agreement, opened the door, and called Shi Yali to book a private room at a tavern outside the association. Virgil then asked about the idea of ??selling the newspaper and the details of the serialized story. And in the latest issue, the tavern maid Penny. I am full of curiosity about Wuheng and Treasure Island. We sat in the conference room and chatted for a while. Shi Yali came back and said the private room was ready. Wu Heng then stood up and said, "Mr. Virgil, let''s go to the tavern and chat while we eat." "Okay!" Virgil agreed. Several people went out together and walked towards the pub outside the association. End of dinner. A few people chatted quite happily. He didnt mention the matter of accepting disciples again. Virgil and his attendants returned to the association''s dormitory, while Shiragui and Shi Yali also returned to their mansion. Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. Entering the living room, Minnie walked over quickly and helped him hang his coat on the hanger. Asked: "Master, did you go well in the association today?" "It''s nothing. That level 18 mage is not here to cause trouble." Wu Heng controlled the kettle to pour water and took a sip. "I thought someone came to the island again to cause trouble for you!" Minnie said with a smile. Wu Heng turned his head and said, "Do you still remember the master and apprentice who challenged me last time?" "Remember, I was beaten so badly by you that my robes were all torn apart," Minnie said. Lu An left a deep impression on people. His identity and status were revealed from there, but he was beaten badly by Wu Heng. "Yes, after they returned to the headquarters, Deacon Imiro sent another challenge to his master, but the master did not dare to accept it because he was not feeling well." Wu Heng said with a smile. Minnie also looked surprised, "Really! Why didn''t you answer it? Why don''t you answer it?" "The association''s rules allow you not to accept the challenge." "That''s a pity." Minnie said with some regret. "It can also be regarded as a deterrent to them, so as not to pretend to be majestic on Treasure Island and think that no one knows." Wu Heng said. In fact, not accepting the challenge will have a greater impact on Lu An and his apprentice. Newspapers have made public what happened to them at Treasure Island. Everyone else can guess why Imiro challenged him. In the small place of Treasure Island, I haven''t fought yet, and I haven''t dared to accept the challenge as a master after I returned. It''s even more embarrassing than losing the fight. Of course, these things all happened at the association headquarters and had little to do with me. But Hongwen''s request to join was largely related to his victory over Lu An. There is also the letter sent by Moya. You should be careful about the master and the apprentice, lest they dare not do something openly but do it secretly. In fact, its not a big problem. He has reached level 19, two level 18 ghosts, and two level 18 skeletons. It is unlikely that it can threaten yourself. Wu Heng glanced at Minnie and said: "Moya, Deacon Imiro''s assistant, said in the letter that we should be careful, lest the master and the apprentice do something secretly, and you go out with skeletons." "These two are too bad, they are doing things secretly, and they are level 18 professionals." Minnie was surprised. "Grade does not reflect character." "That''s right, even pirates can reach level 18." Minnie nodded. Wu Heng took a rest and patted Minnie''s butt. "I''m going upstairs. You should rest early." "Okay, Master." Minnie called sweetly. Then he jumped and ran towards the training room. Li Laoyuan shouted that Lu Ans master had been challenged by Deacon Imiro. Go upstairs and into the study. Wu Heng released all three ghosts. When the three ghosts found out that they had gone home, they dispersed and went about their own business. Glenda continued to revise the manuscript, while Xiaoxiao took Penny and flew aside to watch cartoons. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said to Granda: "Tell me, if newspapers serialize more great detective stories, will it increase your reputation more?" Glenda looked up, thought for a moment, and said: "It may not have any obvious effect. People who are familiar with newspapers now know who you are. Adding the content of the serialized story will only make it feel like reading the story." Its better, it doesnt have much impact on reputation. (End of chapter) Chapter 605 , don鈥檛 know foreign languages Chapter 605, Dont know foreign languages In other words, everyone who needs to know themselves is known. Increasing the number of updates will only make it more enjoyable for readers and will have little impact on your reputation. "Is there any good way to spread the word outside the island?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Granda said: "The story of the first volume of the Great Detective will end in this issue. This volume can be made into a book and provided to the caravans to be transported outside for sale." This is also a way. The original plan was to complete the serialization of The Great Detective and then compile it into a book for sale. But now, he has been promoted to level 19, and his reputation is a bit anxious. It''s fine to sell it in volumes, but the content is a little less. "Okay, let''s sort it out and print it as a book tomorrow and sell it with the next issue of the newspaper." Wu Heng finalized the plan. Glenda then reminded, "If you have time, take a photo to use as a book cover." Wu Heng touched his chin, "I''m a little unphotogenic." "What increases fame is easier to increase fame," Granda said. "Okay, just a little shy." Glenda didn''t say much and continued to revise the draft. Wu Heng walked aside, I took out all the electromagnetic gun blueprints I got during the day. The drawings this time are much more numerous than the drawings of firearms and bullets. There are two large boxes of information. Wu Heng picked up a book and looked through it. It was all in Russian. "Holy shit, I forgot about this." During the day, I was worried about the level 18 mage coming to the island. In a hurry to come back, I forgot that the drawings were all in Russian. Looking at it now, except for a few numbers 1234, I can''t understand any of them. The system can translate texts from other worlds. Other texts in the original world have not been translated. Take out your phone and open the software. There is a Russian translation option on it, but it requires an Internet connection. There is no such thing in another world, and there is no such thing as a network in the zombie world. There is no good solution. Wu Heng pushed the drawing aside and asked Qi Hancai to see if there was any solution tomorrow. I sat in the study for a while, but nothing happened. Went back to the room to rest early. In the bedroom. Wu Heng lay on the bed, thinking about what happened today. He has reached level 19 and needs more fame. Gaining fame is really a troublesome matter. "Glenda''s sale of books has made up for the newspaper''s lack of information." "It''s best to let those caravans contact you so that you can control the price." "Also, if we hold more activities and attract more people to Treasure Island, we will naturally hear about our own affairs and spread them to the outside world." The second thing is that I joined the Hongwen Club. It also means that the big guys in the headquarters have gained recognition for themselves. "I wonder if I can get any skill books from them." "Let''s see what happens then!" He pulled up the quilt and summarized what he had to do tomorrow. "Tomorrow, I''ll upgrade Penny first, then take photos for the cover and print the book." "Let''s arrange it this way first." After thinking about it, Wu Heng closed his eyes and went to sleep. The next day, port. "Mr. Virgil is so anxious to go back?" Wu Heng looked at the mage who was about to board the ship and said. Xila Gui also said, "Stay a few more days, so I can take you around the island." Virgil smiled and said, "Next time, when the matter is completed, I will go back as soon as possible. If Hongwen has any tasks, they will be sent directly to the association. Wu Heng, please pay more attention." "I will pay attention." Wu Heng replied. Virgil continued, "I forgot to ask you yesterday, is it easy to arrange things like street lights on a large scale?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and explained: "Street lights are not difficult, but the early infrastructure is more troublesome." "What''s the meaning?" "That is to say, in the early stage, a device similar to a magic building must be arranged to provide energy for the street lights." Wu Heng thought of an explanation that he could understand. Virgil nodded, "Understood. My family has a territory. We can talk about the construction of this kind of street lights at that time. The price is easy to negotiate." Good guy, every professional who can reach level 18 is not an ordinary person. There is also territory at home. "Okay." Wu Heng did not refuse. Whether we can press the button then and whether we should help them build power plants will be discussed later. Maybe in this regard, I can form an engineering team. While he was talking, an attendant came down and said, "The ship is about to sail." Virgil looked at Wu Heng and the two, "Then I will leave first and see you next time." "You three are always welcome on Treasure Island." "Goodbye, Mr. Virgil." Virgil boarded the cargo ship and stood on the deck waving goodbye as the cargo ship gradually left the port. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "It seems that he is not unhappy because you are no longer his disciple." "This is all voluntary, why are you unhappy?" Wu Heng said. Inviting the other party to dinner is also to resolve the matter. It seems that the effect is still good. "It''s nothing, of course it''s best." As they talked, they walked to the roadside and took a carriage. Xila Gei returned to the association, and Wu Heng returned to his residence. After returning to your residence. Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Ask Qi Hancai to prepare the convoy and go out to clean up the zombies. Upon arrival in an area that has not been cleared. The soul-stirring jade illuminated the magic circle, and skeletons and zombies fought together. Wisps of remnant souls floated up into the sky. Penny rushed forward and began to absorb the remaining souls in the sky. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 9. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 10, agility +1, intelligence +2, perception +1.] [Unlock ability: push with telekinesis. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 11. . [The ghost has been upgraded to level 13, intelligence +1, perception +2, charm +1.] When Beni''s level reached level 13, all the remaining souls were absorbed. It can be improved several levels every time. Wu Heng looked a little envious. When reaching level 10, Penny unlocked ''Psychic Push''. This ability is not a profound skill. The effect is that you can simply influence something with the power of your mind. For example, swing the door and control the stylus to watch cartoons. All are the effects of this ability. Xiaoxiao and Glenda both have this ability. When you get to Beni, it won''t be unlocked until you reach level 10. But it''s not a big problem, as long as the level can be raised, the rest of the abilities can be added to the ghost through rituals if there is a chance in the future. Penny flew back and said, "It''s all absorbed." "You are now level 13. When you go back, let Glenda and Xiaoxiao teach you how to use telekinesis." "Wow, I''m level 13!" Penny exclaimed. While in Blackstone Town. She never thought that she would reach such a level. Higher than Deacon. "It will be higher in the future." Wu Heng said. Penny nodded, "Thank you!" Wu Heng nodded and began to give orders to the skeletons to clean up the battlefield. A large number of skeletons began to move. Identify the corpses, evolved zombies and deformed zombies, and drag them closer. After Wu Heng transformed the aberrant and evolved zombies, he put away the corpse cores and continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Then, Qi Hancai came over with a convoy and began to inspect the shops on both sides. All necessary items were moved to the truck. Then, the convoy began to return to the military factory. Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s manor. After dinner, Wu Heng returned to the study. Take out two books from the space ring. "Modern Russian Dual Interpretation Dictionary" and "Russian Beginners Can Learn Russian in One Step (Platinum Best-Selling Edition. These two books were found by people in the zombie world. Tear open the book. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, six figures immediately appeared. Each person picks up a few pages. (End of chapter) Chapter 606 , is the coachman (5,000 words, one toda Chapter 606, Its the Coachman (5,000 words, one chapter today.) A book is divided into six parts. The six Wu Hengs, each holding a copy in their hands, found their places and began to read. The enhancement of attributes not only makes it easier to understand knowledge, but also greatly improves concentration and memory. This kind of rote memorization with explanations and annotations is not difficult at all. Just force it into your mind. The six people looked through it quickly in different positions. Then, start to follow the pronunciation. The whole room was filled with the sound of silent reading. Three ghosts gathered together. Penny looked surprised, "Are you preparing a spell? Necromancers are indeed good at spells." Glenda said: "You seem to be learning something, right?" Xiaoxiao came closer, looked at the book cover that was torn off and put aside alone, and said, "Uncle is learning a foreign language." "What is a foreign language?" Penny asked. "I almost have to learn the language of other countries." Xiaoxiao explained to the two ghosts. Hearing Xiaoxiao say this, he immediately understood. It is the language of other races. But this way of learning is really special. He actually created six clones and split them up to study. First time seeing it. "Then let''s keep our voices down so as not to disturb him." Glenda said. The other two ghosts nodded. They stopped chatting and flew back to their places. Glenda continued to revise the draft, while Xiaoxiao controlled the tablet and took Penny to a place a little further away to continue watching cartoons. It''s getting late, The six people read the pages of the book one after another. One person asked: "How was it?" Another Wu Heng replied, "It''s almost enough. Just memorize it by heart. It can''t be compared with a magic book." Another Wu Heng said: "When you have time, try to communicate with that foreigner." "It doesn''t matter if there is an interpreter for communication. The main thing is that the drawings can be understood." "There is another book. After reading it, you will basically master it." "Let''s remove the magical object''s effect first. There are still side effects." The six people nodded, their bodies flashed, and they became one person again. What followed was a tingling sensation, as well as the swelling and spinning of a large amount of information flooding into my mind. Wu Heng covered his forehead, and the side effects slowly faded away. Xiao Xiaofei came over with a worried tone, "Uncle, are you okay?" The other two ghosts also looked at him with concern. Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay, it''s a side effect of the clone." Xiaoxiao said: "The side effects of reading books!" Glenda also flew over, "Let''s read the remaining one tomorrow. If you don''t take care of yourself now, how can you take care of so many women in the future." "You drove again." Wu Heng said. Glenda smiled, glanced at Xiaoxiao, and said nothing. His expression seemed to say, if Xiaoxiao hadn''t been here, I would have made this car run fast. After hearing this, Xiaoxiao said seriously: "Yes, uncle, you have to take care of your health. We are all counting on you." "Okay, listen, Xiaoxiao, I won''t study today." Wu Heng stood up and shook his neck. "Hehe." Xiaoxiao smiled and flew half a circle in the air. Wu Heng collected the scattered papers and walked towards the door, "Then I''ll go back and rest first." "Good night." "Good night." "Goodbye uncle." Return to the bedroom. After Wu Heng washed up, he went to bed to rest. Lying on the bed, looking up at the ceiling. Last time I helped Xiaoxiao translate a skill book, this time I helped her learn a book. The clone can complete it, and it is not only used in battle. The Robe of the Hundred Soldiers is really a strange item with good effects. He frowned and thought for a moment. "Will it work if I use it for training?" My swordsmanship is stuck at a high level and has never been improved. Will it be effective if I practice the six avatars together? "Try it if you have a chance." After thinking for a while, he fell asleep. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. Walking out of the boundary gate, it was raining lightly outside the window. Wu Heng released the three ghosts. Xiaoxiao went to find Zhao Yanqiu, Glenda and Beini also flew out to wander around. Speaking of which, bringing Xiao Xiao''s mother here also helped her change jobs and learn skill books. But the small unfinished business is still not completed. Wu Heng was suspicious. With my little brain circuit, I don''t really think that his father and grandfather can be resurrected. Then in this life, I may not be able to complete it. Glenda''s goal of ''unfinished business'' is clearer. She wanted to find her husband and ask why he killed her. Wu Heng''s idea is that if he is really dead, he will conduct an interrogation to find out the previous reasons. The main thing is that I can''t find anyone. The last hope is Penny. The Tianming Cult that killed her has been destroyed, and the ghost of the bishop has been put into the Demonic Soul Pot. When Beni''s level is higher, let her devour the ghost of the bishop, which can be regarded as revenge with her own hands. Not too far off, and will pass the unfinished business. As for things with low skills, they can be increased later through rituals. I thought about it for a while. Open the door and walk downstairs. As soon as I reached the first floor, I saw the door of the conference room opened and some people walked out. Like I just finished a meeting. "leader!" "Chief~!" Everyone saluted and said hello. "Well, go and do your work, I have nothing to do." Wu Heng nodded and smiled. The others left with umbrellas and went about their own business, while Wu Heng walked into the conference room. Qi Hancai was the only one left in the room. "Just finished the meeting?" Wu Heng walked in. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Let''s take a look at the subsequent plans so that each factory can coordinate." "Don''t focus all your energy on work, but also pay attention to rest." Wu Heng said softly. "Yeah, I know." Wu Heng then asked, "Are those Russians still adaptable here?" "It seems that there is no problem, but there is currently no way to separate them. When it comes to other groups, there is no way to communicate at all. We can only assign some tasks through ''Kadyrov''." Qi Hancai sounded helpless. The original idea was to assign them first according to their majors. Now it seems that these people are really inseparable. Liu Mingyu is the only one who can speak Russian at the base, and he can''t translate back and forth. "It''s okay to arrange to get together first." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, thought for a while and continued: "Bai Qing is attacking the Binhai city center. Some survivors and the collected gold will be brought back in the next two days." "Bai Qing is a very hard-working person." "It''s the skeleton team''s hard work. Besides rushing, they are also attacking. Bai Qing and the others can barely keep up." Qi Hancai said with a wry smile. It sounds like Bai Qing should have complained to her about this matter. Skeletons don''t need to carry heavy burdens, and they don''t care about day or night. They basically attack. Thinking about it this way, the logistics will indeed be a bit difficult. "Hold on a little longer, it will be fine later." Just wait until level 20. Still one level away. "If you don''t insist, you are much luckier than others if you can join the base." Qi Hancai continued, "I will supervise them, so you don''t have to worry." Forehead. Then, the two chatted for a while in the conference room. The rain outside the window shows no signs of stopping. There is no way to go out and clean up the zombies. After having lunch together, we went to the cafeteria. Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and waited for several ghosts to fly back. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng walked downstairs. Then I heard the giggling voices of the maids and Philippa''s loud voice. Philippa is back? Go down the stairs and look towards the living room. Then they saw Shannella, Philippa, and three maids. "Great, Chief!" The red-crowned parrot saw him first, shouted something in a sharp voice, and lowered his head. Wu Heng touched its feathers and said, "It''s getting smarter and smarter." Hearing the parrot''s voice, several people in the living room looked over. "Master." The maids called obediently. Shanara also showed a soft smile. The parrot flew to Philippa and said, "Silly bird, Captain." "You''re such an idiot, I stewed you." Philippa raised his hand to blow him away, then said with a smile, "Wu Heng, have you thought about us?" "After thinking about it, I thought you two ran away from home for so many days." Wu Heng walked over and sat down aside. Philippa immediately came over and hugged one arm, "Then are you worried about me, or are you worried about sister Shanara." As he said this, he tightened his arms. Shanara also looked over with a smile, intending to listen to what he had to say. Wu Heng said: "I''m worried that you will sell Shanara. This is the treasure of our Treasure Island." Philippa nodded in agreement, "Back then, Shannara''s head was worth hundreds of gold coins. It was a profitable business." "That''s crazy, you really thought about it." Wu Heng took out his arm and pinched her face. Philippa muttered and said, "How could you not know that I am more kind than Babucci?" Now all the pirates in the Emerald Sea are dead. Naturally, there is no wanted notice from the pirates. Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did you discover anything along the way?" "We expelled several fleets that resembled pirate groups, but there are no other problems. The entire route is safe," Philippa reported. "That''s good." Wu Heng continued: "By the way, I came downstairs to take pictures. Minnie took off the windbreaker I prepared." Minnie quickly went upstairs and took down a windbreaker. Shanela asked: "What photos are you taking?" "The first volume of the detective novel is about to be released. I need to prepare a cover. I plan to put it on myself." Several people were stunned and started to get busy. Wu Heng put on a windbreaker and a rounded, narrow-brimmed hat often worn by investigators. Under Shanara''s command, she began to assume several specific poses. After all, Shannella knows some art. The level of oil painting is also relatively high, and having her direct it saves a lot of trouble. After taking several pictures one after another, several people began to choose. "This one is the prettiest." "I feel like this is quite mysterious." "dad." Philippa blurted out looking at the photo, and immediately shut up under the eyes of others. Wu Hengze said: "Then let''s take this one." Several people were sent to the printing warehouse to import the photos into the machine. Start printing. Had dinner. The maids were playing shuttlecock in the yard. Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the study. After saying hello to the three ghosts. I took out the remaining copy of "Russian for Beginners, You Can Learn It in One Time (Platinum Best-Selling Edition and started tearing it into six parts. The body also divided into six clones. Everyone gets a copy and starts watching. Time passed little by little, and all six books were read. The Six Paths Flying Body became a human being again. After the side effects disappeared, Wu Heng pulled out the box on the side. Take out the blueprint of the electromagnetic gun and look at it. This time, the Russian characters above were no longer unfamiliar symbols, but rather comprehensible words. Follow the content above. Wu Heng''s brows also began to wrinkle. The production of the electromagnetic gun is really difficult to replicate. Among the materials presented above, high-performance rare earths and various precision components are mentioned. This kind of thing, whether in the zombie world or another world, cannot be made with drawings. Not to mention mass production or use in combat. 150km range, 5m concrete penetration. With the size of a city in another world, standing outside the city, you can hit the palace. But this kind of thing cannot be realized at present. It can only appear in drawings. "I''ve been busy for so many days in vain." After reading a book of drawings, it was getting late. Wu Heng put the drawing back. Say hello to the ghost and go downstairs to the bedroom. Wu Heng pushed the door open and walked into the bedroom. Then he saw Shanara in a white nightgown, sitting in front of the dressing table, her hair standing on end. Beautiful and mature face, white and slender neck. and delicate collarbones. Shanara glanced at the door along the silver mirror, "I''m working so hard now. I''ve been bored in the study for so long." Wu Heng hung his coat aside, "You finally helped me win the island owner. Of course I have to work harder." "You are good enough to sit in this position. The association is not stupid. It will appoint you because of the caravan''s recommendation letter." Shannara said with a smile. Wu Heng walked over, put his hand on the other person''s shoulder, and rubbed it twice, down the loose collar. Hold the soft fullness. "They''re all tanned." Shanara was a little squirmed from being rubbed, so she turned her head and looked over, "Don''t you look good?" "No, it''s more attractive." Wu Heng lowered his head and clamped his red lips. Shanara responded hard, venting her thoughts. Gradually, the robe slipped off, and Wu Heng picked up the whole person and placed him on the bed. Wu Heng began to take off his clothes. Shanara was even more anxious and stepped forward to help untie her belt. Her white calves hung on her shoulders. Shannella let out a soft moan that sounded like pain and pleasure. Wu Heng held the delicate body in his arms. He stroked his lower back and said, "Star Flower, I haven''t troubled you again, have I?" "Don''t be so hostile. It''s all about the handover of the business group. We are all still wood elves. My family will also write to me and ask about life." Shannara leaned in her arms and raised her head and said. "Well, it''s good that I didn''t bully you." Wu Heng kissed the red lips again, and then said, "I have two things, please help me with them." Shanara lightly slapped the other party''s dishonest hand, "We''re both like this, so just say it, why are you so polite?" Wu Heng put his hands back on his waist, "It''s still a matter of establishing a newspaper office. Do you know anyone who has established a newspaper office in other kingdoms or cities and sold newspapers? The second thing is that I want to hold a product exhibition on the island so that each caravan can display their products. Please help me gather people from the major caravans and spread the word. " Shanara frowned. After thinking for a while, he said: "The affairs of the newspaper are difficult. It is difficult for a country to allow you to sell all kinds of information. I suggest you contact the association to see if you can distribute it to various places through the association." "As for the product fair you mentioned, I understand what you mean, but will holding this be of any benefit to us?" Wu Heng said: "It can attract more dignitaries to the island. High-quality goods will gather on the island. The shops on the island will benefit. We can also choose some suitable caravans to cooperate with us. We will just provide a venue without any burden." Shanara thought for a moment, then nodded, "Now that you''ve thought about it, I''ll just help you do it." Wu Heng smiled, "You''re so kind, honey." "It''s disgusting, it''s so disgusting." Wu Heng went down to the ground and picked her up. Shanara exclaimed, her whole body hanging on her body like a gecko. His chin rested on his shoulder, and his legs were tightly wrapped around his waist. As he moved, he moaned softly. He stayed close to the window before putting her down. Shanara said strangely, "What are you doing? What if someone hears you?" "Then let them come up together." "You''re dead." The next day, early morning. The newspaper seller hurried to various intersections. He held up the newspaper in his hand and shouted: "The seventh issue of the newspaper, the latest news. Deacon Imiro challenged Master Lu An at the headquarters, but the other party timidly refused. The owner of Wuheng Island was invited to join the Hongwen Club. The murderer of the Great Detective Story was revealed. The cry of newspapers resounded throughout the island again. Upon hearing that it was a new issue of the newspaper, the crowd immediately gathered towards the newspaper seller''s position. "Who is Luan? Why did Deacon Imiro challenge his master?" "The prince of the Celtic Kingdom, the one who was defeated last time he challenged the island owner." "So, the master was beaten by Deacon Imiro again." "Fuck, there''s a murderer this time." "Damn it, stop crowding. If you don''t buy it, don''t crowd here." Golden Sail Tavern. Saban paces back and forth, playing different roles. He said loudly: "Wu Heng shook his head slightly, smiled and concluded, ''The case is over, and there will be no more assassinations.''" "Is it over? Others are eager to ask what happened." "Wu Heng winked slyly and only said: You will know in a moment." Under the stage, a dense crowd of drinkers held their breath, waiting for the final ending. After waiting for so long, the results are finally coming today. Moreover, everyone has already decided on a murderer in their heart. Just waiting to verify his speculation. Saban tapped on the wooden platform in front of him, imitating a knock on the door. "At this time, there was a knock on the door, and a shout came from outside the door, sir, the carriage is ready." "This is the voice of Captain Wiggins of the Baker Street Squadron." The person below looked tense. The widened eyes seemed to say, is it him? Sabans story continues. "Okay, ask him to come in and help me move my things." "Wiggins came in with the coachman. The coachman was tall and looked very strong." "He walked towards Wu Heng very unwillingly and reached out to carry the large suitcase that Wu Heng dragged out of the bedroom." "Suddenly, Wu Heng jumped up quickly, cuffed the man''s hands with restraints." "With a smile of victory, Wu Heng announced to the others that he was the murderer of the two men, Hope Jefferson." The audience fell into silence. "Damn it, it''s the coachman." (End of chapter) Chapter 607 , standing in the sun (one update today, Chapter 607, Standing in the Sun (First update today, I went out during the day, I will write more tomorrow.) With an exclamation. Other drinkers also reacted. "Coachman?" "Why him? What reason did he have to kill?" "Did you read the newspaper?" It was a mess under the stage. Obviously, the final murderer was one that most people didn''t guess. Or unexpected. Saban watched everyone''s reaction without any change in his expression. Then the story was told. "We were all stunned by the dramatic changes before our eyes and a little overwhelmed." The drinkers fell silent for a moment. There is a story behind it. Moreover, not only them, but also other people in the story did not expect that the murderer would be a coachman. "At this time, the coachman took the opportunity to escape from Wu Heng''s hands, rushed to the window, smashed the glass with one punch, and prepared to jump out of the window to escape." "Fortunately, we reacted quickly and caught him in a swarm." "The driver was very fierce and began to struggle. After he fully understood the situation before him, he gave up the idea of ????escape and leaned against the wall to breathe." "I didn''t expect that I would be trapped here. Maybe you would like to hear why I killed those two villains. Before we could speak, the coachman had already started telling his story." The drinkers looked serious instantly. The drinkers were serious again. I plan to hear what reasons the other party has to explain such an ending. Nautilus Tavern. "Twenty years ago, Hope was a handsome young man, smart and capable, and he and a few companions were looking for silver mines in the valley." "On a warm day in June, he met the beautiful Lucy, was attracted by her charm, and pursued her passionately." "Lucy also appreciated his talent and agreed to his pursuit." "Lucy and her adoptive father John were rescued by a religious group and have been living under the control of the religious group ever since." "The sect''s teachings stipulate that the daughter of a believer must marry a member of the sect." "Lucy is the most beautiful girl in the local area. Someone has long been interested in her. The two most powerful ones are Enoch Driber and Joseph Stangerson, the sons of the two leaders in the church." The drinkers frowned. Both the murderer and the deceased appeared. It seems that there will be no more twists in the story. The rest of the story is even simpler. Lucy''s father was killed by members of the sect, and Lucy was taken back and forced to marry Dreiber. Within a month, she died of haggard and depression. This time, Hope found a job as a carriage driver in the city and found an opportunity to kill them with his own hands. "Hope''s story is over, and his life is almost over." "The long-term hard life caused him to suffer from incurable diseases. The blood that appeared at the death scene of Desperate was the result of Hou Bo being too excited when he found his enemy. Of course, the word "blood" was also improvised by him using his own blood. written. "After completing the entire revenge plan, Hope no longer had any worries. He died with a smile on the second day after he was captured." At the end of the story, the bard bowed and walked off the wooden platform. The drinkers below, however, have not yet recovered from the plot of the story. The ending is actually like this. The murderer who has been following the plot to find is the coachman. But the ending after solving the case was not as happy as imagined. The original victim was the real murderer, and the person they had been investigating was just to avenge his lover. "This story has a lot of staying power." "Damn, I feel like I''m an accomplice." "The island owner should not have taken on this case at that time." "He won''t live long if he''s not caught. He''s sick." The drinkers started talking. Counter location. Philippa stood up, walked to the wooden board on the side, and knocked hard, "Look, the murderer is the coachman. If you guess correctly, come to my place to pay." The tavern continued to be chaotic. "Fuck, whoever can guess the coachman will be cruel to him." Soon, the news that the murderer was the coachman spread like a tidal wave from the island. This matter was discussed everywhere and became the hottest topic on the island. "How could he be the coachman!" "He has just appeared a few times, no matter what, it can''t be him." "I have the previous newspaper, and I went back and compared it, and it did give a hint." "You didn''t hear the coachman''s recollection. He had a lover who was killed by the deceased." "Then who is the victim?" "Can''t tell." central area. There was a long queue outside the city hall. The newspaper seller announced that volumes of detective books could be purchased at the city hall. If anyone wants to purchase the collection, they can do so at City Hall. Soon, a lot of people gathered here. If it weren''t for the association team and skeletons guarding the scene, it would have been a mess. At this time, a figure squeezed out of the crowd. He ran towards the cloaked figure in the distance. When he got close, he held up the newspaper and said, "Princess, I grabbed it. It was signed by the previous island owners." The cloaked figure tucked his golden hair under the hood and said in a somewhat scolding manner: "What''s wrong with you? You told me not to call me that outside." "I''m sorry, miss, I just forgot. There were too many people over there, and some people even touched my butt." The servant said aggrievedly. The princess put away the books and said softly: "When you come out from now on, wear a cloak. We can''t attract other people''s attention." The two of them walked outside together. The maid continued to whisper: "Mr....Miss, will the person you are looking for be on this island?" "I don''t know." The princess sighed and continued, "When I saw him, he was outside Treasure Island. I doubt he will be on this island." "Could it be the island owner? He is very mysterious and powerful." "Not sure." "The island owner is really awesome. The newspaper said he even joined the Hongwen Society." "yes." The two chatted and gradually left the lively central area. Association, Deacon''s Study. The two sisters sat next to each other and looked at the newspapers in their hands. "Damn it, he''s actually a coachman. My pocket money, my pocket money..." Shi Yali shouted in a frenzy. Silla rolled her eyes and said, "Don''t shout. If you hear me, you will think something happened!" Shi Yali grabbed her arm and shook her hard, "I told you to ask him who the murderer was, but you didn''t go because it''s my money!" Sheila Gui''s eyes widened, "Does this depend on me?" "This month''s living expenses are yours." Shi Yali hugged her. "I can''t stand you." Sheila Gui said helplessly, and still said: "I can go out, but you are not allowed to participate in this kind of thing in the future." Its good to lose money once. To avoid getting into these bad hobbies after arriving on the island. "Don''t worry, I didn''t want to touch him at first." Shi Yali agreed, then leaned on Sheila Gui''s shoulder, "This murderer is really unexpected." "Yes, he can be considered a miserable person." Shi Yali continued to ask: "Tell me, what is so strange about Wu Heng''s story? There are so many heroic propaganda stories in the association, but no one is reading them. He can still be sold outside for money." Sheela glanced at the newspaper, pondered for a moment, and said, "Maybe the angle is different." "What angle?" Sheila Gui continued to think about it and explained according to her own ideas, "Heroic stories are either about great achievements or the growth of a powerful family. They stand on a high platform and are illuminated by the sun. Wu Heng''s story is just the opposite. When he was a great detective, he didn''t even have a career scroll. When the maid Beni came out of the village, they had never seen the sun, but they still looked like heroes. " Shi Yali raised her eyebrows, "I understand what you mean. It seems to make sense. What Wu Heng tells are stories about ordinary people, not heroic deeds." Sheila Gui said: "From the perspective of an islander, which story do you like more?" Shi Yali nodded, indicating that she understood the meaning. The conversation changed and he continued to ask: "What level are you at?" Sheila Gui frowned, "Level 13, what are you doing?" "What are you waiting for? Newspapers are so popular now. You and Wu Heng are together. When you reach level 15, I will give you publicity." Shi Yali said immediately. Xila Gui''s face turned red and she stood up with a straight face, "I''m going out. You can figure out how to pay for this month''s living expenses by yourself." "Don''t!" Shannella Mansion. Both sides of the slender dining table were now filled with luxuriously dressed caravan representatives. The one closest to the table is the large caravan, the closest to where you can have refreshments. There were also representatives of small and medium-sized caravans behind, almost twenty people came. "Mrs. Shannara, if you have any questions, just tell me!" A representative said after taking a sip of tea. The wood elves did not make the matter of evading Shannara''s power public. Except for the top leaders of the clan, no one knew what was really going on. They only knew that there had been some internal transfers within the Star Flower. Shannella had some differences with the Presbyterian Church, but she was still the president. From the perspective of the outside world, it was Shanara who was delegating power to the lower levels and no longer personally involved in everything. Still the president, in front of these representatives from Treasure Island. Still has enough influence. Seeing that the people were almost here, Shanara nodded and said: "We are all old friends, so I will tell you the matter directly. The owner of Wuheng Island talked to me about something yesterday, and he wanted to set up a product exhibition on the island. Yes, high-quality products will be on display, and Star Flower will participate. If you are willing to participate, you can go to the city hall to sign up in advance. exhibition? This is the first time I heard this name. But it can also be understood from the literal meaning, which is to display the goods. "Ms. Shannara, what''s the use?" someone asked. Shanara smiled and explained, "I have summarized a few points. Listen to it. The first one is the ordering of Treasure Island. Since last year, Treasure Island''s large amount of ordering resources has reached a huge level. Island The Lord will also select some satisfactory caravans for cooperation. The second point is a kind of publicity to the outside world. Expanding the influence of the caravan and newspaper publicity can only benefit us. " Everyone looked at each other and began to discuss in low voices. It sounds like it does have certain benefits for your caravan, but it doesn''t feel like a big deal. Shanara then said, "Have you read the recent newspapers?" Everyone shook their heads and hurried over after receiving the invitation in the morning. No one noticed whether a new issue of the newspaper was issued. "Does this new issue of the newspaper have anything to do with the exhibition?" someone asked. Shanara''s tone was still calm, "Wu Heng has joined the Hongwen Association. There is inaccurate news that a certain adult in the headquarters wants to accept him as a disciple. The entire Treasure Island is focused on getting the attention of the association headquarters. Make peace with him. Relationships are also an opportunity to get closer. The representatives of each caravan were stunned, and their expressions changed instantly. Hongwenhui, the apprentice of a big shot. It must have something to do with Luann''s challenge. Last time, Shanara brought several caravans and recommended Wu Heng to become the island owner. In the end, the other party really became the owner of the island. The caravan that signed the contract was tax-free for three years, and everyone also made huge personal gains. This time Shannara has new news. It certainly cant be faked. "The affairs of this headquarters have nothing to do with our caravan. I am just responding to the island owner''s call. When the time comes, I will ask people to sign up at the city hall." "Indeed, the Flowers of the Stars have joined. This exhibition must be good, and we will also join." "We are too, and we will go and sign up." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng stretched and put away the electromagnetic gun drawings in front of him. One morning. I have read part of the content and have a certain understanding of the above records. After all, it is a design drawing. Most of what is recorded is the name, size and connection method of the accessories. There is no very professional terminology and knowledge. Wu Heng stood up, walked to the side, stretched out his hand and released the ''Mansion Technique''. Towering space cracks and stone doors opened one after another. Expose the turret and hidden soldier cave behind. Wu Heng took a look inside and ordered: "Move up the bullets and cannonballs and take them all out." Wow~! The skeletons in the Tibetan Soldier Cave took action. Carrying boxes of ammunition, he walked out directly. Machine cannons and machine guns are all created in the mansion technique, but the shells are real, otherwise they cannot be fired. Last night, after finishing with Shannella. Wu Heng also thought about the electromagnetic gun issue. With current technology, it is obviously impossible to build an electromagnetic gun, but with the ''Mansion Technique'', it may not be impossible. Just follow the drawings and create each component in Mansion Technique. It is more convenient than modern research and development and manufacturing. Soon, the skeletons took out all the bullets. Wu Heng''s spirit was mobilized, and the entire scene in the ''mansion'' began to collapse. Forming an open and flat space. Wu Heng picked up the drawing and began to create based on the information on the drawing. With the infusion of spiritual power. Accessories one after another began to be created in the ''mansion''. Then, the accessories assemble themselves in mid-air to form a higher-level accessory. Once assembled, continue by creating a second group and continue assembling. It also feels like looking at drawings and putting together Lego. Wu Heng muttered. Not long after. Wu Heng then stapled the drawings together and assembled the thumb-thick drawings. It feels feasible! Wu Heng was delighted. But instead of continuing to create, he turned off the mansion technique and rested aside to recover his mental strength. Didn''t take a break. In mid-air, three ghosts flew back one after another. (End of chapter) Chapter 608 , bombed Chapter 608, bombed Ghosts float in the air. Xiao Xiao rushed to say: "Uncle, those people didn''t even guess who the murderer was, and they lost their temper in the tavern!" "If they had guessed it, they would feel that the protagonist in the book was not that powerful." Wu Heng said with a smile. "That''s right! If you can guess who the murderer is, then everyone is a great detective." Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement. Granda said on the other side: "I went to the city hall to see the sales situation of the books, and there was already a long queue. Judging from the popularity, the printed books will be sold out within three days." "I''ll let the printing be enlarged. If it sells more, it will be a good thing for us." Wu Heng said, and then asked: "What are your plans for the rest of the story?" Glenda said directly: "Then continue to serialize according to the newspaper. When the story in one issue is completed, it will be bound into a volume and sold, so as to create a time difference." "Okay, let''s arrange the time as you said!" Wu Heng nodded and agreed. "Then I''ll go upstairs and continue revising the manuscript," Granda said. Wu Heng nodded. Glenda flew directly towards the fourth floor, and Xiaoxiao and Penny also left. Then, Wu Heng opened the panel and looked at Fame. Although the popularity of exposing the murderer is high, his reputation does not increase much. It also means that the islands reputation is no longer as exaggerated as it was at the beginning. Lets take a look at the effect of the first book. When newspapers were published, they were transported and sold by caravans. Now that they are bound into volumes, it should have some effect. It just depends on how effective the books are. Wu Heng sat in the stone pavilion and rested for a while, then stood up again and activated the ''Mansion Technique''. Continue to assemble the electromagnetic gun accessories according to the drawings. Behind the huge stone door, various created accessories are assembled like Lego. It doesn''t feel boring at all. afternoon. Anderweil came back from outside, and Shannella also came over to eat. Sitting at the dining table together, chatting while eating. Anderweil said: "Master, the books in the city hall are selling very fast. Someone from the caravan signed an order agreement with the city hall, and ordered 50,000 books." Book sales are good, as Glenda mentioned before. But it looks like the caravans are also starting to place orders. Books about great detectives are not expensive. Coupled with the modern full-color book cover, the sides are sealed and compressed, not spun thread binding. In this world, it is considered a hardcover book. It''s not surprising that it sells well. Wu Heng nodded, "This is a good thing. Later I will ask the printing press to increase production and complete these fixed points as soon as possible." After finishing talking about the matter at the city hall, Shanara picked up a napkin and wiped her mouth gently, and said: "I have told the caravan representatives about the trade fair. At that time, they all expressed their willingness to participate and would submit applications to the city hall. "Weier arranged for someone to meet these people and record the products to be exhibited." Wu Heng looked at Anderweier. "Okay, Master." Anderweil nodded again. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Weier, ask the dwarf designer to come over tomorrow and accompany Shanara to choose the venue for the exhibition." Shanara looked over with wide eyes, a little surprised, "I carry the identity of President of Star Flower, so it''s not convenient for me to care so much." "Minnie, you guys go together, you just go with me and help other caravan representatives look at the venue." Wu Heng found an explanation and added, "You have seen the world and understand art. Please help with the decoration and provide suggestions. " I was praised several times. Shanara agreed, "Then I''ll go and have a look." "good!" After chatting for a while, we all finished our dinner. The maid and Shannella went to the back garden to handle the flower seedlings. Wu Heng was in the front courtyard, continuing to assemble accessories in the mansion. As it gets darker, there are sounds of insects chirping all around. Wu Heng put away the drawings and returned to the bedroom. Shanela was lying on her side on the bed, reading the novels on sale. Wu Heng hugged his waist from behind and said, "Get some rest and get up early tomorrow." Shanara nodded and closed the books. After turning off the lights, curl up in each other''s arms and close your eyes. The next day, early morning. After breakfast. The women from the Island Lord''s Mansion went out to the city hall together. According to plan. Shanara, Minnie, Annette and Robert will meet with the dwarf designers at the city hall and choose the venue for the exhibition together. Minnie, as the housekeeper of the island owner''s mansion, was accompanied by Shannara. As for Annette and Robert. There was nothing wrong if they stayed at home, so Wu Heng asked them to follow him. The women left in several carriages, escorted by skeletons. Wu Heng also simply packed up his things and headed to the zombie world. Zombie world. Groups of corpses were rushing in like a tidal wave. Immediately afterwards, it crashed into the queue of skeletons. There were chaotic sounds of fighting. Wisps of residual souls rose up. Penny rushed out and entangled and swallowed up the strands of unconscious souls. The experience value also began to increase rapidly. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 14. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 15. Soon, it reached level 15. Zizzizi~! A slight sound of electricity sounded, and Qi Hancai''s voice came from the intercom. "Chief, there are some problems at Bai Qing''s side, and I need to report them to you." Wu Heng took a look at the situation on the battlefield and pressed the intercom, "Wait 10 minutes." "good!" Wu Heng directly ordered, "Let the skeletons move forward and end the battle as soon as possible." Wow~! The skeleton team on standby immediately got up and took action. Move forward along the road and kill all the remaining zombies. Not long after, Penny had devoured the remaining souls, and the skeleton was about to push to the end. Wu Heng motioned for all three ghosts to disappear. Then he took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Qi Hancai, come here!" Soon, Qi Hancai passed through the skeleton team and came from behind. Without waiting to ask, he spoke first. "In Binhai City, on the way to the port, they were ambushed. They were a group of survivors who occupied the port. After the skeletons were attacked, they started to fight back. The other party took the fleet and fled into the sea." Ambushed? Or a survivor? "Is there any loss?" Wu Heng asked. "According to Bai Qing, the skeleton team suffered some losses, but not many. Several trucks of the logistics team composed of survivors were damaged. After occupying the port, emergency repairs are being carried out." Qi Hancai thought while thinking, Said. It didn''t cause too many casualties, and Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. "Tell me more about what happened?" Qi Hancai stood there and gathered his thoughts for a moment, then continued, "What Bai Qing said was that there was an explosion on their way to the port. The goal was more like blowing up the convoy, but the explosion point was a little short of the distance. When the convoy approached, It exploded in front of them, and survivors were discovered immediately. The skeleton team began to fight back, and the opponent took a boat to evacuate at the port. " (End of chapter) Chapter 609 , the evildoer complains first Chapter 609: The evildoer complains first ?Wu Heng sorted out Qi Hancais information in his mind. The survivor base at this port knew that the skeleton army would pass through here, so it planted a bomb in advance and waited for the convoy to arrive to detonate it. Before attacking a location, the skeleton team will announce on the radio in advance to let the surrounding survivors know about it and be ready to evacuate. These people, knowing the route, planted the bomb. It is not difficult to guess that when the convoy is bombed, it is believed that the superpower controlling the skeletons is in the convoy. When the superpower dies, the skeleton team disappears. "Do you know what the purpose is?" "I don''t know. The other party never communicated with Bai Qing and the others. Seeing that there was no success after the explosion, they evacuated directly." Qi Hancai said, and then said, "Do you want to ask Bai Qing again?" "No need to ask, do you know what kind of ship the other party has?" "Cargo ship, large cargo ship." Qi Hancai said seriously. The main purpose of attacking the port was for Wu Heng to find ships. Therefore, Qi Hancai asked specifically about the type of ship, and the other party was sure that it was a cargo ship. But there is no specific information about the specific type and displacement. Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Go and ask where the train is. When it''s over here, I''ll go directly there." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, turned around and walked back. Wu Heng looked at the battlefield ahead. Skeletons have begun to clean the battlefield, and the corpses on the ground are all piled up according to type. Wu Heng saw that it was almost the same. Start transforming corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground. Not long after, Qi Hancai''s voice came through the intercom again. "The car is ready." "Drive over here!" Wu Heng answered by pressing the intercom. A truck came from behind. Wu Heng followed the walking suit skeleton and said, "I''m going to go out for a while. After these convoys have finished searching, we can go back to the arsenal together and guard them as usual." The suit skeleton straightened his collar and nodded again. Wu Heng opened Qi Hancai''s car door and sat in the passenger seat, "Are you going too?" "The factory has told you that there won''t be any problems. I''ll go over there with you. I can help you if it''s not convenient for you to show up," Qi Hancai said. "Okay, let''s go to the station first." Wu Heng agreed. The entire city near the military factory has almost been cleared of zombies. Qi Hancai''s absence for a day or two would not be a big problem. The truck starts. He drove out of the skeleton team and rushed towards the station. train. There was a slight bump in the carriage, and on the monitor on the table next to it, the dark surroundings outside the window could be seen. Qi Hancai spread a quilt on the ground and peeked at the man next to her from time to time. I was just about to say I''m ready. Bai Qing''s voice came from the portable radio, "Sister Qi, are you there?" Qi Hancai got up from the ground and picked up the microphone, "I''m here, you tell me." "Turn to the main station''s channel. Those people will complain first before the bad guys." Bai Qing''s voice was slightly angry. "Okay, I''ll tune over and listen." Qi Hancai said, and then switched the frequency band to the main station. Just as they passed, a woman''s aggrieved but righteous voice came out. "It''s certain that those people are the skeletons of Xinfu City. They occupied our base and made us afraid to get close." "We hope that the rescue team from the main station will return them to our base and maintain the principle of survivors helping each other and overcoming difficulties together." People from other bases said. The main station also began to respond. "We have taken note of your problem and will contact Xinfu City to coordinate this matter." "Okay, thank you very much. Our base is developing well, but we didn''t expect this kind of thing to happen." The other party''s tone became increasingly pitiful and unwilling. The receptionist has finished replying. On the same frequency band, people from other bases also started talking. "Isn''t Xinfu City rescuing people? Many survivors have been rescued. Why are they attacking you?" "It''s true that they are spreading news about rescuing people, but I can''t say exactly what happened." "Some people said before that they were rescued by Xinfu City. It should be true. It''s hard to say whether this matter will be reversed. Let''s just wait and see the result." Qi Hancai and Wu Heng looked at each other. There was something unexpected in his eyes. I actually came to the main station to complain. "Do you want me to say something?" Qi Hancai said. "You can just say it, make it look like we don''t know how to use the radio and lie with our eyes open." Wu Heng said, and then added, "Tell them, whoever helps those people is our enemy." Qi Hancai nodded and thought silently. Then he took out the microphone and said: "This is the Xinfu City base. During the rescue in Binhai City, our rescue team was attacked by planted bombs. The targets were our survivors and supplies. In this incident, we will not Anyone who tolerates this banditry will be considered an enemy." "Holy crap! It''s really reversed." "It''s so cruel. You just plant the bomb. This leaves no way for the other party to survive." "I''m just telling you, the main station has gone to Xinfu City to exchange supplies, so they are targeting you." "That makes sense!" In the midst of chaotic discussions. The voice that had just complained suddenly fell silent. There was no reply from the reception desk. Waited for a while. The main station resumed broadcasting some propaganda slogans. Qi Hancai also adjusted the frequency band back. There was no reply to Bai Qing. "We''ll talk about it when we get there tomorrow!" Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Qi Hancai spread the bedding again and said with a smile, "You can rest now." Wu Heng took off his coat and hung it aside. Wearing a sweater, he got under the quilt. Qi Hancai also got in and gently leaned into the other person''s arms. He fell asleep half-lidded. At dawn, Binhai City Port. A large number of skeletons occupy the port. At a glance, they are densely packed with white skeletons. Wu Heng stood on the shore, the sea breeze brought a chill. Bai Qing recounted the matter again, and there was basically no difference between what Qi Hancai said. They put bombs on the road and were attacked by skeletons. These people were frightened and sailed into the sea. "The giant winged skeletons in the team want to fly over and kill those people. I''m afraid that the ship won''t be able to return by then. Plus, they are lingering in the distance, so I''ll discuss it with Captain Skeleton and wait for you to come over." The giant winged skeleton refers to the vampire skeleton in the team. Captain Skeleton is the number one level 18 vampire who leads the team''s actions. At level 18 and able to fly, he could definitely go to the island and kill those people. "I understand. You go and take a look at what''s in those containers. I''ll take care of it here. Qi Hancai, you should follow and count all the important goods." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Qi Hancai left with Bai Qing. Wu Heng released all three ghosts. "Isn''t this Treasure Island?" Glenda looked around. Xiaoxiao and Beini also looked at it curiously. However, when you see a large number of densely packed skeletons, you can also be sure that this is a zombie world. Wu Heng pointed to a few small black spots on the sea level in the distance, and said: "There are our enemies in those ships. Glenda, please help me go and see what''s going on. Don''t do anything yet." "What about us?" Xiaoxiao raised his hand and asked. "Young ones, take a look around to see if there are any special facilities or if there are any other ships." "good!" The three ghosts nodded in agreement, and Glenda flew towards the distant ship. Xiaoxiao and Beini began to search the port. Not long after. Glenda flew back from the sea and got into the body. Share a piece of investigation footage. Inside the cab of a cargo ship. There were two middle-aged men sitting, one with a bit of bald head, controlling the console, and the other with a hairy beard, who looked a bit European and American, sitting at the table, drinking red wine from a bottle. "What should I do? They still occupy the port. I told them not to provoke them, but you didn''t listen." The bearded man drinking red wine sneered, "Fuck! What''s the use of talking about this now? Those broken bones don''t look like they can swim. We have enough food, so we''re afraid of their feathers." (End of chapter) Chapter 610 , even if you can fly, you won鈥檛 be able Chapter 610: Even if you can fly, you cant take away that much "Those skeletons can''t swim, and we can''t reach the shore. Will we be able to drift on the sea for the rest of our lives?" The man controlling the boat said angrily. "Fuck, look at your courage." The bearded man took another sip of wine. The man controlling the ship continued, "If you ask me, explain it to the other party on the radio. At the most, I will compensate them for some losses. I heard that Xinfu City has a pretty good reputation." The bearded man cursed, "You are out of your mind! They have occupied the port and everything belongs to them. How can you compensate me?" "Then what do you think we should do?" The bearded man glanced at him and said, "Sail your boat. If they don''t leave, I''ll find a good place so I won''t be unable to get ashore." As he spoke, he patted the radio on the table next to him. The man steering the ship glanced at him. He sighed slightly, but said nothing more. Glenda continued to wait in mid-air for a while. Seeing that the two of them didn''t continue talking, they went down through the floor and entered the cabin below. There are some strong men in the cabin near the deck. There were seven people in total, three of them were armed with pistols, and the rest had knives and axes beside them. Sitting together, they were also talking about the failure of the ambush and the skeletons occupying the port. Judging from the content of the conversation. This matter was prepared in advance, but the explosives were not measured properly. I didn''t even calculate the time of detonation. Glenda listened to a few words and continued to fly inside. In the next room, there were four women, crowded into one room, and there was no communication. Just one person per person in the four corners, huddled there. Glenda continued to penetrate the wall downwards. In some mechanical rooms and cabins, there were also some personnel responsible for the operation of the mechanical equipment. Seeing this, Glenda''s shared vision disappeared. Wu Heng released her again. Glenda was floating aside, and her first question was: "Why is your ship made of iron?" Forehead. Wu Heng was stunned. On the Treasure Island side, the ships were all made of wood, and some warships would have some iron sheets reinforced in parts. But the main construction is still mainly made of wood. The difference lies in the different keels used. "Our vehicles here are all made of iron. You have seen cars, armored vehicles, and planes in the sky. You should be able to accept the fact that the ship is made of iron!" Wu Heng said. Glenda glanced at the cargo ship on the sea level again, and slowly said, "...I can accept it." "Just get used to it." "If all of these were placed on Treasure Island, I''m afraid it would cause a bigger sensation." Granda said with certainty. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "I plan to take this ship over and convert it into a warship to patrol the route." "Not a bad idea." Glenda agreed. "Is there a ship over there?" Wu Heng changed the topic to the ship again. "This is the only one." Glenda looked at him and continued, "There are only twenty people in the boat. There is no danger to you. It just depends on how you plan to deal with it." Unless there are powerful firearms. Otherwise, this world basically poses no threat to Wu Heng. Several people in the boat were armed with pistols, but their power was limited, so if you pay attention, there would be no problem. "Kill him, something like this will happen sooner or later if he stays here." Wu Heng said directly. Glenda said: "There are a lot of food and supplies piled up in the cabin below. It seems that they have made preparations in advance to evacuate in the event of failure." "It may not be for us, they are more likely to prevent corpses or some unpredictable dangers, just like the base is preparing to evacuate the convoy in advance." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Glenda thought for a moment, "You are right, this possibility is higher." While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back one after another. Xiaoxiao said excitedly: "Uncle, there are containers over there, and there are many things in each. I looked at several of them, and it''s like opening a blind box." Penny also added, "There are a lot of goods. They should be able to survive by relying on these goods." This place can develop like this. The stranded goods definitely played a big role. Otherwise these people would not persist for such a long time. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Then he gave an order to the big-headed skeleton next to him, "Move the vampire skeletons over, and then mobilize the two skeleton flying dragons." The order was given. The sound of breaking through the sky roared. More than a dozen vampire skeletons with huge flesh wings and two skeleton flying dragons landed in the open space in front of them. "Kaxiu follow me, Kerimu stays here first." After saying that, he got on a skeleton flying dragon. Ka Xiu also sat on the other one. "Go to the cargo ship." The skeleton flying dragon soared into the sky, followed by a large number of vampire skeletons, flying forward together. Cargo ship, inside the wheelhouse. Downed two bottles of wine. The bearded man also appeared a bit drunk. He was still saying, "Why didn''t we blow them up? It wouldn''t have been so troublesome, a bunch of **** monsters. I have taken note of this account and will definitely pay them back with interest when I get the chance. Damn it! " The man driving the boat listened to the chatter and asked, "What do you mean you said you found a place?" "You will know then that just because the main station does not dare to provoke Xinfu City, it does not mean that other places do not." The bearded man sneered. The food on the ship was enough for them to live for a while. As long as those skeletons can''t get through, there''s nothing to worry about. The best thing you can say is. Dong dong dong~! As he spoke, a dull sound of landing sounded. The two looked outside, with a look of horror on their faces. Two huge skeletal flying dragons, and behind them is a humanoid skeleton with huge flesh wings on its back. Just like the vampires in the movies. In the blink of an eye, it occupied a large area of ??deck outside. Damn it! There are flying skeletons. Who said they couldn''t come over? People like me were actually stupid enough to linger here, waiting for the skeletons to give up the port. "Sound the alarm, you idiot." The bearded man cursed, drew his gun and got ready. A shrill alarm sounded. At the same time, there was the sound of a huge force being pulled on the locked cabin door. With a bang, the door was opened directly. The bearded man pointed his pistol at the door and cursed: "You pretenders, I will kill you just to see if you can still withstand bullets." The moment he cursed, the bearded man felt that his body was out of control and began to stiffen. With an expression of disbelief, the muzzle of the gun was turned around and pressed against his chin. He suddenly woke up from his drunkenness, and his expression turned into panic, "What did you do? No, no, I surrender. The explosion was just..." Bang~! The word "misunderstanding" has not yet been spoken. A gunshot rang out and a bullet penetrated his jaw. The bearded body suddenly fell backwards, blood staining the ground red. The man in the driving position put his head in his hands and shouted very fast: "I am the captain, don''t kill me. No one will sail the ship if I die. There are supplies on the ship. You can''t take away so much even if you can fly." (End of chapter) Chapter 611 , Sanbu Port Chapter 611, Shanbu Port ?Wu Heng looked at him and then glanced at the complicated control position. He said to the skeleton: "Watch him and kill him if he makes any move." Two vampire skeletons walked over and stood on both sides of the captain. The skeleton''s palms were placed on the opponent''s shoulders, causing the captain who was squatting on the ground to tremble and almost faint. Immediately afterwards, the sound of running footsteps came from the cabin. A small voice rang in my ears, "Uncle, there are many people rushing up from below, armed with weapons and pistols." "Go and kill everyone with weapons." Wu Heng ordered. The vampire skeletons behind him drew their weapons one after another. Rush down the stairs toward the cabin. Gunfire rang out, followed by a fight and wails of pain. Wu Heng looked at the trembling captain, who was hugging his head and asked: "Is there a loudspeaker on the ship to make announcements?" "Yes, this is it." The captain squatted on the ground and pointed carefully at the microphone on the side of the console. Wu Heng picked up the microphone, turned on the communication switch, and said directly: "I am the Xinfu City rescue team. We have now taken over the ship. If you put down your weapons, you will not be attacked by the skeletons." After finishing speaking, he put the microphone back. He also casually turned off the switch he just turned on. Wu Heng continued to look at the captain, "What''s your name?" "Qian Chengfeng, this matter has nothing to do with me." The captain replied squatting. "This is the only ship you have?" "One, I can sail it." "You answer whatever I ask." Wu Heng said coldly. Qian Chengfeng''s expression was suffocated, "Okay." "Is everyone from the base here?" "It''s all here." "Tell me about those people below." "The ones who wear weapons are the people in the base who are selected by him. The remaining people, women accompany them, and the men are responsible for ship maintenance." "Do you have any superpowers?" Qian Chengfeng pointed to the corpse not far away, "No, he took the corpse core, but he didn''t show any special powers." "He''s the leader?" "yes!" "Do you have any other plans for the follow-up?" Wu Heng then asked. Qian Chengfeng lowered his head in silence for a moment and shook his head, "I don''t know. I''m just an ordinary person. Because I can sail a boat, I get special attention. They won''t tell me what they decide." After asking this, Wu Heng did not continue to ask. "Take him to squat outside." Wu Heng said. The skeleton carried Qian Chengfeng and walked outside. Wu Heng glanced at the corpse on the ground. Release [Conversation with the Dead]. Just taking corpse cores, the level is only around level five, which is nothing compared to the size of the current skeleton team. The corpse on the ground suddenly sat up and looked here with turbid eyes. Wu Heng asked directly: "What are your follow-up plans?" "I have contacted the port in South Korea. If the skeleton does not leave, I will go directly there." The corpse replied. Sure enough, there are still follow-up plans. Moreover, this person has quite a wide network of contacts and can contact the port base over there. Wu Heng asked: "Are they so willing to accept you?" "I have taken corpse core. They need people like me, and they are very curious about some situations here, especially the Xinfu City base. They heard from me that they are willing to keep us after the conflict with you." "Uncle, our base is so famous." Xiaoxiao exclaimed from the side. Wu Heng did not answer Xiaoxiao and continued to ask: "How is their strength?" "Not sure." Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked about the Korean port. He might not be able to get anything out of it. Then he asked, "Who are the backbones of your base?" "Qian Chengfeng and I." "Isn''t Qian Chengfeng the captain?" "Yes, he is the deputy chief." After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. Wu Heng said nothing, while the three ghosts began to discuss quietly in mid-air. The timid-looking middle-aged man was obviously not as simple as he said. I sat in the cab and waited for a while. The remaining survivors were brought out. Only six people were left, and the rest were turned into corpses and piled together. Wu Heng walked out and put away all the pistols and weapons he found. He said to the skeleton: "Put them in a room. If you''re honest, don''t worry about them. If they have any intention of escaping or attacking, just kill them." The survivors'' bodies all trembled. Still following the skeleton, he walked towards the cabin. Entering a room, there was a skeleton guarding the door. Wu Heng returned to the cab and said, "Let''s go back to the port." "Yes!" Qian Chengfeng controlled the ship and approached the port full of skeletons. Zizzi~! The ship is on its way back. The portable radio station nearby made a slight electric sound. Then, a voice with a clear accent came over, "This is Shanfu Port, can you hear it, Kandra?" Sure enough, news came from the Korean port. Wu Heng looked at Qian Chengfeng aside, who wiped the sweat from his forehead and explained: "He, his name is Condra, and he has a foreign nationality." "Go and tell them that people fall asleep after drinking too much." Wu Heng said directly. While wiping his sweat, Qian Chengfeng walked over, opened the communication, and asked: "Kandra is drunk. I am the captain of this ship. What can I do for you?" The voice on the other side paused. But he still said: "This drunkard, when he wakes up, tell him that our port allows you to approach and bring the supplies you mentioned." "When the leader wakes up, I will convey it to him." "Um." Hang up chat. Qian Chengfeng''s face also looked a little ugly. Then he said: "I don''t know about this matter, he arranged it himself." Wu Heng waved his hand and said directly, "Continue to dock." "Oh! Okay." Ships dock. Qi Hancai led people over. The survivors were taken down. Wu Heng said: "I killed some of them, and the remaining survivors will be taken care of first, and we will investigate separately when the time comes." Qi Hancai turned around and ordered. Bai Qing immediately took away all the survivors. When the people got off the boat, the corpses were transformed into skeletons. Wu Heng continued to say to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Mobile a thousand skeletons on board." Wow~! The large group of skeletons standing at the port moved into action. Boarding the cargo ship directly, part of it goes into the cabin and part of it stands on the deck. Qi Hancai looked at the skeleton in action, "Are you going to sea again?" "These people have contacted the port in South Korea. I plan to go there and ask if there is anyone in the team who can speak Korean?" Wu Heng said roughly. Wu Heng decided to go to the port in South Korea after thinking about it. Plans for laying out Treasure Island. I need a lot of people. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and started asking about Korean. Not long after, a man in his thirties came over. Salute to the two of them. "Chief, deputy chief, I know some Korean and have passed the Korean exam, but I haven''t spoken much in several years. I wonder if I can help." Wu Heng nodded, "Probably as long as you know a little bit, let''s get on the boat." Turning around and getting on the boat, Qi Hancai also walked up. Wu Heng didn''t say much. Entering the cab, he continued to say to Qian Chengfeng, "Let''s go to Shanbu Port." The cargo ship restarts. Rush towards the target direction. Sanbu Port. In a well-furnished room. A burly man in pajamas was sitting at the dining table eating. Even if food is scarce in the last days, the table is still full of fish and meat, and you can enjoy the wine leisurely. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. The man paused while eating. "Come in!" The door opened, and a middle-aged man in a suit walked in, saluted and said: "President, a group of survivors just came to join us. I heard that the base is developing well under your leadership. Their leader''s wife wants to personally Come thank you. The president who was dining looked at him. "Have you washed it?" "Jiang has taken a bath, but he looks a little malnourished." The middle-aged man in a suit said. "Not bad." The president nodded, as if remembering something, and asked again, "The ship at the coastal port you mentioned should be arriving soon!" The man in the suit introduced, "It should be soon. The leader of the other party is called ''Condra''. He is an Italian mixed-race and a person who has taken corpse core. He also brought information about the recently popular Xinfu City. "I know, bring that woman here!" "Yes, President!" The middle-aged man left. Not long after, the door knocked again. A young woman was pushed directly in. The president turned to look at the other person, scanning his face and figure. He grabbed some rice, stirred it with the soup, and threw it on the ground, "Come over and eat when you''re hungry, crawl over here!" The woman''s eyes showed desire. He crawled over like crazy and started grabbing the rice on the ground. The president smiled, wiped his hands, and lifted the long skirt of the kneeling woman to her waist. (End of chapter) Chapter 612 , go to the island Chapter 612, Going to the Island "Chief, we can see Shanfu Port." Qian Chengfeng turned around and looked behind him. Wu Heng looked up and saw that the sky was brightening and a port appeared at the end of the sea level. "Don''t get too close yet." "Okay." Qian Chengfeng responded. The ship stopped moving and began to wander in place. In the control room, Qi Hancai and the accompanying translator ''Xin He'' were also in the same room. Qi Hancai also walked over and looked outside, "Attacking directly?" This time a thousand skeletons were carried. There are a few among them, particularly powerful ones, whose combat power is not weaker than that of the Corpse King. Taking down an ordinary base is basically no problem. Unless a base like the main station has sufficient heavy firepower and weapons, one thousand is definitely not enough. "Let''s see what happens." Wu Heng said, and continued: "Go prepare breakfast first, and we''ll talk after dinner." Qi Hancai nodded and winked to the side. Xinhe immediately said: "I will prepare." With that said, he walked down to the cabin. Wu Heng walked out of the pilothouse, and there were a large number of skeleton axe-wielders standing on the deck, swaying slightly with the swaying hull. He glanced into the distance, and with a thought, three ghosts flew out. Remain invisible and float beside you. Wu Heng said directly: "That''s a base over there. Check it out separately and then come back and tell me." "clear!" The three ghosts responded and flew out quickly. Breakfast is some canned food and instant noodles. For most survivors, it is also a rare food. After breakfast and waiting for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back first, and because there were other people present, he got directly into the body. The images you see are shared in your mind. The perspective starts from the cargo ship leaving the foot, and moves towards the base in the distance. When approaching Sanbu Port, you can see cargo ships parked in the port, many fishing boats, and a ship that should be a military vessel. Continue to go ashore along the port and fly to the left. Along the way, dilapidated and temporary iron houses are closely connected, and the walls are covered with various slogans and patterns. Last night I learned some Korean from Sin Hyuk. The words "persistence in unity and final victory" can be discerned. Then there was a square, where people lined up neatly, holding bowls or lunch boxes, waiting to receive food like thin soup. It seems that the living conditions in the base are not very good. Then, Penny and Glenda also flew back one after another. Penny went to the other side, and it was still a similar environment. The empty place was crowded with temporary iron houses, and in another square, people were receiving food. Granda went to the military camp in the base. There were many troops with guns in the base, most of them gathered on the side close to the land. No armored vehicles were seen, and no heavy weapons were seen. Next, it depends on how to deal with this matter. Zizzi~~! While Wu Heng was thinking, the sound of electricity came from the radio. Then, in standard Chinese, he said: "This is Shanfu Port, are you still there, Kandra?" Qian Chengfeng looked at Wu Heng with questioning eyes. Wu Heng said: "Tell them that we have arrived near Shanbu Port." Qian Chengfeng picked up the phone and said directly: "We have arrived near the port." "Is that cargo ship in the distance yours? You can dock it and ask your people not to take drastic actions." Several people present looked at Wu Heng in unison. If you want to attack forcefully, the best time is early in the morning before people react. There is no attack, but if we dock now. There are so many skeletons on this ship that if you get closer, there will be a fight. Qian Chengfeng looked back again, and Wu Heng said: "I will go there first, and then let the freighter pass after we have discussed it." Qian Chengfeng looked confused and covered the phone, "Who is coming?" "You said Condra." Qian Chengfeng was a little confused, but he still followed the other party''s instructions and said into the microphone: "Our leader ''Kandra'' will go over first, and then we will let the freighter dock at the port after the discussion is completed." "Whatever you want." The other party said and hung up the chat directly. In the room, the three people looked over with some confusion. Qi Hancai asked: "It seems they have known each other before, how did they get there?" Kondela was the bearded man that Wu Heng killed. Everyone is dead and there must be no way to get ashore. Wu Heng said: "I have a way to get there. Qi Hancai will stay on the ship and command the cargo ship. I will take Kaxiu to the island. If there is any problem, I will notify you and let the skeleton launch an attack directly." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "Don''t you need Xinhe to follow you?" "No, there''s obviously someone over there who can speak Chinese." Wu Heng said something and said to Qian Chengfeng: "Put the boat down." Qian Chengfeng pressed the button, and a small boat hanging on the side of the ship was lowered into the sea. Wu Heng walked out of the cabin, and Qi Hancai followed. There was still some worry in his eyes. Wu Heng took out the human skin mask and put it on, and in the next second he directly transformed into ''Kandra''. Hair color and beard, exactly the same as the corpse. Qi Hancai''s eyes widened a lot, "Disguise." "Don''t worry, I''m fine here. Keep an eye on Qian Chengfeng. If he does something, kill him directly." Wu Heng said seriously. Qi Hancai glanced sideways and behind to confirm that no one was there, and asked softly: "Isn''t he the captain?" "He is also the deputy leader of the port base. How can he be an ordinary person to sit in this position?" "Understood! If there is a problem, I will kill him." Qi Hancai nodded. Protecting Qi Hancai is a level 15 skeleton. Coupled with the ship full of skeletons, there is no problem in killing a person like Qian Chengfeng. "I''m going over there, pay attention to the radio." "Um." Wu Heng started the speedboat and approached the island. All the way to the port. Wu Heng took Ka Xiu and boarded the port. After looking around, a man wearing a suit and a windbreaker came over and said hello in Chinese, "Long time no see, Condra." Wu Heng also played his own role, "Long time no see, I seem to have lost a lot of weight." "In this current environment, I think it''s pretty good. Your Chinese is becoming more and more standard, and it still has a Northeastern flavor." "Is it true? Many people say so." The man in the suit dismissed the guards, beckoned and said, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to see President Cui. People with special abilities are recruited here. With your ability, you will definitely be reused." Wu Heng looked grateful, "Thanks to your recommendation, my friend." "In the current situation, we should help each other even more." The two walked out of the port and got into a car. The man in the suit turned his head and glanced, followed Kaxiu who was sitting behind him, and asked curiously: "What do you call this friend? Isn''t it boring to cover him up so tightly?" "His name is Kaxiu. My friend abroad cannot understand what we are saying. He is now responsible for protecting my safety." Wu Heng explained. "Haha, that''s right!" Wu Heng looked out the car window, which looked like row houses in a refugee area, "Is there enough food here?" "It''s enough, you don''t have to worry about that." "Why does it look like everyone is half dead?" The man in the suit smiled and looked behind him through the reversing mirror, "This is the end of the world, brother. Some people are no longer valuable. If we keep them alive, I''m afraid that one day the zombie wave will come, and someone will come to delay the time." Wu Heng''s eyes were a little surprised. Many people will do this, but I have never seen it before. Who takes this sentence as a rule in advance. Wu Heng did not answer, but changed the topic, "Did the army come to save anyone?" "Which one? The Korean Army or the American Army?" "No one came?" "No one is coming." The other party sneered and said. The car kept going. Stopped at a port hotel. There were armed guards guarding the door, and a banner similar to that of a chamber of commerce was hung on the roof. It feels like a different world, where the city lord''s palace governs independently. Follow the man in the suit just as he approaches. Then he saw a woman in a long skirt stumbling out. His eyes dodge and he looks around. Run towards a corner. A man stood up from the corner and asked urgently. "Come on, let''s go in." The man in the suit said. Wu Heng took Ka Xiu and walked in together. On the top floor, outside a room. The door is guarded. After a simple body search, he looked at the tiger fingers on Ka Xiu''s waist. The guard smiled and didn''t care. The man in a suit said hello, knocked on the door, and said in Korean: "President, Condra is here." "Come in!" The door opens. We walked in together. The layout of the room is quite luxurious, it should be at the level of a luxury suite. A burly man in a bathrobe was sitting carelessly on the sofa in the living room. He looked at the two figures who followed in. The man in a suit said: "President, this is the ''Kandra'' I mentioned, and the other one is his bodyguard, who is also very skilled." "Where is their ship?" asked the president. "We haven''t docked yet. We''ll dock after we negotiate." "A little too careful." The two communicated in Korean, and Wu Heng could understand clearly from the sidelines. After finishing speaking. The man in the suit smiled, "This is our President Cui, the leader of the entire base." The burly President Cui looked at the other party, waiting for the other party to flatter him. His brows suddenly frowned. The other person''s gaze changed. It''s completely different than when I came in. Indifferent, as if watching prey. "Xiba!" President Cui cursed, stood up and grabbed the bottom of the coffee table. Wu Heng said calmly, "Kill him." (End of chapter) Chapter 613 , take control of the situation Chapter 613, taking control of the situation Click~! The crisp bone friction sounded. A burly man sitting on the sofa. His neck suddenly twisted at a weird angle, his eyes widened, and the pistol fell to the ground. The body also fell on the sofa. The man in the suit looked horrified, everything that happened was too weird. President Cui actually died like this. He turned around and wanted to run away, but found that his body was frozen in place, as if he had lost control of his legs. "Be honest, you don''t want to die here!" Wu Heng said. The man in the suit walked backwards back to the sofa and sat next to the dead body. "Condra, we are friends!" "Are you his translator?" Wu Heng asked. "secretary!" "What''s your name?" The man in the suit opened his eyes wider, "You are not Condra." "Answer the question." Wu Heng looked directly at him. "Liu Minlong." Wu Heng looked directly at him and said seriously: "I want to replace him now. Make a plan for me. If it succeeds, you will live. If it fails, you will go down and continue to be his secretary." "Everyone in the base has a gun, and they don''t listen to me." Wu Heng snapped his fingers. Liu Minlong''s neck began to feel a huge force, twisting it backwards. "I have a way, I have a way!" Liu Minlong said in horror. "Tell me and listen." Liu Minlong immediately said: "There are four teams in the base, two are responsible for the defense of the land, one is responsible for the security in the base, and the other guards the port. They are all loyal to the president. Replace them and then find a way to control them." army." "How many people are in the army?" "There are only over fifty people in the army." Wu Heng nodded and released [Conversation with the Dead] on the corpse. The corpse that had just died suddenly sat up. His head was still turned back, but his eyes tried hard to look at Wu Heng''s location. Liu Minlong was so frightened that his body trembled, but he could not move. What happened today. It was like seeing a ghost. Wu Heng asked the corpse: "How many teams do you have?" "Five teams." Wu Heng glanced at the man in the suit. Just as the other party was about to explain, Wu Heng continued to ask: "What are the five teams?" "Four defense teams, one is my guard." The corpse replied. "I want to take your place, do you have any suggestions?" Wu Heng asked directly. The corpse replied, "Kill those captains, they are all people I support and trust." The answer given by President Cui is straightforward. Killing all the people directly is indeed a simple and effective way. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where did the rifle come from?" "There is a warship docking in the port, and there are weapons on it." "Who can drive the warship?" Wu Heng asked next. "Some of the three teams guarding the port are from the navy." After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. Liu Minlong, who was wearing a suit, began to tremble and hurriedly explained, "There are only eight guards in the guard team who guard the hotel door and bedroom door in shifts. This is not a team. Please forgive me, please forgive me..." "Can the people from the third team control the warship?" "Yes, the rest of the ships over there are also controlled by them." Liu Minlong replied immediately. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let the two guards at the door come in." Liu Minlong was controlled to get up, walked to the door, pondered for a moment, and said: "Guards, come in and throw things out." The door opens. Two guards came in. With a quick glance, he saw the tragically dead president inside. Kaxiu turned into an afterimage, appeared in front of the two of them, and quickly threw two punches. The neck is broken and the head is drooped on the chest. The body fell to the ground with two bangs. He was dragged by Ka Xiu and thrown next to the president''s body. Wu Heng continued: "Go and call all the captains over and ask the president to hold a meeting for them." "Okay, I''ll go now." "Get in touch via the walkie-talkie." "Okay." Liu Minlong picked up the walkie-talkie and relayed messages one after another. Let them come to the hotel for a meeting to introduce the newly added captain of the fifth team. Not long after. There was a knock on the door, and a man in leather clothes walked in. "Uncle, the guard at your door is **** lazy." Liu Minlong introduced, "Captain of the first team." "Kill." Ka Xiu took one step forward and was already in front of the opponent. He punched out and shattered his chest. The body fell backward. Someone just died. Behind him, the captains of the second team, the third team, and the fourth team also walked in one after another. Kaxiu, who was waiting at the door, killed them all one by one. Liu Minlong''s eyes widened. They really killed them all. Not a single one was left. Moreover, who is this tightly covered person? He actually punches one person. No one was killed by the second punch. Wu Heng kicked the body. He didn''t transform immediately, and then said: "Let''s go to the port." Ghost released Liu Minlong. The latter followed him obediently, walked out of the hotel together, and took the bus to the port again. Compared to when it came. Liu Minlong had nothing to say and remained silent along the way. Only the driver said a few words casually. Seeing that something was not right in the atmosphere, he drove quietly. After arriving at the port. Wu Heng said to Liu Minlong: "Let all the soldiers at the port come over." Liu Minlong greeted loudly. All the people guarding the port and nearby gathered over. Neatly arranged, waiting for the next instruction. Wu Heng stood on the high platform, took out the spine staff in his hand, and said: "Everyone, look into my eyes." Everyone looked over. "Sleep!" Wow~! All the figures fell down in one piece, and even Liu Minlong fell directly to the ground. Wu Heng took out his portable radio and adjusted the frequency band, "Qian Chengfeng!" "Yes, it''s okay here." It was Qi Hancai who answered. Each other''s voices are familiar, and you know who they are as soon as you hear them. "Come over here, let the ship dock and go ashore." "receive!" In the distance, the cargo ship was getting closer and closer, slowly docking at the side of the port. Qi Hancai and Xin He came ashore, and Qian Chengfeng was escorted up by two skeletons. Then came a large number of skeletons, rushing up with a roar. The port was crowded with people. Wu Heng took off his mask and put away the space ring. Qi Hancai came over and said, "Qian Chengfeng tried to get off the speedboat and escape, but was subdued by the skeleton." "We will deal with him later." Wu Heng said, then looked at the skeletons on the shore, "Tie up all these people." The skeleton stepped forward and **** the guards all over the ground. Wait until this is done. Wu Heng unfolded a suggested port map and said: "Qi Hancai, take Xinhe to the hotel here. There is a green flag hanging at the door. Find the radio station and announce that we occupy this place. We will not be attacked if we put down our weapons." , I took the skeletons and controlled the remaining teams." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded. "Hurry up and get everything done before dark." Wu Heng asked again. The skeletons split into two teams. Quickly spread out and move closer to the target. In the car, the driver waiting at the intersection looked at the skeleton passing through the car. He was crouched in his seat with a look of horror on his face. (End of chapter) Chapter 614 , leave this to you first Chapter 614, Ill leave this to you first An army of skeletons rushes through the narrow streets. The dense footsteps made the rows of iron houses on both sides rattle. Amid the screams, the survivors fled, or closed the doors and windows and hid in simple shacks. While the skeleton army moved forward quickly. Qi Hancai also successfully occupied the Port Hotel and found equipment for external broadcasting. A voice came out from the radio in the base. "We are the Sinfu City rescue team and have now fully taken over the Shanbu Port base. Please close the doors and windows tightly and do not go out. If you stay outside, please find a safe corner to hide. Don''t do anything drastic when you see skeletons in action. They Will not actively harm survivors. The loudspeaker announces three times. The sound is not loud and enough to cover the entire base. Only then did the chaotic survivors realize that some rescue team seemed to have occupied this place. The skeletons I saw were not new types of monsters. Maybe it''s the rumored new type of superpower. On Wu Heng''s side, he listened to the contents of the loudspeaker. It was also confirmed that Qi Hancai entered the hotel. He waved his hand again, causing the skeleton to speed up. There are no stops along the way. Quickly approach the wall on the inside of the land. Bang bang bang~! As soon as he ran out of the corner, intensive gunfire sounded. Bullets were fired at the skeleton team intensively, crackling on the skeleton''s armor, as well as the surrounding walls and ground. "Attack, kill them all." Wu Heng ordered directly. Huhuhu~! There was a sound of breaking through the air, and the vampire skeletons flew into the sky and swooped down, directly rushing into the crowd. The sound of gunfire caused chaos in an instant, and the base troops dispersed and fled in all directions. The skeleton army below swarmed up and flooded the camp under the wall. The resistance did not last long. The sound of fighting soon stopped, and the skeletons that rushed past also entered the standby state again. Roar~! As soon as it became quiet here, a corpse roar came from outside the wall. Xiaoxiao flew down and said, "There are zombies attracted here, about twenty." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at Glenda. The latter nodded, "Absolutely." "Uncle, what do you mean?" Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton, "Vampire skeleton, go and kill the ones outside." The vampire skeleton flew out again and dived towards the zombies again. Wu Heng continued to order the remaining skeletons, "Clean the battlefield, collect weapons and armor, and search nearby rooms." The skeleton on standby immediately took action. The dead bodies were dragged together and they began to take off their clothes. Not long after, the battle outside the wall ended, and all the vampire skeletons flew back. Rifles and body armor were all collected and piled aside. In some rooms, some bullets, cans and other food were also found. After putting away all the rifle body armor. Wu Heng released [Dead Skeleton Battlefield], and a gray-white halo of light spread out, and together with the corpses of the zombies outside, they all turned into skeletons and stood up. The sound of bones rubbing and rattling. "Open the door and let in the skeletons outside." Wu Heng said. The iron door, which had been welded several times, was slowly opened. The skeleton transformed from the zombie corpse shook the minced meat from its body and walked in slowly. Join the queue of skeletons. Then, Wu Heng began to count the skeletons. Together, they selected two hundred axe-wielding skeletons and ten vampire skeletons. "You continue to guard here to prevent zombies from approaching. If any survivors provoke or attack, you can fight back." Wu Heng said to the skeletons who remained. The skeletons climbed back onto the wall. With weapons in hand, the guards began to continue to act as guards. Wu Heng waved his hand and started to return along the original route with the remaining skeletons. Return to hotel. Qi Hancai introduced: "Those people who were kidnapped at the port are all locked up together. How to deal with them later?" The rest were killed, but the team guarding the ship at the port did not kill them directly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "There are people on the warship here. Find them. Let the survivors identify the rest. If there is any problem, kill them directly." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then added, "There is a warehouse on the first floor with a lot of food and supplies. It seems that the leader here should be in control." "Are there any weapons or anything?" "There are guns and bullets." "Let''s go, take me there." Wu Heng said. The two walked towards the side of the building. The lock and chain of the iron door had been opened. In the room, there are skeletons who will sort out supplies. Separate all food, weapons, and daily necessities. On the cabinet shelf on one side, you can also see a large number of banknotes and 10 gold bricks arranged in a pyramid shape. Each gold brick is 100 grams, a total of five stacks. The rest, as well as some gold and silver jewelry, were packed in a box. This guy is quite well prepared. Even if order was restored, he kept some funds. Wu Heng put the firearms and gold into the space ring. Glancing at Qi Hancai on the side, he found a [Protective Pendant] from the space and handed it to her. Said: "This is the pendant that can protect you at critical times. There may be someone else who is related to what we killed, so be careful." Qi Hancai took it and looked at it, "With the skeleton protecting me, there will be no danger." "It didn''t happen this time. It will also have a protective effect in the future." "Okay!" Qi Hancai didn''t say much and put it on his neck directly. The two of them walked upstairs together. Qi Hancai then asked: "Is there anything else I need to do for the rest?" Wu Heng thought as he walked, "Just follow the way you managed the base before. If you don''t understand, just ask Xin He to translate." "I see." The two of them walked to the top floor together. Wu Heng chose a suite on the back, "I''ll leave this to you. By the way, let''s make sure our base is safe." "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng walked into the room and checked it carefully. Opened the boundary door and walked in. Wu Heng left. Qi Hancai also went downstairs again. Xinhe was waiting on the first floor, leaned over and said, "Sister Qi, what should we do next?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "Publish the broadcast and say that survivors will be counted in the square. Those who come can receive rice and noodles. People with special skills can be allocated additional houses and residences." "Understood." Xinhe went to the broadcast room and began to announce the original words. Soon, a new broadcast sounded in the base. When I heard that I could get rice and noodles if I went there, and people with special skills could get better treatment. The people living in Teppanyaki also started to liven up. People came out one after another. Looking nervously at the guarding skeleton, he began to line up and receive things. (End of chapter) Chapter 615 , changing the stage play Chapter 615, changing the stage play Treasure Island. Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and Minnie and the others were bringing dinner to the table. Saw him coming down. He immediately smiled and said, "Master, dinner is about to begin." "What are you going to eat today?" Wu Heng sat down at the dining table. "Coconut-flavored fish soup, beef and shrimp cakes, and two side dishes. Master, do you want to add anything? I''ll ask the chef to make them." Minnie looked over with wide eyes. "It''s quite rich." Wu Heng smiled. Minnie thought for a moment, walked quickly to the kitchen, and shouted: "Add four more grilled oysters." The remaining maids also smiled. After Minnie came back, they sat at the dining table to eat together. Andweil said: "Master, Detective Books, several more caravans have signed agreements with the city hall, and the total number of orders has exceeded 70,000." Wu Heng''s eating movements paused. Its rising so fast! I have been in the zombie world for three days, and the caravans here have begun to order books one after another. Of course, this is a good thing for yourself. You can promote it better and make some money at the same time. "You can just ask the printing company to print more." "Okay master." Anderweil nodded. Finished here. The skeleton placed four portions of grilled oysters on the table. From the very back, it reached right in front of Wu Heng. Minnie said: "Master, we and Sister Shannella have also chosen the venue for the exhibition. It is a commercial store in the newly built area. Sister Shannella said that it is very good there and the area is sufficient." Wu Heng picked up the oysters and put them into his bowl. He said: "After you have chosen it, let the designer Yousef decorate it and decorate it according to Shanara''s ideas. She is more experienced in business." Yousef is the name of the dwarf designer. Now I have my own design institute, and some of my people are responsible for the development of the island and some change plans. "Understood." Anderweil responded. After chatting for a while, dinner was over. The maids went to the training room, while Wu Heng was in the courtyard, continuing to look at the electromagnetic gun drawings. Assemble complex parts. I always have a feeling in my heart that if I put it together according to the drawings, it shouldn''t be a big problem. Late at night. There was a sound of insects chirping outside the window, making the night seem less silent. Wu Heng lay on the bed, staring at the ceiling, and began to think in his mind. The progress of the zombie world is still quite big. Not only were modern ships found, but also a military ship. Taking it to Treasure Island will increase the safety of the Emerald Sea to a greater extent. The situation at sea is not the same as on land. Even if the pirates are eliminated at once, as time goes by, there will still be people who become pirates one after another. Shipping routes, for ordinary people. If you succeed once, you will be able to spend money in a lifetime. "It''s just...the issue of sailing..." In addition to sailing, warships also need to maintain and operate some equipment, which cannot be completed by one person. After transformation, corpses in the zombie world will initially be at level one. It is also difficult to retain any ability. The main reason why Wu Heng did not kill the captain of the cargo ship, Qian Chengfeng, was that he was afraid that after he was transformed into a corpse, he would be stupid and unable to sail the ship. At that time, the boat will be floating on the sea, which will be interesting. "Let someone teach the skeleton, or find a way to transform the corpse and retain the ability to sail the ship." Wu Heng felt a little worried. "Master, why are you awake?" Andwyer, who was leaning on her left arm, looked up. Wu Heng hugged her gently and said, "It''s okay, go to sleep." "Yeah." Anderweil smiled. Wu Heng glanced at the other side, where Minnie was still sleeping soundly, and covered the three of them with a thin quilt. Hugging the two of them, they closed their eyes and fell asleep. The next day, have breakfast. Wu Heng moved his body in the courtyard. There was some light rain on the island last night, water droplets hung on the flowers, plants and leaves, and there was a feeling of humidity in the air. Wu Heng sat in the living room and rested for a while. There was a knock on the courtyard door. Catwoman Robert ran over to open the door, said a few words to the person outside, and then ran back quickly. "Master, Sister Wei''er sent people over. She said that a bard went to the city hall specifically and wanted to see you. He said he wanted to adapt the great detective story into a stage play." Wu Heng paused while serving tea and drinking water. To be adapted into a stage play. There are also stage plays in this world, and they are popular among noble ladies. The story type is a love story between nobles. To change the great detective. It can be considered a breakthrough. "Where''s the bard?" Wu Heng asked. Robbe shook his head, "The person here is from the city hall. If you have any orders, just ask him to take them back." Wu Heng thought for a moment, he really should meet this bard. But its not appropriate to bring people into your home. "Let the bard go to the association''s conference room. I will go there then." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Robert left again. Go outside the door and spread the word. Wu Heng adjusted his mansion technique again and then put on his coat. After talking to a few maids, they also went out and headed to the association. The carriage stopped in front of the association. Wu Heng walked down wearing a ''veil''. Crowds of people were coming and going at the entrance of the association, which was surprisingly lively. On the contrary, the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite looked very desolate, with two or three people coming in and out scatteredly. It was completely different from the first time Wu Heng went to Treasure Island. Wu Heng just glanced at it. He was still very dissatisfied with the Treasure Island consortium, but the other party was so powerful that he didn''t really need to do anything. If we continue like this, I''m afraid we won''t be able to last long on the island. Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. We walked directly into the association''s building. The hall was even more lively, with many people looking at the notice board and some sitting in the lounge area chatting. Quickly walk through the hall. Walking into the long corridor on one side, I saw ''Kawina'' walking towards me, looking down at the documents. This is my earliest teammate in Blackstone Town. It seems that nothing has changed. "Kawina!" Wu Heng greeted. Kavina, who was walking with her head lowered, looked up at him, her brows slightly raised. Wu Heng took off his ''veil'', revealing his original face. Seeing that it was Wu Heng, Kavina immediately showed a smile on her face, "Wu Heng! No, my lord, the island owner." As he spoke, he bowed slightly. "How are you doing recently?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. The last time we met was when ''Lu An'' went to the island to challenge. But there were a lot of people at the time, so the two of them went about their own business without saying a word. Kavina came over and said, "It''s good. Everyone knows that I came to seek refuge with you. Everything went smoothly." "It sounds like I''m giving you special care." Kavina shrugged, "That''s the fact, and everyone thinks so." Wu Heng reminded, "Don''t say that outside. I have many enemies." "I understand, only the people in the association know about it." Kavina said in a solemn tone, "I read Beni''s story. It was about Blackstone Town. I remember this maid." Wu Heng also lowered his voice, "It''s Blackstone Town, but there is no danger in the town. The deacon and captain are also fine, so don''t worry." "That''s good. If I hadn''t met you today, I would have gone to your place to ask." Wu Heng then asked, "Are you still renting a house now?" "Ah, it''s still the same place as before." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The new residential area has been built. When you have time, go to the city hall to find Anderweil, my former assistant, and ask her to pick a good land for you." Kavina immediately waved her hand, "No, I''m fine. No need." "The island is still expanding, there will be more and more houses, and it is safer to be closer to the central area." Wu Heng said. Kavina pondered for a moment, then nodded, "Then I bought it from you. When I have enough money, I will return it to you." "Okay, it won''t be too late to give it to me when you get rich." "It''s convenient to have someone up there." Kavina sighed. Wu Heng looked at her again, "What are you doing?" "There is a wanted criminal, and I am planning to take someone there to investigate." Kavina patted the document in her hand. "Then go and do your work. Let me know when you''ve chosen a place, and I''ll have someone turn on the air conditioner for you." Kavina smiled and nodded, "I''m just being raised by you." "goodbye." "goodbye!" Separate from Kavina. Wu Heng went to the association meeting room. When he opened the door, he saw a middle-aged man in a blue-gray robe sitting on the outside of the room. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he took another look at his appearance. He stood up immediately and said respectfully: "Saban, the level 10 bard, has met the island owner." "Sit down and talk." Wu Heng sat down inside. Saban also sat down opposite, and continued: "Island owner, thank you for publishing the story. I read your story to the guests in the tavern, and only then can I reach level 10." It seems that the other party has improved his level while telling his story. "The story is one thing, but the more important thing is your efforts." Wu Heng said. Promotion in every profession is not that easy. More often than not, when the other party reaches level 10, even if the story takes up part of it, it cannot rely entirely on one story. I heard that. Saban has even more respect for the young island owner in front of him. He said directly: "Sir, I want to form a performance troupe to compile your story into a stage play and present it to more people." Wu Heng knew about this before coming. I also agreed with this in my heart. "Have all the personnel been found?" Saban was a little embarrassed, "Not yet. I want to finish talking to you and then find someone else." (End of chapter) Chapter 616 , count me in Chapter 616, Count me in Saban''s answer is reasonable. It''s not too late to at least get permission from the island master''s palace before looking for stage actors. Wu Heng then asked, "What kind of performance are you planning?" Saban responded: "I''m thinking of the public kind of performance." Copyrights for stories in this world are not that well established. Even if it is a performance in a theater, it is difficult for the original author to benefit from it. That is, on Treasure Island, under my nose, otherwise no one would come to say hello if I organized a stage play. As for public performances, they are similar to those in a pub. Anyone can watch it, and they dont charge money. There is no need for Wu Heng to argue with the other party about copyright fees. He said directly: "Since you want to try to adapt it into a stage play, I allow you to perform it." Hearing these words, Saban''s face immediately lit up with joy. Things went smoother than he thought. The island owner also does not have the high airs of the nobles in the past. "Thank you, Lord Island Master." "Listen to what I have to say!" Wu Heng spoke again. Saban looked suffocated and became serious again. Wu Heng said: "I allow you to adapt the story, but the story cannot deviate from the theme, nor can it have a negative impact on Treasure Island and the island owner''s mansion." The story has given me a lot of positive reputation. I also hope that it can be maintained and no problems will arise because of the stage show. "Island owner, we will respect the story and the author, and will not have a negative impact on you and the work." Saban assured in a solemn voice. "Go back and prepare. I look forward to your performance later." Wu Heng smiled. Saban also suppressed the joy in his heart, "I will not disappoint the island owner." "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded. Saban saluted again and exited the room. Wu Heng continued to sit at the table and was not in a hurry to leave immediately. Regarding the stage play, I also talked about it with some maids when I came here. In this world, there is no "Go back and prepare well. I''m also looking forward to what kind of story you can tell." Saipan forced down the joy in his heart, "I will not let you down." "Um!" Saipan saluted again and exited the room. After he left, Wu Heng also left the conference room. Walk out along the corridor. Passing by the deacon''s study, Wu Heng thought for a moment and knocked on the door. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. In the study room. Sheila Gui and Shi Yali are both there. "Why are you here at the association today?" Xila Gui asked with a smile. Wu Heng sat down aside and said casually, "Come and borrow the conference room." "What are you using the conference room for?" "The bard on the island plans to adapt the story of the first volume of the Great Detective into a stage play, and he talked to me about it." Wu Heng replied. Shi Yali brought the tea, bent down and placed it on the coffee table, and asked with wide eyes, "Volume 1? Are there any follow-up stories?" Wu Heng picked up the tea and took a sip, "Of course, the series will continue in the next issue of the newspaper." The whole set of great detective stories is almost 500,000 words long, and is serialized in a newspaper format. It can also be serialized for a year and a half. It can be said that serialized stories in newspapers are not something to worry about in the short term. "The subsequent story is also about solving the case?" Shi Yali''s eyes lit up and she moved forward. "A new case." "About what?" Shi Yali asked. royal scandal. The light in Shi Yali''s eyes grew brighter, and she moved forward twice, hugging one of his arms, "Which royal family? Is it a story of aristocratic romance? Is anyone dead?" "It would be pointless to tell you." Wu Heng said. Sitting behind the desk, Sheela frowned and glanced at the position where her sister was holding the other person''s arm. She said directly: "Shi Yali, that''s alright, don''t go too far." Shi Yali also reacted immediately and explained: "Just ask casually." After saying that, he stood up and sat back in his office. Xila Gui looked at Wu Heng again, "Don''t you want to use the conference room?" "I came here after I finished using it," Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui suddenly realized, "I''m telling you, you''re not in a hurry at all." Wu Hengze continued to ask: "What occupation do you think is more suitable for captain and ship control?" Sheila Gui thought for a while, "There''s not much difference, right! Controlling a ship at sea depends more on navigation experience and understanding of the ship. It does not belong to a separate profession. Warriors and rangers are both acceptable." Wu Heng felt that he had missed the point, so he asked again, "What about the control machine? It''s a strange machine like a train." "Actually, it''s the same. There''s not much difference. If I have to say it, the magic weapon master should know more about these devices and control them easier." Sheila Gui replied again. Wu Heng nodded, it was pretty much what he thought. Strange weapons are designed for other people to use. Can control any occupation. "That makes sense." Sheela looked at him and asked, "Why are you asking these questions? What''s your plan?" "I just plan to research a new gadget." "You can still do this?" Xila Ge raised her eyebrows and continued, "Don''t you feel that you are paying too much attention to things? I don''t want to hit you, but it is better for you to focus on spells. Don''t Always wasting time on things that have nothing to do with career. For others, their hobbies are too broad and they do not focus on their careers. It''s really not doing your job properly. But the situation in Wuheng is somewhat different. "Would you like to make a bet!" Wu Heng said with a smile. "What kind of bet are you making?" Silla glanced at Shi Yali from the corner of her eye and emphasized: "Let''s make it clear first, I don''t want to bet money or anything." "Let''s bet on whether I can come up with a shocking weapon." Wu Heng looked directly at the opponent. "You are really incompetent. You are a mage. What kind of strange weapons are you studying?" Sheela Gui was speechless. "Bet or not!" "What are you betting on?" Sheela asked nonchalantly. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Whoever wins agrees to the other''s request." "Okay, the premise is that I want to feel shocked." Sheila Gui emphasized. Anyway, its up to you whether youll be surprised or not, and you wont lose no matter what you think. Shi Yali also immediately raised her hand, "Count me in." "Okay, then it will be the three of us." Wu Heng agreed with a smile. Here is one more. Jinfan Tavern, in the private room on the top floor. "Everyone, the island owner only wants the plot to be consistent with the original work, and has no other requirements. If anyone is willing to join, please give me a happy word." Saban stood straight, looked at the people sitting around, and said with a smile. There were also many people gathered in the room. They are all bards above level 5 on the island, and some of them are also stationed in various taverns to tell stories in the newspapers. Before the publication of newspapers, bards did not have a high status on Treasure Island. But as newspapers became more and more popular, this profession also began to receive some attention. "Mr. Saban, I have some questions and I want to ask them first." A middle-aged man in a purple robe stood up and saluted first. Saban hurriedly returned the favor. He also knows this person, the island''s 12th-level bard ''Fandral'', who has considerable prestige in Beacon Street. Fandral said with a soft voice: "In what form will this stage play be performed? Are there any conditions promised by the Island Lord''s Mansion?" Everyone looked over. Reading the newspaper in the tavern also charges a fee. Saban replied, "The island owner did not put any conditions. My personal idea is that as long as the effect we present is good, the pubs will also invite us to perform. There will be no delay in leveling or making money." Fandal nodded and asked: "Will the stage play delay everyone''s time for reporting? I''m afraid there are many people here rehearsing all day long." As soon as this question came up. People with regular taverns pricked up their ears. Saban took a sip of tea and said, "No, we can coordinate the time, and it will take a certain amount of time to choose a role that suits everyone. If you want to participate in this stage play, take the time to read the script and rehearse. It should be done. Fandral nodded again, "This is natural." Saban did not wait for the other party to ask another question, and said directly, "The sale of the newspaper has given us a chance. This is the island owner, giving us a second chance in this profession. Whether it can completely change the current situation of bards, just Lets see this time. (End of chapter) Chapter 617 , where I lived Chapter 617, I lived there At noon, Wu Heng returned to the island master''s mansion. After having lunch with the maids, Wu Heng selected 20 level 10 skeletons in the courtyard and took them back to the study. After opening the boundary door, he walked directly in. On the other side of the boundary gate is still the hotel''s luxurious suite. "You go to the back room first." Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton who came with him turned around, opened the door, and walked into the bedroom inside. Wu Heng put on a coat. Picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, can you hear me?" "I can hear it!" Qi Hancai''s voice came over. "Come to the suite." "receive!" Not long after hanging up the chat, there was a knock on the door. Wu Heng raised his head and signaled. The skeleton card repairman opened the door, and Qi Hancai walked in directly with the little owl. "Is there no problem?" Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai sat down and said: "The survivors in the base are fine, and the noodles cooked for them last night showed no resistance. Those who were imprisoned rushed out late at night trying to kill the skeletons guarding the guards. The skeletons were not damaged, and several of the ones who escaped were killed. " Wu Heng frowned, "There are so many skeletons guarding you, and you still want to escape?" "They may think that skeletons are not as powerful as them. By the way, Qian Chengfeng died inside." Qi Hancai replied. Wu Heng didn''t say much, he just died. "Are there any survivors who can pilot a warship?" "Yes, two of them are active soldiers on the warship. I was afraid of something happening, so I locked them up alone." Qi Hancai replied. "Bring them here." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Qi Hancai went out and left. When he came back again, the skeleton behind him was holding two men and the translator Xin He. Xinhe said directly: "This is our leader. What do you want to ask and what you answer." The two of them looked stunned and immediately saluted respectfully. Attitude-wise, it looks pretty good. "What''s your name?" Wu Heng asked in Korean. The first person answered, "Lee Sung-hoon." The second person said: "Liu Zeyu." "Are you soldiers on the warship in the port?" Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng then asked, "What is the name of that warship? What weapons and characteristics does it have?" Li Chengxun said: "The Incheon-class frigate has a displacement of 2,300 tons..." Wu Heng asked another person, "What weapons do they have?" The person asked immediately replied, "Five-inch naval gun, RAM short-range anti-aircraft missile." Judging from the speed of their answers, they should be the ones who got off the boat. Otherwise, you can''t carry it so fast even now. Wu Heng then asked: "How many people are needed to control this frigate?" "Three people can sail normally." "Can you do it?" "meeting." "I will also..." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "You all know how to do it?" Li Chengxun explained: "You need to study systematically before boarding the ship. If any position is vacant, you can ensure that it is filled as soon as possible." Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the two of them again, and said, "Do you want to live?" "Think about it!" The two nodded in panic. "Give you a chance. If you do well, you can still enjoy a good life. If not, you should be able to guess the consequences." Wu Heng said directly. The two of them trembled and immediately saluted, "I am willing to be loyal to you." "Qi Hancai, bring the skeleton out of the bedroom." Wu Heng pointed to the room next to him. Qi Hancai walked over and opened the door, and twenty skeletons wearing leather armor and weapons hanging on their waists came out. The two of them started to look panicked. The body also took several steps backward. Wu Heng pointed at the skeletons and said, "Your task is to teach these twenty skeletons to drive warships and use weapons. Can you teach them?" The two people who retreated to the wall had surprise in their eyes. Teaching a skeleton to sail a boat? How does this thing communicate? But faced with the only choice, he could only nod his head and agree, "Yes, we will try our best." "Okay, just have confidence." Wu Heng looked at Xin He, "Take them down to rest and start teaching these skeletons tomorrow." "Yes, leader." Xinhe nodded and walked out with the two people and twenty skeletons. The door is closed. Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai, "When you get on the ship, arrange for someone to follow them. Don''t run away with the ship." "I''ll follow you tomorrow. Even with the skeleton, they two can''t escape." Qi Hancai said with a smile. "Arrange more, maybe there are weapons on the warship." Wu Heng asked. "Understood!" Qi Hancai continued, "Our people will also come here tomorrow, and management will be more convenient then." "Is there anyone who can sail a boat?" "I found two people who know how to sail a boat." "Very good. Let them bring people here first, and then also train the skeleton, and then let the skeleton drive." "good." We talked about some details about the base. Qi Hancai took him around the base. Unlike the original refugee shacks, this time almost everyone was assigned a house. However, food issues are still distributed uniformly in the square. Wu Heng followed and walked around, attracting the attention of many people. They gathered together and communicated in low voices. After checking it out at the base. Wu Heng also returned to the suite. Island owner''s manor, living room. Shanara took the renderings and introduced, "This is the interior decoration of the exhibition. I discussed it with the designer Yousef. Since you have not been here for the past two days, I decided to decorate it directly." The renderings are not modern prints, but hand-drawn drawings. But the effect is still very clear. The entire decoration style is closer to the type of the consortium''s previous auctions, retro and gorgeous. "How many of the participating caravans are ready to join?" Wu Heng asked. "Basically everyone has joined, and they are coming here one after another in the past few days. I have also written letters to some friends in the area, and they may come to see this exhibition." Shanara said. "With your help, everything goes smoothly." Wu Heng put his arm around the other person''s shoulders. Shanara glanced at the maid not far away and shook off his hand, "Why are you still outside?" "Master, Sister Shanara, you can eat now." Minnie''s voice came from the kitchen. The two got up and walked towards the restaurant. Emerald sea. Inside the cargo ship''s cabin. The illuminated stone chandelier above the dining table swayed slightly as the ship''s hull swayed. Two well-dressed men were sitting at the table enjoying dinner. One person has a straight figure, probably in his forties, and the other person has white hair, but it is very neatly groomed, like a nobleman who pays great attention to appearance. "The Chamber of Commerce actually asked us to participate in this product exhibition." The old man said softly. "What''s more, I still attach great importance to this island owner. He defeated Lu An and joined the Hongwen Society. He is also a rare genius among the younger generation of the human race." The middle-aged man took a sip of wine and replied. "Oh? I''m also interested. Let''s talk about him." The old man wiped his mouth with a white handkerchief and put down his knife and fork. "I don''t know much." The middle-aged man also put down the tableware, thought for a while and said: "I heard that he came from a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Later he was transferred to Luntam City and became a captain, and then he He was promoted exceptionally and came to Treasure Island." "Wrentam City? Has he been there?" "Do you know that place? I heard it''s quite remote." The old man suddenly fell into silence, with a hint of unspeakable melancholy in his voice, "I lived there." The middle-aged man tilted his head slightly, waiting for him to continue. "With my wife." (End of chapter) Chapter 4 , the door is not closed Chapter 4, the door is not closed When I walked out of the store, there was a heavy bag of money in my backpack. If the end is not coming. ?Wu Heng can go to the gold shop to exchange for gold and silver, and then take it to the world for direct consumption. Let''s not say that he is as rich as a country. It should be no problem to buy a few maids from other worlds. I also heard someone mention the Druid profession in the tavern. Can transform into various different forms to satisfy your partners novelty. What a pity, its too late to say anything now. He did not sell gold jewelry in the shop. Its not that the store doesnt accept them, but its because they are afraid of causing trouble. As long as the money in exchange is enough, if you actually take out the gold jewelry, it will only attract some special attention. Without strength, you are just a fat sheep in the eyes of others. What we need to do now is to upgrade and accumulate troops. Walking along the road towards the blacksmith shop area. ??Blackstone Town does not restrict weapons, but swords cannot be unsheathed and bows and crossbows cannot be exposed in the city. Here you go, what do you want to buy today? the weapon store owner greeted. Is there a smaller shield? There is one over here. The boss took off a small silver buckler and placed it on the counter. Wu Heng tried it in his hand and found that it felt quite heavy. If used for a long time or in high-intensity combat, it would be a burden to oneself. Is there anything lighter? The boss looked at him and took out another shield from below, "It is used for children''s training. It has an iron surface and treated hardwood on the inside." The outside is made of silver iron, and the inside is made of dark wood. ?Hold it in my hand and try the weight. ?This is not bad, and the attack method of zombies is to grab, retreat and bite, which is basically enough. Wait until your attributes are higher before trying a heavier shield. Thats it! 75 copper. ?This price is not cheap, a layer of wood wrapped in iron is worth so much. But in this weapon shop, it is really the cheapest. Call out 75 coppers, pick up the shield and walk out of the shop. I went to an armor shop along the way and bought a set of leather armors. They were hard leather armors with simple craftsmanship and a sour leather smell. He did not choose to buy armor for the skeleton warrior. First, the number of skeletons will continue to increase. If they all wear this kind of equipment, it is simply unaffordable under the current situation. The second point is to be as low-key as possible. The Necromancers are not treated kindly here, so it does not attract much attention, which is not a bad thing. As long as he is alive and has the bronze key, then the source of troops and level are not a problem. After buying the armor, before leaving, my eyes fell on the wooden human-shaped wooden frame in the corner. is used to display armor. The one in front of me is a bit shabby, obviously it has been eliminated. Boss, is this wooden frame obsolete? Wu Heng asked. The boss looked up and said, "If you need it, it''s 2 copper coins." He originally wanted to throw it away for you and then take it away. But the other party clearly saw his intention and made a direct offer. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, took out 2 copper coins, hugged the human-shaped wooden frame and left directly. ?This kind of thing is not valuable. Its characteristic is that it is a human figure of equal height, and the position of the head and body can be distinguished. After having dinner outside, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Did not return to the modern world, but remained in it. The apocalyptic environment is no longer suitable for habitation. At least you dont have to breathe the rancid air here. ?Standing in the living room which is not very spacious. Pick up the short spear and shield, and start practicing thrusting movements against the human-shaped wooden target. Aiming at the head, repeating over and over again. He has not received formal training, but he is familiar with these movements, which is certainly not a bad thing. The next day, we simply had breakfast. Put on your armor, open the door and enter the zombie world. ??The air is still filled with the rotting smell, and the roars of zombies can be heard outside the window from time to time. Put away the bronze key and go directly to the living room. 17 skeleton warriors holding kitchen knives and daggers stood upright in the living room. With everything ready, Wu Heng directly ordered, "Come out with me." The zombies in the corridor have been cleared away, but the smell is still strong. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton with him and first went downstairs to check the stair door. After confirming that it was still closed, he walked upstairs. Arriving on the sixth floor, there is an iron door leading to the roof platform. His idea is simple. Just go from the rooftop platform to the corridor of the next unit to continue cleaning up zombies and continue to accumulate the number of skeleton warriors. It is obviously unrealistic and unreasonable to rush out and confront the zombies wandering outside. The safest way is to take the rooftop. ?Use the bronze key to open the iron door and take the skeleton to the rooftop. The roof and ground were filled with many debris, the most conspicuous of which was an iron cage made of iron mesh. Dead pigeons can still be seen in the rusty iron cage. The community has been coordinating the private construction of pigeon cages before, but it seems to have no effect. There are iron mesh, steel bars and cement prepared on the side. It seems that it still wants to continue to expand. Roar! Suddenly, the roar of zombies came from behind the pigeon cage. ?Three zombies bypassed the iron cage from both sides and rushed towards this side with their teeth and claws bared. ??There are zombies on the roof? ?It just so happened that the skeleton warrior was upgraded immediately. Looking at the zombies rushing over, he directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The 17 skeleton warriors rushed forward with kitchen knives and knocked down three zombies head-on. The kitchen knives fell like raindrops. The sound of chopping meat resounded through the roof of the building. Facing the siege of many skeleton warriors, the three zombies had no power to fight back. They were like living fish on the chopping board. They could only keep trying to get up, only to be knocked down again. ?Wu Heng stood behind and had no intention of intervening. Just waiting for the battle to end so that he can summon the skeleton. ??The sound of dragging the ground suddenly sounded behind him. ?Looking back, I saw another zombie with a sprained foot, dragging its ankle, approaching here. ?When he found Wu Heng looking back, the zombie roared, limped and quickened its pace. "Depend on!" ??There is actually a zombie who wants to carry out a sneak attack. Looked at the skeleton not far behind him. After confirming that the skeletons can be mobilized in time, I want to try to challenge the zombies in front of me. He tightened the iron spear in his hand and rushed toward the zombies in small steps, calculating the distance between them in his mind. When the distance is two meters, the left leg steps forward and bows, and the iron spear in the hand stabs straight up. Poof! The head of the gun instantly penetrated the zombie''s collarbone and emerged from the back. Off the way! I wanted to stab it in the mouth, but the zombie limp and moved around, causing the spear to be pierced. Although it also hit the target, the position did not cause fatal damage. ??The power of the zombies'' forward motion caused Wu Heng to take a few steps back. ??The rotting body continued to move forward along the barrel of the gun, stretched out its withered gray arms, and grabbed Wu Heng''s face. ??Hold the round shield in front of you, step back to retract the spear, and sweep across the leg bones. Bang~Click! ??The sound of broken bones was heard, and another foot was broken. The zombie lost its balance and fell sideways. The set of movements was performed smoothly and the effect was obvious. ??The zombie was unbalanced and fell to the ground. Wu Heng stepped forward and stepped on his back, stabbing out one after another with iron spears. ?Each time, he aimed at the back of the zombie''s head, but the zombie struggled violently and fought back. It was not as simple as a fixed target at all. ? ? During the fierce struggle, the zombie stood up again. Wu Heng backed up and started circling with the zombie while ensuring his own safety. At this time, the fighting on the side has ended. Three zombies were turned into mincemeat under the attack of skeleton warriors. No need to give orders. The skeleton warriors rushed over and surrounded the zombies chasing Wu Heng. The kitchen knives kept falling. The chopped zombies cannot lift their heads. ?Wu Heng stood aside and flicked the iron spear. ?Zombies are powerful and fearless of death. Not to mention the elderly, most of today''s young people lack exercise. ??When facing zombies head-on, its really difficult to deal with them. Gain experience +10. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. The experience prompt appears and the last zombie is killed. Use the zombie''s clothes to wipe the blood on the iron spear, and then use the "Bone Slavery Technique" one after another. Four skeletons stood up one after another and joined the queue of skeleton warriors. There are now 21 skeletons. Four iron bars were found on the spot and handed over to the hands of the four skeletons. With what happened just now, Wu Heng took the skeleton soldiers and checked the roof platform again to confirm that there were no zombies in some hidden locations. Only then did we arrive at the iron door leading to the second staircase. There were a lot of stone bricks and debris piled up in front of the door. They should have been piled up by the zombies that had just been killed. I just dont know how they turned into zombies after they had already fled to the roof. Command the skeleton warriors to move all these debris away. The iron door was opened, and there was still a strong rancid smell. There were blood stains on the ground, but there were no zombies. They should be downstairs. ?Wu Heng said softly: "Let''s go down." Hurrah! ??The skeleton warrior entered the corridor, followed by Wu Heng. ??The only one who reached level 2 was also kept by his side to protect himself. ??The goal this time is still clear. First check whether the door on the first floor is closed tightly, and then search for items in each room. Tap tap tap! The soles of the skeleton''s feet stepped on the corridor, and there was the sound of dense footsteps. ?Although the sound was not loud, it was extremely noticeable in the empty and quiet corridor. Hello~! Hahhhhhh~! ??There were roars of zombies downstairs, followed by the sound of hurried running. ?The footsteps were getting closer and closer, and six zombies poked their heads out from around the corner. Seeing the group of skeletons coming downstairs, they roared ferociously and excitedly at the same time. Kill them. ?Wu Heng also gave the order directly. Hurling. The kitchen knives were raised one after another and rushed towards the zombies below. The dozen skeletons walking in front carried a powerful impact. He pushed back the zombies that jumped up and rolled down the stairs to another level. Then, kitchen knives kept falling one after another. Tap tap tap~! However, before these zombies were killed, several more zombies rushed up. There were probably more than a dozen of them, pushing and shoving in front and back. And downstairs, there were more footsteps. ?Wu Hengs heart tightened. Its over. The stair door is not closed. I have released a new book, I hope you all like it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 5 , upgraded Chapter 5, upgraded Tap tap tap! The sound of dense footsteps echoed in the corridor. Based on the number of residents in one unit, it is impossible for there to be so many zombies. Unless all residents live in the corridor. But this is obviously impossible. The only explanation is that the door of the unit building was not closed, and the zombies outside entered the corridor. Depend on! ?Wu Heng cursed that he was unlucky to actually encounter such a thing. Turning around, he wanted to take the skeleton warrior back to the rooftop. Just as he turned around, his footsteps stopped again. The corridor is narrow, and the skeleton warrior in his hand may not be at an advantage. ??Moreover, this area has to be cleaned sooner or later, and the next corridor may not be without danger. Even if it really doesn''t work, just go back to the roof and block the iron door. Thinking about it quickly in my mind, I felt like I might try it. ?More zombies with gray skin and ferocious faces rushed forward, pushing and shoving. ?Wu Heng no longer hesitated and decisively ordered, "Attack." The skeleton warrior began to charge downward. Click! The kitchen knife cut into the top of his head, and the zombie fell to the ground. At the rear, more zombies rushed up at the same time, grabbing, biting, and using all possible attack methods, intending to tear the target in front into pieces. ??The skeleton warrior kept waving the weapons in his hands, slashing at the zombies that were attacking. The corridor is narrow and only two to three zombies can attack side by side at most. In the pushing and crowding, some zombies squeezed over the guardrails or were trampled under their feet, unable to lift their heads. The roars of zombies, the sounds of clawing and slashing, and the sounds of broken bones echoed in the corridor. If I have the chance, I must learn more long-range skills. ?Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, stabbing his short spear downwards while muttering. This melee combat is too tiring. During the battle, a large number of zombies died, and many of them were trampled to death by the zombies behind them. ?The scene was very chaotic. The number of skeleton warriors is also rapidly decreasing. This made Wu Heng feel a little distressed. After all, under the gaze, skeletons were torn into pieces. ?Wu Heng also stopped the stamina-consuming spear thrusting action and began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Skeletons stood up at the point where the two sides were fighting. No need to give orders, just wave your fists and rush towards the zombies. The battle became more intense, one up and down, like two waves of ant colonies colliding together. ?? Pushing and tearing each other, constantly attacking each other. ?Wu Heng followed behind, sweat already beginning to appear on his forehead. In the previous battle, he had time to rest and recover. But this time it was different. The high-intensity and uninterrupted use of the Bone Skeleton Technique made him feel the pressure. The whole body was soaked in sweat as if the kidneys were weak, and there was a tingling sensation in the brain. I heard someone mention it in the tavern in Blackstone Town. The mages frequent spellcasting is particularly draining of energy. Excessive physical exertion will only damage your muscles, which can be recovered after a period of rest. ? Mental exhaustion, in severe cases, can turn into dementia or even directly into a vegetative state. Your level has been upgraded to level 2, intelligence +1, constitution +1, and mental strength slightly improved. At this time, a prompt rang in my ears. Upgraded. Just when Wu Heng felt that he was reaching his limit, a prompt suddenly appeared. For a moment, the tingling feeling in my brain was relieved a little. Its time to give it a try. The skeleton team is currently on the third floor. All they need to do is reach the first floor and close the door. Continue to order, "attack with all strength." Hurrah! ??The skeleton warriors charged forward like crazy, with kitchen knives in their hands and bare-handed skeletons pushing the zombies backwards. ??Wu Heng quickly ran back to the top of the building with a few skeletons around him. He glanced at the building materials, pointed to a piece of blue-painted iron sheet, and said, "Move this." The skeleton warrior picked up the iron sheet and followed it to the edge of the roof. Under Wu Hengs command, he threw it down directly. BangCrash~! The iron sheet fell to the ground, making a huge noise. ?Like a release signal, all the zombies around him ran over like crazy. The crowd trampled on the blue painted iron sheet. ?Wu Heng quickly returned to the corridor. As expected, there were far fewer zombies crowding down there. Hurry, kill him. The skeleton warriors continued to charge downward, and the battle became more and more intense. Attack all the way to the door. Let a few skeletons rush out of the door, attract the attention of the corpses, and completely close the iron door at the stairway. Bang, bang, bang! ??The zombies pounded the iron door hard, making a loud hammering sound. Killed the remaining zombies in the corridor, and asked the skeletons to move in a lot of debris, blocking the stair door with another layer. Fortunately, zombies are obviously not very intelligent. ?After beating the iron door for a while, I found that there was no movement inside, so I slowly dispersed, attracted by other sounds. Did not continue to destroy the miserable green-skinned door. ?Wu Heng was sitting in a house, leaning on his forehead and breathing heavily. The situation just now was indeed a bit dangerous. Looking back, I was still a little frightened. Fortunately, the stair door is still blocked, otherwise things would be difficult. After resting for a while, my condition got a little better. The corridor was filled with corpses and broken bones. He also has no intention of releasing the Bone Slave Technique. ??Anyway, the door is already blocked. When things get better tomorrow, it wont be too late to come back and call. ?Step over the corpse and start leading the remaining skeleton warriors to clean up the zombies in the house from house to house and search for loot. In the room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng held a black motorcycle helmet and looked at it carefully. The owner of the room should be a motorcycle enthusiast. You can see many motorcycle-related things and some outdoor products. There are many types of climbing ropes and portable lighting. What interests him the most is the sturdy helmet in his hand. ? Fully covered structure, with a transparent plastic windshield on the front, which can prevent blood from splashing into the eyes and mouth when fighting zombies. ?Materials should be composite materials, very strong, and within the weight range. He took off his leather hat and put on a helmet to try on. It feels good, just a bit stuffy, but for safety''s sake, it''s bearable. Put the leather helmet on the Iron Sword Skeleton Warrior. Pack up everything you can use, take it here, and continue to the next room to continue searching. Dusk. Back to Blackstone Town, I had a quick bite and then went to bed to rest. Today I have exhausted too much mental energy, so I will stop training with the short spear for one day. The next day, noon. Zombie world. Over the course of the morning, Wu Heng transformed all the corpses in the stairs of Unit 2 yesterday into skeleton warriors. It took several hours to rest while transforming. At this time, a large number of skeletons stood on the roof of the building. ?Hold a kitchen knife and hammer in his hand, he still looks quite impressive. After counting, there were 52 skeleton warriors in total. There are fewer than expected. I killed so many zombies yesterday, but after the transformation, there are only these. The sword-wielding skeleton has been upgraded to level 2. Attributes: Attributes: Constitution 10, Strength 13, Agility 8. The strength has increased a little, but there are no other changes. It feels like there is no difference from not getting promoted. ??But if it can be upgraded a little, it is better than nothing. I just hope that the level will go up and the attributes will add up. According to normal experience points, there should be more reaching level two, but skeletons are also dying during the battle. ?Most of the remaining skeletons were summoned from the ground in the morning, and their experience is 0. The improvement of the skeleton is really a difficult thing to handle and requires careful planning. At least train a few high-level ones first. After distributing kitchen knives to the newly added skeletons, Wu Heng opened his own attributes. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer ? [Level: 2 (550/900)] Attributes: Strength 9, Agility 11, Constitution 13, Intelligence 15, Perception 10, Charisma 12. Skill: Bone Trapping Technique Himself has also been upgraded to level 2, and his physical fitness and intelligence have been improved. Better than skeletons, but not much better. It has indeed improved, but it doesnt seem to have improved. The effect is basically not felt. Sit aside and wait until the mental and physical strength is almost restored. Standed up again, put on the motorcycle helmet and pulled down the visor, and issued a dull command, "Follow me." Hurrah! ?More than fifty skeletons moved and followed behind him. Come to the third iron gate. Take out the bronze key and open it gently. ??The cold and rotten smell penetrated the mask and entered the nasal cavity. ??The stairwell was unusually quiet, with several broken corpses remaining on the ground. Looking at the corpse on the ground, Wu Heng frowned. ??The zombies are dead? How can zombies be killed? Are there any survivors? (End of this chapter) Chapter 6 , habits before death Chapter 6, Habits before death Are there any survivors? Seeing the broken body of the zombie in the stairwell, this idea flashed through my mind. But upon closer inspection, he quickly denied himself. The death of zombies does not look like it was caused by humans, but more like it was torn into pieces by some monster. On the entrance door on one side, there are still claw marks that scratched the paint. It''s like there is a beast or monster in the corridor. Tough luck! ?Wu Heng cursed again. ??Yesterday the corridor door was open, and today there is an unknown monster again. ?Having been working on it for a long time, my own unit is the safest. Danglang~danglang~danglanglang! Suddenly, the stair handrail trembled violently. The sound quickly spread throughout the corridor. It was like something was knocking on the stair railing downstairs. ??Wu Heng felt nervous again in his heart. Hands the weapon in hand tightly, whispers: "Go, get down." ?Wu Heng walked in the middle and walked downstairs together. We walked downstairs together. ??The sound of the skeleton''s feet hitting the ground was masked by the violent impact of the iron bars. Did not attract any enemies. Continuing downward, there are several more broken, torn zombie limbs scattered everywhere. ??Wu Heng did not release the Bone Slave Technique, but planned to see what was underneath first ?All the way to the fourth floor platform, you can hear that the thing that hit the iron fence is below. ???Rearranged the skeletons'' positions, came to the jogging platform, and looked towards the lower three floors. A mottled golden lion zombie, with its forelimbs holding the iron railing, swinging its waist crazily. Like a beast in heat, venting its excess energy against the iron railings. Whats going on? Animals can also be infected? ??Moreover, why did a lion appear in the corridor? As if he was aware of it, when Wu Heng looked down in surprise. The lion, which was swinging vigorously, also stopped and turned its head to look this way. The shrunken lips reveal sharp fangs, and pieces of meat hang from the corners of the mouth. What kind of lion is this? Its the teddy owned by the owner of this building. ??It''s just that its size has increased several times, and with its yellow fur, it''s not much different from a lion. They have become zombies, but they still cant get rid of the habit of showing off their waists everywhere. Woo~roar! ??Zombie Teddy roared and ran straight up. After seeing it was Teddy, the tension in my heart was reduced a lot. Seeing that the zombie Teddy was about to rush over, Wu Heng took two steps back and ordered: "Kill it." Hurrah! Skeleton soldier, charging forward with sword raised. ?Zombie Teddy took two steps forward, kicked his feet suddenly, jumped up, stepped on the wall to use his strength, and jumped directly over the advancing skeleton below. In one step, he fell onto the corner platform. The dog''s claws waved, and several skeletons in the way were blown away. He opened his huge mouth, clamped the skull of a skeleton, and shook it wildly. The strong body rushed across the platform, knocking the skeleton warrior to pieces and rolling down the steps. Then, Teddy suddenly raised his head and looked at Wu Heng behind him. The body jumped up again and rushed over directly. ??Wu Heng''s expression changed, and he raised the round shield in his hand upwards. The next second, he felt a huge force hit the shield, and his body flew out uncontrollably. He hit the wall behind him, then rolled down the stairs step by step, his helmet clattering against the steps. ??Zombie Teddy wanted to pursue again, but an iron sword struck his head, stopping Teddy''s movement. ?At the same time, the surrounding skeletons also reacted in time. Four or five skeletons jumped directly on Teddy''s back, hugging his body tightly, and more of them wielded kitchen knives to chop down. No matter what part, he chopped randomly, hair and flesh kept falling off. ?The lion-like Teddy began to struggle hard, like a glutinous rice dumpling covered with bones, bumping around. ?Wu Heng quickly stood up and straightened his helmet. ?Hand out his hand, several skeletons immediately separated and stood in front of him again.? ? ? Bang ~ clatter! ??Zombie Teddy suddenly crashed into the wall on the side. The violent collision caused the skeletons hanging on his body to scatter. Immediately afterwards, the body jumped up again, and the target was still Wu Heng. Damn it! ?Wu Heng cursed and quickly dodged to the side. At the same time, he lunged and charged up his body to thrust out the iron spear. Short spear training still plays a certain role. The iron spear hit Teddy''s chest from the side, and the spear blade sank into the rotting body. ?At the same time, a force was transmitted to his wrist, and the iron spear fell out of his hand. ??Teddy landed lightly, and the iron spear that was still piercing his chest hit the ground. With a pop, it pierced his chest and passed through his left forelimb. Dark red and sticky blood flowed along the wound. ?Wu Heng jumped back down a whole flight of stairs and continued: "Don''t stop, go up and kill it." Skeleton warriors swarmed forward again. The body was damaged and could not cause fatal damage to the zombie Teddy, but the iron spear that penetrated the forelimbs from the chest still affected Teddy''s movements. The left forelimb cannot support the body and moves with a limp. ?Teddy''s movements slowed down, but the skeleton warrior''s attack became more fierce. ??He was constantly surrounded and attacked, and his body was covered with stab wounds. When the entire body was submerged by skeletons and the sound of chopping meat was heard, the system prompts also appeared immediately. Gain experience +42. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +20. ?Wu Heng opened his mask, ignoring the rancid air, and took a deep breath. He never expected that a Teddy would change into what he is now. Genetic variation, or some kind of atavistic evolution? It was written like this in the novel, but it wasn''t these two, and he didn''t know. Anyway, Teddy turned into a lion. ??That is to say, it was trapped in the corridor. Otherwise, if such a large body ran out and swung wildly everywhere, I don''t know how many species would be unlucky. ??Zombie Teddy''s combat power is definitely better than that of ordinary zombies. Being able to run rampant among the skeletons is definitely not low in power. The most terrifying thing is that he shows a certain degree of intelligence. Otherwise, he wouldnt keep trying to pounce on himself. ??If zombies all possess intelligence, would they still be called zombies? Is it a new intelligent creature? He couldn''t think of it. But that result is not a good thing for him. This battle also reminded him. ?In addition to accumulating the number of skeletons, you must also improve yourself, otherwise you will be killed, and no matter how many skeletons you have, it will be of no use. After taking a breath, he stepped forward and pulled out the iron spear that penetrated Teddy. Release [Bone Slave Technique]. A large beast skeleton is quite exciting. The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... With the release of the Bone Lifting Technique, a prompt also appears. ?Wu Heng had no time to react, and felt his mental energy being quickly drained away. This made Wu Heng''s expression change. An ordinary corpse can stand up in an instant. The zombie Teddy in front of him requires more mental energy, and the unstable factors in the prompts make him a little worried. Do not summon it and attack yourself again. ?That would be really bad luck. Soon, the Teddy corpse in front of him changed. The flesh melted like hot wax, and a dog-shaped skeleton slowly stood up. ?The pale bones are even thicker, and a strange blue will-o''-the-wisp glows in the empty eye sockets. Skeleton Hound (Level 5) (End of this chapter) Chapter 7 , skeleton dog Chapter 7, Skeleton Dog Skeleton Hound ? [Level: 5 (0/1500)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 16, Perception 5, Intelligence 5, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire. Basic Soul Fire: This undead unit possesses basic soul fire and can understand and execute relatively simple instructions. From the skeleton alone, you cant tell that this is a teddy, especially since its size is close to that of a lion. Skeleton dogs have higher attributes, strength and agility. On the contrary, he seems to be in lower physical condition. In terms of characteristics, a new basic soul fire has been added. The description explains that it allows the skeleton to possess soul fire and be able to understand and execute simple commands. This point is actually quite good. ??Although the Skeleton Warrior is easy to use, it is too rigid. You have to watch from the side to execute the command. More complex commands are difficult to understand. ??Now that you have Soul Fire, you can understand more commands. I just dont know how this soul fire was generated. ?Special undead? You can get it only if you reach a certain level. I cant figure it out, so I can only put it aside. After checking the attributes, when he was about to take the skeleton soldiers to search the room, his eyes suddenly fell on the minced meat on the floor. Brain flower? A milky white fleshy substance was left where the head of the original corpse was. The reason why you can spot it at a glance is that it is particularly obvious in minced meat. With the blessing of the bone-slaking technique, the flesh and blood of the summoned creature melted all over the place like hot wax, whether it was the skin or the internal organs. ??But this special ''meat quality'' still retains a very good texture, which can be seen at a glance. Teddy has a tumor? ?Hold the iron spear to pick out the pieces of meat, pick them up and hold them in your hand for inspection. The size of beads, the texture is somewhat elastic, like holding a piece of jelly. What? rang rang rang rang rang rang~! ??Just as Wu Heng was studying the piece of meat in his hand, the iron fence began to shake again, making him tremble in fright. ?Looking up, I saw the skeleton Teddy, holding the stair railing with his forelimbs and starting to move his hips crazily. ?His hip bones clanged against the iron railing. ??While the sound echoed through the entire corridor, the sound of zombies pounding on the door was also heard outside the door. "Depend on!" ?Wu Heng felt a little speechless. You skeleton, you dont even have that thing anymore, why are you still doing this? Stop! Wu Heng said immediately. ?Skeleton Teddy subconsciously swayed his waist twice more, then looked up. In the empty eye sockets, you can see the flickering soul fire. Stand where you are. Wu Heng ordered again. Skeleton Teddy squatted on the spot and stopped making strange movements. ?With this interruption, he had no intention of continuing his research. He put the pieces of meat into a plastic bag and walked downstairs with the skeletons. After confirming that the door is closed tightly and there is no risk of opening it. Start to turn the zombies killed by Zombie Teddy into skeletons in the corridor, and then start searching from house to house. Everything that could be used by oneself or sold in Blackstone Town was put into the backpack and taken out together. After processing, he walked out of the corridor and returned to Blackstone Town. Back in Blackstone Town, Wu Heng went directly to the Antler Shop. The boss is very enthusiastic. It seems that the resin sold to him last time made a lot of money. Mr. Wu Heng, are there anything for sale today? The boss smiled with expectation. Come and buy some things. The bosss smile did not change and he continued to ask: What do you need? Is there any medicine to treat injuries? Wu Heng asked. I didnt feel much during the battle, but after it was over, I felt pain all over my body. Although there were no obvious wounds, there were purple marks on the shoulders and arms. "Yes." The boss bent down, took out two glass medicine bottles from the counter, and said, "Depending on what kind of injury you have, the medicine you need will be different." Wu Heng rolled up his sleeves and let the other party take a look, "This kind of thing was dropped." "That trace amount of medicine will do the trick," the boss continued. Okay, how much is it. 1 silver 30 copper. The pharmacy science in this world is very developed. Even if you have never used it, you have heard about it. ?Wu Heng paid and took the potion. Micro-dose therapeutic agents (Description: A potion that can heal injuries.) Without much hesitation, he raised his head and drank it. After the medicine enters the stomach, one can only feel a warmth flowing to every part of the body. The pain in my body has indeed eased. It works as soon as you drink it, its really miraculous. After buying a few more bottles of healing potions and psychotropic potions from the boss. Suddenly, I thought of the pieces of meat that fell from killing zombies. Opened the backpack and took a look, frowning slightly. Distorted Corpse Core (Description: The energy crystal of aberrant creatures can improve one''s own physique and has a chance of being contaminated by toxins.) Attributes are out. ?There is no change in the zombie world, but here the attributes are revealed. ?Your own system prompts should be related to this other world. Only when you are related to this world will the corresponding prompts appear. Just like the attributes of oneself and the skeleton, they also appear after becoming a necromancer. Although it is a guess, it should be accurate. "Is there any problem? The potion bottle is relatively sturdy and generally won''t break easily." Seeing his head stuck in his backpack, the boss said. ??Wu Heng raised his head and continued to ask: "Boss, let me ask you something. I have a friend who obtained the flesh of a living creature. I feel that this flesh has some effects on changing the body, but I am worried that it is poisonous. What should I do?" "You are talking about biological materials. Materials decomposed from living things are a kind of raw material for alchemy potions. I don''t recommend that your friend research it by himself. It is best to send it to an alchemist for identification. If you are not worried, you can also go there. The Professionals Association issued a commission. Although it costs a little money, the focus is safety," the boss said while clearing the counter. A type of alchemical material? Publish the commission. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that this suggestion was good. ?Seeing that many more customers entered the store, Wu Heng did not stay any longer. Said hello and left the store. ?Standing at the door and thinking for a moment, he walked towards the central area. Professional Association, established about 500 years ago. At first, it was just an operational base established by a group of closely related adventurers as a place for cooperative adventures and exchange of information. But as time goes by, the reputation and influence accumulated by the adventurer base have spread all over the world, covering all races and kingdoms. As the number of members increases, the influence becomes greater and greater. The adventurer base was officially renamed to the Professionals Association. Establish branches in various places to provide help to professionals and also have a supervisory role. Wu Hengs Necron Job Transfer Certificate was obtained through the association. The professional hall is built very spacious and magnificent. There are many professionals gathered here. There were strong men with well-developed muscles and shiny skin, as well as warriors wearing silver armor and carrying huge swords on their backs. Or, a slim female archer wearing tight leather armor. It was like entering a large-scale cosplay scene, except that the female professionals wore tight leather armor and did not have bikini-style armor. Not **** at all. Wu Heng muttered. The front is the counter, with tellers handling various issues of professionals. ? There is a display board on the side, with some bounties posted on it, including bounties on wanted criminals, monster hunting, intelligence gathering, etc. Complete the released commissions to get rewards of coins and props. Coins are normal rewards, and prop rewards are not just props, they can also be skill books, notes from sages, magic props or weapons and armor. The Professional Association is spread across all races and has terrifying materials and resources. There is no shortage of what you need here. ?Wu Heng just looked at it and was not interested in these. ?Catching wanted criminals and hunting monsters is nothing safe. As a rookie who has just changed jobs, I cannot participate at all. Coming to the counter, the female teller smiled and said, "Sir, what can I do for you?" I want to issue a commission. (End of this chapter) Chapter 8 , does anyone testify for you? Chapter 8, is there anyone who can testify for you? After completing the identity verification. A professional association is, after all, an organization formed by adventurers. Checking your identity also confirms whether you are a registered person, so as not to be unable to find you when the subsequent commission is completed. After confirmation, the teller continued to ask: "Sir, what type of commission do you need to issue?" "I have a material that I need to ask an alchemist to analyze. If it is poisonous, I need to make an antidote." Wu Heng said directly. Okay sir, have you brought the materials? Bring it with me! Wu Heng opened his backpack and took out a cut corpse core. The staff took out a glass vessel and put it in it. Your commission involves the production of potions and will not be released to the public. It will be analyzed by an alchemist designated by the association and the safety of the potions will also be ensured. "Can." ?This is not bad, it is safer to have an association monitoring it. ??It''s hard to say whether the antidote produced by a random alchemist from outside will work. The deposit is 5 silver coins. When you come to pick up the potion, the balance will be settled according to the difficulty of the potion and the value of the materials. Five silver coins are just a deposit. ?This pharmacist makes really good money. When will I get the results? It will be delivered to you within five days. ?Wu Heng nodded and paid to complete the registration of the entrustment. The professional association can complete the analysis and produce a potion, which is the best result. Otherwise, you wont dare to use this thing in your own hands. It might smell bad after a long time. After completing the commission, Wu Heng walked out of the Professionals Association and walked towards the crowded area. Congested area. ??It is the civilian area where Wu Heng lives, located in the Beicheng District of Heishi Town. Houses with stone and brick spires dot the entire block. Oval wooden windows are opened, and clothes and quilts are hung on hanging ropes to dry. ?The houses are densely packed and the buildings are extremely crowded. The main road paved with gravel slabs is only three to four meters wide. Each house piles something at the door to make the road even narrower. ?There are a large number of civilians living here, supporting most of the low-level jobs in the city. Go back to your residence, make yourself a bowl of noodles, and add two pieces of sausage. ?These were all found today. The original owner turned into a zombie before he could eat them. Simply brought them all back, big and small. ? Putting aside whether its healthy or not, it tastes really delicious. After finishing dinner, I checked my body. The bruises on the body have basically subsided and there is no pain. The medicines in this world are really magical. After feeling that there was nothing serious, start the daily training before going to bed. Until I was exhausted and sweating profusely, I washed myself and went to bed to rest. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Just arrived at the top of the building. I heard a sound of "clattering". ?Among the sixty-three skeleton warriors waiting on the spot, the skeleton dog was holding one of them with its forelimbs, swinging its hips crazily. ??Ordinary skeleton warriors have no intelligence and staggered for a while, but still remained on standby. The bones in his body were almost shaken apart. Damn, why did you end up with this thing? ?Wu Heng was speechless. Skeleton dog, stop! If they hit it again, one of them will definitely break. Upon hearing the order, the skeleton dog immediately stopped and ran over and squatted aside. From now on! No! No more holding other skeletons and waving your hips, do you hear me? ??The skeleton dog tilted his head, looking like he didn''t understand. He didn''t bother to tell it this. After reconfirming the status of the skeleton warriors, he ordered, "Follow me." Amidst the sound of bones rubbing against each other. All the skeleton warriors on standby took action, followed him, and walked to one side. ??The building where Wu Heng''s family lives is close to the edge of the community. There are five units in the whole building. The first three units have been cleared, and there are still two units left. Opening the iron door leading to the corridor, the coldness and putrid smell hit our face. Looked towards the corridor. There are no zombies on the sixth floor. Forward! Wu Heng ordered directly. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior walked directly into the corridor. The soles of the white bones stepped on the ground, dense and crisp. Roar! The roar of zombies came from downstairs. Immediately afterwards, the sound of running was heard, and a female zombie wearing only purple lace underwear rushed up. Opening its ferocious huge mouth, it let out an ear-splitting roar. Female zombies have quite good figures. She has a broad mind and a very eye-catching waist and hip curve. However, the gray-white skin was covered with black bloodshot eyes, and the drooped right eyeball destroyed the original beauty. ?Looking extremely ferocious and terrifying. Want to wait for Wu Heng to make more observations. The skeleton dog jumped directly over the skeleton in front and threw the female zombie to the ground. The fabric that was already hanging on the shoulders fell off, revealing more skin. The skeleton dog bit the zombie''s neck directly and began to tear it apart crazily. Blood and minced flesh were splashed everywhere. ?The female zombie was pressed to the ground and struggled hard, tearing the skeleton dog apart with both hands. But in terms of strength, there is a lot of difference. No matter how much I resisted, I couldn''t break free. The attributes of the Skeleton Dog are actually not that exaggerated. But it still shows a fighting power that exceeds that of ordinary zombies. At least in a 1V1 situation, it has an overwhelming advantage. ?Soon, the female zombie stopped struggling, and the system prompts immediately sounded. Gain experience +8. Summon - Skeleton Hound Experience +1. The target is killed, and the system prompt appears immediately. ?Wu Heng is now at level 2, and the experience points for killing zombies have been reduced from 10 points to 8 points. This is also easy to understand. After all, the higher your level is, the less experience you can gain from the same enemies. But understanding is understanding, but it is not good news. As the experience decreases, more zombies will be killed when upgrading. Another experience is added to the skeleton dog. The level 5 skeleton dog adds 1 point. Even lower than him. Tap tap tap! Just as the skeleton dog habitually hugged the waist of the corpse, the sound of intensive running followed closely from downstairs. Three more zombies rushed up running. ?Looking at the skeleton team, the zombies let out an angry and ferocious roar. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and said, "Skeleton warriors attack, kill all targets." The skeleton warriors on standby took action immediately. ?Carrying a kitchen knife, he killed the zombies that rushed towards him. Several skeleton warriors in the front row were knocked to the ground by zombies. And more kitchen knives fell directly on the zombie''s body. It fell like raindrops, and the chopped zombies could not stand up until they turned into a puddle of mud. At the end of the battle, Wu Heng and the skeleton warriors have gained experience. Release the "Bone Slave Technique" to transform the three corpses into skeletons, and then continue to direct the skeleton warriors to move downstairs. Going downstairs went smoothly without encountering any other zombies. From time to time, hammering and scratching sounds could be heard from the doors on both sides of the corridor, proving that there were zombies inside. Go straight to the first floor and check the closed door. Then he took out the bronze key and started to open doors from house to house, clearing out zombies and searching for loot. For the skeleton team at this time, the zombies in the room no longer pose a threat. The house cleaning work was carried out without any accidents. They are all ordinary zombies, and everything is going well. This kind of battle is what he wants to see most. There is no pressure. When it is safe, increase the experience and the number of skeleton warriors. Go back to the top of the building and count the number of skeletons. The total number is 77 skeleton warriors, among which the sword-wielding skeleton has reached level 2, and the rest are still level 1 skeletons, and a level 5 skeleton dog. After counting the numbers and giving kitchen knives to the new entrants, they returned to Blackstone Town. Eat, train, sleep. the next day. ?Wu Heng finished washing and was ready to go out to solve the breakfast problem. ?As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw several patrol guards wearing standard armor questioning nearby residents. ?? Patrol guards, the law enforcers of Blackstone Town. ?Wearing leather armor and an iron sword hanging on his waist. ??Seeing Wu Heng open the door and come out, two of them walked over directly and asked in a cold voice, "Wu Heng?" ?Wu Heng frowned and nodded. Where were you last night? I stayed in my room at night and never went out. Is there anyone who can testify for you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 9 ,survivor Chapter 9, Survivors Is there anyone who can testify for you? Witness? You dont even know what happened, so you still need witnesses? He thought for a moment and said, "The owner of this house should be able to testify for me." Still dragging the landlord into the water. After all, I dont know many people here, and I cant think of anyone else except the landlord. What do you do before nightfall? the guard continued to ask. Exercise in the room. Has anyone posted anything strange lately? "No!" ??The guard leaned down, looked into the room, and said, "We want to search your residence." ??Wu Heng also looked back and felt that there was nothing in the room, so he stepped aside and said, "Okay." The leading guard glanced sideways, and the other guard behind him walked in directly and began to look around. ?The room is not big and there are not many things in it. Special items are also placed next to the zombies, and Wu Heng is not worried about what he will find. ?? He looked away, looked at the guard accompanying the door again, and asked, "What happened?" ??The guard''s eyes did not change and he answered casually, "A corpse was found in the crowded area last night, and the methods were cruel and vicious." Forehead. People are dead, no wonder. The way to resolve cases in congested areas is relatively simple. The traces at the scene, the logic of the parties words, and the testimonies of nearby residents can all be used as evidence for judgment. But as long as it is done covertly, it is still difficult to solve the case. ?Similarly, as long as there is evidence pointing to you, even if you did not do it, it will be difficult to prove yourself. At that time, I will arrest you and chop you, leaving no room for reasoning. ??As for Wu Heng, he is a necromancer, and he is the target of focus in the city. If something like this happens nearby, he must focus on questioning. Others just ask questions, but when they get to him, they will enter the house and search the room. Are there no clues? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Except for some potentially dangerous people, we don''t rule out wanted criminals entering the city." The guard glanced at him. "Forehead." That''s what you said. At this time, the guard who searched the room also came out and shook his head slightly, indicating that he found nothing. The guard at the door did not stop any longer and said, "If you have any clues, you can provide them to us, and we will be rewarded." "good." I agreed, but I didnt take it to heart. ??In the past few days, I was out of breath after fighting a zombie. How could I have the ability to deal with a murderer? In this world, I may not even be able to defeat a woman. ??The guard didn''t say much and continued to the next house to inquire about the situation and ask for safety. ??Wu Heng locked the door and went to a nearby tavern for dinner. After dinner, go directly to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng led the skeleton warriors to the iron gate of the last unit. Opening the iron door, there was still a cold and rich putrid smell. ?As soon as he stepped through the iron gate, the sounds of roaring and running could be heard from downstairs. ?Three zombies stumbled up. Seeing the skeleton army appearing, they roared with excitement. Attack! Wu Heng ordered with the iron spear in his hand pointing forward. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior charged towards the zombies head on, swinging the kitchen knife in his hand, and the sound of chopping meat was heard. Soon, the zombies died under the kitchen knife. Gain experience +8. Summon-Skeleton Warrior Experience +5. . Your level is increased to level 3, intelligence +1, charm +1, and mental power slightly increased. ] ? ? ? The moment the third zombie fell, Wu Heng''s level was raised to level three. Increased intelligence and charisma in attributes. It seems that it is not a random increase, otherwise one of them would not be fixed in intelligence. However, the specific logic behind the increase has not yet been clarified. Come to the corpse and release the Bone Slave Technique. The three skeletons stand up and join the team. "go ahead!" ?Wu Heng gave the order again, and the skeleton team began to walk down. There are not many zombies in the corridor, so there is not much pressure on the current skeleton warriors. ?Clean up all the way to the first floor. After confirming that the building door is closed, you start to lead the skeletons to open doors from door to door, clean up zombies and search for loot. The cleaning of the last unit is easier than the previous ones. There are no deformed zombie dogs, and the door of the unit is closed. It only took half a day to clean the entire corridor. Skeleton dogs can easily kill individual zombies. If there are more of them, it will not be too difficult for skeleton warriors to swarm them. ?Wu Heng also felt a little more confident. It seems that zombies are not that difficult to deal with. However, the entire building was cleared and no survivors were found. ?This made him wonder whether the zombie outbreak was spread through the air or in some special way. And he is the only one left in this world. ??Perhaps Teddy, who has retained his hobbies during his lifetime, is the only fellow villager. Go out of the corridor. The skeleton warriors began to carry the loot. Wu Heng stood on the roof of the building, giving casual instructions while thinking about the next plan. The entire building has been cleared of zombies. ??Next, if you want to continue killing zombies to gain experience, you have to go out. There were about fifty or sixty zombies gathered downstairs, and the number didn''t seem to be much. But once a fight starts, zombies will be attracted from all directions, which will double the difficulty of the battle. If you don''t do it right, these skeletons will be lost and you will be in danger. Besides rushing out directly, there is another way. ?From the side of the roof, set up a ladder between the two floors, go to the roof of the next door, and then continue cleaning unit by unit. ?This will be safer. ?Standing on the edge and taking a look, I saw that the distance between the buildings was about five or six meters. Find a long enough wooden board, or order an iron ladder long enough in Blackstone Town, and you can get over. ?Although the height is a bit dangerous, it is much more reliable than rushing out to confront the zombies head-on. The only thing I''m not sure about is whether the dull skeleton warrior can walk through smoothly. The sixth floor is enough to smash them into pieces. With this in mind, I went downstairs to find a climbing rope and planned to throw it over to measure the distance between the buildings. Just when he was swinging the rope and planning to throw it over. Boom~Boom~Bang, bang, bang! A violent collision sound came from the road to the west. Look up and look in the direction of the source of the sound. I saw a bus full of wasteland style, violently knocking away the zombies and damaged vehicles in front of it. While colliding all the way, driving forward. The sides of the bus are welded with solid iron plates, and the windows are made of iron bars as thick as a thumb. Through the gaps in the iron bars, you can see the iron pipes piercing through the climbing zombies. At the back of the bus, there were a large number of zombies. ??There were still more zombies, attracted by the sound of the collision, rushing out from the communities on both sides and joining the team chasing the bus. The number is getting larger and larger, just like the tide of corpses in the movie, a black and white mass. Even if you just look at it from a distance, you can feel the fear and suffocation caused by the corpses. Cao! ?Wu Heng immediately asked the skeletons to stop any movement and stay away from the edge. He himself stared closely at the passenger car that broke through everything. Survivor! ?There are still survivors who plan to rush out. (End of this chapter) Chapter 10 , explosive equipment Chapter 10, equipment exploded Survivors. Definitely a survivor. This world does not turn everyone into zombies, there are still survivors. ?The passenger bus in the distance was speeding on the road like a Hollywood blockbuster, and the zombies in front of it were knocked out one by one or crushed into pulp. Cars and obstacles blocking the road were also violently knocked away, and they continued to move forward. ?The number of zombies behind the bus is increasing, but they still cannot rely on their legs to catch up with the bus and are left far behind. According to this speed, if nothing happens, the bus might really rush out. As long as you enter the main road, you will be more than half successful. ??The road over there is wider, and the number of zombies is not as dense as in the community. ?Wu Heng stared closely at the situation on the street, his eyes following the bus. Just when the bus reached the intersection and started to slow down slightly and turn. Suddenly, there was a ''crash'', and the floor-to-ceiling glass of the roadside shop shattered. Along with the flying broken glass, a dark red-skinned and huge figure rushed straight towards the bus that was slowing down and turning. Boom~! The huge zombie hit the car body, and the bus began to sway from side to side, shaking violently. He lost control and hit a telegraph pole on the side of the road with a bang. The bus stopped, and a puff of black smoke rose. Before the people inside could react, zombies from all directions instantly swamped the bus. ?Through the gaps where the zombies are crowded, you can still see the iron pipes thrust out in panic. The survivors inside are still trying to resist. But they attracted too many zombies along the way, and they were like a flood coming in a steady stream. ? Judging from the current situation, even if the bus can start again, it will be difficult to rush out. ?Wu Heng watched from the top of the building. He was anxious, but he had no ability to save them in this situation. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? After sighing slightly, his attention was focused on the giant monster that could knock over the bus. Humanoid creature, probably close to 3 meters or more in height, with dark red skin, exaggeratedly strong upper limbs, and bulging muscles like sarcoma, full of explosive power. What the hell. ?Zombie Teddy changed from an ordinary size to almost the size of a lion, and the zombie in front of him was obviously deformed. And the combat effectiveness has also reached a terrifying level. ?Hitting a bus with your own body, this kind of power is simply terrifying. ??Some dizzy giant zombies staggered towards the bus. Hands away the zombies blocking the way, raises his fist, and hits the car body hard. ?Bang bang bang~! ?With heavy hammer blows, the guard panel was dented and the iron bars on the window fell off. ??When the gap became wider and wider, zombies instantly poured into the car and began to crazily eat flesh and blood. The chaos did not last long. In just three or two minutes, the shaking in the bus stopped. The group of corpses were like wild monsters that had lost their target. They became quiet again and spread out in all directions. The passenger car in the center had collapsed and deformed, and its body was covered with broken limbs. From the beginning to the end, Wu Heng did not see how many survivors there were or what they looked like. ??The giant mutated zombie also walked to one side, reentered the roadside shop, and disappeared. ?Wu Heng just looked at it like this, feeling a little more crisis-ridden about his situation. ??Whether it was the zombie wave just now or the giant mutated zombies, they all put pressure on him. ?With the number of skeletons you have, encountering these two is a dead end. Its better to keep a low profile. Once the number of skeletons reaches a certain scale, we wont be afraid. He muttered something and watched the corpses disperse little by little. Huh? Suddenly, a zombie wandering aimlessly caught his eye. ??The zombie is wearing a blue shirt, nothing too special about it. Wu Hengs attention is on his belt. ?The black belt is connected to a black connecting rope, and the other end is a black pistol hanging from the calf. Are the zombies sending weapons? In the battle with zombies, he can rely on skeleton warriors. As long as he doesn''t take risks, it''s actually not a big problem. But in Blackstone Town, where everyone is professional, something unexpected happens. Still lacks certain self-protection capabilities. ??If you get this weapon, you can enhance your own safety. Pulling the trigger is much easier than firing a bow. We have to find a way to get it. After muttering, Wu Heng began to think about the method. It is obviously unrealistic to rush out directly. What is the best way to get him here alone? After thinking for a while, Wu Heng looked at the climbing rope in his hand. You should try it. On the road. A rope that hangs from the sky until it falls. After lassoing the zombie, he suddenly tightened it and dragged it to one side. ?The sudden pull made the zombies look around in panic, and roared from their mouths. It seems that I cant figure out why I am moving and why I am still moving to one side uncontrollably. During the panic struggle, the zombies were pulled upward little by little along the outer wall of the building. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of the building, directing the skeleton warrior to change the direction of the pull, avoiding the balcony and external iron railings, so as to avoid any accidents on the way and ruin all the previous efforts. ?Two skeleton pigeons fell beside them. Their bodies were white skeletons, but their wings were covered with a layer of fleshy membrane. Can maintain the original flying ability. The lasso around the target zombie was also completed by these two skeleton pigeons. He does not have the ability to hit targets from such a long distance. Even with the skeleton pigeon throwing the noose from the sky, it took more than twenty attempts before it was successful. So during the dragging process, everyone was very careful and conscientious. Afraid of falling down halfway. Finally, the struggling zombie was pulled up to the roof. Before it could get up and attack, countless kitchen knives fell down. It was directly chopped into a corpse. ?Wu Heng squatted down, took off the corpse''s pants, and took what he wanted in his hand. Handguns are actually not unfamiliar. Very common in movies and television. Furthermore, he had played a game called Gunarm Simulator before and studied its assembly and use.?????? Can be regarded as a cloud shooter. So, although it is the first time to get a pistol, it is not unfamiliar to operate it. Eject the magazine, there are still 9 bullets in it. I searched the body carefully and found no extra bullets. I dont know if I just brought this magazine or if I lost it. Handgun is in good condition with no serious wear and tear. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and tried to load it and aim, but he was not willing to waste bullets and shoot. After practicing the action of drawing the gun and aiming a few times, he put it away directly. ?Todays harvest is really good. After transforming the corpse into a skeleton warrior. Packed up some things and prepared to return to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng went to the blacksmith shop and asked about ordering an iron ladder. But it turned out that his idea was a bit too naive. Not to mention whether the iron ladder can be built to the other side, the production period will take less than half a month. The blacksmith boss also gave a suggestion. Replace the iron ladder with a load-bearing piece of wood, or more simply, use a rope to connect the two sides and climb over. After hearing this, Wu Heng just nodded in agreement and said nothing more. ?As for wooden boards, it is difficult to get such a long wooden board. Even if it is such a long distance, it will easily collapse when the weight is heavy. The idea of ????the rope can be passed by people, but not by skeleton warriors. So neither of these two will work. After leaving the blacksmith shop, we went to the tavern for dinner. Watching a few strong men wrestling with each other''s arms for a while, the sky was already a little dark when we came back. There were not many pedestrians on the road. Walking into the alley of the residence, two figures also walked in together. As soon as he followed them, he saw Wu Heng standing there waiting for them to follow. Are you very alert, kid? one of them said. The two of them did not show any nervousness at all because they were discovered by Wu Heng. Whats the matter with you two? Wu Heng asked. When he came out of the tavern, he felt like someone was following him. ??At first he thought it was the guards watching him, but the two people in front of him were obviously not guards. Boy, money is a little tight, I want to borrow a few things from you. ? After saying this, the leader didn''t stop talking nonsense. He sprang out like a cheetah and ran towards him quickly. ?On the way, he touched his arms behind his waist, and two short blades appeared in his hands. The blades reflected the silver moonlight, which was cold and dazzling. ?Wu Heng quickly glanced at the second person. The other person was still standing at the entrance of the alley, leaning against the wall and looking around carefully. ?????????????????????? They are still two experienced robbers. ?These two people are very confident and think that one person is enough to deal with them. ?Seeing the enemy approaching quickly, Wu Heng stood on the spot, his eyes fixed on the target. When the distance is only three or four meters. Bang! ??A deafening gunshot rang out, and the bullet instantly hit the man''s waist and abdomen. ?The forward momentum suddenly stopped, and the body was shaken slightly by the heartbreaking pain. ?What the hell? "you." Open your mouth and just spit out the first word. Bang, bang, bang! Following this, three more gunshots rang out. The chest, abdomen and shoulders were hit one after another. His body took two steps back under the impact of the bullet, and then fell to the ground. The heartbreaking pain prevented him from making any other movements. I thought I was weak and had no abilities, but I didnt expect that I kicked an iron plate. Save. The man turned around and looked at his companions. Bang! A gunshot rang out, and a bullet penetrated his eye socket. Gain experience +64. ?The system prompt appears, proving that the person is dead. Then, Wu Heng raised the muzzle of his gun and pointed it at another person who was running towards him quickly. ??The man at the alley stopped suddenly and looked at the weapon in his opponent''s hand warily. Looking at his lifeless companion lying on the ground, he backed away little by little until he returned to the entrance of the alley. ?Looking at Wu Heng with a sinister look, he turned around and fled from here. There were noisy sounds all around, and the neighbors were disturbed by gunshots. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse at his feet. The whole body was wrapped in thick leather armor and a cloak, and not much blood leaked out. Picked up the fallen weapon, wrapped the body in his cloak, and dragged it into the room. Not long. Bang, bang, bang! There was a knock on the door. ?The landlord''s voice came, "Wu Heng, are you in the house? Did you hear the loud noise just now?" ??Wu Heng opened the door and said, "I heard it. I don''t know who is so unethical and makes such a big noise at night." ??The landlord glanced at him angrily, and then looked sideways into the room. said: "As long as you''re fine, it''s not safe recently. Please lock the door at night." "good." The landlord left, and Wu Heng practiced his spear as usual, and there was a sound of tinkling and stabbing at the wooden target. Outside, there were noisy discussions from time to time, and guards came over to ask questions. The next day, when the sky became slightly brighter, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. It seemed to have rained a little last night. The skeleton warriors were all covered with crystal raindrops. Wash away the dirt on the skeleton. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry the body delivered last night to the top of the building. Then start to pick off the opponent''s equipment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 11 ,the wanted Chapter 11, Wanted criminal The corpse was stripped naked, and the trophies were placed aside. ?Leather boots, two short blades, two grenades, two bottles of healing potions, a receipt with a ferocious snake head on it, and a purse containing silver and copper coins. When he saw the grenade, Wu Heng''s eyelids twitched involuntarily. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the grenade first. Poison Smoke Thunder (Description: After release, it can produce a large amount of poisonous smoke.) Damn, its a smoke bomb. Fortunately, I shot decisively, otherwise I would have let him use this thing. Even if it is not an explosion, the consequences are very troublesome. He carefully put the grenade aside and looked at the leather boots beside him again. The leather armor is brown, with exquisite vine branches and curling grass patterns on the surface. The chest, waist and abdomen are double-layered and thickened. ??Both the style and workmanship are very good, and it is several grades higher than the one Wu Heng bought himself. ?The only drawback is that there are a few holes made by bullets. Even the leather armor in the magical world cannot stop bullets. ?Wu Heng picked it up and measured it according to his body shape. The size was quite suitable, just right for him. It doesnt really matter if there are bullet holes. ?Just go to a leather goods store and get it repaired. ??It doesn''t matter if you don''t practice it. The main enemies you face are zombies. As long as you can withstand grabbing and biting, a few bullet holes won''t affect anything. Put the leather armor aside and take out two short blades. The scabbard is made of black leather, the blade is silver-white, and the handle is made of leather strips wrapped around it. The workmanship is good. Wu Heng played with it. ??These two weapons are very good. If placed in a weapons store, they are also mid-to-high-quality weapons. It will definitely not be a problem to reach dozens of silver. Are all the robbers so rich? It takes a long time, but the poor are all ordinary people, right? In addition to the medicine and coins, there is still the receipt with the snake''s head. The reason why it is called a document is that it has a number and a pattern similar to anti-counterfeiting. Perhaps it was robbed or stolen from somewhere. I collected several kinds of trophies and felt quite satisfied. I wont accompany you no matter what. After checking the trophies, he planned to use the "Bone Slave Technique" to transform the corpse into a skeleton. When he just focused his eyes on the appearance of the corpse, the movements of his hands were slightly paused. Under the beard that was soaked in strands from the rain, you can see a scar that is as knotted as a centipede. I seem to have seen this person somewhere. Especially this scar. Why does it look so familiar! I havent seen many people in Blackstone Town, and even fewer have left an impression. Neighbors nearby, owners of shops that you often visit. Where have you seen it? Without thinking, he commanded the skeleton first and collected all the loot. After checking the surrounding situation, he walked downstairs. Professional Hall. ?Wu Heng looked at the reward on the notice board and his eyes widened slightly. Wanted criminal-Bassen, reward amount is 120 silver coins, and a lower-level prop. The portrait is very similar to the man he killed. ?Especially the scar on the lower lip, which looks like a centipede. The location and style are basically the same. ? ? Remove the beard all over his face, and you can basically conclude that it is a wanted criminal posted on it. It''s just that he can''t figure it out. How could I, an honest Necromancer, be targeted by a wanted criminal? ??Had I not gotten a pistol, I might have been the one lying on the ground. Most importantly, the other party also ran away. ? He ??scanned the list of wanted criminals again and found no one who looked similar to the other person. Either they are not inside, or they are disguised. "You won''t be targeting me anymore!" If you kill this person today, the escaped desperado may want to take revenge on you. ??If placed in the zombie world, he is really not afraid of these wanted criminals. With so many skeleton warriors, he can scare them to death. But in this world, its really hard to say. This matter should be reported to Blackstone Town to conduct a search of the crowded area. Before, the first time I thought of hiding the body was because I was afraid of being misunderstood. As a necromancer myself, it is difficult to prove that someone else robbed me or that I wanted to harm him without providing effective evidence. Now that the other party is a wanted criminal, anyone can hunt him down without any responsibility. Hand over the body and complete the commission is the best option. After thinking about it, Wu Heng came directly to the counter. Sir, is there anything I can help you with? the staff member asked with a smile. ??Wu Heng took out the reward he had just picked and said, "This criminal was killed by me yesterday. What should I do with him?" Sir, are you saying that you killed this wanted criminal instead of providing clues? the young female teller asked in disbelief. The wanted criminals who can be listed on the professional association are not something ordinary people can deal with. ??When each city received intelligence or news, they organized guards to round up and kill him individually. He was a fair and clean young man, which was somewhat... rare. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, what should we do next?" "Wait a moment, we need to arrange for someone to check the body. After confirming that it is correct, we will give you the reward." The staff member said immediately. Okay, Ill take you there. Soon, a team of five people with association badges arrived. Without any communication, they just followed him to his residence. ??The corpse was dragged into this world by Wu Heng in advance, wearing a linen gown, which was better than being naked. People from the Professionals Association verified the identity of the corpse. After confirming his identity, he wrapped the body and left. Return directly to the professional association, Returning to the professional hall, Wu Heng filled in the record of the event under the guidance of the staff. The above includes whether to actively investigate the target or to passively counterattack. The process is not complicated and can be optional. If you want to write it down, just write it down. If you dont want to write it down, or it doesnt exist, just leave it blank. There are no too complicated steps. Sir, the bounty reward includes a lower-level prop reward. What do you need? the staff continued to ask. What does it include? Weapons and equipment, or rare materials, notes, etc., what do you need? Forehead. Props are just a general summary. All rewards except currency are counted as props. It is just divided into levels, and the lower level is obviously not a high-level reward. Do you have a skill book? Its for a mage. Let me check it for you. The staff took out the album and started looking through it. He quickly said: "Sir, there are two skill books corresponding to lower-level rewards, ''Dancing Lights'' and ''Acid Splash''." Can I take a look and choose again? Wait a moment, Ill get it for you. The staff member said and walked towards the corridor. ?Wu Heng still sat and waited silently. About five or six minutes passed. The staff did not wait, but came towards him with a group of patrol guards from Blackstone Town. ?Looking at the other party''s menacing appearance, a bad feeling suddenly arose in my heart. He walked straight in front of Wu Heng with his heavy leather boots on the floor. After examining it with a serious look, he said: "Wu Heng, the necromancer, killed a wanted criminal with a reward on his head last night." Yes. Wu Heng replied. Then come with us. After saying that, two guards came out from behind, grabbing his arms and taking him away by force. Is anyone watching? A little panicked. (End of this chapter) Chapter 12 , professional deacon Chapter 12, Professional Deacon ?Wu Heng frowned, took a step back and asked, "Can I know the reason?" "Special profession, causing a human life, and suspecting that you have a closer relationship with the wanted criminal." The guard opened his mouth and listed several unreasonable reasons. "According to your opinion, if the wanted criminal wants to kill me, he can''t fight back?" Wu Heng asked. ??The guard captain''s eyes turned cold, and several people behind him also put their hands on the iron swords at their waists. ?Wu Hengs face also became serious. ?This place is unreasonable. But he had no intention of resisting. By fighting the guards now, he will be convicted of the crime. Even if it is okay to kill the wanted criminal, attacking the guard will be a new evidence of crime. Just when the guards were about to take him away, the staff member who had just left quickly came back. He frowned and glanced at the aggressive guard, and said to Wu Heng, "Mr. Wu Heng, the deacon wants to see you." Deacon? A deacon of the professional association? ?Wu Heng did not answer, but glanced at the guards in front of him. The staff continued: "Gentlemen, please wait here for a while." ?This professional association is really not as simple as it seems. An ordinary front desk staff, who can talk to the guards with confidence. ??The guard frowned, but still made way. ??Wu Heng followed the staff and walked towards the corridor where she came from. She climbed up the stairs on one side to the second floor, stopped in front of a room door, and said softly: "Deacon, Mr. Wu Heng is here." Let him in! ? Pushing the door open, a man with gray hair in a formal suit sat in a room filled with bookshelves and documents. The age may not be very old, but it gives people the feeling that a serious illness has not yet been cured. The staff who led the way took a step forward, said a few words, and then left. ??The man set his sights on Wu Heng, "My name is ''Yazd'' and I am the deacon stationed in Blackstone Town." Its an honor to meet you, Deacon Yazd. "No need to be so formal, sit down and talk, that is your reward, and you can only choose one skill." The man behaved very elegantly, like a noble. On the table, there is a leather money bag and two old rolled-up books. After Wu Heng sat down, his eyes also fell on the books. Dancing Lights (Description: You can create suspended light sources.) ???????????????????????? Whats the use of this. In the zombie world, he found several flashlights with remaining power. Not available at the moment. Acid splash (Description: Release an acid ball, causing strong acid damage to the target.) ?Throwing sulfuric acid? How come the spells in this world are different from what you imagined? Fireball, what about thunder and lightning? I choose this. Wu Heng put away all the money bag and Acid Splash. The man nodded and said in a casual chatting tone: "I heard that something happened before I asked you to come?" Well, the guards want to take me to investigate for the reason of fighting privately. Haha, people everywhere dont like necromancers. This is normal. The man smiled and poured two cups of tea, and handed one cup to him. Wu Heng was not in the mood to drink tea and chat with him, and asked directly: "Does Deacon Yazd have anything to do with me?" The man picked up the teacup on the table and took a sip, and said slowly: "I want to change myself. situation?" What do you mean? Wu Heng looked at him curiously. I can give you a suggestion. You dont have to worry about others making trouble for you, and you have certain rights. These words made Wu Heng''s heart move. ??Necromancer is helpful in the zombie world, but it is a burden in Blackstone Town. ??If there is a solution, he would be willing to hear it. What suggestions do you have? The man smiled and said: "The Professionals Association accepts any professional with a clean file and will become a solid backing." Join a professional association? I have registered as a member of the Professionals Association. According to the information he receives. The Professional Association is more like a mercenary registration office. Maintain the normal operation of the entire association by issuing some tasks and bounties. I am talking about standing members of the association, not registered members. You can understand it as employees of the association. In most powers and cities around the world, they will have legal status and have some privileges. ?Wu Heng''s eyes lit up when he heard the other party''s words. If this is the case, then becoming a member of a professional association is a good option. But then, he suppressed the excitement in his heart and asked: "What do I need to do?" To complete some tasks issued by the association headquarters, it may be to explore the location or collect intelligence. The man explained patiently. ??Wu Heng hesitated, "I don''t like taking risks, and killing the fugitive is a fluke. I have no strength at all." Dont worry, most of the associations tasks are to assist local guards, and we do not advocate your dangerous behavior of apprehending fugitives alone. The man looked up at him and continued: "Of course, the association can provide many benefits, such as intelligence, knowledge, magic props, money, and connections. In short, this position is not available to everyone." That said, the benefits of professional associations are actually quite good. The most important thing is that you can escape from the situation of a necromancer and no longer need to be like a prisoner. Why choose me? He doesnt think he is the son of destiny. If he is true, the world will not end before he resells the items. The man continued to explain, "The branch association can recruit talents on its own. In addition to common combatants, people with special abilities and rare occupations are also included. Of course, they must have clean identities and no criminal records." I was added because of the Necromancer? Necromancers, here, fully qualify as rare, and even fewer have no criminal record. ?This professional association is really weird. Blackstone Town hates it so much that he actually wants to recruit himself into it. Thinked quickly in my mind. It seems that joining will not have much impact on you, but will bring more benefits. There is absolutely no reason to refuse. Now that I have a normal identity, I can make better use of Blackstone Town to improve myself, and I no longer have so many worries. After thinking about it, Wu Heng smiled and said, "Thank you Mr. Yazd for your trust. Can I join the Professionals Association here?" The man nodded with a smile, opened the drawer, and took out a form, "Fill in your information, and I''ll get a reply in about three or four days." ?Wu Heng nodded and read the above content carefully. Then he filled in his information and submitted it back. ??The man took the document, glanced at it briefly, put it in the drawer, stood up and said, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to see the body first." Corpse? (End of this chapter) Chapter 13 , level 7 skeleton Chapter 13, Level 7 Skeleton Corpse? The deacon picked up the dark cane beside the table and said as he walked, "The wanted criminal you killed has committed quite a lot of crimes in several cities. This time he came to Blackstone Town. Unexpectedly, he died in your presence." in hands. The appointment letter from this department will be slower, but it can also give you some benefits first, such as a legal skeleton. " After hearing this, Wu Heng felt moved in his heart. Can I have an undead summon now? "It''s not possible now, but you can summon it first. After all, it''s not easy to store the body in this weather. If you want to take it out, you need to appoint someone to come down officially." That is to say, let yourself be summoned first, and then you can hand over the skeleton to him after the formal appointment. It seems that professional associations still have considerable influence in various places. Just like that, he was sure that the superiors would allow him to join, and he could also have a skeleton. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "An accomplice ran away last night." Blackstones guards will search crowded areas, but you should be careful. "good." The two of them walked outside together, went down the stairs, and entered an underground space. There were several iron beds placed in the cold room, and on one of them lay the body of the wanted criminal he had killed. He must have re-identified himself. His clothes had been stripped off and he was left naked. Lets transform! The deacon stood at the door, leaning on his wooden staff. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and stepped forward to release the Bone Slave Technique. The ability of the summoned object is far beyond the scope of the summoner''s ability, and the instability factors increase... ?System prompts appeared, and ones own mental power began to drain rapidly. At the same time, the flesh and blood of the corpse began to fall off, revealing the bones underneath. The transformation was completed soon, and the thick-boned skeleton slowly sat up. In a pair of empty eye sockets, a faint blue soul flame flashed. Skeleton Thief (Level 7) Seventh level skeletons, and their names have changed. They are no longer unified skeleton warriors, but become skeleton thieves. This should be related to his career during his lifetime. Having soul fire also means having a basic soul, just like the transformed Teddy. The skeleton got off the iron bed, glanced at the two people present with his empty eyes, and then walked to Wu Heng''s side. The deacon stood aside and said, "You are indeed very talented. You can''t take this skeleton away now, lest it cause trouble." "I understand." Wu Heng ordered directly to the skeleton thief, "Stay here and follow Mr. Yazd''s orders." The blue soul fire flashed, the skull nodded lightly, and stepped aside, standing in the corner like a sculpture. The deacon smiled and said, "Let''s go out first. The temperature here is not suitable for staying for a long time." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him out of the cellar. "Okay, that''s it for today. I''ll let someone notify you when the appointment letter comes out." The deacon paused slightly and continued: "By the way, the guards in the hall have left, and I''m also at the city hall. Someone will be arranged to explain it clearly. Thank you very much. Wu Heng thanked him. Returning to the hall, the guards were indeed gone. ?This all feels a bit unreal. How come such a series of things happened after killing a wanted criminal? But at present, professional associations are helpful to themselves. If we can really achieve what the deacon said, we can really change the current situation. It is difficult to say clearly whether becoming a professional is good or bad. We can only say it step by step. It was already afternoon when we returned to the crowded area. Go to the pub to have a good meal and then walk towards your residence. Go back to your residence and take out the exchanged skill book. Acid splash (Description: Release an acid ball, causing strong acid damage to the target.) ??Although it is somewhat different from the imagined mage skills, it is not a big problem. ?Throwing sulfuric acid on someones body feels very harmful, and its also somewhat insulting. Open the book and start reading. The book is not thick, but it contains a lot of content. It is densely filled with text and some schematic diagrams. Actually, after contact, the principle of the spell is not that profound. A spell can be understood as an independent effect transformation. The caster can reshape the surrounding energy and then manifest it in a specific way. If you can complete this step, you will be able to release the corresponding spell. But the difficulty is that all this is done in a short moment, and there is no time for you to actually chant for three to five minutes in a real battlefield to prepare. ?Wu Heng read it carefully from the beginning when he turned to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock Skill: Acid Splash The moment the prompt appeared, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. Similar to the career book, reading it from beginning to end unlocks the corresponding abilities. Otherwise, if he really wants to learn analysis, it will take too much time and energy to learn a skill. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 3 (94/2700) Attributes: Strength 9, Agility 11, Constitution 13, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Skills: Bone Spell, Acid Splash. ??Checked the eye attribute column, and sure enough, one of the skills added acid splash. In addition, his level has reached level 3, and his attributes have also been greatly improved. Close the book and go directly to the zombie world. Zombie world. ??The skeleton team stood upright on the top of the building, like terracotta warriors and horses lined up. ??Now the bones are all exposed. If they all put on armors, helmets, and formal weapons, they would feel almost the same as the Terracotta Warriors and Horses. At least the straight look is exactly the same. The skeleton dog ran over from behind the skeleton team, squatting on the ground and looking up at him, its bone tail swaying non-stop, rubbing against the ground. ?Wu Heng touched its skull and dog head, then walked to the edge of the roof and looked down. It should be the reason for the survivors yesterday. The zombies in the community were attracted by the bus and rushed out to chase the bus. There were only five or six zombies left downstairs, wandering around casually. Looking at the zombies, I planned to try the effect of the skills. Condensed Acid Splash and released it towards one of them. The dark green ball-shaped acid flew down from the roof and hit the zombie''s feet with a loud thud. ??Although it didn''t hit, you can still see that the location covered by the acid has a corrosive effect. But the effect only lasted for a few seconds and then disappeared. Hello~! ??The zombie was startled by the sudden attack, bowed his back slightly, and roared around. But he didnt find a man and a skeleton dog on the roof of the building. The effect is average. Wu Heng muttered. But he no longer had the idea to continue testing his skills. Put on the armor of the wanted criminal. The original one was slightly worse, and put it on the body of the sword-wielding skeleton. Follow me. With a wave of his hand, the skeleton behind him immediately started moving and walked towards the corridor. ????????????????????????????????? The closed corridor door opened, and there was a grinding sound. ??The wandering zombies immediately looked back towards the corridor, roared and rushed towards the corridor. As soon as he entered the corridor, countless kitchen knives fell down. Chop directly to the ground. (End of this chapter) Chapter 14 , letter of appointment Chapter 14, Letter of Appointment ?Five or six zombies rushed into the corridor, pushing and shoving. But what greeted them were falling kitchen knives. The ferocious zombie was instantly knocked to the ground and never got up again. The corridor door was closed again, cutting off the outside world. ?Wu Heng walked down from behind the skeletons and began to release the bone-slaking technique. The six skeletons stood up. Find a kitchen knife for the skeleton and looked at the sky. It was already dusk. Joining professionals and learning skills today took up time during the day. It''s a bit risky to go out and kill zombies again, so let''s wait until tomorrow. Return to Blackstone Town, eat, practice spear, and sleep. The next day. ?Wu Heng got up early. A life without video games made him energetic. After breakfast, we went directly to the career hall. There were not many people here this morning. ??Wu Heng came to the counter and asked: "Help me take a look. Is the commission issued ready?" Sir, please show me the entrusted note. ?Take out the receipt and hand it over, and the staff will start checking the progress based on the number on it. The commission has been completed, you need to pay another 15 silver and 32 copper. Its finally done. But the price is also ridiculously high. 15 silver is enough to buy three ordinary iron swords. But there was no hesitation, and he immediately paid the balance, and handed over the medicine and a test receipt. Special antidote (Description: A potion made for fixed toxins.) Put away the antidote and return to your residence quickly. Zombie world. Go to the top of the building, take out the medicine and paper and check it out. ?Wu Heng doesnt understand the alchemy of this world. ??However, there are still many magical aspects to the medicinal effects of alchemical potions. Even in the modern world with advanced technology, it is difficult for medicines produced to achieve immediate effects. ??If the modern world hadn''t become like this, you would definitely be able to make a lot of money by opening a pharmacy company. In addition to the medicine, there is also a sheet given. On the paper sheet, the test results of the corpse core and the ingredients for dispensing the medicine are written. These are all requests put forward by Wu Heng in the commission. During the test, neurotoxins, corpse toxins and other toxic substances were mentioned. As for the use of the corpse core, it was suggested that it be an alchemy material, and there was no mention of direct consumption. As for the ingredients of the antidote, they have complicated names, and they are not even recognizable. After a brief glance, he put it away directly. Take out the remaining corpse core and put the antidote aside. ??This corpse core has been in my hand for a few days. Fortunately, it doesn''t smell bad. Otherwise, your money will be wasted. After disinfecting it with white wine, he raised his head and swallowed it without hesitation. At first I didnt feel anything. Constitution +2, Strength +1, Agility +2. The system prompt appears instantly. Before Wu Heng could be happy, a burning sensation spread from his abdomen to his whole body. Bluish-purple blood vessels began to appear on the arms and neck, and at the same time the burning sensation turned into a heart-piercing sting. Grass! Its really poisonous. Wave! Open the antidote and pour it directly into your belly in one breath. Drinking the medicinal solution, the pain eased, and the purple blood vessels spreading on the body began to disappear little by little. Finally disappeared. ?About five or six minutes later, Wu Heng was lying on the ground, breathing heavily. Huh~! Thankfully I customized the antidote, otherwise I might have killed myself. When the pain completely disappears and the mind is clear, unconcealable joy will arise in my heart. Five more attributes added. In terms of upgrading, it has been upgraded by two and a half levels. Attributes: Strength 10, Agility 13, Constitution 15, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. ??Although attribute points are added to physique, strength and agility, the attributes can be directly reflected in the physical state, and any high level is beneficial. ??And not only intelligence is useful to mages. Happy for a while and calmed down a little. Take out the potion formula and check it again. Is that so, as long as I continue to absorb the corpse core, my attributes can still be improved..." If this conjecture is correct, then your attributes will be improved without limit. Even if the attribute increase brought by upgrading is not high, the attributes can still be improved through corpse cores. The two can complement each other. After resting for a while, I feel that there is no strange feeling in my body. Continue to get up and direct the skeleton to start today''s leveling operation. One night passed, and three more zombies wandered into the clean downstairs. They ran in from no one knows where. Open the stair door and directly give the order, "Attack." The next second, a group of skeletons like a long dragon poured out of the corridor. Pounce on the zombies outside. ??The zombies were knocked to the ground by the crowded group of skeletons. Before they could raise their heads, countless kitchen knives and hammers fell down, smashing them into a puddle of mud. The movement here also attracted the attention of the zombies nearby. He rushed over from the opened corridor and from behind the building. Attack! Wu Heng also walked out of the corridor and shouted an order. ??The skeleton warriors raised their kitchen knives in unison and rushed towards the zombies. The roaring and slashing sounds were one continuous sound.? ? ? Bang bang bang~ clatter! ??The glass of the building in front was broken one after another, and zombies fell from the broken windows upstairs. The taller ones were smashed into pieces, while the shorter ones were crawling forward with broken lower limbs. "so much?" Zombies rushed out from various places and rushed towards the skeleton camp. ??Although it was still within the range of the skeletons, it was still much more than what I estimated from the top of the building. Skeleton dogs would jump out of the skeleton camp from time to time, knock down one or two zombies, bite their necks and shake their heads wildly. ??When the zombies came around, they immediately jumped back behind the skeleton, not forgetting to swing their waists at the skeleton twice. The meaning of ridicule and provocation is very strong. ??Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, observing the scene while releasing the Bone Slave Technique. To replenish the lost number of skeletons. There were fewer and fewer of them, and in the end there were only a few scattered ones left, as well as the zombies who jumped off the building and broke their legs, still insisting on crawling this way. Go, kill those paralyzed ones. Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton dogs. ??The skeleton dog swung its tail and jumped directly out of the group of skeletons, killing the zombies crawling on the ground one by one. Soon, there were thirty or forty zombie corpses piled downstairs. Let the skeletons collect all the corpses and pile them into a hill. ??Wu Heng began to release the bone service technique. Summon a few and rest for a while to avoid excessive mental exhaustion. He didn''t want to feel that brain-churning feeling again. Gradually the sky became dark again. Looking at the remaining corpses that had not been transformed, I gave up the idea of ??transforming them overnight. Can''t float, just stay and develop. Back to Blackstone Town, Wu Heng had dinner at the tavern. On the way, I also listened to some information discussed by the drinkers. Which brothel has a discount? The price of the blacksmith shop has increased because there is not enough ore. This is the most effective way for him to understand the world. Ask others, sometimes it will attract attention, and you can also get a lot of useful information by listening to others bragging. After eating and drinking, we started walking towards our residence. I feel quite satisfied. Its changed! Good things have happened one after another in the past two days, and I feel like my luck has exploded. Everything is going smoothly and the future is promising. You must survive, improve your attributes, and increase the number of skeletons. Wu Heng emphasized. Walked quickly towards his residence. ?However, as soon as he turned into the alley where he lived, his footsteps suddenly stopped. Quickly retreat out of the alley and open the holster. At the door of his house, three figures stood. ?There is a man and a woman, and one is wrapped in a black cloak. It is not clear whether he is a man or a woman. The wanted criminal has come for revenge? It''s not dark yet! ?Wu Hengs eyes were alert. The three people in the alley also noticed the movement, and one of them said: "Wu Heng?" Guys, whats the matter? "The letter of appointment from this department has been issued. The deacon asked me to send it to you, as well as your skeleton." As he spoke, one of them pulled down the hood of the figure behind him, revealing a skeleton warrior with eyes burning with soul fire. A slight trace on the mandible proved to be the wanted criminal that Wu Heng killed. "Sorry, please come in." Wu Heng apologized, opened the door and invited the two of them into the house. In addition to his own skeleton, a total of two people came. One man and one woman. ??The man is probably in his forties, with brown hair pulled back, a serious and resolute face, wearing silver armor, and a long sword hanging on his waist. The right chest of the silver armor bears the emblem of the Professionals Association. The other person is a young woman with long blond hair, three-dimensional and exquisite facial features, a tall figure, brown leather armor on her upper body, slim leather trousers on her lower body, and long and straight legs. It gives people a feeling of being smart and capable. ?As soon as he entered the room, his eyes kept looking around. Please sit down. Wu Heng motioned for the two of them to sit down, opened a bottle of iced black tea and poured a cup for each of them. After he also sat down, the man took out something. He placed them one by one on the wooden table and said: "My name is Altluk, the captain of the fourth team stationed in Blackstone Town. This is the member ''Kavina''." The woman nodded. Well, good afternoon, both of you. ??The middle-aged captain put the items in his hands on the table one by one and said: "This is the appointment letter and the armor issued by the association. Keep it carefully. The armor is just a welfare reward and is not mandatory to wear." ??There are also armor rewards, which is really good. ?The other party continued: "According to the allocation by the Blackstone Town Professionals Association, you will be a member of the fourth team from now on." ?Wu Heng understood why these two people came. It turns out that teams have been divided. Okay, are there only three people in our team? Wu Heng asked curiously. The professional team is between three and five people. Our team is a new one. Currently there are only three of us. The professional team is mainly responsible for professional rescue and assisting local guards. There wont be as many people as a patrol. If the number of people is too large, it will cause local resistance. The captain continued: "We have to carry out a mission tomorrow. We will set off early in the morning and gather at the West City Gate. Don''t be late." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "So fast?" Thanks to Angels Trail for the 500 reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 15 , professional team Chapter 15, Professional Team Hearing that he was leaving the city tomorrow, Wu Heng''s expression changed instantly. ?? Didn''t you say that the Professionals Association is just a job for a gangster? Why do you have to go out of the city to do tasks on the first day? Um, captain, do you have a mission so soon? Wu Heng asked. He is a hundred unwilling to go out. ?You can level up by fighting zombies, but you will face many dangers when you leave the city. Seeing Wu Heng''s appearance, the captain also smiled and said: "Our team has just been established, so naturally it is not a difficult task. This time we went out just to assist Blackstone Town in investigating some things, so don''t worry." Having said that, he felt a little relieved. After all, I have already joined the association, so its hard to say I wont go. Okay Captain, I understand. The captain nodded, "Well, it''s our team''s first event, so don''t be late." After saying that, he stood up and left with the long-legged beauty team member. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and watched the two of them leave the alley before closing the door again. Outside the alley. The Shining Armor captain left and asked softly: "How do you feel about the new team members?" This is my first contact, I feel its okay, not annoying. After answering, the blonde beauty asked curiously: Is he really a necromancer? You also saw that the skeleton belongs to him. The room is empty, and there is a training wooden target in the corner. It doesnt look like a mage, nor does it look like a necromancer. Kalena continued. ??Every mage is a scholar. Regardless of his academic achievements, he must at least have a few books or experimental equipment. The room just now did not have these things, and it was even a little crude. Living in a crowded area is not the same as those mages with inheritance. Yeah, thats right. When the two of them walked out of the intersection, they had to leave separately. The captain did not forget to say: "Don''t be late tomorrow morning." Okay, Captain. After seeing the two people off, Wu Heng closed the door tightly. Pick up a few items that were just delivered and examine them. The first one is the appointment letter, which says Special Field Envoy of the Professionals Association. The remaining small words are recognition of his status as a professional and the fact that he is stationed in Blackstone Town, Kingdom of Yeko. ?In addition to the appointment letter, there is also a dark brown leather armor and a crest sandwiched in it. The captain of the fourth team and the beautiful woman just now wore this kind of emblem, which was also used to represent their status. Put the letter of appointment and coat of arms aside. Pick up the new armor and check it out. The dark brown leather armor has small patterns and metal clips on the chest and shoulders, which serve as key protection. It has a certain weight in the hand, a little heavier than ordinary leather armor, but it is still within the tolerance range. ?In this world, weapons are important, but armor with good defense is equally important. The armor provided by the Professional Association is better in terms of workmanship and defense than the two pieces in my own hand. Now, I own three pieces of leather armor. After checking what was delivered, his eyes fell on the skeleton next to him again. Skeleton Thief ? [Level: 7 (0/14000)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 20, Intelligence 10, Perception 10, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Feats: Ambidextrous hands, trap sensing, intuitive dodge. Ability: Sneak attack, lock picking (intermediate level), trap disarming (intermediate level), dual-wielding proficiency and specialization (intermediate level), short blade proficiency and specialization (intermediate level), light armor proficiency and specialization (intermediate level). Handual dexterity: Can use off-hand weapons flexibly, and use grenades, scrolls, and props more dexterously and quickly. Trap Sense: Good at detecting and finding traps set in advance. ]?????Intuitive Dodge: Use intuition to detect and avoid danger. As expected of someone who has been on the wanted list, this attribute is the one he has seen the most so far. It is much stronger than myself and the skeleton dog. Looked at it roughly. In terms of attributes, agility and strength are relatively high, which is in line with the profession of thief. The following abilities include sneak attack and unlocking, which also proves this point. Those who do this are still specializing in specialties. ??But the ability to open locks is of little use in my own hands. I have never seen a lock that my bronze key can''t open. I havent seen anything about the powerful skills. What I think is useful is [Trap Sense], which can detect traps laid out in advance. ?There is another point, that is, this skeletons intelligence has reached 10 points. There is no difference from normal people. He took out his original leather armor and two short blades and said, "Put on the leather armor and pick up the weapon." After hearing the order, the skeleton thief took off his black cloak, put on his leather armor, and hung the two short blades on his waist again. This wont work. Even if he wears leather armor, there are still many places where bones are exposed. When I go to participate in the mission tomorrow, I must bring a skeleton with me. The bones are exposed. In a human city like Blackstone Town, it is easy to cause panic and cause trouble. After thinking about it for a moment, he took the clothes, pants, leather boots and a full-face motorcycle helmet that had been taken off from him from the zombie world. Put it all on. The Skeleton Thief put on all his clothes and put on his helmet. His whole body was wrapped airtight. Not bad! Wu Heng was still very satisfied. He thought for a moment and continued: "You still call me by your original name, Bassen, do you understand?" The skeleton thief nodded. Does it really work? Bassen, go to the corner and wait. ??The Skeleton Thief walked aside in a polite manner, stood upright like a sculpture, and entered a standby state. After all the matters were taken care of, Wu Heng walked to the wooden target aside and started today''s short spear training. Taking a break after the first set. His eyes fell on the skeleton thief again, looking at him with empty eyes. Come, practice with me. The skeleton thief walked down and drew out two shining double blades from his waist. Uh..., you use a wooden stick. Wu Heng found two short sticks and handed them to him. If you give yourself a knife during practice, it will become a joke. One person and one bone began to practice. ?Until late at night, Wu Heng asked the skeleton thief to guard the door while he went to bed to rest. Boom~! ??Wu Heng never thought that the means of transportation for the mission would be a train. ?It seems that calling it a train is not accurate. The method of generating power should not be combustion, because I dont see the chimney of an old train. But the appearance and rails are not much different from trains. What is it wearing? the long-legged female teammate Kawina pointed at the skeleton thief beside her. The black matte helmet on her head still caught her attention. Helm! Wu Heng explained. I know its a helmet, but why does it look like this and who designed it? Kalena continued to ask. Um, I dont know, whats the problem? Please vote for recommendations and follow up on reading! ? (End of this chapter) Chapter 16 , mine Chapter 16, Mine In a world where professionals exist, weird helmets are not uncommon. ?There are helmets with horns on the top of the head, long and thin bird feathers, and even helmets made of animal skulls. But it seems that this is the first time that the helmet is completely made into a ball. Show me, Kavina said. Take off the helmet. ?Skeleton thief Bassen took off his helmet and handed it over, and Wu Heng handed it over to Kavina. ?Taking off the helmet, what is exposed is not the skull, but a bandit''s hood. Only the empty eye sockets can reveal the identity of the skeleton. ?Kavina began to check the helmet, while Wu Heng looked at ''Altluk'' aside and asked softly: "Captain, where are we going?" ?Captain Otluk is tall and tall, wearing metal armor. He is sitting in a position that occupies the space of two people. He glanced at the Blackstone Town guard opposite and continued: "Blackstone Town received a tip-off that a whole village in Mining Village disappeared. The investigators sent out also had no news. Neither the people nor the intelligence came back." Damn, that doesnt sound very safe. Then our task is to investigate this village? It is the task of these guards to investigate the village. Our task is to confirm whether the mine owner is in any danger. He is an important member of the association, and then to cooperate with the guards to investigate the mining village. Two tasks are actually one task. Confirm whether the mine owner is still alive. If he is dead, collect his body. If he is still alive, ask if he is affected. The second is to assist the Black Rock City guards in investigating the mining village. Although assisting is not the main task, when danger occurs, fighting will inevitably occur. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Kavina leaned closer to her and said softly: "The 11th level warrior of Black Rock City Commander ''Plamon'' they led, Curly Hair sitting in the third position is the investigator." His eyes looked to the seat in front of him as he told the story. ??The commander named "Plamon" is a man with a serious face and a very strong body. His exposed arms are probably as thick as human thighs, and there is a long sword beside him. As for the curly-haired investigator, his skin is slightly darker and he has short curly brown hair. It''s like a piece of instant noodles. The remaining people were all dressed as city guards. Two were equipped with shields and swords, and the other two had one-handed swords but carried crossbows. ??The captain said from the side: "The task is not difficult, just follow the process and go back safely." "good." ??Kavina leaned back lazily, crossed her slender legs, and touched him with her arm again, "Tell me, how did you choose the Necromancer?" Um, by chance, I feel that the Necromancer is also a mage. afternoon. The investigation team came to a manor. The owner of the mine, Achido, received the sudden arrival of the team in the side hall. Achido is a middle-aged man of medium build and very well-dressed. After a brief exchange of greetings, Commander Plamon went straight to the point, "We have received news that there is a large-scale disappearance of people in the mining village. Do you have any clues about this matter?" ??Achido rubbed his brows and said softly: "I am also worried about this matter. There used to be more than 200 miners in the village, but suddenly they disappeared, and there was no one left." When did you find out that no one was missing in the village? Plamon continued to ask. "At the beginning of the month, I remember clearly that it was the time for mine delivery. When the convoy arrived, I found that there was no one in the village. I also had to pay a large sum of money." Archido said with a sad look on his face. "Have any other investigation teams come before us?" Plamon narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at the other party and asked. Achido lowered his head and said, "A team of three came here. They asked about the same thing and then left. Did something happen?" Is there any other information? Tell me everything you know. Achido crossed his hands and placed them on the long table in front of him. He lowered his head and thought for a moment, then said: "I asked the guards to check the village. The supplies and even property are still there. I can confirm that they did not leave, and there are no signs of fighting. " Mining Village, how far is it from here? Not far, half a days riding time The two of them asked and answered questions to check the situation. The Curly Investigator stood aside and recorded the conversation with pen and paper. But it was obvious that the mine owner didnt know much about the situation. He only knew that all the miners in the village were missing, and he planned to get a result as soon as possible without delaying his ability to make money. ??For the last batch of missing investigation teams, no effective information was provided. "Okay, I understand, prepare horses and carriages for us." Plamon stood up and said at the same time. The owner of the mine immediately said: "I''ll have someone prepare a dinner and have a night''s rest. I''ll have someone send a few of them there tomorrow morning." No, prepare the carriage! ?Achido did not insist anymore and ordered his men to prepare horses and carriages. The investigation team boarded the carriage and headed towards the mining village. After leaving the manor, four horses escorted the carriage and headed to the mining village according to the map. Even eating and drinking are done on the carriage. It seems that Plamon is planning to get a result today. ?The journey was bumpy, and the sky had already entered dusk. Commander, you can see a village ahead. The guards voice came from outside the carriage. Well, its close to the village. The carriage continued to move forward, and when it felt like it was almost reaching the village, severe bumps began to appear. Outside, the guards exclaimed, "The horses are out of control..." Damn it, whats going on! The horse is crazy, jump off quickly. ??Opening the curtain of the carriage, he saw the guards on horseback crashing directly into the trees on the side of the road. ?Bang bang~! A dull crashing sound, like a hitting sandbag. The guards driving the cart were also trying their best to control the horses pulling the cart. But it obviously didn''t have much effect. The carriage was getting faster and faster, and it changed from bumping to shaking from side to side. Jump! said Altluk. ?However, there is no waiting for everyone to make the next move. The carriage rushed straight into the village, smashed through obstacles on the road, and hit the wall of a house in the village. The carriage rolled over on its side in the open space. Bang! ?Captain Otluk kicked open the door at the top, and several people and a skeleton climbed out of the car. Shaked his head to make himself more awake. The horse pulling the cart had been hit and killed, its brains and blood flowed all over the floor, and its neck was twisted into a weird shape under the huge impact. Commander! ?Outside the village, the guards who fell down from their horses walked in with weapons in hand. ?The number of people was not small, but two people were walking with a limp and were obviously injured. After getting back together, start taking potions. The gate of the village itself was open, and there was no one inside. The whole village was empty and quiet. It''s like a long-abandoned village. Theres someone! Kavina said. ?Everyone followed their gazes and saw a large number of figures standing in a dark corner. Everyone was stunned. In the intelligence and the information from the mine owners, people are missing. How come people appear? Attracted here by the sound of impact? Who is it? Come out... the guard yelled. Tap tap tap! As the words fell, figures in the darkness began to approach. ?Stepping out of the shadows, there are distorted faces, like crazy patients. Immediately afterwards, he rushed towards everyone with his teeth and claws. "Your Majesty, the intelligence is wrong. I''m afraid they have lost their minds." A guard spoke softly. ?The commander was calm and indifferent, his face unchanged, "preventing them from approaching." "yes!" Swish, swish, swish! A stream of crossbow bolts were shot out, piercing the legs of the charging enemy. Many figures fell to the ground. He is a villager here, but he behaves like an undead species. The investigator said. ??Necrotic species? The commander''s gaze glanced at Wu Heng who was standing aside. Put one in! the commander ordered. ??The guards opened a path, and a crazy miner broke through the defense line in an instant and rushed toward the rear. He rushed forward and grabbed the miner''s neck with one hand. Bring it up abruptly. No matter how crazy you struggle, you can''t escape the other party''s control. Necromancer, come here and take a look. Said to Wu Heng behind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 17 , mining village Chapter 17, Mining Village ?Several people all looked at him, and Wu Heng was also stunned. Then I realized that I was talking to myself. ?Looking at the miners who behaved like zombies, Wu Heng was also speechless. ?Although he is a necromancer, he is limited to releasing skills. If you are not a real scholar, how can you read these things? But the other party said that he could only step forward to check on the miners. The miner looked crazy, with drool hanging from the corner of his mouth. ?As if going crazy, he wanted to attack the people in front of him. ??The pupils are still focused, and the skin does not look like a zombie. Take off your gloves and place them on the skin of the other persons neck. You can feel the temperature of the human body, and there is no breath of the necromancer. ??Its more like a rabies patient than a zombie. Irritated, crazy, like a wild beast. The difference between a zombie and a zombie is that the body still has life characteristics. "It''s not the undead, it''s more like going crazy." Wu Heng said, and then added, "It doesn''t rule out the undead''s other methods." Even if I havent seen many undead creatures, I can be sure that the miner in front of me is not a unit transformed by undead magic. Then, the Curly Investigator also came forward to conduct an inspection. gave similar conclusions. ??Plamon nodded, threw the crazy miners aside, and ordered: "Tie up all the alive ones, don''t let them affect the subsequent investigation." Yes! the guard responded, searched for some hemp rope rags in the village, and began to tie them up to the miners. ??Nearly half of the more than 20 crazy miners died in the first contact, and the rest were also injured. With this kind of injury, struggling like crazy and self-mutilating, even if you wake up later, you will be left disabled. But its better than being killed directly by the guards. Soon, the miners were **** tightly and thrown into a wooden house. The investigation team, after confirming that there was no other danger, continued to walk into the village. The whole village was empty. Desolate and desolate. Along the road, you can see wooden barrels and manuscripts placed on the roadside, and clothes hanging to dry. ?The guard team formed a formation, chatting quietly as they walked. The professional team followed behind. Kavina said in a low voice, "This is not as simple as a missing person." ??The intelligence received by Blackstone Town and the information provided by the mine owner was that the villagers were missing. You cant see people alive but you cant see corpses even when they are dead. But when they came over, they saw a different situation. ??The crazy miners rushed out, which was completely different from disappearing. "Two possibilities are that the information has changed over time, the missing people have returned to the village, and for some reason these villagers have started to go crazy. The second possibility is that the person who provided the information concealed the true situation." Wu Heng analyzed. You say it! Kavina said. I mean, if its the second one, then our situation may be in danger. The sound was not loud, but the surroundings were unusually quiet. When the others heard this, their expressions changed and they looked at each other. ??If it is the second type, it means that the mission itself is a conspiracy, and our investigation team may have fallen into the enemy''s trap. It is even more worrying when we think of the first wave of missing investigation teams. These two situations are actually not difficult to understand. I figured it all out in just a few words. ?After everyone reacted, they felt a little uneasy in their hearts. After a moment of silence, the Curly Investigator retorted, "The owner of the mine has no reason to lie. The mine is his source of income. He is more anxious than anyone else if something happens here. There is no reason to deceive us, and he has to bear the responsibility for deceiving the investigation team." Serious consequences." Thats right. That is indeed true. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he also agreed with the other party''s statement. Blindly guessing something now will only make things more complicated. The procession moves along the road. ??The village is larger than expected, with houses interlaced with each other to form intricate paths. The debris on both sides of the road began to increase. Ore carts, mine drafts, stones and debris piled up into hills. ?Several thigh-thick trees are hung with hemp ropes and strips of cloth, like hanging curtains. The breeze blows and the waves sway. Quiet but eerie. Soon, the team passed through the village and could see a large mine. Mining villages are built on the basis of mines. ?Years of mining have left this mountain riddled with holes and countless mines. Theres someone over there, the guard said. Looking ahead, you can see three bodies in front of a garbage pile of rubble and debris. The team quickly approached, and everyone''s expressions became a little ugly. ?Judging from their clothes, they are the missing investigation team. ??Someone really dares to attack the investigation team. This matter may be more serious than imagined. The Curly Investigator began to examine the corpses. In the arms of one of the corpses, he found a record book and opened it to check. ?Wu Heng and the others immediately came over and looked at the contents in the dusk light. There is no one in the village, daily necessities and property have not been taken away, and traces of life remain... The previous records are all about the situation in the village. Unlike Wu Heng and others, the first investigation team did not encounter crazy villagers at the door, and only recorded an empty village. This is the same information as Blackstone Town. They all say that the village is empty and people have disappeared. But they obviously had more time and checked the house, but there were no useful clues. Curly turned to the second page. Late at night, there were firelights and noisy sounds in the village. We followed the firelight to the center of the village and saw the missing villagers gathered in the open space in the middle. They gathered together as if they were having a dance. Some people raised their heads and sang, blood flowed from their mouths, some people were dancing, and their soles of their feet were bloody. These people seemed to be crazy and behaved abnormally. We waited until dawn, and the crazy villagers began to walk towards the mine behind the village. We continued to follow them, intending to see where they were hiding and why they had become like this. The record ends here. Very useful clues are given later. At night, crazy villagers will come out to sing and dance, and by then the villagers'' mental state has already begun to suffer. When they arrived here, the condition of the villagers was even more serious and began to get out of control. At dawn, he will go to the mine. And this investigation team actually all died at the foot of the mine. Has it been discovered? It shouldnt be possible. We can follow him all the way down the mountain. How could he be discovered in the end? ?Wu Heng was analyzing in his mind and was about to raise his head to speak. However, he found that everyone was looking at him. "what?" ?Wu Heng stepped forward subconsciously, and several people took a step back, looking behind him with vigilance. Holy shit! For a moment, Wu Heng felt the hairs on his hair stand on end and a chill running down his spine. (End of this chapter) Chapter 18 , suicide bomber Chapter 18, Human Bomb What''s going on? ?Wu Heng''s expression changed drastically, and a sense of crisis arose in his heart. ??? Before he could make any move, the skeleton Basson on the side had already taken action. The dagger in his hand turned over and stabbed his left shoulder with his backhand. The moment the short blade pierced his shoulder, Wu Heng felt his shoulders relax, as if something had disappeared. I instantly turned my head and looked around, and saw a transparent light and shadow moving away into the distance. ?Flying into the air, the light and shadow condensed again, turning into the shape of a baby with an ugly face and a slender umbilical cord. Depend on! Baby ghost? Whats going on? Wu Heng quickly approached the team and asked softly. "I don''t know. When everyone is reading the notes, it will lie on your shoulder and also read the notes." Kavina answered. ?A few people looked not behind themselves, but over their shoulders. Skeleton Basson''s movements are more direct. After seeing the right time, he attacks directly. Whoosh! While the two of them were talking, several crossbow bolts were shot straight out. The crossbow arrow passed through the ghost''s body without leaving any traces. The baby-like ghost seemed to have been frightened. It opened its mouth wide and made a crying gesture. ?Although I couldnt hear the sound, my movements were like kicking my legs and crying. At this moment. ??Everyone felt something was wrong, and there were rapid and intensive footsteps coming from the direction of the cave. Like the gravel falling down from a broken embankment, dense and scattered. It was like returning to another world, facing zombies swarming up the stairs. Tap tap tap! ?Countless figures emerged from many mines. They rushed towards us from all directions. Everyones expressions changed. The crazy villagers are controlled by this ghost baby. ?Now it was frightened, and all the villagers in the cave rushed out. No wonder there is no one in the village and they are all hiding in the mine. Dont panic, retreat and look for an evacuation route. The commander said in a deep voice. A guard quickly rushed into a house and ran upstairs. Whoosh! ??The crossbow bolts pierced the night sky, and there was a clear sound of arrows. The target of the arrow stumbled to the ground, tripping up a large crowd behind him. At this time, the voice of the guard came from upstairs in the house, "Go north." Thunder! Plamon ordered. Several grenades were thrown into the crowd in arcs. ??Boom, boom! Amidst the deafening explosion, a red flame ignited. Withdraw! ??The team turned around and quickly retreated to the north. The swords rubbed against the armor, making a friction sound. Tap tap tap! Running fast all the way, followed by a dense and crazy crowd. Suddenly, the sound of chaotic footsteps came from the side. Groups of villagers rushed out from the side path and directly crashed into the quickly retreating team. The commander''s face was ugly, and he slashed quickly with his two-handed sword, and five or six heads flew up in an instant. ??The rest of the people also drew their weapons and started fighting with the crazy crowd. ??Wu Heng held a short spear in his hand and stood beside the skeleton thief. He kept swinging the short spear to repel the enemies who were coming. Otluk and Kavina were observing the situation here while fighting. ?Seeing a mage who had just changed profession a few days ago, using melee combat so calmly, there was some surprise and curiosity in his eyes. It doesnt look like a new person at all. For Wu Heng. ?The scene in front of me has been seen many times in the zombie world, and the scene there is more serious than here. The fighting slowed down the retreat. ?More people came up from behind, and in the shadows outside the firelight were densely packed figures. Enter the alley! the commander continued to order. Everyone retreated into the alley. The narrow alley reduced the numerical disadvantage. ?But the situation soon changed again. The crazy crowd began to climb the wall and pounce on everyone from the roof again. Look for a breakout route. The commander continued to order. ??The guard tried to climb onto the roof again to find a route. ?However, as soon as he climbed up, he saw a miner running straight over. ?Hold in his arms a bundle of detonators lit by fuses. A detonator used for breaking mountains. Boom! A deafening roar sounded. ??The guard was blown away instantly and did not get up again. ?At the same time, more miners climbed onto the roof and jumped down to face the crowd below. Boom, boom, boom! Hand-shaking explosions sounded one after another in the alley.?????Rubbles sputtered around like bullets. When the thick smoke dissipated, two more guards fell in a pool of blood and were drowned by the rushing crowd. The rest of the people were also affected by the impact in different ways. ??More people carrying detonators appeared on the roof and pounced on them like suicide bombs. . Lets go. The commander kicked open the door beside him. Everyone entered the room, jumped out of the window on the other side, and began to flee into the distance. ??Crowds kept appearing from the alley, still chasing after them, and explosions kept ringing. ??Boom! Several more figures jumped down, and explosions sounded one after another. The personnel were completely scattered, and no teammates could be seen in the thick smoke. Get out separately. I vaguely heard the order to separate and evacuate. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton Bassen and quickly found a direction and left quickly. The night is dim. Wu Heng and Skeleton Bassen who escaped stopped. There were no enemies coming behind him, but there were still flames and deafening explosions in the distance. It seems that the enemy is not chasing me. ?Just when Wu Heng was thinking about his next plan. Tap tap tap! ??Footsteps sounded in front, and a group of men in black cloaks walked out from the mine behind the village. ?One of them held a wrapped object in his hand, holding it tightly in his arms. ??Wu Heng thought it was a crazy crowd with short spears and pistols in their hands. The person opposite was also stunned. Looking at the fighting area in the distance, he was also surprised that the other party was able to escape and stopped them here. Kill him and make a quick decision. The man holding the package in his arms ordered coldly, and he left first, heading towards the outside of the village. ?The guard heard the order, raised the crossbow in his hand, and pulled the trigger. Swish, swish, swish! The crossbow bolts roared and pierced the night sky. ??Wu Heng was startled and quickly hid behind the skeleton warrior. Puff puff puff! ??The crossbow bolt penetrated the leather armor of the skeleton and came out from behind. ??Wu Heng glanced at the crossbow bolts coming from the skeleton, raised his pistol and fired several shots back at the opposite side. Bang, bang, bang! ?The gunfire was deafening, and instantly someone was shot and groaned in pain. But it clearly missed the mark. Three shots later, Wu Heng pulled the skeleton warrior and got directly into the house on the first side. I cursed secretly in my heart. ?This time it was indeed a conspiracy. Go in and kill him. ??The order to attack was heard again outside, and the remaining people drew their weapons and quickly approached the wooden house. ?At the same time, he kept changing his position, probably because he was afraid of being hit by bullets. ?Wu Heng leaned against the wall beside the door, guessing the identities of these people. They know the environment here better, and they seem to have taken something in the mine. The footsteps outside the door are getting closer and closer. The skeleton Bassen beside him tightened the double blades in his hands and rushed out to attract attention for him. But Wu Heng just shook his head and did not need to fight them at a disadvantage. Then he took out a ''Poisonous Mist Thunder'' from his backpack, confirmed the eye position, and threw it directly. ?Gululu! ?Poisonous fog and thunder rolled down at the feet of everyone outside the door. The next second, there was a bang, and thick smoke exploded instantly. ??With a pungent smell, it permeated all surrounding areas. "Come in, don''t let them escape, otherwise none of us will survive." There was another loud urging from outside. Before they could continue their attack. Hurrah! The sound of bones rubbing together came from the front. ?The next second, in the thick smoke, a huge skeleton dog rushed into the smoke, knocked down a person, clamped the neck and began to swing violently. Everyone was stunned. Undead skeleton? Where did the undead come from? ?However, denser footsteps sounded one after another. Skeletons rushed into the smoke, waving the kitchen knives in their hands, and killed the enemies on the opposite side. Struggling and cries of pain resounded in the poisonous fog. (End of this chapter) Chapter 19 , leopard Chapter 19, Leopard The battle did not last long. The smoke became slightly thinner, and the sound of fighting stopped. ??The skeleton warrior stood straight on the spot, and the skeleton dog came back dragging a corpse that was trying to escape. After confirming that there was no one else around, Wu Heng turned his attention to the body on the ground. He was also curious about who these people were. Why was it so accurate? After the crazy crowd was attracted away, they entered the village from the other side. What else was taken away. ??Took off the cloaks of the people in front of him, revealing their faces and armor underneath. Not much impression. ??Moreover, the armor is not standard, and it is impossible to identify which force the opponent comes from. Coming to the side of the man who was dragged back by the skeleton dog at the end, he continued to take off his cloak and check. ??The moment his face was revealed, Wu Heng''s brows instantly furrowed. Its him! ??The steward next to the mine owner Achido. ??Is it really Achidos fault? What good will this do to him? As the Curly Investigator said, the accident at the mine had the greatest impact on him. Fellowed around the butler''s body. ?Other than weapons and leather armor, there is nothing else. ?It seems that their purpose is very clear, go and come back quickly. Seeing that there was no other gain, Wu Heng continued: "Take these corpses away and leave the rest alone." The skeleton warriors on standby take action. Pick up the corpse on the ground and return to the gate. On the road outside the village. A figure wearing a cloak fled quickly into the distance. Damn it, there is a necromancer, why is he in the investigation team? He was cursing in his mouth and his pace quickened a bit. The situation in the mining village has exceeded the original plan. ?The corpses were identified and they were all surrounded and suppressed by the guards. ??Damn it, how could a necromancer appear in the investigation team? When was the necromancer also accepted into the guard? Fortunately, he was standing far away on sentry duty and was not discovered by the group of skeletons. Otherwise, he would have remained there as a cold corpse. Get what I deserve and get out of here. Um? ?Muttering, he suddenly stopped. ?There was a carriage parked in front of the road, blocking his way. The sky has brightened slightly, and the exquisite patterns on the carriage can be vaguely seen. The man''s eyes changed slightly, he took two steps back, and wanted to get into the forest. Just when he was about to move, he saw a yellow cheetah jumping out of the carriage and rushing towards him like a bolt of lightning. ??The man''s expression changed drastically, he took out the short blade from his waist with his backhand and slashed at the cheetah. Poof! But the cheetah is faster. ?Biting the wrist holding the blade with one bite, the bones broke and the short blade fell to the ground. The man was thrown to the ground on his back, and the cheetah stepped on his chest. A pair of cold eyes stared down at him, and its scarlet tongue with barbs licked his face, like a bone-scraping sickle sweeping across it, leaving a blood mark. The Wolf Head Mercenary Group has seen Mrs. Slater, please let her go quickly. The man shouted loudly. "Culuo!" A woman''s lazy voice came from inside the carriage. The leopard jumped off the man''s body, but did not leave. It circled around the man with its eyes as if examining its prey. The man sat up, holding his injured arm, his face full of pain. What are you doing here? The womans voice sounded again. The man quickly glanced at the cheetah beside him and said, "I just completed a mission and am heading back." Curo! Hello~! The cheetah pounced on him again, clamped his arm and began to tear violently. ??The man struggled and shouted, "I said, we took over the task of a mining village." What did Achido ask you to do? ??The man looked suffocated. He didn''t expect that the other party knew this. He thought for a moment, lowered his head and asked, "I told you, can you let me go?" Look at how dishonest you are. ??The man glanced at the cheetah beside him, gritted his teeth and said, "We will help." He gritted his teeth and said, "We were helping ''Archido'' pick up something in the mining village. Things went smoothly until then, but we were blocked by a necromancer from the investigation team. He killed everyone, and only I escaped. " What to take? "I don''t know. It''s a small package. It was taken out from the innermost part of the mine. It was wrapped very tightly." The carriage was silent for a brief moment again. The man''s body swayed a little, and he asked softly: "Can I leave?" Lets go! Many, thank you. The man stood up, held his drooping arms and ran towards the woods on one side. Immediately afterwards, the voice in the carriage sounded again, "Culuo, go kill him." The cheetah got into the woods, and then the man''s painful roar and curses were heard. Not long after, the cheetah came back with a mouth full of blood and jumped onto the carriage. Go, go back. The carriage turned around and disappeared into the night. The sky is slightly bright. The guards and the professional team reunited. An hour ago, the crazy crowd suddenly stopped attacking and fell down in pieces like wheat. ??Everyone took this opportunity to escape from the village and gathered together. While recovering his strength, he was also glad that these madmen had lost their fighting ability, otherwise none of them would be able to escape. Captain, Wu Heng was not found. Kavina also walked out of the village, her face looking a little ugly. ??For Wu Heng, a new member of the team, we cant say we have much friendship, but we dont dislike him either. Died in the first mission just after becoming a teammate. This is not a good thing at all. The Guards suffered serious casualties. There are only three people left in the six-man team, and all of them are injured. Its good news that we havent found it yet. Lets wait a little longer. Captain Altluk said. Having said that, the situation last night was very dangerous. ??Wu Heng went on a mission for the first time and was separated from the crowd. It was difficult for him to survive. ??Although Kavina couldn''t bear it, she had no good solution. Sit down and recover your strength. At this time, Commander Plamon came over. Captain Altluk, what do you think about this matter? In the investigation of the mining village, there are many doubts from beginning to end. But there is still no effective evidence to give them a correct direction. ??If no one died, they would just tolerate it and let Blackstone Town handle the matter. Now that both teams have died, we cant forget about it. Orteluk said softly: "Provide the situation to Blackstone Town, call in more people to check the mining village, and also investigate the person who provided the intelligence. We should be able to find some clues." "Yes." The commander continued: "Achido is very suspicious, but it is difficult to find him. We have never found any clues about this matter and him. Even if we use intelligence to talk about it, he can find enough reason. ?As long as the information Achido provided when he bit him to death was the information he obtained at the time, it would be difficult to do anything to him. After all, no one can require absolute accuracy of intelligence. Especially in the information provided by the private sector, it is normal for certain errors to occur. "Then there''s nothing we can do. Let''s check the necromancy. It''s obvious that something is not right with those villagers." Altluk continued. Well, thats all we can do, lets go back first. Just when everyone got up and was about to leave. Two figures walked out of the village. Wu Heng! ?And the skeleton. Not only was he not dead, but he also had no obvious injuries. (End of this chapter) Chapter 20 , arrest people Chapter 20: Arresting people When you get closer. Only then did everyone see clearly the appearance of one person and one skeleton. ??Wu Heng was okay, just a little shabby. There was a skeleton wearing a round helmet next to him, and five or six crossbow bolts were inserted into the breastplate, all of which penetrated the body. ?In addition, there was a **** corpse on his shoulders. ?This made everyone a little confused. The crazy crowd used detonators, but no one used crossbows. ??If you can even use a crossbow, then none of them can escape. Wu Heng, where have you gone? Kavina asked immediately. I hid in the village for a while and came out after seeing nothing happened outside. Wu Heng replied. "It''s okay." Altluk nodded and said, his eyes falling on the corpse carried on the shoulders of the skeleton warrior, "Who is carrying this?" Put it down. The skeleton threw the body on the ground, and Wu Heng directly took off the mask that was blocking it. The other people looked at the corpse and frowned. Achidos butler. Wu Heng directly revealed the other partys identity. With such a reminder, everyones eyes widened instantly, full of surprise and disbelief. I just said that there is no direct evidence for doubting Achido. ?Now, Wu Heng came back carrying the other party''s butler. "What''s going on? Tell me in detail!" Altluk continued to ask. "After we were scattered, I ran away to the west and accidentally saw a group of people coming out of the ore behind..." Then he told what he saw last night. ?From seeing the sneaky team, what the opponent was holding, and how they wanted to kill me, but were killed by me. ??Its just that his way of counterattack was to rely on poison smoke thunder and skeleton Basson to conceal the matter of the skeleton group. "You mean, they took something from the mine in the back mountain?" Plamon walked over. Yes, the crowd was all lured away by us, and they took something away. In an instant, everyones faces turned ugly. ?Plamons eyes also revealed murderous intent. This is the first time that "Achido" has treated the investigation team like monkeys. Cut off the head of the corpse, said Plamon. ??The guard stepped forward, cut off the body with a knife, and wrapped it in a leather bag. Lets go back. They should have left their horses nearby. It would be faster for us to find them. The horses of the investigation team were all killed last night. Going back on foot will waste more time, and Achido may arrange for someone to intercept and kill him. Okay, spread out and look around. Plamon continued to order. The team dispersed and searched nearby, and sure enough they found the horses tied in the woods. ?These horses are a certain distance from the village and have not been disturbed. Everyone rode horses and went directly to the station. After arriving at the station, he did not leave directly. ??Plamon directly mobilized the garrison troops and went back to the manor of ''Achido'' to arrest people. ?The team arrived at the manor in a mighty manner. ??The defense of the manor cannot be compared with that of the city. The wrought iron gate is hollow and thin and cannot defend against the army''s attack at all. "Sir, I''m afraid this is against the rules. If you want to arrest someone, you need approval from the city hall." The guard stood behind the door and said. After last night''s battle, Plamon obviously didn''t have much patience to talk nonsense with him. He kicked open the iron door and shouted loudly: "All those armed with weapons will be executed on the spot for treason." Shuashuashua! The moment the order was given, the bows and crossbows were already loaded with arrows, pointing forward. ??Those manor guards who still wanted to step forward to say a few words froze in place and did not dare to make any more moves. Then carefully throw away the weapon in your hand to avoid being shot into a sieve. . Treason has come out. Obviously there is something big involved. ??The manor guards threw away their weapons, and the guards quickly stepped forward to control them. ?Plamon waved again and continued walking towards the central building. As soon as I walked to the door, the door of the mansion was already opened. The owner of the mine, ''Achido'', came out, holding something wrapped in yellowing rags in his arms. Between the gaps in the cloth, you could see a clay pot covered with patterns. ?Plamon glanced sideways at Wu Heng, who nodded slightly, proving that this was what he saw last night. At the same time, in Wu Heng''s sight, the object in his arms exuded the slightest aura of death. "Achido, do you know why we came?" Plamon''s voice was cold and filled with murderous intent. I know, I am willing to go with you, but please dont hurt other people here. Achido said. Hah! ?Plamon sneered, "Now that I''m talking about this, who are the villagers you killed?" ?The guards stepped forward and controlled Achido and a few people around him. ??Plamon handed the pottery pot that exuded death energy to Wu Heng, "Watch it and don''t let it cause problems." Trough! ?Wu Heng cursed secretly in his heart, put the things into the arms of Skeleton Basson, and followed the team to **** ''Achido'' and others away. On the return train. The guards and the professional team once again distanced themselves. Skeleton Bassen stood at the end of the carriage, holding the clay pot in his arms. ?Wu Heng and others sat on the other side, keeping a certain distance. Captain, tell me about the Professionals Association! Wu Heng asked. I just joined and I really dont know much about this organization. The reason why I joined at that time was because of my legitimate identity. "Well, let me tell you about the internal structure of the association first." Captain Altluk continued: "The Professionals Association is the collective name of the organization. It is not just a team like us that performs tasks. It has more detailed internal divisions. "We are called ''field envoys'' who are stationed in branches in various places. They mainly perform tasks and assist members of the rescue association. In addition, there are different branches such as ''Hongwen Society'', ''Hunters'', ''Secret Whisperers'' and so on. " The main members of Hongwenhui are composed of scholars and professionals with a strong thirst for knowledge. Hunters represent exploration and adventure, and are mostly rangers and thieves. There are also the Whisperers, who are good at collecting all kinds of intelligence. Old affairs of the kingdom, love stories of nobles, or some secrets spread among the people are all the targets they collect. ?Wu Heng listened and understood the meaning of these organizations. The professional association is like a school. Everyone is a student of this school, but there are different clubs within it. Some people like to study knowledge, so join the Hongwen Society, some people like adventure, so join the Hunters, and if you like to collect gossip, then join the Whisperers. But no matter how you divide it internally, you are still a member of the Professional Association. ?This mechanism is quite complete. Kavina also spoke at this time: "Don''t get too close to the people of the Whisperer. It''s very troublesome to arouse their curiosity. You don''t want your secrets to be kept in the database." Holy shit! When I say this, I instantly feel as if my information has been exposed and the world is being destroyed. Um, are there members of the Secret Whisperers in Blackstone Town? Wu Heng asked. Yes, Mrs. Slater from Money Cat. (End of this chapter) Chapter 21 , I have always had a good eye Chapter 21, I have always had a good eye Mrs., these two words have an inexplicable attraction. But the name "Money Cat" is still very famous in Blackstone Town. In other words, he is too famous in mens circles. ?When eating in a pub, you can often hear people talking about which girl from "Money Cat" is fairer, and what new dance show there is. ??The ''Money Cat'' is different from normal prostitutes. It is not a business method of skin and flesh business, but an entertainment place for some singing and dancing performances. According to Wu Heng''s understanding, it is just a sideshow. But he had only heard about it, but he didnt expect that the boss behind it was a woman and someone from the Professionals Association. Which team is she from? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina continued: "She is the deputy deacon of Blackstone Town and does not belong to the team." Ardeacon, this is not a small right. ? After a long time, it is impossible not to have contact with her. It is best to maintain a good relationship and don''t let her record any scandals about herself. The two chatted a few more things about the boss behind Money Cat. ?Captain Altluk continued: "Let me tell you about the team situation in Blackstone Town." "good." "In addition to our newly established team, there were three teams in total before. The first team was the first to be established. The captain is called ''Anel'' who is a warrior. The captain of the second team is the warlock ''Tulisa''. The captain of the third team is the ranger ''Na''. Joe'', their team was established early and has 5 members. " ?Wu Heng listened, but also knew that there were three teams, and each team was fully staffed. He was recruited because of the newly formed fourth team. Become a member of a professional association. As for the names of the three captains, I forgot them as soon as I heard them. The only one who left a deep impression was Mrs. Slater from the Golden Cat. Okay, you can probably just listen to it for a while, and youll get familiar with it over time. The captain continued on the side. "Um!" The train returned to Blackstone Town and it was almost dusk. ?At the station, there were guards from Blackstone Town, who handed over Achido and others as well as the clay pots filled with the aura of the undead. At this point, the mission of the professional team has been completed. The rest will be handled by Blackstone Town. ??Captain Altluk and Plamon chatted in a low voice for a few words, and then separated directly, going to the Professionals Association to return to work. ?Wu Heng and Kaweina can go home first. If anything happens, they will be notified. Farewell to the two of them, Wu Heng walked towards his residence. The mission of the professional team is not as simple as ''Yazd'' said. There were a total of nine people in the investigation team, three of them died, and the rest all had some injuries. ??Had it not been confirmed that one of them was the steward of ''Achido'', it would have been difficult to have substantial evidence to pin this incident on Achido''s head. By then, the clay pot of necromantic magic will kill many more people. ?Black magic is really scary. No wonder he is so resistant to the Necromancer, it is not unfair at all. After returning to my residence, I just wanted to go to the zombie world to see the situation. There was a knock on the door. Wu Heng, are you back? The voice of the landlord. ??Wu Heng opened the door, and a middle-aged man with rough skin and a beard longer than his hair stood at the door, "Mr. Rudger." Rudger is the owner, the landlord, of this house. Well, did Wu Hengqin cause any trouble? Rudger walked into the room quickly and asked directly. ?Wu Heng frowned, thinking of his fellow wanted criminals who had escaped. asked: Did something happen? "I also wanted to ask you what happened. Why do guards keep coming to your place these days? I rented the house to you because you are a good person. You can''t cause any trouble to me." The landlady sat down at the table. After speaking, he glanced at the figure wearing a round helmet next to him, frowned, and added, "Also, I only rented this house to you, don''t bring anyone else here." ?Skeleton Bassen, the whole body was wrapped tightly, but there were still traces of crossbow arrows on the leather armor. In addition, the round helmet is very strange, and it does not look like an ordinary resident. ?Wu Heng also immediately understood what the other party meant. In the past few days, guards and professional teams have been coming here frequently, which made the landlord feel that something was wrong. After all, its just a rental, and no one wants to get into trouble. Fortunately, I didnt know that Wu Heng had killed someone here, otherwise I would have driven him out. Misunderstanding, I joined the professional team, and yesterday I also assisted the city defense guards to investigate the matter, and I didnt do anything bad. As he spoke, he took out the copper-colored emblem given to him by the Professionals Association. ??The landlord was stunned at first, then surprised, and then immediately turned into a smile. Ill just say you have potential, Ive always had a good eye. The landlords attitude changed immediately. No longer said anything that would cause trouble, but praised him for his ability and future. I also want to introduce someone to him, very enthusiastically. ??The girl from such and such family, the widow from that street, named three or four candidates. But Wu Heng just listened and didn''t pay too much attention. Professional field envoys actually have no law enforcement powers, but in the eyes of ordinary people, they are still somewhat special. ?Wu Heng also chatted with him for a while and said that he would not cause any trouble to him. ??The landlord laughed, but he thought that Wu Heng living here would make the public security in the neighborhood much better. Not long after, the landlord left. ?Wu Heng went to the zombie world to take a look, took out some goods, put the skeleton Basson on his back and walked out of the room. Professional Association, conference room. Four people were sitting on both sides of the slender conference table. ??Blackstone Town Professionals Association, there are four teams in total, and ''Altluk'' just came back and was also called to attend the meeting. The deacon hasn''t come yet, and several people are acting a little relaxed. The captain of a team said: "Altluk, I heard that your team has recruited a necromancer?" "Well, the team is short of manpower, and new people have been recruited." Altluk replied calmly. The captain of the third team said: "I know about this. The deacon personally recruited him and wanted to place him in our team..." Hand did not continue, but the meaning was already clear. The third team didnt want it, so he was assigned to the fourth team. The female captain of the second team glanced at Altluk and said: "Use it first when there is a shortage of manpower, and we will talk about it later." The captain of the first team continued to ask: "Yesterday was your first mission. How was he doing?" Performed very well, beyond my expectation. Haha, dont be too pushy. He just transferred to another job a few days ago, so its good if hes not a burden. The captain of the third team didnt believe it at all. ?Otluk didnt speak either. ?The rest of the people just smiled and didn''t talk about it anymore. At this time, the door opened. ?The deacon of Yazd, who was leaning on a wooden staff, came in and sat down at the head. He said directly: "In this mission to investigate the mining village, the fourth team performed very well, especially team member Wu Heng, who was praised by the city hall. Due to the incorrect intelligence in Blackstone Town, the reward for your team in Altluk was doubled. Plus a mid-level prop reward. As soon as these words came out, all the captains were stunned. ??City Hall, honoring a necromancer? What did he do? Please give me a recommendation vote, please give me a monthly vote! (End of this chapter) Chapter 22 , Skeleton Crossbowman Chapter 22, Skeleton Crossbowman ??Altluk may be tough and refuse to admit his teammates. But the deacon said so, so there is nothing wrong. Let the city hall praise a necromancer. It seems that it really played a big role in this mission. ? Sensing something was wrong with a few people, the deacon asked, "What''s wrong?" "It''s okay. Congratulations to Captain Altluk for recruiting a capable member." said the captain of the third team. Thank you. Altluk thanked him. The deacon also continued: "This time the matter involves the Wolf Head Mercenary Group. Except for the fourth team, all other teams are ready to assist Blackstone Town in apprehending the Wolf Head Mercenary Group." Yes! everyone responded and left the conference hall. ?On the other side, Wu Heng took the skeleton to Dongcheng District. On both sides of the main road leading to the East City Gate are stalls one after another. ? form a market with a very local style. The trophies of the mercenary group, the goods of the village, or some shops will also take out the items for sale during this time. If possible, you can set up a stall. If not, lay a piece of linen or leather on it, and it will be considered a stall. ?Wu Heng arrived late, found a place on the edge, spread a piece of cloth, and took out all the things one by one. Mainly looted glasses. ??The same things were placed on the stall. Then he stood up and shouted: "Take a look, take a look, the black-hearted boss ran away with his sister-in-law. The glasses that were originally priced at 1,200 are now worth 50 coppers. First come, first served. The stall will be closed after the goods are sold out." Everyone who heard the shouting cast doubtful glances. After listening to it again, I finally heard something like running away with my sister-in-law. I dont understand what kind of goods can be related to the bosss sister-in-law. He then moved forward to see what he was selling. Soon, the shouts attracted many people, who surrounded the stall several times. All fifty coppers? They are all fifty coppers, you can pick them as you like, they are convenient for drinking water, and they look good at home. "The boss really ran away with his sister-in-law? Didn''t he take anyone else with him?" Its not important. If you dont buy it, youll just be left with the rest. How do these look like they have been used by people? It gets dirty when you touch it, just go back and brush it and itll be fine. I want one. I want three, and Ill drink from a glass too. Once someone starts, the others behind will also spend money to buy. ?This price is definitely cheaper than the glasses in shops, and the pattern and style are also better-looking than ordinary cylindrical ones. ??Its definitely good value for money here. The reason why we set this price is not because we really plan to make a lot of money. ?These are all looted, and it would be a pity to throw them away. Those who can come here to buy things are ordinary residents or villagers from remote villages. Leave it alone, why not sell it cheaply to everyone so everyone can use it. Amidst the various shouts from Wu Heng, this stall has become the most popular. ??More and more people gathered together. They didn''t know what was going on, so they came here to watch the excitement. ?Wu Heng kept collecting money, and soon the glasses on the stall were sold out. Many people didn''t get it and slapped their thighs angrily. The people in the other stalls were dumbfounded. What''s going on? The stall is closed now? Everything was sold out as soon as I sat down. "No, I''m sorry." Wu Heng took a roll of stall cloth and put it away directly, and continued: "There will be another batch coming in a few days, and the price will still be the same as this place. If you need it, you can come and take a look. Its convenient for everyone in the family to use. After packing up his things, Wu Heng took the skeleton and was about to leave. As soon as he stood up, several people gathered around him. ??It''s from several stalls nearby. "Sir, if you don''t have time, you can sell the goods to me directly. The price will still be the same and it will save you the time of a trip." One of them said. Sell it to me, I can give you a higher price. "I have a physical store here. As long as the supply is stable, I can sell it for you..." ?Wu Heng understood the purpose of these people and planned to resell the goods. This actually does not cost him anything, and it also saves time. But after thinking about it carefully, I might as well forget it. Its not certain when Ill sell it next time, and its hard to explain the continuous production of goods out of thin air. There is no factory behind him, they are all moved from another world. If someone really wants to investigate, problems will arise. He refused directly and said, "Sorry guys, it''s hard to tell whether there will be goods next time, so we can''t cooperate." ?A few people heard that there was no goods at the back, so they did not continue to pester. They only left a few words to say that there was goods available and could sell it to themselves, and then each returned to their own stalls. ?Wu Heng got up and started walking along the stalls. ?Within just two steps, there were shouts from behind, "The boss ran away with his sister-in-law and took the goods to pay the bill." The shouting people were stunned at the same time and looked at each other angrily. ?Wu Heng looked back and continued walking forward. ?This place is much more lively than the night markets in the modern world. Not to mention the weird and weird things sold, I didnt go very far before I saw several groups of real people competing against each other. ??However, they were relatively restrained. They did not draw their swords, but just greeted each other with their fists in the face. Walked around and stopped in front of a stall. The stall owner is a middle-aged man wearing leather armor, with herbal horns and five spears placed in front of him. The spearhead is made of metal and the spear shaft is hardwood. It should be used by nearby villages to drive away wild animals. Adventurers do not know how to use wooden weapons when fighting, and can easily be cut in half. On the contrary, it is easier to use against wild beasts. How to sell the spear? Wu Heng asked. ?The stall owner looked up at him and said casually: "Two silver coins can also be exchanged for something." I want all of these, can it be cheaper? You want them all? Why do you want so many? The stall owner looked up at him. Can I give you a cheaper price? Ill buy them all for 10 silver coins, and Ill charge you 9. The stall owner continued. ?Wu Heng paid directly and bought the five spears. Seeing that the other party was generous, the stall owner continued: "If you like the rest, I''ll cover it all and make it cheaper for you." Ill have a chance next time. Picked up the spear he bought, carried it with the skeleton Bassen, and walked towards his residence. After solving the dinner problem, Skeleton Basson went to the zombie world holding the purchased spear. The familiar rotten stench hit his face, but it gave him a sense of security of returning to normal life. The human world is too complex. ??In the mission in the mining village, the owner of the mine was actually the mastermind behind it, and almost killed the entire investigation team. The most difficult thing to guess is the human heart. You dont have to worry about this in the zombie world. When we arrived at the top of the building, the skeleton warriors stood upright all over the roof. Only the skeleton dogs were running around non-stop, and no undead looked calm at all. Bring those corpses over. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton warrior in front of him took action, dragged the corpse in the distance and threw it at his feet. There are four corpses in total. The people who attacked me in Mining Village yesterday selected a few and brought them back. ?In addition to the corpses, there were four iron swords, two crossbows and some crossbow bolts. ?These are worth a lot of silver coins. The armor and clothes on several people were stripped off, revealing patterns that resembled wolf heads. Should be a mercenary or a member of a gang. Only these organizations often have this kind of uniform tattoo on their bodies. It should be the same as giving a family name in a game. It helps to unite and identify one''s own people, and it also adds prestige. I just glanced at it and didnt look at it more. ?These have nothing to do with him. Even if it is a big gang, they will go to the Blackstone Town Guards to settle accounts. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the four skeletons stood up. They are two skeleton swordsmen and two skeleton crossbowmen. The Skeleton Swordsman has one level 6 and one level 5, while the crossbowmen have two level 5 swordsmen. Specially looked at the attributes of the crossbowman. Skeleton Crossbowman ? [Level: 5 (0/3000)] Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 14, Intelligence 9, Perception 8, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Experts: Hunter''s Aiming, Coordinated Attack. Ability: One-handed sword specialization (basic), hand crossbow specialization (intermediate), light armor specialization (intermediate), lock picking (basic), trap disarming (basic). Hunter Aiming: Focus on aiming, and the attack will become extremely accurate. Coordinated attack: Having rich experience in teamwork, you can better cooperate with teammates/allies to attack. All four skeletons have basic souls, and blue firelight flickers in the empty eye sockets. The attributes of crossbowmen are mainly hand crossbow specialization and proficiency. There are long -range arms on my own side. The swordsmans attributes are not special either. Expert: Precision Swordsmanship. Ability: Two-handed sword specialization (intermediate level), light armor specialization (intermediate level), medium armor specialization (intermediate level). is not bad either. ??Wu Heng looked at the four skeletons and said to the sixth-level skeleton swordsman: "I will be called Jian Yi from now on." ??He then said to the swordsman and crossbowman on the side respectively: "You are the second sword, you are the first crossbow, and you are the second crossbow." Four skeletons nodded their skulls. In this way, you will have six skeletons with souls. ?Teddy the Skeleton Dog, Basson the Skeleton Thief, as well as Sword One and Sword Two and Crossbow One and Crossbow Two. Go and put on your armor first and put on your own weapons. Wu Heng ordered. The four skeletons walked aside and began to put on their stripped off equipment. Recommendations, monthly votes, collection...! (End of this chapter) Chapter 20 , arrest people Chapter 20: Arresting people When you get closer. Only then did everyone see clearly the appearance of one person and one skeleton. ??Wu Heng was okay, just a little shabby. There was a skeleton wearing a round helmet next to him, and five or six crossbow bolts were inserted into the breastplate, all of which penetrated the body. ?In addition, there was a **** corpse on his shoulders. ?This made everyone a little confused. The crazy crowd used detonators, but no one used crossbows. ??If you can even use a crossbow, then none of them can escape. Wu Heng, where have you gone? Kavina asked immediately. I hid in the village for a while and came out after seeing nothing happened outside. Wu Heng replied. "It''s okay." Altluk nodded and said, his eyes falling on the corpse carried on the shoulders of the skeleton warrior, "Who is carrying this?" Put it down. The skeleton threw the body on the ground, and Wu Heng directly took off the mask that was blocking it. The other people looked at the corpse and frowned. Achidos butler. Wu Heng directly revealed the other partys identity. With such a reminder, everyones eyes widened instantly, full of surprise and disbelief. I just said that there is no direct evidence for doubting Achido. ?Now, Wu Heng came back carrying the other party''s butler. "What''s going on? Tell me in detail!" Altluk continued to ask. "After we were scattered, I ran away to the west and accidentally saw a group of people coming out of the ore behind..." Then he told what he saw last night. ?From seeing the sneaky team, what the opponent was holding, and how they wanted to kill me, but were killed by me. ??Its just that his way of counterattack was to rely on poison smoke thunder and skeleton Basson to conceal the matter of the skeleton group. "You mean, they took something from the mine in the back mountain?" Plamon walked over. Yes, the crowd was all lured away by us, and they took something away. In an instant, everyones faces turned ugly. ?Plamons eyes also revealed murderous intent. This is the first time that "Achido" has treated the investigation team like monkeys. Cut off the head of the corpse, said Plamon. ??The guard stepped forward, cut off the body with a knife, and wrapped it in a leather bag. Lets go back. They should have left their horses nearby. It would be faster for us to find them. The horses of the investigation team were all killed last night. Going back on foot will waste more time, and Achido may arrange for someone to intercept and kill him. Okay, spread out and look around. Plamon continued to order. The team dispersed and searched nearby, and sure enough they found the horses tied in the woods. ?These horses are a certain distance from the village and have not been disturbed. Everyone rode horses and went directly to the station. After arriving at the station, he did not leave directly. ??Plamon directly mobilized the garrison troops and went back to the manor of ''Achido'' to arrest people. ?The team arrived at the manor in a mighty manner. ??The defense of the manor cannot be compared with that of the city. The wrought iron gate is hollow and thin and cannot defend against the army''s attack at all. "Sir, I''m afraid this is against the rules. If you want to arrest someone, you need approval from the city hall." The guard stood behind the door and said. After last night''s battle, Plamon obviously didn''t have much patience to talk nonsense with him. He kicked open the iron door and shouted loudly: "All those armed with weapons will be executed on the spot for treason." Shuashuashua! The moment the order was given, the bows and crossbows were already loaded with arrows, pointing forward. ??Those manor guards who still wanted to step forward to say a few words froze in place and did not dare to make any more moves. Then carefully throw away the weapon in your hand to avoid being shot into a sieve. . Treason has come out. Obviously there is something big involved. ??The manor guards threw away their weapons, and the guards quickly stepped forward to control them. ?Plamon waved again and continued walking towards the central building. As soon as I walked to the door, the door of the mansion was already opened. The owner of the mine, ''Achido'', came out, holding something wrapped in yellowing rags in his arms. Between the gaps in the cloth, you could see a clay pot covered with patterns. ?Plamon glanced sideways at Wu Heng, who nodded slightly, proving that this was what he saw last night. At the same time, in Wu Heng''s sight, the object in his arms exuded the slightest aura of death. "Achido, do you know why we came?" Plamon''s voice was cold and filled with murderous intent. I know, I am willing to go with you, but please dont hurt other people here. Achido said. Hah! ?Plamon sneered, "Now that I''m talking about this, who are the villagers you killed?" ?The guards stepped forward and controlled Achido and a few people around him. ??Plamon handed the pottery pot that exuded death energy to Wu Heng, "Watch it and don''t let it cause problems." Trough! ?Wu Heng cursed secretly in his heart, put the things into the arms of Skeleton Basson, and followed the team to **** ''Achido'' and others away. On the return train. The guards and the professional team once again distanced themselves. Skeleton Bassen stood at the end of the carriage, holding the clay pot in his arms. ?Wu Heng and others sat on the other side, keeping a certain distance. Captain, tell me about the Professionals Association! Wu Heng asked. I just joined and I really dont know much about this organization. The reason why I joined at that time was because of my legitimate identity. "Well, let me tell you about the internal structure of the association first." Captain Altluk continued: "The Professionals Association is the collective name of the organization. It is not just a team like us that performs tasks. It has more detailed internal divisions. "We are called ''field envoys'' who are stationed in branches in various places. They mainly perform tasks and assist members of the rescue association. In addition, there are different branches such as ''Hongwen Society'', ''Hunters'', ''Secret Whisperers'' and so on. " The main members of Hongwenhui are composed of scholars and professionals with a strong thirst for knowledge. Hunters represent exploration and adventure, and are mostly rangers and thieves. There are also the Whisperers, who are good at collecting all kinds of intelligence. Old affairs of the kingdom, love stories of nobles, or some secrets spread among the people are all the targets they collect. ?Wu Heng listened and understood the meaning of these organizations. The professional association is like a school. Everyone is a student of this school, but there are different clubs within it. Some people like to study knowledge, so join the Hongwen Society, some people like adventure, so join the Hunters, and if you like to collect gossip, then join the Whisperers. But no matter how you divide it internally, you are still a member of the Professional Association. ?This mechanism is quite complete. Kavina also spoke at this time: "Don''t get too close to the people of the Whisperer. It''s very troublesome to arouse their curiosity. You don''t want your secrets to be kept in the database." Holy shit! When I say this, I instantly feel as if my information has been exposed and the world is being destroyed. Um, are there members of the Secret Whisperers in Blackstone Town? Wu Heng asked. Yes, Mrs. Slater from Money Cat. (End of this chapter) Chapter 24 , spear array Chapter 24, Spear Formation The two books are placed in front of you, and the prompts give a brief introduction. ??Both spells appear to be auxiliary. One is to change the terrain, and the other is to change the environment to create smoke. I have to say that in Blackstone Town, the skills of mages are really few. ??Its no wonder that a necromancer like me, who has just changed professions, can join as a special profession. I thought about it for a while. The cloud and mist technique is actually of little use, or it has little effect on zombies, and the poison smoke thunder can completely replace it. On the contrary, the grease technique mentioned difficult terrain, which may play a certain role to some extent. After thinking about it clearly, he said directly: "I choose this one." The staff nodded and completed the recording after recording it. ?Wu Heng put away the skill book, turned and left. Return to your residence. He took a simple bite and took out the [Grease Technique] exchanged in the morning. In terms of skill level, Grease is above Acid Splash. Hope it can bring you a good effect. But there are really not many skills in Blackstone Town, and the skill books exchanged are obviously very old. ?Blackstone Town is still too remote. I heard that professional field envoys can be transferred to other cities. Do you want to apply for transfer to a larger place? ?This idea only passed by for a moment and was immediately rejected. Skills are just a matter of auxiliary skills. As my level goes up, transforming more skeletons is better than anything else. If you are really transferred out, you may face other problems in the new environment. It seems that it is not cost-effective to change to a new environment in order to learn a few more skills. Don''t be too anxious. After calming down, he returned his attention to the Grease Technique skill book. Start to open it. Time passes little by little. ??After reading the last page, the system prompts also sounded in my ears. Unlock skill: Grease Successfully unlocking the skill, he also closed the magic book. ?It seems that this exchange is not very cost-effective. ?You only need to read it once to unlock it. I dont know if its okay to return the book now and say its a bad choice. Ask Altluk if you have a chance. After unlocking the skill, I looked at the time. Let''s take Bassen with us and open the gate to the zombie world. Arriving at the top of the building, skeleton warriors stood in rows. ?Several skeletons with souls are also sitting on the square bricks nearby. Confirmed that there is nothing wrong with the eyes. Follow me downstairs. Wu Heng ordered directly. ??The skeleton followed him and walked downstairs, stopping at the stair door on the first floor. Five of you, stand at the door with your spears forward. ??Wu Heng stood on the stairs and gave orders to five people holding spears. ?Five skeletons holding spears stood stiffly in front of the door, three in front and two behind, with the spears in their hands moving forward, sealing off the narrow corridor. When the preparations were almost complete, he said to the skeleton Basson on the side: "Open the door, bring in some zombies nearby, and stay out of the community." ??The zombies downstairs have been cleared away, but there are still a lot of zombies under the adjacent buildings in the community. ??Bassen nodded, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, the sound of rapid running and the roar of zombies were heard from outside. Looking outside, Bassen quickly ran towards this side, followed by at least twenty or thirty zombies running madly behind him. Baring teeth and dancing claws, showing a ferocious face. The noise and roar also attracted the attention of the zombies in other buildings. ??The zombies trapped in the room broke the glass of the room, and jumped down from the building along with the broken glass in the sky. It fell to the ground with a thud. The number of zombies is also increasing rapidly. ??Bassen is very fast and always keeps a certain distance from the zombies. After running downstairs, he plunged directly into the corridor and squeezed into the back of the skeleton team. ?The zombies were roaring one after another, and followed closely like a flock of swallows returning to their nests, chasing into the corridor. Poof! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and the first zombie to rush in directly hit the forward spear. Soon, more and more zombies rushed in. Five skeletons armed with spears began to attack. The spear in his hand kept thrusting forward, piercing the zombie''s body. The zombies with little intelligence are not afraid of pain and are still crowding forward. The narrow corridor restricts the movement of zombies. ??And the spear kept thrusting forward, piercing through the zombies leaning in front. ?Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, strength +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, constitution +1. The effect is better than expected. The experience is all concentrated on the five spear-wielding skeletons. The level has been upgraded to Level 2 one after another. I have killed a lot of zombies before, but my experience is spread among many skeletons. Those who rush to the front row and kill the most enemies are also the easiest to die. So after working hard for several days, the sword-wielding skeleton reached level 2. Now it seems that when there are not many enemies and there is no danger, you can use this method to cultivate some higher-level skeletons first. Quantity is important, but so is level. Soon, the battle came to an end, and all five skeletons were upgraded to level 2. The small doorway was filled with corpses. ??Wu Heng came out from behind and began to release the bone-slaking technique. Skeleton warriors stood up on the ground and squeezed into the queue of skeletons. The next work is a bit boring. Transform and refresh at the same time. Until late at night, return to Blackstone Town to rest. The next day, Wu Heng came to the zombie world early. After transforming all the remaining zombie corpses from yesterday, we counted the number of zombies. There are 5 second-level skeletons and 172 first-level skeletons. ?Skeletons with souls, level 7 skeleton thief Basson, level 6 skeleton sword 1, level 5 skeleton sword 2, crossbow 1 and crossbow 2, and level 5 skeleton dog Teddy. It sounds like a small number, but standing on the roof of the building, it looks like a lot. But compared to the tide of corpses chasing the bus, there is no comparison. Especially among the corpses, there are various kinds of deformed zombies. The prerequisite for stable development is not to waste money. After tapping the number of skeletons, he said: "Go downstairs." Hurrah! ??The skeleton group took action and walked downstairs together. ?Stepping out of the corridor, the downstairs was a little empty. "go ahead!" Tap tap tap! The skeleton team followed scattered and dense footsteps and walked towards the next building. Come to the door of the first household. Phew! As soon as it was opened, two zombies pounced on it. ??Hidden sideways and dodged, and the skeleton warrior behind him swung his kitchen knife to kill him. "You guys, go up with Jianyi and clean up the zombies in the corridor." Jian nodded, led five skeleton warriors into the corridor, and walked upstairs. ??Wu Heng continued to the second unit. After opening the door, "You follow Jian Er to clean up the zombies in the corridor." Corridors opened one after another, and skeletons entered in batches to clean up the zombies in the corridors. The process went relatively smoothly, and no deformed zombies were found. Soon, a building was cleared, and bodies were carried to the open space outside. ?Wu Heng did not transform it immediately, but continued to clean up the second building. ??The procedure is still the same, the corpses are piled outside, and the looted loot is moved directly back to the original residence. Return to Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng asked Basen to put on his backpack and walked together towards the market in the east of the city. ??The market is still noisy, with shouts and hawking resounding throughout the area. ?Walking through several stalls along the way, you can hear more than one shop shouting, "The boss ran away with his sister-in-law, and all items are on sale." ??Wu Heng took Bassen to find an empty seat, took out a piece of colorful cloth and spread it on the ground, and then took out the glasses one by one. ?The sun shines down and reflects beautifully on the glass. ???? Before he could shout, a lot of people gathered around. Have the new goods arrived? Is it still the same price as before? They gathered around and asked questions one after another. ??Wu Heng did not expect that so many people would gather when he first arrived, and he said, "The price is still the same as before, 50 coppers each. To prevent malicious takeovers, one person can only buy three." I want one. I also want to. ?The crowd immediately rushed forward and paid for the glass, which was cheaper than in the shop. Whether it was those who recognized him or those who noticed the crowd came to see what was going on. Soon, the stall here was already filled with people. A mess. Although it wasnt like the first time it was sold out instantly, the business was pretty good. ?There were a large number of people, and the goods were really cheap, so the goods were quickly sold out. Sorry, wait until next time! Wu Heng put away his things and stood up and said. Those who didnt buy it sighed softly, said a few words to come earlier next time, and then dispersed. ?Wu Heng packed up his things. Still looking around the stalls. I didnt see anyone selling spears, which was a pity. The things in the market are much cheaper than those in the blacksmith shop. After walking around in a circle, Wu Heng asked the fur stall owner about the price, and then walked back with the skeleton. There are still some differences between rough leather and leather. The furs sold are completely different from the leather armors sold in the armor shop, and there should be several processes in between. ??He didn''t quite understand, and there was no use buying the fur back. He looked at it, asked about the price, and left. As soon as he left, two men came to the stall. He asked: "What did that person want to buy here just now?" The stall owner saw that the two of them looked unkind, so he hesitated and said, "I asked about the price of the fur, but he seemed to think it was too expensive and left." Didnt say anything else? Look what else is on my stall? the stall owner said. The two of them looked at the stall owner again, got up and walked away. When they got to a place where there was no one around, one of them asked: "He killed Bassen, so the thing must be in his hands." Bassen is a loser. Another person cursed first and then continued to ask: Who is that person next to him? I dont know, but he lives alone. The guards are clearing out the Wolf Head Mercenary Group these days. Lets find time to go over there to avenge Bassen and get our things back. "good." Thanks to Xiao Shufu for the 10,000-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 25 , someone has been here Chapter 25, Someone has been here Having dinner at a tavern along the way, we went directly back to our residence. After resting for a while, he started to practice short spear fighting with Basson. Ever since we got the skeleton of Basson, we have never used wooden targets in practice. Actual combat is more effective than practicing against a wooden target. As the battle continues. The system prompt appears again from the ear. Unlock Specialty: Short Spear Specialization (Entry) Um? ?The sudden reminder made him distracted for a moment. ??The movement of his hand slowed down, and Basson''s dagger slashed toward his neck. He was startled, and his body instantly moved to one side to avoid it. "pause!" After dodging, he immediately shouted. ??Bassen stopped moving, sheathed his sword instantly, and stood there. ??Wu Heng touched his neck, and after making sure it was not injured, he opened the attributes and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 3 (1109/2700) Attributes: Strength 10, Agility 13, Constitution 15, Intelligence 16, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feat: Short Spear Specialization (Beginner) Skills: Bone Spell, Acid Splash, Grease Skill. Short Spear Specialization (Entry): You have reached entry-level short spear weapon proficiency. Sure enough, there is an additional expertise in the attribute panel. There is no fixed attribute bonus, but it is mentioned that it has reached the entry level. This means that he can also unlock other weapons through training. No, this should be just a data prompt from the panel, and the proficiency is trained by oneself. It took a long time from actual combat to daily training. How about practicing swordsmanship later? Compared to short spears, most people wear swords on the market. This also proves the practicality of swords in groups. Since training can unlock weapon proficiency, you can practice sword practice yourself. After reading the attributes, he stood up again and said, "Come on, let''s practice for a while." The two of them stood in the open space in the middle of the living room and continued to practice. It was not until late at night that Wu Heng went to bed to rest. the next day. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng led the skeleton team and continued yesterday''s work. Come to the building that has not yet been cleaned up, open the corridor doors one by one, and lead the skeleton warriors in to clean up the zombies. Then continue to open the door of each house and continue to clean up the zombies in the room. The battle is repeated without any changes. ??This kind of zombies that are separated alone pose no threat to the current skeleton team at all. Soon, the first building was cleared, followed by the zombies in the next building. Complete the battle with numerical superiority. After clearing out the zombies in the third building, you are about to turn the corner. The skeleton thief Bassen, who was acting as a scout, ran back from a distance. Made a gesture of stopping. ?Wu Heng immediately ordered "Stand where you are," Hurrah! The advancing skeleton army immediately stopped and stood upright. Bassen squeezed through the crowd, came to Wu Heng, and pointed to the back of the building that blocked his view. Is there danger? ??Bassen''s skull is lighter. Take me to see it. ??Bassen nodded again and led Wu Heng out of the skeleton team. At the corner, he stuck his head out and looked ahead. In front is a small square in the community with a cement floor and several fitness equipment. A blue bus crashed through the community fence and rolled over on one side of the square. There were about twenty zombies wandering around the small square, many of them wearing uniform blue overalls. They should all be people from the bus, workers from a certain factory. The quantity is still within a controllable range. More than twenty zombies, although its not a lot. But with the current number of skeletons and a few skeletons with souls, it is not that difficult. Being prepared in advance can also reduce losses to a greater extent. Just when you plan to call the skeleton army over. Hurrah! Suddenly, three black figures jumped out from the distant corridor. ??Clamped the wandering zombies and tore off the arms and legs forcefully. Before the other zombies are surrounding you, run away quickly and start circling with the group of zombies. "Deformed zombie dog!" Wu Heng''s eyes widened a bit. Like Skeleton Teddy, these three are all large, deformed dogs. ?Like playing with prey, walking the zombies in circles. ?Using the advantage of speed, he kept running around, and would look back and wait for a while from time to time. With such a fuss, the number of zombies also began to increase, and more and more zombies gathered in the small square. ??The advantage of zombie dogs is speed. At that time, when I killed Teddy, he was trapped in the corridor, which greatly restricted his movement. Its hard to catch them in an open place like this outside. Even if you can beat him and turn around and run away, it will be difficult to catch up. He patted Basson on the shoulder and said, "Let''s go back." ??Fell back and left with the skeleton army. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ??Retreat all the way to the building where you live. ??Started to command the skeletons to carry the corpses, while Wu Heng began to transform. Skeletons stood up one after another, and the second-class skeletons with swords on the side handed the prepared kitchen knives to the hands of the new skeletons. Dusk. ??Wu Heng returned to Blackstone Town holding the one-handed iron sword. After unlocking the short spear specialization, I started practicing sword skills tonight. Try to unlock a specialization or something. ?Furthermore, when I practice short spears, I practice blindly on my own. I can ask the people in the fourth team for advice on this sword skill. ??If that doesnt work, theres still one sword and two swords. Having a basic soul is similar to that of ordinary people. The only difference is that it cannot speak. Simple demonstration or correction of your own movements should be fine. Putting the iron sword aside, picking up the backpack on the table and wanting to go out. ?The movement of the hand paused slightly. The backpack has been turned over. Although there is nothing missing inside, the location of the items has changed. ?Wu Heng immediately checked in the room again. There were also signs of being turned over in other places, but they were all put back into their original positions. ??If you are not in the habit of putting things in fixed places in your backpack, you may not notice this. Not a thief. The silver coins in the drawer are still there. ??Moreover, thieves will not put things back in their original places after rummaging through them. With such qualities, who would want to be a thief? No clues were found in the room, so he put on his backpack and walked out of the room alone. ?As soon as I came out of the alley, I saw the landlord chatting with the neighbors. Get out, said the landlord. Well, is anyone coming to see me today? Wu Heng asked directly. "No one is here, how come someone is looking for you? If you are not here, let him go to my place and let you know what happened then." The landlord said generously. Oh, its okay, just ask. Just when he was about to turn around and leave, the landlord suddenly said: "By the way, there is a fur seller who came to find you during the day. I happened to see him when I went out." Fur? Well, I said that you talked at the market yesterday, and I left when I saw you werent at home. Happy National Day! (End of this chapter) Chapter 23 , task reward Chapter 23, Mission Reward Sword One Sword Two Four skeletons went aside to put on their equipment. ??Wu Hengs eyes fell on the straight skeleton team. Five skeleton warriors with slightly higher experience were selected from them and were called to the front. ?One of them was the skeleton that was first transformed and held an iron sword. The sword-wielding skeleton is the only one that has been upgraded to level 2. Throw away the weapon. Clang, clang! The skeleton warrior threw the weapon in his hand to the ground. ?Wu Heng picked up a spear and handed it to a skeleton, "Take it." The skeleton warrior took the spear and held it in his hand. ?Wu Heng took two steps back, pointed at the iron cage next to him, and said, "Attack the iron cage." ??The skeleton warrior raised his spear and made a thrusting motion forward. ?The spear blade struck the iron cage with a clang. ?Seeing that the skeleton could complete this action, Wu Heng felt relieved. He was really scared, holding the spear and slashing it like a kitchen knife or an iron sword. ??Although these spears are not expensive, it is a good thing that ordinary skeletons can use them. Then Wu Heng handed the spears to the remaining skeletons one by one. An order was also given to attempt an attack. ??Also made a forward thrust. The effect is pretty good. At this time, the skeletons such as Jian Yi, who had put on armor and weapons, also came back. ?Wu Heng glanced at the already dark sky and said, "Don''t go out, stay upstairs and wait." The four skeletons nodded in unison. ??Wu Heng did not stay any longer and returned to Blackstone Town with Skull Basson. After simple physical training, go to bed. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, I went to the Professionals Association alone. According to the words of the captain Otluk, we have to go to the association this morning. We walked all the way to the central area and walked into the association hall. ?As soon as he entered the hall, he saw a slender figure standing in front of the notice board and looking up at the commissioned task. Kawina, youre here so early. Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Kavina turned around when she heard the sound and nodded, "The captain asked me to wait for you here, because I''m afraid I won''t find a place." Oh, thank you! Go through the corridor and come to a room. ? Pushing the door open, he saw the captain Otluk sitting in the room. Captain, Wu Heng is here. Kavina said. ??Oteluk nodded, motioned for the two of them to sit down, and continued: "Wu Heng, this is the lounge given to our team by the association. From now on, we can just come here directly." Good captain. Then, Altluk continued: "At yesterday''s meeting, the performance of our team was praised by the deacons, especially Wu Heng. The city hall praised you individually." After confirming the performance of this task. ??Oteluk took out the file and handed it to the two of them, "Blackstone Town has interrogated ''Achido''. This is the record he handed over. We participated in this operation and got a copy." Kavina took a look at it first and then handed it to him. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and looked at it carefully. According to Achidos explanation. What was taken out from the mining village was the body of a baby. ?Three years ago, his wife gave birth to a dead baby. It was nothing in this world, so it was just a matter of burial. But before the burial, a passing scholar found him and said that there was a way for the dead baby to survive in another way, and his career would also be helped. ?At that time, he listened to the other party''s words and placed the dead baby in a place in the mine according to the method. As expected, the mining business began to improve. Until recently, people in the village began to go crazy, and he realized that there was a problem. But when he wanted to take out the body for burial, he found that the people in the village were crazy and his people couldn''t get in at all. ??Coupled with the fact that Blackstone Town arranged investigation teams one after another, he took the risk and set the trap the day before yesterday. Since they could not stop the second investigation team, they asked the investigation team to lure the crazy villagers away so that they could go in and take out the baby''s body. ? Facts have proved that this plan is quite successful. The only thing missing was Wu Heng. One person killed several members of the Wolf Head Mercenary Group. It also caused his entire plan to fail at the last step. ?Seeing Wu Heng finish reading, Altluk continued: "Blackstone Town believes that the scholar on the path is a necromancer, and Blackstone Town has also begun to investigate this person." ??Necromancer. ??He came up with a random idea and killed a whole village. ?It is not unfair at all to be excluded from this profession. So, it was the babys body that drove the villagers crazy? Wu Heng continued to ask. "According to the data, it is a ghost cultivated by necromancy magic, which is the soul of the baby we saw at that time. After this kind of baby becomes a soul, it has no concept of good and evil and is often more dangerous." Otto Luke answered. Infant spirit? Soul body? Why did you get the ghost again? But then I thought about it, all skeletons have soul fire, so its not surprising that there are ghosts in this world. At the very least, a soul is much more reliable than a skeleton standing up. Okay, this mission has ended. Due to errors in the intelligence, the association and Blackstone Town have increased the mission reward. It has been mentioned to 220 silver coins, which is a medium item reward. Hearing this sentence, Kavina, who was not interested in the story at first, also brightened up. At least the adventure was not in vain, and the rewards have been improved. ??Wu Heng is concerned about the medium prop rewards. At that time, he can change to a medium skill book. The effect of the acid splash is not very great, and it is like spitting when released, which is not elegant at all. By the way, Wu Heng, you need to pay more attention. The captain looked at him again. Huh? Whats wrong? This incident has affected a whole village, and it involves the Necromancer. Although the city hall recognizes your performance this time, it will also pay more attention to you. ?Wu Heng frowned instantly. In other words, the consequences caused by the Necromancer this time have made the city hall feel that this profession is even more dangerous. He, the necromancer in the city, will also receive special attention. No, I have always been a danger target, and this time I am a key danger target. I know Captain. ??Oteluk took out two money bags, handed them to the two of them, and continued: "That''s it for today. Kavina, take Wu Heng to get familiar with it in the association." "Okay!" Kavina put the money bag into her backpack, stood up and walked out, "I will show you around the association. If you have anything you don''t know, you can ask me." After leaving the room, Kavina led him out with her long legs. Her round hips were eye-catching. Thats the training ground over there. Its a big place. The captain likes to train there and is a training fanatic. The room over there is the alchemy research room, specially provided for the use of alchemists. Thats the conference room over there. Along the way, Kavina introduced him to several special places. Professional associations have deep pockets. The entire building occupies a large area and has various areas. Do you take care of the food here? Just breakfast and dinner? "in spite of!" "oh!" After walking around in a circle, Kavina left alone. ?Wu Heng came to the counter. I want to use the medium item reward to exchange for the skill book. Okay sir, what kind of professional skills do you need? Mage! Okay sir, there are two types of mage skill books currently available in Blackstone Town. Speaking, two skill books were taken out. Grease TechniqueCloud and Mist Technique. The book cover is old and looks like it has been read more than once. Grease Technique (Description: Turn the designated area into difficult terrain, flammable.) Cloud and Mist (Description: Create a thick fog that fills every corner.) Thanks to Angels Trail for the 5,000-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 27 , how to do it Chapter 27, how to do it ?The room was dark and filled with a strong smell of blood. The wanted criminal was carried in front of him, his breath weak. What are you looking for when you come to me? Wu Heng asked. The wanted criminal coughed out a large mouthful of blood, gritted his teeth and said, "I tell you, can you let me go?" Do you think you can still walk? Fair deal, you let me go and I tell you what we are looking for? Come to your own residence and kill him, and you will get a fair deal from this. Are you here to get the note with the snake head on Bassen? Wu Heng continued to ask. When he first killed Bassen. ?The only thing that is special is the bill with the snake''s head printed on it. Although I don''t know what it is for, this is the only one that is special. ?The other party did not answer, but judging from his slightly stiff movements, he was right. ??There was nothing left to ask, so he said directly: "Kill him." "Don''t." Poof~! The sword was raised and lowered with one hand, and the iron sword penetrated the target''s throat. Gain experience +30. Summon - Skeleton Swordsman experience +10. ?The corpse collapsed, and the prompt appeared instantly. ?This night actually gave him and the skeleton a lot of experience. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground, and then at the skeletons waiting in the room. After all, they were not allowed to return to the gate in case there were other accomplices. Bassen, who was arranged outside, has not returned yet. Lighted up the flashlight and started groping for the body. I found three money bags, each filled with heavy silver and copper coins. Even if I was wanted, I still had a lot of money with me. It seems that these people still have a fixed foothold in the city. ?In addition to money, there are also weapons and armors for three people. The weapons were put aside, and the armor was not moved to prevent more blood from leaking out. ~! ?At this time, there was a knock on the door. Looking through the crack in the door, Skeleton Basson was standing outside the door. Opening the door, "Is there anyone else?" ??Bassen shook his head and said no. The reason why Bassen, the highest-level thief, was left outside was because he was afraid that the other party would arrange a watchman outside like last time. If the other party is allowed to escape then, it will really be endless. ?Now it seems that the other party came in at the right time and did not arrange a lookout. Carry the corpse to the living room, and then all return to the gate. Wu Heng continued to order. The body was covered with leather and carried to the living room. The skeletons in the room returned directly to the gate. Early morning. There were heavy footsteps outside the door. Bang~! ?The door was kicked open, and captain Altluk, Kavina and several other members of the professional team rushed in. ?Hand holding a weapon, he scanned the entire house with vigilant eyes. ??When they saw Wu Heng sitting on a chair with three dead bodies neatly placed at his feet, the people who came in were all stunned. "Wu Heng, are you okay?" Altluk asked immediately. Well, its not a big problem. Wu Heng replied, while looking at the people opposite. ??Standing behind Altluk, in addition to Kavina, was a woman wearing leather armor with wheat-colored skin and brown hair tied into braids. She was holding a wooden staff in her hand and a sword hanging on her waist. ??Wu Heng had seen her, but he didnt know her identity at the time, but now he can guess that she is the captain of the second team, Tulisa. The only female captain among the four teams. Behind them, there are several men. One is in silver armor, wearing a shield and holding a sword. The other three are in leather armor, one holding a bow and the other holding a sword. They are all members of the second team. ?Seeing that Wu Heng was okay, several people first breathed a sigh of relief, and then changed from relaxed to stunned. His eyes fell on the three corpses on the ground again. "These three are wanted criminals? Did you kill them?" Tulisa said. ??Last night, the mission of the second team was also to capture a wanted criminal. Adequate arrangements were made, guards were deployed to blockade the area, and Altluk and Kavina were asked to help. ??Only then did he successfully kill the opponent. ??And the newcomer in front of him, who was not favored by all the teams and was only chosen reluctantly by Altluk due to lack of personnel, actually killed three. How is this possible? A member of the second team stepped forward, inspected the body, and nodded, "They are all wanted criminals with bounties on them." After speaking, both sides fell into silence again. ?Tulisa said in surprise: "Did you kill him?" ?The eyes of several people fell on Wu Heng again, and then looked at the figure standing upright with a round helmet. ??The wanted criminal issue has caused quite a stir in Blackstone Town recently. The new member of the fourth team killed three wanted criminals, and he is afraid that he will be in the limelight again. ??Had I known that I was going to recruit this necromancer, it would be better to be a reserve member. ??Oteluk also reacted at this time and introduced: "Wu Heng, this is Tulisa, the captain of the second team. When I am away from now on, you can ask her if you have anything to do." It seems that Alteruk and Tulisa have a good relationship. Hello, Captain Tulisa. Wu Heng said. Well, if you feel that the fourth team is not suitable, you can come to our team, and my sister will arrange a place for you. Tulisa said with a smile. Thank you, the fourth team is very good. "Tulisa, I still need your help to bring the three corpses back. Kavina, please take Wu Heng back to the association to check and see if there are any injuries." Altluk spoke immediately, interrupting the other party''s poaching behavior. ?Tulisa nodded, and someone behind her took out a body bag, wrapped the body and prepared to take it away. Kavina called a carriage outside and took Wu Heng to the association first. On the carriage. Kavina crossed her long legs, looked at him and said, "You can consider renting a house in the central area. It will be safer there and closer to the association." He has also thought about this matter. After all, I have some money, rent a better house, and have a better living environment. But this matter was never implemented in the plan. ?Although the conditions in crowded areas are worse, they are less likely to attract attention, and no one will care if you buy some things and take them home. It will be smoother to transport items back and forth by yourself. If you are in a central area, it is easy for people to pay attention to you. Save some more money. Wu Heng said casually. You can ask the captain to help you look at the place then. "good!" Rear. In another carriage. ?Tulisa glanced at Altluk opposite and said, "You are lucky!" The people your team killed last night can also get a lot of bounty. "No, I mean, you are lucky and have recruited a member who looks very reliable." Tulisa smiled with a smile on her face. The second team itself is full. But the third team had a chance to recruit this person, but they chose someone else. When this matter is reported back to the association, I wonder if the members of the third team will regret missing a member who can kill three wanted criminals alone. "Um." ?Otluk hummed casually, but he was still quite satisfied. This time we brought back three wanted criminals. Still very proud of the captain of the fourth team. Thanks to Wanli Wanli for the 10,000-coin reward. Thanks to Heaven and Earth Punishment for the 100-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 28 , as we all know Chapter 28, as everyone knows Team 4, lounge. Otluk walked in and handed him the money bag in his hand. "Wanted criminals are submitted according to the team. This is the bounty. You should collect it first. You will also receive a lower-level prop reward. Just go to the front desk to claim it." The task submission method was agreed upon by the three of them. Submit according to the team, and the merits of the three people will be counted. ?This is also in line with Wu Heng''s thoughts. After all, he killed three wanted criminals by himself, which is a bit difficult to explain. On the surface, it would be more convincing to say that it was a small team killing. As for the people in the second team also knowing about this, that is beyond his control. ?Moreover, even if someone checks, nothing can be found. Captain Xie, Ill treat you to dinner tonight. Wu Heng said politely. "No, the deacon recently assigned tasks to each team to cooperate with the guards in searching for wanted criminals and criminal mercenaries. Now is not the time to celebrate." Altluk sat aside and poured himself a cup of tea. Search mission? Originally, our team also had one, but since you killed three wanted criminals, you have directly completed the mission, so you dont need to participate. Otherwise, you would have to patrol and search with the guards. Altluk explained. Holy shit. As for the elderly care occupation that was agreed upon, we still have to follow the patrol. By killing three people, I really solved a lot of problems. "Then we''ll go in a few days." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Captain, can I apply for a second skeleton follower? It''s still quite dangerous outside." ??Oteluk took a sip of tea, thought for a moment and said, "I''ll go tell the deacon about this. Whether it can be approved depends on the situation." "good." ?Otluk nodded and continued to ask: "How did you find out that they were going to attack you?" ?Being able to leave a note in advance meant that Wu Heng knew that the other party would look for him last night. ?Kavina also looked at him curiously, waiting for an answer. ?Wu Heng then went through the problems he discovered when he found someone entering the residence and talked with the landlord. I cant say for sure, I just guess that there is a high probability that they will take action. Then how did you kill them yourself? Kavina asked again. In fact, there is no need to answer this sentence. Everyone has their own secrets. But Wu Heng had already thought of his words. Said: "After knowing that the other party would take action, I made some preparations in advance. When they came in, I released strong smoke. As we all know, skeletons cannot be seen by the naked eye. The black sky and smoke cannot block the sight. Skeleton Basson will kill the three of them one by one. People were killed. Well known? ?Who is well known to you? We dont have that deep understanding of the undead. ?This reason seems to be reasonable. Fighting late at night and being prepared, killing three wanted criminals seems to be no problem. It just feels like something is not quite right. The three of them sat together and chatted for a while. Altluk was going to the training room, and Kavina and Wu Heng also got up and left the lounge. Come to the front hall. ??Wu Heng exchanged the lower-level prop reward for a copy of [Dancing Light Technique] and left the association. Commercial street, weapons store. What are you here to buy today? the boss with shiny muscles asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng came only a few times, but he left an impression on the boss. Come and see the spear. Its all over here, it depends on what you need. On one side of the wall, spears of different styles are hung. The cheapest is 4 silver and 70 copper coins, and the most expensive is 75 silver coins. Different types and different lengths. ?Wu Heng looked at it, pointed to the cheapest spear, and said, "I want this kind of thing." The spear head is about 40 centimeters, and the spear shaft is made of dark wood. ??But judging from the workmanship of the spearhead, it is much better than those purchased from the market. The boss glanced at him and continued: "The spear shaft is made of treated ash wood and is easy to be cut off in battle. This kind of spear is suitable for driving away wild beasts or practicing in the village." I bought it for the village to drive away wild beasts. ?The boss suddenly understood, "Then there will be no problem." Can it be cheaper if I buy more? Wu Heng asked as usual. It depends on how much you buy. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and realized that he could take away an amount that would not attract any attention.?????Ten strokes first. Ten rods are not much, and they may not be much cheaper. I will need more in the future, so I can come here to buy it. After a simple bargaining between the two, the boss got 50 copper coins cheaper. After paying the money, Wu Heng and Basen carried their spears, left the weapons store, and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. ??Bassen tidied the room and cleaned up the blood stains on the floor. The battle last night was quite fierce. The few pieces of furniture were smashed into pieces, and sword marks were left on the walls and floor. ?The landlord probably saw it and asked him to give away some furniture. ?Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, flipping through the newly acquired skill book. Flip through page after page, follow the process of unlocking skills, and at the same time try to understand the magic of this world. ?Had I been so serious back then, I might have been able to get into a prestigious university. As time passes. ?The system prompt appears [Unlocked skill: Dancing Light Technique. Dancing Lights: You can create suspended light sources. ?With a thought in his heart, he released the dancing light technique. Immediately, several beams of light rotated around the body, emitting a faint light. Try to let the light touch the object on the side. The light avoids the object and continues to rotate around itself. It seems that it cannot be used as a means of attack. Alright, it can be used as a flashlight. Put away the spells, tidied them up, and took Basson to the zombie world. The roof of the building. Find a local map and lay it out in front of you to check. Fortunately, there is a resident who is a cycling enthusiast. He has many maps of various places in his room, including maps and road maps of this city. The zombies in the community have almost been cleared away. ??There are still some wandering in, and they don''t pose much of a threat to him. The next step is to get out of the community and explore more places. After thinking about it for a while, I have three goals in mind. One is the place where the survivors who tried to escape by bus a few days ago died. Use a pen to draw a circle where the bus rolled over. By taking such a big risk and rushing out, these people must have a destination. It may be a survivor base, or it may be a safer place. Maybe you can find some clues in the passenger car. Then, he used a pen to draw a circle in the southwest and north respectively. There is a pedestrian street in the southwest, and there are two gold shops and banks near the pedestrian street. ?It is not clear whether the bank has gold, but the gold store must have a large amount of gold in stock. With gold and silver in Blackstone Town, you can instantly become a nouveau riche. The other north side is the nearby Public Security Bureau. You can check to see if there are any bullets. These three locations are the next goals. ?There are giant zombies near the bus. Even the bus can be knocked over. It will definitely be difficult to deal with. On the way to the pedestrian street, you have to pass by the location of three mutant dogs. The skeleton group cannot catch up with them at a speed, and it is difficult to fight them. What remains is the Sheriff''s Department. If I had had bullets last night, I wouldnt have been in so much trouble. Last nights wanted criminal is a warning. ??If there were bullets last night, just shoot them righteously and empty the magazine. Lets go to the Public Security Bureau. Recommended tickets, monthly tickets and collections please...! (End of this chapter) Chapter 29 , raid the store Chapter 29, Looting the Store After setting the goal. ?Wu Heng asked people to bring over the weapons and armor of the three wanted criminals yesterday, as well as 10 spears. Put them neatly in front of you. ?There are two types of weapons. A pair of short swords, two one-handed long swords, and 5 poisonous smoke mines. It seems that these wanted criminals prefer to carry poisonous smoke mines. I dont know why, but they are useless to the opponent during a fight. No, its not that the other party doesnt want to use it. Even if the poisonous smoke mine is released, they will be affected, and it will have little effect on the skeletons. Looking at the weapon again. ??The workmanship of both the dagger and the long sword is very good, far from top quality, but they are not ordinary iron swords like the 3 silver coins Wu Heng bought. Keep a pair of daggers for yourself, and give the remaining two long swords to the two skeletons. Although it is better than an ordinary iron sword, it is still relatively speaking. When you really use an iron sword to fight, spend some money to buy a more sophisticated one. After the weapons are distributed, there are three sets of armor. ??The armor is a bit miserable. The skeleton warrior hacked to death with a knife, leaving a lot of scratches. It doesnt matter, its just for the skeleton warriors to wear, and it can increase their defense. After putting armor on the three skeletons holding spears. ??Continued to select ten skeleton warriors and replaced them with newly purchased spears. The number of spearmen reached 15. After everything was ready, Wu Heng continued to give the order, "Follow me!" ??The skeleton army followed downstairs and walked out of the corridor. The zombies downstairs have been cleared several times, and no new zombies have come over one night. After confirming that there are no special circumstances around you, head towards the north gate. After passing through the two buildings, we were close to the north gate. Through the gap in the iron fence, you can see what''s going on outside. ?There are scattered zombies wandering on the road. They don''t look like many, but the total number is about twenty or thirty. ?This road is the road that the survivor bus drove through. But the location where the bus rolled over was not here, and the zombies along the way were also attracted to the intersection to the east. It should be for this reason that there are not many zombies here. You guys, please stay close to the door and wait. Wu Heng said. ?Fifteen skeletons holding spears walked to the front and stood at the gate with spears. In the distance, zombies noticed the movement here. When the first zombie roared and rushed towards this side, it was like a chain reaction. The surrounding zombies roared one after another, spreading throughout the street in an instant. ?All the zombies turned their heads to look at the gate of the community, and then rushed over with their teeth and claws. Squat down, weapon forward! ??Wu Heng quickly adjusted the positions of the two skeletons and continued to give orders. Hurrah! The skeleton squats down, with the spear in its hand facing forward. Hah~ho! Dozens of them rushed over and rushed towards the skeleton team''s position. ?Seeing the zombies coming towards him, Wu Heng raised his hand and released [Grease Technique]. The air became viscous, forming a layer of grease covering a three to four meter area, covering the ground. Bang, bang, bang! In an instant, the zombies'' feet slipped and they all fell on their backs. The zombies behind them continued to charge forward and fell into pieces in an instant. The characteristic of Grease is to create a difficult terrain. It''s like applying a layer of oil to the tiles. In an instant, the zombies that rushed in fell down in pieces, like gourds rolling on the ground. After a short period of confusion, a zombie rushed over, trampling on the body of his companion, and bumped directly into the forward spear. Poof! The sharp iron spear pierced the zombie''s chest, and thick black and red blood flowed out. Puff puff puff! ? ?The spear-wielding skeleton began to stab out the spear continuously, attacking the zombies that rushed over. Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 2, strength +1. . The prompts for gaining experience began to increase, and they were still accumulated on several spear-wielding skeletons. The newly added first-level skeleton warriors began to reach the second level one after another. Already a level 2 skeleton, he is also rapidly accumulating experience. The grease technique lasts for about two to three minutes and then evaporates cleanly with the air. ??But in the open space in front of the community, a hill of corpses was also piled up. In order to attack the zombies, you need to climb over the mountain of corpses and continue to attack the skeletons. Gradually, the number of zombies is getting smaller and smaller. Only some zombies with broken lower limbs were left, and they continued to crawl towards this side. ?Wu Heng glanced at the empty road and said, "Go and kill those zombies." ?Skeleton Teddy excitedly jumped out of the group of skeletons, quickly rushed to several slowly crawling zombies, bit them to death one by one, and then dragged the corpses back. On both sides of the road, there are various shops. Mostly fruits and vegetables and restaurants. ??The food in this kind of shop will definitely not last long. I randomly found two stores and took a look, and found a few kitchen knives and watermelon knives. The rest were of no use. Scanning around, I saw a store. Follow me! Several skeletons followed him and entered the shop in front of him. ?A variety of snacks and instant noodles were scattered all over the place. They were not damaged and there were no survivors to move them away. The owner of the shop must have become one of the zombies long ago. I dont know if he ran away or died in the hands of the skeleton. Looking around on the first floor of the store, the things here are relatively well preserved. Only the ice cream in the freezer has melted and is packed softly in packaging bags. ??He took the skeleton to the second floor again. The second floor is not a cabinet rack, but a bedroom and a warehouse. There were boxes of instant noodles, drinks, and some snacks on every yard. Feeling pretty good. Move these away. Wu Heng began to give instructions. The skeleton warrior entered the shop and took out the things inside. ?Wu Heng continued to look along the road and did not go far away to avoid attracting more zombies. Instead, he directed the skeleton to carry the snacks from the store back to his original residence. Then he sat at the door and released the Bone Spell. Skeletons stood up one after another and joined the queue. Return to your original residence. The snacks and drinks brought back are neatly placed against the wall. The supermarket doesnt look big, but it has a lot of stuff. Even without Blackstone Town, relying on these things will be enough to feed yourself for a while. It is said that food in the apocalypse is more expensive than gold. But I found so much food, where can I exchange it for gold? After so many days, I havent even met a living survivor. ?The only one I saw died on the way to escape. Once the bedroom was full, the skeleton was asked to move the things to the living room. He walked out of the room and looked at his 15-man spear formation. Due to the selection of skeletons, they have accumulated a lot of experience, and they were all upgraded to level 2 in the battle just now. One is Level 3, and 14 are Level 2. In fact, this method feels pretty good. It has no impact and can also improve the skeleton level. You can buy some more spears and armor. (End of this chapter) Chapter 27 , how to do it Chapter 27, how to do it ?The room was dark and filled with a strong smell of blood. The wanted criminal was carried in front of him, his breath weak. What are you looking for when you come to me? Wu Heng asked. The wanted criminal coughed out a large mouthful of blood, gritted his teeth and said, "I tell you, can you let me go?" Do you think you can still walk? Fair deal, you let me go and I tell you what we are looking for? Come to your own residence and kill him, and you will get a fair deal from this. Are you here to get the note with the snake head on Bassen? Wu Heng continued to ask. When he first killed Bassen. ?The only thing that is special is the bill with the snake''s head printed on it. Although I don''t know what it is for, this is the only one that is special. ?The other party did not answer, but judging from his slightly stiff movements, he was right. ??There was nothing left to ask, so he said directly: "Kill him." "Don''t." Poof~! The sword was raised and lowered with one hand, and the iron sword penetrated the target''s throat. Gain experience +30. Summon - Skeleton Swordsman experience +10. ?The corpse collapsed, and the prompt appeared instantly. ?This night actually gave him and the skeleton a lot of experience. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground, and then at the skeletons waiting in the room. After all, they were not allowed to return to the gate in case there were other accomplices. Bassen, who was arranged outside, has not returned yet. Lighted up the flashlight and started groping for the body. I found three money bags, each filled with heavy silver and copper coins. Even if I was wanted, I still had a lot of money with me. It seems that these people still have a fixed foothold in the city. ?In addition to money, there are also weapons and armors for three people. The weapons were put aside, and the armor was not moved to prevent more blood from leaking out. ~! ?At this time, there was a knock on the door. Looking through the crack in the door, Skeleton Basson was standing outside the door. Opening the door, "Is there anyone else?" ??Bassen shook his head and said no. The reason why Bassen, the highest-level thief, was left outside was because he was afraid that the other party would arrange a watchman outside like last time. If the other party is allowed to escape then, it will really be endless. ?Now it seems that the other party came in at the right time and did not arrange a lookout. Carry the corpse to the living room, and then all return to the gate. Wu Heng continued to order. The body was covered with leather and carried to the living room. The skeletons in the room returned directly to the gate. Early morning. There were heavy footsteps outside the door. Bang~! ?The door was kicked open, and captain Altluk, Kavina and several other members of the professional team rushed in. ?Hand holding a weapon, he scanned the entire house with vigilant eyes. ??When they saw Wu Heng sitting on a chair with three dead bodies neatly placed at his feet, the people who came in were all stunned. "Wu Heng, are you okay?" Altluk asked immediately. Well, its not a big problem. Wu Heng replied, while looking at the people opposite. ??Standing behind Altluk, in addition to Kavina, was a woman wearing leather armor with wheat-colored skin and brown hair tied into braids. She was holding a wooden staff in her hand and a sword hanging on her waist. ??Wu Heng had seen her, but he didnt know her identity at the time, but now he can guess that she is the captain of the second team, Tulisa. The only female captain among the four teams. Behind them, there are several men. One is in silver armor, wearing a shield and holding a sword. The other three are in leather armor, one holding a bow and the other holding a sword. They are all members of the second team. ?Seeing that Wu Heng was okay, several people first breathed a sigh of relief, and then changed from relaxed to stunned. His eyes fell on the three corpses on the ground again. "These three are wanted criminals? Did you kill them?" Tulisa said. ??Last night, the mission of the second team was also to capture a wanted criminal. Adequate arrangements were made, guards were deployed to blockade the area, and Altluk and Kavina were asked to help. ??Only then did he successfully kill the opponent. ??And the newcomer in front of him, who was not favored by all the teams and was only chosen reluctantly by Altluk due to lack of personnel, actually killed three. How is this possible? A member of the second team stepped forward, inspected the body, and nodded, "They are all wanted criminals with bounties on them." After speaking, both sides fell into silence again. ?Tulisa said in surprise: "Did you kill him?" ?The eyes of several people fell on Wu Heng again, and then looked at the figure standing upright with a round helmet. ??The wanted criminal issue has caused quite a stir in Blackstone Town recently. The new member of the fourth team killed three wanted criminals, and he is afraid that he will be in the limelight again. ??Had I known that I was going to recruit this necromancer, it would be better to be a reserve member. ??Oteluk also reacted at this time and introduced: "Wu Heng, this is Tulisa, the captain of the second team. When I am away from now on, you can ask her if you have anything to do." It seems that Alteruk and Tulisa have a good relationship. Hello, Captain Tulisa. Wu Heng said. Well, if you feel that the fourth team is not suitable, you can come to our team, and my sister will arrange a place for you. Tulisa said with a smile. Thank you, the fourth team is very good. "Tulisa, I still need your help to bring the three corpses back. Kavina, please take Wu Heng back to the association to check and see if there are any injuries." Altluk spoke immediately, interrupting the other party''s poaching behavior. ?Tulisa nodded, and someone behind her took out a body bag, wrapped the body and prepared to take it away. Kavina called a carriage outside and took Wu Heng to the association first. On the carriage. Kavina crossed her long legs, looked at him and said, "You can consider renting a house in the central area. It will be safer there and closer to the association." He has also thought about this matter. After all, I have some money, rent a better house, and have a better living environment. But this matter was never implemented in the plan. ?Although the conditions in crowded areas are worse, they are less likely to attract attention, and no one will care if you buy some things and take them home. It will be smoother to transport items back and forth by yourself. If you are in a central area, it is easy for people to pay attention to you. Save some more money. Wu Heng said casually. You can ask the captain to help you look at the place then. "good!" Rear. In another carriage. ?Tulisa glanced at Altluk opposite and said, "You are lucky!" The people your team killed last night can also get a lot of bounty. "No, I mean, you are lucky and have recruited a member who looks very reliable." Tulisa smiled with a smile on her face. The second team itself is full. But the third team had a chance to recruit this person, but they chose someone else. When this matter is reported back to the association, I wonder if the members of the third team will regret missing a member who can kill three wanted criminals alone. "Um." ?Otluk hummed casually, but he was still quite satisfied. This time we brought back three wanted criminals. Still very proud of the captain of the fourth team. Thanks to Wanli Wanli for the 10,000-coin reward. Thanks to Heaven and Earth Punishment for the 100-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 31 , three dogs Chapter 31, Three Dogs ?Looking at the yellow and orange bullets, Wu Heng felt that he was okay again. Ever since the bullets were fired in the mining village, I have lost some confidence when going out. ?Furthermore, Blackstone Town is not as safe as it appears. This is a professional world after all, and tranquility is just an appearance. ?From the additional guards deployed in the city and the professional team assisting the guards in patrolling, it can be seen that the city has not been safe recently. Although the fourth team does not need to participate in patrols, it is still necessary to have more self-protection methods. ?Now that we have bullets, we dont dare to deal with enemies who are too strong, but if we meet that kind of wanted criminal again, it shouldnt be difficult to deal with them. In the safe, there were only boxes of bullets. There are also several pistols with labels on them. They should not be issued and are being kept together. First load your pistol with bullets. Next, put all the bullets and pistols into the backpack. After emptying the safe, hang the backpack on the back of a skeleton. In addition to the safe containing bullets, there were some other police tools in the room, including handcuffs, metal flashlights, rubber sticks and a plastic shield similar to a blast shield. These were not put in the safe, they were just outside. Feeling that it is of no use to myself. But its all here, lets take it away first. Put small things into the backpack and let the skeleton hold the shield. Then he walked towards the first floor. ?As soon as I walked downstairs, I was greeted by a burning smell. The flames produced by the grease spell had disappeared, leaving a charred corpse on the ground. At the gate, the battle is still going on. ??The few remaining zombies rushed towards the spear formation composed of skeletons. The body was pierced and then fell to the ground. ?Time passed little by little, and when the last zombie fell to the ground, the scene became completely quiet. ??Only the car horn in the distance was still blaring. But the surrounding zombies must have been attracted, and no new zombies have appeared. Let the skeleton move the corpse blocking the door, and Wu Heng began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Skeletons stood up one after another and slowly walked into the queue behind them. The transformation of the corpse was not stopped until dusk approached. ??Wu Heng did not intend to stay here any longer. Although this was the Public Security Bureau, the overall defense was not as safe as the community building. ??If special deformed zombies or other monsters appear, all of my family members may die here. Looking at the untransformed corpse on the ground, Wu Heng was still reluctant to leave it behind. Carry the body up. Under Wu Hengs command, the skeletons picked up the corpses one by one. ??Line up a corpse transport team and return the same way. ?On the way, he passed a zombie holding down the steering wheel, and asked Basson to straighten the body. The blaring car horn stopped. Be quiet again. The skeleton team passed through the area where the vehicle crashed, carrying the **** corpses, and returned to the community where they lived. Place the body downstairs and keep the corridor door closed. ?Wu Heng also returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng bought dinner at the tavern and took it back to his residence. Take out the braised chicken legs, sausages and peanuts, and open a can of happy water. Looking at the dinner on the table, he nodded with satisfaction. Its not that I dont have money for a good meal, but the food in the tavern doesnt taste like it used to. ?While eating and drinking, I still somewhat missed my old life. ??The decadent days of watching videos every day and eating and drinking as much as you want. I used to fantasize about having a different life. ?Now it seems that the once boring days have become a life that only the rich and powerful in this world can have. Hey~! Damn its the end of the world. After eating and drinking, Wu Heng took out another pistol, filled it with bullets, and handed it to Basson, "Can you use it?" Bassen took it and turned it over in his hand. Wu Heng pointed at the pistol and said: "This is the safety. After opening it, you can shoot at the enemy. The method is the same as the hand crossbow. You can aim here and shoot directly at the enemy at close range..." ??Bassen listened carefully and absorbed the new knowledge. He can use a crossbow, and it is not difficult to learn how to use a pistol. ?Then he picked up the pistol, tried to open the safety, and aimed at the wooden target in the corner. After Wu Heng told him not to waste bullets, he sat back at the table and filled the remaining empty magazines with bullets. There are several guns, and they are all of the same model. ?The magazine is just for yourself. If a battle really breaks out, you can change the magazine directly instead of inserting bullets one by one. ? Facts have proved that raiding the Sheriff''s Bureau was the right decision. Although it only has pistol bullets, it is enough for now. When I get rifles, rocket launchers, etc., I wonder if I can form a skeleton special force armed with AKs. ?In what age are we still using cold weapons? A few magazines were loaded, and the sky gradually became dark. Confirming that no one would come looking for him, he opened the gate and called Jianyi over. Started to continue to teach himself swordsmanship. Ever since I learned that weapon specialization can be unlocked on the panel, I have also increased my expectations for weapon training. It feels like playing a game and unlocking achievements. After correcting his posture, Wu Heng began to follow Jian Yi and wave the iron sword in his hand. But Bassen was on the sidelines, continuing to study the pistol. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng came to the top of the building and looked at the level of the spear-wielding skeleton. In addition to the earliest skeleton at the beginning, there are two more skeletons that have reached level three. The improvement in level is still significant. You can form a spear formation, and then attract monsters to level up yourself and the skeleton. This method is relatively safe and efficient. Distributing kitchen knives to the newly transformed skeletons, Wu Heng led the skeleton army down the stairs. ?Stepping out of the corridor, there were five or six zombies with missing arms and legs, roaring towards us. Why are there zombies again? My downstairs has been cleaned three or four times. Where did this person wander in? Attack! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! Without any formation, the skeleton warriors swarmed forward and chopped down all the zombies that tried to get closer. ?Wu Heng came to the pile of zombie corpses that had not been transformed yesterday and continued to transform them. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked into the queue of skeletons behind them. afternoon. After transforming the corpse. Lead the skeleton army again and clean out several residential buildings to the east. Open the corridor door, and skeletons swarm in and kill the zombies inside. Confirming that it was safe, Wu Heng began to search. Soon, it was dusk, and Wu Heng returned to the roof with the skeleton, preparing to go back to Blackstone Town for dinner. Just when the skeletons were standing ready, he planned to leave through the gate. Suddenly the roar of zombies and a chaotic sound came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng came to the edge of the roof and looked down. I saw three huge deformed dogs running towards this side with more than 20 zombies. Run a few steps, turn around and wait for the zombies that are chasing you. It turns out you brought me here. ??The zombies downstairs with missing arms and legs in the morning turned out to be attracted by them. Three deformed dogs, all of them are small in size. ?One of them has a black hairy body, a narrow head, a thin body, a long and slender neck, and long and straight limbs. After the deformation, this body shape no longer resembles a dog, but more like a dark horse with a dog head. It''s simply an exaggeration. "Why are these three guys here?" ?These three are the three deformed dogs we met in the small square to the south, but this time they wandered here and attracted some zombies. He glanced at the three dogs playing with the zombies below, and then at Teddy who was squatting on the ground and looking down. The tail of the bone wags like a fan. Can you lure him here and kill him? Thanks to Angels Trail for the 1,500-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 32 , Mrs. Slater? Chapter 32, Mrs. Slater? ?Three deformed dogs, leading zombies in circles. ??Although the area has been cleared twice by Wu Heng, you can still see scattered zombies attracted by the sound and starting to approach here. ?But the deformed dog still had no idea of ??stopping, and would turn around and rush forward from time to time, biting the zombies crazily. Turn around and continue running before other zombies gather around you. Get the essence of kite flying. ?While teasing the zombies, a crashing sound suddenly came from the side. Ta~ta~tata! The three deformed dogs suddenly stopped. ?Looking around, I saw a strange-looking skeletal dog, with its forelimbs holding the white steel pillar of the bulletin board and its waist swinging constantly. Empty eye sockets, looking this way from a distance. But the lower body is still swinging. The Deformed Dog looked at the Bone Dog in surprise, and the Bone Dog also let go of the pillar it was holding, its empty eye sockets still facing this way. The aberrant dog took two tentative steps forward, while the skeleton teddy took two steps back. Seeing that the skeleton dog was timid, the three deformed dogs left the zombies behind and rushed towards the skeleton teddy. ??The bone dog swung its hips twice more, then turned around and ran back. Hurry to the downstairs in front and get into the corridor. The three deformed dogs didnt stop at all. They swished like arrows off a string and followed them into the corridor. ?Hunted until they reached the fourth floor, the chasing deformed dog stopped and looked warily at the densely packed human bones on the steps. ??He turned around and wanted to leave, but found that groups of human bones were also pouring in from behind. He held up a kitchen knife and rushed towards them. ?The bones on the upper and lower sides charge simultaneously. Huddled together, they pounced on three bewildered, deformed hounds. Violent collisions and fights resounded throughout the corridor. ?Wu Heng and Bassen stood outside. Lead the remaining skeleton warriors to clean up the zombies that followed the deformed dogs. They are all attracted from nearby areas, and there are quite a lot of them coming one after another. When the zombies below are almost cleared, the fight in the corridor is gradually coming to an end. Click~! ?There was the sound of the corridor door being unlocked. ?Sword One and Sword Two, covered in blood, walked out in a somewhat embarrassed manner. It looks like the battle is over. ?Wu Heng took Bassen directly into the corridor. The skeleton warrior standing on the steps of the stairs has entered the standby state and stands upright. ?The feet were covered with scattered white bones, and it seemed that many skeleton warriors had died. On the third and fourth floors, three corpses lay mutilated beyond recognition. Carry it out! The skeletons worked together to lift the three deformed dogs out of the corridor and threw them into the open space. ??Wu Heng took the lead and walked to the black dog that was shaped like a horse and began to release the "Bone Slavery Technique". The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... ??With the release of Bone Lifting Technique, hints of unstable factors also appeared. It has happened twice before, but nothing special happened. I dont know what kind of instability this is. Soon, the first skeleton dog stood up from the ground, shook its body, and shook off the blood and flesh. Skeleton Hound (Level 7) Without the fur, the skeleton looks more like a horse. ?The pale bones are very thick, but the ribs on the chest are particularly thin, and the eye sockets are hollow, glowing with a blue soul fire. It is actually a level 7 skeleton dog, which is the same level as Basson. From now on, you will call me dog, do you hear me? Wu Heng said. ?The thin dog didn''t answer, just stood there. Wu Heng didn''t care whether it understood or not, "Go, stand aside and wait." ?The thin dog walked aside, and Wu Heng took a short spear and dug into the minced meat. Sure enough, a piece of white flesh was found where the head of the corpse had been. Corpse core. Wu Heng was very happy. This is a good thing, and its value is even higher than the level 7 skeleton dog. Let Jianyi get a plastic bag and put it in it, and continue to use the bone-slaking technique on the remaining two corpses. Two skeleton dogs stood up one after another. Skeleton Hound (Level 5)Skeleton Hound (Level 5). These two hounds are both only at level five. Stepping aside, Wu Heng continued to rummage among the corpses. Sure enough, two more corpse cores were found. This time, I got a total of 3 corpse cores, which was a huge harvest. After wrapping it properly. ??Wu Heng directed the skeletons to return to the roof of the building, and ordered Jian Yi Jian Two. After taking a good look at the skeleton dogs, he returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. ??The strong man carrying a battle ax finished settling the bounty, and Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and stood in front of the counter. The staff member showed a professional smile and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, what can I do for you?" ?Although I dont come here much, I feel familiar with the staff. ?Especially after being praised by the city hall, he became famous for a while. I want to issue a commission. You dont need to queue up to issue a commission. Just fill in the commission task in the lounge and leave it to us. ??There is such a thing, and no one told him. Actually, its not like others. I really dont come to the association. Oh okay, Ill fill it out and send it next time. ?The staff member smiled and asked, "What commission do you need to issue?" "Alchemy commission, I have a potion formula here, and I need to customize three potions." Wu Heng took out the formula. ?The last time I customized the potion, the formula was included. Now you can directly customize the potion. It also eliminates some tedious steps. "Okay." After the staff took notes, he said, "A pharmacist will be assigned to make the preparation, and it will be delivered to you in about two to three days." "good!" After registering, Wu Heng left the front desk, and people behind him continued to pass by and ask about things. ?While standing there, considering whether to go to the lounge to say hello. Another staff member came over and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, Captain Altluk asked you to go to the association." Ah, its impossible not to go. ?If I had known earlier, I would have left quickly. Entered the fourth team''s lounge. Pushing the door open, he saw Kavina, who was wearing a beige short shirt and tight leather pants, sitting on the sofa and looking at some documents. A pair of straight and slender legs attracts attention. Kawina! Wu Heng took the lead in saying hello. Kavina turned her beautiful eyes and glanced at him, "Let''s go, the deacon and the captain are waiting for us." Butler? What happened? I dont know either, I will know when the time comes. The two of them walked and talked, and came to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. There are three people sitting in the clean and tidy study room. Deacon Yazd, captain Otluk and a mature woman wearing a purple slim dress. Long brown hair scattered around her shoulders, bright eyes, slender and upturned eyebrows, slender figure and plump body. ?Sitting with legs crossed, a leopard lies beside her white calves. Leopard? ?Are you so tough? Keep this thing as a pet. ?The body shape is similar to that of a deformed Teddy. I dont know who will be more powerful when they fight. "Deacon, Mrs. Slater, Captain." Kavina spoke first and greeted the three of them politely. Mrs. Slater? Thanks to 08a for the 100-coin reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 33 , on night shift Chapter 33, Night shift Slater. ?Wu Heng tried hard to recall the name. I seem to have heard it somewhere. ?? I quickly recalled in my mind that there were not many opportunities to come across the word "Mrs." in Blackstone Town. I quickly remembered where I had heard of this name. ??The name Mrs. Slater was mentioned by Kavina on the train returning from the mission in the mining village. The deputy deacon of the Blackstone Town Professionals Association and the female boss of Money Cat. They are really rich and powerful people in Blackstone Town. ??The status in the association is also very special. Not only is he a deputy deacon, but he is also a "Secret Whisperer". Professionals who are good at and keen on collecting all kinds of intelligence. ?Wu Heng glanced curiously and found that the other party was also looking at him curiously. "Wu Heng, this is ''Slater'', the deputy deacon of the association." Deacon Yazd introduced, and then said to the beautiful woman: "He is Wu Heng, he just joined the fourth team not long ago. "Oh? Are you the little necromancer who investigated the mining village?" Slater''s eyes kept scanning, as if he wanted to see through something. There is undisguised interest in his eyes. Slater, dont tease him. The deacon reminded from the side. Slater looked away, still smiling and asked, "How did you kill the mercenaries of the Wolf Head Mercenary Group?" Its just a fluke. Its mainly due to the captain and the investigation team. Slater was always observing him, still smiling, "Then how did you think of choosing the Necromancer?" ??Is this to collect your own intelligence? But these questions are often asked by people, so just answer them accordingly. "This is the only profession I found related to the mage, so I chose this one." Where are your skeletons? How many skeletons do you have? There is only one body. Not bad. Slater said, lazily leaning on the sofa. ?Several people present heard it. ??This deputy deacon had a strong interest in Wu Heng. When the two met for the first time, they asked several questions in succession. Seeing that Slater stopped talking, the deacon continued: "Okay, let''s get down to business. The association will take unified action tonight..." Damn it! ??There is really a mission. ?Wu Heng was a little troubled. Yazd continued: "Your team is small, so you don''t need to participate in tonight''s operation. You are responsible for the stay-behind association. The details of ''Oteluk'' know, and they will be assigned to you then." Huh~! ?Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. ??I thought I was going to investigate some weird things. It''s okay to work the night shift, that is, it only lasts for one night. Okay, thats it, go back and get ready. The three of them nodded and exited the study together. The sky is dark. In the somewhat dim hall, a team of professionals gathered in the middle. Gathered together in small groups, everyone wearing armor and sword, ready for battle. ?Not long after, Deacon Yazd came out from behind. Said: "The target of this operation is ''Bawudong'', the elder of the ''God''s Punishment Sect'', a level 12 professional, and several church backbones under his command. Our operation is to cooperate with the guards of Blackstone Town, but this operation Its still dangerous, everyone should be careful, and everything should be done with safety in mind." Hearing these words, the faces of each team looked a little ugly. A level 12 professional is already considered a rare and powerful person. It actually appears in a small place like Blackstone Town. ?At the same time, everyone also reacted. ?No wonder I went to search the city for wanted criminals some time ago, and I think I was searching for this person from the ''God''s Punishment Sect''. Its just that nothing was revealed at the time. Now that there are definite clues, its announced. A level 12 strong person is indeed an unstable factor. After the deacon gave two more instructions. ?Someone walked in quickly from outside and said, "It''s time to go." "The fourth team will stay behind in the association, while the rest of the teams will set off." The deacon waved his hand and led each team of professionals out of the association. Meet up with the passing guards and rush towards the north gate together. The teams left and the hall fell into silence again. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to close the door. He asked casually: "Captain, is this elder of the Divine Punishment Sect very powerful? He sent out so many people." Altluk thought for a moment before continuing: "I don''t know much about the Divine Punishment Cult. I only know that they are active in a church in the eastern part of the kingdom. They were established by a group of fanatical believers. They often hold some sacrificial rituals and are famous. Messy. There are many professions in this world that are linked to God. For example, a priest, or a warlock who also has a bad reputation. The career direction is to obtain or exchange power from the gods you believe in. ??Wu Heng used to be an atheist, but he can travel between the two worlds with the key. It is not surprising that gods will appear in front of him one day. ?Of course, its best not to provoke others. Then what are they doing in Blackstone Town? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It may have some purpose, or it may just be a stopover. I don''t know the specific information, but people from the Divine Punishment Cult are always on the wanted list." Altluk said softly. "Oh!" Wu Heng replied, not very interested in these, so he changed the subject and said: "Captain, I have been practicing swordplay recently. If possible, can you give me some guidance?" Okay, you can practice it once and show me. ?Wu Heng immediately took out his iron sword and started practicing according to the movements he had made with Jian Yi before. Raise your arms, your muscles are too stiff. Altluk came over and continued. ?Kavina stood aside, watching the two of them practice swordplay, and made three cups of fruit tea at the same time. A house in a residential area. ??The black-feathered crow flew into the window and landed accurately on a person''s shoulder in the pitch-black room. He stroked the crow with his skinny palm and said: "The guards and professional team of Blackstone Town left from the north city gate. Their destination should be the location we prepared. Four people were left by the Central Association." The curtains were opened, and the moonlight reflected the room. Under the weak moonlight, three men could be seen sitting around a round table. ?One person is tall and burly, with a flat head and bare arms, another person is wearing leather armor and an iron sword hanging on his waist, and the last person is covered in black robes, with a black-feathered crow that just flew in falling on his shoulders. Ha, a bunch of idiots. The man in leather armor sneered. ???The crow man did not answer, his eyes fell on the tall man, and continued: "''Elder Bawudong'', for a place like Blackstone Town, there should not be too many troops left in the city." ??The man tilted his neck and continued: "Since the Professionals Association is so persistent in arresting us, let''s give them a big gift now." Then lets get started. The three of them got up and walked outside. (End of this chapter) Chapter 34 , strategy Chapter 34, Strategy Professional associations. ??Wu Heng practiced his sword for a while and then patrolled the designated route with Skeleton Bassen. The light clusters in the dancing light technique float around, illuminating the surrounding space. This spell is really good. ??Although I also found a flashlight, this kind of spell that does not consume electricity feels more affordable. The spell effect is also very good. Compared with the last time it was used during the day, the effect is brighter at night. ? And the range is also very large, and the whole body can be illuminated. But Wu Heng also discovered the drawbacks of this spell. The light group surrounds itself, that is to say, the caster is the brightest one in the dark. If there are enemies, they will target you at the first sight. Easily attract fire. So, use it less when you have nothing to do. No, you should go out less when it is dark. I patrolled all the way to the training ground, went inside and looked around, and then opened the door and walked out when nothing happened. ?Just the moment he opened the door, Wu Heng''s heart suddenly trembled, the magic quickly dissipated, and the surrounding area was completely plunged into darkness. ?Just now in the darkness, he saw a person. You can be sure that the other party also saw him. Good evening, friends from the Professional Association. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, moved his position carefully, took out the pistol and turned on the safety. What to do. The other person said in a relaxed tone: "The others were deceived so easily, and when they came back they found that everyone here had been killed. Do you think this is very exciting..." Bang, bang, bang! Before he finished speaking, Wu Heng fired in the direction of the sound, and Bassen also opened fire at the same time. ??The deafening gunfire echoed in the corridor, and sparks shot out from the muzzle. But darkness enveloped everything around. To determine his location. ?Wu Heng put one hand on Basson''s shoulder and pulled the trigger in the direction Basson was facing. The bullets shuttled through the darkness, disappearing like stones thrown into the mud and algae. Neglected. With the flashlight in his backpack, Basson could only rely on Bassons vision to identify the approximate location of the opponent. Fortunately, there are enough bullets this time. Damn it, what the hell. A curse came from the darkness. Then, there was the sound of running approaching quickly. Hold him! Wu Heng continued to order. Basson threw away his pistol, held knives in both hands, and rushed into the darkness. Soon, in the darkness, the sounds of fighting and the clash of weapons were heard. ??Wu Heng quickly changed bullets, took out a flashlight from his bag, and shined it straight ahead. ??A dazzling beam of light suddenly lit up. The enemy bent his arms to block his sight. Basson took the opportunity to stab forward and directly access the artery on the side of his neck. when! ?The opponent''s gauntlet resisted, and there was a sound of collision. ?At this time, Wu Heng could really see the other party''s appearance. He is of medium build, with a thin face and thick eyebrows, wearing leather armor and holding a sword. ?Wu Heng glanced at the opponent and pulled the trigger again. Different from the blind shot just now, you can clearly see the opponent''s position. The first shot was fired at the wall, the second shot was fired at the opponent''s rolling path, and then the third and fourth shots were fired. ?The enemy did not dare to hit him head-on, and quickly turned over. ? Flipping his hands, he pulled out a scroll from nowhere and opened it suddenly. Huh~! A tentacle covered with jet-black tentacles flew toward him. ?Wu Heng fired, and the bullet passed through the tentacle without causing any impact. His body rolled on the spot and ducked to the side. ??The black tentacle slapped flat on the wall behind him. The enemy wanted to rush over quickly, but Wu Heng raised his gun again and quickly hid in the darkness at the corner. At the same time, a round black grenade came out. Damn, Bassen, pull back. Shouting, his body quickly retreated, and with a bang, the grenade exploded and raised a large cloud of smoke. Wu Heng distanced himself and began to change the ammunition in his hand. The enemies this time are far more powerful than the wanted criminals before. The body is agile and the fighting rhythm is very good. At this point in the fight, neither the captain nor Kavina has come over, fearing that there may be more than one enemy. A large number of troops were transferred from Blackstone Town, which makes people suspect that they fell into the trap of diverting the tiger away from the mountain. Change the bullet again and the magazine falls to the ground. The smoke in front of him suddenly surged, and a figure moved from far to near, breaking through the smoke, and slashed at the head with a sword. ??Bassen rushed over quickly and stood between the two of them, with two short blades staggered across his head. when! There was another crisp sound, and sparks flew everywhere. Bassens body bent and sank as if under gravity. ?The enemy''s face was filled with joy, and he flipped the long sword in his hand. The sword pierced the breastplate in front of him and came out through his body. The moment the long sword struck his body, the joy on the man''s face turned into confusion. Why does it feel like it''s been stabbed in the air? ?Without any further thought, the thief in front of him grabbed his sword-holding arm and stabbed his chest and abdomen with the short blade of his other hand. ?At the same time, a dark green water ball above his head hit him head-on. Outside the city, there is a gravel bridge. Various reconnaissance birds return from the dark night. The voice of the report sounded, "Sir, there is a pile of rocks ahead, and there are no traces of human beings staying." Same here, we havent found anything. Are you sure its here? the ranger from the professional team also said. As soon as these words came out, everyone frowned. One person may have made an omission if he said this, but if the guards and the professional team said it at the same time, there is no way he could have read it wrong. Come to the wrong place? Lets go, the whole team goes over and surrounds the front. A square-faced commander ordered. Hurrah! ?The guards rushed out, quickly approached, and surrounded the pile of rocks in front. Here are the ruins left by a collapsed manor, and some businessmen passing by will rest nearby. But now it seems that there is no one here. It shouldnt be, the intelligence says they are hiding here. Someone muttered. ? Deacon Yazd reminded softly, "Search it again." Commander Fang Lian ordered, "Search to see if there are any cellars or hidden locations." ?The guards and professionals walked in with torches and started searching bit by bit. "No, nothing is left. It seems the news is false." Someone said. Everyone''s faces instantly turned ugly. At the same time, a terrible possibility occurred to me. The square-faced commander pondered for a few seconds and said coldly: "Let''s go back." Damn it, its a mage! The dark green water ball shattered and splashed everywhere. It was not until now that he discovered that the opponent was a mage. ?The burning sensation of the acid blurred his vision, and he relied on his memory to turn around and retreat to the corner. Bassen, kill him. ??Bassen charged forward again, and Wu Heng followed behind, firing several more bullets in front of him. ?His vision is blocked and his reaction is a little slow. He rolled over after hearing the sound of gunfire, but it was already a little too late, and the bullet hit his body instantly. Standing staggeringly, standing unsteadily. ?Wu Heng quickly pulled the trigger again, and the bullets shot out as if they were free, hitting the target, and the target fell to the ground with a thud. After a slight spasm of the body, he lay stiffly on the ground. No experience value tips? ?Wu Heng did not get closer and pulled the trigger again against the enemies on the ground. Bang! At the same time as the gunfire sounded, the enemies on the ground quickly rolled to one side and tried to get up and escape again. Barson blocked the way. Bang bang! ?The gunfire rang out again, one of which penetrated the neck, blood splattered. (End of this chapter) Chapter 35 , Gods religion Chapter 35, Divine Punishment Cult The bullet penetrated the neck and blood spurted out. ??The man was still trying to evacuate, but his body began to collapse downwards. He fell to the ground with a thud. But he still put his hands into his arms, trying to get something out. ??Bassen ran over quickly and kicked him in the head, causing his movements to pause slightly. ?Wu Heng also stepped forward and pulled the trigger again on the man who fell to the ground. ?Bang bang~! A gunshot fired and his chest was pierced by a bullet. The body comes to a complete standstill. Gain experience +64 ?System prompt appears, proving that the enemy is dead. Let Basson continue to guard the surrounding area. ??After Wu Heng changed the magazines for himself and Basson, ??He picked up all the empty magazines that he had just thrown on the ground. Looking at the corpse on the ground with blood seeping out, he still gave up the plan of transporting the corpse to the zombie world. ??Otluk and Kavina still don''t know what happened to them, and if there are traces of a fight afterwards and no bodies are found, it is easy to blame the problem on themselves. ?Though the thoughts went through his mind quickly, he took Bassen and ran forward quickly. At the same time, I wondered if any guards outside had discovered what was going on here. If no signal is sent to the outside, no one may ever discover what is going on here. I stopped suddenly at my feet and quickly found a window facing the flower bed. Grease Techniquesprinkled the flower bed, took out a lighter, lit the strip of cloth and threw it in. Huh~! In an instant, the fire suddenly rose, lighting up the entire night sky. I cant believe no one discovered it. When it is discovered that there is a fire, while putting out the fire, they will also come to the Professionals Association to check. ??If this fails to attract guards, it means that the entire Blackstone Town has fallen. Just return to the zombie world. After finishing everything, Wu Heng continued to run towards the hall. Lobby location. Kavina is surrounded by five people holding long swords or daggers. These people are dressed in different clothes, but they cooperate with each other very well. Besieging Kavina. Not far away, in the shadows, a figure wearing a black robe and a crow on his shoulders was watching silently. From time to time, blue energy spears were released, blocking Kavina''s movement. Like playing with prey. Kavina''s condition was not good either. Her whole body was stained with blood and her body was covered with large and small sword marks. The blond hair under the helmet was scabbed with blood and stuck to the pale face. The long sword in his hand kept swinging out, fighting with the people around him. Little girl, I think you have a good talent, why not join us. The voice of the man in black robe sounded like it was magical, making people feel a little distracted. ?Kavina gasped slightly, staggered on her feet, snorted but did not answer. ??The man in black robe nodded and patted the crow on his shoulder. ga~! A sharp cry came from the crow''s mouth. ?Kavina glanced subconsciously, only to find that the crow was also staring at her. ?Those eyes seemed to be swallowing her spirit like an abyss. ??While stunned, several people around him had already swung their swords towards Kavina''s head. The iron sword is about to fall. ~! Suddenly, a strong light shot out from a distance and swept through the eyes of several people. Before he could react, a deafening gunshot rang out. Bang, bang, bang! ?The bullet penetrated the darkness and shot forward. ?Although none of them hit, it briefly frightened a few people. Step back one after another to keep distance. ??Bassen moved quickly in the darkness, rushed into the crowd, picked up the stunned Kavina, and retreated into the darkness, disappearing. ?Wu Heng just breathed a sigh of relief. Huh~! The sound of flapping wings sounded. In the peripheral light of the flashlight, a black-feathered crow had already flown into the sky overhead. ?Wu Heng raised his head in surprise and subconsciously looked into Crow''s eyes. ?The next moment, the crow''s eyes expanded like a spreading abyss. For a moment, Wu Heng felt dizzy, as if his soul had been swallowed up. But immediately afterwards, this feeling disappeared instantly, and his vision returned to clarity. What the hell! ??The flashlight hit the crow on the head with a bang, and it flew straight away and fell against the wall. Kill him! ?The man in black robes in the distance was furious and roared loudly. Five people in the darkness rushed over quickly. As the distance approached, Wu Heng turned the gun and pulled the trigger. ??Bassen, after putting down Kavina, also pulled the trigger on one side. Bullets crisscrossed through the hall, and the five people who rushed towards him fell to the ground instantly. The man in black robes in the distance was a little panicked, turned around and tried to escape into the darkness. ?Wu Heng shined his flashlight at him and pulled the trigger. ??Bassen also quickly followed, chasing the target together. The bullet pierced the darkness and penetrated the body of the man in black robe. Gain experience +55. The man in black robe died. After confirming that the target was killed, Wu Heng quickly came to Kavina''s side. His whole body was stained with blood, and his body was covered with large and small scars. To be able to persist until now under the siege of so many people is considered a fierce man. Took out two bottles of potion from the backpack, opened Kavina''s mouth, and poured the "healing potion" and "antidote potion" directly into it. I dont know which one is useful. Its important to save your life first. After thinking for a while, he opened another bottle of psychotropic potion and poured it in too. Ahem! Kavina coughed violently, and the medicine she had poured into her mouth spat out. Then he opened his eyes, "What are you doing?" Ill give you some medicine, will you be okay? Its not a big problem. ?Wu Heng nodded, "You take a rest for a while. Rescue should arrive soon. I''ll go see the captain." No, lets go together, there are stronger enemies on his side. Kavina stood up unsteadily as she spoke. Stronger enemies? ??Wu Heng now knew why Kavina didn''t run away and fought hard with so many people. If he ran away, the pressure on Altluk would be even greater. ?Wu Heng nodded and had no intention of keeping her. I dont know if there are any other enemies, so it would be safer to stay together. Okay, lets go! Two people and one skeleton, quickly moving forward in the corridor. ~! In the darkness in the distance, there was a heavy hammering sound. ? Turning the corner, I saw a tall figure fighting with the captain Otluk. I heard footsteps behind me. The two bodies quickly separated and looked behind each other. ?Wu Heng and Kaweina also looked at the enemy. ??This is a strong man close to two meters tall, with bare arms and well-developed muscles. He only fights with a pair of fists and does not use any weapons. ?The captain, Altluk, looked a little embarrassed at this time. ??He was breathing rapidly, and the silver armor on his chest was dented. It looked like he had been hit hard. ??Seeing his two teammates approaching, Altluk had a hint of joy on his face, "Did you call for reinforcements?" Hell be there soon, Wu Heng replied. Who knows whether reinforcements will come? Anyway, we cant say we dont know now. ??Oteluk nodded and continued: "The elder of the Divine Punishment Sect, ''Bawudong'', is good at physical arts, has great strength, and is also very flexible." Fuck! The Divine Punishment Cult is here, while the main force of Blackstone Town is outside the city. (End of this chapter) Chapter 36 , how did you do it? Chapter 36: How did you do it? ?Bawudong, with his hands behind his back, looked over with a calm expression. ?After scanning the two people and the skeleton up and down, he said with some surprise: "I really underestimated you. No matter what, you will die here." It seems that this elder of the Divine Punishment Sect does not have much emotion about the death of his men. Instead, he wanted to kill a few of his own people. No one answered his words, but the atmosphere around him became increasingly solemn. The next second, the professional team took action at the same time and rushed towards the opponent. ? And Bawudong was even faster, as fast as lightning, running towards Altluk, throwing out his thick and powerful whip legs. Otluk''s long sword blocked, bang~! A loud roar accompanied the air waves. Under the huge force, Altluk''s body slid back two or three meters uncontrollably, and his arms became numb. ??Bawudong drew back his legs and grabbed the stabbing short blade with his backhand, threw Bassen away, and ducked down to avoid Kavina''s sweeping attack. Tall and strong man, showing amazing awareness and supple body. ??It forms a huge contrast with the appearance. Bang, bang, bang! ?Wu Heng saw the right moment and pulled the trigger. The bullet broke through the air and flew towards the target. Keep doing this, I still dont believe you can dodge bullets. ?Ba Wudong, who was bent down, looked sideways and saw that his body was instantly covered with a piece of scaly horn, as if he was instantly wearing a thick armor on one side. Dang Dang Dang! The bullet hit Bawudong''s body, leaving dents. ?Seeing this scene, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. This is no longer a question of level or combat effectiveness. The body is resistant to bullets, how is this possible? ?Having gone through so much trouble to find so many bullets, its a bit too much for you to just pick up the bullets after you have only been in power for a few days. The shooting just now angered Bawudong who was fighting. ?A pair of cold eyes looked over, full of anger and murderous intent. His waist straightened and he stood upright instantly. At this time, Altluk came to him again, slashing with the sword in his hand with a whistling wind. Bawudong ducked sideways, his back arched, and his scales blocked Kavina''s attack. ?Bawudong turned around again and swung out a straight fist, hitting Bassen on the side. Bang~! The window was smashed with fists, and rubble flew everywhere. ?Ba Wudong picked up two pieces of gravel in the air and threw them towards Wu Heng with all his strength. ??The gravel is as fast as a bullet, and all you can hear is the howling wind. ?Wu Heng only saw the movement, but did not catch the stone. He subconsciously dodged to one side, but was still hit by a stone. ?The leather armor banged, as if someone had given him a solid blow, and his body took a few steps back. ?Hibernating the pain in his chest that felt like a broken bone, he aimed at the opponent again and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet was fired again, leaving scars of shattered scales on the target''s body. There is no real harm. The three people on the main battlefield were still fighting with Bawudong. ?This elder''s strength really far exceeded Wu Heng''s imagination. What kind of profession is it? It can also grow scales on its body. The reinforcements havent arrived yet, why are they so slow? It cant be that all the guards in the central area have been transferred. ??Bawudong was tall and strong, but his body was extremely flexible. Despite the siege of three people, his eyes still glanced at Wu Heng from time to time, with the intention of rushing over at any time and killing him first. The attacks from the professional team were still frequent, and the weapons hit the scales, making a clanging sound. Huh~! ?Bawudong hit Bassen with a knee during the run-up, hitting Bassen in the chest. Gaba~Kala~! ??The sound of bones breaking and the sound of mechanical buckles sounded at the same time. Bassen, who flew upside down, was pulled back by a silver iron ring. Under the dazzling light, a silver-white handcuff was connected to Bawudong''s calf and Bassen''s wrist. The sudden change made Bawudong, who was retracting his legs, unsteady on his feet and staggered slightly. Otluk and Kavina rushed up again, and chopped off their heads with the iron swords in their hands. Dangdang! The scales on the opponent''s back were struck by the weapon as if they were struck on iron armor. ?Bawudong was so angry that he raised his leg and kicked Bassen at the other end of the shackles, intending to kick the guy who was holding him back to death. At this moment, the lighting suddenly dimmed. ?The sound of falling objects came from overhead. Ba Wudong subconsciously raised his head, pointed his right hand together into a knife, and struck towards the top of his head. Poof~! It was as if it had been struck by a water ball, with liquid splashing out in all directions. The next second, there was a burning sensation on my face. The lights came on again, Bawudong''s body swayed, and he kept wiping his eyes with his arms. Kill him, quickly! Bassen pulled on the handcuffs and pulled Bawudong''s thighs apart, restricting his movement. Otluk and Kavina, their weapons slashed at the neck and head. Poof~! The sound of flesh penetration was heard, and the sharp blade broke through the flesh, leaving traces of blood. ?Wu Heng also quickly approached, keeping a certain distance, and shot him in the head. Bang~! ?Bawudongs head suddenly shot up, but he did not fall down immediately. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunshots kept ringing, and bullets fell on the target''s head like raindrops. Gain experience +125. ?Bawudong''s body fell backwards, and with a bang, he sat back in the corner. ??Otluk didn''t let go, he stepped forward and chopped off the corpse''s head. Poof! ??The sword cut off Bawudong''s neck, and his head rolled and fell. At this moment, several people breathed a sigh of relief and sat on the ground to recover their strength. Open the potion and drink it. Captain, is there anyone else? Wu Heng asked, leaning against the wall. ?Oteluk said: "If Bawudong is dead, there should be no one else." If anything else, we have to run away. If we keep fighting like this, we will sacrifice our lives for the association. Hmm! Altluk hummed, but didnt say much. ?At this time, dense footsteps came from the direction of the hall. ??The three of them looked suffocated, and immediately stood up and looked ahead warily. In the darkness, we first saw the light of torches, and then a leopard took the lead in sight with light steps. Then came Slater who was dressed in leather armor and had an iron sword hanging on his waist, as well as the commander of the guards of Blackstone Town and a large number of guards. Slater glanced at the decapitated corpse on the ground and asked in a serious and cold voice, "What happened?" ?Oteluk said to the corpse: "Bawudong, the elder of the Divine Punishment Cult." ??Everyone frowned, and then their expressions suddenly changed. ?Bawudong was in the city, so who did the people who came out of the city go to arrest? Torches light up the class hall again. The crowd who filed in were divided into several small teams to search the surrounding areas, protect the city hall and the city''s main palace, treat the injured and inspect the scene. The rescue personnel bandaged the three people and provided therapeutic and psychotropic drugs. Wu Heng obviously recovered a lot after drinking some. At this time, the team that inspected the surrounding areas returned and reported: "Commander, Mrs. Slater, there are 8 dead in total, and no wounded or other enemies were found." The leader of the team frowned slightly and looked at the four injured people, "You only have three people? You killed them all? How did you do this?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 37 , come to my place when you have time Chapter 37: Come to my place when you have time When the sky is slightly bright. Deacon Yazd rushed back with a team of three professionals. When he saw the body covered with blood and covered with white cloth, his face became unusually gloomy. He was led out of the city like a clown, and then the professional hall was almost brought to a boil. Not to mention the loss this time, the fact that this incident happened was also a stain on his deacon career. Deacon''s study. What are the casualties? Yazd asked, leaning on crutches and taking a deep breath. ?Ardeacon Slater sat on the sofa and stroked the obedient leopard, "What do you want?" Slater, I dont have time to joke with you. "Three people were injured. The people who entered the Professional Association can be determined to be people from the Divine Punishment Sect. One of them is the elder ''Bawudong'', and there are seven members of the Divine Punishment Sect. At present, two of the seven are members of the Divine Punishment Sect. The backbone of the church." Slater said softly after investigating the situation. Yazid frowned, "Three of them were just injured?" Are you disappointed? "You know that''s not what I meant." Yazd had some doubts and surprise on his face, and continued: "You mean, the three people from the fourth team killed eight people from the God''s Punishment Cult? Among them was Ba Wudong? Slater raised his eyebrows and said, "I''m also surprised, but that''s the fact. Bawudong was beheaded by the sword of ''Oteluk''." Yazid was still speechless in surprise. As if deducing the whole thing. The guards and three professional teams worked together to encircle and suppress the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect. ??He was killed by the newly formed team, which was still a team of only three people. ?Then they spent so much effort and were led out of the city. Wouldn''t this series of operations become a joke? Hey~! It seems that I am really old. Slater continued: "Where did you recruit that kid?" "Who?" Yazd reacted immediately, "Oh, Wu Heng, why did he do anything special this time?" Slater smiled, stood up and dusted off his clothes, "Just ask, you are lucky, you have recruited a good little guy this time." "Yeah?" Slater continued: "By the way, you don''t have to wait for the first and second teams to be vacant. Let''s transfer Yuri to the fourth team." Yazid frowned slightly, "Are you sure?" "Well, there happens to be a vacancy in the fourth team, so let her go to the fourth team to hone her skills." I suggest you wait a little longer. Lets go to the fourth team first. If that doesnt work, we can redeploy them at that time. Slater continued. "Okay, I will make arrangements then. Just ask her to come over." Slater nodded and walked out of the room. ?Yazd also opened the door and said to a busy staff member: "Call Oteluk over." Yes, deacon. ?Wu Heng took Bassen on his way home. ??Both of them were a little embarrassed and attracted a lot of people''s attention. For killing the elders and members of the Divine Punishment Sect this time, there should be a lot of rewards. ?Of course, it doesnt matter whether there is a reward or not, he values ??the level 12 corpse even more. One against three, the body is resistant to bullets. ?This kind of thing has only been seen in science fiction movies. ??If you can transform this corpse into an undead, your side''s combat effectiveness will definitely be greatly improved. The application for my second skeleton has been submitted before. I dont know if this body will be given to me. There are no corpses for other professions, and they are most useful only in your own hands. ?Thinking in his mind, he took Bassen back along the road. ??Creak, creak, creak~! A carriage slowed down beside it. The curtain on the car window was opened to a gap, revealing Slater''s mature and beautiful face. Where to go? Forehead. Go back and rest. Wu Heng said directly. Come up, Ill take you back. Slater waved. Actually, I have the habit of doing morning exercises and plan to walk back. Well, lets go to your place to chat. Open the door, Ill go up. ?Opening the car door, Wu Heng was about to get in with Basson when he heard Slater continue: "Let your skeleton sit outside." Bassen, you sit outside. ??Bassen sat directly next to the driver who was driving the carriage. The round helmet made the driver look at it carefully several times. When you enter the car, you will be greeted by a warm aroma.?????Not strong, but very pleasant smelling. Slater was wearing casual clothes, and the leather armor he wore last night was stacked beside the seat. The whole person is like a lazy noble concubine, graceful and mature. ?The leopard was lying at his feet, not raising his head, but staring here. Slater picked up the wine glass on the side, poured two glasses of fruit wine, and sent one glass to Wu Heng. What really happened last night? ??Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the plump and beautiful woman, and said: "The captain will write down what happened. I don''t know much about it." Lets talk casually, just treat it like we are chatting. I believe you are a ghost. After thinking about it, he still said: "Late last night, I found the enemy in the corridor outside the training room. After killing it with the skeleton warrior, I went to help Kavina and the captain." ?? I said it in a general way, after all, you can guess what happened. The body outside the training room is the first person you met? Slater leaned on the wooden couch. Well, a swordsman. How did you kill him? "Skeletons are not affected by the night, and I am a mage. It is not difficult to fight two against one." Wu Heng explained. "Hmm." Slater grunted, glanced at him again, and said softly: "You should be more careful in the future. If the Divine Punishment Cult kills an elder, there will probably be some revenge." Thank you, Archdeacon, for reminding me. After Wu Heng thanked him, a question suddenly flashed in his mind. Following this topic, he asked directly: "During the battle last night, the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect suddenly grew a layer of scales. Is this also a skill?" Slater is the Whisperer of the Society. Collecting all kinds of intelligence and secrets may not necessarily mean you are knowledgeable, but you must know a lot. Anyway, there must be more than myself. Slater picked up the wine glass and took a sip before continuing: "Bawudong, the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect, is rumored to have awakened his bloodline in a slave''s beast-fighting cage, possessing abilities that ordinary people do not have. Some people say that he is a legendary figure. The black dragon, some say it is a magic python. But after all, there is no correct answer. Maybe Bawudong doesnt know what he inherited this ability. " ?Bloodline? ?Black dragon, magic python? For a magical world, I can accept the idea of ??awakening bloodline. But I still dont understand, how do dragons, pythons, etc. reproduce human offspring? To some extent, it has some impact on the knowledge in the textbook. Oh, thats it. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Dont show too much confusion, lest the other party see that you dont understand anything. The carriage creaked forward. The coachman reminded me, "Madam, we have reached the crowded area." "Thank you, Mrs. Slater, for giving me a ride. I''ll go back first." Wu Heng stood up and said directly. Well, if you have time, go to Money Cat and Ill introduce you to some beautiful girls. If you get in touch with them more, you wont be so nervous. Um, okay. ?Wu Heng stood up, got off the carriage, and walked towards his residence with Bassen. The carriage behind him slowly turned around and left. Return to your residence. ?A feeling of fatigue spread throughout his body. He ate a simple breakfast, asked Basson to guard the door, and went to bed to rest. When I woke up, it was already noon. After freshening up, go directly to the zombie world. In the living room. ??Bassen took off his leather armor, revealing his white sternum. ?One rib was broken, and two adjacent ribs also had cracks. ??This was the result of the elder''s knee attack during the battle last night. For living beings, taking potions and the body repairing itself, but undead skeletons are not that simple. ??Wu Heng found a roll of red tape and wrapped it around the fractured bone several times. said: "When I get the chance, I''ll ask how to repair the bones. I''ll hold on to it for a while." ??The undead are also one of the mage factions. There must be a way to repair the body of the undead skeleton, but Wu Heng, a wild necromancer, doesn''t know how to do it yet. We can only let Basson do this first, and then fix it after we figure it out later. After Bassen has finished taking care of it, go directly to the roof of the building. The skeleton warriors were still arranged in unison, and four skeleton dogs of different sizes ran over and waggled their tails. ??Wu Heng took out the map, looked at it, and pointed at the location of the commercial street. The three deformed dogs that were blocked on the way have been killed by him, so he can go to the commercial street. The gold and silver shop there should have a lot of inventory. In any world, money can solve 99% of problems. After thinking about it, he directly ordered, "Follow me." Hurrah! The skeleton warrior on standby took action instantly and followed behind him towards the downstairs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 38 , the injured fourth team Chapter 38: The injured fourth team The downstairs is empty, there are no new zombies. ??Wu Heng led the team all the way through the corridor. One or two zombies wandering over on the way were easily killed by the skeleton warrior. ??Coming to the small square in the community, the bus that crushed the fence was still parked there. In the center of the small square, there were twenty or thirty zombies wandering around. You guys stand in front. Wu Heng gave the order. ?Fifteen skeletons holding spears came to the front of the team, and under Wu Heng''s command, formed a formation with spears forward. Bassen, lure those zombies over. ??Bassen walked out of the team and circled the small square far ahead. When I returned again, there were already many zombies behind me. Hurrying closer, Bassen squeezed directly into the skeleton team and stood at the very back. The zombie group pounced directly on the skeleton in front. Puff puff puff! Like a low-minded beast, the zombie hit the spear, and its body was pierced by the sharp spearhead, and scarlet and sticky blood flowed out. There were not many in number, and the battle did not last too long. After the zombies on the front were killed, a few slow-moving zombies were left, limping over from a distance. Go, kill the rest and drag them over. Wu Heng patted the head of the dog next to him. Four skeleton hounds jumped out and quickly pounced on the remaining zombies. After biting it to death, the body was dragged back directly. After all the zombies were killed, Wu Heng began to release the Bone Slave Technique. Skeletons stood up on the spot and joined the queue behind them at the command. The small square was cleaned up, and the skeleton was brought to the side of the overturned bus. ??The driver, who was trapped by the seat belt, slapped the cracked glass with his teeth and claws. After commanding the skeleton to kill the driver, he also searched the bus. In the trunk, I found a small fire extinguisher, a jack, a spare tire and so on. ? I feel like the fire extinguisher and the jack are still useful and can be taken away. But both of them are a bit heavy, so put them outside first and take them away when you come back. Put these items outside and continue exploring with the skeleton. ??Take the skeleton all the way to the west gate of the community. Zombies can still be seen wandering outside. I counted about 11 or 2 of them, but they are not many. Spear forward. The spear-wielding skeleton pointed the spear forward and was ready. ?There is no need to attract monsters, just take a short spear and knock lightly on the iron door on the side. Dang~! The sound of knocking rang out instantly, and the zombies outside all turned their heads to look this way. When the skeleton team is found at the location of the sound source. ?Let out an angry roar, and the roar spread quickly. From the corners, paths and corridors ahead, zombies walked out one after another. The number quickly increased from eleven or two to thirty or forty. All the zombies looked at the gate of the community, and then rushed over with their teeth and claws. Prepare to fight. Hahah~! ??The zombies are getting closer and closer, and the sounds of roaring and running are combined. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and released the [Grease Technique]. Grease covered the ground, and zombies fell to the ground in pieces. ?At the same time, the skeleton warrior also began to stab forward with his spear. It penetrated the zombie''s body in one stroke and black-red blood flowed out. ?Gain experience +6. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Summons. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 4, strength +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 3, constitution +1. The fighting continues. Two skeletons were upgraded in level one after another, the highest reaching level 4. He still has some expectations for the skeleton warrior. Among the transformed skeletons, those that reach level 5 have basic souls. This led him to guess that level five was a turning point for the Skeleton Warrior. All will unlock the basic soul. ??If it is true as I guessed, the undead skeletons have souls and consciousness, and they can completely rely on their own skeletons to form a country. A country that does not need to consume resources and has sufficient labor force. ??Thinking about the Necromancer in this way is really scary. In the midst of a fierce battle. The battle is gradually coming to an end. On the ground in front of the door, corpses were piled up, and the smell of blood filled the surrounding area. ?Let the skeleton dog rush out and kill the remaining slow-moving zombies, and the entire west gate became quiet again. Take the body and go back! ??The skeleton warrior picked up the **** corpse on the ground and walked toward their residence together. After they were piled up together downstairs, Wu Heng began to use the Bone Slave Technique to transform the skeletons. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. He then returned to the roof with the skeleton and returned to Blackstone Town. After dinner. ?Wu Heng called Jianyi over and continued to practice swordsmanship. ?Last night, I received guidance from Altluk and improved some areas that were not standard. Altluk and Kavina both use swords, but they have opposite styles. ?Oteluk''s sword is a heavy sword, thick and long. It is powerful and heavy when swung, and the wind howls. ?Coupled with his muscles, it feels like a wooden stick can hammer someone to death. ?Kavina''s sword is a one-handed sword, narrow and slender. This kind of sword is also more difficult to forge, and the fighting method is fast and precise. From my previous experience playing the game, it is more like an attack-speed style of play, with beautiful sword moves. It seems that they should be divided into different schools. For himself, Wu Heng prefers the one-handed sword. ??As a mage, there is no need to stick to the heavy sword. If you really encounter any danger, the heavy sword will not be conducive to escape. After practicing with Jianyi for a while, I saw that it was getting a little late, so I went to bed to rest. The next day, Professional Association. ?Wu Heng carried his backpack and came to the lounge. Opening the door, he saw Kavina with her left arm bandaged, sitting on the sofa reading a newspaper. I have to say, people in this world are really tough to beat. Its like this, its here again today. If you were a person in the modern world, you wouldn''t be hospitalized for half a month. How is it? Wu Heng asked with concern. Kavina put down the newspaper and said, "It''s okay. It''ll be fine in a few days." ??Wu Heng opened his backpack, took out a few snacks inside, opened a bag of potato chips and handed them over, "Try it, it''s quite delicious." As the least injured person in the team, I feel like I should bring some food to express my condolences to my teammates. After all, with the two of them and Bassen in the front, he can safely shoot cold shots from behind. To be honest, these two teammates are quite reliable. Kavina raised her eyebrows, reached out and picked up a piece and put it in her mouth, "It tastes good." "I brought some, you can eat whatever you want." Wu Heng took out all the things inside and continued to ask: "Where is the captain?" The captain is in a meeting and should be back soon. "oh." The two chatted for a while, then the door to the lounge opened again, and Altluk walked in with something. Looking at the snacks on the coffee table, his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. He said: "The deacon asked you to come over." "oh." Wu Heng stood up and was about to leave when he heard the captain say again: "The association is very interested in your weapon and will ask you questions about it. You can say what you want to say, but you don''t have to say what you don''t want to say." Handgun! The association is concerned about handguns. (End of this chapter) Chapter 39 , that鈥檚 it? Chapter 39, thats it? Eight enemies, seven were killed by bullets. This will be noticed whenever the body is examined. Anyone would be curious and ask questions. ??Wu Heng wears this kind of weapon and usually does not cover it up. This time he just wanted to tell the deacon. Similarly, Altluk was reminding him. Some privacy questions do not need to be answered. The Professional Association is different from the Guards. Weapons and props are all equipped by ourselves and are personal belongings. Furthermore, people who perform tasks outside all year round will have some trump cards that they will not talk about everywhere. Who knows if you tell someone today, you will die tomorrow. So, before leaving, I would like to remind you that if you dont want to say it, you dont have to say it. Okay. Wu Heng nodded in agreement and walked out of the room. Deacon''s study. Knocking lightly on the door, Wu Heng walked in after receiving a response. Three people were sitting in the bright and tidy study. Yazid, the deacon of the association, is sitting behind the desk, still wearing a dark dress, like an old gentleman. On the sofa, sat Archdeacon Slater and his old acquaintance Moira, the woman who was asked by the city hall to sign the Undead Restriction Act. I didnt expect to be here today. Two women sat on opposite sides of each other, with serious expressions, and they felt that their relationship was not very good. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Yazd smiled and said: "Our outstanding members are here, find a seat and sit by yourself." ??Wu Heng looked at the seats at the scene and sat down on the chair next to Slater. After all, they are all part of an association, which is somewhat different from Blackstone Town. Wait for Wu Heng to sit down. Yazidcai introduced: "This is Ms. Moira, who is responsible for the municipal work of Blackstone Town." Ms. Moira, long time no see. Wu Heng greeted with a smile. I am in the city hall, but I often hear news from you. On behalf of the city hall, I would like to thank your team for what they did yesterday. Moira replied. It should be about the killing of the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect yesterday. ??If a few of them hadn''t killed the people from the Divine Punishment Sect and allowed themselves to cause chaos in the city, the consequences would have been very serious. Do you know each other? Yazd said in surprise. I met at the city hall. Moira answered directly. "Yeah." Yazd nodded and continued: "Wu Heng, we have something we need to confirm with you." Okay, deacon, please speak. Eight corpses, seven of which were caused by the same cause of death, was this caused by you? Yazd said directly about this matter. Yes. Wu Heng replied. How? A weapon that can attack at a certain distance. Can you let us take a look? Okay! Wu Heng took out the pistol from his waist and gave the three of them a look. The three of them widened their eyes at the same time, staring at the black pistol in their hands. Thats it? Yazd asked in surprise. "Well, it''s a weapon developed by our hometown." "Let me take a look!" Moira stretched out her hand and said. ??Wu Heng did not hand it over, but shook his head and said, "I''m sorry, this is my life-saving weapon. It''s not convenient for others to see it at close range." ??This world even has trains, detonators and poisonous smoke mines. Its hard to say what inspiration my weapons have brought to this world. I have begun to make rapid progress in firearms. If you really come up with all kinds of firearms, your advantage in this world will be gone. So, Wu Heng planned to explain his weapons, but did not intend to really study them carefully. Just like Otluk reminded himself, there are some things that can be said and some things that cannot be said. ?Moira looked at Yazd. Yazid smiled helplessly, "The association will not force members to provide their own technologies and secrets." The essence of the Professional Association is that a group of adventurers gather together. If everything was really compulsory, it would not reach the current level. "Okay!" Moira was a little disappointed, but still said: "Did you develop this weapon? Blackstone Town can order some, and the price is easy to negotiate." Sorry, I didnt develop these. "Well, forget it. Your weapon is very lethal. I hope you will keep it carefully and not lose it or use it casually. If similar casualties occur, it may cause you trouble." Moira said in a tone of voice. Getting serious again. Reminding him that the target killed by this weapon is easy to identify. ??Moreover, the city now knows that he has this kind of weapon. Once someone is killed or injured, they will look for him as soon as possible. I understand, I will follow the rules. The atmosphere in the room became increasingly serious. Yazid continued: "Okay, we are just confirming the cause of death of those people. It will be good if we can prove that it was your fourth team who killed them." "Um." You should go back first and recuperate. ?Wu Heng nodded and stood up. After saying goodbye to the three of them, he left the study directly. Return to the lounge. Otluk and Kavina were chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Altluk asked: "How is the situation?" Moira from the city hall was over there and asked me about the weapons, but she didnt say much else. Wu Heng sat down aside. The association doesnt care about this aspect. We must keep our own abilities and some weapons and props confidential. Altluk continued. I understand, Captain. After finishing this matter, the next step is the distribution of rewards after yesterday. ??Oteluk said: "In this mission, our team solved a crisis in Blackstone Town. We were praised by the city hall and the deacon. The bounty for this operation was increased, and each person was rewarded with a high-quality prop." What an excellent reward. Kaweina and Wu Heng were both happy. Rewards of this level are not something you can get in ordinary tasks. This time it is actually among the rewards. Seeing that his members were quite satisfied with the rewards, Altluk also smiled, and his eyes fell on the coffee table in front of him, "These are yesterday''s trophies. According to the rules of the association, we kill people alone, and the trophies are also taken by Our team allocates some common weapons and armor by ourselves, and I exchanged them directly for money from the association, and the rest are here. The loot is divided into several categories. Weapons and armor, grenade scrolls and several fist-sized money bags. ?Wu Heng''s eyes first fell on the top wooden stick with silver patterns. ?At the time, I didnt pay much attention to it. It seemed to be something used by the man in black robes who could control crows. Witch Arrow Elm Silver Staff (Description: The staff will give the user the ability to release "Witch and Arrow", while reducing the user''s mental consumption.) A staff with its own spells? (End of this chapter) Chapter 40 , Level 4 Chapter 40, Level 4 ??The man in black robe who controlled the crow last night was also a legal professional? But when Wu Heng passed by, he didn''t see him using any spells. All he knew was that he controlled the crow to rush towards him, and was then killed by him with a flashlight. This staff is different from the deacons staff. The cane is straight and can be leaned on. This staff is longer and curved like a tree root. But the shape looks pretty good, with complex lines and silver ornaments. The remaining equipment includes a long sword and three sets of leather armor. The style and workmanship are very good, and it is a top-notch equipment in the store. ?The grenades are all [Poison Smoke Thunder], and the scroll has two [Fire Slash] and [Feather Falling Technique]. ??Blazing Slash can add fire attributes to weapons, while Feather Fall can reduce damage caused by falling from high altitudes. I dont know who it was found from. Wu Heng, lets see what you need. Altluk said. There were eight people in the Divine Punishment Sect, seven of whom were killed by Wu Heng himself. ??The last one, it seemed that ''Altluk'' cut off his head with his last sword, but at that time the opponent had been killed by Wu Heng with a pistol, and even the experience points appeared. ?Otluk didn''t know clearly, so he stepped forward and struck a blow. ?It doesnt matter who kills them. Alteruks last stab was pretty good. He killed them all, but its a bit strange. Even so, the priority in choosing the loot is still given to me Wu Heng. I want this staff, and if its a leather armor, I also want one for Bassen. Wu Heng said directly. ??The reason why Altluk left the staff behind was because it was given to him. As for the leather armor, its for Basson. The leather armor has been torn in several battles. Send it to an armor shop for repair, rather than just replace it. Okay, Kavina, where are you? Kavina took a one-handed sword and a set of leather armor. The remaining leather armor and two scrolls were naturally left to Altluk. The value of the scroll is not lower than that of the weapon, and the three of them are similar inside and outside. Then, [Poison Smoke and Thunder] each received three pieces, and the prize money and money from selling the trophies were also divided among them. Looking at the heavy money bag, there was enough money for a thousand silver coins. Everyone is a little happy in their hearts. ?Who hates having more money? After the division of the spoils is over. ??Otluk continued to ask: "You need to register to receive the rewards of high-quality props. Wait for my news then, and let''s go and choose the rewards together." Okay! The two nodded. After casually chatting for a few words about the development of the team. Wu Heng said directly: "Captain, can I convert Bawudong''s corpse into a skeleton through the association?" Hearing these words, Altluk and Kavina were stunned at the same time. Then, she looked at him in surprise. Bawudong, one person is enough to fight against a team of professionals. ??If Wu Heng transforms him, this layer of combat power will be directly added to him, plus the skeleton Basson and the weapon. Somewhat scary! I cant say much about this matter, said Altluk. Wu Heng is different from ordinary professionals. In terms of occupation, he is restricted by Blackstone Town. After all, he has signed so many bills. Even if the Professionals Association agrees but Blackstone Town disagrees, Wu Heng cannot legally obtain the body. ??Would Blackrock Town allow a necromancer to have such a powerful undead attendant? ??If it is really passed, I am afraid that many people will not be able to sleep at night. What if I use the rewards of high-quality props in exchange? Is there any possibility of this? Wu Heng added conditions. "I can''t tell you about this. I can tell the deacon and see what he says." Orteluk continued. ?Wu Heng nodded, that was all he could do, and he had no good solution. Stepping out of the Professionals Association, Wu Heng was still thinking about the level 12 corpse. If I had known earlier, it would be better to show Moira the pistol and leave a better impression. Maybe it would not be so serious on this corpse. But this kind of thing is just a casual thought. Even if you give the other party a pistol, it may not actually lead to this matter. Step by step, there are some things that he cannot completely control. After returning to his residence, he changed Basson''s leather armor and went directly to the zombie world. Zombie World, outside the west gate. Hurrah! Dense footsteps sounded from the street ahead. Immediately afterwards, a large number of zombies rushed over in a crowd and roar. Spear forward, quickly! Wu Heng quickly gave the order. ?These zombies seem to be hiding. ?The previous section of the walk was peaceful and quiet, but suddenly a large number of zombies rushed out, and they didn''t even have time to deploy their formations. The spear-wielding skeleton moved quickly and stood in the front row, with the spear facing forward. Grease Technique ?Four meters square of grease was splashed all over the ground. The zombie rushing at the front slipped and instantly fell to the ground on his back. Before he could get up, the zombies from behind rushed over. They also fell to the ground piece by piece. ??Wu Heng pointed forward with his staff, and a blue energy spear condensed and flew forward. With a pop, when it hit a zombie, a blue arc of electricity was formed, hitting three or four target units around it one after another. ?Wu Heng was stunned when he saw this scene. ?This witchcraft and arrow technique seems to have a lightning effect, which feels pretty good. A witchcraft and arrow technique did not stop the zombies from advancing. More zombies trampled on the bodies of their companions and continued to rush forward. With a bang, the zombies crashed directly into the queue of skeletons, pushing the skeletons in the front row backwards. Zombies and skeletons are crowded together, and there is no formation at all. Attack. ?Wu Heng gave the order directly. Skeletons also rushed forward in droves, and two waves of men and horses crowded toward the center. The sound of splitting and tearing resounded throughout the entire area. Skeleton dogs shuttled among the crowd, and Sword One and Sword Two also joined the battle. In the fierce fighting, the skeletons gradually began to gain the upper hand. Your level has been increased to level 4, intelligence +1, constitution +1, and mental strength slightly improved. A prompt appears and the level has been raised to level four. ?This allowed Wu Heng to relieve some of the heartache caused by the death of the skeleton. Increased intelligence and physical fitness. These two kinds of Wu Heng seem to be very useful attributes. The battle lasted for a while and was gradually coming to an end. The corpses and broken bones were piled up into a hill, like a purgatory on earth. The skeleton warrior was covered in blood and re-entered the standby state. ??Wu Heng took a look at the surrounding situation, and after confirming that there was no danger, he continued: "Basen, go and take a look at the commercial street." ??Bassen left quickly and ran towards the distance. Soon, Bassen ran back from a distance and made a non-dangerous gesture. "You guys are on standby." Wu Heng said to the skeleton next to him, and then to Basson: "Take me over and have a look." Basson led him forward and climbed to a two-story building, where he could see the commercial street in the distance. ?The scene in the commercial street also made Wu Heng''s heart tighten slightly. Large swaths of zombies wandered aimlessly on the streets, their black hair became sticky, and their rotten human skin covered the ground. So many people died? (End of this chapter) Chapter 41 , assemble the iron spear Chapter 41, Assembling the Iron Spear The fishy smell is so overwhelming that you can smell it even from such a distance. As the only commercial street in the district-level area, it is a centralized location for shopping and shopping for nearby residents. I dont say that everyone loves shopping, but shops are gathered here. If you want to buy something, you need to come here. But its not like there are so many zombies gathered, right? Is there a party? What a party. Thats not right. Even if this is a shopping place, shouldnt so many people gather here? Its almost time to visit scenic spots during the holidays. Its because of the sound... ?Wu Heng made a bold guess. It may not have been the time when the virus broke out that so many people gathered here. After the outbreak, the street continued to play sound, and various high-pitched songs and dances attracted nearby zombies. When the power went out later, the speakers and everything stopped playing, but the zombies gathered were still wandering nearby. I dont know if my guess is correct, but it is very likely. ?Wu Heng observed from a distance for a while, and after confirming that no aberrant zombies or other monsters were found, he started to return the same way. ?Back in the queue of skeletons, Jian Yi and Jian Er are commanding the skeletons to clean up the battlefield. The corpses were piled aside, and the dropped kitchen knives and fruit knives were also collected for the next skeleton to continue using. There is no danger around. Wu Heng focused his attention on the nearby shops on both sides. There are more restaurants, fruit shops, and milk tea shops the closer they are to the commercial street. Almost the entire strip is composed of these types. ??But Wu Hengs eyes still fell on a store called Xinyi Advertising. Looking at the name, it seems that they make shop signs and billboards. Let the swordsmen, swordsmen, crossbows, and crossbows each take the skeletons to the other stores to search, while I took Bassen and a few skeletons into the advertising store. ?There is a large empty space in the middle of the hall, with red banners and plastic advertising letters piled on the dirty floor. ??Wu Heng glanced around and found several metal pipes about three or four meters long near the wall. Iron pipe? Im not sure whether its an iron pipe or a steel pipe, there are probably more than twenty. ?This kind of straight metal pipe should be of some use. I continued to look at the back room and the second floor of the shop, and found some cutting and welding tools, but they all need to be connected to electricity and are not available at the moment. After confirming that there was nothing else useful, he ordered to the skeleton, "Move these out." ??The glass door of the shop was broken, and several skeletons walked out directly carrying iron pipes. The Sword One Sword Two and several skeletons on the side also came back. The skeleton warrior behind him held a kitchen knife and fruit knife that he had found. The harvest is not big. Lets return to the alleyway where we just fought. Planning to return with the team. Carry the body and go back. The skeleton warriors picked up the corpse and walked together towards the community where they lived. Return to the living room downstairs. The corpses that were brought back were piled into a hill. ?Wu Heng sat aside and looked at the iron pipe and fruit knife he brought back. After putting them together and comparing them, he took out the tape and wrapped the fruit knife around one end of the iron pipe. After the wrapping was firm, he took out the iron wire and wrapped it around the outside a few times. After everything is finished, take a closer look. It doesn''t seem to be much different from the spear you bought. Jianyi, take it and try it. Wu Heng said. As soon as the sword came over, he took the iron spear that was five or six meters long and made a forward stabbing motion. Poof~! The fruit knife at the front pierced directly into the pile of corpses nearby. Pull it out again, bringing out a black and red blood drop. Looks pretty good, the fruit knife is still strong and has not fallen off. ??Having raided so many buildings, I still have hundreds of fruit knives. ?In addition to iron pipes, you can also collect some wooden sticks and the like to assemble this simple spear. Feeling that it was totally possible to try, he said to Jianyi: "In this way, combine the fruit knife and the iron pipe. The four of you will do it tonight." ??The only ones with wisdom are one sword, two swords, one crossbow and two crossbows, and the rest of the skeletons, let them attack and move things. It is obviously unrealistic to assemble things, so Jianyi and the others can only do it. ? And Bassen has to follow him back to Blackstone Town, so he can''t stay to help. Jianyi expressed his understanding and began to find daggers and more tape and wire to assemble. Wu Heng asked Basson to bring a chair and sit in front of the pile of corpses to perform the bone-slaking technique. The effect of the staff can reduce the mental energy consumption when casting spells. But when I use it, I dont actually feel much, and I dont know if it works. The Bone Skeleton Technique was released continuously. Skeletons stood up one after another and slowly walked into the queue. At dusk, he took the skeletons back to the roof and returned to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. Go directly to the weapon shop. There were two waves of customers in the store, and the boss and the clerk were selling the weapons on the shelves. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, the boss stretched out his hand to say hello and motioned for him to look first. After seeing off the previous guests, he wiped his hands with his apron and walked over, "What do you want to buy today?" Besides spears, are there any other long-handled weapons? Wu Heng walked around the shop and asked directly. Yes, there are long-handled battle axes and war hammers here, both of which have good destructive power. The boss led him to the cabinet shelf, pointing to several weapons and introducing them. ?These look good, but they are not what Wuheng needs. Is there a long-handled weapon like a triangular fork? Well, we dont have this kind of weapon in the store at the moment. The boss frowned and replied, then thought about it and said, But there is one similar to what you mentioned. Show me. Okay, over here. The boss walked with him towards the corner. In a wooden barrel, there was a wooden handle with four iron cone-shaped instruments on the top. He introduced: "Is this the kind you are talking about, a pitchfork, used for handling hay." ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and frowned. He naturally knew the pitchfork. It was a very common farm tool that could be seen in ordinary villages. It indeed satisfies his own description. How many? Wu Heng asked. Probably five or six like this. The boss replied. So few? Look, we are a weapons store, and who in the city would buy a pitchfork? It seems to be correct. The definition of a pitchfork is an agricultural tool and should not be considered a weapon. How much does a pitchfork cost? 55 copper. Compared to weapons, pitchforks are much cheaper. I just dont know if its effective against zombies. I want them all. Wu Heng said directly. "good." ?The boss smiled and agreed, and immediately went down to prepare. Not long after, the boss took out the pitchforks, five of them in total. In fact, the number is not many. If you need more, we can make an extra batch for you later, the boss continued. No need for now, well talk about it later. After paying the bill, Bassen and Basson carried the pitchfork and walked towards the residence. Return to your residence. Send all the pitchforks to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng picked up the iron sword and started practicing his sword skills. ?So many days have passed, with Jian Yi as a sparring partner, and Altluk giving guidance and corrections to himself, but he still has not unlocked the swordsmanship specialization. This is a bit uncomfortable. After practicing at night, Wu Heng went to bed to rest. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng came to the top of the building. Then he saw iron pipes placed on the ground to assemble spears, 22 in total. ??The fruit knife at the top may be long or short, but the length of the iron pipe is about the same, and it is fixed with iron wire. ?Overall, it looks really good. Selected 22 skeletons and ordered: "Put down your weapons." The skeleton threw the kitchen knife in his hand to the ground and stood there. Take it. Wu Heng handed over the iron spear. The skeleton reached out and grabbed the iron spear. Recommendations and further reading are required... ? (End of this chapter) Chapter 39 , that鈥檚 it? Chapter 39, thats it? Eight enemies, seven were killed by bullets. This will be noticed whenever the body is examined. Anyone would be curious and ask questions. ??Wu Heng wears this kind of weapon and usually does not cover it up. This time he just wanted to tell the deacon. Similarly, Altluk was reminding him. Some privacy questions do not need to be answered. The Professional Association is different from the Guards. Weapons and props are all equipped by ourselves and are personal belongings. Furthermore, people who perform tasks outside all year round will have some trump cards that they will not talk about everywhere. Who knows if you tell someone today, you will die tomorrow. So, before leaving, I would like to remind you that if you dont want to say it, you dont have to say it. Okay. Wu Heng nodded in agreement and walked out of the room. Deacon''s study. Knocking lightly on the door, Wu Heng walked in after receiving a response. Three people were sitting in the bright and tidy study. Yazid, the deacon of the association, is sitting behind the desk, still wearing a dark dress, like an old gentleman. On the sofa, sat Archdeacon Slater and his old acquaintance Moira, the woman who was asked by the city hall to sign the Undead Restriction Act. I didnt expect to be here today. Two women sat on opposite sides of each other, with serious expressions, and they felt that their relationship was not very good. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Yazd smiled and said: "Our outstanding members are here, find a seat and sit by yourself." ??Wu Heng looked at the seats at the scene and sat down on the chair next to Slater. After all, they are all part of an association, which is somewhat different from Blackstone Town. Wait for Wu Heng to sit down. Yazidcai introduced: "This is Ms. Moira, who is responsible for the municipal work of Blackstone Town." Ms. Moira, long time no see. Wu Heng greeted with a smile. I am in the city hall, but I often hear news from you. On behalf of the city hall, I would like to thank your team for what they did yesterday. Moira replied. It should be about the killing of the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect yesterday. ??If a few of them hadn''t killed the people from the Divine Punishment Sect and allowed themselves to cause chaos in the city, the consequences would have been very serious. Do you know each other? Yazd said in surprise. I met at the city hall. Moira answered directly. "Yeah." Yazd nodded and continued: "Wu Heng, we have something we need to confirm with you." Okay, deacon, please speak. Eight corpses, seven of which were caused by the same cause of death, was this caused by you? Yazd said directly about this matter. Yes. Wu Heng replied. How? A weapon that can attack at a certain distance. Can you let us take a look? Okay! Wu Heng took out the pistol from his waist and gave the three of them a look. The three of them widened their eyes at the same time, staring at the black pistol in their hands. Thats it? Yazd asked in surprise. "Well, it''s a weapon developed by our hometown." "Let me take a look!" Moira stretched out her hand and said. ??Wu Heng did not hand it over, but shook his head and said, "I''m sorry, this is my life-saving weapon. It''s not convenient for others to see it at close range." ??This world even has trains, detonators and poisonous smoke mines. Its hard to say what inspiration my weapons have brought to this world. I have begun to make rapid progress in firearms. If you really come up with all kinds of firearms, your advantage in this world will be gone. So, Wu Heng planned to explain his weapons, but did not intend to really study them carefully. Just like Otluk reminded himself, there are some things that can be said and some things that cannot be said. ?Moira looked at Yazd. Yazid smiled helplessly, "The association will not force members to provide their own technologies and secrets." The essence of the Professional Association is that a group of adventurers gather together. If everything was really compulsory, it would not reach the current level. "Okay!" Moira was a little disappointed, but still said: "Did you develop this weapon? Blackstone Town can order some, and the price is easy to negotiate." Sorry, I didnt develop these. "Well, forget it. Your weapon is very lethal. I hope you will keep it carefully and not lose it or use it casually. If similar casualties occur, it may cause you trouble." Moira said in a tone of voice. Getting serious again. Reminding him that the target killed by this weapon is easy to identify. ??Moreover, the city now knows that he has this kind of weapon. Once someone is killed or injured, they will look for him as soon as possible. I understand, I will follow the rules. The atmosphere in the room became increasingly serious. Yazid continued: "Okay, we are just confirming the cause of death of those people. It will be good if we can prove that it was your fourth team who killed them." "Um." You should go back first and recuperate. ?Wu Heng nodded and stood up. After saying goodbye to the three of them, he left the study directly. Return to the lounge. Otluk and Kavina were chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Altluk asked: "How is the situation?" Moira from the city hall was over there and asked me about the weapons, but she didnt say much else. Wu Heng sat down aside. The association doesnt care about this aspect. We must keep our own abilities and some weapons and props confidential. Altluk continued. I understand, Captain. After finishing this matter, the next step is the distribution of rewards after yesterday. ??Oteluk said: "In this mission, our team solved a crisis in Blackstone Town. We were praised by the city hall and the deacon. The bounty for this operation was increased, and each person was rewarded with a high-quality prop." What an excellent reward. Kaweina and Wu Heng were both happy. Rewards of this level are not something you can get in ordinary tasks. This time it is actually among the rewards. Seeing that his members were quite satisfied with the rewards, Altluk also smiled, and his eyes fell on the coffee table in front of him, "These are yesterday''s trophies. According to the rules of the association, we kill people alone, and the trophies are also taken by Our team allocates some common weapons and armor by ourselves, and I exchanged them directly for money from the association, and the rest are here. The loot is divided into several categories. Weapons and armor, grenade scrolls and several fist-sized money bags. ?Wu Heng''s eyes first fell on the top wooden stick with silver patterns. ?At the time, I didnt pay much attention to it. It seemed to be something used by the man in black robes who could control crows. Witch Arrow Elm Silver Staff (Description: The staff will give the user the ability to release "Witch and Arrow", while reducing the user''s mental consumption.) A staff with its own spells? (End of this chapter) Chapter 40 , Level 4 Chapter 40, Level 4 ??The man in black robe who controlled the crow last night was also a legal professional? But when Wu Heng passed by, he didn''t see him using any spells. All he knew was that he controlled the crow to rush towards him, and was then killed by him with a flashlight. This staff is different from the deacons staff. The cane is straight and can be leaned on. This staff is longer and curved like a tree root. But the shape looks pretty good, with complex lines and silver ornaments. The remaining equipment includes a long sword and three sets of leather armor. The style and workmanship are very good, and it is a top-notch equipment in the store. ?The grenades are all [Poison Smoke Thunder], and the scroll has two [Fire Slash] and [Feather Falling Technique]. ??Blazing Slash can add fire attributes to weapons, while Feather Fall can reduce damage caused by falling from high altitudes. I dont know who it was found from. Wu Heng, lets see what you need. Altluk said. There were eight people in the Divine Punishment Sect, seven of whom were killed by Wu Heng himself. ??The last one, it seemed that ''Altluk'' cut off his head with his last sword, but at that time the opponent had been killed by Wu Heng with a pistol, and even the experience points appeared. ?Otluk didn''t know clearly, so he stepped forward and struck a blow. ?It doesnt matter who kills them. Alteruks last stab was pretty good. He killed them all, but its a bit strange. Even so, the priority in choosing the loot is still given to me Wu Heng. I want this staff, and if its a leather armor, I also want one for Bassen. Wu Heng said directly. ??The reason why Altluk left the staff behind was because it was given to him. As for the leather armor, its for Basson. The leather armor has been torn in several battles. Send it to an armor shop for repair, rather than just replace it. Okay, Kavina, where are you? Kavina took a one-handed sword and a set of leather armor. The remaining leather armor and two scrolls were naturally left to Altluk. The value of the scroll is not lower than that of the weapon, and the three of them are similar inside and outside. Then, [Poison Smoke and Thunder] each received three pieces, and the prize money and money from selling the trophies were also divided among them. Looking at the heavy money bag, there was enough money for a thousand silver coins. Everyone is a little happy in their hearts. ?Who hates having more money? After the division of the spoils is over. ??Otluk continued to ask: "You need to register to receive the rewards of high-quality props. Wait for my news then, and let''s go and choose the rewards together." Okay! The two nodded. After casually chatting for a few words about the development of the team. Wu Heng said directly: "Captain, can I convert Bawudong''s corpse into a skeleton through the association?" Hearing these words, Altluk and Kavina were stunned at the same time. Then, she looked at him in surprise. Bawudong, one person is enough to fight against a team of professionals. ??If Wu Heng transforms him, this layer of combat power will be directly added to him, plus the skeleton Basson and the weapon. Somewhat scary! I cant say much about this matter, said Altluk. Wu Heng is different from ordinary professionals. In terms of occupation, he is restricted by Blackstone Town. After all, he has signed so many bills. Even if the Professionals Association agrees but Blackstone Town disagrees, Wu Heng cannot legally obtain the body. ??Would Blackrock Town allow a necromancer to have such a powerful undead attendant? ??If it is really passed, I am afraid that many people will not be able to sleep at night. What if I use the rewards of high-quality props in exchange? Is there any possibility of this? Wu Heng added conditions. "I can''t tell you about this. I can tell the deacon and see what he says." Orteluk continued. ?Wu Heng nodded, that was all he could do, and he had no good solution. Stepping out of the Professionals Association, Wu Heng was still thinking about the level 12 corpse. If I had known earlier, it would be better to show Moira the pistol and leave a better impression. Maybe it would not be so serious on this corpse. But this kind of thing is just a casual thought. Even if you give the other party a pistol, it may not actually lead to this matter. Step by step, there are some things that he cannot completely control. After returning to his residence, he changed Basson''s leather armor and went directly to the zombie world. Zombie World, outside the west gate. Hurrah! Dense footsteps sounded from the street ahead. Immediately afterwards, a large number of zombies rushed over in a crowd and roar. Spear forward, quickly! Wu Heng quickly gave the order. ?These zombies seem to be hiding. ?The previous section of the walk was peaceful and quiet, but suddenly a large number of zombies rushed out, and they didn''t even have time to deploy their formations. The spear-wielding skeleton moved quickly and stood in the front row, with the spear facing forward. Grease Technique ?Four meters square of grease was splashed all over the ground. The zombie rushing at the front slipped and instantly fell to the ground on his back. Before he could get up, the zombies from behind rushed over. They also fell to the ground piece by piece. ??Wu Heng pointed forward with his staff, and a blue energy spear condensed and flew forward. With a pop, when it hit a zombie, a blue arc of electricity was formed, hitting three or four target units around it one after another. ?Wu Heng was stunned when he saw this scene. ?This witchcraft and arrow technique seems to have a lightning effect, which feels pretty good. A witchcraft and arrow technique did not stop the zombies from advancing. More zombies trampled on the bodies of their companions and continued to rush forward. With a bang, the zombies crashed directly into the queue of skeletons, pushing the skeletons in the front row backwards. Zombies and skeletons are crowded together, and there is no formation at all. Attack. ?Wu Heng gave the order directly. Skeletons also rushed forward in droves, and two waves of men and horses crowded toward the center. The sound of splitting and tearing resounded throughout the entire area. Skeleton dogs shuttled among the crowd, and Sword One and Sword Two also joined the battle. In the fierce fighting, the skeletons gradually began to gain the upper hand. Your level has been increased to level 4, intelligence +1, constitution +1, and mental strength slightly improved. A prompt appears and the level has been raised to level four. ?This allowed Wu Heng to relieve some of the heartache caused by the death of the skeleton. Increased intelligence and physical fitness. These two kinds of Wu Heng seem to be very useful attributes. The battle lasted for a while and was gradually coming to an end. The corpses and broken bones were piled up into a hill, like a purgatory on earth. The skeleton warrior was covered in blood and re-entered the standby state. ??Wu Heng took a look at the surrounding situation, and after confirming that there was no danger, he continued: "Basen, go and take a look at the commercial street." ??Bassen left quickly and ran towards the distance. Soon, Bassen ran back from a distance and made a non-dangerous gesture. "You guys are on standby." Wu Heng said to the skeleton next to him, and then to Basson: "Take me over and have a look." Basson led him forward and climbed to a two-story building, where he could see the commercial street in the distance. ?The scene in the commercial street also made Wu Heng''s heart tighten slightly. Large swaths of zombies wandered aimlessly on the streets, their black hair became sticky, and their rotten human skin covered the ground. So many people died? (End of this chapter) Chapter 44 , new members and rewards (please vote and follow up.) Chapter 44, new members and rewards (please vote, please follow up...) Two zombies came out of the bedroom. Judging from appearance, they are an old man and a middle-aged man. ?Wu Heng looked at the ghost in the air and saw that the little girl ran away through the wall. I was fooled by a kid. ?Looking at the two approaching zombies, Wu Heng released a [Witch Arrow Technique], and the blue energy spear hit the target, making the zombies tremble slightly. Turn around, open the door behind you, step aside half a step, "Attack!" Several skeleton warriors left in the corridor entered the living room. ?Throwing away the rice, flour and oil that he was carrying, he took out his kitchen knife and pounced on him. The zombie was knocked to the ground instantly, and countless kitchen knives fell down, killing the zombie directly. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +3. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +3. Experience appears and two zombies die. The living room fell into silence, and the skeleton warrior also entered the standby state again. ?Wu Heng opened the door and glanced at the corridor, but did not see the little devil. Maybe he was afraid and ran away. I never thought that I could fight all the way here, how could two zombies kill me. After confirming that there were no zombies in the room, Wu Heng began to walk around the room. It can be said that the living conditions of this family are indeed good, and the furniture and decoration are considered high-end in the neighborhood. ?Wu Heng rummaged around and found another safe in the study. Use the Bronze Key to open. It is divided into three floors. At the top are licenses, various qualifications, and contracts. In the middle are gold bars and some gold jewelry neatly placed. At the bottom are cash, paper deposit receipts, and bank cards. Looking at the gold, Wu Heng didn''t know what to say. The little girl did not completely lie to him. She did have a lot of gold at home. After loading up all the gold and searching for some valuable things here, Wu Heng returned to the living room and released the [Bone Spell Technique] on the two corpses on the ground. The two skeletons stood up slowly and rejoined the team. ??Wu Heng didn''t stay much, left his residence, and returned to the street where the shop was with the skeleton. Let the skeleton carry the untransformed body and walk towards the building where he lives. The community that I have cleaned up several times is safer. Go back to your residence without any hindrance. ??Wu Heng continued to use the [Bone Slavery Technique] on the corpse. Being boring. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. Because of the incident with the Gods Punishment Sect last time, many places in the entire association hall were undergoing repairs. Even in open areas, some sword marks and bullet holes can be seen. Let Bassen go to the rest area first, while Wu Heng went directly to the front desk. Mr. Wu Heng, how can I help you? the staff member said with a smile. Check for me, has the last commission been completed? The potion commission. Wu Heng said. The commission for the antidote has been released for a few days. I have provided the material formula myself, so it shouldnt be so slow. The staff member nodded and began to look through the record book in his hand. He nodded and said: "It has been made. I will get it for you." Soon, the staff came over with a wooden box. The box opens, revealing the potion inside. This is the potion commissioned for the release. There are three bottles in total, all of which have been completed. Special antidote (Description: A potion made for fixed toxins.) After confirming the item information, Wu Heng nodded, "Thank you." Put away the potion and walk in the direction of the Skeleton Basson team''s lounge. I havent been here for several days, so I had to go and have a look and show my face. We walked all the way through the corridor and came to the lounge. Push the door and enter the room. In the lounge, in addition to captains Altluk and Kavina, there was also a little girl with short brown hair sitting on the sofa. Wu Heng is here just in time. Let me introduce you to the new member Yuli, who is a druid by profession. Then he said to the little **** the sofa: "This is Wu Heng, the necromancer in our team." Druid? The one who can transform into a bear and a wolf? ?Wu Heng looked to the opposite side again. The little girl is not tall, of the petite type, with wheat-colored skin and not very old. ??Brown shawl short hair, slightly curly and fluffy. The body is covered with leather armor, with patterns similar to crescent moons, branches, and curling-leaf plants painted on it. Hello, Yuli! Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Hmph! Yuli snorted and turned her head to the side. ?Looks like he doesnt want to talk to you. Ah this. What happened to me today? Little girls seem to have a lot of opinions about themselves. ?The other party''s attitude was a little bad, and Wu Heng didn''t say much. Sit down on the side and ask: "Captain, Kavina, how is your injury?" ?Otluk said: "It''s okay." ?Kavina moved her arms and smiled, "It''s not as heavy as the captain. It only takes a few days to practice." This reflects the difference between the front row and the back row. Nearly everyone in the front row was injured, and even Skeleton Basson had a broken rib. ??Wu Heng dealt a heavy blow in the back without suffering any injuries, and he took the most kills in the entire battle. ?Of course, the credit also lies in the three of them entangled the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect, otherwise they might be in a worse situation. But the physical fitness of professionals in this world is indeed exaggerated. ?Such a serious injury is just like a minor injury. Captain, has the matter regarding the Divine Punishment Sect come to an end? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??Otluk said: "The association is still investigating the purpose of the elders of the God''s Punishment Cult coming to Blackstone Town, and the reason for the serious error in the intelligence." ?Last time, we directly led the main force in the city outside the city. This was no small matter. ? It can be said to be an intelligence error, or it can be said that the leader made a wrong decision. ?There must be someone who takes the blame, otherwise it wont be justified. ??Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. Altluk continued: "But the rewards for our team''s high-quality props have been released. I happen to be here today, so let''s go and choose." Ah, good! ?Otluk walked out of the lounge and came back with several items in his hand. Put them on the table one by one, and said at the same time: "After discussing with Blackstone Town, the deacon recorded level 3 meritorious deeds for us, and has reported it to the association headquarters. With this record, as long as you reach level 8 or above, you will be punished at worst. Assigned to the branch as a captain." Level 3 merit? ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and then reacted immediately. In the association system, in addition to recording files, there is also the term meritorious service. ?General entrusted tasks only provide monetary rewards and prop rewards. Those who can record meritorious deeds are those who have made "special contributions", "prevented major incidents" and other particularly serious events. Meritorious deeds will be recorded. ?Just as Altluk said, with this level of merit in the file, as long as the level and strength are sufficient, becoming a captain is not a problem. Slightly larger cities have many high-level professionals, but most of them are just team members, stuck in merit. ?Of course, these have little impact on Wu Heng. If they are present, it is a good thing, but if they are not, it does not matter. Nothing is as important as upgrading yourself. Okay. Wu Heng replied. Kavina also smiled happily. Then, Altluk placed the rewards on the table one by one, "These are the top-quality prop rewards provided. The three of us can each pick one." There are seven rewards in total, arranged in a row. The first piece is a wooden branch bracelet. If you look carefully, it is full of fine patterns carved on it. It is not appropriate to say that the pattern is a pattern, but it should be said that the symbol is more vivid. The bracelet engraved with natural formations can restore ones own injuries. It can be used twice a day, which is close to the effect of taking ordinary healing potions. Altluk said. (End of this chapter) Chapter 45 , Strange thing Chapter 45, Strange Objects (The second half of the previous chapter has been revised. Readers of October 11th should read it again.) Items with healing capabilities. This one is of the same type as your own staff and can release the skills on the instrument. The effect of ordinary healing potions may not be very effective for high-level professionals, but it is enough for them at this level. ?Last time he was injured, he only took trace amounts of therapeutic medicine, and the effect was already very good. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and took a closer look. Oak Branch Natural Bracelet (Description: The bracelet will grant the user the ability to ''heal'' twice.) On the system side, a prompt is also displayed. The function is the same as that described by Altluk, but it is not as fully explained. But..., you can drink medicine when you are injured, but you may not use the opportunity to get rewards for this. ?Seeing that neither of them spoke, Altluk continued to introduce. The second item is the flint glove. Punching attacks can have a certain explosive effect. The disadvantage is also obvious. It is easy to hurt your fingers. Easily hurt your fingers? This is a piece of equipment designed by some great ingenuity. ??Otluk did not look at the expressions of the two of them, and continued to introduce, "The following one is a hunting ring. Raising it can improve the accuracy." The third item is a ring that looks like it is made of polished bone. Hunting Ring (Description: The ring gives the user the ability to accurately ''lock on the target''.) ?Oteluk looked at the fourth item. ??This is a raven''s mouth mask made of black leather. The style is like the kind worn by medieval doctors. It has a slender front mouth and two round glass pieces in the position of the eyes. "This is a strange item, called a witch doctor mask. Its function is to filter out most toxic gases, but it also has a drawback. Wearing the mask may directly make you infected with new viruses. People with weak physical fitness should not choose it. this." Holy shit, what the hell. Poisonous gas mask. Witch Doctor Mask (Wonderful Item) Effect: After wearing it, it can filter most toxic gases in the air. If the constitution is lower than 20, there is a chance of being infected with viruses or plagues. (Description: A gas mask with old poison remaining.) Captain, what is a strange thing? Alteruk, who was about to introduce the next one, paused and replied: "Magic props are engraved with magic on the equipment, allowing the user to cast it, while ''wonderful objects'' are produced under special circumstances or conditions. Items can also achieve some special effects, but they often have some negative effects. In other words, magic props are artificially made, and strange objects are formed by themselves under special circumstances. All can have some special effects, but the formation of strange objects is uncontrollable and often has some negative effects. ??The negative effect of the crow''s mouth mask in front of you is that if you are not strong enough, the external poisonous gas will not poison you, but the mask''s own toxins will poison you. After thinking about it, Altluk added, "The effects of rare objects are difficult to imitate, and judging by their value, rare objects are worth more in the market, and many people will collect them as collectibles." "Understood." But Wu Heng is still not optimistic about this mask. ??Gas masks are also mass-produced items in the modern world. You may not be able to get military grade ones, but it shouldn''t be hard to find some regular gas masks. And no toxins or anything like that were found. So, this thing is of little value to me. Next, Altluk introduced the remaining props, all of which had some special effects, but the only wonderful object was the mask. The three of them gave in to each other for a while. ??Oteluk chose an armor that strengthened defense, Wu Heng chose the Hunting Ring, and Kavina chose the only rare item, the Witch Doctor Mask. Maybe you feel that there is nothing suitable for you, so you might as well get the most expensive one. The same goes for exchanging money at that time and buying props that you can use. ?After selecting the props, the three of them were quite satisfied. ??Only the new member Yuri was eating potato chips while watching the three of them choose something. He didnt say anything, just kept eating. Altluk sent back the remaining unselected items. After coming back again, go back to your seat and sit down. ??Wu Heng asked again: "Captain, is there hope for what I said?" Yuri, who tilted her head with disdain on her face, stopped eating snacks and listened. ??Oteluk also knew what Wu Heng wanted to ask, and continued: "There is no result yet. Let''s wait a few days to see the situation." Oh! Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: Captain, how should we generally deal with ghosts like those in Mining Village last time? The other three people all looked at him. The look in his eyes seemed to say, you, a necromancer, are going to ask other people how to deal with ghosts? Well, lets chat casually and gain some knowledge. Kavina spoke first: "The energy generated after the magic is released will have an impact on the soul body." Ghosts can pass through walls, and physical attacks are largely useless against them. On the contrary, magic is more effective. ??Otluk also added, "Necromancers will develop ghosts into spirit servants to drive them. Under normal circumstances, it is difficult to form them by themselves." At this point, Altluk paused slightly and added: "Killing creatures and transforming souls is a very serious matter in any kingdom or organization." "Ah, I know. I just remembered what happened in the mining village. Just ask." Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and poured himself a glass of water. He continued to ask: "I want to buy some skill books and equipment. In addition to exchanging rewards for doing commissions, , is there any other way? "There are not many ways. The association does not allow money to be used to purchase rewards, which will reduce the motivation of others to accept commissions." Altluk thought for a moment and continued: "If you need it, you can apply with the association. Or you can post a purchase order and see who has it for exchange. Publishing a commission purchase is indeed a method, but I dont know what I want to buy now. Next, several people chatted about the team. At present, there are four people in the team. After Altluk and Kavina recover from their injuries, they plan to accept some ordinary commissions, make money and hone the team''s cooperation at the same time. Making money was not attractive to Wu Heng who had just raided the gold store. But you must also participate in team operations. After all, so far, the atmosphere in the team is pretty good. After walking out of the association, Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. After finishing dinner, I was about to take out the corpse core and swallow it. ! Suddenly there was a knock on the door. Immediately afterwards, a girl''s voice came in, "Wu Heng, are you at home? My aunt is looking for you." ?Wu Heng opened the door and saw Yuli standing at the door with her arms crossed. I just met this little girl today, how come I found my home? Who is your aunt? "Of course it''s your deputy deacon." Yuli said with some pride in her tone. Um, Slater? ?No wonder they all have the same hair color. Holy shit, this little girl came in through the back door. ?No wonder he was unconvinced and angry when he spoke. The archdeacon is looking for me? Well, shes waiting outside. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, returned to the room, picked up his things, and left with Bassen. Get out of the crowded area and onto the main road. Then he saw a carriage parked aside. ?Entering the carriage, the mature and **** Slater sat opposite. Without waiting for Wu Heng to ask, Slater tapped the car wall, "Let''s go!" The carriage moved slowly towards the west of the city. (End of this chapter) Chapter 43 , ghost kid (please read) Chapter 43, Ghost Imp (please follow up) ??The sudden voice made him feel a chill going straight to the top of his head. ?This is not Blackstone Town. It is also the back room of a gold shop. How can anyone talk? Not caring about the gold and silver in his hands, he rolled on the spot and rolled towards the door. ?While rolling, his eyes also glanced at the location of the sound source behind him. ??At the back of the room, he saw a little girl with an almost transparent figure standing there looking at him. After he rolled around in a circle, the little girl clapped her hands in approval. Ghost! ??Its not much different from the infant spirit we saw in Mining Village last time. The little girl in front of me is also a spirit. Belongs to the soul formed after death. Its just that the body is more transparent, as if the transparency has disappeared. ??Had I known that I could encounter ghosts in this world, I would have asked in detail how to deal with them. ??Wu Heng was surprised that a ghost appeared in this world. At the same time, Bassen and the skeleton warrior on the side rushed to the front of the ghost with weapons in hand. Swung the sword and slashed at the soul body. ??The ghost girl shrank back as if she was frightened, and disappeared directly through the wall behind her. Leaved? Before Wu Heng could relax. At the diagonally upper corner of the wall, the little girl stuck her head out and stared at this side with her **** eyes. Why are you hitting me? the little girl asked angrily. Be able to speak and be willing to communicate. What is going on? Stand where you are. Wu Heng gave the order directly. The advancing skeletons stopped and stood still. The little girl''s ghost floated down warily, landed on the ground again, and asked curiously: "Uncle, why are you here?" "I''m looking for something. What are you doing here?" Wu Heng replied and asked. According to the captain Otluk, souls like children are very troublesome. Because I have not been in contact with society for a long time and have no normal concepts of right and wrong, it is easy to do things based on my preferences. The ghost baby in Mining Village is like this, and it is difficult to deal with. This is my shop. The little girl said with her hands behind her back. Holy shit, I feel completely unreasonable. It turns out its from your family, I didnt know. "It doesn''t matter. Those people outside are crazy and bite everyone they see. The store can''t be opened. When things get better later, I''ll ask grandpa to open a new one in the city, one close to the zoo." The little girl clasped her hands behind her back. Walking left and right. Do you still have a grandpa? The little girl took a small step and looked up at him with some confusion, "After grandpa, there was dad, and finally there was me. Uncle, don''t you know?" Ah this. I know, where is your grandfather? Wu Heng changed his approach. "At home!" The little girl glanced at the backpack that fell on the ground and continued: "Uncle, do you need this gold very much?" ?Wu Heng looked at the gold and silver jewelry in his backpack and nodded. The little girl thought for a moment and continued: "Then let''s make a bet, okay?" What bet? The ghost in front of me is completely different from the ghost baby last time. Looks very normal and speaks clearly. Furthermore, he did not show any malice, and was not much different from humans. I still have some gold at home, which belongs to my grandpa. I will give it to you and you can go and deliver food to my grandpa and dad. How about it? the little girl said with her eyes widened. It turned out that for a long time, she planned to send food to her family. But, both grandpa and dad survived, how did she die? This little girl is a bit miserable. But now that its the end of the world, who can be better off? You mean transaction or exchange, right? "Oh, yes, it''s a deal, and my house is not far behind, just a few steps away." The little girl put her hands on her waist and continued. In fact, there is no shortage of food for him. With just a little searching, you can collect enough food to last you a long time. There is nothing wrong with completing a deal with the little girl or helping the survivors. Whats more, according to what the little girl said, this shop was opened by her grandfather, and he could be considered a craftsman with the skills of making jewelry. Maybe it can be used somewhere later. You can also help the other party. As the little girl said, you wont suffer any loss if you get the gold. Where are they? Wu Heng asked. Its right behind, I can take you there. The little girl was very happy. Okay, lets go! Okay, thank you, uncle. The little girl floated up happily and spun around in the air. Wait for me, Ill go outside to search for food. Wu Heng continued. "good!" ?Wu Heng collected all the remaining gold and silver in the safe, picked up his backpack and walked out of the store. Find a grain and oil store nearby, asked the skeleton to carry a few bags of rice, flour and soybean oil and returned. ?This is enough for them to eat. ??Moreover, he had almost wiped out the zombies nearby. Be careful then, you can go out to search for food by yourself to maintain a normal life. Back to the gold shop, the little girl was floating in the air, looking around the skeleton. She had no fear of the dead, and her eyes were full of curiosity. ??Had Wu Heng not ordered to stand by, the skeleton might have struck with a kitchen knife. Lets go, where is your home? Wu Heng asked. "It''s right behind, I''ll take you there." The little girl said, then she plunged into the wall and disappeared. Holy shit! ??Wu Heng opened the window on the side and said to the soul that was about to float away: "I can''t go through the wall." The little girl got back in and took him back from the road outside. Turn a road. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton army and followed the little girl into the community in a mighty manner. The wandering zombies roared excitedly when they saw the sudden appearance of the skeleton team, and strode towards them. Spear forward! Wu Heng shouted. The spear-wielding skeleton holds the spear forward, ready for battle. Puff puff puff~! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded one after another, and large swaths of zombies collided with the spears. During a period of fighting. A path was cleared, and then the skeleton dog crossed the group of skeletons and killed some slow-moving zombies. The surroundings fell into silence again. My family lives on the second floor. The little girl pointed to the building in front of her. After letting the skeleton clear the corridor, he followed him up to the second floor. At the prompt of the little girl, he entered the password of the electronic lock and entered the room directly. The windows in the dim living room were closed, and the air was filled with the smell of decay. ?Wu Heng frowned. ?This is not like a place with living people. Before he could ask, he heard the ghost shouting: "Grandpa, Dad, I''ve brought you food." With a bang, the entrance door was immediately closed. Hello~! As he got closer, the sound of zombies roaring came from the direction of the bedroom. ????????????????????????????????? (End of this chapter) Chapter 47 ,ghost Chapter 47, Ghost ??Wu Heng issued the standby order, and the chaotic skeleton stopped and stood there blankly. He quickly walked to the edge and looked down. After confirming that no skeletons had fallen due to the crowd, he breathed a sigh of relief. ?This ghost is really difficult to deal with, and he actually followed him here. Fortunately, no damage was caused. ??I asked Jianyi about the situation, but Jianyi couldn''t communicate and didn''t ask anything. I only know that the ghost suddenly appeared last night, but it did not show much malice. ?After confirming that there was no problem, Wu Heng went downstairs to the corpse that had not yet been transformed, and began to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Necromantic magic is unleashed. ? Sen Bais skeleton stood up from the ground, took the kitchen knife from Jianyis hand on the side, and walked into the queue of skeletons behind. Just when the skeletons stood up. On one side of the wall, the ghost poked out his little head again and looked at him curiously. "You dare to make trouble, right?" Wu Heng raised his staff to scare her. Uncle, Im not here to cause trouble. The ghost shrank his neck, but still did not run away. Then what are you doing here again? According to what I learned from Blackstone Town, ghosts are difficult to form, and even if they are formed, they cannot exist independently for too long. ?Like the ghost in front of me, running around in broad daylight, his body is almost completely transparent. Maybe it wont exist for long. Uncle, are you King Yama? Huh? Wu Heng didnt understand what the other party meant. The little girl came out of the wall, knelt on the ground obediently, and said, "Uncle, can you let my grandfather and father go?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the group of skeletons behind him. Now she cant tell which one is her grandfather and her father. Your grandfather and father are dead. I know, can that make them come back to life? the little girl continued to ask. ?Wu Heng frowned and roughly understood what she was thinking, "I can''t do it." "Then why do you want to kill them? You can wait for the doctor to save them." The little girl sobbed, but she couldn''t shed tears. Didnt you trick me into it? Ah, Im sorry! "What do you want to do? If you make trouble again, I will beat you." Wu Heng threatened. The little girl hesitated for a moment, then continued: "Uncle, will you let my grandfather and father be reincarnated? They are just too hungry, and they didn''t eat humans before." I''m done. Why is this child so clingy? After thinking about it, he said, "They have already been reincarnated. A good family will have a good life in the future." "What about me? Can I follow?" the little girl asked immediately. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s wait until we have the chance next time." ??The little girl was a little disappointed, but she seemed to have untied some knots in her heart. She stood up and floated around in the air. He thought for a while and continued: "Uncle Yama, can I stay with you? I feel very comfortable around you, especially when you turn them into skeletons." After two ghost events. It seems that necromancers have a special attraction to the undead. The ghost baby in Mining Village was lying on his shoulder when he first appeared in front of everyone. Has no interest in other people, but is willing to get close to him. Follow me, and youll lie to me again? I wont be lied to a second time. I apologized and promised not to lie to you again next time. Please uncle, my grandpa and dad are not here either. Im a little scared by myself. The ghost was spinning above his head. ?Wu Heng looked at the ghosts floating in the air, spinning around. Suddenly I remembered what the captain said. The Necromancer will make the ghosts work for him, and the little girl in front of him seems to be a good candidate. Then you must listen to me from now on. "Okay, I promise to listen to you in the future." Ghost readily agreed. Then you come down first. The ghost floated down obediently, but his eyes were a little wary, as if he was afraid that he might suddenly hit her. ?Wu Heng tried to use his mental power to wrap up towards the opponent. Soul mark failed. In an instant, the mental energy surrounding the opponent was instantly bounced away. He glanced at the nervous little girl in front of him and said, "Don''t be nervous, just relax." ?The little girl didnt understand, but nodded anyway. ?Wu Heng released his mental power again, this time more relaxedly. Then, it seemed as if a part of his own soul imprint was left in the little girls soul. Successfully contracted ghost. ?Wu Heng was delighted and immediately checked the ghost''s attributes.Ghost ? [Level: 2 (0/300)] Attributes: Agility 14, Constitution 10, Intelligence 8, Perception 12, Charisma 12. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinetic pushing Invisibility: The haunting ghost can make his spirit body completely invisible. Incorporeal Movement: Entering the incorporeal state and can pass through other creatures and objects. Psychic Pushing: Objects within the range can be affected by telekinesis. The little ghost in front of me is only level 2. There is no offensive ability in terms of abilities. An ''invisible'' person who can be in a state of complete invisibility. ??The other "incorporeal movement", which is the trick of escaping through walls, and "psychic push", this seems to be pretty good. Can you handle a sword or something? ?Looking at the little girl in front of me, I had a thought in my mind. ??The ghostly body of the little girl turned into a ball of light and penetrated into his body. At the same time, he could feel that there was a special independent but connected consciousness in his consciousness. And his own necromantic magic power is automatically converging towards this consciousness, nourishing the already weak soul body. It was indeed a success. ?With a thought in my heart, the little girls ghost appeared again. ?Looking at all this with big eyes and some surprise. "Uncle, I seem to be a little different." The little girl''s body is much more solid than just now, and no longer looks like it may fall apart at any time. Well, you can follow me from now on, but you have to be a good boy. Wu Heng said with a smile. So are we a family? The little girl looked at him expectantly. Uh, forget it! Then you will not put your family in danger, right uncle. ?Wu Heng looked at her again, "What do you mean?" Uncle, can you go and save my mother? Her house is in the city. Damn it, is this little girl a little precocious? Having said so much, she is paving the way for this matter. Regardless of whether her mother is alive or not, the journey to the city is not easy. "You also know how it is outside now. We can''t rush to the city right now, but if I have the chance, I will find a way to take you back to find your mother." Wu Heng said directly. ?This little girl is much smarter than ordinary children. Some things are more convenient to say directly. Okay, thank you, uncle. ??Wu Heng nodded, continued to play the bone-building technique, and then asked: "What''s your name?" Lan Xiaoxin, but Xiaoxin doesnt sound nice to me, so everyone calls me Xiaoxiao! The little girl floated over and naturally lay on his shoulder. Different from the cold feeling of the ghost baby lying on his shoulders, after the two formed a contract, they did not feel any discomfort. Your fathers surname is Lan? Wu Heng was curious. Yeah, whats wrong, uncle? No, its a rare surname, so Ill call you Xiaoxiao from now on, it sounds pretty nice. Uncle, what about you? Wu Heng! Is it Sun Wukongs martial arts? The martial arts of martial arts. Finally someone to talk to in the zombie world, which is actually not bad. ??Although the other skeletons have souls, they are not very able to communicate. Just when the conversion is completed and the next step is planned. ??Boom~! A loud noise suddenly sounded outside the community. ?Wu Heng was startled, and Ghost Xiaoxiao was so frightened that he shrank and tried to escape through the wall. After a second thought, he realized that he couldn''t run away anymore, so he returned to Wu Heng''s side and lay on his shoulder. is the sound made outside the community. ??Wu Heng quickly ran towards the roof of the building, leaned on the edge and looked in the direction of the sound. At the crossroads to the east, inside a drugstore with broken glass windows. There was a huge roar. Zombies all around were swarming towards the store. Are there any survivors? And, this intersection again? ?This intersection is where the bus was knocked over last time. ?Looking at it, there was also a curious ghost. Xiaoxiao, do you go and see whats going on? (End of this chapter) Chapter 48 , snake emblem Chapter 48, Snake Emblem The ghost nodded and floated directly towards the pharmacy. The body gradually disappears in the air, completely disappearing from the naked eye. But Wu Heng could still capture her position. Xiao Xiao directly penetrated the wall and got into the drugstore. Zombies kept gathering around the pharmacy and swarmed inside. From the current point of view, even if survivors do appear, it is impossible to resist so many zombies. Soon, Little Pee flew back from below. It penetrated directly into his body. The moment the ghost entered his body, Wu Heng''s mind replayed everything that had just happened like a movie. In the drugstore, the giant, deformed zombie with exaggerated muscles was fighting with an equally exaggerated gray cat. ??The giant zombie''s fighting power is extremely exaggerated. The fists it swings make dents in the wall, and rubble is scattered everywhere. The aberrant gray cat was no match at all, and the venue was very small, so he was beaten back and forth. It turns out there was a fight between two aberrations. Thats good. If one is killed, the other will be saved. Then I will transform the corpse. ?Wu Heng was willing to watch them kill each other. It is better to lose both sides and die there at the same time. ??Boom~! There was another loud noise. Looking downstairs, a giant gray cat that looked like a lion stumbled out of the shop. Behind him were giant zombies and large swaths of ordinary zombies. Judging from the status of the two, we can know who is stronger and who is weaker. ??The giant zombie did not have any obvious injuries, while the gray cat zombie was limping and swaying. ??The giant cat zombie roared to the rear, then turned around and ran away. ??The zombies roared angrily, followed closely, and chased after them. "Depend on!" ??Seeing the direction they were coming from, Wu Heng cursed. ?That even gray cat ran directly towards the community. According to the route, it would definitely pass through the community where it lived. ?Wu Heng quickly rushed downstairs and directly ordered: "Go upstairs, everyone go back." All the skeletons downstairs climbed to the top of the building. Close the stair door tightly again. ??You can''t get involved in this situation if you sit on a mountain and watch the fight between tigers and tigers. ?The fight between the two aberrations was lively, but when I got in, it was bad when they united. The gate has just been sealed. Gray deformed cats and zombies swarmed into the community. The number has also reached a somewhat terrifying level. But the gray cat''s speed still had the advantage, and it began to circle around in this wide terrain. ??Wu Heng stood upstairs watching, also paying attention to the time. ?? Today I made an appointment with Slater to go to the black market, so I can''t delay. Enter the corridor. Wu Heng began to arrange for the skeletons to enter the corridor and various rooms. ?Especially the four skeleton dogs. We can''t let them run around on the roof. If they attract the idea of ??zombies, it will be troublesome. It feels like time is almost up, and more and more zombies are gathering outside. ??Wu Heng took Bassen directly back to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town. ??Wu Heng took Bassen and stood on the roadside waiting. Not long after, a carriage slowly stopped. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked in, while Basen followed the driver and sat outside. In the carriage. Slater and Yuli sat together and did not see the leopard. How do you feel? You are different from yesterday! Slater stared at him. Whats wrong? Wu Heng was also a little curious. ??Could it be possible to see from the outside that you have subdued the ghost? You feel a lot stronger, Slater said. Yuri snorted, "A mage, trained like a warrior." Originally, it refers to ones own muscles. I took the corpse core three times last night, and my physical condition was greatly improved. It seems that the effect is more obvious than I imagined. The two women can see it at a glance. Ive been learning swordsmanship from the captain recently. Maybe its because of this that I look a little stronger. Wu Heng explained. Such a big change in one day? I have an extra layer of armor inside. Wu Heng found a reason. Yeah. Slater nodded and did not continue to say more on this matter. Then, the three of them chatted wordlessly. They are all insignificant things. ?Wu Heng was a little wary of the other party, and Yuli''s attitude towards him was not very good. ??The carriage drove directly out of the city, changed to a carriage with a blank wooden sign outside the city, and continued driving towards the distance. ??The carriage creaked and creaked all the way, gradually moving away from the town. Gradually, carriages began to appear around. Same style, same direction, maintaining about the same speed. It looks like there should be people similar to them inside. Soon, the carriage began to slow down, and a manor built in the woods appeared in front of it. Slater took out several thick cloaks from under the seat of the carriage and said, "Speak less and read more. Tell me what you want to buy." ?Several people put on black cloaks, covering their whole bodies tightly. In fact, Wu Heng himself had prepared several gangster hoods. He glanced at the two women opposite and put one on himself. The carriage stopped, and Yuli jumped out first. Hurry up, why are you moving so slowly! ?Wu Heng unhurriedly put on Bassen''s hood and tied on a large windbreaker. But the movement is still unhurried. When the ghost returned to his own body and shared the scene he just saw, he got off the carriage. ?In a small investigation, it was found that the stone castle of the manor was indeed an indoor market. ?There were many people also wearing black cloaks gathered inside. ?Three people and one skeleton walked towards the stone castle. In front of the door, stood two burly men. Slater reached out and threw out eight silver coins and pointed at the other three people behind him. The strong man nodded and let him go. ?Then continue to charge admission fees to those who come in later. Good guys, each person needs two silver coins to enter. Opening the black market is really a business that guarantees profit without loss. ?Entering the gate, a chaotic noise filled my ears. The interior of the stone castle is very spacious, but after rows of stalls, it seems a bit crowded. Lets take a look first. If you need anything, you can tell me. Slater said softly. ?A few people walked down together, blending in with the crowd and looking casually along the way. The items sold at the stall were more complicated than expected. ?There are biological limbs, such as eyeballs, internal organs or fur, weapons and armor, potions and medicines, as well as magic props and some books. Here, you can basically see any kind of things. What is this? Yuli squatted in front of the stall and asked, pointing to something. The scales of scale beasts are very strong and can be embedded in armor to defend important parts. The stall owner explained. What about this? This is a magic item that can release a stream of fire. What about this? The boss did not continue to answer. He looked at the people traveling with this person and asked, "Do you want to buy it or not? Do you just want to know the name but not the price?" Slater kicked Yuri who was squatting on the ground. The latter immediately stood up, said "I''ll look at it again" and then left. Behind the scenes, the boss muttered curses. Ask for the price after confirming the need. Slater said, then glanced at Wu Heng beside him, Is there anyone you like? Not yet, lets see again. ?Several people took a half circle around the castle. ?When he reached the steps leading to the second floor, Wu Heng''s steps suddenly stopped. Whats wrong? Yuli almost bumped into him. Slater also looked over. Wu Heng pointed to the sign hanging at the top of the stairs and asked, "Why is there a snake head sign hanging here?" ??A wooden sign with a ferocious snake head hung at the top of the stairs. It looked like there was some kind of organization''s camp on the second floor. The Snake Emblem Consortium can store your important things here. It will only recognize the bills issued by the consortium, not the person. Oh? Only the receipt? (End of this chapter) Chapter 49 , embalming Chapter 49, Embalming Only recognize the bills but not the person. It is also consistent with the situation of the black market. ?There are people here who come to sell dirty things and some who come to buy some contraband. They all have their faces covered and dont know who they are. ?It makes sense to acknowledge votes but not people. But this is also a problem. It is not sure whether the person who comes to pick up something next time is the same person who saved it. If such a consortium can be formed, this aspect should not be a problem. The Snake Emblem Financial Group is spread across all major kingdoms and has a strong influence. Slater glanced at the second floor and continued, It can be understood as a professional association in the underground world. ??If the Professionals Association is a platform in the sun, then the Snake Emblem Consortium is an organization in the shadows. The services he provides are highly recognized by some special professions and powerful people, but his business methods and methods have also made many places exclude their existence. "Let''s go and have a look around. We have to go back in front of Guancheng Gate." Slater had no intention of taking the two of them upstairs to have a look, and continued to stroll along the stalls. ?Wu Heng also followed behind and looked at the stall casually. Went to several stalls in succession. The steps stopped in front of a stall. Weakening ray (Description: Perform a long-range attack on the target within the range, and the hit will have a ''weakening'' effect." Remain embalming (Description: Release necromancy magic to delay the decay rate of corpses or remains. After casting the spell, the unit cannot continue to transform undead creatures.) They are actually two necromancy skill books. How to sell this book? Wu Heng asked, pointing to the weakening ray. 35 silver coins. What about this one? 55 silver coins. These two skill books are not cheap, and the embalming of the second one is even more expensive than the weakening ray. ?Wu Heng did not immediately make a decision to buy it, but looked at the stall casually. organ jar (Description: A container that can preserve organs well.) Damn, something that preserves organs. ?Who would buy this thing? Infested Shroud (wonderful object) Effect: Covering the body can hide the figure. Living creatures will be infected with corpse poison and abscess when used. (Description: The shroud taken off by the immortal sage after his resurrection.) It is another strange item, its effect is that it can make you invisible when you put it on your body. The disadvantage is that living beings cannot use it. Its really a bit tasteless. He looked at other things, a rusty dagger and broken tiles. In short, none of the items for sale look like they were used by living people. More like something just unearthed. How much does this rag cost? Wu Heng asked the shroud. "This is a strange item. Its effect is to make the user invisible. Don''t give it a random name. It costs 1,500 silver coins." The boss said. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said nothing more. The price has reached a sky-high price, and the other party only mentioned invisibility, but did not mention the side effects of using it on living beings. ?He didnt say anything, and he didnt intend to buy it. I want these two skill books. ?Wu Heng took out his money bag and counted out the corresponding silver coins. The currencies in this world are all metal coins, and sometimes it is not easy to carry too much. It will be quite heavy if you carry too much. The boss stretched out his skinny hand to take it, confirmed the quantity and nodded, "Take it yourself!" ?Wu Heng picked up two skill books and put them away directly. ?The people continued to walk out, and Slater said: "Rare objects are different from magic props. Next time you see them, you have to ask about the cost of using them." Well, okay. ?A few people continued to wander. Slater bought Yuli a necklace magic prop as a gift for coming to Blackstone Town. The effect is to heal injuries, similar to the effect of the bracelet among the props brought by Altluk yesterday. ??The little girl was obviously in a good mood after receiving the gift, and she even said something to Wu Heng to show off, unlike before, where she looked like you owe me money. ?A few people got on the carriage and returned to Blackstone Town. Slater''s carriage was always parked at the door. When he saw a few people coming back, the coachman respectfully opened the door and welcomed them in. What should be done. You will be respected in any world if you have money. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Looking out the window, a large number of zombies have gathered downstairs. I didnt see the giant aberrant zombie, so I couldnt be sure whether it was in the community or not. Communicate with the sea of ??spiritual consciousness, and a small separation of ghosts appears in front of you. Looking around. Xiaoxiao, look around to see if the huge monster and the giant gray cat are still there. Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao nodded, passed through the wall and disappeared. ??Wu Heng reopened the drawers in the study and began to rummage. Finally, I found the note obtained from the wanted criminal among the pages of my usual notebook. One side of the bill is painted with a ferocious snake head. Its exactly the same. The smuggler''s head on the bill is exactly the same as what you see on the black market. In other words, the wanted criminals came to him not to avenge his companions, but more to get this note. They have something going on with the Snake Emblem Consortium. Only by carrying this note can you get the things inside. ?These harvests are really one after another. ?Thinking in his mind, Ghost Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall again. He said with an ugly face: "That monster is in that building. The gray cat is dead. It''s scary." ?Wu Heng followed his gaze. Xiaoxiao refers to the building diagonally opposite. You can''t see much from the outside, but since Xiaoxiao said it, the giant zombie is inside. ??The fighting power of this deformed zombie is not weak, and coupled with the dense zombies outside, it is really difficult to say who will win in the end. Even if you can win, it will probably come at a high price. Wont this delay my leveling up? But there is nothing we can do now, I just hope that the gray cat dies and the zombies leave with the group of corpses. Put Xiaoxiao back into his body and return to Blackstone Town. The next day, early in the morning. ?Wu Heng was just having breakfast nearby. I saw an association staff member standing at the door. When he saw him coming back, he smiled and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, Captain Altluk, please come over." Oh, okay. Come to the association team lounge. ?Otluk was the only one in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he continued: "The matter of the 12th level corpse of the Divine Punishment Cult has come to an end." ?Wu Heng''s face turned solemn, "How is it?" Altluk looked up at his expression and said directly: "The Blackstone Town City Hall rejected your request to transform a level 12 corpse because of the incident with the Necromancer in Mine Village. At the same time, the deacon also believes that it is not appropriate to have a second level corpse now. When you have an undead attendant." Um? ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. In other words, not only the city hall but also the association disagreed with my matter of transforming level 12 corpses. The deacon doesnt agree either? ? Deacon Yazd has always had a good attitude towards him, and he was recruited by him himself. The relationship is better. But even the deacon rejected this application. Are level 12 skeletons so scary? Or, is there something else going on? What will be done with that body? Tonight, the professional team and the Blackstone Town Guard will burn it together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 50 , swordsmanship and wing sword Chapter 50, Swordsmanship and Wing Sword Not a burial? Direct incineration? ??Isnt this a bit personal? "Incinerated together with the other corpses of the God''s Punishment Cult." Seeing his serious expression, Altluk continued: "Not transforming will save you a lot of trouble. Wait a few years and become the captain with your merits. There will be many more in the future. Its opportunity. ??Blackstone Towns attitude toward the Necromancer can be seen by everyone. Having him actually transform a level 12 corpse makes people even more suspicious of whether there is anything special going on. Furthermore, Wu Heng has only been a professional for a long time, and he already has a level 3 meritorious service on his body. In the future, he will be transferred to a place where this aspect is not strict as a captain, and he will have a chance to have skeletons. There is no need to be serious about this kind of thing. There are some things that a person can not change much, but more about adapting and accepting. Well, forget it if you dont allow it. Wu Heng sat down aside and continued to ask: Where will the body be incinerated? "This is our mission tonight. Kavina continues to recover from her injuries. I, you and Yuli need to cooperate with the guards to burn one of the corpses." One of them? Burn them separately? The first team and the second team are responsible for the body of the elder. We are responsible for the body of the two backbones who controls the crow, as well as the bodies of the two ordinary members. Oh, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. "The time for incineration is dusk. I will have someone go to your residence to inform you then. Don''t forget it." Altluk warned. Okay, I understand Captain. After walking out of the association, Wu Heng walked directly to his home. Thinking about the corpse. ??Neither Blackstone Town nor the Association agreed to his transformation of corpses. There are two options now. One is to do this first. As the captain said, there will be plenty of opportunities in the future. Furthermore, high-level skeletons are not difficult to obtain later. That giant deformed zombie should have a combat power that was at the level of a level 12 elder. The second one is to think of a way before incineration. As long as the body is transported to the zombie world, they will not find any evidence. But be careful not to let anyone discover anything. ?Thinking about countermeasures in his mind, he returned to his residence. After sorting out his things, he took Bassen out of the house again. Coming outside the city, he got into a carriage with an empty sign and drove towards the distance. The carriage drove into the manor yesterday. Pay the admission fee at the door and enter the hall directly. ?At this time, there are not many people in the black market and the number of stalls is also very small. ??Wu Heng strolled around the stalls casually. There was nothing he really needed, but he saw the stall owner who was selling shrouds last night. Still in the same posture as yesterday, as if stiff. ??With a casual glance, he went directly to the second floor. The layout of the second floor is somewhat similar to that of the Professionals Association. There is a bar on the front, with a middle-aged man standing behind the bar. There is a seating area and a notice board on the side. ?There are some reward requests posted on it. In addition to rewards for some contraband items, there are also rewards for information. Hey guys, this is completely a professional association in the underground world, and the forms are almost the same. And it has many fewer constraints than associations and is a more open platform. After a brief glance, Wu Heng walked directly to the front desk. The middle-aged man straightened his collar, stood up and said respectfully, "Hello, guest." ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, took out the bill from his arms, placed it on the front desk and pushed it over, "Take them all out." "Oh, okay, please go to the lounge and wait for a while." The middle-aged man introduced him to a room and asked him to wait for a while. Not long after, the door opened again, and two tall women walked in, each holding a wooden box in their hands. One is narrow and flat, close to the size of a cosmetic gift box, and the other is long and slender. Inside may be a scroll or a staff and a long sword. Sir, this is the goods you have here. The woman placed the wooden box on the table, bowed again and left the room. After the two of them left, Wu Heng opened the narrow wooden box first. At the top is a book. Grey Eagle Sword Technique (Description: A book that records the inheritance of swordsmanship.) A swordsmanship book? ??Is there such a thing in this world? He also believed that the swordsmen and warriors in this world all relied on their combat experience to slash at random, and there really was no such thing as swordsmanship. I dont know if swordsmanship is a skill. Under the books, there are neatly arranged silver coins. A rough count, I''m afraid there are three to four hundred pieces. Speaking of it, its a huge sum of money. Then, he continued to open another slender wooden box, and inside was a slender metal sword. The blade of the sword has a water-like pattern, and the hand guard is shaped like a feather, which looks very gorgeous. Silver Winged Water Pattern Sword (Description: Will give the user a swift effect, making the body light and sensitive.) ?No wonder those wanted criminals had to **** this thing back. " Magical props themselves are expensive, and since it is a long sword with the largest audience, it may fetch a sky-high price. Put away two items. ?Wu Heng pulled the rope on the side again, and the sound of a copper bell rang at the door. A female staff member came in again, saluted and asked, "Guest, what are your orders?" I want to exchange some silver coins. Guests, exchange of artifacts, or exchange of equal value in currency? Gold. The woman was obviously taken aback. She raised her head in surprise and quickly lowered her head. "Okay, sir, please wait a moment." The door closed and opened again soon. The middle-aged man from before came in with some utensils, "Guest, do you want to exchange silver coins? The exchange ratio we provide is 1 gold coin for 1,000 silver coins." The currency ratio in this world is that 100 copper coins are equal to 1 silver coin, and 1,000 silver coins are equal to 1 gold coin. In normal life, silver coins can completely solve most monetary expenditures, and even ordinary people will never see such things as gold coins in their lifetime. But gold coins still exist, and shops and consortiums are willing to provide convenient exchange. "Okay." Wu Heng took out a 30-gram gold bar, put it on the table and pushed it over. It was also in a gold shop that he saw what gold bars looked like. A 30-gram gold bar is much smaller than imagined. Normally speaking, a gold coin issued by the Kingdom weighs 33 grams. The guest will wait a moment. Middle-aged men began to inspect and weigh gold bars. After confirming that it is correct, he continued: "There is no problem with the gold. We will make up the price for you by 1,000 silver coins." ?The other party probably means that the weight of gold is a little lighter, but it is still exchanged at 33 grams. It seems that the consortium prefers gold. Soon, the silver coins were prepared. A small box full of silver coins. At the same time, the middle-aged man handed over a emblem and said softly: "Guest, this is the silver coin you exchanged. At the same time, you can enjoy some special treatment with the emblem." What kind of treatment will be received? For example, if you have some things that are inconvenient to handle, you can entrust us to handle them, or if you need any props and materials, we can bring them to you from outside. ??Wuheng feels pretty good, not as rigid as the association. Putting the emblem away, Bassen took the wooden box from the opponent''s hand. With the respectful attitude of the staff, I walked down to the second floor. He came to the man who was selling a pile of unearthed items and asked, "What is this?" Shroud, the effect is to hide the body. Whats the price? Wu Heng asked knowingly. There will be some discomfort when used by living beings, but its not serious. "How much?" Fifteen hundred silver coins. Okay, I want it. Ask Basson to put down the money and hand it to the other party. ??The stall owner in black robe counted the number of silver coins and nodded, "Take it." Take it! ??Bassen bent down and picked up the shroud. After browsing the black market again, he turned around and left. Dusk, Association of Professionals. Underground morgue. After each team confirmed the appearance of the body, they tied the linen cloth tightly again. Then he roughly carried the body and walked out. ?Wu Heng glanced at the direction the first team left. Haunted Ghost Xiaoxiao detached from his body and chased in the direction he left. (End of this chapter) Chapter 51 , stealing corpses Chapter 51, Stealing the Corpse The work of the professional team is mainly to follow the supervision. After all, there is no monitoring in this world, and the supervision of some important things requires a large amount of manpower. Arrange professional teams and guards at the same time. To put it bluntly, it is the role of mutual supervision. It can also be seen that the town halls and associations attach great importance to corpses. But it made Wu Heng feel a little uncomfortable. There is a feeling of being targeted. Carry the body onto the carriage and drive towards the crematorium. ?There are fixed incineration sites in the city. It is not like in the movie where people are burned to death in public in the center of the city. The first team and the second team left with the corpse in the same direction as he deduced. ?Go to a separate incinerator. They and the bodies of the third team will go to an incinerator that can burn multiple ones at the same time. ?Wu Heng followed the crowd and walked outside. I am a little worried about my plan. Yuli came over and asked: "I heard from my aunt that you killed all these people alone?" The one the team killed was the last one I made up for, Wu Heng said. Yuli frowned, "What do you mean?" "That is to say, we have almost beaten you in the front, and I was the one who killed the last one." Oh, youre pretty good, too. Yuli praised her, and then said, Did you bring the food in the lounge? "yes." Is there any more? I can buy it with money. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I gave it to my friends, there wasn''t much to begin with." I can buy it. Not for sale. The little girl rolled her eyes and said, "I can be your friend. Didn''t we go out together yesterday? You forgot!" Hearing the sound, Altluk looked back at the two of them. ?Wu Heng looked at Yuli who kept winking, nodded and said: "To become friends, we need to help each other." Yeah, okay. Well, I will bring you some rare and delicious food tomorrow. Okay, enough friends. The other side. The carriage transporting the corpse slowly drove towards Dongcheng District. The escorting team of professionals and guards guarded both sides of the carriage. The captain of the second team, Tulisa, glanced aside and said, The city hall and the deacon take this corpse very seriously. The association and the guards jointly dealt with it. Even the elders of the Divine Punishment Sect took it too seriously. "I am mainly worried about the necromancer involved in the mining village, so I have to be more careful." The captain of the first team, ''Anel'', held the sword at his waist with one hand. After answering, he added, "I heard that the necromancer from the fourth team The Necromancer also wants to transform this corpse." ?Tulisa and the other team members also looked over at the same time. ??If this corpse is really transformed into a skeleton, then the strength of the fourth team will be greatly improved. Even with the smallest number of people, you can reach the top of the squad. But it obviously failed, otherwise the body would not have been incinerated. The city hall didnt agree? Tulisa continued to ask. "The city hall didn''t agree, and the deacon didn''t agree either. The profession of necromancer itself is very controversial. How could it be possible to hand over this body to him." Anel sneered. How long has it been since he joined the association that he dared to make such a condition? Maybe they thought they were the ones who killed the person, so the ownership should belong to the fourth team. Haha, young man, you are brave enough to dare to put forward such conditions. All the team members also started laughing and talking. ?Anel glanced at a few people, and they all looked suffocated and immediately shut up. Keep your voice down, dont let the guards hear it, it will become a joke. Anel reminded. ?The members laughed again and continued to discuss in low voices. ?Tulisa, the captain of the second team, did not say anything. She returned to her team and chatted casually with the members. The team moved forward and entered a small courtyard surrounded by a low wall with a height of half a person. In the middle of the courtyard is an ordinary stone house, with piles of firewood stacked against one side of the courtyard wall. ??Everyone checked the yard skillfully, and Anel said: "Prepare the pyre." ??The body was pushed into the stone house, two people stood guard outside the door, and the rest began to bring in firewood to build a firepile. Just when the construction was almost complete, a little girl''s voice suddenly came from outside the courtyard wall. The language was incomprehensible, but it was very clear. Shuashuashua! Pet beasts flew into the air one after another. Everyone drew their weapons and quickly approached the source of the sound. Everyone looked around. Anel ordered, "Search separately." ??Everyone spread out and searched the area, then quickly returned. No one! Theres no one here either. Everyone looked at each other. Anel''s expression changed, "Go back, quickly!" ??Everyone rushed into the stone house and saw the body wrapped in linen still lying there. ?Tulisa wanted to step forward to check, but Anel said directly: "No need to pile it up, something is not right here, just incinerate it." ?Two members threw the body onto the pile of wood, lit the bottom with torches, and the fire ignited with a roar. Swallow the corpse. When everything was burned clean, everyone breathed a sigh of relief. The team followed the carriage and returned to the association to resume their duties. The incineration work is over. ?Wu Heng led Bassen towards the crowded area. Halfway through, he felt the ghost "Xiao Xiao" flying back towards him and sinking directly into his body. At the same time, what happened at another incinerator also came to mind. Xiaoyou made noise outside. Jian Yi, who was wearing a shroud, took the opportunity to enter the stone house and replaced the corpse with a corpse of similar size. Things are simpler than imagined. Due to the urging of the captain of the team, he didnt even confirm the body before burning it, and just burned it completely. It can be said that the operation was very successful, leaving no evidence or clues. After confirming that things were going smoothly, Wu Heng directly changed direction and went to the incineration site. In a hidden place outside the courtyard, Jianyi, who had been wrapped in a shroud, and the body were found. After confirming that there was no one else around, Wu Heng entered the stone room in the middle, used a bronze key in a wardrobe inside, and sent Jian Yi and the corpse into the zombie world. He himself walked briskly back to the crowded area. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng passed through the gate again and headed to the zombie world. ?The body of the elder of the Divine Punishment Sect was covered with a floral sheet and lying upright on the floor of the living room. Come to the body. Uncle, why are you stealing someones corpse? Xiaoxiao floated in the air, looked at Wu Heng, and then at the corpse. She couldn''t understand why she went to all this trouble just to steal a corpse. Obviously, the corpses downstairs have piled up into a hill. This one is different. Your friend? "no." Your grandfather or father? "How is that possible? Don''t make trouble." Wu Heng felt that she was scolding him on purpose. ??But there is no evidence. Tell me about it! I helped a lot too! Xiaoxiao turned around and lay on his shoulder. ?This mission is actually not as difficult as imagined. But the small does play a big role. He was a very powerful person during his lifetime. We want to turn him into a skeleton to enhance our own strength. Wu Heng explained simply. Oh. The little girl said oh, indicating that she understood. ?Xiao Xiao stopped talking, and Wu Heng said to the skeleton beside him: "Carry the body to the corridor." After all, the release of the bone-slaking technique will cause the flesh and blood to fall off, which is actually somewhat difficult to clean. Two skeletons bent down and lifted the body outwards. ??Moved directly to the corridor. Put it back on the ground, and the flower cloth sheet covering your body also falls to the ground. Revealing the corpse with pale skin underneath. ?This body has been there for at least three or four days, and it has already shown some signs of decay. But Wu Heng''s eyes fell on his chest and abdomen. A long, slender wound sutured with cotton thread connected the entire chest. What''s going on? Have you performed an autopsy on a dead person? Put the thread apart. Wu Heng said. Bassen on the side squatted down, pulled out the short blade from his waist, and cut off the white cotton threads. The sutured wound opened little by little, revealing the empty chest inside. Where are the internal organs? ?Wu Heng frowned. The corpses internal organs were gone. Thanks to Angels Trail for the 1,500-coin reward. Thanks to 08a for the 300 coin reward. Thanks to Immortal Fuding Palm Shattering Sky Spirit for the 500-coin reward. Thanks to Qiqi Shen and Book Friends 20190515221807317 book friends for their rewards. (End of this chapter) Chapter 52 , level 12 skeleton Chapter 52, Level 12 Skeleton Transforming skeletons does not have such high requirements. Even if the corpse has no internal organs, it does not hinder the transformation of the corpse. ??But a corpse whose internal organs were removed after death still made him curious and surprised. In other words, he was not the only one who was eyeing the corpse, there were other people as well, and they had taken action earlier. What are you doing stealing the internal organs of a corpse? ??This world can also be transplanted? ?At that time, they killed people, and their internal organs could not be transplanted. ?Of course, he found that it was of no use, and he couldn''t notify the association. Wouldn''t that be a trap for himself? Anyway, everyone has what he needs, and no one is hindering the other. There is no need to pursue it this way. Okay, theres no need to dismantle it. Wu Heng said. ??Bassen stopped breaking the cotton thread and stood aside again. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the summoner''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The unstable prompt appeared again, and mental energy began to be consumed rapidly. The flesh and blood on the corpse fell off bit by bit, gradually revealing the skeleton underneath. But the speed of transformation is slower than any other transformation, and mental power is also being lost exponentially. Hold the staff and continue to release. He quickly opened his backpack with one hand, took out the psychotropic potion and drank it. Replenish the consumed mental energy. During the continuous consumption, the flesh and blood on the corpse completely fell off, and a tall skeleton with iron-gray bones stood up. In a pair of empty eye sockets, a faint blue firelight rose. ?Looking around, he slightly saluted Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng looked at him and nodded. ?The skeleton in front of me is a little different from the previous ones. Not to mention the thick bones, the bones are not white, but iron gray. Even if viewed from a close distance, it looks more like a metal skeleton. Well, from now on you can continue to call Bawudong and stand aside first. Wu Heng said to the newly standing skeleton. The skeleton stood aside directly and entered the standby state. ?? Xiaoxiao, who was a little scared just now, quickly adapted to it, floating in the air, carefully observing the newly joined Bawudong. ?Wu Heng, on the other hand, directly opened his attribute panel to check his attributes. Skeleton Boxer Level: 12 (0/72000) Attributes:: Constitution 26, Strength 25, Agility 29, Intelligence 14, Perception 19, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, iron bones, energy. Experts: Unarmored Defense, Unarmored Movement, Danger Sensing, Ability: Shocking Punch, Light Body Fall, Catching Flying Arrow, Fighting Specialization (Advanced) Iron Bone: Constitution +5. Proficiency in the use of qi, sufficient qi to attack continuously. Unarmored Defense: When not wearing any armor or shield, agility +3, perception +2. Movement without armor: When not wearing any armor or shield, the movement speed is increased by 20%. It can temporarily maintain high-speed movement on vertical planes and water surfaces. Shocking Punch: Hitting the target has a shocking effect. Light Body Fall: Minimize the damage caused by falling from high places. Grab Flying Arrows: Bounce objects in the air and return them to their source. Wow! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he looked at the attributes. I have to say that this characters attributes and abilities are quite exaggerated. The main attributes have reached 25 or above. Expertise and abilities are also very good. ??Moreover, Bawudong fights without wearing clothes, not because he is an exhibitionist, but because his own armor-free defense and armor-free movement will greatly increase his own attributes. ? ? Expertise and abilities are completely different from the messy ones of Bassen and Jian Yi Jian Er. His attributes are more unified and complete. They are mutually reinforcing structures, more like a complete inheritance and planned acquisition of abilities. It seems that this Divine Punishment Sect is really not an ordinary folk cult. It can be said that among the skeletons around him, he is the strongest skeleton. Huh? Why dont you have the skills of the scales? He checked the attributes again and then looked at the skeleton. There is really no relevant information about scales. ?Your memory is confused? ??Still, after transforming into a skeleton, this ability disappears. I have been studying it for a while, but I havent come up with any results. Let the skeletons still squat in the room and go back to Blackstone Town to rest. Go back to Blackstone Town and make yourself a bucket of instant noodles. ?While waiting for the instant noodles to be cooked, I looked through the sword skills I acquired today. Different from the previous mage skill books, this one contains more graphic moves and some simple descriptions. I quickly flipped through it first and then finished the last page. ?There is no prompt to unlock skills. ?This gave Wu Heng a bad feeling. He would not really let him start learning and training. The instant noodles are almost ready, so I continue to look through them while eating. After eating. Continue to call Jianyi over and study the newly acquired sword skills together. Until late at night, go to bed and rest. The next day, zombie world. ??There were roars outside the window, and the dense zombies stepped on the broken glass, making a crunching sound. Another day has passed, and these zombies still show no sign of leaving. Furthermore, I cant just wait forever. If they never leave, its not that they will never be able to get out. Just when Xiaoxiao wanted to see if the giant deformed zombie was still there, he saw a huge body appearing in his sight. ? He ??is nearly 3 meters tall, with dark red skin and bulging muscles like sarcomas. Ugly and full of power. ?The giant zombie is slowly walking towards this side, its eyes scanning the windows above the stairs from time to time, as if it is looking for prey. "Damn monster." Wu Heng cursed and continued to greet the person beside him: "Bawudong, come here." ?The broad-boned Bawudong walked over and looked down the window together. "When the time comes, I need you to deal with it. If it''s not easy to deal with, try to hold him back as long as possible." ??Bawudong was still looking downstairs, the soul fire in his eyes flashing with a faint blue light. At noon, the sun is high above your head. Bang, bang, bang! Four stair doors opened at the same time, revealing skeleton warriors arranged in an orderly manner, holding spears and kitchen knives. The heavy sound of the door opening made the wandering zombies slightly startled. Then there were angry roars. Wow~! ??The zombies gathered downstairs like a tide, pushing and shoving into the open corridor. ?However, the more crowded it is, the harder it is for zombies to get in. ??The skeleton warriors who had been arranged in the corridor began to wave their weapons to attack the zombies attacking in front. ?Wu Heng looked at the incoming zombies and felt a little sweat on his forehead. ?This number is quite a lot. Just when the undead and zombies are killing each other. ??Boom~! There was a huge roar not far away. ??Huge deformed zombies rushed out from the corridor in front, looking directly at the fighting area. ?Let out a roar and rush over quickly. Like an out-of-control truck, he strode towards this side, knocking away the zombies blocking the way and crashing into the corridor at the same time. ??Wu Heng stood upstairs, watching the deformed zombies rush into the corridor. Bawudong, leave it to you. ??The iron door leading to the corridor from the top of the building was opened, and the iron-gray-skeletal Bawudong walked downstairs with his hands behind his back. Thanks to the book friend book friend 20190515221807317 for the 100-coin reward. Thanks to the book friend "Heaven and Earth Punishment" for the 100-coin reward. Thank you to the book friend "The Passing of the Red Dust" for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 53 , fierce battle with zombies Chapter 53, Fierce battle with zombies ?Ba Wudong walked into the corridor, while Wu Heng stood on the top of the building and glanced down. Facing the first stairwell, release [Grease]. The condensed grease fell from the air in a profuse manner, some scattered, and the rest was poured on the zombies gathered below. He lit a rag bag and threw it directly in the direction where the ''grease spell'' fell. ??The rag bag hit the zombie''s shoulder, causing sparks to fly, and then there was a roar and a fire broke out. The fire began to spread toward the zombies on both sides, forming a fire field three to four meters wide. ?At the same time, on the top of the building, rows of skeleton warriors stood on the edge, firing crossbows downward one after another. ??The remaining skeletons, under Wu Heng''s order, began to pick up the furniture and utensils behind them and threw them downwards. Tables, chairs, benches, monitor cases, and all items that could be used as throwables were collected in advance. Throw it directly into the zombies as a projectile. For a time, various furniture and appliances fell from the roof of the building, knocking over the zombies below. Hurrah! The zombies discovered the enemies above, raised their heads and roared angrily. Then, they huddled close to each other, gathering together like a colony of ants building a ladder, and spread upward along the outer wall. It spread all the way to the second floor, smashed the glass, and rushed directly into the room. But the doors of the residents'' rooms were all closed. After entering, the zombies quickly ran out and continued to climb up with the zombies. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of the building, looking at the scene in front of him in surprise. ??There are so many zombies that they can still climb the wall in this way. Quickly, hit these climbing zombies. ??Wu Heng said to the skeleton beside him, and at the same time released [Witchcraft Arrow]. After the witchcraft arrow hits the target, it quickly spreads outward, crushing and collapsing the gathered zombies. The skeleton group is also constantly throwing objects. Prevent zombies from climbing upward. In the corridor of a unit. Boom, boom, boom~! ?There was a deafening roar, and gravel was scattered everywhere. ??The giant deformed zombie waved its fists, chasing and bombarding the retreating ''Bawudong'', from the second floor to the third floor, and continued to retreat toward the fourth floor. The dark red skin and muscles burst out with terrifying power. The hammer cracked the wall and broke the stair railing. ??Bawudong ducked down to avoid the straight punch, his right fist whizzed through the air and hit the zombie''s abdomen. Bang~! ?The air waves spread out, and the body with dark red muscles shook violently as if it was being shaken. Hello~! ??The zombie took a step back, clenched his fists, and smashed his head down. ??Boom~! ?A powerful and heavy blow fell right in front of Bawudong, causing a huge gap in the steps under his feet. ?Bawudong took half a step back and kicked his whip leg sideways. The zombie''s muscles tightened, and after a hard catch, he raised his hand and continued to hit the target. ??The arms were constantly raised and lowered, raised and lowered, chasing the target and smashing them randomly. The flying smoke covered the entire corridor. ?Bawudong has adopted certain fighting skills, and he can dodge attacks and fight back at the same time. ?The battle of the aberrant zombies is more simple and rough, using absolute power to crush all the bells and whistles, with wide-open and powerful movements. There were only giant zombies and Bawudong fighting in the entire corridor. ??Wu Heng''s worries about the interference from the zombie tide are completely unnecessary. The battle between the two, not to mention the zombies that came in, even the skeletons that had been arranged in advance have been turned into white bones on the ground. In the entire corridor, there were only two figures, one tall and one short, who continued to fight. ! ?Hung his giant fist against the security door on the concave side, and followed the figure in the smoke with another fist, hitting it again. Earth and rocks flew everywhere, like bullets flying everywhere. ?Bawudong turned around, jumped down one level, and walked around behind the zombie. A leg sweep, hitting the zombie''s leg directly. ?The heavy sweep caused the zombie''s body to tilt to one side. Bawudong took advantage of the situation and kicked the zombie''s body directly down. ?The body rolled down the stairs and leaned against the wall with a bang. ?Bawudong leaped down and hit his head with his knee, making a loud bang. The zombies head was knocked against the wall by his knee. Without waiting for a reaction, fists fell like raindrops. ?The giant zombie was smashed, blood splattered, and its head was bruised and bloody. On the roof of the building. Keep throwing. ?Wu Heng still urged the skeleton to throw down all the debris piled up behind him. ?At the same time, release [Grease Technique], drop an open flame, and ignite a fire. It turns out that the number of zombies in front of you is not enough to climb up a six-story residential building with a ladder. ??It was only on the fourth floor at most, and it kept collapsing under the interference. ?Haunted a large number of zombies to death and lameness. With the continuous throwing, the downstairs was also filled with debris. The zombies were stumbling around and it became difficult to move. Bah~Boom! Suddenly, a heavy crash sounded. ??The giant zombie rushed out of the corridor, knocking away the zombies in front of him and smashing the obstacles blocking the way. Rampage like a raging bull. ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly when he saw the giant zombie rushing out of the corridor. Bawudong failed? As soon as he said it, there was another breaking sound. ?Bawudong, an iron-gray skeleton, jumped from the window on the third floor and chased directly towards the escaping giant zombie. Holy shit, chasing giant zombies. ?From the current situation, it seems that Bawudong is stronger than the giant zombie. Chasing directly in the direction of the giant zombie. ??Wu Heng raised his staff and released [Witchcraft Arrows] at the giant zombies that rushed out. ??Blue energy spears condensed in the air and roared towards the target. But the distance has exceeded the magic distance and it dissipates directly in the air. ??Wu Heng immediately released the newly learned [Weakness Ray], a black energy ray that hit the giant zombie''s body directly. The strong and violent body suddenly became a little sluggish. ?At this time, ''Bawudong'' quickly caught up with him, and with a flying kick, he staggered the zombie''s body. ??The giant zombie stopped, turned around, waved his fist, and struck at the chasing ''Bawudong'' again. Punches kept falling. Smashing up the smoke and dust. ?At the same time, the zombies rushing into the corridor stopped pushing and crowding. Instead, they all turned around and looked at Bawudong who rushed out. The next second, they all rushed back, killing the iron-gray skeleton left outside. ?Wu Hengs face became more serious when he saw the corpses changing their targets. Fighting alone, Bawudong is almost the same as a giant zombie. ??If the zombies rush forward, it''s hard to say who will win and who will lose. ?Wu Heng quickly went to the corridor and ordered, "Attack, kill out." Then, he changed to the next corridor, "Attack, kill out." The order is issued. With one sword and two swords, Basson and the four skeleton dogs rushed out of the corridor with the skeleton warriors and launched a fierce counterattack. An even more intense fight started downstairs. ??Wu Heng was also standing at the window on the third floor, releasing witchcraft arrows and grease spells with Nu Yi and Nu Er. Cooperate with the skeleton group for output. ?Although his attributes have improved, he doesn''t think he has the ability to fight zombies at close range. It doesnt matter whether we can win by force. ??If you are scratched or bitten, you will die unjustly. ?Looking at the two figures fighting in front of him, Wu Heng continued to shout: "Basen, go help Bawudong." ??Bassen looked back and used the short blade in his hand to kill the zombies that rushed towards him. Hurry around the enemies in front and run towards Bawudong and the giant zombies. (End of this chapter) Chapter 54 , dont give up hope Chapter 54, Dont give up hope Bawudong and the giant zombie are still fighting together. ?Heavy fists were waved randomly. ?Bawudong''s steps were light, and he used his fists and legs to knock away the ordinary zombies that rushed around him, while dodging the heavy blows from the giant zombies. Huh~! ??The giant fist came towards me with the sound of roaring wind. ?Bawudong leaned back to avoid the incoming punch, and at the same time, his body turned sharply like a top and swept his right leg. Bang~! ??A dull crashing sound sounded, and the giant zombie moved two steps to one side and staggered. Bawudong followed quickly. ?Push the chin with the palm of your hand, follow with your steps, attack the ribs with your left fist, punch the abdomen with your right uppercut, then send out your left fist again, followed closely by your right fist. The punches are fierce and continuous. ??As for Bassen, he kept walking around to cooperate. The two short blades kept flipping over, leaving **** scars on the lower body of the giant zombie. Bawudong jumped up and punched the zombie in the throat. Bang~! The giant zombie fell back and fell to the ground. ?Bawudong didn''t give the opponent a chance to breathe. He quickly followed up and started hitting the opponent''s head with his fist. The dull hammering sound was as heavy as a falling sledgehammer. Thumping sound. ??Bassen also took this opportunity to plunge his dagger into the target''s chest. When Bawudong stood up, the giant zombie was still lying on its back on the ground and did not get up. Gain experience +143. Summon-Skeleton Boxer gains experience +22. Experience appears, proving that the target was killed by Bawudong. Finally died. ?Wu Heng was really afraid of this giant zombie escaping. When the time comes to take revenge on yourself, it will be a bit difficult. After the death of the giant zombie, the two skeletons, Bawudong and Bassen, returned to the main battlefield and began to attack the zombie group from the other side. The battle is still going on, and the number of zombies is gradually decreasing. After the last zombie fell, the entire area fell into silence again. The skeleton warrior was covered in blood, with pieces of meat and sticky hair hanging on the hollow skeleton. He stood upright on the spot and entered a state of readiness. ?Several skeletons with souls walked towards Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng found a mask and put it on, and walked out of the corridor. The area downstairs was already filled with corpses and bones of zombies, and there was not even a bare patch of ground to be seen. Bring the giant zombies body over here. Wu Heng said. ?Sword One and Sword Two quickly walked over and dragged the huge corpse in the distance over. ??A deformed zombie with exaggerated muscles all over its body, looking a bit miserable. The eyeballs exploded, and the head was turned to the back in a weird posture. His body was covered with knife marks. ?These two skeletons are really ruthless. After raising his head and drinking a bottle of psychotropic potion, he felt that his mental strength had been somewhat restored. Facing the huge zombies, directly release the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic shrouded the corpse in front of him. The flesh and blood fell off little by little, and the tall giant skeleton slowly sat up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) Level: 11 (0/65000) Attributes: Constitution 28, Strength 29, Agility 17, Intelligence 6, Perception 12, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul Expertise: Biological Aberration Biological aberration: Constitution +3. It is actually a level 11 zombie. The rating is one level lower than "Bawudong". But in terms of attributes, it does highlight personal advantages. Physique 28, Strength 29. ?Bawudong''s strength is only 25 points. Even if all the muscles fall off and disappear, his strength is still the highest among the skeletons. But the disadvantages are also obvious, low agility, low intelligence, and low perception. To put it bluntly, some of the shortcomings of zombies are still preserved after deformation. Another point, the name of this skeleton is still called Skeleton Warrior, and it only has one specialty, called Biological Distortion, which adds 3 points of physical fitness. There are no other expertise or abilities left. This is completely different from the professional arms obtained in Blackstone Town. Professional arms carry their original abilities after transformation. If there are two skeletons of the same level, the skeleton with the profession will be more powerful. ??But there is no way, and we can''t let the zombies change jobs before killing them. Holding a short spear, he searched among the rotten flesh that had fallen off. A fleshy corpse core appeared in front of him. ?Wu Heng felt happy, then a little confused. New corpse core? Find a plastic bag, took out the corpse core and looked at it carefully. The size of the corpse core has not changed much. It is still the size of a fingernail, but the white flesh is covered with red bloodshot threads. It is like dense blood vessels and nervous tissue. He doesnt understand biology or anything, but it looks a little strange. This is very different from the corpse cores dropped by aberrant dogs. It looks like it should be a new type of corpse core. I just dont know whether the antidote prepared before is still effective. He lowered his head to look at the corpse core, and the newly added 3-meter-long skeleton also squatted down and looked at it. ??Wu Heng glanced at it, wrapped the core and put it away, and said: "From now on, you will be called ''Big Man''." The 3-meter-long skeleton looked around, looking uninspired. ??Wu Heng didn''t pay any more attention. After looking around, he continued to order, "Okay, move the bodies together and clean up the debris." Skeletons with souls immediately take action with ordinary skeletons. Carrying corpses and cleaning up scattered debris. This battle has consumed almost all the items in the entire building. ?TVs, computers, tables, chairs and benches are all over the floor. ??Moreover, it seems that I should find another building to use as my base. This building is a bit miserable. A thought in my mind. The ghost flew out of the body. Looking at the scene around him, his face was full of fear. Uncle, you have killed so many people. They are no longer human. Wu Heng continued. Its so scary. ?Wu Heng was speechless. How can we say that these zombies are infected with genetic viruses and are considered the living dead? You are a ghost, do you need to be afraid of them? After all, Xiaoxiao was still young when he died, so it was not easy for Wu Heng to tell the child this. Instead, he said directly: "Xiaoxiao, there is a bus at the intersection over there. Let''s see if there are any zombies nearby." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao nodded and left directly through the wall. Soon, Xiaowei flew back and said: "No more, there are only a few who can''t walk, crawling slowly on the road." ??Wu Heng looked at Xiao Xiao''s memory again with uneasiness. The broad road was empty, with a few zombies without their lower bodies crawling slowly on the road. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and decided to go over and take a look before it got dark. Basen, Bawudong. Wu Heng shouted, and then called some skeleton warriors, and walked out together. Several zombies were cleared along the road. Then he came to the bus of survivors who did not escape. ?The bus was completely unrecognizable, the iron mesh was smashed and thrown aside, and the car body was also covered with dents. Go into the bus and check it out. ?Those survivors carried sharpened iron pipes, kitchen knives, and some collected food. The preparations were quite adequate, but it was a pity that I could not run out. Then, Wu Heng set his sights on an iron box welded with white steel plates. It was unlocked, and when opened, it was an old strip tape recorder, modified only with tape and some equipment, with a slender antenna. What? Press the play button casually. ??A harsh electric current suddenly sounded, followed by a familiar language. Don''t give up hope, find every way to survive, persist... A familiar voice came from the tape recorder. (End of this chapter) Chapter 55 , I heard you can transform Chapter 55, I heard you can transform Vaccines for the virus are being developed, and various regions are effectively organizing rescue efforts. Please don''t give up hope. Victory will always belong to us. . Avoid densely populated areas, avoid too much noise, and pay attention to whether drinking water sources are infected by viruses... This is not the end! Not the end of humanity! Don''t give up hope, we can rebuild our homeland. Amidst the sizzling sound of electricity, repeated words came. Encourage everyone to live and not give up. Find all ways to survive and wait for rescue. ?Wu Heng looked at the modified tape recorder in front of him in surprise. He naturally knew that this was not a recording, but information received via radio. Normal communication has long since failed, and this is the only way to communicate with the outside world. They really have a clear destination. In other words, the reason why these survivors took the risk to run outside must be connected to a certain gathering place outside. There is a better living environment there. But obviously they failed, failed at this crossroads. Are they the army uncles? Xiao Xiao walked around in a circle and asked curiously. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. "Are we going to find them? They will protect us then." Xiaoxiao floated down and lay on his shoulder. this. ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton outside the bus and didn''t know how to answer. ??If it were just him, he would not change his profession to become a Necromancer. He naturally hopes to be protected by a rescue team or the army. But its hard to say now. How do you explain these skeletons of your own? How to explain another space? Even if we go to a place where human life gathers, will we treat him like a suspect like Blackstone Town and come up with a restriction bill, or directly study the principles of spellcasting in slices? ??He couldn''t say for sure, but it was possible. Lets talk about it then, we can protect ourselves now. Wu Heng covered the iron box and walked out of the bus with it. Xiao Xiao followed behind, "Why is this ringing? Can I watch TV?" Those who put on the battery cant watch TV. Return to the community. ??Wu Heng turned on the tape recorder, and while listening to the words that encouraged the survivors repeated inside, he released the bone-bending technique to transform the corpse in front of him. The number of corpses this time was seven to eight hundred, if not one thousand. The corpses were completely piled up into a mountain. The rest of the work fell entirely on him, and even if the transformation was carried out every day, it would still take several days. And in this weather, the storage of corpses is really a problem. Among the skills, he learned a [Corporate Embalming], but the embalmed corpse cannot be transformed into a skeleton. is a very useless skill. The only thing we can do is speed up the transformation as much as possible and transform these corpses as soon as possible. ?It wasnt until it was getting late that Wu Heng directed the skeleton to return to the roof. He took Bassen with him and returned to Blackstone Town. After washing up, I made myself a bowl of instant noodles. Sitting at the table, he took out the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique" and flipped through it. ??The above content is not difficult, but it is useless just to read it, and you need to practice it. As for practicing this, Wu Heng felt that he had the perseverance in this area, but his basic skills were too poor, so he was afraid it would take some effort. Similarly, Wu Heng also thought of another possibility. I haven''t unlocked the sword skills after reading it once. It may be due to occupation. As a mage, will I not be able to unlock things like sword skills? There is a high possibility. Bang, bang, bang! ?While I was flipping through the pages, there was a knock on the door. After a few knocks, Yuli''s voice came, "Wu Heng, are you at home?" Opening the door, Yuri with shoulder-length curly hair stood at the door. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. "My aunt is out, I''m here to see you." After saying that, he turned his head and looked inside, "What does it smell like? It''s so fragrant." My dinner. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he found that the other party was looking at him with wide eyes, as if expecting him to say the next thing, How about we eat some together? Okay, thank you! Yuli grinned and squeezed directly into the room. Coming to the table, he took off the spoon holding the lid of the instant noodles, and a stronger aroma hit his face. It smells so good. Yuri fanned her nose towards her nose with her little hand. ?Wu Heng glanced outside the door, closed the door, and took out a bucket of instant noodles for her to soak. He asked: "What did the Archdeacon do?" "I heard that I had some mission, so I went out." Yuli tilted her chin and watched him make noodles for herself. Why didnt you go and have a look? No, its not like Im going to play, theres nothing interesting to see. "That''s right." Wu Heng placed the instant noodles in front of her, "I want to soak them for a while, please wait." Oh. Yuri agreed. You came to see me just for a look? Wu Heng continued to ask. The relationship between the two of them is so good? "I want to see you go shopping in the black market, let''s wait until after dinner." Yuli said, and asked curiously: "Did you make all these delicious food yourself?" The food materials are very ordinary, but they are delicious brought by Wu Heng. ?She visited the taverns and shops in the city and couldn''t find anything with a similar taste. ?This made her suspect that the necromancer in front of her was actually a cook, a very good cook. "I don''t have this ability. I brought it all from my hometown." Wu Heng also sat down at the table. Ah, where is your hometown? Is it far away? Its far, far away. Its hard to get there. Yuli looked at him. In terms of hair color and appearance, Wu Heng did not have the characteristics of a native. The hometown he mentioned is far away, but it makes sense. The two of them chatted for a few words, and that was enough for instant noodles. Its ready to eat. Wu Heng took out a few more snacks and put them on the table. Yuli smiled unconsciously at the corners of her mouth. Open the lid, pick up the fork and eat directly. ?While eating, he muttered something like, "It''s delicious. If you want to open a pub, it will definitely be a hit." ?Wu Heng also opened his own and started eating. It took a long time and became soft after soaking. The two of them devoured the instant noodles and finished them. Then start eating the snacks on the table. They say druids can transform. Wu Heng asked her. "certainly." Then what will you change? Yuli glanced at him and said, "My aunt said you can''t tell others casually." No, we are teammates. We know each others abilities, and we can cooperate better when we go on missions in the future. Tell me first, what do you know? Me! I can summon skeletons. What else? As for spells, theres an acid attack, grease, ray of weakness, and embalming. "You are using some insidious and evil magic." Yuri said, and then added: "It is in line with your profession." Its your turn. I can change into a lot of things, such as a wolf, a bear, and a fear crow. Can it change now? What do you want to see? ?Wu Heng looked at his small living room and said, "Be afraid of crows." Okay, let me show you. The next second, Yuri, who was still sitting in her seat, suddenly transformed into a black-feathered crow-like species, flapped her wings and flew around the room, landing on the table. turned into a fear crow, still wearing the shrunken leather armor. fits the body of the Dread Crow. Ta ta ta ta! The crow''s sharp beak pecked at the peanuts on the table and ate two of them. Then, the fear crow landed and turned into a brown wolf again, wandering in front twice. ??The wolf is still wearing the leather armor. It seems that the armor on the Druid should also be a prop. He had been thinking before, what would happen to the clothes and equipment on the Druid after he transformed? Become a human again and have to put on clothes again? The ability of a profession to be passed down has already been taken into consideration. There is no need to change Xiong. Wu Heng said. ?After all, the room is not big, so you have to pay for any damage. ??The wolf jumped back to the table and chair and turned into a human again. How is it? Yuli raised her head and asked a little proudly. Its pretty awesome. Thats right, our combat power is balanced and we basically have no shortcomings. Yuri said herself. In fact, it is quite easy to analyze. ??Wolves are fast and have a certain degree of aggression, Dread Crows can conduct reconnaissance and gather information, and Bears are their strength. She herself mentioned three forms, and they are all useful. ?The idea is still very good, but I dont know if it can withstand the bullet. Then can you attack from a distance? "Yes, but not very good at it." Yuli said vaguely, pointing at the potato chips, "Are there any more like this?" ?Wu Heng took out some more and placed them in front of her. The two chatted for a while, and Yuri stood up to leave. Are you going to the black market tomorrow? Yuli stood at the door and asked. I came here today just to hang out in the black market with him, and I forgot about chatting with him. I have something to do tomorrow, so I wont go there. You can go to Dongcheng District in the city, which is also very lively. "Okay, I''ll come and play with you again when I have the chance." After Yuli said that, she jumped away. ??Wu Heng looked at Yuli''s leaving figure, closed the door tightly, and began to study swordsmanship. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a wooden chair, and behind him stood Basen and Bawudong with his hands behind his back. The battery of the tape recorder was changed and it played motivational words to keep everyone alive, as well as first aid methods and evacuation methods in times of crisis. But it can also be heard from the words that there is not much progress or solution to this disaster, and the main thing is to evacuate and wait. ??While Wu Heng listened, he began to release the bone-slaking technique to transform the pile of corpses in front of him. For me, a necromancer, corpses are no longer a problem. The main thing is that my transformation speed is seriously holding me back. Doing nothing, just transforming like this, I''m afraid it will take several days to complete. But he didnt have any good ideas. You can''t help but bury them all. It''s hard to kill them. At this time, the content in the tape recorder changed. ?? Lets start to explain the white matter in the body of the aberrant zombie, which is systematically named Corpse. [Level 1 leucoplasm, which is white all over, can increase the strength of the human body and is highly infectious. Level 2 leucoplasm, which is covered with fine blood lines on the surface, increases body strength and has a chance to gain special abilities and resistance. The possibility of infection is extremely low, What the hell? Wu Heng who casts the spell moves for a moment. Secondary leucosomes? Special abilities? Infectious? (End of this chapter) Chapter 56 , secondary corpse core Chapter 56, Level 2 Corpse Core Judging from the message coming from the tape recorder. Leucoplast is the ''corpse core'' in the brain of aberrant creatures, and people here have long discovered that ''corpse core'' can improve the human body''s physique. In other words, there will also be a group of people in this world whose physical attributes exceed normal standards. People in this world have also begun to enter a period of breaking through their shackles and changing their physiques. The most important thing is the mention of the secondary white substance, which also has a chance to confer special abilities. When you killed the giant zombie yesterday, you obtained this second-level white substance, which is the corpse core. Could it be said that in addition to increasing one''s own physical fitness, can it have any special effects? ?Wu Heng continued to listen. The tape recorder still introduces the corpse core and some methods of taking it. Zombie cores are currently divided into three levels. ??Ordinary corpse cores, the second type with some blood streaks, and the third type of corpse core, but no one has been able to successfully absorb it and resist the virus. The higher the level of corpse core, the higher the infection rate. The recorder recommends that if ordinary people have the opportunity to obtain "white matter", they can try to take ordinary levels to try to improve their physical fitness. Physical condition is also an important factor in whether one can survive. They havent developed an antidote? According to what it says, ordinary corpse cores must be disinfected and kept in a good condition before being taken. There is no mention of things like detoxification. ?It is very likely that effective vaccines or drugs have not yet been developed, or that once they are developed, they cannot be widely used. It is more likely that the former has not been developed. Otherwise, some related countermeasures will be proposed, such as what medicine to collect to increase the success rate. It wasnt mentioned at all, it probably hasnt been developed yet. The antidote in his hand is the only one he has. The requirements for preparing the medicine are not high, but unfortunately the current situation can''t help much. The only survivor I met was also killed in a car crash. The second-level corpse core in your hand should also be sent to the association for research and the potions and formulas should be obtained as soon as possible. Shashashasha~! The sound of rubbing against the ground was heard. ??Xiao Xiao was floating in the air, dragging a huge gray cat corpse with one sword and two swords, and walked towards this side. This one is the deformed cat that was killed by the giant zombie, and its size is close to that of a lion. Thats it. Xiaoxiao said. Well done. Hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled and circled in the air. The gray cat corpse was thrown forward, except for the twisted joints on the body. The most obvious location is the recessed scar on the head, as if someone had dug out the brain. . Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood were separated, and a skeleton cat stood up. Skeleton Ocelot (Level 5) Ocelot? What is this name? The mention of leopard reminded him of the leopard at Slater''s feet. The two are almost the same size. I dont know who is more powerful in a fight. ?This skeleton cat is only level 5, and doesnt have many special attributes. ??Wu Heng took out his short spear and turned over where the head had been, but couldn''t find the ''corpse core''. There is no corpse core? After thinking about it for a while, I thought of a possibility. After the giant zombie killed the aberrant cat, he took away the corpse core. ?Think of this. ?Wu Heng was shocked again. Zombies can also evolve by devouring corpse cores? If this works, then zombies with level three corpse cores are not the end, and more powerful zombies will appear sooner or later. The danger to mankind goes far beyond this. After naming the skeleton cat Xiao Hui, let it go and stay aside. Xiaoxiao took four dogs and one cat and walked around the neighborhood. ??Wu Heng continued the boring transformation work. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked to the queue at the back. When your mental energy is exhausted, rest for a while and then continue the transformation. afternoon. ??Wu Heng led the group of skeletons and approached the crossroads to the east. ??This is the intersection where the giant zombie knocked over the survivor bus. I came here yesterday and only took away the modified tape recorder. I did not search the rest carefully. Take a break and search several nearby shops. There are many shops at the intersection, but most of them are restaurants. The rest include pharmacies, barber shops and grain and oil stores. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton into the pharmacy and took out all the medicines inside. I dont know what to do with it, so Ill take it back first. ?In addition to medicine, a wheelchair, a weight scale, and a medicine decoction machine were also found in the drugstore, with the words "6,500 points redeemable" written on them. After visiting the pharmacy, Wu Heng took the skeleton and entered the grain and oil store and several other shops. brought out a large amount of rice, flour, soybean oil, and some kitchen knives and bone knives found in the restaurant. Collect them all together and let the skeletons carry them towards the community. After returning, put all your belongings away. ??After finding the building next door as a base, we returned directly to Blackstone Town. Professional associations. Mr. Wu Heng, how can I help you? the staff member asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng took out the filled-in form and a small piece of corpse core, "I need to issue a commission to test this material and make an antidote at the same time." "Oh, okay." The staff first checked the contents on the list. After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he took out the container and put the materials away. ?Alchemy in this world is still very powerful, at least it can make potions that have not been researched in modern society. It may not be that modern society does not have this technology. ?Most people are infected, and the rest are separated and carefully hidden in various places, making it difficult to gather relevant technical personnel for research. There should be many reasons for this. After issuing the commission and paying the deposit. ??Wu Heng took Bassen directly out of the city and found a carriage with an empty license plate. He drove towards the black market. After paying the admission fee, Wu Heng took Bassen into the black market. ??It was still noisy and chaotic, and the place was full of people wearing black cloaks, as if they had entered a gathering place of some cult. And I am one of them. Without staying in the lobby, we went directly to the second floor. There were also several men in black robes on the second floor, communicating softly at the front desk. ??Wu Heng flashed his emblem to a staff member and was respectfully invited to a room on the inner side of the corridor. After a young maid brought dried fruit-flavored tea, a middle-aged man with a mustache walked in. Smile, salute, and say respectfully: What kind of help does the guest need? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "I want to issue a commission and ask you to collect something." Thats okay, what do you need? Corpse, the body of the alchemist. (End of this chapter) Chapter 57 , there is internal strife in the underworld (please read it.) Chapter 57: There is internal strife in the underworld (please read it...) Corpse? The middle-aged man frowned slightly and fell into a brief silence. Wu Heng glanced at him and asked curiously: "It shouldn''t be difficult for the Snake Emblem Consortium!" According to Deputy Deacon Slater, the Snake Emblem Consortium is a large-scale organization that pursues special interests. It shouldnt be difficult to get a corpse! Why are you still silent? ??They dont even dare to get rid of corpses, so what kind of consortium do they think they are? "Of course it''s no problem." The middle-aged man responded with a smile at first, and then said: "But due to some reasons, it may take a longer time. It depends on whether the guest is willing to wait." Whats the matter? "Blackstone Town has been focusing on investigating this matter recently, and it may be postponed for a while. Of course, if we have the opportunity, we will do our best to complete this commission for you." The middle-aged man gave a rough explanation. Others may be a little confused, but Wu Heng can understand the reason. Blackstone Town is investigating the matter of the Necromancer. Even burning corpses requires professional teams and guards to supervise each other. It can be said that they take it very seriously. ?This place belongs to the black market, but it is not far from Blackstone Town. It is just a semi-underground market. Therefore, the Snake Emblem Consortium will not refuse the client''s commission, but it also does not want to drag itself into trouble at this point in time. ??It is possible that when he proposed to buy the corpse, the other party guessed that he was the necromancer wanted by Blackstone Town. Being able to accept this commission has proven that Snake Hui is very courageous. Okay. Wu Heng replied. He also didnt want to cause unnecessary trouble by buying a corpse. To put it bluntly, its the same as spending money to research potions in the association. I came here just to ask about the possibility. Okay guest, please wait a moment. The middle-aged man walked out and came back with a blank power of attorney. He continued: "Guest, do you have any requirements for this corpse? For example, requirements regarding rank, race or gender during life." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. Race and gender dont feel necessary. Alchemy is mainly knowledge and has little to do with race. ??And by limiting the requirements so much, the body is harder to find and takes longer. Im more professional in alchemy, and the rest doesnt matter. Wu Heng continued. The middle-aged man wrote down the content of the entrustment on paper, "Guest, due to the special nature of the entrustment, the amount of the deposit is about 50% more than normal." Okay, how much is it? 300 silver coins, the balance will be re-evaluated based on the grade and preservation of the corpse. Damn it, the deposit is only this much. I think I bought a body made of gold. Enough to issue five or six alchemy commissions in the association. But things have already been said here, and it is hard to go back on it, and I really need such a corpse. Take out the money bag, count out 300 silver coins, and hand them to the other party''s hand. The middle-aged man nodded, "Guest, please give me the emblem to use." Hand over the emblem in your hand. ?The other party took out something similar to ink pad, pressed the emblem on the ink pad, and then stamped it directly on the completed power of attorney. When you pick it up, a clear pattern has been left. This emblem is also a seal. "Guest, that''s all." The man handed back the wiped coat of arms and continued: "When the body is brought in, it will be posted on the notice board at the door." Okay! Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. After leaving the room, go down the stairs. ?Walking among the crowd, I continued to visit the black market stalls. There are still many types of goods for sale. But there is not much that can be used. The only stall that caught his attention was the stall where he bought the strange item Shroud. The same items were still there, and the stall owner didnt even change his sitting posture. ??Someone came up to ask for the price, but there was only a sound under the black robe, and even the black robe did not shake. I can also sit still. If it were me, I would definitely have back pain. Haunted around, bought two bundles of crossbow arrows, and walked out of the black market. Get on the carriage and return to your residence. Woke up in the morning, Wu Heng washed up and had breakfast. ??Goed to the Professionals Association. Pushing open the door of the team lounge, he saw the captain Otluk sitting alone in the room. Good morning, captain. Wu Heng greeted. Well, I came just in time. Is there a mission? Wu Heng asked curiously. "It''s not a mission." Altluk motioned for him to sit down and continued: "Kavina, Yuri and I have discussed it and plan to take on a commission recently to improve the team''s tacit understanding. How do you feel?" Ever since the team members killed and injured members of the God''s Punishment Cult, the association has not taken the initiative to arrange new tasks. Recuperate to recover from injury, rest to rest. There are four professional teams, and their team is the weakest. Among the members of the team, Wu Heng is the most unscrupulous person. He does not come to the association, and sometimes no one can even see him. So, now that I saw Wu Heng coming, I told him about this matter in advance to see what he thought. "Okay, any kind of entrustment, it''s best not to be too dangerous." Wu Heng said. Having plundered the gold store by yourself, you dont have to worry about survival. But the rest of the team still have to consider their biological skills. "Well, don''t worry, Yuri is collecting information, and I will choose someone who is similar." Yuri? She has just come to Blackstone Town, what kind of information can she collect? ??The most I can collect is about a piece of food information. "Oh, okay." Wu Heng agreed and continued to ask: "Is there nothing going on in the association recently?" No, the main focus is still on the necromancer in the mining village, but there is nothing else going on. Well, world peace would be the best. What you said doesnt sound like a necromancer at all. After walking out of the association, I went to the Antlers Store to buy some potions. I bought some psychoactive potions, therapeutic potions, antidote potions and so on, just in case of emergencies. Go back to your residence, close the door, and go directly to the zombie world. ?Appeared in the zombie world, climbed to the top of the building to confirm the situation of the eye-skeletons. ?After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he called all the skeletons and walked downstairs together with their weapons in hand. Last night, I re-planned my arrangements. You cannot spend all your time transforming corpses. The main thing is to kill zombies, and use the remaining time to transform. ? On the one hand, I am accumulating experience, but mainly I suspect that the zombies are evolving slowly, and I am afraid that it will be difficult to kill them in the future. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton team out of the community from the north gate. ?Follow the intersection where the survivor''s bus crashed, and head north along the road. The zombies nearby have been cleared away, and the occasional scattered zombies do not pose any threat. They rushed over and were killed by the skeletons with kitchen knives. Uncle, where are you going? Xiaoxiao floated in the air and asked curiously. Go to the hardware store. What are you going to do there? Lets see if theres anything useful in there. He remembered that there was a large hardware store in this direction. If he could find iron pipe tools nearby, he could only think of it here. "oh!" ??She let out a small oh, then lay on his shoulder again and stopped talking. As we move along the road, there are gradually more zombies on the way. ?The sound of fighting is getting louder and louder, and more and more zombies are rushing out nearby. Attack! Wu Heng gave the order to attack. The chopper skeleton bypassed the spearmen and pounced on the zombies in front. ?Blood splattered and the sound of a kitchen knife chopping bones resounded throughout the area. far away. The top of a shop near the road. A figure stood on the edge looking forward. Her face was pale, and there was unconcealable fear on her face. A large number of zombies below rushed out of the alley and rushed to the same place. ?On the other side of the road, you can also see a group of skeletons holding weapons, fighting with the zombies. Blood and broken limbs were splashed all over the sky. Damn, whats going on? At this time, a serious voice came from the headset connected to the intercom, "What''s going on outside? Why does it feel like I''m surrounded by zombies?" The voice was very low, as if he was afraid of being heard by zombies. ??The man on the roof swallowed his saliva and pressed the call button, "Cao, there is civil strife in the underworld, and skeletons and zombies are fighting." (End of this chapter) Chapter 58 , Xiaodong Auto Repair (please follow up.) Chapter 58, Xiaodong Auto Repair (Please follow up.) What are you farting at? Say it nicely. A curse came from the intercom. "Really, really, there are a group of skeletons and zombies fighting outside. You must not make any noise." The man on the roof kept his body close to the ground and continued talking. Skeleton? Where did the skeleton come from? "How do I know? These skeletons are much more powerful than zombies. Being discovered by them will definitely lead to death." The man was trembling as he spoke. ?There was a brief silence on the other side, and then the voice continued, "Can we escape from our position? How can we go to be safer?" The man''s eyes quickly glanced to the opposite side, and after confirming again, he said: "Go to the top of the building, and then walk to the north. Don''t make any noise, and retreat first." "good." Water supply management office. Zombies poured out from all the alleys and rushed towards the location of the skeleton. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and retreated into the compound of the Water Supply Management Office. ?Leave your back on the building behind you and fight the zombies that are coming towards you. ??The skeleton group waved the weapons in their hands, knocking the zombies to the ground and directly chopped them into a puddle of mud. Similarly, there were also skeletons that were knocked down by zombies and torn into white bones on the ground. ??Bawudong, a big man with two high-level skeletons, also started to kill. With a series of punches and kicks, zombies kept flying out, knocking over the other zombies. ??Wu Heng holds a staff, witchcraft arrows, and grease magic to release at the right time. Increase one''s own output. But it only released the grease spell and did not ignite the grease. Now that the two sides are mixed together, it is easy for them to burn themselves out. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +5. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 4, constitution +1. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5, unlocked characteristics: basic soul. Strength +1, perception +7, intelligence +7, charm +4. Acquire experience. As the battle continues, Wu Heng and Skeleton begin to gain experience. The losses on both sides are also gradually increasing. But the number of skeletons is still higher than that of zombies, and they have a certain advantage. ?Gradually, the number of zombies began to decrease, and when the last roaring zombie was punched by ''Bawudong'', its head was crushed. The compound of the water supply department also fell into silence again. There were about two hundred corpses left on the ground, and Wu Heng also lost some skeletons. But the problem is not serious and the losses are within the bearable range. Did not move forward immediately. Instead, look at skeleton warriors who have reached level five. ?This skeleton was the one that was first summoned by Wu Heng. Other skeletons were constantly replaced, but this one has persisted until now. Skeleton Warrior Level: 5 (38/3000) Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 13, Agility 10, Perception +7, Intelligence +7, Charisma +4. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. After level 5, the characteristic [Basic Soul] is unlocked, and perception, intelligence and charisma also appear. In other words, this skeleton also has a soul at this time. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully, and saw the faint blue soul fire in the empty eye sockets. From now on, you can call me Maoyi! Wu Heng gave the name casually. There is no way, the number of skeletons is increasing, and it is too complicated to remember in the future. Dividing them according to weapons is easier to remember. ?Hand held a spear in one hand and stood aside. Wu Heng turned around and looked at the management office behind him, "Let''s go in and take a look." There were only some tables, chairs and scattered items inside, nothing too important. In one of the rooms, there is large equipment that cannot be picked up or moved. No gain at all. "Uncle, I just saw someone escaping on the roof over there." Xiaoxiao said excitedly as he walked through the roof. "people?" Ah, its people, two uncles. Let me see! Xiaoxiao got into his body, and the scene he just saw immediately emerged from his mind. ?On the roof, two men were moving carefully to the north. They were wearing leather jackets, their arms were wrapped with magazines with tape, and they were carrying spears made of steel pipes. Looks more like a hunter out hunting. ?Wu Heng focused on the spear. Unlike Wu Heng who used tape to wrap his fruit knife, they used a spearhead made of polished metal, and screws connected the steel pipe and the spearhead. Looks to be stronger than the one used by Wu Heng. "There are really survivors." Wu Heng was a little surprised how these people survived. ?Xiao Xiao also flew out of the body again and said, "Yeah, there must be someone." ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a while, and continued: "Let''s go, let''s follow them to where they gather." "good." ??Xiao Xiao was floating in the air, while Wu Heng directed the skeleton to move the items inside, and then followed in the direction of the survivors'' evacuation. Xiaodong Auto Repair. "Are you sure you saw it right? Skeletons and zombies are fighting?" The room with closed windows and doors was a little stuffy, and the light bulb emitted a slightly dim light. ??A woman with gauze wrapped around her shoulders sat on the sofa and asked the three people in front of her. The three people looked ugly, and one of them said: "Yes, there are many skeletons, and they can also use weapons." The woman''s frown deepened, "Can a skeleton stand up?" Zombies can be explained by genetic viruses, but if the bones stand up, it is completely unexplainable. At least based on the information they were exposed to, they couldn''t understand it at all. "Perhaps... the spiritual energy has recovered!" the slightly younger man said. No one answered this sentence. ??I dont know how to pick it up either. One of the men thought for a while and continued: "Actually, having these new monster groups is not necessarily a disadvantage. Let them fight the zombies, and we can just hide in the dark and search for supplies. When the supplies are sufficient, we will Get out of here and go to the gathering place. Another man said: "What if they find us first?" How is it possible? There are zombies everywhere and there is no way to kill them all. How can they have time to deal with us? Thats a danger after all. The woman on the sofa waved her hand to signal the three of them to shut up, and continued to ask: "Is it possible that he is the superpower mentioned on the radio, the superpower who can control skeletons?" "No way, I didn''t see humans, but I saw some skeletons wearing leather armor." Another person said. The woman said: "Okay, whether it is a new monster or a superpower, it has nothing to do with us. Once the supplies are collected and the train is welded, we will leave this hellish place." "good!" Go down and rest first, and be careful about the situation nearby. The three of them nodded and exited the room. ?The woman was sitting alone in the room, and when she was about to open the gauze and change the dressing, an almost transparent figure penetrated through the wall. ?The woman stared blankly, her face pale and frightened. Are you the boss here? Uncle asked me to talk to you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 59 , negotiate terms Chapter 59, Negotiating Conditions The woman''s body tensed up, she picked up the kitchen knife on the table and held it in front of her. Looking at the translucent ghost floating in the air with a horrified expression. She couldn''t figure it out. In addition to the standing skeleton, why did a ghost appear? also appeared directly in front of him. "Auntie, don''t be nervous, Xiaoxiao won''t hurt you." Xiaoxiao said. "what do you?" My name is Xiaoxiao, and my family owns the Fuheng Silver Store. Xiao Xiao? Fuheng Silver Store? What a mess. What do you want from me? the woman continued to ask, carefully moving towards the door. Xiao Xiao walked around the room and continued: "Uncle asked me to talk to you." Your uncle? What does he want to talk to me about? the woman continued to ask. ?Although the scene in front of you is weird, the ghost in front of you doesn''t seem to be hurting you immediately. Its the man you mentioned with the skeleton. Sure enough, someone is controlling the skeleton group. Is your uncle a superpower? "What is a supernatural being? I don''t know, he is King Yama." The woman frowned. ??King of Yama? Why did King Yama appear again? What does he want you to talk to me about? The woman had already retreated to the door and stood there asking. "Well, let me think about it." Xiaoxiao walked around the room again and continued: "Uncle said that he wants you to follow him." Follow him? What do you mean? Just like Xiaoxiao, follow your uncle. Depend on! ?Who wants to be like you? You are obviously no longer a human being, okay? ??Apart from ghosts and skeletons, can I still survive if I follow that King of Yama? Zizzi~! Just when the woman was thinking about talking, the walkie-talkie in her pocket rang. Sister Hong, whats wrong, those skeletons are coming and are approaching us. Lets go quickly! The woman looked at the ghost in the air carefully, then took out her walkie-talkie and said, "Pack your things and prepare to evacuate." "good." After the woman finished speaking, she looked at the ghost of the little girl in the sky and asked, "What if we don''t want to follow him? What will happen?" ??Xiao Xiao thought for a while, "Uncle didn''t say anything, I thought he might kill you. My grandfather and father were killed by him." Hearing this sentence, the woman''s body trembled. Holy shit~! This is a real **** king. We need to think about it and will give you an answer later, the woman continued. Okay, Ill go back and talk to my uncle first. After finishing the novel, leave directly through the wall. The woman stood there and waited for a few seconds. Seeing that nothing special happened, she opened the door and rushed out. Go up to the roof, lie down next to the man in charge of sentry, and look forward. ?In the distance, I saw a field of white skeletons strutting across the road holding various weapons. Some of the zombies that rushed forward were chopped to the ground like melons, and then they also turned into skeletons and stood up. ??It''s like a dark soldier borrowing a road, weird and spooky. Damn it, they must have followed us back, these **** ghosts. The man on guard cursed. The woman''s face remained serious and she didn''t say much. In the middle of the skeleton team. Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance and recounted his conversation with the woman. When I heard that the leader of the other party was a woman, I was somewhat surprised. Its not that women are worse than men. Rather, in the current environment, mens physical advantages are more likely to dominate. Even if its just a small group of survivors. ?? is also quite surprising. ?After listening to Xiao Xiaos story and the conversation between the two, Wu Heng still planned to take a look in person. Xiao Xiao entered the body, and the situation in the auto repair shop also appeared in his mind. ?Simple and messy room, dim light bulbs, walkie-talkie on the table, and not much food. Even if they arrange for people to go out to collect supplies, resources will definitely be scarce. ??If the half bag of rice in the corner was their entire food reserve, they wouldn''t be able to survive for a few days. The idea of ??having electricity has been thought of before. The spears they hold need to be drilled and polished, which is difficult to complete without electrical equipment. There should be a diesel or gasoline generator. He released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Xiaoxiao, take Xiaohui there and ask her for a walkie-talkie." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao shouted to my back: Xiaohui! Hurrah! Four dogs and a cat ran over together. Follow me. Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew forward, and the five animal skeletons ran out together. The roof of the auto repair shop. ?Li Yahong told several people what happened in the room just now. When they heard that the controller of the skeleton group called himself the King of Hell and killed the little ghost''s grandfather and father, everyone''s face turned a little pale. ?This kind of fear is stronger than facing zombies. Now it doesnt matter whether the other party is a person with super powers or someone else. The important thing is that the other party is targeting you. ?Several people were discussing the plan in low voices, and suddenly one person said with a cry in his voice: "The skeleton is coming." ?Several people raised their heads and looked forward. I saw several animal skeletons running over in large strides. "Holy shit, oh shit, a skeleton is coming. I can''t run anymore." "What to do, we may not be able to fight against them." "Let''s go now, we still have a chance to rush out." ?Li Yahong bandaged the wound on her shoulder and continued: "Let''s go, nothing else, let''s leave from the roof." Okay. Several people said, taking the necessary items and leaving. And just when Li Yahong was leaving. ?The ghost in the shape of a little girl emerged from the floor below, "Auntie, you are here. My uncle asked you to give him a walkie-talkie, and he will tell you himself." Walkie-talkie? ?Li Yahong''s steps suddenly stopped, as if she was stuck to the ground inside, but she kept walking. Still said behind him: "Bring me a walkie-talkie." ?One of them took off the walkie-talkie and handed it over. Li Yahong put the walkie-talkie on the table, "Can you take it with you?" Xiao Hui! Xiao Xiao yelled down again. The skeleton cat jumped up from below and jumped directly to the roof. Bring this. ? ?The skeleton cat picked up the walkie-talkie, jumped ahead again, and ran away quickly. In the rear ranks. ??Wu Heng held the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Can you hear me?" In the slight sound of electricity. A woman''s voice came, "No, what do you want?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "I can provide you with a safe living space, and accordingly, you need to work for me." There was no immediate response from the other party. After a while, the sound of electricity and a woman''s voice appeared again, "Thank you for your kindness, we won''t stay here, and we may have to leave soon." leave? ?Wu Heng glanced at the buildings in the distance. In this case, if you reject the conditions of asylum, you should plan your destination in advance. Where are you going? Wu Heng asked. A gathering place for us humans. You humans? ?Listening to this, why do I feel that I am not counted among human beings? ??? Before Wu Heng could continue to ask, the other person spoke first, "We don''t have any ill intentions and hope to maintain a peaceful relationship with you." ?Wu Heng did not answer, and began to think in his heart. My original development plan did not actually include human survivors, but with their participation, we can accomplish some things that skeletons cannot handle. For example, generators, cutting and welding work. He himself cant do it, and the skeleton cant do it either. But now it seems that the other party has no intention of giving him a job. Now there are only two ways to deal with it. One is to capture people directly and make them work for themselves as prisoners. The second option is to find ways to cooperate with them and reach a deal with each other. Let them fulfill their requirements through exchange. The first method is the most efficient and fastest way, but it will also leave many consequences. For example, these survivors think that they are exploited people and always want to resist. And by doing this, I am actually breaking through some bottom lines. Although it is the end of the world, your situation does not require you to do things that harm others. The second way is to let them do something for themselves in exchange. In fact, there is no difference from the first type. The only thing is to provide some benefits so that they can see it as a reward for their labor. In fact, there is not much difference between the two. ?After thinking quickly in his mind, Wu Heng continued: "Now that you have a plan, I won''t force it. We can make some transactions before departure to give you more capital." Hoo~! A relieved voice came from the intercom, and then the woman asked: What kind of deal. Ill trade grain for iron spears, the kind you use. How to change? 100 handfuls, exchanged for a bag of grain. Its too much and its not fair to us. Wu Heng continued: "In this current environment, food can be exchanged for higher value in any human gathering place. Even if you go to a human gathering place, food is the only hard currency." This is what Wu Heng guessed. The survivors can be forced out to search, but only because of food shortage. "There are too many, and the iron pipes and materials we have in stock are not enough." The woman said. Wu Heng said: "You have 100 iron spears. You have a generator and you don''t have to rub them with your hands. It''s not that difficult. I will provide you with the iron pipes and materials." There was another brief silence on the other side. But this time the tone was obviously not so firm, "One hundred handfuls, one bag of rice, five 500g bags of sugar, and anti-inflammatory drugs." ?Wu Heng thought about it and realized there was no need to bargain, since he didnt lack these. There is no place to put it. ??Moreover, they chose the second one, which was not much different from the first. They provided their own food and materials, and they made iron spears for themselves. It''s nothing more than a different form. "Okay, if the workmanship is good, I will give you five more bottles of canned meat." Yes, but we only have enough materials to complete more than 20 iron spears, and we also need steel pipes and welding rods. "I will provide you with these two days, so do what you are doing now." "good." After finishing the chat, Wu Heng looked again at the auto repair shop in front of him. Leading the team back to the water supply management office just now, they raided nearby shops. Then take the body and the looted items and return to the community where you live. When the skeleton army left, the few people on the roof of the auto repair shop breathed a sigh of relief. ?A breeze blew by, and everyone shivered. ?At this time, I realized that my clothes were soaked with sweat. Sister Hong, do we really want to cooperate with skeletons? asked a slightly younger person. "Do you have a better way? Moreover, what he said makes sense. Food is hard currency. It would be good for us to bring more to the gathering place." Li Yahong clapped her hands and continued: "Okay, turn on the generator and prepare to make the iron spear." (End of this chapter) Chapter 60 , hone cooperation Chapter 60, tempering cooperation ??Returning to the community, Wu Heng used the Bone Slave Technique on the corpse. Not long after, Xiaoxiao floated back and said, "Uncle, they haven''t left yet. They are starting to make iron spears." ?It seems that the other person is also a smart person. He did not escape directly while he was leading his team to leave. ?The most likely possibility of running out is to be killed by zombies. If you stay and make iron spears, you can still hope to get food. Well, you did a good job. Wu Heng praised. "Hehe, when can I watch TV? I really want to watch TV." Xiaoxiao asked, lying on his shoulder. Now TV is full of advertisements, whats there to watch? Even if he can generate electricity, he is not sure whether he can still watch TV, and the TV stations are all empty, so what can he watch? You can see anything, I just want to see it. Lets wait until the problem of power generation is solved, and Ill let you see it then. "good." ??One person and one soul chatted casually and continued to release the bone-slaking technique. Blackstone Town. After Wu Heng tidied up, he planned to go out for dinner. ?Stepping out of the alley, I saw the landlord standing at the entrance of the alley chatting with the neighbors. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, "Are you at home?" "What''s wrong?" Someone was looking for you in the afternoon. She stood at the door and kicked the door. If I hadnt seen her, she would have kicked the door down. The landlord complained. Who is so incompetent? A short little girl with curly hair. ?With this description, Wu Heng knew who he was. by Li. Did you tell me what you wanted to do with me? Wu Heng continued to ask. Let you go to the Professionals Association. "good." "Tell that little girl that you can''t kick the door in the future. If it''s broken, you have to repair it. It''s very troublesome." The landlord looked at his back and told him. ?Wu Heng waved his hand to show that he understood. ?Go all the way to the Professionals Association, walk through the corridor and arrive at the fourth team lounge. Push the door open and go in. Captain Altluk, Kavina and Yuri are all in the lounge. Kavina''s injury seemed to have healed, and the gauze tied around her arm was removed. ??Seeing Wu Heng come in, Yuli raised her eyebrows and said, "Wu Heng, where have you been? Why are you not at home?" I need to ask for your instructions wherever I go. Sitting aside, Also, the landlord said that if you kick in the door again, he will come to the association to file a complaint, saying that you destroyed residents furniture. Stop talking nonsense, I knocked it with my hands. Knocked it with your foot! Otluk and Kavina looked at the two of them in surprise. I dont know when it started, but the relationship between the two has become so good. When they first met, they didnt say a word to each other. Ahem~! ??Otluk coughed twice, motioning the two bickering men to wait, and continued: "Let''s talk about business first, and then discuss the matter of knocking on the door." I didnt kick him, hum! Yuli turned aside angrily. ??Oteluk continued: "Wu Heng, Yuli has obtained the exact information. We will carry out the commissioned task tonight and hone the team''s tacit understanding." this. Yesterday he came to the professional association, and Altluk informed him that he would take on some commissions and hone the team''s coordination. I didnt expect to get the information so quickly. No, its possible that I started planning this before, but I just informed myself later. I have no problem, what kind of commission? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It''s these three people." Altluk took out three portraits of wanted criminals and handed them to Wu Heng. The three men in the portrait are unshaven and somewhat dirty. What did they do? Robbery, murder, and ran to Blackstone Town after being wanted. Oh, where are we going to catch them? Are they alive or dead? "According to the intelligence, they are currently staying at the ''Blushing Mermaid Hotel'' in Dongcheng District. It is a gathering place for mercenaries. Be careful then. It doesn''t matter whether they are dead or alive." The Blushing Mermaid Hotel can be said to have a certain reputation in Dongcheng District. fame. Not only is it a hotel, the first floor is also a tavern, where mercenaries often gather. Once chaos occurs, the reputation of the professional association may not be able to deter everyone. What are the arrangements? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??Otluk glanced at the other two team members and continued: "Confirm the location of the target first, and then discuss the plan." "good." In fact, there is nothing special about it. It is just an ordinary operation to capture wanted criminals. The source of the information is actually very simple. It was obtained from Deputy Deacon Slater. ??It is still a bit difficult to really expect Yuri, a newbie to Blackstone Town, to inquire about this. Dongcheng District, Blushing Mermaid Hotel. At the entrance, half-drunk and half-awakened drinkers gathered in small groups. In the dark alley, beautiful women half-dressed were kissing passionately with men. Wine and beauties attract mercenaries here to vent their excess energy. ?In a building diagonally opposite, members of the fourth team were sitting by the window, chatting and waiting. Not long after, a black-feathered crow flew in from the window, landed behind the seat, and transformed into Yuri''s original appearance. ?Picked up the water glass and took a sip of water first, and then said: "I flew around the windows on the second floor and didn''t see anything close to it." It must be a disguise, Kavina said. ?Wu Heng also nodded in agreement. People in this world dont have many entertainment options. Drinking in pubs and finding women is the best place for entertainment. ?When there are more people, it will be noisy and difficult to find. Yuri looked at Altluk and said, "Captain, what should I do next? Wait while I fly around again?" "I''ll go in and take a look. Wait for news from me then." Altluk said directly. "No." Wu Heng shook his head and said in the face of the other party''s puzzled eyes: "Captain, as soon as you entered the tavern, many mercenaries recognized you. Then those wanted criminals would go into hiding, making it even harder to find them. "Then what better way do you have?" Altluk looked at him. Ill go and wait for news from me then. He rarely appears in the Professionals Association, and few people except the team members and staff of the association know who he is. There are basically no people who know him among mercenaries. The main reason is that Xiaoxiao has discovered someone who looks like a wanted criminal in the tavern. If he doesn''t go in, there is no reason to tell the team members that the target has been discovered. Can''t tell small things either. Okay, then be careful. Altluk said. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and went straight downstairs. Go out of the house and walk straight to the tavern opposite. As soon as he got close, a thin man with sinister features and stern eyes approached quickly. Wu Heng motioned to Bassen not to stop him. The man came closer and said mysteriously: "Friend, it''s a bit unfamiliar. This is your first time. Do you want to try this heavenly potion? After taking it, you will feel very comfortable and happy. It will allow you to experience things you have never experienced before. Pleasant and not expensive. The pharmaceutical development in this world is no worse than in the modern world, or even higher. ??Wu Heng wears good clothes and is followed by a person who is obviously a bodyguard. In the eyes of people here, he is a good customer. Ignored him, squeezed away and continued walking forward. Enter, tavern. It was noisy, and the strong smell of alcohol and sweat hit my face. In addition to the people sitting at the wine table drinking, there were also a few strong men armed with weapons and watching the scene. ?Wu Heng found a place to sit down. Immediately, a woman in scantily clad clothes came over and said, "Guest, what are you bringing?" Mist cocktail. The woman glanced at Basson, who was sitting upright and wearing a round helmet. "Won''t this guy have something to drink?" He doesnt use it. 55 copper coins. The woman said with a smile, bending down slightly to lower her open collar. ??Wu Heng usually goes to taverns in crowded areas, but he knows a little about these. He took out a silver coin and stuffed it into the other person''s chest, "The rest is yours." Thank you sir. The woman went to get the wine, while Wu Heng looked at the second floor. ?A man wearing a hat and a full beard is leaning on the guardrail and looking down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 61 , team cooperation Chapter 61, Team Cooperation Soon, the gorgeous woman came back carrying a cocktail. Mist cocktail is a relatively distinctive alcoholic drink, emitting a light white mist and exuding a refreshing fragrance. Guest, dont you need anything else? the woman continued to ask. No need for now. Wu Heng smiled and shook his head. ??The woman looked at the guests around her and saw that no new guests came in, so she also sat down next to the sofa and said with a smile: "Is this your first time here?" Well, Im not here usually. "Then you must live in the central area, and you are nothing like those mercenaries." The woman said. Oh? How did you tell? Wu Heng looked at her. ??The woman leaned forward, leaned close to them, and whispered: "Look at them, their tone of voice, their movements, and their skin. You can tell they are not mercenaries." When you say that, it sounds like its true. Wu Heng took a sip from the wine glass and asked, Whats your name? Benny! Does it sound good? It sounds pretty good, and its quite suitable for you. Thank you, what about you, guest? What should I call you? Rudger. ?The two chatted for a while and became somewhat familiar with each other. Wu Heng glanced at the stairs as if unintentionally and asked, "What is that man doing? I see him standing there the whole time!" Penny followed her gaze and saw the bearded man standing at the top of the stairs. She said softly: "The guest staying in the hotel is slovenly, but he is quite rich. He has been staying in the hotel for several days." Oh, he was wearing a leather armor in the tavern, I thought he was just watching the show! "No, it''s just an ordinary hotel guest who checks out in two days, so no one cares about him. He usually likes to stand there." Penny explained. Oh, thats it. At this time, a new guest came in, and Penny immediately got up to leave. ?Wu Heng took out another silver coin and stuffed it into her hand. Feeling the silver coin enter the palm of her hand, the smile on the woman''s face became a little thicker, "The guest is waiting for me to finish my work." Speaking, he turned around to greet the new customers entering the store. ?Wu Heng took another sip of wine, got up and left with Basson. Get out of the tavern. ??Wu Heng returned to the second floor opposite. Entering the room, the three of them looked at him at the same time. Altluk asked: "How is it? Have you found the target?" "Yes, there are three people in the tavern, one is guarding the stairs, and the other two are in the second room to the right up the stairs." Wu Heng answered directly. In the tavern, he saw the man guarding the stairs. ??The remaining two people were seen visually by ''Xiao Xiao'', and it was confirmed that all three of them were in the tavern. After hearing this, the three of them frowned. How do you know so clearly? Yuri asked. ?She turned into a fear crow and flew around in such a wide circle without finding anyone. Within a few minutes of entering, you even found the inside of the room? I gave him a tip and asked the clerk about it. He also said that they would check out in two days and it would be difficult to catch them again, Wu Heng said. Purchasing information with money is indeed a method. ??Oteluk continued: "Yuri, stay outside and be careful of the other party escaping. Wu Heng will follow us into the store and arrest them directly." "What! Why can''t I go in and arrest people?" Yuri raised her hand and asked. Kavina smiled and explained: "If someone runs away, it''s easier for you to catch them." To stay outside, you definitely need someone. The tavern was a mess, and finding a target in the crowd was more difficult than staring at the door. Wu Heng needs to identify the target immediately and arrest the person directly. ?? Let Yuli stay outside. Wu Heng felt that he was afraid that the little girl would be injured during her first action. After all, she came in through the back door. ??This task was commissioned by themselves, not a task issued by the association. Okay then! Yuli nodded and agreed. Its okay, Ill let Basson accompany you. ??Wu Heng began to put on leather armor, then put on a gangster mask and leather helmet. I just showed up in a tavern, and then I went in to arrest someone. I felt a little embarrassed. No need, just follow the captains plan. Orteluk didn''t want to delay any more and said directly: "Okay, let''s go downstairs first and pay attention to safety." Okay! The three of them nodded. ?After a few people were ready, they went straight downstairs and walked towards the pub opposite. As soon as he got closer, the man selling the potion came over again with a smile. ??When he saw Altluk in silver armor, he immediately lowered his head, pretended to look around, and then turned around and left. No one paid attention to him and went directly into the tavern. Just opened the door and entered. ??The wanted criminal on the stairs, leaning on the guardrail, suddenly changed his face, turned around and ran back. ?Wu Heng immediately pointed, "Captain, that guy is going to run away." Arrest people! Hurrah! ?A few people pushed away the crowd and rushed towards the second floor. ?Bassen and Kavina were the fastest, striding up the stairs and holding on to the guardrail to the second floor. Bang~! The man who escaped kicked open the door and shouted: "People from the association, hurry up..." Before he could say the next words, he was kicked to the ground. ??The wanted criminal rolled his hands and immediately had a short blade in his hand, looking ahead with a cold look. Kavina took the lead and rushed forward. The long sword in her hand was as fast as lightning, and she slashed directly at the opponent. Dang~! ?The wanted criminal blocked with a blade, and the sound of metal collision echoed in the room. ?Besides, Bassen also rushed towards another person with double blades in his hands, and they fought together instantly. ??The third wanted criminal pulled out a long sword from under the bed. Just as he was about to rush to the rescue of his companions, he saw Altluk and Wu Heng entering the room. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire rang out. Orange bullets were fired at two of them. The bullet penetrated his body and he fell to the ground. ?The last person saw that something was not going well, so he turned over and jumped from the window. ??Wu Heng quickly approached the window. There were other people downstairs and he didn''t dare to shoot down. Raise your hand to cast [Dancing Lights] at the target. In an instant, four suspended light groups quickly surrounded the fleeing wanted criminal. This was developed by Wu Heng later. Dancing Lights can also be used on designated objects, but the target must be kept within a certain distance of the caster. The wanted criminal landed on the ground, staggered, looked at the light group surrounding him, and waved his sword randomly. Seeing that it had no effect, he continued to run away. In a dim environment, like a walking light bulb. Yuli! Wu Heng shouted. "I know! But I don''t know if I can handle it. It''s my first time in actual combat." Before he finished speaking, he saw a wolf chasing after him quickly. ?Wu Heng glanced behind him and jumped down with Bassen. Dancing Lights has a distance, and the target cannot be too far away from you. Because the first floor is a pub and the second floor is a bit high. ?Bassen landed smoothly, Wu Heng staggered a little, but his basic attributes could keep up, and there was no damage except numbness in his feet. ?Otluk and Kavina wiped the necks of two wanted criminals directly, and were about to jump down after them. Outside the door, a large number of mercenaries rushed in. The boss looked at the two of them with an unkind expression. ?Oteluk glanced at Kavina and said, "Go and help them." Kavina nodded and jumped out of the window. ??The boss narrowed his eyes slightly and suppressed his anger and said: "Captain Altluk, I need an explanation." (End of this chapter) Chapter 62 , the team is not enough Chapter 62: Insufficient team ?Wu Heng and Basen ran forward quickly, trying to catch up with the escaping target. The location of the residential buildings and the complicated roads make it very difficult to walk. ?When he chased into an alley, he heard violent hammering sounds inside. ?Wu Heng walked into the alley and saw a giant brown bear, holding a wanted criminal like a light source, hanging heavily on the ground. After one click, he came three times quickly. Then he was thrown hard against the wall. The wanted criminal slid down the wall and did not get up again. Huh~! ??The brown bear breathed a sigh of relief, and transformed back into Yuri''s form in the next second, but his forehead was covered with sweat beads, and his slightly curled bangs were pressed against his forehead. Done! Yuli gave a thumbs up. Awesome, you are worthy of being my teammate. Wu Heng also raised one. Thats it! ?Wu Heng glanced at the body of the wanted criminal, and Bassen stepped forward to give him another stab. There is no experience, so he was probably killed directly by Yuri. How should this body be disposed of? Yuri continued to ask. It should be transported back to the Professionals Association. The identity will be verified and we will be rewarded. The bounty is coming, how do you plan to spend it? Well, I havent thought about it, what about you? First eat all the taverns in the city, and then go to the black market to buy something you like. Yuri hugged her arms and talked about the distribution of her bounty. ??Wu Heng glanced at her and then at the body, "This is just an ordinary wanted criminal, and there is not that much reward." Oh, lets eat in the tavern first. The two of them were chatting at the corpse, and Kavina also ran over quickly. Seeing the body on the ground, he breathed a sigh of relief. said: "Let''s go back and talk, and take the body with you first." Bassen, you carry the body. Basson picked up the body and the three of them walked towards the tavern together. Back to the Mermaid Tavern, a lot of people gathered at the door. There were also patrolling guards among them, guarding the surrounding areas. ?Oteluk stood at the door, with the corpses of two wanted criminals at his feet. ?Seeing his members walking back, he nodded and said, "Let''s go back to the association first." The corpse was placed on the carriage and rushed towards the association together. Return to the association. Three people were chatting in the lounge. ?It is also a good thing to be able to catch three wanted criminals so quickly and efficiently. Not to mention the increase in income, it also proves that the strength of the team is actually pretty good. Although he looked a little embarrassed when chasing and catching. But the result was good and the target was successfully killed. Not long after, captain Altluk came back from outside, holding several money bags in his hand. The identities have been verified. They are three wanted criminals. Here is the bounty, as well as the money they carry. Each person can probably share more than 120 silver coins. The effective information provided by Yuli will get 10% more. ?This wanted criminal has done a lot of work. The total wanted reward for the three of them was just over a hundred silver coins, so each of the four of them had more than a hundred silver coins. Its a pity that he didnt spend much money, and he was very careful in the tavern, and was eventually killed by them. No, just share it equally among everyone! Yuli scratched her head, feeling a little embarrassed. The distribution is like this. Next time others get accurate information, they can get more points. Kavina said, putting her arms around Yulis shoulders. Thank you everyone. Yuli happily put it away. ??Wu Heng felt that she should not be short of money, not to mention that her aunt ran Money Cat by herself, and she heard that there was a mercenary group under her subordinates. When Yuri first came to the association, the armor she wore was a magic item.????At least his background should be extraordinary. But the little girl should be very happy to earn money with her own hands for the first time. ??Otluk continued: "This operation also exposed our shortcomings, the lack of reconnaissance capabilities. The attack method was as if judged by the enemy, and there was no means to limit the target." Good guy. ?There is also a post-war summary. In terms of reconnaissance ability, Xiao Xiao is a very good scout, but he cannot show it off. Yuri''s Dread Crow can also conduct reconnaissance, but if she conducts reconnaissance, there will be fewer people in the team, and combat and reconnaissance cannot be guaranteed to proceed at the same time. Furthermore, Yurinas detection level needs to be used more. As for attack methods, Alteruk and Kavina are both ordinary melee combatants. The Wuheng pistol counts as one, and Yuli turns into an animal, which is actually not bad. The restriction of targets should be talking about the escape of wanted criminals. They really have no means of controlling people. No one spoke, just continued to listen. Later, lets pay attention to these points and find ways to make up for the shortcomings. Okay captain. Several people nodded. Orteluk also smiled and said, "Well, our team''s operation was successful today. It''s getting late. Let''s go back and rest. We can do this kind of operation several more times in the future." "good!" ?Everyone got up and walked outside. Farewell at the door of the association. ??Wu Heng called a carriage, parked it outside the crowded area, and walked back to his residence. Go back to your residence and have something to eat. Took out the sword skills and started training according to them. The next day. Zombie World, rooftop. ?Wu Heng stood on the top of the building and began to confirm the level of the skeleton. ?Except for the skeletons brought back from Blackstone Town such as Basson and Sword One and Sword Two. The skeletons of this world have also been greatly improved. ?There is one fifth-level skeleton, 18 fourth-level skeletons, 77 third-level skeletons, and the rest are second-level and first-level skeletons, with a number of more than 500. There are several level 4 skeletons among them, which will be upgraded to level 5 soon. At that time, the [Basic Soul] feature will also be unlocked. You can understand commands better and your behavior will not be so stiff. After confirming the number and status of the skeletons, he led the skeleton team downstairs and walked out of the community. ??The road to the Hardware Store was only half cleared, delayed by the survivors matters. Today we need to continue going there and get the steel inside. The road was cleared to the north yesterday and today there will be remaining Xiaodong Auto Repair, roof. Li Yahong and others carefully lay on the roof and looked at the skeleton team passing by. ?One of them said: "What are these? The things they are wearing look like the equipment in the movie." It doesnt look like a team of superpowers. They can use superpowers and conjure up this kind of armor and weapons? I remember there is a Taoist temple in Suhua Mountain behind, and I dont know if I can restrain these skeletons. No one paid attention to him, and the people on the side said: "They seem to be going to Building Materials Street. Didn''t Qiangzi escape from there? They say there are a lot of zombies there." The man called Qiangzi immediately turned around and said, "Yes, there are already a lot of zombies in that kind of place. If they go there, I don''t know if they can win." After a short silence. Someone else asked: "Sister Hong, they may not be able to come back. Should we still make iron spears?" ??Li Yahong looked at the group of skeletons going away and said, "Do it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 63 , give you two helpers Chapter 63: Give you two helpers Building Materials Street. On both sides of the street, there are mostly hardware stores, paint and panel shops. The team of skeletons, with their backs against the shop behind them, resisted the influx of zombies. ??Wu Heng, protected by the skeleton, saw the right moment to release [Grease Technique]. A large number of zombies fell to the sky, and before they could stand up, they were trampled under the feet of more zombies behind them. ?Wu Heng lit the cloth and threw it into the grease. Huh~! ?The flames suddenly rose, drowning the fallen zombies. Tap tap tap~! The running and roaring did not stop. ?After a short gap, a large number of zombies rushed out of the flames, covered in flames, and continued to pounce on the skeleton team. Puff puff puff~! ?Withered and decayed bodies collided with the spears, crowded and pushed, roared and grabbed, like fierce ghosts. ??The spear skeleton kept thrusting forward to draw out the spear. The kitchen knife skeleton raised the kitchen knife in his hand and slashed at the zombies that rushed forward. ?Zombies fell one by one, and some skeletons were torn into pieces of white bones. ?Wu Heng hides among the skeletons and releases [Witchcraft Arrows] behind the zombies to increase his own damage. The release of spells is not like in the game where we are divided into enemies and friends. ??Grease spells can also cause skeletons to fall over, and witchcraft arrows can also bounce off skeletons if not done properly. So when releasing, keep a good distance. Don''t attack with one move and give away a piece to your own people. Bawudong, Big Man, Bassen and other slightly higher-level skeletons were also arranged in the team to kill some zombies that broke through the defense line. Two skeletons above level 10, showing extremely high combat effectiveness. ?Especially for big guys, zombies can fly four or five meters away with just one slap. Even though he was not dead after landing, he became disabled and continued to crawl forward with great difficulty. Gain experience +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +2. Summon. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5, unlocked characteristics: basic soul. Strength +1, perception +6, intelligence +8, charm +4. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, level increased to level 5.... As the fighting continues. ??The experience points of Wuheng and Skeleton are also increasing rapidly. Several skeleton warriors reached level 5 in succession. Unlock [Basic Soul]. Amidst the roars and sounds of fighting, the number of zombies began to decrease. ?Wu Heng looked at the numbers in front of him and directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The group of skeletons on standby to defend charged forward. Like a meat grinder, it crashed directly into the remaining zombies, and the weapons fell on their faces, killing them all. The last crawling zombie was killed, and the whole street became quiet. The skeleton group also entered the standby state again and stood there in a daze. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground and asked curiously: "Xiaoxiao, where is the dog you mentioned?" ?Xiao Xiao lay on his shoulder with some fear, and then said: "I don''t know, I was on this street just now, maybe I was scared away!" Before entering this road, Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to conduct a survey in advance. In addition to the group of corpses, we also saw two dogs, that is, deformed dogs. But after the battle, not even the shadow of the dog was seen. It should be. Aberrant dogs have a certain degree of intelligence. The previous battle may have made them sense danger and run away directly. ?This made Wu Heng''s idea of ??killing them in exchange for corpse cores come to nothing. ??? I have an antidote, and the corpse core is a panacea. Eating it will directly increase your attributes. Its a pity that its not available this time. Confirm that all the surrounding zombies are dead. ?Wuheng took Bawudong and several skeletons into the hardware store. The store is very messy. Shelves were overturned, and there were broken glass and various things like screws and kettles all over the floor. It makes a creaking sound when you step on it. Soon, he saw various tools, as well as the metal pipes and welding rods he needed. The stock in the shop is enough for the people in the auto repair shop to make a certain amount of weapons for themselves. Looking around in the store. At the bottom of the shelf on one side, I also found boxes of gas masks. ?The kind with a filter on the bottom and a transparent mask on the top. On the cover, it says "Special for chemical pesticides, filtering more than 95%". ??This reminded Wu Heng of the crow''s mouth mask Kavina chose. It also had the effect of filtering poisonous gas, but the side effect was that he was also poisoned. It feels worse than these gas masks. At least filtration is filtration. There is no saying that it filters poisonous gases and that the mask itself contains poisons. The number of gas masks is also sufficient, and a large box was found. "Uncle, is there what you are looking for here?" Xiaoxiao flew down from the roof and looked around and asked. Yes, the number is quite large. Is that all these things? Well, they are all tools for people in auto repair shops. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao went around in a circle and continued to ask: "If they don''t work hard, will you kill them?" ?Wu Heng was stunned, "Why do you think so?" Then what if they dont work well? If they want to exchange for food, they need to work, otherwise they will go hungry. Wu Heng explained. Then they will be hungry and wont give you a job. What will you do? Dont be so stubborn! ?Wu Heng walked around the store and began to think about how to transport these things back. Looking around, I found several three-wheeled carts on the roadside. ?There are many crashed cars on the whole road, and it will only be more troublesome to drive back. ?These carts seem to be of some use. Have a few skeletons push the cart to the front of the store, and direct the skeletons to start carrying things. A few cars were loaded with goods, and the rest were loaded with corpses. When everything is dealt with, let the big guy push the crashed car away, make way for a path, lead the team to push the cart, carry the body, and start to leave in a majestic manner. Waiting for the skeleton team to gradually disappear. A huge, humanoid zombie on all fours slowly walked out from a distance. ?One of the giant paws dragged two limp, deformed dogs. ?Looking at the direction the skeleton left, he walked back and forth twice. The sharp nails crushed the deformed dog''s head, and blood and rotten flesh flowed between the fingers. He threw the corpse core into his mouth and swallowed it. Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop. Those skeletons havent come back yet. Have they been killed? Its better not to die all of them. He hasnt given us any food yet. If he dies like this, who can we find to kill him? With so many zombies, even if we dont die, we will definitely lose a lot of skeletons. ?A few people were discussing, speculating that the skeleton team would either die or withdraw with heavy losses. ?At this moment, the intercom placed on the table made a hissing sound. Everyones hearts tightened and they subconsciously held their breath. Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop? Come to the roadside to unload the goods. Take whatever you need back home. Hello? Can you hear me? When asked for the second time, Li Yahong and others responded. Everyones eyes widened, with some disbelief in their eyes. ??He really came out with the goods. He picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Is there nothing going on over there?" The walkie-talkie responded, "It''s okay. I''ll be there soon. Get ready. Come over too. I have something to talk to you about." ?Li Yahong''s eyes changed, but she still said: "Oh, okay!" The walkie-talkie had just hung up, and the sentry ran down quickly. said: "Sister Hong, those skeletons are back and pushing a few tricycles." ?A few people quickly climbed onto the roof and saw skeletons escorting tricycles slowly coming over. ?Other than the steel pipe tools on the vehicle, the most eye-catching thing was the charred corpses piled up on the tricycle. The roadside. The people at Xiaodong''s auto repair shop were carrying the goods cautiously. A pair of eyes, carefully scanning the skeletons on both sides, only feeling a little trembling in the calves. ??Being stared at by a large group of skeletons always makes me feel panicked. Not far away. ??Li Yahong saw Wu Heng and the ghost Xiaoxiao lying on his shoulder. ?Seeing that the other person is really a human being makes me feel a little unreal. Hello, sir, my name is Li Yahong. If you have anything you can ask us to do. Li Yahongs attitude was very humble and she bowed slightly when we met. ?Wu Heng also glanced at her. She is younger than she thought, more than 20 years old but less than 30 years old. She has short hair and slightly dark skin. She is pretty good-looking and cant be said to be a beauty. She gives people a capable feeling. I will arrange two helpers for you to assist you in your work. Huh? Oh, okay! Li Yahong was stunned for a moment, then subconsciously agreed. One spear and two spears, you follow her and help with some work. The skeleton holding the pitchfork came over and stood next to Wu Heng. ??Li Yahong looked at the skeleton holding an iron spear with a blue light shining in its skull. His calves are shaking. Skeleton, skeleton? (End of this chapter) Chapter 64 , talk to the dead Chapter 64, Conversation with the Dead In this battle, a total of 6 skeletons reached level 5 and unlocked [Basic Soul]. Counting the spears that reached level 5 before, we have 7 level 5 skeleton warriors. ?For the sake of convenience, the ones added later were named Spear 2, Spear 3, Spear 4, and finally Spear 7. Using self-spray paint from the hardware store, I spray-painted a serial number on the skeleton. In the future, you can see the number to call people, so as to prevent people from being distracted when there are too many people. Li Yahong reacted immediately after a brief absence. He hurriedly said: "Ahem~! Well, if we agree to your work, we can complete it. There is no need for these two... um... friends to come and help." Arrange two skeletons in your own residence, and you may have nightmares at night. ??Wu Heng looked at the skeleton, then at Li Yahong, and said, "You can let them do some hard work, but you must also teach them to use tools, such as generators and angle grinders." This is Wu Hengs idea. Skeletons have a basic soul, and their understanding is not much different from that of normal people. ?Wu Heng was wondering if the skeletons could learn how to use these tools. I dont know whether these people in the auto repair shop will leave, but I also need people who can use these tools. Human physical strength is incomparable to that of skeletons. ?Once a skeleton learns to use these tools to make weapons, it can work all day long without sleeping. It is a very good labor force. Boss, I dont think this is necessary! Li Yahong said with a stiff smile. "If necessary, I''ll leave these two to you." Wu Heng said directly. Skeleton warriors have reached level 5 and have higher attributes than normal people. Im not afraid of what these people will do to the skeleton. And there is no need, unless they want to make themselves uncomfortable. ?Seeing Wu Heng''s firm tone, Li Yahong had nothing to do. Then you have to ensure that they wont hurt us or get out of control. Well, as long as you dont harm them, they wont do anything. Well, okay then! Li Yahong could only nod in agreement. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many iron spears have been produced?" 11 finished products have been made. So slow? It will be faster when we bring the welding rod back. Li Yahong glanced at the people carrying the welding rod. "Well, hold on tight." Wu Heng warned, and then asked: "Do you know where there are aberrant creatures? They are zombies that have mutated." "Are you looking for a mutant zombie? I heard from Qiangzi that there is a very powerful mutant zombie over there at the hardware store. He saw it when he escaped from there." Aberrant dog? No, a humanoid deformed zombie with a strange shape, didnt you see it? ?Wu Heng frowned and shook his head, "I didn''t see it." "Maybe he left." Li Yahong thought for a while and said, "Are you planning to collect the ''white matter'' from the zombies?" The matter of leukocytosis is known wherever radio can be received. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng suspected that the reason why Li Yahong became the leader of Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory was because of taking leukocytosis. "Well, if you find any information about aberrant zombies in the future, you can inform me. If the information is accurate, I will give you food as reward." Wu Heng said directly. "good!" The two of them were chatting. ??There were also shouts from the distance, "Sister Hong, it''s done here." ?Li Yahong turned her head and looked at her and said, "Then I''ll go back first." "Um." ?Wu Heng nodded. ??The other people saw Li Yahong coming back with two skeletons, and their eyes were full of horror. Return to the community where you live. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to carry the tools upstairs and pile the corpses on the pile in the distance. With several battles, the number of corpses has been increasing. On the contrary, the efficiency of Wuheng''s transformation is getting lower and lower. Turn on the radio and listen to the content inside, and continue to release the bone-slaking technique to transform into a skeleton. Night falls. ??Wu Heng took the skeletons back to the roof and returned to Blackstone Town to rest. the next day. Wu Heng came to transform the skeleton early in the morning, when the sound of electric current came from the intercom. ?Wu Heng picked it up and heard Li Yahong''s voice. Boss, we brought some iron spears and want to exchange them for some food and anti-inflammatory drugs first. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "How many did you bring?" 35! Well, Ill pick you up. Wu Heng walked out of the community with the skeleton. Ordinary skeleton warriors have no intelligence and will attack any unit that is not their own. So, Li Yahong and the others couldn''t get close. ??Leading Bawudong and several skeletons out of the north gate, they saw steel pipes and iron spears placed on the cart. Some are fixed with drilled screws, while more are directly welded on. ?Wu Heng checked two of them and felt quite satisfied. At least they were much stronger than the ones he wrapped with tape. Okay, Jianyi will give them the things. Jianyi handed half a bag of rice, two packets of sugar, and a box of anti-inflammatory medicine to the other party. Ill give you these first, and Ill make up for the rest later. ?Although I dont lack these, the agreed trading rules are the standards, so dont break them easily. Seeing the rice and sugar placed on the cart, several people''s faces showed joy. ?This proves that the other party means what he says, and he can make iron spears and have a full meal in the future. There is no need to shrink or diet. Okay, lets go back and do it immediately. Li Yahong said. ?This kind of work is not difficult either. ?It''s all done by machine. The most troublesome part is the making and sharpening of the spearhead, and then welding it to the iron pipe is complete. Well, lets go back! The two sides separated, and Wu Heng returned to the community carrying the iron spear. Distribute iron spears to level 5 and level 4 skeleton warriors. Hand the replaced daggers and spears to the remaining skeletons. The number of spear skeletons has also been improved. Lead the skeleton team to sweep around the community and kill all the zombies that wander over. While improving experience, also solve hidden dangers. In the remaining time, Wu Heng carried out boring skeleton transformation. Skeletons stood up among the corpses, took the handed kitchen knives, and stood among the skeletons. Blackstone Town, Professionals Association. ??Wu Heng came to the bar and asked the staff: "Help me see if the commission released has been completed? It''s about the antidote." ??The last time I obtained the second-level corpse core, I took it to the association to make an antidote. ?Lets see if its completed today? Okay. The staff began to look through the records on the table. Reading it from beginning to end, he shook his head and said, "There is no record that has been completed yet." Thank you! Wu Heng turned around and walked out. ??This commission is a bit long, and it should be related to the difficulty of the Level 2 Corpse Core. He himself was not in a hurry, but he had been holding the body core in his hand, and it would probably rot in a few days. At that time, once the corpse core deteriorates, a new poison may be produced. I was anxious, but there was nothing I could do. Halfway through, Wu Heng stopped. He turned around and walked out of the city, boarded a carriage with an empty license plate and headed towards the black market. The carriage sped along and entered the Black Market Manor. ?Wu Heng paid the entrance fee and took Bassen into the castle. ?Go to the second floor, stand under the notice board, and look at the commission above. ??The commission for the alchemist''s corpse was not completed, so he went down the stairs. Haunted around the stalls below. Today there were more people than ever before, and it was a mess, all of them wearing black cloaks. ?Wu Heng walked around and watched casually. Then squatted down in front of a familiar stall. Looking at a book on a rag. Conversation with the Dead (Description: Give a corpse a little life and intelligence within the casting range, allowing it to answer up to ''five'' questions. The corpse must have a mouth and cannot be an undead creature. After casting the spell, the unit will not be able to continue to transform into dead. Spiritual arms.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 65 , Necronomicon Chapter 65, Necronomicon Can you bring a corpse back to life and answer five questions? ??These are some underworld skills. But it is also obvious that this book belongs to the skills in the necromancy system. As I learn about necromancy, I have some guesses about this faction. At present, the Necromancer feels more like a summoning and assisting profession. The Necromancer summons the enemy from the front and releases spells such as [Weakening Ray] from behind to add negative BUFF to the enemy. ?Of course, this is just his current speculation. After all, he only learned a few skills, and no one answered these questions for him. The [Conversation with the Dead] in front of us should also be classified as an auxiliary skill. Let the dead speak. Um..., I feel like there is no place where I can use it. After thinking about it, it seems to be useful. After all, I am also a member of the professional team, compared to the international police in another world. ??Maybe one day we will encounter a murder case. At that time, no one else can solve the case. Once you get there, let the corpse identify the murderer on its own. There is no need to collect evidence, it is simple and efficient. Merits and bounties can also be easily earned. ?Thinking about it this way, its really good. "A magic that allows the dead to converse briefly." The stall owner introduced him aloud when he saw him squatting and watching. "How much?" 55 silver. The price is okay. ?Wu Heng did not buy it directly, but continued to look at the organ jars aside. organ jar (Description: A container that can preserve organs well.) ?This organ jar has been sitting here all this time and has not been sold at all. What is this? Wu Heng asked deliberately. An organ jar, which can store organs, 220 silver coins. The voice came from under the black robe. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then continued to ask: "Apart from the organs, can anything else be stored?" "What''s the meaning?" "Is it okay to store meat or something? Just don''t let it spoil." ?Heipao didnt make any answer. ??Wu Heng continued: "I really plan to buy it." Okay, this is a magic item! said the man in black robe. Can I open it and take a look? Look! ?The whole thing is similar to a clay pot, about 25 centimeters in height, with colorful patterns and symbols painted on the pot body. The lid is a skull image, about the size of a walnut, and can be opened in the same way as a normal clay pot. ?Hold the skull cover and open it directly. The jar is empty and very dry. Okay, I want this jar and the skill book. 275 silver coins. The stall owners tone remained calm. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to pay, and then looked at the other things. He asked casually: "Do you have anything else in your hand? If I need anything, you can buy it together." What do you need? Skill book, or some special prop. The stall owners black robe moved slightly, as if he looked up at him. ??But Wu Heng was wearing a black cloak from the black market, and he was wearing a gangster''s hood, so he was not afraid of others looking at him. There was a little silence. ?The other party fumbled under his black robe and took out an old black book. The cover should be made of leather. It is very old and has many marks on the surface. The name is translated as Book of the Dead. ?Wu Heng frowned and his eyes fell on it. There is no system prompt, which means it is not a skill book or a prop. ?Wu Heng took it, opened it and took a look. The entire book, every page is made of fine parchment, the pages are yellowed, the edges are rough and fluffy, and the writing on them is also very dark. But the above content is still clear. The page I opened casually was filled with dense text and some accompanying pictures. ??This record is about the armor making of skeleton warriors. According to the above statement. Skeletons only have skeletons and cannot wear armor normally like ordinary people, so the type of armor is a skirt armor that is integrated into the upper body armor. ?Similar to a woman''s dress, the armor on the lower body is connected to the upper body and worn on the body through the support of the upper body. This point, Wu Heng feels makes sense. The trousers of Bassen and Jianyijianer are both tied to the frame. Looks like he is wearing pants, but in fact they are laced inside. But the book talks about armor, which is different from ordinary pants. Handlessly turned to another page, which introduced information about ghosts. In other words, this is an encyclopedia about the undead, recording relevant knowledge. What a good thing. For other professions, or for Necromancers with inheritance, this book is not of high value. But in Wu Hengs view, it is really of high value. Do you need it? asked the stall owner. "How much?" 200 silver coins. ?Wu Heng was stunned and said: "It''s a bit expensive!" You can put it down if you dont need it. The other person stretched out his hand to take the book back. ?Wu Heng retracted his hand and said, "I want it." ??Bassen took out another money bag and handed it directly to the other party. ??The stall owner didn''t say anything more. He put away his money bag and maintained his original posture. ??Wu Heng took the things he bought, left the black market with Bassen, got on the carriage and left. Finish dinner from a crowded pub. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng took out todays harvest and put it all on the table. The first is the organ jar. The whole clay pot gives people a weird feeling. Put the bloodshot secondary corpse core in carefully. Cover the jar, the sealing position is instantly closed, and the gap seems to be sealed with a layer of sealing mud. The gaps in the connection are basically invisible. I hope it works! Wu Heng said. Hope it can have some effect, the corpse core will deteriorate in a few days. Send the organ jar back to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng continued to look through the skill books he bought. Necromantic magic is the use of spiritual power and necromantic energy. So that the corpse can rise. ??It''s not some kind of destiny change that really makes the dead body come to life, but creating a false life through necromancy magic. To call out what the deceased has experienced. So, even if the deceased comes back to life, he is not the same deceased as before. Relatives will not show any emotion when standing in front of them. Just follow the rules and answer five questions before lying down again. Even so, being able to invent these magics is quite impressive. ?Wu Heng turned the skill book to the last page, and the system prompt sounded immediately. Unlock skill: Talk to the Dead ?Sure enough, I have unlocked the skills. Its not like a swordsmanship book. Ive been reading it for so many days and still havent made any progress. ?Putting the skill book away, Wu Heng also wanted to take a look at the ''Book of the Dead''. But the night was getting a little dark, and I felt a little sleepy. After a brief wash, he went directly to bed to rest and wait until tomorrow. The next day. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng assigned the next task to the skeleton and started reading the purchased Book of the Dead. It was not like yesterday that I casually turned to a page, but started to read it carefully from the beginning. ?According to the book, the mental power of a junior necromancer is very fragile, and both spellcasting and undead manipulation are limited. A junior necromancer can probably control up to twenty skeleton warriors. Twenty? Wu Heng looked back at the densely packed skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 66 , hospital survivor Chapter 66, Hospital Survivors ?Wu Heng was a little dazed when he saw that the junior mage could only control twenty skeletons. Who wrote this? It cant be a pirated book! ?The first day I cleaned the corridor, the number was close to more than twenty. How can it be so few? Furthermore, the book also records that the transformation of corpses by necromantic magic can only transform corpses that exceed the third level of itself. Otherwise, the corpse will easily collapse, or the spiritual connection will not be established after the transformation, and the corpse will lose control. But here in Wuheng, none of these things happened. Now I am at level 4, and the highest Bawudong is a level 12 skeleton. It is obviously different from what is recorded in the book. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling that something was not right. Either there is something wrong with the records in the book, or he is gifted and a natural necromantic genius. But my academic performance since childhood has been so good, so it is unlikely that I am a genius. Just when Wu Heng planned to continue to look backward. ?Xiao Xiao floated over from the air, pointed to the north, and said, "Uncle, the aunt who makes the iron spear is here." Li Yahong? ??I did ask them to speed up the production of iron spears, but I didn''t have to deliver them one day at a time. The surrounding zombies have been cleared away, but its hard to say whether there will be zombies from afar wandering over. They were infected, but no one taught the skeletons to use these tools. Where are you? Without waiting for Xiao Xiao''s reply, Li Yahong''s voice came from the intercom, "Are you there? I brought over the iron spear I made yesterday." Okay, Im going out now. ??Wu Heng walked out of the north gate and saw Li Yahong and the iron pipe spears placed on the tricycle. 35 in total. Li Yahong said. "Well, I''m quite satisfied with this efficiency." Wu Heng waved back, and several skeletons came out, carrying iron spears and walking towards the back. Li Yahong did not leave, and continued: "Do you still need news about the aberrant zombies?" ??Wu Heng looked back at her and said, "What news do you have?" The day before yesterday, he and Li Yahong mentioned the matter of aberrant zombies. Can there be news so soon? He was quite curious about the source of the other partys intelligence. ??Li Yahong nodded and said: "Survivors in a certain area will communicate some news on a fixed frequency band. Last night, some survivors said there were aberrant zombies." Near us? "Well, that person said that several of them were trapped in the medicine warehouse of the Second Hospital, and there were deformed zombies outside. They wanted someone to rescue them. I didn''t respond, I just wrote it down." Li Yahong said He looked at the other person''s expression carefully. "Hospital?" The Second Hospital is the only major hospital in their district. In fact, the level of medical care is only average. For serious illnesses, you need to go to the city. Only minor illnesses can be treated here. ??It seems reasonable that some deformed zombies can appear in that kind of place. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and decided that he might as well go over and take a look. By the way, Im going to raise my level. Im about to reach level five. He said directly: "Don''t leave either. Let''s go there together later." "Ah! Ah? I, I... I don''t have to, I will hold you back." Li Yahong''s voice trembled, her face full of panic. I wish I could give myself two mouths to talk nonsense about. ??Isnt this a way to get yourself in! Its okay, just come in and well go there together. Wu Heng continued. Jian Yi Jian Er has already passed by, pushing Li Yahong''s cart towards the community. Li Yahong could only follow quickly, carefully avoiding some skeletons. ??? Skeleton The team exits from the east gate and heads south into the main road. ? Many cars crashed into each other, and the whole road was like a car scrapyard, full of horrific car wrecks. The skeleton team moved along the road. ?Wu Heng asked Li Yahong about the cause of the zombie outbreak. She couldnt explain clearly. She only knew that zombies suddenly broke out, as if they were randomly selected. One second they were normal people, and the next second they became zombies. She was lucky enough to survive as the auto repair shop was closed at the time. ?Li Yahong and the people from the auto repair shop all got together later and survived by luck. ?As long as you get on the main road, you are only about two kilometers away from the hospital, which is actually much closer than Building Materials Street. ??The skeleton team did not delay, while cleaning up the zombies rushing out along the road, they moved forward. ??There are far fewer zombies on the main road than in the community. And its scattered, so its not difficult to deal with. When the hospital sign could be seen, the skeleton team stopped and began to rest on the spot. From a distance, a large number of zombies can be seen gathering in the open space in front of the hospital building. Different from scattered zombies. It seemed to be wandering in a fixed location. Two deformed dogs were also seen walking back and forth in the yard. There was no conflict between the deformed dogs and the zombies. "We coexist peacefully?" Wu Heng was a little surprised, then looked at Xiaoxiao, "Xiaoxiao, go and take a look inside the hospital." Oh. Xiaoxiao nodded, his body slowly faded and disappeared. Hospital building, warehouse. The closed door separated the room from the corridor. The square room, which was about 20 square meters, was filled with various medicine boxes, as well as a filthy area in the corner. The already airtight room was filled with a disgusting smell. At this time, there were two groups of people standing in the room. On one side are a man and two women, both wearing dirty white coats, and on the other side are two men, one wearing a black shirt with a gold chain, and the other wearing a security uniform. The two parties were holding scalpels and syringes with needles, and looked at each other angrily. "Don''t go too far, you guys. We let you in and didn''t let you be eaten by zombies. Now you are actually trying to repay kindness with enmity." A female nurse said angrily. The man with the gold chain shook the scalpel in his hand and said with a sneer: "How long has it been? I am still my savior. When this glucose is gone, we will not be able to survive. It is better for us to be happy together and enjoy each other before we die." So cool." ??The man said, looking at the nurses opposite. Before, there was still some food and some glucose to survive. At the back, the radio failed to contact anyone, and there was no food left, which was completely unsatisfactory for the few people in the room to survive. It''s all going to die anyway, so it''s better to make yourself feel better first. You guys are going to die badly. A female nurse cursed. "Hahaha! We will all die." The man with the gold chain laughed and turned around and said, "Brother, let''s go together. Don''t kill the old man. I want him to watch us playing with them." The man behind him hesitated a little, but nodded anyway. What time has it been? We still need to take care of these things. Go! the man with the gold chain said, and rushed forward with a scalpel. Just as he stepped forward, his steps suddenly stopped. ?His body fell backwards, and he quickly moved backwards to distance himself. A vague figure appeared from the corner. Dont fight, uncle is here to save you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 67 , internal strife among survivors Chapter 67, Internal strife among survivors Everyone looked at the shadow floating in the air with fear on their faces. They never expected that something like a ghost suddenly appeared at this time. And he can also talk. ??The man with the gold chain, who had been so aggressive just now and declared that he wanted to have a good time before he died, fell to the ground and kept moving backwards. With a clang, it hit the shelf at the back and stopped moving. ?Several nurses on the other side also covered their mouths to prevent themselves from making any noise. The entire warehouse suddenly fell into silence. Damn it, there really are ghosts in this world. The man with the gold chain stood up holding the cardboard box and walked to the side of another security man. Three parties of people formed a triangular opposition in the small warehouse. ??The nurse hugged a ball tightly and squatted against it in the southeast corner. The man with the gold chain and the security man stood in the northeast corner, and Xiao Xiao was floating in the west. They both kept their distance from each other, and their eyes were wary. What are you doing? Xiaoxiao felt that something was not right in the atmosphere and asked curiously. What are you? the man with the gold chain asked, his hand holding the scalpel tightly, already covered with sweat. ?Xiaoxiao looked at him and said, "My name is Xiaoxiao, and the Fuheng Silver Store is opened by my family." Oh. The man said casually, then took two steps forward and stabbed the shadow with the scalpel in his hand. The scalpel was like pricking a balloon, and the shadow suddenly floated away. The man with the gold chain looked happy and turned around and shouted: "This is the projection they made. Don''t be fooled. Just do it and let you pick first." Okay. The security guard also glanced at the shadow and pounced on it. Fight them. The doctor from the opposite side shouted, and rushed forward with the nurse. The small figures reunited at the side. And the two waves of people were already fighting together. Dang~! ?Bang bang bang~! The two sides in the scuffle knocked over the cabinet shelves on both sides, and large pieces of stuff were scattered. Glass medicine bottles fell to the ground, and there was a continuous sound of breaking. Hello~! From the corridor outside the door, the roar of zombies could be heard. ??More and more footsteps gathered here, beating the closed doors and windows hard. Both groups of people were shocked. A thought arose in my mind at the same time. Its over! Hold on, you guys, Ill call my uncle to rescue you. Xiaoxiao shouted, turned around and walked through the wall. Outside the hospital. The skeleton team still hasnt moved. Some of the zombies that rushed over were killed one by one by the group of skeletons. How did you receive the radio message? Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong. It was only after he checked the passenger car that he discovered the radio that picked up the radio. ??I am also curious about other people who have received the news. He really doesnt understand this aspect. ??Li Yahong said: My father likes to modify his old car and install a radio so that he can listen to the radio station. Did you hear the other partys call for help in the car? Well, the world is like this. Everyone is trying to find ways to contact the outside, waiting for rescue or to see if anyone else is alive. Li Yahong continued. Those who survive are lucky, but persisting is also a kind of torture. It will get better. Wu Heng comforted him softly. At this time, Xiaoxiao floated over from a distance and shouted: "Uncle, I found a living person, they are fighting, and there are many zombies outside." ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were both stunned. Then I immediately understood what Xiao Xiao meant. The survivors started fighting among themselves. Let me see! Wu Heng waved, and Xiaoxiao sank directly into his body. The picture appears in the mind. The first thing is the group of zombies outside the hospital building. There are probably two to three hundred zombies just outside the building, and two deformed dogs can be seen inside. Once a fight breaks out, the number will only increase exponentially. Just like what Wu Heng saw in the distance. ??Ordinary zombies and aberrant dogs did not fight and kept peacefully coexisting with each other. The feeling to him is like the relationship between a skeleton and a skeleton dog. This is not a good thing. Then, the small perspective became a little confusing, and he entered the hospital building directly. He quickly passed through the wall and could see the zombies wandering in the corridor and the zombies in the room. I dont know which floor I reached, but the scene of survivors appeared. Xiao Xiao suddenly appeared, startling them. ?Then the survivors started fighting, which also attracted zombies. Even if you lead your troops to rush in now, it will still take a certain amount of time, and everyone will definitely be cold by then. Whats going on? Li Yahong hesitated for a moment, then asked cautiously. ?Walking along, I felt that the man in front of me was not that difficult to get in touch with. At least its not as scary as imagined. "A few survivors got into a fight and attracted the attention of the zombies. They probably won''t survive," Wu Heng replied. "This..." Li Yahong wanted to say something, but didn''t say it. ?What fate do these people have? ??The skeleton army has arrived at the entrance of the hospital. They are fighting among themselves at this time. Having persisted for so long, we are only one step away from continuing to live. ??Hey~! Sighed, there was nothing we could do. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked him to fly into the air to guard. Then let the skeleton advance carefully for a certain distance and then start the deployment. The number of zombies in the hospital is indeed quite large. Hurting in directly will cause some losses, but simple arrangements are still needed. Find a building, with his back against the wall and his spear forward. After he was ready, he said directly: "Bassen, go and lure those zombies over, be careful." ??Bassen squeezed out of the skeleton team and walked towards the one on the opposite side. soon. ??There were dense footsteps and a roar of zombies from the front. Behind Bassen, there was a large group of zombies. Howling and running wildly, the shape is ferocious. ??Wu Heng clenched his staff and was ready to fight, while Li Yahong on the side looked pale and her legs began to tremble involuntarily. ?Hurrying closer, Bassen squeezed directly into the group of skeletons and quickly walked to the back. ??Wu Heng used the staff in his hand to release the [Grease Technique] instantly, and thick grease covered the ground. ?Throw out the burning objects, and with a roar, the fire will block both sides. Hurrah hoo~! The fire drowned the zombies. But soon, zombies rushed out with flames burning on their bodies and crashed directly into the arranged spears. ?More and more zombies rushed out and jumped into the group of skeletons. The two sides fought together instantly. The sound of killing, the sound of chopping and chopping meat, and the crackling of flames filled the entire area. The sound of fighting also attracts more zombies to gather here. ?An endless supply. ??After Wu Heng released a [Witchcraft Arrow], he saw two deformed dogs on the side of the team, biting a skeleton and dragging it out of the team. ??Flinging his head wildly, biting the skeleton warrior into pieces. Turn into a field of bones. Then, continue to look for the next opportunity. When the skeleton is not paying attention, run up and drag a skeleton, and pull it away desperately. Then he continued to bite. Im looking for you. ??The purpose of Wu Heng''s trip was the deformed zombies. He was really afraid that the battle would start and the two deformed dogs would run away. He glanced at the skeleton dogs and cats beside him and said, "Go, kill those zombie dogs and take the bodies back." Four dogs and one cat rushed out from the pile of skeletons. ??In the distance, a deformed dog was dragging and biting skeletons. He heard the sound of running approaching, and when he raised his head, he saw the skeleton dog rushing towards him. Without waiting for a reaction, the skeleton dogs knocked them down and bit each other. Tangled into a ball. (End of this chapter) Chapter 68 , big-headed zombie Chapter 68, Big-headed Zombie ?Li Yahong looked at the scene in front of her in surprise. This was the first time she saw a battle between a group of skeletons and a group of corpses. ?The scene was **** and horrific. The skeletons chest was hung with the severed arm of a zombie, and the zombies were biting the skeletons ribs crazily. ?The visual impact is stronger than any other movie. The survivors who can survive have accepted the apocalyptic environment both physically and mentally. But what happened before our eyes was still frightening. ??Wu Heng once again released the [Grease Technique] and ignited a scorching fire. ??The impact of the zombies became more ferocious, like a huge wave coming, constantly crashing into the camp of skeletons. ??The skeletons also kept fighting back, killing the zombies that rushed up over and over again. At the intersection of the two camps, a dividing line composed of corpses and bones gradually formed. ?Just when Wu Heng thought that as long as he kept fighting, there would be no problem. Suddenly, the attacking zombies suddenly changed. Groups of zombies avoided the flames in front and even avoided the position of the spearmen. They circled back to both sides and launched a fierce attack. ?Like a compressor that is constantly shrinking, squeezing the skeletons from both sides. ?At the same time, zombies rushed into the corridors of the buildings on both sides, broke open the windows, and jumped directly into the center of the skeleton array from a high place. While smashing down a pile of skeletons, they also started fighting. In an instant, the group of skeletons became a mess. ??Wu Heng and Li Yahong both looked at the scene in front of them in surprise. Zombies started to use tactics. How is this possible? There must be something affecting these zombies. ?Wu Heng''s eyes quickly scanned the entire battlefield, looking for the reason for the sudden change in the zombies. He has fought zombies so many times. ??If the zombie knew tactics, he wouldn''t be alive until now. There must be something wrong somewhere. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and suddenly his eyes narrowed. At the back of the zombie horde. A small group of zombies surrounded a weird zombie. ?Its body shape is no different from humans, but its huge head looks extremely weird. It''s like an upside-down gourd, buckled on a person''s head. Thats the commander zombie. Li Yahong suddenly said from the side. What commander? "The characteristics of zombies classified by the radio station say that there is a kind of zombie with a particularly big head, which is characterized by being able to control a certain number of zombies." Li Yahong said quickly. ?Wu Heng understood. In other words, the big-headed zombie controls the actions of these zombies. If you want to change the situation of the war, you must kill this big-headed zombie. But the opponent is quite smart and keeps a long distance, outside the range of skills and pistols. Bawudong, can you kill it? Wu Heng said. ?Bawudong looked around and got into the building behind him. Then, there was a bang. It directly broke through the glass on the third floor, and jumped out of the air to cover most of the corpses. Hold out your fists and kicks to knock away the surrounding zombies. Then he rushed towards the big-headed zombie. The big-headed zombie has special abilities, but not much courage. Seeing the tall skeleton getting closer and closer, I instantly became a little uneasy. The zombies around began to try to hinder the approaching Bawudong, but they were all knocked away. The big-headed zombie was also moving backwards little by little. ?He planned to evacuate, but his movements were very slow, and he was staggering as if he was unbalanced. In a hurry, an ordinary zombie squatted down and carried the big-headed zombie on its back. Turn around and run away. As soon as the big-headed zombie ran away, the attacking group of zombies instantly became chaotic. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Attack." Hurrah! The skeleton group rushed out of their original position and rushed directly towards the retreating zombie group. In an instant, there was another killing group. The big skeleton rushed to the front, raising and lowering its arms constantly, chasing the zombies with the skeleton. The skeleton bites the back of the zombie group tightly, sticking to it like a plaster. The further back it gets, the tighter it sticks. ?The zombies seemed to be sure to escape, and ran away far away without looking back. Only when being attacked will they stop and continue to fight back. ?Li Yahong rushed forward with the group of skeletons. ??My mind is still a little confused. ?Chasing after the corpses? Thats not necessary! ??Wu Heng followed behind and looked at his own panel. Level 4 (6454/6500) Chase me! Wu Heng continued to shout. In front, a zombie is running away with a large zombie on its back, followed by Bawudong who is chasing him. ?Behind Bawudong was a group of escaping zombies. Behind the group of corpses were skeleton warriors holding kitchen knives and making clattering bones. ??There was a lot of hula-la, running along the road. Gain experience +4. Your level is raised to level 5, with intelligence +1, constitution +1, unlocking the specialty [Arcane Special Training], and improving mental strength. Finally reached level five. ?Wu Heng was overjoyed and immediately ordered, "Defense!" Hurrah! ?The charging skeleton stopped chasing and began to attack the zombies rushing out of the lanes on both sides. After chasing him all the way here, he couldnt even see the hospital. If I continue to chase him, I dont know where he is going. After killing the surrounding zombies rushing out of the alley, Bawudong also walked back from a distance. Looking in the direction back, it should have been a detour to avoid the zombies behind. Just failed to kill the big-headed zombie. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?Wu Heng waved, and the skeleton began to tidy up the scene, carrying the body back towards the way it came. Hospital. There are no traces of zombies in the yard in front of the building. Enter the registration hall. Some zombies wandered out scatteredly, and they were all killed by the skeletons. ??Wu Heng looked around and asked, "What can I plunder in the hospital?" Li Yahong said: "Medicine, medicine is very important in this period, as well as alcohol. Alcohol disinfection is needed to obtain the corpse core." Forehead. What about medicine? Besides medicine? Some equipment or something! ??Wu Heng nodded, looked at Xiao Xiao again, and asked, "Xiao Xiao, where are the survivors you mentioned?" Upstairs. Lets go and have a look. A few people went upstairs and entered the small novel''s warehouse. ?The door of the room was wide open, and it was full of messy items and blood stains. ??As he walked in with the skeleton, there was the sound of the cardboard shells of various medicine bottles being crushed under his feet. Look where the radio is? Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and began to search everywhere. While the two were looking around. ۡ! ?Suddenly there was an unusual sound, causing several people to look back suddenly. He waved his hand to Basson who was standing aside. The latter walked over and moved away the large pile of things. Exposing underneath is a freezer-like device. "Open!" Zhiqa~! The lid opened, revealing a girl in a nurse''s uniform huddled inside. Just as he was about to speak, he saw a skull looking down at him. ??The whole person''s eyes widened instantly, with incomparable despair in his eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 69 , you won鈥檛 sacrifice yourself, will you? Chapter 69: You wont sacrifice yourself, will you? Xiaoxiao floated over from above, pointed at the cabinet and shouted: "Uncle, there is still a living person~!" A living person? Bassen, step back. Bassen stepped back to a certain extent, and Wu Heng continued: "Are you still alive? Come out if you are still alive." I, Im still alive! ??A trembling voice sounded from the cabinet. Then, a petite female nurse stood up. ?Holding his arms, he looked carefully at the people and skeletons standing in the room, his eyes full of doubts and fear. ?Wu Heng looked her up and down and asked, "Are you injured?" ??Its not just about being bitten or scratched by zombies. Any wound that comes into contact with zombie blood or rotting flesh may become infected. So, you still have to be careful. No, no, the zombies rushed in, so I hid in here, and then it seemed like the cabinet fell down and pinned me underneath. You come out! The little nurse came out. Turn around. He turned around again obediently. There seemed to be no signs of injury. ??Wu Heng continued: "Li Yahong, Basen, take her to the side to check to see if she is injured." Oh, okay! Li Yahong nodded and said to the nurse: Lets go, follow me here. After a while, Li Yahong came back with the nurse. said: I checked and found no injuries. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "What is your name?" Wang Ke! Where is your communication equipment? The nurse pointed to the collapsed shelf next to her and said, "It was placed over there before." Go and see! Basson stepped forward and moved the broken boxes and bottles away, revealing the equipment inside. ??It''s still that kind of military green, and it looks a bit old at first glance. This? Wu Heng asked. "Um!" "Take it out." Wu Heng continued: "Can you identify some medicines? Take Li Yahong to get some commonly used medicines. Let''s leave later." The two women left and went to the dispensary to find medicine. ??Wu Heng found a cardboard box and put the radio equipment in it. Let the skeleton carry it and continued to walk around the hospital. Actually, there are a lot of things here, but not much that I can use. Unless you really plan to open a hospital. Going around twice. The two women came back carrying two cardboard boxes. After confirming that there was nothing else needed, they went downstairs together. Go out of the hospital building. Let the skeleton carry the body and start walking back. All the way back to the community. The corpses were all thrown on a pile of corpses nearby. Wu Heng continued: "The information this time is very accurate. What do you need? Let me see if I have it here." If you make a contribution, you still need to provide some rewards. Li Yahong was not polite, or she had already thought about it, "It''s better to have food." ?Wu Heng nodded and asked the skeleton to bring a bag of rice, a box of beer and several bags of mustard and canned fish. Put it on the tricycle for her. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened when she saw the food that was brought out. After swallowing the foam from the mouth, he immediately said: "Thank you." Actually, she didnt contribute much on this trip. At most, he acted as a guide, and then followed the skeleton and chased the zombies for a certain distance. In addition to being scared, there is nothing else. Its a huge profit to be able to get so much food now. Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who was beaming with joy, and continued: "I''ll put this radio equipment with you first. You can communicate with the outside world and collect information about nearby deformed zombies." Li Yahong thought for a moment and felt that there was no disadvantage to her, so she nodded and agreed, "Okay, do you need any type of deformed zombie?" Its best to be able to identify the type of zombies, and vague information doesnt matter. Well, I understand. She was not surprised that Wu Heng was looking for aberrant zombies. ??This is the person chasing the deformed zombies and the corpses. It cannot be compared with ordinary survivors. In the eyes of the opponent, the deformed zombies are the prey. ??While Li Yahong nodded, she glanced at the nurse in the distance and asked, "What about her?" Lets take you over there and see if we can do anything and assign some work. Wu Heng also glanced at the rescued nurse. Looking at his age, he is not very old, and his body type is slim. Can''t do any heavy work. But the profession of nurse is actually quite important. At least you know some first aid knowledge. ?It can be used by anyone who is injured, has a fever or a cold. ?Wuheng is not necessary, the medicine in Blackstone Town works faster, and the disease will be cured after one bottle of medicine. ??Li Yahong and the others still need it. "Well, I''ll go back first." Li Yahong said. Go back! ?Li Yahong bowed slightly, called the nurse, and pushed the three-wheeler away. After the two left. Wu Heng directly checked his attribute panel. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (26/14000) Attributes: Strength 12, Agility 19, Constitution 20, Intelligence 18, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry level), Arcane Special Training. Skills: Bone Trapping, Acid Splash, Grease, Dancing Lights, Debilitating Ray, Embalming, Conversation with the Dead. Arcane Special TrainingThe caster''s skills are enhanced and the mental energy consumption is reduced when casting spells. At level 5, I unlocked a specialty called [Arcane Special Training]. The expertise that can be unlocked by yourself is still a little different from before. Judging from the introduction of expertise, it improves the power of skills and reduces the consumption of magic. For myself, it is a very practical expertise. After reading the attribute panel, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to drag the corpses of the two deformed hounds out of the pile of corpses. Two deformed dogs, their bitten flesh and blood were very miserable. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the two skeleton dogs slowly got up. Skeleton Hound (Level 5) He shook off the rotten meat on the frame, then ran to the side shaking his head. Looking among the rotten meat. Easily found two first-level corpse cores. I rinsed it with alcohol, then found a plastic bag and wrapped it up directly. Waiting to return to Blackstone Town so that he could continue making potions to improve his physical attributes. Xiaoxiao took the skeleton dog away and went to play. ?Wu Heng took out the [Book of the Dead] and continued reading. He wanted to find some explanation in the book about transforming corpses. If the transformation is carried out bit by bit, the population of this planet will not be able to transform it in a lifetime. Lets see if there is a faster and more efficient conversion method. Xiaodong Auto Repair. ?Li Yahong pushed the tricycle back to the auto repair shop. ?A few people opened their eyes wide and looked at the rice, beer, various cans and pickles on the tricycle with some surprise. They may have forgotten what canned meat tastes like. When he saw it, he unconsciously swallowed his saliva. Then, the youngest man exclaimed, "Sister Hong, where did this food come from? You won''t sacrifice yourself in exchange for food for us!" Li Yahong''s eyes widened, she went up and slapped him on the back of the neck, "What the **** are you talking about? I paid for this with information." Then he stepped aside a little and continued: "This is Wang Ke. He will live with us from now on. He is a nurse in the second hospital. From now on, we will rely on others to take care of us when we are sick or injured. Please take more care of us." No problem. Several people nodded immediately. Then he asked about the situation and walked inside. Blackstone Town. ??Wu Heng asked about the potion commission he issued at the Professionals Association, and after confirming that there was no result yet. ??The commission for the production of the first-level corpse core potion has been released. Level 1 corpse core should be faster, and the potion can be made in a day or two. After issuing the commission, Wu Heng left the city directly and headed to the black market. ?Wearing a black cloak, he squatted in front of a familiar stall. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "I want to buy the ''Dead Corpse Battlefield'' skill book." ?While flipping through the [Necronomicon], Wu Heng found the content he needed. In addition to releasing [Bone Slave Technique] alone, there are two other ways to transform corpses. One is a skill called [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. After being released, the corpses within a certain range around you can be directly converted into skeleton soldiers. Belongs to group transformation skills. The development of the skill was also due to the inability to efficiently transform corpses during racial battles. After all, on the battlefield where two armies are fighting, the most indispensable thing is corpses. Transforming corpses one by one will have no effect at all. The transformation is not as fast as killing others. Then, the Necromancer developed this skill, which can be learned at level five. It just so happened that he was promoted to level 5 today. The other type is a special building blessed by necromancy magic, called the [Bone Burial Ground]. After throwing the corpse in, the skeleton can be transformed automatically. However, the production requirements for this kind of [Bone Burial Ground] are relatively high, requiring a lot of materials and corresponding runes to be engraved. Comparing the two, it is the fastest to buy the skill book you learn by yourself. After all, you can unlock it by turning to the last page, which is faster than this transformation building. Without even raising his head, the black-robed stall owner said in a hoarse voice, "I don''t have any here." Dont make trouble, I really buy it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 70 , some people call him King Yama Chapter 70: Some people call him King Yama The other party did not respond and remained dull. ?Wu Heng frowned and asked again, "Really not?" "No." Where can I buy it? How do I know! Fuck it. ?If he doesnt have it, where else can he buy it in Blackstone Town? Looking around the entire black market, his eyes fell on the ''Snake Emblem Consortium''. ?Standed up, walked around the crowd, and went straight to the second floor. In a private room. The middle-aged man with a bearded face smiled and saluted, "Guest, how can I help you?" I want to buy a skill book. Guest, do you know the name? the middle-aged man continued to ask. ?Wu Heng nodded, "The battlefield of corpses, the necromancy magic book." Okay sir, Ill record it for you, and well collect it at the surrounding branches as soon as possible. If not, well transfer it directly to the headquarters. "for how long?" ?Don''t be like the corpse you acquired, there is no news for such a long time. Skill books are not difficult to transport, and the requirements are not that high. The results can be given to you within three days. Okay! Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. This skill is a high-level skill and is very rare on the market, so the price will be relatively high. "How much?" You need to pay a deposit of 30 silver coins. The overall subsequent price depends on the specific costs of transportation and acquisition, but it should be within 120 silver coins. Okay, I can accept it! Wu Heng agreed directly. ?At the side, Bassen happily gave the money. The middle-aged man took it respectfully, filled out the power of attorney skillfully, and then stamped it with his emblem. After processing. ?Wu Heng stood up again and walked down the second floor. I had no intention of continuing shopping, so I went out and left. Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. After a few people had a good meal, they assembled the radio they brought back. When the sound of the radio came from inside, everyone also smiled. After all, it is the task assigned by the skeleton. If you don''t do it well, deprive them of their food. Don''t kill them too in anger. Today I heard from Li Yahong about the man who brought the skeleton to hunt down the deformed zombies and the corpses. ?Thats **** scary. Alright, lets all go and do our own thing. Iron Spear will take the time to produce, and we will get more food when the time comes, and we wont have to starve. Li Yahong clapped her hands lightly and said immediately. Several men stood up, and one of them suddenly said: "Sister Hong, there is not much gas left." Use it first, lets go out and find some when it bottoms out. "good!" After the rest of the people walked out. Li Yahong continued to look at Wang Ke and said: "There are only five of us. You and I, and the eldest sister just now will live together at night. The conditions are like this. Then we will see if there is anything we can do. If you can help, please help." If not, just watch the radio. Okay, thank you, Sister Hong. Wang Ke said somewhat cautiously. No one asked if there were any relatives or anything like that. The last days have been going on for so long, and everyone knows exactly what is going on. Asking about it is just reopening the scars. Sister Hong, is the person who can command skeletons the superpower mentioned on the radio? Wang Ke asked in a low voice. It should be! Li Yahong replied. Are you also saved by him? "Save?" Li Yahong shook her head, "No, we just met. He provided us with food and we made some tools for him. It can be considered a cooperative relationship." Will he hurt us? "Probably not, but try to maintain a peaceful relationship. We still count on him to provide food." "oh!" The two of them were chatting in a low voice, and suddenly a voice came from a radio frequency band asking, "Are your friends from the Second Hospital still there? If you can leave the hospital building and go to the alleyway 500 meters to the east, we can pick you up. Leave.????The two chatting suddenly became quiet. It seems that the call for help from the hospital yesterday still played a certain role. Doctors are also a very important profession in this environment. Some survivor teams are willing to take risks and take them away. Of course, the first thing is to be able to get out of the hospital. Unless the army comes, no one can rush into the hospital. ?No one responded here, and a man''s voice came from the device, "No one responded, something may have happened. Places like hospitals are densely populated, and it is difficult to survive." Hey~! Damn the world! Another womans voice. ?Wang Ke looked at Li Yahong, who nodded. ?Wang Ke picked up the somewhat retro microphone and said, "I am from the No. 2 Hospital and I have been saved." She didnt say us, only me. I dont know how to explain it. There were several people calling for help, but now she is the only one who has been rescued. Saved? Did you run out? "Um." "How did you get out? How could you get out of a place like that? Are you sure you were the one who asked for help from the Second Hospital yesterday? Now is not the time to joke around." ?Wang Ke glanced at Li Yahong who was standing aside, and said to the radio: "Someone entered the hospital to save us." The hospital you entered? How is that possible? Has the rescue team arrived? No! Just other survivors. So powerful? Can we get to know each other? Maybe we need to take care of each other in the future. ?Wang Ke continued to look at Li Yahong, not sure whether she should say anything, and she didn''t know what the other person''s name was. ?Li Yahong said softly: "I only know that some people call him King Yama." ?Wang Ke frowned, but thought of the skeletons and ghosts around him. ??I feel like this name is really appropriate. But he still picked up the microphone and said, "Some people call him the King of Hell." The radio went silent. ?All the survivors listening to this channel were stunned in their seats at the same time. ??King of Yama? Someone actually gave me this name. Seeing that no one was talking on the radio, Li Yahong took the microphone and said: "A large-headed commander zombie was found east of the Second Hospital. Friends nearby should be careful. If there is information about the aberrant zombie, please remember to communicate and contact each other." "good!" "OK!" Lets all live together! the next day. Wu Heng was walking home after having breakfast in the tavern. I saw the landlord "Rudger" standing at the door waiting, and beside him stood a middle-aged woman wearing a beige linen gown and an apron. ?Different from the mature and charming woman like ''Slater'', the woman who followed the landlord could be seen at a glance to be from a civilian area, simple and careful. Hearing the sound of footsteps, the landlord and the woman turned their heads at the same time. Good morning, Mr. Rudeger. Wu Heng smiled. Wu Heng feels pretty good about himself as a landlord. Its not about how high his character is, but that the other person doesnt care much about the house here and rarely comes to see me unless there is something special. The first few times, I came to talk to him when things got too big. The rest of the time, he basically didn''t come and didn''t want to take care of it. "Good morning," the landlord replied, and then quickly said: "I have something to do with you, let''s go in and talk." ?Wu Heng opened the door and let the two of them walk in. He unscrewed a bottle of iced black tea, poured two cups and sent them over. Without waiting to ask, the landlord spoke first, "This is Mrs. Bukemela. She lives just north of the crowded area and works in a textile factory." ?Wu Heng looked at the landlord strangely. He was thinking about the purpose of bringing the woman here. After introducing the woman, the landlord continued to introduce Wu Heng, "This is the ''Wu Heng'' I''m talking about, a core member of the professional association. The reason why the crowded area is so stable now is that he lives here. Think about it, if it were someone else , they have moved out a long time ago, and they stayed here to take care of ordinary people like us... They are very reliable. The landlord wanted to continue, but when he saw Wu Heng staring at him, he swallowed his words. Said to the woman beside him: "You talk to Wu Heng." The woman stood up and bowed. When she raised her head, her eyes were red, and her eyes were full of prayer and anxiety. Mr. Wu Heng, I hope you can help me. I really have no choice. (End of this chapter) Chapter 71 , investigate the case Chapter 71, Investigating Cases Sure enough, he has something to do with himself. "What''s the matter? Come and listen, I will help you if I can." Wu Heng said directly. "My son is missing. He left the day before yesterday and never came back. He searched all the places he frequented. Some other children said they saw a man with a beard and a red mark behind his ear who took him away. "Yes." The woman said quickly, her words a little confused due to her anxiety. But the content is still understandable. Someone kidnapped a child. Because of the professional team, Wu Heng is no longer as cautious as he was at the beginning, but this does not mean that the security of the crowded area has improved. Congested areas are still chaotic, with fights, robberies and thefts occurring from time to time. Its just that now that he has some strength, these things rarely happen to him. People in the whole people have no perfect public security, making it very messy here. Where are the patrol guards? "Today the patrol guard came to me and said that the man was found. He was wanted by the city hall. He was killed during the arrest, and there was no news about the child." How do you want me to help you? Wu Heng continued to ask. ??The woman carefully took out a money bag, put it on the table and pushed it over, and said, "Can you help me find out the news? See if I can find my son. If he can''t find it, I don''t care if he is dead or alive." ??Wu Heng glanced at the money bag placed on the table, pushed it back, and said, "I can help you ask, but I can''t guarantee the outcome. You put the money away first and wait until there is news." Thank you so much. The woman stood up and bowed again. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "You go back first. I will inform Mr. Rudeger if there is any news, and let him inform you then." Okay. The woman thanked her non-stop and exited the room with the landlord. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, packed up his things, and walked out with Bassen. To be honest, he really doesn''t want to get involved in this kind of thing. After all, this kind of thing can easily cause trouble and danger to himself. But some things are happening before our eyes, and we cant bear to do nothing. At the very least, you should see what you can do about this. Central area, next to the flower bed in front of the association. Yuli carried a small leather bag and ran over quickly. He looked at him with a frown and said, "Do you have anything to do with me?" I brought you something to eat. Wu Heng took out some snacks and handed them to her. Yuli looked happy at first, and then looked at him warily, "What are you doing? If you don''t tell me clearly, I won''t accept it." Speaking, he also licked his lower lips. ??Wu Heng looked around, and then whispered: "Something really happened, I need a partner." What is a partner! Let me tell you, today my landlord, the same one who kicked in the door last time, brought someone to me and asked me to help investigate something..." Wu Heng explained the matter roughly, and then continued: "You also know that I am good at using force, but investigating cases is not my strong point. When I think about the people around me, I feel that you are qualified for this matter. Yuli took the potato chips and asked while eating them: "What do you mean?" Lets investigate together. Okay, how to investigate. Yuli agreed happily. ??Wu Heng stooped closer and said, "Is there a way to enter the Guard''s morgue?" What are you doing in the morgue? Of course there is something important, just tell me if there is any way! "Hit them in? I''ll turn into a bear and rush in. You follow behind and knock them all out." Yuri said directly. ?Wu Hengs head is covered with black lines. If this was the method, it would be great if I could just rush in with my face covered. "Is there any other way that won''t cause us trouble later?" Wu Heng said, taking out another box of yogurt, opening it, inserting a straw, and stuffing it into her mouth, "Take a sip to replenish your brain. " "Hmm..." Yuli took a sip, then put her head aside and said, "How about I go to my aunt and steal a warrant?" Hey~! What a good idea, you are indeed smarter. Wu Heng said immediately. Okay, then you wait for me for a while. Yuli turned and ran away. Not long after, Yuli ran back again. He patted his backpack and motioned for him to leave quickly. ?Wu Heng nodded, and the two of them left quickly side by side. guard, morgue. Yuli stood in front, holding a document in her hand and said: "The seal stamped by the association, we need to check the body inside." The two doormen guarding the door glanced at the two of them and the strange man wearing a round helmet behind them. ?One of them said: "What are you investigating? Why didn''t we receive any news?" "Tiao Tiao, I need to tell you what we are investigating. If you can arrest people, you can still investigate." Yuli said immediately. ??The guard didn''t expect that the little girl had such a bad temper. He looked at the document again and said, "Okay, let''s go in." Its just a few corpses anyway, so Im not afraid of someone stealing them. Yuli puffed out her chest and strode inside, with Wu Heng and Basen following behind. ?Entered the cold corridor and walked a short distance inside. Just arrived at the place where the body was stored. In the sealed space made of bluestone bricks, there were several iron beds, with bodies covered with linen lying on them. Which one is it? Yuri asked. He has a big beard and a red mark behind his ear. Oh! Two people and one skeleton began to look at each one one by one. Here, come quickly! ?Wu Heng walked over quickly and saw the body lying on the wooden bed. He has a big beard and a mark behind his ear. Is it him? It should be him. How are you going to investigate? Do you want an autopsy? "I have a way. You stand behind me first." Wu Heng said. Yuri stood behind him. ??Wu Heng immediately released [Conversation with the Dead], and necromantic magic wrapped the body in front of him. The next second, the pale corpse suddenly opened its eyes and sat up in a daze. Yuli was startled and hugged his arm. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and asked directly: "Where did the child you stole go?" The corpse turned its head to look this way and said, "I sold them to a human trafficker for 100 silver coins each." Who are the human traffickers? I dont know. He always covers his face when we meet. I only collect money and dont care about that. How do you all get in touch? The corpse replied, "Every time I catch someone, I will sit in the tavern for a while, and he will ask someone to send me the meeting place." Which pub? Blushing mermaid. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "What are his characteristics, or how do you know that the person coming is the person you are trading with." Speaking with a southern accent and smelling of smoke. After saying that, he lay down on the iron frame with a bang. Moveless, without any signs of life. The corpse was more shriveled up than before. But there were no other situations. Whats wrong with him? Yuri asked, pointing. ??Wu Heng said: "A kind of necromancy that can make the dead answer questions." Can you still do this? Well! Lets go out first. ??When they walked out of the morgue, the guard stopped the two men again. "etc!" What are you doing! Yuli pinched her waist and stared up at him. ??The guard glanced at his companions and said, "You look at them first, and I''ll go inside and take a look." After saying that, he turned around and walked away. He walked out quickly and said, "Okay, no problem, you can go." Hmph! Yuli snorted, and the two of them walked away. After walking far away, Yuri asked again: "How to check next?" Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "It''s not that there is no gain at all. The other party has an accent from the southern region and has a smoky smell." Ah, what next? How to find this person? You go and test with the subdeacon to see if you know this person. Ill go to the tavern to check. Well split up and then meet at my house for dinner. "good!" The two of them separated in the central area and arranged things according to the plan. Blushing Mermaid Tavern. ?At this time, there were not many customers in the tavern. It was deserted and the bartender was still cleaning. Only after dusk will the place gradually become lively. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and found a corner seat to sit down. The woman holding the tray came over. When she saw his appearance, she turned around and wanted to leave. Its the waiter I met, Penny. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Two glasses of fog cocktails." ?Took out two silver coins and handed them to the other party. The woman looked a little suspicious. She hesitated for a moment but still held it in her hand and turned around to prepare the wine. Soon, a woman came over with a drink. Guest, the cocktail you ordered. ?Wu Heng nodded, and when he saw the other party leaving, he immediately said: "Wait a minute, say a few words to me." Guest, I still have work to do. Have a drink, you dont want us to remain in a stalemate here and attract other peoples attention, do you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 72 , the same goal Chapter 72, the same goal The woman hesitated for a moment, then sat down on the side and said angrily: "What on earth are you doing?" ?Last time, the fourth team arrested people in the tavern. ??Wu Heng came in to inquire about information and got some information from her mouth. ?Although no one knew, she didnt want to get involved. Providing intelligence to the guards and professional teams will be hated by mercenary groups and some gangs. At that time, the job in the tavern will no longer be possible. "This is your share from last time." A money bag was thrust into her hand from under the table. Benis eyes widened a bit as she felt the heavy money bag in her hands. What do you mean? No one knows the reward for providing information last time, dont worry. Wu Heng approached and said softly. Someone noticed what happened here. He looked over and shouted, "Benny, what''s wrong?" ??Beni forced a smile on her cold face, "It''s okay, I''m a friend, I''ll have a drink with him." Seeing it is acquaintance, so no one continues to pay attention to this. But Pennys hand under the table still held the money bag tightly and did not let go. "What do you want to do? Don''t hurt me." Penny put the money bag away and said directly. "I can''t harm you." Wu Heng continued: "Have you noticed a person who speaks with a southern accent and always smells like smoke? He is most likely a man." Benny frowned and shook her head. Think about it carefully. Wu Heng continued. You also know that places like pubs are messy, and there is no opportunity to chat except ordering a drink, let alone smelling anything. In a place like a tavern, all kinds of smells are mixed together. It is indeed difficult to find people by their smell. Then, Penny continued: "But I heard that there is indeed a group of mercenaries from the southern region. They rented a warehouse in the warehouse district to the west." ?Wu Heng''s eyes lit up and he continued to ask: "Is there any other information?" No, thats all I know. Thank you. Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. Bennie put away the money bag and walked towards the new guests with the tray in her arms. Night falls in the West District Warehouse District. ?Wu Heng, Yuli and Basen quickly shuttled through the interlaced alleys. Are you sure you are here? Yuri said. After dinner, the two of them rushed over based on the information provided by Penny. I dont know, lets check first! "good!" ?Chatting in a low voice, he quickly walked through the alley. Just, at the moment when I just walked out. Hurrah! Several birds approached the two of them, landed on the roof, or hovered in the air. "It''s the ranger''s bird, we were discovered." Yuri whispered. ?At the same time, footsteps were heard from one side. ?Wu Heng instantly drew his gun, and Yuli was also ready to fight. Under the moonlight, the appearance of the team captain Anel appeared in sight. What are you doing here? Yuli was a little surprised and asked with a frown. "I should be the one asking you why you are sneaking here." Anel said. Why should I tell you? ?Anel glanced at the two of them and said, "Let''s go, the deputy deacon wants to see you." Ardeacon? ?Wu Heng and Yuli looked at each other with confusion in their eyes. Looks like he got involved in something. ??Follow Anel all the way in and enter a building. In the hall on the first floor, except for the fourth squad, members of the other three squads, as well as some guards, gathered. The room, which was not spacious, seemed a bit crowded. ?Wu Heng and Yuli followed him up to the second floor. ? Pushing the door open, he saw the captains of three professional teams, the commander of the guards, and the deputy deacon Slater who was wearing leather armor and had a leopard lying at his feet.????The door is closed. What are you doing here? Slater looked serious. Yuli bumped him with her arm, "Say!" Um, we received intelligence that someone stole the child in a civilian area and found it all the way here. Wu Heng said directly. The other captains looked at each other. The two newest members are investigating the case in private? What did you find out? Slater continued to ask. The person who stole the child sold the child to a man with a southern accent. We suspect that it was probably the foreign mercenary group that came over recently, and they came over with Yuri. Wu Heng replied. Youve come this far to save someone? Investigation, not sure if its in their hands. How many days have you been checking? I checked it in the morning. The two of them were asking and answering questions, but the captains next to them already looked surprised. ?Although the things being pursued are not the same thing, the goal is the same. ??This is also a mercenary group from out of town. But they had been tracking for a period of time and used many informants before they got some clues. These two people. The newest member, you found it here in one day? Slater still wanted to speak, but a voice came from outside the door, "The target has been found. In the fourth house, the number of people known so far is 8." Well, lets get ready. "yes!" Slater glanced at the two of them and continued: "You don''t have to worry about this matter. We will take care of it. Just wait here." Oh okay. Obviously it would be better for the other party to arrest the person, and it would save you from taking risks yourself. Slater led several captains out of the room. ??Wu Heng and Yuli stood at the window and saw a large number of people quickly gathering from all directions and rushing towards a building in the distance. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, quietly released ''Xiao Xiao'', and followed the team quickly away in stealth mode. Yuli sat down at the table, yawned and said, "I checked here and there, and finally bumped into them." Thats good, otherwise we would have to risk rushing in to save people, so we can just leave it to them now. Wu Heng felt quite good. Same! Yuli nodded, then suddenly thought of something, slapped the table and said, No, they acted collectively, why didnt our team know about it. Arent we on vacation? We caught wanted criminals last time, so why are we taking a vacation? Why dont we take him with us? Youre crazy, what a wonderful vacation. This is squeezing us out. The other side. The team of professionals and guards moved quickly through the night. ?While surrounding the target building, the guards also blocked all surrounding roads. Bang~! ?Anel kicked open the courtyard door, and the team members filed in. ?In the building opposite, the door opened and several people armed with weapons walked out. The leader was of medium build, with a thin cheek, and stood with his hands behind his back. He did not show much fear when he was surrounded by many people. Blackstone Town, what do you mean? Slater walked in front, glanced at the other party, and said coldly, "The city hall and the local association suspect that you are carrying out dangerous operations in Blackstone Town. Come with us!" ??The man narrowed his eyes slightly and glanced at everyone present. "We are passing through here to do some business. Is there any misunderstanding?" We also hope it was some misunderstanding and just a simple cross-examination. Slater continued. The leopard on the side was pacing back and forth, its eyes staring ahead as if staring at prey. Okay, lets cooperate! the man said. uluulu~! Behind him, two round things rolled forward, with white smoke emitting from the leads. (End of this chapter) Chapter 73 , she can鈥檛 hit me, can she? Chapter 73, She cant hit me, can she? The appearance of rolling thunder is like a signal to start a war. Swish swish~! ??The crossbowmen, who had already unloaded their bows and stringed their bows, fired arrows and crossbow bolts. Pierced the night sky and shot towards the opposite side. Puff puff puff~! The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and instantly three or four of the mercenaries on the opposite side fell to the ground after being struck by arrows. Before he could cry out in pain, he was hit by several more arrows and became unresponsive. ?The rolling thunder fuse under my feet burned to the end. Tulisa, the captain of the second team, took a step forward and waved the staff in her hand. Two air masses instantly enveloped the rolling thunder, and the next second it directly condensed into thick ice. Bang bang~click~! ??Rolling thunder made a dull explosion like dumb thunder, only to explode spiderweb-like cracks in the ice, and a small amount of smoke filled out from the cracks. Has no effect on the battlefield. You made the wrong decision, and Im very angry now. Its not a good thing for your city... In the room, the voice of the man who had just been talking came. Swish swish~! In the room opposite, there was the sound of arrows piercing the air. ?The team members evaded and counterattacked at the same time. Prepare the poisonous fog thunder! Anel, the captain of the team, shouted. Slater glanced here and shook his head slightly. ?According to the intelligence from Wu Heng, there may be children inside, and the poisonous fog thunder may cause incurable damage to young children. ??But this shout still had a deterrent effect on several people in the room. Babys, **** up all the blood of those guys outside. Go and get them all out. A mans whisper came again from inside the room. ??Woo~buzz! Under the dim moonlight, it was like a thick smoke pouring out from the door and window on the opposite side, accompanied by a "buzzing" sound, which instantly filled the sky over the entire courtyard. Beware of poisonous insects! the scout standing on the wall shouted loudly. Everyones expressions changed. ?Poisonous insects are like dark clouds, covering the moonlight above. In the blink of an eye, the swarm of poisonous insects enveloped several soldiers of the guard. Ah~! It hurts so much, help! Whatever, its all bugs. ??The guard fell to the ground and rolled around. While scratching his body, he began to take off his armor and grabbed handfuls of poisonous insects. Pull the people back. The captain of a team yelled. ??Tearing a scroll open in his hand, a flame spread along the long sword, and then the long sword slashed diagonally into the sky. With a ''whoosh'', a crescent flame was thrown out and streaked across the sky. ??The captain of the second team took a deep breath, raised his chest, raised his head and let out a "whoosh", and spit out a piece of white mist into the air. The white mist condensed into ice beads and fell all over the sky. Many frozen black flying insects can be seen in the ice beads. The rest of the members either release skills or use scrolls. At the same time, drag the person wrapped by the bugs back to the back of the team to help clean up the poisonous bugs. Theyre running away! shouted the ranger who shared vision with the bird. ?Several figures rushed out of the house in front and ran towards the walls on both sides. Swish swish~! A stream of arrows were shot out again. Several figures passed through it in an instant. Crow! Slater shouted softly. The leopard at his feet turned into a stream of light and rushed out quickly. In the blink of an eye, he rushed in front of a person, jumped up, threw the enemy down, and bit his throat. Then, he quickly ran towards another person, clamped his ankles, dragged him off the wall, and bit his throat. Someone has escaped, the ranger continued to shout. The first and second teams are chasing me, while the third team is cleaning the battlefield and searching for children. Hulala~! Everyone acted according to the order. Hmph! If Yazd hadnt suddenly transferred here, my aunt would have been the deacon in Blackstone Town. Yuli crossed her legs, indignantly. The association is appointed by the headquarters. Its as if you appointed me. Wu Heng said directly. "My aunt was supposed to be the one, but Yazd was suddenly brought in and took over this position. You don''t know anything." Yuli said angrily. Slade does have some influence in Blackstone Town. She can speak well to both gangsters and white gangsters. This kind of person must be given a position, otherwise it will be very troublesome for her to be the gangster eldest sister. Oh, theres still this matter. Wu Heng replied casually, and gave up the idea of ??arguing with her about this matter. ?It doesnt matter who serves as a deacon, and it has nothing to do with me. "Hum, you don''t understand after saying." Yu Li came over and said, "Your skills to make the dead speak very useful. Isn''t it easy to investigate the murder in the future?" You must not reveal it, otherwise the murderer will know about it and destroying the body will not work. It will be quite scary when a puddle of flesh starts talking! " Eh~! What you said is so disgusting. For example, we have to keep it secret and do big things in silence. Okay, come back to me next time you solve a case! As the two chatted, they flew back to his body in a small invisible form. The next second, the battle scene just appeared in his mind. Gudong! ?At the same time, there was a sudden sound of a heavy object falling outside the window. ??Wu Heng and Yuli stood at the window and looked out, and saw a middle-sized man running directly into the yard. Yuli frowned. ??Wu Heng directly pulled out his pistol and pulled the trigger "bang bang bang"! ??The piercing sound of gunshots pierced the night sky, acting like a ''hunting ring'', and the accuracy of the marksmanship was greatly improved. In an instant, several bullets hit his body. Bassen jumped directly from the second floor and pounced on the enemy who was shot. Yuri also reacted and instantly turned into a fear crow and flew down, then turned into a giant bear and rushed towards the opponent. The man looked at the scene in front of him in horror. I dont understand why there is an ambush here. Dong dong dong! ??The giant bear strode towards him, leaning against him and squeezing the man against the wall. The man''s body slid down the wall. ??The giant bear squatted on the ground, and its paws landed on the target''s chest with a thud. At this time, Slater also rushed in, looked at the corpse on the ground, and waved his hand slightly. Someone immediately came forward to check and found out, "He''s dead." Slater also breathed a sigh of relief. Looked at Yuli and Wu Heng. Said to the team behind him: "Check the surroundings and clean the battlefield." Everyone immediately dispersed and acted according to the order. Soon, the squad and the guards were finished. All enemies were killed, and no other suspicious targets were found. ?The enemy''s corpse was carried on a cart and prepared to be transported back. ?Tulisa, the captain of the second team, took Wu Heng to another carriage and opened the curtain to reveal the three figures inside. The three children are fine, they just passed out. Tomorrow you can ask their parents to go to the city hall to pick them up. Oh okay, thank you Captain Tulisa. "Next time something happens, discuss it with your captain first. Don''t run around with Yuri. Wait until the deputy deacon comes to find you tomorrow!" Tulisa continued. ?Wu Heng looked back and happened to see Yuli being called into the carriage. He did not forget to turn around and wave to him. ?Wu Heng also waved goodbye to her. ?Tulisa put down the curtain and continued: "Go back, be careful on the road." "good." The team escorted the cart away. ??Wu Heng also led Bassen towards the crowded area. The next day, Wu Heng first went to find the landlord. Tell him what happened to the child and just go to the city hall to pick up the child. ??And I found three of them. Lets go see who else is missing and go there together. Hearing the news, the landlord was also a little surprised. ??The guards couldn''t find the child and persuaded the child''s family to give up. Wu Heng actually found the child. Still so fast! ??As a tenant, I really have some skills. After another round of embarrassing compliments, the landlord went to inform the childs mother. ?Wu Heng also plans to go back and head to the zombie world. Just as he walked back, he saw Yuli standing at the door, her eyes a little red, "Come to see me?" My aunt is looking for you. Huh? Because of what happened yesterday? Yuri nodded. Did she hit you? Yuri nodded again. Then she cant hit me, right? (End of this chapter) Chapter 74 , offering sacrifices to rare objects Chapter 74: Sacrifice of strange objects Out of the crowded area, Money Cat''s carriage stopped at the intersection. ?Wu Heng boarded the carriage, and Yuri also walked up slowly, placed a thick cushion on the wooden steps, and sat down carefully with a grin on her face. Slater glanced at him and said softly, "You let my child steal something?" Sure enough, he came to ask for help. ??Wu Heng coughed lightly and immediately defended: "It''s not stealing, it''s just because the matter was urgent, and you, the deputy deacon, were not here at the time, so I took it first. If you were here, you would have agreed." Do you think you are good at finding reasons? "no." Now that youve taken it, tell me what price you want to pay! Slater continued. Why dont you just think I bought it! Slater glanced at him and nodded, "Yes, the deputy deacon''s co-investigation proves that 500 silver coins are not expensive!" Okay, Ill get you some money. Wu Heng said directly. Slater was stunned and looked at him with some confusion. ?Given his living environment and normal living habits, it is unlikely that he would be able to directly spend so much money. The price has increased, one thousand silver coins. ?Wu Heng frowned at her and understood what she meant. ? Asking for money is actually just a rhetoric. He runs a money cat and is the deputy deacon of the association. He can''t ask for money no matter what. What does the Archdeacon think? Youll know when you get there. The carriage went all the way and arrived directly at the association. Walking through the halls and corridors, we came to the associations morgue. Slater''s eyes fell on one of the corpses, "I need to ask him a few questions." ??Wu Heng also understood, and planned to let himself release [Conversation with the Dead] from the beginning. Looking at Yuri who was following behind. The latter pointed to his **** and said, "I can''t help it, the spanking hurts too much." Okay, if you need anything next time, just ask. Its also my job to help the subdeacon. You can talk, lets get started. You can only ask five questions. Think about what you want to ask in advance. After speaking, the skill is released immediately, and the necromancy magic wraps the body. The next second, the body lying on the iron bed suddenly sat up and looked at several figures on the side. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand to indicate that it was time to start. Slater asked directly: "What is the purpose of your coming to Blackstone Town this time?" A curious item was sold. What kind of strange object does it have? A sacrificial mask that can enhance the effect of sacrifice. Speaking of this, several peoples faces became serious. Sacrifice? Sacrifice? I immediately thought of the children who disappeared yesterday. Who did you sell the strange things to? Slater continued to ask. Its a commission from the Snake Emblem Consortium. We only provided rare items, and we dont know who it will be handed over to in the end. Snake Emblem Consortium. Any matter involving the Snake Emblem Consortium is basically impossible to investigate. Even within the consortium, the identities of the buyers and sellers are not known, and they are all masked. What other plans do you have in Blackstone Town? No, I plan to stay for a few days and then leave. Now is the fourth question, and I have already asked clearly what I wanted to ask. The last one is left. Slater thought for a moment and asked, "What is your purpose of arresting the child?" I like boys. After saying that, he lay down on the iron bed with a clang. Its just that the last answer is somewhat unexpected. ??It has nothing to do with the sacrificial mask, it''s just his personal hobby. Okay, lets go out! Slater led him outside. It seems that he knows a lot about this matter. ?Several people walked out of the morgue. Slater continued: "This matter is over. I will also report the child trafficking and killing of criminals to you, and then I will distribute them with merits and rewards." Thank you, deputy deacon. Wu Heng thanked him. Slater nodded and looked at Yuli again, "If you don''t learn from the good things, you will learn the bad habits." After saying that, he turned around and left. ?Wu Heng and Yuli went to the team lounge. As soon as she entered the room, Yuri shouted: "Give me the healing potion, my **** hurts." ?Wu Heng took out a bottle of healing potion and gave it to her. After gulping it down, he breathed a sigh of relief. He sat aside angrily and stared at Wu Heng, "Why am I the only one getting beaten?" "I am a mage, can you bear to let a mage get beaten?" What are you saying? Why should a Druid be beaten? Okay, Ill bring you something delicious to eat tomorrow and make up for it, Wu Heng said. Thats okay! The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng heard what happened to her when she returned last night. Until noon, everyone separated and went to do their own things. Walking out of the association, he suddenly stopped again. Hurry back to the front desk of the lobby and say to the beautiful staff: "Can you take a look at the commissioned tasks I posted?" Almost forgot about the business. The staff started to look through the record book and said, "It''s ready. Please wait a moment." ?Wu Heng nodded and waited for a while. Soon, the staff came back with two boxes. He said: "Mr. Wu Heng, the two commissioned tasks have been completed. This newly configured potion and formula, the other one is two bottles of antidote potion." Have you completed both? ?Wu Heng also had a happy face. Unexpectedly, the two potions were completed in a hurry. The first one is the previous testing and preparation of potions for the second-level corpse core, but the results have not been available until now. The second one is the preparation of the detoxification potion for the first-level corpse core. Since the formula is ready, it is faster. Okay, thank you. Depending on the medicinal materials used and the difficulty of refining, you still need to pay a total of 115 silver coins, the staff reminded. Okay! Wu Heng took out the money and handed it to the other party. Then he put away the medicine, turned around and left the association. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng placed the newly prepared potion on the table. Different from the antidote for first-level corpse cores. The potion this time is slightly larger. The size of the bottle is close to half a palm, and light blue liquid can be seen inside. Shouzhi Detoxification Alchemy Mixture (Description: A mixed potion made for fixed toxins. It has various effects such as consolidating sanity and removing toxins.) Different from the first-level corpse core antidote, this time the name has changed. Its called a mixture. ?Looking at the description, it has a lot of effects, and it feels a bit unclear. ?Go to the zombie world and take out the secondary corpse core from the organ jar. After the alcohol killed the virus, he raised his head and swallowed it directly. Strength +8, Constitution +5, Agility +2. The system prompt appears instantly. He didn''t have time to be happy. A strong stinging sensation spread all over his body instantly, as if countless steel cones were piercing his skin and boiling water was boiling in his bones. Then, there was uncontrollable rage. He could clearly feel that his sanity was disappearing bit by bit. Without any hesitation, he immediately opened the potion and drank it. The moment the medicine enters the abdomen, the energy quickly spreads throughout the body. The pain gradually subsided and the anger disappeared. ?Wu Heng lay directly on the ground, breathing heavily. ?After a while, he supported Bassen on the side and slowly stood up from the ground. This sin is really not something ordinary people suffer. After standing up, go to the mirror. Looked left and right at myself in the mirror. The muscles on the body are more angular and have a strong sense of strength. Even the height feels improved. This thing can also promote secondary development? Looking around, I was quite satisfied with the effect. I directly increased the attribute value by 15 points in one go. This effect is simply incredible. But the radio station said that special powers can appear, but it seems that they have not appeared in me. Zizzi~! Just when Wu Heng was rummaging through the drawers, trying to find a tape measure to confirm whether he had grown taller. The intercom on the side came with a burst of electricity. Immediately afterwards, a female voice came over, "Hey, is there anyone?" ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie, "Yes, who are you?" It was obviously not Li Yahongs voice. Im Wang Ke, a nurse from the Second Hospital. Sister Hong and the others went out in the morning and havent come back yet. Maybe something happened! (End of this chapter) Chapter 75 , teach you a lesson for your father Chapter 75: Teach you a lesson for your father Wang Ke? The little nurse who was rescued from the hospital last time. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked directly: "What''s going on?" "There is not enough oil in the generator. Sister Hong took me out to look for gasoline this morning. She told me that if she didn''t come back by noon, she might have encountered some danger and asked me to come find you." The other person explained. Gas stations will not be located near residential areas. At most, they can only get some gasoline from cars. ?With Li Yahong running a repair shop, it shouldn''t be difficult to pump oil from the fuel tank. ??He has cleaned up all the zombies nearby, so he shouldn''t be in any danger anyway. If you just pump gas nearby, you should be back in the morning. How many of them are going? Wu Heng asked. Five, Sister Hong and the other four eldest brothers. Where did you get the oil? Do you know the location? I only know that I went to the north, saying that there is a place where a car crashed, and there are more cars. Wang Ke continued. If you go north, its the way to Building Materials Street. There were a lot of crashed cars along the road, so I should be searching for some gasoline along the road. He continued to hold the walkie-talkie and said: "Okay, I understand. You go back and wait. I will go over and take a look." Oh, okay, thank you! After the call on the walkie-talkie ended, Wu Heng also began to wonder if Li Yahong and the others had encountered any danger. The auto repair shop is already close to the roadside, so even if you go north, it shouldn''t take that long. Besieged by zombies? Or maybe we encountered some other dangers. Reseal the organ jars, and the remaining two first-level corpse cores can only be used when they come back. Continuous consumption of corpse core is also a burden on the body. ??Furthermore, Li Yahong and the others are indeed of great use to themselves. The number of their skeletons is increasing, and they still need them to provide weapons. Giving them food in exchange for the iron spears they need is a good mutually beneficial way. As much as possible, do not put them in any danger. After a brief tidying up, he greeted the skeleton team on the top of the building and started to go downstairs. Let Xiaoxiao go north to find the opponent''s target in advance, and lead the team directly out of the community and head north along the road. ?Leading to Building Materials Street, a section of road where scrapped cars collided one after another. Li Yahong and others had their hands tied tightly and were sitting on the side of a scrapped car. There were several oil drums filled with gasoline beside them. Not far away, there were four middle-aged men searching for supplies in a shop on the street. ?Li Yahong looked at her companions on the side, communicating with each other about ways to get out of trouble. At this time, several men from a distance came back. The leader was a tall man with a sinewy face. He was wearing a blue stab-proof suit, holding a kitchen knife in his hand and a pistol on his waist. He glanced at the tied people and stayed on Li Yahong for a few seconds. said: "Xiaodong Auto Repair, is Lao Li still alive? Or are you the only one who survived?" Yang Dabin, we are just passing by, this place is given to you, let us go! Li Yahong stared at the other party coldly. ?Li Yahong knows the person in front of her. ?Yang Dabin, a well-known street gangster in the neighborhood, was often arrested and locked up for several days for some things. I didnt expect that such a person could survive, and he seemed to be doing well. "Don''t worry! We are all acquaintances. In this apocalyptic world, of course we have to reminisce about old times when we meet." Yang Dabin said, then looked at the oil drums aside and asked, "You guys are collecting gasoline. Is this what you found?" Planning to go to the refuge? No one answered him, and Li Yahong also glanced aside. Bang~! ?Yang Dabin had a cold look on his face, raised his foot and kicked the nearest person on the head with a bang. ?His head fell back and hit the car door behind him with a clang. ?The huge noise startled everyone. They immediately looked around and breathed a sigh of relief after confirming that no zombies were coming. The person who was kicked groaned and lay on the ground. "What did I ask, and what did you answer? Otherwise, don''t blame me for not remembering old friendships and feeding you all to zombies." Yang Dabin said coldly, and continued to ask: "What are you collecting gasoline for?" There is news about the survivor base. Li Yahong replied bravely. Oh? Where? Yang Dabin and the others looked over. Li Yahong said: "On the other side of the ''Changying Area'', as long as you escape, there will be troops to protect the survivors." Are you serious? "Why did I lie to you? Let us go and we will go there together." Li Yahong glanced at him carefully and continued. "Going over? Haha, why should I go over there? There is the army over there. I can still have a good life if I go over there." Yang Dabin patted the pistol on his waist and said directly. Distinct from the timid survivors. ?Yang Dabin is a very courageous person. After gathering a few survivors nearby, he began to arrange for people to search for supplies outside. Others may think this is the end of the world, but he thinks it is getting rid of the shackles. With your own courage and ability, you may be able to do something. Even if you want to find a base, you have to find someone with similar strength and a chance to have the final say. Wouldn''t it be a recipe for death to go to the army? Sick! Li Yahong cursed. Cao! Yang Dabin cursed and continued: Have you looted all the food and supplies here? Shops nearby were all ransacked. Except for the moldy vegetables and meat in the refrigerator, no food was left. ?Li Yahong looked at him, "Do you think we have this ability?" I didnt talk about the zombies here, but did you get the supplies here? "no." Then how do you know there are no zombies here to steal oil? Yang Dabin continued to ask. How you came, thats how we came. Damn you! Yang Dabin yelled angrily. ?This tone and attitude. At first glance, it seems that you are talking in circles with yourself and talking nonsense. Brother Yang, what nonsense are you talking to her about? Brothers are holding back. Lets get the things done first, and well talk about the rest when we go back. A few people behind them with kitchen knives began to urge. Her eyes kept looking at Li Yahong. ?Yang Dabin smiled and said, "Okay, hold her down for me, and I''ll replace you when I''m done." "Okay." Several people came forward, pulled Li Yahong up, and pressed her forward on the hood of the car. ??The expressions of the other people at Xiaodong Auto Repair also changed. Immediately plan to resist. But his hands were tied, and his legs were numb just now from squatting for a long time. He was knocked to the ground again by a flurry of punches and kicks. What are you going to do? Yang Dabin, youre going to have to die... Li Yahong struggled and cursed. You still have such a bad temper, today I will teach you what it means to be polite on behalf of your dead father. Yang Dabin laughed and began to untie his belt. ??The other people who were beaten with bruises and swollen faces also cursed loudly, but there was nothing they could do. Just when he took off his pants to his ankles, he stretched his hands towards the waist of the woman in front of him. Suddenly there was the sound of dense footsteps in the distance. Everyone looked back. I saw several skeletons close to the size of tigers, running straight from a distance. The bones collided and made a rattling noise. Cao! Damn it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 76 , the highest physique Chapter 76, The highest physique ?Yang Dabin and others looked at the scene in front of them in horror. The skeleton is actually running? Zombies did not come, but a bunch of skeletons came. As for Li Yahong and others, looking at the running skeleton, their faces were filled with joy. Brother Yang, stop looking and run! Someone suddenly shouted. Looking back, he saw that his little brother had run a long way away. ?Yang Dabin reacted immediately and ran away. As soon as he stepped forward, he stumbled over his pants. He hurriedly stood up, picked up his pants and continued to run away. While running, he shouted, "Cao, wait for me, those people are acting as bait, we still have time." ??When I looked back from the corner of my eye, I saw the skeleton monster passing directly over Li Yahong and others. As if he had identified his prey, he chased them straight away. Cao~! What the hell. ?Yang Dabin cursed, picked up his pants and accelerated his escape. But how could a human''s speed be compared with that of a skeleton dog? Soon the distance between them was less than five meters. ?Yang Dabin gritted his teeth and cursed the fleeing younger brother, turned on the safety and turned around to pull the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! A gunshot sounded. ??The bullet crackled through the hollow frame and hit the ground. This is my first time using a gun. ?Furthermore, pistols have a strong deterrent effect on survivors, but if they can''t hit zombies and skeletons, they won''t even have a deterrent effect. Poof~! ?The first skeleton dog threw him to the ground, and the other skeleton dogs swarmed up, biting his body parts crazily. ?Bite two of them, and then continue to chase the others who were running away. Not long after, painful wails were heard one after another in the distance. From behind, Wu Heng came over with his team of skeletons. Looking at the few people who were tied up, he ordered: "Untie them." Several skeletons with basic souls stepped forward and broke the rope. Let several people regain their freedom. Thank you! Li Yahong breathed a sigh of relief and straightened her clothes. ??The other people also thanked him and stood aside carefully. Whats going on? Wu Heng glanced into the distance. "We were collecting gasoline here, and they suddenly rushed out with guns in their hands. There was nothing we could do." Li Yahong said with an ugly face. ??If Wu Heng hadn''t arrived in time, it''s hard to say what their fate would have been. But its definitely not going to be good. Do you know that man? Wu Heng continued to ask. When he opened the store before, he went to repair cars and was a gangster from the neighborhood. Li Yahong said. Hmm! Wu Heng nodded and did not continue to ask. The end of the world happened some time ago. There are those who unite to overcome difficulties, and there are also those who release their inner darkness. In fact, its not surprising. Soon, several skeleton dogs came back dragging the **** corpses. The man must be dead. Only one of his limbs was left holding a pistol, and it was bloody. ?Wu Heng glanced at the people on the side and said, "I''ll guard it for you. Go get some oil. Let''s leave later." ?Li Yahong nodded and led a few people towards the vehicle in front with oil drums. Start to drain the gasoline from the fuel tank. ??Wu Heng asked the skeleton to drag the man''s body aside, and then released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way. Where did the pistol and stab-proof clothing come from? Killed two zombies and pulled them out of their bodies. Are there two sets in total? "Yes!" Besides the one who came out with you, is there anyone else? Wu Heng continued to ask. "there is none left." I didnt have any questions to ask, so I just dispersed the necromancy magic. ?The corpse lay on its back with a thud on the ground. ?Wu Heng picked up the pistol and continued to say to the side: "Take off your clothes." Sword one and two swords stepped forward and took off the stab-proof clothing on him. ?Last time I raided the Public Security Bureau, I didnt seem to see any clothes like this. Either I didnt find it myself, or maybe I didnt find it in the place I searched. Immediately afterwards, the remaining skeleton dogs also ran back, dragging the remaining corpses back. ?Wu Heng continued to take off the second stab-proof clothing and pistol. Waiting there for a while. Li Yahong and others walked back carrying oil drums. There were not many oil drums, and it didn''t look like they would take long. Put the oil drum on the cart and walk together in the direction from where they came. ??Wu Heng said: "Give me this stab-proof clothing." Thank you! Li Yahong thanked her. You come with me tomorrow and we go to the gas station to get gas. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay!" At the intersection, several people separated. Return to the community. ?Wu Heng took out two more first-level corpse cores and all the antidote potions. Take one out, sterilize it with alcohol and swallow it directly. Strength +1, Agility +1. Um? There is no heart-wrenching pain like last time. The lines on my arms are not as serious as the previous times. It just appears and slowly subsides. There is a feeling that as my physique improves, the impact of the first-level corpse core on the body is getting lighter. It can also be understood as one''s own resistance has become stronger. The effect of the virus has become weaker. ?After thinking about it, I opened the potion and drank it. To avoid any mishaps. After all, these are all his own guesses. Sitting aside and resting for a while, he continued to take out the second level 1 corpse core and swallowed it. ?Strength +1. Only a little increase? The effect is also decreasing? Level 1 Corpse Core can, at worst, increase its attributes by two points, but this second one actually only adds one point. When the attributes reach a certain value, the effect of the corpse core begins to decrease? Open the antidote and drink it. Check your property panel immediately. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (272/14000) Attributes: Strength 22, Agility 22, Constitution 25, Intelligence 18, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry level), Arcane Special Training. Skills: Bone Trapping, Acid Splash, Grease, Dancing Lights, Debilitating Ray, Embalming, Conversation with the Dead. It seems to be really related to the numerical value. The three attributes of strength, agility, and constitution have all reached 20 or above. The effect of the corpse core and the influence of the poison began to weaken. According to normal attributes, physique determines the resistance to various harmful toxins. Now that the constitution has reached 25, the body has begun to resist the toxins brought by the first-level corpse core. This is forcing me to kill level 2 zombies! ??Wu Heng muttered and continued to focus on the attributes. My own development route seems to be going astray. A good mage, how come his intelligence is ranked fourth? On the contrary, his physique is the highest. ??In the existing magic factions, it seems that there is no such magic as flesh magic. No, I still rely on necromancy, so I still need to work harder on magic. ?Wu Heng said softly. Blushing Mermaid Tavern. ??Benny carried the wine tray and delivered the beer to the guests'' tables. ?Just as he turned around to leave, he heard the sound of conversation in his ears. "Have you heard? The Xicheng Warehouse District was surrounded by a team of professionals and guards. The fire was blazing into the sky and the noise was huge. I don''t know who they were arresting?" A bearded man said directly after taking a sip of beer. That place is full of warehouses for several factories. Lets catch the thieves! "No, we can''t use so many people to catch the thief." The people at the same table retorted. At this time, a man wearing leather armor at the next table turned around and said, "I know something about the situation." Then tell me. The man glanced around at the curious people, and said with a smile: "A few children were lost in the crowded area, and the guards couldn''t find them out, so the mother of the children went to find a member of the professional team, and they surrounded the warehouse that night. The guard sent the child back the next day. Really or falsely? Will they take care of this matter? What are you lying to? Now everyone in the crowded area knows about it. ??Benny, who was holding the tray, looked back at the people talking, with a hint of surprise in her eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 74 , offering sacrifices to rare objects Chapter 74: Sacrifice of strange objects Out of the crowded area, Money Cat''s carriage stopped at the intersection. ?Wu Heng boarded the carriage, and Yuri also walked up slowly, placed a thick cushion on the wooden steps, and sat down carefully with a grin on her face. Slater glanced at him and said softly, "You let my child steal something?" Sure enough, he came to ask for help. ??Wu Heng coughed lightly and immediately defended: "It''s not stealing, it''s just because the matter was urgent, and you, the deputy deacon, were not here at the time, so I took it first. If you were here, you would have agreed." Do you think you are good at finding reasons? "no." Now that youve taken it, tell me what price you want to pay! Slater continued. Why dont you just think I bought it! Slater glanced at him and nodded, "Yes, the deputy deacon''s co-investigation proves that 500 silver coins are not expensive!" Okay, Ill get you some money. Wu Heng said directly. Slater was stunned and looked at him with some confusion. ?Given his living environment and normal living habits, it is unlikely that he would be able to directly spend so much money. The price has increased, one thousand silver coins. ?Wu Heng frowned at her and understood what she meant. ? Asking for money is actually just a rhetoric. He runs a money cat and is the deputy deacon of the association. He can''t ask for money no matter what. What does the Archdeacon think? Youll know when you get there. The carriage went all the way and arrived directly at the association. Walking through the halls and corridors, we came to the associations morgue. Slater''s eyes fell on one of the corpses, "I need to ask him a few questions." ??Wu Heng also understood, and planned to let himself release [Conversation with the Dead] from the beginning. Looking at Yuri who was following behind. The latter pointed to his **** and said, "I can''t help it, the spanking hurts too much." Okay, if you need anything next time, just ask. Its also my job to help the subdeacon. You can talk, lets get started. You can only ask five questions. Think about what you want to ask in advance. After speaking, the skill is released immediately, and the necromancy magic wraps the body. The next second, the body lying on the iron bed suddenly sat up and looked at several figures on the side. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand to indicate that it was time to start. Slater asked directly: "What is the purpose of your coming to Blackstone Town this time?" A curious item was sold. What kind of strange object does it have? A sacrificial mask that can enhance the effect of sacrifice. Speaking of this, several peoples faces became serious. Sacrifice? Sacrifice? I immediately thought of the children who disappeared yesterday. Who did you sell the strange things to? Slater continued to ask. Its a commission from the Snake Emblem Consortium. We only provided rare items, and we dont know who it will be handed over to in the end. Snake Emblem Consortium. Any matter involving the Snake Emblem Consortium is basically impossible to investigate. Even within the consortium, the identities of the buyers and sellers are not known, and they are all masked. What other plans do you have in Blackstone Town? No, I plan to stay for a few days and then leave. Now is the fourth question, and I have already asked clearly what I wanted to ask. The last one is left. Slater thought for a moment and asked, "What is your purpose of arresting the child?" I like boys. After saying that, he lay down on the iron bed with a clang. Its just that the last answer is somewhat unexpected. ??It has nothing to do with the sacrificial mask, it''s just his personal hobby. Okay, lets go out! Slater led him outside. It seems that he knows a lot about this matter. ?Several people walked out of the morgue. Slater continued: "This matter is over. I will also report the child trafficking and killing of criminals to you, and then I will distribute them with merits and rewards." Thank you, deputy deacon. Wu Heng thanked him. Slater nodded and looked at Yuli again, "If you don''t learn from the good things, you will learn the bad habits." After saying that, he turned around and left. ?Wu Heng and Yuli went to the team lounge. As soon as she entered the room, Yuri shouted: "Give me the healing potion, my **** hurts." ?Wu Heng took out a bottle of healing potion and gave it to her. After gulping it down, he breathed a sigh of relief. He sat aside angrily and stared at Wu Heng, "Why am I the only one getting beaten?" "I am a mage, can you bear to let a mage get beaten?" What are you saying? Why should a Druid be beaten? Okay, Ill bring you something delicious to eat tomorrow and make up for it, Wu Heng said. Thats okay! The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng heard what happened to her when she returned last night. Until noon, everyone separated and went to do their own things. Walking out of the association, he suddenly stopped again. Hurry back to the front desk of the lobby and say to the beautiful staff: "Can you take a look at the commissioned tasks I posted?" Almost forgot about the business. The staff started to look through the record book and said, "It''s ready. Please wait a moment." ?Wu Heng nodded and waited for a while. Soon, the staff came back with two boxes. He said: "Mr. Wu Heng, the two commissioned tasks have been completed. This newly configured potion and formula, the other one is two bottles of antidote potion." Have you completed both? ?Wu Heng also had a happy face. Unexpectedly, the two potions were completed in a hurry. The first one is the previous testing and preparation of potions for the second-level corpse core, but the results have not been available until now. The second one is the preparation of the detoxification potion for the first-level corpse core. Since the formula is ready, it is faster. Okay, thank you. Depending on the medicinal materials used and the difficulty of refining, you still need to pay a total of 115 silver coins, the staff reminded. Okay! Wu Heng took out the money and handed it to the other party. Then he put away the medicine, turned around and left the association. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng placed the newly prepared potion on the table. Different from the antidote for first-level corpse cores. The potion this time is slightly larger. The size of the bottle is close to half a palm, and light blue liquid can be seen inside. Shouzhi Detoxification Alchemy Mixture (Description: A mixed potion made for fixed toxins. It has various effects such as consolidating sanity and removing toxins.) Different from the first-level corpse core antidote, this time the name has changed. Its called a mixture. ?Looking at the description, it has a lot of effects, and it feels a bit unclear. ?Go to the zombie world and take out the secondary corpse core from the organ jar. After the alcohol killed the virus, he raised his head and swallowed it directly. Strength +8, Constitution +5, Agility +2. The system prompt appears instantly. He didn''t have time to be happy. A strong stinging sensation spread all over his body instantly, as if countless steel cones were piercing his skin and boiling water was boiling in his bones. Then, there was uncontrollable rage. He could clearly feel that his sanity was disappearing bit by bit. Without any hesitation, he immediately opened the potion and drank it. The moment the medicine enters the abdomen, the energy quickly spreads throughout the body. The pain gradually subsided and the anger disappeared. ?Wu Heng lay directly on the ground, breathing heavily. ?After a while, he supported Bassen on the side and slowly stood up from the ground. This sin is really not something ordinary people suffer. After standing up, go to the mirror. Looked left and right at myself in the mirror. The muscles on the body are more angular and have a strong sense of strength. Even the height feels improved. This thing can also promote secondary development? Looking around, I was quite satisfied with the effect. I directly increased the attribute value by 15 points in one go. This effect is simply incredible. But the radio station said that special powers can appear, but it seems that they have not appeared in me. Zizzi~! Just when Wu Heng was rummaging through the drawers, trying to find a tape measure to confirm whether he had grown taller. The intercom on the side came with a burst of electricity. Immediately afterwards, a female voice came over, "Hey, is there anyone?" ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie, "Yes, who are you?" It was obviously not Li Yahongs voice. Im Wang Ke, a nurse from the Second Hospital. Sister Hong and the others went out in the morning and havent come back yet. Maybe something happened! (End of this chapter) Chapter 78 , corpse group Chapter 78, Corpses ?From what Li Yahong said, prison is really a good place to defend against zombies. The location of the establishment is far away from residential areas, and the prison guards are equipped with guns and bullets. ?It is also possible that the prison has its own power supply system and there is no power outage at all. ?Thinking about it this way, this kind of place is really a good choice. Is this where you plan to go? Li Yahong nodded, "Well, I did before, and I''m still considering it now." ??Wu Heng himself would definitely not go to any survivor camp, and it would make himself uncomfortable if he went there. But he also hopes to have some living people in his hands. Helping to do some work that skeletons cannot complete, or bringing a bit of a living atmosphere. ?Wu Heng said nothing more and continued on his way with his army. ?When passing through some places with serious car accidents, we asked the three-meter-tall "big" zombies to move the damaged vehicles and let the electric three-wheelers continue to move forward. ?While walking along, I saw the sign of a gas station in front of me. ??Wu Heng said to Xiao Xiao who was lying on his shoulder: "Xiao Xiao, go see if there is any danger at the gas station, especially inside some buildings." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao floated in the air and flew away quickly. Not long after, Little Pee flew back from a distance. said: "They are all zombies, nothing weird." Let me take a look. Wu Heng was still worried and planned to take a look for himself. ?Xiao Xiao snorted and got into his body. The situation at the gas station appeared in my mind. There were two private cars parked next to the gas tank, and a few scattered zombies were wandering back and forth in the open space. There was no trace of zombies in the station building nearby. ?There are fewer zombies here than expected. Put Xiaoxiao back and continue to order to move forward. ??The team slowly approached the gas station. The skeleton warrior went up and knocked all the zombies to the ground. ??Wu Heng walked around the gas station and checked the surrounding situation. There are six fuel tanks in the gas station, including four for gasoline and two for diesel. Two cars each occupy one tank. The driver has obviously become a zombie and was directly killed by a skeleton just now. ?Wu Heng came to the oil tank and took a look. The entire oil tank was no longer working, and no oil was pumped out even when it was used. What should I do? ?Li Yahong said: "We have to fish it out of the oil well." As he spoke, he took out a crowbar from the truck compartment and pried open the manhole cover on a cement platform. A pungent smell instantly erupted. Wearing a mask, Li Yahong picked up the extra-long spoon she welded with an iron rod and an iron can and stretched it in. Pick up a large spoonful of gasoline and carefully pour it into the oil barrel nearby. Ah this. If you dont know this method, you really dont know how to get gas from the gas station! Li Yahong started to fish for oil. The movement is very slow. ??Wu Heng entered the station building nearby to see if there was anything he could loot. On the counter, you can see grilled sausages and oden, but they are moldy and hairy. The rest of the items on the shelves are empty, so there must be survivors who have been here before. There was nothing to search for, so I took a quick look and went back outside. Command the skeleton to help Li Yahong continue to fish for oil. The first bucket was already full, so he took the second bucket and filled it. I was busy until the afternoon, and then I felt that things were a little different. Its almost full. Li Yahong stood up and resealed the lid of the oil well. The skeleton warriors worked together to put the gasoline barrels back on the tricycle. The car body began to fall to the side. There was no other way, Wu Heng could only let a few skeletons push the tricycle towards the location of the community. ?This gasoline is enough for Li Yahong and the others to use for a while. ??Go all the way back to the neighborhood and send Li Yahong back to the auto repair shop. ??Wu Heng also returned to the community building. Let the skeletons return to the rooftop for training while he heads to Blackstone Town. ???Black market. ?Wu Heng and Bassen, wearing heavy cloaks, climbed to the second floor. After showing the coat of arms, he was taken to a separate room. A middle-aged man with a beard walked in closely behind, holding a flat wooden box in his hand. Sir, this is the item you entrusted. The wooden box was placed on the table and pushed in front of him. ?Wu Heng opened it, revealing a very old book inside. The battlefield of corpses (Description: Within a maximum range of 60 feet from the caster, inject the remains or remains of creatures with filthy false life force, and summon them into undead creatures (bone-spelling, transformation of skeletons, manipulation of dead bodies, transformation of zombies), this skill Releases a maximum of 80% of the caster''s spiritual power to ensure that the spirit will not be exhausted). Seeing the skill book and introduction, Wu Heng felt instantly happy. Finally its here. It should be, the efficiency of the snake emblem consortium is higher than the association. Guest, you also need to pay the balance of 72 silver coins for acquisition and transportation costs. The middle-aged man said with a smile. It can be seen that the client who commissioned this time is very satisfied. Basen, give me the money. Wu Heng said. ??Bassen took out a money bag and handed it directly to the other party''s hand. The man poured out the silver coins and counted the amount. Guest, do you need any help? Its gone for now. Wu Heng stood up and walked outside. The middle-aged man followed behind him, walked to the stairs, and waved goodbye. ??Wu Heng was on the first floor, blending in with the crowd and wandering among the stalls. ??The black market is still very lively, selling all kinds of strange and weird things. There are quite a few things, which are the body parts of various magical beasts. It gives the impression that if alchemy had not been developed, all the people in this world would have died long ago. After going around in a circle, Wu Heng found it strange that the man in black robe selling his own shroud and organ jars was not at that stall. Sold out? Or maybe he changed his position. I wanted to continue to see what good things he had for sale, but I couldnt find anything that looked like his stall after looking around. After wandering around for a while and finding nothing useful, I took Bassen back to Blackstone Town. Return to your residence and close the door tightly. Take out the skill book and start flipping through it. Zombie world. To the west of the Second Hospital. The night was gloomy, and the breeze carried a fishy smell. The dense footsteps were gradually approaching, and heart-piercing roars resounded throughout the night sky. The commercial building above the turntable. The four survivors were leaning against the window, looking at the zombies below in horror. The streets as far as the eye could see were filled with densely packed corpses. "Damn, why are there so many zombies? What the **** is going on?" A middle-aged man said, swallowing and spitting. It, are they migrating? said another. How would zombies know this unless there is something guiding them? As soon as he finished speaking, another person said: "Is the one at the back the big-headed zombie mentioned on the radio, the kind of deformed zombie that can command ordinary zombies?" ?A few people looked into the distance and saw a large-headed zombie advancing slowly, surrounded by a group of zombies. "It''s true." Someone swallowed and said as if he suddenly woke up: "It was the big-headed zombie that escaped from the Second Hospital on the radio. The direction it went to was also the Second Hospital." The other people also opened their eyes wide and looked down in horror. At this moment, the big-headed zombie in the distance suddenly looked up at the window and roared at the commercial building. The group of corpses started to make a noise as if boiling. ?Then, he rushed towards the building in front of him like crazy. The expressions on the faces of the four survivors changed dramatically. Cao, lets run quickly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 79 , love, you don鈥檛 understand Chapter 79, love, you dont understand The next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng passed through the gate and headed to the zombie world. After confirming that there was nothing special last night, he went straight downstairs with the skeleton. Let Xiaoxiao out and let her play by herself. ?Wu Heng walked directly towards the pile of zombies. Untransformed corpses are piled here, forming a **** in the middle of the two buildings. ??It is also the zombie world and the necromancer profession, which allows him to accept corpses and dead people. Otherwise, the purgatory-like environment in front of you can scare people to death. ?Hold the staff and directly release the newly unlocked skill [Battlefield of the Dead]. At the moment when the skill is released, a gray-white halo spreads rapidly around the body and sweeps over the corpses piled up beside it. Hulala~! The next second, the flesh and blood of the corpse began to fall off. Skeletons slowly climbed up from the mountain of corpses. ?His feet were unstable and he rolled down the **** of the mountain of corpses. ?Stand up unsteadily and enter the standby state. Wu Heng also entered a state of emptying after completing the spell casting. It seems that I have entered the sage time, my mind is empty and I dont want to think about anything. This should be due to the fact that 80% of mental power is consumed in the skill description. But the effect is really efficient. Looking at the standing skeleton again, he counted roughly. ? ? There were more than 300 and close to 400 skeletons standing up at one time, converting about a quarter of the corpse pile. According to the "Book of the Dead", the normal transformation is only about one hundred. ?It seems that my mental strength is indeed slightly higher. Go over there. Wu Heng ordered. The standing skeleton walked aside. One sword and two swords, give them weapons. With one sword and two swords, he followed the order and began to take out kitchen knives and distributed them to the skeleton warriors who came over. ?Wu Heng drank two bottles of psychoactive potion and sat aside to rest for a while. Then he continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field]. This time, only more than a hundred skeletons stood up and walked into the queue. It is difficult to feel clearly how much excess mental energy you have. ?It seems that after such a short rest, I have not recovered much. ?Wu Heng sat aside, looking at the ''Book of the Dead'', waiting for the recovery of his mental power, and then releasing it from time to time. Increase the number of conversions. No matter what, it will be much faster than transforming one by one. In the afternoon, Li Yahong sent iron spears. Due to the two-day backlog, more than 240 iron spears were delivered today. ?Wu Heng also took a brief look, and then took the skeleton to get the food. When bags of grain and cans are brought down. ?Li Yahong''s face was still filled with unconcealable joy, and her eyes were a little bright. Radio can communicate with the outside world and can also hear the situation in some places. Food is a resource that is scarce in any survivor gathering place. Even the headquarters is popularizing the identification of wild grass and vegetables, which can be used to satisfy hunger. At present, my small gathering place may not be the richest gathering place, but it still has no worries about food and drink. ?Maybe in a few days, they will gain a few pounds. ??The original plan was to exchange some food from Wuheng, then modify the car and go to the nearest survivor gathering place. But now..., everyone is beginning to waver. ??Some are afraid of Wu Heng, a person who can control so many skeletons, and feel that it is safer to work under his protection and have food and drink. It makes it difficult to make a choice. Thank you very much. Li Yahong thanked her sincerely. You have to speed up the progress of the agreed deal, Wu Heng also said. ?? Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "I want to take in some nearby survivors." ?Wu Heng glanced at her. He has no objection to accepting the survivors, as there are more people to work with. But Li Yahong and the others have to give out a lot of food. Can you control so many people? Not everyone may be willing to abide by the rules now. Wu Heng reminded. "It''s just nearby. If anyone can come over, I''ll take him in temporarily." Okay, I have no objection. Okay. The two chatted for a while, and Li Yahong went back with the food. ??Wu Heng also returned to the community and studied the skills for a while before returning to Blackstone Town first. Afternoon, Blackstone Town. As soon as Wu Heng walked out of the crowded area, he saw Yuli holding a scone in her hand and eating as she walked. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he waved his hand from a distance. What are you doing? Wu Heng asked. "Going to find you, what are you doing?" Yuli asked. Um, I have to go to the store. Do you have anything to do with me? Its okay, lets go and Ill go with you. This is where I come to make money again. The two of them walked towards the commercial street together. ?Wu Heng bought more than 20 bottles of psychotropic potions at the Antlers Store and asked Basson to hold them in his arms. Yuli looked at him curiously. asked: Why did you buy so many potions? ??Wu Heng is unwilling to participate in the mission and does not do any magic research. She was curious, why did she buy so many medicines? It was not as good to drink as water, and it was not as good as the black tea at his residence. Bought for others. Oh, you are quite a nice person. You are not like a necromancer at all. You should become a priest and pray for people every day. Its just a profession, whether its good or bad depends on the person "Hey~!" Yuri suddenly grabbed him, pointed forward and said, "Is that the captain? And Tulisa." ??Wu Heng looked in the direction she pointed and saw captain Altluk and captain Tulisa of the second team walking side by side on the road. Neither of them wore armor and were dressed normally. They were very close, chatting and laughing about something. "Team..." Yuri stretched out her hand to say hello. ??Wu Heng covered her oily mouth and said, "Don''t shout!" What are you doing? Why are you covering my mouth? Dont delay the captains important matters. Whats the big deal? Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You will understand love when you grow up." Yuli was stunned for a moment, and then said with some surprise: "You said they..." Cant you even see this? I can see it now. Yuri said suddenly. Lets go this way and go back for dinner. "good!" The two of them walked around in a small circle, avoiding the two captains who were talking and laughing in the distance, and walked towards their residence. The next day, zombie world. ??Wu Heng stood in front of the pile of corpses and began to release skills. ??A gray-white energy aperture swayed, and each skeleton slowly stood up. ?The feeling of emptying his brain came again, making Wu Heng feel a little tired. Took out a few bottles of medicine and poured them into his mouth. After burping, continue to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the last remaining corpses. The mountains of corpses have all been transformed into skeletons. ??Densely packed stands filled the open space in the middle of the building. After Sword One and Sword Two finished distributing the weapons, Wu Heng did a rough calculation and found that the number was almost two thousand and fifty-six. It can be considered a large team. ??These skeleton soldiers would appear near Blackstone Town. ?It can keep the guys at City Hall awake at night. His own skeleton army has taken a prototype. Just when Wu Heng was planning to take the skeleton out to fight monsters and upgrade. ?Xiaoxiao floated back from a distance and shouted: "Uncle, it''s not good, there are a lot of zombies coming." (End of this chapter) Chapter 80 , come back to take revenge on the big-headed zombies Chapter 80, come back to take revenge on the big-headed zombie How many zombies are there? ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeletons in the community. How many more can I have? Where did you see it? Wu Heng still asked. There are so many zombies in my shop. Xiaoxiao said. ??Wu Heng didn''t care much about her. Apart from going out to clean up zombies, he always let her go out for a walk by herself. Otherwise, its just playing with a few skeleton dogs. Anyway, there is no danger to just one ghost. Let me see! Xiaoxiao got into the body, and the picture appeared immediately. The narrow road was already crowded with dense zombies. He was led by a whole row of zombies, with some iron tools such as shovels and knives hanging on their bodies, making jingling noises as they walked. ??And behind them, there were a group of corpses that followed after being disturbed by the sound. Holy shit! ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised when he saw this scene. How come so many corpses were attracted in this way? I have just gathered so many skeletons. Before I can upgrade, are I about to face so many zombies? Continue to relive the scene just now in your mind. In the center of the corpse group, Wu Heng saw a familiar figure. ?Huge and exaggerated head, moves very slowly, and shakes from time to time due to the weight of the head. "Is it it? It''s coming back for revenge." ??Wu Heng has a deep memory of this big-headed zombie. He is the deformed zombie who controlled the zombies from outside the hospital. According to Li Yahong, they are called commander zombies and can control a certain number of zombies. But the group of corpses that Xiao Xiao saw far exceeded the number that the big-headed zombies could control. It controlled some zombies to make noise and brought the zombies here. This intelligence is not low! Use this method actually. He released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Go and call Li Yahong from the auto repair shop." Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao turned around and flew away from here. Soon, Li Yahongs voice came from the intercom, Are you looking for me? ? ? Walkie-talkies have a talking distance. They cannot contact the community from the auto repair shop. They need to go near the intersection to get in touch with each other. Well, wait for me outside the community. "good!" ?Outside the community, Wu Heng met Li Yahong, who was wearing labor protection gloves and an apron in front of her body. Looking like he was working, he was called out. ??Wu Heng walked over and said directly: "The big-headed zombie that we let go last time is here with the group of corpses." Hearing these words, Li Yahong''s face suddenly became solemn. Ah? How, how is it possible? This is the first time I heard about zombies seeking revenge. Well go to the Fuheng Silver Store in the east. It will take about half an hour. You can see the corpses from the top of the building. ?Li Yahong was completely panicked, her hands were shaking a little, "It''s so close!" ?At the same time, I secretly cursed my bad luck. ?Just after a few days of eating, a group of corpses came. Turning around, he wanted to go back and prepare to escape, but then he thought of Wu Heng, and immediately turned around and asked, "What should we do?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Ask your people to prepare gasoline barrels. You don''t have to worry about the rest. If the zombies can''t be stopped, I will buy you time to escape." Blind evacuation is also very dangerous. Road congestion, corpses caused by driving, and some deformed zombies are all potential dangers. So, try not to evacuate blindly as much as possible. ?But there was no other way at hand, so after thinking about it, he immediately agreed, "Okay, I''ll go prepare now." The earth trembled slightly, and the sounds of dense and chaotic footsteps came closer and closer. On the steaming road, the crowds of corpses were approaching. Seeing it with your own eyes is still different from a small perspective. The corpses were densely packed, numbering in the thousands at least. ?Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton in front of him and was speechless.?????Are you lucky or unlucky? Luckily, all the corpses were transformed before the corpse swarm came over. Unfortunately, the corpse swarm came just after the transformation. ??Haven''t he just wiped out all his skeleton soldiers again? Stand here, you are here... Wu Heng began to adjust the position of the skeleton. Spear forward! Shuashuashua! The spears all face forward. ??Wu Heng also stood at the back of the team, waiting for the corpses to approach from a distance. The roof of a residential building. Two men were lying on the roof of the building with pale faces, looking down carefully. ??The two were survivors of the North Cultural Center. They found that there were very few zombies here, so they came to search for some supplies, but they didn''t expect to find anything when they arrived. He was trapped here. ??Although the zombies did not notice them, there were densely packed zombies below, and the fishy smell that hit their faces still gave people a suffocating sense of tension. All the zombies are moving in the same direction, like an organized and disciplined team. They said, how could it be safe around here? Unexpectedly, all the corpses gathered together. "What''s going on with these zombies? Why are they all going in the same direction?" A bearded man stared at the group of corpses below. "Is there any gathering place? The zombies are going to attack the gathering place of humans." The other person was slightly younger and wore black-rimmed glasses. I remember there are survivors in an auto repair shop here. Could it be that they attracted the zombies attention? Its not like it attracts so many people! the man with glasses continued. No, look at whats over there? Why does it look like a bunch of bones? Looking in the direction of the zombies. ?At the end of the sight, there is a group of skeletons that are no less numerous than the zombies. ?Hold the weapon and face the zombies. Damn it, the zombies havent been solved yet, and a bunch of skeletons appear again. Whats going on in this world? On the street. The group of corpses stepped over the crashed car and fell into a state of madness. Hahhhhhh~! Hello, with a roar, he began to charge forward. The swarm of corpses, like a spreading flood, instantly filled the entire street, charging towards the group of skeletons with claws and teeth. The sound of running was chaotic, and the roar was deafening. The fishy smell permeated the surroundings. ?Wu Heng looked ahead with a serious face. When the corpses approached, he released the [Grease Technique] as usual. Then throw a source of fire. Huh~! ?The fire rose and instantly submerged the zombies in front. ??More zombies avoided the fire source directly in front and pounced on the skeleton team from both sides. Boom~Bang! The group of corpses hit the group of skeletons like a huge wave. The skeletons in the first row were knocked to the ground and were instantly submerged by the group of corpses. The skeleton team also began to fight back. ?With spears and kitchen knives, they kept stabbing and slashing to kill all the zombies. ?Wu Heng stood at the back and released [Witchcraft Arrows] to kill the zombies. The corpses began to climb the wall, like human-shaped pillars erected, and smashed into the queue of skeletons with a bang. The two sides began to engage in fierce fighting. ??Broken limbs, broken bones, blood and heads were flying all over the sky, splattering on the walls on both sides. In the midst of a fierce battle. Xiaoxiao flew back from the side of the zombie. "Uncle, we found the big-headed monster." After saying that, he got directly into Wu Heng''s body. Screen sharing. ?In a building in the distance, a big-headed zombie stood at the window and looked out. There were more than a dozen zombies in the room. So you are here. ?Wu Heng looked at the roof on one side, and then pointed at the residential building in the distance. (End of this chapter) Chapter 81 , it鈥檚 too difficult for humans to live Chapter 81: Its too difficult for humans to live Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. "Sister Hong, everything has been packed and you can leave at any time." Wang Ke ran up quickly, his face a little red because of nervousness and busyness. ?Li Yahong glanced in the direction of the community and said, "No hurry, just wait." Qiangzi walked up behind him and said, "Don''t wait any longer. There are so many zombies that can be killed just standing there for days. Let''s go." The rest of the people also looked at Li Yahong. The current way of life of human beings is to avoid zombies, stay alive and wait for opportunities. Avoid direct conflicts with zombies. ??Ordinary zombies are already difficult to deal with, let alone the current hordes of zombies! The person controlling the skeleton doesn''t plan to leave, and there''s nothing they can do about it, but they still have time to leave now. "Sister Hong, didn''t King Yama say that we won''t be needed in the future? It''s better to leave here first. I think it''s unlikely that we can stop the zombies." Another man wearing a peaked cap also advised him. He looks older, but he still calls him Sister Hong. Li Yahong still looked at the direction of the battle, thought for a moment, and said: "Look, if we leave now, we may lose a source of food, and life may be even harder by then. Wait a little longer, if the zombies want to Victory, lets take that person with us. ?Everyone frowned, but didn''t say much. Since Li Yahong wants to wait, lets take a look. But judging from the current number of zombies and the new zombies introduced in the battle, the winning rate of the skeleton side is not high. Evacuation is probably certain. ?A few people went downstairs again and continued to reinforce the car to see what else could be done. Main battlefield. The corpses were like waves, crashing into the skeleton camp again and again. ??They crowded and tore at each other, stepping on the bodies in front of them, waving their sharp claws, and pounced on the enemy. ??The skeleton team also kept waving their weapons, cutting down and impaling the rushing corpses again and again, killing the zombies. The big skeleton swung its arms from side to side like a pendulum, throwing away the zombies around it. Skeleton dogs and skeleton cats also ran quickly among the skeleton team, dragging zombies into the team and biting their throats and heads. The entire battlefield has spread from the fighting at the front to a large team of skeletons. The skeletons in the front row were overwhelmed by the corpses. In the gap, you can also see skeletons struggling to fight back. Not only the corpses brought by the big-headed zombies, but also the zombies attracted during the fight. ?The louder the sound, the zombies all around are also gathering here. ??Wu Heng raised his hand to release [Witchcraft Arrow] and [Acid Spray], and glanced at the residential building in the distance. ??It was still calm over there, and you could see the "big-headed zombie" standing behind the window and the ordinary zombies guarding outside the building. Skeletons die a bit quickly. This made Wu Heng start to worry. Dont capsize! The situation on the battlefield forced him to change his plan temporarily. ??If he continues to be dragged on like this, it is very likely that he will also be in danger. After thinking about it, he immediately took out his pistol and pulled the trigger. Bang~! The gunshots were still deafening in the noisy scene. After the gunfire, skeletons with eyes burning with blue flames appeared on the edges of the roofs on both sides. ?Holding a plastic bucket filled with liquid in his hand. Looking at the situation below, he threw it directly along the roof of the building. ?Bang bang bang~! Plastic bucket smashed into the group of corpses. A large number of zombies were knocked to the ground, and the liquid in the broken plastic bucket splashed everywhere. A strong smell of gasoline instantly filled the surrounding area. ??The zombies were knocked off their backs after being hit, and began to gather towards the walls on both sides, trying to gather together and climb up the outer wall. ?The plastic buckets were still being thrown down, after about five or six buckets. ??The skeleton on the roof once again took out the glass bottle stuffed with cloth strips and lit it, and the flames ignited the cloth strips. Then throw it towards the broken position of the gasoline barrel. Bang~Boom! The Molotov cocktail fell to the ground and shattered, instantly igniting a fire. The flames quickly spread to both sides, and the flame wave rose more than two meters high. Large swaths of zombies were covered in fire, struggling and roaring, submerged by the flames and turned into ashes. But soon, the zombie groups attack was adjusted. The group of corpses began to disperse, avoiding several burning positions, and continued to rush forward. ?Zombies roared and waves of fire shot into the sky. ?Abandoned cars exploded one after another under the fire, with deafening roars. But the fire still played a very good blocking role. The zombies no longer gathered so much, and the skeletons crawled out of the mountain of corpses and continued to chop at the zombies that were coming up. The roof of the building in the distance. The bearded middle-aged man and the man with glasses, their bodies stiff, looked at the battle in the distance with surprise. At first, when I saw the zombies attacking the skeleton, although I was surprised, I just felt like two things from the underworld were fighting. ?If dog bites dog, both parties will die at the same time. But as I looked down, I gradually felt that something was not right. ??The zombies began to divide their forces, with some attacking head-on, while others chose to climb or use ladders to attack the interior of the skeleton. ?This set of operations made the two of them dumbfounded. ??The zombies actually started to use tactics. At the same time, it also confirmed the idea that the zombies would win. Skeletons themselves are at a numerical disadvantage, and failure is only a matter of time. But when they saw a skeleton throwing oil drums and Molotov cocktails from the roof, the two of them were shocked even more. Damn it! The skeleton also has a backup plan. ?The man with glasses exclaimed. ??This is not a tactic, but a strategy, right? What the **** is going on? The apocalypse has erupted for a while, and the main reason why humans can still exist is that these zombies have little intelligence. Behavior and attack methods are more like a degraded beast. Humans have gradually figured out some ways to deal with zombies. But now it seems that they still underestimated the strength of these things. You can make your own weapons, these skeletons are a bit scary! said the bearded man. ?The man with glasses swallowed his foam and continued: "Can we really survive in this world?" Who knows! We need to be more careful, take this information back, tell the main station, and ask them to be careful of monsters like skeletons. "good!" In front of a residential building behind the zombies. More than twenty zombies were guarding the door of the building in a restless manner. From time to time, he would be attracted by the sound of explosions in the distance, roaring, then quickly quieting down, and returning to his position at the entrance of the building. Suddenly, in the open space in front of the corridor, a figure slowly appeared out of thin air. An iron-gray frame, half of the body covered in yellowed and tattered linen. The zombies around were stunned. The next second, he let out an angry roar and rushed forward. Bang~! ?Swinging out a straight punch, the first zombie''s head and eye sockets exploded, and its body flew backwards, knocking over the zombies behind it. Bawudong quickly rushed into the corridor. ?Two deformed dogs, baring their teeth and roaring, jumped down from the steps and rushed towards them. The fist shook violently, and the deformed dog hit the wall behind and fell limply. Bawudong quickly came to the room. He kicked the door open with a bang. ?Looking at the big-headed zombie surrounded by more zombies. (End of this chapter) Chapter 82 , the true king of **** must bow three times Chapter 82: The true king of **** must bow three times The bloated and deformed head stared at the skeleton that suddenly broke through the door with wide eyes. It seems that he can''t figure out why the other party suddenly appeared here. Why do you know it is hiding here? Hello~! The big-headed zombie roared angrily, and the zombies guarding him on the left and right also roared in unison. He rushed forward with his teeth and claws bared. ?Bawudong also stepped forward quickly, using his fists and kicks to knock away the zombies that rushed up, or smash them into pulp. In the blink of an eye, all the zombies in the room died. ??The zombies outside the door are still beating the security door hard. The big-headed zombie leaned helplessly on the corner, watching the tall skeleton walking towards him little by little. Tap tap~ bang! ?The big-headed zombie tried to go around, but after just two steps, he lost his balance and fell to the ground. ?Ba Wudong walked up to him, raised his head and kicked him down. Bang~! The huge head exploded like a balloon, and thick liquid and blood splashed all over the walls and ground. Main battlefield. The fighting between the two sides continues. Groups of zombies fell in a pool of blood, and skeletons fell one by one like wheat. By now, the fight has completely turned into a war of attrition. It just depends on who has more units left in the end. ??Wu Heng began to stop using [Witchcraft] and [Grease Technique], and just stood in the team, waiting for the next step of the plan. Looked at the battle ahead. Gain experience +55. Summon-Skeleton Boxer gains experience +20. Suddenly, the empirical values ????about Bawudong appeared. Increase by 20, which is not a value that can be achieved by killing ordinary zombies. It also means killing a level 2 deformed zombie. At the same time, the organized group of corpses suddenly began to riot. Although they were still charging forward, they lost the original order and scattered in all directions, passing through the fire, and even being attracted by the exploding car, violently beating the car wreckage. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at the residential buildings in the distance. ??At the window where the big head was originally, Bawudong stood holding the corpse of the big-headed zombie in his hands. ?Wu Heng gave him a thumbs up from a distance. Then he ordered: "Attack!" Hurrah! The skeletons, who were defending in place, suddenly moved and began to charge forward. ??Knocked down the zombies that were also rushing towards him, and kept raising and lowering the kitchen knife in his hand to kill the zombies in front of him. ??The three-meter-tall big man waved his arms desperately, knocking zombies away. ??Wu Heng followed the skeleton and advanced to the initial fighting area. Raise the staff and release [Dead Bones Field]. ??The gray-white halo of light swayed instantly, and skeletons climbed up from the ground, joined the team, and pounced on the zombies. Avoid the flames! ?Watching the skeleton walking towards the fire, Wu Heng shouted hurriedly. ??The fire has been burning for a while, and the flames have reduced, but there are still a lot of combustion aids burning. Skeletons may be more flammable than zombies if they step inside. The skeleton army began to shrink into a slender team, walking past the flames and continuing to kill the zombies on the opposite side. ?Wu Heng opened his backpack, took out a bottle of psychotropic potion and drank it down. Then, release [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] again, and a large number of skeletons will join, continue to drink medicine, and continue to release skills. The group of skeletons crossed the sea of ????fire and began to rush towards the zombies like crazy. ??The kitchen knife swung down and chopped the zombies to the ground. The situation on the battlefield also began to change at this moment.? ? ? Skeletons push zombies backwards. ??The kitchen knife kept swinging, chopping the zombies to the ground, unable to lift their heads. Holy crap! Whats his background? Dont mention that hes called King of Hell. When the real King of Hell comes, you have to bow to him three times before leaving, right? On a rooftop directly behind the battlefield, several people from an auto repair shop watched the battle in the distance. ?The entire battle changed so fast that they even had trouble reacting. At first, the zombies had the upper hand. They thought the zombies would win and planned to drive away directly. ?Then the gasoline barrel was thrown down, and the fire engulfed the large swaths of zombies. At this time, they thought it was possible to win, but the losses of King Yama would certainly be considerable, and all the skeletons might be wiped out. ?But now, the skeleton charged directly in the opposite direction, killing all the zombies and crumbling into pieces. Needless to say, the skeleton side will definitely win in the end. These zombies seem to have suddenly become chaotic. Wang Ke stood aside and asked softly. The time for the skeleton to counterattack is after the zombie group is in chaos. ?Although I didnt see anything, I still felt that something had been arranged. The moment the zombies were in chaos, the skeletons launched a charge. What caused the zombies was the commanders zombie mentioned on the radio. Maybe that zombie died and the zombies were in chaos. Li Yahong explained. The other people all looked at each other. ?Last time, when I went to the hospital and met a big-headed zombie, Li Yahong told them about it. ?At that time, I was still surprised that skeletons were chasing and killing deformed zombies. ?Now this zombie actually brought people back to take revenge, but the ending is still the same, no one was left alive after being killed by the skeleton. Its simply terrible! "Um..., Sister Hong, are we still leaving? I mean, when there is enough food, are we still leaving?" Qiangzi asked. Li Yahong was silent for a moment, and then said: "Let''s check the situation first. Don''t be in a hurry. Go and unload the things from the car. If it''s safe, don''t rush to leave." Okay! Several people nodded and went downstairs to return to the auto repair shop. The roof of the building on the other side. A man with a beard and glasses, leaning against the edge of the guardrail above his head. ?The bearded man lit a cigarette and blew out a smoke ring. The bearded man said, "There seemed to be someone in the skeleton just now, commanding the skeleton." ?The man with glasses also said, "I saw it too, but I''m not sure if it''s a human being, or maybe it''s a monster that looks like a human being." I feel like the superhuman being mentioned on the radio. ?The man with glasses pushed up his glasses, "If it is a person with superpowers, then maybe there is still hope for mankind, but it is unlikely. How can there be a person with superpowers who develops so fast." The bearded man turned back and glanced downstairs, stubbed out the remaining half of the cigarette, stuffed it back into the crumpled cigarette case, and said: "Anyway, we have survived for another day. There are not many zombies left. Let''s go back first. Lets check on the radio then. "Um!" The two of them got up and walked carefully downstairs. ?Time passed little by little, and the battle was coming to an end. Skeleton dogs and skeleton warriors are surrounding and killing the remaining zombies. Bawudong came back from the opposite side. ??The folded shroud was hung on the ribs of the chest like a towel. One hand was holding a large corpse, and the other was dragging two deformed dogs. As the highest combat power of the entire team. ?Wu Heng planned to put him outside to kill this big-headed zombie from the beginning. Otherwise, in a head-to-head confrontation, once the zombie is at a disadvantage, the big zombie will turn around and run away, and it is really difficult to catch him. At that time, it will be even more troublesome to attract the corpses to come back for revenge. Fortunately, this time it went smoothly. Bawudong killed him directly. Looking at the body thrown in front of him. ?Wu Heng was also a little curious. ?This big-headed zombie has no physical strength and staggers when walking. What type of skeleton can it transform into? (End of this chapter) Chapter 83 , big-headed spirit demon Chapter 83, Big-headed Spirit Demon Three deformed corpses were thrown at the feet. There are actually two deformed dogs. It seems that dogs have a high chance of being deformed. Lets focus on the big-headed zombie again. His head had been kicked open, and his death was very miserable. ??In fact, the advantages and weaknesses of big-headed zombies are very obvious. Remote control of zombies, but melee combat and movement are their own weaknesses. After being approached by Bawudong, there is no problem in killing it. Let Bawudong and some nearby skeletons protect themselves, and use the [Bone Spell] on the big-headed zombies alone. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the body. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... An unstable prompt appears, proving that the corpse is level 5 or above. The flesh and blood of the big-headed corpse began to fall off gradually, and the white bones stood up. The exaggerated skull looks like it is holding a balloon. The eye sockets are much larger than those of a normal skeleton, and you can see the blue soul fire inside. Skeleton Demon (Level 10) The name has changed and it is called Spirit Demon. This is somewhat different. When the level 11 big guy is transformed, the name shown on the prompt is still called Skeleton Warrior, but his attributes have been enhanced. The big skull in front of me even has a new name. Big-headed skull, the hollow skull rotates slightly, as if observing the surroundings. Skeleton Demon (Level 10) Level:100/52000 Attributes: Constitution 14, Strength 12, Agility 6, Intelligence 16, Perception 15, Charisma 5 Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul Experts: Soul Aberration, Biological Aberration Ability: Soul Commander, Hive Mind Soul Distortion: Intelligence +4. Biological Aberration: Intelligence +1, Perception +1, Agility -3. Soul Commander: By mastering the soul node, you can issue orders to many units of the same camp. Brood Mind: The Skeleton Demons within the range belong to the same soul node, and their telepathy can be transmitted to the surrounding Skeleton Demons at any time to jointly establish the same Master Brain. ?Wu Heng frowned when he looked at the attributes of the big-headed monster. The overall attribute value is very weak. In terms of physical fitness, it is not much different from ordinary zombies, and its agility is only 6 points, which is a bit too low. Intelligence and perception have reached 16 and 15, which are relatively high among transformed skeletons. It is also understandable that the big-headed zombies themselves are low in physical fitness and are characterized by controlling zombies, but this is a bit too low. It is still level 10 after all. Continuing to look down, except for the two aberration feats in terms of feats. Two new Ability options have been added. Soul Commandercan issue orders to units in the same camp through soul nodes. This point is that its ability to control zombies is retained after transformation. It feels like a good ability to give orders to skeletons. The second ability, called [Brood Mind], does not feel like the ability of zombies, but more like the ability of the Zerg in the original Star Wars game. ?From the introduction, telepathy can be transmitted to the surrounding skeleton demons to jointly establish the same master brain. ?Wu Heng read it several times and understood somewhat what it meant. That is to say, the "Skeleton Spirit Demon" within the range has established a WeChat group, and everyone can know any news. ??If it is true as I suspected, the role of this spirit demon is really not small. Can build a huge network. Achieve information sharing. From now on, you will be called Big Tou No. 1. Wu Heng directly gave him a name. ??The skeleton spirit demon did not answer and still stood where he was. Come out and stand aside. The big-headed skeleton came out and stood aside honestly. The movement of walking is still not fast, but the head is only the skull, so it is not that heavy, and it does not shake around after taking two steps like before. ??Took the kitchen knife belonging to a skeleton next to him, searched for it on the ground, and found a second-level corpse core. Put them in plastic bags and continue to use the [Bone Skeleton Technique] on the other two deformed dogs. The two level 5 skeleton dogs stood up, shook their bodies, and ran to the side. ?Wu Heng found two more first-level corpse cores from the corpse. Three corpse cores, one level 10 skeleton and two level 5 skeletons. The harvest is pretty good. After transforming the three deformed zombies, he turned his attention to the street again. The whole street was in a mess. Abandoned cars rising up into thick smoke, heat waves from flames, bodies covering the ground. It''s like the road to hell. Eerie. ?Wu Heng glanced at the big-headed skeleton on the side and said, "Let the skeletons bring the body back." The next second. ??The skeletons standing ready in all directions started to move, dragging the zombie corpses on the ground and walking towards this side. It really works! ??And the effect is not bad. ?This big-headed zombie may be more useful than he thought. He continued: "Let the skeletons move the corpses into the community and pile them together, and the rest will put out the fire." Skeletons began to divide their forces. Some of them dragged the body towards the community, while others began to collect some soil and sprinkle it into the flames on the road. With the big skull, you just need to stand where you are and give commands. ??All the bodies were dragged into the community, and the buildings on both sides were scorched black due to the fire. The windows on the first and second floors are also broken, so the fire is put out separately. It also took a lot of time to clean up the battlefield and finish the work. It feels almost the same. Wu Heng then said to the big-headed skeleton: "Bring some skeletons and clean up the zombies nearby. Don''t hurt humans. If humans attack first, you can fight back." ?The battle attracted a lot of zombies, causing some chaos in the area. It needs to be cleaned up, and at the same time, the big-headed zombies must be warned not to kill the ones in the auto repair shop. The entire group of skeletons, skeletons with souls, are practicing spears and swords on the roof of the building. The big-headed skeleton, commanding about five hundred ordinary skeletons, went out to patrol around the community and kill zombies. Back to Blackstone Town, Wu Heng washed and changed his clothes. After sorting it out, I went directly to the Professionals Association. Entering the team lounge, there was no one inside. I feel that the atmosphere in the entire fourth team is very bad now, and no one comes to the association. Filled out the order form for three corpse cores in the lounge. Sent to the front desk of the lobby. ?When I went back to the lounge to get something, I saw Slater, wearing a long skirt and carrying a leopard, walking towards me. Deputy Deacon! Wu Heng took the initiative to say hello. Its not easy to see you in the association, Slater said. Well, our team is on vacation, so there are fewer people coming. Wu Heng found an excuse casually. Slater looked at him curiously, and then asked: "Do you have a lover?" "No, why do you say that?" Wu Heng couldn''t understand why she said such a thing suddenly. Slater looked him up and down and said, "I feel like you are different. I thought you were all looking for lovers!" ??This guy''s intelligence is really good. The captains affairs must have been discovered. If you want to find me, you can also find someone like the deputy deacon. Wu Heng said directly. "Oh? Do you like someone older than you?" Slater raised an eyebrow. No, I just like pretty ones. ??Slater''s lips curled up, as if the words were useful. Boy, I think you want to defraud me of money... (End of this chapter) Chapter 84 , encircling and suppressing the Necromancer Chapter 84, Encirclement and Suppression of the Necromancer He and Slater chatted for a while and said goodbye to each other. Go directly back to the crowded area and dont hang out outside. ?I came back a little late today. There are many customers in the pub at this time. ??The mess was all filled with rough guys, so they came back and made themselves a bowl of noodles. Now that I have a good physical constitution, I am not afraid that these foods are not nutritious. ?While eating instant noodles, reminders kept appearing. Gain experience +2. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +3. Gain experience +2. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, experience +5. Get experience. Since returning to Blackstone Town, my experience has not stopped. It should be a big-headed skeleton, leading a team of skeletons to clean up zombies nearby. This method was something he had thought about before. But the rest of the skeletons with souls do not have this effect, and ordinary skeletons are completely unable to execute orders. Now the big skull can be solved. And the effect is good. It feels like sitting at home counting money. ??He also completely got rid of his way of following skeletons to fight every day. If you have the chance, you should get more big-headed skeletons and then go out and lead a team to fight monsters. After eating instant noodles, Wu Heng continued to practice the Gray Eagle sword technique. The long sword in his hand was swung out again and again, making complete movements. Zombie world, auto repair shop. The doors and windows were sealed, making the room a little stuffy. Are the people from Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop still there? An inquiry came from the radio frequency band. ?Wang Ke, who was sitting at the table, turned to look at Li Yahong. The latter frowned, took the phone and asked: "This is an auto repair shop, what can I do?" They are still alive. Holy shit, I can live with this. Were they the ones who made those skeletons? Shut up, you can hear me from the other side ??On the radio, there was noisy discussion. You can hear surprise and discussion about skeletons. After a few seconds of silence, a voice came from the other side asking again, "Did you see the battle between the skeleton group and the corpse group today?" ?Li Yahong and Wang Ke looked at each other. ?Besides them, there are other people who saw the situation here. I saw it, its some distance away from us. Li Yahong replied. "Do you know the origin of those skeletons? I mean, are there people with super powers?" The two of them were a little surprised. This group of people should not be too far away from the fighting position at that time. They may have seen something. Li Yahong thought for a while and said, "I don''t know. It''s too late to hide. Who will study this?" But they really didnt dare to talk nonsense about this matter. After all, they were living under the protection of the skeleton, and she didnt dare to talk nonsense without the other partys permission. ?The other side fell into brief silence again. Those skeletons are a bit dangerous, so be careful. Thank you, we will be careful. Then, the other person continued: "Do you have enough food?" Li Yahong immediately became vigilant. The food now is gold. How can anyone ask your family if there is gold? Whats the matter? "If you have food, we can make some exchanges." The other person said directly. The two refuge places are not far apart. They have agreed with each other and can actually make some exchanges or transactions. What do you want in exchange for it? I have medicine here that can be exchanged. In this case, medicine is also indispensable. We dont need it. The other party did not expect to refuse so decisively, and fell into silence again. Then he said: "What do you want?" Li Yahong was amused and said, "Contact us after you think about it." The other side was silent again. Just when Li Yahong put down the microphone and was about to leave, a voice came from the radio again. "This is the prison in the south of the city. If you have food, we can exchange it." Li Yahong felt that she couldnt talk about the food issue, so she immediately changed her mind, We dont have much food here. We can exchange it for a gun, a rifle or a sniper rifle. ?Li Yahong was shocked. But he still said: "If we find enough food, we will exchange it with you." "good!" The next day, Wu Heng got up in the morning. After breakfast, head to the zombie world. In the open space in the middle of the community, there is a higher mountain of corpses. ??Yesterday''s battle with the corpses, all the corpses were piled up here. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The large group of skeletons stood up directly and walked to the queue on the side. Take two gulps of medicine, continue to release skills, and increase the number of skeletons. For another magical world, he is the necromancer who is most in need of soldiers. At noon. ?Li Yahong rushed over. He said directly: "Yesterday, someone on the radio asked about the skeleton. It seems that he saw a fight with zombies." Didnt find anything? "No, I asked if he was a person with superpowers. I said I didn''t know, so I didn''t mention it again." Well, dont reveal it to anyone yet. Li Yahong continued: "There are still people who want to exchange for food and say they want to exchange rifles." Hearing this, Wu Heng turned to look at her and asked, "Where is it?" Chengnan Prison. Its a bit far, lets talk about it later. "good!" Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng continued to return to the community and transformed the pile of corpses. In the afternoon, return to Blackstone Town. As soon as I walked out of the boundary gate, I saw the letter under the crack of the door. It says that the association has a task, so go to the professional association. Are there any tasks again? It seems that since the last time the Divine Punishment Cult was launched, the fourth team has not been assigned any tasks. I made another bowl of noodles to fill my stomach, and then started stuffing the things I wanted to bring into my backpack. ?The magazine is full and there are plenty of spare magazines. When everything was ready, Wu Heng took Bassen out of his residence and headed to the Professionals Association. Entering the hall, the other three teams all gathered in the hall. Looks like another collective action. Wu Heng saw the position of the fourth team and walked over directly. Altluk and Kavina stood aside and waited. Yuri was holding something and leaning against the wall while looking around and stuffing something into her mouth. . Captain, shall we guard the house? Wu Heng approached and said. ?Otluk frowned, understanding what he meant by guarding the home. ?Then he said: "I''ll listen to the deacon''s arrangements. It''s not clear what the task will be." Oh okay. Wu Heng stood aside and waited. Yuli came over and said, "Don''t be afraid, I will protect you when the time comes." We have few people and it is possible to guard the home. Like last time, wouldnt it be more dangerous to stay behind? ?Wu Heng was stunned, "It seems to make sense." Not long after, Deacon Yazd and Subdeacon Slater came out from one side. The team members stopped chatting, and the hall instantly became quiet. Deacon said: "Blackstone Town received the news and found traces of the Necromancer. We need to coordinate with the guards to kill him. We don''t need to survive." ??Everyone was stunned, and several of them even looked back at Wu Heng. Seemingly observing his expression. ?Wu Heng didnt squint his eyes and didnt look at anyone else. What do other necromancers have to do with me? I can abide by the law. The deacon waved his hand and everyone followed and walked out. There is no mention of people in the left-behind association. Looks like there are other arrangements. ?Each small team met up with the guards outside and rushed outside together. As night fell, the team left the city in a mighty manner. ?Hurry to a remote manor in the east. Approaching the destination, the team began to slow down, and at the same time, a ranger wearing leather armor walked out of the dark woods. He whispered: "The target is inside, and it has never come out until now." Slater looked serious and said softly: "Didn''t I notice you?" Dont worry, you definitely didnt notice me. The ranger patted his chest and assured him. Because of Yuli, Wu Heng followed him. Hearing the conversation between the two, I had a bad feeling in my heart. Slater nodded and returned to the rear to explain the situation to the deacon and several guard commanders. Return again soon. He gave a direct order: "Attack, surround, and leave no one alive." Hurrah! ??Everyone acted instantly and quickly ran towards the manor in front. (End of this chapter) Chapter 85 , carrion undead Chapter 85, Carrion Undead Hurrah! ?Flocks of birds flew into the sky, taking the lead in flying towards the manor. The guards and professional teams quickly approached the hollow iron gate of the manor. The manor was dark and quiet. The leader of the guard glanced at the ranger beside him. ??The ranger controlled the bird to circle above and said: "There is no danger in the yard." ?Hand waved to the back. Immediately, a man wearing leather armor and a short sword hanging on his waist came forward and began to fiddle with the lock of the iron door. With a crisp sound. The door opened in response. The commander waved his hand slightly, and the guards quickly poured into the manor and surrounded the stone castle in the center. The members of the professional team also quickly followed up, and they were all ready for battle. Welcome friends from Blackstone. The balcony on the second floor of the stone castle lit up with the light of torches. A figure of medium height wearing a black robe appeared in front of everyone. ?Hands on the stone railing of the balcony, he looks down at the crowd of people below without any surprise or panic. ?Wu Heng leaned towards Basen''s side. This necromancer had indeed discovered them long ago. The man in black robe held the stone railing with both hands and continued: "I know the purpose of your trip, but you have found the wrong target. I am not the necromancer you are looking for. I can provide you with some clues..." Whoosh~! Before he finished speaking, a cold light broke through the sky. With a pop, it accurately hit the chest of the man in black robe. ??Wu Heng was startled and turned around suddenly, and saw a long bow in the hand of a man in leather armor standing behind him in the night. The bowstring was still shaking slightly. Look at the balcony again. ??The man in black robe was hit by an arrow in the chest, and his body suddenly fell back, but his hands were still holding on to the stone railing in front of him, and his body was in a weird posture. The next second, under the gaze of everyone, the man in black robe slowly stood upright and broke the arrow shaft on his chest. Part of the arrow remains in the opponent''s body. Substitute? Or some special constitution? ??They are not dead? ??The man in black robes turned his gaze to everyone again, and his voice became colder and colder, "It seems that you are planning to find a scapegoat, so... then you all stay and become my servants!" The next second, the ground in the manor began to tremble violently. Hands that were mottled and covered with rotting flesh broke out from the ground. Densely packed, like bamboo shoots growing all over the ground. Kill him! Yazd ordered again. Swish swish swish~! ??Arrows and crossbows were shot towards the second floor in pieces. ??The man in black robe retreated to the depths of the stone castle and said at the same time: "Enjoy this killing feast!" The figure disappeared into the darkness. The rotten corpses with mottled flesh and blood covered the entire manor. Under the eyes of Blackstone Town, so many corpses had been collected. Slater, commander of the guards, go in with me and kill the necromancer directly. The rest will clean up the corpses in the manor and seal off the surrounding areas to prevent suspicious people from escaping. Yazd said to the surroundings. Okay! Everyone nodded and acted according to the order. Yazd and the others quickly rushed to the gate of the stone castle. ?Bang bang bang~! The dull sound of footsteps sounded. Four huge humanoid monsters slowly walked down from the second floor of the stone castle. ? Nearly four meters tall, with slender arms reaching past the knees, long and sharp nails like sharp knives, a mouth full of sharp teeth, and gray-white eyes without pupils. Its a troll carrion! Slater reminded softly. The rest of the people nodded. At the top of the corridor, the man in black robe walked slowly down behind the troll corpse. Slater, Whisperer of the Society, I will not destroy this body of yours, at least not until you rot. Do it! ?Yazd let out a low groan, pointed his wooden stick in his hand, and an energy beam formed and shot forward. The body of the troll carrion on the opposite side was hit, and large pieces of carrion exploded, revealing the more rotten internal organs inside. At the same time, several other people also took action at the same time. Melee combat quickly rushed towards the stairs with weapons in hand. ?Hand the bow and arrow from a long distance, the arrows roar through the air and shoot towards the target. ?The two tall rotting corpses guarding the entrance of the stairs waved their thick arms widely and smashed at the people who rushed towards them. ??The man in black robe at the rear was dodging the incoming arrows, and the staff in his hand also condensed magic rays and blasted towards the opposite side. For a time, there was a roar in the castle. Outside the castle. Members of the Guards and Professional Squads fought with the carrion crawling out. The sound of fighting and the sound of swords striking flesh filled the entire courtyard. Some people kept getting hit by swords and fell to the ground, groaning one after another. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and released the witchcraft arrow to knock down the three corpses in front of him to the ground. ??Bassen ran up quickly, pierced the skull with the short blade along the eye socket, and killed him. The rotting corpses here can be different from zombies. Although he also has no intelligence, he can use weapons. Some people with high levels may have fixed occupations. It is a necromantic attendant in a different direction from Wu Heng''s own skeleton. Although they are not as strong as the members of the Guards and Professional Teams, they must be dealt with carefully. Ouch~! The giant brown bear that Yuri turned into knocked away the rotten corpses one by one. Smashed over the rest of the carcasses. Dang~! ??A clear voice sounded, and Altluk took a step forward, using the long sword in his hand to block the carrion''s sword from attacking the brown bear. Be careful. The brown bear nodded and waved his paw again, throwing away several carrion corpses. At this time, Tulisa from the second team approached with people from her own team. asked: Are you okay? ?Otluk replied, "It''s okay." The two teams gathered together and began to kill the rotting corpses around them. The guards on the side are more efficient in killing enemies. Form a tight formation to resist more wights. ??The battle still continues, but the number of rotten zombies is gradually being wiped out by Blackstone Town. ?Bang bang bang~! Just when most of the rotting corpses were killed and fell to the ground. Mutation happened again. The dead bodies exploded one after another. Dense yellow smoke instantly filled the entire manor as the corpse exploded. ?Under the yellow poisonous mist, almost at the same time, all the guards and squad members began to cough violently. The body shows symptoms of intoxication and weakness. Be careful, its the Evil Explosion of the Necromancer, the gas is poisonous. It is written in the Necronomicon. ??Necromancers can use corpses to release miasma and affect living creatures. At present, it seems that this spell is set in the body of the rotting corpse, forming a skill combination. After the corpse dies, the corpse will explode and release this poisonous gas. This aspect has the effect of releasing poisonous gas twice more than the skeleton. Hearing what Wu Heng said, the two teams began to find ways to prevent themselves from inhaling the poisonous gas. ??Wu Heng held his breath, quickly opened his backpack, took out an unopened gas mask, quickly tore off the outer packaging, and put it directly on his face. ??As the rotting corpses died and exploded one after another, the fog completely covered the entire manor. (End of this chapter) Chapter 86 , immortal constitution Chapter 86, Immortal Physique It is difficult to detect the presence of your companions even from a distance of three meters. Bassen, identify the location of the team members. Wu Heng put his hand on Bassens shoulder and rushed forward together. There were guards who were weak and fell to the ground along the way. ?There are very few people who can carry gas protective equipment, and gas masks are not popular in the world. Wu Heng quickly found the remaining members. Kavina put on the crow''s mouth mask. Otluk and several other people from the second team also took out their scarves and blocked their mouths and noses. Get out first. Wu Heng said directly. In this situation, it is impossible to fight at all. The carrion is not affected by the poisonous gas, and the living creatures cannot bear it. "Ahem~! My aunt...cough." Yuri said while coughing dryly. You are going to die, give it back to your aunt and aunt. Wu Heng said. Yuri ignored him and turned into a fear crow, about to fly inside. ?Wu Heng grabbed her leg and said, "You go out first, and I''ll go see Deputy Deacon Qi and the others." Yuli glanced at him and nodded, "Okay!" ?Each team began to retreat, and the mist was filled with the sound of dragging companions across the ground. ?Wu Heng continued: "Go to the stone castle and have a look." Hold on Bassens shoulders and approach the stone castle. Stone Castle Hall. Poisonous mist poured in from the doors and windows, instantly filling the hall. Those who are fighting wear props or release protective scrolls to block the poisonous mist. But it still had an impact on the performance of strength. Click~! The golden leopard was knocked away by the troll carrion, broke the stair railing, and fell down. Immediately afterwards, the troll carrion hugged the two guard leaders, rolled down the steps, and hit the wall behind with a bang. ??The troll carrion raised its thick arm, threw one person away, and then raised its arm to rain down on the chest of the remaining guard commander. The breastplate was dented, blood flowed from the mouth, and he kept coughing. ?The faces of several people changed drastically. They saw that their companions were about to be beaten to death, but it was too late to rush over. ?At this moment, gunfire sounded. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet hit the body of the troll rotting corpse, causing the body to stagger slightly. ?The commander who was spitting out blood made a difficult roll and opened a certain distance. ??Wu Heng led Bassen and quickly ran into the hall. A dull voice sounded from behind the mask, "Hold these rotting corpses." The deacon and the commander immediately reacted and ran towards the troll corpses again, stopping them from approaching the stairs. Huh? The man in black robe looked at the figure rushing in. ??When he saw the leather armor worn by ordinary members of the association, he also sneered. You just want to show off at this time? ?Wu Heng did not answer. He changed the magazine while moving forward. Then start pulling the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense bullets were fired at the target one after another. He choked back the next words, and his body kept retreating under the bullets. ??As the black robe on his body became torn, the man in black robe looked down in disbelief. ??Lifting up the staff, he fired [Fireball Technique] towards the opposite side, and the scorching flame ball flew directly out. ??Bassen quickly changed positions and stood in front of Wu Heng. His body was exploded by the fireball technique, scattering a stream of flames. You also have undead attendants? the man in black robe said in surprise. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but pulled the trigger faster. ?The bullets poured out as if they were free, and the original black robe was like a piece of rags. My servant, protect me! the man in black robe shouted loudly. But the rotting corpses all around were blocked by the remaining people. ?Looking at the people rushing towards him with strange weapons, the black-robed mage released a large black mist, turned around and ran upstairs. ?Wu Heng and Basen quickly followed. In terms of movement speed, Wu Heng and Bassen are both faster than this Necromancer. But fearing that there might be an ambush, he still let Bassen run ahead. Hurry up to catch up with the man in black robe, and stab the dagger directly into his body from behind. ??The black-robed mage staggered and fell to the ground. ?The black robe fell off, revealing a face like a mummy. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. ?The other party is a necromancer, why does it become like this? "Are you crazy? Help them..." the black-robed mage shouted loudly. ?Wu Heng did not stop and kept pulling the trigger in his hand. The bullet instantly smashed the target''s head to pieces. Gain experience +77. Huh~! The experience prompt appears, proving that the opponent is dead. Under the gas mask, Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. ?Wu Heng squatted down and fumbled around the corpse''s bag. ?Just after the search, there were rapid footsteps downstairs. ??I randomly touched what seemed to be a skill book and stuffed it directly into my backpack. ?Wu Heng stood up and saw Deacon Yazd and others rushing up quickly. Seeing Wu Heng and the body lying on the ground, they all breathed a sigh of relief. Wu Heng, are you okay? Its okay. Wu Heng stood up and said directly. Yazid glanced at the body and continued: "Take the body with you, let''s go out first, and leave the rest to the guards." "good!" There was a chaos outside the manor. There were a large number of guards lying on the ground. Coughing and vomiting, the injured area began to rot directly. Everyone is drinking potion. ?This night can cost a lot of money. ??So many people are arresting one person, and the commotion is still like this. To a certain extent, it can be regarded as a failure. Yuri went to see Slater first, then ran over and shouted in surprise: "Did you kill that black-robed mage?" The rest of the people were also stunned. Then they all looked over. "When I passed by, the opponent was already dying, so I gave him a knife directly." Wu Heng made up one casually. This can also allow you to meet. Soon, the deacon and subdeacon came over. ?The leopard was limping and limping, and Yuli squatted on the ground in distress to comfort her. The deacon said: "Okay, leave this to the guards, let''s leave first." The body of the necromancer was given to the guards. As for the professional team, they began to rush towards Blackstone Town. Yuli looked much better now. Chasing after Wu Heng, he said: "I suddenly thought of a question. He is also a necromancer. If you kill him, wouldn''t you be a traitor in the profession?" Holy shit! Return to Blackstone Town. The deacon said to everyone: "After you go back, take care of your injuries. Today''s operation was considered a success. The merits and bounties will be recorded. Okay, let''s go back and rest!" Everyone dispersed and walked back. ??It was already getting dark, so Wu Heng returned to his residence and asked Basson to guard the door and go to bed to rest. ~! ?There was a rapid knocking on the door. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes, and the sky was bright. ??Bassen was still sitting at the dining table looking at the door. Hearing the knock on the door, he immediately stood up and entered a state of alert. Going to sleep, someone knocked on the door. Who is it? Wu Heng shouted and asked. If its not something important, tell him to come back later. Wu Heng, have you had breakfast? Lets have breakfast together. Yulis voice came from outside the door. Holy shit~! Its great to be young and have so much energy. Opening the door, he saw Yuli standing at the door. There were still some blue scars on her cheeks, which should have been left yesterday. ??Make way for Yuri to walk in directly. ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Aren''t you sleepy?" Yuli sat down at the desk, "If you are sleepy, you can just stay up for several days." Come in, is your aunt mistreating you? She doesnt even give you food. "You are so unpleasant to talk about." Yuri sat down and continued: "My aunt went out and killed the Necromancer yesterday, which solved the problem in Blackstone Town. Otherwise, the kingdom and the association would have sent an investigation team here. Oh, no wonder the city hall and the deacon are so anxious, fearing that someone will come from above. Hmm! It should be. ??After Wu Heng made two bowls of noodles, he sat back at the table and started to read the books he got yesterday. Necronomicon Volume 2 This was found from the body yesterday. I thought it was a skill book, but I didnt expect there was a second volume. While waiting for the instant noodles, I started to look through them. ?This second volume is much thinner, but the content is also more advanced. ?One of them talked about the professional issue of Necromancer transformation. Melee professions can retain the characteristics of each profession or most of their skills after conversion. But mages and some special professions are somewhat different. Since the corpse is infused with a false soul by necromancy magic, its own magical elements are also changed. In other words, you are transforming a mage. No matter what school he belonged to during his lifetime, he can only be a necromancer after being transformed. Because it can no longer sense other magical properties. There are also some professions such as priests and magicians. Their own power comes from the gods. Whether it is given or exchanged, it does not belong to themselves. This power cannot be preserved after transformation. Especially for priests, transformation often leads to direct collapse, so the Book of the Dead clearly states not to transform these corpses related to gods. It doesnt do any good, and it can easily get you into trouble. ?Wu Heng continued to turn back and saw another page. Pure soul, organ of ancient descent, special bloodline, gathered into the body, can be acquired with the power of the dead, refine the body of a ghost, and have an immortal constitution. He can actually gather the power of the dead. It should look like the necromancer last night. ?Although he is immortal, it is actually quite difficult for people to accept that he is neither human nor ghost. ??Moreover, these things are not so easy to collect. Pure souls refer to ghosts. They can become invisible and pass through walls. It is basically impossible to catch them. It is not something that ordinary people can do to collect ancient viscera. ?Thinking in my mind, I suddenly frowned. He came to Blackstone Town and did not participate in many arrests. From the first mining village, a sealed ghost baby was brought back, and the second organ, Bawudong''s organ, was lost. ?It cant be such a coincidence, right? A chill rose up my spine. Yuri, who was eating potato chips on the side, saw that his expression was becoming more and more serious. She was holding the potato chips in her hand and was a little afraid to put them in her mouth. He asked softly: "What''s wrong?" "Um, it''s okay." Wu Heng looked at the content in the book again and asked casually: "Have you not arrested any wanted criminals of special blood in Blackstone Town recently?" I dont know. But I recalled it carefully. Isnt the guy who stole the child last time a warlock? (End of this chapter) Chapter 87 Remarks on the launch Chapter 87 Remarks on the Release It will be released on the 1st. Due to update issues, my review is a little late. Please forgive me. The concept of the whole book is to fight monsters and upgrade in the zombie world. In Blackstone Town, there is a complete story line. But there are also many problems. Because the plot was too slow, some brothers came to the group to scold me, which made me angry. ??The end of Blackstone Town will free you from the shackles and accelerate the development of the magical world, no longer subject to restrictions. Take full advantage of both worlds. Hope to be able to write a better plot. Thank you all for your support, and also thank the big guys who rewarded and voted.?(End of this chapter) Chapter 88 , do you have any other wishes? Chapter 88, Do you have any other wishes? Yuli opened the lid of the instant noodles, sucked the noodles, and asked, "What''s wrong?" Its okay! Wu Heng said afterward. The records in the Necronomicon are still a bit unbelievable. It shouldnt be such a coincidence. How long have you been in Blackstone Town? ?Several consecutive missions, all of them matched the records above. ???The matter of the infant spirit in the mining village shall be determined according to the instructions of the mine owner himself. It was someone who told him how to cultivate ghosts three years ago. Because it involves ghosts, we directly attribute this matter to the work of a "necromancer". ?So, the person behind this matter started preparing for this matter at least three years ago. After the infant spirit is obtained. ?Bawudong of the Divine Punishment Sect, a warlock who stole children, came to Blackstone Town one after another to give away their heads. What happened is too easy for people to doubt. ??The necromancer who died last night should be the stall owner we met at the black market. ? Judging from the things he sold and the many rotten corpses he transformed, he should have become a necromancer very early. ??Moreover, he had no chance to organize and collect these things. ?Then why did he die? What did you say when you came in just now? Wu Heng asked Xiang Yuli. What did I say? Yuli looked up with noodles in her mouth. What did your aunt do? "Oh, my aunt is out busy, so I came to play with you." Yuli said. "You also said, why don''t you kill the necromancer?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Yuli frowned for a moment before reacting and said: "Oh! The kingdom and the association take this matter very seriously. If the necromancer is not caught, an investigation team will be sent over." ??The kingdom still attaches great importance to necromancers. Forcing Blackstone Town to give a result. So, a necromancer must die. ?Wu Heng felt that his hair was standing on end. What happened to you? Yuri asked again. ??Wu Heng wanted to tell her about his findings to relieve his psychological pressure. But he still kept his mouth shut. ?With the complete knowledge of Bawudong and the child-stealing warlock, it would not be difficult for the Whisperers, plus Slater''s power in Blackstone Town. ?Layout is not difficult either. Its okay, Im just asking. Wu Heng closed the book in his hand and said with a smile. Arent you going to eat it? Yuli looked at his instant noodles. "eat!" Open the lid and start eating noodles while chatting with Yuri. noon. ?There was a knock on the door of the residence. Someone from the association informed them that they should go to the association to burn the corpse. There were a lot of dead bodies last night. With the weather and the threat of the Necromancer, we still need to burn them as soon as possible. ??But after Wu Heng had already suspected that the Necromancer was just a scapegoat, he felt that this was deliberately destroying evidence. However, he has no conclusive evidence for any of this. ??Moreover, the people in the association and the city hall are no longer reliable. And Yuri came to the association all the way. Entering the lounge, Altluk and Kavina had already arrived early. Seeing the two people coming in, Altluk smiled and said: "Wu Heng, these are the books that were found from the Necromancer''s stone castle yesterday. The association can give them to you first to read, and then return them to the association. , as a commission reward. Speaking, he took out a few skill books and placed them on the table. There are three skill books in total. They are also old and yellowed and look older than him. Corpse SpellEvil ExplosionFireball. In the two Necronomicon factions, fireball should be an attack skill. [Corpse Slaying Technique] is a spell that enslaves rotting corpses. It is the same skill as your own ''Bone Slaying Technique''. In fact, the difference is not too big. ??However, the rotten corpse itself has a very serious disease effect. In fact, among the living necromancers, the "Bone Slavery Technique" is used more often. Evil Explosionis also the same technique that caused the corpse to explode and release the poisonous mist last night. When I read the introduction of the "Necronomicon", I felt that it was nothing. But the on-site effect is still a bit exaggerated, and it feels very useful for treating living creatures. ??The Book of the Dead also records a kind of "corpse explosion technique". The corpse begins to explode with great power. Basically, there is no solution. ??The carrion rushes forward, whether you fight or not, or chase after you if you don''t fight. If you are killed, the corpse will explode, and it can also kill you. Finally, there is [Fireball]. The fireball in front of you is not the initial skill in the game, but a high-level skill. After the explosion, flames will also be produced, burning the surrounding areas. Generally speaking, except for [Corpse Slaying Technique], the other two are pretty good. Oh, okay, thank you. Wu Heng put away the three skill books. ??Otluk continued: "The rewards and meritorious deeds this time will be distributed after the statistics. It may take some time." Well, were not in a hurry. Yuli replied cheerfully. Altluk nodded, continued to look at Wu Heng, and said: "Your meritorious service should be higher. If you can get another level 3 meritorious service, it is entirely possible that you will be appointed captain by the headquarters in advance. Then you can also have My own team member. Our team is very good. Wu Heng said. Yuli thought for a moment and said, "Captain, what about our achievements?" We will also have it, but it will be lower than Wuheng. After all, it was the Necromancer who was killed by Wu Heng in the end, so his merits would be higher. If the others had no special performance, their merits would also be there but not too high. ??If all the merits are given the same, then this thing will be of little use. "Oh, that''s okay." Yuri thought for a moment and said, "You want to be the captain, and I will be your vice-captain." ??Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her and said directly: "It would be great if you asked the captain to give you a vice-captain now. Why wait for me?" No, you are too incompetent and need someone to help you. I dont know who is worse! ?Several people chatted in the room for a while. The teams began to gather and prepare to burn the bodies. The corpse is placed outside the city, and the team goes directly there, confirms the identity, and burns it directly. The fourth team went directly out of the city and came to the burning point. ?Oteluk checked the corpses and found that there were no problems, then piled them all on the pile of wood. ??Wu Heng glanced at these corpses, cast a [Grease Technique] on them, and then lit them. Huh~! ?The fire shot into the sky. Everyone quickly retreated and opened up a certain distance. ??After all, it is a summons from the Necromancer. No one is sure whether another corpse will explode or release poisonous gas or something. ?The fire shot into the sky and the firewood crackled. With the grease spell to ignite it, there is no need to fill it with firewood, and the body will be burned almost as well. After the bodies were burned and the scene was dealt with, the team began to return. Yuli was holding Kavinas arm, talking and laughing. It seems that after the death of the necromancer, everything became normal and had no impact on anyone. Returning to the association, each team went home to recuperate. Yuli was called away by her aunt. ??Wu Heng went directly to the front desk of the lobby and asked about the production status of the corpse core detoxification potion. The staff began to look through the record book. Smiled and said: "Mr. Wu Heng, the production of both potions has been completed. Please wait!" Its all done. With a formula, the preparation of potions is very efficient. Much faster than research and development. Not long after, the staff came back. ?Hold two boxes in his hand. Mr. Wu Heng, this is a commissioned potion. The staff respectfully placed the box on the table. ?Wu Heng opened the medicine box and saw the two medicines inside. Special antidoteShouzhi detoxification mixture After confirming that there were no discrepancies in the medicine, the remaining balance was paid. ?Taken the potion and walked directly out of the association. After returning to your residence, close the door and ask Basson to guard the door. ?Wu Heng placed the second-level corpse core and the potion on the table. He simply cleaned it up and swallowed it directly. ?A strong mental pressure suddenly rushed into his brain, as if there was an invisible force tearing at his spiritual consciousness. Damn, the symptoms are different. ?Wu Heng felt bad for a moment. The symptoms were completely different from the last time I took Level 2 Corpse Core. Without daring to think too much, he immediately opened the potion and drank it down. Whether its useful or not, drink it first and then talk about it. A refreshing feeling rushed into my brain instantly, but it only relieved some of the mental pressure. ?The feeling of being constantly stretched and torn still exists. ?Hinging in my ears and blurred vision. The skeleton Bassen on the side began to tremble because it was connected to Wu Hengs spiritual power. It seems like it is falling apart. No! Wu Heng suppressed the pressure, opened the other two bottles of special antidote, and drank them all. Common potions also have some effects. ?Wu Heng held his head with both arms, his teeth clenching loudly. It seems like a lot has passed. The prompt appears vaguely in the ear. Perception +5, Intelligence +7, Charisma +5. Unlock ability: strengthen will ?After the pain, Wu Heng panted heavily, and beads of sweat wetted his clothes, dripping to the ground. At this time, the sense of mental stress begins to gradually subside, and at the same time, there is a stronger sense of perception. Even if you dont look specifically, you can feel everything in the room. The effect of the corpse core was still significant, but for just a moment, he really thought he was going to die. If he became a zombie, he would probably be a level 2 zombie. In the zombie world, you can be a leader or something, but in this world, you may be killed, the body sent for research, and the remaining parts are sold as materials on the black market. Somewhat scary. Taking a deep breath, Wu Heng sat up straight. ??Start to check the attribute changes brought by the corpse core. The first is an increase in Wisdom, Intelligence and Charisma. ?These three attributes are potential attributes, unlike physique and strength, which are expressed on the body. Intelligence directly affects the mage''s spellcasting, as well as his own memory and logical thinking abilities. ?Every mage is a scholar, which means that this profession has a certain intellectual threshold and needs to understand the contents of various books and records. ?Perception is the quantification of intuition and insight, while charm represents more personal temperament, and priority in choosing a mate is also very important. ?For example, if you get Slater, you will be a well-fed upper class person in Blackstone Town. Finally, an ability is unlocked. ify off by strengthening personal will, establishing will barriers, and blocking and dismantling the negative effects that infringe on personal will. ?Wu Heng frowned. According to Modern World Radio, he should have unlocked the superpower. ??Its just that the ability in front of you is a passive ability. It should have some effect in a different world, but in a zombie world it may not have much effect. Even the big-headed zombies were not found to be able to affect his will. ??It''s not the same as the imagined power. It feels useless. But something is better than nothing. There is nothing to choose from. Collect more corpse cores in the future, and you may be able to continue to unlock abilities. After tidying up the surroundings, Wu Heng changed into clean clothes. ~! ?The door was knocked again. ?Wu Heng opened the door while fastening the buttons. I thought it was Yuli who came to have dinner with me, but I found a staff member of the association standing at the door. Deacon, please come over. Deacon? Okay. Wu Heng nodded. It should be about the merits and rewards of this mission. ?Oteluk said that his merits were higher than others. After simply tidying up, I went out directly. I walked out of the alley and told the landlord that if the curly-haired girl came, I would say that I was going to the association. After saying that, he took Bassen and walked towards the association. At this time, there are no people in the association. The hall is empty and a little cold. ?Wu Heng came to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door and entered the room. The entire study room is still neat and tidy. Deacon of Yazd. Well, sit down! the deacon said with a smile. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Yazid continued to ask: "How does it feel to be in the association?" Not bad, pretty good. "Your growth rate also surprises me. I didn''t expect that you could kill the necromancer last night." Yazd leaned on the back of the chair and said softly. "It''s just a fluke." Wu Heng looked at the other party and felt that the tone of the deacon''s speech today was a bit strange. ?It seems like I am about to release the depression in my heart and hold back my excitement. Yazid stood up with his cane and continued: "Do you have any other wishes?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 89 , I seem to have seen a ghost Chapter 89, I think I saw a ghost ?Wish? A bad premonition suddenly arose in my heart. ??He wanted to reach for the pistol at his waist, but found that the entire study was wrapped in a light curtain, and he himself seemed to be frozen, unable to move a finger. Beside him, Bassen stood there blankly, as if he was on standby. You are growing very fast. After a while, it may be difficult for me to control you. At this time, Yazd no longer looked like a humble gentleman. Although he still wore a straight dress, white gloves and a wooden staff, he gave people a more cunning feeling. Like a poisonous snake hiding its fangs. What does it mean to have no grievance or enmity? Wu Heng asked. Yazid still smiled, "Guess." What about you wanting to become a ghoul? Yazid was stunned for a moment, his eyes full of surprise, "It seems that you have gained some knowledge through other channels." Sure enough, the devil is inside. Everything can be aligned. Yazid was suddenly transferred to the remote Blackstone Town to take over the position of deacon Slater. This was also close to the time frame when the mine owner was bewitched and raised dead babies into infant spirits. So, he deliberately came to such a remote location and set up such a situation. The entire Professional Association, as well as the guards of Blackstone Town, are working for him. Collect the things he needs and bring them to him. The man who died last night. ?Becoming a scapegoat means that the entire series of cases has been completely concluded, and he can continue to complete his plan. ?Wu Heng was surprised, but he also calmed himself down. said: "As a deacon, you have killed so many people in the mining village. Aren''t you ashamed?" "I''m even more curious about where your hometown is. Everything here is written by strong men. Do you know what those people sitting on the throne have done? This is a world of cannibalism. You don''t eat Others, others will come to eat you, such as you and me at this time..." Yazd said with a smile. Why do you want to become a ghoul? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Yazd glanced at him, but was not impatient. He slowly took off the glove on one hand, revealing the back of his hand covered with pustules. What can I do? I just want to survive. You have collected all the things, why are you looking for me? I am not of any special bloodline? Wu Heng continued to ask. Yazd stared at him, his eyes full of expectation, and said slowly: "I found another method that allows me to occupy a new body, young, extremely talented in magic, and without any background. Body." ?Wu Heng understood. ?His original plan was to use materials to refine himself into a corpse, possessing an immortal physique that was neither human nor ghost. But the appearance of Wu Heng made him change his mind. He believed that Wu Heng was a replaceable body. Even if he was killed, no one would investigate the matter in detail without any background. ??And when he talks about high talent, he probably means being able to learn magic quickly. You want to take over my body? You are very smart. ??Wu Heng continued: "Why bother? If the materials you worked so hard to collect are not in vain, wouldn''t the previous efforts be in vain?" No, no, its too ugly. I dont want to be like that. Actually, Im not in good health either. Yazid waved his hand and said, "You know what you need to know, so don''t delay it any longer." Speaking, he threw the wooden stick in his hand. The wooden staff landed in the middle of the study room and stood upright. A pupil suddenly appeared on the top of the gem, scanning around the room. The next second, circular halos of light spread out from the center of the wooden staff to form a magic circle. ?As for Yazd, he flipped his hands and took out items one after another and placed them in the middle of the magic circle. Yazid''s old body stood in front and asked softly: "Do you really have no last wishes? After all, you were called into the association by me, and you can be regarded as my confidant." Kiss you! ??Hey~! Yazid sighed, his body seemed to have lost its soul, and he knelt down limply on the ground. A blue ghost suddenly floated out from above his head and flew towards the young body opposite. Outside the door. Yuli held the potato chips and walked forward. When he arrived in front of the deacon''s study, he saw a team captain "Anel" guarding the door. Yuli glanced at him and asked softly: "Have you seen Wu Heng?" ?Anel narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at her. Yuli felt a little nervous, took a step back and said, "What are you doing? I''m just asking, what do you want to do?" ?Anel said: "Let''s go. If you chase him now, you can still see him." Yuli frowned, looked back at the corridor, turned around and left, muttering: "Just leave, keep a cold face." But it doesnt feel right to walk around. He turned around and walked towards the deputy deacon''s room, pushed the door open and shouted, "Aunt, go check on Wu Heng, I feel something is not right." In the study room. The formation, the majestic suction force, continuously converged towards Wu Heng''s body. ??The blue ghost was forcibly pulled out of the body and turned into wisps of slender smoke, which was constantly being stretched. The ghost of Yazd floats aside full of expectation. Whoosh~! The next second, the blue ghost was pulled out of the body and gathered into the clay pot on the side. Yazids ghost immediately rushed towards the body in front. ?However, the next second, Yazd looked at the body in front of him in disbelief. I saw only one pair of eyes of the other party, still staring at him closely. Whats going on? ?The doubts in my heart have already penetrated into the body in front of me. The next second, he felt that Wu Heng''s spirit was protected by a barrier. ?There was also a huge and indescribable sense of oppression that enveloped and compressed him. This is spiritual power, a majestic spiritual power that seems to tear apart everything and wrap up his soul. Yazid was startled, knowing that there might be something wrong, so he struggled hard to get out of this body. The blue ghost emerged from the body, but it still looked frightened. Farewell, farewell to Wu Heng. Pah~! The ghost in front of him shattered like a balloon and dissipated in the air. Dangrang~! The wooden staff in the middle fell to the ground, the formation disappeared, and Wu Heng''s body immediately regained its mobility. How did you come up with the idea of ??competing for souls with the Necromancer? ??If there were other methods, maybe Wu Heng wouldn''t be able to do anything. But in terms of the soul, the necromancer''s practice direction is to control the soul. Go to the side and check the container on the ground. The little soul floated out from inside. Looking left and right exaggeratedly, and then said: "Uncle, I seemed to see a ghost just now, floating in the air, and then I was sucked away." Well, we are ghosts too, so we are not afraid of him. Seeing that Xiaoxiao was fine, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. Then he continued: "Be invisible, go outside and see the situation, and then tell me." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao became invisible and left through the wall. ??Wu Heng walked to the corpse and looked at his hands. ?Wearing a ring on the right hand. Space Ring (Description: A prop engraved with space magic, with 3 cubic meters of space inside.) What a good thing. Just now I turned over my hands and took out various props. They should have been taken out from this space ring. ?Wu Heng did not go to get it, but released [Conversation with the Dead]. ?Yazd, who had been lying down, sat up directly and looked at where Wu Heng was. (End of this chapter) Chapter 90 , is there any backup plan? Chapter 90: Is there any back-up plan? ?Yazds eyes were empty, staring blankly here. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "In order to deal with me, are there any other means planned later?" Yazid replied, "No, you are just a newcomer and you are not worthy of my doing this." Holy shit, why do you feel so insulted? If you really succeed, what are your next plans? I have submitted a transfer application in your name. I will leave here and go to a strange place. No one will remember you in a few years. Holy shit, there are indeed plans. Furthermore, based on his current achievements, he should be able to reach the captain level if he is transferred outside. What property do you have? Wu Heng continued to ask. Blackstone Town, I have a residence, part of the assets are stored in the Snake Emblem Consortium, and the rest are in the space ring. How to use this space ring? You can use it if you try to use mental power to communicate. ?There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Do you have any background or special identity behind you?" Professional Association, Heavenly Eye Esoteric Order. After saying that, he lay down on his back with a thud. ?In addition to the Professionals Association, Yazd is also a member of some secret order. Another strange organization. It doesnt really matter if you havent heard of it. I just hope it doesnt have anything to do with myself. ?Wu Heng bent down and took off the space ring on his finger. ?The ring looks very ordinary, made of silver material with a prismatic white fragment on the top. He wiped it with his clothes and put it on his hand. Trying to use mental power to connect to the space ring, I immediately sensed the separate space in the ring. ??There are no cumbersome steps such as bleeding to identify the master in the novel, and it is even simpler than imagined. There were a lot of things inside. In addition to clothes and daily necessities, Wu Heng''s eyes fell on a treasure box. As soon as he thought about it, the treasure box appeared in front of him and fell to the ground with a thud. Open directly. The top is the storage note of the "Snake Emblem Consortium", and the bottom is the neatly stacked silver coins. As a deacon of the Yazd Association, it is not surprising that he has made so much money. Put away the treasure chest again. ?His eyes fell on the wooden stick on the ground. Sacrifice stick (wonderful object) (Description: The evil **** can give you what you want, and at the same time take away what he is interested in.) ?This wooden stick is still a strange object. ?Wu Heng wanted to pick it up, but stopped his hand in mid-air. ??But this wooden stick is not quite the same as a ring. Yazid is used to wearing white gloves. If he had not taken off his gloves just now, Wu Heng would not be able to see the ring. ??He carried this wooden stick with him, and everyone had seen it. It is difficult to explain why he died here. If the most conspicuous wooden stick is taken away, it will be easy for people to continue to trace it. Furthermore, the tool used to make a deal with the evil **** is also a hot item. I thought about it for a moment, but still didnt go and get it. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. He stopped in the air and said: "Uncle, I flew around the hall, and there was an uncle guarding the door." Is there someone at the door? You couldnt hear the conversation you just had from outside the door, right? Let Xiaoxiao return to his body and immediately saw the scene at the door. ??I saw a man wearing silver armor and holding a long sword standing not far from the door, like a sentry, looking left and right. Arnel, captain of a team. ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed a little deeper. Yazid said he had no backup plan, so why was Anel still standing outside the door? ?This made Wu Heng begin to wonder where there was a problem. In other words, the answer is not accurate. ?After thinking about it for a while, I decided to go out and test the other party first. Open the holster and safety of the gun, and hold the short spear hanging on the side of the backpack in his hand. Opened the door and walked out. Anel outside the door looked back. The two looked at each other and neither of them spoke. ??When Anel saw Basson walking out from the side, his expression suddenly changed. He unsheathed the long sword in his hand and slashed it at Wu Heng''s head. Dang~! ??The sound of metal clanking sounded. The short spear firmly blocked the blow. ?Anel saw a mage blocking his blow smoothly, his eyes showing surprise again. Wu Heng directly raised his leg and kicked the opponent''s chest. With a bang, Anel took three or four steps back. ?The expression is even more unbelievable. ?At the same time, Bassen on the side instantly drew his knife and rushed forward. Wu Heng also drew his pistol directly, intending to kill him directly. ?Anel''s movements were even faster, and he took out a scroll and tore it open in an instant. Bang~! Dense smoke filled the air instantly, blocking the view. Immediately afterwards, there were the sounds of footsteps running away quickly. Basson followed closely behind him and got into the smoke. Wu Heng raised his pistol and hesitated for a moment before continuing to chase after Basson''s blurry figure. When he came to the side of the stairs, he saw Anel jumping directly along the window. ?Wu Heng and Basen also jumped down. ??Now Wu Heng has only one idea in his mind. ??I am a necromancer, and if he bites me, things will only become more troublesome. ?When he rushed out of the association and saw the streets with people coming and going outside, Wu Heng suddenly stopped. ?It may not be the right move for me to pursue him so blindly. ?Moreover, Anel moved very quickly and disappeared into the crowd. Damn~! ?Wu Heng stood there, thinking about how to deal with this matter next. After thinking about it for a while, I decided to go back to the association to check on the situation. ??If things really go against you, you can choose to test the attitude of Archdeacon Slater, or run away overnight. Wu Heng carefully returned to the association. ?Standing at the door and taking a look at the situation inside, a lot of people suddenly gathered in the deserted association. I felt a thump in my heart. ??Yazds body was discovered so soon? After getting a little closer, Yuli walked over quickly and said, "Wu Heng, what are you doing?" Huh? Whats going on? Yazd is dead! Yuri lowered her voice and said. At this time, someone came out from a distance carrying the body, covered with a white cloth. Judging from the half cuff exposed at the edge, it is Yazd''s body. How did you die? Wu Heng asked. "He died like that. I found a suicide note written by him on the desk. My aunt read it. It should be that he knew he was going to die and made some explanations." Yuri said while looking around. Written a suicide note? It seems that the other partys plan is more comprehensive. ??If you successfully occupy your own body and add a suicide note on the table, you can get rid of the evidence of guilt very well. He is also afraid of replacing himself and causing unnecessary trouble. Yazid also taught him a lesson. No matter how low-key you are, once you show wealth that is not commensurate with your strength, you will be targeted. "What''s wrong?" Yuli raised her head and glanced at him, then continued: "By the way, wasn''t the deacon looking for you? Didn''t he tell you anything?" I just talked about this meritorious service. I didnt expect that he died just like this when he was fine just now. Wu Heng replied. Since the matter has developed to this point, Wu Heng does not intend to tell the matter anymore. Yazd died, but he survived. ?This ending is very good. Talk too much and you will only get yourself into more trouble. As for Anel who escaped, it actually doesnt matter. ??Yazd wrote a suicide note himself. Even if he came back and said that Wu Heng killed Yazd, it would be difficult to hold up. ?Furthermore, it is difficult for the other partys plan to come to light, and it is unlikely that he would dare to tell it. What you need to be wary of is some small actions in secret. Soon, people from the city hall came here and inspected the body and the study. Judging from everyones actions and conversations, nothing special was found. Then, there is the preparation for Yazds funeral. There are no descendants, and only the association arranged for his burial. In the Archdeacon''s study. The affairs of the whole Association are now handled by the Archdeacon. It can be said that Slater finally took charge of the association. Have you met Yazd just now? (End of this chapter) Chapter 91 , ask about food exchange for guns Chapter 91: Ask about food in exchange for guns Slater put down the document in his hand and stared at him seriously. The golden leopard on the side sat up and looked over. ??Wu Heng did not notice the danger on the other side, but this kind of sight was still a little uncomfortable, so he said: "Well, you told me something." What was said? Slater continued. Womens intuition? Or is she gifted with some abilities? It is certain that she did not know what Yazd did to her, but she obviously felt something. Wu Heng didn''t think too much and said casually: "Ask me about my future plans, saying that I was recruited by him and considered a confidant, and then told me not to trust other people easily." Bang~! Slater slapped the wooden table and said in a cold voice: "Huh! He''s dead, and he''s still talking nonsense..." ?Wu Heng was also startled and almost drew his gun. ?Listening to Slaters words, I felt that I had mistakenly thought that Yazd was talking about her. Looking at it, the two of them seemed to be on good terms on the surface, but privately their relationship was worse than expected. Slater took a deep breath, his plump chest expanded and then fell back. Then he said: "The city hall said that Yazd made an explanation there. After his death, the properties in Blackstone Town and the rest of his assets will be transferred to you. You should be notified in a few days." Slater looked at him seriously and said, "No matter what his character is, it seems that he treats you really well." It is actually not surprising that the property is transferred to yourself. In other words, I have long thought of such an operation. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, not intending to say more on this matter, and continued to ask: "Now, should I call you deacon?" Slater was not modest either. He nodded and said, "I will take care of things here temporarily. When the appointment letter from the headquarters comes out, I might bring in another deacon to provide for the elderly... If so, I will quit my job." Forehead. Just saying "Mother", it seemed that the atmosphere suddenly became much more relaxed. "You should be the deacon this time." Wu Heng flattered appropriately. Slater rolled his eyes at him and returned his gaze to the document in his hand. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Yuli poked her head in and said, "Aunt, have you finished talking?" Is something wrong? Oh, Im looking for Wu Heng. Slater glanced at the two of them, wondering when they got so close. He still said: "Okay, you go!" Okay, Deacon Slater. The appointment letter hasnt come out yet, so dont talk nonsense. Go out of the study room. ?Wu Heng only felt a lot more relaxed. The retreat prepared by Yazd solved his concerns very well. I just feel a sense of relaxation. What did my aunt talk to you about? For so long? Yuri asked. ??Wu Heng said: "Yazd transferred his house to me." "Ah? Are you really his illegitimate son?" Yuli was a little surprised. "You are his illegitimate son. You should trust me more. After all, he recruited me." Wu Heng made an excuse casually. ?Now everyone thinks that Yazd is taking care of him, and he must respond appropriately. Its great, you have your own place, but I still have to live with my aunt, who supervises me every day, and reads books. Its so annoying. Yuli complained in a low voice. I feel a little envious that Wu Heng was able to obtain a real estate. But unlike adults who envy the value of it, she envies having her own property and not having to be managed by others. When you get married, you can go out and live. Hmph! What nonsense are you talking about? Yulis face turned red and she raised her hand to punch him. ??The property is not yet in his name, and Wu Heng does not dare to live there directly, for fear of any trouble there. ??Took Yuri back to the crowded area. After cooking instant noodles and eating a bunch of snacks, Yuli left with satisfaction. ?Wu Heng closed the door and began to read the skill book he obtained today. There are three books in total, start reading them one by one. Unlock skill: Corpse Subjugation. Unlock skill: Evil Explosion. Unlocked skill: Fireball. Three skills are unlocked one after another. ??The speed at which this skill is unlocked is no wonder that Yazd is considered a magic genius. The night outside is gloomy. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and planned to take a rest. I have experienced too many things today. Its true that Im a little tired. Let Basson guard the door to prevent Anel from sneaking up on you. Go to bed and rest. ?Just after lying down for a while, another prompt suddenly appeared. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Device Specialization (Entry)''. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Spear Specialization (Entry)''. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, unlocks the specialty ''Spear Specialization (Entry)''. In an instant, Wu Heng became somewhat energetic. At this time, so many specializations have been unlocked. ?It seems that the training of the skeleton warriors is still very effective. Then, Wu Heng was attracted by the item of equipment specialization. ??There is not much to learn about skeleton training. Apart from training spears, the only remaining skeleton warriors are learning to use generators and some tools from Li Yahong and others. It should be in this area, and the corresponding specialization has been unlocked. Looking pretty good, it proves that skeletons can also learn how to use various utensils. is also a good thing. ?Wu Heng has no plans to visit the zombie world. Close your eyes and sleep. The next day. ?Wu Heng came to the zombie world and looked at the pile of corpses between the two buildings. He is not here, but the big-headed skeleton has been taking ordinary skeletons to clean up the surrounding zombies. The number also gathered nearly 400. ?Standing in front of the pile of corpses, directly release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ??A gray-white halo spread out, large pieces of flesh and blood began to fall off, and each skeleton stood up directly. In skills, corpses can also be transformed into rotten corpses. But there are bacteria and diseases in rotting corpses, and once you start a war with zombies, it is easy to lose track of who is who. Skeleton is better. The skeleton slowly walked into the queue of skeletons. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back. said: "Uncle, Aunt Li Yahong is here." Well, good! ??Wu Heng walked out with a few skeletons and saw Li Yahong outside the community who had brought over the iron spear. A total of three hundred and seventy-eight iron spears. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton take all the iron spears in and distribute them to the skeleton." From the community, a group of skeletons walked out directly, picked up the iron spears and walked back to the community. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong and asked: "Let''s go, let''s see what food you want to change this time?" Li Yahong looked away from the big skull, "Oh, okay!" The two of them entered the community and ordered the grain they wanted to exchange in the warehouse room. Let the skeleton be moved downstairs and loaded on the cart for her. ?Wu Heng continued: "Bring ten level five skeletons over." Soon, ten level five skeletons came over holding iron spears. Wu Heng said directly: "These ten skeletons are following you, six of them teach them to drive and repair cars, and four of them use generators and tools." Huh? Teach them to drive? This kind of car? Li Yahong pointed to the car aside. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s safe nearby. Find an open space and teach them twice, and then let them practice on their own." Since there are many cars, just practice as you like. And Li Yahong and the others are good at repairing cars, so they can fully meet the conditions for practice. Whats wrong? Are you having trouble? "No, no, I will make arrangements after I get back." Li Yahong said directly. ?Wu Heng nodded. After thinking for a while, he continued to ask: "Do you still have contact with the Chengnan Prison?" You can often hear them accepting survivors and asking everyone to gather towards them. The prisons are built far away from the city. There are fewer zombies there and it is indeed safer. But food is a problem after all. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are they still exchanging grain?" "I''m changing. I asked here yesterday that they should be short of food." Well, lets contact them and determine the amount of food in exchange for their guns and bullets. ?Li Yahong was stunned. I really need to change my gun. (End of this chapter) Chapter 92 , should we really change? Chapter 92: Are we really going to change? Hearing that Wu Heng planned to exchange grain for guns, Li Yahong was still a little dazed. Not to mention that the value of food at this time is no less than that of guns, even the road to the prison is not easy to pass. Prisons are built in locations far away from population gatherings. ??It may take several days to walk there with your legs. If you go by car, you have to consider the traffic jams on the road and the zombie monsters attracted along the way. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said tactfully: "The food is in hand and can be exchanged at any time. There is also a long way to go, so the matter of changing guns can actually be postponed." It was also said on the radio that bullets have a certain lethality, but these zombies have no sense of pain and life, and they will still continue to attack if bullets are fired on their bodies. It is not useless, but it is difficult to achieve the killing effect of firearms on people. Furthermore, the skeleton army is now fully capable of protecting the surrounding area, and it is difficult to see zombies nearby. There is no need to get food to exchange for guns. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Just contact me as I said and confirm the exchange ratio. Don''t let us suffer." ?Li Yahong wanted to continue to persuade her, but she endured it. Although she thinks her considerations are more relevant to the current situation. But the food was provided by the other party, so it didnt matter how she exchanged it or what she wanted to exchange it for. ?Talk too much and you may bore the other person. Can only nod, "Okay, I''ll try to contact the other party when I get back." "Um!" After talking about the important things, the two talked about the recent situation of the radio station. The main station still popularizes survival knowledge every day, as well as some motivational words of "don''t give up" and "unite together". It also published some examples of physical changes in survivors. There are hearing and visual enhancements, and there are also improvements in physical fitness. In Wu Heng''s view, these are actually some attribute increases brought by corpse cores. The enhancement of hearing, vision, and the five senses refers to the enhancement of perception, while physical fitness refers to strength and physique. Wuheng has an attribute panel, so you can more clearly detect its own changes. The rest of the people are a little more vague. Sharing these things on the radio is actually a kind of motivation. Tell the remaining survivors that humans are getting stronger and have not reached a desperate situation. The two chatted for a while, and then Li Yahong took the food in exchange and rushed towards the auto repair shop. And followed by ten white skeletons. Just close to the auto repair shop. The people inside came out. When they saw the ten skeletons following Li Yahong, they all stopped again. Sister Hong, are these... eldest brothers sending you back? Qiangzi asked, looking at the skeleton. Li Yahong also glanced at the skeletons following him and said directly: "The ones arranged over there will teach them to drive and repair cars in addition to teaching them how to use generators and several tools starting today." Holy shit! The other peoples eyes widened. What does this mean? ?Last time, we arranged for two people to come and learn about generators and welding. This time they are going to learn about driving and repairing cars. Think of this place as a technical school? Can they learn how to use bony fingers to hold the steering wheel without slipping? You cant scare a few people to death when you drive on the road. That person can really figure it out. ?Several people gathered around, avoiding a few skeletons and whispering. ?Li Yahong had similar ideas to them. It felt weird to let a bunch of skeletons learn these things. But the other party asked for it, and he had no reason to refuse. "Okay, let''s teach them whatever they want, and occasionally help out. It''s up to them whether they can learn it." Li Yahong said directly. The other people also nodded to show their understanding. ??The more you come into contact with skeletons, the less scared you are. At most, you just feel strange. ?Several people pushed a cart and walked inside, discussing whether to improve the food at night. Qiangzi followed, thought for a moment and said, "Sister Hong!" Huh? Li Yahong looked at him. You said, these skeletons have learned how to do it, so they dont need us anymore. What I mean is, the skeletons can take our place. As soon as these words came out, everyone was stunned. Damn it, no way! Sent Li Yahong away, Wu Heng returned to the community. There are already a lot of spear-wielding skeletons. At least it looks like there are many spears, and it looks a bit like an army. The remaining skeletons are still equipped with kitchen knives. A weapon like a kitchen knife, except for its length disadvantage, is still very effective at killing enemies. At least, among the weapons that can be looted, it is more useful than fruit knives, hammers, etc. Close the door here and block all the holes here. Wu Heng walked around the community with the big skull and gave orders for reinforcement. There are quite a few skeletons now.????At least we can''t put them all on the roof. In addition, a large number of skeletons that have reached level 5 need on-site training, so we plan to have all skeletons in the community on standby or training. So, Wu Heng ordered Skull to find some iron nets and iron poles to heighten the fence of the community. The four doors are closed at ordinary times and opened when you need to go out. Under Wu Hengs order, a large number of skeletons became busy. The sky is dark. Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. The wooden boards that closed the windows have all been removed. Make the room less stuffy. ?Li Yahong and Wang Ke were sitting in front of the radio, chatting and listening to some news coming from inside. The two of them waited for a while. ??On the radio, news came from Chengnan Prison that it could take in survivors. Li Yahong picked up the phone and said directly: "This is an auto repair shop. Are the people from Chengnan Prison here?" After a brief silence, a voice came from the other side. This is the Chengnan Prison, are you planning to come over? came a mans deep voice. Li Yahong recalled the task Wu Heng gave her and asked directly: "You can exchange guns for food, right? What''s the exchange ratio?" There was no immediate response from the prison. ? And countless people who listened to this frequency band seemed to have heard something amazing. The auto repair shop actually planned to exchange food for guns, which meant that they had plenty of food. One thousand kilograms of rice, in exchange for a pistol, five thousand kilograms of rice, a submachine gun. said the man opposite. A big bag of rice in the supermarket is one hundred kilograms. In other words, one pistol requires ten bags. ? ?A hundred bags of submachine guns or something like that are needed. In this situation, a hundred bags can last a long time. Li Yahong continued: "Guns are of no use against zombies. On the contrary, food is the necessity right now. I feel that this exchange ratio is very unfair." Lets not waste time. What is the price you want to exchange for? the other party continued to ask. Li Yahong thought for a moment, and then said: "Three hundred kilograms of rice, I can exchange it for a submachine gun if I can. If it''s not cost-effective, we can''t get more." She keeps the price very low. But it is also a price that she thinks is reasonable. What is the use of a gun? Even if you go out to search for supplies, whoever dares to shoot will only die faster if the gun attracts a group of zombies. Food is more important. After a while, the person on the other side replied: "Okay, how many do you need to change? How do you count the bullets?" Li Yahong replied, We need to discuss it and contact you in advance. "Yes, and you can come directly. There is a defensive wall here that can be replaced to provide a safe life." Thank you, I havent considered it yet. After the call ended, Li Yahong breathed a sigh of relief. Three bags of rice for a submachine gun, the King of Yama should be satisfied. After all, the iron spears made here can be exchanged for a bag of rice, as well as various cans of beer and so on. It is a good deal to exchange three bags of rice for a submachine gun. It can be considered that I have completed a difficult task. As for letting one of his own people go to prison, Li Yahong doesn''t even consider it now. ?The other party thought she had enough food, but in fact it was not hers. If she went away by herself, not only would she not be able to bring out the food, but she would also starve. It will definitely not pass. The two no longer contacted each other, and other voices came over the radio. This is a train station, and there are deformed zombies wandering outside. Can any of you save us? On the other side, Chengnan Prison. The stuffy room was filled with an unpleasant smell. ?Several shirtless, muscular men with large tattoos hanging around the table playing cards. Brother Long is really going to replace the submachine gun? One person threw out the cards in his hand and looked this way and asked. ?Sitting in front of the radio, a short-haired, strong man turned around and said: "I just tricked her into coming here. Then the people and food will be taken away, and they won''t all be ours!" "Haha! We all heard that Brother Long was lying to her, but you are the only one who is stupid." Its just that your IQ is not as smart as a zombie. Cao, of course I heard it, I just asked. Haha~! The man who was called Brother Long glanced at a few people and continued: "The third brother will take people out tomorrow. It will be the same old method. Find a few unlucky guys to lure the zombies away, and then come back with food." I understand, Brother Long. (End of this chapter) Chapter 93 ,TRAIN STATION Chapter 93, Railway Station The next day, early in the morning. Li Yahong found Wu Heng again and explained the contents of last night''s transaction. ?Three bags of rice in exchange for a submachine gun, Wu Heng felt it was still acceptable. But its also a bit strange that the other party would agree to the terms of exchange. ?Although guns are not very effective against zombies, there is an open base for sheltering survivors. Although the road is difficult, there should be a lot of people going there. Gun is the most effective weapon to maintain order and power, so you just agreed to the exchange? ?It feels a little strange. But at this time, food is indeed a necessary material, more important than guns. Lets see where we can find a truck that can transport food and skeletons. Modify it, and then well go there to change guns. Wu Heng said. Oh, good! Finished talking about exchanging guns. Li Yahong continued: "I also received a message for help last night. There were some survivors at the old train station. They found that there were deformed zombies there. They asked for help on the radio before." Old train station? ?There is indeed an old train station here, which was renovated a few years ago. But people still call it the old train station. What level of deformed zombies are they? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know. The other party just said a word and then didn''t contact me again. He may have been in trouble." Li Yahong explained. Okay, get ready, lets go to the station and have a look. There happens to be no target today, so it might be a good idea to go over there and collect corpse cores. "good!" After a brief preparation. ??Wu Heng led the skeleton team out of the community in a mighty manner. Enter the main road from the south and walk along the road towards the train station. It usually only takes about 20 minutes to walk there, but it is faster to take a car. ?Now the skeleton army is advancing, and there are zombies interfering with it, so the speed is much slower. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were also on foot, but because the Big Skeleton moved slowly, they had the Big Skeleton carry it on their shoulders. The two skeletons are connected together, like a giant with two heads. ? Along the way, the march of skeletons made a lot of noise. ?Zombies kept rushing out of the shops on both sides of the road, lunging at the skeleton team with their teeth and claws. In order to avoid increased casualties, it is necessary to stop and prevent the zombies from attacking. We walked for about an hour. There is the train station ahead. ?Li Yahong pointed to the building in front and said. From a distance, you can see the words ticket office and waiting room. You can also see some wandering zombies. ?Wu Heng stood on the spot and said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: Let the spear-wielding skeleton move forward. Hurrah! The skeleton holding the spear moved the spear forward and began to advance slowly. ??The zombies in the train station all looked in the direction of the skeleton, roared, and rushed forward like crazy. Puff puff puff~! The large group of corpses gathered together and crashed directly into the formation of spears. The first batch of zombies were directly stabbed into a sieve by layers of spears, while the zombies in the back also fell one by one from the spears thrust out from different places. ??The sound of spears piercing the body was heard in unison. Let the chopper skeletons go up and kill all the rest. Wu Heng continued. The kitchen knife skeletons quickly bypassed the spear skeletons from both sides, surrounding the corpses in the middle. Becomes a scene of skeletons besieging zombies. The sound of chopping and roaring resounded throughout the area, and zombies fell in droves. ?Li Yahong stared at the scene in front of her with her eyes widened. ??The skeleton this time is completely different from the previous one. ??Wu Heng was able to issue orders while standing on the spot, and the skeleton completed the battle more efficiently, which was completely different from the previous battle where he had to correct his position bit by bit. ?It''s as if these skeletons have really become an army, an army that cooperates with each other tacitly. Soon, the zombies outside the building were cleared away. The slate floor was covered with corpses, and blood formed a stream of water, flowing towards the sewer. Lets go, lets go! Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Li Yahong carefully avoided the corpse and followed Wu Heng. ?This battle has not lasted as long as the journey. Come to the door of the waiting room. The first floor was empty, and the sound of the fight had attracted the zombies inside. Did those people say where the aberrant zombies are? Wu Heng asked. ?The station is actually not small, and if it is nearby, it should be attracted to it. "No." ?Wu Heng looked around, and with a thought in his mind, he released Xiaoxiao. "What''s wrong? Uncle." Xiao Xiao floated in the air and asked. Walking around the area to see if there are any survivors or aberrant zombies. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and floated away. Ta ta ta da~! At this time, on the second floor, a group of zombies rolled down the stairs and pounced towards this side. The spearmen come forward. Wu Heng ordered. Hulala~! The spearmen moved their spears forward to face the charging zombies. As soon as most of the zombies who came down from the second floor were killed, Xiaoxiao flew back. He pointed to the direction upstairs and said, "Uncle, there are survivors over there, and there are two big dogs." Big dog? Level 1 deformed dog. How many survivors are there? Xiaoxiao clapped his fingers, then opened his hand and said, "Five." Okay, take the skeleton dog up there and kill the two bad dogs. Dont let the dogs escape, and dont let the deformed dogs kill the survivors, Wu Heng said. "Understood." Xiao Xiaoyi waved, "Teddy, Xiao Hui, follow me." After saying that, he took the lead and flew upwards. Skeleton dog and skeleton cat also rushed out of the skeleton team and ran upstairs. Administrative office area, in the crew lounge. ?Two men and three women, holding iron rods and wooden chairs, looked at the two deformed hounds in front of them with horrified expressions. ?Tall body, dark fur, and a stretched police dog vest hanging on his body. Black Tiger, I have fed you, but you cannot repay kindness with enmity. One of the young men said to a deformed dog. But the deformed dog still stared at him with a pair of cold eyes. Thick dark red saliva is secreted from the corners of the mouth. "What should we do? Let''s jump out of the window, maybe we can still survive." Another man said in a lowered voice. "This is the third floor. If you jump down and break your leg, you will die." The man in front stared at the deformed dog and answered. This is the third floor of the station. ?The lobby on the first floor is three or four stories high, which is equivalent to about five floors. Unless you can fly, you can only die if you jump. "Then let''s fight with these dogs. The radio said that ''white matter'' can improve human physique, and maybe we can still live." The woman with short hair among them said. Okay, lets fight them. ?Several people said in unison. ??The sudden burst of momentum caused the deformed dog to take two steps back. Then, he stared at a few people again and took two steps forward. The survivor''s expression changed, and the weapon in his hand was pointed at the aberrant dog. The next second. The deformed dog pounced directly on him. The **** mouth full of fishy odor, biting into one person''s wooden stick. Amidst the frantic tearing, the wooden stick fell out of hand and was thrown aside. The deformed dog''s gaze is even more fierce. With a kick of his feet, the two deformed dogs pounced forward again. Gala Gala~! Suddenly, the sound of bones colliding sounded from behind. Immediately afterwards, a childish voice sounded. Go ahead and kill these two bad dogs. Hurrah! Several animal skeletons ran directly over. The deformed dog turned around and ran away. The survivors in the room also opened their mouths. ?Looking at the screaming ghosts in the sky and the skeletons chasing zombie dogs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 94 , military truck Chapter 94, Military Truck The sound of growling and biting kept sounding, and the skeleton dog and the deformed dog rolled into a ball. The ferocious, deformed dog was beaten and bitten, large pieces of rotten flesh fell off, and blood splattered everywhere. He couldn''t escape even if he ran away, his flesh and blood was eaten by several bones. Crew rest room. Several survivors began to look at the floating ghosts warily at this time, "Don''t come over, otherwise don''t blame us for being rude." Xiao Xiao floated forward a little and said, "I just saved you~!" Are you a human or a ghost? "Um..., it''s hard to say, but you guys are safe now. Just wait until uncle and the others come up." Xiaoxiao saw that the other party didn''t like her very much, and didn''t want to talk to them any more. She said the next sentence, turned around and flew out. . Floated to the side where the skeleton dog was fighting, and cheered the skeleton dog up in mid-air. At the stairs, Li Yahong walked up slowly. ?Standing at the door, he glanced inside and asked, "Did you ask for help on the radio?" ?Seeing that a living person finally came over, the faces of the few survivors also improved slightly. Are you from the rescue team? "We are not a rescue team." Li Yahong observed the condition of several people. There were no obvious wounds, and said: "The zombies outside have been cleaned up, you don''t have to worry." Thank you for coming to save us. The leading man thanked him. Li Yahong waved her hand and continued: "I won''t say any more polite words. Now I''ll give you two choices. One is to follow me, but you must listen to me in everything you do in the future, whether you are a rich second generation or a passenger. Brother Cheng and Sister, you all know the current situation, and you must change it if you want to survive." No one on the other side answered. Li Yahong continued to talk about the second choice, "The second choice is not to follow us. The zombies outside have been cleared. You can continue to stay here for refuge or go to other places. But whether you can survive in the future depends on You are on your own, and we will not come to save you a second time. This is the result of her discussion with Wu Heng. It is different from Wang Ke who was rescued from the hospital. Wang Ke is thin and thin, so she is left alone. If she is left alone, she will die. There are five people here, forming a small group. When there are too many people in the team, it is actually quite troublesome. How to choose depends on themselves. If they are willing to follow you, you can take them in, which will increase your manpower. If they dont want to and dont force it, its up to them whether they can survive. Can we discuss this? the man asked. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, hurry up, we don''t have much time." The five of them gathered together and discussed in low voices, occasionally glancing at Li Yahong who was not far away. The state of life can be analyzed from each other''s complexion. ?The five of them were sallow and thin. They were not only hungry, but also worried and highly stressed during this time. Li Yahong at the door looked much better, although she was dressed like a worker and wore labor gloves. It doesnt look like hes been hungry at all. At least it proves that she is not short of food. Have a brief discussion. The young man who was the leader stood up and said, "Can I ask, what do we need to do?" Li Yahong leaned on the door frame and said: "Moving things, cutting, welding, and some physical work are not difficult, but they take some effort." What about the woman? asked a female passenger in the back. "If you have special skills, you can tell them. If you don''t have any special abilities, you have to work with them. Don''t tell me about you, I work every day." Li Yahong continued to answer. ?Some people are a little confused. Welding, cutting? Who does this work for? Or, they have fixed shelters and are building them on a large scale. Is it safe to go with you? It should be safer than you alone. Li Yahong said. The five of them looked at each other and said, "Then we will follow you and we are willing to listen to your command." ??If some kind of shelter is really being built, it would be a good thing for them. At least its safe and you can have a good sleep. If this continues, I''m afraid they will all go crazy. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, come down with me and stay calm whatever you see." "good!" Downstairs. ?Wu Heng walked around on the first floor. Put the well-preserved instant noodles from the store in the station into the space ring. Since it is an old station, it is just a store similar to a parking lot. There are not many goods, so you have to pick and choose, and you dont want the rest. ?Besides, the skeleton dog dragged two deformed dog corpses from upstairs. Leaves dark red traces of blood along the road. Wu Heng releases [Bone Slave Technique]. The two skeleton dogs stood up and ran to the side wagging their skeletal tails. He and the other skeleton dogs got together and circled. ?Wu Heng took a short spear and rummaged through the minced meat briefly, and found two corpse cores in the minced meat. ?Packed in plastic bags and stored in the space. ?The space ring is only 3 cubic meters in size, so it can''t actually hold much. We are back! Li Yahong shouted not far away. ?Wu Heng looked over and saw several survivors following her, two men and three women, all quite young. Let them come over. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skull. Hulala~! The skeleton moved out of the way, and Li Yahong walked in with a few people. Passing through the group of skeletons, several peoples calves were trembling, and their eyes showed disbelief. Have you made it clear to them? Lets make it clear. If you are willing to follow us, you will survive with great difficulty. Lets help each other. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, as long as nothing went wrong after taking it back. Okay, lets go back then! The skeleton team walked down the hall. Outside were more skeletons, standing densely packed in the open space. The survivors'' calves began to shake more seriously. ??Where do these many bones come from, or are they bones that can stand up and move? ??I also regretted a little. If I had known better, I would not have chosen to go with them. Such a group of skeletons did not look like humans could live. The team returns along the road. The skeleton army is vast. Wu Heng said as he walked: "When I go back, I will mainly prepare for the transaction, see where I can get a truck or a van, and plan the route in advance." Well, as for cars, I remember there are often a few trucks parked at the dam. You can go and have a look. Li Yahong replied. Trading with prisons is not just about transporting food there. You also need to bring some skeleton soldiers. So the number of trucks must be accurate. Well, if that doesnt work, lets find a few more minivans. The five survivors followed closely behind the two and heard the conversation. The young man, who was still the braver among the five, sped up two steps to catch up and said, "Leader, do you need a truck to transport goods?" ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, what suggestions do you have?" The man continued: "There is a parking lot opposite the station. I saw a military truck drive in some time ago. It is brand new and has a green canvas on the back. It should still be inside." Opposite the station? Well, its right across the street, and some special vehicles usually stop and circulate there. The man said. How many cars. I saw only three vehicles, and I dont know the details. ?Wu Heng didnt know much about cars. Although he got a drivers license, he couldnt buy one. But at least I know that the military ones are generally not bad. Furthermore, three is indeed enough. Stop advancing. Wu Heng gave the order directly, and the skeleton army all stopped. The whole street suddenly became quiet. Lets go, take us there. Okay! We have to walk back for a while. The army turned around again, the rear team became the front team, and walked back. Where the man said, you have to go deeper. This is a compound with relatively high walls, and the words "Special Vehicle Mobilization Center" are written on the door. The gate is an electric telescopic door that is fully open. ?There are no zombies in the yard. Six cars, three military trucks, a passenger bus, and two forklifts can be seen parked inside. After confirming that there were no zombies, the team walked in directly. After a brief inspection, Li Yahong said: "There is oil, but no key." ?Wu Heng looked at the situation around him. Said directly: "Go and search the building to see if you can find the key." ?This kind of thing is usually stored in a fixed place and taken out directly when picking up the car. ??Although Wu Heng has a bronze key, it is only useful for opening doors. I have not tried whether it can lock the door while driving. Nor do I intend to show it to outsiders. There is a three-story building in the courtyard. The number of floors is not high, but it is divided into offices one by one, and there are still quite a few rooms. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong, and several skeletons entered the building. The survivors who just joined, and more skeletons, stayed outside. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Look for them separately." Im going to the second floor. Li Yahong said. Wait, one sword and two swords, you follow her. ?Li Yahong nodded and walked directly upstairs with sword one and two swords. ?Xiao Xiao also raised his little hand, "Then I''ll go to the third floor." Okay, we are still young and sensible. Wu Heng praised. Xiaoxiao passed through the roof of the shed with joy and disappeared. Just search from office to office in Wuheng. About half of the rooms were searched. Ah~! Suddenly there was an exclamation from upstairs. is Li Yahongs voice. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked in the direction of the second floor. Lets go upstairs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 95 , alchemy dwarf Chapter 95, Alchemy Gnome Hearing Li Yahongs shout, Wu Heng quickly climbed up to the second floor with the skeleton. The sound of fighting can be heard in the distance. ?Wu Heng signaled to the rear, and Basen and Bawudong rushed in directly. In the room, Sword One and Sword Two were fighting with two zombies. ??The zombies are a man and a woman, both wearing tops but nothing on their lower bodies. ?Wu Heng was relieved to see just ordinary zombies. ?Sword One and Sword Two are higher level and leave sword marks on the zombies. The sword in his hand was swung out quickly, killing the zombies directly. I didnt shout on purpose. As soon as I opened the door, he rushed at me and scared me. Li Yahong explained. Its okay, did you find the key? "No!" ?Wu Heng glanced at the zombies on the ground. After thinking for a moment, he released [Conversation with the Dead] on the middle-aged male zombie. The body that was lying down suddenly sat up. He turned his head to look at the two of them, his eyes gray. Ta ta ta da~! ?Li Yahong was so frightened that she took a few steps back and her face turned pale. ??Wu Heng waved to her not to be afraid, then looked at the zombie who sat up and asked, "Where is the key to the car downstairs?" This is my first time talking to zombies. ??Its hard to say whether the false soul created by necromancy magic will work on zombies. I also felt a little uneasy in my heart. After waiting for a while, the zombie said, "It''s in the management transfer room at the far end of the third floor." ?Wu Heng nodded and could still speak. ??Continue to ask: "Are all the vehicles parked downstairs?" "Yes." "you." Bang~! After answering the two questions, the man''s corpse lay down directly on his back and turned into a corpse again. Wu Heng also held back his third question halfway through. Good guy, you can only answer two questions after becoming a zombie. This is too fast. Uncle, uncle, I found it, its on the third floor Xiaoxiao floated in. ?Wu Heng did not mention the zombies and responded: "Ah, really, it''s really awesome!" Hehe, thats right. Lead the way, lets get the key. This way. Xiao Xiao flew in front, and Wu Heng followed the skeleton up to the third floor. There were two zombies on the second floor of the whole building, and Li Yahong even met them. Find the key in the inner room and go downstairs again. Seeing Wu Heng and the others coming out, several survivors also came to greet them. ??Wu Heng said: "You know how to drive, right?" ?A few people nodded. Is there anyone who can drive a forklift? The others shook their heads. Li Yahong said: I can do it, but Im not skilled in it. Okay, you guys drive the truck and bus, Li Yahong drives a forklift, put the remaining forklift on the truck and take it back. Wu Heng distributed the keys to several people. The forklift was put on the back of the truck. The remaining people were also assigned keys. Try to light the ignition and then start it carefully. ?Wu Heng followed on foot with the skeleton. ?The driving skills of these people don''t seem to be very good. Although they drive very slowly, they are still bumping into each other. Attracted some zombies and were killed by the skeleton team. Li Yahong drove a forklift and moved all the scrap cars blocking the road along the road. Cars behind passed carefully and moved forward slowly. The way back, because of these cars, took longer. Back to the auto repair shop. Wu Heng said: "I''ll leave the car to you. Modify it and then contact the prison." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. Then have someone drive the car to the door of the auto repair shop. At the same time introduce new members. ??Wu Heng returned to the community, asked the skeletons to pile the corpses aside, and began to use the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform the corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up and joined the queue. When he was outside, he basically did not use the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], a spell that consumes a lot of energy at once. After all, we are outside, and special situations may easily occur, which may affect our judgment and reactions. Everything is almost done. Return to Blackstone Town. Blackstone Town, black market. ??Wu Heng took Bassen and directly entered the black market after paying the entrance fee. ??The deaths of the Necromancer and Butler Yazd have no impact on this place. ??There are still mats spread one after another, and there are people wearing black robes. I didnt go shopping much, but went directly to the second floor. After showing the coat of arms, he was taken into a separate room. The staff at Balihu kept smiling and asked, Guest, how can I help you? "Help me check if the commission has been released?" "Okay, please wait a moment." Not long after, Balihu came back. Behind him were two strong men, carrying a coffin half as tall as a man. Guest, your commission has been completed. ?Although I just wanted to ask, I didnt expect that it was actually completed. ??After the death of the Necromancer, it seems that Blackstone Town is no longer so strict with the surrounding areas and the corpse can be transported here. Abtrost, a dwarf, died at the end of his life, an 11th-level alchemist in the Pharmacology Project. ??The middle-aged man with a bearded face softly introduced the information about the person in the coffin. After speaking, he clapped his hands lightly, and the strong man on the side opened the coffin lid. ??Wu Heng stepped forward and took a look. There was a body wrapped in linen lying inside. It was very thin and looked like a child. But the cause of death was end of life, and it could not be a child. Guest, do you meet your requirements? The bearded man continued to ask. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s not bad. I''m very satisfied." When signing the commission, there were no requirements such as race or age. The only requirement was to be a taller alchemist. Nothing else matters. "Good guest, you need to pay the balance of 1,200 silver coins here." The other party continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and took out a 30-gram gold bar and a bag of silver coins. The middle-aged man inspected the gold bar and confirmed that it was gold and that the weight was sufficient. He smiled and agreed, "The commission is completed, guest." ?Wu Heng nodded. He took out another bill with the snake''s head on it and handed it to the other party. He said: "Look what''s in here?" Okay guest, please wait a moment. The man took the bill and walked out. ?This bill was left by Yazd, and I came here just to see what he had saved. Soon, the middle-aged man returned, holding a black wooden box in his hand. Placing the wooden box on the table, several people retreated, while Wu Heng opened the lid of the box and looked inside. At the top is a house deed and an emblem like an eye. At the bottom are silver coins, a lot of them. Its not a property deed in Blackstone Town, but a notarized property in a city with Wrentam written on it. It seems to be a house elsewhere in Yazd. Its all my own now. He looked at the emblem and didnt know what force it belonged to. But remember, Yazd said that he was a member of the Church of the Eye, and should be related to that. There is nothing else. After all, there are still some risks in what Yazd does, and the money stored here should be taken as a precaution. Once something happens, you can always take the money and run away. After confirming that there was nothing else to do, Wu Heng put all the coffins and money boxes into the space ring and left directly downstairs. ??The middle-aged man reminded the other party not to forget anything, and then waved goodbye. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, walked around the black market stalls, left the black market, got on the carriage and returned to Blackstone Town. Return to the crowded area. Walking into the alley, I saw Yuri walking out. Wu Heng, where did you go? Yuli asked, pinching her waist. I went to the commercial street and came to see me. Wu Heng walked into the alley and stood at the door to open the door. Well, come here to see you, I am the only one in Blackstone Town who misses you. Yuli naturally entered the room and sat down at the dining table. Yuli and Wu Heng are actually similar. He is considered a foreigner and has few friends. ?Of course, eating with rice is also a very important reason. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You still want to eat instant noodles?" And the sour side. ?Wu Heng nodded, started to boil water, and asked casually: "Is there anything going on with the association these days?" Yuli thought for a moment and said: "The captain of the team left, and the team members found a letter in his residence." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Anel is gone? It seems that in the competition between the two, he felt that he had no chance of winning, so he chose to leave. What does the letter say? Yuli raised her chin and said: "I heard that Deacon Yazd is dead and he doesn''t plan to be the captain of the first team. That''s probably what it means. I haven''t read the specific content." Then now the team has no captain! Well, the association is in a mess right now, and my aunt is very busy. For the Professionals Association of Blackstone Town, this is not a trivial matter. The deacon died, and the captain of the team left without saying a word. ??That is, an organization like an association can still stabilize the situation, but if it were a mercenary group or gang, it would have been in internal strife or divided up the property. ?Wu Heng took the soaked hot and sour noodles and some other snacks and said, "Anel, where are you?" I dont know. Is he a local? Where is he from? ??Suck, suck, suck~, "How do I know that you have a crush on him?" Retarded~! What do you mean, are you scolding me? After dinner, Yuri patted her round belly, feeling that it was almost catching up with her breasts. Didnt follow her aunt at all. The two chatted for a while, and Yuri got up and went home. ?Wu Heng stood at the intersection and waved goodbye to her. After sending Yuli away, Wu Heng simply cleared the dining table. Lock the door, open the boundary door, and return to the zombie world. Took the coffin out of the space ring. (End of this chapter) Chapter 96 , deacon appointments and transfer orders Chapter 96, Appointment and transfer of deacons A large number of skeletons stood in the open space, waiting for help. On both sides, level five skeletons holding spears were practicing their spears on dummies and cloth bags. The entire space echoed with the sound of spears piercing targets. The big-headed skeleton is not here, so he probably took the skeleton out to patrol and kill zombies. ??Wu Heng said to the side: "Open the lid." Two skeletons came up and opened the coffin lid, revealing the body wrapped in linen inside. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wraps the body in the coffin. The ability of the summoned object is far beyond the scope of the summoner''s ability, and the instability factors increase... ?System prompt appears. The linen wrapping the body sank as if it lacked support. Then, a short skeleton sat up slowly, stretched out his skeletal palms, and tore open the linen wrapped around his body. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 11) Level: 11 Attributes: Constitution 13, Strength 11, Agility 14, Intelligence 18, Perception 16, Charisma 5 Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton, Intermediate Soul Experts: Cloth Armor Specialization (Intermediate), Pharmacy (Proficient). Ability: Alchemy scholar, potion research, formula thin. Alchemy Scholar: Able to quickly identify alchemical items. Pharmaceutical Research: Can analyze and test special materials, or prepare corresponding alchemy potions as required. Formula Book: The formula of the medicine will be recorded to facilitate inheritance and recording. There is no attack ability in attributes. ??Although intelligence and perception are both low, they do not have spell-related abilities. Feats are also related to alchemy. ?Of course, Wu Heng bought it not for fighting. The short skeleton slowly walked out of the coffin and stood aside. ?Wu Heng recalled it, but still couldn''t remember what it was called when Balihu introduced it before. ?It seems to be called St, or something special. Said directly: "From now on, you will be called ''Alchemist No. 1''." Hearing Wu Heng''s words, the dwarf skeleton saluted slightly. Behave like a gentleman. ?The last person who gave him this feeling was the deacon Yazd. ?Wu Heng wanted to give him two corpse core detoxification potions. But then I thought about it, in order to have a list, I need materials, and the materials on this list can only be found in other worlds. ordered: "You find a room first, and I''ll tell you what to do tomorrow." ??The skeleton dwarf walked straight into a room in the corridor. ?? Did not stay outside and practice like other skeletons. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng walked out of his residence, and there was already a staff member of the association standing outside the door. Mr. Wu Heng, Archdeacon Slater asked you to come over. "Okay, I''ll be there right away." Wu Heng agreed, tidied up briefly, and walked out of his residence. Coming to the association, people from all teams gathered here. ? He ??glanced at the first team and found that Anel was indeed not in the team. The members of the small team also kept a much lower profile. Before, they were the worst. ?Wu Heng walked to his teams position, and the other three were also standing there. Is there another mission? Wu Heng asked. Captain Altluk shook his head, "It seems that there is news from the headquarters. The choice of deacon should have been decided." Ao~! It turns out that this matter has little to do with me. ?It doesnt matter who is the deacon. Of course, I personally feel that Slater would be great as a deacon. He has connections in Blackstone Town and often leads teams to catch wanted criminals. But some people pretend to be very good, and it is difficult to judge what they really look like. ?Yazd is a good proof. He looks like a gentleman and wears white gloves every day, but he has been around Blackstone Town for so many years. It killed so many people. Peoples hearts are unpredictable! ?A few people were chatting in low voices, and soon Slater came out from the side. He looked at everyone and said directly: "I called everyone here in the morning to inform the appointment status of the department." Everyone quieted down. Continued: "Appoint ''Slater'' as the resident deacon of the Blackstone Town Professionals Association, and the deputy deacon will arrive in Blackstone Town within three days." After all, it is an organization composed of professionals, and the appointment does not have a complicated ceremony. A simple casual notice and a flash of the appointment letter are completed. Members of each team, as well as some staff members, all looked at each other and said nothing. ??Slater has survived so many years, and it is not surprising that he became a deacon. Congratulations to Deacon Slater. Everyone congratulated. Okay, theres nothing else to do, lets go and do our own thing! Slater waved his hand. Everyone dispersed, chatting in low voices, and walked out of the association hall. Yuli was very happy to hear the news and almost cheered. Happily, he patted Wu Hengs back twice. She is her aunt after all. She became a deacon, and Yuri was considered a second generation here. Where are you going? Yuri asked as she walked out. Go buy some materials. Wu Heng said. What materials do you want to study the undead? The soul of the dead, the material for alchemy. Oh, youve started studying alchemy again now! Yuli was surprised. Slightly involved~! The two of them walked out while chatting. The staff caught up from behind and said, "Mr. Wu Heng, deacon, please come over." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Immediately he realized that it was Slater who was looking for him. ?Now when I heard that the deacon was looking for me alone, I felt a little nervous. Wondering whether he is going to harm himself. ??But Slater is pretty good to himself, and he is still young. It doesnt seem like he has any illness that requires him to live longer, and he also has an industry and is not short of money. It should not harm yourself. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Yuli said: "Then I will wait for you in the lounge and buy materials later." "Um!" ?Wu Heng came to Slater''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, he walked in by himself. The room was filled with a faint aroma, the same as the aroma in the carriage before. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Congratulations, Deacon Slater." Slater motioned him to sit down and said directly: "In addition to my appointment, the headquarters also sent some transfer orders about you. Since you have sufficient merit, you will be transferred to ''Luntam'' as the captain..." Hearing this, Wu Heng frowned slightly. He will be transferred, he knows this. ?These are the arrangements made by ''Yazd''. After taking over Wu Heng''s body, he will go to a remote place and wait for several years, and no one will know about it anymore. ?Wu Heng was surprised by the name of the city "Luntam". Yesterday, I took out the things that "Yazd" deposited at the "Snake Emblem Consortium", and there was a house deed with "Luntam" written on it. In other words, this was arranged by Yazd in advance, or in other words, he took the initiative to apply to go to this city in his own name. "Luntam is outside the Kingdom of Yeko. It is a relatively chaotic place. I don''t know why the headquarters suddenly transferred you there." Slater looked up at him and then said: "If you don''t want to go, I We can communicate with the headquarters and let you take over the position of captain of the first team." Um? A city that does not belong to the Kingdom of Yeko? (End of this chapter) Chapter 97 , stay for two years first Chapter 97, stay for two years ?Wu Heng can also understand what Slater means. He has just joined the association not long ago, and he is relatively young. Being transferred to a place outside the kingdom, he may face many uncertainties, and to put it more bluntly, he may even lose his life. ??If she chooses to stay, she can let Wu Heng take over the position of ''Anel'' and become the captain of the first team. Status and treatment have not changed, and we are in a quiet environment. This is a good intention. In fact, it can be seen that Slater still takes good care of himself. ??If you just came to Blackstone Town, or half a month ago. ?Wu Heng will accept Slater''s kindness and choose to stay and develop slowly in a safe environment. But something is different now. ??Yeke Kingdom''s restrictions on necromancers have hindered his development. If you want to continue to improve, you need to make some changes. ??Staying in Blackstone Town, even if you take the position of deacon, you can''t change the kingdom''s view of the Necromancer. Going out to a new environment, a city that does not have many obstacles to the Necromancer, is the best choice. Yazd should have taken this aspect into consideration when making arrangements at that time. I thought about it quickly in my mind. He said directly: "Thank you for your kindness, deacon. I think it''s better to respect the arrangements at the headquarters and apply for transfer back when I have the opportunity." Slater glanced at him with beautiful eyes. ?Still sighed and said: "Okay, then you can go there and wait for two years, and then I will apply to transfer you back." Look at it. She had just taken up the position of deacon, and it was difficult for her to keep Wu Heng. ?In Blackstone Town, she might still be able to speak, but for a behemoth like the Professionals Association, she is a bit insignificant. After two years, when the position is stable, Wu Heng will be transferred back. Okay. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Slater said again: "Yazd''s body has been burned. I asked someone to inform you that you were not at the residence at the time. In fact, there was nothing interesting to see. It will only add to the sadness. You have to walk your own way in the future." ?Wu Heng was in the zombie world during the day, and he really didnt know how Yazd burned the corpses. But it doesnt matter. I dont have any feelings for him, and I still have to act when I go to the scene. ??Furthermore, the corpse cannot be converted into an undead troop since it was used to Converse with the Dead. Well, as long as everything goes well, Deacon Yazd doesnt want to see us sad for him. "Hmm!" Slater nodded, continued to take out a few items from below, and said: "This is the ticket to Wrentam. The bus is the day after tomorrow. Since you choose to go, don''t be late." Then, he patted several other things and said, "These are the relics left by Yazd, and they are yours now." ?Wu Heng put away the ticket and looked at the relics. There is the property deed to Blackstone Town and the wooden staff. The rest of the things are in the space ring and were taken away by Wu Heng before. When there were many people, he would put it away and always carry it with him. "Okay, thank you very much, this house deed..., I am leaving here soon. This house deed is not of much use in my hand. The deacon will help me contact the buyer and sell it directly." Wu Heng said directly. Slater''s eyes widened, "Didn''t I say yes, I''ll be back in two years? I''ll still be able to use it then." This is the residence of Yazd. Furthermore, its hard to say whether he will come back in the end. ?Wu Hengs idea is that it would be better to exchange it for cash. Two years is not a short period of time, and it is not good to have an empty house after all. Slater thought for a moment and said, "I will look after it for you and arrange for someone to clean it. The house will be kept for now." Alright! Wu Heng didnt take it seriously. Dont forget the time to take the bus, go back early and prepare! Oh, okay, Ill go back first. Wu Heng stood up. Well, call Kavina over. There is also her transfer letter here. "good!" Kavina was also transferred. The members of the fourth team were split up directly. After leaving the study room, Wu Heng came to the team lounge. Pushing the door open and entering, Yuli and Kavina sat aside and chatted. The captain isnt here? Wu Heng asked. Well, lets go back first. Kavina said. Yuli added, "Maybe I went shopping with Captain Tulisa!" Kavina also smiled. ??Wu Heng continued: "Kawina, the deacon asked you to come over." Ah? Did you say something? Kavina asked. The fourth team has completed many tasks well. If they are transferred directly, they should be made captain. "I didn''t say anything. It may be related to the subsequent transfer. You should go and take a look first!" Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay! Kavina walked out. ?Wu Heng and Yuli did not stop and walked out of the association. Walked towards the commercial street. Yuli asked: "What did my aunt tell you?" I was transferred to a city called Luntam to be the captain. Wu Heng said directly. "Ah? Have you become the captain? Or are you going to ''Luntam''?" Yuri was a little surprised. Have you heard of this place? "I haven''t heard of it, but my aunt asked me to read a book and learn more about it." Yuli replied. Tell me about it. Yuli organized her words and said: "Luntam is not a city, it can only be said to be a transit station established at the junction between two countries." Transfer what? "That is to say, this place does not belong to any force. It was originally established as a transit point for caravans, and gradually evolved into a city. I heard that it is quite chaotic, there is no fixed system, and some fugitives have gathered. Ah, wanted criminal." Yazd is really good at arranging places. An urban junction that is neglected. After Yuli finished speaking, she looked up at him and asked, "Are you really going to leave?" You cant bear to leave me? Wu Heng also looked down at her. The little girl curled her lips and said, "If you leave, I will have no friends again." ??Wu Heng touched her curly hair and said, "Your aunt said she would transfer me back in two years." Yuri slapped his hand away, "What if you don''t survive two years?" What do you mean? "How about you transfer the inheritance to me first? That kind of place is very dangerous." Dont go too far. The two of them entered the deer horn shop. The boss came over and asked, "What do you need today?" ??Wu Heng took out the formula for the first-level corpse core and the second-level corpse core and handed it to the other party, "I need the materials above. Let''s see if I can collect them all?" The boss took it, looked at it, nodded and said, "There are all the materials above, it depends on how much you need." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and came up with a conservative number, "Fifty copies!" Well, there are not that many of them, Ill prepare twenty copies for you! the boss said with a smile on his face. Yuli interrupted the conversation between the two and said, "Why did you buy so many? Buy a few copies first and practice them first." When the boss heard that it was practice, he also said: "If you want to practice, you can try micro-healing potions." ?Wu Heng was right after thinking about it, he would just buy it if it was gone. "Let''s get 5 copies of what''s on the list, and then get 5 copies each of the ingredients for the healing potion and the psychotropic potion." Okay! The boss agreed and turned around to get ready. Yuli was on the side and said, "If you don''t have a good brain, you still learn alchemy from others." After paying the money, Wu Heng asked Basen to carry the materials and return to the crowded area with Yuri. Perhaps it was because Wu Heng wanted to leave. Yuli talked a lot less and was always depressed. Just kept saying things like, what should he do if he gets bullied over there, what should he do if he dies, and so on. Its quite unlucky. After dinner, Yuli went home feeling depressed again. ?Wu Heng closed the door and sent the materials to the zombie world. Let the dwarf skeleton start refining the potion. The next day, morning. Zombie world. Outside the community. Li Yahong said: "We have already made an agreement with the prison. We can bring food there at any time, and they will pick us up halfway." (End of this chapter) Chapter 98 , leaving Blackstone Town Chapter 98, leaving Blackstone Town It is easy to contact there by radio, but the difficulty is how to get there. How is the truck modification going? It is being reinforced and will be completed in the next two days. Speaking of modification, it actually means reinforcing important parts of the car. Lest the car be scrapped first when encountering a horde of corpses. It is all done by electric welding, it is not difficult, and no internal parts modification is required. Military vehicles, the materials used cannot be bad. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Well, let''s modify the car first. I''ll let you know when I go." Going to a new city in Blackstone Town tomorrow. It does not belong to the Kingdom of Yeke, so the distance is definitely not close. You have to wait until the situation has passed and stabilized before going to the prison. The time on both sides needs to be staggered. Okay! Li Yahong nodded. How are the new people who joined yesterday? Wu Heng continued to ask. They are all pretty good and willing to work, but they are very hungry and a little scary when eating. Li Yahong said. Well, dont delay making the iron spear. "good!" After finishing the chat, Li Yahong returned to the auto repair shop. ??Wu Heng made some simple arrangements for the skeleton. In order to strengthen the protection within the community, the patrol scope of Big Head Skeleton is only to ensure the vicinity of the community and the auto repair shop. Don''t let any problems arise while he''s on his way. In the afternoon, we returned to Blackstone Town. He went to the Professionals Association and walked straight into the team lounge. Members of the team are also there. ?Oteluk looked up and said, "When are you leaving?" Ill leave tomorrow. Wu Heng sat down aside. ?Otluk nodded, "It shouldn''t be difficult to go there to stabilize for a while and then apply to be transferred back." Understood, Captain. "You will also be the captain in the future. Then you will also feel the trouble of not seeing the team members every day." Altluk joked. I am the captain, and I dont even go to the association myself, let alone the team members. Wu Heng said with a smile. ?Otluk also smiled. continued: "Kawina''s place is inside the kingdom. It''s not a big problem if you be careful. Come back and have a look when you have time." Kawina was also transferred? Kavina nodded, "Well, I''ve been transferred to another town, not far away. I can come back to see everyone occasionally." When Slater came to see her before, he wondered if she would also be transferred. It seems that Yazd intends to disperse the entire fourth team. ?Kavina is one or two years older than Wu Heng, and it is relatively fast to become the captain at this age. "Being a captain is a good thing. You two shouldn''t have too much pressure. Moreover, our fourth team is really powerful. The last one to be established has two captains at once." Altluk said with a smile. Then we are the only ones left in the fourth team, Yuri said. There will be new members coming by then. "Oh, I hope I can become the captain soon." Yuri muttered. It shouldnt be difficult for you. Wu Heng said after listening. Slater is her aunt, and it will only be a matter of time before she becomes captain. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng took out a few items from his backpack and placed them on the table. He introduced: "I''m leaving. I''ll leave you with these things, which may be useful in battle." ?Several people looked over. Wu Heng said: "This is a gas mask that can protect against most toxins and has no side effects. This one is illuminated and can emit light beams and can be used at night." One is a gas mask and the other is a flashlight. The flashlight has power requirements, but it can be used for a period of time. This is too precious. Altluk said immediately. ??The effects of these two items definitely reach the level of magic props, and they are still two per person. "I don''t need so much. You use it first. If this one doesn''t light up, don''t throw it away. I will replace the energy source for you when I have a chance." "Thanks." Thank you, then. Kavina thanked her. Yuli said: "Oh, I took it out now and I was poisoned." If you dont want it, just give it back to me. Who said no more? Yuli quickly hid behind her. Chatted with the members for a while. ?Wu Heng went to the Blushing Mermaid pub again. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Beni walked over directly holding the tray. Her attitude was much more enthusiastic than last time. She sat next to him on the sofa and held his arm with one hand, "I haven''t been here for a while." Well, Im leaving. Ill give you the last reward today. ?Wu Heng put a small bag of silver coins into her hand. ??Beni did not refuse, but her brows furrowed, "I want to leave, where are we going?" Being transferred to another place. Are you coming back? ?During this time, there were still people in the tavern discussing the rescue of the children in the crowded area. ?In the past, no one would take care of this kind of thing. ??The guards would check and ask around, and then forget about it. So, the professional team members rescued the children in the crowded area, which became a matter worthy of discussion. ??Beni also provided clues and felt that she had done something meaningful. Unexpectedly, he was transferred away so quickly. Maybe, I cant say. Penny looked at him and said, "Can''t we just leave?" The transfer orders have been issued, its impossible not to leave. Hey~! Okay then! Ill see you again when I come back. Okay, its true, but dont forget it. Penny said seriously. Waiting out of the tavern, I went to say goodbye to the landlord. I dont know many people in Blackstone Town, so I said goodbye to them all in one day. The second day, morning. Xicheng District, station. ??The entire team of professionals came, and many people from the crowded area also came, including the landlord, Mrs. Bukemela who had found the child, and Penny. There are quite a few people coming. There were some people watching the excitement, wondering whether they were picking up people or sending them off. There were several circles around the three floors inside and three floors outside. ?Wu Heng never expected that so many people would come to see him off. Slater looked at him with his arms folded and said, "I didn''t realize that you are a necromancer and you are quite popular." Its okay! Keep a low profile over there, and Ill transfer you back within two years. Slater said. Okay, I got it, take care of me in the crowded area. Hmm! Slater nodded. The train entered the station, Wu Heng waved goodbye to everyone and boarded the train. Boom~! Leaving Blackstone Town amidst a roar, the train drove away into the distance. The speed of a train is much faster than that of a horse-drawn carriage. ?After walking for two days, we stopped at the border of the Kingdom of Yeko. Someone said: "Two special envoys, you need to get off the car here. If you continue going north, you will reach the ''Luntam City''." Holy shit, I have to reverse the car. ?Wu Heng got off the bus, bought a carriage directly, and continued heading north. ?Although it is daytime, the surroundings are gradually becoming desolate. ?Wuheng always feels unsafe. I dont know how far away it is. It would be quite dangerous if a wild beast or bandit appears. You should add more skeletons to ensure your own safety. ?Standing on the carriage, looking around. On one side you can faintly see a building and a wall. ?Wu Heng asked Basson to drive the carriage towards the building and took a closer look. If there is no danger, use the door to bring more skeletons over. As the carriage approached, it was discovered that it was a courtyard with a temple in the center. ?The walls are mottled and look old. The carriage stopped in front of the yard, and without asking if anyone was there, it walked towards the woodshed on one side. Hence, I havent even gotten close yet. ????????????????????????????????? The door of the temple opened, and a nun wearing a black and white nun''s uniform came out. ??The fabric of the nun''s uniform is light and thin, and the delicate figure at the back can be vaguely seen. Even the headscarf is made of very thin fabric, and the yellow hair can be seen. ?The hem is slit very high, revealing the smooth crotch and thighs. Are you two gentlemen here to pray? ??The nun twisted her hips slightly and took two steps forward. ?The body is plump and round, and the expression is charming and passionate. Paired with this nun''s uniform, it makes people''s hearts flutter. (End of this chapter) Chapter 99 , old woman Chapter 99, Old Woman ??Wu Heng glanced at the nun''s attire and said, "Passing by this place, I wonder which great god''s temple it is?" He can travel between the two worlds, and he has a profession related to the gods. You have to believe in the existence of gods. Its hard to say whether youre afraid or not, but you still have to be respectful at the door of the temple. She is the great goddess of fertility. Oh, it turns out to be the great goddess of fertility. Wu Heng repeated the story. Sir, didnt you come here to pray? the nun asked curiously. Well, Im passing by and want to borrow the woodshed. The nun showed a sweet smile and made a prayer gesture on her chest. She took a slight step forward with her left leg, revealing a large piece of snow-white thigh at the slit of her skirt, extending to the root of her thigh. "I will arrange a room for the two gentlemen. Why go to a place like the woodshed." The nun opened all the doors. "There are others here, so the two gentlemen don''t need to worry." A tall, strong man walked out of the door again, shirtless, with a petite, plump nun in his arms on his right side. Petite nun, wearing more revealing clothes. The most tightly wrapped thing on the whole body is the scarf on the head. The man walked out, his legs were a little weak, and said: "The two friends are also from the kingdom, right? We are the kingdom''s caravan, it''s not too late to relax and continue on our way." Caravan? Want to relax here? Are you alone? Wu Heng looked at him. The man smiled and continued: "Others are being taken care of by other nuns. You should also come in and have a rest. Then we will go together." After saying that, the man hugged the nun beside him and walked inside again. ??The nun leaned tightly against the man, and the strips of cloth behind her were floating left and right. Sir, come in, and wait until you have finished relaxing before leaving. The nun who received Wu Heng walked over with her waist twisted. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on her again. Open the holster, take out the pistol and say: "Okay, let me show you my baby." The nun took a step forward nervously, "Sir, let''s go into the temple. I''m a little nervous outside." Thats it, dont move! ??Wu Heng took out his pistol and pointed it at her face while the other party looked at her with doubts. When the other person wants to stick out his tongue and lick it. I pulled the trigger directly. Bang~! ?The gunshot rang out, and the bullet instantly pierced her head. The nun''s eyes showed surprise and disbelief. ?His body suddenly leaned back and fell to the ground. The next second, the nuns body changed rapidly. The skin and face have become shriveled and shriveled, the long hair is broken and sparse, and the skin is covered with age spots, moles and sarcomas. ??If she was a plump and charming nun just now, now she is an ugly and weird old woman. The gunshot fired, which also attracted the attention of other people in the temple. Four nuns, including the petite nun just now, quickly ran to the door. Seeing the body lying on the ground, a piercing scream came from his mouth. ??Roared and said: "Damn human boy, how dare you come here to cause trouble, kill you..." ??The voices of the nuns became harsh, and under their gaze, their bodies all turned into stooped old women. ?The skin is like tree bark, and the long and sparse hair is flying wildly, Swish swish swish~! Several old women stretched out their fingers with long slender nails. Shoot magic missiles and ray of weakening. ?Wu Heng and Bassen quickly jumped to the back of the carriage. ??Boom~! A huge roar sounded, and the carriage carriage was blown to pieces. Sawdust shot out like bullets. The horses were frightened, neighing in the sky, and drove away with the broken carriage. ??Wu Heng raised his hand and threw a [Fireball Technique] towards the opponent. Bang~! The fireball exploded instantly, scattering large streams of flames and igniting the ground. Although it did not hit the target, all four old women were separated. Scorching flames burning all around. ?Wu Heng took the opportunity and quickly ran to the woodshed on one side. "He is a mage, kill him first, don''t kill him, capture him alive..." "His skin is really white, peel it off and put it on my body." No, put it on me. Several old women kept talking in sharp voices. Then, they ran directly from different directions. ?Wu Hengs eyes narrowed slightly. Look at the opponent''s action position and trigger [Evil Explosion]. Bang~! The body that died first suddenly exploded, and thick yellow smoke covered the entire area. Come in and kill him quickly! the old woman still shouted. ??Wu Heng looked up and said, "Basen, hold them back." ??Bassen fired two more shots outside and then rushed directly into the smoke. Following this, there were sharp curses and shouts. Dont fight with it, kill the one inside. "The stupid mage actually sent the attendant out alone. Don''t let him escape, rush over." Dont break his skin. The old women are still talking. ?Following closely, there were two figures with sharp claws on their arms, hunching their backs and swinging their arms like apes, rushing towards them. However, the smoke has not yet broken out. Several figures rushed out from the front. Knocked the old woman to the ground, and fell head-on with swords, fists and kicks. Bang, bang, bang! The sound of a violent fight, accompanied by the screams of the old women, echoed through the smoke. Gain experience +22. Summon - Skeleton Boxer, gain experience +2 Acquire experience. The prompt sounded, and the entire area gradually became quiet. The skeletons came back. ?Wu Heng left Ba Wudong, Sword One and Sword Two behind, while the other skeletons dragged the other four corpses back to the other side of the gate. Jian Yi Jian Er and Ba Wu Dong have all been dressed up. Wearing tight clothes and a helmet on his head. You may not encounter anything in the wild. But bringing some with you will save you a lot of trouble. The smoke gradually dissipated. Only the body of the old woman left on the ground after the evil explosion. At the door, the strong man who had hugged the nun before covered his head and walked out with a heavy step. Whats going on? ?First he frowned and glanced at Wu Heng and the four tightly covered figures behind him. Then he saw the body on the ground. His face turned ugly instantly. Granny! ?Wu Heng looked at him and asked, "Do you know this kind of thing?" Ghost, an ugly monster with a vicious heart. Then you still..., do you like this? The man''s face became even more ugly, and then he thought of something and rushed towards the temple quickly. ?Wu Heng did not follow, but stood at the door and watched. The temple is empty, there is no statue of the **** at all. There were still several men lying on the abandoned seats. His body was naked and his skin was dry, as if his blood had been drained. ??The muscular man just now was sitting slumped aside, his face full of regret. "How about it?" All dead. (End of this chapter) Chapter 100 , Captain of Team 12 Chapter 100, Captain of Team 12 Are they all your companions? Wu Heng asked. "Um!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where is your destination?" Luntam City. You said you were a caravan, so you should have a carriage, right? Yes, at the back. ?Wu Heng nodded and said: "Bury it for them, and then let''s go to Luntam together." The man took a deep breath and began to move the body with some effort. Sword one, sword two, help him move the body. Wu Heng said directly. In his condition, it might take some effort to move him. ?Helping him speed up a little while also supervising him a little. You should not be with those old women, but you should be more careful outside. "Thanks." The man got up and got dressed, and then he and Jian Yi and Jian Er began to carry the body. ?Wu Heng returned outside and walked around the backyard to take a look. There were three carriages parked behind. He opened the covering and saw the cloth and some pottery underneath. It really belongs to the caravan. Too young, how could such a good thing happen in a place like this. ? ? Its impossible to let prostitutes go **** in a crowded area. Do you still want to play nun in this place? Just risk your life! Soon, the man came back with Jian Yi Jian Er. ?While untying the horse, he said: "My friends are laughing at me. The hag''s transformation ability is so strong that most people can''t notice it. Our delivery time is short, eh~!" "Um!" ?Wu Heng didnt say much. ??The phantom of the hag is just an illusion on the surface, coupled with the bewitchment of language. To stir up some instincts in men. The impact of Charming Nun is still huge. But as Wu Hengs ability improved, he also unlocked [Strengthened Will]. His ability to perceive and resist abnormal conditions has also been enhanced. ?Although what the naked eye sees is a plump and charming nun, the perception is that she is a hunched figure. ?Its okay if you dont know. Its strange that you can do it even though you know the other person is an ugly old woman. So he thought about leaving and not going into this muddy water. ?But the other nun was obviously unwilling to let him go and was stalking him, so she had no choice but to shoot first. The carriage started to hit the road. The man was in the front, and Wu Heng was sitting in the carriage behind. ??They kept a distance from each other, which could be regarded as helping him push the car. Move forward along the way. As dusk approached, the convoy finally arrived at the city of Luntam. From a distance, you can see dense buildings. It is different from the previous cities. ??The city structure of Luntam is composed of dense buildings, followed by city walls and watchtowers. Guards wearing silver armor can be seen patrolling the city walls. "These are areas outside the city. These were not included in the original city plan. People who could not live in the city built temporary residences outside. More and more people gathered, and it became what it is now." Man, I explained something before. The people in the city dont care? "Why should we control it? Taxes are also required in outer cities. Large tracts of land are allowed to be expanded, and no one will care about it." The man continued. Houses built by oneself outside the city also have to pay taxes. It seems like no one really cares. As we get closer, the city wall also enlarges in sight. The city gate is wide and can accommodate three carriages side by side. ?This is much wider than the city gate of Blackstone Town. ?There were also a lot of people gathered at the city gate. In addition to humans, some tall and strong races could also be seen. ??The arms are as thick as thighs, the height is more than two meters, the skin is green or gray, and the mouth is huge with fangs, which forms a sharp contrast with the human race. Is that the orc tribe? "Orcs, humans and orcs live together here. Don''t conflict with them. They are all very capable of fighting, and they will come in groups." The convoy entered the city directly. The man said: "I have to deliver these things to the store and go in another direction." Oh, okay, lets just say goodbye. Friend, where do you live? Ive finished my work and Im going to thank you for saving my life. No need, I am also from Yeke Kingdom, so I need to take care of you outside. Then tell me your name! Wuheng. Thank you, Mr. Wu Heng, for saving my life. I will definitely repay you if I have the chance. Youre welcome. Wu Heng waved his hand and said goodbye to each other. Separated from the convoy, inquired about the location of the association, and rushed directly to the association. The city was extremely noisy and lively. Wu Heng and several skeletons walked towards the direction of the association. When he arrived at the central area, Wu Heng was a little surprised by the buildings in front of him. ? It seems that the more untouched a place is, the more exaggerated the luxury of the building will be. ?This place is much more luxurious than the Professionals Association in Blackstone Town. Opposite, there is a more exaggerated building, a snake emblem consortium with a ''snake head'' pattern. Hey guys, the Snake Emblem Consortium is on the surface. ?Entering the association hall, the floor is bright and white marble, and many professionals are gathered in the hall. There are humans and strong orcs armed with battle axes and maces. ?Wu Heng asked a few skeletons to wait aside and walked directly to the front desk. Sir, how can I help you? The staff member is a female orc. ?Green skin, two fangs protruding from the corners of the mouth. The muscles are more pronounced than the chest. Wu Heng said: "I am the newly transferred captain from the association, and this is the appointment letter from the headquarters." The staff looked at it carefully, continued to smile and said, "Wait a moment, I''ll go talk to the deacon." "good!" Not long after, the staff came over again. He said: "Please follow me, the deacon is waiting for you here." ?Wu Heng nodded, followed to the third floor, and stopped in front of a room. Knock lightly on the door and get an answer. Push the door open and enter. In the room, there was a middle-aged man sitting with his hair pulled back and a thick hairy beard. It can be seen that it has been carefully trimmed. The middle-aged man took Wu Heng''s appointment letter and looked at it, then looked at him again. He said: "Wu Heng, his profession is a necromancer, a necromancer from the Kingdom of Yeko?" Yes! Wu Heng stood in front. Less than a month after becoming a field envoy, I already achieved two level 3 meritorious services and was recommended by the deacon to be promoted to captain. The man looked at him carefully again. He said directly: "Okay, now that you are here, you are the captain of the 12th team of ''Luntam City''. My name is Gomez, the local deacon. If you have any questions in the future, you can contact me." Yes, Deacon Gomez. "Okay, I''ll give you two days to solve the living problems in your residence." He said and gently pulled the lanyard next to him. ?The bell rang, and the staff just walked in. The deacon said: "This is the new captain of the 12th team. Please register his identity." Yes, deacon. ??Wu Heng was brought out, filled out a form, and then issued a copy of the identity certificate of the local captain. This means that he has officially joined the job and has a legal identity. ?Wu Heng and the female orc staff learned about the procedures and procedures for issuing a house deed. He walked directly out of the association and went to the city''s city hall. ?Processing the property deed is simpler than imagined. Since there was a guarantee from the association, I checked the property deed and then asked for the name to register. Even if the entire process is completed. According to the location on the property deed, Wu Heng went directly to his residence. ??This is a mansion located on the edge of the inner city. It is a three-story building, but it does not occupy a large area. ?Each floor has an area of ??about sixty square meters, with small courtyards at the front and back. It can be considered a pretty good living condition. ?Wu Heng took out the key and opened the door. It was empty with no furniture. The ground was covered with dust, and some footprints could still be seen. Looks like there are other people visiting the place on a regular basis. The people upstairs and downstairs looked at each other. Let Jian Yi and Jian Two clean the room. ??Wu Heng went out first and had something to eat at a nearby tavern. After filling his stomach, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng confirmed the situation in the community. He took out his walkie-talkie and contacted Li Yahong directly. ?Standing at the intersection and waiting for a while. ?Li Yahong ran over quickly. Looking at him, I wanted to say something, but swallowed it back when it reached my lips. Three days have passed since the last time. The truck has been modified and a lot of work has been done on the spear. Just cant contact the other party. ??If the skeleton wasn''t still there, Li Yahong would have thought that the other party had run away and left them alone. Is the truck ready? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong nodded, "Three trucks and one bus have been reinforced, so there should be no problem." Well, you can contact the prison and well go there together tomorrow. "OK." (End of this chapter) Chapter 101 , phantom Chapter 101, Apparition ?Li Yahong turned around and left, and breathed a sigh of relief at the same time. In the past few days when the other party disappeared, the people at the auto repair shop were quite frightened. At present, the cooperation between the two parties is still very smooth. One side provides labor in exchange for the other sides food and protection. ?Although it is incomparable to the life before the zombie outbreak, compared to most survivors, it is well-fed and safe here, so it is the best refuge. Even in official bases, life may not be as good as theirs. Hence, the people in the auto repair shop are even more reluctant to have anything happen to the other party. Back to the auto repair shop, the other people came to greet him. "How is Sister Hong? What happened to King Yama? Is she still alive?" Qiangzi asked directly. ?Li Yahong nodded, "It''s okay, he seems to have gone out for a trip and has nothing to do with us." The rest of the people breathed a sigh of relief. As long as its okay. Scare someone to death. Then did he say what he was going to do next? Qiangzi continued to ask. Check all the cars and prepare to go to prison tomorrow. Really go, its so far! I want to go over there, what can I do? Oh, good! ??Sent Li Yahong away, Wu Heng also returned to the community. I havent been here for the past few days. The community is relatively safe. There are no special circumstances. Actually, I was a little worried along the way, after all, my familys fortune is here. ??If the skeletons were picked up by the corpses while he was away, there would really be no place to cry. Bring those corpses here. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several skeletons immediately walked aside. The corpses are those old women killed in the temple. She is said to be an old woman, but her appearance is actually so weird that she looks more like a humanoid monster. The skin is shriveled, covered with sarcomas and abscesses. ??Wu Heng also saw a reward for this kind of thing when he went to the Professionals Association of Luntam City. They are called hags, and each has a bounty of more than 300 silver. The amount of the reward is quite high. ?Wu Heng saw it at the time, but did not hand over the body. ? I plan to convert one first to see what the attributes are like. If it has no characteristics, I will hand over the rest for money. ?Bang bang~! Four corpses were carried over and thrown to the ground. ??Wu Heng didn''t waste any time and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the first corpse, the flesh and blood fell off, and the hunched white bones stood up. Skeleton Hag (Level 8) Level: 8 Attributes: Constitution 16, Strength 18, Agility 12, Intelligence 13, Perception 14, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton, Intermediate Soul Experts: Cloth Armor Specialization (Basic), Poison Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Shared Spellcasting, Disguise Skills: Pathogenic ray, curse. Shared Spellcasting: When three or more skeleton hags gather together (within a maximum of 100 meters), they will share spells with each other. Transformation: The hag can shroud herself and her belongings in a layer of magical illusion (imitation of living beings, maximum time 30 minutes). Curse: Touching the target can cast a curse and reduce the target''s attributes. ?Wu Heng always felt a little strange when he looked at the target''s attributes. In terms of attributes, his physique and strength are high, but his skills are legal skills. This hag has gone astray. In terms of abilities, there are two types. One is shared spell casting. When three or more hags gather together, they can share spells. The other one is phantom, which can change its form. It should be the trick used to turn into a nun and seduce men. ?This transformation is not considered a skill, but an ability of one''s own profession. Now that he has become a skeleton, his ability is limited, and he can imitate living creatures for up to 30 minutes. When she was in the temple, it took a longer time for the hag to turn into a nun. Accompanying the businessmen who were passing by, but forcefully sucked them into sex. It should be because of becoming a skeleton. Although the ability exists, the effect of the ability is also reduced. The last two skills are ''pathogenic ray'' and ''curse''. It is mentioned in the Book of the Necromancer that the transformation of legal professions has disadvantages. The moment a mage of any school is transformed, he will only retain the magic of the necromantic system. Even if you have a soul and learn it again, you can only learn the necromancy system. Unable to perceive and use the magic of other elements. Finish all properties. ??I feel that the Skeleton Hag is a bit useless, illegal, and unable to fight. But the ability of transformation still has some characteristics, which may be useful in the future. ?The main thing is that you dont need money, so there is no need to complete this commission. After thinking about it, release the [Bone Slave Technique] one after another to transform all three other hag corpses into skeletons. The three skeleton hags stood up one after another, standing aside with their backs hunched. To be honest, turning into a skeleton is easier for people to accept than the original image. Among the hags, the highest level is 9 and the lowest is 7, with similar attributes. There is nothing special about it. ??Wu Heng rested for a while, then walked to the pile of zombie corpses and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to convert all the zombie corpses collected by the ''big-headed skeleton'' in the past few days into skeletons. Then, I found a bedroom to rest. There is no other way. Although the residence in Luntam City is good, it has no furniture. I can only rest in this world first. The next day, morning. ?Three military trucks, a large truck and a passenger bus were parked downstairs outside the community. ??Wu Heng walked out of the community and saw several cars parked in the middle of the road from a distance. The large truck is also found at the back and is mainly used to pull skeleton soldiers. The doors and the engine position were reinforced with iron plates, and iron bars were welded to the windows. The front end is also reinforced with something similar to a collision angle. Looking quite fierce. It also gives people a sense of wasteland style. ?Each truck has a canvas fence behind it to prevent skeletons from being blown off when the truck speeds too fast. Li Yahong jumped out of the first car and walked over directly. He took out a road map, opened it in his hand, and said: "Go south along the road. After crossing the Sanjin Bridge, there will be fewer residents and the road will be smoother. Then, if you follow the road, you can reach the On the way to the prison, the other party will arrange for someone to pick us up." Okay, just follow your route. Wu Heng nodded. He also had a map in his hand, and the route was the same as he thought. Then, Wu Heng continued to make arrangements for the entire fleet. At the front is a military truck driven by Li Yahong, the second is also a military truck, the third is a small passenger car, the fourth is a large truck, and the last is another military truck. Mainly protect the small card in the middle. But the drivers of the first and last trucks are actually the most stressed. After you are almost ready. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to bring bags of rice and other things they needed on the way, and put them directly on the car. Then he continued to order, "Let the skeleton warriors all get into the back of the truck." Hulala~! The large group of skeletons moved into action and climbed onto the back of the truck. Skeletons, one next to another, stood on the carriage body. (End of this chapter) Chapter 102 , rush over Chapter 102, rush over We are almost ready. With a wave of his hand, Wu Heng started the car and entered the main road directly along the road. After entering the main road, the road becomes much wider. ??There were piles of scrapped vehicles on both sides, but the road was not completely blocked. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the middle of the passenger car in the passenger car. On the seats behind him were skeletons. The person driving the vehicle is Hadron from the auto repair shop. He did not expect that he would be assigned to look after the car for this king of hell. He kept wiping sweat while driving. These various skeletons behind me are so **** scary. ?Cars lined up in a row and roared. Soon, zombies rushed out from both sides and rushed towards the convoy. The car body was being slapped and torn apart, making a slapping sound, and a harsh sound like sharp claws clawing at an iron plate. At this time, the importance of modification is reflected. The reinforced iron plates and iron bars greatly prevent zombies from damaging the car body. But Wu Heng also discovered a detail. Zombies that appear to be killed by a car will not gain experience. Otherwise, as a co-pilot, he would not be given any experience. After the vehicle has driven a certain distance. According to the plan, a branch road should be bypassed to avoid residential areas where the population gathers. Just after entering, the convoy began to slow down. Zizzi~! The car walkie-talkie makes an electric sound. Then, Li Yahong''s voice came, "The road ahead is blocked, we need to stop and clear the road." "Attention, convoy, prepare to stop. All humans do not need to get out of the car. Wait for my order." Wu Heng said with a walkie-talkie, and then said to the ''big-headed skeleton'' behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the zombies." ?????????????????????????????????? The entire convoy came to a slow stop. The skeleton in the car jumped out of the car quickly. Start to fight against the zombies rushing around. ??And more skeletons quickly formed a spear formation to meet the large group of corpses that had been following behind the car. ?Bang bang bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. ??The swarm of corpses crashed into the queue of skeletons and hit the deck of the car. The fierce battle began, and the sounds of roaring and chopping of meat resounded throughout the battlefield. The drivers holding their heads carefully hid in the driver''s seat. Praying in my heart, the skeleton cannot lose. Big guy, you go and help too. ??The big guy got out of the bus and rushed towards the group of corpses. ?Like a truck that lost control and crashed into the group of corpses in the opposite direction. A large number of zombies were knocked away and knocked down, and the skeleton''s spear began to advance forward, killing zombies one by one. Soon, the battle came to an end. ??The remaining scattered zombies were killed by the skeleton. On the entire battlefield, the stench of corpses filled the entire space. Clean the battlefield and put all the corpses aside. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton. All the skeletons began to move, carrying the corpses to both sides. The body must be taken away when returning from the original route. So, you still need to put it in an obvious place, so you dont forget it when you come back. Then he took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Li Yahong, put down the forklift, and I''ll let the skeleton protect you." The forklift was put down, and Li Yahong started driving, moving the scrapped vehicle aside. Soon, the road was cleared. All the skeletons reboarded and the convoy continued to move forward. ?Yanghaidian Hotel. In a room on the second floor of the hotel. "Brother, go ahead and leave me alone. If you keep hiding like this, we will all die here. Just walk away. I don''t blame you for betraying your teammates." Beside, a little girl in a wheelchair was spinning her wheels. Said softly. There was also a young man standing in front of the window not far away. Put a gap through the curtains and look outside. Hearing what his sister was saying, he immediately waved his hand to stop her from continuing. He looked a little nervous and said, "Shh~! There are more zombies outside. Just speak a little louder and you''ll be heard." Hearing that the number of corpses was increasing, the little girl immediately closed her mouth and her face became nervous. The man came back, sat down on the side, and said softly: "It''s okay. If it really doesn''t work, I will lure the zombies away and you can escape." When she was in middle school, my sister was unable to stand up due to a car accident. My brother saved some money, and the two of them agreed to travel this year. But as soon as they arrived here, there was a zombie outbreak and they were trapped here for many days. Fortunately, I was traveling and bought a lot of souvenirs and various snacks along the way. Coupled with the supplies provided by the hotel itself, I have been able to support myself until now. ??But no matter how hard you persist, it will only delay death, and the outcome may have already been determined. Brother, will we die? My sisters tone suddenly changed and she asked with some fear. ?Brother hugged her and comforted her softly, "Don''t be discouraged. The rescue team may enter the city in a few days and rescue us by then." Brother, Im holding you back, otherwise you would definitely be able to run out. My sister continued. Dont talk nonsense. Will the rescue team really come? Maybe! How about we capture a zombie? I read in the novel that if you are bitten by a zombie, you will be able to evolve before you die. Maybe my legs will be healed, and then we wont have to hide around. Holy shit, who wrote this and from which platform, Im going to report him. Maybe? The zombies outside all turned into zombies after being bitten and caught. Whoever you see evolves, you will also believe the novel. Ouch~! Suddenly, all the zombies outside the hotel roared in unison. The sound echoed throughout the area. ?The brother and sister''s expressions changed, and they both shivered in fright. My sister turned her head and listened, and immediately said: "Brother, these zombies seem to be leaving in the distance, and the sound is moving in the distance." Shh, dont talk. What if you are heard? "Really, they are far away. They seem to be walking in another direction. Go and see what''s going on." my sister urged. Brother hurriedly approached the window, opened a small space in the corner, and looked out. It was already approaching dusk at this time. The large group of zombies were indeed running in one direction, as if there was some target attracting them. Looking in the direction of the corpses. I saw a military green convoy speeding down the road in the distance. Sister, sister, its a rescue team. Damn it, there really is a rescue team. My sister pushed the wheelchair over. She looked at the armrests with both arms and said immediately: "It''s really... we are saved. No, they won''t drive directly over and stop here, right?" Its really possible. Judging from the speed of the car, there is no intention to stop. "You lock the door, and I''ll go to the top of the building to attract their attention." My brother said hurriedly. No, its too dangerous. "This is our last chance. If it doesn''t work, we will either starve to death or be eaten. Be obedient. This is our last hope." Brother ran out and ran upstairs quickly. Zizzi~! Li Yahong''s voice came from the intercom, "There are zombies on both sides. There are a lot of them. There should be fifty or sixty." Is the road clear? There is no problem with the road, you can pass normally. Li Yahong replied. Rush over, dont waste time on the road. Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ??The convoy speeded up again, violently knocking away the zombies that rushed forward, and sped forward. ?The zombies rushing up from both sides rushed onto the road like crazy. There was a crackling hammering sound from the car body, and the bumps of the body. (End of this chapter) Chapter 103 , they don鈥檛 seem to be alive Chapter 103, they dont seem to be alive Pap, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang! Groups of corpses rushed from both sides of the road, beating the sides of the car. Even though the car body is reinforced, you can still feel a shaking. And the intensive hammering sound coming from the car body. ?Under Wu Hengs order, the convoy accelerated again, violently smashed through the zombies blocking the road, and rushed forward. ?Broken limbs were flying all over the sky, and blood was splattered all over the windshield and the glass on both sides. Fortunately, iron bars were installed to prevent the glass from breaking. The driver, Qiangzi, held the steering wheel, his body trembling slightly as the car body hit it. He glanced to the side and said, "Your Majesty, how did you awaken your superpower?" ?Wu Heng looked out from the gap in the iron bars and was stunned when he heard his words. ??What the **** kind of name is this? It seems that he did not say his name. Do you want to awaken your powers? "Well, it''s a lie if I say I don''t want to. I used to love reading science fiction novels. It would be so cool to awaken supernatural powers and have some special powers." Qiangzi said, looking at the skeleton behind him through the rearview mirror, and came again He said, "It doesn''t seem to be the same as the superpower I thought." According to what the radio station said, the most common changes are physical enhancement or sensory enhancement. For example, hearing, vision, etc. ??However, it seems that the person controlling the skeleton combat has never appeared on the radio. At least no one has mentioned it yet. The method I know is to devour the corpse core, but the probability of failure is very high, at least the probability of failure is more than 80%. Wu Heng said what he knew. To put it bluntly, if he doesnt have an antidote. ??It is very likely that they will also be transformed into zombies. "Yes, I know that. It was said on the radio that only people with very good physical fitness and strong mental qualities can succeed." ??Wu Heng asked: Are there many successful people on the radio? "It seems that there are some. After all, they are all well-trained soldiers. How can we people compare with them." The tone changed and he added: "You must be excepted. I guess there are very few in the whole world." Its possible to awaken your ability. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Occupations and awakening abilities are essentially different. But while chatting with Qiangzi, Wu Heng also had an idea. ??If you want to train your own people, you dont actually need to let them awaken their abilities. You can completely change their profession. Becoming a profession and learning professional skills are, to a certain extent, more powerful than awakening abilities. After all, in another world, career has become a legacy. The combination of various skills is relatively complete. With special powers, awakening depends entirely on luck, and the abilities are relatively single, incomparable to professions. ?Of course, this is just an idea in my head. Things in another world must never be known to others. Even if you are close to someone, unless they are completely tied to you like ''Little'' and ''Bassen'', you must not reveal it. The human heart is the most difficult thing to grasp at this time. The two of them chatted for a while. While driving, Qiangzi started to say something. Looks like he is also a talkative person. At this time, the sound of electricity came from the intercom again. This is Daka. There seems to be someone on the roof of the building on the right? Cant confirm. Hearing this sentence, the team slowed down slightly. It seems that there is a person. Isnt it some weird deformed zombie again? The intercom heard the voices of other cars. ?Wu Heng was sitting among the guests and had already passed the building. The improvement in physical attributes also enhanced his eyesight, and he could still see that he was a man. ?Standing on the edge of the roof, waving a red flag. Judging from his movements and clothing, he is not a zombie, but indeed a survivor. Saw the convoy and asked for help. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "The convoy slowed down and prepared to stop." The convoy began to slowly reduce its speed and stopped little by little. Wu Heng continued to say to the big-headed skeleton: "Skeletons get out of the car and fight the zombies." The skeleton in the carriage quickly jumped off the carriage. Start to fight against the zombies rushing up from all around. The sounds of fighting kept ringing around. ?Wu Heng released the ghost Xiaoxiao again, floating in the air. Little! "Ah, you are here." Xiaoxiao lowered his head from the roof of the car. "Have you seen the building over there? Go and see if there is any danger inside. There seemed to be a survivor on the roof just now. Confirm how many of them there are and what their situation is." Wu Heng pointed diagonally toward the back along the car window. Oh, okay! Xiaoxiao nodded and flew out directly. In the hotel. Bang~! ?The door opened, the man fell into the room, and then quickly closed the door. As soon as the door was locked, there was a loud hammering sound outside the door. Brother, how are you? Are you okay? the girl asked. ??The man groped around his body with his hands to make sure he had no wounds. Just breathed a sigh of relief. Its okay, Im not injured. Have you gone to see if the rescue team has stopped? The man began to move chairs against the door. The younger sister was sitting in a wheelchair, close to the window, looking down, and her eyes widened a little bit. Did you stop? the man asked while continuing to move the furniture in the room. Uh, stop. My sister replied and continued: But they dont seem to be human. What is not a human being? Not a rescue team? Its not a human being, it means its not a living person! ??The man also came closer and looked down through the window. When he saw the stopped motorcade and the large pieces of bones, his eyes widened. Fuck! On the road. In bursts of roaring. The battle is coming to an end. ?The corpses were spread all around the convoy, like a circle of piles on a hillside. Attack! Wu Heng ordered while sitting in the car. Hulala~! The skeleton, which had been defending itself against counterattacks, began to charge. Leap over the corpse and kill the remaining zombies. With a flurry of swords and spears, they all were killed on the ground. When the last zombie fell to the ground, the entire area returned to calm. Clean the battlefield and carry the corpse to the side of the road. The skeletons took action again, clearing the corpses to the edges of the road on both sides. At this time, Xiaoxiao got past the bus and flew back. ?Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, there are two living people in that building." He is truly a survivor. Is there any danger? Wu Heng continued to ask. No, there are some ordinary zombies in the building, and there are no other monsters. "Let me see!" Wu Heng let Xiaoxiao fly into his body and immediately saw what she saw. ?From a small perspective, there are indeed no deformed zombies. In a room on the second floor. A man and a woman were lying on the window looking out. After confirming that there is no danger. Wu Heng looked at the darkening sky outside the window, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said: "There is a hotel on the right, and there are survivors inside. We will stay there tonight and continue our journey tomorrow morning." (End of this chapter) Chapter 104 , pick whatever you like Chapter 104, pick whatever you like Hotel. Duoduoduo~! The man approached the peephole of the door and looked out. ??I saw the zombies who were fierce and brutal just beating the door were pinned to the ground by several skeletons, and they were slashing with kitchen knives. ??The zombie tried to get up several times, but was chopped down with a kitchen knife every time. ?The scene was extremely cruel. Blood was splattered all over the walls on both sides. Brother, whats going on outside? the girl behind asked. ??The man looking at the cat eyes was startled, and he covered her mouth with his eyes wide open, indicating that she should be silent, just outside the door. ?The two hugged each other, shivering as they listened to the sound of chopping vegetables outside the door. Gradually, the sound of chopping meat began to slow down, and the roar of the zombies also stopped. The two of them held their breath, praying that the things outside would leave quickly. The whole room fell into a deathly silence. ~! There was a sudden knock on the door. The bodies of both of them were trembling, and their hearts almost stopped beating in fear. Immediately afterwards, a woman''s voice came, "You were asking for help on the roof just now, right?" The eyes of the brother and sister were even more full of surprise. ? Human beings? Why did humans appear again at this time? Or is it some kind of weird thing trying to trick them out? We are survivors too. Its safe outside. Open the door! The person outside the door still said. The two brothers and sisters exchanged glances with each other. The man stood up and looked out through the peephole. ??I saw a woman wearing work clothes standing outside the door, a little impatient on her face. Seeing a real human being. Even though he already knew that they were in the room, the man still asked: "Are you from the motorcade just now?" Hearing the response, Li Yahong also looked at the cat''s eye and said, "You were the one waving the flag on the top of the building, right? We have cleared away the zombies and you can come out." Whats going on with those skeletons? Whether the superpowers know it or not, you dont understand it. Anyway, you are safe. If you dont want to be left here to die, come out and have a chat. ?Li Yahong finished speaking and did not continue. Everyone has their own choice. They want to help some survivors, but the other party must also accept it. You cant have a hot face but a cold butt! After all, our side is not really a rescue team. The sound of things being moved was heard inside the door. ????????????????????????????????? The door opens, revealing the man and the girl in the wheelchair. ?Li Yahong frowned. Having bad legs? At this time, this is a very fatal problem. Even if we keep them, we will feed them in vain. "Thank you for coming to save us." The man glanced at the skeleton and immediately thanked him when he saw that it was not being attacked. Its exactly what my sister said. There are some superpowers, evolvers and the like in the novel. Are you a couple? Brother and sister, this is my sister. ?Li Yahong nodded and didnt ask any more questions about this matter. He said directly: "You have two choices. One is to stay and continue to take refuge. The second is to go with us, but you will have to listen to our assignments in the future and need to do some work." Stay, there is still some food left in various rooms and kitchens of this hotel, so it can actually last for a while. After you finish eating, you can also search for some food nearby. But in the future, you may have to fight zombies and fight for more things. The man glanced at his sister and exchanged looks with each other, "We''ll go with you." In fact, there is nothing to hesitate, this is their only hope to survive. How long can he survive with his sister if he stays? Okay, come downstairs with me. Theres no need to pack things away. Ill rest here tonight and leave tomorrow morning. Oh good! On the first floor, a large number of skeletons filled the hall. ? Qiangzi and the others were checking the car outside to make sure there would be no problems tomorrow. ?Wu Heng walked around the room on the first floor of the hotel and found nothing to collect. I did find a lot of disposable items and safety items. ?Li Yahong walked down with the two of them. The two survivors chose to follow us. Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng glanced at the **** his back, "Is she injured?" "No, my sister has a bad leg." The man said, and immediately realized something, and hurriedly explained: "I can work, I can do both of us, and I won''t be held back." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Prepare dinner, and then let everyone choose a room to rest." "Okay!" Wu Heng also walked upstairs and said, "You don''t need to bring me out for dinner. Arrange a few people to take turns to keep watch. Don''t go out at night." Oh, good! ?Wu Heng went upstairs and chose a room with a better environment. ?Several skeletons guarded the door and the room. ?Wuheng took Basen and Bawudong directly to Luntam City. Wrentam City. Going through the gate and returning to the empty room. ? Jian Yi Jian Er has been cleaning here, but there is still no furniture and it looks empty. I dont have to worry about cleaning the house or anything like that. He plans to finish the prison deal and find a decoration team or something to decorate the place properly. Let a few skeletons be wrapped more tightly. Then they went out together. ??The place where Wu Heng lived was on the edge of the inner city. After walking for about five or six minutes, he entered the boundary of the outer city. ?The streets and alleys that look retro and medieval are so lively. Along the streets, there are various shops, leather goods, weapons, medicines, as well as taverns or inns. Caravans transporting goods can be seen on the road at any time. ?This has become a transit point for trade between the two countries. No wonder the people here seem to be rich, and the decoration of the buildings is also very high and luxurious. ?Looking around while walking, looking for a place to have dinner. Guest, do you need to relax? ?A group of girls with heavy makeup stand in front of pubs and hotels, soliciting customers without scruples. The slender thighs and the completely exposed **** are dazzling. ?In addition to human women, you can also see female orcs with strong muscles and fangs exposed at the corners of their mouths, or rabbit women, cat women, and other women with obvious animal characteristics. "Gentlemen, do you want to stay in the hotel to rest?" A strong female orc raised her chest and leaned over directly. As soon as he got close, he was stopped by Ba Wudong and could not get closer. Do you like human girls or some foreign girls? Come into the store and have a look. You can pick whatever you like. The girls greeted him warmly. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and waved his hand to indicate that he didn''t need it. When the women saw each other''s refusal, they immediately stopped approaching and set their sights on other people. Constantly posing and greeting guests. The person behind Wu Heng was obviously a regular visitor and could name several women. He was pulled into a dark alley. ?Wu Heng found a quieter tavern nearby, ordered food, and ate slowly. ?At the same time, I listened to the people at the next table chatting about local things. After filling his stomach, he returned directly to his residence in the inner city. Pass the gate and return to the hotel in the zombie world to rest. The next day, early in the morning. People in the hotel get up early. Have breakfast. After searching the entire hotel and two nearby shops, he got back into the car. ?Yesterday''s brother and sister were sitting in the middle bus with Wu Heng. The two of them huddled carefully in the back. Behaving a little reserved, it looked like he had been kidnapped. Have you all gotten in the car? Wu Heng asked through the intercom. Car No. 1, no problem. Car No. 2, no problem. . Car No. 5, no problem. After confirming that everyone had boarded the car, Wu Heng said directly: "Drive, Li Yahong will contact the prison and they will arrive today. Let them prepare their things and complete the transaction outside." The military vehicle itself has a communication radio, which can receive external information and make contact. "good!" The car starts. The entire convoy maintained the same formation as yesterday and began to move forward along the road. The further you go, the more remote the road becomes. There are large expanses of wasteland on both sides. Occasionally, one or two zombies rush out and are left far behind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 105 , if you don鈥檛 get out of the car, I鈥檒l offend you. Chapter 105: If you dont get off the car, Ill bump into you Chengnan Prison. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of heavy knocking woke up the man in the room. Opened his eyes and cursed: "What''s the matter? Why the **** are you knocking?" "Brother Long, the girl who replaced the gun at the auto repair shop has received news. She said she will be there at noon today." A hurried voice came from outside the door. Brother Long was shirtless, revealing a large number of tattoos. Opening the door, he looked at his younger brother and asked, "How many people are coming?" "I don''t know. She said we would trade outside and not come directly." The younger brother replied. Brother Long scratched his chin. He continued: "She was quite cautious. She took her brothers to pick them up outside. When they arrived, she would seize the goods and people. Those who were obedient would be brought back. If they were disobedient, the men would be killed, but the women would not be killed." Understood. The younger brother was about to leave. Brother Long added: "Bring more guys. These people can come directly. They should have some skills and don''t make any mistakes." Dont worry, Brother Long, no matter how powerful they are, can they still have bullets? If not, Ill shoot them all. The younger brother patted the rifle hanging on his body. Brother Long nodded, "Okay, let''s go. Come back early after robbing." Okay. On the road. The convoy was moving quickly. The rest of the journey began to go smoothly, and not many zombies appeared. Even if there was one, it was far behind, and the latter was directly smashed into pieces. Moving forward quickly, we are already close to the target location. Zizzi~! "The agreed trading place can already be seen." The voice of Li Yahong, the lead car, came from the intercom. The trading place was a gathering point of houses located under the prison. Its still some distance from prison. Have you seen anyone? Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked. "No, but you can see some roadblocks set up. There should be people there." Slow down, dont pass by yet. The team began to slow down and move forward bit by bit. Hang the horn to see if anyone is there. Wu Heng continued. ??There are obviously no zombies here, they must have been cleaned up by the people in the prison. But there was no one on the other side, so something still felt wrong. The piercing car horn sounded. Reverberating throughout the area. At this time, two people walked out from the opposite side, wearing prison guard uniforms, waving from a distance. Someone is coming out and waving to this way! Li Yahong said through the intercom. Wait a minute! Wu Heng said on the walkie-talkie. The convoy stopped and did not continue to approach. After waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao who was sent out flew back directly. ?Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, there are a lot of people in the house over there, and they don''t look like good people~!" How many? Xiaoxiao clapped her fingers and said, "So many!" Um, come back first, let me take a look! Xiao Xiaofei entered the body and shared the scene just now. On both sides of the road, there are two rows of buildings. In addition to the two people walking outside, there were some people in the buildings on both sides, about eleven or twelve. Some were wearing prison guard uniforms, and some were wearing short sleeves, exposing their tattooed arms. Everyone had a gun in his hand and hung it around his neck. ?Most people look slovenly, like people from novels. It doesnt feel like a prison guard. Prisoner? Still a survivor of reception. But then I thought about it, its the end now. It actually makes sense to select strong and powerful men in the gathering place to form a defense team. They are still asking us to come over, what should we do next? Li Yahong continued to ask on the intercom. In the past, convoys kept their distance, and no matter what the circumstances, you should not get off the car. Wu Heng continued. The rest of the people also understood the meaning of the words. Coupled with the fact that the other party had a gun in his hand, he became more cautious. Then, the convoy began to move forward, keeping a distance from each other, and entered the other side''s position. ?Ahead, a man holding a rifle walked over. ?First he gave a decent salute, and then he shook his finger to signal the other person to lower the car window. ??Li Yahong opened the car window a little and said, "Are you from Chengnan Prison?" There are iron bars protecting the windows, and the doors are also thickened with iron plates. As long as you don''t get out of the car, bullets may not be able to penetrate such a thick door. "Yes, you are from an auto repair shop? You are quite impressive. You drove here directly from such a distance." The man praised and continued: "The guns are prepared for you. Get out of the car and take inventory. If there is no problem, take it away. " ?Li Yahong glanced at him and said, "Take out the things and let me take a look." The person below frowned. He turned around and glanced at the other cars behind him, which were keeping a distance, and said, "Take it out, don''t you guys need to take a look? Do you know how to use it? We can teach you how to use it." "We know how to use it, just take out the gun." Li Yahong closed the car window further. The man''s eyes narrowed. He turned around and waved his hand behind him. Hurrah! The doors on both sides opened, and several people with rifles rushed out and surrounded the convoy, with the muzzles of their guns pointing straight towards the location of the vehicle. They were shouting things like "Get off the car, or I''ll beat you to death if you don''t get off the car." ?Some people also tried to open the car door, but it was locked in advance and failed. Then, a voice came from the intercom, "The road behind is blocked by a roadblock, and there is no way to reverse." Everyone in the motorcade was shocked. At this time, he also realized the other partys purpose. ?This is not an exchange, it is just waiting for them to send food over. Li Yahong looked ugly and said, "What do you mean?" The person who just talked to sneered and said, "Nothing interesting? Now the population is small and the resources are small. Please ask a few people to bring supplies to our place to live." Is the transaction fake? Bah~! The man spat and continued: When did you even propose a deal? You all act like idiots and even come here to give me something. Get out of the car quickly, dont force us to give you a tug-of-war. ??Li Yahong lowered her head a little, avoided the other party''s gun in the car, and said into the intercom: "The transaction is fake, they want to grab the goods." On the Wuheng side, you can also see people holding guns, cursing, and pulling **** the car door. ??This is a trick played on myself. While others are hoarding grain, I am hoarding guns, and my neighbors are my granary. Actually, he had expected this situation. I didnt feel so panicked. ?His goal is a gun, a rifle, it doesn''t matter whether it''s a trade or a robbery. The important thing is that the other party really has a gun. ??Wu Heng said directly to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill all the people outside." Big-headed skull, the soul fire flashing in the eye sockets. The next second. The canvas behind the carriage was lifted, and a large number of skeletons jumped out of the carriage. Holding a kitchen knife, he rushed towards the people outside with a clatter. ??The people who were cursing were all stunned. Fuck, what the hell. Damn, its a skeleton, the skeleton has come to life. What they are transporting is not food, but skeletons. Shoot. ?Bang bang bang~! Intensive gunshots rang out in the venue. ?The bullets swept towards the group of skeletons, passing through the hollow bones and crackling on the car body behind them. ?The people in the car were startled and immediately held their heads and lowered their bodies. ?Things like guns are useless in the last days. It is not very useful against zombies, as it can easily attract swarms of corpses, and it is also not useful against skeletons. In other words, people are full of fear of firearms. Facing the strafing fire, the skeletons held up kitchen knives and rushed towards the enemy like crazy. Ah~, **** it, help me. Run! Dont kill me, dont kill me. A cry of pain rang out. ??The people on the prison side were knocked down by the skeletons and killed directly with three or two blows. Some people who started running away in advance were also overtaken by the skeletons, pushed to the ground and chopped into pieces. Soon, the gunfire and shouting stopped, and the entire venue became quiet again. Is anyone injured? Wu Heng asked on the intercom. "No!" After confirming that no one was injured, Wu Heng got out of the car directly. The corpses were dragged back by the skeletons and dumped not far away. ?Wu Heng first looked at the corpse, then bent down and picked up the blood-stained rifle. A very classic domestic rifle. Open the magazine, there are still some bullets inside. ?There were eight corpses in total, five rifles, and three submachine guns, but no extra magazines were found on the bodies. Each gun only had so many bullets hanging on the magazines. Put all the guns into the space ring. ?Wu Heng looked around and said, "Li Yahong." ?Li Yahong ran over and asked, "What''s wrong?" Let your people check the car, and then you come with me. "good!" Li Yahong confessed, and followed Wu Heng and Skull to carry the body to the side of the house in the distance. Have the skeleton throw the body to the ground. Wu Heng directly releases [Conversation with the Dead]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, and the next second, the corpse sat up directly. His face was covered with knife marks and **** flesh. What was your original plan? Wu Heng asked directly. The man turned to look over and replied, "Deceive the people from the auto repair shop and detain all the food and people." What do you want so many people for? If it is not an official gathering place, it will be a burden to attract too many people. After all, people need to eat, and now food is a scarce resource. The male one is used as a bait to attract zombies, and the female one is kept for use. It can also be used as a bait when not in use. Hearing these words, Li Yahong''s face turned pale instantly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 106 , orc team member Chapter 106, Orc members In this current environment, it is obviously unrealistic to talk about order and rules. But the survivors were deceived in the name of a gathering place. Let the men be used as bait, while the women are kept for their own use. I trembled when I heard it. What kind of person would come up with such a plan? Trick the survivors who managed to survive and use them as bait to lure away the zombies. ??Moreover, from the very beginning, their goal was to come here. At that time, I was still refitting vehicles and collecting food. ?Just thinking about it makes me feel chills running down my spine. ??If people like me come, wouldn''t it be the end just mentioned? ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who has the final say in prison?" Chen Jinlong! What is he? A serious criminal, now the boss of the prison. A serious criminal? Why do you still let a serious criminal become the boss? Even if there is a zombie outbreak, prisoners are usually locked in single cells. It cannot be that this felon has the power! How did he become the boss? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know. I heard that he is ruthless and prestigious, and everyone under his command has a gun." After saying that, the corpse lay down directly on its back and turned into a corpse again. ?Wu Heng said nothing more and continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], and the second corpse sat up. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "How did Chen Jinlong control the prison." ??The man''s mouth was cut open with a kitchen knife, and his words were a little leaky. "The zombies broke out and the prison was evacuating the uninfected prisoners. He took us to seize the opportunity to grab some weapons and occupy the prison." That means taking the opportunity to act and take control of the prison. ?Felonious criminals like Chen Jinlong feel that they will be more adaptable to this disorderly environment. Others are worrying about how to survive and looking for official shelters. People began to use some loopholes to attract people to come over and send food to themselves and others. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Is Chen Jinlong great?" Everyone is afraid of him, and he has taken the corpse core and heard that he has awakened some supernatural powers. The corpse answered calmly. ?This sentence made Wu Heng a little surprised. ???Is there really someone who can devour corpse cores and awaken supernatural powers? What kind of power? "have no idea." Did you see him devouring the corpse core? Yes, we killed the aberrant police dog. He ate the corpse core and his body became obviously much stronger. He said he had awakened his powers, and everyone believed it. ?It seems that the other party has indeed devoured the corpse core. His physique and luck can be considered top-notch. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "How many guns are there in the prison?" About a hundred or so. After saying that, the corpse also lay down on its back. Then, Wu Heng continued to ask about the two corpses, and got a preliminary understanding of the situation in the entire prison. ??The leader in the prison is this Chen Jinlong. Because he is a ruthless person, plus he controls guns and eats corpse cores, he controls the voice of the entire prison. In addition to some prisoners around them, they will also select some people with special skills, good physique, and cruelty from the survivors to join them. ?In terms of weapons, in addition to rifles and submachine guns, there are also machine guns on the wall towers. Unless the zombie tide is attracted, it will be difficult for ordinary zombies to break through this prison. Wait until all questions are finished. There is no need to ask about the remaining corpses. What to do now? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go back." ??The purpose of coming here this time is to get the rifle. In fact, the goal has been achieved. ??Wu Heng also disliked the situation in the prison, but it was actually quite difficult for him to break into the prison. Four trucks brought only a few hundred skeletons. I''m afraid I can''t even climb the city wall, let alone capture it. Furthermore, there is absolutely no need to conflict with the other party now. "good!" Hearing this, Li Yahong completely agreed. ??In addition to serious criminals, there are rifles and machine guns in the prison, which sounds like they are not easy to deal with. Its better to be farther away. The two of them walked back from the back of the house and returned to the motorcade. And in front, another car came out. Hangzi backed the car into the middle of the convoy. He said: "I found it over there. There are still some bullets in it." Bullets? ??Qiangzi opened the car door and got out, carrying a cloth bag. After opening it, there was a large bag of bullets inside. Lets tell them apart, they should be bullets for rifles and submachine guns. ?Wu Heng nodded. It was a good thing that he found another bullet. The rest of the people were sweating coldly. ?These guys have no intention of letting them get through alive, so they brought so many bullets to block them here. ?Wu Heng took the bag and said, "The new brother joined us yesterday!" Qiangzi waved to a place not far away, and the elder brother among the new siblings who joined yesterday ran over quickly. Wu Heng asked: Can you drive? "meeting!" You can drive this car, no problem! "No problem." Wu Heng nodded and said, "Get ready and get ready to go back." Everyone got on the bus again and the vehicle began to turn around. Start back from the way you came. Dusk. A transport truck slowly stopped at the entrance of the village. ? Chen Jinlong, who was bare-armed, opened the door and got out of the car, followed by a group of boys carrying firearms. ? He ??glanced around and saw that it was deserted and not a single person could be seen. On the ground, some bullet casings can be seen. Proof that a battle took place here. Look around. Everyone spread out and searched around. Brother Long, theres something going on here! ??Chen Jinlong and others walked over quickly and found several corpses in a house. Although the corpses were beyond recognition, it was still possible to tell that these people were his subordinates. ??Chen Jinlong looked at the corpse with fire in his eyes, "Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop, okay, you dare to trick me..." Needless to say, what happened here must be related to Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory. It has been some time since the zombie outbreak. ?This was the first time someone dared to hack him near the prison. Brother Long, how about we catch up? said the younger brother. What the heck, its dark, arent you looking for death if you go out! Chen Jinlong cursed, and then said: Go back, I will definitely kill them when I get the chance. Wont you bury your dead brother? Hold your **** and go back! Everyone got on the bus and headed back in the direction they came from. The night is hazy. The convoy returned to the community. Returning by the original route will be smoother than when you went there. It just took some time to collect the corpses killed yesterday along the way. Then lets go back first. Li Yahong said. Well, everyone has worked hard, go back and have a good rest! As soon as they turned around and left, Li Yahong thought of something again and asked, "Will the prison contact us? What will they say then?" Dont worry, they dont dare to mention this matter. If they want to trick other survivors into going there, they wont mention it. Instead, they will be afraid that we will bring it up. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong thought about it and felt that it was right. Continued to ask: "Then should we expose them? After all, some people have gone there and killed many people." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It depends on what you think. Even if you say it, it may not have much effect. Everyone thinks it is safe there, but no one may believe it if you say it." Um, let me say something about it, at least let some people who can still hold on not go there yet. Li Yahong said. Okay, lets talk about it. Wu Heng had no intention of stopping him. Well, lets go back first. Li Yahong and others left, and Wu Heng asked the big-headed skeleton to direct the ordinary skeletons to carry the corpse. ??Wu Heng took out the rifle he obtained and studied it. Then hand it over to Bassen and Bawudong to make them familiar with the use of rifles. At long range, use a rifle to attack. Another world, even for all professionals. ??Can''t stand the burst of bullets. ?Feeling almost done, I went back to the room to rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng returned to the city of Luntam through the boundary gate. Having breakfast at a nearby tavern, we took Bassen and Bawudong to the Professionals Association. He has two days to solve the problem of accommodation. Today is the time to report. Come to the deacon''s study, and after getting the response, enter the room. Deacon Gomez, Im here to report today. Wu Heng said directly. ?The deacon, who was combing his back, looked back at him and said, "Oh, has the accommodation problem been solved?" Well, its been solved. "Then starting today, your Team 12 will officially join the team." The deacon smoothed his hair twice, sat down at the table, took out a file bag and handed it over, "This is the team member assigned to you by the association, and it happens to be today. Come to the association, you can get to know me then. Hmm. Wu Heng took the file bag, opened it and took a look. The first line. Name: Duke, Race: Orc. Hey guys, I assigned myself an orc team member. "You go and get familiar with the new team members first. I''ll see what tasks there are and let you get familiar with the environment first." The deacon continued. Oh okay! Wu Heng nodded and exited the room directly. On the way, I asked a staff member about the location of the rest room. I arrived at the lounge of Team 12, opened the door, and saw a green-skinned orc sitting there. ??He is tall and muscular, wearing an iron armor on his upper body and holding a huge ax in front of him. Seeing someone opening the door, I looked up. Hun asked: "What''s the matter?" I am the captain of Team 12, "Huh? Oh, hello, captain." The orc stood up, said hello, and scratched his head. ?Wu Heng looked up at him. He was probably about two and a half meters tall. (End of this chapter) Chapter 107 , only kill women Chapter 107, only kill women Fuck! ?Wu Heng looked up at him and exclaimed in his heart. ??When he was sitting there just now, he felt that the orc was huge. Now when he stood up, it was like a hill was blocking his face. ??Second only to the Carrion Troll, who takes the blame for the Necromancer. Sit down! Wu Heng said. Oh! The orc sat back down and said with a naive smile: Captain, my name is Duke, and I am an orc warrior. ?Wu Heng walked around him and sat down inside. Well, my name is Wu Heng. From now on, you can call me by my name or captain. Okay, Captain Wu Heng. The orc glanced at the figure standing next to him and asked, Captain, are these two our team members too? It refers to Bassen and Bawudong who came in after them. Wu Heng replied: "My profession is a necromancer. These two people are my undead attendants. You can also understand them as members of the team, but they do not occupy the member''s quota." Bassen and Bawudong both have souls. There is not much difference from normal team members, and they are absolutely loyal. In the future, I will follow the task together, saying that there is no problem with the team members. Furthermore, he brought four skeletons with him on the first day, and two more today. No one cares about the entire association, and no one asks about the undead attendants. In other words, Luntam City does not pay much attention to the Necromancer and does not have any requirements. He made the right choice on this point. It also proves that Yazd was a place that was found for itself after careful consideration. The captain is a mage. The orc said, and then continued to ask: Are we just the two of us in the team? There are just two of us at the moment, and there will be more people in the future to complete the number. Wu Heng replied, taking out his file and taking a look. Duke, race orc. His occupation is level 5 beast warrior, and his proficient weapon is battle axe. ?The reason for joining the company is that he helped arrest wanted criminals twice and has good fighting talent. He joined after being recommended by the deputy deacon. The family lives in Xiacheng District and is a local. The information is quite detailed, and it is actually good to have this local person. In the future, I can find places for missions and so on. How old are you? Wu Heng asked. 14. ?Wu Heng took another look at him and could only say that the orcs were growing up very quickly. After getting to know each other, chatting becomes more casual. Wu Heng asked some questions about the local situation. Orcs are more interested in the Necromancer profession. From time to time, he glanced at the two skeletons standing aside. The round helmet and the weird weapons hanging in front of him. According to Duke, Luntam City is a mixed bag of good and bad people, with many people from special professions. But it is generally relatively low-key. He has only heard about it but has never been exposed to it. The two chatted for a few words, then there was a knock on the door. Please come in. ?The door opened, and a staff member walked in. He glanced at the two of them and asked, "Which one is Captain Wu Heng?" "I am!" Deacon, please come over. Oh, okay! Wu Heng stood up and followed him out. Return to the deacons study again. ??The deacon handed over a task list and said: "Someone died at the ''Wind Grass Tavern'' in the outer city. You guys should go and cooperate with the investigation." In the morning, I told them to arrange a task for them to adapt to this place. The task was assigned so quickly. "good." ?Wu Heng nodded, went back to the lounge, called "Duke" and headed directly to the outer city. ??The team responsibilities in Wrentam City are still different from those in Blackstone Town. ??There is no such thing as cooperating with the guards to arrest criminals. There are only two main responsibilities. ?One is the wanted criminals wanted by the association. They are all those who have committed crimes in various cities and fled here. No one cares about them unless they are on the wanted list. Once you are on the wanted list, they will arrest you, and the reward and merit will be calculated. The second one is to ensure the safety and rescue of association members. The item important members is actually divided into persons. ??Generally, they are people of some status, and the association will take special care of them. ?Most ordinary members rarely take care of it, and the association does not have that many people. ?Wu Heng and Duke walked out of the association. Walking towards the outer city. The overall city is divided into three structures. Inner city, outer city, and outer city. ?The inner city is the safest, home to local wealthy businessmen and dignitaries, as well as organizational buildings such as the City Lord''s Palace, Professional Association, and Snake Emblem Consortium. Public security is the responsibility of the Iron Guard Knights, and the Iron Guard Knights are directly subordinate to the city lord. Identity is the citys security team. The outer city area is home to a large number of shops and entertainment industries, which are managed by some gangs. Outside the city are shops, factories, and residential areas. They are chaotic and crowded, and are managed by gangs. The whole city looks chaotic, but it still has its own unique rules. ?Wu Heng didnt know much about this place, but Duke was a local and took him directly to the tavern. ??The tavern has not opened yet at this time, and some people are cleaning. Guest, its not open yet. A green-skinned female orc walked over, swinging her waist. We are from the Professionals Association, have you asked the association for help? Wu Heng asked directly. The female orc glanced at the two of them and lost her smile as she faced the guests, "Let me see the emblem!" Wu Heng took out the captain''s emblem, looked at her, and after confirming that she was from the association, he said: "I need your help, come with me!" Go through the hall and enter an underground-like room. In the corner, two corpses are covered with shrouds. The female orc looked very ugly and said: "Someone took the girl out of the store as a customer and then brutally killed her. We couldn''t find out the identity of the other party. Let''s see if you can do anything." homicide? Do you have any clues? "You should also be aware of the situation here. There is a lot of traffic and it''s messy. There have been a lot of deaths in the past, but this time we only targeted girls, which made people panic." said the female orc. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "I want to ask about the corpse. Do you have any taboos?" "Huh?" The female orc was stunned, "No, as long as the murderer can be caught." ?Wu Heng nodded and released [Conversation with the Dead] to one of them. ??The corpse suddenly sat up, and the shroud fell off, revealing a pale face that looked like it had been drained of blood. There was a wound of flesh and blood on the neck. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who killed you?" Its a man, I dont know him. Only one person? "one person." What are the characteristics of the person who killed you? Human, relatively thin, wearing brown leather armor, always carrying a yellow cloth bag on his back. ??Wu Heng glanced at the female orc beside him, who shook her head and said she was not impressed. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What did he tell you?" He said he would take me to the alley and promised to give me double the price. Whether he kills you directly or after completing the deal. Just kill me. After saying that, he lay down on the ground again with a bang. ??Wu Heng continued to talk to the second corpse, which also had a scar on its neck, and answered similar questions. A human man, to be sure. Those who are thin are for the purpose of killing, not for relaxation. After questioning the corpse, I didnt get any useful information. The female orc is even more worried, not only for the women here, but she is also afraid that she may be in danger. ??Moreover, business here cannot stop. Whats next? Wu Heng glanced at the corpse on the ground and said, "We will come over in the evening to see if we can find the murderer." (End of this chapter) Chapter 108 , seems to be a wanted criminal Chapter 108: He seems to be a wanted criminal ?The other party specially picked these women to attack, and their professional level should not be too high. ??Belongs to the kind of perverted murderer, or has a somewhat abnormal mentality. The female orc nodded and said: "Okay, then I will arrange for people to be ready. If anything is discovered, we will arrest them immediately." ?Each store has its own thug. In other words, these shops are owned by gangs. The main reason is still not knowing who the murderer is. ?Wu Heng found some clues as soon as he came here, and he really may continue to pursue them. Its OK to arrange some people, but dont reveal the news. "good!" Leaved the tavern and returned to the association. Duke asked: "Captain, what''s your name? How can you still make the dead speak?" The skills of the necromancer. Oh, can I learn? Each profession has different characteristics. You just need to develop your own career well. Peoples energy is limited. ?At that time, he asked around where to buy skill books, and Altluk said something similar. ??I can tell it to Duke myself today. "All right!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "By the way, what should we do to add furniture to the house?" You can ask someone to make some, or you can buy the finished product. Isnt there a decoration team? The whole thing has been renovated. Wu Heng continued to ask. There are indeed shops that sell furniture, but he doesnt want to buy all of them. Moreover, I dont understand layout or anything. Well, then you might as well put up a commission and let the association supervise it. Otherwise, if the decoration is not good, the other party will run away. ?Wu Heng felt it made sense and went to the front desk to place a decoration request. ?The sun disappeared and the sky gradually darkened. ??A cloaked figure appeared outside the door of the tavern, chatting in a low voice about the price with a woman soliciting customers. Soon, the woman smiled, took the other person''s arm affectionately, and walked flirtatiously toward the alley on one side. As we entered the depths of the alley. The man held the woman''s waist tighter and tighter, and touched the short blade behind her waist with his other hand. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the tavern, listening to the noise in the tavern and drinking beer. At this moment, Xiaoxiao suddenly flew back and got into his body. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, he stood up suddenly, pulled Duke, and rushed outside. At the same time, the expression of the female orc standing behind the counter also changed, and she knocked on the door frame behind. Several strong orcs rushed out and rushed outside. Hulala. Everyone in the tavern looked at what happened suddenly in surprise. In a dark alley. The man is riding on the woman''s body, holding her neck with one hand, and holding a short blade with the other hand, stabbing the woman''s neck bit by bit. Be a little more scared, thats good, I like your expression very much. The man said in a low voice with a fanatical look on his face. The woman''s eyes were full of fear, and she tried her best to resist, but she couldn''t stop the short blade from stabbing herself. Just when the short blade was about to cut the woman''s neck. Suddenly, four rotating light groups flew in, illuminating the alley brightly. Immediately afterwards, there were several deafening loud noises. ?Bang bang bang~! After the gunfire. The man looked down at his body in confusion. ?Several holes were pierced through the leather armor, and traces of blood flowed out from the leather armor. ification! ??The man faced the figure at the entrance of the alley and hissed like a poisonous snake. The figure suddenly stood up from the ground and jumped to a height of more than three meters. The cloak spreads out, like outstretched wings, and rushes quickly from the air. Fast speed and weird attack method. Not like a low-level professional at all. "Captain, be careful." Duke held the battle ax and was about to rush forward to confront him. ?Wu Heng grabbed him and said, "Step aside." Then he said to the side: "Kill him." ?Bang bang bang~! ?Bang bang bang~! Bassen and Bawudong raised their rifles and quickly swooped towards the sky. Concentrated bullets roared out and poured into the sky. The swooping figure suddenly stopped in the air. She fell directly from the air under the dense bullets. The muzzle of the gun was downwards again, still shooting into the alley. ?The man in black robe stood up staggeringly. Looking down at his body, his chest was almost beaten into a piece of mud. ?Blood gushed down. Damn it! The man cursed and slowly knelt down uncontrollably. ?Wu Heng took aim and shot through the center of his eyebrow. Gain experience +25. At this time, there were dense footsteps from behind. A large number of orcs crowded into the alley. Looking at the corpse whose chest was a piece of rotten flesh, everyone looked surprised. A few seconds before and after.?????Does this turn a person into a hornet''s nest? Duke walked to the body, took off his hood, looked at it, scratched his head and said, "Captain, he seems to be a wanted criminal of the association." the wanted? ?That person is difficult to catch in every city. ??Are the people in the association so efficient at killing wanted criminals now? Faster than killing a chicken. Drag someone out. Duke dragged the man out. He threw it under the oil lamp. Wu Heng and the female orc in the tavern both took a closer look. They didn''t know whether he was a wanted criminal, but he must be the murderer of the woman in the tavern. The clothing and characteristics are basically the same. Its him! "Probably, thank you all for your help." The female orc in the tavern thanked her immediately. "You''re welcome." The female orc thought for a while, then looked at Wu Heng and the other people, and said, "Come to the tavern later and the drinks will be free." ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Let Duke carry the body and return to the upper city together. First, I went to the association, spoke to the member on duty, and placed the body in the morgue. It was getting late, so I said goodbye to Duke and went home. Let''s come back tomorrow to collect the reward. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng returned to the zombie world. Skeletons are standing all over the community. Skeletons with souls are constantly training. At this time, the short dwarf alchemist walked out of the corridor. In his dry palm, he held a white plastic box. He quickly came to Wu Heng, bowed slightly, and handed over the plastic box in his hand. ?Wu Heng took it and opened it. Inside were healing potions, psychotropic potions and a bottle of antidote. Since the last incident in Yazd. ?Wu Heng hasnt swallowed a corpse core for a while. Part of the reason was that there was a problem with swallowing the second-level corpse core at that time, and the pain and symptoms were different. I wanted to delay it for a while to relieve the pressure on my body. ??Dwarf skeletons can now produce special antidote normally. You can continue to take it. Well, we can continue to make the detoxification potion for the first-level corpse core and reserve more. Wu Heng took the potion and continued. ??The skeleton dwarf saluted again and stepped back. ?Wu Heng returned to the room and took out all the [Special Antidote Potions] in the space ring. Including those that were not used before and those made by dwarf skeletons today. There are three bottles in total. Take out three first-level corpse cores and take and use antidote potions one after another. Agility +1. Agility +1. Strength +1. The prompt appears and the attribute value increases. However, the increased attribute values ??have been reduced. It used to increase two attribute values ??once taken, but now it has become one point. This situation should be related to the improvement of physical fitness. After reaching a certain value, the improvement begins to slow down. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 5 (9622/14000) Attributes: Strength 23, Agility 24, Constitution 25, Intelligence 25, Perception 15, Charisma 18. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (entry level), Arcane Special Training. Ability: Strengthen Will Skills: Bone Raising, Corpse Raising, Dancing Lights, Acid Splash, Grease, Debilitating Ray, Corpse Embalming, Speak with the Dead, Evil Explosion, Fireball. Confirmed the eye attributes and went to bed to rest. Early morning, deacons study. Deacon Gomez looked at the information in his hand and then at Wu Heng. Did you kill a wanted criminal? ??He just came here this morning and received the autopsy report. The identity of the corpse was confirmed. It was a wanted criminal with a level 9 or above. ?Looking at the small number of them, they are a newly formed team. Assign a simpler task, kill a wanted criminal directly, and still complete it within one day. Hand without waiting for Wu Heng to speak. The deacon continued: "Okay, you guys did a good job this time. Just go to the front desk to register and receive the bounty!" Oh, good! Coming out of the deacon''s study, Wu Heng went directly to the front desk to deliver the task and receive the bounty. When I was a member, these things were all done by "Altluk". Now that I am the leader, I know that there are still these processes. After receiving the bonus, Wu Heng returned to the lounge. Orc Duke, is sitting on the chair waiting. Give him half of the divided reward. ? Duke scratched his head in embarrassment and said, "Captain, I''ll take less. I didn''t help anything, and I had a meal in vain. I''m a little embarrassed." ?Wu Heng smiled and threw the money bag directly to him, "We are a team, and any achievement is a collective honor." Captain, you are so literate. (End of this chapter) Chapter 109 , buy armor Chapter 109, Buying Armor Duke took the money and his face was full of joy. This was his first mission, and he directly captured a wanted criminal. ??There are so many bounties, no matter how you think about it, it is a happy thing. Captain, you were so powerful yesterday. Before I could react, you killed that man. Duke put away the money and said loudly. ?Hello guy, the orcs are very direct in praising people. ??Wu Heng said: "The props used must be kept secret from the outside world. This is the secret weapon of our team." Understood, I wont tell anyone. Duke slapped his chest with a bang, and then asked: Then do we have any tasks today? Missions dont come every day, and going on missions may not be a good thing. You may encounter dangers, Wu Heng said. ?Wu Hengs ideas are different from Dukes. In Blackstone Town, you dont even go to the association. I just came here, and I am the captain, so it would be a bad idea not to come. Actually, I was thinking about how to take fewer missions and follow the Blackstone Town method so that I could have more time to fight zombies and upgrade. Oh, thats right. Duke nodded to show his understanding. The two chatted in the lounge for a while. ?The door was knocked again, and Wu Heng''s heart skipped a beat. There wont be another mission! Please come in! The staff pushed the door open and came in and asked, "Is Captain Wu Heng here?" Here, whats the matter? The decoration commission you requested from the association, people from the construction team are here and want to confirm the plan with you. The staff member said directly. Hello, yesterday, a decoration commission was hung on the platform of the association. ?This kind of thing still needs to determine the plan. Unlike alchemy, you can just do it directly after issuing the commission without communicating with the other party. Let him come to the lounge! "OK." The staff returned again and brought a middle-aged human. ?The other person was holding a large roll of construction drawings in his hand and looked more professional. He glanced at the people in the room. Looking at Wu Heng, he smiled and said: "Captain, we are fully capable of completing your commission." The living habits and furniture specifications of humans and orcs are completely different. The furniture used by orcs is larger and heavier, while the furniture used by humans is smaller. Hence, as soon as the middle-aged man came in, he could be sure that Wu Heng was the one who issued the commission. ?Bassen and Bawudong, although they are also human-shaped, their shape and sitting position are not like those who issued the commission. Well, tell me your plan. Wu Heng said directly. ?That house is actually just fine. It doesnt have to be very particular about the decoration. After all, if you want a good living environment, you can definitely occupy some villas in the zombie world. "OK." The middle-aged man spread out the drawings and began to describe the layout of the building and the materials of the furniture. Decoration in this world is different from that in the modern world. There is no need for trenching and wiring, and there is no such thing as latex paint. The ground is paved with flooring, the walls are made of a material similar to wall coverings, and the rest are commonly used tables and chairs. Unless it is a large building such as a professional association or city hall. More, it is a process of bringing furniture into the market, which is not complicated. After matching the color of the wall covering and the types of tables and chairs. Wu Heng asked: "How long will it take?" "It can be completed within three days. We work during the day and will not delay your rest at night." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to have a look, and we can start work today." "good!" ??Wu Heng took the middle-aged man and Duke out of the association and walked towards his residence. He explained the construction of the decoration team with the left -behind sword one sword two, so as not to be the life of the room. After confirmation, hand it over to the other party so that they can start construction directly. Leave your residence. ??Duke asked: "Captain, where to go next?" ?Wu Heng looked at him curiously. Dont you have anything to do with yourself? Follow wherever you go. He thought for a while and asked, "Do you know where the armor is better?" I know, the orc leather shop in the city is very good. Duke replied immediately. Um, orcs, can humans wear the orcs armor? Most of the armors in the armor shop are sold to humans, and there are all types. ??Luntam City is a transit point between the two countries, and it is also more like a wholesale market. Human cloth and spices, orcs leather ore, are all transported to the opposite city through here. So, the orc armor shop also makes human armor, and the human armor shop also makes orc armor. However, there are many stores of the same type, and there is also a certain amount of competition. Then take me to see it. Good captain. Duke took Wu Heng to the outer city area and entered a shop called Maohu Armor. The pattern on the brand was two fangs. Looks very orcish. When entering the store, the sour smell of leather hits your nose. The shop is full, and the walls are covered with all kinds of leather armor. In front of the counter, a strong orc was wiping his leather armor. He was about to receive customers when he saw it was ''Duke''. He returned behind the counter and said, "Duke, didn''t you go to the association today?" "Glask, this is my captain, come here to look at the armor." Duke said directly. Hearing that there was a customer, he immediately put on a smile and said, "Captain, what type do you want to buy?" ?Wu Heng took a look in the store. ?Leather armor is really divided into two types: large and small, one is human-sized, and the other is orc-type, which is larger and thicker. ??Walked to a display rack in the middle, looked at the heavy metal plate armor on it, and asked, "How much does this plate armor cost?" The plate armor is very large, obviously an orc-sized armor. ?The surface is bright silver and the interior is leather, which looks very heavy and solid. A single piece costs 125 silver coins. If you need a helmet, arm armor and leg armor, the total is 350 silver coins. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is there anyone here with human body type and one-piece leather armor? The upper body and lower body skirt armor are connected together." "Yes, this kind of overall defense is better, but it is more troublesome to wear. Do you plan to wear it yourself?" The orc came out from behind the counter. Well, take it out and let me see. The orc entered the inner room, and when he came out again, he had an additional piece of leather armor in his hand. In human form, the upper body armor and skirt armor are connected together. ?Wu Heng nodded, "How much?" You are Captain Duke, if you want any more money, Ill give it to you. The orc boss said generously. Looking at it, Duke still has some respect here. Hehe! Duke scratched his head and smiled at the side. ??Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "I''m also giving it away, you tell me the price!" "Ah, give it as a gift. This one costs 25 silver coins. If you need a helmet, arm guards and leather boots, you need to add 18 silver coins." The price is not expensive. Leather armor sounds like it is just made of leather. In fact, it is also linked to craftsmanship and materials. If you buy it in Blackstone Town, such a set should be higher. ?Wu Heng felt that the price was acceptable and asked: "How much do you have?" Would you like to buy more? How much do you have in stock? There can be more than a hundred pieces in the warehouse. I want them all, and I want the metal armor too. ??The boss''s eyes widened a bit, and he looked at Duke beside him questioningly. Seems to be surprised by the other person''s wealth. Duke said: "Captain, are you planning to resell? Many businessmen are doing this kind of business, and it''s not easy to make money now." "Go, go!" The boss pushed him aside and continued: "There are a total of more than one hundred and ten sets in the warehouse. If you calculate it as one hundred sets, plus this set of armor, the total will be 4,650 silver coins." ?Wu Heng nodded, and just as he was about to agree, he asked again: "If you buy so many armors, the inner city will not be affected, right?" "You live in the inner city?" The orc boss said immediately: "We can send it to you in batches, but if there are more than a hundred sets, we will not care. If there are more than one hundred sets, it is better to rent a warehouse in the outer city." Okay, Ill pay you when the items are delivered. "good!" With Duke in the middle, both sides are confident. After sorting out the goods, we headed to the inner city together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 110 , point me to the location Chapter 110, point me to the location The armor was delivered to the residence. ?Wu Heng was in a random room and asked the skeleton to bring out bags of silver coins and handed them to the other party. The orc boss was very happy. After taking the silver coins, he immediately said: "Captain, if you need armor in the future, just ask Duke to notify me, and I will arrange for someone to deliver it to you directly." If the price can be more favorable, I think we will have a chance to cooperate next time. ?Even though he can get the money. But the little savings from Yazd and the savings that Bassen and the others had in the Snake Emblem Consortium were almost spent. If you want to buy something again, you have to use the gold in the gold shop. So, we still want to push the price down. The orc boss looked embarrassed and said: "Captain, the price I give you is definitely not high. If you buy it next time, I will lower it for you." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. "Okay, then I''ll leave first." The orc boss took the delivery boy and turned around to leave. ?Wu Heng glanced at Duke, who was helping to carry the goods, and said, "Duke, it''s okay. You can go home." "Okay, goodbye captain." Duke caught up with the people in the armor shop and left together. ??The residence was cleaning the walls and putting up wall coverings. Wu Heng ordered his sword one and two swords. After looking at some armor, he strolled back to the association lounge. Sit in the lounge and think for a while. Let the staff find paper and envelopes for letters, and plan to write letters to friends in this world. I came here on my own, and it was relatively smooth, so I should write a letter to contact him anyway. The first is Yuli. The two have been teammates for the shortest time, but their relationship can be said to be the best. ?Although the other partys purpose of defrauding her of snacks was very obvious, I also gained a lot of information from her. ??Moreover, the little girl is cute, but her brain is not very good. Very suitable for being a friend. After thinking about it for a moment, I wrote directly. Has arrived in Luntam City and joined the team and became the captain. "Leaving the border of the Kingdom of Yeko, the journey was not smooth. I met a temple on the way. There were scantily clad nuns inside, trying to seduce me. Fortunately, I am an upright person, and I could tell at a glance that they were not human... Everything is fine here, but sometimes I miss our time together. If you have time, come here. I will take you to eat delicious food and play for a few more days. In an era when communication relied on telephones, few people used letters to convey news. ??Wu Heng also wrote a letter for the first time. I want to write a lot, but I dont know what to write. I wrote this in a crooked way. I hope Yuri can understand. The second and third letters are addressed to the captains Otluk and Kawina. Mainly talking about things here, everything is fine, dont worry. Let them come over to play when you have the opportunity, or go back to see them. I finished writing the three letters, put them in envelopes, sealed them with wax, and handed them to the front desk of the association. The association has a special department to deliver letters to members. After all, many people are out of town and need to keep in touch with their families. Give the letter to them and it will be sent to the association at the corresponding location. And there is a train, which is not too slow. After finishing writing the letter, Wu Heng stayed in the association until dusk. Get off work with other staff. Return to your residence. The decoration team was just about to leave. The foreman walked around the house with Wu Heng. The wall coverings are almost done, and one of the floors is also covered with flooring. The overall feeling is pretty good. "It''s going very well. We''ll finish laying the floor tomorrow and finish it on the last day, and it''ll be done." said the foreman. ??Wu Heng doesnt care, and he doesnt have such high requirements. Well, thank you for your hard work. Its not hard, then well go back first. Okay, go back! ?The workers left directly, and Wu Heng asked Jianyi to move the armor into the building. The room door is closed and the boundary door is opened. Hold the skeleton over, and then move the armor to another world. Zombie world. More than a hundred sets, which doesnt sound like much. also covered an open space. ?Wu Heng found the big-headed skeleton and directly ordered: "Let skeleton warriors above level 5 come over and wear leather armor." Hurrah! Skeletons training spears from all around began to gather here. Bent down, picked up the leather goods on the ground and started to put them on. Take the big-headed skeleton with you every day to search for zombies. In addition to adding experience to Wu Heng, the level of the skeleton is also improving. The number of skeletons that have reached level five is close to more than two hundred. Having passed the stage of constantly killing skeletons at the beginning, we have entered the stage of continuous improvement in level. After a while of dressing, they all put on leather armor. Brown leather armor, leather helmet, leather armguards and boots. ?The entire body was wrapped in leather armor, with only the skull face exposed and the blue will-o''-the-wisps in the eye sockets. ?Hold a spear and stand neatly in front of him, looking more like the underworld soldiers. At this time, the big guy who was nearly three meters tall also came over. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Put on this armor." ??The big man picked up the armor, looked at it, knocked the armor with his hand, and then started to put it on his body. There are only bones left in the whole body, and it is very convenient to wear. It was put directly on the body. Then, he put on his helmet, gloves and iron boots in turn. ?With iron armor on, it looks even more ferocious. Wait until all the soldiers are dressed. Let all the skeletons go about their business. He walked out of the community, turned on the intercom at the intersection, and contacted Li Yahong. After a while, Li Yahong trotted over. Looking like he had just finished eating, he was still mumbling and chewing something. Is there any news from the prison? Wu Heng asked. We told people on the radio that the prison deceived people, but the other party didnt admit it. Li Yahong sighed, I cant say how many people will believe it. I guess there are not many people. Well, continue to pay attention to some information about aberrant zombies. "good!" The roof of the auto repair shop. Qiangzi looked at the street in the distance and stood up suddenly. He turned around and shouted behind him: "Damn it! Come and see, those skeleton soldiers have evolved and are wearing equipment." Chengnan Prison. "Damn, **** little bitches, you dare to make trouble here, you **** bitches." Chen Jinlong gritted his teeth and cursed angrily. . ?Today, the auto repair shop started talking about the prison in the frequency band. Tell them everything about how they deceived the survivors. ??Of course the prison will not admit it. ??But the other party gave extremely detailed information, including Chen Jinlongs identity as a serious criminal, how many younger brothers he had, and how many guns he had. The more detailed it is, the harder it will be to explain from the prison side. The person who was scolded was speechless for a long time. He slapped Chen Jinlong and a few others on the thigh angrily. This bitch, I will kill her sooner or later. Know his location, even if there are zombies, we must go there and get her. ?Several people kept cursing. At this moment. The door behind him reopened. A man with a rifle walked in carrying another person. He said directly: "Brother Long, this guy came here today. He said he knows the location of the auto repair shop." ??Chen Jinlong narrowed his eyes with a cold gaze, looked at the man who brought him in, and said, "Where are you from?" North, Workers Stadium. Do you know the location of Xiaodong Auto Repair Shop? The mans legs were shaking and he was stumbling when he spoke. "I know the approximate location. The location where they took refuge is not far from us." Chen Jinlong picked him up and slapped a map on the table, "Where is it?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 111 , can continue to cooperate Chapter 111: Cooperation can continue ?They tried their best to come here to take refuge, but they didn''t expect it to be completely different from what they imagined. ?Wherever there is any official rescue team, the place is controlled by a bunch of bandits. Vehicles and food were impounded as soon as they entered here. People were also thrown into cells. ?Here, they also saw other survivors. They were sallow and thin, and their expressions were numb. They were no better than when they took refuge. ??The man was dragged and staggered, looking at the map in front of him tremblingly. Hand out your hand and point at the approximate location, "Here." Chen Jinlong looked at him, narrowed his eyes, and punched him in the abdomen. The man arched like a prawn and groaned in pain. "You lied to me. Did the auto repair shop send you to defraud me?" Chen Jinlong looked at him with cold eyes. The man rolled in pain and gritted his teeth and said, "No, I don''t even know those people at the auto repair shop, how could I possibly lie to you." "Oh, how can you come here from such a long distance? Why, the zombies are your relatives and won''t attack you?" Chen Jinlong continued. Im not lying to you, there isnt a single zombie on this road, you can ask someone to see it. The man continued. Chen Jinlong stared at him, feeling that he was not lying to him. ?There is no need to lie to him. Hold him up with one hand. He put on his smiling face again and said, "Brother, I misunderstood. Then tell me what''s going on at the auto repair shop. Can our people go there?" The man''s face was full of pain, but he didn''t dare to say anything as he saw a group of tall and thick prisoners surrounding him. He could only continue: "I only know that there are no zombies near the auto repair shop, but there is another kind of skeleton monster. We were afraid that the skeletons would spread and attack us, so we escaped." A few people on the side recalled it. Some time ago, someone did talk about skeletons fighting zombies. ?At that time, I asked the people at the auto repair shop if they saw anything. It turns out they are this group of people. Hearing this, Chen Jinlong became more convinced and continued to ask: "You said there weren''t many zombies on the way here?" No, the number is pitifully small. Chen Jinlong nodded, "Fourth!" Brother. A man came out. "Take him along the road to have a look. Don''t go too far. If he deceives us, just throw him to the zombies. If he doesn''t deceive us, just bring him back." I understand, brother! Lao Si pulled the man who was holding his abdomen out and left the room. the next day. ?Wu Heng got up early, bought some orc scones on the roadside, and walked into the association while eating. Enter the lounge and saw Duke sitting there. Morning, captain, Duke said. ?Wu Heng looked at him, "Do you come here so early every day?" "It''s not too early." Duke smiled, "Captain, do you have any tasks today?" "No." Oh, captain, what are we going to do today? Duke continued to ask. ?Wu Heng was speechless. How does it feel like going to work? I plan to go to the training room. You dont need to come to the association when there are no tasks. Then Ill go to the training room too. On the way to the training room, Duke continued: "Captain, Glasker asked me to ask you..." "who?" Thats the boss who sold the armor yesterday. Oh, whats wrong with him? Wu Heng really couldn''t remember names of people in this world, especially four or five-character names. Those who are familiar with it can still remember it. But for some names, its hard to make an impression after just hearing them once or twice. "He asked me to ask you if you need that kind of leather armor later. If so, he will arrange for someone to make it." Duke said. Price, did he say a discount? I told you, Ill give you 35 silver coins for each set. A normal set is worth 43 silver coins, which is quite a discount. Okay, let him continue making them. When the quantity reaches 100 sets, I will pick them up. Wu Heng said. ??My team member introduced me and the price is indeed suitable. I can continue to cooperate. Okay, Glask also promised to make me new plate armor. Just because you took me there yesterday? He said it was a gift for me to join the association, but I feel like you bought his goods yesterday. Duke scratched his head and said. Thats good, this boss is good at doing business. The two of them chatted and walked into the training room. ?Wu Heng took out the iron sword he brought and started practicing. Some time ago, I was still able to keep training every day, but I have been slacking off recently. ?There is nothing to do in the association, and there is a training ground of the association, so you can have a good training. ?Seeing Wu Heng starting training, Duke also picked up his battle ax and slashed at the wooden stake in front of him. The sound of chopping and banging could be heard throughout the training ground. Practice for about an hour. ?Wu Heng wiped his sweat and looked at Duke in the distance, wielding a battle axe. Young orcs are so fierce. You can still practice swinging this kind of battle ax for such a long time. ??If he were a human warrior, he would probably be a little exhausted. Duke,...Duke! Captain, whats wrong? Duke came over carrying a tomahawk. Wu Heng said: "It''s okay to visit the association. You can go home. If there is a mission, I will let someone notify you." Huh? This is not good! Its okay. If someone asks you, just tell me what I said. If you dont have any tasks, its free time. If you have any tasks, just come back to the association. Then can I go back now? Go back, if you need anything, come find me where I live. Good captain. With the tomahawk on his shoulder, Duke left the training room and went directly home. ?Wu Heng went back to the lounge and took a drink of water. He took Basen and Bawudong and walked outside. ?Luntam City has a total of 12 teams. No matter what, we shouldnt be missing two people from our own team. Out of the association. ?Wu Heng directly entered the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. The buildings of the Snake Emblem Consortium are completely different from those of the black market in Blackstone Town. The building is tall and luxuriously decorated. The overall color is castle gray, the walls are decorated with carved wall panels, copper-colored wall lamps and hanging paintings. There were also many people gathered in the building. They didnt wear cloaks and masks like those in the black market in Blackstone Town. They stood there swaggering, looking at the notice boards, or doing something. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and took a look. ??They are all commissions for collecting precious materials and offering rewards for killing people. One of them is to collect the eyes of hags. ??Wu Heng remembered that there was a corpse of a ghost woman left in the temple at that time, and he buried it. I dont know if the eyeballs are still there. Go to the counter. The teller smiled and said, "Guest, how can I help you?" ?Wu Heng took out the emblem of the Snake Emblem Consortium and showed it to the other party. ?The other party understood immediately and stretched out his hand to signal, "This way, guest, please." Introduced him into a room on the first floor and continued to ask, "Guest, do you want to issue a commission?" ?Wu Heng glanced at Bassen aside. The latter placed a leather bag on the table. ?Wu Heng said: "Exchange it into silver coins." The staff knelt down and opened the leather bag, revealing the golden jewelry inside. Bracelets, necklaces, earrings and golden teeth. The staff was stunned for a while before reacting, "Guest, please wait a moment, I will call the person in charge of the store over." "Um." The staff left quickly. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and waited. ?These are not gold obtained from the gold shop, but looted from the body after killing zombies. After saving for a period of time, I have a certain amount. Soon, the room opened again, and a plump woman walked in. Her beautiful eyes glanced at Wu Heng and the two skeletons, and smiled, "Good afternoon, guest." Good afternoon, dont waste time, I plan to exchange it for silver coins. Good guest. The woman nodded and began to examine the gold. Put the gold and silver at two ends. There were two gold necklaces and rings, which were put aside alone. Guest, the total gold is 275 grams and the silver is 15 grams. More than two hundred grams? Slightly less than what Wu Heng estimated. After all, it is packed in a small wooden box, so it looks like a lot. ?It is impossible for the other party to falsify the count if it is done in front of them. I plan to exchange it all for silver coins. This is a large amount, wouldnt you consider exchanging some of it for gold coins and the rest for silver coins? No need, just exchange them all for silver coins! If you dont have a space ring, you can exchange it for gold coins to make it easier to carry. Now that you have a space ring, you dont have to worry about it being a burden. In the normal market, silver coins are more convenient than gold coins. Okay, a few of them are in good condition, and I will buy them back for you at the price of jewelry. The rest will be at the normal gold price, and I can pay you a total of 9,366 silver coins. ?Wu Heng did a mental calculation and it was almost the same. "Can!" Guest, please wait a moment, we need some time to prepare these silver coins. "Um." ?The woman gave orders outside, and someone immediately went down to prepare silver coins. At the same time, a maid brought various dried fruit pastries and placed them on the table. The woman did not leave, but sat down opposite her. Her skirt fell apart, revealing a large area of ??white thighs. ??Said softly: "The guest just came to Luntam City?" She knows all the dignitaries in the city. The young man in front of me is obviously not from here. To exchange so many silver coins, he should be doing business here. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Doing business? ?Wu Heng glanced at her, smiled and did not answer. You are really young and promising. The woman complimented her, leaning forward and letting her loose neckline droop. (End of this chapter) Chapter 112 , still a young master Chapter 112: Still a young master ?Wu Heng looked at her and thought of Slater from Blackstone Town. They are both mature and beautiful, but they are a little different. When I wrote yesterday, I wrote one to Slater. "Guest, you have just arrived here. If you want to recruit some guards or issue a commission, you can do it here and I will give you a reasonable price." The woman continued. If you say so, I would like you to help me collect some things. What do you need? We are quite confident about some rare items. Wu Heng said: "I need both the necromancy skill book and the materials for the necromancy building called [Bone Burial Ground]." ??The woman frowned slightly and looked at the three figures opposite her again. There should be some guesses in mind. He sat up straighter, still smiling, "Of course, these are not difficult for Snake Emblem. They will be transferred from surrounding cities. But after coming here, how should we contact you?" No need, I have settled in the city and will come over regularly. Thats naturally the best, but according to the process, you still need to pay some deposit. The woman continued. Okay, how much do you need? Just pay 300 silver coins, and then make the remaining payment after completing the transaction. "Um." After chatting for a while, the door was pushed open again. A line of people came in. Put the bags of silver coins on the table and arrange them in a pile. ?Wu Heng counted it, and after confirming that the number was accurate, he took out 300 silver coins and handed them to the other party, "This is the deposit, collect what I need!" Good guest. The woman filled out the power of attorney and stamped it with her emblem, thus completing the commission. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "It''s convenient, can you let me stay alone for a while?" Okay. After the woman went out. Wu Heng put all the money bags into the space. Then he walked out of the room. Said goodbye to the woman at the door and walked out of the consortium building. Then, Wu Heng went to the material store to buy some raw materials for the medicine. ??Haunted the nearby weapons and armor stores. It can be said that the most lively place is the Lower City. The main street is full of caravans carrying goods and there are many people walking around. ?Without walking out of a street, I saw two or three waves of real people PKing. Then, a group of people who looked more like hooligans rushed out to maintain order. Even if you dont buy anything, it is still a good place to watch the excitement. After walking around for a while, having dinner outside, we returned to our residence. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, the foreman immediately came to greet him. "It''s just in time for you to come back. The floor and wall coverings are finished. Take a look at it. If there are no problems, I will arrange for the furniture to be brought in tomorrow." The foreman said with a smile on his face. "Um." Entering the residence, the foreman began to take a look. The floor has been paved and the walls have been covered with wall coverings. The atmosphere has improved a lot and it no longer looks like a warehouse. After reading it from top to bottom, Wu Heng feels pretty good. I feel pretty good, lets continue with the work tomorrow. "good." The foreman leaves. ?Wu Heng locked the door tightly, sent the potion materials to the zombie world, and came back to continue training in swordsmanship. Early the next morning. As soon as Wu Heng arrived at the association, a staff member came over. Captain Wu Heng, the deacon asked you to go there directly. Hmm. He replied and went to the deacons study. ?I thought to myself, there wont be any more tasks! There are only two people in my team. ??You shouldnt give out missions so frequently. He came to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, and walked in directly. In the study room, besides the deacon with a beard on his back, there was another human standing. He is wearing leather armor and has short brown hair. ?Having narrow and elongated eyes, sunken cheeks, and an iron sword hanging on her waist. When Wu Heng came in, he just glanced at him and then turned back. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said. Deacon Gomez nodded and introduced: "This is the captain of Team 8, ''Fisher''." He then said to the brown-haired man: "This is the new captain of Team 12, Wu Heng. Please get to know him." After the introduction, the brown-haired man turned around and looked up and down with a frown. Captain Fisher, take care of yourself! Well, its good to be the captain at such a young age. Although he heard the praise, his face was still cold. It''s like I owe him money. Youre welcome. The deacon interrupted the conversation between the two and continued: "There are association members missing in Xiacheng District. You should go and investigate together." "Okay!" Okay, go ahead and be safe. The two nodded and exited the room directly. In the corridor, Fischer looked at him and said: We need to go to the East Road area of ??Xiacheng first and ask for clues. Should you go there alone or with us? Lets go there together. How can I go there alone if I dont know what the task is? "Okay, let''s gather outside the door as soon as possible. If it takes a long time, we will set off first." After saying that, he left without looking back. ?Wu Heng didnt pay much attention and returned to the lounge. I opened the door and saw Duke and said, "Let''s go, we have a mission." Really. Duke picked up the battle ax and followed him out. Lets come to the entrance of the association together. Team 8 has arrived. There are five people in total, a normal team configuration. Recognizable, orcs with axes, human swordsmen, rangers with birds on their shoulders. ?Wu Heng walked out with Duke. ??Fischer frowned, "How many people are in your team?" "two." What about the others? "You can understand it as a personal attendant." Wu Heng replied. Tch! Hes still a young master~! Someone in Team 8 suddenly said. ?Fischer also smiled. Okay, lets go. The team entered the Lower City. Knocking lightly on the door of a house. Soon, the door was opened a crack, and a human woman looked out and asked, "Who are you looking for?" ??Fischer said directly: "We are from the Professionals Association. What''s the problem on your side?" The woman hurriedly said: "My husband went out with the mercenaries. Normally he can come back in two days at most, but now he hasn''t come back. Something must have gone wrong." ?Fischer nodded and continued to ask: "Do you know where he went? Or where he disappeared?" At the Rock Bridge. Do you know what your husband is doing when he goes out? I dont know, I seem to be collecting some materials. The woman shook her head. Well, okay, just wait at home, we will go over and take a look. ??Everyone left the residential area, returned to the association to pick up their horses, and headed straight out of the city towards the Rock Bridge. I ran all the way for three or four hours. Arrived at the destination. The Stone Bridge is really a stone bridge made of gravel. The middle part has been broken, and there is a dry river below. Looks like no one has left here for a long time. Everyone got off their horses. Search the area and look for some traces. Fisher ordered again. The members of Team 8 began to take action. The ranger released birds and some melee professions began to search nearby. Find some clues and just whispered in the captain''s ear. ??Has no intention of paying any attention to the people on Wu Heng''s side. "Uh... Captain, are they targeting us?" Duke bent down and whispered in Wu Heng''s ear. Let them be busy. Anyway, if we go back, the bounty will be counted among us. Well, yes. The two of them were like watchers, standing on the outside watching the 8 teams busy coming and going. At this time, members of Team 8 waved from a distance, gesturing for everyone to come over. As you get closer, you can see blood stains on the grass blades and the ground. This is where the battle took place. Lets go and follow the traces. Everyone crossed the stone bridge and followed the traces along the way. Slowly walked into the depths of the woods. As we were walking, the team suddenly stopped. Looking at the situation around him with a serious face. The jungle is thick and dense, and the tree canopy is like an umbrella covering the sky and the sun. Under the canopy of the tree, humanoid insect cocoons hang. Along the road, extending deeper. What the hell? (End of this chapter) Chapter 113 , spider swarm Chapter 113, Spider Swarm The breeze blew, and the upside-down cocoons swayed slightly. ?Like a hanging white lantern. Several people in Team 8 frowned and their expressions became more solemn. It seems that this is not as simple as being attacked. Check it out! said Fisher. The thief ran with great strides, jumped up, and cut off the connecting white threads with the dagger in his hand. With a bang, the cocoon fell from mid-air. ??The thief squatted down, opened a gap with a dagger, and then cut a gap at one end. The orc corpse with a purple face inside was revealed. Everyones faces became increasingly ugly. In this cocoon, are all corpses wrapped? ?Then the target of their rescue this time may be in danger. Tap tap tap~! Suddenly, the sound of violent running came from ahead. The ranger''s expression changed and he said, "It''s a spider, a huge spider, approaching us." At the same time as he spoke, a black-haired spider, close to the size of a brown bear, quickly appeared in everyone''s sight. Six eyes, sharp legs, and burrs like steel needles all over its body. One? Shuashuashua~! ?Eyes, one by one, open from the back of the large spider. ? Densely packed black spiders the size of a human head lay on the back of the big spider in layers, like rolling ink. Only when you open your eyes can you see existence. Damn it, this is entering spider territory. Normally, this kind of creature will not intentionally leave its territory, and if you enter without permission, you will be attacked by them. "Don''t provoke it." Fisher immediately signaled not to act rashly. Then, he glanced sideways at the ranger beside him, and continued: "Bull, can you communicate? We are here to find someone, so take them and leave." The ranger on the side raised one hand, and a faint light connected him to the spider. It is not an attack ability, but more like a status. The skill is called [Animal Talk], which allows the caster to communicate with the beasts within the range. "We won''t hurt you, we are just looking for someone. He was brought here two days ago. We will take him and leave immediately." The ranger said quickly. Beasts or monsters have limited intelligence and their language should be as simple as possible. ?The giant spider has six eyes, staring down at several people. ?The hair on his body, which was like iron needles, shook and made a rustling sound, and the densely packed small spiders on his back began to move uneasily. "No, no, we are not with them. We just need to take him away. We can compensate you then, but if he dies here, there will be nothing left." The ranger continued to speak, but the hand behind his back made a waving motion. means that the purpose cannot be achieved. Back off, Fischer whispered. The team members began to walk backwards in small steps. ?Just after taking two steps back, the giant spider''s eyes became fierce, opened its ferocious mouthparts, and looked up to the sky and screamed. Hulala~! The next second, the spiders hanging on the back spread like spreading ink, densely packed and pitch black. ?Countless spiders were chasing a few people. Tap tap tap~! The team members ran quickly. The voices behind him are getting closer and closer. A few meters away, the spider jumped down from the tree crown and pounced on it. Fight back. Seeing that there was no way to escape, Fisher gave the order again. ?Everyone turned around, swung their weapons, and slashed at the incoming spiders. Puff puff puff~! The long sword slashed across the spider''s body, causing fishy mucus to splash. ?However, dense crowds of spiders are still coming from behind. Look for an opportunity to kill the mother. "clear!" The other side. In the woods overgrown with weeds. Duke walked in front, swinging his battle ax, chopping the thorns and branches in front of him. He looked back and said, "Captain, there is no road here. Why are we going here?" The road they took is not safe. Wu Heng replied. They were not notified of Team 8s actions, and Wu Heng did not want to go with them. ?There is no danger if there are many people, but it is difficult to move. Moreover, before entering the woods, Wu Heng let Xiao Xiao eavesdrop on the clues they found. It''s not that I want to take any credit, I''m just afraid that the other party has some purpose to plot against me. After all, the Yazd who recruited him into the association could set up a trap and almost killed him, so the people here are even less trustworthy. When he learned that he was going to enter the dense forest, Wu Heng also asked "Xiao Xiao" to explore it in advance. Looking down from the sky. The entire canopy looks like it is shrouded in spider webs. ?And there are also a lot of spiders in the depths. Team 8 directly followed the traces and entered the spider''s range. ?Wu Heng took Duke around and took another path. Captain, are you heading in the right direction? Everything looks the same around here. Lets not get lost. ?The dense forest is extremely quiet. The entire space seemed to have been pressed on a still button, without even a trace of insects or birds chirping. ??Duke was leading the way, muttering as he walked. Bang boom~! While the two were talking, violent explosions and sounds of fighting came from the rear. ??Wu Heng looked back, but the dense trees blocked his sight and he couldn''t see anything. Keep walking, faster. Oh, good! After being scolded, Duke also closed his mouth and accelerated his pace. Walked some distance. ?Wu Heng continued: "Go to the right and go straight through." "good!" ??Through several woods, the trees in front were covered with thick spider webs, and the layers were like gauze hanging in the forest. With a few axes, the cobwebs were torn apart. Penetrated directly into the interior. In the depths covered with cobwebs, there is a tall giant tree, with humanoid cocoons hanging on the branches, some of which are still squirming slightly. There is a wooden house next to the giant tree, also wrapped in white spider silk. Only a mottled, moss-covered wooden door was exposed. Team, captain, what is this? Duke asked. Wu Heng said directly: "Go, put down all those cocoons and see if the dead are still alive." Oh! Huh? Duke was stunned. ?The dead are alive? Does this mean you want the other person to die or live? ? Duke didnt think much, walked over quickly, and began to cut off the cocoons. ?Wu Heng, taking Basen and Bawudong, walked directly into the wooden house. ?The interior of the wooden house was also wrapped in spider silk, and the wooden furniture was still somewhat rotten, and there was even some insect slime left on it. Scanned around and found nothing that could be looted. ?Withdrew again. ?This should be a hunter''s temporary cabin, but it has been abandoned for some years. It was used as a nest by spiders. Captain, someone is still alive. Duke shouted from outside. ?Wu Heng looked over and saw that Duke had cut open the cocoon, revealing the head wrapped inside. How many people are alive? Three, the condition is not very good, and may not last long. Lets see if we can wake him up? ? Duke felt a little distressed, but he still took out a bottle of potion and poured it into one of them''s mouth. After taking the potion, the middle-aged man in front of him slowly woke up. ?Looking around with panicked eyes. Seeing spider webs all around, his face turned pale again. ??Wu Heng was afraid that he would faint again, so he asked: "From the mercenary group?" The other party nodded. Who is Abdu? I, you guys came to save me? ?What a coincidence? The first thing you ask is the person you are looking for. Your wife posted a distress call in the association, we are here to rescue you, just make sure it is you. Thank you, thank you. Okay, just make sure its you and go out first The words have not yet finished. ?There was suddenly a rustling sound from behind. Then, I saw a giant spider running along the road with a large number of small spiders. (End of this chapter) Chapter 114 , cancel his captaincy Chapter 114, canceling his captaincy The giant spider is also a little embarrassed. His body was covered with scars and arrows stuck in his abdomen, and dark green water flowed from the wounds. Hatefully chewing things in its ferocious mouthparts. These 8 teams are not strong enough. Why did you let him come running over? The spider web forms a circle, which should serve as an alarm. There wasn''t any big noise coming from my side, so I shouldn''t have noticed anyone here. Captain, what should we do? Duke held the battle ax in both hands and stood up. "You take them first, and I''ll hold off these spiders." Wu Heng said. ?Bang bang bang~! At the same time, Bassen and Bawudong have already started to pull the trigger. Orange bullets shot out and swept towards the rushing spiders. "Who? Me?" Duke shook his axe, "Captain, you are a mage, you go first." "I am the captain, or you are the captain, listen to me, you take them away first, wait for me at the Rock Bridge, hurry up..." Wu Heng said hurriedly. ??Duke glanced at the group of spiders that were approaching quickly, and then looked at Wu Heng''s side. Clenched teeth and said: "Okay!" ?Hold one person on his shoulders, and the rest dragged the tail of the cocoon and went into the jungle on one side. Shoot the giant spider. Wu Heng said, and then ran towards the wooden door at the back. Opening the gate, skeletons strode out. Attack! Wu Heng ordered directly. Hurrah! ??The skeleton group charged forward, holding kitchen knives, and slashed at the spiders on the opposite side. In an instant, the skeleton group and the spider group collided, fighting each other. The skeletons used weapons, but the size of the spiders and their ability to climb trees still made them very difficult to deal with. While the spiders were dying in pieces, the skeletons were also scattered into white bones. Ba Wudong, go kill those big guys. Wu Heng said directly. ?Bawudong took off his outer armor, exposing his iron-gray skeleton, jumped up, and killed the giant spider. The fist vibrated violently, hitting the spider''s bloated abdomen time and time again. Coupled with the considerable injuries he had already suffered, green liquid spurted out in a big drum. Watch the right moment. ?Bawudong punched into the giant spider''s cavity, and the vibrating energy exploded in the chest. The whole person fell down softly. The little spider, which was still fighting, quickly dispersed with a huff and disappeared into the woods. it''s over? The little spider just ran away? At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance and said, "Uncle, those people from Team 8 left and didn''t wait for you." When the battle begins. ?Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to stare at Team 8. It seems that he lured the spider group away and gave them a chance to leave. This is fine too. All the members of Team 8 died here, and even though we were fine, it was hard to explain. Well, Xiao Xiao is awesome. Xiaoxiao hugged his arms and said, "I''m not a child, so this doesn''t work for me." You are so smart, you can tell it all. That is. Let Xiaoxiao continue to investigate the surroundings to prevent the 8th team from returning. ?Wu Heng continued to order the skeletons, "Put down the cocoons and move all the corpses back." The skeleton is in action again. Pick off the cocoons hanging on the trees along the road, as well as the spider corpses on the ground, and move them all back to the boundary gate. Whether it can be used or not, bring it back first. Lets see if its useful at that time. After the on-site processing is completed, and after confirming that others have come and cannot find him. Walking along the road in the direction of the Rock Bridge.??? Captain, this way! Duke looked happy, stood up and waved his palms. ?Beside Duke, the three rescued people woke up. The face is gray and the lips are chapped. I dont know whether he was poisoned or just bored by being missing for the past two days. Stop shouting, lest you attract any wild beasts. Wu Heng came over with Basen and Bawudong. ??Duke came over and said, "Captain, are you okay?" "It''s okay. If you escape, I will follow you." Captain, you are so fierce. Wu Heng looked at the three rescued people and asked, "Are you guys okay?" ?The man named Abdu immediately said: Thank you very much, captain, for coming to save us. Its also a mission. Lets go back first so that you can recover from your injuries as soon as possible. Wu Heng looked around, frowned and said, "Damn it, where is our carriage?" "I just checked the traces. It should be that all the people from Team 8 were taken away. Captain, they went too far. The people ran away and took the carriage away." Duke said angrily. ?Wu Heng was also a little angry. Let''s put up with the previous things. What do you mean by taking the carriage away? "Guys, I''m sorry, we originally prepared a carriage, but someone took the carriage away while we were in." Wu Heng turned to the three weak people and said. Hey~! Theres nothing we can do about it, the middle-aged man said. Lets go, we can only walk back and see if we can meet the caravan on the road and we can still take a long journey. ?Several people supported each other and walked along the road. Deacon''s study. ? Deacon Gomez frowned as he looked at the members of Team 8 who suddenly rushed in. Several people were very embarrassed, with injuries on their bodies. The orc warriors in it broke half of their arms. ?Although it has been bandaged, blood has soaked into the gauze. This is a serious injury. Fractures and internal injuries can be treated. ?But if the arm is broken directly, things will become very troublesome. At least there is no way to restore it directly in Luntam City. ??The deacon gently pulled the lanyard aside, and the bell outside the door rang. A staff member came in. The deacon immediately said: "Prepare medicine and treat the wounded." Soon, a rescue team came in to treat the injuries of several people. What? The mission failed? The deacon looked at the captain of Team 8. "Deacon, the mission failed. There are very ferocious giant spider swarms where the rescue target is located, and we failed to rescue the target." Fisher sighed. "You have also tried your best and told me the location and information of the demon. Then I will arrange for others to go and have a look." The deacon said. "good!" Take your team members to heal, and the association will bear your treatment costs. The deacon continued. ?Fischer nodded, but did not leave. He continued: "Deacon, I want to talk about the people of Team 12." By the way, where are they? "Deacon, the members of Team 12 did not participate in the investigation on the way. When they faced the giant spider swarm, they abandoned us and ran away, causing our team to suffer heavy losses. If they had also fought together at the scene, at least they would not have become like this. " As soon as these words came out, the deacons brows furrowed even deeper. Fleeing from battle and abandoning companions. In this world, this is the biggest taboo. Even some private gangs, small groups, will not allow this to happen. Whats more, an organization like the association itself is an evolution of the adventure team. When both parties perform tasks together, they are no longer separate teams, but the same team. Just abandoning your companions and running away, even if it is a huge reason, cannot be forgiven. "Deacon!" Fisher put his hands on the desk and said directly: "It is taboo to abandon teammates in the middle of battle. I hope the association will cancel his status as captain and put up a wanted order for murdering his teammates..." (End of this chapter) Chapter 115 , I have evidence Chapter 115, I have evidence The remaining members sit in the back. While receiving rescue, no one spoke. "Deacon, we have to give an explanation for this matter. We cannot set a precedent for escaping from the battlefield." Fisher gritted his teeth and continued: "If this is the case, no team will dare to act collectively in the future and run away when in danger. Hearing the other party''s words, the deacon''s brows furrowed even more. ??Although Wu Heng has just arrived in Luntam City, he gives the impression that he is by no means a person who is afraid of death and trouble. I got two level 3 meritorious service in one month after joining the company, and I caught a level 9 wanted criminal on the second day after I came here. It cannot be done by the timid and timid. But Team 8 is a local veteran team, and there is no reason to lie. After thinking about it for a moment, he said: "When Wu Heng comes back, let''s hear his explanation. After all, he was directly appointed by the headquarters and cannot be removed casually." ??Fischer frowned and continued: "I''m afraid that he will know there is a problem and run away." Members of associations who have committed crimes and escaped are nothing new everywhere. The deacon sat back and said nothing. Butler, you see how we have been harmed by him. We were recruited by you yourself. ?Fischer continued. The appearance of team 8 is indeed a bit miserable. If it is like this, it is necessary to rest for a while. After thinking about it for a moment, he still said: "It is impossible to put him on a wanted list. All duties of the 12th team will be suspended first, and we will wait for the matter..." ~! Before he finished speaking, there was a knock on the door. ?Then, the door was pushed open, and Wu Heng, Ba Wudong and Basen walked in swaggeringly. He glanced at the injured, hissed, and said, "Oh, what happened? Did you fall? This must be considered a work-related injury." Everyone in the room was stunned. ?No one expected that the other party would come back directly at the end. ??Fischer glared coldly and asked: "How dare you lead the team to escape during the battle." "Captain Fisher, please don''t talk nonsense. Who escaped? My captain of the 12th team will escape?" Wu Heng retorted without giving up. What about you people at that time? "I still want to ask you guys. I was leading people to look for clues at the Rock Bridge, but when I looked up, you were all gone." Then what did you do afterwards? Fisher continued to ask. "Do I need to report to you? You are the captain of team 8, not our team 12." "You..." Fischer''s eyes flashed sharply, and he reached out to draw his sword. Bawudong on the side is one step faster. Kick him in the abdomen and push him back two steps. Hurrah! Immediately afterwards, Wu Heng drew his gun, Bassen drew his knife, and all the members of the eighth team stood up. Thats enough! The deacon stood up suddenly and roared. If two teams fight in the study room, it will become a joke if word spreads. Seeing the people from Team 8 sitting back, Wu Heng also put the gun back. The deacon continued to ask: "Wu Heng, Fisher said that you were missing during the battle. Please explain." "Deacon, during my investigation, I had a battle with a group of giant spiders. I didn''t see anyone from Team 8 at that time. When I came back, the horse was taken away. If I escaped first, how did they bring the horse back first? If not I took a motorcade on the way, and I was afraid I wouldnt be able to get back until I passed the city gate. Things have become what they are now. There is no need to save face for each other. Actually, Team 8s complaint to the deacon was somewhat beyond his expectation. ??It''s like when a primary school student has a conflict, you turn around and sue the teacher. Fisher immediately retorted, "You lied. We were fighting the giant spider and we didn''t even see you people before we brought the horses back. Moreover, my people were so seriously injured, and you also fought? That''s it. Come back in such good condition?" In fact, Wu Heng can also understand the other party''s thoughts. Team 8 suffered serious losses, the mission failed again, and the anger was directed at them. Someone has to take the blame, and a new team of only two people is the most suitable. ??But I can''t blame others. They didn''t share any information or mention any clues along the way. ??I was beaten at this time, and I complained that I couldn''t be with them. ?Of course, everyone in Team 8 and Team 12 knows this, but no one will mention it. It depends on whose excuse is more convincing. ?There is no audio or video recording in this world. It all depends on whether you can weave the story smoothly. "Wu Heng, please give me an explanation. If you can''t explain it, I will submit this matter to the headquarters and revoke your position as captain." The deacon spoke at this time. It seems that I believe the words of Team 8 more. After all, the casualties were before our eyes, especially one who had a broken arm. Who would break his arm because of slandering others? I have evidence. Wu Heng said directly. ?Fischer looked at him and sneered in his heart, how long have you been the captain? ?At that time, what evidence could be produced by the members of the two teams on both sides. Then take it out and Id like to see if you have any other excuses. Deacon, I want to ask for a witness. Okay, hurry up and dont go around in circles. The deacon urged. ?Wu Heng nodded, opened the door, and said to the outside: "Mr. Abdul, our deacon would like to ask you to come in." ?The door opened, and a middle-aged man who looked much better walked in. Seeing the room full of wounded people, he just frowned. Then look at the deacon at the head of the table. "Deacon Gomez, thank you very much. If it weren''t for you, we probably wouldn''t be able to come back." The man''s face was full of gratitude. This person is the person Wu Heng rescued from the cocoon, and is also the target of this rescue trip. ?Gomez frowned and immediately understood the meaning. "What we should do." Gomez continued to ask: "What danger did you encounter?" The man immediately said: "We accepted the commission to collect materials, but we didn''t expect to be attacked by a swarm of giant spiders. Fortunately, you arrived in time." Ahem~! Who saved you? The man was stunned and said, "It''s Captain Wu Heng. What''s wrong? Wasn''t it arranged by the association?" No, just to make sure that you can come back safely. Go back and rest, and be careful when going out in the future. "Well! Thank you very much, deacon, and thank you Captain Wu Heng. I will come to thank you after the funeral affairs of the member have been taken care of." The man continued. Youre welcome. The man thanked him profusely and then exited the room. At this time, the study room was quiet. The people in Team 8 were also dumbfounded. They know best what is going on at the scene. ?Did the other party really rescue the person? How is it possible? Wu Heng said directly: "Deacon, Captain Fisher, what other evidence do you want?" "You..." The deacon banged the table. He said directly: "Okay, this is a joke. Team 8 will suspend their duties, go back and reflect, and wait for the subsequent task assignments. All rewards for this task will be received by Team 12." Deacon, he lied. Fisher still didnt give up. Even though he said this, he was also a little confused. According to the strength of the giant spider swarm, I can''t beat them, and neither can Team 12. How is it possible to bring people out? Thats enough, thats it, dont bother the 12th team. The deacon said coldly. ?Fischer stared at Wu Heng, gritting his teeth. Did you hear that? the deacon asked again. "yes!" "Deacon, won''t you revoke his status as captain? Framing a team member is no small matter, right?" Wu Heng asked in return. The deacon glanced at him and said: "Fischer has contributed a lot to Luntam City. Let him note this matter first. If something similar happens again, the captain will be revoked." Okay, Ill listen to you, deacon. Wu Heng didnt pursue the matter. It can be seen that the team is favoring the 8th team. If they make a mistake, they will be removed from the captain''s position, so they just suspend taking tasks. What is the difference between paid leave and paid leave? ??But the deacons have great local power, so they really can''t make the trouble too serious. In a contest, just have the upper hand. Okay, lets go back and recuperate! The deacon continued to wave his hand. The two of them exited the study. The people in Team 8 stared at him coldly. "What? Is there anything else?" Wu Heng looked at him. "You used us to lure away the giant spider and rescue the people." Fisher also reacted at this time. With just a few members of Team 12, it would be difficult to defeat those giant spiders. To put it bluntly, he was entangled with a swarm of giant spiders, and they used some method to secretly rescue the person. "It''s your business what you think. Some of them are seriously injured. It''s better to go back and rest early!" "We''ll see, the days are still long." Fisher looked at him and said. ??Wu Heng glanced at him, opened the door directly, and said: "Deacon, Fisher threatened me and wanted to kill me." "Fisher, stop talking nonsense." The deacon''s voice came from the study. Team 8 left with a gloomy look. ?Wu Heng also walked towards the lounge. Return to the lounge. Duke wiped his battle ax from there. Two missions, he didn''t even have a chance to fight. He has the guts... to act as a tour guide, taking him to places, and then fighting is not his responsibility. The door opened and Wu Heng walked in. Captain, what did the deacon say? Duke asked. ?Wu Heng told Team 8 about going to the deacon to complain. "These people are so bad. Fortunately we rescued them, otherwise they would have framed them." Duke said angrily. Well, although it proved that we did not escape, we also had a conflict with Team 8. Please be careful when you meet them in the future. "I''m not afraid of them. We''ll probably have a fight." Duke patted his battle axe. Try to have as few conflicts with them as possible. Understood, Captain. ??Wu Heng gave him the reward of this rescue mission, which can be considered a small gain! Okay, theres nothing going on with the association, lets go home and rest. Good captain. The two closed the door and walked out of the association. Return to the area where you live. The construction team members have finished their work. Only the foreman was waiting at the door. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he came up to him with a smile on his face. He said: "Captain, it''s all done. Please check." "good!" The two of them entered the residence together. Looked at everything from the first floor to the third floor. The overall layout is that the first floor is the living room, dining room, kitchen, and one bedroom, the second floor is two large bedrooms, two small bedrooms, and the third floor is Wu Hengs private area, the master bedroom, the study room, and a separate bathroom. Go straight to the third floor, push the door and enter, it is a study room. ?At your feet are a round fur carpet, dark wood bookcases, tables and chairs, and on the wall on the other side, there is a landscape oil painting. Although it is not as good as the deacon''s study, it still has the feeling of a cultured person. From now on reading here, who would dare to say that he is not like a mage. After looking at the study, Wu Heng continued to look at the bedroom and bathroom. Overall, they were pretty good. ?Of course, it cannot compare with the modern environment, but it is several times better than the place I rented in a crowded area. Overall, I am quite satisfied. Not bad, you can go to the association to complete the commission tomorrow. Wu Heng said directly. They cooperate through the association platform, so the balance will also be settled from the association. This is actually good for both parties. Avoided a lot of troubles. Okay, thank you very much, captain. The foreman thanked him. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s okay, let''s go back first!" "OK." The workers all left. ?Wu Heng placed several skill books in the space ring on the bookshelf. Skeletons with souls can also learn necromancy skills. Furthermore, the four hags under him also belong to the legal system. Let them learn some when they have time. Take out all your daily necessities and put them in the wardrobe. When everything is taken care of, go directly to the zombie world. ?Stepping out of the corridor, the first thing I saw was the huge spider corpse on the pile of corpses. (End of this chapter) Chapter 116 , weaving a web Chapter 116, Weaving a Web In the open space in front of the stairs, a large mountain of corpses was piled up again. ?At the very top are the giant spiders we killed today and a large number of small spiders. It''s small here, just smaller than a giant spider. In fact, it''s about the size of a basketball or a washbasin. ?In addition to the spider corpses, there are also zombies killed nearby by big-headed skeletons with skeletons, as well as corpses in cocoons. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the spiders body. Just as he was about to release the [Bone Slave Technique], his hand suddenly stopped. Suddenly I remembered something, took out the Book of the Dead from the space ring, and read through it quickly. Apparently, when I was reading the Necronomicon, I saw some descriptions of spider transformations. Flip through a few pages and find the introduction. also comes with accompanying pictures. There are two types listed in the book. One type is spiders, including giant spiders, wolf spiders, and poisonous spiders that still maintain the shape of spiders. ?This kind of spider has a spineless body and cannot be transformed into a skeleton unit. In other words, you cannot use [Bone Slave Technique]. Even if you use it, your body will be completely melted and you will not be able to transform into a soldier normally. ?This type can only be transformed into a rotten corpse. The second type of spider is the race of half-arachnoid and arachnoid elf. Half-arachnoid can physically transform into human and spider forms. The spider-turned-elf has a human upper body and a spider lower body. The body structures of these two types are not spiders. They have bones inside and can be transformed into [Bone Slave Technique]. It is accompanied by pictures and internal illustrations after dissection. Of course, its all hand-drawn. The second type, Wu Heng could only take a look at. He couldn''t get in touch with the weird races, mainly the spiders in front of him. ??Spiders dont have skeletons? He really doesnt understand this. Drag that spider out. Wu Heng pointed at a spider. Bassen picked up a leg, dragged it out and threw it aside. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], and the necromantic magic wrapped the corpse. The flesh and blood began to fall off, and the entire corpse melted away bit by bit under the gaze. Only eight carapace-like legs are left standing on the ground. The conversion has not been completed. Damn, its really not possible. ?It seems that these spiders can only be transformed into rotten corpses. Carrion and skeleton are both undead attendants, but their effects are actually somewhat different. ?Wu Heng, in fact, was unwilling to be transformed into a rotting corpse. After all, being surrounded by a group of rotting corpses has an impact on the environment and mood. It is also prone to diseases. He himself is still a human being. But it cannot be transformed into a skeleton, and there is no other way. Since I couldnt throw it away, I transformed it first. Continue to let the skeleton drag out all the spiders. ??Wu Heng first released the [Corpse Spell] on the giant spider, and the necromantic magic wrapped the corpse. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... An unstable prompt appears, proving that the corpse is level 5 or above. After all, the people in Team 8 were rated like that, so the level cannot be lowered no matter how hard you think about it. Soon, the body began to change. The fatal wounds began to scar, but in more places, there were still valgus wounds. Immediately afterwards, the corpse stood up staggeringly, and the six eyes on its head opened in unison and looked around. Carrion Giant Spider Mother (Level 11) Level 11 is not too low either. Continue to view properties. Level: 11 Attributes: Constitution 26, Strength 24, Agility 29, Intelligence 8, Perception 15, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Rotten Servant, Intermediate Soul, Spider Web Sense, Spider Walking. ]????Ability: Bite, Foot Sword, Spider Web, Weaving Web. Spider Web Sense: When in contact with the spider web, the spider can know the precise location of the target. Spider Walk: This unit can climb on difficult terrain surfaces, including hanging to walls and hanging from ceilings. Cobweb Moving: You can move normally on the cobweb, ignoring the restrictive effects brought by the cobweb. Bite: Bite the target, causing damage and adding poison at the same time. Step Sword: The outer armor of the foot is strong, causing piercing damage to the target. Spray Spider Web: Perform a long-range attack on a single target at a maximum distance of 150, causing a spider web to bind and restrict movement. WEBING: Produce spider silk and weave a giant web to set up an ambush within a certain range. After being transformed into a carrion. It seems that most of the abilities have been retained. ?The characteristic of [Cobweb Sense] should be the reason for discovering their location. Enemies can be found through the location where the spider web is touched. It can also be considered a good defense method. Among the abilities, [Bite] and [Step Sword] are their own attack methods, and [Spray Spider Web] should be regarded as a remote control. Spray out spider webs to cover enemies and affect their movements. is to produce spider silk and weave spider webs to set up ambushes. The spider has this ability, so there is no problem. But the transformation into a rotting corpse means that the spider itself is dead, and it is just a false life created by necromancy magic that is controlling the body. ?How is this spider silk produced? Can''t understand. From now on, you will be called Spider Mother. Wu Heng said. Then, Wu Heng released his skills to transform all the remaining spider corpses into rotten corpses. There can be more than 200 of them in a densely packed area. The attributes of the little spider are a bit lower. Carrion Spider (Level 3) Attributes: Constitution 12, Strength 14, Agility 16, Intelligence 2, Perception 11, Charisma 2. Characteristics: Rotten Servant, Basic Soul, Spider Walk. Ability: Bite, weave web. After the little spiders stood up, they quickly gathered around the ''Spider Mother'' and all lay down on their backs. When your eyes are closed, it is pitch black and it is difficult to distinguish the numbers. Go to the side and wait. Wu Heng said. The mother spider carried a bunch of little spiders on her back and walked to the flower bed nearby. The body fell down and began to move quickly. Most of the body is half covered in the soil. Coupled with the untrimmed weeds around it, it really has a good camouflage. After dealing with the spider matter, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to open all the cocoons on the side. When the cocoons are cut open, some are human corpses and some are orcs. Somewhat like opening a blind box. The [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and the zombies and corpses that died in the cocoons were transformed into bones and stood up. Several of them are orc warriors, tall but not high in level. They are all at level 3 to 4, and not even the basic soul appears. But the basic attributes of strength and physique are higher than those of human-transformed skeletons. It can also be regarded as a racial characteristic. After transforming the corpse. ?Wu Heng walked out of the community and contacted Li Yahong through the walkie-talkie. Soon, Li Yahong walked out of the auto repair shop. Is there any news recently? Wu Heng asked. Since I can''t stay in this world for a long time, I can only pay attention to some information through Li Yahong. "There is no news on the radio, and the prison has stopped responding and has become silent." Li Yahong thought for a moment and then said: "By the way, there is news about aberrant zombies, level 2 aberrant zombies." (End of this chapter) Chapter 117 , you are reading here Chapter 117, you are reading here Level 2 deformed zombies? In this world with such a dense population, level 2 aberrant zombies are relatively rare. After such a long time, Wu Heng also killed two second-level deformed zombies, the "Big Man" and the "Big Skeleton". On the radio, there are more than two kinds announced. ??There are also many weird and bizarre zombies. At least five or more. These are summarized in reports after zombies are discovered in various regions. But its still a bit difficult to meet. Where is the location? Wu Heng asked. The Jinshuijiayuan community near the dam. Did the survivors also see it? Wu Heng continued to ask. Well, they said they saw action from a relatively far distance, and they guessed it was a deformed zombie. Li Yahong replied. Is it clear what type? I didnt say anything, Ill ask when I get back. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, shook his head and said: "No need to ask, you can go there regardless of the type. Let''s go and have a look tomorrow." "OK!" The two had a brief chat. Li Yahong returned to the auto repair shop, and Wu Heng also returned to the community. ??After following the skeleton and giving a few orders, he returned to his residence in Luntam City. Passed through the boundary gate and returned to the newly renovated residence. Wu Heng feels pretty good about this place. Even before the zombie outbreak, I had never owned a three-story single-family house like this. The gate is still lit. In addition to Basen and Bawudong, there were also four "skeleton hags" who came back together. He hunched his body and followed behind him out of the boundary gate. ??He took the "Skeleton Hag" directly to the study, took out several magic books from the bookshelf, and handed them to the four hags respectively. He said: "You stay here tonight to study the magic book, and don''t worry about the rest." ??Hag''s attributes include "shared spell casting". Four or more hags can share skills within a certain area. In other words, four people can each learn their own skills. During battle, each other''s skills are shared. If used well, special effects can be achieved. After receiving the order, the four skeletons squatted or stood in the corners of the study room and began to read books. Entering a state of learning. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look. After feeling that there is no problem, close the door to prevent other skeletons from disturbing their study. Leaved the study and went straight downstairs. ??I rested for a while in the living room on the first floor and started practicing the Gray Eagle sword technique in the open space. The sparring partner was changed from Bassen to Bawudong. ??Moreover, you have the entire building to yourself, so you dont have to worry about disturbing other people. Time passes little by little. With practice, Wu Heng''s body began to be covered with sweat. ?At the same time, the system prompt also sounded. Unlock Specialty: One-Handed Sword Specialization (Entry) ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng stunned for a moment while he was training, and then his face lit up with joy. Indicated to Bawudong to suspend training. Sit aside and rest. I have been practicing swordsmanship for a while, and I have achieved some results by unlocking the specialization. Although I am just getting started, it means that all the previous efforts have been effective. Just this, Gray Eagle Sword Technique. There is still no prompt to unlock it. I dont know if I should continue practicing. After resting for a while, he cast a dancing light spell on the overhead chandelier. Continue to sparring with Bawudong. I practiced until late at night, drank a bottle of happy water, and went upstairs to rest. Early morning the next day. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong, and a large number of skeletons headed to their destination. Since the distance is not too far and we will pass through a community on the way, we didnt drive and went directly on foot. Li Yahong said: "I checked with them yesterday and they said it should be a tank, that is, a giant zombie." ??As he spoke, he glanced at the big man covered in iron armor. She had seen Wu Heng transform a skeleton. Even if Wu Heng didn''t say it, I felt that this big guy should be a skeleton transformed from a giant zombie. Well, the giant zombie is okay. Wu Heng said. The type of aberrant zombie is also very important. ??If it is a giant zombie like a big man, it is actually relatively easy to deal with. ??Belongs to the type of zombies that are hard-faced. If it is a big-headed zombie, there will be some trouble. ??Its not that they are very good at controlling zombies, but they will observe the situation at the scene, and if they are disadvantageous or at a disadvantage, they will turn around and run away. Then gather more zombies and come back to seek revenge on you. Its very troublesome. So, if it is a big-headed zombie, you should be careful and adopt the method of assassination and beheading. Giant zombies, just be tough. Wont run away from the beginning. The team marched for about half an hour. The zombies around began to increase gradually. When passing outside a community, the roars of zombies spread one after another, quickly spreading into the distance. Then, a lot of zombies poured out of the streets and alleys like countless streams. Start to charge towards the skeleton. Overall, there are at least several hundred people. Let the spear skeletons come forward and prepare to meet the enemy. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! ?Skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a spear.? ? ? ? quickly walked to the front. The spears moved forward, forming a wall full of spears, pointing directly at the group of corpses. As the skeleton level increases, the number of welding spears increases. The total number of spear skeletons has reached more than 700. A forest of spears in the true sense. ?Wu Heng raised his staff and released a [Witchcraft Arrow]. Hit the front target and fell to the ground trembling. Be trampled to pulp by the zombies behind. Continue to release [Grease Technique], splashing all over the ground in front of you. More zombies entered the grease area, fell to the sky, and stumbled over a large number of zombies. The number was not large, and Wu Heng did not ignite the grease. After all, after the fire burns out, a lot of skeletons will be lost. Puff puff puff~! Dense zombies swarmed in, baring their teeth and claws and crashing into the spear array. The already rotting body was pierced, and rotten flesh was scattered everywhere. They were crowded and pushed against each other. The spear skeleton began to make stabbing movements. Punch all the charging zombies into a honeycomb, and they will fall down one by one. After the skeleton is equipped with armor, it has a significant impact on the battle situation. Instead of losing members on both sides like before, it was like a wall that kept the zombies out. Occasionally there will be one or two casualties. Soon, the zombies suffered heavy losses in the charge, and not many were left. Move forward! Wu Heng continued to order. Hurrah! The defensive formations began to move. Hold the spear and push forward little by little, like a meat grinder, pushing the zombie backwards. The spears were strung with corpses. ?Bang bang bang~! Some zombies that were not completely dead were chopped into pieces of flesh by the kitchen knife skeletons behind the spears. There was a sound of chopping meat. The battle ended soon. The roads were covered with corpses, and the fishy smell permeated the entire street. Clean the battlefield and move the corpses away! ??The skeleton continued to move, moving the corpses to both sides. When cleaning the battlefield. Xiaoxiao also floated back from a distance. He pointed to the opposite community in the distance and said, "Uncle, we found it. It''s a big monster and an ugly monster as big as a big man." ??The big man wrapped in iron armor looked at her, the blue soul fire swaying slightly. Are there just giant zombies? Well, its just him, sitting over there in the flower bed, and there are many corpses around him. Xiaoxiao continued. ?Wu Heng still let Xiaoxiao return to his body and took a look himself. It is indeed a giant zombie like a big man. About three meters tall, with dark red skin and exaggerated muscles like tumors. ?Especially the muscles on the shoulders, like two small heads growing on the left and right, full of strength. The whole team. The surrounding skeletons gathered into formation again. "go ahead!" Hurrah! ??The sound of bones rubbing together sounded, and the team continued to move forward. In a residential building. On the iron ladder spanning the roofs of two buildings. A man in full armor and carrying a backpack carefully moved towards the opposite side. The distance of six meters causes violent shaking with every small step forward. Below, there are zombies wandering aimlessly. ??The man carefully walked forward a few meters, passed the iron ladder little by little, and stood on the roof of the opposite building. After the first one passes, immediately hold on to the iron ladder on the roof and let the other three people behind him pass one after another. After everyone has passed successfully. The four of them leaned on the edge of the roof, lit their cigarettes, and slowly blew out smoke rings. On the radio, someone is actually looking for aberrant zombies. One of them said. Maybe he wants to awaken his superpowers. After all, the receptionist always shares some information about superpowers. Another person also said. Oh, why is it so easy to wake up? That monster is as strong as the Hulk. Unless you drive a tank over, no one can beat it! It has nothing to do with us. If they can kill them, its fine with us. If they cant, its not our fault. Thats right! ?Several people put out the cigarette butts and put the remaining parts back into the cigarette boxes. Continued: "The old rule is to search from top to bottom. If you can open the door, search for supplies. If you can''t open the door, make sure it doesn''t block our retreat." "clear." Rearranged the weapons and equipment, took a deep breath, and was about to open the corridor door. Hahah~! Suddenly, the zombies in the entire community roared in unison. Instantly spread to all surrounding areas. The roar was deafening. ?The expressions of several people changed and they immediately lay down on the roof. Then crawl towards the edge little by little. Looking in the direction of the corpse tide. When his eyes fell on the formation in the distance blocking the road, wearing leather armor and spears like a forest. ?Several peoples eyes widened at the same time. Fuck! (End of this chapter) Chapter 118 , deacon your letter Chapter 118, Deacon, your letter The formation has been adjusted. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton dog to run around the neighborhood in front of him. The skeleton could not make a sound, but as it ran all the way down, the zombies roared one after another and became one in an instant. An even larger group of corpses surged out from the residential areas on both sides. ?They gathered on the main road in the middle, forming a larger group of corpses, like a flood that burst a dam. Densely packed, jostling each other. ??The number of zombies here is really quite large. If they gather together, there may be more than a thousand people. ?Li Yahong was a little nervous. When she saw the tide of corpses, she involuntarily took two steps back. ?Seeing Wu Heng didn''t move, he stood still again. ??Wu Heng saw the right moment and directly released [Grease Technique] and [Fireball Technique]. When the flames exploded, they ignited the grease on the ground. With a whoosh, the fire suddenly burst out. ??The zombies rushed straight into the fire without any hesitation. The first batch of zombies to enter the flames. Only a struggling figure could be seen, and then he fell to the ground little by little. ??More zombies behind them passed directly through the fire, and with the flames ignited on their bodies, they rushed into the queue of spears. The battle also started instantly. ?Zombies roar and claw. The skeleton stabbed out the spear silently. Like ocean waves, hitting the shore, with a shocking visual impact. ??Wu Heng issued two orders again, asking the kitchen knife skeleton to penetrate into the middle of the spearmen and hack to death the zombies that had squeezed in. ~! In a chaotic battle. The sound of heavy footsteps was heard in the distance. ??The giant zombie that Xiaoxiao saw strode out of the neighborhood. His eyes fell on the group of skeletons in front of him. The originally ferocious face showed an expression of excitement and fanaticism. ?Bang bang~! After jumping twice on the spot. Handily grabbed two shared bicycles on the side of the road and swung them over hard. Bang~bang~! The shared bicycle crashed into the skeleton array and knocked over a large number of skeleton soldiers. ??Then the giant zombie let out a deafening roar, took heavy steps, knocked over the corpses in front, and began to charge forward. The journey was unstoppable, like an out-of-control truck. ?Seemingly about to rush into the skeleton camp. ??Wu Heng said: "Big guy, stop it." ~! ??The big man, wearing a suit of iron armor, also began to run with great strides. Bang~! A violent crash sounded. Two monsters of about the same height and size collided at the junction of the two armies. The huge impact caused their bodies to shake slightly and they took two steps back at the same time. Then, he continued to attack, approaching quickly, raising his huge fist, and smashed into the opponent''s body. Dong dong dong, bang bang bang~! Without any fighting skills, it is the most direct battle of strength. ?Wu Heng continued to observe the surrounding area and confirmed that there was no other danger. continued: "Bawu went to the east to kill it, and the battle was quick." ?Bawudong took off his outer armor, revealing his iron-gray bones. ?With a kick of his feet, he jumped several meters away. Get close to the target quickly. ??The giant zombie saw a small target approaching him, with humiliated anger in his eyes. He was punched by the big guy forcefully. ?He himself clenched his giant fist and smashed it at the gray skeleton that was running towards him. ??Bawu stepped sideways to dodge, hooked his right fist, and hit the zombie''s arm. The oscillating air wave exploded. Tumor-like muscles are sunk and bones are rattling. ??The giant zombie took a step back, and the big man quickly followed up, opening and closing his fists widely, and smashed into the target without any plan. Bawudong also quickly approached, using various angles to walk beside the giant zombie. Keep hitting the zombie''s ribs and joints. Giant zombies, fending off in a panic. ?His movements became more and more chaotic, and he received more and more beatings. Bawudong saw the right opportunity and swept the leg bend. ??The giant zombie''s body instantly lost its balance and fell to one side. He was a big man, clenched his fists together, and smashed his head down. The giant zombie, with its whole body arched, endured a punch and tried to get up hastily. ?Bawudong stepped forward again and punched out his fists one after another, faster and faster. Amidst the trembling waves of air, the muscles began to explode, and pus and blood spattered everywhere. The whip kick is swept out again. Bang~! ??A violent dull sound sounded, and he kicked the zombie directly in the head. ??The head of the giant zombie hangs down at 180 degrees, and its entire neck is like rubber, hanging its head on its back. The body of the giant zombie still wanted to leave. After taking a few steps forward, it knelt down on the ground with a bang and its body collapsed. ??Wu Heng stood on the top of a car, watching the giant zombie fall, and directly ordered, "Attack, advance!" Hurrah! ??The skeleton group began to advance forward, attacking against the zombies. Far away, on the top of the building. ?Several people looked at the battle taking place below in horror. Isnt this such a coincidence? Yesterday, I asked the aberrant zombies whether they were related to these skeletons? Stop talking, lets go back first, there will be no search today. "good!" ?A few people set up the iron ladder again and planned to return the same way. Even if all the zombies below are lured away, they dont dare to go downstairs and walk downstairs in a big way. Climbed two buildings along the original route, and was halfway up the third building. In the open space downstairs, a woman wearing work clothes and protective gloves walked in, protected by several skeletons. He was looking up at them. ۡ! ?The man climbing the iron ladder was unsteady on his feet and almost fell. He clung to the iron ladder tightly and remained motionless. ?? Li Yahong frowned and looked at the other person, wondering what he meant by not moving half while he was crawling. ??Looked up and said: "Are you survivors?" Holy shit, youre human. ?Li Yahong rolled her eyes and said, "Come down, let''s talk." Well, lets chat here! "We are survivors nearby. You can follow us or stay. If you follow us, you need to do some work, but you can get food and protection." Li Yahong said calmly. When meeting survivors, these are basically the words. If you say too much, it will become very casual. Survivors? Several men looked at each other. One of them asked: "Where are these skeletons? What''s going on?" "Have you ever heard of people with superpowers? I can''t explain too many to you." Li Yahong said. She also thought it was a supernatural power. Although, there are many things that supernatural powers cannot explain. Are you really a survivor? In the current situation, do I need to lie to you? Are you from an auto repair shop? I went to your place to have my car repaired. One of the men said. "I''m from an auto repair shop. Stop talking about this. How do you choose?" Li Yahong said directly. We need to discuss it. ? Li Yahong nodded and said, "I''ll give you 20 minutes. I''ll wait at the door. If I don''t see you, I''ll assume you plan to stay." After saying that, he ignored a few people and turned around to leave. Twenty minutes later. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start cleaning the battlefield. The skeletons carried the corpses, and the big men dragged the giant zombies, and planned to go back. At this time, Li Yahong came back and said softly: "They haven''t come over, so they may not be willing to follow us." During the battle, Xiaoxiao discovered the survivors. ??So he asked Li Yahong to have a chat. It seemed that the other party was unwilling to go with him due to some concerns. It doesnt matter, he intends to help the survivors, but the other party must also accept it. Okay, lets go! ?Wu Heng turned around and the large team began to return the same way. Having just taken two steps, there was the sound of a car approaching from behind. The skeleton group immediately took action. Hands up the kitchen knife and spear, and rushes towards the car. "Don''t, don''t attack, it''s us." The people in the car were startled, and someone immediately stuck their head out and said loudly. I am afraid that if I speak too late, I will be chopped into pieces by the skeletons. ??The zombies here have all been wiped out by skeletons, let alone them. Keep the skeleton on standby. The attacking skeletons stand ready. He surrounded the minivan in front of him several levels. ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who understood, walked over and asked, "Do you want to come with us?" "Hmm." A man raised his hands like in a police movie and said, "We packed our things, so we wasted some time." ?Li Yahong glanced at the van. There were a lot of things piled up in a mess. There are several others. How many of you are there? Some of the eight are our family members, and the rest are survivors from nearby buildings. The car window is open, there are children and women inside, but the number of men is small. ?No wonder the other party wants to follow you. ?These people are a burden. Stay and plunder nearby food, but there will always be a day when you run out of food. Li Yahong said directly: "Think about it, you all have to listen to us after this. Even women have to bear a certain amount of labor. At this time, you also know that no one will support others in vain." Understood, we have already discussed it, just provide us with a safe place. "Okay." Li Yahong glanced at the front and said, "The road ahead is blocked. You guys can''t get through. Come down and walk. Carry everything you need to take away." Oh, okay, thank you. ?A few people got out of the car and took everything with them. He glanced at the dense group of skeletons, followed carefully, and continued walking forward. All the way to the crossroads. ??Wu Heng called Li Yahong aside and said softly: "There are too many people. Pay attention to those who support you, so as not to cause any trouble." ?Li Yahong also understood what he meant. Women do not have an advantage in strength and physical strength. As time goes by, someone may have other ideas. Stabilizing one''s own position is also very important. ?Wu Heng was very satisfied with Li Yahong, who obeyed the rules and completed all the arranged things well. ??We also want to continue our cooperation with each other. ?Of course, Wu Heng also thought about preparing a pistol or something for her. ??But he is afraid that something will happen one day and it will become a weapon shot at himself. I understand and will pay attention to this aspect. Li Yahong replied with a smile. I am still a little touched. At least the other party recognizes him, he is not just an individual, he just needs to be able to produce iron spears. Well, go ahead, Ill arrange some skeletons for you to protect you in two days. Well, theres no need for that, its not that dangerous. After chatting for a few words, say goodbye to each other. ??Wu Heng commanded the group of skeletons to pile the corpses aside. Li Yahong led the survivors and rushed towards the auto repair shop with rice noodles and toilet paper. From a distance, Qiangzi and the others ran out. Welcome them in. Blackstone Town. Professional Association Hall. The busy hall is filled with professionals who come to take orders. Wearing a suit of leather armor, Deacon Slater walked into the hall with his team and the leopard. "Deacon, there is a letter addressed to the ''Money Cat'' here, but the recipient has not been written." the staff shouted. Give it to me! Slater reached out and took it. Those who can send letters to Money Cat through the association can only be addressed to her. ?Taking the letter, he returned to the deacon''s study. (End of this chapter) Chapter 119 , throwing ax or throwing spear Chapter 119, Throwing axes or throwing spears Slater held the letter and returned to the study. Sit back behind the desk and exhale slowly. Blackstone Town has been a lot quieter recently. There have been no major incidents, and no wanted criminals or cultists have come to this remote town. The things we deal with are also local public security issues. It was as if..., after that boy left, everything in the whole city and the surrounding area calmed down. Of course, this is a good thing. It is a good thing for her as a deacon and for the residents of the city. Looking at the letter on the side. Slice the sealing wax and open the envelope. What an ugly word! ??Took out the letter paper and wrote some words crookedly. As soon as she saw the first line, she knew who wrote the letter to her. Arrived in Luntam City and joined the team as captain. The only one who came to Luntam City to be a captain was Wu Heng. He would actually write a letter to himself. ?The letter is not long, and only takes up half a page on a piece of paper. Slater leans on the chair, crosses his slender legs on the edge of the table, swings his short boots on his toes, and continues to read the content of the handwriting attentively. Then, he saw a pervert who transformed into a nun and seduced the caravans hags, who took pleasure in bleeding and killing prostitutes. They were all killed by him with heroic strength. Slater does not deny this first point. Although Wu Heng has only been a professional for a short time. Does have some abilities that ordinary people dont have. Unexpectedly, he would encounter so many things in just a few days. Continuing to look down, Slater''s eyebrows furrowed. Why doesnt it feel right? ? ? If the above content is that the subordinates reported the situation to the former leader, but the following words are a little wrong. Miss the time together, pay attention to safety, come here to play for a few more days... Slater is a mature woman who runs an entertainment venue like Money Cat and is no stranger to matters involving men and women. Its too far away to be brave. Slater muttered. But his face still felt a little hot, so he reached out and fanned his face vigorously. Fold the envelope again, put it away in the drawer, took out new letter paper and envelope, thought for a while and started writing. After finishing writing, Slater nodded with satisfaction. Bang~! Suddenly, the door was pushed open. Yuli held the door open and asked, "Aunt, let''s go to the black market together tonight!" Slater was startled, and the hand holding the pen trembled. "Auntie is writing a letter. Who is she writing to?" Yuli asked, raising her head. "An old friend." Slater quickly folded the letter, put it in the envelope, and continued: "You little girl, why do you always go to the black market? You don''t go to places like that." "Good aunt, the city is too boring. Anyway, there is nothing to do at night. Let''s go shopping!" Yuri begged. Slater glared at her and said, "Wait at the door and finish eating together before we go." Okay! Yuli replied and closed the door honestly. Slater sealed the envelope with wax, took it in his hand, put on his shoes and walked out. Yuli immediately came forward and held hands. As you pass by the lobby, hand the letter to the front desk. Take Yuri''s arms and walk out together. Return to the community. ??Wu Heng directly asked the skeleton to drag the giant zombie''s body in front of him. Bone SpellRelease, necromantic magic, completely wrapping the corpse. The next second, the tall skeleton stood up. He has thick and thick bones, is nearly three meters tall, and has his arms above his knees. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) The level is the same as that of Big Man, but the attributes are improved by 3 to 5 points. From now on, you call me Erbantou and go to the side first. Wu Heng said to the skeleton of the giant zombie. ??The giant skeleton walked aside and stood with the big man. When the two stand together, you can still see some differences. Two heads are taller and have stronger bones. ?This made Wu Heng have to suspect that the zombies themselves are getting stronger as time goes by. Either through eating, or through some other means of strengthening. The skeleton walked out, Wu Heng squatted down and rummaged through the minced meat. Find a secondary corpse core. This is what is most needed. Let the Alchemy Skeleton come over. Soon, the dwarf skeleton walked out of the corridor. ??Wu Heng handed him the corpse core in his hand and said, "Research it and see if the previous formula still works?" ??The dwarf skeleton took it respectfully and walked back to the corridor with the core. ??Now that you have a skeleton that can do alchemy, you no longer need to issue commissions. Not only is it more convenient for you, but you can also keep some secrets better. Explain the matter of the corpse core. ?Wu Heng looked at the situation around him. Continue to come to the pile of corpses and release [Battlefield of the Dead]. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground, looking around with empty eye sockets. Stand over there. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton slowly walked towards the queue of skeletons. ??Wu Heng sat down to rest, continued to drink two bottles of spiritual potion, and continued to release skills to transform skeletons. The harvest this time is still significant. In addition to level 11 skeletons, the number of ordinary skeletons is at least one thousand. The overall number of skeletons has begun to approach 10,000. It can be said that the number of skeletons is truly like an army. The transformation continued until late at night, when all the corpses were completely transformed. ?Wu Heng reopened the gate and returned to his residence to rest. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng simply ate instant noodles and went directly to the association. ?Entering the team lounge, he saw the orc Duke sitting there chewing something similar to a sweet potato. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately said, "Captain, why didn''t you come yesterday?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at him. Are the orcs homeless? Why is he here every time I come here? The special envoy of the foreign diligence was stiffly worked as a class, and it was timely. "What''s wrong? Someone came to see me yesterday?" Wu Heng walked in. No one, Duke said. Didnt the deacon assign any tasks? No, there was no one there all day yesterday. It must be that I had some unpleasant troubles with Team 8. Therefore, no further tasks were assigned to them. Captain, do we have any tasks today? Duke continued to ask. ?Wu Heng sat in a chair and thought for a while, feeling that it was not feasible to do so. ?Having to report to the association every day is too time-consuming. But as the captain, I cannot act too lazy. He said: "Duke, I made a mission plan for our team yesterday." "Huh? What is that?" Duke stuffed all the food into his mouth and raised his head and asked. "What we are doing now are all tasks assigned by the association. Such tasks are not fixed and the rewards are limited." Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "We should focus on the wanted bounty. The bounty Its high, and its easy to get merit. Well, the captain is right, but wanted criminals are not that easy to find. Go investigate and develop some informants. As long as you have intelligence and clues, it will not be difficult to catch them. Wu Heng said. He still has some experience in catching wanted criminals. The main thing is intelligence. If you can find the target, it is not difficult to catch them. It doesnt seem to be very simple. Take your time, this is a long-term goal. The important thing is that we focus on investigating wanted criminals, rather than waiting in the association to issue tasks. Well, the captain is right. Duke understood and agreed. "So, you don''t have to come directly here tomorrow. Go around and get some information. If there are suspicious people or some special situations, please pay attention." ??Duke nodded, "Okay, I''m familiar with the Lower City area. I''ll ask you when the time comes." ?Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. My own team members are obedient and very ambitious. The two of them talked about wanted criminals. ??Wu Heng''s mind came back to the battle between skeletons and corpses yesterday. Continued to ask: "Duke, when you don''t use bows and crossbows in close combat, do you usually have any long-range attack methods? For example, if the enemy rushes towards you, how do you attack him when he is not close?" "Oh, I know this." Duke moved forward and said seriously: "I like to use a throwing ax. If I hit it, I can kill the enemy directly." ?Throwing axes are similar to throwing daggers, but axes are more lethal and require more strength. ??However, it seems that throwing axes is not suitable for skeletons. Is there any more? Duke scratched his head, "There are also throwing spears. Humans like to use throwing spears. I heard that some mercenary groups are specially equipped with this kind of weapon, which is very useful when hunting wild beasts." Throwing a spear? This seems to be applicable to the skeleton camp. Is it like this? Wu Heng took out his short spear and let Duke take a look. Almost the same, but a little longer. ?Wu Heng nodded. The short spear he used was the shortest type. The previous battles were in corridors, and it was too long to use. It feels like the skeletons can be allowed to practice spear throwing to add a long-range output capability. The two chatted for a while. ?So they went to the training room to practice together. ??Wu Heng practiced the Gray Eagle sword technique, while Duke held his battle ax and began to spin in a circle, like a big windmill. They practiced until noon, and the two of them had lunch at a nearby tavern. Duke wiped his mouth and asked, "Captain, are you still going to the training room this afternoon?" Im not going, lets go to that armor shop. Wu Heng said. Oh good! ?The two of them got up, left the tavern, and walked towards the Maoxu Armor Shop in the outer city. Walked near the store. I saw several carriages parked outside the store, carrying goods. The orc boss stood at the door, holding the bill in his hand and comparing the amounts. Looks like the business here is really good. Seeing the two approaching, he also smiled and said, "Captain, Duke, you are here." Business is good! Wu Heng said with a smile. They are all small businesses with little profit. The orc boss motioned for a few people to enter the room and continued: The leather armor is still being made. When it is completed, I will have someone deliver it to you. The quantity ordered by Wu Heng was actually not that large. But there are not many people who can directly take out the full amount of silver coins in the transaction. Well, theres no rush about that. Wu Heng entered the store, came to the armor, and asked, Is this armor still in stock? ?This kind of iron armor is the one equipped by big men. ??Yesterday, he killed another giant deformed zombie, so Wu Heng thought about buying another set. After all, skeletons above level 10 are the elites of the team, and they still need to be equipped with special emphasis. Yes, how many are needed? the boss asked. Just one set. The boss immediately asked people to prepare it, and brought fruit tea and placed it in front of several people. Sit aside and chat for a while. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there any requirements for opening a store here?" The boss looked a little confused, "Captain, you want to open a store?" Well, I have some business over there in my hometown, and I want to see if theres any sales here. ??The boss touched his chin and said: "There are actually no special requirements for opening a store. Apart from choosing a store, the most important thing is the gang responsible for the safety of the area. Having a good relationship with them will save the store a lot of trouble." ??Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding and continued to ask: "How much is the rent approximately?" Different locations have different prices. A shop like mine requires about 1,200 silver coins a year. Better roads will actually cost more. In fact, this price is not cheap. An ordinary family would not be able to earn this amount of money in a few years. But when doing business, we cannot count it as an ordinary family. ?A few people were chatting, and the clerk took out the armor. ?Wu Heng let Bassen carry him and walked out of the store. Captain, where are we going next? Duke continued to ask. Wu Heng said: "It''s getting late. There''s no need to go back to the association. Our next task is to collect some clues about wanted criminals. Be careful to stay hidden so that the wanted criminals don''t get caught and put yourself in danger." I understand Captain, I know a lot of people here, and I will definitely be able to get some clues. Well, be safe. Bidding farewell to Duke, Wu Heng did not return to the association. ??In the past two days, the deacon did not assign tasks to them. It was also a free time, and Wu Heng was also thinking of ways to prevent the other party from assigning tasks to him. Have dinner at the tavern. He returned directly to his residence, let Sword One and Sword Two sweep the door, and then walked straight to the third floor. Enter the study room. The four skeleton hags are still reading in the room. Other than the changes in the pages of the book, the postures of the four skeletons have not changed much. There are no skills unlocked either. Normal spell learning is actually not simple and requires a long period of study and trial to master. ??Wu Heng''s skills can be unlocked after just one look, which can be said to be an incredible effect. Because of this, Yazd directly gave up his original plan and insisted on occupying his body. After arriving in the city of Luntam, Wu Heng no longer showed any ability to learn. So as not to have any problems again. ??In the Hag''s panel, her intelligence is not outstanding. She can learn skills, but it also takes some time. Close the study door again. Open the door in the bedroom and go directly to the zombie world. As soon as he walked out of the corridor, Wu Heng''s brows furrowed deeply. Several corpses were piled up in the open space of the community. Not zombies, but normal human corpses with red blood, some wearing sportswear, leather jackets, and blue uniforms. Kill the survivors? Just when Wu Heng was about to step forward to check. Zizzizi~! ??The walkie-talkie sounded the sound of electricity, followed by Li Yahong''s voice. Your Majesty, are you there? (End of this chapter) Chapter 120 , wait until dark Chapter 120, Waiting for dark Outside the community. Li Yahong and others were all waiting outside. On the flat cart, there lay a girl with a pale face stained red by blood. She is the younger sister among the brothers who was rescued in the hotel last time. I heard Li Yahong mention it. Her brothers name is Jia Zheng, and her sisters name is Jia Yingying. When they were young, they injured their spine in a car accident. The family had no money at the time, and when they missed the treatment, they couldnt stand up. Based on the current medical conditions, this kind of injury is just waiting for death. ??Wang Ke is just a trainee nurse. She can bandage and treat simple wounds. But for a gunshot wound that penetrates the body, she will die faster if she messes with it. Please save my sister. She has had bad luck since she was a child. Please save her and I will be your ox or horse. ??Seeing Wu Heng come out, his brother Jia Zheng knelt on the ground and kowtowed several times. Everyone knows that they cannot be saved. Let''s see if Wu Heng can find any way to save people. Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said: "You stay outside, Li Yahong pushes her to follow me. Whether she can be saved or not depends on her luck." He didnt want to watch a person die like this, but he couldnt say whether he could be saved. ?Li Yahong pushed the trolley and followed him into the community. You can still hear Jia Zhengs voice from behind, Thank you, thank you. Enter the community. Let the skeleton carry the girl into a room. ?The house is full of bottles, jars, utensils, and ground medicinal materials. ??Wu Heng said to the dwarf skeleton: "Let''s see if we can still save it?" ??The dwarf skeleton squatted down and unwrapped the bandage. The blood from the big drum spurted out, and blood immediately spread all over the place. Briefly checked the wound. He took out a scalpel from the side and began to cut the surrounding flesh. ?Withered fingers inserted directly into the flesh and took out the bullet inside. Then he took out the ground red powder from the cabinet on the side, sprinkled it on the wound, and sutured it. Wu Heng knew this herb. The leaves of the demon red flower are a material for healing potions. After the wound was sutured, medicine was given. The girl''s complexion instantly improved, unlike the white as paper at the beginning. Leave it to you. Wu Heng patted the dwarf on the shoulder and walked out. Alchemist seems to be more professional than he imagined. At least he can sew the wound. ?Stepping out of the corridor, Li Yahong stood at the door waiting. "How about it?" "It''s okay. You may need to recuperate for a while. Please stay with me for now." Wu Heng continued to ask, "Tell me what happened." Li Yahong said: "At noon, an explosion-proof vehicle drove over, rushed into the store and started shooting randomly. The others were also injured. Only Jia Yingying was hit directly, and then the gunfire attracted the patrol. Skeleton, they shot at the skeleton, and the skeleton killed him directly. " The patrolling skeletons are all level five skeletons with basic souls. ??Wu Heng gave them an order not to attack humans. This is mainly to protect Li Yahong and the others, but also to prevent some passing survivors from being attacked by the skeleton team. But the premise is that you cannot attack the skeleton. Once the other party attacks, it will be judged as an enemy and will be counterattacked. ?These guys probably didn''t know what a skeleton was. They were frightened when they saw it and shot directly. Then, he was besieged by a group of skeletons. ?With the current number of skeletons, and several skeletons above 10, let alone they had no time to escape, even if they got into the car, they would not be able to escape. Unless it''s a tank. Are they from prison? "It should be that the prison has not responded to the deception of survivors in the past two days. It should be that they are preparing for this incident and intend to kill us all." Li Yahong said, her face looking ugly. Although the other party died in the end. But I was also scared for a while. ??There is a kind of situation where you confront someone on the Internet and make the other person speechless, giving you an advantage. But the person opposite bought a ticket directly and stopped in front of your house. ?This feeling of being real offline is actually really bad. In this kind of environment, he really chased and killed someone. ?This kind of courage and ferocious energy are not something ordinary criminals can achieve. How do people in prison determine the location here? Wu Heng continued to ask. "I don''t know." Li Yahong thought for a moment, and then said: "The new people who joined yesterday have been separated and locked up. I don''t know if they have anything to do with them." Looks like they are suspicious of the eight people from yesterday. But the other party should have no reason to disclose it. Unless you have had contact with the prison before joining. Lets go and ask. The two of them walked to the body together. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse on the ground suddenly sat up. Looking at the two of them with empty eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Where did you come from?" The corpse replied, "Chengnan Prison." ??Li Yahong guessed it right, it was someone from the prison who came to take revenge. How do you know the location of the auto repair shop? The prison has a new batch of survivors. They passed by here and provided the approximate location. When we came over, we saw the sign of the auto repair shop. ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who also frowned. It is not the information provided by the eight people yesterday. On the contrary, it is your own brand that reveals your position. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many of you are here in total?" 12 people. What was your original plan? Go to the auto repair shop, capture the woman who made the call, and kill all the others. The corpse replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Which way did you come from?" To the north, pass by Yanghaidian Hotel. After five questions, the body lay back with a thud. Actually, the situation is now very clear. There were survivors nearby who knew the location of the auto repair shop and provided it to Chengnan Prison. ?The other party was also a group of desperadoes and drove over directly to kill them. What do you think? Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. Li Yahong stood there and thought for a while before speaking softly: "Either get rid of the other party, or move the position to another place." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Check the car and go to Chengnan Prison tomorrow." "good!" ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where are the guns they brought?" "It''s in our hands. You weren''t here before. I was afraid that there were others, so I let someone else hold it." Li Yahong explained. Send them all over here, you will be more dangerous with guns. Okay, Ill send it over when I get back. ??Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng took another look at the little girl. He is still in a coma, but his complexion has recovered somewhat. The wound became sticky under the action of the medicinal powder and no longer oozed blood. The effects of potions in the magical world are still remarkable. Its a good thing that I have such a dwarf alchemist, otherwise Id probably have to wait for death slowly. Not long after, Li Yahong came back with a rifle and submachine gun. There are also some blue stab-resistant suits. Wu Heng said: "Put away your anti-stab uniforms and put them on when you set off tomorrow." Oh okay! Li Yahong left wearing stab-proof clothing again. Next, Wu Heng equipped "Er Duotou" with iron armor. ?Standing with the big guy, you look at me and I look at yours. ?Wu Heng transformed all the corpses on the ground and returned to his residence. The next day, early morning. Trucks stopped in the middle of the road. In addition to the four trucks last time, there were three more large trucks, which were welded with iron plates and steel bars. Is there no problem with the car? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong nodded, "No problem, we checked it overnight last night." Its almost time to leave! Dont waste time. "good!" ?The driver got into the car, and Wu Heng also directed the skeletons to get on the truck. The densely packed skeletons walked out of the community and climbed into the bed of the car. ??Wu Heng was still sitting on the passenger car, and there were also a group of slightly higher-level skeletons such as Big Skeleton, Bassen, and Bawudong. When everything is ready. Picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Let''s go!" All the cars started, lined up in a long queue, and drove forward. The journey was indeed smooth. ? ? Dont even pay attention to the scattered zombies that occasionally appear on the road. Chengnan Prison. ?Several shirtless strong men gathered around to play cards. Surrounded by women with scantily clad clothes and whip marks on their skin, she carefully filled several people''s glasses and cleaned the overflowing ashtrays. ??Waiting at the side carefully. "Brother Long, Lao Liu and the others didn''t come back yesterday. Did something happen?" The man held a cigarette in his mouth, pulled the woman pouring wine beside him, and stretched out his hands to knead her body. Chen Jinlong threw out the cards in his hand and said, "It''s time to come back." "Nothing can happen. Several guns were taken away from the auto repair shop." Those country bumpkins know how to use a **** gun. Whether they can fire it or not is one thing. But Liu is a good gun user. If you dont know how to use it, you can still hit people with a blind sweep. Another person retorted. ??Chen Jinlong didn''t speak, and no news came back all day long. There might really be something wrong. Brothers, please be careful tonight and take people there to have a look tomorrow. Chen Jinlong said. Brother Long, are you afraid that the gang from the auto repair shop will come? Isnt this a bit worrying? We have such a high fence. Unless they can fly, they will be beaten when they come. Someone said. Chen Jinlong nodded, "It''s always right to be careful. Just follow my instructions." "good!" At this point, I lost interest in playing cards. ?Throwing the cards in their hands back on the table, they each left the room and went to prepare as ordered. The night is dark and gloomy. ??The convoy traveled in darkness and entered the village below the prison. This is where they traded rifles before. There are no zombies, and there are no prison levels. Everyone get off the car. A large number of skeletons jumped out of the car, and there was a sound of bones rubbing against each other. Qiangzi, you all stay here and watch the car. Wu Heng said. "good." "Your Majesty, I will go with you. I want to avenge my sister." Jia Zheng said directly. "Your sister is not dead, so why take revenge? Follow my orders and pay attention to the walkie-talkie. Come and pick us up if there is any danger." Wu Heng said directly. Jia Zheng wanted to say something else, but he felt that it was useless to follow him. ?His fighting power is not as strong as that of a skeleton. I can only nod my head and agree, and do my own thing well. Confirmed it with everyone. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s go." Hurrah! The army of skeletons, taking advantage of the darkness, quickly moved forward. After walking a certain distance. From a distance, you can see the prison with searchlights on. Searchlight? ?There is also equipment such as electricity supply here. ??Although I was surprised that the prison could be illuminated, the situation on the wall was also clear at a glance. The fence is about six meters apart, with a barbed wire fence at the top. Four towers, all equipped with searchlights. In addition to the men patrolling with rifles on their backs, two machine guns can also be seen. The team stopped moving and hid in the darkness. Li Yahong came closer and said softly: "What should I do? It doesn''t look easy to fight." I wont believe they are not sleepy until it gets dark. (End of this chapter) Chapter 121 , little girls have some skills Chapter 121, little girls have some skills If it is a battle on flat ground. Even if the opponent has a gun, it is actually not that difficult. ?With the current number of skeletons, we can completely rush over and flatten the opponent''s position. But the situation at hand is more similar to a small siege. The six-meter-long wall doesnt look high, but its not easy to climb up. ?Especially since the other party has been in the prison for such a long time, it is impossible that they do not have some preparations to guard against the zombie tide. ?Failing that, they will use all their defense against the zombie tide on the skeletons. ?At that time, even if the attack was successful, the losses would be heavy. And choose to fight with Krishna. ?In addition to waiting for the opponent to be most sleepy and tired, it is also because skeletons cannot be seen with the naked eye, so it is more advantageous to kill creatures at night. All the skeletons lower themselves and hide in the darkness. Skeletons themselves are very quiet, and they dont belch or fart like living creatures. When in the standby state, the entire area was completely plunged into silence. ?There was only a slight hum of insects in the distance. Take a rest and wait until it gets later, Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong understood, nodded, huddled up and began to close her eyes to rest. ?From time to time, he stretched out his hand to scatter the mosquitoes that were surrounding him. ?Late at night, I cant see my fingers. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and looked in the direction of the prison. The searchlights are still bright, but the number of people guarding the wall has begun to decrease. The people on the tower are leaning against the wall, as if they are also taking a nap. The people on the wall are not regular soldiers, they are all prisoners or survivors recruited as thugs. ??It would be nice to be able to patrol in a decent manner and use a searchlight. Let them stay awake all night, which is definitely not realistic according to the formal rules. ?At first glance, the top of the fence is empty. ?Wu Heng pushed Li Yahong, who was lying aside and hugging his thigh in confusion. The latter opened his eyes and his face turned a little red. "how''s it going?" ??Wu Heng gave her a shushing gesture, and then said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton move forward, slow down and approach." Hulala~! Around the dim surroundings, a group of figures suddenly stood up. Start to approach slowly. Even so, the sound of footsteps and bones rubbing against each other was still clear in the quiet night. ??As we walked all the way to the range of the searchlight, the white skeleton army was pale in the light. Still no one on the fence glanced down. The skeleton continued to move forward, walking more slowly, trying to walk as lightly as possible. Just when the distance was still more than 500 meters. Suddenly, a figure stood up from the wall, yawned, unbuttoned his belt, and poured water directly outside. The skeleton stopped instantly, as motionless as the terracotta warriors and horses. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong also looked at this scene with wide eyes. Whenever you dont pee, come and pee at this time. But one thing is certain. The iron grid above the fence is probably not a power grid, and it may not be powered on. Otherwise, this urine can be sent away to him. The skeleton army stood in place and remained quiet. While the man was urinating, he glanced down casually, and then frowned. He rubbed his eyes and looked again. ?The water flow stopped suddenly, and slap~ gave myself two slaps. The pain on his face made him more awake. When he saw the densely packed skeletons standing under the searchlight, his heart almost stopped. ?Haunted and shouted: "There''s a ghost, there''s a ghost outside, oh my god!" Damn~! In the distance, Wu Heng also cursed. Give a direct order, "Attack, scale the walls, and kill all those with weapons." Hurrah! There was a loud crashing sound. ??All the skeletons carried kitchen knives and began to charge, rushing towards the bottom of the wall quickly. Everyone on the wall was also awakened by the shouts. Shout to each other and sound the alarm. Everyone raised their guns in panic and pointed down along the wall. I pulled the trigger hastily, but no bullet was fired. With trembling hands, he opened the safety, and then started shooting downwards. ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets poured downwards. In the dim night, it seemed like a large orange net was woven, falling towards the skeleton below. The bullets crackled into the soil. The skeletons kept a distance from each other and ran with long strides. Even though skeletons are not afraid of bullets, under the intensive bullets, large areas of skeletons were still shattered and scattered into white bones on the ground. The power of firearms is still huge. Bang bang ~ bang bang bang! Immediately afterwards, the machine gun on the wall began to fire. The bullets are denser and faster, like the huge mouth of a beast, shooting out dazzling fire. A whole row of skeletons were shot into pieces and scattered all over the ground. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong also looked at the scene in front of them with some surprise. ??There is just a bunch of miscellaneous troops on the wall, but they can actually show this kind of lethality. ??These are still skeletons, and there are few places where bullets can hit. If it were people attacking, I''m afraid if they were shot down like this, they would all die outside. The prisoners in the prison have really found an excellent base. Let the rifles come out to support. Wu Heng continued. From below in the darkness, a group of figures wearing leather armor once again sprang out. They ran out quickly, holding rifles and submachine guns in their hands, and began to shoot at the wall. ?The bullets hit the wall with crackling sounds, suppressing all those who fired recklessly. In the skeleton camp, only Crossbow One and Crossbow Two have the aiming talent. But this is the case now. It doesn''t have to be very precise. It''s difficult to hit from below. The main thing is to suppress the opponent''s attack and give some deterrence. The effect is still very obvious. The rate of fire of bullets has been significantly reduced. The skeleton group has reached the bottom of the wall. They crowded together to form ladders of bones, stepping on the ribs of their companions as they climbed up. In just one or two minutes, we had climbed halfway and were close to the iron fence. Just when he was about to climb onto the wall. One by one, the iron barrels were carried to the edge. The iron barrels tilted, and the liquid inside poured down the skeleton ladder. At the same time, the strong smell of gasoline instantly spread throughout the area. Then, the igniting materials were thrown down. Huh~! ?The fire rose instantly and submerged the entire climbing pile of skeletons. ?The flames, tens of meters long, illuminated the entire night sky orange-red. Avoid the fire! Wu Heng continued to order. Hurrah. The gathered skeletons instantly dispersed, avoiding the location of the fire. Continues to gather in the remaining positions. The people on top of the fence are also observing the bottom, carrying iron buckets and constantly changing positions. Rear. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong watched the entire battlefield situation. The big-headed skeleton can be used to control the skeleton warrior, and it still achieves very good results. ?Especially, avoiding fire and constantly evacuating or gathering together can achieve a more unified effect than the army. The defensive capabilities of the prison are also surprising. Not to mention the bullets fired from above, the gasoline reserves are enough to withstand the attack of a certain number of corpses. This is also the reason why Wu Heng is unwilling to fight with the opponent. Zombies only have a few attack methods, and most of them are based on the instinct of beasts. But people are different. They will try their best to use various tools and traps to gain an advantage. It''s like gasoline. ?Wu Heng had used gasoline to deal with corpses before, and not all people in the prison were fools, so they also thought of this. Now used on skeletons. "How about we retreat, surround them for a few days, and force them to come out for a decisive battle." Li Yahong said. In the situation at hand, the skeleton is obviously at a disadvantage. Even if victory is achieved by relying on numbers, a considerable number of skeletons will be lost. ? 1,000 self-damage and 800 enemy damage, not to mention there are more than 100 people in the prison. ?Wu Heng shook his head and didn''t say much. Siege is also a method. But for myself, I dont have that much time to spend here. He never looked down upon these prisoners. Being able to be a serious criminal may be much better than yourself in many aspects. Furthermore, once the attack has begun, there is no turning back. The prison must be taken today. ?Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skull. Let the skeletons evacuate and attack, and let the Spider Mother start taking action. Above the prison wall. ?Chen Jinlong cursed loudly, urging people to carry gasoline and ammunition and continue the attack on the skeletons. He was also startled when he heard the alarm. He ran over in a hurry. After the initial chaos, things are obviously getting better now. Below the wall is a sea of ????fire. There are only a few positions where the skeletons can attack. Rifles and machine guns can just focus on shooting at the vacant positions. ?Now it seems that there are a lot of these skeletons and they look scary, but their lethality is only so much. Cant even climb the fence, let alone threaten their own safety. ??Moreover, there is sufficient gasoline reserve in the prison, so no matter how they attack, it will be difficult to break through the direction of the wall. After confirming that you are not in danger. My mood became more relaxed, and my eyes began to search in the distant night. The origin of the skeleton is not difficult to analyze. ??The person who gave me information about the auto repair shop last time said that there were a lot of skeleton monsters there. They came to the prison because they were afraid of the skeleton attacks. Now it seems that these skeletons are directly related to the auto repair shop. "Damn it, that little **** really has some skills." Chen Jinlong cursed and said to the same person: "Bring me the trumpet." A trumpet was sent over. Chen Jinlong took it in his hand and glanced into the distance, and shouted loudly: "Young girl in the auto repair shop, I know these skeletons are the work of you, do you think this kind of thing can scare us? Just dream, wait until I will After you burn these weird things, I will capture you, make you a slave to everyone, and torture you until you die..." ?All kinds of obscene words were spread to the rear through loudspeakers. ??If on the radio, Chen Jinlong used these words to scold the auto repair shop, he would also have the upper hand. ??Now I have no scruples and I keep cursing. ?Li Yahong''s face turned red and she was so angry. ??Wu Heng did not speak, but continued to issue several orders to the skeleton. The other side of the prison. The searchlight kept scanning below, and the guard holding a rifle looked solemnly. There is nothing unusual here. But the intensive gunfire and the sky-high flames from the other side also made them extremely nervous. Afraid of something approaching quickly in the night. Ta ta ta da~! Suddenly, there was a sound like high heels stepping on the floor tiles. Getting closer and closer. (End of this chapter) Chapter 122 , let me go! Chapter 122, let me go! The crisp sound of landing is getting closer and closer. The guard, who was already nervous, immediately became nervous. Searchlights kept scanning the darkness below. He raised his rifle and looked for the source of the sound. But the searchlight illuminated the entire area below, but there was still no figure. ??The mosquitoes and moths that surround the searchlight every day have disappeared today. Empty. But the knocking sound of ''dah-dah'' still exists, getting closer and closer, becoming clearer and clearer. The more invisible we are, the more nervous everyone becomes. His face was solemn and he was sweating profusely. Just when everyone was looking down below. Ah~, save, save me! Suddenly, a painful wail came from the tower beside him. ?Everyone was startled and immediately looked up. ??A huge spider climbed up the tower, with its forelimbs like a sharp sword, pierced a man''s chest, opened its ferocious mouthparts, and bit off half of his head under the watchful eyes of everyone. The body that was hung on the forelimbs immediately went limp. No signs of life. ??Everyone''s eyes widened, looking at the scene in front of them in disbelief. How is this possible? How could there be such a big spider? Shoot, dont be so **** dazed! someone shouted. Everyone opened the safety in a panic and began to aim at the monster above. With one bite, the spider shattered the searchlight on the tower. The area on one side was instantly plunged into darkness. In the darkness, large black things spread out from the back of the giant spider like melted ink. Climbed all over the tower and the outer walls. ?Bang bang bang~! Gunshots rang out, and bullets were fired into the incoming black torrent. Puff puff puff~! The sound of bullets penetrating was heard. The spiders in the front row were shot into a sieve. Its a spider, bullets can kill it. someone shouted. The next second, bang~, the fallen spider suddenly exploded, and thick yellow smoke spread instantly. The nearby guard covered his mouth and nose, coughed loudly, and fell to his knees. Soon, he was submerged by the spider swarm and disappeared. Ah~! Its a spider, damn, its a spider! Run quickly, this is poisonous if you kill it. Keep shooting, Ill kill anyone who dares to run away. Draft it, you stay and wait for death. There is a mess on the wall. Dense smoke began to fill the air, and those who remained were swamped by the spiders one by one. More people began to run away and directly struggled with those blocking the way from behind. shoot each other, shoot each other. The guards'' internal strife speeded up the spider''s attack. ??The black spider swarm, like a torrent, moved along the top of the wall, killing all the guards, and continued to surge toward the adjacent wall. The spider mother followed behind her, spitting out a human head from her ferocious mouth. Spinning out spider silk at the fleeing crowd in the distance. He trapped it in place, quickly climbed over, and hung a net on the wall. Panic spread quickly inside the prison. Even though he didnt know what was going on, he started to look around and had no intention of fighting. Try to escape or find a place to hide first. The entire prison was in chaos. Supplies and transportation came to a standstill instantly. There was no one, and they were carrying bullets and gasoline to the top of the fence, just following the crowd and running around. The front wall is still being defended. But everyone began to feel uneasy and kept looking at the rioting crowd behind them. ?Want to find out what happened. Chen Jinlong''s face also became ugly. Damn trash, cant even defend the wall. ??The dense skeleton monsters in the front were all defended, but the wall behind was not defended. They are simply a bunch of rubbish. ?Bang bang~! ?? Chen Jinlong shot and killed a man who wanted to get off the fence with two shots, and cursed: "Keep shooting, if anyone dares to escape, I will be the first to kill him." In prison, Chen Jinlong has sufficient deterrence. With an angry curse, everyone returned to their positions and continued shooting. Just behind, the chaos is getting more and more chaotic, and the sound of dense climbing keeps ringing from my ears, carrying heavy pressure. ~! Below the wall. A group of tall skeletons rushed under the gate. Holding a fire ax in his hand, he began to hack at the iron door, making violent hammering sounds. Quick, gasoline, burn these monsters. someone shouted. But there was no response from anyone behind him. Looking back suddenly, he found that most of the people had already fled, and even Chen Jinlong was nowhere to be seen. Continuing to look around, large swaths of spiders are spreading rapidly towards this side. grass~! ??The man cursed, fired several quick shots at the spider beside him, and stumbled towards the downstairs. In the blink of an eye, the top of the wall was empty, except for large black spiders. The iron gate below has not yet been opened. ??The skeleton team has climbed up the wall and opened the iron door from the inside. A large number of skeletons poured into the prison. Behind the wall, there is also a large metal mesh. But this kind of thing was directly pushed to the ground when faced with a huge group of skeletons. The group of skeletons directly attacked the humans fleeing inside. It is somewhat difficult to capture the wall. But on flat ground, the skeletons had the upper hand. At least the ones running away were humans. Soon, the sounds of fighting in the prison stopped. Densely packed skeletons filled the open space, surrounding several buildings. Outside the prison. ?Xiaoxiao floated back from a distance and said: "Uncle, those bad guys have all hid in the house, and the skeletons have surrounded it." Everyone is in? Wu Heng was still a little worried. After all, bullets are very lethal. Don''t shoot two bullets from any corner, you''ll be dead and that''s it. Well, they all hid in it. Let me see! Wu Heng let Xiaoxiao get into his body and shared the vision just now. Saw the situation inside the prison directly. The entire prison has been completely occupied by skeletons. In fact, there are not many living people left in Xiaoxiaokou. Perhaps he was killed by the skeleton in the chaos. ?Wu Heng read it twice carefully. After confirming that there should be no danger, he took Li Yahong, Bassen, Bawudong and other skeletons and went straight into the prison within the wall. The ground was strewn with dead bodies. ??Wu Hengs order was to kill humans armed with weapons, and those people who died outside should be Chen Jinlongs thugs. ?The entire prison is wider than imagined. You can see basketball courts, empty lots, and several buildings. I knew this was a prison, but I didnt know which factory area I thought it was. The entire prison was unusually quiet. Can''t hear any sound either. Xiaoxiao, go find the bad guy shouting and swearing on the wall. Wu Heng said. Chen Jinlong should not be dead yet. Walking all the way, I havent seen his body yet. Oh okay! Xiaoxiao flew out directly. Soon, he flew back again. Pointing to a building in the distance, "The big bad guy is in that house, in the room on the fourth floor." How many people? Four people, besides him there are three aunts. Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng nodded and gave the order directly, "Avoid the window, let''s go there." Fourth floor, door. The team of skeletons crowded in the corridor. From the other side, a man''s voice came, "People from the auto repair shop, I know it''s you. We are all survivors, so why kill them all!" ?Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, who said directly: "You are the one who kills them all first, we are just fighting back." "Don''t say that. I did something wrong this time. I have to apologize to a few of you. Please let me live!" continued in the room. Its a little late for you to apologize. Li Yahong continued. ?Wu Heng made a gesture to the side. ??Bassen squatted forward, pulled out the iron wire, and started working on the door lock. He has a bronze key. But in this situation, he did not intend to use it. We are all survivors, and there are not many people left alive. If you let me live, a few of them will be my benefactors. ??The people in the room are still talking. After doing this for a while, Bassen squatted down and walked back. means it cannot be opened. ??Wu Heng lost his patience and said to the big guy standing in the corridor, "Go and knock him away." ?Two giant skeletons wearing iron armor stood on the corridor. Hold your body low and get ready to charge. ?Then, he suddenly rushed out. With a bang, it hit the iron door. The solid iron door instantly made a huge dent. The two heads continued to hit each other, and with a bang, there was another large dent. "Damn it, you guys are so cruel, aren''t you? I''ve set the whole building up with explosives, and we''re all going to die together!" The room was still cursing loudly. ?Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng in horror, who shook his head slightly. He has already asked Xiaoxiao to check it. Besides Chen Jinlong, there were three women in the room. There was absolutely no explosives, and since their side was attacking suddenly, they had no time to place explosives. Dong dong dong! ?The big guy and the big guy took turns hitting the security door. Huge power caused the whole building to tremble. ?The dents on the door became larger and larger, becoming more and more dilapidated. ~! ??The security door was slammed open, and the big man rushed directly into the room. ?Bang bang~! Two gunshots were fired. ??Chen Jinlong held a shotgun and fired two shots in succession. ?The bullet hit the big man''s armor, forming a honeycomb-like dent. The power of the shotgun still caused the big man to take two or three steps back and fall directly to the ground. But soon, the big guy stood up again. Chen Jinlong in the room glanced at the densely packed skeletons outside. Fuck, Ill come back sooner or later and kill you. With a curse, he picked up a woman who was squatting in the corner with her head in her hands. Hands the woman''s neck with one hand and jumps out of the window. The woman''s face was full of horror. While in the air, Chen Jinlong''s body began to change. His skin became red and bloodshot, and the excess fat seemed to be burning, revealing sharp muscle lines. Bang~! Chen Jinlong curled up and landed on the woman''s body. ?Then, he staggered to his feet and limped outside. He really awakened his superpower! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. (End of this chapter) Chapter 123 , small city Chapter 123, Small Cities Before, when questioning the prison corpse. One of the corpses mentioned that Chen Jinlong might have awakened his powers. ?At that time, Wu Heng still doubted the authenticity of this information. After all, he had taken the corpse core himself, and the effect was not significant, but the side effects were very obvious. ??Without antidote, the chance of viral infection is extremely high. On the contrary, awakening superpowers depends entirely on luck. But the ability shown by Chen Jinlong clearly indicates that he has awakened his superpower. His luck and ruthlessness are indeed more suitable for this end of the world. Kill him! ?Watching Chen Jinlong jump from the window, Wu Heng said directly. ?Ba Wudong took one step forward and jumped down together. ?At the same time, the big-headed skeleton controlled the skeleton warriors outside and began to surround Chen Jinlong''s position. ??I had no intention of letting him go before, and it was even less possible for him to escape now. Large swaths of skeletons were approaching from all directions. Chen Jinlong''s face became even more ugly. Change positions and escape towards the location with fewer skeletons. But after just a few steps, a group of skeletons blocked him in front, as if they knew what he was thinking. ??More skeletons are holding kitchen knives and moving forward step by step. Surrounded him in the middle, narrowing the circle little by little. Cao! What kind of monster is this? Chen Jinlong continued to curse. ?Bang bang~! ??The shotgun hanging behind his back was thrown in front of him, and two shots were fired in front of him, instantly shattering the two skeletons. The sound of gunshots is also like a signal. All the skeletons began to charge. The bones rattled. grass~! ??Chen Jinlong cursed again and smashed the gun against a skeleton. ?Hit your feet. Like a swift cheetah, it quickly rushes into the weak position of the skeleton group. Hands of fists were thrown out, knocking down several skeletons to the ground one after another. It can be seen that Chen Jinlong still has certain fighting skills, and his fighting awareness needs to be strengthened. After a short fight, all the surrounding skeletons were knocked down. It is also something ordinary people can do. Suddenly, a strong sense of crisis arose in his heart. Chen Jinlong subconsciously lowered his body and moved half a step to the right. An iron-gray skeleton fist passed by his ear. The wind is howling. Master! Bang~! As soon as Chen Jinlong had this idea in his mind, the second punch already landed on his abdomen. Poof~! Blood and water mixed with bile spurted out of the mouth. ?The body flew out instantly, knocking down the skeletons behind it. Seeing countless kitchen knives falling on my head, I quickly rolled to avoid them. Seeing the iron-gray skeleton rushing towards him again. ?Chen Jinlong gritted his teeth and dug straight into the middle of the kitchen knife skeleton behind him. Planning to force a way out. ?Bang bang~! At this time, Wu Heng came over with people. ?Seeing Chen Jinlong breaking out of the encirclement, he fired two shots at the group of skeletons. The bullet passed through the hollow skeleton and hit Chen Jinlong''s body. ?Blood spattered and two **** holes appeared in his chest. ??Chen Jinlong looked at him fiercely, the red threads on his body became denser, and the muscles squirmed at the wound where the bullet penetrated, slowing down the bleeding. Kill him! Wu Heng continued. ~! The big guy, the big guy lowered his head and rushed forward. The group of skeletons in front instantly gave way to a path. With a bang, the big man knocked Chen Jinlong away and fell to the ground. Immediately afterwards, the big guy and the two-toned guy followed closely. Before they could get up, they smashed down with iron-gloved fists. ?Like a pile driver, banging and banging. Lets talk, ahemtalk! Its what I did wrong. "I''m convinced, I''m convinced, let me go...once." ??Chen Jinlong was still shouting, trying to communicate with Wu Heng. But no one responded. He did not stand up again. Soon, in the sound of hammering, experience tips appeared. Prove that Chen Jinlong is dead. ?Wu Heng asked Big Guy and Two Guys to stop, and if they continued to fight, they would turn into mud and the skeletons could no longer be summoned. Let the skeletons clean the battlefield and kill all those holding weapons. Wu Heng gave the order directly. Hurrah! The surrounding skeletons dispersed again, spreading throughout the prison area. Start to move the bodies, and at the same time search for scattered guns and ammunition around. Chen Jinlong is dead and the entire prison has been captured. The remaining ones who are hiding will be searched out by skeletons sooner or later. ??As soon as the sound of battle sounds, you will be besieged by skeletons. The skeletons scattered. ??Wu Heng walked back towards the building where Chen Jinlong was before. From a distance, I saw Li Yahong standing downstairs, with a woman lying on the ground in front of him. She..., can she still be saved? Li Yahong asked. This woman was led by Chen Jinlong to jump down from the fourth floor, and she acted as a cushion. Chest collapsed, blood vomited out from mouth and nose. Looking at his appearance, he may not be able to survive.? ? ? ? He may be in his 20s and looks quite young. Dark red whip marks can also be seen on the exposed skin. While alive, I also suffered a lot of sins. He kept vomiting blood, lying on his back on the ground, looking at the two of them. There is no fear of the skeletons around him, and his eyes show weakness, confusion, and a sense of relief. Many emotions are contained in the gaze, silent and complex. ?Wu Heng came over and gently touched his collapsed chest. The injury was too serious. I''m afraid that the ribs have penetrated into the internal organs. Even in the modern era, it would have been difficult to survive. ??Wu Heng sighed, but still couldn''t bear it. He took out the healing potion and said, "Drink the potion. It''s up to you whether you can live or not." Open her mouth and pour the medicine into her mouth. While the woman vomited blood, she swallowed hard. It seemed like she didnt want to die either. Lets arrange a room for her and see if she can survive until dawn! Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded, let the skeleton be carried, found a room on the first floor, and settled down. The sky is gradually getting brighter. ??The skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a rifle took over the position of the wall, standing on the top of the wall like a sculpture, motionless, with empty eye sockets facing forward. The whole prison was still quiet. When the battlefield was being cleaned, gunfire rang out from several locations, but it soon stopped. ?The corpses were dragged here together with the weapons. In the open space on the cement floor, many corpses were piled up, and there was a strong smell of blood. ?Wu Heng first set his sights on Chen Jinlongs body. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, and the flesh and blood fell off, revealing the white bones. Skeleton Warrior (Level 7) Level: 7 Attributes: Constitution 17, Strength 16, Agility 14, Intelligence 12, Perception 11, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, basic soul. Experts: Fighting Specialization (Basic), Equipment Specialization (Basic). Ability: Explosive potential. Explosive potential: Explosive enhancement of the body, improving physical condition, and reducing pain and negative effects on oneself. Chen Jinlong''s attributes seem a bit average. Level 7 is the same level as Basin. On the property panel, it is much simpler. There is nothing special except that the attribute value is higher. But it is also in line with the characteristics of people in this world. There is an [explosion potential] in the ability, which should be his ability to suddenly burst out of combat power. ?This ability seems to be able to temporarily improve combat effectiveness. It seems to be of some use. From now on, your name will still be Chen Jinlong, please go aside first! Wu Heng said. Chen Jinlong, who had turned into a skeleton, walked out of the rotten flesh and stood aside. ?Wu Heng took out an iron rod and searched among the broken pieces of flesh. There was no corpse core. It seems that when a person with superpowers dies, he or she will not drop anything like a corpse core. There is no pity either. If the person with superpowers has a corpse core. ?That''s a little scary. After transforming Chen Jinlong, Wu Heng continued to use [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the remaining corpses into skeletons. There are not many corpses. There are less than a hundred corpses in total, and they can all be transformed at one time. ? And through the ''talking with the dead'', it seems that there are only more than a hundred people in the prison. Im afraid that after this time, there wont be much left. In an office-like room. ??Wu Heng found a layout map of the prison. The entire prison can be divided into three areas. criminal area, police area and functional area. The criminal area includes the prison building, solitary room, restaurant, medical room, library, cultural and sports activity room and labor reform room. The police area consists of office buildings, dormitories, as well as firearms and ammunition depots. Functional areas include garages, warehouses, generator rooms, transformer and distribution rooms, boiler rooms, water pump rooms and other buildings. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he looked at this layout plan. The environment in this prison feels higher than my previous living conditions. Is everything so complete? Also owns separate generator room, water pump room and so on. It is like a small independent city. No wonder the searchlights are on here. ?Wu Heng took a look and confirmed the location of the armory. ?Taking the skeleton, he walked over directly. The ammunition depot was damaged and an old-fashioned lock was replaced at the door. ?Have the skeleton smash it directly with the fire ax and then enter the room. Opening the weapons cabinet, Wu Heng''s eyes gradually widened. There are more than 200 rifles and submachine guns left in the weapons cabinet. Including those collected from outside, there are more than 500 in total. This time, it really was not in vain. Put away all the firearms and continue taking the skeleton to the ammunition depot. Similarly break the door lock and enter the room. Boxes of ammunition were stacked against the wall, half as high as a person. ??Wu Heng could not hide his joy after opening it. These are enough to last for a while. (End of this chapter) Chapter 124 , life support Chapter 124, Life-Sustaining Techniques Evacuated the two rooms and Wu Heng returned to the dormitory room. As soon as he returned, he saw Li Yahong standing at the door waiting for him. said: "27 survivors were found, 22 women and 5 men." There are only so many survivors left in the prison. Furthermore, most of the men should have been killed last night, leaving only some women who did not participate in the war. Are there any of Chen Jinlongs subordinates among these people? Not sure yet. "Let the women who were rescued from the room yesterday identify themselves. If they are prisoners, kill them if they have harmed others to avoid any problems." Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ?No one wants a few unstable factors to mix into their team. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to speak. I plan to use this as a base, what do you think? ?Li Yahong was not too surprised. ?Just now, I took a walk around the prison. ? Various areas are fully equipped and water and electricity can be supplied. It is a treasure land in the current post-apocalyptic world. Its just that Chen Jinlong and others did not manage their business well. It turned into a bandit''s den. I think its okay, but its a bit far from the residential area, so searching for supplies will take some time. Li Yahong continued. This is some distance from residential areas. You cannot search for resources from nearby residences on foot as you did before. ?Of course, it is also safer here and there is less chance of facing zombie waves. Even if there is any danger, walls and machine guns can provide better defense. You can search and drive, so these are not problems. "Well, I don''t have any objections. I''ll listen to you." Li Yahong continued, as if he was listening to your arrangements. Then its settled like this, and we will gradually move the resources of the auto repair shop here. ?Li Yahong nodded to express her understanding. At this time, Hadron''s voice came over the intercom, and the convoy arrived at the prison gate. Go and bring them in, and then you can count the resources in the prison. "good!" ?Li Yahong left and ran towards the gate. Soon, the door opened and the motorcade drove straight in. Then, Qiangzi, Jia Zheng and others got out of the car and looked around in surprise. It was daylight, but the searchlights were still on. It is actually able to provide power to such a facility, which is much better than their small generator. Said something full of surprise. ??Wu Heng entered a room and asked several skeletons to guard outside. Use the bronze key to open the door and go directly to Luntam City. Have breakfast at the pub at the door. Wu Heng went directly to the association. Enter the lounge and saw the orc Duke sitting there again. Captain, you are here. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Is anyone looking for me?" "Yesterday the deacon came to hand out tasks, but you were not there, so I was alone, and the deacon left." Duke said. Um? Coming to distribute tasks again? ?This Luntam City is quite busy. "I wasn''t here, so the deacon didn''t say anything?" Wu Heng sat down aside. "I said you went to investigate the wanted criminal, and the deacon left." After Duke finished speaking, he asked again: "Captain, do you have any clues about the wanted criminal?" No, do you have any clues there? Wu Heng asked. Duke scratched his head and said, "I found out one of them, but it''s not a clue. Everyone else knows it." A clue that everyone knows? What clue? Wu Heng asked. "Oh, there is a group of robbers on the trade road. They often wander around the trade road, hijacking caravans and people. The leaders and backbone of this group of robbers are all wanted criminals. The amount of the reward is increasing every year. Each caravan I hate them all," Duke said. In fact, based on Wu Hengs idea. Gangs or mercenaries are not much different from robbers. Some of the robbers encountered outside were committed by mercenaries. It depends on whether anyone finds out and provides valid evidence. ??He was directly listed on the wanted poster and fixed in an area for robbery. This is considered to be the king of the mountain, and it is done openly. There is no one to destroy them? I heard that some people have been there, but the other party is quite strong and has never done anything to them. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Well, let''s have an idea of ??this target first, and then continue to collect intelligence to see if there are any other clues." "Oh, okay." Duke nodded. The two chatted for a while. He left the association again. Duke went to investigate the wanted criminals, while Wu Heng went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. Enter the consortium hall and show the emblem. We were invited to a separate room. Not long after, the door opened. ??The charming female person in charge who received me before opened the door and walked in. Good afternoon, guest! the woman smiled brightly. ?The long skirt has a low neckline, revealing a large area of ??white, tender and plump skin. "Good afternoon." Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Is there any news about the commission I issued last time?" Ill ask someone to check it out. ?The other party took his emblem and arranged for someone to go down and compare the entrusted information. Soon, someone opened the door and walked in, delivering a wooden box and taking away the emblem. "It seems there is a result." The woman took a look at the commission letter and continued: "Among the commissions you issued, a total of two necromancy skill books were collected, one for the construction of the ''Bone Ground'' array building, No results yet. ?Wu Heng was delighted, the action here was really fast. I collected two copies directly. Said directly: "Well, it''s quite efficient." Two skill books were sent over. Life-sustaining surgeryPathogenic ray I have never studied either of them. But the disease-causing ray has appeared in the skills of the "Skeleton Hag" that I transformed. It shouldnt be considered a profound magic. Life-preserving Technique (Description: Touching a dying living creature, so that the creature''s injury is temporarily stabilized. This spell is invalid for undead creatures and mechanical life, and is invalid for dead living creatures.) Um? ?Wu Heng glanced at the skill introduction and frowned. Who said that necromancers only know how to study the spells of the underworld? This is very positive. ? Type, it can also be regarded as an auxiliary spell. When teammates or other creatures are seriously injured and dying, you can allow them to maintain their injuries for a short period of time to buy time for treatment. This point can play a key role at any time. But the maintenance is only temporary. The injury still needs to be treated. If you cannot get effective treatment, you will still die after the spell. Pathogenic ray ?? (Description: Shoots a black energy ray, causing the target to enter a poisoned state, and has a chance of causing old diseases.) Forehead. The second skill returns to the characteristics of the undead. A skill that is poisonous and has a chance of causing old illnesses. ?This skill is not so lethal, it mainly targets a disgusting person. When two parties are at war, if a skill is used or a casual attack is made, the combat effectiveness can be reduced by more than half. Set spraying also affects morale. How do you feel, guest? The woman sat down beside her, her white legs under her skirt. "Well enough!" These two skill books, Life Support Technique, cost 45 silver coins, and Pathogenic Ray, 77 silver coins, can be deducted from the previous deposit. The woman continued. No, I will pay you directly. The deposit will still be there, and you will continue to help me collect the corresponding skill books. Good guest. The woman smiled and nodded. Then, the woman called the staff and began to fill out the power of attorney form again. While he continued to chat with Wu Heng. My name is Lecia, how should I call you, my guest? The woman changed her sitting position, revealing her slender thighs. Wuheng. Nice to meet you, Mr. Wu Heng. "Me too!" ?Sooner or later, you will know the identity of the captain of your own association. If you are secretive, you will appear to be distrustful of the other party. Furthermore, given the capabilities of the Snake Emblem Consortium, they may have known his identity for a long time. It is nothing more than speaking through someone''s mouth. "Does your consortium have channels to purchase stores in Xiacheng District?" Wu Heng suddenly thought of this and continued to ask. The woman raised her eyebrows. Looked at the other party curiously. Answer: "Of course, we have some stores in our hands. Does the customer want to open a store?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 125 ,Take good care of yourself Chapter 125, Take care of yourself Wu Heng was not surprised to hear that the "Snake Emblem Consortium" also had shop business. Real estate is an important investment project in any city. As the Snake Emblem Consortium has a legal status in the city, it is impossible not to get involved. I do have the idea of ??opening a store. ??However, it is still a bit too troublesome to contact shops and deal with local merchants. ??If there is an organization like a consortium to cooperate, a lot of troubles will be avoided. The price may be higher than if you contact us privately. But it wont be too high. After all, in business, there is no need to do it if it is too exaggerated. Where is the location? Wu Heng continued to ask. Wait a minute! The woman turned around and said a few words to the staff outside. Soon someone came in with a map. The woman bent down and spread the map on the coffee table. She pointed at several locations on the map with her green-white fingers and said, "These are all stores under our name. You can see which one suits you." The map is a topographic map of Luntam City. Including inner city and outer city. The outer city area is divided into four districts, southeast, northwest and northwest, and each area has its own shops. The quantity is not much, but enough to choose by yourself. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to ask: "How to calculate the rent?" The main street location is between 2,300 and 3,500 silver coins, and the shops on the edge streets are cheaper, around 1,700 to 2,000 silver coins. ?Wu Heng nodded. The price was similar to what he knew, slightly higher by one or two hundred silver coins. But it is also within the tolerance range. "How to deal with the gang problem?" Wu Heng looked at the map again. "You don''t need to pay attention to this at all. Your store is still owned by a consortium. We have our own agreement with the local gangs. No matter how messy they are, they will not interfere with your normal business." The woman continued to explain. ?Wu Heng nodded, quite satisfied with these. It is also the fastest way to open a store. Actually, it feels a bit ridiculous when you think about it. As the captain of an association, I feel that it is easier for the consortium to handle things. As long as you have money, most problems are not a problem. Seeing that the other party was quite satisfied, the woman said directly: "If you decide now, we can arrange for someone to clean it up at the store." ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not needed yet. Let''s wait a few days." Sure, come over then and I will choose a suitable store for you. Soon, the staff on the side also wrote a new commission for acquiring skill books. The emblem was handed back to Wu Heng''s hand. After chatting with the woman for a few more words. He left the consortium directly and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Simply ate some instant noodles and snacks. He entered the study directly. The four skeleton hags were also flipping through the skill books. ?Wu Heng picked up the one in the hand of one of the hags and looked at it. Its the one I read originally. Is it so difficult? ?Two or three days have passed, why havent I unlocked the skill yet? Its not like you cant learn it at all! I started to have some doubts in my heart. According to the "Book of the Necromancer", summoned objects can learn necromancy spells. It shouldnt have no effect at all. Is it possible that the hags intelligence is too low and it will take more time? I cant figure it out, but I cant do anything about it. We can only let them learn it first, and it will not be of much use for a while. Hand the skill book back to the hag, he also sat down at the desk and took out the two skill books he got today. also started to look through it. [Pathogenic ray] is a more traditional necromantic spell, and its principle is somewhat similar to the weakening ray learned before. Use necromancy magic to affect the target''s physical condition. According to the game, it is to release a negative buff to the person opposite. To reduce physical attributes. Read it quickly again and flip to the last page. ?The system prompt will appear immediately. Unlock skill: Pathogenic ray. Its better to be faster on your own. ???If they were really like the hags and couldn''t develop a skill for several days, I would probably have given up long ago and concentrate on increasing the number of skeletons. Continue to open the second book and start flipping through it. Life-sustaining spellshould be relatively rare among necromancy spells. At least there is no record of this skill in the Book of the Dead. Necromantic magic is more closely aligned with the two directions of "undead servants" and "diseases". In other words, it is more like the summoner in the original game. The frontal battle is carried out by skeletons or corpses, and the mage releases some negative effects skills from behind. This life-sustaining skill is more like a logistical medical skill. Necromancers have been in contact with dead bodies and ghosts all year round, and are used to seeing the end of life. Rarely pay attention to the life and death of other people. It is indeed rare to study such an obvious rescue skill. Unlock skill: Life Sustaining Technique. The two skills obtained are all unlocked. Learning skills is not difficult at all. ?Wu Heng placed two skill books on the bookshelf at the back. He continued to say to the skeleton hag: "After learning the skills, pick other skill books from the bookshelf to learn." After saying that, he walked out of the study and went directly to the zombie world through the bedroom door. Sight restored. ?Wu Heng has appeared in a dormitory inside the prison. Follow the divisions on the layout plan. ?This is the warden''s room, which is relatively spacious and has a bedroom and a living room. More like a small suite in a hotel. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton out of the room and went straight downstairs. ?Stepping out of the corridor, they saw Li Yahong standing not far away, gesticulating with Qiangzi and others to explain something. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked, "How is it?" Qiangzi said hello to the others, and then went about their business. Li Yahong said directly: "It''s okay. The new survivors in the prison have settled down. During the day, I asked Qiangzi and the others to repair the iron gate and the damaged barbed wire. There is no problem at all." Wu Heng is still very satisfied with Li Yahong''s efficiency. ?She is the kind of person who will do the task immediately if given to her today, and it will be effective soon. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. "I charged my iPad. There are a few movies in it. You can show it to ''Xiao Xiao''. Doesn''t she always want to watch TV?" Li Yahong said directly. The longer we have been in contact, the less afraid we are of each other. Sometimes, women are more delicate, and she actually remembers the things that Xiaoxiao always talks about. Where did you find it? Its the room where Chen Jinlong kept the woman. There are also several mobile phones. They have enough electricity here and they all have electricity. You can play some games and so on. "Well, okay, I''ll thank you for Xiaoxiao." Wu Heng took it. "No matter what you thank me for, this place belongs to you, and we will let you protect it from now on." Li Yahong said something, and then said: "I will take you around inside." Lets go! ?Li Yahong took him around the prison. ?This is indeed a nice place, with spacious grounds and complete supporting facilities. In particular, there is a "labor reform workshop" with hundreds of sewing machines placed inside. What are you doing here? Wu Heng asked. I heard that when the prison was still there, prisoners were allowed to work and make clothes. Now this place has become a warehouse. Li Yahong said. The whole workshop is full of debris. With the current situation, there is no need to produce any clothes. Mainly food and supplies. Even if you need clothes, just grab some from the store. The two of them walked around and returned to the front of the building. ??Wu Heng continued: "Fill up the gas in the cars. Let''s go back in the next two days and bring the remaining people and equipment over." "good!" Until late at night, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Hitchhiked a movie for "Xiao Xiao", and continued to practice swordplay in the living room. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng went to the association. On the way to the lounge, a staff member shouted: "Captain Wu Heng, there is your letter here." Thank you! Wu Heng received the two letters. Needless to say, it goes without saying that the letter was sent back from Blackstone Town. ?Its just that I sent out three letters, but I dont know who didnt reply to me. ?Go directly to the lounge. There is no one in the room. Duke is not here today. ?Wu Heng sat down aside and held the letter in his hand. ?Picked up the first letter alone, I felt something was wrong with the weight. I cut open the sealing wax, poured it gently into my palm, and saw a gold coin fall out. ?Wu Heng frowned. What''s going on? Why did you send me money? It''s so generous. ?Immediately picked up the letter and read it. The handwriting is delicate and neat, with light strokes. It is a woman''s handwriting, and she has strong writing skills. Who is this? How can I know someone who can write so well? Continue reading. Captain Wu Heng: The letter has been received. Congratulations on your success in becoming captain. ??Everything is going well in Blackstone Town. The public security in the city has begun to stabilize and the work pressure is not as heavy as before. " ?Wu Heng frowned, who is this? He looks like an official. Did you send it to the wrong person? Continue reading. "Not long after you left, I personally went to the crowded area twice. Two new security booths were added there, and it was not as chaotic as before. The residents in the crowded area all thought that you had changed this place. I heard that there was going to be a gathering. Money to erect a statue of you. The fourth team was reorganized. Captain Altluk and his team captured a few mercenaries who committed crimes. It was not difficult to earn some bounties, but it was a little more difficult to achieve meritorious deeds. Yuli thinks of you often. Write her a letter next time. She should be very happy. ?Everything is fine here, dont worry about it. After you stabilize in a few days, I will take Yuri there to see you. Take good care of yourself. " ?Wu Hengs eyes widened in disbelief. When I read the ending, I already guessed who the person who replied to me was, Blackstone Town Deacon Slater, a woman as mature as a peach. It seems that I didnt write to her. Why do you still have the tone of replying to yourself? ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, and soon figured out that it was probably the letter he wrote to Yuli that was delivered to ''Slater''. Then, Wu Heng looked at the gold coins brought in the envelope. What does this money mean? What does it mean to take care of yourself? (End of this chapter) Chapter 126 , how big a deal is it to kill someone? Chapter 126: What a big deal it is to kill someone ?Wu Heng picked up the letter and looked at the content on it again. The first half introduces the situation in Blackstone Town, while the second half is more tentative. Damn it, Slater is not testing me! Well...if the other party is Slater, it seems that he will not suffer any loss. Fold the letter paper first and put it aside. Continue to open the second letter. The handwriting of the second letter was much rougher, and it was obviously written by Captain Altluk to himself. Mainly talked about things in the lower city. ??Also, we have established a relationship with the captain of the second team, Tulisa. Actually, everyone knows about this matter, only Altluk thinks that keeping it secret is good. ??Even specially told Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng took out a new piece of letter paper from the drawer. ??This time, in addition to replying to the two of them, I also wrote a supplementary letter to Yuli. Told Yuri again about her achievements in killing hags and bloodthirsty perverts, as well as some delicious local food. ??If you have a chance to come over, treat her to delicious food every day, nothing the same every day. The second letter was a reply to Otluk, congratulating him on finding love, and be sure to inform yourself when you get married so that you can send blessings. The third reply to Slater was a little more bold. ??After randomly writing some recent events to make up the number of words, I wrote directly at the end that I want to see you as soon as possible, and I hope that I can make plans to come over in advance. As for the previous letter written to Kawina, she had just been transferred to another town and might not have settled down yet, so it was normal for her to reply later. Put the three letters into envelopes and write the addressee this time to avoid sending them by mistake again. After stamping with sealing wax, it was sent directly to the front desk. The other side. Outer city, in a dark room. ?The door opened, and a cloaked figure walked in. The whole body is wrapped tightly, and only a pair of narrow and elongated eyes are exposed on the face. He walked in slowly and sat down at the table. There was also a figure sitting in the shadow opposite. He looked at him and said, "Fischer, you, the captain of the association, have you ever been so sneaky?" The man took off his scarf, revealing the face of a middle-aged man. said: "When I come to you, I have to be careful." "Haha!" The strong man opposite laughed, "The captain of your association is not welcome here either. If word gets out, people will gossip about you." Look, its both good for you and me if I pretend. ??The strong man looked at him coldly and said, "Tell me, why did you come to my place? If it''s to get information, then you can go back." ?Fischer shook his neck and glanced at the rest of the people in the room. ??The strong man also glanced and said, "You guys go out first, and no one else is allowed in." Several younger brothers retreated outside at the same time. There were only two people left in the room. Stop talking nonsense, tell me what you have to say. ??Fischer said directly: "I came here to let you kill someone." "I thought it was such a big deal. Why are you so mysterious about killing people?" The man took a sip from the wine glass on the table and continued: "Tell me who to kill!" The captain of a newly transferred association. The hand holding the wine glass paused, and he frowned and stared at the other person, "Captain of the association? This is not a good job." ?The association is a behemoth, and local gangs basically dont dare to mess with it. ?Those who kill people within the association will definitely be put on a wanted list, and then there will be no place to hide in the world. Be hunted all his life. Bang Dang~, Bang Dang~! Two money bags were thrown on the table one after another. "The deposit is two hundred silver coins. After the event is completed, I will give you another four hundred silver coins. Make it more secretive. No one will know what you did. Then you will leave the city and hide for a while." Fisher said. Six hundred silver coins. The price on the wanted list is also very high. ??The man squinted at him and continued: "What is his strength? How many people are around him?" "The new person who has just been transferred is accompanied by two attendants. This is his place of residence." There was a little silence. The man put away his money bag and said, "Okay, I''ll take this job." Fischer grabbed his money-grabbing hand and said, "Kill someone and don''t leave him alive. We are not safe if he is alive." "Nonsense, we never leave anyone alive when we do things." "most!" Fischer let go of the other persons hand, wrapped himself tightly again, and exited the room. Send the letter to the front desk. Just as Wu Heng was about to leave, he was stopped by the staff. Captain Wu Heng, the deacon asked you to come over. ?Wu Heng nodded and went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly at the door, then push the door open and go in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said. The deacon was looking at the document in his hand. After nodding, he said, "What have your team 12 been busy with recently?" Investigating wanted criminals. Any clues? There are some clues and we are still pursuing them... The deacon looked at him and continued to ask: "Which wanted criminal under investigation has any clues? Let me tell you." ??Wu Heng said directly: "The hags in the reward order found out that they are preparing for a gathering and plan to lure some caravans along the way." The deacon was a little surprised at Wu Heng''s answer. Unexpectedly, we are actually looking for wanted criminals. He didnt continue to ask further, and handed him a document and said, Lets put the matter of the ghost woman aside for now, and leave this matter to you to confirm the authenticity of the information. ?Wu Heng glanced at it. The task content is to confirm the intelligence. Hurry to read the content above. The deacon continued: "We have received information that a wanted criminal has appeared in an abandoned manor outside the city. Your team is small. Go and confirm the authenticity of the information and come back and tell us." A wanted criminal? Not sure, they gathered some people, remember not to take any risks, your task is just to confirm the intelligence. Okay, then Ill go down and get ready, and Ill set off right away. Well, lets go! Wu Heng exited the room and returned directly to the lounge. Let the working people go to Duke''s home to find him. Not long after, Duke came in carrying a tomahawk and gnawing on scones. Captain, are you looking for me? Duke said, spraying cake crumbs out. "I have a mission. I have to go out of the city. Do you have anything to prepare?" Wu Heng asked. No, Im ready to come. Well, go register and get a carriage. Lets set off now. Oh, good captain. Soon, Duke prepared the association''s carriage and rushed out of the city together. The carriage was speeding along. Gradually moving away from the city. ??Duke drove the carriage and listened to Wu Heng''s explanation of the mission content. Captain, that manor has been abandoned for a long time. Some people used to go there to dismantle some iron tools and bring them back, but now no one has come. Oh, why is it still abandoned? I heard that the entire family of the original manor owner was killed, and the house was completely burned down, leaving it abandoned. Duke said directly. Its quite miserable! "Um." In the afternoon, the carriage arrived near the manor. After setting up the carriage, the two of them walked through the woods. ?After walking for a while, I saw an abandoned manor built in the middle of the jungle. The four-meter-high wall was covered with thick vines, while half of the stone castle building in the center collapsed, and the remaining half was also covered with vines and moss. Orcs can be seen standing guard in the overgrown courtyard and the collapsed interior of the stone castle. Looks like he doesnt look like an ordinary wanted criminal. Captain, there is a real person, and the information is true. (End of this chapter) Chapter 127 , so accurate Chapter 127, so accurate The two men and two skeletons were squatting in the grass, looking at the orcs in the abandoned manor from a distance. Captain, is it them? Duke asked. It should be. ?This place is only a few hours away from Luntam City. Normal caravans or mercenary groups would never camp at this location. He also looked very cautious and vigilant. ??Moreover, the orcs are already tall, and they look like a group of bandits when they stand there. It feels like there arent many people, lets go in! Duke whispered, grabbing a thin green snake from a branch with his backhand, crushing its head, coiling it into a circle and putting it in his bag. ?Wu Heng watched him coil the snake up and didn''t say much. Now I am exposed to more things, and I am no longer afraid of the things I was afraid of before. Wait first, then observe. Their task is to confirm the authenticity of the intelligence. You can go back and recover now, and other teams will be arranged at that time, or more people will be dispatched to kill. But Wu Heng also felt that there was some trouble. My own team really doesnt have any tasks these days. The deacon may find reasons to assign new tasks after returning. Squatting in the grass and waiting for a while. Xiaoxiao, who was in the invisible state, flew back from the opposite side. Get directly into the body, and the scene in the stone castle appeared in the mind. ??In half of the well-preserved rooms inside the stone castle, six tall orcs were crowded, with their heavy armor aside, leaning against the wall and chatting in a low voice. In the open space in the middle, a fire and an iron pot were set up, in which the meat of some animal was stewed. The sight continued to change, and Xiaoxiao flew directly to the third floor. On the collapsed open-air platform on the third floor, a strong female orc stood guard outside. There is a heavy crossbow in the corner. Including the watchers in the courtyard, there were a total of eight orcs. It can also be considered a small group. ?Furthermore, someone is already making the leather bed, and it looks like they are going to spend the night here. There are eight orcs in total, and the one on the third floor is the crossbowman. Wu Heng told the situation and what he knew. ??Duke swatted the bugs that landed on him and said, "Then shall we rush out?" Its a bit risky to rush out directly. Its best to have a sneak attack. Uh, how do you do a sneak attack... The two of them were talking at the same time. Inside the manor, something suddenly happened. ?Five or six orcs came out of the stone castle carrying weapons, shouting something to each other, and one of them pointed his finger at the hiding place of Wu Heng and Duke. Damn, Ive been discovered. Wu Heng cursed. Many professionals have the means of investigation and alert, and it is obvious that the whereabouts of several of them have been discovered by the other party. Wu Heng didn''t have time to decide whether to escape or kill. Whoosh~! The sound of breaking wind suddenly sounded. A crossbow arrow came at a gallop. Dang~! A crisp sound. Hit directly on the side of Duke''s helmet, sparks flew everywhere, and the crossbow bolt was bounced to the side. Duke was forced to sit on his back due to the huge inertia. ?? He touched the dent of his helmet in horror, still in shock. Captain, I almost died. Lower your body and dont show your head. Wu Heng said. Duke lay on the ground and moved to another position. Whoosh~! The second sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the crossbow arrow flew towards the chest of Bawudong. ?But Bawudong directly grabbed the flying crossbow bolt, threw it aside, and penetrated into the trunk of the tree. So accurate! ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party. At the same time, he quickly took out a ''Poisonous Mist Thunder'', lit it, and threw it directly in front. Bang~! ?The poisonous fog mine exploded, and thick red smoke covered the entire area, blocking the sight of both parties. The orcs on the opposite side immediately started shouting loudly. Damn reptile, hiding. Quick, rush over, dont let them escape. Kill them, otherwise we will have to change places. The orcs shouted loudly, thinking that they were trying to escape by releasing the smoke. He quickened his pace and rushed over through the grass. Listening to the distance moved, Wu Heng said directly: "Kill them without saving bullets." Bassen and Bawudong stood up, raised their rifles, and pulled the triggers toward the front. Skeleton''s sight is not affected by smoke and can accurately lock its position. ?Bang bang bang~! ??Dense bullets roared out, penetrated the smoke, and shot forward. The orcs'' shouts were covered by gunshots, and at the same time, they startled the birds in the forest. Dangdang~Puff! The orcs'' plate armor still played some role. The location of the edge changes the trajectory of the bullet, but at more locations, the bullet directly penetrates the plate armor and enters the orc''s body. ??And some orcs didn''t even wear armor at all, and were beaten directly into a sieve. After a brief burst of gunfire. The area became quiet again, with only painful moans coming from the grass. Forward! Wu Hengs voice came out from the gas mask. Putting one hand on Bassen''s shoulder, he began to walk through the smoke. Pass through the orc area and shoot the orcs who are not dead directly. Quickly penetrated the smoke and approached the courtyard wall of the manor. The moment he rushed out, there was a whoosh, and another crossbow bolt shot over. Quickly rely on the wall to escape. Then, Wu Heng raised his hand towards the third floor and released [Fireball]. ??The scorching fireball flew upstairs, hit the wall with a bang, and scattered large streams of flames. ??The third floor was set on fire and the crossbow-wielding archer was forced back. In the manor, the remaining two orcs walked out of the stone castle. Looking around alertly. Kill them. Wu Heng continued. The gunfire rang out again, shooting at the orcs who walked out. One of them fell to the ground in fear, while the other held a broad-faced battle ax across his chest as a shield. ?The bullets hit it with crackling sounds, without causing much impact. "Bawudong, go kill the orc, Bassen go to the third floor and kill the crossbowman." Wu Heng quickly ordered. ??Bawudong rushed towards the orc holding a battle axe, while Bassen changed his angle and quickly ran towards the third floor from the ruins on one side. ??Wu Heng fired two shots, restraining the axe-wielding orc, and at the same time released [weakening rays] and [pathogenic rays] one after another. Two rays directly hit the orc''s body. The posture of holding the battle ax was obviously heavy. At this time, Bawudong also rushed forward and punched away. ??The orc roared, became stronger again, swung his axe, and chopped it off on the head. ?Ba Wudong staggered to dodge, and at the same time, he punched left and right, hitting his ribs and lower back. The two are entangled together. At this time, Duke also ran out, coughing dryly and rubbing his eyes. ?Eyes were covered with red threads and tears were streaming down their faces. He shook his head vigorously, raised his battle ax, and charged towards the orcs on the opposite side. ??Immediately joined the fight, two against one. The opponent hurriedly dealt with it and retreated continuously. ?Bang bang~! ?Wu Heng saw the opportunity and fired two shots, hitting the opponent''s thigh. The orc dwarfed in pain. Bawudong jumped up and punched the orc in the neck. Gutter. ?The head hangs backward strangely. Gain experience +21. Your level is increased to level 6, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Summon - Skeleton Boxer, gain experience +2. It has actually been upgraded. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. Recently, I really havent paid much attention to experience, but Im actually full of experience. Poof~! At this time, Duke swung his battle ax and cut off the opponent''s neck directly. The head rolled to the side with a rumble, and then he breathed a sigh of relief. Bawudong, go take a look upstairs and kill the crossbowman with Bassen. Wu Heng continued. ?Bawudong ran upstairs again. Humbling sounds of fighting and cursing could be heard faintly. Soon, the fighting stopped, and Basson dragged the body of a female orc down. Duke, are you okay? Wu Heng took off his gas mask and put it away. Duke''s eyes were still red, "It''s okay." Its not that I wont give one to Duke. ??Mainly because the face shape of an orc is rather special, and the protruding fangs make it difficult to wear this mask. Is your head not injured? Duke touched the dented area and said, "The helmet needs to be repaired." As long as its okay, go and move those bodies in the grass. "good!" As the smoke gradually dispersed, Duke walked over quickly and began to drag the body. ??Wu Heng took the skeletons and walked into the stone castle to check the items carried by these people. Most backpacks contain some accompanying items. The biggest gain is that everyone has a money bag in their bag. Except for two of the money bags, which contain more silver coins, the remaining ones each contain exactly 120 coins. It looks like the money has just been divided, otherwise the money in the wallet cannot all be the same. When I turned to the last backpack. Three special scrolls were found inside. Slave Contract Scroll (Description: A magic scroll that draws a slave contract. The caster and the contractee form a ''master-servant'' relationship. The contract takes effect and the slave cannot have any subjective thoughts of harming the master.) Are these people slave traders? There are many kinds of magic scrolls, the most common ones are attack magic. ?This kind of master-servant contract is still relatively rare. I feel that it is not of much use to me. My skeleton is completely loyal. Whatever type of slave I want, I can just collect the corpses. ?After thinking about it, I just put it away. Then he walked out of the stone castle. ??Duke has placed all the corpses in the open space of the courtyard. Captain, theyre all here. ??Wu Heng took out his tablet, called up the wanted posters taken from the association, and said, "Let''s see which one is the wanted criminal." Duke stared at the flipping photos with red eyes in surprise. (End of this chapter) Chapter 128 , Skeleton Guard Chapter 128, Skeleton Guard From Wu Heng''s perspective, most orcs look similar. Especially the portrait on the reward notice, which is even more unrecognizable. So, Duke still needs to identify it. Are there any wanted criminals? Wu Heng asked. "Yes, the one who was killed last was," Duke said. ??Wu Heng glanced at the wanted notice and compared it with the corpse. The hairstyle had been changed, but the appearance should be similar. The wanted poster describes him as a level 10 orc warrior, whose crimes include attacking caravans and kidnapping wealthy merchants. The bounty reward is 550 silver coins and a mid-level item reward. What about the others? There are so many left, but they are not wanted criminals? Wu Heng asked. Well, no! Even if it is a person who has committed a heinous crime and is not on the wanted list, it belongs to the local public security. ??If it''s Blackstone Town, you can also see if the guards have any rewards. In Luntam City, there are no rewards at all. At most, it can be regarded as eliminating harm for the people. Actually, its okay. At least it took just a while to complete the reward. You can fish for a few more days. Okay, you go and pull the carriage over first, and well pull the body back. Wu Heng continued. Oh, good! Duke ran out again to find the carriage. Because he was afraid of alerting others, the carriage was not parked nearby. ?Wu Heng watched Duke walk away and found a broken door in the stone castle. Open the gate directly and let the skeleton move all the corpses and scattered equipment into the gate. Then, let Bawudong carry the body of the wanted criminal and wait by the road. Duke came driving the carriage. Bawudong placed the body on the carriage. Walk back. Captain, do you want the rest of the equipment? They should be worth some money. No, its too heavy and the carriage cant pull it. "Oh!" Duke didn''t say much, and drove the carriage towards Luntam City. Before closing the city gates. The two of them entered the city and returned to the association. ??Duke carried the body and entered the morgue to conduct an autopsy. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. Deacon Gomez glanced at him and said, "How is it? Is the information accurate?" It is certain that he is a wanted criminal. ?Gomez looked solemn and stood up immediately. While putting on the armor, he said: "Go and let the rest of the team gather in the hall to prepare to go out of the city to arrest the wanted criminals." Forehead. ?Looking at Gomez in a hurry, Wu Heng didn''t know what to say. ?After Gomez put on the leather armor, he saw him still standing there and urged him: "What are you doing standing there? Go quickly." "Deacon, don''t bother me." What? The person ran away? Gomez asked. ??Wu Heng said directly: "No, the wanted criminal has been killed, and the body is undergoing autopsy!" ?Gomez paused and looked at him with a frown, "Did you kill him?" Well, once we confirm that he is a wanted criminal, we can easily solve it. How many are they? 8? What about you? "two!" Two against eight? Gomez frowned and confirmed. There are still a few of my attendants, and its not easy either. Wu Heng replied. ?At this time, there was a knock on the door, and an orc staff member came in with a slip of paper. He said directly: "Deacon, the identity of the corpse sent by Team 12 has been confirmed. It is a level 10 wanted criminal on the wanted list. There is no problem." ?Gomez coughed lightly and said, "Settle the bounty for the 12 teams and reward them with mid-level props of your choice." Yes. The staff left. The deacon glanced at him and said: "Next time, if you have anything to say, just say it directly. If you hesitate, it will be very troublesome to wear this armor." "Um." ??Gomez began to take off the armor and continued: "Let you investigate, and you should follow the investigation. Doing so will put you in danger." Wu Heng replied, "They have their own investigation methods. If we are discovered, we can only fight back." ?Gomez didnt want to say anything more. Hang the armor back on the display rack and continue: "Okay, you go back first." "OK." Exiting the room, Wu Heng returned to the lounge. Duke sat in the room and waited, rubbing his eyes from time to time. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately said: "Captain, they sent the bounty and gave us time to choose props." Well, lets divide the bounty and then get off work. Ah? What is after get off work? Its time to go home. "Oh, thank you, captain, I didn''t help much today." Duke was a little embarrassed. ?Wu Heng directly handed him a money bag and said, "Let''s go home. We will continue to investigate the wanted criminals tomorrow. I will ask someone to notify you if there is a mission." "good." The two of them left the association and walked towards their respective residences. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng passed through the gate and went directly to the zombie world. ??Actually, we have gained something today. Those orcs don''t seem to be of a low level. Going out of the room, there were several corpses piled at the door. The smell of blood is overwhelming. Let the skeleton carry it and walk outside together. ?As soon as he walked out of the corridor, he found Li Yahong standing not far away waiting. ??When he saw the pile of strange-looking corpses being carried out and wearing ancient armor, he was also stunned. Some did not dare to step forward. After Wu Heng came over, he said, "The woman who jumped down with Chen Jinlong is in trouble. She may not be able to hold on for long." Go and have a look. The two entered the first floor and stopped in front of a room on the first floor. ?Knocking on the door, a male doctor in a white coat came out. doctor? This is Dr. Guan Zhiguang. He happened to be the doctor on duty in the prison before. He stayed in the prison when the zombies broke out. The profession of doctor is very important at all times. ?? Chen Jinlong is a madman who uses living people to attract zombies, so he should also pay special attention to the doctor. ?So, Dr. Guan Zhiguang is not in any danger and looks very good. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "How about the one inside?" The doctor was a middle-aged man and knew that the man in front of him was the real person in power here. His attitude was more respectful and he said: "The situation is very bad. The sternum is broken and the broken bones penetrated the internal organs. It''s a miracle that he can persist until now." Can it be saved? Surgery is needed, but given the current situation, surgery is not possible. The doctor said directly. Where is the difference? Equipment, manpower, all do not meet the conditions. Then give it a try. If you dont try, you will die. If you try, you will die. There is nothing you can do. For the woman inside. It''s not that I have any motherly sentiments, it''s just that it doesn''t cost me anything. If I can save the other person, I still want to save it. ??Now we are short of people, and we dont want to see young women die so miserably here. The doctor still shook his head, "It can''t be done, the most basic conditions are not met." You just tell me what youre missing? Dont waste your time. The most important thing is blood supply. Once the operation starts, without a blood source, her death will be accelerated, the doctor said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, this is indeed a problem. ??With so many people in the prison, even if there is a matching blood source and blood transfusion equipment, it is uncertain whether the operation can be completed. As long as she cant be disemboweled, thats all right? "yes!" Okay, lets prepare for the operation. Its not as simple as that, the doctor still wanted to persuade. ??Wu Heng interrupted directly, "Do as I say and go quickly." The doctor sighed and went down to prepare. ?Wu Heng entered the ward. The woman was lying on the hospital bed with a pale face. ?The skin is pale and dying. Actually, the woman is not very old either. She may have a family, or she may have just started working. Facing the end of the world, she met Chen Jinlong again, which was considered bad luck for her. ?Wu Heng walked over, and the woman opened her eyes a little and seemed to look over. forced a smile. ?Wu Heng sat down on the side of the hospital bed and said, "I need an operation. Just hold on. I''ll be fine once the operation is over." The woman blinked to show her understanding. About half an hour later, the operation began. When the chest was opened, blood began to pour out. ?The doctor held the tools, but some didnt know where to start. ??Wu Heng grabbed the woman''s hand and immediately released the faint magic of [Life Support Technique] to wrap the body. The blood stopped instantly and the organs continued to function in a strange way. Go on, speed up. The doctor reacted in shock and began to deal with the bone fragments that had penetrated the organs and perform traction and reduction. ?The whole process seems difficult. ?The doctor''s big beads of sweat kept appearing, and the nurse''s helper on the side kept helping to wipe away the sweat. Time passes little by little. Start to suture the wound. Sew up all the open chest. After everything was sutured, the doctor immediately checked the woman''s condition and said, "She''s still alive." ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a bottle of medicine, took away the oxygen, and drank it for her. ?The doctor wanted to say something, but held it back. After confirming that there is no danger. ?Wu Heng asked the other people to take care of him before walking out of the surgery room. How is it? Li Yahong asked. "She is still alive. The rest depends on her own willpower. This is all we can do." Yeah! Li Yahong nodded. Let it be someone else. Even Li Yahong, under the current conditions and a stranger, had given up long ago. He also has a clear conscience. ?Wu Heng could do this to a stranger he didnt know. In the words of Qiangzi and others. That is the Virgin Mary of the last days, and she will die miserably. But equally, he also hopes to see Wu Heng do this. ??If he was injured, he would definitely try his best to treat himself, at least no worse than the woman in front of him. Li Yahong quickly chased after her and asked, "The car is ready, will you go back tomorrow?" "go back." Return to the open space in front of the dormitory building. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the pile of orc corpses again. ?There are seven in total, six of which are melee professions and one is a long-range crossbowman. ??What Wu Heng is most interested in is the female orc. ?At such a long distance, he almost hit ''Duke'' in the head with a crossbow. Absolutely terrible. ??Wu Heng asked him to drag out the body of the female orc and cast the [Bone Slave Technique] alone. ??Necromantic magic wraps it up. Skeleton Bones stood up slowly. Skeleton Guard (Level 9) (End of this chapter) Chapter 129 , put on makeup Chapter 129: Put on makeup The flesh and blood fell off, and a tall skeleton slowly stood up. ?It can be 2.23 meters tall, with thick bones and two protruding fangs that make it even more ferocious. Compared to the male orc''s height of 2.89 meters, this skeleton is already much slender. Skeleton Guard (Level 9) Level: 9 Attributes: Constitution 21, Strength 18, Agility 15, Intelligence 11, Perception 9, Charisma 7. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, defensive vision. Feats: Heavy Crossbow Specialization (Intermediate), Leather Armor Specialization (Intermediate), One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), One-Handed Ax Specialization (Basic). Ability: long-range suppression, fixed shooting posture, real-time combat readiness, elite crossbowman. Skills: Guarding thorns, hound companion. Garrison Vision: Vision +30 feet, visible hidden enemies. Remote Suppression: Know the enemy''s movements well, control the battlefield situation, perception +3. Fixed Shooting Posture: Stand in a fixed position and be prepared to improve accuracy. Real-time combat preparation: You can find favorable terrain and prepare for battle at any time. Elite Crossbowman: Familiar with the crossbow, increases the crossbow range and refill speed. Garrison Thorns: A transformation spell that sets a thorn trap on the ground to restrain the enemy and be noticed by the ''caster''. Hound Companion: You can tame hounds and become your own companions. When I first saw the name "Garrison", I felt it was more like a melee profession. After seeing the attributes, I can also react to the meaning. ?This profession is more like a crossbowman. The characteristics of the profession are reconnaissance and fixed-position fire suppression. The meaning of garrison should be to guard a certain place for suppression. Just like when he and Duke went to investigate, the other party used a heavy crossbow, so the two of them did not dare to show their heads. ?Continue to view properties [Garrison Vision][Remote Suppression][Fixed Shooting Posture][Real-time Combat Readiness] actually increase sight and accuracy. Discover the enemy and kill or suppress it. Wu Heng also realized this. It almost hit Duke''s head with one arrow, which was really scary. [Elite Crossbowman] improves the attributes of the crossbow, which actually means that she is better at using the crossbow. [Garrison Thorns] can release a trap spell to restrict the enemy. The last ability is called [Hound Companion], which can tame hounds. ??I''m afraid it''s impossible for an ordinary hound. I don''t know if a skeleton dog can do it. ??I didn''t bring it during the attack on the prison this time. I''ll give it a try when I get back. Overall, Wu Heng was quite satisfied with this skeleton. There is really a lack of long-range troops in my skeleton team. Even if the skeletons are given rifles, most of them will shoot at them. It cant be said to be professional. From now on, you can call..., Hunting Yi! Go and put on your own equipment. ?Wu Heng hesitated between Shu Yi and Ni Yi, and gave him the name Lie Yi. In the future, if there are units that are good at using long-range units, they can also be named according to their numbers. The skeleton walked out of the shed flesh, put on all the previous armor and leather, and picked up the heavy-looking crossbow in his hand. The heavy crossbow has great range and power, but is too bulky. Firearms can completely replace this weapon. ??Wu Heng took out the sniper rifle and assault rifle he had found from the space ring, and handed both of them to him. said: These two weapons will mainly be used in the future. Then, Wu Heng explained to it the usage of the next two types of firearms. The rest is up to him to research on his own. Let Hunter Yi go aside to study the firearms, while he continued to release [Dead Body Battlefield] on the remaining corpses. Six orc skeletons stood up slowly. Comparing to Hunter just now, these male orc skeletons have thicker bones. Completely close in height, a distorted big guy. ?Huge mouth with fangs and a ferocious face. ?Wu Heng took a look at their properties. Skeleton warriors, one at level 7, two at level 6 and three at level 5. They all have a basic soul. In terms of physique and strength, it is higher than humans of the same level. Characteristics, in addition to [Hollow Bones] and [Basic Soul], there is also [Scars of Glory]. [Rong Hui Furious]: Rong Guang accompanied each orc who boarded the battlefield to give glory and energy in the battle, and with the combat, the strength increased. Among the specialties, heavy armor specialization and battle ax specialization are the main ones. ?In Wu Heng''s view, orcs are born warriors, and the "scarred" characteristic of them increases in strength through battle. It can be said that the more you fight, the more powerful it becomes. Wu Heng is quite satisfied. Plus, you can use weapons, have combat skills, and fight against deformed zombies, so it shouldnt be a problem. Ahem~! ?With a slight cough, Wu Heng said to several beastmen: "From now on, you will be called Beast One, and you guys will be called Beast Two, Beast Three, Beast Four, Beast Five, and Beast Six." ?Wu Heng gave the six orcs memorable names in turn. The seventh level is called Beast One, and the sixth level is called Beast Two. The rest are three, four, five and six. Okay, go aside and put on your equipment. ?Several skeletons took action, walked aside, put on armor full of bullet holes, and picked up weapons. ?Wu Heng asked several orcs to serve as nearby guards. He went straight back to his residence behind him. the next day. Zombie world. As soon as it gets dark, the convoy is ready. ?Wu Heng left some skeletons behind to guard the prison and gain control. He then got back into the truck with the remaining skeletons and began to return to the auto repair shop. When attacking the prison, not all skeletons were brought with them. ?The carrying capacity of trucks is limited. Three large trucks and three military trucks can only pull over 700 skeletons in total. Most of them still stay in their original communities. ?Wu Heng got into the car, and this time the person driving was not Qiangzi, but Li Yahong. Are you driving? Li Yahong turned her head and looked at him, "Why, you can''t trust female drivers?" ?Li Yahong is a little different today. Looks like shes dressed up, but I cant tell where shes dressed up. Anyway, she looks more refined than before. In fact, Li Yahong is also quite good-looking, with a good face shape and frame. I have to repair my car every day, and my body smells of oil and gasoline. Wu Heng replied, "No way, you have the best skills here." ?This is not nonsense. Li Yahong not only knows how to drive, but also can handle forklifts and lifting machines like car repairs. It can be considered a talent. Well, were all in the car and ready to go. Li Yahong said directly. Lets go! The convoy started and drove directly away from the convoy, returning to the auto repair shop along the way they came. The way back is still relatively smooth. Scattered zombies pose no threat to the convoy. Li Yahong asked while driving: "How many days will you stay when you go back?" It should be in two or three days. By then the convoy should make several trips to transport the skeleton and some surrounding supplies. Well, good! ?The car sped along and rushed back quickly. The convoy drove very fast and the road was smooth. At around two o''clock in the afternoon, they rushed back to the auto repair shop. Its just that the convoy has just approached. ?The car radio could hear the serious and panicked voice of Hadron from the first car. Sister Hong, there are deformed zombies in the auto repair shop. (End of this chapter) Chapter 130 , leaving no one alive Chapter 130, No one alive Sister Hong, there are deformed zombies in the auto repair shop. ?Such a sentence made the entire convoy nervous. ?Wu Heng poked his head out, avoiding the passenger blocking his view in front of him, and looked towards the auto repair shop. From a distance, I saw a huge humanoid zombie on all fours, climbing along the outer wall of the auto repair shop. Pale skin, slender limbs and thick claws. Its like a human-shaped gecko, clinging to the wall. ?Huge claws, constantly grabbing at the window. ??At the same time Wu Heng looked at the other party, the aberrant zombies also discovered the convoy. ??Tearing the sealed window hard twice, he jumped off the wall and rushed towards the direction of the convoy. Hes coming, hes coming, what should I do? Damn it! Hadrons exclamation came from the radio. He was the first car, but he dared not stop now, and there were deformed zombies rushing in front of him. Dilemma. ?Li Yahong also looked at Wu Heng anxiously. Let Qiangzi stop the car, and none of you get out of the car, Wu Heng said. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "When the convoy stops, don''t get off the car. Don''t get off the car under any circumstances." ~! ??The sound of brakes was continuous. The gecko deformed zombie became more and more excited when he saw the convoy stopped, and began to run over quickly. ?The footsteps thumped. The vehicle stopped, and Wu Heng directly ordered, "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the target." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons jumped out of the carriage and stood in a row around the convoy. ??This time I did not bring all the skeletons with me. I only brought back big-headed skeletons, Bawudong and other level 5 or above, and more than a hundred skeletons with basic souls. ??The running gecko zombie saw the sudden appearance of the skeleton, and its forward steps suddenly stopped. Looking at the opposite side warily, he started to back away a little. Hurrah! The skeleton team all got out of the car and started charging with weapons in hand. The gecko zombie turned around and started to run away towards the rear. Then he jumped up and climbed directly onto the outer wall of the building. He quickly climbed a few meters and turned to look down to see if the skeletons could climb up. Bang~! A deafening gunshot sounded. ?Hunter Yi, who was standing on the roof of the car, pulled the trigger, and the bullet instantly hit the back of the zombie''s head. The huge force caused his head to hit the wall suddenly. Fall directly from a height. The orc skeletons holding battle axes and the humanoid skeletons holding spears quickly rushed towards the falling position. The gecko zombie quickly climbed up and shook its head, feeling a little dizzy. Then, before the group of skeletons surrounded him, he climbed up the wall again. Bang~! Bang~! Two more gunshots were fired, and the bullets hit the zombie''s back and lower back, splattering blood. Then, he fell off the wall for the second time. Bullets cannot kill him, but the power of the firearm can still interfere with its actions. This time, the skeletons were waiting below in advance, and quickly swarmed up and surrounded them. The weapon in his hand swung down. The zombies struggled violently, and with great force, the skeleton was thrown away. But more skeletons were still clinging to it, chopping and stabbing. Swamp the deformed zombies. Gain experience +35. Summon - Skeleton Warrior, gain experience +10. Experience increases, proving that the zombies have been killed. The skeletons returned, dragging the zombie whose whole body seemed to be covered in white face. ??Wu Heng reopened the car door and said: "The zombie is dead. You go back, tidy up and see if there is anything nearby that needs to be taken away." "good!" Li Yahong and others got off the bus. The door of the auto repair shop opened, and Wang Ke and others all ran out. She got directly into Li Yahong''s arms, "Sister Hong, I thought I was going to die here." Li Yahong touched her head and said, "We can''t die. We can live for a long time." Sister Hong, are you wearing perfume? It smells so good. No! Li Yahong pinched her face, How did the zombies come? Come from the building materials market. ?A few people walked and talked as they entered the repair shop. ??Wu Heng also returned to his community with his army of skeletons. There are no changes in the community. In the alchemists room, Jia Yingying, who was hit by a bullet before, has recovered. looking out of the window. ?Wu Heng opened the door and said, "Are you ready?" Okay, thank you for saving me. Jia Yingying made a bow. Its okay, let Brother Qi take you back! ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to send her out. Jia Zheng, who was waiting outside, was full of joy. He bowed three times to the community, pushed his sister and left. ??Wu Heng checked inside the community and rearranged the patrolling skeleton team. Wrentam City. Downtown, in a dark room. Smoky smoke fills the air with a rich sweetness. ??This is the smell of hallucinogenic drugs, drugs that can make people excited and happy in this world. In front of a desk, there were several middle-aged men standing, wearing leather armor and long swords at their waists. They exuded a fierce aura. Across from the desk, a strong, bearded man sat. The boss of the "Spiked Gang" in the outer city, the butcher "Roach". ?A man who had a bad reputation in a human city ran to "Luntam City", re-formed a gang, and continued to do underground business. Boss, the location has been investigated clearly, and there are indeed only two attendants around. One person said. Roach opened a lavender potion and drank it. With a morbid sense of relief on his face, he said: "Let brothers prepare, we will start tonight, no one will be left alive, and all the corpses will be brought back." Hearing this, the other people in the room nodded, "Understood, boss." After saying that, he walked out directly. At this time, a plump and coquettish woman slowly walked out of the room on the other side. She leaned on the edge of the desk and said softly: "We shouldn''t interfere in the association''s affairs. If we are caught even a little bit, There will be no good outcome for us." Roach opened another bottle of potion, drank it, and said: "You think ''Fischer'' is not afraid? I dare say that once the other party dies, the person who will be investigated by the association will still be ''Fischer''. They are just looking for a few wanted persons." The criminals are being used as scapegoats and cannot be found on us. Internal disputes within the association, local gangs are unwilling to cause trouble. But there are people who can deal with the aftermath and earn a lot of commission, so they are still willing to do this deal. ??Fischer is the captain of Team 8. Compared to being a member of the gang, he is more afraid that things will be exposed. When the time comes, he will definitely do something to prevent the clues from being investigated. The rookie captain who has just arrived in the city does not have to worry about subsequent investigations. ??Moreover, having this contact with Fisher will also have some benefits in the future development of the gang. ??The woman also heard the meaning of the words, thought about it and said, "Fischer won''t turn around and sell us!" "Well~!" Roach laughed, "Fischer is indeed untrustworthy, but this matter is more serious and he doesn''t dare to do this." Speaking, he pulled the woman into his arms and touched her clothes unscrupulously. The woman''s breathing became heavier and she said coquettishly: "Go to my place and rest!" Roach paused, coughed slightly and said, "Forget it tonight, focus on this operation." The woman curled her lips, twisted her waist and turned around to leave. In the community. Wu Heng releases [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... Then, a huge humanoid skeleton slowly stood up. Still on all fours, moving like a gecko. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 131 , the night killer Chapter 131, Night Killer Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 13) Level: 13 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 28, Agility 31, Intelligence 11, Perception 17, Charisma 7. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, echo positioning, rough road crawling. Expertise: Biological Aberration. Echo Positioning: Detect hidden targets by tapping on the surface of objects such as the ground and walls. Crawling on rugged roads: Can crawl on special terrain, agility +3. Biological Aberration: Constitution +3, Agility +3, Perception +2. Among the attributes of the Terrorclaw, the most prominent one is agility, which reaches 31 points. This is already very fast. Characteristics include [Echo Positioning] and [Rugged Road Crawling]. Echo positioning determines the location of the enemy by tapping the ground. It is an exploration ability. It can find the target even if it is hiding in a building. ??Ability is also quite abnormal. Climbing on rugged roads, you can climb on rugged terrain. Being able to climb walls vertically should be the result of this feature. ?But it doesnt feel too useful. My own spiders can also climb walls and webs. Most importantly, this weird humanoid appearance always gives people a sense of discomfort. After reading its attributes, Wu Heng named it Terrorclaw and directly joined the patrol team. Wait for the Direclaw to leave. ?Wu Heng squatted down, rummaged through the broken pieces of flesh, and found a corpse core covered with red bloodshot eyes. With a plastic bag in his hand, he took out the body core and took a look. Compared to the previous corpse core. ?This time the red blood streaks on the corpse core were denser, and there was a color gradient toward purple. It gives people a feeling of being full of neurotoxins. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse core and frowned. Level 3 corpse core? Probably not, the third-level deformed zombies cannot be so easy to kill. They should still be the second-level corpse cores, but with some changes. ?Hand in hand with the corpse core, he walked directly to the building on the side. The Skeleton Alchemist came out and bowed slightly. Among the entire skeleton team, the alchemy skeleton has the highest intelligence and the highest quality. ?Wu Heng handed it the corpse core he had just obtained and said, "Test the toxicity of this and then develop a potion." The alchemy skeleton took it respectfully and put it into the organ jar on the side. There is no constant-temperature storage equipment here, so organ jars are a good container for storing this kind of material. Then, the alchemy skeleton handed him the newly made healing potion and spiritual potion, as well as a list of materials. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, I''ll prepare it for you tomorrow." Leave the room where the alchemy skeleton is and walk around the community. Go directly through the boundary gate and return to your residence to rest. Night falls. Empty streets, shrouded in darkness. Tap tap tap~! The patrolling mercenary group just passed by. Shakes came out of the dank alleys one after another, wearing leather armor, short blades hanging on their waists, and scarves on their faces. The package is tightly packed. Looking around, after finding nothing, he quickly approached the residential area. ?Going into another dark alley, one of them said: "Leave no one behind, take away the body, go back and get the money, be smarter." Understood! The others nodded. "Walk." After confirmation, several people quickly ran towards the building. ?Hand over the fence. Light an incense burner and place it on the side of the building. ??The smoke curled into the building through the cracks in the door and windows. A little later. ?One person let out a break, while the other quickly approached the door, squatted down and started to pick the lock. Ka. The door lock was knocked and opened directly. ??Everyone''s face was filled with joy. It seemed that the plan was simpler than imagined. They looked at each other, opened the door gently, and walked in. There is no one on the first floor. Someone whispered. According to the intelligence, this guy has two attendants. Why is there no one in the room on the first floor? There is no time to think too much. Said quickly: "Let''s go upstairs, faster." Tap tap tap~! ?Several people quickened their pace, and the sound of stepping on the stairs resounded in the house. When I walked through the corner of the third floor and planned to go up to the fourth floor. ?The steps suddenly stopped. At the top of the stairs, there were several figures standing, blocking the way upstairs. ?Among them, you can also see a hollow skeleton with a stooped figure. The silver moonlight shines through the skeleton and reflects on the ground. Grass, its the undead! ?Several people were suddenly startled. Without waiting for a reaction, swish swish~! Several crossbow bolts and magic shot out. Then, the skeletons above pounced directly on them, killing all of them. Bodies lay all over the stairs. ?At the same time, a figure jumped down from the balcony on the third floor and kicked the man outside the door in the head. His neck twisted strangely and his body went limp. ?Pick up the incense burner in the corner, put out the burning position, hold it in one hand, and drag the body with the other hand into the room. The door is closed again. ?In the living room, eight corpses were neatly placed on the floor, with a linen sheet spread under them to prevent blood from flowing everywhere. When several people approached the house, they were discovered by the skeleton. Skeletons do not need to sleep and can stay here day and night. In this residence, in addition to Basen and Bawudong, there are also one sword, two swords, one crossbow, two crossbows, and four skeleton hags. He did not attack immediately, but also let them come in by themselves to avoid making too much noise outside. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and looked at the incense burner in his hand. Psychedelic Incense Burner (Description: In the state of burning incense, after a certain period of time, the creature will fall into exhaustion, dizziness, hallucination and other effects.) As expected, he came well prepared and even brought a magic item with him. I didnt waste any time thinking about their identities. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead], and the first corpse sat up. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who are you?" ded by The Spike Gang? Local gang? ??Luntam City gangs and mercenary groups are in chaos. There are a large number of gangs gathered in the outer city and outer districts. Walking on the street, anyone you pick up at random may be a member of a gang or a mercenary group. ??Are you being targeted by a gang? What are you doing here? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kill everyone in the house. Holy shit! What a great hatred. I thought I was here for money, but I didnt expect that I would die immediately. Who asked you to kill me? Our boss, Roach. ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and thought for a moment, "Why did he kill me?" "have no idea!" Is your boss a human or an orc? Human! The five questions were over, and the body lay back with a thud. Wu Heng continued to use skills, and the second one sat up. Asked directly: "Why did Luo Qi ask you to kill me?" The boss accepted the commission, and the content is to kill you. ??Someone asked a gang to kill him? Who is the person who asked your boss to kill me, or what is his identity? Unclear. ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then asked: "How many people are there in your gang?" There can be more than a thousand people in total. Holy shit. ??This gang is not small, its number can reach more than a thousand. What is Roachs strength? I heard it reached level 10. Who else is more powerful? In the gang, there are several people who have reached level 7 or 8, and they are all the backbone of the gang. After five questions, the second body fell down. Wu Heng then called the others up and asked a few questions. Including the appearance of the boss Roach, the location of the gang, and whether he has any backers. Know something from the conversation. ??This ''Spike Gang'' is not a big gang in the local area. Most of its members are active in the outer city area. Only the leader and a few backbones enter the outer city area. Belong to an outside gang. ?The only thing he didnt ask was who his employer was who asked the gang to kill him. I can roughly guess a few goals in my mind. But its really hard to say. Open the gate and have people carry all the corpses back to another world. ?It was dark and bright, so Wu Heng cooked instant noodles for breakfast. ?This night, I didnt feel sleepy at all. Spent the night in a daze. After breakfast, he walked out of his residence directly. Go to the center of the inner city. He did not enter the association, but directly walked into the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. At this time, there was no one in the hall. Some staff are still cleaning. Hello guest, how can I help you? The front desk staff smiled. ??Wu Heng took out his emblem and continued: "Is Miss Lecia here?" Yes, guest, please go to the lounge and wait. Wu Heng was introduced to a separate lounge, sat down on the sofa, and waited silently. Last nights assassination, he even suspected the Snake Emblem Consortium. After all, I have exchanged a large amount of silver coins here, which shows that I am rich. But after a second thought, the consortium''s suspicion was dispelled. Leave aside such a large organizational structure, I may be one of many customers. Even if the other party wants to kill him, he cannot go to a small gang like the Spike Gang. The Snake Emblem Consortium itself is not a kind person, and killing people is not difficult. Soon, the crisp sound of walking was heard, the door opened, and the beautiful-faced ''Lecia'' walked in. Looking like he just got up, his face still looks like he hasnt woken up yet. Closing the door, the woman smiled and said, "Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng." Good morning. Wu Heng also said hello and said directly: I came here today and wanted to ask the consortium if there are any props to hide the face. "Of course, I''ll ask someone to prepare it." The woman ordered outside, while she sat down opposite. The two chatted for a while, and then someone brought two props and placed them on the coffee table in front of them. Trick earrings, which can blur your face when worn, are a very good prop, and a magical veil, which can change your appearance after being worn... the woman introduced one by one. ??Wu Heng also laid his eyes on the two props on the table. Silver earrings (Description: Silver earrings engraved with illusion magic. After wearing, it can form a blurry illusion on the face, which can block creatures with a perception of less than 20 from spying on the face.) A prop that blurs faces. ?This prop is actually quite useless. It is better to just wear a mask and cover the whole face. But I can also understand the idea of ????this prop. ?Eye and hair color can be used to infer someones identity. If they are all blurred, it will be even harder for the other person to recognize you. But I dont feel like I need it. Continue to look at the second object. Phantom Veil (Wonderful Object) Type: Strange Object Function: phantom, onomatopoeia. Side effects: When worn, it will unconsciously seduce men. (End of this chapter) Chapter 132 , phantom veil Chapter 132, The Veil of Transformation Phantom Veil (Wonderful Object) Type: Strange Object Function: phantom, onomatopoeia. Side effects: When worn, it will unconsciously seduce men. ?? (Description: After wearing it, you and the surrounding clothes can be enveloped in a layer of ''female'' magical illusion, and perform ''female'' onomatopoeia. The disembodiment effect cannot be hidden from any physical form of inspection. Perception of 30 and above will see through the disguise effect. ) Fuck! The hag''s abilities. ?At that time, in the dilapidated temple, there were several nuns who were scantily clad and wearing nun costumes with charming expressions, which is still very memorable. ??If the other person is not a ghost woman, but an old lady with abscesses on her face, Wu Heng thinks it is quite eye-catching. The hags ability to change her appearance is called transformation. This skill is retained even after turning into a skeleton. However, it is disguised as a living creature, which increases its usage restrictions. ?The strange object in front of me must have something to do with the hag. Otherwise, how could we create something so close to the hag? The effect of morphing, you can turn into a woman, and you can also create onomatopoeia. This completely meets the requirements of disguise, but the side effect is... to seduce men. ?Hmm..., its not unacceptable. Seduce? Its not really about doing anything. Furthermore, the wearing time may not be very long. After thinking about it quickly in my mind. Asked directly: How much does this veil cost? The woman looked at him, smiled and said, "Two thousand five hundred silver coins." So expensive! When I bought the shroud, it was only 1,500 silver coins, and the invisibility effect was no worse than this. The woman still kept smiling, "In terms of the side effects and performance, this is worth the price." The side effect of the shroud is that if a living being uses it, it will be infected by the death energy on it and the skin will rot. For living beings, it is a huge side effect. Seduce a man unconsciously, and it feels like its nothing. "Okay, I want it." Wu Heng took out the corresponding amount from the space ring and handed it to the other party. After the woman registered, she handed the veil to Wu Heng. This is yours. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, then I won''t bother you." Guests walk slowly. After leaving the consortium, Wu Heng returned directly to the association lounge. Duke did not come, and Wu Heng was the only one in the lounge. Sitting on the sofa, I rethought my follow-up plan. Take out the veil you just bought and put it on your head. A transparent light shrouded the whole body from the top of the head, and then returned to normal. ?Wu Heng raised his arms, looked at the backs of his palms, and then at his body. There are no changes. Damn, its not useless! He took out a mirror from the space ring and placed it on the coffee table, facing his face. Looking at it like this, Wu Heng''s expression suddenly turned strange. The self in the mirror has long blond hair, willowy eyebrows and blue eyes, fair skin and red cheeks. Damn, I feel so hot! She really turned into a woman. But from his own perspective, when he looked at his arms and body, there was no change at all. Through the mirror, you can see your slightly bulging breasts. Wouldnt it attract more attention when I go out? ?This image is not much worse than the nun I saw before. There are so many strong men staring at me when I go out. It would be nice if the appearance could be lowered a bit. ?Thinking in my heart. His body was flashed by light again. Her appearance began to change again, and her appearance was no longer so charming. This effect made Wu Heng feel happy. You can also adjust the appearance. ?This wonderful thing is not bad at all. ?Continued: "Lower it a little more." Continue to decrease. It lowered several times in succession, and Wu Heng turned into the image of an ordinary middle-aged woman. Cant be said to be ugly, nor can I say to be very good-looking. A normal public face is the least likely to attract other peoples attention. After feeling that there is no problem. ??Wu Heng walked out of the lounge directly and came to the front desk. The staff member looked at him and smiled, "Madam, how can I help you?" Its okay, I just came to take a look. After confirming that the other party did not recognize him and that his voice sounded more like a woman, he walked out of the association and headed towards the lower city. ?Wu Heng came out of the association and went directly to Xiacheng District. According to yesterdays interrogation information, we came to the location of the Spike Gang. ?There is no one around. ?There was only the door, leaning against the wall, guarded by two gang members. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao and asked her to enter the interior of the building to investigate the situation. ??I found something like Roach, the boss of the Spike Gang, so I arranged for someone to go in and kill him directly. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back and got into the body.?????Share the screen just now. ?There was no one in the building, not even in the small courtyard. You cant run away! Wu Heng muttered. No target found. ?Wu Heng walked around again, and unconsciously gave several strong men a few winks. Go directly into a nearby tavern. In a place like the tavern, there is a mixture of good and bad people. You might be able to hear some information or wait for the other party to come back. ?This time is not the peak period of the pub, but there are still many people sitting there. ?Wu Heng found a corner and sat down. A bartender immediately came over and said, "Ma''am, what would you like to drink? We have a special drink here for ladies." ?Wu Heng looked at the price list and ordered a glass of fruit wine. ??The drinks in Luntam City are higher than those in Blackstone Town. ?Such a glass of wine, or fruit wine for ladies, actually costs 75 copper coins. The price is a bit high. After paying for the drink, the bartender came over with the drink. ?Wu Heng drank silently while listening to the chat of several drinkers. Its not very safe outside recently. I heard that several caravans have disappeared outside. "Yes, we originally accepted a mission to **** a caravan, but because of this incident, the mission was cancelled. We are waiting for notification. We have nothing to do every day, and we have almost spent all our money." Its best to stop for a while. If you go out, you will die! I heard that the Warhammer Party group has blocked the entire road. It is estimated that the Iron Guard will take action in a few days. Stopping like this will also affect tax revenue. "I hope..., those **** things are short of money recently, why are they so crazy!" ?Wu Heng eavesdropped on the conversation of several people while drinking. The content is not about the Spike Gang, but he has also heard of the Warhammer Party. A few days ago, Duke said this. ??The robbers blocked the road and robbed the caravan. The leader and internal backbone were wanted criminals, and the reward was not low. It is this Warhammer Party that we are talking about. It has reached this point now. The caravans in a city were stopped and they did not dare to leave the city. It is indeed quite fierce. ?Wu Heng sat for a while and heard no news about the Spike Gang. Just when I was about to leave, I found a place to take off my veil first. ??But his eyes couldn''t help but glance at the stairs connecting to the second floor. The second floor is a private room in the tavern, generally used by people who need to talk. As for the stairs, the sound of stepping on the wooden boards was heard. ?The first thing that catches the eye is a pair of slender white legs, wearing a dark green embroidered long skirt slit to the legs. Looking up, you can see the beautiful legs at a glance. Then, a graceful woman wearing a dark blue shawl and long red wavy hair walked down. The tavern was quiet for a moment, and all the men looked at each other involuntarily. ?Wu Heng also looked up. ?The woman in front of me may not be as good as Slater from the Golden Cat or Lecia from the Snake Emblem Consortium. But it also has its own unique temperament. A kind of mature woman in the market, with all kinds of charms, and with the grace of an upper-class lady. Gives men an inexplicable attraction. Sister-in-law! The younger brothers guarding the bottom of the stairs shouted in unison. Fuck! ??Which gang leader''s woman is this? Whats going on with the Spike Gang? Come to a tavern and bring so many boys? "I heard that the Spike Gang has provoked someone. If you don''t trust your woman, arrange some more younger brothers to protect her." "Pull him down. Who can provoke anyone from a fringe gang like the Spike Gang? If he did, he would have run away. I think this woman has a lover, so I arranged for my younger brother to keep an eye on it. That boy Luo Qi had his lifeblood injured in a battle a few years ago. If he did, he would run away." No more women. Holy shit, I can do that, find a lover and find me! You are not as good as me. It is better to look for me than to look for you. . Listening to the whispers of several people, Wu Heng stood up. Follow the sister-in-law of the Spike Gang and leave together. Night falls. ?Wu Heng returned to the residence of the Spike Gang. ?Standing in the shadow and waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. Shared the picture, and the scene inside the residence also appeared in my mind. I didnt see Roach the Butcher, the woman from the daytime, sitting by the bed, sorting something. ?Roach is not here? The plan to assassinate him failed and he ran away. Shouldnt it be right? If you run away, will you leave these younger brothers and your own woman behind? ??Wu Heng stood in the alley, not planning to delay any longer. Whether its an association or the zombie world. There was no time for him to investigate this matter. Get Basen and Bawudong ready, climb over the wall directly into the courtyard, unlock the door and enter the room. ?The space in the room is not large and no one is seen. On the bed lay a dark green embroidered long skirt and shawl, as well as some lavender lace underwear. At this time, in a separate room on one side, there was the sound of rushing water and rising heat. ?Wu Heng made a gesture. Ba Wudong rushed directly into the room. (End of this chapter) Chapter 133 , please don鈥檛 kill me Chapter 133, please dont kill me The door opens. ??A figure moved very fast, with a crash, he stood up from the tub in an instant, grabbed the short blade on the side and stabbed forward directly. ?Bawudong made a mistake with his hands, clamped the short blade directly, and snatched the short blade away with a strong force. Step forward and place the short blade on the opponent''s fair neck. The cold sting made the woman standing in the tub look solemn, her body tense, and she did not dare to make the slightest move. ?She never expected that someone could break into her bathroom directly. He also began to guess in his mind the identity and purpose of these people. Just when I saw a young man wearing association leather armor with black hair and black eyes walking in. Already know the identity of these people. My heart also felt cold. ?If you dont do it right, you wont be able to survive today. ?Wu Heng looked at the opponent''s body without any scruples. ?Smooth skin with water droplets hanging on it, plump and round, she is indeed a rare young woman. Madam, are you at home? Wu Heng asked directly. "Sir, I''m afraid there is some misunderstanding between us. If we have offended you in any way, I will apologize to you first and give you satisfactory compensation." The woman said softly. ??Wu Heng smiled and said, "You don''t know me? How did you find my house last night? Those people personally admitted that they were from your Spike Gang." The woman''s expression became even more ugly, "This must be..." Seeing that the other party still wanted to quibble, Wu Heng was too lazy to talk nonsense to her. Give Bawudong a wink. The short blade pressed against the woman''s neck gradually became stronger, and the sharp blade broke the skin. The woman felt the tingling and chill on her neck, her face suddenly turned frightened, and she quickly said: "It''s ''Fischer''..." ?Wu Heng raised his hand to stop Ba Wudong who continued to exert more force. Traces of blood flowed down from his neck, staining the skin on his chest red. The woman''s face was filled with fear. She did not call for help or scream. She spoke quickly: "The one who killed you was ''Fischer.'' He gave Roach a 500-silver deposit. After killing you, he will pay the remaining part. I am also a member of the association, the Whisperers I joined, we are together, I will not harm you..." As he spoke, his face became paler. ?Wu Heng originally planned to kill Wen Shi. But the other party was obviously not as tough as he thought, so he said everything directly. Moreover, he is a smart person and knows what he cares about most in the first sentence. The conflict between myself and Team 8 captain Fischer is only known to a few people in the association, and the possibility of it spreading to a gang is very low. It is also related to the assassination last night, which is basically true. ?The murderer behind the scenes is Fischer, which is a bit unexpected, but it feels reasonable. The biggest target of suspicion before was his revenge for apprehending those wanted criminal associates. As for Fischer, I have doubts about it, but I always feel that the problems between the two parties will not develop to the point where one person must die. It seems that the other party hates me quite a lot. The woman looked at him carefully and continued: "This matter has nothing to do with me, and I have no reason to harm you." Wu Heng said directly: "Compared to your words, I would rather believe the dead." The woman''s face turned pale again and she immediately said: "I persuaded Roach not to get involved in the association''s affairs. He didn''t listen to me, but the whole incident has nothing to do with me. Sir, you are the field envoy. I am the ''Secret Whisperer'' and I have a high prestige in the ''Spike Gang''. I can help you collect a lot of useful information. You have just arrived in Luntam City and you need someone to help you with something. I can help you. Yes, sir, I am useful to you, please dont kill me..." The woman spoke quickly and her thoughts were very clear. ?Wu Heng looked her up and down, and to be honest, he was a little moved. This woman is smart, and every word she says is important. Roach must die, there is nothing to think about. However, after Roach''s death, the Spike Gang can help him collect intelligence and deal with some things that are inconvenient for him to deal with, which is indeed a good thing. It is still necessary to support a gang of your own. Do you want to live? "think!" ?Wu Heng casually took out a scroll from the space ring. Slave Contract Scroll (Description: A magic scroll with a slave contract. The caster and the contractee form a ''master-servant'' relationship. The contract is effective and there is no subjective idea of ??harming the master.) "I do need what you said, but you are not worthy of my trust. I need you to sign a slave contract with me, which is your only chance to survive." Slave contracts were obtained when killing orcs in the abandoned manor last time. There are three in total. I didnt feel it was useful before. After all, your own skeleton is the most loyal. Now it seems that it is quite useful, not even worse than magic props or rare objects. The woman covered the wound on her neck, with blood still flowing between her fingers, and gritted her teeth and said, "I am willing, I am willing to obey your orders." ?Wu Heng opened the scroll and got a drop of the opponent''s blood on it. "Don''t resist, or I will kill you directly." ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling a trace of Wu Heng''s spiritual power into the woman''s eyebrows and imprinting it on her soul. A line appeared between the woman''s eyebrows, then quickly disappeared. The contract is considered completed. The woman''s body is weaker and somewhat shaky. ??Wu Heng put away the scroll and continued: "Stop the wound!" The woman stepped out of the tub, picked up a bottle of medicinal powder nearby, and applied it to the wound. The powder covered the wound and slowly stopped the bleeding. I drank another bottle of potion, and my complexion became slightly relieved. The bathtub is still radiating heat. The petals floating on the water emit a faint fragrance. The woman stood aside carefully, with a kind of respect in her eyes, and said softly: "Sir... no..., Master, can I put on my clothes first?" The tone is weak. Put it on! Wu Heng said. Bawudong put away his short blade and walked back. ?The woman turned around, bent down in the tub to wash the blood on her body again, put on a nightgown, and walked out. ?Wu Heng was sitting by the bed, and the woman was kneeling on the ground beside him, with a humble look on her face. Where is Luo Qi? Wu Heng spoke again. "Roach hid out. He hid outside the city as soon as the city gate opened this morning. If there is any trouble, he will leave here immediately." the woman replied. He didnt take you with him? "No, he is not sure if you have investigated this place. The other gang members don''t know what happened. Only by staying here can I control the others. If there is no danger, he will come back and continue to control the Spike Gang. ''. "He is quite cruel. He would give up such a beautiful woman as soon as he said she would give up." The woman looked up carefully and said softly: "Roach was injured a few years ago. We haven''t lived together for a long time. The most he can do is touch me randomly." This is similar to what you heard in the pub. Roach was injured, and it was an injury that could not be cured by any medicine in this world. But judging from Duofang''s tone, it seems that he is specifically emphasizing this matter. "I want to kill him, what do you think?" Wu Heng looked at her and asked. It all depends on the masters arrangement. We dont have much affection and can abandon each other. Okay, I want to kill him as soon as possible, what can you do? I dont know where he is hiding, but it will only last for three days at most. He will come back after confirming that there is no danger here, and I will inform you then. ?Wu Heng was quite satisfied with the other party''s answer. From beginning to end, it gives people a very obedient and well-behaved feeling. . Whats your name? Wen Mansha. Sit aside, you dont have to kneel on the ground. Wu Heng continued. ?Wen Mansha stood up carefully and sat aside in an orderly manner. After thinking for a while, he knelt down next to Wu Heng again and gently beat his legs. The loose collar reveals a large expanse of snow-white skin, and under the hem of the skirt are round thighs. Just now I just thought about killing people and asking questions, and I didnt have much other thoughts. Now I have calmed down and got the news I wanted. ?Looking at the sister-in-law of the "Spikes Gang", she is indeed as beautiful as what everyone in the tavern said. Skin is white, tender, mature and attractive. ? Wen Mansha noticed the other person''s gaze and seemed to be quite confident in her figure. Lean your body slightly forward so that your chest rests on the other persons legs. ??Wu Heng put his hand through the lapel of his clothes, rubbed it twice, pulled him up and sat him in his arms, and continued: "Tell me about ''Fischer'' and why he came to you." "Master, there is someone else here!" Wen Mansha squeaked, straightened her body up, and continued: "I was not present at the situation, but when Roach came back, he mentioned it to me. Not sure." ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What other plans do you have in the future? Just forget it if the assassination fails?" "Roach only has some small tricks. The person who went to assassinate you last night didn''t come back, so he was frightened and fled the city. He didn''t make any other arrangements. Even if you don''t pursue it, he may not dare to take this job again. Lets see what Fischer does. (End of this chapter) Chapter 134 , Oh, are you okay? Chapter 134, Oh, are you okay? ??Roach is definitely not a small person. Even if there are many gangs in Wrentam City, if they can grow to more than a thousand, they are considered to have a certain scale. Although most of them are located in the outer city and outer areas of the city, when there are more people, things can be done very efficiently. Otherwise Fischer wouldnt have come to him. It should be regarded as a gang in the middle and upper reaches. It seems that my plan needs to be changed. You need to plan carefully to kill Roach and Fischer. ?Once Roach died, Fisher was likely to notice it and make other preparations. ?The opposite is also true, kill Fisher first, then Roach will turn around and run away. It will be difficult to find him then. They must be killed at about the same time. ?The bathrobe wrapped around her body became looser and looser, and Wen Mansha became a little flustered. He whispered: "Master, I am willing to serve you, but there are others here, please save some face for me." "These two are my servants. They are not living beings and have no emotions." Wen Mansha still looked carefully. The two men were wearing round helmets and their faces could not be seen. And standing there, he has never moved. He really doesnt look like a living person. He was a little confused about what the other party was, so he twisted his body and turned his back to the outside. ??Wu Heng continued to ask for the information he needed while stroking the other person''s body. What level is Roach? A tenth-level warrior, but he should have some special bloodline that can improve his strength in a short period of time. Are there any other masters in the gang? "There are eight key members. One of them died on your side yesterday. There are still seven left, all at the eighth level. There are also some captains in charge below." As the two of them were talking, Wen Mansha''s nightgown was taken off to the ground, and her beautiful figure was fully exposed. ??He has a plump figure, a slender waist, and a slight belly belly that feels soft to the touch. The chest is majestic, white and firm. ?This kind of woman is indeed the best. It would be a pity to kill her just now. Wen Mansha''s whole body hung on him, her beautiful eyes filled with spring, and she gently took off his clothes. Tender fingers crossed his chest, his face turned a little red, "Master, your muscles are so beautiful..." Boldly, he stroked gently, "Are you also a warrior?" Mage! What is your profession? I am a ranger. Mansha Wen was still stroking her. Wu Heng shook the weight on her chest, "Can this person also be a ranger?" "If the master doesn''t like it, I will cut it off tomorrow." He said with a smile, and continued with some emotion: "Are you a mage? How did you develop such muscles? I''m afraid there are few melee professions, Fisher. They really chose the wrong opponent, you will definitely be a big shot in the future. The mouth is quite sweet. "You don''t mind, you can have a taste." He said, slightly sticking out half of his tongue. What a fairy. ?The two looked after each other for a while, and their interest reached a certain height. Wen Mansha, who didn''t care about anything else at all, continued: "Master, is this okay?" "Um!" Early morning the next day. Wu Heng sat on the edge of the bed, gently stroking the long red hair of the kneeler under the bed, and said softly: "You have only two tasks. When ''Luo Qi'' comes back, tell me his whereabouts. The second one is to find a way. Gradually take control of the Spike Gang. Once Luo Qi dies, I will help you secure this position." Wen Mansha raised her head and asked: "What about ''Fischer''? Will he continue to threaten your safety?" Im just like him, we cant do it openly. "oh." After a while. The sound of several people talking could be heard outside the door, as well as the sound of approaching footsteps. ~! ?There was a knock on the door and a voice came, "Sister-in-law, breakfast is ready at the tavern." Ahem~! Got it, you guys are waiting outside the courtyard first, Ill be out right away. "yes!" The sound of footsteps faded away. Wen Mansha said softly: "Master, I will go out first, and someone will send you a message then." "Um." Wen Mansha put on a long, slim-fitting dress and a scarf to cover the light scars left last night. She changed her coquettish look last night and returned to being dignified and indifferent. Go out of the door. There were several gang members guarding the door. They all said hello. Sister-in-law, morning! "Sister-in-law!" Wen Mansha nodded and returned to her arrogant and indifferent demeanor, "Well, morning! There is no need to guard here. If you want to watch a dilapidated house, go to the tavern for breakfast. Sister-in-law invites you." Thank you, sister-in-law! After saying that, he walked towards the distance. A group of younger brothers followed behind. Sister-in-law, are you in such a good mood today? Perhaps there is some good news from the boss. She is in a good mood, so she doesnt have to scold us. Thats true. ?Wu Heng put on his clothes and walked out of here. He did not expect that his actions last night would turn out like this. In addition to investigating the person behind the scenes, he also hired a well-behaved maid. ??During this time in Luntam City, I was actually quite uncomfortable. ?The girls in the pub here are very open-minded. They will take out their glasses along the way and ask you if you want to come and play. Think before you go, find a partner. But I didnt expect that the problem was solved in this way. But it looks good and feels good both physically and mentally! I went to the alchemy materials store along the way and bought a lot of alchemy materials and tools. ?These are what the Alchemy Skeleton needs. You can forget about other things, but you cant forget this matter. Back to the inner city, I went directly to the Professionals Association. It was still early, and there were not many people in the hall. A few professionals stood in front of the notice board, looking at the commissions above. ??Wu Heng also stood in front and watched for a while. Just as he was about to leave, he saw members of Team 8 walking in from the gate. ??Fischer is among them. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and quietly opened the holster of his gun. ?The ''Fischer'' who came in the opposite direction also had a sudden pause in his steps, but soon returned to normal and walked over quickly. He smiled and said, "Captain Wu Heng, why are you here so early today?" Damn it, my mental quality is pretty good. ??Wu Heng also stopped and said, "Forget it, several thieves broke into the house the night before yesterday, which made me unable to sleep well in the past two days." ??Fischer''s face changed slightly, "Oh, you''re not hurt, are you? Does anyone dare to steal things in the inner city?" Im not hurt, I just doubt the identity of those guys and they came out of nowhere. Wu Heng replied distressedly. Fisher glanced at his expression and continued: "You just came to Luntam City. This place is like this. There are too many idle people. Let alone you. I heard that things were stolen in the city hall. People If you die, there is nothing to lose. There is no need to take it to heart. Just be careful next time. " "Well, Fisher is right." Wu Heng glanced at the team members behind him, "Is Team 8 on a mission?" "No, there was some misunderstanding with team 12 last time. I just resumed work today and came to report to the deacon." Fisher glanced in the direction of the deacon''s study. Oh, then go quickly, dont keep the deacon waiting, lets talk again when we have a chance! "Um!" A few people said goodbye and separated from each other. After walking a few steps, Fisher turned his head slightly and glanced at Wu Heng, who did not look back. ?Wu Heng didnt look back and left straight away. ??Fischer''s acting is quite similar. If he didn''t have the intelligence from last night, he might have been deceived by him. But knowing that he was behind the scenes, you can detect the temptation in his words and the relaxation in his expression when he hears that he thinks he is a thief. He should also be afraid that whatever he finds out through his investigation will be reported directly to the association. Killing your companions is no small matter. But the procedure will definitely be more complicated, including investigation and confirmation. It is difficult to really confirm it. ?Wu Heng has no intention of solving the problem through the association. With some small tricks, I dont believe that I, a necromancer, cant defeat him as a melee professional. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng confirmed the safety of his residence again. We should also deploy more manpower to improve the security here. Sit in the living room for a while. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. ?Hand the purchased medicinal materials to the alchemy skeleton, and call Li Yahong through the intercom. Soon, I saw Li Yahong running over. How are the preparations going? Wu Heng asked. I went to the hospital yesterday and brought back all the equipment and equipment I could take away. I will search the surrounding stores tonight and bring back everything I can use, Li Yahong said. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Well, if that doesnt work, just transport it back first, and Ill ask Big Head to go back with you. "Tomorrow, let''s go back first." Li Yahong said, glanced at the mobilized skeleton, and then asked: "Are you going out?" ?Wu Heng nodded. Get ready, lets go to the commercial street. (End of this chapter) Chapter 135 , the rats went crazy Chapter 135: Rats go crazy Not long after, Li Yahong drove over a military truck. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons in a truck and moved forward slowly, while the rest of the skeleton army guarded the left and right sides of the truck and followed along. Go to the commercial street and need to move some necessary supplies. It would be too troublesome to move it back entirely by relying on skeletons. The best way is to drive a truck there. ??The army marched forward along the main road in a mighty manner. Some zombies attracted by the sound were easily crushed and killed by the skeleton team. ?Last time, when Wu Heng led his troops to this commercial street, he did not have many skeletons. ?The commercial street was crowded with zombies attracted by the sound equipment. ??Now that I have a lot of skeletons, I can definitely come back and fight the zombies. At the very least, loot the gold shop and bank here before heading to the prison. Otherwise it would be too wasteful. Have you ever killed zombies? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong held the steering wheel and looked straight, "I have killed. The first one I killed was my father. He turned into a zombie and bit the customer who came to repair the car to death. When he continued to plan to attack me, he smashed him to death with a wrench. The atmosphere in the car suddenly became a little depressed. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Zombies broke out, and all the survivors lost their loved ones. Once you accept this fact, there is nothing to be sad about. Besides, have you killed anyone else? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?? Li Yahong nodded, "I have killed them before. When we went out to collect supplies, we killed some zombies, but not as many as you. "Well, when you get to the prison, you have to keep some caution. Being too talkative is not a good thing, especially in this situation." Wu Heng continued. Well, I will pay attention. Li Yahong continued to ask: What resources will we mainly search for when we go to the commercial street? Just take a look, take all your clothes, shoes, etc. with you! ?The car was still driving forward slowly. Li Yahong lowered her head, pointed to the red sign diagonally in front of her, and said, "Before, the spicy hotpot in this restaurant was particularly delicious. I came here to eat it whenever I had time. Later, I heard that it had been seized. What was put in it?" Its addictive. Near the commercial street, there are several streets of restaurants. ?? also formed a small gathering place. The two of them looked at the dilapidated hotel through the car window. Suddenly, a dark shadow flashed past the door of the store. It seemed like a black cat ran past just now. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not like a black cat." ?His perception has been increased, and his vision and insight are higher than ordinary people. In the flash that just passed by, I captured some characteristics. It is said to be a cat, but it is actually a mouse the size of a wild cat. Hiss~squeak! ?Suddenly, a piercing scream came from the direction of the hotel. ???Dense black shadows were seen pouring out from several restaurants, like sewage from a flood, a pitch-black mess. The few zombies blocking the front roared and were drowned by the dense black shadows. Disappeared directly. Rat swarm, densely packed, shaped like a swarm of rats as big as wild cats. Li Yahong shivered all over, and the hairs on the back of her hands stood up. ?Wu Heng also widened his eyes and looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. ?Last time, when I was exploring the vicinity of the commercial street, I was attacked by a few rats the size of wild cats, but there were only a few of them. He was directly killed by the skeleton. But now, such a large number has actually been formed. The ones that reproduce are still the original groups of mice that have changed. ?This kind of mouse is not a zombie, its fur is shiny, but it is still a living creature. Everybody has run out of food, but they are all so strong. Get ready to fight. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton sitting in the back row. Hurrah! The skeleton warrior guarding the side of the truck stopped and turned directly towards the direction where the rats were coming. ?? He raised the kitchen knife in his hand, and the sound of bones rubbing together was heard. You stay in the car and dont get off. Wu Heng said something and got out of the car with a few skeletons. He quickly squeezed to the front, looked at the incoming rats, and released [Grease Technique]. Grease instantly covered the asphalt road, and rats slipped to the ground in large numbers. Seeing that it was almost the same, Wu Heng continued to use [Fireball Technique] to smash into the rats. Bang~! Scorching fireballs exploded from the rats, and the flames flew around, igniting the grease on the ground. With a whoosh, a flame several meters high suddenly rose. The fire submerged a group of rats in front. Zhizhizhi~! The rat''s cry sounded, sharp and harsh. A large number of rats were engulfed by the flames, while more rats behind them avoided the flames, split into two streams, and bypassed the two sides of the flames. Continued to rush towards the group of skeletons. Fuck, why are you so crazy? Wu Heng cursed. My side is full of skeletons, and given the habits of rats, they shouldn''t go crazy and attack their side. ?Seeing that the rats are getting closer and closer, the trend is rapid. ??Wu Heng could only order, "Attack!" Hurrah! ??The large group of skeletons directly launched a charge, holding kitchen knives, and killed the rats in front of them. The white and black waves collided together. A fierce battle began. Ka~Pfft, doo doo doo~! The sound of bones being broken and the sound of meat being chopped. It fills the entire space instantly. "Xiao Xiao, go to the front and see what''s going on. Why are these mice going crazy?" Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao. "Uncle, I''m a little scared. Rats are so disgusting." Xiao Xiaofei came out and hid behind Wu Heng, looking cautious. Ahem~! Well, these are just ordinary mice. We are adults now and we can no longer be afraid of these things. Not afraid of zombies, but afraid of rats. ??It''s also a little strange. Then Im afraid too! Fly higher and stay far away from them, then go in and take a look to see if there are any other monsters coming out. Wu Heng continued to persuade. Xiao Xiao hesitated for a moment, but finally nodded and agreed, "Okay then!" ?The translucent body instantly rose up, flew towards the hotel area opposite, and got into the store. Ahead, skeletons and rats were already entangled. It was chaos. Skeletons cannot feel pain and have no weaknesses of living creatures. But when facing the group of rats in front of him, he showed a disadvantage. The rats crawl close to the ground and move very fast. The skeleton also needs to lower its body to hack at these rats, which makes its movements particularly clumsy. ??Wu Heng stood near the truck and could even see rats climbing along the bones of the skeleton and directly entering the chest, gnawing at the ribs indiscriminately. It seems that the skeleton swarm covers the rat swarm, but on the entire battlefield, the death rate of the skeleton swarm is faster than that of the rat swarm. Soon, Xiaoxiao flew back from the opposite side. said: "They are all mice, they have built their homes in it." Come back, let me take a look! ?Xiao Xiaofei entered the body, and Wu Heng saw the scene in the hotel, which was still full of rats. More rats crawled out from a location similar to a sewer, continued to join the group of rats, and charged towards this side. Damn, bad luck. Wu Heng cursed. When I went out, I encountered a group of rats going crazy. ?Bang bang bang~! At this time, Li Yahong was sitting in the truck, knocking on the door hard, "Look ahead, look ahead, the corpses are coming." ?Wu Heng looked straight ahead and saw a large number of zombies pouring out of the commercial street. ??A piece of Wuyangyang entered the main road, and then rushed towards this side. Damn it! (End of this chapter) Chapter 136 , chewing bones Chapter 136, chewing bones Noisy footsteps sounded intensively. Large swarms of zombies poured out from the commercial street and rushed into the main road. They roared and charged toward the skeleton. In the blink of an eye, a large area was filled. Damn it! ?Wu Heng cursed and his expression turned ugly. The sound of fighting attracted the zombies. There are rats on one side, and we have to face the corpses again. If you dont do it right, it may be dangerous. There are also zombie dogs here. Li Yahong continued. ?Wu Heng grabbed the car and looked up to the other side. Five deformed dogs are looking this way from a distance. Wandering around, seemingly considering whether to join in. ?Wu Hengs brows instantly wrinkled. There are rats on the left, deformed dogs on the right, and a group of corpses in the commercial street directly in front. What a guy! If it werent for the fact that the zombies had no intelligence, he would have suspected that the three parties had set up a trap to trick him into entering. "What should we do? Let''s go back!" Li Yahong sounded panicked. Those who have survived the zombie world have actually improved their psychological quality to a certain extent. But facing the scene in front of him, it still gives people a sense of tension after being surrounded. ?There are no enemies at the end now, and you can still evacuate by driving, but you have to give up some skeletons. "Don''t worry yet!" Wu Heng said, turning to the big-headed zombies and saying: "Let the spear skeletons form a spear formation in front of the corpse group." Unlike Li Yahong, Wu Heng did not think he would lose. ?Zombies and rats from three directions came out of the alley, and there were only a lot of them. The number of skeletons has exceeded 10,000. Be more stable and defeating these is not a problem. Hurrah! The skeleton group began to take action. ?The skeleton warrior wearing brown leather armor and holding a spear quickly walked to the front. Line up in a neat formation, squat slightly, lower your center of gravity, and point your spear forward. Like a brown wall covered with iron needles. Puff puff puff~! The group of corpses crashed into the array of spears in the blink of an eye. A harsh, flesh-piercing sound sounded. The spear skeleton also began to thrust out spears. Penetrate through the zombie''s body. "Let the skeleton dog stand by." Wu Heng said, and continued to look at the orc skeleton holding a sniper rifle in the team, "Hunter Yi, you get on the roof of the car, stare at the deformed dog over there, and wait for them to come closer. Kill again." ??The somewhat restless skeleton dog immediately calmed down and squatted aside with its tail sweeping the ground. Skeleton Hunter climbed directly onto the roof of the car, holding a sniper rifle and staring warily at the aberrant dog wandering on the other side. ?These aberrant zombies are different from ordinary zombies. Once they find danger, they turn around and run away, making it difficult to catch them. So we can''t attack directly yet. We have to wait until they get closer before we can be more confident that they can all stay. All orders were arranged and the situation was temporarily stabilized. ??Wu Heng returned his attention to the direction of the rats. ???????????? Rats the size of wild cats crawled and gnawed in the skull''s chest, and the clicking sounds of broken bones were heard endlessly. When I was young, I read a novel. It is written about the outbreak of the rat plague. The rats ate up all the food and continued to feed on humans. In order to eliminate the rats, humans used various methods but failed to drive away the rats. In the end, they were forced to abandon the city and choose to leave. ?At that time, I thought the story was a bit exaggerated. How could mice defeat humans? ?Now that a similar scene appears in front of me, I also believe that the mouse is difficult to deal with. ?Wu Heng looked at the fighting area and frowned tightly. The rat swarm is dense, and relying on the number of skeletons to pile up the rat swarm to death is not a cost-effective way. Think about your skills and all the attacks you can use, and start thinking about **** rats more efficiently. Rather than using the number of skeletons to pile up rats to death. There are a few spare oil drums in the car. Li Yahong probed and said again. Get it quickly. Li Yahong opened the car door, stuck her **** out, leaned her upper body into the back seat of the truck, and handed out the gasoline in the soybean oil barrels one by one. There are five barrels in total. There aren''t many, but blocking the road on one side shouldn''t be a problem. Tightened the lid of the soybean oil barrel, handed it to the "big guy" who was watching the fun, and said: "Go, throw these barrels into the group of rats, and spread them out." The big man grabbed a soybean oil bucket with one hand and threw it out. With a bang, the oil drums smashed over several rats. At the same time, the oil drums shattered and gasoline splashed all over the surrounding rats and the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, the oil barrels were thrown out one after another, and scattered into the group of rats. The large number of rats were stunned and screamed angrily at the front. ?Wu Heng is almost done. ? Raise your hand and release a fireball in the sky above the rats. The orange-red fireball flew into the air. After reaching a certain height, it disintegrated with a bang, just like fireworks. Several streams of flames scattered into the rats, igniting the gasoline. Huh~! The flames, which were bigger than the ''Grease Spell'', were instantly filled with rats and spread to the entire street. The waves of fire were like a collapsed furnace, burning with scorching heat. The air was distorted by burning. Zhizhizhi~! ?The rat, swallowed up by the sea of ??fire, began to struggle and scream, making a harsh neighing sound. The fire continued to spread in the direction of the rats. The densely packed rats that were chasing him kept spreading. ??The rats were also frightened by the fire in front of them and began to flee in all directions, retreating back to the shop at the back and disappearing into the private room. Only the rat that was swallowed up by the fire was left, still struggling, losing its resistance little by little. Huh~! ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he saw the rats retreating. ?These things are really difficult to deal with. Bang~! Suddenly, a gunshot rang out. ?Wu Heng looked back and saw that Lie Yi had already pulled the trigger. ?There was a black-backed dog that looked like a horse in the distance, with a **** hole pierced between its eyebrows. It staggered two steps and then fell to the ground. The other deformed dogs, which were tearing apart the skeleton, suddenly froze on the spot. ?Looking around in horror, he turned his head and wanted to run away into the distance. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunfire rang out again, and the bullet pierced the body of the deformed dog. At the same time, skeleton dogs also rushed out of the team and rushed towards the deformed dogs quickly. The aberrant dog that was not dead showed panic and wanted to escape. Bang bang bang~, gunshots rang out one after another again. The body was pierced by bullets. The skeleton dog rushed forward and began to bite the body of the deformed dog crazily. ?Wu Heng continued to look in the direction of the corpses on the commercial street. Zombies are still coming in a steady stream, with no change due to the retreat of the rats. In front of the spear skeleton, a bunker trench composed of corpses has gradually piled up. The attacking zombies changed from charging frontally to climbing up the trench, and then jumping down diagonally from above. Plunge into the forest of spears. ??Wu Heng stood at the back and watched the battle, and continued to give the order: "Big guy, big guy, you guys also go and clean up the zombies." Two giant skeletons, wearing iron armor, rushed out. ?Like a mad bull, it crashed directly into the zombies. ?Hands swung like pendulums, and large swathes of zombies flew out and scattered everywhere. ?Wu Heng once again confirmed the direction of the Eye Rat Group and saw that there was still no movement. Continue to order, "Move forward." Hurrah! The half-crouched spear skeleton stood up, crawled over the pile of corpses, and continued to advance forward in the form of a spear array. (End of this chapter) Chapter 134 , Oh, are you okay? Chapter 134, Oh, are you okay? ??Roach is definitely not a small person. Even if there are many gangs in Wrentam City, if they can grow to more than a thousand, they are considered to have a certain scale. Although most of them are located in the outer city and outer areas of the city, when there are more people, things can be done very efficiently. Otherwise Fischer wouldnt have come to him. It should be regarded as a gang in the middle and upper reaches. It seems that my plan needs to be changed. You need to plan carefully to kill Roach and Fischer. ?Once Roach died, Fisher was likely to notice it and make other preparations. ?The opposite is also true, kill Fisher first, then Roach will turn around and run away. It will be difficult to find him then. They must be killed at about the same time. ?The bathrobe wrapped around her body became looser and looser, and Wen Mansha became a little flustered. He whispered: "Master, I am willing to serve you, but there are others here, please save some face for me." "These two are my servants. They are not living beings and have no emotions." Wen Mansha still looked carefully. The two men were wearing round helmets and their faces could not be seen. And standing there, he has never moved. He really doesnt look like a living person. He was a little confused about what the other party was, so he twisted his body and turned his back to the outside. ??Wu Heng continued to ask for the information he needed while stroking the other person''s body. What level is Roach? A tenth-level warrior, but he should have some special bloodline that can improve his strength in a short period of time. Are there any other masters in the gang? "There are eight key members. One of them died on your side yesterday. There are still seven left, all at the eighth level. There are also some captains in charge below." As the two of them were talking, Wen Mansha''s nightgown was taken off to the ground, and her beautiful figure was fully exposed. ??He has a plump figure, a slender waist, and a slight belly belly that feels soft to the touch. The chest is majestic, white and firm. ?This kind of woman is indeed the best. It would be a pity to kill her just now. Wen Mansha''s whole body hung on him, her beautiful eyes filled with spring, and she gently took off his clothes. Tender fingers crossed his chest, his face turned a little red, "Master, your muscles are so beautiful..." Boldly, he stroked gently, "Are you also a warrior?" Mage! What is your profession? I am a ranger. Mansha Wen was still stroking her. Wu Heng shook the weight on her chest, "Can this person also be a ranger?" "If the master doesn''t like it, I will cut it off tomorrow." He said with a smile, and continued with some emotion: "Are you a mage? How did you develop such muscles? I''m afraid there are few melee professions, Fisher. They really chose the wrong opponent, you will definitely be a big shot in the future. The mouth is quite sweet. "You don''t mind, you can have a taste." He said, slightly sticking out half of his tongue. What a fairy. ?The two looked after each other for a while, and their interest reached a certain height. Wen Mansha, who didn''t care about anything else at all, continued: "Master, is this okay?" "Um!" Early morning the next day. Wu Heng sat on the edge of the bed, gently stroking the long red hair of the kneeler under the bed, and said softly: "You have only two tasks. When ''Luo Qi'' comes back, tell me his whereabouts. The second one is to find a way. Gradually take control of the Spike Gang. Once Luo Qi dies, I will help you secure this position." Wen Mansha raised her head and asked: "What about ''Fischer''? Will he continue to threaten your safety?" Im just like him, we cant do it openly. "oh." After a while. The sound of several people talking could be heard outside the door, as well as the sound of approaching footsteps. ~! ?There was a knock on the door and a voice came, "Sister-in-law, breakfast is ready at the tavern." Ahem~! Got it, you guys are waiting outside the courtyard first, Ill be out right away. "yes!" The sound of footsteps faded away. Wen Mansha said softly: "Master, I will go out first, and someone will send you a message then." "Um." Wen Mansha put on a long, slim-fitting dress and a scarf to cover the light scars left last night. She changed her coquettish look last night and returned to being dignified and indifferent. Go out of the door. There were several gang members guarding the door. They all said hello. Sister-in-law, morning! "Sister-in-law!" Wen Mansha nodded and returned to her arrogant and indifferent demeanor, "Well, morning! There is no need to guard here. If you want to watch a dilapidated house, go to the tavern for breakfast. Sister-in-law invites you." Thank you, sister-in-law! After saying that, he walked towards the distance. A group of younger brothers followed behind. Sister-in-law, are you in such a good mood today? Perhaps there is some good news from the boss. She is in a good mood, so she doesnt have to scold us. Thats true. ?Wu Heng put on his clothes and walked out of here. He did not expect that his actions last night would turn out like this. In addition to investigating the person behind the scenes, he also hired a well-behaved maid. ??During this time in Luntam City, I was actually quite uncomfortable. ?The girls in the pub here are very open-minded. They will take out their glasses along the way and ask you if you want to come and play. Think before you go, find a partner. But I didnt expect that the problem was solved in this way. But it looks good and feels good both physically and mentally! I went to the alchemy materials store along the way and bought a lot of alchemy materials and tools. ?These are what the Alchemy Skeleton needs. You can forget about other things, but you cant forget this matter. Back to the inner city, I went directly to the Professionals Association. It was still early, and there were not many people in the hall. A few professionals stood in front of the notice board, looking at the commissions above. ??Wu Heng also stood in front and watched for a while. Just as he was about to leave, he saw members of Team 8 walking in from the gate. ??Fischer is among them. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and quietly opened the holster of his gun. ?The ''Fischer'' who came in the opposite direction also had a sudden pause in his steps, but soon returned to normal and walked over quickly. He smiled and said, "Captain Wu Heng, why are you here so early today?" Damn it, my mental quality is pretty good. ??Wu Heng also stopped and said, "Forget it, several thieves broke into the house the night before yesterday, which made me unable to sleep well in the past two days." ??Fischer''s face changed slightly, "Oh, you''re not hurt, are you? Does anyone dare to steal things in the inner city?" Im not hurt, I just doubt the identity of those guys and they came out of nowhere. Wu Heng replied distressedly. Fisher glanced at his expression and continued: "You just came to Luntam City. This place is like this. There are too many idle people. Let alone you. I heard that things were stolen in the city hall. People If you die, there is nothing to lose. There is no need to take it to heart. Just be careful next time. " "Well, Fisher is right." Wu Heng glanced at the team members behind him, "Is Team 8 on a mission?" "No, there was some misunderstanding with team 12 last time. I just resumed work today and came to report to the deacon." Fisher glanced in the direction of the deacon''s study. Oh, then go quickly, dont keep the deacon waiting, lets talk again when we have a chance! "Um!" A few people said goodbye and separated from each other. After walking a few steps, Fisher turned his head slightly and glanced at Wu Heng, who did not look back. ?Wu Heng didnt look back and left straight away. ??Fischer''s acting is quite similar. If he didn''t have the intelligence from last night, he might have been deceived by him. But knowing that he was behind the scenes, you can detect the temptation in his words and the relaxation in his expression when he hears that he thinks he is a thief. He should also be afraid that whatever he finds out through his investigation will be reported directly to the association. Killing your companions is no small matter. But the procedure will definitely be more complicated, including investigation and confirmation. It is difficult to really confirm it. ?Wu Heng has no intention of solving the problem through the association. With some small tricks, I dont believe that I, a necromancer, cant defeat him as a melee professional. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng confirmed the safety of his residence again. We should also deploy more manpower to improve the security here. Sit in the living room for a while. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. ?Hand the purchased medicinal materials to the alchemy skeleton, and call Li Yahong through the intercom. Soon, I saw Li Yahong running over. How are the preparations going? Wu Heng asked. I went to the hospital yesterday and brought back all the equipment and equipment I could take away. I will search the surrounding stores tonight and bring back everything I can use, Li Yahong said. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Well, if that doesnt work, just transport it back first, and Ill ask Big Head to go back with you. "Tomorrow, let''s go back first." Li Yahong said, glanced at the mobilized skeleton, and then asked: "Are you going out?" ?Wu Heng nodded. Get ready, lets go to the commercial street. (End of this chapter) Chapter 138 , five corpse cores Chapter 138, five corpse cores Returned to the community. Li Yahong parked the truck directly on the side of the road. There is no need to unload the goods. When the convoy returns to the prison tomorrow, it can just drive away. Save the trouble of loading and unloading. The two of them stood at the door, briefly discussing what to do tomorrow. Li Yahong will take the convoy and transport a batch of supplies back first. Wu Heng will not go back with him, but will arrange for the ''big-headed skeleton'' and some skeleton soldiers to go there together to protect the safety of the convoy. I have walked the road to the prison several times. The possibility of danger is unlikely. Arranging skeletons is also to avoid some wandering zombies or any emergencies. Humans are still too fragile, and viruses and simple injuries may kill them. The two stood together to discuss for a while and finalized the plan. Li Yahong returned to the repair shop, and Wu Heng also returned to the community with the skeleton. Commanding the skeletons, he piled the brought corpses together. ?The corpses of the deformed dogs were placed aside alone. ??This time I went out, although there were no Level 2 deformed zombies, killing so many deformed dogs was still a big gain. In terms of improved attributes, it is even better than the second level corpse core. After a few [Bone Skeleton Techniques] went down, five skeleton dogs stood up from the broken meat. He shook his body, and the blood on his body spattered everywhere. Over this period of time, the number of skeleton dogs and skeleton cats has reached 12. ?Although it''s not much, the size of the lion and the speed of the animal still have obvious combat advantages. ?Especially the hound-type skeleton dog, which is more like a large horse with thin legs. ?Wu Heng even felt that if these skeleton dogs could be used to pull a cart, they would be faster than horses. Rifled through the broken pieces of meat. Find five first-level corpse cores and put them in plastic bags. He looked around and called Lie Yi, who was carrying a sniper rifle, over and said, "You can train hounds, right? It''s up to you to choose one." Hunter stepped forward and pointed at a hound skeleton as tall as a horse. Well, its yours. Hunting Yi bent down and stroked the dog''s head, and a pale white light spread from the dog''s head to his whole body. The next second. The skeleton dog swung its bone tail happily and started to circle around the "Hunting One". Let the remaining skeletons patrol according to the original plan. ??Wu Heng walked directly into the alchemy skeleton''s room and handed him the five corpse cores. Looking at it now. The number of alchemy skeletons is still not enough. ?In addition to making potions for corpse cores, we also need to make commonly used potions such as therapeutic potions and psychotropic potions. Even if the skeleton doesnt need to sleep, the dwarf skeleton is still a little too busy. ?Furthermore, the alchemist also has some research on rescuing people. This can be seen from the last time he took bullets from Jia Yingying and treated her wounds. Now that I have some money, I should buy two more alchemist corpses. It''s not a bad thing. ??After Wu Heng explained tomorrow''s plan to the big-headed skeleton, he directly opened the gate and returned to his residence. I came to the first floor and practiced swordsmanship. ?System prompts also appear. Unlock the sword skill: Gray Eagle Slash (entry). Grey Eagle Slash: Quickly slash at a target up to 10 feet. After hitting the target, the attack speed is +5% and interrupts the target''s spellcasting or energy gathering. Its done. ?The sky pays off the hard work. After practicing for so long, I finally mastered a sword technique. Bawudong! Bawudong took a step forward. Stand over there and let me test my sword skills. Ba Wudong walked to the other side of the living room, and Wu Heng held the "Silver Winged Water Pattern Sword" tightly. In the next second, his figure was like a attacking falcon, moving in front of ''Bawudong'' in the blink of an eye, and slashing at the opponent''s body with the iron sword in his hand. ?Bawudong ducked slightly and grabbed his sword-holding wrist with one hand. Holy shit! Just when he wanted to say that he was so handsome, his wrist was held. ?Ba Wudong let go of his hand, and Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and sheathed his sword gracefully. When I thought about it, it was normal that I couldn''t beat it. After all, I was an elder of the God''s Punishment Sect during my lifetime. It was a bit strange that I could cut it with a sword that I had just unlocked. But the sword skill he unlocked is definitely not weak, and he can quickly approach the opponent and strike. Not to mention killing long-range targets, it can also be used as an escape skill. Sparred with Bawudong for a while and went to bed to rest. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng got up early and went to the zombie world first. Arranged for the skeletons to leave with the convoy. After watching the convoy leave, he returned to Luntam City. ?The weather in Luntam City today is a bit gloomy, with dark clouds covering the sky, and it seems like a heavy rain will fall at any time. ?Wu Heng prepared an umbrella in the space ring and went straight out to the association. Coming to the hall, some teams have gathered to receive the commission. The Professional Association supports many teams or mercenaries. Come to the front desk. The staff member smiled and said, "Good morning, Captain Wu Heng!" ?Over the past few days, I have become quite familiar in the association. Good morning. Wu Heng responded with a smile and continued: I had a mid-level item reward last time, lets redeem it. The staff checked the record book and asked, "Captain, what type of reward do you need to redeem?" In fact, the rewards for mid-level items are average. Can be exchanged for some low-level scrolls, more sophisticated weapons and equipment, and skill books. Only when reaching high-level prop rewards, magic props or rare objects will appear. Scrolls are used once and are gone. They are not cost-effective and the weapons themselves cannot be used. Nowadays, killing enemies is all about shooting. Skill books are more useful, and the features that you can unlock after reading them are also the most suitable. Skill book, it belongs to the mage! Wait a moment! Not long after, the staff came over with several skill books, all of which were low-level ones, such as ''Acid Splash'' and ''Dancing Light Technique'', which he had already unlocked. ??Probably compared it. Choose a book called "Feather Falling Technique". (Description: Within the casting range, specify up to five falling creatures to generate skill effects. If they land before the spell ends, they will not suffer any falling damage.) Feather Falling Technique should be an auxiliary ability. But at critical moments, it should be able to save lives. Moreover, not only can it be used by yourself, but it can also be released to up to five people at the same time. It can be regarded as a highly practical skill. After confirming the reward, Wu Heng turned around and left. Go through the corridor and go to the team lounge. ? Pushing the door and entering the lounge, in addition to the orc Duke, there is also a female orc with green skin and leather armor, with a dagger and quiver hanging on her waist, and a long bow on her back. Good morning, Captain. Duke greeted. Duke changed his outfit today. It is no longer a flat plate armor, this time there are some patterns on it, and it looks much better made. ?Especially the helmet, in addition to being full metal, it also has a thicker layer on the front and forehead. It seems a little heavy. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Good morning, Duke, who is this?" This is our new member. (End of this chapter) Chapter 139 , Duke you come Chapter 139, Duke, come here The female orc stood up, made an orc etiquette, and said: "Captain Wu Heng, I am ''Marta'', a level 7 ranger." Forehead. ?Wu Heng paused. By the way, my team is not full yet, so I forgot about it. Have you brought any information? Wu Heng asked. The female orc handed over the personal information prepared by the association. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, and it was the same as what was written in the message. The person recruited was Deacon Gomez. How old are you this year? Wu Heng continued to ask. 22, Captain! "Well, you are welcome to join..." Wu Heng looked at the name on the information again, "Marta." Thank you, captain. Marta said immediately. ?Wu Heng feels that orcs are easier to contact than humans. At least the two team members respect themselves. "Sit down!" Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down and continued: "My name is Wu Heng, and I am the captain of Team 12. He is Duke, a member of our team." Before you came, we got to know each other. Duke said directly. ??Luntam City is actually not small, and is divided into several areas. Even though they are both orcs, they are also local residents, but they do not know each other. Well, we will all be teammates from now on, so we need to take care of each other. Yes, Captain. Marta nodded again. After a brief chat, Duke moved forward twice and said, "Captain, I came here today to tell you about the wanted criminal intelligence." Any clues? Yes, but Im not sure if its reliable. Duke scratched his head. Tell me and listen! Captain, do you remember the last time you investigated the tavern and killed and bled the wanted criminal? Duke asked. Well, remember, something happened again over there? ?The first mission in Luntam City is to investigate the death incident in the tavern. There was a pervert who used money to take women who were soliciting customers into an alley, and then cut their necks and bled them. ??Wu Heng blocked him in an alley and used a gun to block him. I also mentioned this incident in my letters to Yuri and Slater, so I remember it deeply. "Nothing happened in the pub, but something similar happened again in the outer area of ??the city. The guy we killed was a wanted criminal. I think the person who committed the crime this time may also be a wanted criminal," Duke said. Murder and bloodletting? Well, the wounds are all the same, so I feel like we can still catch the wanted criminal. Duke continued. ?Wu Heng looked at the newly added female orc again, "Marta, have you heard of it?" It seems that I have heard that the Warhammer Party has been causing a lot of trouble recently, especially in the areas outside the city. Marta said. ?Wu Heng nodded and glanced at the dim sky outside. He said: "Let''s go out and have a look and investigate." Okay, Captain! Duke stood up excitedly. ?Several people picked up their weapons and walked outside together. Go out of the association door. ?Marta whistled to the sky. A black-feathered eagle flew down from the sky. Fell on Marta''s leather arm, her sharp eyes looked at the people beside her. This is my tame beast, Black Feather. Then he said to the black-haired eagle: "This is my captain, and these are my teammates." ??The black-haired eagle looked at the two of them and nodded in a more humane manner. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and didn''t say much. The tamed animals of human rangers are all smaller eagles or more docile birds. ?This one is more like a vulture. The neck is long and slender, somewhat drooping. Ugly handsome. Ugly handsome. After the introduction, several people walked directly towards the outer area of ??the city. After leaving the city gate, we arrived at the outer area of ??the city. Except for the main road in the middle, there are staggered high and low houses built on both sides. Perhaps it was because the weather was not very good and I didnt see many people on the road. ??On the contrary, it gives people a spooky feeling. Duke led a few people to the door of a wooden house. After knocking on the door, a man cautiously looked out from the crack of the door. After seeing it was Duke, he opened the door and said, "Duke is a fool!" Well, this is my captain, here to investigate the deaths of people in the past few days. Duke introduced. Oh, hello, captain, I dont know what you want to investigate? the man asked. Wu Heng said: "The person is dead, is the body still there?" "exist!" Take us to see it. Oh, please come this way. The man walked in front and led several people to a wooden house near the edge. "Inside, the dead were all women or children. It made people panic, and the gang didn''t find anything through investigation." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, leave the rest to us. You can go back first." "Oh, okay." The man continued: "We have collected some money, and if you can solve this problem, we are willing to pay you accordingly." It should be because you are afraid of not doing a good investigation, prepare some money, and improve work efficiency. Well, I will notify you of the results. Wu Heng said. Thank you. The man walked out immediately, muttering something about having a hard time, and then left. In the room, there were several corpses covered with linen. Judging from the body shape, there are humans and beastmen. ??Wu Heng released a [Dancing Light Technique] to light up the room. Let Duke uncover the first corpse. This is a woman who looks young. There is a deep scar on her neck. Her skin is pale, as if the blood has been drained. ??Its really the same as the murder that happened last time in the tavern. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse with skin as pale as paper suddenly sat up and looked at this side with its pale eyes. The expression of the newly joined female orc Mata changed and she involuntarily took a step back. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "How did you die?" He was attacked by several people and his neck was slit, the corpse replied. Do you know those people? I dont know him, I didnt see his face clearly. Where was it attacked? Outside the city, the path to the north. What time. After dusk! ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask the last question, "What characteristics do you remember about them?" He was filled with the smell of blood and was wearing a black cloak. After speaking, there was a bang and he lay back on the ground again. Then, Wu Heng continued to ask about the second corpse, which was a female orc. The green skin has turned gray due to blood loss. It is obvious that he has been in a battle, and there are scars on his face and body. But the fatal injury was still the neck. The whitish flesh and blood are everted. ?Wu Heng asked again according to the previous question. The place and time of the incident are different, but the characteristics of the murderer are the same. After finishing the five questions, I asked the remaining corpses again, trying to collect as much useful information as possible. Wait until all interrogations are completed. The three of them got together again. Captain, is it the same as last time? Duke said. Well, its exactly the same. Could he be a wanted criminal? "It doesn''t matter whether it''s true or not. If we deal with this matter, it can be regarded as eliminating harm for the people." Wu Heng said. Yes, thats a good word, said Duke. ??Marta interrupted the conversation between the two and asked softly: "Captain, what should we do next?" The interrogation efficiency is high. But this time, there is clearly no clear direction. ??You can''t go door to door to search to see if there is a black windbreaker from when the crime was committed, or smell the smell of blood on someone''s body. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s actually easy to handle. The other party only attacks women. Let''s lure the other party out." Understood! Duke glanced at the newly added female orc. ?Marta nodded, "Okay, I have no problem." Although the orcs were tall, female orcs were also included among the dead. ?The other partys target is not to pick on the weak, but mainly to target women. This is actually a bit abnormal. Wu Heng glanced at ''Marta'' and shook his head, "The other party has several people acting together. It''s a bit dangerous for Marta to act as a bait." The position of the ranger in this world is not a high-agility profession that comes and goes without a trace. ??More like the reconnaissance and long-range support professions. Once surrounded, if your own side does not provide timely support, irreparable consequences may occur. Join the team in the morning, but no one is there in the afternoon. This is really a joke. Looking for a girl? Duke asked. Duke, go! What? Captain, Im a man, didnt they attack women? Duke said in surprise and patted his chest. Prove that you are a man and do not have the characteristics of a woman. ??Marta was also smiling awkwardly, not knowing what to say. Let the strong Duke become a woman, um..., its quite an idea. Its a disguise. Wu Heng took out the Transformation Veil and handed it to him, saying, Put it on, let me see! Duke took it doubtfully and put it on his head at Wu Heng''s signal. A ray of light shone down from the top of her head, and her body began to change, turning into the image of a female orc. Appearance, a layer of phantom effect has been added, but he is still tall. ?Wu Heng looked at Duke and nodded, while Marta''s eyes widened. This must be a special prop. "No change..." Duke just opened his mouth and then closed his mouth. Because the speaking voice has changed and is more like a female voice. Okay, the effect is quite good. You go to the northern area and walk around. We will protect you in the dark. Duke, dont cry like you are doing it. What if you scare away the murderer? "Ah? Captain, this can''t be done. How can this be done?" "Don''t talk nonsense. If I weren''t a mage, I would go by myself." "He, this, is not...!" Duke stammered for a long time, and walked away in a female appearance. The sky is getting gloomier. On the path to the north, a female orc looked around with a somewhat reserved expression. Physically strong and with waterfall-like long hair, they are the most popular type among orcs. Hurrah! ?Suddenly, the sound of running footsteps came from the dark alley on one side. ?Three figures sprang out, forming three directions, surrounding the female orc in the middle. Holy shit, with such a big body, what did you eat to grow up? As long as its a woman, this kind of blood volume is more abundant. Stop talking nonsense, people outside the city are investigating these things recently, so act quickly. Damn, he even gave us an ogle ?A few people spoke without any hesitation. As for the female orc, when she heard the word "ogling", she became furious instantly. With a loud roar, he rushed over directly. Thanks to book friend 20170729180427118 for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 140 , life is a disease (4 Thousand Sons, updated first) Chapter 140, Life is a disease (4 thousand sons, updated first) Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. The tall female orc, like a crazy bison, directly knocked a person away and threw him four to five meters away. ??The other two people looked back at their companions who flew out, with expressions of surprise on their faces. What is the situation? ?So fierce. Kill her, something is wrong! The person who flew out stumbled up, clutching his chest and said. ??The other two people also turned around, immediately drew out the daggers from their waists, and rushed towards the female orc, one from the left and the other from the right. Plan to outflank them directly and kill first to get blood. Duke''s face instantly became solemn. He involuntarily blew a kiss, lowered his center of gravity, and took out an iron sword from his waist. ?Looking at the two rushing people with vigilant eyes. Whoosh~! Just as the two of them were getting closer and closer, they rushed in front of them. A sharp sound broke through the air. Poof~! An arrow was shot from a distance, instantly piercing a person''s body and exiting from the front. The figure in the middle staggered two steps. Looking down at the arrow that shot out of his body, the other man''s expression suddenly changed. At this time, the sound of wings waving came from the sky again. A black-feathered eagle swooped down from the sky. The man bent his arms to block. With a squeaking sound, the sharp eagle claws left deep claw marks on the leather armor. Ah! Duke, disguised as a woman, yelled. Holding the iron sword, he rushed forward. Hands of weapons are opened and closed, blowing kisses and ogling, while roaring loudly. Swish swish~! Arrows are still being shot from a distance. ??Wu Heng and several others also rushed over from a distance and quickly took action to kill him. The task is simpler than imagined. Duke handed the veil to Wu Heng, "Captain, here you go." ?Wu Heng took it and put it away directly. ??I bought this with thousands of silver coins, but I didn''t take it seriously. Still too young. Do you think there are many opportunities to be an honest girl? Drag the body over here! Wu Heng said. Duke and Marta dragged the body over. Three bodies, neatly placed in front of him. ??Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], "Do you have anyone else?" There are other members, the corpse replied. ??Its not just the three of them. ??Moreover, the word member is more like a team or gang word. ??Wu Heng tried to ask: "What is the name of your organization?" Blood Worship Cult! Damn it, there really is an organization. ?Wu Heng looked at Duke and Marta, and they both shook their heads, indicating that they had never heard of it. Looks like its not very famous locally. How many people are there in your organization? Wu Heng continued to ask. Counting us, there are eight people in total. The number of people is not too large. It should be a small church that has just been established. That''s why he kills people everywhere in this sneaky way. Compared to some cults that promote weird doctrines, this kind of people who kill people everywhere are even more hateful. What is the purpose of killing people? Collect blood. ??Wu Heng also wanted to ask what he was collecting blood for, but felt that none of it was important. Continue to ask: Where is your church? In the north, there is a single house. After five questions, the body lay back with a thud. Blood is still flowing from the wound. ?Wu Heng continued to wake up the second corpse and asked directly: "What are the characteristics of the house where you are hiding?" The corpse replied, "There is a red crescent moon pattern on the wall." What is your leaders name? "have no idea." have no idea? What is your leaders strength? Level 10. Besides a few people from the Blood Worship Cult, are there any other helpers? "No." "you." After Wu Heng asked about the second corpse, he asked about the third one. Conversation with the Dead is to recall the original memory. Sometimes, everyone has different perspectives on the same question and gives different answers. He repeatedly asked about the number of people in the church and the rank of the leaders. It is certain that it is just a small church that has just been established. There are still 5 people in the base area, including their leader. A level 9 or 10 professional. Level 10 is more likely, because the one we killed last time in the tavern was a level 9 wanted criminal, and this one has become a leader, so the level should be higher. Captain, what should we do next? Duke said. Lets go to the north. ??Wu Heng and others followed the intelligence and came to the gathering place in the North District outside the city. ?Standing in the dark alley, waiting silently. ?The black-feathered eagle circled twice in the sky. Haunted Ghost Xiaoxiao remained invisible and flew back from a distance. After sharing vision, they found the wooden house marked with a red crescent in the opponent''s sky. The room was small and dark. There were a total of five people gathered inside, holding flowers and blood in their hands, muttering something in their mouths, as if praying, and then drank it in one gulp. Show an expression of contentment and intoxication. There is a basement below, where three women are imprisoned in iron cages, and there are corpses that have not been disposed of in time. ?It seems that the three people just now are not the only ones who are out hunting. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, glanced at the building opposite, and said: "There are five people in the house. Duke will go with me. Marta will find a position to be on guard. If anyone approaches or escapes, be careful to kill them." "clear!" The two nodded. ?Wu Heng took Duke and the two skeletons to the front of the house. As soon as he got closer, a voice came from behind the door, "Who is it?" Wu Heng said directly: "We are residents nearby. I heard that there is a red yarn tavern here. Is it nearby?" Go forward, not this way. What? Didnt hear clearly! ?Wu Heng gestured to the people behind him. Duke paused and hit the door directly. Hang~squeak! ??The violent banging sound made the door ring with the sound of teeth grinding. ?Ba Wudong immediately took Duke''s place and kicked the door. With a bang, the swaying wooden door fell backwards. A strong smell of blood rushed towards his face. "Ah~! Damn it, who are you?" There were roars in the room. Tap tap tap~! ?Three figures, like agile cheetahs, took the lead and pounced on the people at the door. Bang~! Bang, bang, bang! ?Several people pulled the triggers at the same time, and dense bullets were fired at the two figures directly in front. The figure jumped into the air and fell from the sky, bleeding all over the ground. Then, bullets continued to be fired at several people behind. Shuashua~shua! In the room, the remaining people moved quickly around the room. In the dim room, afterimages were left. ??Can you still dodge bullets? Damn it, get out! Its the Knights of the Iron Guard, they discovered us. Kill out, and the blood will grant us immortality. Several figures in the room quickly rushed towards the door. He was instantly penetrated by bullets and fell to the ground groaning in pain. Suddenly, a figure quickly approached the door from behind. The muzzle of the gun was raised and fired at the running figure. However, the next second. Huh~! The figure instantly turned into a ball of black smoke, bypassed several people, rushed out of the door, and drifted into the distance. Follow him. Hands on the trigger without letting go, bullets are fired towards the black smoke one after another. Puff puff puff~! The dense bullets shot into the black smoke, making a "puff, puff, puff" sound. ?Like being shot into a mire. Obviously, black smoke cannot float in the air like real smoke and can only maintain a height of about two meters. Even if he wanted to escape far away, he was shaken by the dense bullets and couldn''t move. ?At the same time, the substances in the black smoke became more and more solid. Several people followed and shot indiscriminately. ??The black mist suddenly condensed, forming a figure wearing a black robe. ?Haunted loudly: "I can give you money to let me get out of here." Youve killed so many people and you still want to leave? Wu Heng waved his hand again. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullet was fired again, piercing his chest. The man''s body swayed with the impact of the bullet, and he moved backwards little by little. "You can''t kill me, me and the gangs in the outer city..." ?Bang bang bang~! Before he could finish his words, a bullet pierced his body again. He fell directly to the ground, blood flowing all over the ground. Even though he killed the opponent, Wu Heng was still surprised by how difficult the opponent was. He actually had two skeletons empty two magazines before killing him. Duke ran over, raised the battle ax in his hand, and was about to chop off the opponent''s head. Dont cut it, there is too much blood to take away. Wu Heng said directly. Im afraid hes pretending to be dead. If hes dead, take off his scarf. ??Duke pulled off the scarf wrapped around the body''s mouth and nose, revealing the image of a middle-aged man with sunken cheeks. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet, called up the association''s wanted notices, and compared them one by one. [Partchuck, reward of 720 silver, mid-level item reward. At this time, Marta also ran over. Look at the tablet together. When he discovered that he was really a wanted criminal, his eyes widened. Escaped from the Kingdom of Yeko. In addition to money, there are also mid-level prop rewards among the rewards. Its quite generous. ??My team''s trip was really not in vain. What a wanted criminal! Duke was also surprised. Although he provided the information, he never expected that he was actually a wanted criminal. After all, this kind of thing still depends on some luck. Wu Heng continued: "Duke, go get a carriage. Marta, go to the basement of the room and rescue those women. Be careful not to trap any traps." "Okay, captain." The two agreed and immediately split up. ??Wu Heng walked to the last corpse, stretched out his right hand with a leather glove, and opened his mouth to take a look. Two fangs, very obvious. ??It really looks like the kind of vampire that appears in movies. Leave him to me! Bassen and Bawudong immediately stepped forward and began to remove the clothes from the corpse on the ground. Leave only a thin set of clothes inside. Black cloak, leather armor, a short blade, and a backpack. ?Wu Heng squatted down and opened the backpack directly. A money bag, a certificate of deposit and withdrawal from the Snake Emblem Consortium, and a gold wine glass with various gemstones on the rim. Blood Cup (wonderful object) Type: Strange Object Function: Drink blood from a wine glass to transform the body''s constitution. Side effects: blood-eating habit, fear of light. (Description: Life is a disease, and curing it requires a high price.) Wonderful object! ??A church with only so many people actually owns a strange thing? ?This is really a bit unexpected. But it is also certain that these guys show high agility, especially this leader, who also has the effect of turning himself into black smoke and being completely immune to physical damage for a certain period of time. It is definitely related to this strange blood cup. This is also the reason why they drink blood. The side effect is eating blood. But I also want to have this effect of turning into black smoke. Soon, the imprisoned woman in the room was released. She was crying and must have been frightened. ??Some people also gathered nearby, as well as gangs responsible for the security of the area. Marta is communicating with those people. ?Wu Heng put all his backpack and equipment into the space ring. Not long after, Duke drove a carriage over, threw the body on the cart, and the team began to return. On the way, the middle-aged man who showed the body before also walked over quickly. "Thank you very much, captain, thank you guys. We don''t have much money to collect, so we can buy some drinks for you." He said and handed over a money bag. "Forget it, let''s give it back to everyone. This is a wanted criminal, and we will have a reward when we go back." Wu Heng said. "How can that be done? As promised before, I must get it." The situation in outer urban areas is different. Some difficult things cannot even be dealt with by the management gang. The nearby residents need to pool their money and hire a mercenary group to deal with it, which will only cost more money and may not have any effect. ??Wu Heng glanced at the man who didn''t let go, and took the money bag, "Okay, I''ll take the money. If you have anything to do in the future, please contact Duke. We''ll help you if we can." Okay, thank you captain, thank you all. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and the carriage continued forward, passing through the city gate and entering the outer city. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. It started to drizzle in the sky, and it looked like a storm was going to come at any moment. Duke and Marta, escorting the cart to the left and right. The tame black-feathered eagle landed on the cart, staring at the corpse above, motionless. Captain, did we do a good thing this time and save a few people? Duke put his hand on the side of the cart and asked. "Well, good thing. We will continue to collect intelligence later. Our target is still the wanted criminal." "Okay, I feel like I''ve mastered some methods." Duke said. The team pulled the cart forward slowly. Passing by the pub in front. I happened to see a plump red-haired woman wearing a windbreaker walking out of the tavern. Her younger brother held an umbrella beside her and whispered something. The spiked gang sister-in-law Wen Mansha. The cart passed by and the two of them looked at each other briefly. Wen Mansha coughed lightly and said, "The weather is not very good today, so I don''t need to keep a guard here." "Sister-in-law, there has been some chaos recently. It may be dangerous if we don''t arrange people." A younger brother said. Wen Mansha glared at him and said, "Who knows if you don''t tell me? It will rain heavily tonight. What will happen if the brothers who stay here get sick? Come back tomorrow morning." The rest of the younger brothers are also happy. Secretly, my sister-in-law still feels sorry for me. Thank you, sister-in-law. Well, order some food at the tavern and bring it to my room, and then you can leave. Yes, sister-in-law. The cart passed by the door of the tavern. Entered the inner city and returned to the association. Transport the body to the morgue and hand it over to the staff for identification verification. "Okay, let''s all go home. After checking the identities of the corpses, we will divide the bounty tomorrow." Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain. "oh!" The two orcs left, and Wu Heng also packed his things. ?Holding an umbrella, she walked towards Wen Manshas residence. Thanks to Pi Zixilong for the reward. Thanks, 08a for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 141 , Fire God Sanctuary Chapter 141, Flame God Sanctuary It is raining lightly in the sky. ??Wu Heng held an umbrella and walked with Basen and Bawudong on a deserted path. ?All the way to Wen Manshas residence, there was no one at the door. Normally, there will be younger brothers guarding here, working in shifts throughout the day. ?In this kind of weather, no one wants to stay outside and guard the door. Let him go back to take shelter from the rain, naturally he is willing to do so. Push the door and enter the small courtyard, then enter the room. As soon as the door was opened, a figure wearing a low-cut silk dress rushed over. ?Wu Heng hugged her and felt soft and warm. Master! Wen Mansha shouted softly. Since last time, I seem to be more open-minded. "You''re wearing so little, aren''t you afraid of catching a cold?" Wu Heng hugged her and closed the door with his feet. Waiting for the master to warm up! Wen Mansha put her arms around his neck and said coquettishly: Master, I miss you so much. As he spoke, the shoulder straps slipped off, and the snow peak on one side was exposed to the air, round and upright. The "Mansha Wen" at this time is completely different from the gangster sister-in-law during the day. In front of the younger brother, he had a cold and arrogant attitude, but at this moment, he was so charming that he seemed to be melting. ??Wu Heng patted his waist and hip gently and asked, "Is there any news about Luo Qi?" During the day, we arranged for someone to come over and take a look. It is estimated that they will be back in the next two days. Wen Mansha said. Well, when you come back, inform me as soon as possible, and I will let you be the leader of the Spike Gang. Wu Heng made a promise directly. I need someone to collect intelligence. Wen Mansha, who signed the slave contract, is the most suitable candidate. "Master can arrange it. Even if I am allowed to stay with him as a maid, I am willing to do so." Wen Mansha continued. I dont know if its because of the slave contract or because Wen Mansha is clingy. Your ability is still suitable for being a gang sister-in-law. "Thank you, Master." Wen Manman pulled him and sat down at the table. "Master has been busy all day and hasn''t eaten yet. I asked someone to prepare dinner." ?Wu Heng was sitting at the table eating dinner, while Wen Mansha was serving her carefully. Simply took a bite. The two sat at the table and chatted about what happened in the past two days. ?Wu Heng also has some understanding of the outer city area. The next day, early morning. ?Wen Mansha got up and got dressed. ??It is actually a good thing if you have a personal maid to take care of your life. ??Wu Heng took out several sets of women''s underwear and clothing brought back from the commercial street from the space ring, handed them to her and said: "I prepared these for you, I don''t know if they are suitable or not." Wen Mansha''s eyes widened as she looked at the various brightly colored clothes. With eyes full of joy, he rushed forward and said, "Thank you, Master." "Um!" After a while. Wen Mansha took her younger brother to the tavern for dinner. Wu Heng also dressed up and walked directly to the inner city. It rained all night last night. ?Walking on the street, the rushing water flows towards the drainage wells on both sides of the road. The entire city has a complex drainage system. It rained heavily last night, but it still did not flood the city today. ??Wu Heng went directly to the association with the two skeletons. He came to the front desk and collected the bounty from last nights autopsy. Return to the lounge. Duke and Marta were already sitting in the lounge chatting. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they all smiled, "Captain!" Well, the bounty is here, the association is 720, and the residents collected 120 yesterday. These two are yours. Wu Heng handed the corresponding bounty to the two of them. ?Marta glanced at Duke standing aside. The latter stood up and said, "Thank you, captain." ?Seeing Duke take it, Marta also picked up the money bag, "Thank you, captain." Well, if you have nothing to do, you can go back and continue to focus on investigating intelligence. Wu Heng continued. Good captain, just do it for the people! I know. Okay, if you have nothing to do, go back. "oh!" The two of them got up and left, and Wu Heng also left the association. Directly entered the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng. In the VIP room of the Snake Emblem Consortium, the local person in charge, Lecia, walked over with her waist twisted. "Good morning." Lecia sat down opposite, her white calves exposed under her skirt, and asked with a smile: "Mr. Wu Heng came here this time to inquire about the construction of the ''Bone Burial Ground''?" "Well, let''s see if you are ready? There are some other things to do by the way." Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and said. "I''m sorry, Mr. Wu Heng, the construction is not ready yet." Lecia apologized softly. Its a bit long! "Well, the formation architecture requires formation masters to draw it, and transportation is quite time-consuming." Lecia sighed, "Actually, we are also very anxious." Try to speed up as much as possible. Lately, I have enough gold in my hands, and I have some confidence in whatever I want to do. Yes, sir! "I have your access certificate here. Take out all the items inside." Wu Heng took out the certificate he obtained from killing the ''Blood Worship Cult'' yesterday. ?This kind of certificate only recognizes the note and not the person. Anyone can come and get it. Okay, sir, please wait a moment. The woman handed the bill to the staff outside the door, and chatted with Wu Heng for a while. Soon, there was a knock on the door. The staff came in carrying a wooden box. Put it on the table and then leave. ?Wu Heng opened it directly. Inside were neatly arranged silver coins and a book. The Book of Runes. It is not a skill book, but a book about magic runes. ?Wu Heng didnt look at it much and directly closed the wooden box again. ?Lecia still kept smiling and stayed by her side silently. I want to buy a few corpses. Wu Heng continued. Oh? What type of corpse does Sir need? Lecia continued to ask. "Alchemist, level 10 or above, no race or gender requirements, as long as you are an alchemist." Wu Heng said his request. ?Lecia nodded, took out the power of attorney, and filled it out for him herself, "Sir, how many such corpses are needed?" Obviously, this is not the first time the other party has purchased, otherwise he would not have said so completely. It also avoids some waste of time. Lets have five. Lecia started to look up and saw that the corresponding price of five pieces was quite a lot. Still smiling slightly, "Okay sir, you need to pay a deposit of one thousand silver coins here. When the body comes over, the subsequent balance will be calculated based on the state of the body and the cost of transportation." ?The last time I bought a corpse, the deposit was 300 silver coins. ?This time it is directly one thousand, which may be because the number is relatively large and has increased a bit. Yes, how long will it take to deliver the goods? It will be delivered one after another, probably in three days. Holy shit! This is so fast. It cant be immediate killing. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. He just took out a thousand silver coins from the wooden box and handed it to the other party. Sir, let me use the emblem. Lecia stretched out her hand. ?Wu Heng handed over the emblem, and the other party took it, pressed the ink pad, and made a mark on the commission. Okay sir, the commission is completed. Lecia said with a smile, feeling lucky that she had met such a young and rich man. ?This happened several times in succession, and each time the consumption was not small. Even in Luntam City, it is already rare. My performance will probably be better than in previous years. ? We can maintain good cooperation with the other party in the future, and this year we will be ranked high in the region. By the way, is there anything else about the store that I told you about last time? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Lecias eyes lit up again. Whatever comes to mind comes. "Of course, do you need to see it?" Lecia immediately asked someone to get the map. "Um." ??The map I saw last time was placed on the table again and spread out. ?Lecia pointed out several locations one by one. This map marks the location of the entire city, as well as important streets and key areas. Even the drainage situation is also marked. ?Wu Heng stared at the map carefully for a while. He asked: "Which store is in a good location and has a backyard?" Lecia glanced at the map and pointed her green-white finger at a shop in the northern outer city. "This side fully meets your requirements. There is a shop in the front and a small courtyard and warehouse in the back." ?Wu Heng took a look at the location. It was slightly off the main road, but the location was not too far away. Its pretty good. Take me to see it! "Okay." Lecia ordered, opened the door and ordered the carriage to be prepared. Not long after, the carriage was ready. He then took the two of them directly to the store. Soon, the two of them arrived at the store. Push the door open and walk in. The store area is a two-story building, each floor is about 40 square meters, which is not too big. ??It probably hasn''t been vacant for too long. There are still footprints on the ground from the last person who came here. It used to be a jewelry store, but then it didnt do well and closed down. Lecia took two steps in the room and traced the dust on the window sill with her fingers. Well, lets go check out the backyard! Behind the shop is a small courtyard connected to a warehouse. ?Wu Heng took a look, then entered the warehouse and took a closer look. He felt that it was pretty good. Go back. Lock the door again, get on the carriage and return slowly. Lecia tilted her chin, looked across, and asked, "Sir, how is it? Is this location satisfactory?" "Well, I''m quite satisfied. If you can guarantee the local gang issues and some security issues, I will settle it." You can rest assured that the Shehui Consortium operates formally, but it also has some self-protection capabilities to ensure the safety of your store. Lecia said without hesitation. ?Wu Heng nodded, somewhat satisfied, "Okay, I''ve decided." Well, then I will write a commission with you. The new commission was completed, Lecia continued: "The rent for this shop is 2,000 silver coins." Hmm. Wu Heng gave the money and took the key handed over by the other party. Thought for a while and continued: "I will open the store in a few days. Please arrange for someone to help me clean it up." "Of course." Lecia agreed immediately and asked, "What business do you plan to run?" Groceries, some daily necessities. Forehead. ?Lecia glanced at the other party and saw that it was not a joke. Such a high rent to make daily necessities. Its really a bold attempt. But it has nothing to do with her, people have their own ideas. "Where''s the name? I''ll have someone make a sign for you and put it directly in the store." Lecia continued. It is also good for yourself to maintain a good relationship with such a person. Just ask customers to come to the grocery store! "good!" The carriage returned to the inner city, and he got off directly and returned to his residence. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Leave the community and come to the crossroads. From a distance, I saw a motorcade parked on the roadside. ?Wu Heng used the walkie-talkie to call Li Yahong. Soon, he ran over from a distance. How is it over there in the prison? Its okay, its the same as when I left, everything has been sent over. Li Yahong replied. ?It seems that the prison is quite stable. Li Yahong is taking people back one after another, so nothing will happen again. By the way, a new shelter has appeared in the frequency band recently and is recruiting survivors. Li Yahong suddenly thought of something and said. An area that communicates on the same frequency band. ??The frequency band Li Yahong mentioned should be his own area. Its called the Flame Gods Sanctuary. The leader has awakened his powers and can control the flames. ?Wu Heng looked at her with a frown, "Can you really awaken the ability to control elements?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 142 , Return of Roach (previous Chapter 142, Roach returns (the previous chapter was closed, and the plot broke off.) Things like physical enhancement and sensory enhancement are actually understandable. After all, it is limited to the strengthening of the body. However, awakening to control the flame is a bit too exaggerated. In another world, magic has a complete set of inheritance, which is learned and used to control the transformation of magic power. This world, which directly relies on one''s own awakening, is more like the blood power of the ''warlock'' profession. The power of the warlock does not need to be learned. ??It also relies on the awakening of the bloodline. For example, the captain of the second team of Blackstone Town, Tulisa, has the bloodline of the ice system. Can release a variety of blood magic. So, the awakening of powers in this world is very similar to the awakening of a warlocks bloodline. Hearing the surprise in Wu Heng''s words, Li Yahong looked at him doubtfully. Are you surprised? It doesnt count, where is it? Over at Jinjiawazi, the leaders title is Yan Shen, and I heard he has some people under his command. Li Yahong continued. Jinjiawazi is a place near the edge of the city. Surrounded by some villages. It is easy to understand why we chose that place as our base, as we should avoid places with urban population base. I just dont know whether he was a survivor in the village or someone who fled later. In short, this news is good news for mankind. ?Human beings are also evolving, and their various abilities are also very inspiring. God of Fire? Why did you get this name? Wu Heng was a little curious. Its just a code name. Li Yahong said calmly. ?The eyes even looked at the other party carefully. ?Although it cannot be verified, I feel that when the other person named him "God of Fire", he was probably influenced by the name King Yama. "That''s right." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "How many people are left in the auto repair shop?" 7 people. Tomorrow, I will ask the big-headed skeleton to protect you. I will search the cleaned unit building and collect the glasses, porcelain bowls, plastic basins and all daily necessities inside. I will have use for them then. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong frowned, a little confused about the purpose of collecting these things. ?The neighborhood is a gathering area for residents, and there are quite a few residents. These are the most common things. If collected, the number would be quite large. Want it complete? Yes, try to keep it as good as possible and collect it with everyone first. Okay, Ill have someone prepare some anti-collision cotton tonight, and Ill take someone to collect it tomorrow. Li Yahong said. Wu Heng liked this about her. I will immediately find a way to complete the tasks assigned to me. Very refreshing. "Um." The two chatted for a few more words and then returned to their accommodation. ??After Wu Heng returned to the community, he told the big-headed skull about the task of cooperating with Li Yahong tomorrow. After nothing happens. Then he returned to his own place. Enter the study room. Take out the skill book that was redeemed yesterday and start looking at it. Feather Falling Technique Can prevent up to 5 targets from being harmed after falling from a high altitude. Judging from the explanation and introduction of the skill, it is a change skill. Change the tendency of your own falling to achieve the effect of not being harmed when you land. In Wu Heng''s understanding, it should have changed its own dynamic potential energy, keeping it within the range where it falls to the ground without being harmed, and completing the effect of the spell. It can be said that it is still of great use. Turn to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock skill: Feather Falling Technique. After completing skill learning. ?Wu Heng just wanted to go back and rest. Dang Dang Dang~! A white-feathered owl stood outside the third-floor window, tapping its hard beak on the window. ?Wen Manshas Taming of Beasts. Wu Heng opened the window and the owl landed directly on the desk in front of him. Peel open the owl''s thick feathers to reveal the strip of paper tied to its thin legs. People are coming. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. Roach is back. The Spike Gang''s residence. The burly Luo Qi sat behind the desk. "There was something wrong with your intelligence, and it almost killed me." Roach said with some anger in his tone. ? Opposite, sat the tall and thin ''Fischer'', who also said: "He just came to Luntam City, and there are two attendants accompanying him. How did you fail?" "I have arranged for several people, all of whom are good players in the gang. There must be something wrong somewhere." Roach continued. Because of his intelligence. ?Not only did he die a few good players, he was also frightened and hid away for three days. In the past three days, I have been on tenterhooks, not daring to go out and having to keep an eye on the situation outside. You can say that he is a gang leader, and if word spreads about it, people will be embarrassed. "Hmph, as long as he didn''t find anything." Fisher looked at the other person and continued: "This time, I will find a way to let him go on a mission outside the city, and then I will arrange for someone to kill him in the wild. Roach''s eyes widened instantly. He was about to roar, but he immediately lowered his voice and said, "You are crazy. This matter almost went wrong, and you still have to do it." "You think this matter is over? Unless he dies, problems may arise sooner or later. He must die." Fischer patted the back of the chair and spoke firmly. Roach still looked at the other party and knew that the other party had identified him. ?It is obviously impossible to withdraw. ?Either leave Fischer here now, or agree to his plan and continue to kill the boy from Team 12. Both of them are people who killed the association. I have no way out. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "Okay, you will inform me then, and I must kill him this time." "This is best. In terms of money, I won''t let you suffer. Make arrangements this time so that there won''t be any problems again." Fisher said, put on his scarf and cloak again, and walked out directly. Roach sighed and watched the other party leave. At this time, Wen Mansha walked out of the back room. He said softly: "Are you still not going to stop?" Roach looked at his woman. Compared with when he left, she seemed to have changed a lot. The skin is smooth and moisturized, and the complexion is more rosy. Hand out his hand, he wanted to pull the other person into his arms, but he was dodged directly. He sighed and said, "You''re still angry. I knew there was nothing wrong, so I asked you to stay. If you want to leave, can I leave without you?" ?Wen Mansha sat down not far away and did not talk about it. But continued: "Are you still going to listen to Fisher?" Lets take a look at the situation first. If he can really lure the other party out of the city and go to a deserted place, he can also kill the kid. Luo Qi said. Wen Mansha said nothing, sneered and turned aside. Roach smiled and said, "Don''t worry, that kid has no abilities. It''s not difficult to kill him." He continued to look at the woman who was becoming more and more nourished, and said softly: "Tomorrow, the boss of the White Wolf Gang and I will discuss something. Then you will accompany me and help me make this matter happen." Wen Mansha stared at him, "You want me to accompany him?" Sacrifice yourself for the sake of the gang! ?Wen Mansha still didnt answer. He glanced at the night outside the window and said softly: "I''ll go sit at the door for a while." "Um!" Wen Mansha walked out of the yard and glanced at the two gang members guarding the door. "Okay, there''s nothing to do today. You all can go back and come back tomorrow morning." Yes, sister-in-law. The boys leave. ?From an alley not far away, three figures walked out. Wen Mansha looked at the few people and sighed slightly, "Inside, Fisher just left." Well, you go to the pub and sit for a while, and you dont have to come back yet. Thank you, Master. Wen Mansha nodded, walked out of the alley, and walked towards the pub opposite. (End of this chapter) Chapter 143 , kill the target Chapter 143, Kill the target ????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and the room was dark. Roach yawned and said, "Let someone prepare the bath water. I want to have a good rest tonight." No one responded behind him, but there were more than one footsteps walking in. ?Roach suddenly became alert. Looking up, he saw three figures walking in slowly. Not Wen Mansha or my younger brother, but an unfamiliar stranger. Roach was shocked. He forced himself to calm down, stood up slowly, and said, "Guys, come to my Spike Gang. Do you have anything to discuss?" Leader Luo Qi doesnt recognize me anymore? Wu Heng asked with a smile, and Basson behind him closed the door. Who are you? Luo Qi narrowed his eyes. Look, Chief Luo Qi is such a noble man who forgets things so much. He forgot about me after being out for a few days. Wu Heng continued. Roach''s expression changed, "You are the one from Team 12, no, you are not..." "You want to say, I didn''t find you? Think about it, if I don''t pretend that nothing happened, can you come back?" Wu Heng still kept smiling. Roach''s face became even more ugly. I thought the other party was just a young boy and gave up before the matter was investigated. I didnt expect that he would be so insidious and set a trap for himself. Let himself come back. Suppressing the uneasiness in his heart, he took a deep breath, forced out an ugly smile, and said: "Captain, it seems there was some misunderstanding. I was deceived at the time and did that kind of thing. Now I know your With your identity and strength, I wouldnt dare to go against you even if I were killed. ??Wu Heng sat down on a wooden chair not far away, "Oh? Leader Luo Qi really thinks so?" "Of course." Roach continued: "You are the captain of the association. I am a small gang. How can I go against you? I hid out a few days ago. I know I did something wrong." Roach no longer has the airs of a gang leader, looking like a small person showing weakness and humility. Wu Heng was said to be very strong, but he himself was very weak. Then, didnt Fisher come to talk to you about the next step just now? Wu Heng said again. Fuck! Luo Qi cursed, took a sharp step to the left, and pulled out the iron sword hidden on the cabinet shelf. You will die here today! The matter has come to this, and he has no way out. The other party knows everything about you, and you can guess what is going on without even thinking about it. ?Today, only one of the two must get out alive. With a loud bang, he rushed over suddenly. The momentum is fierce. Bang~! ??The piercing gunfire sounded, and the distance was less than three meters, providing a precise hit rate. In the other party''s shouts. Chest, a splash of blood spattered. ?Bang bang bang~! Following that, there were three more shots, hitting the chest and abdomen. Roach''s expression changed drastically, and he looked down at the blood flowing along the armor. ?Teeth clenched. ?Change the direction directly and rush towards the door, shouting at the same time, "Where are the people, who are coming, where are the people outside?" ?Bawudong walked quickly, stopped at the door, kicked out with his whip leg, and pushed Luo Qi back again. ??Bassen took action at the same time, changed his body shape, and went around behind the opponent. The short blade in his hand pierced the body through the gap under the waist of the armor. Ah~! Luo Qi screamed in pain, his body staggering more and more. The other party is completely prepared. I have absolutely no chance of winning. Roach knelt down weakly on the ground and said with a distorted expression: "Fisher asked me to do it all. Go find him and let me go!" "If you are the final winner, will you let me go? Don''t worry, Fisher will be with you soon." Bawudong stepped forward and was about to kill him. ??Luo Qi suddenly started up, holding the iron sword again, and slammed into Wu Heng. Bassen stood in front of him, while Wu Heng raised his hand and fired two shots, hitting the body and head. Roach''s eyes widened and he fell to the ground with unwillingness. Pick him up and search him! ??Bassen knelt down, took off his outer armor, and found the money bag, which contained two gold coins and hundreds of silver coins. Unexpectedly, he is quite rich. ????????????????????????????????? ?At this time, the door opened and Wen Mansha walked in. Looking at the corpse on the ground, his face turned a little pale. ??If I had reacted slower last time, I might have ended up with the same fate as Roach. Master! Wen Mansha shouted softly. "Um." "Some people were attracted by the sound outside the door, but I sent them away." Wen Mansha stepped forward and hugged the other person''s arm. It should have been attracted by the sound of gunfire. But in outer urban areas, the problem is not big. ??There are quite a few gangs engaging in fire fights at night. If you just find a reason, no one will care about it. Well, Luo Qi is dead, what are your plans? Wu Heng put his arm on her shoulder and continued to ask. "At that time, I said that Roach left again, and I will continue to manage it for the time being. Later, I will gradually replace some of my people and control the Spike Gang." Wen Mansha said. Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, as long as you have a plan." Continue to look at the body, "Carry him to the yard." ??Bassen dragged the body to the land on one side of the yard. ??Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique], the flesh and blood fell off, and a skeleton slowly stood up. Wen Mansha''s face turned paler, and she couldn''t help but take two steps back, carefully hiding behind her. The contractual relationship between two people cannot be erased, so they subconsciously trust each other more and get closer to each other. Skeleton Warrior (Level 10) Roach is really a level 10 warrior. Looking at the attributes, I tended towards strength and constitution, traditional warrior attributes. There is nothing special about it. ??Wu Heng explained: "I am a necromancer, and now he has become a necromancer. Are you afraid?" Dont be afraid. Ive seen the world in the Spike Gang, so dont be afraid. Well, then he will stay with you to protect you first. Wu Heng continued. Wen Mansha glanced at the skeleton, then at Wu Heng, and whispered: "Master, won''t you stay for the night?" ??Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "I have other things to do. Please take care of this place first. I will come back to you then." A good master. ?Wu Heng nodded and left with Basen Bawudong. ?Wen Mansha began to deal with the traces in the room. The night is dark. ?The sky seemed to be covered with a curtain, making it impossible to see even one''s fingers. Inner city, outside a residence. The patrolling Iron Guard Knights yawned and walked past the community, gradually disappearing. An arm appeared out of thin air out of the night. I saw a censer with three burning incense sticks placed on the edge of the residence. ??A curl of green smoke rose into the building in front of him. This is a prop from the Spike Gang, called the [Psychedelic Incense Burner]. When the incense is lit and inhaled by a creature for a certain period of time, it will fall into exhaustion and even affect the effect of sensory exhaustion. The smoke continued for a while, and the surroundings remained quiet. ??The skeletal arm appeared out of thin air again and opened the iron manhole cover on the side of the road. Shashashasha~! Dense, like the sound of countless pairs of feet crawling. ?The next second, large swaths of rats poured out of the well mouth like a torrent and rushed towards the distant buildings. The rats swarmed directly into the building. Immediately afterwards, there was the neighing of mice and painful wails. The surrounding buildings lit up one after another. ?Not long after, the wailing in the room stopped, and the rats poured out of the building and re-entered the sewer. Withered arms put away the incense burner. Disappear into the night. Early morning, Fischers death scene. In the small room, Deacon Gomez stood on one side with an expression of suppressed anger. "A senior captain actually died in his own home." Gomez glanced across the street, "It is simply a shame for the entire association. You are still the captain of the association, how do you maintain order like this?" Opposite, stood all the captains of the association. He lowered his head and did not dare to say anything. ?Early this morning, before Wu Heng went out, he was notified by the staff to come here. ??Fischer''s death appearance was ugly, as if he had been bitten by countless mouths, and the flesh and blood all over his body was covered with dense bite marks. And all around, there are still some remaining rotten meat and hair of animals. The captain of the association died here. It is not a glamorous thing. If the news spreads, it will affect the prestige and reputation of the association. But the captains were also somewhat unjust in their reprimands from the deacons. After all, it is not their responsibility to maintain law and order at night. That is the matter of the Iron Guard mercenary group in the city. ??But the deacon was in a rage, and no one dared to defend himself or get into trouble. ??Gmez continued: "Except for the team that needs to cooperate with the Knights to drive away the ''Warhammer Party'', the other teams will investigate this matter for me. I will ask for detailed information within three days, and if I can''t get it, my salary will be deducted for a month." Everyone looked at each other quietly, still silent. Seeing that the captains were still lowering their heads and saying nothing, Gomez gritted his teeth and said: "The meeting is over, please leave me to do things." The captains, walking outside. Gomez looked at one of the figures. Wu Heng, please stay for a while. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 144 , no one is allowed to leave Chapter 144: No one is allowed to leave ?Wu Heng paused and looked back at Gomez. Waiting for everyone to leave, he asked, "What is the deacon''s order?" ?Gmez frowned at him, and then asked: "Where were you last night?" ?Wu Heng frowned and said directly: "At home, the deacon is not doubting me, is he?" What do you think about this matter? Gomez continued to ask. I dont have much experience in this kind of case analysis, and Im afraid that my nonsense will mislead me in the right direction. Wu Heng said directly. Can I ask the corpse? "able!" Okay, come with me. The two of them entered another room together, and the body covered with white cloth was placed on the bed on one side. Lets get started! Gomez continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way. ??Gomez looked at the body and asked directly: "Who killed you?" The corpse replied, "Rat swarm." Who controls the rats? Gomez continued to ask. The corpse was stunned for a moment, "I don''t know." Who do you suspect? Companions or enemies of a wanted criminal, without a clear target. Being the captain of the association is not easy either. ?The more wanted criminals you arrest, the more enemies you will have. Many captains or members will apply to be transferred to another location every once in a while, and it is also for this reason. Obviously, Fisher is in a similar situation. He was killed without even realizing who the target was. ?Gomez thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Who did you meet yesterday?" Members of the squad, the woman in the tavern, and Rocky from the Spike Gang. Gang member. ?Gomez frowned slightly. You guys talk. Deacon, this is the last question. Wu Heng reminded from the side. ?Gomez nodded, thought again, and continued: "What did you discover when fighting the rats?" There are a lot of rats, and there are heavy traces of water on my body. I should be in a poisoned state, my senses are affected, and there is no way to escape. After saying that, he lay back on the ground with a thud. Deacon, you can ask the corpse up to five questions. Wu Heng reminded at the side. Hmm. Gomez nodded and continued to ask, What do you think about this matter? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "At present, we can only start with the ''Spike Gang''. This person named Luo Qi may know something." Well, Ill leave this line to you to investigate and find this Roach for me. Yes, deacon! ?Several people left the room, and Fisher''s body was covered with a white cloth and carried out. At the door, Duke and Marta stood waiting at the door. He first saluted the deacon, and then walked towards Wu Heng. Captain, why did Fisher die? Duke asked. All members were also called over. Surrounded by three floors inside and three floors outside. He was bitten to death by a pack of rats. Wu Heng said as he walked down. "Rat swarm? Where did the rat swarm come from in the inner city? I think someone is controlling the rats!" Duke followed behind, analyzing as he walked. I think so too, lets go, the deacon has assigned us a task to investigate a gang. Wu Heng continued walking outside. Oh good! The two Dukes followed quickly behind them. Walking towards the outer city. The Spike Gang. In the living room. Sister-in-law Wen Mansha is no longer wearing a long skirt and shawl. Today she is wearing leather armor, covering her proud **** tightly. She lost her former beauty, and gained a sense of sophistication. There was an additional figure beside him. ??His whole body was wrapped tightly, wearing a rare iron bucket helmet, and his eyes were completely dark, making it difficult to see anything. Judging from the body shape, this person should be very thin. On the two sides below, there are several backbones of the gang, as well as the captain and some team members at the back. Someone said: "Sister-in-law, the leader asked us to come here last night, and we can''t see anyone today. It''s hard to maintain this gang." Yes, sister-in-law, I asked the brothers who were on the watch last night. They said that the boss did come back last night. Why did he leave so soon? Recently, there is no income at all, and the brothers are waiting to bring money back to support their families. ?When one person speaks, the others also speak. Wen Mansha glanced at everyone and said, "Roach left last night. Everything in the Spike Gang remains as usual. I am responsible for it." In the hall, silence fell again. Several backbones looked at each other and exchanged quick glances. ?One of them said: "The leader has left again, and we have nothing to say. I think we should maintain the previous form, each managing his own men, and wait until the leader comes back." Someone immediately echoed, "Just do it like this. I got news that a lot of people from the gangs managed in the outer city have been transferred to cooperate with the Iron Guard Knights to encircle and suppress the ''Warhammer Party''. The city has been chaotic recently, and my sister-in-law still doesn''t go out much." good." Well, thats it for now, well talk about everything after the leader comes back. Alright! The rest of the people are not fools either. Roach came back last night and informed everyone of the meeting. ?Early this morning, the person disappeared again. Either he is dead, or he escaped because he got into something serious. Roach is gone, how can such a beautiful woman be able to defend the current gang? Maybe shell be called sister-in-law on the face. He was thinking about how to carve up this gang, or even take down this beautiful sister-in-law. When will the gang issues need to be resolved by voting? I havent left yet, so its not your turn to make the decision. Mansha Wen slammed the table and said loudly. Besides! Sister-in-law, you should take care of yourself. Gangs are all mens business. Sister-in-law, please take care of yourself. I have something else to do, so Ill leave first. Lets go too. ?A few people got up and walked out with the people behind them. Wen Mansha stood up suddenly and looked at the people leaving, but there was nothing she could do. Just when a few people were about to leave. The door suddenly opened. Face to face, several figures walked in directly. He bumped into the younger brother who was about to leave. This is the Spike Gang. If you dont want to live anymore, why dont you break in? One person said directly with the characteristics of a gang. ?Wu Heng glanced at a few people, and then at Wen Mansha who stood up and looked outside. Said directly: "No one is allowed to leave. The professional association will investigate the matter." Hey, Professionals Association, when did you get so crazy and come to the local gang to investigate? one of the key members said mockingly. ?Wu Heng glanced at him. "For those who leave, the association will put up a wanted warrant. Then go and see how much bounty you have." ?Everyone paused, and for a while no one dared to take a step forward. If you are linked to an association, you are the public enemy of the world. ?Anywhere, someone will catch you and you will be on the run for the rest of your life. It still has a great deterrent effect. In the living room. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the main seat, with a group of gang members sitting below him. Asked directly: "Who is Roach..." The rest of the younger brothers were shocked. It is indeed related to Luo Qi. What this did was let the whole association come to him alone. All eyes fell on Wen Mansha. Wen Mansha stood up and said, "Roach is not here. He left last night." Leaved? Where did you go? Not sure, I left in a hurry. Did he meet anyone last night? Wu Heng continued to ask. I met a person, talked about something and then left. ??Wu Heng looked at everyone seriously, "Humph! Captain Fisher of Team 8 was killed last night. He saw ''Roach'' before he died. What do you know about this?" The expressions of everyone below changed. Killing the captain of the professional association is a huge mistake. ?It seems that the person is not dead, but escaped overnight. "Captain, this has nothing to do with us. Roach ran away last night. He must have done something." One of them immediately distanced himself from the relationship. Another person also said: "Yes, if we participated, we would also run away." ?Wu Heng looked at the messy scene. ?Continue to ask: "Now, who is the leader of the Spike Gang?" Everyone was suddenly silent, and then looked at Wen Mansha, "This is our sister-in-law." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Duke, Marta, take them separately for interrogation. No need to stop anyone who wants to leave, just remember their appearance." I understand, captain. The two began to pick people one by one. Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha and said, "Come in with me and I''ll ask you something." Several gang backbones were separated separately. ?Wen Mansha followed Wu Heng and walked into the room on the back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 145 , dont move, be careful of the gun going off. Chapter 145, Dont move, be careful of the gun going off. ?The door is closed and isolated from the outside. ?Wu Heng sat down on a chair on one side, while Wen Mansha sat in his arms, loosening the tight leather armor so that the other party could put his hand inside. Whats going on? Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha hung one arm on his shoulder and sighed softly, "Last night, Luo Qi notified them of a meeting. After finding out that Luo Qi was not around in the morning, they planned to separate the families and do their own thing." What impact will they have if they leave? "There are only so many people in the gang. Once they leave, the overall strength will be reduced by more than half. I don''t care. I am tired of gang life. I am just afraid that it will delay your work of handing over intelligence in the future." Wen Mansha explained, again Loosen the leather armor a little. What do you want to do? Wu Heng asked. "I hope the master can put some pressure on them and have to stay temporarily. Then I will slowly take back some control." Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said. "Yeah, okay." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Fisher is dead. When you interrogated the body, the Spike Gang was mentioned. Just say that Roach left and don''t worry about the rest." Listen to Master. Wen Mansha rested her chin on his shoulder and replied softly. She rolled up her earlobe with her red tongue, held it in her mouth, and said again: Master, do you want to take a rest? ??Wu Heng slapped him **** the waist and hip, and said: "Don''t make trouble, business is important." Hehe, okay! Wen Mansha smiled, still holding her shoulders, and offered the tip of her tongue. The two chatted in the room for a while. He walked out of the room directly. Outside, Duke and Mata also interrogated other people. Duke said: "Captain, they all said they didn''t know." ??Wu Heng''s face was ugly, his cold eyes swept over the people present, and he said coldly: "Humph, you dare to lie to me, I see you don''t want to leave Luntam City." ?The others bowed their heads and no one answered. He continued to look at Wen Mansha who was aside and said: "Luo Qi is not here, and you are the leader. Let me tell you now, before this matter is investigated, no one is allowed to leave the city. If anyone leaves without permission, I will think it is Luo Qi''s." Accomplice, put up a wanted warrant." "I understand, captain." Wen Mansha was a little cautious and continued to ask: "Then when will we return to normal?" When we catch Luo Qi and prove that you have nothing to do with this matter. Wu Heng still said coldly. Wen Mansha took out her handkerchief, wiped the sweat from her forehead, and nodded in response, "Yes, Captain." ??Wu Heng continued to scan the backbone of the gang sitting below, "Don''t let me catch you, let''s go!" ??Wu Heng said, turning around and leaving with the team members. Wait until the gate is closed. ??The gang members breathed a sigh of relief. ?A few skeletons hesitated for a while before getting up and approaching. With a respectful attitude, "Sister-in-law, it seems that the leader has caused trouble. What should we do next?" Wen Mansha sat down on the side, crossed her legs, glanced at the younger brothers below, sighed and said: "Remember, Luo Qi ran away because he planned to use us as scapegoats. Don''t spread the matter first, gather the members, then Ill arrange for someone to investigate in two days. Everyone looked at each other, saluted and said, "Yes, sister-in-law!" Return to the association. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Gomez motioned for him to sit down, "Do you have any information?" "We just went to the Spike Gang. Roach, whom Fisher mentioned, has already escaped. When we passed by, the gang was seizing power. Should we arrest the rest?" Wu Heng asked. ??Gang chaos in Wrentam City. There are at least hundreds or thousands of people in a gang, how can it be possible to arrest so many people? Furthermore, how can ordinary members kill a veteran captain? Did you ask anything? Mags continued to ask. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "We investigated separately. This Roach had been out of the city for a while. He just came back last night and disappeared again after meeting ''Fisher''." Where is his family? "I don''t have much family. There is a woman in the city who doesn''t know anything about this matter. I asked the gang members not to leave the city for the time being. If necessary, they can arrest people at any time." ?Gomez stood up and stood aside, pondering, and continued: "You continue to keep an eye on the ''Spike Gang''. Once that Roach appears, kill him immediately." "good!" Lets go back first and check the intelligence of other teams in the past two days. "Um!" ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he walked out of the deacon''s study. After returning to the lounge. ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, how are you doing?" Its okay, it has nothing to do with us. Just be careful these two days. The city looks chaotic. Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain! Okay, theres nothing else to do, go back and rest! A few people walked out of the association directly and separated. ?Wu Heng had dinner at a nearby tavern. He returned directly to his residence. ?There are indeed many fewer guards in the city. ?No wonder the operation went so smoothly last night, with fewer people patrolling. Hearing what the deacon meant, the guards, the professional team, and the four gangs in the outer city all mobilized their manpower to encircle and drive away the Warhammer Party. At any rate, it is a time when there are few people in the city. After resting in the room for a while, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. In the community, a large group of carrion rats are wandering in a fixed area. Last night, Wu Heng used these rats to sneak into Fisher''s residence and kill him. ?Fischer is indeed very capable if he can become the captain. After the rats came back, a lot of them died and were picked up by intact rats. In short, the ending is good. ?Fischer died, and Gomez dispelled his suspicions. The Spike Gang quickly became his spies. Get out of the community. At the roadside, cardboard boxes are neatly stacked. After opening it, it was filled with cotton rags and placed with various collected daily necessities such as glasses, porcelain bowls, and porcelain plates. It should have been collected by Li Yahong and others in accordance with Wu Heng''s request. ??The reason why Wu Heng rented the shop was mainly to sell these things. There is no cost, and everyone can use it. When I was in Blackstone Town, these things were very popular. Basically, they would be sold out within half an hour as soon as they were taken out. In Luntam City, there should be no need to worry about selling. ?Wu Heng took a look, closed the carton again, and asked the skeleton to move into a house in the community. Not long after, Li Yahong and others came over from a distance carrying boxes. These are only for two of the buildings. If we want to collect them all, we may not have enough manpower. Li Yahong said. According to Wu Heng, there are too many things that need to be collected. With just a few of them, it would probably take a long time to raid a community. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "When the time comes, I will arrange some skeletons to help you." "That''s okay. If necessary, I plan to bring more people from the prison over to speed up the search." Also! Then next time we transport supplies, I will bring more people over. ?Wu Heng nodded. Li Yahong thought for a moment and continued: "The steel pipes and grinding wheels are almost used up. I know a place. It''s the warehouse of a building materials store." Okay, lets go take a look tomorrow during the day, get the cars ready, and bring some more back then. Okay! Li Yahong nodded. The two chatted for a while and then separated. ?Wu Heng passed through the boundary gate and returned to his residence. ??Wu Heng walked into the study room, where four skeleton hags were still reading magic books. It cannot be said that the four of them are lazy. The paper prepared was densely written with various magic formulas. Still very serious. ?Sit down at the desk, Wu Heng also took out the "Book of Runes" he had recently obtained, placed it on the table and opened it. This book was found from the "Snake Emblem Consortium" certificate of the leader of the "Blood Worship Cult". Due to the affairs of Roach and Fisher, I never got around to researching it. Its time to take a look now. Wu Heng is quite interested in the many magical items in this world. After opening it, I looked at it carefully. Follow the explanation in the book. runes are arcane runes etched on weapons, equipment or specific props to obtain benefits. Different runes can have different effects and can also be customized according to the user''s requirements. ?This made Wu Heng learn some new words "etching". The "Book of the Dead" mentions the production of ''magic scrolls'', and the word used is inscription, but for the runes, it is replaced by etching. The terminology in this world is still relatively strict, and there should be a difference between the two. The production of runes is divided into two types, basic runes and magic runes. Basic runes provide basic enhancements to props, such as making weapons sharper or heavier when falling, increasing damage. Magical runes are easier to understand. What is etched in itself is a magical effect. For example, my hunting ring and psychedelic incense burner all belong to the type of magic runes. In addition to being directly used in combat or assisting in combat, there are also some utensils used in daily life. For example, the book mentions a flint ring, which can be used to light fires in the wild for long-distance traveling teams. There is also a constant flame bathtub that can maintain a certain water temperature. ?At ''Wen Mansha''''s side, it should be this kind of bathtub. The two of them had been tossing around for so long, but they didn''t feel the water temperature getting colder. ?At that time, I didnt pay attention to the water temperature. Looking back now, I feel that it should be this kind of magic prop. Different development paths require different supporting supplies. The modern world relies on electricity, and all supporting facilities are related to electricity. This world is related to magic. These things also achieve some magical effects through runes. The content that follows is roughly flipped through. ?This book mainly explains the content of runes, not teaching you how to make them. But for Wu Heng, a foreigner, it was still of considerable help. Have a deeper understanding of runes. ?While continuing to turn the pages of the book backwards. ?System prompt appears. Summon object-Skeleton Hag, unlocks the skill ''Evil Explosion''. Um? ?Wu Heng looked to one side. Seeing a skeleton hag, she slowly stood up, put the magic book in her hand back on the bookshelf, and then picked up another one. Return to the original position and continue to read. Finally a hag has unlocked skills. After such a long time, I almost thought that the skeleton would be unable to learn skills. It is now unlocked. It proves that its not that you cant learn, its just that your intelligence is not high and it takes a long time to learn. Close the book of runes and put it back on the bookshelf behind you. ??He went downstairs to practice swordsmanship again, then returned to his room to rest and sleep. the next day. Zombie world. Five trucks, pulling loads of skeletons, moved quickly along the road. Todays purpose is to loot the building materials warehouse and replenish the materials and tools for making spears. Since there was some distance on the road, Wu Heng selected some skeletons and pulled them in a car instead of approaching on foot as before. Gradually away from the residential area, the road began to become smoother. Occasionally, scattered zombies are attracted and are left far behind by the convoy. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the passenger seat of the middle car, and Li Yahong was driving. Did you sleep well last night? Li Yahong glanced sideways and randomly found a topic. Its okay, how are you? Wu Heng asked. When he was in Blackstone Town, zombies broke out in the original world, and the undead profession was suppressed. He really suffered from insomnia from time to time. ?At that time, I had to practice spear training until late at night before sleeping. After arriving in Luntam City, there were no restrictions on necromancers, and I began to gradually become more comfortable. Sleep began to improve. Im pretty good too. I was worried about zombies coming over before, so I was a little nervous, but now I can sleep until dawn. Li Yahong showed a smile. When we get back to the prison, we will have our own separate residence, so we can rest better, Wu Heng said. Well, there is still power there, and life is definitely better than here. Li Yahong continued to hold the steering wheel and spoke again, What are your plans later? Actually, I dont have many plans. I just want to continue to enhance my strength. Li Yahong was silent for a moment, and then continued to ask: "Will you leave us alone? When those skeletons learn to drive and use tools, will they keep us?" ?Wu Heng frowned, not expecting this question to be asked. But soon, she figured out what she was worried about. I arranged for her to learn to drive and use tools. She can learn it quickly and can work endlessly. This makes them feel that they can be replaced. Just like modern factories replacing the labor force, a large number of people have been eliminated and laid off. If you were obedient, you wouldnt. ?Li Yahong raised her head and said with some emotion: "Am I disobedient?" Forehead. ?Wu Heng was stunned by the opponent''s actions. Be obedient. After saying that, the truck suddenly fell silent, and Li Yahong''s face turned slightly red. Zizzi~! The sound of electricity came from the car intercom, and then the voice came in, "This is the first car, and we are entering the planned area ahead. They are all red brick bungalows, which look like a rural area." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Are there any zombies?" No, after entering this area, no zombies have been seen rushing out. Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng and continued: "Stop at the edge of the village." "good!" The convoy slowly moved forward for some distance and stopped at the side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong got out of the car and looked around. They are all short red brick houses. It is said to be a warehouse, but it is more like an old bungalow on the edge of the city, with no one living there. Is there a warehouse here? Wu Heng asked. ?? Li Yahong nodded, "My father knows the owner of the building materials store. He converted the old yard into a warehouse." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Where?" Li Yahong pointed to the alley and said, "I remember there was a big yard over there." ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Li Yahong comes with me. The rest of the people stay in the car. If there is any danger, use the walkie-talkie to contact us." "good!" ?A few people got back into the car. Wu Heng and Li Yahong walked into the village with a group of skeletons. Go to the location of the warehouse. In the carriage. ?Several people gathered together and chatted. Sister Hong, does she have a crush on that King of Hell? I see that look in her eyes is getting more and more wrong. You just saw it, Ive discovered it a long time ago. "If Sister Hong can take down the other party, we can also benefit from it. We are all relatives." He is the King of Hell, so does Sister Hong also need a nickname to be powerful? A dominatrix? Holy shit, you said it, I didnt say it ?A few people were chatting in low voices and laughing. Suddenly, there was a creaking sound. The car door was opened directly, and several men wearing black jackets stood on the side of the car door, pointing pistols at several people. "Guys, don''t move around, be careful of the gun going off." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 146 , doctors and students Chapter 146, Doctors and Students ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong and walked on the red brick path. ?This type of road built by oneself in rural areas, with one section of concrete and one section of dirt road, is now overgrown with weeds and is not easy to walk on. "If I remember correctly, the yard in front is the warehouse." Looking up, you can see a yard surrounded by red brick walls and a blue iron house. Hes pretty good at choosing places. Although this kind of place is a bit far away, it is definitely much cheaper than renting a warehouse. Furthermore, the large open space can store more goods. The procession is walking. Hahah~! ??The roar of zombies sounded, and two zombies climbed over from the red brick wall on one side. He fell to the ground with two thuds. Before he could stand up, the skeleton rushed over and slashed him to the ground. And the team did not stop. ?All the way to the outside of the warehouse courtyard, the black iron door was locked with iron chains and locks. Smash it open! Wu Heng said directly. From behind, two orc ax warriors came out, swung their battle axes, and struck on it. Bang Dang~Bang Dang! ?The deafening chisel sound reverberated throughout the entire area in an instant. Hahah~! ?At the same time, roars were heard all around, and more than a dozen zombies walked out from nearby households or alleys, approaching here. ??Wu Heng looked back and said directly: "The spearmen are arrayed, you continue to smash." Seeing zombies appear, I feel a little relieved. Otherwise, everyone thinks there is something here. Zombies swarmed over quickly. He rushed into the spear array and started a fight. In a dark cellar. Sister Shen, will we die? ??A female student wearing a high school uniform cried in the arms of a very young woman. The woman patted the female student''s back and comforted her, "No, we have been holding on for so long. If we hold on for a few more days, the rescue team will definitely come." But, we dont have much food. We may starve to death here before we can wait for the rescue team. Not far away, a boy, also wearing a school uniform, sat dirty on a stone pier, looking downcast. "We will definitely survive. You are still young and can survive..." The woman comforted softly, but her tone became lower and lower. In fact, all three of them knew in their hearts that if the rescue team did not come on the day when the food was exhausted, they would go out and be eaten by zombies or captured by motorcycle gangs. Neither of them will end well. There were three people in the warehouse. The woman was a doctor at the epidemic prevention station. She had a high degree and a good salary. She was a bit old and was forced by her family to come back for a blind date. The day after she came back, she encountered a zombie outbreak. The other two are children from the village who have just entered high school. The three of them escaped together, encouraged and helped each other, and persisted until now. "Sister Shen, don''t you know this? Can''t you prepare an antidote or something?" the boy said. The female doctor said: "Not to mention whether I have the ability or not, in this environment, even a biological expert is not qualified to come up with any vaccine." "Oh, that''s right. If I survive, I will learn these things and I won''t be afraid of zombies." You are third from the bottom in the class. When you learn how to do it, you should wait for the zombies to die on their own! the girl said sarcastically. Hey, arent I making you happy? You will definitely be able to do it. I will protect you when the time comes and you give me the injection. ?The female doctor rolled her eyes at the two of them, "It''s the end of the world, there''s no need for blind dates anymore." ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? I just wanted to speak. Bang Dang~Bang Dang! ?A sharp and violent chiseling sound sounded from outside. ?The bodies of a few people trembled, and the female student threw herself into the woman''s arms again. The boy also leaned over, his face a little ugly. Sandu remained quiet, and even his breathing slowed down a lot. Its not a zombie, it should be a human being! the female doctor said softly. Zombies move more like animals, and rhythmic chopping sounds like this are more like people smashing something. Such a big movement, aren''t you afraid that it will attract all the zombies around you? Its Yang Yitian and the others, they are here to arrest us. The female student said in panic. . ??The boy picked up the board nearby and said, "If they come here, I will fight with them." The female doctor shook her head and said, "Not necessarily, I''ll go out and take a look." The male student said: "Let me go. I am a fast runner. If there is any problem, I can still run." "That''s okay, take a look at what it is from a distance. If it''s the rescue team, we''ll go out. If it''s Yang Yitian or others, we''ll come back quickly." The female doctor instructed. ?The boy tied his clothes and carefully opened the cellar door. After confirming that there were no zombies or other people around, he crawled out of the cellar and approached the direction of the sound.??? Outside the warehouse. After the two orc skeletons were smashed five or six times, the lock broke and the chain fell to the ground with a crash. The black iron door was pushed open. Exposing a large yard with a large area. The grass has grown to half a person''s height, and small trucks, tricycles, and crane-like equipment can still be seen in the yard. Opposite is the blue iron house. ??There is still a door in the warehouse. It is not an old-fashioned lock like an iron chain, but a large swing door with a concealed lock. ?This kind of lock is not as simple as breaking it. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and said, "Xiaoxiao, go see if there is any danger in the warehouse." Oh, good! Xiao Xiao passed through the wall and entered the warehouse directly. He quickly flew back and said, "There are no monsters, just some iron and the like." Well, look around and let me know if there is any danger. Okay. Xiaoxiao flew into the air and flew to one side. ?Wu Heng stood in the yard and first checked the iron gate. Trying to open it again. said: "This door is difficult to open. Go and check first. Can the small truck and forklift still be opened?" "good!" ?Li Yahong responded and went to check several vehicles in the yard. ??Wu Heng quickly took out the bronze key, inserted it into the keyhole, and after unlocking, let the skeleton open it directly. Soon, Li Yahong came back. He looked at the fully opened door and asked, "How did you open it?" It seems like its not locked, and it opens when the skeleton pulls it. The warehouse is very large. Except for the road in the middle, there are a large number of iron pipes, wires, and equipment and tools stacked on both sides. Li Yahong''s face showed joy, "Everything we need is here, enough for us to use for a while." ?Wu Heng nodded, looked at the situation around him, and felt very satisfied. Such a warehouse may not be able to transport all the goods in one day. ??It will take several trips by a convoy to clear this place. Wu Heng then said directly: "Let''s see where the main road is. The convoy can''t get in on that small road." Yes! Li Yahong responded. The two walked out of the warehouse and asked the skeleton to close the warehouse door a little first, leaving a gap. Just when he was about to close the iron gate of the yard, Xiaoxiao flew back from the air, pointed his little hand in the distance and said: "Uncle, auntie, there was someone over there just now, and then he left quietly." Is there someone? Survivors? Where are the others? Wu Heng asked. Run away, but I know where they went. Its great to be small. Humph, Im not a child. Go back, show you the cartoon, and take us to see where the man is hiding. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Xiaoxiao flew in front, followed by several people. In the vegetable cellar. ?The boy''s face was pale and cold sweat was flowing down. You are talking, whats going on outside? the girl asked anxiously. ??The boy took a deep breath and said: "There are many skeletons outside. They picked up weapons and killed all the zombies nearby." Skeleton, what skeleton? Both women looked curious. Its the human skeleton. How is this possible? I dont know either! But really, there are so many of them, they are all over the alley. The boy continued. this. The two women looked ugly. Just when the cellar fell into silence. Dang Dang Dang~! There were three knocks on the iron plate on the top. Are you a survivor? We are survivors too. ??The three of them all trembled, and the girl immediately hugged Dr. Shen''s waist, tears falling down her cheeks. (End of this chapter) Chapter 147 , Aren鈥檛 you afraid of zombies, are you afraid of them? Chapter 147: Arent you afraid of zombies? Are you afraid of them? The sudden sound came in, causing the expressions of the three people hiding in the vegetable cellar to change drastically. ?The female student hugged Dr. Shen, her face was pale, shedding tears while glaring at the male student holding an iron rod next to her. Complaining that he was so careless that he didnt even know he was being followed. But the three of them didn''t speak, they just tried to stay quiet. ?In my heart, I hope that the people or monsters outside will leave quickly. After a few seconds of silence. A woman''s voice came from above again, saying: "We are from the auto repair shop. You should have heard of us on the radio. We can chat. If you want, you can leave with us. How long can you hide down there? Come out sooner or later. The three of them looked at each other. There was confusion in his eyes. What kind of radio? It''s from an auto repair shop. I''ve never heard of it. But the people above obviously knew that they were hiding here. The male student whispered: "Sister Shen, it''s probably not Yang Yitian and the others. It''s probably the skeleton I saw just now." The female doctor''s face became even more ugly. She hesitated, looked at the entrance to the cellar, and said, "Won''t you hurt us?" The voice from above continued, "If I want to hurt you, just smash it open and rush in. We have a survivor base. If you don''t want to starve to death here, come out quickly." The three of them discussed in a low voice. Still planning to go out and chat with the other party. As the other party said, if you want to do something, just rush down and kill the three of you. Why use so much nonsense. Okay, lets go out! the female doctor said. Then take the lead to climb the iron ladder and open the entrance to the vegetable cellar. The dazzling sunlight makes it difficult to open your eyes. After gradually regaining his sight, he saw a woman wearing a blue anti-stab suit standing not far away. Behind him were dozens of skeletons wearing leather armor and holding spears. ??What a skeleton! The female doctor''s eyes widened, full of horror. We are the survivors of the auto repair shop. The zombies nearby have been cleared away. You can come with us or stay. Li Yahong spoke first. The female doctor''s eyes were still full of horror. She looked at her, then at the skeleton behind her, and asked, "What are these?" Li Yahong looked back and explained, "The awakened power can control skeletons." Power? What power? Li Yahong also frowned and looked at her, then reacted and said, "You don''t have a radio? Don''t you know the news outside?" I dont know! said the female doctor. At this time, two other students in school uniforms also walked out. ??The boy put his right hand in his pocket. One of his trouser legs was so stiff that it could be seen that there was an iron rod hidden inside. "Now we communicate with the outside world through radio. The main station announces survival knowledge every day, the types and weaknesses of zombies, and superpowers. People who have awakened superpowers can gain many abilities, and these skeletons are one of them." Li Yahong roughly explained. The woman sounded a little confused, but it was obvious that the other party had no ill intentions, and at least he would explain these issues to herself. Seeing that the other party did not speak, Li Yahong continued: "Okay, let''s get down to business. Should you stay or come with us? If you want to follow us, you must obey the work assigned by us. Although I am a little tired, I am safe. A place to stay and a full stomach to eat. The two students looked at the female doctor at the front. What work? asked the female doctor. If you have a special occupation or have some special skills, you can do what you are good at. If you dont know anything, you can do some strenuous work. I am a doctor, and the two of them are still students. Hearing that it was a doctor, Li Yahong looked at the other person again and said: "As a doctor, you can be responsible for everyone''s health. If you are a student, you can learn some skills. In this situation, you have to do something if you want to survive. No one is in vain." Feeding other people. ?The three of them did not discuss it, and the female doctor nodded and agreed. Okay, well go with you. ?Li Yahong nodded. Having a doctor is a big gain. ?Although there is also a doctor in the prison, it is better to have more of these important positions. Besides, doctors are also divided into different disciplines, so having more doctors is also a guarantee. Well, come with me. Its not going to be any better than our previous life. At least its safe and we dont have to go hungry. Li Yahong said. There is some rice and vegetables below, do you want to pick them up? the female doctor continued to ask. Take it! The male student said: Ill get it. He took out the iron rod from his trousers and threw it aside, ran down, and climbed back up carrying the bottomed rice bag and some daily necessities. Li Yahong didnt say much and walked out of the small courtyard with her. As soon as they went out, the three of them turned a little paler and followed Li Yahong quickly. The entire alley was densely packed with skeletons. There are also several clearly animal skeletons among them, with their tails wagging desperately like dogs. ?Wu Heng stood at the entrance of the alley and waited. He looked at a few people walking out and nodded, "Let''s go!" "Um!" The large group is in action again and returns to where the convoy stopped. Very quickly, several people returned to where the truck was parked. ?Standing on the same spot, Wu Heng and Li Yahong frowned. ?There is not a car in sight here. Needless to say, something must have gone wrong. "What''s going on?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong also shook her head. "There shouldn''t be any problems. If there are zombies or other dangers, Qiangzi and the others will tell you and us through the walkie-talkie. Something must have happened." Li Yahong analyzed it. It is certainly impossible for a few people in the convoy to take away the car and flee. ??Here in Wuheng, there is food and drink. When he is transferred to the prison, the living environment will be improved. It was difficult for them to survive even if they escaped. So, I didnt doubt that they would leave, but rather that they encountered some danger. At this time, the male student behind him took a step forward with a rice bag and said, "Maybe he was caught by ''Yang Yitian'' and the others." ?Wu Heng turned back to look at him. His face and school uniform are dirty. Yang Yitian? Is he also a survivor? The male student put down the rice bag and said: "Yang Yitian and the others were robbing things. There were a few survivors, but they made noise to attract the zombies and bit the rest to death." This Yang Yitian is also from your village? "No, there is a road with few cars not far from the village. They often ride motorcycles there. There are many people in the village who follow them. When the zombies broke out, they should have been nearby and then fled to the village. ." the male student explained. How many are they? 6 people. 6 people? If there are only 6 people, they may not be able to defeat the few people in the team. The male student looked at the other party with a suspicious expression and said, "They have guns. I don''t know where they got them. Otherwise, I wouldn''t be afraid of them." Have a gun? This is really hard to say. What gun? Pistol! Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood, and continued to ask: "Do you know their location?" I know, its over there. On the side, Lieyi was at his original position, conducting inspections. also points in the same direction. Lets go, Wu Heng ordered, and the team began to rush forward. The other side. ??Yang Yitian walked around the military truck, reached out and patted the steel plate on one side, and said with great satisfaction: "This car has been modified, and it''s really **** good." They are also car enthusiasts, but they play motorcycles. Even if we gave them the tools to modify the car like this, they still wouldn''t be able to do it. Brother Yang, these people may have a lot of background. They all carry military radios in the car. Are we causing trouble? Someone reminded him next to him. ?Yang Yitian turned around and gave him a kick directly, scolding: "Look at you, you are a coward. At this time, you are afraid of nothing. People are dead, birds are flying in the sky, and zombies are not afraid, but you are still afraid of them." Thats right, weve already robbed everything, so what are we afraid of? Even if someone comes, lets run away. Thats right, now is the time, who is afraid of whom? Brother Yang, what should we do with those drivers? someone continued to ask. ?Yang Yitian walked back and asked, "Did you ask anything?" I asked, and they said they came from some auto repair shop and came here to look for steel. A person followed closely behind him and continued to answer. What are you looking for steel for? To eat? They talked about building guardrails or something. "That''s right, we can build some guardrails, and then we will add a layer to the yard." Yang Yitian was stunned and continued to ask: "Are there any others among them?" He said there are two more, and he went to look for a warehouse over there. "Fuck, just two people dare to go out without fear of zombies eating them up. I estimate there are at least five or six." Yes, Brother Yang is right, what should we do with these people? the man continued. ?Yang Yitian thought for a moment and said: "It would be a waste of food to keep it, kill..." Tap tap tap~! Before he finished speaking, there was a sudden sound of running in the distance. ?Looking back, I saw several surprisingly large animal skeletons running towards this side quickly. ?A few people rubbed their eyes, some of them couldn''t believe what was happening in front of them. Fuck it, forget about zombies, their bones have always stood up. What are you doing standing there, shoot quickly... Bang~! Having just finished shouting, the deafening sound of gunfire rang out from a distance. ?Yang Yitians head exploded instantly and he fell to the ground on his back. ??The remaining people hurriedly pulled out their guns, and before they could fire, they saw Yang Yitian lying on the ground with half his head missing. "Grass." ?Looking up, you can see the rooftops in the distance. ?There is a skeleton standing, carrying a sniper rifle. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 148 , cloud magic Chapter 148, Cloud and Mist Technique Bang~! There was another deafening gunshot. The person who escaped had blood spattered from his back and fell more than a meter away. Everyones faces became even more ugly. Hurry and hid behind the truck, not daring to be exposed in the open space again. But the skeleton dogs in the distance are getting closer and closer, and more skeletons in the distance, holding weapons, appear in sight. Ah~! Run, if you dont run, you will definitely die. Someone shouted. Lets run out together, and whoever survives will count. Someone echoed. Okay! One, two, three, rush! ?After the words fell, a person showed his head. Bang~! ??The sound of a sniper rifle sounded, and a bullet pierced his chest. ?The remaining people quickly rushed out from behind the car, dispersed, and fled into the distance. Hurrah! ??The skeleton dog passed by quickly, and soon caught up and threw several people to the ground, tearing at the flesh and blood crazily. The entire area was filled with wails of pain. The venue gradually became quiet. ??Wu Heng and others walked out from one side, escorted by skeletons. Looking at the truck parked on one side. Leading the team, they entered the farmyard opposite. The yard is very spacious, and some vegetables are planted. It seems that these people live a pretty good life. There are also green vegetables to eat. In addition to the place where vegetables are grown, five very cool-looking black motorcycles are parked on the cement floor on one side. ??Although Wu Heng didn''t know much about motorcycles, this appearance was definitely expensive. ?These people must have been quite wealthy before. After looking at the yard, my eyes fell on the two-story house in the middle. It was covered with white ceramic tiles on the outside. It was considered a good place to live in this area. Skeleton went in first to check around. After confirming that there was no danger, Wu Heng followed and walked in. There are some daily necessities and plundered food piled inside. On the ground of the firewood pile, Qiangzi and several others were huddled there with their hands and feet tied. ?A few people were fine, and Li Yahong also breathed a sigh of relief. ?These people are considered her team members, people she can trust. When you get to the prison, you will have to rely on these people to support yourself if you really die here. For her, it is also a loss. ?Whats more, each other can be regarded as partners who have survived together, and I dont want them to really die here. Several people on the ground saw Wu Heng and Li Yahong coming in. He turned his head to the side with a face full of embarrassment. Untie them and check the vehicle. Wu Heng said directly. ??Li Yahong walked in, kicked several people lying on the ground twice, bent down and untied the hemp ropes that bound their hands and feet. ?A few people lowered their heads and wanted to explain, but didn''t know what to say. Go and check the car. Li Yahong said. ?Several people left in a hurry. Search the room and take away all the useful things! Wu Heng said. Li Yahong and the newly joined medical students began to rummage. ?Wu Heng walked back outside, and the skeleton dog dragged the escaped body back. After searching several corpses, a total of three pistols were found. There are not many bullets inside. It seems that they were not found from the Public Security Bureau. After all, firearms are stored in safes in that place, and it is not easy to take them out. Convert several corpses directly into skeletons. Let him join the large army of skeletons. When he turned around again, Li Yahong and others were bent over digging vegetables in the vegetable field. ?Wu Heng didnt stop him either. I usually eat in pubs. Li Yahong and the others find it difficult to eat vegetables. Soon, Qiangzi and the others rushed back and said, "The car is fine, everything is ready, and you can set off." Well, take these motorcycles and lets go to the warehouse. "good!" ?Several people pushed their motorcycles onto the truck, then drove along the main road to the building materials warehouse. Continue to move the building materials and equipment inside. After several cars were loaded, the convoy began to return. en route. Li Yahong said: "I asked, they were chatting in the car, and they were touched by each other and frightened with a gun." ?At that time, the two of them were still a little strange. ?The truck is a modified truck with thick iron plates and steel bars as thick as a thumb on the windows. In addition, the driving position of the truck itself is high. ?As long as the door is locked, it is difficult for the other party to threaten the people inside even if they have a gun. Let''s not talk about getting out of the car to kill the opponent, there is still no problem in driving away. It turned out that we were gathering together to chat, but we were attacked by someone. "Be careful next time. You have managed to survive until now. Don''t die in the hands of zombies. If you die in such small things, you will be at a loss." Wu Heng said. Well, after I went back, I increased the workload for them, which made me so angry. Li Yahong patted the steering wheel hard. As long as the person is fine, let them use the walkie-talkie to chat next time. "Then we have to talk about them." Then he continued: "I plan to transport this batch of goods directly back to the prison tomorrow, and then bring more people over, some of them will collect supplies in the community, and the rest will continue to be collected from the warehouse. goods." "Okay, I''ll let the big skull protect you to avoid any danger." "Um." It was already late at night when the convoy returned. ?Everyone said goodbye and left. The three newly joined people followed Li Yahong to the auto repair shop. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to return to the prison with the convoy. He returned to Luntam City and went to the Professionals Association. ?On the notice board in the lobby, the newly posted wanted notice contained Roach''s name and portrait. It seems that the investigation by the other teams also yielded no results, so his line was finally adopted. The search for Roach began. After reading the notice board, he went to the front desk and began to select the mid-level item rewards for killing the leader of the Blood Worship Cult. ? Comparing several skill books, I finally selected [Cloud and Mist Technique], a spell-based spell that can create thick fog. ??Wu Heng wanted to choose some attack skills, or skills that support the "Bone Spell", but they were not included in the exchange. In any case, Luntam City has many more skill books than Blackstone Town. You can also choose. ?There is no choice over there. After selecting skills, Wu Heng went to the lounge and sat for a while. Seeing that nothing happened, he went directly to the outer city to buy a large amount of alchemy materials and returned to his residence. The sky is getting closer to dusk. ?Wu Heng was in the study and began to look through the [Cloud and Mist Technique] exchanged today. Just turned halfway. There was a knock on the door downstairs. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, stood in front of the door and asked, "Who is it?" Ahem! Captain Wu Heng, its me. Outside the door, the voice of Wen Mansha came. ?Wu Heng opened the door, and Mansha Wen stood at the door wearing a hooded windbreaker, with the skeleton assigned to her beside her. The little head looked into the door. No one, come in! Wen Mansha smiled immediately, walked in directly, looked around the room, and said in surprise: "Master, you are so kind here." Ill stay in the house given by my friend for the time being. Wu Heng continued as he walked: There are still a few of my skeleton attendants upstairs. Dont be frightened if you see them. Im not afraid! Wen Mansha said. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and walked towards the living room. ?There was a rustling sound behind me. ?Feeling that the other party was not following him, Wu Heng looked back. I saw that Wen Mansha had taken off her windbreaker, revealing a set of black underwear that was completely out of this world. The fiery red wavy hair is worn with black cat-ear hairpins, and the front bangs fall down, covering half of her cheeks. Slender neck, wearing a bell necklace. ?The upper body is a furry black bra and a black cattail at the back. Wen Mansha crouched on the ground, her face flushed, her eyes timid and evasive. "Meow!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 149 , familiar back figure (two in one, today one Chapter 149, Familiar Back Figure (two in one, todays chapter.) ??The cold and plump sister-in-law looked like a little wild cat, squatting at the door. Her face turned red and her eyes were timid and evasive. Looking like he wants to show off but feels ashamed. ?Her skin is already fair and plump, and with these black decorations, her skin looks even whiter. The thin fabric cannot hide her proud figure. ?This underwear must have been given to her last time. ??Wu Heng estimated the size of the trophies that Li Yahong had plundered and gave her a few random sets. ?Now it seems that it is still a little small, with concave marks. ??Wu Heng didn''t expect that she had such a talent, so he patted her head approvingly. Sit down on the sofa in the living room. Wen Mansha understood, stood up and walked over, the bell around her neck jingling. Carefully climbed onto the sofa and lay on his lap. ??Wu Heng put his hands on his waist and hips and caressed them gently. His hands felt warm and he said teasingly: "Where did this little wild cat come from?" Wen Mansha twisted her body and said softly: "I am not a wild cat." Pah~! A slap on the **** hard, causing waves of flesh to roll. Ah~! Wen Mansha cried out in pain and looked back a little aggrieved. Whose kitten talks like this? Wu Heng continued. Um, people who have masters are not little wild cats, meow! Wen Mansha whispered, her neck and back began to turn red. ?Wu Heng scratched the spot where he had patted it red. There was a snap, and he patted it hard again. Master, whats wrong~! Wen Mansha asked pitifully. Pah~! Is this how a kitten talks? Meow~! Seeing that there was some redness, Wu Heng did not take any further action, and then asked: "How is the situation over there with the Spike Gang?" Wen Mansha had a charming eye and adapted to her current role. After a soft meow, she said: The Spike Gang has stabilized and can collect intelligence for the master. Well, we can also collect information about wanted criminals, or any changes in the city, or special things. Wu Heng said. Many wanted criminals and fugitives gather in the outer city and outer areas of the city. ??If these people want to survive, they will basically have contact with gangs. It should not be difficult to investigate and get some information. You can also get meritorious service, which is a win-win situation. "Meow~!" Wen Mansha turned over and lay on her back, letting the other party caress her body, and continued: "The gangs that manage the outer city have been relatively loose recently, which has led to several small gangs fighting. , a lot of people died, it was quite chaotic. Outer city area? ?Wu Heng combined the information he knew. ?? said: "It''s not that they have loosened up. A large number of people from the gangs in the outer city have been transferred to cooperate with the Iron Guard Knights to encircle and suppress the ''Warhammer Party''. There is a shortage of manpower." This matter has not spread yet. After all, so many people have been transferred away, and we are afraid that someone will take advantage of the situation and threaten the entire city of Luntam. ??Wu Heng also inferred it from what the deacon said casually two days ago. As I said, it turned out that someone was transferred out. Wen Mansha was a little surprised. After frowning and thinking for a moment, Wen Mansha continued: "There are also some gangs. The business group was attacked. I heard that many people died, including two high-level alchemists. Everyone in the city was in trouble. Danger." Um? An alchemist died? Hearing these words, Wu Heng immediately thought of the order he had placed from the Snake Emblem Consortium. Get materials nearby? Is this really a real killing? It doesnt feel right. If this is the case, it will be difficult to ensure local order. Alchemist, who are all those who died? "I heard that one of them was an alchemist in charge of the business group, and his identity was not very honorable. He was killed directly this time. The business group suspected that he was seeking revenge and was secretly investigating the matter. The other person didn''t know, and the matter didn''t happen. You should have some problems yourself,... Meow!" Wen Mansha said as she recalled. ?Wu Heng nodded. This should be easy to understand. It was not random killings, but some people with special identities who did not dare to make their deaths public. ??Luntam City is the middle ground between the two ethnic groups, a wholesale market for trade, and also a gathering place for criminals and fugitives. There should also be alchemists who escaped. Having almost understood, Wu Heng patted the other party lightly. Wen Mansha raised her head in confusion, looked into the other person''s eyes, got up, and sat face to face in her arms. ?Hunted out his pink tongue and sent it over. Wen Mansha''s body gradually warmed up. ??Wu Heng looked around and took off the collar around his neck, "Bite it and keep it down, everyone else is sleeping." "Meow!" Not long after, in the room. Wen Mansha''s pink and white skin was covered with fragrant sweat, her complexion was red, and her face was even more rosy. Kneeling down next to the sofa, he stretched out his white and tender hands to massage Wu Heng''s back and soothe his muscles. He continued: "Master, how about I stay with you? I will wait for your return at home every day." Wu Heng looked at her and said: "Lack of nutrition, I can''t stand it." Wen Manshas face was full of coquettishness, I hate it. ??The big eyes rolled and continued: "Master, the Spike Gang only accepts some secret commissioned tasks. The gang will never become big. When the master''s status is higher, he will not be able to help much." Wu Heng understood what she meant. He lay on his side and looked at her and asked, "What do you think?" I want the Spike Gang to develop some of its own industries. No matter how top-notch it is, it can at least maintain the operation of the gang and make the Spike Gang not so humble. Wen Mansha said. Industry! ??The Spike Gang''s sources of income are relatively mixed. They do everything, and nothing is too glorious. For example, shady commissions, and more people are pickpockets and thieves. In short, even the local gangs look down upon them. Can only do some work like a mouse. Mansha Wen has now taken over, and it is understandable that she intends to change. "Which industry do you plan to get involved in and what are you good at?" Wu Heng looked sideways at her. "Well..., actually, I haven''t thought about it. There are not many good people in the gang, so I want Master to help me think about it." Wen Mansha said softly. ?Wu Heng put his arms behind his head and thought about it. In my own hands, I plan to open a grocery store to deal with the unused daily necessities in the zombie world. But this, he didnt want to leave it to Wen Mansha to manage. Want to treat it as her own property, that is to say, directly control it in her own hands, rather than treat it as the property of her gang. ?As for Wen Mansha, it is really not easy to find a business direction. Pharmacy stores or rune props stores cover relatively high-level fields and are less competitive. They may still be OK now. Wu Heng analyzed it and said. Weapon shop, leather armor shop. The largest number of them are in the city, and they have all become wholesale industry chains. Unless you can come up with some technology that others dont have, it will be difficult to squeeze in. ??If he really wants to open one, Wu Heng will buy it himself and use it for the skeleton army in another world. Furthermore, making weapons and leather armor also requires cultivating your own craftsmen. It cannot be completed within a short period of time. "Master..., well, do you think there will be some market for me to develop women''s underwear?" Wen Mansha looked at what she was wearing and blinked. ??Wu Heng was taken aback for a moment, then he slapped her **** hard again and said, "Next time, if you think about it, just tell me, guess riddles with me from here!" Wen Mansha pouted and said aggrievedly: "I want to hear what other thoughts the master has. Are you a mage or a scholar?" Women in this world use a corset, which is held up high from the bottom, with an ordinary bra on top. If we say that the underwear that I brought is sold in this world, it is indeed an innovation. ?Wu Heng said: "Just give it a try, maybe there will be a market for it!" "Hmm, if the master has any special styles, you can prepare some for me and I will wear them to serve you. You can also collect some types and research and make them." Well, Ill have some sent over if I have a chance. ?Wu Heng explained that these underwear were sent from his hometown. ??Moreover, its far away from here. Wen Mansha nodded happily, "Meow, the master is so kind." ??Wu Heng patted his round waist and said softly: "Go back to the room, and don''t go back tonight." Thank you, master. The next day, early morning. The delicate body in her arms is round and round, and the decorations of kittens are scattered around the room. ?Wen Mansha turned around and leaned into her arms. After another hour of fussing, everyone finally got dressed. Wen Mansha is now the leader of the Spike Gang, and she wants to take charge of the gang. If she comes here at night, she still has to go back the next morning. Put on kitten underwear. ?His tone seemed to be complaining, and he said coquettishly: "Master, look, I''ve been beaten and swollen by you. I''m so obedient, but you still hit me so hard." When you turn your waist, there will be some redness and swelling, and you will face it. Ill be gentler next time. "Um, no need." Wen Mansha chuckled and continued: "Master, do you have any clothes here? I didn''t think much about it when I came last night. Now when I go back, there may be someone guarding the door, which is a bit... not good. " ?Wu Heng smiled, found a pair of his sportswear from the closet, and handed it to her, "You put it on and try it on." Wen Mansha took the clothes in her hand and looked at them. It was still a piece of clothing with a unique design but very easy to wear. He put it on his body and **** his fiery red hair. She has become the young woman next door with a sense of sportiness. "Master, I may be a little busy these days. I will serve you when I am done." Wen Mansha hugged him and said. Looking more and more like a clingy kitten. "I can become anything the master likes. Besides, if you really like kittens, you can go to the slave market. There are cat tribes there." ??Wu Heng slapped her on the **** hard again, "It seems the slap was gentle." Hey, hey, Im leaving first. Wen Mansha said something and jumped away with her skeleton. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and went out directly. Bought breakfast on the roadside and went directly to the association. I came early today and there was no one in the lounge. ??Took out half of the [Cloud and Mist Technique] I saw yesterday and looked at it carefully. The cloud and mist spell is a spell in the conjuration system that creates a dense foggy environment. But this kind of environment can also be easily broken, such as naturally formed wind, beasts flapping their wings, or wind created by magic. Any wind force can affect dense fog. The difference is that it can be blown away or blown away directly. When Wu Heng chose it, he considered it to replace the poisonous smoke mine. After reading it carefully, he found that it can cause visual obstruction and does not have such a strong toxin. But for my current fighting form, it is actually enough. ?Wu Heng continued to watch. When he turned to the last page, the system prompt also appeared. Unlock skill: Cloud and Mist Technique. Close the book and put it into the space ring. Ive learned so many skills, but I feel like I dont even need a few! ?Wu Heng felt that he was constantly collecting skills, but there were not many places to use them. Every battle is basically solved by skeletons and guns. In terms of skills, either a dancing light spell or two disease rays are used to disgust the opponent. The rest of the skills are basically just decorations. Hey~! I dont seem to have any need to be so keen on collecting skills. ?Wu Heng muttered. ??There was a squeak. The door was pushed open. ??Duke walked in directly with a tomahawk on his shoulder and a scone in his hand. When they saw Wu Heng sitting at the table, they were all stunned, "Wow, Captain, you are here at the association." What are you talking about? Its as if I will never come! Hehe, no, Im just a little surprised. Duke handed over the cake in his hand and asked, Captain, do you want to eat it? If you dont eat, youve already received a lot of bounty, so why are you eating cakes every day? Well, I have a big family, including several younger brothers and sisters. All the money has been given to the family, and there is also equipment for making, so there is not much left to spend. Duke said at the side. How many younger brothers and sisters do you have? Six in total. Well, there are quite a few. Are all the orcs so fertile? Wu Heng looked at him again and asked, "You came to the association to find me?" Captain, the Maoxi armor store said that the leather armor you ordered is ready, please let me inform you. Duke said. Okay, lets go and have a look. "oh!" ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the association with Duke, heading towards the outer city. ?We came all the way to the Maoxiu Armor Shop. The boss stood in the shop chatting with people. ?When he saw the two people coming in, he immediately showed joy. Captain, just make a quick trip and Ill have someone take it to you. The orc boss said politely. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Come and see the goods." "Understood, here, I will take you to the warehouse to check. There is no problem with the quality." The boss took him into the warehouse at the back. When you open the warehouse door, you will be greeted by the sour smell of leather. ?This smell is not much worse than poisonous smoke and thunder. The boss casually opened two sets of leather goods and unfolded them in front of his eyes. ?Wu Heng took a quick look and found it to be pretty good, almost the same as what he had ordered before. As agreed last time, one hundred sets are worth 3,500 silver coins, right? Wu Heng said. The smile on the boss''s face became more sincere and he said: "Yes, you will receive 35 pieces per set, for a total of 100 sets." Well, have the leather goods delivered to my residence, and I will pay you the bill then. Okay, Ill arrange someone right away. The orc boss found a few workers and followed them to his residence carrying leather goods. They were all piled in the courtyard. Wu Heng counted the quantity and paid him the corresponding amount. The orc boss had a smile on his face. ??It is rare to encounter someone like Wu Heng who pays in one lump sum directly on the spot. Captain, do you still need this kind of leather armor? the boss continued to ask Can the price be more favorable? Wu Heng asked. ?The boss stood there, made a quick calculation in his mind, and said: "For a set of 32 silver coins, this is the lowest I can give you, and the order must be more than two hundred sets." Okay, then well make 200 sets and ask Duke to notify me when were done. ??The boss''s already exaggerated mouth opened even wider, and he said with a smile: "Okay, I will arrange it for you as soon as I get back." "Um." The two chatted for a while, and the boss took the people away. Duke and Jian Yi Jian Two began to move into the house. Wait until everything is shipped in. Duke scratched his head and said, "Captain, where should we go next?" Lets go, Ill invite you to the tavern for dinner. The two of them finished their meal in the tavern. ?Wu Heng asked Duke to go home and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. Command the skeleton over and move all the newly purchased leather armor over. Pile in another room. Then, 100 level 5 skeletons were selected and began to wear leather armor. The big-headed skeleton followed Li Yahong and the others to the prison. It is still a bit troublesome to direct it yourself. And the convoy has not returned yet, and it may have to wait until tomorrow. Having been busy for a while, all processing is completed. He then opened the gate and returned to his residence. The next day, morning. ??Wu Heng continued to go to the Professionals Association. ?Entering the hall, I saw that there seemed to be a lot more people in the entire association than the previous two days. ??The teams that were transferred away to cooperate with the "Iron Guard Knights" have also returned, standing at the front desk talking about something. ?Wu Heng came closer and overheard a few words. I''m talking about prop rewards. ?It seems that the Warhammer Party is over. Just dont know what the result will be. ?Wu Heng just wanted to turn around and go to the lounge. Out of the corner of his eye, he saw the back of a woman, escorted by several mercenaries, walking deeper into the corridor. ?Has long brown hair and wears leather armor. ?Besides, there is a ''leopard''. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 150 , it won鈥檛 be hot anymore if you blow it. Chapter 150: It wont get hot if you blow it Looking at the figure in the distance, Wu Heng frowned. ?This body shape, walking posture, and the leopard all give people a familiar feeling. Slater is here? The boss of Money Cat, the deacon of Blackstone Town. A very strong strong woman. ??Wu Heng wanted to step forward to confirm, but there were many people around the other party. After thinking about it, he still didn''t go there. ??If it were Slater, he would come looking for him when the time comes. After thinking for a moment, he walked directly to the front desk and asked, "Do you have my letter?" The staff looked through the records and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng, there is no letter from you here. It is expected that a new letter will be delivered in the next two days." Okay, thank you. Wu Heng thanked him and walked towards the lounge. It seems that the Warhammer Party matter has been resolved. At least the entire road is open. The team that participated in the encirclement and suppression of the Warhammer Party has returned, and the stranded goods and letters will be delivered to the city in the next two days. ?Looking at it this way, it is really possible that Slater is here. After sitting in the lounge for a while, I went to the training room to practice sword practice. Feeling a little sweaty, he left the association and walked straight towards the opposite side, the Snake Emblem Consortium. Snake Emblem Consortium. Good afternoon, Mr. Wu Heng. Lecia said with a smile. ??Wu Heng came over and didnt say he was looking for her. But it seemed that he had become the important guest. As soon as he sat down in the reception room, the other party walked in right after him. Good afternoon, how is my commission and the store? Wu Heng asked directly. Lecia smiled and nodded, "The store has been cleaned according to your requirements, and the gang in charge has also said hello. You can open it at any time." Then, he took out the key to the shop and said, This is the key to the shop. ?Wu Heng took it and said, "Thank you very much." What we should do, if you have any requirements, you can ask for them. We will try our best to do whatever we can. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Is there any news about the formation patterns in the bone burial ground and the alchemist''s commission?" In fact, I just asked casually about the burial ground. After all, it is a construction, and transportation and production are slow. Its mainly about the alchemists corpse. After all, I learned from a certain little wild cat that two alchemists died in the outer city. And the consortium gave him three days to pick up the goods. "The alchemist''s commission has been prepared, please wait a moment." Lecia said with a smile, opened the door and gave instructions outside. Soon, two bodies covered with white cloth and three bodies in black coffins were brought in. Three of them are human alchemists, one is a dwarf, and one is an orc. Lecia introduced softly. From the size of the corpse, you can tell who is a dwarf and who is a human or orc. ?Wu Heng glanced aside. ??Bassen stepped forward and opened the two corpses covered with white cloth. A human, an orc, with a pale complexion, but it is certain that the time of death will be within three days. It seems that the assassination of the alchemist is indeed related to the consortium. It may not have been their hands, but the bodies of the dead were indeed transported here. Three other coffins were opened, with some shriveled corpses inside. It should have been dug out from other places and transported here. Are they all level 10? Wu Heng asked. At the black market in Blackstone Town, the bearded staff member also introduced his identity and name. ?Obviously Lecia didnt have this idea. ?Wu Heng is not interested in the corpse''s past, as long as it is confirmed to be an alchemist. Of course, if you have any questions, you can come to me at any time. Lecia said confidently. Well, then Im very satisfied. "As long as you are satisfied, sir, five corpses will cost a total of 7,500 silver coins." Lecia quoted directly. Consigning something is different from buying something. When buying something, you can bargain with the boss to keep the price down. When issuing a commission, the amount of money will be decided upon, and there is no room for negotiation after completion. ?Wu Heng took out several bags of silver coins from the space ring, and used gold bars of equivalent value for large amounts. Some time ago, the silver coins exchanged were also consumed a lot. What I spend is enough to support an ordinary family for a lifetime. ?Lecia''s eyes lit up when she saw Wu Heng taking out the gold bars. ?This young man with a lot of money really can''t spend it all. Put away the gold bars and silver coins, his face became more enthusiastic, "Mr. Wu Heng, have you had lunch? I can have lunch prepared." Next time I have a chance, I will host a banquet for Miss Lecia. Youre welcome, sir, you are the guest. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the corpses and said, "It''s not convenient for me to transport these out." My own space ring contains a lot of things. It cannot hold these coffins and corpses. Oh, dont worry, sir, Ill have someone send you to your accommodation. After Lecia finished speaking, she went out and gave instructions to the staff. Immediately, someone took a sachet-like prop with a storage function and put away all five corpses. It seems that the space for storing props is also different in size. Organizations like the consortium also rely on this kind of props to transport various things. It is larger than your own space ring and can store more things. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out, followed by the staff member holding the sachet. They returned to their residence together. The other party placed all the corpses inside in the living room. After saluting again, he left directly and returned to the consortium. Wait until the other person leaves. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and let the skeletons carry the corpse and coffin to the zombie world. [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released one after another, and all five skeletons of different heights stood up. Five corpses, all reaching level 10. But it has only reached level 10. This is a bit of a bargain, dont let yourself take advantage of it. ?Wu Heng looked at several skeletons and said: "From now on, you will be called Alchemy No. 2, you will be No. 3, No. 4..." In order, several skeletons were named. Now the number of his alchemy skeletons has reached 6. It can fully meet the simultaneous use of several pharmaceuticals. Hand them all over to Alchemy No. 1 and start refining the potion according to the materials prepared previously. Checked the community again. After confirming that there was no problem, we returned to our residence. In the study room. ??Wu Heng continued to look through the ''Book of Runes'' to learn about the magic props. ~! A slight knock on the door sounded downstairs. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and opened the door. I saw Slater at dusk, wearing leather armor, a cloak, and tight-fitting leather pants. At his feet, there was the leopard. "What are you looking at? Don''t you recognize me?" Slater raised his hood and said with a smile. Wait a moment. Wu Heng said and closed the door with a bang. ?Go upstairs quickly and let the skeleton hag, crossbow one and crossbow two all return to the gate. Put the collars and cat ears on the bedside table into the space ring. Slater can come, he is naturally happy. ??But this woman is also a member of the "Secret Whisperers". She is very interested in her own information in Blackstone Town. What should be put away should still be put away. Outside the door, Slater''s eyes widened and he looked at the closed door in disbelief. It s also a deacon. People are not bad. They have the right to have the right to have money. A fire arose in my heart, and I turned around and was about to leave. ?The door opened again, Wu Heng smiled, wiped the sweat from his forehead, and said: "The room is a little messy, let''s clean it up." Slater didn''t move, just stood there and stared at him. The leopard under his feet also bared his teeth. "What''s wrong? Come in quickly." Wu Heng made way. Slater hesitated for a moment, but believed his words and walked in slowly. Looked left and right, and then said suspiciously: "You''re not hiding someone, are you?" "How can you?" Wu Heng helped her take off her cloak and continued to ask: "When did you come? Why didn''t you notify me in advance so that I could pick you up." Slater looked upstairs along the stairs, then sat down on the sofa. The Leopard also jumped onto the seat next to it, huddled up and lay there. I arrived at the border two days ago, but the road was blocked, so I just came here today, Slater explained. What to drink? Wu Heng asked. Whats here? Herbal tea, hot milk tea. Milk tea bar. ?Wu Heng boiled water, and then took out two bags of instant coffee from the drawer. "If I knew, I wouldn''t have allowed you to come. This period is very dangerous." Slater looked at him, "Why, you don''t want me to come?" No way, its too late to be happy! Wu Heng sat down opposite. Nonsense. Slater rolled his eyes at him again, Are you still used to it here? Slowly I got used to it. Wu Heng said. How does it compare to Blackstone? They are all pretty good, but the people here are not easy to get in touch with. Slater crossed his legs, leather pants wrapping his round thighs. I heard from Gomez that you had a conflict with the original captain when you arrived. After a while, I will transfer you back. Well, Im waiting for your good news. After the water was boiled, Wu Heng stood up and made a cup of coffee for each of them. The aroma of coffee immediately filled the whole room. Hmm! It smells so good. No wonder Yuli said there is much delicious food here. Slater praised. Wu Heng brought the coffee to her, "Why didn''t Yuli come with you?" Did you think I came here to play? Besides, there are some dangers here. It would be bad to bring her into trouble. Slater said. Changing one leg and crossing it up, he leaned lazily on the sofa, his body tilted, and his rounded buttocks were tight and firm. Slater seemed to be aware of it and looked at him doubtfully. ?Wu Heng immediately picked up the water glass and took a sip, while quickly moving his eyes away. Pfft~! Its so hot. ??Wu Heng just took a sip and spit it out because it was so hot. "How old you are, you can still get burned by drinking water." Slater smiled, stood up, walked to him, and said with concern: "Let me see what kind of burn it is." ?Wu Heng stuck out his tongue in embarrassment. In fact, it wasn''t hot at all, he just didn''t pay attention. Slater leaned over from close range. The familiar fragrance emanates from the other party. I often smelled it in her carriage before. Slater pinched his chin with his hand, his face also turned a little red. Huh~! It wont be hot if you blow it on. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 151 , pick one to take care of you Chapter 151, choose one to take care of you Slater blew gently into it. It is very light and gentle, and the wind blowing out carries a fragrance. Okay, its okay. Slater said, just about to go back. A hand was already placed on her waist. Slater''s face became even more rosy, as if he was tipsy after drinking. Whats wrong? Slater looked at her pretending to be confused. You are so beautiful today. Wu Heng said softly. Slater''s face turned redder and he lightly slapped him, "Don''t talk nonsense." ??Wu Heng saw that the other party did not break away, so he put his hands around his waist. With a gentle pull, he sat directly in his arms. ification! The leopard on the side immediately jumped up and bared its teeth in a snapping motion. Slater glared and winked. ?Jianbao jumped off the sofa, went around to the back, lay down and closed his eyes to rest. Im so much older than you. Slater turned around and said. We are not that many years apart, this is not a reason. Wu Heng said. Slater''s neck has begun to turn red. She naturally knew what Wu Heng wanted to do. The two of them talked more frankly in the letter than in person. She came all the way here partly because of work. More people also came to see him. Actually, I was prepared in my heart, but at this moment, I started to feel a little worried again. ??As the other person whispered softly in his ear, his body gradually began to soften. Thats it, otherwise it would have been in vain to come this far. ?Wu Heng held her head and gently pressed it to his lips. ?Slater also gradually entered the state. Raise your arms and cooperate with the opponent to take off the breastplate. ??When you feel that the other person is clumsy and can''t untie his waist. He raised his head, took a breath, and said with a smile: "Okay, sister, do it yourself, you are not an adult yet!" Hold your head and untie your waist from the side. ?Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and stripped her clean. Why does it look like this? Wu Heng dragged one side of the round shape and looked at the depression in the middle. Slater, sitting in his arms, stroking the other person''s hair, "It will come out on its own later, kid!" Youre going too far! Ha! Go to your room, not here! Slater said softly. ??Wu Heng stood up, and Slater exclaimed, his whole body hanging on him. He carried her into the bedroom and looked at her graceful body with the help of dim light. Stop looking, come up quickly. Slater opened his eyes and spread his arms. Well, here we come! Its late at night. ?Wu Heng hugged the opponent from behind and caressed the proud body. How many days will you stay here? Slater arched his head back and said, "Come out with me tomorrow and come back in the afternoon." So urgent? "I''ve been here for five days. If I don''t go back, there might be problems. I''m still a deacon after all." Slater looked back at him, "Why, you can''t bear to leave me?" Who would be willing to part with such a charming beauty like you? I didnt realize you were so good at coaxing women. Before, you always said that I cheated you out of money! Wu Heng said. Now I also suspect that you came here for my money. ??Wu Heng said: "You are afraid that you will lose both your life and money." I admit it. Turn around! ?Slater and Mantha Wen are both young women, but they give people completely different feelings. ?Mantha Wen is more clingy, like a fairy who is enthusiastic and trying to express herself, while ''Slater'' is a bit stronger. In this regard too, she looks and sounds like an elder sister teaching her younger brother. Its that attitude of, Im going to conquer you up there. By the way, is there any way to avoid doing the task? Wu Heng continued to ask. Slater got out of the quilt and glanced at him, "If you don''t do the task, what will you do as captain?" Its just a matter of identity, and you know that Ive never been very willing to take care of this. "As a captain, it is impossible for you not to do tasks. Unless you can reach the level of deputy deacon, you can do nothing, which is easier than a deacon." Slater continued. How can I become an archdeacon? "Five third-level meritorious services, or one second-level meritorious service. If you have enough reputation in the local area, you don''t need the first two, and you can become a nominal deputy deacon." Slater said softly. The deputy deacon of Luntam City, I heard he is a shaman of the orcs. Basically rarely show up, and even less likely to lead the team on any tasks. It represents an identity. When the shaman is in a city, the orcs in this city will abide by the rules of the city and will not cause too much trouble. It''s like an honorary status. ?Wu Heng grasped the opponent''s weight and fell into thinking. Slater asked: "Do you want to be an archdeacon?" Well, its just a name, theres no need to do any tasks. How about you stop doing this and go back to Blackstone Town, my sister will take care of you ?Wu Heng smiled and pulled lightly, "I also have money, I''m not sure who will support whom." "Okay, rest now! Lie down and don''t move." Slater lifted the thin quilt and lay on him. The next day, morning. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ?In addition to Slater''s carriage, there were several trucks behind, escorted by Slater''s personal mercenary group. It seems that in addition to looking for myself, I really came to buy some goods. In the carriage, Wu Heng asked: "Are you really not going to stay for a few more days?" "If you have time, you can go to Blackstone Town. I will also arrange for someone to clean the house over there." Slater said. Actually, it would be nice to go back to Blackstone Town and be taken care of by you. What you said yesterday is nonsense. After you left, Blackstone Town became quiet. At this time, the carriage slowly left the city and entered the outer area of ??the city. It started to get noisy outside. ?There are stalls selling various items on both sides of the road, as if you have left the city and the entire area is a market. Deacon, were at the position you mentioned. The mercenary approached the carriage and said. "Um!" Slater straightened his clothes, opened the car door and walked out. ?Wu Heng followed behind and also got off the carriage. Ahead is a three-story building with a rope-like sign hanging at the door. Slave shop. You can buy slaves here. Hands are available to both men and women. After the sale is completed, the slave becomes your personal property. Come here, lets see if there are any good girls who might be more popular in Blackstone Town. Slater explained softly. Money Cat is not a prostitute. Do not rely on the body to make money, mainly singing and dancing performances. Girls of other races have always been popular in human cities. Even if you bring back a tall female orc with huge fangs, you can still attract a lot of guests to watch. Enter the store. ??A middle-aged fat man wearing a white robe and a gem ring on his hand came out. He glanced at the people who came in and landed on Slater accurately. Madam, sir, need some slaves? Slater nodded, "Is there anything better?" "Of course, ladies, you can choose, or you can make a request and I will recommend it for you." The man made a gesture of invitation. Slater walked in directly. ??Wu Heng also followed behind and entered an inner courtyard together. ??The fat boss clapped his hands and shouted, and more than 20 people walked out of the remaining rooms. There are both men and women. In addition to humans and beasts, there are also bunny people, fox people and cat people with some animal characteristics. He is said to be a slave, but he does not have any shackles to restrict his movement. There were people talking and laughing when they came out, more like people waiting to find a job. There are young women and strong men here, which one do you want? Slater looked at them one by one and said directly: "It would be better for women under 25 years old to have some talents." The fat boss waved his hand, and the men and some older ones all retreated. Slater walked over and picked out a circle. 8 were selected, except for young girls from the human race. ??The fat boss praised Slater''s vision while ensuring that his slave was obedient and honest and had no ambitions. Slater asked for the price and then gave the money. There are a total of 1,200 silver coins, and the price is indeed not cheap. ??The fat boss took the money with a smile on his face, gave the slave a few words of instruction, and then asked Slater to take them all out. The carriage stopped outside the city. Slater glanced at several slaves with beautiful eyes, then looked at Wu Heng, and said: "Pick one to take care of you, the room is a mess." No need? Wu Heng hesitated. Shall I help you choose? Slater still looked like a leader assigning tasks. ??Wu Heng glanced at the slaves on the other side who were looking at them carefully with their heads lowered. He said: "The person I choose needs to sign a slave contract. You have to think about it and come up with the one you can accept." Seeing that no one spoke, Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who can cook?" After a while, a rabbit girl who looked young and had black rabbit ears stepped forward cautiously. Slater glanced at her and said, "How is it?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "I need one more." Dont go overboard, just one is enough. No, I really need one more. I can also spend my own money. Slater glared at him again and said, "Take your pick!" Who knows how to settle accounts and has business experience? Wu Heng continued to ask. There was another brief silence. Slater said: "Looking for a settler, what are you looking for here?" I can! Another voice sounded. A girl with white hair, animal ears, and a somewhat indifferent expression squeezed out from behind. White hair! ?This is really rare. Can you settle accounts? Wu Heng looked at her. Yes. The girl said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Deacon, I want these two." "Okay, from today on, you two will follow him, be obedient, and take good care of him." Slater whispered. The two women nodded. Slater continued to say to Wu Heng: "Okay, I''m going back too. Work hard here. When I have the opportunity, I will apply to the association to transfer you back." Outside, he looked exactly like a deacon giving instructions to his subordinates. You are not the same person you were last night. ?Wu Heng nodded, took the backpack from Bassen''s back, and took out a stack of comic books and a jewelry box from it. He handed it to her and said, "The book belongs to Yuli and the jewelry belongs to you. Be careful on the road." Slater looked at him deeply with her beautiful eyes, nodded, and tapped the car wall, "Let''s go!" The carriage moved slowly. The mercenaries escorted him away. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng looked at the two maids standing in front of him. Whats your name? The girl with rabbit ears lowered her head and said softly: "Master, my name is Minnie." How old are you? 16! Minnie is a newly purchased bunny tribe. She is about 168cm tall, with long brown hair and black bunny ears. She has a childish face and a somewhat thin body. What is striking is her pair of long legs, whose body proportions are fully reflected in her legs. Well, Minnie, you will be responsible for the food at your residence from now on. Yes, Master. Minnie nodded carefully. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the other person. This is a girl with long white hair, animal ears, and a fox tail. ??The long gray hair hangs down to the back of the waist, with a pair of animal ears on his head, and his eyes also imply a kind of vigilance and indifference. It seems that the whole person is tense, as if there is some heavy responsibility on him. Whats your name? How old are you? After a moment of silence, the other party said: "Anderweil, 22 years old." You said you know how to settle accounts, so you have no problem managing a store, right? No problem. Ill take you to the store tomorrow to check it out. If theres no problem, Ill leave it to you to run it. Hmm. The white-haired orc hummed. "I need to sign a slave contract with you, as I said before." The two of them did not speak. ?Wu Heng directly took out two contracts and made the two of them shed blood. Two rays of soul power sank into their eyebrows, and their faces became paler. The contract is completed. The two men looked at Wu Heng without their previous vigilance. More respect and obedience. Okay, there are two rooms on the second floor. You can choose one, and then Minnie will prepare dinner. Good master. Minnie agreed happily. The other one nodded coldly. Finished dealing with the matter of the two maids. ?Wu Heng returned to the zombie world through the gate. Outside the community. Trucks were parked on the side of the road. Many people are carrying supplies to the car. ?Someone saw Wu Heng from a distance and quickly walked into the repair shop. Li Yahong came out and ran towards this side. After getting closer, he said: "A lot of people have been brought here this time. Some of them will continue to deliver supplies to the prison tomorrow, and some of them will start collecting various daily necessities in the community." Well, I will also arrange some skeletons to assist you then. ??Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "By the way, there is a small gathering place of survivors to the west. They say there is a zombie swarm in action. I suspect there are second-level zombies with big heads." Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 152 , everything is ready (an update today) Chapter 152, everything is ready (first update today) Big-headed zombie? The characteristic of big-headed zombies is that they can command a group of zombies. The name given at the main station is commander. Compared with other second-level zombies, this kind is more difficult to deal with. When it appears in an area, it is more dangerous for survivors. Are you sure? Wu Heng asked. "No, but judging from what the other party described, there is a high chance that it is this kind of big-headed zombie." Li Yahong thought for a moment and answered. Where to the west. Over there in Changyingzi District. Changyingzi District is still some distance away from here. After the army has passed, it will take some time to walk. Plus, it will take more time to deal with zombies on the way. After thinking about it for a while, I felt that I should go there. Forget about other level 2 zombies, this kind of big-headed zombie is still very helpful to me. In addition to serving as a messenger. You can also lead patrols by yourself, or **** Li Yahong and others to prison. It is also a very useful type of skeleton. Lets prepare first. Lets go there in the next two days. Wu Heng said. What do I need to prepare? Li Yahong asked. She usually just goes along. Get your truck ready, and bring some spare gasoline. Oh, okay! Ill get ready as soon as I get back. "Um!" The two briefly chatted about the situation in the prison. ?Wu Heng suddenly remembered something and said: "Let people try to do some spear throwing." Spear throwing? What is that? Its similar to a javelin, the kind thats thrown at sports events. Wu Heng explained simply. Do you have any requirements? ?Thinking about the throwing spear he saw in the weapon shop, he said: "The length is about one to four to five meters, and one end can be sharpened." ??Li Yahong nodded, indicating that she understood, and continued to ask: "Can we use steel bars? We brought back a lot of steel bars from the warehouse last time, so I should be able to make some." Okay, lets try it out first, if it doesnt work then make improvements. Okay, Ill go back and ask someone to make it tonight. Its relatively simple. You just need to cut it. You can get a lot of it in one night. Well, thank you for your hard work. ??Li Yahong chuckled and moved closer, "Why bother? Compared to others, we are already very happy." The two stood together and chatted for a while. Li Yahong returned to her residence and arranged jobs and rooms for the people who were picked up from the prison. The entire community behind the auto repair shop was cleared by skeletons. ?The number of rooms is completely sufficient to accommodate any number of people who come. It is mainly a task assigned by Wu Heng. The throwing spear still has to be made by someone. ??Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng returned to the community to check on the skeleton training. After confirming that everything is OK, we also passed through the boundary gate and returned to Luntam City. Return to your residence. Read a book in the study room for a while. From downstairs, Minnie''s cautious voice came, "Master, dinner is ready." ?Wu Heng got up and went downstairs. Dinner was already placed on the dining table. ?This is the first time that real food is put on the table. Different from stir-fries in the modern world. The food here is more like that in the ancient West. There are vegetable soup, steamed eggs, and fruit pancakes. There are not many ingredients, but there are also a lot of preparations. Looks like the little maid I chose has pretty good skills. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Two maids stood aside. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said, "Stop standing, sit down and eat!" The two of them still looked a little reserved and stood aside without moving. ?His eyes were still looking at the food on the table, swallowing and spitting quietly. ?Wu Heng frowned, pointed to the seat on the left, and ordered: "Minnie, sit here, Weier, sit on the right." Seeing what Wu Heng said, the two of them carefully sat down aside. Slaves have difficulty controlling their own destiny. If you meet a kind buyer, your life may be better. It is also very common for someone with a bad temper to be beaten or scolded. Eat! Wu Heng said. Weier glanced at him warily, picked up something and put it in her mouth. Minnie saw that Weier had already eaten, so she also started eating in small bites. Lets eat for a while first. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have you chosen the room?" "Okay, Sister Wei''er chose the one on the left, and I chose the one on the right." Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to introduce his situation to them. Well, my profession is a necromancer. There will be some skeletons at home. They wont hurt you. Dont be afraid if you encounter them. You can ask them to help with any heavy labor work. Heard a skeleton. They both looked at the figure guarding the door with a round helmet on his head. ?At that time, they were surprised that these two people never spoke. After entering the house, they stood motionless at the door. It turns out to be a skeleton! Oh, okay. Minnie agreed softly. Wu Heng continued: "Also, when I am at home, I am not allowed to go up to the third floor. If you call me downstairs for something, if you don''t respond, you are not allowed to go up to the third floor." Yes, Master. Weier. Wu Heng looked at the white-haired fox **** the other side. Hmm. The other party said subconsciously. Tomorrow I will take you to the store to have a look. If there is no problem, I will leave it to you to manage it from now on. Wu Heng said. The white-haired fox girl raised her head and looked at him suspiciously with a pair of eyes with white eyelashes, "Okay." The three of them had a brief chat, and the atmosphere was no longer so depressing. The rabbit girl Minnie wiped the cake crumbs from the corner of her mouth and asked: "Master, are you from the business group?" Shops in the city are basically business groups. Otherwise, we would not have the financial resources and capabilities. There is another house in the inner city. is considered to be a member of the business group. Wu Heng shook his head, "I am the captain of the association, and I have just been transferred here. You can call me whatever you want at home. Outside, just call me captain, or just call me by my name." Actually, being called master by a group of cute girls makes me feel quite comfortable. But from the outside, it feels very shameful. Wow, the master is the captain of the association! Minnies eyes widened a bit. Another fox girl was also a little surprised. ??Mercenary merchant groups can be seen everywhere in the city. On the contrary, the members of the association all live in the inner city and have certain law enforcement powers, which gives people a sense of greater status. In fact, my own rights are not as great as I thought. "By the way, some time ago, there was a wanted criminal in the outer area of ??the city who specialized in killing women and bleeding them. Master, do you know?" Minnie said suddenly. It seems that Minnie has a more cheerful personality. After all, I am young. ??Wu Heng nodded, "We killed the Blood Worshipers and saved a few girls at that time." "Wow! It''s really you, Master. Minnie was inside at that time. You are Minnie''s savior." Minnie suddenly stood up from the chair, her face full of excitement and joy. Ah this. ?Wu Heng also didnt expect that the maid he bought would be related to the previous mission. It was team member Marta who released the girls locked in the cellar. At that time, he was still searching for the loot from the corpses. I didnt pay attention to whether there was such a little bunny girl in it. "How did you get caught by them." "I just came here at that time. It was going to rain and I was a little lost, so I was caught by them. Minnie was frightened at the time and her eyes shed tears uncontrollably. After I was rescued, It''s been swollen for several days," Minnie continued. Slaves were not all imprisoned. ?Just like when I bought it, the management inside was a little lax, but no one ran away. It is said that it is a slave trade, but it is more like finding a job through an intermediary. The orcs are different from humans, with complex tribes and city-states, wars and poverty, which makes many people want to get out of there. The place where slaves were traded is also a good way. "When you go out from now on, I will arrange for someone to follow you, so you won''t be afraid of any danger." Wu Heng said while eating. Thank you, Master, I have such good taste that I chose you. Minnies face was full of happiness. I feel so connected to the owner in front of me. Not only were they saved by him, but others were also bought back. ?There is nothing more fateful than this. Out of the corner of his eye, Wu Heng glanced at the other fox girl who was lowering her head to eat, and said, "Weier, too. I''ll arrange for someone to follow you when you go out. The city is still quite chaotic." Well, thank you. After dinner. The two of them were no longer so restrained. ?Minnie was even happier. While packing her things, she told Weier about the situation when she was rescued. Actually, the killing of the Blood Worship Cult was quite violent in the area outside the city. After all, when Wu Heng went there, many people had died, and they were all women. ??Residents chipped in their own money to arrest people, and had grown frustrated with the gangs that managed them. The matter was resolved and the matter was spread for a certain period of time. ?Wu Heng got some daily necessities for the two of them and went up to the third floor. The two women were sitting in the living room. Chatting something in a low voice. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng took the fox girl Anderweil into a shop in the commercial street. ?The name is Green Green Shop, which mainly sells some daily necessities. ?The shop owner is a human, wearing a black dress, tall and thin, with his hair pulled back. With this outfit, Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly. ?The sun was dazzling just now, and I almost recognized him as the butler Yazd from the pit. There were not many customers here in the morning. The store is stocked with a variety of daily necessities, including glassware and pottery. ?The boss glanced at the two people who came in and looked at them. Still asked: "What does the guest need?" Look at the glass products. Wu Heng walked to the shelf on one side and looked at the glassware on it. They are basically glasses, and there are also some vases made of glass, or animal-shaped ornaments. ?Wu Hengs attention was mainly on the glass. The price is divided into two types, the ordinary one, the glass body is a little stained, and there are impurities inside, selling for 95 copper. Those with slightly better quality are worth more than 1 silver. ??Wu Heng felt that the price was a bit outrageous. This is even more outrageous than the price in Blackstone Town. The low-quality glass products in Blackstone Town cost around 70 coppers, while here they cost 95 coppers. The price has doubled. Guest, do you want to buy it? If not, please dont touch the fragile items. ??The tall and lanky boss was wiping things while giving a faint warning. ?Wu Heng looked at himself, then at Weier and Bassen and Bawudong behind him. ?Although he looks a little weird, he doesn''t seem to be that poor. But he put the glass back in his hand. ??Took Anderweil and continued to look at the pottery area. This area mainly contains pottery pots and plate products. It is not ceramic, but stoneware. The price also ranges from tens of coppers. ?Wu Heng glanced at the fox girl next to him, who nodded, indicating that he had almost seen it. The boss at the counter no longer paid attention to their thoughts. ??Wu Heng took out a modern glass, placed it on the counter, and asked: "Boss, do you want to take it?" ?The boss looked back and his eyes fell on the transparent brown glass. ?This kind of color is difficult to produce with current technology, let alone such a degree of transparency. Where did you get it? Should you take it or not? Wu Heng asked. ?The other party glanced at a few people and said, "Take it, I''ll give it to you at 50 coppers." Boss, the lowest price is 95 coppers. This is a bit too low! Wu Heng said. The store must also be profitable. According to this price, how much money can I make? The one with the same quality as the lowest one, how much do you charge? "40 coppers! Let''s talk about you. If you tell me where this glass is produced, I can give you a higher price." The boss continued. "I''ll think about it." Wu Heng put away the glass and turned around to leave with a few people. Behind him, the boss chased him out of the store. He shouted something like "Let''s talk some more," but he didn''t catch up with the others. Crossing two streets. ?Wu Heng took Andeweier to the store where he bought it. The door of the shop is open and the dust has been cleared away. The floor is clean, and there is a sign in the corner that says "Keduolai Grocery Store". Go straight to the backyard. Checked the warehouse. ??In accordance with Wu Heng''s requirements, two layers of doors were added to the warehouse. In addition to the iron door on the outside, there is also a layer of doors on the inside. The reason he gave was double-layer insurance. The real purpose is to not be easily discovered when transporting materials through the inner gate. At this time, Anderweil also came over from behind. Master, how should we decide the price? Andweil asked. Well, we also have several types, and the price is lower than theirs. Wu Heng said. After all, there is no need to consider the cost of transportation, and it is all for nothing. It is easier to sell if it is cheaper. Furthermore, modern products have better craftsmanship. A good master. Go down and get ready. Okay. Anderweil went to the front. ??Wuheng Basen and Bawudong guarded the door, opened the door inside through the bronze key, and directed the skeleton to move in boxes of various supplies collected by Li Yahong and others. ??When Anderweil came back again, she looked at the sudden appearance of the goods in surprise. But he didnt say much. Space props are also a means of transportation for large business groups. Its all sorted. Well, Ill leave the business of opening the business to you. Wu Heng said to the skeleton he brought, Sword one, sword two, you stay and follow Anderweils instructions. The two skeletons walked to the other side obediently. ?Standing next to the fox girl. ?Wu Heng was in the shop and watched her busy for a while. After giving an explanation, he returned to his residence. Return to the zombie world. Alchemy No. 1 came out and handed over two bottles of medicine with dry palms. Strengthening Potion (Description: The potion developed by extracting the energy from the aberrant creatures has a strong improvement effect on the creatures, and has a small chance of awakening the power of blood.) Thanks to 08a and Zeroaxl for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 153 , the carriage must be filled with supplies Chapter 153, the carriage must be full of supplies Strengthening potion? A potion that I had never seen before was delivered to me. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the description below the potion. A medicine developed by extracting the energy structure of aberrant creatures. In other words, it was made using corpse cores. Is this a first-level corpse core or a second-level corpse core? Wu Heng asked. ?On the Skeleton Alchemist''s side, a total of one second-level corpse core and three first-level corpse cores are stored. An antidote has never been produced before. ??Wu Heng thought that the work was too heavy. After all, there was only Alchemy No. 1 at that time, making commonly used healing potions and psychotropic potions, and also taking care of the wounded. At present, it seems that new pharmaceuticals are being developed. And it has been successful. Alchemy is really a magical profession. I dont know if an antidote to the zombie virus can be made. Skeleton Alchemist, brought the organ jar and opened the top of the jar. ?Wu Heng took advantage of the situation and glanced inside. The second-level corpse core covered with bloodshot eyes, and two other first-level corpse cores. In other words, this potion is made from first-level corpse cores. Well, cover it! ? No. 1 closed the lid and put it back on the cabinet shelf beside it. ?Wu Heng picked up the potion. Think about it for a moment, open the cork, and drink it directly. The slightly bitter taste fills the mouth and is swallowed. Strength +1, Agility +1. ?System prompt appears and attributes have been improved. Name: Wu Heng Occupation: Necromancer Level: 67325/23000 Attributes: Strength 24, Agility 25, Constitution 25, Intelligence 26, Perception 15, Charisma 19. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Entry), Light Armor Specialization (Basic), Arcane Special Training. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will [Skills: Bone-raising, Corpse-raising, Dancing Lights, Acid Splash, Grease, Debilitating Ray, Corpse Embalming, Conversation with the Dead, Evil Explosion, Fireball, Life-Sustaining, Pathogenic Ray, Feather Falling, Cloud and mist technique, battlefield of corpses. Attributes have indeed been improved. Furthermore, this time of taking it, there were no side effects as shown by devouring corpse cores. In other words, this medicine completely avoids the process of swallowing corpse core and being infected by the virus. ??If this news spreads, I am afraid that the entire surviving human society will cause quite a stir. At the very least, this is an absolute wealth. Wealth that other survivor bases and even the main station do not have. ??If the secondary suitable corpse core is found, it will also be researched. ?Then it will only be a matter of time before more abilities are unlocked. I am still very satisfied with this potion spirit. He returned the potion bottle to No. 1 and continued: "This potion is very good. Next, we will make it according to this method. Similarly, we will also develop the second-level potion." ?Alchemy No. 1 saluted, took the potion bottle and walked back to the room upstairs. Finish taking the medicine. ?Wu Heng walked out of the community and pressed the intercom. Not long after, Li Yahong pedaled a tricycle and hurried over. ?Hundreds of steel bars with one end cut into a sharp point are placed on the vehicle board. Can you look at this? Li Yahong picked up one and handed it to him. ?Wu Heng bumped it in his hand and felt a little heavy. It should be like this. If something is wrong, please improve it. "Okay." Li Yahong nodded, and then continued: "The collection and transportation of daily necessities have been handed over, and everything is proceeding normally." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Just collect them and pile them at the gate of the community. I will arrange for the skeletons to be moved in." Okay, when will we go to Changyingzi? Li Yahong continued to ask. Tomorrow! Get a truck ready, fill it up with gas, and prepare some extra gasoline. "good!" After chatting, the two parted. ?Li Yahong rode a three-wheeler back. ?Wu Heng also returned to his residence, commanding the skeletons and distributing the throwing spears. Choose an open space and start practicing long-distance spear throwing. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while. Open the gate and return to your residence in Luntam City. Dusk. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Rabbit girl Minnie heard the footsteps and rushed out quickly. Master, do you want to prepare dinner? Get ready! Okay! Minnie walked downstairs three steps at a time with her long legs to prepare for dinner. The two newly bought maids have completely different personalities. ?Minnie is 16 years old and has a lively personality. Even though she was almost killed by the Blood Cult last time, she could still talk about it happily and use it as a conversation piece to share with others. Later, after learning that Wu Heng had saved her, she felt that it was all a kind of fate. I am destined to come with him. Very willingly, she accepted her identity as a maid. Minnie went to prepare dinner. Not long after, Anderweil, who was in charge of the store, also opened the door and came back. There is no sword with a sword, one or two, it should be the side of the left -behind shop. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the living room, he immediately said: "Master, the store has opened normally in the afternoon, and there are not many customers entering the store." ?It just opened and there is not much publicity. Slowly, people can come in, and there is no rush. Youll be in charge there. Dont worry about gangs and other things. Ive already told people to take care of it, Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. Answered, then went to the kitchen to help Minnie prepare dinner. Soon, dinner was served on the table. The three of them sat down at the table and started eating. Minnie asked some questions that she was curious about, and Anderweil listened attentively and ate the food quietly. After finishing dinner, everyone returned to their rooms to rest. The second day. After breakfast, Wu Heng took Weier and Minnie to the store. After sitting in the store for a while, a few scattered customers came in to inquire about the prices of items. Different from what was imagined. There are indeed people asking about the prices of glasses and porcelain. But what I buy more are plastic pots, which are found in piles in grocery stores. ?Everyone comes in and after asking about the price and use, they buy a few and take them away. ?Wu Heng sat for a while, said hello to the two women, and went back early after finishing. Leave directly and return to your residence. Open the gate and return to the zombie world. I made an appointment today to take Li Yahong to Changyingzi to catch the big-headed zombie. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start dividing their troops, leaving about two hundred troops to patrol nearby and protect the rest of the people in the auto repair shop. The remaining skeletons all moved and filled the entire street. The current number of skeletons has reached more than 13,000. The big-headed skeleton has the ability of long-distance intelligence and must issue orders multiple times in batches. ?In the distance, everyone in the auto repair shop stood there and looked at each other, with some horror in each other''s eyes. The number of skeletons is now greater than the general zombie tide. At the main station, some powerful abilities were also introduced. ??But in the eyes of everyone, no matter how powerful the superpower is, it can''t compete with such a dense army of skeletons. Can also wear armor and hold weapons. Didi~! ?Soon, Li Yahong also drove over in a military truck. The skeleton made way for a way, and the military card slowly entered the middle position. ?Wuheng took Bassen, Bawudong, and the big-headed skeleton into the truck. Give a direct order, Forward! Hulala~! The skeleton army began to move, escorting the truck in the middle, advancing slowly. Li Yahong said: "Last night, I contacted Changyingzi District again. They said that in addition to big-headed zombies, other types of second-level zombies and first-level zombies were also found. The number of corpses was also 2,000. Even around three thousand people. More than one level 2 zombie? Well, thats what I said, it might be a little dangerous. Li Yahong was a little worried. over time. ?Not only did the survivors gather together, but the zombies also started to gather together. Who can I argue with? Its okay, its not a big problem. If its really dangerous, we can leave. Wu Heng said comfortingly. Well, they will also evacuate today, and they wont be able to provide us with any detailed information then. Its okay, lets go there, and the zombies will come to us. ?The truck continued to move forward slowly, maintaining the same speed as the army. The two were chatting about the radio station and the situation in some survivor bases. over time. The survivors gathered together one after another and began to huddle together for warmth. Likewise, bases lose contact inexplicably every day. Most of them are attacked by zombies and die inside. The truck drove out of the cleared area. ?On both sides of the road, more and more zombies began to be attracted, rushing out of neighborhoods or shops, and swarming towards this side. ??After walking a certain distance against the rushing zombies. Passing through a residential area. ?Zombies poured out of the community like a river and gathered on the roads. Charge toward this side. Stop the car, the skeleton also stops moving forward. Wu Heng immediately ordered. The truck slowly stopped. ??The skeleton army also stopped immediately and entered a fighting state. The view from the truck is good and you can see farther away. ??Wu Heng calculated the distance between the zombies and said directly: "Get ready to throw the spear!" Hulala~! The large skeletons drew out the steel bars they carried and threw spears, preparing to throw the spears. Vote~! Huh~! Dense steel bars were thrown out directly with the sound of howling wind. ??Ding ding ding~! Immediately afterwards, steel bars fell into the area of ??the corpses like raindrops. ?Some zombies were pierced by falling steel bars, while more steel bars, more like falling iron bars, knocked down a large area. Wow, the effect is so good! Li Yahong said in surprise in the truck. The road has a fixed width. ?Hundreds of people threw their spears down, and the zombies fell like wheat. ?Although many zombies stood up one after another, the effect was still obvious. Once you have mastered spear throwing and unlocked the specialization, it will be a way to kill enemies. Seeing the zombies standing up charging again. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Spear formation!" The skeleton''s body was lowered, the spear pointed forward, and then, the corpses crashed directly into the spear formation. There was a sound of slurping into the meat. ?Blood splattered all over the sky. A large number of zombies had their bodies pierced and lay directly on the ground. Looking at the number of zombies decreasing rapidly. Move forward! Hurrah! ??The spearmen stood up, like a wall filled with steel nails, and began to push the corpses back. The zombies who were not dead fell to the ground, lying forward with all their strength, clawing and biting at the ankles of the skeleton. Be trampled to pulp by more skeletons behind. Or being chopped directly into a pile of rotten flesh by a knife-wielding skeleton. In the midst of fierce battles. The number of zombies is decreasing rapidly. ?Facing the zombies in front of you with the current level and number of skeletons. It can be said to be a crushing situation. More skeletons, protected around the truck, with no place to play at all. The battle gradually ended. The area became quiet again. All the skeletons stood in place and began to enter the standby state. Clean the battlefield and move all the corpses to both sides of the road. Wu Heng continued. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ??Picked up the thrown steel spears and threw the bodies to both sides of the road. There are also scrapped cars stuck in the middle of the road. After everything is resolved, they will continue to advance towards the army. The team moves forward while killing zombies along the road. The speed of advancement is slower than expected. ?In addition to dealing with the small waves of corpses that keep appearing, the scrapped cars piled up along the road affect the progress to a great extent. Two o''clock in the afternoon. The team began to approach Changyingzi District. Several obviously iconic buildings can be seen in the distance. Speed ??up the forward speed. ??Wu Heng just wanted to give an order. ?Suddenly, a black SUV sprang out from the side road and entered the main road. The speed is very fast. Just as he appeared, he saw the mighty army of skeletons approaching head-on. ????????????????????? ?The screeching sound of brakes sounded. ??The car body began to shake violently, turned sharply, and hit a street light on the side of the road with a bang. The violent impact caused the glass plate above the streetlight to shatter, and a piece fell onto the roof of the car with a crash. The co-pilot was half hanging on the body of the car from the front to block the wind. The airbag on the driver''s seat deployed, and the person was seriously injured. Immediately afterwards, the person who smashed the front glass in the co-pilot began to transform into a corpse, climbed back into the car, and started tearing and biting the driver who was the main driver. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong stared at the scene happening in front of them with wide eyes. ?This is a bit too sudden. Even before I had time to react. ??The two cars hit a street light, and both of them turned into zombies. Waiting for the two of them to react. ?At the back, another minivan emerged from the same path. ????????????????????????????????? Facing the army of skeletons, he also stepped on the brakes, leaving four clear black tire marks. ?The van turned a corner and then wanted to reverse and drive away in another direction. But from behind, there were roars and howls of zombies. A large group of corpses followed the van and appeared on the main road. Vans and SUVs emitting black smoke are like obstacles sandwiched between the two armies. They cannot move forward or retreat. It should be the survivors who escaped. Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Their driving skills are not very good." ?The other party''s car has not been modified. Even the van behind it only has a few newspapers pasted on the windows on both sides. Modification is actually not something that just anyone can do. What should we do now? Those people seemed to be stupid and the car stopped moving. Li Yahong said. ??Wu Heng looked outside through the gap in the steel bars of the car window. ?? Turning to the big-headed skull behind him, he said: "Get ready to throw your spear." Hurrah! The skeleton team immediately made the action of throwing spears. Vote! Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded again. Large pieces of steel bar spears fell from the sky like raindrops. It landed on the asphalt road with a clanking sound, and the zombies fell down with the spears thrown, and the zombies fell in pieces. Chopper Skeleton, attack! Hurrah! ??The Kitchen Knife Skeleton squeezed out of the team and went out facing the front. Collided with the group of corpses rushing forward. Inside the van. ?Several people looked at the fighting happening around them in horror. The entire car body was shaken back and forth by the impact, and a "collapse" sound was heard from the roof of the car. Looks like someone got into a fight on the roof of the car. Mr. Chen, these skeletons dont seem to be attacking us, one of them said. The skeletons are closer to them. If you want to attack them, they will be basically overwhelmed in one wave. It doesnt seem like he was attacking them. What the hell. The man who was called Mr. Chen cursed. Look, the modified military truck in the middle of the skeleton is the superpower mentioned on the radio. It can drive this kind of truck, and the corpses can also rush out. There must be supplies behind the car. Come on, if we have them, we can get a share of them no matter which base we go to. Mr. Chen lowered his head and looked towards the truck from the front. Hesitation flashed in his eyes. The battle ended quickly. ??All the zombies were killed, and the skeletons stood scattered in place, as motionless as sculptures. Go and talk to those people, be careful. After thinking for a moment, he said: Bassen, you go with her. Okay! Li Yahong tightened the straps of the protective suit and jumped out of the truck. Bassen and several other skeletons followed behind, walking towards the van. Dang Dang Dang~! Li Yahong knocked on the car door twice and said, "Open the door. I am also a survivor." The rear door opens a gap laterally. Whoosh~! Suddenly, a short spear with a fruit knife attached to it stabbed Li Yahong in the throat from the gap in the open car door. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 154 , Changyingzi Team Chapter 154, Changyingzi Motorcade ??An icy cold light suddenly pierced through the gap in the door. ?Li Yahong''s pupils suddenly shrank, and a bone-chilling coldness suddenly rose up from her spine. Aware of the danger and want to avoid it. But the body cant keep up with the reaction speed at all. At this time, Bassen quickly took action and drew his knife to slash the spear. Dang~! A crisp sound. The spear shifted downwards, and the sharp tip hit the chest of Li Yahongs stab-proof suit. A strong force pushed her backwards to the ground. ??Li Yahong scrambled to her feet and hid behind the skeleton. She kept touching her neck and body with her hands to check if she had any wounds. Obviously, the stab-proof clothing still played a role. Leaves a mark on the chest, but is not pierced. But this feeling of fear still sent shivers down her spine. She never expected that when she went there with the idea of ??helping the survivors, the other party actually wanted to kill her. The eyes he looked at the van were also full of anger. Inside the van. Fuck, fuck, it was almost. Mr. Chen, with a gold chain hanging around his neck, cursed in a low voice. At such a close distance, he actually missed it. The skeleton following the opponent drew his sword too fast. Otherwise, you will definitely be able to stab the opponent to death with one blow. It would actually be okay if the opponent could be killed, but now that he is not dead, it is a bit difficult to deal with. Looking at the other people in the car. He put the short spear in his hand directly into the hand of a young woman with a dull look, and said: "You stabbed me because you were too nervous, did you hear me?" ??The woman''s hands were trembling and she subconsciously took the short spear. Did you hear that? The man scolded. The woman still nodded dully. "Don''t forget that I saved you. If something happens to me, I will drag you to die with me. Just be honest." Mr. Chen said with a cold snort. Several of them echoed. Outside the car. ??Li Yahong had no idea of ??continuing to communicate with the people inside and retreated to the back. A large number of skeletons surrounded the entire van. As long as the order is given, the van will be overturned and all the people inside will be killed. At this time. All doors of the van are open. There were six people in total, four men and two women. The leader was over 1.8 meters tall and strong, with this gold chain hanging around his neck. The state is not like being starved at the end of the world. He shouted: "We are also survivors. Don''t do anything. Don''t do it. We were overreacting just now." As he spoke, he pulled out a woman behind him. I havent apologized to others yet. The woman''s eyes were evasive, her expression was sluggish, and she said tremblingly: "I''m sorry, I was too nervous just now. I apologize to you." There is a clang. The short spear in his hand fell to the ground and rolled far away. ?His knees went weak and he sat paralyzed on the ground. ??The man with the gold chain looked at the skeletons around him warily and said carefully: "This beauty, we have no other intentions. We were hiding in a farmyard before. We just escaped today and are a little too nervous." Li Yahong did not speak, and the skeletons surrounding them still stood in place, surrounding them. ??The man glanced around again, slapped the woman on the ground on the back of the head, and said, "Keep apologizing." Im sorry, Im sorry! The woman lowered her head and cried. ?Li Yahong didnt know how to make a decision. ?The other party didnt do it on purpose, and nothing happened. ??Now we are also short of manpower... Looking at the truck behind. ??There was a squeak. The door of the truck opened, and Wu Heng slowly stepped out of it. ?At the same time, several strange-looking skeletons followed. ?Seeing that there was one more person, the faces of the remaining survivors became even weirder. ??Originally, the truck was sealed very tightly, and the glass of the truck was made of steel bars. From below, it was difficult to see how many people were sitting in the truck. ??I only thought that the woman who came down controlled this skeleton army, but it turned out that the real owner was someone else. Fortunately, he didn''t kill the other party. Otherwise, everyone in the car would not even have a chance to explain. Seeing the other person coming, the man smiled. He took out the crumpled cigarette from his arms, knocked on the cigarette box and took out the cigarette, and walked over, "This brother, my name is Chen Yongdong. Thank you for saving us." Halfway through, the skeleton stopped him directly. ??Wu Heng stood not far away and looked at him and said: "Where is the eldest brother?" Hey~! What kind of big brother is not a big brother? An ordinary survivor. The man said. ??Wu Heng continued to look at him and asked: "Is that spear just for stabbing? You don''t have the guts to kill zombies, but you want to kill someone?" The man''s pupils shrank, his face immediately returned to a normal smile, and he said: "Bye bye, it''s not me, it''s her. A woman is timid and has some nervous reactions." ?Wu Heng looked at him and said directly: "Kill him!" Huh? Thats not the case... The man thought that Rang had killed the kneeling woman. While he was still speaking, the sound of breaking wind could be heard from the side. A huge fist was swung from one side. Bang~! There was a hammering sound, and the neck bones broke. ?His eyes were wide open, he was vomiting blood, and he was mumbling, "It''s not me." ?The body fell backward, completely falling to the ground lifeless. Several people in the distance looked at this scene in horror. ?This person is more decisive. After roughly identifying him, he kills people directly. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other people. Three men and two women. Kill all those holding weapons. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! ??The skeleton instantly knocked down several people beside the van, and the kitchen knife fell on their heads, and with howls of wailing, it was chopped into pieces of meat on the ground. At the scene, only the woman who was pulled out to take the blame was left. ?Hold his head with both arms and neither shout nor scream, but his body keeps shaking. Weak and helpless. The state of these two people is completely different from that of those men. In essence, they dont seem to be together. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] to a corpse. The corpse sat up and looked this way. Wu Heng asked: "What does this woman have to do with you?" The corpse replied, "One person went to stay in the farmyard. Because he was tall enough, he was kept here." ?Wu Heng nodded and dispersed the magic. The body lay on the ground again. Wu Heng looked at the trembling woman on the ground and said, "I know you and her are not together. Now you can leave by yourself, or you can come with us." The woman raised her head blankly and glanced at the body on the ground. He looked up at Li Yahong again and asked, "Can you survive relying on your body?" Li Yahong understood what she meant. ? Glancing at Wu Heng from the corner of his eye, he said: "We are a formal shelter. If you are willing, you can come with us. No one will force you, but you still need to work within your ability." Well, then I am willing to go with you. In the current environment, one would die by oneself. ?As long as she didnt want to die, she could only follow him back. Let her sit in the back seat of the car? Li Yahong asked. In the truck, Li Yahong was driving and Wu Heng was the co-pilot. In the back row are Bassen, Bawudong, and the big-headed skeleton sitting in the middle. Actually, you can sit even if the back row is crowded, but in the current state of a woman, sitting among skeletons would be frightening to death. Lets sit in the carriage, there is a canvas shed anyway. Wu Heng said. "Yeah." Li Yahong nodded and asked the other party to take off her coat. After checking whether there were any weapons on her from a distance, she placed her in the back of the car. Huddled in a corner, silent. ?Wu Heng glanced at the inside of the van, which contained a lot of daily necessities. ?Let all the skeletons be moved onto the carriage, and then he pulled off the gold chain from the neck of the man named Chen. Sit back in the car. The truck started and continued to drive forward. Li Yahong held the steering wheel with both hands and touched a mark on the stab mark with one hand, "Fortunately it was punctured, otherwise I would have died here." In this situation, there can''t even be any wounds. Otherwise, it is easy to get infected by the virus. ?Coupled with the position and force just now, if Basson hadn''t changed his position with a knife, or if he hadn''t worn stab-proof clothing, he would have died directly. ?Just like Wu Heng said about Hadron and the others last time. I didnt die in the hands of zombies, but if I died in such a trivial matter, everyone who died would complain. When you get back, blow the horn in the car and no one will need to get out, Wu Heng said. ?What happened just now was true and it shocked Wu Heng. Who would have thought that these people are mentally ill. Direct killing. Honk your horn, it may attract zombies. Were not afraid of ordinary zombies anymore. Wed better install one when we go back. I remember that there are some in the city management vehicles. Find one and remove it. Okay, Ill put one in place when I get back. ?The truck continued to move forward, with large skeletons still escorting it on the left and right, and began to move forward. The other side. Changyingzi District. In a semi-underground garage. There were more than thirty people in total, including men and women, who kept moving things to several vans. Everyone is sallow and thin, with a dead look and solemn look on their face. Zizzizi~! The intercom hanging on his waist suddenly rang. There was a low and urgent voice, "The corpses are approaching this way. There are so many of them. It''s too late if we don''t move forward." Without waiting for a reply, the intercom prompted again. Its really too late. If we dont leave, everyone will die here. ?In the crowd, a man in his thirties with unkempt hair pressed the intercom and said, "Come down, let''s get ready to go." ?Hang up the intercom and continue to say to the others: "Everyone get on the bus. Don''t leave the rest. Get on the bus immediately. Don''t waste everyone''s time. Hurry up." People were urged to get on the bus, their faces full of worry and uneasiness about the unknown. Boss, everyone is getting in the car. Someone in the motorcade shouted. The middle-aged man looked at the time and continued: "Send a signal to Wang Dong." "good!" ??As the order was given, a thick plume of smoke shot straight into the sky from outside the garage. Not long. ??Boom~! An ear-splitting roar sounded from a distant direction. Then there were strange sounds of collapse and falling, and various items breaking. A voice came from the intercom again. The zombies were lured away. You come down. Soon, a figure climbed down from above and got directly into a car. Lets go! Lets go! Boom~! The fleet started, lined up in a row and drove out of the garage, entered the road that had been cleared in advance, and drove towards the distance. At the back, dense crowds of zombies were rushing towards the location of the explosion and thick smoke. Even so, the sound of the convoy still attracted the attention of a large number of zombies. Zombies from all directions rushed towards the convoy. Above the residential building, zombies smashed open the glass and jumped onto the roof of the car like dumplings. Thumping sound. ????????????????????????????????? As the number of corpses increased, cars began to lose control and crash into both sides of the road. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and he was directly overwhelmed by the crowd of corpses surrounding him. The faces of everyone in the other cars were ugly. Children and women sobbed softly. The man''s voice still came from the intercom, "Keep the convoy, out-of-control and damaged cars, don''t block the road, and give others a chance." Hurrah hoo~! ?The remaining vehicles continued to move forward, and the driver took a deep breath and stepped on the accelerator. Whether you can rush out depends on this time. ??More corpses in the rear realized that they had been deceived, and began to move away from the explosion area, chasing after the convoy in the direction it left. The number filled the entire street. A large area of ??Wuyangyang. ??Howling and roaring. The other side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong approached slowly in their cars. She must have been a little frightened. ?Li Yahong remained silent and looked a little ugly. How is it? Wu Heng asked. "It''s okay." Li Yahong smiled and continued: "I''m just still a little scared. If Bassen hadn''t been there, I would have died at the hands of the other party." ?Let alone being stabbed to death, it was just a cut. If this weapon happened to kill zombies, that was also the result of being infected. So, it was panic at the time, but fear now. The more I think about it, the more afraid I become. Its okay, if thats the case, Ill turn you into a skeleton. Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at him in disbelief, "I really want to thank you. You don''t even want to give up on me." Youre just kidding, be careful next time. "Um!" The two chatted briefly and continued to rush forward. ??Boom~! ?Suddenly, a huge and ear-splitting explosion suddenly sounded. I could only feel the ground shaking slightly. ?Li Yahong stepped on the brakes directly. The two of them opened the car door, stuck their heads out, and looked forward. I saw thick black smoke rising from a building in the distance. ??And dense black shadows surrounded the location of the explosion. Did the army carry out bombing? Li Yahong asked. "No, it was a residential building that exploded." Wu Heng replied, after a quick analysis in his mind, he continued: "Maybe it was intentional, to lure away zombies." The words have not yet finished. ?In the distance, we saw a convoy speeding towards us. On the way, there were cars wrapped in corpses all the time. ?Humshed into both sides of the road, and was submerged by the corpses in the next second. Zizzizi~! ?At the same time, the intercom in the car emitted a harsh electric sound. Then, there were intermittent orders from inside, urging the convoy to move forward, to get damaged vehicles out of the way and to attract zombies. This is the frequency band that is captured. ?Li Yahong looked up. Wu Heng said: "Let''s see if we can contact them and make way for them to pass normally." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 155 , it can鈥檛 be from an auto repair shop, right? Chapter 155: It cant be from an auto repair shop, right? ??Li Yahong got back into the car, picked up the intercom and said, "This is an auto repair shop. The fleet in Changyingzi District, can you hear me?" After saying that, he waited aside. But there were still urgings and some orders given, and there was no response. It seems that there is a problem with the frequency band. ?The other party uses a fixed short frequency, and your own side is military equipment. You can receive the other party''s content, but the other party cannot receive the content here. "Can you hear me? The convoy in Changyingzi District can move forward normally, and we will make way for you." Li Yahong continued. But the other party still did not respond. Then, the rapidly approaching convoy suddenly began to slow down. The vehicle body swayed and an accident almost occurred. But the group of corpses chasing after them forced them to continue moving forward, not daring to stop. . In the convoy. The people in the first car looked at the army appearing in the distance in horror. ?Wearing ancient leather armor and holding a spear. Arranged neatly in the center of the road. It is like an army that came from ancient times and appeared in the modern world. What is frightening is the exposed skeleton face and the endless army of skeletons behind it. What kind of shady soldiers are borrowing the road? Moreover, at this time, it blocked the way. ??Had I not experienced the apocalypse for such a long time, I would have been frightened to death when I saw this scene. Brother, what should I do? The person driving the vehicle asked anxiously. The speed of the convoy is not slow. If it continues like this, it may directly hit the skeleton in front. The man in the co-pilot''s face looked equally ugly. I did not expect that this kind of problem would arise at this time. There are skeletons in front and zombies in the back. There is no way to enter the alley. ?Once the convoy enters, there is no chance to advance on the crowded road. Find a building, park there, and lets hide inside the building! the man said. ??Take a deep breath, pick up the walkie-talkie, and continue to ask: "There is danger ahead and the road is blocked. Prepare to pull over. The combat team will get out of the car to clean up the zombies and cover the rest of the people entering the corridor." ????????????????????????????????? The convoy began to slow down collectively. The car door opened, and the men who had done simple protection rushed out with weapons in hand. Chop the attacking zombies to the ground. The other people in the car took some necessities and rushed into the corridor on one side under cover. With a bang, the green iron door was closed. The other side. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong watched the convoy stop aside and then rushed into the corridor. And the way he asked the skeleton team to get out of the way had no effect at all. For those who survived. Facing the group of corpses, hide in the corridor on one side. It''s just prolonging death. The corridor door cannot stop the zombies, let alone the second-level deformed zombies. But its actually understandable. Facing the army of skeletons, every survivor you see is not afraid of them. People in auto repair shops have gradually accepted skeletons. But when talking to the skeleton, he also has a rather weird way of expression. For example, titles such as Brother Big Head and Brother Spear. Be able to express the name and also carry the honorific. Dont worry about them yet. ?Li Yahong also put down the walkie-talkie and looked forward again. ??Horses of corpses began to pour in from a distance. The number is definitely more than any previous battle. ?Wu Hengs eyes quickly scanned the group of corpses. ?This number is probably enough to bring together all the zombies in the entire area. Just this horde of corpses would be difficult for other local evacuation bases to resist. Count, there are quite a few! Li Yahongs face looked even uglier than when she was stabbed just now, and the hand holding the car door started to tremble a little. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but kept his gaze in the distance. Calculating the distance the zombies will run, "Get ready to throw your spear!" Hurrah! The skeleton took out the steel bar and prepared to throw it upward. Seeing the target approaching quickly. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Let go!" Huh~! ??The steel bars screamed harshly, like an iron net, falling into the crowd of running zombies. A large number of zombies were knocked to the ground. ?The zombies running behind were tripped over by large pieces, like rolling snowballs, and rolled into one piece. The zombies who fell down and were covered in flesh and blood quickly got up. Come quickly. ?With a fishy smell. Spear array! The spearman quickly stepped forward, squatted down, and moved his spear forward. Puff puff puff~! The zombies suddenly hit it, their bodies were pierced, and they died instantly. ?But there were too many zombies at the back, and the corpses were pushed to the front, one by one, like a swarm. The dead bodies and the skeletons holding spears were closely attached to each other. The skeleton began to thrust out spears continuously. Carrying out attacking movements one after another. Killing the target. ?Wu Heng held the edge of the car door with one hand, leaned out, and searched for the target among the corpses. Looking across quickly. In the group of corpses, several types of second-level deformed zombies can be seen. They include large ''tanks'' of the same kind, wall-climbing ''geckos'', and some fast-running deformed dogs. ??Zombies are indeed developing in the direction of higher intelligence. They gathered together to form a more terrifying force. ? I looked over it several times, but I couldnt find any sign of the big-headed zombie. But in the current situation, it is impossible not to have big-headed zombies. Maybe he was short and hid among the corpses. A thought in my mind. The ghost flew out of the body, Xiaoxiao. Xukong held his chin with one arm, as if half lying down, and said, "Uncle, what''s wrong?" ??Wu Heng said: "This time, there is a very important task for you." Say it! Have you seen the corpses over there? "ah!" There is a zombie with a particularly big head and a short body among the corpses. Find it. Wu Heng stretched out his hand and made a gesture on his head. Are you talking about a big-headed skull? Xiao Xiao glanced at the big-headed skull sitting in the back row. "right!" Forgot, there are examples around me. Okay, Im the best at finding these. ??Xiao Xiao said something, and after spinning around in the air, he flew towards the direction of the corpses. At the same time, his body slowly faded and disappeared. Forward. The corpses are still surging like a wave. Waves after waves surged towards the skeletons. Zombies are dying in large numbers, and skeletons are also beginning to break. Zombies are coming over there too. Li Yahong pointed to the distance. ??Wu Heng looked around and saw groups of zombies also pouring out of the paths on both sides of the road, intending to attack the skeletons from the flanks. ?Looking at it this way, there must be big-headed zombies in the zombie camp. Otherwise, it would be difficult for pure zombies to make such a change in formation. Send out two waves of chopper skeletons to block the zombies on both sides. Wu Heng continued to order. ??More than a thousand skeletons holding kitchen knives were separated from each side, heading towards the zombies on the path. ?Like two charging ant colonies, they collided directly. Falling and rolling blockbuster. Huh ~ bang! Shared bicycles were thrown towards each other by level 2 deformed zombies. ?Smashed into a group of skeletons, they instantly turned into scattered skeletons. The Big Guy and the Big Guy did the same thing, flinging bicycles or trash cans on both sides of the road towards the opposite side. Smash down the zombies one by one. The two sides were fighting together, as if they were engaged in a war of attrition. See who has the greater number, and whose people will die first. The other side. Everyone at Changyingzi Shelter closed the corridor door and killed the zombies in the corridor. ?Hurry all the way to the top. Looking at the iron door that was locked with a lock. Immediately someone took out the crowbar hanging on the side of the backpack. Insert into the ring and pry hard. Gutter. The old lock was disconnected and the iron door was pushed open. Everyone quickly rushed to the roof. You can hear the roar of the zombies below more clearly, and the sound of chopping vegetables. ?With no time to check what was going on below, the leader''s man quickly issued an order. Xiaolong went to see what the zombies were doing, and the rest of us built a rope ladder with me to get to the other side. Everyone separated and began to act according to the order. A team of people began to throw ropes towards the guardrail of the next building, intending to build a passable rope ladder. It''s a bit more dangerous, but there is no other way. The person called Xiaolong lies on the edge. Looking down. ?Just after taking a look, his brows immediately wrinkled. He checked several times and greeted in a low voice: "Brother, brother..." If you have something to say, dont yell! Come and see, the zombies arent chasing us, so theres no need to worry. The other people made a move. ?Immediately he got close to the edge, lowered his body and looked down. The entire road was densely packed with figures. On one side are the roaring zombies, and on the other side is a white hollow with a skeleton holding a weapon. Two armies fought in the middle. Flesh and broken bones were scattered everywhere. The corpses under my feet have piled up a hill. They started fighting, and no one cared about us at all, one person said. "Yeah, I asked why there were no zombies knocking on the door. It turns out they are not the same group as the skeletons." "Phew! We don''t have to worry too much, they may have to fight for a while." ?The middle-aged man also nodded and said: "Let''s take a rest first. After the rest, let''s leave from the back while they are fighting." Okay! Several people gathered in a circle and simply replenished the food. Some people sobbed softly because of the companions they lost along the way. ?This world is like this, people die every day while searching for supplies. But the remaining people still have to live. Brother, it seems that the one among the skeletons is not a scrapped car. Someone got out just now. Xiaolong shouted again. The middle-aged man frowned and looked over. There is actually a modified truck in the middle. ?The entire road was filled with scrapped cars. At first, I didnt really notice it. Looked carefully. Sure enough, I saw a woman wearing stab-proof clothing, climbed into the truck, and took out plastic buckets. There are really people. Could it be someone from the auto repair shop? The person who contacted us was a woman. The rest of the people also widened their eyes, with disbelief in each other''s eyes. Are the auto repair shops so powerful? Can you control skeletons and directly confront the zombies? Gasoline barrels! Wu Heng said. Ill get it! Li Yahong jumped out of the car, got into the car behind, and glanced at the woman huddled in the corner with her head in her arms. Took down the soybean oil barrel containing gasoline. ?Wu Heng called Big Guy and Two Guys over. Let them throw them directly in the direction of the corpses. ?Bang bang bang~! The plastic bucket was broken. The strong smell of gasoline filled the air instantly. ??Mixed with the fishy smell of zombies to form a disgusting smell. ?Wu Heng looked at the position in the sky and directly released the [Fireball Technique]. ??The fireball turned into a stream of flames that filled the sky, fell into the group of corpses, touched the gasoline, and ignited a huge fire that reached the sky. The corpses in the middle area were covered by fire, forming a vacuum isolation zone. At the same time, Xiaoxiao also flew back from the distant sky. He said in surprise: "Uncle, I found the big head you mentioned, hiding in a car over there, not outside." (End of this chapter) Chapter 156 , soul can sense Chapter 156, Soul Sensing ?The fire rose, and the air became distorted by the burning. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction pointed by ''Xiao Xiao'' and saw a green bus faintly between the fire and thick smoke. A tourist bus that is close to men''s clinics so you don''t have to worry about it. Hundreds of zombies can be seen around the bus. ?Shaking his head, he stood there, like a guard, guarding the area. Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. "oh!" ?Xiao Xiao agreed and got directly into the body. At the same time, the image of Xiao Xiao flying all the way also emerged in his mind. First, there were densely packed zombies along the way. ?Then the scene changed and he got directly into the bus. The passenger car was stained with blood. The rotten flesh and severed limbs were hung on the luggage rack of the passenger car. In the main driver sat the big-headed zombie that Wu Heng was looking for. His head was unusually bloated and huge. He was sitting in the driver''s seat, looking at the battlefield ahead through the oily glass. When the fire breaks out. ??The big-headed zombie''s body trembled, stood up, and ran outside. After discovering that the fire was fierce and there was no danger. Sit back in the driver''s seat again. Continue to observe the situation in the distance ahead and control the zombies to fight. After reading it, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and asked her to be alert to the surrounding situation and notify him in advance if there was any danger. He began to look at the bus among the corpses and began to think about how to deal with it. Based on the current number of zombies. Let Bawudong stealth to enter and kill, and there may be a risk of being beaten. At that time, even if a large zombie is killed, it will not be a cost-effective thing to bring "Bawudong" in. He thought for a moment and said to the big-headed skull: Let Hunter come over. Tap tap tap~! The tall orc skeleton walked over with a sniper rifle on his back. The tall skeleton dog followed at his feet. ?Wu Heng pointed to the passenger car in the distance and said: "Inside that car, there is a zombie with a huge head. Find a way to kill it." Hunter glanced at the target location and pointed to the roof of the unit building next to him, indicating that he needed to climb to the roof. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to several orc skeletons not far away: "Protect Hunting One." ?Several orc skeletons walked directly to Hunter Yi. Then several skeletons quickly approached the unit building on one side, opened the iron door, and got in directly. Soon, he climbed to the top of the building, set up his sniper rifle, and pointed it far ahead. The battle on the main battlefield continues. Zombies and skeletons kept bumping into each other. Shaped like two waves, constantly fighting and entangled. Bang~! The deafening gunfire suddenly sounded from the top of the building. Pah~! ?In the distance, the front windshield of the bus suddenly shattered. ?The bullet penetrated the head of the big zombie, and the bloated head exploded like a broken watermelon. ?Juice splashes everywhere. The body of a zombie with a big head, lying back. Hit the back of the driver''s seat, then bounced and hit the steering wheel. The zombies guarding outside began to become irritable and restless. Looking for enemies everywhere. ??Thick water flowed from the head of the big-headed zombie, but he still raised his head slightly, trying to get out of the driver''s seat and escape. ?Bang bang~! Then, there were two more shots in succession. Hit the head and the relatively thin body respectively. ?This time, the whole body fell limply. The zombies guarding outside seemed to have lost control, and attacked together with the rest of the zombies. The group of corpses at the front also began to disperse. Losed his mind and started walking straight through the sea of ??fire. Covered by blazing fire, struggling and roaring, he fell into the sea of ??fire. Dead~! If it were another level 2 deformed zombie, it might be hit by a bullet, but it would not die so easily. ??But big-headed zombies are different from normal deformed zombies. Its characteristic lies in the control of the zombies, and its body and mobility become disadvantages. It took two bullets to the head to kill him. His vitality was astonishing. ???? Before Wu Heng could react, the direction of the corpse group became confused first. ??The other level 2 deformed zombies that were wandering around before quickly ran towards the bus. The giant zombie smashed the front windshield and pulled out the corpse of the big-headed zombie. Not yet waiting to take action. The body was knocked away by another giant zombie. The corpse of the big-headed zombie also fell to the ground. At this time, a gecko-like ''Dreadclaw'' zombie sprang out from a distance, carrying the body with one hand, and climbed directly onto the outer wall of the building again. ?The two giant zombies roared angrily, grabbed the ordinary zombies next to them, and threw them upstairs. Trying to knock the opponent down. ?Wu Heng stared at everything that happened with his eyes widened. Originally I thought these zombies were going to the rescue. ?Now it looks like they are robbing the corpse of a big-headed zombie. ??The gecko zombie climbed directly to the height of the 6th floor, twisted off the head of the big zombie, and extended its sharp claws along the neck. After a while of rummaging. Grabbed out a large ball of **** stuff, raised his head and threw it into his mouth. Chew randomly twice and then swallow. Looking for the corpse core. ?Seeing the opponent''s action, Wu Heng finally understood what they were looking for. There is no competition for corpses, the only target is the corpse core in the brain. Depend on! Corpse core. Been eaten by zombies. It''s still the core of a big-headed zombie. The monsters you defeated were eaten by you. The civil war between the second-level deformed zombies has made the entire zombie group even more chaotic. Crazy tank zombies are running rampant among the zombies, chasing zombies on the wall. ??Wu Heng gave the order directly: "Attack!" Hurrah! The skeletons began to attack more violently. In the front row, the skeletons buried under the pile of corpses climbed out with difficulty and began to kill the zombies in front. Without the big-headed zombie commanding the zombies, the behavior is closer to that of crazy beasts. Simple traps and obstacles can kill and injure them. An army of more than 10,000 skeletons began to counterattack, pushing the zombies and starting to kill them. The location on the roof of the building. The light of dusk reflected on the bodies of several survivors. No more sobbing and chatting. ??Everyone stared at the battle taking place downstairs with their eyes wide open. Their position allows them to observe changes in the situation on the entire battlefield. From the initial blind defense, it changed to throwing gasoline barrels and shooting fireballs into the sky. In the end, a tall skeleton sniper climbed onto the roof and killed the second-level deformed zombies with a few shots. Now, the entire skeleton group began to counterattack. Like a huge wave of bones, it instantly swept the zombies down below. Falling down piece by piece. What kind of mixed tactics is this? Cold weapons at the bottom and hot weapons at the top! Are they from the auto repair shop? If we keep fighting like this, the battle will be over soon. Can we escape? It is certain that they are a group of survivors, but I dont know if they are people from the auto repair shop. I remember that the people at the auto repair shop said that their leader is called King Yama, which may refer to the ability to control skeletons. "This ability is too scary." "Yeah, chasing after the corpses is too perverted." Should we leave? Just as the skeletons counterattacked, the zombies were attracted. Someone asked. Now is the best time to evacuate. The original plan was to use this time to evacuate. But after seeing the fighting power displayed by the skeleton, everyone began to wonder again. If you are from an auto repair shop. There is also a shelter over there. Don''t be afraid of such a large group of corpses, it should be safe over there. ?Several people looked at the middle-aged man who acted as the leader at the same time. ?The other party looked at the military cards in the group of skeletons below, and then at the women and children in the team. said: "Everyone evacuated as planned. Xiaolong and I stayed to see if we could make contact with each other. No matter what the outcome, we will meet at the planned location." Isnt this too dangerous, just the two of you? "If something happens to you, we won''t be able to survive. It would be better to die together." The man continued: "Do as I say, we have already lost a lot of people and we cannot afford to lose any more." The others hesitated. Still nodded in agreement, turned around, started packing his belongings, and started going downstairs. Leap down from the window at the back of the second floor and leave towards the distance. Night falls. The fighting has continued. Orange firelight illuminates the surrounding area. The skeleton team has killed most of the zombies, but the remaining zombies are still fighting against the skeletons without fear. Your level is increased to level 7, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlocked feature: Soul sensing. Soul Energy Sensing: Your soul has been enhanced and you can sense the soul energy within a certain range. Invisibility and ghosts within the close range will not be able to escape your perception. Upgraded. ??The number of corpses this time has directly increased one level. At the same time, a feature [Soul Energy Sensing] was also unlocked. Look at the introduction. You can increase your sensitivity to your surroundings through the perception of your soul. ?This feature. ??Wu Heng seems to have seen it in the [Book of the Necromancer]. It seems that it is an ability that can only be unlocked by necromancy professionals who major in the soul at level 3 or above. In terms of level, levels one to five are considered the first level, levels six to ten are the second level, and levels eleven to fifteen are the third level. Have you unlocked this skill now? ?Wu Heng tried to close his eyes and stare. The next second, the surroundings were blank, and firelights lit up in my mind. ??In addition to the large swathes of undead skeletons, one can also sense Li Yahong in the truck, a huddled woman hugging her head and shaking in the carriage, and Xiao Xiao floating in the distance. And some flying insects. Its really a powerful skill. Such as this can be captured. But the distance is obviously limited, probably within five meters of the whole body. For further locations, you still need to see it with the naked eye. In the future, you can completely rely on this skill to explore the surrounding situation. Open your eyes again and continue to pay attention to the battle at the scene. The big guy, the big guy, and the two giant zombies fought together. Hands punched each other, hitting the opponent with bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang bang. The gecko zombies and their own gecko skeletons were also chasing each other on the outer wall of the stairs. ?Hunter is still on the roof, setting up a sniper rifle. shooting bullets from time to time. Perform suppression and support on site. ?Wu Heng looked at the scene. Thick smoke billowed, and corpses and broken bones covered the ground. The whole battle lasted from day to night. It creates the feeling of a protracted war. Its also a good thing that all the people participating in the battle were zombies and skeletons, otherwise ordinary creatures would have been exhausted from fighting and would have withdrawn their troops. Bawudong, go help the big guys and end the battle as soon as possible. Wu Heng said directly. ?This kind of deformed zombie has intelligence. ??If you are sure that you can''t beat him, you will choose to run away. At the moment, the skeleton has an absolute advantage. Continue to attack and the zombies will be completely eliminated. At that time, it will be difficult to catch the deformed zombies if they run away. They all lost a large corpse core, these must be kept. ?Ba Wudong nodded, kicked his feet, jumped directly over the zombie group, and rushed towards the big man''s position. Running up, leaping up, punching straight in the air. Bang~! Hit the giant zombie in the temple with one punch. The air wave exploded. ??The head of the giant zombie is weirdly bent to one side. ?His body also staggered two or three steps and fell to the ground with a thud. The big man saw the right moment, and the giant fist with the iron gauntlet kept falling downwards. Like an angry ape. With a bang, the muscles of the giant zombie exploded like tumors. Lying on his back, he kept struggling to fight back. Ba Wudong also kept dropping his fists at the deformed zombies on the ground. beat him to death forcefully. After killing one, continue to shuttle among the zombies, crush the zombies that attack, and continue to get closer to the second giant zombie fighting against the "two-piece". Carry out an attack together. The other side. Bang~! The deafening gunfire sounded again from the top of the building. ?The "gecko" zombie that was crawling quickly was hit by a bullet in the back of the head again. Instantly fell from the wall of the outer wall. The skeleton gecko jumped directly from the wall and landed on it with a thud. ?At the same time, densely packed skeletons swarmed up. Wrap it into a glutinous rice ball. The kitchen knife in his hand kept chopping at his body. The situation seems to be stable. ?Wu Heng faced the dense zombies and released another fireball, smashing into the zombies. Continue to give the order, Attack with all strength! Hurrah! The skeleton accelerated its attack speed and attacked the remaining zombies. The battlefield fell into silence again. ?Only the flames were still burning, and there was a crackling sound. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses on the ground and continued to order the battlefield to be cleaned. The skeletons moved quickly under the firelight and piled the corpses aside. The black blood gathered into streams on the ground. Flow into the sewer. ?Wu Heng looked to one side in mid-air at this time. ?Xiao Xiao slowly appeared, pointed to the side and said, "Uncle, someone is coming over there." ?Wu Heng looked up. I saw two figures standing at the entrance of the corridor in the distance. ??If it werent for the bright light of the fire, I wouldnt even be able to see the other partys position. ?Perhaps he was afraid of the skeleton, so he didnt dare to get close and stood a little anxiously at a distance. He kept waving something towards this side. What do they want to do? Wu Heng asked. "I just eavesdropped. They want to take refuge with you, but they are afraid that you are not human, so kill them." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 157 , who are they Chapter 157, who are they? Forehead. Its not a human being. You cannot omit words in key positions at this time. Wu Heng corrected. Oh, hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled. ??Wu Heng continued to look far away, and the other party was waving the rag in his hand hard, trying to attract the attention of this person. I didnt dare to approach directly. ?Wu Heng knocked on the car door, and Li Yahong looked down, "What''s wrong?" "There are two people over there who want to join us. You go and have a chat. If you want to stay, you have to be obedient." Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong followed his gaze and looked over. ??Also saw a figure in the darkness. Give me some skeletons. "Um." ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and several tall orc skeletons came to her side and protected her directly. ?Li Yahong nodded, after confirming that she should be in no danger. Walking towards the opposite side. He stopped far away, stood in the middle of the skeletons, and said, "Come out and throw aside all the weapons you have." The two people in the darkness hesitated for a moment, took off their backpacks and iron pipe knives, threw them aside, raised their hands, and walked into the firelight while emphasizing that they were in no danger. Li Yahong looked at the two of them warily and asked, "Who is it?" We are people from the Changyingzi Shelter. We have spoken on the frequency band. If you have heard of us, you should know about us. The unshaven man at the head emphasized. Were you the ones who were in the escape convoy before? Yes, yes, we were chased by a group of corpses, and we were a little panicked and couldnt choose our way out. Where are the others? Li Yahong glanced at the residential building nearby. "They haven''t come down yet. Let''s talk to you first." The man said vaguely. ?Li Yahong nodded and continued to ask: "What do you want to talk about?" Before the change, Li Yahong must have believed that the more people, the better. There would be enough manpower for any task, and the tasks assigned by Wu Heng could be completed more efficiently. But what happened before made him change his point of view. It is difficult to manage a large number of people. If some ambitious people are recruited into the team, they will bring hidden dangers to the team. Even bigger problems may arise. So we no longer just ask for the number of people. We must at least confirm whether the other party is willing to listen to us and whether there are any problems with their character. Are you from an auto repair shop? the man asked. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows but did not deny it. The man was a little embarrassed, smoothed his disheveled hair, and said, "If you are from an auto repair shop, I would like to bring the people from the base to your side." ?Li Yahong still looked at the other party, showing a relatively hesitant expression. The two people opposite were also a little nervous. Previously, I was considering whether to join, but now it seems that whether the other party can agree is another matter. How many people are there? Li Yahong continued to ask. Probably more than 20. What about the staff ratio? "Well..., women and children make up about half of them, and the rest are men. They all have the experience and courage to kill zombies, so they won''t be a drag on the shelter at all." The man said quickly. It seems like I have returned to the interview scene in peacetime. You need to talk about your own advantages to win the other party''s approval. ?Li Yahong looked at the two of them but said nothing. ?The other person started to feel worried and then became a little embarrassed. ?It seems that I have nothing to offer. But the fact is similar. The opponent''s ability to control skeletons can provide a safe place. ?They went, but it seemed that they really had no value. Thought for a moment, then added: "We have people who can do driving, machine tools, repairing some electrical wires and water pipes." ?Li Yahong nodded slightly, "Are you their leader?" "Not even a leader, barely recognized by everyone, and allowed to live together." Well, we do have a very safe haven, but its not something anyone can join. Yes, yes, we understand. "If you want to join, you must first listen to us. The original leaders or big brothers and sisters will not work here. All personnel need to complete the tasks assigned by us. If someone wants to cause trouble or has other ideas, there will be no consequences. Great." Li Yahong said. The two looked at each other, but neither spoke. Li Yahong continued to add, "Accordingly, we will provide a safe environment and sufficient food. You don''t have to worry about danger or hunger. If you think about it, if you can accept what I say, you can stay." The two turned their heads and discussed in a low voice for a few words. The middle-aged man turned around again, We want to join! "Okay, remember what you said today." Li Yahong looked at the other party, "Okay, let all your people come down and throw away all the weapons in their hands." "Well, they evacuated to their original planned location during the day, and I will take them back," the man said. Li Yahong didnt say much. She glanced at the sky and said, We will wait here until dawn. Okay! Lets go find them first, the man said. ?Li Yahong nodded and walked back to the group of skeletons under the protection of the skeletons. The two people from Changyingzi District also disappeared into the dark night. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong shook her stiff neck and said, "The people from the previous team want to join our base." Have the deal been negotiated? "The conditions and what needs to be done have been explained to them, and they are willing to accept it. There should be no problems." Li Yahong continued: "Their people left before, and they are expected to come back here in the morning." ?These people were also looking for new shelters. After seeing the power of the skeleton army, there is a high probability that they will choose to stay. Well, wait for them until dawn. "I''m going to see that woman." Li Yahong took out a blanket from the car and walked towards the back. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ?The corpses of several deformed zombies were also dragged down to their feet. There are four in total. ?The commander zombie with its head and body separated, that is, the big-headed zombie. ?Two tank zombies and one gecko Dreadclaw zombie. On the contrary, none of the deformed dogs we saw before were left.????After the death of the big-headed zombie, he immediately ran away without a trace. ?At that time, the tide of corpses was in chaos, and the deformed dogs could not be found at all. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique] one by one, amid unstable prompts. Several skeletons stood up one after another. Skeleton Demon (Level 12) Skeleton Warrior (Level 12)Skeleton Warrior Level 13. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 14). The levels of Skeleton Demons and Skeleton Warriors have been improved. ?Wu Heng focused his attention mainly on the level 14 Skeleton Terrorclaw. After all, this guy directly swallowed the corpse core of a big-headed zombie. Checked it over and over again. The Terrorclaw''s basic attributes and intelligence perception have also reached above 20. In other words, after these zombies devoured the corpse cores, their own attributes also rapidly improved. The effect is similar to that of humans absorbing corpse cores. As soon as he swallowed it, he was killed. Otherwise the level should be higher. "From now on, you will be called Big Head No. 2, you will be called San Duan Tou, you will be called Si Duan Tou, and you will be called Fear Claw No. 2." Wu Heng gave them random names one by one. ?Several tall skeletons walked out of the pile of minced meat. ?Wu Heng took out his stick and rummaged through the minced meat on the ground. Three secondary corpse cores were found, and the corpse core of the Direclaw was more densely covered with bloodshot veins and began to turn purple in color. He found a plastic box, packed all the corpse cores, and put them into the space ring. Then, he said to Big Head No. 2: "Go, lead some skeletons, go over there to clean up the battlefield, and move all the corpses over." Skeleton No. 2 takes action. Densely packed skeletons began to carry corpses under the silver moonlight. The sky is gradually getting brighter. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong were waiting in the truck. All the skeletons carried a corpse on their shoulders, dripping with blood. Not long. In the distance, a small group of people waved to this side. The skeleton separated a road, and the middle-aged man who led it came over with about 20 people. There are no weapons on the body, and they are carrying some clothes and other supplies on their backs. Li Yahong nodded and said, "Your cars are still parked there. Let''s go back together." "good!" Everyone walked through the group of skeletons. Getting into the car parked on the roadside, he followed the truck carefully. Drive all the way towards the auto repair shop. What should we do here? Li Yahong asked. Today, I will accompany you to search Changyingzi, mainly shops and grain stores, and take away everything we can. Wu Heng said. "good!" Return to the area where you live. Li Yahong immediately mobilized the original truck fleet. ??Wu Heng followed with some skeletons and began to search the area cleared last night. Truck-by-truck returns. Dusk. Wu Heng returned to the community. Passing through the boundary gate, you return directly to your place of residence. After taking Bassen and Bawudong downstairs, the rabbit girl Minnie ran out of the room on one side. He looked at Wu Heng who was coming down from upstairs, and then looked at the first floor. Ah~! Master, you are at home. Minnie said with some surprise. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Are you ready for dinner?" "Oh, I''m going to prepare now." Minnie quickly ran towards the first floor. Humming a song and getting busy in the kitchen. ?Soon, the fox girl Weier also opened the door and came back. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the living room, he bowed slightly and said, "Master." Well, how is the store over there? "There were not many customers in the first two days, but today there are gradually more customers. Some people inquire about ordering, hoping to get some preferential prices." Weier said standing in front. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "If the quantity reaches a certain amount, we can give you a suitable price. You can see how much discount is appropriate. Let''s discuss it together." A good master. The two chatted briefly for a while. ?Minnie brought the dinner to the table and asked a few people to sit down. Just getting ready to eat. The door was knocked again. Minnie quickly went to open the door. ??Then he saw ''Wen Mansha'' wearing a cloak standing in front of the door with a face filled with anticipation. When they saw each other, they were both stunned. Who to look for? Um, is Captain Wu Heng at home? Wen Mansha tightened her collar and asked in a low voice. Oh, the master is at home, no, the captain is at home. Minnie said. ?The door opened and Wen Mansha walked in. He looked at Wu Heng and then at the two extra orc girls. ?Standing at the door, he said: "Master, who are they?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 158 , the basement lady Chapter 158, The lady in the basement Before he opened the door, Wu Heng knew that Wen Mansha was knocking on the door. The newly unlocked [Soul Energy Sensing] can clearly sense the people outside the door and the relationship between them due to the contract lock. In the zombie world, I havent thought too much about it. ?Now that I think about it carefully, this feature is really good. Whether it is for investigation or preventing others from sneak attacks, it can play a very good role. Master, who are they? Wen Mansha frowned, and her face instantly turned cold. Minnie and Anderweil also looked surprised when they heard each other call them master. Wu Heng introduced: "Minnie, Anderweil, the new maid, will live with me from now on." Then he pointed at Wen Mansha and said, "Wen Mansha, leader of the Spike Gang, you call me sister." The three of them looked at each other. Minnie was the first to speak, "Sister Wen Mansha." ?Andweier also stood up and bowed slightly. ?In terms of age, Wen Mansha is the oldest and the leader of the gang. In Luntam City, gangs represent power and it is not a dishonorable thing. On the contrary, it represents a very high status, which is a huge difference from a slave. Hearing that it was the gang leader, the two looked at each other quietly several times. ??The master seems to be more powerful than expected. The leaders of a gang are all servants. Wen Mansha raised her head slightly, her brows were cold, and she said softly, "Hmm." He hung his coat on the rack at the door, wore brown leather armor, and walked slowly into the living room. turned back into a dignified and majestic gang sister-in-law. Wen Mansha, have you eaten? Wu Heng asked. "No." Lets sit down and eat together. Wu Heng said directly. Wen Mansha came over and sat down on the side of Wu Heng. Minnie brought a dinner plate from the kitchen and placed it in front of her. How old are you this year? Wen Mansha took a small bite and looked at the two of them. Minnie was a little cautious under the other party''s aura, "16." 22. Andweier also said softly. How did you become the masters maid? ?The atmosphere suddenly became a little depressing. Minnie quietly looked up and replied in a low voice, "The master bought us back." "The same to you?" Wen Mansha, eat first and then talk after you finish eating. Wu Heng interrupted the other partys question. Make it look like you are interrogating a prisoner. Wen Mansha stopped talking. While eating, she smiled and told Wu Heng some things that happened in local gangs. After dinner. Minnie and Anderweil began to clean up. Wu Hengze said: "Wen Mansha, come with me." All the way up to the study room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng closed the door. ?Four skeleton hags were sent to the zombie world after two maids moved in. ?You can also read books and learn skills normally there. Master Wen Mansha just spoke. ?Wu Hengs eyebrows turned cold, Put your hands on the table. "Huh?" Wen Mansha saw that the other party''s expression was wrong and she put her hands on the table. ?Wu Heng searched around the study, but found nothing, so he took the slippers under his feet in his hand. Pah~! A crisp sound sounded. The gang tactics are still used here to bully people, right? Pah~! There was another sound, and Wen Mansha snorted softly. Still a little stubborn, he said: "Who asked the master to carry me on his back and find two young and beautiful maids, who are from another race?" ?Wu Hengs hand stopped for a moment. It seemed that he could hear the sense of crisis in her words. Compared to the two people outside, Wen Mansha is indeed older. Putting down the slippers in his hand, Wu Heng sat down beside him and patted his thigh. ?The other party''s face turned red, but he was less resentful than before. He rubbed his butt, walked over, and sat on his lap. Are you worried? Now that the master has two maids, will he still like me? Wen Mansha asked in a low voice. You are so good, how could you not like it? They are both so young and of different races. Dont all men like this? Wen Mansha continued. ?Wu Heng hugged her with one arm and reached out to untie her leather armor, "You are no worse than them, so relax." Who do you like more? Looking at her expectant eyes, Wu Heng took off the leather armor from her body, threw it aside, and continued to take off the other clothes on her body. In the end, only a black gauze underwear was left. Pick it up and lay it down on its back on the desk. I like you. Hey, the master is so kind. Wen Mansha put her arms around the other persons neck. The living room on the first floor. Minnie ran down from the second floor, hugged Anderweil''s arm, and said softly: "The master is beating her!" Dont listen, Anderweil said. Really, it seems that she bullied us and then beat her. Minnie said immediately. "real?" Well, it seems that the beating was not light. Those two blows were loud at that time. Anderweil also looked upstairs and said softly: "If the master is willing to take care of it, the other party will not bully us in the future." Hmm, were not afraid of gangs either, Minnie said softly. In the study room. ?Wen Mansha gritted her teeth. ??Wu Heng covered her mouth, rolled her tongue, put her thumb in his mouth, and sucked it like a baby. After a while. The two of them were lying flat on the desk. Work harder than usual! Wu Heng said softly. There is no other way. There is a competitor. On the day Roach comes back, he wants to use me as a bargaining chip to offer to the White Wolf Gang! Wen Mansha chuckled and leaned on her side. Dont think too much, we wont give up or give up. "Well, now I feel like it''s good to have a master." Mansha Wen turned over, gave her a kiss, and continued: "Master, you asked me to investigate the wanted criminal. There is already news." Oh? Whats the news? ?These days, Wu Heng has been in the zombie world, dealing with matters in Changyingzi District. ?The association has never completed any tasks. Plus, I want to accumulate merit and be promoted to the level of deputy deacon as soon as possible. We must work **** wanted criminals. Wen Mansha stroked the opponent''s muscles and said: "There is information that some robbers have robbed a batch of goods on the trade road and plan to sell them in exchange for money and leave. In the past few days, I have contacted some gangs in the outer areas of the city." Robbed the caravan? It wasnt the Warhammer Party or them! "No, the Warhammer Party does not lack their own channels, they are just some robbers, but the leader of the other party must be a wanted criminal, otherwise they would not dare to enter the city." Wen Mansha expressed her speculation. In addition to the wanted criminals of the association, ordinary murderers and robbers can enter the city. ?Luntam City doesnt care at all. You don''t even dare to enter the city. It is very likely that you are a wanted criminal, a key wanted criminal. Where? Are you planning to trade with him? "In an abandoned stone building outside the city, we didn''t trade, but a gang in the outer area of ??the city planned to trade with them." Wen Mansha climbed up and said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "When will the transaction be made?" Its decided the day after tomorrow, Ill inform you in advance. Well done, Wen Mansha is really reliable. "Hate!" Wen Mansha slapped lightly, but moved harder, and said softly: "If the master plans to intervene and kill the other party, I want to take over this batch of goods. It will be of great help to the gang." If I have the goods, I can give it to you, but for team operations, there are other members who have to pay for it. Give someone a discount and they will give you money. ?Wu Heng laughed and said, "Okay, if I get the goods, I''ll give them to you." Thank you, master. I messed around in the study for a while. The two of them opened the door and walked towards the bedroom. Get ready to rest. Early morning the next day. ?Wen Mansha gently helped him put on his clothes. He said with some envy: "I really envy them, they can be by your side every day." "I''ve been complaining all night. You are the eldest sister. From now on, you should behave like a sister and take care of them more." Wu Heng spanked her on the **** again and said. "I know! I won''t be angry. After all, the master likes me the most!" Wen Mansha stuck to her again and said softly: "Master, do you like my wild cat outfit or the outfit last night?" Its from last night! Humph, as expected, there are aliens, and they dont like the body of the little wild cat. Again. The two of them sat there for a while and then went downstairs again. Have breakfast. ?A few people are going out to do their own business. Before leaving, Mansha Wen took out two money bags from her pocket and handed them to Minnie and Andwyer. Her expression was still the indifference of a gang sister-in-law, "I came in a hurry. My sister didn''t bring any gifts. Take these. Buy yourself some daily necessities. The two women were stunned. I subconsciously took the heavy bag of money, feeling a little overwhelmed. Well, thank you, Sister Wen Mansha. After reacting, he immediately thanked her. Wen Mansha nodded, "If someone bullies you, come to me. There are some things that the master can''t handle, so I can help you solve them." After saying that, Wu Heng showed a smile and walked out with the skeleton. ?Wu Heng was speechless. It seems that what I said last night is still useful. At least, she behaves like a big sister. It means that the streets and alleys have a stronger atmosphere. He also said a few words to the two of them and walked out of the house. ?Minnie pulled Anderweil and said softly: "Look, the master beat her, otherwise she would be so good today." Well, thats good for us too. Anderweil said. It seems that I beat Sister Wen Mansha all night long, and I heard her moaning for a long time. Anderweil was stunned for a moment, and her face turned a little red. He pinched her cheek and said, "You will understand in a few days." Go to the association. At the front desk, I got four replies. When I came to the lounge, there was no one inside. ??The captain Wu Heng didnt even come to the association, let alone the other members. Sit down on the sofa on one side, open the letter and start reading. The first letter was Slater''s reply. The first half was a relatively normal exchange, describing the recent situation in Blackstone Town. In the second half, the language is more caring, but it doesnt clarify anything. He just said that in a few days, he would go to Luntam City to select a few girls to supplement the staff of Golden Cat, and then visit him. ?The letter was stuck at the border due to issues with the Warhammer Party. The Slaters are all here, but the letter has not yet arrived. ?Now that the two of them have established their relationship, the previous polite words seem very redundant. The second letter is Yulis reply. This whole article is about complaining that Blackstone is no fun at all. Theres nothing fun and nothing good to eat. ?Then he decided to focus on how to make potato chips, planning to make them at home to prevent anything from happening to Wu Heng and the craft being lost. I thank you, eldest niece. If you are greedy, just say "greedy" as if you will not live long. The third one is the former captain Otluk and its also about work. The fourth letter was from the original member Kawina. She first apologized for not being able to reply in time, and then also talked about some things about her association. Similar to Wu Hengs experience. Kavina did not reach level 8 because of her level 3 meritorious service and the fact that she was directly recommended as a captain by the deacon. So, I also received some cold looks after going there. She is different from Wu Heng. To put it bluntly, Wu Heng has a lot of cards and can complete wanted criminals and tasks. ?As for Kavina, her performance was a bit mediocre. It was a little embarrassing to be lifted to this position. Her words were full of frustration, and she felt that her mental state was very bad. Find letter paper and started to reply to a few people. As for Kavina''s situation, she actually had no choice but to comfort her. ??I can''t really send her a pistol. ?This kind of thing is my own trump card. Unless the world itself has it, I don''t intend to leave it outside. After writing replies to several people. Send it directly to the front desk. At the same time, he took out his tablet and took a photo of the newly posted wanted poster. I feel like nothing is wrong. Leaved the association quickly and walked around the city. afternoon. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence. ?Minnie went to the shop to help in the morning, and there was no one at home. I simply tidied up the study room and went directly to the zombie world. In the middle of the building in the community, three mountains of corpses, two people high, were piled up. ?Wu Heng first walked out of the community and took a look. Opposite the community, the daily necessities collected by Li Yahong and others were packed in cardboard boxes and laid out in a large area. Come here and move these to the community. Wu Heng called over a few skeletons. Skeletons lined up in a row. Move toward the community. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and directed for a while. Enter the community again. In front of the mountains of corpses, release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. Large pieces of corpses shed their flesh and blood, and each skeleton stood up. Join the entire queue of skeletons. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the community, looking at the rune book in his hand, waiting to recover his mental power, and then continue to release skills to transform skeletons. It is approaching dusk. Outside the gate of the community, Wu Heng and Li Yahong stood together. How are the people who joined yesterday? Wu Heng asked. "There are no problems at the moment. They are all obedient and have been assigned different tasks. The women and children go to collect daily necessities, and the men take turns making iron spears and throwing spears." Li Yahong answered. ??Wu Heng took out the throwing spear purchased from the weapon shop from the space ring and handed it to him. said: "This is a normal spear throwing, please refer to it." The throwing spear is different from the short spear made by Li Yahong. It is sharpened on both sides. ?The head of the spear is heavier, which helps it fall to the ground. Instead of throwing an iron rod out to hit people. Hence, the throwing spear made of steel bars needs to be slightly improved. Okay. Li Yahong nodded. The two sat together and chatted for a while. Teach her to recruit a group of her own people so that there can be no management problems. After talking for a while, they separated and returned to their residences. Go through the boundary gate and return to your own residence. Today, Wen Mansha did not come, and Anderweier talked about things in the store. The three of them chatted for a while below. They also went back to their rooms to rest. the next day. Association lounge. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the main seat, with three figures standing behind him. Bassen, Bawudong, and the tall hunter wearing a round helmet and carrying a sniper rifle. ??The skeleton dog was not brought as it was not easy to disguise. Duke and Marta walked in one after another. Captain, are you looking for us? Duke asked in a rough voice. "Well, let''s go register and pick up a carriage. We have a mission. Let''s go out." Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay, I finally have a mission. Duke immediately walked out and prepared the carriage. When everything is ready. He rushed towards the information location provided by Wen Mansha. Its approaching noon. Three people plus three skeletons arrived at the transaction location. ??Wu Heng made a gesture to Lie Yi, who immediately ran away and climbed a hillside behind, with the muzzle of his gun pointing far ahead. Ahead is an abandoned stone building. ??Brambles and vines covered the building, but the building itself was considered complete. Look at it from a distance. You can see two groups of people dressed up differently. The men on one side were dressed differently, and their helmets and armors seemed to be improvised. At first glance, they looked like bandits who had not been "supplied" for a long time. The people on the other side mainly wore leather armor, and a few had metal plate armor. They should be gang members who came to trade. There were no less than a dozen people guarding the outside. There should be more people in the building. The two parties came very quickly. Captain, there are people guarding the front and back, 12 people in total, and there are a few more on the hillside over there. Marta said softly. The ranger can share vision with the tamer. ??Although the black-haired eagle did not fly, it could better observe the surrounding situation by standing at some high places. Wait a minute! Wu Heng said. He is also waiting for news about Xiao Xiao. After making arrangements to go out, he has not come back for a long time. Looking at the time passing by little by little. ??Wu Heng''s face began to look ugly, and Xiaoxiao hadn''t come back yet. It''s not like there''s something wrong. Who can control the ghost? Captain! They may have to leave. Duke said softly. From the window on the second floor, you can see someone starting to pack things. It seems that the transaction is completed and everyone plans to go back to their respective homes. ?Wu Heng looked up and didn''t intend to wait any longer. ??If Xiaoxiao is really in danger, he must rush in to save her as soon as possible. He is a soul himself, and if he is scattered, he will not even have a chance to save her. ?Immediately turned around and made a gesture to Hunting Yi on the hillside from a distance. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. ?The person standing at the window suddenly had his eyebrows exploded. Lie your body back. There was a sudden silence in Shilou''s room, and then the two groups looked at each other in surprise. With a cry of ahhhh, they killed each other. The sound of shouting to kill and the collision of weapons were heard. The troops on both sides guarding the outside also realized something was wrong. Seeing the fighting starting inside, they also drew their weapons and started fighting. Lets get closer and dont take action yet. Wu Heng said. ?The people lowered their bodies and walked forward for a certain distance with the help of vegetation. They stopped at a distance of more than 200 meters and started watching each other fight. The battle is still fierce. Gangs and bandits are ruthless characters. The momentum and killing skills were not weak either, and people kept falling in a pool of blood. Direct death, or lying on the ground wailing in pain. ?Seeing that most of the people outside were dead, there was still fighting inside. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Charge forward, leaving no one behind." Ah! Duke shouted and rushed out. ??Frightened a nearby bandit, and then his body was knocked out by Duke. The ax fell on his head and chopped his head into pieces. ?Mata ran horizontally quickly. Under the shared vision of the black-feathered eagle, he began to shoot arrows at the people on the hillside. ?Chasing the opponent all the way and shooting, forcing the opponent to retreat continuously. ?Wu Heng threw fireballs from a long distance, and Basen and Bawudong also approached quickly. Quickly kill all the remaining people outside. ?Standing at the door of the stone building, listening to the sounds of fighting still happening inside. ?Duke is holding a battle ax and is about to rush in. ?Wu Heng grabbed him and sensed him carefully. ?There are five people left on the third floor above, and there are two energy fluctuations underground, one of which is his ghost Xiaoxiao. After thinking for a moment, he took out a few poisonous smoke mines from the space ring, lit them and threw them directly into the building. From the outside, it is difficult to release the cloud and mist spell inside. ??This kind of poisonous smoke mine is still easy to use. ?Bang bang bang~! Thick smoke filled the building. ?At the same time, there was violent coughing and cursing from the other party. ?Seeing that the other party still has no idea of ????breaking out. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Charge in and kill them." Bassen and Bawudong rushed in directly, and intensive gunshots rang out immediately. After the gunfire. The sound of fighting was still relatively fierce. Heavy objects kept hitting the wall, making a thumping sound. But the fighting power that creatures can exert under the poisonous smoke is very limited. Soon, Bawudong and Bassen had the upper hand, kicked their necks, and died completely. The battle ended and the entire area became quiet. The smoke has not cleared yet. Two skeletons dragged out the corpses inside and placed them in the open space outside. ?At this time, Mata also came back from a distance. Also dragging a body. ?Wu Heng glanced at the gradually fading smoke, and then at the corpse on the ground. Took out the tablet, handed it to Duke, and said, "Check it to see who is the wanted criminal." "Okay, captain." Duke took it, straightened the body, and compared the appearance. ??Wu Heng took Basen and Bawudong along the rotating stone stairs and walked downstairs. There are many green plants growing in the dark and damp basement. There was not much sunshine, but bright flowers bloomed. Like a semi-underground garden. There are not many things in the basement. ?A mottled wooden table and an empty lounge chair, creaking and shaking. Xiaoxiao is floating in the air. He shrugged helplessly, "I can''t help it, this aunt won''t let me go, and I can''t understand what she says." ?Wu Heng looked at the rocking chair and said softly: "Captain of the 12th team of the association, Wu Heng, what do you call Madam?" The rocking chair stops. A semi-transparent figure emerged on the lounge chair. Glenda. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 159 ,havent seen you for a long time Chapter 159, long time no see The rocking chair is at rest. ?A figure wearing a dress and a top hat appeared out of thin air. She has a mature and dignified face, like a lady from a noble family. Glenda! the woman said softly, snapping her fingers. The scene in the basement began to change. The mottled walls reappeared with brightly colored wall coverings, and the ground covered with moss and soil became smooth and bright. Furniture and potted flowers and plants appeared all around. ?This is no longer a basement, but a mansion of a wealthy family. Fantasy! The change started in person. Wu Heng immediately realized something was wrong. ?At the same time, in the depths of the sea of ??consciousness, a resistance suddenly rose. The illusion was shattered, all the missing scenes disappeared, and it returned to the original mottled and dilapidated basement. The woman stood up slightly and made a gesture of pouring tea. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. She probably didn''t know that the environment she appeared in was no longer valid. ??Still making some actions to match the scene in the environment. My child, has it disturbed Madam? Wu Heng asked softly. ??The woman sat down on the recliner again and snapped her fingers again. Xiaoxiao regained her mobility in mid-air and immediately flew to Wu Heng''s side and hid behind her. He stuck his head out from his shoulders and said, "Uncle, she doesn''t look like a good person." ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing. The woman opposite looked at her and explained: "It''s just that I haven''t had any contact with outsiders for too long. I saw her and wanted to ask about the situation outside. It seems that we don''t understand the language." They are both in the form of ghosts, but the languages ??they learned during their lifetime are different. The novel is in Chinese, but this is the local language. The two of them sat together and couldn''t communicate at all. ??Wuheng is different. It has its own systematic translation, so both parties can communicate. Children from my hometown havent learned the language here yet. Wu Heng explained and asked, Madam, you have always lived here? The woman nodded and said softly: "Yes, for many years, some gangs or mercenaries used to come here to do business, but now fewer and fewer people come here." Ghosts are difficult to form. Requires a special environment and strong mental strength during life. Its not just that ordinary people can become ghosts when they die. Ghosts are also immortal to a certain extent. ??If it were easy to form, those powerful people who are about to reach the end of their lifespan would have formed a ghost family long ago. ??The first kind of infant spirit in the "Mining Village" of Blackstone Town is also difficult to form. It is a newly born child, a dark environment, and a long period of condensation of necromancy magic. What appears is also an evil spirit that is violent and difficult to control. It is rare for Xiaoxiao and the lady in front of him to form a relationship. "Have you seen the transactions of those people before? Just let them do illegal transactions here?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Appearing in front of outsiders will only cause me more trouble. There is nothing illegal here, as long as it doesnt disturb me. the woman replied. ?Wu Heng also agreed. ?Medicating one''s own business, I am afraid that the commission to clean up the ghosts will soon appear on the association''s task board. ?The woman in front of me is a smart person and knows not to expose herself to outsiders easily. Tap tap tap~! At this moment, footsteps were heard upstairs. Then came Duke''s rough voice, "Captain, are you down there?" ?The footsteps are getting closer and closer. ??Duke walked down directly. The two ghosts disappeared instantly, and Duke only saw Wu Heng sitting on an old chair. He scratched his head and said, "Captain, what are you doing sitting there?" "How is it? Has the identity been verified?" Wu Heng asked. We checked, there are two wanted criminals, one has level 3 meritorious service, and the other has a mid-level item reward. Duke opened his mouth and showed a smile. This is quite a gain. Not only are there rewards, but there are also meritorious deeds. Wheres the goods? A lot of cloth and potions, Marta said they were hallucinogens, and a lot of silver coins, Duke said. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Look around. Both of them should prepare carriages. Count the goods and silver coins and wait for me outside." Oh, okay! Duke scratched his head again and walked up again. Duke leaves. Two ghosts reappeared. "It seems that your team members are very obedient." The woman glanced at the stairs. Trust is mutual. "Well, that makes sense!" The woman nodded and continued: "Are you a necromancer? Or some other profession?" Necromancer. Wu Heng nodded. "Why are you here? Mages rarely appear in such chaotic places." "Assigned by the association, it doesn''t matter where I go." Wu Heng replied, then asked the other party, "Madam, did you live here during your lifetime?" Well, this is my home! Times are getting faster now, dont you plan to go out and have a look? Wu Heng raised his head and looked at her. The woman looked up and looked at him without blinking. ?Wu Heng still smiled and planned to speed up the chat. She might be able to continue chatting from here, but she still has to go back in front of Guancheng Gate. ?They were trying each other repeatedly in their words, trying to understand some details. I dont believe that the other party knows that I am a necromancer and deliberately detains Xiao Xiao, so I dont have this idea. In terms of communication and behavior, the other party does not look like a wraith. ?At most, he is a homebody who doesnt like to meddle in other peoples business and will be fine as long as he doesnt disturb me. Furthermore, his own strength should be much stronger than Xiaoxiao. If you follow yourself, it will also be a help. You want me to be your spiritual servant? the woman asked directly. "Well, this is good for both of us. Madam can also go out and see the outside world. Luntam City may have changed a lot, so we can''t stay here all the time, right?" Wu Heng began to persuade. The woman lay on the lounge chair again and slowly began to wander. ??It creaked and creaked. Seems to be in hesitation. According to what she said, this is her home and she has lived for such a long time. If you suddenly want to go out, you really need to think carefully. ?Wu Heng did not disturb her, but waited silently. ??Xiao Xiao was still hanging on his shoulders and said softly: "Uncle, what are you talking about?" "I asked her why she bullied my child. She said she had been bored here for too long and wanted you to talk to her, but she didn''t understand the language. I said, that''s not okay. What if you scare my child? Isn''t this restricting personal freedom?" Wu Heng said while making an emotional show. "That''s right, you said she scared me at the time!" Xiaoxiao said. "I told her, but she said that this is her house. She has been trapped here for a long time, and no one has come before she wants to talk to you. When I think about it, she is quite pitiful." Xiao Xiao tilted her head and felt that it made sense, "Well, this place is in shabby condition, and she is alone, without even a light, which is quite pitiful..." So, she just apologized, and I saw that her attitude was pretty good, so I forgive her for you. Thats okay too. ?The two of them turned their heads as they spoke, and the woman on the recliner looked sideways slightly. He turned around and said, "I can go with you, but you must agree to a request." ?Wu Heng stopped talking to ''Xiao Xiao'' and asked, "What''s the request? I need to hear if I can do it." When you have the strength, help me kill someone. "Who? I am the captain of the association and I have a moral bottom line." Wu Heng emphasized, really afraid that he would ask how many people to kill to complete the ritual. The woman smiled slightly and said: "My husband, I don''t know if he is alive. If one day he is really alive, you have to help me kill him." The tone of this sentence is unusually plain. It seems that the person speaking has nothing to do with her. Is it convenient for me to know the inside story? Wu Heng asked. "There is nothing that cannot be said. He killed me, took away all the property, and turned this family into this. As a ghost, I want to seek revenge from him." The woman looked over and asked, "Did anyone touch you?" Moral bottom line? Mr. Captain. "Well, if the story doesn''t turn around, I agree to this." Wu Heng said. Necromancer and spirit servant also have a master-servant relationship. While driving the ghost, soul power is also nourishing the ghost. It can be regarded as a relationship of mutual help. but in each other''s roles. The necromancer is the master and the ghost is the servant. ? Even if the other party lies, he still occupies the absolute dominant position in the subsequent roles of both parties, and is not afraid of any problems. "Well, I am also willing to be your spiritual servant." The woman took a deep breath and exhaled it slowly. ?Wu Heng nodded and released his mental power to wrap the opponent''s body. Gradually, you can feel that the mark of your own soul has been left in the woman''s soul. Successfully contracted ghost. ?Wu Heng was delighted and immediately checked the ghost''s attributes. Ghost Level: 10 Attributes: Agility 22, Constitution 18, Intelligence 28, Perception 16, Charisma 26. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinesis, phantom, possession, soul binding. Invisibility: The haunting ghost can make his spirit body completely invisible. ]????Incorporeal movement: Entering the incorporeal state and can pass through other creatures and objects. Psychic Pushing: Objects within the range can be affected by telekinesis. Phantom: Create an illusion through soul power, causing the surrounding area to form an illusory illusion. There is a chance of seeing through it with an intelligence of 25 or above. Possession: Possess the surrounding ''humanoid'' creatures. After the possession is successful, the target becomes incapacitated and loses control of the body. The ghost takes control. The possession cannot be completed if the Charisma is above 20. Soul Binding: Apply a confinement effect to the soul target, restricting the ability to move. Level 10 ghost. ?This level is already quite high, not to mention that the survival and upgrade conditions for ghosts are inherently harsh. Among the skills, there are three more new skills than Xiao Xiao. Phantomis a skill that creates an illusion and is just released. Soul Bindingcan impose a confinement effect on the soul body. This skill should be used to trap Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng set his sights on [Possession]. This skill is really similar to the characteristics of ghosts in traditional ghost stories. Able to possess living beings and take control of their bodies. It can be said that this woman is much more powerful than Xiaoxiao. ?Of course, Xiaoxiao is still young and has just become a ghost, so there is still a lot of room for growth. Welcome to join us, Glenda! Wu Heng smiled. "Thank you, captain, please take care of me in the future." Glenda stood up slightly, floating in the air and saluted gracefully. She really looks like a pretty lady from a noble family. It means not having a body. Is there anything else you need to prepare? "In the secret compartment in the corner, there are some old savings that you can take with you." Glenda stood up, walked to the corner, and pointed to the moss-covered stone slab. ?Wu Heng took out his dagger and pried open the stone slab. Revealing the wooden box underneath that has rotted due to moisture. After taking it out and opening it, there were five gold coins covered in mud and some hidden objects inside. It seems that Glenda''s previous life was wealthier than most people''s. "Okay, you come back first, wait until you are in the city, and then go see the changes there." Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain! ??The woman smiled slightly, lifted the hem of her skirt and got directly into his body. ?Xiao Xiao was on the side, eyes widened, and asked: "What''s wrong, what''s wrong? How did she get in?" Wu Heng explained: "She planned to leave with us and go outside to take a look. I saw that she was quite pitiful by herself, so I agreed." ?Xiao Xiao immediately asked: "What about me?" Xiao Xiao is still Xiao Xiao. "What if she bullies me in the future?" Xiaoxiao asked worriedly. "Whoever dares to bully my child, I will spank her. If she bullies you, tell me, and I will spank her." Wu Heng promised, patting his chest. Okay. When Xiaoxiao heard someone supporting him, he immediately smiled. But we also need to get along well. I understand, uncle! With a swish, he got back into his body. The ghost issue is resolved. ?Wu Heng walked out of the stone building. ??The sunshine outside was still bright and dazzling, and a large number of corpses were neatly placed on the ground. ?Each corpse was searched and valuables were taken out. There are several boxes placed in the open space on the other side. You can see a lot of cloth inside. At the door, there are three carriages. Captain, are you upset? Duke asked while sitting in the carriage. Why are you so upset? Lets sit down there for a while. Wu Heng walked to the trophies and said, Have you counted them? Duke looked at Marta. Mata said: "The goods are mainly cloth and medicine. As for currency, there are 3 gold coins and more than 1,300 silver coins in total." In order to facilitate transactions, the silver coins were exchanged for gold coins. Lets divide the money. I promised to give these goods to the person who provided the information. Wu Heng said directly. Captain, you have the final say, I have no objection. Duke said. I dont have any objection either. "Well, then divide it like this. Be careful when holding the gold coins. Don''t let outsiders see it. Don''t expose your wealth to the public." Wu Heng ordered as he divided the silver coins into three parts. "clear." After all parts are completed. Let the two of them carry the goods and the body of the "Wanted Order" to the carriage. He continued: "You go to the roadside and wait for me. I will go there later." Oh, okay! The two agreed and drove the carriage away. ?Wu Heng opened the boundary gate and moved all the corpses into the boundary gate. ?Then he went to the roadside to meet the two of them and rushed towards the city. Return to Luntam City. ??Wu Heng asked Duke and Duke to take the body back to the association for autopsy first, while he drove two carriages directly into his shop through the back door. He parked the carriage in the yard and tied it up aside. ?Horses are also very expensive in this world. You can rent it from the association. Once it is lost or dies, the reward on the wanted poster will not be enough to pay for the carriage. Close the back door again. Go straight to the front hall and take a look. At this time, many people came into the store. Some of them are buying individually, and some are planning to order in large quantities. Anderweil is keeping accounts and quoting prices, while Minnie is introducing the products to some customers who are buying in pieces. It seems that these things are quite popular here. Actually, there were only two of them in the store, so it was still a bit difficult. The arranged swords, one sword, two swords and one crossbow and two crossbows are at best acting as guards and security. Unable to receive guests. Some more people should be recruited. But there are really not many people who can be trusted, so we can only let the two of them be busy first. ?Wu Heng walked out and whispered a few words to Anderweier. He left the store directly. At that time, Weier will notify Wen Mansha to come here to pick up the goods. Finish processing of goods. ?Wu Heng detoured two streets and went to the Fengchuicao Tavern. ??This is the same tavern where Wu Heng and Duke helped catch criminals wanted for murder and bloodletting. At this time, there were already some people in the tavern. The smell of alcohol and the sultry heat hit my face. ?Wu Heng walked in and chose a corner seat to sit down. At the same time, the newly contracted ghost Glenda was released. Although it was in an invisible state, it could still be felt floating aside. Is it any different from before? Wu Heng asked. I dont know, I rarely come to such occasions, but it looks very lively. A voice sounded from the side. Well, lets take a look first, and then look at other places when we go back. Wu Heng said. At this time, the female orc boss came over. Smiled and said: "Captain, I haven''t been here for a while." Well, business is pretty good here. "Ma-so-huhu, what can you drink? As I agreed before, you can drink whatever you want." The boss said grandly. Well, lets have a beer. Where are these three gentlemen? The boss looked at the three figures sitting aside. "The three of them are my attendants and they don''t drink." Oh, okay! The female boss looked around, came closer, and said softly: Captain, would you like me to find a girl to sit with you for a while? Forehead. No, Ill sit for a while and then leave. Wu Heng declined politely. "Well, I''ll have someone prepare it right away." The orc boss turned and left, and soon brought a glass of beer and a few side dishes. Mr. Captain, do you come here often? Glenda, who was invisible at the side, asked softly. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and said: "There was a pervert here before who committed murder and bloodletting. Our team helped them catch the person. In order to thank us, the boss promised to come and drink for free." Oh, it looks good. I misunderstood. The two chatted in low voices. ??Wu Heng suddenly felt someone watching him. ?Looking over doubtfully, he saw a well-dressed middle-aged man sitting on a seat not far away, looking here from time to time. ?Seeing Wu Heng looking over, the man walked over directly holding the wine glass and leading his entourage. Sit down opposite Wu Heng. With a smile on his face, he turned the big gold ring with an eye pattern on his index finger. Mr. Wu Heng, long time no see. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 160 , return the things to us Chapter 160: Return the things to us He has a bloated body, and the navy blue dress is bulging. Wearing gold and silver jewelry, he looks like he is from a high family background. ??If you dare to wear this in a tavern in the outer city, you have absolute confidence in yourself or your guards. The other party naturally sat down opposite. Bassen and Bawudong also looked at each other warily. ?Wu Heng searched his memory. I dont seem to know this person. But a little uncertain. After all, I lived in Luntam City for a while and arrested several wanted criminals one after another. I cant tell which link I may have seen him in. The status of association captain still has a certain value here. Seeing that the other party did not have any ill intentions, Wu Heng replied casually, "Well, why do you have time to come to the outer city to drink today?" The bloated man was stunned and looked him up and down again. With a smile still on his face, he leaned on the chair and turned the ring in his hand, "Captain Wu Heng, do you really not remember me?" ?Wu Heng looked at the other party again, "I really forgot, why don''t I remind you." The man stared at him again. Laughed and said: "It''s normal if the captain doesn''t remember me. The last time you arrested a wanted criminal, there were so many people at that time. It''s really not easy to remember." ?Wu Heng also looked at him. ?I feel that this answer is a little too vague, and it is a little different from the previous attitude. ?It seems to be perfunctory. Hence before he was ready to continue to inquire. The man held his own glass of wine, stood up and said, "Captain Wu Heng, keep drinking. I''ll leave first if I have something to do." After saying that, he walked out without looking back. ?Wu Heng looked at him and glanced sideways. The invisible Glenda followed. Not long after, it flew back again and got directly into his body. The picture of following him out emerged from his mind. ?The fat man walked out of the tavern and was immediately protected by several guards. You could see the fat man talking to someone, but all the sounds were blocked by a wave of energy. Glenda was not far away and could not hear the conversation. ?Step out of the alley, get on the carriage and rush towards the inner city. ?Glenda flew back directly. This fat man. Are you testing yourself? ?The other party came over to chat and asked two casual questions. As if confirming something. It seemed that I had relaxed my guard a little, and the other party noticed something from his words. When you see Wen Mansha, ask her to check the identity of this fat man. ?This kind of clothing should not be worn by ordinary people. Sat in the shop for a while. After listening to the bards playing and singing, Wu Heng left the tavern with the skeleton and Glenda. In this kind of place, Xiaoxiao is not released. After all, children are still not suitable for contact with these. When I returned to my residence, it was already getting dark. Minnie prepared dinner while the two of them were still waiting for her. ?Wu Heng drank some wine in the tavern. Although he was not hungry, he didn''t eat much. Seeing the two waiting for him, he sat down at the table and chatted while eating. Anderweil, talked about the business of the store. In the past two days, business has started to get better and better. ?Not only did the number of customers entering the store increase, but also people began to purchase goods in large quantities and transport them to various cities for sale. This is a good thing, sales will be greatly improved. The three of them ate for a while. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Weier, Minnie, what are your professions?" ? Anderweil said softly: "I am a woodland ranger, level 7." ?Wu Heng glanced at the little girl with animal ears and white hair. It is still a rare profession, and its level is not low. Why did you become a slave to yourself? ?Seeing that the other party was a little disappointed, he didnt ask any more questions. ?In this world, there are countless strong people who have died outside. It is not surprising that they have become slaves for some reason. Wheres Minnie? Wu Heng raised his head. Then he saw Minnie on the other side, even more depressed. The pair of rabbit ears drooped straight down. He looked up carefully and said softly: "Master, I have no profession. The village where I live is poor and there is no inheritance." Forehead. Minnie is 16 years old and living by the rules of this world. Career choice should be made early. I havent chosen a career yet, so I can say that I have basically given up on being a professional. Looking at the other party, that pitiful expression. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What career do you want? I will get you a job transfer certificate tomorrow." ?Minnie was stunned and suddenly raised her head, "Is it really okay?" "Well, what''s the big deal? I''m the captain, so it''s not difficult to get a job transfer certificate." Wu Heng said directly. Professional certificates are issued by the association. Of course, you need money to buy it. It is not a loss-making thing to spend some money and choose a career for your maid. "I don''t know what I want to change! If the master recommends anything, I will listen to the master." ??Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said: "Ranger, or boxer, I guess. Ranger has a long range and can conduct reconnaissance. Starting late actually doesn''t have much impact. If you are a boxer, you can let Bawudong teach you. It is like having a teacher to guide you." Sister Weier is a ranger, so Ill choose a boxer! Minnie thought for a moment and said. Ranger is a common profession. On the other hand, he is a boxer, which is relatively rare, and his melee ability is not low. "Okay, but you have to be prepared. Training is very hard, so don''t cry when the time comes." Wu Heng said jokingly. ?Minnie is very serious, "I''m not afraid of hardship, as long as I can have enough to eat." After dinner, the three of them went their separate ways. ??Wu Heng was in the study room and let Xiaoxiao and Glenda out so that Xiaoxiao could watch TV in the room while Glenda could walk around the city invisibly. Dont go too far, and dont get close to the central area. When it got dark, Wu Heng also went to bed to rest. Late night, a mansion in the center of the inner city. Broad and bright hall. ?There is a round table in the middle, with three men and women in gorgeous clothes sitting around it. On the table, on the dinner plate etched with the ''life-sustaining technique'', there was a disemboweled primate creature, its internal organs had been eviscerated. A pair of eyes that kept swaying from side to side. Looking at the people at the round table, they were eating their own bodies with knives and forks. ????????????????????????????????? The door of heavy luxury opens. The man with a bloated body and a navy blue dress walked in slowly. twirled the ring in his hand and sat down in one of the empty seats. Youre late again, Leillian! Beside him, he cut open the tender flesh with a knife and fork, put it into his mouth, and said. I met an old friend on the road, and he seemed to have forgotten me. "who?" Who else could kill Captain Wu Heng of the Blood Worship Cult? The knives and forks were brought up. The fat man stood up, cut the flesh and blood, and put it on his dinner plate. ?As soon as these words came out, everyone''s actions were stunned. ?One of them asked directly: "You mean, the person we arranged failed?" Its not certain yet, but its very likely that it failed. Ha~! What a waste of a guy. The fat man continued to say while eating: "What should we do next?" A few people were silent for a while. ?One of them said: "Let''s get in touch with him and take back the strange thing in his hand. If this is lost, we will all be punished." Okay, Ill go there again tomorrow. Well, lets eat! A few people continued to eat. the next day. ?Wu Heng came to the front desk and spent money to buy a job transfer certificate. Then he walked straight to the team''s lounge. Duke and Marta were sitting and chatting. Inside Duke''s armor was a new piece of clothing, and Mata Jiying''s arm guards were also replaced with new ones. It seems that yesterday''s harvest allowed both of them to buy themselves new things. Good morning, captain. The two of them greeted at the same time. Wu Heng nodded, distributed the bounty received from the front desk to the two of them, and continued: "The level 3 meritorious service of this mission will be recorded in your files. It will be helpful for your promotion in the future. There are high-level and intermediate-level prop rewards, and we will make a unified selection after they are approved. Well, Captain, Ill listen to you. Duke held the money bag and laughed. After all, I have a lot of younger brothers and sisters at home, so its a good thing to be able to bring money back. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Our next task direction is still to kill wanted criminals. Don''t spend all the money yourself, cultivate some informants and provide us with intelligence." Well, how do you train this, Captain? Tavern gangs, get in touch with them more. Oh, good! The three of them got together to chat about their future tasks, and then left the association separately. The bounty for capturing wanted criminals is much higher than that of ordinary rescue missions. Enough to spend their free time. Leave the association. He went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. ?Lecia was still wearing a slim silk dress, put on some light makeup, and received the reception in person. Good morning, Mr. Wu Heng, are you here to see the commissioned task today? What, is there any news? "There''s news." Lecia opened the door and whispered instructions to the outside. She came back and sat down on the chair and said, "Your custom-made ''bone burial ground'' building has been delivered. If you don''t come over, I will Someone will also go to the association to inform you. Hearing these words, Wu Heng also felt happy. This thing has been waiting for a while. Finally delivered. Where is the commission for the skill book? Wu Heng continued to ask. There is no news about the skill book yet. Lecia said softly. Well, theres no rush! The staff outside the door hasnt delivered the things yet. Lecia chatted casually, "I''ve been to your store in the past two days. The business is very good. In a few days, it may become the most popular grocery store in the city." She was not optimistic about the grocery store before. But now it seems that the efficiency of the store is far beyond her expectation. ?Who would have thought that there would be so many strange types of daily necessities inside. ??Moreover, the price is not expensive and can be considered a very affordable price. Next time you go, tell me and you can take whatever you like. Wu Heng also said generously. ??The person in charge of this Snake Emblem Consortium must be a man who is not short of money. You can also be more generous with your words. Then its settled, dont feel bad when the time comes. Send it to you, why do you feel bad. ?Lecia glanced at him with beautiful eyes, still smiling. The two chatted for a while. The staff came in and brought a sachet for storage. Because it is a building, it is quite large in size and needs to be transported using storage props. Lecia explained. ?Wu Heng looked at what the other person was holding. He asked: "I''m afraid it''s not easy to take this away!" Lecia also thought about it and said: "The storage items can be lent to you first, but they need to be returned to me within three days. After all, they belong to the consortium." ?Wu Heng agreed immediately, "Okay, thank you very much." Just like using a space ring, I put my mental power in and took a look. ??We did see several huge pillars and some building components. Lecia continued: In addition to the previous deposit, 5,500 silver coins need to be paid to complete this transaction. Ah, this... is so expensive. Even though I was mentally prepared, it still felt expensive. ?But theres nothing you can do, theres no way to bargain for the price if you entrust this thing. From the space ring, take out 5 gold coins and 500 silver coins and give them to the other party. ?These 5 gold coins were hidden underground by Granda. She just gave them to herself and gave them away like this. "Okay sir, the commission is completed." Lecia came closer and reminded softly, "Mr. Wu Heng, this storage sachet is a prop of the consortium. You must return it after use. I am also under a lot of pressure. " Dont worry, Ill send it back to you tomorrow. Okay, thank you sir. After chatting, Wu Heng walked out of the consortium directly. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. The open space outside the community. Huh~! The sound of howling through the air sounded from above. ?The iron spears, dense as a giant black net, fell from the sky onto the asphalt road, making a tinkling sound. Several days of training. ?Although there are no skeletons to unlock the spear throwing skill. But the overall spear throwing effect is much better than the previous few days. The new throwing spear feels better. Li Yahong said softly. ?Wu Heng bought a standard throwing spear from the blacksmith shop. After Li Yahong took it back, he began to improve the one he made. Actually, it is not a complicated task. It is just to put the standard throwing spear there, how long and how wide, which side is heavier and which side is lighter, and follow the instructions. After doing it a few more times, you will start to become familiar with it. Start mass production. Well, the effect is much better than before. Wu Heng nodded. Continue making? Lets continue making them. Each skeleton must be equipped with at least three. Wu Heng put forward his request. Li Yahong sounded a little surprised, "All of them?" Now, the number of skeletons has reached about 17,000. A single community cannot accommodate such a large number of skeletons. They are arranged in two communities respectively. All of them need to be equipped with three throwing spears, and they also need to make spears, which is not a small project. Do it slowly and dont rush. Wu Heng looked at her and said. Well, Ill try my best to get everyone to speed up. Whats the latest news? Some evacuation bases have been set up in various places to recruit survivors. If they have special skills, such as doctors, electricians, carpenters, etc., these bases will also arrange people to rescue them, Li Yahong said. If you study well, you can use it at any time. Well, indeed. Should we also take the initiative to recruit some people? Li Yahong continued to ask. ?Wu Heng thought about it and said, "You can tell the outside world that if anyone is willing to defect, you can also recruit them." "Um." Get ready tomorrow, I want to go back to the prison. Wu Heng suddenly remembered and said. This side will be evacuated soon. The newly acquired buildings still have to be built next to the prison. Oh, okay! Then Ill arrange it, and the convoy will send a batch of goods directly back tomorrow. "Um." Leave the zombie world. Sat in the lobby on the first floor for a while. ~! A slight knock on the door sounded outside. Opening the door, what I saw was not my two maids. ??It was the fat man I met last night, followed by four silver-armored guards. ?Standing at the door with a smile. ?Wu Heng frowned, "You came to me again today to talk about old times?" "Haha, Captain Wu Heng, don''t be nervous, I just want to talk to you about something." The man glanced sideways inside and continued: "It''s not convenient to talk here, why don''t you invite me in and sit down?" ??Wu Heng glanced at the guards outside the door and made way for them. "You come in, your guards will stay outside first. The house is small." The man nodded to the people outside. ?Go into the room alone. Looking around, he sat down on the sofa in the living room. Whats the matter? Tell me! Wu Heng asked directly. "Then I''ll tell you directly, I want to take back the ''sacrificial staff'' and ''blood cup'' in your hand." The man still kept smiling. ?Wu Heng looked surprised. ?The other party actually knew that he had these two things in his hand. Immediately afterwards, I had a guess about the identity of this person. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 161 , make friends Chapter 161, make a friend ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and looked at the other person carefully. ?There are a total of four strange objects in his hand. Shroud, Sacrificial Staff, Shape Veil and Blood Cup. The shroud and the transfiguration veil were bought with my own money. The blood cup is the trophy obtained from killing the Blood Cult. ??The people of Luntam City may be able to deduce that the "blood cup" is in their hands. But not many people know about the sacrificial staff. ?This prop was a strange object used by ''Yazd'' when he wanted to seize his body. Its function was to communicate with the evil god. Ever since I came to Luntam City, I have never even taken it out of my space ring. Tell me about this wonderful thing if you can speak. ??Wu Heng then remembered another identity that Yazd had previously mentioned in advance. ifies. An organization for which he found no relevant information. ??Moreover, judging from yesterday''s test, the other party has probably figured out his identity. ?I dare to come here again today, my purpose is very clear, and I have made some preparations. Since both sides have made it clear. ??Wu Heng gave up the idea of ??acting with him and asked directly: "How do you want to recycle these two props?" Sacrificial staff and blood cup. These two items actually belong to them. Think about it carefully, these two props really have something in common. The sacrificial staff can make people reborn, and the blood cup can also affect life. They are all related to ones own life. "As long as you return it to us, you will become our friend, a friend who will always be remembered in our hearts." The fat man still smiled. Damn it, I want to have **** for nothing! Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "Rare objects are always expensive. Even if you are a friend, you cannot give them away easily. Besides, this is the second time we have met, so we are not friends." The man narrowed his eyes slightly and said, "These two props belong to us." "How can it be yours when it''s in my hands? If anyone comes to me and says it belongs to him, do I have to give it back?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. ?Although he was fine, Yazd was well prepared at that time. ??Their secret order is, to put it bluntly, an accomplice of "Yazd". Failed to kill someone, and even licked his face to get the murder weapon back. If you are talking about money, you can also listen to the price. After all, these two things have never been of much use in your hands. But it would be too shameless to ask for it directly. The fat man turned the ring on his index finger and thought seriously, "We can buy it back." What about the price? Sacrificial staff, 2,000 silver coins, and 1,500 blood cups. How do you feel? Low! Shroud costs 1,500 silver, and Veil of Transformation costs 2,500. The shroud has strong side effects. The body of a creature will fester if it is used, so the price will be lower. The phantom veil is not a rare effect, and the price is 2500. But each of these two items is related to life. The other party attaches great importance to these two props, so they definitely cannot give them such a low price. So, what kind of price does Captain Wu Heng want? ?Wu Heng thought about it carefully and said: "The wooden staff costs 50 gold, and the blood cup costs 30 gold." The smile on the fat man''s face instantly faded, and he put on an expression that contained anger. He took a deep breath and said, "This is simply an outrageous price." "No, no, life is priceless, and I haven''t included the mental damages. After all, you are also accomplices in Yazd''s behavior." The man looked him up and down, "I came here with good intentions. With Captain Wu Heng''s attitude, aren''t you afraid of getting yourself into trouble?" ?Wu Heng also smiled. You can really say that the Secret Order is going to threaten the captain of the association. ??The man took a deep breath and glanced at the two figures wearing round helmets next to him from the corner of his eye. Smile again. "I can''t make the final decision on this matter. I need to go back and discuss it. I may even meet Captain Wu Heng again." Okay, there may not always be someone here, so you can go to the association and notify me. Okay! Then dont bother the captain. The man stood up and walked out. ?When he walked out of the door, the man''s face instantly darkened. Without saying a word, he walked out with his guards and boarded the carriage. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waved goodbye to the other party. At the same time, the ghost was released and followed the carriage from a distance. When the other party walked away, Wu Heng closed the door again. ?Sitting on the sofa, I began to recall the entire process of coming from Blackstone Town. In other words, Yazd did not find a city with low restrictions on necromancers. Its about making an agreement with the Secret Order in advance. We have agreed to come here. When I came over, I was immediately noticed by the other party. ?Perhaps I was contacted in many ways during this period, but I didnt pay attention. ?Until last night, the other party came directly to test and confirmed the fact that he had not been taken away by ''Yazd''. A difficult guy. I set an outrageous price. The other party needs to go back and discuss it. It proves that these two rare items are very important to them, and they are likely to be used soon, or their loss will be a great loss to them. ??Although I dont really believe that the other party dares to take action against me. But be careful too. Lest the other party have any tricks behind their backs. ?After sitting downstairs for a while, Wu Heng went directly to the study on the third floor, took out a pen and paper and wrote a letter to ''Slater'' in Blackstone Town, asking about the ''Sky Eye Secret Order''. Slater is the secret whisperer of the association and a deacon himself, possessing a high status. Should be able to get some information. Since the two established their relationship last time, they have become more trustworthy. After writing the letter, put it into the envelope and seal it with wax. After sitting for a while, the ghost Glenda who had followed him flew back directly. "The carriage went to a building in the north. I didn''t follow it. There might be some danger." Glenda said floating in the air. Well, just remember which building it is. Wu Heng stood up and picked up the sealed letter on the table, Lets go out and send the letter. ?Wu Heng went out and visited the association again. Hand the letter he just wrote to the front desk. I just hope that Slater will reply to him quickly.????This world without telephones is still not as convenient as the modern world. Return again. Minnie and Andwyll, the two little maids have gone home. Cooking together in the kitchen, talking and laughing. As the past few days passed, the two of them no longer felt nervous and reserved about being bought back. After all, Wu Heng didn''t care much about them and was relatively relaxed. Supper is served. The three of them sat together and ate. Wu Heng said: "Minnie, Weier, when you go out these days, you must take guards with you. If you want to close the shop in advance, try to come back before dark." The two of them looked up, with some confusion in their eyes. "After all, I am the captain of the association. I have arrested quite a few wanted criminals or potential enemies. You should be careful to avoid being implicated." Oh, I know, Master. Minnie replied. ?Weier also nodded. It is unlikely that the Secret Order will take direct action. ??If it was really that extreme, I wouldnt come to him a second time to take back my things. But this incident also reminded myself. Often one thing will involve other things. ?The wanted criminals you kill, or the gangs you offend may later involve other people. You still have to be careful about everything. ?Especially Minnie, who is not even a professional. Weier is also a level 7 ranger. If you are in danger, you can still run away if you cannot defeat him. Minnie has a pair of long legs, and she may not be able to run away from professionals. Soon, the three of them finished their dinner. After Minnie put away the tableware. ??Wu Heng took out a scroll and said: "Minnie, this is a boxer''s professional scroll. You must practice more frequently to increase your physical fitness. It will be safer to go out in the future." Wow, thank you Master, you are so kind. Minnie happily took it. Looking at the other persons eyes, they are filled with gratitude. "Um!" Minnie used the job transfer scroll. ?The light flashed, and the whole person''s temperament seemed to have undergone some changes. ?Wu Heng said: "Ba Wudong, you teach her." Bawudong walked up to the other party and started to demonstrate on the side, while Minnie was studying on the side. ?Although Minnie is young, she has a slender figure. Bawudong''s movements have a strong sense of power, and his fists and kicks can bring out a blast in the air. As for Minnie, the slogan of "Haha" is very loud, more like a show of force and embroidery. also has a heart-warming feeling. Watching Minnie practice for a while. It was getting late, so everyone went upstairs to rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng added six tall orc skeletons to his residence. Used to improve the safety of your residence. Then, we went directly to the zombie world. On the side of the road, the motorcade of the auto repair shop was already waiting there early. There are five trucks, one passenger car, and three vans in total. The trolleys have also been modified, welded with steel bars and iron plates, and inserted in the middle of the truck. ?Wu Heng boarded the passenger car in the middle and ordered the skeleton to board the truck. The convoy started and headed towards the prison. ?The road was smooth and there were no obstacles along the way. In the afternoon. The convoy appeared outside the prison. On the city wall, there stood a skeleton warrior holding a rifle, standing motionless on the wall like a sculpture. Looking from a distance, it still looks very powerful. Open the door! Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton behind him. There is no need to notify the inside. After getting close to the city wall, the big-headed skeleton can directly transmit commands remotely. The skeleton in the prison immediately opened the door. The convoy drove in. At the same time, the survivors in the prison also ran out of the workshop on one side. Start to help move the things on the truck down. The movements are quite skillful. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the area where the skeleton was. The entire prison is divided into two areas. Wu Heng himself and Skull occupy a separate building in the administrative area. The remaining survivors are the remaining areas, including the dormitory building and the place where the factory building was renovated. After all, he is not a prisoner, and he is not here often, so he still has to provide living conditions for others. ?Wu Heng looked around the office building. Choose a location that feels similar. Take out the building components that store the Bone Burial Ground. ??First of all, there are three huge stone tablets, three meters high and half a meter wide, with dense symbols and patterns carved on them. Then, there are four divided oval stone plates, which are also full of lines. Revealing a heavy and ancient atmosphere. ?These stones cost me several gold coins. Looked at the skeletons around. Point to a position on one side and give an order. Come here, smash the cement floor here and see the soil below. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 159 ,havent seen you for a long time Chapter 159, long time no see The rocking chair is at rest. ?A figure wearing a dress and a top hat appeared out of thin air. She has a mature and dignified face, like a lady from a noble family. Glenda! the woman said softly, snapping her fingers. The scene in the basement began to change. The mottled walls reappeared with brightly colored wall coverings, and the ground covered with moss and soil became smooth and bright. Furniture and potted flowers and plants appeared all around. ?This is no longer a basement, but a mansion of a wealthy family. Fantasy! The change started in person. Wu Heng immediately realized something was wrong. ?At the same time, in the depths of the sea of ??consciousness, a resistance suddenly rose. The illusion was shattered, all the missing scenes disappeared, and it returned to the original mottled and dilapidated basement. The woman stood up slightly and made a gesture of pouring tea. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. She probably didn''t know that the environment she appeared in was no longer valid. ??Still making some actions to match the scene in the environment. My child, has it disturbed Madam? Wu Heng asked softly. ??The woman sat down on the recliner again and snapped her fingers again. Xiaoxiao regained her mobility in mid-air and immediately flew to Wu Heng''s side and hid behind her. He stuck his head out from his shoulders and said, "Uncle, she doesn''t look like a good person." ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing. The woman opposite looked at her and explained: "It''s just that I haven''t had any contact with outsiders for too long. I saw her and wanted to ask about the situation outside. It seems that we don''t understand the language." They are both in the form of ghosts, but the languages ??they learned during their lifetime are different. The novel is in Chinese, but this is the local language. The two of them sat together and couldn''t communicate at all. ??Wuheng is different. It has its own systematic translation, so both parties can communicate. Children from my hometown havent learned the language here yet. Wu Heng explained and asked, Madam, you have always lived here? The woman nodded and said softly: "Yes, for many years, some gangs or mercenaries used to come here to do business, but now fewer and fewer people come here." Ghosts are difficult to form. Requires a special environment and strong mental strength during life. Its not just that ordinary people can become ghosts when they die. Ghosts are also immortal to a certain extent. ??If it were easy to form, those powerful people who are about to reach the end of their lifespan would have formed a ghost family long ago. ??The first kind of infant spirit in the "Mining Village" of Blackstone Town is also difficult to form. It is a newly born child, a dark environment, and a long period of condensation of necromancy magic. What appears is also an evil spirit that is violent and difficult to control. It is rare for Xiaoxiao and the lady in front of him to form a relationship. "Have you seen the transactions of those people before? Just let them do illegal transactions here?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Appearing in front of outsiders will only cause me more trouble. There is nothing illegal here, as long as it doesnt disturb me. the woman replied. ?Wu Heng also agreed. ?Medicating one''s own business, I am afraid that the commission to clean up the ghosts will soon appear on the association''s task board. ?The woman in front of me is a smart person and knows not to expose herself to outsiders easily. Tap tap tap~! At this moment, footsteps were heard upstairs. Then came Duke''s rough voice, "Captain, are you down there?" ?The footsteps are getting closer and closer. ??Duke walked down directly. The two ghosts disappeared instantly, and Duke only saw Wu Heng sitting on an old chair. He scratched his head and said, "Captain, what are you doing sitting there?" "How is it? Has the identity been verified?" Wu Heng asked. We checked, there are two wanted criminals, one has level 3 meritorious service, and the other has a mid-level item reward. Duke opened his mouth and showed a smile. This is quite a gain. Not only are there rewards, but there are also meritorious deeds. Wheres the goods? A lot of cloth and potions, Marta said they were hallucinogens, and a lot of silver coins, Duke said. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Look around. Both of them should prepare carriages. Count the goods and silver coins and wait for me outside." Oh, okay! Duke scratched his head again and walked up again. Duke leaves. Two ghosts reappeared. "It seems that your team members are very obedient." The woman glanced at the stairs. Trust is mutual. "Well, that makes sense!" The woman nodded and continued: "Are you a necromancer? Or some other profession?" Necromancer. Wu Heng nodded. "Why are you here? Mages rarely appear in such chaotic places." "Assigned by the association, it doesn''t matter where I go." Wu Heng replied, then asked the other party, "Madam, did you live here during your lifetime?" Well, this is my home! Times are getting faster now, dont you plan to go out and have a look? Wu Heng raised his head and looked at her. The woman looked up and looked at him without blinking. ?Wu Heng still smiled and planned to speed up the chat. She might be able to continue chatting from here, but she still has to go back in front of Guancheng Gate. ?They were trying each other repeatedly in their words, trying to understand some details. I dont believe that the other party knows that I am a necromancer and deliberately detains Xiao Xiao, so I dont have this idea. In terms of communication and behavior, the other party does not look like a wraith. ?At most, he is a homebody who doesnt like to meddle in other peoples business and will be fine as long as he doesnt disturb me. Furthermore, his own strength should be much stronger than Xiaoxiao. If you follow yourself, it will also be a help. You want me to be your spiritual servant? the woman asked directly. "Well, this is good for both of us. Madam can also go out and see the outside world. Luntam City may have changed a lot, so we can''t stay here all the time, right?" Wu Heng began to persuade. The woman lay on the lounge chair again and slowly began to wander. ??It creaked and creaked. Seems to be in hesitation. According to what she said, this is her home and she has lived for such a long time. If you suddenly want to go out, you really need to think carefully. ?Wu Heng did not disturb her, but waited silently. ??Xiao Xiao was still hanging on his shoulders and said softly: "Uncle, what are you talking about?" "I asked her why she bullied my child. She said she had been bored here for too long and wanted you to talk to her, but she didn''t understand the language. I said, that''s not okay. What if you scare my child? Isn''t this restricting personal freedom?" Wu Heng said while making an emotional show. "That''s right, you said she scared me at the time!" Xiaoxiao said. "I told her, but she said that this is her house. She has been trapped here for a long time, and no one has come before she wants to talk to you. When I think about it, she is quite pitiful." Xiao Xiao tilted her head and felt that it made sense, "Well, this place is in shabby condition, and she is alone, without even a light, which is quite pitiful..." So, she just apologized, and I saw that her attitude was pretty good, so I forgive her for you. Thats okay too. ?The two of them turned their heads as they spoke, and the woman on the recliner looked sideways slightly. He turned around and said, "I can go with you, but you must agree to a request." ?Wu Heng stopped talking to ''Xiao Xiao'' and asked, "What''s the request? I need to hear if I can do it." When you have the strength, help me kill someone. "Who? I am the captain of the association and I have a moral bottom line." Wu Heng emphasized, really afraid that he would ask how many people to kill to complete the ritual. The woman smiled slightly and said: "My husband, I don''t know if he is alive. If one day he is really alive, you have to help me kill him." The tone of this sentence is unusually plain. It seems that the person speaking has nothing to do with her. Is it convenient for me to know the inside story? Wu Heng asked. "There is nothing that cannot be said. He killed me, took away all the property, and turned this family into this. As a ghost, I want to seek revenge from him." The woman looked over and asked, "Did anyone touch you?" Moral bottom line? Mr. Captain. "Well, if the story doesn''t turn around, I agree to this." Wu Heng said. Necromancer and spirit servant also have a master-servant relationship. While driving the ghost, soul power is also nourishing the ghost. It can be regarded as a relationship of mutual help. but in each other''s roles. The necromancer is the master and the ghost is the servant. ? Even if the other party lies, he still occupies the absolute dominant position in the subsequent roles of both parties, and is not afraid of any problems. "Well, I am also willing to be your spiritual servant." The woman took a deep breath and exhaled it slowly. ?Wu Heng nodded and released his mental power to wrap the opponent''s body. Gradually, you can feel that the mark of your own soul has been left in the woman''s soul. Successfully contracted ghost. ?Wu Heng was delighted and immediately checked the ghost''s attributes. Ghost Level: 10 Attributes: Agility 22, Constitution 18, Intelligence 28, Perception 16, Charisma 26. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinesis, phantom, possession, soul binding. Invisibility: The haunting ghost can make his spirit body completely invisible. ]????Incorporeal movement: Entering the incorporeal state and can pass through other creatures and objects. Psychic Pushing: Objects within the range can be affected by telekinesis. Phantom: Create an illusion through soul power, causing the surrounding area to form an illusory illusion. There is a chance of seeing through it with an intelligence of 25 or above. Possession: Possess the surrounding ''humanoid'' creatures. After the possession is successful, the target becomes incapacitated and loses control of the body. The ghost takes control. The possession cannot be completed if the Charisma is above 20. Soul Binding: Apply a confinement effect to the soul target, restricting the ability to move. Level 10 ghost. ?This level is already quite high, not to mention that the survival and upgrade conditions for ghosts are inherently harsh. Among the skills, there are three more new skills than Xiao Xiao. Phantomis a skill that creates an illusion and is just released. Soul Bindingcan impose a confinement effect on the soul body. This skill should be used to trap Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng set his sights on [Possession]. This skill is really similar to the characteristics of ghosts in traditional ghost stories. Able to possess living beings and take control of their bodies. It can be said that this woman is much more powerful than Xiaoxiao. ?Of course, Xiaoxiao is still young and has just become a ghost, so there is still a lot of room for growth. Welcome to join us, Glenda! Wu Heng smiled. "Thank you, captain, please take care of me in the future." Glenda stood up slightly, floating in the air and saluted gracefully. She really looks like a pretty lady from a noble family. It means not having a body. Is there anything else you need to prepare? "In the secret compartment in the corner, there are some old savings that you can take with you." Glenda stood up, walked to the corner, and pointed to the moss-covered stone slab. ?Wu Heng took out his dagger and pried open the stone slab. Revealing the wooden box underneath that has rotted due to moisture. After taking it out and opening it, there were five gold coins covered in mud and some hidden objects inside. It seems that Glenda''s previous life was wealthier than most people''s. "Okay, you come back first, wait until you are in the city, and then go see the changes there." Wu Heng said. Okay, Captain! ??The woman smiled slightly, lifted the hem of her skirt and got directly into his body. ?Xiao Xiao was on the side, eyes widened, and asked: "What''s wrong, what''s wrong? How did she get in?" Wu Heng explained: "She planned to leave with us and go outside to take a look. I saw that she was quite pitiful by herself, so I agreed." ?Xiao Xiao immediately asked: "What about me?" Xiao Xiao is still Xiao Xiao. "What if she bullies me in the future?" Xiaoxiao asked worriedly. "Whoever dares to bully my child, I will spank her. If she bullies you, tell me, and I will spank her." Wu Heng promised, patting his chest. Okay. When Xiaoxiao heard someone supporting him, he immediately smiled. But we also need to get along well. I understand, uncle! With a swish, he got back into his body. The ghost issue is resolved. ?Wu Heng walked out of the stone building. ??The sunshine outside was still bright and dazzling, and a large number of corpses were neatly placed on the ground. ?Each corpse was searched and valuables were taken out. There are several boxes placed in the open space on the other side. You can see a lot of cloth inside. At the door, there are three carriages. Captain, are you upset? Duke asked while sitting in the carriage. Why are you so upset? Lets sit down there for a while. Wu Heng walked to the trophies and said, Have you counted them? Duke looked at Marta. Mata said: "The goods are mainly cloth and medicine. As for currency, there are 3 gold coins and more than 1,300 silver coins in total." In order to facilitate transactions, the silver coins were exchanged for gold coins. Lets divide the money. I promised to give these goods to the person who provided the information. Wu Heng said directly. Captain, you have the final say, I have no objection. Duke said. I dont have any objection either. "Well, then divide it like this. Be careful when holding the gold coins. Don''t let outsiders see it. Don''t expose your wealth to the public." Wu Heng ordered as he divided the silver coins into three parts. "clear." After all parts are completed. Let the two of them carry the goods and the body of the "Wanted Order" to the carriage. He continued: "You go to the roadside and wait for me. I will go there later." Oh, okay! The two agreed and drove the carriage away. ?Wu Heng opened the boundary gate and moved all the corpses into the boundary gate. ?Then he went to the roadside to meet the two of them and rushed towards the city. Return to Luntam City. ??Wu Heng asked Duke and Duke to take the body back to the association for autopsy first, while he drove two carriages directly into his shop through the back door. He parked the carriage in the yard and tied it up aside. ?Horses are also very expensive in this world. You can rent it from the association. Once it is lost or dies, the reward on the wanted poster will not be enough to pay for the carriage. Close the back door again. Go straight to the front hall and take a look. At this time, many people came into the store. Some of them are buying individually, and some are planning to order in large quantities. Anderweil is keeping accounts and quoting prices, while Minnie is introducing the products to some customers who are buying in pieces. It seems that these things are quite popular here. Actually, there were only two of them in the store, so it was still a bit difficult. The arranged swords, one sword, two swords and one crossbow and two crossbows are at best acting as guards and security. Unable to receive guests. Some more people should be recruited. But there are really not many people who can be trusted, so we can only let the two of them be busy first. ?Wu Heng walked out and whispered a few words to Anderweier. He left the store directly. At that time, Weier will notify Wen Mansha to come here to pick up the goods. Finish processing of goods. ?Wu Heng detoured two streets and went to the Fengchuicao Tavern. ??This is the same tavern where Wu Heng and Duke helped catch criminals wanted for murder and bloodletting. At this time, there were already some people in the tavern. The smell of alcohol and the sultry heat hit my face. ?Wu Heng walked in and chose a corner seat to sit down. At the same time, the newly contracted ghost Glenda was released. Although it was in an invisible state, it could still be felt floating aside. Is it any different from before? Wu Heng asked. I dont know, I rarely come to such occasions, but it looks very lively. A voice sounded from the side. Well, lets take a look first, and then look at other places when we go back. Wu Heng said. At this time, the female orc boss came over. Smiled and said: "Captain, I haven''t been here for a while." Well, business is pretty good here. "Ma-so-huhu, what can you drink? As I agreed before, you can drink whatever you want." The boss said grandly. Well, lets have a beer. Where are these three gentlemen? The boss looked at the three figures sitting aside. "The three of them are my attendants and they don''t drink." Oh, okay! The female boss looked around, came closer, and said softly: Captain, would you like me to find a girl to sit with you for a while? Forehead. No, Ill sit for a while and then leave. Wu Heng declined politely. "Well, I''ll have someone prepare it right away." The orc boss turned and left, and soon brought a glass of beer and a few side dishes. Mr. Captain, do you come here often? Glenda, who was invisible at the side, asked softly. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and said: "There was a pervert here before who committed murder and bloodletting. Our team helped them catch the person. In order to thank us, the boss promised to come and drink for free." Oh, it looks good. I misunderstood. The two chatted in low voices. ??Wu Heng suddenly felt someone watching him. ?Looking over doubtfully, he saw a well-dressed middle-aged man sitting on a seat not far away, looking here from time to time. ?Seeing Wu Heng looking over, the man walked over directly holding the wine glass and leading his entourage. Sit down opposite Wu Heng. With a smile on his face, he turned the big gold ring with an eye pattern on his index finger. Mr. Wu Heng, long time no see. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 163 , for convenience Chapter 163, just for convenience "Women, rights, status, and a better life are often in the hands of a few people. As long as Captain Wu Heng is willing to join us, these are not problems." The white-haired man took a sip from the wine glass, his eyes slightly thoughtful. Look to the other side. Join you? Secret Order? "The captain''s information is indeed very good. We are indeed a secret order, but it is not the cult you imagined, but more like a mutual aid society. As long as the members, resources, and business channels join, they will help each other, and everyone will be in danger. , when the problem cannot be solved, then you will feel the greatness of the Secret Order." The man explained softly. Including helping people kill people? Wu Heng continued to look at the other party. It sounds nice, but it actually comes at a price. The forms of various organizations are similar, and everyone comes in with different purposes. To get what you want, you have to pay the same price or reflect your own value. When Yazd''s life came to an end, the Secret Order provided him with a "sacrificial staff" and reached some kind of agreement with Yazd. While I was in the pub. The fat man said it, but he didnt know the specific content. There is no free help. When eminent monks help those who are suffering, it still helps ones own practice. The man did not deny it, he just shrugged and did not answer the question. Instead, he continued: "In addition to money and women, the Secret Order provides more benefits, including connections, props, and joining the captain. We can guarantee that you will reach the level of a deacon within three years." What do I need to pay? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It depends on what you have, Captain. As long as you are willing to pay for the Secret Order, you will always have a way to show your worth." The man still smiled and glanced at the association emblem on his armor. ?Wu Heng followed his gaze and looked down. Understand some of what he meant. He leaned back lazily on his chair and said casually: "Let''s not mention other things. Do you still want those two rare items? If you don''t have the idea of ??buying them, I will directly donate them to the association in exchange for merit." The old man stared at him carefully. Waving his hands, the women and the man holding the tray all turned and left. ?There were pieces of tulle that several people had fallen off on the ground. These two props are our more important rare items. We would like to ask the captain to return them to us for the convenience. In terms of price, we are willing to pay 8 gold coins. This price is definitely not low to purchase the rare items. Wuheng''s quotation is 80 gold, which is actually higher. After all, the secret cult will help the other party kill itself. ?It would be too cowardly to return it honestly now. Hearing the other party say this now can also prove the importance of these two strange objects to the Esoteric Order. At the very least, if they can''t get these two items back, they will never be able to explain it. "You just said that the Secret Order is so powerful, you can''t get even this little money, right? 80 gold coins, is it very high? This tavern is sold, it should be about the same!" Wu Heng said. "That''s not how gold coins are calculated. No wealthy businessman in the city can come up with such a sum of money in a short period of time." The man took a deep breath, "I hope the captain can consider it and let''s withdraw from each other." Every step makes it easier for the other party. "Yes! 70 gold coins, this is my final minimum price. If you can''t accept it, I will donate it directly to the association. Then you can make a deal with the headquarters and see how much they want." Wu Heng continued . The man''s eyes narrowed instantly and he hesitated to speak. He smiled calmly again and said, "Okay, we need some time to raise the funds. We will let you know when the time comes, but please keep the rare items in a safe place." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded and stood up directly, "Then I won''t disturb your meal. I''ll see you next time." After saying that, he walked towards the door. He took his two maids and walked out of the tavern with the skeleton. Walking towards the inner city. The tavern fell into silence again. The fat man came over and sat down opposite the white-haired man. said: "You just agreed to him like that? It''s obviously a big deal. There are so many of us, and it''s difficult to come up with so much cash in a short period of time." Hmph! the old man snorted coldly, Young boy, you really think you can threaten us with two rare items. ??The fat man looked serious and said: "You want to kill him? Yazd had such a good opportunity at the time, but he failed to kill him. Once he failed..." Once you fail, you will be wanted by the association. It is difficult for the Secret Order to save them. The old man was silent for a moment and continued: "Let someone raise the money first, and at the same time pay attention to his movements. It seems that he takes good care of the two girls around him, and he even came to pick them up today." You mean to attack those two women? Keep an eye on the people around him. "good!" At this time, several people walked out from the other side. Serve the prepared food. The two started chatting and eating at the same time. On the way back. Minnie held his arm and whispered: "Master, are those guys bad people?" Im not a good person anyway. The store will close earlier these days. Wu Heng said. Will they take action against us? Andweil asked. I cant say for sure, but you still have to be careful, Wu Heng said. This matter is a bit difficult to handle. Wu Heng did not intend to hand over these two rare objects easily. As a murder weapon that attempts to kill oneself, it must cause the other party to bleed profusely at least once. But the other party was obviously very aggressive and could not afford so much money. If its not good, I have other plans. Okay, we will be careful. Anderweil said. ?The group of people continued to walk home, and Wu Heng felt the arm held by Minnie. He looked down and asked, "Minnie, why aren''t you wearing armor?" At worst, armor is made of leather. Minnie is obviously not wearing any clothes. Its too hot, and were in the shop, so were not wearing any clothes, Minnie replied. You must put it on when you go out tomorrow. Oh, I got it. Return to your residence. The two of them went to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa for a while, and the ghost Glenda flew back from outside. Floating in mid-air, he said: "I still can''t hear what they said, but judging from their mouth movements, they mentioned things like raising money and women. I suspect that the other party may be eyeing your two little maids." ?Last time, when Glenda followed, she didn''t hear what the other party said. ?Wu Heng came back and checked the Book of Runes. A rune that can provide isolation from sound is called [Silent Shield], which is usually etched on some jewelry. For example, magic props such as pendants and earrings. Wear it on your body. Except for the fixed target, outsiders cannot hear what you are saying. Sound will be absorbed by an invisible shield. I dont know if the other party is like this, but the effect is not much different. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. ?It seems that the other party really doesnt want to raise money honestly. It''s right to think about it. The world is in such a mess. How can you collect such a large sum of money honestly? "Yes, I understand." Glenda reached out and glanced down a book from the bookshelf, floating in the air, and started to read. ??Wu Heng also released Xiaoxiao, took out his iPad and played a cartoon to watch. ?Glenda''s abilities are much higher than Xiaoxiao''s. ? ?A small amount of mental power can only do some pushing at first, such as controlling a force to close a door and push fallen leaves forward. The effect is almost the same as the wind blowing. ??With this period of practice, you can control the iPad''s stylus to adjust the next level of the cartoon or drag the progress bar. ?Granda is much more proficient. She can carry some objects that are not heavy from a distance, turn over books, and so on. It can be considered a relatively mature ghost. Two ghosts remain in the study. ?Wu Heng went downstairs to eat. Just tell the two of them not to go to the store tomorrow. They will stop for a few days and rest at home. Although the two were a little curious, they nodded in agreement. After dinner. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ?Wu Heng was practicing swordplay on one side, while Minnie continued to practice boxing and kicking with Ba Wudong. Wait for Anderweil to go upstairs. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and read the Necronomicon. Minnie ended her training, carefully came over and said, "Master, let me press it for you!" ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Do you know these things?" When I was working, it wasnt difficult to see other people doing it, Minnie said with a smile. Well, lets give it a try! Wu Heng lay on the sofa. The little bunny girl knelt down next to the sofa, stretched out her white and tender hands, and began to twist them on her shoulders. Master, are you strong enough? Well, not bad. "Master, thank you for buying me a job transfer certificate. My biggest dream was to change jobs and become a professional." Minnie said softly. "Then you have to practice hard in the future. It will be very hard after you become a professional." Wu Heng said. "Minnie is not afraid of hardship, as long as the master gives me enough food." Minnie pressed twice and said, "Master, you can turn it over." Theres no need for the front side! Use it, I will practice it too, and I will press it for the master from time to time. ?Wu Heng came over and lay on his back on the sofa. Minnie massaged it twice gently, her face turned red, and she said, "Some of them are not easy to use. Can I go up?" "Um!" Minnie climbed onto the sofa carefully. ?Wu Heng looked up at the little girl whose face was already flushed. ?The upper body is a beige exercise suit, and the lower body is wearing a blue-gray close-fitting yoga class. Due to the training just now, a large amount of sweat is soaked in the collar. ?Wu Heng put his hands on the opponent''s slender waist. Master, I sweated a lot and may be a little dirty. Minnie whispered. "fine." Minnie''s face became even more blushing, and her body leaned forward slightly. Slowly, Minnie''s body became softer and softer, and she lay on her body, her furry ears tickling her chin. ?Wu Heng grabbed his shirt, and the rabbit girl raised her arms. Just when the clothes are half lifted up. ? Anderweil took her things and walked downstairs. Looking at the two people on the sofa, his eyes gradually widened. After a brief pause, he turned around and left. Minnie was also red all over, "Master, I''m going back to the room." After saying that, he hurriedly got down on the sofa and ran upstairs. ?Wu Hengs hands were frozen in the air. ?Just left like this? This little girl. the next day. Zombie world. In the burial ground, another large mountain of corpses was piled up. Skeletons patrol around the prison and find the bodies of people or zombies who died before taking over. There are corpses that are constantly being submerged in the soil below, transformed into skeletons, and then walking out of the building. ?Construction is indeed more expensive. But the effect is indeed not small. Saved Wu Heng''s time and energy consumption to a great extent. In the period before that, Wu Heng was just punching in at work. ??Having to transform the corpse sooner or later is quite troublesome. Confirmed that the building is still functioning normally. ?Wu Heng walked outside the office building. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. Not long after, Li Yahong came over. ?Standing beside him, he said: "Qiangzi and the others drove back yesterday, and a group of people and goods will be transported here tonight." According to the discussion between the two. ??Wu Heng doesn''t plan to run back and forth here. As for the collection work in the community, it is left to the people in the auto repair shop. There is also a group of skeletons left behind, led by Big Head No. 2, who are mainly responsible for the safety of the auto repair shop. ?At the same time, skeletons are being transported here one after another. The most important thing is the alchemy laboratory of those alchemy skeletons. Well, you distributed it very well. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong continued: "Do you still remember the Flame God Sanctuary I mentioned to you?" Well, is it still there? Not only are we still there, but we are quite active on the radio. We listen to each others opinions and are developing very well. How do you say it? Wu Heng asked curiously. Pretty good, what can I do? A single fire-controlling ability may not be able to defeat his own troops of over 10,000. They established a trading market and invited surrounding survivors to exchange supplies. ?Wu Heng frowned. Ah this. It seems to be really fast. Developed so fast? Well, after awakening the superpower, the opponent began to rise rapidly and gathered a lot of survivors. What can be exchanged in that trading market? Wu Heng asked. They mainly exchange necessities such as grain, sugar, salt, and corpse cores. What they can provide include guns, armored vehicles, and some weapons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 161 , make friends Chapter 161, make a friend ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and looked at the other person carefully. ?There are a total of four strange objects in his hand. Shroud, Sacrificial Staff, Shape Veil and Blood Cup. The shroud and the transfiguration veil were bought with my own money. The blood cup is the trophy obtained from killing the Blood Cult. ??The people of Luntam City may be able to deduce that the "blood cup" is in their hands. But not many people know about the sacrificial staff. ?This prop was a strange object used by ''Yazd'' when he wanted to seize his body. Its function was to communicate with the evil god. Ever since I came to Luntam City, I have never even taken it out of my space ring. Tell me about this wonderful thing if you can speak. ??Wu Heng then remembered another identity that Yazd had previously mentioned in advance. ifies. An organization for which he found no relevant information. ??Moreover, judging from yesterday''s test, the other party has probably figured out his identity. ?I dare to come here again today, my purpose is very clear, and I have made some preparations. Since both sides have made it clear. ??Wu Heng gave up the idea of ??acting with him and asked directly: "How do you want to recycle these two props?" Sacrificial staff and blood cup. These two items actually belong to them. Think about it carefully, these two props really have something in common. The sacrificial staff can make people reborn, and the blood cup can also affect life. They are all related to ones own life. "As long as you return it to us, you will become our friend, a friend who will always be remembered in our hearts." The fat man still smiled. Damn it, I want to have **** for nothing! Wu Heng glanced at him and continued: "Rare objects are always expensive. Even if you are a friend, you cannot give them away easily. Besides, this is the second time we have met, so we are not friends." The man narrowed his eyes slightly and said, "These two props belong to us." "How can it be yours when it''s in my hands? If anyone comes to me and says it belongs to him, do I have to give it back?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. ?Although he was fine, Yazd was well prepared at that time. ??Their secret order is, to put it bluntly, an accomplice of "Yazd". Failed to kill someone, and even licked his face to get the murder weapon back. If you are talking about money, you can also listen to the price. After all, these two things have never been of much use in your hands. But it would be too shameless to ask for it directly. The fat man turned the ring on his index finger and thought seriously, "We can buy it back." What about the price? Sacrificial staff, 2,000 silver coins, and 1,500 blood cups. How do you feel? Low! Shroud costs 1,500 silver, and Veil of Transformation costs 2,500. The shroud has strong side effects. The body of a creature will fester if it is used, so the price will be lower. The phantom veil is not a rare effect, and the price is 2500. But each of these two items is related to life. The other party attaches great importance to these two props, so they definitely cannot give them such a low price. So, what kind of price does Captain Wu Heng want? ?Wu Heng thought about it carefully and said: "The wooden staff costs 50 gold, and the blood cup costs 30 gold." The smile on the fat man''s face instantly faded, and he put on an expression that contained anger. He took a deep breath and said, "This is simply an outrageous price." "No, no, life is priceless, and I haven''t included the mental damages. After all, you are also accomplices in Yazd''s behavior." The man looked him up and down, "I came here with good intentions. With Captain Wu Heng''s attitude, aren''t you afraid of getting yourself into trouble?" ?Wu Heng also smiled. You can really say that the Secret Order is going to threaten the captain of the association. ??The man took a deep breath and glanced at the two figures wearing round helmets next to him from the corner of his eye. Smile again. "I can''t make the final decision on this matter. I need to go back and discuss it. I may even meet Captain Wu Heng again." Okay, there may not always be someone here, so you can go to the association and notify me. Okay! Then dont bother the captain. The man stood up and walked out. ?When he walked out of the door, the man''s face instantly darkened. Without saying a word, he walked out with his guards and boarded the carriage. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waved goodbye to the other party. At the same time, the ghost was released and followed the carriage from a distance. When the other party walked away, Wu Heng closed the door again. ?Sitting on the sofa, I began to recall the entire process of coming from Blackstone Town. In other words, Yazd did not find a city with low restrictions on necromancers. Its about making an agreement with the Secret Order in advance. We have agreed to come here. When I came over, I was immediately noticed by the other party. ?Perhaps I was contacted in many ways during this period, but I didnt pay attention. ?Until last night, the other party came directly to test and confirmed the fact that he had not been taken away by ''Yazd''. A difficult guy. I set an outrageous price. The other party needs to go back and discuss it. It proves that these two rare items are very important to them, and they are likely to be used soon, or their loss will be a great loss to them. ??Although I dont really believe that the other party dares to take action against me. But be careful too. Lest the other party have any tricks behind their backs. ?After sitting downstairs for a while, Wu Heng went directly to the study on the third floor, took out a pen and paper and wrote a letter to ''Slater'' in Blackstone Town, asking about the ''Sky Eye Secret Order''. Slater is the secret whisperer of the association and a deacon himself, possessing a high status. Should be able to get some information. Since the two established their relationship last time, they have become more trustworthy. After writing the letter, put it into the envelope and seal it with wax. After sitting for a while, the ghost Glenda who had followed him flew back directly. "The carriage went to a building in the north. I didn''t follow it. There might be some danger." Glenda said floating in the air. Well, just remember which building it is. Wu Heng stood up and picked up the sealed letter on the table, Lets go out and send the letter. ?Wu Heng went out and visited the association again. Hand the letter he just wrote to the front desk. I just hope that Slater will reply to him quickly.????This world without telephones is still not as convenient as the modern world. Return again. Minnie and Andwyll, the two little maids have gone home. Cooking together in the kitchen, talking and laughing. As the past few days passed, the two of them no longer felt nervous and reserved about being bought back. After all, Wu Heng didn''t care much about them and was relatively relaxed. Supper is served. The three of them sat together and ate. Wu Heng said: "Minnie, Weier, when you go out these days, you must take guards with you. If you want to close the shop in advance, try to come back before dark." The two of them looked up, with some confusion in their eyes. "After all, I am the captain of the association. I have arrested quite a few wanted criminals or potential enemies. You should be careful to avoid being implicated." Oh, I know, Master. Minnie replied. ?Weier also nodded. It is unlikely that the Secret Order will take direct action. ??If it was really that extreme, I wouldnt come to him a second time to take back my things. But this incident also reminded myself. Often one thing will involve other things. ?The wanted criminals you kill, or the gangs you offend may later involve other people. You still have to be careful about everything. ?Especially Minnie, who is not even a professional. Weier is also a level 7 ranger. If you are in danger, you can still run away if you cannot defeat him. Minnie has a pair of long legs, and she may not be able to run away from professionals. Soon, the three of them finished their dinner. After Minnie put away the tableware. ??Wu Heng took out a scroll and said: "Minnie, this is a boxer''s professional scroll. You must practice more frequently to increase your physical fitness. It will be safer to go out in the future." Wow, thank you Master, you are so kind. Minnie happily took it. Looking at the other persons eyes, they are filled with gratitude. "Um!" Minnie used the job transfer scroll. ?The light flashed, and the whole person''s temperament seemed to have undergone some changes. ?Wu Heng said: "Ba Wudong, you teach her." Bawudong walked up to the other party and started to demonstrate on the side, while Minnie was studying on the side. ?Although Minnie is young, she has a slender figure. Bawudong''s movements have a strong sense of power, and his fists and kicks can bring out a blast in the air. As for Minnie, the slogan of "Haha" is very loud, more like a show of force and embroidery. also has a heart-warming feeling. Watching Minnie practice for a while. It was getting late, so everyone went upstairs to rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng added six tall orc skeletons to his residence. Used to improve the safety of your residence. Then, we went directly to the zombie world. On the side of the road, the motorcade of the auto repair shop was already waiting there early. There are five trucks, one passenger car, and three vans in total. The trolleys have also been modified, welded with steel bars and iron plates, and inserted in the middle of the truck. ?Wu Heng boarded the passenger car in the middle and ordered the skeleton to board the truck. The convoy started and headed towards the prison. ?The road was smooth and there were no obstacles along the way. In the afternoon. The convoy appeared outside the prison. On the city wall, there stood a skeleton warrior holding a rifle, standing motionless on the wall like a sculpture. Looking from a distance, it still looks very powerful. Open the door! Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton behind him. There is no need to notify the inside. After getting close to the city wall, the big-headed skeleton can directly transmit commands remotely. The skeleton in the prison immediately opened the door. The convoy drove in. At the same time, the survivors in the prison also ran out of the workshop on one side. Start to help move the things on the truck down. The movements are quite skillful. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the area where the skeleton was. The entire prison is divided into two areas. Wu Heng himself and Skull occupy a separate building in the administrative area. The remaining survivors are the remaining areas, including the dormitory building and the place where the factory building was renovated. After all, he is not a prisoner, and he is not here often, so he still has to provide living conditions for others. ?Wu Heng looked around the office building. Choose a location that feels similar. Take out the building components that store the Bone Burial Ground. ??First of all, there are three huge stone tablets, three meters high and half a meter wide, with dense symbols and patterns carved on them. Then, there are four divided oval stone plates, which are also full of lines. Revealing a heavy and ancient atmosphere. ?These stones cost me several gold coins. Looked at the skeletons around. Point to a position on one side and give an order. Come here, smash the cement floor here and see the soil below. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 165 , cold arrow Chapter 165, Cold Arrow Duke shouted. He rushed in directly with his battle ax in his hand. ??The people inside who were dividing the loot were stunned for a moment, and then they immediately reacted. Each of you go get the weapons around you. Bang~! A dull crashing sound was heard, and the nearest person was directly knocked out. Hit the wall behind him and slowly slid down. ?At the same time, Duke continued to kill others with his battle ax. The movements were wide open and closed, all the furniture along the way was shattered, and the silver coins on the table were scattered all over the floor. The door position. Bawudong directly killed the man who opened the door. Several other people also followed into the room. Hold your weapon and join the battle quickly. Fighted with wanted criminals and accomplices. For a time, shouts of death and the sound of weapons clashing resounded throughout the room. Outside the door, there were also many people watching because of the fierce fighting. Soon, the last enemy fell. ??Duke grabbed a piece of cloth, wiped the blood on the battle axe, and said: "Captain, lay it all out, easily." ?Wu Heng looked around the room. The layout was very simple. Tables, chairs, wooden beds and some daily necessities. It should be the temporary residence of these wanted criminals. I opened two drawers and found some moldy fruit cores inside. I dont know how long they had been there. Nothing. Wu Heng said directly: "Duke will check the identity of the wanted criminal, Marta will collect all the silver coins, and we will split up after we return." Okay, Captain! The two began to take action. ? Duke took the tablet that was handed over and began to check the identity of the wanted criminal to confirm whether there were anyone else on the wanted list. ?Marta began to bend down to pick up the silver coins on the floor. ?These trophies are also a big gain. Hurrah! ?At this time, there were dense footsteps and noisy shouts outside the door. Looking out through the open door. You can see that a large number of people wearing various brand-name equipment squeezed out the crowd of onlookers and blocked the door of the house. It is a characteristic of gang members to have messy equipment and weapons. ??Wu Heng looked outside and said, "Duke, have you confirmed your identity?" Confirmed, only one person is a wanted criminal. Duke replied. Wu Heng took the tablet back and said, "Put the wanted criminals there first. Go out and ask those people what happened." "oh." The people outside the door kept shouting for the people inside to come out. Duke lowered his head and walked out of the door, tall and burly, with silver plate armor and a battle axe. ??The yeller was startled, his voice suddenly became quieter, and he carefully took two steps back. What are you going to do? Duke asked directly. The gang members in the front parted to both sides to make way. ??A middle-aged man wearing leather armor and a goatee strode over. He glanced at the tall orc, without any fear, and said directly: "This is the jurisdiction of our ''Scorpion Claw Gang''. If you dare to come here to break into houses and kill people, you don''t want to live, right?" Gang zoning management is a method of Luntam City. According to Wu Heng''s understanding, it is outsourced security. Simply carry out some security management and collect taxes from the city hall. It can also be regarded as the team of Luntam City. Still have some confidence. Duke looked down at the other party and said: "We are members of the association. According to the intelligence, there are wanted criminals here and we are on an arrest mission." Association? How do you prove... Duke took out the emblem of the association, glanced at the other party, and continued: "We have nothing to do here, you can leave." At this time, another person approached. Whisper a few words in a low voice next to the goatee man. With a goatee, he turned his head and glanced inside, where he saw several other people picking up silver coins. He said directly: "You can take away the wanted criminal, but the things inside belong to the original owner of this house, so you can''t take them away." Were not moving anything in the room, Duke said. Those silver coins are also included, you cant take them away. The man said directly. Duke immediately understood what the other party meant, and immediately retorted: "Why, you haven''t done any effort at all, and you still want to share the spoils." Speaking, he took a step across to block the other party''s view of the inside. "You can''t say that, and the association can''t take other people''s things." The man raised his hand, and a group of gang members behind him took a step forward. Duke''s face became more serious and he said behind him: "Captain, they asked us to leave the silver coins and leave directly with the wanted criminals." ?Wu Heng came out with a few skeletons. ?Looking at the leading man, he said: "The association arrests wanted criminals, and all gangs and mercenary organizations should cooperate in handling the case." "Yes, we cooperate, but now that you are finished, we have to manage this place again." "Who said it was over? How do you know there is only one wanted criminal here? Or do you know whether there are wanted criminals in the place you manage?" Wu Heng looked at him and said. The man didnt panic at all, crossed his arms and said, You cant just talk nonsense, this Whoosh~! The man''s words have not yet finished. A sharp sound breaking through the air suddenly sounded. ??A cold light suddenly shot out from the crowd of onlookers and struck Wu Heng''s chest. ?Wu Heng''s pupils shrank, and a strong sense of crisis arose in his heart. He wanted to make a dodge, but his body still found it difficult to keep up with the speed of his brain. ?Seeing the arrow hit the chest ?This Bawu took a step diagonally eastward and blocked the way. ??Grabbed the cold light coming from him and threw it aside. is Bawudongs skill, [Catch flying arrows]. The next second, Wu Heng''s body responded. Duke immediately stepped forward, hugged Wu Heng''s waist, and rushed back to the building behind him. Bawudong and Bassen came forward together. Pushing the goateeed gang leader to the ground, he held the sharp short blade against his throat. Hurrah! The surrounding gang members immediately drew their weapons from their waists and were about to charge forward. Goat Beard shouted, "People from the Scorpion Claw Gang, please don''t move. This is a misunderstanding. Put away your weapons." Kill the leader of the association. He did such a stupid thing because he was tired of living. Let alone the leader of a small gang outside the city. ?You ask the consortium people if they dare to kill the captain, and the city lord''s mansion if they dare. ?He didnt know where the arrow was shot. But once the fight starts, it will be completely unclear. Gang members did not move on. The man was pushed to the ground. He took two mouthfuls of dirt and continued shouting: "The captain inside was not our people. You must investigate clearly." In the room, Wu Heng''s face was gloomy. I touched my body up and down to make sure there were no wounds, and then breathed a sigh of relief. Nearly died outside. Captain, Im going to kill them! Duke said angrily. Dont go out, be careful of someone shooting cold arrows! ?Marta also came over, leaned against the window, and took a look at the situation outside. ?Then he squatted down, picked up the crossbow bolt from the ground and took a look. said: "It''s an arm crossbow or a light crossbow. The other party has already prepared it." ?Wu Heng nodded and prepared it in advance. At this time, the door opened. The Goatee gang leader was dragged in with a knife held to his neck. He was thrown to the ground, and while wiping the cold sweat from his forehead, he explained: "It was not done by my people, and it has nothing to do with me." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 166 , How dare I? Chapter 166 How dare I? ?Wu Heng looked at each other. ?The hand holds the hilt of the sword. ??I want to kill the corpse directly. But the large number of gang members outside the door could not kill him yet. Once those members are angered, a chaotic fight will begin. Perhaps this is the purpose of letting the cold arrows go. Take a deep breath and calm yourself down. ??Thinking about it carefully, the possibility of it being a gang is really low. After all, no one would be charged with killing the association captain because of such a trivial matter. ??Moreover, the person was pinned here on the spot. I believe you Wu Heng said. "Yes, yes, it can''t be me. I''m out of my mind and I wouldn''t do such a stupid thing." The man immediately echoed. Wu Heng continued: "I believe it, but tomorrow the entire outer city area and even the outer city area will spread about the assassination of the captain by your ''Scorpion Claw Gang''. How do you think the association will deal with it in order to regain face?" this. The cold sweat that had just stopped covered his forehead again. Does it matter what the truth is? The gangs managed by the districts outside the city are actually thugs who collect taxes for the city lord''s palace. After changing one batch, there will be another batch. ?If the association holds him accountable, he will undoubtedly die. Captain, I really didnt do it. ?Wu Heng asked: "Why did you stop us?" The homeowner here said someone was fighting here, so we came over. The man replied immediately. Let me ask you, why are you entangled with us and talking so much? Normal association actions. Leave aside local gangs, even the "Knights of the Iron Guard" in the inner city will not interfere too much. ?These people stopped him from leaving, which made Wu Heng feel a little strange. The man recalled it and immediately said: "My men said there was a lot of money in the room, so I thought about it and told you a few nonsense." He regrets it. If I had known better, I would have let him go. It has become like this. Call your little brother in. Wu Heng said. ??The man''s eyes lit up, he opened the door and shouted into the distance. Soon, a man wearing leather armor with messy hair walked in. Looking carefully at the people in the room. ??Wu Heng asked: "What were you doing just now? What did you say?" The younger brother was a little timid and kept looking at the goatee next to him. Hearing the question, he said: "I just stood behind and didn''t do anything." ? ? Goatee yelled angrily: "Didn''t you say there is a lot of money here? Honestly." The younger brother suddenly understood and said: "I didn''t see it. I also heard from the people next to me that the house was full of money. You also saw it at that time. There was indeed a lot of money in it." Again another person is involved? Who did you hear that from? Identify it. No, I dont recognize him. He seems to be a man, in his 30s. "You **** me." Goatee went up and kicked him twice. ?Obviously, Goatee also realized that something was wrong. Those like me are probably being taken advantage of. This kind of thing is not uncommon in Luntam City. Often, it doesnt matter who the real culprit is. Once a group of people die, the matter is resolved on the surface and thats it. Now that the other party is not injured, he can still listen to his own explanation. If he is really injured or dies, they will be buried with him. ?Wu Heng asked his younger brother to go out and look for it. Sure enough, the person was not found. ?Wu Heng stopped talking and waited silently. Not long after, both Glenda and Xiaoxiao, who were in the invisible state, flew back. In the shared picture, there are more people watching. No suspicious person was found, and everyone was discussing the matter of shooting cold arrows. Wu Heng looked at the two people in front of him and said, "Let''s go back with me. We will be investigated by the association. If it wasn''t you who did it, we should let you go." "No, no, no one like me can enter the inner city. It would be nice if you knew it wasn''t me." Goatee said immediately. He regretted it to death. ?Why do you have so much free time to get involved with people from the association? You have to think about it. Come with me now. I believe you. If the association arranges for someone to arrest you, you will be on the wanted list. The man swallowed, hesitated, and said, "Okay, I''ll go with you." Have your men evacuate the crowd and prepare the carriages. "good!" ?The man immediately opened the door and gave instructions outside. All the onlookers were evacuated, and a carriage stopped outside. ?Wu Heng and the body of the wanted criminal entered the carriage together. Under the cover of Duke and others, he walked towards the inner city. Professional associations. ??Deacon Gmez personally interrogated the leader of the gang in the outskirts of the city. The captain of Team 8 died a few days ago, and the murderer has not been caught. This time, the captain of Team 12 was assassinated again. It is simply a disgrace to the Wrentam City Association. His anger as a deacon reached its peak. I almost killed Goatee and that little brother and interrogated the corpse. The corpse doesn''t lie. But he didnt do it after all. The gangs that manage local public security are also members of the city lord''s palace, so they have to save some face for each other. Not long after, Wu Heng came back from the interrogation room. Duke and Marta immediately stood up and asked with concern: "Captain, how are you doing?" ??Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and said: "The deacon attaches great importance to this matter, but there is no result. Be careful these two days." Oh, were fine. Captain, please be careful. I feel like Im coming for you. ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling the same way. ?At that time, there was nothing unusual about Duke talking to the other person outside for so long. ?Go out by yourself, but the second sentence is a cold arrow. ??It was Bawudong who blocked it, otherwise he might really have died outside. Its okay, lets divide the money and then go back to our homes. Ill inform everyone if there are any tasks. Wu Heng said. Then, divide the bounty from this mission and the money collected. A few people each took their money and chatted briefly. They all went home. Dusk. ~! There was a knock on the door. ?The door opened, and Wen Mansha, the gangsters sister-in-law, stood in front of the door with her arms folded. Sister. Minnie called sweetly. ??Although I shouted every day, after practicing, I would beat down the gang members. But when facing the gangster sister-in-law, he still behaves well-behaved. "Yes." Wen Mansha nodded. After entering the door, she hurriedly took off her windbreaker, then quickly walked into the house and said, "Master, I heard that I encountered danger today. Are you not injured?" As he said that, his whole body rushed over with a fragrant breeze. ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. How did it spread outside?" It was said outside that the Scorpion Claw Gang wanted to kill you but failed. Wen Mansha checked him for a while. Have a contractual relationship with each other. Once Wu Heng dies, their soul-stamped slaves will also be implicated. Those with a low level will have their souls shattered directly, while those with a high level will also have their soul status affected, making them become foolish and stupid in the future. So, their fate is completely connected with Wu Heng. ??If something happens to Wu Heng, none of them will survive. ?The other two maids heard about Wu Hengs incident today. He also came over immediately, his face full of concern. It has nothing to do with you, someone is causing trouble. Wu Heng said. Did the Scorpion Claw Gang do it? Wen Mansha asked. "They probably didn''t do it. Recently, you arranged for someone to pay attention to this matter and see if they can find the person." Wu Heng said. Now the association is also paying great attention to it, and various teams have begun to investigate this matter secretly. It is unlikely that associations will be used to identify the murderer. After all, I have no friendship with the rest of the team. Nor will I do my best to investigate. Well, I will, do you want me to arrange for someone to defeat the Scorpion Claw Gang tonight? Wen Mansha said directly. ??Wu Heng pinched her little face and said, "No, they should be used as well." Actually, I have some speculations in my mind. The first possibility is that the accomplice of the wanted criminal was arrested outside. He saw his accomplice being killed and took the opportunity to shoot a cold arrow in the dark. The second type is the Sky Eye Secret Order. Their asking price is too high, and they plan to take action directly. The third group is the enemy of the Scorpion Claw Gang, and he shoots cold arrows to put the blame on them. The fourth type is former enemies, or companions who previously arrested wanted criminals. If you think about it this way, the scope is too large and it is difficult to check. The first three are still more likely. "Okay, but this matter must not be forgotten. If there is a problem on the Scorpion Claw Gang''s territory, I will make them pay the price." Wen Mansha gritted her teeth and said. Its really the style of a gang. By the way, do you know the person Jianluan? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?This person is the old man who was previously in the Secret Order of the Heavenly Eyes and wanted to make friends with five women. It is still necessary to investigate the identity of the other party. There is a high possibility that it is their fault. Wen Mansha shook her head, "I don''t know what industry it is in. I''ll go back and ask someone to find out." It seems that he is the owner of Lanming Tavern. He has some businesses of his own in the city. I dont know much about him, Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll ask someone to inquire after I get back. It''s not difficult to just ask for information." Wen Mansha said. The two chatted for a few more words. ?Minnie and Anderweil saw that Wu Heng was fine and continued to go to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ?Wen Mansha glanced secretly. Get up and sit down in his arms. Master, Im sorry, its all my fault. There was a problem with the intelligence, which put you in danger. Wen Mansha said with regret on her face. A soft touch and fragrance on the body. I dont blame you, there is no problem with the information. Wen Mansha leaned forward and said softly: "No, if you make a mistake, you will be punished." ?Wu Heng hugged her waist and saw her blushing face, and understood the meaning. ? Wen Mansha, since she signed the contract with herself, it is like unlocking some kind of switch. Being more and more bold. "Um." (End of this chapter) Chapter 167 , deformed cow Chapter 167, Deformed Cow The next day, early morning. ?Having breakfast together, Wu Heng saw off Wen Mansha who stayed overnight last night. Wen Mansha still felt a little guilty about being assassinated yesterday. After all, she was the one who provided the wanted criminal information. But this matter actually has little to do with her. If the assassination was really aimed at him, it would only be more dangerous if it did not occur this time but at other times. Furthermore, he was punished accordingly last night. ?Back in the living room, Minnie and Andwyer were discussing the general cleaning of their residence today. The front and back yards should also be tidied up and some flowers, plants and other things should be planted. In the past few days, Wu Heng did not allow them to go out, and the shop was temporarily closed for a few days. After all, the purpose of assassinating his own people is still uncertain. It is safer for them to stay where they live. He gave them two more instructions. He went directly to the third floor and went through the gate to the zombie world. Zombie world. Get out of the room in the office area. When I went downstairs, I saw several alchemy skeletons. They came here with the convoy yesterday, and they will also be doing alchemy production here in the future. ??Wu Heng chose several rooms for the alchemy skeletons on the third floor. All the office furniture inside was carried out and replaced with some alchemy experimental benches. At the same time, he also directed the skeleton to move in all the refrigerators and freezers prepared outside. The refrigerator and freezer are used to store some materials and prepared medicines. The previous conditions did not allow it. ??Now there is a separate power supply and storage system here, and there are not many people in the prison. The skeletons standing guard are not visible to the naked eye, and there is no need to turn on the searchlights. There is no problem at all to meet the basic electricity needs in prisons. Comparatively speaking, life is much better than that in the community. ??Wu Heng watched as the skeletons moved in the refrigerators and freezers, connected them to electricity, and taught them how to use them. ?Alchemy skeletons cannot speak and have high intelligence. There is basically no problem in learning these. After these are over. Alchemy No. 1 took out two more bottles of potions made from first-level corpse cores and handed them over respectfully. Strengthening Potion (Description: The potion developed by extracting the energy from the aberrant creatures has a strong improvement effect on the creatures, and has a small chance of awakening the power of blood.) ?Wu Heng took it and put it directly into the storage space. He did not intend to use these two bottles directly, but wanted to use them as rewards to distribute to Li Yahong and Wen Mansha. The two have different divisions of labor, but their own roles are relatively important. They all need to manage some people. ?Especially Wen Mansha, who is not high-ranking and manages more than a thousand gang members. Without any hard power, problems may arise one day. ?These potions are just for them to use. ??Wu Heng walked out of the office building and went downstairs in the residential area. Not long after, Li Yahong hurried down from upstairs. ? Holding an iPad in his hand, he opened an electronic map and said, "I discovered that there is an offline version of the electronic map." ?Wu Heng took it and played with it in his hand. Many functions were unavailable. There was only this map page, which could zoom in and out, and display roads and shops. I tried searching for gold stores, but there was no response. should not be used. ? Li Yahong pointed at several locations, "These places have shopping malls and pedestrian streets, where supplies are concentrated." ?Wu Heng nodded, Can display some buildings and names in this city area. Even the search function cannot be used. Li Yahong pointed to several locations, "These locations are shopping malls and grain and oil stores. You can plunder a lot of supplies." ?Wu Heng nodded. This electronic map is still very useful, at least it has clear markings on the environment and roads in the entire surrounding area. He thought for a moment and continued to ask: "When you have time, check the locations of some gold and silver shops." "Oh, okay." Li Yahong agreed, and then continued: "Didn''t I say that I could announce on the radio that I would accept survivors? Wang Ke said that the village where her grandma lives is near here. I want to ask I asked you if you could go there and have a look. Wang Ke! ?Wu Heng still has some memories. The trainee nurse who was rescued from the hospital by herself. ??He was also the first survivor that he and Li Yahong rescued. I thought about it for a moment, and decided that I was going to search for supplies here today anyway. It didnt matter where I went. I could also search for supplies in the fringe villages and towns. You can also go and see her grandma. ?These are not big problems. "Okay, let the team prepare. Today we will go to Wang Ke''s grandma''s place to see her. After all, time is not short. It''s hard to say whether she is there or not. Let her be mentally prepared." Wu Heng said directly. After all, it has only been a few months, and few young and strong people have survived. An old lady has a lower chance of survival. But they are the survivors families after all. I still have to take a look. Whether he can survive depends on the other person''s luck. "Okay, I''ll get ready right away." Li Yahong agreed, then turned and left. Half an hour later. The motorcade was lined up and waiting in front of the gate. Some people are carrying some needed supplies inside. For example, food, car repair tools, spare gasoline, etc. With the increase of manpower, the complete set of tools has become more and more standardized. There are five trucks in total, three commercial vehicles and one passenger. ?Several trucks have been equipped with ramming corners and steel spikes, like ferocious hedgehogs. ?The commercial vehicle behind has also been modified. The windows are reinforced with iron bars, and a layer of protection is added to the outside of the tires to prevent the tires from being attacked by zombies. Looks a lot safer too. ??Wu Heng directed the skeleton to board the truck, and he also entered the passenger car driven by Li Yahong. ?In addition to Li Yahong in the car, there was Wang Ke who was wearing stab-proof clothing and a blue shared bicycle helmet on his head. See Wu Heng coming up. Immediately stood up and bowed, "Your Majesty, thank you for helping me." Its okay, lets help each other in the face of difficulties. Wu Heng said and sat down in the passenger seat. ?Li Yahong looked over and said, "Are you leaving?" Lets go! ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and directly announced the departure. ?The gate opened, the convoy started, left the prison directly, and drove towards the distance. It lasted about more than an hour. ??More and more zombies are attracted by the sound of the motorcade on the road. He rushed onto the road from both sides of the street and hit the car with a bang. At the rear, a large group of corpses gradually formed. Zizzi~! ?The sound of electric current sounded. A voice came from the intercom, "Sister Hong, the scrapped car ahead is blocking the way." Can it be knocked away? Li Yahong said. It might be choking. There are a lot of traffic jams. Dont crash the car. The intercom answered. ?Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng said: "Stop the car, kill all these zombies, and then move on." ??Li Yahong said into the intercom: "Shorten the distance between the cars and prepare to stop to clean up the zombies. The driver locks the door and don''t get out of the car." The entire convoy began to shorten the distance. Gradually stopped in the middle of the road. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton sitting behind him: "Let the skeleton get out of the car and kill the zombies outside." Hurrah! All the skeletons jumped out of the carriage. Fight head-on into the surging crowd of zombies. The two waves collided together, and the sounds of fighting and roaring resounded throughout the entire area. There were no accidents in the battle. Even some special skeletons such as the big ones carried, Bawudong, were not dispatched. The level of the skeleton group has increased, and its attributes have also improved. With the same number, the attributes of the skeleton group are higher. Soon, the battle ended. ?Li Yahong got out of the car, drove the forklift down, and cleaned up the scrapped vehicles piled up in front of her. ??Wu Heng asked the skeletons to carry the corpses and pile them all on both sides of the road. The road will be clear soon. The convoy started again and headed forward. It was not until noon. After clearing several waves of corpses on the way, the convoy began to approach the village. Sister Hong, we are entering the village market ahead. The voice of Hadron came through the intercom again. ?The roads are no longer wide, and the speed of the convoy cannot be increased. Zombies all around rushed up from both sides of the road and banged on both sides of the car door. More zombies gradually surrounded the convoy. Even though it is a village, it has a much larger population than the village where the materials warehouse was built last time. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Stop the car and kill the zombies." The convoy slowed down again and stopped at the roadside. Immediately afterwards, a large number of skeleton soldiers jumped down from behind the carriage. A spear array was formed in the front to resist the large number of zombies rushing out from the market. ??The remaining chopper skeletons will directly kill the zombie groups on both sides. There was another fierce fight. The corpses fell like wheat. End the battle. The skeleton re-entered the standby state, and the entire area fell into silence. Only the sound of the motorcade''s engines was still whining. Clean up the bodies! The skeletons took action again, clearing the piles of corpses blocking the road along the way. The motorcade also drove into the middle of the market. On both sides of the road, there are various grain and oil stores, knitting stores and agricultural equipment stores. You should be able to find a lot of things here. Li Yahong looked around and said. Well, lets go to the village first and then search this area when we come back. Wu Heng said directly. The convoy continued to move forward. Driving out of the intersection of the market. Your Majesty, the buildings over there are Damu Village. ?Wang Ke pointed to the gathering place of bungalows in the distance and introduced it to Wu Heng. Looking into the distance, I saw a large village. I felt that the living conditions were pretty good. There were many houses with white ceramic tiles on the outside, and there were also clusters of blue-roofed colored steel houses. There must have been a lot of people in the village before, right? Wu Heng asked. ?Wang Ke shook his head, "I don''t know either, and I rarely come back, but I heard that the development here is good, and the agriculture and breeding industries have received a lot of support." In recent years, it seems that some surrounding villages and towns have been developed. As a person living in the city, he has no contact with the specific extent of development. Now it seems that living conditions are not worse than those in cities. But think about it in addition, if there is a zombie outbreak and the population is densely populated, the possibility of survival is even smaller. "Is it my grandma..." Wang Ke asked quietly from behind. "Keep a normal mentality. If grandma is not so lucky, we will try our best." Li Yahong, who was driving, comforted her. Wang Ke nodded and said nothing. Coming to the prison, I met other survivors. Only then did I realize how lucky I was to be saved by people from the auto repair shop in the first place. ??If it falls into the hands of Chen Jinlong, it may be even more miserable. ?Of course I hope my grandma can survive, but if no one is found, or she has become a zombie. She admitted it too. After all, she had used all her luck to survive. The road became more difficult to walk, and the dirt road became bumpy every time. The tools placed in the car made a rattling sound because of the shaking. ?This is what Wang Ke said. If the roads that have been supported in the village are not supported, they will all be dirt roads. After driving for about 10 minutes, we started to approach the Lanpi Factory. The building area here is not small. You can still see the words "supermarket" and "dormitory building" on the small cement buildings on the roadside. It feels like a factory. Moo~! Suddenly, a strange sound of cow braying sounded from the side of the factory building. Several people in the car frowned at the same time. ??And there are cows? ۡ! ?Suddenly, there was a loud bang, and the black iron door of the factory was knocked open. A cow with a huge rotting body rushed out of the factory. Under everyones wide-eyed gaze. With a bang, it hit a truck in the middle. ~! The convoy immediately stepped on the brakes, the tires kicked up smoke and dust on the ground, and gradually came to a stop. Holy shit, whats going on? It seems to be under attack. Its a zombie cow. The cow is attacking the convoy. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 168 , the convoy was blocked Chapter 168: The convoy was blocked ?The smoke and dust dispersed. A huge cow appeared in sight. He is nearly three meters tall, with thick limbs and bulging muscles. His eyes are as big as fists and covered with red threads. His huge horns are as thick as forearms and are embedded in the body of the truck. The reinforced steel plate was dented, and the huge force forced the truck to move laterally for a certain distance. ?Wu Heng looked at the cow that suddenly rushed out. ??He also widened his eyes in surprise. ??This thing has also undergone distortion, and its size has caught up with that of an elephant. ??Ox, this kind of creature is inherently powerful. After the body size increased dramatically, the force of the collision was obviously even more terrifying. The reason why the truck was not pushed over directly was because the reinforced steel plates were large and heavy enough, otherwise the truck would have been destroyed and people would have been killed. Inside the intercom. ??The driver was still shouting for help, saying that the car was shaking violently and might be overturned. What should I do? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng just wanted to speak. Moo moo~moo moo! The sound of cattle braying and the sound of hooves trampling on the ground were heard again from the side of the factory building. Sitting in the car, you can clearly feel the vibrations like an earthquake. ?Wu Heng was startled and immediately said: "Lower your body." ?Bang bang bang~! Five more giant bulls rammed into the stopped convoy from one side. In an instant, there was an earth-shaking shaking. ??Wuheng''s passenger overturned on one side, and the business car in front of him turned three or four times before stopping. Grass! The car that was finally modified was overturned by a cow. ??Wu Heng unbuckled his seat belt with one hand, checked Li Yahong and Wang Ke, and saw that nothing was wrong with them. He picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Don''t get out of the car." Then he turned to the big-headed skeleton and continued to order, "All skeletons attack and kill these monsters." Hurrah! ??The skeletons climbed out of the carriage and charged directly at several deformed cows. ??The deformed cow tried to attack the convoy without stopping using its horns. He also looked at the group of skeletons charging towards him with his red bull''s eyes. ??Looking up to the sky and mooing twice, he directly bumped into me. The burst of power from the herd is like a car rushing forward. A large number of skulls flew out as they faced him, turning into white bones in the air and scattering all over the sky. The lethality of this charge reminded Wu Heng of cavalry. ?As soon as you pass by, all the enemies along the way will turn into corpses. While Wu Heng unfastened Li Yahong''s seat belt, he said to the big guys behind him, the two guys, Lie Yi, Ba Wudong and others: "You guys should also go help and try to kill all the cattle." ?Several skeletons took the order and got out from the upward car door. The targets they are looking for are to kill the abnormal cow on the opposite side. Lie Yi quickly glanced around and climbed onto the two-story cement house on one side. Sniper rifle set up. After simply aiming, he directly pulled the trigger. Bang~! Huge gunshots rang out. ??In the distance, a giant bull with skulls hanging on its body, its forehead exploded, and the struggling and running giant cow''s body stiffened instantly. He fell to the ground with a thud. The skeletons all around immediately pounced on him. ??The kitchen knife in his hand kept swinging down, slashing at the deformed cow that fell to the ground. After twitching on the ground twice, he got up again and climbed up directly. The wound on his forehead was still bleeding with blood. He threw away the skeleton hanging on his body, stared at Hunter Yi on the small building with his huge bull''s eyes, and started to rush straight up. Bang~! The gunfire rang out again. ??This time it hit the bull''s eye, the bullet passed through the skull and exploded in the back of the head. The giant bull ran forward a few steps, then its front legs gave way and it fell to its knees. The next thing is the whole body. The skeletons hanging on the body were chopped at each other twice more, and then scattered. Continue to besiege the remaining aberrant cattle. ?On the other side, a big man hugged the neck of a giant bull with both hands, swept his legs and threw it to the ground. Then, he raised his huge fist and kept hammering on the huge bull''s head. ?These giant bulls have great power when running. ??But the overall attributes are obviously not as high as those of second-order deformed zombies like the big guy. Under a burst of random blows. ?The bull''s eye exploded and his whole head was dented. Er Naitou, Bawudong and others are also engaged in a similar battle. The Abnormal Cow is ferocious, but when it comes to fighting, it is not as ferocious as expected. On the contrary, it only has the energy of charging, with huge lethality. In the entire battlefield, a dense army of skeletons was surrounding and killing several deformed cattle. Under the simultaneous attack of firearms and high-level skeletons, he kept falling to the ground and died. When the last deformed cow had its head crushed by Bawudong. The chaotic scene became quiet again. Let Xiaoxiao go take a look around the blue factory building and confirm that there are no other dangers inside, before climbing out with ''Li Yahong'' and ''Wang Ke''. Put the carts in order. ?? Li Yahong nodded and gave orders to the others who were also in a bit of a panic. He lowered the forklift and straightened all the overturned vehicles. Several people in the auto repair shop were also very angry. ?These trucks and buses are their treasures. ?In order to arm these vehicles, I dont know how much effort was spent, collecting materials, and staying up late to work. It was obviously well maintained, but today it was like this after being hit by these cows. Especially the Qiangzi people. While working, he was cursing. The other side. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons and went directly into the blue leather factory. There is no need to guess the function anymore. This is a cattle breeding base. ?The yard is very large, and inside the blue factory building is a huge cattle pen. Let the skeleton open the door. ??A foul smell hit his face, almost knocking him out. There is no danger in the factory. The individual cattle pens are filled with the carcasses of dead cattle. There can be at least dozens of cows here, and most of them are not deformed and maintain their original size. The few outside are probably the deformed cows in the factory. ?Wu Heng looked around and then retreated directly. He continued to order: "Carry out all the corpses outside and inside." The skeleton entered the blue shed and took out the cow''s body. There were a total of 6 carcasses of deformed cows, which were close to the size of elephants. There were more than 30 carcasses of ordinary cows, all rotten and covered with maggots. ?Wu Heng, let the skeleton guard the door of the factory. Facing one of the deformed cows, release the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The flesh and blood fell off, and the huge skeleton slowly stood up. The skeletal body of a cow and its huge, hard horns. The bones are thick and still have a strong sense of strength. Skeleton Bighorn Ox (Level 8) Level: 8 Attributes: Constitution 15, Strength 21, Agility 12, Perception 5, Intelligence 5, Charisma 2. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire. Ability: Charge, contradict. Charge: This unit is in a charging state, with agility +7 and strength +5. In the charging state, the negative status effects that affect movement are weakened. Collision: Cause impact damage to the target. Under the charge effect, it has effects such as knocking up and knocking down. Level 8 deformed zombies. In other words, the deformed cow here is likely to be upgraded to a second-level deformed zombie in a while. Not only are human zombies improving, but these animal zombies are also improving. ??If all the zombies with level 2 distortion were to attack the convoy, they might directly pierce through the steel plate and overturn all the cars. He rummaged around his head. A corpse core was found among the pieces of meat scattered all over the ground. ?Although it is still the first level, it is obviously larger and is close to the second level corpse core. Continuing to release the [Bone Slave Technique], each of the deformed cows stood up. Get a total of 6 corpse cores. Not to mention searching for loot, these corpse cores are enough to be a huge harvest. ??It also made up for the vacancy of not obtaining the first-level corpse core for a long time. After returning, you can let the alchemy skeleton continue to increase the production of corpse core potions. Put away the body core. ?Wu Heng drank two bottles of spiritual potion, and after recovering some mental power, he released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] again. All the cattle stood up. ?Except for the aberrant cows, ordinary cows are not only short, but also do not have soul fire, and look dull and stupid. At this time, Li Yahong walked in. He glanced at the skeleton cows standing in the open space and said directly: "The overturned vehicles have been corrected. They are somewhat damaged, but they do not affect normal driving." Lets go and reach the village before dark. "Um!" The two walked out with the skeleton. Having someone take off the pedals of the truck, the skeleton cow followed the pedals and walked into the truck bed. After everything is ready. The convoy sets off again. Passed through the factory area and entered the village. ?Zombies appeared one after another along the way, but there were not many, only a few here and there. It rushed over and was crushed to pieces by the convoy. The entire village is not a regular building like a town. There is a large open space, and each household is separated by a certain distance. You can also see some bungalow shops, restaurants, supermarkets, and Internet cafes along the road! ??However, the number of zombies is a bit off. ?This village is developing well. There should be hundreds of households, but after entering, I only encountered a few zombies along the way. It is a good thing to have fewer zombies. Perhaps, Wang Kes grandma really has a high chance of surviving. ~! The convoy slowed down again to avoid the pile of dirt in front of it. My home is right in front. Wang Ke said nervously. I could immediately confirm whether my relatives were still there, but I started to feel uneasy. Zizzizi~! The voice of the leading car came again over the intercom. Sister Hong, where are you going? ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Go forward, the fourth intersection." Okay! The convoy continued to move forward, slowly, and at the same time, it was alert to its surroundings. at the same time. In a building in the distance. ?Several men gathered together. One of them held a flashlight and looked into the distance. Damn it, Brother Zhang, this is a big job. A thin man wearing a leather jacket exclaimed, There are several trucks, and there should be a lot of supplies in them. "Huh? Is there anyone else coming to this small place?" Another strong man grabbed the telescope and looked forward. Its really just a fleet, except for trucks, its commercial vehicles, and theres a lot of stuff at first glance. This cant be the rescue team! The man called Brother Zhang said with some confusion. The thin man immediately said: "Brother Zhang, what are the rescue teams doing here? We can''t save all the people in the city. I feel like they are from some base. I heard the ''Fire God Sanctuary'' on the radio that occupied a village." They may also think so about the base they established, Brother Zhang, they must have a lot of resources. Brother Zhang continued to look at the telescope, thought for a while and said: "Monkey, go talk to the boss and ask him what he means. The others will follow me and go down to explore their background." Okay! The thin man ran back. ??The rest of the people were carrying steel pipe machetes and walking together in the direction of the motorcade. (End of this chapter) Chapter 169 , several gathering points Chapter 169, several gathering points The convoy continued to move forward. Following Wang Ke''s guidance, he slowly stopped at the intersection. ?Let ''Xiao Xiao'' check around the nearby buildings first. After confirming that there is no danger, everyone got off the car. The whole village felt like it had been hollowed out, empty and covered with weeds. Gives it a weird atmosphere, with no zombies and no trace of survivors. Everyone got out of the car and looked around. Qiangzi and others checked a barber shop near the road. He came over and said: "It has been rummaged through. There is a kitchen, but all the food is missing. It must have been plundered." It seems that there are indeed survivors here. Clean up or lure away the zombies here. Qiangzi, you stay here, check the car, and we will leave later. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qiangzi and others nodded. While at the cattle farm. The convoy suffered considerable damage. Especially some commercial vehicles, they look terrible. There was no direct repair at that time, but now it is time to repair and check it. Everyone is busy. ?Wu Heng, Li Yahong and the others walked into the alley. ??Wang Ke was a little nervous at this time, pointing to the building in front of him and said: "That''s my grandma''s house." Lets go. The courtyard wall is not high, and there are clear **** fingerprints on the black iron door, like marks left by being beaten hard by zombies. The door has no lock and opens directly with a slight push. The center of the courtyard is a cement walkway. One side is a chicken and duck cage, and the other side is a vegetable field, which is now overgrown with weeds and is about half a person tall. After confirming that there was no danger, several people entered the building directly. The house was in a mess, all kinds of clothes and bedding were thrown all over the floor, and the furniture was obviously rummaged through. ??Woooo! ?Wang Ke began to sob softly on the side. From the wide open gate of the yard, we can see that the yard is covered with weeds. No one has lived here for a long time. ?Wu Heng glanced at the room and said, "Stop crying. It doesn''t necessarily mean something will happen to your grandma." Wang Ke raised his head in confusion. Wu Heng continued: "Have you ever seen zombies rummaging through cabinets? This place must have been ransacked, which led to this situation." ?Wang Ke looked at the things everywhere and said, "It seems right." Li Yahong also pulled her and said softly: "Didn''t we agree that we should be mentally prepared for anything? If you cry like this, what will others do?" Im sorry, Sister Hong. Didi~! ?At this moment, a harsh trumpet sound suddenly came from outside the door. A few people looked solemn and walked outside. Havent left the alley yet. Qiangzi walked over and said softly: "There are many people coming over there, saying that this is their territory, and they seem to want to get some benefits." Dare you stop the convoy? Li Yahong asked. "I guess I didn''t see the skeletons in the car. They were all quite crazy." Qiangzi continued. The back of the truck is wrapped in canvas. What is inside cannot be seen from the front or side. It seems that no skeletons were found. Otherwise, for a normal person, just seeing a group of skeletons, not to mention fighting, can cause strong psychological pressure. Even though zombies are rampant now, a skeleton standing up and wielding a kitchen knife still has a strong deterrent effect. Go tell them and well leave after we find them. This place still belongs to them and we wont take away any supplies. Wu Heng said directly. After all, they were the ones who cleaned up the zombies here. No need, what kind of conflict happened. Okay. Li Yahong took Qiangzi and others, walked out directly, and stood at the front. Several people were standing opposite. Leather boots and jacket, holding various steel pipe machetes in his hands, just like the Young and Dangerous boys in Hong Kong movies. ?Several people saw a woman coming out, wearing dark blue stab-proof clothing. The look in his eyes suddenly changed. ?? He glanced at the opponent and saw that there was no gun on his waist, so he calmed down a little. Li Yahong said directly: "Guys, we are here to find someone. We will leave after we have found someone. We will not take away any of the materials here. Please make it convenient." The leading man did not answer, but asked, "Are you from the rescue team?" The rescue team among the people generally refers to the military or official team. Rather than referring to scattered shelters. No, an ordinary survivor organization. Li Yahong replied. "Oh!" Several people glanced at each other and the motorcade behind them again, and asked, "What''s in the car?" The pretended aliens and aircraft carriers have something to do with you? Qiangzi said directly. "Fuck! You have a bad temper. Why doesn''t it matter when you come to our place?" the other party also cursed. Li Yahong stopped Qiangzi, who was still about to scold him, and continued: "We will leave after picking up the people. We don''t want to have any conflicts with you." "Haha~! Open the carriages and let us check to see if you stole anything from here. You can only leave after confirming that there is nothing wrong with the things." The man continued, while winking at the side. The boys behind him knocked on the iron bars in their hands and stepped forward to inspect the carriage. ?Wu Heng could hear clearly from behind. Knowing that the other party is planning to rob it openly. He took out his pistol and walked out. The expressions of the people who were sneering forward suddenly froze, and their steps retreated a little bit. There is no point in reasoning, guns are the most convincing. Damn, theres a gun! The leading man backed away with an ugly face, but still pretended to be calm, There are so many of us, you only have a gun, and there are more brothers behind you, I advise you not to... Bang~! The gunfire rang out. The bullet penetrated the man''s head instantly. ?The words stopped suddenly, his eyes widened, and he fell backward. ??The expressions of the others suddenly changed, and without caring about anything else, they turned around and went into the alleys on both sides, disappearing. Qiangzi and others looked at the corpses on the ground and were surprised that the other party had acted decisively. Without giving the other party a chance to speak, he shot directly. The convoy is turning around and getting ready to go back! Wu Heng said directly. Qiangzi and others immediately got into the car and began to make a slow U-turn. It is very difficult for a truck to turn around on a small road like the village, and it needs to be done step by step. Drag the body over here. Wu Heng walked into the barber shop on one side. Bassen on the side dragged the body in. ?Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse immediately sat up. How many survivor gathering points are there in your village? Wu Heng asked directly. The dead man looked up, "There are two in total, the gathering point in the north, and several villagers hiding in the south area." ?This small village actually has two branches. I probably had to think about it for a moment and said directly: "Where is the old lady next door?" "Not in the north. We don''t accept old ladies. If she''s alive, she might be in the south." The corpse continued. ?Wu Heng nodded and directly dispersed the necromancy magic. ??The corpse fell to the ground with a thud, making no sound. ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong out. The convoy has completed its U-turn and can leave at any time. ?Getting on the bus, I glanced at Wang Ke who was sitting on the seat. Wu Heng said: "Drive south and see if you can find anyone at the end. If you still can''t find anyone, go back." ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said, "Go south." The convoy started and headed south along the road. The other side. A convoy of motorcycles rushed forward along the rugged road. A cloud of dust was raised. Suddenly, seeing a few people running back in a hurry, they all stopped. "Why are you back? Where''s the convoy?" ??The leader, a man with long hair and half a cigarette in his mouth, naked to the waist and with slightly dark skin, asked loudly as he looked at his men who fled back in embarrassment. The person who escaped had his hands on his knees, breathing heavily, and replied intermittently: "Zhang, Brother Zhang is dead, they have guns, they opened fire without saying a few words, and the brothers scattered and fled back." Then, more people appeared behind and ran towards this side. They are all his subordinates. They all ran away in confusion, as if they were fleeing for their lives. Is there a gun? How many guns? the man continued to ask. Only a handful was seen, but the others seemed to have none. Its just a handful of grass, why are you panicking? The man cursed and continued: Do they really have that much material in the car? I didnt see it, but there were five trucks, and the rest were passenger cars and commercial vehicles. There should be a lot of supplies. The man hesitated for a moment, threw the cigarette in his mouth to the ground and extinguished it, and said, "Go back and get the petrol bombs. If we grab this batch, we will be able to enjoy the food and drink for a while." Everyone turned around and started walking back. The convoy entered the building complex to the south of the village. From a distance, I saw a factory building with a red flag. ?Several people climbed onto the wall, holding kitchen knives and iron pipes in their hands, looking this way warily. The motorcade stopped in the distance. Wang Ke, whats your grandmas name? Li Yahong asked. Yang Huifen! ??Li Yahong turned on the car''s external speaker and shouted directly: "Is there an old lady named Yang Huifen among you? Her granddaughter Wang Ke is here to pick her up." The fence suddenly became noisy. ?At this time, are there any family members who have come to pick you up? What''s going on? At least you are a cadre of an important agency, so you get this kind of treatment! ?Then, someone hurriedly got off the wall and ran towards the building. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 170 , thank you for your blessing, great immortal Chapter 170, Thank you for your blessing In a building, in a small, isolated room. The offering table is filled with Baojiaxian. A silver-haired old lady was kneeling down in front of the altar table and mumbling something. Suddenly, the door was pushed open. ?There was a voice asking from outside, "Ms. Yang, what is your granddaughter''s name?" The old lady stood up from the ground, turned around and said, "Wang Ke, what''s wrong? Is there any news about her?" A lot of cars came outside, saying that your granddaughter is here to pick you up. The old lady stood up, with some doubts in her tone, "Really?" Can I make a joke about this? The convoy is shouting, and they say theyre here to answer the question, the man continued. ?The old lady made a puff sound. He knelt down in front of the altar table again and kowtowed repeatedly, "Thank you, the immortals, for protecting my granddaughter. Thank you, all the immortals, for your blessings." I knocked several times in succession. He then stood up and said, "My granddaughter''s name is Wang Ke, and she works in the district hospital." "Then you go out with us first. If the other party is really your granddaughter, you can go with them and watch their motorcade. Life should be better than here." The man said. Although there are some supplies at the gathering point. But this is still a small, remote place. The food will be finished sooner or later. ??The old man is a burden here. Even though he is a fellow villager and a well-known person in the village, he does not want to offend him, so he has been taking care of him until now. Now that the other partys granddaughter has to be picked up, the burden on the gathering point has been reduced. Okay, wait a minute. The old lady knelt down again and muttered a lot, and then carefully installed the statue for worship. Follow the man and walk out of the small house together. After calling twice. ?The other party still didnt respond. Wang Ke sighed and said: "Sister Hong, it''s okay. It seems that my grandma is not here. Let''s go back. Everyone has done a lot for me." ?Li Yahong also sighed slightly, picked up the walkie-talkie, and was about to make the convoy turn around. The sound of a loudspeaker came from the wall inside the building. Let the king come out and lets take a look. ?The eyes of several people lit up and they immediately looked at Wang Ke, who was sitting in the back row. Wu Heng said: "Get off the car, let them take a look, and don''t pass by." It is unlikely that there is a sniper rifle here. If you take a look at it from a distance, there should be no problem. ?Wang Ke nodded, opened the car door and walked out directly. Waving his hand in front of him from a distance. Several people on the building seemed to be discussing something in low voices. Then, the door opened, and an old lady carrying large and small packages came out. ?Looking a little sloppy, but looking at a steady pace. ?Wang Ke immediately showed an excited look on his face and hurried forward to greet him. It seems that she has really found her family. ??Wu Heng said to Li Yahong: "Let Wang Ke take her grandma to sit in the car at the back. Don''t have nothing to do outside. You will be frightened when you get in the car." Oh, thats right. Li Yahong picked up the speaker and said directly: Wang Ke, sit in the back commercial car with grandma. ?Wang Ke supported her grandma and complained that she was still holding so many useless things. He made an OK gesture towards the car window and walked towards the business car behind him. At this time, inside the building. ?Another man walked out, approached the front car, and stood on the window of the car, saying something. Then, Qiangzi''s voice came from the intercom, "Sister Hong, they asked people who came in from which way what''s going on outside." ?Li Yahong looked over. Wu Heng said: "Tell them normally that if they are willing to come with us, we can take them away." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and replied with the original words. The first car communicated, and soon a reply came over the intercom, "They won''t follow us." Well, lets set out in the convoy and leave the village along the same route. The men at the gathering point left. The convoy started and began to leave the same route. In a passenger car. Li Yahong held the steering wheel and said: "The people in this gathering place for survivors are not bad, and they actually have an old lady." ??If the old lady is hiding alone in her own home and has some food stored up, she won''t be surprised. On the contrary, it is surprising that such people are well cared for in such a gathering place of survivors. Young and old, in this period, their status is actually quite embarrassing. If you are not a direct relative, it is difficult for outsiders to be willing to support you. After all, your physical strength and ability are no longer suitable for the current environment. He finally managed to plunder some food and feed a strange old man. Basically no one would do this. Well, it seems that the old lady has a good reputation in the village. Wu Heng said. ?This time I came here and my side gained a lot. Not to mention there is a market along the way that I havent raided yet. ??Just those few deformed cattle and corpse cores were enough for him to lead his troops for a trip. ?Think about it, it seems that my future goals need to be changed. Finding deformed zombies is actually not easy. It is better to find some breeding bases or zoos on the map. There may be some creatures that are deformed. Li Yahong glanced at the sky outside and continued: "It''s already this time, I''m afraid I have to drive a long way at night." Its okay, its not a big problem. Wu Heng was not worried. If you return the same way, there wont be much danger. ?Li Yahong smiled and said, "Yeah." The convoy continued to drive outward. Suddenly, a rapid voice came from the intercom again. Sister Hong, there are many people behind us, chasing us on motorcycles, and they are faster than us. ?Everyone was stunned and looked behind them along the rearview mirror. ?Although the convoy is relatively long, you cant see it clearly. But you can still vaguely see people approaching quickly on a motorcycle. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Are they the survivors who took in grandma?" A voice came back from the commercial car carrying Wang Ke and her grandma, "No, grandma said those people are another group of survivors. The two places often fight with each other over the loot. It seems that what they are saying is that they just planned to rob us." Those people. At the same time, the tail car continued: "They are carrying weapons, and several of them are holding bottles similar to Molotov cocktails and are accelerating towards me." Good guy. They are really those people. He ran away before, but he came back again. ??Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, letting her float in the air for a glance, and then shared the vision. There can be seven or eight motorcycles, followed by two vans. ?Several of them were holding on to the handlebars with one hand and holding incendiary bottles filled with liquid with cotton stuffed in the mouth of the bottle in the other hand. ??This is to stop the convoy and continue to rob the supplies. ??If you stop now and the opponent directly throws incendiary bombs, even if you kill them, you will lose several vehicles. It is a pity that the vehicle that was finally modified was lost here. Looking back, he saw the skeletons sitting behind him and said, "Li Yahong, slow down the convoy, get on top of the car and kill those holding Molotov cocktails." Li Yahong followed the order and began to notify the convoy. Lie Yi opened the sunroof of the passenger car, lowered his body and got out. He picked up the sniper rifle and pointed it far back. The next second. Bang~! A gunshot sounded suddenly from above. There was a crisp sound, and the incendiary bottle that had lit the cotton cloth suddenly shattered. ?The fire exploded like a wave of air, engulfing the man holding the car. The remaining people behind were also frightened, braked hard, and fell down. Bang~! The second gunfire sounded, and another person''s Molotov cocktail exploded. ?The fire engulfed the person and instantly turned him into a burning person, screaming and struggling on the ground in pain. ??Everyone was stunned by the scene in front of them. Then, someone said: "They have sniper rifles and are a military convoy." Grass, retreat. The motorcycle started up again, and everyone left with a clatter. The motorcade also slowly stopped in the distance. The intercom came with a report that everyone was in no danger. Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng and said, "They have withdrawn, shall we continue to leave?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. He said softly: "Let''s go and follow them. You can''t go back tonight. Go and have a look at them." Is it okay? Li Yahong said. "No problem. If it gets dark and they come up to cause trouble, there may be more problems. Moreover, they have offended us twice and let them go like this. It is too easy for them." "good!" Li Yahong continued to convey orders. The convoy turned around again and pursued the motorcycle team in the direction they left. (End of this chapter) Chapter 171 , kicked to the iron plate Chapter 171: Hit the iron plate At dusk, the sky turned into a red glow. A courtyard in the north. The three-meter-high wall is hung with iron mesh, and in the middle is a black metal iron gate. ?On the wall stood a few people who had escaped. Hide behind the wall and look out warily. ??The long-haired leader took two strong puffs of cigarette, raised his leg and kicked his men, and cursed: "Why don''t you just have a **** pistol? Why the **** do you have a sniper and it''s so accurate?" The younger brother was kicked, staggered up, and explained: "Brother, my conscience, what we saw was a pistol, and we also followed it just now, can we talk nonsense about this kind of thing!" ?Besides, several other people also followed suit. He said that at that time he saw one person holding a pistol, and the rest had machetes or iron pipes at most. Fuck! Im blinding you. The man cursed angrily. Going after that convoy obviously got yourself into trouble. Even if it is the end of the world, firearms still have a strong deterrent effect. Even the superpowers on the radio. ??It only shows some characteristics of genetic evolution, and cannot really carry bullets physically. ?Now they have provoked a group of people who may be from the military or officials, and they have finally hit the wall. Woooooooo~! Suddenly, the sound of a car engine came from outside the wall. At the same time, the younger brother standing guard on the wall shouted loudly: "Brother, that convoy is coming, all those cars are coming." ??The man threw the cigarette to the ground hard, climbed up the wall, and carefully poked half of his head out to look out. The motorcade just now appeared in sight. It stopped at a distance and no one got off the car. Should also be observing this side. Fuck, its not over yet. The man cursed, thought quickly in his mind, and said, Bring me the horn. A large loudspeaker used for selling vegetables was given to him. The man patted twice hard. Turn on the loudspeaker and shout loudly: "Friends on the other side, it was just a misunderstanding. I would like to ask you to give me some face. When food and clothing are settled in the future, I will bring a generous gift and apologize in person." After shouting, turn off the loudspeaker switch. ??He said to the specific brothers below: "Go and check whether the door is locked tightly, and don''t let any more **** problems happen." "Okay." The younger brother quickly ran to the iron door, took out the iron chain and locked it twice. The direction of the convoy. Everyone in the car heard the other partys shouting. Li Yahong frowned and said, "Why do his words sound like lines in a movie?" Perhaps this set of words is common in the world, Wu Heng said. "Why don''t you take a piece of paper and write it down? You are also a leader now, you may need it in the future." Li Jiahong teased, looking at him with a smile on his face. You are the leader, so you should take a note and write it down. No, its too low. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s do business and let them surrender, otherwise you will bear the consequences." Li Yahong turned on the loudspeaker in the car and shouted: "People inside, listen, if you choose to surrender now, you still have a chance to survive, otherwise don''t blame us for being rude." Soon, a voice came from the opposite building again, "It''s just a misunderstanding, why should it be like this? It''s the end of the world, and humans should help each other." Why is he so shameless? Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. It was obvious that they were chasing after them, intending to rob them of their own supplies. Now we are starting to help each other. Its like saying, its okay for me to hit you, but if you hit me, you are destroying the peace of mankind. Wu Heng said: "Don''t talk nonsense to him. Just tell him directly. If you don''t want to die, open the door and come out to surrender." ?Li Yahong turned on the speaker and continued her original words. On the opposite side, he still refused to admit defeat. He said: "I really think we are afraid of you. If you have the ability, you can fight. I have many weapons in my hand and will send you to see the King of Hell in an instant." Li Yahong still wanted to talk to the other party, but Wu Heng directly turned off the external speaker. Turning around and facing the skeleton behind him, he said: "Lie Yi, go find the sniper point, Datou, get all the skeletons out of the car and prepare to attack." Hurrah! ??The sound of bones rubbing and colliding was loud. All the skeletons jumped out of the carriages, holding kitchen knives and spears, and they were densely packed, occupying the entire street. The afterglow of sunset passes through the hollow bones. Holy shit, boss, whats in their car is not supplies, its all skeletons. Its over, weve caused big trouble. "What can we do? Those guys are not human beings. Otherwise, surrender." Seeing the densely packed skeletons outside. The people inside the building immediately became confused. ??The other party has fewer people and more supplies, and the cars are filled with monsters from the underworld. ??They didn''t pay attention to themselves before because they really didn''t want to get to know each other. Now that the other party is serious, they are the ones who are unlucky. Fuck, please be quiet. The bosss voice trembled, but he still cursed. He also regretted that he had listened to his younger brother. To provoke such a group of people. But the matter has come to this, and there is no way back. The rest of the people can surrender, but he cannot. ?As long as you surrender, the opponent will definitely kill the leader to avoid problems. Therefore, we must not surrender. Boss, no, there are at least tens of thousands of skeletons, we cant defeat them. The younger brother said from the side. "Fuck you, do you know how to count? You have occupied a village of tens of thousands, how can this be a street like this?" The boss took a deep breath, suppressed the fear in his heart and shouted: "If you go out, you will definitely die, let''s go now There are walls and iron gates that they cant get in at all, and they can stop zombies, so how can we still be afraid of them? This, this, is this okay? The younger brothers voice trembled. "Take out the gasoline and the weapons you prepared earlier. If you can''t hit them head-on, why can''t you defend the wall? Two fires will burn them all." The man continued. ?The rest of the people think about it carefully and feel the same. He then moved quickly and moved all the things he had prepared to deal with the corpses. Inside the passenger car. Xiaoxiao flew back, as if lying on his side, leaning on his chin, floating in the air, and said: "The people inside have no intention of surrender. They are all preparing things. There are many kinds of things that broke into pieces and turned into fire." of bottles. Who is their leader? Wu Heng asked. ?Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, then gestured to his head, "Uncle with long hair, no clothes on top, and always swearing when he talks." Well, Xiaoxiao did a great job. Hey! Xiaoxiao happily floated twice in the air. Li Yahong said: "It seems that they have no intention of surrendering." "It''s just right. It also prevents them from surrendering and it will be difficult to deal with them then." Wu Heng said. These people can be brought back to the base. In the future, we will also form cliques and it will be difficult to manage them. Its okay not to surrender, but to fight to the end. Well, whats next? Theyve got Molotov cocktails. "It''s okay, it''s not a big problem." Wu Heng closed his eyes and thought for a moment, then took out a simple incense burner and yellowed linen from the space ring, and handed it to Basson behind him, "Go and put the incense burner with them. side." Take out the lighter and light the incense in the incense burner. A faint aroma wafted out instantly. ?Li Yahong looked at it suspiciously. As for Bassen, he put the linen cloth on his body and his body disappeared from sight. Then, the car door opened. ??You can hear the sound of getting off the car, and you also know that Bassen has gotten off the car, but you still can''t see anyone. ?Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at what was happening in front of her with some disbelief. All of them attributed the various special abilities that happened to Wu Heng to superpowers. After all, this new word can be applied to all incomprehensible abilities. ??But putting on a piece of cloth and becoming invisible directly is still difficult to relate to the awakening ability, and the lit incense burner. ?Although it doesnt look like a local thing, it is definitely an old thing, and the aroma makes people feel a little dizzy. Soon, the car door opened, and after closing again, Basson was revealed. The linen was returned to Wu Heng. Ask everyone not to get out of the car and wait until dark! Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and passed the original words to everyone in the team. The two sides faced each other, as if they had fallen into a state of stasis. The army of skeletons stood motionless on the street. Everyone in the building is also vigilantly monitoring every move in the distance. Time passes little by little. ?The sky is getting darker and darker. ۡ! ?Suddenly, a man who was guarding the wall suddenly fell down. ??The long-haired boss was stunned and cursed: "Fuck, what''s the matter with you?" The words have not yet finished. The people on top of the wall and below fell to the ground one after another. As if fainting. At this time, he also realized something was wrong and immediately shouted: "Wet your hand towel, the air is poisonous." People who are in good health also feel dizzy. Zai Zai rushed into the room in a daze. Look for a handkerchief or scarf to cover your mouth and nose. Uncle, many of them fell. Xiao Xiaofei came back and continued. ?Wu Heng handed the iPad in his hand to Xiaoxiao and ordered to the skeleton behind him, "Skeleton Ox, go and break open the iron door." Outside, the skeleton army made a way. The elephant-shaped skeleton bull began to charge, its footsteps clicking on the ground. On the wall, everyone was in chaos. Someone lit a Molotov cocktail and raised it just above his head, intending to throw it. Bang~! There was a gunshot, the Molotov cocktail shattered, and flames poured down like a waterfall. In an instant, the person who was thrown and the entire wall were submerged. Sniper. Its still the sniper. ??The remaining people who covered their mouths and noses and held up Molotov cocktails hesitated for a moment. By this time, the skeleton cow had already rushed to the iron gate. ??The thick horns of the arm hit the iron door with a clang, and the sound was deafening, resounding throughout the whole world. Then followed by the second cow and the third cow. ?Hit the black iron door one after another. ?Huge force caused the door bolt to loosen. The iron door fell to the ground with a bang. Immediately afterwards, dense skeletons poured into the building and began to fight with the survivors inside. The sounds of killing and fighting instantly filled the entire area. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 172 , I have a portrait Chapter 172, I have a portrait The battle lasted about half an hour. The building gradually became quiet, and all the skeletons were on standby, crowding the courtyard. ?Wu Heng took Li Yahong and several skeletons, got out of the car and walked over. First, get the incense burner from the corner on one side. Then he walked directly into the courtyard. The body had been chopped into pieces, and the appearance of death was quite miserable. It is almost impossible to tell which one is the long-haired leader and which one is the ordinary younger brother. The flesh and blood are blurred, and the human shape can barely be seen. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and glanced at the body. ?Then he took the people directly into the building at the back. ??The entire building is filled with all kinds of random daily necessities, and it looks like a messy warehouse. But there are also a lot of materials collected. Grains, oils, rice and noodles, as well as plenty of mineral water and snacks. ?It seems that most of the loot in the village has been looted by these people. No wonder they all look so good. ??There is also the intention to rob everywhere. Let people search this place and put everything that can be taken away on the truck. Lets rest here for the night and wait until dawn tomorrow morning before leaving. Wu Heng said after walking around. ?These grains are also a big harvest and can support the base for a long time. ?Li Yahong nodded and immediately went down to tell people to start moving the materials here. ? Qiangzi and others got out of the car and started moving things. Li Yahong came back and said, "They said it''s fine to live in the car. They don''t want to live in a building because it''s not as clean as the car." Okay, lets live in the car first! "Um!" Everyone started to get busy. After searching this place thoroughly, we checked the status of the vehicles again in the dark. Let everyone go back to their cars to rest. It will be dawn the next day. The motorcade drove out of the village and arrived at the market outside the village. Start to search for supplies from the shops on both sides. Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others began to raid knitting shops and small supermarkets. Housing prices around the village were cheap. ?The stores floor space is also quite large. Part of it is a shop in the front, with a small warehouse directly behind it. The supplies are no less than when searching the city area, and they are all carried into the car. ?Wu Heng, carrying several skeletons, entered a rural credit cooperative. ?The ground was covered in blood, stained with advertisements for some financial products. ??Probably found the location of the warehouse. ?Took out the bronze key and opened the door directly and walked in. The reserve safe was opened, and inside were paper receipts, cash and some paper items similar to commemorative coins. I dont know what it is used for. I found two 10-gram gold bars. Put away the gold bars and continue searching in the office upstairs. ?In two of the rooms, I found some tea, wine, and cigarettes, and carried them downstairs with them. See Wu Heng coming out. Li Yahong explained a few words, walked over, and said: "There are several warehouses, and it may not be completed until noon." ?Wu Heng handed her the cigarettes and wine and said: "Move as much as possible, if not, I have to make another trip." Even if the things can be moved away, the corpses all over the ground still need to be transported back. These are our own sources of troops. Materials are to maintain the lives of survivors, but military resources are the foundation of oneself. Okay! Li Yahong agreed. The two stood together and continued chatting about other things. On the other side, the gathering place in the village. Tap tap tap~! One person hurried back and entered the base. He went to a room without stopping. He directly opened the door and said breathlessly: "Yang Zhi..., Yang Zhilong and the others..." ?Yang Zhilong is the leader of the North Refuge. The two parties often fight over supplies, and it is even more common for people to lose their lives. But it is obvious that there are more men on the other side, and this side is always at a disadvantage. I heard Yang Zhilong. ?The people in the room stood up in unison, holding weapons in their hands and looking serious. They are coming? one person asked. No, no, their gathering place is gone. No more? Everyone frowned, understanding what this meant. "Yes, it''s gone. The door is open, and half of the walls of the houses inside have been demolished. Everything is gone, and there are no people left." The messenger tried his best to explain. The faces of those who were listening showed confusion. The shelter is gone in one night? How is it possible? Group of corpses? Someone thought for a moment and said. The messenger shook his head and said, "No, I didn''t get close either. I glanced at the open door from a distance." Stop guessing, lets go and see together. ?A few people picked up their weapons and called out the others in the yard. After leaving the house, quickly rush towards the gathering place in the north. When I arrived, I was even more surprised. Sure enough, the whole area was deserted. ??The originally well-defended wall was now empty, and there were still dark traces of the fire. ?The door is open, and the solid iron plate is dented with holes. It was like being shot through by a cannonball. Everyone''s eyes widened, and what they saw was more impactful than what they heard. It certainly didnt look like he was being attacked by a horde of corpses. Go in and have a look. ?Several people entered the building anxiously and began to examine it carefully. It was deserted inside, and part of the building had collapsed. The supplies are all gone, nothing is left. Taking away supplies must not have been done by zombies or deformed zombies. ?A few people were discussing in low voices. ?At the same time, I was thinking about what happened yesterday that would cause such a disaster to the gathering place in the north. Could it be the group of people who picked up Aunt Yang? ?The rest of the people also thought of this, and their eyes widened a little. It would have been a better choice for us to leave with them at that time. Dont think about it, just look here and see if there are any useful items left. "good." ?The people dispersed and started searching the room. It may not be food supplies. The motorcycles in the yard and some of the weapons left behind can also be reused. It is approaching dusk. The convoy, loaded with various supplies, returned to the prison. ??Everyone went out to greet him happily, and then began to take the initiative to move the materials on the car. ?Wu Heng returned to the office building where he lived. Hand the six newly obtained first-level corpse cores to several alchemy skeletons. The alchemy skeleton took it respectfully and sealed it into the organ jar. Zizzizi~! The intercom rang, and Li Yahong''s voice came out. Im coming. ??Wu Heng said to Bassen beside him: "Bring her in." ??Bassen went downstairs, and when he came back, he came up with Li Yahong. Li Yahong seemed to have put on light makeup and had a faint fragrance on her body. She stood there with some evasive eyes. Look for me! Well, this is for you. Wu Heng took out a bottle of strength potion and handed it to her. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, held it in her hand, and looked at it curiously. What? Didnt I say last time that I wanted to take corpse cores? This is a medicine developed using corpse cores. There is no need to worry about the virus in it. Wu Heng sat down and explained. Corpse medicine without side effects? At the main station, Im afraid theres no such technology! ?Li Yahong held the potion and couldn''t believe it. Are you afraid that I will harm you? Wu Heng said jokingly. "No, I''m just a little surprised." Li Yahong opened the cork and drank directly. My throat rolled, and I swallowed the entire bottle of medicine. And the next second. Li Yahong''s body began to turn red, and her whole body began to tremble slightly as she stood. ?This scene also shocked Wu Heng. ?Immediately stepped forward and supported her. Alchemy No. 1. Wu Heng shouted. Alchemy No. 1 came over from the next room. He checked Li Yahong''s condition, then turned around and left. ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment and was about to say what kind of attitude you have. ??Li Yahong''s symptoms began to disappear at the speed of the naked eye, and her whole body returned to normal. She still stayed in his arms and did not get up. ?Wu Heng asked: "How do you feel?" Li Yahong said: "My muscles just hurt a little. It feels like I ran three thousand meters when I was at school. It hurts like hell." Just take it slow, it means you are improving your muscles. Have I awakened my powers? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at her, "Do you feel that you have become stronger in any way?" I dont feel anything. This is a first-level corpse core. The chance of awakening the superpower is low. You need to adapt to it for a while. When you have the opportunity to take a second-level corpse core in the future, you may be able to awaken it. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong glanced at him carefully and said, "Thank you. I feel like you treat me better than my dad." Ahem~! You can call me that in private. You~! Li Yahong raised her hand as if to hit someone, but finally put it down, That depends on your ability. Make sure to rest after you go back. Tomorrow we will arrange a convoy to transport all the corpses along the way back. Wu Heng said. Okay, thank you. Li Yahong stood up. ??Wu Heng nodded, "By the way, you can''t tell anyone about the potion, not even the people under you, otherwise there will be a lot of trouble." "I know." Li Yahong nodded, thought for a moment, and then asked, "Is it necessary to talk about the corpse core?" Corpse core, you can still say that, you just said that you took the corpse core normally and you were lucky enough to succeed. Okay, Ill go back first. The vehicle needs to be re-inspected tonight. Well, okay. Before leaving, Li Yahong came over, kissed him quickly on the cheek, turned around and ran away. ?Wu Heng stood at the door, watching the other party''s back gradually go away. He himself passed through the boundary gate and returned to Luntam City. the next day. Luntam City, Guild Dungeon. Captain, Mr. Captain, please ask the association to let me go. It has nothing to do with me. Just entered the dungeon. From the cage on one side, there was a burst of wailing and crying. The leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang, who used to be a domineering man, is now slovenly and covered in weeds. Having been locked up for three days. I feel like I have lost a lot of weight. ??Wu Heng sat down on the wooden bench outside the iron cage, looked at him, and asked: "Don''t you think of anyone these days?" "It must be that other gangs framed me, it must be like this." The other party still shouted. Have your people found any results? Wu Heng continued to ask. It is useless to lock up such a person. But we cant just let it go. At least we cant let it go until there are clear results. ?The other party also sat down on the straw mat nearby and said: "I asked my subordinates to question everyone who was watching that day, but there is no result yet." ????????????????????????????????? At this time, the door of the dungeon was pushed open. ??A guard came in with a man in obvious gang attire. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting here, the guard took the initiative to say hello, "Captain Wu Heng, this man is a member of the Scorpion Claw Gang and wants to see the prisoner." Well, leave this to me! Wu Heng said. The guard nodded, turned around and left. The gang members stood aside with some caution. He didnt speak for a long time. ??The leader in the cage said: "What''s the matter? You should just talk." The younger brother said: "Boss, we went door to door and asked about the situation that day, but most of them..." Where did you come from with all this nonsense? Hurry up and say it. The other party scolded. The younger brother suppressed all the nonsense. He immediately said: "One identification after another, I finally found a suspicious person who does not live near our area." What does it look like? Do you know? the leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang continued to ask. I asked someone to draw a portrait based on the retelling. He said and took out a scroll. After opening it, it was a middle-aged man with a square face and a long beard. Scorpion Clipper glanced at the boss and frowned, "I haven''t seen it before." ??Wu Heng also looked at it. But suddenly it felt a little familiar. He identified it carefully and frowned for a moment. ?Blackstone Town, the captain of the first team - Anel. ?He also came to Luntam City? (End of this chapter) Chapter 173 , the consortium can protect you Chapter 173: The consortium can protect you In terms of portrait, there are some differences from the former Blackstone Town Arnel. He has a beard and his hair is much longer than before, but the outline of his face is still recognizable. He is Anel. Perhaps he was not the captain and had been in depression for a while, or he might have dressed up like this to disguise himself. But what is certain is that he is his old colleague, Anel. ??He has not been in the Blackstone Association for a long time, and he has not had much contact with Anel. ?The key point of conflict between them lies in the deacon Yazd. ?At that time, ''Yazd''s plan against him failed, and Anel, who was guarding the door, attacked him. It is certain that Anel is a close associate of Yazd. Know some plans. ?Anel''s attack was unsuccessful, and he was worried that the matter would be exposed, so he left Blackstone Town directly after leaving a letter to the team. Said he was going back to his hometown. But now it seems that he did not do what he said in the letter. Come to Luntam City. He left Blackstone Town earlier than himself, and probably arrived at Luntam City earlier. ?This had to make Wu Heng start to doubt his purpose of coming here again. As for the last assassination, was it an accidental encounter or was it prepared in advance? Captain, do you know him? The leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang asked Wu Heng after identifying the portrait. I dont know him, havent you seen him before? Wu Heng shook his head and asked. Anel, related to the matter of his being taken away from his body. ??In Blackstone Town, he didn''t want this to be too obvious, and he feels the same way now. The leader looked at his younger brother, "Stop **** drawing." "Boss, look at what you said. If that person doesn''t know, then he just says he doesn''t know. It''s just making up what a person does." The younger brother immediately defended. Yeah, thats right. The leader of Scorpion Claw sat on the straw mat and thought for a while, then continued: "Captain, this matter must have something to do with this kid. Why don''t you go and tell the deacon that we have found a clue? You have to arrest someone to make up for your mistakes. If you catch this person then, you won''t have to worry about it, right?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows but did not refuse. "Well, that''s right. I''ll inform the deacon. It''s up to you what to say." Okay, thank you captain. The other party thanked him immediately. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dungeon directly and went to the deacon''s study. ??Talked briefly to Deacon Gomez what had just happened. ??Gomez then met with the gang leader and listened to his ideas. Looked at the portrait. But it was obvious that no one in Luntam City knew Anel. After some discussion, it was decided to release the gang leader and continue investigating the matter. ??Of course, I didnt just let him go without any reason. It is necessary to catch or find specific information about this person within a week. There is no name or specific information, and a wanted order cannot be issued. So some detailed information is needed. Hearing that he was being let out, the boss of the Scorpion Claw Gang thanked him profusely and promised that if the other party was still outside the city, he would be arrested even if he was turned upside down. ??The deacon didn''t bother to talk nonsense to him. After saying a few simple words, he let him go. At noon, Wu Heng and the leader of the Scorpion Claw Gang walked out of the association together. Remember to inform me if anything happens, Wu Heng said. "Okay, captain, don''t worry, I will help you catch that kid and vent your anger," the other party said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, go back quickly." ?The other party nodded, took his younger brother, and left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and looked around. He did not go back to the association, but went directly to the consortium. There are two main threats to ourselves now. One is Anel, who failed to assassinate himself. The second one is the Secret Order who want to take back the props in their hands. ?Wu Heng even suspected that there was some kind of connection between the two of them, otherwise they would not be so close in time. But everything is just my own guess. There is no substantial evidence. In the consortium lounge. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and rested for a while. The door opened and the person in charge, ''Lecia'', walked in slowly. Her appearance and figure were still beautiful. Good afternoon, Captain Wu Heng. Lecia said with a smile. ??Wu Heng also smiled and said: "Has there been any result regarding the skill book commission?" "Wait a moment." Lecia said, calling the staff to check the commission records. The staff returned soon, holding two skill books in their hands. ?Lecia checked it herself first, and then handed it to the other party''s hand. "It seems that the commission has come to fruition." ?Wu Heng took it in his hand and examined it. Bone ArmsCorpse Cage.????White Bone Arms ?? (Description: Use necromancy magic to form a bone armor around the user''s body (can be effective at the same time as physical armor, but cannot be effective at the same time as magic protection skills). The armor is formed to provide magic and physical protection for itself.) A set of magic skills that can form armor. There is no record of this skill in the Necronomicon. Either it is a relatively unpopular ability, or it is a skill developed after the Necronomicon. But among the skills of the Mage camp, there is a skill called [Mage Armor], which provides a magic force field to increase defense. The skills in front of me are obviously similar to this kind of magic. It should be re-developed using necromancy magic based on the basics. From Wu Hengs perspective, this skill is still very useful. ??Necromancer sounds evil and scary, but his attributes are still a fragile profession. Once you are in danger, it is difficult to achieve the effects of protection and self-rescue. Magical skills that can generate armor largely make up for this weakness. Can reduce certain risks. ?Continue to view the second skill. Cage of dead bodies (Description: A fixed cubic bone prison is formed at a designated location within the casting distance. The caster can control the magic energy to control the bone density. If a trapped target cannot break out of the trap using physical attacks, its body and soul will not be able to escape at the same time. ??The casting site has enough bones and will remain in the same state. A cage without bones and formed using necromancy magic will consume its own mental power as the cage continues until it stops casting spells. ) This is another rare skill. I seem to have read the corresponding introduction in the Necronomicon, but I cant remember it clearly. It seems to be a high-level skill. I dont know if I can study at my current level. ??The things collected by the consortium this time are really impressive. The two skills obtained are more practical and advanced than the last time. The effect of [Dead Cage] is also very simple and easy to understand. Use necromancy magic to form a bone prison within the casting area. Once the target is trapped and the opponent cannot break the cage through physical means, not only his body cannot leave, but even his soul cannot escape the cage. In other words, even if the target is in the cage, he cannot escape as a soul. This also means being able to imprison ghosts. This aspect is quite powerful. Once the opponent is trapped, it will be difficult to have a chance to escape. I have to say that this skill is still very powerful. Especially to trap the soul. ?It is impossible to give up the body and escape. After reading the two skills, put them back on the table. ?Lecias jade legs were crossed, and her straight white calves were visible under her skirt. She said softly: Captain Wu Heng, are you satisfied with the skill book? ?Wu Heng glanced at it, nodded and said, "I''m quite satisfied." "This commission took a little longer, and I''m really afraid that you won''t be satisfied." Lecia patted her plump chest. No one meant to delay this matter. "Yes." Lecia leaned forward, revealing two full and squeezed ravines under her deep V dress. She said in a coquettish tone: "Captain, the balance is 330 silver coins. These two skill books are not obtained casually. of." ??Wu Heng smiled and nodded, pointed out the corresponding silver coins and handed them over, and continued: "You will still help me collect skill books in the future. Money is not an issue, and the time should be shortened as much as possible." Okay Captain. Lecia put the money away and filled out a new power of attorney. He raised his head and looked over with a pair of beautiful eyes, "I heard that the captain has been in trouble recently?" ?Wu Heng was startled and realized that he was talking about Anel. He nodded and said, "Yeah, I don''t know who shot an arrow at me when I was on a mission. I haven''t found that person yet?" "Actually, the association''s ''field envoys'' are very risky. They face wanted criminals and criminals. They can reach the level of captain, and they have more or less enemies." Lecia saw the confusion in his eyes and continued: " Im curious. With your financial resources, you dont seem to need this position, so why take this risk? ?Wu Heng understood what she meant. In fact, he also thought about giving up his status as a professional association. Opening a small shop by yourself, with a maid waiting by your side, life is actually pretty good. But if you think about it carefully, its actually not that simple. ?This world is very chaotic, with fights, robberies and killings, and even on the orc side, there are battles between tribes. Many people die in these situations every day. ??If you lose your status as the captain of the association, you will only have more troubles. ?Perhaps if you open a shop today, all the gangs will come over tomorrow to cause trouble. It seems that he took a lot of risks by working for the association. Similarly, he is the captain of the association, and the association is his backer. No one wants to be put on a wanted warrant easily unless they are desperadoes. ?Without this identity, you have to rely on yourself to deal with any enemy you encounter. At that time, it will really be a situation of fighting if you can win, and dying if you can''t. There is no room for maneuver at all. ??Wu Heng glanced at the woman who was still waiting for his answer, smiled and said: "The association recruited me when I was in difficulty, how can I leave easily." "The captain is quite friendly." Lecia praised professionally and continued: "If there is really a danger one day, and the association is not willing to protect you, you can come directly to the consortium, and the consortium can protect you. Safety." ?Wu Heng raised his head, with some doubts and surprise in his eyes. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 174 , keep distance Chapter 174, Keep your distance ?Wu Heng looked up in surprise. I saw the other person''s beautiful big eyes, looking at him seriously. Lecia continued: "Captain Wu Heng, I am serious. Not to mention that I can handle the matter for you, but there is no problem in sending you out of Luntam City." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Thank you very much. I feel Miss Lecia''s kindness. If you need my help, I will do my best." The person in charge of a local consortium still carries sufficient weight. The promise she made to herself was not made casually. ?The relationship between myself and the consortium is considered a cooperative relationship, but I didnt expect that the other party still values ??me. I dont know when it will start. My popularity with women seems to have improved. Really? Lecia asked. "certainly." I still have some performance gaps this year, can you help me complete it? Holy shit. Fell into a trap. Um, what performance? Do you still have such a term as performance? Wu Heng asked curiously. For a consortium, is there such a thing as performance? "We still need to exchange the gold. You said you would help me, weren''t you lying?" Lecia continued to ask. ?Wu Heng coughed lightly and said, "I have remembered this matter. When I hear the news, I will help you complete the performance." Okay, thank you very much. The two sat together and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and planned to leave. Lecia walked to the door and continued: "What I just said is true. Remember to come here if you are in danger. In Luntam City and even the surrounding areas, the consortium still has a certain deterrent effect." "I know that if there is danger, I will come to Miss Lecia for help." Well, be safe. The two of them said goodbye, walked directly out of the consortium building, and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. "Master, you are back..." Minnie, who was practicing Kung Fu, rushed up to her and hung it around her neck with a happy face. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her waist and glanced into the living room. Anderweil, who was also wearing a training uniform, also bowed respectfully. ?The store was closed, so the two stayed at home to practice. Close the door, Minnie hanging on her body comes down, and continues to ask: "Master, do you want to prepare dinner?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and said, "Let''s prepare it later. ''Wen Mansha'' will also come over then and prepare an extra portion." Good master. Minnie agreed. "I''ll go to the study room to read for a while. You can rest after practicing for a while. Don''t get tired." Wu Heng said. Oh oh, okay! ?Wu Heng asked Minnie to make him a cup of coffee, and then entered the study room on the third floor. Take out the two books I harvested today and put them on the table. The first book [Bone Arms]. ?Judging from the content of the book, the magic inspiration of the Bone Arms comes from the protection school in the mage system. Spells of this type can create physical or magical barriers. Can offset the corresponding attack damage, or eliminate one''s own negative status, and even dispel abnormal life forms in the body. ?Wu Heng understood the abnormal life forms here to be some parasites, not bacteria or viruses. More like a poisonous insect in a novel. ?Of course, there are many types of skills for the protection faction. The higher the level, the better the effect. It is not that one skill can achieve all the above effects. ?? Bone armor is to use necromancy magic to simulate a armor made of white bones to protect yourself, and it does not prevent you from using leather or iron armor inside. Can form two layers of protection. ?This is still very good, and it greatly improves your own safety. When the book turns to the last page. ?The system prompt will appear immediately. Unlock Skill: Bone Arms Successfully unlocked the skill. ?Wu Heng stood up and came to the middle of the study. A thought in my mind. ??Necromantic magic spreads outward from the body, wrapping around the whole body like vines to form a armor made of white bones. Wrap every part of the body. Only under the helmet, there are spaces for eyes, nose and mouth. ? Type, closer to a full-coverage iron pot type armor. I took out a mirror and looked at it. Although the shape made of white bones was a bit scary, overall it felt pretty good. Quite handsome. ??It''s like the big boss at the end of the game, full of a strong sense of immediacy. ?Standing in front of the mirror and posing two poses. The magic was dissipated directly, and the bone weapons gradually disappeared. Sit down at the desk again and continue reading the second skill book [Dead Body Cage]. The second skill tendency is closer to the evocation spell. Use necromancy magic to create a cage of bones to trap or imprison the enemy. The formation of magic can be divided into two forms. ? ?One is a cage formed when there are enough bones of living beings. It only requires mental energy to complete the spell when casting, and can be kept for a long time. The second type is a cage created by necromancy magic, which can temporarily trap the enemy, but cannot be preserved for a long time. Once the supply of magic to the cage is terminated, it will collapse. Actually, this is not a big problem for Wu Heng. ??The zombie world has no shortage of corpses. ??This can also be regarded as one of my own control skills. Gradually read the entire book. But the skill unlock prompt did not appear. Wu Heng frowned for a moment, looked around at the book in his hand, and then at his own panel. Whats going on? From the first page to the last page again. When I read it three times. The prompt appears. Unlock Skill: Dead Body Cage It should be that the level of the skill is too high, and there is no way to judge it in terms of intelligence attributes. Looked at it three times before unlocking the attribute panel. Put two books on the bookshelf. Not long after, the sound of conversation came from downstairs, followed by Minnie''s shout, "Master, Sister Wen Mansha is here." ?Wu Heng opened the door of the study, "Let her come to the third floor!" Tap tap tap~! ?Clear footsteps sounded, and Wen Mansha, wearing a gorgeous shawl and a blue dress, walked up the stairs. Enter the study room and close the door carefully. He glanced at me charmingly and shouted softly: "Master~!" Sit down! Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha took off her shawl and put it on the back of a chair nearby. Swinging her waist lightly, she walked over and sat directly on his lap. Wen Mansha has a plump figure, and her round buttocks wrap her legs like marshmallows. One hand was hanging on his neck, and the other was playing with his hair, and he said softly: "I thought the master didn''t like me. I take the initiative to send him to the door every time. It feels weird. I received a message from the master today. I''m so happy." As he spoke, he put his chin on his shoulder, rolled his red tongue lightly, and bit his earlobe gently. At noon, Wu Heng asked someone to send her a message. The content is simple, come over for dinner in the evening. It didnt say who it was, but Wen Mansha definitely knew who asked her to go to dinner. ?Of course, the main purpose is also to ask about what was explained last time and the following tasks. ??Wu Heng hugged his waist and rubbed his back gently, "Why, didn''t we just meet two days ago?" I miss you! Wen Mansha said softly and put on her red lips again. Hold each other for a while. They separated slowly. The whole person hangs on his body. ??Wu Heng caressed the silky silk skirt and asked: "Have you found any results about the person you asked to investigate?" Wen Mansha said softly: "The investigation is clear. The tavern in the outer city that you mentioned is just a small and insignificant business for the wealthy businessman in Ji''anlu''an city. According to the information I found out, the business involves weapons stores, jewelry stores, etc." Shop, mercenaries and local gangs, they belong to the big shots. For a small gang like Wen Mansha. ?? Rich businessmen like Ji Anluan are the biggest financial backers. ??If one day you get support or recognition from such people, you won''t be able to skyrocket, but you can directly get rid of the situation of a small gang. Can be upgraded to several levels. So, he is quite capable. "They are one of the top people in the city. They don''t have much financial resources. They have supported a mercenary group and are related to local gangs. They are also very powerful in terms of strength." Wen Mansha waved her waist lightly. , continued to explain. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seems that this Sky Eye Secret Order is really not simple. Are you running low on gold coins? The master has a conflict with him? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Well, you dont need to worry about this matter for now, I have other tasks for you. Wu Heng continued. Wen Mansha leaned back a little and asked, "What mission?" Wu Heng continued: "The person who assassinated me last time has some clues. The Scorpion Claw Gang and the Association are looking for him. I hope you can find him in advance and kill him or provide me with detailed information directly. " Wen Mansha frowned, and the results of the investigation came out. ?During this time, they were also investigating this matter, but they were only doing it secretly and seemed not as fast as they were there. Who is he? "One of the former captains of the association is no longer a member of the association. He had some conflicts with me before. The Scorpion Claw Gang investigated the suspect''s portrait and it should be him." Wu Heng said directly. When it comes to associations, things are more troublesome than imagined. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and continued: "Do you have a portrait of the other party?" Yes. Wu Heng took out the portrait taken on his tablet and showed it to the other party. What about the level? "Probably a level 9 or 10 warrior. He was originally the captain of the association and has rich combat experience. If you want to take action, be careful." Wu Heng said. "Well, after I got back, I immediately asked people to make arrangements. My people were very efficient in gathering information." Wen Mansha said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, it''s up to you." Dont worry, Master, if he dares to attack you, we will catch him out. Wen Mansha said firmly. "Um." The two of them talked for a while in the study. ?Minnies voice calling for dinner came from downstairs. The two of them straightened their clothes, walked down the stairs together, and sat at the dining table to eat. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. At the front desk, I got a few replies. Go to the lounge. ??Wu Heng took the lead in tearing open Slaters reply. Sure enough, it is about the Secret Order. In Slater''s understanding. ?The Celestial Eye Secret Order is a mysterious organization composed of a group of wealthy and powerful people. In the early years, it was not exposed to the eyes of the general public. It is a secretive organization that operates behind the scenes. But in recent years, it has begun to recruit members and has become more active. ? Recently, there have been signs in many places that the Secret Order is trying to infiltrate the association, and this department is also investigating this matter seriously. From his words, it can be seen that Slater is very afraid of them. And the last warning given to him was. Dont believe everything they say, keep your distance. (End of this chapter) Chapter 175 , the same goal Chapter 175, the same goal An organization composed of the wealthy and powerful. These two points are enough to prove that they control a large part of the resources. Even if it cannot be compared with the earlier famous forces such as associations and consortiums, it is by no means a small organization like a local gang or a cult. Otherwise, the association would not be afraid of them invading the interior. Slater also solemnly reminded himself to stay away from them. After seeing this. Thinking about Yazd before, the secret order and the contents of his agreement, it is not difficult to guess. ?They helped Yazd survive. As a deal, Yazd became their internal spy, collecting some intelligence trends, or directly helping to complete some things. As long as you become a captain or a deacon, you can do a lot of things. Later, when those people invited Wu Heng to join, they probably had the same idea. They need the eyeliners in the association. It doesnt really matter whether they are Ya Zide or not. Perhaps a lot of people in the association have been bribed at this time. After all, wealth is the goal that everyone pursues. According to the agreement between myself and the people of the Secret Order, it was already time for the transaction. Either give yourself 80 gold coins to buy back two rare items. Otherwise Wu Heng would donate it directly to the association in exchange for merit. Its just that the other party hasnt contacted me yet. I dont know if I am making any preparations. You should be more careful or take the initiative to eliminate some hidden dangers. Slater''s letter contains a second page. The content is about some personal issues. She said that she really likes the bracelet she gave her when she was leaving. Now she wears it every day. When she sees the bracelet, it feels like Wu Heng is by her side. Then there were some changes and personnel transfers in Blackstone Town. They are all scattered news. Although there are no explicit words. But you can still feel the longing between the lines, like a long-distance relationship. At this time, Slater feels significantly different from before. She is not like a strong woman who runs Money Cat and is the deacon of the association, but more like an ordinary woman. ?Wu Heng read it with a smile on his face. To be honest, after reading the letter, I missed the other party a little bit. ??It would be great if I could go anywhere with the bronze key. I could also go to Blackstone Town to visit the other party. After reading Slaters reply, he took out the second one. As soon as I opened it, I saw the scrawled handwriting that was almost like my own, and I knew it was a letter from Yuri. The first sentence at the beginning was to ask herself why the comics given to her were all runes she couldn''t understand. She even compared the runes books, but she couldn''t translate the contents. ??You can only look at the pictures and guess a rough plot. It is very uncomfortable to scratch the heart and liver. Let Wu Heng translate it for her and hand it over to her again when the time comes. Otherwise, come directly and let him read the content in person. Although the words are not polite. But Wu Heng and Yuli have the best relationship in the team. Still a somewhat wild, yet carefree child. After reading Yuris letter, there was also a reply from Altluk, the former captain of Blackstone Town. The content is only simple politeness and asking him to pay attention to his safety. ?Wu Heng took out the letter paper and replied to the three of them in turn. The reply to Slater asked her to continue to collect some intelligence about the Secret Order. After all, she belonged to the Secret Whisperer. There must be some internal methods to exchange intelligence information. At the same time, he mentioned that he killed a wanted criminal and got the "Blood Cup", a rare item from the "Secret Order", and the other party wanted to buy it back with money. Whether it is better to sell it to the other party, or hand it over directly to the association. The reason why Wu Heng mentioned this matter. It also leaves a way out for oneself. Slater mentioned in his mind that the association was investigating the Secret Order''s infiltration into the association. Don''t make random inquiries and implicate yourself. Having this letter, you can prove the reason why you are connected with the "Secret Order". It would be more reasonable for a newly hired captain to consult some former leaders on what to do. The second reply is to Yuli. Listed several main characters and relationships in the comics for her. Let her understand the general meaning and plot direction. The rest may be translated for her when possible. ??It is not easy to translate such a thick stack of comics. Not to mention that my writing skills here are not that smooth. The last is a reply to Altluk, roughly writing about the situation here. When all is written, put it in the sealing wax. Open the door and ask the staff to send it to the front desk to mail it out within two days. Sit in the lounge for a while. ?Wu Heng planned to get up and leave. With a creak, the door to the lounge was pushed open. ?The team member Mata strode in wearing leather armor and carrying a long bow. Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the lounge, he immediately said: "Captain, I have obtained information about a wanted criminal. Is it convenient now?" ?Wu Heng was assassinated last time, and there is no accurate information about the murderer. In fact, it is not a good time to go on a mission. But for arresting wanted criminals, if this period is missed, the target may leave the city in two days. If you want to catch it again, you wont have such good conditions now. What information? Wu Heng asked. Mata sat down aside and said directly: "I received news that some people have come from the outer area of ??the city and are contacting several gangs. They want to sell a batch of goods. They are most likely wanted criminals who are at large." Actually, wanted criminals are not difficult to identify. If you are cautious and hide in everything you do, you are likely to be a wanted criminal. In the outer area of ??the city? "Well, it''s at the Black Antelope Tavern in the outer area of ??the city. It''s a mixed bag of people there, and there are all kinds of people there. Some wanted criminals will live there, and no one will care about it." Marta continued to introduce. ?Wu Heng sat in his seat and thought for a while. ?Although Anel has not been caught yet, it is basically confirmed that he was the one who did it. As long as you are careful, it is actually not a big problem. ??You can''t hide here all the time and not go out to complete the task. After thinking about it, he said directly: "Send someone to notify Duke. When he comes, we will set off." Okay, captain. Marta stood up and ordered the staff outside the door. Sit back in the lounge and wait silently. Not long after, Duke walked in swaggeringly, carrying a battle ax and a piece of scone. Saw Wu Heng and Marta, both sitting in the lounge. Smiled a little sheepishly. He rolled up the pancake and stuffed it into his backpack, and said, "Captain, do you have a mission?" ??Wu Heng nodded, "Marta brought mission information. This time it''s an area outside the city. Let''s go there together." Good captain. The three of them made simple preparations. ??He walked out of the association directly and walked towards the outer city. Blackbuck Point Tavern. ?Several people pushed open the door and entered. In an instant, I felt several eyes looking over at me with vigilance. This period of time has passed. ?Each gang or some organization already knows that the association has established a new 12-team team. Moreover, the characteristics of Wuheng are very obvious, and they are probably rare in the entire Luntam City. Coupled with the local Duke and Marta, as long as they go out, they will most likely be recognized as members of the association. ?Wu Heng and others entered the tavern and sat down at an empty seat. ??The bartender immediately came over with a smile on his face and asked what he wanted to drink. The three of them ordered drinks and some side dishes. Looking exactly like he was here to eat. The drinks were served, and the three of them chatted while eating. Seeing that there was no movement, everyone''s eyes gradually relaxed and they were no longer so vigilant. Marta took a sip of beer and said softly: "The person on the stairs leading to the second floor is the sentry. They booked a room upstairs, but I don''t know which room it is in and whether the other person is a wanted criminal." Theres no rush, wait first. Wu Heng said directly. At the same time, he released the ghost Glenda, and with a simple gesture, Glenda flew directly upstairs. Gradually, there were more and more people in the tavern. Some people began to make loud noises, drink and brag, and even hugged the girl who brought the wine and began to touch her hands. ? ? Women dont dodge, they can get some tips by simply catering to them. Duke and Marta both behaved a little unnaturally. ?While drinking, his eyes began to scan around involuntarily. Performing a poor performance as hard as possible. Fortunately, it was noisy here, and in addition to them, people from various gangs also came in. There are not enough people monitoring everywhere. Not long after, Glenda flew down from upstairs and entered Wu Heng''s body. At the same time, the scene in the room upstairs appeared in front of me. There are two different groups of people sitting on both sides of a long square table. ?One side is obviously a local gang, the clothes are a bit sloppy, but the bare arms and wrists all have uniform gang tattoos. On the other side, there are several middle-aged men wearing silver armor, who dont look like characters to be trifled with. The leading man had a hideous horizontal scar on his face, like a centipede lying on his face. When he came out, Wu Heng specifically checked the association''s wanted notice. ??The scarred man in sight is very close to someone on the wanted list, a wanted criminal with level 3 meritorious service. ?Glendas perspective is probably from sitting on the side of the wooden table. ?Like a Go referee, watching the negotiations between the two sides. "The price is already 20% lower than the market price. If this batch of goods hadn''t been so hot, do you think there would be such a bargain?" The man with the scar said solemnly. The gang leader sneered and said: "That being said, you are asking for ready-made silver coins. Which gang can take out so much money at once, unless it is a consortium or a few big business groups, but will they trade with you?" You dont want this batch of goods? The scarred man continued to ask. Give me the goods today and I will sell them to you within three days. Then we will share the money and everyone will make money. The gang leader continued. As soon as these words came out, the room instantly fell into silence. The people on Scar''s side seemed not to have expected that the other side would come up with such an empty-handed method. He actually had the nerve to say it. This is to divide the goods equally with yourself without paying a penny. The goods that my group fought hard to rob, they are more like bandits than my group. It took a while to react. With a bang, the scarred man punched the table. Drinks were splashed everywhere. The men and horses on both sides looked alert for a moment, although they did not draw their weapons. But he also held his hand on the handle of the knife. What? Not satisfied? The gang leader asked without fear at all. "It seems that you don''t have the slightest sincerity, so please leave without seeing me off." The scarred man directly issued an eviction order. ?Hang Gang raised his eyebrows and continued: "Not satisfied? We can talk more..." See here. Your vision begins to change. ?Glenda passed through the wall and flew back again. Captain, what are we waiting for? Duke asked in a low voice from the side, with a sly look on his face, as if he was drinking to escape the bill. ?Wu Heng recovered his thoughts and also lowered his voice, "In the private room on the third floor, we can confirm that the other party is a level three wanted criminal." Another Level 3 wanted criminal. ?Level 3 wanted criminals are basically above level 10 and have committed relatively serious crimes. ? Even if we have killed level 3 wanted criminals before, it is still relatively dangerous for the team. Well! If there are no twins, its him. Wu Heng replied. ??Marta continued to ask: "Captain, how many are there?" There are four in the room, and those guarding outside should also have their people. Wu Heng said. Captain, when will we start? Wait a little longer. The two nodded and continued eating. Not long after, a group of people came down from upstairs. ??Wu Heng glanced and saw that it was the group of gang members who had just been bargaining with each other in the private room. It seemed that the negotiation was not a pleasant one, as he walked down the street cursing. Scar and those people didnt send it out either. Wait for the gang members to leave. ?Wu Heng winked at the two of them. The two of them understood each other, and just about to get up, they rushed upstairs together to start the fight. Sudden. There was a crash. ?In another corner, five people suddenly jumped up, three of them ran up the stairs, and two of them jumped up on the spot and climbed up from the guardrail to the second floor. He rushed toward the room where the scarred man was. They are from the fifth team. Duke immediately recognized several people. Wu Heng and others sat back on their chairs. Special circumstances have arisen in the plan. Its not just you who is eyeing these people, there are also other teams from the association. It seems that the news that they are looking for someone to trade here has spread. What to do? Marta asked. Lets take a look at the situation first! Wu Heng said. The fifth team obviously came before them, and they took action the moment they stood up. Obviously he is afraid that he will take away their credit. Clang, bang! Immediately afterwards, there was a fierce fight upstairs. They jumped out of the window, chasing... Follow them. ??One shout after another rang out. Two members of the team ran past him and rushed out. ?Wu Heng stood up and took a few people directly upstairs to take a look. Tables were overturned and windows were opened. Apparently he ran away directly. Escaped, Black Feather saw them chasing them in the alley, disappearing into the crowd, Marta said. ?Black Feather is Martas tamed beast. ?Standing outside all the time, I can share the vision with Marta. "If it weren''t for them, this wanted criminal would be ours." Duke said angrily. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corridor on the second floor from the corner of his eye and said, "It has nothing to do with us. Go back and eat." Sit on the first floor for a while. A few people left directly. After walking out of the tavern and stopping in a secluded place, Wu Heng gave a brief explanation. Changed his appearance and headed towards the Black Antelope Point Tavern again. In front of the bar. ??Wu Heng deliberately disguised himself, using the phantom veil to transform into a female mercenary with brown hair, slightly dark skin, and a wide body. Beside him, Bassen and Bawudong also changed their clothes and wore full-face tin helmets. After waiting for a while, a short man with a slight limp walked over. He sat down next to him and looked at the strange female mercenary in front of him curiously. After looking at it for a while, he said: "Which mercenary group is there? Why haven''t I seen him before?" Does it depend on the background when trading with you? Wu Heng looked up. "Haha, that''s not necessary." The lame man continued: "We do have a batch of goods to sell, and we only need ready-made silver coins." ?Although the man couldn''t see through the superficial disguise, he seemed to be aware of something different. A pair of eyes kept scanning up and down. He looked at the other guests in the surrounding taverns. But I never found anything special, so we continued chatting. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and continued: "Money is not an issue. I can also give you silver coins, but I have to see the goods first. If you are not satisfied, there is no need to continue talking." Thank God_Yu, for the reward Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 176 , Strange Object Ticket Chapter 176, Strange Object Ticket The fifth team failed to arrest, and Scar Man and others dispersed in a hurry. It is obviously impossible to use the previous method of waiting and waiting. ?Furthermore, the other party may get rid of the goods as soon as possible and choose to leave here directly. When Wu Heng returned here in disguise, he actually recognized the lame man among them. During the previous exploration of ''Glenda'', a lame figure had appeared. ?Everyone ran away. The lame man was a step slower due to his own reasons, but escaped and did not attract the attention of the fifth team. ?Wu Heng discovered him when he was exploring the room. There was no publicity or arrest. Instead, he disguised himself as a woman and returned here as a mercenary to explore the deal. When the other party hears him shouting about who has released the news and has something in hand. So he took the initiative to come forward. The lame man sat in front of the bar and looked up at the obese woman in front of him. Hearing that the money was not short of money, he put away his impatient tone and said: "Our goods are absolutely reliable and the prices are more favorable than those on the market. But before we take you to see them, we need to confirm your financial resources. No." Words of mouth, but real money. The lame man looked at the other party and winked at him again, shuddered, and added: "We only trade goods, and we don''t involve anything else." Ogle is a side effect of strange objects. The wearer cannot control it even if he wants to. So, Wu Heng changed her image into a strong woman. Its not ugly, but its hard for normal men to accept this image unless they have some special hobbies. ?Wu Heng didnt say anything and waved his hand back casually. Bassen behind him casually threw two money bags on the table. The silver coins inside collided and rattled. This is not enough to buy our goods Before the lame man finished speaking, his eyes gradually widened following the movements behind him. ?Then he saw the other party take out another bright gold coin and place them on the table one by one. The boss behind the counter who was wiping the wine glasses also changed his expression instantly. ?Picked up the rag and covered the gold coins, and said: "If you two want to discuss business, you can go to the private room upstairs. It''s better to have a simple chat here." The tavern is not a safe place to do business. Mercenaries, gang members, all gathered here. Even if its just for a drink or a meal. ??But seeing these golden gold coins may also arouse some greedy thoughts. When a melee breaks out, the tavern will suffer considerable losses. Is it enough to buy your goods? Wu Heng collected all the gold coins and put them in his arms. ??The lame man also looked away and immediately said: "Please wait a moment, I will inform our boss and I will discuss it with you in detail." ?Wu Heng looked at him, his tone still calm, "Your boss is not here? It seems that you are not sincere." "No, no, we did discuss it directly here before. There were some accidents just now. You also know that we will sell the goods to you at a low price. There are some things that are not convenient for us to come forward." The lame man continued. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I will only wait for you to have a glass of wine. If the time is up and you don''t come, it means that we are not destined to cooperate. We will cooperate again when there is an opportunity in the future." The lame man saw the financial resources of the other party and naturally did not want to miss this buyer. He immediately said: "Don''t worry, we are very sincere and we can give you an answer in the time of a glass of wine." After saying that, he hurriedly left. ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took another sip. ?? He winked at the invisible ghost in mid-air, quickly walked through the wall, and followed the lame man away. ?Although these people fled in all directions, if they had the goods, they obviously had a base. Just determine the location of this place. ?That man with the scar is most likely with the goods. Just wait. It is not uncommon for wanted criminals to trade with gangs and mercenaries. ??Its more common here. Otherwise, most of the wanted criminals would have starved to death outside without being able to enter the city and without supplies. Selling stolen goods through these people is also a means of maintaining one''s own life. ?Wu Heng sat at the bar and waited for a while. ?Three or four groups of people entered the tavern in the name of drinkers, observed the situation, and then turned around and left. Not long after, the ghost Glenda who had been arranged to follow floated back directly and got into Wu Hengs body. The scene just now was also shared in my mind. The lame man crossed a large section of the street. Entered a courtyard in a residential area. There were some people gathered inside, including the man with the scar. But his condition was not very good. One arm was dripping with blood. It seemed that he had fought with someone while escaping. The lame man told Scar about the situation in the tavern. ?The other party arranged for many people to come in and investigate. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the picture brought back by ''Glenda''. When we were in the tavern, there were only four or five people, which was not too much. But at the warehouse in the courtyard, the number of people reached 9, each of them with a fierce look, wearing armor and carrying a sword. Looks like its not easy to deal with. Its not easy to do! ?The other party has a large number of people, and he shows that he has a certain amount of financial resources with him. If you pretend to be someone else and trade with them, you may be in danger. ?After thinking for a while, he slowly got up and walked towards the second floor. ?Entering an empty private room, taking off the veil, and changing Basen and Bawudong back to their original attire. He walked down from the second floor again. When passing through the pub on the first floor. The lame man stood in front of the bar, slapped his thigh, and muttered, "It''s too late, the other party really left." ?Wu Heng ignored it and walked out of the tavern with his people. Go towards the other side. Crossing a street and entering another pub. Duke and Marta were sitting at the table waiting silently. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they immediately opened their seats for him. After he sat down, Duke immediately asked: "Captain, how are you doing?" We found where they are. There are 9 of them in total. They all seem to be of a relatively low level. Wu Heng said softly. What now? Duke asked. The wanted criminal is a middle-aged man with a scar on his face. Our only target is him. If the others escape, we dont need to chase them. We just need to keep the target behind, Wu Heng said. The two nodded to express their understanding. "The opponent has a large number of people, and the fifth team just made them nervous. Be careful, don''t cause us to be injured because of this kind of thing." Wu Heng continued to warn. Understood, Captain. ?After a few people chatted briefly, they paid and walked out of the tavern. He walked toward the courtyard where the wanted criminal was. ~. Shared arrows roared out, instantly piercing through the alley and leaning against the eyeliner on the wall. The black feathers of the tame beast flying in the sky also swooped down instantly. ??Caught the Ranger Tamer who was standing on the eaves, and bit off the whole head in one bite. Fight in! Wu Heng said directly. ?The people no longer hid and quickly rushed into the alley. Duke hit the wooden door directly, bang~bang! After two sounds, the wooden door was slammed open. The moment of opening. Swish swish swish~! Several arrows were suddenly shot out from the courtyard. Duke''s plate armor bounced off two arrows, and Wu Heng pulled him aside. The rest jingled into the wall behind him. After a round of arrows. Bassen and Bawudong quickly appeared at the door and pulled the trigger on the figure inside. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets poured out quickly, sweeping towards the people who were shooting arrows. For a time, each other''s arrows and bullets passed through the narrow courtyard gate and shot towards the opposite side. Smoke bomb! Wu Heng said. Duke took out a few smoke bombs, lit them quickly, blew on the fuses a few times, and then threw them directly along the wall into the courtyard. ?Just after hearing a loud curse inside. ?Bang~bang a few times. Dense smoke instantly filled the courtyard. Then there was a violent dry cough. Fight in! Wu Heng continued. Bassen and Bawudong rushed in with rifles and started shooting at close range. For a time, the wailing continued. Just when Duke put on his scarf and was about to rush in for a close fight. Mata said directly: "Captain, Scar and two others are planning to leave by jumping over the wall from the south." Wu Heng''s heart moved, "Let''s go, we can''t let him escape." Hurry around the corner, you saw Scarface jumping down from the wall with two others. ? Duke roared and bumped into the opponent before he hit the ground. A dull thud, a crashing sound. Knock the opponent two or three meters away. ??Duke raised the battle ax in his hand and struck it down on the head. ??Scar''s face changed drastically, he drew his sword and blocked it in front of him. The battle ax struck the broad-edged long sword with a clang, and was pulled aside. Kicked Duke away, holding the sword with murderous intent on his face. ?Wu Heng raised the pistol in his hand, bang bang bang~! He fired several shots in succession, and before the other two people could stand still, he shot through the chest and head, killing them directly. ?Scarface saw there were two more people, so he turned around and ran away. ?Wu Heng extended one hand forward and grasped it tightly with five fingers. Kaba Kaba! A huge cage of bones suddenly rose from the ground, trapping him inside. Hes from Team 12. Scarface said coldly. "Surrender, you have no way to escape." Wu Heng said. Scarface sneered, "If it were another team, maybe I would have fallen into trouble here, but you guys may not have this ability." The next second, there was an extra scroll in his hand. A flame spread along the long sword. Turn around and slash horizontally. Bang~! With a muffled sound, the long sword struck the bones of the cage. The entire bone prison began to shake violently. Kill him. Wu Heng said directly. Ah! Duke roared, approaching with his battle ax. ??Wu Heng controlled the bone prison to open an entrance, and Duke got directly in and fought with the opponent. ??Mata jumped up to the wall in one step, pulling the long bow string like a harp, and arrows quickly penetrated the gaps in the bone prison and shot towards the opponent''s location. ?Wu Heng maintained the supply to the bone prison, raised his hand and fired a few shots with "bang bang". But the opponent''s movements are more sensitive, and it is difficult to aim when fighting Duke. Put away the pistol and continue to unleash your skills. [Pathogenic Ray][Debilitating Ray] hits the opponent instantly. ?Scar''s face was ugly. He swung his long sword away from the battle axe, and raised his hand to tear two more scrolls apart. The next second. The negative state on his body disappeared, and at the same time, a scorching ring of fire spread out from around him. Knock Duke out and then burn the bones in the cage. Swish swish~! The arrow roared at him again, and the opponent quickly rolled to avoid it. ?At the same time, Bassen and Bawudong in the courtyard also turned over from the other side of the wall. Go in and kill him. Wu Heng controlled the bone prison to open a passage. The two of them entered it directly. The three men began to besiege Scarface. ? Duke is no match for the opponent, and with Wu Heng and Marta, it will be difficult to win in a short time. But Bawudong is a level 12 orthodox profession. His own strength may not be as good as Scarface. After joining the battle, immediately reverse the situation and start to press the opponent and attack. In the midst of a violent fight. Ba Wudong shattered the opponent''s throat with one punch. ??Bassen''s short blade pierced his heart from under his ribs. The scarred face had a fierce look in his eyes, but his body began to weaken little by little. Finally died in the bone prison with his eyes open. Wu Heng received a prompt to increase his experience. means the other person is dead. Disperse the cage of bones. ?Several people walked over slowly, dragging the body. Wu Heng glanced around and continued: "Carry all the corpses into the yard." ?Several people dragged the body into the yard next to it. There were corpses all over the ground inside. In the melee, no one escaped, they all lay here. Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and said: "Duke, stay at the alley. If anyone comes in, tell them that we are on a mission, and Marta will go and count their goods to see if there are any other good things. " Good captain. The two of them took the order and left quickly. ??Wu Heng looked at the scar-faced corpse on the ground and began to pick off the opponent''s equipment. In addition to armor and weapons, there are more than two hundred silver coins and a scroll in the purse. And a somewhat weird prop... Ghost Train Ticket (Wonderful Object) (Description: With this ticket, you can ride the legendary ghost train ''once'', which is an important prop to unlock the secret of the ghost train.) Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 177 , arrest the person and then leave Chapter 177: Arrest the person before leaving Ticket? A curious object ticket. ?Wu Heng reacted instantly. No wonder, he was able to transport so much goods here and also required buyers to pay all in ready silver coins. Silver coins are also metals, and when they reach a certain amount, they are also a heavy burden. Silver coins can meet more than 90% of the transaction needs on the market. The emergence of gold coins largely solved the problem of silver coins being heavy and difficult to transport. With this ticket, they dont need ordinary means of transportation at all. You can take the ghost train directly and leave here. At the same time, Wu Heng also noticed that the last paragraph in the description was an important tool for unlocking the secret of the ghost train. secret? Important props? ?This ticket is also a pre-props for a special mission. ?Wu Heng stood aside and thought briefly. Still released [Conversation with the Dead] on the corpse. The scar-faced corpse suddenly sat up from the ground, its gray eyes looking this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "How can I get where I want to go when I get on the train with this ticket?" The corpse replied, "As long as you tell the train the city you are going to, or the specified direction and distance, the train will start." What is the price of the rare objects? Wu Heng continued to ask. Any strange thing has a price. But the ticket in front of me was not written out. The corpse replied, "There is no price for the ticket, but if you ride the ghost train, you will lose all your senses." ?Wu Heng was stunned. In other words, the ticket is a strange thing, and the train is also a strange thing. There is no price for the ticket, but there is a price for using the train. Think about it carefully. Continue to ask the third question, "What''s the secret of the ghost train?" The corpse thought for a moment and replied, "I don''t know." It seems that I asked the question in the wrong way. ?Continued to ask: In addition to riding on my own, how else can I use the ticket? ?The corpse paused again, and after a while, he replied, "I heard that if you don''t go to the designated destination after getting on the train, the train will take you directly to the ghost station." Um! After getting on the train, if you dont tell your destination, the train will go back. ?There is one last question left. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are these all your goods? Are there any others?" No more, its all here. After answering, he lay back on the ground with a bang. At this time, Marta also came over from a distance. He said: "Captain, you''d better come and take a look. There are a lot of goods here." ?Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the sound. Enter the house on one side. I saw piles of leather and cloth, as well as seeds of some unknown crops. There were quite a few of them. ?Wu Heng also widened his eyes in surprise. ?These people actually brought such a large batch of goods with them and planned to sell them in the city. ?No wonder those gang members cant eat it. Mata said: "Captain, I''m afraid these goods will have bad luck getting out." ??If this is transported out of the country, I''m afraid it will be a bit troublesome. ??If one car is pulled out, it is likely to attract the attention of local gangs again. There will only be more trouble. ??Wu Heng thought for a while and continued: "Marta, you went to the Snake Emblem Consortium to find Lecia and asked me to borrow the storage sachet from her." Good captain. ?Marta walked out excitedly. Not long after, a mercenary team came over escorting a carriage. Stop outside the alley. ?Lecia, the local head of the Snake Emblem Consortium, slowly stepped out of the carriage wearing leather armor. Following Mata, they entered the small courtyard together. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when he saw her coming. After all, its not a big deal, so its not a good idea to bother people to come in person. Miss Lecia wants to go there in person. Wu Heng said hello proactively. Lecia walked up to him, rolled her eyes at him, and lowered her voice and said, "Do you think the consortium''s items can be borrowed casually? Arrange a team member to go over and just want to borrow it from me." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "Huh? I was a little inconsiderate." "How do you want to use it? I sent it to you personally." Lecia said. ?Wu Heng felt that Lecia was really good to him. Except for his two team members, none of the members in the association may value themselves as highly as the other party. He thought for a while and said to her: "I was worried that you would be busy before, but now that you are here, you can come with me to have a look. If the consortium has ideas, we can give them to you first." Oh? Lecia followed behind and walked towards the room on one side. ?The door opened and I saw the goods piled inside. Yours? Lecia asked. ??Wu Heng explained: "Capturing a wanted criminal, these are his goods, and of course they are our spoils now." Lecia raised her eyebrows and continued: "The consortium does not do this kind of business. I have some sales channels myself, but it depends on what price Captain Wu Heng gives me." After saying that, there was something profound. He winked. As if to say, based on our friendship, if you pay me too much, it would be a bit too much. ?Wu Heng said directly: "If I give it to you, it will be 30% lower than the market price." Lecia slowly walked two steps into the warehouse. When Wu Heng caught up with her, she held her arm affectionately and said in a low voice: "Captain, I''ll take it personally. It''s hard for me to bear the high price you gave me." , give it a lower amount, and I will be with the consortium to make it up to you, and neither of us will suffer. " Hey guys, you can still do this. Whether it is the deacon of the association or the resident director of the consortium. After reaching a certain height, there are many ways to make money. Otherwise, in a remote place like Blackstone Town, Yazd could have saved a huge sum of money and even purchased real estate in the inner city of Luntam City. It can be said that the way you want to make money increases with your status. Then how much do you want? Another 20% reduction! Ahem~! Wu Heng coughed lightly and said: "You are crazy. This is not my own goods. My team members have also seen it. I sold it to you at such a low price. How much money do they think I made from it." "Your two team members have just joined the job. Without you, they can''t even get involved with wanted criminals at this level. It''s not you who has the final say." Lecia tightened the opponent''s arm again. Said: "Then let''s each take a step back and reduce it by 40%. In the future, if the consortium entrusts it, I will help you take care of it. I will definitely not suffer any loss." Wait a minute, Ill discuss it with the team members. "You are still the captain, do you think you have to deal with this little thing?" As you said, I am a captain and not a bandit. ??Wu Heng walked out of the warehouse, called the team members who were waiting at the door to chat quietly, and told them what happened inside. "If we agree to give the goods to her, we don''t have to worry about these goods now, but the price will be lower than selling to the gang. It''s faster and more efficient. If we don''t want to sell to her, the profit will be slightly higher, but it will be troublesome. "Many, we will ship the goods out and find a buyer." Captain, its up to you, what do you want to do? Duke said directly. ??Marta also said: "Captain, our team has a lot of things to do recently. Why don''t we just leave this place to the consortium. It doesn''t matter if we make less money." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Marta, have you counted the goods?" I made a rough count, but didnt calculate it in detail. Well, thats probably fine. Ill tell her that Ill give these goods to her and ask her to send us the money in the next two days. "OK." The two of them were quite excited. This batch of goods is enough for them to get a lot of money. ?Wu Heng walked into the warehouse again, and Lecia was looking through the goods. Looking back, "How was it?" These goods are yours. Lecia smiled brightly and said, "Thank you very much, Captain Wu Heng. I will have someone count the goods tonight and send the money to you tomorrow morning." Okay, Ill leave this to you. We still have something to do, so well leave first. Okay, nice to work with you. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked people to load the body onto a cart and rush towards the association. Go all the way back to the association to take the body to the morgue and then register it. The sky is getting darker. A farmhouse located in the central area. ??This residence is extremely spacious, with front and rear gardens and high pavilions. It is considered a first-class building in the entire central area. ?Every ten steps, burly guards wearing silver armor stood. Looking coldly, guarding his position. ?Hand holding a sandalwood crutch, Gianluan sat on the sofa in the hall and looked at the documents delivered to him. Not long after, a slightly embarrassed figure staggered in. Seeing the white-haired old man sitting in front of him, he bowed slightly and said: "Mr. Ji''anluan, now my portrait has appeared in the association, and several gang members outside are also looking for me. I want to leave here, please give me Get a carriage ready, I''m leaving tonight." ??The black cloak was taken off, revealing the image of a middle-aged man with hair and beard rolled out of felt. He was none other than the ''Anel'' who failed to assassinate Wu Heng. Gianluan motioned for him to sit down and asked the maid to prepare cakes. ?Anel used his dirty hands to grab the food and stuffed it into his mouth, devouring it. The previous elegant and steady image is no longer at all. ??Jianluan took a sip of the red wine in his hand and continued: "You have been the captain for so many years, and you still fail to assassinate a mage." "He is different..." Anel swallowed the food hard and continued: "There is something wrong with him. When Yazd failed, I planned to kill him directly and then put the crime on him, but he His melee combat ability is not worse than mine, and I dont mean his skills, but his strength and reaction ability. If a mage who has just become a professional has no lower strength than me, there must be something wrong with him. "Oh? According to intelligence, he has just become a professional not long ago." Gianluan shook the wine glass in his hand. Otherwise, you think there must be something special about why Yazd chose him. Ji''anluan nodded, "That makes sense." "Prepare a carriage for me. I want to leave here. This kid is so weird." Anel said while eating. Ji''anluan looked at him and said: "Do one more thing for me. After you finish it, I will prepare a carriage for you tomorrow and you can leave directly." ?Anel raised his head and said with a slightly anxious tone, "The whole city is looking for me. I can''t wait that long. I have to leave tonight." "You don''t need to take action against him. Go and capture his two maids. I will prepare horses for you then." I cant wait. Ji Anluan continued to increase his investment, "Five thousand silver coins, go to a remote place, and live a lifetime without worrying about food and drink." "Are you crazy? Let me arrest people in the inner city?" Anel was tempted, but still doubted the feasibility of this matter. "I will arrange everything. It won''t be you yourself. I will arrange a few people for you to go and come back quickly. Remember not to die, I want to be alive." ?Anel fell silent. Finish the food on the plate. Lie on the sofa and look at the ceiling. After a while, he spoke calmly. Get the carriage and gold coins ready. Ill leave as soon as Im done. "Can!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 178 , fight to the death (first update, not made up.) Chapter 178, Endless Death (First update, not compiled yet.) The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng first went to the Snake Emblem Consortium. Withdraw all the payment for the goods sold yesterday. After all, he was the one who made the deal with Lecia, so he needs to be more attentive to money matters. After leaving the consortium, Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?As soon as he entered the hall, he met several female staff members and greeted them with smiles on their faces, "Good morning, Captain Wu Heng." Well, good morning. Wu Heng replied. Just a few steps away, another member of the team waved to this side, "You''re here so early, Captain Wu Heng." Yeah, good morning. ?Wu Heng replied with a smile, but also had some doubts in his heart. When did my popularity become so good? In the past, ordinary staff also called themselves captain, but only when negotiating work, unlike now, they would say hello from a distance. Some professionals who took on tasks in the lobby of the alley cast curious glances. Those who knew it was the captain of the newly formed team, and those who didnt know thought it was the deacon from a certain area who came over. I touched my face subconsciously, and there seemed to be no difference. Without stopping, he went directly to the team lounge. Opening the door, Duke and Marta were sitting in the room chatting. ?Seeing him come in, he stood up and said hello. ??Wu Heng nodded and asked: "What''s going on with the association today? Are everyone saying hello to me, both those I know and those I don''t know?" Duke thought for a moment and said, "Oh! We sent the body back yesterday, and the identity has been verified. The team was recorded with a third-level meritorious service, and the news spread throughout the association." ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment and was about to ask what this had to do with saying hello. Then immediately, he reacted. ?His team has just been established, and there are only three people. Under such circumstances, killing several level 3 wanted criminals in succession can be a signal. Not to mention how powerful it is, it can be considered a team with great potential. At this pace, Wu Heng will be promoted to deputy deacon or deacon before long, and Duke and Marta may also become captains. At that time, if you still stay in Luntam City, you will be the leader of these people. There must be a large number of people who have the mentality of establishing a good relationship in advance. Well, thats what happened. After Wu Heng figured it out, he took out 9 gold coins from the space ring and put them on the table. He said: "This is the money for the consortium''s settlement. We have a total of 9,000 silver coins to settle. It''s hard for you to get the silver coins, so I let the consortium pay for it." gold." Wow, there are so many. Duke reached out and wiped his chin, almost drooling. 9 gold coins may not seem like much, but they are already a considerable amount of income. At least, with the income of ordinary residents, it is possible that they will not be able to save so many gold coins in their lifetime. Lets divide it! Wu Heng divided the gold coin into three parts and placed it in front of the other two people. Thank you, Captain. Duke smiled. I should thank Marta for the information she provided. Oh, thank you, Sister Marta. Duke thanked Marta again. Thank you, Captain, I didnt do much in the battle. ?A few people gave in to each other and collected the money. Then, Wu Heng went to the front desk and took out the bounty for the wanted criminal. There were a total of 720 silver coins, which were divided among three people. Everyone is very happy, after all, the income is not low. Captain, with our current achievements, can we become captain? Duke asked. Wu Heng thought about what Altluk once told him, and explained: "In addition to merit, you also need to reach level 8 or have special performance. Now, you already have the foundation to become a captain. As long as Once you reach the level, you can submit an application to the headquarters. The captain of the association is required to be at level 8 and obtain at least one level 3 meritorious service. It doesnt look difficult. But these two requirements actually hinder the promotion of most people. The captain of the team is level 8, and the wanted criminal with level 3 merit is level 10 or above, and has strong own strength and followers. It cannot be accomplished by an ordinary team. Even if there are such wanted criminals, most of them are like those in Blackstone Town, led by deacons or deputy deacons to carry out encirclement and suppression operations. There are very few people who are as tough as the Wu Heng team. ??Duke chuckled and said, "We have all benefited from you, captain. The other teams have not caught many wanted criminals for such a long time." Yes, its so fast to follow the captains lead. Marta also flattered. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said, "Don''t underestimate these wanted criminals. None of them are easy to deal with. You should also be careful of their accomplices." Wu Heng knew how much his team weighed. ??It''s nothing more than using firearms to be able to make random attacks when the opponent has little convenience. Crush most of the enemies into a sieve, and only rely on a few skeletons to surround the remaining ones that are difficult to kill. In fact, the teams own strength is not high. It is difficult for just the 12 members of Team 12 to kill the wanted criminals. I understand, Captain. The two nodded. "Okay, there''s nothing going on here. You go back first. Don''t run around with money, be careful of being stared at." Wu Heng said. The two also wanted to bring the good news back as soon as possible. He said hello, got up and left. ?Wu Heng also collected the silver coins. ??Walking towards the alchemy materials store in the outer city, I got six new first-level corpse cores last time. To prepare potions, you still need some materials. Finish purchasing the materials. ?Wu Heng went to the Maolu Armor Shop and sat there for a while, asking about the progress of the production of leather armor. ?Now that I have money in hand, I still have to rush for supplies, which slows down my consumption progress. Just sat down and chatted for a while. ?Suddenly, there was a rush of footsteps outside the door. I saw a man wearing leather armor rushing in quickly. The orc boss glanced at the other party and coughed lightly, "Guest, what do you need to see?" ??The man did not speak, but his eyes fell on Wu Heng and said softly: "Is it Captain Wu Heng? I want to tell you something." ?Wu Heng looked at him. Judging from his appearance, he should be a gang member. Say it here! The man glanced at the boss and the clerk in the store, hesitated, and said, "Captain, my sister-in-law asked me to come. There are some important things." Hearing the word sister-in-law, Wu Heng immediately realized that she belonged to Wen Mansha. After taking control of the gang, she also began to support some of her men. Get up and walk to the door. The man said softly: "Captain, there was a fight at your residence. My sister-in-law has already taken people there, but it is very inconvenient for gangs in the inner city to do things. Let me inform you to go back as soon as possible." ?Wu Heng frowned suddenly and immediately realized that something had happened. ?The outside world is still unclear about his relationship with Wen Mansha, so the person in front of him must have been sent here by Wen Mansha. ??Does anyone dare to break into an inner city residential area? ?This made Wu Heng feel like he was being watched again. Anel, who assassinated himself, definitely did not have such great power. There are more powerful people behind the scenes. Lets go back. Wu Heng immediately walked out of the store and rushed towards the inner city. However, before walking out of this road, dozens of gang members were seen blocking the road ahead. The leader stood in the front and said: "Captain Wu Heng, what are you doing in such a hurry?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the other party. The gang member following him explained in a low voice: "The leader of the White Wolf Gang, ''Galwan''." ?Wu Heng kept walking and said, "I borrowed it." After saying that, he took a few people with him and planned to pass through the many gang members. Galwang''s face turned solemn, and he took another step to block the way, "Captain Wu Heng, we lost a batch of goods yesterday. I heard that the captain''s team happened to be performing a mission nearby. I don''t know if this matter has anything to do with you guys. " "It doesn''t matter, get out of the way!" Wu Heng was anxious, and his tone became a bit colder. Someone attacked his residence, obviously heading for Minnie and Anderweil. Although she is a maid she bought back by herself. ?In this world, the status of slaves is similar to that of livestock, but in Wu Heng''s heart, the two of them are actually just grown-up girls. He can''t change anything about other people, but he doesn''t want these two people to be in any danger around him. Galvan still refused to give way, and his tone was a little higher, "Our money is also money. Why is it that after the people from your association performed their tasks, the goods disappeared? If you can''t give me a satisfactory explanation, you can''t leave today." " The loud shout attracted many people to watch. When the number of people increased, Wu Heng also began to worry. I am afraid that someone will hide in the crowd and shoot cold arrows. With a thought, the white bone armor instantly enveloped his whole body. The horrifying white bones made the onlookers take two steps back. Then he instantly drew his gun, turned on the safety, and shot Galwan in the right leg. Bang, the sound of gunshots was deafening. ??Galwang''s proud expression suddenly changed, he fell to the ground and hugged his legs, groaning in pain. ?Bawudong quickly stepped forward, kicked away a gang member who was blocking the road, grabbed the neck of "Galwang", and lifted him up forcefully. ?Wu Heng looked around with cold eyes, "Get your people out of the way." People from the association actually act at will... Galvan still wanted to shout to encourage the people around him. But as Bawudong tightened his fingers, Galwan''s voice was suppressed, and his face began to turn red like blood. "Give me or not. If you don''t let me, I will kill you immediately and then fight out." Wu Heng continued. ??Galwang''s face began to turn blue, and he began to feel fear in his heart. The man who caught him was definitely a high-level professional, but he didn''t have the strength to resist at all. He nodded vigorously, indicating that he was willing to cooperate. ?Bawudong relaxed a little, and Galwang immediately took a big breath, and then said: "Make way, make way..." Hurrah! The team moved to both sides, and Wu Heng, Ba Wudong and others walked forward quickly carrying the "Galwang". Passed through the crowd, threw the opponent to the ground, and entered the inner city directly. Get close to residential areas quickly. From a distance, I saw some people fighting in their houses. ?One group of people are obviously gang members, while the other group of people, although they are all wearing ordinary clothes, their fighting skills are definitely not ordinary people. It takes three or four gang members to entangle one person. A group of patrolling "Iron Guard Knights" came over from a distance and glanced at the fighting location. The leader of the group turned around and left directly as if he hadn''t seen it. ?Wu Heng didnt have time to pay attention to this. Took out the staff, released the [Bone Armor] again, and brought Bawudong close quickly. As you approach the courtyard, raise your gun directly. ?Bang bang bang~! Several shots were fired in succession, hitting the person at the front in the thigh. The bullet penetrated the armor and blood spattered everywhere. The sound of gunshots attracted the attention of others, and they looked over. ??The reason why he didn''t kill anyone directly was that Wu Hengzhen was not sure which ones were friendly troops and which ones were enemies. Although I thought that the scattered people with scattered equipment were Wen Mansha''s men, I couldn''t be completely sure. Kick your legs, at least you can identify the crowd. At this time, Wen Mansha stuck her head out from the window on the second floor and shouted: "Lord..., captain, those people are enemies." Hand out his hand to point to a few well-equipped people. ?Wu Heng confirmed the target, his eyes full of murderous intent, and gunshots rang out one after another, instantly piercing the bodies of several of them. Kill the opponent directly before he has time to react. Ba Wudong, rush in! Wu Heng ordered. ?Bawudong took the lead and rushed in directly. Several people in the room saw that things were not going well and had no intention of staying. They broke out of the window on the other side and fled quickly into the distance. ?One of them looked sideways and saw a familiar face. "Stop chasing, go check upstairs to make sure there are no other enemies." Wu Heng said. Just as Bawudong was about to rush upstairs, he saw Wen Mansha and the others walking down with Jianyi. Sword 2 and Crossbow 1 and Crossbow 2 have not come down. "Owner!" Minnie immediately threw herself into her arms, sobbing softly. Wen Mansha was calmer and said softly: "The other party is well prepared and they are all masters. We can barely hold off until now." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha pulled the crying bunny girl away, put her into Anderweil''s arms, and continued to ask: "What should we do next? It seems that you are being targeted." "Ask your people to help clean up the scene, move the body in, and protect the surrounding area." Wu Heng said directly. ?It seems that the guards here cannot be counted on. At the moment, we still have to rely on gang members like Wen Mansha. ?Wen Mansha quickly gave several orders to her men. ?The door was closed and the gang members surrounded the building while rescuing their companions. Not long after, the following Glenda flew back and got into the body. ?The location where the other party escaped also appears in front of you. As he had guessed, the residence of the Heavenly Eye Secret Order''s ''Gianluan'' was the same old man who gave the woman and money in the tavern last time and planned to bribe him. How is it? Wen Mansha asked. ?Wu Heng nodded, "We already know who is behind the scenes." "who?" Gianluan. Its him? Why? Wen Mansha was a little surprised. Killing the captain of the association is not a trivial matter. ?The other party is a local tycoon. Why would he do such a thing if he doesn''t want to build a good relationship with him? She didnt know about the Secret Order, so she couldnt figure out the purpose of doing these things. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and thought for a while, then said: "I will handle the matters in the inner city. You have other tasks tonight." What task? "Take your people and destroy the White Wolf Gang. I will hear the result of their destruction tomorrow morning." When I thought about it at this time, everything was figured out. ??The White Wolf Gang is also delaying their own time. Even if they are investigated later, they still have a valid reason. But Wu Heng didn''t want to deal with them anymore. The Knights of the Iron Guard left things alone, making him feel the danger, a sense of danger being united for calculation. This trouble must be solved as soon as possible, even if it is difficult to end later. Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly. I dont know why the White Wolf Gang was involved again. ??But it is not unusual for inner cities to support outer city gangs. ??The White Wolf Gang must have done something from it. After thinking for a while, he still said: "The White Wolf Gang is a big gang. It will be difficult for us to get rid of them. Once a war breaks out, we will be the only ones to be eliminated." Dont worry, I will arrange help for you. ?Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, but nodded, "Okay." The night gradually darkened. In the mansion in the inner city. Ji Anluan sat on the sofa, with disappointment in his eyes, "You failed again. How did you become the captain? You failed to catch two servants." ?Anel packed up his belongings and said: "What can we do? A large number of gang members rushed out, which slowed down the progress. Moreover, he came back too fast, which is completely different from what you said." You didnt leave any traces, did you? ?Anel looked up at him and said, "You can''t believe me? Or are you trying to burn down the bridge and get rid of me too, completely erasing all traces?" "Hahaha!" Ji Anluan laughed, "You think too much. I am the most honest person. I promise to send you away, and I will naturally not regret it." He pondered for a moment and continued: "Even if I really know that we did it, as long as there is no substantial evidence, will I still be afraid of him?" ?Anel smiled and put the packed items aside. Are you going to deal with him next? "Now that the matter has come to this, there is no way out. I will arrange a riot in the next two days and kill him directly." Gianluan continued. "You should have done this a long time ago, instead of making him more vigilant by testing again and again." Anel said. "Who would have thought that a newly arrived captain would be so difficult to deal with." Gianluan put the wine glass aside, and the pretty maid poured the drink respectfully. If you succeed, remember to write to me so that I can celebrate. Yes, I will. The two raised their glasses and bumped them lightly. As the last sip of wine before parting. ?Anel walked to the window, looked at the hazy night and said: "If it''s difficult to deal with here, you can go to Blackstone Town, there is him over there..." Pah~! Before he finished speaking, the glass in front of him suddenly shattered, followed by a ''pop'' sound, and a **** hole was instantly penetrated through Anel''s head. The body seems to be lying on its back, with warm and viscous blood splattering everywhere. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 179 , life and death Chapter 179: Life or death ?Anels head suddenly exploded, and warm blood splashed all around. Ji Anluan stood up suddenly, but before he could make a move, another orange light came out, almost at the same time. A light yellow energy shield formed in front of him, wrapping his body in it. ??The bullet was slightly blocked, but still penetrated the light shield, hitting ''Jianluan''''s waist and abdomen, and blood spattered everywhere. Sir~! the servant beside him exclaimed. ??Jianluan pulled her body over and blocked her in front of him. Almost at the same time, another bullet flew, piercing the servant''s back, and he fell into a pool of blood. Ji''anluan crawled and hid behind the sofa, shouting loudly: "Guard, Magir, where are you, come here quickly." Hurrah! ??A man in iron armor ran over with a group of guards. He lifted him up and dragged him into the middle of the hall, away from the window. We have people searching the surrounding area, the guard said directly. Ji Anluan took out a bottle of potion and drank it, and said angrily: "It''s Wu Heng, it must be him. I want to kill him, and I will arrange for someone to kill him now..." Bang~! There was another gunshot, and everyone was shocked. In the courtyard, someone uttered a cry of surprise. A security guard who was searching had his eyebrow pierced and fell to the ground on his back. Bang~! ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of gunshots still sounded in the courtyard, and the well-equipped guards fell one after another. No one discovered the other party''s position, it was like a punishment falling from the night sky. Killing people here randomly. Everyone quickly looked for cover, and no one dared to be exposed. The shouting Jianluan also closed his mouth. It seems that at this time, our own side is the one who is at the mercy of others. The roof of a building in the distance. ?Wu Heng looked through the telescope and looked at everything in the distant manor. When I found out that one shot did not kill ''Jianluan'', I felt disappointed. If you kill the opponent directly, you can retreat now. The yellow mask that protects him. ??It is obviously a magic prop or rare item of a high level, and it can actually block even the bullets of a sniper rifle. Its good to have money, but it wont kill you. In this world, not dying means nothing is wrong. With a few bottles of medicine, or wearing items with therapeutic effects, the injury can be restored. There is absolutely no chance of wound deterioration leading to death. ?Through the telescope, I looked at the building opposite again. There is no way out now, he must die today. "Hunter Yi, continue to kill the target." Wu Heng told Lie Yi and continued to say to the big skull beside him: "Kill in and leave no one behind." Hulala~! In the street below, the sound of violent bones rubbing suddenly sounded. It is dense and harsh, and it makes the whole body uncomfortable to listen to. The skeletons were like a raging torrent of bones, spreading instantly after leaving the alleyway. Started to rush towards the opposite building. Skeletons climbed on top of each other, jumped over the wall, and the sealed iron gate was directly knocked open. Under the horrified gaze of all the guards, they rushed directly into the courtyard and started fighting. In an instant, the sounds of wailing and fighting sounded. ?From time to time, there was a deafening sound of gunshots. Ji Anluan was protected in the building by many guards. Looking at the bones pouring in from outside, the fear of imminent death arose in his heart. Why is this happening? Why are so many undead appearing in the city? Why havent the Iron Guard Knights patrolling the city arrived yet? Have money and tools. Even if you are old, you can survive with a few rare items, and you must not die here. "Hold on, the Iron Guard Knights will be here soon. I give them so much money every year, and they can''t watch me die." Gianluan lost his usual calmness, and when he saw the equally nervous guards, he felt even more nervous. Shen said, "Protect me, you have 10 gold coins each. Protect me, you have money that you can''t spend all your money." The battle in the courtyard is over. All guards have been overwhelmed by skeletons. These skeletons all looked into the building with their empty eye sockets. Form a battle formation, defend, and hold on until the knights in the city come over. The guard captain ordered coldly. Everyone immediately formed a battle formation to protect "Jianluan" behind them. Start killing the skeletons that are pouring into the building. Outer city area. ?Hands of hundreds of people walked quickly through the dim streets, all wearing armor and carrying swords, making clattering noises as they walked. Some people standing on the roadside did not hide. Just watching the other person walk by. ??In Wrentam City, gang fights are not uncommon. There are countless gangs, large and small. Gangs are being eliminated and new gangs are emerging every day. ?Especially for small gangs, there can be a few more every day. However, gangs that were established earlier and have reached a certain scale are rarely messed with. The White Wolf Gang is one of them. Not only was it established earlier, it also has a complicated relationship with the inner city. Sister-in-law, the gang has just developed a bit, and now there is a head-on conflict with the White Wolf Gang, which may cause some losses. The gang leader quickened his pace and came closer to persuade. is rather euphemistic. With the strength of the Spike Gang to defeat the White Wolf Gang, it will undoubtedly be like hitting an egg with a stone. The only one who will be destroyed is himself. Even if you go crazy, you have to find a similar opponent. You can''t just hit the stone. Wen Mansha wears a brown leather wallet, her long fiery red hair is tied up, and her face is cold and serious. How come she doesnt know these things? But my master has been wronged and wants to destroy the White Wolf Gang tonight. What can he do? Looking at the position beside him. These are the helpers given to her by Wu Heng. They are four dull-looking skeletons with round helmets and strange equipment pulled by a carriage. A long object supported by a four-legged iron frame with a slender chain on one side. Appears to be a remote device from the owner''s hometown. His face remained unchanged and he said solemnly: "I have made arrangements. The White Wolf Gang will be destroyed, and tomorrow our Spike Gang will also become a famous gang... Don''t worry, I''m not stupid enough to make fun of my own life. Inner city arrangements. Hearing the arrangements in the inner city, the key staff and juniors nearby were all stunned. I immediately understood what my sister-in-law meant. Some people in the inner city want to destroy the White Wolf Gang. They are just handymen and everything has been arranged. ?Although I still have doubts in my heart, the team has already reached this point, so they can only bite the bullet and carry on. Okay, listen to my sister-in-law. Someone said. ? Wen Mansha allowed herself to smile confidently, "After tonight, everyone will be able to receive a large bounty." Thank you, sister-in-law! The team continues to move forward. ??As they approached the alley ahead, eyes hiding in the dark suddenly focused on everyone. ?At the same time, the tame beasts standing high on the building flew into the sky and hovered above the team. Discovered. As a large group approaches, it is difficult to avoid the ranger''s gaze. Chea~wow! In the distance, the doors of several buildings opened. The members of the White Wolf Gang walked out quickly. In the alleyway in front, a large crowd gathered. The leader of the White Wolf Gang, Galwang, squeezed to the front and looked at the opposite side with a somewhat scrutinized gaze, "The Spike Gang! You guys have lost their minds and come to us to look for trouble." ??The White Wolf Gang is an outer-city gang, while the Spike Gang is an outer-city gang. The strength and the number of followers cannot be compared. Since Taming discovered the actions of the Spike Gang, the White Wolf Gang has gathered a large number of manpower. ? Outnumbered the Spike Gang. ??The Spike Gang came over, thinking that the opponent''s brain was broken. Galwang, surrender, and let your brothers live. Wen Mansha said in a deep voice. "Ha ha!" ??The people from the White Wolf Gang were stunned for a moment, and then started laughing loudly. Galwang''s eyes fell on the gorgeous woman with long red hair and plump figure, and he said coldly: "Mansha Wen, at first ''Roach'' wanted you to come and stay with me for a few nights, but then his disappearance delayed the matter, and I didn''t expect that you would be better than me. I cant wait to think about it, I will taste your body, you are really a good woman. You are looking for death! Wen Mansha looked angry. "You are the ones seeking death. You dared to interfere in matters in the inner city. Now you are actually helping the boy who just became the captain. You are really out of your mind." Galwan said something, raised the long sword in his hand, and said coldly: "Brothers, don''t hurt that little bitch. I want to have a good time tonight and take care of his woman for brother ''Roach''." Hahahaha~! The people from the White Wolf Gang laughed loudly again. Swish, swish, draw their respective weapons, and walk forward in a swaggering manner. Then, he started to run and kill the enemy who had no eyesight on the opposite side. Facing the fierce White Wolf Gang. ?The members of the Spike Gang began to look fearful and depressed. ?Looking around, he seemed to be looking for an escape route. Bang~! Suddenly, a loud noise suddenly sounded. ??One of the members of the White Wolf Gang who took the lead in charging forward suddenly exploded at the shoulder, and his entire arm disappeared at shoulder level. ??Warm and sticky blood spattered on the rest of the people. Everyone looked at the scene in front of them in horror. But before he could react, there was another loud noise, orange fire flashed past, and another gang member''s chest exploded, leaving blood and flesh all around. ?Bang bang bang~! The heavy machine gun is like an angry dragon, spitting out orange fire. ?The bullets are like giant nets. shooting at everyone in the alley. Wherever the bullet passed, human corpses were broken into pieces and fell in pieces. The people from the White Wolf Gang howled and fled. ?The faces of the Spike Gang and even Mansha Wen changed dramatically, looking in horror at the flame-spitting instruments and the White Wolf Gang falling piece by piece like wheat. How could there be such a ferocious weapon? Wen Mansha reacted immediately after a brief absence. ??Wu Heng had an item called a pistol in his hand. What he saw in front of him was an enlarged version of the pistol, which had even greater power. Inner city. ?Wu Heng observed the fighting situation in the opponent''s mansion through the telescope. The skeleton army has surrounded the building and is attacking inside. It seems that the people inside are still resisting. ??With such a disparity in numbers, they are still resisting until now. It seems that there are experts among the opponent''s guards. At this time, the ghost Glenda flew out of the building and said: They are all hiding in the building and plan to drag them to the Iron Guard Knights. Drag the Knights of the Iron Guard over. This is a good idea. After all, this is an inner city, and the entire security is maintained by the Iron Guard Knights. The situation here may have attracted the attention of the knights long ago. They did not come directly. They were gathering the team or making some other arrangements. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got into her body, and the images were synchronized into her mind. The building was in a mess, with corpses and broken bones covering the ground. Gianluan has recovered from his injury. He was protected by several guards. Judging from the combat experience of these people, they should be at a high level. One of them is particularly outstanding. ??He was tall and tall, wearing silver armor, and the long sword in his hand was burning with red flames. The fire blade rose up when he opened and closed, and the nearby skeletons were chopped into pieces and burned. It seems that it should be the captain''s duty to keep giving orders to others. Because of this person, the pace of the battle was directly slowed down. The result is that it is not over yet. ?Wu Heng released Glenda again. Turning back to the big-headed skull beside him, he said: Give the order, all attack. Inside the building. Ji''anluan was backed by many guards and leaned against the wall. Although he was not injured. But facing the skeletons that kept attacking, his face became even paler. Before, he thought that Wu Heng was seeking revenge on him. After all, the information shows that he is also a necromancer and possesses weird and extremely lethal equipment. But now it seems that he may have provoked a more powerful necromancer. How could a professional who had just joined the job control such a huge team of undead? Must be an old and powerful necromancer with rich heritage. Could he be this boys guide? Damn it, the information provided by the association is so unreliable. This guy is not alone. He has a powerful backer behind him. No wonder both Yazd and Anel failed. ?Things that didnt make sense before can now be made sense at this moment. But there is no chance of regret. The situation at this time cannot be resolved peacefully. Just hold on. ??After all, this is an inner city. For such a large-scale operation, the Iron Guard Knights will quickly arrive at the scene. As soon as the fighting becomes chaotic, people like you will have a chance to escape. We will make next plans at that time. "You, come on, go out, and I will give you more money." Gianluan continued, lest these people give up on themselves. Bang~! Suddenly, a huge roar sounded. Four tall giants, nearly three meters tall, wearing iron armor, with arms above the knees, directly broke through the defense line. Open and close both arms widely, knocking away all the surrounding guards and skeletons. It was thrown heavily against the walls on both sides. He glanced around with empty eyes and immediately rushed towards the location of ''Jianluan''. The captain of the guard stepped sideways to block in front. Bang~! He was instantly knocked out, knocking over the bookshelf behind him. ??Jianluan looked at it in horror, turned around and ran towards the stairs. However, just running a few steps. ??It was picked up by a giant claw deep in the roof of the shed and put into the mouth for chewing. Ji Anluan kept struggling and shouted: "Save me, I will give you money, 50 gold, 100 gold, come and save me, hurry up." Gaba~Gaba! ??The sound of broken bones was heard. Ji''anluan''s body was split into two, and blood and internal organs fell all over the sky. ?At the same time, giant skeletons formed a circle and killed the guard captain. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 180 , encryption mechanism Chapter 180, Encryption Mechanism Outer city area. The bullets formed a huge net, harvesting the lives of the members of the White Wolf Gang. ?Under the powerful firearms, the body was as fragile as tofu, and the entire alleyway was covered with minced meat and limbs. The gang leader whose thigh was shot off, supported the ground with his arms, and struggled to crawl forward. The blood loss and severe pain caused him to cry out in pain with every movement, "Boss, save me, boss." There is a strong desire for survival in the voice. But it obviously has no effect. ?''Galwan'' who was in the rear took several people to hide in the side yard, listening to the gunshots that kept ringing out. Didnt even dare to look outside. Turning a deaf ear to the members outside who were crying in pain. "Fuck! Where did they get this kind of thing? Fuck, fuck, fuck, these **** are so **** cruel." Galvan gritted his teeth and cursed. At the same time, I began to regret getting involved in the inner city fight. Why do you want to wade into this muddy water? ?Moreover, if I had known that today would be like this, I should have killed the Spike Gang in advance and killed that woman. Damn it, it ended up like this. Suddenly, the gunfire outside stopped. ?The entire alley fell silent instantly, and the painful wails became clearer and clearer. Wen Mansha glanced curiously and found that the barrel of the gun was already red, and it looked like it was about to pause for a while. But in the current situation, there is no need to use this weapon anymore. He said in a cold voice: "Kill in and leave no one behind. Anyone who kills Galwan will be rewarded with 500 silver for carrying his skeleton." Everyone in the Spike Gang was stunned for a moment. ?Then he immediately reacted, shouted and went in with his weapon in hand. At the beginning, I didnt dare to attack the White Wolf Gang. ?Now, there are not many people left on the opposite side, and I am all a gang member. There is not much fear left. Since the opponent''s head was so valuable, everyone was rushing in to get in, for fear that they would be late and lose their share of the money. Kill all the wailing members of the White Wolf Gang along the road, and then rush into the courtyard on one side. ?When he saw Galwan holding a knife, he went to kill him. ?Although Galwan was brave, he also found it extremely difficult to face the larger number of members of the Spike Gang. ??His chest was pierced by a dagger, and his eyes looking outside were filled with despair. "Wen Mansha, don''t kill me. I admit defeat. The White Wolf Gang still has some properties. If you kill me, these properties won''t be in your name. Don''t kill me~!" Galwang shouted. ??He planned to kill his men, but the movements of his hands paused slightly. ?Draged Galwang out of the courtyard, looked up at Wen Mansha who covered her mouth and nose in the distance. Seems to be waiting for her results. Wen Mansha looked up and said, "Someone in the inner city wants you to die. I can''t save you, so I''ll kill him." ??Wave your hands slightly. The men understood, and the long sword passed across Galwan''s neck, and blood spurted out. Sister-in-law, they are all dead, there is no one left. Someone came over and said. Wen Mansha nodded, "Find a few brothers, search this place, take away all the valuables, and the rest will clean up the battlefield." Okay, sister-in-law. There is no gang fighting in the outer city. But after its over, the battlefield must be cleaned up, and the streets must not be filled with dead bodies, affecting the surrounding shops or residents residence tomorrow. Everyone started to do the final cleaning of the battlefield. Wen Mansha asked people to find Galwan and several skeleton corpses and put them on a cart. Together with the strange equipment, he walked towards his position with him. After this night. ??The Spike Gang will make a name for themselves in the outer suburbs. Inner city. "The people from the ''Iron Guard Knights'' have arrived and are approaching here." Glenda said softly while floating in the air. ??Wu Heng stood in the courtyard of the Jian Luan mansion. Looking back at the location of the door. When their residence was attacked, the knights turned away when they saw it. It comes quickly now. How many people are there? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda raised her body upwards, took a look from a distance and said: "There are probably twenty or thirty people gathered like this, but I see there are some people approaching from other directions." Kill them all and bring their bodies back, Wu Heng said. The skeletons who were waiting on the spot took action again, walked out of the gate, and rushed toward the approaching knights. ??In the horrified eyes of the knights, the formation was broken up, and countless kitchen knives fell on their heads, killing them directly. ?Wu Heng walked into the building. ? Ji''anluan is a local wealthy businessman and an important member of the Secret Order. The quality of life can be said to be quite good. The carpets, sofas, potted plants and paintings in the hall are not something ordinary people can have. Especially some pieces of furniture, with exquisite carvings and workmanship that cannot be completed by ordinary craftsmen. It is also in line with the status of a wealthy businessman. ?The living environment is too ordinary, but I feel like I am in the wrong place. ?Wu Heng walked to the stairs and found the body of ''Ji Anluan''. ?The whole person was cut in half, and his eyes were full of fear when he died. ?Wu Heng found a door and opened the gate directly. Move the corpse and everything here as quickly as possible. Wu Heng ordered. The remaining skeletons began to take action. Carry the things in the room and enter the boundary gate directly. One by one, they are arranged in a row, like a moving ant colony. Soon, the skeleton group that went out to intercept the guards returned, dragging dozens of corpses wearing silver armor. ?Wu Heng continued to direct them to move things. ?If its too big, dont leave it. Everything else that can be taken away shall be moved away, leaving nothing behind. Wait until everything is over. Wu Heng pulled out the bronze key and put on his cloak. At the reminder of Glenda, he avoided the approaching members of the Knights. Disappear into the night. Return to your residence. ?The house was empty, and Minnie and Andwyer were placed with the consortium ''Lecia''. ??As a partner of each other many times, I still trust her quite a bit. ?Furthermore, most people dont dare to offend a behemoth like a consortium. The hall was dark. ?Wu Heng lifted the curtain and looked out the window. Confirming that there was nothing suspicious, he went straight to the third floor. Dang Dang Dang~! ??A white-feathered owl was standing blankly on the windowsill, tapping the window with its beak. ?Wu Heng opened the window, took the owl in, took off the note from his leg, and unfolded it to check. The content is very simple. The White Wolf Gang was destroyed and there is no danger. Wu Heng took up his pen and wrote, "There is no problem on my side." ??Tie it back to the owl''s leg and let it fly. When Glenda flies back again, there will be no danger outside. Reopen the door and go to the zombie world. It is still night here, but there are several solar street lights in the courtyard, which are still bright. ?Wu Heng came to the open space. Check out this harvest. On one side are various furniture, paintings, red wine and dinner plates, and on the other side are piled corpses. There are people like Gianluan, and there are also people from the Knights. ?Wu Heng also didnt want to bring the situation to its current level. But the contradictions between them have reached a point where they cannot be alleviated. ?The other party has already taken action, and if you do not offer any form of resistance, it will only make them more unscrupulous. ??If you dare to arrest your maid today, you will definitely be more direct tomorrow. ?The consequences are unimaginable. It would be better to quickly eliminate the opponent like this. ?Whether it will have any impact, or if Luntam City really investigates what he did, it cannot be avoided. At that time, we will take one step at a time. ?Sitting on the wooden bench, looking at the pile of corpses in front of him, he hesitated for a while. Said to the skeleton beside him: "Drag him out." Ji''anluan''s body was dragged out directly. Only the upper body was covered in blood. The [Conversation with the Dead] was released directly, and the next second, the half-body corpse opened its eyes. Unable to sit up and can only turn his neck. Looking this way, without any emotion, his eyes were gray and lifeless. Who else is involved in my plan? Wu Heng asked. The corpse replied, "Arnel, and ''Capullo''." ?Wu Heng asked, "There are only three of you?" The corpse said: "Only the three of us are discussing this plan, and the others are not involved." "The reason for assassinating me is mainly because you want to get back the ''sacrificial staff'' and the ''blood cup''?" "yes." Oh my god. Why do you value these two things? Wu Heng continued to ask. The body of the corpse trembled violently. Just when Wu Heng thought something was going to happen, the corpse stopped shaking and replied: "These two items are very important props with special functions. If they are lost, we will be punished." There is nothing mentioned, but Wu Heng can also understand the punishment mentioned in it. It is the punishment of the esoteric order. ??These two props are important props of the ''Secret Order'' and cannot be taken back. They are inseparable from each other. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Tell me the members and identities of the Secret Order you know." The corpse stood there blankly, without any answer. ?Wu Heng frowned and repeated: "Tell me the members and identities of the Secret Order in this city." The corpse still showed no response. The next second, his head began to shake violently, and with a pop, the power of the undead above his head collapsed, and the body fell to the ground with a thud. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a bit. ?Looking at the scene in front of me in surprise. Didnt expect this to be the case. It seems that mentioning members of the Secret Order triggered some kind of confidentiality mechanism. Once detected or asked in this way. There will be a breakdown. It''s like adding a self-destruction program. It seems that joining a secret order requires encryption. Fortunately, I didnt have the nerve to join them. The corpse can no longer be summoned. ??Wu Heng continued: "Scrape him clean." ??Bassen bent down and scraped clean all the corpses in front of him. Except for the blood-stained dress. There are still a lot of good things in me. Protective pendant ?? (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Sword and Shield Protection'' rune can form a magical protection at critical moments, blocking part of the attack damage.) Space Ring (Description: A prop etched with space magic, with 5 cubic meters of space inside.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 178 , fight to the death (first update, not made up.) Chapter 178, Endless Death (First update, not compiled yet.) The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng first went to the Snake Emblem Consortium. Withdraw all the payment for the goods sold yesterday. After all, he was the one who made the deal with Lecia, so he needs to be more attentive to money matters. After leaving the consortium, Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?As soon as he entered the hall, he met several female staff members and greeted them with smiles on their faces, "Good morning, Captain Wu Heng." Well, good morning. Wu Heng replied. Just a few steps away, another member of the team waved to this side, "You''re here so early, Captain Wu Heng." Yeah, good morning. ?Wu Heng replied with a smile, but also had some doubts in his heart. When did my popularity become so good? In the past, ordinary staff also called themselves captain, but only when negotiating work, unlike now, they would say hello from a distance. Some professionals who took on tasks in the lobby of the alley cast curious glances. Those who knew it was the captain of the newly formed team, and those who didnt know thought it was the deacon from a certain area who came over. I touched my face subconsciously, and there seemed to be no difference. Without stopping, he went directly to the team lounge. Opening the door, Duke and Marta were sitting in the room chatting. ?Seeing him come in, he stood up and said hello. ??Wu Heng nodded and asked: "What''s going on with the association today? Are everyone saying hello to me, both those I know and those I don''t know?" Duke thought for a moment and said, "Oh! We sent the body back yesterday, and the identity has been verified. The team was recorded with a third-level meritorious service, and the news spread throughout the association." ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment and was about to ask what this had to do with saying hello. Then immediately, he reacted. ?His team has just been established, and there are only three people. Under such circumstances, killing several level 3 wanted criminals in succession can be a signal. Not to mention how powerful it is, it can be considered a team with great potential. At this pace, Wu Heng will be promoted to deputy deacon or deacon before long, and Duke and Marta may also become captains. At that time, if you still stay in Luntam City, you will be the leader of these people. There must be a large number of people who have the mentality of establishing a good relationship in advance. Well, thats what happened. After Wu Heng figured it out, he took out 9 gold coins from the space ring and put them on the table. He said: "This is the money for the consortium''s settlement. We have a total of 9,000 silver coins to settle. It''s hard for you to get the silver coins, so I let the consortium pay for it." gold." Wow, there are so many. Duke reached out and wiped his chin, almost drooling. 9 gold coins may not seem like much, but they are already a considerable amount of income. At least, with the income of ordinary residents, it is possible that they will not be able to save so many gold coins in their lifetime. Lets divide it! Wu Heng divided the gold coin into three parts and placed it in front of the other two people. Thank you, Captain. Duke smiled. I should thank Marta for the information she provided. Oh, thank you, Sister Marta. Duke thanked Marta again. Thank you, Captain, I didnt do much in the battle. ?A few people gave in to each other and collected the money. Then, Wu Heng went to the front desk and took out the bounty for the wanted criminal. There were a total of 720 silver coins, which were divided among three people. Everyone is very happy, after all, the income is not low. Captain, with our current achievements, can we become captain? Duke asked. Wu Heng thought about what Altluk once told him, and explained: "In addition to merit, you also need to reach level 8 or have special performance. Now, you already have the foundation to become a captain. As long as Once you reach the level, you can submit an application to the headquarters. The captain of the association is required to be at level 8 and obtain at least one level 3 meritorious service. It doesnt look difficult. But these two requirements actually hinder the promotion of most people. The captain of the team is level 8, and the wanted criminal with level 3 merit is level 10 or above, and has strong own strength and followers. It cannot be accomplished by an ordinary team. Even if there are such wanted criminals, most of them are like those in Blackstone Town, led by deacons or deputy deacons to carry out encirclement and suppression operations. There are very few people who are as tough as the Wu Heng team. ??Duke chuckled and said, "We have all benefited from you, captain. The other teams have not caught many wanted criminals for such a long time." Yes, its so fast to follow the captains lead. Marta also flattered. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said, "Don''t underestimate these wanted criminals. None of them are easy to deal with. You should also be careful of their accomplices." Wu Heng knew how much his team weighed. ??It''s nothing more than using firearms to be able to make random attacks when the opponent has little convenience. Crush most of the enemies into a sieve, and only rely on a few skeletons to surround the remaining ones that are difficult to kill. In fact, the teams own strength is not high. It is difficult for just the 12 members of Team 12 to kill the wanted criminals. I understand, Captain. The two nodded. "Okay, there''s nothing going on here. You go back first. Don''t run around with money, be careful of being stared at." Wu Heng said. The two also wanted to bring the good news back as soon as possible. He said hello, got up and left. ?Wu Heng also collected the silver coins. ??Walking towards the alchemy materials store in the outer city, I got six new first-level corpse cores last time. To prepare potions, you still need some materials. Finish purchasing the materials. ?Wu Heng went to the Maolu Armor Shop and sat there for a while, asking about the progress of the production of leather armor. ?Now that I have money in hand, I still have to rush for supplies, which slows down my consumption progress. Just sat down and chatted for a while. ?Suddenly, there was a rush of footsteps outside the door. I saw a man wearing leather armor rushing in quickly. The orc boss glanced at the other party and coughed lightly, "Guest, what do you need to see?" ??The man did not speak, but his eyes fell on Wu Heng and said softly: "Is it Captain Wu Heng? I want to tell you something." ?Wu Heng looked at him. Judging from his appearance, he should be a gang member. Say it here! The man glanced at the boss and the clerk in the store, hesitated, and said, "Captain, my sister-in-law asked me to come. There are some important things." Hearing the word sister-in-law, Wu Heng immediately realized that she belonged to Wen Mansha. After taking control of the gang, she also began to support some of her men. Get up and walk to the door. The man said softly: "Captain, there was a fight at your residence. My sister-in-law has already taken people there, but it is very inconvenient for gangs in the inner city to do things. Let me inform you to go back as soon as possible." ?Wu Heng frowned suddenly and immediately realized that something had happened. ?The outside world is still unclear about his relationship with Wen Mansha, so the person in front of him must have been sent here by Wen Mansha. ??Does anyone dare to break into an inner city residential area? ?This made Wu Heng feel like he was being watched again. Anel, who assassinated himself, definitely did not have such great power. There are more powerful people behind the scenes. Lets go back. Wu Heng immediately walked out of the store and rushed towards the inner city. However, before walking out of this road, dozens of gang members were seen blocking the road ahead. The leader stood in the front and said: "Captain Wu Heng, what are you doing in such a hurry?" ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the other party. The gang member following him explained in a low voice: "The leader of the White Wolf Gang, ''Galwan''." ?Wu Heng kept walking and said, "I borrowed it." After saying that, he took a few people with him and planned to pass through the many gang members. Galwang''s face turned solemn, and he took another step to block the way, "Captain Wu Heng, we lost a batch of goods yesterday. I heard that the captain''s team happened to be performing a mission nearby. I don''t know if this matter has anything to do with you guys. " "It doesn''t matter, get out of the way!" Wu Heng was anxious, and his tone became a bit colder. Someone attacked his residence, obviously heading for Minnie and Anderweil. Although she is a maid she bought back by herself. ?In this world, the status of slaves is similar to that of livestock, but in Wu Heng''s heart, the two of them are actually just grown-up girls. He can''t change anything about other people, but he doesn''t want these two people to be in any danger around him. Galvan still refused to give way, and his tone was a little higher, "Our money is also money. Why is it that after the people from your association performed their tasks, the goods disappeared? If you can''t give me a satisfactory explanation, you can''t leave today." " The loud shout attracted many people to watch. When the number of people increased, Wu Heng also began to worry. I am afraid that someone will hide in the crowd and shoot cold arrows. With a thought, the white bone armor instantly enveloped his whole body. The horrifying white bones made the onlookers take two steps back. Then he instantly drew his gun, turned on the safety, and shot Galwan in the right leg. Bang, the sound of gunshots was deafening. ??Galwang''s proud expression suddenly changed, he fell to the ground and hugged his legs, groaning in pain. ?Bawudong quickly stepped forward, kicked away a gang member who was blocking the road, grabbed the neck of "Galwang", and lifted him up forcefully. ?Wu Heng looked around with cold eyes, "Get your people out of the way." People from the association actually act at will... Galvan still wanted to shout to encourage the people around him. But as Bawudong tightened his fingers, Galwan''s voice was suppressed, and his face began to turn red like blood. "Give me or not. If you don''t let me, I will kill you immediately and then fight out." Wu Heng continued. ??Galwang''s face began to turn blue, and he began to feel fear in his heart. The man who caught him was definitely a high-level professional, but he didn''t have the strength to resist at all. He nodded vigorously, indicating that he was willing to cooperate. ?Bawudong relaxed a little, and Galwang immediately took a big breath, and then said: "Make way, make way..." Hurrah! The team moved to both sides, and Wu Heng, Ba Wudong and others walked forward quickly carrying the "Galwang". Passed through the crowd, threw the opponent to the ground, and entered the inner city directly. Get close to residential areas quickly. From a distance, I saw some people fighting in their houses. ?One group of people are obviously gang members, while the other group of people, although they are all wearing ordinary clothes, their fighting skills are definitely not ordinary people. It takes three or four gang members to entangle one person. A group of patrolling "Iron Guard Knights" came over from a distance and glanced at the fighting location. The leader of the group turned around and left directly as if he hadn''t seen it. ?Wu Heng didnt have time to pay attention to this. Took out the staff, released the [Bone Armor] again, and brought Bawudong close quickly. As you approach the courtyard, raise your gun directly. ?Bang bang bang~! Several shots were fired in succession, hitting the person at the front in the thigh. The bullet penetrated the armor and blood spattered everywhere. The sound of gunshots attracted the attention of others, and they looked over. ??The reason why he didn''t kill anyone directly was that Wu Hengzhen was not sure which ones were friendly troops and which ones were enemies. Although I thought that the scattered people with scattered equipment were Wen Mansha''s men, I couldn''t be completely sure. Kick your legs, at least you can identify the crowd. At this time, Wen Mansha stuck her head out from the window on the second floor and shouted: "Lord..., captain, those people are enemies." Hand out his hand to point to a few well-equipped people. ?Wu Heng confirmed the target, his eyes full of murderous intent, and gunshots rang out one after another, instantly piercing the bodies of several of them. Kill the opponent directly before he has time to react. Ba Wudong, rush in! Wu Heng ordered. ?Bawudong took the lead and rushed in directly. Several people in the room saw that things were not going well and had no intention of staying. They broke out of the window on the other side and fled quickly into the distance. ?One of them looked sideways and saw a familiar face. "Stop chasing, go check upstairs to make sure there are no other enemies." Wu Heng said. Just as Bawudong was about to rush upstairs, he saw Wen Mansha and the others walking down with Jianyi. Sword 2 and Crossbow 1 and Crossbow 2 have not come down. "Owner!" Minnie immediately threw herself into her arms, sobbing softly. Wen Mansha was calmer and said softly: "The other party is well prepared and they are all masters. We can barely hold off until now." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha pulled the crying bunny girl away, put her into Anderweil''s arms, and continued to ask: "What should we do next? It seems that you are being targeted." "Ask your people to help clean up the scene, move the body in, and protect the surrounding area." Wu Heng said directly. ?It seems that the guards here cannot be counted on. At the moment, we still have to rely on gang members like Wen Mansha. ?Wen Mansha quickly gave several orders to her men. ?The door was closed and the gang members surrounded the building while rescuing their companions. Not long after, the following Glenda flew back and got into the body. ?The location where the other party escaped also appears in front of you. As he had guessed, the residence of the Heavenly Eye Secret Order''s ''Gianluan'' was the same old man who gave the woman and money in the tavern last time and planned to bribe him. How is it? Wen Mansha asked. ?Wu Heng nodded, "We already know who is behind the scenes." "who?" Gianluan. Its him? Why? Wen Mansha was a little surprised. Killing the captain of the association is not a trivial matter. ?The other party is a local tycoon. Why would he do such a thing if he doesn''t want to build a good relationship with him? She didnt know about the Secret Order, so she couldnt figure out the purpose of doing these things. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and thought for a while, then said: "I will handle the matters in the inner city. You have other tasks tonight." What task? "Take your people and destroy the White Wolf Gang. I will hear the result of their destruction tomorrow morning." When I thought about it at this time, everything was figured out. ??The White Wolf Gang is also delaying their own time. Even if they are investigated later, they still have a valid reason. But Wu Heng didn''t want to deal with them anymore. The Knights of the Iron Guard left things alone, making him feel the danger, a sense of danger being united for calculation. This trouble must be solved as soon as possible, even if it is difficult to end later. Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly. I dont know why the White Wolf Gang was involved again. ??But it is not unusual for inner cities to support outer city gangs. ??The White Wolf Gang must have done something from it. After thinking for a while, he still said: "The White Wolf Gang is a big gang. It will be difficult for us to get rid of them. Once a war breaks out, we will be the only ones to be eliminated." Dont worry, I will arrange help for you. ?Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, but nodded, "Okay." The night gradually darkened. In the mansion in the inner city. Ji Anluan sat on the sofa, with disappointment in his eyes, "You failed again. How did you become the captain? You failed to catch two servants." ?Anel packed up his belongings and said: "What can we do? A large number of gang members rushed out, which slowed down the progress. Moreover, he came back too fast, which is completely different from what you said." You didnt leave any traces, did you? ?Anel looked up at him and said, "You can''t believe me? Or are you trying to burn down the bridge and get rid of me too, completely erasing all traces?" "Hahaha!" Ji Anluan laughed, "You think too much. I am the most honest person. I promise to send you away, and I will naturally not regret it." He pondered for a moment and continued: "Even if I really know that we did it, as long as there is no substantial evidence, will I still be afraid of him?" ?Anel smiled and put the packed items aside. Are you going to deal with him next? "Now that the matter has come to this, there is no way out. I will arrange a riot in the next two days and kill him directly." Gianluan continued. "You should have done this a long time ago, instead of making him more vigilant by testing again and again." Anel said. "Who would have thought that a newly arrived captain would be so difficult to deal with." Gianluan put the wine glass aside, and the pretty maid poured the drink respectfully. If you succeed, remember to write to me so that I can celebrate. Yes, I will. The two raised their glasses and bumped them lightly. As the last sip of wine before parting. ?Anel walked to the window, looked at the hazy night and said: "If it''s difficult to deal with here, you can go to Blackstone Town, there is him over there..." Pah~! Before he finished speaking, the glass in front of him suddenly shattered, followed by a ''pop'' sound, and a **** hole was instantly penetrated through Anel''s head. The body seems to be lying on its back, with warm and viscous blood splattering everywhere. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 182 , if you find out, you will die. Chapter 182: Anyone found out will die ?Wu Heng did not show any surprise when he saw the warhead the other party took out. ?At that time, "Hunting Yi" was sniping at the enemy from a long distance. He fired more than one or two shots, and he didn''t hit the target with his gun. ?At the scene, the skeleton was asked to search for the fired warhead. However, there are still some warheads that have landed in the grass or penetrated the ground and walls, which cannot be found in a short time. The Knights of the Iron Guard conducted a search during the day, and it was not surprising to find these warheads. Do you think I killed him? Wu Heng said. "Just asking, what does Captain Wu Heng mean by being so resistant?" Another young member of the Knights took a step forward and continued to ask. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said, "Which of your eyes saw me resisting?" The young knight members'' expressions were stagnant, and their faces became increasingly ugly. ??The middle-aged commander signaled the young members not to be anxious and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng should explain this thing and why it appeared in the residence of ''Jianluan''." ?The other party didnt want to take the topic too far, so he brought it up again. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not mine." How to prove that its not yours? "This is a weapon, similar to a crossbow. I have other people who can get it, and ours are obviously different." Wu Heng opened the pistol, took out a bullet and placed it on it. ?The opponent took out a warhead, but you can still see the difference. Type and size, obviously different. ?The middle-aged man held it for comparison and continued: "We need to take this device away for verification." "Our association has regulations that members'' equipment and props are personal belongings and cannot be used in any form. Of course, I am also willing to cooperate with your investigation and ask the deacon to write an application to the department. Once approved, I will immediately hand over the weapons to you. "Wu Heng put back the bullets he took out and stuffed them back into the magazine. Deacon Gomez glanced at him and then said: "Wu Heng has just come to the association. There is no reason to have so much hatred with him. You should investigate other people." Do you know Jianluan? The middle-aged man still did not give up. "I did meet him once. He wanted to buy a prop from me because we couldn''t agree on the price." Wu Heng replied. Whats behind? "I haven''t seen it since. If we have a conflict, we will immediately find the association to resolve it. There is no need to go to this level." Wu Heng explained according to his own thoughts. The two of them did not ask any more questions and wrote it down in their notebooks. "Deacon Gomez, please excuse me, we are going back first." The two saluted Gomez, and then said to Wu Heng: "Mr. Wu Heng, please do not leave the city until the investigation is clear." "That''s not necessarily true. If there is a mission, I will lead the team to carry out the mission." Wu Heng said. ?The other party had nothing to do with Wu Heng, so he turned and left. When only the deacon and him were left in the study. ?Gmez then asked: "Do you have a conflict with the Knights?" Wu Heng also knew his attitude and obviously resisted, so he said directly: "Deacon, yesterday a group of masked people appeared in my house intending to rob property. At that time, these knights were watching the fun, but now a wealthy businessman has died, looking like a god. It makes me angry when something big happens. "Is there still such a thing?" Gomez frowned even more deeply, "Are they still the same group of people who assassinated you last time?" Not sure, its probably related to them. I will arrange some people for you to increase the visibility around your residence. said the deacon. ?Wu Heng shook his head and said: "I have made some arrangements myself. If there is still danger, I will report it to the deacon." Well, you should go back first and dont conflict with the knights. They represent the city lords palace and they can get along well with each other. Yes, deacon! ?Wu Heng said something, turned and left. Two members of the order left the association. ?The young member said hesitantly: "Commander, when he answered the question, he was obviously resisting and tense. He is very suspicious." ?The middle-aged commander looked at him and said, "Maybe. If there is no substantial evidence, there is nothing we can do against him." Just let him go? Leave it to the city lord to deal with it, we just have to do our own thing. The middle-aged commander continued. Gianluan''s mansion now looks like a ghost house. Hands and traces of fighting could be seen all over the ground, but the bodies and furniture all disappeared out of thin air. This is not something ordinary people can do. Just a formality. No one wants to investigate further. ??Even if they find the murderer today, they won''t survive tomorrow. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study, still controlling his expression. Lest there be any means of spying secretly, observe your every move. ? Ji Anluan died, and it seemed that there was no serious crisis. At least the association did not intervene, and the Iron Guard Knights of Luntam City only visited and investigated. It is not serious enough to break with Luntam City immediately. This is a good thing. Hope that the situation will calm down and normal life can return. ?Of course, Gianluan is dead, and the Secret Order and the fat man know their plans. ?You should also be careful if the other party comes forward to provide evidence or makes any extraordinary move. Also prepare in advance. Returning to the lounge, Duke sat on the sofa and ate as soon as the door opened. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately looked like he had discovered a big secret and said: "Captain, someone died in the inner city. Everyone is discussing this matter now. Do you think we will give him a meritorious service if we catch the murderer?" Wu Heng almost got angry and said: "If he is not wanted, why should we catch him? This is the job of the Iron Guard Knights. There are already many enemies around us, so don''t provoke others." "Oh, that''s right." Duke sat down again and continued: "Captain, Glasker asked me to tell you that the new batch of armors is ready. When will someone at home be able to send them directly to you? ?Grask is the name of the owner of the Maoxi armor shop. Duke always mentioned that you will remember it after a long time. Lets go and have a look together. "good!" The two of them got up and walked directly outside. There is also some chaos in the outer city. All along the way, there were gang members walking in groups. Everyone looks alert, as if there is danger at any time. ?Wu Heng and Duke went all the way to the Maoxi armor store. A few orcs have been added to the store, and they seem to be helping to guard the store. Seeing Wu Heng come in, the orc boss immediately smiled and said, "Here comes the captain. There happens to be some animal milk delivered to the store, which is very good for the body. You can take some away and give it to your friends to try." Orcs are not as dull and honest as the rumors say. Those who do business should still know some ways of the world. ??Wu Heng walked into the shop with a smile and asked: "What''s going on in the outer city today? Why are there guards at the door of the shop?" The boss looked out carefully and said in a low voice: "You don''t know, last night, the entire White Wolf Gang was wiped out, no one survived, the whole street was full of minced meat and severed limbs, and now it''s still Someone is cleaning it, there is a thick layer of blood scab. It was actually because of the White Wolf Gang. Isnt it normal for gang fights to happen? Why are you so nervous? "The White Wolf Gang is a big gang and has a lot of industries. The gang that destroyed the White Wolf Gang has no idea about these industries. The other gangs can''t sit still. If no one comes out to mediate, it is likely to happen. We are also afraid of the melee, so we need to add more guards to prevent chaos and someone trying to fish in troubled waters," the boss continued. Oh, thats right! Wu Heng nodded. Captain, do you want to inspect the goods or should I have someone send them directly to you? the boss continued. Take me there. Oh, okay! The boss thought he had to inspect the goods to ensure the quality of his products along the way. Enter the warehouse. ?Pointing to a few piles of leather armor, "These are all, you can check them as you like." ?Wu Heng nodded and glanced casually. They were all put into the space ring. ??The boss was stunned, and immediately understood the storage props, and then flattered him a few more times. ??Wu Heng continued: "Are there any plate armors for human warriors? I want better quality ones." Of course you have what you said, please come here and I will show you. The boss took him back to the front shop and introduced the plate armor on the wooden shelf. Fully metal covered, lined with leather. Looks pretty good. "How much?" A complete set? A complete set costs 420 silver coins, the boss said. Is it cheaper to take more? The boss said: "Captain, if you don''t want to take more, you can get a set and I will give you the lowest price, 400 silver coins." ?Wu Heng didnt waste any time and said directly: I want 60 sets. Poof~! The boss who drank water suddenly squirted out. 60 sets? Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Um, Ill get someone ready right away. The boss immediately walked down and asked someone to start packing the armor. Wait until all packaging is completed. ?Wu Heng also collected them all, counted out the corresponding silver coins, and handed them over to the other party. The bosss face was all smiles. Then, someone came behind carrying two leather water bags. The boss said: "Captain, this is the animal milk brought back from the tribe. You can take it back and taste it. If you like it, I will send it to you next time." No, no, no, I cant get used to drinking this. Try it, its good for your body. The two of them gave in, but Wu Heng still put it away. He really can''t accept the food and taste of orcs. After shopping, let Duke go home first. He also walked out of the shop and headed to the location of the Spike Gang. Under the guidance of my younger brother. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the courtyard. Wen Mansha was wearing leather armor and had a cold face, with a bit of murderous intent. "You go out first and guard the outside." Yes, sister-in-law! The younger brother walked out directly. Those who stayed with her were all Wen Mansha''s cronies, many of whom had participated in yesterday''s battle to protect the maids in the inner city. Of course I know what to guess. Wait until the courtyard door is closed. ?Wen Mansha calmed down her serious expression and said, "Master." He shouted softly and leaned forward directly. Are you not injured? "No, but I was still very frightened." Wen Manman pulled him aside and opened the straw mat, revealing several corpses. "He is the leader of the White Wolf Gang, and the rest are the backbone. They are all here. The corpse looked pale and had obviously been dead for some time. It is indeed those who intercepted him. Well done. Thank you, master. ??Wu Heng faced several corpses and released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the corpse stood up. These corpses will follow you from now on and continue to manage the gang. Wen Mansha''s eyes widened, showing surprise and joy. (End of this chapter) Chapter 183 , hurry up Chapter 183, hurry up Skeleton Swordsman (Level 10)Skeleton Warrior (Level 9)Skeleton Ranger (Level 8). The attributes of several skeletons also fully appeared before their eyes. ??As a big gang, the White Wolf Gang is really quite powerful. The leader is a level 10 swordsman, and the remaining backbone members are also level 8 or 9 professionals. With these few people in charge, the gang really has some strength. ??If you only rely on the Spike Gang, you are simply not qualified to fight against the White Wolf Gang. To destroy the White Wolf Gang, we still rely on the power of heavy machine guns. ?Wu Heng also had his own ideas when he handed these skeletons to Wen Mansha. Mansha Wen played a big role in this operation. ?Not only did he delay the ''Secret Order''s plan to arrest the maid, but he also obeyed the order and cleaned up the White Wolf Gang. ?Even though Wen Mansha is his slave, both parties are restricted by the slave contract and have to obey his orders. But the performance was outstanding and played a great role. ?Similarly, Wen Mansha''s incident may also attract the attention of all parties. Your own safety also needs to be considered. Gang members are unreliable, but these skeletons are still needed. After all, only one "Gianluan" died in the ''Secret Order'', and there might be others watching here secretly. ?Wen Mansha also widened her eyes at this time. First there was surprise, then there was surprise. She also understood a little about the role of the undead attendants. The most simple and intuitive function is to be completely loyal and obedient. Even if you ask him to rush into the fire to get something insignificant. They will rush in without hesitation. In gangs, loyalty is rarer than gold. These skeletons in front of me once established the White Wolf Gang. Leave it to yourself now. ?Not only is their position more reliable, the Spike Gang also has the foundation of the White Wolf Gang. As long as we manage it carefully for a while. When the number of people reaches a certain scale, the Spike Gang will also become a large gang in the outer city, and its strength will be far greater than it is now. ?Thinking of this, Wen Mansha''s expression became even more excited. He raised his eyes carefully and looked over with more affectionate eyes, "Master, you are so kind." "Well, you deserve it." Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton: "You guys, follow her instructions from now on." Hurrah! ?Several skeletons stepped out of the rotten flesh and stood behind Wen Mansha. ??Wu Heng continued: "Give them a name so that they can hand over tasks later." ?Wen Mansha nodded and began to name the skeletons one by one. Different from Wu Hengs 1234, Wen Mansha can call them by their original names. ??After all, they are all in a gang, and each has some information about the other. ?Wu Heng walked to the side. Put away the heavy machine gun that was given to Wen Mansha last night. He disassembled this from the prison wall. There is no need to put it back, but it can''t be put here either. If it is lost, it may be targeted by some organizations for imitation. Its also a nuisance to myself. ??If Mansha Wen needs it later, you can give it to her again, but its better to put it away now. After finishing naming, Wen Mansha walked over quickly, held his arm intimately, and said softly: "Master, has the matter in the inner city been resolved?" It seems that the news in the inner city has not spread yet. At least Wen Mansha hasnt received any information yet. "It''s settled. If the Iron Guard Knights investigate, remember to kill him without knowing anything. Just make up a grudge against the White Wolf Gang, and be careful when going out to avoid any problems." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I''ll be careful." Wen Mansha said and pulled him towards the room. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s impatient expression and said, "Goodbye, there are all the **** outside, it''s not good to be heard." No one is coming in, hurry up. The two walked into the room behind them, and Wen Mansha quickly untied her clothes. Plunge into the other person''s arms, kiss him vigorously, and take off the other person''s clothes. ?Wu Heng picked her up. Put it on the desk behind you. In the afternoon, Wu Heng came out of Wen Mansha''s residence. Returned to the inner city. I did not go to pick up my two maids immediately. Instead, he went to a residential area in the inner city. The secret order, the fat man named "Kapulo" lives here. During the conversation with Jianluan, besides him and Anel, the fat man also knew about the assassination of Wu Heng. The Knights of the Iron Guard are currently visiting and investigating. Even without conclusive evidence, this fat man is an unstable factor. You need to check the situation of the other party first and then make a plan for the next step. ?After standing in the dark alley for a while, ''Glenda'', who was responsible for checking the situation, flew back invisibly. ?Floating in mid-air, he said softly: "There is no person you mentioned in the building, only the housekeeper and some servants. Isn''t the location wrong?" Not here? It shouldnt be, based on the information Wu Heng received. ?This is where the other party lives. Even if he leaves temporarily, there should be some traces left in the building. Intelligence shows that he lives here, something may have happened. ??Wu Heng said something, took out the ''Transformation Veil'' from the space ring and put it directly on his head. She turned into a fat and strong female mercenary and walked out of the alley. Walking toward the building. ~! Knocked twice on the door. ?The door opened, revealing a middle-aged man in butler''s clothing. He looked up and down and asked, "What''s the matter?" "I made an appointment with Mr. Capullo. Is he at home?" Wu Heng said. "Oh, it turns out she is the lady who made an appointment with the master." The housekeeper thought for a moment, took out three silver coins and handed them over, and said: "The master has gone out for a while and will probably come back after a while. Come back next time." ?Wu Heng took the money blankly, not understanding what it meant. He asked, "Why did you leave so suddenly?" "We don''t know. You can leave an address and arrange for someone to find you when the master comes back." The housekeeper continued: "If you are accompanying the master, you''d better arrive in advance Dress up, dont come here wearing this. Well, Ill come back next time! Wu Heng said, turned and left. ?The butler stood at the door, muttered, "My taste is getting weirder and weirder," and then closed the door. ?Wu Heng walked back to the alley and took off his veil. Obviously, the fat man ran away. ?This morning, the news about "Jianluan" spread. The fat man must have guessed something and ran away. He has a bloated figure, but his reactions are really fast. ?Lean against the wall and think. ?It would be better for him to leave directly. He is not in the city, and there is no phone in this world, which means that the Knights of the Iron Guard cannot find him. After some time has passed, he will try to prove himself again. It is also difficult to produce any effective evidence. ?With his courage, whether he will come back or not is another matter. After thinking about it, he walked out of the alley and walked into the distance. Snake Emblem Consortium. In the reception room. "Master, you are here to pick us up." Minnie was two or three meters away and flew over. ?Wu Heng caught it and patted his back gently. Behind him were Andwyer and Lecia, who was wearing a long silk dress. "Be good, you go to the door and wait for me. We will go back in a while." Wu Heng said. The two women nodded, left the reception room and closed the door. Lecia sat aside, her legs crossed, and looked at him curiously, "I didn''t expect you to have two little maids." It was originally given by the deacon to take care of my life. Wu Heng explained casually. Humans dont like orthodox orcs, but they are very keen on rabbit girls and fox girls with human looks and animal characteristics. ?Wu Heng was young and rich, so it was not surprising that he had two maids at home. ?Lecia just made a joke and did not focus too much on these topics. ??But he continued: "Did you do what happened in Ji''anluan?" "I''ve heard about this too. It has nothing to do with me. How can I do that?" Wu Heng said. He entrusted his maid to Lecia. This happened that night. ?With Lycias wisdom, she must have deduced that there is a high probability of it. The consortium also has its own intelligence sources. Once they are combined with each other, they will probably be locked on him. ?Wu Heng is not afraid of Lecia betraying him. But there are some things that he can never admit. Once admitted, things will become more troublesome. ?Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "Gianluan is a member of the Secret Order." "Oh?" Wu Heng looked at her, "Do you know the other members?" What are you going to do? You really want to kill them all! Lesia said in surprise. "I told you that I didn''t do it." Wu Heng emphasized and continued: "Thank you for helping me take care of the two of them." Haha~! When it was delivered, you didnt even give me a chance to refuse it! If you are a friend enough, if you need help, just say it. Let me sort out this years gold business. Lecia said directly, holding her chin. She is targeting herself for the golden performance. Say it once and for all, as if he is the only one who has gold in Luntam City. Well, there is a chance. Wu Heng said. The two sat together and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng asked about the skill book and then said goodbye to him. Left the consortium. Take the maid back to your residence. Although the two of them didnt know what happened, they also knew that it must be related to several criminals who came to the residence before. Master, is there any problem? Anderweil said. "Well, it''s no problem. The store will open as normal tomorrow, and I will also arrange new guards for you." Wu Heng continued. Oh, good master. Just give a simple explanation. ?Wu Heng returned upstairs, and the two women started preparing today''s dinner downstairs. After a while, Minnie''s soft singing voice came. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went directly to the zombie world. Go out of the office building. There were densely packed skeletons standing outside the building. ??Arranged neatly. In the distance, Qiangzi and others were playing basketball, while women sat aside and watched and chatted. In the prison, the end of the world can no longer be seen. ?Wu Heng glanced at it from a distance and didn''t pay much attention to that side. Take out the various armors in the space ring. ?This time, in addition to 200 sets of leather armor, 60 sets of metal plate armor were purchased separately. ?Put the leather armor aside, and let the big-headed skeleton direct the ordinary skeletons to line up in a long queue, and come forward one by one to receive the armor and wear it. ?Wu Heng himself, carrying 60 sets of metal plate armor, walked directly to the side. Come, come here and put on your armor. The Fire Blade and the several skeletons transformed last night all came over. Pick up the armor on the ground and put it on directly. Wearing armor really adds to your aura. Not long after, Li Yahong walked over quickly. said: I havent left the house for several days. "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "Basen will follow you from now on to protect your safety." Ah? Is this..., is this good? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 184 , and even took the initiative to send it up Chapter 184, even offered it up ??Bassen has been taken with him by Wu Heng. Acts as a personal bodyguard. From Li Yahong''s point of view, Bassen is definitely different from ordinary skeletons. At least he can be considered a skeleton who knows martial arts and has very high fighting skills. Now it is actually arranged for myself. Is there any burden? Wu Heng saw her. No, give it to me, what should you do? Li Yahong asked. "Oh! I can just pick another one at random. Is one here enough for you? Otherwise, I will arrange two more for you." Wu Heng continued. One is enough. Its so safe here and there are skeletons following us every day. Its easy to cause panic among the survivors, Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded. In fact, one Basen is enough. Wu Heng will follow any major actions. Basen, from now on you will follow Li Yahong to protect her safety. ??Bassen walked out from one side and stood next to Li Yahong. ?Standing properly, like a bodyguard. Basen, please take good care of me in the future. Li Yahong said politely. ??Bassen did not respond. ??Wu Heng didnt dwell on this topic any longer and continued to ask: What have you been doing these past two days? Li Yahong took out a small book, compared it and said: "More than 300 iron spears were produced, and more than 500 throwing spears were produced. The convoy made two trips to the auto repair shop, transporting back 525 boxes of various daily necessities, and collecting supermarkets and grain and oil stores along the way. There are three trucks of supplies, and there are survivors on the radio who plan to join us and will be here in the next two days." Hey guys, there are precise numbers. Well, not bad. Leaving these things to Li Yahong seems to be the right decision. At least the situation is stable, everyone is proceeding according to the original plan, and the efficiency is quite good. Can the survivors come over? Wu Heng asked. ?Most of the roads are still occupied by zombies. ?Wanting to come here is not as simple as driving. You might be killed by a horde of corpses as soon as you go out. "I have planned a map for them. As long as they enter the road we have cleared, they will be safer." Li Yahong was silent for a moment and then said: "We can''t save everyone." "That''s right. I''ll let the big-headed skeleton lead the team to clean up the road again tonight." Wu Heng said. "good!" What information is there outside? Wu Heng continued to ask. Didnt I mention last time that there are armored vehicles in the Flame God Sanctuary? I reconfirmed with him that the armored vehicles will indeed be sold, and the exchange rate is 200 bags of rice. Li Yahong said. 200 bags of rice, this is not a small amount. At this time, food is an important material, especially now that it is autumn. Without food in winter, a large number of people will be reduced. 200 bags, absolutely no shelter is willing to take so much in exchange for armored vehicles. The Flame God Sanctuary can put forward such conditions. Either they are showing off their weapons and equipment to attract more survivors to join them. ?Either the quantity is small, you use it yourself, and you deliberately raise the price. If you are willing to exchange it, you can make a profit, and no one will exchange it without suffering a loss. What else do they have besides armored vehicles? "I heard that there are rifles and light machine guns. I don''t know much about them, and I don''t know what the difference is." Li Yahong thought for a moment and answered. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t think about it for now. Plan your actions for tomorrow. Look at the nearby commercial streets, the ones with gold and silver shops. Let''s go there tomorrow to search for supplies." Oh okay! Li Yahong nodded. ??Although I dont understand why Im looking for a gold or silver shop in the last days. But Wu Hengs actions must have their own purpose. ?Gold stores are usually clustered in bustling commercial streets, where there are many shops and you can also search for supplies. Finished talking about work. Li Yahong had no intention of leaving immediately. She looked at the other party carefully and said in a low voice: "Last time, weren''t you curious as to why Grandma Wang Ke was being raised in that shelter?" Ah, why? Li Yahong came closer and said mysteriously: "Grandma Wang Ke is a goddess. In the past, her grandma was the judge of things in the village. People in the village believed in this and she was more prestigious." ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood the meaning of his words. There are still many people among the older generation in rural areas who believe this. Especially in remote areas. ?Coupled with the end of the world, everything becomes weird, and people in the village may become more convinced of the existence of monsters and monsters. Even though his grandma has made no contribution, she has been protecting her until now. Speaking as a professional. Northeastern shaman. Are you in charge? Wu Heng asked curiously. "I don''t know about this. I guess it might... have some effect." Li Yahong couldn''t say clearly. Dont dare to talk nonsense. ??If you are really in charge of things, it will be bad if you talk nonsense and cause trouble. Even ghosts appeared. What kind of gods are there? Its not unacceptable. Then let her grandma tell us, we are friendly forces, dont cause trouble for us. Wu Heng also whispered. Are you afraid too? Li Yahongs eyes were slightly bent, and she was teasing with a smile. I was most afraid of these when I was a child. I believe you are a ghost. The two stood in front of the door and chatted for a while. ??Li Yahong still has to arrange work, so she can only be separated. Li Yahong went to the stadium. Go and arrange tasks for tomorrow with Qiangzi and others. Qiangzi and others who were playing basketball immediately exclaimed when they saw the figure following her. Wow, Sister Hong, isnt this Brother Skeleton from the Kings side? Why did he follow you here? Hello, Brother Skeleton! ?Several people behind him also bowed and saluted. ??Bassen has his own leather armor and is always with Wu Heng. His appearance is very easy to recognize. Now following Li Yahong like a bodyguard, everyone was a little surprised. Li Yahong said: "This is Basen. He will be responsible for protecting me from now on. There is no need to make a fuss." Wow~! Sister is so awesome. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and said, "Don''t keep yelling. You have to go out to search for supplies tomorrow. You will take someone to check the vehicle in a while. Everything you need to carry when you set off is packed. Don''t make any mistakes." Dont worry, Sister Hong, Im the best at these. Qiangzi patted his chest. Well, you guys have fun, dont forget about business. Li Yahong said and walked towards the residential building. Hadron throws the basketball to other people. Followed up quickly. He asked with a face full of gossip: "Sister Hong, how far have you developed?" Li Yahong frowned and said, "What nonsense are you talking about!" "Sister Hong, many women are staring over there. You must keep an eye on your brother-in-law. In this world, everyone wants to find a reliable backer." Qiangzi followed quickly and continued. ?Li Yahong narrowed her eyes slightly, "Who are they?" Those young ones are all, and Im a man, how about I give it a try? Qiangzi slapped his butt. I see you are really itchy. Sister Hong, I think the king also has thoughts about you. Otherwise, why would I have assigned Brother Basen to you? He must value you. Hearing these words, Li Yahong was still a little happy. Among the many survivors. is also a kind of preference for oneself. But his face was still serious and he said: "Don''t talk nonsense!" "Really, eldest sister." After pondering for a while, Qiangzi continued: "He is not enlightened. Sister, you have to be more proactive. There is a veil between women chasing men. You have to find a way to pierce this veil. In the future, you will be raped by others. If the little goblin seduces you, you will regret it. ?Li Yahong coughed lightly and said, "How to stab." Next time you two are alone, take the initiative Back to Luntam City, the sky was getting a little dark. There was a faint sound of thunder. Looks like its going to rain. The three of them had dinner and sat in the living room on the first floor to rest. ?Minnie is still practicing her fancy fists and embroidered legs, and she is still very energetic. ?It is actually too late for her to train now, and it will be difficult for her to achieve anything in the future. But everything is relative. ?Being a maid does not necessarily require high combat skills. The main thing is to enhance your physical fitness and protect yourself. After arranging new guards for both of them, they returned to their rooms to rest. The night is dark. Click~! A sound of thunder woke Wu Heng from his sleep. I instantly grabbed the weapon and looked around with vigilant eyes. It was already raining heavily outside the window, and there was lightning and thunder. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room, while Ba Wudong and Huo Ren were still guarding the door. At the corner of the stairs. ?Minnie is squatting in the corner of the jogging platform with her head in her hands. Minnie? Wu Heng shouted. Master Minnie raised her head pitifully. "Oh, you scared me. What are you doing squatting if you don''t sleep?" Wu Heng was speechless. Im afraid of thunder. Minnie said a little shyly. ??Wu Heng picked up a blanket and put it on her, "You won''t be afraid if you squat here!" Well, thats better. Minnie stood up. In the bedroom. Minnie curled up in her arms, feeling a little nervous. ??Wu Heng hugged her, leaned against her ear, and asked softly, "Minnie..." The rabbit girl said softly: "Master, we will be yours sooner or later." Soon, the rabbit girl in front of him was stripped clean. The skin is white, tender and smooth, and the figure is slim. Different from a mature woman like Wen Mansha, Minnie is full of youthful vitality. Click~! There was another thunder. Minnie exclaimed and clung to the other party. Second floor. The sound of thunder woke up Anderweil from her deep sleep. Looking up at the heavy rain outside the window, he went out to check the doors and windows on the first floor, but they were all closed. There is no sign of rain. ?Just when I was about to go back to my room, I heard a strange sound coming from the stairs, like a cat meowing, with varying speeds. After careful identification, you can hear Minnie''s moans, which are filled with pain and discomfort. ?Looking solemn, he immediately suspected that another enemy had sneaked into the residence. But then, the voice suddenly became loud and joyful, and he immediately realized what was happening upstairs. Spit lightly and go back to the room directly. I tossed and turned, unable to fall asleep. The sounds from upstairs kept entering my ears, making my whole body hot and uncomfortable. After a while, I stopped breathing and just breathed a sigh of relief. It actually started again. He even took the initiative to send it up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 185 , rest Chapter 185, rest The next morning, it was still raining lightly outside the window. ?Andewil yawned, walked downstairs, and heard singing coming from the kitchen. ?Walking over, I saw Minnie cooking and humming a song. Looks like I''m in a good mood. How are you doing? Anderweil asked. Minnie, who was cooking, was startled by the sudden question. The kitchen utensils in her hand almost fell to the ground, and she hurriedly held them steady, "Sister Wei''er, what did you just say?" "I said, how are you feeling? If you are not feeling well, you don''t need to accompany me to the store, just stay at home." Minnies face turned red instantly and she said coyly, Im fine, Ill go with you. Really, there shouldnt be many guests due to the weather today, so you should stay at home and have a good rest. Minnie looked even more embarrassed, shook Anderweil''s arm, and said half-coquettishly: "Sister Weier, I''m really fine, I''ll go with you, I''ll be fine at home, but when the bad guys come, I''ll be even more scared. " Are you really okay? Its okay. Then you called me for most of the night. Minnies neck turned red. She shivered for a long time and said, It doesnt hurt... I cant explain it to you. Anderweil stopped teasing her. Helping to prepare breakfast. By the time Wu Heng came down, breakfast had already been served on the table. Master Minnie smiled sweetly. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Is there nothing uncomfortable?" Master, why do you say that? Minnie said coquettishly. ? Anderweil snickered on the sidelines and said nothing. The three of them sat down at the dining table. ?Wu Heng continued: "I have prepared new guards for you. They are all level 8 skeletons. Take them with you when you go out." Level 8! It is already considered to be a not low level. You can be the leader of a small gang, and you can also be a backbone figure in a big gang. In Luntam City, at least some powerful men have this kind of configuration. Thank you, Master. The two nodded in thanks. Have a simple meal. ?Wu Heng was ready to go upstairs. Before leaving, he said: "Minnie, if you feel uncomfortable, just stay at home today." "Ouch~! Master, please go upstairs quickly..." Minnie pushed him upstairs. ?Then he put away the tableware and followed Anderweil out of the house holding an umbrella. ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. In prison. The convoy has been prepared, and the big-headed skeletons command the ordinary skeletons to slowly get on the back of the truck. ?Wu Heng stood not far away, accompanied by Li Yahong. "The location I chose this time is the Yingdu Mall in the county. There is a gold store on the first floor and there are a lot of supplies. You can collect a lot of supplies during a trip." Li Yahong said softly while holding the tablet. Shadow City Mall may not be famous in other places, but it is the most prosperous place in the county. ??It has declined somewhat in recent years, but the mall is still open and serves as a shopping place for nearby residents. The reason why Li Yahong chose this place. In fact, I also have my own considerations. ?While meeting Wu Hengs requirements, there must also be sufficient supplies to cope with the upcoming winter. Places like shopping malls are relatively comprehensive. They have everything, including bedding and cotton-padded clothes. A visit can solve many problems. For Wuheng, this place in the county is not bad. The main problem is to solve the problem of gold bars. All needs can be met with gold bars. At the same time, the county is also the only way to the city. He still clearly remembered the small promise he made to help her find her mother if he could go to the city. Although currently, it is unlikely that the other party will survive. But as long as the other party is not really sure to be dead, there is still hope. ?Before rescuing Grandma Wang Ke, everyone thought that the trip was in vain, and at most it would give Wang Ke some comfort. But it turns out that his grandma is still alive. She is a well-known goddess in the village and has great prestige. The little mother is not necessarily in danger. Of course you have to get there as soon as possible. Okay, how to set the distance? Wu Heng asked. Going along this road, you will definitely meet some zombies on the way. This road is wider and the chance of being blocked will be smaller. Li Yahong enlarged the map on the tablet to display a road. After the convoy started moving, the zombies were just chasing behind them, unable to pose much of a threat. The most troublesome thing is the clearing of obstacles on the road. Abandoned vehicles or dumped goods block roads. ? Frequent areas need to be cleaned every few meters, which is a waste of time. So the choice of road is also very important. Yeah, okay. Wu Heng didnt have any objections. ?Li Yahong arranged everything well, at least from his point of view, there was no problem. Not long after, Hadron in the distance waved his hand and shouted: "It''s time to go~!" Get in the car. ?Li Yahong got into the driver''s seat, and Wu Heng and many other skeletons also boarded the bus. Make sure everything is ready. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go." The convoy started and drove directly out of the prison gate. The convoy followed the road and returned to the main road. Follow the direction of the original community, drive through Changyingzi District, and continue to the county. Changyingzi District was cleaned up once before by Wu Heng and others. But when I came back again, there were still a lot of zombies wandering around. ??Although it cannot achieve the effect of a swarm of corpses, the number is still quite large. The convoy did not stop, but drove past quickly and continued towards the county. The construction of the main road is still very smooth. Simple obstacles along the way, the collision angle of the leading car can be directly knocked away, ensuring the normal passage of the following team. ??A large group of corpses began to follow behind. Did you sleep well last night? Li Yahong asked casually. "What''s wrong?" It seems that your mental state is not very good, maybe you havent had a good rest. Li Yahong sounded concerned. ??Wu Heng subconsciously touched his face, "It should be that I went to bed late last night, so maybe I didn''t get a good rest." ?? Li Yahong glanced at him and continued: "You should find someone to take care of you. There are so many young girls in the prison, but there is no one you like!" Even though he is not rich in this aspect, he can still hear the other partys probing tone. He smiled and said, "As long as I have you, I don''t need anyone else." Li Yahong''s face turned a little red, "I guess you are discerning." And you, you are the boss of the shelter after all. Dont you want to find a man? Wu Heng asked with a smile. ??Li Yahong''s eyes were a little wandering, and she glanced at him before saying, "I think it''s just that some people are slow to react and can''t seem to react." ??Wu Heng actually knew what Li Yahong meant to him. He also likes this smart partner. But in another world, I already have several female confidants. In this world, some of them dont know how to deal with them. In another world, a strong person can have multiple partners, and no one will blame you. ?Although the powerful men in this world can also possess more women, their ideas are still different, and it may become very troublesome at that time. I just wanted to speak. The intercom carried the voices of other members. The road ahead is blocked and it takes time to clear the road. ?At the same time, a voice came from the car behind, "There are a lot of zombies behind the car. If you park the car, you may be attacked by zombies." ?Li Yahong looked up. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Let the convoy pull over and all the skeletons are ready to meet the enemy." ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and gave the order. ??The motorcade stopped aside, and a large number of skeletons got out of the car behind them. Surround the convoy neatly and enter a fighting state. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and looked back. A large number of skeletons are rushing towards this side. Get ready to throw your spear! Hurrah! The skeletons took out their throwing spears one after another and entered the throwing posture. "put!" Huh~! The sound of howling wind sounded. The spears were thrown like black raindrops, falling into the crowd of running corpses. ?With a clanking sound on the ground. A large number of zombies were pierced by iron spears, and their bodies were cut and stuck on the ground. Get ready to throw your spear~let it go! Huh~! The second batch of spears fell from the sky, and the zombies fell again. Then the third batch followed, and the fourth batch threw spears. ?Like a harvester, washing the battlefield over and over again. When the group of corpses approached, there were only a hundred zombies with mutilated bodies rushing towards them. He was killed by a group of skeletons in the blink of an eye. The entire battlefield fell into silence instantly, and the skeleton group also entered the standby state again. The survivors who were accompanying them all had their eyes widened in disbelief. Is this the end? ?So many zombies just fell to the ground and disappeared. ?Especially people like Qiangzi who came from the auto repair shop. They have witnessed the fighting form of the earliest skeletons. Basically only close combat. Now, the entire skeleton team is constantly improving. From the bare bones at the beginning, to now wearing leather armor. In addition to pure melee attacks, there is also a method of throwing spears from a distance. Looking at it now. ???King Yama''s supernatural powers are more terrifying than they imagined. The summoned skeleton is not only a tool that can slash weapons, but also improves itself. Hadron, what are you doing? Get out of the car and clear the obstacles. Li Yahongs urging voice came from the intercom. Oh, okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi replied, jumped out of the car, drove a forklift and started clearing the scrapped vehicles blocking the road. ?At the same time, Li Yahong continued to give the order: "The rest of the people have a look around, and if there is anything they can find, put it into the car, and pay attention to safety." The section of road where the motorcade stops. There are many digital shops on both sides. Although the world is no longer connected to the Internet, some functions such as taking pictures and radio stations on mobile phones can still be used. High-end products that were unaffordable before are now available casually. Everyone got out of the car and began to enter the store to carry the products inside. ?A few ordinary commercial vehicles can hold these things. ?Wu Heng commanded a large number of skeletons. Start to clean up zombie corpses along the road, and collect the thrown spears at the same time. Li Yahong set her sights on a fresh food supermarket a little further away. The distance is a bit far, but the zombies from the whole street are attracted. There should be no problem. ?Looking at the people who were moving things. Brother Wang, come with me to have a look over there. Li Yahong greeted. ?Wang Chenggang took a look and said, "Okay, Sister Hong!" He took the other two people with him and followed Li Yahong towards the opposite side. ?Fresh food stores also have banners with special offers. ?Half-dried intestines were hung on it, swinging back and forth in the wind. Push the door open and enter. There was a rotten and moldy smell coming over my face. Even if I cover my mouth and nose, I almost faint from the smell. All the fruits and vegetables on the shelves have become moldy and spoiled, and some have even regrown new branches and buds. The ground was covered with sticky water, and when he stepped on it with his boots, there was still a strong sticky feeling. Sister Hong, there should be nothing to search here! Wang Chenggang said as he followed. Just take a look. Li Yahong walked forward. It is not the same as her idea. ?General supermarkets have a lot of supplies, but in fresh food supermarkets, there seems to be nothing to take away. But when everyone comes in, they just take a look and maybe they can take something away. After searching around the lobby, we continued walking towards the Customer Stop door. Just opened the door. ?Suddenly, a cold light pierced my face. In Li Yahong''s sight, the sharp dagger was getting closer and closer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 183 , hurry up Chapter 183, hurry up Skeleton Swordsman (Level 10)Skeleton Warrior (Level 9)Skeleton Ranger (Level 8). The attributes of several skeletons also fully appeared before their eyes. ??As a big gang, the White Wolf Gang is really quite powerful. The leader is a level 10 swordsman, and the remaining backbone members are also level 8 or 9 professionals. With these few people in charge, the gang really has some strength. ??If you only rely on the Spike Gang, you are simply not qualified to fight against the White Wolf Gang. To destroy the White Wolf Gang, we still rely on the power of heavy machine guns. ?Wu Heng also had his own ideas when he handed these skeletons to Wen Mansha. Mansha Wen played a big role in this operation. ?Not only did he delay the ''Secret Order''s plan to arrest the maid, but he also obeyed the order and cleaned up the White Wolf Gang. ?Even though Wen Mansha is his slave, both parties are restricted by the slave contract and have to obey his orders. But the performance was outstanding and played a great role. ?Similarly, Wen Mansha''s incident may also attract the attention of all parties. Your own safety also needs to be considered. Gang members are unreliable, but these skeletons are still needed. After all, only one "Gianluan" died in the ''Secret Order'', and there might be others watching here secretly. ?Wen Mansha also widened her eyes at this time. First there was surprise, then there was surprise. She also understood a little about the role of the undead attendants. The most simple and intuitive function is to be completely loyal and obedient. Even if you ask him to rush into the fire to get something insignificant. They will rush in without hesitation. In gangs, loyalty is rarer than gold. These skeletons in front of me once established the White Wolf Gang. Leave it to yourself now. ?Not only is their position more reliable, the Spike Gang also has the foundation of the White Wolf Gang. As long as we manage it carefully for a while. When the number of people reaches a certain scale, the Spike Gang will also become a large gang in the outer city, and its strength will be far greater than it is now. ?Thinking of this, Wen Mansha''s expression became even more excited. He raised his eyes carefully and looked over with more affectionate eyes, "Master, you are so kind." "Well, you deserve it." Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton: "You guys, follow her instructions from now on." Hurrah! ?Several skeletons stepped out of the rotten flesh and stood behind Wen Mansha. ??Wu Heng continued: "Give them a name so that they can hand over tasks later." ?Wen Mansha nodded and began to name the skeletons one by one. Different from Wu Hengs 1234, Wen Mansha can call them by their original names. ??After all, they are all in a gang, and each has some information about the other. ?Wu Heng walked to the side. Put away the heavy machine gun that was given to Wen Mansha last night. He disassembled this from the prison wall. There is no need to put it back, but it can''t be put here either. If it is lost, it may be targeted by some organizations for imitation. Its also a nuisance to myself. ??If Mansha Wen needs it later, you can give it to her again, but its better to put it away now. After finishing naming, Wen Mansha walked over quickly, held his arm intimately, and said softly: "Master, has the matter in the inner city been resolved?" It seems that the news in the inner city has not spread yet. At least Wen Mansha hasnt received any information yet. "It''s settled. If the Iron Guard Knights investigate, remember to kill him without knowing anything. Just make up a grudge against the White Wolf Gang, and be careful when going out to avoid any problems." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I''ll be careful." Wen Mansha said and pulled him towards the room. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s impatient expression and said, "Goodbye, there are all the **** outside, it''s not good to be heard." No one is coming in, hurry up. The two walked into the room behind them, and Wen Mansha quickly untied her clothes. Plunge into the other person''s arms, kiss him vigorously, and take off the other person''s clothes. ?Wu Heng picked her up. Put it on the desk behind you. In the afternoon, Wu Heng came out of Wen Mansha''s residence. Returned to the inner city. I did not go to pick up my two maids immediately. Instead, he went to a residential area in the inner city. The secret order, the fat man named "Kapulo" lives here. During the conversation with Jianluan, besides him and Anel, the fat man also knew about the assassination of Wu Heng. The Knights of the Iron Guard are currently visiting and investigating. Even without conclusive evidence, this fat man is an unstable factor. You need to check the situation of the other party first and then make a plan for the next step. ?After standing in the dark alley for a while, ''Glenda'', who was responsible for checking the situation, flew back invisibly. ?Floating in mid-air, he said softly: "There is no person you mentioned in the building, only the housekeeper and some servants. Isn''t the location wrong?" Not here? It shouldnt be, based on the information Wu Heng received. ?This is where the other party lives. Even if he leaves temporarily, there should be some traces left in the building. Intelligence shows that he lives here, something may have happened. ??Wu Heng said something, took out the ''Transformation Veil'' from the space ring and put it directly on his head. She turned into a fat and strong female mercenary and walked out of the alley. Walking toward the building. ~! Knocked twice on the door. ?The door opened, revealing a middle-aged man in butler''s clothing. He looked up and down and asked, "What''s the matter?" "I made an appointment with Mr. Capullo. Is he at home?" Wu Heng said. "Oh, it turns out she is the lady who made an appointment with the master." The housekeeper thought for a moment, took out three silver coins and handed them over, and said: "The master has gone out for a while and will probably come back after a while. Come back next time." ?Wu Heng took the money blankly, not understanding what it meant. He asked, "Why did you leave so suddenly?" "We don''t know. You can leave an address and arrange for someone to find you when the master comes back." The housekeeper continued: "If you are accompanying the master, you''d better arrive in advance Dress up, dont come here wearing this. Well, Ill come back next time! Wu Heng said, turned and left. ?The butler stood at the door, muttered, "My taste is getting weirder and weirder," and then closed the door. ?Wu Heng walked back to the alley and took off his veil. Obviously, the fat man ran away. ?This morning, the news about "Jianluan" spread. The fat man must have guessed something and ran away. He has a bloated figure, but his reactions are really fast. ?Lean against the wall and think. ?It would be better for him to leave directly. He is not in the city, and there is no phone in this world, which means that the Knights of the Iron Guard cannot find him. After some time has passed, he will try to prove himself again. It is also difficult to produce any effective evidence. ?With his courage, whether he will come back or not is another matter. After thinking about it, he walked out of the alley and walked into the distance. Snake Emblem Consortium. In the reception room. "Master, you are here to pick us up." Minnie was two or three meters away and flew over. ?Wu Heng caught it and patted his back gently. Behind him were Andwyer and Lecia, who was wearing a long silk dress. "Be good, you go to the door and wait for me. We will go back in a while." Wu Heng said. The two women nodded, left the reception room and closed the door. Lecia sat aside, her legs crossed, and looked at him curiously, "I didn''t expect you to have two little maids." It was originally given by the deacon to take care of my life. Wu Heng explained casually. Humans dont like orthodox orcs, but they are very keen on rabbit girls and fox girls with human looks and animal characteristics. ?Wu Heng was young and rich, so it was not surprising that he had two maids at home. ?Lecia just made a joke and did not focus too much on these topics. ??But he continued: "Did you do what happened in Ji''anluan?" "I''ve heard about this too. It has nothing to do with me. How can I do that?" Wu Heng said. He entrusted his maid to Lecia. This happened that night. ?With Lycias wisdom, she must have deduced that there is a high probability of it. The consortium also has its own intelligence sources. Once they are combined with each other, they will probably be locked on him. ?Wu Heng is not afraid of Lecia betraying him. But there are some things that he can never admit. Once admitted, things will become more troublesome. ?Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "Gianluan is a member of the Secret Order." "Oh?" Wu Heng looked at her, "Do you know the other members?" What are you going to do? You really want to kill them all! Lesia said in surprise. "I told you that I didn''t do it." Wu Heng emphasized and continued: "Thank you for helping me take care of the two of them." Haha~! When it was delivered, you didnt even give me a chance to refuse it! If you are a friend enough, if you need help, just say it. Let me sort out this years gold business. Lecia said directly, holding her chin. She is targeting herself for the golden performance. Say it once and for all, as if he is the only one who has gold in Luntam City. Well, there is a chance. Wu Heng said. The two sat together and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng asked about the skill book and then said goodbye to him. Left the consortium. Take the maid back to your residence. Although the two of them didnt know what happened, they also knew that it must be related to several criminals who came to the residence before. Master, is there any problem? Anderweil said. "Well, it''s no problem. The store will open as normal tomorrow, and I will also arrange new guards for you." Wu Heng continued. Oh, good master. Just give a simple explanation. ?Wu Heng returned upstairs, and the two women started preparing today''s dinner downstairs. After a while, Minnie''s soft singing voice came. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went directly to the zombie world. Go out of the office building. There were densely packed skeletons standing outside the building. ??Arranged neatly. In the distance, Qiangzi and others were playing basketball, while women sat aside and watched and chatted. In the prison, the end of the world can no longer be seen. ?Wu Heng glanced at it from a distance and didn''t pay much attention to that side. Take out the various armors in the space ring. ?This time, in addition to 200 sets of leather armor, 60 sets of metal plate armor were purchased separately. ?Put the leather armor aside, and let the big-headed skeleton direct the ordinary skeletons to line up in a long queue, and come forward one by one to receive the armor and wear it. ?Wu Heng himself, carrying 60 sets of metal plate armor, walked directly to the side. Come, come here and put on your armor. The Fire Blade and the several skeletons transformed last night all came over. Pick up the armor on the ground and put it on directly. Wearing armor really adds to your aura. Not long after, Li Yahong walked over quickly. said: I havent left the house for several days. "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "Basen will follow you from now on to protect your safety." Ah? Is this..., is this good? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 187 , the plants have rebelled (please vote for me.) Chapter 187: Plants rebelled (please vote for me...) Holy shit, the plant is cheating, and Daves brain cant be saved. Qiangzi exclaimed. Cheating? Dave? The people next to him were stunned, "What do you mean?" The plants have rebelled! They are collaborating with the zombies. Qiangzi said. Other people cant understand it either. No one will pay attention to his topic anymore. ??Continued to look at the zombies in the distance, wondering, "It''s been too long, and the seeds have sprouted in my brain." Its possible, it might be a new type of zombie. The spores emitted should be similar to plant spores, floating in the air and must be poisonous. Nonsense, you can tell its poisonous just by looking at the color. ?A few people were discussing in low voices while looking at the green mist that filled the entire street in the distance. We have seen many kinds of zombies in our lives till now. But this is the first time I have seen it grow together with plants and form a symbiotic relationship. Its not a good situation either. At the very least, the poisonous mist forms a barrier, making it difficult for creatures to enter. ??Wu Heng stood behind, looking into the distance with a telescope, and was a little surprised by this form of zombies. ?Gene viruses and necromancy magic are really fundamentally different. No matter how much necromancy magic is developed, it cannot coexist with life. In other words, even if it is transformed into a rotting corpse, plants will not grow in the body. ??Whether you are magic fusion or plant cultivation and grafting. Necromantic magic is contrary to the elements of life. Zombies can coexist here and form a symbiotic relationship. Has anyone mentioned this kind of zombie at the main station? Wu Heng asked. "No, I haven''t heard of any mention of this kind of zombie. It should be a new type of zombie." Li Yahong replied after recalling it. The main station collects intelligence from various places and summarizes it. Then publish it to all places so that everyone can understand the types of zombies and how to target them. ?The zombies in front of me have not been mentioned, either because they are not available elsewhere, or because others are unable to obtain detailed information. ?These are not important anymore. How to deal with them is the most important thing. ?Wu Heng continued to observe. Li Yahong asked: "What should we do? If it doesn''t work, we can search elsewhere first." Try it first. Skeletons are not afraid of poisonous fog, so there should be no problem. Wu Heng said. At the same time, he glanced at the time. It was already past one o''clock in the afternoon when we came all the way. When the sun is at full strength. What do we need to do? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and first said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let all the skeletons get off the car and prepare to fight." Hurrah! All the accompanying skeletons jumped out of the carriage. They filled the entire street and began to change their order, forming a formation with spears in front and kitchen knives behind. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Li Yahong: "You ask everyone to turn around the convoy first. Everyone should have gas masks and be ready. If the poisonous gas spreads, remember to wear masks." Oh, okay! Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked the people standing on the roof of the car to watch the excitement to go back and prepare their masks. The convoy started to restart and began to turn around. It is also convenient for evacuation if special circumstances arise. After everything is ready. ?Li Yahong came over carrying a gas mask. You stay in the car, you dont have to follow me. Wu Heng said. Its okay, theres a gas mask. "No, this kind of poisonous gas is not certain yet. If you stay in the car, you might as well come and pick me up if you are in danger." Wu Heng continued. The two worlds are different, but essentially they are not very different. All negative impacts are related to your own attributes. ? ? A person with high physical fitness will have high resistance to various toxins, a high intelligence will be less likely to be confused by illusions, and a high charm will be less likely to be affected by mental state. ?The poisons in front of you are permeated in the air. Even if you have a gas mask, it is difficult to guarantee that it will be 100% effective. ?Wu Heng himself did not intend to enter the poisonous mist, let alone let Li Yahong follow. Just a normal looting mission. ??If something happens to Li Yahong, it will be a big loss. Seeing his firm tone, Li Yahong did not persist and said, "Then please pay attention to safety. If it doesn''t work, we will move to another place. There are plenty of supplies." Well, lets go back. ?Li Yahong returned to the bus and waved to him. ?Wu Heng nodded and began to make his own preparations. ?First he took out a bottle of antidote and drank it for himself, then took the gas mask in his hand. ?At the same time, he released Xiaoxiao and said: "Xiaoxiao, help uncle look around to see if there are any of those kind of deformed zombies, or any weird monsters, or survivors." Oh, okay. Xiaoxiao spun around in the air and flew forward. After Xiaoxiao left, Wu Heng directly ordered, "Go forward." Crash. The skeleton army immediately moved and began to advance. Start to take action and start heading towards the commercial street. As the skeleton army approaches. The sound of marching immediately attracted the attention of the mushroom zombies in the poisonous fog. They all turned their heads and looked this way. Hahah~! When they saw the approaching skeleton army, they immediately let out a deafening roar. ?One sound after another, one after another. The wandering zombies began to turn around, and the zombies leaning against the wall also stood up stiffly. Click it, click it! ??Dense and harsh sounds kept ringing. ?These mushroom zombies move extremely slowly. ??The movements are stiffer than those of ordinary zombies, like a mechanical dancer. The joints swing and click, and the mushroom-shaped plant on the head keeps spitting poisonous mist as it moves. Like a branch that has been broken with force. More and more mushroom zombies began to gather along the road while spreading poisonous mist. Soon, a huge group of corpses formed. Standing within sight of everyone in front. ?They are crowding and pushing each other, approaching this way. It''s just that the speed is a bit slow and the steps are shaky. ?Wu Heng looked at the poisonous mist in front of him and thought for a while. ? Raise your hand and release a [Fireball Technique] in the sky above the corpses. ??The blazing fireball soared into the sky, exploded with a bang, and turned into flames that filled the sky and scattered into the poisonous mist. At the moment when the flame fell. All the poisonous mist is like ignited cotton wool. The fire spreads and the small particles in the poisonous mist are burned out. Before Wu Heng could be happy, the poisonous fog produced by the zombies quickly covered him again. Not much has changed. It seems that this trick is not very easy to use. ?Seeing the mushroom zombies gradually approaching, Wu Heng put on the gas mask. Order, "Get ready to throw your spear!" Hurrah! All skeletons drew out their throwing spears and assumed throwing postures. When the zombie swarm enters the shooting range. "put!" Huh~! The throwing spear whizzed out and fell into the zombies. ??With a clanking sound, the corpses fell to the ground like wheat. The second wave of spear throwing has not yet been ordered. ?Wu Hengs brows wrinkled again. The mushroom zombie that fell to the ground staggered back to its feet. The casualties were much smaller than expected. It seems that the body of this zombie has been strengthened, making it harder to kill than ordinary zombies. This is giving up speed and strengthening the body. ?Wu Heng muttered. ? ing, but the characteristics of mushroom zombies have been very obvious. It is somewhat inaccurate to say that it is the defense power, it should be the toughness of the skin. Get ready to throw your spear! Wu Heng said again. The skeleton group continued to take out the second batch of throwing spears. "put!" Huh~! The second batch of spears flew out again, falling into the zombies like raindrops. ?The zombie was stabbed by a spear and fell to the ground with a clanking sound.?????"Throw the spear...let it go!" Huh~! Then came the third and fourth rounds of throwing spears, which landed with a clatter among the zombies. No matter how tough the skin is. After several rounds of throwing, large pieces fell down. There were many casualties. As for the dead zombies, the mushrooms on their heads also closed directly and stopped releasing poisonous gas. It''s like dying with it. ?Wu Heng watched the corpses approach. As soon as you get close, release [Grease] and [Fireball] to ignite it. ?The fire shot up into the sky instantly, and the scorching temperature distorted the surrounding air. ?Wu Heng quickly retreated to avoid the poisonous mist that followed the corpses. The mushroom zombies did not increase their intelligence. Howling, staggering, rushing into the flames. Puff puff puff~! ?The fire drowned the zombies, and the mushrooms above their heads exploded one after another under the flames. The slow movement speed also makes the fire burn more vigorously. The fire burned to a height of more than two meters. Soon, the zombies, which looked like charred corpses, rushed out of the fire and continued to charge forward. Its just that the mushroom on the head has shrunk, like blackened garlic. Puff puff puff~! ???The charred corpse crashed into the spear, and there was a sound of flesh and blood being penetrated. ?Zombies roar and claw. ?The spear skeleton also kept thrusting out spears, piercing the enemy''s body. The two sides began to fight hand-to-hand. Then, zombies rushed out from the alleyways on both sides. ??Wu Heng continued to mobilize his troops and began to attack the zombies in the alley, slashing and roaring, resounding throughout the space. The fighting became more intense. The corpses and bones gradually piled up into a hill. There are more corpses than skeletons. After all, it was transported by truck, not all the troops. ??But the skeletons are not ordinary first-level skeletons. They are of a high level and fully equipped. It is difficult to distinguish between them if they kill each other. Just then Wu Heng issued orders one after another to arrange for the two Terrorclaw monsters to be sent out. When assisting the tunnels on both sides. Xiaoxiao flew back from the opponent''s air. ?Pointing to the ''Shadow City Mall'' building on the ground, he said: "Uncle, there is a monster in that building. It looks so scary." ?Wu Heng looked suffocated. ? After confirming that there would be no changes in the situation, he asked: "What kind of monster." A person grows in a tree. In the tree? You mean the big tree? Yeah, its so scary! Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. ??Xiao Xiao made a sound and immediately got into his body. The shared picture also appeared in my mind. In Yingdu Mall. The poisonous mist became more intense, the ground was covered with green moss, the pillars and facade were covered with branches similar to vines, stumps and broken arms could be seen everywhere, and mushrooms that spewed poisonous mist grew. At this time, it no longer looks like a mall. It is more like entering a primitive ecological park. Xiaoxiao walked around the mall. In a separate store on the first floor. The monster was discovered. This is the image of a female zombie, whose whole body seems to be integrated with the plants. The body is made of several branches intertwined, and the trunk is covered with various strange fungi. ?The feet are connected to other plants in the building, and it seems impossible to move. He still kept his face, wore broken glasses, and wore a hanging plate on his shirt that read "Xinxin Nursery Flowers". ?This zombie kept roaring, and its body kept shaking with the roar. Fungi exude more poisonous mist. It looks like it has turned this place into its nest, or nurturing ground. Spread the spores outward, spreading the parasite little by little. Level 2 zombies? It is still said that the level is higher. The flesh and plants are completely symbiotic, and can also seed ordinary zombies. ??What a weird zombie! The small line of sight continued to circle around the entire area. No other aberrant zombies were found. Normally speaking. ?This area is very large and is the most prosperous road section. Such a dense population of zombies should also give birth to more deformed zombies. But it is obviously different from that in the analysis. There is no second type of aberrant zombie. Maybe two kinds of aberrant zombies exist together. ??Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and asked her to be on guard nearby, while he continued to focus on the battlefield. Mushroom zombies, groups of zombies that spit out smoke like steam trains, rush towards the skeleton team in batches. The body is full of resilience and can withstand sharp spears. He rushed towards the skeleton in the front row regardless of his own safety. ?But the spear still thrust out over and over again, piercing the rotting body and piercing the zombies that came up. ??Wu Heng glanced at the skeletons beside him and ordered: "Big guy, big guy, you guys go help and clean up the corpses as soon as possible." Four tall skeletons three meters tall stood up. Charge forward with big strides. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The figure is like an out-of-control truck, forcibly pretending to be on a road. Swing his arms like a pendulum, knocking away all the zombies around him. Zizzizi~! The sound of electricity came from the walkie-talkie, followed by Li Yahong''s voice, "How''s it going over there? I see that the poisonous fog has gotten a lot smaller. Do you need us to move closer?" ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom switch, and a voice came from under the gas mask, "No, you stay where you are. I will notify you if necessary." Received, be careful. Hang up the communication. Wu Heng''s eyes continued on the battlefield and he directly ordered: "Advance forward." The skeleton group immediately took action. The spear moved forward and began to advance slowly. ?Several large skeletons, the Terrorclaw skeletons, also began to attack. Push the zombie and start to retreat. Broken limbs and broken bones were scattered on the ground. Night falls. The fighting on the commercial streets also gradually ended. The whole street was covered with corpses, and thick blood formed streams. ??The remaining mushroom zombies were crawling hard, but were rushed over by a few large skeletons, whose heads were trampled and their spines were broken. ?A gust of autumn wind blew by, and the original poisonous fog had dispersed. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and went directly to his destination. Shadow City Mall. ?The French glass door has been completely shattered. Only the edge of the door frame can be seen with sharp glass fragments. Uncle, the big tree monster hasnt left yet, its still inside. Xiao Xiaoxiao wrote. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked far away at the building where smoke bombs were released. said: "Go in and kill all the targets." A big guy, a Dreadclaw monster, with a large skeleton attached to it. Go directly into the building. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 185 , rest Chapter 185, rest The next morning, it was still raining lightly outside the window. ?Andewil yawned, walked downstairs, and heard singing coming from the kitchen. ?Walking over, I saw Minnie cooking and humming a song. Looks like I''m in a good mood. How are you doing? Anderweil asked. Minnie, who was cooking, was startled by the sudden question. The kitchen utensils in her hand almost fell to the ground, and she hurriedly held them steady, "Sister Wei''er, what did you just say?" "I said, how are you feeling? If you are not feeling well, you don''t need to accompany me to the store, just stay at home." Minnies face turned red instantly and she said coyly, Im fine, Ill go with you. Really, there shouldnt be many guests due to the weather today, so you should stay at home and have a good rest. Minnie looked even more embarrassed, shook Anderweil''s arm, and said half-coquettishly: "Sister Weier, I''m really fine, I''ll go with you, I''ll be fine at home, but when the bad guys come, I''ll be even more scared. " Are you really okay? Its okay. Then you called me for most of the night. Minnies neck turned red. She shivered for a long time and said, It doesnt hurt... I cant explain it to you. Anderweil stopped teasing her. Helping to prepare breakfast. By the time Wu Heng came down, breakfast had already been served on the table. Master Minnie smiled sweetly. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Is there nothing uncomfortable?" Master, why do you say that? Minnie said coquettishly. ? Anderweil snickered on the sidelines and said nothing. The three of them sat down at the dining table. ?Wu Heng continued: "I have prepared new guards for you. They are all level 8 skeletons. Take them with you when you go out." Level 8! It is already considered to be a not low level. You can be the leader of a small gang, and you can also be a backbone figure in a big gang. In Luntam City, at least some powerful men have this kind of configuration. Thank you, Master. The two nodded in thanks. Have a simple meal. ?Wu Heng was ready to go upstairs. Before leaving, he said: "Minnie, if you feel uncomfortable, just stay at home today." "Ouch~! Master, please go upstairs quickly..." Minnie pushed him upstairs. ?Then he put away the tableware and followed Anderweil out of the house holding an umbrella. ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. In prison. The convoy has been prepared, and the big-headed skeletons command the ordinary skeletons to slowly get on the back of the truck. ?Wu Heng stood not far away, accompanied by Li Yahong. "The location I chose this time is the Yingdu Mall in the county. There is a gold store on the first floor and there are a lot of supplies. You can collect a lot of supplies during a trip." Li Yahong said softly while holding the tablet. Shadow City Mall may not be famous in other places, but it is the most prosperous place in the county. ??It has declined somewhat in recent years, but the mall is still open and serves as a shopping place for nearby residents. The reason why Li Yahong chose this place. In fact, I also have my own considerations. ?While meeting Wu Hengs requirements, there must also be sufficient supplies to cope with the upcoming winter. Places like shopping malls are relatively comprehensive. They have everything, including bedding and cotton-padded clothes. A visit can solve many problems. For Wuheng, this place in the county is not bad. The main problem is to solve the problem of gold bars. All needs can be met with gold bars. At the same time, the county is also the only way to the city. He still clearly remembered the small promise he made to help her find her mother if he could go to the city. Although currently, it is unlikely that the other party will survive. But as long as the other party is not really sure to be dead, there is still hope. ?Before rescuing Grandma Wang Ke, everyone thought that the trip was in vain, and at most it would give Wang Ke some comfort. But it turns out that his grandma is still alive. She is a well-known goddess in the village and has great prestige. The little mother is not necessarily in danger. Of course you have to get there as soon as possible. Okay, how to set the distance? Wu Heng asked. Going along this road, you will definitely meet some zombies on the way. This road is wider and the chance of being blocked will be smaller. Li Yahong enlarged the map on the tablet to display a road. After the convoy started moving, the zombies were just chasing behind them, unable to pose much of a threat. The most troublesome thing is the clearing of obstacles on the road. Abandoned vehicles or dumped goods block roads. ? Frequent areas need to be cleaned every few meters, which is a waste of time. So the choice of road is also very important. Yeah, okay. Wu Heng didnt have any objections. ?Li Yahong arranged everything well, at least from his point of view, there was no problem. Not long after, Hadron in the distance waved his hand and shouted: "It''s time to go~!" Get in the car. ?Li Yahong got into the driver''s seat, and Wu Heng and many other skeletons also boarded the bus. Make sure everything is ready. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go." The convoy started and drove directly out of the prison gate. The convoy followed the road and returned to the main road. Follow the direction of the original community, drive through Changyingzi District, and continue to the county. Changyingzi District was cleaned up once before by Wu Heng and others. But when I came back again, there were still a lot of zombies wandering around. ??Although it cannot achieve the effect of a swarm of corpses, the number is still quite large. The convoy did not stop, but drove past quickly and continued towards the county. The construction of the main road is still very smooth. Simple obstacles along the way, the collision angle of the leading car can be directly knocked away, ensuring the normal passage of the following team. ??A large group of corpses began to follow behind. Did you sleep well last night? Li Yahong asked casually. "What''s wrong?" It seems that your mental state is not very good, maybe you havent had a good rest. Li Yahong sounded concerned. ??Wu Heng subconsciously touched his face, "It should be that I went to bed late last night, so maybe I didn''t get a good rest." ?? Li Yahong glanced at him and continued: "You should find someone to take care of you. There are so many young girls in the prison, but there is no one you like!" Even though he is not rich in this aspect, he can still hear the other partys probing tone. He smiled and said, "As long as I have you, I don''t need anyone else." Li Yahong''s face turned a little red, "I guess you are discerning." And you, you are the boss of the shelter after all. Dont you want to find a man? Wu Heng asked with a smile. ??Li Yahong''s eyes were a little wandering, and she glanced at him before saying, "I think it''s just that some people are slow to react and can''t seem to react." ??Wu Heng actually knew what Li Yahong meant to him. He also likes this smart partner. But in another world, I already have several female confidants. In this world, some of them dont know how to deal with them. In another world, a strong person can have multiple partners, and no one will blame you. ?Although the powerful men in this world can also possess more women, their ideas are still different, and it may become very troublesome at that time. I just wanted to speak. The intercom carried the voices of other members. The road ahead is blocked and it takes time to clear the road. ?At the same time, a voice came from the car behind, "There are a lot of zombies behind the car. If you park the car, you may be attacked by zombies." ?Li Yahong looked up. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Let the convoy pull over and all the skeletons are ready to meet the enemy." ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and gave the order. ??The motorcade stopped aside, and a large number of skeletons got out of the car behind them. Surround the convoy neatly and enter a fighting state. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and looked back. A large number of skeletons are rushing towards this side. Get ready to throw your spear! Hurrah! The skeletons took out their throwing spears one after another and entered the throwing posture. "put!" Huh~! The sound of howling wind sounded. The spears were thrown like black raindrops, falling into the crowd of running corpses. ?With a clanking sound on the ground. A large number of zombies were pierced by iron spears, and their bodies were cut and stuck on the ground. Get ready to throw your spear~let it go! Huh~! The second batch of spears fell from the sky, and the zombies fell again. Then the third batch followed, and the fourth batch threw spears. ?Like a harvester, washing the battlefield over and over again. When the group of corpses approached, there were only a hundred zombies with mutilated bodies rushing towards them. He was killed by a group of skeletons in the blink of an eye. The entire battlefield fell into silence instantly, and the skeleton group also entered the standby state again. The survivors who were accompanying them all had their eyes widened in disbelief. Is this the end? ?So many zombies just fell to the ground and disappeared. ?Especially people like Qiangzi who came from the auto repair shop. They have witnessed the fighting form of the earliest skeletons. Basically only close combat. Now, the entire skeleton team is constantly improving. From the bare bones at the beginning, to now wearing leather armor. In addition to pure melee attacks, there is also a method of throwing spears from a distance. Looking at it now. ???King Yama''s supernatural powers are more terrifying than they imagined. The summoned skeleton is not only a tool that can slash weapons, but also improves itself. Hadron, what are you doing? Get out of the car and clear the obstacles. Li Yahongs urging voice came from the intercom. Oh, okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi replied, jumped out of the car, drove a forklift and started clearing the scrapped vehicles blocking the road. ?At the same time, Li Yahong continued to give the order: "The rest of the people have a look around, and if there is anything they can find, put it into the car, and pay attention to safety." The section of road where the motorcade stops. There are many digital shops on both sides. Although the world is no longer connected to the Internet, some functions such as taking pictures and radio stations on mobile phones can still be used. High-end products that were unaffordable before are now available casually. Everyone got out of the car and began to enter the store to carry the products inside. ?A few ordinary commercial vehicles can hold these things. ?Wu Heng commanded a large number of skeletons. Start to clean up zombie corpses along the road, and collect the thrown spears at the same time. Li Yahong set her sights on a fresh food supermarket a little further away. The distance is a bit far, but the zombies from the whole street are attracted. There should be no problem. ?Looking at the people who were moving things. Brother Wang, come with me to have a look over there. Li Yahong greeted. ?Wang Chenggang took a look and said, "Okay, Sister Hong!" He took the other two people with him and followed Li Yahong towards the opposite side. ?Fresh food stores also have banners with special offers. ?Half-dried intestines were hung on it, swinging back and forth in the wind. Push the door open and enter. There was a rotten and moldy smell coming over my face. Even if I cover my mouth and nose, I almost faint from the smell. All the fruits and vegetables on the shelves have become moldy and spoiled, and some have even regrown new branches and buds. The ground was covered with sticky water, and when he stepped on it with his boots, there was still a strong sticky feeling. Sister Hong, there should be nothing to search here! Wang Chenggang said as he followed. Just take a look. Li Yahong walked forward. It is not the same as her idea. ?General supermarkets have a lot of supplies, but in fresh food supermarkets, there seems to be nothing to take away. But when everyone comes in, they just take a look and maybe they can take something away. After searching around the lobby, we continued walking towards the Customer Stop door. Just opened the door. ?Suddenly, a cold light pierced my face. In Li Yahong''s sight, the sharp dagger was getting closer and closer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 189 , the area outside the city was attacked Chapter 189: Attacked outside the city The highest level. But it cannot be moved. What is the difference between this and a potted plant? Can''t really grow it in a flower pot. Still, every time you fight, you need to arrange for someone to carry it. Putting this aside for now, Wu Heng took a deep breath. Continue to look at the remaining properties. Physique and strength are not low, and are higher than the newly added Fire Blade. The last three attributes are not low either. Especially the intelligence, which reached 18 points, already surpassing the other servants transformed from zombies. Except for being unable to move, the rest of the attributes are not considered low. Characteristics, except rotten slaves and intermediate souls. Also added [Deadwood Simulation] and [Weak Fire]. Deadwood Mimicry, you can completely transform into a deadwood form for camouflage in a stationary state. ?This is actually quite useful. After all, you can''t move. Camouflage is a good means of self-protection. The second [weak fire] is that you are afraid of fire. ?This seems to be consistent with the form of fusion between itself and dead wood. ?Had I known that I could let the fire blade in, my own weapon would have the fire attribute effect, and the battle would be smoother. There are three types of abilities. WhipIt is a method of whipping the enemy with both arms turned into vine whips. I have seen it in my childhood memory. Haunting Vegetationis a magic skill that forms a difficult terrain covered by vegetation, restricting the enemy''s movement. However, this skill is also mentioned. It is vegetation simulated by necromancy magic and cannot be preserved for a long time. Once the magic is terminated, it will wither and disappear immediately. But it is not important, and there is no hope that it can be maintained for a long time. ialular. Finish checking the properties of the wight. Except for being unable to move, everything else is satisfactory. ?Standing outside for a while. The poisonous fog inside the building also gradually dissipated. Lets go in. Wu Heng said, and at the same time, he released a [Dancing Light Technique] on the skeleton in front. ?Entering Yingdu Mall, all the plants on the ground have withered and make a clicking sound when you step on them. ??? He took a quick look at the shops around him. I saw three gold shops in succession on one side, as well as gold and silver jewelry scattered all over the ground. ?Wu Heng immediately smiled. The shopping mall in the county is more prosperous than the one at home. ?There are three gold shops in a row, and there are more goods in the cabinets. ?Wu Heng walked over and packed up all the gold and silver jewelry he could find. In the hidden compartment under the counter, I also found a large number of gift boxes and ribbons, and packed them together. The number is really quite large, so its not a waste of time. After ransacking the gold store, Wu Heng walked out directly. As for the rest of the supplies, they will still have to be handed over to Li Yahong and the others. Go out of the mall building. His figure was stretched thin under the headlights of the motorcade. Zizzizi~! Li Yahongs voice came over the intercom again, How is the situation? ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said: "The zombies in the Shadow City Mall have been eliminated, but the interior is covered with a lot of plants and dust, so the supplies that can be looted should be very limited." When its daytime, we will search for the uncontaminated ones and discard the rest, Li Yahong said. Alright, lets talk about it tomorrow. ?Wu Heng led a group of skeletons and walked towards the direction of the convoy. The big man is carrying the new immovable withered plant monster. The skeleton army completely protected the convoy. All car lights are turned off and get ready to take a rest. Get on the bus. ?Li Yahong spread a blanket in the back seat of the row. Squint here for a while, it will be dawn in a while. ?Wu Heng took off his mask and put it aside, "What about you?" "I''m short, so I can sit on a short seat." Li Yahong''s face suddenly turned red. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. The sky is getting a little brighter, and I can''t keep my eyes open for long. The supplies here cannot be transported in one go, and with the corpses all over the ground, it may take several days to transport them, Li Yahong said. Thats actually right. ?During the fight, not only zombies from the nearby streets were attracted. Although many of them are covered with poisonous fog or mushrooms and cannot be used, there should be a lot of other supplies. It will definitely not be finished in one or two shipments. Wu Heng thought it right, and immediately said: "Then find a place to station yourself first, and then transport it to the prison." Well, thats good too. Lets rest first and think about these things again when it gets daylight. "good!" Its dawn. Li Yahong and others began to enter the commercial street to search. ??The skeletons formed a long queue, carrying various supplies and stacking them into the truck compartment. It was not until the afternoon that several trucks and businesses were fully loaded. The harvest this time is still great. ?The supplies in front of them are enough to support them through this winter. Li Yahong came back and said: "The fleet is full, and it needs to be run at least three times." It can be seen that Li Yahong is in a very good mood. ? ?Searching for supplies is like opening a blind box, giving people a sense of novelty and unknown harvest. Wu Heng took the map filled with red circles and looked at it carefully, and said: "Let the big-headed skeleton accompany you back. I will occupy this place. When you come back, I will continue to transport the supplies back, and then I will take the supplies back." Also explore a few red circle locations. Dangerous locations should be those of deformed zombies. Walking back and forth wastes time. ?Wu Heng plans to establish a temporary base here first. Hides the cleaning of these locations, and can also help convoys transport supplies. The two of them discussed this matter last night. ?Li Yahong also agrees. He looked around and said: "At least choose a location that is convenient for living. There is a hotel over there, so occupy it!" ?Wu Heng wont live here either. Whether its a hotel or not doesnt really matter. Still nodded. After all, you need a door to go back and forth, or a hidden building. Okay, lets go over there! ?Wu Heng entered the hotel with the skeleton. The hall is relatively messy, but most of the rooms are relatively clean. It seems that business is not very good. When the zombies broke out, there were few people staying in the hotel. After everything is taken care of. ??Li Yahong led the rest of the convoy, escorted by big-headed skeletons and some skeleton soldiers, and began to deliver supplies to the prison. Wait for the convoy to leave. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to seal the entire hotel to ensure that no monsters would rush over. ??Checked it again and confirmed that there was no problem. He walked upstairs. Xiaoxiao floated in the air and said, "Uncle, when are you going to save my mother?" Wu Heng looked at her and said seriously: "We have arrived in the county now. When the road opens, we will go directly there. During this period, let Auntie Li contact the shelter in the city to see if your mother is there. news." Uncle, do you think my mother will be alive? ?The steps up the stairs paused, and I didnt know how to answer. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Of course, Wang Ke''s grandma is alive, and your mother will definitely be alive too." Mentioning Wang Kes grandmother. Xiao Xiao immediately floated in front of him, floating upside down as he said, "Last time I went to see her secretly, there were many statues of gods on her table." Arent you afraid? "What are you afraid of? Is grandma very fierce?" Xiaoxiao didn''t understand. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Aren''t you afraid of gods or something?" No way, those are all lies. ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghost floating in the air and nodded in agreement. Take her back. Choose a room, open the door and walk in directly. Return to Luntam City. The house is empty. Minnie and Andwyer were supposed to go to the store, but they haven''t come back yet. ??Wu Heng walked out of his home and had a full meal at a nearby tavern. He went directly to the association. After all, the Knights of the Iron Guard are still investigating the massacre of Gianluans family. ?If you don''t show up for a long time, you may be considered to have run away, making the matter even more difficult. Let yourself relax and enter the association. Did not go to the lounge immediately. Instead, he was in the hall, intending to listen to other people''s conversations and how the investigation was progressing. It''s just that it''s a little different from what he thought. The conversation has already changed. No one cared about the affairs of Gianluan, but mentioned a familiar name, the Warhammer Party. The Warhammer Party is so cruel, they dare to come here to kill people. I heard that at least a thousand people died in the area outside the city. It was a mess, and the corpses that were taken away were piled up in mountains. Hearing this, Wu Heng also frowned. It seemed that something very important suddenly happened one day after I left. Warhammer Party. That is to say, the Warhammer Party that blocked the road before and forcibly cut off the freight road in Luntam City appeared again. Didnt the Knights of the Iron Guard kill them all? But he drove him away, and now he comes back to take revenge? ??Moreover, this time the area outside the city was attacked. ??Wu Heng stopped and stood aside and continued to eavesdrop on the conversation of several people. Im afraid the prices in the city will rise again in the past few days. Ill buy more food and necessities when I go back. I also heard that the Warhammer Party has recruited some gangs, and there may be bigger moves. Whats all this fuss about? You think, if the Warhammer Party attacks Wrentam City, can the Knights of the Iron Guard defend it? "What we can defend is nothing more than mobilizing the gangs and residents in the city. The Knights of the Iron Guard only have a few people." I hope there wont be a fight. ?A few people chatted for a while and then dispersed. At this time, several new wanted posters were posted on the notice board. is the first one. The leader of the Warhammer Party-Skull Crusher Dragisha, with a bounty of 3 gold, a high-level prop, and level 2 meritorious service. (End of this chapter) Chapter 190 , swordsmen and thieves Chapter 190, Swordsman and Thief Except for the leader''s second-level meritorious service. ?Besides, there are wanted notices for the backbone and squad leaders, with bounties ranging from 500 to 800 silver coins, and some also come with third-level merit. ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he saw this scene. Among the wanted criminals in the past, only the leader could be listed on the reward order. The Warhammer Party in front of us, from the leader to the backbone, plus a few captains, are all on the wanted list. Every member of the team is ruthless. I have only been away for a day, but it feels like I have been away for a long time. Surprise is indeed surprise. But if you think about it carefully, it seems that it is not a bad thing for you. At least to a great extent, it attracted the attention of the Iron Guard Knights. ?Now that the enemies have begun to harass the surrounding areas of the city, there is not much energy left to investigate the destruction of the ''Jianluan'' mansion. Wait a few days, with the level of investigation in this world. No matter how much I check, I cant find anything on my head. ?Standing in front of the notice board for a while, I overheard the conversations of several mercenary groups. After seeing that there was no newer or more exciting news, he walked straight to the corridor on one side and headed to the team lounge. Push the door open. Duke was wiping his battle ax with a linen cloth soaked in linseed oil. The whole room smelled of grease. Captain! Duke greeted. At the same time, he saw the two skeletons accompanying him and asked curiously: "Captain, have you changed your attendants?" Bassen was left to Li Yahong. His attendants became "Bawudong" and "Fire Blade". ??The Fire Blade is a human warrior with a strong and broad body, which is obviously different from Basson''s body type. ??Coupled with a full body of iron armor and a long sword hanging on his waist. You can recognize it at a glance. Well, this is Fire Blade, a warrior. Wu Heng said. Oh! Duke nodded to the skeleton as a greeting. ??Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down aside, and asked casually: "What''s going on in the city? Are they all discussing the Warhammer Party?" "Last night, people from the Warhammer Party attacked the outer area of ??the city. Many people from the gangs and local residents died. I heard that the outer area is now in chaos, the residents are panicking, and some gangs have clashed one after another." Duke replied Said. Duke is an aborigine of this city. I know some people in the outer areas of the city, and I can find out some of them. What do the Knights of the Iron Guard say? "The outer areas of the city have not been taken seriously. We haven''t seen any action so far. The most is that the management gangs come forward to see how to deal with these things. The inner city areas will not take care of it." Duke continued. ?It seems that the Warhammer Party is really difficult to deal with. ??The last siege was carried out by the Iron Guard Knights, the Association Squad, and several gangs, but they only drove away the Warhammers. ?Now he''s back again, and he even caught everyone here by surprise. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. I just wanted to ask about the situation in Ji''anluan. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and then a staff member of the association looked in. Saw Wu Heng sitting in the lounge. Immediately showed a smile and said: "Captain Wu Heng, the deacon informs you to go to the study." Oh, good! Staff leave. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out directly. Deacon''s study. ?Gomez was frowning and looking at the document in his hand. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he motioned for him to sit aside and said, "Didn''t I see you in the morning meeting?" I went to meet an informant this morning, and I am currently investigating a wanted criminal. Wu Heng said casually. Team 12 has gradually gained some fame within the association. ??What they are best at is catching wanted criminals. Not long after it was first established, half of the wanted criminal reward notices on the notice boards were taken down by them. ??Wu Heng said that he was investigating a wanted criminal, and Gomez didn''t have much doubt. Just continued: "You must have heard about the Warhammer Party, right?" I heard about it and attacked the residential area outside the city, causing some casualties. "Well, next, all wanted criminals and rescue missions are suspended, and each team will assist in patrol work in various areas to enhance the city''s defense and security." Gomez put down the document in his hand and said directly. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling a little surprised by this incident, but it made sense. But from a personal standpoint. He did not think it would be wise for the association to wade into this murky waters. ??The Warhammer Party, from the leader to the backbone and even the captain, are all on wanted notices. In other words, they will have no fear of killing association members. With team members involved, the danger rises rapidly. Where are the Iron Guard Knights and those gangs? Wu Heng asked. Their tasks are heavier, and we are only assisting in patrolling. Gomez said. When the deacon assigned the task, he had no choice. But when performing tasks, you can also avoid some dangers by yourself, such as not going on patrol, or going home after a brief walk. Deacon, which patrol area are we responsible for? Wu Heng asked. In the northern area of ??the outer city, we complete two patrols every day. If you find anything special, remember to report it to me in time. Gomez said directly. Outer city area, okay. There is no area outside the city. Deacon, there are just three of us. We have added new members to our team. You can take them with you when the time comes. Gomez continued. That''s all. There is no need to continue to persist. Okay, I understand the deacon. Return to the lounge. ??Duke is still playing with his battle ax. Captain, is there a new mission? Duke said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Have someone call Marta over. The association team has been assigned tasks. Let''s go out as soon as possible and come back early." Oh, okay. Duke walked out directly. He came back after a while. There is no need for them to call members over, there will be corresponding staff to handle the matter. ~! ?Wu Heng and Duke chatted in the room for a while. Then the door was knocked again. "Enter!" ?The door opened and two men, one tall and one short, walked in. ?One person is wearing silver armor with an iron sword hanging on his waist, and the other is wearing leather armor with two daggers and a small quiver on his waist. On the arm you can see the folded arm crossbow. Enter the room. The two of them quickly glanced around the room. The man with the sword said: "We are the newly assigned members." As soon as Duke heard about the members, he immediately smiled and said, "Come in quickly, this is our captain Wu Heng, my name is Duke." Hello, captain, hello Duke. The man with the sword said seriously. The man in leather armor also smiled and said, "Hello, captain, hello Mr. Duke." Just now the deacon said that new members have been assigned. Looks like this is the time. Also come two at a time. Have you brought the file? Wu Heng asked. dedscript The two of them handed over the file in their hands. Wu Heng opened it and took a direct look at it. ??The man with the sword is called ''Gaulberry''. He is 24 years old. He is a level 6 swordsman by profession. He comes from a powerful family in the Kingdom of Yeko. He was originally a reserve member of the 3rd team. He participated in 6 rescue missions and cooperated with the arrest of wanted criminals twice. ??The man wearing the dagger is called "Burke". He is 27 years old and is a level 7 professional thief. He was recommended by the city hall. His resume simply states that he has cooperated in the arrest of wanted criminals many times. ?Wu Heng looked at the information. He raised his head again and glanced at the two people standing not far away. ??Gaulberry is actually okay, he was originally a reserve team member, but this time he was directly assigned to his own team. But the thief in front of me... was recommended from the city hall. ? Can the local city hall also send people to the association? In the past, people were dissatisfied. Its suddenly full now. Wu Heng had to make him doubt their identities. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 191 , they are all moles Chapter 191: They are all moles ?Wu Heng glanced at it and closed the two file bags directly. He smiled and said: "Welcome to join. No matter what your status was before, we will be team members from now on and we must take care of each other." Yes, Captain. The two nodded immediately. Wait a moment, there is still one team member who has not come over. The two of them sat down aside and waited silently. ??The swordsman remained silent, while the thief found a topic and started chatting with Duke. Duke is tall and tall, but he is not too old. The other party took the initiative to speak, and soon they started chatting. He also looked like an old man in the team, answering various questions. Not long after, Marta opened the door and walked in. Wu Heng introduced the new members to Marta. ?He got up directly and walked out with a few people. Due to the Warhammer Partys affairs, the deacon has arranged patrol missions for our team, twice a day, in the North District of the Outer City. Wu Heng walked in front and said softly. Its not the job of those gangs to patrol! Duke said. "Now is a critical period. There are not enough people in the Iron Guard Knights, so we have to help patrol." Wu Heng said as he walked. Oh, listen to the captain. ?A few people left the inner city area directly and walked around the outer city area. The atmosphere in the city was very tense. Hands of gang members can be seen everywhere. Long queues have begun to form in some grain stores and medicine stores, and it seems that people are rushing to buy supplies. ?Although this is the junction of two races. But there are still a large number of residents. ??The Warhammer Party has a notorious reputation. This time they killed so many people in the outer area of ??the city, which will definitely create a panic of attacking the city. The team walked along the road all over again. I didnt find anything wrong. There were people everywhere, as if the whole city had gone out. The patrol was over, and Wu Heng didnt want to go shopping anymore. Okay, thats it for todays patrol. Lets gather at the association at noon tomorrow and patrol again. Oh, good captain. ?A few people nodded and separated near the inner city. ??Wu Heng walked towards the Snake Emblem Consortium in the inner city. The other people also left separately. Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the reception room. Lecia held her chin, sat aside, and said with some complaints: "You treat my place as a tavern, right? If you are bored, come and sit for a while." Thats not what you said last time. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. ?Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "You should know what happened last night." "Warhammer Party? I heard that many people died." Wu Heng said. With her green-white fingers, Lecia picked up a piece of cut fruit and put it in her mouth. She chewed it and said, "It''s more serious than rumored. None of the caravans leading outside yesterday survived. The gangs stationed outside the city, They were all slaughtered." Kill the gang? Wu Heng had not heard of this news. But coming from Lecias mouth, it should be accurate. ?It seems that this Warhammer Party is really crazy. "Hmm." Lesia glanced at him and continued: "Next, the Warhammer Party will definitely block the trade route again, and it will last for a longer time." Your consortium shouldnt be afraid of these things, right? "It''s not that I''m afraid, it''s just that the city is going to be in chaos, which is not a good thing for anyone." Lecia said. Wu Heng also agrees with this point. Even the merchants who hoard resources in the city actually dont want to see chaos in the city. It does no one any good. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "I have some gold here, which I can exchange with you." Speaking, he turned his palms, took out a few golden gold bars, and placed them on the table. Two 50-gram gold bars and ten 10-gram gold bars. ?Lecias eyes widened a bit instantly. This kind of gold bar is of high purity and looks very good. All in silver coins? ??Wu Heng nodded, "Didn''t you say that this year''s performance is still a little worse? All of these will be replaced and counted in your performance." ?Lecia immediately smiled brightly and said, "That''s so thoughtful." ?Stand up, walk to the door and call in the two staff members from outside. The gold was tested and silver coins began to be prepared. The preparation of silver coins still took some time. Bag after bag was brought in and placed all over the floor of the room. ??Wu Heng put it away, took out a gift box from the space ring again, and pushed it from the table to the other party, "This is for you, I hope you like it." Lecia raised her eyebrows, narrowed her side eyes, and said, "I know you have bad intentions," she said, "I have very high standards." Speaking, he opened the gift box, and the next second, the smile on his face was replaced by surprise. A gold necklace inlaid with crystal clear diamonds appears in front of you. ?Coupled with the gorgeously decorated gift box, the value of the necklace is further highlighted. ?Lecia''s eyes widened and she looked at the other party in surprise, but she quickly reacted. He smiled and said: "I accepted the gift. If there is any change in the city, you can come to the consortium. As I said, there is no problem in sending you out." There is no such thing as this, it just seems suitable for you. Wu Heng said with a smile. Its weird if I believe you. After sitting in the reception room for a while, he stood up and said goodbye to Lecia. Out of the consortium, on the way home. The two ghosts also flew back one after another. At the same time, he got into his own body. ?Wu Heng sat down on a wooden chair nearby and began to look at the pictures he brought back. ?Glenda is following the newly joined thief Bulk. After the team ended, the thief carefully walked around the outer city twice before carefully entering a tavern. Go to the third floor and enter a room. In a dark private room, there were several people in gorgeous clothes sitting around. Ive met a few gentlemen. The thief saluted slightly. The leader wiped the corners of his mouth with a napkin and said softly: "Have you entered the team?" We entered, and the other party had no doubts. Well, do you have any information? the other party continued to ask. "I just conducted a simple patrol today and didn''t find any specific findings. The captain seemed reluctant to talk. I plan to collect some useful information through an orc in the team." The thief continued. Several people on the opposite side discussed in low voices, and the leading man continued: "Okay, just join the team today, and pay attention to the information I give you. I won''t treat you badly in terms of money." Yes. The thief nodded respectfully, and then carefully backed away. Leaved the tavern. Small perspective. ? ?The new swordsman Gaulberry did not deliberately take a detour. After the team separated, they returned directly to the association. He went to the deacon''s study. ?Gomez was not surprised at all when he saw the other party coming in. ??Asked casually: "Did Wu Heng tell you anything?" No, he just took me on patrol in the outer city. The swordsman continued. "Well, if you continue to stay in Team 12, tell me immediately if you have anything. I always feel that these incidents have something to do with him." Gomez said, paused slightly, and said again: "You first put this Once things are done, I will transfer you back to Team 3 later, or I will directly promote you to captain when you have made enough achievements." Thank you, deacon. Lets go on, be careful, hes very alert, dont get discovered. "clear." ?Wu Heng was sitting on the roadside. I couldn''t help but curse in my heart. Two new members have been added. They are all moles! (End of this chapter) Chapter 192 , leader of the Whisperers Chapter 192, Leader of the Whisperers Many wealthy merchants in the inner city were killed, and the Warhammer Party attacked the outer city. I didnt arrange anyone for myself early in the morning, and I didnt arrange anyone late at all. At this time, I directly transferred two people. He felt there was something wrong. It is now completely confirmed that both of them are undercover agents arranged beside him. The thieves are arranged by outsiders to investigate any information about themselves. And the swordsman is the man of Deacon Gomez. Let him monitor his actions. Gomez has already suspected himself in the past few incidents. But there was no substantial evidence. This time, individuals were directly assigned to join the team and monitored closely. The thieves are completely different from the swordsmen. How to put it this way, Deacon Gomez arranged for people to come in. If something is discovered, he must abide by the rules of the association and can make some maneuvers. But the thieves were arranged by outsiders to get information. The people behind it may be the Knights of the Iron Guard, the Secret Order, or other people who are secretly interested in themselves. Humicide and interrogation are the simplest and most effective methods. But the opponent is now a member of his own team. With this level of identity, its really hard for me to be too obvious. We can only take one step at a time to see what these two people want to know. Have a rest for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards his residence. It is approaching dusk. The sound of footsteps and conversation could be heard downstairs. Minnie and Anderweil came back from outside with a few skeleton guards. ?The city is getting more and more chaotic now, and the store closing time has been moved forward. The impact of selling more goods and selling less will not have much impact. The main thing is the safety of personnel. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. The two women looked up when they heard the footsteps, showing joy and relaxation at the same time. Master! Minnie cheered and rushed over. The whole body hangs on the body, acting like a baby intimately. ??Wu Heng hugged her soft and elastic body, put her aside, and said, "There''s nothing wrong with the store." Anderweil hung her coat aside and replied: "There are no problems so far, but there is some chaos in the outer city now. I saw several waves of people fighting in the herbal shop opposite, and gang members came to maintain order. In fact, Wu Heng was also unlucky. The price, after Anderweil adjusted it several times, was slightly in line with the market requirements. Now, different incidents have occurred one after another, causing shops to open and close and others to open. Basically I didnt make much money. But there is nothing that can be done about it. In the inner city, we have also begun to assist in the defense of the outer city. The possibility of riots is low. Be careful when you go out. If you have any questions, go directly to the Spike Gang to see Wen Mansha. Wu Heng said. The two nodded to express their understanding. After sitting in the living room for a while, I went down to prepare dinner. ~! Before dinner started, the door was knocked again. ?Minnie jumped up and opened the door. Wen Mansha, wearing a leather armor and a weapon hanging on her waist, walked in. Several guards followed behind him. He hung his cloak at the door, smiled when he turned his head, called the master, and walked directly into the living room. ?Wu Heng nodded, "How is the outer city?" "There were signs of chaos, but the gangs were relatively restrained and there was no large-scale fighting." Wen Mansha sat down and continued: "The Spike Gang was assigned a task by the city hall and arranged for manpower to conduct patrols and "Security." The city hall plans to support you? ?There are many gangs in the local area, and anyone you pick up on the street is a gang member. But any gang that can get any support from the city hall is relatively prestigious. ??The Spike Gang was a small gang before, but unexpectedly they were assigned a task by the city hall. Where is the support? First, assign tasks to each gang to count the number of people. When the war starts with the Warhammer Party, they will directly push us out in the form of tasks. Its an old trick. Wen Mansha said helplessly. ?Wu Heng also understood what the other party meant. In other words, some gangs have been recruited. When they are no longer needed, they patrol and maintain law and order. When there is a real battle, they will be pushed out directly and rush to the front line. ?Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law, is also used to this kind of trick. But knowing this, the local gangs have no other choice. ?Either comply or be suppressed. ??As long as he hesitated and shied away, he was besieged and disbanded by other gangs before the Warhammer Party started the war. What are you going to do? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Hey~!" Wen Mansha sighed slightly, and then said: "Recently, the Spike Gang has become too eye-catching. After wiping out the White Wolf Gang, they recruited a lot of people and attracted the attention of the city hall. There is no other way now. , I can only take one step at a time and cooperate with their patrol work, there is nothing to lose. It is indeed correct to think so. ??Whether the Warhammer Party will come over is another matter. ?It is obviously not a wise choice to go now and not comply with the transfer of the city hall. Look at the situation first. If it really reaches the point of starting a war, it is not too late to make the next step. Well, be careful. Wu Heng said. I know the master. The two chatted for a while. Supper is ready. ?A few people gathered around to eat, and Wen Mansha, like the eldest sister, asked about the situation of the other two people. A few words of advice from time to time are like lecturing your own children. Minnie and Andwyer lowered their heads to eat. ?Sitting with Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law. Its still a bit stressful. Made the atmosphere a bit gloomy. After dinner. A few people chatted in the living room for a while. ?Minnie practiced boxing with Bawudong, while Wen Mansha and Anderweil talked about some store matters. Wait until it gets late. ?Wu Heng took Wen Mansha back to the bedroom, and Minnie and Anderweil also went back to their rooms to rest. Professionals are physically strong and have greater physical endurance than normal people. After a few rounds between the two of them. The blush on Wen Mansha''s face did not dissipate, and she quietly climbed up and sat on him. ??Wu Heng stretched out his hands forward, holding Feng Feng softly, and said: "I''ve been a little crazy lately on my own initiative." ?Although she enjoyed it, Wen Mansha''s initiative was still a bit too radical. Every time you meet, you have to go through this process. Wen Mansha looked at him charmingly, "Master doesn''t like it?" I quite like it. Wu Heng smiled and said, Im just worried about the pressure on you. Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment and then said: "Master, if I want to have a child at this age, I have to take the initiative." After speaking, he paused. He gave him a pitiful look and whispered, "Is that okay?" ?Wu Heng was stunned. In this world, men and women start families earlier and have children earlier. ?Wen Mansha is indeed a bit old for her age. Then work harder. Hmm, thank you, master. ?Wen Mansha''s face lit up and she worked harder. After the incident was over, Wen Mansha calmed down her emotions. The redness on his face faded slightly and he said: "Now the number of Spike Gang is close to 2,000. When the Warhammer Party incident is over, we will be able to better collect intelligence for you and help you get meritorious service." ??Wu Heng was still stroking his silky body and said, "Don''t worry, each team has also suspended the task of arresting wanted criminals. We will talk about it later." Oh, thats good too. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded. ??Wu Heng stood up and took a sip of water, then took out a bottle of ''strength potion'' from the space ring, "Here you go, drink it to enhance your own strength." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly and said with a smile: "Master, where can I find this kind of potion? If it does exist, it can only be used by the nobles." Are you afraid that I will harm you? Wen Mansha glanced at me complainingly, "Look at what you said, I''m all yours, it''s not harmful to say that." Its a good thing. I spent a lot of effort to get it. It can also improve your ability to protect yourself. Poison made from corpse cores. It will not increase the level, but it will directly affect its own attributes. In fact, it is no different from upgrading. Okay! Wen Mansha climbed out of bed instead of picking her up. Kneel down on the ground, raise your head and open your mouth, "Master, pour in." Stop spilling. Then be careful. You are getting better and better at it. Open your mouth wider. ?Wu Heng slowly poured the medicine in the bottle down. The silvery moonlight makes the liquid medicine more crystal clear. Wen Mansha''s throat rolled and she swallowed heavily. Wait until all the medicine is drunk. He lowered his head and breathed a sigh of relief. As she got closer, Wen Mansha''s face changed and her whole body began to turn red. Slumped down on the ground, moaning softly. But soon, the abnormality on his body disappeared quickly. ?Wen Mansha also returned to normal, stood up and moved around a bit. There was also a look of surprise on his face, "It really seems to have improved." Of course, this potion is very precious. Wu Heng wiped the water droplets from the corner of her mouth and stuffed it into her mouth again. Thank you, master. Okay, lets rest, its getting late. The two of them returned to the bed and rested in each other''s arms. the next day. Have breakfast. ?Wen Mansha left early. After all, she still had to take charge of the gang and couldn''t wait too long. Minnie and Anderweil also went to the store. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and first went to the zombie world to take a look. After confirming that Li Yahong and the others were not back, they walked out of the house and headed to the association. Just entered the hall. There was a staff member at the front desk, and he came over with a wax-sealed letter. Captain Wu Heng, here is your letter. "Thanks!" ?Wu Heng walked over and took the letter, then walked straight to the lounge. At this time, the team members have not come over yet, and the lounge is empty. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk, opened the envelope and took a look. ?The reply this time was quick and somewhat unexpected. Tear open the envelope and take a look. is Slater''s reply to himself. The content of the letter mentioned that he should stay away from the "Secret Order" and not get involved too much with them. At the same time, a strange object - the blood cup was also mentioned. ?According to Slater, this strange object involves the Yongye clan, and I hope he will not hand it over to the ''Secret Order''. If it is left to her, it will be of greater help to him and Slater. In his letter to Slater, he only mentioned the blood cup among the two strange objects. After all, it was just a strange item on a wanted criminal. Unexpectedly, the Yongye clan was also involved. "No wonder I replied so quickly, because I was afraid that I would sell the blood cup." Slater can be considered lucky. He and the Secret Order are now at a life-and-death fight. No matter how much money is given, it is impossible to sell it to them. ??Hold the letter and read it again. ?There was a sudden movement in my heart, and a thought suddenly flashed through my mind. Among the faction leaders of the association. ??The leader of the "Secret Whisperers" is "Lilith Ann Beshmit" of the Vampire Clan. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 193 , regional command Chapter 193, Regional Command For the leader of the Whisperers of this vampire clan. There is not much information left in the outside world. I only know that she is a vampire and a woman. The leaders of other factions will serve for a few decades at most, and then they will be replaced by new leaders and some personnel changes or reforms will be carried out. In the Secret Whisperers, there is no such thing, and the person has not changed for hundreds of years. It is also because of her long-term presence and relatively unified development direction that the originally small faction of the Secret Whisperers has gradually entered the publics attention. Beginning to become an important intelligence department in the association. Slater did not say it clearly in his letter, but the contents are combined. You can basically figure out where you got the information related to the Vampire Clan. The only person who can bring benefits to him and Slater is this centuries-old leader. It is not a bad thing to exchange a rare item for the attention of a faction leader of the association. It is even said that it is more profitable than how much money it is sold for. A woman is still delicate. ?Looking at it now, there are still some differences between myself and Slater. Thinking about how to maximize the sale price at an exaggerated price, Slater directly contacted a leader of the Yongye tribe. She is still more powerful. After thinking it through. There is nothing to hesitate about. He took out the letter paper from the drawer and started to reply to Slater. The content is also very simple. Since she has arranged it, I will definitely support it. The rare items will not be sold. You can come and pick them up at any time, or if you have any way, send them to her. ?Of course, the letter did not mention that the buyer had been killed by himself. Put the letter into the envelope. The wax has just been sealed. The door of the room was pushed open. Duke and the thief "Bulk" walked in while chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room, he immediately said hello, "Captain, you''re here so early." Hmm! Did you come together? Wu Heng asked. Burke also lives in the outer city. We met him on the way here and came together. Duke explained. ??Wu Heng glanced at the smiling thief and asked, "Bulk, do you live in the outer city?" Yes, Captain. Who is at home? ??Burke''s expression was suddenly suffocated and he didn''t reply for a long time. Even Duke cast a curious look. After a few seconds, he smiled again and said, "My mother also has a younger brother." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Work hard, work normally for a few years, and you can have a better life as a captain." Yes, Captain. Duke also said: "Just follow the captain, it''s not difficult to achieve merit." Well, Im counting on the captain and the Duke brothers. ?A few people were chatting, and Marta and the warrior Gaulubli also walked in. After saying a few words to each other, Wu Heng led everyone out. Hand the letter to the front desk. Go to the outer city area for todays patrol work. Outer city area. ?The whole street became even more chaotic, and we met three or four waves of people who had conflicts along the way. ?Wu Heng and others did not pay attention, but just took a look from a distance. Lest the sword, which has no eyes, wound them. Soon, the gang members responsible for management separated the two parties in the conflict and dispersed them with warnings. Seeing that the excitement was gone, a few people continued to patrol along their own routes. There were a lot of people there, and no one dared to come over and cause trouble. Actually, Wu Heng didnt know why he was patrolling. They didnt know anyone from the Warhammer Party, so they could really catch two people who had sneaked in. Walked all the way to a spot in the center. Suddenly, a figure rushed over from a short distance. Sir, Sir Captain. As soon as the figure approached, there was a bang and he was kicked back by Ba Wudong. Fell to the ground, groaning in pain. ??Wu Heng also saw the other party''s appearance clearly at this time. A fat man wearing a dark blue robe looked familiar, but he couldnt remember where he had seen him before. ??Duke took off the battle ax on his back and looked at the opponent warily. The fat man suddenly got up and explained: "Sir, you don''t know me anymore. Last time you bought a few slaves from me, you picked two of them." Slave trader. The impression in my mind coincided with the fat man in front of me. He was really the slave merchant who bought the slave. ?Wu Heng asked curiously: "Are you looking for me?" If you dont want to look for it, dont look for it! The fat man dusted off the dust on his body, glanced at the people behind him, and said, Sir, could you please have a chat? I wont take you long. ?Wu Heng looked at it and walked aside with his two skeleton guards. Tell me what you have to say! The fat man rubbed his hands and said in a low voice: "Sir, I still have a group of girls in my hands, all of them are in line with human aesthetics. The price is just right now. I don''t know if you still need them." Unexpectedly, Wu Heng turned around and planned to leave just because of this incident. The fat man did not dare to stretch out his hand to stop them, and said hurriedly: "Sir, it is not safe outside now, and most of the slaves cannot enter the city. If you are kind, buy them and take them back as maids and servants." It seems to be due to the war hammer block again. ??Prices in the city have skyrocketed, and keeping slaves has become a huge expense. Now that the outer areas of the city are unsafe, everyone is trying to find a way to get in. "Wouldn''t it be over if you just let them go? I don''t need to be a good person." Wu Heng said directly. "Sir, this is Luntam City. I can say that it is still a bit of a deterrent. If we can''t find a buyer for them, if they are released like this, few of them will survive." The fat man continued. I believe you are a ghost. ??He was so fat from what he had eaten, and he was still wearing expensive jewelry. Now I say it as if I am thinking about the slaves. "I don''t have the ability to buy more slaves, you should ask other people!" Wu Heng refused directly. ??It''s also a mess here. ???We also need to arrange escorts for the two maids. Where can we afford to buy more people? Whats more, can I be saved? "Sir, Madam who spent a lot of money last time, do you know where she lives? The price of slaves has been reduced by half. She doesn''t know if she still needs it." The fat man continued. This is asking Slater. She is indeed a strong and generous woman. "She is not in Luntam City. I can write to you and ask, but if the other party needs her, I''m afraid it will take a while." Wu Heng said. Slater should need a group of people. ?The price for buying slaves was quite high last time, but now they are much cheaper. "Oh, okay, thank you, sir." The fat man hesitated and said again: "If you want to buy a slave, you can come to me directly and I will give you a more favorable price." ?Wu Heng walked towards his team and waved to him. Return to the team. Duke immediately asked: "Captain, what is he doing so sneakily?" I asked if I want to buy a slave. I guess the current situation is not very good and the slaves cannot be sold. Wu Heng replied casually. Oh, slave trader. ?A few people walked along the patrol route. After nothing happened, he returned to the association. Wu Heng looked at several of his team members and said: "I have something to do this afternoon. Duke and Marta, you will take two new team members on patrol. Remember, we are only assisting in patrolling. If there is any problem, don''t think about taking action. Go and follow said the deacon. ?A few people were stunned. also agreed. Good captain. After confirming that there is no problem. Then they dispersed and left. Zombie world. After Wu Heng came over, he stood by the window and opened the curtains to look outside. There is already a row of motorcades on the Commercial Street road. Qiangzi and others are wearing masks and carrying supplies inside. ?Li Yahong and the others are back. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and walked towards the direction of the motorcade. After getting closer, the intercom picked up the sound, and the person who let out the call informed Li Yahong that the boss of Yama King was down. Soon, Li Yahong walked out of the Shadow City Mall. When did you come back? Wu Heng asked. "It''s past two o''clock. Seeing that you are resting and there are no zombies, we started moving supplies first." Li Yahong replied. When she came over, she should have used the walkie-talkie to contact him. Just because he didnt get a reply, he started searching for supplies. According to the distance between the prison and here, their speed is really not slow. Well, I didnt hear it just now. By the way, do you have any thoughts on the title of Disaster Relief Commander? Li Yahong suddenly asked. ?Wu Heng was stunned. "What''s the meaning?" The main station wants to appoint a regional commander for disaster relief in each district, and our prison is on the candidate list. (End of this chapter) Chapter 194 , unlock knowledge Chapter 194, Unlocking knowledge Regional command for disaster relief? In the past, this level would have been considered an official, a very important position. But for now. It doesnt seem to have any substantial effect. At best, it is just a name and has no effect. Most of the survivors were gathered into separate gathering places in communities and villages. Since they were separated from each other by groups of corpses, there was no such thing as regional command. Even if you are really selected by the main station. No one may listen to any orders issued in the area. ??If there is a commander, suddenly contact yourself or the prison and make a burst of assignments. ??Wu Heng will definitely not listen, and may even scold him on the radio. What is the use of this disaster relief command? Wu Heng asked. "One identity! After all, there are some official organizations in various places that can look after each other. When the road is opened, they will also get some weapons and technical support." Li Yahong said. The rest of the official organizations. Should refer to some rescue teams or gathered troops. ?Looking after each other is indeed a good thing. As for weapons and technology. Weapons should support some guns and ammunition. In terms of technology, it is to develop anti-viral agents. Neither of these two types has much appeal on their own. In terms of combat, I really value modern weapons, but it will take too long to wait for them to clear the road and deliver supplies. Furthermore, now that ones own ammunition is enough, the battle in the zombie world relies on the number of skeletons. There is no need to worry about these. As for the anti-viral aspect. ?As long as I''m careful, there won''t be much of a problem. The corpse poison has been removed with the corpse core potion. Perhaps I can develop it one step ahead of them. ?There is no need to get too involved with them. After thinking about it, he said directly: "It won''t help us much. There is no need to fight for such a name. We can develop well on our own and spend the winter smoothly than anything else." ??Although Wu Heng looks down on the other party''s lack of these things. But there is no need to conflict with the main station. After all, modern long-range missiles are quite powerful. Being low-key is also good for yourself. "Understood." Li Yahong nodded, and then said: "I plan to report the mushroom zombie I killed before to the main station so that all regions will know the characteristics of this zombie." Okay, I have no objection. Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll write it down, and you can help me read it then, and I''ll tell the receptionist." "good!" The two stood together and chatted for a while. Then on the map, I found a location circled with a red marker. ??Continue past with the skeleton army. Strengthening oneself is the last word. ?Even though I dont like this reputation, I still have the capital to not be judged by others. The skeleton army moves mightily. Go to the location marked on the map. ?In addition to the accompanying skeleton army and several deformed skeletons, there were also previously transformed vegetative carrion corpses. Because it cannot move on its own. ??Wu Heng found a wheelchair for it at a nearby drugstore and let a skeleton push it. Like a seriously ill patient. Arrive at the position marked in the red circle. ?At a glance, he saw a large number of zombies on the road, as well as a giant deformed zombie sitting on the roof of the car. There really are deformed zombies! Li Yahong exclaimed. ??The red circle locations on the map represent risks other than zombies. Looking for one at random. I saw level 2 deformed zombies. ??Having been with Wu Heng for a long time, Li Yahong didn''t have much emotion when she saw the deformed zombies. There is no special look on his face even though he has killed too many people. Forward! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army continued to move forward, and the scattered deafening footsteps immediately attracted the attention of the zombie group. The first zombie roared. ??The zombies all looked at the skeleton army. ?The next second, he roared and launched an attack with his teeth and claws. Spear array! The spear skeletons quickly moved forward to form a formation. ?The other skeletons also took out their throwing spears and made throwing motions. ??Wu Heng looked at the quickly gathering, Wuyangyang group of corpses, but did not immediately issue an order. Looking at the withered plant monster sitting in the wheelchair, he said: Release the tangled vegetation. The dead plant monster in the wheelchair, with its upper body bent over and its arms shaped like dead branches, resting directly on the concrete ground. A dark gray energy spread rapidly forward. Dark red thorns rise from the ground, forming a difficult terrain full of thorns. Horses of corpses rush into the terrain. The running movement began to stagger, one of them stumbled over thorns, and the rest plodded forward while digging through thorns. The effect is so good? ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the effect in front of him. Zombies are not running slowly, but now they are trapped in the "vegetation terrain". The speed is slower than normal walking. Looking at a large number of zombies trapped inside. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Throw the spear~release it!" Huh~! Throwing spears densely into the group of corpses. Since his own movement is restricted, the probability of hitting is greatly increased. In an instant, a large number of zombies fell head-on. Dirty blood flowed all over the place. Go on, let go~! Huh~! The second wave of spears was thrown out, clanging into the group of corpses. Then, the third and fourth waves came one after another. Wash away the zombies in front of you over and over again. Before they even walked out of the thorny area, more than half of the corpse group had disappeared. ?There were only a hundred or so zombies left, still tearing at the thorns in the thorny field, and they had not climbed out yet. ?Li Yahong''s eyes widened and she looked at the scene in front of her with some disbelief. How the thorns were formed is no longer important. Does the mass-produced throwing spear work so well? Is it so lethal? In the past, groups of corpses rushed over and started close combat with the spearmen. Now there is no melee relief, and it is almost like death directly. And behind the group of corpses. The giant zombies that had not stepped into the thorny land were standing outside, wandering around. ?His eyes were bloodshot and he was breathing heavily. The bloodthirsty and warlike nature in its genes makes it extremely violent and restless. But the reason awakened in the body reminds it that if it rushes over, it will lead to death, so don''t go over. ?Just stood outside, took two steps forward, and then quickly stepped back. Walking over and over again. ??Wu Heng''s eyes also fell on the giant zombie opposite. ?Seeing that he had no intention of getting closer. Relieving tangled vegetation. ??The withered plant monster in the wheelchair withdrew its magic, and the thorns blocking the road turned into flying dust and disappeared in the blink of an eye. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Rush over and kill the giant zombie." Hulala~! ??The big man in iron armor climbed the wall to climb the Terrorclaw monster, knocked away the remaining zombies, and directly attacked the giant deformed zombies. The giant zombie that was still wandering around finally realized the danger. He turned around and fled towards the rear, while many skeletons swarmed up, blocking him in all directions, surrounding him and killing him. Soon, the sounds of fighting stopped. The huge corpse with twisted limbs was dragged directly over and thrown on the ground. Clean the battlefield. The skeletons dispersed instantly and began to carry the corpses all over the ground. ??Wu Heng unleashed the Bone Spelling Technique on the giant corpse on the ground. The flesh and blood fall off. The tall skeleton stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) Levels and attributes have not changed much. From now on, you will be called Wu Naotou. Wu Heng casually gave the name. ?At the same time, he squatted on the ground, found the second-level corpse core, and loaded it up directly. Wait until the bodies are moved to both sides. ?Wu Heng returned with Li Yahong. "Let''s go! Let''s go back first." "good!" ?On the other side, the convoys supplies have almost been shipped. ?Li Yahong took out a pen and paper, wrote down all the characteristics of the mushroom zombies, and gave them to Wu Heng for a look. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Mushroom zombies have stronger skin toughness than ordinary zombies. It is difficult for ordinary swords to penetrate them, but their movement speed is slower than ordinary zombies." He has seen mushroom zombies more closely. In addition to the appearance characteristics written by Li Yahong, he also added the physical characteristics. Li Yahong took a pen and quickly wrote it down. She raised her head and stared with big eyes, "Is there anything else?" There are also level three deformed zombies, you can also announce them to the main station. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong glanced at the withered plant monster sitting in the wheelchair and said, Wont it affect us? The impact is not big, dont say we killed it, just say we encountered this kind of zombie. Wu Heng said. From the main station, I also got a lot of information about zombies. They are all collected from various places for integration. I got the information myself, and I will share it with you, hoping it can help others. Oh, that guy told me to write it down. Thats what it looks like. Wu Heng pointed at the withered plant monster on the side. ?Li Yahong glanced at it and nodded to express understanding. Wu Heng continued: "The characteristic is that it cannot move. The way of attack is to wave a long whip and emit poisonous gas. For..., there is also a weakness, it is afraid of fire." Oh, okay! Li Yahong wrote quickly. Wait until everything is finished. ?Wu Heng took a look and felt that there was nothing wrong with it. Okay, you still have literary talent. Wu Heng praised. ?Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and said, "How dare you boast?" Its really not bad. ??Li Yahong sighed and glanced at the prepared motorcade outside, "We are going back. We may rest in the prison for a day and come back during the day the day after tomorrow." Well, be careful on the road. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong glanced at the waiting motorcade again and stood there with some hesitation. "What''s wrong?" "Come here." Li Yahong''s face started to turn red and she pulled him to the inside of the hall. He hesitated for a long time. ?Clenched her teeth, hung her arms around his neck, put her feet up and kissed him heavily. Hardworking and clumsy. ?Wu Heng didn''t react for a while and looked at the other person''s face turned red and his eyes tightly closed in nervousness. ??It feels a little funny again. ?Hold her hips with both arms and lift her whole body up. ?Li Yahong''s face turned redder, but she also opened her eyes and looked over affectionately. We have known each other for a while, and both feel that the other has this idea. Unexpectedly, Li Yahong was the first to point out this matter. The two stood on the stairs and kissed each other for a while before they separated from each other. ?Li Yahong touched her lips and asked, "Am I bleeding?" No! Its a little red and seems to be swollen. Youre trying too hard, what if they see you? Li Yahong said with some complaints. "What are you afraid of? Sooner or later, they will all know." Wu Heng put his hands on her waist and hips, which were round and elastic. Yeah! Li Yahong nodded and pressed her red lips to her again. Zizzizi~! The intercom on my belt rang. Qiangzi''s voice came out, "Sister Hong, the convoy is ready and ready to go at any time." ?Li Yahong put her head aside and pressed the intercom, "Okay, I''ll be out right away." After finishing speaking, he said apologetically: "I''m leaving. I''ll probably be back at noon the day after tomorrow." Well, Ill wait for you to come back. Wu Heng patted his butt. Li Yahong''s face turned even redder, she straightened her messy clothes and walked out directly. Not long after, the convoy started and left in the distance. ?Wu Heng watched the convoy leave. ??There was no rush to return to Luntam City, but he walked out of the hotel again and started to release the [Dead Body Battlefield] against the piles of corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked towards the team aside. Until it gets dark. ?Wu Hengcai returned to the hotel and returned to Luntam City. The next day, the association meeting room. The sides of the slender conference table were already filled with people. Deacon Gomez looked serious. When he saw the people gathered, he said directly: "The Warhammer Party colluded with the gangs in the city and almost opened the city gate last night, causing irreparable consequences." ?As soon as these words came out, everyone present looked a little ugly. ??If we say that the Warhammer Party attacked the outer areas of the city and killed gang members and residents, it was in retaliation for the last siege. ?So this time, collude with others to open the city gate. This confirmed the idea that the Warhammer Party wanted to attack the city. That is to say, the patrol in the city was tightened yesterday. Otherwise, if the city gate were really opened, it would be hard to tell whether the entire city was there or not. What arrangements are there in the city? The old orc sitting on the front seat on the left spoke softly. Leaning on a wooden stick, he wore colorful clothes. Deputy deacon of the association, orc shaman Eskar. "The Knights of the Iron Guard have taken over the city walls of two districts." The deacon said, and then continued: "If the city is destroyed, the Warhammer Party will definitely massacre and loot, and the people of our association will also be in danger. In addition to patrolling during the day, each team The task is to patrol the city wall at night to increase the city''s defense, and has law enforcement authority. If anyone opens the city gate or colludes with foreign enemies, he can be killed directly. " ?Everyone suddenly felt that the burden on them became heavier. The leisurely days are gone in an instant, and night patrols have to be carried out. But the matter has come to this, and no one has a better way. ??If the Warhammer Party really comes in, no one will be better off. Yes, deacon! Everyone nodded in response. "Okay, let''s all go down and patrol as arranged." The deacon continued. ?Everyone got up and walked outside. Return to the lounge. Four team members, all sitting in the room. Seeing Wu Heng come in with a serious face, he realized that something might have happened. Captain, what happened? Duke asked. ??Wu Heng said: "The Warhammer Party tried to open the city gate last night and almost succeeded." ??Everyone''s expressions changed, and their hearts were instantly lifted. ??If the city gate is really opened, many people will die. What are the arrangements? Marta continued to ask. The association has added night patrol work to each team. We patrol first, then go back early to rest. We also need to patrol the city wall at night. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Several people stood up and walked out together. ???Took a brief walk around the outer city. Only found more confusion, but nothing special. End the training and separate. Return home to rest. afternoon. ?Wu Heng took a break after the meeting. Go directly to the zombie world. The activity of the Warhammer Party made him feel threatened. He can play tricks with people from associations or secret orders, but he has no room for dealing with a group of bandits. ?Once you enter the city, you have to fight with real swords and guns. ?The difference between myself and others is that there is an extra door. If you really can''t defeat it, you can hide in the zombie world, but this is the last step. ??This city was really captured by the Warhammer Party. I have to hide for a while before I can come out, which slows down my progress. Its best not to get to this point. ?Wu Heng opened the map and found a red circle. Give a direct order, Follow me! The skeleton army immediately took action and marched toward the target point in a mighty manner. Come to the location. Densely packed zombies began to attack. The spear array was erected, and the spears poured down. The corpses fell one by one. Your level is increased to level 8, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlocked characteristics: Soul knowledge, mischief knowledge. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 195 , help the tribesmen Chapter 195: Help the tribesmen Your level is increased to level 8, intelligence +1, charisma +1. Unlock expertise: Soul knowledge, Haunting knowledge. Soul Knowledge: Your knowledge of the soul has been enhanced, your soul will be stronger, and you can see souls and incorporeal creatures with the naked eye. Learning about Haunting: You have a deeper understanding of the knowledge of magic control, and you are proficient in dealing with all kinds of ghosts and ghosts. Charm +5. ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng stunned. Upgraded to level 8 and unlocked two specialties. Different from the initial slow upgrade. In the current battles, every battle is against a swarm of corpses, ranging from nearly a thousand to tens of thousands, a vast expanse of corpses. After a kill, the experience increases very quickly. Basically, after every game, you will gain a lot of experience. ??If it were just a battle between ordinary zombies, it would even feel like a lawn mowing game. ?Wu Heng looked at the prompt again. At level 8, the added attributes are still intelligence and charm. ? It seems that the main attributes of the Necromancer profession are intelligence, charm and physique, and these three will appear every time you upgrade. ??In addition to increasing attributes, this time also unlocked two specialties. [Soul Knowledge] and [Poltergeist Knowledge]. The first soul knowledge makes ones soul tougher, which can be understood as increased soul strength. This point is quite important. It is recorded in the Book of the Dead that some attacks are directed at the soul. ?With this kind of attack, even if your body is not damaged, your soul will be shattered. ?Soul toughness can avoid attacks in this area to a large extent, which can be regarded as adding a self-protection ability. ?Also, think the worst. ?The soul has high strength. Even if he dies, he can turn into a ghost at worst, just like Xiaoxiao and Glenda. ?Although he has lost his body, at least he is still alive. Its not a loss either. At the same time, soul knowledge can also allow the naked eye to see soul bodies or incorporeal creatures. This point should also be regarded as strengthening the perception. Thinking in his mind, he released the ghost slightly. What are you doing again? Xiao Xiao half-lying in the air asked curiously. The soul is parasitic in his body, just like a living being taking a rest at night. Can nourish the soul on its own. Feeling a little irritated to wake up. Xiaoxiao, hide yourself for a moment. Wu Heng said. ?Xiao Xiao glanced at him with some confusion, and slowly disappeared in mid-air. ?Wu Heng still watched. ?Although the small body disappeared in mid-air, a faint figure can still be seen in his eyes. Coupled with the [Soul Energy Sensing] that I awakened before, I can clearly see the small existence. Whats wrong? said the invisible Xiaoxiao. Change your position and take a look. Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao flew around in a circle, said on the left side, "Where am I?" and then quickly flew to the right side. Wu Heng looked directly at her, "Here!" "Ah!" Xiaoxiao let out a surprised sound, and then his body slowly emerged, "Uncle, you can see me!" Well, I can just see it, Wu Heng said. It seems that my awakening characteristic is quite effective, and I can see the ghost after being invisible. ??Xiao Xiao was very happy and said that this was really awesome, and then he floated over the battlefield to cheer up the fighting skeletons. ?Wu Heng continued to check the second feature [Knowledge of Trouble]. ??This characteristic is simpler. It has a deeper insight into the knowledge of magic control, and is good at dealing with various ghosts and ghost phenomena. At the same time, the charm is +5. Charm control spells, the corresponding attribute is charm. If you have the chance, you can collect the corresponding skill books. ??This attribute also adds 5 points of charm, which is pretty good. After checking the two features, I opened the features and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Level: 8 Attributes: Strength 24, Agility 25, Constitution 25, Intelligence 28, Perception 15, Charisma 26. Feats: Short Spear Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic), Light Armor Specialization (Basic), Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge, Haunting Knowledge. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage. ?Looking at the overall attributes, his intelligence finally gained the upper hand. Physical strength is no longer higher than intelligence as before. After a brief glance, he closed the attribute panel and returned his gaze to the battlefield ahead. The warring parties are gradually approaching the end. The group of corpses, after several rounds of charges, very few were killed by the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng glanced at the entire battlefield. No deformed zombies were found at the scene or in the pile of corpses. According to the markings on the map, the red circle area represents special danger. But judging from the current situation, no special danger was found. "Uncle, there are bad dogs over there." Xiaoxiao suddenly flew back and pointed to the alley in the distance. ??Wu Heng looked along, and his sight was blocked by various scrapped cars, but he didn''t see anything. But the bad dogs in Xiaoxiao''s mouth generally refer to deformed dogs. How many? Wu Heng asked. "Two, peeking over there." "Okay, Xiao Xiao is awesome." "hey-hey." The battlefield continues as before, with skeletons killing zombies that are walking over sporadically. ?Wu Heng lowered his voice and said, "Bawudong, take a few skeletons and go around there. Don''t let the deformed dogs run away." ?Bawudong did not hesitate and went around from behind with a few skeletons. When Xiaoxiao was in the air, he made a gesture to this side. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Charge over." ?The big guy instantly threw out two trash cans and smashed them at the entrance of the alley. The looking deformed dog was frightened, turned around and ran towards the back of the alley. Having barely taken two steps, the path was blocked by several figures on the opposite side. Looking back again, I found that the other road was also blocked. The two deformed dogs roared angrily. Pounced directly on him. Bawudong whipped out his leg and threw the two deformed dogs against the wall. The skeletons behind him swarmed up and were chopped into mud. The battle is over. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Two deformed dogs were also dragged out. ??Wu Heng also found two corpse cores after releasing the [Bone Slave Technique] to transform the skeleton dog. Put it into the space ring, continue to face the corpse group, and release [Dead Skeleton Field] several times in succession to replenish the number of skeletons. Then, open the map again and look for the next location marked with a red circle. Lets go this way! With a wave of his hand, he led the skeleton to one side. Dusk. Before the market. The skeleton army killed all the zombies and began to clean up the battlefield. An afternoon. ?Wu Heng compared the map and went to three places marked by red circles. ??The number of zombies killed was more than 10,000, and three deformed dogs and two deformed cats were killed at the same time. Several of them were more alert and ran away when the fighting started. Not caught. The harvest is still quite big, the experience is increased, the number of skeletons is increased, and there are five first-level corpse cores. Poisons made from corpse cores are also effective on other people in both worlds. Even if you use it yourself, it has little effect. It is still a very useful item to train your own subordinates. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky. Having given up the plan to clear the site in the fourth wave. Participate in patrols at night and maintain a good condition to avoid any danger. Carry the body and go back! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton picked up the body and walked together to the hotel where they lived. The events in Luntam City still put a certain amount of pressure on him. Urges him to speed up his level improvement. To deal with dangers that may occur at any time. Go all the way back to the hotel. Have the skeletons pile the corpses across the road. Return to the room and return to the residence through the boundary door. Wrentam City, bedroom on the third floor. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and heard voices talking on the first floor. Minnie and Andwyer have already started preparing dinner. The two maids who were bought back by him at the same time got along quite well. ?Minnie accompanied Weier to the store during the day, and when she came back, Weier also helped Minnie with cooking and cleaning. The relationship is very good. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking down, Minnie smiled and said, "Master, will Sister Wen Mansha come again today?" He probably wont come, hes also quite busy over there. "Oh." Minnie''s smile was obviously more relaxed, "Master, wait for a while, dinner will be ready soon." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and lay down on the sofa to rest. Attend meetings in the morning and patrol with members. I have been cleaning up zombies again in the afternoon, and I am really feeling a little mentally exhausted. Lied on the sofa and rested for a while. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and Anderweil walked out of the kitchen first. ?Standing in front of the sofa, I glanced at him carefully and said, "Master." ?Wu Heng frowned, "What''s wrong?" Anderweil knelt down directly. Master, Weier asks you to help my people. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 196 , they are killing residents Chapter 196, They are killing the residents Seeing Anderweil suddenly kneel down and plead. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly and sat up, "What''s going on? Tell me." Anderweil raised her head, her big eyes filled with mist, and began to speak softly. ?Wu Heng sat aside and listened for a while, and understood the meaning of his words. ??Anderweil''s tribe was destroyed by the enemy because of the battle between the orcs. The few remaining tribesmen were sold as slaves to slave traders. ?? Anderweil is not an ordinary slave, she is the daughter of the patriarch of their lineage, and she is quite prestigious in the tribe. After being bought by Wu Heng. ??I wanted to slowly save money and buy back the rest of the tribe, but I didn''t expect that the area outside the city was becoming more and more chaotic, and the Warhammer Party even started killing people randomly. She had no choice but to come to Wu Heng to help her buy the person back first. Master, I beg you to help my people. Anderweil lowered her head again. ?Wu Heng rubbed his eyebrows and understood the meaning of his words. ??I felt that Anderweil''s status was unusual before, at least not an ordinary slave like Minnie. Level 7 special profession. He can read and calculate accounts, and his handwriting is also very beautiful. The orcs themselves do not pay attention to these. Let alone a slave. Now it seems that he is still a young patriarch. How many more people do you have? Wu Heng asked. There are still five people left on the slave traders side. Anderweil replied. After you buy them back, how do you plan to arrange them? Cant our family accommodate so many people? Wu Heng continued. Anderweil raised her head and spoke her plan seriously, "Master, you can let them live over there in the store. The store is doing pretty well now, but there is a lack of people to guard it. Sometimes, some manpower is needed to carry supplies. All my people can accomplish it, and anyone from the orc tribe can endure hardships. Normal shops do require a lot of manpower. Wuheng''s grocery store only relies on two maids to maintain the operation of the store. In fact, it is barely possible. These days I have been switching on and off. Hands on, he doesnt do much serious business either. I havent felt that there is a shortage of manpower yet. When it runs for a long time later, there will definitely not be enough manpower. ?For example, in the Maolu Armor Store, there are many people who are responsible for receiving customers, carrying goods, and delivering goods to customers'' doors. A large piece of hula-la. Not all of them may be raised in the store, but at least many of them are people in the store. What Anderweil said does make sense. It seems that a plan has been made before. "You have to think carefully. I have many enemies. I can arrange people to protect you two, but those clansmen who cannot protect you may be more dangerous when they come over." Wu Heng reminded again. "The master is a good person. Following you is their best choice. My people will also protect themselves." Anderweil still insisted. Can you guarantee that they will keep the secret? "I can take a good look at them, and they can''t contact you. It''s all about the store." Andwyer said immediately. ?Wu Heng feels right too. Living in the shop is mainly to obey Andville''s words. Can''t understand any secrets. How much money will it cost? "Slaves are cheap now. Three hundred silver coins are enough. I will pay you back in the future." Andwyer said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded and took out three money bags from the space ring, "Go and buy them back tomorrow. Just as you said, settle on the second floor of the store. Watch them carefully and don''t do anything extraordinary." Thank you, Master. Andweier said happily with tears in her eyes. At this time, Minnie, who was hiding in the kitchen and eavesdropping, also walked out timidly, "Master, I also have two good friends. Can you buy it for me and pay you back in the future?" Fuck me! ?This little girl also came to join in the fun. It is indeed dangerous outside the city now, and it is normal to have two friends. How do you plan to arrange your friends? Wu Heng asked. "It''s just two people. It''s okay to work as a maid for the master. If not, you can also live in the store." Minnie said. How much do you want? 50 silver is enough. Wu Heng continued to take out fifty silver dollars and said, "Go there with Wei''er tomorrow and make arrangements at the store first." "Hey, the master is so kind." Minnie cheered excitedly. ?The master is willing to help the slave with money, which is rare in the entire city of Luntam. At least it proves that Wu Heng still values ??them. ?Minnie acted coquettishly for a while and ran back to the kitchen to prepare dinner. ? Anderweil also stood up, sat down next to the sofa, gently picked up Wu Heng''s head, and rested it on her lap. Looking into each other''s eyes full of gratitude and tenderness. Thank you, master, its great to meet you. You are also very good. Wu Heng smiled. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng told the two of them, then left his residence directly and headed to the association. After taking the patrol position from the deacon''s side. He went to the lounge again. Pushing open the door, four members were already waiting in the room. Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all stood up and shouted, "Captain!" Captain! The four of them stood up and greeted. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go. Our location is the outer city. We need to get out before the inner city gate closes." Tasks are assigned by drawing lots. ?Eight of the teams went to the outer city area to patrol important locations on the city walls and gates, while the remaining four teams patrolled the inner city area. ??Wu Heng''s luck was unfortunately drawn to the outer city area. Tasks are assigned and everyone needs to abide by them and cannot change them. The remaining members, except for the swordsman "Gaulubli" who lives in the inner city, the rest live in the outer city. ??Naturally, there was no objection. Everyone got up and left the association to go to the mission location. Out of the inner city. On the originally bustling and bustling streets, there were no longer many pedestrians. Even the bustling tavern was deserted at this time. Not to mention the girls standing at the door, opening their **** to men. ??Come to the city wall in the outer city area. Members of the Iron Guard Knights guarding the area can be seen, as well as some gang members. ??Wu Heng and others showed the tokens issued by the city hall and began patrolling in accordance with regulations. ??Its nothing too big, just walk around the city wall. ??If you find someone attacking the city, or someone inside trying to open the city gate, you should go up and question them, or kill them directly. The night is dark. ?A few people are also a little tired. ??Wu Heng just wanted a few people to find a place where no one was around to relax for a while. Ranger Marta said: "Captain, there is a situation over there." As soon as the words fell, the city walls immediately became alert. Although the guards on the watchtower did not sound the alarm, they also shouted loudly that others had special circumstances. Looking down the city wall. ??Then he saw a large number of torches rushing out from a location outside the city. He rushed directly into the building and started slashing at anyone he saw. The sounds of fighting and killing instantly sounded below. A large number of Iron Guard knights and gang members quickly swarmed up the city wall, all looking towards the battle location outside the city. ?There was a blaze of fire, and people kept falling to the ground and being killed. But it was only from a distance. There is no intention of getting close to the city wall. Its the Warhammer Party, coming to kill the residents outside again. (End of this chapter) Chapter 197 , waiting to go back to prison Chapter 197, Waiting to go back to prison These **** bandits. The swordsman Gaulberry said angrily. ?The other people also followed suit and cursed a few words. ??However, no matter how many people on the city wall cursed, there was nothing they could do about the people outside the city. Soon, many corpses were lying on the ground in the distance. ??The man holding the torch began to search for things in the residence, carrying various trophies, and quickly disappeared from sight. Wait until everything returns to darkness. ?Only if you listen carefully can you hear the painful moans in the dark night. ?After those people left, another group of people came over soon holding torches. Some people began to treat the wounded, while others took the opportunity to take away some things. A mess. On the city wall, the Iron Guard Knights and gang members stayed behind to guard part of the city wall, while the rest went down the city wall. Captain, theyre all gone, what should we do? Duke asked. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Let''s find a place to rest for a while. It will be dawn soon. There will definitely be nothing to do today." Oh, come to my house! said Duke. Its too far, just stay in the corner for a while, take turns on duty, dont all fall asleep. Wu Heng warned. "good." ?A few people simply tidied up a wall under the city wall, took turns guarding it, and then closed their eyes to rest. Until dawn, nothing happened. ?Wu Heng climbed onto the city wall and looked into the distance. Members of other teams began to evacuate. ??Wu Heng waved his hand directly and said: "Let''s get off work and go back to our homes. We don''t need to patrol during the day. We will still gather in the lounge at night." Okay, Captain. Everybody dispersed, yawning, and went back to their homes. Wu Heng returned from the outer city. Opening the door, the aroma of food came from the living room. Minnie said: "Master, are you tired? Breakfast is ready." ?Wu Heng nodded, washed his hands, sat down at the dining table, and started eating breakfast. Anderweil served him a bowl of soup, put it on the table, and asked softly: "Master, nothing happened last night, right?" There was a battle outside the city, and many people died. From the Warhammer Party? Anderweil asked. "Probably not. It looks like a gang took the opportunity to seek revenge or take advantage of the situation to rob. It''s hard to say." Wu Heng said while eating. ? Anderweil looked a little worried. "Then, Minnie and I will buy the person back later to avoid problems." ??Wu Heng nodded and handed her the association''s captain''s badge. "Well, take my badge and go out. If you need something, say it belongs to the association." Thank you, master. ?After breakfast, the two simply packed up and left the house. ?Wu Heng went back to the bedroom and slept until noon. After washing up, open the door and go to the zombie world. Open the hotel curtains. Then he saw that the motorcade had stopped outside. ?Wang Chenggang and others were gathering together, smoking and chatting. At this time, Li Yahong came out with Bassen, seemingly arranging tasks for several people. ?Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi nodded to express their understanding and walked towards the building on one side. He quickly walked out and started carrying supplies into the carriage. ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said, "Li Yahong, come here." Li Yahong heard the voice on the intercom and immediately looked up. When she saw Wu Heng behind the window, she couldn''t help but smile with joy. Then, he immediately stopped smiling, calmed down his mood, pressed the intercom, and said calmly: "Okay, I''ll go over now." Speaking, he entered the lobby of the hotel. When Wu Heng came down from upstairs, Li Yahong ran all the way and threw herself into his arms. ?Li Yahong raised her head, her eyes full of tenderness, "I miss you so much!" ?Wu Heng lowered his head and the two kissed each other. Subconsciously, he stretched out his hand, pulled open the opponent''s stab-proof clothing, put it in and started to rub it gently. Li Yahongs figure is relatively toned. After all, I did some strenuous work before, and I can feel the mermaid lines and muscle lines on my body. Xiaolongbao is slightly larger than Minnie''s. ??Full of elasticity. ?Li Yahongs skin became redder and redder, and her breathing became more rapid. ?Wu Heng picked her up and walked towards the room upstairs. Now? Li Yahongs eyes were a little dodgey. "What''s wrong?" Li Yahong hesitated for a moment and said softly: "I am willing to give myself to you, but I have to wait for a while to do business, so... this is not good." ?Judging from Li Yahongs clumsy appearance, she should be his first man. It is indeed not good to proceed in such a hasty manner. ?? He grabbed the crotch under his waist and said, "Whenever you want, I''ll listen to you." "Let''s wait until we return to the prison. We will have plenty of time then." Li Yahong''s skin, which was originally a wheat color, turned a little red at this time. Then I have to wait for a long time. ?? Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and complained: "You are also weird. I hinted like that before, but you didn''t react at all. I thought you liked men...but now you are so worried...wuwu." ??Wu Heng pressed her against the wall again and blocked her mouth with force. ??Li Yahong hung her arms on the opponent''s shoulders and responded enthusiastically to her sweetheart''s attack. It took a while. The two separated again. ??Li Yahong grabbed the other person''s hand that was rubbing her buttocks with her backhand, and said with a flushed face: "Okay, there will be plenty of time in the future." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Then let''s do business first." He took out the map, opened it, and said: "I have already cleared these locations yesterday. Then you can just let Qiangzi and the others carry the supplies themselves." Okay! Li Yahong nodded and continued: What are your plans today? These areas will be cleaned up today, Wu Heng said. The red circle near the hotel has been cleaned up. There are a few more places, which are located a little further away, and it is not convenient to drive back and forth. Wu Heng selected several locations that had not been marked, which meant that the person who marked the map had not been there yet. The main purpose is not to kill aberrant zombies, but to spawn monsters and upgrade them. After all, the threat from the Warhammer Party is getting bigger and bigger. If you want to protect yourself, level is still very important. Li Yahong looked at the map and frowned slightly, "There are so many things to clean up? Is it necessary to be in such a hurry?" "I''m a little anxious, try to improve the progress so that I can return to the prison quickly." "It''s true!" Li Yahong hit him lightly again and said in a low voice, "Just listen to you." ??Wu Heng patted his perky buttocks and said, "Well, let''s go!" Dont pat my **** when you go out. After all, I am also the eldest sister now! Li Yahong rubbed her butt. Okay, let me take pictures when no one is around! Li Yahong started to arrange her clothes with a red face. Looked in the mirror again and confirmed that I was just blushing and there was nothing else wrong with me. The two of them walked out of the hotel. Li Yahong went to talk to Qiangzi and others. Then he followed Wu Heng and walked in one direction together. Dongmen Passenger Terminal. The dense group of corpses began to attack. The [Tangled Vegetation] of the dead plant monster forms a thorny terrain on the ground, slowing down the progress of the corpse group. At the same time, intensive spear throwing fell over and over again from the top of the head. Zombies fell to the ground one by one. Attack, kill them all! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The skeleton army launched a direct charge, knocking over the corpses on the opposite side and killing them all. Immediately afterwards, several skeletons transformed from deformed zombies all rushed out. A large number of zombies were thrown away. Be smashed into pulp. ?Li Yahong glanced at the figure next to her with some doubts. ?Although I have never commanded a skeleton battle. But the fighting method of the skeleton in front of me is completely different from before. It is no longer about defending first and then counterattacking. After throwing all the spears, the skeleton soldiers charged directly. More radical, Soon, the battle ended. ??Wu Heng began to let the skeletons clean the battlefield, and he also released the [Dead Skeleton Field] to increase the number of skeletons when he had sufficient mental power. All the buses here can be used, and there should be keys inside. Li Yahong said, looking at the rows of buses in the distance. There are more than ten buses parked at the passenger terminal. ??This kind of public buses generally leave the keys in a nearby building for centralized management. As long as you find it, you can continue to use it. Wu Heng glanced at the building next to him and said, "Let Qiangzi and the others do it later. Let''s go to the next location first." Oh, okay! Li Yahong didnt say much. Lets move towards the next place together. Its around 4 p.m. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong ended todays zombie killing. ??The team of skeletons kept moving back and forth to carry the corpses. Li Yahong took Qiangzi and others to the passenger terminal to drive the buses. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the door and took a look at his experience. Level: 825882/48000 The effect of these two days of fighting is still significant. I just reached level 8 yesterday, and my experience has reached half today. ?The citys population is still dense. Wherever you go, youll find zombies everywhere. Now it has become your own experience of upgrading. Soon, several buses came back. Hand was parked on the main road. Li Yahong ran over and said: "There are not enough people to bring them today. These buses will take them away next time they come." Well, its okay to leave it there, no one will steal it. "Who said it was stolen?" Li Yahong looked behind her carefully, where Qiangzi and others were boarding the truck, and said softly: "I''m going back, come back soon." Go back and be safe. Okay! Li Yahong waved her hand, boarded the bus, and left with the convoy. ??Wu Heng came to the corpse and continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] until his mental power was a little low. Only returned to the hotel and opened the gate. Take a rest on the third floor. The sound of the door opening was heard from downstairs. Walking downstairs, he saw Minnie and Andwyer coming back carrying some things. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, they all saluted, "Master." Well, how are things arranged? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil saluted again and said gratefully: "Thank you master, I have bought the tribesmen back and settled them in the shop." He paused for a moment and continued: "I have made it clear to them that I will be responsible for the work in the store and will never cause you any trouble." Minnie, how are you doing there? "My friends have also been rescued. The master asks them to become maids." Why do you have to have them as maids? Minnie coyly said, "They don''t have any professions, and they are clumsy. They can''t do anything except being maids." ?Wu Heng and Anderweier were both speechless. Why does she feel that maids can be stupid? ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil, who lowered her head and suppressed a smile. ?Wu Heng thought about the words and said, "We only have this little place here, so why do we need so many maids?" ?Where is the need for so many maids? "Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and said directly. For daily living, one maid is enough. The role of Anderweil is actually to meet the needs of the store. ??Really, if I hire two more maids, I wont be able to use them in a small place like my own. ?Look at Minnie looking frustrated at being rejected. Wu Heng added, "Let them help in the shop first, and then let them come over when they have a big house." Well, good! The three of them sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Minnie went to prepare dinner. After dinner, Wu Heng said goodbye to the two of them. Going out of the house and heading to the association. Squad, come to the lounge. Opening the door, several members sat in the room chatting. Captain! Several people stood up and saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the few people who had brought blankets, and said: "I will help you put away the blankets so that others can see them. You think we are just lazy!" Hehehe~! Duke scratched his head and smiled. The other people also handed over the blankets. ??Wu Heng took the space ring and said: "Let''s go, let''s not be late, and don''t let anyone find anything wrong with our face." ?A few people nodded and got up and walked out of the association together. Walking on the road. Duke quickened his pace, walked to Wu Heng and said, "Captain, many people died outside the city last night. I heard that the leader of a gang had his head chopped off." Did the Warhammer Party do it? "I''m not sure, and no one is going to investigate." Duke whispered: "At this time, whoever investigates these things will die. The gang members will be disbanded and recruited by other gangs." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 198 , special killing of individuals Chapter 198, Special Killing of Individuals There are two possibilities for the current chaos. One is that the Warhammer Party colludes with gangs and constantly causes trouble and harassment. The second type is that gangs take this opportunity to start robberies. Steal something for revenge. Once done, blame the Warhammer Party. ?Judging from the current situation, people in the city have no time to care about this. No matter which one, various gangs will probably start imitating it. It will only make things more confusing. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the others and asked, "What news do you have?" Mata said as she walked: "Many people have left here and plan to go out for a while and come back when the place stabilizes." Outside the city? Wu Heng asked. Its the same throughout the city. I heard that most of the gentlemen in the inner city have left a long time ago, and people in the outer city and outer districts are also leaving. Marta continued. Didnt the Warhammer Party block the road? Road closure only restricts the entry of caravans. The territory is so large that it is not difficult to leave. Thats right. The Warhammer Party set up roadblocks, mainly to block main roads. If you want to leave, you can take a detour. ?Or the people from the Warhammer Party will not block other people at all. Let everyone escape, and it will be easier for you to capture the city. Yes, thats right! Wu Heng nodded. All the way to the area he patrolled. Leading the squad to patrol. Late at night, just like last night, fighting broke out outside the city, and there were shouts of killing. ??Small-scale fighting also occurred in the outer city, but they were stopped by the Iron Guard Knights at the beginning and did not cause any chaos. ??Wu Heng and others brought blankets and found a new place to sleep. Wait until dawn. After get off work, everyone goes back to their homes! Wu Heng said. Everyone waved goodbye to him. ?Wu Heng walked towards his residence. As soon as I walked to the door, I saw several tall figures standing at the door waiting. ??The orc owner of the Maohu Armor Shop, Glask. Wu Heng walked over and said, "Boss, are you looking for me?" Hearing the sound, the orc boss looked up and immediately smiled, "Captain Wu Heng, you were not here just now, so we were waiting at the door for a while." Do you have a problem with me? "There has been a lot of chaos in the city recently, and the store may be closed for a while. We have made some armor you need in the warehouse and want to deliver it to you in advance." The boss took a careful look and said, "Is it convenient for you to see?" ?It seems that the people in the armor shop are also planning to evacuate here. Part of the armor Wu Heng ordered from them has already been produced. ?No one knows what will happen afterwards, so I want to deliver it to him in advance. Boss, you think this city will be lost? Wu Heng said directly. "I don''t dare to talk nonsense." The boss immediately denied it, and then said: "We are just doing a small business, and we have never been in arrears with taxes and protection fees in the city. At this time, we should avoid being among the Hui people." ??Wu Heng glanced around, pulled him aside, and whispered: "I won''t stop you from leaving, but we are also friends. Show me a clear way out, which way can I get out." The boss said softly: "As long as it is not a caravan, the Warhammer Party will basically charge some money and let them go. If you want to leave, it is best to go through the forest, either to the north or south, and you will definitely be able to hide for a month or two." it''s over." Okay, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. Those leather armors. How many other goods are left in your warehouse? Wu Heng continued to ask. There are also dozens of sets of iron armor and saddles and other leather goods. Based on the information you just gave me, if you offer me a good price, Ill take them all, and you wont have to sell them everywhere. Wu Heng said directly. The orc boss''s eyes lit up, he thought about it, and said: "Five gold coins, a total of 112 sets of leather armor, more than 80 sets of iron armor, and more than a hundred saddles and leather shields, I''ll give them all to you, but I only want gold coins." Gold coins are easy to carry. ?Silver coins are too heavy. It is difficult to escape without people noticing you if you carry silver coins with you. Okay, I want it! The smile on the boss''s face became even brighter, and he said with gratitude: "Thank you, captain. When the business resumes, I will make you a better armor...I will have someone pick it up now and deliver it to you." "I''ll go get it with you. Bringing so many armors here may cause trouble." Wu Heng followed and continued: "You ask someone to notify some weapons stores and medicinal material store owners who want low prices. For shipping, you can go to your store and find me, and I can help them clean up the goods." Okay, Ill get someone to do it right away. Outside the city, there is an abandoned old castle. In a dark, musty building, a middle-aged man in black dress sat with several guards. ?A few people were silent, waiting silently. ?Not long after, footsteps were heard outside. Several followers came in surrounded by several strong and tall orcs. ?One of them was wearing iron armor with a long sword hanging on his waist. He took off the hood on his head, revealing the image of an orc and huge fangs. If someone from the association is present, you will recognize the identity of the person in front of you at a glance. The backbone of the Warhammer Party, with a reward of 700 silver coins, and third-level meritorious service. "How is the plan going? The leader has urged us several times." The orc said directly. The man in formal attire said softly: "Three days later at night, someone will attack inside and open the north city gate. Then you can attack directly." Are the arrangements in place? It was arranged by a few masters and mobilized people from various forces. There is absolutely no problem. Those old guys can do these sneaky things. The orc said coldly. The man opposite had a slightly cold face, "Watch your words, and don''t forget who supported you after you were besieged by the Iron Guard Knights." "Don''t think you are so great." The orc stood on the chair with one leg. "Everyone wants what they need. You want to change the city lord, and we want to enter the city. From now on, we can cooperate normally." ??The man in the dress took a deep breath, not wanting to get angry with the bandits. continued: "After the master asks you to enter the city, you have to do something special." Say, dont waste time. After attacking the city, arrange for people to kill the 12 captains of the association. Dont touch anything on him and bring the body over. The orc raised his eyebrows and said, "You businessmen are not smart enough. Once a war starts, you will not know who is going, let alone find a captain." Easily identifiable, he is wearing the associations captains armor, with black hair and black eyes. He is the only one in the city who looks like this. "Okay, I understand." The orc nodded and emphasized, "Three days later at night, remember your arrangements and don''t let anything go wrong." Dont worry, everything has been arranged. Maohu Armor Shop. In the store. ?Wu Heng was sitting on one side, and there were at least eighty or ninety people sitting below him, either humans or orcs. ??They are all the owners of various shops in the outer city, as well as some of their followers. Boss Maoxun said directly: "This is Captain Wu Heng of the association. When I called everyone here, I also told you about the matter. If you are willing to sell the goods at a low price, Captain Wu Heng is willing to accept it and spare you all the trouble." Its easy to travel with, and its settled in gold coins, so its easy to carry. All the bosses looked at Wu Heng. They began to discuss in low voices with each other again. Wu Heng said directly: "Everyone, if you are willing to sell, you can tell me the type, quantity, and price of your goods." (End of this chapter) Chapter 199 , receive goods at low price Chapter 199, Receive the goods at a low price Everyone present looked at the figure in front of them at the same time. ?Luntam City is no longer safe, and the Warhammer Party may attack at any time. People can leave, but the goods in the city cannot be taken away. The Warhammer Party invaded the city and these goods could not be saved. Even if they didnt enter the city, they left and were left unattended for a long time, so the goods still couldnt be saved. ?This is Luntam City, a place with many gangs and mercenary groups. An unattended warehouse is like property lost on the street. It will be stolen within three days. The best way is to sell the squeezed goods before leaving. Change it into money and take it away. ??These days various shops are also discussing this matter, but the ones they choose are business groups, and the other parties are also selling goods. ?Now I finally found someone who is willing to accept it, but it sounds like the price will be lowered. This captain, can he feed so many of us? someone asked doubtfully. Not to mention that the Warhammer Party has blocked the road now, even in the past, it would be difficult for anyone to eat so much food. "It depends on what price you offer. If the price is favorable, I will naturally be willing to help you share the burden. If the price is not suitable, there is nothing I can do." Wu Heng said directly. Captain Wu Heng, what I sell in my shop are all cloths with high-quality cloth materials. I am willing to give up 30% of the profit to sell this batch of goods to you. A human boss sat on a chair and said with a smile. ?Wu Heng responded to what the other party said. Let 30%..., that is, give a 30% discount. ?This price is the same as the profit margin. When you customize goods in bulk from the Maolu Armor Shop, the discount given is similar to this. ? It should be their usual price when shipping in bulk. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party, shook his head and said: "It''s expensive, and you don''t have any sincerity. In the past, I would normally get more goods than you give me now." "Um..." The cloth shop owner''s smile was a little awkward. He seemed to have not expected that a new association captain, who had experience in taking goods in bulk, immediately explained, "Our cloths are all top-quality goods, and those of ordinary cloths are different." Can." ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand to stop it and said: "This boss will think about it for a moment, and we will discuss the price later." ?The cloth shop owner''s face turned red and he hesitated to speak. He sat back down amidst the snickers of other shop owners. Hands crossed and legs crossed, as if Im looking at what other people can offer. ?The scene was silent for a few seconds. An orc stood up and made an orc salute, and said in a deep voice: "Captain Wu Heng, I still have some weapons and shields left over there, which I can sell to you." ?Wu Heng has met this orc boss before. He is the owner of the Maolu armor shop and the weapons shop opposite. Wu Heng went to inquire about spear throwing styles before, and it was this shop that Duke took him to. We have met each other, but they are not familiar with each other. Of course you can, it depends on whether the price is favorable. ?The owner of the weapon shop said directly: "I will give you a 40% profit. The weapons are sold to mercenaries normally, and the quality can be guaranteed." Cloth or something like that is not something you need. If the price is cheap, you will want it. If the price is not much better, you wont want it. But weapons, relatively speaking, are a direction Wu Heng purchases. After all, Skeleton has also been using kitchen knives for a while, and now that he has the opportunity, he also wants to change to a batch of weapons. ?Although kitchen knives are easy to use, they are still different from real weapons. Lets get 60%, I want it. No, no, we are losing money. You are all leaving anyway, and we cant keep these things. Its better to take the money and go back to the tribe to live a good life. Wu Heng continued. The reason why he dared to lower the price was that the other party was in a hurry to leave. The orc boss still shook his head, pondered for a moment, and said: "The captain may not know something, but our people have been recruited by the city lord''s palace, and we can''t leave even if we want to. We need to work in the city to make arrows and repair weapons, and people will not leave. " As soon as these words came out, everyone at the scene was stunned. Immediately afterwards, some people began to sweat on their foreheads, shake their legs violently, and began to become uneasy. ?The craftsmen in the weapon shop have been detained to make arrows, so this battle is definitely going to start. Those in the inner city have more accurate intelligence. "Even if you stay, you won''t be able to keep the goods once war starts. You can give me a good price in the end, and I''ll take it if you can. After all, we all knew each other before." Wu Heng said directly. ??The orc boss narrowed his eyes slightly and glanced at the owner of the ''Maoxiu Armor Shop'' not far away. He still said: "50%." ??Wu Heng didn''t want to waste any more time with him, "Okay, I want all the goods in your store." The orc boss nodded, "Then I will go back and count the goods now and give you an accurate price." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. The orc boss stood up, turned around and left outside without paying attention to the others. At this time, the boss who just sold the cloth immediately said: "Well, captain, I just thought about it and gave you 50%." ??Wu Heng said directly: "You give 80% of the cloth, and I will pay 20%." This, this is a bit too low ??? Before he could bargain, other shop owners immediately stood up. Captain, I have a new batch of furniture here, including magic tools etched with runes, do you want them? I am from a medicine store. I have some medicines in the store that I can also sell to you. Jewelry is hard currency, you will never lose money when you buy it. . In an instant, the store started to become noisy. ?It was such a mess, you could only hear people quoting prices, but you couldn''t tell who belonged to which store. Wu Heng waved his hand and said: "Weapons, armor, and medicinal materials are purchased at 50%, and cloth, food, magic tools, and groceries are purchased at 20%. Bosses who are willing to sell can go back and prepare, and give me the list when the time comes. I''ll pick it up myself." Magical equipment refers to some furniture etched with runes, which is somewhat different from props. Used in daily life. ?There was a brief silence, and the scene became noisy again. "Captain, jewelry should be included in the 50%!" "Captain, don''t you want a girl? Why don''t you include slaves? They are all young girls." . ????????????????????????????????? At the same time as they were arguing, the door was pushed open directly. ?Several mercenaries wearing armor and hanging swords walked in. He glanced at everyone present, forced a smile on his serious face, and said, "We are from the Lyle Merchant Group. Is there anyone here who is purchasing goods from the warehouse?" Yes, what do you have in your warehouse? Wu Heng asked. cloth and spices. ?Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, and then said: "Acquire at 20% of the original price. If you can accept it, you can stay." The mercenary looked embarrassed and hesitated for a while, "Okay, I''ll sell it." Then he said, "Do you want horses and carriages?" You want to sell the carriage too? The horses originally used to pull goods in the city are also in their prime. If you need them, we will sell them to you at a low price. The mercenary continued. "Okay, I want it too. Let''s count the quantity of your goods. I will arrange for someone to check it then." Wu Heng said directly. Okay. The mercenaries came as quickly as they left. ? Turn around and leave here directly to go to the warehouse to count the goods. The mercenaries have just left. ?The doors opened again one after another. Several shop owners and mercenaries from other blocks walked in. Is this where the goods are collected? Wow~! The hall is noisier. "I''ve sold the cloth to you. I''ll go back now to count the goods and deliver them to you right away." I have a few more carriages over there, lets sell them to you too! The bosses who were haggling just now immediately stepped forward to confirm with Wu Heng that they wanted to sell goods. He rushed out of the store to count his goods. 9 o''clock in the morning. ?Wu Heng exchanged gold coins at the Snake Emblem Consortium. ??Took Anderweil with him, and started to go door-to-door to purchase goods according to the store name that he had previously recorded in the Maoxiu Armor Store. ?Wu Heng received the goods and the store received cash. Both sides achieved their goals. Basically, Wu Heng loaded the goods into the space ring after giving him the money. ?The boss immediately closed the shop and prepared to leave with his people. ?No one knows when the war will start, or the city gates will be closed to prevent people from leaving. It is better to leave as soon as possible. Looking at the desolate and desolate streets where every house was closed, Anderweil raised her head and looked over. Master, do you think the Warhammer Party will not attack? The rest of the people were selling goods at low prices, and only the owner was exchanging gold coins, sweeping all the shops. Collect any goods, even the most unpopular items, and buy them all back. This made her start to guess that Wu Heng had some gossip and would not start a war. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, but judging from the current situation, this battle is probably unavoidable." ?Each force has its own source of intelligence. The first group of people in the inner city have almost left, and now all the shop owners have also left. When I went to the Snake Emblem Consortium just now, I was on guard both inside and outside. Obviously the situation has reached a very serious point. Anderweil''s face began to look a little nervous, and she whispered: "Master, then you still accept these goods." Waiting for Wu Heng''s answer. Then he said: "Master, why don''t we go out and hide for a while? Even if we live outside for a while, Minnie and I can take good care of you." In her and Minnie''s eyes. The owner must be from some big family. Otherwise, he would not be generous. He is the captain of the association at a young age and has a good relationship with the head of the consortium. You must be afraid of hardship if you dont leave the city. But its better to endure a little hardship than to get involved in this battle! Wu Heng raised his hand and touched her little head. The two plush ears trembled slightly with the touch, "It hasn''t reached that point yet. Some things and their locations determine the responsibilities he needs to bear. They are The businessman is a mercenary and can drop everything and leave. I am the captain of the association and cannot run away if I hear the wind." Anderweil seemed to understand the meaning and nodded, "It''s up to the master." "Don''t worry, even if there is a war, I can take you away." Wu Heng said. The two of them continued to the remaining shops. Purchase all the goods in the warehouse. Along the way, some business groups still came over, asked him about the price, and sold all the goods to him. Wait until its all over. ??Wu Heng looked at Anderweil and said: "Buy some daily necessities for your tribe. The shops are closed recently, so they should try not to go out. If there is really danger, go to Wen Mansha of the Spike Gang." Oh okay, Ill do it now. After settling in, go home as soon as possible and dont stay outside. Yeah! Anderweil nodded and walked quickly towards the store. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence with the goods. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 200 , Skeleton Soldiers Dress Up Chapter 200, Skeleton soldiers change their clothes Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng briefly freshened up, opened the door, and went to the zombie world. The hotel on the other side is already filled with goods that have been shipped several times in succession. ??This purchase has once again squandered all the money I saved from raiding the gold store last time. But the gains are still significant. In addition to weapons and armor for his own use, he can also make a lot of money by reselling cloth, spices, and various daily necessities. No matter how much you think about it, you wont pay any compensation. ?Before, Wu Heng also thought about waiting for chaos in the city, taking advantage of the situation with skeletons, and doing a zero-yuan purchase. But as soon as I thought about it, I just gave up. If a war really starts, it doesnt matter whether you have the energy to go to various warehouses to search for things. Even if you can go, being seen by someone will damage your reputation. After all, I still have the status of an association captain. I hope that I can be promoted to deacon through promotion, but when the time comes, I will get paid and not work. There cannot be any omissions because of this matter. ?Wu Heng asked people to clear out the mobile business hall and bookstore next to the hotel, and moved the goods in batches. After everything is done. ??Wu Heng pointed at a skeleton wearing leather armor and holding a spear and said, "Come here." ??The skeleton walked up the steps and stood upright in front of him. ?Wu Heng glanced up and down and saw that it had reached level 6. It is the top level skeleton among transformed skeletons. The higher the level, the more experience is required. Level 6 is the highest level for ordinary zombies to transform into skeletons. Among the skeletons, there are already quite a few level five skeletons, and they are still increasing rapidly. It is the backbone of the entire skeleton army. Take off your leather armor. The skeleton put down the spear in his hand and began to take off his leather armor, revealing the empty white bones. ?Wu Heng walked around among the armor piles, pulled out a set of human plate armor and handed it to it. Try it on and try it on! The skeleton took the plate armor and began to put it on his body. Plate armor is this type of armor. ?The outside is metal, and the inside has one side of thick leather. There are also some requirements for wearing it. Those whose strength and physique are not up to standard will become a burden after wearing them. Moving is like carrying a heavy weight on your body, let alone fighting. ?In the profession, most swordsmen will not wear this kind of full-coverage plate armor, but will use leather armor for partial protection. The skeleton warrior put on his plate armor and stood up straight in front of him again. All parts of the body are covered by silver iron armor, only dry bones can be seen under the helmet. Take two steps! Ta Ta Ta ~! ??The skeleton warrior took two steps forward. Go over there and back. ??The skeleton warrior moved forward, walked to the wall, then turned around and walked back. There is no problem with the action. ??Continued to command the skeleton to pick up the spear and make two gestures in the air, but there was no problem. Among the attributes of the undead, there is no such thing as endurance. There is no need to worry about running out of energy. Take out all the higher-level skeletons, take off their leather armor, and put on this plate armor. Wu Heng said directly. The big skull gave the order. Amid the sound of bones rubbing against each other. A large group of skeletons came out and began to replace the leather armor on their bodies with plate armor. ??The Maolu Armor Shop gave him only more than 40 sets of human-sized plate armor. But they were not the only ones who bought the armor warehouse that Wu Heng bought. After the skeletons finished changing into plate armor, they roughly counted and found that the number of people wearing plate armor reached more than 130. ?Wearing silver armor and holding a spear. ?Standing at the foot of the steps, his power suddenly increased a lot. Next, Wu Heng continued to make ordinary skeletons wear leather armor and change the kitchen knives in their hands. ?Weapons are divided into five types. Iron swords, maces, one-handed battle axes, and shields. ??The bows, crossbows and arrows in the weapon shop were all requisitioned by Luntam City, leaving only these melee weapons. After all the skeletons are equipped. Reform the team and stand at the bottom of the steps. ?Standing on the steps and looking around, the original queue took on a new look. At the front is a skeleton holding a spear and wearing plate armor, standing in the sun, shining brightly. At the back are sword and shield and sword and shield skeletons, and behind them are battle ax and war hammer skeletons. The rest is still the Chopper Team. The number still accounts for the majority of the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng looked at his team and nodded with satisfaction. ??The Warhammer Party is really a threat to us, so we can give them a fight. The numbers and momentum may not be lost to them. ?Standing above, I took a look. Continue to walk downstairs and release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] towards the pile of corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground. ?Continue to direct them to pick up the replaced kitchen knives and stand in the queue. When everything is almost done. Wu Heng continued to open the map, found a place that had not been cleared, and approached with the skeleton, preparing to clear out the zombies. 5:30 pm. ??The third wave of cleanup is located in a community called Fujing''an Community. Like a flood, the corpses gathered from the road in the distance and rushed towards the group of skeletons appearing in front. Iron spears rained down from overhead. It crashed into the zombie group, and the corpses fell in pieces. Before they could stand up, they were trampled to the ground by the corpse group behind them, making no sound. ??After throwing the spear, Wu Heng gave an order, and the skeleton army began to charge. ?Wearing bright silver armor and holding a spear, he took the lead in crashing into the group of corpses. ?Hunt the zombies in the front row upside down and fly out, causing them to fall to the ground. At the same time, maces chipped away at skulls, and tomahawks and machetes decapitated large swaths of heads. The skeleton army showed unprecedented lethality. Like a killing machine. The corpses fell one by one, and there was not much power to fight back. ??Wu Heng stood at the rear and continued to observe the battlefield ahead. A little surprised and nodded with satisfaction. It seems that the money was not wasted. A large number of zombies were killed. ?The system prompt appears again. Your level has been raised to level 9, with constitution +1 and intelligence +1. Unlock feat: Magical Senses. Magic Sense: You have a strong sixth sense for the magic around you and can sense the existence of magical aura, Perception +3. The level has been improved. And unlocked another feat. ? It seems that starting from level 6, you can unlock some characteristics or expertise every time you upgrade. ?This time its the magic sense. Can have a strong sixth sense for magical auras. ?Wu Heng himself released a [Dancing Light Technique], felt it, and felt nothing. I dont understand what this sixth sense means. The expertise also adds 3 points to perception, which is actually not bad. Attributes are still very important. Soon, the battle ahead ended. ??Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to start cleaning the battlefield, and a large number of corpses were carried back to the hotel. After transforming the corpse for a while, he returned to his residence. Association. There is something wrong with the atmosphere in the conference room. ?Two of the team captains did not arrive and did not explain, but everyone knew that this was a farewell without saying goodbye. ?No one is stupid enough to actually hand in their resignation before leaving. By then, no one will be able to leave. ?Wu Heng doesnt care about any of this. If that doesnt work, he can just hide back in the zombie world. Theres nothing to be afraid of. ??Wu Heng stepped forward to draw lots, and this time he was lucky. It was for patrol in the inner city. Return to the squad. All four of his team members were sitting in the room. ??Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said, "Let''s go. It will be easier in the inner city today." A few people got up and walked outside. ??Duke stepped forward and said: "Captain, Glaske didn''t go out." ?Grask is the owner of the Maoxu armor store. He sold all his inventory from Wuheng today. "What''s wrong?" Recruited by the Knights of the Iron Guard to repair leather goods. Lets leave early. Wu Heng said. "He is probably being targeted. If he moves, he will be detained. There are not many people left in the city." Duke continued. ??Wu Heng had no choice, "We may not really start fighting, we just have to do our job well." ?Several people left the association and patrolled the designated city wall. Looking for a place to sleep late at night. Go home to rest at dawn and head to the zombie world in the afternoon. afternoon. The convoy returns. Qiangzi, Wang Chenggang and others looked at the skeleton army that had changed its equipment from a distance. His face was full of surprise. "Why are you wearing iron armor and having weapons? What''s going on?" Wang Chenggang asked in disbelief. Damn! It feels like a dj vu in The Lord of the Rings. They believed the ability to summon skeletons was a supernatural power. ??Even the weapons and equipment have been changed now, which is a bit too much! ?This kind of armor and weapons cannot be made even in prisons, and there are such a large number of them. Qiangzi was also a little surprised, but after all, he had seen skeletons equipped with leather armor before, so he quickly accepted it. He shook his legs and said, "What''s all the fuss about? The underworld has sent out the equipment." Holy shit, it really has something to do with the underworld. I didnt know, Sister Hong wont let me talk nonsense. The other people were even more surprised. This year, good night! (End of this chapter) Chapter 201 , Captain, the city gate is open (Update today.) Chapter 201, Captain, the city gate is open (last update today.) In the hotel. ?Li Yahong sat at the table, tilting her chin and watching Wu Heng eat without blinking. "What''s wrong? Why are you looking at me like that?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong still looked at him, raising her head with a smile on her face, "She''s fair and clean, so pretty." "Are you sick? You sound like a gangster." Wu Heng was speechless. Maybe thats it! Li Yahong winked without showing any signs of weakness. ?Wu Heng grabbed her arm and pulled her into his arms. Hand out your hand to undo the buckle on your back and put it on your chest. "You, you know how to start a fire every day, and then you ignore it. You have no sense of responsibility at all." Wu Heng said directly. Li Yahong hung one hand on his shoulder and swung her legs in the air twice, "Letting you touch it casually is not considered responsible. The environment here is too bad and the air is stinky. How can I bother to do that?" He paused for a moment and said shyly: "Sooner or later, I''ll be fine, so why worry!" If Wu Heng insists. ?Li Yahong would definitely agree. But as she said, the environment here is a bit too bad. For Li Yahong, it is not a suitable place. ??Wu Heng didnt force anything, he lowered his head and approached the other persons chest, Its up to you! Be gentle. Li Yahong said, gently holding the mans head. After a while. The two of them separated. Li Yahong put on her coat and said, "Do you want to take all these goods back? Or do you want to put them here first?" ??Li Yahong was no longer surprised when strange and weird goods suddenly appeared. She doesnt want to know her mans secrets. Even if you inquire about it, it may be difficult for you to understand the reason. As long as you continue to maintain your current life and develop better, that''s fine. ?If you think too much in this world, you will only drive yourself crazy. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to bring these back. Your fleet only needs to plunder the supplies from the stores and prepare for the winter." Cloth, spices, and some ores are of little use if they are transported to the prison. The main thing is to wait for the end of Luntam City and take them back to resell them. Going back and forth is time-consuming and laborious. Its better to just put it here and keep it a little better so that it doesnt get dirty or damaged. Okay! Li Yahong came over and turned her back, Tie it on for me. Wu Heng walked over and fastened her buttons while saying, "I have also cleaned up several nearby communities, and I will let Qiangzi and the others search them." You are working so hard now. The supply prison has enough to survive the winter, so there is no need to be in such a hurry. Li Yahong said. "Well, try to collect as many as possible." Wu Heng replied casually and continued: "By the way, the next time you come here, bring the heavy machine guns on the wall with you, um... bring two of them, I will Useful." ?Li Yahong was a little confused. ??Firearms are still powerful, but their effectiveness against zombies is not obvious. ??And the prison does not have many bullet reserves. I cant figure out what the use is of bringing it here. But Wu Heng needed it, and she didnt want to ask any more questions. Then she immediately reacted and said, "The wall is guarded by skeletons. What if I''m not allowed to demolish it?" Among living creatures, skeletons only obey orders from Wu Heng. Unless an order is given to follow someone''s orders, other people cannot mobilize the skeleton. ??If you go up rashly and perform actions that are contrary to Wu Heng''s orders, you are likely to be directly attacked by skeletons. ??Li Yahong didn''t want to die in the hands of the skeleton because of her negligence at this moment. I will inform Datou then and let him accompany you there and give orders to the skeleton. Wu Heng said. "good!" The two briefly discussed the next plan and arranged their clothes. We walked out of the building together. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to assemble. Li Yahong took the map and told Qiangzi and the others where they could move the supplies. When everything is ready, lets set off together. Go to a new location and continue killing zombies. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng returned with a large number of skeletons. Skeletons piled corpses on their shoulders across from the hotel. In one afternoon, a total of corpses in four residential areas were cleared. The experience has been improved, but there is still a long way to go before being upgraded. During the harvest, in addition to piles of corpses, two banks on the roadside were also searched and found one 100-gram gold bar and twelve 10-gram gold bars. Its an unexpected surprise. The hotel lobby. Why dont you come back with me? Well come back together then! Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Sooner or later, it''s all yours, why are you so anxious!" Whos in a hurry? Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him. "I will go back in a few days." Wu Heng touched her head, "By the way, after I go back, I will go to find the alchemy skeleton and bring back some spiritual and healing potions, as well as those potions for corpse cores. Also speed up. Why do you think those skeletons of yours will listen to me? Li Yahong asked. The alchemy skeleton has high intelligence and is no different from normal people. He can understand it if you speak normally. Wu Heng said with a smile. "Oh well!" ?Li Yahong hung her arms on his shoulders, glanced at him, raised her head and closed her eyes. ?Wu Heng held the back of the other person''s head and kissed him gently. After a while, after they separated again. Li Yahong then said: "I''m leaving, see you next time." Machine guns, medicaments, dont forget them. Dont worry, I can forget the car, but I cant forget your things either. Li Yahong left and boarded the bus. After waving goodbye, he led the convoy and left quickly. Go through the boundary gate and return to your residence. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. Since the store is closed again, Minnie and Andwyer have nothing to do now. Lets prepare dinner together at home. Three people sat at the table to eat. ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there any news in the city?" Andewil said: "Basically all the people in the outer areas of the city have left, and there are empty houses everywhere." What about the outer city? There are also a lot fewer people in the outer city. There are only some grain stores and daily necessities shops open, and everyone who can walk has left. The rest of the people are local residents. Anderweier continued to answer after a dull moment. ??If it werent for the fact that the whole family is in the city. ?It would be difficult to run out, fearing that the city would be empty. Hmm. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, Hasnt Wen Mansha been here? "Yesterday I went to visit Sister Wen Mansha. The Spike Gang was assigned patrol duties, and their actions were watched. They won''t be able to come over for a short time. Let me tell you." Anderweil said. The Spike Gang is a gang, with one or two thousand people in the gang. Even if they are assigned patrol duties, there will definitely be some supervision. Once so many people rebel from the city, things will be serious. ?Wen Mansha is indeed right not to come over for the time being. Hmm. Wu Heng hummed and didnt say much. After dinner, I continued to give them instructions. He went directly to the association to continue tonight''s patrol mission. Todays patrol location is still in the inner city. Lead the team members on a patrol along the road. I found a random place and slept in the corner. After daybreak, everyone returns to their homes. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng glanced at the glow that dyed the sky red and ordered the battlefield to be cleaned. The skeleton army began to carry the corpses. ??Line up a long and slender queue to and from the hotel where you live. ??Wu Heng stood there and watched, and at the same time opened the panel and took a look at his experience. Level: 949828/64000 In two days, the zombies were cleared in eight or nine locations. The rate of experience improvement is slower than calculated. But its not bad, I can reach level ten tomorrow. It is recorded in the Book of the Dead that level 10 belongs to third-level professionals. The strength will also be significantly improved. At that time, you will be able to gain more protection against the threat from the Warhammer Party. Wait until the body is removed. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the corpse and continued to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. When the time was almost up, we headed to Luntam City to prepare for tonight''s patrol mission. Association, squad lounge. Opening the door, all members sat in the room. Captain, where are we going today? Duke asked. Today is the outer city area. Lets go there early and find a place to rest after patrolling. Wu Heng said. As the past few days have passed, I have gotten used to the night. Its nothing more than walking around a few times, and then finding a place to sleep when it gets dark. Captain, my mother asked me to bring you a fur. Its bearskin, its warm. Duke said, picking up a black fur from the ground, shaking it off, and putting it on him to try on. It is indeed made of bearskin, and you can see the shape of a bear''s head. ?Just seeing this bear skin, the first impression that came to my mind was Yuli, that little druid girl. For me? Wu Heng touched the fur. Ah, I said humans dont like these, and she had to ask me to bring her over, but there was nothing I could do. Duke scratched his head. Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "Okay, I''ll take it. What has your mother prepared for you?" Blanket, its in your space ring! Ill cover you with fur tonight. The whole skin is quite valuable. My mother knows she can beat me to death, so just take whats given to you. ?A few people walked and chatted until they left the inner city. There were no more people on the streets in the outer city. Most shops have been closed. ? ? Occasionally, the door panels were smashed open and the inside was ransacked. ? I still underestimated the efficiency here. It took only three days, but someone took action in one night. Marta, we are patrolling the outer city today! Suddenly, a questioning voice came from the other side. ?Looking ahead, I saw an old orc woman walking through the alleyway carrying half a bag of rice and holding an orc child with her left and right hands. Ah, why are you still walking around outside? Marta said. I came out to buy some things and will go back now. The old woman grinned, her wrinkled skin squeezed together like tree bark. ?Maka nodded, "Go back quickly, don''t go out if you have nothing to do." Okay. The old woman agreed and left with the child. ?Wu Heng watched the old woman leave. Marta explained: The whole family is here, and most of them choose to stay. Arent you afraid of the Warhammer Party? Wu Heng was curious. ??Marta thought for a while and said: "Actually... everyone is betting that the Warhammer Party can''t attack, or that the Warhammer Party just wants to occupy the city and will not harm ordinary residents." After a moment of silence, Marta added, "Luntam City is not peaceful to begin with." Arrived at the patrol location. ?Wu Heng led his team to climb the city wall. Several familiar gang members nodded in this direction as a greeting. ?Standing on the city wall and looking down. ??The buildings close to the city wall have been demolished, leaving an isolation zone of about 100 meters to ensure that the enemy will not use the houses to attack the city wall. ??Above the city wall, guarded by the Iron Guard Knights and gang members in the city. The Knights of the Iron Guard are quite serious, but the gang members themselves are relatively lazy, looking around, and obviously not paying attention. To put it bluntly, these gangs are unlucky to be recruited. ??If you were in a small gang, they might all have run away by now. ??There is no way to escape now. Once the war breaks out, we have to rush to the front. The night is getting darker. ?The sky seemed to be covered with a curtain. There were only the torches on the city wall, emitting orange-red firelight, crackling burning sounds, and people''s slight conversations. ??Wu Heng took his people and walked along the city wall. After confirming that there was no problem, he waved his hand and said, "Let''s go down." ?A few people climbed down the city wall while no one was paying attention. In an empty shop, lay out a blanket and rest directly. Waiting for daybreak. Late night. ?There were curses and shouts outside the house, as well as the sound of swords and swords being struck. ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes and saw the thief "Bulk" standing next to him. Whats wrong? Wu Hengs eyes instantly turned cold. Captain, its bad, theres a fight outside. The thief said immediately. ?At the same time, everyone else also opened their eyes. The noise outside was a little louder. ?Wu Heng motioned for everyone to be quiet. Go to the window and look outside. The building was in flames and smoke was rising. ?Countless gang members dressed in different styles fought with the guards at the city wall. ?Shouts of murder and curses. You can hear the sound of the crossbow and the sorrow of the crossbow. Marta shared the vision of the beast. His face also became grim, and he said: "Captain, the city gate is open, and the Warhammer Party has entered." The expressions of several people in the room changed instantly. The Warhammer Party really took action. The city walls were opened in this way. ?Wu Heng did not answer. The shouts of killing and the sounds of fighting outside the house are getting louder and louder, and the fighting area is approaching here. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of violent banging on the door was heard. ?At the same time, harsh curses were heard, "There are still people here, come quickly and kill them together." ۡ! Continue to hit twice. ?The door fell to the ground with a loud sound, raising a cloud of smoke and dust. Immediately following, five orcs wearing various armors and white cuffs on their arms rushed in. His whole body was stained with blood, and he exuded a sinister aura. However, when he saw the people and their costumes in the room clearly, his expression froze. Xie, people from the association. The orc who just shouted about the intruder paused. ?Then one person pushed him away and cursed: "Association, what are you afraid of? We have already fought here. Who knows when we will kill them." "That is, if we capture the city, the entire association will have to be replaced. What are you afraid of now?" Someone echoed. Kill them and dont let them escape. "kill." ?Bang bang bang~! Before a few people finished speaking. ?Wu Heng opened the safety immediately and fired several shots. The people in front were shot in the head and fell to the ground. ??The two people behind them didn''t even see what the other party did, and three of them died in an instant. He turned around and exited the room, disappearing into the chaotic streets. Dont chase him, just run away. Wu Heng said. Duke came over and stood in front of Wu Heng, "Captain, what should we do?" Duke hasn''t finished speaking yet. There was a loud noise outside the door again. The two people who escaped came over with more gang members. He cursed and blocked the door. ?Wu Heng''s eyes instantly narrowed, he glanced at the thieves in the team, and then quickly looked away. Get ready to fight! While speaking, release [Corpse Slaying Technique]. ?The three corpses blocking the door stood up one after another and stood aside. Kill out! Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 202 , the backbone of the Warhammer Party Chapter 202, Backbone of the Warhammer Party Suddenly there was a loud shouting and cursing outside. ?The two gang members who fled back brought more people, including at least forty or fifty people in Urala. ? Holding a torch in his hand, he stood outside and listened to the two men describing the situation just now. In the house, Wu Heng faced the corpse and directly released the [Corpse Slaying Technique]. Three corpses blocking the door stood up one after another. Staggering on his feet, he bent down to pick up the fallen weapon. Duke, Mata and the others subconsciously took a step back. ??This was the first time I saw Wu Heng using the "Corpse" spell. He almost forgot that his captain was a necromancer. After confirming that the body was in no danger, he quickly calmed down. ??It doesnt matter what trick you use now, as long as it can solve the current dilemma. ??Wu Heng glanced at the gang members outside and directly ordered, "Kill out!" The three rotting corpses turned around and walked out of the wooden house. With a rotten face, he looked at the gang members gathering in the distance and charged directly towards them with weapons in hand. It was dark at night, and torches provided limited lighting. ??Many gang members were stunned when they found their recently deceased companion running towards them. Are you okay? Why are you running? Whats the matter with you? Someone realized something was wrong and started shouting loudly. But the carrion made no response, and the pace quickened again, like a wild beast, running wildly. They are not human beings who shoot arrows. Every member of the gang reacted immediately and directly ordered the arrows to be fired. Swish swish swish~! The arrows from the bow and crossbow flew out quickly and instantly penetrated the bodies of the three people who were charging forward. The few running people just swayed and rushed towards the crowd in front with the arrows on their bodies. ?Just as he rushed over, he was beaten to death by numerous gang members. The body lay at his feet. One person stepped on the corpses under his feet, took a closer look at the torch, and said, "Carrion! Someone turned them into carrion." Carrion. Everyone frowned. How can you turn people into rotten corpses without mentioning that they are members of the association? ?However, they havent figured it out yet. ?Bang bang bang~! Three corpses lying on the ground suddenly exploded like inflated balloons. ?Thick green poisonous smoke instantly filled the entire place. In the blink of an eye, the gathered gang members were covered. Everyone was coughing and retching, feeling dizzy and blocking their vision. Damn it, its poisonous, spread out and dont gather here. Someone shouted. Everyone stumbled and tried to disperse. At this moment, a harsh explosion came from the distance again. ?Bang bang bang~! Violent gunfire rang out from the front. Bawudong and Huo Ren walked out of the building with assault rifles. The sight of the undead is not affected by smoke and darkness, and can clearly capture the figure in the poisonous fog. The bullets were shot out intensively, and a wail erupted instantly. ??Wu Heng released the [White Bone Armor], and the terrifying white bones wrapped the body, leaving only gaps for the eyes, mouth and nose. Lead the team members and follow him out of the wooden house. Looked at the poisonous fog and the gang members who struggled to come out. He said directly: "Two people work together and kill those who escape without leaving a hand." Yes, Captain. ?A few people nodded and quickly rushed out to attack the poisoned gang members. Soon, the battle ended. The smoke dispersed, leaving a pile of corpses on the ground. Someone is coming again, and there are quite a few of them. Marta came over quickly and said directly. She should have been attracted by the sound of gunfire. Whose side? Like them, wearing white cuffs. It seems that he is still the other party''s person. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Go and ask everyone to bring over all the corpses nearby. No matter who they belong to, as long as they are corpses." Okay! Marta walked down quickly. Together with several other people, he moved all the corpses nearby and threw them together. Including the gang members who just died. There are about seventy or eighty of them collected in total. Judging from their appearance, they are all gang members or mercenaries. The collection is almost the same. ??Wu Heng directly released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the corpses on the ground were transformed into rotting corpses, and their bodies stood up swaying. Pick up the weapons. All the rotting corpses bent down, picked up the weapons on the ground, and carried them in their hands. Soon, the people Marta mentioned rushed over from one side. There were both humans and orcs, frowning at the many carrion corpses in the darkness. ??Wu Heng checked the white cuff on the opponent''s arm and directly ordered, "Attack!" Hurrah! The rotten corpse standing on the spot immediately started running. Hurry towards the enemy on the opposite side. For a time, there was a loud sound of slashing and killing. At the city wall. ??The city gate opened wide, and a large number of Warhammers poured into the city, killing the city guards in front. ?These people are strong and wear dark iron armor. In terms of equipment, they are no worse than the Iron Guard Knights, and they are extremely fierce, showing super strong combat effectiveness. The two sides fought fiercely under the city wall. ?Corpse lay all over the ground, and broken limbs and arms could be seen everywhere. Members of the Iron Guard Knights and defense gangs formed a shield formation and still persisted in resisting. ?No one expected that a moment of negligence would lead to the city gate being opened directly. ?At this time, the Warhammer Party''s offensive suddenly slowed down. The crowd separated to the left and right, making way for only one person to pass. A tall orc, wearing blood-red iron armor and carrying a huge toothed battle ax, staggered in. Looking at the shield array in front of him. ?Hold the battle ax tightly with both hands, kick your feet, and your whole body will be shot out. Bang~! A loud roar. The battle ax was swung up and slashed diagonally on the shield. In an instant, the member holding the shield flew three to four meters upside down, knocking over a large crowd behind him. ??The orcs led the Warhammer Party into the queue. The battle ax in their hands was like a rotating storm, opening and closing, sweeping away all the surrounding enemies. The corpses of all those who blocked him were shattered into pieces, and they were extremely miserable. In the blink of an eye, the formation of the Iron Guard Knights was shattered. No fewer than ten people died on the spot. ??The orcs stood upright on the spot and roared: "Warhammer Party Blood Ax-Nagzio, whoever stands in my way will die!" The sound is like a loud bell, floating back and forth in the night sky. ??The defending party''s face suddenly changed drastically, and they looked at the tall orc in the middle in horror. Damn it, the backbone of the Warhammer Party. "Blood Axe, wasn''t he killed outside during the last round of siege? Why is he still here?" He is at least level 10 or above, how to fight him! The backbone of the Warhammer Party. He actually led the team to attack this city wall. ??The city gates were wide open, and everyone was already losing their fighting spirit. Now that a cadre with a notorious reputation came, everyone began to tremble in their hearts. Hands of eyes darted around, looking for an escape route. ?No one wants to face such a murderous god. The team began to show signs of collapse. The commander of the Iron Guard quickly shouted: "Go and inform the inner city that Blood Ax is here and arrange for reinforcements to come over. The rest of the people will continue to hold their formation and wait for the reinforcements to arrive." ?The words were shouted loudly, but facing the backbone of the Warhammer Party, many people still did not dare to resist head-on. As the tall orc advanced, he retreated little by little. In terms of momentum, he has already fallen behind. Several gang leaders who were assisting in the defense also shouted loudly, "Kill the enemy, whoever is not carrying his head on his shoulders is afraid of what they will do." The voice was loud and loud, but his steps had no intention of moving forward. He just kept urging others to stop the Warhammer Party from moving forward. Warhammer Party-Blood Axe, has a third-level meritorious service on the wanted list. It means that the level is definitely above level ten, even reaching level 12 or 3. A battle ax gave him his current vicious reputation. Orcs are already physically strong, with strong vitality and blood, and are exuding a blood-red murderous aura. Whoever goes up there now is seeking death. If you go, you will just be chopped off by the other party. ?The Warhammer Party became even more murderous when they saw the timid appearance of the city guards. He rushed into the crowd like crazy and started killing the target non-stop. ??Blood Ax laughed loudly, "Kill everyone, occupy the city tonight, sleep with women, and live in the inner city." Sleeping women, live in the inner city! Everyone shouted in unison, and their morale was high. As soon as the words fell, the Warhammer Party began to launch a frenzied attack. ??The Warhammer party was overwhelming and broke up the formation. ?The Knights responded in a panic. The gang members who were assisting in the defense did not have much fighting spirit. Faced with such a fierce enemy, they turned around and fled. In an instant, chaos broke out, with countless casualties and casualties. Theres something going on over there! Suddenly someone shouted. ??The attacking Warhammer party suddenly slowed down and all looked to one side. From the alleyway on one side, billowing green smoke came out. Dark green smoke filled the air from the alley. Following that, the sound of chaotic footsteps sounded. The cold moonlight barely penetrated the smoke, and figures could be seen, like ghosts, getting clearer and clearer from far to near. ?These figures move stiffly and wear different types of armor. On the exposed skin, you can see the flesh and blood turned out, but no blood is seen flowing out. Undead carrion? Xue Ax narrowed his eyes and stared at the sudden appearance of the team in confusion. ??Luntam City is a mixed bag, so its not surprising that there are necromancers in the city. But, the scale in front of us. The rotting corpses were getting closer and closer. When they reached the entrance of the alley, the group of rotting corpses suddenly became violent. ?The steps forward gradually accelerated, and then changed from walking to running, like a crazy beast, rushing towards the Warhammer Party. In the blink of an eye, he was killed from a distance in front of him. ??Blood Ax snorted coldly, raised his foot and kicked one of them away, and swept the battle ax in his hand, cutting off five or six corpses that came towards him. The blood and internal organs spread like scattered flowers, filling the surrounding area. "How fragile!" Blood Ax said, "You continue to kill the Iron Guard Knights, and the rest of the group will kill these rotten corpses with me." Yes! Everyone responded and followed up to kill the rotting corpses. ??Blood Ax kept swinging the battle ax in his hand, leading the Warhammer Party to kill the carrion that rushed towards him. Just when the killing is smooth. ?Bang bang bang~! A violent explosion sounded, and all the killed corpses exploded one after another, forming large sheets of dense smoke. The faster you kill, the more bodies there are and the thicker the smoke. In an instant, it permeates the entire area. Xue Ax''s expression changed drastically. No one expected that the inside of the corpse was still poisonous. Damn it. ??The rotting corpses are still coming at them, but as long as they are killed, poisonous mist will be released. If you dont kill them, these rotting corpses will keep attacking. ??His cold eyes glanced at the direction where the carrion was attacking. Look for the Necromancer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 203 , you dare to kill your own team members Chapter 203: Do you dare to kill your own team members? ??Blood Ax didn''t expect that the opponent would play this way. ??Originally, they were only thought to be reinforcements from Luntam City to support the defense of the city wall, but now they are somewhat uncertain about the identity of the other party. There was no regard for the life or death of the people on both sides. ?Poisonous gas spread throughout the place. Not only the members of the Warhammer Party were affected by the poisonous gas, but the situation was even more unfavorable for those knights and gang members who were already struggling. One by one, they lost their ability to fight and fell limply to the ground. ?Xue Ax took out a bottle of medicine from his waist, opened it and poured it down with his head tilted back. Then he tore open the cloth on his body, wetted it with water and covered his mouth and nose. Being in the fog for a long time will affect your senses and make you unable to identify the direction around you, but you can still identify your location through the direction in which the corpses are rushing. Looking towards the direction where the corpses were coming, looking for the figure of the Necromancer. ??It is said that the mage is physically weak, and the problem can be solved by just rushing over and killing the opponent. Xue Axes face also became serious and hard to look at. ?Haunted loudly: "The guy who controls the undead is on the opposite side. Anyone who can stand up will kill me and chop off his head for a reward of gold coins." Okay. Scattered responses came from all around, and it was obvious that not many people were able to take action. With one kick of the blood axe, he went straight towards the opposite side. ? ? The battle ax kept swinging, killing the oncoming carrion in two pieces and splitting it into pieces. However, he just rushed forward a distance of three or four meters. ?Suddenly he stopped walking and held the battle ax across his chest. ~! A long sword burning with flames cut through the fog and struck the long handle of the battle axe. There was a deafening metallic chime. The huge force made Xue Ax take a step back. Before he could stand still, there was another whistling sound from the side, the poison was blown away by the wind, and the whip legs wearing leg armor roared towards him. Xue Ax''s body instantly tensed up and his ribs stiffened to catch the opponent''s blow. The body moved two steps to the left again. Look suddenly. Then he saw two figures standing in front of him. One was wearing iron armor and holding a flaming sword in his hand. The other was bare-chested, a skeleton with an iron-gray skeleton. The upper body armor was wrapped around the waist and hanging from the thighs. . Gaba Gaba~! ??Xue Ax shook his neck, his bones made a sound of friction, and he said with a ferocious smile: "The mage is really afraid of death, and he still has two guards around him." The two skeletons in front of me are different from the rotting corpses just now. Judging from the previous confrontation, his strength is not inferior to him. In any force, a master of this level can reach a higher position. Now he can only become the mage''s undead attendant. ?The identity of the other party is obviously not simple either. ?But everything is not important. The Warhammer Party has been surrounded and suppressed many times, and was also linked to the Professionals Association. Siege the city was their only option. ?It doesnt matter what the other persons background is. Since he dares to participate in this war, he can only die. In the dark night, no one answered the words of Blood Axe. ?? He glanced at the figure in front of him and rushed over again with his battle ax in hand. The battle ax opened and closed in the air, avoiding the poisonous fog, and slashed at the figure blocking the road ahead. ??The Fire Blade carried the long fire sword, and while fighting with it, Bawudong wandered beside the orc, constantly taking advantage of the gaps to attack special places such as the bend of the leg, the lower back, and the ribs. ??Constantly dealing with the blood axe, delaying the opponent''s progress. As time went by, Xue Ax''s face became more and more ugly. There were not many sounds of fighting in the poisonous mist, which meant that there were not many of his men left. Even though he himself has a strong body and can better resist the effects of toxins on his body, staying in it for a long time will also deepen the effects of poisoning. ?The brain is reacting, but the body can no longer keep up with the movements. ?After a few times, the two opposite men found an opportunity and left wounds on their bodies. And these wounds, when exposed to the poisonous mist, began to turn purple and fester, continuing to affect his battle. Poof~! Blood Ax glanced at his deformed arms and rotten abdomen, and cursed in a low voice: "Necromancer, will you just hide like a mouse? Do you dare to come out? I will let the three of you attack together. I." The voice echoed in the night sky, but there was still no response. Blood Ax continued to shout, "I think you are just a reptile who is afraid of death, a dirty sludge." He yelled, made a feint of charging forward, turned around, changed direction, and shouted, "Retreat." He rushed forward, knocked away the iron-gray skeleton beside him, and ran towards the city gate. Very fast. He didn''t care whether the other men heard him or not, and ran away with his battle ax. However, when rushing to the city gate. Xue Axs expression suddenly changed. ?The tall city gate has been closed, and dozens of rotting corpses are blocking the door, like guards. When the poisonous mist first spread across the entire site, it had already blocked the entry of the Warhammer Party outside the city. ??The carrion followed the order and closed the city gate, but no one noticed it. Xue Ax turned around and wanted to retreat and climb the city wall. At this time, Huo Ren and Ba Wudong had already arrived and blocked him in the arch of the city gate. ?There is no place to escape now. ??Blood Ax''s expression became even fiercer, he chopped up the approaching rotten corpse, tore off his scarf, and drank two bottles of potion. He shouted in a cold voice: "Come on, I''m going to kill all of you today." At this time, the poisonous smoke still filled the whole place. ?The sounds of fighting became less and less frequent, replaced by low moans. Whether it is the Knights or the Warhammer Party. levels are not enough to withstand the poisonous fog. Even if you are resistant to poisonous gas, you cannot stay in the poisonous mist for a long time. Your body will gradually be eroded by the poisonous mist, and you will eventually lose your fighting ability or even die directly. Choosing to fight in the poisonous fog is not a wise choice. But from Wu Heng''s point of view, he is willing to see this result. After all, he was the one who put the poison. In the alleyway in the distance. The remaining team members all showed varying degrees of surprise. I have never seen any profession that can single-handedly turn the tide of a battle involving thousands of people. ??Moreover, he is also the newly appointed captain of an association, and he is about the same age as them. The strength displayed is a bit too terrifying. Captain, you are too fierce. Are there any requirements for changing the profession of Necromancer? I want to be one too. Duke scratched his head and said. He has followed Wu Heng for the longest time and knows more about the situation. Although I knew that my captain was very powerful, I didn''t expect him to be so powerful.????? simply terrible. As long as it is a battlefield, there is no need to kill him immediately. ?Then the number of troops will increase. The remaining people did not speak, and their expressions gradually changed from surprise to disbelief, and some fear. After a while, the battle gradually ended, and the diffuse fog slowly dissipated after the night wind blew by. Revealing corpses all over the ground. At the gate of the city, the tall orc had fallen to the ground, and the flaming sword slashed down, cutting off the orc''s head. ?Wu Heng led the team out of the alley and said: "Go and see how the Iron Guard Knights are doing. If they don''t all die here, we won''t be able to tell by then." Okay! Several people nodded and walked towards the position where the Iron Guard Knights had previously defended. ?Wu Heng walked directly to the city gate. ??Kicked the orc''s head back as it rolled away, then bent down and groped around the body a few times. Poison, smoke bombs, and a small bag containing about ten silver coins. As a backbone of the Warhammer Party, it is obvious that he will not only have this little wealth. You should leave everything outside before the battle. Place the head on the neck wound and directly release the [Bone Slave Technique]. The reason why Wu Heng did not turn into a rotting corpse like other corpses was because he had his own considerations. planned to keep this body with him as a guard. After all, he still showed a brave side in the battle. ??He is still the backbone of the Warhammer Party, so his level cannot be too low. ??Necromantic magic covered the corpse, the flesh and blood fell off, and an orc skeleton more than three meters tall stood up from the flesh and blood. Skeleton Warrior (Level 14) The level 14 skeleton beast warrior did not disappoint him. From now on, you will continue to be called Blood Ax and pick up the weapon. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton beast warrior bent down to pick up the huge battle ax and put it on his shoulder. Bawudong, the Fire Blade and the Blood Ax in front of me are actually not very different in level. The gap can be made up by relying on combat skills. However, based on appearance alone, the Blood Ax in front of him is nearly 3.5 meters tall, and he is even more intimidating in terms of momentum. At this moment, footsteps came from the side. Duke, Mata and the others came over with the commander of the Iron Guard Knights. This is a middle-aged man with short hair and a beard. He had seen each other during previous patrols, but had not interacted with each other. ?His steps were shaky, his face turned pale, and there were many marks on the armor on his body. There appears to have been a fierce battle as well. Captain Wu Heng, thank you for your support. The commander stepped forward and said directly. Even the method used by Wu Heng had an impact on the knights. ??But judging from the current situation, the problem has indeed been solved and the city gate has been closed again. Even if I have an opinion in my heart, I dont dare to express it now. There will be no room for reasoning even if you kill him. It would be good for him to be polite. ??Wu Heng looked him up and down and said directly: "How are you? Are you okay?" Its okay, the antidote has been taken, and others are starting to rescue the wounded, the commander said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "What are you going to do next?" "According to the order of the city hall, once an irresistible situation occurs in the outer city, we will immediately abandon the city wall area and retreat to the inner city wall." The commander looked at the closed city gate again and said: "I plan to take the existing Guards, return to the inner city and treat the wounded at the same time. Hear the decision. ?Marta and Duke looked over anxiously. They also understood what the other party meant. This was a man who planned to abandon the outer city and protect the inner city. In this case, the residents of the outer city will be doomed. ?With the ruthlessness shown by the Warhammer Party, few residents in the outer city will be able to survive. Wu Heng said: "The city gate is closed, and I have killed the key people responsible for attacking the city wall. There is no danger on your side. I hope you can continue to command and guard the city wall." "This..., captain, this is inconsistent with the orders of the city hall." The commander continued. The order from the city hall is for you to evacuate if the city wall cannot be defended. Now that the city wall is safe and the city gate is closed, you are disobeying the order by evacuating directly. this. ?The other party hesitated and looked up at the other party. He knows best what kind of orders are issued in the inner city. What Wu Heng said is obviously far-fetched. But I also understand what the other person means. Now after discussing with myself, I still havent broken this face. He had no choice if he just let himself stay here. ?It is indeed as said, the city gate is closed, the Warhammer party suffered heavy casualties, and the possibility of continuing the attack is not high. Okay, I will listen to the captains advice and re-guard the city, but I need to arrange for people to send the injured members back to the inner city for treatment. "Can!" Then Ill go down and make arrangements for the work. Lead the leader. Wu Heng glanced at the members of his team and said, "You guys, come in with me." After speaking, he led a few people into a house not far away. In an empty building. Two torches are lit. ??Duke took off his helmet, wiped his sweat, and said, "Captain, what''s the matter?" The other people also raised their heads and looked over. Wu Hengs eyes fell on the thief Bulk and said directly: Those gang members, were you the one who led the way to the city wall? ??Everyone was stunned, and turned their heads at the same time to look at the fellow thieves who were standing behind them. Under the orange firelight, the thief''s face was extremely ugly, "Captain, what do you mean by this? We were all together at that time, and I was the one who asked you to get up. Why was it that I led the people to open the city gate?" ?The other party still refuses to admit it. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. ?The bullet penetrated the thief''s head, and traces of blood flowed down his eyebrows. ?The thief''s eyes widened and his body went limp. ?Everyone was shocked, and some even didn''t react. The swordsman Gaulberry instantly drew his sword and stared at Wu Heng, Do you dare to kill someone? (End of this chapter) Chapter 201 , Captain, the city gate is open (Update today.) Chapter 201, Captain, the city gate is open (last update today.) In the hotel. ?Li Yahong sat at the table, tilting her chin and watching Wu Heng eat without blinking. "What''s wrong? Why are you looking at me like that?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong still looked at him, raising her head with a smile on her face, "She''s fair and clean, so pretty." "Are you sick? You sound like a gangster." Wu Heng was speechless. Maybe thats it! Li Yahong winked without showing any signs of weakness. ?Wu Heng grabbed her arm and pulled her into his arms. Hand out your hand to undo the buckle on your back and put it on your chest. "You, you know how to start a fire every day, and then you ignore it. You have no sense of responsibility at all." Wu Heng said directly. Li Yahong hung one hand on his shoulder and swung her legs in the air twice, "Letting you touch it casually is not considered responsible. The environment here is too bad and the air is stinky. How can I bother to do that?" He paused for a moment and said shyly: "Sooner or later, I''ll be fine, so why worry!" If Wu Heng insists. ?Li Yahong would definitely agree. But as she said, the environment here is a bit too bad. For Li Yahong, it is not a suitable place. ??Wu Heng didnt force anything, he lowered his head and approached the other persons chest, Its up to you! Be gentle. Li Yahong said, gently holding the mans head. After a while. The two of them separated. Li Yahong put on her coat and said, "Do you want to take all these goods back? Or do you want to put them here first?" ??Li Yahong was no longer surprised when strange and weird goods suddenly appeared. She doesnt want to know her mans secrets. Even if you inquire about it, it may be difficult for you to understand the reason. As long as you continue to maintain your current life and develop better, that''s fine. ?If you think too much in this world, you will only drive yourself crazy. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to bring these back. Your fleet only needs to plunder the supplies from the stores and prepare for the winter." Cloth, spices, and some ores are of little use if they are transported to the prison. The main thing is to wait for the end of Luntam City and take them back to resell them. Going back and forth is time-consuming and laborious. Its better to just put it here and keep it a little better so that it doesnt get dirty or damaged. Okay! Li Yahong came over and turned her back, Tie it on for me. Wu Heng walked over and fastened her buttons while saying, "I have also cleaned up several nearby communities, and I will let Qiangzi and the others search them." You are working so hard now. The supply prison has enough to survive the winter, so there is no need to be in such a hurry. Li Yahong said. "Well, try to collect as many as possible." Wu Heng replied casually and continued: "By the way, the next time you come here, bring the heavy machine guns on the wall with you, um... bring two of them, I will Useful." ?Li Yahong was a little confused. ??Firearms are still powerful, but their effectiveness against zombies is not obvious. ??And the prison does not have many bullet reserves. I cant figure out what the use is of bringing it here. But Wu Heng needed it, and she didnt want to ask any more questions. Then she immediately reacted and said, "The wall is guarded by skeletons. What if I''m not allowed to demolish it?" Among living creatures, skeletons only obey orders from Wu Heng. Unless an order is given to follow someone''s orders, other people cannot mobilize the skeleton. ??If you go up rashly and perform actions that are contrary to Wu Heng''s orders, you are likely to be directly attacked by skeletons. ??Li Yahong didn''t want to die in the hands of the skeleton because of her negligence at this moment. I will inform Datou then and let him accompany you there and give orders to the skeleton. Wu Heng said. "good!" The two briefly discussed the next plan and arranged their clothes. We walked out of the building together. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to assemble. Li Yahong took the map and told Qiangzi and the others where they could move the supplies. When everything is ready, lets set off together. Go to a new location and continue killing zombies. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng returned with a large number of skeletons. Skeletons piled corpses on their shoulders across from the hotel. In one afternoon, a total of corpses in four residential areas were cleared. The experience has been improved, but there is still a long way to go before being upgraded. During the harvest, in addition to piles of corpses, two banks on the roadside were also searched and found one 100-gram gold bar and twelve 10-gram gold bars. Its an unexpected surprise. The hotel lobby. Why dont you come back with me? Well come back together then! Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Sooner or later, it''s all yours, why are you so anxious!" Whos in a hurry? Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him. "I will go back in a few days." Wu Heng touched her head, "By the way, after I go back, I will go to find the alchemy skeleton and bring back some spiritual and healing potions, as well as those potions for corpse cores. Also speed up. Why do you think those skeletons of yours will listen to me? Li Yahong asked. The alchemy skeleton has high intelligence and is no different from normal people. He can understand it if you speak normally. Wu Heng said with a smile. "Oh well!" ?Li Yahong hung her arms on his shoulders, glanced at him, raised her head and closed her eyes. ?Wu Heng held the back of the other person''s head and kissed him gently. After a while, after they separated again. Li Yahong then said: "I''m leaving, see you next time." Machine guns, medicaments, dont forget them. Dont worry, I can forget the car, but I cant forget your things either. Li Yahong left and boarded the bus. After waving goodbye, he led the convoy and left quickly. Go through the boundary gate and return to your residence. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. Since the store is closed again, Minnie and Andwyer have nothing to do now. Lets prepare dinner together at home. Three people sat at the table to eat. ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there any news in the city?" Andewil said: "Basically all the people in the outer areas of the city have left, and there are empty houses everywhere." What about the outer city? There are also a lot fewer people in the outer city. There are only some grain stores and daily necessities shops open, and everyone who can walk has left. The rest of the people are local residents. Anderweier continued to answer after a dull moment. ??If it werent for the fact that the whole family is in the city. ?It would be difficult to run out, fearing that the city would be empty. Hmm. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, Hasnt Wen Mansha been here? "Yesterday I went to visit Sister Wen Mansha. The Spike Gang was assigned patrol duties, and their actions were watched. They won''t be able to come over for a short time. Let me tell you." Anderweil said. The Spike Gang is a gang, with one or two thousand people in the gang. Even if they are assigned patrol duties, there will definitely be some supervision. Once so many people rebel from the city, things will be serious. ?Wen Mansha is indeed right not to come over for the time being. Hmm. Wu Heng hummed and didnt say much. After dinner, I continued to give them instructions. He went directly to the association to continue tonight''s patrol mission. Todays patrol location is still in the inner city. Lead the team members on a patrol along the road. I found a random place and slept in the corner. After daybreak, everyone returns to their homes. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng glanced at the glow that dyed the sky red and ordered the battlefield to be cleaned. The skeleton army began to carry the corpses. ??Line up a long and slender queue to and from the hotel where you live. ??Wu Heng stood there and watched, and at the same time opened the panel and took a look at his experience. Level: 949828/64000 In two days, the zombies were cleared in eight or nine locations. The rate of experience improvement is slower than calculated. But its not bad, I can reach level ten tomorrow. It is recorded in the Book of the Dead that level 10 belongs to third-level professionals. The strength will also be significantly improved. At that time, you will be able to gain more protection against the threat from the Warhammer Party. Wait until the body is removed. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the corpse and continued to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. When the time was almost up, we headed to Luntam City to prepare for tonight''s patrol mission. Association, squad lounge. Opening the door, all members sat in the room. Captain, where are we going today? Duke asked. Today is the outer city area. Lets go there early and find a place to rest after patrolling. Wu Heng said. As the past few days have passed, I have gotten used to the night. Its nothing more than walking around a few times, and then finding a place to sleep when it gets dark. Captain, my mother asked me to bring you a fur. Its bearskin, its warm. Duke said, picking up a black fur from the ground, shaking it off, and putting it on him to try on. It is indeed made of bearskin, and you can see the shape of a bear''s head. ?Just seeing this bear skin, the first impression that came to my mind was Yuli, that little druid girl. For me? Wu Heng touched the fur. Ah, I said humans dont like these, and she had to ask me to bring her over, but there was nothing I could do. Duke scratched his head. Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "Okay, I''ll take it. What has your mother prepared for you?" Blanket, its in your space ring! Ill cover you with fur tonight. The whole skin is quite valuable. My mother knows she can beat me to death, so just take whats given to you. ?A few people walked and chatted until they left the inner city. There were no more people on the streets in the outer city. Most shops have been closed. ? ? Occasionally, the door panels were smashed open and the inside was ransacked. ? I still underestimated the efficiency here. It took only three days, but someone took action in one night. Marta, we are patrolling the outer city today! Suddenly, a questioning voice came from the other side. ?Looking ahead, I saw an old orc woman walking through the alleyway carrying half a bag of rice and holding an orc child with her left and right hands. Ah, why are you still walking around outside? Marta said. I came out to buy some things and will go back now. The old woman grinned, her wrinkled skin squeezed together like tree bark. ?Maka nodded, "Go back quickly, don''t go out if you have nothing to do." Okay. The old woman agreed and left with the child. ?Wu Heng watched the old woman leave. Marta explained: The whole family is here, and most of them choose to stay. Arent you afraid of the Warhammer Party? Wu Heng was curious. ??Marta thought for a while and said: "Actually... everyone is betting that the Warhammer Party can''t attack, or that the Warhammer Party just wants to occupy the city and will not harm ordinary residents." After a moment of silence, Marta added, "Luntam City is not peaceful to begin with." Arrived at the patrol location. ?Wu Heng led his team to climb the city wall. Several familiar gang members nodded in this direction as a greeting. ?Standing on the city wall and looking down. ??The buildings close to the city wall have been demolished, leaving an isolation zone of about 100 meters to ensure that the enemy will not use the houses to attack the city wall. ??Above the city wall, guarded by the Iron Guard Knights and gang members in the city. The Knights of the Iron Guard are quite serious, but the gang members themselves are relatively lazy, looking around, and obviously not paying attention. To put it bluntly, these gangs are unlucky to be recruited. ??If you were in a small gang, they might all have run away by now. ??There is no way to escape now. Once the war breaks out, we have to rush to the front. The night is getting darker. ?The sky seemed to be covered with a curtain. There were only the torches on the city wall, emitting orange-red firelight, crackling burning sounds, and people''s slight conversations. ??Wu Heng took his people and walked along the city wall. After confirming that there was no problem, he waved his hand and said, "Let''s go down." ?A few people climbed down the city wall while no one was paying attention. In an empty shop, lay out a blanket and rest directly. Waiting for daybreak. Late night. ?There were curses and shouts outside the house, as well as the sound of swords and swords being struck. ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes and saw the thief "Bulk" standing next to him. Whats wrong? Wu Hengs eyes instantly turned cold. Captain, its bad, theres a fight outside. The thief said immediately. ?At the same time, everyone else also opened their eyes. The noise outside was a little louder. ?Wu Heng motioned for everyone to be quiet. Go to the window and look outside. The building was in flames and smoke was rising. ?Countless gang members dressed in different styles fought with the guards at the city wall. ?Shouts of murder and curses. You can hear the sound of the crossbow and the sorrow of the crossbow. Marta shared the vision of the beast. His face also became grim, and he said: "Captain, the city gate is open, and the Warhammer Party has entered." The expressions of several people in the room changed instantly. The Warhammer Party really took action. The city walls were opened in this way. ?Wu Heng did not answer. The shouts of killing and the sounds of fighting outside the house are getting louder and louder, and the fighting area is approaching here. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of violent banging on the door was heard. ?At the same time, harsh curses were heard, "There are still people here, come quickly and kill them together." ۡ! Continue to hit twice. ?The door fell to the ground with a loud sound, raising a cloud of smoke and dust. Immediately following, five orcs wearing various armors and white cuffs on their arms rushed in. His whole body was stained with blood, and he exuded a sinister aura. However, when he saw the people and their costumes in the room clearly, his expression froze. Xie, people from the association. The orc who just shouted about the intruder paused. ?Then one person pushed him away and cursed: "Association, what are you afraid of? We have already fought here. Who knows when we will kill them." "That is, if we capture the city, the entire association will have to be replaced. What are you afraid of now?" Someone echoed. Kill them and dont let them escape. "kill." ?Bang bang bang~! Before a few people finished speaking. ?Wu Heng opened the safety immediately and fired several shots. The people in front were shot in the head and fell to the ground. ??The two people behind them didn''t even see what the other party did, and three of them died in an instant. He turned around and exited the room, disappearing into the chaotic streets. Dont chase him, just run away. Wu Heng said. Duke came over and stood in front of Wu Heng, "Captain, what should we do?" Duke hasn''t finished speaking yet. There was a loud noise outside the door again. The two people who escaped came over with more gang members. He cursed and blocked the door. ?Wu Heng''s eyes instantly narrowed, he glanced at the thieves in the team, and then quickly looked away. Get ready to fight! While speaking, release [Corpse Slaying Technique]. ?The three corpses blocking the door stood up one after another and stood aside. Kill out! Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 205 , why are you like this? Chapter 205: Why are you like this? Wen Mansha''s face was cold and her heart was full of reluctance. The city hall mobilizes gang members. In fact, everyone knows the purpose. Normally, they carry out coordinated defense tasks. Once a war breaks out or there are special circumstances, they will be pushed to the front to serve as cannon fodder. But I didnt expect that I would be pushed out alone and used as a shield for them. Not even the Iron Guard Knights can stop the Warhammer Party. When they go out, they may not even have a chance to fight back. Everyone, if you push me out as a woman, arent you afraid of making people laugh in the future? Wen Mansha continued. Someone sneered, "Wen Mansha, we are all gang leaders. We have to weigh the pros and cons of everything we do. We talk about men and women, not in bed. You must abide by the tasks assigned by the leader." ??The leader of the knights glanced at the Warhammer party who were still slashing wildly. Said directly: "Wen Mansha, if you disobey the order, I will kill you now." Wen Mansha looked at the people gathered around her, gritted her teeth and said, "Okay, I admit it today!" The middle-aged commander immediately said: "The Spike Gang moves forward to cover the retreat of the rest. We will set up a defensive circle along the way and wait for you to come." The members of the Spike Gang were driven to the front like prisoners. Fight head-on towards the crazy Warhammer party. This is a small gang, so there is no way it has the strength to confront the Warhammer Party. ?The people who were killed in an instant fell on their backs and wailed all over the ground. ?The remaining people, as soon as they got rid of the entanglement of the Warhammer Party, began to turn around and run away. Hula, its almost gone. When did you start to doubt Bulk? Swordsman Gaulberry asked from the side. ??Wu Heng continued to move forward with the army of corpses and looked at him, "Why do you ask?" "Now that I think about it, you were paying close attention to him before, so you should have suspected him a long time ago." Gaulberry continued. He was recommended from the city hall. The association recruits talents, but is rarely connected with local power. Dont you find it a little strange? Wu Heng said casually. ?Gaulberry fell into deep thought and asked, "Do you doubt the deacon? Only with his permission can we arrange to come in." "The deacon probably doesn''t know about this, or some special relationship. Anyone who agrees to let him in will die. There is nothing to say." Wu Heng replied. Deacon Gomez should not know the other partys purpose. Because, Gauluboli was Gomez''s spy, and it was impossible to directly arrange for two people to come in at the same time. ?Wu Heng didn''t care, now that the other party was dead. ?Luntam City is in chaos, and all contradictions will be brought to light, so there is nothing to be afraid of. Its hard to say who will survive to the end, so why bother thinking so much. Hmm! Gaulubili stopped talking. The team passed through the alley and directly entered the main road to the North District. As soon as he walked out, he saw a large number of deserters running towards the inner city. One by one, they lost their helmets and armor and were in a state of panic. Stop them! Wu Heng ordered. The zombie army rushed out instantly and blocked the front. Suddenly, a gust of wind and **** smell hit my face. The fleeing team suddenly stopped. They all raised their heads and looked at the crowd blocking the road ahead. When they saw the appearance of the team clearly, everyone''s expressions changed, and their timid steps could not help but take a few steps back. I saw the team in front, wearing different costumes. Warhammer Party, Iron Guard Knights, and equipment with gang characteristics. ??The skin was dry and sallow, and the wounds and flesh were turned out, like a corpse crawling out of a cemetery, with its head tilted and arms drooped, holding various weapons. Carrion~! ??How come there are rotting corpses in the city? They came out of the city. grass~! ??The Spike Gang can''t hold on for long, and now they''re blocked by this group of carrion corpses. Moreover, there are quite a few. Why am I running so slowly? Damn it. At this time, two figures came out from behind the corpse. From the clothes and the emblem on the body, it can be seen that he is a member of the association. Why are you running? Wu Heng asked, while scanning the crowd, he did not see Wen Mansha. "The city gate was lost. According to the order of the city lord''s palace, we..., we obeyed the commander''s order and retreated to the inner city." One of them stammered, looking back from time to time, as if he was afraid of someone chasing him. Where is the commander? Wu Heng continued to ask. Run, run, he runs the fastest! "Where are the Spike Gang? They ran out too?" As soon as these words came out, everyone at the scene was stunned and remained silent. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and said, "Speak!" "The Spike Gang..., the commander ordered the Spike Gang to cover the retreat of others. Now we are still staying behind. The Warhammer Party will rush over soon. Let us pass quickly!" The gang members begged uneasily. ?This Warhammer Party is so fierce. With so many troops, they were able to defeat this group of people everywhere. "How many people are there in the Warhammer Party? Who is leading the team? You can leave after that." Wu Heng said directly. "There are many people. The scene is too chaotic. I don''t know how many people there are. The leader is the backbone of the Warhammer Party. There is a reward for her in the association. A female orc, nicknamed Fang." The gang members spoke very fast. After finishing speaking, he continued: "Can you let us go?" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the corpse moved out of the way. Thank you, thank you. Many gang members ran away quickly. ?Wu Heng looked ahead and directly ordered, "Speed ??up and move forward." ?On the battlefield, the Spike Gang faced the Warhammer Party. As helpless and fragile as a baby. Even the Knights of the Iron Guard cannot resist Warhammer. These gang members who used to mainly steal and gather information have no room to fight back. Those who were beaten retreated step by step, and fell in pieces. The meaning of their stay is really to slow down the pace of the Warhammer Party, or to waste some of the opponent''s energy. Wen Mansha''s face turned pale, and she was pulled back by the guarding skeleton. Members in front of him kept dying. The sight was red with blood, and severed limbs and pieces of flesh were flying everywhere. Its over. Looks like Im going to die here today. In fact, gangs are like this. They fight and kill every day, and many gangs are destroyed overnight. I have long thought that such a day would come. When I was about to face death, I felt a little regretful. ??Would Roach do better if he were alive? After all, he is good at currying favor with powerful people and big gangs. ??If you can survive, what will your future life be like? I also want to give birth to a child for my master to ensure my status. ?It seems that everything is too late. Sister-in-law, we will cover you and rush out. "Sister-in-law, if my mother wants to ask, just tell me that I have gone out to do a task and will be back in a while." Wen Mansha was woken up by her sister-in-law''s shouts. But there was no response. Can you rush out? ??If it could, the Iron Guard Knights wouldn''t be so embarrassed. "I''m sorry..." Wen Mansha said softly. But just when everyone was in despair and told each other their last words. Suddenly there was the sound of dense footsteps coming from behind. Wen Mansha thought it was the reinforcements from the inner city that had arrived. She suddenly turned around and saw a pile of rotting corpses walking forward quickly. The faces of the Spike Gang are ashen. ?These days, all kinds of strange things happen. Tap tap tap~! The fast-walking rotting corpse began to run. ?Just when the Spike Gang was trying to pull two backers. A voice came from a distance, "Wen Mansha, ask your people to retreat." Wen Mansha looked behind the corpse in surprise. She didnt see anyone, but the sound was like a life-saving straw before drowning, making her heart skip a beat. Looked at the Warhammer Party who slowed down their steps and looked alert. Said directly: "Retreat, don''t attack these carrion corpses." ??The Spike Gang dragged and supported the wounded and began to take the opportunity to retreat back. ?The wights ran all the way, directly past these gang members, and like crazy beasts, jumped into the crowd of Warhammer Party. ~! The battle started again. The wights charged in like a suicide, slashing and tearing, and then fell to the ground. ?At the same time, there was a burst of bang bang bang. Green poisonous smoke suddenly rose and filled the entire area. Inner city and outside the city. The fighting lasted from late at night until dawn. ??Broken corpses can be seen everywhere on the streets, as well as thick smoke rising into the sky. In a building near the inner city area. ??On the wooden chair in the center of the room, sat a tall figure, 4 meters tall, with a strong build, and his gray-green skin was covered with black totem tattoos. ?He has thick beard and long hair, and his back is straight, like a strong lion. Beside the seat, there was a long-handled war hammer lying diagonally, and the blood stains that had not yet dried were clearly visible. Leader of the Warhammer Party, Skullbreaker Dragisha. ?On both sides of the bottom, two figures were sitting respectively, one was an orc holding two battle axes, and the other was a human warlock wearing dark green robes. At this time, the door opened. ??A Warhammer Party scout walked in and said directly: "Chief, some members came from the east city gate and said that they were attacked by the enemy. The city gate was closed and the Blood Ax boss did not come out." Hearing his subordinates coming to report, Broken Skulls brows instantly furrowed. With such a tight arrangement, problems actually arise. Where is Ixir? Crushed Skull continued to ask. Theres no news yet, maybe its not over yet. the scout replied. Neither of these two groups of people came. The number of people who finally attacked the city was reduced a lot. "Chief, I will take people over now to recapture the city wall." The two-axe orc stood up and said. Shattered Skull closed his eyes and thought for a while, then looked at the sky outside the window, and said directly: "We can''t divide our troops to avoid problems. Don''t worry about them. The outer city is not important. Take the inner city as soon as possible. Then well deal with things outside. No one cares about what''s going on outside. The basis of all political power is still in the inner city. It is crucial to capture the inner city within the planned time. Okay, listen to the leader. The two backbones didnt have any opinions. ?Skullbreaker stood up and walked out dragging the long-handled war hammer. Out of the house, there were already people, horses and equipment standing outside ready to attack. ??In addition to the original Warhammer Party, there are also a large number of gang members with white cuffs on their arms. There are many people and the momentum is huge. ?Shattered Skull raised his head and glanced at the position of the city wall in the inner city in the distance, and directly gave the order, "Attack the city, capture the inner city, and everyone will share the money and the land." Siege a city. Siege the city~! The messenger ran away, loudly issuing the leader''s orders. Kill~! ?Everyone screamed loudly and ran towards the wall of the inner city. North wall. The wights fought with the Warhammer Party members. The fierce shouting of killing filled the entire area. Although the rotting corpse is a transformed undead creature, it still retains its own combat effectiveness and is not afraid of death. He rushes at the enemy with all his might, slashing, tearing, and even biting the enemy with his mouth open. Kill the enemy in all possible ways. at the same time. The body of the killed rotten corpse began to explode violently. The rich green poisonous gas instantly filled the entire area. Makes it difficult to breathe and makes eyesight difficult to read. ??The female orc holding two swords kept slashing in front of her, as if forming a barrier formed by the blades, cutting the carrion into pieces. ??The female orc glanced at the entire audience. Her face became more solemn. Unexpectedly, there is a necromancer in this city. Continuing to persist will only cause more casualties on one''s own side. Follow me and use other city gates! the female orc shouted. Just as soon as he finished speaking. The poisonous gas in front suddenly swayed away, and a huge battle ax suddenly appeared from the green smoke and struck down on the head. Dang~! The female orc stepped forward, jumped back, and dodged the blow. Looked up suddenly. ?? Then he saw a tall skeleton holding an ax in both hands, appearing in his sight, walking towards him little by little. The female orcs eyes were wide open and she stared at the other person in surprise. She is too familiar with this equipment and weapons. Blood Axe, how..., how did it become like this? Nagzio, why have you become like this? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 206 , mixed in Chapter 206, get involved They are both the backbone of the Warhammer Party. ??The female orc recognized the skeleton in front of her at a glance as Blood Ax Nagzio. Knowing that he died and was transformed into a skeleton. But Blood Ax was a level 14 warrior, and he died so quickly. Facing the questioning of the female orc. Blood Ax didn''t respond at all. The battle ax in his hand split the poisonous gas again and slashed at the opponent from the waist. ??The female orc twisted her body and quickly dodged the blow. The double blades in her hands were like unsheathed fangs, and she turned sideways to the waist of the blood axe. Xue Ax took half a step back, distanced himself, and continued to launch a fierce attack. The female orc has a strong figure. While facing the pursuit of the huge battle ax, she quickly retreats, intending to exit the green mist area. ?However, as soon as they approached the city gate, they were blocked by two figures again. ?One person is holding a flaming sword, and the other is bare-chested, revealing iron-gray bones. At the same time, he came towards her to kill. In an instant, the female orc fell directly into a disadvantage. His body was attacked by three people, with more and more wounds, and the poisonous gas eroded his body more and more. over time. The female orc finally couldn''t hold on. He knelt on one knee with two swords and held two animal-faced knives in front of him, panting constantly. Damn it, come on, Im going to kill you today! The female orc cursed, her body jumped out, and she slashed at the iron-gray skeleton with both swords. ?The moment the opponent escaped, he ran towards the city gate without looking back. However, just running a few steps. A fiery red light passed by. He staggered as he rushed forward, and his head fell from his neck. ??Roll aside. Behind the carrion. Wen Mansha stumbled and threw herself into Wu Heng''s arms. She buried her head deeply in the arms and did not poke her head out for a long time. Swordsman Gaulberry frowned and watched the two mens movements. He is not here to save an informant, it looks more like he is here to save his lover. ?Similarly, the many remaining members of the Spike Gang were also stunned in place while supporting each other. Wu Heng, captain of Team 12. ?Most of the old members have met him before and came to the gang station to investigate the disappearance of the leader Roach. Have had the opportunity to meet each other several times. ?At that time, the captain''s attitude towards the Spike Gang was not very good. ??He also reprimanded Wen Mansha in front of everyone. Its just that now my sister-in-law is in his arms, and the two of them are so skillful that it doesnt look like an ordinary relationship. Good guys, no wonder the Spike Gang is developing so rapidly now. ?This sister-in-law even got involved herself. ??Wu Heng patted the opponent''s back lightly and said, "It''s okay!" Hmm! Wen Mansha grunted and crawled into her arms again. There are still people watching! Wu Heng reminded softly. "Just watch, I don''t care anymore." Wen Mansha said, but she still stood up from her arms. She straightened her clothes and her face turned into the arrogant and indifferent gang sister-in-law again. He said to his men: "Treat the wounded, use whatever medicine you have, and go back to the gang to reimburse them." Oh, okay sister-in-law! Members of the Spike Gang entered an empty building on one side and began to treat the wounded. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where are the tribesmen of Anderweier? Didn''t they come to find you?" ??Anderweil''s people were placed in shops in the outer city. ??Once chaos broke out in the city, Wu Heng asked them to find Wen Mansha. After all, the Spike Gang has been developing well recently and can solve some problems. Wen Mansha said softly: "I arranged them next to the gang station. This is a battlefield area. It is not safe. It is also dangerous for them to follow." This arrangement is correct. ??If we really follow through, I''m afraid a lot of people will die. Well, the arrangement is good. Wu Heng nodded. Wen Mansha didn''t say much. She just walked aside and began to count the number of remaining people and some subsequent distributions. Over time. The battle on the main battlefield is gradually coming to an end. The rich poisonous gas gradually dissipated, revealing corpses all over the ground, as well as rotting corpses on standby. At this time, Wen Mansha came out from one side and said, "Do you need us to clean up the battlefield?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the wounded and said, "I can just let the corpses do it." Wen Mansha used her body to block the gaze of the gang members behind her, shook his arm, and said coquettishly: "Let''s do it. After so many people died, we must let everyone get some benefits." ??Wu Heng glanced at the gang members here and said, "You just go and search for the corpses. I''ll let the corpses clean up the battlefield." "Okay!" Wen Mansha nodded, turned to the gang behind her and said, "Search the corpses for those who can move, but take the valuable ones." All the members stood up one after another, quickly rushed into the dead bodies, and began to search for items one by one. ?Gangs, especially gangs like the Spikes. Searching for corpses on the battlefield is also a source of income. At the same time, Blood Ax dragged a **** female orc corpse over. Wu Heng also saw the battle at that time. ??This female orc showed strong combat effectiveness, used the double sword very dexterously, and was outstanding in terms of strength and skill. ?Wu Heng searched the other party''s body. In addition to the money bag and potion, there are two scrolls and a magic item [Fenmai Bracer]. Scrolls are used to add attack effects to weapons. ??Wu Heng specifically looked at the magic item that was shaped like a leather wristband. Fenmai Bracers ?? (Description: As you attack, your state will become more and more excited, your senses will increase, and your body''s sensitivity will increase.) A bracer that increases its attributes as the battle progresses. ?With these two attributes, it seems that the price is not low. Furthermore, it is universal for melee classes, anyone needs this increase. After checking the loot, Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] on the corpse. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The flesh and blood fell off, and a female orc skeleton stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 13) The level is one level lower than the blood axe, but it has reached level 13 and is not too low. From now on, you continue to call Fang, put this on, and follow me first. Wu Heng handed the wristband to the other party. Fangs put on his wrist guards, joined the escort, and stood beside Blood Ax. ?Wu Heng did not give the Spike Gang any time to continue searching for loot. Let the rotting corpses move over directly to the corpses in the distance. You can directly release [Dead Corpse Battlefield] yourself. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One corpse came to life, rolled down from the pile of corpses, picked up weapons nearby and stood aside. There should be more battles in the future. So these corpses still choose to be transformed into rotting corpses. Carrion is more useful for dealing with living beings. It can release various magic traps in the corpse, such as the evil explosion of poisonous gas. The Book of the Dead records that there is also corpse explosion or plague. They can all be hidden in corpses. Creatures are simply too fragile. And the Necromancer happens to be an expert in this field. To deal with zombies in the zombie world, use skeleton attendants. After the battle, you can keep them with you for a longer period of time. There is no need to worry about contracting any disease. The [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released several times in succession, transforming all the corpses. The whole street was filled with rotting corpses. At a glance, there are at least close to 10,000. Captain, captain. From the outside of the team, there was a shout. ?Looking out, he saw Duke jumping up and down, waving his hands and shouting loudly. ??Wu Heng asked the carrion to move out of the way, and Duke walked directly in carrying a battle ax. It seemed that the family was fine. Why are you back? Wu Heng asked. Theres nothing going on at home, so I came right over and brought you breakfast. He took out a pancake from his arms and handed it over. In the environment in front of him, Wu Heng really had no appetite. But in the face of Duke''s kindness, he still accepted it and said, "I''ll eat later. What''s going on outside?" "When I came here, I heard an explosion over there in the inner city. I guess the Warhammer Party has already reached that side." Duke glanced at the direction of the inner city and continued. The outer urban area occupies a relatively large area. ??In addition, the sound of the fight just now was already loud, and I didn''t pay attention to whether there were any explosions in the inner city. But when I looked back, I could still see the rising smoke. ?It seems that the main force of the Warhammer Party did not enter the city at these two gates. At least, the leader on the wanted order has not been seen yet. Duke is here! Wen Mansha came over from behind and said hello. ?Wu Heng took his team to the Spike Gang several times. They have also met each other. ??Duke''s brows were raised, and he was obviously a little reluctant to have a gang leader address him directly. Just wanted to speak. But when he saw the other party hugging Wu Hengs arm and looking well-behaved. The seriousness on his face disappeared instantly, and he grinned, "Sister Wen Mansha." "Um." ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, what should we do next?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "Let''s go, let''s go to the inner city and have a look." He is not very interested in belonging to the inner city either. Previously, I was worried that the Warhammer Party would be in danger if they occupied the city. But looking at it now, the troops in his hands are enough to leave here safely. Not to mention defeating the Warhammer Party, there is still no problem in covering the evacuation of a few of our own people. ??And there are all houses nearby. If there is danger, you can mobilize the troops of the zombie world in time, or you can just hide and not come out. This gives him more choices. ??And now I am heading to the inner city mainly because my two maids are still there. As I explained before, once the battle card spreads, you can go to the Snake Emblem Chamber of Commerce to find "Lecia" for shelter. After all, I have made arrangements in advance and given some benefits to the other party, so I will not just sit idly by. But this is just an arrangement. No one can say whether something will change. The best way is to go there as soon as possible and take the two maids with you. After Wu Heng issued the order. Wen Mansha also began to adjust her gang members. The injured were escorted to a safe place, and those who were not injured and willing to follow could go with them. ? out of a gang of more than 2,000 people, only more than 200 people remained in the end. ?Most of them are Wen Mansha''s own cronies, and she has seen several faces when she stopped ''Anel''. When everything is ready. ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Advance!" Hurrah! The army is back in action. Walking towards the direction of the city. The comfortable life has made the city walls in the inner city no longer as strong and tall as they once were. It is more like a boundary separating the rich from the poor and a symbol of rights. Amidst the deafening shouts of killing, the door was knocked open. ??The Warhammer Party was in high spirits, pouring into the doorway like a wave and rushing inside. As for the defenders in the inner city, their momentum was low at the moment the city gate was breached. ??Had it not been for the fact that the whole family was in the city during the siege, the army might have broken up and fled in all directions. The powerful men in the inner city are constantly mobilizing and calling. ?Promise power and money, urging soldiers to continue fighting with the Warhammer Party. But everything seems to have little effect. ?Most of the troops were deployed in the outer city area and were either dead or unable to enter. In the past, there were no gang members in the inner city, and there were no troops to call upon. It was only a matter of time before everyone was killed by the Warhammer Party. The meeting hall under the city. ??The city lord Erno, wearing silver armor, stood in front of the table. On the left and right sides are the officials and many leaders in the city. ??Everyone gathered in a circle, staring at the map in the center. Big beads of sweat kept appearing and falling from his forehead, and the atmosphere was tense and solemn. The city lord wiped his sweat and said directly: "As long as we persist for two days, the reinforcements will arrive. By then, the internal and external cooperation will be enough to destroy the Warhammer Party and eliminate the hidden dangers at once." Although the words are spoken. But it did not change the atmosphere. None of the people present are new here. They have used this kind of rhetoric to deal with their subordinates in the past, so naturally they will not be inspired by these few empty words. The Rangers intelligence is that the Warhammer Partys manpower here is weak. Its better to vacate the city first and unite our forces to rush out first. It wont be too late to take it back later. A commander said directly. Soldiers are afraid of war, which is a taboo in itself. But the current situation no longer allows them to take care of so much. Staying here will only lead to death. Only by living can there be hope. The Warhammer Party''s evil reputation is due to the accumulation of heads one after another. There is a deep-rooted hatred between Luntam City and Luntam City. If caught, there will be only death. The city lord shook his head and said directly: "The Warhammer Party is so scheming, how could they leave such an obvious loophole? Abandoning the city and rushing out from here will only lead to death." The officials and generals around said one after another: "City Lord, let''s give it a try." Its better than staying here and losing your life. While everyone was arguing fiercely. Suddenly someone burst into the room and said loudly: "City Lord, a huge team appeared at the north gate of the outer city. Their origin is unknown. They are now approaching the city. They don''t seem to be members of the Warhammer Party." ?Everyones arguments suddenly fell silent. Someone said: "City Lord, the reinforcements you requested have arrived!" ??The city lord was also slightly stunned, but he still stood up and said: "Let''s go, take me to have a look!" Everyone walked out of the room and quickly walked towards the fighting area. Outside the city wall. The three forces separated on the spot. They were suspicious of each other and froze in place. ??When Wu Heng arrived with his troops and horses, the battlefield was already filled with fierce fighting and blood flowed everywhere. Just as the army approaches. Like a plague. The armies of both sides beat drums and retreated at the same time. They were abruptly separated from the fighting area and kept a certain distance from each other. ??Everyone looked at the sudden appearance of the carrion army with fear on their faces. (End of this chapter) Chapter 204 , you are done with it (please give me a monthly vote, some brothers can support me.) Chapter 204: You are the queen (please vote for me, some brothers can support me.) Things happened too fast. ??Before anyone could react, Bulk''s body had already gone limp. The body twitched slightly, and bright red blood flowed from the blood hole between the eyebrows. The swordsman Gaulberry drew his sword instantly, and Duke also reacted quickly and stood between the two of them. Dont mess around. Duke said directly. ??Gauluboli''s eyes wandered around the tall figure in front of him and fell on Wu Heng, "How dare you kill the members at will." ?Wu Heng glanced at him, then landed on the corpse on the ground again, and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The next second, the corpse sat up directly from the ground, looking at several people with empty eyes. The swordsman obviously knew this skill, even if it was the first time he saw Wu Heng use it. didnt show too much surprise. Under the doubtful gazes of several people. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "What is your plan tonight?" ??The thief''s corpse replied calmly, "Help Neiying open the city gate... and kill the captain Wu Heng." As soon as these words came out, the expressions of several people changed instantly. ?Wu Heng took action decisively before. Even though Duke and Marta believed in their captain, they still felt that they were a little too presumptive. At least they had to investigate clearly before taking action. But now it seems that things are more serious than imagined. This new member of Team 12 obviously came in with a purpose. Not only did he open the city gates, he also wanted to plunge the entire city into war, and he also wanted to kill Wu Heng. ?The team members who relied on each other actually came in just to kill people. Sends chills down the spine. ??On Wu Heng''s side, there wasn''t much surprise. After waking up at first, the vigilant ghost Glenda flew back to her body. Shared the scene at that time. Have a rest at night, and team members take turns keeping watch. ?While the thieves were responsible for keeping watch, they quietly left for a while, leading the gang members inside to pass through the defensive area and directly attack the city gate. Captured the city gate in one fell swoop. The association squad is responsible for patrolling the city walls and supervising members of various gangs. Know the layout of the entire area and where to stand guard. Where there are many people and where there are weaknesses, I will note it down during patrol. This is also used to open the city gate from the inside. What Wu Heng didnt expect was that he also had another task: to kill himself directly. ?As soon as I opened my eyes, I saw him walking towards me. She should be planning to take action. ?It was right for me to act decisively. In this situation, hesitation will only make me die faster. ?Wu Hengs expression remained unchanged and he continued to ask: Who asked you to do this? The thief replied, "Sir Momlo." An unfamiliar name. Anyone who can be called a master refers to some powerful people in the inner city. I recited the name twice in my mind to deepen my impression. Then he asked, What other plans do you have in the future? "No, I only have two tasks. After completing them, I can find a way to escape." How much do you know about the Warhammer Partys plan? Wu Heng asked next. The thief was silent for a moment, then slowly spoke, "I have no connection with the Warhammer Party, but judging from the tasks I received, the city walls at other locations will also arrange for people to open the city gates. I don''t know the rest." ?There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "How do you contact Momlo?" "He was the one who informed me of the meeting place. If there are special circumstances, I will send the news to Master Momlo''s mansion in the inner city." After all five questions were finished, the body fell down with a thud. By now things are clear. The thieves have a special purpose when they are inserted. ?Not only to cooperate with the Warhammer Party, but also to kill himself. Such a person was actually placed in the team. Its really a bit speechless. ??Wu Heng looked at Gaulubli, who was still holding the long sword, and said, "What, are you accomplices?" Of course not, how is it possible? Gaulberry replied immediately. Put the sword away, well talk about your business later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Gaulberry''s expression was stagnant. He wanted to say something but stopped. He looked at the body again and put away the long sword in his hand. ?Up to now, it seems that he doesn''t have any reason for it. Captain, what should I do with this body? Marta asked. ?The investigation into the matter is clear, and killing him would not be worthy of pity. But the association is, after all, an organization with complete rules. ?Everything must follow a process. Handling down the sentence in private, especially as a member of the team, obviously does not comply with internal rules. Wu Heng took a look and said: "A pension will be paid according to the death in battle, and it will be given to his mother afterwards." The three of them were stunned for a moment, but they also understood the meaning. He immediately said: "I understand, captain." Wait until everything is taken care of. ?Wu Heng led several people out of the house. The Knights of the Iron Guard and the gang members who assisted in the defense began to mount the city wall again to defend, while some people were cleaning the battlefield. According to Wu Heng''s request, all the corpses were collected. See Wu Heng coming out. The middle-aged commander of the knights walked over quickly and said: "Captain Wu Heng, we have rearranged the defensive personnel. The enemies below the city have no intention of continuing to attack the city wall. They have already evacuated to both sides. They should be other The city wall was also breached." According to what Burke said, there will also be people on other city walls to assist the Warhammer Party. ?Although this place was defended, the other city walls cannot be said for sure. It is possible that fighting has begun. You continue to defend. If the enemy starts a large-scale attack on the city, arrange for someone to notify me, and I will support you then. Wu Heng continued. Okay, Captain Xie. The middle-aged commander nodded. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Give me your command token. I will go back to support other city walls. It may be useful then." This The other party began to hesitate. The token is the identity of the leader, and it is wrong to give it to others. How long has it been since then? Your broken token can make the Warhammer party retreat. Duke said from the side. There is no such thing as a token in the association. The captain has a coat of arms, and each city can prove his identity. ??The token content is higher than that of Luntam City. Okay! the middle-aged commander responded and handed over a token. ??Wu Heng took it and said directly: "I will return it to you when the matter is over. I have no use for it." Okay, Ill go there first. ?Wu Heng nodded. The commander turned and walked towards the city wall. Put the token away. ?Wu Heng walked towards the pile of corpses nearby. ?There are at least a thousand corpses here, piled up into a mountain of corpses. The rich smell of blood filled the entire area, and blood slowly flowed down the pile of corpses, forming a dark red stream on the ground and flowing to the drainage outlet. The sewage here will flow into the river outside the city. I''m afraid the entire river is blood red now. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpses and didn''t feel much. After all, in the zombie world, if you just clean up some corpses, the number would be several times that here. When corpses cover the entire road, it is called a mountain of corpses. This is just a small slope. ?Wu Heng didnt react at all, but Duke and Marta still looked a little ugly. Im not afraid of dead people, but this is the first time Ive seen so many. ?Wu Heng walked closer and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Corpses stood up one after another and staggered down from the pile of corpses. ?Wu Heng removed the bones from his head, took out two bottles of psychotropic potion and drank it down. After recovering mental strength, continue to release [Dead Corpse Field] twice in succession to transform all corpses into rotting corpses. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. ?Wu Heng walked out with a large piece of rotting corpse and a strong smell of blood. The members of the Knights on the distant city wall took a few steps back fearfully. Captain, what should we do next? Duke came over and asked. ?Wu Heng asked: "Have your family made arrangements?" Ive made arrangements, but Im not sure whats going on now! Marta looked a little worried. ??Duke also said: "I don''t know either." They both live in the outer city and have relatives at home. ?Things happened so suddenly that no one was sure what happened. It is obviously impossible to say that I am not worried. Wu Heng said directly: "Here are some of you, go home and settle down your family first." After speaking, he picked a few rotting corpses for each of them and asked them to take them away and settle down with their families first. The two of them did not refuse and nodded. Thank you, captain! Thank you, captain! After thanking him, he turned around and left. ??Wu Heng looked at the swordsman Gauluboli who was standing aside and didnt move, Arent you leaving? I have nothing to plan, just follow you! ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go to the North City Gate." The battle lasted for several hours. Alarm bells rang in the city, and fires broke out. ??There are also many people who take the opportunity to rob property, kill people and set fires. The whole city fell into chaos. It seems that after today, Luntam City will have a new owner. There are not many people in Wu Heng in the city. Minnie and Anderweil in the inner city are unlikely to be in danger. Even if the Warhammer Party invades the outer city, they will not be able to invade the inner city in a short period of time. Once there is danger, they will also go to the consortium to find Lecia. ?Wu Heng had arranged an escape route in advance. ?The only thing I''m worried about now is Wen Mansha from the Spike Gang. ??As a gang recruited by the city hall, they were responsible for the defense in the north of the city. As his first maid, he didnt want her to be in danger. Are you looking for someone? Gauluboli felt that the team was gradually speeding up and asked. Go and save a friend. Wu Heng replied. Do you have any friends? Am I not worthy? Wu Heng said jokingly. You just came here, so you probably dont have any friends that you have to take risks to save. ?Wu Heng was silent for a while, and then said: "An informant, I don''t want anything to happen to her." Female! ?Wu Heng looked at him in surprise. It can be seen from your expression. Northern District of Outer City. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and there were shouts of killing. Kill me in. All the gold and silver women are in the city. Whoever grabs them belongs to whomever. The female orc holding two swords chopped off the heads one by one and shouted loudly while standing in the crowd. The Warhammer Party, Fang-Ixir, is the only female member. ?His hair exploded, and he slashed through the crowd like a madman. Heads fell one after another wherever he passed, it was unstoppable. With the shout, everyone in the Warhammer Party became more excited, shouted in unison, and launched an even more frantic attack. ??The Warhammer Party lives in the mountains and has long been looking forward to the city in front of them. ?? Today they all entered the city, and their blood boiled like lava. ??The female orc also kicked her foot, and rushed out like a sharp arrow, leading the team into the crowd. The Knights of the Iron Guard and the gang members who assisted in the defense fell back one after another. There is no room for fighting back. The defensive formation was broken up, and his soldiers fell one by one like wheat. He could only keep retreating, waving his weapons in panic. Dang~! ??A harsh knocking sound sounded. ??The helmet on the head of the knight commander was swept off, and he flew into the distance and disappeared. ? He ??touched his head in horror, and rolled and crawled to the back of the crowd. ?The life in the city has made the Knights no longer strong, and they are unable to withstand the Warhammer Party. Quickly hiding in a safe place, the middle-aged leader glanced at the several gang leaders who were assisting in the defense, and finally landed on a plump figure wearing leather armor with long fiery red hair tied up. ??This woman who took over her husband''s gang was not of high rank and did not take over for a long time. In terms of strength and prestige, it is not enough to be taken seriously. Most suitable to be used as cannon fodder. Its just a pity that it looks so good. After thinking about it, he said directly: "Wen Mansha, lead your spike gang to break up and buy time for the large troops to evacuate. At that time, we will set up defenses in the inner city and wait for your return." ?Wen Mansha, who was in the distance, heard the other party''s order, turned around with a serious face, and took a look at the crowd that fell down like wheat. Said directly: "Why?" The middle-aged commanders expression changed. He said in a cold voice: "Wen Mansha obeys the order and leads your people to hold off the enemy now. I will ask the city hall for credit afterwards." Tch~! Pull me down, youre the one taking the lead in escaping, I need you to take credit for me. Wen Mansha didnt give in at all. "What did you say? If you don''t obey the command, I will kill you now!" The middle-aged commander turned the sword in his hand and pointed it at Wen Mansha''s location. ??Wen Mansha was surrounded by several shading figures in front of her, preparing to fight. All the people nearby, including the leaders of several gangs, looked at this woman in surprise. The topics that were discussed about her in the past were taking over her husband''s gang, wiping out the White Wolf Gang, as well as her appearance and figure. ?Looks like he has a better temper than Roach now. "Do you think internal strife is the right choice now?" Wen Mansha didn''t give in at all and looked at him coldly. ??Even if he is pushed out, he will die, but now he can still deal with him from here. The commander''s face became even more ugly. Several members of the Iron Guard Knights around them all turned their guns and pointed them this way. Wen Mansha, the overall situation is the most important thing, dont be petty. "Follow the commander''s orders and hold on for three to five minutes. Then you can take the people back." Whats the matter with you? The Spike Gang doesnt want to exist anymore. The other leaders and backbones all gathered around. Everyone tried to persuade them, but the formation was pushing the people from the Spike Gang to the front. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 208 , half the city lord Chapter 208, Half the City Lord Hearing these words, the expressions of the two men suddenly changed. A large number of Warhammer soldiers appeared in the carrion, and they were told that those who did not arrive as planned had become members of the carrion. But several people still doubted the whereabouts of the two key members. After all, the backbone of the Warhammer Party is at the top of any force in terms of rank and combat effectiveness. Faced with encirclement and suppression again and again, they still survived. There is no problem in escaping if you can''t defeat them. Unexpectedly, they all died here and were enslaved by the Necromancer. Double Ax Bone''s eyes suddenly turned red, he stood up instantly and shouted: "Leader, I''m going to kill him!" All the backbones can be regarded as brothers who live and die together. If he really died on the battlefield, there would be nothing to say. Now he died at the hands of a third person who suddenly appeared, and was turned into an undead creature. Its hard to accept it in my heart. ?Shattered Skull took a deep breath to calm down, "Sit down, now is not the time for revenge. Don''t ruin our plans for many years because of this incident." The orc skeleton sat down again and gritted his teeth, "Chief, we can''t let him go." "Well, promise him first, and then kill him later." Broken Skull said, then looked at the warlock aside and said directly: "Promise him, I can give him half the city, but we need his people for this battle. Get ahead." "Would it be too obvious to force him to the other side?" the warlock said. After all, he was the one who delivered the news, so he was still somewhat worried that the other party would hear something and turn around and kill him. ??The reputation of the necromancer is not much better than that of the bandits. Then to put it another way, as long as he can take the head of the city lord, give him half of the city. "good!" The other side. Inner city council chamber. The city lord Elno suddenly stood up from his seat and shouted: He actually wants half the city? The official who delivered the news wiped his sweat and nodded. The Warhammer Party directly promised to carve up the territory under its jurisdiction, and the other party followed suit and offered to take half of the city. He would help anyone who could agree. The fat official added. "Do you know his identity? Since he got involved at this time, he should be from the city." Erno continued to ask. When this carrion team appeared, he was recalling the identity of this person. ??It is impossible for a necromancer who can control such a large army to appear in the city in such obscurity. ??But he has not paid attention to things in the outer city for a long time. Whether there is really such a person, or whether he discovered that the Warhammer Party was attacking the city and followed him in, it is completely impossible to verify. If the other person lives in the city, he must have some relatives and friends. It is also a bargaining chip in negotiating with the other party. The other person was wearing a mask. Judging from his voice and tone, he didnt look like a familiar person. The official said directly. ?Luntam City is too chaotic. ??The inner city is okay, but the outer city has a huge floating population. It is not surprising that such a person appears. There is no place to check the other person''s identity. I dont know who it is, so I cant blame relatives and friends. "You can give him more money. It is impossible to directly divide the jurisdiction." The city lord said coldly. ?The ministers in the city persuaded each other: "City Lord, the Warhammer Party will also make the same promise." Its better than losing the city! Everyone started to persuade. Comparing life with this city, everyone knows how to choose. ?The city lord Elno also knew it, but he was just unwilling to do so. Another official said: "The city lord just promised him first. It won''t be too late to wait until the Warhammer Party is solved. Then we will look at the situation. This person is hiding his secrets and may be a wanted criminal of the association. Then we won''t be needed." The association will arrange for people to handle it. ??The city lord''s face turned red, as if he had suffered a great shame. I sat on the chair and gasped for a long time, but there was no better way. In the end, he nodded, Thats it for now. The carrion side. . ?Wu Heng and others are solving the breakfast problem. Duke said: "I don''t know what''s going on with the association. It seems that except for our team, we haven''t seen any other team members." Swordsman Gaulberry followed and said: They should have all evacuated. Many people were transferred from outside. There are no family members here, so its not surprising that they left directly. The association itself is a group composed of teams of professionals. There are no too stringent requirements, and I wont say that you must live or die with this city. It is normal to run away directly if you find that there is a fight. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "In the past few days, a team leader has resigned. It''s not surprising. It''s just a job, and no one wants to risk their lives." People started leaving in advance, and I didnt even know it, Duke said. ?Gaulberry rolled his eyes at him, "This is not a glorious thing, and it will definitely not be disclosed to the outside world." Thats right! At this time, two ghosts flew back from the outside and penetrated into Wu Heng''s body. The scene of the two parties talking at the same time also emerged from my mind. From a discourse point of view. Both parties agreed, but both were prepared to regret it later. After all, the premise of everything is victory. Whether the promise will be fulfilled later or whether there will be changes depends on the development of the situation. Just like the sorcerer said. ??The city lord was also from a gang when he got up early, and he was not very well-educated. Soon, gang members ran in. ?Standing at the door, he said: "Captain, sister-in-law, those two people are here again." Let them come over. Wu Heng said. Duke and the others avoided it, and not long after, the two negotiators walked in again. Sit back to the previous position. ??Wu Heng looked at the two people glaring at him through his mask, and asked, "How are you guys doing?" The representative of Luntam City was the first to speak, "We agree to your request and will hand over half of Luntam City to your jurisdiction." As soon as these words came out, the warlocks of the Warhammer Party looked at him in surprise, and then said: "Sir, the leader of the Warhammer Party is also willing to agree to your request, but I hope you can cut off the head of the city lord." ??Wu Heng still looked at the two of them and continued: "Have you brought the agreement?" "Bring it!" The Luntam City official took out a piece of paper agreement, handed it to the other party respectfully, and added: "As long as you help us defend Luntam City, you will be the city lord from now on." ?Wu Heng took the agreement and held it in his hand. ?Looking at the warlock of the Warhammer Party, "Where''s yours?" The warlock was stunned and immediately said: "The Warhammer Party is doing things simply and has not yet prepared an agreement. I will go back now and ask people to prepare it immediately. At the same time, I will propose to the leader to divide more jurisdictional boundaries for you." As he said that, he wanted to get up and leave. The moment he stood up. A cage made of bones rose from the ground in an instant, trapping him in the middle. ?Several skeletons quickly walked over and surrounded the warlock and the bone prison. ?At the same time, the wights guarding the door immediately took action and killed all the accompanying Warhammer Party members. The body was dragged directly to the side. Wu Heng picked up the pen, signed his name on the Luntam City agreement above, handed one of the copies back to the other party, and said: "Go back and prepare. If you beat the drum and attack, we will attack directly from the side." Oh, okay, okay! The official was overjoyed, bowed three times in succession, turned and left. The warlock is trapped in a cage. His face became even more ugly, and he said: "Sir, we can discuss the conditions again. We will only give you more of the benefits that Luntam City can give you." ?Wu Heng took off the mask on his face, revealing his original face. The warlock''s pupils shrank suddenly, as if he recognized who this face was, but his expression was quickly concealed. Wu Heng said directly: "It seems that you know me. The association captain colluded with the second-level wanted criminals to capture a city. It is not a good choice. It is better to take half of the city and cooperate with the city lord to suppress the bandits. It is safer." " How to choose, you have already thought about it in advance. By reaching an agreement with Luntam City, you can reap the benefits and gain a reputation for cooperating with the bandits. ??And if you choose to side with the Warhammer Party, you will have to maintain a mysterious identity. ??Once it is found out that it is him who cooperates with the second-level wanted criminals to destroy a city, his end will definitely not be good. He will be put on a wanted warrant and become a street rat, and his life will not be stable. Duke, Marta, and many members of the gang. ??Everyone knows that he is the one who controls the carrion swarm, so the matter must not be hidden. So the result has already been determined, help Luntam City defend the city. ??The reason why the two of them went back to discuss at the same time was to let Luntam City recognize the reality and quickly promise to give out its own things. ?Now that the other party has agreed to this request, Wu Heng does not need to think too much anymore. Hearing what Wu Heng said, the warlock calmed down and said directly: "Captain Wu Heng has really thought carefully about it. Now that the matter has come to this, it seems that the Warhammer Party still has no luck in coming out." ?Looking at the other party, the warlock continued: "The captain likes trading, why don''t we make a trade that won''t affect the situation of the battle." Oh? Come and listen. Im just a late member of the Warhammer Party, and Im not on the wanted list. How do you feel about wanting to buy my life? the warlock said. Isnt it too late to leave now after killing so many people? Wu Heng said directly. "No, no, I didn''t kill anyone. Look at my outfit. It doesn''t look like it has been stained with blood. I only followed the Warhammer Party into the city after they entered the city, intending to gain some benefits." The warlock explained. . ?Although he is wearing leather armor on the outside, he is still wearing a noble dress on the inside. You wouldnt dress like this when going to the battlefield. "Furthermore, our strength comes from our blood. You will gain nothing by killing me. You will only get a weak servant." The warlock added again. ??Wu Heng shook his head and walked half a circle around the bone prison, "The blood of a warlock is a very good material for priests. It is a rare material for a necromancer." The warlock''s expression changed, "Well..., why don''t you listen to the chips I gave you first." "There''s nothing to say. After everything you did today, did you really think you could sever ties with the Warhammer Party?" Wu Heng took a step back, "Kill him!" The bone prison opens. Several skeletons were killed directly. The warlocks face was solemn, and he stood suddenly on the ground with a wooden staff in hand. A rolling ring of fire spread out from around him, forcing the advancing skeleton back a few steps. He glanced at Wu Heng with murderous eyes, turned around and ran away from the door. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng fired three shots in a row. The fleeing warlock was shot in the waist and legs, and his body fell to the ground. The skeleton rushed in front of him in an instant, and the weapon fell on his head. Inner city. ??The city lord and officials looked at the names on the agreement. ??Wuheng. ?Seeing this name, everyone also realized the identity of the other party. The new captain of the association caused a lot of heat some time ago. Its actually him. Furthermore, according to the information provided by the association, the other party is indeed a necromancer. "City Lord, don''t worry about who he is, attack. This is your last chance." Someone reminded. ??The city lord also reacted immediately. Give a direct order, "Prepare to attack!" Get ready to attack~! The messenger shouted loudly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 209 , waiting for his death (first update.) Chapter 209, waiting for his death (1st update.) The people of the inner city need someone to solve the Warhammer Party crisis. It doesnt actually matter who the mastermind behind the scenes is. ??Whether it is a powerful necromancer living in the city, or a newly transferred captain of the association, there is not much difference. As long as it can solve the current problem. Adjust the formation and prepare to attack. The city lord took a deep breath and ordered. ??The city lord and the men in the city began to boost morale and mobilize for the final battle. ??We have reached an agreement with Wu Heng, but whether we can ultimately defeat the notorious Warhammer Party depends on how we fight next. Nothing is certain yet. I just hope that the **** of luck will favor Luntam City. Don''t let yourself die here. The other side. ??The warlock of the Warhammer Party still did not escape from the room after releasing several fire spells. He was stabbed through the chest by a fire blade, and his body fell down little by little. ??Wu Heng looked back at Wu Heng, with unwillingness and helplessness in his eyes. ?Perhaps his involvement in the Warhammer Party was a mistake in itself. ?Hornblade drew out his sword and stood aside again. ??Wu Heng came over from behind, looked at the body, and said, "Tear off the equipment on his body and find a container to collect the blood." ?Several skeletons spread out and acted according to the order. Soon, the body was stripped naked, and a wooden bucket to collect blood was placed under the wound. Blood dripped into the barrel. Wen Mansha! Wu Heng shouted. Wen Mansha walked in from outside. She first looked at the **** corpse, and then asked, "What''s wrong, Master!" "Stay outside, don''t let anyone come in, and pay attention to the situation on the battlefield." Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Wen Mansha didnt ask any more questions and directly closed the door to the room. ??Wu Heng directly opened the gate and headed to the zombie world. I reappeared in the hotel room and looked at the clock on the wall. It read ten o''clock in the morning. Hurry to the window, open the curtains and look outside. ??When he saw a whole row of motorcades had stopped at the roadside, Wu Heng''s face showed some relief. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Li Yahong, then quickly go downstairs. Outside the hotel. ?Li Yahong frowned and looked at Wu Heng, "What''s wrong with you?" They fought all night last night. Although there was no close combat, they looked a bit embarrassed. He was dusty and looked a little bad. I was in command of the battle last night, nothing happened. Wu Heng responded casually, and then asked: Have you brought anything here? Bring it here! Li Yahong waved to the back, and Qiangzi drove an electric three-wheeler over. Two heavy machine guns on iron frames could be seen on it, as well as a skeleton controlling the heavy machine guns. Return to Luntam City. ??Fighting and deafening shouts of death could already be heard. At the same time, angry and anxious voices could be heard outside the door. "I want to see Captain Wu Heng. We agreed to attack at the same time. Why haven''t you taken action yet?" The Knights of the Iron Guard have suffered numerous casualties, and it will be difficult for you to defeat each other. At the same time, Wen Mansha''s voice could also be heard, "It''s not convenient for the captain to see you now, please wait a moment!" How dare you, a member of a small gang, talk to me like that! Wen Mansha said, "Wait outside the door." ?Wu Heng heard the conversation between the two and instantly understood what happened. The Iron Guard Knights had already begun to attack, but Wu Heng did not see any troops sent out, so they arranged for people to come over to urge them. ??Wu Heng applied [Bone Armor] to himself and opened the door, and saw the fat official from before standing at the door, sweating profusely. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he was about to ask a question, but he immediately suppressed his anger and asked: "Captain Wu Heng, why haven''t you sent out troops yet? What are you waiting for?" Wu Heng glanced at the two fighting parties and said directly: "I am sending troops now, you go back!" "Oh, okay, thank you very much, captain, you must send troops." The fat official left quickly. ??Wu Heng called out the big man, the Terrorclaw and other skeletons in the room. Then he reconfirmed the situation on the battlefield and said directly: "The carrion attacks and kills all the Warhammer Party." Hurrah! The corpses on standby all moved together, holding weapons in hand, and rushed towards the direction of the Warhammer Party. The movements of the rotting corpse immediately alerted both warring parties. On the Warhammer side, there was obvious confusion as they saw the rotting corpses coming. Immediately a team was formed to attack the carrion head on. In an instant, the battle began, and the wights joined the battlefield. ?Bang bang bang~! And as the carrion begins to die. The corpse began to explode, and green poisonous smoke rose and filled the air. Three parties of people gathered together. The cry of killing and the sound of exploding corpses filled the entire battlefield. The war zone spread to the main roads and alleys, and green poisonous gas was spread, as if we were in a miasmatic swamp. ?The Knights of the Iron Guard, occupying the advantage of the city wall, rained arrows from the top of the wall and shot into the middle area of ??the Warhammer Party indiscriminately. Penetrated through the bodies of the Warhammer Party and the Rotten Corpse, and large pieces fell to the ground. ??The Warhammer Party has a large number of people and a fierce and powerful fighting style, and can withstand the combined efforts of both parties at the same time. It''s just that the poisonous gas of the rotting corpses is also corroding all living beings. People are constantly knocked down by the poisonous gas and then killed by the zombies. ?Not only the Warhammer Party, the spread of poisonous gas has also covered part of the Iron Guard Knights, and the Knights have also begun to reduce their numbers. The entire battlefield was in chaos. The two parties targeted the Warhammer Party, but neither showed mercy to the other. ??Wu Heng kept assigning tasks to the wights, trying to outflank the Warhammer Party troops from different directions to spread the poisonous gas to the maximum extent. To reduce the opponent''s combat effectiveness. Facts have proved that the effect of the two parties joining forces is still very significant. ??A large number of people from the Warhammer Party died, and the fighting spirit of those gang members with white armbands on their shoulders continued to decrease under the siege. Some people have begun to take advantage of the gaps in the fighting to get into nearby houses or alleys and disappear directly. The battle lasted half an hour. ??Just when Wu Heng gave the order to the group of carrion corpses. ??In the direction of the Warhammer Party, a deafening roar suddenly came out. ?? Then I saw a group of men and horses, like rabid mad cows, plowing directly into the camp of the rotting corpses, quickly advancing forward. Fight in with me and kill the mage, and these undead creatures will die on their own. ?One of the particularly tall orcs raised a long-handled war hammer and roared loudly. Before he finished speaking, he swung his war hammer and smashed it against a carrion that rushed up. Bang~! The rotten corpses were smashed into pieces in the air, and the broken limbs and bones were scattered all over the sky along with the poisonous gas. Like a broken piece of ceramic. ??The war hammer followed the trend and hit it again. The second carrion''s armor was dented, its severed limbs flew out, and its chest was crushed into a piece of mud. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The tall orcs charged forward quickly, the war hammer in their hands opened and closed, and all the enemies in the road and those who approached were smashed into pieces. ?The elite members of the Warhammer Party who followed behind also took advantage of the situation to show their super fighting power and killed the carrion that was surrounding them. ?Like a sharp sword, thrust straight into the center, the target is the rear of the corpse. ?Skull Crusher-Dragisha, leader of the Warhammer Party, the associations bounty is 3 gold coins, and a second-level meritorious service. He actually did not go to kill the Iron Guard Knights, but led the team to his side. The purpose is also very clear, to carry out a beheading operation and kill himself. ?Looking at Skullbreaker leading the Warhammer Party, it was like they were in a no-mans land, fighting out of a vacuum. ?Wu Heng was also surprised by the opponent''s fighting power. ??This is probably at level 15 or above, and the melee ability is so powerful. The poisonous smoke is still filling the air. After the charging Warhammer Party members charged for a certain distance, some of them began to struggle. One after another, they fell to the ground and were killed by the carrion. But Skull Crushers footsteps still didnt stop, approaching quickly. "Go, you guys go kill him together, and the rest of you go kill the rest!" Wu Heng said directly. The large skeletons next to them took action immediately after receiving the order. Hurry forward. Big, low body, like an attacking rugby player, ramming directly into the opponent. Dang~! ?Skull Crusher swung out the hammer, with a deafening hammer sound. The big man''s breastplate was dented, and he flew two or three meters upside down and fell out. Fangs followed closely behind, with two swords protruding from the green mist and slashing towards the head. ?Shattered Skull took a deep look at the opponent''s appearance, which looked like a human being or a ghost. He ducked and hit the opponent with his war hammer. A huge battle ax struck from one side. ??The warhammer was retracted in the air and collided with the battleaxe, making the sound of metal clashing. Xue Ax took three or four steps back, and Shattered Skull''s body was also unbalanced and tilted back. At this time, a flaming red sword emerged from the poisonous gas again. It made a chirping sound and left huge scratches on the breastplate. ?Several figures surrounded the tall orc in the middle. At the same time, skeletons such as the Skeleton Terrorclaw, Two-Block, Three-Block, etc. appeared. ??? also began to attack the elite Warhammer Party who were following behind "Skull Crusher". In the poisonous gas, the undead have an advantage. One figure after another was knocked away, smashed into the middle of the corpse group, and was instantly submerged by the rotten corpses. Facing the deformed skeletons, all of whom were level 13 or 4, these elites were unable to resist and were rapidly reduced in number. ~! There was another crash. ??The war hammer swung the flaming sword away. The huge force caused the body of the fire blade to shake. The flames on the long sword were extinguished in an instant and became dim. ??However, many skeletons still started to fight non-stop, holding him back. Even Skullbreaker didn''t expect that in addition to his two backbones, the other party also had so many high-level attendants. ?While fighting, he glanced into the distance, looking for the Necromancer. Finally, behind layers of corpses. Vaguely saw a figure wearing a bone armor, with a weird black mask. You are here. Broken Skull said through gritted teeth. The warhammer rotated, swinging away the surrounding skeletons, and his body rushed towards the target position like an arrow from the string. When approaching a certain distance. The body suddenly jumped up high, the war hammer was raised above the head, and it was smashed towards the target. Boom~! An explosion sounded like a bomb. A deep pit with a diameter of three to four meters appeared. The shock wave spread the poisonous gas, and all the rotting corpses around it died. ?Shattered Skull suddenly raised his head. Then he saw the other party getting into a strange vehicle, with two skeletons and strange black things standing on the truck bed. "Boy, you must die here today." Skullbreaker cursed and charged forward again with his war hammer. ?Wu Hengs eyes were also a little solemn. ?As soon as he twisted the handlebar, the electric three-wheel suddenly sped out with a whine. In an instant, he distanced himself from the opponent. Shoot, kill him! ?Wu Heng turned the handlebars violently while observing the other person through the rearview mirror. The skeleton on the carriage began to take aim. ?The space is limited, and the two heavy machine guns are barely placed in the truck body in a misaligned position, and it is inconvenient to change the direction of the barrels. But the barrel itself is pointing backwards, so it doesnt need to be rotated too much. After simple aiming, the two skeletons directly pulled the triggers at the figures chasing after them. ?Bang bang bang~! The barrel of the gun spits out tongues of orange flames. Skull Crusher, who was pursuing in anger, suddenly felt a creepy feeling, and his body subconsciously dodged to one side. Even if you react the fastest, it is still not as good as bullets. ?Most of the bullets were shot into the ground close to the body, and a few scattered bullets hit the breastplate. The bullet penetrated the first layer of steel plate and got stuck on the breastplate, but did not penetrate the body. A normal person would have been shattered long ago, but Broken Skull only took a few steps back, looking at the scars on his body with surprise and vigilance in his eyes. It seems that he did not expect that the other party would have such a weird and powerful weapon. Then, he rolled on the spot and planned to leave here first. ?Wu Heng, who was sitting in the car, also showed a surprised look. Even if he dodged the bullets, the heavy machine gun could not kill him. Seeing that the other party wanted to escape, Wu Heng immediately shouted: "Glenda." The voice fell. A ghost appeared out of thin air in front of Shattered Skull and raised his hand. Illusion generation. ?Shattered Skull suddenly froze on the spot, his pupils were dilated, and he immediately woke up the next second. But after a brief moment of sluggishness, the bullets were already pouring in. ??Ding ding ding, puff puff puff~! The breastplate was heavily indented, and the waist, abdomen and thighs were penetrated by numerous bullets. ??His right calf was hit by more than one shot. The bones were broken and unable to support the ground. ?Shattered Skull was showing pain, but he didnt expect that the other party had so many tricks. ??But there was no time to think about it. He dragged his injured leg and threw himself directly into the alley on one side, trying to escape first. As soon as Wu Heng saw that the opponent was about to run away, the three-wheeler suddenly stopped and started to reverse. The car stopped at the intersection, and a machine gun turned around. ?Bang bang bang~! Intensive bullets shot into the narrow alley like raindrops. ?Skullbreaker roared angrily, and with a look of horror, the armor on his body was torn into pieces, and various parts of his body were turned into mud by bullets. experience. Your level has been raised to level 10, with constitution +1 and intelligence +1. Unlock feats: Arcane Echo, Necromancer, Undead Adaptation. ?System prompt appears, proving that the other party is dead. Stop fighting, the person is dead. Wu Heng said directly. The gunshots stopped, and a cloud of gunpowder smoke filled the tricycle. Go and pull the body out. Wu Heng said. ?Two skeletons jumped out of the truck and walked towards the alley. ?Draged the corpse like rotten flesh and walked out. Inner city, above the city wall. ??City Lord Erno, as well as many officials, stared at the battlefield below. The city lord, the leader and main force of the Warhammer Party, is attacking the wights. This is a good opportunity for us to launch a general attack. Erno looked at the entire battlefield with an expressionless expression. Even those who have never led troops know that this is a good time to attack with all their strength, and cooperate with the wights to directly annihilate the Warhammer party. However, the agreement in his hand was like a big mountain, pressing firmly on his shoulders. ??Wrentam City, it took several years of operation to achieve the immediate results. Half will be given out today. But what if the other party dies in this battle? With the current losses of the Warhammer Party, it will be difficult for them to attack the inner city after killing the wights. Erno said directly: "Retreat the troops and retreat to defend the city gate." ?All the officials were stunned, but they immediately understood what the city lord was thinking. Some felt inappropriate, while others praised him. Retreat to the city gate! the messenger shouted. ~! The drums sounded. The soldiers who were fighting were all stunned, began to stop the attack, and retreated to the city gate. Hold the city gate and rescue the wounded. (End of this chapter) Chapter 210 , are you the city lord? Chapter 210, Are you the lord of the city? At the end of the battle, Bawudong, Fire Blade, Blood Ax and other skeletons quickly followed. Put Wu Heng and the tricycle in the middle. Its okay, the person is dead. Wu Heng said. Soon, the body in the alley was pulled out. Throw it at your feet. The tall and strong orc had been beaten beyond recognition, and his armor was like a honeycomb, full of dents. ?Although his limbs were intact, they were beaten to pieces by bullets. That is, the body is strong and there are no broken limbs. Just as he was about to release the [Bone Slave Technique], he stopped again. After thinking for a moment, he took out the tablet from the space ring that he usually used to watch cartoons for "Xiao Xiao", and turned it on to the camera function. ??Took two photos of the corpse, and then took a photo of myself and the corpse. ?This is Skullbreaker, the leader of the Warhammer Party. ??On the association''s wanted notice, there is a bounty of three gold coins, a second-level meritorious service, and it is converted into a skeleton. If the association does not recognize it, it will be troublesome. I am still counting on this meritorious service to promote myself to deacon or deputy deacon. Took several pictures in succession. After feeling almost the same, start to release [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the corpse, and an unstable prompt due to insufficient levels also appeared immediately. Then, the flesh and blood fell off, and the four-meter tall orc skeleton slowly stood up. Shaked the skull and made a rattling sound. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Level 16 skeleton. The level is lower than expected. ??When Skullbreaker fought off many skeletons and chased the tricycle, Wu Heng thought he had offended a level 20 enemy! ?That momentum is really quite big. According to the records in the Book of the Dead. After changing jobs, you will be a first-level professional. Level 5 is the second level, level 10 is the third level, level 15 is the fourth level, level 18 is the fifth level, and level 20 is a hero. In the hierarchical division of the entire profession. Level 16 fourth-level professionals are among the top people in the world. As for the deacons appointed by the association who are stationed in various places, they only need to be level 12, which is enough to represent a force. ??Wu Heng of course hopes that the skeletons he transforms will be of a higher level, the better. But level 16 is not considered low. Even saying that a bandit leader reached level 16 is surprising. If you are not yourself, participate in this war. ?This city will definitely change its owner today. Those powerful people in the inner city will not end well either. From now on, you can continue to call Skull Crusher, pick up your weapon, and stand up first. Wu Heng said directly. ?Skullbreaker walked out of the rotten flesh, returned to the alley, picked up the long-handled war hammer that he just dropped, and stood aside. The orcs are already tall. ?Skullbreaker stood in, one head taller than the rest of the orc skeletons. Appears to be unusually tall. ?Wu Heng just wanted to continue checking the attributes of the broken skull. The sound of rapid footsteps came from behind. I saw Wen Mansha running over quickly with a few gang members. He pulled down the cloth covering his mouth and nose and said: "Captain, the troops in the inner city have withdrawn, and the Warhammer Party has started attacking like crazy." ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood the thoughts of the Iron Guard Knights. ??This is to allow themselves to fight to the death with the Warhammer Party, and then they will deal with the remaining party. Fighting is not enough, now we are doing this. What to do now? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Go back first and clear out the Warhammer Party members first. Wu Heng said and motioned for Wen Mansha to come up. The latter had doubts in his eyes, but he also sat on the side. ?Wu Heng twisted the handle, and with a three-wheel whirring sound, he rushed forward. The powerful pushing feeling on her back made Wen Mansha exclaim, tightly hugging the arm on her side, and looked at the strange instrument being driven in surprise. Several skeletons and gang members were also surprised. Haunted behind the three-wheeler. Returning to the battlefield area, the battle continues. Troops have been withdrawn from the inner city area, and many people can be seen repairing the city gate, intending to close the city gate again to prevent outsiders from approaching. On the Warhammer Party''s side, they began to launch a fierce attack. ??Everyone wore a scarf and charged towards the carrion. ?Wu Heng asked Granda and Xiaoxiao to observe the battlefield situation from above. Continue to give the order: "Attack and kill the Warhammer Party." High-level skeletons led the rotting corpses to launch a counterattack, rushing towards the Warhammer party like a wave. Soon, the Warhammer Party began to lose numbers rapidly. ?Especially, an extremely ferocious skeleton was charging back and forth in the team, judging from the appearance of the skeleton, as well as the weapons and armor. is the leader of the Warhammer Party. ??His leader has been killed by the opponent and turned into an undead attendant. The morale of the Warhammer Party dropped to the bottom in an instant. Large numbers of people began to flee. Ignoring them, they turned around and fled towards the city gate. ?Wu Heng ordered the carrion to give chase symbolically. After everyone escaped from the city gate, they closed the city gate directly. ?Skull Crusher died, and there was still one backbone in the Warhammer Party who was holding a double axe. Wu Heng did not see any trace of him. He must have known that he could not win, so he ran away with his people. It doesn''t matter, the core of the entire Warhammer Party is the level 16 Skull Crusher. ?Now that Skullbreaker is dead, there are not many members of the Warhammer Party left. Even if he goes back to be a bandit, it will be difficult to achieve anything. ??I''m afraid it''s not even a bigger gang. At the end of the battle, the poisonous gas gradually dispersed. Revealing mountains of corpses on the ground, as well as more than a thousand rotting corpses promoted. The Knights of the Iron Guard re-formed their battle formation at the city gate, looking at the team in front of them with vigilance. Where you are facing a companion who is fighting together, it is more like facing a new enemy. ??Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the city lord and many officials on the city wall. Said directly: "Move forward!" Hurrah! ??The carrion team rearranged and began to advance toward the city gate. Above the city wall, crossbows and arrows were pointed at the carrion below. Just wait for a command and the arrow will be shot. The whole place was instantly filled with an atmosphere of desolation. Under the watchful eyes of everyone, the carrion team advanced to the main battlefield area. The movement suddenly stops and the vehicle enters the standby state. The next second, under the gaze of everyone on the city wall, several gray-white circles of light swayed in succession. ?The densely packed corpses on the ground stood up swaying, bent down to pick up weapons, and became one of the new rotting corpses. In an instant, the number of the zombie army was close to ten thousand again, crowded with each other, and occupied the entire area. Everyone on the city wall stared wide-eyed. In disbelief, there is also a look of horror. Is the Necromancer so suitable for the battlefield? Can a corpse be transformed so quickly? How is it possible? Tap tap tap~! The city lord Erno was the first to react. He quickly came down from the city wall and shouted loudly: "Get out of the way and let them in." ??The rest of the officials also reacted and got off the city wall, commanding the guarding soldiers to get out of the way. ??The carrion army directly entered the inner city. "Captain Wu Heng, the victory in this battle is thanks to your help. I must write to the association and tell the association what happened today." Erno stepped forward and said with a smile on his face. Wu Heng glanced at him, not caring about the hidden meaning in his words, and replied with a smile, "Thank you very much, Lord City Lord." Everyone has seen it, and it should be so. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why did the Iron Guard Knights withdraw their troops just now? My people were almost in danger." Erno frowned. He didn''t expect him to ask directly. He quickly thought about it in his mind and said, "There is no way. There was a rebellion in the inner city just now. It should be the internal agents deployed by the Warhammer Party. I had no choice but to rush, I recruited some people, but fortunately I didnt cause any losses to you. Oh, so thats it, I said the city lord must have a reason. "certainly!" ?Wu Heng didnt want to continue dealing with him. Everyone is timid during the war, even the armor on their bodies is brand new, but they always think of using some intrigues. I just feel that chatting with him is extremely boring and a waste of time. He simply said directly: "Since the city lord and officials are here, let''s discuss the distribution of the city according to the agreement." "Now? Captain, why don''t you go back and take a rest, and then discuss this matter after the situation in the city stabilizes?" Erno continued. "Now! There''s no need to go to such trouble for the two of us to just talk to each other in one sentence." Seeing Wu Heng''s serious tone, the expressions of several people present also became serious. Erno asked in a deep voice: "What does Captain Wu Heng want to do? The situation in Luntam City is complicated and there are many gangs. Taking over rashly may cause turmoil, so why not Sit down and discuss it carefully..." Wu Heng waved his hand slightly and continued: "In the outer city, I want the east and north areas. The inner city is also in the northeast and belongs to me. The remaining positions belong to you. How about it?" Captain Wu Heng, are you sure you want to divide the regions? Arent you afraid that the residents in the city will be difficult to manage? "There is no need for these city lords to worry. Let''s proceed according to the agreement first. If there are any adjustments that need to be made afterwards, it won''t be too late for us to discuss them again." Wu Heng''s tone decided on these two points. Erno narrowed his eyes slightly, glanced at the skeletons and the army of corpses around him, and nodded, "Okay, then follow Captain Wu Heng''s idea. If you can''t manage the city in the later stage, you can also send someone to find me. I will You can give the captain some experience or provide some advice. Okay! Wu Heng smiled. snort! Erno was still angry. He snorted coldly, took his men and horses, and turned around to leave. According to the division of the map, this area can also be regarded as the jurisdiction of Wuheng. "Captain..." Wen Mansha whispered from the side. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Let your people clean up the battlefield, and then select a group of subordinates who will obey the order and assign tasks to them." Okay. Wen Mansha greeted and led her men to start cleaning the battlefield. The resources all over the land are money. Even broken weapons and armor can be collected to make a lot of money. Professional associations. After entering the city, Wu Heng took Duke and Gao Luboli and went directly to the association. The fighting took place for so long that not a single member of the association was seen. Even though he knew that he had probably fled the city, he still wondered if someone had massacred him here, which was why there was no news at all. When we arrived in front of the association, the entire door was sealed. ??Duke knocked for a long time but didn''t hear any response from inside. Captain Wu Heng? Suddenly, the grid window on one side opened, and a human young man poked out, shouting with some uncertainty. Wearing staffs clothing. Well, how is it here? Wu Heng asked directly. "No, it''s okay here. Is it over outside?" the young man asked. "It''s over. The Warhammer Party has escaped and everything is fine." Wu Heng said softly. ??The young man looked happy and immediately retracted his head. He vaguely heard shouts from inside, such as "The battle is over" and "Everyone is safe." The sound of moving items came from behind the gate. Then, with a creak, the heavy door opened. A lot of people gathered in the empty hall. We were on duty last night and hid after the fighting. The young man explained beside him, and then pointed to the crowd hiding in the hall, These are nearby residents, they are all hiding here. ?This is the inner city, and the people taking refuge are all nearby residents or servants. People from the outer city will not be able to enter after the city is closed at night. Hmm! Have you seen the deacon and deputy deacon? Wu Heng continued to ask. "No!" It seems that he is really hiding. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Okay, the Warhammer Party has dispersed. Everyone can go back to their respective residences, but be careful these two days. There will be chaos in the city for a while." Thank you, captain. Thank you, captain! Everyone thanked them, then walked out of the door and carefully checked the situation outside. ?Seeing that there was really no sign of fighting, he walked towards his residence. Wu Heng continued to tell the staff: "Arrange someone to inform the people, and the association people will work normally. If the team members come back, let each team strengthen patrols in the city to prevent gangs from taking the opportunity to cause chaos." Oh, good! The staff nodded in agreement. Then, Wu Heng asked Duke and Gaul Bailey to take charge of the association first. I continue to deal with other things. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng continued to rush to the opposite side of the Snake Emblem Consortium. The consortium indeed has its own power in the city, and you can see well-organized troops guarding the building. In the lounge. ??Wu Heng received two of his maids. ?Minnie jumped into her arms, while Anderweil stood aside obediently. At this time, the door opened. ?Lecia, wearing leather armor and a sword hanging on her waist, walked in. ?A pair of beautiful eyes stared at him. It took a while. He said a little doubtfully. Are you the lord of the city? (End of this chapter) Chapter 211 , Half City Lord (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes.)) Chapter 211, Lord Half of the City (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes.)) You got the news very quickly! Wu Heng sat down on the side with two maids standing behind him. In fact, it was not surprising for Lecia to learn the news. The Snake Emblem Consortium can develop so well in the city, so it must have some intelligence channels of its own. Furthermore, it was not confidential information, everyone present at the time knew it. Half a city! Wu Heng added. Then I should call you City Lord. Lecia was still a little surprised, but she accepted this fact. At the same time, I am also glad that I and the other party have always maintained a relatively friendly relationship. Can even be called friends. ?The other party puts the maid on his side, which also proves his trust in him. Well, it would be better if we add a master. Wu Heng said jokingly. Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "You are quite rude, half-city lord!" Then, Lecia continued: "Will Erno obediently give up the city? You should be more careful." The agreement has been signed, what else can he do? "It''s just a piece of waste paper." Lecia stretched and reminded again, "After all, he has been running Luntam City for so many years. Even if he gives up half of the city, he only needs to make some small moves to make it impossible for you to run it. The city will be returned to him then. What kind of small means? Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t know that if I were careful, even if it was only half a city, it would not be as simple as being a captain." Lecia continued. Yeah, thats right. Those people may not be as **** as before, but they are also more proficient in some shameful methods. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Thank you very much!" The two chatted casually for a while, and then walked out of the consortium with their two maids. ?Haunted by skeletons and corpses, he walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and rested for a while, then began to check the properties of the transformed skeleton. Blood Ax and Fang glanced at each other briefly. Attributes are consistent with their own levels. Blood Ax focuses on strength, while Fang is more agile and looks like a human thief. Blood Ax is level 14, Tusks is level 13. They are all of a very high level. After looking at the two skeletons, attention was focused on the Broken Skull. As the leader of the Warhammer Party, Wu Heng was also surprised by his combat effectiveness. The one who couldn''t be defeated despite the siege of 5 skeletons was forced to break through the defense line and chased and killed him. ??If two heavy machine guns hadn''t been pulled over, and the other party didn''t recognize this weapon, they wouldn''t have dodged it immediately. Its hard to say what the final result will be. Fortunately, I am lucky. ?The other party died in his own hands and became a skeleton attendant. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Level: 16 Attributes: Constitution 38, Strength 42, Agility 28, Intelligence 18, Perception 25, Charisma 16. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, savage physique, ferocious attack, danger perception. Feats: Two-handed Mace Specialization (Master), Heavy Armor Specialization (Advanced), Orc Weapons Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Fury, wild attack, persistent rage, unyielding bravery. Brutal Beast Physique: Possessing a rare physique, Physique +8. Brutal Attack: When attacking with melee weapons, the battle will be more ferocious, with strength +11. Danger Perception: Possessing extraordinary sensing power, allowing you to detect the presence of danger immediately, Perception +5. In the violent state, your physique, agility, and strength will be greatly improved for a certain period of time. Wild Attack: Abandon all defensive postures and carry out frantic attacks. Persistent Violence: Your violent emotions are difficult to suppress. When you enter the state of ''violence'', you must be comatose or ''actively'' terminate it to end it early. Indomitable Valor: Physical strength and endurance are greatly improved. ??Wu Heng looked at the properties of Broken Skull and was not too surprised. His power has been seen from the battlefield, and it is expected that his attributes are high. But judging from several skill names. ?Skull Crusher should also belong to an orc of a special bloodline, and his physique and strength are naturally improved. Bloodline professionals are like geniuses from the original world. People are born with talents in this area. No matter how hard you work, you can only get closer. After checking the attributes of Skull Crusher, Wu Heng looked at the specialties he had unlocked after upgrading. ?The war was still going on at that time, so there was no chance to study the attribute content of expertise. Now is a good time to take a look. Unlock feats: Arcane Echo, Necromancer, Undead Adaptation. Arcane Echo: You have learned how to use magic power to restore your mental power and magical energy. You can rest or actively enter the echo state to get corresponding recovery. Necromancer: You spend most of your energy on studying and learning necromancy magic, and the cost of using the "Necromantic Faction" spells is halved. Immortal Adaptation: You are resistant to necrotic damage, and your status will not be affected in this environment. Unlock three feats in total. The first one is called [Arcane Echo]. From the skill introduction, you can restore your own mental power and magic energy while resting and actively entering the echo state. The function is like recovering mana or meditating in the game. Cross your legs in that direction to restore energy. ??This specialty is recorded in the Book of the Dead. It is not a high level and is a primary specialty for mages. It will be unlocked when you study and come into contact with the mysteries of magic. But on Wu Heng''s side, he actually took a shortcut and directly unlocked skills by reading the skill book, without studying any magic mysteries. It was barely unlocked after reaching level 10. But for Wu Heng, it is indeed needed. The current quick way to reply is to drink psychotropic potion, no matter how much it costs. If I just drink it like this, I am afraid that I will develop drug resistance and it will be difficult to use it in the future. Now you can reply, which solves a big problem. The second one is called [Necromancer], which is the exclusive specialty of this faction. Its function is to halve the spell consumption of all necromancy factions. ? is also a very practical ability. At least when transforming corpses, you can reduce a lot of your own consumption and recovery time. It is a powerful feat that improves endurance. Next is [Immortal Adaptation], which is resistant to necrotic damage and will not be affected under the corresponding environment. ?The necrotic damage here actually refers to the energy generated by undead creatures or undead magic. Traditional necromancers need to develop magic and will be in an environment with dead bodies or dark energy for a long time. ?This expertise can resist damage in this area. ?As for Wu Heng, even if he doesn''t study magic, it can still play a certain role in an environment where corpses gather. In short, the three specialties this time are very useful. No worse than learning a powerful skill. Look through the properties. After closing the panel, shout: "Weier!" ? Anderweil ran out of the kitchen, "What''s wrong?" Come here and help me write something. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Anderweil wiped her hands and sat down aside. ??Wu Heng took out the paper and pen from the space ring, put them on the table, and said: "Write it in a more orderly manner. I will send it out to others to see." Okay. Anderweil picked up the pen and got ready. After all, Anderwine was the young man of the tribal tribe. The word is still very beautiful, but it is a bit of a good -looking. At first glance, it was written by a girl. What to write? Anderweil looked up at him. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Just write, I am shocked that he was the one who solved the crisis in Luntam City and saved the residents from the fire and water!" Huh? Andweier was stunned. Ah, what, write the first sentence bigger and use it as the title. Oh! Anderweil agreed and started writing. Then, while Wu Heng was retelling, Weier wrote on the paper. Minnie also came out and sat aside, watching curiously. Zombie world. Before the convoy left, Wu Heng returned to the hotel. Walking out of upstairs, Li Yahong looked at him curiously, "Have you been bored in your room all day?" ??Although I didnt want to ask too many questions, I was also curious about why Wu Heng didnt invite zombies with her during the day and locked himself in the room for the whole day. I am coming out now that I have to leave. Ah, Im a little tired, Wu Heng said. ?? Li Yahong reached out and touched his forehead, "It''s okay, I guess he didn''t get enough rest. Just take a good rest tonight." Well, my health is quite good. Wu Heng said. Go inside and sit for a while. Ill go back after Qiangzi finishes loading the gasoline. Li Yahong whispered. "Come!" The two entered the closing hall, and Li Yahong immediately leaned into his arms and kissed each other. ?Wu Heng moved his hands up and down, and Li Yahong''s whole body became increasingly hot, and she gasped softly. ?They were entangled for a while and then slowly separated. The meeting time today is so short. Li Yahong complained a little. There are some things, Ill let you know next time. Tch~! Who needs you to make up for it? Li Yahongs face turned even redder. The two lingered for a while. ??Wu Heng continued: "Is there a copy machine over there in the prison?" Yes, do you want to copy something? ?Wu Heng took out what Anderweil had written and handed it to her, "Make more copies of this." ?Li Yahong looked at the strange words on it and then at Wu Heng. ?But he didnt ask any more questions, but said: How many printings? "More than five hundred copies. Send them over as soon as possible. I have some uses for them." Okay, Ill speed up my return then. "Um!" ?Li Yahong leaned forward again and kissed her heavily. Then he quickly ran back to the convoy and left directly. Seeing the convoy leaving, Wu Heng also returned to his residence. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng sent the skeletons of the big man, the Terrorclaw and several others back to the zombie world. ??It is also unsafe over there and requires high-level skeletons to guard it. When everything is taken care of, return from the courtyard. ?? Then he saw Minnie, dressed in yoga clothes, lying on the couch, looking at the paper in her hand. The shoulders, back, waist and hips were all wet. It seemed that he had just finished training with Ba Wudong. ?The whole person is lying there, with slim curves and youthful vitality. (End of this chapter) Chapter 212 , Captain, you are Chapter 212, Captain, what are you doing? ?Wu Heng walked to the edge of the sofa and sat down, "What are you looking at?" Minnie turned her head, shook the sheet of paper in her hand, and said, "I made an agreement with Sister Wei''er, and she will teach me how to write starting today." ??Wu Heng then looked at the paper in her hand. The words above are all basic and common. Why do you still think of learning to write? Minnie said with some embarrassment: "When I learn well in the future, I can also help you with some things. The rest will fall on Sister Wei''er." "My consciousness is so high. Now I practice boxing every day and learn to write. I''m not afraid of getting exhausted." Wu Heng said. "What''s the point? It won''t take long," Minnie said. ?Looking at the girl''s confident look, Wu Heng smiled and patted her on the back, "Minnie is so smart, she must learn quickly." Minnie''s face immediately showed joy, "Really? The master is so kind." The lobby on the first floor. After the two had a heated exchange, Little Rabbit gently drew circles on his master''s chest with his green-white fingers and said, "Sister Wei''er must have heard it. She will laugh at me again tomorrow." ?Wu Heng gently stroked the girls jade back and said, Whatever is good to laugh at is just an ordinary thing. How unusual! Minnie said softly. ~! The two of them were crowded on the narrow sofa, and there was a knock on the entrance door. Someone is coming? Get dressed quickly. After checking each other, Wu Heng walked over and opened the door. Opening the door, he saw Wen Mansha, who was still dressed during the day, standing at the door with several skeleton attendants. Seeing Wu Heng opening the door, he asked curiously: "Minnie and the others are not here?" It seems that Wu Heng, the owner, is quite curious to open the door. Here you are, come in! ?Wen Mansha entered the hall and saw Minnie kneeling beside the coffee table, wiping the water stains on the floor and sofa with a rag. Sister Wen Mansha. Minnie called out sweetly. Wen Mansha nodded and didn''t notice the little girl''s flushed face. She took off her leather armor and put it aside. She took a breath and said, "Master, the trophies collected on the battlefield are all put in a place in the residential area." In the courtyard, the city walls in two areas have also been taken over, but there are still not many manpower available. " In fact, Wu Heng did not have much manpower at his disposal. ?The Spike Gang, the only one entrusted with important tasks, also suffered heavy casualties in this fight against the Warhammer Party. Although the areas have been divided, if you want to take over them completely, you will feel that there is a lack of manpower. ??Wu Heng mobilized part of the rotting corpses and part of the Spike Gang to take over the city wall, but it only achieved a symbolic guard. Lest it look like the walls are deserted. ??Wu Heng said: "Starting tomorrow, you will recruit more gang members to form our own patrol team." Wen Mansha nodded and was about to speak. He saw Minnie mopping the floor from the side and said directly: "Minnie, go prepare the bath water." Okay, sister! Minnie responded obediently, got up and went to prepare bath water. Wen Mansha continued: "There is no problem in recruiting members, but it may take some time to get them to change their gang habits." Nature and habits, once formed, are difficult to change. Gang members, especially the Spike Gang, are at the bottom of the gang themselves. Change is more difficult. Even if they are complied with, it is done under supervision. So when arranging patrols, it is actually not difficult to find personnel, but it is a little difficult to regulate them. Wu Heng leaned back on the sofa and thought for a while, then continued: "Let''s do this, you select some men who can do patrol work, and then I will arrange some skeleton attendants to patrol with him, which will reduce the manpower and make it easier to manage. " Wouldnt it cause chaos if skeletons participate in the patrol? A lot of residents should be worried in the short term. After a long time, it will be fine if they find that the skeletons are only patrolling and apprehending criminals. Wu Heng said. ?Wu Heng thought about this idea and felt that it is very feasible. Previously, I thought that skeletons could not integrate into the survivors. But now, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others have also accepted it, and the names like Brother Skeleton are quite friendly. ??Moreover, Wu Heng also believed in his own skeleton more than his gang members. Okay, its up to you. Wen Mansha had no objection. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "Next, the people who are preparing to build the city hall will be completely separated from the city lord." Huh? Leave it all to me? Wen Mansha was a little surprised. Whats wrong? Feeling tired? Wen Mansha said softly: "No, I''m just afraid that I won''t do well." "If you can''t do anything right, you will be the biggest eldest sister in our neighborhood from now on." Wu Heng said jokingly. I dont care about these, as long as I can stay with you. Wen Mansha raised her head, her eyes full of tenderness. Well, come back and live in the future, and Ill prepare a room for you. ?Now, the members of the Inner City and the Spike Gang all know that Mansha Wen is one of their own. Wen Mansha looked happy, "Really, then I live with you?" Choose your own room too. Well, okay! Since he used a bathtub etched with runes, the bath water was prepared quickly. After Minnie informed her that she was ready, Wen Mansha pulled Wu Heng into the bathroom. ?In the mist-filled bathtub, Wu Heng hugged the soft body in front of him and enjoyed the feeling of the hot bath. Wen Mansha yawned lazily, looked up to the sky and said, "Thank you for saving me last night?" ?Wu Heng raised his brows, "You are mine, aren''t you supposed to!" Wen Mansha pouted, "If it were Roach, he would definitely not have rescued me. He would even push me out to delay me at the critical moment." ?Wu Heng hugged the other person tightly and comforted: "Don''t worry, I won''t give up on you." Wen Mansha had a soft smile on her face. ?Then he frowned slightly, raised his head and looked back, and said softly: "Bad master, when I mention Roach, you become energetic again." the next day. After breakfast, Wen Mansha left the residence directly with a thousand skeletons wearing leather armor that Wu Heng had prepared for her. According to the results of the discussion between the two yesterday. ? Wen Mansha will choose some members from the gang who are trustworthy and have fairly good character. Lead the skeletons on patrol missions. ?Although the Warhammer Party withdrew, the chaos they caused still continued. There will certainly be no shortage of houses and houses being robbed and private fights between gangs. ??Luntam City is originally a city formed by gangs and mercenary groups, and there are definitely many people who want to take advantage of this opportunity to make a fortune. It will definitely be chaotic for a while. Hence, at this stage, patrol tasks must be increased. ?After Wen Mansha left, Wu Heng tidied up and walked out of the house. Inner city, professional association. Today, many people came to the hall. In addition to the staff, you can also see some members of various teams wandering back and forth. Captain Wu Heng~! Good morning, Captain Wu Heng. You werent injured yesterday, were you? From a distance, some people greeted him, and Wu Heng also waved his hands one by one. Yesterday, he was the first to come to the association to inform everyone that the battle was over. Today, the rest of the people came to work and the news had already spread. Everyone was surprised at how much the new captain of Team 12 could affect the outcome of the battle, but they also had a reasonable feeling. After all, everyone had some speculations about him in the past. ?There have been rumors about aristocratic young masters coming here to gain experience and being disciples of strong men. ??This time the problem of the Warhammer Party was solved, and everyone''s speculation about the extraordinary background was strengthened. ??Wu Heng walked to the front desk, and the staff immediately smiled, "Captain Wu Heng!" Is Deacon Gomez here? Wu Heng asked. "not yet!" You wont be able to escape from the city! If he does not come back, it will be difficult for the entire association to continue its work. Wu Heng continued: "In yesterday''s battle, I killed three people on the wanted list. Is anyone doing an autopsy and filing now?" Wait a minute, Ill ask. The staff turned around and left. After a while he returned again and waved him over. In the cold basement, two coroners from the association stood. Captain Wu Heng, where is the body? the coroner asked. ?Wu Heng stepped aside, and the three tall figures behind him took off their motorcycle helmets. Revealing the white skull, and the soul fire rising in the eye sockets. Tap tap tap~! The two of them looked frightened and subconsciously took a few steps back. Captain, what are you doing? (End of this chapter) Chapter 213 , the evil necromancer Chapter 213, The Evil Necromancer They are the wanted criminals I am talking about, the blood axe, fangs, and leader Warhammer of the Warhammer Party. ??Following Wu Heng''s introduction, the three skeletons took a step forward one after another, and they cooperated very well. The two coroners were stunned for a long time. Only then did someone say, "Are you asking us to examine the souls of the dead?" "Ah, yesterday we fought with the Warhammer Party. The situation was quite urgent, so we turned into undead first." Wu Heng explained. This is not an explanation for the two of them, but something that needs to be recorded. The association will look at the reasons at that time. The two of them didnt say much and started to check the skulls and the wanted posters. Carefully confirm some characteristics, as if there are some taboos. About half an hour later. The two of them recorded it in their notebooks. One of them said: "In terms of skeletal characteristics, it is very close to the information on the wanted poster. However, this is the first time we have used the undead attendants to judge wanted criminals. We need to wait for the deacon to come back and confirm." ?Autopsy is not the only way to confirm whether a wanted criminal has been killed. After all, there are risks in fighting, and who can guarantee that the body will be brought back every time a mission is performed. So generally with a deacon''s guarantee, it can be confirmed that the wanted criminal has been killed, as long as he will not appear again in the future. ??Wu Heng nodded, then took out his tablet, pulled out the photos he had taken before, and showed them to the two of them, "I still have images here that were taken during the kill. You can confirm them." The two of them took it, looked at the props in their hands curiously, and then looked at the images on it carefully. From the images, it can be confirmed that the corpse is the head of the leader of the Warhammer Party. ?Then the undead attendant in front of me should be the same. It was recorded in the record book again. Captain Wu Heng, we have recorded all the information you provided. You still need to wait a few days. When the results are available, we will notify you as soon as possible. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" After saying that, we walked out together. ?Several skeletons also put their helmets back on their heads. Return to the squad lounge. All three team members are in the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all stood up and said, "Captain!" Well, Marta, you have nothing to do over there, right? Wu Heng asked. Its okay, Captain. Marta said. Wu Heng nodded, sat down on the side, and continued: "I have already reported the matter of Bulk from the front desk. When the time comes, ''Gaulberry,'' you will follow up. After the pension is paid, send it to his home. " Okay captain! Swordsman Gaulubli nodded in agreement. An undercover agent was placed beside him, and he was given the identity of being killed in action. ?On the surface, the death is not ugly, and the family can still receive a pension. It can also be regarded as the most benevolent and righteous. Captain, now that you are the city lord, will you still do missions with us in the future? Duke asked. The other two people also looked up. ?Marta only heard Duke tell her what happened yesterday when she came today. ??Wu Heng directly took half of the city from the people in the inner city. The area where Marta lives is within the management scope of Wuheng. ??I am also very curious about how I, the captain, will manage the outer city in the future. Yes, why do you ask? Wu Heng asked. Hey, let me ask you, is it a bit bad that you are already the city lord and you still help us catch wanted criminals? Duke scratched his head and said. I am still the captain of the association and I still have to abide by the rules. Wu Heng said. ??After this skull-crushing achievement, I should be able to become a deputy deacon. At that time, you wont have to do tasks so frequently. So, the internal rules of the association must still be followed. ?A few people sat in the lounge and chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and said: "Let''s go, let''s go to half of my city and then go back to rest early." Okay. ?A few people got up and walked outside together. Outer cities are still chaotic. ?Although no corpses can be seen on the street, dark red blood stains can be seen everywhere, as well as minced meat in the cracks of bricks. The shops along the road are still closed. ?Most of the doors and windows were broken, either because they were damaged by the fighting or because they had been taken advantage of by others. It was dark inside. Except for the house, the tables, chairs and the front desk were gone. Walked around in my own area. Found a tavern that is still open. Lets go, lets finish lunch and then go back to rest. Wu Heng said. ?Several people entered the tavern and sat down in the corner. ?There are not many customers in the store, and there are only three tables of people sitting in the hall. Ordered some food. ?Having just chatted for a few words, suddenly a man walked in from the door and jumped directly onto the high platform used by the "bard" in the past. Said loudly: "Have you heard?" In the tavern, everyone looked at each other. Their eyes were wary at first, but also curious about what the other person was going to say. See everyone look over. ??The man''s voice was a little louder, "The extremely evil Necromancer threatened the Lord of Erno with the lives of ordinary residents in the city, and occupied the East and North Districts." The residents living in these two areas are like livestock to be slaughtered, and they will be used as experiments by him at any time to complete the evil magic. We must resist, unite, and resist his rule The man stood on a high platform and spoke loudly like a speaker. ??The tavern owner standing behind the counter still stood in his original position, listening to the man speaking loudly. ?After hearing what the man said clearly, the people in the tavern began to talk in low voices. ??The Warhammer Party''s affairs just ended yesterday, and they haven''t heard the news about the Necromancer occupying the outer city. Who did you listen to? someone asked. The man took a step forward, his eyes widened, and said: "Of course it''s the news coming from the inner city. The Iron Guard Knights put all their energy on the Warhammer Party, but they didn''t expect that the **** Necromancer would take advantage of it. In order to save more peoples lives, we had no choice but to agree to his request and give up two city areas. As soon as these words came out, the whole place fell silent again. Someone recalled it and said: "I used the beast tamer to take a look at last night''s battle. There were indeed a large number of rotting corpses, covered in green poisonous mist. It shouldn''t be bad." So, the East District and the North District have become the territory of the Necromancer? someone asked. "Whose can do it? The Knights of the Iron Guard are managed by gangs regardless of the outside world. What does changing someone have to do with us?" The man on the stage shouted again: "Stupid! What kind of profession is a necromancer? It is a profession that uses living people to conduct experiments, disembowel living people and make them into undead. Everyone will be his experimental subjects. It will be difficult to die then..." this. ?Everyone present was stunned. They have never come into contact with necromancers, but they do have a bad reputation outside. At this moment. The door of the tavern was pushed open. Two determined members walked in with more than a dozen skeletons wearing leather armor. The man on the high platform looked suffocated, shut up immediately, and pretended to look at the ceiling. ??Members of the Spike Gang glanced inside the tavern and said directly: "Is there no one making trouble?" The boss came up to him with a flattering look on his face and said, "No one is making trouble. Who are you...?" The gang member said: "From now on, our Spike Gang will be responsible for patrolling this area. There is a patrol point 200 meters away. If you need anything, you can go to us." " Oh, okay. The boss responded immediately. Okay, lets open business as usual! The gang member said something and just wanted to leave. ?Wu Heng stood up directly, "Wait!" The corner was dark, and the gang members frowned and looked carefully. When they found out it was Wu Heng, they immediately lowered their waists and said, "Captain Wu Heng, my sister-in-law asked us to come out for patrol." Well, thank you for your hard work. Captain, what are your orders? The atmosphere in the entire tavern became tense. The man on the high platform looked here with a solemn expression. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Catch him." As soon as the man on the stage heard this, he turned around and ran away. ??The Spike Gang also reacted quickly, "Catch him!" After a chase in the tavern, the man was pushed to the ground with an iron knife held to his neck. Captain, what should we do? asked the members of the Spike Gang. Send it to Wen Mansha. "Okay!" The member waved his hand and escorted him out. ?Wu Heng also stood up and walked out with his team members. Before walking out of the door, he turned back and said: "Close the tavern, don''t get yourself into trouble." The tavern owner was sweating profusely. While wiping, he nodded, "Okay, okay." ?Stepping out of the tavern, Wu Heng said to his team members: "You go back first, and then go to the association tomorrow to see if the deacon is here." Captain, dont you need us? Duke said. Go home, there is chaos in the city recently, protect your family. Duke nodded, "Oh, okay, captain." A few people dispersed and left. The Spike Gang Base. ?Beside the courtyard, five people were tied up. They were all captured by patrols outside. Those Wu Heng met were still preaching against the Necromancer in the tavern, while the rest set up wooden boxes on the roadside and stood on them to loudly preach these things. ?The content is almost the same, even the order of the sentences is the same. Needless to say, it was arranged by someone and deliberately came to incite the residents. How to deal with it? Wen Mansha asked as the courtyard door opened and two more tied people were brought in. The number of people increased by seven. The people in the inner city really didnt give up and did this. Wu Heng said. Lecia from the consortium reminded him. The gang in the inner city may no longer dare to go to the battlefield, but some conspiracies and calculations are getting better and better. It seems that it is one of them now. Go and kill them. If there are too many people dead, no one will dare to speak nonsense. Wen Mansha said. Hearing that they were going to kill someone directly, the eyes of the tied people showed fear. It seems that he is not as high-pitched as when he gave a speech, and he is also afraid of death. ?Wu Heng thought about it and realized that there was really no good way. Moreover, the Spike Gang had no place to detain people, and sending them to the association was not in compliance with the procedures. Kill him! Wu Heng said. ?Wen Mansha waved her hand. In the surprised eyes of several people, the people from the Spike Gang stepped forward and killed them all. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], the body stood up, was put on leather armor and sent out for patrol. What to do next? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Lets patrol normally first and reduce some fighting situations. "good!" ?Wu Heng nodded, and after a few more explanations, he completely handed over this place to Wen Mansha. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. The convoy stopped outside, and Wu Heng went straight downstairs. ??Li Yahong saw him, immediately smiled, waved slightly, and the commercial vehicle drove over. Qiangzi and the others moved stacks of copied papers into the hotel. There were more than two thousand copies printed overnight. (End of this chapter) Chapter 211 , Half City Lord (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes.)) Chapter 211, Lord Half of the City (please give me some monthly votes and recommended votes.)) You got the news very quickly! Wu Heng sat down on the side with two maids standing behind him. In fact, it was not surprising for Lecia to learn the news. The Snake Emblem Consortium can develop so well in the city, so it must have some intelligence channels of its own. Furthermore, it was not confidential information, everyone present at the time knew it. Half a city! Wu Heng added. Then I should call you City Lord. Lecia was still a little surprised, but she accepted this fact. At the same time, I am also glad that I and the other party have always maintained a relatively friendly relationship. Can even be called friends. ?The other party puts the maid on his side, which also proves his trust in him. Well, it would be better if we add a master. Wu Heng said jokingly. Lecia rolled her eyes at him, "You are quite rude, half-city lord!" Then, Lecia continued: "Will Erno obediently give up the city? You should be more careful." The agreement has been signed, what else can he do? "It''s just a piece of waste paper." Lecia stretched and reminded again, "After all, he has been running Luntam City for so many years. Even if he gives up half of the city, he only needs to make some small moves to make it impossible for you to run it. The city will be returned to him then. What kind of small means? Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t know that if I were careful, even if it was only half a city, it would not be as simple as being a captain." Lecia continued. Yeah, thats right. Those people may not be as **** as before, but they are also more proficient in some shameful methods. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Thank you very much!" The two chatted casually for a while, and then walked out of the consortium with their two maids. ?Haunted by skeletons and corpses, he walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and rested for a while, then began to check the properties of the transformed skeleton. Blood Ax and Fang glanced at each other briefly. Attributes are consistent with their own levels. Blood Ax focuses on strength, while Fang is more agile and looks like a human thief. Blood Ax is level 14, Tusks is level 13. They are all of a very high level. After looking at the two skeletons, attention was focused on the Broken Skull. As the leader of the Warhammer Party, Wu Heng was also surprised by his combat effectiveness. The one who couldn''t be defeated despite the siege of 5 skeletons was forced to break through the defense line and chased and killed him. ??If two heavy machine guns hadn''t been pulled over, and the other party didn''t recognize this weapon, they wouldn''t have dodged it immediately. Its hard to say what the final result will be. Fortunately, I am lucky. ?The other party died in his own hands and became a skeleton attendant. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Level: 16 Attributes: Constitution 38, Strength 42, Agility 28, Intelligence 18, Perception 25, Charisma 16. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, savage physique, ferocious attack, danger perception. Feats: Two-handed Mace Specialization (Master), Heavy Armor Specialization (Advanced), Orc Weapons Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Fury, wild attack, persistent rage, unyielding bravery. Brutal Beast Physique: Possessing a rare physique, Physique +8. Brutal Attack: When attacking with melee weapons, the battle will be more ferocious, with strength +11. Danger Perception: Possessing extraordinary sensing power, allowing you to detect the presence of danger immediately, Perception +5. In the violent state, your physique, agility, and strength will be greatly improved for a certain period of time. Wild Attack: Abandon all defensive postures and carry out frantic attacks. Persistent Violence: Your violent emotions are difficult to suppress. When you enter the state of ''violence'', you must be comatose or ''actively'' terminate it to end it early. Indomitable Valor: Physical strength and endurance are greatly improved. ??Wu Heng looked at the properties of Broken Skull and was not too surprised. His power has been seen from the battlefield, and it is expected that his attributes are high. But judging from several skill names. ?Skull Crusher should also belong to an orc of a special bloodline, and his physique and strength are naturally improved. Bloodline professionals are like geniuses from the original world. People are born with talents in this area. No matter how hard you work, you can only get closer. After checking the attributes of Skull Crusher, Wu Heng looked at the specialties he had unlocked after upgrading. ?The war was still going on at that time, so there was no chance to study the attribute content of expertise. Now is a good time to take a look. Unlock feats: Arcane Echo, Necromancer, Undead Adaptation. Arcane Echo: You have learned how to use magic power to restore your mental power and magical energy. You can rest or actively enter the echo state to get corresponding recovery. Necromancer: You spend most of your energy on studying and learning necromancy magic, and the cost of using the "Necromantic Faction" spells is halved. Immortal Adaptation: You are resistant to necrotic damage, and your status will not be affected in this environment. Unlock three feats in total. The first one is called [Arcane Echo]. From the skill introduction, you can restore your own mental power and magic energy while resting and actively entering the echo state. The function is like recovering mana or meditating in the game. Cross your legs in that direction to restore energy. ??This specialty is recorded in the Book of the Dead. It is not a high level and is a primary specialty for mages. It will be unlocked when you study and come into contact with the mysteries of magic. But on Wu Heng''s side, he actually took a shortcut and directly unlocked skills by reading the skill book, without studying any magic mysteries. It was barely unlocked after reaching level 10. But for Wu Heng, it is indeed needed. The current quick way to reply is to drink psychotropic potion, no matter how much it costs. If I just drink it like this, I am afraid that I will develop drug resistance and it will be difficult to use it in the future. Now you can reply, which solves a big problem. The second one is called [Necromancer], which is the exclusive specialty of this faction. Its function is to halve the spell consumption of all necromancy factions. ? is also a very practical ability. At least when transforming corpses, you can reduce a lot of your own consumption and recovery time. It is a powerful feat that improves endurance. Next is [Immortal Adaptation], which is resistant to necrotic damage and will not be affected under the corresponding environment. ?The necrotic damage here actually refers to the energy generated by undead creatures or undead magic. Traditional necromancers need to develop magic and will be in an environment with dead bodies or dark energy for a long time. ?This expertise can resist damage in this area. ?As for Wu Heng, even if he doesn''t study magic, it can still play a certain role in an environment where corpses gather. In short, the three specialties this time are very useful. No worse than learning a powerful skill. Look through the properties. After closing the panel, shout: "Weier!" ? Anderweil ran out of the kitchen, "What''s wrong?" Come here and help me write something. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Anderweil wiped her hands and sat down aside. ??Wu Heng took out the paper and pen from the space ring, put them on the table, and said: "Write it in a more orderly manner. I will send it out to others to see." Okay. Anderweil picked up the pen and got ready. After all, Anderwine was the young man of the tribal tribe. The word is still very beautiful, but it is a bit of a good -looking. At first glance, it was written by a girl. What to write? Anderweil looked up at him. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Just write, I am shocked that he was the one who solved the crisis in Luntam City and saved the residents from the fire and water!" Huh? Andweier was stunned. Ah, what, write the first sentence bigger and use it as the title. Oh! Anderweil agreed and started writing. Then, while Wu Heng was retelling, Weier wrote on the paper. Minnie also came out and sat aside, watching curiously. Zombie world. Before the convoy left, Wu Heng returned to the hotel. Walking out of upstairs, Li Yahong looked at him curiously, "Have you been bored in your room all day?" ??Although I didnt want to ask too many questions, I was also curious about why Wu Heng didnt invite zombies with her during the day and locked himself in the room for the whole day. I am coming out now that I have to leave. Ah, Im a little tired, Wu Heng said. ?? Li Yahong reached out and touched his forehead, "It''s okay, I guess he didn''t get enough rest. Just take a good rest tonight." Well, my health is quite good. Wu Heng said. Go inside and sit for a while. Ill go back after Qiangzi finishes loading the gasoline. Li Yahong whispered. "Come!" The two entered the closing hall, and Li Yahong immediately leaned into his arms and kissed each other. ?Wu Heng moved his hands up and down, and Li Yahong''s whole body became increasingly hot, and she gasped softly. ?They were entangled for a while and then slowly separated. The meeting time today is so short. Li Yahong complained a little. There are some things, Ill let you know next time. Tch~! Who needs you to make up for it? Li Yahongs face turned even redder. The two lingered for a while. ??Wu Heng continued: "Is there a copy machine over there in the prison?" Yes, do you want to copy something? ?Wu Heng took out what Anderweil had written and handed it to her, "Make more copies of this." ?Li Yahong looked at the strange words on it and then at Wu Heng. ?But he didnt ask any more questions, but said: How many printings? "More than five hundred copies. Send them over as soon as possible. I have some uses for them." Okay, Ill speed up my return then. "Um!" ?Li Yahong leaned forward again and kissed her heavily. Then he quickly ran back to the convoy and left directly. Seeing the convoy leaving, Wu Heng also returned to his residence. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng sent the skeletons of the big man, the Terrorclaw and several others back to the zombie world. ??It is also unsafe over there and requires high-level skeletons to guard it. When everything is taken care of, return from the courtyard. ?? Then he saw Minnie, dressed in yoga clothes, lying on the couch, looking at the paper in her hand. The shoulders, back, waist and hips were all wet. It seemed that he had just finished training with Ba Wudong. ?The whole person is lying there, with slim curves and youthful vitality. (End of this chapter) Chapter 215 , photovoltaic panels Chapter 215, Photovoltaic panels Everyones attention is attracted. ?At the same time, a patrol team quickly climbed onto the stone pier, covered the mouth of the man on it, and the other two people picked him up and left quickly. No matter how much the man whimpered and struggled, he could not break free from the arms of several people. Seeing them leaving, the person holding the leaflet climbed back onto the high platform and said loudly: "It says that when the Warhammer Party attacked, the Iron Guard Knights retreated steadily...it was Captain Wu Heng who killed the Warhammer leader, And in accordance with the agreement promised by the city lord, we accepted the jurisdiction of the East District and the North District. " As soon as these words came out, the people below started talking again. It seems to be different from what others have said in the past two days. The result is the same, the Necromancer has jurisdiction over the East and North Districts, but the process is completely opposite. One said that the Necromancer took the opportunity to cause trouble and threatened the city lord with the lives of all the residents of the city. ?Another theory is that the Necromancer defeated the Warhammer Party, and the city lord exchanged the agreement and separated two city districts. Everyone, you look at me, I look at you. Continue to listen to the person on the stone pier and continue to read the content on the promotional page. Inner city, city lords mansion. The city lord, Erno, was sitting at the dining table, holding a knife and fork and putting the slices of meat into his mouth. Below, two officials from the city were sitting. Erno wiped his mouth with a handkerchief and said, "How did things go?" One of the officials said: "Don''t worry, city lord, this is our territory after all. Now his reputation is probably notorious in the city. Maybe all the residents of the two districts will leave in a few days, leaving him with an empty city." Heh, thats good. "How about arranging some things, such as killing people or imprisoning, and if the news reaches the association, he can''t even be the captain." Another person continued. Erno was stunned and immediately shook his head, "Don''t do this. Don''t force the second broken skull to come out. By then, we won''t be able to live in peace." Yes, the city lord is thoughtful. Continue to increase publicity. Okay, I will... Ta Ta Ta ~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded. An attendant walked in quickly, holding a piece of paper. He glanced at the people present and saluted, "Sir, there is something going on." Erno glanced at him and said, "What''s the matter? Just tell me!" The promotional page was handed over, "This is the content distributed in the outer city, saying that it was produced by the association." Erno narrowed his eyes slightly and took a look at it. As he looked at the content, his eyes widened with surprise and anger. Bang~! Erno slapped his hand on the table and stood up suddenly. The other two officials were startled. Someone whispered: "Lord City Lord, what''s the bad news?" The leaflet was thrown over. The two took it and looked at it carefully. The eyes also gradually widened. There are a lot of things written about it as a whole, but it can be summarized into two things. One is the Necromancer who repelled the Warhammer party and saved the entire city of Luntam. The second one is that the Knights of the Iron Guard are completely incapable of defending the city. They can only pretend to be powerful. When facing the Warhammer Party, they abandon the outer city and retreat to the inner city to protect the powerful. ??This is a public humiliation to the city lord and the Iron Guard Knights. ??If it was fake, the city lord might not be that angry. But everything written above is true. Is this issued by the association? an official asked curiously. The local association must have a good relationship with the city lord, and there will basically be no humiliation of the city lord. "The rumor was spread by the association." The attendant lowered his head and said carefully. Erno looked at him indifferently and said, "That kid did it. Gomez has a broken mind and wouldn''t do such a thing." What should we do? the official asked. Erno sat back in his chair, closed his eyes and meditated for a moment, and said, "Stop spreading the news first and find someone to mediate this matter." Huh? Oh okay! the official nodded. Okay, lets end the lunch here, lets go work on this matter first. Yes, City Lord! The official stood up and left quickly.??? ??Wu Heng led the team and walked around the two areas. Since he was wearing a helmet, not many people knew him, so no one recognized him. Along the way, I saw several people reading leaflets. ?Wu Heng stood in the crowd and eavesdropped for a while. ?Most people think that the above content is very credible. After all, the Knights of the Iron Guard have always ignored the outer city and will definitely retreat to the inner city when facing the Warhammer Party. ??But this does not mean that they believe in the management of the Necromancer. The reputation of the Necromancer outside is not much better than that of the Warhammer Party. There are many rumors. People are talking about it. ?Wu Heng and others listened for a while, then turned and left. Captain, what that man said is as if he saw it with his own eyes. Duke took two quick steps and followed. ?Wu Heng whispered: "Wen Mansha''s people." "Oh!" Duke nodded, and the other two people suddenly realized that they were the ones who arranged it. Continued to take a few steps forward. ??Duke continued to ask: "Captain, is the city safe now?" "If you are referring to the Warhammer thing, then it is safe now, but the city is also quite chaotic, so you need to be more careful." Wu Heng replied. "Glask told me when he left that he would let him know when it was safe so that he could come back and continue doing business. I was wondering whether to write a letter to inform them of their return," Duke continued. You can prepare to come back, nothing big will happen again. Oh ok. ?Wu Heng led a small team on a patrol. After confirming that there was nothing wrong, he said directly: "Okay, there is nothing to do today. Everyone can go home. There is no need to go to the association every day. When the deacons come back, I will arrange someone to notify you." Okay, captain, lets go back first. A few people broke hands and separated. Dusk. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha said: "There are people coming from the City Lord''s Mansion." Oh? What did you say? Wu Heng asked. It is said that there are gang leaders in the city recently spreading rumors against you, and they have arranged for the knights to arrest them. Wen Mansha shrugged, Thats what they said. This is pushing away the responsibility. Did I go over here just to tell you this? I hope we will stop promoting leaflets. I told them to ask you what to do. Wen Mansha said. The other party intends to mediate. He thought for a moment and continued: "It''s not easy to make so many copies. I can stop at any time. Don''t pay attention to them for now." "good!" ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while, then went upstairs to rest. The next day, noon. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of his residence and saw that the motorcade had returned and stopped in the yard. In addition to the original trucks and commercial vehicles, there are also five buses with welded steel plates and steel bars. The survivors of the prison were carrying things from the car. ?Seeing the skeletons all over the yard, he showed no fear. Wait for Wu Heng to come downstairs. He was waving his hand and saying hello from a distance. Li Yahong came over and said: "We have brought everyone with us. We will allocate rooms and residences today, and we can search for supplies nearby tomorrow." Okay, just make arrangements. "Yeah." Li Yahong nodded, and then said: "The Flame God Sanctuary is gathering survivors from other shelters to attack a factory together." Factory area? What kind of factory? From what the other party said, its a factory that produces photovoltaic panels. We plan to join forces to attack there to solve the problem of power supply in the shelter. Li Yahong explained. ?Photovoltaic panels? (End of this chapter) Chapter 216 , the growth rate weakens Chapter 216, the growth rate weakens ?Photovoltaic panels? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment before realizing he was referring to solar panels. ?This kind of thing is actually not uncommon, the street lights in the community are like this. But it is of little use to ordinary people. I have seen some videos before, which are news about laying this kind of photovoltaic panels on the roof to provide electricity to the entire building. It''s just that this kind of thing is usually set up in villas or bungalows. In places like community buildings, it is impossible to lay photovoltaic panels on a large scale. ?It is actually quite understandable that the shelter wants to attack this kind of factory. In this current situation, most shelters have power supply problems. With modern peoples lifestyle, without electricity supply, they are no different from primitive people, and solar panels are a good choice. At least it is simpler than wind power generation or thermal power generation. Is there such a factory locally? Wu Heng asked. "Listening to the tone over there, they should know such a place, and they should have arranged for someone to explore it in advance." Li Yahong frowned and recalled, and continued: "It seems that there are Level 2 deformed zombies and things inside. We need to contact other shelters. Cooperate and the spoils will be divided equally. ??Wuheng had never heard of such a factory. But the other party was so sure that he should have definite information, and even said that there were people in the shelter who had worked there. When will they set off? "I''m not sure either. I just heard them talk about this matter. Do you need me to ask?" Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Ask and see how they arranged it." "Okay, I''ll ask later." Li Yahong looked back at the people in the motorcade and said, "Do you want to have dinner together?" Now the convoy is temporarily staying at the passenger terminal, so there is no need to run back. No, please settle down and Ill come find you when Im free in the evening. Wu Heng said. Well, let me arrange them first. "good!" ?Li Yahong waved her hand and walked towards the motorcade. ?Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng also returned to the room he arranged. Go through the boundary gate and return to your residence. ??The sound of Minnie and Anderweil cooking could be heard from downstairs. Wu Heng went directly into the study and placed the potions he got today on the table. In addition to the bottle handed to Li Yahong, there are five bottles left in his hand. ?After thinking for a moment, he opened a bottle and drank it. The warm feeling spreads from the belly to the whole body, and the prompt appears soon. ?Strength +1. ??Only one attribute was added this time. After the discomfort caused by the medicine disappears, continue to open the second bottle of medicine and drink it directly. Physique +1. Still increased a little. It seems that the effect that the first-level corpse core potion can achieve is fixed at one attribute point. At the beginning of using corpse core. The added attribute points are three points, and when reaching level 5 or so, it is reduced to two points. Now it has only increased a little. The effect is somewhat weakened. ???If your own attributes are further strengthened, you may not be able to increase even the last point. At that time, you will need to take Level 2 Corpse Core to continue to increase your attributes. But the second-level corpse core medicine is still being developed, and it doesnt necessarily have to wait until when. Looking at the remaining three bottles of medicine, Wu Heng did not continue to use them. The effect of taking it by yourself is somewhat small. Used to improve the strength of those around you to achieve better results. As their strength increases, they can better complete the tasks assigned to them. Put away the three bottles of medicine and open the properties panel. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 10 Attributes: Strength 25, Agility 25, Constitution 28, Intelligence 30, Perception 18, Charisma 26. Feats:, Arcane Training, Lore of Souls, Lore of Haunts, Magical Senses, Arcane Echoes, Necromancer, Undead Adaptations. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage. ?Looking at the attributes on the panel, Wu Heng thought about it. According to the improvement of normal professionals, the improvement of one''s own attributes is not slow. There are six attributes in total, and none of them are low. Even in terms of strength and physique, they are not lower than melee professions of the same level. ?The only one that is slightly weaker is perception, with only 18 points. ?Perception corresponds to the quantification of intuition and senses. In simple terms, it is your ability to observe and understand things. ?In combat, discovering hidden enemies or traps along the way depends on the strength of your perception. I am really not very strong in this aspect. But for Wu Heng, there are also ways to make up for it. After all, his two ghosts can act as scouts to detect dangerous situations or unknown areas in advance. This has always been the case. The fact that there is a ghost instead does not mean that this attribute is useless. If you have the opportunity, you should still try to improve it. Sitting at the desk and thinking for a while, Minnies shout came from downstairs. Master, its time to eat~! Go downstairs. ?Wen Mansha also came back from outside. Four people were sitting at the dining table eating dinner. Wen Mansha took a small bite and then said: "Master, no one is going to spread those bad remarks now. We have distributed all the leaflets and arranged for gang members to read them to residents in some places. content above." "Well, let''s proceed like this first, and be careful about the movements on the ''Elno'' side. There may be some small tricks." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded, "Okay, I''ll get people to pay attention." "By the way, have you found out anything about Momluo?" Wu Heng suddenly thought of it and asked directly. Not yet. There is a slight shortage of manpower now, so the collection of intelligence will be slower. Wu Heng took a sip from the water glass and continued: "Check this person carefully. He should be relatively powerful in the city. At the same time, arrange for people to pay attention to ''Bulk''''s residence and pay attention to anyone who comes into contact with his family. " Okay, Ill do it tomorrow. Have had dinner. ?A few people were sitting in the living room chatting. ? Wen Mansha seems to be enjoying her current life, leaning on her chin as she watches Anderweil teach Minnie how to write. The gang is indeed a bit cold, and she used to live there alone. It will be livelier here now. When Minnie finishes writing, her hands feel cramped. ?Wu Heng took out three bottles of medicine. He said: "This is a potion to improve your physical fitness. Each of you can take one bottle." Wen Mansha has drunk this kind of potion. Potions that can directly change the body''s physique are always very precious. The smile was filled with surprise, "Thank you, Master." Getting up and picking up the potion, he kissed Wu Heng on the face when he sat back down. ? It was the first time for Minnie and Anderweil to come into contact, but seeing Wen Mansha''s happy expression, she knew that the potion was definitely not easily available on the market. Otherwise, as a gang sister-in-law, I wouldnt be so excited. ?Minnie and Andevil each also took a bottle and held it in their hands. Wu Heng said: "Okay, just open it and drink it." The three of them looked at each other. Open the cork of the bottle, drink it all. Wen Mansha and Andewell''s bodies began to appear red like a fever, but the symptoms quickly disappeared. Looking at his hands, he seemed to feel the changes in his body. Minnies symptoms are somewhat obvious. His body turned red, and purple bloodshot eyes began to appear on his exposed arms and calves. His expression was also very painful. He curled up on the single chair sofa and moaned softly. ? Anderweil was startled and quickly walked over to check the situation. ?Wu Heng also pulled up her clothes and took a look. The symptoms were much lower than when Wu Heng used it for the first time. It lasted less than a minute, and all of Minnies symptoms disappeared. The crouched body suddenly stretched out, almost kicking Wu Heng and Anderweier. Are you okay? Wu Heng asked. Minnie felt it for a moment and said, "It seems nothing is wrong. I felt so uncomfortable just now. It felt like my blood vessels were burning." What now? Now I feel full of strength in my body. As he said that, he threw two straight punches. Bringing a gust of wind. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the others, "What about you?" Wen Mansha shrugged, "Such a good medicine must be effective." Anderweil also nodded, "I also feel that I have improved, but I can''t say exactly where." This potion mainly improves the three attributes of strength, constitution, and agility. No matter where the increase is, it is effective for the three people. Okay, as long as it works, you have to work harder in training in the future, especially Minnie, you have to work harder. Wu Heng said. Minnie pouted, "Why are you just talking about me? I''ve worked very hard too." ?A few people chatted for a while on the first floor. Wen Mansha glanced at Wu Heng with her beautiful eyes, "Master, do you want to take a bath together?" Shaked his head, "No, I have to study magic today and stay in the room at night." Okay, Ill go back to my room to rest first! Wen Mansha yawned and walked upstairs. ?Minnie and Anderweil also tidied up the living room. The three of them went upstairs to rest. ?Wu Heng returned to the room. Go through the gate and return to the zombie world. The sky has darkened. Several big lights have been set up in the passenger terminal. In the courtyard, several people from Qiangzi could be seen squatting next to the truck changing tires. ?Standing in front of the window and looking at it for a while. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "Li Yahong, have you contacted the Flame God Sanctuary?" A reply came over the intercom, "We have been contacted. I will go over and tell you about the situation." "good!" Soon, footsteps sounded, followed by a knock on the door. ?Wu Heng opened the door and saw Li Yahong standing at the door. Come in! Wu Heng asked him to take a step. As soon as she entered the door, Li Yahong threw herself into her arms and kissed her on her lips. ?The two kissed for a long time before slowly separating. ??Wu Heng sat on the edge of the bed, pulled the other person onto his lap, and asked, "What did the Flame God say?" There is a vehicle-mounted radio on the military truck, and the effect is better than the original radio. So, even if you come out, you can still communicate with the outside world or listen to some information. Li Yahong said: "Yanshen Refuge has united with other shelters and will gather at the factory tomorrow." Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thank you Xingluoxue for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 217 , the appeal is so strong Chapter 217, the appeal is so strong Let''s set off tomorrow as soon as I hear it. ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised, "So urgent?" Li Yahong said: "Actually, there is no rush. They have been preparing for this for some time, but they didn''t pay much attention before." It seems that power supply is really urgently needed for various shelters. The Flame God Sanctuary is also very attractive. Wu Heng hugged his soft waist and continued. After the zombies. Each shelter has formed a separate small group. Different from the mutual help promoted in the main station, the scarcity and scarcity of materials make human beings less united. ?Just like the last time I went to rescue Grandma Wang Ke, there were two survivor bases in the same village. There were not many people and they were hostile to each other. No matter how serious it is, there will be a fight. At least most of the survivors are wary and distrustful of others. ?It is really not easy for this Flame God Sanctuary to convince so many people. Li Yahong patted his shoulder lightly and explained: "Do you remember the last time I told you that the headquarters appointed a regional disaster relief commander?" You said he became the commander-in-chief? "Well, we didn''t participate here. Based on some information we learned, the main station appointed the Yanshen Sanctuary as the commander-in-chief of disaster relief. We also used this name to organize this event, and it was indeed restored. Many bases have responded to the demand for power supply. ?The Flame God Sanctuary is also quite smart. The first organized action is to restore power. ??If it were something else, no shelter would respond, and they might even call it stupid. Well, I understand! Wu Heng said. Li Yahong continued to ask: "Do we want to participate? The prison''s power supply is also sufficient, and there is no need for such a large amount of power in a short period of time." Its okay to go and follow it. It can be used to generate electricity from solar panels, and it can also provide another way to increase power. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. "Okay, the location is on the edge of the city in the south. The distance is not close. We need to leave early tomorrow." Li Yahong said. "Um!" After confirming the plan for tomorrow, Wu Heng continued: "You have also taken the first-level corpse core twice, and your physical fitness has been greatly improved. I will teach you some fighting skills so that you can protect yourself if there is danger." Upon hearing this, Li Yahong looked up at him, "Aren''t you going to protect me?" "There are always times when I''m not around, so I think it''s better to keep in shape by meeting more." Wu Heng paused and continued: "Now that the zombies are gradually getting stronger, the living environment will be more difficult in the future." ?This is not because Wu Heng is scaring her, but because it is the fact. ??Now among the transformed zombie corpses, a large number of level 2 and 3 skeletons have appeared. means zombies are also improving. Unlike the improvement of humans, zombies improve over time. By then, the zombies all over the mountains and plains will have reached a higher level, and the living space of the survivors will be even more difficult. So, personal improvement is equally important. ?Others may not have any means, but Li Yahong has already taken the corpse core twice. If she doesn''t work hard, it will be unjustifiable. The zombies have become stronger too? A surprised expression appeared on Li Yahongs face, her beautiful eyes widened, as if she was trying to determine whether Wu Heng was trying to scare her. "Yeah, so while it''s safe now, try to improve yourself." Wu Heng said. ? Li Yahong recovered from the shock and stood up from her arms, "Okay, I''ll learn from you, then where do we start practicing?" ?Wu Heng has unlocked sword skills and short spears, but he also knows some fists and kicks, which he learned from Ba Wudong. Just no specializations unlocked. He said: "Let''s do physical training first. Practice for two or three days, and then I will teach you swordsmanship." Okay, Ill listen to you. The two of them walked to the open space in the room. ?Wu Heng started to make some moves in front, and Li Yahong followed behind. It should be the cause of corpse core. Li Yahong''s physical endurance is stronger than that of ordinary people. She practiced with Wu Heng for more than an hour. Although she was sweating profusely, she was still able to persevere. A wave of heat surged through the whole person. "Okay, let''s take a rest. Excessive training may not be a good thing." Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahongs face was flushed because of training, and she was breathing heavily. ??Wu Heng looked at her and said, "I''ll teach you some simple Lajin movements." Oh, good! ?Li Yahong agreed and stood there waiting for his next step of guidance. ? During this period of contact, she basically formed a habit of being obedient and completing tasks as required. Keep your legs shoulder-width apart. ?Li Yahong followed the other partys words and formed the prescribed actions. Yes, thats it, hold on to the desk and slowly lower your waist. ?Wu Heng said. So? Whats next? As soon as Li Yahong asked, she felt a pair of hot and powerful hands placed on the exposed skin of her waist. ?Li Yahong shivered as if she was electrocuted. "Don''t stay here, go to bed." Li Yahong said. How could Li Yahong, as an adult, not know what the other party was going to do? ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? ??Wu Heng leaned over and picked her up and placed her on the bed not far away. In a few moments, he removed the last layer of defense from his body and looked at the woman''s body on the bed with the help of the cold moonlight from the window. "We''re not in a hurry anymore, are we!" Li Yahong complained with her whole body flushed, and opened her arms, "Stop looking, come up quickly!" "Um." The next day, noon. The convoy lined up in a row and drove quickly towards the destination. Haha~! ?Li Yahong yawned and still held the steering wheel tightly. How about I take over for you for a while? Wu Heng said from the side. The two of them worked late last night and got up early to set off today. Li Yahong yawned non-stop. "It''s okay. You have to keep the speed. I''ll be here." Li Yahong shook her head, smiled, and continued to ask: "Is the stretch you taught me yesterday real or fake?" Of course its true. Then I will practice again when I go back. Can I teach Qiangzi and the others how to train their physical fitness? If they are in better health, they can also protect themselves. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yes, I also learned it from Ba Wudong, and I will teach you all about it if I have the opportunity." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. Looked through the rearview mirror above. In addition to Bawudong, Wu Heng was surrounded by three tall guards. ?Hold a huge battle ax and war hammer, looking like a Viking from the movie. The momentum is fierce. Zizzizi~! The intercom rings. Sister Hong, we are close to the destination. We can see some survivors and vehicles. ?Li Yahong looked at Wu Heng. The latter said: "The convoy slows down, don''t pass by yet." ?Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "The convoy slows down, don''t pass by yet." The convoy began to slow down, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao, and asked her to go ahead to investigate. A cement house in a large courtyard. ?In the empty house, there were no seats. There were a few tables made of red bricks, and a hand-drawn map was spread out. Six people gathered around the red brick table. Five men and one woman. ??In the center of the innermost part of the room, stood a man in his twenties or nineteen. He was wearing an assault jacket and a stab-proof suit. He had thick eyebrows and thick hair. His body looked very strong. ?Yanshen Shelter-Ma Zhiyong, the main station appointed the commander-in-chief of disaster relief. After several people introduced each other. Ma Zhiyong said directly: "The number of workers in the factory is more than 3,000. If we want to enter safely, we need to renegotiate." ??Originally, the radio station contacted more people, but only the few shelters in front of us came. Either the others retreated, or worse, died on the way there. ?The only woman looked at the map and said, "We are arranging people to lure the zombies out. Let''s just go in and kill the few remaining ones." ?Ma Zhiyong shook his head, "There are second-level commander zombies inside. The zombies will not leave easily. Once discovered by the other party, all of us will be in danger." ??Everyone looked at the map and frowned slightly. "Is there any way to kill the commander first? Isn''t there an armored vehicle on the side of the Flame God? Kill the deformed zombies first and lead the rest away?" another person said. Ma Zhiyong shook his head, "We did bring two armored vehicles. It''s okay if aberrant zombies appear, but if we can''t find the other party''s location and hide in the dark, the armored vehicles are useless." ?Everyone fell silent again. After thinking about it, there is no better way, and I am getting a little impatient. Its a waste of time. Someone immediately cursed. I thought I was here to solve the power problem, but I didnt expect to take the risk, but this is what happened. Just when there is nothing to do. ?Hurrying footsteps came from the door, and several people from the shelter walked in at the same time. They both looked at each other. ?One of them said, "Chief, a convoy is coming. It looks like there are several military trucks." (End of this chapter) Chapter 218 , how did they leave? Chapter 218: Why did they leave? Is the convoy coming again? Hearing these words, the other leaders also looked at their men who rushed in after them. Everyone nodded when they saw it, which meant that they also wanted to talk about this matter when they came in. Ma Zhiyong signaled everyone to be quiet and asked: "Which shelter is there and how many people are here?" The subordinate said: I dont know, the convoy didnt approach. All that came were trucks and commercial vehicles, a lot of them. How many vehicles? Im not sure, at least more than ten. Another person behind him added, "There are only five or six trucks, interspersed with passenger cars and commercial vehicles. They are all made of reinforced steel plates and steel bars. They look like they came from a large shelter." Five or six trucks, and so many commercial vehicles. If we are just transporting people, how can we use trucks? When he met the group of corpses, he rushed directly into the carriage. ?This battle is really not something that a small shelter can handle. But it seems that I have never heard of any shelter with such a scale. "Could it be the people from the auto repair shop? They seemed to be quite interested in this matter last night." The only woman guessed. I dont know. Ma Zhiyong shook his head, stood up and said, Lets go out and have a look. No matter which shelter it is, it will be a good thing for this operation. When he walked to the door, Ma Zhiyong paused and reminded: "The spoils will be distributed equally. This is a good thing for us." "clear." ?A few people nodded and walked out of the cement room together. The location of the cement house is a training ground for a driving school. The wide yard was filled with several shelter vehicles, and many members stood on the fence, looking across. Ma Zhiyong and others walked to the wall and looked into the distance along the road. ??The first thing that comes into view is a military truck equipped with steel plates. The front of the truck has a bumper and the windshield is made of grid-shaped steel bars. Forcibly armed a truck into a steel beast. Behind the trucks, you can see a slender fleet of buses, commercial vehicles, and more trucks. Damn it, they must have forced their way through the city! a shelter leader exclaimed. ??Others also reacted immediately. The truck was covered in blood and rotten meat, and the passing tires left clear blood-red marks. Coupled with this route, I''m afraid it''s coming from the city. When did such a powerful shelter appear? The others glanced at Ma Zhiyong. ??The man who was appointed commander-in-chief of disaster response by the headquarters also showed a surprised look. It seems that this convoy is more powerful than the Flame God Sanctuary. At least, I wont choose this method and rush over directly. Have you never heard of this shelter? "Their purpose of coming here is probably the same as ours. Let them attract zombies. Maybe the factory can be captured." ??The female leader sneered and said: "You think they are stupid and go to lure away the zombies so that we can benefit. Just pray that they come and don''t use us as gunmen." "What''s the matter? Let''s unite a little more. We will be no less than them." ?Several people whispered and began to argue. Suddenly, someone shouted: "The convoy has turned a corner, it has turned a corner, and it is not coming to our side." ?The people who were discussing suddenly looked up and saw the lead car of the convoy turning around at the intersection and returning to the original road. Immediately afterwards, the vehicles behind them followed and turned around one by one. Go away in a hurry. ?The scene instantly became quiet. Then it became chaotic again. Oh, damn, why did they leave. "Passing by? Or did you find some danger and left directly?" "They can''t leave. How can we fight if they leave?" Just now we discussed that we should unite as one and let each other do more. Now it seems that they have no intention of getting along with them. ?The other party was obviously different from what I guessed. He turned around and left before he came over. ?With them gone, wouldnt there be nothing we can do? Ma Zhiyong immediately said: "Go quickly, catch up and ask what''s going on." After finishing speaking, he immediately added, "Speak well and don''t make the other party angry." The two nodded and quickly boarded an off-road vehicle. He rushed out of the training ground and chased the team. convoy, inside a passenger car. Li Yahong asked curiously: "Why are we going back? Aren''t we going to attack that factory area?" Wu Heng said: "There are more than 100 people here. We have to take care of them when we go." When the convoy was approaching, he asked Xiaoxiao to investigate in advance. There are only so few people in the entire training ground, and there is no way they can capture that factory area. If you participate yourself, you will be taking them with you, and there may be disagreements over how to divide the spoils afterwards. Its better to turn around first and wait for them to leave. Go to the factory area yourself and occupy it. "Oh~! They have been discussing for so long and only gathered this few people." Li Yahong said something and continued to ask: "Then do we want to go back now?" "Let''s go back first. After they leave, we will attack the factory area." Through the perspective of the ghost, he saw the map on the table. ??Coupled with looking down at the nearby buildings from a high altitude, we also found the location of the factory. Oh, thats fine. Li Yahong said. At this time, the voice came from the intercom again. Sister Hong, those people arranged for a car to follow us. ??Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "What are they going to do?" The answer on the intercom was, "He kept waving his hands as if he had something to say." ??Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng in the passenger seat, and continued to hold the walkie-talkie and said: "The convoy slows down. Just ask them what they want to say. Be careful." "receive!" The convoy began to slow down, and the tail car lowered its window and communicated with the other vehicle while maintaining a constant speed. Soon, another message came back from the intercom. Sister Hong, he asked us if we were here to clean up the factory area, and why we left. Li Yahong said: "I passed by here and didn''t know anything about the factory area." "receive!" Then, the voice came from the intercom again, "I told them, we have left." Li Yahong pressed the intercom again, "Keep going, turn right at the intersection ahead and slow down." The convoy accelerated again and moved away from this area. Driving practice ground. The off-road vehicle returned and stopped with a cloud of smoke. Everyone saw the convoy leaving, and it was obvious that the negotiation was not concluded. But Ma Zhiyong and others still came over and asked, "What did they say?" ?The car door opened, and the two people didn''t answer, sitting inside in a daze. What did they say? What are you doing? The person in the driver''s seat reacted and said: "They said they were passing by here and had other things to do. They were anxious to leave. They didn''t know anything about the factory area." have no idea? ?What is the convoy doing here? Looking for a new shelter location? Just when several leaders were frowning and thinking. The person in the driver''s seat continued: "What they are pulling in the car is not cargo?" Hmm? What do you mean? When we were about to leave, the truck sped away, and the airflow blew open the canvas of the rear truck body. We took the opportunity to look inside, and what was inside was. At this point, the mans face became even more ugly. Ma Zhiyong urged: "Just tell me what you are pretending to be." It seemed like skeletons, densely packed together. They were wearing ancient armor and holding weapons in their hands. When the canvas was blown up, the skulls turned around and looked at us, with blue light shining in their eye holes. Everyone frowned. ?Ma Zhiyong saw another person, "You saw it too." The other party nodded. ?Wearing armor and holding weapons in hands. But there were two people in the car, and they both said this. It was obviously not because they were dazzled or hallucinating. In this world today, it is said that bones can stand up. I cant say for sure. The female leader pondered for a moment, "I remember that the leader of the auto repair shop was called King Yama, right? At that time, someone mentioned that a skeleton monster appeared near the auto repair shop, but there was no news after that." The rest of the people looked at her. You mean, the other party is from an auto repair shop? The woman shook her head, "I''m just suspicious. The other party obviously has no intention of cooperating with us. It doesn''t matter whether it''s an auto repair shop or not. The other party has already left." Ma Zhiyong also said helplessly: "It seems that everyone''s trip this time was in vain. I will continue to arrange for people to keep an eye on the situation in the factory. If the zombies leave, or if there is a good way, I will inform you." Hey~! This is the only way. Next time we will report the number of people coming directly to save the trip in vain. said one person. "Um." Although I am unwilling to do so, there is no good solution. They also have to rush back to the shelter before night. After saying a few words to each other, they took their members into the car and left. Soon, the entire driving school was deserted. Half an hour later. The convoy returned from a distance. When passing by, I glanced at the driving school training ground which was already empty. ?These people left quite quickly. ??The convoy did not slow down and went directly to the factory location on the map. Soon, news came from the leading car that it was approaching its destination. Looking through the car windows blocked by iron bars, one could even see the sign ''Wanyang Transportation Group'' on the factory gate. Transportation Group? Why does it sound like they are building roads! The convoy stopped in the distance, and through the open door, zombies wandering around the factory could be seen. ??Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and said, "Xiaoxiao, go to that factory area and see if there are any dangers or strange zombies. Come back and tell me." "Okay, uncle!" Xiaoxiao agreed and left directly through the car body. About half an hour passed. Xiaoxiao flew back again, pointed his transparent little hand to the right side of the factory, and said: "There are two ugly monsters in that building, one is the crawling one, and the other looks like a big head." Speaking, he pointed at the Dreadclaw Skeleton and Big Head Skeleton that were also in the bus. Two deformed zombies? There is also a big-headed zombie among them. ?Xiao Xiao raised his head and thought for a moment, and then said: "It seems to be different from Da Tou." no the same? ?Wu Heng said: "Come, let me take a look." Xiao Xiaofei entered his body, and the scene in the factory appeared in his mind. Enter the factory gate. The first thing is a yellow landscape stone five to six meters high, with the two characters "Wanyang" written in red letters on it. The entire factory area is larger than it appears from the outside. Office buildings, dormitories, workshops, rows of buildings. On the cement road, dozens of vehicles of various types can be seen. Trucks, cranes, and construction trucks that can extend ladders. Looking at this factory area, it should also be a key local industry. There are also a lot of zombies in the factory area. There are more groups of people wandering outside than were mentioned in their discussions at the Flame God Sanctuary. Small walk through each building. Start checking the situation inside the building. When passing through an office building. Saw two deformed zombies. One is a Terrorclaw with gray skin and a huge body. When it is on all fours, its fingers are thick and sharp, like animal claws. The other one is a weird big-headed zombie. Characteristic is still the huge head. The entire person''s shoulders and chest seemed to be covered by pustules on the head, leaving only short arms, waist and lower limbs. When I walked, my body swayed slightly, but it was no longer so clumsy. The next second, the big-headed zombie suddenly turned its head and looked at Xiaoxiao''s position with its closed eyes. ?The body shook for a while, as if roaring. ?Xiao Xiao was startled and ran back through the wall. Is it a level 3 zombie? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 219 , level three head Chapter 219, Level 3 Boss After sharing her small perspective, she was released again. Floating to the side, he was talking about how scary the big-headed zombies inside were, but the skeletons were cuter. Li Yahong asked: "How is it?" ??Wu Heng did not answer, but asked, "Among the zombies announced by the main station, are there any classifications of the appearance or characteristics of the big-headed zombies?" "Classification?" Li Yahong recalled for a moment and said, "I haven''t heard of any classification. They are characterized by their large heads, unusually slow movements, and the ability to command a certain number of zombies." ??Wu Heng nodded and explained: "The novel is correct, there is a second-level crawling deformed zombie, and there is also a zombie with a big-headed skull, but I suspect it is a third-level deformed zombie." Level 3? Li Yahong was surprised. The entire main station has not announced a few level 3 zombies to the public, but I met one here two days ago, and another one today. What kind of fate is this? ??If it werent for Wu Hengs skeletons, Im afraid he would have died long ago. I feel like Im really lucky at the Fire God Sanctuary, so I chose to withdraw directly today. ??If you are really desperate and plan to give it a try, I am afraid that you will die without leaving anything behind. What should I do? Li Yahong continued to ask. Its not a big problem. Its not a problem to capture this factory. ??Although it is a third-level deformed zombie, the problem is really not that big. ?The number of zombies in the factory area is limited, but it is not like in the city, where a fight will attract zombies from the neighbors. This is a good place to kill it. Furthermore, I have Skullbreaker in my team, so it shouldnt be a problem. He thought for a moment and said, "The convoy stops here. All the skeletons get out of the car and come with me." ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained the subsequent plan to everyone in the motorcade. The skeletons in the carriage all jumped down and began to assemble. After all the skeletons were ready, Wu Heng waved his hand and the team immediately headed towards the factory. Hurrah! The skeleton army approached the gate of the factory, immediately alerting the zombies wandering inside. Hahhhhhh~! A violent roar sounded one after another in the factory area. Large swaths of zombies began to gather at the courtyard gate, rushing straight over like a raging torrent. Throw the spear, let go! Wu Heng looked at the distance between the corpses and gave the order directly. Huh~! The iron spears formed a large black net and fell from the sky. ?Amidst the clanging sound of collision, the corpses rushing at the front were instantly pierced and fell to the ground piece by piece. Without waiting to get up again. The ones behind them trampled the fallen zombies under their feet and continued to flow forward. Vote them all out! Swish swish swish~! The skeletons no longer wait for any orders. Throw the spears you carry directly one by one. The iron rain poured down over and over again, covering the body with two or three layers of corpses. Hello~! The group of corpses still didnt know they were dead. They stepped on the corpses of their companions and continued to charge forward. ??Wu Heng quickly released the [White Bone Armor] on himself, and Senbai''s bones covered his entire body. Hurry and squeeze to the front of the skeleton group. In the direction where the corpses are coming, release [Grease Technique]. Slick grease covered the ground. The zombies rushing at the front were instantly overturned and fell over a large area. Continue to release [Fireball Technique], the scorching fireball flew out, hit a zombie, and the spreading flames ignited the grease. ?The fire shot up from the ground in an instant, and the heat wave rolled in, twisting the air. A large number of zombies were engulfed in flames, struggling and roaring. ??Just when the skeleton team lowered their bodies and waited for the zombies to rush through the flames and crash into the spear formation. The group of corpses suddenly stopped behind the fire. ?Although he was still roaring with teeth and claws, his steps were retreating bit by bit. It is indeed a big-headed zombie type. The one who can control the zombies must be the big-headed zombies. The group of corpses looked around, then directly bypassed the fire, jumped out from the walls on both sides, and continued to pounce on the skeletons outside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Let the spear skeleton stand under the wall and wait." ?Two spears and skeletons walked to the bottom of the wall. The zombie that jumped down fell directly into the upright spear. One after another, they were pierced and slipped down. About ten minutes. ?The fire gradually extinguished, leaving only some charred corpses still burning with fire. As soon as the fire was extinguished, the zombies attacked again. With a fishy stench, it rushed towards your face. ?Humshed directly into the spear array of skeletons, the spears pierced the body, and the zombies roared. After a brief period of confusion. Zombies began to die in large numbers. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle and rear of the team and directly ordered, "Move forward." Hurrah! ??The current level of skeletons has far exceeded that of zombies, especially there are many skeleton warriors interspersed in the middle, creating a crushing situation. ?Thousands of skeletons, carrying zombies, entered the factory. At the feet of the road, there were corpses dripping with blood. "Uncle, there are zombies coming around over there." Xiaoxiao appeared from mid-air, pointing his little finger to one side. At the back of the office building, a large group of zombies rushed over with their teeth and claws open. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Send out a small team and kill those zombies." A skeleton team was immediately separated. Hurry head-on towards the zombie group that intends to flank it. ?In a fierce battle, the skeletons became more and more fierce, and began to crush the zombies and attack. The sky is dark. All the street lights in the entire factory area were turned on. Bright white light fell on the corpses on the ground. All the zombies outside have been cleared away, and all the remaining zombies have retreated into the office building in front of them. ??This is also where the big-headed zombie is hiding. Attack in! Wu Heng ordered. Skeletons took action again and launched an attack on the building. Bang~! Suddenly, the glass on the fifth floor suddenly shattered. A huge crawling zombie broke through the glass and began to spin and climb along the outer wall. On the back of the crawling zombie, the big-headed zombie lay. ??The crawling zombies moved extremely quickly, climbing up along the outer wall of the building and gradually disappearing from sight in the dark night. Bang~! Suddenly there was a gunshot, and Lie Yi opened fire directly from a distance. The bullet instantly penetrated the crawler''s lower back, causing his feet to slip and almost fall. Looking down cautiously, he immediately climbed to the other side of the building. Go up, kill them, and dont let any of them go. Wu Heng continued. ?Three skeleton Terrorclaw monsters immediately climbed up the building and chased upwards. ??Wu Heng also brought several skeletons with guns and began to cover the top with fire. The marksmanship of ordinary skeletons is not very accurate. But a burst of free fire still hindered the movement of the crawling zombies. They were chased by three Skeleton Terrorclaw Monsters, and they started violently tearing at the outer wall of the building. Huh ~ bang! A dull sound of landing sounded. Two deformed zombies suddenly fell to the ground. Kill! The Creeper still wanted to get up, but Skullbreaker went up and hit it, smashing his head directly. A big-headed zombie with a broken head. Using the short forelimbs, it struggled to crawl outwards, and thick water flowed along the road. Blood Ax walked over. ?Stepping on the deformed body, the battle ax fell and the huge head rolled down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 220 , the deacon is back Chapter 220, The deacon is back ?Gululu! ??The huge, bloated head rolled to the side, filthy pus flowing down the road. ?Blood Ax quickly followed the head, and stepped on it directly when he raised his foot. Blood axe, dont step on it! Wu Heng shouted directly after seeing it. Xue Axs leather-booted feet hovered in the air, and finally fell back to the original spot without stepping down directly. After the two deformed zombies are all dead. ??The rest of the skeletons also entered the standby state and stood there blankly. ?Wu Heng first walked to the crawler zombie. The head was sunken, and red and white pus was spread on the ground. His head was smashed with a hammer. After taking a look, he released the [Bone Slave Technique] directly on the corpse. The collapsed head slowly recovered, the flesh and blood fell off, and the pale bones slowly climbed up. Skeleton Terrorclaw (Level 12) Stand aside first. ??The skeleton shook his body and walked directly out of the minced meat position. ??Wu Heng pulled out the iron sword from the skeleton soldier beside him, rummaged through the rotten meat, and picked out a corpse core. He also breathed a sigh of relief. ?A skull-crushing hammer is quite powerful. The use of the bone-breaking technique depends on the number of bones the creature had before death, and the necromancy magic will repair them. But Wu Heng was so scared that he smashed the corpse core in his brain with a hammer. Skullbreaker, try your best to attack the body from now on. If you hit the head, hold back some strength. Wu Heng looked back at Skullbreaker and said directly. ?Skullbreaker did not respond, still holding the war hammer and standing aside. ?Wu Heng put the corpse core into a plastic bag and continued to walk towards the big-headed skeleton not far away. Kick the head that has rolled away to the original position of the body, and continue to release the [Bone Slave Technique]. ?The flesh and blood fell off, and the pale skeleton stood up slowly with a skull as big as a balloon on top. Skeleton Demon (Level 15) Level:15 Attributes: Constitution 18, Strength 12, Agility 8, Intelligence 25, Perception 22, Charisma 8 Characteristics: Hollow Skeleton, Advanced Soul Experts: Soul Aberration, Biological Aberration Ability: Soul Commander, Hive Mind, Control Monsters, Psychic Shock. Domination Monster: Control a creature with an intelligence below 12 through a psychic link. You can completely control its actions and thinking, and you can understand the feelings of the controlled creature without harming yourself. Psychic Shock: Induces an energy explosion to a maximum cone area of ??20 feet, and enemies in the area will suffer psychic damage. Sure enough, it was a level three deformed zombie, no different from what Wu Heng had guessed. The overall attributes are higher than those of ordinary big-headed skulls. Especially the improvement in strength and physique, which is not as fragile as before. Agility has also reached 8 points. Although it is still slower than normal human movement, there will be no imbalance when walking. The main attributes are still intelligence and perception. Intelligence has reached 25 points, which is no lower than that of the magic profession, and perception has reached 22 points, which is higher than Wu Heng. Two new abilities have been added, [Domination of Monsters] and [Psychic Shock]. Dominate monsterscan control a creature with intelligence below 12. This is different from mobilizing skeletons, which are mobilized within the same camp. Ability to control living things. ?This is somewhat like the skills of a beast tamer or ranger. It is considered an advanced ability, but it seems to be of little use. The second new ability is [Psychic Shock]. Initiate energy explosions to units within a certain area, causing damage. It is regarded as giving an attack ability. But during the battle, it seems that I didnt see it being used, or maybe I used it and didnt notice it. From now on, you can ask the big head to lead No. 1 and stand over there first. Wu Heng said directly. The big head commander took out the minced meat and walked aside. ??Wu Heng continued to rummage through the flesh and blood, and once again found a third-level corpse core. Immediately install the corpse core and put it into the space ring. Todays harvest is still quite big. Occupied the factory and obtained level 2 and level 3 corpse cores. Hows it going? Li Yahong squeezed over and asked. The zombies have been eliminated. Wu Heng replied. "Then I''ll let the convoy come in directly. It''s still a little unsafe at night." Li Yahong glanced at the darkness outside the factory. In the factory area, the street lights are bright. ?On the contrary, it was pitch black outside and nothing could be seen. Wait a minute! ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to collect all the zombies in the factory area. Then he started to release the [Dead Skeleton Field], and a gray halo of light spread out. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground and walked into the queue of skeletons. Upgrading to level 10, the consumption of necromancy magic on oneself has been greatly reduced. After a few skills, all the corpses stood up. Under the bright street lights, the bones were illuminated bright white. Let the convoy come over! Wu Heng said. Hmm. Li Yahong held the walkie-talkie and said, and suddenly several bright car lights lit up in the distance. Started to slowly approach this side. Soon, the convoy entered the factory area. The factory door was closed again and the skeletons were on guard. Sister Hong, are you okay? several people asked. Its okay! Li Yahong said. Damn it, I havent seen the street lights turn on in a row for a long time. Why are I crying? Shall we take all these back? Theres enough for the prison. Everyone looked at the street lights and said one after another. Li Yahong also looked up and said, "Remove the street lamps? There is a series of warehouses behind it. I guess there is a lot of inventory in there. There are new ones that we don''t need. Why don''t we dismantle the old ones?" Theres something new! Okay, its too late today. Lets make do in the car for a while and wait until dawn before opening the warehouse and taking a look at the supplies inside. Li Yahong continued. Okay, Sister Hong. If you are hungry or thirsty, take care of yourself in the car. Dont run around at night. There may be dangers elsewhere. "knew." Everyone responded and returned to their cars to rest. Li Yahong also returned to the bus. Opening the car door, he saw Wu Heng spreading a blanket on the ground and covering himself with a complete black bearskin. ?Wu Heng lifted up a piece of bear skin. Li Yahong was a little embarrassed, but she still took off her coat, turned off the lights in the car, and got in. Huddled up in arms. They are all sitting like this, why do they feel a little cautious! Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at the skeletons sitting on the bus seats. Just adapt, Im used to it, Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Li Yahong said, and then continued: "Stop touching, it''s so uncomfortable...ah!" Before she finished speaking, Li Yahong was hugged, turned around, and sat on Wu Heng''s body. What are you doing? Hush, keep your voice down, no one will know. The next day, early morning. Each had breakfast in the car. They went to the warehouse together. ????????????????????????????????? With harsh sounds, the warehouse doors were slowly opened one after another. Revealing the neatly arranged shelves inside, as well as different types of blue photovoltaic panels, circuit equipment, and two warehouses on the shelves, are slender street light poles. Everything is complete and the quantity has reached an astonishing level. Holy shit, thats a lot. This is for export, why are there so many of them? No matter what is exported, it may not be enough to supply the province. Now residential areas and parks are all covered with photovoltaic panel street lights. This factory just sells this stuff, I guess it can make a lot of money. Whatever you want to do, its all ours now. Qiangzi and the others looked at the warehouse with excitement on their faces. When I came here, I just planned to add a power supply method to the prison, in case there were any problems later and the generator failed to work, so we could temporarily provide some power supply. But now it seems that these photovoltaic panels far exceeded their expectations. Not to mention prisons, even building a dozen prisons will be enough. The other side. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised by the number of photovoltaic panels. At the same time, I am also thinking about where these should be used. He glanced at Li Yahong and asked, "Do we have any workers who know how to install it?" "Yes!" Li Yahong shouted to the people gathered for discussion not far away: "Wang Chenggang, Brother Wang!" ?Wang Chenggang, who was still chatting with Qiangzi and others, heard the shout and ran over, "What''s wrong, Sister Hong!" Li Yahong asked directly: Is it difficult to install these photovoltaic panels? Its not difficult to just install it. It has its own wiring, just connect it. When Yimin Park installed solar lights before, I worked with them, Wang Chenggang said. ??Wu Hengze continued to ask: "Can this kind of photovoltaic panel drive electrical appliances such as air conditioners?" ?Wang Chenggang thought for a while and said: "The power of the photovoltaic panels will be stored in the battery, and it can be used by adding an inverter. Some electrical appliances can also be used directly, depending on the requirements of the electrical appliances." ?Wu Heng also understood the meaning. The electricity generated by photovoltaic panels can be supplied to various electrical appliances. Its just a matter of whether to add an inverter or not. Its not too difficult. Wait a moment. Wu Heng said to Wang Chenggang, and then walked around among the skeletons. Select ten level 5 skeletons with high intelligence. ordered: "You guys follow him and learn to assemble these photovoltaic panels." ?Wang Chenggang''s pupils shrank when he heard these words. ?Teach the skeleton to install these things? Before he could speak, Wu Heng continued to say to him: "These skeletons will follow you from today on, and within three days, you will teach them how to assemble and identify photovoltaic panels and electrical appliances." Teach them? Over the prison, there are many skeletons taking over the work of making spears and throwing spears. ??There is no need for Li Yahong and others to produce it. It works around the clock, just like an automated machine. ?Now that I think about it, it was probably Li Yahong and the others who taught Skeleton how to use welding rods and cutting machines. Having trouble? No, we must complete the task. Wang Chenggang said immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yeah." Li Yahong continued: "You take people to select the equipment, and we load the truck and take the photovoltaic panels to the county bus station." Last night, Wu Heng and Wu Heng discussed it. Part of it will be transported to the passenger terminal first to solve the problem of power usage. Then transported to prison. "OK." ?Wang Chenggang agreed and walked towards Qiangzi and others with the skeleton. Everyone started to take action. The truck was driven over and the photovoltaic panels and circuit equipment were moved onto the truck. I was busy until noon before I finished loading everything. Li Yahong came over and said: "After loading the goods, I will leave you a military truck. The frequency band has been adjusted. If you have any questions, please contact us directly." Okay, I can also use the radio. Li Yahong smiled and continued: "If the Yanshen Sanctuary wants to ask, do you want to tell them to occupy it?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "That''s okay. If they need photovoltaic panels, they can exchange resources for them." What resources are needed? "There are armored vehicles and firearms at Yanshen. These are all fine. The rest is food, gold and silver. I haven''t thought about the amount of exchange. Let''s discuss it later." Wu Heng said. Okay! Li Yahong glanced at the time and did not delay any further. He waved to Wu Heng and boarded the bus directly. Leading away with the convoy. ??Wu Heng arranged the factory area and asked the skeletons to strengthen the defense. After confirming that there is no problem. Go to an office building, open the door and return to your residence. At this time, neither Minnie nor Andwyer was at home. ?Wu Heng simply washed up and walked out of the house directly to the association. Todays association is even more lively. It seemed like we were back before. Many mercenary groups appeared in the hall, looking at the notice board in front of them. Pushing open the door to the lounge, Marta was in the room, mending the armor of the tame beast. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately said: "Captain, the deacon is back." ?Wu Heng paused as he walked in, "Gomez is back? When did he come back?" I heard that the association returned yesterday afternoon. I dont know the specific time. Marta said. There are still a few days left to deal with the Warhammer Party. Think about it, if Gomez still wants to be the butler, he should come back. Is there nothing wrong with our team? Wu Heng continued to ask. "No." "Um." ?Wu Heng did not enter the house and went directly to the deacon''s study. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 221 , let the sun hang in the sky Chapter 221, Let the sun hang in the sky ?Knocking lightly on the door, there was a response from inside. I opened the door directly and walked in. Deacon Gomez was sitting behind the desk, holding a leaflet in his hand and looking at the contents. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he put the leaflet down. Deacon! Wu Heng spoke first. Well, I heard that you assisted the Knights and solved the Warhammer Party issue. Gomez said directly. What should be done. ?Seeing Wu Heng''s admission, Gomez''s eyes flashed with surprise. When he came back yesterday, some news reached his ears. It was not just the Warhammer Party that failed. ??The most surprising thing is that Wu Heng gathered tens of thousands of corpses, defeated the Warhammer Party, and took away half of Luntam City. Became the city lord with half the jurisdiction. Due to the short time, I didnt have time to verify this matter. ?Now that Wu Heng has admitted it, the authenticity of this matter has been confirmed. After being away for so many days, the captain who was the last to join the association not only did not die on the battlefield, he actually solved the incident and gained jurisdiction over half of the city. Even if it is confirmed to be true. Still a little unbelievable. ?Gomez glanced at the promotional page on the table again and said, "What happened that day? Tell me about it?" ?Wu Heng briefly talked about the situation at that time and the city lord giving up half of the city. ??Wu Heng didnt want to comment on Gomezs escape for several days. I feel a little uncomfortable with this approach, but if it were me, I would have known in advance that the Warhammer Party was going to attack. ??It is very likely that he will choose to escape from the city directly, hide for a few days and then come back. A lot of things really happened. Gomez said with emotion. Wu Hengze continued: "Deacon, our team killed the leader and two backbones of the Warhammer Party. Because they were transformed into undead attendants in advance, the coroner said that you still need to confirm." Hearing that Wu Heng and others killed the broken skull, Gomez''s pupils shrank again. ?The broken skull died in his hands? Have the strength to kill a fourth-level strong man? ??Gomez also doubted whether Wu Heng''s identity resume was true. ?Even the leader of the Warhammer Party was killed, how could he be the captain from a small town? ?There was a burst of speculation in my heart, but there was not much change on my face, and I said: Well, let your undead attendants come in. ?Gmez called the coroner, and Wu Heng also let three orc skeletons come in. After conducting a series of comparisons. ?Gomez said directly: "No problem, just report it to the association and it will be blamed on Team 12." Yes, Deacon! The coroner nodded and left directly. ?Gomez motioned for Wu Heng to sit aside. He continued to ask: "Now that you are the lord of the city, what are your plans later?" ??Wu Heng did not expect that the other party would chat with him, and said directly: "There is no plan, just take it step by step." ?Gomez nodded, "The association does not interfere in the lives of members, but the identities of captain and city lord still need to be handled." "clear!" Well, we are all members of the association. If you need any help, you can directly ask us. Gomez still said. ?Each time he went there, Gomez seemed to be a different person. In the past, when I talked with Wu Heng, I basically handed over tasks, and the tone was the leader issuing orders. Even though Wu Heng led his team to kill many wanted criminals, they did not attract his attention. Now he looks more like a leader who takes care of his subordinates, with a friendly face. Wu Heng was a little uncomfortable with it. Thank you, deacon. If there is any need, I will ask for it. Second-level meritorious service, I will recommend it to the association when the time comes. It is enough to be an exceptional deputy deacon. Is there anywhere you want to go? Gomez continued. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party, not expecting that he would mention this matter. Recommendation from deacons is also a very important way for promotion. "I haven''t thought about this yet. My level and strength don''t meet this requirement." Wu Heng said. Well, take your time, you are still young, and the world will be yours in the future. Gomez continued. The two chatted casually. The captain of another team knocked on the door and came in. He glanced at the two people in the room. Deacon, Captain Wu Heng. ?Gomez nodded, "Wu Heng, go ahead and do your work. I''ll let you know if there are any tasks." "Okay." Wu Heng agreed, nodded to the captain in the room, and exited the room. After closing the door, you could still vaguely hear the conversation about wanted criminals inside. Return to the squad lounge. The other two members were also sitting in the room. Captain, how are you doing? Duke asked directly. Its okay, Ive already told the deacon about the Warhammer Party, and the merit will be credited to our team when the time comes, Wu Heng said. Hearing these words, the other three people all showed happy expressions. ?One level two meritorious service, two level three meritorious service, even just one record of coordinated kills, is enough to make their resume look very good. It will be no problem to be promoted to captain in the future. Its all thanks to the captain, and we benefited from it. Duke scratched his head and said flatteringly. The other two people also agreed. "Okay, everyone has contributed." Wu Heng said, and continued to look at the swordsman wearing leather armor, "Gaulberry!" "Captain!" ???Gaulubli is a meritorious achievement. I entered the team with a purpose, and within a few days of joining, I immediately lost several meritorious deeds. He is probably the person in the association who has accumulated merits the fastest. It is the kind of luck that no one will believe if you tell me. "The pension has come down. Go to the front desk to collect it when the time comes and send it to Bulk''s family. Needless to say, the rest is just a matter of giving the money." Wu Heng said. Good captain. Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said, "Okay, the association has nothing to do. Let''s all go home and tell our families the good news. Everyone will be happy." Thank you, captain. A few people thanked them and left the association directly. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng walked straight towards the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. Enter the lounge. ?Lecia walked in closely behind. He raised his eyebrows and said, "Mr. City Lord, why are you free to come to my place today?" Lets see you! Wu Heng said with a smile. Its weird if I believe you. Is there any news about the commission to acquire skill books? Wu Heng asked. Lecia sat down on the side, with the gold necklace Wu Heng gave her exposed on her slender neck. Make the skin whiter. "The Warhammer Party incident has just ended. It can''t be that fast. Please wait for a while. I will inform you if there is any news." ?Wu Heng nodded, which was not surprising. ?Gomez has just come back, and he is even slower to collect items. Let me ask you about someone. Well, there is a charge for information. Okay. Wu Heng leaned forward and said, Momluo should be a powerful person in the inner city. Lecia frowned and thought for a moment, shook her head and said, "I haven''t heard of it. I''ll hang out for you and let others collect information." Hang out, but everyone knows about it, including Momlo himself. ?Wu Heng doesnt want the other party to know about this yet. "No, I''ll just ask. If you don''t know, forget it..., if you don''t know, you shouldn''t be charged!" If you dont take it, really, you will return it to the city lord! ?Wu Heng continued to look for topics and chatted with her for a while. He changed his voice and said: "Last time, choose the map of the store and show it to me again." Map? Yes, its the map of Luntam City. Wu Heng said. "Okay." Lecia opened the door and gave instructions to the people outside. A map including the inner city and the outer city was spread out on the table. Some details may be slightly different, but the overall city layout and roads are still clear and accurate. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully. Lecia sat aside, drinking tea with her legs crossed, her white calves swaying slightly in the air, "Are you looking at your jurisdiction?" "Um!" ?Wu Heng stood up, took out his tablet and took a picture of the whole picture in the air. ?Lecia frowned, then stood up and looked at the tablet. I have never seen anything that can directly print a map and it is so clear. ?Wu Heng put away the tablet and said, "Can you tell me whether extending the store''s opening time will help the development of the city?" You mean, keep the store open longer? Well, how is it? Wu Heng asked. Lecia smiled, "Unless you can keep the sun hanging in the sky." What if I could? Then this place will be the most prosperous city among the orcs and humans. Well, that makes sense. Wu Heng nodded in agreement. By then, you can control the sun, and you still care whether these shops can open or not? Lecia continued. ?Wu Heng shrugged and didnt say much. After sitting in the consortium for a while, he got up and left directly. Return to your residence. Slept for a while in the bedroom. At dusk, Minnie and Andwyer came back from outside. Seeing Wu Heng at home, he was chattering about the reopening of the store today. ?Wu Heng also sat aside and listened. It is getting late. ?Minnie and she went to the kitchen to prepare dinner, and Wen Mansha also came back from outside. Seeing Wu Heng, he also smiled. Have had dinner. Minnie and Bawudong were practicing boxing aside. ?Wu Heng sat on the sofa and said, "Wen Mansha!" Wen Mansha poured herself a cup of tea and sat down next to him, "What''s wrong, Master!" ?Wu Heng opened the tablet, switched to the map taken today, and said: "I need you to arrange for people to dig some deep pits and erect metal iron pipes in these two main streets." (End of this chapter) Chapter 222 , the folk customs are strong and strong Chapter 222: Strong folk customs Digging a hole to erect an iron pipe? Wen Mansha looked at the map with some confusion and asked directly: "Master, are there any arrangements for this?" Wu Heng said directly: "I have a batch of props that can provide lighting effects at night, and I plan to illuminate the main roads in the two areas." "Magic props? Isn''t this... too expensive? Is it necessary to get these in the outer city?" Wen Mansha hesitated, but she still said it. She knew that her master was rich and had a rich background. But its not that expensive. Using magic props to light up public areas is unthinkable. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Unlike magic props, the cost is not that high." Its not just the solar panels left over from the photovoltaic field. In some residential areas, there are many such street lights, which can still be used after being removed. There is no problem at all in supplying such a city. Wen Mansha followed the movement and leaned into her arms. After thinking for a moment, she said, "Even if the cost is not high, I''m afraid it will be difficult to implement." How to say? Master, this is Luntam City, and thieves and thieves are everywhere in the city. Based on the folk customs here, Im afraid things will disappear the next day. Wen Mansha said. Compared to Wu Heng, Wen Mansha, the gangster sister-in-law, really knows the local situation very well. In the early days of the Spike Gang, thieves were the main group. If you dont bring something back with you when you go out, its considered lost. Once the things Wu Heng said are installed, local residents will definitely think of them as magic props. Its not difficult to guess what he will do then. Upon hearing this, Wu Heng felt that what he said made sense. What can you do? Wen Mansha picked up the map, thought about it, and said, "It''s better to use it in a few key locations first and see the situation first." Where is better? "I feel that there are skeletons and corpses guarding the location near the city wall. It is unlikely that someone would dare to steal it. You can try to use it first." Wen Mansha said. Thats a solution. ?Looking at the map again, there are four locations in the city wall guarded by the undead attendants: the outer city wall and the inner city wall in two urban areas. Then lets erect the iron pipes on the inner city wall first and see the effect first. Wu Heng clicked on two locations on the map. "Okay, I''ll do it tomorrow." Wen Mansha agreed, lying on her back with her pillow on Wu Heng''s lap, and continued: "Recently, many people are selling real estate, and some shops are planning to sell them at low prices. go." Selling the property? Wu Heng lowered his head and looked at her. "Yes, some rumors have improved, but many people are still worried. Real estate is for sale, but no one is willing to buy it." Wen Mansha added, "The prices are almost catching up with the housing prices outside the city. Its so cheap. ?Wu Heng casually reached into Wen Mansha''s lapel, scratched and rubbed the softness, and also thought about the impact this incident had on him. ?After thinking about it for a while, I felt that selling the properties of these people would have no impact on me. On the contrary, having the house in your own hands makes it easier to arrange follow-up matters. I will give you some money then, and you will take back all the deeds sold at the lowest price. Wen Mansha''s face turned red, "Okay, I think so too. I just happened to be re-investigating the housing information." The information on the property deed is all in the hands of the city hall. Obviously, we wont hand it over to this side easily. Instead, we might as well re-calculate it. ?Those who want to sell the property deed can also take it back at a low price. Well, lets do this first. The two chatted for a while. Minnie also finished practicing boxing, and her clothes were wet with sweat. She walked over and hugged Wu Heng''s arm on the other side. "What are Master and sister talking about?" "Things in the city." Wu Heng''s other arm hugged the little rabbit girl. Oh, sister knows so much. Wen Mansha glanced at her and said, "Minnie is getting better and better at talking." Hey! I learned it from my sister. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and found that he didn''t sleep well last night. He patted the two girls and said, "Let''s go, take a bath and go to bed early tonight." Wen Mansha sat up and yawned. The suspenders of her pajamas were hung on her arms, and she walked upstairs and entered the bathroom. ?Minnie also wanted to sit with Wu Heng for a while, but seeing that they were going to take a shower, she could only go to the room with her lips pouted. Arent you going to take a shower? Wu Heng pulled her. Minnies face turned red instantly, Ah? With sister Wen Mansha? No matter what you are shy about, we are all part of the same family. Minnies face turned redder, she squirmed, and followed Wu Heng into the bathroom together. The next morning, Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Put aside the big white legs that were pressing on your waist, and then take out the arm that was pillowed under the head on the other side. Clenched his fists to relieve the numbness. The slight movement made Wen Mansha open her eyes, look at the sky outside the window, stand up and yawn. Then he lay on Wu Heng''s body, stuck out the tip of his red tongue, and sent it up. After we separated, we saw that Minnie was still sleeping. Wen Mansha slapped her on the buttocks, and in the face of the other party''s frightened eyes, she said: "Still sleeping, wait for the master to get up, and then go prepare breakfast." Minnie was startled by the sudden slap. She let out an ooh and rubbed her **** while helping Wu Heng get dressed. Then he quickly put on his clothes and went downstairs to prepare breakfast. Soon, breakfast was served. ? Anderweil obviously didnt have a good rest and seemed not very energetic. After a few people chatted briefly. ?Mansha Wen went out directly with the skeleton, and Anderweil and Minnie also went out to the store. After everyone has left. ?Wu Heng directly closed the door, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Return to the zombie world and appear in the office building. Looked out the window. Skeletons sealed off the factory area, and Li Yahongs motorcade did not return. When I went downstairs, I saw about a dozen zombie corpses piled in the open space. ??It should have been wandering nearby and was killed by the skeleton. ?Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transformed several corpses into skeletons and added them to the queue. Wait until the corpse is transformed. ??Wu Heng continued: "Separate some skeletons to follow me." Crash. ?Perhaps dozens of skeletons walked out, following Wu Heng. Walking towards the workshop in the central area. ?The glass door of the production workshop has been broken, and the broken glass on the floor is mixed with blood and broken meat. The walls were covered with scratches and **** fingerprints, like a murder scene in a movie. Going around the corridor in front, there is a huge transparent glass in the back. ~! Behind the glass, several zombies wearing uniform blue work clothes were beating the glass partition hard. ?Made a dull knocking sound. ?Wu Heng and the others moved to one side, and the zombies inside also moved to one side. But the quality of the glass is obviously not ordinary glass for household use. No matter how you knock it, it just makes a dull knocking sound. After walking about ten meters, we found the door of the control room. Open the door. A skeleton stepped forward to open the door, and the zombies inside suddenly fell out. He staggered up and rushed forward with his teeth and claws bared. However, as soon as he got close, he was pushed to the ground by the skeleton and chopped into pulp. Convert the corpse into a skeleton and continue walking inside. Next, there is a huge workshop, where you can see rolling belts and factory robotic arms on both sides. It seems that this factory is really quite capable. At least in a fifth-tier small city like ours, most factories still rely on human labor, and it is rare to use this kind of robotic arm. The workshop has been suspended, and there are also stains all over the floor. But there is a safe exit here, and the zombies are not blocked inside. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and walked around the workshop before continuing to the dormitory building to take a look. There are several supermarkets downstairs, selling many snacks and daily necessities. There are also bathhouses and canteens. It seems that the conditions here are no worse than those in the prison. It is necessary to insist on the difference between the two sides. The prison has a certain defensive nature, with high walls with iron mesh and equipped with firearms. The wall here looks much shorter. The security is definitely better in prisons. Walked around the factory area and killed all the zombies trapped in the buildings and corners. Opened the offline version of the map that Li Yahong gave him and took a look. With a wave of his hand, he led the skeleton army directly out of the community. ?There are still some factories nearby. But the scale is obviously not comparable to that of photovoltaic panel factories. There are not many people there, some of them are already yellow, and the weeds are taller than the people. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and cleaned up several factories one after another. Kill the zombies inside and transform them into skeleton warriors. Then, continue walking down the road. Different from the city, it is difficult to encounter any zombies on the road here. One or two can be seen here and there. As soon as they rush over, they are killed by skeletons. Continue walking for more than half an hour. A two-meter-high walled courtyard appears in front again. From a distance, you can hear the roar of zombies. Then, the door was slammed open, and hundreds of zombies rushed out onto the road. After looking around, his eyes fell on the group of skeletons. With a roar, they rushed forward in groups. No. 3, try your mind shock. Wu Heng said to the level 15 big-headed skeleton next to him. ??The skeleton walked directly to the front of the team with his big head on his head. The next second, an invisible energy wave spread forward in a fan shape. ?Bang bang bang~! The body of the charging zombie stiffened suddenly, half of it fell to the ground, and the other half froze in place. When it was over, the big-headed skull retreated again. Is this the end? Wu Heng looked at it. The big skull did not respond. ?Wu Heng had no choice but to order, "Go forward and kill the zombies." The army began to move. Keep moving forward. When you get closer, it''s like a zombie that has fallen into a state of immobility, and then gradually recovers. Handled directly by skeletons. Dead Skeleton Field was released, and each skeleton stood up. ??Zombies are all cleaned up. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and entered the courtyard. When he came to the gate, Wu Heng''s pupils shrank. The larger venue is densely packed with scrapped shared bicycles. Like the waste in a garbage dump, the yellow and blue ones are piled up into hills. Bicycle graveyard? ?Wu Heng also didnt expect that this place was not a factory, but more like a recycling bin. Go inside with the skeleton. The stacked bicycles are covered with rust, and some are even starting to rot. Walking around, I found helmets stacked separately in a cement warehouse. The amount was also astonishing, filling the whole room. ?Wu Hengs eyes lit up. ?This trip is not in vain. He casually put part of it into the space ring, and let the skeletons hang the rest on his body. The large army began to walk back amidst the sound of helmets clashing. ??With a helmet hanging all over his body, there is no way to clean up the zombies. The Fire Gods Sanctuary. The convoy quickly passed through the gate and stopped in the open space in the middle. What did you gain today? In the shelter, someone asked. In the off-road vehicle headed by the leader, a man jumped out and asked with a serious face: "Where is Brother Ma?" Over there in the conference room, whats wrong? What happened? The man did not answer and ran quickly towards the conference room. Come to the door of the conference room. With a bang, the door opened, startling the people chatting inside. Ma Zhiyong frowned and said, "What are you doing in such a hurry?" Hurrah~! The man took two quick breaths. Then he said: The situation at the factory is not right! Hearing the news in the factory area, the faces of several people present also became serious. Whats wrong? someone asked. The factory area has been occupied. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 223 , we want gold Chapter 223, We want gold ?As soon as these words came out, the atmosphere in the room instantly became serious. The day before yesterday, because there were not enough people, we withdrew from that side. The topic of discussion among the people in the room is still the capture of the factory. There was no result yet, so we told them that the factory area had been occupied. It cant be that fast. ?Ma Zhiyong signaled others to stop talking and continued to ask: "Who occupied it? Please tell me in detail." The driver took a deep breath and said: "When we came back, we came from the factory area. When we passed by, we looked inside along the gate. There were no zombies anymore. There was not a single shadow of zombies. They were all replaced by zombies. Skeletons, wearing ancient armor and holding cold weapons in their hands, guard the factory area like soldiers. " Skeleton? ?The rest of the people frowned slightly, and then reacted immediately. ??Didnt the convoy that came the day before yesterday contain skeletons like this? It must be them. Fuck, weve been tricked, they must have known the location through us. Thats right, that factory area should be ours. Immediately, two people cursed. Although he didn''t find a way to capture it, he was the first to call for and organize manpower. Now that someone else has occupied it, I feel aggrieved. ?Ma Zhiyongs face was equally ugly. For the subsequent development of the entire camp, restoring power supply is a crucial step. Are we going to have a fight with those skeletons? ??If the other party can capture that factory area alone, its strength must not be weak. At that time, both sides will suffer losses and will be eliminated by the current environment. Hearing the other people still cursing, Ma Zhiyong said directly: "Let''s go to the radio station." ?A few people got up and walked out together. Entered a room on the second floor. ?Opening the door, several women were chatting and picking up debris from the grain. I saw Ma Zhiyong and others rushing in. One person asked: Whats wrong? ?Ma Zhiyong said: "It''s okay, just use the radio." There is a radio station on the wooden table under the window. The sound is not loud. Inside, various shelters are discussing the issue of storing food before winter comes. The city is still occupied by zombies. Once winter comes, the north side needs to stock up on food in advance. Otherwise it will be difficult to get through it. ?Ma Zhiyong turned up the radio volume, picked up the microphone, and said, "Is anyone at the auto repair shop shelter?" In the radio station, the other voices discussing the rest fell silent. While delivering messages, small talk will be paused. This is an auto repair shop, whats going on? A female voice came from the radio station. I am here at the Flame God Sanctuary. I have something to tell your leader. Ma Zhiyong said. The leader is currently away. Before he finished speaking, another female voice sounded, "I''m here, just say it!" Every person who was guarding the shelter in front of the radio station was stunned. How to speak in two places! At the auto repair shop, are there two bases? Ma Zhiyong said directly: "Did you occupy the photovoltaic field?" The room suddenly became quiet. Everyone is waiting for the other''s answer. "yes!" this. ?Although several people had guessed in their minds, they still expressed surprise and disbelief when they heard it. ?Those skeletons are really controlled by people. It is possible to awaken such a weird power. Before Ma Zhiyong could speak, the voices of several other shelters were heard on the radio again. "The auto repair shop is not authentic. We agreed to attack together and share the spoils equally. Why did you guys take it?" "That''s right. It was also called by Captain Ma. What do you mean by occupying it without saying a word?" How do you know the location of the factory... ?Each shelter, you and I started to question each other. But there was no response from the auto repair shop. Ma Zhiyong was silent for a while, letting the radio station criticize the auto repair shop, and then said: "Are you willing to exchange the photovoltaic panels?" The rest were quiet again. On the radio station, the woman''s voice from the auto repair shop sounded again, "It can be exchanged." He paused for a moment and continued: "You won''t be able to occupy that factory area in a short time. We can provide photovoltaic panels and food, and you can exchange the items we need." There is also food. ??How wealthy is this person to dare to sell food to all shelters? ?Hunting for Ma Zhiyong to continue speaking. Then one of the shelters asked, "What do you need?" Armored vehicles, weapons, corpse cores, gold and silver! the other person replied. Armored vehicles and weapons, no need to think about it, are the conditions proposed for the Flame God Sanctuary. Only they have this kind of thing in their hands. But gold and silver. What''s the use of having these at this time? Do you really want gold and silver? someone asked. "want." Ma Zhiyong continued to interject, "What is the exchange ratio?" ?The radio station went completely silent, and everyone was waiting for the answer. After a while, the person replied, "We need to discuss it and will get back to you in the next two days." "good!" Put it back on the radio. ?Ma Zhiyong and others still fell into silence. It seems that the strength of the auto repair shop is much stronger than they predicted. Being able to say that food is exchanged with all shelters is not something that most people would dare to say. They want armored cars! We cant give it to them. We only have these few cars. We can use our farts to give them to them. Then we dont need photovoltaic panels, and we dont have enough food in winter. Captain Ma, what do you think we should do? Ma Zhiyong was still sitting on the chair. He thought for a moment and said: "The armored vehicle must not be handed over. Don''t they also want gold and silver? Check if there are banks and gold shops nearby. There are not many such things." Yes, trade them with gold and silver. Lets get ready. We will go out tomorrow. While searching for supplies, we must also pay attention to the location of the gold store. Ma Zhiyong continued. "good!" ?Everyone nodded and dispersed. On the same frequency band, all the shelters that heard the conversation were discussing this matter. Most peoples radios can only be used for listening, but not for transmitting messages. After learning that useless gold and silver could be exchanged for food or photovoltaic panels, everyone began to make preparations. ?Perhaps, this winter can be passed safely. ??Wu Heng returned to the factory with the skeleton. After storing all the helmets in a warehouse. ??The defense formation was rearranged to surround the entire factory area. Actually, this side is really safer than the other side in the city. Its empty and there are no people around. But some precautions still need to be arranged to avoid any problems. After everything is arranged. Passed through the boundary gate and returned to his residence. ?It''s about four o''clock now, Wu Heng first asked the skeleton to lift a few telephone poles here. Sit in the room for a while. Get up and go to the association again. ?The entire association is still lively, and this time is also the time when the mercenary group gathers. Walking into the hall, in addition to the staff, some team members and captains greeted each other from a distance. Looks like hes very familiar with it. Captain Wu Heng, there is your letter here. The front desk shouted to this side. ?Wu Heng walked over, and there was only one letter. Judging from the pattern of sealing wax, it was a reply from ''Slater''. After thanking him with a smile, he walked towards the lounge. There is no one in the lounge. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk, cut open the sealing wax, and took out the letter. It is still a neat and beautiful text. As far as the content is concerned, it is about thanking Wu Heng for trusting him and about some of the internal situations of the Secret Whisperers. ?Wu Heng took a rough look. ??I feel that the tone in Slater''s letter this time is a bit too formal, without the hint of whispering in the past. The last paragraph says that three days later, he will come to Luntam City again to pick up the "blood cup". Let Wu Heng fulfill his words last time. Go to the border to pick her up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 224 , I鈥檒l be your maid (I haven鈥檛 kicked her out yet, I鈥檒l update it today.) Chapter 224: Ill be your maid (I havent kicked her out yet, Ill update it today.) Slater is coming in three days? It seems that this "blood cup" is more important than what the letter said. The reason is not difficult to imagine. After all, the person who needs this rare item is the leader of the Associations Whisperer Faction, and can be regarded as the top leader of Slater. Not to mention that the blood cup is a very expensive and basically useless rare item. Even if it is a particularly precious rare item, Slater, a shrewd woman, will not give up the opportunity to build a relationship with the other party. Since he knew that the other party was coming, Wu Heng had no intention of writing her a reply. According to the distance from Blackstone Town to Wrentam, we should be on the road now. In fact, Wu Heng also missed the other party a little. ?After coming over this time, the two of them could just meet each other. After sitting in the lounge for a while, no one from the team came over. Seeing that nothing happened, he stood up and walked out of the lounge with the skeleton attendant. Just opened the door and walked out. Then he saw several tall green-skinned orcs walking towards this side, surrounded by the deputy deacon and shaman. ?People on the way bowed and gave way. ?The shaman also smiled and nodded, like a kind elder. It seems that he has just come back from outside. The position of subdeacon is indeed a good job, and he came back even later than Gomez. ?Standing at the door and watching the orcs walk away. Suddenly, the orc shaman stopped, looked back, smiled and nodded. ?Wu Heng also bowed slightly. The entire association, after experiencing the Warhammer Party, everyone seems to have become friendly. The shaman walked away, and Wu Heng also walked through the hall and left the association. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, chatting and preparing dinner. Hearing the sound of the door opening, Anderweil poked her head out and glanced at the door. Seeing that it was Wu Heng returning with the skeleton attendant, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." ?Wu Heng nodded, took off his armor, and put it into the space ring. Not long after, Wen Mansha also came back from outside, looking a little tired, much more tired than running a gang. Following Wen Mansha was the skeleton attendant holding a wooden box in his hand. With a bang, he placed it next to the coffee table. Wen Mansha stood next to the coat rack and took off all the armor and clothes underneath, revealing her plump and round body. Took out a silk nightgown and put it on. He walked over and leaned in Wu Heng''s arms, curling his legs up on the sofa. ??Wu Heng put one hand around his waist and said with concern: "You must be tired!" "Nowhere, I feel more motivated than running a gang." Wen Mansha said softly, and then continued: "Today, many house deeds were recycled, including many houses in the inner city. I have lowered the price. Its even lower in outer-city areas, so those people still choose to sell out. Speaking, he stretched out his feet and opened the wooden box placed next to the coffee table. Revealing the neat house deed inside. So much time can be gained in one day. Wen Mansha said with some worry: "Is it possible that everyone is gone?" Whether a city can develop depends on the number and living conditions of its residents. All the people in the city have left, and only some undead attendants and gang members are left, so it is no longer a city. More like, a copycat or a gang base. Its nothing more than a little bigger. Wu Heng said: "It doesn''t matter. When the facilities in the city are built, people will live there again." "Well, it''s up to you." Wen Mansha nodded, stretched, and continued: "The pit has been dug, and I checked it. It must be deep enough." "I''ve asked people to put those pillars in the courtyard. I''ll take them over tomorrow." ?Wen Mansha nodded and twisted her body slightly to make it easier for the other party to touch her. The two chatted for a while, and dinner was served on the table. After dinner. ?Minnie started to practice boxing, and Wu Heng also practiced swordsmanship with Fire Blade. The skills and moves taught are more advanced than the previous Sword One Sword Two. ??Mages need to study classics and learn magic, and melee professions also need to practice their own skills and combat skills for a long time. In every profession, reaching a high level is not achieved in vain. ?Of course, some races are born with some advantages, but they are just advantages and need to be upgraded. Each of us was busy for a while. Wait until dark, go to the bathroom to take a shower, and then go back to your room to rest. The next day, in the morning. Have breakfast. Wen Mansha commanded the skeleton and left carrying the slender lamp pole. It looks slender, but it is not as heavy as it looks. It is hollow inside and is considered a thicker iron pipe. I found a few orc skeletons, carried them and left. Minnie and Anderweil also went to the store. Wu Heng put on the leather armor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Appeared from the room in the office building, went to the window and took a look outside. ?Li Yahongs motorcade has parked in the open space of the factory. A group of people were carrying cardboard boxes down. ??Wu Heng walked down from the office building and Li Yahong walked towards him. When did you come back? Wu Heng asked. Just came in too. Can those photovoltaic panels be used? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It''s very useful. The ones I took away last time were all installed at the passenger terminal. The effect is really good. They are no different from generators. When I come back this time, I plan to transport some to the prison." Li Yahong said, There are smiles on all faces. Replacing a generator can greatly reduce gasoline consumption. Sometimes you are reluctant to use it. Now that the sun generates electricity, you can use it if you want. Anyway, the solar energy will come up the next day. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. If it works at the passenger terminal, there should be no problem in Luntam City. Li Yahong continued: "Yesterday, people from Yanshen Sanctuary asked about things at the factory. I told them that resources can be exchanged for photovoltaic panels and food. The exchange ratio has not been determined, and you need to decide it." After all, these things were all taken down by Wu Heng. ?Furthermore, he also needs gold and silver, and how to exchange them depends on his pricing. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and asked, "What do you think?" "Armored vehicles and weapons can be exchanged for more photovoltaic panels and grain, so that they are willing to exchange. Gold and silver are actually of little use at the moment. They are not as valuable as grain. In exchange, we will give them less grain." Li Yahong said. Gold and silver cant be too outrageous. I can get a sufficient amount of food. Exchange is a way to help everyone tide over the difficulties. Its not good to be too harsh. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. What Li Yahong is afraid of is exchanging all the grain she has worked so hard to collect. At that time, everyone will starve together. But Wu Heng''s idea is the opposite. There is sufficient food in the other world, and even if the food collected is not used, it can be exchanged for other items. There is no need to make the terms of exchange too harsh. By then everyone will starve to death and there will be fewer people to help search for things. Actually, you are more suitable to be the commander-in-chief than Ma Zhiyong. Who? Thats the leader of the Flame God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong. "Oh, how can we be officials?" The two walked to the stone table nearby and began to discuss the exchange ratio. After revising and revising, the price has been preliminarily figured out. A normal 100-jin bag of grain can be exchanged for 20 grams of gold and 200 grams of silver. ? Photovoltaic panels are divided into three sizes: large, medium and small. The small one has 50 grams of gold, the medium one has 80 grams of gold, and the large one has 120 grams of gold. As for an armored vehicle, one can be exchanged for 500 photovoltaic panels and 5,000 kilograms of grain. A gold ring or gold necklace only costs a few grams. It is not difficult to find it by killing some zombies or searching some areas. As long as you dont think about freeloading, you can get food in exchange. As for silver, its value is not high, and it is not easy to find just a few hundred grams. You can exchange it for some small items when the time comes. After setting the price, Li Yahong listed it again. Confirming that there was nothing wrong, I took a photo with my mobile phone to avoid losing it. After the pricing matter was settled, Li Yahong waved towards the distance. ?Wang Chenggang came over with more than a dozen skeletons, "Your Majesty, these skeletons have all learned how to install photovoltaic panels." ??Wu Heng took a look at the attributes of the skeleton. In the specialties, [Weapon Specialization (Beginner)] has been added. It seems that he has already learned it. Well, thank you for your hard work. It should be. Wang Chenggang said modestly. ? Then, Wu Heng picked out more than 20 skeletons from the skeleton team and continued: "These skeletons continue to follow you. Not only teach them how to assemble photovoltaic panels, but also teach them some other electrical knowledge," ?Wang Chenggang, who originally thought he had completed the task, his smile froze and agreed, "Oh, okay." Wang Chenggang left. Continue to follow others and move photovoltaic panels from the warehouse. Li Yahong said: "These are transported directly to the prison and also solve the problem of electricity consumption." If you dont stay one night, will you leave tomorrow morning? Li Yahong''s face turned red, "When you come back in two days, I will accompany you then." Well, actually theres no need to be in such a hurry! Wu Heng said. "Try to speed up the process as much as possible. Didn''t you say that the zombies are getting stronger? If you are busy now, you will be safer in the future." Li Yahong continued. Im here, dont worry. I also want to help you share some of the burden. The two chatted for a while. The motorcade has also installed photovoltaic panels. After waving to this side, Li Yahong also walked towards the motorcade. After waving goodbye to Wu Heng, the convoy left the factory and headed towards the prison. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons in front of him who had learned how to use photovoltaic panels. Said directly: "Go and pick out the photovoltaic panels and parts that need to be assembled. I need you to install them on the roof." ?Several skeletons took action and entered the warehouse to select photovoltaic panels and supporting equipment. ?Hunt it on your shoulder or under your arm and walk out directly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask Skull to pick out some electronic equipment in the office area and unload it directly. Opened the gate and walked in directly. When we returned to our residence, the sky was still bright. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building with the skeleton, stood in the courtyard, looked at the roof, and said, "I need you to lay photovoltaic panels on it to meet the needs of indoor air conditioning and electric lights." Hearing the order, the skeleton immediately took action. Find a ladder, carried the photovoltaic panels directly to the roof, and began to install them. Start the installation. ?More than a dozen skeletons began to work together, which was quite lively. This residential area is basically deserted after the incident involving the Warhammer Party. ??Especially knowing that Wu Heng is a necromancer, and there are rotting corpses and skeletons guarding the surroundings, and there is no one to see. Even if someone sees the skeletons actions, its actually nothing. No one may care if you lay something on the roof. Watching the skeleton work, I can''t do much to help. After explaining to the installed skeleton, he left here directly, put on his helmet and walked toward the outer city. Customers often come to the grocery store. Entering the back door, two fox men with animal ears and fox tails stopped him. "I''m sorry, guest, this is the backyard of the store. Please go to the front hall to buy things." One of them said. ?Wearing leather armor, with a dagger hanging on his waist. ??The words were polite, but his hand also touched the weapon at his waist. ??Wu Heng took off his helmet and said, "This is my shop. Anderweil should have mentioned me to you." The two fox men were stunned for a moment, staring at his hair and eyes to identify him carefully. He saluted immediately and said, "Master Wu Heng, we will inform the young patriarch immediately." No, call Minnie over. Wu Heng walked directly into the backyard. ?One of them also nodded and walked towards the front hall. There were quite a few fox people sitting in the courtyard. It affects both men and women, mostly women. After all, they were bought from slave traders, and they are all relatively young. The fur colors of the fox-men in front of me are mainly brown and gray. There is really no unique color like Anderweil''s pure white fur. ?Wu Heng walked in, and everyone cast doubtful glances. After seeing the color of his hair, they all stood up and bowed slightly. ?Wu Heng also nodded. Soon, Minnie ran over from the front hall. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, come to me!" ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Well, come with me to go out and buy some things." "Oh, okay." Minnie continued: "Master, if you are not in a hurry, I will introduce you to my friend." "friend?" Master, wait a moment. Minnie ran back quickly, and when she came back, she was holding hands with two figures, one tall and one short. On the left is a short girl with black ears and a cat tail, wearing beige clothes, and on the right is a bunny girl about 1.6 meters tall with white lop ears. Master, these are my two friends, let them be your maids! Minnie said directly. The faces of the two orc girls turned red instantly. Haunted in a low voice: "Master!" ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes at Minnie, wondering if this girl did it on purpose. He glanced at the two timid-looking girls and said: "There are no spare rooms in the residence now. You guys will help here first. I will pick you up when there is a chance." Thank you, master. The two of them looked happy and thanked them immediately. Look, Ive made an agreement with the owner, but I just dont have a place to live. Minnie immediately followed. ?Wu Heng glared at her, "Don''t be shy and come out with me." Oh, okay! Minnie came over with a bound, holding Wu Hengs arm and walked out. Out of the yard. Minnie asked: "Master, what are you going to buy?" Do you know the grain store? Where do you usually go to buy food? The ones with higher quality. Wu Heng asked. Oh, I know, lets go this way. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 225 , wow so cool Chapter 225, wow, its so cool The supply of food in the city is mainly in the hands of the human race. Although orcs also engage in farming, their proportion is smaller. They are better at hunting. The main items sold in the city are animal meat and furs. Humans are better at farming, and coupled with plant-based magic and potions, they have greatly increased food production. So, the price of food in the city is not expensive. ?Minnie took Wu Heng a few steps and saw a shop. "When Sister Wei''er and I went home, we all stopped here to buy food. The prices of food in the city are about the same," Minnie said. ?Wu Heng looked towards the shop opposite. The size of the store is not large. Compared with the shops on both sides of it, it looks very narrow. It feels more like a house added by blocking the original alley. Minnie walked in directly with Wu Heng and a few skeletons. A middle-aged boss with a round face was leaning on the counter and falling asleep. Hearing the sound of footsteps, he looked up. "Minnie is here..." Just halfway through speaking, his eyes glanced at Wu Heng and the five guards behind him. Immediately smiled and came out. He said: "Guest, you have come at the right time. The road to the city has just been opened. This batch of food is the latest and highest quality. I guarantee that you will be satisfied." ??The boss was separated by skeletons, but he still kept up with the introduction. We supply all the taverns in the city, and the prices are absolutely fair. If you are going to buy something for a gentleman in the inner city, I can recommend you some better varieties, and you wont have to waste your time. There are samples on display in the store. They are all grains and flour. ?The staple foods of people in this world are bread and pancakes. Humans are fond of bread, while orcs eat all kinds of pancakes. As for cereals, they are mainly used to make porridge. A small bag of rye costs 36.8 copper coins, and a full bag costs 73.6 copper coins. A small bag of barley costs 52.5 copper coins, and a full bag costs 105 copper coins. Wheat. Pryme flour. barley flour. A small bag of wheat flour is 85.5 copper coins, and a full bag is 171 copper coins. Whether it is grain or flour, it is packed in special cloth bags. The small bag weighs about 50 kilograms, while the large bag weighs 100 kilograms. It weighs about the same as modern rice. Seeing this price, Wu Heng was also very happy. Copper coins! The terms of exchange between him and Li Yahong were gold. You can make a lot of money by coming back and forth. Minnie said the quality of your food is very good. At this time, Wu Heng said calmly. "Miss Minnie is careful and smart, and she will definitely not say anything casually." The boss followed up and said, "The quality of my food is indeed the best in the neighborhood." ?Wu Heng continued: "Can it be cheaper to buy more?" It depends on how much you buy. If you buy in bulk, it will naturally be cheaper than the retail price. The boss continued. How many do you have? ?The boss frowned slightly, feeling that the other person''s tone was a bit loud. But he still said: "We have a local granary and several branches. How much you need can just tell you directly and I can quote you a price." I want five thousand bags of each of these types of flour. Forehead. The boss looked blank and said, "There''s not that much, sir. The total stock of flour in the warehouse and store is less than 2,000 bags." Why so little? Wu Heng asked. Just now he claimed that he had enough food, but now he claims that the quantity is not enough. The boss was also a little embarrassed, and immediately explained: "Guest, the war has just ended, and we didn''t dare to bring so much stock, but if you really need it, it will only take us three days to restock." "Okay, let''s count these two thousand bags. If the price is right, I will take them all." Wu Heng said directly. "OK." The boss did not expect that such a big customer would come today. He agreed with a smile on his face, and then asked the people in the store to go to the warehouse to count the amount of flour. I poured tea for several people. Not long after, the statistician came back. The boss sat aside and began to calculate the price and said: "Guest, I have charged you a total of 242 silver coins, but I can charge you 240 silver coins." 220, I will pay you now, and you can continue to purchase the flour in the future. I will still charge this price for this kind of flour. Wu Heng said. The boss hesitated for a moment, then finally nodded and agreed, "Okay, you plan to buy it for a long time, and Miss Minnie brought it to you, so I will give you this price." ?Wu Heng casually took out his money bag, counted out the corresponding silver coins, and placed them on the counter. Send all the flour to Ketolai grocery store. Okay, customer! The boss put the money away and immediately called for people to start delivering the goods. ?Wu Heng watched them loading the goods onto the carts and transporting them to the grocery store opposite. ??Also took Minnie away. He called me Miss Minnie~! Minnie looked happy. Whats so fun about this? This is the first time someone calls me that. Ive never heard of it before. After this time, he will always call you like this. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked towards the backyard of the grocery store. Backyard. Minnie went to the front hall to help Anderweil sell goods. ??Wu Heng stood in the yard and watched the workers pile bags of flour in the yard. After everything is shipped over. Said to the fox tribe in the yard: "You stay outside first and don''t let others come in." The fox tribe in the yard bowed slightly. They all left the yard and stood guard outside the back door. ??Wu Heng used the warehouse door to open the boundary door, commanded the skeleton to move the flour to the zombie world, and then moved all the daily necessities collected from the other side. About half an hour later, all the flour in the courtyard was turned into pots and pans in cardboard boxes. You guys come in. Wu Heng shouted. The fox tribe outside the door came in. ??Wu Heng said: "These are newly delivered goods. Let''s tell Anderweil when the time comes." Yes, sir! The people from the fox clan nodded and didnt ask any more questions. ?Wu Heng nodded, said goodbye to a few people, and left here directly. When I returned to my residence, it was already afternoon. The laying of photovoltaic panels is faster than imagined. When Wu Heng returned, not only had the photovoltaic panels been laid, but the air conditioners and chandeliers in the building had also been installed. Its just that there are some open wires. You can see wires on the roof and walls. ??But theres nothing we can do about it, and we cant bury the wires through slots in the wall now. It doesnt matter, as long as the electrical appliances can be used. Except for the lightbulb above your head. The big piece in the living room is the vertical air conditioner in the corner. ?Wu Heng picked up the remote control and tried it. With a beeping sound, the air conditioner turned on. After adjusting the temperature, a cool breeze blew out. It really works. My heart was instantly happy. Turn off the air conditioner and continue to try the chandeliers in several rooms. ?Modern light bulbs are brighter than props etched with light effects, which are still not so obvious during the day. After checking it over, Wu Heng was quite satisfied. Turn off all electrical appliances. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Command the skeleton to carry all the flour to the warehouse. It is autumn now, and rainy weather is more frequent. Put it outside and it might get caught in the rain the next day, which would be a troublesome thing. Its better to be careful. After all, these flours play a vital role in my follow-up plan for the shelter. Return again. Minnie and Andwyer were already in the kitchen making breakfast. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and turned on the air conditioner. A cool breeze blew out from the air conditioner, gradually lowering the temperature in the room. Wow, why is it so cool? Yes, where is the cool breeze coming from? In the kitchen, the two women immediately heard exclamations. Anderweil poked her head out of the kitchen, her eyes falling on the air conditioner, "Master, is this a new magic prop?" Minnie also looked out, "What magic props? Let me take a look." Technological props, capable of refrigeration. The two women came out of the kitchen and stood at the air conditioner. Wow, its so cool! Its great to have money. ?Standing there sighed for several times before returning to the kitchen to continue preparing dinner. But there is air conditioning to cool down, and the temperature in the kitchen is not that high. The two of them can also feel more relaxed. Not long after, Wen Mansha also came back from outside. ?As soon as I opened the door, a blast of cool air hit my face. "Did you prepare dry ice? It''s so cool." Wen Mansha said as she took off her coat. The skeleton behind him is still holding a large stack of house deeds in his hands. ?It seems that there are still many people selling their houses today. After changing into a long skirt, Wen Mansha turned her eyes to the air conditioner and asked, "A new magic prop? It also has this effect." "Wearing such thin clothes, don''t stand in front and blow, be careful of catching a cold." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha came back, sat in Wu Heng''s arms, and continued: "The iron pipe has been erected not far from the city wall. What should we do next?" "Tomorrow, I will arrange for the skeleton to go over for you and put some things on it." Wu Heng said while hugging the other person. "good!" The two continued to talk about the following events. Supper was served, and the four of them sat down together and started eating. Perhaps the lighting time is relatively short. After dinner, while Minnie was training, the air conditioner stopped working due to insufficient power supply. The temperature in the room immediately became a bit stuffy. ?It was getting dark too, so they took a bath together and went back to the room to rest. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and entered the lounge, and saw Duke sitting on a chair eating cakes. Gurgling, the crumbs fell all over the ground. Captain, Glasker is back, let me ask you if you still need to customize that kind of leather armor? Duke said directly. ?Grask is the owner of the Maoxue Armor Shop. He left during the Warhammer Party, but now he is back. ??Wu Heng sat on the chair and thought for a moment, then asked: "Is the weapons store opposite open?" Its open for business, but theres nothing in it. Duke, please go over and ask the owners of these two stores to come over. Ill talk to them about cooperation. Wu Heng said directly. Oh, good captain. ?Duke put the bread in his arms and strode out the door. When Duke came back again, he was followed by two shop owners. When the orc boss Mao Xiu saw Wu Heng, he immediately smiled, took out a slender wooden box from his arms, brought it over and said: "Captain, when I returned to the tribe, I happened to collect a tendril of the ''Treasure Root Branch''. It can replenish blood and strengthen strength. Take it back and try it." ?Wu Heng glanced at the wooden box. He has never heard of treasure root branch tendrils, and it doesn''t sound like a serious medicinal material. "Thank you." Wu Heng thanked him, motioned for the two of them to sit down first, and continued: "You should have heard about the situation here." Local businessmen are closely connected with gangs and mercenary groups. ??Wuheng occupied half of the city, everyone knew it, and they must have heard about it. The two orc bosses looked at each other, and Boss Maoxiu said, "I''ve heard a little bit about it." ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "We are old friends. Let me tell you straight away. I need to form my own patrol team and army. I hope to cooperate with you in terms of armor and weapons." Before coming, I had some guesses in my mind. ??But after hearing it with their own ears, the two of them felt excited instantly. Ordering one or two pieces may not be a big deal. Cooperate with Wu Heng to arm new patrols and troops. Meaning that in the contest between Wu Heng and the city lord Elno, he sided with Wu Heng. This is not a good thing. How are you two thinking about it? ?Wu Heng looked at the two of them with a smile. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 226 , pick up people Chapter 226: Picking up people I heard Wu Heng ask again. It was still the boss of Maoxun who spoke, "Captain Wu Heng, our armor shop is naturally willing to cooperate with you. Just tell us what kind of armor you need. When you get back, I will have people start working on it." The people from the Maohu Armor Shop will be back at this time. The main reason is to maintain Wuheng as a customer. For a business owner, there are not many customers in the city like Wu Heng who buy unlimited amounts and pay full cash. If he can maintain such a store well, he doesn''t even need to open his store to the outside world. He only needs to produce the armor that the other party needs in a unified manner. Wu Heng nodded and said: "Boss Glask is really happy. I will leave the armor to you. It will still be made according to the previous one-piece armor. It is best to redesign the appearance to be different from the Iron Guard Knights. " Boss Maoxiu touched his chin and said, "When I get back, I''ll ask someone to come up with a design, and you can choose the style." Okay! Wu Heng nodded, and then turned his attention to the owner of the weapons store, What about you, havent you thought about it yet? "No, I also choose to cooperate with you. What kind of weapons do you need? I will arrange for people to work on it immediately." The owner of the weapons store said. Hearing that the other party agreed, Wu Heng also nodded. Whether its here or in the zombie world. ??It is true that a large number of weapons and armors are needed, and it is just right to take advantage of this opportunity to form a group of manpower that can be continuously provided. "The human body shape is made according to the iron sword, and the orc body shape is made according to the battle axe. In addition, I also need a large number of crossbows and arrows." Wu Heng said. I have some firearms and bullets in my hands, but the number of bullets is smaller. In normal times, it is basically not used. The skeleton throws spear, which is better for dealing with dull zombies. In terms of defending the city, crossbows are better to use. The boss glanced at the other party and said: "The weapons sold to the City Lord''s Mansion are all the lowest-priced in the market, high-quality iron swords, which cost 22 silver coins each, and crossbows, which cost 45 silver coins. This price..." The quality can be guaranteed and the price is acceptable to me. The owner of the weapon shop also breathed a sigh of relief, "Okay, then I will arrange for someone to make it as soon as I get back." Well, if you need anything, you can come to me directly. Okay, captain, lets go back and get ready to start work. ?Wu Heng nodded, and the two orc bosses stood up and walked outside. Wait until you leave the association gate. The owner of the weapon shop said in a low voice: "We will definitely offend the city lord." "When did you become so cowardly? If you don''t offend him, the order from the Iron Guard Knights will not fall into our hands. It would be better to cooperate with this captain." Boss Mao Xiu said. Well, you are right. "This captain is rich and powerful, how can he not be Erno''s opponent? Don''t worry!" Boss Maoxiu consoled him. You mean, he has a background? Nonsense, how many years has Gomez been in the city? Do you think he can occupy half of the city? There must be something we dont know. Thats right to think so. Then lets go and start work as soon as possible. The two orcs whispered and quickened their pace to leave. The two of them left. ??Duke took out the bread in his arms again and said while eating, "Captain, the deacon hasn''t given us tasks recently." After the incident with the Warhammer Party, all the teams started to get busy. Team 12 remained calm, as if they were on vacation, and were not assigned any tasks. Wen Mansha was busy with matters in the city, and there was no information about wanted criminals. ?Wu Heng feels that this kind of life is pretty good. ??If he could continue like this, he wouldn''t have to think about becoming a subdeacon. Facing Duke''s inquiry. Wu Heng said: "We have just been reported for three meritorious deeds. It is normal to rest for a while. We should also give other teams some opportunities." Oh, thats it. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party and continued: "If you feel nothing is wrong, you can go to Wen Mansha and lead a team of skeletons to patrol the streets." Thats fine, what are you doing patrolling the streets? Just to see if anyone is making trouble, to catch thieves or something. Oh, okay, then if theres nothing else to do, Ill go patrolling the streets. ?Wu Heng nodded. The two of them sat in the lounge for a while. There was nothing else to do, so he left the association directly. The sky is getting darker. ttle ?The street lights that were erected suddenly released streaks of dazzling light. Illuminate the entire area. ??More and more residents and tavern drinkers are gathering here. ?Looking up at the bright street lights. Whats so bright? I thought I was going to hang a flag on something that was set up with spikes, but it turned out to be something so bright. Its a magic item, theres actually a magic item here. This is much brighter than the light stone. Damn it, who is so rich to put this kind of thing here. ??The crowd started pointing at the lit street lights and talking in low voices. Obviously, this was the first time they had seen this kind of thing, and they were also surprised that someone actually put magic props here. More and more people gathered, and a large number of tame animals began to appear above the street lights. Hirling around the street lamp again and again. But everyone only watched from a distance. Under the guard of the skeleton soldiers, no one really approached to look for trouble. ??Wu Heng and several maids stood on the city wall and looked up and down.????The darker the surroundings, the better the effect of street lights. Illuminate a large area. Master, is this a street lamp? Whats the purpose of putting it here? It would be great to put it at home. Minnie said. ??The owner spent money to install street lights in the outer city, which feels very worthless. The bright one in our house is also like this, they are all the same. Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha was also surprised by the effect of the street lights. Compared to Minnie, she knew Wu Hengs plan to lay out the whole city. ??If all two urban areas are equipped with such street lights. ?The whole city is probably no different from what it was during the day. At the same time, on the other side. The inner city wall in the east area. The carriage of the Snake Emblem Consortium suddenly stopped. Outside the carriage, the voice of the guard came, "Miss, there are some people blocked in front, we need to wait a moment." Lecia leaned on the corner of the carriage and said lazily: "What''s the matter? There''s another gang fight?" No, someone set up a magic prop in front, which attracted many residents to watch. The guard continued. ?Magic props? In the outer city? Which sick person would do such a thing? ?Lecia was curious. The moment the curtains were opened, a bright light extended into the carriage, causing the light stone hanging on the ceiling to suddenly turn dim and yellow. Follow the light and look upward in front of you. ??Dazzling bright light, hanging in mid-air. ?Lecias eyes widened. Looking in disbelief at the thing emitting strong light in front of me. At this moment, she guessed who was so sick and created such a thing. He really set the sun in the sky. The night passed. Outer city, two pedestrians walking in groups. I said it can keep the light on, give me money, give me money, and be willing to admit defeat. I sent you this little money, if I had known I would have shot it down with an arrow last night. Youre not as good as me. I took a dip in it last night when I was controlling the beast. In front of a shop. Is it selling props and demonstrating the effects in advance? Who will give a demonstration in the outer city? Can you afford it after the demonstration? Lets see if it will be demolished today. If not, I plan to go over there and sell dried fruits. There are so many people, so the business must be good. I heard from people in the Spike Gang that this thing retains sunlight during the day and then releases it at night. "That''s right. I asked why it''s so dazzling. It turns out to be sunlight." Yes, yes, my eyes are still dim now. ??Whether its residents from the outer city or gentlemen from the inner city. We have been discussing this matter today, what exactly is it that glows at night, and what is the purpose of the other party doing this. Can achieve this kind of lighting effect in such a wide space. ??Obviously not an ordinary magic prop. At least it has never appeared locally, or even in the surrounding cities. The price is definitely not cheap. Overnight, the new magic props became a hot topic in the city. Even those who havent seen it in the two southwest cities are planning to form a group to go there tonight to have a look. It is also a border city of the Kingdom of Ke. A small team stopped on the side of the road and waited silently. ?The eagle wearing leather armor kept circling in the sky. After two circles, the eagle swooped down and turned into a girl with pretty curly hair before landing. She landed lightly on the open space next to the carriage. ?The frightened horses neighed, and the driver hurriedly comforted them. Aunt, did he miscalculate the time? Why havent he come yet? The girl leaned against the carriage and said with a somewhat dissatisfied tone. The car curtain was lifted, revealing a mature and beautiful face, "Are you tired of waiting? I said I wouldn''t bring you here, but you had to follow me." No, I just feel that he is not punctual, so lets wait for him here. The girl said. "Wait a little longer. If he hasn''t come by noon, we''ll go directly there." The woman said. Then why dont you just go there and wait for him to do something? the girl continued to ask. I told him the time in the letter. We both took the wrong road, so his journey will not be in vain. The girl nodded, "That''s right, he is troublesome." He complained, but still stretched his neck to look into the distance. ?Suddenly, a cloud of smoke and dust rose up on the road in the distance. It seemed like some wild beast was running towards this side very quickly. ??The guards beside the carriage were immediately on alert, and even the guards on the city wall behind began to gather and begin to be on guard. ~! ??The brakes sounded harshly, the wheels slid on the ground, and stopped after two or three meters. The smoke cleared, revealing a figure, a strange vehicle, and several tall figures behind it. Hey, Yuri is here too. (End of this chapter) Chapter 224 , I鈥檒l be your maid (I haven鈥檛 kicked her out yet, I鈥檒l update it today.) Chapter 224: Ill be your maid (I havent kicked her out yet, Ill update it today.) Slater is coming in three days? It seems that this "blood cup" is more important than what the letter said. The reason is not difficult to imagine. After all, the person who needs this rare item is the leader of the Associations Whisperer Faction, and can be regarded as the top leader of Slater. Not to mention that the blood cup is a very expensive and basically useless rare item. Even if it is a particularly precious rare item, Slater, a shrewd woman, will not give up the opportunity to build a relationship with the other party. Since he knew that the other party was coming, Wu Heng had no intention of writing her a reply. According to the distance from Blackstone Town to Wrentam, we should be on the road now. In fact, Wu Heng also missed the other party a little. ?After coming over this time, the two of them could just meet each other. After sitting in the lounge for a while, no one from the team came over. Seeing that nothing happened, he stood up and walked out of the lounge with the skeleton attendant. Just opened the door and walked out. Then he saw several tall green-skinned orcs walking towards this side, surrounded by the deputy deacon and shaman. ?People on the way bowed and gave way. ?The shaman also smiled and nodded, like a kind elder. It seems that he has just come back from outside. The position of subdeacon is indeed a good job, and he came back even later than Gomez. ?Standing at the door and watching the orcs walk away. Suddenly, the orc shaman stopped, looked back, smiled and nodded. ?Wu Heng also bowed slightly. The entire association, after experiencing the Warhammer Party, everyone seems to have become friendly. The shaman walked away, and Wu Heng also walked through the hall and left the association. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, chatting and preparing dinner. Hearing the sound of the door opening, Anderweil poked her head out and glanced at the door. Seeing that it was Wu Heng returning with the skeleton attendant, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." ?Wu Heng nodded, took off his armor, and put it into the space ring. Not long after, Wen Mansha also came back from outside, looking a little tired, much more tired than running a gang. Following Wen Mansha was the skeleton attendant holding a wooden box in his hand. With a bang, he placed it next to the coffee table. Wen Mansha stood next to the coat rack and took off all the armor and clothes underneath, revealing her plump and round body. Took out a silk nightgown and put it on. He walked over and leaned in Wu Heng''s arms, curling his legs up on the sofa. ??Wu Heng put one hand around his waist and said with concern: "You must be tired!" "Nowhere, I feel more motivated than running a gang." Wen Mansha said softly, and then continued: "Today, many house deeds were recycled, including many houses in the inner city. I have lowered the price. Its even lower in outer-city areas, so those people still choose to sell out. Speaking, he stretched out his feet and opened the wooden box placed next to the coffee table. Revealing the neat house deed inside. So much time can be gained in one day. Wen Mansha said with some worry: "Is it possible that everyone is gone?" Whether a city can develop depends on the number and living conditions of its residents. All the people in the city have left, and only some undead attendants and gang members are left, so it is no longer a city. More like, a copycat or a gang base. Its nothing more than a little bigger. Wu Heng said: "It doesn''t matter. When the facilities in the city are built, people will live there again." "Well, it''s up to you." Wen Mansha nodded, stretched, and continued: "The pit has been dug, and I checked it. It must be deep enough." "I''ve asked people to put those pillars in the courtyard. I''ll take them over tomorrow." ?Wen Mansha nodded and twisted her body slightly to make it easier for the other party to touch her. The two chatted for a while, and dinner was served on the table. After dinner. ?Minnie started to practice boxing, and Wu Heng also practiced swordsmanship with Fire Blade. The skills and moves taught are more advanced than the previous Sword One Sword Two. ??Mages need to study classics and learn magic, and melee professions also need to practice their own skills and combat skills for a long time. In every profession, reaching a high level is not achieved in vain. ?Of course, some races are born with some advantages, but they are just advantages and need to be upgraded. Each of us was busy for a while. Wait until dark, go to the bathroom to take a shower, and then go back to your room to rest. The next day, in the morning. Have breakfast. Wen Mansha commanded the skeleton and left carrying the slender lamp pole. It looks slender, but it is not as heavy as it looks. It is hollow inside and is considered a thicker iron pipe. I found a few orc skeletons, carried them and left. Minnie and Anderweil also went to the store. Wu Heng put on the leather armor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Appeared from the room in the office building, went to the window and took a look outside. ?Li Yahongs motorcade has parked in the open space of the factory. A group of people were carrying cardboard boxes down. ??Wu Heng walked down from the office building and Li Yahong walked towards him. When did you come back? Wu Heng asked. Just came in too. Can those photovoltaic panels be used? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It''s very useful. The ones I took away last time were all installed at the passenger terminal. The effect is really good. They are no different from generators. When I come back this time, I plan to transport some to the prison." Li Yahong said, There are smiles on all faces. Replacing a generator can greatly reduce gasoline consumption. Sometimes you are reluctant to use it. Now that the sun generates electricity, you can use it if you want. Anyway, the solar energy will come up the next day. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. If it works at the passenger terminal, there should be no problem in Luntam City. Li Yahong continued: "Yesterday, people from Yanshen Sanctuary asked about things at the factory. I told them that resources can be exchanged for photovoltaic panels and food. The exchange ratio has not been determined, and you need to decide it." After all, these things were all taken down by Wu Heng. ?Furthermore, he also needs gold and silver, and how to exchange them depends on his pricing. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and asked, "What do you think?" "Armored vehicles and weapons can be exchanged for more photovoltaic panels and grain, so that they are willing to exchange. Gold and silver are actually of little use at the moment. They are not as valuable as grain. In exchange, we will give them less grain." Li Yahong said. Gold and silver cant be too outrageous. I can get a sufficient amount of food. Exchange is a way to help everyone tide over the difficulties. Its not good to be too harsh. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. What Li Yahong is afraid of is exchanging all the grain she has worked so hard to collect. At that time, everyone will starve together. But Wu Heng''s idea is the opposite. There is sufficient food in the other world, and even if the food collected is not used, it can be exchanged for other items. There is no need to make the terms of exchange too harsh. By then everyone will starve to death and there will be fewer people to help search for things. Actually, you are more suitable to be the commander-in-chief than Ma Zhiyong. Who? Thats the leader of the Flame God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong. "Oh, how can we be officials?" The two walked to the stone table nearby and began to discuss the exchange ratio. After revising and revising, the price has been preliminarily figured out. A normal 100-jin bag of grain can be exchanged for 20 grams of gold and 200 grams of silver. ? Photovoltaic panels are divided into three sizes: large, medium and small. The small one has 50 grams of gold, the medium one has 80 grams of gold, and the large one has 120 grams of gold. As for an armored vehicle, one can be exchanged for 500 photovoltaic panels and 5,000 kilograms of grain. A gold ring or gold necklace only costs a few grams. It is not difficult to find it by killing some zombies or searching some areas. As long as you dont think about freeloading, you can get food in exchange. As for silver, its value is not high, and it is not easy to find just a few hundred grams. You can exchange it for some small items when the time comes. After setting the price, Li Yahong listed it again. Confirming that there was nothing wrong, I took a photo with my mobile phone to avoid losing it. After the pricing matter was settled, Li Yahong waved towards the distance. ?Wang Chenggang came over with more than a dozen skeletons, "Your Majesty, these skeletons have all learned how to install photovoltaic panels." ??Wu Heng took a look at the attributes of the skeleton. In the specialties, [Weapon Specialization (Beginner)] has been added. It seems that he has already learned it. Well, thank you for your hard work. It should be. Wang Chenggang said modestly. ? Then, Wu Heng picked out more than 20 skeletons from the skeleton team and continued: "These skeletons continue to follow you. Not only teach them how to assemble photovoltaic panels, but also teach them some other electrical knowledge," ?Wang Chenggang, who originally thought he had completed the task, his smile froze and agreed, "Oh, okay." Wang Chenggang left. Continue to follow others and move photovoltaic panels from the warehouse. Li Yahong said: "These are transported directly to the prison and also solve the problem of electricity consumption." If you dont stay one night, will you leave tomorrow morning? Li Yahong''s face turned red, "When you come back in two days, I will accompany you then." Well, actually theres no need to be in such a hurry! Wu Heng said. "Try to speed up the process as much as possible. Didn''t you say that the zombies are getting stronger? If you are busy now, you will be safer in the future." Li Yahong continued. Im here, dont worry. I also want to help you share some of the burden. The two chatted for a while. The motorcade has also installed photovoltaic panels. After waving to this side, Li Yahong also walked towards the motorcade. After waving goodbye to Wu Heng, the convoy left the factory and headed towards the prison. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons in front of him who had learned how to use photovoltaic panels. Said directly: "Go and pick out the photovoltaic panels and parts that need to be assembled. I need you to install them on the roof." ?Several skeletons took action and entered the warehouse to select photovoltaic panels and supporting equipment. ?Hunt it on your shoulder or under your arm and walk out directly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask Skull to pick out some electronic equipment in the office area and unload it directly. Opened the gate and walked in directly. When we returned to our residence, the sky was still bright. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building with the skeleton, stood in the courtyard, looked at the roof, and said, "I need you to lay photovoltaic panels on it to meet the needs of indoor air conditioning and electric lights." Hearing the order, the skeleton immediately took action. Find a ladder, carried the photovoltaic panels directly to the roof, and began to install them. Start the installation. ?More than a dozen skeletons began to work together, which was quite lively. This residential area is basically deserted after the incident involving the Warhammer Party. ??Especially knowing that Wu Heng is a necromancer, and there are rotting corpses and skeletons guarding the surroundings, and there is no one to see. Even if someone sees the skeletons actions, its actually nothing. No one may care if you lay something on the roof. Watching the skeleton work, I can''t do much to help. After explaining to the installed skeleton, he left here directly, put on his helmet and walked toward the outer city. Customers often come to the grocery store. Entering the back door, two fox men with animal ears and fox tails stopped him. "I''m sorry, guest, this is the backyard of the store. Please go to the front hall to buy things." One of them said. ?Wearing leather armor, with a dagger hanging on his waist. ??The words were polite, but his hand also touched the weapon at his waist. ??Wu Heng took off his helmet and said, "This is my shop. Anderweil should have mentioned me to you." The two fox men were stunned for a moment, staring at his hair and eyes to identify him carefully. He saluted immediately and said, "Master Wu Heng, we will inform the young patriarch immediately." No, call Minnie over. Wu Heng walked directly into the backyard. ?One of them also nodded and walked towards the front hall. There were quite a few fox people sitting in the courtyard. It affects both men and women, mostly women. After all, they were bought from slave traders, and they are all relatively young. The fur colors of the fox-men in front of me are mainly brown and gray. There is really no unique color like Anderweil''s pure white fur. ?Wu Heng walked in, and everyone cast doubtful glances. After seeing the color of his hair, they all stood up and bowed slightly. ?Wu Heng also nodded. Soon, Minnie ran over from the front hall. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, come to me!" ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Well, come with me to go out and buy some things." "Oh, okay." Minnie continued: "Master, if you are not in a hurry, I will introduce you to my friend." "friend?" Master, wait a moment. Minnie ran back quickly, and when she came back, she was holding hands with two figures, one tall and one short. On the left is a short girl with black ears and a cat tail, wearing beige clothes, and on the right is a bunny girl about 1.6 meters tall with white lop ears. Master, these are my two friends, let them be your maids! Minnie said directly. The faces of the two orc girls turned red instantly. Haunted in a low voice: "Master!" ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes at Minnie, wondering if this girl did it on purpose. He glanced at the two timid-looking girls and said: "There are no spare rooms in the residence now. You guys will help here first. I will pick you up when there is a chance." Thank you, master. The two of them looked happy and thanked them immediately. Look, Ive made an agreement with the owner, but I just dont have a place to live. Minnie immediately followed. ?Wu Heng glared at her, "Don''t be shy and come out with me." Oh, okay! Minnie came over with a bound, holding Wu Hengs arm and walked out. Out of the yard. Minnie asked: "Master, what are you going to buy?" Do you know the grain store? Where do you usually go to buy food? The ones with higher quality. Wu Heng asked. Oh, I know, lets go this way. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 228 , just for a moment, I鈥檒l give you 40% Chapter 228: Just one moment, Ill give you 40% Place magic props outside? Can also provide lighting effects. If it were anyone else, he really wouldn''t have much interest. ??But if it was Wu Heng, it made him curious about what surprising thing he had done. What kind of magic item? Slater asked. "It''s similar to the light stone, but it''s so bright that it''s dazzling to look at." Yuli tried hard to describe it. ?Slater thought for a moment and could not find this kind of magic prop in his memory. Lets go and have a look together. "good!" ?The two of them went downstairs and led the guards towards the city gate. From a distance, you can see bright lights, illuminating a large area, reflecting a white ring in the middle of the road. ??Above the light source, groups of tame animals were swirling around. More people gathered below, sitting in the bright area, chatting and discussing. Its densely packed with people. Occasionally, you can see some vendors carrying baskets selling dried fruits and beer. "Yeah, right? It''s much more lively than Blackstone Town." Yuri said loudly. Slater frowned and looked at the guarding skeleton and the dazzling light, feeling even more surprised. What else will he do in the city? Lets go back! Slater took a look and returned to his residence. Open the written envelope, add a description of the special magic item, and reseal it with wax. The next day, on the street. Arent you hot? Yuli asked as she packed up a lot of food and held several kinds of food. In the morning, Yuli took Wu Heng out and walked around the streets of the city. After visiting some shops along the way, I also had a lot of snacks in my hands. The main ones are the special foods from the orcs, such as barbecued lizards and two meat pies. ??Had Wu Heng not stopped me, I would have bought more. I have no choice. After all, I am also a city lord, so I have to keep a low profile. Wu Heng held up his helmet. Most people only know that the new half-city lord is the captain of the association. He is characterized by black hair, and they do not know other characteristics. ?Wu Heng was a little more concealed, but no one cared except for people he knew. ?The only bad thing is that the weather is too hot. Sweat all over my head. Tch! Yuri cut, and then continued: Whats the name of that magical prop that emits light? Are you talking about street lights? Why should you leave such an expensive prop outside? Yuri took a bite of the barbecue and continued. Used to illuminate the outside. Isnt it wasteful? Lets experiment and well talk about it later. The two of them walked around the city and had lunch at a nearby pub at noon. Then he returned directly to the association. In the lounge. Yuli sat behind the desk, with comics in front of her, and said, "Tell me, I''ll write it down." Wu Heng compared the comics and read: "There is a man who has all the wealth, power and fame in the world. He is the Pirate King..." Oh, speak slower. Yuri started to write down next to the comic. She has read the entire comic. But I cant understand the text above, so I can only guess a rough meaning. ??Come here this time, be sure to ask Wu Heng to translate it so that you can watch the plot again. Written more than twenty pages. Yuri threw the pen aside. Im too tired, just write! I cant write well even though Im slow in writing. ~! The knock on the door sounded again. Slater opened the door and walked in. Yuri, go get ready and attend a banquet with me tonight. Huh? But Im full! Go quickly! Oh, okay! Yuli carefully put away the comics, winked at Wu Heng, and left the room directly. ?The door of the room was closed, leaving only two people. ?Slater still looked at him curiously. He opened his mouth and said, "Did you set up that kind of luminous thing in the city?" Wu Heng had nothing to hide and said directly: "Well, we plan to set up more. Luntam City is the junction of the two races. If the night can be extended, it will be of great help in selling goods. I I want to make this a city that doesnt get dark at night. The whole city will be bright in one night? Well, you have seen the effect. It is actually not difficult. As long as more such props are erected in the city, the effect can be achieved. Wu Heng said with a smile. Slater crossed his legs and thought for a moment, then continued: "Are you sure you can achieve it? The original city lord wouldn''t trouble you?" "Why are you causing trouble for me? Kill me? Will the association allow this to happen?" Wu Heng asked. He did not dare to kill the city lord for fear of appearing on the association''s wanted notice. The other party will also take this matter into consideration, and he cannot afford to kill an association captain. As for some secret assassinations, it would be difficult for the other party to do it with Wu Heng''s current strength. Therefore, even if there is some competition between each other, it will not really develop to the point where the armies are at war. After thinking for a while, Slater said directly: "I plan to open a money cat in your city. What do you think?" ?Wu Heng was stunned and immediately understood what he meant. ??This is because they have seen the potential of the city and plan to establish businesses in the city. Of course you are welcome, and the income from opening a store here will be several times that of Blackstone Town. Wu Heng said. Slater raised his eyebrows, obviously agreeing with the other party''s statement. How should we solve architectural problems? I can provide construction and decoration, and I can place day and night lighting props indoors to create a city that never sleeps. A city that never sleeps? Upon hearing this word, Slaters mind immediately pictured a city that was still bright at night. Then how to divide the share? "Thirty-seven points!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly. Slater frowned, "It''s unfair to you!" ?Wu Heng was also stunned and said: "I take seven, you take three." "Why should you take 70% of the money when I open a branch?" Slater immediately retorted. "I provide the venue, the equipment, and also deal with local security and personnel safety issues. You only need to provide management experience. You will get 10% of the input, and the extra 20% is for love." Wu Heng said directly. Slater was still a little angry at what he said before, but his face turned red when he heard what he said next. ?Looking at the door, seeing that nothing was going on, he turned around and glared at him, "What nonsense are you talking about." Its actually not easy for me to manage this city. In any place, the city lord cant get more than 70%. Wu Heng continued. Slater frowned and continued: "That 30% is too low. You can''t just find people to perform. Without me, you can only open an ordinary tavern." Wu Hengdao does not deny this. ?In Blackstone Town, Golden Cat is a high-end entertainment venue, and even several nearby towns are relatively famous. Coupled with the association''s recognition of her, Slater''s own business ability can be clearly seen. I also took a lot of risks. Wu Heng said. I am 40% responsible for management and internal personnel, and you are responsible for local construction and security, and you are 60%, Slater said. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, thought for a moment, and said: "It''s not impossible, but you have to show it." What does it mean? Slater frowned. ?Wu Heng pointed at his mouth. Slater frowned, "Don''t be ridiculous." Just for a moment, Ill give you 40%, Wu Heng said. ?Slater took a deep breath. ??He hesitated for a moment, then closed the door tightly, walked over slowly, and tapped the other person''s lips with a blushing face. Just as he was about to step back and leave, his waist tightened. He was taken back by a pair of big hands and kissed heavily on the lips. The rich manly scent enveloped her instantly. Slater''s body trembled, and after subconsciously responding twice, he raised his head and said seriously: "Stop making trouble, others will catch you." ??Wu Heng still hugged the soft waist and said softly: "Sister, we haven''t seen each other for a long time." Slater''s face turned even redder, and his body became a little warm. He said seriously: "That can''t be here." Its okay, no one is here at this time. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and grabbed her waist, placing her whole body on the desk. Slater was startled, put his hands on the table, raised his head again, and said angrily: "You are crazy!" ??Wu Heng moved forward forcefully again and looked at her condescendingly, "If you delay any longer, someone will really find out." On the table in the break room? Slater was a little stunned. Before he could say anything, he was gagged. They were stuck together, and they couldn''t control their emotions. After being rubbed and soaked, he was pushed down on the above-mentioned table. ?The leather jackets were taken off one by one and thrown aside. The leather boots were placed on the edge of the table, shaking in the air. On the other side, the western district of the outer city, the residential area. Two figures in cloaks stepped out of the carriage. After looking around cautiously, he came to a house and opened the door. ~! ?The door opened, and an old human woman looked over. He glanced at the two people in front of the door and said, "Who are you looking for?" The leading man forced a smile and said: "We are ''Bulk'' friends. We made an appointment to get together a few days ago..." ?Before she finished speaking, the old woman began to sob softly. Speaking intermittently, "God **** the Warhammer Party, they killed Bourque, they actually killed him..." As he spoke, he broke down in tears. The two of them looked at each other, and they saw confusion and surprise in each other''s eyes. Killed by the Warhammer Party? How is it possible? Immediately I realized there was a problem, glanced around, turned around and left without saying anything. When the old woman looked up again, the two of them had disappeared. ??The old woman cursed and closed the door again. On the opposite side, there is a man selling fruits with a cane frame. Put things aside quickly. Following the two people who left, he followed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 229 , welcome friends who want to get fat Chapter 229: Welcome friends who want to gain weight In the team lounge. Two gasps rose and fell. Slater lay on his desk with hair on his forehead, biting a strand of long hair and making a slight hum. ?Wu Heng exhaled heavily and lay on the opponent''s smooth body. Hand close to his chest, he said softly: "Stay, I will support you." Slater, who was a little distracted, recovered slightly, looked down at the man leaning on him, and showed a soft smile. He held his head on his chest and stroked his hair, "It can''t be that simple. Without identity, there is no room for us." He paused for a moment and said in a softer voice, "Sister, I have you in my heart, it''s not like I can''t see you." How about staying a few more days! "I am the resident deacon. If I leave for too long, I will..." Slater just started to speak, and his body arched upward slightly again, letting out a tiresome groan. He grabbed the other person''s hair hard and said slightly angrily: "Why are you still here?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and smiled, but did not answer. ??The conversation of passing staff could be heard outside, and Slater was so frightened that he immediately covered his mouth. A little dizzy, he urged softly, "Hurry up, Yuri will be back soon." Then say something nice. "What do you say? I can''t say anything about love and love." Slater turned his head to the side. ?Wu Heng turned her around, looked at her and said, "Call me husband." Slater suddenly turned his head and said angrily: "You are going crazy!" Hurry up, someone will be here soon. Wu Heng urged. Slater was so distraught that he finally exerted a little force on the arm hanging around the other person''s neck to bring him closer. He put his red lips to his ear and whispered: "Husband, hurry up." ?Wu Heng kissed her heavily. Slater''s face turned even redder and he said, "I didn''t ask you to go faster." Half an hour later. Yuli opened the door and came back. She glanced at the room with the open window and asked, "Where is my aunt?" ??Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, translating the comics. He raised his head and said, "I just went out and will be back later." Didnt you say you were in a hurry to attend the banquet? Why did she leave? I heard what she said. If you dont go there, wait and see the shops in the outer city. Your aunt plans to open a shop in the city. Wu Heng said. Huh? What kind of store is it? "Money Cat Branch." Wu Heng closed the comic book and continued: "Am I not the city lord now? Your aunt plans to open another Money Cat store in the city. Then you can come and play from time to time." Yulis eyes lit up and she exclaimed, Its true. At this moment, footsteps sounded outside the door. Slater freshened up and walked over again. He glanced at Yuli and Wu Heng and said calmly: "We''re not going to the party. Come with me to look at the location of the store." "Oh, okay!" Yuli immediately ran forward, straddling the other person''s arm and said, "Aunt, you really want to open a shop here. Not to mention that the people here are very barbaric. Will it cause trouble?" Slater glanced at the orc staff walking by. He pushed her with his arm and said, "Don''t talk nonsense." Oh, are you really opening a store? "Um." Horse carriage, passing through the gate of the inner city. He stopped in front of a building in the center of the outer city east area. How is it here? The largest building in the two areas. Wu Heng jumped off the carriage and introduced. In front of you is a circular building, which is regarded as a landmark building in the entire outer city area because of its tallness and unique shape. It is a spherical roof made of colorful stained glass. The sunlight reflects on it, shining like a rainbow. The gate is a tall arched stone gate, because of the local orcs. The door height and the stone pillars are also extremely huge. Although it is not as good as the buildings of associations and consortiums, it is still a very distinctive and atmospheric building in the outer city. Slater and Yuri also looked up. They all looked a little surprised. Church? Slater asked. The magic props store was originally a place where magic materials and magic props were sold. After the incident with the Warhammer Party, I no longer had the idea of ??opening a store, and the property deeds were all sold to me, Wu Heng introduced. Magic shops cannot be opened by any force. Generally, they are chain stores established by large business groups in various cities. The building in front of us obviously cost a lot of money and material resources to build. That made Slater think that this was a church. Slater glanced up and then at Wu Heng. ?With this kind of investment, if he is asked to be responsible for public security, it would be a bit high for him to get 40%. ?Several people stood at the door and looked up, and several figures walked over quickly behind them. ?The one who rushed to the front was the middle-aged foreman who was renovating Wu Heng''s home. Captain, what are your orders? Before coming out, Wu Heng asked the association staff to notify the foreman. The decoration he gave him last time was quite satisfactory. The renovation this time is also planned to be handed over to them. Wu Heng introduced: "This is the deacon of Blackstone Town. She plans to renovate this building. Listen to her needs. If you are satisfied, I will leave it to you to handle it." I heard that the woman with good temperament in front of me was actually a deacon in the same place. The foreman''s attitude was more respectful. He immediately said: "Hello, deacon, I am here to decorate Captain Wu Heng''s residence. If you have any needs, please tell me." Slater nodded, "Come on, let''s go in and take a look." "good." The internal buildings are also very spacious. The walls retain the original wall coverings and wainscoting, and the floors are also colored floor tiles. You can decorate buildings like this in the outer city. It can also be seen that the original store attached great importance to this place. Compared with the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town, this place is wider and the architectural style is also very luxurious. It fully meets Slater''s requirements. Took the foreman through each room. Slater explained softly, and the foreman followed behind and recorded all the requirements. Occasionally, I also put forward my own opinions.?????After a short exchange. ?Several people walked out of the building again. Before Slater boarded the carriage, he said to the foreman: "I will stay in the city for a whole morning tomorrow and hand over the plan to me. If it satisfies me, the construction here will be left to you. If the plan is insufficient , Well see what happens later. The foreman immediately said: "Okay, I will send you the plan tomorrow morning." Well, thank you for your hard work. Slater got on the carriage. Yuli and Wu Heng followed closely. The carriage moved and slowly left in the distance. ?A few people had dinner at a nearby pub. The carriage returned to the Association. Slater declined Wu Hengs invitation to sit at home. Took Yuri back to the residence arranged by the association. ??Wu Heng could only take the skeleton and walked towards his residence. Waiting until the maids had finished their dinner. After practicing sword practice with the fire blade for a while, he returned to the room to rest. The next day, association lounge. ?Wu Heng, Slater and the foreman sat together and discussed the decoration plan of the Golden Cat. ?The foreman kept explaining, with a layer of sweat covering his forehead. Slater is quite satisfied with this plan. After the other party has finished speaking, he adds some of his own opinions and requirements. ?Wu Heng didnt have too many requirements. He talked about the requirements for the use of photovoltaic panels. After all, if you want to use electric lights for lighting indoors, you still need to run wires and lay photovoltaic panels in advance. The three of them sat together and chatted all morning. The final plan has also been finalized. Slater nodded, "That''s it for now. How long will your project take?" The foreman calculated in his mind, "In about 15 days, I will try my best to make some progress." The building body and structure do not need to be moved. Mainly adding furniture and repairing some damaged areas. Slater looked at Wu Heng and said, "Okay, give me the news five days in advance, and I will bring someone over then." "Um." Wait until the conversation is over. The foreman left, and Slater and Yuli were also preparing to leave Luntam City. I came here just to pick up a rare object and see Wu Heng. The carriage stopped at the entrance of the association, and Wu Heng asked people to carry various snacks and comics inside. Yulis eyes lit up as she looked at them, Are these all for me? Wu Heng smiled and said: "In the box are snacks and some new comics. The most important thing is this. I have translated some common words. If there is anything you don''t understand, just compare it with the words and take a look. , you can probably understand the meaning. Thats so kind of you, Yuri said. Cough~! Slater on the side coughed slightly, interrupted the conversation between the two, and said: "The carriage is full of these things, you can run back with me!" Ill sit outside. Slater glared at her, and then his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. said: "Write to me if you have anything to do." "good!" The two women boarded the carriage. Yuri opened the window and waved goodbye to him. The carriage moved slowly and left in the distance. Sent the two of them away. ??Wu Heng also returned directly to his residence. ?Just as he thought, Luntam City no longer assigns tasks to his team. Not accepting the mission is what I have always wanted. But now I am a little unsure whether this is a good thing or not. There is no one at home. The three maids all went out to do their own things. ??Wu Heng sat on the sofa and blew on the air conditioner for a while, then opened the door and went directly to the zombie world. The factory area remains calm. ?There are no corpses of zombies in the open space. ??Go to the warehouse door, reopen the door, and command the skeleton to start carrying wires and photovoltaic panels in preparation for the decoration of Money Cat. Skeletons came in and out, moving the equipment in the warehouse to another world. After everything has been moved, Wu Heng re-checked and confirmed that there were no problems. Pull out the key and close the gate. Li Yahongs motorcade still has not returned. ?Wu Heng sat on the military truck left behind and turned on the car radio. After the sizzling sound of electricity passed. The sounds of various shelters came from inside. The gold and silver jewelry, do they count as craftsmanship fees? My place is quite far from the county. When I get there, I will run out of food and my trip will be in vain. The auto repair shop has set its sights on Captain Mas armored vehicle, and the price in exchange for it is quite high. Whats the use of an armored vehicle? How dare you shoot when you enter the city? A group of corpses will come to greet your family in a matter of minutes. On the radio station, everyone was discussing the exchange of supplies at the auto repair shop. After talking messily for a while. A familiar voice sounded from the radio. "Gold and silver jewelry are measured in grams, and there is a lot of food. As long as you can come here this year, you can''t finish it. We only list armored vehicles separately, and they are not necessities. And... some brothers who plan to gain weight are always welcome. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 230 , they are so formal Chapter 230, They are so formal Li Yahongs voice sounded from the radio. Compared to before, his tone of voice was calmer, and he looked a bit like the leader of a force. As the environment changes, everyone is changing. ?Maybe you cant feel it yourself, but others can still notice it. Auto repair shop, open exchange of supplies. ?Some people want to exchange, and there must be some people who have the idea of ??robbing or stealing some. At the end of the world, order no longer exists. ?Snatching supplies and forcing living people to lure away zombies are nothing new. Auto repair shops are willing to exchange excess supplies instead of robbing them. In the opinion of many people, they are just out of their minds and have been brainwashed by the **** about unity from the main station. After Li Yahongs slightly warning voice. The radio station fell into silence for two or three seconds. ?Then someone said: "Look, why is Chat Chat still angry?" I, the Butchers Knife Shelter, put these words here. If anyone has trouble with the eldest sister of the auto repair shop, I will be the first to refuse. Thats not what you just said. Many people spoke in agreement, and they were all talking in a chaotic manner. At this time, Ma Zhiyongs voice sounded on the channel. When will the exchange start? Li Yahong said: "I will inform you of the time and place in three days." "OK." The two of them finished talking and paused for a few seconds. Someone continued to speak. Holy shit, Yanshen really wants to sell armored vehicles? "The price is so good, I will change it if you want." ?Ma Zhiyongs voice came out again. Having gold in hand is not an exchange for armored vehicles. Forehead. Armored vehicles and firearms, even if it is true as the channel said, do not dare to shoot in urban areas. But it still has enough deterrence to other survivors. ??Some people dare to rob an auto repair shop, but they will not go head-to-head with Yan Shen. ?Wu Heng sat in the car and listened for a while. Li Yahong was safe, and the deal was scheduled with other shelters in three days. ?Then we should be back tomorrow and the day after tomorrow. After seeing that nothing happened, turn off the car radio again. After arranging skeletons to guard the factory area, return to your residence. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha rested her head on his lap and said, "Today, two men went to Bulk''s residence." Burke is the thief of his own squad. When the Warhammer Party attacked, he was directly killed by Wu Heng. ??The corpses were also thrown away in the chaos. The cause of death was not disclosed to the outside world, and the pension was only given to the family. ?Now it seems that the person who gave him the order is also confirming his news. Have you found who it is? Wu Heng lowered his head and looked at her. "No, when we followed the other party in the inner city, we avoided it." Wen Mansha turned sideways and continued: "But the area where the other party lives has been determined, and I have arranged for more people to inquire there. As long as we find If this person appears again, you can determine where he lives." Wu Heng was somewhat disappointed that the other party''s identity was not confirmed. I''m just afraid that they will notice something, leave here or make other actions. But the target has not been found, and there is no way. Gang members are like this, and they cannot ask for too much. Its okay, just keep staring a little bit. Wu Heng reached out and reached into the other persons clothes, and started rubbing them gently. Wen Mansha twisted and continued: "You asked Duke to patrol my place?" Ah, whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. He did tell Duke that if nothing happened, he would patrol the streets for him. "It''s nothing, it''s just that Duke goes there earlier than me every day. In two days, I''m afraid they will all become the backbone of the gang." Wen Mansha complained with a smile. Recently, the association doesnt assign tasks to us, so we have something to do if we ask him to help us. No, Duke is still pretty good. Wen Mansha still smiled. The two sat on the first floor and chatted for a while. As night falls, I go upstairs to rest. The next day, in the morning. Association team lounge. ?Wu Heng was sitting in front of the sofa, opposite the owner of the armor shop and weapons shop. The owner of the armor shop took out a drawing, spread it on the table, and said: "Captain, this is the design we have produced. In it, the war-damaged armor of the Warhammer Party can be recovered, and the black iron and local iron ore can be extracted and smelted. Make a batch of iron-gray armor, which will be more defensive and will also increase in weight." ??Looked at Wu Heng carefully, and continued: "Miss Wen Mansha has agreed to this plan. It depends on whether you are satisfied." ??Wu Heng took a look at the design drawing. The iron-gray color scheme was obviously different from that of the Iron Guard Knights. It looked pretty good and he was quite satisfied with the style. What if this kind of material will no longer exist in the future? The owner of the armor shop continued to take out the second set of blueprints, "This is an improved version of the one-piece leather armor. Iron plates are added to the chest and waist, which can greatly increase the defense." One-piece coat hanger, worn by skeleton attendants. The wearing of ordinary soldiers greatly affects their mobility. Wu Heng glanced at it, nodded and said, "Okay, Mansha Wen has agreed, and I have no objections. We can start work at any time." Okay, captain. The owner of the armor shop smiled. Then there is the owner of the weapon shop. He has no blueprints and the specifications of the weapons are fixed. He said directly: "Captain, we have also started production. We have recently recovered a batch of strong crossbows. The condition and quality are quite good. I would like to ask if you need them." Did you bring it? Wu Heng asked. No, it would be inappropriate to bring the crossbow into the association. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go and have a look at your store." Go all the way to the weapon shop. The store is still relatively empty, with few items on the shelves. ?The boss took him into the backyard, took out a crossbow and handed it over, "The gang sold it, there is no problem in using it." ?Wu Heng glanced at it and handed it to the fire blade behind him. Pull the string and hit the arrow. With a bang, the arrow penetrated the wooden target in front of him. How many do you have in your hand? Wu Heng asked. A total of 12 handfuls were recovered. What about the price? How to calculate the price of this kind of recycling? The price of the crossbow fluctuates very little, and you get 40 silver coins for one. Okay, I want them all. Wu Heng said directly. It is said that it was sold by gangs, but it feels more like the inventory left behind by both sides during the war with the Warhammer Party. The wear level of the crossbow should be limited to the number of times it should be used. The boss nodded and asked people to take out all the crossbows and crossbow bolts. ?Wu Heng took the space ring, pointed out the corresponding silver coins and handed them to the opponent. He continued: "As for weapons, speed up the process and I will ask Wen Mansha to arrange for someone to come over and inspect the goods." "good." After a simple exchange with the two of them. He left the store directly. When going back. ??I stopped by to see the money cat under construction. The outer wall of the entire building is blocked up, and some workers are carrying and cleaning the garbage inside. Many residents also stood in the distance and talked in low voices. guess what the store will do next. ?Wu Heng looked at it from a distance and had no intention of going there. He took a detour and went directly back to his residence. Have lunch at home and go to the zombie world through the gate. Three o''clock in the afternoon. ?DiDiDiDi~! The car honked. Skeletons blocking the gate, make way for a way. ??The convoy drove into the factory area and parked slowly in an open space beside it. ?Li Yahong jumped off the bus and walked over directly. Tomorrow, we will exchange supplies with other shelters at the passenger terminal in the county. There may be some people who are not well-meaning and need to help us. "Well, I''ll come with you." Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there many people exchanging?" Some should come over, but I dont know how many specifically. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. The discussion on the radio was intense, but not many people would come. After all, most roads are still occupied by zombies. "We''ll see when the time comes. I''ve prepared some flour in the warehouse and brought it over together as food for exchange." Wu Heng said. Flour? Did you find it in other factories nearby? Just leave it alone and take Qiangzi and the others to the car, Wu Heng said. "Okay." Li Yahong didn''t ask any more questions, stretched out her hand to greet Qiangzi and others, and walked towards the warehouse Wu Heng mentioned. The warehouse door opened to reveal large bags of flour neatly stacked inside. Put out the cigarette. Open fire is not allowed in a place like this. Wang Chenggang put out the cigarette in the mouth of the person next to him. Li Yahong also reacted, "Be careful when moving into the car, and don''t see open flames." Okay, Sister Hong. ??Everyone agreed and began to carry flour to the cart. ?Wu Heng was on the other side and made some arrangements for the skeletons. Da Tou No. 2 stayed at the factory with nearly 10,000 skeleton soldiers. This place still needs to be occupied. The photovoltaic panels in several warehouses, as well as the entire factory area, will still be used in the future. So, even if you evacuate, you must protect this place. The horde of corpses will definitely not come. I am afraid that some survivors will move all their things directly when they see no one here. All moved. Li Yahong came over. Ive finished my explanation here, lets go and get there early. ?Li Yahong nodded and got on the bus together. Then, the convoy started and left the factory. The night is dark. Approaching the passenger terminal, the street lights along the road were replaced with photovoltaic panels, illuminating a hundred meters on both sides of the gate brightly. ?Seeing the convoy coming, the door of the passenger terminal opened immediately. The convoy drove in slowly. Everyone took action spontaneously, some carried supplies, and several of them told Li Yahong about the recent situation. When all the transportation is completed, everyone will go back to their rooms to rest. ~! There was a slight knock on the door. Open the door, revealing a figure wearing pajamas with short hair. ?Li Yahong made a shushing gesture, walked in carefully, and closed the door. ?Wu Heng picked her up and put her on the bed. the next day. Two modified SUVs drove into the county''s business district. ??The man driving the car let his hair down and said, "Brother, do you really believe that the auto repair shop has so many supplies? Don''t let us go all the way in vain." Beside him, a middle-aged man with a thick beard also sat. He took out a crumpled cigarette box from his arms, knocked out half a cigarette, and lit it. "It''s a trip in vain. If it''s true, let''s exchange some food early, and let others exchange it if we go late." He took a deep breath and continued: "There are armored vehicles over there in Yanshen. I feel that sooner or later Take it out and exchange it for resources. "You really believe it? I don''t believe they have food, and they are stupid enough to exchange it for gold at this time." ?At the same time, I added in my heart, people who believe in it are even more stupid. Crossing a road intersection. The eyes of the two of them widened a little. The road began to become clearer, and although the ground was covered in blood, there was no trace of a zombie. This is the main road in the county. No zombies? Slow down, there is someone in front of you. ~! The car begins to slow down. In front of the road, scrapped cars blocked both sides of the road. At the middle position, a barrier is formed for only one vehicle. ?Several humans wearing stab-proof clothing and helmets, holding crossbows in their hands, waved to them. Brother, stop? Stop, why are you here? Two cars stopped, one behind the other. After the checkpoint, a person walked over quickly. He asked: "Ahead is the auto repair shop shelter. Are you here to exchange supplies?" Damn it, brother, they are so formal. (End of this chapter) Chapter 231 , an enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it.) Chapter 231, enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it.) In an apocalyptic environment, the living conditions in most shelters are similar. ?While you are hungry and short of food, you also have to worry about the attack of the zombies. A few shelters would be better. For example, the Flame God Sanctuary has some modern weapons and settles far away from the city. After clearing the surrounding zombies, it will be safer. But in comparison, it may not be much better. However, the people in the auto repair shop in front of me were obviously different. ?Blue stab-proof clothing, an electric motorcycle helmet, a flashlight, an electric baton on his waist, and a hand crossbow in his hand. ??It is full of private armed forces in wasteland movies. ??You said that these people in front of you are the official rescue team, which is more credible than the auto repair shop shelter. But the other person is someone from the auto repair shop. When the headquarters appoints a disaster response commander, the participating auto repair shops should be given up. Yes, we heard about the exchange of supplies from the radio, so we came here specially. The eldest brother, the co-pilot, immediately smiled, stretched his head over and said. The inspector looked at the car and said, "How many cars do you want?" This car, and the one behind. The inspector continued: "We need to confirm whether you are injured. If there is no problem, you can go in directly." The two hesitated for a moment, then opened the door and got out of the car. ?At the same time, he greeted the people in the car behind him and got out of the car to undergo inspection. It is not a strict inspection either. Zombie viruses can quickly infect a person. ??As long as there are no obvious wounds on the body and you stay outside the level for three to five minutes, you can determine whether you have been infected by zombies. Okay, lets go in, drive straight ahead, and you can see the exchange location. said the inspector. Oh, thanks brother. ?Several people returned to the car. After the roadblock was removed, two cars drove in one after another. Pass the level and drive straight forward. You can see some busy people along the road, as well as patrolling "skeletons". ?On the radio, the auto repair shop had already acknowledged the existence of the skeleton, but seeing it in person still had a strong visual impact. ? No matter what, being able to make a skeleton stand up and move abnormally is more weird than awakening the ability to control water and fire. Discourses such as genetic evolution and cell aberration cannot be applied to skeletons at all. Its simply magical. Brother, the exchange point is ahead. The long-haired driver said. On one side of the road ahead, a parasol was set up, and several people were sitting at the table. Not far away, there were piles of blue bags with white powder hanging on them, which should be bags of flour. The driver was dumbfounded. Someone was really exchanging grain for gold at this time. Stop! The car stopped aside and the eldest brother got out of the car. Looking at the grain bags piled aside, as well as some beer and instant noodles that can be seen in the supermarket. The woman sitting under the umbrella asked directly: "What do you want to exchange for?" We brought gold to exchange for some grain. Take out the gold, we can weigh it here. The man opened the back door and took out a backpack. When he opened it, there was some gold jewelry inside. Rings, bracelets, and large gold chains as thick as the little finger. The two people behind the table, one started checking the gold and the other weighed it. Except for the thickest gold chain, which is fake, the rest are all real. "How is that possible? My girlfriend bought this for me and I wear it all the time." The man said. ??Woo~! The man cursed in a low voice, and the sound of a vehicle approaching was heard from behind. I saw two army green armored vehicles with machine guns approaching slowly and lined up at the rear of the convoy. People from the Flame Gods Sanctuary! They are coming too. ?Furthermore, I came very early, probably because I was afraid that there were not many supplies, and all of them were replaced after I arrived. What do you want to change? the staff urged again. The man turned around and said immediately: "In exchange for food." Only flour. "no problem." Drive over there to get some beer, instant noodles, etc. and see if you need anything. the staff continued. Okay, thank you. ??The man got back into the car and walked towards the front where he would exchange supplies. Where is the passenger terminal? The door opened, and several figures walked straight in. Li Yahong cast her eyes on the leader. After looking up and down, she stretched out her hand and said, "I am Li Yahong, the person in charge of the auto repair shop." ?The other party also stretched out his hand and shook it, "Fire God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong." It turns out to be the horse captain. I have long admired your name. Please sit down. Ma Zhiyong sat down on the side and said directly, "I came here this time with the intention of exchanging some photovoltaic panels, but I saw that the hand crossbow you equipped is very good in craftsmanship. I wonder if it is on the exchange list." ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, but she didn''t expect that the other party would come and take a fancy to the hand crossbow. ?This kind of weapon was distributed by Wu Heng to everyone last night to serve as some self-defense weapons. The operation is simple, the sound is low, and the power is enough to kill zombies. This Li Yahong looked hesitant. There are not many crossbows. Furthermore, whether she wants to exchange or not doesnt count, it still depends on Wu Hengs thoughts. Its hard to sell these hand crossbows? Ma Zhiyong asked curiously. Li Yahong smiled and said, "It is very difficult to make hand crossbows, and we only have so much, so it is not easy to sell them to others." ??The crossbow string will also produce a certain volume, but the sound is not loud, unlike the explosion of a firearm. When dealing with zombies, you basically dont dare to shoot, but this hand crossbow is not that big of a problem. The sound will also be covered up by the roar of the corpses. Furthermore, a wave of remote output will have a relatively large impact on the on-site battle situation. "What does Leader Li want? Why don''t we discuss it? In this environment, we should help each other to get through the difficulties." Ma Zhiyong continued. ?Li Yahong was about to refuse. Her ears moved slightly. Then he said: "Actually, we don''t have too much. Let''s just get what the horse captain says we can get." Seeing that the other party was throwing the question back, Ma Zhiyong said directly: "I will take out the two rifles I carry and exchange them for your five-hand crossbows and corresponding photovoltaic panels." ??Li Yahong shook her head, "Captain Ma, what''s the use of guns? We have a lot of them in our hands. In addition to scaring other survivors, we don''t dare to fire a single shot against zombies. Let''s forget it." "You can''t say that. Sometimes, it is necessary to prevent other people." ?Li Yahong shook her head, "Sorry, we don''t plan to sell hand crossbows." ?Ma Zhiyong sat silent. The person who followed in came close and whispered a few words. Ma Zhiyong continued, "Chief Li, we still have a weapon in hand. You can take a look at it first and then decide whether to exchange it." "Can!" I asked my men to retrieve it. They will not come in with ammunition, so as not to cause any misunderstanding. Ma Zhiyong continued. Li Yahong glanced aside and said, "Qiangzi, go get it with them." "good!" A few people left and came back soon. A heavy weapon with a huge wheel was placed on the table. It''s like an enlarged revolver. The LG4 rotating grenade gun weighs 5.58 kilograms, has a length of 780 mm, a barrel length of 300 mm, and requires 40 mm grenade ammunition. The power of each bullet is equivalent to a grenade. Ma Zhiyong said. ?As for Li Yahong, after listening to the other party''s introduction, she looked at the other party in surprise. Its not that she understood the weapon, but she was surprised by this set of words. Even gun enthusiasts may not be able to say such a thing. Especially in the country, these things are not visible to ordinary people. Coupled with the title Captain Ma on the radio, she had to doubt the identity of the other party. "I don''t have anyone here who knows how to use it, and the ammunition..." Li Yahong looked embarrassed, hesitated again, and asked, "How does Captain Ma want to change it?" One hand, six anti-personnel bombs, in exchange for ten crossbows and twenty sets of photovoltaic panels. You can exchange photovoltaic panels or grains alone, so why hold on to the crossbow? When we have more in the future, we can exchange with Captain Ma. Li Yahong said directly. There are a total of twelve crossbows in the auto repair shop. If you use an enlarged revolver, you will take away ten of them. ?Moreover, photovoltaic panels are now a necessity in shelters. ?Ma Zhiyong still didnt want to give up, Chief Li, please tell me your conditions. ?Li Yahong paused for a while before continuing to ask: "How many of these grenade guns can you take out?" Ill sell you two at most. Wheres the ammunition? 12 anti-personnel bombs. ? Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Two grenade guns, 12 pieces of ammunition, I''ll give you 8 crossbows, 100 crossbow bolts, and ten sets of photovoltaic panels." This is too dark! Others in the Fire God Sanctuary said. Captain Ma, this is my condition. Its up to you whether you want to exchange it or not. Ma Zhiyongs face was serious and he was depressed for a while before he said, Okay, weve changed. Li Yahong also nodded and said: "Qiangzi, let someone prepare a hand crossbow and exchange it with them." Okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi nodded. Ma Zhiyong also stood up, "Then don''t bother me. If you need anything, we''ll contact you later." "good!" ?A few people left, and Wu Heng walked out of the back room. Its not that there is any taboo. Instead, Li Yahong will mainly handle the matter of the shelter in the future. Faced with other shelters, she will also come forward. At best, I can be a person behind the scenes. In other words, Li Yahong is her own manager and diplomatic spokesperson. ??Li Yahong originally didnt intend to agree to the exchange, but Wu Heng made Xiao Xiao invisible and told her the exchange conditions. Give them the hand crossbow, what should we use? Li Yahong asked. ??Wu Heng walked to the seat and sat down, "There will be a hand crossbow behind it. This kind of grenade gun may be of some use." Hand crossbow, which will be produced by Luntam City in the future, can be provided to this side. ?The opponent wants to make a crossbow in this way, and it is very likely that he wants to take it back and imitate it. After all, there are people among the people who can make their own crossbows. ?But Wu Heng is not too worried. Their homemade weapons are definitely not as professional as those from professional weapon shops. After making it, it can have some effects, and its lethality or accuracy are incomparable to our own. They really want everything when they come here. Li Yahong complained and sat astride his lap. "As long as they are willing to exchange, it will be a good thing for us." Well, today was pretty good. Several people came to the shelter. "Today is only the first day. After we go back, this matter will spread and more people will come." Wu Heng said. "Um!" At this time, Qiangzi came in with a few people carrying boxes. ?Haunted as he walked, "Sister Hong, take it back..." As soon as he entered the door, he saw Li Yahong sitting on Wu Heng''s lap with a sweet face. ?Several people looked around at the same time, muttering, "We''re in the wrong place." ?Li Yahong''s face turned red, she stood up immediately and said, "Have you checked everything?" After checking, we found two guns and 12 anti-personnel bombs. Anyway, the quantity is correct. We dont know whether they can be used, Qiangzi said. Okay, lets put it here. Well, then were going out. ?A few people put down their boxes and left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood up, walked over, and opened the box. ??Then he saw the weapons inside, grenades about the same width as a mobile phone. ?There is also this kind of weapon. ??Wu Heng has never been seen on TV. Checked it and confirmed that there was nothing wrong with it, and put it directly into the space ring. Dusk. The convoy at the last refuge completed the deal. Everyone packed up their things and started to finish work. ??After Li Yahong gave a few simple explanations, he took a bag and walked towards Wu Heng. A total of 170 grams of gold and some silver are here. Li Yahong said. The number is not as large as expected. But its okay, its the first day after all, so these are not a lot. Compared to the money spent on purchasing the goods, it is already a hundred times the profit. Well, the quantity is quite a lot. Wu Heng also collected the gold. Li Yahong nodded, glanced at him, and said, "I will organize everyone to have something good together tonight. Do you want to come with me?" I wont go, you can take everyone to eat! ?Li Yahong stepped forward, hugged his waist and said, "Do you still want me to come over tonight?" "I have some things to do. I''ll contact you when it''s convenient." Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I won''t let anyone go upstairs. You can just do your own thing in peace." So good! Li Yahong was a little nervous, "If you don''t accompany me tonight, then I will charge some interest." ?Wu Heng lifted her chin and kissed her gently. It took a while. Li Yahong let go with some reluctance. Then Ill get busy first. Contact me after you finish. "Um!" Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng collected all the loot. Open the gate and return to your residence. Come out of the boundary gate. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and Minnie was preparing dinner. ?Wen Mansha didnt come back either. When he saw Wu Heng coming down, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." For Wu Heng, he was absent and could suddenly appear. The maids at home no longer find it strange. Before Wu Heng, he had to maintain some mystery and hide something from Li Yahong and the maids. ??After many times, although they didn''t understand what Wu Heng was doing, they had already accepted it. I guess I have some guesses in my mind. ?Wu Heng didnt want to explain, it would be good to keep it like this. Dont be in a hurry, do it slowly. Wu Heng said. "Uh-huh!" ?Wu Heng went to the bathroom to wash up. When she went downstairs again, Mansha Wen opened the door and entered the house with the skeleton. "Owner." Well, Minnie will cook the food soon, please wait a moment. Wen Mansha smiled softly and said softly, "It feels good to be at home." Speaking as if what happened before. "Hehe." Wen Mansha took off her coat, approached him and took his arm, and continued: "We found the two people who went to ''Bulk''s'' house before." Oh? Who is the other party? Wen Mansha replied, I dont know who they are, but the owner of the building they enter and exit is called Benasev. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 232 , I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow.) Chapter 232, I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow.) In the inner city, inside a luxurious mansion. On both sides of the slender dining table, two men dressed in different clothes were sitting, enjoying a sumptuous meal. There are people in such a remote place that you cant deal with? the man on the left said softly, cutting food with a knife and fork. ??This man has dark brown shawl-length hair, gray skin, sunken eye sockets, and the fingers holding the tableware are as thin as a dead branch. ??He is tall and thin, wearing a dark blue magic robe. Thats why we asked Mr. Giovanni to help us solve the problem. The man wearing aristocratic attire opposite said. "Okay!" The mage ''Giovanni'' picked up the handkerchief, wiped the corners of his mouth, and continued: "Tell me more about the other party. I heard you say he is from the association." ??The noble nodded and said: "The captain of the association is a necromancer transferred from the Kingdom of Yeko. He took away two of our rare items..." After the brief introduction, the mage Giovanni was also a little surprised. ??A necromancer actually appeared in the Kingdom of Yeko, and was successfully appointed as the captain of the association. Its really rare. Hope, I can get those two strange things back? Giovanni asked. If you want to get the strange object back, you also need to kill him. It shouldnt be difficult for you to make a person disappear, right? Of course its not difficult. Tap tap tap~! At this time, there was a sound of footsteps outside the restaurant. ??A waiter stood at the door and said softly: "Sir, Paralock is back." Let him in! ??Footsteps came in from outside the door, and a middle-aged man stood aside with his head lowered. Mr. Benassef, things have made some progress. The wealthy businessman Benasef put down the tableware and said, "Speak! There are no outsiders here." The man nodded and said: "We have mobilized people from the association and have determined that ''Bulk'' is dead, and the association has paid a pension." "Really dead? Where is Wu Heng?" Benasef continued to ask. "Only Bulk is dead, and the rest of them have received meritorious service for killing the Warhammer Party." The man dulled for a moment and continued: "The number of undead in Wu Heng''s hands is close to more than 10,000." ?Benasev looked gloomy and took a deep breath, "Okay, let''s get down." When a man salutes, he must retreat. Wait! Giovanni suddenly said after taking a sip of red wine. The mans steps paused. Then, his face suddenly changed, his eyes widened, and veins appeared on his neck. Gaba Gaba~! In the frightened and hoarse cry for help, his neck suddenly turned 180 degrees to the back. Seven holes were bleeding and he fell to the ground dead. Benasefs expression changed and he almost stood up. Suppressing the fear in his heart, he asked: "Who is Giovanni?" Giovanni did not answer, but raised his hand. The body that fell to the ground suddenly sat up. He turned his head to the back, and in the sound of rattling, he turned back and looked this way. ??Giovanni asked: "How did Bourque die?" The corpse replied, "The association issued a pension, saying that he died at the hands of the Warhammer Party." ??Giovanni continued to ask: "Where are the rest of their team?" Everyone else is fine. Why did Benasef investigate Wu Heng? It seems like something has been lost, in Wu Hengs hands. When did Wu Heng come to Luntam City? About, a month ago. . Giovanni asked five questions in succession. In addition to the matter of "Burque", he also reconfirmed the purpose of "Benasev". It seems that what others said is not reliable and needs to be confirmed again with the corpse. After the five questions were asked, the body lay on its back with a thud. ?Benasev looked a little ugly. He waved his hand and the body was dragged down. ??Giovanni smiled and said: "Don''t mind, it''s better to be careful about some things. This will be good for you and me." Understand, its also a good thing to be cautious. Benasefs expression calmed down again and he continued: What are you going to do next? Im really interested in the Necromancer who suddenly grew up in a month. You wont back down at this time! ??Giovanni smiled, "Of course not. I will get the things back for you. The reward will remain the same, but this Wuheng belongs to me. Whether it is a living person or a corpse, it is very valuable to me." "No problem." Benasev agreed directly, and then continued: "I still need ''Giovanni'' to come with me tomorrow to discuss this matter together." "Can!" In the living room. ?The air conditioner emits cool air. Wen Mansha continued to explain, "Benasev is a wealthy businessman in the inner city. He has a mansion that covers a large area, but he doesn''t seem to have any property in the city. I didn''t find out." It is basically certain at present. ?This Benasef is the real culprit behind the instigation of Bulk to kill him. ?Although he has many enemies, the biggest ones who can hook up with wealthy businessmen are the members of the ''Secret Order''. Is there any action on his side? Wu Heng asked. "Nothing was found. I have arranged for people to monitor the area. If there is any action, I will be notified as soon as possible." Wen Mansha replied. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but fell into thinking. Monitoring or not monitoring is not really necessary. ?The other party has arranged for someone to kill him, and without any action, it will only make the other party more unscrupulous. ?The only thing that is a bit difficult for me is that I have already reported my meritorious service, and it is not yet certain whether I can be promoted to deputy deacon. If you cause a murder of a local wealthy businessman, it will easily affect the affairs of the deputy deacon. ?As Slater said when he left, it would be a good thing not to assign him a task. He can wait until he is appointed and then make other plans. ??Although he says that he doesnt have to perform tasks now, it doesnt matter whether he is the sub-deacon or not. But I still want to seize this opportunity. Keep an eye on him and notify me once he leaves the city or confirms his appearance. Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Wen Mansha nodded, lying on the sofa in a thin nightgown, her calves raised and rocking back and forth, "Master, think about it now, it''s great to have you." ?Wu Heng was stunned, sat down next to the sofa, patted it, and asked, "What''s wrong?" "Otherwise, if the Warhammer Party takes over the city, many people will die in the city, and even Minnie and us will not be able to escape." Wen Mansha turned her head and looked at him. ?At that time, the Knights of the Iron Guard pushed the Spike Gang out to stop the Warhammer Party. Still left a considerable psychological shadow on her. I still mention it from time to time, full of fear. Well, its good to have you. Wu Heng smiled. You are so kind. Wen Mansha glanced back, held the hem of her skirt with one hand and lifted it up slightly, covering the roots of her thighs, and said softly: Master, let me give you a baby! ?Wu Heng heard the other party''s teasing words and understood what they meant, "Here? It''s time to eat." "What are you afraid of? It''s not like we''ve never been together before. Come on!" Wen Mansha teased her repeatedly, making him a little uncontrollable. Wen Mansha was lying on the sofa, her skirt rolled up around her waist, and Wu Heng held his hands on both sides of her head. In recent days, Wu Heng has been busy with the shelter transaction. We both miss each other a little bit. ? Wen Mansha tried hard to restrain herself from making any sound, but she gradually became confused and lost control of her emotions, and began to hum softly. In the kitchen, Minnie looked around. He frowned slightly and said, "No, let''s start now. Do you still need to eat?" The next day, inside the grain store. The boss rubbed his hands together, followed Wu Heng in small steps, and introduced: "Guest, we have increased the quantity of goods purchased. This time we can distribute 3,000 bags of wheat flour to sell to you." It has been a few days since the last time I bought food. As soon as the new grain arrived, the boss notified Minnie, who then called Wu Heng. How is the quality? Wu Heng entered the warehouse and took a look. "Don''t worry, it will only be better than last time. This is all related to my reputation. How can I fool you with some cheap goods?" the boss continued. ??Wu Heng looked back at Minnie and said, "Just find two bags and check them out." ?Minnie nodded, randomly found two bags, opened them, held the noodles in her hands and looked at them. The flour in this world is all yellowish. The method of inspection is mainly to see if there is sand or debris inside, and then whether there is mold. Although it is for other people in the shelter to eat. But he also bought it with his own money, and he was not the only one who owned the grain store, so he still had to check the quality. Minnie looked at it, nodded and said, "No problem." Well, I want all of this batch. Okay, then Ill send someone to the grocery store for you. The boss said happily immediately. Okay. Wu Heng gave the money. The owner of the grain store hired people to start carrying grain to the grocery store. ?Wu Heng took Minnie out of the store and walked towards the grocery store. The two of them were walking and chatting. Captain Wu Heng! ?Suddenly, a carriage stopped not far to the side, and the curtains were opened, revealing a thin, middle-aged face with sunken eyes. ?Wu Heng looked back and frowned slightly. The skill of [Soul Knowledge] allowed him to feel the guards around the carriage and the situation inside the carriage. The guards surrounding the carriage were several undead attendants. In the carriage, in addition to the two people, a familiar soul fluctuation was also detected, Wen Mansha. Necromancer? Tie up Mansha Wen. Whats the name? Wu Heng asked. Giovanni, level 16 necromancer. The other party replied calmly. "Nice to meet you! Did my maid offend you?" Wu Heng continued to ask. ?The other party was obviously taken aback, looked back at the situation in the carriage, showed a smile, and said: "You are quite interesting." ?The car door opened, and a tall and thin figure wearing a robe got out, carrying Wen Mansha down at the same time. He said directly: "I heard that you took the rare items from the Secret Order. Now give them to me and I will spare her life." Oh? Are you from the Secret Order? ?The other party did not answer, but snapped his fingers slightly. Wen Mansha''s eyes suddenly opened wide, and her neck began to twist backwards forcefully. Her face began to turn red and her neck muscles bulged. ?Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and gave up the plan of shooting directly. ??The fourth-level necromancer cannot kill the opponent, and Wen Mansha will definitely die. I can give it to you. Wu Heng said. ? Wen Mansha''s neck stopped turning, but she still kept her head tilted at 90 degrees, and her face turned red. Take it out! I only have a stick in my hand now. She snapped her fingers again, and Wen Mansha continued to exert force on her neck. "If you kill her today, I will hand over two pieces to the association. If you are willing to exchange, I can use this wooden staff to exchange for the maid in front of me." Wu Heng took out the rare object wooden staff and leaned on the ground. The blood cup was given to Slater, and it was impossible to get it out. But they should also know. Wonderful objects are often more important than human lives. Dang Dang Dang~! There was a slight knocking sound from the carriage carriage. Mr. Giovanni, please change it back first, and well talk about the next thing later. It seems that they still dare not let the rare objects fall into the hands of the association. Bring it here! Giovanni stretched out his hand. Let him go, you are a level 16 mage, are you still afraid that I will run away? Interesting! Giovanni turned his head and said to Wen Mansha: Come back! A blue ghost flew out of Wen Mansha''s body and returned to Giovanni''s body. ?Wen Mansha immediately resumed her action and ran quickly to Wu Heng''s side. ?Wu Heng also abided by the agreement and threw the wooden stick in his hand over. ?The other party caught it and put it into the carriage. After the wooden staff was taken in. Giovanni looked back at him again and said, "You are quite interesting. You are so young and you have such attainments in necromancy." I cant talk about it, Im just trying to learn. Wu Heng replied, already ready to fight. "Why don''t you stay with me? I can teach you orthodox magic, and you can become a third-level mage in a few years." Giovanni put his hands around him and said. It seems that he does not think that Wu Heng has reached level 10 at this age. In other words, in what way, a wrong judgment occurred. Thank you very much, but our personalities are not suitable. It seems that there is no fate between master and disciple. Wu Heng refused directly. ??Giovanni smiled and nodded, "It seems that ignorance made you make the wrong choice, but it doesn''t matter, the association can''t protect you, and I''m also very interested in your body." After saying this, he boarded the carriage directly and left the city. Then, the patrol team and the passing professional team also rushed over. Captain Wu Heng, is everything okay? asked a team leader. Its okay, I said something. Wu Heng said. Thats good, we still have tasks to do, so lets go first. "Um." ?Wu Heng continued to look at the patrolling team. ?These people are members of the Spike Gang. "Go and follow the carriage from a distance and see where they go." Okay, Captain. Everyone leaves. ?Wu Heng just saw Wen Mansha, whose face was pale. He helped her back to the grocery store and sat down, and asked, "What''s going on?" The informants who were arranged near Benasev were all killed. He followed the corpse and found me and brought me over. Wen Mansha explained. ?The other party is also a necromancer, so it is not difficult to find Wen Mansha just by asking the corpse. ?Now, Wen Mansha manages the city for her, and everyone in the city knows it, so they naturally know that it was him who did it. ??However, I didnt expect that the Secret Order found a level 16 necromancer. ?Furthermore, the other party obviously wants to kill him, but it is daytime, not a good time to do it. Im sorry, Master. Wen Mansha lowered her head. Its okay, its not your fault, I want to kill him too! Wu Heng comforted softly. Now that I know this, its not a bad thing. Both sides stood on the bright side. It depends on who kills whom first. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 233 , damn, what is this. Chapter 233, Damn it, what is this. On the carriage. Necromancer Giovanni held a white handkerchief, wiped his palms repeatedly, and said, "Don''t you want two rare objects? Why did you compromise on just one?" ?Benasef, who was sitting opposite, was holding a wooden stick and looking at it. He raised his head and said: "He will really hand over this rare object to the association. Even if the association doesn''t give him anything, he will still hand it over. It will be difficult to get it back by then." You are so hesitant in doing things that you make things so troublesome. "If I could have your achievements, I would slap him to death." Benasef put away his wooden stick and continued to ask: "Just now, were you really planning to accept him as a disciple?" "He does have some talent in necromancy. If he agrees, I will take him with me and teach him some knowledge." Giovanni paused slightly, "But he doesn''t want to, so forget it. The corpse is better than Apprentices are more obedient. ?Benasev nodded. He didnt want Giovanni to accept him as his disciple. Things will still be troublesome. The hatred between each other is gradually eliminated. ??Continue to ask: "Will your appearance in front of him this time affect the subsequent actions? He is still quite alert." "A squad leader, even if he has talent, is around level 8, what impact will killing him have?" Giovanni didn''t care. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ? But the words came to his lips and he held them back. ? Judging from the current situation, there is indeed no problem for Giovanni to kill Wu Heng. The car became quiet again. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. Getting further and further away from Luntam City, after passing through the dense woods. ??A manor appeared ahead. The carriage sped up again and entered the manor directly. grocery store. Minnie brought tea, while Wu Heng sat aside and fell into deep thought. The level 16 Necromancer was a whole level higher than him. ?Professionals of this level would be ranked among the strongest anywhere, but they actually appeared in such a small place. In the recent contact. It can be confirmed that the other party has two abilities. One is the use of ghost, which possesses Wen Mansha. The other one is the four undead attendants following the carriage. Level 16 Necromancer and skeleton should all be around level 15. Five fourth-level professionals, arent they bullying others? ?This kind of configuration, in a place like Luntam City, means that the big player returns to the novice village to bully others. Dimensionality reduction attack. ??It''s really a bit difficult to deal with. When fighting with other people, I didnt feel much. When I faced the Necromancer, I just felt that this profession was really disgusting. ??The constitution established by the Kingdom of Yeke to restrict necromancers is reasonable! "Master, why don''t we go out for a while first?" Wen Mansha said softly after her expression softened a little. Compared to Minnie who doesnt know anything, she knows what it means to be a level 16 necromancer. If you are not in the city today. ?The other party might just take action and kill Wu Heng and her directly. ? ? Necromancer, a profession that deals with the dead, is equally professional in killing people and destroying corpses. There is no action now, but it will eventually get dark. ?It is only a matter of time before the other party takes action. If you are worried, you might as well go out for a while and come back after a while. Or not come back at all. ??Wu Heng also knew her worries and comforted her softly, "It''s okay. It''s not time to leave yet." I also have a lot of trump cards. If a fight breaks out, you may not be afraid of him. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded. A ranger from the Spike Gang quickly ran up from the stairs. Captain, sister-in-law, the carriage has entered the manor on the east side of the city. The ranger said with rapid breathing. Wen Mansha asked: "Has the other party noticed you?" "We may have noticed that several guards around the carriage obviously wanted to get closer, but we kept a long distance and no one was injured." The ranger continued. You said they entered the manor? Wu Heng took over the topic. "yes." Whats going on in the manor? "The Taming Beast just took a brief look. It seemed like there was some kind of banquet being held. There were quite a few nobles in the courtyard." The ranger pondered for a moment before replying. Where are the guards? There are at least a hundred guards. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask, but sat aside and thought. Then he said to the ranger: "Okay, your mission is completed, go back and rest." The ranger glanced at Wen Mansha and saw she blinked to indicate that it was okay. Saluted and retreated. Wait for the footsteps to go away. Wen Mansha asked: "Master, what should I do?" Lets go to the manor and do it first. Wen Mansha''s eyes narrowed, but she nodded, "Okay." Outside the city, on the east side of the manor. Behind the manor are large medicinal fields, which are supplied to the pharmacies in the city. The Secret Order bought this manor very early as a secret gathering place outside the city. Follow the role of meeting and initiation ceremony venue. It''s just that because of the Warhammer Party''s affairs, this place has been deserted for a while. Until today, it was used again to gather people here. The manor was filled with dignitaries from the city who were dressed in luxurious clothes and had extraordinary aura. Like a large social scene. They were chatting with each other and it was very lively. Its approaching noon. ??Benasef walked out of the inner stone castle, looked at the people in the courtyard, and smiled, "Brothers and sisters, good afternoon!" After speaking, he made a strange gesture with his hands and raised them above his head. Good afternoon, Mr. Benasef! everyone said in unison, raising their hands above their heads. Benasev nodded with satisfaction and continued: "Next, let me introduce to you ''Giovanni'', a level 16 mage. He will help us kill Wu Heng and capture the entire Luntam City. Everyone in the audience was stunned for a moment, and then their faces showed joy. A level 16 mage is simply overqualified to kill the captain of an association. The boy is finally going to die. After Wu Heng killed Lu Anjian, many people began to be on tenterhooks. Afraid that your information will be obtained by the other party in some way, and you will be in danger. ?Now it seems that the boy''s death is coming. "If Mr. Giovanni takes action, that kid will definitely not live long." He is finally dying and has taken over half the city, and my business has become bleak. Kill him quickly, I am willing to give a big gift to Mr. Giovanni. "Me too." ?Everyone was talking loudly, and the atmosphere became more lively. ??The appearance of Wu Heng completely disrupted the original status quo of Luntam City. ?Especially in the east and north districts, they were originally afraid that Wu Heng would find out about them. All the shops opened in these two areas were closed, and the house deeds were sold as soon as possible. Everyone lost a lot of money. Of course I would like to see Wu Heng die here. Giovanni stood behind, quite satisfied with the attitude of these people. Even said that some enjoy this feeling. After solving this matter, staying here and becoming a local emperor is also a good choice. Absolute strength and a steady stream of experimental population. ?Thinking of these, my heart became even more hot. Benasev finished speaking loudly, and it was time for him to appear. He straightened his clothes and took two steps forward slowly, maintaining the elegance that a mage should have. Go to the front of the steps. ?Giovanni coughed lightly, and just as he was about to speak, his heart suddenly shrank, and a sense of crisis suddenly arose. The next second, the protective props appeared and shattered, and his left shoulder was instantly pierced. ?Blood and pieces of flesh splattered everywhere, and then there was the sound of bullets streaking through the air. Giovanni''s expression changed drastically. Immediately dragging some of his flesh-and-blood arms, he hid behind the armored attendant beside him. Dangdang~! Two more bullets hit the armor of the undead attendant. The armor was broken through, and the attendants were beaten back again and again. Immediately afterwards, the sound of heavy objects falling suddenly came from above everyone''s heads. Looking up, he saw strange objects falling from the sky. Boom~! Boom, boom, boom! In an instant, the explosion covered the whole place, the whole courtyard exploded, and a thick smoke rose. ?Shattered limbs, broken wood, and debris scattered all over the sky. There were panicked screams and a chaotic mess. ?The lady in a formal dress with a enchanting posture squatted on the spot with her head in her hands and screamed loudly, while bursts of sand and dust fell from the sky, covering her body. Two guards rushed over quickly. Just as he was about to lift her up and run away, the ground beside him exploded, and the three of them were instantly torn apart. ??Benasev stuck his **** out and climbed into the stone castle behind him. When he looked up, he saw the necromancer Giovanni also hiding here, drinking the potion with his head raised. Of the four undead attendants who were originally around him, only one remained. He also had a broken arm, and his breastplate was covered with dents caused by splashes of sand and gravel. The rest of the attendants were blown into a pile of broken bones immediately. "This, what kind of magic is this?" Benasev spat out the sand in his mouth and said. ??Giovanni threw the potion bottle aside and cursed angrily: "It''s not magic, **** it." I originally thought it was a small place, but I actually encountered this kind of thing. The explosion came suddenly and ended quickly. After a brief bombing. The whole place was in a mess. ?Smoke and dust still filled the sky over the manor, and wailing sounds echoed throughout the area. ?Hunting until the smoke clears. ~! A strange vehicle with three wheels, controlled by a skeleton, stopped at the entrance of the manor. ?Two dark and strange things on the carriage. In the smoke, turn around and face inside. Next second~! ?Bang bang bang~! ??The barrel of the gun was spitting out tongues of fire, and dense bullets were fired towards the interior of the manor. Broken limbs, blood foam, pieces of flesh, and gravel scattered everywhere. No body is complete. Even if it is covered in iron armor, it has become a puddle of mud. Then, the machine guns began to fire at the stone castle in the middle. The door was shattered like paper, and was reduced to countless fragments under the intensive attack of bullets. The walls and interior furnishings are more like fragile pottery pieces, scattered with smoke and dust. The entire area was covered by intensive gunfire. The tricycle below trembled and rattled violently with the shooting. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 231 , an enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it.) Chapter 231, enlarged version of Revolver (please vote for me and recommend it.) In an apocalyptic environment, the living conditions in most shelters are similar. ?While you are hungry and short of food, you also have to worry about the attack of the zombies. A few shelters would be better. For example, the Flame God Sanctuary has some modern weapons and settles far away from the city. After clearing the surrounding zombies, it will be safer. But in comparison, it may not be much better. However, the people in the auto repair shop in front of me were obviously different. ?Blue stab-proof clothing, an electric motorcycle helmet, a flashlight, an electric baton on his waist, and a hand crossbow in his hand. ??It is full of private armed forces in wasteland movies. ??You said that these people in front of you are the official rescue team, which is more credible than the auto repair shop shelter. But the other person is someone from the auto repair shop. When the headquarters appoints a disaster response commander, the participating auto repair shops should be given up. Yes, we heard about the exchange of supplies from the radio, so we came here specially. The eldest brother, the co-pilot, immediately smiled, stretched his head over and said. The inspector looked at the car and said, "How many cars do you want?" This car, and the one behind. The inspector continued: "We need to confirm whether you are injured. If there is no problem, you can go in directly." The two hesitated for a moment, then opened the door and got out of the car. ?At the same time, he greeted the people in the car behind him and got out of the car to undergo inspection. It is not a strict inspection either. Zombie viruses can quickly infect a person. ??As long as there are no obvious wounds on the body and you stay outside the level for three to five minutes, you can determine whether you have been infected by zombies. Okay, lets go in, drive straight ahead, and you can see the exchange location. said the inspector. Oh, thanks brother. ?Several people returned to the car. After the roadblock was removed, two cars drove in one after another. Pass the level and drive straight forward. You can see some busy people along the road, as well as patrolling "skeletons". ?On the radio, the auto repair shop had already acknowledged the existence of the skeleton, but seeing it in person still had a strong visual impact. ? No matter what, being able to make a skeleton stand up and move abnormally is more weird than awakening the ability to control water and fire. Discourses such as genetic evolution and cell aberration cannot be applied to skeletons at all. Its simply magical. Brother, the exchange point is ahead. The long-haired driver said. On one side of the road ahead, a parasol was set up, and several people were sitting at the table. Not far away, there were piles of blue bags with white powder hanging on them, which should be bags of flour. The driver was dumbfounded. Someone was really exchanging grain for gold at this time. Stop! The car stopped aside and the eldest brother got out of the car. Looking at the grain bags piled aside, as well as some beer and instant noodles that can be seen in the supermarket. The woman sitting under the umbrella asked directly: "What do you want to exchange for?" We brought gold to exchange for some grain. Take out the gold, we can weigh it here. The man opened the back door and took out a backpack. When he opened it, there was some gold jewelry inside. Rings, bracelets, and large gold chains as thick as the little finger. The two people behind the table, one started checking the gold and the other weighed it. Except for the thickest gold chain, which is fake, the rest are all real. "How is that possible? My girlfriend bought this for me and I wear it all the time." The man said. ??Woo~! The man cursed in a low voice, and the sound of a vehicle approaching was heard from behind. I saw two army green armored vehicles with machine guns approaching slowly and lined up at the rear of the convoy. People from the Flame Gods Sanctuary! They are coming too. ?Furthermore, I came very early, probably because I was afraid that there were not many supplies, and all of them were replaced after I arrived. What do you want to change? the staff urged again. The man turned around and said immediately: "In exchange for food." Only flour. "no problem." Drive over there to get some beer, instant noodles, etc. and see if you need anything. the staff continued. Okay, thank you. ??The man got back into the car and walked towards the front where he would exchange supplies. Where is the passenger terminal? The door opened, and several figures walked straight in. Li Yahong cast her eyes on the leader. After looking up and down, she stretched out her hand and said, "I am Li Yahong, the person in charge of the auto repair shop." ?The other party also stretched out his hand and shook it, "Fire God Sanctuary, Ma Zhiyong." It turns out to be the horse captain. I have long admired your name. Please sit down. Ma Zhiyong sat down on the side and said directly, "I came here this time with the intention of exchanging some photovoltaic panels, but I saw that the hand crossbow you equipped is very good in craftsmanship. I wonder if it is on the exchange list." ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, but she didn''t expect that the other party would come and take a fancy to the hand crossbow. ?This kind of weapon was distributed by Wu Heng to everyone last night to serve as some self-defense weapons. The operation is simple, the sound is low, and the power is enough to kill zombies. This Li Yahong looked hesitant. There are not many crossbows. Furthermore, whether she wants to exchange or not doesnt count, it still depends on Wu Hengs thoughts. Its hard to sell these hand crossbows? Ma Zhiyong asked curiously. Li Yahong smiled and said, "It is very difficult to make hand crossbows, and we only have so much, so it is not easy to sell them to others." ??The crossbow string will also produce a certain volume, but the sound is not loud, unlike the explosion of a firearm. When dealing with zombies, you basically dont dare to shoot, but this hand crossbow is not that big of a problem. The sound will also be covered up by the roar of the corpses. Furthermore, a wave of remote output will have a relatively large impact on the on-site battle situation. "What does Leader Li want? Why don''t we discuss it? In this environment, we should help each other to get through the difficulties." Ma Zhiyong continued. ?Li Yahong was about to refuse. Her ears moved slightly. Then he said: "Actually, we don''t have too much. Let''s just get what the horse captain says we can get." Seeing that the other party was throwing the question back, Ma Zhiyong said directly: "I will take out the two rifles I carry and exchange them for your five-hand crossbows and corresponding photovoltaic panels." ??Li Yahong shook her head, "Captain Ma, what''s the use of guns? We have a lot of them in our hands. In addition to scaring other survivors, we don''t dare to fire a single shot against zombies. Let''s forget it." "You can''t say that. Sometimes, it is necessary to prevent other people." ?Li Yahong shook her head, "Sorry, we don''t plan to sell hand crossbows." ?Ma Zhiyong sat silent. The person who followed in came close and whispered a few words. Ma Zhiyong continued, "Chief Li, we still have a weapon in hand. You can take a look at it first and then decide whether to exchange it." "Can!" I asked my men to retrieve it. They will not come in with ammunition, so as not to cause any misunderstanding. Ma Zhiyong continued. Li Yahong glanced aside and said, "Qiangzi, go get it with them." "good!" A few people left and came back soon. A heavy weapon with a huge wheel was placed on the table. It''s like an enlarged revolver. The LG4 rotating grenade gun weighs 5.58 kilograms, has a length of 780 mm, a barrel length of 300 mm, and requires 40 mm grenade ammunition. The power of each bullet is equivalent to a grenade. Ma Zhiyong said. ?As for Li Yahong, after listening to the other party''s introduction, she looked at the other party in surprise. Its not that she understood the weapon, but she was surprised by this set of words. Even gun enthusiasts may not be able to say such a thing. Especially in the country, these things are not visible to ordinary people. Coupled with the title Captain Ma on the radio, she had to doubt the identity of the other party. "I don''t have anyone here who knows how to use it, and the ammunition..." Li Yahong looked embarrassed, hesitated again, and asked, "How does Captain Ma want to change it?" One hand, six anti-personnel bombs, in exchange for ten crossbows and twenty sets of photovoltaic panels. You can exchange photovoltaic panels or grains alone, so why hold on to the crossbow? When we have more in the future, we can exchange with Captain Ma. Li Yahong said directly. There are a total of twelve crossbows in the auto repair shop. If you use an enlarged revolver, you will take away ten of them. ?Moreover, photovoltaic panels are now a necessity in shelters. ?Ma Zhiyong still didnt want to give up, Chief Li, please tell me your conditions. ?Li Yahong paused for a while before continuing to ask: "How many of these grenade guns can you take out?" Ill sell you two at most. Wheres the ammunition? 12 anti-personnel bombs. ? Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Two grenade guns, 12 pieces of ammunition, I''ll give you 8 crossbows, 100 crossbow bolts, and ten sets of photovoltaic panels." This is too dark! Others in the Fire God Sanctuary said. Captain Ma, this is my condition. Its up to you whether you want to exchange it or not. Ma Zhiyongs face was serious and he was depressed for a while before he said, Okay, weve changed. Li Yahong also nodded and said: "Qiangzi, let someone prepare a hand crossbow and exchange it with them." Okay, Sister Hong. Qiangzi nodded. Ma Zhiyong also stood up, "Then don''t bother me. If you need anything, we''ll contact you later." "good!" ?A few people left, and Wu Heng walked out of the back room. Its not that there is any taboo. Instead, Li Yahong will mainly handle the matter of the shelter in the future. Faced with other shelters, she will also come forward. At best, I can be a person behind the scenes. In other words, Li Yahong is her own manager and diplomatic spokesperson. ??Li Yahong originally didnt intend to agree to the exchange, but Wu Heng made Xiao Xiao invisible and told her the exchange conditions. Give them the hand crossbow, what should we use? Li Yahong asked. ??Wu Heng walked to the seat and sat down, "There will be a hand crossbow behind it. This kind of grenade gun may be of some use." Hand crossbow, which will be produced by Luntam City in the future, can be provided to this side. ?The opponent wants to make a crossbow in this way, and it is very likely that he wants to take it back and imitate it. After all, there are people among the people who can make their own crossbows. ?But Wu Heng is not too worried. Their homemade weapons are definitely not as professional as those from professional weapon shops. After making it, it can have some effects, and its lethality or accuracy are incomparable to our own. They really want everything when they come here. Li Yahong complained and sat astride his lap. "As long as they are willing to exchange, it will be a good thing for us." Well, today was pretty good. Several people came to the shelter. "Today is only the first day. After we go back, this matter will spread and more people will come." Wu Heng said. "Um!" At this time, Qiangzi came in with a few people carrying boxes. ?Haunted as he walked, "Sister Hong, take it back..." As soon as he entered the door, he saw Li Yahong sitting on Wu Heng''s lap with a sweet face. ?Several people looked around at the same time, muttering, "We''re in the wrong place." ?Li Yahong''s face turned red, she stood up immediately and said, "Have you checked everything?" After checking, we found two guns and 12 anti-personnel bombs. Anyway, the quantity is correct. We dont know whether they can be used, Qiangzi said. Okay, lets put it here. Well, then were going out. ?A few people put down their boxes and left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood up, walked over, and opened the box. ??Then he saw the weapons inside, grenades about the same width as a mobile phone. ?There is also this kind of weapon. ??Wu Heng has never been seen on TV. Checked it and confirmed that there was nothing wrong with it, and put it directly into the space ring. Dusk. The convoy at the last refuge completed the deal. Everyone packed up their things and started to finish work. ??After Li Yahong gave a few simple explanations, he took a bag and walked towards Wu Heng. A total of 170 grams of gold and some silver are here. Li Yahong said. The number is not as large as expected. But its okay, its the first day after all, so these are not a lot. Compared to the money spent on purchasing the goods, it is already a hundred times the profit. Well, the quantity is quite a lot. Wu Heng also collected the gold. Li Yahong nodded, glanced at him, and said, "I will organize everyone to have something good together tonight. Do you want to come with me?" I wont go, you can take everyone to eat! ?Li Yahong stepped forward, hugged his waist and said, "Do you still want me to come over tonight?" "I have some things to do. I''ll contact you when it''s convenient." Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I won''t let anyone go upstairs. You can just do your own thing in peace." So good! Li Yahong was a little nervous, "If you don''t accompany me tonight, then I will charge some interest." ?Wu Heng lifted her chin and kissed her gently. It took a while. Li Yahong let go with some reluctance. Then Ill get busy first. Contact me after you finish. "Um!" Li Yahong left, and Wu Heng collected all the loot. Open the gate and return to your residence. Come out of the boundary gate. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and Minnie was preparing dinner. ?Wen Mansha didnt come back either. When he saw Wu Heng coming down, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." For Wu Heng, he was absent and could suddenly appear. The maids at home no longer find it strange. Before Wu Heng, he had to maintain some mystery and hide something from Li Yahong and the maids. ??After many times, although they didn''t understand what Wu Heng was doing, they had already accepted it. I guess I have some guesses in my mind. ?Wu Heng didnt want to explain, it would be good to keep it like this. Dont be in a hurry, do it slowly. Wu Heng said. "Uh-huh!" ?Wu Heng went to the bathroom to wash up. When she went downstairs again, Mansha Wen opened the door and entered the house with the skeleton. "Owner." Well, Minnie will cook the food soon, please wait a moment. Wen Mansha smiled softly and said softly, "It feels good to be at home." Speaking as if what happened before. "Hehe." Wen Mansha took off her coat, approached him and took his arm, and continued: "We found the two people who went to ''Bulk''s'' house before." Oh? Who is the other party? Wen Mansha replied, I dont know who they are, but the owner of the building they enter and exit is called Benasev. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 232 , I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow.) Chapter 232, I will teach you (one update first, two updates tomorrow.) In the inner city, inside a luxurious mansion. On both sides of the slender dining table, two men dressed in different clothes were sitting, enjoying a sumptuous meal. There are people in such a remote place that you cant deal with? the man on the left said softly, cutting food with a knife and fork. ??This man has dark brown shawl-length hair, gray skin, sunken eye sockets, and the fingers holding the tableware are as thin as a dead branch. ??He is tall and thin, wearing a dark blue magic robe. Thats why we asked Mr. Giovanni to help us solve the problem. The man wearing aristocratic attire opposite said. "Okay!" The mage ''Giovanni'' picked up the handkerchief, wiped the corners of his mouth, and continued: "Tell me more about the other party. I heard you say he is from the association." ??The noble nodded and said: "The captain of the association is a necromancer transferred from the Kingdom of Yeko. He took away two of our rare items..." After the brief introduction, the mage Giovanni was also a little surprised. ??A necromancer actually appeared in the Kingdom of Yeko, and was successfully appointed as the captain of the association. Its really rare. Hope, I can get those two strange things back? Giovanni asked. If you want to get the strange object back, you also need to kill him. It shouldnt be difficult for you to make a person disappear, right? Of course its not difficult. Tap tap tap~! At this time, there was a sound of footsteps outside the restaurant. ??A waiter stood at the door and said softly: "Sir, Paralock is back." Let him in! ??Footsteps came in from outside the door, and a middle-aged man stood aside with his head lowered. Mr. Benassef, things have made some progress. The wealthy businessman Benasef put down the tableware and said, "Speak! There are no outsiders here." The man nodded and said: "We have mobilized people from the association and have determined that ''Bulk'' is dead, and the association has paid a pension." "Really dead? Where is Wu Heng?" Benasef continued to ask. "Only Bulk is dead, and the rest of them have received meritorious service for killing the Warhammer Party." The man dulled for a moment and continued: "The number of undead in Wu Heng''s hands is close to more than 10,000." ?Benasev looked gloomy and took a deep breath, "Okay, let''s get down." When a man salutes, he must retreat. Wait! Giovanni suddenly said after taking a sip of red wine. The mans steps paused. Then, his face suddenly changed, his eyes widened, and veins appeared on his neck. Gaba Gaba~! In the frightened and hoarse cry for help, his neck suddenly turned 180 degrees to the back. Seven holes were bleeding and he fell to the ground dead. Benasefs expression changed and he almost stood up. Suppressing the fear in his heart, he asked: "Who is Giovanni?" Giovanni did not answer, but raised his hand. The body that fell to the ground suddenly sat up. He turned his head to the back, and in the sound of rattling, he turned back and looked this way. ??Giovanni asked: "How did Bourque die?" The corpse replied, "The association issued a pension, saying that he died at the hands of the Warhammer Party." ??Giovanni continued to ask: "Where are the rest of their team?" Everyone else is fine. Why did Benasef investigate Wu Heng? It seems like something has been lost, in Wu Hengs hands. When did Wu Heng come to Luntam City? About, a month ago. . Giovanni asked five questions in succession. In addition to the matter of "Burque", he also reconfirmed the purpose of "Benasev". It seems that what others said is not reliable and needs to be confirmed again with the corpse. After the five questions were asked, the body lay on its back with a thud. ?Benasev looked a little ugly. He waved his hand and the body was dragged down. ??Giovanni smiled and said: "Don''t mind, it''s better to be careful about some things. This will be good for you and me." Understand, its also a good thing to be cautious. Benasefs expression calmed down again and he continued: What are you going to do next? Im really interested in the Necromancer who suddenly grew up in a month. You wont back down at this time! ??Giovanni smiled, "Of course not. I will get the things back for you. The reward will remain the same, but this Wuheng belongs to me. Whether it is a living person or a corpse, it is very valuable to me." "No problem." Benasev agreed directly, and then continued: "I still need ''Giovanni'' to come with me tomorrow to discuss this matter together." "Can!" In the living room. ?The air conditioner emits cool air. Wen Mansha continued to explain, "Benasev is a wealthy businessman in the inner city. He has a mansion that covers a large area, but he doesn''t seem to have any property in the city. I didn''t find out." It is basically certain at present. ?This Benasef is the real culprit behind the instigation of Bulk to kill him. ?Although he has many enemies, the biggest ones who can hook up with wealthy businessmen are the members of the ''Secret Order''. Is there any action on his side? Wu Heng asked. "Nothing was found. I have arranged for people to monitor the area. If there is any action, I will be notified as soon as possible." Wen Mansha replied. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but fell into thinking. Monitoring or not monitoring is not really necessary. ?The other party has arranged for someone to kill him, and without any action, it will only make the other party more unscrupulous. ?The only thing that is a bit difficult for me is that I have already reported my meritorious service, and it is not yet certain whether I can be promoted to deputy deacon. If you cause a murder of a local wealthy businessman, it will easily affect the affairs of the deputy deacon. ?As Slater said when he left, it would be a good thing not to assign him a task. He can wait until he is appointed and then make other plans. ??Although he says that he doesnt have to perform tasks now, it doesnt matter whether he is the sub-deacon or not. But I still want to seize this opportunity. Keep an eye on him and notify me once he leaves the city or confirms his appearance. Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Wen Mansha nodded, lying on the sofa in a thin nightgown, her calves raised and rocking back and forth, "Master, think about it now, it''s great to have you." ?Wu Heng was stunned, sat down next to the sofa, patted it, and asked, "What''s wrong?" "Otherwise, if the Warhammer Party takes over the city, many people will die in the city, and even Minnie and us will not be able to escape." Wen Mansha turned her head and looked at him. ?At that time, the Knights of the Iron Guard pushed the Spike Gang out to stop the Warhammer Party. Still left a considerable psychological shadow on her. I still mention it from time to time, full of fear. Well, its good to have you. Wu Heng smiled. You are so kind. Wen Mansha glanced back, held the hem of her skirt with one hand and lifted it up slightly, covering the roots of her thighs, and said softly: Master, let me give you a baby! ?Wu Heng heard the other party''s teasing words and understood what they meant, "Here? It''s time to eat." "What are you afraid of? It''s not like we''ve never been together before. Come on!" Wen Mansha teased her repeatedly, making him a little uncontrollable. Wen Mansha was lying on the sofa, her skirt rolled up around her waist, and Wu Heng held his hands on both sides of her head. In recent days, Wu Heng has been busy with the shelter transaction. We both miss each other a little bit. ? Wen Mansha tried hard to restrain herself from making any sound, but she gradually became confused and lost control of her emotions, and began to hum softly. In the kitchen, Minnie looked around. He frowned slightly and said, "No, let''s start now. Do you still need to eat?" The next day, inside the grain store. The boss rubbed his hands together, followed Wu Heng in small steps, and introduced: "Guest, we have increased the quantity of goods purchased. This time we can distribute 3,000 bags of wheat flour to sell to you." It has been a few days since the last time I bought food. As soon as the new grain arrived, the boss notified Minnie, who then called Wu Heng. How is the quality? Wu Heng entered the warehouse and took a look. "Don''t worry, it will only be better than last time. This is all related to my reputation. How can I fool you with some cheap goods?" the boss continued. ??Wu Heng looked back at Minnie and said, "Just find two bags and check them out." ?Minnie nodded, randomly found two bags, opened them, held the noodles in her hands and looked at them. The flour in this world is all yellowish. The method of inspection is mainly to see if there is sand or debris inside, and then whether there is mold. Although it is for other people in the shelter to eat. But he also bought it with his own money, and he was not the only one who owned the grain store, so he still had to check the quality. Minnie looked at it, nodded and said, "No problem." Well, I want all of this batch. Okay, then Ill send someone to the grocery store for you. The boss said happily immediately. Okay. Wu Heng gave the money. The owner of the grain store hired people to start carrying grain to the grocery store. ?Wu Heng took Minnie out of the store and walked towards the grocery store. The two of them were walking and chatting. Captain Wu Heng! ?Suddenly, a carriage stopped not far to the side, and the curtains were opened, revealing a thin, middle-aged face with sunken eyes. ?Wu Heng looked back and frowned slightly. The skill of [Soul Knowledge] allowed him to feel the guards around the carriage and the situation inside the carriage. The guards surrounding the carriage were several undead attendants. In the carriage, in addition to the two people, a familiar soul fluctuation was also detected, Wen Mansha. Necromancer? Tie up Mansha Wen. Whats the name? Wu Heng asked. Giovanni, level 16 necromancer. The other party replied calmly. "Nice to meet you! Did my maid offend you?" Wu Heng continued to ask. ?The other party was obviously taken aback, looked back at the situation in the carriage, showed a smile, and said: "You are quite interesting." ?The car door opened, and a tall and thin figure wearing a robe got out, carrying Wen Mansha down at the same time. He said directly: "I heard that you took the rare items from the Secret Order. Now give them to me and I will spare her life." Oh? Are you from the Secret Order? ?The other party did not answer, but snapped his fingers slightly. Wen Mansha''s eyes suddenly opened wide, and her neck began to twist backwards forcefully. Her face began to turn red and her neck muscles bulged. ?Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and gave up the plan of shooting directly. ??The fourth-level necromancer cannot kill the opponent, and Wen Mansha will definitely die. I can give it to you. Wu Heng said. ? Wen Mansha''s neck stopped turning, but she still kept her head tilted at 90 degrees, and her face turned red. Take it out! I only have a stick in my hand now. She snapped her fingers again, and Wen Mansha continued to exert force on her neck. "If you kill her today, I will hand over two pieces to the association. If you are willing to exchange, I can use this wooden staff to exchange for the maid in front of me." Wu Heng took out the rare object wooden staff and leaned on the ground. The blood cup was given to Slater, and it was impossible to get it out. But they should also know. Wonderful objects are often more important than human lives. Dang Dang Dang~! There was a slight knocking sound from the carriage carriage. Mr. Giovanni, please change it back first, and well talk about the next thing later. It seems that they still dare not let the rare objects fall into the hands of the association. Bring it here! Giovanni stretched out his hand. Let him go, you are a level 16 mage, are you still afraid that I will run away? Interesting! Giovanni turned his head and said to Wen Mansha: Come back! A blue ghost flew out of Wen Mansha''s body and returned to Giovanni''s body. ?Wen Mansha immediately resumed her action and ran quickly to Wu Heng''s side. ?Wu Heng also abided by the agreement and threw the wooden stick in his hand over. ?The other party caught it and put it into the carriage. After the wooden staff was taken in. Giovanni looked back at him again and said, "You are quite interesting. You are so young and you have such attainments in necromancy." I cant talk about it, Im just trying to learn. Wu Heng replied, already ready to fight. "Why don''t you stay with me? I can teach you orthodox magic, and you can become a third-level mage in a few years." Giovanni put his hands around him and said. It seems that he does not think that Wu Heng has reached level 10 at this age. In other words, in what way, a wrong judgment occurred. Thank you very much, but our personalities are not suitable. It seems that there is no fate between master and disciple. Wu Heng refused directly. ??Giovanni smiled and nodded, "It seems that ignorance made you make the wrong choice, but it doesn''t matter, the association can''t protect you, and I''m also very interested in your body." After saying this, he boarded the carriage directly and left the city. Then, the patrol team and the passing professional team also rushed over. Captain Wu Heng, is everything okay? asked a team leader. Its okay, I said something. Wu Heng said. Thats good, we still have tasks to do, so lets go first. "Um." ?Wu Heng continued to look at the patrolling team. ?These people are members of the Spike Gang. "Go and follow the carriage from a distance and see where they go." Okay, Captain. Everyone leaves. ?Wu Heng just saw Wen Mansha, whose face was pale. He helped her back to the grocery store and sat down, and asked, "What''s going on?" The informants who were arranged near Benasev were all killed. He followed the corpse and found me and brought me over. Wen Mansha explained. ?The other party is also a necromancer, so it is not difficult to find Wen Mansha just by asking the corpse. ?Now, Wen Mansha manages the city for her, and everyone in the city knows it, so they naturally know that it was him who did it. ??However, I didnt expect that the Secret Order found a level 16 necromancer. ?Furthermore, the other party obviously wants to kill him, but it is daytime, not a good time to do it. Im sorry, Master. Wen Mansha lowered her head. Its okay, its not your fault, I want to kill him too! Wu Heng comforted softly. Now that I know this, its not a bad thing. Both sides stood on the bright side. It depends on who kills whom first. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 236 , magic soul pot Chapter 236, Demon Soul Pot Shield Pendant (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Shield'' rune, which can form a shield to protect you at critical moments.) Its this magic item again. The effect is similar to the Protective Pendant from Luangian last time. But that piece was etched with a Blade Shield, and the Shield Technique in front of me was of a higher level. ??Although it sounds like Blade Shield is more advanced. Next, is the space ring. Space Ring (Description: A prop etched with space magic, with 20 cubic meters of space inside.) ?The space ring in front of you has an internal storage space of 20 cubic meters. It is the largest space among the several space rings in my hand. ?Now it seems that space rings are not a rare thing. Rich businessmen and relatively powerful professionals all wear them. Psychic communication ring, with a clear view of the stored items inside. Some personal clothes, a lot of money, various props and a few books. Took out all the clothes I had with me. Ordinary changes of clothes were thrown aside, and one of the robes was held in his hand. The Robe of Silence (Description: The wearers spell casting speed is increased and the resistance to external interference is enhanced.) It is also a magic item. ??Giovannis original robe was obviously a magic item, but unfortunately it was damaged by a machine gun and is now as fragmented as a mop strip. ?This one is not bad, Wu Heng is about the same height as him. Go back and wash it, so you can wear it yourself. ?This kind of prop is considered as a reward for at least level 3 meritorious service in the association. Then, there are the other props. Flint GlovesInsulation TentOrgan JarDemon Soul Pot. There are many strange props. This necromancer is obviously much more professional than me. ??Wu Heng took a special look at the [Demon Soul Pot]. Devil Soul Pot (Description: A container that stores and imprisons the soul.) Storing the soul. The soul is not just a driving force like "Little" and "Glenda", it is also the material of the ritual. Or to nourish the soul. ??The ghost that Giovanni released and possessed Wen Mansha had disheveled hair and a strange appearance. It was obviously a fostered evil spirit. Looking through several items. Finally, the book in the ring. Pleasant transactionIsland within reachTransportation road for tradeMiscellaneous chatSuccubus in the bedroomMrs. Rose...Resurrection. Looking at the weird book titles one after another. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a bit. Originally I thought I would see the mages skill book, but when I took it out, it was all like this. They are all like ordinary reading materials used to pass the time while traveling. Succubus, Madam, etc., or Little Yellow Book. Skinny, but this is a good thing. ??Putting the rest away first, Wu Heng picked up the [Resurrection Technique] and glanced through it. Resurrection (Description: You can transform a creature that dies within one minute into a seriously injured state. This spell cannot resurrect a creature that has died of old age, nor can it restore lost body parts.) Resurrection? Is he learning the art of resurrection? ?Taking it to the books in the space ring, the skills you have learned will not be placed in them. There is only one [Resurrection], and it is very likely that he is currently researching this skill. Looking at the skill description again, I was still a little surprised. Can turn a creature that dies within one minute into a seriously injured state. The resurrection spell in the game. ?Isnt that a priests skill? It feels so strange to appear on the body of the Necromancer. Although it only achieves the effect of serious injury, it is much better than actually dying. The last sentence mentioned some restrictions. Creatures that have died of old age cannot be resurrected, and those who are missing body limbs cannot be restored out of thin air. These two limitations are understandable. The old and the dead can be resurrected. Isnt that the magic of immortality? The undead faction is really a weird profession, involving both death and life. While studying how to enslave the undead, they are also creating spells such as [life support] and [resurrection] to save people. ?Perhaps most necromancers no longer respect life or despise life because they have been dealing with undead for many years. But there are still a large number of people who are still using the knowledge they have learned to provide corresponding help to living beings. Finish all the trophies. ?Wu Hengs eyes continued to fall on the corpse in front of him. I am a level 16 Necromancer. I dont know what kind of effect it will have after being transformed into a Necromancer. I didnt think much about it. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The familiar unstable prompt appears again. The flesh and blood on the corpse began to fall off, and a tall and thin skeleton slowly stood up. The empty eye sockets were burning with blue soul fire. Wei Wei glanced at the scene and walked slowly to the side. From now on, you will be called Dead Bone. Wu Heng said. The level 16 Necromancer may have other people or forces involved behind it. So, Wu Heng changed the name of Giovanni to Dead Bone. So as not to attract other peoples attention in your name. ??The skeleton gave a slight salute and then walked aside. ??Wu Heng took out some of his ordinary clothes from the space ring and handed them to his hands, "Put on these first." The skeleton began to dress on the side. Wuheng, then continue to check its properties. Skeleton Mage (Level 16) Level: 16 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 16, Agility 18, Intelligence 36, Perception 25, Charisma 18. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, immortal adaptation, necromancer. Feats: Cloth Armor Specialization (Advanced), Wand Specialization [Advanced], Dagger Specialization [Intermediate], Arcane Echo, Soul Lore, Haunting Lore, Untiring Concentration, Spell Craftsmanship. ]????Skills: life support, wounding, pathogenic ray, debilitating ray, curse, speak with the dead, disease, blight, pestilence, evil explosion, corpse explosion, bone servitude (substitute), The art of enslaving corpses (substitute), the battlefield of dead corpses (substitute). ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes in front of him and was a little surprised. Level 16, no one has higher attributes yet. But this effect is actually correct. In terms of level and knowledge, it is impossible for his attributes to reach the current level. The increase is mainly caused by taking the corpse core potion in the zombie world. Helping himself to a height that is inconsistent with his level. It''s not that its attributes are low, but that its own attributes can no longer be measured according to normal levels. Level 16 skeletons have many feats and skills. Especially in terms of skills. ?After being transformed into a Necromancer, all the skills of the other factions will disappear, leaving only the magic of the Necromancer faction. Even so, there are 14 skills. ?Wu Heng took a quick glance and understood the rest of the skills. ?Only the three skills that I am most familiar with, [Bone Spell], [Corpse Spell] and [Dead Corpse Battlefield], have the word "substitute" in them. ?Wu Heng opened it and took a look. Bone Slave Technique (Substitute): Using oneself as the casting medium, instead of the ''master'', injecting the remains or corpses of living beings with filthy false life force, and summoning them into undead skeleton attendants. ?Wu Heng took a closer look and immediately understood the meaning of the words. The dead bones in front of you are no longer separate individuals, but a false life created by Wu Heng. So, even though [Bone-Slaying Technique] and [Corpse-Slaying Technique] are retained in the skills, the ownership after casting the spell still belongs to Wu Heng. It is nothing more than a target instead of casting a spell. also considered reasonable. At this time, "Zi Gu" had also put on his clothes, and stood aside with his hands attached. ?Compared with Wu Heng and Wen Mansha, the gang sisters-in-law, they really look more like nobles. Continue to put away all the tricycles and looted weapons and equipment. Lets go back. The army began to take action and headed towards Luntam City. ?Wu Heng put his arm on Wen Mansha''s shoulder, "You must be scared today!" "No, I''m not afraid even if the master is around." Wen Mansha said softly. Actually, if you think about it, Wen Mansha''s position is indeed a bit dangerous. ?His own level is not high, and he relies entirely on the reputation of a sister-in-law. Tomorrow, let the Dead Bone follow you there so that you can be protected. "Really? It''s such a waste to protect me at level 16!" Wen Mansha looked up. ?Wu Heng hugged her and said, "Safety is the most important thing. Don''t waste anything." Thank you, master. The city walls are guarded by skeletons. ??Although the city gate has been closed, it has been reopened, allowing Wu Heng and others to enter the city. Return overnight so as not to be seen by others. The next day, early morning. ?Several maids left to go about their own business. ??Wu Heng also went directly to the association. Pushing open the door to the lounge, he saw three members of his team sitting inside. "What? Is there a mission today?" Wu Heng asked curiously. Duke suddenly stood up and said: "Captain, the other teams said that someone is causing trouble for you. If you don''t come today, we will go to your house to find you." ??Yesterday when I was talking to Giovanni in the city, I met the association team who was on a mission. It seems that they were the ones who talked about these things with Duke. "It''s okay. Who dares to trouble me in the city? It''s just a small misunderstanding." Wu Heng walked in and sat down at the desk. Oh, its okay. Duke said, scratching his head. ?Marta and Gauluboli also nodded and said it was fine. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have the achievements of our team not come down yet?" Level 2 Merit, you can choose good high-level props or rare objects. ?It has been how many days and there is no news at all. I dont know, Duke said. ? ? Gauluboli thought for a moment and said: "It may be that the process is more cumbersome. The captain''s merits are enough to appoint a deputy deacon. Appointments at this level are more rigorous and the time will definitely be longer." Well, its possible. Wu Heng nodded. Duke continued to ask: "Captain, you will be the deputy deacon and give us some better tasks." "It''s not necessarily possible, and even if he is appointed, he should be transferred to another place." Wu Heng said. What will happen to half the city if you are transferred? Duke asked. Lets see what happens then! ?A few people sat in the room and chatted for a while. Confirmed that Wu Heng was not in danger, and the association did not give them tasks. He left the association directly and went about his own affairs. Wu Heng also returned to his residence. Go directly through the gate and go to the zombie world. Inside the passenger terminal, it was still quite busy, with several cars conducting transactions at the door. ?Out of the building, he saw Qiangzi and others repairing a van in the yard. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Qiangzi and the others turned around and saw Wu Heng coming out. They immediately stood up and saluted. "We came to exchange supplies. The van was attacked by zombies on the way. It couldn''t move after we got in. Let''s help repair it." Qiangzi patted the van and made a loud noise. Oh, where is Li Yahong? Wu Heng continued to ask. Sister Hong is over there at the door. Qiangzi said to the person on the side: Go and ask Sister Hong to come over. ?The man left. Qiangzi pulled him aside mysteriously and whispered: "Your Majesty, I have an idea for improving weapons, and I want to tell you about it." What do you think? Wu Heng glanced at him. Qiangzi took out a crumpled piece of paper from his trouser pocket, with a sketch drawn on it. He said: "Your Majesty, have you ever heard of Langzhen?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 237 , let them generate electricity Chapter 237: Let them generate electricity ?Wu Heng understood what he meant only after seeing the sketch that was handed over to him. ??The wolf is a long-handled weapon. Qiangzi explained: "Your Majesty, if a weapon like mine is placed in the first row, it is definitely more useful than a pitchfork. When zombies pounce on them, they will be directly stabbed into a honeycomb, and they can be pushed back." ?Wu Heng continued to look at the sketch. The front end is a normal spearhead, and extending downward along the spear shaft is a multi-layered blade-shaped bifurcation. It is like a main trunk of a tree growing out dense dense branches. ?Although the drawing is sloppy, with the sketch, one can understand what he wants to express. ??Now in the skeleton queue, the first row of the spear array uses pitchforks, and the forks at the front can resist zombie attacks. But overall, the effect of this weapon is still limited. ??Although the kind of wolf in front of you has never appeared in another world, it may be effective in dealing with zombies without intelligence. The idea is pretty good, can it be made? Wu Heng said. "Yes." Hadron replied immediately, and then said: "If you think it works, I will research and make it and then test it." ?Wu Heng looked at the sketch and felt that he could still give it a try. ??This world has cutting machines and electric welding, so it shouldn''t be difficult to piece together an iron tree branch. Then make one first to see the effect, and pay attention to the weight. There are so many things on the front end, so dont make it too heavy to use. Wu Heng continued. "Okay." Qiangzi continued to turn the draft to the back. There were several sketches on it and introduced them one by one. "This is about pressing the electric baton on the spear, which can shock people from a long distance. There is also this kind of zombie capture. The net is put around the zombie''s neck and can be directly controlled..." Wait a minute. Wu Heng pointed at the zombie catching net and asked, Why are you catching zombies? Qiangzi pointed to another one, which resembled a sketch of a villain stepping on a treadmill, and explained: "Let the zombies work and provide power to the building." ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he glanced at him in surprise. Holy shit, squeeze the zombies. What a genius idea this is. By the way, his inspiration couldnt have come from skeletons, right? ?Skeletons dont know how to work hard, and the same goes for zombies. But skeletons can be controlled, but zombies can be controlled? How is it? Qiangzi looked forward to it. Its a good idea, uh..., what do you think, Sister Hong? Qiangzi smiled awkwardly, "I tore up the first draft, and I didn''t dare to show her this one." Look at it. ??If you want to catch zombies, you will definitely be torn apart. Lets make the wolf trap first, and then well finish the rest. Oh, good! At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the door, and Qiangzi immediately put the sketch into his pocket. Then he said, "I''m going to fix the car," and turned back to the van. ??Li Yahong looked at Qiangzi who was carefully leaving and asked, "What is he doing?" Qiangzi introduced me to the weapons he developed. Wu Heng said. Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and said, "Those messy things again?" One of them feels pretty good to me. Let him take it out and see the effect. Wu Heng said. "Do you believe this? Also, zombies generating electricity are definitely not possible." Li Yahong said directly. I dont think that will work either. Zombies are still too dangerous for ordinary people. With the current living environment finally achieved, who would allow zombies to be brought in to generate electricity? ??Moreover, there is no shortage of electricity in the base. ??The idea of ??using it as entertainment is not bad. If I really plan to implement it, no one in the entire base will agree, let alone Li Yahong. "Is the transaction going well?" Wu Heng continued to ask. It went very smoothly. If the exchange continues like this, the flour will be replaced soon. Li Yahong said. Gold and silver are collected faster than imagined. Winter is approaching again, and everyone is thinking of ways to stock up on food. Flour is being replaced very quickly. Wu Heng felt that Li Yahong''s concerns were a good thing. You can increase your income. I still have some flour here, and I will deliver it to you in the warehouse. Just feel free to exchange it, Wu Heng said. ??Li Yahong nodded, glanced at him, and continued: "There are still some shelters that plan to come to us. I''m considering whether to take them in." Look at who they are. If they are just ordinary survivors, its okay to bring them in. Dont bring in some guys with bad personalities. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "Um!" ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "If you have a chance, contact the Yanshen Sanctuary again and ask if there are any grenades and machine gun bullets. We can exchange them for food." Okay, Ill contact you later. The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. Li Yahong went to collect the exchanged gold and silver, while Wu Heng went to the warehouse and placed all the newly purchased flour in the warehouse. Then, Li Yahong continued to do her own business. ??Wu Heng also returned to the room and returned through the boundary gate. Return to your residence. Several maids at home have not returned yet. ?Wu Heng gathered the spoils of war again. Now I have 4 space rings in my hand, one with 20 cubic meters, two with 5 cubic meters, and one with 3 cubic meters. The space ring is a very rare magic item. Even Slater, who became a deacon, did not have such a ring. But this kind of ring does not seem to be a rare thing among some specific groups of people. Otherwise, I wouldnt have collected four. It can only be said that this kind of magic prop requires special channels to obtain. There is no requirement to wear the ring. You can wear it on all ten fingers if you want.?????But its a bit exaggerated, and theres no need to use it this way. Keep two for yourself, and divide the remaining two between Wen Mansha and Anderweil. After thinking about it, he put the things in the space ring into one ring, and put the rest into the space ring. Then, he took out the weapon to kill Giovanni. He looked at the [Resurrection Technique] he obtained. The overall magical effect is actually more like the reverse application of necromancy magic. To achieve the phenomenon of resurrecting dead creatures. At the same time, in terms of content, it is more advanced than the previously unlocked books. The magic terms and graphic components in it have reached a very complex level. ??It definitely belongs to a higher level of magic. ?Wu Heng read it carefully from beginning to end. Hint also appears immediately. Unlock skill: Resurrection. ?This means that you have learned this spell. ?My own method is more efficient, unlike ''Giovanni'', whose books are dog-eared and he hasn''t learned anything yet. Having read it once, I have already unlocked it. Actually, think about it, you can live from this world to now. The panel plays a vital role. Otherwise, you can only choose a melee profession or an archer profession to change professions. At this time, the sound of conversation came from downstairs. Minnie, Anderweil and Wen Mansha came back at the same time. ?Chattering about something. Have had dinner. Minnie continued to practice boxing with Bawudong. After this period of training, Minnies movements have become more standard and no longer resemble the mans excitement punch at the beginning. But his body shape and appearance still give people the feeling that he is easy to bully. Whether a person has experience in performing magic or not, and whether he has killed anyone before, can be easily identified when confronting each other. ?Like Minnie, she lacks the fierceness in her momentum. But it doesn''t matter, training is a good thing after all, even if you can''t beat him, you can escape faster. "Wen Mansha, this is for you." Wu Heng took out a 5 cubic space ring and handed it to her. Wen Mansha naturally knew about the space ring, so she asked with some uncertainty, "Give it to me?" Well, you are dealing with more and more things, so it would be more convenient to have a storage item. Wu Heng said. ?Wen Mansha took it and held it in her hands, her face full of surprise. ?In Luntam City, even among the gentlemen in the inner city, few people can own space rings. I actually got one. ??Wu Heng continued to take out a 3-cubic ring and handed it to Ander Weir, "We''ll give this to you, you''ll need it when managing the grocery store." Thank you, Master. Weier also looked happy. ?Wu Heng felt the gaze being looked at. ?When he looked up, he saw Minnie pumping her fists and staring at this side, as if waiting for her gift. Forehead. After thinking for a moment, he took out a gold necklace and said: "Minnie has just become a professional, and the space ring is not needed for the time being. I will give you the necklace, and I will prepare the space ring for you when your level is high." Minnie''s face immediately lit up with joy, and she still said coyly: "Just give it to the two sisters, I don''t need it." Come, Ill put it on for you. Wu Heng waved. ?Minnie walked over quickly and sat on the ground with her back to the sofa. ??Wu Heng hung the golden necklace on his white and slender neck and whispered, "Don''t expose it when you are outside. Be careful of thieves and thieves targeting you." Arent they all the subordinates of Sister Wen Mansha? Wen Mansha was stunned and stretched out her hand to twist her waist. ?A few people chatted downstairs for a while. They all went back to their rooms. ?Wu Heng took a shower from the bathroom and was about to go back to his room. The door of Anderweil''s room was pushed open through a gap. The little girl with white animal ears stuck her head out and said in a sly voice: "Master, the accounts for this period have come out. Let me tell you." Oh, okay! Wu Heng nodded and followed into the room. Wen Mansha, on the other hand, walked out of Wu Heng''s room, wearing black cat ears, and glanced at Anderweil''s room, "Little girl!" After saying that, he walked towards his room. Inside the room, electric lights illuminate the room. The two of them were sitting at the desk. Anderweil stretched out her ringed finger and explained the accounts one by one. ?Wu Heng listened for a while and nodded with satisfaction. Actually, he didn''t know the quantity of the goods, but Anderweil had a contract with him and would not do anything that would harm him subjectively. The accounts are so clear that there cannot be any omissions. "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng nodded, then thought of something and said, "Aren''t your people helping in the store? Just pay them wages according to the prices of other store employees!" Master, you bought them back and saved them once, so theres no need for them anymore. "You and Minnie live here. They also need food and clothing. How can they live without wages? Just pay them the normal wages." "Thank you, Master." Anderweil''s eyes were full of gratitude, and her face was a little red. "Thank you, Master, for the ring." Seeing her appearance, Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulder and said, "As long as you like her." Anderweil looked up, her heart beating fast, she clenched the hand with the ring, and said hesitantly: "I, I will work hard and run the shop well for the master." Seeing how cute she looked, Wu Heng raised his hand and patted her leg, "Come here!" Thanks to Fanqing Fuming for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 238 , subdeacon Chapter 238, Deputy Deacon Anderweil''s face turned even redder. She looked at the door carefully, stood up and sat on his lap. The tail that Mao rubbed was stiff. ??Wu Heng felt wrapped in softness. He didn''t expect Wei''er to look slender and so voluptuous, so he gently touched his furry tail. Anderweil''s body became stiffer. He lay in his arms, hugged Wu Heng''s neck, put his chin on his shoulder, and said in a gasping voice, "Master, stop making trouble." ?Wu Heng raised his hand and put his arm around Anderweier''s waist, gently licking her earlobe. He picked him up and put him on the bed on the side, and then took off his belt. Anderweil covered her face with her hands and was stripped naked in the blink of an eye. Her huge tail blocked the important position in front of her. There was no movement for a long time, then a gap appeared from the fingertips, and he looked out. Seeing each other, he was sitting opposite, admiring himself. Master, stop looking. "Yeah." Wu Heng stood up and lay on the bed with his arms around her. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?There was no one in the lounge, so I sat in the association hall for a while. The fact that most of the nobles died in the city did not spread in the city. No one discussed it, and the Knights of the Iron Guard did not come to investigate. Its as if this thing didnt happen. It seems that the gatherings held by those people at the manor are also kept secret from the outside world. It will be some time before the family investigates this matter. ?This is fine, at least the longer the time goes by, the less we can find out anything. No one from my team came over. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked directly out of the association gate. ?Just when I wanted to take a look at the renovation of the Money Cat building, a person walked quickly behind me. Haunted through the attendants, he shouted: "Captain Wu Heng, Miss Lesia, please come over." A person from the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay." After saying that, he walked towards the consortiums building. Consortium, in the lounge. Lecia crossed her arms over her chest and stared at Wu Heng with a slight frown on her face for two or three minutes. Then he said directly: "The dignitaries in the city disappeared en masse. Is it your fault? Even if they support ''Elno'', they won''t all be implicated." ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed. He didn''t expect that the consortium was so well-informed. But the direction of the intelligence was clearly wrong. ?Lecia didnt know that they were members of the Secret Order. She only thought that Wu Heng had killed these people because of the incident in Luntam City. ??Wu Heng shook his head decisively, "It''s not me. I am the captain of the association and I have a moral bottom line. Why should I kill them if they have nothing to do?" ?Lecia still stared at him seriously, as if she wanted to judge whether he was telling lies by observing the details. The two of them stared at each other with big eyes and small eyes. Looking at each other for a while, Lecia continued: "You really didn''t do it?" What you are saying, I dont even know who the powerful people in the city are, let alone who supports whom. Wu Heng said. ?Lecia glanced at him again and felt that what he said made sense, but she still said based on her feelings: "Huh, I can''t believe everything you say." ?Wu Heng asked back, "Someone asked you to come and inquire about the news?" "No, it''s just that the dignitaries in the city are wandering around and disappearing. My job is getting harder and harder." Lecia leaned on the back of the chair and sighed. I thought something was wrong, you were worried that business was not going well. Just ask. Lecia clapped her hands lightly, and a staff member walked in at the door, holding two skill books in her hand and placing them respectfully on the table. ?Lecia introduced, "I collected two skill books for you." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked down. Withering TechniqueSuspended Death Technique. Both of them are undead skills. ?Wu Heng checked it and put it away directly. ?This skill actually has little effect. He said directly: "Help me collect [Plague Technique] and [Corpse Explosion Technique]." ?Lecia called the staff again and started filling out the power of attorney. He himself asked: "Has the appointment of the association been finalized?" No, it seems the process is rather complicated. You wont be transferred, will you? Lecia looked at him again. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and asked jokingly: "Can''t you bear to leave me?" "Of course, there aren''t many dignitaries left in the city. Who can I expect to take care of my business if you leave?" Humph, woman. The two chatted for a while, and the letter of authorization was signed. ?Wu Heng said goodbye and walked out of the consortium directly. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng went directly back to the study and took out the two newly obtained skill books to check them out. In the afternoon, skills were unlocked one after another. Unlock skill: Blight. Unlock skill: Suspended Death. Go to the zombie world and emerge from the room. It must have rained last night, and the air was filled with a damp and fishy smell. It''s better to wash it down, otherwise the streets will be filled with blood stains and carrion left after the battle. ??Just about to take out the walkie-talkie and call Li Yahong. ?The movements of his hands paused, he pushed open the window, turned his head and listened carefully. ?The improvement of his perception made his hearing and vision far beyond ordinary people''s. He was able to capture the faint sound of gunfire coming in among the chaotic sounds. And very intense. Gunshots? ?The auto repair shop did not have guns, and the location where the gunshots came from was also far away from here. Are the people at Yanshen Sanctuary cleaning up zombies? No, they have a safe route through here and they shouldn''t fight zombies. ??Still shooting here, isn''t this looking for death? Press the intercom again and call Li Yahong. When he opened the door and went downstairs, Li Yahong walked up from the downstairs. Go out? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but asked, "Is there anyone shooting nearby?" I dont know, I didnt find anyone shooting. Li Yahong shook his head. Call the convoy and lets go out. "good!" The convoy moved forward in the direction of the gunfire. At this time, Li Yahong and others could also hear the piercing gunfire. The zombies along the road were also attracted by the gunfire. ?Wu Heng did not let the convoy get closer and stopped at a distance. Not long after, the ghost Xiao Xiao flew back from the sky, and the gunshots in the distance stopped abruptly. ?Xiao Xiao got into the car and gestured: "There are a few bad guys over there, they should be dead by now." "Bad people? How does Xiaoxiao know they are bad people?" Li Yahong asked. They had a quarrel just now, saying that they had to block the intersection to grab things, which attracted a group of zombies. Then the two of them started fighting, and guns were fired at random. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong looked at each other. There was some surprise in each other''s eyes. Good guy, there are people blocking here, waiting for a shelter to trade, and robbing on the road. Its really a good method. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Oh! Xiaoxiao agreed, then circled half a circle and got into Wu Hengs body. A picture immediately appeared in my mind. ?Xiao Xiao flew over following the sound of gunshots and easily found the location of the battle. ?At one point, in a ramen shop on the roadside, bullets were fired continuously, knocking down the zombies outside. ?Xiao Xiaofei entered the shop. There were six people inside, only two of them had rifles in their hands, and the rest had spears made of iron pipes. ?Some people cursed loudly, "You ****, if you insist on grabbing things, you will die here now." "Fuck, I''m not doing it for everyone. You didn''t play with the woman you caught before, or you didn''t eat the food. Now you''re in danger and you''re scared." Another person turned around and cursed back. "Fuck you, I deserve that, if not..." One of them cursed, and accidentally, the back of the hand holding the gun was bitten by a zombie. The other people were shocked when they saw him being bitten. Pointing the muzzle of the gun at the bitten man. ?The other party also looked frightened. He glanced at the wound, looked at his teammates beside him, and shouted, "No one will survive if I die." ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire rang out again, but it was not directed at the zombies. They fired at each other, the bullets hitting the wall and sending up a cloud of smoke. The group of corpses outside also rushed in directly, killing the survivors inside. gnawing up everything. How is it? Li Yahong asked. "Those people are already dead." Wu Heng replied, and continued to say to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let all the skeletons get off the car and prepare to fight." Hurrah! Groups of skeletons jumped off the truck and formed a tight formation in front. Push forward. Hurrah! The skeleton spear moved forward and began to stride forward. ?Stepping out of the street, the zombies who were about to disperse immediately discovered a group of approaching skeletons. ?Let out a heart-rending roar and rushed over in a swarm. ?Wu Heng looked at the distance of the target and said, "Throw the spear, let go!" Hurrah hoo~! The throwing spears fell from the sky over and over again. A large number of zombies were pierced through their bodies and lying on their backs on the ground. After throwing the spear, Wu Heng continued to order the attack. The skeletons transformed from the aberrant zombies such as Big Man led the ordinary skeletons to charge forward. Knocked a large number of zombies to the ground and started a close-range fight. ??The Skeleton Spear Team began to advance forward, fighting against the zombies. For a time, the sound of fighting became loud. Night falls. ??Scattered and mutilated zombies dragged their bodies and continued to crawl over. Be trampled to a pulp by a big guy. ?Wu Heng walked over and checked the survivors'' vehicles. There were four vehicles in total, two of which were equipped with white surfaces and photovoltaic panels. They should have intercepted them. The other two vehicles are the daily necessities of these people. Its a pity that it is no longer useful. ?Wu Heng walked into the store and put away the two rifles and bullets. After thinking about it for a moment, I used [Conversation with the Dead] on one of the zombie-turned corpses. ?This one was the ruthless man who was first bitten by a zombie and shot his companions. The corpse opened its eyes and made a hoarse "forehead" sound from its mouth unconsciously. Where did the gun come from? Wu Heng asked. "There is a place where the army is stationed in front. We got it there." The corpse replied. What landmark buildings are there? There is a Bifeng Life Plaza. What supplies are left over there, or are there no weapons? Wu Heng continued to ask. Many military vehicles, as well as weapons. After answering the question, he lay back again. Zombies can only answer three questions, and they are still seen when they are not infected. ?These guys are lucky enough to have two guns. ??Wu Heng said after walking out of the shop: "Let Qiangzi and the others drive these cars back." "Okay." Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie, and the motorcade in the distance turned on its headlights and drove over. ?Wu Heng continued to let the skeletons clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses. Then he released [Dead Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons stood up. After being busy until late at night, a few people returned to the passenger terminal. Li Yahong returned to the room immediately. The next day, early in the morning. ??Wu Heng returned to Luntam City, and first went to the association to take a look. Having just been sitting in the lounge for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door was opened a crack, and the staff looked in. He said respectfully: "Captain, deacon, please come over." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and had some guesses in his mind. It seems that the result is out. "good!" walked out of the lounge and went directly to the deacon''s study. Opening the door, Deacon Gomez showed a soft smile. Deacon, are you looking for me? Well, the appointment of the headquarters has been completed, and you are now the deputy deacon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 239 , let me get it back for you Chapter 239, Ill get it back for you Ardeacon? Hearing Gomez''s words, Wu Heng''s heart moved. After so many days, the results finally came out, and he was also appointed deputy deacon. ??Gmez saw his calm expression and said curiously: "You are not excited at all to be a subdeacon. At your age, there are not many people who can become a subdeacon based on merit." ?Wu Heng smiled appropriately and said, "I''m quite excited." Congratulations! Gomez said again. Looking at the appointment letter in his hand, I felt a little sad. He has read Wu Hengs resume. From an ordinary field envoy in Blackstone Town to a squad leader in Luntam City, he has now been appointed as a deputy deacon in just over a month. The rate of growth is really too fast. ??If you hadnt worked for him and witnessed the amazing things he did, you might have thought there was something fishy about it. Scary! Thank you, thanks to the deacons cultivation. Wu Heng said politely. "You are growing so fast that I don''t even have time to cultivate you." Gomez handed over the appointment letter in his hand and continued: "Here you go, keep the appointment letter yourself, and hand it to the new deacon when you arrive at the place of appointment. Merit rewards will be given when the time comes. Get it over there too. Place of employment? New deacon? ?Havent you stayed in Luntam City? Place of employment? Well, it says, the location is called Treasure Island. Gomez said. ?Wu Heng took a look at the appointment letter. The upper part is the approval document for the appointment of the subdeacon by the deacon, and the place of appointment is written below. Brilliant Sea-Treasure Island. Position: Deputy Deacon, joining within 30 days. This is how far I have arranged for myself to go, but I have to go to sea. ?Wu Heng suddenly felt that this appointment had become a burden. ??Although Luntam City itself only has half of the urban area, it is enough for its own stable development. ??The base of Zombie World has complementary supplies. The original plan was all arranged, and then suddenly he was transferred to another place. This is somewhat unacceptable. Deacon, can I apply to stay? ??Gomez glanced at him and said: "The appointment of a deputy deacon is not as simple as a captain. It is not easy to find a vacant position. There is no picking and choosing." Seeing that Wu Heng''s face was a little uncomfortable, he continued to comfort him, "There''s nothing to worry about. It''s just to go out and have a try first, and then apply for transfer back when you have the opportunity." Hearing these words, Wu Heng felt a little relieved. The identity of the association must not be given up. It can save lives in critical moments. ?According to Gomez, if you apply for transfer back in two years, or transfer to a nearby city, you can also take care of Luntam City. ?Wu Heng nodded, put away the appointment letter, and continued to ask: "Deacon, where are the others?" "Duke takes over the position of your captain, Marta and Gaulberry. No letters of appointment have been issued, but the merits have been recorded in the files. If you have the opportunity in the future, you can join." Gomez took out another letter of appointment, "You Give it directly to Duke. From now on, you are no longer a member of the 12th team, and the association will announce it." Duke is now captain. He just turned 14, what a guy. Marta and Gallipoli did not issue letters of appointment. This should be considered by the association. ?Especially for Gaulberry, who had only one second-level meritorious service and two third-level meritorious deeds just two days after joining the team, he might be considered to have been specially arranged to join. ?Wu Heng took the appointment letter and said, "Then I will go back first." ?Gomez nodded, "Go back and prepare. Let me know when you leave. I will see you off then." Okay! Wu Heng responded, opened the door and left. On the way back to the lounge. Call two staff members to call all the rest of the team over. City Lords Mansion. In the hall, two figures were sitting. One of them is the city lord Elno. ?The other man was tall and tall, with brown hair and a beard. He was wearing a blue dress and had bulging bags, as if he had armor inside. The maid filled the drinks for the two of them, and they were about to leave. ??He was grabbed by the burly man and put his hand under his skirt. ??The maid was startled, but she didn''t dare to resist. Looking for help at the city lord not far away, Erno just glanced at him and didn''t say much. ??The burly man said directly: "So, you gave up half the city because of a newly transferred squad leader?" Erno sighed, with a helpless tone, "What can I do? Either give up the whole city, or give up half of the city. This is the least loss for me." Ha! What are you going to do next? Get it back for me. "You signed the agreement, and he is the captain of the association. Can I still kill him? How can I get it back without a legitimate reason?" Ernos words came to his lips, but he didnt know what to say. There is really no good solution to the current situation. When both sides are silent. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded, and a servant walked in quickly. Erno''s displeased face became even more ugly, and he shouted angrily: "What you are doing in a hurry, there are no rules at all." ?The servant was so frightened that he immediately knelt down and saluted, and whispered: "Master, there is new news from the association." Oh? Whats the news? ?The servant stood up, walked forward quickly, and whispered a few words in his ear. Erno, who had a serious face, suddenly became happy and asked: "Really?" Really, the news from the association is that Team 12 is captained by that orc boy. Erno immediately said: "Continue to arrange for people to keep an eye on him. Once he leaves Luntam City, notify me immediately." Yes, sir. The servant left quickly. ?The burly man opposite pulled the maid into his arms and cast a questioning look, "What''s wrong?" That Wu Heng was transferred by the association and will leave in the next few days. The man''s eyes also lit up, "Oh? Really?" "It must be true. As long as he leaves, everything will be easier." The man continued to ponder for a while and said: "Okay, arrange for my army to enter the city. If he leaves, I will help you take back half of the city." If it works out, Ill give you 20% of the profit every year. Okay! The man stood up and patted the maid, Go to my room. Association, squad lounge. Three members have returned. ?Wu Heng first told the story of his transfer. Before he could say anything else, Duke shouted at the top of his lungs: "Ah? Captain, you are not the deputy deacon here, so what should we do?" You will be the captain of Team 12 from now on. "Huh? I''m the captain? I can''t do it!" Duke exclaimed again. Gaulberry sat aside, covering his ears, and asked him to sit down first, "Captain, where have you been transferred?" Wu Heng said: "Treasure Island, over there in the Brilliant Sea." The three of them looked at each other, and it seemed that they had never heard of this place. In this world, transportation is not as developed as modern times. I have never heard of or been to most places. Are you planning to go there? Gaulberry continued to ask. Well, the letter of appointment has been issued, and there is nothing we can do. Duke scratched his head and said, "Why don''t you stop being the subdeacon and continue to be our captain!" ??Gaulberry retorted: "Everyone is thinking about going up, and no one is going back." Captain, I cant bear to leave you. Duke said. "I''m being transferred, but I''m not dead. Why don''t you want to part with me? From now on, you will be the captain. Please lead everyone to pay attention to safety and be careful when moving." Wu Heng warned. Duke scratched his head again, "I can''t do it, why don''t I let Marta do it?" Wu Heng said: "The two of them have achieved enough merits. After a while, they will also become captains. There is no need for you to give up your position." Captain, do you have any secret tips? Write them down for me and Ill memorize them when I go back. Any advice, just improve your own strength and dont do tasks that are inconsistent with your own strength. No, why is it different from when you led the team? A few people sat together and chatted for a while. Wu Heng continued to ask: "The association''s prop rewards will come out in the next few days. Duke, don''t forget to take everyone to get them." Oh, okay. ?Wu Heng stood up again and said, "Don''t get so depressed. It''s a good thing after all. I''ll treat everyone to a nice meal." ?A few people nodded and walked out. ?The atmosphere is still a bit gloomy. It was near dusk when we returned to our place of residence. Sit in the living room for a while. ?Three maids came back one after another. ?Seeing Wu Heng at home, they all smiled. "Owner!" ??Wu Heng nodded. Seeing that Minnie was putting on her apron and going to cook, he said directly: "Minnie, wait a minute, I have something to discuss with you." "oh." Minnie went to pour water for several people. Ande Weier and Wen Mansha also sat down beside them. ??Wu Heng said directly: "The appointment letter of the association has come down, and I am now the deputy deacon." Really? Thats great. The master has finally become a subdeacon. Congratulations to the master. The three goddesses were delighted and praised them without hesitation. The position of deputy deacon already has a certain status in the association''s system. Having greater rights and being more valued by the association. Following that, he saw Wu Hengs serious expression, and immediately realized that something was wrong, so he became quiet. Wu Heng took out the appointment letter and continued: "But there are some changes in the location. It is not local, but at a location called Treasure Island." Minnie and Anderweil''s expressions did not change at all, and they did not realize anything for a moment. Wen Mansha''s expression did change and she said, "Master wants to leave here?" Hearing these words, Minnie and Anderweil realized that the appointed position was not Wrentam City, that is, they would be transferred. ?This way. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I will officially join the job within a month." this. The three women all frowned. What is the master going to do? Wen Mansha continued to ask. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and said, "What do you think?" There are just two choices. One is to serve as deputy deacon, but he will not be able to take care of Luntam City. Once he leaves, half of the city will probably not be saved. The second option is to stay and be the city lord. Half of the city is enough to support the rest of the life. Coupled with the complementarity with the zombie world, he can be a local emperor, but without the identity of the association, there is no difference between him and the current city lord Elno. ?One day, a more powerful force discovers this place, and it is very likely that it will capture it. The three women all frowned and thought for a moment. Wen Mansha spoke and said: "You cannot lose your identity as deputy deacon. This identity allows you to obtain more information and privileges, which is unmatched by a city lord." What about Rentam City? Andwyer asked. Then it depends on the master! Wen Mansha looked up. ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa, looked at her and said, "Wen Mansha, you will be the city lord." I want to go with you! I still dont know what the situation is on Treasure Island. Maybe the place is not good. I will apply to be transferred back in two years. I cant throw it away here. Wu Heng explained. I may not be able to do it. I cant trust anyone else, but I can rest assured if I leave it to you. Wen Mansha blushed, "I can manage a gang, but I won''t be able to handle such a big city." Its okay, lets discuss it before we leave. What if I dont do it well? Wen Mansha asked uncertainly. Then Ill pick you up and lets go to Treasure Island together. Wen Mansha lowered her head and thought silently for a while, and finally agreed, "Okay, then, I will work hard." "Wen Mansha is the most courageous woman I have ever seen. She can definitely do it." Minnie said at this time. I envy you a lot, so I can leave with you. The matter is finished. Minnie got up to make dinner. Wu Heng said: "You can have dinner. Duke and I ate outside. We will go out tonight and lock the door." "good!" After giving the explanation, Wu Heng walked out directly. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building. Driving a three-wheeler, we left Luntam City directly. After arriving at a place where there is no one. Took out the [Conductors Hat] and put it directly on his head. ??Woo~! ?The whistle sounded, and the military green train drove over. ??There was a crash and the car door opened. ?Wu Heng walked directly in, picked up the itinerary on the side, and wrote ''Blackstone Town''. The doors closed and the train disappeared. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 240 , who is better (Brothers, vote for those who have monthly recommendation votes.) Chapter 240, Who is better? (Brothers, if you have a monthly recommendation vote, vote for it.) It was already dusk when we arrived at Blackstone Town. ?The journey that originally took four days took only half an hour. ?This ghost train is really a useful wonder. ?Looking at Blackstone Town in the distance. Compared with Luntam City, it is really much smaller. ? ? Approaching the city wall, the guards guarding the city wall cast a patrolling gaze. I showed the associations voucher and the guards let me through without any obstruction. Association, Deacon''s Study. ~! Knocking lightly on the door, Slater''s voice came from inside, "Come in!" Opened the door and walked in directly. Slater looked up and saw Wu Heng coming in. He was stunned at first, and then he was happy. Then he quickly stopped smiling and said, "Why are you here?" ?Wu Heng walked in, sat down on the sofa nearby, poured himself a cup of tea, and said, "I miss you." "Don''t talk nonsense." Slater quickly glanced at the door and then asked: "Is the Golden Cat over there built? Didn''t you just write to me?" As he said that, Slater immediately reacted and asked uncertainly: "Has your appointment been approved? Otherwise, where would you have the time to come here?" This woman reacts so quickly. ?Wu Heng took a sip of tea, smiled and nodded, "Well, the appointment letter is here, and now I am also a deputy deacon." Come to show off to me? Slater raised an eyebrow. No! The appointed location is called Treasure Island, have you heard of it? Slater frowned slightly, thinking about the location of Treasure Island. He took out another map from the drawer and compared it carefully, his expression became even more ugly. He looked up at him and asked in a confirmation tone: "Treasure Island in the Brilliant Sea?" Yes, it sounds like it should be an island in the sea. Slater waved, Wu Heng stood up and walked over, standing aside. Slater stretched out his finger and pointed at an island in the vast sea, "Treasure Island." The map is an old linear pattern, but the marked locations are still very clear. Treasure Island is surrounded by many separate islands and should belong to an archipelago. Its also a problem, why should we establish a branch in a place like this? Wu Heng complained in a low voice. Slater ignored him and said to himself, "Treasure Island is a rich place on the sea. It is located within the navigation route and is full of wealth." ??Wu Heng stood beside her, put his hand on her shoulder, and asked: "Which country is it from? Does it exclude necromancers?" Slater picked up the teacup and put it down again, lightly patted the hand that was holding him, and said: "Necromancers should not be excluded. As for the country, well... it belongs to pirates." ??Wu Heng was also stunned and asked: "The association also established a branch in the pirate territory?" Normally it wouldnt happen, but if you were transferred, it proves that there is a branch. Holy shit! Slater took a deep breath, and the skirt of his clothes bulged as it expanded, and said: "What''s wrong with you? Why is the place where you are transferred so messy every time." ??Wu Heng defended, "I wanted to stay in Luntam City as a deputy deacon, but I was assigned there for some reason." Slater sighed, frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "The deacon''s evaluation has a great impact on the transfer of subordinate members. With the strength you have shown in Luntam City, I would also transfer you." Get out as far away as possible. ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood what she meant. ?His own strength made Gomez feel pressured, and it was difficult to control him if he stayed in Luntam City as a deputy deacon. Furthermore, the Warhammer Party''s affairs have a greater impact on him. The deacon ran away quietly, but Wu Heng returned to the association and maintained order for a period of time. Inside the association, the staff''s attitude towards Wu Heng is obviously more trusting and enthusiastic. How could he be allowed to stay? Even if Wu Heng hinted in his application that he wanted to stay in Luntam City, Gomez had to move him far away. Even if there is no hostility towards Wu Heng, he is just reducing the threat and pressure on himself. Now that the appointment has been made, there is no other way. Wu Heng said. Slater leaned against him and said softly: "It''s okay. Since the association has established a branch and is transferring people there, it means that the safety of the personnel can be ensured." ??Wu Heng''s hand around his shoulders moved downwards and landed on Shen Dian, "Hearing what you said makes me feel relieved. I''m just about to leave Luntam City and I''m still a little worried about it." "Hmm~!" Slater snorted softly, looked down at the other person''s hand, and grabbed it, "Don''t go too far, your clothes are all wrinkled. What are you going to do with Lentam City?" "I will support a subordinate to manage it for me, and you, Money Cat, will have to worry more about it." Slater looked up and asked, "Female?" "Well! At that time, when cleaning up gang members, a maid who signed a contract could be completely trusted." Slater sneered and shook his hand away. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and whispered into his ear, "What? I''m jealous, I still love you the most." Slater''s face turned even redder. Just when I was about to speak, I heard the sound of jumping footsteps at the door. Slater''s expression changed and he pushed him under the table. ?At the same time, the door opened, and Yuli jumped in and sat down on the sofa, "Aunt, when are you going back? Huh~? Is it so hot? Her face is so red." Slater picked up his collar and said, "I don''t know what happened today. It feels quite hot." "Aunt, when are you going to Luntam City? There is no fun here." Slater raised his eyebrows and said, "You just know how to play. Wu Heng is already a deputy deacon, and you are still a member of the team. It is a meritorious service." None." "Ah? Has he been appointed? When did you receive the news." Yuli leaned forward and asked curiously. Counting the time, its almost time to come down. Slater said, subconsciously closing his legs and holding the hand that was doing the trick. "Oh!" Yuli took out a candy from the small bag, opened it and put it in her mouth, "Shall we go home together?" Slater raised his eyes from under the table and said, "You go back first, I''ll go back after I''m done." Ill be busy again tomorrow. Go, go, go! Dont bother me from here. Yuli curled her lips, put her hands behind her back, and left the study. Close the door. Oh! Yuli turned back and closed the door. After Yuli left, Wu Heng got out from under the table. ??Hold her waist, pull her up from her seat, and kiss her hard. ?Slater struggled slightly, then gradually became involved. They kissed each other for a while, and then saw that the clothes on their bodies were getting less and less. They turned away their heads and said, "Here again? Someone is on duty at night. Let''s move to another place." ?Wu Heng didnt want to ruin Slaters reputation in the city. Where to go then. Get dressed and follow me! As the sky gradually darkened, the two of them left the association and went directly to a mansion. Slater took out the key, opened the door and walked in. Wu Heng followed behind, "Is this your house?" "Yours, Yazd left it to you like a fool." The door closed and Wu Heng picked her up, "Who are you calling me stupid?" The bedroom is over there. Slater''s whole body was wrapped around his body, and he stumbled into the bedroom while kissing her. They fell on the bed together. Slater pushed him down on the bed with a strong waist, picked up the ribbon on the side, and covered his eyes, "Don''t move." Then he slowly began to untie his clothes and the armor robe he was wearing. Wearing a black corset, he climbed onto the bed. The ribbon is not thin, but is faintly visible. It is white, soft and plump, swaying with the crawling waves. The action of possessing the body put tremendous pressure on the corset, and the ropes on the chest became increasingly tight. Pretending to be confused, I asked a few questions about what I was doing. ?Wu Heng felt his body sink, and a soft and tender body sat on his waist. Until late at night, the two of them leaned on each other. Slater raised his head and said, "Tell me, who are you going to hand over the city to? How do you know each other?" ?Wu Heng was stunned. Damn it, how could he still remember this? After thinking about it for a while, he explained how to understand and sign the contract. Its better for me or her. Even if Wu Heng''s emotional intelligence is low, he still knows how to answer, "Hello, your appearance and figure, and your status, and why do you ask? Don''t you know how charming you are?" You still have a conscience. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t compare yourself with others, you are unique." Slater slapped him with some embarrassment and continued: "Then I''ll prepare. I''ll take people there in the next two days and settle everything before you leave." Well, okay. The two chatted for a while, and then leaned together again under each other''s caresses. The next day, early morning. They both got up early. After Slater packed up, he went directly to the association. ??Wu Heng also left the city and returned to Luntam City by train. When I returned to my residence, none of the maids were at home. ??Wu Heng called the skeletons of the "Skull Crusher" and "Blood Axe" who were on standby last night, opened the gate, and walked in together. Zombie world. Going downstairs, Li Yahong came over from a distance. ?Wu Heng asked: Have you seen the Bifeng Life Plaza? I asked people to check along the road. The closer I get, the more zombies there are. The situation on the scene cannot be confirmed yet, Li Yahong said. Let the convoy prepare. Lets go there today. He had to speed up the process regarding his transfer. "good!" ?Li Yahong agreed and walked quickly to get ready. (End of this chapter) Chapter 241 , do you all fight like this? Chapter 241: Do you all fight like this? The number of people traveling with vehicles has increased. There is no longer one person in the car, the co-pilot is also equipped with an accompanying person to take charge of some sudden emergencies. With the current number of people in the shelter, it is enough to make some arrangements. In a passenger car. Li Yahong held the steering wheel, glanced at Wu Heng beside him, and said, "I have contacted the Flame God Sanctuary. They have no plans to exchange ammunition at the moment." Before, I felt that grenades were very useful, so I planned to ask Li Yahong to collect some from Yanshen. But now it seems that the other party does not intend to sell it to him easily. The reason is not difficult to guess. The current status of Yanshen Sanctuary is not only due to Ma Zhiyongs awakening of superpowers, but also because of armored vehicles and modern weapons. It can solve problems not only in times of crisis. It is also enough to deter other shelters. There is a big difference between having weapons and not having weapons. It is normal not to exchange ammunition now. Who would exchange ammunition when there is no special need? ??Wu Heng nodded, "It doesn''t matter. When they need supplies, they will naturally exchange them with us." ?Li Yahong said hmm, indicating that she thought so too. ?Continued: "By the way, the main station has released some new information, and the content is quite shocking." "What''s wrong?" They said that according to tests, the strength and movement speed of ordinary zombies have increased by about 40% compared to before, and may continue to increase. ?Wu Heng frowned. ??He knows that the zombies are gradually getting stronger. Because now after the transformation of ordinary zombies, the levels appear to be second and third levels. ?This means that the attributes have also been improved. The main station has obviously done some tests and produced more accurate data. It seems that zombies all over the world are improving. This is not a good thing for survivors. Zombies are evolving over time, but there is still no obvious progress in human awakening. Didnt the main station say there was any way to deal with it? "Let the shelters speed up the cleanup of nearby zombies, which will become more and more difficult to kill later. We also urge the disaster response commands in various places to rescue the surrounding survivors." After Li Yahong finished speaking, he added, "Also, many shelters , who ordered the crossbow from us should be intending to clear out the zombies. ??Last time, ten of the strong crossbows were replaced by the Flame God Sanctuary. ?Li Yahong only had two handfuls left in her hand, and she wanted to keep them for herself. ?There is nothing to sell even if I want to. Well, I will find a way to do this. Wu Heng said. Will be transferred out soon. I dont know if I can make the first batch of crossbows in time. The convoy continued to move forward. Zombies began to increase in number. ?On both sides of the road, zombies were constantly being attracted by the motorcade, swarming onto the road and slamming into the car body. Even after adding a rear steel plate, the car body is still shaking with the hammering. Li Yahong took out her walkie-talkie and asked, "Is there anything wrong with the first car and the last one?" Soon, a reply came from the intercom, "The leading car is fine and can continue moving forward." There are some bumps on the tail car, but its not a big problem. The drivers of the convoy were all old men who had been with Wu Heng many times and had seen groups of corpses many times. ?Facing the attacks of zombies, his tone did not fluctuate much. ?? Li Yahong continued to press the intercom and said: "When you approach the intersection, prepare to slow down and clear out the zombies." "receive!" The lead car accelerated, and the entire convoy began to move forward quickly. ??The convoy continued to advance several hundred meters, carrying the corpses. The leading car sent a signal and started to slow down. ??The convoy stopped at the side, and the skeleton army quickly jumped into the carriage and killed the surrounding corpses. ?At the same time, the spear skeletons quickly formed a formation and quickly faced the group of corpses chasing behind them. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and took a look behind him. ??He ordered to the big-headed skeleton who was still sitting in the car, "Spear skeleton, prepare to throw your spear." Hulala~! The skeletons with spears formed a formation, took off the throwing spears hanging on their bodies, and got ready to throw the spears. "put!" Huh~! Iron spears fell like raindrops from overhead. The groups of corpses that were chasing them fell down one by one and were trampled into pulp by the groups of corpses behind them. Keep playing. ?Huh~huh! The iron spears fell over and over again, and the corpses fell one by one. Wait until the iron spear is thrown. The group of corpses rushed directly towards the spear array and began to fight fiercely. The old man in the auto repair shop was not surprised at the scene in front of him. While parking, drink water and eat to replenish your strength. The newly joined people, those who came with the car, had already begun to shake their legs and could not suppress the panic in their hearts. Densely packed with zombies. Is it so tough? Still holding a cold weapon. Are you cold? Qiangzi looked at the man with glasses in the co-pilot. ??He is young and polite. He is holding a machete in his hand and shaking constantly, while his eyes are looking behind him through the rearview mirror. "It''s not cold..." The man with glasses swallowed, "Can we win?" Qiangzi unscrewed the water glass, took a sip of water, and said, "What are you talking about? Why did the team stop if you can''t win? You''re going to die." Thats not what I meant, its just..., this number is a bit too much. How did your shelter deal with the corpses before? "Corpse?" The man with glasses looked at him doubtfully, "Are you all dealing with corpses?" Of course, I wonder how the passenger terminal was cleaned up. Qiangzi said. ?The man with glasses was about to speak when he heard a crunching sound. The driver''s door opened, Qiangzi leaned out and looked behind. Fuck~! Brother Qiang, you are crazy. What should I do if I get bitten? The man with glasses exclaimed and reached for his belt. Damn, dont pull down my pants, youre a pervert! Sister Hong, didnt you let me get off the car? Im collecting materials, what do you know? Brother, my heart is not good, please close the door! As the fighting continues. The number of zombies is getting smaller and smaller, and gradually only some scattered zombies are left and continue to rush forward. He was knocked down to the ground by a skeleton holding a hammer and axe, and his head was chopped off. Zombie corpses covered the entire street. The smell of blood is strong and tangy. ?Wu Heng ordered the battlefield to be cleaned, and the skeletons immediately took action and began to move the corpses. Sit back in the bus. ??Li Yahong took out her tablet, called up the offline map, and said, "Turn past the intersection in front of you and walk a little further, you will find the ''Bifeng Life Plaza''." ?Wu Heng took the map and looked at it. With a thought, the ghost flew out of the body. Lying on his side, floating in the air, looking at him, "What''s wrong?" Xiaoxiao, have you seen the intersection in front of you? "ah!" Turn right, then there is a square, go see if there is any danger. Wu Heng said directly. "good!" ?Xiao Xiao didnt waste any time, he penetrated the bus and disappeared from sight. The convoy stopped in place for a while. Xiaoxiao turned around and flew back. There are so many zombies. Well, let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao nodded and got back into his body. The scene that Xiaoxiao saw just now appeared in his mind. ? Turning around the intersection, a lot of zombies appeared along the way. As we moved forward, the closer we got to the square, the more zombies there were. ??When we arrived above the square, the place below was already surrounded by zombies. Among them were zombies wearing body armor and still holding rifles in their hands. ??As he moved stiffly, his finger occasionally pulled the trigger, and bullets hit the ground with a thud. Causing a chaos among the nearby corpses. ?At the roadside of the square, a military green off-road vehicle and two military trucks were parked. There is a canvas roof on the back of the truck, which is relatively well preserved. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao again and asked her to continue to be vigilant around her. Li Yahong asked: "How''s it going in front?" "There are military trucks and some zombies with guns hanging on them." Wu Heng thought for a moment and guessed: "It may be that the rescue team came to rescue the survivors, but something went wrong and they were left here." Even now, many survivors in shelters, or even some without radios, are still waiting for rescue teams to appear. It now seems that even if a small group is formed, it will be difficult to complete the rescue work in this form. Instead, it is like a base like the Flame God Sanctuary or an auto repair shop, which can also take in nearby survivors. Li Yahong sighed and asked, "What should we do now?" "It''s not far from the square. The convoy will stay here for now. Let''s take the skeleton and walk over." "Um!" Do you have a Molotov cocktail in the car? Bring it! Have people move it down. "good!" ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained the next plan to everyone in the team. Then he and Wu Heng got off the bus. Soon, several drivers brought down the Molotov cocktails packed in beer crates. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. The army of skeletons, put down the work of carrying corpses. Start a quick middle-of-the-road rally. Form an army of skeletons blocking the entire road. ??Wu Heng gave the order, stepped over the scrapped vehicles and corpses along the way, and began to move forward. Turn right at the intersection ahead. The appearance of the skeleton army immediately attracted the attention of the zombies. After the zombies on the road roared angrily, like a chain reaction, the zombies behind them all turned their heads and continued to roar. More and more zombies are attracted here. ??Gradually they formed a dense group of corpses, with no end in sight. ?Bang bang bang~! ?There was a burst of gunfire among the zombies, and the zombies with their claws and claws pulled the trigger, knocking the surrounding zombies to the ground. ?At the same time, it is also like a signal. The swarm of corpses were like a gathering torrent, rushing over fiercely. Throw the spear, let go! Huh~! The iron rain falls. The corpses fell in pieces. Just as they were shaking and trying to stand up, they were trampled into pulp by the zombies running behind them. ?Several waves of spears fell in succession, and the zombies had fallen over a large area. But more zombies are still rushing forward. Soon, it was like a wave, attacking the skeletons in the front row. The sound of roars, the sound of weapons chopping, and the sound of gunshots mixed in with the zombies filled the entire space. ?Wu Heng took out boxes of Molotov cocktails. Without lighting it, he directly handed the skeletons of Skull Crusher and Blood Axe to the side, and threw them into the group of corpses. Swish swish swish~! Glass bottles kept flying out and smashing into the group of corpses. While smashing over a large number of zombies, the glass bottle shattered. After throwing them all, Wu Heng released [Fireball Technique] directly over the corpses. ?Fireballs exploded in the sky, and flames fell into the corpses. Huh~! The flames soared into the sky and spread quickly around. The entire street was intercepted, and the zombies kept passing through the fire and continued to attack the skeletons. Grease Spellhas a certain casting distance and needs to be close to the front of the skeleton before it can be released. ??The release time has just been missed, but the gasoline bomb can also have a better effect. ?The fire kept rising, engulfing the zombies one after another. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Lie Yi behind him and said: "Find a position and kill the few with guns in their hands. Don''t let them walk into the fire." ? Lie Yi quickly left with a gun on his back and climbed onto the second-floor platform of the shop on one side. He did not use a sniper rifle, but set up an ordinary rifle and pulled the trigger. Bang, bang, bang! Hit one shot at a time to kill zombies holding weapons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 242 , made like this Chapter 242, made like this The fire gradually extinguished. The group of corpses instantly collided with the skeleton team. ?The spear pierced the zombie''s body, and the skeleton holding an iron sword and an iron ax behind him chopped the zombies that squeezed in from above their heads to the ground. Blood and severed limbs were splashed everywhere. The entire sky seemed to be covered in red blood, a dark red. Big guy, Terrorclaw, you guys come up too! Wu Heng observed the scene and continued. The big man smashed his breastplate hard twice, and rushed into the group of corpses with the rest of the deformed skeletons. ?His arms were swung like pendulums, and large swaths of zombies were flying around like a goddess scattering flowers. ??The Terrorclaws climbed along the surrounding walls, grabbing zombies one after another and removing their heads. The whole army advances! Wu Heng continued to order. Skeletons advance forward neatly with spears in hand, like a wall covered with spikes, skewering zombies into skewers. The zombies that were missed were chopped into pieces by the skeletons behind them with swords. The fighting lasted from day to night. ?The entire road was covered with corpses, orange fires lit up, and cars abandoned on the roadside were emitting thick smoke. Pfft~! The Dreadclaw crushed the head of the last zombie. The entire battlefield began to gradually quiet down. Watch the surrounding area, detach a section to clean the battlefield, and move all the corpses to both sides. Wu Heng said. Hurrah! The skeletons on standby took action again, some surrounded the area, and some began to carry the corpses. ?Wu Heng brought several skeletons to the green off-road vehicle. The car door was ajar, but not closed. ?There were some supplies and bullets piled inside the car, and it was obviously a military vehicle. Then, continue to walk towards the other two military trucks. Turning over and getting into the truck, Li Yahong took out a flashlight and illuminated the surrounding area. The inside of the truck was covered with a sheet. ?Wu Heng opened a corner and inside were boxes of first aid kits and some sealed compressed dry food. Lift all the coverings on the car. Reveal the whole picture inside. They are all kinds of military supplies. There is also a special package. After opening it, there are stacked headsets inside. Radio headset? What a good thing! ?Wu Heng picked up one, looked at it, and put it back again. Continue to another vehicle. After they were all opened, there were various firearms and boxes of ammunition inside. So many bullets! "Well, it seems that this is not a rescue team. They should be planning to withdraw." Wu Heng said. The rescue team will free up vehicle space to accommodate survivors. The large and small packages were all in the car, and they were obviously going to a certain place. After thinking for a moment, he waved his hand and put away all the guns and bullets. Whether we want to allocate firearms to other people in the base, we need to discuss it carefully when we get back. At least it cannot be revealed now. Li Yahong didnt say anything and asked, Drive back directly? Go back to the car and rest for the night, and tidy up the area during the day tomorrow. "good!" Li Yahong asked the convoy to come closer. The convoy drove over directly with its headlights on. ?Li Yahong explained to everyone and returned to the bus to rest. Get back to the bus. ?Wu Heng has already laid out a blanket on the ground. ?Li Yahong used the items in the car to wash up, took off her clothes and got into her arms. Lying on the chest, listening to the other person''s heartbeat, he said, "The zombies are still getting stronger. Will they all awaken their powers? Then humans will really have no chance." ?Wu Heng gently stroked his smooth back, turned over and pressed him down, and said: "Don''t worry, even if you become stronger, it won''t be that exaggerated." ?? Li Yahong snorted, pouted, and gently raised her waist in coordination with her lover, and continued: "I really envy you for being able to awaken your powers. I have drank the potion twice, but it has no effect." Level 1 corpse core medicines are mainly used to improve physical fitness. How could it be so easy to awaken superpowers? You woke up very early, didnt you? It means that level one is also effective. ?Wu Heng smiled and lifted up his loose shirt. Li Yahong said: "Don''t take off your clothes. There may be something urgent at night, so just leave it at that!" ??Wu Heng nodded, lifted up half of his clothes and covered his eyes, "Don''t worry about the superpowers. Wait for the second-level potion to be developed and try taking some." Wu Heng is not too optimistic about supernatural powers. The effect of awakening is not as significant as expected. After the fire **** Ma Zhiyong awakened his fire power, his most lethal move was just to throw a fireball. There is not much difference from his own fireball technique. ??If the superpower only has this effect, it would be better to switch to a profession. When the time comes, Wu Heng can use professional scrolls for Li Yahong or other people in the base. After completing a career, all attributes can be improved, and there is also a complete inheritance and training system. ?His eyes were suddenly covered by the lifted clothes. As he was about to take them away, he said, "What are you doing? I can''t see anything." ??Wu Heng grabbed her two arms, pressed them above her head, and said, "Be good, don''t move." Li Yahong turned her head and hummed softly, "This is a bit sensitive." "This is fun, keep your voice down, you don''t want to be heard by your little brothers!" Hmph! Abnormal. ?The night was deep and dark, and only Li Yahong bit her lips and moaned softly.??? The next day, in the morning. Qiangzi and others conducted a preliminary search along nearby shops. Skeletons continued to load various supplies onto the truck. It was busy until noon, when several trucks were gradually filled. You send these back first. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and asked the convoy to return with the supplies. In addition to what was looted, there were also the several military vehicles and supplies on them from last night. This is a big gain. After a brief explanation, the convoy returned full of supplies. ??Wu Heng took Li Yahong and the skeleton army and began to use the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. ??The gray-white halo of light swayed over and over again, and all the large skeletons stood up and joined the queue. After reaching level 10 and unlocking [Arcane Echo] and [Necromancer], the cost of skills is reduced and mental recovery is also improved. Greatly improved the efficiency of converting skeletons. At noon, the convoy returned. Leave some skeletons behind to guard this area so that Li Yahong and others can carefully search for supplies later. He followed the convoy and returned to the passenger terminal. Return to Luntam City through the Realm Gate. It is still daytime in Luntam City. ??Wu Heng had lunch at a nearby tavern and went directly to the association. Just entered the hall. Staff and some team members all greeted him. Good afternoon, Deacon Wu Heng! Deacon, we will see you off when you leave. My boy still has some talent, let him be your apprentice! ?The sound of the butler almost made me cry out. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, and said, "Deputy, don''t talk nonsense, it''s too bad." The rest of the people continued to joke, saying that they were called like this in the association, and they got used to it after hearing it too many times. He exchanged pleasantries with the others and went straight to the team lounge. ?Although I am no longer a member of the team, no one will object to using the lounge for a while. Opening the door, there was no one inside. It seems that when I was the captain, I developed a bad habit for the team. Open the door and call a staff member. Ask him to call the owner of the weapon shop. The staff nodded in response and left quickly. Not long after, the owners of the weapon shop and the Maoxiu armor shop that he cooperated with came over. Captain Wu Heng, I heard that you are going to be transferred out of here. The owner of the armor shop said. ?Wu Heng didnt expect that he would also follow. He nodded and said, "Yes, I will leave in the next two days." What about your half of the city? the armor shop owner asked tentatively. Seeing his nervous look, he understood the meaning of the question and said, "This half of the city will still be left to Wen Mansha to manage, and the cooperation we discussed before will continue normally. You don''t have to worry about this. " The armor boss smiled and said, "We''re not worried, it''s just a pity that you left so soon." ??Wu Heng stood up, poured tea and placed it in front of the two of them. "The association has its own considerations. It''s just that we will go out for a while and then apply for transfer back." Hearing that they could still adjust it back, the two of them were obviously more relieved. The smile on his face became even brighter. For a gang sister-in-law, they are more willing to cooperate with Wu Heng. After all, in various rumors, he was a rich young master, a master''s apprentice, and his various identities elevated him to unfathomable heights. "That''s right. Just come back in a short time. They can all be mobilized." The owner of the armor shop echoed. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the weapon shop owner and asked directly: "How is the production of the crossbow going?" Some of them have been rushed out, but the quantity is not large and they have not yet reached the conditions for delivery. The owner of the weapons store said. How many have been made? Wu Heng asked as he took a sip of tea. There are 17 iron swords and iron knives, and 5 strong crossbows. The production of strong crossbows is not easy, so the progress is not fast. The weapon shop owner said. The workmanship of the crossbow is indeed complicated, otherwise it would not be so expensive. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Tomorrow, send me those 5 first, and I will pay you." Oh, good! After the three of them finished chatting, they walked out together. The two bosses were sure that Wu Heng would be transferred back in a while, and they were obviously relieved. Introduce your plan to Wu Heng, recruit more craftsmen, and increase production speed. ?Wu Heng didnt stop him, he just let them produce with peace of mind. As soon as they were sent away, they saw a man from the Spike Gang running over quickly. He said: "Captain, my sister-in-law is looking for you if she has something urgent to do." Lets go and have a look! The Spike Gang''s station. ??Wu Heng looked at the corpse parked in the middle of the yard and frowned. A young-looking girl wearing a native maid outfit. The skin was covered with bruises and scars, and it seemed that he had been treated badly before his death. Whats going on? Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha glanced aside and saw the girl whose arm was being grabbed by gang members. After breaking free, she knelt directly on the ground and kowtowed twice. ??He said with a cry: "Please captain, please avenge my sister." ?Wu Heng looked at the thin, young girl and asked, "What''s going on?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 240 , who is better (Brothers, vote for those who have monthly recommendation votes.) Chapter 240, Who is better? (Brothers, if you have a monthly recommendation vote, vote for it.) It was already dusk when we arrived at Blackstone Town. ?The journey that originally took four days took only half an hour. ?This ghost train is really a useful wonder. ?Looking at Blackstone Town in the distance. Compared with Luntam City, it is really much smaller. ? ? Approaching the city wall, the guards guarding the city wall cast a patrolling gaze. I showed the associations voucher and the guards let me through without any obstruction. Association, Deacon''s Study. ~! Knocking lightly on the door, Slater''s voice came from inside, "Come in!" Opened the door and walked in directly. Slater looked up and saw Wu Heng coming in. He was stunned at first, and then he was happy. Then he quickly stopped smiling and said, "Why are you here?" ?Wu Heng walked in, sat down on the sofa nearby, poured himself a cup of tea, and said, "I miss you." "Don''t talk nonsense." Slater quickly glanced at the door and then asked: "Is the Golden Cat over there built? Didn''t you just write to me?" As he said that, Slater immediately reacted and asked uncertainly: "Has your appointment been approved? Otherwise, where would you have the time to come here?" This woman reacts so quickly. ?Wu Heng took a sip of tea, smiled and nodded, "Well, the appointment letter is here, and now I am also a deputy deacon." Come to show off to me? Slater raised an eyebrow. No! The appointed location is called Treasure Island, have you heard of it? Slater frowned slightly, thinking about the location of Treasure Island. He took out another map from the drawer and compared it carefully, his expression became even more ugly. He looked up at him and asked in a confirmation tone: "Treasure Island in the Brilliant Sea?" Yes, it sounds like it should be an island in the sea. Slater waved, Wu Heng stood up and walked over, standing aside. Slater stretched out his finger and pointed at an island in the vast sea, "Treasure Island." The map is an old linear pattern, but the marked locations are still very clear. Treasure Island is surrounded by many separate islands and should belong to an archipelago. Its also a problem, why should we establish a branch in a place like this? Wu Heng complained in a low voice. Slater ignored him and said to himself, "Treasure Island is a rich place on the sea. It is located within the navigation route and is full of wealth." ??Wu Heng stood beside her, put his hand on her shoulder, and asked: "Which country is it from? Does it exclude necromancers?" Slater picked up the teacup and put it down again, lightly patted the hand that was holding him, and said: "Necromancers should not be excluded. As for the country, well... it belongs to pirates." ??Wu Heng was also stunned and asked: "The association also established a branch in the pirate territory?" Normally it wouldnt happen, but if you were transferred, it proves that there is a branch. Holy shit! Slater took a deep breath, and the skirt of his clothes bulged as it expanded, and said: "What''s wrong with you? Why is the place where you are transferred so messy every time." ??Wu Heng defended, "I wanted to stay in Luntam City as a deputy deacon, but I was assigned there for some reason." Slater sighed, frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "The deacon''s evaluation has a great impact on the transfer of subordinate members. With the strength you have shown in Luntam City, I would also transfer you." Get out as far away as possible. ?Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood what she meant. ?His own strength made Gomez feel pressured, and it was difficult to control him if he stayed in Luntam City as a deputy deacon. Furthermore, the Warhammer Party''s affairs have a greater impact on him. The deacon ran away quietly, but Wu Heng returned to the association and maintained order for a period of time. Inside the association, the staff''s attitude towards Wu Heng is obviously more trusting and enthusiastic. How could he be allowed to stay? Even if Wu Heng hinted in his application that he wanted to stay in Luntam City, Gomez had to move him far away. Even if there is no hostility towards Wu Heng, he is just reducing the threat and pressure on himself. Now that the appointment has been made, there is no other way. Wu Heng said. Slater leaned against him and said softly: "It''s okay. Since the association has established a branch and is transferring people there, it means that the safety of the personnel can be ensured." ??Wu Heng''s hand around his shoulders moved downwards and landed on Shen Dian, "Hearing what you said makes me feel relieved. I''m just about to leave Luntam City and I''m still a little worried about it." "Hmm~!" Slater snorted softly, looked down at the other person''s hand, and grabbed it, "Don''t go too far, your clothes are all wrinkled. What are you going to do with Lentam City?" "I will support a subordinate to manage it for me, and you, Money Cat, will have to worry more about it." Slater looked up and asked, "Female?" "Well! At that time, when cleaning up gang members, a maid who signed a contract could be completely trusted." Slater sneered and shook his hand away. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and whispered into his ear, "What? I''m jealous, I still love you the most." Slater''s face turned even redder. Just when I was about to speak, I heard the sound of jumping footsteps at the door. Slater''s expression changed and he pushed him under the table. ?At the same time, the door opened, and Yuli jumped in and sat down on the sofa, "Aunt, when are you going back? Huh~? Is it so hot? Her face is so red." Slater picked up his collar and said, "I don''t know what happened today. It feels quite hot." "Aunt, when are you going to Luntam City? There is no fun here." Slater raised his eyebrows and said, "You just know how to play. Wu Heng is already a deputy deacon, and you are still a member of the team. It is a meritorious service." None." "Ah? Has he been appointed? When did you receive the news." Yuli leaned forward and asked curiously. Counting the time, its almost time to come down. Slater said, subconsciously closing his legs and holding the hand that was doing the trick. "Oh!" Yuli took out a candy from the small bag, opened it and put it in her mouth, "Shall we go home together?" Slater raised his eyes from under the table and said, "You go back first, I''ll go back after I''m done." Ill be busy again tomorrow. Go, go, go! Dont bother me from here. Yuli curled her lips, put her hands behind her back, and left the study. Close the door. Oh! Yuli turned back and closed the door. After Yuli left, Wu Heng got out from under the table. ??Hold her waist, pull her up from her seat, and kiss her hard. ?Slater struggled slightly, then gradually became involved. They kissed each other for a while, and then saw that the clothes on their bodies were getting less and less. They turned away their heads and said, "Here again? Someone is on duty at night. Let''s move to another place." ?Wu Heng didnt want to ruin Slaters reputation in the city. Where to go then. Get dressed and follow me! As the sky gradually darkened, the two of them left the association and went directly to a mansion. Slater took out the key, opened the door and walked in. Wu Heng followed behind, "Is this your house?" "Yours, Yazd left it to you like a fool." The door closed and Wu Heng picked her up, "Who are you calling me stupid?" The bedroom is over there. Slater''s whole body was wrapped around his body, and he stumbled into the bedroom while kissing her. They fell on the bed together. Slater pushed him down on the bed with a strong waist, picked up the ribbon on the side, and covered his eyes, "Don''t move." Then he slowly began to untie his clothes and the armor robe he was wearing. Wearing a black corset, he climbed onto the bed. The ribbon is not thin, but is faintly visible. It is white, soft and plump, swaying with the crawling waves. The action of possessing the body put tremendous pressure on the corset, and the ropes on the chest became increasingly tight. Pretending to be confused, I asked a few questions about what I was doing. ?Wu Heng felt his body sink, and a soft and tender body sat on his waist. Until late at night, the two of them leaned on each other. Slater raised his head and said, "Tell me, who are you going to hand over the city to? How do you know each other?" ?Wu Heng was stunned. Damn it, how could he still remember this? After thinking about it for a while, he explained how to understand and sign the contract. Its better for me or her. Even if Wu Heng''s emotional intelligence is low, he still knows how to answer, "Hello, your appearance and figure, and your status, and why do you ask? Don''t you know how charming you are?" You still have a conscience. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t compare yourself with others, you are unique." Slater slapped him with some embarrassment and continued: "Then I''ll prepare. I''ll take people there in the next two days and settle everything before you leave." Well, okay. The two chatted for a while, and then leaned together again under each other''s caresses. The next day, early morning. They both got up early. After Slater packed up, he went directly to the association. ??Wu Heng also left the city and returned to Luntam City by train. When I returned to my residence, none of the maids were at home. ??Wu Heng called the skeletons of the "Skull Crusher" and "Blood Axe" who were on standby last night, opened the gate, and walked in together. Zombie world. Going downstairs, Li Yahong came over from a distance. ?Wu Heng asked: Have you seen the Bifeng Life Plaza? I asked people to check along the road. The closer I get, the more zombies there are. The situation on the scene cannot be confirmed yet, Li Yahong said. Let the convoy prepare. Lets go there today. He had to speed up the process regarding his transfer. "good!" ?Li Yahong agreed and walked quickly to get ready. (End of this chapter) Chapter 244 , jump in Chapter 244, jump in ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Hey guys, I am really handsome with this set of actions. Then, the man turned around and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Hong hasn''t come back yet." What are they doing? "Brother Qiangzi and the others went to the square to search for supplies. Sister Hong received a message from the prison last night, saying that she was going to pick up some medicine. She left this morning." the other party replied. Poison? Apparently there is no need to go back to the prison to get medicines for normal use. ?There were many pharmacies nearby, and they were all looted. Enough for the people here to use for several years. The only thing you need to get there is the alchemist''s potion. The treatment and psychoactive potions in his hand are indeed almost gone. Is there nothing going on at the passenger terminal today? Wu Heng continued to ask. Its okay. The people who came to exchange things were very well behaved and left immediately after exchanging things. Well, get busy! "Okay, if you have any orders, you can come back to me then." The man nodded and left with his head held high. ?Wu Heng continued to look around in the courtyard. ?Steel wire mesh is being added to the courtyard wall, and a new warehouse is being built with red bricks and cement on the other side of the garage. The entire passenger terminal seems to be undergoing additional construction work. Everyone has something to do. ??Wuheng kept shouting "King" one after another, and Wu Heng turned around. He then returned to the building and returned to the boundary gate. Wait until dusk. Minnie and Anderweil came back together from outside. Master! They saw Wu Heng sitting in the room and blowing on the air conditioner, and the two greeted him with a smile. ?Wu Heng motioned for the two of them to sit down and said, "Minnie, Weier, clean up tonight. Let''s leave here tomorrow." Huh? So fast? Minnie exclaimed. Anderweier was also stunned and said: "Master, over there at the shop..." Leave the store to your tribe to run first. If you have any problems then, you can go to Wen Mansha. Wu Heng said. Anderweil hesitated for a moment, then whispered, "Master, can I leave with my tribe?" "I have two friends who will be your maids." Minnie also added. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go there first. Once we find the house and everything has settled down, we will consider taking them there. Otherwise, where will such a large group of people live?" When the two of them heard it, they felt that it was indeed right. ??The situation over there is not clear yet, but it will be a little difficult to deal with a large group of them. The master is very considerate. Anderweil agreed with a smile. Okay, lets prepare dinner, and then go and pack up everything you want to take away. Minnie, let Weier put your things in the space ring. Good master! The two girls went to cook. Not long after, Wen Mansha came back with her two skeletons. With level 16 dead bones as guards, Wen Manshas safety is also guaranteed to a great extent. ?Stand at the door, take off your coat and put on loose pajamas. ?Wu Heng opened his arms, and Wen Mansha leaned into his arms meekly, her legs curled up on the sofa. He said: "The news has been sent out. Now the whole city knows that you are leaving tomorrow. I arranged for people to investigate and found that there are indeed a lot of outsiders in the two southwest cities. They should be from ''Elno'' Reinforcements are coming. ?Wu Heng caressed the soft flesh on his waist, "Can you confirm how many people there are?" Wen Mansha moved and said, "There are probably several thousand people, and their strength is not low. After these people came in, the gangs kept a low profile." The number of people is not that large. Wu Heng nodded. Wen Mansha raised her head and looked at him, "Master, I still can''t bear to be with you." ??Wu Heng held her chin and kissed her gently on the lips. Be separated for a long time. Wen Mansha licked the water drops on her lips and asked, "Will you come back to see me?" Dont worry, the distance is not as far as you think. Protect yourself and wait for me to come back to pick you up. Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha turned over and sat astride her body, leaning against her ear, "Don''t forget about me without those two little orcs. I am your first maid." Cant forget. Ahem! "Master, Sister Wen Mansha, let''s talk after dinner. Minnie and I will sleep together tonight, and the whole night will be yours." Andwyer put the dinner on the table and said. After all, Im leaving. Of course no one will compete with her. Wen Mansha didn''t blush, got off the sofa, and took Wu Heng to sit at the dining table to eat. The next day, in the morning. Outside the city gate, Wu Heng and others were preparing to leave. ?Deacon Gomez, with many members of the association, stood outside the city gate to see him off. When you arrive, write us a letter to say you are safe. Gomez said with a smile. Like an old leader who watches his subordinates grow up. ?Wu Heng also responded with a smile. Yes, I will apply to be transferred back in two years, and I still have to rely on the deacons approval. ?Gomezs smile did not change, Of course, you will stick with it for two years. If you still want to come back then, I will apply to the department to transfer you back. Thank you, deacon. Then, Wu Heng looked at Duke, Marta and others, and said: "Pay more attention to safety in future missions. With your current merits, as long as you level up, you will be enough to sit in the position of deputy deacon. Some missions are too dangerous, so be more flexible." I understand, Captain, we wont embarrass you. Duke patted his chest. Seeing that he didn''t understand, Wu Heng said to Marta: "If you have a mission, collect more information before taking action." Good captain. ?Wu Heng continued to say goodbye to Wen Mansha, and then glanced at everyone and landed on a carriage. Lecia from the Snake Emblem Consortium opened a gap and waved to him. ?Wu Heng nodded.?????After continuing to say goodbye to everyone. With Minnie, Andwyer, and two skeleton attendants, he boarded the third wheel directly. Twist the handle and walk away. As the tricycle gets further and further away. The people surrounding the city gate also left one after another. Each one returns to his own residence. ?The whole journey was dusty, with the sound of howling wind in my ears. Minnie looked back, got close to the stance, and said, "Master, there are a lot of tame animals behind us." Through the rearview mirror, you can see a large number of tame animals in the sky. Keep your distance and follow closely behind you. Even if the speed of the vehicle decreases, these tamed animals will automatically slow down, maintain a corresponding distance, and continue to follow. ?Wu Heng turned his head and said, "Ignore them." Oh! Speed ??up the speed again and rush forward. ?We rushed all the way to the border city of the Kingdom of Yeko. After eating nearby and buying some supplies, we took out our tickets and boarded the train. The moment they boarded the train. Hurrah! The tame beasts all over the sky dispersed in a flurry and flew towards the direction from which they came. City Lords Mansion. In the magnificent hall. ??The city lord Erno sat aside, flanked by the invited reinforcement Atef and several commanders wearing the armor of the Iron Guard Knights. Everyone was silent, just waiting silently. At this time, dense footsteps sounded. ?More than a dozen rangers in various costumes walked quickly into the hall. After saluting, the leader said directly: "Sir City Lord, Wu Heng and the two maids have already boarded the train, and nothing unusual happened during the journey." Erno''s eyes flashed, he stood up suddenly, then paused and asked: "Is the train leaving?" Opened. Are you sure its him? Didnt you change people or use any props in the middle? The ranger spoke firmly, "Mr. City Lord, he has never left our sight, and the association ticket he used will verify his identity when he gets on the bus." Erno also nodded after hearing this. "Atef" on the side showed a smile and said: "Erno, you were frightened by that kid, and you are so cautious." Erno smiled helplessly, "I can''t help it, that kid is quite evil, so it''s better to be careful." Then he continued: "As for tonight''s operation, I asked Mr. Atef to help me." "Of course there is no problem with what I promised you." Atef stood up, "Get ready and end it as soon as possible. We have stayed here for a long time." "good!" The train traveled for three hours and stopped at the second city. Sir, you have not arrived at the station yet. The passenger reminded. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I forgot to bring something important, so I''ll get off here first and then sit down later and go over there." Yes, sir. ??Wu Heng got out of the car with a few people and booked a room at the Central Tavern. He ordered: "You stay here and I will pick you up tomorrow morning." Good master, we will take care of ourselves. Andwyer said. Minnie also nodded. ??Wu Heng left the two skeleton attendants to protect them, and he used the morphing veil to change his appearance, and walked out swaggeringly. After leaving the city, put on your hat and board the train. The night is dark. ??Luntam City is shrouded in a light layer of fog. The streets are empty. Tap tap tap~! The sound of neat and heavy footsteps sounded. A coalition of Iron Guard Knights, Atef''s soldiers, and gang members passed through the central area and entered the northern area of ??the inner city. Approach quickly. Surround the building in front. City Lord Elno said directly: The woman in charge of management lives here, just kill her and then tear up the agreement. Atef, wearing silver armor and a blue cape on one shoulder. He raised his head and glanced at the bright window, "That boy''s woman is quite attractive. Don''t kill her if you catch her. I want to play with her for a few days." Okay, the other party will be at your disposal when the time comes. Lets do it! Bang~! Suddenly, an explosion sounded in the distance. Atef subconsciously lowered his head, and a stream of light hit his helmet with a bang. The huge force made him lean back, and there was a buzzing in his head. At the same time, swish swish swish~! The houses on both sides were pushed open one by one. Revealing a dense figure. uluulu~! ? ? Round objects with pull tabs were thrown into the team. Rolled into the crowd''s feet. Boom~! Boom, boom, boom! (End of this chapter) Chapter 245 , dead or not? Chapter 245: Are you dead? ?Hum, boom, boom~! In an instant, the explosion instantly covered the city lord''s palace coalition forces. The entire road was shrouded in explosions and thick smoke rose. ??The tight formation of the coalition forces was torn apart, and broken limbs and fleshy foam were scattered all over the sky. ??The proud shield formation was as fragile as a piece of paper under the power of the grenade. The shield was torn apart, and the soldier missing his lower body was struggling to lie on one side. Some people wanted to rush over and help up the fallen soldiers. ??His body was penetrated by splattered shrapnel again, and he fell to the ground softly. Atef was thrown away by the explosion and hit the wall. He vomited blood and roared at ''Elno'' who was also running towards this side, "What''s going on?" Erno was also like a bereaved dog, hiding behind a low wall. "If I knew, could I still walk in with my soldiers?" Then, he shouted to the remaining soldiers around him: "Spread out, all spread out, the enemies are in the buildings on both sides, break down the doors and kill them." Erno shouted. But the explosion sent thick smoke everywhere, and it was already late at night, making it even more difficult to discern the direction. He was not killed in the explosion, but he was also dizzy and had a ringing in his ears. The explosion ended, but smoke and dust were still filling the air. In the shrouded smoke, there were painful wails one after another. ??Although the coalition forces were stunned by the bombing, the number of people assembled this time was more than 30,000. The casualties and injuries are still within the tolerance range. Erno helped Atef up and was about to give the order to reorganize the team and kill him directly. Tap la ta la~! A sound of bones rubbing together and footsteps sounded above the head. ?Looking up suddenly, he saw densely packed figures in the hazy smoke, standing on the roofs of nearby buildings. ?Each figure is holding a strange instrument and heading towards the chaotic crowd below. ?Everyones heart was tight. without waiting for any action. ?Bang bang bang~! ?All the gun barrels above spit out orange fire, and the dense bullets are like a dense net, covering the bottom. Puff puff puff~! In an instant, blood splattered everywhere, and the army fell in pieces like wheat. Even the body that fell to the ground was still being swept by bullets, over and over again. In the building, rush in and kill the enemy! Erno shouted. ?There were soldiers who clung to the wall, kicked open the door with all their strength, and rushed in. As soon as he stepped into the room, he saw that it was filled with skeletons holding instruments. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and several people flew out directly. All the doors and windows on the first floor were opened. The skeleton held a submachine gun and started shooting. Damn, what the hell. Elno was lying on the ground, with sand falling from his head. In a room. ?Wu Heng looked at the battle outside the window through the gap in the window. ??The coalition forces of the City Lord''s Mansion have gathered at least 30,000 people. In addition to the Iron Guard Knights, foreign troops and local gang members. After being greeted by grenades and bullets. The number of people has been reduced by more than half. In this situation, the coalition forces no longer pose any threat to their own side. ?Wu Heng also saw the reinforcements invited by Elno. The level should be at level 12 or 3, reaching the entry level of a deacon, but definitely not reaching level 16 of Giovanni. ??He was hit on the helmet by a sniper rifle, so he didn''t dare to continue to show off. He was just blown away by a grenade. That is to say, the warrior''s physical strength attribute is high, otherwise he would definitely not be able to get up now. ?The threat is not too great. The various submachine guns outside the window were still firing, raising a cloud of smoke and dust again. ??Wu Heng said through the radio headset: "Is there a traffic jam nearby?" Its blocked! Mansha Wens voice came from the headset. Close the Internet cafes and leave no one behind. "clear!" As the words fell, the sound of dense footsteps and the collision of armors was heard, centered on the block below. The dense army of undead forms an encirclement. Appear in a warring area. The gunshots suddenly stopped. ?The densely packed corpses and skeletons were like pulled up fishing nets, rushing towards the center. ? Erno and Atefs expressions suddenly changed, and they each issued orders. Form up an formation, form an formation with me as the center. Brace yourself and get ready to fight. The two men shouted loudly, and the remaining wounded soldiers, dragging their seriously injured bodies, began to move closer to the two men''s position. Without waiting for any battle formation to be formed, the undead army had already launched an attack, armed with weapons, and rushed directly like bloodthirsty beasts. The corpse fell to the ground and turned into a spider at the mouth of the bowl. As the spider continues to die, there will be poisonous smoke and explosions. Every member of the coalition forces looked desperate. There is no possibility of victory. Central area, professional association. Deacon Gomez and Deputy Deacon Orc Shaman stood on the roof, looking at the fighting area in the distance. Elno really doesnt have much patience, so he will take action tonight. ??The old orc held a wooden staff with both hands, "Why did you make such a big noise?" It should be Wu Heng, leaving some backup for that woman. Gomez said with both hands. "Are you going to let this fool go on like this? When Wu Heng comes back, he won''t be afraid of causing even bigger trouble." "What does it have to do with me?" Gomez chuckled, "The association does not interfere in the disputes of the city. The association is a place where rules are enforced." The old orc said: "Maybe it''s ''Elno'' who suffers!" "Difficult! Erno has controlled Luntam City for so many years, and it is really unreasonable to be unable to capture a gang woman." He paused slightly, "Unless Wu Heng didn''t leave." What if he didnt leave? ??Gmez glanced at the beasts gathering in the war zone, "If he hadn''t left, the members of the association would have killed the local city lord, which would be enough to put him on a wanted list." Snake Emblem Consortium. On a balcony. Lecia leaned on the fence in front of her, stirring the tea cup with a silver spoon. Looking at the war zone with bright lights constantly on. Its not enough to make people worry if they leave. There was a knock on the door behind him, and a guard came in and said softly, "Miss, are you looking for me?" Take someone to keep an eye on the situation outside. If that Wen Mansha from the Spike Gang can escape, **** her to my side. Lecia tapped the spoon and took a sip. ??The guard glanced at her, did not move, remained silent for a moment, and reminded: "Miss, if we get involved, wouldn''t it be inappropriate?" Wait at the outside and respond if you can escape. If you cant escape, its her life. Okay, miss. The guard said no more and turned to leave. ?Lecia shook her ankle and felt the anklet hidden inside. Said to the night sky. "Whether your maid survives or not depends on herself." Under fierce fighting. Green poisonous smoke covered the entire battlefield. ??The undead continued to attack them, and the coalition forces could no longer be seen from the outside. But the battle still continues, proving that there are still people on the other side resisting. Wearing mage robes and a high crown, the bone mage walked around the perimeter twice with his hands attached. With a wave of your hand. Dead Corpse BattlefieldRelease, dead coalition soldiers stand up from the ground and join the battlefield. Continue to fight forward. There are already many tamed beasts hovering in the sky. There should be many people paying attention to this battle, which also represents the final ownership of this city. "Stop fighting. We were forced here by the city lord. Stop fighting." Mansha Wen, I know Wu Heng. I am from the Scorpion Claw Gang. I know Captain Wu Heng. Auntie, we were wrong, please spare us, please spare us! ?Hunts for mercy were heard among the crowd. The current situation is very certain. It cannot be fought or escaped. They will only die here. I just wanted to beg for mercy loudly so that the sister-in-law of the Spike Gang could let them go. However, there was no response. Only one fierce spider jumped into the defense and exploded the formation. ??Continue to be hacked and killed by other undead. The battle is over. The poisonous smoke that filled the surrounding area gradually dissipated. ?Two skeletons, dragging Elno who was seriously injured and vomiting blood, walked out of the crowd and threw them at Wen Manshas feet. And the reinforcements that were invited had a sharp sword pierced into his chest, and he lost his voice. "I admit it, this city belongs to you, please let me go once." Erno said with difficulty, vomiting blood. As long as you are not dead, you can still live after taking the medicine. Its too late to regret, now we just have to find a way to survive. Wen Mansha looked at him and said, "When we work as a gang, we are most afraid of leaving anyone alive." As the words fell, the skeleton on the side raised his knife and dropped his head, and the head rolled to the side. Skeleton Mage began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transforming corpses all over the ground. Wen Mansha turned her head and lowered her voice and said, "They are all dead, not a single one is alive." Wu Heng''s voice came from the intercom, "Tonight, directly occupy the city lord''s palace." Wen Mansha raised her head and said to the dense army of undead: "Go forward to the city lord''s palace." Hurrah! The army moved towards the city lord''s palace. Within the association. The deacon and sub-deacon were drinking tea and waiting for the result. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded, and a team member ran in quickly. Is that woman still alive? Gomez asked directly. The team members took a deep breath and said, "Stay alive." Lets negotiate with Erno and get this woman over. After all, Wu Heng is also a member of our association. Gomez said softly. "No, Deacon." The team member glanced at the two of them and continued: "Elno is dead. He was beheaded by Wen Mansha''s order." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 246 , why is it her? Chapter 246, Why is it her? ?Wen Mansha won and Erno was beheaded? The deacons and sub-deacons all have one hand movement. Erno had gathered so many people in the city. With the number of undead left by Wu Heng, how could he possibly win? Furthermore, some undead spirits are also arranged in the outer city. How could this be the result? ?Gomez turned his head suddenly, "Wu Heng didn''t leave?" I dont know, I didnt see Wu Heng in the whole scene, but there is a skeleton mage who can also transform undead. The member said. They both understood instantly. ?Wu Heng left, but left behind a skeleton mage with the same ability. As long as the situation on the battlefield allows, the effect of constantly transforming troops can be achieved. How is it over there now? Wen Mansha leads the team to the city lords mansion. The team members asked again, Can I stop you? ?Gomez frowned slightly. We wont participate, just let the tame animals keep an eye on it. Gomez continued. A gang member who is obsessed with killing may not be able to calmly analyze the pros and cons. There is absolutely no need to do these thankless things. Got it, deacon! Snake Emblem Consortium. The same message was also delivered. When Lecia heard that the undead had won, her eyes widened a bit. Sure enough, Wu Heng arranged a back-up plan when he left. ?How could this man not expect that Elno would take action? What are they doing now? Wen Mansha is rushing to the city lords palace with all the undead soldiers, the guard said. Lecia yawned and said, "I understand, we don''t need to worry about the rest. By the way, let people prepare gifts, don''t be too expensive. I will go to congratulate the new city lord tomorrow." Okay, miss. The guard left. ?Lecia took off her armor and put on her pajamas. Walking towards the bedroom. Everything is ready, let me stay with you until this time. Then, there was no suspense in the battle at the City Lord''s Mansion. ??The undead army directly invaded the building. ??Occupied the center of power in Luntam City, the City Lord''s Palace. When the first ray of sunlight shines into the room. ?Wen Mansha has already sat on the throne of the city lord. Tap tap tap~! The backbone of the gang walked in with excitement on his face, "Sister-in-law, all the servants in the city lord''s mansion have been dismissed, and everyone related to them has been killed." Well, let our people take over all the walls in the city and dont disturb the people. We are not a gang now. Wen Mansha said, holding her chin. Yes, sister-in-law. Stop calling me sister-in-law. If people hear you, you still feel like a gang. ??Gan Gan was stunned for a moment, "What''s the name of the city lord?" City Lord, lets discuss it later and see what the appropriate name is. Understood, Lord... of the city. Just when the backbone was about to leave, Wen Mansha continued: "Go and invite the deacon of the association and Lecia from the consortium." Yes, Lord of the City. The backbone left quickly and explained all these things. Not long. ?There were footsteps outside the door. ?Gomez, the deacon of the association, and Lecia from the consortium rushed to the scene one after another. ??Before they spoke, their eyes fell on the slender figure next to Wen Mansha. Wearing robes and a high mage crown. Hands are attached and the body is straight. The exposed face and wrists are made of white bones. ??The skeleton mage in the information last night, and his level is definitely not low, definitely higher than Wu Heng. ?In addition, there are several skeleton attendants of high level. One of them, judging from the weapons and equipment, is the former city lord Elno. From now on, the city lord''s palace is definitely the most powerful party in the city. Wen Mansha smiled, stood up and greeted her, "Miss Lecia, Deacon Gomez." Congratulations, Sister Wen Mansha has taken the position of city lord. Lecia waved her hand, and the guards behind her presented gifts. Wen Mansha also showed a higher level of calmness and dignity than the gangster sister-in-law. She motioned to the attendant to take it and asked the two of them to sit down. ?Gomez did not prepare a gift, pretending not to know about the matter, and asked: "Miss Wen Mansha, what is going on?" Wen Mansha sighed softly and said, "Forget it. Yesterday, when my master left, Erno led troops to attack our city. However, they had internal strife in the middle, and we took advantage of the opportunity to counterattack and barely won." Master, naturally is the name the maid calls her master. Now it is directly stated that although I am sitting in this position, everything still belongs to my master. After hearing this, Gomez looked surprised, "So many things happened last night." ??Looked at the other party and Lecia, and continued: "Erno has been running the city for decades. He must not be willing to give up half of the city, but he did not expect to suffer the consequences." Wen Mansha sighed again, "The master said when he left that if the Lord of Erno kept his agreement, then everyone would run half of the city each. But I didn''t expect..., well, it would end up like this." Lecia said directly: "The management of Luntam City is getting worse and worse by him. If it dies, it will die. There is nothing to say." "Thank you, Miss Lecia. If you need anything in the city in the future, just mention it to me." Wen Mansha said, and then continued to look at Gomez, "Please also ask the ''deacon'' to report it to the association, Luntam The city will be managed by me, and I will write a letter to my master and tell him about the situation here. " ?At this point, Gomez has no reason to offend Wu Heng for the dead man. He nodded and said: "Well, I will explain this matter to the headquarters. You can write the letter personally to Wuheng, and I will ask the association to send it to Treasure Island." Thank you, deacon. ?A few people continued to chat for a while. The two responsible persons did not stay much. After saying hello, they left. ????City Lord''s Mansion. ?Wu Heng asked Glenda and Xiao Xiao to act separately. Search throughout the city lord''s mansion. In addition to the cellars and warehouses under the city lord''s mansion, I always feel that there should be other warehouses. After running Luntam City for so many years, it is impossible to have no savings. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back, but found nothing in the search area. The Glenda on the other side flew back with news. Its over here! ?Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao followed into the city lord''s study. ?Glenda pointed to the wall where the painting was hung and said: "Behind the wall, there is a mezzanine with a lot of collections and gold coins." Break it open! The skeleton behind him immediately stepped forward. ?Glenda said hurriedly: "Wait a minute, this is a door. It''s just etched with phantom runes. You can open it by finding the door handle." Etching runes on the door is a mental illness! ?Wu Heng stepped forward to check carefully and found some clues. Hand out your hand to grab it, where you touch it, a door handle changes from the wall. Twist it lightly and it opens with a click. The interior is a 30-square-meter space with a treasure box on the ground and various gorgeous collections, oil paintings and some jewelry on the shelves on both sides. ?Wu Heng walked directly to the treasure chest, "There are no mechanisms in it, right?" No! said Glenda. Ghosts cannot be touched, but they can get into them. You can check the situation inside. ? Confirming that there was no danger, Wu Heng opened the treasure chest directly. The moment the lid was opened, a golden light appeared in front of you. Wow, so much gold! Xiaoxiao exclaimed. If 200 gold coins were put into a bag, the amount in front of you could probably fill a hundred money bags. ?This Luntam is so effective at collecting money. No wonder he gritted his teeth and refused to run away when the Warhammer Party entered the city. This time he tried his best to take back half of the city. Put away all the gold coins and all the utensils, and look at Glenda again, "Are there any more?" "No more. There are scattered silver coins in some drawers." Well, thats not necessary. ?This place is not planned to be vacated and will continue to be used by Wen Mansha. I will have a place to stay when I come back later. ?Footsteps sounded outside the door. Wen Mansha opened the door and came in, and two ghosts got directly into her body. "Master, Gomez and Lecia have left. They have no objection to us continuing to manage the city, especially Miss Lecia, who also sent congratulatory gifts." They are all smart people and will make their own choices. Wu Heng sat down aside. ?Lecia will definitely support herself. It would also be good for her to manage the city by herself. At least better than when Erno was running it. ??And Gomez is a veteran and will definitely not stand up for a dead city lord. Wen Mansha sat on his lap and continued: "Next, just proceed as planned?" Well, it goes as planned. ?Wu Heng reached out and flipped through, and two large boxes appeared at his feet. ?? He raised his legs and kicked them away, revealing the silver coins inside. A total of ten thousand silver coins are handed over to you as the citys starting fund. Wu Heng said. Wow, so many. "Behind the oil painting over there is a secret room. From now on, you can put the money there or the space ring." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded and moved slightly, "Master, I don''t want you to leave." ?Wu Heng smiled, pinched his cheeks, and kissed him on the lips, "It''s not like I won''t come back, so why are you mentioning this again?" Wen Mansha sat astride her legs, stuck out a piece of her red tongue, and sent it over. After being separated for a long time, he panted slightly and said, "Come back and see me quickly." "After I settle down from there, I will come back to see you and protect myself well," Wu Heng said. "good." ~! ?At this time, the voice of the gang''s backbone came from the door, "The city lord, city officials and people from the city hall are all here." ?Wen Mansha kissed him on the cheek. He rearranged his clothes and said, "Okay, I''ll be there right away." After waving goodbye, he walked out directly. Wen Mansha walked out of the study, and Wu Heng also used the transformation veil and left the city lord''s mansion. Put on your hat and board the train far south of the city. The other side. ?Wu Heng appeared in the hotel, opened the door, and found Minnie and Anderweil chatting in the room. Seeing Wu Heng come back, both of them were overjoyed. "Owner." ?Wu Heng walked in, "Have you eaten?" "Have you eaten? Master, has he eaten?" Anderweil moved the seat for him. ?Wu Heng sat down and said, "I''ve eaten." Anderweil asked softly: "Master, is everything going well?" The tribesmen are still in Luntam City, and their fate is connected with Wen Mansha''s. Success, the whole city will be ours from now on. (End of this chapter) Chapter 247 , unpleasant words Chapter 247, Harsh words I heard Wu Heng say that the whole city belongs to him. The faces of the two women also showed joy. Minnie jumped up and cheered, "Okay, I will be the maid of the city lord from now on." Anderweil was more calm and said: "Congratulations, master, for becoming the city lord." Well, Luntam City is our backing. Even if we dont do well outside, we can still come back and be the city lord. Wu Heng said with a smile. Having such a city gives us a little more confidence outside. Next, shall we go directly to Treasure Island? Andweil continued to ask. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Well, Wei''er, Minnie, please vacate the room and wait for me at the door." Oh, good master. The two nodded and walked out. ??Wu Heng opened the gate when no one was around and sent the two skeleton attendants to another world. After going downstairs, the two women stood at the door waiting. ?Wu Heng greeted the two of them and walked out of the city together. Leaving the city, Wu Heng took out the train conductors hat and put it on his head. Immediately afterwards, a deafening honking sound sounded. In the horrified eyes of the two women, a military green train stopped in front of them. Ghost train! Minnie exclaimed. Anderweil also muttered, "It really does exist." In Luntam City, there are some rumors about ghost trains. The two of them had obviously heard of it. Lets see, can we go up? Wu Heng said. ?Minnie looked inside through the opened car door, raised her feet, and was pushed out by an invisible force. I cant go up, its like theres a wall in front of me. Minnie looked back. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t worry, just wait for me." Get on the train, find the number of passengers on the back of the itinerary, and write 2. ?Wu Heng stood inside and waved. Minnie tried to board the train and stepped directly on. Im coming up, Minnie shouted. ?Andeweier also walked up. According to the description of the Conductors Hat, up to two persons can be appointed as accompanying conductors. Thats how it works. Wu Heng took the itinerary and said, "After driving, your senses will disappear, so don''t be afraid. Just sit aside and wait until you get there." The two nodded to express their understanding. ??There is not much delay in Wuheng. After a long time, the train will return directly to the originating station. Just write "Treasure Island" on the itinerary. However, after filling it out, the original ink was instantly blurred and the name Netale City was re-formed. ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, but immediately understood the reason. The train cannot reach cities that are not recorded. After filling in the name, it will arrive at the nearest station. In other words, you cannot reach Treasure Island directly, but will stop at Netale City. Click~! The car door closed and started to slowly start. The next second, they dived into the void. There was nothingness outside the window, and all the senses of the three people except for the sight area disappeared. ?Minnies eyes widened and her mouth kept moving, and Anderweil was also a little nervous. ?Wu Heng took their hands, walked to the carriage, and sat down on one side. The two women, one on the left and one on the right, hugged his arms tightly. I dont know how long it took. It was bright again outside the window, and the train slowly stopped. There was a click and the car door opened. ?The three of them were stunned, so fast? Immediately afterwards, a man with blond hair and blue eyes, tied into a short ponytail on the back of his head, walked in. ?Wearing a blue robe with gold patterns, the body is decorated with expensive decorations. ?Getting on the train, I saw the three people in the distance and my steps suddenly stopped. Obviously, he did not expect that there would be other people here, and there were still three of them. The train started to move, and the window fell into nothingness again. The man glanced at the hat on the other person''s head, then smiled and behaved like a noble. ?Wu Heng also looked at the opponent and opened the holster on his waist. He didn''t bring a skeleton servant, and suddenly someone came up, and he was more nervous. But seeing that the other party was behaving in a friendly manner, he smiled and nodded. The blond man sat down not far away, his body straight and his eyes straight. ??Wu Heng and the three others also remained sitting and standing, calm and alert to each other. Time passed little by little. ?The train stopped again, and the old hanging plate on the door showed the word "Chelu". ??The capital of the Kingdom of Yeko. The blond man stood up, smiled at several people again, and then got off the train. She is indeed no ordinary person, and her identity is even more special than expected. The train starts again. Drill into space. When it appears again. The train arrived at Netale City. ?The three of them got out of the car, and immediately felt a sense of hunger in their abdomens. Fortunately, they were both professionals, otherwise they would all have collapsed from hunger when they got off the car. ??Wu Heng took out some food from the ring, sat under the tree and ate some simply. ? It takes about four days to come from Luntam City. You should be more careful next time and don''t starve to death on the road because you can''t feel hunger and time changes with your senses. I simply filled my stomach. There was a convoy passing by on the roadside, and the three of them got into the carriage and entered the "Netale City" together. Wow~! Its so nice here. Minnie exclaimed on the road like a little girl who had just entered the city. The roads are flat and wide, and the buildings are tall and unique in shape. It is not comparable to a place like Wrentam City. ?The roads are crowded with people, and horse-drawn carriages are transporting goods to shops or heading out of the city. In the crowd passing by, you can also see ''dwarfs'', ''dwarves'', and tall humans with pointed ears. It''s not sure if they are elves. Before coming in, I was worried that the appearance of the two girls would attract some attention. ??Now when I walk on the street, no one even looks at me. Walked into a well-decorated hotel. With 4 silver coins, I booked a suite. One living room and two bedrooms. Briefly checked the room, and continued to take the Skull Crusher and the Fire Blade out of the boundary door. ??Goed out again. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters to a tavern and sat down in a corner. ?While listening to the bard playing the piano and singing, he called the maid who brought the wine. I dont know the rules here yet. The maids clothes are loose and she can see large areas of plumpness and ravines even when she stands straight. But he didnt stuff the silver coins into the other partys lapels, but gave them directly to her hands. ??The maid immediately smiled and said, "Guest, Miss, what are your orders?" Let me ask you something. ??The maid bowed slightly, as if listening. The inside of your mind is becoming more and more eye-catching. I heard that Treasure Island is the territory of pirates? Wu Heng asked. The maid nodded, "You can say that?" This is your first time here, tell me about it. The maid thought for a moment and said, "Treasure Island was originally occupied by pirates, but now it is called the ''Treasure Islands''. Countries have pardoned the ''Occam'' pirate group and established a new order. Now each country has pardoned the ''Occam'' pirate group and established a new order." The fleet will be resupplied there. Pardoned a pirate group? "Well, I heard that because ''Occam'' reached level 18, he was given an identity." Damn, this will work. In other words, the captain level of this pirate group was too high, and the cost of encircling and suppressing them was difficult for all forces to accept. After discussion, they directly absolved the other party of their guilt, making Treasure Island the other party''s territory. As long as they dont rob caravans anymore. To put it bluntly, everything depends on strength. Once you make the other party think that the cost of getting rid of you is too high, they will choose a friendlier approach. Its really a reality. Then there are no pirates anymore. Minnie analyzed. When the maid turned to Minnie, she straightened up slightly and tightened her clothes a little, "Of course not, the rest of the pirates still exist, but they are not as rampant as before." ??Wu Heng wanted to continue asking, but the sound of drinkers greeting him could be heard in the distance. ??The maid bowed to a few people again and turned around to greet other guests. ??Wu Heng and the others also understood what they wanted to ask. Start to eat. After eating, several people walked out of the tavern. I asked passers-by about the direction of the port and called a carriage to go to the port. Close to the port, the crowds gather even more. From a distance, you can see huge ships docked at the port, with rows of people going back and forth between the ships and the shore, carrying various supplies. Trade has always been an important factor supporting the development of a city. Let the two women look at the sea. Continue walking towards the building on the side. Ship management office. ?In the building, a middle-aged man with a mustache lowered his head and fiddled with the quill in his hand. Without raising his head, he said: "What''s the matter? Speak!" ?Wu Heng took out the deputy deacon''s emblem and placed it on the table, "Arrange the ship to go to Treasure Island." Fuck~! The man was halfway through cursing. When he saw the emblem, he immediately stood up and said respectfully, Ill give you a look. Look through the notebook on the table. Then he said: "Tomorrow at noon, there will be a merchant ship passing Treasure Island. If you have no problem, you can take this ship." Okay, lets book the merchant ship for tomorrow. ??The man immediately wrote it down in his notebook and said at the same time: "This is for you to record. In the third port, the merchant ship Notting Laden." Dont you need a boat ticket or something? No need, you just need to board the ship on time. Then the other party will ask you who you are and let him take a look at your coat of arms. Okay, thank you. The man saluted respectfully, "It''s my honor to solve your problem." After confirming the travel time for tomorrow, Wu Heng and others left the registration office directly. Its so lively here. Minnie said. Yeah, its much more lively than Luntam City, and no one is making trouble. Andwyer agreed. There was nothing else to do in the rest of the time, so I just wandered around the busy streets. There are shops on both sides, and the business is relatively good. ??Walk out of a clothing store and enter a magic props shop opposite. There are also many people in the store. ??The few shop assistants entertain wealthy businessmen who are all more gorgeously dressed. ??Wu Heng walked around the store and looked at the various magic props inside the glass counter. Luxury goods have their own definition here. Its not just about gorgeous accessories, or clothing and bags. Rather, they are etched with various magics and magic props with special effects and functions. Token of turning beasts into friendsStanding Beauty Vine BraceletRing of Discordant WordsDancing Lights.... ?Wu Heng walked by one after another. He stepped back again and his eyes fell on the previous ring again. Ring of discordant words (Description: In a short period of time, utter a series of curses containing magical power at the target in a "volley" style.) Sold for 470 silver coins. Holy shit~! Magical props for scolding. ???This is how wronged I have been, to actually have such a magic effect etched on the ring, specifically to help me curse others. "Guest, this magic prop can help you gain the upper hand in arguments. You don''t even need to formulate your own words to gain the upper hand in arguments." A clerk sent the customer away and came to Wu Heng''s side. "Let''s take a look first." Wu Heng retracted his gaze and continued to ask: "Are there any attack or defense props?" Sir, please follow me to the second floor. ?The clerk stretched out his hand to guide him and led him towards the second floor. Wrentam City. Hall of the City Lords Mansion. "Deacon Slater, things happened suddenly. The master left first and didn''t have time to wait for you to come." Wen Mansha explained softly. Slater, who was dressed in a smart outfit, looked around at the magnificent city lord''s mansion. His eyes were still full of surprise. A few days ago, Wu Heng went to see her and talked about the development of half the city and how to deal with the matter with ''Elno''. ?Come here today, the whole city belongs to him, and he even made his maid the lord of the city. She has collected intelligence for so many years in the Secret Whisperer. Have never seen such an incredible thing. Furthermore, Wu Heng left early, in her opinion, as if it was intentional. Slater nodded and continued: "Wu Heng mentioned to me before that you will be in charge here. If you are not sure about some things, you can ask me. Managing the city is not as simple as a gang." Wen Mansha''s smile remained unchanged, "If necessary, I will naturally ask the deacon. After all, we are also a family." Slater narrowed his eyes and calmed down again, "How is the decoration of Money Cat?" "I''ll take the deacon to see if there''s anything that needs to be changed. I''ll have someone do it right away." Well, lets go and have a look. Thanks to Zeroaxl for the tip. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 248 , ah, what is this Chapter 248, ah, what is this? Money cat. The foreman in charge of the decoration was called over, following behind the two women, explaining the progress. The final touches are already being made and it will be completed in three days. ?Slater put his hands together and took two steps in the hall. The decoration in front of her still surprised her. ?As Wu Heng said, the decoration style is much more luxurious than the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town. The floors, walls, and ceilings have all been decorated. It is not much worse than the city lord''s mansion just now. How are these lighting props used? Slater asked. Wen Mansha came over from behind and said, "This is an electric lamp. It absorbs solar energy through the equipment on the roof to provide lighting." Speaking, he pressed the switch on the side. The chandeliers and wall lamps in the hall light up one after another, making the entire space more gorgeous and bright. Can the lighting be normal even in dark weather? Thats what Krishna uses. Slater glanced around and nodded, "Not bad." Continuing to walk towards the second floor, the foreman explained some other things, and Wen Mansha also explained the use of the air conditioner. ?The second floor of the store. Protective pendant ?? (Description: A pendant etched with the ''Sword and Shield Protection'' rune can form a magical protection at critical moments, blocking part of the attack damage.) Fireball Dharma Ring (Description: Can summon a scorching fireball, causing magic damage to the target, recharging in 25 minutes.) Zhuyan Rattan Bracelet (Description: Natural power, warming and nourishing the body.) Selecting carefully, Wu Heng selected these props. In the store, it should be specialized in selling accessories. There are no magic props such as weapons and armors. ??Protective pendants, I bought two in total. ?The remaining one from last time was given to Wen Mansha. After all, her side is more dangerous and can save her life in critical moments. The two items this time are the two maids beside me. After all, I have money now, and I dont know whether Treasure Island is safe or not, so I prepare to be quilted first. ? Fireball Ring is also pretty good and has a certain attack effect. I also bought two Zhuyan Rattan Bracelets, which are shaped like brown rattan branches. When the store clerk introduced them, they said they were helpful for womens skin and appearance. The two maids eyes widened. So I bought it directly. If the effect is good, I will buy some for the other women. Sir, a total of 2 gold and 755 silver. The "protective necklace" is really the most expensive, one costs 820 silver. After buying them all, the necklace and bracelet were given to the two of them. The two maids were extremely happy and jumped back. Go back to the tavern. ?Wu Heng told the two maids that they were in another room of the suite. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ??Going to the window and taking a look outside, the convoy has returned. The survivors of the base are all busy with their own affairs. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. Not long after, footsteps were heard from the stairs. ??Li Yahong ran up quickly. When she saw Wu Heng, she threw herself into his arms and wrapped her legs around her waist. "I haven''t seen you for several days." ??Wu Heng held his round buttocks, soft and elastic, "Deal with some things. Did you go back to prison before?" Well, I went back and the Alchemy Skeleton made some potions and I brought them over. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng asked doubtfully: "New potion?" "Hmm." Li Yahong got off her body, opened the backpack hanging behind her, carefully took out various potions from it, and placed them on the table. Three bottles in total. Highly effective strengthening potion (Description: A medicine extracted and developed from special aberration toxins. It has a certain improvement effect on living beings and has a low probability of awakening bloodline power.) ?Wu Heng was delighted when he saw the properties of the potion. As expected, it is a potion made from level 2 corpse cores. ?This is something I have been looking forward to for a long time. With this potion, you can directly improve your attributes. Enhance your physical fitness. So happy? Li Yahong saw joy on his face. The potion has no name. ?In Li Yahongs opinion, they all look the same, and she doesnt know what type of medicine they are. But seeing Wu Heng so happy, the value of the medicine is definitely not low. "Well, we need it now!" Wu Heng explained casually, put the potion away, and continued: "What''s the news outside recently?" Sit down on the edge of the bed and pat your thighs. ?? Li Yahong walked over and sat on his lap, and said: "The news is nothing, it''s the same as usual. By the way, someone made a ranking list of the strongest for us." Wu Heng reached in along the waist and gently stroked his smooth belly, "Ranking list of the strongest? What''s the use?" "If it''s useful, it may be to promote its popularity, but it has no real effect." Li Yahong analyzed. Who is on the list? ?Li Yahong glanced at him with a smile on her face, "The first King of Yama..." Good guy, this name has spread outside. The reason why he didn''t stop the shelter from calling him "King" was because he didn''t want his name to be known to too many people. Now it is spreading more and more widely, and it is completely out of control. Is there any more? Wu Heng raised his hand. ?Li Yahong cooperated and loosened her stab-proof clothing, and took advantage of the situation to hold Yuanruan. The second place is the Flame God Sanctuary, the God of Fire, the third place is the Iron Wall Sanctuary, the Butcher, the fourth place is the Dongan Village Sanctuary, Han Cai, the fifth place is the Yongfu Sanctuary, the God of Swords. Good guy, each name is more fantastic than the last. It has almost become a title in a novel. No, whats wrong with the one called Han Cai? The name doesnt fit in with the crowd. ??Li Yahong smiled, rested her chin on her shoulder, and said softly: "The only female leader, maybe she felt that these names didn''t fit, so she used her own name." Arent you in line? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Where can I be ranked? There are all famous leaders here, and they should all have awakened their powers." Have they all awakened their powers? "Probably, there is no definite information on whether it is true or false, but the strength of the shelter is definitely slightly stronger." Li Yahong said. After such a long time, it is actually not surprising that the number of people awakening supernatural powers has begun to increase. Living in the apocalypse, everyone is licking blood on the tip of a knife, forcing people to constantly adapt to the environment in front of them. Your strength should be able to be ranked up there. Its a useless ranking, just go up on our behalf. ?Speaking of superpowers, Wu Heng also thought of the magic props he bought today, and took out the ''Fireball Ring'', "Here''s it for you." The magic prop ring has a broad shape and is not very suitable for modern people''s eyes. Li Yahong looked at it and said, "Thank you for the gift." Take it with you and I will teach you how to use it. "use?" ?Li Yahong looked puzzled and put the ring on her index finger. ??Wu Heng took his hand back from his clothes, asked her to sit aside, and said, "Close your eyes and concentrate, and use your spirit to communicate with the ring in your hand." ?Li Yahong closed her eyes and was silent for a while, then opened them again, "Did it work?" "No." What should be the effect? Fire will appear on the ring. "lighter?" Stop talking, close your eyes and feel it again. Li Yahong stuck out her tongue, closed her eyes again, and tried to feel the ring on her hand according to his method. There was silence for about ten minutes. ?Li Yahong suddenly opened her eyes, raised her right hand, and a blazing fireball condensed in her palm. ?When she saw that what appeared in her palm was a fireball instead of a lighter flame, Li Yahong''s face was not only shocked, but also confused with her consciousness being crushed. Ah, its starting to get hot, what should I do? Li Yahong suddenly panicked and exclaimed. Fireball is not a self-condensed spell. Short-term manipulation is okay. If you maintain it for a certain period of time, you will feel the burning heat brought by the fireball. ?Wu Heng immediately opened the window and said, "Throw it out." Throw it? Li Yahong still casually threw it towards the window. Huh~! The fireball rushed out of the window and flew into the yard. It exploded with a bang and turned into four streams of flames, falling down. Ah~! Whats going on? Something is burning. Quickly put out the fire~! The courtyard suddenly became noisy. ?Then someone quickly came out upstairs to check where the fire was. ?? Li Yahong quickly arranged her clothes, rubbed her sore palms on her buttocks, opened the door and looked at the person who rushed up. Sister Hong, theres a fire down there. Someone said. No one was hurt, right? "No, the fire has been put out. Is there anything going on upstairs?" Several people gathered around and asked. ??Li Yahong said: "It''s okay, I was just experimenting with something, as long as no one was hurt." ?Several people looked inside and saw Wu Heng sitting inside. He immediately said: "Understood, let''s go down." "Um." Everyone went downstairs. Li Yahong ran up to him, hugged his arm, and exclaimed: "What is this? Did you steal Ma Zhiyong''s superpower?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 249 , air pirates Chapter 249, Air Pirates ?Wu Heng took out his arm and put his arm around Li Yahong''s shoulders. "What do you mean by stealing his power? It''s just a ring that can release fireballs, and the effect is average." This is just average. Ma Zhiyongs abilities are just like this. He is still ranked second! Li Yahong said. ?Ma Zhiyongs extraordinary abilities have never been seen by outsiders. ??But on the radio, the Flame God Sanctuary said about this. It can release fireballs that will explode after hitting the target, and ignite some flammable materials. It is estimated that the effect is similar to this. Furthermore, Ma Zhiyongs ability could only be awakened by desperately taking corpse cores. This is just a ring, you can release it when you put it on. There is no comparison between the two. Then now, you are tied for second place with him. ?Li Yahong bumped him with her arm, "What are you talking about? Are you taking the opportunity to scold me?" Then he looked up at him and said, "Any more? Equip one for everyone and release a fireball to kill all the zombies." "Do you think this is an iron circle? There are as many as you want." Wu Heng paused and continued: "And, if you have them all, this ability is not so precious." "Hehe! That''s right!" Li Yahong hugged his waist, gently rocked and coquettishly, "It''s great to have you." As long as you are satisfied. Wu Heng patted his back. Li Yahong continued: "Then I will tell the outside world that I have also awakened the fire power." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Whether you have superpowers or not is still very important in the current environment. Not only its own combat power, but also represents a kind of prestige. ?The person who no one wants to follow is an ordinary person with no characteristics, especially a young woman. Ma Zhiyong, the reason why he can become the commander-in-chief of district-level resistance, is his own special ability effect, which plays a decisive role. ??If now Li Yahong shows the same ability as Ma Zhiyong, not to mention how it is outside, it will definitely cause a sensation inside the shelter. In a shelter, King Yama is the strongest person, and now Li Yahong has the same ability as the second strongest person. It is an inspiration to survivors. It can also consolidate Li Yahongs position. "Will you stay tonight? I will repay you well." Li Yahong hugged him and shook her body gently. ??Wu Heng turned around, held her in his arms, and said softly: "I want to do it too, but there are still some things that haven''t been dealt with. I''ll stay with you well next time." Its true that I havent been with Li Yahong for a while. But you have just obtained the second-level corpse core potion, so you need to save your physical strength to take the potion. He is about to go to Treasure Island, and the unknown environment still brings him a lot of pressure. Taking corpse core potion can improve attributes, which is also a good guarantee. Li Yahong didnt try to persuade her to stay, and said: The opportunity to repay you will be left to next time. Okay, I will make good use of this privilege when the time comes. The two chatted together for a while. ?Li Yahong went downstairs and continued busy with her own business. ?Wu Heng also opened the gate and returned to another world. Coming out again, it is still another room in the suite. ?Out the window is the noisy street, and you can hear the sounds of people selling goods. ?Wu Heng walked to the table on one side and took out all three bottles of corpse core potion. The first-level corpse core potion has no effect on the growth of his body. Even if it is manufactured later, it will only be used by a few people around him. As for the second-level corpse core, give it to yourself first. After thinking about it, I didnt have much hesitation. ?Pick up a bottle of medicine, open the cap, and drink it directly. The sour and bitter taste flows from the throat to the stomach. As he got closer, there was warmth and tingling coming from his abdomen, and a surge of energy that spread throughout his body like a muscle was being torn apart. Does it have this effect when using the Level 2 Corpse Core for the first time? It seems that I have forgotten a little, but now the pain is really unbearable. Constitution +2, Strength +2, Agility +1. ?System prompts appear, distracting a little attention. The pain also disappeared quickly. Level 2 Corpse Core..., the effect is indeed remarkable. The attributes have been improved by 5 points, which is considered to be an upgrade of two and a half levels. ?This kind of medicine is definitely a particularly precious medicine in this world. Becoming strong is the goal of every professional. Attributes are the necessary conditions to achieve this goal. Stand up and move in place twice to relieve the muscle soreness caused by just taking the medicine. Wait until recovery is almost complete. Sit back in your seat again, open the second bottle of medicine, and drink it. The warmth and tingling spread all over the body again at the same time. ?The system prompt will appear immediately. Physique +3, Strength +2. Attributes increased again. Took a few deep breaths. Mutter a few sentences to awaken the superpower. Opened the last bottle and continued to drink. Strength +2, Agility +2, Perception +1. Its still just an improvement in attributes. There is no special ability. The successive use of three bottles of medicine brought his body close to the limit of endurance. ?Sitting on a chair, holding his arms on his thighs and breathing heavily. Have a rest for a while. Immediately checked my attributes. Attributes: Strength 31, Agility 28, Constitution 35, Intelligence 30, Perception 19, Charisma 26. Now, the physical constitution is the highest, reaching 35 points. This value is no less than a level 15 warrior. Furthermore, high physical strength means good physical fitness and high resistance to toxins and abnormal conditions. To a large extent, this factor determines whether he can survive. His strength has also reached 31 points, and he also has high combat effectiveness in melee combat. Intelligence is still 30 points, and the medicine has not enhanced this item. ??My mage path has begun to gravitate towards physical fitness and strength again. But there is nothing we can do about it. The most common improvement of corpse core is the improvement of the first three items, and the increase of the last three items is relatively small. It is a pity that even after taking all three bottles of potion, the superpower has not been awakened. ?No matter how bad your luck is, it can''t be this bad. ?This made him have to suspect that there was only one kind of ability to awaken, or that after awakening one kind, it would be more difficult to awaken new abilities. ?There is nothing we can do now. The potions are all gone, so we can only wait for the next batch and try again. ?Standing up, a breeze blew by the window. ?This season is not considered cold, but the wind blowing on Wu Heng''s body is quite chilly. ?At this moment, I realized that my whole body was already wet. Minnie. Wu Heng shouted. Whats wrong, Master? Minnie opened the door and took a look into the room. ??When he found that Wu Heng''s forehead was sweaty and his hair was wet and stuck to his forehead, he immediately came over and asked with concern: "Master, what''s going on?" Its okay, I worked up a bit of sweat, so let the people in the store prepare bath water. Wu Heng said. Oh, okay. Minnie agreed and walked out quickly. Anderweil also walked in and helped him smooth the messy hair from his forehead, with a look of concern on his face. ?Wu Heng pinched the white-haired beast''s ears, and the little girl''s face turned red. After taking a bath, I had dinner downstairs. ?Wu Heng took the two of them and walked outside for a while before it got dark, then went back to the room to rest. After washing. ?Wu Heng put on his pajamas, sat on the edge of the bed and opened his arms. ?Minnie, wearing black underwear, got into the arms with a smile, while Anderweil, with a blushing face, also walked over carefully and got closer to the arms. One on the left and one on the right, holding two sweet-smelling orc girls. Although I miss the modern life in the past. But sometimes I think about it, I didnt have the chance to have the life I have now. Not to mention money and women, this feeling of changing one''s own physique as one improves oneself is also very good. Id better go to sleep in the study room. Andwyer said a little shyly. ?Wu Heng held his arms around his waist and gently caressed his lower abdomen, "Let''s sleep together, there''s nothing to be shy about." Thats right, I want to sleep with Sister Weier. Minnie shouted, jumped directly over Wu Heng, and rushed towards him. Oh, dont make trouble! Anderweil was pinned down by Minnie. The two had fun for a while. Hands side by side, facing inwards, kneeling on the edge of the bed. A patch of white flowers. ?Wu Heng sat on the chair outside, admiring the beautiful scenery in front of him from the back, which was round and white, like two plump peaches. Master, stop looking. Minnie swayed slightly. Anderweil''s whole body was red, she said nothing, and her hanging fox tail was slightly raised. ?Wu Heng took a sip of water, stood up and walked to the bed. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Two figures, one on the left and one on the right, curled up in his arms. The increase in attributes is reflected in every aspect. Even if he was dealing with two people, his physical strength and endurance still had the upper hand. Having worked hard all night, I am now sleeping soundly. ?Wu Heng yawned, and the fox tail on his body moved slightly. Turn around and look over. Wei''er, who had white hair and animal ears, was looking at him with a smile on her face, her big eyes wide open. Wei''er stretched out her hand to hold his face, spit out her red and fragrant tongue, and put it between his lips. Have breakfast. ?A few people checked out and headed directly to the port. Finding Port No. 3, you saw a merchant ship with "Notting Laton" printed on it docked at the pier. Just walked over. Then he saw a dwarf half a man tall, standing on a wooden box, loudly urging the workers to carry the goods. ??Seeing Wu Heng walking over with two orc girls, he shouted: "Get out of the way, don''t block other people''s work, the hotel is not here." Why does this old man talk like this? Minnie muttered. Im only 36, youre the old man, get out of here quickly. The dwarf shouted unceremoniously. ?While shouting, many crew members holding crossbows immediately gathered behind them. Looking at several people with a threatening look on his face. ??Wu Heng didnt want to cause trouble on the way, so he took out the emblem and wore it on his chest. He said directly: "Deputy Treasure Island, the ship steward should have said hello to you!" The dwarf''s eyes widened, and the people behind him immediately put down their weapons, and their expressions became cautious. The ship steward told you! Wu Heng repeated again. The dwarf immediately reacted and saluted respectfully, "Good afternoon, sub-deacon, please forgive me for my rude behavior before. The delay of the goods made me a little rude today. The ship''s steward told me that your room is ready." Well, can we get on the boat? Bars. The dwarf shouted to the ship. A young human crew member leaned on the railing and shouted, Whats wrong, Captain? Take a few adults on board the ship and take the two rooms arranged yesterday. Okay Captain! ??The young crew member ran down quickly, carefully glanced at Minnie and the two behind him, and said, "Guys, please follow me." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him onto the ship with his maid and attendants. ??There are also many crew members gathered on the deck, shirtless or wearing shiny leather goods, constantly carrying boxes of cargo. Looks like you are in a hurry. ??Wu Heng followed the young man and asked, "What''s on the boat?" Spice, ale and some weapons and armor. Ship to the dwarfs? "Not necessarily. We will pass through several cities in the middle. We will try to sell as much goods as possible along the way, and transport the rest to the dwarfs." The crew did not hide anything. They said whatever they asked. Oh! It seems like your business is good, you actually have such a big ship. ?The young man just smiled and did not continue the conversation. ?Entered the cabin and said to the two rooms: "Sir, this room and the next door are both provided to you. The sea conditions are poor, please be patient." How long does it take to reach Treasure Island? "We will go to Treasure Island first. If everything goes well, it will take six days." Are there any bad times? Minnie asked. "If you encounter pirates, detours or other things, it will be delayed for some time." Okay, thank you. The crew member smiled and turned to leave. Minnie and Weier simply tidied up the room. The three of them sat aside and waited. ?At noon, I felt a shaking feeling of weightlessness. ?Looking out the window, you can see the ship starting to sail towards the sea. Three days of continuous sailing allowed the three of them to adapt to life on the ship. Take out the food you prepared before and eat while chatting. Just finished eating. Throwing some sundries into the trash can, the sound of chaotic footsteps and shouts of pirates coming could be heard outside the room. The three of them were shocked. Pirates? ?Have you really met a pirate? ?Minnie immediately grabbed his arm, "Master, what should I do?" ??Andwyer also cast a doubtful look. ?Wu Heng put on his armor, put on armors for the other two people, and said, "Go out and take a look. Please pay attention to your safety." Okay! The two women nodded. After getting dressed, he opened the door with the skeleton and walked out, following a few hurried crew members out of the cabin. Just got on the deck. They saw crew members holding crossbows shooting dense arrows into the sky. The three of them looked up. ?The pupils suddenly shrank. I saw three dragon-like creatures with wide wingspans, with humans riding on them, approaching quickly. Dragon clan? Is such a thing really possible? (End of this chapter) Chapter 250 , Treasure Island Chapter 250, Treasure Island ??Three flying dragons with wide wingspan, dragging humans wearing leather armor on their backs, holding reins like knights. ??If it weren''t for the fact that he was still dressed like a pirate, he would really look like the legendary dragon knight. Three flying dragons approached quickly. The wingspan flapped, and the incoming arrows fell in large pieces. Fly quickly to avoid the remaining arrows. Anti-aircraft crossbow, shoot! ?Bang bang bang~! ??An anti-aircraft crossbow, the bow string makes a deafening sound and shoots thick crossbow arrows into the sky. ??The flying dragon raised its body to avoid the incoming crossbow arrows. Quickly approach the top of the hull. The riding pirate stood on the dragon''s back, took out a round grenade and threw it on the deck. Get out of the way, everyone. The dwarf captain ran out quickly, shouted loudly, and waved his hands to signal the crew to disperse. ?Bang bang bang~! Three rolling thunderbolts fell on the deck. The next second. Huh~! ??The rolling thunder exploded suddenly, forming a whirlwind of flames with a diameter of two to three meters, sweeping across the deck. ??The crew who could not escape were drowned in the flames, and several crossbows were also burned by the fire. Its Wind, Fire and Thunder, continue to fight back, and you go put out the fire. The dwarf continued to shout. Tap tap tap~! Crews, act quickly. ?Hold a crossbow, avoid the position of the flame tornado, and shoot at the flying dragon hovering in the sky. ??The flying dragon has a huge body and a wide wingspan, but it is extremely agile in flight. When the arrow reaches a certain height, it loses much power. It did no harm either. Captain, there is a pirate ship approaching from behind. The crew shouted loudly. Look back. I saw three small sea ships, full of people, approaching quickly. The boat is very fast. Get closer to this side quickly. Put down the explosive barrel. The dwarf continued to shout, cursing at the same time: Damn it, how come there are pirates here, how dare they come here. Obviously, today is different than usual. The appearance of pirates on the normal routes and the presence of flying dragons also means that they are not an ordinary pirate group. ?Sailors hurried past and lifted heavy wooden barrels from the cabin. Thrown directly along the stern of the ship. With the sound of plopping into the water, all the wooden barrels floated on the surface. blocked the pursuit route of the pirate ship behind. ?The flying dragon above his head saw this scene. Start turning in the stern direction. A crew member has just lifted the barrel to the railing. Wind, fire and thunder fell from the top of the head. A whirlpool of flames formed, enveloping the crew and the barrel. Boom~! ??The barrel exploded suddenly, the guardrail was blown off, and a large hole was opened in the deck. The flying wood splinters penetrated the surrounding sailors. Falled to the ground, wailing loudly. The dwarf captain jumped and slapped his thigh, shouting: "Throw the explosive barrel down, don''t leave it on the deck, throw it down quickly." My ship, my ship~! But the sailors around him still fell to the ground and did not get up. ?Wu Heng looked at the scene now with a serious expression on his face. ??If all these explosive barrels explode, I''m afraid the ship will sink. "Skull Crusher, Blood Axe, you go throw down the barrel. Minnie, Weier, you go back to the cabin." Wu Heng said directly. ?Bang bang bang~! Took out a rifle, swooped into the sky and shot the flying dragon. Puff puff puff~! ??Feilong was wearing leather armor, but the bullet still did not penetrate his body. But the huge force made Feilong feel pain, so he turned around and slightly distanced himself. Two skeletons quickly ran to the stern of the ship. He casually threw all the remaining barrels on the deck into the sea. ??The flying dragon circled in a circle and began to approach the deck again. ?Wu Heng glanced at the chaotic deck around him and the flying dragon that had no good solution at all. After thinking for a moment, he said, "Glenda, see if you can kill the flying dragon?" ??The flying dragon swooped down, and the pirate on its back shouted "Aoao", his face full of fanatical excitement, and he raised the wind, fire and thunder in his hand. Just when you are about to throw it. The expressions of the sudden shouts were consistent, and there was a look of panic in the eyes. The next second, the arm that raised the "Wind, Fire and Thunder" was uncontrollably clasped directly on the Feilong''s head. ? Feilong turned his head and looked back, his eyes full of doubts and confusion. Huh~! ?Flame tornadoes appeared from mid-air and engulfed the flying dragons and pirates. Under the gaze of everyone, sailors and pirates, the pirates were burned to ashes, and the dragon''s body burned with flames and fell directly from the sky into the sea. In an instant. The whole area seemed to fall into silence. ??The remaining two flying dragons distanced themselves far away. The sailors on the deck holding crossbows also stopped shooting and stared blankly at the position where the flying dragons fell into the water. Puff puff puff~! More barrels were thrown into the sea. With the waves, it spreads over a wider area. The chasing ships turned to both sides to avoid the barrels on the sea. The little dwarf ordered the ship to speed up and take this opportunity to get away from the pirates. Hurrying away from each other, the remaining two flying dragons were obviously a little afraid of what just happened. He did not continue to fly over. He lingered for a while and then flew in the direction of the pirate ship. ??The pirate ship also gave up pursuit and turned away, waiting for the next prey. "Thank you, sir. Thanks to you, we can leave smoothly." The dwarf wiped the sweat from his forehead and walked over and said. Although I dont know how Wu Heng killed the flying dragon. But it can be confirmed that he did it. After all, before Wu Heng took action, they had no way to deal with the flying dragon, let alone kill it. Its natural to take a ride on your boat, so you have to put in some effort. The dwarf saluted again, "My lord, I once again apologize for my rudeness when boarding the ship." ?Wu Heng waved his hand and continued to ask: "Don''t worry, they won''t catch up?" As long as you keep your distance, they wont chase you anymore. Oh. Wu Heng glanced at the calm sea and continued to ask: Can all the pirates here ride dragons? This is a kind of flying dragon that is trained as a mount by pirates, but not all pirate groups have it. Our luck is not very good today. Wu Heng was still a little surprised after it was confirmed that it was indeed a flying dragon. There are not many horses in Luntam City, but the pirates here have actually begun to ride dragons. Absolutely terrible. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "The flying dragon that fell just now is probably dead. Is there any chance of salvaging it?" You want that corpse? The dwarf looked at him curiously. Well, Im quite interested. The dwarf thought for a moment and continued: "I''m not sure if those pirates have gone far. I''ll arrange for a small boat to go there and salvage them if there is a chance, but I''m not sure if I can find them." Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" ??The dwarf walked down, and the merchant ship began to slow down. A small speedboat was thrown into the sea from one side and headed in the direction from which it came. It is approaching night. ?Wu Heng took a wooden comb and combed the white hair on Weier''s tail. ??And Weier was lying on his lap obediently, her upper body playing backgammon with Minnie. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Weier was startled. She pulled up the thin blanket on the side and covered it around her waist. ?Wu Heng asked: "What''s the matter?" "Sir, the salvage team is back. The captain asks you to come over." The sailor''s voice came from outside the door. ??Wu Heng asked the two women to stay in the room and walked out directly with the broken skull. Walking all the way up the plywood. The night wind howled, and there was a biting chill in the air. Two stones of light were carried in the hands of the sailors. On the deck, a huge charred corpse was left. It is close to four meters from head to tail, and its wings are curled up. It is probably more than three meters when spread out. ??Although it is not as good as the legendary dragons, it is still a large dragon-shaped creature. The dwarf angrily stepped up and kicked the corpse twice, then looked at Wu Heng and said, "Sir, the body has been brought back to you." "Thank you for your hard work." "You saved us. It''s not difficult to salvage this body." The dwarf said with a smile. Wrap it up in a straw mat and Ill take it with you. Understood, my lord. When transporting goods, certain straw mats will be prepared. Several sailors found straw mats and hemp ropes and rolled up the body. After confirming that the bundling is completed. ?Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. The judgment of the space ring is actually somewhat special. ?The corpse or remains cannot be put into the space ring, but if they are wrapped in a coffin, or wrapped in a layer of straw mat, they can be put in. This is also the reason why when I purchased the body from the Snake Emblem Consortium. The corpses that were brought were bumped into coffins and straw mats. Seeing Wu Heng put it away, the crew members were not surprised. ? It is not difficult to see rings in the trading space. No matter how big the ring is, no cargo ship can carry it. There shouldnt be any danger behind, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. In three days, we will almost arrive at Treasure Island. I will let you know then. "good." ?Wu Heng returned to the room, and the others also returned to their respective positions. The merchant ship continued to sail forward. Time passed little by little. Three days later. The cargo ship approaches Treasure Island, and from a distance, you can roughly see the entire island. ?Some islands are surrounded by woods, and some are bare with some houses built on them. And there are quite a few such islands. After sailing for a while, the ship approached the "Treasure Island". ??Wu Heng and others stood on the bow of the ship, looking at the bustling port. ?Huge ships docked, workers carried supplies, and people gathered to talk. Completely different from the imagined pirate island, it is more like an island focusing on trade. "My name is ''Baodina''. If the deputy deacon goes to sea in the future or purchases any supplies, you can contact me." The dwarf stood on the wooden box and said. ??Wu Heng also said: "Wu Heng, if you have anything to do, you can go to the association to find me." The ship docks. The dwarf saluted again, "Okay, I wish you a happy life." Have a good life. ?The workers began to carry supplies. Wu Heng took the maid and got off the boat, called a carriage, and went directly to the association. It can be seen that the entire island is being rebuilt. The road has been re-planned and the houses on both sides are also being rebuilt. Its exactly what the tavern maid said. The entire island was formerly the territory of pirates. Only after being exempted did it become a port for ships to dock. Crossing the streets all the way. Soon after entering the central area, you will see the magnificent association hall, and the building behind the association is still being expanded. Looks like the whole thing is not finished yet. Similar to the structure of Luntam City, not far away and diagonally opposite, the Snake Emblem Consortium is also under construction. It is in the central area again, occupying the two best locations. After getting off the bus and paying the fare. Go directly into the association hall. ?There were a lot of people gathered inside, and everyone''s equipment looked like sailors, not professionals from Luntam City. Come to the front desk. A human staff member smiled and asked, "Sir, how can I help you?" I am the deputy deacon appointed by the association. Is the deacon here? Wu Heng asked directly. The staff were all stunned. Looked at him carefully. Such a young Archdeacon. Seeing that the other party did not respond, Wu Heng put the emblem on the table and gave him a look. The staff saluted again, "Deacon, wait a moment, I''ll ask someone to confirm." As he spoke, he said a few words to another staff member on the side. ?Then he walked quickly to the long corridor on one side. He will return soon. Deacon, please come this way. The deacon is waiting for you in the study. Wu Heng nodded. We walked together towards the corridor. He came outside the study, asked Minnie and others to wait at the door, tapped the door, and walked in directly. The door opens. Behind the desk, sat a handsome man with blond hair and pointed ears. Elf! ? Wearing a dark blue slim-fitting robe, sitting upright. Have you brought the appointment letter? the elf asked. "Bring it." Wu Heng took out the appointment letter and handed it into the other party''s hand. The elf glanced down, then raised his head and looked at him carefully, "Promote deputy deacon from the team as an exception?" Yes deacon! "Well, that''s right." The elf said, put the file away, and continued: "My name is ''Imilo Ipgil'', you can just call me Deacon Imiro from now on." Have a complete name. Proof that he is over a hundred years old. Okay, Deacon Imiro. Have your accommodation been arranged? the deacon continued to ask. Just got here. Well, Ill arrange a temporary residence for you first and settle down as soon as possible. "good." ??The two briefly chatted for a few words, and Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. Back outside, several people were still waiting. ?Wu Heng greeted a few people and said, "Let''s go to the dormitory first." "oh oh." Several people went to the assigned temporary accommodation. The subdeacon''s residence is similar to the suite in the previous tavern. Two bedrooms and one hall can fully satisfy the lives of several people. Even if you dont buy a house, its still pretty good here. The two maids began to clean the room and take out daily necessities. ?Wu Heng passed through another room, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Appear in the original room. Havent been back for several days, and nothing has changed here. Take out the walkie-talkie and call Li Yahong directly. ?When I went downstairs, I happened to see Li Yahong walking up. Lets go outside. Wu Heng said. Where to go? Are you preparing a convoy? Wu Heng said: "No need to go out, find a vacant warehouse, a larger one." "good." The two came to the courtyard, and Li Yahong opened an empty warehouse. The warehouse is quite large. It used to be where buses were parked, but now it has been converted into a warehouse. There are also temporary lights inside. Dont let people get close to here. Wu Heng said. ??Li Yahong went out to explain, and then came back, "I have already explained that unless there is an explosion here, no one will come in." ?Wu Heng nodded. With a wave of his hand, the huge corpse wrapped in a straw mat was thrown into the middle of the warehouse. The smell of burnt meat and sea water immediately hit your face. ?Two skeletons cut the hemp rope on the straw mat, revealing the huddled bodies. Even though he has become a charred corpse, his bones and muscles are intact. Dragon, is it the dragon in the movie? Li Yahong looked at the shape of the corpse and exclaimed. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked her not to shout randomly. Then face the corpse and release [Bone Slave Technique]. The skeletal dragon, whose burnt flesh and blood fell off, its bones were white, and its wings had white fleshy membranes, suddenly stood up. Throw your head up and shake your body. ?Minced meat flying everywhere. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 251 , Ink Scale Leather Armor (Updated today.) Chapter 251, Black Scale Leather Armor (Updated today.) Fuck, level 13. Reached level 13 with just one mount. According to the rules of this world, level 10 is a third-level professional. If you reach this level, you can become the leader of a gang or the leader of a mercenary group. Level 13 is not a low level. ??You can all go to Blackstone Town to be a deacon. ??Stepping out of Blackstone Town and Luntam City, I found that the outside world was completely different from what I originally imagined. Previously, I thought that the deacon was already considered a top powerhouse. After arriving in Luntam City, I discovered that the leaders of the Bandit Warhammer Party were all level 16. When we left Luntam City and headed to Treasure Island, even the pirates mounts were level 13. The same world, but there are earth-shaking differences. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon shook its body and lowered its head slightly, showing a docility that didn''t match its size. ?Wu Heng patted its huge head. Li Yahong carefully hid behind her and said, "Is it a dragon? It''s the kind of pet that Dragon Mother has in the American TV series. It can breathe fire." ?Wu Heng looked at the flying dragon and recalled it, "It should be considered the same type, but this one can''t breathe fire." ??The flying dragon in front of you will definitely not breathe fire, otherwise it would not let the pirates riding it throw down wind, fire and thunder. According to the dwarf captain, it is just a beast close to the shape of a dragon. "There are only a pile of bones left. It can''t breathe fire, but it looks very fierce now." Li Yahong said still a little surprised. Not to mention its attack power, it has sufficient deterrent power just standing there. It is indeed more powerful. Shall I help you ride on it and fly around? Where to ride? On the bones? Li Yahong asked. ?Wu Heng smiled, just to tease her. Riding a flying dragon is different from a motorcycle. ??If it falls from the sky, you can only rely on your own [Resurrection Spell] to summon the soul back. The two of them said a few words. ?Wu Heng began to check the attributes of the flying dragon. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) Level: 13 Attributes: Constitution 19, Strength 24, Agility 15, Perception 12, Intelligence 5, Charisma 6. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul fire, flying, aerial hunter. Ability: bite, claw attack. Aerial Hunter: Flying dragons will not choose to fight on the ground. If injured or trapped, they will get out of the situation as soon as possible and return to the sky. When fighting in the sky, agility +5 and perception +3. Attributes are not as exaggerated as imagined. The biggest feature is that it can fly, has no skills, and its attacks are all bites and claws. The attack method is the same as that of wild beasts. From now on, your name is Long Yi, follow us out, and dont harm any living thing unless you are attacked! Wu Heng simply gave him a name and then gave the order. He walked out of the warehouse with the bone dragon. His tall and heavy figure immediately attracted the attention of everyone in the base. Everyones eyes widened, their faces full of surprise and disbelief. Holy shit, is this a dragon? A Western bone dragon? A transformed vulture, right? How can there be a real dragon? Holy shit, Bone Dragon, this thing is so powerful when I play games. Two days ago, Sister Hong awakened her powers, and today there is a skeleton dragon. Our shelter is about to take off. Its already taken off! Everyone began to talk in low voices. ??Li Yahong clapped her hands and said: "This is the new skeleton member of our shelter. He will not attack everyone, and please do not take the initiative to attack." I understand, Sister Hong. Everyone nodded in response. As for skeletons, everyone else in the base basically accepts them. ?Furthermore, the addition of such a fierce guy can also improve the overall strength of the shelter. Okay, lets go and do our own thing! Li Yahong continued. ?Everyone dispersed and went about their own business. and Li Yahong walked around the passenger terminal, showing their faces to all the survivors. As dusk approached, Wu Heng ate in the cafeteria. ?Go upstairs and return to the room. Li Yahong followed directly into the room. I immediately threw myself into my arms, stood up on tiptoes, and kissed her hard. Separated from each other after a long time. ??Li Yahong pressed him on the bed and said forcefully: "I promised to repay you, but I can''t leave today." ?Wu Heng reached in along his waist and said, "I''m not leaving." ?Li Yahong smiled, bent her arms and took off her shirt. ?Her figure was already toned, and with the increase in potion, her whole body was tall and graceful. You can see clear muscle lines and **** vest line. Coupled with her wheat-colored skin, she looks like a fit female leopard. Time passed little by little. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong, who was lying on the bed and seemed to be unconscious. The enhancement of attributes is most obvious in physical fitness and endurance. ?Wu Heng patted him gently, "Are you okay?" Its okay, Im just a little tired. Can we continue? Wu Heng asked. "Just do it yourself, I can''t move." Li Yahong was completely shaken. "This is how you repay others. What kind of attitude do you have? I want to complain." Tch~! Li Yahong closed her eyes and stopped looking at him. ?Wu Heng leaned over and hugged Li Yahong again, who refused to admit defeat. The next day, Treasure Island. After breakfast, Wu Heng took Anderweil and two skeleton attendants and headed directly to the association. Even if only half of the building is in use. There are still many people gathered in the association hall. Every wearing style also has the style of a sailor or a pirate. Some warriors also wore sailor''s turbans in their iron helmets, and thieves in leather armor had monoculars hung on their chests. ??Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and also took a look. The content of the commission is somewhat different from that of Luntam City, which includes patrolling the route, killing pirates, and driving away sea monsters. Most of them are related to the ocean. ??Wu Heng took Anderweil to the counter and said, "I am the new deputy deacon. Which room is the study assigned to?" The staff member checked the emblem and immediately saluted, "Deacon, please come this way." ?Follow the staff through the corridor and come to a room on the inside. "Deacon, this is your office room." "Thank you very much." After Wu Heng thanked her, he pointed to Anderweil beside him and said, "My assistant, please take her through the onboarding process." Deacons and sub-deacons can arrange assistants. The nature of the work is like that of a secretary, but it does not belong to the associations field envoys, but to local staff. ?For this kind of work, you usually assign people you trust. ?Of course, there are also those who dont need an assistant. The staff nodded, "Miss, I will take you to go through the onboarding process." Anderweil nodded and left. ?Wu Heng opened the door and entered the room. The area is about 70 square meters, with carpets on the floor, solid wood bookshelves, tables and chairs, and not too many decorative items. ?There are a few books on the association on the bookshelf, but not much else. Whatever you need, you need to buy it yourself. Not long after, Anderweil came back. He also held some armor and clothes in his hand. He said: "Master, the association has issued you the deputy deacon armor, and also said that your meritorious service reward will be arranged in the next few days." After speaking, he placed the armor and clothes on the sofa beside him. The armor is from Wu Heng, and the clothes are those of Anderweil''s staff. ??The armor is a piece of dark-blue armor. If you look closely, it seems to have a layer of fine scales on it. Ink Scale Leather Armor (Description: In addition to being very defensive, it is also etched with a guardian shield, which can protect itself in emergencies.) ?Magic props! If you put it outside, it might be sold for several hundred silver coins. The association is still rich. "Master, let me put it on for you to try." Weier walked up with the armor. ?Wu Heng took off his original armor, and Anderweil helped him put it on. Well, it looks good! Weier looked at him and said. ??Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "Her mouth is getting sweeter and sweeter." ?Weier smiled happily, her face slightly red. Beacon Street. The association was okay, Wu Heng came here directly with Wei''er and Skull. This is the street closest to the port. It is also a transportation warehouse for cargo ships. ?Because the local area is just a small island, there is not such a large demand for weapons and equipment, so most of the supplies are transported from outside. Or transfer from here. ?Wu Heng plans to purchase a batch of crossbows to meet the needs of the shelter. Deputy Wu Heng~! ?Walking forward along the road, a shout came from behind. ?Looking back, he saw the dwarf captain who had just left yesterday, walking out of a nearby tavern with a few sailors. The captain didnt leave the port? Wu Heng said with a smile. ?The other partys name suddenly didnt come to mind, so I just said it. Lets set off tomorrow morning. Is the archdeacon here to perform a mission? The dwarf came over and walked side by side. Lets take a look, I heard you can get some goods at a reasonable price here. Wu Heng said. "What do you want to buy, Archdeacon? I know a little bit about this place." Crossbow. The dwarf paused, looked up at the other party, and said, "I have a batch of ''Netale'' crossbows transported on my ship, and I''ll give you one as a gift." When getting on the ship. I heard from the sailors that among the supplies transported, there were weapons. Unexpectedly, it is really a powerful crossbow. How many do you have? Wu Heng asked. The dwarf raised his head in confusion, "Are you planning to buy more?" If the price is right, I might buy more. ??The dwarf paused and said, "It''s a mess here. Let''s talk in the tavern." ?Several people returned to the tavern. ?The tavern here is more open than in Lentam City. Women wear long thin skirts and sit on their knees at the wine table. ?Hold up your chest to catch the fallen drink, and pass it into the mouth of a sailor in front of you. ?The onlookers laughed and applauded loudly. ?The whole pub felt extremely lively. The dwarf said hello to the boss casually and went to the private room on the second floor. ?Wu Heng and others also followed in. ??The maid brought the wine, a rough wooden wine glass that seemed to have been used for a long time. Deacon, how many do you plan to need? the dwarf asked directly. How many do you have? The dwarf continued: "There are a total of 120 crossbows on the ship, all of which are genuine goods from Netale. If the deputy deacon buys more than 10 crossbows, I will offer you 35 silver coins per crossbow." The price is even cheaper than Wrentam City. ?Although I havent seen the quality of the crossbow, if it can be used for foreign trade, it definitely wont be too bad. Do I want them all? ??The dwarf narrowed his eyes, and the other crew members were also slightly surprised. I want them all, Ill give you 32 silver coins each. 25 silver coins. The price is so low that its difficult for us to get the goods. "Just give me the final price. If it''s suitable, I''ll take it all and give you the full amount of silver coins." Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf thought about it in his mind and finally said: "28 silver coins." "Okay, I want them all." Wu Heng nodded, "Where are the crossbow arrows?" "Huh? We don''t have transportation for the crossbow arrows. They can be made locally." said the dwarf. ?Wu Heng thought about the situation on his side. The menial work is okay. I am really not up to the task of doing some delicate work. Seeing his expression, the dwarf continued: "If the subdeacon wants to buy it, I can recommend a local blacksmith shop to you." Thats okay! Lets go, how about taking a look at your crossbow first? Dont worry, its definitely a bestseller, otherwise I wouldnt have hauled this batch of goods over a long distance. Go to the cargo ship. ?Wu Heng handed the crossbow to Anderweil. ??The latter simply checked and tried it with the crossbow bolt that came with the ship. There was a bang, and the crossbow string made a muffled sound. The crossbow bolt hit the wooden plank standing in the distance. Miss, thats so accurate! the dwarf praised from the side. ?As soon as he finished speaking, another arrow hit him, sticking close to the previous crossbow bolt and piercing the wooden board. ?Anderweil is a ranger, and her strength is crossbows. Although Wu Heng hasn''t used weapons for a long time, his original skills are still there. Master, no problem. Anderweil handed the crossbow back. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Okay, I''ll take all of these crossbows." ??The dwarf looked happy and immediately asked people to bring out all the crossbows. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier counted the quantity, paid the corresponding silver coins, and collected them all. "Deacon, do you still need a bow? The elves'' wooden bows are of the best quality. You can consider purchasing this kind." The dwarf came up and continued. ?Wu Heng looked at him, "Can you get it?" If you need it, I can bring you some next time I pass by. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, but we have to agree on the price first." You can rest assured that the price is definitely better than others. After a brief explanation between the two. ?Wu Heng took his people off the cargo ship and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. ?Andewil simply washed up, put on an apron and went to the kitchen to prepare dinner with Minnie. Minnie started asking about what happened today. She was bored even if she stayed at home. ?Wu Heng listened to the two chatting for a while. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. After standing outside the building and waiting for a while, Li Yahong rushed over. He said directly: "Ma Zhiyong and the others dismantled the crossbow they bought last time. They probably planned to imitate it, but unfortunately they didn''t have the technology and failed to succeed." Wu Heng guessed that he would buy it back and imitate it. But after taking all ten of them apart and still not being able to put them back together, it shouldnt be possible! ?Wu Heng asked suspiciously: "How do you know about this shelter?" He arranged for someone to come over, bringing ten parts of the crossbow, and he planned to ask us to help put them back together. (End of this chapter) Chapter 252 , Elf Archdeacon Chapter 252, Elf Archdeacon Did you come here with parts? ? ?The crossbow was made by the Luntam City Weapon Shop. The craftsmanship is different from this world, but its not like it cant be put back together if its dismantled! How do professionals who bought crossbows maintain and repair them? Still, I havent mastered any skills. Have it installed for them? "How is it possible? Let us help you see if the car is okay. They can''t put this kind of crossbow back in. How can we put it back in?" Li Yahong said directly. How to put it this way, Yanshen Sanctuary also understands some weapons issues. At the auto repair shop, ordinary people gathered. It''s okay to repair a car and connect electrical circuits and water pipes, but it''s also a bit difficult to assemble weapons that they don''t even understand. Where are the people now? "I asked Qiangzi and the others to follow and take a look. If it doesn''t work, it has nothing to do with us. They dismantled it themselves and it is not within the after-sales scope." Li Yahong said confidently. Its okay to handle it this way. ?Sold to them, it must be in good condition. If you dismantle it yourself, if it is broken, it is also considered man-made damage. ?Helping to take a look, the staff officer can be considered helpful. ??If you really cant get it, theres nothing you can do. ??Wu Heng stopped paying attention to this matter and continued: "Let''s go to the skeleton with me." Across the street. ??He went to the community where the skeletons were stationed. ?As soon as you get closer, you can hear the sound of bones rubbing together and the sound of chopping objects. Go into the community. ?The skeleton holding a spear is training on stabbing at a wooden target, while the skeleton holding a knife and sword is training on chopping. ??More skeletons that have not reached level 5 are densely packed and neatly arranged in the open space in the community. There is no end in sight. ?Wu Heng walked to the middle of the team and selected 80 skeletons that had reached level 5 or above. ?Most of them are skeleton warriors, and a small number are rangers or guards transformed from other worlds. ?Wu Heng took out all the strong crossbows and the quivers and crossbow bolts purchased at the weapon shop. He ordered: "Each person has a strong crossbow and a bag of crossbow bolts." The skeleton bent down, picked up the crossbow and quiver on the ground, and stood on the same spot again. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Li Yahong: "There are twenty crossbows left. Ten of them are for you to use. Ten of them are hung in the supplies exchanged with the shelter. The price is set higher." "good!" ?Li Yahong also looked happy. ?The Flame God Sanctuary has asked about the crossbow several times on the radio, which can be regarded as free advertising for this place. Many shelters are asking about the crossbow. There was really none before, but now if you sell some, you can definitely get a lot of supplies. Are there any wooden targets? Wu Heng continued to ask. Yes, there are quite a few in the warehouse. Have someone send some over. ?Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie, and explained the matter. Soon, someone drove in on a tricycle and nailed a wooden target in the selected open space. ??Arbalest skeletons, standing in a row. Start crossbow shooting practice. When the tricycle left, the cart was filled with crossbows. Arrange crossbowman training. The two left the area where the skeletons were stationed. As he walked, Wu Heng asked: "Is there any news about the little mother?" After such a long time, I still havent received any reply. This is not a good sign. If you really can''t find any news. ?Wu Heng didnt even know, so he should explain this matter to Xiao Xiao. The only thing Xiaoxiao misses is her mother. We have been asking, and we have also contacted the shelter where her family lives, but there is no news about her mother. Li Yahong sighed slightly and said softly. Ask again, the one who provides the information may give you some benefits. Okay, if that still doesnt work, Ill arrange a route and lets go search that neighborhood. Li Yahong said. Yeah, thats okay too. The two of them walked and chatted, returning to the passenger terminal. Wait until it gets late. ?Wu Heng did not return to another world. After Li Yahong finished practicing the boxing skills Wu Heng taught her, they communicated for a few rounds and fell asleep hugging each other. The next day, Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng took two maids and visited all the neighborhoods in the central area of ??the island. Except for buildings still under construction. It is a mansion with a very good location and land area. There are swimming pools and gardens in the courtyard, and the central building is four stories high. The architectural style is still a local stone structure, but it also has the feeling of an island villa. Several people returned to the association. Not long after, people from the city hall were also invited. Good morning, Lord Archdeacon, it is an honor for the Town Hall Little to serve you. The person who came was a middle-aged man, with a medium build, wearing the clothes of the city hall, and he spoke very politely. The identity of archdeacon has represented an identity in various places. This is not only a change in position, but also means that you are a strong person recognized by the association. Strength is the easiest thing to reason with in this world. I have taken a fancy to a mansion and would like to ask you about the relevant procedures. Wu Heng said directly. "Of course. I wonder which mansion you have chosen?" the other party continued to ask. The building for sale in the second row of the central Snowburn Block. Wu Heng glanced at the tablet, which showed the name of the memo. ??This kind of neighborhood name is so hard to remember. Ardeacon, you have a very good vision. That building is located in a prime location in the entire block Well, no need to introduce too much, how much does it cost? For your position, we can provide two options: long-term rental and purchase. The other party continued to ask. How much do they cost each? If you rent it for a long time, it will be 220 silver coins per month, and if you buy it, it will be 44 gold coins. 44 gold coins, which doesnt seem like much. But if one gold coin is counted as 30 grams, 44 gold coins is 1320 grams of gold. Even with the support of the zombie world, several banks and gold stores still have to be raided. In the past, Wu Heng would choose to buy it if he had enough money. But now, I have other ideas. The house in Blackstone Town is empty, and the house in Luntam City is also empty. I may not live on this island for long. There is not that big a difference between buying and renting. What are the requirements for long-term rental? "You need to pay 6 months'' rent together. Depending on your status, you can be exempted from other scattered charges." After paying the rent, you can move into this house normally, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. Yes, during the period of renting, the house belongs to you completely. Unless something major happens, we will not interfere too much with your living. ??Wu Heng glanced at the two maids on the side. The two were chatting together without listening to each other''s explanation at all. He gave up the idea of ??asking the two of them for their thoughts. Said directly: "Let''s rent it long-term. Have you brought the agreement?" "Bring it!" The man took out an agreement stamped with the seal of the city hall from his backpack. ?Wu Heng took a general look and confirmed that there was no problem. Signed his name directly and paid 6 months'' rent. Sir Archdeacon, I will bring you the key. The man stood up. Wu Heng said: "Weier, take Minnie with you to pick it up, and hang a decoration commission at the front desk." Okay, Master. The two nodded. Leave with the city hall staff.??? Not long after leaving. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" The door opens. A girl about 1.65 meters tall, with blond hair and pointed ears, wearing a gray-blue dress stood at the door. Another elf. ??The elf girl quickly glanced around the room, and then landed on Wu Heng in front of the desk. "I am the new deputy deacon - Sheela Gui. I just came from the deacon''s side and came here to say hello." The elf girl introduced herself in a generous tone. The attitude is very polite, but there is an inexplicable arrogance and indifference on his face. My name is Wu Heng, please come in! Wu Heng stood up to greet him. The elf nodded his thanks and sat down on the sofa. ??Wu Heng took out a bottle of iced black tea from the space ring, opened it for her, and placed it in front of her. Looking at the other party again. ? ?Hung a long sword on his waist, he should be a melee professional. His golden hair tied into a ponytail behind his head. She looks like a young girl, with a delicate face. The bodice of the dress is pushed up high, and the tight opening seems to be stretched open. Slender waist and exaggerated bust bring a strong visual impact. In terms of scale, Im afraid it will have to catch up with the scale of Slater. Slater herself is a plump young woman, but the one in front of her looks like a girl. Deputy Wu Heng, where did you come from? Yeke Kingdom. Oh, its not far from here. Ive been there. Its a very lively place. Well, its quite lively. Wu Heng agreed. A delayed professional, he still wants to say that he is also coming out of the kingdom. The two chatted casually, and the elf girl continued: "After you arrive, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, what are your plans for the future?" "There are no arrangements yet. This is my first time here, and my accommodation has not been settled yet." Wu Heng said. The girl continued: "Treasure Island was originally the territory of pirates. Even though it was pardoned by various places, dirty transactions still remained. Those criminals and cultists even used this place as a base. The association should shoulder the heavy responsibility. Eradicate these cancers. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Looking at the elf in front of him in surprise. An elf girl full of justice and broad-minded. Deputy Wu Heng, do you think there is something wrong with my idea? Seeing that the other party didn''t answer for a long time, the elf asked curiously. Deacon Xilagui is right, I agree with that. Wu Heng replied immediately. While in Blackstone Town. ?He thought so too, and in the end he was almost tricked by ''Yazd''. Hearing that Wu Heng agreed with her statement, the elf girl''s face softened significantly. He said: "At that time, you can start from the pirates, magicians or necromancers on the island. You can find a good entry point. You can basically check it out accurately." Hearing this sentence, the corners of Wu Heng''s eyes jumped. You did it on purpose, or you didnt look at my information when you came here. "You can''t look at things like this, you still have to look at what the other party has done, rather than targeting a certain profession. Necromancers also have life-sustaining and resurrecting techniques, which are also magic developed for living beings. The knife is not guilty, but the one who holds the knife is guilty. People who commit crimes. The elf was also stunned and thought about it carefully. Deacon Wu Heng is right, you cannot rely on your profession to judge whether a person is guilty or not. Just as Wu Heng nodded, the girl continued: "But for the profession I mentioned, the probability of committing a crime will be higher." "Forehead." The elf girl sat for a while, seemingly still having something to do. He stood up and said, "We have met today. If you need anything in the future, you can come to me." "OK." Then dont bother me. The elf girl said and walked out. ?Wu Heng sent her out and watched her leave. ?? Could this elf be related to the deacon? They are of the same race. What was that just now? Andewil and Minnie, just coming back from the other side. Looking at the elf leaving, he asked. Another deputy deacon of the association! Wu Heng said. Oh, its also an elf. Minnie said. "Um." Elves live longer. As long as there is inheritance and a little more hard work, it is easier to have high-level professionals than other races. They have enough time to improve themselves. "Master, the commission has been hung up. Here is the key." Anderweil handed over the key. Wu Heng said: "Leave the key with you. If I don''t come, you can appoint a decoration team and give the key to them." Okay, I will tell you the decoration plan then. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is there any news about merit rewards?" "not yet!" Seeing that nothing happened, Wu Heng closed the door directly. Lets go, theres nothing to do, lets go home! ?Several people walked out of the association and walked towards their residence. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng is in the study, heading to the zombie world. In the lobby on the first floor. ?Wu Heng listened to Li Yahong talking about some things on the radio. The zombies have become stronger and stronger, which is very obvious everywhere. Those who were beaten to death with a few sticks now need to be beaten with several more sticks. Some shelters also appeared one after another, and contact was lost on the radio. ??It is very likely that the defense line was breached by zombies, and the personnel either evacuated or died in the mouths of zombies. The two of them were chatting. At this moment, someone walked in quickly. Your Majesty, Sister Hong! Whats wrong? Li Yahong asked. Sister Hong, the people from the Dongan Village Shelter are here. They exchanged some flour and didnt leave. They said they want to see you and talk about killing the deformed zombies. Dongan Village? ??Wu Heng seemed to have heard Li Yahong talk about this refuge. He seemed to be the leader here and was even on the ranking list of strong people. ?Li Yahong looked at him and Wu Heng said: "You are here, why don''t you ask for cooperation." Okay, invite the other party to come over! Li Yahong said. "Um!" The person notifying the person leaves. Not long after, three figures walked in. The leader is a woman in her thirties, with long hair tied back. She wears a windbreaker on the outside and a stab-proof suit on the inside. She has a somewhat elegant temperament and a sense of maturity. ?Seeing Li Yahong, he stepped forward with a smile and said, "Dongan Village, Qi Hancai, nice to meet you, Chief Li." Nice to meet you too, Chief Qi. The two shook hands, and Li Yahong asked the other party to sit down. After Qi Hancai sat down, the two younger brothers stood behind him in a polite manner. All major shelters are dominated by men, and we women are the few who can speak. We should move around more and help each other in the future. Qi Hancai said with a smile. "Of course." Li Yahong nodded in response at first, and then asked directly: "Chief Qi said that he wanted to discuss the zombie matter with me. I wonder what it is about?" Qi Hancai raised his head and glanced at her, then at the people guarding her surroundings. The smile on his face faded, and he said somewhat seriously: "Level 3 deformed zombies, I wonder if Leader Li is interested?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 253 , all skeletons Chapter 253: They are all skeletons Hearing the Level 3 zombies, Li Yahongs expression became serious. For current survivors, level 2 zombies already pose a threat to destroy the shelter. Level 3 deformed zombies not only have enhanced abilities, but also have higher intelligence. If you use some small tricks, the other party will not be fooled at all. In a head-on confrontation, humans are no match for level three zombies. Greatly compressed the living space of survivors. The best way is to avoid it. Stay away from wherever it is. Li Yahong still frowned when she heard what the other party said. asked: Are you sure its a Level 3 deformed zombie? "There are many possibilities, even if it is not, it is close to the third level of deformed zombies." Qi Hancai said. ?Li Yahong thought for a moment and continued: "What kind of cooperation method?" Qi Hancai smiled again and said: "Kill the zombies together, and the core will be yours, and the loot in that area will be divided equally between the two shelters." Oh? So Chief Qi is at a bit of a disadvantage. "We are not strong enough to take over that location, so we have to rely on the auto repair shop to complete the task with force." Qi Hancai crossed one of his legs and continued: "We just provided some intelligence and some combat effectiveness. After thinking about it, I realized why Qi Hancai made this choice. Level 3 corpse core, the success rate of taking it is very low. And since I cant reach the combat effectiveness of the auto repair shop, when dividing the spoils, I will definitely take a small share. The best way is to give up the corpse core and divide the other spoils equally. Looks sincere and does not suffer any loss. Li Yahong waited for a while, then said, "We agree on the distribution method. Let''s talk about the other details." "The location of the deformed zombies is in a community not far from our village. Level three deformed zombies can be confirmed inside, as well as a large number of zombies. Others are nothing special." After Qi Hancai finished speaking, he saw that the other party did not speak. Changing the topic, he said tentatively: "I heard that Leader Li has awakened a new fire power. I don''t know if it is true." Any questions? Dont get me wrong, Leader Li, its just that we have decided to cooperate. I want to confirm each others abilities so that we can cooperate better. Qi Hancai explained. The leader of Qi will also tell me his special abilities! "Of course!" Qi Hancai stood up, stepped on the heel of one shoe, and took off the leather boot. Then he took off the other one in the same way, revealing his white feet. Then, with everyone watching, he walked to the edge of the wall, stepped on the hanging wall with one foot, continued along the wall, and walked up to the roof step by step. His feet are close to the roof, his whole body is hanging on it, and his hair is hanging upside down. The people in Dong''an Village looked as usual. The people at the auto repair shop showed a little surprise. ??There is also this kind of ability. ?Appears to be similar to the crawler ability among zombies that can climb walls. After the demonstration, Qi Hancai jumped down from the roof, put on his leather boots again, and then swept out with a whip kick. Bang. ?Like an iron whip, it smashed a wooden chair into pieces. "In addition to being able to climb walls, the strength of my legs has also been strengthened. I can explode three to four times the strength of ordinary people." Qi Hancai explained after finishing everything. Then, he looked at Li Yahong. Open the windows and disperse the crowd. Li Yahong said, and someone immediately opened the windows and told people outside to disperse. After confirming that there was no problem, Li Yahong raised her hand to condense a red fireball and threw it out the window. With a bang, the fireball exploded, forming streams of flames that scattered across the field. Qi Hancai and others pupils shrank. ??The effects of fire powers are more powerful than they imagined. Compared to climbing the wall, throwing a fireball that can explode and ignite surrounding fireballs is more lethal to zombies. It is very obvious which ability is stronger and which is weaker. ??Li Yahong rubbed the hand that released the fireball and continued to ask: "When will we set off? How many people can you arrange?" "It''s best to leave tomorrow. I will bring seventy people and seven pistols." Qi Hancai said. There were too many people, so we reduced the number to 10 people. Why? Qi Hancai exclaimed in confusion. ??Other shelter cooperation requires the other party to have a certain number of people. This is the first time I have met, and I dislike people with too many people. Li Yahong pointed to the skeletons following the patrol outside and said: "The battle mainly relies on skeletons. More people will only cause a burden. Don''t worry, we won''t make fun of our own lives." Qi Hancai did not answer immediately. Instead, he sat on another intact chair and crossed his arms across his chest to think about it. From time to time, he glanced at Li Yahong and the skeleton soldiers passing by outside the window. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "Okay, I will reduce the number of people to 10 people. What time will we gather tomorrow?" About 8 oclock in the morning, you can just bring someone over by then. Okay, thats settled. Qi Hancai stood up, said goodbye and turned to leave. Wait for the other person to leave. Wu Heng came back from behind. ??Li Yahong said: "Unexpectedly, Qi Hancai''s superpowers are actually climbing walls and strengthening her legs." This should be somewhat close to Chen Jinlongs ability in prison, which stimulates the bodys potential and allows the body to exert greater power. Wu Heng thought of Chen Jinlong in prison. Its just that Chen Jinlong stimulates the whole body, while Qi Hancai stimulates the legs. Leg strengthening is okay, but wall climbing doesnt seem to have much advantage over zombies unless they hang on the wall and escape. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. ??Wu Heng sat down aside, "Sometimes, for a woman to awaken her powers, it proves her courage and luck." "Well, you''re right. No one else would have the courage she has." Li Yahong had to admire her for this. Let the convoy be ready. Lets go to the place she mentioned tomorrow. "good!" The next day, outside the passenger terminal. Sister Hong, Qi Hancais motorcade is here, two off-road vehicles. A voice came from the intercom. Sitting in the car, Li Yahong also pressed the intercom and said, "Give them a walkie-talkie so they can keep in touch on the road." "clear." Not long after, Qi Hancai''s voice came over the intercom, "Chief Li, we are all ready and ready to go at any time." Tell the leading truck the location, and your vehicle will be inserted behind the third truck to avoid being attacked by zombies. Li Yahong ordered. "Can!" Li Yahong continued to give the order, "Okay, the convoy is setting off. If there is any situation on the way, remember to report it in time." "receive!" ??Woo~! The fleet is launched. The truck headed by the truck hit the triangular metal corner and drove out directly. At the back are trucks and commercial vehicles. Qi Hancai and others looked at this fully armed convoy with envy when the third truck passed by. He drove directly, inserted into the gaps in the convoy, and moved forward together. It is approaching dusk. The convoy approached the location of the zombies. A small community can be seen in the distance. Qi Hancai said through the intercom: "The level three zombies I''m talking about are in the community ahead. I suggest using skeletons to lure the zombies out in batches and eliminate them, which will reduce the pressure on our team." "Wait a minute! You are in the car, don''t move yet." Li Yahong said, and no more sound came from the car. ??Qi Hancai, who was analyzing the plan just now, was stunned in his seat with a walkie-talkie in his hand. I waited for two or three seconds before putting it in the car. ??The people at the Dong''an Village shelter also had some dissatisfaction on their faces. What kind of attitude is it? Its the same as when we begged them. If I had known earlier, I would have cooperated with Ma Zhiyong. . Qi Hancai glanced outside the car. said: "Don''t worry, let''s see what they are going to do. They can develop better than Ma Zhiyong. It is impossible for them to be incompetent." The others nodded and said nothing. In a passenger car. After waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. ??With a gesture, he got directly into Wu Heng''s body. The scene that Xiaoxiao just saw was also shared. The community is filled with dense zombies. In the parking lot, a huge zombie was sitting on the roof of the car with its hood on. ?The body is larger than the big man, with insect-like black carapace growing out of its neck and shoulders. The heavy body makes the roof of the car dent under the buttocks. Not far from the giant zombie, there was a second-level big guy, waving his fist and banging on the hood of a car. Huge roar echoed in the parking lot. The zombies around him were attracted by the constant sounds and walked back to their original place. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong and said: "There are quite a few zombies. One should be a third-level deformed zombie, and one should be a second-level deformed zombie." Two deformed zombies? "so much!" Well, tell the convoy not to get out of the car or honk the horn. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and said directly: "In addition to the zombies, there are two deformed zombies in the community. Everyone, please don''t get out of the car and be careful not to honk the horn!" "receive!" "receive!" In an off-road vehicle. Two deformed zombies? We only saw one, and they didnt even get out of the car. How did we know? In the off-road vehicle, someone said doubtfully. They stared at it for several days before determining a general information. The convoy will stop for a moment now. ??Only two deformed zombies were found? At least get out of the car and take a look with a telescope. Did they use drones? That thing is loud, and it will definitely attract the attention of zombies if it enters the community. Lets detect supernatural powers! "It''s possible, then they have three superpowers in their hands." ?The more everyone guessed, the more surprised they became. "Don''t guess, I''m curious about how they will fight these zombies." Qi Hancai said. Just as soon as he finished speaking. ??Everyone''s eyes were glazed over for a moment, their eyes widened, and they looked at the rear of the truck in front of them in horror. The canvas of the carriage was opened, and skeletons wearing leather armor and holding cold weapons jumped out one after another. Look over there, there are many. ?Several people looked to one side. The skeletons have begun to form a formation, and the last row they can see is. It is a skeleton of a crossbowman holding a strong crossbow and hanging a quiver. Holy shit~! This truck is not carrying supplies, its all **** skeletons! (End of this chapter) Chapter 256 , we didn鈥檛 do anything Chapter 256, We didnt do anything Two skeletons, one at level 12 and the other at level 15. But the names are all called Skeleton Warriors. It seems that it is really the same type. ??Wu Heng set his sights on the third-level deformed skeleton, which was about four meters tall and had thick bones. The surface of the white bones was covered with a layer of black keratin. ?Looking closely now, it looks like a layer of black hot glue has been poured on it. This is considered to have inherited the previous characteristics. During the transformation, Wu Heng was still hesitant to transform into a rotting corpse. After all, this kind of black **** skin was covered in skin before. It can be considered that I did not make a mistake in my bet. "From now on, you will be called Ju Yi, and you will be called Liu Duantou." Wu Heng pointed at the two skeletons and named them one by one, and then continued: "Go aside first." ?Two skeletons walked out and stood aside, looking left and right from time to time. ??Wu Heng took the iron spear picked up by the skeleton on the side and rummaged through the minced meat. Two corpse cores were picked out. A secondary corpse core, with a fleshy structure covered with bloodshot eyes. The blood threads on the other one were purple and more dense. ??Has reached level three corpse core. Seeing the third-level corpse core, Wu Heng was still happy. ?Including this one, I already have three level three corpse cores in my hand. The first two are from the withered plant monster and the third-level big-headed skeleton. Just the production of potions is still slow. The second-level corpse core potion was just developed a few days ago. I dont know how long it will take to wait for the third level. If you have the chance, you should buy a few more alchemy corpses. Take out a plastic bag, pick up the body core and put it in it. Next, check the attributes of the level 15 skeleton Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Level: 15. Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 36, Agility 18, Intelligence 10, Perception 12, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, **** outer armor. Experts: biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. Biological Aberration: Strength +5, Agility +2. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Looking at the overall panel, the most obvious thing is the increase in attributes. Physique 35, Strength 36, which are not low attributes for a level 15 melee profession. In terms of characteristics, a [Hornous Armor] has been added. That is the layer wrapped around the bones. Can provide certain defense and anti-attack capabilities. At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the security booth. ?Wu Heng handed the wrapped corpse core to her, "If you have time, run over and give the corpse core to the alchemy skeleton." "Okay!" Li Yahong took it, put it in his backpack, and continued to ask: "Do you want to call Qi Hancai and the others over?" ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was two-thirty in the morning. said: Lets take a rest in the car tonight and lets talk about it when it gets dark! "good!" The two of them returned to the bus. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained to others. ?Wu Heng directly laid out the blanket. ?Li Yahong took off her coat and got directly into Wu Heng''s arms. Stop touching it, its really itchy, and I havent taken a shower yet. Li Yahong grabbed the other persons hand and said softly. ?His body is getting deeper and deeper into his arms. ??Then he continued: "The people in Dong''an Village must have seen the skeleton army and the flying dragon. If the news spreads, will it have an impact on us?" Wu Heng put his hand down Li Yahong''s trousers, rubbed it gently, and said: "It''s not a big problem. If they are smart enough, they won''t spread it to the outside world deliberately. Even if they say it, it will be fine. There is no other problem in the entire area." Shelters can threaten us." It would do them no good to spread the word. Furthermore, among the current shelters, the auto repair shop is definitely ranked number one in terms of strength. But when it comes to threats, they actually exist. The power of modern weapons can completely destroy an entire army of skeletons. Even if you have this kind of weapon, there is no need to use Wu Heng to fight. After all, everyone is in the same camp now. "Well, judging from the way ''Qi Hancai'' talks and does things, she shouldn''t be stupid." Li Yahong said, raised her head and continued: "Tomorrow''s spoils should still be divided in half?" Lets split it half and half! It was agreed before, and besides, they will only search for some food, and the rest will be of no use to them, Wu Heng said. Okay, Ill tell her tomorrow. Speaking, he curled up in his arms and slowly fell asleep.??? The next day, morning. ?Qi Hancai walked quickly to the gate of the community. When he saw the dark red all over the ground and the piles of corpses piled up on both sides, his expression changed. Suppressing the panic in his heart, he walked over quickly. Li Yahong was waiting at the door, "Chief Qi, the battle ended a little late last night, so I feel sorry for you to rest in the car." Qi Hancai smiled awkwardly and said, "What''s wrong with me? We''ve all been in more difficult environments. It''s nothing like being in the car." The two exchanged polite words. Li Yahong said directly: "According to our agreement, when the battle is over, each of us will divide the community into half. Let''s see how to divide it better. The building number should be divided into the left and right sides of the main road." Qi Hancai looked back at the pile of corpses, thought for a moment, and said: "We didn''t help at all in yesterday''s battle, so we just followed here. Let''s forget about half of the loot!" Yesterday''s battle had a great impact on them. Even after finishing, rest in the car. Qi Hancai and others still couldn''t calm down their inner feelings, and they couldn''t sleep a wink all night. This morning, I discussed this matter with Li Yahong. ??The other party still divided them into half of the community according to the original agreement. But it was Qi Hancais turn to hesitate whether to accept it. Lets follow the agreement. I still remember what Chief Qi said. We are all women and should support each other. Qi Hancai no longer declined too much, nodded and said: "Thank you very much, then we will separate from the main road. We want the one on the left." There are fewer buildings on the left, which is a benefit to Li Yahong. "That''s it." Li Yahong nodded and continued, "There may be zombies in some houses, so you''d better be careful when searching." "Okay! Then I''ll arrange for someone to come over when I get back." Qi Hancai nodded and planned to get back to the off-road vehicle. After walking a few steps, Li Yahong spoke again, "Chief Qi." Qi Hancai turned around and asked, "Is there anything else?" The battle is the secret of the shelter, and I hope you can keep it for us as much as possible. Qi Hancai nodded, "Don''t worry, I will tell others when I get back and won''t reveal it to anyone else." "good!" Qi Hancai nodded again, turned and left. Before boarding the off-road vehicle, he looked at the busy people in the auto repair shop. ?? Didnt notice that during the battle last night, the young man wearing black leather armor got directly into the off-road vehicle. The vehicle starts and leaves quickly. Not long. ?Wu Heng came from the direction of the motorcade. Li Yahong said: "Qi Hancai chose the residential building on the left." It doesnt matter which side you choose, we dont lack these supplies. Well, when I get back, I will arrange for people to search for it. Wait for me for a while, and then we will go back together. Wu Heng said. Then Ill make Qiangzi and the others turn around first. Li Yahong left. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the pile of corpses, took out his staff, and started to release [Battlefield of Dead Corpses]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One skeleton after another, rolling and crawling down from the pile of corpses, joined the queue. After releasing skills several times in succession. The community is already covered with skeletons. Arrange some level 5 skeletons to guard the community, and the rest get on the truck. Return to the passenger terminal. ?Li Yahong began to gather people and prepared to send them directly to search for supplies. ?Wu Heng did not leave immediately. ?Haunted into the distance: "Hadron!" Qiangzi, who was chatting with others, ran over quickly. Your Majesty, what is your order? ?Wu Heng pointed at the flying dragon in the distance, "Did you see the battle yesterday?" Qiangzi nodded, "I saw it, it''s quite fierce." The attack method is a bit monotonous, do you have any ideas? Thanks to connieczc for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 257 , magic arrow Chapter 257, Magic Arrow Qiangzi thought for a moment and asked: "My lord, what do you mean... the skeleton flying dragon is slow to kill zombies?" Well, during this period, think about how to improve the flying dragon. Wu Heng said directly. Last night, the way the Skeleton Flying Dragon fought was very obvious. Swoop down, grab the zombies from the sky and tear them to pieces, or throw them down directly to kill all the zombies. In terms of attributes, there is no problem in killing ordinary zombies. But in terms of efficiency, some are too inefficient. The whole battle is over, and the skeleton flying dragon has not killed a few. As a level 13 skeleton, its efficiency is a bit too low. "Okay, then I''ll think about it and report the results to you." Qiangzi agreed directly. He likes to study these things. Now that it has been recognized by Wu Heng, I am even more motivated. ??Wu Heng then asked: "How is the production of the ''Iron Wolf Zhen'' you mentioned last time?" Qiangzi scratched his head and said: "We are still working on it. The two versions we made before were too heavy. We are studying how to reduce the weight." Dont worry about it now. Think carefully about the Skeleton Flying Dragon. We are the first skeleton that can fly for a long time. Why should we use it? Dont worry, Your Majesty, I will think about it carefully. "Um." Hadron turned and left. Li Yahong came back after handing over the task. "I will take the convoy back to the prison later, bring the body core and some supplies, and then rest in the prison for one night. When I come back tomorrow, I will go to the community to search for supplies." The two places are separate. The outside supplies materials, while the prison is constantly producing spears, throwing spears and machetes. Transport it here again and distribute it to the skeletons. Keep skeletons equipped with weapons. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t be in such a hurry, you should also pay attention to rest, because your body is exhausted." Yeah, I know. The two chatted for a while, and the team was replenished. ?Li Yahong waved her hand and left with the convoy. ?Wu Heng also returned to his residence and walked into the boundary gate. Association dormitories. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and saw Minnie and Anderweil sitting in front of the coffee table chatting. See Wu Heng coming out. Everyone smiled immediately. Master, what do you want to have for dinner? Ill make it for you now. Minnie walked over and said softly, crossing her arms. Its easy for us to go to the pub downstairs and order some. Does the master have anything to eat? Anything is fine, you can figure it out yourself. Wu Heng said. Okay! Minnie changed her clothes, carried her small satchel, and went straight out the door with a skeleton. Now I live in the dormitory of the association, and it is really not convenient to cook. After Minnie left, Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and asked, "Weier, is there anything going on in the association?" "It''s nothing. There are some arrangements by the staff that require approval from the subdeacon or above. You were not there at the time, so I had someone send it to the subdeacon of ''Xilagui''." Anderweil said. Hilagui, that is the elf sub-deacon. The name is quite convoluted. "Yes, if anything happens in the future, just send it to her." "I know the master." Anderweil continued: "The construction team has been appointed at the residence and the construction has started. It will be completed in about five days." "Um." ?The two waited for a while, and Minnie came back with the dinner ordered by the tavern. Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took his two daughters to the association training room. The training room was empty, no one was there. Minnie started to practice boxing with "Bawudong". A punch was thrown out, bringing with it bursts of wind. Although his body shape and face are still attractive, his boxing moves are no longer the kind that make people more excited. ?Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, "Weier, what weapons are you good at?" Crossbows and crossbows. Anderweil replied. ? Anderweils profession is a ranger, and she is proficient in the use of crossbows. Its just that after becoming a slave, there are few opportunities to use weapons. Wu Heng took out a rifle and a pistol from the space ring and handed them to her, "You will have to frequent the association in the future. It is still important to have some means of self-protection. I will teach you how to use them, but don''t take them out at ordinary times to avoid Be noticed." ?Anderweil was stunned when she saw the weapon handed over. She has seen this kind of equipment before. ??And the power is also very amazing. Now that it is suddenly handed over to me, I still can''t react. Give it to me? Doesnt the master use it himself? I still have it, dont worry about it. Oh, okay, thank you, Master. Anderweil said. ??Wu Heng began to show her how to use it. In fact, it is not something difficult to use. As long as you understand a few special positions and functions, you can use firearms. After two passes. Anderweil is already familiar with it. Follow Wu Heng''s method and do it again, pointing the muzzle at the circular bullseye of the crossbow in the distance. Pull the trigger. Bang~! A scream. The wooden target in the distance instantly exploded into a crater. Pretty accurate. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. ?Although it is not a bullseye, if the wooden target were a human being, it would definitely have hit the body. Thank you, Master. Anderweil was happy in her heart. He didn''t continue shooting, he directly put the space ring back and kissed Wu Heng on the face. Then he ran to Minnies side and practiced some boxing and kicking skills together. ?Wu Heng also took out the Silver Wing Water Pattern Sword and engaged in actual combat sparring with the Fire Blade. Sword shadows were swung out quickly. The Fire Blade holds the sword to block counterattacks. ??The fighting styles of Wu Heng and Fire Blade are completely different. Wu Heng is a one-handed sword, and the sword is fast and urgent, while Fire Blade is a two-handed sword, which is powerful and heavy. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! In the fierce battle. ?The system prompt appears suddenly. Unlocked Feature: Combat Intuition (Entry) Pause! Wu Heng spoke immediately to stop the charging fire blade. The Fire Blade sheathed its sword and stood aside. ??Wu Heng opened the attributes and took a look at the newly unlocked characteristics. Combat Intuition (Introduction): Practical combat makes your combat intuition extremely sharp, allowing you to discern the enemy''s plans or moves and gain the upper hand. ?Have insights into the enemys moves? Do you know what the enemy wants to do before he makes a move? Fire Blade, keep attacking. ?The fire blade held the sword again and rushed towards him quickly. ?Wu Heng concentrated on feeling it, and when a sword was swung down on his head, he quickly dodged. Damn it~! There is some feeling, but it is of no use. ?Wu Heng no longer thought about it and continued to fight with the flaming blade with his sword. Wait until the entire training room becomes dark. ?Wu Heng took a few people with him before leaving the training room and returning to the dormitory. In the bathroom. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the bathtub, leaning on Anderweil in his arms, his fur-kneaded animal ears were wet, and his body was soft and smooth. ?Minnie stood outside, massaging his back, and said softly: "Sister Wen Mansha always yells to give you a baby every time, and I don''t know what''s going on." Miss her? Wu Heng asked. I was a little afraid of her before, but now I think that Sister Wen Mansha is actually quite good, but she has been out of the gang for a long time and her words dont sound very friendly. Minnie said softly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "When we settle down, we can pick her up and stay with her for a few days." So far! Have you forgotten how we got here? Ah! Minnie exclaimed, Yes, the master has a train. ?Wu Heng nodded. ?Minnie said while massaging: "Okay, this way we can see each other more often." ?Wu Heng said nothing. The skin of Andwyer, who was sitting in front of her, began to become more and more rosy. Looking back at Minnie who was chatting carefully, she raised her body slightly, then sat down again biting her lips. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. I sat there until noon, but nothing happened. Hand the document to Anderweil, he quietly left the association. We went to the trading warehouse on Beacon Street again. ? Chatting with the staff of the association, they said that this is a warehouse set up by various commercial and trade organizations. In addition to storing items, there are also goods on display for customers to order. ?Of course, they are all ordered in bulk. If you buy a single piece, it will not be sold. As we entered the street, it started to get noisy. As people come and go, you can see sailors and workers, and you can also see businessmen and nobles dressed in gorgeous clothes who enter the shops to inquire about goods. On both sides of the road, there are also people selling some fruits or fresh gadgets on the roadside. ?Wu Heng watched casually as he walked and walked. ?Passing by a shop. On the wooden table at the door, there are several types of arrows without shafts in a delicate grid wooden box. Poison Arrow (Description: Can cause poison damage to the hit unit.) Explosion Arrow (Description: Can cause an explosion effect on the hit unit and apply a burning state.) Static Electric Cloud Arrow ?? (Description: It can cause lightning damage to the hit unit and form a ''static cloud'' environment in the target area.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 258 , send her there (Thank you all for your Chapter 258: Send her there (Thanks to everyone for your monthly votes, an additional chapter will be added.) There are several types of arrows, all with different effects. Poisoning is actually easy to understand. Put some poison on the arrow. But those arrows that explode or create static clouds are really special. These magic arrows are carefully made by our senior craftsmen to ensure that each one can play its own role. A human man walked out of the shop. Touching his mustache, he spoke softly. ??Wu Heng glanced up at him and continued to look at the arrows, "Are these magic props?" "It is true that the runes are etched, but they are disposable consumables and cannot be classified as magic props." The man explained and continued to ask: "Does the guest want to buy it back and give it a try? To deal with some difficult enemies, there will be Very good effect. Ill take another look and come back if necessary. Wu Heng said. The man smiled and said, "Guest, go slowly." Then, he continued to greet the guests behind him and introduced the functions of each arrow. ?Walking through the store, Wu Heng was still thinking about the arrows with various special effects. He had thought about this problem before. In terms of long-range damage, there is such a shortage, so no one develops firearms? After all, there are such things as poisonous smoke thunder and wind, fire and thunder. Now it seems that the development direction of the earth is completely different. Human beings have developed explosive bombs, armor-piercing bombs, and luminous bombs, and the explosive arrows, electrostatic cloud arrows, and special arrows developed here. Because of the professional reasons. Bows and arrows can shoot farther and more accurately, and their effectiveness is not necessarily worse than bullets. Etching equipment is really a good development direction. ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward. Found the goal this time. The shop of the elves. From the open door, you can see an elegant woman in a green dress standing behind the counter. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and walked directly into the shop. As soon as I stepped in, my steps were heavy. In the shop, there is another person sitting, with blond hair and pointed ears, the deputy deacon of the association - Sheila Gui. ?The other party was also stunned when he saw Wu Heng coming in. Is something wrong? Sheela Gui spoke first. Its okay, lets see whats for sale here. The deputy deacon is also here to buy something? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui glanced at the woman behind the counter and nodded, "Well, let''s take a look." The middle-aged woman behind the counter came out with a smile. Ask: "Who is this guest?" Xila Gui introduced, "Deputy deacon of the association, Wu Heng." The woman suddenly realized that she was surprised that a human being could sit in this position at such a young age. Saluted slightly, "Good afternoon, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." "good afternoon." Deacon, what do you want to see? The middle-aged woman followed. ??Wu Heng didnt pay attention to Xila Gui anymore and looked along the shop. His eyes fell on the wooden bow on the shelf. Whats wrong with selling this kind of longbow? "A handful of 25 silver coins, starting at 200," the woman said. The price is not expensive either. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "After placing an order, how long will it take for it to be delivered?" Within 12 days, it will be delivered to you in about 10 days. Can it still be cheaper? "We set the price based on the distance, and there is no negotiation." The woman continued. ?This is good, as it saves you the trouble of haggling. He said directly: "I will order two thousand. If the quality and delivery speed satisfy me, I will continue to purchase them in the future." The middle-aged woman was slightly surprised. Treasure Island is just a small island after all, and the business is not very good. Most of them are docked here and transferred to other land forces for sale. But this time, I seem to have met a big customer. One who is so decisive needs two thousand. It is very likely that I will continue to order in the future. He glanced at Xila Gui not far away, and the other partys eyes were also a little surprised and suspicious. Obviously, I didnt expect to place such a big order. I will issue you a receipt now. The woman immediately went to the counter and started filling in the receipt. ?At the same time, he said: "Deputy, the association guarantees you, you only need to pay a 30% deposit. When the goods are delivered, it will be credited to the payment." Hmm. Wu Heng took out bags of silver coins and placed them on the counter. The two women looked at this scene in surprise. Carry so much money with you. After the womans inventory has been confirmed to be correct. Smiled and said: "The goods have arrived, I will ask someone to go to the association to notify you." "Can." After putting away the bills, Wu Heng was about to leave. Go to the door. The elf Sheila Gui followed and walked out, Where are you going? Return to the association. Thats just right, I want to go back too, lets go together! Sheila Gui said, taking the lead in walking forward. ?Wu Heng glanced at the elf''s figure and followed him forward. What are you buying so many bows for? Shilagui asked. I heard that the elves bows are particularly good, and I plan to take them back to my hometown. Wu Heng said directly. Its not a lie, its just a bit vague. You still want to buy it in person? Isnt there an elf shop over there? "It''s relatively remote. This is the first time I''ve seen the elves." Wu Heng glanced sideways at the delicate elves. Seems to be aware of Wu Heng''s gaze. The elf looked sideways and continued to ask: "If I asked you to evaluate it, how would you evaluate it?" "Hmm..." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Elegant and exquisite." Sheila Gui also had a smile on her face, "Thank you." Then he continued to ask: "By the way, I am a magic swordsman. What is your profession? Let''s get to know each other. It will also be helpful in future battles." Magic swordsman? It is another special profession. ?Seeing that the other party was still looking at him with wide eyes, Wu Heng said: "My profession is quite special, and it is easy for people to misunderstand me if I tell you about it." "What''s this? It''s just a profession. At your age, few people can become a deputy deacon. Why do you care about other people''s evaluations?" Sheila Gui smiled and said enlighteningly. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Are you sure you want to listen?" Very special? Quite special! Is there a special magic swordsman? ??Necromancer seems to be more widely spread outside than the Magic Swordsman profession. ??Anyway, I have never heard of such a profession in Blackstone Town and Luntam City. It doesnt seem to be as special as this profession. Wu Heng said. Sheelagui said: "Sooner or later, you will know. Just tell me." Necromancer! ?The ''Xila Gui'' who was walking forward to persuade her stopped suddenly, looked back, and touched the long sword at her waist. ??Wu Heng also narrowed his eyes and said calmly: "With the knowledge of the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'', he should not be biased against the profession!" Sheela Gui also noticed her actions and immediately took her hand away and said, "I''m sorry, I didn''t react at the moment." Its okay, Im used to it. The two of them were walking and chatting. They returned to the association together, then separated and went to the subdeacon''s study. In the study room. ?Wu Heng came back and was just about to call Anderweil home. He then heard the other party say: "Master, a team has submitted an application." Huh? What application? Team 3 has discovered a level 13 wanted criminal, please ask the deputy deacon to lead the team to arrest him. Send it to Sheila Gui, she has just come back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 259 , pretty accurate Chapter 259, pretty accurate "oh!" Anderweil agreed, put the documents away, and sent them to the elf sub-deacon. ?Just before he got up, there was a knock on the door. ~! The knock on the door was a bit urgent. ?Andewil opened it and saw a short and stocky figure standing outside. He glanced at Wu Heng and saluted slightly, "The captain of the 3rd team, ''Ohlin'', has met the deputy deacon." ?The voice is rough. It was still a step too late and I was stuck at home. Come in! Wu Heng said. At the same time, he looked at the people coming in. Dark brown skin, about 1.6 meters tall, and looks very strong. ??He has a thick fiery red beard, wears dark brown leather armor, and has a gray-feathered owl on his shoulder. ?At his waist is a short-handled battle ax, and on his back is a crossbow. Dwarves! Occupation should be ranger or guard. After entering the room, the dwarf did not sit down and said directly: "Lord Archdeacon, we have found information about the Shark Tooth Pirates. They will be trading outside the port tonight. It is a good opportunity to capture him." ?Wu Heng rummaged through the wanted notices about the Shark Tooth Pirates. Captain Lee, a third-level wanted criminal, with a bounty of 445 silver coins. ?The crimes are plundering merchant ships, human trafficking, and assaulting and killing association members. Intelligence collection work in this world. If no one knows about it after it is done, it cannot be used as evidence of crime. To be able to be recorded by the association so many times, the things he has committed are definitely much more than this. Tell me in detail and the difficulties you think you may face when arresting him. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf thought for a moment and said: "Lee is a level 13 professional. It is not clear how many people he will bring, but it should not be many. The difficulty is ''Lee''. It is rumored that he has the blood of a shark. Once there are No one can do anything about him if he jumps into the sea." Level 13! The level is not high. He is now level 10, Skull Crusher is level 16, and Blood Ax is level 14. There is no problem in killing him. But if the other party is at sea and encounters danger, he can jump into the sea and leave. This point is still relatively difficult to deal with. Is the information accurate? The information must be accurate. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and get ready. Meet at the door later." The dwarf was overjoyed and said, "Thank you, Archdeacon!" After saying that, he turned around and left. "Master, it may be a little inconvenient to do it on the ship." Anderweil thought for a moment and said. Not afraid of level 13 enemies. But at sea, its a different story. No matter how great your abilities are, they are of no use if you cannot use them to your fullest potential. When the other party ran away, it would also have an impact on Wu Heng, the deputy deacon. "It''s okay. If the intelligence is accurate and they will be near the port, it won''t be a big problem." Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and continued: "Let''s go, you go with me tonight." Okay master! Anderweil also put on her armor. The carriage creaked forward. Bloodaxe accompanied the coachman and sat outside the carriage. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil sat on one side, and Skullbreaker and the dwarf Orin crowded on the other side. The remaining members of the third team followed outside on horseback. The dwarf Orin fed the owl some food and said, "My Lord Archdeacon, what are your plans?" ??Wu Heng asked back, "Tell me about your original plan." I have two plans. One is to kill directly from a distance without giving the opponent a chance to escape, but this is more difficult because the sight at night and the strength of the crossbow are limited. The second one is to quickly approach the opponent and block his escape route. " The dwarf took out a scroll from his arms and continued: "I have an ice magic scroll, which can temporarily block the water in a certain area." Two ideas, but neither has a high chance of success. ?The opponent is indeed difficult to kill, otherwise he would not have been killed until now. Ardeacon, what do you think of my plan? asked the dwarf. Well, we can try both aspects at that time. Night falls. The entire ocean suddenly became dark. ?The night wind made the waves rise and fall. On the sea outside the port, a wooden boat was slowly moving forward under the rowing of the sailors. Lee, the leader of the shark-tooth pirate group, was sitting on the beam of the wooden ship, stroking the girl''s head with one hand, as if stroking a pet. At his feet, there were three young girls, their hands bound, huddled together, their eyes full of fear. ?His body was trembling slightly, but he didn''t dare to make a sound. Leo took a breath of the cool breeze in the air and said: "Be obedient, if you can''t sell, I can only throw you down to feed the fish." Hearing these words, the girls'' faces turned even paler and they sobbed softly. Hearing this sound, Leo laughed happily. I really enjoy the fearful expressions on these people''s faces. "Captain, there is a ship coming over there." The sailor suddenly reminded. Leo looked ahead. On the dark sea, a bright light reflected a small boat, which was also small. It seems that the buyer has arrived. Leo said: "Leave closer and be careful. If there is danger, take action immediately." Understood. The sailor responded and began to row towards the opposite side. Soon, two ships approached. Across the way, someone was holding an oil lamp and asked, "Shark-toothed one?" Well, did you bring the money? Leo asked. Wheres the goods? ?Lee glanced at the opponent''s wooden boat and kicked the people on the ground forward with his feet, "They are all here." Okay, I want to inspect the goods. "Can." The person opposite holds a lamp forward. Let the light shine on Lee and others. At this moment, Leo''s pupils suddenly froze, and he instantly turned his head and grabbed the air. Pfft~! The palm of his hand did not catch any arrows, and the left half of Leo''s face disappeared instantly. ?The hot and sticky blood splashed all over everyone. ?Lee touched his face and immediately wanted to jump overboard and escape. ?The next second, the sound of breaking through the air came again, and the back of Leo''s head exploded again, and he fell onto the ship''s deck. Damn it, they killed the captain and avenged the captain. The other members of the shark tooth pirate group immediately drew their weapons. With a loud roar, he pounced directly towards the opposite side. The buyer on the opposite side also reacted immediately. Looking at the pirates jumping over, there was no time to explain. He also drew his weapon and charged towards the opponent. ??On the dark sea, the ship''s hull swayed unsteadily. ??The sound of weapons clashing and roars echoed throughout the area. In the distance, on the deck of a cargo ship. ??Wu Heng looked into the distance with a telescope, while Anderweil was lying on the deck, holding a sniper rifle in his hand. ? Anderweil is indeed very talented in shooting. Such a long distance, and the boat was already swaying with the waves. It is not easy to kill the target. Actually, the first shot was also very accurate. For a normal person, that shot would have been enough to kill him, but the opponent was a level 13 professional after all. ?At that time, I actually thought about escaping. Fortunately, the second shot followed closely and hit the back of the head. ??Wu Heng looked through the telescope and saw the opponent fighting directly. Said into the radio headset: "The wanted criminal has been killed, and there are hostages on the ship. Don''t kill the wrong person." Okay! The dwarfs voice came from the headset. Immediately afterwards, a small boat quickly rushed towards the location of the warring ships from below. Continue to fire a few more shots, and its just practice. Wu Heng said. ? Anderweil was also surprised by the range and power of this thing. She once again held her breath and aimed at the target through the scope. The next second, pull the trigger. Bang~! ?The gunshot sounded, and the recoil pushed Anderweil''s body, causing waves to rise from her pert buttocks. At the target location, a pirate''s temple suddenly exploded and his body fell into the sea. Thats pretty accurate! Wu Heng praised, sat down aside and put his hand on Beast Ears hip. ?Weier glanced sideways slightly. The furry tail lifted up and fell down, covering his hand. Then continue to pull the trigger to kill distant targets. The shooting did not stop until the dwarf team arrived. Continue to look through the scope to see the battle in the distance. The pirates and the buyers had been fighting for a while, and some of them were injured and dead. The dwarf team passed by. ?Those who had the strength abandoned the ship and fled, while those who were injured were killed by the squad when they resisted. Soon, the battle ended. The third team, with two other ships, docked again. After counting the loot. The dwarf came over and said in a rough voice: "Deacon, confirm that the wanted criminal is dead." Thanks to Lighter than a Feather for the reward of 10,000 coins. Thanks to 08a, for the reward. Thanks saynol for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 260 , dont mess with him Chapter 260, dont mess with him The wanted criminal is dead. Three hostages and a small box of silver coins, about a thousand or so, were found on the ship. The purpose of the transaction is still unclear. There are two props on the wanted criminals body. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. One to increase movement speed and one to increase magic defense. ??Wu Heng nodded without going to get it, and said directly: "Let''s go, let''s send these things to the association first, and we''ll talk about the rest tomorrow." "good." The dwarf gave a simple explanation and docked the ship at the dock. Then he took a few girls with thin clothes and the rest of the loot and started walking towards the association. Almost everything has been arranged. ?Wu Hengcai took Anderweil back to his residence. The night becomes darker. Opening the door, Minnie immediately came forward rubbing her eyes. Master, Sister Weier, you are back! ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "You don''t have to wait for us." Otherwise Ill be fine and just wait for you to come back. Minnie said. ??Wu Heng hugged her and spun her around half a circle, praising her and saying, "You''re so good!" Hey! Ill heat up the food for you. After saying that, Minnie ran to the kitchen again. After a simple meal. Also go back to bed and rest. the next day. Go to the association. As soon as he entered the hall, he heard some chatting professionals discussing the shark-tooth pirates. Lee is dead? Is it true? Is the news true? The Shark Tooth Group has not been able to reach the shore for many years, and Leo has the blood of a shark. No one can catch him at sea, so how can he be killed? Its true, the association has conducted an autopsy, and I heard that it was someone from Team 3 who killed him. "That dwarf? You can drown him in shallow water. Can you kill Leo?" The Shark Tooth Pirates Group has been causing trouble within the archipelago for so many years. Because of his evil deeds, he is notorious. ?There are countless enemies, but there is really no one who can kill ''Lee'' at sea. Even now I heard that the other party was killed by members of the team. ?Its really unbelievable. ?However, just when a few people were arguing in low voices. Several staff members of the association walked directly to the associations notice board. Tear off the reward notice for "Lee". The voices of debate stopped abruptly. Lee...is really dead? ?Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and listened for a while. After they left, he went to the office room. Andewil has been here for a while. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and said, "Master, there is nothing to do today. You don''t have to come so early." Well, come and take a look, Ill leave later if theres nothing else to do. ~! There was a knock on the door. The dwarf Olin opened the door and walked in, followed by two human team members carrying a wooden box. It was placed on the ground with a thud. Looking at it, the faces of the three of them all had a look of uncontrollable joy. It seems that he was very happy about the pirate capture yesterday. After all, the entire association is discussing this matter. Thank you, Archdeacon, for your help last night. Ohlin thanked him again. Well, its okay! Ohlin continued: "We did a detailed inventory of the loot last night. There were a total of 1,200 silver coins. Two small ships were sold for 420 silver coins. We calculated half of them and sent them to you." The loot of a normal team is usually divided equally. As for the subdeacon or deacon leading the team, they will get more individually. Last night, Wu Heng killed the wanted criminal himself. When they went to finish the work, they naturally had to abide by this unwritten rule. Well, sit down and talk, you dont have to stand. Wu Heng motioned for a few people to sit down. ?Andewil brought tea to the three of them. The dwarf stroked his fiery red beard and continued: "The bounty for the wanted criminal has not come down yet. I will send it to you when the time comes. We will also give you two props." As he said that, one of them opened the box. In addition to the silver coins, there were two magic props. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. The effects provided by the props are very practical, but they have been worn by pirates in tatters. ??If you dont use it yourself, you will definitely dislike it if it is given to Weier and others. He glanced at it and said, "I can''t use it. If any of you can use it, just share it among yourself!" The dwarf thought for a moment, "Then I''ll ask you when the time comes, calculate the price for you, and send it over with the reward." "Can!" ?Wu Heng felt that this dwarf was quite good at life. Furthermore, he is not as bad-tempered as he imagined. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How are the hostages doing?" "Still investigating, it seems to be implicated in the abduction and trafficking of girls from various ethnic groups. I will report to you what the results will be," the dwarf continued. Well, okay. A few people sat together and chatted for a while. ??The dwarves introduced him to some distinctive local places before leaving with his people.??? Go out the door. The human team member said curiously: "Captain, when did you become so qualified?" The dwarf turned his head and looked at the room he came out of. He said: "Be polite to this guy and don''t provoke him in the future." Captain, do you have any information? The dwarf touched his beard and said as he walked, "If you don''t want to become a skeleton, don''t ask questions." ?Wu Heng collected the silver coins sent by the dwarves. After sitting for a while, he took Anderweil away. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng went to the Snake Emblem Consortium, while Anderweil went upstairs to find Minnie to see the newly renovated house. Enter the consortium''s lobby. The interior is still luxurious and luxurious, with many people gathered at the counter and notice board. It seems that the business here is much better than that in Luntam City. Go directly to a staff member and take out the emblem of the consortium. The staff was more respectful, "Guest, please come this way." Brought into the lounge alone. Cake and tea were brought in. At the same time, a middle-aged man in a formal dress walked in and saluted slightly, "Guest, what can I serve you?" Im going to release a few commissions. ? Wearing this kind of dress, she is not a local person in charge like ''Lecia'', but a slightly more senior staff member. Similar to a lobby manager. Guest, what type of entrustment do you need? I will fill it in for you. Help me collect some advanced skill books of necromancers, as well as the corpses of professionals above level 15, especially the corpses of alchemists and rune masters above level 10. Wu Heng said directly. Hear the level 15 corpse. The man looked a little suffocated. Level 15, a fourth-level professional, a top figure in any force. He actually wanted to buy the body directly. Is there any difficulty? Wu Heng asked. Its not too difficult, but it may be a bit troublesome to collect, and the time cannot be guaranteed. The man said. This is not a big requirement. ??Wu Heng said directly: "It''s okay, you can collect it normally!" Good guest, I will fill in the power of attorney for you. The man started writing on the side. ?Wu Heng was waiting. At this time, I started to think of Lecia, a beautiful and intellectual woman. Occasionally, I will give myself some advice Soon, the commission letter was completed. Guest, you need to pay 3,500 silver coins as a deposit. This price has gone up ridiculously. ?Wu Heng directly took out the corresponding silver coins and handed them to the other party. The other party stamps the emblem and the entrustment becomes effective. When we came out of the consortium, it was already approaching dusk. Wu Heng returned to the association. Some staff members walked towards me in groups. Good evening, Lord Archdeacon. Ardeacon! Some people who knew Wu Heng saluted and said hello. Good evening! Wu Heng responded. Wait a little further. I heard a faint sound coming from behind. The new archdeacon? Human beings become archdeacons at such a young age. Yeah, so young. ?Wu Heng entered the hall. Go straight down the stone steps and arrive at the morgue. In the cold and empty room, corpses were covered with linen on the iron frame bed. ?Two coroners wearing blue gowns were conducting an autopsy on a corpse. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he frowned. ??Wu Heng was the first to speak, "I am the deputy deacon of the association. Where are the bodies of the Shark Tooth Pirates that were delivered yesterday?" Hearing that it was the sub-deacon, the coroner''s expression became respectful, "Over there?" ?Wu Heng walked over and opened the first one, and saw the body of the leader "Lee". How to deal with these corpses? Wu Heng asked. The arrangement of the association is that the third and fifth teams will burn it at noon tomorrow. ?Wu Heng covered the corpse back up and said, "Take out the internal organs of this corpse for me." The coroner''s hand paused. Ardeacon, this is not in accordance with the procedure. (End of this chapter) Chapter 256 , we didn鈥檛 do anything Chapter 256, We didnt do anything Two skeletons, one at level 12 and the other at level 15. But the names are all called Skeleton Warriors. It seems that it is really the same type. ??Wu Heng set his sights on the third-level deformed skeleton, which was about four meters tall and had thick bones. The surface of the white bones was covered with a layer of black keratin. ?Looking closely now, it looks like a layer of black hot glue has been poured on it. This is considered to have inherited the previous characteristics. During the transformation, Wu Heng was still hesitant to transform into a rotting corpse. After all, this kind of black **** skin was covered in skin before. It can be considered that I did not make a mistake in my bet. "From now on, you will be called Ju Yi, and you will be called Liu Duantou." Wu Heng pointed at the two skeletons and named them one by one, and then continued: "Go aside first." ?Two skeletons walked out and stood aside, looking left and right from time to time. ??Wu Heng took the iron spear picked up by the skeleton on the side and rummaged through the minced meat. Two corpse cores were picked out. A secondary corpse core, with a fleshy structure covered with bloodshot eyes. The blood threads on the other one were purple and more dense. ??Has reached level three corpse core. Seeing the third-level corpse core, Wu Heng was still happy. ?Including this one, I already have three level three corpse cores in my hand. The first two are from the withered plant monster and the third-level big-headed skeleton. Just the production of potions is still slow. The second-level corpse core potion was just developed a few days ago. I dont know how long it will take to wait for the third level. If you have the chance, you should buy a few more alchemy corpses. Take out a plastic bag, pick up the body core and put it in it. Next, check the attributes of the level 15 skeleton Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Level: 15. Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 36, Agility 18, Intelligence 10, Perception 12, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, **** outer armor. Experts: biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. Biological Aberration: Strength +5, Agility +2. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Looking at the overall panel, the most obvious thing is the increase in attributes. Physique 35, Strength 36, which are not low attributes for a level 15 melee profession. In terms of characteristics, a [Hornous Armor] has been added. That is the layer wrapped around the bones. Can provide certain defense and anti-attack capabilities. At this time, Li Yahong walked over from the security booth. ?Wu Heng handed the wrapped corpse core to her, "If you have time, run over and give the corpse core to the alchemy skeleton." "Okay!" Li Yahong took it, put it in his backpack, and continued to ask: "Do you want to call Qi Hancai and the others over?" ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was two-thirty in the morning. said: Lets take a rest in the car tonight and lets talk about it when it gets dark! "good!" The two of them returned to the bus. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and explained to others. ?Wu Heng directly laid out the blanket. ?Li Yahong took off her coat and got directly into Wu Heng''s arms. Stop touching it, its really itchy, and I havent taken a shower yet. Li Yahong grabbed the other persons hand and said softly. ?His body is getting deeper and deeper into his arms. ??Then he continued: "The people in Dong''an Village must have seen the skeleton army and the flying dragon. If the news spreads, will it have an impact on us?" Wu Heng put his hand down Li Yahong''s trousers, rubbed it gently, and said: "It''s not a big problem. If they are smart enough, they won''t spread it to the outside world deliberately. Even if they say it, it will be fine. There is no other problem in the entire area." Shelters can threaten us." It would do them no good to spread the word. Furthermore, among the current shelters, the auto repair shop is definitely ranked number one in terms of strength. But when it comes to threats, they actually exist. The power of modern weapons can completely destroy an entire army of skeletons. Even if you have this kind of weapon, there is no need to use Wu Heng to fight. After all, everyone is in the same camp now. "Well, judging from the way ''Qi Hancai'' talks and does things, she shouldn''t be stupid." Li Yahong said, raised her head and continued: "Tomorrow''s spoils should still be divided in half?" Lets split it half and half! It was agreed before, and besides, they will only search for some food, and the rest will be of no use to them, Wu Heng said. Okay, Ill tell her tomorrow. Speaking, he curled up in his arms and slowly fell asleep.??? The next day, morning. ?Qi Hancai walked quickly to the gate of the community. When he saw the dark red all over the ground and the piles of corpses piled up on both sides, his expression changed. Suppressing the panic in his heart, he walked over quickly. Li Yahong was waiting at the door, "Chief Qi, the battle ended a little late last night, so I feel sorry for you to rest in the car." Qi Hancai smiled awkwardly and said, "What''s wrong with me? We''ve all been in more difficult environments. It''s nothing like being in the car." The two exchanged polite words. Li Yahong said directly: "According to our agreement, when the battle is over, each of us will divide the community into half. Let''s see how to divide it better. The building number should be divided into the left and right sides of the main road." Qi Hancai looked back at the pile of corpses, thought for a moment, and said: "We didn''t help at all in yesterday''s battle, so we just followed here. Let''s forget about half of the loot!" Yesterday''s battle had a great impact on them. Even after finishing, rest in the car. Qi Hancai and others still couldn''t calm down their inner feelings, and they couldn''t sleep a wink all night. This morning, I discussed this matter with Li Yahong. ??The other party still divided them into half of the community according to the original agreement. But it was Qi Hancais turn to hesitate whether to accept it. Lets follow the agreement. I still remember what Chief Qi said. We are all women and should support each other. Qi Hancai no longer declined too much, nodded and said: "Thank you very much, then we will separate from the main road. We want the one on the left." There are fewer buildings on the left, which is a benefit to Li Yahong. "That''s it." Li Yahong nodded and continued, "There may be zombies in some houses, so you''d better be careful when searching." "Okay! Then I''ll arrange for someone to come over when I get back." Qi Hancai nodded and planned to get back to the off-road vehicle. After walking a few steps, Li Yahong spoke again, "Chief Qi." Qi Hancai turned around and asked, "Is there anything else?" The battle is the secret of the shelter, and I hope you can keep it for us as much as possible. Qi Hancai nodded, "Don''t worry, I will tell others when I get back and won''t reveal it to anyone else." "good!" Qi Hancai nodded again, turned and left. Before boarding the off-road vehicle, he looked at the busy people in the auto repair shop. ?? Didnt notice that during the battle last night, the young man wearing black leather armor got directly into the off-road vehicle. The vehicle starts and leaves quickly. Not long. ?Wu Heng came from the direction of the motorcade. Li Yahong said: "Qi Hancai chose the residential building on the left." It doesnt matter which side you choose, we dont lack these supplies. Well, when I get back, I will arrange for people to search for it. Wait for me for a while, and then we will go back together. Wu Heng said. Then Ill make Qiangzi and the others turn around first. Li Yahong left. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the pile of corpses, took out his staff, and started to release [Battlefield of Dead Corpses]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. One skeleton after another, rolling and crawling down from the pile of corpses, joined the queue. After releasing skills several times in succession. The community is already covered with skeletons. Arrange some level 5 skeletons to guard the community, and the rest get on the truck. Return to the passenger terminal. ?Li Yahong began to gather people and prepared to send them directly to search for supplies. ?Wu Heng did not leave immediately. ?Haunted into the distance: "Hadron!" Qiangzi, who was chatting with others, ran over quickly. Your Majesty, what is your order? ?Wu Heng pointed at the flying dragon in the distance, "Did you see the battle yesterday?" Qiangzi nodded, "I saw it, it''s quite fierce." The attack method is a bit monotonous, do you have any ideas? Thanks to connieczc for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 257 , magic arrow Chapter 257, Magic Arrow Qiangzi thought for a moment and asked: "My lord, what do you mean... the skeleton flying dragon is slow to kill zombies?" Well, during this period, think about how to improve the flying dragon. Wu Heng said directly. Last night, the way the Skeleton Flying Dragon fought was very obvious. Swoop down, grab the zombies from the sky and tear them to pieces, or throw them down directly to kill all the zombies. In terms of attributes, there is no problem in killing ordinary zombies. But in terms of efficiency, some are too inefficient. The whole battle is over, and the skeleton flying dragon has not killed a few. As a level 13 skeleton, its efficiency is a bit too low. "Okay, then I''ll think about it and report the results to you." Qiangzi agreed directly. He likes to study these things. Now that it has been recognized by Wu Heng, I am even more motivated. ??Wu Heng then asked: "How is the production of the ''Iron Wolf Zhen'' you mentioned last time?" Qiangzi scratched his head and said: "We are still working on it. The two versions we made before were too heavy. We are studying how to reduce the weight." Dont worry about it now. Think carefully about the Skeleton Flying Dragon. We are the first skeleton that can fly for a long time. Why should we use it? Dont worry, Your Majesty, I will think about it carefully. "Um." Hadron turned and left. Li Yahong came back after handing over the task. "I will take the convoy back to the prison later, bring the body core and some supplies, and then rest in the prison for one night. When I come back tomorrow, I will go to the community to search for supplies." The two places are separate. The outside supplies materials, while the prison is constantly producing spears, throwing spears and machetes. Transport it here again and distribute it to the skeletons. Keep skeletons equipped with weapons. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t be in such a hurry, you should also pay attention to rest, because your body is exhausted." Yeah, I know. The two chatted for a while, and the team was replenished. ?Li Yahong waved her hand and left with the convoy. ?Wu Heng also returned to his residence and walked into the boundary gate. Association dormitories. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and saw Minnie and Anderweil sitting in front of the coffee table chatting. See Wu Heng coming out. Everyone smiled immediately. Master, what do you want to have for dinner? Ill make it for you now. Minnie walked over and said softly, crossing her arms. Its easy for us to go to the pub downstairs and order some. Does the master have anything to eat? Anything is fine, you can figure it out yourself. Wu Heng said. Okay! Minnie changed her clothes, carried her small satchel, and went straight out the door with a skeleton. Now I live in the dormitory of the association, and it is really not convenient to cook. After Minnie left, Wu Heng sat down on the sofa and asked, "Weier, is there anything going on in the association?" "It''s nothing. There are some arrangements by the staff that require approval from the subdeacon or above. You were not there at the time, so I had someone send it to the subdeacon of ''Xilagui''." Anderweil said. Hilagui, that is the elf sub-deacon. The name is quite convoluted. "Yes, if anything happens in the future, just send it to her." "I know the master." Anderweil continued: "The construction team has been appointed at the residence and the construction has started. It will be completed in about five days." "Um." ?The two waited for a while, and Minnie came back with the dinner ordered by the tavern. Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took his two daughters to the association training room. The training room was empty, no one was there. Minnie started to practice boxing with "Bawudong". A punch was thrown out, bringing with it bursts of wind. Although his body shape and face are still attractive, his boxing moves are no longer the kind that make people more excited. ?Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, "Weier, what weapons are you good at?" Crossbows and crossbows. Anderweil replied. ? Anderweils profession is a ranger, and she is proficient in the use of crossbows. Its just that after becoming a slave, there are few opportunities to use weapons. Wu Heng took out a rifle and a pistol from the space ring and handed them to her, "You will have to frequent the association in the future. It is still important to have some means of self-protection. I will teach you how to use them, but don''t take them out at ordinary times to avoid Be noticed." ?Anderweil was stunned when she saw the weapon handed over. She has seen this kind of equipment before. ??And the power is also very amazing. Now that it is suddenly handed over to me, I still can''t react. Give it to me? Doesnt the master use it himself? I still have it, dont worry about it. Oh, okay, thank you, Master. Anderweil said. ??Wu Heng began to show her how to use it. In fact, it is not something difficult to use. As long as you understand a few special positions and functions, you can use firearms. After two passes. Anderweil is already familiar with it. Follow Wu Heng''s method and do it again, pointing the muzzle at the circular bullseye of the crossbow in the distance. Pull the trigger. Bang~! A scream. The wooden target in the distance instantly exploded into a crater. Pretty accurate. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised. ?Although it is not a bullseye, if the wooden target were a human being, it would definitely have hit the body. Thank you, Master. Anderweil was happy in her heart. He didn''t continue shooting, he directly put the space ring back and kissed Wu Heng on the face. Then he ran to Minnies side and practiced some boxing and kicking skills together. ?Wu Heng also took out the Silver Wing Water Pattern Sword and engaged in actual combat sparring with the Fire Blade. Sword shadows were swung out quickly. The Fire Blade holds the sword to block counterattacks. ??The fighting styles of Wu Heng and Fire Blade are completely different. Wu Heng is a one-handed sword, and the sword is fast and urgent, while Fire Blade is a two-handed sword, which is powerful and heavy. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! In the fierce battle. ?The system prompt appears suddenly. Unlocked Feature: Combat Intuition (Entry) Pause! Wu Heng spoke immediately to stop the charging fire blade. The Fire Blade sheathed its sword and stood aside. ??Wu Heng opened the attributes and took a look at the newly unlocked characteristics. Combat Intuition (Introduction): Practical combat makes your combat intuition extremely sharp, allowing you to discern the enemy''s plans or moves and gain the upper hand. ?Have insights into the enemys moves? Do you know what the enemy wants to do before he makes a move? Fire Blade, keep attacking. ?The fire blade held the sword again and rushed towards him quickly. ?Wu Heng concentrated on feeling it, and when a sword was swung down on his head, he quickly dodged. Damn it~! There is some feeling, but it is of no use. ?Wu Heng no longer thought about it and continued to fight with the flaming blade with his sword. Wait until the entire training room becomes dark. ?Wu Heng took a few people with him before leaving the training room and returning to the dormitory. In the bathroom. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the bathtub, leaning on Anderweil in his arms, his fur-kneaded animal ears were wet, and his body was soft and smooth. ?Minnie stood outside, massaging his back, and said softly: "Sister Wen Mansha always yells to give you a baby every time, and I don''t know what''s going on." Miss her? Wu Heng asked. I was a little afraid of her before, but now I think that Sister Wen Mansha is actually quite good, but she has been out of the gang for a long time and her words dont sound very friendly. Minnie said softly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "When we settle down, we can pick her up and stay with her for a few days." So far! Have you forgotten how we got here? Ah! Minnie exclaimed, Yes, the master has a train. ?Wu Heng nodded. ?Minnie said while massaging: "Okay, this way we can see each other more often." ?Wu Heng said nothing. The skin of Andwyer, who was sitting in front of her, began to become more and more rosy. Looking back at Minnie who was chatting carefully, she raised her body slightly, then sat down again biting her lips. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. I sat there until noon, but nothing happened. Hand the document to Anderweil, he quietly left the association. We went to the trading warehouse on Beacon Street again. ? Chatting with the staff of the association, they said that this is a warehouse set up by various commercial and trade organizations. In addition to storing items, there are also goods on display for customers to order. ?Of course, they are all ordered in bulk. If you buy a single piece, it will not be sold. As we entered the street, it started to get noisy. As people come and go, you can see sailors and workers, and you can also see businessmen and nobles dressed in gorgeous clothes who enter the shops to inquire about goods. On both sides of the road, there are also people selling some fruits or fresh gadgets on the roadside. ?Wu Heng watched casually as he walked and walked. ?Passing by a shop. On the wooden table at the door, there are several types of arrows without shafts in a delicate grid wooden box. Poison Arrow (Description: Can cause poison damage to the hit unit.) Explosion Arrow (Description: Can cause an explosion effect on the hit unit and apply a burning state.) Static Electric Cloud Arrow ?? (Description: It can cause lightning damage to the hit unit and form a ''static cloud'' environment in the target area.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 258 , send her there (Thank you all for your Chapter 258: Send her there (Thanks to everyone for your monthly votes, an additional chapter will be added.) There are several types of arrows, all with different effects. Poisoning is actually easy to understand. Put some poison on the arrow. But those arrows that explode or create static clouds are really special. These magic arrows are carefully made by our senior craftsmen to ensure that each one can play its own role. A human man walked out of the shop. Touching his mustache, he spoke softly. ??Wu Heng glanced up at him and continued to look at the arrows, "Are these magic props?" "It is true that the runes are etched, but they are disposable consumables and cannot be classified as magic props." The man explained and continued to ask: "Does the guest want to buy it back and give it a try? To deal with some difficult enemies, there will be Very good effect. Ill take another look and come back if necessary. Wu Heng said. The man smiled and said, "Guest, go slowly." Then, he continued to greet the guests behind him and introduced the functions of each arrow. ?Walking through the store, Wu Heng was still thinking about the arrows with various special effects. He had thought about this problem before. In terms of long-range damage, there is such a shortage, so no one develops firearms? After all, there are such things as poisonous smoke thunder and wind, fire and thunder. Now it seems that the development direction of the earth is completely different. Human beings have developed explosive bombs, armor-piercing bombs, and luminous bombs, and the explosive arrows, electrostatic cloud arrows, and special arrows developed here. Because of the professional reasons. Bows and arrows can shoot farther and more accurately, and their effectiveness is not necessarily worse than bullets. Etching equipment is really a good development direction. ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward. Found the goal this time. The shop of the elves. From the open door, you can see an elegant woman in a green dress standing behind the counter. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and walked directly into the shop. As soon as I stepped in, my steps were heavy. In the shop, there is another person sitting, with blond hair and pointed ears, the deputy deacon of the association - Sheila Gui. ?The other party was also stunned when he saw Wu Heng coming in. Is something wrong? Sheela Gui spoke first. Its okay, lets see whats for sale here. The deputy deacon is also here to buy something? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui glanced at the woman behind the counter and nodded, "Well, let''s take a look." The middle-aged woman behind the counter came out with a smile. Ask: "Who is this guest?" Xila Gui introduced, "Deputy deacon of the association, Wu Heng." The woman suddenly realized that she was surprised that a human being could sit in this position at such a young age. Saluted slightly, "Good afternoon, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." "good afternoon." Deacon, what do you want to see? The middle-aged woman followed. ??Wu Heng didnt pay attention to Xila Gui anymore and looked along the shop. His eyes fell on the wooden bow on the shelf. Whats wrong with selling this kind of longbow? "A handful of 25 silver coins, starting at 200," the woman said. The price is not expensive either. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "After placing an order, how long will it take for it to be delivered?" Within 12 days, it will be delivered to you in about 10 days. Can it still be cheaper? "We set the price based on the distance, and there is no negotiation." The woman continued. ?This is good, as it saves you the trouble of haggling. He said directly: "I will order two thousand. If the quality and delivery speed satisfy me, I will continue to purchase them in the future." The middle-aged woman was slightly surprised. Treasure Island is just a small island after all, and the business is not very good. Most of them are docked here and transferred to other land forces for sale. But this time, I seem to have met a big customer. One who is so decisive needs two thousand. It is very likely that I will continue to order in the future. He glanced at Xila Gui not far away, and the other partys eyes were also a little surprised and suspicious. Obviously, I didnt expect to place such a big order. I will issue you a receipt now. The woman immediately went to the counter and started filling in the receipt. ?At the same time, he said: "Deputy, the association guarantees you, you only need to pay a 30% deposit. When the goods are delivered, it will be credited to the payment." Hmm. Wu Heng took out bags of silver coins and placed them on the counter. The two women looked at this scene in surprise. Carry so much money with you. After the womans inventory has been confirmed to be correct. Smiled and said: "The goods have arrived, I will ask someone to go to the association to notify you." "Can." After putting away the bills, Wu Heng was about to leave. Go to the door. The elf Sheila Gui followed and walked out, Where are you going? Return to the association. Thats just right, I want to go back too, lets go together! Sheila Gui said, taking the lead in walking forward. ?Wu Heng glanced at the elf''s figure and followed him forward. What are you buying so many bows for? Shilagui asked. I heard that the elves bows are particularly good, and I plan to take them back to my hometown. Wu Heng said directly. Its not a lie, its just a bit vague. You still want to buy it in person? Isnt there an elf shop over there? "It''s relatively remote. This is the first time I''ve seen the elves." Wu Heng glanced sideways at the delicate elves. Seems to be aware of Wu Heng''s gaze. The elf looked sideways and continued to ask: "If I asked you to evaluate it, how would you evaluate it?" "Hmm..." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Elegant and exquisite." Sheila Gui also had a smile on her face, "Thank you." Then he continued to ask: "By the way, I am a magic swordsman. What is your profession? Let''s get to know each other. It will also be helpful in future battles." Magic swordsman? It is another special profession. ?Seeing that the other party was still looking at him with wide eyes, Wu Heng said: "My profession is quite special, and it is easy for people to misunderstand me if I tell you about it." "What''s this? It''s just a profession. At your age, few people can become a deputy deacon. Why do you care about other people''s evaluations?" Sheila Gui smiled and said enlighteningly. ?Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Are you sure you want to listen?" Very special? Quite special! Is there a special magic swordsman? ??Necromancer seems to be more widely spread outside than the Magic Swordsman profession. ??Anyway, I have never heard of such a profession in Blackstone Town and Luntam City. It doesnt seem to be as special as this profession. Wu Heng said. Sheelagui said: "Sooner or later, you will know. Just tell me." Necromancer! ?The ''Xila Gui'' who was walking forward to persuade her stopped suddenly, looked back, and touched the long sword at her waist. ??Wu Heng also narrowed his eyes and said calmly: "With the knowledge of the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'', he should not be biased against the profession!" Sheela Gui also noticed her actions and immediately took her hand away and said, "I''m sorry, I didn''t react at the moment." Its okay, Im used to it. The two of them were walking and chatting. They returned to the association together, then separated and went to the subdeacon''s study. In the study room. ?Wu Heng came back and was just about to call Anderweil home. He then heard the other party say: "Master, a team has submitted an application." Huh? What application? Team 3 has discovered a level 13 wanted criminal, please ask the deputy deacon to lead the team to arrest him. Send it to Sheila Gui, she has just come back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 259 , pretty accurate Chapter 259, pretty accurate "oh!" Anderweil agreed, put the documents away, and sent them to the elf sub-deacon. ?Just before he got up, there was a knock on the door. ~! The knock on the door was a bit urgent. ?Andewil opened it and saw a short and stocky figure standing outside. He glanced at Wu Heng and saluted slightly, "The captain of the 3rd team, ''Ohlin'', has met the deputy deacon." ?The voice is rough. It was still a step too late and I was stuck at home. Come in! Wu Heng said. At the same time, he looked at the people coming in. Dark brown skin, about 1.6 meters tall, and looks very strong. ??He has a thick fiery red beard, wears dark brown leather armor, and has a gray-feathered owl on his shoulder. ?At his waist is a short-handled battle ax, and on his back is a crossbow. Dwarves! Occupation should be ranger or guard. After entering the room, the dwarf did not sit down and said directly: "Lord Archdeacon, we have found information about the Shark Tooth Pirates. They will be trading outside the port tonight. It is a good opportunity to capture him." ?Wu Heng rummaged through the wanted notices about the Shark Tooth Pirates. Captain Lee, a third-level wanted criminal, with a bounty of 445 silver coins. ?The crimes are plundering merchant ships, human trafficking, and assaulting and killing association members. Intelligence collection work in this world. If no one knows about it after it is done, it cannot be used as evidence of crime. To be able to be recorded by the association so many times, the things he has committed are definitely much more than this. Tell me in detail and the difficulties you think you may face when arresting him. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf thought for a moment and said: "Lee is a level 13 professional. It is not clear how many people he will bring, but it should not be many. The difficulty is ''Lee''. It is rumored that he has the blood of a shark. Once there are No one can do anything about him if he jumps into the sea." Level 13! The level is not high. He is now level 10, Skull Crusher is level 16, and Blood Ax is level 14. There is no problem in killing him. But if the other party is at sea and encounters danger, he can jump into the sea and leave. This point is still relatively difficult to deal with. Is the information accurate? The information must be accurate. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and get ready. Meet at the door later." The dwarf was overjoyed and said, "Thank you, Archdeacon!" After saying that, he turned around and left. "Master, it may be a little inconvenient to do it on the ship." Anderweil thought for a moment and said. Not afraid of level 13 enemies. But at sea, its a different story. No matter how great your abilities are, they are of no use if you cannot use them to your fullest potential. When the other party ran away, it would also have an impact on Wu Heng, the deputy deacon. "It''s okay. If the intelligence is accurate and they will be near the port, it won''t be a big problem." Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and continued: "Let''s go, you go with me tonight." Okay master! Anderweil also put on her armor. The carriage creaked forward. Bloodaxe accompanied the coachman and sat outside the carriage. ?Wu Heng and Anderweil sat on one side, and Skullbreaker and the dwarf Orin crowded on the other side. The remaining members of the third team followed outside on horseback. The dwarf Orin fed the owl some food and said, "My Lord Archdeacon, what are your plans?" ??Wu Heng asked back, "Tell me about your original plan." I have two plans. One is to kill directly from a distance without giving the opponent a chance to escape, but this is more difficult because the sight at night and the strength of the crossbow are limited. The second one is to quickly approach the opponent and block his escape route. " The dwarf took out a scroll from his arms and continued: "I have an ice magic scroll, which can temporarily block the water in a certain area." Two ideas, but neither has a high chance of success. ?The opponent is indeed difficult to kill, otherwise he would not have been killed until now. Ardeacon, what do you think of my plan? asked the dwarf. Well, we can try both aspects at that time. Night falls. The entire ocean suddenly became dark. ?The night wind made the waves rise and fall. On the sea outside the port, a wooden boat was slowly moving forward under the rowing of the sailors. Lee, the leader of the shark-tooth pirate group, was sitting on the beam of the wooden ship, stroking the girl''s head with one hand, as if stroking a pet. At his feet, there were three young girls, their hands bound, huddled together, their eyes full of fear. ?His body was trembling slightly, but he didn''t dare to make a sound. Leo took a breath of the cool breeze in the air and said: "Be obedient, if you can''t sell, I can only throw you down to feed the fish." Hearing these words, the girls'' faces turned even paler and they sobbed softly. Hearing this sound, Leo laughed happily. I really enjoy the fearful expressions on these people''s faces. "Captain, there is a ship coming over there." The sailor suddenly reminded. Leo looked ahead. On the dark sea, a bright light reflected a small boat, which was also small. It seems that the buyer has arrived. Leo said: "Leave closer and be careful. If there is danger, take action immediately." Understood. The sailor responded and began to row towards the opposite side. Soon, two ships approached. Across the way, someone was holding an oil lamp and asked, "Shark-toothed one?" Well, did you bring the money? Leo asked. Wheres the goods? ?Lee glanced at the opponent''s wooden boat and kicked the people on the ground forward with his feet, "They are all here." Okay, I want to inspect the goods. "Can." The person opposite holds a lamp forward. Let the light shine on Lee and others. At this moment, Leo''s pupils suddenly froze, and he instantly turned his head and grabbed the air. Pfft~! The palm of his hand did not catch any arrows, and the left half of Leo''s face disappeared instantly. ?The hot and sticky blood splashed all over everyone. ?Lee touched his face and immediately wanted to jump overboard and escape. ?The next second, the sound of breaking through the air came again, and the back of Leo''s head exploded again, and he fell onto the ship''s deck. Damn it, they killed the captain and avenged the captain. The other members of the shark tooth pirate group immediately drew their weapons. With a loud roar, he pounced directly towards the opposite side. The buyer on the opposite side also reacted immediately. Looking at the pirates jumping over, there was no time to explain. He also drew his weapon and charged towards the opponent. ??On the dark sea, the ship''s hull swayed unsteadily. ??The sound of weapons clashing and roars echoed throughout the area. In the distance, on the deck of a cargo ship. ??Wu Heng looked into the distance with a telescope, while Anderweil was lying on the deck, holding a sniper rifle in his hand. ? Anderweil is indeed very talented in shooting. Such a long distance, and the boat was already swaying with the waves. It is not easy to kill the target. Actually, the first shot was also very accurate. For a normal person, that shot would have been enough to kill him, but the opponent was a level 13 professional after all. ?At that time, I actually thought about escaping. Fortunately, the second shot followed closely and hit the back of the head. ??Wu Heng looked through the telescope and saw the opponent fighting directly. Said into the radio headset: "The wanted criminal has been killed, and there are hostages on the ship. Don''t kill the wrong person." Okay! The dwarfs voice came from the headset. Immediately afterwards, a small boat quickly rushed towards the location of the warring ships from below. Continue to fire a few more shots, and its just practice. Wu Heng said. ? Anderweil was also surprised by the range and power of this thing. She once again held her breath and aimed at the target through the scope. The next second, pull the trigger. Bang~! ?The gunshot sounded, and the recoil pushed Anderweil''s body, causing waves to rise from her pert buttocks. At the target location, a pirate''s temple suddenly exploded and his body fell into the sea. Thats pretty accurate! Wu Heng praised, sat down aside and put his hand on Beast Ears hip. ?Weier glanced sideways slightly. The furry tail lifted up and fell down, covering his hand. Then continue to pull the trigger to kill distant targets. The shooting did not stop until the dwarf team arrived. Continue to look through the scope to see the battle in the distance. The pirates and the buyers had been fighting for a while, and some of them were injured and dead. The dwarf team passed by. ?Those who had the strength abandoned the ship and fled, while those who were injured were killed by the squad when they resisted. Soon, the battle ended. The third team, with two other ships, docked again. After counting the loot. The dwarf came over and said in a rough voice: "Deacon, confirm that the wanted criminal is dead." Thanks to Lighter than a Feather for the reward of 10,000 coins. Thanks to 08a, for the reward. Thanks saynol for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 260 , dont mess with him Chapter 260, dont mess with him The wanted criminal is dead. Three hostages and a small box of silver coins, about a thousand or so, were found on the ship. The purpose of the transaction is still unclear. There are two props on the wanted criminals body. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. One to increase movement speed and one to increase magic defense. ??Wu Heng nodded without going to get it, and said directly: "Let''s go, let''s send these things to the association first, and we''ll talk about the rest tomorrow." "good." The dwarf gave a simple explanation and docked the ship at the dock. Then he took a few girls with thin clothes and the rest of the loot and started walking towards the association. Almost everything has been arranged. ?Wu Hengcai took Anderweil back to his residence. The night becomes darker. Opening the door, Minnie immediately came forward rubbing her eyes. Master, Sister Weier, you are back! ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "You don''t have to wait for us." Otherwise Ill be fine and just wait for you to come back. Minnie said. ??Wu Heng hugged her and spun her around half a circle, praising her and saying, "You''re so good!" Hey! Ill heat up the food for you. After saying that, Minnie ran to the kitchen again. After a simple meal. Also go back to bed and rest. the next day. Go to the association. As soon as he entered the hall, he heard some chatting professionals discussing the shark-tooth pirates. Lee is dead? Is it true? Is the news true? The Shark Tooth Group has not been able to reach the shore for many years, and Leo has the blood of a shark. No one can catch him at sea, so how can he be killed? Its true, the association has conducted an autopsy, and I heard that it was someone from Team 3 who killed him. "That dwarf? You can drown him in shallow water. Can you kill Leo?" The Shark Tooth Pirates Group has been causing trouble within the archipelago for so many years. Because of his evil deeds, he is notorious. ?There are countless enemies, but there is really no one who can kill ''Lee'' at sea. Even now I heard that the other party was killed by members of the team. ?Its really unbelievable. ?However, just when a few people were arguing in low voices. Several staff members of the association walked directly to the associations notice board. Tear off the reward notice for "Lee". The voices of debate stopped abruptly. Lee...is really dead? ?Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and listened for a while. After they left, he went to the office room. Andewil has been here for a while. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and said, "Master, there is nothing to do today. You don''t have to come so early." Well, come and take a look, Ill leave later if theres nothing else to do. ~! There was a knock on the door. The dwarf Olin opened the door and walked in, followed by two human team members carrying a wooden box. It was placed on the ground with a thud. Looking at it, the faces of the three of them all had a look of uncontrollable joy. It seems that he was very happy about the pirate capture yesterday. After all, the entire association is discussing this matter. Thank you, Archdeacon, for your help last night. Ohlin thanked him again. Well, its okay! Ohlin continued: "We did a detailed inventory of the loot last night. There were a total of 1,200 silver coins. Two small ships were sold for 420 silver coins. We calculated half of them and sent them to you." The loot of a normal team is usually divided equally. As for the subdeacon or deacon leading the team, they will get more individually. Last night, Wu Heng killed the wanted criminal himself. When they went to finish the work, they naturally had to abide by this unwritten rule. Well, sit down and talk, you dont have to stand. Wu Heng motioned for a few people to sit down. ?Andewil brought tea to the three of them. The dwarf stroked his fiery red beard and continued: "The bounty for the wanted criminal has not come down yet. I will send it to you when the time comes. We will also give you two props." As he said that, one of them opened the box. In addition to the silver coins, there were two magic props. Light leather bootsFish scale armor. The effects provided by the props are very practical, but they have been worn by pirates in tatters. ??If you dont use it yourself, you will definitely dislike it if it is given to Weier and others. He glanced at it and said, "I can''t use it. If any of you can use it, just share it among yourself!" The dwarf thought for a moment, "Then I''ll ask you when the time comes, calculate the price for you, and send it over with the reward." "Can!" ?Wu Heng felt that this dwarf was quite good at life. Furthermore, he is not as bad-tempered as he imagined. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How are the hostages doing?" "Still investigating, it seems to be implicated in the abduction and trafficking of girls from various ethnic groups. I will report to you what the results will be," the dwarf continued. Well, okay. A few people sat together and chatted for a while. ??The dwarves introduced him to some distinctive local places before leaving with his people.??? Go out the door. The human team member said curiously: "Captain, when did you become so qualified?" The dwarf turned his head and looked at the room he came out of. He said: "Be polite to this guy and don''t provoke him in the future." Captain, do you have any information? The dwarf touched his beard and said as he walked, "If you don''t want to become a skeleton, don''t ask questions." ?Wu Heng collected the silver coins sent by the dwarves. After sitting for a while, he took Anderweil away. Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng went to the Snake Emblem Consortium, while Anderweil went upstairs to find Minnie to see the newly renovated house. Enter the consortium''s lobby. The interior is still luxurious and luxurious, with many people gathered at the counter and notice board. It seems that the business here is much better than that in Luntam City. Go directly to a staff member and take out the emblem of the consortium. The staff was more respectful, "Guest, please come this way." Brought into the lounge alone. Cake and tea were brought in. At the same time, a middle-aged man in a formal dress walked in and saluted slightly, "Guest, what can I serve you?" Im going to release a few commissions. ? Wearing this kind of dress, she is not a local person in charge like ''Lecia'', but a slightly more senior staff member. Similar to a lobby manager. Guest, what type of entrustment do you need? I will fill it in for you. Help me collect some advanced skill books of necromancers, as well as the corpses of professionals above level 15, especially the corpses of alchemists and rune masters above level 10. Wu Heng said directly. Hear the level 15 corpse. The man looked a little suffocated. Level 15, a fourth-level professional, a top figure in any force. He actually wanted to buy the body directly. Is there any difficulty? Wu Heng asked. Its not too difficult, but it may be a bit troublesome to collect, and the time cannot be guaranteed. The man said. This is not a big requirement. ??Wu Heng said directly: "It''s okay, you can collect it normally!" Good guest, I will fill in the power of attorney for you. The man started writing on the side. ?Wu Heng was waiting. At this time, I started to think of Lecia, a beautiful and intellectual woman. Occasionally, I will give myself some advice Soon, the commission letter was completed. Guest, you need to pay 3,500 silver coins as a deposit. This price has gone up ridiculously. ?Wu Heng directly took out the corresponding silver coins and handed them to the other party. The other party stamps the emblem and the entrustment becomes effective. When we came out of the consortium, it was already approaching dusk. Wu Heng returned to the association. Some staff members walked towards me in groups. Good evening, Lord Archdeacon. Ardeacon! Some people who knew Wu Heng saluted and said hello. Good evening! Wu Heng responded. Wait a little further. I heard a faint sound coming from behind. The new archdeacon? Human beings become archdeacons at such a young age. Yeah, so young. ?Wu Heng entered the hall. Go straight down the stone steps and arrive at the morgue. In the cold and empty room, corpses were covered with linen on the iron frame bed. ?Two coroners wearing blue gowns were conducting an autopsy on a corpse. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he frowned. ??Wu Heng was the first to speak, "I am the deputy deacon of the association. Where are the bodies of the Shark Tooth Pirates that were delivered yesterday?" Hearing that it was the sub-deacon, the coroner''s expression became respectful, "Over there?" ?Wu Heng walked over and opened the first one, and saw the body of the leader "Lee". How to deal with these corpses? Wu Heng asked. The arrangement of the association is that the third and fifth teams will burn it at noon tomorrow. ?Wu Heng covered the corpse back up and said, "Take out the internal organs of this corpse for me." The coroner''s hand paused. Ardeacon, this is not in accordance with the procedure. (End of this chapter) Chapter 261 , she might want to join us Chapter 261, She may want to join us ?Wu Heng also thought about coming over by himself at night. Secretly remove the internal organs. ??But if you think about it carefully, you may not be able to complete the dissection and removal of organs by yourself. Although there are indeed relevant descriptions in the ''Book of the Dead'', I have not actually practiced it. So, these coroners are needed to start. What process is required? Wu Heng asked. The coroner immediately explained: "The distribution of corpses and the removal of organs require the approval of the deacon." Requires deacons approval. While in Blackstone Town, Bawudong''s internal organs were removed. It should have been picked directly by the deacon Yazd. It is actually quite understandable that the deputy deacon does not have this right. In many places, the archdeacon will appoint some people with high local prestige, who are honorary archdeacons, and it is impossible for them to have the right to dispose of the body at will. ?Wu Heng didnt bother them either. He said directly: "You guys wait a moment, I''ll go talk to the deacon about this." Yes, Archdeacon! The two nodded. ?Wu Heng returned to his office and study room. Seeing him come back, Anderweil began to pack her things and get ready to get off work. ??Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "Weier, go to the deacon and tell me that I need a skeleton attendant who is good at water and request that the pirate corpse from last night be given to me." Instead of needing the internal organs, it is better to just bring over all the corpses. If the other party agrees, then the offal belongs to you. If the other party disagrees, take a step back and mention the offal. Okay, Master. Anderweil nodded and left directly. Not long after, Anderweil came back again holding the document. How is it? Wu Heng asked. The deacon allowed it. ?Wu Heng took the document in his hand, which contained the instructions for the distribution of the corpses. Its not as difficult as imagined. Didnt the deacon say anything? Say that things should be done according to the associations procedures. Um? For a necromancer, applying to the association for a corpse is already very orderly. Lets go and get the body. Return to the morgue. The two coroners are still carrying out their work. ??Wu Heng handed the document to the other party and said: "Take out the internal organs!" ??The coroner looked at it and communicated with the people on the side. It is not a permission to extract the internal organs, but a direct handover of the whole body to the other party for distribution. ?This seems to be considered as having the right to dispose of the corpse. The two discussed in a low voice and then began the work of removing the internal organs. The sharp scalpel opened the chest and took out all the internal organs. ?Wu Heng took out the organ jar and the two of them cleaned the internal organs and put them directly in it. Cover the jar mouth and the organ jar will close automatically. Two coroners continued to sew up the corpse''s chest. Do you have a straw mat? Wrap it up. "have!" Wrap the body and Ill take it away! The coroner took out a straw mat from the corner of the room. Wrap the body. ??Wu Heng put away the space ring, took out a few silver coins, and handed them into their palms, "Thank you for your hard work." ?Seeing that there was an unexpected gain, both of them smiled and said, "That''s right, Mr. Archdeacon." Well, theres nothing to do. Lets go back early. The two of them saluted and watched Wu Heng and Anderweil leave. ???? Return to your residence. Minnie came up to greet them. After Wu Heng changed his clothes, he carried Wu Heng and walked inside. He said softly: "Sister Wei''er, have you told me about the mansion? It''s well decorated there, and the whole house is bright." ?Wu Heng took out his arm and put his arm around her shoulders, "How long will it take to finish?" "It seems like it will take another five or six days." Minnie said, and then continued: "Master, just plant some vegetables in the yard then, so you don''t have to go out to buy them in the future." You dont have to be so frugal. Plant another fruit tree and build a birds nest on the tree. Seeing how happy the little bunny girl was, Wu Heng smiled and said, "Okay, I''ll do as you say." ?Minnie smiled, and Anderweil gathered the clothes hangers and walked in. Prepare dinner with Minnie. Port, on a docked cargo ship. In the dark cabin, there are several light stones hanging. Under the soft light, a brown-haired man wearing a black dress sat on a wooden chair outside the iron cage, waiting silently. At this time, footsteps sounded. ??An old man dressed as a captain stepped down from above. He bowed slightly and said, "Master, we have found out some information. The members of the third team of the association got the information about ''Lee'' last night and came to arrest him." Ha, trash! the man cursed and continued: Where are those girls? Took away by people from the association. You nosy guy, buy some new people and dont delay the banquet. He took out a white handkerchief and wiped his palms lightly. Yes, master. The old man responded. Just as he was about to turn around and leave, the man spoke again: "Counting the time, that Wu Heng should be arriving at the port of Yeko Kingdom soon. Say hello to the pirate group over there and get his head. Come to me and you can exchange for 20 gold coins. , the price of the two rare items on my body is calculated separately. Hear 20 gold coins. The old man''s eyes also lit up. The man smiled and said, "It''s not easy to make money, otherwise there wouldn''t be so many people falling into his hands." Yes, master, I will release the news tonight. Go! Have had dinner. ?Minnie and Andwyer, go downstairs to the training room to train. ?With the skeleton following him, and being inside the association, there is no danger. ?Wu Heng passed through the realm gate and went directly to the zombie world. The sky here has also darkened. The survivors of the base began to pack their things and prepare to close the door of the passenger terminal. ?Stepping out of the building, Li Yahong received the news and walked over from a short distance away. ?Handed the two bottles of potion to him and said: "The two corpse cores have been sent to the prison. These are newly brought by the alchemy skeleton." ?Wu Heng took it and put it into the space ring. ?At the same time, I was also thinking about whether to take over the alchemy skeleton. ?It''s always a little troublesome to go back and forth like this. But the production of potions is actually not frequent. There was no medicine for more than a month before, and they started to be delivered one after another in the past few days. ?Furthermore, the alchemy laboratory is also over there from the prison, so its a bit troublesome to move it. I did not continue to think about this matter. asked: Is there nothing wrong with what you plundered? "No problem. The scattered zombies in the community are not a threat. We are equipped with crossbows and are prepared, so we can kill a few without any problem." Li Yahong was quite confident. ??The crossbow is easy to operate and has high power. ?Although one arrow may not be able to kill, it is not difficult to kill several people together. Then, Li Yahong continued: "''Qi Hancai'' has been coming more frequently recently, intentionally or unintentionally asking about recruiting survivors. Hmm, I wonder if she wants to join us. " Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 262 , amphibious Chapter 262, Amphibious Dongan Village is also a large shelter in this area. Even if the auto repair shop does not develop well here, there should be no worries about food and clothing. But saying that Qi Hancai wants to join is actually quite understandable. ?At that time, when they captured the community together, the skeleton army showed absolutely shocking combat effectiveness, which must have left a deep impression on the people of Dong''an Village. And this world cannot change in a year or so. Joining the auto repair shop as soon as possible will not only be safe, but you can also be considered an old man. What do you think? Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. I feel that there is no problem if Dongan Village wants to join. With the strength of our shelter, we can suppress them. Li Yahong analyzed. This is not much different from what Wu Heng thought. Having survivors who have awakened their abilities join in is not a bad thing for the base. Furthermore, with Wu Hengs current strength, there is no need to worry that she will have the idea of ??seizing power. Well, we both think the same thing... ?? Li Yahong smiled and said, "That''s all I said. It''s up to me whether they have any thoughts on joining." ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Let''s go, let''s go to the warehouse." The two of them came to the warehouse where the flying dragon was transformed. ?Wu Heng took out the corpse. The skeleton stepped forward and cut the string above it. The straw mat was opened, revealing the naked and stitched body. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood slowly fell off, and the body stood up from the ground. The corpse in front of me is a little different from the skeletons in the past. The head is flat and broad, with serrated teeth, skeletal fingers and toes, and white webbed flesh. Sure enough, he is a descendant of the sharks. Skeleton Boxer (Level 13) Level: 13 Attributes: Constitution 28, Strength 25, Agility 30, Intelligence 14, Perception 19, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, amphibious, air. Experts: Scale Armor Specialization (Intermediate Level), Fighting Specialization (Advanced Level), Navigation (Advanced Level), Ship Repair (Intermediate Level), Ship Hewing (Intermediate Level), Movement in Water. Ability: Shocking punch, grabbing flying arrows, biting. Movement in water: In water, movement speed +40%. Amphibious: This unit can breathe normally in water and air. Boxer. The same occupation as Bawudong. But in terms of attributes, Bawudong is more professional than him. As for the boxer in front of me, the focus is on amphibious and fast movement in the water. This is why it has been difficult for the association to catch him. Once danger is discovered, he jumps into the sea to escape, but normal professionals have no ability to catch him under water. ?Hence, jump into the water, and its hard to say who will kill whom by then. In the expertise, there are also some entries about navigation and ship repair. As a pirate these days, I have done everything. There is another method called ship-cutting, attacking from under the ship, which seems to be a good method. From now on, you will be called Shark Tooth! Wu Heng named him. Shark Tooth said nothing and walked aside. Why is he different from a normal skeleton? Li Yahong asked. ??Wu Heng was really hard to explain, and then said: "It''s similar to aberration. Some changes have occurred due to the living environment." Oh! Li Yahong nodded and didnt ask any more questions. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let me go find some clothes, and then get a motorcycle helmet." "good." ?Li Yahong took the walkie-talkie and gave instructions. Soon, someone sent him ordinary clothes and a black full-face helmet. Have Shark Tooth put on and leave with the team. The two of them strolled around the base. ?Li Yahong went to the cafeteria to eat, and Wu Heng also returned to his room. Go through the gate and go to Treasure Island. Put down the light stone chandelier. The room is illuminated by soft lights, ?Wu Heng took out the two potions sent by Li Yahong. Highly effective strengthening potionHighly effective intelligence-enhancing potion. The name of the second bottle of potion has changed, it is called intelligence-enhancing potion. The material used to make this bottle of potion should be the corpse core of a big-headed zombie. Its just the name Zengzhi. It doesnt sound very good. Without thinking too much about this, I opened the first bottle of potion and took it. The sourness flows into the abdomen, and after the heat spreads throughout the body, there is a spasmodic sting. Strength +3, Constitution +2. Attribute hints distract a little attention. Gradually, the stinging sensation disappears. The muscles also begin to relax. Fortunately, the attribute points have not been reduced. When I first started taking Level 1 Corpse Core. The effect is to increase by 3 points, gradually weaken the effect, become 2 points, and finally 1 point. ?This second-level corpse core medicine is expected to gradually weaken. Took a short rest. Continue to open the intelligence-enhancing potion and drink it. The bitter taste and the energy continue to spread throughout the body. The effect is not muscle tingling, but a feeling of dizziness and brain swelling. Intelligence +3, Perception +2, Charisma +1. Attributes appear again. Added 6 attributes. The most intelligent among them. This is still very good. Unfortunately, the ability is still not unlocked. ??Wu Heng opened the attributes and took a look. Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 33, Perception 21, Charisma 27. Attributes have changed. Intelligence also caught up. But his physical attributes are still the highest. ?This is not a bad thing, physical fitness is very important in any profession. Even in a state of near-death, people with high physical fitness will stay strong longer. Intelligence has also reached 33 points. It is no longer a legal profession below level 15. ?Looking at it now, the attributes are actually pretty good. Strength, constitution, intelligence. Those three items are all very high. Is the fighting style more suitable for you? Remember that Shilagui is a magic swordsman. This idea appears in my mind and is immediately eliminated. "No, just keep a low profile. With so many skeletons, there is no need to develop into melee combat." Learn some melee combat skills and increase your self-protection ability. But you must not focus on melee combat, as that will only make you die faster. It is not easy to live in two worlds until now. Simply tidied up. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room again. ?Go to the bathroom and wash up briefly. Return to the bedroom. On the bed, Minnie and Anderweil were sleeping opposite each other. The quilt was pushed aside, revealing her fair and beautiful figure. Full of youth and vitality. ?Wu Heng knelt down on the bed and leaned their heads forward. With their noses facing each other, Minnie subconsciously stuck out her tongue and gave it a lick. Opposite Andwyer frowned slightly in her sleep. Soon, the two of them realized something was wrong. She exclaimed when she opened her eyes. ?After seeing Wu Heng, Anderweier blushed and blamed, "Master, it''s true." ?Wu Heng smiled, hugged the two of them and lay on the bed again. Sleep, sleep. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng took Anderweil to the association. As soon as I walked into the corridor, I heard a shout from behind. is the deacons assistant, a female elf wearing glasses. Deputy Wu Heng, after receiving your reward for your meritorious service, you can choose it at any time. (End of this chapter) Chapter 263 , Spinal Snake Staff Chapter 263, Spinal Snake Staff Has the reward come out? Hearing the news, Wu Heng felt happy. Calculating the time, it took nearly a month to kill Skull Crusher and the two backbones. I rushed from Luntam City to Treasure Island, and the reward finally came. The efficiency of this world is still too slow. The transmission of many information and documents mainly relies on letters. ?Wu Heng looked at the elf assistant and asked, "How should I get it?" The assistant spoke calmly and said: "Since it involves the second-level merit reward, you can go to the deacon to choose." Prop rewards for normal level 3 meritorious deeds. You can choose at the front desk. For this second-level merit, you still need to go to the deacon. Looks like its quite troublesome. Is the deacon in the study? Yes, Ill take you there. After the female elf assistant finished speaking, she turned and walked towards the deacon''s study. ??Wu Heng told Anderweil to go to the office and study room first, and then followed the elf assistant. Elves are outstanding in size and appearance. Nobility and elegance is the evaluation given to the elves by all races. The female elf assistant is also a lady with blond hair and pointed ears. She wears a dark dress and walks upright. Go to the deacon''s study. The elf assistant knocked on the door lightly, "Deacon, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng is here." Let him in! came the deacons voice from inside the room. ?The door opened and Wu Heng walked directly in. Butler! Well! Deacon Imiro nodded calmly, Your merit rewards have been received. I helped you sort through them and brought a few useful ones over, and you can choose them yourself. Thank you, deacon! Imiro didnt say much, walked out of the desk and came to the coffee table. In the space ring, he took out all the props one by one and placed them on the coffee table. Vine Root BraceletHunting RingInspiring HornInstructor (Special Object)Tracing Pendant (Special Object). ?There are also skill books. Bone TransplantPlague TechniqueDeath Breath. "These are the rewards for third-level meritorious service. According to the meritorious service recorded in the file, you can choose two." Imiro said, and handed a slip of paper to the assistant beside him. The female elf stood aside and began to introduce in the order of the props, "The Vine Root Bracelet is a magic prop etched with natural attributes. When thrown out, it can form a miserable terrain full of vegetation in a certain range. It can limit the enemy''s actions, or buy yourself time to escape. ?Wu Heng looked at the first [Vine Root Bracelet]. ??When he was in Blackstone Town, the former captain used his meritorious deeds in exchange for a bracelet prop, which had the effect of trapping a single target with vines. The one in front of me is obviously a range prop, and it is indeed rare. The elf continued to introduce, "The hunting ring gives the user the ability to accurately lock the target. It is not only useful for bows and crossbows, but also can assist the accuracy of spell casting. The motivating horn, after being blown, inspires the will of all living creatures to fight..." ??The elf assistant is still talking. ?Wu Heng''s eyes swept over and landed directly on the last two strange objects. The first strange object is called [Instructor], but it looks like an ordinary long sword, which looks a little old. Instructor (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Function: After holding it, the body will be controlled by the ''wonder object'' for swordsmanship training. Side effects: When used, there will be a severe sense of wrestling, fighting for control of the body. (Description: It was originally a training sword in the Swordsmanship Academy. Due to years of practice, the sword has been given its own mission. The holder will undergo orthodox swordsmanship training.) A long sword that can be possessed. The effect of ghost possession is to control the opponent''s body. Same as in the introduction. Occupies the user''s body and performs swordsmanship training. This aspect is really special. ?Wu Heng looked at it. The elf assistant also happened to introduce the long sword, "The instructor''s long sword can help users quickly practice swordsmanship. The highest level user''s swordsmanship has reached the master level." Good guy, master of swordsmanship. There are six levels of specialization classification. Beginner-Basic-Intermediate-Advanced-Master-Grandmaster. Master level is considered a top swordsman. The assistant immediately introduced the second strange object. Tracking pendant, put the missing targets hair or personal items into the mouth to detect the targets direction. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the Tracing Pendant. A rusty metal skull the size of a ''nucleus'', with a thin iron chain attached to it. Tracing Pendant (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Function: Distinguish whether the target is alive or dead, and find the approximate location. Side effects: After use, you need to feed blood. (Description: The funerary objects in the deep tomb retain the obsession of those searching for relatives.) A strange object that can be used to find a target.????The price is to feed blood. It doesnt specify whose blood it should be. It shouldnt be a big problem. You should know the remaining skill books better than me, so I wont introduce them to you. The elf assistant closed the document in his hand. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to look at the skill book. There are three books in total. Bone transplantation (Description: After casting the spell, the skeleton servant with incomplete bones can be allowed to complete the missing parts by itself (complementary materials include but are not limited to corpses, remains, and remains.)) Plague Technique (Description: Poisonous insects emerge from dead bodies or rotting corpses, attacking surrounding enemy units.) Breath of death (Description: Forming a foggy environment full of death, blocking sight, and containing various viruses such as disease, blight, and weakness.) ?These three skills are all very good. Its all what you need. In Blackstone Town and Luntam City, the acquisition of skills relies more on the purchase of the "Snake Emblem Consortium". Transported from other places. Here, it seems that you can directly exchange merit for it. It is still a big city and everything is relatively complete. What do you like? Deacon Imiro asked with a smile. Still considering. Wu Heng said. Level 3 meritorious deeds can be exchanged for two prop rewards. In terms of props, I definitely have my eye on two rare items. The ''Instructor''s Sword'' can help me train, and the ''Tracking Pendant'' is also a very good rare item, and the price is not too high. Choose these two, the benefits are the greatest. Rare objects are basically unique, and when sold, the price is the highest. Wu Heng also needs these three skill books. ?Especially [Bone Transplantation], there are quite a few missing arms and legs in my skeleton army. Even Bassen, who was left to protect Li Yahong, had a broken rib and was temporarily wrapped with tape. "I think you can choose the instructor''s sword, and you can choose a magic book. The breath of death is very good. It covers a wide range and is very effective in blocking pursuers or retreating." Deacon ''Imiro'' gave his own suggestion . ?Wu Heng did not respond. ?From the perspective of Imiro, he thinks these two are the most suitable for him. ??Wu Heng thought carefully for a moment, raised his head and said with a smile: "Skill books will be exchanged when you gain merit in the future. This time I will choose these two rare items." The day before yesterday, I helped Team 3 kill the pirates who also achieved Level 3 merit. Just wait until the merit points are obtained and then exchange the skill book. ??But these two strange objects were replaced and could not be found. The deacon was a little surprised, but he didnt say much, Okay, just think about it yourself, just put it away! Wu Heng put away the two props. The elf assistant on the side recorded it in a notebook. ??Imiro also put away the remaining props and skill books. ?Continued: "You also have a second-level meritorious service reward." ??As he spoke, he waved his hand and two props appeared in front of him. A white staff shaped like a spine, and an iron-gray solid iron man as big as a palm. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the staff first. The staff is like a curved spine, with overlapping vertebrae and a curved and drooping top, like an erect cobra. Spine Snake Staff (Description: A magic prop made from the spine of a corpse, etched with Plague Technique and Mind Gaze, and the effect of necromantic magic is +23%.) Holy shit! ?Wu Hengs pupils shrank. ??It''s not a strange object, but a magic prop made from the spine of a "ghoul". Becoming a ghoul means reaching an immortal state. It was actually made into a weapon in this way. I have to say that people in this world use materials to an abnormal degree. After being slightly surprised. ?Wu Heng focused on the magic etched on it. Plague Technique, I have just seen the skill book, and the second one is called ''Heart-catching Gaze''. ?Wu Heng didnt pay attention to the two elves in the room. Hand out the Necronomicon directly from the space ring and look for relevant content introduction. In my memory, I vaguely saw this skill. [Heart-catching gaze]: Your eyes will be filled with terrifying power. Creatures with "intelligence below 15" that look at you will suffer effects such as "sleep", "panic" and "sickness", and the target of this spell can be used again. Withstand necromancy. Skills released by the eyes? ???Thanks to the embarrassing friend for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 264 , metal puppet Chapter 264, Metal Puppet ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised by the effect of this staff when he saw the skill introduction. Using the eyes as a medium to release skill effects. Targets with intelligence below 15 points will be subject to three effects. Sleep is a control skill. If you take a look at it and see that the other person has fallen asleep, it feels very useful. Panic causes a certain amount of panic. Even if the target does not escape, morale and fighting will will be greatly reduced. The last "disease" is a common method used by necromancers, including sudden diseases, old diseases, or rotten wounds. Offending the Necromancer is indeed a troublesome thing. The deacons and elf assistants on the side watched Wu Heng flip through the Book of the Dead. Didnt say much. At Wu Heng''s age, he is only in his 20s. Being able to sit in the position of subdeacon is already considered a very high level of talent. Its normal to check books temporarily for some things. Wait for Wu Heng to close the book and take back the space ring. Deacon Imiro smiled and said, Did you find the corresponding content? Found it. Do you want to hear about the second prop? Imiro asked. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the second large iron puppet with palms. The attribute does not appear, so I dont know what it is. Listen, I havent seen this thing before. Wu Heng said. Imiro nodded and said: "What you see in front of you is just a scaled-down iron man. It is also a magic item. It is a metal puppet with a body size of nearly 4 meters. Its defense and strength can reach the level of a fourth-level professional. It is a very special person in the association. A good defensive guard. He paused slightly and continued to add, "The body is made of special materials. In terms of defense, it is stronger than your undead attendant, and the damage can be repaired." ?No wonder, the metal piece in front of me has no properties. It turns out to be just a figure. ?Listening to the introduction of Imiro, this kind of puppet is indeed quite powerful. The strength of a fourth-level professional is already at the top level. Place it in the association, which is higher than the level of the stationed deacons in many places. ?Any profession, not just mages, will choose this puppet if there is no better choice, which can be regarded as adding a powerful bodyguard. ?Wu Heng was also a little moved. But it will not occupy the reward quota this time. Level 4 guard, I have level 16 Skull Crusher, so I am not short of this one for the time being. After thinking about it. He put the iron stick back in his hand and said, "Deacon, I''ve thought about it, and I''ll choose this staff." Yimiluo raised his eyebrows and said, "Actually, I would rather you choose the Iron Puppet. You also know that Treasure Island is not a safe place." Thank you very much, deacon. Next time you perform meritorious service, I will exchange it for an iron puppet. Wu Heng smiled. Imiro did not continue to persuade him and put away the iron puppet directly. "You can just make up your mind and register him." The assistant recorded it on the document, and Wu Heng also grabbed the staff and put it into the space ring. The merit rewards have ended. ??Imiro stood up, sat back at the desk again, and asked like a casual chat: "It''s been a few days, are you still used to life?" Quite accustomed to it. The island is no more inland than you. Its a mixed bag of fish and dragons. You have to be careful when doing things and investigating cases. Imiro continued. Understood, thank you for reminding me, deacon. ??Yimiro nodded, "Okay, there''s nothing wrong with me here. If you encounter any trouble, you can come to me." Okay, then Ill go back first. ?Wu Heng stood up and left directly. Return to your office and study room. ?Anderweil is sitting at the desk, sorting out information. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately smiled and asked: "Master, is there a satisfactory reward?" Two of them are pretty good. Thats good. Anderweil smiled, her plush tail wagging slightly. ?Wu Heng placed several props on the table. Looked at each one one by one. Anderweil also stretched her neck to look over. ??I chose two rare objects and a magic prop exclusive to the Necromancer. The most influential thing on one''s own strength is definitely the ''Spine Snake Staff''. Its skills and the magic amplification it provides can be used as soon as you pick it up. The characteristic of Tracing Pendant is that it can find people. It can be regarded as an auxiliary rare item. The instructor long sword can help you practice swordsmanship, and the cost is almost nothing. It is a very good rare item. ?Even if you use it yourself, you can give it to Weier and Wen Mansha. ? ? Rangers are also equipped with short blades or one-handed swords. ?Picked up the instructors iron sword and held it in his hand. The next second, his body seemed to be controlled by a force. He suddenly stood up from his seat, turned around and stabbed with his sword. Dang~! With a crisp sound, the copper lightstone stand on the desk was stabbed and fell over. Anderweil was startled, grabbed the fallen candlestick, and said, "Master, don''t practice your sword here. If it''s broken, you''ll have to pay for it." "oh!" ?Wu Heng regained control of his body and put away the strange objects. This long sword is different from what I imagined. Originally I thought I would let the sword control my body. You can use it to deal with some melee battles. After all, I have just started swordsmanship, and this rare object can reach the standard of master-level swordsmanship. But now it seems that there are still some gaps. When the long sword controls the body, it is impossible to distinguish the surrounding things. You can only control your body subconsciously and perform some swordsmanship exercises. Therefore, even if an enemy is close, you cannot rely on this long sword for combat and counterattack. ?No wonder the name is [Instructor], he can only train. Sit in the study for a while. Seeing that nothing happened, he left the association and walked outside. Out of the association, Wu Heng did not take the carriage. Instead, we walked along the road towards the port. ?We visited the shops on the way to learn about the local prices, and bought some seafood and fruits from roadside vendors. ?All the way to the port, there were more and more people on the road, and it was extremely noisy. ?Lets take a look around Wuheng. My eyes were attracted by a cargo ship docked at the port. It seems that the ship is about to be shipped out, and rows of workers are carrying items to the ship. ?There were also people standing on the wooden boxes, loudly introducing to the crowd some workers who needed to go out to sea with the ship. Whats going on over there? It seems that some gentleman is going to hold a banquet on the ship. He has started planning the matter in the past two days. I heard that he has also invited several famous chefs to go out to sea with the ship. How many people need to eat and need so many things. "It may take a long time to go to sea, and half a month will pass in circles. I must bring more supplies." These guys really know how to enjoy themselves. Lets go, lets go, it has nothing to do with us. ?A few people chatted in low voices and left together. ?Wu Heng looked at the freighter curiously. ??At the deck railing, there stood a slender figure in a huge cloak, standing on the deck looking down. Hey guys, wear a cloak on a hot day. ?Wu Heng complained and didn''t go to watch the fun again. Leave with the crowd. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng returned to the association to pick Anderweil up from get off work. The two of them returned to their residence together. ?Wu Heng took out all the fruits and ingredients he bought on the street today. ?At Treasure Island, lobsters and large crabs as thick as a forearm are not expensive ingredients. Wu Heng bought some and could try them together. Even the original world. ??Wu Heng has only seen some food bloggers eat such a big one in videos. Now I can eat it anytime. ?A few people who have come out of the interior can try it out. Soon, Minnie brought up the steamed ingredients. ?Wu Heng and Minnie began to take out the shrimp and crab meat. Anderweil was more direct, cracking the shell directly and putting it in her mouth to chew. The three of them had a hearty meal. ?Wu Heng took the two of them to the training room. Took out the [Instructor] sword, and the next second, his body started to move on its own. There is no need for others to correct the posture. Naturally, it is the standard sword-drawing posture. The moves and postures are all in place, but the muscles in the hands and feet feel pain as if they have been forcibly stretched. ?While doing very standard movements, he grimaced in pain. Minnie and Andwyer in the distance, after training for a while. ??He tilted his chin and watched him continue practicing. Laughing from time to time. Practice until late at night. The three of them returned to their residence, took a shower and went to bed together. The next day, the association. In the office study room. ?Wu Heng was sitting behind the desk, opposite the captain of Team 3, the dwarf Olin. ?Andewil poured some tea and brought it over. After Olin thanked you, he looked at Wu Heng and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon, I have sent you the last bounty and the money from the sale of two magic items. It will take some time to get the third level merit." ?Wu Heng motioned to Anderweil to put the money away. ?At the same time, he said: "There''s no rush, just follow the association''s regulations." The dwarf then said: "Master Archdeacon, let me tell you about the hostage girls." At that time, after killing the Shark Tooth Pirates, four girls were rescued. Not very old. Did you send it back? "Sent back." The dwarf touched his beard and continued: "We found that there are other girls missing, but they have not been found yet." (End of this chapter) Chapter 265 , they mentioned you Chapter 265, they mentioned you Tell me in detail. Wu Heng said. We followed the associations instructions and sent the human girls back to their residence. At the same time, we also learned that there were missing people from other families, all of whom were young girls. said the dwarf Ohlin. Wu Heng frowned slightly, "In other words, this kind of thing has happened several times." "We suspect that there may be a cult collecting sacrifices and preparing to perform some kind of ritual." Ohlin touched his beard and continued: "We have no clue, and we just want you to see, Archdeacon, if there is any way to do it?" Where are the corpses of those pirates and buyers from last time? Wu Heng planned to ask the corpses. Burn! answered Ohlin. Holy shit. There is no chance to ask about the corpse. ??Yes, the last time we went to disembowel the body, the coroner said it would be burned the next day. ?At the time, I did not expect that other people were missing. Ohlin immediately said: "Deacon, there are several family members who have lost their children in the association. Why don''t I bring them over for you to ask." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and looked at Anderweil beside him. He said: "Weier, follow me and ask about the situation, record the missing person''s facial features and location, and then write a commission and publish it." Yes! Anderweil nodded. The dwarf Orin stood up and walked out with Anderweil. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something again and continued: "Weier, ask them who has the missing girl''s personal belongings. You must carry them with you all year round. If you have any, bring them back." "good!" ?Andweil agreed and followed the dwarf out. Not long. ?Anderweil came back. ?Hold some documents and a blue hair rope in his hand. "The one who disappeared recently was just yesterday. This is the headband brought by her mother." Andwyer handed over the headband. ?Wu Heng took it and took out the Tracing Pendant from the space ring. ?Carrying a thin chain, the walnut-sized skull was shaking slightly. Put the hair rope close to each other and stick the two things together. There are no changes. Isnt that how its used? I took another look at the introduction of the strange object and confirmed that there is nothing wrong with it. After thinking for a moment, he picked up the fruit knife on the side and pricked a small slit on his fingertip. Squeeze out a drop of blood and drop it on the skull. The next second, blue fire lit up in the skulls eye sockets. ?Open your mouth, bite a corner of the ''head rope'', and start chewing. It seems quite difficult. After chewing three or four mouthfuls, a blue soul fire burst out of the skull. ??The tail is still connected to the skull, and the other end is tilted in one direction. Like a ghost trying to escape. There is really a reaction. At this time, Anderweil will also finish the commissioned writing. Stamped with the Archdeacon''s seal. ??Wu Heng said: "Weier, let Team 3 prepare the carriage. We already have clues." Oh, okay, do you still want to post the commission? "Post it, there may be no results." Wu Heng stood up, hung the pendant on the hanger, and started to put on the armor, "By the way, Wei''er, you don''t need to go, you will go home and rest soon." "I''ll go with you. I can take care of you if you need anything." ?Wu Heng touched her head and said, "Don''t worry, I can run away if there is danger, but you can stay in the association." "Okay, then I''ll notify Team 3 first." Andweil said and walked out quickly. Not long after, the carriage was ready. ?Wu Heng carried the pendant and left with the skeleton attendant. Freighter Yani San. Although it is a cargo ship, the huge cabin in the middle is extremely luxuriously decorated. The floor is covered with soft carpets, exquisitely carved wall panels, and priceless paintings are hung. It is said to be a freighter, but it is more like the lobby of a mansion. As the owner of the boat, Malik walked out slowly wearing a dark dress and holding a solid wooden cane. ?Besides him is a gorgeous woman in a dark green low-cut slim-fitting dress. Mr. Malik, madam! You look good today, Sir Malik, and Madam, you are as beautiful as ever. In the hall, everyone attending the banquet greeted him one after another. ?Malik walked slowly, nodding and saying hello to everyone. At this time, a young man with curly hair strode in. When he saw Malik, he immediately smiled and said, "Mr. Malik, I hope I didn''t delay your banquet." ?Malik laughed and said, "My brother, you came just in time. The dinner would not have started without you." Speaking, the two hugged each other. After exchanging pleasantries, the man continued to look at the beautiful woman beside him, bent down and kissed her fingertips, "You are as beautiful as ever." The woman smiled, lightly scratched the other person''s palm, and said, "You are as considerate as before." The two looked at each other for a moment and smiled at each other. Gradually, the guests at the banquet entered one after another. The banquet is also about to begin. Marik clapped his hands lightly. After the delicious food was served. ?Several guards wearing iron armor came out from one side of the cabin. ??More than six young girls with pale faces were escorted to the banquet guests at the table. The guests, who had been impatient for a long time, pricked the girl''s wrist with their nails. The bright red blood flowed into the goblet, and they put it in their mouths and tasted it carefully. ?There are also people who bite their wrist wounds directly and **** heavily. A face full of enjoyment. The smell of blood spreads all around. The servants and guards guarding the banquet hall acted as normal and did not react at all. After drinking with each other. The girls began to stand unsteadily due to blood loss. ?Malik waved his hand slightly, and the guards took everyone down. The effects of medicines in this world are still significant, and this blood loss will not kill them. But they will also be kept in captivity and used as blood food in the future. Malik took another sip of the blood wine in the cup and said softly: "The Wu Heng who took the ''Blood Cup'' is coming over. I''m going to put out a message and put a bounty of 20 gold coins on his head. When you go to sea, pay attention." Some, kill him and get those two rare items back." Mr. Malik really values ??him. The bounty for a third-level wanted criminal is only so much, but you actually spent 20 gold coins on his head. Indeed, hes not worth that much money. ?Malik shook his head, "It''s better to be on the safe side and get the rare objects back first." When he comes, it will not be difficult to kill him. "really!" ?Malik smiled, "As long as everyone has confidence, we must kill him before he officially becomes an archdeacon." "good!" Everyone nodded while tasting the wine. On the sea. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a small boat holding the pendant. Beside him were the ''Skull Crusher'' and the ''Blood Axe'', and the ''Shark Tooth'' who was good at swimming was floating on the sea, with his arms resting on the edge of the boat. At this time, the ghost Glenda flew back towards us. Floating in mid-air, he said: "A group of vampires are holding a banquet." Vampire? Wu Heng frowned slightly, Have you seen those missing girls? I saw it, some blood was drained, and he is fine. Are there many people? Wu Heng continued to ask. "There are not many people at the banquet. There can be more than a hundred guards and sailors." Glenda said, suddenly remembering something, and added: "They mentioned you." "I?" Well, Ill give you 20 gold coins to buy your head before heading to Treasure Island. Glenda floated in the air with a smile on her face. ?Wu Heng was stunned and thought for a moment with his brows furrowed. He said: "They are not vampires, they are bloodthirsty people created by the blood cup." According to the normal train journey, he has not yet arrived at Treasure Island. Clever! Glenda praised. Let me take a look at the situation inside. Wu Heng continued. ?Glenda got directly into his body. The picture of the boat appeared in my mind. The dignitaries attending the dinner, the girl being brought up, and the intoxicated expression when tasting the blood. ??They are really a group of bloodthirsty people who suffered the sequelae after using the blood cup. In other words, the blood cup does not only appear in Luntam City, but has been to many places. Later, Wu Heng heard people talking about him. A group of people sat together, belittling him and talking about how they could kill him. Before going to work. Then, Wu Heng released Glenda again. What are you going to do? Glenda asked. ?Wu Heng closed his eyes and thought for a moment, "Kill them. When the party is over, they will be separated and it will be difficult to find them." Sure enough, its your usual style. ??Wu Heng glanced at the Shark Tooth on the side and said, Get closer to the freighter. Shark teeth burrow into the water. Started to push the wooden boat, approaching quickly. As soon as the wooden boat approached the cargo ship, several sailors immediately stood under the fence and looked. Who? Wu Heng raised his head and shouted: "Is it Mr. Malik''s freighter? I hope I didn''t miss his banquet." The sailors looked at each other. Throw a rope ladder down. ??Wu Heng climbed directly up with the Broken Skull and Blood Axe. ?Standing on the deck, Wu Heng took a look. There are indeed nearly a hundred guards, sailors, and pirates wearing various armors. They should all be the bodyguards of the people attending the banquet below. Sir, your invitation? Two armored guards came over. ?Wu Heng ignored the other party and took out the spine staff. Said to the people outside: "Come, look at me!" Many guarding sailors standing outside looked at him doubtfully. ?Wu Heng held the staff and stretched his hand downwards, "Sleep!" Hurrah! A large number of sailors and pirates fell to the ground. ??Only a few scattered people were still standing on the same spot, looking here in horror. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other people and said directly: "Kill them." ?Skull Crusher and Blood Axe, strode forward, charging towards the remaining people. Thanks to the embarrassing friends for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 266 , you have no reason Chapter 266, you have no reason In the banquet hall, the music is melodious. ?Everyone toasted and talked, and the whole room was full of laughter. Bang~! Suddenly, the door of the banquet hall was pushed open forcefully. ??A man wearing leather armor and a sailor''s scarf strode in. The skin is shriveled, the lips are shrunken, and there are **** footprints under the feet. The sound of joy suddenly stopped. ??Everyone looked at the carrion that suddenly rushed in in disbelief. Tap tap tap~! More rotten corpses wearing different clothes rushed in, pushing and shoving. Looking at other people in the hall. Act immediately and attack like a wild beast. Its the wights, kill them! someone shouted. The guards were the first to react. ?Withdraw your weapon and quickly face the carrion at the front. The long sword swept across, and the head of the rotting corpse fell and rolled to the side. Before he could be happy, the body began to quickly form pustules as big as the mouth of a bowl. Papa papa~! ??The pustule exploded, and colorful spiders emerged from the juice and continued to pounce on the surrounding creatures. Everyone slashed at the spider with their swords again. The spider dies. ?Bang bang bang~! The body continued to explode, and thick poisonous mist rose up, quickly filling the entire hall. Its rotten corpses, all come closer to me, lets fight out together. Someone shouted loudly, and formed a simple formation with the people around them, and began to charge outwards. ?This place is closed all around, and the poisonous gas keeps rising. If you stay here, you will die sooner or later. ??Ding-ding-ding-ding-ding~! During the fierce fighting, corpses kept falling down, splitting into more spiders, and continuing to kill others. The people who fought back fought against the rotting corpses and kept grabbing the spiders climbing on their bodies. Hurrying up. ??Spiders are highly venomous. After the sharp teeth tore open the skin, there were large areas of bruises and ulcers, as well as unbearable pain. Disturbed by spiders, disrupting the rhythm of the battle. Many people were thrown to the ground by the carrion corpses behind them, and they were torn and chopped randomly. ??The few people who planned to lead the team to rush out directly retreated after half of the bodies were left behind. ?? Cover your mouth and nose with a wet rag, lean on the corner and continue to defend. "Damn it, Marik, have you provoked the senior necromancer? You should apologize. It will be very troublesome if we continue fighting like this." Some dignitaries attending the banquet shouted loudly. Malik, who was hosting the banquet, was clenching his teeth and cutting off the rotten rolls of flesh on his body. He also shouted: "How do I know the Necromancer? I have never offended him. You have offended me and brought me here!" Damn it, you shouldnt have come to participate in this **** thing of yours. "Mr. Master, is there any misunderstanding here? Please suspend the attack. We can give you generous compensation." Yeah, if you have a conflict with anyone, we can sit down and talk about it. I apologize to you on Maliks behalf uluulu~! As he spoke, two round objects rolled down from the gap in the defensive circle to his feet. The tab came off and fell aside. ?Everyone frowned before anyone bent down to pick it up. ?Bang bang~! ?Two loud blasts sounded, the grenade exploded, and several people defending were blown away in an instant. Blood and severed limbs were splashed all over the surrounding walls. In an instant, there were not many living people left. ?The remaining people had no fighting spirit and held their monkey heads in their hands, begging for mercy. When the rotting corpses were also killed in large areas by grenades. ?Malik saw the right opportunity and quickly ran towards the door from one side. The thin sword in his hand was swung out, and several rotting corpse heads immediately fell to the ground. The body, on the other hand, flexibly ran into the corridor. ?His vision returned and he took two deep breaths. ?Malik stood at one end of the corridor, looking at the three figures opposite. ?Two tall figures, one tall and tall, a young black-haired young man wearing dark deputy deacon leather armor and holding a bone staff. Deacon of the Society. Black hair...black eyes! ?Malik''s heart skipped a beat, and his face became even more gloomy. "Mr. Deputy Deacon of the Association, I would like to ask what is going on?" Malik took a deep breath, forced himself to calm down, and asked. "Mr. Malik doesn''t know me? He mentioned me many times at the banquet just now. If you kill me now, you can save a lot of money." Wu Heng said with a smile. ?Malik''s face turned cold, and he suddenly threw the sword forward. ?Like an arrow leaving the string, with a whistling sound that breaks through the air. ?The body followed closely, turning into a shadow and quickly approaching the three people. On the way, he reached out and took out two short blades and held them in his hands. Whoosh~! The thrown sword was dodged by the three of them and nailed to the wooden wall behind. Marik approached quickly, his dagger thrusting straight into the gap between Skullbreaker''s breastplate and helmet. Bang~! ?However, Skull Crusher''s action is simpler and neater. Leaning his body back, he kicked Malik in the abdomen. After a dull crash. ?Malik, who was wearing a formal dress, flew backwards and vomited out a mouthful of blood. He raised his head again, and faced several gray-white rays that hit his body. Physical strength begins to decline rapidly, and qi and blood decline. The wound that had gradually recovered after taking the medicine just now began to fester again. Your own state is declining rapidly. ?Malik quickly stood up, took out two rolling thunders from his hand, and threw them directly forward. Having rolled halfway, he was kicked back by Skull Crusher. ?Bang bang bang~! Rolling thunder exploded and smoke filled the air instantly. ?Malik''s figure turned directly into a ball of black mist, blended into the smoke, and floated towards the door of the corridor. Hurrah hoo~! ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax, armed with weapons, began to chase the black smoke. ??Wu Heng also took out a submachine gun from the space ring and started pouring bullets into the black fog above his head. The bullets were shot out intensively, dissipating the fog and condensing it. ?Moving slower and slower. ?Marik let out a scream of pain, transformed back into human form, and fell to the ground. ?Shattered Skull stepped forward and stepped on his chest. ??The warhammer kept falling straight down, breaking his limbs. ?Malik wailed in pain, revealing his sharp fangs and trying to bite the ankle that was stepping on his chest. touch~! A muffled sound. ?Skullbreaker kicked him in the face, one of his eyeballs exploded and sharp teeth flew everywhere. Malik wailed loudly and shouted: "Wu Heng, you can''t kill me. I''m not on the association''s wanted list. If you kill me, you will be in big trouble. You are the deputy deacon, and you must abide by the association''s procedures and rules. " Even though he was vomiting blood, he still kept roaring. He didnt know what was wrong. ??Why did Wu Heng show up at Treasure Island in advance, and why did he know the plan and go directly to this place to kill him. But he really regretted it. ?Had I known it earlier, I would have stayed away from here. Stay away from him. ?Malik has the status at this time and knows how to circumvent rules that are unfavorable to him. As he said, according to the rules of the association. ?Wu Heng had no reason to kill him. ?Even if you know that Malik is planning to kill him, you must abide by the rules of the association. ?Wu Heng looked at him and the **** smell emanating from his body. Said flatly: "What do you think when you talk to the Necromancer about this?" Under Maliks horrified gaze, Wu Heng waved his hand. The blood ax cut off his head with one stroke of the axe. ????????????????????????????????? At this time, the double doors of the banquet hall opened again. ?A woman with colorful makeup wearing a dark dress, revealing two slender thighs, stumbled out with blood all over her body. The poisonous fog in the hall behind him has dispersed a lot, and no living person can be seen. The woman held on to the wall and cursed: "Malik, are you a man? You left your woman behind and ran away first." uluulu~! At this time, Malik''s head rolled to his feet. ??The woman''s pupils shrank suddenly, and when she raised her head, she saw three figures standing not far away. Immediately shouted, "Don''t kill me, I''m no threat to you, I can serve you, I''m very comfortable." (End of this chapter) Chapter 267 , why are they all dead? Chapter 267 Why are they all dead? Speaking, the woman took off her shoulder strap. The low-cut skirt slipped down, revealing her fair and plump body. The woman held her chest up with her hands and continued, "Malik has offended you. I am his woman and I am willing to atone for your sins on his behalf." As he spoke, his expression became more and more pitiful and helpless. ??The timid appearance and half-naked figure give people a special impact. It seems that she is quite good at teasing men. ?Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Where is the girl you captured?" "Here, in the cabin below, Malik built a dark room to avoid some inspections. I will take you there." The woman said directly. No need, I can find it myself. ?Wu Heng said something and pulled the trigger of the submachine gun in his hand. The sound of gunshots exploded. Before the woman had time to react, several **** holes were punched in her body. Looked at his body in horror, and fell down little by little. ?Wu Heng looked at the body and confirmed that it was dead. Let the skeleton drag the two corpses back into the banquet hall. ?The hall was silent. ?There were only corpses on the dining table, dripping with blood. No one among the corpses, guests, attendants or guards survived. The ground was covered with corpses, and not even a groan was made. The woman just now should be the only one who walked out alive. Its just that, based on what she did, and the fact that she was involved in the Secret Order. She is destined to die here. Drag all the corpses in formal clothes over here. Wu Heng said. Skullcrusher and Bloodaxe take action. Started to search for corpses throughout the hall. Many of them had been chopped into pieces, and their clothes were stained blood red, making it difficult to identify them. In the end, counting the two killed in the corridor, a total of six corpses were laid flat in the open space in front of them. ?Wu Heng glanced at it first. Picked off a space ring from the fingers of Malik and an old nobleman. I didnt even look to see if there were any good things inside, so I just put them away. Then, he took out his tablet and started comparing it with the associations wanted notice. From the first Malik to the last person. ?There is also a corpse among them, which matches the appearance and characteristics on the wanted poster. It is still an ordinary wanted poster without prop rewards. ?Malik and others are really not on it. ??Wu Heng found a wooden door, opened the boundary gate, and said, "Move all these corpses in." The skeleton began to take action and moved all the corpses except the wanted criminals to one side of the boundary gate. Hide the bodies of these people and save yourself a lot of trouble. ?Even if those ordinary sailors or guards died on the ship, and it involved imprisoning a girl to drink blood, no one would care about their life or death. Soon, the body removal was completed. ??Wu Heng took out the radio earphone and put it on one ear, "Olin!" I am here, Lord Archdeacon. Bring someone here! Wu Heng said. "Have you confirmed that it is on the ship? I immediately asked someone to notify the association to request reinforcements, and at the same time organized people to board the ship by force." Ohlin said in a serious voice. Wu Heng said: "No, it''s safe here. You can just bring your team up here." Ah? Are you sure? Sure, come over! Hang up the radio. ?Wu Heng walked out of the banquet hall, went down the wooden ladder, and entered the cabin on the ground floor. The bottom cabin. It was dark and humid, and the air was filled with a musty smell. The guard guarding the door lay limp and died at the door. ?Wu Heng stepped forward to check and found that there was no sound. There are no external injuries on the body. It should be that he signed a soul contract with Malik. ?The moment Malik died, their souls also disintegrated. Found it, over there! Glenda said as she penetrated from one side. ?Wu Heng came to a wooden wall and looked around, "How to get there?" The mechanism is on the left wall lamp. You can open it by pulling the light pole. Granda said. Compared to Wu Heng, Granda understands the layout of these mechanisms better. ?The last time she was in the study room of the city lord''s mansion in Luntam City, she took Wu Heng to find the treasure room behind the secret door. ?Of course, with Wu Hengs current insight, if he studies carefully, he may not be unable to find the mechanism. But it will definitely take some time. It would be faster without ''Glenda'' telling him directly. ?Wu Heng walked over and pulled the pole of the wall lamp. With a click, a gap opened in the wooden wall. Just push it gently to open it. The interior is still dark, and figures huddled in the corners can be vaguely seen in the three iron cages. ?Weak and helpless, shivering. Wu Heng did not walk over to avoid frightening them. He tried to be as gentle as possible and said, "You are safe. I am the deputy deacon of the association. I have been entrusted by your family to take you back." There was no response from the cage. ?A few suspicious eyes, with a little distrust. This is the headband of any of you. Your mother gave it to me and asked me to take you back. ?Wu Heng took out his head rope and threw it in front of the group of people. Outside the freighter. After the gray owl confirmed that no one was on board, the people from the third team quickly boarded the ship and looked around cautiously. The night wind was cold and cold, and the deck was empty with no one in sight. It seems like a ghost ship floating on the sea. Check it! Ohlin ordered. ?The people dispersed a little. Check the situation on deck. Captain, there is blood here and its not dry yet. There are signs of fighting here. Theres an ear over here. ?Several people talked one after another. Proof that a battle had just occurred on the ship. Their boat is not far away. But I didn''t hear any movement. Orin used the tame beast and flew around the ship again. After confirming that there was really no one there, he said directly: "Let''s get off the cabin." ?A few people nodded, held weapons, and entered the cabin. Dangrang~! ?Stepping into the corridor, holding an iron sword at his feet. Then the rich and disgusting smell of blood hit his face. ?The faces of several people became more and more ugly, and they also quickened their pace. Passing through the long corridor full of traces of battles and pushing open the door of the banquet hall, everyone''s expressions suddenly changed. The person in front subconsciously stepped back and bumped into the person behind. The seemingly spacious and luxurious hall was actually filled with corpses. ?The death was miserable and beyond recognition. Many of the corpses were not in good health and were divided into several pieces, and their human shapes could no longer be seen clearly. But its still quiet. There was no sound at all. Damn, whats going on? These are corpses that look like rotting corpses. Did the Archdeacon take action? One man killed a whole boatload of people? someone asked. How do I know! The dwarf Orin held out his hand to signal everyone to shut up. Just walk on randomly, not knowing what you will see again. Using the strange communication device on his head, he asked: "Sir Archdeacon, we are on the freighter, where are you?" ??Wu Heng''s voice came from the radio headset, "I was on the deck, didn''t I see you?" Well be there right away. ?Olin didnt want to stay here any longer, so he called his men and walked out directly. Hurry up to the deck. From a distance, I saw Wu Heng and several girls wearing animal skins standing on the deck. A few light stones illuminate the surrounding area brightly. Lord Archdeacon! Ohlin stepped forward. Let someone register these children and ask for their names and home addresses. The rest of the people will go and tie the boat below to the stern. We are going to go back. Wu Heng gave the order directly. Okay. Ohlin ordered immediately. At this time, the shark tooth that remained under the water also climbed up from the rope ladder. Shark Tooth, go to the cab, lets get ready to go back. Shark Teeth also walked directly. Soon, the freighter started to move slowly, approaching the port. Olin came back again, "Sir Archdeacon, what should we say to the association?" ?There is nothing to be pitiful about these dead people. But the association still has its own processes and regulations. There is no one alive on the whole ship, and there will definitely be some questions after returning. ??Now ask the subdeacon, and you will have a good idea. Don''t say the wrong thing when you go back, and offend this person who kills a ship with one person. Wu Heng said directly: "The people here captured these children and planned to hold a blood feast, which is to drink the blood of living people. After I got on the boat, I was attacked and was forced to fight back." "These people really deserve to drink the blood of children." The dwarf slapped the wooden pole hard and said angrily. "yes!" Sir Archdeacon, are all the people attending the banquet dead? ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, there were a few nobles who were very skilled and jumped off the ship and escaped." Oh, I know what to say. Ohlin said. The two of them stood on the bow of the boat and enjoyed the cool breeze. ?Wu Heng suddenly thought about the ship and asked, "How do you usually deal with such captured ships?" According to the regulations of the association, the spoils are distributed among the members themselves. If you have no use for it or want to exchange it for merit, you can donate it to the association. The ships should also be considered trophies. The dwarf said directly: "There are two types. If it is a wanted criminal, or the ship does not belong to a force, it will be counted as trophies and you can handle it yourself. If it is not a wanted criminal''s ship, but there is only a battle on the ship, or some special circumstances, it will not be considered a trophy. " ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. The dwarf added, "This ship is used to imprison these girls, and it also has a secret room. It must belong to a criminal''s ship, and it is very likely that the spoils will be divided. I will let you know if there is any news." Okay, keep an eye on this matter. "clear." Fan Liang on the horizon. The cargo ship approaches the dock. Leave a few people to guard the ship, while the rest go to the association to mobilize people. The girls neither cried nor fussed. They always hugged each other and followed them to the association. Come to the association. ?Olin went to deal with the matter. ??Wu Heng also returned to his residence, glanced at the two girls sleeping in the bedroom, and went to another room. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Turn on the light. In the bedroom, there were several corpses lying flat. The smell of blood permeated the entire room. ?Wu Heng searched several people. There are no magic props, but I found some gold and silver jewelry and some coins on my body. Let the skeleton carry the body out. ?Wu Heng continued to take out the space ring he found and examined it. Space Ring (2 cubic)Space Ring (5 cubic) The two space rings are not big. ?? is also a relatively common spatial range. ?Wu Heng connected his spirit to the inner space and took out everything. Water Belt (Description: A belt etched with water flow effects, allowing creatures to swim faster in the water.) I found a magic item inside. It increases the swimming effect. Continue to look at the rest of the items. Personal clothing, some daily necessities etched with special effects, a large number of silver coins and a small bag of gold coins. As well as the property deed of Treasure Island and the contract for freight transportation cooperation. Throw aside things that are of no use. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to move the corpses outside and transform them all into skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 268 , write a letter to Lilith Chapter 268, writing a letter to Lilith Early the next morning. The whole thing spread within the association. The merchant ship set up cells to imprison young girls on the island as food for blood. This kind of thing instantly aroused everyone''s anger and hatred. Even if you are not a good person, you will not do such evil things. Damn it, you can actually do such a thing. They must be vampires, those guys cant change their nature. So many girls have been lost on the island, and now I realize that there must be someone inside. "Find it out and I''ll cut off his ribs." ?The hall was full of curses, and some even shouted for the association to name the murderer. Go to those people for revenge. Deacon, Sheila Gui''s study room. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and the dwarf Orin came in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Ohlin looked a little tired. Sheila Gui was sitting behind the desk, wearing dark blue clothes and sitting upright. Sit down! Sheela said. Orin sat down. Sheila Gui looked at the document in her hand and spoke slowly, "The deacon asked me to check the matter of imprisoning the girl and tell me again what happened last night." Oh, okay. ?Olin thought for a moment and recounted everything that happened yesterday. Including the disappearance of people with no clues, to the final return with a boat. Same content as the report submitted. Sheila Gui listened carefully, the expression on her face remained unchanged, and she was still a little surprised in her heart. In other words, Team 3 had no clues about the missing persons, so they asked Wu Heng, the deputy deacon, for help. Not only found the person directly. They also boarded the ship by force and killed the entire crew. Only a few people jumped ship and left. When a shipload of corpses appeared at the port, a lot of people surrounded it. Now, the dwarf spoke in detail. ?Things are clear, but it is already a bit unbelievable. Level does affect a person''s combat ability. But it has not reached the point where one person can take on so many people alone. ??If Wu Heng hadn''t just been transferred from another place, she would have thought that this was a play planned by the other party. After all, a Necromancer can do anything. Deacon, do I still need to tell the deacon about this matter? the dwarf asked. "I will tell the deacon." Sheila Gui glanced at the other party and continued: "Don''t worry, imprisoning the girl as blood food is enough to kill these people eight times. You have done a good thing, and the association will not unjustly accuse you. "Human." "Well, thank you, Archdeacon." The dwarf was silent for a while, and then continued to ask: "Deacon, I have another question, is that freighter considered a spoil of war?" Sheila Gui glanced at him and said, "I will ask the deacon and I will let you know then." "oh!" Okay, go down and rest, I will send those girls back. The dwarf stood up and saluted again. Withdrew directly. In the study room. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk and yawned, and Anderweier brought a cup of tea over to him. ?Standing behind him, he gently rubbed his shoulders. Why didnt you go back to your room to sleep? Anderweil said softly. It will be dawn soon, so I wont disturb you. Wu Heng leaned back and leaned into the fox girls arms. Anderweil smiled and hugged each other gently, her face full of tenderness. The two of them were affectionate for a while. Wu Heng said: "Go to the front desk to get some letter paper." Okay! Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. Not long after, he came back from outside with a pile. ?Wu Heng took it and sat at the table and thought for a while. Lay out a piece of letter paper and start writing. Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: ??Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, learned during the investigation of the disappearance of young girls at the port of Treasure Island that some people imprisoned girls from various ethnic groups and held blood feasts. The situation was so bad that it aroused the anger and hatred of the island residents. Among them, most of the guests attending the blood banquet were from powerful backgrounds. I guess that the blood-eating behavior is like a symptom after using the strange object "blood cup". ?This letter informs the leader of the information and also asks the leader to arrange manpower to supervise the matter to prevent similar situations from happening in other places and damaging the Night Clan''s reputation in the association. Deputy deacon of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " Lilith Ann Beshmit is the leader of the "Secret Whisperers" faction of the association. Intelligence and gossip from all over the world will eventually converge on her side. Previously, when he got the ''Blood Cup'', Slater told him about this Lilith leader in detail. So, I really remembered the other persons name. This incident is obviously a sequelae of the blood cup. Furthermore, the people in the Secret Order are still causing trouble for themselves. After thinking about it for a while, I decided to write this letter. Whether it is to prevent people from drinking blood in other places, or to cause trouble for the ''Secret Order''. It would not be a mistake to tell this leader Lilith about this matter. After writing, put it directly into the letter and seal it with the subdeacons sealing wax. Write the recipient and address. Weier, send this to the front desk. Okay, Master. Anderweil picked it up and walked out directly. ?Wu Heng stood up and stretched his muscles. Just wanted to leave and go home to sleep. ?The door knocked again. "Enter!" The door is opened. The dwarf captain came in. "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng!" ??? ?Wu Heng was also stunned when he saw the dwarf. The other party is back from sea. After opening the door and coming in, the dwarf said directly: "Sir Archdeacon, I have brought all the goods you want. You can see when I have time and I will deliver them to you." Before the other party goes to sea. Wu Heng did order a batch of goods. At this time, Anderweil also walked back from outside. The dwarf saluted, "Miss." ?Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, Weier will go with us." ??The dwarf opened the door proactively and respectfully. Walking outside together. Along the road, many staff members smiled and said hello. ?Wu Heng responded, thinking about urging the construction team to speed up the decoration work. The dormitories provided by the association are also good, but every time you go out, you have to pass by the association hall. Its not as convenient as having your own place to live. All the way onto the dwarf''s ship. The dim cabin was filled with all kinds of cargo. Here are the wooden bows you asked for, 500 of them in total. The oilcloth covering was lifted, revealing the wooden bows neatly arranged inside. Weier, check it out. ? Anderweil randomly took out a few wooden bows for inspection, put on the bow strings, and started shooting. The arrow hit the wooden target on one side with a clanging sound. No problem, Anderweil said. "Since I promised you, I won''t fool you with some ordinary goods." The dwarf smiled with a smile on his face. What about the price? As agreed, 25 silver coins, the dwarf said. The price is the same as the last purchase from the elves. It seems that the market has a certain price range. Without further ado, Wu Heng took out the corresponding silver coins and placed them in the open space of the cabin. The dwarfs and sailors immediately smiled and began to count. Hand wait until it is confirmed that the score is correct. ?Wu Heng also put away all the wooden bows. "Sir Deputy Deacon, do you need any other goods? We will sail the ship to the Port of Netale. If you need anything, we can purchase it directly for you." The dwarf stepped forward and asked with an eager look on his face. Not yet. If you need anything then, Ill contact you. "good." ?Wu Heng took Anderweil away from the cargo ship. ?On the way, I also took a look and found that the ship I brought back last night had been blocked. Back to the association, there was still nothing going on in the afternoon. ? Anderweier returned to the office and study, while Wu Heng returned to his residence. Back home, Minnie sat at the coffee table and practiced writing. After such a long time, Minnie is learning very quickly, not only the words of this world, but also because there are some comic stories at home. Learning Chinese characters is also very fast. Even some sentences can be translated. ??Wu Heng felt that Minnie had chosen the wrong profession. It might be better to switch to an intellectual profession or to decipher archaeological documents. Ah! The master is back. Minnie shouted excitedly and rushed forward. ??Wu Heng hugged her with his hips, turned around half a circle, and put her down again. Want to eat? Minnie asked. "I''m not hungry yet. I''m waiting for Wei''er to come back." Wu Heng took out a 2 cubic space ring and handed it to her, "It''s for you." ?Last time, Wu Heng was given to Wen Mansha and Ande Weir, but Minnie did not get it. ??This time I got it again, so I gave her one directly. It will be more convenient to have a space ring. ?Seeing the space ring, Minnie immediately exclaimed, "Wow, I have it too, it''s great, thank you master." Then, he jumped up directly, hung his whole body on his body, and gave her a kiss. ?Wu Heng put his arms around the opponent''s waist and enjoyed the little rabbit''s affectionate kiss. After a long separation. ?Minnie still held his face, stuck out her tongue, and licked his lips. Can you use it? Wu Heng asked. Well, I havent used it. Try to communicate with your mind. Okay! Minnie concentrated on trying to communicate, then grabbed the water glass next to her and put it directly into the space ring. This world has an innate understanding of the use of magic props. Just like children in the modern world, it is easy to learn to use smartphones. Thats great, you can put it away when you buy groceries later. Minnie smiled. ?Wu Heng touched her head and ears and said, "Okay, you can play by yourself. I''m going to the study first." Hmm, lets make some delicious food for the master tonight. ?Wu Heng nodded with a smile and entered the study on one side. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Wu Heng walked out of the residential building. The survivors on the way smiled and said hello. He took the walkie-talkie and just called Li Yahong when he saw Qiangzi walking over quickly. Your Majesty! Ah! Whats wrong? Wu Heng saw him in a hurry. Qiangzi walked over quickly and said mysteriously: "The iron wolf is ready." Where is it? Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Qiangzi picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Bring it here." At the other side of the warehouse, there were two men about the same size as Hadron. Together they carried a black iron thing and walked over. (End of this chapter) Chapter 269 , failed design Chapter 269, failed design The two men came over carrying the iron wolf. It stood on the ground with a clang. Your Majesty! The two of them greeted, handed the iron wolf sword to Qiangzi, and then left. Qiangzi held the iron wolf with one hand, scratched his head with the other, and said: "It''s a little different from the original sketch. The previous one was too heavy, so we shortened the number and length of the branches, and finally it became It became like this. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully. One main spear has nine iron branches. It was said to be an iron wolf, but now it looks more like a long-thorned mace. It is completely different from the original draft. Ill try the weight. Its quite heavy. Qiangzi said and handed it over. ?Wu Heng picked it up, faced the open space in front of him, and whirred twice. The Qiangzi on the side had their eyes widened at this time, looking at Wu Heng in disbelief. ??The two of them worked together to carry it over, and it was treated like a stick. Its too heavy to use. Wu Heng said as he punched the iron wolf on the ground. Its not that he uses emphasis, but the skull uses emphasis. With 34 points of strength, it feels heavy. Equipped with ordinary skeletons, it will be even more difficult to resist the zombies. This is not practical, but it looks cool as an ornament. Lets ask the workshop to produce more tridents with sharper blades. Wu Heng said directly. Okay, Ill let someone do it when I get back. ??Qiangzi didnt say anything hard and agreed directly. ?Standing Iron Wolf aside, he took out the previous draft and said, "Let me show you the flying dragon equipment we studied." ?Wu Heng leaned over and said, "Okay." We have made two conjectures about the characteristics of the flying dragon. The first is to let the flying dragon drop bombs, just like an airplane dropping bombs, and the second is to add weapons to the dragons claws. Lets talk about it. Hadron pointed at the drawing. There is a flying dragon painted on it, and there are several bombs underneath it. "The bone dragon can design its chest cavity into a bomb chamber to drop bombs. Of course, we don''t have bombs. Our idea is to drop some short arrows, or iron and rocks." " There is no problem if the chest cavity is designed as a bomb release chamber. Throwing arrows has low lethality, while iron and stone blocks are heavy and cannot be carried in large quantities. Neither is very good. What about the second option? Wu Heng continued to ask. Hadron turned the page again, and the patterns on it were even more exaggerated. From the dragon''s claws, blades extend out, just like those of Wolverine. We add hook claws to the dragon claws, swoop a certain distance, hook the zombies into the sky, and then throw them down to death, or directly attach a machete to sweep through the zombies and hack them to death. Forehead. ?Wu Heng looked at the picture and frowned slightly. Qiangzi asked: "How is it?" "No." Wu Heng said: "What if your first hook hooks onto some building and the zombie pulls the flying dragon down? If you attach a machete to the second claw, it will not be able to land." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Let''s study in the direction of bombing. It feels more reliable." Qiangzi nodded, "Okay!" While the two were chatting, Li Yahong walked over from the front carrying a bag. Sister Hong! Qiangzi greeted. What are we talking about? Im reporting some work to the king, I wont disturb you for chatting. Qiangzi said, turned and left. Li Yahong handed over the bag. After opening it, there were some gold and silver jewelry inside. He said: "The gold that can be exchanged in each shelter is getting less and less. After a while, it will be difficult to get out how much gold." In the end of the world, gold is indeed worthless. But each shelter must have gold before it can be sent here. Search in a safe place and kill some lone zombies, you may be able to get some. But once these are replaced, it will be difficult to find new gold and silver. ?Wu Heng also knew about this and asked, "What can be done?" There are only two aspects, either clearing the roads to the outside world so that more shelters can come for exchange, or giving those survivors the opportunity to continue to obtain gold and silver. In other words, either the roads leading to other directions should also be cleared. Let more survivors come safely to exchange supplies. The second option is to provide them with some weapons and equipment so that they can clean up the zombies on their own and search for more gold. ?In the modern world, many people wear gold and silver jewelry, as long as they have the ability to kill zombies. You can gain something. Let them focus on killing zombies and obtaining gold and silver. This can also prevent the refuges from being desperate and focus on the auto repair shop. What equipment do you think would be better to provide? Wu Heng continued to ask. The best-selling ones at the moment are the crossbows, and there are also arm armors, both of which have a good market. Li Yahong thought for a moment and said. ?Suddenly I discovered that this world seemed to be gradually developing into an alien form. Arbalbows and armor have become necessary items. Can you use bows and arrows? Wu Heng took out a wooden bow and arrows from the space ring. ?Li Yahong took it, drew the bow and nocked the arrow. There was a bang, and the bow string trembled. The arrow did not shoot out, but left the hand and landed on the side of the foot with a clang. It almost got stuck in the foot. ??Li Yahong looked at the arrows on the ground and said with some embarrassment: "It''s not the same as what was shown on TV. Maybe I need to practice." The use of bows and arrows is indeed not as simple as the crossbow. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I will find a way to provide you with crossbows and armor. Then the exchange conditions will be relaxed, so that each shelter will have the opportunity to exchange more." "good!" ?Wu Heng smiled, "Let''s go, let''s go to the skeleton." Then the two went to the community where the skeletons were stationed. ??Wu Heng will give all the 500 wooden bows and arrows he bought from the dwarf to the skeleton warrior. ?Li Yahong arranged for people to set up wooden targets in the community.? ? ? 500 archers began training. ??The bow is dense and sharp, and the arrows are whizzing out to hit the molybdenum target. ?The scene is still a bit shocking. Different from Li Yahong, after the skeleton picks up the bow and arrow, he can shoot the arrow, but the accuracy is not high. Most of them missed the target. It takes some time to practice. After watching it for a while, he took Li Yahong back. Tomorrow morning, lets go to the square to clean up the zombies and move forward, Wu Heng said. "good!" In the middle of the night, the temperature dropped a bit. ?Wu Heng stood up and closed the open window. ?Li Yahong woke up from her sleep, snorted softly, and said lazily: "What''s wrong? Didn''t you sleep well?" Close the window. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he got back into the quilt and gently stroked the other person''s smooth back. Turn over slightly and gradually press the opponent under you. Its time, arent you tired? Li Yahong slightly supported his chest with her arms, and her legs naturally crossed her waist. Are you tired? ?Li Yahong smiled, glanced to the side, and said, "As long as you''re not tired, I don''t have to exert any effort anyway." "Um!" ??Li Yahong''s breathing gradually became heavier, her arms tightened slightly, and she got into the other person''s arms. ??Put out the red tongue and lick it gently like a cat drinking water. The next day, early morning. According to yesterdays plan. Today we will continue to clean up zombies along the road. Treasure Island is relatively stable, but the level still needs to be improved. Li Yahong''s bus was parked outside, and Wu Heng boarded it with many special skeletons. Because the distance is not far, about two kilometers away. There is no intention to bring a convoy. Let the skeletons come out and get ready to go. Wu Heng said directly. Hurrah! There were dense footsteps in the community on one side, and a large number of skeletons walked out of the community. Surround the passenger cars in the middle. Lets go! Wu Heng said. The bus started and moved forward slowly. The skeleton army on both sides changed from a quick walk to a trot, following in the middle of the passenger car. The bones rattled. About half an hour. The army walked through the Bifeng Life Plaza that was cleaned last time. A large number of zombies began to appear ahead. Roars sounded one after another, and the zombies rushing out of the alleys and shops on both sides were like a converging river. ?Wu Heng opened the car door and looked at Wuyang Wuyang''s corpses in front of him. Said directly: "Archer, shoot!" Huh~! A dense barrage of arrows shot into the sky. In this case, there is no need to be precise. ??As long as you throw it forward, you can almost hit the target without shooting at your own people. ?Puff-puff~ding-ding-ding-ding-ding! The arrows fell like a rainstorm. ??The running zombie was instantly stabbed into a hedgehog shape, trembling with the force of the arrow and falling to the ground. ??? Before he could get up and continue charging, he was trampled back to the ground by the surging zombies behind him. A large group of corpses stumbled and rolled into a ball. The rain of arrows continued to fall, and waves of zombies kept falling to the ground. The lethality brought by arrows is still weak. ?? Even if the zombies'' bodies are penetrated, it will not have much impact on them. Still inserting arrows, continue to attack. The group of corpses is close to 300 meters. ?Wu Heng ordered again, "Spear throwers, throw them out!" Huh~! ?The iron spear fell down, and the corpses fell to the ground again. After several rounds of long-range attacks, the number of corpses was almost reduced by half. Next second~! The group of corpses collided directly with the queue of skeletons, and there was a heavy slapping sound. The two sides began to fight in close combat. The sound of melee resounded throughout the entire area. ??Ding~! During the battle, suddenly, the system prompt appeared suddenly. Your level is increased to level 11, intelligence +1, perception +1. Unlock feat: Spellcasting acceleration. (End of this chapter) Chapter 270 , are you full? Chapter 270: Have you eaten enough? Upgraded! Upgrade to level 10 and still kill the Warhammer Party in Luntam City. After that, I participated in several battles one after another, until today, I finally reached another level. ??Wu Heng took a look at the battlefield. After confirming that there were no problems, he looked at the attributes and expertise. Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 34, Perception 22, Charisma 27. The two attributes of the level are added to intelligence and perception. Intelligence has also caught up with strength. ?Keep checking for newly unlocked feats. Unlock feat: Spellcasting acceleration. Spellcasting Acceleration: Your intelligence and spirit have been significantly improved, and you can complete more complex spellcasting operations in a shorter time. The effect of [Spellcasting Acceleration] is literally, it increases the casting speed. For mages, even necromancers, this is a very practical expertise. The strength has been raised to a higher level. After checking the attributes and specialties, Wu Heng turned his attention to the battlefield again. The surging corpses and skeletons are still entangled. The number of zombies has been reduced by half, and only a few zombies are still attacking like crazy. ??Wu Heng glanced at the several deformed skeletons beside him and said, "You guys should go too and resolve the battle as soon as possible." ?Several deformed skeletons rushed out in large strides. There was still a certain distance, so he jumped up high. With a loud thud as it landed on the ground, it crashed directly into the group of corpses. ?Like an out-of-control truck, it ran rampant among the corpses, its arms kept swinging, and a large number of zombies were knocked away. ?The goddesses fell down like flowers, all around the road on both sides. ?Then the skeleton queue began to move forward, cleaning up all the remaining corpses like a meat grinder. The battle is over. The entire road was covered with zombie corpses. Clean the battlefield! Wu Heng ordered again. The skeletons began to carry the corpses, and the rest began to collect arrows and iron spears all over the ground. Soon, the bodies were piled aside. ?Wu Heng took out his staff and started to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses and joined the queue. When the arrows and iron spears were almost collected, Wu Heng continued to give orders and move forward. From morning till dusk. The last wave of zombies was killed, and the entire road was covered with corpses. Skeletons began to clean the battlefield. Li Yahong wore a mask and said, "I''ll send the convoy over, and I''ll start arranging people to collect supplies in the next two days." "good!" ?Wu Heng began to release his skills, and skeletons stood up from the corpses. Soon, the convoy came over. Li Yahong began to explain the tasks. Lets do a simple search of the shops along the road first, and then bring more people over tomorrow to search them. Wait until the explanation is completed. ?Wu Heng boarded Li Yahongs bus and returned. Back at the passenger terminal, Li Yahong went about her own business. ?Wu Heng also passed through the boundary gate and returned to Treasure Island. Get out of the room. The sound of Minnie cooking came from the kitchen. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, Minnie immediately smiled and said, "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." No hurry, Ill take a shower first. Ill prepare bath water for you. Minnie wiped her hands. ?Wu Heng touched her head and said, "No, it''s not like I don''t know how to do it myself." Took a comfortable bath in the bathroom. When she came out, Anderweil was wearing loose home clothes, revealing her two white calves. She was curled up on the sofa and looking at the documents in her hand. Master! Anderweil shouted softly. ?Wu Heng nodded, sat down next to him, and held the fox girl in his arms. ?Hook your arms around your waist, follow the hem of your shirt, and reach in to grasp the roundness. ?Andwyer''s face was slightly red, and she leaned into her arms shyly, her furry tail wagging slightly. Is there anything going on with the association? Wu Heng asked. At this time, the role of the assistant comes into play. Anderweil twisted her body slightly and replied: "It''s nothing. Several members of the association were involved in the matter of imprisoning the girl, and they are now under investigation." Are there any association members? Well, this matter has caused public outrage on the island, and the association has also taken it seriously. Andwyer said. Whether it is an association or some local security forces. There is no way to avoid people collecting money to do things for the powerful. It is actually not unusual to find out about team members. Have the rewards for Team 3 been released? No! Andweiers voice became lower and lower, and her whole body got into her arms. Then, something suddenly occurred to him and he said: "By the way, Master, there is news from the decoration team. We can go for acceptance tomorrow." At this time, Minnie walked in from the kitchen carrying food. Looking at the two people stuck together, he joked: "Sister Wei''er, isn''t she already full?" Anderweil rolled her eyes at him, "Stop talking nonsense!" "Hehe." Minnie smiled and continued: "What are the master and Sister Wei''er talking about?" Anderweil sat up and said, "The new house has been decorated. The decoration team has informed us that we can go and inspect it at any time." Really? Can we finally live there? Minnie said excitedly. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Let''s see if we have time tomorrow. Let''s go check it out together. If there''s no problem, we can move in directly." Yeah! Minnie cheered again. Then the three of them sat down to eat together. Continuing to talk about some of the arrangements for the new house. And the topic of what to plant in the front and back gardens. Have had dinner. ??Wu Heng took the two of them to the association''s training room. It was already a little late at this time. When I came in, several team members happened to be leaving. Wait until these people leave. The entire training room was occupied by three people. ?Minnie continued to train boxing and kicking skills with "Bawudong", and her moves became more and more powerful. ??Wu Heng continued to take out the rare object Instructors sword and started swordsmanship training. With the movements, the bones rattled. ? Anderweil also took out a sword and stood not far away, performing sword skills together. They practiced until late at night, and the three of them returned to their residence together. The next day, the three of them went to the association together. Before leaving, check the new residence. The news came from the third team that the meritorious service of killing the leader of the "Shark Tooth Pirate Group" was obtained. You can go to the front desk to receive the reward. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters and went directly to the hall. Let the two of them wait for a while, and then he walked to the front desk. Sir, Archdeacon. The front desk staff smiled and saluted. I have a third-level meritorious service. Please show me the skill book that can be redeemed. Wu Heng said directly. Wait a moment. Someone said at work and started to prepare. Soon, several skill books were delivered to him. ?Wu Heng lowered his head and looked over. Activated ObjectDeath Cloud TechniqueIce ConeBone TransplantationPlague TechniqueDeath Breath. (End of this chapter) Chapter 271 , you are just greedy Chapter 271: You are greedy ?The last time I went to the deacon''s place, it was because I had a second-level meritorious service. Normal third-level merit can be collected at the front desk. In addition to the Necronomicon faction, there are also spells from other factions in it. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the skill book. Living objects (Description: Within the casting range, non-magical objects will come to life under your command and remain until the spell ends.) ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Make objects come alive. ?When I saw this skill, the scene in the cartoon where the witch ordered the broom to sweep the floor and the tea cup to pour water immediately came to mind. ??It feels like the style of spells has suddenly changed. But I have to say that this kind of magic is quite interesting to him. When you have finished replacing the spells you need, you can also replace this book and play with it. Continue to look at the following spells, each of which has its own effect. Either it can change the terrain environment, or it can directly condense the water element to attack. Different from Blackstone Town and Wrentam City, there are no skills to choose from. ?The skills here seem to be quite good and useful. After reading it from the beginning, Wu Heng said directly: "I want this book ''Bone Transplantation''." Okay. The staff recorded it, and Wu Heng put away the skill book. In fact, for normal enemies, [Death Breath] is more suitable for you, as it can create a zone of negative attribute poisonous mist. Whether it is trapping enemies or hindering pursuing troops, it can play a good role. But what Wu Heng considered was. ??Repairing the body of skeleton soldiers in the zombie world. At present, skeletons with missing arms and legs under their hands account for more than half of the total, and most of them are skeleton warriors who have reached level 5 or above in regular battles. ??If these skeletons can return to the battlefield, Wu Heng''s military strength and combat effectiveness will be improved to a certain extent. After collecting the skill book. ??Wu Heng greeted the two girls waiting not far away and walked out of the association directly. Central area, Snowborne Quarter. ?Although it is not the best location on the island, it is also the location where wealthy businessmen and dignitaries live. At the gate, some workers were packing up their tools and seemed to be leaving. ?Wu Heng and others walked over. After seeing this, a foreman walked over quickly with a smile on his face, "Miss Underweil, gentlemen, Miss." Commissions are issued from associations. So, he had only seen Andwyer, but judging from the positions where they stood, he could tell a little bit about her. Just say hello to them all. Anderweil nodded, "Can it end today?" "It''s over. I''m just waiting for your acceptance. If there are any deficiencies, we can improve them as soon as possible." said the foreman. Lets see. ? Anderweil said something, and several people entered the door together. ?The front courtyard is relatively spacious, with stone pavements at the feet and a swimming pool on one side, but it is empty now and there are some fallen leaves in the pool. Walking through the courtyard, enter the central building. Different from the residence in Luntam City, this building has four floors, and each floor has an area of ??about 120 square meters. In the lobby on the first floor, there is a dark stone fireplace with a brightly colored oil painting hanging above it. Opposite is the sofa and coffee table. ?The foreman followed behind and softly introduced the layout of the building. The first floor is the living room, dining room, kitchen and two bedrooms. The second and third floors are mainly bedrooms. The design of the building mainly meets the needs of servants, escorts, or some family members. Here in Wuheng, there is actually no need for it. There are only two maids, and the skeleton attendant does not need to rest. But these rooms were not better allocated and were all made into rooms. The fourth floor belongs to Wu Hengs private space, including bedroom, study room, bathroom, and laboratory. ?Several people checked it one by one and found no problems. The foreman continued, "Miss Anderweil, we have reserved the routes you told us before. You can see them with just a little pull." Speaking, he pointed to the roof of the shed. You can see the embedded wire ends. Anderweier looked at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng said to the foreman: "No problem, go to the association tomorrow to collect the final commission fee." I heard there is no problem. ?The foreman also showed a smile, "Then we won''t disturb you, sir. If there are any changes later, please come back to me." "Um." ?The foreman saluted again and left the building directly, taking his people with him. Wait for the workers to leave. ?Minnie screamed and cheered again, as if she liked this mansion very much. "Okay, you go and choose a room. If you want to live together, that''s fine." Wu Heng said with a smile. Minnie stuck out her tongue and said, "Master, you want to live with us!" After saying that, he took Anderweil and each of them chose a room. ?Wu Heng also walked up to the fourth floor, first looked at the bedroom, and then entered the study. ??Took out the entire bookshelf in the space ring and asked Skull Crusher to move it and place it against the wall. ~! The sound of footsteps was heard downstairs. Minnie stood at the door and shouted: "Master, do you need us to help you spread the bedding?" Come in! Wu Heng said. The two of them entered the room and began to lay out the bedding. "Wow, the bed in the master''s room is so big, it''s no problem for the three of us to live together." Minnie sighed as she spread the bed. Anderweil glared at her, "If you want to stay, just say so. What are you hinting to the master!" How can I? Besides, we live together in the association dormitory, right? Minnie muttered. Just be greedy! ?The two of them were quarreling while making the bed. ?Then continue to the bathroom and install the heated bathtub. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the study. Took out the [Bone Transplantation] I received today and started looking through it. In the introduction of the "Necronomicon", the development of bone transplantation is to solve the problem of skeleton attendants being damaged in battle. A skeleton attendant that suits you is worth no less than a precious and rare object. So, repairing the damaged body of the skeleton is also something that mages need to study. ??Based on the change system spell, the spell [Bone Transplantation] was developed. The completion of limbs is not about reshaping the limbs, but about assembling them. Reinstall the bodies of other fallen skeletons, or the remains and remains of corpses, in the missing parts. also corresponds to the word transplant in the name. ?Wu Heng watched carefully until he turned to the last page. The prompt appears instantly. Unlock Skill: Bone Transplantation After unlocking the skill, Wu Heng put the book back on the bookshelf at the back. Then he walked out of the study. Andewil and Minnie, hanging some paintings and decorations downstairs. Weier, will you return to the association this afternoon? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil helped Minnie hold the chair and turned around and said: "If you want to go back, if anything happens, I will inform the master." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, come back early in the evening. If you''re not familiar with the road, don''t miss it." Anderweil smiled, "Master, I''m not that stupid!" ?Minnie jumped down from the chair and said, "If Sister Wei''er can''t be found, just shout and I''ll pick you up." Just dont get lost! Anderweil countered. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Minnie, go with your sister Wei''er in the afternoon, and then come back early and have a companion." Okay, lets buy some supplies when we get back. "Um!" The three of them were busy in the house for a while, and the second woman went to the association with two skeleton attendants. ??Wu Heng also opened the gate from the fourth floor and headed to the zombie world. Its also afternoon here. It must have rained last night, and there are still traces of wet water on the ground. ??Li Yahong walked over from a short distance away, followed by Basson who acted as a bodyguard. Shall we just kill the zombies? Li Yahong asked. The previous plan was to clean up zombies along the road. Open the road to the city as soon as possible so that more survivors can come over, and at the same time speed up the search for Xiaoxiaos mother. Wait a minute, is there a body here? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong frowned and looked at him, "Human or zombie?" Zombie! Let me ask! Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked if she had killed any zombies. After finishing the communication, Li Yahong said: "There is one that was brought over by a survivor''s convoy." Have someone send the body to the Skeleton Community. Okay! Li Yahong nodded and explained through the intercom. Lets go, lets go there too. The two of them came to the Skeleton Community together. Not far from the door, a **** zombie body lay. He should have been a fastidious person during his lifetime, wearing a white shirt and suit. Wuheng directly releases [bone transplantation]. A halo of light swayed, and necromancy magic wrapped around Basson''s body. ??Bassen walked directly to the body. ?? He stretched out his hand to open the chest of the corpse, broke off two ribs, and pressed them on his body. Necromantic magic is used to connect the two bones together at the broken position. Li Yahong on the side had her eyes widened at this time. ?Especially when you open your chest and crack your ribs. The whole person trembled. ??Wu Heng also stood aside and watched, feeling that the effect was pretty good. The broken parts of Bassen have been repaired. Except for the different color, nothing else can be seen. There is no change in the attributes. Take the body and follow me in, Wu Heng said. Basson dragged the body and followed him to the community. ?There are a large number of damaged skeletons standing here. ?Wu Heng released [Bone Transplantation] again, and the aperture opened. Seven or eight damaged skeletons moved into action. ??In the sound of gaba gaba, all the bones in the corpse were divided. There was only a pile of rotten meat left there. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened even more. Looking at the skeletons, he reattached the severed limbs. (End of this chapter) Chapter 272 , level 12 blacksmith Chapter 272, Level 12 Blacksmith Different from a broken rib. A skeleton with arms and legs attached, and the lengths of the limbs are slightly different. But the difference is not too big. The skeleton should be able to match the skeleton on its own whether it is suitable or not. There are no serious deviations. "Can these skeletons repair their bodies?" Li Yahong choked out a sentence at this time. Well, it can be repaired to a certain extent. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong nodded and didnt say much. ??In this community, half of the number of mutilated skeletons are present. I had thought before that Wu Heng would keep these wounded soldiers who had been eliminated and would not let them go to the battlefield, and he was not willing to eliminate them. They would still take up space here. ?It now seems that Wu Heng knew that he could repair his body and stayed here on purpose. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the corpse on the ground. Corpse Slaying Techniqueand Bone Slaying Techniqueobviously dont work anymore. After thinking for a moment, he took out the Spine Staff and cast a [Plague Technique], and the corpse began to swell. Five colorful spiders the size of rice bowls appeared with a bang. Lets continue to clean up the zombies. Wu Heng said. Okay, Ill bring the car over. Soon, Li Yahong drove the bus to the door. ?Wu Heng boarded the bus, and an army of skeletons and large pieces of mutilated skeletons followed behind the bus. Follow the road. Crossing the cleared area. A large group of corpses began to appear in the front. Roaring angrily, charging forward with bared teeth and claws. The skeleton team remained in formation, and rain of arrows and iron spears, like huge iron nets, fell from the sky over and over again. A large number of zombies fell to the ground and turned into corpses on the ground. After a long-range attack. The group of corpses and the army of skeletons collided together and started a fierce fight. The sounds of roars and weapons slashing resounded throughout the area. When the last zombie was pierced through the body with a spear. The noisy battlefield suddenly became quiet. The location where the two sides fought formed a half-human-high corpse wall. The dirty blood gathered to form a blood-red stream. ?Wu Heng walked up from behind. The mutilated skeleton comes closer. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton team began to change their formation, and the skeletons with missing limbs behind them slowly moved forward. Several skeletons missing their lower bodies were crawling forward even harder. Lets all come closer. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Transplantation], a dark halo of light swayed, and the mutilated skeleton plunged directly into the pile of corpses. Start looking for the body you need. One skeleton after another completed the body and returned to the team of skeletons. ?But this time, more than half of the mutilated skeletons regained their fighting ability. ??Wu Heng looked at the corpses that were being dragged all over the ground, and continued to release the [Bone Skeleton Technique], and hundreds of skeletons stood up again. ?This is not the transformation of a complete corpse, but the remaining bones after being dismantled, reaching a certain amount. Transformed into a skeleton. The Bone Slaking Technique ended, Wu Heng continued to release the [Plague Technique], and those useless bodies hatched into large swaths of spiders. Li Yahong''s body got goosebumps when she saw it. Clean the battlefield and collect all the arrows and iron spears. Wu Heng continued to order. A large number of skeletons move into action. Start to clean up the battlefield. After the collection was completed, Wu Heng had no intention of moving forward. Get on the bus again and return to the bus station with the skeleton. Passenger terminal, warehouse. ?Wu Heng installed some photovoltaic panels and accessories, and brought in a few skeletons that had unlocked [Weapon Specialization]. ??Li Yahong said: "I have informed the region about the sale of crossbows and armors at the base. A crossbow carries 10 grams of gold, and a set of armor costs 12 grams." 10 grams is actually not expensive. Previously, Ma Zhiyong had two grenade launchers and several grenades, but she didn''t intend to replace them. ??It is also because we plan to give each shelter the ability to fight against zombies. The price has just been reduced to this price. "Well, I don''t have any objection to the price. I will bring you a batch in the next two days, and you can just sell it." Wu Heng said. Okay. Li Yahong nodded. The two stood at the door of the warehouse and chatted for a while. Separate each other and go about their own business. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng went downstairs with the skeleton. Then he saw the two girls preparing dinner in the kitchen. Master, you can eat right away. Minnie said with a smile. No hurry! ?Walking to the courtyard, Wu Heng took out all the photovoltaic panels. Tell the electrician skeleton where to lay the photovoltaic panels. The building of this mansion is not small, and the power supply should be quite effective. The skeleton climbed onto the roof and started laying photovoltaic panels. Wu Heng returned to the restaurant and started having dinner. After dinner, Wu Heng took the two of them to train in the courtyard. InstructorThe effect of the long sword is still remarkable. After practicing for several days, I can no longer feel the pain of stretching my muscles. Action is a standard visible to the naked eye. Andewil and Minnie were also training on the side. ?The sky is gradually getting dark. The three of them also stopped training. Minnie pulled Wu Heng and said mysteriously and carefully: "Master, come with me." ??Wu Heng was pulled into the bathroom on the third floor. I thought Minnie was dragging him to take a bath, but I saw a large round bathtub placed in the middle. Let alone two people, three or four people are enough. "Sister Wei''er and I pooled our money to buy it. We can take a bath together in the future." Minnie took his arm and hugged him. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil. The fox girl''s face turned red and she lowered her head. "Then what are you waiting for?" Wu Heng smiled, grabbed Minnie''s personal training uniform and lifted it up. He took off his shirt directly. Revealing pink-white skin. Master, we havent prepared any water yet. Minnie hugged her shoulders and said shyly. ?Wu Heng said to the skeleton outside the door: "Go and prepare water." The skeleton went downstairs to carry water. ??Wu Heng grabbed Anderweil who was about to run away and said, "Today I have to punish the fox girl..." Okay! Minnie cheered and helped to hold the disobedient little fox girl. Soon, the tub was filled with water. ??Wu Heng, one on the left and one on the right, hugged the two women with a soft hand. The next day, the Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the reception room. The staff brought refreshments. ??Wu Heng took out the emblem, handed it to the other party, and said, "Look at the commission I issued. Is there any news?" Okay, guest. Not long after, a man in a slim-fitting dress came in, sent the emblem back, and said softly: "Guest, the commission has been completed, and a total of three corpses of special professions have been collected." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The work efficiency here is much higher. In the past few days, there have been three. ??It wont be the same as Luntam City, where people are killed! Well, bring it over and let me confirm. Okay, guest. The man conveyed something to others. Soon, the door to the room was opened again, and three coffins, two large and one small, were carried in. The coffin was placed in the middle of the reception room. The man said: "Open it." Several people carrying the coffin opened the coffin directly. ?Wu Heng also stood up and stepped forward to take a look. The first thing that catches the eye is a body with a thick body. Dwarves! Judging from this body shape and mottled beard, he is a dwarf. The man''s introduction started at this moment. Devonte, a dwarf, died in a fight at the age of 54, a level 12 blacksmith. (End of this chapter) Chapter 273 , cross-regional procurement (Happy New Year鈥檚 Eve!) Chapter 273, Cross-regional Procurement (Happy New Years Eve!) 12th level dwarf blacksmith. ?Among the various races, the dwarves attainments in blacksmithing are indeed higher than those of other races. ?This is not to say that other races do not have high-level professionals who can forge iron, but that dwarves are better at related professions. Go on! Wu Heng continued to look at the second coffin. Suarez, wood elf tribe, 374 years old, died of assassination, level 11 gardener. Julian, human race, 38 years old, died in a shipwreck, 10 cooks. The second body is a tall corpse with both hands on his chest. His face is intact and there is no decay. He should not have been dead for a long time. Wood elves are a type of elves, but he has not yet figured out how they differ from elves. The third body was a human man, with no distinctive body shape. The body had been treated to some extent, and his appearance could not be seen clearly. After Wu Heng read it, he returned to the chair and sat down, and said: "I have accepted these three corpses and entrusted them to be reworked. There is no need for the two professions of gardener and chef." "Good guest." The man still smiled, asked for a new commission, and said at the same time: "Guest, you still need to settle 1,700 silver coins for these three corpses." ?Wu Heng nodded and took out the corresponding silver coins. Have people cover the coffin and put it into the space ring. ??The man continued: "The new commission has been filled out." Well, lets post it and Ill come back in two days. Good guest. After the two chatted, Wu Heng didn''t stay much longer. Directly out of the consortium. After leaving the consortium. ??Wu Heng continued to the Lighthouse Street blacksmith shop. Guest, you came so early today. The boss with a headscarf on his head greeted him enthusiastically. The previous crossbow arrows were all purchased from here. Can cover all the arrows in the store. Well, business is good today. Wu Heng walked into the store and said casually. Its all old customers who take photos. ?Wu Heng didnt say any more and glanced at the store counter. asked: How much do these two crossbows cost? The strong crossbow costs 32 silver coins, and this hand crossbow costs 28 silver coins. The boss introduced. The broad category of crossbows is divided into three types: strong crossbows, hand crossbows and arm crossbows. ??The strong crossbow is a two-handed crossbow, which is powerful and has a long range, but is also heavy. The hand crossbow is a light crossbow, which is light and easier to operate, but also has much smaller power and range. ?Harm crossbows are mounted on arm armor and are often used for assassinations. How many are there in the store? Wu Heng asked as he walked. ?The boss narrowed his eyes and felt happy immediately. The guest in front of me always reserves the place. Some time ago, all the stocks of crossbow bolts and arrows were bought by the other party. Wait a moment, Ill ask someone to count them. The boss said immediately. Soon, the clerk who was doing the statistics came back. said: "12 strong crossbows and 35 hand crossbows!" The boss looked at Wu Heng and said, "There are only so many guests." Cheaper, I want them all. This, it cant be made cheaper. Pack it all up, I want it all. Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, I''ll prepare it for you now." The boss asked his clerk to prepare it, while Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while. Soon, several types of crossbows were prepared. ?Wu Heng paid the corresponding silver coins and collected them all. When walking out of the store, the boss followed closely behind him, "If the customer needs anything, come back next time." ?Wu Heng nodded and left directly. Then, we continued to the remaining shops. Collect all the crossbows here. A total of more than 70 strong crossbows and more than 100 handle crossbows were collected. ?Wu Heng walked out of the shop at his feet and did not inquire about other places selling weapons. He called a carriage and drove directly out of the city. After arriving at a remote place, the carriage left. Took out the train conductors hat and put it on his head. The next second, the train whistle sounded, and the train appeared out of thin air and stopped in front of me. ??Wu Heng boarded the train with two skeleton attendants and wrote "Netalei City" in the itinerary. The city of Netale is the port city of the Kingdom of Yeko. A few hours later. The train arrived at a forest edge outside Netale City. Confirm the direction and go directly to the city. Enter the commercial street. ?Wu Heng walked into a shop. ??The boss is a middle-aged man who is scolding the two clerks in a low voice. ?Seeing Wu Heng walk in, he put on a smile again and said, "Whatever the guests need, we can do retail or carry out foreign trade." ?Wu Heng walked around the shop and looked up at the crossbow above. How much does this crossbow cost? Wu Heng asked. "30 silver coins, this is a powerful crossbow for our foreign trade. It is moderate in weight, has stable performance, and is very popular among all races." The boss introduced. Wheres the hand crossbow? Hand crossbow 25 silver coins. What are the requirements for foreign trade and how much will it cost? "For more than 200 pieces, the strong crossbow is priced at 28 silver coins, and the hand crossbow is priced at 20 silver coins." The price is much cheaper than Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng took out the crossbow on the counter, checked it over, and said directly: "Give me 500 crossbows, take them away now." ?Hand crossbows were bought at Treasure Island. I am not yet sure whether it will be popular in the shelter. I will decide whether to continue buying it based on the situation. The boss looked happy when he heard that he was placing an order directly. But then he immediately shook his head and said: "Guest, there are not so many warehouses. Foreign trade still needs to place orders in advance to prepare goods." "It''s so troublesome!" Wu Heng said and continued to ask: "How many do you have in your store?" The boss looked at the record book on the table. ? said: "I can deliver 120 crossbows to you. If you plan to place an order, I can write you a foreign trade contract first. These will also be included in the foreign trade price for you." The boss said. 120 is about the same. Each shelter cannot exchange them in large quantities. After placing an order, how long will it take for delivery? Wu Heng continued to ask. It will take about ten days. Okay, sign a contract, and Ill have someone pick it up then. ??The boss immediately called people down to prepare the contract, and then had people bring tea and chat with Wu Heng. Wu Heng signed an order contract with the other party, and after paying the deposit, he got 120 prepared crossbows. I didnt stay any longer and walked out of the store directly. ?Standing on the road, I looked around and walked directly to the armor shop opposite. The female owner of the store saw Wu Heng walking over and the weapons store owner who was going out to see him off. ?His expression immediately suffocated. ??Taught his loose clothes, immediately stood up and walked to the door to greet him. Guest, what do you need? Look at the armor. Wu Heng walked into the store. The female boss followed behind, smiling. There are more types of armor than weapons. After looking around, Wu Heng pointed to a set of leather armor and asked, "How much does this kind of cost?" ??The entire armor is leather armor, but iron plates are added to the arms, shoulders and chest. Its not that heavy, and it can also prevent zombies from biting you. With a set of 35 silver coins, foreign trade can reach 32 silver coins. How many are there in the warehouse? There can be more than 50 sets in the warehouse. "Write an order for 500 sets. These 50 sets are also included. I will take them away later." The female bosss eyes lit up, and her face immediately showed joy, Ill go get the order. When he came back again, he bent down and handed over the order. The low-hanging collar reveals a large area of ??white skin. ??Wu Heng glanced at it, then looked up at the female boss, who smiled and said, "Guest, please take more care of your business in the future." Well, sit down and talk. Wu Heng nodded. The order has been signed and the armor is ready. ?Wu Heng put it into the space ring, stood up and left. Go out of the city, find a place with no one around, board the train, and return to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?It is almost dusk. It takes five days to take a boat from Treasure Island to Netale. Even if the time can be reduced, the ghost train will still take five hours. Minnie and Anderweil haven''t come back yet. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and headed to the zombie world through the gate. ?Going downstairs, Li Yahong was directing the shelter and moving the collected materials to the designated warehouse. We have collected a lot of daily necessities. Li Yahong saw him and walked over directly. The shops in Wrentam City are closed. Li Yahong is still collecting various daily necessities. Wait a few more days, and Ill take it away then. Hmm! The warehouse is a little full. The supplies for the shelter are being collected more and more, and the warehouse has begun to be expanded outside the passenger terminal. Lets go to the warehouse. Wu Heng said. The two went to the warehouse, and Wu Heng took out three coffins. The coffin lid was opened, revealing the body inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and released the [Bone Spell Technique] directly at the dwarf. ?The flesh and blood fell off, and the white skeleton sat up from the coffin. Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) Happy New Years Eve, brothers! (End of this chapter) Chapter 274 , it鈥檚 all done, what should I do! Chapter 274: Its all done, what should I do? Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) Attributes: Constitution 23, Strength 25, Agility 17, Intelligence 15, Perception 13, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, intermediate soul. Feats: Heavy Armor Specialization (Intermediate), Warhammer Specialization (Advanced), Blacksmithing/Forging Iron (Proficient). Ability: Heat adaptation, weapon research, blacksmithing skills. [Heat Adaptation]: This unit has extraordinary adaptability to hot environments. The heat effect of the environment is considered to be reduced by one level for ''this unit'' (extreme heat is regarded as blazing heat, blazing heat is regarded as scorching heat, and so on). Weapon Research: Weapons can be improved according to usage requirements. Achievements in Wrought Iron: Identify various metals and smelt them. ??The dwarf blacksmiths attributes look pretty good. In terms of capabilities, there is weapon research, which can improve weapons according to usage requirements. This point, Wu Heng thinks, is a very useful ability. After all, weapon improvement is indeed a weakness for our side. ?Hadron and the others can use some imagination, but it is a bit difficult to produce it. From now on, call Blacksmith No. 1 and come out first! Wu Heng said. ??The dwarf stepped out of the coffin and stood aside. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong and introduced: "This is a blacksmith skeleton, capable of forging iron and developing weapons. In the past two days, we will build an iron forging place for him to start producing crossbow arrows." Li Yahong looked at the skeleton. Nod your head to show understanding. ??Wu Heng continued to release the [Bone Slave Technique] on the remaining two corpses. Two skeletons of about the same size stood up. The Gardener''s Skeleton, whose specialties include Plant Cultivation and Pruning, has reached proficiency level. The Cook Skeleton is one who has reached proficiency in cooking. Casually, I named the two skeletons. Let the skeleton carry the coffin out. Wait until all warehouses are empty. ?Wu Heng casually took out all the crossbows and leather armor from the space ring. The entire warehouse was filled in an instant. ?Li Yahongs eyes widened instantly, So many. There will be more follow-up, just sell it to others as normal. "Well, the news was released the day before yesterday, and someone should be here to replace it soon." Li Yahong said, casually taking out a crossbow, "This one is pretty good, relatively light." "This is a hand crossbow, and its power is low. The zombies themselves are rough-skinned and thick-flesh, so the effect may not be very good, but it is still a deterrent to people." Wu Heng explained. "Understood." ?Li Yahong took another set of armor and started to put it on and try it on. ?Wu Heng taught her how to put it on and stuffed her bulging chest inside. Li Yahongs face turned a little red as she was being pressed back and forth. Angrily, I hit him lightly and said, "Take it easy." After putting on the whole suit. Li Yahong''s appearance instantly transformed into that of a female soldier about to go to the battlefield. ?Although the stab-proof suit is light, it is not as protective as leather armor, especially it cannot prevent zombies from biting the arms and shoulders. Yes, its just a little heavy. Li Yahong nodded. Well, its mainly because of the weight of the iron plates outside. While the two were chatting, a slight electric sound came from the walkie-talkie on Li Yahong''s waist. Then came the voice of base personnel reporting. Sister Hong, the convoy from Yanshen Sanctuary is here. The horse captain asked me to talk to you about something. Hearing the message, the two looked at each other. Come here at this time. ?Then they may have to walk for a while when they return. ?? Li Yahong pressed the intercom and said, "Please ask Captain Ma to go to the living room. I''ll wait for him there." "receive!" The two of them turned around and walked towards the living room. In the living room. ?Li Yahong waited for a while, and Ma Zhiyong came in with two entourage. He looks dusty and does not look like he came from the base. Ma Zhiyong and others also stared at the armor on Li Yahong. Captain Ma, please sit down. Li Yahong spoke first. Oh! Ma Zhiyong calmed down and sat down with a smile. Captain Ma, do you have a problem with me? I heard that Chief Li sells crossbows and armor. I happened to pass by today and came to exchange some. Ma Zhiyong said. ?Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at the other party. ?The Flame God Sanctuary came at the right time. They came over just as Wu Heng put the weapons and armor into the warehouse. Not even a step earlier. Of course, Captain Ma, how do you want to change it? Wait a minute, Ill ask someone to get it. Ma Zhiyong glanced behind him. The two people behind him came out and opened a small cloth bag. Expose the gold jewelry underneath. ? Ma Zhiyong said: "550 grams of gold, exchange for 20 crossbows, and the rest for armor like yours." It seems that the Flame God Sanctuary went to raid the gold store. "Of course." Li Yahong nodded and continued to add, "We also have a light crossbow, which is a little less powerful, but still enough to kill people. It is suitable for women and children. The horse captain can also consider it." Oh? Let me see! Li Yahong asked Qiangzi to get it. The latter quickly went to the warehouse and took one of each type of crossbow. ?Ma Zhiyong tried it and felt pretty good, "How can I change this kind of crossbow?" A handful of 8 grams of gold. ?Ma Zhiyong thought for a moment and said a few words to the people behind him. ??The two left quickly, and when they came back again, they worked together to carry a military green box in. ?The box was opened, revealing loads of ammunition inside. "Last time, didn''t Leader Li ask about ammunition for machine guns and grenades? This time we just brought some. How about exchanging these for 30 light crossbows?" Ma Zhiyong asked. ?Li Yahong doesnt attach much importance to firearms or ammunition. ?Last time, Ma Zhiyong used a grenade launcher in exchange, and Li Yahong almost didn''t take it. It feels a bit unconfident to say it now. Twenty, we have a lot of ammunition and have no place to use it. Li Yahong said directly. Uh, thats okay, lets change it like this. ?Li Yahong waved her hand, signaling for people to put things away. At the same time, go to the warehouse to prepare corresponding weapons and armor. ?Li Yahong and Ma Zhiyong chatted for a while, and then got their things ready. He didnt stay much and left directly. A few people left. Qiangzi came over with a few people and shouted: "Sister Hong, there are so many weapons in the warehouse!" The king has brought it over, and the brothers who are guarding the checkpoints and patrolling will be counted, and they will come to me to collect the weapons. Li Yahong said. Okay. Qiangzi agreed and walked down with the people. ?Wu Heng also walked out from behind. Put all the gold and ammunition on the ground into the space ring. They should have just come back from outside and exchanged some things with us on the way. Li Yahong said. Just now I asked Xiaoxiao to go check out their convoy. Judging from the chat, they went to plunder a gold store. This time they came to change weapons. It seems they were also preparing to attack somewhere. Wu Heng said. The Flame God Sanctuary should know some information that we dont know. Well, if we trade with them normally, as their strength increases, we can get more things in exchange. Wu Heng continued. To put it bluntly, food and weapons are mainly in the hands of Wu Heng. Even if they plunder some, how long can it last? ??Wu Heng can go to other worlds to exchange supplies at any time. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also returned to the gate. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, planning the layout of the courtyard in the yard. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he immediately greeted him and introduced the results of their discussion. Plant flowers and vegetables in the front yard, and several fruit trees in the backyard. ??If the space was not limited, I would probably have to raise some chickens and ducks. Wu Heng hugged the two of them and listened, then introduced: "This is Gardener No. 1, responsible for the cultivation and pruning of flowers and plants in the courtyard. This is Chef No. 1. From now on, just leave it to him for cooking." The two of them also know the function of the skeleton. It is not uncommon to be able to handle the garden and cook. Minnie just frowned and thought for a moment, then asked: "They have done it, what should I do?" I spend time with Weier on weekdays and do whatever I want, Wu Heng said. Anderweil added, "Clean the house, if you want to do it, you can always find something to do." Okay! Minnie nodded, Then I need to wash it too. Speaking, he directed Chef No. 1 to clean the bones on the side. Anderweil continued: "By the way, Master, Deputy Deacon Shiragui went to see you today. Seeing that you were not there, he asked you to come over tomorrow if you have time." Xila Rose? The image of a blond female elf appeared in Wu Hengs mind. Well, I didnt say anything, I just asked me to convey it to you. Andwyer said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I''ll go take a look tomorrow." A few people stayed in the courtyard for a while. Lets go back to our residence together and watch Chef No. 1 cook. Discuss whether the food cooked by the skeleton will cause problems for people to eat. The next day, Wu Heng also went to the association. In the hall, a large number of mercenary teams gathered, standing in front of the notice board, discussing what kind of mission they wanted to take on. ?Wu Heng walked directly through the corridor and went to Xila Gui''s office and study room. ?Standing at the door, I was about to knock on the door. The door opens directly. The raised hand almost hit the blonde **** the forehead. Tong Yanjus elf sub-deacon was also stopped in his tracks when he was blocked at the door. ?Looking up at him with wide eyes, "What are you doing?" ?Wu Heng also took back his hand and smiled, "Deputy Xila Gui is looking for me?" Oh, yes! Sheela nodded, Come with me, I need your help with something. Speaking, he walked to one side. ??Wu Heng walked toward the basement with his skeleton attendants behind him. All the way to the morgue. Two association coroners were disposing of the body. Deacon! The two saluted. Sheelagui said: "You go out first, we have to deal with some things." "yes!" The two of them left. Sheila Gui glanced at one of the corpses and said, "I need to ask a few questions." Okay! Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The next second, the body on the cold bed suddenly sat up. Gray-white eyeballs, looking this way. Wu Heng signaled that she could start. Sheila Gui nodded, took half a step forward, and asked directly: "How did you die?" The corpse replied, "Killed in battle with pirates." (End of this chapter) Chapter 275 , rich people are stupid Chapter 275: Rich people are stupid Fighting pirates? Hearing these words, Wu Heng glanced at the elf deputy deacon with slightly furrowed brows. In other words, the body lying here was killed by pirates when they went to sea. Sheilagui continued to ask: "Which pirate group?" The corpse replied, "I don''t know." Sheila Gui looked at the corpse and asked again, "Is Shannella still alive?" Not clear! The corpse couldnt answer two questions in succession. Made the elf''s face become more serious. After a few seconds of silence, he asked, "How many enemies are there?" The corpse replied, "Many, nearly a thousand people." What are the characteristics of these pirates? There are many people and the fighting is fierce. After answering the last question, the body lay back on the iron plate. ?But Xila Guis brows still didnt relax. There are five questions in total. Other than the fact that it was pirates, nothing else was gained. Xilagui looked at Wu Heng and said, "Let''s go back first." Dont ask about the other corpses? Wu Heng said. No, the others are not together. Sheela Gui said something and took him outside. Get out of the morgue. The two coroners were still standing at the door chatting. Seeing a few people coming out, they bowed slightly. Sheila Gui said: "I''m disturbing you." Dont bother, said the coroner. Sheila Gui nodded, and the two left side by side. After walking a certain distance. ??Wu Heng said: "It''s nothing, I''m going back." Sheila Gui immediately said: "Don''t go back, this matter is not over yet, let''s go to the deacon''s place." Oh! Wu Heng didnt quite understand what happened. Follow him to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door and get a response. The two of them walked in directly. Deacon Imiro was sitting at the table looking at documents. He looked up at the two of them and said, Sit down! Sit down on the sofa and the elf assistant brings you tea. How is it? Deacon Imilo asked. Sheela Gui recounted the results of the interrogation just now. After listening, Imiro nodded, then looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Did Xila Gui tell you about this?" "not yet!" ??Imiro glanced at the assistant beside him, who spoke softly. "The body found at the port the day before yesterday, after verification, can be confirmed to be the attendant of ''Shanara''. During the autopsy, human skin with writings on it was found in the mouth. Fifty thousand gold coins were required to be exchanged for ''Shanara'' Naira'' herself." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Being kidnapped. This person named "Shanela" was hijacked by pirates at sea. Throw a corpse over to raise 50,000 gold coins. With this amount..., this person called Shanela probably has a high status. ?Just now, Shiragui specifically asked "Shanara" if she was still alive, just to confirm this matter. Um, I understand, what next... Wu Heng asked. Some people dont understand why they are telling themselves this. I dont have that much money. Imiro said: "The business group is preparing money. You two are responsible for this matter. Bring the people back and record third-level merit for you." ?Wu Heng frowned and said, "Pirates are paid to let people go?" ??Pirates will keep their promises and take money to let people go. He doesnt believe it anyway. Xilagui said: "It''s just preparations first. Redeeming people is the only way to proceed now. Otherwise, we don''t even know who the other party is, so what else can we do." Its not necessary to raise money or not. Anyway, its just a breakthrough. Wu Heng continued. Sheela shook her head, Prevent the pirates from planting someone to observe this side in secret. Imiro nodded and said: "That''s how it is. Get ready. Each of you will lead a small team, and then we will go together to exchange hostages. Everything is about safety." Yes! Xila Gui responded, and Wu Heng also nodded in agreement. Leaved the deacon''s study. Sheila Gui said: "The reward is ready, I will let someone inform you." "good." The two of them separated and went back to their study rooms. ?Go back to the office and study room. ?Anderweil is sitting at her desk working. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately smiled and said, "Deputy Xila Gui, do you have anything to do with you?" Let me ask for help in questioning the corpse. Wu Heng replied and continued: Go and see if the people in the third team have any tasks. If not, ask Ohlin to come over. Oh, okay! Anderweil stood up and walked out. Come back again soon. A bearded dwarf followed him. Different from before, this time there are three silver buckles stuck on the beard, with red gems on them. Sir Archdeacon! Olin saluted slightly. In the first two missions, the third team followed Wu Heng and got a lot of benefits. A third-level meritorious service, as well as cracking the case of imprisoning the girl. The reputation of the third team has also improved to a certain extent. Now that they have met, the dwarves treat him with more respect. Sit down! The dwarf sat down aside. ??Wu Heng continued: "Does the third team have any tasks today?" "Not yet. If the subdeacon has any instructions, we will try our best to complete them." Ohlin said. ??Wu Heng nodded, "The deacon has given me a task. If you have a third-level meritorious service, come with me if you have time." The dwarf didnt hesitate much and agreed directly, No problem, we can set off now. Theres no rush, Ill let you know when we set off. "OK." After it is determined. ?Olin saluted again and walked out directly. Anderweil sat down next to him and said, "I will accompany the master so that I can take care of you." ?Wu Heng put his arm around the fox girl''s shoulders and said with a smile, "It''s an ordinary small task, nothing dangerous." ??Pirates can''t really keep their promises. ?But Wu Heng also has the means to protect himself. Even if there is real danger, boundary gates or ghost trains can allow him to leave the danger zone. When you take Anderweil with you, you have to focus more on taking care of her. On the contrary, problems may arise. Okay! Master, please pay more attention to your safety. Hmm! Wu Heng patted the fox **** the shoulder. The latter looked up and turned his tail. ?Wu Heng took out a wooden comb and combed her plush tail, and Andweier sat aside with a blushing face. Night falls. A medium-sized cargo ship floating on the sea. ??The sea wind roared, and the waves hitting the ship''s hull fell all over the deck like raindrops. Ta Ta Ta ~! The sound of footsteps sounded, and Olin walked down, "Deacon, Deputy Deacon Shiragui informed you that it''s time to change places. Please come over." Oh, okay! Wu Heng stood up, took the skeleton attendant, and walked onto the deck. There are splashes of water constantly scattered above the head. ?Wu Heng looked around and walked towards the location of ''Xila Gui''. Beside her, there was an elf who was the captain of a small team. "Deputy Wu Heng." The captain of the first team saluted. ?Wu Heng nodded, walked to the side of Xila Gui, and asked: "How is it?" No trace of pirates was seen. "Since they have arranged it this way, they will definitely come out." Wu Heng said. "Um!" The cargo ship continued to move forward for some distance. Someone shouted: "The exchange position has been reached." Wow~! ?The words just fell. In the surrounding darkness, countless small speedboats rushed out instantly. Started to move closer to the cargo ship. The boat was filled with people dressed as pirates. Some people raised their weapons and shouted loudly, while others twirled the hooks in their hands. Shout! said Shilagui. ? Someone held a funnel-shaped loudspeaker and shouted: "We have brought a ransom in exchange for hostages. Is President Shanara safe?" Haha! They really brought money. You can believe this, the rich peoples brains are broken. Go up, kill them, and take the money back. The surrounding pirates laughed loudly. I didnt expect that these people would be so easy to deceive and actually brought a ship to redeem people. Small boats were approaching quickly from all directions. Sheela stood on the fence and looked down from both sides. Looking across all the ships in sight. It can be confirmed that there is no figure of Shanara. Fight, kill them all! Shiragui said directly. Everyone takes action immediately. Swish swish swish~! Crossbow arrows were shot downward from the ship. ??The pirate held a shield to resist him. He shook the shield from time to time and laughed mockingly. The boat quickly arrived under the boat. Dang Dang Dang~! Hooks were thrown onto the cargo ship one by one and hooked on the guardrail. Start to attack the pirates climbing around. The members of the third team drew their weapons and followed Wu Heng. Ardeacon, what should I do? Go and help, dont panic, these people are no threat. Oh, good! The people from the third team also rushed down immediately and began to chop off the hooks thrown up. Im a pretty guy here, brothers, get on the boat this way. It cant be that girls little lover! Dont kill him, I like his ass. ?Wu Heng glanced down, and the pirates immediately shouted loudly. Compared with other sailors with rough skin, the strength here seems not to be high. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. Taken out the machine gun from the space ring. ??Hold the weight in his arms, put the machine gun on the fence, and pointed the muzzle downward at a ship and pirates that were shouting to approach. In the words of the other party shouting that he wants to **** his ass. Pull the trigger directly. ?Bang bang bang~! There was a violent explosion, and dense tongues of fire poured down. In an instant, the bodies of the pirates who were laughing and cursing were torn apart in an instant. The wooden boat under their feet was beaten into a sieve amid the splashing wood chips and slowly sank. The gunshots stopped. On and off the boat, it fell into silence for an instant. Everyone looked here in surprise and at the wooden boat that disappeared below. Keep fighting, it all depends on what I do. Wu Heng said directly. ??The rest of the people immediately continued to chop at the hook claws and fired crossbows and arrows downwards. ??Wu Heng raised the machine gun, moved it to one side, and continued to aim at the next ship. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunshots exploded, and the people and ships were shattered. ?Wu Heng didnt stop, the machine gun slid on the fence and kept scanning at the wooden boat below. Ship after ship was broken into pieces. The pirates felt fear. ??Whenever the gun is pointed at the wooden boat, he will jump off the boat without hesitation and dive directly into the water. The bullets continued to be fired into the sea, tearing the pirates apart. Seeing that their side had no chance to fight back, the pirates began to plan to retreat. ?Wu Heng threw out the [Dancing Light Technique], illuminating the sea while bullets continued to shoot out. Crush all pirate ships to pieces. Machine gun retracts the space ring. The surroundings gradually became quiet, and the smell of gunpowder in the air was blown away by the sea breeze. ?Wu Heng glanced at everyone and said directly: "Search for the corpses and bring them all up." Go, put down the boat, and fish out all the bodies. The dwarf Ohlin shouted loudly. Except for the third team. Whether it is the first team or the accompanying business group members. At this time, everyone was a little dizzy. The pirates came to besiege me, and it ended so quickly? Furthermore, no one on our side died. The corpses of pirates were spread all over the sea. The rest of the people woke up only after Ohlin loudly urged them again. Small boats were launched from both sides. Started to salvage the pirates'' bodies. Sheilagui walked over and glanced at him, "Aren''t you a necromancer? Why don''t you use spells?" The great thing about a mage is his brain, not the ability to designate certain spells. What you said is right. Sheila Gui agreed at first, and then reacted, What do you mean, mocking me? I didnt say that. Soon, a body was fished out. ?Wu Heng walked over and selected two relatively complete corpses. Carry it to the cabin! Inside the cabin. Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up directly. Is Shanara still alive? Wu Heng asked. The corpse replied, "It should still be alive!" They were both stunned. ?Wu Heng asked, "What does it mean to be alive?" When I left, the woman used some kind of prop to seal herself up, and she was still alive at the time. In other words, it is not certain whether the body is still alive or not. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Which pirate group are you?" The Bloody Hand Pirates. Hearing this name, Sheila Gui frowned again. ?Wu Heng then asked: "How many more people do you have?" There are about five to six hundred people on the island. (End of this chapter) Chapter 276 , Bloodthirsty Double Blades (please vote for me.) Chapter 276, Bloodthirsty Double Blades (please vote for me...) Hear this number. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui also frowned. The number of pirates killed just now was at least 200. ??There are actually so many people on the island they were talking about. ?This pirate is quite powerful. At least, more than most bandits on land. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Where is ''Shanara'' trapped by you now?" The corpse replied, "Jiweidao!" After saying that, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui and asked, Have you ever heard of the Bloody Hand Pirates? Sheela''s face was solemn, "I heard that the pirate group is quite large and is known for its cruelty and violence." ??This is the time to meet the famous pirate group. ??Moreover, it is even less likely to resolve the matter peacefully due to its reputation for brutal violence. Its not without gain, at least Shanara is still alive. Wu Heng said. ?This Shanara should be related to the business group. The ransom was collected from there. The deacon and "Sheila Gui" are also very concerned about whether this person is still alive. Whats the next step? Sheila Gui looked over. Dont worry, lets ask the next corpse. Wu Heng said. Continuing to release [Conversation with the Dead], the second corpse sat up directly. ??Wu Heng asked: "How many high-level professionals are there in your pirate group?" The captain and deputy captain are both high-level professionals. How many ranks are you captains? Level 15 professional. Level 15, a fourth-level professional, one level lower than Skull Crusher. This is already a rare strong man. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "How many people are arranged on Jiwei Island?" About six hundred people. The last corpse said that there were still five to six hundred people in the pirate group. This one is on Jiwei Island and there are more than 600 people there. This is all on Jiwei Island. How long will you stay at Jiwei Island? One night, leave tomorrow morning. Last question. Where to go next? "I have no idea." After the five questions were over, the body lay back. All the questions that need to be asked have been asked. There are more than 600 people on Jiwei Island, and the best among them is the level 15 captain. The best way is to go back and ask for reinforcements. Once you know the location, it shouldn''t be difficult to destroy a pirate group. But the other party will only stay in Jiwei Island for one night. I will leave the next day. Take the news back and rush back, and the other party will have already left. "At night, let''s go in and rescue the people." Sheila Gui said directly. ??Wu Heng asked: "What''s the plan? Tell me!" "There is no plan. Jiwei Island is not small. They cannot defend such a large coastline. Let''s find a place to go ashore and get in." Xila Gui said. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. I thought she had some props or skills. It took a long time to go in in the dark. ??This pirate group is obviously not a fool to be able to build such a large group. How could it be possible for people to take advantage of this loophole so easily? Do you have a map? Xilagui took out a sea chart from the space ring and spread it on the table. Point to an island and say, This is Jiwei Island. In terms of proportion, the area of ??Chicken Tail Island is really not big, and its shape is not like a chicken tail, but more like a chicken butt. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet, raised it high and took a photo. Then look at the map again. Think about it for a moment, and then tell your plan. Arrange a few people to go back and notify the association. A few of us will go to the island. I will use the carrion to attract all the people on the island together. You lead the others to go directly to the island to rescue people. Sheila Gui frowned and looked at the map, and then raised her head after a while, "Can it be done?" Lets try it. If it doesnt work, well do our best. Well just have to withdraw safely when the time comes. Sheila Gui looked at the map again, and finally gritted her teeth and agreed. "good!" ??Jiweidao. In a stone hut near the port. ?Several pirates gathered around the fire, some feeling sleepy. "Why haven''t those people who took the ransom come back? They didn''t just take the money and run away." "It''s not like you don''t know the boss''s methods. They don''t dare to run away." Can those people be stupid enough to take money to ransom someone? I heard from the boss that that woman is very important, and she wont give up even if she can do anything about it. "I saw it. He looks really good. It''s a pity that he sealed himself in a stone. Otherwise, if the boss is happy, we can follow him..." Before he finished speaking, the sound of intensive waves suddenly came from the direction of the port. ?A few people shut up for a moment, stood up and looked through the window into the darkness. ?The moonlight shone on the sea, only the waves stirred up, and no ships or suspicious things were seen approaching. But that weird sound is getting louder and louder. Huh~! Someone pulled out a fire stick from the fire and threw it forward. Under the orange-red firelight. I saw silhouettes emerging from the bottom of the sea. ?As he moved forward, his whole body was gradually exposed to corruption. From the bottom of the sea? ??The pirates'' eyes widened instantly, looking at the scene in front of them in horror. "It''s ''Beverley'' and the others... why are they like this? Damn it, they turned into rotting corpses." Someone shouted to him. The carrion walking out of the sea also launched a charge the moment the roar sounded. ?Carrying a weapon in his hand. Charge forward stiffly. In an instant, he rushed to the stone house and started fighting with the pirates inside. One of them jumped out of the window on the other side. run towards the center of the island behind. ??The pirates in the stone house were submerged in the blink of an eye. The corpse was dragged out by the ankles by the carrion and dumped on the shore. ??Wu Heng stood on a wooden boat with a broken skull and a **** axe. Propelled by the shark teeth, he quickly landed on the coast. He glanced at the corpse on the shore, released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the corpse slowly stood up. Joined the queue of wights. Shortly, the direction of the center of the island. Hand out a large number of pirates. Holding weapons and torches in his hands, he looked towards the shore in surprise. Necromancer? We, the Blood Hand Pirates, dont know you, right? Its too much to attack us at night. A deep and deep voice sounded. The pirates moved to both sides to clear the way. A burly man wearing a captain''s hat came out. ?Hung two scimitars on his waist, he stared at Wu Heng with sinister eyes. In his eyes, you can see the irrepressible anger. Wu Heng stood behind the corpse and said directly: "The people from the association are on their way here. If you can''t leave before dawn, I''m afraid you will never be able to leave." ??The pirate captain narrowed his eyes, glanced at the ships behind the corpse, and said sarcastically: "You are a necromancer, how do you think the association will listen to you like this?" Believe it or not, I have plenty of time! Wu Heng said and took a few steps back. ?This set of actions. The pirates were stunned. In sight, rotting corpses blocked the port. And it wont be long until dawn. ??If the association brings the teams of major business groups to encircle and suppress them, they will only have a dead end and will not even have a chance to escape. The pirates became restless. The captain''s face was equally ugly. Judging from the opponent''s actions, it is really their intention to block them here. He turned around and glared, cursing: "Why are you making such a fuss? You are a pirate and you are afraid of a necromancer? Follow me and kill him. I will use this guy''s head as a chamber pot tonight." There are only a few rotting corpses, and there are more of us. The wizards all have money, kill him. Yes, whether he is real or not, kill him. ?The pirates started shouting. Morale is high again. ??The pirate captain drew out his two swords, and his body began to turn red as if it was filled with blood, and his muscles bulged. ??Roared and shouted: "Fight with me to avenge your dead brother." Kill~! ??The pirates let out a deafening roar and began to kill directly up the slope. Swish swish swish~huhu! ?While running, crossbow bolts, throwing axes, and throwing knives were the first to be thrown into the ranks of carrion corpses. The rotting corpse did not hide or dodge, and its body was hit instantly. But no one fell. Seeing it, the pirates are getting closer and closer. ??Wu Heng released a [Fireball Technique] in the sky above the pirates. The flames exploded and fell on the crowd of pirates. Several pirates were hit by flames in an instant. ?His body burst into flames and he fell to the ground rolling over. ??Wu Heng continued to order, "Attack!" Hulala~! The wights took action and headed towards the opponent''s position to kill. The two sides got closer and closer, and directly collided with each other. ??The pirate captain moved sharply and drew out both swords. In an instant, the heads of four corpses fell to the ground. ?Then, the whole person plunged into the team of rotting corpses. The wights kept being killed. The corpse fell to the ground, and huge pustules began to appear. The next second, the pustule burst, and countless spiders rose into the sky and pounced on the pirate captain and the surrounding pirates. Watch out for spiders! Damn it, the Necromancer deserves to die. Cut off the limbs of the corpse, dont kill it, spiders will appear. ??The pirates shouted and continued to kill the spider. ?Bang bang bang~! The spider burst, and a green poisonous mist rose instantly. Cover the surrounding area quickly. In the smoke, the pirates were forced to retreat, covering their festering wounds, and continued to attack. People kept dying, and corpses kept exploding, forming large clouds of smoke. ?Wu Heng stood behind and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the newly fallen corpses turned into rotten corpses and climbed up. Finish releasing skills. Wu Heng retreated to the rear again, ?Hand into the wireless headset, he said: "Everyone should be led out here. You should act as soon as possible." We are close to the enemy camp, please hold on a little longer. Try your best! Wu Heng replied. Hang up the radio headset. Attention returned to the battlefield. The fighting continued, and the poisonous fog zone put the pirates at a disadvantage. Large numbers of people began to fall. Carrion and spider, move forward. ??The pirate leader covered his mouth and nose with his arms, and his eyes quickly scanned the battlefield. ?It is not an option to fight more and more enemies. ?Those who died on their own became the enemy''s sources of troops. In the end, you will be killed by the opponent. ?Scanning the front, behind the group of rotting corpses, I saw a figure wearing black armor and holding a staff. He kicked away the carrion rushing in front of him and shouted to the side: "A few people will follow me to kill the mage. Whoever kills him, I will make him the deputy leader and chop him as the captain." Its the captain! Several people nearby responded. ?Then the pirate captain led several pirates, like crazy bulls, knocking away the carrion in front and pounced directly on Wu Heng in the distance. ??Wu Heng looked at each other through the gas mask. He took out the machine gun from the space ring, held it in his arms and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets roared out. ??The pirate captain''s eyes suddenly shrank, he subconsciously threw himself to one side, rolled and instantly hid behind a protruding rock. ?The pirates who followed the charge were instantly hit by bullets. ?The body was torn into pieces and fell to the ground. Broken skull, **** axe, go kill him. ?Wu Heng gave the order again and rushed over. ?Shattered Skull jumped up high, holding the battle ax in his hand, and struck behind the boulder. ??The captain rolled back, put his foot on Broken Skull''s chest, kicked it down, and took three steps back. The eyes were full of horror and disbelief. ?At the same time, the blood ax also moved to one side, and the huge battle ax in his hand kept swinging out. Repulse his attacks step by step. ?Wu Heng also followed closely behind, releasing [pathogenic rays] and [weakening rays] continuously. Shot on the pirate captain. Seeing that the situation was not right, the latter turned around and ran quickly back. ?Wu Heng pulled the trigger again. ?The bullet penetrated his thigh and lower back, and he staggered to the ground. ?Skull-crushing, **** axe, rush over instantly. "Don''t kill me. I can be loyal to you and do some things for you. I still have money, so I can give it all to you..." Bang~! The war hammer fell, shaking the two swords apart. The second battle ax made a sound, tore open the breastplate and struck on the chest. The flesh and blood were opened, and a large drum of blood gushes out. Grass, no matter what you do to me, you are not a good person... Bang! The battle ax fell again and severed his head. ?Wu Heng glanced at the scene of the battle, raised his machine gun, and fired directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The guns spit out tongues of fire, and the corpses and pirates all fell to the ground. The ground was covered with corpses. Connect to the radio. Have you found the person? Wu Heng asked. The voice of "Silla Rose" came from the headset, "Not yet, how are you doing over there?" Wu Heng glanced at the corpses on the ground and said, "You can still hold on. Search carefully. Don''t worry about me." Okay! Be careful. Hang up the communication. ?Wu Heng groped around on the corpse and picked off items one by one. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item)Space RingEndurance Belt. ?Wu Heng put away all the items. Looking at the ships behind. Lets get on the boat. (End of this chapter) Chapter 277 , woman in amber Chapter 277, The Woman in Amber After plundering the pirate leaders loot. ?Wu Heng said hello and walked directly to the pirate ship in the port. At the port, there were three pirate ships and a smaller merchant ship parked together. ?Wu Heng stood on the shore and looked at several ships in the distance. With a thought, he released the ghost Glenda. ?Glenda circled in the sky, flew down, and said, "A fight with pirates?" How do you know these are pirates? Wu Heng asked curiously. Theres a pirate flag on the ship, said Glenda. Ghost has dark vision and is not affected at night. "Well, it is indeed a pirate group, and it is dead now." Wu Heng said, and continued: "There are three pirate ships over there, let''s see which one has good things, so that we can take them away." Okay! Glenda agreed and got directly into the pirate ship. ??Wu Heng didnt stop either, and also boarded the first ship. ??Corsair still has its own style. The hull of the ship is painted with exaggerated patterns, and the whole body is fenced with various styles of shields. The waves drove the hull of the ship, and the shield slapped against the hull. Without waiting, Wu Heng looked around. ?Glenda flew back directly. He said: "A lot of goods and money were found in just one ship. The other two ships were mainly cabins, some weapons and equipment, and nothing of value." Just one ship to load things? They were not afraid that the ship would sink, and they left nothing behind. Take me there. This way! ?Glenda took him off the boat and boarded another boat. Go all the way down to the cabin. He came to a chain-locked gate. Is there no mechanism? Wu Heng asked. "No!" ?Wu Heng took a step back and said, "Open it!" The blood ax stepped forward, and the battle ax struck down directly. Dang~! There was an ear-splitting collision, and the chain broke and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng opened the door, and it was pitch dark inside. ? Release a [Dancing Light Technique] in front of you, the light circle falls on a wooden barrel in the center, and the surrounding area gradually lights up. This is a warehouse. There are cloths and herbs stacked on both sides, and in the middle are various gold and silver utensils, sculptures and oil paintings. They should all be stolen things. With the training of a pirate, how could he like sculptures and works of art? ?Wu Heng walked in and looked inside the barrel. The upright wooden barrel has no lid and is filled with shining silver coins, which are dazzling under the light. No need to look, these barrels are full of silver coins, and there is a box over there with gold coins and gems in it. Glenda floated in the middle and said softly. ?Wu Heng turned around and said, "The sense of anticipation was gone immediately." What is the sense of expectation? The sense of anticipation of opening a blind box. I dont understand what youre talking about. Ill go take a look at that merchant groups ship. ?Wu Heng nodded, and Granda left directly through the wall. This should be the pirate''s warehouse. Originally, I thought that the gold and silver would be carried in the space ring, but the pirate captain did not do this. But locked here. ?Wu Heng put all the gold and silver coins into the space ring, but other goods, which were quite large in quantity, could not be put in. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment, he walked back to the deck. ?Haunted down below, "Shark Teeth!" Hurrah! A figure emerged from the sea, Shark Tooth raised its head and looked up. Shark Tooth did not participate in the previous battle, and all he did was push the boat for himself. Come up! Shark Tooth walked out of the sea and boarded the deck. Wu Heng said: "This ship belongs to us from now on. Hide first before sailing. I will come here to pick you up tomorrow." Shark Tooth didnt say much and walked directly into the control room. Directly intend to sail the ship away. Wait a minute, Ill get off the boat first. ?Wu Heng took the two skeletons off the ship, and the pirate ship slowly left the post and disappeared into the night. ?This action. The pirate ship is considered a trophy. But the association''s process is still slow and strict, and there are still people like "Sheila Gui". ?It is not a disadvantage if you occupy one ship first. After all, I was the one who contributed the most tonight. At this time, Glenda flew back again, faster than before. Floating in mid-air, he pointed at the merchant ship behind him and asked, "Why is there a woman on it?" Women? Pirates? Wu Heng asked. In this world, women are also professionals, which means that women are very common in battles. Whether they are pirates or bandits, there are many women. ?There are also many female leaders. "No, it''s an elf woman sealed in amber." Glenda explained. Shanella? ? Hearing the description of ''Glenda'', Wu Heng''s first reaction was the rescue target ''Shanara''. Information provided by the association, the Elf woman, and learned from the pirates that she sealed herself in a stone. The situation described by ? and Glenda is very similar. Do you know him? Glenda asked immediately when she saw his appearance. "The person the association requested to rescue is somewhat similar to what you described." Wu Heng explained and continued: "Let''s go and have a look." The ship of the consortium should have a better appearance. ??Its just that the hull of the boat is full of arrows, and there are still hooks on the fence that have not been removed. ?Wu Heng followed him into the cabin. The interior decoration is still luxurious, more like a private cruise ship. But now, all the decorations have been removed, and traces of hanging paintings and ornaments can still be seen in their original locations. Follow Glenda to a cabin. After opening the door, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. The light stone on the roof of the shed emits a soft light. Under the light, a piece of yellow semi-transparent amber occupies half of the room. Inside the amber, sealed is an elf woman with a light body and a beautiful appearance. ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. Seeing it with ones own eyes is more impactful than what Glenda described. Make sure no danger occurs. ?Wu Heng cast a [Dancing Light Technique] on the light stone. ?The room is brighter. The figure in the amber is also clearer. ?Short gray-blue shoulder-length hair, pointed elf ears, skin as white and tender as jade, and beautiful appearance. ??Outside of the sky blue dress, she wears a piece of leather armor with exquisite patterns. The feeling is different from that of Archdeacon Sheilagui. The elven woman in front of her looks more like a young woman, like a graceful and luxurious concubine in the palace. ?Now, Wu Heng also knows why the pirates left the amber here. It is so huge that it is obviously impossible to move it outside. Unless the ship is broken up. ?Wu Heng reached out, touched it, and knocked twice. The entire surface of amber is very hard. This cant be done, just suffocate yourself to death! ?Wu Heng muttered softly. With the words. The woman in amber, her eyelashes trembling slightly. Thanks to Kenzz for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 278 , you are captured! Chapter 278, You are captured! The eyelashes of the woman in amber move slightly. Wu Heng was immediately alerted, and he quickly took two steps back, standing behind Skull Crusher and Blood Ax. Obviously, the amber in front of you cannot be judged according to the normal earth amber. Not only was the woman inside not suffocated to death, some parts were not fixed either. ??Moreover, you can hear sounds from outside. Seeing that there was still no danger, Wu Heng said to Amber: "I am the deputy deacon of Treasure Island. The Blood Hand Pirates have been killed by the association. You are safe now." The woman''s eyelashes swayed again, but there was no other movement. What does this mean? Dont believe in yourself, or can you only move your eyelashes? He took out the sub-deacon''s emblem, raised it in the air, and continued: "This is my sub-deacon''s emblem. If you are on this ship, you can come out." After the words fell, there was silence for two or three seconds. The woman in amber has her eyes open through a slit. He glanced at the emblem, then at Wu Hengs makeup and clothes. It is easy to identify whether a person is a pirate or not. ?Wu Hengs appearance and the aura he displayed were definitely not that of a pirate. Not even a person who often goes to sea. The next second. The solid amber began to liquefy instantly, forming streams of yellow water that entered the necklace on the female elf''s chest. ?? Forming a yellow beeswax pendant. The woman landed lightly on the ground. A pair of sky-blue eyes, looking up at him. Whats your name? the woman asked softly. Looking up, the eyes are rippling like autumn water, filled with tenderness. Wu Heng, deputy deacon of the association, whats your name? Wu Heng asked. At the same time, I was wondering why the other person looked at me like this. Just like those women of mine who look at me when they are emotional. Shanela, the owner of this ship. The woman said softly. Do you have any proof? The woman pointed to the wall that was covered by amber just now. ?There is a brightly colored oil painting hanging above. The woman in the painting is sitting on a high chair, which is very similar to the woman in front of me now. There is just a slight difference in appearance. The woman in the painting is cold and arrogant, but the woman in front of her looks up with tenderness. But its basically certain that the person in front of me is Shanara. Well, lets go, Ill take you out for some fresh air. Wu Heng turned around and walked out. Shannara followed behind and said, "Thank you for saving me, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." Just call me Wu Heng. Well, you can also call me by my name in the future. The woman said softly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "How did you get targeted by pirates?" Shannara''s face turned ugly for a moment, "These pirates have set up an ambush on the route early. Someone must have revealed my whereabouts to them. I will investigate it carefully after I return." That is to say. Someone inside revealed her route to the outside world. As a result, the pirates made arrangements early and waited for this fat sheep to enter their preset ambush. ??And the pirates succeeded, and she was the only one on the ship who died. Seeing her gloomy expression, Wu Heng comforted her and said, "It''s okay. Who hasn''t met a few bad people in their life? Just be more careful in the future." Well, thank you. Shanara said, leaning forward again. The two of them walked to the hatch of the ship. The voice of "Silla Rose" came from the headset. Wu Heng, how are you doing? ??Wu Heng made a gesture to the woman next to him and said into the headset: "It''s okay, all the pirates are dead." Reinforcements have arrived? "No, they were fighting among themselves. I recruited carrion corpses while fighting, and took the opportunity to kill them." Wu Heng said casually. ?The other side was dull for a while, and then the voice came again. If you are captured, tell me what to eat tomorrow morning. Forehead. This little girl is quite cautious. I was not captured. The pirate is really dead. Besides, why cant I run away if I cant fight? Wu Heng replied. "You killed hundreds of people by yourself? How is this possible?" The other party''s tone was still unbelievable. Hmph! You know why the Necromancer is feared by people! You really werent captured? "No." "If you dare to lie to me, you will regret it." Sheila Gui said, and continued: "We didn''t find ''Shanara''. Let''s go over now and wait for the association''s reinforcements to arrive tomorrow morning and search carefully again." ?Wu Heng glanced at the elf woman on the side and said, "Shanara, it''s on my side. You can just come back." Damn it, you were indeed captured. Sister, you are having too much inner drama. We are standing on the deck, and you let the beast tamer of Olin take a look. Wu Heng said directly. ?The other party did not answer and fell into silence. Shanela on the side asked: Your teammates? Well, the people who came to rescue you together are responsible for going up the mountain to search for you. You attract the pirates by yourself and then kill them all? Shannara asked with a raised eyebrow. Lucky. You are so awesome. The two stood on the deck and waited for a while. From the darkness in the distance, several figures quickly ran out. Hilagui waved one hand, and air waves exploded under her feet. She rose directly from the shore and jumped onto the deck. Looking at Wu Heng, he then cast his gaze on the woman beside him, "Mrs. Shannara, why are you here?" Obviously, Sheila knew what women looked like. Unlike Wu Heng, he even asked several questions. Shannara nodded, "I was trapped in the cabin. It was Wu Heng...the deputy deacon who saved me." Speaking, he looked up. Sheila Gui felt that the other party''s tone was a bit strange, but she couldn''t tell what was wrong. ?Continued: "The association''s reinforcements will arrive tomorrow morning, please wait for a while!" "It''s okay. Thank you for coming to rescue me. When I go back, I will mention this to the association and give you a reward." What we should do. The rest of the team members also ran up quickly. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng! Everyone saluted. Even the members of the small team sounded more respectful. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Clean the battlefield, find the wanted people, strip the rest of their equipment and bury them on the spot." "yes!" Everyone ran down quickly and began to gather the bodies. You can also get a lot of loot by disposing of corpses. If you are lucky and find something good, it will also be a good income. Finally, the two skeletal corpses of a leader were dragged out. 10 am. The associations fleet arrived at Jiwei Island. A large mercenary group poured into the island, and only two deacons were seen, leading a few team members. Sitting in the harbor and yawning. Deacon Imiro led two association teams off the ship, glanced at a few people, and asked, Where are the pirates? ??The pirate ship is still there, obviously the other party did not escape. Seeing that Wu Heng had no idea of ??answering, Xila Gei stood up and said: "All the pirates have been killed. One of the pirate leaders and two key members are on the wanted order, and Mrs. Shannella has also been rescued safely." ??Imiro looked at a few people. There was also a slight surprise in his eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 279 , bloodthirsty double blades Chapter 279, Bloodthirsty Double Blades Where is Mrs. Shannara? Imiro asked again. "Inside." Xilagui signaled, and someone immediately went to the stone house at the back to look for someone. Soon, Shanela, whose complexion had recovered a lot, came out. ?Smiling, "Deacon Imiro." Mrs. Shannara, just be fine. Lets get on the boat and rest first. Well go back to Treasure Island later. Okay! Shannara looked back at Wu Heng and the others, smiled and nodded, and then boarded the associations ship. Imiro continued to ask: "Where are the pirates'' bodies?" Over here. Sheila Gui walked to one side. ?On the beach not far away, three corpses were lying, covered with tattered linen. The linen cloth was lifted, revealing the face of the corpse. The Bloody Hand Pirates! Imiro recognized the identities of these people at a glance. ??The Bloody Hands are a difficult pirate group nearby. He is ruthless in doing things and never leaves anything alive. The fact that they can survive until now is enough to prove how difficult they are. The members of the association actually killed all the opponents despite being outnumbered in numbers and levels. Its really a bit unexpected. "Cover it and take it back. You did a very good job this time. Go back first." Imiro said. Hilagui nodded and immediately called for people to carry the body to the boat. Take the pirate ship and start the return journey together. On a returning ship. Sheila Gui leaned on the guardrail, blowing the sea breeze, "After this trip, you will solve the problem yourself." The results belong to everyone, but they play different roles. Wu Heng walked over and stood aside. We just went up the mountain to search, but we still havent found anyone. Sheila Gui continued. Last nights battle plan. ??They will also face battles and dangers if they want to go up the mountain to rescue the hostages. But it took a whole battle. ?Wu Heng did everything by himself, so they seemed to take a detour and then ran back. "I didn''t expect that ''Shanara'' would be on the ship." Wu Heng paused slightly and asked in a low voice: "What is her status? She looks quite good." "The president of the Star Flower Cross-Sea Chamber of Commerce, which is also the largest chamber of commerce among the wood elves." Sheila Gui introduced. Such a large chamber of commerce was robbed by a pirate group? So, we are also very surprised, and we should investigate this matter in the future. ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. According to what Shanela told him last night, the route itinerary was leaked. ??The pirates set up an ambush early. It seems that this is also an important reason. By the way, why do you feel that Shanaras attitude towards you is different from other people. Sheila Gui spoke again. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Is there any? Maybe I rescued her!" Well, it should be! In the afternoon, the fleet returned to Treasure Island. The members of the association left some of them to deal with the ships, while Wu Heng and others returned directly to the association. This operation can be regarded as a good harvest. The deacons promise to retrieve Shanara is considered a third-level meritorious service, plus the leader of the Bloody Hand Pirates Group and two key pirates. There will be quite a few rewards. ?Go back to the office and study room. Anderweil immediately smiled happily, "Master, you are back!" "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and sat down aside, "There''s nothing going on here at the association!" Its okay, everything is normal. ?Andweil poured a cup of tea and placed it in front of him. ?Wu Heng took a sip. continued: "The deacon needs a report from last night, and I asked you to write it for me." Okay Master! Anderweil spread out a piece of paper and started to write. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and recounted what happened last night. ? Anderweil sat aside and began to record it. The entire operation last night is actually not difficult to analyze. ?Just retell it according to what happened, and make sure it is consistent with the content of Sheila Gui herself. Furthermore, there was nothing special about the matter. Apart from the pirate ship that he drove away, there was no need to hide anything. Anderweil wrote it all down. Then I simply sorted it out and copied it again. Master, take a look. ?Wu Heng picked it up and read it from the beginning. After confirming that there was nothing wrong with it, he said, "Send it to the deacon." "good!" Anderweil leaves. ?Wu Heng took out all the loot from last night. Put them one by one on the table. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item)Space RingEndurance Belt. The first item is the double sword used by the pirate captain. An iron sword with a wooden handle, the blade has a trace of dark red. ?Like being stained with blood and not yet wiped clean. Bloodthirsty Double Blades (Rare Item) Category: Strange Objects Function: The wielder enters a violent state, and the wounds are difficult to heal. Side Effect: In the violent state, sanity decreases over time. (Description: A weapon used by a powerful thug. The wielder will gradually be affected by the killing and enter a state of madness. The blade is sharp, the wounds struck by it are difficult to heal, and the user will gradually lose his mind.) Wonderful object! ?It seems that this bloody-hand captain is really special. Rare items themselves are hard to come by, and rare items and weapons are even rarer. Furthermore, the double sword has a wide audience and can be sold for a sky-high price when put on the market. ?Wu Heng looked at the two swords again. The effect provided is that the holder can enter a violent state and make it difficult for wounds to heal. These two points can directly improve the user''s combat effectiveness. The cost is gradually losing your mind. When he was fighting with the pirate captain, the other party turned around and ran away, but he didn''t seem to have lost his mind. But its not a big problem if you use it on skeletons. It itself is about obeying orders, without the influence of emotions and senses. Things like reason should not affect the skeleton. As long as it doesn''t turn around and chop itself. ?Wu Heng put it away directly and continued to look at the remaining two items. Space Ring (5 cubic) Spiritual communication ring, explore the space inside. Some daily necessities, food, fresh water, various grenades, and an exquisite small wooden box. ?Wu Heng took out the daily necessities and the small wooden box. Open the small wooden box. There are neat gold coins inside, at least more than a thousand. Its really rich. On top of the gold coin, there is a note from the "Snake Emblem Consortium". You can take the bill and go to the consortium to take out the things stored in it. The door opens. ?Anderweil came back. What did the deacon say? Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t say anything." Anderweil said, her eyes falling on the debris beside her, "Master, these are..." Oh, let me throw it away, its a useless thing. "good." ? Anderweil opened the door and called some staff to take out all the clothes and pants on the floor and throw them away. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the third item. Endurance Belt (Description: A magic belt etched with a buff state, which can continuously replenish one''s own stamina.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 280 , lazy dog ??bomb Chapter 280, Lazy Dog Bomb ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Looked at the belt again. Endurance is a performance of resisting fatigue during physical or mental work. ?This kind of thing can play a certain role in fighting or learning. However, putting it on the belt requires people to guess which aspects of work it focuses on. Look at all three props. ?Wu Heng was put into the space ring. Overall, the harvest from this trip was huge. Not to mention anything else, the gold and silver coins in the cabin and space ring are a huge sum of money. Taking it to the land, you can completely satisfy your own wealthy life. ??The nobles in the city may not be able to come up with such a large sum of cash. In addition to the harvest of gold and silver coins, the rest are meritorious service and ship rewards. As for ships, I took one away privately, and one of the remaining two pirate ships should be assigned to myself. ?Yawned and lay back on the sofa. ? Anderweil knelt down on one side and gently massaged his shoulders, "Master, he must be tired." Its not bad. Physique has been strengthened and I feel nothing even if I dont sleep for one night. "Master, you should also pay attention to your health. Don''t get too tired." Anderweil gently held her head and looked down. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at the fair-skinned little fox. Raise your hands, cup your cheeks, and lean toward yourself. ? Anderweil''s face was slightly red, her eyes closed subconsciously, and she stretched out the tip of her pink tongue and put it into the other person''s mouth. The two of them are tired of being together. Awakened and separated by the sound of footsteps passing by the door. The fox girl''s tail swung rapidly, she lay on the other person''s chest, and said softly: "There are people coming and going here, so wait until night to serve the master properly." ?Wu Heng smiled, picked up his cheek and kissed him again. As you said, we cant lose to Minnie tonight. I understand, Master. In the afternoon, the association had nothing to do. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier exchanged a few words and left the association directly. He took two skeleton attendants with him and found a deserted place. Put on the [train conductors hat], the car chimes, and the ghost train appears out of thin air. ??Wu Heng boarded the train with two skeleton attendants. In the itinerary, fill in the words "Jiwei Island". The next second, the train disappeared. It only takes a few minutes. As soon as we sat down, the train arrived at Jiwei Island. ?Wu Heng stood up, walked off the train with the skeleton, and stepped onto Jiwei Island again. ?There is no one here, and the sea breeze is howling. ?Wu Heng released Glenda, and after saying a few words, Granda flew towards the sea. Not long after, the pirate ship that left last night appeared in sight from the sea level. Slowly approaching the port. ?Wu Heng walked onto the boat. The skeleton attendant, Shark Teeth, was still standing in the control room. The boat was also empty. This ship is the main ship of the Blood Hand Pirates. No one from the association asked, and Sheila Gui and others didn''t seem to notice the ship. ?Now it seems that it should belong to me. ?Wu Heng stood at the bow of the ship, thinking about what to do with the ship. Used to transport goods, or to form a caravan of your own. After all, there is no place to sell the daily necessities collected from the zombie world. But now this ship cannot dock immediately. ??Bringing him back to Treasure Island now means telling everyone that he hijacked a ship last night. Even if you do your best, you can still have some negative impacts. Get off the boat again. Command the skeleton to go to the place where the corpses were buried yesterday and dig out all the corpses. Dead Corpse Battlefield was released. The corpses that had not been transformed had their flesh and blood fall off and turned into skeletons, all of which stood up. ?Wu Heng ordered, "From now on, you will be stationed on this ship." The skeletons all boarded the pirate ship. ??Wu Heng continued to say to the Shark Tooth: The ship usually docks here. If there are other fleets approaching, you should avoid it first. I will come back to pick you up in a few days. Shark teeth are also back on the pirate ship. After the ship matter was dealt with, Wu Heng also put on his conductor hat again. The train appeared and returned to Treasure Island.??? Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll, chatting in the living room. The sound of cooking came from the kitchen. ?Wu Heng glanced over and saw the ''Chef No. 1'' wearing an apron preparing dinner. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Minnie jumped up excitedly and rushed over to give him a big hug. ??Wu Heng patted the other party''s buttocks and said, "Behave like a baby as soon as you come back. I''m not afraid that Wei''er will laugh at you." Master, I miss you so much. Minnie was buried in her arms. I havent seen it for just a day. Thats what I want too. ??Wu Heng hugged her, entered the living room and sat down on the sofa. Andewil smiled and said, "I heard you were back, and Minnie almost went to the association to look for you." Yeah! Minnie nodded. Minnie is so good! ?Wu Heng said softly. Minnie still sat in her arms and said softly: "Master, I bought some flower seeds and planted them in the courtyard. It won''t take long for the garden to grow." Well, not bad. Wu Heng praised with a smile. Soon, dinner was ready. The three of them sat together to eat. After dinner, Wu Heng also took out the loot plundered from the pirate ship. Let the two women decorate their residence when they have free time. Night falls. Three people got out of the bathtub. ??Wu Heng walked towards the bedroom holding the two soft bodies hanging on his body. Put the two girls on the bed. Under the light, admire the beautiful body and curves. ?Minnie smiled thinly, while Anderweil''s face was a little red, and the plush fox tail was curled in front of her body, blocking several important parts. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the bed and gently caressed the two women''s smooth bellies. It feels soft when you start it. Master, come on! Minnie grabbed his hand and said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded and lay on the bed with the two girls in his arms. The next day, in the morning. Anderweil went to the Association. ?Wu Heng simply sorted things out and went directly to the zombie world. Go out of your residence. Qiangzi came over from a distance. He said: "Your Majesty, we have a new plan for the flying dragon to throw things. This time it will be reliable." What plan! Wu Heng was curious. Have you ever heard of a lazy dog ??bomb? Hadron asked. ?Wu Heng shook his head. Qiangzi explained: "When people from the Flame God Sanctuary came over, I chatted with them and asked them how to attack zombies from the sky in an efficient and easy way. They mentioned the lazy dog ??bomb." He pointed at the draft drawing and said: "I heard they said it was a weapon developed during World War II. It is purely solid and does not need to be filled with gunpowder. It can penetrate a 60mm steel plate after being thrown from a high school. As long as you carry a lot, it can cover it." Enough range to kill the enemy." ?Wu Heng followed the opponent''s hand and looked at the graphics on the draft. The pattern is very similar to that of a bullet, with a long pointed tip, but the difference is that it has a spiral tail at the tail. In other words, this kind of bullet does not explode to kill the enemy, but is dropped from a high altitude to kill the zombies. This is actually not difficult to understand. Throwing a stone from a high altitude can kill someone, depending on how many can be carried. Furthermore, with the industrial capabilities of the auto repair shop, there should be no problem in producing solid bullets. Not to mention there is a skeleton blacksmith. Then try something and see what the effect is? Wu Heng said. Okay! Qiangzi nodded and agreed. After the hadron left. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, and Li Yahong also came over. He said: "Yesterday, Qi Hancai brought people over and wanted to join us." (End of this chapter) Chapter 281 , exaggerated lazy dog ??bomb Chapter 281, Exaggerated lazy dog ??bomb Wu Heng was not too surprised that Qi Hancai wanted to join. I have talked about this with Li Yahong before. ? Qi Hancai came to the auto repair shop more and more frequently, and she kept asking about the situation at the auto repair shop. The auto repair shop and Dong''an Village are both large refuges in this area. But the strength is very different. Dongan Village is hiding from zombies, while the auto repair shop is looking for zombies to kill. There is no comparison at all. Previously, people in Dong''an Village may not have had much idea, and even thought that their shelter was no worse than an auto repair shop. But after seeing the fighting power of the skeleton, his thoughts will definitely be shaken. As the corpse group continues to increase, it will become more and more difficult to kill in the future. If you want to live better, relying on a stronger shelter is the best choice. It seems we guessed it right. Wu Heng said. "For sure, if Ma Zhiyong had seen your fighting style, he would have been depressed for several days, and then he would have wanted to join in." Li Yahong looked sure of it. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "What do you think?" "I don''t have any objections. It''s not a bad thing if we add a new superpower." Li Yahong continued: "The only thing I''m worried about is that there are so many people here at once, and they are still in a group. If something happens, it may be difficult to deal with it. How many are there? Wu Heng asked. Speaking of more than 80 people. There are indeed a lot of people. ? ? Not counting the prison, there were only about 50 survivors at the passenger terminal, and there were more than 80 people from the other side. It was indeed a bit troublesome. If you really want to fight, you are not afraid. I am afraid of doing something secretly and causing unnecessary trouble. "Right." Li Yahong continued: "Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi, we discussed it and planned to keep Dong''an Village. Qi Hancai will bring some people over to carry out search and patrol work, and slowly divide them." ?Wu Heng looked at her in surprise, "Do you still know this?" Something difficult? No, it just feels like you are becoming more and more like a leader. Wu Heng said. ?Li Yahong smiled and said, "No way, we all discussed it." ?Doing this is actually a way. After all, Qi Hancai is also under construction, and photovoltaic panels and other things must have been laid. Discard it directly, which is also a bit of waste. Its good to keep it first and use it as a sub-base. Li Yahong continued: "Then it''s settled like this?" Okay, I think the result of your discussion is quite good. Wu Heng also agreed. I will notify them to come over in the next two days. "good!" After Qi Hancais matter was settled, Li Yahong continued to ask: Do you have any plans for today? Lets continue cleaning up zombies along the road! "good!" ?Li Yahong agreed. ??Driving the bus over, he took Wu Heng and continued to the main road section. Four o''clock in the afternoon. The group of corpses in the second section of the road were attracted by the army of skeletons. ??Howling and roaring, they gathered their teeth and claws into a torrent, charging towards them. Swish swish swish~! The dense rain of arrows covered the sky. Fell into the group of corpses with a clatter. Following this came the iron spears being thrown, and the crossbowmen standing on the platform of the commercial shop. ?Various attack methods roared towards the group of corpses. ?The corpses fell one after another. He was trampled to the ground by the zombies behind him. Bang~! A gunshot rang out. ?Standing on the top of the scrapped bus, Lie Yi directly pulled the trigger. The bullets roared out. A deformed dog running away in the distance was instantly hit by a bullet. It lost its balance and fell to the ground. Bang~! Immediately afterwards, the second shot was fired again, and the deformed dog, which had just stood up and planned to continue running away, was hit again and never got up again. Another deformed dog looked back. Escape harder. ?Bang bang~! Two shots were fired in succession. The second deformed dog fell to the ground instantly and did not get up. ?Wu Heng glanced at the battlefield and said directly: "Speed ??up." The deformed skeleton rushes into the group of corpses. The zombies were instantly dispersed, and the skeleton queue also began to advance forward, killing all the zombies attracted by the deformed skeletons. Soon, the battle ended. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. The corpses of two deformed dogs were also dragged by the tails of Ju Yi and thrown in front of Wu Heng. Skeleton dog, I havent seen it for a while. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and two skeletal dogs shaped like lions stood up. Skeleton Hound (Level 6) Its level 6. ?It seems that the deformed dogs are also improving. He signaled the two skeleton dogs to stand aside, holding wooden sticks, picking out the corpse core from the minced meat and loading it up. ?Hand it to Li Yahong on the side, "Send it to the alchemy skeleton." "good!" After dealing with the deformed dog, the two stood aside and waited for a while. Wait for the large forces to clear the battlefield. ?Wu Heng continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons joined the queue of skeletons. Its getting late too. There is no intention to continue cleaning up. Get on the bus and start returning. ??Back at the passenger terminal, Li Yahong took Wu Heng to see where the skeleton blacksmith was. A furnace had been set up here. In this world, iron can be found everywhere. The search team has also added a new task, which is to search for various iron tools. Wait until it gets late. ?Li Yahong followed the others to the cafeteria to eat, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Night falls. Minnie lay on her back on the bed, her legs hanging on his shoulders, and she spoke intermittently, "Why are you wearing a belt? Look...it looks weird and a little uncomfortable." "Health belt, it is good for the body." Wu Heng replied softly. Minnie''s eyes were a little blurry and she said confusedly, "What kind of livelihood can I make now? It won''t be long after this." Of course, you have to pay more attention. So ugly, not at all..., ugh~! Minnie wanted to say more, but was blocked. ?Hold your eyes tightly and wrap your arms tightly around the other person''s neck. The gently shaking bed board made Andweil beside her open her eyes. Hes still thereHey~! Anderweil was just about to turn to one side when a palm came up to her chest. He said hurriedly: "Master, I have to go to the association tomorrow!" The next day. ?Wu Heng followed and went to the association to take a look. After confirming that he had nothing to do, he returned to his residence and headed to the zombie world. ?Here, it rained a little last night. There was a sense of humidity in the air, and the ground was full of puddles. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, but Li Yahong hadn''t come over yet. Hadron ran over first. He said hurriedly: "Your Majesty, we have achieved results!" Huh? Wu Heng was a little confused. Hangzi took two heavy breaths and took out two bullet-sized solid bullets from his pocket. Lazy dog ??bomb. Qiangzi said. So fast? ??Yesterday, what Qiangzi told him about the lazy dog ??bomb was done this morning? This speed is much faster than other weapons. "It''s not difficult. Just pour molten iron into the mold and wait for it to solidify." Qiangzi said directly. ?Wu Heng thought about it and it felt right. ??Picked up one gram and bumped it in his hand. It was about the same weight as a gold coin. How much? Wu Heng asked. 27 grams, if you want to reduce the weight, you can make it smaller. The gold coin is 30 grams, and the weight is really about the same. A flying dragon can carry an adult and fly quickly through the air. Excluding the equipment and rolling mines carried by the pirates at that time, the weight of the pirates was calculated as 120 kilograms. Approximately equivalent to two thousand of these solid rounds. It feels like the number is not that many. How many were made? Wu Heng asked. Qiangzi said: "More than 1,000 pieces." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let someone bring all the ammunition and let''s go try it." "good!" ?Wu Heng took Qiangzi and walked towards the warehouse, and Li Yahong also came over at this time. Seeing the two of them, he asked, "Why are you going?" Lets go clean up the zombies. Oh, good! ?Li Yahong drove a passenger car, and Qiangzi drove a military truck to pull the skeleton flying dragon. Hurry together towards the main road. Hello~! The main road leading to the city. ??Dense crowds of zombies began to gather, and piercing roars resounded throughout the entire area. A large group of corpses gathered from the roads on both sides to the middle, filling the entire street, and rushed towards this direction. ?Wu Heng glanced at the group of corpses coming quickly. Looking back, sweating profusely, he was still installing the magazine into the Feilong''s chest. Qiangzi and others were more thoughtful and assembled a honeycomb-shaped magazine out of plastic. ??He is fastening the buckles one by one to the spine and ribs of the skeleton flying dragon. The louder the roar of the corpses was, the more sweat appeared on their foreheads. There seems to be a problem with the size of some part. How long. Itll be ready soon. Qiangzi took off his belt, replaced the buckle, and fixed it on his spine. Hand down the body to test the sturdiness. Wiped off the sweat, "No problem." ??Wu Heng nodded, pointed to the nearest ordinary skeleton, which was slightly shorter, and said: "Put down the sword and armor first, and you ride on the back of the bone dragon." The skeleton warrior threw aside his weapons and armor and climbed directly onto the back of the bone dragon. Grab the reins prepared in advance. ?Wu Heng ordered the skeleton warrior: "Fly to the sky above the corpses and open these magazines." After all preparations are completed. ?Wu Heng patted the bone dragon and said, "Fly, fly higher." The Skeleton Flying Dragon kicked its feet, and its entire body instantly rose from the ground and rushed into the sky. It seems that the weight of the ammunition in the chest cavity has no effect on flight. The body of the skeleton flying dragon kept rising upwards, and finally it was only the size of a matchbox. Then, start flying forward along the main road. Wait until you reach the sky above the corpses. Suddenly, dense black raindrops fell from above. Soon, he smashed into the group of corpses. ?Hum, boom, boom~! A sound as violent as a rainstorm sounded. In an instant, the sound was like thunder, broken stone and glass flew everywhere, and each iron bullet stirred up two to three meters of smoke and dust. Wu Heng and others behind the skeleton were all frightened and lowered their bodies to avoid being affected. Looking ahead in surprise. The whole street was covered in smoke and dust. blocking the line of sight. ?Experience +1. Skeleton Flying Dragon, experience +1. ?Experience +1. Skeleton Flying Dragon. experience. Densely dense experiences appear. ?Wu Heng stared at the smoke-filled front with his eyes widened. Is it so useful? (End of this chapter) Chapter 288 , I like white and tender ones (please v Chapter 288, I like fair and tender ones (please give me a monthly vote, a recommended vote!) On the carriage. ??Wu Heng changed into a blue-gray dress, and wore armor underneath, which was bulging. Opposite, the deacon assistant Moya sat, also wearing ordinary clothes, with an extra hat to cover his elf ears. Even if it is hidden, the temperament of the elves is still very obvious. The carriage creaked and creaked as it moved forward, but neither of them spoke. Until you entered Beacon Street, you stopped in front of the Old Barrel Tavern. The elf assistant said calmly, "I''ll take you in. If the other party doesn''t ask, don''t mention anything about yourself and the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. The door opened and the two got out of the carriage. ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax followed Wu Heng, and Moya also brought a staff member from the association with him. Push the door open and enter the tavern. There was a lot of excitement inside. The sailors and the maids were laughing and playing. ?The pub here is open day and night. When the fleet docks, the crew members who have been holding back for a long time will immediately rush into the tavern to drink and look for women. ? Moyas steps didnt stop. Go directly through the hall and go down the wooden stairs on one side. Go through the wine cellar again and enter another semi-underground room. Two burly men blocked the way. He stretched out his hand and started to feel around on his body. "Let two of them come in." A woman''s voice came from inside the room. The man on guard did not continue to check. Said directly: "You can only enter two." The elf assistant nodded, turned around and told his follower, and Wu Heng also asked the broken skull and blood ax to stay outside. After the explanation is completed. The two of them entered the room directly. There is not much decoration in the room, except for a woman with a somewhat unique appearance sitting behind the desk. He has brown skin, heavy makeup, a nose ring, and a thick gold collar around his neck. ?Wearing a loose gray shawl. ?Hands were pruning potted plants, and he raised his head and glanced at the two of them, "Assistant Moya, you are actually here. Please sit down." ?Following the words, he stretched out a hand under his shawl again and made a gesture of invitation. He stretched out his other two hands and poured tea for the two of them. Moya sat down on the futon in front of the table. Although Wu Heng was a little surprised that the other party had so many arms, he also sat down. Moya said, "I encountered something. Let''s see Mrs. McIntosh to see if there is any news." Two teacups were brought to them. The exaggerated-looking woman looked at Wu Heng, "Little guy, are you in trouble?" ??Wu Heng glanced at ''Moya'', saw her nodding, and said directly: "I was assassinated yesterday. The enemy can control the spider swarm. I want to know who the opponent is." A group of spiders? Is there that kind of spider? "Yes!" Wu Heng took out a transparent glass bottle from his pocket, which contained a dying colorful spider. Let it out! said the woman. ?Wu Heng opened the bottle cap and poured the half-dead spider onto the table. The woman picked up a piece of cloth and crushed the spider to death. Then, his hands floated above the spider corpse and he closed his eyes. At the same time, he raised four arms, two arms straight, and two arms above his head. Six arms. What a strange race. The room became a little quieter. The woman reopened her eyes, looked at Wu Heng, and said, "I saw a half-spider man who controlled the spider swarm." Half-spiderman? ?Wu Heng frowned. ??It is true that I have many enemies, but they do not include these strange races. Let alone conflicts, I have never heard of them before coming to Treasure Island. Why did you kill me? Wu Heng asked. No one answered. ?The door next to her opened, and a man walked in and whispered a few words in the woman''s ear. The woman nodded, then turned her gaze to Wu Heng, and said: "Five days ago, a half-spider man landed on the island at the port. He will board the ship at port 7 and leave Treasure Island at noon today." ?Wu Heng was slightly surprised. ?The woman in front of me, the information is so fast and accurate. ??Treasure Island has a very large floating population, and it is really not an easy task to accurately get a Demi-Spider to land on and leave the island. What does he look like? Wu Heng continued to ask. Male, about 30 years old, slightly dark skin, hair tied into small braids, loosely dressed, with yellow stripes. Im done asking. Wu Heng said. Moya nodded and said to the woman at the table, "How much is it?" The woman held the tea cup in both hands, raised one arm, and raised three fingers, "300 silver." The price is really not low. Catching a wanted criminal may not be as expensive as this. Moya nodded and looked at Wu Heng, "Give me money!" ??Wu Heng took out a silver bag from the space ring, placed it on the other party''s table, and said, "Thank you very much." The transaction is completed. ?Wu Heng and the others turned and left. The woman looked at the money bag and spoke again, "If you need anything, you can continue to come to me. We like to cooperate with young people like you." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Okay." After walking out of the tavern and boarding the carriage. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Go to the port." Moya looked at him and asked, "Don''t you need to go back and tell the deacon?" For the appointment of a deputy deacon, the level requirements are not too high. ?Judging from Wu Heng''s age and growth, she guessed that she was only at level eight or nine, and she had certain advantages in terms of luck and career to become a deputy deacon. It was originally assassinated and rushed to the past. It was not just a grass and a snake, but also might come to the door to kill each other. Back and forth, there is not enough time. Once the other party leaves Treasure Island, it will be difficult to catch him again. Wu Heng said. Moya thought for a moment, opened the curtain, and said, "Go back alone and report the situation here to the deacon and ask the team to come over." The entourage following the carriage, after one person answered, turned and left. Hand down the curtain, the carriage continues to move forward. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did that woman just have six arms?" Moya said: "Her name is McIntosh, she is from the Bemala tribe, and her characteristic is that she has six arms." "What profession? It seems that he has the information source on the island." Wu Heng continued to ask. Her profession is that of a prophet. She controls a large number of labor forces at the port. The port handling business needs to be completed through their hands, and the other business chain is intelligence work. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. In other words, port porters are all his spies. ?With more people, there will naturally be more sources for collecting intelligence. When she was in Luntam City, Wen Mansha relied on thieves to collect intelligence. Moya glanced at him and said, "If you want any information in the future, you can buy it from her, although the price is a bit more expensive." Is this the price, or are you trying to blackmail us? "The price has always been very expensive." Moya paused slightly and said with a hint of joking: "It seems that she has a good attitude towards you. There are some things that you need to pay attention to. She has had several husbands and many lovers. Be careful about who you are. ?Wu Heng was stunned and understood what the other party meant. I like white and tender ones, not her kind. About 20 minutes later, the carriage drove through Beacon Street and entered the port area. The carriage pulled over. ?Wu Heng opened the curtain and looked outside. ??The port is still full of people, many workers are carrying supplies on the ship, and there are people standing on wooden boxes to recruit people who are accompanying them to go to sea. Then he looked at the location of Port No. 7. ?There is a blue cargo ship parked over there, and a large number of workers are carrying things to the ship. ??Wu Heng glanced at the nearby crowd, the porters, and the sailors on the deck. I did not see the half-spider man mentioned by the six-armed woman. Half-arachnids can change into spider and human forms, and are good at hiding. They should not stand outside. Moya said calmly. You mean the other party is in the cabin? If I were to run away, I would never stand outside. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Glenda flew out of his body and approached the freighter in the distance. Moya continued to speak calmly, "Now that we have caught the ship, we just need to wait here for the team to come over and round him up then. Going in hastily will only increase our danger." ?Wu Heng said nothing. After sitting in the carriage and waiting for a while, Glenda flew back from outside. Drill directly into the body. The next second, the scene that Glenda saw was shared in his mind. In the dim cabin, a man was sitting in the corner. ?His skin is slightly darker and he is wearing a thick cloak, but from both sides of the hood, his hair can be seen tied into a small braid. Its him! ?This guy is hiding in the cabin. Lets get on the boat! Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Two skeleton attendants followed behind them. Moya glanced behind them and could only follow them. Go to port 7 and board the ship along the plank. Several crew members frowned and scolded: "What are you doing?" ??Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "The association is arresting people, get out of the way." The crew members looked suffocated and subconsciously stepped aside. ?Wu Heng went directly off the deck and walked towards the cabin below. Thanks to MeteoriC for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 283 , blank letter Chapter 283, Blank Letter There was nothing going on in the association all morning. ??Wu Heng took Anderweil and left the association directly, heading for the port. The assigned ships have been docked at the associations exclusive port and are being monitored by staff. What do you do? The man in charge of the ship didnt seem to know Wu Heng. ? Anderweil showed her assistant certificate, and the other party''s attitude was much more respectful. Make way for the two of them to get on the boat. The corpses on the boat have been cleaned up. ??But the remaining blood stains and flesh foam can still be seen in the gaps between the decks. Either he is a necromancer. Everyone will suspect that this ship is full of ''soul rings''. How does the master plan to use this ship? Andweil asked. ?Wu Heng sat down on the chair left behind and said, "I haven''t thought about it yet. Do you have any suggestions?" "If the master doesn''t plan to form a caravan, he can form a fleet. It will be more convenient to chase the pirate group at sea." Anderweil thought for a moment and said. As an assistant to the subdeacon, I also checked a lot of information. He knows more about the situation on Treasure Island than Wu Heng. Before, Wu Heng only thought of forming a caravan, but now it seems that he can also arm the fleet. Use it to chase pirate groups. Well, Weier, you are still smart and have an idea. Wu Heng praised. The two continued to chat for a few words. They got off the boat together. Go along the road towards Beacon Street. ??Wu Heng took Anderweil and first went to the Elf shop. The wooden bow ordered has not been delivered. It will probably take two or three days. ?Wu Hengze went to the weapons store again and purchased all the arrows and crossbows in the store. Walking around, it was also noon. I found a pub nearby and planned to have lunch. The two of them entered the tavern and sat down in the corner. Although it was daytime, there were several tables of customers sitting in the shop. Drinking and chatting, talking about recent events on the island. ?The plump, dark-skinned tavern maid came over and asked with a smile: "What do the guests need?" This hibiscus crab, is it called this because of the crab? Wu Heng asked, looking at the menu written on the wall. "Of course not, it''s stewed with dragon tail crab, kudzu root, demon red leaves, bamboo shoots and fish stock." The woman smiled and said meaningfully: "Guests can try it, I''m sure it will be different tonight than usual. " Several of them are alchemy materials, is that okay? Andweil asked. The leaves of kudzu root and demon red flower are both medicinal materials for alchemical potions. I have never heard that it can be mixed into food. Our chef is good at alchemy dishes, and they are also our signature dishes. I guarantee that they will be fine. Of course, the price is a bit expensive. Hibiscus crab costs 2 silver coins a portion. The woman said. Lets have one, then a tempura platter, a root vegetable salad and a beef patty When the woman heard that she had ordered several expensive dishes in the store, the smile on her face became even bigger. She respectfully said "wait a moment" and went down to prepare. Not long after, all kinds of food were served. Take it easy! The woman saluted, then stepped back and continued to entertain other guests. The two of them were eating. At this time, the door of the tavern opened again. ??A bearded man dressed as a sailor walked in and glanced at the entire tavern. Laughing, he walked to the round table on the other side where several people were already sitting and sat down. ??The maid brought the drink, the man took the beer and took a sip, then reached out and pinched the woman''s **** hard. put down the wine glass and asked: "I heard that Xue Hand is dead?" What are you shouting for? someone said. ??The man looked suffocated, glanced at the hall again, and then leaned forward, seemingly talking about something. ??While Wu Heng was eating, his eyes fell on a few people. Perception increases and hearing is enhanced. But I lowered my voice intentionally, but I still couldnt hear clearly what was being said. With a thought in his mind, Glenda made himself invisible and leaned over. ?A few people chatted for a while. The man''s eyes fell on the woman who was serving the guests wine again. He stood up and walked over, lifted the woman up by her hips and said, "You guys are chatting, let''s go inside and have a private chat." The woman struggled a little in embarrassment. When a few silver coins were stuffed into his chest, he immediately became as docile as a kitten. Holded by the man, he walked towards the back. ??The other people laughed and shouted: "Hurry up, I have something to say to her later." ?Glenda flew back and got into the body. The scene of a few people chatting just now also appeared in my mind. The **** hand is really dead? the bearded man asked. The man on the opposite side said: "The exact news is that the association arranged two deputy deacons to kill the Bloody Hand Pirates overnight, and no one came out alive." No one is alive? Im a level 15 Bloodhand professional. Its no problem if I cant beat him and run away! All wanted orders for the Bloody Hand Pirates have been issued. It must be true. One person said something, and then asked: Tell me, whats the new news? The bearded man said: "Yeke Kingdom, the old king is critically ill, and the situation in the entire kingdom has become tense." The second person said: "The Iron Barrel Pirates had internal strife, the captain was killed, and the vice-captain took charge of the pirates again." ?A few people murmured in low voices, why have so many troubles happened to the pirate group recently? Then look at the third person at the same time. The third person said: "The Vampire Clan is arresting some unruly light-blooded people. I heard that those people, through some means, gained some power from the Vampire Clan and caused a lot of trouble to the Vampire Clan." Some time ago, a similar thing happened on Treasure Island. A human dignitary captured a girl, imprisoned her, drank blood, and was killed by the association. said the person who initially answered the question about the Bloody Hand Pirates. The association has been quite aggressive lately. Indeed, I heard that the two deputy deacons are quite powerful. The association may have to forcefully intervene here. Speaking of which. The bearded man has lost all interest. Looking at the plump woman. He said a few words casually and walked towards the woman. After listening to the conversation of several people, Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. ?These people are like a small team that exchanges information. They exchange the information they have obtained here. Except for the first Blood Hand Pirates group. The other three are really news that Wu Heng doesnt know. ? Big Beard mentioned the political situation in the Kingdom of Yeko. The old king was critically ill, and the situation in the entire kingdom began to become more and more tense. ?This point should be a matter of inheritance, or someone wants to take the opportunity to seize the throne. ?Wu Heng is a little strange again. Those guys in the Secret Order have all kinds of weird props to increase their lifespan. ?There is no way for this king to extend his life? Or, after the extension, it has come to an end. ??This matter has little impact on me. The only one is ''Slater'' from Blackstone Town. But Blackstone Town is a remote town, and Slater is the deacon of the association, so there is no way she will be implicated. The second piece of information was about the "Iron Barrel Pirates". When Anderweil went to take the wanted poster in the morning, there was one of them who owned the flying dragon. As soon as it was determined as the target, the captain changed. The third piece of information is directly related to Wu Heng. The Vampires began to arrest illegal light-blooded people from various places. To put it bluntly, they were arresting members of the "Secret Order" from various places. This is what Wu Heng wants to see. It is best to kill them so that they dare not show up. After lunch. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier walked out of the tavern directly. ? Anderweil returned to the association to continue working, while Wu Heng went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium. In the hands of the leader of the Blood Hand Pirates Group, he also received two bills from the consortium. Walked into the consortium, showed his emblem, and was invited into the lounge. Sat down in the lounge, a middle-aged man in a formal dress walked in immediately. He asked respectfully: Guest, what are your orders? ?Wu Heng took out the two bills, pushed them over on the table, and said, "Take out the contents inside." Okay guest, please wait a moment! The man picked up the bill and walked out directly. Not long after, when I came back, I was followed by two staff members, each holding a sandalwood-colored wooden box in their hands. ?Wu Heng took a look. Judging from the strength with which the staff held it, there shouldn''t be anything heavy inside. I''m afraid I don''t even have gold or silver coins. "Guest, this is the item for the bill. If you have any instructions later, you can call us at any time." The man saluted again and left directly with the other two people. Wait for the door to close. ??Wu Heng bent down and placed the two wooden boxes in front of him, and opened the first wooden box directly. Inside are two vouchers laid flat. ?Wu Heng turned it upside down and took out the paper. North San Siga Shipyard: Vessel Certificate C Large Warship North San Siga Shipyard: Vessel Certificate C Large Warship Two ship certificates. ?Wu Heng frowned. The pirates gave the ship''s certificate to the Snake Emblem Consortium. What is this operation? ?Wu Heng guessed about money and strange objects. The only thing I have never thought about is storing the ship certificate with the consortium. But it doesnt matter, now I have four ships. ?Although he has no plans to go to sea, the strength of his own fleet has begun to take shape, and is at least much stronger than most pirate groups. His eyes continued to fall on the second wooden box. Open directly. Inside was a blank envelope, with the sealing wax in place resembling a sheep''s horn. ?Wu Heng looked at the front and back. Tear off the sealing wax and pour out the letter inside. The letter is still a blank piece of paper. There is no handwriting, not even an indentation of writing. Blank? ?Wu Heng took it under the sun and looked at it, and then tried to verify whether the paper was interlayered. In the end, it turned out to be just a blank sheet of paper. Leave blank paper in the consortium? ??It was impossible no matter what Wu Heng thought. ??It was still put into the space ring directly. Maybe some potion was needed to make the words on it appear. After everything is sorted out. ?Wu Heng walked out of the lounge directly. ?Hello to the staff outside the door, left the consortium and walked towards the residence. Return to your residence. Pushing open the courtyard door, you can see Minnie and Gardener No. 1 squatting on the ground, cultivating flowers and plants. I dont know if the flower seeds in this world germinate quickly or if they use some special method. The seeds planted two days ago have already sprouted a bud today. The entire flowerbed is green and lush, no longer the original earthy brown color. Master, youre back so early today! Minnie cheered and ran over. ?Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "If you have nothing to do, just come early." Master must miss Minnie. Really, Master is getting more and more clingy. Minnie hugged his waist and whispered. ?Wu Heng smiled and pinched her cheek, "You seem to be acting in a drama." "Really? Do I have talent in this area?" Minnie asked as she followed them to the room. Maybe, Ill let Weier show it to you in the evening. Hey hey, okay! At dusk, Anderweil also returned from the association. After dinner, after training in the courtyard for a while. Go back to your room and rest. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng explained a few words to Anderweil who was going to the association. I have no plans to go to the association. After a brief tidying up, open the gate on the fourth floor and head to the zombie world. Appeared in the bedroom and looked out the window. He took out his walkie-talkie and said, "Get the car ready and ask Hadron to bring the solid ammunition. Let''s get ready to go." Soon Li Yahong''s voice came over, "Okay, get ready now." About half an hour later. The intercom rang again, "Ready." Well, Ill go down now. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building and saw three cars parked at the door. Li Yahongs passenger car and two military trucks. Your Majesty, Qiangzi and the other people in the car waved their hands and shouted. How many solid bullets have been made? Wu Heng asked. More than five thousand pieces, we have added some new molds. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Just as he was about to get on the bus, Li Yahong got off the bus with a figure. Qi Hancai! "This is Qi Hancai!" Li Yahong gestured to Wu Heng again and said, "This is the leader of the auto repair shop, King Yama." Every time I mention this name. ??Wu Heng felt that he was a little too middle-class. But I really dont want to reveal my real name. Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed, and as expected, the leader was King Yama. As for Li Yahong, she is only the apparent leader, similar to the responsibilities of a manager. King Yama, I have long admired your name. Qi Hancai stretched out his hand. Wu Heng shook her hand and said, "You are welcome to join." Thank you! Qi Hancai said. Li Yahong continued: "Since we have joined, we are in the same boat. Don''t talk about these things to anyone else, and also tell the people under you." Although it doesnt sound nice, it is the fact. The shelters are also protected. Auto repair shops are not afraid of others, but they dont want internal affairs to be leaked. Dont worry, I will never be a fool. Qi Hancai promised. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Let''s go then!" "good!" ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong boarded the bus, while Qi Hancai got into the third bus at the back. Wait until the car doors are closed and the convoy is driving slowly. ?Wu Heng asked: "Qi Hancai is also following?" "The third car is equipped with a forklift and ammunition made by Qiangzi and the others. We originally planned to let Wang Chenggang drive it, but ''Qi Hancai'' wanted to follow him to have a look, so I agreed." Li Yahong looked over and said, "I don''t want to let Wang Chenggang drive the car." If she goes, I will replace her now. Its okay, Im just curious and asked. "oh." The convoy continued forward and reached the end of the road. Hurrah! The skeleton army began to prepare. ??Densely packed groups of corpses began to gather in the distance and rushed towards this direction. ?At the rear, two skeletons stuffed the magazine into the flying dragon skeleton, and Hadron tightened the buckle. The level of solidity has been redefined. said: Okay, you can fly. ??Wu Heng signaled the skeleton warrior to get on the dragon''s back, patted the skeleton dragon, "Fly forward along the road." Huh~! The skeleton flying dragon soared into the sky and reached the sky above the corpses. Dense iron rain fell from the sky. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ??A deafening sound rang out, and the earth kept shaking. Thick smoke and dust rose to a height of two to three meters, covering the entire road. ?Several people lowered their bodies. ?Qi Hancai, who saw this scene for the first time, jumped back a long distance like a frightened rabbit, looking at the scene in front of him in horror. Is this an evolution towards modern weapons? Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the flying dragon landed. Qiangzi and others immediately stepped forward, opened the buckle, and replaced the new magazine. After the replacement is completed, tap the faucet lightly and say, "Fly!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 284 , I will stay here first Chapter 284, Ill stay here first ?Hum, boom, boom~! The second round of bombing fell, and smoke rose again, filling the road ahead. Hello~! The remaining corpses continue to attack forward hard. Swish, swish, ding, ding, ding, ding! A hail of arrows and iron spears fell like raindrops again. The number of corpses has shrunk again. When they rushed to the skeleton spear formation, there were only a thousand maimed and staggering Xiaobo corpses left. The spear kept thrusting forward. After a brief battle. Kill all zombies in sight. The entire main road has also returned to calm. The autumn wind blows and the smoke gradually disperses. ?The road is covered with dense potholes, the roof of the car is dented and full of bullet holes. The flying sand and gravel shattered the glass of the shops on both sides. The entire road was covered with corpses. ?Stabs and limbs were hanging all around, and blood gathered into rivers. The sky above was all blood red. It''s like a battlefield after a bombardment. Qi Hancai, who was at the back of the team, stood there blankly. Different from the shock brought by the skeleton army last time, the battle just now gave people a sense of fear. Even though killing zombies is the common goal of all survivors, the brutal scene in front of her also made her feel scared. ?? King Yama, how many corpse cores did he take? It was only then that the superpowers were developed to this extent. The front of the team. ?Wuheng stood on a scrapped car and looked into the distance. Confirming that the sound of battle did not attract a new group of corpses, he directly ordered, "Clean the battlefield!" The skeleton on standby started to move again. Begin to carry corpses along the road, while collecting arrows and iron spears all over the ground. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, walked through the group of skeletons, and asked, "What do I need to do?" ?Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "Can you drive a forklift?" Yes, but not very skilled. No need to be skilled, just wait for the skeleton to move the body away, and then use a forklift to move the blocked scrapped vehicles away. Wu Heng said directly. In every road section, there are basically scrapped cars blocking the road. The skeleton group was not afraid of these, they simply stepped on them and passed by. However, according to Li Yahong''s idea, the entire road is also a road prepared for other shelters, so that they can safely go to the auto repair shop to exchange supplies. It would be better if it is smoother. ?It is also for this reason that when I came here this time, I brought an extra truck pulling a forklift. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and walked towards the back. ?Then a forklift drove over and pushed the scrapped cars to both sides of the road. By cleaning up the battlefield. ??Wu Heng glanced at his attribute panel. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 11 (77853/100000) Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 34, Perception 22, Charisma 27. Feats:One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic), Arcane Training, Lore of Souls, Lore of Haunts, Magical Senses, Arcane Echoes, Necromancer, Undead Adaptations, Spellcasting Acceleration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy induction, spell casting acceleration. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation. As time goes by, you will unlock more and more expertise and skills. Not to mention how excellent he is, but he is still far superior to professionals of the same level or even higher level. After all, only you own the panel, and you can unlock skills by reading books. It is an ability that others do not have. On the level. I have reached level 11. If I want to upgrade to level 12, I need 100,000 experience points. In the past, I might not have been able to level up within a few years. But now that the Skeleton Dragon can kill enemies with bombs, this value is no longer so difficult to achieve. After two more battles, you will almost reach level 12. Previously, one apocalypse, another world with the Necron Restriction Act. It was like trying to survive, and now it suddenly becomes a game of mowing lawns and spawning monsters. I also have more expectations for improving my level. The road is open. Qi Hancai drove the forklift back. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked into the radio headset: "Hadron, how many iron bullets are there?" There are also two magazines with more than 2,000 bullets. Well, follow the convoy and push a little further before dark. Wu Heng said. Everyone get on the bus. The skeleton army also began to move forward. After walking out of a certain area. Zombies began to appear around again, fighting with skeletons. It is approaching dusk. ?Wu Heng looked at the experience points. Level: 11 (89786/100000) You will reach level 12 soon. Skeletons continue to clean up the battlefield. ??Wu Heng glanced at the buildings on both sides of the road, and his eyes fell on a wedding hotel. He said: "I won''t go back. If I stay here, I won''t have to run back and forth." Li Yahong also looked at the hotel, "There''s no need to be in such a hurry. Nothing is ready here, and it may be inconvenient to stay." Isnt this how we used to come here? The bus station is a bit far away from here, and it takes too much time on the road. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "Then I''ll help you clean up the room. If it''s not clean, you''ll easily get sick." "good." The two entered the hotel and chose an unoccupied room on the top floor. Daily necessities are also quite complete. ??Li Yahong was busy for a while and continued: "I will leave a truck for you. If anything happens then, you can contact us by radio." "That''s okay. After we go back, ask someone to prepare more arrows and solid iron bullets." Wu Heng said. Okay! Li Yahong nodded in agreement, then raised her head and looked at him eagerly. ?Wu Heng smiled, stepped forward and took her into his arms, kissing her heavily on the lips. Then he said: "How about we let Qiangzi and the others wait a little longer?" Li Yahong said softly: "There will be plenty of time next time." Alright! Then Im leaving. Remember to let me know if anything happens. Li Yahong said. "good!" ?Wu Heng sent her off. After waving goodbye, he boarded the bus, took the other two cars, and headed back in the direction he came from. ?Wu Heng looked at the skeletons that were still busy carrying them. Come to the corpse, hold the ''Spine Staff'' and release [Dead Bones Battlefield]. One by one, the bones stand up from the pile of corpses and join the queue. Several spells were released in succession, and a large number of skeletons joined them. Skeleton Warrior (Level 3) Now, most of the transformed skeleton warriors are at level 3. also represents the physical strength of the zombie, corresponding to level 3. Zombies evolve much faster than survivors. I wonder if corpse cores will appear when you evolve to level 5. Wu Heng muttered. After rearranging the skeleton army. Go back to your room in the hotel and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the deacons study. ??Wu Heng took out a tablet, flipped through the wanted notices one after another, and said: "This tool is very useful for checking the wanted notices and recording some things. It can just assist the deacon in your work." Deacon Imiro was stunned for a moment, then looked up at him and said, If you have anything to do, just tell me! ??Wu Heng sat down on the sofa opposite, looked at the noble elf deacon, and said, "Can you give me the body of the bloody-handed pirate? Treasure Island is in some danger, and I need some skeleton attendants." Didnt I share the body of the shark tooth with you last time? Imiro said. Wu Heng continued: "I brought my family members with me. Although I can come to the association, I still need some skeleton attendants at home to protect their safety." ??Imiro nodded slightly, feeling that what he said made sense. Looked at the assistant beside him, "Write a certificate and hand the body over to him." The assistant nodded and walked aside to prepare the proof. Imiro looked at him again, "Your two missions were very good. Before, I saw that you were promoted too quickly, and I thought you had some special connections. Now it seems that you are indeed very capable." ??The sudden mention of this matter made Wu Heng a little confused about what to say. Then, Imiro continued on by himself, "There are indeed many unstable factors in Treasure Island... Let''s do this. After the autopsy, the bodies of the wanted criminals you kill will be yours to dispose of." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 285 , test skills (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 285, Testing Skills (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) In the future, all the corpses killed will be disposed of by oneself after autopsy? Hearing these words, Wu Heng felt happy. It seems that the deacon of Treasure Island does not have too much hostility towards the Necromancer, or in other words, his attitude was relatively friendly before he discovered that Wu Heng had done anything bad. From now on, the bodies of wanted criminals that he kills by himself will belong to him after autopsy. Actually, it sounds like it should be like this, but in Blackstone Town and Luntam City, this kind of treatment has never been given. ?Yazd from Blackstone Town was even more afraid that he would steal the corpse, so he asked his team and guards to take it out and burn it the next day. Thank you, deacon! Wu Heng thanked him. ?Elegant Elf smiled and said with approval: "When I first came here, I killed several level three wanted criminals one after another. You did a good job indeed." After finishing speaking, he changed his tone and emphasized again, "Your profession is quite special. You must abide by the regulations of the association. If you encounter any difficulties, you can tell me." ?Wu Heng understood what he wanted to say. He nodded and said, "I will." "Um!" At this time, the elf assistant on the side also filled out the certificate for taking away the body. Thank you! Wu Heng took it and looked at the tablet on the table, Deacon, do you want this? There are a lot of tablets in the Zombie World, and the new ones are all in warehouses, and there is no place to put them. But in this world, it is indeed a scarce thing. At least taking photos and looking through photos is still impossible without props. Imiro glanced at the tablet and said calmly: "Put it here!" Oh, this prop needs to be charged. If it doesnt appear on the screen at that time, please give it to me to take back and recharge. Wu Heng explained. Well, I got it. ?Wu Heng nodded and exited the room directly. ?Hold the proof that the ink is still wet. Walking towards the underground morgue. There was an eerie coldness in the morgue. ??I didnt see the two coroners today, only the staff responsible for guarding were standing at the door chatting. When he saw Wu Heng coming, he immediately stood up straight and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon!" Well, this is the deacons certificate. I want to take this body away and go find a straw mat to roll up the body. Wu Heng took the certificate and gave the other party a look. Actually, Wu Heng wanted to steal the body. There are many ways. After all, he is considered a deputy deacon, so there is no problem in using the boundary gate to transport the corpse to another world as a cover. But its best to take the formal approach. So as not to have any bad impact on yourself because of a corpse. Okay. The guard glanced at the confirmation, and one of them quickly entered the morgue. Take a straw mat and roll up the body. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. You guys, get busy, Wu Heng said. The two of them bowed slightly. Return to your office and study room. Andweil was sitting in the room, "Master!" Well, have you got the reward? Wu Heng asked. Here they are, theyre all on the table. ??Wu Heng walked to the desk and saw several items on the table, two skill books, and three leather bags filled with silver coins. These are the rewards for rescuing Lady Shannara and killing the Blood Hand Pirates. After a few days of process by the association, the rewards were finally distributed. Anderweil smiled and said: "When I received the reward, the people from the third team were also there. Ohlin said that if you have any orders, you can go to them directly." It seems that they are quite satisfied with the mission rewards. Well, everyone is happy. ? Anderweil stood up, poured Wu Heng a cup of tea, then returned to his seat and sat down, continuing to organize documents. ?Wu Heng put away the bounty and looked at the two skill books in his hands. ?This time, exchange [Death Breath] and [Activated Object]. There is also a necromancy book [Plague Technique] at the front desk. ??But this skill is the same as the skill that comes with your own staff, so there is no intention to exchange it. Let Wei''er change to another skill that she was more interested in [activated object]. ?In addition to the images of sweeping the floor with a broom and pouring water into a teapot, I was also wondering whether giving the car skills would directly turn it into a Transformer. Or let the machine gun run to the battlefield by itself and chase people. ?Thinking in my mind, I opened the skill book casually. Look at the content in the book. ?Wu Heng gradually became focused. Activate ObjectThis skill belongs to the transformation spell type. This school is also called the transformation system, which is often used to change objects or the environment. The [Feather Falling Technique] learned before is a type of change. Its just that activate objects is a more advanced type of spell. You can designate up to 10 items within the casting distance, and non-magical objects come to life. These 10 items are not randomly designated. Weight and size will affect the difficulty of casting spells and the number that can be controlled. ?The book gives an example, saying that a mage who casts spells normally can control 10 quill pens to write letters, but if he controls a chair, he can only control 5 chairs to move. Here is the difference caused by weight and body shape. ??Wu Heng wants to turn the car into a Transformer, which is even more impossible, and it is not an effect that can be expressed by magic. After casting the spell, it does not endow the object with real life or false soul life. More like giving a command to an item to complete an action. There is no sense of autonomy. ??Wu Heng looked back carefully, surprised at the magic of magic, and also surprised that someone could actually study this kind of magic. Turn the book to the last page, and the system prompt will appear immediately. Unlock skill: activate object. Putting the books into the space ring, his eyes fell on the desk. Use the spell on the quill on the side. ?The quill hanging on the pen holder floated to the table, and the word "quill pen" was written on the paper by itself. ??It''s not that the quill can write on its own, but the words written by Wu Heng''s preset magic. The magic dissipated and the quill fell on the desk. ?Wu Heng waved again, and the teapot flew over and filled the teacup with water. "Anderweil", who was working hard, was instantly alert, turned over her hand and took out a pistol, pointing at the teapot that suddenly moved. Its okay, its a new skill I learned. Wu Heng said immediately. Anderweil looked at the teapot, then at Wu Heng, and put away the gun, "What spell?" The activated objects I just brought back can make some objects move on their own. Do you want to bring tea and water? It seems that Minnie really has nothing to do. ?Wu Heng looked at her, then snapped his fingers with one hand. ??The hair tie tied to Anderweil''s hair suddenly untied itself, quickly tied a knot, tied her hands, and lifted her up high. ?Wu Heng walked over and grabbed the raised arm, "It''s quite useful." With her hands tied, Anderweil glanced at the door carefully, blushed and whispered, "What are you doing, Master? We are still in the association. What should I do if someone bumps into me?" Dont you think its fun? Lets play again when we go home! After teasing Andeweier for a while, Wu Heng dissipated the magic. You cant really do anything in the association, its still broad daylight. Sit back at the table and continue to take out the second book and read it. Death Breathis a spell of the Necronomicon faction. The type is close to [Cloud and Mist Technique], and it is very likely that it was re-improved and developed from ''Cloud and Mist Technique''. It can form a cloud-like terrain. In addition to blocking the line of sight, it also has many negative effects in necromancy. More like, a poisonous fog zone surrounded by necromantic energy. This skill was very important to Wu Heng from the very beginning. ??Whether it is covering terrain or blocking pursuing troops, it can perform well. ?Of course, this effect is only for living beings, and is basically of no use to undead. Turn to the last page. ?System prompts also appear immediately. Unlock Skill: Breath of Death After the skill is unlocked, Wu Heng puts the skill book into the space ring. Feeling that the association had nothing to do, he said: "Weier, I''m going back first. If there''s nothing else, you should go home early for dinner." Good master, answered Anderweil. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association and walked towards his residence. The association and my residence are both in the central area, and the distance is actually not too far. It only takes about 10 minutes to get there. Walking back. Suddenly, Wu Heng felt a feeling of being watched. Suddenly turned his head and looked towards the back. ?There are people coming and going on the street, everyone is normal, and no one seems to be looking at me. But the feeling just now was not an illusion. Looked at the street and then at the sky. After confirming that there was no one around, he turned around and continued walking back. Lets see if anyone is following me. Wu Heng kept walking and whispered. ?Glenda flew invisible into the sky and looked down. (End of this chapter) Chapter 286 , is he really a mage? Chapter 286, Is he really a mage? ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward for a while. Glenda, who was in the invisible state, caught up from behind. Lying beside him, he said softly: "I didn''t find any strange people, and there were no tame animals following me." ?Wu Heng frowned, "Maybe I felt wrong." ?Glenda''s perception is high, and coupled with some relevant knowledge during her lifetime, she is proficient in investigation and finding traps. Since Glenda has not found the target. ?Either you feel that you are wrong, or the other person is a professional who is very good at hiding and tracking. ??If it''s the latter, if you look back and look for it now, you might be alerted. Lets take a look at the situation first. ?Granda hummed and continued: "If someone really follows you, they should be afraid of the association''s status. Just be careful, and it shouldn''t be a big problem." Yeah, I know. Walking back to the residence. ? Pushing the door into the courtyard, Gardener No. 1 was wandering in the flower bed. Minnie also jumped out of the building to greet her, "Master, it''s so early to come back today." ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked inside, "There is nothing wrong with the association." Want something to eat? How about I prepare some pastries for you. No, well have dinner later. ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, snapped his fingers, flipped the inverted teacup, tilted the teapot and filled it with tea. Minnie, who kept chattering, closed her mouth instantly. With his eyes widened, he looked at the scene in front of him in disbelief, "The kettle has moved." ??The teapot returned to its original position, and Wu Heng dispersed the magic. "The newly learned spell is quite fun." Spell! Its so powerful! Minnie exclaimed. Actually, its not very useful. It can only control some small objects. I am somewhat disappointed with this skill. ??It is not as powerful as imagined, and the objects it controls can only perform some simple specific actions. But from the exclamations of Minnie. ?Suddenly I felt that this skill was pretty good. After all, I was a necromancer, and the battle was left to the necromancer. My spells only needed to be "handsome". A spell that can control dead objects to move. Learning does not take much energy. "That''s so awesome. The mage is so good. If I had known it was so fun, I would have changed my profession to a mage." Minnie said with some envy. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Being a mage requires you to study and do experiments. It''s very boring." Oh! That doesnt seem to suit me very well. Minnie has a clear understanding of herself. Practice writing, and my hands are already cramped due to fatigue. Wouldnt it be even more boring to read books every day? Minnies eyes rolled, and she asked again: Cant I just learn this skill? I feel like this skill is very suitable for a maid. ??If a scholar of this spell has heard someone say that the skills he has worked so hard to develop are suitable for being a maid. Im afraid Ill be so angry that Ill vomit blood. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s not necessarily impossible. I have a skill book here. You can study it and take a look." It depends on whether Minnie can understand it. ?Hand the skill book to the rabbit girl, the latter happily put it away and said softly: "Master, you are so kind." Minnie is nice, too. "hey-hey!" I chatted with Minnie in the living room for a while and decided on the menu for the evening. He went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Out of the boundary door is the bedroom in the hotel. The bedroom is relatively spacious and tidy, with all the furniture available. Hitch opened the curtains and looked outside. A large number of skeletons filled the open space outside the hotel. ??Wu Heng opened the door and walked directly out of the hotel door. In the open space in front of him, he called out the corpse in the space ring. The skeleton stepped forward and cut the rope from the straw mat. Expose the body inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton with broad bones slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 30, Strength 28, Agility 24, Intelligence 16, Perception 15, Charisma 4. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, dexterous hands. Experts: Plate Armor Specialization (Advanced), Double Sword Specialization (Advanced), Simple Weapon Specialization (Basic), Crossbow Specialization (Advanced), Navigation (Advanced), Ship Repair (Intermediate). Ability: Surprise attack with double swords, sweeping, continuous sword power. From an attribute point of view. Actually, its not bad. Level 15 skeletons can also become leaders in most forces. ??But for professionals who are pirates or bandits, no matter how high their level is, their attributes seem to be scattered.??????????????????????????????????????????? more like in fierce competition, selected out of the strong. "From now on, if you call me Bloody Hand, stand up first." Wu Heng named him. The skeleton walked out of the pile of rotten meat and stood aside. ?Wu Heng continued to take out a set of silver plate armor and the rare pair of swords, and handed them to him, "These are for you to use first." Bloodthirsty Double Bladescan provide a ''furious'' state and the effect of preventing wounds from healing after hitting the target. The side effect is that the user gradually loses his mind. Skeletons definitely have no sense. After all, they are just false souls given by necromancy magic, not independent thinking individuals. Similarly, its hard to say whether it can enter a violent state. Any state will affect most living beings, but will not take effect on undead. Let him use it now. If it cannot show the effect of "wonder object", then replace it. In a matter of seconds, Xue Hand changed his equipment. ?Wearing silver plate armor, with two swords hanging on his waist. ?Wearing a gangster''s hood on his head, he also put on a round helmet. Finished dealing with the **** hand matter. ??Wu Heng continued to walk around the team of skeletons. Pick out 50 skeletons with level ten or above and stand in front of you. He gave each of them a bandit hood and said, "Follow me." Go back to the hotel. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island with the selected skeletons. Go down the stairs. You guys are guarding the balcony on the second floor, and you go guard the courtyard. ?Wu Heng began to assign guard positions to skeletons. ?This type of mansion can be considered a wealthy person in Treasure Island. ?Each family must arrange some guards and attendants. ?Originally, Wu Heng arranged for Skull Crusher and Bloody Hand to follow him, Bawudong to protect Minnie and teach boxing and physical skills by the way, Fire Blade to protect Anderweil, and the warrior to cooperate with the ranger, which can also play a tactical role. Today, I feel like someone is following me. ?Wuheng still added some new skeletons to ensure the safety of his residence. ??The skeletons dispersed as ordered. ?Minnie, holding a small shovel, walked in from outside and asked, "What''s wrong?" Its okay, arrange some skeletons to increase defense. Wu Heng said. "Sister Wei''er should be back soon. I''ll have the kitchen prepare dinner." "Um!" ?Wu Heng sat in the living room for a while, and Anderweier also came back from outside. ?While taking off his shoes, he smiled and said, "Master!" Well, dinner will be ready soon, just wait a moment! Okay! Anderweil came over, leaned into her arms, and talked about some documents that were handed over in the afternoon. Port, bottom of cargo ship. Dark cabin, dark and damp. Tap tap tap! The sound of footsteps coming down from the top of the stairs. ??A man wearing a loose robe, with slightly dark skin and dreadlocks walked down. He glanced at the dark corner and said, "I saw the deputy deacon. Are you sure he is a mage?" From the depths of the dark corner, a figure slowly walked out. He has a well-proportioned figure and a handsome appearance, but he staggers a bit when he walks. ??Every time my right leg touches the ground, there will be a "dah" sound, the sound of a hard object hitting the wooden board. "Necromancer, I saw it with my own eyes. What''s the problem?" the lame man asked. The man with the dreadlocks said: "He is very alert." Have you been discovered? The mans tone suddenly sounded nervous. "I just said that he was highly alert, and I didn''t say that he was discovered." The man with dreadlocks continued. The lame man was dull for a moment and continued: "Kill him, and the money will be yours." With a thud, a money bag was thrown to the ground. The loose bag opened, and two gold coins rolled out. They were stepped on by the man with dreadlocks, "I heard that the third team was the one who did this. I will kill them and only take half of them from you." reward." I want this necromancer dead. Deputy of the Killing Association, if something goes wrong, we wont be able to get out of this island. The man with the dreadlocks said again. "You are in this business, are you still afraid of this? Be careful and do it cleanly." The man continued. The man with the dreadlocks stood there a little dull, raised his head slightly and said, "Add more money!" Bang~! Another money bag was thrown over. ??The man with the dreadlocks bent down to pick it up and said, "Wait to hear the news." After saying that, he turned around and walked up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 287 , don鈥檛 force me to burn you all Chapter 287, Dont force me to burn you all After dinner, Wu Heng took his two girls to train in the courtyard. After training during this period, Wu Heng felt that his adaptability had been significantly improved. Its not that the combat has become much stronger. But the ability to respond to emergencies, body coordination, and some special movements are much better than before. After training. ?Wu Heng invited the two girls to take a bath together. After the three of them laughed and joked for a while, they each returned to their rooms. ?Wu Heng returned to the fourth floor. Before going to bed, think about your next plan. As for the zombies, we need to maintain the speed of upgrading, find ways to find out some information about the flying dragon pirate group, and increase the number of skeleton flying dragons. It is best to develop our own informants and continue to provide intelligence. There is also the matter of the fleet. There is no combat equipment on the ship. If modern ships and various advanced weapons can be brought over, it will be easier to kill the pirate group... " Put your hands behind your head and sigh slightly. "There is no sea where I live. If I want to go to a coastal city, I''m afraid I won''t be able to get there in a few years. This is really a problem. When the time comes, let Li Yahong ask about the situation on the channel. Is there anyone there? can provide corresponding things. After thinking for a while, it was getting late. Lie down and rest directly. Late at night and fall asleep. In a daze, a mental shock was blocked and disintegrated by my own mental barriers. ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes, his face solemn. Someone attacked me? ?This feeling of a barrier blocking mental attacks occurred last time when ''Yazd'' tried to destroy his own will, but was blocked by his specialty [Strengthening Will]. I woke up instantly and immediately smelled the scent of burning incense in the air. Huh~! Suddenly, a roar pierced the air. ?Wu Heng looked sideways and saw the ''Skull Crusher'' guarding the door holding a war hammer and sweeping towards him. Pah~! Under the horrified eyes, it seemed as if something was smashed and exploded. Dancing LightsThrow out, and you will see a smashed spider corpse slapped on the wall. Even though it has been smashed, it can still be identified as a colorful spider the size of a fingernail. From the top of your head? ?Wu Heng raised his head in confusion. ??You can see that at this time, densely packed spiders are like a colony of ants, covering the top of your head. Hissssssss~! At this time, the sound of dense crawling sounded, and the dense spiders gathered into a group and rushed towards the head in black. ?Wu Heng rolled over. With a thud, swarms of spiders covered the bed. Wu Heng rolled from the bed to the ground and stood behind the two skeleton attendants. ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax stepped forward, waving their weapons and stepping on them with their feet. ?Wu Heng looked ugly. Sure enough, someone was staring at me, and I didnt feel wrong during the day. The smell of incense is like a magic incense burner, and controlling such dense spiders is not something ordinary professionals can do. Huh~! At this time, another large group of black spiders rushed towards me. ?Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and the sheets on the bed rose into the air, wrapping up the rushing spiders and falling to the ground. The war hammer in Skullbreaker''s hand fell and hit the billowing sheets. Bang. A large amount of green juice spurted out from the sheets wrapped in it. Lets go out. ?Wu Heng opened the door and exited the room with two skeleton followers. At the same time, he controlled the objects in the room and smashed them against the rushing spiders. Close the door tightly again. ?As he walked downstairs, he took out his armor and staff. After putting them on, he continued to put on a [Bone Armor]. He released Glenda and Xiao Xiao at the same time. Under the puzzled looks of the two, he said: There is an enemy controlling a spider nearby, find him. Okay. The two ghosts nodded, quickly flew into the sky, penetrated the roof, and flew out. When he arrived on the third floor, the Skeleton Flame Blade was still guarding the door, and he pushed open Anderweil''s room. The fox girl was still sleeping soundly, and spiders had begun to pour in at the window. It seems that the target of these spiders is himself and follows his position. Weier! Wu Heng stepped forward and shouted. Anderweil is still sleeping soundly. Carry it up! Skeleton Fire Blade carried him on his shoulders and walked out together. ??Continue to go to Minnie''s room, still sleeping soundly. ?Hold "Bawudong" on his shoulders and walked downstairs together. At this time, the spiders began to gather on the first and second floors, and the skeletons guarding outside also began to attack these spiders. ?Weapon chop, lift your foot to step on. Attack as many spiders as possible. But for a large number of spiders, there is no significant effect. ?Similarly, this spider''s attack method is mouthparts and venom, which has no obvious effect on skeletons. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton and the sleeping maid down the stairs. There are still large spiders blocking the way. Dont force me to set fire to you. Wu Heng threatened. But for spiders, it does not have any deterrent effect. At this time, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. No suspicious person found. No one, uncle! ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper, and neither ghost found any trace of the other. Where did this person control the spider swarm? Why attack in this way? It is very possible that he is hiding in a nearby residence, and it will take some time to search. Granda said. Glenda was thinking about where the other party was hiding. ?Wu Heng, on the other hand, was thinking that the enemy''s position was not clear, and rushing out rashly might be a trap for the opponent. ?These spiders are just a part of it, just to force themselves out. Wu Heng shook his head and said: "No, the other party is here prepared. I''m afraid they are fully prepared, so you should come back first!" The two ghosts nodded and went back to their bodies. Come closer to me. Wu Heng ordered. Skeletons all around are gathering towards this side. After everyone comes over. ?Wu Heng directed a [Death Breath] into the room, and dark blue clouds instantly filled the room. The negative energy of the dead began to eat away at the spiders all over the room. Falling down with a crackling sound. Then, open the gate. Take all the skeletons and the two women and head to the zombie world. On the other side is the hotel corridor. After transporting 50 skeletons, the gate was opened in the corridor. ? Commanding the skeleton, he walked out of the hotel and shook the armor on his body to prevent any spiders from following him. The two maids, who were still asleep, were placed on the bed in the hotel room. ?Wu Heng went to the bathroom, washed his face and looked around to make himself sober. After washing up, the two girls were still sleeping soundly. There is no problem with my physical condition. ?Wu Heng sat at his desk and began to look through the wanted posters on his tablet. What happened tonight was a bit too sudden. Vice deacon of the Dare to Kill Association. This must be a big feud. Former enemies? Or, kill the accomplices of the wanted criminals on Treasure Island. Think carefully. ?Starting from Blackstone Town, there seem to be quite a few enemies. "You can''t think like that. If you think like that, the scope is too big." ??Wu Heng patted his face and rethought the possibility of an enemy. Transportation and communications in this world are still relatively backward. ??Blackstone Town and Luntam City, the possibility of the enemy finding them is extremely slim. The most likely possibility is that the pirates killed or the members of the ''Secret Order''. But the Secret Order, now being targeted by the vampires, should not seek revenge against itself now. ??So he''s an accomplice of the pirates? ?The sky is slightly brighter. ??Wu Heng reopened the gate and took a look. On the other side, there were no traces of spiders, and even the dead spiders left no bodies. If not, there are traces of fighting all around. I am afraid that even Wu Heng thought it was a dream. Assassinating the deputy deacon of the association is not a trivial matter. ?The other party would definitely not dare to stay here if they found out that the person was missing. Let Ghost continue to check and confirm that there is no danger. Only then did he carry back the two girls who were still sleeping soundly. ?After waiting in the living room for a while, the sky became brighter and brighter, and the sounds of people talking came from the street outside. Minnie yawned and shouted, "I slept well yesterday." Anderweil, who was on the side, was also woken up by the voice and said, "Minnie, why did you come to my room again?" No way! The two of them woke up a little and found themselves lying in the living room. Furthermore, something is not right about the surrounding environment. ?Wu Heng came over and said, "Take some time to clean up. Let''s go to the association together." During the day, it is unlikely that the other party will take action. But it is still safer. The two women also realized that a special situation might have occurred and quickly cleaned up. Follow Wu Heng to the association. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door. After receiving a response, he opened the door and walked in. ?The elegant and tall elf deacon must have just arrived. He is putting stacks of documents on the bookshelf at the back. Its rare to see you come here so early. Imiro glanced at him and said. ?Wu Heng was not in the mood to chat with him about these things. Get straight to the point, "Deacon, I was assassinated last night." The elegant butler and the elf assistant who cleans the house all have their hands moved. Whats going on? Imiro sat back at the table with a serious expression. "Last night, I was first attacked by a mental attack, and then a large swarm of spiders..." Wu Heng briefly told what happened last night. It does not raise the boundary, but blurs the way to deal with it. Even if the other party asked, Wu Heng would say that some kind of prop was used to limit the spider''s attack. Whats the loss? Imiro said. There was some property damage, but the people had nothing to do. Wu Heng said. "Hmm." Imiro replied, frowned for a moment, and continued: "You can''t determine the identity of the other party?" Unable to be sure, it is very likely that revenge is coming. Swarms of spiders, mental attacks... Imiro repeated. It seems that the corresponding information is not found in my mind. Thought for a little while. He raised his head and asked, "Are there any more spiders like that?" "have!" ??Yimiro nodded and said to the assistant on the side: "Moya, take Wu Heng to the Old Barrel Tavern and ask for the information." "Yes, deacon!" the elf assistant said, and continued to look at Wu Heng, "Go and change into more ordinary clothes, I will take you there." "good!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 288 , I like white and tender ones (please v Chapter 288, I like fair and tender ones (please give me a monthly vote, a recommended vote!) On the carriage. ??Wu Heng changed into a blue-gray dress, and wore armor underneath, which was bulging. Opposite, the deacon assistant Moya sat, also wearing ordinary clothes, with an extra hat to cover his elf ears. Even if it is hidden, the temperament of the elves is still very obvious. The carriage creaked and creaked as it moved forward, but neither of them spoke. Until you entered Beacon Street, you stopped in front of the Old Barrel Tavern. The elf assistant said calmly, "I''ll take you in. If the other party doesn''t ask, don''t mention anything about yourself and the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. The door opened and the two got out of the carriage. ?Skull Crusher and Blood Ax followed Wu Heng, and Moya also brought a staff member from the association with him. Push the door open and enter the tavern. There was a lot of excitement inside. The sailors and the maids were laughing and playing. ?The pub here is open day and night. When the fleet docks, the crew members who have been holding back for a long time will immediately rush into the tavern to drink and look for women. ? Moyas steps didnt stop. Go directly through the hall and go down the wooden stairs on one side. Go through the wine cellar again and enter another semi-underground room. Two burly men blocked the way. He stretched out his hand and started to feel around on his body. "Let two of them come in." A woman''s voice came from inside the room. The man on guard did not continue to check. Said directly: "You can only enter two." The elf assistant nodded, turned around and told his follower, and Wu Heng also asked the broken skull and blood ax to stay outside. After the explanation is completed. The two of them entered the room directly. There is not much decoration in the room, except for a woman with a somewhat unique appearance sitting behind the desk. He has brown skin, heavy makeup, a nose ring, and a thick gold collar around his neck. ?Wearing a loose gray shawl. ?Hands were pruning potted plants, and he raised his head and glanced at the two of them, "Assistant Moya, you are actually here. Please sit down." ?Following the words, he stretched out a hand under his shawl again and made a gesture of invitation. He stretched out his other two hands and poured tea for the two of them. Moya sat down on the futon in front of the table. Although Wu Heng was a little surprised that the other party had so many arms, he also sat down. Moya said, "I encountered something. Let''s see Mrs. McIntosh to see if there is any news." Two teacups were brought to them. The exaggerated-looking woman looked at Wu Heng, "Little guy, are you in trouble?" ??Wu Heng glanced at ''Moya'', saw her nodding, and said directly: "I was assassinated yesterday. The enemy can control the spider swarm. I want to know who the opponent is." A group of spiders? Is there that kind of spider? "Yes!" Wu Heng took out a transparent glass bottle from his pocket, which contained a dying colorful spider. Let it out! said the woman. ?Wu Heng opened the bottle cap and poured the half-dead spider onto the table. The woman picked up a piece of cloth and crushed the spider to death. Then, his hands floated above the spider corpse and he closed his eyes. At the same time, he raised four arms, two arms straight, and two arms above his head. Six arms. What a strange race. The room became a little quieter. The woman reopened her eyes, looked at Wu Heng, and said, "I saw a half-spider man who controlled the spider swarm." Half-spiderman? ?Wu Heng frowned. ??It is true that I have many enemies, but they do not include these strange races. Let alone conflicts, I have never heard of them before coming to Treasure Island. Why did you kill me? Wu Heng asked. No one answered. ?The door next to her opened, and a man walked in and whispered a few words in the woman''s ear. The woman nodded, then turned her gaze to Wu Heng, and said: "Five days ago, a half-spider man landed on the island at the port. He will board the ship at port 7 and leave Treasure Island at noon today." ?Wu Heng was slightly surprised. ?The woman in front of me, the information is so fast and accurate. ??Treasure Island has a very large floating population, and it is really not an easy task to accurately get a Demi-Spider to land on and leave the island. What does he look like? Wu Heng continued to ask. Male, about 30 years old, slightly dark skin, hair tied into small braids, loosely dressed, with yellow stripes. Im done asking. Wu Heng said. Moya nodded and said to the woman at the table, "How much is it?" The woman held the tea cup in both hands, raised one arm, and raised three fingers, "300 silver." The price is really not low. Catching a wanted criminal may not be as expensive as this. Moya nodded and looked at Wu Heng, "Give me money!" ??Wu Heng took out a silver bag from the space ring, placed it on the other party''s table, and said, "Thank you very much." The transaction is completed. ?Wu Heng and the others turned and left. The woman looked at the money bag and spoke again, "If you need anything, you can continue to come to me. We like to cooperate with young people like you." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Okay." After walking out of the tavern and boarding the carriage. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Go to the port." Moya looked at him and asked, "Don''t you need to go back and tell the deacon?" For the appointment of a deputy deacon, the level requirements are not too high. ?Judging from Wu Heng''s age and growth, she guessed that she was only at level eight or nine, and she had certain advantages in terms of luck and career to become a deputy deacon. It was originally assassinated and rushed to the past. It was not just a grass and a snake, but also might come to the door to kill each other. Back and forth, there is not enough time. Once the other party leaves Treasure Island, it will be difficult to catch him again. Wu Heng said. Moya thought for a moment, opened the curtain, and said, "Go back alone and report the situation here to the deacon and ask the team to come over." The entourage following the carriage, after one person answered, turned and left. Hand down the curtain, the carriage continues to move forward. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did that woman just have six arms?" Moya said: "Her name is McIntosh, she is from the Bemala tribe, and her characteristic is that she has six arms." "What profession? It seems that he has the information source on the island." Wu Heng continued to ask. Her profession is that of a prophet. She controls a large number of labor forces at the port. The port handling business needs to be completed through their hands, and the other business chain is intelligence work. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. In other words, port porters are all his spies. ?With more people, there will naturally be more sources for collecting intelligence. When she was in Luntam City, Wen Mansha relied on thieves to collect intelligence. Moya glanced at him and said, "If you want any information in the future, you can buy it from her, although the price is a bit more expensive." Is this the price, or are you trying to blackmail us? "The price has always been very expensive." Moya paused slightly and said with a hint of joking: "It seems that she has a good attitude towards you. There are some things that you need to pay attention to. She has had several husbands and many lovers. Be careful about who you are. ?Wu Heng was stunned and understood what the other party meant. I like white and tender ones, not her kind. About 20 minutes later, the carriage drove through Beacon Street and entered the port area. The carriage pulled over. ?Wu Heng opened the curtain and looked outside. ??The port is still full of people, many workers are carrying supplies on the ship, and there are people standing on wooden boxes to recruit people who are accompanying them to go to sea. Then he looked at the location of Port No. 7. ?There is a blue cargo ship parked over there, and a large number of workers are carrying things to the ship. ??Wu Heng glanced at the nearby crowd, the porters, and the sailors on the deck. I did not see the half-spider man mentioned by the six-armed woman. Half-arachnids can change into spider and human forms, and are good at hiding. They should not stand outside. Moya said calmly. You mean the other party is in the cabin? If I were to run away, I would never stand outside. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Glenda flew out of his body and approached the freighter in the distance. Moya continued to speak calmly, "Now that we have caught the ship, we just need to wait here for the team to come over and round him up then. Going in hastily will only increase our danger." ?Wu Heng said nothing. After sitting in the carriage and waiting for a while, Glenda flew back from outside. Drill directly into the body. The next second, the scene that Glenda saw was shared in his mind. In the dim cabin, a man was sitting in the corner. ?His skin is slightly darker and he is wearing a thick cloak, but from both sides of the hood, his hair can be seen tied into a small braid. Its him! ?This guy is hiding in the cabin. Lets get on the boat! Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Two skeleton attendants followed behind them. Moya glanced behind them and could only follow them. Go to port 7 and board the ship along the plank. Several crew members frowned and scolded: "What are you doing?" ??Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "The association is arresting people, get out of the way." The crew members looked suffocated and subconsciously stepped aside. ?Wu Heng went directly off the deck and walked towards the cabin below. Thanks to MeteoriC for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 289 , how do you know Chapter 289, how do you know Cabin. ??The people who also left by boat were all crowded into the airtight cabin, and the air was filled with an unpleasant stench of sweat and a strange smell. ?In the corner, a half-spider man wearing a loose cloak kept rubbing his hands. ?Looking at the cabin door. ? Whenever someone comes in or out, he will scan twice to confirm whether the other person is a member of the association. He was fully prepared last night, but still did not kill the other party. He did not go to his employer, but contacted the first ship to leave the island, intending to leave directly. "There is no way the other party will find out that I did it. As long as the ship leaves here, I will be safe. I can''t wait any longer. I can''t be in a hurry." The half-spider man unscrewed the kettle and took a sip of water. Let yourself settle down and dont be too nervous. Suddenly, several spiders crawled out from the cracks in the wooden boards above their heads. A small hissing sound was made. The man who drank the water suddenly changed his expression. ?The subdeacon is here? I actually found this place. "Impossible, how did he know it was me? How did he know I was on this ship?" ??The half-spider man''s pupils shrank, and he was horrified and confused. How could he have found himself so quickly? Tuck the hair outside the hood into your clothes, cover your mouth and nose with the scarf, and walk towards the door. Get out of here quickly. Just walked to the door of the cabin. ?The door of the room was pushed open with a bang. ?Several figures blocked the way. The half-spider man''s heart suddenly shrank, his forward steps quickly retreated, and he retreated to the back of the crowd. ?Wu Heng glanced at him. Then he saw the half-spider man hiding behind the crowd. The half-spider man retreated without saying a word. With a finger, dense swarms of spiders emerged from the gaps in the planks and filled the cabin. The moment the spider appears. Other people in the cabin instantly became confused. Yeah! So many spiders. Spiders, damn, there are so many spiders. Poisonous, be careful to avoid them. Dont block the road. Those in front should go out and get out of here quickly. The crowd began to gather toward the door. ?The scene was noisy and chaotic. ??The half-spider man is still standing behind, with a pair of eyes under his hood, cold and alert, waiting for him to deal with it. The cabin is now in chaos. ?When the opponent lets him go, he rushes out. It would be better if they are not allowed and the crowd riots. He has a better chance of escaping. Association, you still dare to kill everyone here? ?Wu Heng glanced at the half-spider man in the distance, and could tell his purpose from the look in his eyes. ?Hand out his hand, he held the ''Spine Staff'' in his hand and shouted to the people coming towards him: "Everyone look at me." The crowded crowd looked up and looked ahead. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and pointed down, "Sleep!" Hurrah! The chaotic crowd fell to the ground in an instant. At the moment when a large number of people fell down to make room, Wu Heng instantly took out his pistol and pointed forward and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! gunshots and explosions. The half-spider man jumped to the side to avoid the bullets. ?Hunted coldly and made a "baa" sound from his mouth. The spiders above the head began to gather from the top of the head, forming a black cloud and mist, and rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. ?Wu Heng reached out and made a move, and the large sheets on the bed flew up, wrapping up the swarms of spiders that were rushing towards them, and fell to the ground, tumbling non-stop. ?Skull Crusher carried the battlefield, strode forward, and smashed directly into the opponent''s hiding position. The half-spider man fled again. There was a bang behind him, and the wooden bed was smashed by a war hammer. ?Wu Heng kept catching the target with his eyes and kept firing bullets. From the rear, Moya directed the people who were not asleep to walk out of the cabin from one side. At the same time, he led his entourage to drag the sleeping people outside. She did not expect that Wu Heng would act so decisively. After the crowd fell, they started attacking directly. The fighting continues. The half-spider man, who was dodging again, tried to bypass the figure holding the war hammer and attack the figure behind him. Just moved. A sheet was used as a hood to block vision. ?At the same time, bang bang bang~, the harsh gunfire sounded again. The bullet penetrated the sheets and hit the body of the half-spider man. The body of the half-spider man staggered backward as the bullets were fired, and fell to the ground. Hand out his hand to wipe the wound. There were large blood stains on the fingertips. ?Seeing the figure holding the war hammer charging towards him again, his body shook and suddenly began to expand, turning into a large gray-haired spider the size of a calf. ?The spider took one step, jumped up directly, and hung upside down from the roof of the shed. ?His eyes fell on the subdeacon. Poof~! The bloated abdomen kept squirming, and in the next second, it spit out a piece of green acid liquid forward. ?Wu Heng made another move, and two bed boards flew up. ?Holds acid and penetrates corrosion. The big spider climbed quickly along the roof of the shed, like a mad bull. ?Wu Heng flipped his palm, replaced it with a heavy machine gun, and held it in his arms. Pull the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets opened **** holes in the spider''s body, and the entire body fell from the roof and hit the ground. ?Skullbreaker quickly stepped forward and knocked down the war hammer. There was a loud bang. The spider''s body and chest collapsed, and various juices splashed everywhere. The body also fell down softly. In spider form, can I ask about the corpse? Wu Heng asked. ??The somewhat dumbfounded deacon''s assistant immediately reacted and said: "Yes, the spider-man is an intelligent creature, not an insect." Moya was still a little shocked by Wu Heng''s performance. A deputy deacon who was transferred from a small inland town actually showed such strong fighting ability. Throughout the whole battle, the half-spider man was being pressed down and beaten. Skeleton attendants, magic, and that weird equipment. The half-spider man who was beaten had no power left to fight back. Necromancer, a new fighting style? ?This is the first time Ive heard of it. "Then does it speak human language? I mean, can I understand what it says?" Wu Heng asked. "I understand." Moya glanced at the corpse, "You want to ask about the corpse?" "I don''t know this half-spider man. There should be others behind the scenes." Wu Heng said without explaining much. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead], and the spider that flipped on its back bounced up. The cloudy spider eyes looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did you kill me?" ?The spider spoke with a strange tone, "I''m very short of money. Someone give me money and let me kill you." Sure enough, someone paid him to kill him. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who asked you to kill me?" The spider replied, "All I know is that his name is Bravo." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought about it, but could not find any memory about this person. But he is not sure whether he knows this person. For him, the names of people in this world are difficult to remember. He doesnt know who they are by hearing their names, but he may know their identity after meeting them. Where can I find him? Port No. 3, bottom of the cargo ship. Describe his appearance. ?The spider was silent for a while and replied, "Human, over 40 years old, with curly brown hair, rough skin, wearing a gray sailor suit, one foot is lame, it should be a prosthetic leg." Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Did anyone else participate in last night''s action?" "there is none left!" After the corpse finished answering, the body lay back on the ground. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and walked directly outside. The elf assistant spoke again, "Why don''t you wait for the other teams to come over?" "Miss Moya, please wait here for a while. I''m afraid I''ll be late and someone will send a message to the other party." There may be danger over there. The elf assistant said again. "It''s unlikely. If he had the ability to kill me, why would he bother to spend money to hire this half-spider man?" The elf assistant wanted to persuade him, so Wu Heng walked out directly. After waiting for a while, the sound of dense footsteps sounded. Members of the four teams rushed down from above. Miss Moya! Is the battle over? Moya nodded, "The battle is over. One person is left to look at the corpses and rescue these sleeping people. The rest follow me to Port No. 3." "yes!" Port No. 3, cargo ship bottom warehouse. ??Wu Heng walked down and saw the figure standing in the dark corner, and raised his eyebrows. The description of the half-spider man is quite accurate. He is in his 40s, has curly brown hair, and has rough and flaky skin, as if he has been soaked in salt water and dried in the sun. He is wearing a gray sailor suit. The man opposite heard the footsteps on the stairs and looked up. When Wu Heng was found walking down. Dang Dang Dang~! His steps subconsciously took two steps back, making the sound of wooden sticks hitting the floor. The face is full of horror and disbelief. He drew out the sword from his waist. Just as he was about to lift it up, he lowered the sword again and said, "Did that half-spider man betray me? I said he didn''t dare to kill you." Arent you going to resist? Wu Heng looked at him and asked. "I couldn''t kill you before. Now that you are ready to come down, how can I kill you?" the man said. Are you from the Blood Hand Pirates? Wu Heng asked. "You don''t remember me? So if I had acted stupid just now, would I have walked out of here?" the man said again. "No, the half-spider man described your characteristics, and there is no second person here, so you can''t get out." Wu Heng said. I am from the Blood Hand Pirates. (End of this chapter) Chapter 290 , someone wrote to me Chapter 290, Someone wrote to me There was a brief silence for two seconds in the cabin. ?Wu Heng didnt want to continue chatting with him. Said directly: "Is there anything else to say?" "I..." The man hesitated for a moment, but still asked: "Can you let me go once? I can give you money to buy my own life, and I promise not to trouble you again." Wu Heng shook his head, "You should cherish the last opportunity." ~! As soon as he finished speaking, the man suddenly stood up and stabbed forward with his sword. Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. The man who charged forward was kicked in the abdomen by the ''Skull Crusher'', and flew back like a cannonball. Knocked over a large piece of barrels and debris behind. Immediately afterwards, Blood Ax stepped forward quickly, raised the battle ax high in his hand, and chopped it down on the head. Dang~! The battle ax cut through the blocking iron sword and cut open the man''s chest. The man vomited blood, his eyes full of unwillingness and resentment. The body became weak little by little and lost its vitality. Wu Heng was not surprised that such a person escaped. In the operation to rescue "Shanara", whether it was the initial siege by small boats or the subsequent battle on "Jiwei Island". It is possible that some pirates escaped. It is possible that a few people ran away, or even a small half of the people ran away. I just didnt expect that he would come back and hire a killer to kill him. Took out the tablet and checked the pirate''s wanted poster again. No wanted warrant for this person has been found. ?This made Wu Heng a little puzzled. ??He is not an important member of the pirate group. As for coming back for revenge? ??Are all pirates so loyal? Looked at the corpse again and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The blood stopped and the corpse turned to look this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "Is there anyone else who participated in my assassination last night?" The corpse replied, "No." Is there anyone else in the Bloody Hand Pirates who survived? Unclear. It seems that they are the only two people involved in this matter. This crisis can be considered resolved. ?Wu Heng sat down on a wooden box nearby and asked casually: "What do you think? Come back to me for revenge." ?The corpse was silent for two or three seconds, and then said: "I suddenly received a letter, which asked me to avenge Captain Bloodhand." ?Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed, and a chill instantly ran down his spine. ?Someone induced him to risk his life and come to Treasure Island to seek revenge on himself. There is another person. Who gave you the letter? Wu Heng continued to ask. "have no idea!" Last question. ?Wu Heng thought silently for a moment. asked: How did you receive the letter? The corpse replied, "When I woke up the next day, it was under the pillow." After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the floor, and the blood in the chest began to flow out again. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse and did not move for a long time. After checking it now, another person who wrote the letter actually appeared. ??Moreover, why didnt he go find other people, or didnt go to find Sheila Gui for revenge. Why did you come to find yourself? ??Yes, I killed Captain Bloodhand, and the others are at most a participant. ?Does the person who wrote the letter really want to avenge the Blood Hand Pirates, or is he targeting himself alone? ??Such strange things are used a lot by the Esoteric Order. Has anything to do with them? Check to see if there is anything on you. Wu Heng said. Xue Axe stood the battle ax aside, took off the clothes of the corpse, and began to fumble around. Find a money bag from your body. Continued to search around the cabin and found a backpack. After opening it, apart from some daily necessities, there is a blank space. ?Wu Heng held it in his hand and frowned again. Open the envelope and take out the letter inside. After unfolding, it is blank without a word. Its better to go to hell! ?Wu Heng turned over his hand and took out another envelope from the space ring. Comparing the two, they are exactly the same. ?The letter in his hand is the ticket he got after killing the Blood Hand Pirates, and the trophies he took out from the consortium. The two are actually the same. What the **** is going on? Tap tap tap~! At this time, dense footsteps were heard from the stairs. ?Wu Heng put away the trophies and saw ''Moya'' walking down with the association team. Moya and the others were relieved to see that Wu Heng was fine. If the deputy deacon of the association dies here. It could become a joke if it spreads. After looking at Wu Heng, his eyes fell on the corpse beside him. Is he the murderer behind the scenes? Moya asked. ?Wu Heng nodded, "The members of the Bloody Hand Pirates are here to avenge his captain." ?Retaliation against association members is nothing new. It happens from time to time. ?The association also mobilizes members over long distances to avoid retaliation. "Leave it to them here. I''ll take you back first and report the matter to the deacon." Moya continued. Okay! ????This place was handed over to the rest of the team, and Wu Heng and the elf assistant got off the cargo ship. Get on the carriage and return. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ?Wu Heng looked at the elf assistant opposite and asked, "Is there any way to deliver letters over long distances?" Youre homesick? Didnt you come here with your family? Moya said with a smile. Are there any props that were suddenly delivered to the other party? Wu Heng asked. Moya thought for a moment and said: "There is no such magic prop at present, otherwise it would be popular in the association. Only rare items can achieve the effect you mentioned." Yes, thats true. ?It seems that the elf assistant doesnt know about this letter either. Moya continued: If you feel stressed, you can rest for a few days. Well, thank you. The carriage continued to move backwards. The two continued to chat about other topics. Old Barrel Tavern. In a semi-underground room. ?McIntosh of the Bevera tribe is sitting behind the wooden table, pruning the flower branches in the potted plant. Tap tap tap~! ?Hurrying footsteps sounded. ??A man wearing a leather jacket and a waistcoat ran in quickly with his arms raised. Enter the room and salute slightly. Chief! Whats wrong? Youre in a panic! The woman was still looking at the potted plants, her tone calm. The two men from the association left the port. "So fast? Have you found the half-spider man?" the woman asked. Found it, the body of the half-arachnoid was carried out, and in spider form, it was beaten into a puddle of mud. The man answered. Oh? How many people did the association use? "The association team arrived later." The man paused and continued: "I asked the people in the cabin at that time. It was the black-haired man and the two attendants beside him who killed the half-spider man. I also heard "That man is the deputy deacon of the association." The woman pruned the flower branches for a moment, then turned her head with some doubts in her eyes. That human being is the new archdeacon of the association? It should be. The woman was dull for a while. Then he said: "I understand, let the port restore order, and don''t disclose the association''s affairs to the outside world at will." "Yes, chief." The man hesitated and continued to ask, "Do you want to arrange for someone to inquire about the new deputy deacon?" The woman shook her head, "No, don''t provoke the association. Imiro is not as docile as he looks." "good!" The man saluted again and left directly. Return to the association. ??Moya returned to the deacon''s study and reported what happened just now. ??Wu Heng also returned directly to his office and study room. Push open the door. ?Andewil was sitting at the table sorting documents, while Minnie was lying on the sofa, reading the comic book in her hand. The two little legs swayed back and forth. What happened last night had no impact on the two girls. After all, both of them fell into a coma and had no idea what happened. Minnie also said that she had the best sleep last night. Seeing Wu Heng come in, both women smiled. "Owner!" Master, you are back! ?Wu Heng sat down in front of the sofa, putting his hands on his straight hips. ?Minnie shook it nonchalantly. Anderweil asked: "Master, have you caught those people?" Caught it, Wu Heng said. There is no clue about the blank letter paper yet. But the other party obviously does not want to appear in the field of vision. The half-arachne and the pirate who assassinated him are dead, so they are safe for the time being. Well, thats good. Anderweil continued. said: "The people from the decoration team have already arrived. It''s almost night and we can go back to live." In the morning, before leaving the association. ?Wu Heng asked Anderweil to contact the decoration team to clean the damaged areas and rooms of the house again. After all, you still have to live in the house, and you cant say that you have to move to a new place because of what happened yesterday. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Minnie sat up, curled up with her legs on the sofa, and asked: "Master, who was the person who assassinated us last night?" Pirates, the captain has come back to take revenge. Ah? How did a pirate get to the island? Minnie continued to ask. Pirates, as long as they are not on a wanted notice, have the same status as sailors, and it is difficult to identify them. Wu Heng took a sip from the water glass and continued: Besides, he was not the one who took action. He hired a killer. Oh, its a pity that we dont know, otherwise we can help you. "Damn bad guy, he actually came to assassinate us." Minnie said harshly, then she held Wu Heng''s arm and acted coquettishly, "Master is still awesome, nothing happened at all." Thats right, its not like you dont know about my constitution. Hehe! Same thing. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened, and a staff member walked in carrying a brown leather bag. Deacon, this is the trophy the team brought back. Assistant Moya asked me to bring it to you. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 291 , cultivation tank Chapter 291, Breeding Tank It seems to be the luggage of the half-arachnoid. ?At that time, Wu Heng wanted to catch the pirate, but he did not search carefully for anything. After killing the people, the scene was taken over by the team. Now I have sent it to myself. Thank you, just at the door of the room. The staff put the package aside, saluted again and left directly. ?Wu Heng also got up and walked over, opened the package and took out all the contents. First there are two money bags, one big and one small. The big purse is filled with more than 800 silver coins. In the small purse, there were exactly twenty gold coins. It seems that these are the rewards for killing himself. To be honest, they are really quite a lot. Even if Wu Heng was on a wanted warrant, he wouldn''t be worth so much money. The money bag was put away directly, followed by the clothes and daily necessities of the half-spider man, as well as two magic props. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the magic props. The first piece is a clay pot painted with various patterns and symbols. The mouth of the jar is open, and the cork is tied to a rope and hung on one side. It was covered with cobwebs and nothing else. cultivation tank (Description: A magical container used to cultivate poisonous spiders inside, which can promote the breeding of poisonous spiders.) A jar for raising spiders. The spiders inside should have been released by the opponent during the battle. So, it is empty now. Fortunately it was empty, otherwise Wu Heng might not have been able to control that kind of spider. ?Wu Heng thought about the use of cultivation tanks. ??Although it is a magic item, there seems to be no place to use it. It is useless for a necromancer to raise a bunch of spiders that cannot be controlled. "What is this! There are spider webs inside." Minnie took out the linen cloth and wanted to wipe it clean. Just close the lid, this is a magic item. Wu Heng said. "Huh? Oh!" Minnie threw the rag aside and replaced the cork hanging on the side of the pottery machine, "What''s the use of this pot?" Can be used to breed bugs. Huh? Its so disgusting! Minnie retracted her hand. We dont need it, lets put it aside for now! Oh good! Minnie picked up the jar and placed it in the corner of the study. Temporarily serve as a craft. The second item is an incense burner. Sleeping Incense Burner (Description: Burning incense state, after inhaling it for a certain period of time, the creature will fall into dizziness, coma, etc., and the body constitution affects the status effect.) It is another magic item, the incense burner. In Wu Hengs hand, there is an incense burner called the [Hallucinogenic Incense Burner], which has the effect of causing exhaustion, dizziness and hallucinatory effects on living beings. The [Sleeping Incense Burner] in front of you has the effect of dizziness and coma. They all affect the inhaler through gas. Minnie and Andwyer fell into a deep sleep, which should be the effect of the incense burner. I am not affected, and my physical condition is high enough. Props like the incense burner are preset props. It is to place it in a certain position in advance and let the target inhale a certain amount of gas to achieve the effect. Speaking of magic, it''s more like being poisoned. ?This kind of prop is actually of little help for sudden battles and frontal confrontations. Hence, the previous one is rarely used. After checking the two props, Wu Heng put them all into the space ring. Sit back on the sofa and chat with the two girls. In the afternoon, the three of them had lunch in the office study room. ?Wu Heng left the association, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street again. Elf tribes cross-sea store. The mature female elf boss was wiping the shelves in the store with a rag. Hearing footsteps, he turned around and saw Wu Heng walking in. He immediately smiled and said, "Good afternoon, Mr. Archdeacon." Last time I came to the store, Sheila Gui was also present and introduced his identity to the female boss. Well, good afternoon! Wu Heng walked into the store and asked: Those wooden bows I ordered should have arrived! I heard before that the wooden bows of the elves are of good quality. So he ordered two thousand from here. After such a long time, the things should have arrived. The female boss walked back to the counter, opened the record book, checked it, and said, "The goods have arrived. Please come over here and I will take you to have a look." ??Wu Heng followed her out of the store and went to a warehouse in the back street. ?The door opened, and the smell of wood and grease hit us. These are your goods, two thousand in total! ?Wu Heng picked up one to inspect, pulled the bowstring and tried it. He didnt know much about the performance of crossbows, but he had learned a little about them with Anderweil in advance. Looked at it briefly and said, "Okay, I think it''s okay. Just have it delivered directly to my residence, and I''ll settle the balance for you." Okay. The woman smiled, contacted the workers, and began to move the goods. ?Wu Heng and the woman returned to the shop. After paying the balance, Wu Heng continued: "Give me the order form, and I will order another two thousand." The woman''s smile became even brighter, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon." Fill out the order form again. ??Wu Heng returned to his residence with the moving team. The decorators have finished cleaning and are preparing to leave. Sir, youve finished everything here. said the foreman. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go to Anderweil''s place tomorrow to get the money!" Okay, sir. The foreman led the people away. ?Wu Heng opened the gate, and the workers who carried the weapons moved all the weapons into the courtyard. After moving the two thousand wooden bows, half of the courtyard was filled. ?Wu Heng closed the gate, opened the boundary gate directly, called in a large number of skeletons, and began to carry the wooden bows. After everything was moved, Wu Heng followed him to the zombie world. Appear in a hotel room. Open the window and take a look outside. The motorcade from the auto repair shop has not come yet. There is still a large team of skeletons below. ?Wu Heng followed him out of the hotel and started picking skeletons from the skeleton queue. Gradually, two thousand skeletons were selected and moved to the front of the team. Take up the wooden bow and quiver! Hurrah! The large number of skeletons took action, bent down to pick up wooden bows and quivers, and stood back in the queue. Now, the number of long-range arms has reached a high level. It''s just that the number of arrows can''t keep up. Li Yahong needs to be asked to think of a solution. After arranging things about the skeleton, Wu Heng reopened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. At dusk, Minnie and Andwyer also came back from outside. The two girls were chatting happily, with happy faces on their faces. After dinner, I took a shower. ?Minnie hugged his arm and said: "Master, bad guys came last night. Let''s live together tonight!" ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at Anderweil. The latter''s animal ears trembled slightly, but she still looked down at the document in her hand, as if she didn''t hear anything. Would Weier want to live by herself or live with us? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil raised her head slightly and said, "I am also with the master." (End of this chapter) Chapter 292 , the resident next door Chapter 292, The neighbor next door The next day, Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. On the left is Minnie who is still sleeping soundly. ?Humbling open the thin quilt covering her body, Anderweil looked up at this moment. Whispered and blinked. ?Wu Heng reached out and touched the other person''s smooth face, then covered the quilt back again. Continue to enjoy the girls early morning wake-up call service. By the time ''Andweil'' was over, Minnie also woke up from her deep sleep, stood up in a daze, and yawned. ?Then he frowned and stared at the fox girl beside him, and asked doubtfully: "Did you catch a cold? Why is your face so red?" No! Anderweil touched her face. Oh, maybe I caught a cold last night. Minnie got dressed, then served Wu Heng to put on his clothes as well. After washing, lets go downstairs together. Have breakfast. Anderweil went to the association, while Wu Heng found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat], and the ghost train appeared. After writing "Netale City" in the itinerary, enter the carriage directly. ?Last time, in Netale City, a batch of crossbows and leather armor were ordered. At the time promised by the other party. ?Wu Heng first went to the port to rent a temporary warehouse. The minimum rental period is three days. ??It doesn''t take him three days, that is, he can temporarily act as the position to open the gate. After renting the shop, we went directly to the weapons store in the commercial street. Walking into the store, the clerk greeted him directly, "Guest, what do you need to see? Long swords, shields, and some crossbows sold across the sea." ?Wu Heng took out the order form and handed it to the other party, "I bought some goods here last time. Are you ready?" The clerk took it, looked at the order, and said, "Guest, wait a moment." ?Wu Heng sat down on the side, and two skeleton attendants stood by. Not long after, the owner of the weapons store he saw last time walked over quickly, looked at him carefully, then put the order away and said: "Guest, the weapons you ordered are ready. I will take you to inspect them." Inspection." "good!" ?Wu Heng followed him into the backyard warehouse. ?The door opened, and there was a smell of grease. "The weapons here are all yours. There are 500 crossbows in total, all of which have been tested." The boss pointed to the left. ?Wu Heng nodded and picked up two of them for inspection. The quality is pretty good, no different from the ones displayed in the store. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Send the things to warehouse No. 32 at the port, and write me another order. The quantity is still 500 crossbows." "Guest, I just wanted to mention this to you. Forget the previous orders. If you continue to order weapons, the price will change." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and looked at the other party carefully. Just now, the other party looked at me and thought he was identifying himself, but it turned out that he was hesitating whether to increase the price. For previous orders, a deposit was paid and the price was negotiated. Even if the other party asks, Wu Heng will not pay him more money. How much has it increased? 35 silver coins for a crossbow! The original order price was 28 silver coins, which has increased a lot. Then well talk about it later. Send these to the warehouse for me first. When they arrive, Ill give you the final payment. Wu Heng said directly. "Can!" ?Wu Heng walked out of the store, and the boss called for people to start moving the weapons in the warehouse. Send it to the designated warehouse. After exiting the weapon shop, continue to the armor shop opposite. ?Walking into the store, I saw the plump and charming proprietress wiping the counter. There are surprisingly few customers in the armor shop. Guest, are you here to pick up the goods? The lady boss walked out of the counter and greeted with a smile. Well, are my goods ready? Ready! Im waiting for you to take a look! The landlady took him to the warehouse and opened the door. It was full of prepared goods. ?Wu Heng also checked two items, and there were no problems. I am very satisfied with the quality. As long as you are satisfied. The lady boss smiled. Has the price of leather armor increased here? Wu Heng asked. Its gone up. Each type has gone up by about 20%, the proprietress said directly. ??Wu Heng looked around and continued to ask: "Can you tell me the reason?" The landlady hesitated for a moment, then lowered her voice and said, "Within the Kingdom of Yeko, a large number of weapons and armors are being purchased, causing prices in the entire market to start to rise." ??Is it also being acquired by the Kingdom? Army? Want to fight? Dont say this nonsense, it will cause trouble. The landlady looked around and said. I heard some information from Treasure Island. ??The old king of Yeko Kingdom may not live long, and several princes may fight for the throne. Now it seems that the situation is more serious. They are beginning to affect markets everywhere. When will the market recover? Wu Heng continued to ask. "How can I, a woman, know this?" The landlady hesitated and continued: "If you still want to place an order, you can leave me an address and I will write to you to inform you." ?Wu Heng felt that the landlady was quite talkative. He said directly: "Okay, just write a letter and send it to the association. The address is Treasure Island Association, Andwyer." The landlady opened her eyes and said, "Are you from the association?" Well, when you write the letter, also tell me about the recent situation and so on. Well, okay, you have to keep it a secret for me, otherwise youll lose your head. The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng paid the final payment for the leather armor. ??The landlady hired workers to move the leather armor to the rented warehouse. ?Wu Heng also went there with the workers. The people from the weapons store are already waiting at the door. ??He also paid the balance to the people in the weapon shop, and asked Skull Crusher and Blood Ax to close all the doors. ?This kind of warehouse has two sides of space inside. Outside, there is a room for guards, with wooden tables and chairs. The second floor inside is the warehouse. ??Wu Heng opened the internal door, commanded the skeleton, and transported all the goods inside to the zombie world. Piles are piled in the corridors on both sides of the hotel. Wait until all the goods have been moved. Get out of the warehouse again. After leaving the city, I found a deserted place, found the ghost train, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. It is getting late. ?The ghost train can significantly shorten the distance, but it also takes a whole day to go to and from Netale City. Walking into the residence, he saw Minnie and Andwyer sitting on the sofa chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Minnie immediately jumped up from the sofa and ran over and said, "Master, someone is already living next door and invites us to have dinner tonight. Do we want to go?" Is there someone living there? The decoration next door took several days, and it took much longer than here in Wuheng. Now its finally inhabited. Yes, she is a very beautiful elf sister. Should we go? Minnie continued to ask. Im just being polite, but I dont even know him. How can I invite him to my home for dinner. Wu Heng walked in and sat down on the sofa. No, the other person said he knew you! Minnie continued. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at Anderweir who was standing aside. The latter also shook his head, "I told Minnie, I haven''t seen what the owner next door looks like." ?Wu Heng asked: "Did she say what her name was?" "No!" What does it look like? An elf sister, she is very beautiful, with gray-blue hair, and her hair reaches about this position. Minnie gestured. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Shanella? The president of the Star Flower Merchant Group. (End of this chapter) Chapter 293 , there is no shortage of suitors Chapter 293: There is no shortage of suitors ?She bought the house next door? When the building next door was being renovated, I also guessed who would live there. Some local dignitaries or heads of large business groups. ?But I didnt expect that it would be the wood elf hostage rescued some time ago. This area is indeed pretty good. But Shanara is the president of the largest cross-sea chamber of commerce in the wood elves, so why did she choose this place. "What''s wrong? Do you know the master?" Minnie asked softly when she saw his expression. ? Anderweil also looked over in confusion. Wu Heng said: "I think of a person who looks somewhat similar to what you described." Are you also from the association? Minnie asked. "I''m not from the association. In a previous operation, I rescued a wood elf hostage, which is somewhat similar to what you said." Wu Heng explained. Oh, shall we go? You want to go? ?Minnie gently shook his arm and said, "That''s not the case. It just feels like the neighbors are closer, and we will have better contact in the future." "Well, that''s right. Let''s get ready. Let''s go to each other''s banquet tonight." Wu Heng said. Yeah! Minnie cheered. Took Anderweil down to prepare the clothes to wear. General Wu Heng arranged the skeletons guarding his residence and went back to his room to look through his own clothes. ??The last time I rescued him, I had met him once. ?The status of the other party is not low, and maintaining a friendly neighborly relationship with each other is not a bad thing. ?Especially in the Kingdom of Yeke, there is some confusion. Maybe I can purchase some needed goods through the wood elves. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng put on a blue embroidered aristocratic dress. Anderweil gently adjusted his collar and said, "It looks so good. Master, it really suits these aristocratic dresses." You guys look very good today too. Wu Heng rubbed the other persons head. ? Anderweil smiled, hugged his waist, and leaned her head into his arms. Tap tap tap~! Minnie was wearing a dress and strode up with the skirt in hand, "Master, are you ready?" Lets go and get the gifts you prepared. "good!" ??Wu Heng took the two of them downstairs, took four more skeleton attendants, and went directly out of the courtyard gate to the next door. Knock lightly on the door. A middle-aged woman opened the door. ?Looking at Wu Heng and the two maids, he smiled and said, "It must be Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. Madam has prepared a dinner. Please come in." "Um." Women should be housekeepers. Normally speaking, most housekeepers are men. But some women are also female housekeepers for convenience. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked into the courtyard with his maid and attendants. Different from the bare yard in my own yard, flower paths and green leaves have grown in the flower bed here. Although it has not bloomed, it seems to have been growing for a while. ?The people looked at the courtyard layout with some strange expressions on their faces. Speaking of which, I just moved in here today, why do the plants grow so fast? Following the housekeeper, he entered the mansion directly. Pushing open the door of the mansion, you will see a white stone floor, exquisite decorations all around, and a crystal chandelier above your head, covered with light stones. All three of them stared. So rich! ??The light stone on the crystal lamp and the surrounding objects are probably more expensive than the house. Tap tap tap~! The sound of footsteps sounded. A tall and plump figure slowly came down the stairs. Looking up, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. It was indeed Shanara, the wood elf he rescued from amber. ?Her skin is as white and tender as jade, her eyes are deep and bright, with a proud look like an elf, her long gray-blue hair is tied up, and she is wearing a strapless purple hip-hugging dress. Slowly walking downstairs, his posture is moving. ?Looking at everyone present. Finally, he landed on Wu Heng, his expression was much softer, and he said softly: "Deputy Wu Heng, I didn''t expect that your residence is next door." Mrs. Shannara, we meet again. Wu Heng performed the human etiquette. ?Minnie and Anderweil also greeted each other, and then handed the gifts in their hands to the attendants on the side. Shannara still smiled, "It seems that we are really destined." It is also an honor for me to meet Madam. "Really? Then I''ll take it as what you''re telling the truth." Shanara''s bright eyes glanced past his, and then continued: "Let''s go, the dinner is ready, let''s go Lets talk while eating. The three of them followed to the restaurant. The long and slender dining table is already filled with sumptuous food. Wu Heng had never seen many things before. The ones he could identify were also alchemy dishes, which were considered relatively expensive foods. Rich people really know how to enjoy themselves. After exchanging a few polite words, they began to sit down and eat. Wood elves behave dignifiedly and elegantly, and even when eating, they chew their food carefully. ?Wu Heng took a simple bite, looked up again, and saw the wood elf opposite, leaning on his chin and looking at him with a tender face. Um, Mrs. Shannara, why did you think of buying a house here? Wu Heng found a topic. Well, I dont have a place to live on Treasure Island either. I thought it was a good place, so I bought it directly. Shanara replied with a smile. So, Lady Shannara will live on the island permanently. Shannella raised her eyebrows and asked, "Are you dissatisfied with me as a neighbor?" No, its a good thing for us to be neighbors. Shannara had a smile on her face, winked at him, picked up the fruit wine and took a sip, leaving a light lip mark on the edge of the glass with her gorgeous lips. Sister, why are all the flowers in your yard blooming? Minnie interjected and asked. "We have developed a potion that can stimulate the growth of plants. When I leave, I will ask you to bring some. Drop the potion in the water and pour it into the soil as usual." Shanara replied with a smile. Thats so embarrassing! "Some potions are not that valuable." Shanara said, and continued to focus on Wu Heng, "Deputy Wu Heng, where did they come from?" A small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Oh, Yeke Kingdom is a very good place. ?A few people chatted while eating and asked each other some interesting topics. It felt like the wood elves in front of him did not show any hostility towards the profession of ''Necromancer''. On the contrary, I am a little too concerned. The questions were all about his origin and past life. ?This kind of inquiry does not involve your own safety, but just gives people the impression that the other party is curious about you. Things to ask when getting close to each other. Have had dinner. A few people chatted in the living room for a while. It was getting late, so he got up and said goodbye to the wood elf and left his residence. Shannara had someone deliver the potion and waved goodbye to several people. Return to your residence. Minnie patted her belly and said, "Sister Shanara is so nice, beautiful, gentle and rich." "This is the first time we meet, and we are guests again. We will definitely be more gentle." Anderweier changed into home clothes and continued: "Does she have a good impression of the master? She always feels that the way she looks at you is a bit uncomfortable. So much the same. "Perhaps because she is too enthusiastic, her status has exceeded that of a socialite, and she must have many suitors." Wu Heng said while changing clothes. At best, we have a good rapport with each other. ?Given the appearance and status of the other party, there is no shortage of suitors. "What if the other party has that idea? Will you marry her back as your wife?" Minnie asked. Elves have a lifespan of hundreds of years, and it seems that she also has a husband. "oh." Finished changing clothes. Have some tea in the living room. Before going to bed, Wu Heng went to the courtyard to practice his sword. The two of them saw Wu Heng going out, changed into their training clothes, and started training. Wait until late at night and return to your residence to rest. The next day, early morning. ??Anderweil went to the association to attend class. Wu Heng simply packed up, opened the door on the fourth floor, and headed to the zombie world. Hitch opened the curtains and looked outside. The long and slender motorcade has stopped at the roadside. The survivors of the auto repair shop began to search for supplies nearby. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, Li Yahong got off the bus and walked directly over. When did you come here? I just arrived and divided the search area for everyone, Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Come in with me." Oh, good! ?Follow Wu Heng into the hotel behind him. Li Yahongs eyes immediately widened. The corridors on both sides are filled with various goods. Arbalest and leather armor, this is the most. "so much!" It should be enough for you to exchange for a while. If you need any equipment then, let me know. Wu Heng said from the side. These are enough for nearby survivors to exchange. ?Wu Heng nodded and didnt say much. Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Let everyone come back first and move the goods here first." All scattered squads returned. ??Looking at the piles of weapons and armor with the same surprised expression, he began to carry them to the truck. At this time, Qi Hancai''s voice suddenly came from the intercom. "Sister Hong, a convoy appears in front of the road and is approaching this way. A large number of corpses appear behind it. It can be confirmed that there are two secondary ''tanks''." (End of this chapter) Chapter 294 , died in whose hands Chapter 294: Whose hands will he die in? The news reached everyone through the intercom. ?At the same time, the sound of running footsteps and the faint roar of corpses could be heard faintly. Wow~! The survivors instantly became panicked. Even though the auto repair shop is constantly expanding its control area, the survivors still have a deep fear of the corpses. ?Li Yahong signaled everyone not to mess up, pressed the intercom and asked: "Is there a large number?" "There should be quite a few. They are coming from the intersection in a steady stream. It is impossible to determine the specific number. There are five survivors in the convoy... and now there are four vehicles, approaching here." Qi Hancai continued. Let people keep an eye on you. Sister Qi, come back first and prepare to lead people to intercept the convoy. Okay! Qi Hancai responded. ?Li Yahong also hung up the walkie-talkie and began to instruct the rest of the people to mobilize their vehicles. After Wu Heng received the news, he released "Xiao Xiao" to fly vertically into the sky. Looking at the zombies in the distance, he got back into his body again. The distant scenes are also shared in my mind. Four vans stained with blood and flesh, carrying a mist of blood, sped forward quickly. At the rear of the convoy, there were masses of corpses. I dont know where these survivors came from, and they actually attracted so many zombies. ?In addition to the survivors vehicles and the group of corpses behind them, the shared picture also showed two second-level giant deformed zombies with a height of three meters and arched muscles. ?While chasing, throwing stones and trash cans. Smash over the zombies in front of you. After watching the shared picture, Wu Heng immediately ordered to the big-headed skeleton, "Mobilize the skeleton team and set up defense lines along the road to prepare against the corpses." Hulala~! ??The skeleton army stationed around the hotel immediately took action. Deploy defense lines along the road. In a harsh sound of bones rubbing against each other. ??The dense army of skeletons blocked the entire road horizontally, and the spears moved forward to form an airtight wall. ?At the back of the spear formation, there are skeleton warriors holding iron swords, battle axes and hammers. Behind them are the second largest number of skeleton archers, with their bows and arrows drawn, ready to go. Further behind is the skeleton flying dragon. And Qiangzi and others, who were anxiously sweating on their foreheads, were loading the magazine of the skeleton flying dragon. Tap tap tap~! Hahhhhhh~! ?The footsteps became clearer and clearer, and the roars became more intensive. The convoy of survivors completely entered everyone''s sight and rushed towards them quickly. ?Wu Heng once again asked Xiao Xiao to fly into the air and take a look. The group of corpses was even denser, more than any group of corpses I had ever seen before, filling the entire road with no end in sight. As for the deformed zombies, there are still only two. Following the group of corpses, they chased the convoy forward together. The magazine is loaded and its time to take off. Hadrons voice came from the intercom. ??Wu Heng looked into the distance and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go up to the sky and drop a bomb at the back of the corpse group." The big skull did not respond. The skeleton flying dragon behind them flew directly into the sky and flew towards the group of corpses. Inside a speeding passenger car. ?The survivors who fled were silent, each of them looked solemn and solemn, and their faces were covered with sweat. ? Along the way to escape, my companions were constantly being overwhelmed by the corpses. When I arrived here, there were only four remaining vans. Even so, its hard to say whether they can survive. The hordes of corpses behind them prevented them from slowing down at all. The zombies attracted from both sides crashed into the sides of the car like crazy. It made the van, which was already on the full throttle, sway and sway. ?Suddenly, the driver''s expression suddenly changed. He rubbed his eyes, and his expression changed from solemn to frightened. He said: "Look, are those skeletons in front of you? Skeletons are blocking the whole road." The rest of the people in the car immediately ducked down and looked ahead along the grid gaps formed by the steel bars. I saw a large, densely packed figure blocking the road ahead. ?Hold a spear weapon and wear ancient battle armor. Only the exposed face can be seen as a hollow and pale skeleton. The eye sockets were burning with a faint blue fire. Damn it, what the **** is this? Stop the car quickly! We cant stop. The zombies behind us are also eating us. Lets see if there are paths on both sides that we can pass through. The people in the car immediately followed the car window and looked at both sides of the road ahead. ?On the entire road, only this main road is open, and there are a large number of scrapped cars piled on both sides. Everyone was silent. After a long and arduous journey, I managed to escape here, but I didnt expect that I would end up dying at the hands of a monster. The difference is whether you die in the hands of the skeleton or the zombies behind you. ?Some people gritted their teeth and shouted: "Crush in, hit it directly, and rush as far as you can." Yes, lets just crash into it. ?Several people shouted loudly, made up their minds, and rushed into the skeleton team. Huh~! Suddenly, the vision ahead suddenly darkened. A huge figure soared into the sky from behind the group of skeletons. The pale bones and huge fleshy wings flew directly into the sky and disappeared from sight. dragon? Or some kind of weird, distorted bird? Everyone kept their mouths shut. ?Suddenly, I felt that the convoy might not be able to break into the skeleton team. Hulala~! Suddenly, the sound of bones rubbing together sounded. In the sight of several people, the skeleton team blocking the road separated a road to the left and right. Is this, let us go in? Go in, its a matter of life or death. "good!" ??Stepping on the accelerator again, he plunged directly into the path that the skeleton team had left. The few vans behind them also entered the passage. As they passed through the dense group of skeletons, everyone saw several figures standing in the skeleton team, as well as military vehicles and survivors lined up behind them. people! Behind the skull is a human being. The joy of escaping from death and meeting long-lost relatives suddenly rose in my heart. The battlefield. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon quickly arrived above the group of corpses, and the magazine opened. Densely packed solid iron bullets fell from the sky. Like a heavy rain, it crashed into the corpses. Boom~! ?The deafening roars were heard in succession. The earth trembled and thick smoke rose. The bodies of large pieces of zombies were instantly shattered, with blood and broken limbs flying everywhere. A vacuum is formed. Hello~! Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Immediately afterwards, the corpses at the rear stepped on the body parts and corpses on the ground, and continued to charge forward. Charge forward continuously. In the sky, the skeleton flying dragon circled and flew back to the rear of the team. After Qiangzi and others replaced the magazine, it soared into the sky again. The second wave of bullets rained down again. The ground trembled, and another group of hundreds of meters of corpses disappeared. They are all the remaining fragments of limbs. This time, two huge, deformed zombies were also within the bombing range. Their muscular arms covered their heads and they were huddled in the corner of the building. Even if the impact was minimized, blood holes as big as the mouth of a bowl were still penetrated in the back and arms. ?The body is also covered with splattered gravel. ??The furious, deformed zombie slowly stood up, dragging its injured body. Looking up at the figure flying in the sky, he roared angrily. ?Pick up the stones on the ground and throw them into the sky with all your strength. ?But it was too high to attack the skeleton flying dragon above. It could only follow below, roaring and throwing stones in its hands. Whoosh~hoo! ??The whistling sound pierced the air again. The dense arrows covered the sky like dark clouds. Puff puff puff~! The arrows fell into the battlefield, and zombies fell to the ground in pieces. Dense arrows instantly filled the bodies of the two deformed zombies. The aberrant zombies were once again attracted to hatred. Turning around, he roared at the skeleton team in the distance. ??Throw away the zombies in front of you and rush towards them with long strides. Another wave of arrows fell. ??The system prompt also sounded on Wu Heng''s side. Level increased to level 12, intelligence +1, charm +1. Unlock feat: forced concentration. Forced Concentration: You can quickly enter a state of concentration and greatly improve the efficiency of learning and training. The level has finally reached level 12. Now, I have reached the normal standards of a deacon of the association. The zombie world is like an experience dungeon, providing him with a steady stream of experience points. And his own improvement speed is rarely seen in other worlds. ?I am afraid that only the heroes in bard stories can achieve this speed. On the side, Li Yahong also walked over and said, "Qi Hancai and the others have stopped those cars. How should we deal with them better?" Wu Heng looked back and said, "Ask them how they got here. If they want to leave, let them go. If they want to stay, just observe them for a while and assign them some tasks." At the auto repair shop, a large number of people are still needed to complete some work. In addition to carrying and looting supplies, patrolling, and cleaning up scattered zombies, there are also wooden targets made and weapons and armor repaired. Many jobs require human hands. Im not afraid of anyone joining me. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay!" The rear of the team. The survivors in the auto repair shop, armed with heavy crossbows, surrounded the stopped van. ''Qi Hancai'', who was wearing stab-proof clothing, slowly walked to the front with her hands behind her back, and said to the van: "For your safety, when you get out of the car, raise your hands and don''t let us see any weapons. and potentially dangerous things. ????????????????????????????????? The first car, the twisted door was slowly opened. A figure walked out slowly with his hands raised. No, no, no, no, we are just ordinary survivors, we dont have the strength to hurt you. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 295 , amber pendant (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 295, Amber Pendant (please vote for me and recommend me.) The man raised his hands and walked down carefully. Qi Hancai looked at the other party. Wearing a leather jacket and unkempt hair, he looked like a refugee fleeing from famine. Qi Hancai continued: "Let all of you come out and get checked." Oh, good! The man turned around and let the people in the other vans get out. The other vans opened and some survivors got out one after another. ?Most of them are men, with a minority of women. Everyone is not in good condition, a little slovenly, and has a sallow complexion and thin muscles. Go and check their vehicles. Qi Hancai continued. ?Several people walked over and entered the car to check. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Is anyone injured?" No. Everyone answered one after another. This is easy to recognize. The impact of the virus on humans is rapid. ?As long as you stand there and observe for a while and don''t turn into a zombie, there will be no problem. Everyone was silent for a while, and Qi Hancai continued to look at the man at the beginning, "Are you the leader?" Well, thats right! Where did you come from? What are you doing here? The answer was still the wretched man, "We came from the Dajin Bridge. The place where we took refuge was attacked by a group of corpses, so we rushed all the way here." You guys, can you avoid the corpses and escape here? Qi Hancai said. "We have been preparing for a long time. The original plan was to get closer to the edge of the city, but the road was too blocked and we went round and round. We turned here." The man glanced at Qi Hancai carefully and continued: "Thank you. You saved us, otherwise we would all have died here. Qi Hancai nodded, not doubting their explanation. ?Most shelters are still struggling to survive by avoiding the hordes of zombies. The only one that can catch zombies and kill them is probably the auto repair shop. Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "Now I give you two choices. One is to join our shelter. We will provide you with food and safety guarantees, but you must also carry out corresponding work. The second option is to leave on your own. You continue Go to the edge of the city and live on your own, and dont reveal anything you see or hear today. Well, we want to discuss it. The man said. Okay, hurry up. The survivors gathered together and began to talk in low voices. After returning again soon, the leading man said: "We want to join you." Qi Hancai nodded, "Go and register there. If you have technical jobs or any special skills, please mention them at that time. You may get better treatment." Okay, thank you. The man thanked him, and then asked: What do you call me? Qi Hancai! ?A few people were stunned, and all raised their heads to look at her. The man said: "Are you the leader of Dong''an Village?" ??Qi Hancai shook his head, "We have joined the auto repair shop. You know Dong''an Village, and you should have heard of the auto repair shop." The expressions of several people changed again. The auto repair shop and Dong''an Village merged, no wonder it was so fierce. The survivors continued to the registration location, talking in low voices along the way. We have joined the auto repair shop, its the biggest refuge! It should be worse than Yanshen Sanctuary, but with the merger of Dongan Village, the difference should not be much. "How is it possible? Can there be a flying dragon in the Flame God Sanctuary? Can it confront the corpses head-on?" Youve seen it, how do you know they cant do it? While registering, several people also started talking. Anyone who is not stupid knows the benefits of joining a large shelter. A safe living environment and adequate food are the most important things right now. These people are also the luckiest group in Qi Hancai''s opinion. If more people want to join, it depends on whether King Yama and Li Yahong agree. Look away from the new survivors. reported into the intercom. Then he continued to direct the men and said: "Move their cars aside and don''t block the road." On the battlefield. The battle continues. ?Those vans attracted more corpses than before. ??The skeleton flying dragon threw iron bombs over and over again, bombarding the rear of the corpses. After every loud noise and smoke, there will be a large vacuum area. At the same time, the corpses and skeletons also fought fiercely together. ??The zombies kept tearing and biting, and the array of skeletons'' spears kept pulling back and thrusting out the spears in their hands. Zombies kept falling down, and new zombies crowded in to fill the vacancies. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Two deformed zombies knocked away the zombies in front of them, jumped up, and smashed into the queue of skeletons. Large numbers of skeletons were knocked over or trampled underfoot. Ju Yi, Big Guy, Two Guys, you guys go up and kill those two big guys, dont smash their heads. Wu Heng said. The several deformed skeletons behind him immediately took action. One dash forward, directly knocking two deformed zombies to the ground. The huge fist began to hammer violently on various parts of the body. No matter how hard he struggled, he could not resist so many deformed skeletons. He was smashed and rolled around, and his muscles were smashed and smashed. Your Majesty, the bullets are gone. Qiangzis voice came over the intercom. ?Feilong has been throwing solid iron bullets. I have invested it so far, and I have thrown out the last bit. Find some rocks nearby and see if you can throw them from a high altitude. "good!" Hello~! Suddenly, the sounds of zombies were heard from the paths on both sides. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to give the order, "Separate two groups of skeletons to intercept the groups of corpses on both sides." Skeletons with swords, axes, hammers, etc. were immediately divided into two teams and attacked the corpses on both sides. The fighting continued until the afternoon. The entire road was covered with corpses, and the sky was surrounded by blood. In addition to the rotten stench of rotting corpses, there is also the unpleasant smell of blood in the air. After a battle. ?Wu Hengs experience from level 12 to level 13 has also increased by less than half. Its not for nothing that those people blocked the corpses. The zombies were slaughtered, and the skeleton team also began to clean up the battlefield. Ju Yi and Big Man, each dragging the body of a deformed zombie, walked over from the opposite side. He threw it at Wu Heng''s feet and stood at the back of the team. ??Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the thick-boned skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 11) [Skeleton Warrior (Level 12)] They are all second-level aberrant zombies, and there is not much change in level. ?Wu Heng searched among the minced meat, found two corpse cores, and put them into plastic bags. Then he handed it to Li Yahong and said, "Send it to the alchemy skeleton when you have time." Okay! Li Yahong nodded. ?Wu Heng straightened up and continued: "By the way, after we go back, let people study it. The arrows used to make wooden bows consume too much." ?Although arrows cannot directly kill zombies, they can also bring significant killing effects under rounds of volleys. But the losses are equally serious. ??Every time Wu Heng went to the blacksmith shop on Treasure Island, he bought all the arrows and crossbows inside. Even so, it is still not enough for the use of skeleton soldiers. Instead, it also caused the price of arrows on Treasure Island to increase. "Okay, I''ll discuss it with everyone when I get back." Li Yahong nodded and continued to ask: "Do we still want to move forward?" No need for now, lets clean up the battlefield. ??Li Yahong began to organize the survivors and continued to carry the crossbows and leather armors in the hotel. Skeletons are still cleaning the battlefield. Wait for the crossbows and armor to be transported. Li Yahong lowered her voice and said, "I''m going back first, and I''ll accompany you next time." Okay, stay one night next time and then go back. Li Yahongs face turned red, Theres no way to take a shower here, it will be sticky and uncomfortable. Ill prepare a bathtub for you, its okay. Really! The two chatted for a while. The convoy is also ready. After waving goodbye, Li Yahong left with the motorcade. ??Wu Heng walked to the pile of collected corpses, holding the spine staff, and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of skeletons stood up and slowly joined the queue. And this time. Among the transformed skeletons, there are already skeletons that have reached level 4. ??Zombies are improving a bit quickly. The transformation lasted until dusk. Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to be stationed again, returned to the hotel, opened the door, and returned to his residence. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. ?As I walked to the corner of the second floor of the stairs, I heard conversations coming from the courtyard. Pour it into the water, stir it, and then water the flowers. A soft voice came in. Water it once a day? Minnie asked. Just water it once every five days. ?Wu Heng walked out the door and saw the wood elves next door, Shanara and Minnie standing in front of the flower bed, holding a kettle to water the flowers. At the back, there were still standing a middle-aged housekeeper and several guards at the door. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming out, Minnie immediately smiled and said, "Master, Sister Shanara is here with gifts. You were resting just now, so I didn''t disturb you." "Well, Mrs. Shannara, please come inside." Wu Heng stepped out of the way and invited her in. Shanela smiled and nodded, and walked into the hall. ?Today Shanela wore a casual long dress, but her face was still beautiful. The amber pendant hung on her pink and white neck. It should be a rare object or prop that can protect oneself and wait for rescue at critical moments. Shannara entered the living room with her hands behind her back and looked around. ?Then he stood in front of a hanging painting and looked up. Mrs. Shannara, are you very interested in works of art? Wu Heng found a topic. Shannara looked away from the paintings and said, "You know better. Do you also like these paintings?" I dont have any high artistic attainments, I just think these paintings are very beautiful, and the painter must be a very delicate person. Shannara smiled and said, "Well, I also feel that it will be the work of a very powerful painter." The two sat back on the sofa, and Minnie brought milk tea and some snacks. Introduce it in a ostentatious manner, then open the package and give it to the other party to eat. ?Wu Heng picked up the water glass, took a sip, and continued to ask: "Mrs. Shanara, are you the president of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce?" Well, do some business and make a living. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "What industries are involved?" "Life and military use are all involved." Shannara raised her head and looked at him, "Deputy Wu Heng, what goods do you want to purchase?" Weapons and food, are Star Flowers involved? The wood elves food is very popular, and their weapons are also transported. Id like to order some. Shanara glanced at him with beautiful eyes and said, "I didn''t bring an agreement with me either. You go to my place tomorrow and we sign an agreement. If you need anything, I''ll arrange for someone to buy it for you." "good." The two chatted for a while. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. ?Wu Heng asked people to prepare a dinner and entertain the other party to stay for dinner. Shanela seemed to be very close to Minnie, and they chatted happily with each other. Wait until it gets dark. Shanela just returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters back to his room to rest. The next day, early morning. Anderweil went to the association in advance. Wu Heng tidied up and went to Shannara''s residence next door. According to the discussion between the two yesterday, Wu Heng planned to purchase a batch of supplies from the "Flower of Stars" Chamber of Commerce. ?Knocking lightly on the courtyard door, the middle-aged housekeeper opened the door, bowed slightly and led him towards the building. Took him all the way to the room on the fourth floor, knocked on the door, "Madam, the Archdeacon is here." Let him in. ?The door opened and Wu Heng walked directly in. This is a study room. There are some brushes and paints scattered on the ground. In the middle, there is a log-colored flower stand and an oil painting with flowers, grass and night sky on it. Shannella was nestled on a bed, with smooth and white skin under the light blanket. ?Wu Heng glanced at the woman''s bare shoulders and round thighs, and then his eyes fell on the ''amber necklace'' on the side table. Oak Amber Pendant (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Function: Resin wraps itself. Side effects: In the closed state, the main consciousness of the first person you see will have a sense of dependence (and it cannot be changed after the second use). (Description: Special amber formed by condensation of ancient oak resin.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 296 , Expert No. 1 Chapter 296, Expert No. 1 Special objects, while providing special effects, also have certain side effects. Amber necklaces can protect the wearer in times of danger, but have very serious side effects. The main consciousness develops a sense of dependence on the first person it sees. ??It is the first time that Wu Heng has seen such side effects. But it also reminded him of some popular science videos he had watched. Some small animals will think that the first creature they see after breaking out of their shell is their mother. Create a sense of trust and dependence in the heart. This is very similar to the side effects of the pendant in front of you, and may even be more serious. ??Wu Heng glanced at the beautiful elf who was still lounging on the couch, wondering whether she had put it here for him to see on purpose. But then he denied this speculation. No one knows that they can see the panels of strange objects, and ordinary people dont know much about the strange objects of the wood elves. The other party should just put it here casually. Ha~! Shannara yawned and looked up at him, Do you get up so early every day? It seems its getting late. Didnt you get a good rest last night? Wu Heng asked with a smile. Shannara smiled and sat up holding the thin blanket on her body. ??His white calves were curled up on the bed, and he pursed his lips at the oil painting in front of him, "I heard yesterday that you like oil paintings, so I wanted to paint a new one for you, but I haven''t finished it yet." ?Wu Heng glanced at the oil painting and was a little surprised by the other person''s talent. He glanced at the other person and said, "Scenery, you should draw a picture of yourself in the mirror and give it to me." Shannara rolled her eyes, "Why don''t you tell me, I''ll give myself to you." "Really?" You are so beautiful! Shannara raised her head and shook her loose hair, and continued to ask: "How old are you this year?" 24! What about you? "Me! I may scare you when I say it. Calculated by age, I can be considered your ancestor." Shannara glanced at him and added: "The elves grow up late, so we are not far behind. too much." After saying that, he stood up holding the thin quilt and walked towards the screen on the inside of the room. ?As she walked, her figure swayed, her white thighs and her round buttocks faintly flashed past. Attention-grabbing. Shanara seemed to be aware of it and looked back. Wu Heng looked away and admired the half-finished painting on the easel. ?Walking behind the screen on the inside, the sound of people changing clothes began to be heard. What are your usual hobbies? Behind the screen, Shanaras questioning voice came again. ?Wu Heng sat on the chair and felt a little funny. How could this feel like a blind date? Lets talk about age and hobbies. I usually practice swordplay and read some literary works. "The mage''s hobbies seem to be like reading all kinds of books." Shannara walked out from behind the screen. Changed into light blue home clothes. The plump **** lift up the loose shirt. Come closer and sit down again on the side. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What about you?" "Me! I like painting, artwork, and visiting places." Shannella thought for a moment and said. The hobby of the upper class. No way, I dont like to come into contact with those people who sit there all day long. Dang Dang Dang~! While the two were chatting, the door was lightly knocked. Then, the housekeeper''s voice came, "Madam, the purchase agreement is ready." Send it in! ?The door opened and the butler walked in with an agreement and a quotation. Shanara said: "Look at what you need to purchase, and I will arrange for someone to bring it to you." ?Wu Heng glanced at the quotation. Cross-sea transportation has quantity requirements, but the price is not high. In Luntam City, the price of a full bag of wheat is 135 copper coins, and in the Chamber of Commerce, the price of large quantities is 87 copper coins. It''s just that the quantity is larger, more than 20,000 bags are needed. Shannara also mentioned before that wood elf food is one of the main exports and is very popular among all races. ?In addition to wheat, there are also various legumes and cereals, and there are many types. Among other types, the price of wooden bows is also much cheaper, and the price of leather armor is close to the market price. After reading the prices, Wu Heng wrote down the quantities of over 10,000 for the several types he needed. Shannara picked up the teacup and drank, glancing at the amount filled in by the other party. He coughed and said, "You want so much? What are you doing?" Is this going to arm an army and buy so much weapons, equipment and food? Um, whats wrong? I want to buy as much as possible. Shannella said: "We live so close together, so there is no need to buy so much at once. When the time comes to transport it, it will easily attract attention." ?Wu Heng felt that this was right. Purchasing weapons and equipment in large quantities can easily attract unnecessary attention. Then let me change the quantity. A total of five thousand bags of grain were ordered, including flour and soybeans. In terms of weapons, there were two thousand wooden bows and one-handed battle axes each, and twenty thousand sets of one-piece leather armor. After finishing writing, Shanara nodded and asked: "The business group has its own rules and needs to pay a 50% deposit. Is the money enough?" ?Wu Heng nodded, after calculating the price, he took out two large barrels of silver coins and placed them in the room. ??????????????????????????????????????? Shannara smiled and nodded, indicating to the housekeeper to take inventory and put it away directly. Then he continued: "Want to stay for breakfast?" Ive eaten and I have to go to the association. Shannara didnt hold back, Well, lets see you next time. "Um!" Waving goodbye, Wu Heng left Shanara''s residence directly. At this time, it was almost noon. ?Wu Heng passed by the association and went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. After being taken to the reception room. Not long after, the responsible middle-aged staff member walked in. Guest! the staff saluted slightly. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Is there anything about the commission?" "Guest, wait a moment, I''ll have someone check it for you!" the middle-aged man went down and ordered. When he came back again, several coffins were carried in. ?The middle-aged man said: "Guest, a total of five corpses have been collected this time, including one from a level 15 professional and four from a level 10 professional." Hearing the level 15 professional, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. For combat professions, I have several skeletons in my hands, but for life professions, I dont have any. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the coffin. The coffin lid was opened by the staff, revealing six arms inside, which were folded and wrapped around the male body on the chest. ?The middle-aged man also introduced, "Hernand, a member of the Bevera tribe, a level 15 ''pharmacy'' alchemist, died at the age of 245." As expected, he is from the tribe of Bevera, and he is also an alchemist. A few days ago, Wu Heng had just come into contact with this race. Its biggest characteristics were its darker skin color, thick eyebrows and thick lips, and the most obvious six arms. Otherwise, the height and body shape are not much different from humans. The corpse in the coffin has shrunk and shriveled, like a mummy. These are not important. A level 15 alchemist is exactly what Wu Heng needs. ??And the more, the better, and the higher the level, the better. After all, my third-level corpse core has not made any breakthrough yet. ttle Coffins one after another were opened. ?Wu Heng suppressed the joy in his heart and continued to look behind him. The middle-aged man also followed suit. Bradley, human race, level 11 tanner, 45 years old, died of love murder! Mijat, a dwarf, a 12th-level goldsmith, 32 years old, died of drowning. "Konovalova, dwarf, level 12 blacksmith..." Feroz, human, level 10 blacksmith. The middle-aged man introduced them one by one, including name, race, occupation and level. Except for the level 15 corpse, the remaining four corpses seemed to have been dead for a short time. Two of them were blacksmiths, one was a tanner, and one was a goldsmith. Golden carving is the carving of jewelry and small items. It is also a profession that requires proficiency. ??Wu Heng feels pretty good, better than the gardener and chef last time. Okay, how much more do I need to pay? Wu Heng asked. ?The middle-aged man said: "The four third-level corpses are worth 2,700 silver coins in total, and the fourth-level corpses are worth 1,500 silver coins." ?Wu Heng nodded and paid the corresponding price directly. The middle-aged man asked someone to count the silver coins, which was considered as completing the commission. ?Wu Heng closed the coffin lid, collected all the corpses, and continued: "Continue to collect the corpses for me. In addition to the corpses of these special professions, if there are flying dragons, they can also be collected." Good guest, I will write a new commission for you. "good!" The new commission was re-signed, and Wu Heng left the consortium and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie ran out of the room. Didnt the master go to sister Shanara? Why did he come back now? Minnie asked. Weve finished talking a long time ago, and were going to the association again. Wu Heng hugged her and walked inside. "Oh." Minnie continued to ask: "Master, is there anything you want to eat at night?" Just make arrangements. The two of them said something, and Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?? Walking out of the hotel, there was still a dense army of skeletons outside the door. ??The zombie corpses that had not been transformed last night were piled up into a mountain of corpses in an open space not far away. The strong smell of rotten blood permeated the surroundings. ?Wu Heng walked closer and directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Flesh and blood flowed down the mountain of corpses like hot wax, and skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses. ??Tumbled down with a squeaking sound and walked into the skeleton team on one side. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. ??Wu Heng cast oil on the fallen carrion to burn it, and then had the skeletons transported to the land for burial. Wait until the zombie issue is resolved. ?Wu Heng took out the coffin he got today. The coffin lid was opened, revealing the body inside. Be the first to cast [Bone Spell] on the level 15 alchemist corpse. After the unstable prompt appeared, the shriveled flesh and blood on the corpse fell off the skeleton, and the six-armed skeleton slowly stood up. The body shape and bone structure are not much different from humans. It''s just the shoulder blades where the arms join, which looks wider. Look at the appearance. ??Wu Heng continued to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 25, Strength 15, Agility 17, Intelligence 20, Perception 18, Charisma 12 Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, multi-arm coordination. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Proficient), Martial Weapons Specialization (Proficient), Potions (Expert), Poisons (Expert). Ability: Alchemy scholar, thin formula, advanced potion research, material replacement. Multi-arm coordination: This unit is naturally equipped with the habit of using multiple arms and its movements are coordinated. [Pharmacology]: This unit is proficient in the alchemy subject of Pharmacology, focusing on treating others and developing and refining buffing potions. Poisonology: This unit is proficient in the alchemical subject of "Poisonology" and studies various poisons and venoms. Advanced Pharmaceutical Research: Able to develop new pharmaceuticals according to requirements. Material Replacement: The use of potions is no longer a rigid formula. Materials can be used flexibly to refine various potions. Alchemist does not need to participate in frontal combat. ?Wuhengs requirements for its attributes are not that high. After a quick glance, he focused on his expertise. In addition to [Pharmacy] reaching the expert level, there is also an additional [Poison] expert. ?Judging from the introduction, this alchemist is also good at making poison. ?When asking him to make a potion, make it clear and dont make something and give it away to yourself. In terms of abilities, two new abilities have been added. The first [Advanced Potion Research] can develop high-grade potions according to requirements. This is what Wuheng needs most at the moment. Speed ??up the research and development of level three corpse core agents. The second one is [material replacement], and the explanation is very simple, that is, materials with the same medicinal effect can be used freely instead of applying the original formula. This can save more materials and save money. From now on, youll be called Expert No. 1. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and gave the name of Expert No. 1. The reason why Alchemy Skeleton is not ranked fifth is to better distinguish between each other''s levels. When you get a level 15 alchemy skeleton later, you can continue to rank as expert number two. Level 10 alchemy skeletons still start from Alchemy No. 5. After giving the name, Wu Heng went to the hotel to find a waiter''s clothes and handed them to him to change into. Then continue to release [Bone Slave Technique] on other corpses. The blacksmith, the tanner, and the goldsmith all stood up one after another. ?Wu Heng gave names in order according to occupation. Looked at the skeletons in front of him. Wu Heng was thinking about how to distribute. The blacksmith, tanner, and goldsmith are obviously going to stay in the zombie world. As for the Alchemy Skeleton, he felt that he did not necessarily have to stay. Alchemy space can also be provided at one''s own residence, instead of having Li Yahong transport materials back and forth. After thinking about it, he said directly: "You guys stay, Expert No. 1 will go back with me." Reopen the world gate and return to your residence on Treasure Island. After returning to his residence, Wu Heng took Expert No. 1 directly into the room next to the study on the fourth floor. According to the original layout, this room was where Wu Heng conducted experiments. But I have nothing to study, it has always been empty. Now we plan to use this place for the alchemy skeletons. In the future, the preparation of potions can be completed here, and you can also get the potions as soon as possible. Expert No. 1, you will work here from now on. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 297 , I have a husband Chapter 297: I have a husband Expert No. 1 walked into the room and stood there blankly. Without materials and tools, there is no way to make potions. ??Wu Heng took out a pen and paper from the space ring, handed it to it and said: "I need healing potions, psychotropic potions and antidote potions. Write down all the required materials." These three are the most commonly used pharmaceuticals. Make these first, they will always come in handy. As for the production and research and development of corpse core medicine, we still need to wait for the corpse cores from the prison to be transported before we can proceed. The six-armed skeleton picked up a pen and paper and began to write down information on the paper. He waited until the list was half full before handing it to Wu Heng again. In addition to the materials, there are also some tools used in alchemy, which are also on it. ??Wu Heng glanced at it, and then directly put the space ring away. "You stay here first, and I will send you the materials and tools then." The skeleton did not respond, still standing in the middle. ?Wu Heng closed the door and went downstairs. The lobby on the first floor. ?Minnie was lying on the sofa, reading the comics in her hands. Hearing the footsteps, he raised his head and smiled, "Master." ??Wu Heng walked over and patted his **** lightly, "In the room next to the study on the fourth floor, I have arranged for skeletons to make alchemy potions there. Don''t be frightened when you see them." "Oh, good! How can I be so timid? I''ve never been afraid of skeletons." Minnie said. Well, lets talk to you. The two sat together and chatted for a while, and Andweil also came back from outside. Putting on home clothes, he also came closer. "Master, the deacon asked you to go there tomorrow." Anderweil said. The deacon is looking for himself? Didnt you say anything? Anderweil shook her head, "No, Assistant Moya is here. Seeing that you are not here, I asked him to come over tomorrow. It shouldn''t be an urgent matter." Ill go over and have a look tomorrow. "Uh-huh!" Minnie continued: "Sister Wei''er, the master has arranged an alchemy room on the fourth floor. Don''t be frightened by the skeleton then." Anderweil turned to look at her and said, "I''m going to the association, you''re at home, don''t be scared." Im not afraid of this! When two people are bickering. The courtyard door knocked again. Minnie stood up to open the door, and Wu Heng also took his hand out of the fox girl''s clothes. Looking outward. ?Then he saw the wood elf Shanara walking in without any guards or the housekeeper. Minnie led her towards the house and shouted: "Master, Sister Shannara is here to give you an oil painting." Go into the room. Shanara handed over the oil painting and said with a smile: "I heard that Deputy Deacon Wu Heng likes oil paintings, so I sent you one. The one you said you liked this morning will be sent to you after I finish it." After saying that, he winked mischievously. "Thank you." Wu Heng took it and looked at it. It was the half-finished product he saw in the morning. It has now been completed. "The painting is very beautiful. I will hang it in my study later." Shannaras smile became even brighter and she sat down aside. Minnie brought tea, Wu Heng continued to chat with her for a while, and Chef No. 1 prepared dinner. ?A few people sat down to eat together with ''Shanela''. After seeing off Shanara, several people returned to the room. ?Minnie looked at the oil painting and said, "Sister Shanara is so amazing. All the paintings she draws are so beautiful." ?Wu Heng put on his pajamas and said, "Elves live a long life and can have a lot of energy to study something." Im so envious, I also want to live longer. ??Wu Heng rubbed her head, "Then practice hard and improve your physique and level, and you can live longer." Well, I will definitely train hard in the future. Minnie put down the oil painting in her hand, then turned her head and looked over, Are you going to take a shower? Lets go! Wu Heng opened his arms, and Minnie and Anderweil walked into the bathroom, one on each side, laughing. Deep at night, on the rough sea. ?Several warships sailed forward along with the waves, and three flying dragons kept circling in the sky. ?Hung on the erected mast was a pirate flag with a skull in an iron barrel.? ? ? Iron barrel pirate ship. ?In the captain''s cabin, a strong man was holding the woman in front of him, cursing all kinds of curse words and spitting. Hold on until the last moment. Yelled in his mouth and breathed heavily. Huh~! That old guys woman is so cool. The man said. He patted the woman''s body hard and said, "I''m tired, yourself..." Having just finished speaking, the mans brows furrowed. ?His eyes fell on one side of the pillow. ?At some point, there was a blank envelope there. Had it not been for the yellowing of the sheets, it might have been difficult to notice that there was such an extra thing. Get out, the man said. The woman stood up in a panic, picked up the clothes on the side and ran out directly. He was the only one left in the waiting room. He sat on the edge of the bed, took out the dagger from the drawer, opened the envelope, and poured out the letter. The words as red as blood appeared on the letter paper. Three days later, the Adira Merchant Group entered the Romulo Route. Its alive again! The man smiled. According to the information in the letter, they have eaten a lot of hard food recently. Just wanted to put the letter back and put it away. ??However, I discovered that there was another message in the second half. Any pirate group that can kill Treasure Islands deputy deacon Wu Heng will receive 200 gold coins. The man''s pupils shrank and he looked slightly surprised. This is the first time that a person is wanted through letters. Deacon of Treasure Island, 200 gold coins. So valuable? A wanted criminal at level 15 can only get a bounty of a few gold coins at most. Has this person reached level 5? It shouldnt be, a fifth-level person cannot be a sub-deacon. Furthermore, any pirate band. It sounds like a bounty order has been issued to all pirate groups. Haha~! Interesting, this deputy deacon really stepped on **** and was targeted by all the pirate groups. ??The man stuffed the envelope into a nearby cabinet and shouted outside: "Bring the chart." ????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and the sailor staggered in, holding a chart in his hand. The man checked the position carefully and said directly: "Inform all the ships to prepare to turn around. The fat sheep are coming." "yes!" The sailor ran out to spread the news. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the deacon''s study and knocked on the door. Hearing the reply from inside, he opened the door and walked in. Deacon Imilo was sitting behind the desk, holding documents in his hand and looking up, What have you been busy with recently? I havent seen you yet. I have arranged the security of my residence, and I am also investigating some information on wanted criminals. Wu Heng casually found a reason. ??Imiro nodded and didnt say much on this topic. ??Continues: "Shanela lives next door to you, do you know about this?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the other party. Does the association know about this? ?It''s right to think about it. Shannara has a certain identity. She was kidnapped by pirates before and almost died at sea. After living on Treasure Island, the association will naturally pay more attention to avoid any further problems. I know, we were invited to have dinner when we checked in. Wu Heng said. "Well, in addition to being the president of the business group, Shanara is also the wife of a wood elf political official. You should also pay more attention to her safety. If there is any danger, you can deal with it even if you are close." Yimi Luo said again. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Um..., I have a husband! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 298 , looking forward to your performance Chapter 298, looking forward to your performance Shanela''s identity is more important than previously understood. I am the president of the largest business group, and my family members are also important members. This is indeed a matter of dying on Treasure Island. ?Now, the other person lives next door to you, and you have to be responsible for the other persons safety. See Wu Heng frowning. Imiro said: "I just want you to pay more attention. The Star Flower Merchant Group has its own guards, so they may not need you." "Well, since the deacon has arranged it, I will definitely do it well." Wu Heng didn''t say much. I get along pretty well with Shannara. ??If the other party really has something to do, try to help as much as you can. "Yes!" Imiro nodded, and then continued: "One more thing. Recently, pirate groups have frequently interfered with shipping routes. The association has issued a target. You and Shilagui must win a pending third-level bounty within a month. pirate." ?Wu Heng frowned again. Within one month. It may seem like a long time, but it is very tight at sea. The sea is different from the land. A month may pass after one trip. If you dont have accurate information, or the other party has escaped by the time you get there, time will have passed by the time you come back. ?The association has set an indicator. In addition to interfering with the route, it is very likely that the ''Shanara'' was hijacked. Is there any penalty for not completing it? It will be recorded in the files and have an impact on future promotions. Oh, then there is no punishment. I have no idea of ??climbing higher. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Deacon, I lack information. Is there any source?" Imiro picked up the water glass and took a sip. "You can develop on your own. When the time comes, the association will be needed and we can try our best to cooperate with you." ?There is no good way to see the other party. ?Wu Heng could only nod, "Okay, I understand." After saying that, he stood up and left the deacons study. Return to your office and study room. Inside the room. ?? Anderweil is dressed in association clothes, with a straight waist, sitting at a desk working. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and asked, "Master, is everything okay?" "It''s okay. The deacon knows that ''Shanara'' lives next door to us, so we should pay attention to her safety. The second one is to kill the pirates with a bounty on them within a month." Wu Heng said. Anderweil frowned and said, "Deacon, you have been assigned a task." Perhaps the pirates are more aggressive now! Well, there have indeed been fewer caravans entering the port recently. It should all be caused by pirates. ??Wu Heng rubbed her head and said, "Well, the island may not be very safe recently. If you have nothing to do in the afternoon, go back early." Okay, master, is he going back? Im going to buy alchemy materials, and I wont accompany you. "Um!" After walking out of the association, Wu Heng called a carriage and headed to Beacon Street. Arrived at Beacon Street. ?Wu Heng went to the alchemy material store. According to the skeleton alchemist''s material list, Wu Heng purchased a certain amount of materials and alchemy tools. Then I chatted with the owner of the store. There has been a real problem with the route recently, and the types of materials have begun to become less and less. In a while, Im afraid they will all be out of stock. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng walked out of the material store and entered a nearby tavern to see if he could overhear any useful information. Until the meal was finished, nothing was heard or seen. After paying the bill, he declined the invitation from the gorgeous maid and walked towards his residence. Back here. There is a note from Minnie on the table. Written that I went to study painting with sister "Shanela" next door. still uses Chinese characters for the earth, and the writing is pretty standard. Minnie has a lively and enthusiastic nature, calling her "Shanara" like a sister, and the relationship between the two has become very good. After confirming that Minnie was okay, Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor. Give the purchased materials and alchemy tools to the alchemy skeleton. The six arms of Expert No. 1 moved in unison, and began to arrange items and prepare potions. ?The movements were smooth, which surprised Wu Heng. The movements of the six arms are very coordinated. Wu Heng feels that it would be a good choice for him to switch to a swordsman or warrior type. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then closed the door of the house again. Go back to the study room, sit at the desk and think. The targets set by the association for killing pirates do not have much impact on oneself. It is nothing more than unfinished and recorded in the file. But it was in Wu Hengs original plan. There is a plan to collect intelligence on the "Flying Dragon" pirate group. ??Feilong has shown strong bombing ability in clearing zombies. I have long wanted to get a few more. If we can confirm that we have information about the Feilong Pirates, both things can be solved. How can we develop our own informants among the pirates? Going to Liujou woman tomorrow to ask for information is just a matter of spending some money. Sit on a chair and think about things. Then open the gate and go to the zombie world. It is also noon in the other world. The fleet of vehicles in the auto repair shop was lined up in a long row, and the survivors began to search for supplies around them. Move it onto the truck and transport it back to the passenger terminal. ?Wu Heng walked down from the hotel. After seeing Li Yahong in the distance, she walked over quickly. From his backpack, he took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion and handed them over, "The alchemy skeleton gave them to me when delivering the corpse cores." ??Wu Heng took a look and after confirming that it was a first-level corpse core potion, he said: "Take a bottle and take it when you have time." After taking it several times. Li Yahong''s physical fitness has also been improved to a certain extent, and Wu Heng no longer needs to watch from the side every time. Ive taken several bottles, but my powers havent awakened yet. "It''s not that easy. Even if you don''t wake up, improving your health is a good thing." Wu Heng persuaded with a smile. Okay! Li Yahong took it anyway and put it in her backpack. Then he continued: "By the way, the few survivors who joined the day before yesterday said that when they escaped, they seemed to have seen a scrapped armored vehicle on the roadside." Armored vehicle, on the roadside? It is difficult to see this kind of thing in normal cities. "They are not sure. They only said that when they walked by, they saw similar things." Li Yahong added: "When they escaped, they were all corpses. It is not certain whether it is true or not." ?Wu Heng felt right, "Where did you see it?" Li Yahong took out her tablet and opened the map, zooming in to a location, "It said it was over here, but the car was driving faster, so I can only confirm that it was this section of the road." ?Wu Heng took the tablet and looked at the map. The location on the map is not the main road at your feet, but a road to the south. It was also the direction those people fled from at that time. What about the zombies? Li Yahong continued: "The zombies are all running over. There shouldn''t be many left along the way. I feel like I can go and have a look." That''s right. The other party fled all the way, followed by a large group of corpses. Even if there were skeleton flying dragons, they bombed from the air from morning until dusk. ?Even if there are some zombies left over there, the number should not be too many. Get ready, lets go over there and have a look! "good!" Li Yahong went down to prepare. Not long after, a passenger car and two trucks drove over. ?Wu Heng and the skeleton boarded the bus, and the army moved towards the previous position together. The bus moves forward slowly. ?There was a sound of intensive bone friction coming from outside the car. Li Yahong talked about the recent situation and future development plans. It sounds like there should be an internal meeting. It is quite comprehensive. ?Wu Heng listened and had no objections. I think there is nothing wrong with the development direction of auto repair shops. After the conversation was over, Wu Heng also said: "If you have time, go to the prison again and pick up all the alchemy skeletons." As the battle lines get longer and longer, it is indeed inconvenient to travel to and from prison. ?Wu Heng thought about it and decided to place the alchemy skeleton on the fourth floor of Treasure Island. You can replenish alchemy materials and get potions as soon as possible, instead of asking Li Yahong to make a trip every time. "Okay!" Li Yahong agreed directly and said, "Bring the skeleton over here. Where are the freezers and the bottles?" You dont need to bring the freezer, just bring all the bottles and cans. Just find new ones near the freezer, mainly the materials and organ jars left there. Well, Ill arrange for someone to come here tomorrow. So good! Wu Heng praised. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him, and then said, "I won''t go back tonight. Then I''ll let you see if I''m good or not." Looking forward to your performance. Youre the one whos performing! As the two chatted, Hadron''s voice came from the intercom. Sister Hong, I saw an armored vehicle ahead. It is indeed an armored vehicle. ?Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Are there any zombies?" There were some, but not many. There were only a few hundred of them. They were attracted by the convoy and rushed over. ??Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, penetrated the roof of the car, and looked forward in mid-air. After getting back into the body, we shared the vision. Far ahead, I did see two military green armored vehicles. ?At the same time, there were about two hundred zombies rushing over with their teeth and claws. The skeleton army attacks and kills the zombies. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton behind him. Hurrah! The skeleton team marching normally will launch a charge directly. ??Knocked the zombies rushing to the ground head-on, and kept stabbing and slashing with spears, iron swords and axes, killing all the zombies in the blink of an eye. The motorcade stopped aside. ?Several people got out of the car and looked at the blood-stained armored vehicle. (End of this chapter) Chapter 299 , guest, your food is ready Chapter 299: Guest, your food is ready There were two armored vehicles in total. They rolled over in the middle of the road. Their surfaces were covered with claw marks and blood stains. Thick layer, only the military green color of the original car body can still be vaguely seen. ?Several people approached and carefully observed the armored vehicle. An armored vehicle, a wheeled armor with three huge tires on each side, one of which is equipped with a cannon and a machine gun. The other one has a longer body and only a machine gun on the top. Do you understand this? Wu Heng asked Xiang Li Yahong and others. The rest of the people shook their heads. After all, it is military equipment, and it is still relatively difficult for ordinary people to access it. ??If you are not a military fan, you really dont know the model or usage. Seeing that everyone didnt understand much, Wu Heng continued: Check the vehicle and see if it can still be driven away. "good!" The car door is already open. It should be the people inside who planned to break out and took the initiative to come out. Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others went in to check the status of the armored vehicle. Qi Hancai did not go over and stood aside with Wu Heng. Did this represent the army entering the city for rescue? Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng remembered that the two vehicles found in the Bifeng Life Plaza were also military, but they contained some supplies. Maybe they are the same batch. It may be necessary to evacuate outwards. Under the current situation, it is somewhat unrealistic to enter the city to rescue people, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai glanced at him and nodded in agreement. I''m afraid it will be difficult to find someone like Wu Heng who can stand up to the zombies. At this time, Qiangzi came over with the rest of his companions, carrying a heavy sniper rifle and several boxes of bullets. "Your Majesty, look at this." Qiangzi shook the sniper rifle in his arms. Barrett~! ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?This kind of anti-material sniper rifle is very famous online and even in games. ??But I didnt expect to see such firearms here. It seems like this is a foreign gun! Is it also used in China? Where did you find it? Wu Heng asked. The car in the back should be a transport vehicle, with rows of seats in the back and these things. Qiangzi said. The other people also placed the ammunition boxes in their hands on the ground. The box was opened, and inside were ammunition for machine guns, machine guns, and rifles. Is there anything else in the car? Its gone. Sister Hong asked me to get it all for you. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, can the car drive away?" Um, Sister Hong is checking, Ill go ask. Qiangzi put the gun on the ground and led a few people towards the armored vehicle. ??Wu Heng reached out and put all Barrett and various bullets into the space ring. Qi Hancai on the sides eyes widened a bit. His face is full of disbelief. Soon, Li Yahong also walked back and said: "This car is somewhat damaged. It can be driven back with a simple repair." Do you have the car keys? Li Yahong replied, "I saw that this kind of car does not require a key to start. Just put the car in the right position first!" ??Wu Heng nodded, waited for Li Yahong and others to fasten the traction rope on the armored vehicle, and then ordered the skeleton army to pull the armored vehicle back. Then, they began to inspect the vehicle, and Wu Heng continued walking along the road with the skeleton. I saw no other scrapped military vehicles. After the armored vehicle was repaired, Wu Heng signaled everyone to get on the vehicle again and began to return to the hotel. en route. Li Yahong glanced at the armored vehicle behind her from the rearview mirror and asked, "How do you plan to arrange these two vehicles?" What suggestions do you have? Li Yahong said: "It is best to arrange one at the passenger terminal exchange market. It doesn''t matter whether it is loaded with bullets or not. Putting it there will be enough to deter some people." The current status of Yanshen Sanctuary is largely due to its possession of armored vehicles and a large number of firearms. Driving an armored vehicle wherever you go is enough for each shelter to coordinate its actions. The same is true here at the auto repair shop. ?Although we are not afraid of people coming to **** things, the presence of an armored vehicle is enough to deter those uneasy survivors. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Okay, I will leave one at the passenger station, and then I will arrange for the skeleton to control the machine gun." "Okay! Which one do you want to keep? I''ll have someone take it back, clean it up and send it back." Take the one with the cannon! "Um!" Return to hotel location. Trucks have also been filled with teams searching for supplies. A group of people gathered around the armored vehicle, discussing and analyzing. There are some military fans who are still conducting popular science on models and functions. ?Li Yahong told Qiangzi and others that they should go back with the material convoy first. Let''s take the armored vehicle back together when we search for the second time tomorrow. Qiangzi and others nodded, and after greeting everyone to get on the bus, the convoy began to return. The sky is getting darker. ?? Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom in the guest room, wrapped in a bath towel. The wheat-colored skin has crystal drops of water hanging on it. With the use of the medicine, Li Yahong''s skin became firmer, but her skin color did not change. ?While wiping his wet hair, he sat on Wu Heng''s lap. What is the principle of this bathtub? How can it be heated by itself? ?Wu Heng hugged his waist, "It''s the same principle as self-heating hot pot." Li Yahong was stunned for a moment, then said with a smile, "Guest, the dishes you ordered are cooked and can be tasted at any time." Then Im going to have a good taste. Wu Heng stood up and hugged her around. ?Li Yahong exclaimed, coiling around him like an octopus, the towel fell off, exposing her skin. After turning around twice, he cupped the other person''s cheeks and kissed them heavily. The two of them also fell on the bed together. The next day, Li Yahong left. ?Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. ?Minnie boasted to him for a while that she was very talented in painting, and then went to find Shanara again. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and also went to the associations office and study room. Push the door open and walk in. Anderweil smiled and said hello, "Master." "Is there nothing happened yesterday?" No, everything is normal. Well, this is the potion I used last time. Just drink it! Wu Heng took out the first-level corpse core potion and handed it to her. ????????????????Andweil and Minnie have both taken this strengthening potion. ??Also knows the value. "Thank you, Master." Anderweil took it happily, then stepped up and kissed the other person''s cheek. Drink, Ill see you finish drinking before going out. Anderweil nodded, sat down on the side, opened the cork of the bottle, and drank it directly. After swallowing the medicine. The whole person curled up on the sofa with some pain, and his body was trembling. ?Wu Heng walked over and patted his back gently. Soon, the crouched body stretched out again, and he stood up and moved his body. I can feel my body improving again. As long as it works. Yeah, thank you, Master. Anderweil said with a smile. ??Now it is only the first-level potion. When the second-level potion comes, Wu Heng also wants to see if they will awaken their powers. There are professionals in this world, but powers may not have appeared yet. Im going out for a trip. If I dont have much to do in the afternoon, Ill go home early. A good master. Out of the association, Wu Heng called a carriage. Go to Beacon Street. Enter Beacon Street. The carriage stopped in front of the Barrel Tavern. ?Wu Heng entered the tavern and followed the stairs directly into the semi-underground room. The guard at the door, blocking the way. ??Wu Heng said: "Come to Mrs. McIntosh to buy some information." A woman''s voice came from the room inside. Let him come in, and you cant stop him. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 300 , wait for the rightful owner to come Chapter 300: Waiting for the rightful owner to come The guard let him go, and Wu Heng walked in directly. The woman with six arms was still dressed in a noble manner, with gold ornaments on her neck and wrists. What information do you need? The woman looked up at the other person and raised her hair with one arm. ??Wu Heng said: "Are you saying it''s okay here?" ?The woman was stunned and looked around, "You guys go down first." ?Several people in the room left directly, leaving only two guards at the door. The woman said: "Tell me, what do you want to know?" Information about pirates. The woman paused in her movements and looked up, "That may have cost you your trip. We have some information on the island. The pirate group is never fixed in one location. I can''t provide any information." Judging from the other persons tone of voice. I am somewhat repelled by the mention of pirates. The reason for this should not be difficult to imagine. ?Just like Luntam City, any gang that has provided information to the association will be ostracized by other gangs. Here, the consequences may be even more serious. The pirate''s style of doing things is more ruthless. Well, then I wont bother you. Wu Heng turned around and left. The woman glanced at the figure walking out and said, "Two bodies were found at the port. Something may have happened. You can go and take a look." ?Wu Heng looked back and said, "Okay, thank you very much." ?Stepping out of the Barrel Tavern, Wu Heng walked toward the port. ??Its still lively here. But there are obviously many fewer ships docked. ?Going to the ship management office, Wu Heng showed the association''s emblem and asked directly: "Where are the bodies that floated over by the sea in the morning?" The steward is a human with a scarf on his head. When he saw the emblem, he immediately took off his legs from the table and said, "It''s already been reported at the back, and someone will take it away and burn it in the afternoon." Take me to see it. Oh good! The man took Wu Heng to the backyard. In a simple stone house, two corpses that had been soaked and turned white were parked. You go down first, Ill call you if anything happens. Wu Heng said. Okay, sir. The man left directly. ?There is nothing here. The body was going to be burned, so we were not afraid of it being damaged. Wait for the ship management to leave. ?Wu Heng faced the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up from the ground and turned its head to look this way. ?Wu Heng asked: "How did you die?" The corpse replied, "I died at the hands of pirates." In which area? The Romulo Route near Treasure Island. What kind of pirate group is the other party? Iron Barrel Pirates. The Iron Barrel Pirates? ?Wu Heng had paid special attention to this pirate group before. Because in the recorded files, this pirate group owned flying dragons. Now, collecting flying dragon corpses is a development direction of Wu Heng. Do you have any other information about the Iron Barrel Pirates? "No." What is the name of your caravan? Adila Merchant Group. After five questions, the body lay back on the ground with a thud. ?Wu Heng just wanted to ask about the second corpse. There were footsteps behind me. Several people dressed as guards walked in. He said: "Sir Archdeacon, let us burn the body." Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and pointed to the one he had just asked, "Take this one away and burn it. I want to take the other one back for investigation." Oh, good! The guards carried the body away, and Wu Heng asked the skeleton to roll up the other body on a straw mat. He put himself into the space ring. ?Following the guard, he also walked directly out of the backyard of the ship management office. Go all the way back. ?Wu Heng was thinking about the issue of intelligence. ?It is obviously impossible to find pirates if you search like this casually, and it might attract someone''s attention. It is still necessary to carefully consider the plan and then conduct research.??? Return to the association. Just walked into the office study room. Anderweil then handed over a letter, "Someone sent you a letter." ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it. The envelope was blank, and the words used were not the association''s beliefs. Who sent it? A child was brought to the front desk, dropped him off and ran away, Anderweil said. Child? You just put it down and left? ?Wu Heng handed the letter to Broken Skull beside him, "Open it." ?Shattered Skull casually tore open the envelope, and a piece of letter paper fell out. ?The writing happened to be facing up when it landed, and there were a few words written, "At night, in the lighthouse residential area, in the house with the blue pennant, there will be wanted criminals." the wanted? Also inform yourself in this way. The news from the Barrel Tavern? Or someone else? Master, is there any trap? How could anyone deliver the news like this? Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng also frowned. Can''t guess the identity of the writer who wrote to me, and the style is not like what you can do at the "Barrel Tavern". "It''s okay, it doesn''t matter what the purpose is, I''ll go take a look then." There may be danger. ?Wu Heng smiled, "Go and see if the third team is there? If there is no mission, let them follow me." A good master. Night falls. In the residential area of ??Beacon Street, in a remote room. ?Wu Heng sat in front of the window and looked at the building opposite. According to the instructions in the letter, the house opposite the wanted criminal is located. But everything is calm. Sir Archdeacon, we have arrived at the location and can attack the building at any time. The voice of Team 3 Captain Ohlin came from the radio headset. ?Wu Heng looked down the window and saw that the people from the third team had appeared in the alley opposite the building. ??As long as you give an order, you can go straight in. Wu Heng replied: "Wait for me to notify you." "good!" While speaking, Glenda, who was in charge of the investigation, flew back from the opposite side and said, "Did you offend someone?" ?Wu Heng frowned, "Why do you say that?" ?Glenda was floating in the air and said: "The house you are talking about is obviously a trap. As long as you enter, you will be shot to death with a bed crossbow." ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. In other words, the piece of information he obtained was a deliberate attempt to lure him here. "So, this is a trap." Wu Heng said. "Hmm." Glenda continued: "If this is a trap for you and the enemy is nearby, after you trigger the trap, they will rush over to clean the battlefield and confirm whether you are dead or not." ?Wu Heng nodded, "In other words, just let the trap be triggered, and then we''ll see who comes." "Um." ??Wu Heng contacted Ohlin below through the radio headset and said: "Don''t go in yet. There are traps inside. Stay where you are." Okay! The members of the third team retreated back into the deepest part of the darkness. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and took out the remaining body from the space ring. Release the [Corpse Slaying Technique], and the corpse staggers to its feet again. ?Wu Heng put a cloak on the corpse and continued to order, "Enter that house and search around it." Hearing the order, the corpse staggered downstairs and walked towards the house opposite. ?Wu Heng and Glenda, looking down from the window. Just opened the door. Bang~! A loud roar. The next second, the corpse''s body flew back instantly, with an iron spear stuck in its chest. Immediately afterwards, the runes on the spear exploded. The corpse''s chest disappeared instantly. The internal organs were scattered, and the upper body flew into the sky. Looking out the window, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. ?Glenda also floated above, observing the entire street. Wait for the enemy to appear. (End of this chapter) Chapter 301 , kill you by the way Chapter 301: Kill you by the way The movement that triggered the trap did not attract much attention. No residents came out to check, and no patrols approached. ?Wu Heng and Granda both looked out the window silently. A few minutes later. The ranger''s birds began to appear above the corpse, landing on the eaves above and looking down. Immediately afterwards, five more figures appeared in the night. They quickly rushed to the corpse, lifted the hood of the corpse and looked at the face. ?Wu Heng said into the radio: "Operation Olin, there is no need to leave any survivors." Swish swish swish~! Several crossbow bolts were shot out from the dark alley. Hit the bodies of two of them instantly. At the same time, Ohlin raised his one-handed ax and rushed out with the third team. Bang~! A muffled sound. Olin, who bore the brunt of the attack, was kicked back by the opponent. He rolled around two or three times before barely stopping. When they were discovered, these pirates showed no signs of weakness. They shouted loudly, drew their weapons, and went straight to kill the members of the third team. ?The fighting style is fierce, and it looks like a pirate at first glance. Skull Broken, go help them. Wu Heng said directly. ?Shattered Skull held on to the window frame and jumped directly from the second floor. After landing, hold the battle ax and attack the enemy. ??The war hammer in his hand was swung up and down again, kicking away Olin''s pirate. His body was instantly sent flying out and hit the wall behind him. vomited a stream of blood. ?Skullbreaker kept his feet down, rushed forward quickly, pushed the person back into the corner with one kick, and hit the chest with his war hammer. ?The dull impact was mixed with the sound of breaking bones. ?The figure nestled in the corner was vomiting blood. Its losing its breath a little bit. When the few remaining people saw the scene in front of them, they turned around and wanted to run away. ??But they were tightly entangled by the third team. After the Skull Crusher came back, they all were killed one by one with a hammer. The battle ended and the entire alley fell into silence again. Wu Heng walked out of the room far away. Ohlin held up a torch and checked the identity of the corpse. "No one is on the wanted list." Is anyone hurt? No, Ohlin said. ?Wu nodded and looked at the body on the ground with the help of firelight. He is dressed like a port worker, but with his messy long hair and scars on his face, he looks more like a pirate. Olin, take some people to guard here, be careful there are other enemies. Understood. Ohlin nodded. ??Wu Heng walked towards the alley on one side, with the broken skull and **** ax dragging the body behind him. The dark alley smelled like urine. ??Wu Heng motioned to the skeleton to put the corpse down, and his eyes fell on the corpse that could kick Olin away. Directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. ??The fallen corpse suddenly sat up, its sternum and spine broken by the skull, and its upper body tilted unnaturally to one side. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" The corpse replied, "I am a member of the Iron Barrel Pirates." The Iron Barrel Pirates. In the morning, when I asked about the corpse at the ship management office, he said that it was killed by the Iron Barrel Pirates. It seems that the Iron Barrel Pirates are operating near Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why do you want to kill me?" The corpse replied, "The captain gave an order, let us find a way to kill you and take your head back." Captains order! Why do you captain want to kill me? The corpse replied, "I don''t know." ?Three questions, but not much information was obtained. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Where is your captain?" Follow the fleet and dock north of Scorpion Claw Island. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet and looked at the map he took last time. Scorpion Claw Island was closer to Jiwei Island. Put away the tablet and continue to ask: "What level is your captain?" Level 15 professional. After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised when asked about the information. Previously, Wu Hengs information on looking for pirate groups with flying dragons included the Iron Barrel Pirate Group. ?Before I had time to find them, the other party had already come to kill me. Looking at the second corpse, release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up. Wu Heng asked: "Who is the corpse next to you?" "It is the backbone of our pirate group." ?Wu Heng asked, "What are you doing on the island?" Sell some supplies nearby, and then kill the deputy deacon of the association! . ?Wu Heng asked the corpses one by one. The basics of intelligence collection are almost the same. The Iron Barrel Pirates plundered a batch of goods on the route and planned to sell some on nearby Treasure Island and assassinate Wu Heng. The man who was killed by Skull Crusher was the backbone of the pirate group and the person who led the team to the island. In fact, the opponents strength is not bad either. Be able to kick the association captain away, and must be at least a level 10 melee professional. Unfortunately, he is no match for Skull Crusher. Before, Wu Heng was suspicious of the Barrel Tavern. After all, I went there to buy information at noon, and this happened in the afternoon. But now it seems that there should be no connection between the two parties. The Iron Barrel Pirates had landed on the island three days ago and were observing the association''s situation. ?Furthermore, these pirates are indeed rampant. Arrange a group of pirates to go to the island to kill a deputy deacon. I look down upon the association somewhat too much. Get out of the alley. Ohlin also came over and asked, "Deacon, how is the situation?" The leader of the Iron Barrel Pirates is a key member. I dont know why he is not on the wanted list, Wu Heng said. Maybe hes a new member, or the association doesnt have any information about him. Ohlin said, and then asked: What should we do next? Their ship is at Port No. 6. Go back and call someone to arrest the ship. Wu Heng said directly. "Okay." Ohlin didn''t say much and led the team directly towards the direction of the association. ??Wu Heng walked in the other direction. When he walked out of the residential area, he took out the [train conductor''s hat] and put it on his head. The car honked. ?The train appeared out of thin air, Wu Heng got on the train and wrote Jiwei Island on the itinerary. It takes about 10 minutes. ??Wu Heng appeared on Jiwei Island with two skeletons. As we walked to the port, we saw a pirate ship with shields hanging on its hull. Looking towards the deck, you can also see the patrolling skeleton sailors. ?This ship is the trophy from the last kill of the Blood Hand Pirates. Since there is no good reason to dock, it has been parked here. ?Wu Heng boarded the ship along the rope ladder. Taking out the map and checking it again, he pointed forward and said, "Go in this direction." The warship moved slowly, heading in the direction pointed by Wu Heng. Iron barrel pirate ship. In the captain''s room. ??The new captain, Brad, is still swinging his waist tirelessly. He was cursing and stroking the satin-like skin of the woman in front of him. "I really should let that old guy see what he looks like now. His fleet is mine, and so are the women, hahaha~!" Brad laughed loudly, slapped it down, and cursed: "No matter how loud the voice is, A little, so that everyone outside can hear it. The woman was silent. After selling this batch of goods and then killing the deputy deacon, your achievements will definitely exceed that of the old guy. It is also an honor for you to serve two captains. ??Brad said, his brows suddenly furrowed. ??Get up quickly, draw the knife and open the door. I saw a very tall figure with combed hair standing at the door, "What are you doing?" "Captain, we found a pirate ship approaching." A sailor''s voice came from the position connecting the deck. ??Brad pushed the figure in front of him away and said: "Next time if you have something to say, just tell me, and the mute will wipe the deck." After saying that, he picked up the armor in the room and walked to the deck while wearing it. The thin figure walked directly into the room. He glanced at the woman on the bed and said softly: "Are you okay?" Brad came on deck. Looking at the sea level in the distance. Only one ship without a flag appeared in sight. But judging from the shape, it is a pirate ship, or an old ship that has experienced countless battles. What the hell, we can still meet other ships here. Brad cursed and said: Sign up and tell them to get out, otherwise dont blame me... But the words have not yet finished. With a pop, Brads shoulder suddenly exploded, and the entire arm and half of the shoulder bone disappeared. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 302 , use less in the future Chapter 302: Use less in the future The sudden situation caused all the pirates'' expressions to change. But before he could react, another ray of light flashed away. With a snap, a huge hole instantly appeared in the chest of a pirate skeleton, and all kinds of internal organs and blood splashed all over the rest of the people around him. ?His body also flew upside down and fell to the ground. ?With this kind of injury, even if you are not dead, you cannot take medicine. At this time, everyone reacted. ??Brad covered his broken arm, jumped forward, hid at the guardrail surrounded by shields, and shouted: "What the hell, what did the opponent use to attack?" ??But there was a chaos on the deck, and no one could answer his question. At the same time, the sound of breaking through the air struck again. Another pirate who tried to turn around and put on a ballista was hit in the head and shattered like a watermelon. Fish, flesh and broken bones were splashed all around. ?Wu Heng stood on the deck, while Barrett stood on the railing. Watching the silhouettes exploding in the distance, I was a little surprised at the power of this thing. Killing someone is as easy as crushing a watermelon. According to the information obtained, the opponent''s captain is a level 15 warrior. Even so, with the strength of the physical body, the body was not broken, and an arm was lost at the location of the hit. Is this thing so powerful? Glenda exclaimed as she floated in the air. Well, its original function is to destroy some equipment, but it is overkill for killing people. Wu Heng said. There are so many weird things about you. ?Wu Heng held his breath and pulled the trigger. After a muffled sound, the cartridge case was thrown out from the side of the gun. ?The bullet roared out again and penetrated the body of a pirate again. The flying dragon is coming, and the other two pirate ships are coming. Glenda reminded. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw three flying dragons carrying pirates flying towards this side under the silver moonlight. ?At the same time, the other two pirate ships also quickly approached here. You go deal with one flying dragon, and Ill deal with the other two. Wu Heng said. "good!" Glenda quickly flew into the sky. ??Possessed a pirate, took out the wind and fire thunder from his backpack, and buckled it directly on the flying dragon. ?At the same time, Wu Heng raised Barrett and also pointed towards the sky. Bang~! The bullets roared out. The pirate who instantly penetrated the body and back of the flying dragon. The body lost its balance and fell from the air. ?Seeing that they had just flown halfway, two flying dragons were lost. The last one turned around and tried to escape. The bullets roared out again, and the flying dragon''s body fell from the sky again. All three flying dragons were eliminated. ??Wu Heng turned around, opened the door in the cabin, and called a large number of skeletons onto the deck. Capture the three ships. Plop-plop-plop~! A large number of skeletons jumped into the sea and swam towards the three ships that were approaching quickly. ??Wu Heng picked up Barrett again and said, "The captain is hiding. Let''s go see where he is?" ?Glenda flew over the pirate ship again. Point to the position behind the shield. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. Pah~! With a deafening sound, the shield hanging outside the fence suddenly exploded. The bullet penetrated the shield. The body of the pirate captain hiding behind shook slightly, and his other arm flew out like fragments again. All the pirates froze in shock. The shield covered with iron was actually not so fragile and was directly shattered. Then he hit the rear captain again. What''s going on? At this time, the pirates on the main ship were already frightened. Even if I hide below, I only feel a chill down my spine, without any sense of security. Hurrah lala~tap tap tap~! Suddenly, a dense and sporadic sound sounded. Whats climbing the boat? someone shouted. ?Everyone also instantly realized that the sound was coming from both sides of the ship. The enemy is approaching from the hull. ?Some pirates were brave enough to look at the ship next door. In an instant, his expression suddenly changed. Only countless white skeletons were seen, covering the entire hull. The undead, so many undead! They plan to board the ship in the sea. The voice fell. There were two skeletons jumping onto the deck from below. Fight with the pirates. ?Captain "Brad" gritted his teeth. He didn''t know who he had offended. He actually came here to kill himself. Looking at the chaos around him. Looking at the opportunity, he ran out of his hiding position in an instant and ran towards the cabin. An orange stream of light passed by. Brads waist and abdomen exploded instantly. The whole person fell to the ground. At the cabin stairs, Sailor Matai was standing at the door just now. "Save me quickly, I''ll let you be the deputy captain." Brad said with difficulty. The sailor opposite tidied his hair. ??Roll up his cuffs, reveal the crossbow, and point it towards ''Brad''s'' eyebrows. "What are you doing? I''m your captain." Brad shouted. ?The sailor smiled and said, "I learned from you." ??The crossbow string trembled slightly, and the crossbow arrow hit the center of the eyebrow. ?Without one arrow killing him, he shot several more arrows. When the opponent was dead, he put away his crossbow and walked back to the cabin. ??The skeletons began to board the ship and fight in close combat, fighting together on the deck and in the cabin. The pirates fought fiercely, but gradually became exhausted. Killed by a skeleton. Some pirates who jumped into the sea and tried to escape by water, plunged themselves into the pile of skeletons and were torn into pieces. ?The sky is bright. The battle gradually ended. One corpse was carried up. ?Wu Heng jumped onto the iron-barrel ship and looked at the corpses all over the deck. Let the skeleton pick up the pirate captain''s stumps, but it''s still difficult to put them back together. Barrett will still be rarely used in the future. ?Its difficult to kill the person completely. If there are too many missing limbs, it will be difficult to meet the requirements of [Bone Slavery Technique]. Looked at the incomplete body. ?Wu Heng still planned to conduct an interrogation. Release [Conversation with the Dead] to wake up the captains corpse. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why did you let people kill Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of the association?" The corpse replied, "I received the letter. As long as I kill you, I can get a reward of 200 gold coins." letter? It is also a letter. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Who wrote you the letter?" I dont know, it will appear on its own. Letters that appear by themselves. What is the function of this letter? It will remind us of some caravans sailing by that we can plunder. ?Wu Heng asked, "Then what''s the benefit to the other party if I provide you with these?" No good! Holy shit, theres no way its going to be beneficial, just do this. Do you only have this letter, or do all pirates have it? I guess a lot of people do. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Originally, I thought it was to seek revenge on myself, but now it seems that it has something to do with the mysterious letter. Moreover, the matter is more serious than I thought. If the other party can send orders to all pirates, then other pirates should also have received their own bounties. He has become a public enemy of pirates. Glenda, go to the cabin and search to see where the letter he mentioned is? Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and flew towards the cabin. Not long after, Glenda flew back quickly. Have you found it? Not yet, there is a dark room under the cabin, and there are several living people in it. A living person? (End of this chapter) Chapter 303 , I seem to be being targeted Chapter 303, I seem to be being targeted A living person? Hearing Grandas words, Wu Heng frowned. The skeleton soldiers attacked directly, but they were still left alive, in some dark room. ??Wu Heng took out a straw mat from the space ring, asked the skeleton to wrap the pirate captain''s body, and then put it into the space ring. Then he said to Glenda: Take me over and have a look! Okay, this way! He walked down the cabin with the skeleton and walked all the way to the bottom. In the dim cabin, there was a smell that had not been ventilated for a long time. Walking to the innermost corner, Glenda pointed to a slightly hidden location on one side. ?Wu Heng glanced behind him. Two skeletons walked over and opened the door horizontally. An iron cage made of black iron rods is exposed. ?The sudden appearance of the skeleton also caused women to scream in the iron cage. Several women hugged each other and huddled in the corner, shaking. ?Wu Heng glanced at them, there were five people in total. Three women and two men. He looked sloppy and had obvious injuries on his body. "We are not with these pirates. Don''t kill us. We pose no threat to you." A man said. Then who are you? Wu Heng asked. "I am a member of the Adira Merchant Group and I do not pose any threat to you." These pirates, why didnt they kill you? "I promise to give them a large ransom." After the man finished speaking, he immediately added: "I will also give you a ransom, 500 gold coins. As long as you send the news back, you can get the corresponding ransom." It seems that he was captured by pirates. ??Pirates rarely leave alive for ransom, but not always. It depends on whether the price is worth the risk. 200 gold coins would allow the Iron Barrel Pirates to take the risk to assassinate him. These 500 gold coins would definitely be tempting. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask any more questions, but turned his gaze behind him to see another figure who was slightly shorter and disheveled. ?Standing in the shadows, his eyes have a special sharpness. ?Wu Heng looked at him and asked, "Why are you wearing armor?" They asked me to wipe the deck during the day, and they gave it to me. You are also from the caravan? No, but they were also caught on the boat. ?Wu Heng glanced at him, then looked at the woman in the corner. He gave up the idea of ??continuing to ask and said directly: "You guys stay here. If they want to come out, kill them directly." Hurrah! The following skeletons took action. The spear passed through the iron bars, facing inward. ??Wu Heng continued to walk out with the broken skull and blood axe. The man from the business group shouted from behind, "Sir, if you are not satisfied with the price, we can talk about it again." ?Wu Heng ignored it and continued walking outside. ?Wu Heng did not intend to actually investigate the identities of these people, or simply kill them all. When we return to Treasure Island, we can just leave these matters to the association. Where is all the money on the ship? Over here. Glenda said, flying up through the roof of the shed. ?Wu Heng walked up the stairs and found the boat room where the treasures were kept. Pushing open the door, there is a large amount of loot placed inside. In addition to various goods, there is a small box of gold coins and several buckets full of silver coins. ??Catching pirates on Treasure Island is much more profitable than catching wanted criminals in inland cities. In the past, even if Wu Heng killed a level 16 necromancer, the most valuable items were his robes and space rings. ??As for apprehending the pirate group, the ship itself is worth a lot of money, and a lot of money can be made. ?Wu Heng glanced at the goods and directly put all the gold coins, silver coins and valuables into the space ring. Return to the deck. ?Three flying dragon corpses that fell into the sea were also fished out. One was burned to a crisp, and two had Barrett''s bullets piercing their chests. Even the leather saddle on the back has a big hole punched out. Flying dragon is a goal that has been set before. In this world, the skeleton flying dragon may only be helpful to Wu Heng in the form of flying mounts, but in the zombie world, it can still show strong combat capabilities. At the very least, it can increase the effect of high-altitude ground bombing. The greater the quantity, the more obvious the effect. Take off the leather saddle. Wu Heng said. Two skeletons stepped forward and took off the leather saddle from the flying dragon. Wu Heng began to release the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood of the flying dragon''s corpse began to fall off, and the three skeleton flying dragons stood up one after another. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 12) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) The level is not much different from the flying dragon last time. The difference between upper and lower is only one level. Then, Wu Heng walked to the cleaned pirate corpses and began to identify who else among the corpses was on the wanted notice. The corpse was wrapped in a straw mat and put into a space ring. Then start to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The pirate corpses stood up one after another. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the pirate ship in the distance, rode the flying dragon over, and continued to transform the corpses on the remaining ships. After everything was transformed, the fleet began to return to Jiwei Island. Return to Jiwei Island. The sky is completely bright. The fleet docked at the port. ??Wu Heng opened the gate and allowed the skeleton army and skeleton dragons called last night to enter the gate, leaving the pirate skeletons behind to continue guarding the ship. He put on the [train conductors hat] and returned to Treasure Island. Arrived at Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng went directly to the association and sent the corpse on the wanted notice to the morgue. Then go to the deacon''s study and knock on the door. After receiving the response, he directly opened the door and walked in. Deacon Imiro, still sitting behind the desk, said: "Last night, you were ambushed?" Its not an ambush. The people from the Iron Barrel Pirates sent me a false message, trying to trick me into a trap. Wu Heng explained. "Well, I heard what happened from Ohlin. Last night, the ship docked at the port was also seized and more than twenty people were arrested." Imiro said. Wu Heng didnt care about what happened next when the team arrived ashore. Furthermore, with the association''s ability, we can capture each other as long as we are on the island. Wu Heng continued: "Last night, based on the intelligence, I found the location of the ''Iron Barrel Pirate Group'' fleet and killed all the captain and several key members of the other party." Imiro frowned as he lowered his head, and his eyes were slightly surprised when he raised his head. ??We were ambushed last night and killed the other party''s captain this morning? ??The biggest problem for pirates is that it is difficult to find the exact location, even if the information is obtained in advance to arrest them. ?If the other party leaves directly, it will be difficult to catch up with the other party. He killed the person directly? Where is the body? Imiro asked. It has been sent to the morgue, and the autopsy is under way. Well done. Although Imiro was confused, he still praised him. Wu Hengze continued: "Deacon, I also discovered a piece of information that I feel I should tell you." Tell me whats going on! I may be wanted by the entire pirate group. Imi Luos relaxed brows wrinkled again. The deputy deacon of the association is wanted by the entire pirate group. This is really a strange thing. Whats going on? Please tell me carefully. ??Wu Heng nodded, found the mysterious envelope, and after questioning the corpse, he learned that he was wanted by the pirate group, and told him in full. After all, he is the deputy deacon of the association. Having worked hard for the association for such a long time, no matter how hard you say it, you cannot handle this matter by yourself. Also let the association contribute. "Where''s the letter? Let me see what it looks like." Imiro asked. ?Wu Heng took out a few blank envelopes and handed them directly to the other party. ?The latter briefly checked it and then put it back on the desktop. He said: "I haven''t seen this kind of letter before. It should be some kind of strange thing." This is quite similar to what Wu Heng thought. Strange objects can always show many strange and strange effects. Well, I feel it is also a strange thing. Wu Heng said. Imiro thought for a while and said: "Don''t leave the island yet. I will negotiate with Treasure Island to strengthen port control. I will start investigating the letter." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "I also captured several pirate ships, which are now parked on a small island outside, with several hostages kidnapped by the pirates." You can just take the ship directly to the association port, tell the other party that this is your prize, and then you can dock normally. Imiro said. ??Wu Heng looked up and said, "During the battle, I used the bone-braining technique. The crew members are all skeletons. Will it have any impact?" Imiro raised his eyebrows and said, "It may indeed attract some attention. Let the third team go with you. Let them come out when you dock. Your skeleton will be left in the cabin." "good!" afternoon. ?Wu Heng brought the fleet closer to the port. The third team, which had been waiting for a long time, boarded the ship and took over the ship. Are these the hostages? Ohlin asked people to **** a few people out of the cabin. ??Wu Heng nodded, "It''s just a few of them. They said they were hijacked by pirates. Their true identities are not sure. Let''s take them back for investigation." "Okay." Ohlin nodded and said to the members: "Take them back, be careful not to let them escape." The team members watched the hostages walk back. ?At first, the man who said he wanted to pay the ransom kept turning around to thank him and shouting that he would never forget the agreed terms. ?Wu Heng didnt pay attention to him either. After leaving the matter to Ohlin, he walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie went out to greet her and gave her a big hug. The whole person hangs on the body like an octopus. ?Wu Heng lightly patted his legs, signaling the other party to come down first. Master, do you want to eat? Minnie asked. Ive eaten outside, prepare some water for me to take a shower. "good!" ?Wu Heng took a hot bath and returned to his room to sleep. I slept until about four o''clock in the afternoon, then got up and went downstairs. As soon as he walked downstairs, he saw Minnie and the wood elf Shannara sitting in the living room chatting. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Shanara showed a soft smile and said, "Did our chat disturb you?" ?Wu Heng sat down opposite, "No, I''ll come down after I''ve slept." "Hmm." Shannara leaned on the back of her chair, looked at him and said, "Did the association send more tasks?" We are indeed asked to kill the pirates, but its not too difficult, so dont worry! "That''s good." (End of this chapter) Chapter 304 , don鈥檛 you need eyeliner? Chapter 304: Dont you need eyeliner? ?Wu Heng joined in, and Minnie couldn''t say anything at first. Just sitting aside, listening to the two of them chatting about pirates and trade. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng thought of the goods obtained from the pirate ship. ? asked: "I got some goods from pirates. Is there any way to sell them?" "Pirates'' goods?" Shannara flipped the hair on her shoulders and said, "You can sell it to us, and I will settle the market price for you." Shanela''s attitude towards him has always been somewhat caring. ?It made Wu Heng feel as if he was eating soft rice. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Are there any procedures required to form my own chamber of commerce?" Do you want to form your own chamber of commerce? Lets take a look at the situation first. I have a few ships that are always parked at the port. I have to pay handling fees after a long time. I want to see how to use them. Shannara smiled and said: "It is not difficult to form a chamber of commerce. The main thing is to have channels for goods and whether the market is competitive. The few goods you grab cannot support the operation of a chamber of commerce." That is indeed correct. To form a chamber of commerce, you must at least have a fixed source of goods and market advantages. You can still make a steady profit by selling some scattered goods directly. ?It is completely impossible to rely on him to support a chamber of commerce, and he cannot even earn back the cost of crew and ship maintenance. But Wu Heng also had his own ideas. After all, in another world, he was still constantly searching for various daily necessities. Now they are all stacked in a large warehouse. ?Li Yahong urged him more than once to take away the collected things. ??Wu Heng said: I just want to understand the process. Shanara replied: "The process is actually not difficult. For example, if you are from the Kingdom of Yeko, as long as you register a cross-sea chamber of commerce in your country, you can conduct cross-sea trade, but you also need to report to various places to avoid anything happening. Misunderstandings cause losses. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was not a simple matter. ?Him himself was not well received in Yeke Kingdom. Whether it can be done is hard to say. "Does it have to be the country you belong to? I am in the Kingdom of Yeke and have no background." Wu Heng said. You can hang on Treasure Island, but this is not stable, and it may not be recognized by various forces at some point. Shannara looked at him. ?Wu Heng frowned, feeling that there was still some trouble. Shanara smiled and said: "I understand your thinking, but I feel that your energy will not be focused on the Chamber of Commerce for too long. If you just want to make those ships have some use value, you can rent them out and charge a certain fee. , just like renting a house, it is a business that guarantees profit but does not lose money. "Same." Wu Heng nodded, and then continued: "I still have some daily necessities here. Please help me figure out how to sell them better." Okay! Now? Tomorrow, I need someone to bring it over. Okay! Shannara nodded. ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while, and Anderweil also came back from outside. Smile and salute to Shanela. ?Wu Heng looked at the gorgeous wood elf and said, "Stay for dinner!" Then excuse me. The next day, in the morning. Shanela came over with several guards. After saying hello to Wu Heng, he asked: "Where are the goods mentioned yesterday?" Over here! ??Wu Heng took her to the backyard and pointed to two large cardboard boxes stacked in front of the open space. This is part of it, but the types are not much different. Shannara nodded and motioned to the people behind her to open the box, revealing the neatly arranged glassware and porcelain inside. He took out a blue-gray glass, pointed it towards the sky, looked at it carefully, and said: "It is very transparent, the shape and craftsmanship are also very good, it is more exquisite than the glass products on the market, there should be a certain market. " ??Wu Heng stood aside and added, "I sold it for a while in Yeke Kingdom before, and the sales were very good." Shannara took out a few more and looked at them, and asked curiously: "Why are each of them different?" There are relatively few remaining stocks that can be duplicated. Shannara nodded, thought for a moment and said, "I can take this for 1 silver coin, but you have to promise not to sell it elsewhere." This price is much higher than Wu Heng expected. When he sells it, no one will use it if he keeps it, so it is better to sell it here cheaply. But Shannella seems to know more about pricing in the market. "Why is it too little? I also need transportation and subsequent sales, and I can''t let the business group lose money." Shanara said immediately when she saw that he didn''t speak. Okay, I have no objection, and I can guarantee that there wont be a second store selling these things. Shannara nodded, "In a few days, the merchant group''s ship will arrive. You have to prepare the goods in advance." "Can!" After talking about the cargo, the two sat down in front of the stone pavilion, with two guards guarding the distance. Shannara tilted her chin and looked at him curiously, "I didn''t expect you to do business." Just give it a try, after all you have to live! "If you don''t want to be a subdeacon any day, you can come to my side and help me. I''ll make sure you have enough food and clothing," Shanara continued. I dont want to eat soft rice yet. If you dont try it, how will you know whether you like it or not? ?Wu Heng looked up at the other person again. This time, the other person''s face turned red and he looked away. Sit together and chat for a while. Minnie ran over from the front yard. He said: "Master, Sister Wei''er wants you to go to the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded and said to Shannara, Im going out. Well, come back early. After speaking, I felt that my tone was not quite right, and my face turned red again. When I came to the association, I just entered the office and study room. Whats wrong? Weier. Wu Heng asked. Anderweil said: "Master, deacon, please come over." Whats going on? It was about the last time the Iron Barrel Pirates brought back hostages. Andwyer replied. Oh, okay! Wu Heng agreed and went directly to the deacons study. ?Stand at the door and knock lightly on the door. I opened the door directly and walked in. ??Deacon Imiro is still sitting behind the desk, and assistant Moya is standing aside. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Imiro nodded and said: "The few people you brought back have been interrogated. Three of them are hostages of the business group, and the rest have some relationship with pirates?" Whats the relationship? The pirates wife and the pirates daughter are in there. ??Wu Heng frowned and recalled the scene when he saw several people at that time, "Why are my wife and daughter in the iron cage?" Thinking about it carefully, there are indeed many doubts. The Iron Barrel Pirates had internal strife before, and it was all the former captain. Wu Heng had also heard some news about the internal strife among the Iron Barrel Pirates. But I didnt expect that this would also involve family matters. ??This later captain was really not that good. After occupying the pirate group, he also took possession of other people''s wives and daughters. Oh, then come to me...? Wu Heng asked in confusion. Just deal with it how you want to deal with it. What do you want to do with yourself? ??Imiro didn''t speak, and the assistant Moya on the side said, "Didn''t you say before that you wanted to develop your own eyeliner?" Choose between two women? ?Wu Heng frowned. Wu Heng has indeed considered selecting eyeliners, but he has no clear goal yet. Now when it comes to these hostages, they are both wives and daughters, so there doesnt seem to be any good candidates. Imiro handed over a piece of information and said: "Philippa Iron Barrel Pirates, the daughter of the former captain, this time you killed the current captain, which can be regarded as saving her life. You can go and talk to her. " ??Wu Heng looked at the other party, "Deacon, are you sure you will let her go? You won''t just run away, but will you send the information back?" "Aren''t you a necromancer? You don''t have any means of restricting people?" Assistant Moya asked. "I am a decent mage. I don''t learn any of those things. I just learned some methods of enslaving the undead." Imiro took out a scroll from the space ring and handed it to him, "Slave scroll, you can give it to her to use. See if you are willing to use it." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and put the scroll away. Lets take a look at the situation first. Even if the other party is not a suitable candidate, put the scroll away first. Okay, Ill go take a look! ?Wu Heng said something and then left the deacon''s study directly. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng handed the information to Anderweier and asked her to go to the cell to pick up the person. Not long after, the door opened. ??Staff came in escorting a shackled prisoner. Thin body shape and messy hair. ?Wu Heng also knew this person. He looked like this on the boat before. He looked like a beggar fished out of a mud pit. Now that I have washed my face, I can still see that she looks like a delicate woman. Is your name Philippa? ?Philippa turned her head aside and remained silent. Wu Heng said directly: "All pirates are frequently harassing the shipping routes. The association plans to execute you all at noon tomorrow." Hearing this sentence, his originally silent eyes trembled slightly. Still expressed fear of death. But still did not speak. "I''ll only ask you once, and I won''t give you a second chance." Wu Heng stared at her and asked, "Do you want to live?" Philippa''s pupils shrank, hesitated for a moment, then gritted his teeth and said, "Think!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 305 , consistent with the principle Chapter 305, consistent with the principle Speaking the word "think", Philippa''s expression became even more gloomy. ??Wu Heng looked at the information and said: "Pirates have been frequently disturbing the shipping routes recently. I need an informant to find out the pirates'' intelligence and movements." The slovenly ''Philippa'' raised her head slightly and said, "I will die miserably if the pirates find me." At least you have a chance to fight instead of dying on the gallows tomorrow. Philippa had no second choice. She has no second choice, either agree to the other party''s conditions now and become an informant among the pirates. Either be executed as a pirate now. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "Okay, I promise you, but I don''t know what to do!" "I will find an opportunity for you to escape, and you can become a pirate again." Wu Heng said. Philippa bit the cracked dead skin on her lower lip and said, "That''s not what I meant. What I meant is that there is no ship and no one, and I have received some information. How can I inform you?" Wu Heng said: "I will arrange a ship for you. As for people, there are still a few people from your pirate group in the prison. You try to recruit them." ?Philippa fell silent again. What both sides need to do is actually very clear. ?Philippa needs to recruit a crew, and then with the cooperation of Wu Heng, escape from prison and return to the sea to continue being a pirate. Then send him the information about the pirates. ?What Wu Heng had to do was to arrange a series of things for ''Philippa'' to escape and send her back to the sea in a reasonable manner. Okay! Philippa agreed, and then asked: What about my mother, will you pardon her too? The other woman left is the woman of the former captain. ?Wu Heng had seen her in the prison before. She was a plump and round woman with fair skin. It is difficult to tell that he is a person living on a boat. As long as you do your part well, I can guarantee her safety. Wu Heng promised. What about life? How will she survive? What kind of life do you want her to have? "She is not a pirate. We didn''t know he was a pirate before. You can arrange something for her to do. Don''t send her back to the original village. She won''t live long if she goes back." Philippa said directly. ?Wu Heng didn''t have the ability to identify lies, but judging from the other party''s appearance, it didn''t look like he was making excuses for himself. also said: "Do a good job, and your mother will live a good life on Treasure Island." Okay, lets make a deal then. ??Wu Heng took out the slave scroll and said, "This is a slave contract. Don''t resist." "good!" ?Wu Heng walked out, picked up the quill, and lightly pricked the opponent''s fingertips. A drop of blood fell on the scroll. ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power, getting into the opponent''s eyebrows, and imprinting it on the soul. The contract is completed. Philippa''s body began to become weak, and he slumped down on the sofa on one side. ?Wu Heng put away the scroll. continued: "Weier, prepare a meal for her, with more meat." Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. On his return, he came in with some food and placed it in front of ''Philippa''. The latter looked up at the two of them, and then started to eat hungrily. Wu Heng leaned on the desk and said, "I will send you back to prison later. Don''t show any abnormality. I will inform you after I have arranged things." Hmm! Philippa muttered, her mouth full of food. Wheres the boat? As for the ship, we will arrange a previous pirate ship for you. In addition to the matter of pirate intelligence, there is also the matter of mysterious letters. ?According to the information obtained by Ask the Corpse, this kind of letter will suddenly appear next to the pirate ship leader. The rules of passing are not clear yet, but it is definitely related to the pirate leader. At that time, it depends on whether ''Philippa'' will also get this kind of letter after becoming the new leader. "good!" Be careful when you go back, this may be a matter of your own life. Wu Heng warned. Philippa swallowed the last piece of bread and nodded. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil, who called the guards on guard and escorted ''Philippa'' back to the prison. Shes a pirate? Andwyll asked. Well, the daughter of the previous captain of the Iron Barrel Pirates. Wu Heng said. Looks smaller than Minnie. At that time, I didnt expect that she would be related to pirates. I thought she was just a hostage. Anderweil put the dishes away and asked, "Will those pirates listen to her?" ??Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, the deacons all think that the other party can do it. It shouldn''t be as simple as it seems on the surface." "oh!" ?Wu Heng sat in the association for a while and then went to the deacon to talk about the matter. I sat there until noon and saw nothing happened. He left the association directly. Return to your residence. Minnie was practicing boxing and kicking with Bawudong in the yard. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he immediately stopped his movements and ran back quickly, "Master came back very early today." Well, I came back as soon as I had nothing to do. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders, Why are you working so hard today? I usually practice at this time, but you dont know. Minnie said. It seems that our Minnie is really working hard. Minnie immediately had a smile on her face, "That''s right!" They followed him into the room and asked Chef No. 1 to prepare lunch. After eating together. Minnie returned to the yard for training, and Wu Heng also went up to the fourth floor and headed to the alchemy laboratory. Pushing open the door, he saw the six-armed Expert No. 1, preparing a potion. Two hands were playing with the instruments in front of him, two hands were pounding the medicine, and the remaining two were holding the medicine and shaking the medicine bottle. It feels like one person is doing the work of three people, and the movements are very coordinated. No errors occurred. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look, but did not go in to disturb the other party. Close the door again, enter the study room and open the boundary door. Go to the zombie world. ??Stepping out of the hotel, the open space outside the door was filled with a dense army of skeletons, and four flying dragons were circling in the sky above their heads. The search progress of the auto repair shop fleet has also exceeded the scope of the hotel. Search for various supplies along the way. Its already October, and winter is getting closer. The supplies stored in the auto repair shop are enough to survive this winter smoothly, but the more sufficient supplies can bring people a sense of security. ??Moreover, as the road continues to advance, more shelters will come here to exchange supplies. ?These looted items will also be exchanged. Used to make up for the lack of other resources in the auto repair shop and to collect more gold and silver. ~! Two trucks and buses parked on the opposite side. Li Yahong got out of the car, and four alchemy skeletons got out of the car at the same time. The alchemy skeleton has been brought here, and all the bottles and bottles are in the car. Four alchemy skeletons stepped forward and bowed slightly to Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Move all your things into the first floor of the hotel, and I will arrange a new working place for you later." ?The alchemist skeleton returned to the bus, moved the jars of organs and bottles containing medicinal materials, and put them into a single room in the hotel. On the side, Qiangzi and the others looked up at the flying dragon hovering in the sky. Damn, there are four bodies. Qiangzi said. Two of them, are they still wearing armor? the companion wearing glasses on the side continued. Thats a saddle, right? Its something for people to sit on. Armor. I think its a saddle! Soon, the alchemy skeleton finished transporting the items. ?Wu Heng greeted everyone, got in the car again, and continued to move forward to clean up the zombies. Hello~! The roar of the zombies spread quickly. Zombies from all directions gathered on the main road, and the whole street was crowded with no end in sight. ??Wu Heng glanced at the group of corpses and said directly: "Let the flying dragon fly into the sky, and then drop the solid iron bullets in order." Hurrah! Four skeletal flying dragons soared into the sky. Arrive above the corpses and drop bombs one after another. In an instant, dense ammunition was like a dense rainstorm, quickly covering the entire street. ?Hum, boom, boom~! Amid the ear-splitting roar, thick smoke rose everywhere. The momentum was greater than in previous battles. ?The smoke and dust dispersed. ??The originally densely packed streets were instantly emptied out, with corpses and body parts everywhere, and blood covering the entire road. There were only a few scattered zombies, still rushing towards this side. ?Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others all stared at the scene in front of them with their eyes widened in disbelief. One attack and the whole street was cleared. This is too exaggerated! Qiangzi said in surprise. The co-pilot''s glasses said: "In principle, there is no problem." You were more surprised than anyone else just now about the principle of a few cents. ?Wu Heng also looked at the scene in front of him with some surprise. ?At the same time, my experience has also increased a lot. After two or three more times, I will be able to level up again. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army began to move forward, killing the zombies that were still alive along the way. ??Wu Heng followed behind, releasing a large number of skeletons in [Dead Skeleton Field] and stood up, joining the advancing skeleton team and moving forward. Wait until the battlefield cleaning is completed. ??Wu Heng led the army forward again, continuing to clear zombies along the way, increasing experience and the number of skeletons. Until dusk. Li Yahong and others still have to go back to the passenger terminal. The team just started to return, the convoy left, and Wu Heng entered the realm gate with the alchemy skeleton. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng entered the alchemy laboratory with four alchemy skeletons. From now on, you will be brewing potions here. If you need anything, you can leave it to me or the bunny girl downstairs. Wu Heng explained. The alchemy skeleton entered the room and moved the various bottles and jars in his arms. ??Wu Heng also directed other skeletons to move a freezer in and connect it to electricity. Wait until everything is taken care of. ??Wu Heng continued: "Expert No. 1, come here too." Expert No. 1 put down his work and walked over directly. Wu Heng took out the third-level corpse core and said: "This is the corpse core. I need you to extract the ingredients that can increase the life but are not harmful and refine it into a potion." Expert No. 1 took the corpse core, then walked to the equipment aside and began to operate it. ??Wu Heng saw the other party starting to work and left the room without further interruption. Expert No. 1 is a level 15 alchemist, so it shouldnt be a problem to develop a level 3 corpse core. Go downstairs to eat. After practicing the sword in the courtyard, I took the two maids back to the room to rest. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association. As Archdeacon, he was assigned the task of executing pirates. ?Each team killed more than 20 pirates in total, but this did not include the Iron Barrel Pirates. After all, there was still a plan for the next step. But the execution of pirates still brought a lot of psychological pressure to the people of the Iron Barrel Pirate Group. I heard that a few people tried to bribe the guards, but they failed. In the afternoon, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Go to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate. ?The intercom placed on the table emitted the buzzing sound of electricity. Following this was Li Yahong''s voice, "Your Majesty, can you hear me?" ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom button and said, "I''m here." Im going over now. I have something to tell you! As soon as Wu Heng walked down the stairs, he saw Li Yahong running over quickly. "What''s wrong?" ??Li Yahong took a deep breath and said: "There is news about Xiao Xiao''s mother. She is in a shelter in Taiping District, but the other party doesn''t sound very friendly." (End of this chapter) Chapter 306 , let鈥檚 cooperate Chapter 306, lets cooperate Found my little mother. Hearing the news, Wu Heng felt happy. After all, he had made a small promise to help him rescue his mother. It''s just that, as time goes by, the possibility of her mother surviving becomes less and less. ??If her mother really died, Wu Heng didn''t know how to talk about it. ?Now that I heard that the other party was still alive, I felt a little more at ease. But the second half of the sentence mentioned that the people in the shelter were not very friendly, and I had a bad premonition. Why are you so unfriendly? Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong said: "The other party asked us to exchange 500 bags of grain and deliver it before they evacuate." ?Wu Heng frowned. ?This shelter plans to exchange people for food. Furthermore, it is also stipulated within three days. ?The other party protected the little mother, and Wu Heng passed by, so naturally he would not treat them badly. But when I was said that, it felt like a hostage exchange. "What''s the name of this shelter? I can''t even transport 500 bags to them," Wu Heng said. Li Yahong said: "We called Laoshan Shelter. I also said that 500 bags could not be transported. They said they would leave by then, so they gave us three days." What did you say? "I promised them first and asked them to ensure the safety of the little mother, and then I came to discuss it with you." ??Wu Heng frowned and thought about this matter, and asked: "Where is the location of their shelter?" About this location. Li Yahong opened the tablet map and zoomed in on an area, Near the old factory area, I heard they said they saw the red flag on the roof of the building, thats where they are. There is still a distance between the two sides. Even if we clean up the zombies overnight, it will be impossible to get there in three days. And if we push forward in such a hurry, there may be some dangers. ?Wu Heng looked at the map, thought for a moment, and said, "I''ll ride the flying dragon over there and rescue the little mother first." Li Yahongs expression immediately became serious, This is too dangerous. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "Don''t worry, if there is danger, I will have a way to escape." Let the large forces advance, it will be more secure. Li Yahong said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I''m sure, trust me." Seeing that Li Yahong could not persuade the other party, she could only nod and said: "Then you must be careful." Dont worry, I wont take my own life for granted. Li Yahong nodded, and then asked: "Do you want to prepare food?" "No, if the other party really plans to exchange, we can supply them later." Wu Heng said, and then added, "Remove the magazine from the belly of the skeleton flying dragon and check the stability of the saddle." "good!" Li Yahong went down to prepare, and Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao. "What''s wrong, uncle?" Xiao Xiao half-lying in the air asked curiously. Ahem~! ?Wu Heng coughed lightly, and then said: "I found the news about your mother, and now I plan to save her." ?The little eyes widened instantly, and a look of surprise appeared on the ghostly face, "Really? Uncle is great." If you promise something small, of course you must do it. Hey, uncle is so nice. Wu Heng continued: "But your current appearance is a little different from that of humans. You have to think about how to explain it to your mother." Then how do I explain it? Xiaoxiao asked. Well, I dont know either. Just tell her the truth in a tactful way. Okay, let me think about it. Soon, four skeleton flying dragons were removed from the magazine and landed in the open space in front of them. ?Wu Heng took Xiaoxiao back and sat on the back of a flying dragon with a saddle. The remaining three flying dragons sit on the broken skull, the **** hand and the big-headed skull. Wu Heng''s skeleton attendants were simply swapped, and the Blood Ax''s position was taken over by the Blood Hand. ?Blood Ax is level 14, while Blood Hand is level 15. The difference is one level. After everything is ready. Be careful on the road. If you really dont find it, come back first. Li Yahong stood below and kept telling her. Wu Heng comforted him and said, "Don''t worry, there will be no problem." Well, come back early. ?Wu Heng nodded again and patted the neck of the skeleton flying dragon. Whoosh~hoo! The skeleton flying dragon instantly rose from the ground and rushed into the sky. The three skeleton flying dragons behind him also followed closely behind, flying into the sky and flying towards the front. The sound of howling wind could be heard in my ears, and the air flow was like a knife blowing on my face. When you look at it from below, you dont actually feel much. Only when you ride on the back of a dragon can you realize how exaggerated the speed of the flying dragon is. After adapting to the environment, Wu Heng lowered his head and looked down. The street buildings have become like models, and the dense groups of corpses are more like rows of ants. It doesnt look that scary anymore. ?As we moved forward quickly, some corpse-shaped flying pigeons and birds appeared along the way, but they were incomparable in size to the flying dragons. He lingered for a while, but didnt dare to get close and flew away. ??The Feilong continued to approach the area Li Yahong mentioned. ?From a distance, you can see the flag planted below. ??And a few people sitting around on the second floor platform. The second floor platform. ?Four men were sitting around playing cards with cigarettes in their mouths and rifles on their backs. ?One of them said: "I heard from other brothers yesterday that the auto repair shop shelter wanted to exchange hostages with us, and the boss asked for 500 bags of grain." "I know about this, and the other party agreed directly. It seems that the boss is still missing." Lets raise the price again. Let the other party take some first, and then we can keep asking for them. We have people in our hands, but were afraid they wont give them. "That''s right." One of them threw out the cards in his hand and said, "I went to check it out this morning, and that girl looks pretty good. I didn''t even notice the appearance of the one I buried before. " The boss gave orders not to touch her. I just say that I wont let you go to the last step. Ill enjoy touching it twice, so what? ??The others were also stunned, "You are right, let''s go together tonight." Haha, good! Flying dragon, hovering in the sky. The four people playing cards below lowered their heads and did not notice at all. ?Wu Hengs perception has been enhanced, and he can faintly hear the conversation even at high altitudes. It seems that the little mother did not find a good refuge. He patted the skeleton flying dragon''s neck again and began to lower its flying height. After reaching a certain distance. ?Wu Heng fell from the sky with several skeletons. He cast [Feather Falling Technique] in mid-air and landed lightly on the roof. The people playing cards turned their heads suddenly when they heard the sound of landing. When they saw the people who suddenly appeared, their pupils suddenly shrank. He stood up in a panic, raised his gun and pointed it at several people. ?Wu Heng waved his hand gently, and the muzzle of the gun instantly broke free from the grasp of several people and pointed towards the sky. ?Hold the Spine Staff and said directly: Come on, everyone, look at me. ?Several people looked over in confusion. ?Wu Heng continued: "Sleep." Hulala~! The bodies of the four people instantly collapsed and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and let her fly around in a circle. Uncle, there is no one building here. "It seems that their base is not here." Wu Heng said. His eyes continued to fall on the corpse in front of him, and he said: "Go and kill one." ?The **** hand came forward, picked up a person''s hair, and wiped the neck with a long knife. ?Blood spurts out, and people wake up from their deep sleep. Covering his neck, he started struggling. Then it became silent little by little. ?Xiao Xiao hid behind Wu Heng''s shoulder and watched the scene in front of him carefully. The others died completely, and Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The body that fell to the ground sat up instantly. Looking this way with turbid eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Where is your base?" The corpse replied, "The base is in an abandoned factory building at the back." It seems that this is just an outpost, communicating with each other through walkie-talkies. Wu Heng continued to ask: "How many people can you form to fight?" The corpse replied, "More than 60 people in total." How many guns? More than 20 handfuls. What are your plans for the hostage exchange at the auto repair shop? "The boss said that the auto repair shop is very rich and has no intention of handing over the woman. He wants to make transactions again and again to squeeze the value of the other party." ?These people are indeed not that honest. The lion opened his mouth at first, probably because he was testing the bottom line of the auto repair shop. Finding that this woman was very important to him, he planned to keep asking for items. After all, the auto repair shop has built a trading market in the shelter, and the supplies must be abundant. They want to take this opportunity to squeeze out the last value of women. There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng just wanted to ask. The walkie-talkie hanging on the man''s chest made a buzzing sound, followed by a question, "Erhu, how are you doing over there?" ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, looked at the corpse, and asked, "What were you four doing just now?" After asking, he directly pressed the call switch on the intercom and leaned against the corpse''s mouth. The corpse replied, "Playing cards." The fifth question ended, and the body fell back onto the ground. From the intercom, curses were heard again, "You''ve got a **** broadcasting voice, don''t just play around and stare at the body counting group and other people." ?Wu Heng pressed it and said "Hmm" himself. The intercom ends. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the other three sleeping people. He said directly: "Kill them all!" ?The **** hand stepped forward, swung out a knife, and wiped the necks of three people. ?Wu Heng put away his guns and ammunition. Release [Bone Slave Technique] to turn him into a skeleton warrior. Then board the Skeleton Flying Dragon again, and the three extra skeletons that have just been transformed sit with the Crushed Skull, Bloody Hand, and the others. The two skeletons sit on one flying dragon. ?They are all skeletons and have little weight. ??The flying dragon took off again and flew towards the old factory area mentioned by the corpse. Close to the rear factory area, on the roof of the building. ??Wu Heng and the others fell from the sky and landed directly on the roof. Cao~! Who is he? The guard standing on the roof immediately adjusted the muzzle of his gun. ??Wu Heng waved his hand, pointing the muzzle of the gun uncontrollably toward the sky, while the **** hand on the side turned into a stream of light and quickly rushed in front of several people. ?Hand raised the knife and dropped it, several heads flew high, and blood sprayed all around. ?Wu Heng put away the guns on the ground. Use the Bone Spell on several corpses. Skeleton Warrior (Level 1) The three skeletons are all first-level skeleton warriors. Just ordinary human beings. Follow me. Wu Heng walked to the iron door leading to the stairs. He came directly and opened the door, "Go to the front." ?Several skeletons walked ahead and entered the cold and gray corridor. Just walked a few steps. A man walked out of a room carrying a rifle and holding a cigarette in his mouth. Hearing footsteps, he raised his head and frowned, "What the hell?" Hurry, he threw down the lighter and grabbed the gun behind him. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Charge up and kill all the people with guns." Hulala~! The skeleton instantly moved and rushed downwards with a machete in hand. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The man below also pulled the trigger decisively, and the bullet whizzed out, instantly hitting the figure rushing in front. Just bullets passed through the hollow skeleton and were located on the stairs at the back. Wu Heng could not help but take a few steps back. To avoid being accidentally injured by bullets that penetrate the frame. The charging skeleton threw the man to the ground, and kept slashing at the opponent''s body with the weapon in his hand. ?Wails sounded and blood splattered everywhere. ?Soon, the man stopped resisting and his body was a **** mess. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and put away his rifle. Release the [Bone Slave Technique], and another skeleton stood up. ?At the same time, noisy footsteps and loud questions were heard below. What happened? "Who the **** shoots indiscriminately? Didn''t I tell you not to kill people indiscriminately?" ??Wu Heng glanced down and continued: "Skullbreaker, follow me, kill with **** hands and skeletons, kill all the people with guns and those who attack." Hurrah! ?Several skeletons immediately took action. Hurry down the stairs and pounce on the people who come out to check with guns. In an instant, gunshots and chopping sounds rang out. The dim corridor suddenly became a mess. ??Wu Heng followed the first corpse and glanced into the room. A young woman with a sallow face and thin muscles was huddled in the corner. She didn''t shout or make any fuss, just squatting there with her head in her hands. ?The eyes were hollow and numb, just like those people who were imprisoned by Chen Jinlong in the earliest days. ?Wu Heng closed the door for her and walked down the road. ?On the stairs, two **** corpses were lying. Wu Heng bent down to pick up the gun, and then continued to release the [Bone Slavery Technique]. Go down and kill all the people with guns. The two skeletons pulled out the machetes from their waists and rushed downstairs in large strides. ?Wu Heng just walked like this, transforming the corpses along the way. There are more and more skeletons, and fewer and fewer survivors are resisting. Factory building on the first floor. The survivors without weapons were pushed to the front, while a few men with guns hid behind the crowd, their guns pointing forward. ?One of the men, a tall man with a fat face and a thick beard, shouted loudly: "I know this is your power. Come out and let''s talk." ??Wu Heng stood at the corner of the second floor and said flatly: "What''s there to talk about?" "What do you want? Food or women, you can choose whatever I have here, but you have to get those ghosts of yours out of here." said the fat man with big ears. Do you have a lot of food? "There will be a lot soon. We can cooperate. Then someone will continuously send us food. We don''t have to worry about survival. How about, you have the strength and I have the food, let''s cooperate!" Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and continued: "If I kill you and occupy this place, won''t all the food be mine?" "You don''t know my plan, and if you continue to attack, I will kill all the survivors here. If there is no one, even if you occupy this building..." The words have not yet finished. The sound of breaking through the air suddenly sounded from the side. Looking back, he saw a war hammer appearing out of thin air. Don''t wait for people to react. Pah~! The fat-faced mans head was crushed like a watermelon. ?The hot blood and minced meat splashed all over the bodies of the others around. Immediately afterwards, a tall figure appeared as if opening a curtain, swinging the warhammer quickly, killing all the other gun-holders. Ah~! Dont kill me, Im not with them. Just die! The remaining survivors screamed loudly. ??Wu Heng shouted: "Surround them." The skeleton moved quickly, surrounding everyone in the middle. Shut up, Ill kill anyone who calls me. The people who were shouting and screaming fell silent instantly, squatting on the ground, their bodies shaking non-stop. ?Wu Heng glanced at everyone. He said: "Zhao Yanqiu, come with me." The sloppy woman squatting on the ground with her head in her arms raised her head slightly. Looking this way with confusion and horror. (End of this chapter) Chapter 314 , who is the monster? Chapter 314, Who is the monster? Shannara touched him with her arm and said reproachfully: "Didn''t I agree to wait until you reach level 15?" I just said sit for a while, and didnt say anything else. "Hmph! It''s weird to believe you." Shanara hesitated and continued: "Let''s sit here for a while, I have to go back later." Alright! The two of them sat down on the roof. ?Wu Heng naturally put his arms around the opponent''s waist, and Shanara also leaned lightly on his shoulder. What have you been busy with these past two days? I see you are in a hurry every day. Shanela asked softly. Its still about pirates, there are many things. Tell me about your past life, I want to know more about you. Shanara continued. "Me! I joined the association in a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Necromancers are very much rejected there, as if they were the enemies who killed their father..." Wu Heng said softly. Shannara leaned on him and said with a smile: "Are you so humorous when telling stories? You also killed your father''s enemy..." Chatted for a while. Shannara stood up and stretched, "It''s getting late, I have to go back." Lets talk some more! Its not good to be seen by the patrolling tame beast, wait until next time. Shannara blinked. ?Wu Heng also stood up and hugged the opponent''s waist. What are you doing~, lets agree...woo! ?Wu Heng took the other person''s lips and kissed them heavily. After Shanara struggled slightly, she also responded awkwardly. Then, he grabbed the big hand that reached into his clothes, turned his head to the side, and said, "Okay, put this energy into upgrading." ??Wu Heng didnt want to be too tough and offend the other party, Well, okay! Then Im going back! Ill see you off! "Go back quickly. I''ll find you again when it gets daylight." Shannara slapped the other party''s hand. "good!" Watched Shanara leave and entered the residence. ?Wu Heng also went down to the roof and returned to his room to rest. The next day, we had breakfast. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. The survivors in the old factory area began to work according to the assigned tasks. The whole base became busy. At this time, Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "The route has been confirmed. There are some building materials stores here, and you should be able to find some tools." Todays plan is to clear away the zombies around the base. At the same time, collect various required tools to speed up the efficiency of weapon production. ?Wu Heng looked at the map, nodded and said, "Okay, let''s go!" Get on the modified jeep, with Skull Crusher, Bloody Hands and Big Head Skull in the back. After everything was ready, the convoy started to set off. The convoy was flanked by a dense army of skeletons and began to move towards the target location. As you walk out of the old factory area, you enter the main road. A large number of zombies began to appear all around. Baring teeth and dancing claws, with a ferocious face. ??The roars spread rapidly, and at the same time, more and more corpses poured into the main road, forming a large tide of corpses. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle of the skeleton team. Looking at the tide of corpses approaching quickly. He asked into the intercom: "Wang Chenggang, what happened next?" The first bone dragon has been loaded into the magazine. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton next to him: "Let the flying dragon that fills the magazine take off and drop bombs over the zombies." Huh~! There was a sound of breaking through the air, and a skeleton flying dragon with a wingspan of several meters passed over the skeleton team. Climb quickly to a certain height. Open the magazine above the corpses. Hoo-hoo-hoo! ??The whistling sound of falling ammunition sounded from above the head. Immediately afterwards, it was like a hailstorm, smashing into the gathered corpses. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ??The roar of the earthquake was heard, smoke and dust rose more than three meters high, sand and gravel flew everywhere, and the glass of the shops on both sides was shattered. The smoke and dust drifted away with the autumn wind. The group of corpses at the rear continued to rush forward, trampling on the stumps on the ground. Without the slightest fear or flinch. Your Majesty, the second one has been filled. Wang Chenggangs voice came from the intercom again. ?Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skull. The second skeleton flying dragon flew out again, reached the sky above the corpses, and dropped solid iron bullets. Boom~! There were still violent tremors and thick smoke rising. ?At the same time, Wu Hengs ears also heard reminders. Your level has been increased to level 13, intelligence +1, perception +1. With increasing experience intensity. The level was finally raised to level 13, but the expertise was not unlocked. There is no time to check the properties. ?The smoke gradually faded away with the wind, revealing a large area of ??zombies with broken bodies. Trampling on the broken limbs and carcasses of the entire road, they continued to rush forward. Archers, fire volley! Wu Heng continued to order. Swish swish swish~! Skeleton archers draw their bows and shoot arrows. Arrows fell into the group of corpses like raindrops. The already broken zombie was shot into a hedgehog, staggering and falling to the ground. Wait for a few rounds of arrow rain to pass. Move forward! Hurrah! The army of skeletons lined up neatly, their spears moved forward, forming an airtight wall and began to advance forward. The zombies rushing towards him were pierced by spears. ?Hold up his body, move backwards little by little, and then be stabbed into a honeycomb. When the skeleton queue returned to standby mode, the entire battlefield became quiet. The long and thin road has been paved with flesh and blood. Clean the battlefield, clean up the corpses, and collect arrows! Wu Heng gave the order directly. The skeleton on standby moved again. Start to clean up the battlefield. Rear convoy. The survivors who were newly added to the search team had their legs shaking and the hairs all over their bodies standing on end. ?? I had been mentally prepared for a long time, but I was still frightened by the scene in front of me, and my body was out of control. ?Flesh and blood covered the entire road like a carpet, blood formed streams, and the cars and buildings along the road were filled with holes that penetrated them. Even the sky above his head was filled with a layer of dark red blood. Which side is the monster? There are monsters on both sides. At this time, an order came from the walkie-talkie, "The search team came over, collected the items in the store, and protected them so as not to cause any wounds." ?Wang Chenggang turned his head and shouted to everyone: "Okay, it''s our turn. Let''s load all the useful things into the truck." The survivors of the auto repair shop, along with the newcomers from the old factory area, began to enter the battlefield area. Search and carry various supplies along the way. At the same time, he carefully scanned the dense army of skeletons and the young leader. After Wu Heng assigned the tasks, he opened the panel and looked at the attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 13 Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 36, Perception 23, Charisma 28. Feats:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy induction, spell casting acceleration. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation, Breath of Death, Activated Objects. The experience gained from level 13 to level 14 has reached an exaggerated value. ??Without the zombie world, Wu Heng might not be able to reach a higher level in his life. But there is a zombie world, with five or six waves of zombies, its actually about the same. Close the panel and all the corpses are gathered together. ?Wu Heng took out the Spine Staff and released [Bone Transplantation] first. The broken skeleton warrior walked into the group of corpses, pulled out his missing parts, and pressed them on his body. Wait until the bone transplantation is completed. ?Wu Heng continues to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A gray-white halo of light swayed, and a large number of skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses and joined the queue of skeletons. With tens of thousands of corpses all over the streets, its still a lot of work. Staves and newly exchanged robes provide the effect of reducing spell consumption. But you still need to take psychotropic drugs. After all conversions are completed. ?Wu Heng called Qi Hancai and continued to advance along the road. Increasing experience also increases the number of skeletons. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army and convoy return. As soon as the car stopped, a large number of people rushed out of the dormitory and began to help carry supplies. When they saw the truck full of grain and various foods behind the truck, the survivors in the old factory area also showed excitement and joy. The other vehicles are various tools that can be used to make weapons. ?Wu Heng walked to the dormitory and said: "Weapons and solid iron bullets must be made as soon as possible. There are enough skeletons, but you cannot smash them with your fists." "Well, I asked people to start making iron spears overnight, but the solid iron bullets need to be built in a furnace. I plan to arrange a fleet to transport them from the passenger terminal first." There is no better way, "Okay, let''s do this first." Do you want to eat with me tonight? Qi Hancai continued to ask. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, you will be responsible for everything when I am not around. Do not let anyone enter the floor where I am." Okay, I understand. Qi Hancai nodded. Returning to the room, Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. I came back earlier today than yesterday. ?Go downstairs and take a look at the radio room. The paper in front of the skeleton investigator once again had a large piece of content written on it. Holy shit, what the hell, deputy deacon, youre not going to die, why dont you say anything. We are going to the island and we plan to recruit some sailors. If something happens to me, remember to come and redeem me. Hey, I have information! Are some of you going out to sea to catch pirates? There are several pirate groups planning to ambush your people. Your own people? ?Wu Heng reacted in his mind. People from the association! Hila Rose. (End of this chapter) Chapter 308 , it has side effects (please vote for me and recommend me.) Chapter 308, it has side effects (please vote for me and recommend me...) Saw the contents of the box. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Bazooka. ?This kind of thing often appears in movies and TV dramas. Basically they are carried on the shoulders and fired outwards. Once the shell is fired, not even the bones and dregs are left. Open this one too. Wu Heng continued. The skeleton opened another box, which contained exactly the same launcher and rockets. Looking at the things on the ground, Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?These people not only bought a large number of bullets, but also bought rocket launchers. Looks like there is some plan. Fortunately, Wu Heng did not come directly towards them, but entered the corridor from the roof, catching them off guard. Otherwise, if a conflict occurs, the opponent will use these two rocket launchers. Its no joke. Even in terms of his own attributes, he has far surpassed ordinary people. But it has not reached the level of physical resistance to rockets. I also relied on modern weapons to kill many level 15 professionals. Withdraw your gaze. ?Wu Heng put all the ammunition into the space ring. ?These ammunitions are quite a harvest. Going around the whole base. Skeletons were arranged to guard some key locations. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with this location. It used to be an old-fashioned factory area. There are workshops, dormitories, yards, and the roads are well paved. It can fully meet the requirements of gathering places. The people who died probably chose this place because of this. Walked around. Zhao Yanqiu came back and said: "No one left, everyone chose to stay." Perhaps, there is no better choice. ??Wu Heng nodded and didnt say much. He changed the subject and asked, Have the people here killed zombies before? I have killed many people, Zhao Yanqiu said. Where are all the bodies? I dont know very well, I just know that they were all carried to the back. Go and have a look! ??Wu Heng took several skeletons with him and walked towards the back of the factory with Zhao Yanqiu. ?The entire back is a wasteland, with weeds half as tall as a person, and the rockery and pavilion can be vaguely seen in the weeds. Follow the only road and walk inside. After walking for a while, we saw a huge pit. There were piles of corpses inside, including zombies, humans, and several naked female corpses. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said to Zhao Yanqiu: "Go wait for me outside first." "good!" Zhao Yanqiu retreated. ??Wu Heng stood on the edge of the pit, took out the Spine Staff, and began to release the [Dead Skeleton Field]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed, and skeletons stood up from the pit and began to crawl out. More than 300 skeletons crawled out in total. Occupied the surrounding open space. ??Now we dont have many troops at hand, so we have to look around for some. In this world, corpses can be seen everywhere. Zhao Yanqiu was still startled when he walked out again with the skeleton. He felt that there was no danger to him, so he followed him calmly. Return to the building together. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. The survivors were rearranged. ?Wu Heng chose a room on the top floor and arranged the guarding position of the skeleton. Zhao Yanqiu''s room was a room away from his. In addition to being responsible for the affairs of the other survivors, he also had to listen to the radio for intelligence and news. Lest anything happen to the auto repair shop. After everything is taken care of. ?Wu Heng then opened the gate and returned to his residence on Treasure Island. Back here, its getting very late. ?Wu Heng walked down the hall and asked Chef No. 1 to prepare a midnight snack for himself. Fill your somewhat empty stomach. After eating and drinking, I just walked up the stairs. ?The door of a room on the third floor was gently opened, and Anderweil walked out directly, holding a pistol in one hand behind her back. The ranger is quite alert. Im hungry, come down and have some midnight snack. Wu Heng said. Anderweil put away the gun, "Have you eaten? I''ll prepare it for the master!" "have eaten." ?Wu Heng waved, and the latter came over obediently, "Go to my room, let me wash up." ?Andewil''s face was slightly red, she glanced at Minnie''s bedroom carefully, and then quickly went up to the fourth floor. After a simple wash. Return to the room. Anderweil half-hidden her head under the quilt, leaving only a pair of eyes looking out carefully. ?Wu Heng liked her expression. ?Be careful of being shy, and a little eager to try. Wu Heng lifted the quilt and pressed it under him, "Hold me!" ? Anderweil shyly wrapped her limbs around him, cooperating with his movements. They were all sweating profusely. They hugged each other and fell into a deep sleep. The next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. After taking a look at some documents sent yesterday. Then he took the pirate''s daughter "Philippa" out of prison. ?Philippa stood in the center of the room. He still looks sloppy, with some injuries on his face and eye sockets. You were in prison and you got into a fight with someone? Philippa looked up at him, wiped his face, and said, "This is how pirates solve problems. You have never been a pirate, so you don''t know." Winning or losing? Tie. Looks like he didnt get any advantage. ??Wu Heng said to Anderweil: "Prepare some food for her, and more meat." Okay! Anderweil left. Philippa swallowed subconsciously when he heard the food was being prepared. Seeing Wu Heng looking over, he quickly stopped swallowing and glanced to the side. ?Wu Heng asked: "Are those people willing to leave with you?" Have convinced a few people. You need to speed up the progress. The ship has been prepared for you. I plan to let you leave in three days. Wu Heng said. Okay! Im fine. Philippa nodded. "You have to give me a list of names then. If you don''t want to go with you, I will clear them out on the way." Wu Heng looked at her and said. What if Im not sure? Kill too! Okay, Ill blame you! At this time, the door opened. ?Andwyer walked in with some food. ?Philippa sat down on the sofa without any image and began to stuff it into his mouth. After you have devoured your food. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What is your profession? How many levels are you at?" Ranger, level 8. ?Wu Heng looked at the opponent again. At this age, reaching level 8 is considered relatively talented. In the association, meet the level of squad leader. It is the occupation of the squad leader. Philippa patted her belly and asked, "Have you made arrangements for spreading the news? If the news cannot be spread, you can''t rely on me." I will arrange for you on the boat then. "Is it a prop? It''s best to let me see it in advance, so that it doesn''t work by then." Philippa leaned on the sofa. I will make arrangements in the next two days, you do your own thing. "good!" You have two days left, hurry up. "knew." Philippa was taken down. ?Wu Heng also packed up his things and returned to his residence. Go home. Shanela was sitting in the living room, playing with some gorgeous-looking pajamas with Minnie. See Wu Heng coming in. Shanara immediately held the item in her arms and said with a red face, "Why are you back?" Well, shouldnt I come back? Wu Heng glanced at the two of them doubtfully, What bad things are you doing? Where? Shannella denied. Minnie smiled, picked up a light yellow pajama and said, "Look at Sister Shanara''s pajamas, they are transparent!" Shanela was so anxious that she threw it away and immediately went to grab the pajamas in Minnie''s hand. ?Wu Heng picked up a piece that had fallen aside and took a look at it in his hand. Tulle material, feels very smooth and tender. "Give it to me. Don''t touch anything that belongs to a woman." Shannara reached out and asked for it. ?Wu Heng handed it to her with a smile and said, "It suits you very well." What nonsense. Shannaras face turned red. Hehe! I just said that sister Shanara likes the master, just look at it! Minnie laughed. Shannaras face turned even redder, and she stood up to cover the other persons mouth. ?Wu Heng picked up another piece and put it in front of his eyes to look at it. ? ? Silk nightgown, and the style is also bold. ?A few people laughed and played for a while. ?Minnie went to the kitchen to ask Chef No. 1 to prepare lunch. Shanara thought for a moment and said to Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, come out with me for a moment." The two of them went to the pavilion in the backyard. Shannara stood by the pavilion and looked at the flower bed that had sprouted, and whispered: "You should have felt it too, I am more concerned about you." ??Wu Heng said: "Well, what''s wrong?" Shanara bit her lower lip and said: "Let''s put it this way, the last time I sealed it in amber, I used a strange item. It had a side effect of having a good impression of the first person I saw after waking up. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 309 , wait until you reach level 15 Chapter 309, wait until you reach level 15 ?Wu Heng was also stunned when he heard Shanara take the initiative to mention the side effects of the amber pendant. At the same time, guess in your mind what the other person wants to express. He knows about the side effects. What is shown on the panel is that it creates a sense of dependence. and the good feelings expressed by Shanela actually have the same meaning. Is it because of the influence of the pendant that you bought the house next door to me? Wu Heng asked. "I need a new place to live, but I do have something to do with you." Shanara looked back and continued: "I plan to get in touch with you. In fact, the side effects are not impossible. After knowing the side effects of this strange object, After that, I planned a solution. If you dont meet my expectations, I will let people erase my memory of this period. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and was a little surprised by this result. ?The other party, when wearing this strange object, had already made a plan to deal with this situation. But this is just an expectation. The main consciousness has a sense of dependence, and it is very likely that a memory cannot be changed even if it is erased. You, it feels like choosing a maid in a pub. "What''s the point? When anyone chooses a partner, he or she should observe the other person''s character and living habits!" Shanela said. Then what do you think now? Shannara took a deep breath, her chest rising and falling, "After contacting you these past few days, I don''t hate you. Although you are a necromancer and have a relationship with a maid, these are not unacceptable." ?Wu Heng looked at her back and said, "I don''t hate you either." "You still picked me." Shannara glared at him angrily, and then said: "I don''t hate you, but after all, I am also the president of the Star Flower Merchant Guild, and I have a certain status." She pondered for a moment and continued: "If you can advance to level 15 professional before the age of 30, I can be your lover." Finish the word lover. Shannara''s face turned red, and even her fair neck and ears quickly turned red. "lover?" Shanela turned around suddenly and said: "Of course, I am over 400 years old, so it is normal to have a husband! Dont worry, we are an agreed couple, we are just here to consolidate our status, and you will still be my first man. " After finishing speaking, I felt that I was a little too proactive in explaining so much. He raised his head and said: "There are so many people who are pursuing me and expressing their love, but you still picked me." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, I thought you had just grown up." The mouth is good at talking. Shanela''s eyes also became much softer. ??For the man in front of her, Shannara was full of kindness and love, not only because of the influence of amber, but also because of the life-saving grace and the attraction of the other person''s personality. ?Maybe its also a good marriage. ??If Wu Heng could reach level 15 before the age of 30, he would be a rare genius mage among the human race. It is not a disadvantage to be a lover for a young genius. On the contrary, it is more like eating the young grass oneself and taking advantage of it. In the past, when ladies gathered together, many bold ladies showed off their achievements in this area. We have made an agreement, and you cant go back on it. Wu Heng emphasized. Here in Wuheng, I felt relieved when I heard that reaching level 15 was enough. It may be difficult for him to research a new type of magic and achieve anything. But its just an improvement in level, so theres not much pressure. It is now level 12, and the experience is over half, and it will be level 13 soon. As long as you work harder, you can reach level 15 soon. Seeing that the other party was afraid that she would regret it, Shanara said with a smile: "I have made a decision, and I will not regret it." Then I will condemn you. Shannara''s face turned red again, "Don''t talk nonsense outside." The breeze blew by, and the corners of the skirt fluttered slightly. After telling this matter, Shanara seemed to have completed a difficult task and felt a lot more relaxed. He said softly: "Actually, I''ve been having a rough time lately, but during the time I''ve been in contact with you, I''ve been quite happy, and I don''t care about those rough things." ?Wu Heng waved, "Come, let me show you my palm." Shannella was curious, "Palmistry? What is that?" You can tell a persons recent fortune through his palm prints, Wu Heng explained. Do you still understand the power of the prophet? Not as advanced as them. Shanara immediately became interested and sat down next to her, "What do you think?" ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand in front of the other party, "Give me your hand?" Shannara reached out her hand in confusion, Wu Heng grabbed it, and opened the opponent''s white palm before the opponent could subconsciously dodge. ?At first glance, Shanara had never worked. Her palms were as white and tender as a piece of tofu, and there were no calluses from holding a weapon for a long time. Wu Heng held the opponent''s palm and said: "This represents your life line. It is very long and deep. It means that you live longer than other people and you have no illness..." Shannara was stunned for a moment, then moved closer and looked at the lines on her palm. This represents your career line. It is very long but there are many forks along the way. It seems to be full of difficulties. This is your marriage. Well... you will cheat. Bang~! Shannara raised her hand and punched him, hitting him directly on the shoulder, "Did you mean it?" "Just kidding, don''t be angry. Your palm print is very good. It will get better and better from now on, and your career and life will get better." Wu Heng grabbed the other person''s hand again, and did not continue to look at the palm print, but just held it in his hand. . Shannara wanted to pull away, but after persisting a few times, she let the other party hold her and sat aside with a blushing face. Two people sit side by side, close to each other. You can feel the warmth and faint fragrance coming from each other''s bodies. Wu Heng said: "How about we open a side door in the yard, so that it will be more convenient to come here in the future." Shannaras face turned red and she said softly: Ill wait until you reach level 15. The two sat for a while. Minnie''s voice came from the front yard, "Master, Sister Shanara, it''s time to eat. Where did you go?" ??Shanela hurriedly withdrew her hand, straightened her skirt somewhat guiltily, and then gave him a light slap on the body. Be more honest from now on. Its my fault too! Wu Heng was speechless. Tap tap tap~! Minnie ran over quickly. Seeing the two people in the stone pavilion, he said, "It''s time to eat." Oh, okay! Shanela walked over quickly, took Minnies arm, and walked into the house together. Minnie was pulled away, turned around and shouted: "Master, come and eat quickly." "good!" Several people returned to their residence for dinner. After lunch. Shanela took Minnie to the market to buy flower seeds. ?Wu Heng also went directly to the fourth floor. Opening the boundary gate, it is still the factory dormitory. ?Going out of the room, I saw the survivors downstairs doing general cleaning. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps going upstairs was heard, and Zhao Yanqiu walked up from below. Different from the sloppy beggar I saw yesterday. ??You have obviously washed yourself up a bit today, and your figure is still a little thin, but your appearance is indeed pretty good. Your Majesty. Zhao Yanqiu shouted, then glanced around. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao, and Zhao Yanqiu immediately smiled, "Xiao Xiao." Mom, are you looking for me? Xiaoxiao asked. Mom wants to see you. Zhao Yanqiu said. Oh, I miss my mother too. Xiaoxiao said obediently. Zhao Yanqiu and Xiaoxiao are actually lucky in the current situation. At least we can still see each other. More survivors are actually left with themselves, no goals, no hope, and can only live one day at a time. After the mother and daughter chatted for a while, Zhao Yanqiu looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Your Majesty, what work are we going to do today?" The conditions put forward by Wu Heng yesterday were that after staying, the work needs to be completed. How many survivors are there? Wu Heng asked. There are 56 people, almost half male and female, but they are all young adults and have good physical strength. Zhao Yanqiu replied. "Let''s clean the dormitory today. You are responsible for monitoring the radio. We will count the survivors'' specialties, such as plumbers and electricians, and those who can weld and cut. Register them all. Then we will assign tasks to everyone." Wu Heng thought for a moment. said. Just after the occupation, many tasks also required the cooperation of tools. Okay, thank you. Zhao Yanqiu thanked him. Well, lets do these first for today, and Ill tell you if theres anything else you need to do. "good!" ?Zhao Yanqiu agreed and exchanged a few words with Xiao Xiao. ??He walked quickly downstairs. As soon as he came downstairs, the other survivors immediately gathered around him and carefully asked about the situation. Then cooperate with the registration. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to guard the stairs, and then climbed to the roof. ??Take the Skeleton Flying Dragon and fly towards the county passenger terminal. The wind howled in my ears. Soon, he arrived at the air where the auto repair shop was and landed directly in the open space in the passenger terminal yard. It startled the survivors patrolling around. Your Majesty! Your Majesty, you have a new mount. The survivors who gathered around said hello one after another. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Where is Li Yahong?" Sister Hong is outside, are you looking for her? Well, let Li Yahong come to the meeting hall and I will tell her something. Wu Heng said. Okay. The man agreed, pressed the radio headset, and called Li Yahong. ?Wu Heng walked directly towards the conference hall. Not long. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, Qiangzi and others walked in quickly. Are you not injured? Li Yahong asked. "fine!" How is your little mother? Li Yahong continued to ask. Its also very good. I met Xiaoxiao and everything went smoothly. Then, Wu Heng directly explained the situation over there. There are a total of 4 people present. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang. ??Qi Hancai and Wang Chenggang have never met "Xiao Xiao", but they have indeed heard of this name and know that he is a very important figure in the camp. The purpose of this operation across such a long distance was to rescue "Xiao Xiao''s" mother. To the surprise of the few people who arrived, Wu Heng killed forty or fifty of his opponents, and they were all equipped with firearms. ?This kind of fighting power shocked a few people. The previous battles were all conducted by skeletons, with Wu Heng acting as a commander. ??This time I brought three skeletons over and captured the opponent''s base. Super powers and combat abilities are astonishing. I plan to build the factory over there into a sub-base for us. Then we can also contact the military to exchange some materials we need. Wu Heng said his plan. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks ֧ for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 310 , I just rescued you (please vote for me Chapter 310, I just rescued you (please vote for me, thank you brothers.) Establish sub-bases and contact the military. Both are no small decisions. Dividing bases means that the population must be dispersed and various resources must be reallocated. In contact with the military, more unpredictable things may occur. Its okay to keep the deal amicable, but what if some conflicts arise? Can the army of skeletons withstand modern weapons? The power of one missile is enough to destroy a large area. The rest are a little worried. Li Yahong asked directly: "What do you need next?" Wu Heng said: "Two radio equipment, preferably military equipment with good signals, and some photovoltaic panels and accessories. These are what I will take away later. You also need to prepare some manpower to follow me over there to stabilize the situation. Radio equipment and photovoltaic panels are all in the warehouse. Ill have people prepare them. Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and began to communicate externally. After the explanation was completed, he continued to ask: "How do you plan to arrange the personnel, and how to get there." "The passenger station will continue to operate. Li Yahong will stay and take charge. Qi Hancai and Wang Chenggang will choose 20 people to go to the factory area." Wu Heng said. Hearing the allocation, Li Yahong''s face suddenly changed. She was obviously not happy, but she also put forward her own opinion and continued to ask: "How do people get there?" Lets plan the same route we used to rescue the little mother. Its safer to go around the edge of the city. Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, does anyone else have any opinions or ideas?" Li Yahong looked at the other people. No opinion. I dont have any objection either. The rest of the people nodded. Okay, lets do this for now, lets get to work! Wu Heng said directly. ?A few people got up and walked directly outside. The rest of the people left, leaving only Wu Heng and Li Yahong in the room. ?Li Yahong''s face was a little ugly, and she was obviously not happy. ??Wu Heng walked over and put his arm around the other person''s shoulders, "Why do you feel like I''m not taking care of you and I''m unhappy?" "No!" ?Wu Heng lowered his voice and said: "We must stay together. The camp we managed to run with great difficulty is not safe to hand over to others. Only if you stay can it be in our hands." ?Li Yahong raised her head and glanced at him, "Then I want to go with you too." "It''s less than two hours away by riding a flying dragon. If you miss me by then, I''ll ride a flying dragon over here. It won''t have any impact." Wu Heng said directly. If you miss me, just ride a flying dragon over here. If I miss you, I can go there too. It wont have any impact. " Li Yahong was right. If there was a skeleton flying dragon, it would only last for a while. It was no different from before when she drove over to find him. Well, I guess what you said makes sense. ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and kissed her heavily on the mouth, "Would you like to relax a little before leaving?" Li Yahong''s face turned red instantly, "Goodbye, you''re always going to keep things busy." Hurry up! Without waiting for the other party to speak, Wu Heng pulled Li Yahong into the room behind. ?Press your upper body on the table and kick your legs apart. Li Yahong still wanted to say something, but suddenly she felt the other person, so she closed her mouth and whispered softly. Get out of the room again. ??The unhappiness on Li Yahong''s face has disappeared. We walked outside together while chatting and laughing. ?Photovoltaic panels and radio equipment are ready. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. "I''ll make arrangements and let the convoy set off tomorrow. Then you can arrange for someone to pick them up." Li Yahong said. Okay, be safe on the road. ?Wu Heng sat on the skeleton flying dragon again. In front of the broken skull, there was also an ''electrician'' skeleton sitting. After everything was ready, he said goodbye to a few people, patted the flying dragon''s neck, and rushed into the sky. Going back to the dormitory building in the old factory area. Fall from the roof of a building. ??Wu Heng chose a location and began to have the skeletons install photovoltaic panels to provide power to the dormitory building. Then he returned to the dormitory building and looked at the other survivors. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. The next day, the association office study room. The door opens. The pirates daughter Philippa was brought in. After the door closed, Philippa flopped down on the sofa in an awkward manner, "What are you going to eat today?" The tone and attitude were as if she was the subdeacon here. ?Wu Heng glanced at her, and Anderweier was also snickering. What do you want to eat? I want to eat beef, piranha and vegetable soup. Weier, go prepare it for her. Wu Heng said. ?Andwyer nodded and left the room directly. Philippa said directly: "How about I stay and be your assistant? You just need to provide me with these meals." Do what you are good at. Whats wrong with me! Philippas face was full of disdain. "We are about to take action tonight, how are you prepared?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Thats it, Ive done everything I have to do. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out the radio equipment, and said, "Here, I''ll teach you how to use this prop." ??Philippa stood up, walked aside, and looked at the strange metal box, "Is this a prop? Is it so big?" "Communication props, this is the position where the sound is collected. This is called a microphone. It can be used to transmit information. If there is any information then, just turn on this switch and speak directly." Wu Heng explained to her one by one. Philippa picked up the phone and said, then looked at him, "Did you receive it?" "You need two devices to be running at the same time to receive it. I will put it on the boat for you. Be careful not to damage it or get water in it." Wu Heng instructed. Oh good! ??Wu Heng continued to point to the figure holding a long sword aside, "This is the Fire Blade, a level 12 skeleton attendant. I will also arrange to be by your side to protect you." "You are crazy. A skeleton is following me. How can I explain it to other pirates?" Philippa said directly. You have just reached level 8, can you deter those pirates? If there is any danger, the Fire Blade can protect you. Philippa felt that he was right. He thought for a moment and said, "Then you wrap him up tightly, and I will call him my thug." You can say whatever you want, as long as you can hide it from other people. The two of them were chatting. ??Andwyer came in with the food she bought. ?Philippa was sitting on the sofa, eating with big mouthfuls, without looking like a woman at all. Wait until the other person has finished speaking. Wu Heng continued: "At night, I will ask the Fire Blade to rescue you. Remember, no one knows that you are my spy. You have to run out with all your strength." "I know." Philippa nodded and said, "What should I do if there are some people who are always against me?" "If they can''t escape, just take your people on board." "good!" After the two people discussed it. Philippa was brought back again. Night falls. It was quiet in the dungeon. A few of the torches on the wall were extinguished, making the light even dimmer. Philippa lay on her side on the straw mat, looking at the wall on one side, waiting silently. Tap tap tap~! Who? Someone is robbing the prison, sound the alarm. Stop them! ?Outside, there was a sudden shout, followed by a clanging sound of fighting. All the pirates in the dungeon sat up from their beds and stared at the entrance. Suddenly, several figures, all covered in armor, with their faces and eyes sealed, rushed down from above. Walking through each cage quickly. Philippas heart was pounding, but she still gritted her teeth and shouted: Help me, Im here. ?Several figures came outside the cage where ''Philippa'' was, drew out their iron swords, and cut off the iron locks. ?Philippa quickly rushed out of the iron cage and ran out. Philippa, save me and come with us. Captain, didnt we agree to go to sea together? You cant leave the crew behind. Yes, let us out too. If you run away, the association members will come over and kill us overnight. Philippa stopped and cursed: "Shut the **** up!" Then he said: "Let some of them out." The figure behind him stepped forward and cut down the sword in his hand. Chop the locks of several cages into pieces. The rest of the pirates also ran out with joy on their faces. "Let''s go, you will die on the road, but no one will save you." After saying that, he took the lead and ran out. Just broke out of the dungeon. There were roars and chaotic sounds all around. The light of torches lit up from the surrounding paths. Everyone ran away in the direction where there was no fire, all the way to the port. Port. ??The pirates ran wildly and headed straight for the port. Repulse the few guards. Here, I have prepared a speed boat. We will be safe once we get on the boat. Philippa said and ran towards the speed boat in front. ~! Suddenly, a sharp cracking sound sounded from the back of his head. ??Fear instantly appeared on Philippa''s face, and her body subconsciously jumped forward. Dang~! A crisp metallic chirping sounded. ?Philippe pulled away and suddenly looked back. I saw several pirates who had already drawn their weapons, and the skeleton attendants they had arranged blocked the sneak attack just now. Philippas face changed drastically and she cursed: You are **** crazy, I saved you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 311 , disappeared in one shot Chapter 311, disappeared in one shot The sudden sneak attack from behind sent shivers down Philippa''s spine and goosebumps all over her body. ??If it werent for the skeleton following behind him. I''m afraid I''ve lost half of my head. When you go out to sea, you should be an eyeliner. Died directly at the port. Philippa looked at the pirates behind him with an angry face. A pirate with yellow teeth stood at the front and said coldly: "Philippa, do you think we are stupid? You were always taken out in prison, and now you have escaped... I''m afraid there is some conspiracy. Bar?" Hearing these words, all the pirates looked over at the same time. ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat, and because of the anger of the sneak attack, she also felt a little panicked for a moment. He forced himself to calm down and cursed: "Is this the excuse you gave yourself? In prison, you were the ones who begged me to rescue you. Now that you have escaped, you are starting to fight among yourself, right?" Then how do you explain why you are always taken out? "Explain your mother, if I don''t find some connections, how can you run out?" Philippa glanced at the light of torches gradually appearing in the distance, and said: "You are not the association''s spy, are you planning to hold us back and be together? Grasp?" ?Feeling the suspicious looks of the pirates, the Yellow Fang pirate cursed: "Fart, who doesn''t know that I hate the association the most..." Stop **** nonsense, you want to stay here and die as you wish. If you want to come with me, get on the boat and lets get out of this **** place. Philippa shouted, beckoning the pirates behind him to get on the boat. ~! The long knife turned again. ??The Yellow Fang pirate stopped in front of him again and said: "Philippa, you go to another ship, we want this one." You must have done it on purpose. There are so many ships, why dont you just grab one? ??Yellow Fang pirate glanced at the barrels on the ship, "You go to another ship, otherwise we will drag it to the end together, and wait for the association and the guards to come over, and everyone will die together." You are really not a human being! "If you want to be a pirate, you still have a lot to learn." Huangya sneered. "You wait for the punishment of Poseidon." Philippa said through gritted teeth, and then called to the other people behind her, "Let''s find another ship." Hahaha~! The Yellow Tooth Pirate laughed, and said to the people behind him: Lets get on the ship and return to the sea to continue to be free and happy. Philippa quickly ran towards the original port. Behind him, except for a few tightly wrapped skeletons, there were only six pirates following him. They are all still people who agreed to follow me when they were in prison. ?Standing at the port and seeing the ship with the rope ladder installed, Philippa showed joy and waved everyone on board. Open the cable and rush towards the sea. In the dark night on the island, the chasing fire is getting closer and closer. Hurrah! The association team and the guards of Treasure Island arrived at the port one after another. Deacon, a total of two ships have left the post, a sea ship and a medium speed ship. The ranger reported the situation. Large tracts of tamed animals hovered over the sea, passing the message back. How many pirates are there on board the ship? Wu Heng asked. The ranger replied, "The number of people on both sides is about the same." Swish swish swish~! ?At the same time, the harbor defenses began to attack. Dense arrows and crossbows were fired at the two escaping ships, falling into the sea with clatter. The crossbow arrows etched with special effects fall into the sea and appear with many special effects such as explosions and thunder and lightning. The momentum is huge, but the accuracy is obviously not high. The two ships gradually moved away. At this time, several members of the professional team also rushed over quickly. The dwarf captain Ohlin released the tame beast in his hand again and said: I will adjust the ship and lead the people to chase. Lets not worry, everyone. If the other party dares to rob the prison, they should be fully prepared. If you chase them out rashly, you may be ambushed. Wu Heng said. Then, just watch them escape? Ohlin was a little anxious. "It''s okay!" Wu Heng said, took out the rocket launcher from the space ring and put it on his shoulder, then used the caliper to aim at the boat that was receding in the distance. Adjusted the angle and distance. Pull the trigger directly. Whoosh! The rocket dragged a slender tail flame and shot forward. Boom~! The next second, under the gaze of everyone in the port, red fire instantly engulfed the entire ship. Flames shot into the sky, and pieces of the ship fell into the sea. Everyone''s eyes widened. Looking back at the launch location, he also looked at the sunken ship in the light of the fire. ?A speed boat just disappeared under the gaze, and sank to the bottom of the sea little by little with the light of the fire. Only some debris floating on the sea proved the other party''s existence. There is another big one. Ohlin continued to point to the ship that was gradually moving away. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said: "The props can only be used once, let the others focus their fire and sink the ship." "good!" Various defensive equipment began to attack. Smashed into the sea with a crackle. Although it was affected, the ship still moved away quickly. Gradually disappear into the night. Escape. ?Wu Heng nodded and said: "Search for pirates at the port and execute all pirates in prison." "yes!" The pirate ship returned to the sea. Philippa wiped the sweat from his neck, but his face was still a little ugly. She was also startled when in the distance, the ship piloted by the Yellow Fang pirates was engulfed in flames. Fortunately, I kept the other partys plan in mind. Let those who oppose you get on that ship. ?Now, the ship has also suffered some trauma, but it is not a big problem. For the pirate ship, this damage is nothing. Continuing to move away from the port without slowing down, heading towards the sea that represents freedom. Escaped, we made it out alive. Those traitors were punished by Poseidon. We are free. The pirates began to cheer, and the joy of escaping replaced the panic and uneasiness they had felt when they saw the explosion. Philippa clapped his hands and said, "Don''t stand here, go to your post, and get out of this **** place quickly." "Okay, Captain!" everyone responded and returned to their posts. ?Philippa watched everyone return to their posts. Taking the fire blade and the remaining skeletons, he went to the captain''s cabin. The familiar room, but the layout has changed slightly. Looking at it, he gently pulled on the string hanging by the side. Click sound. The room suddenly lit up. Philippa''s eyes widened a little, and he looked at the thing that lit up above his head in surprise. On the table beside the bed, there is a communication device. There are also notes with their functions attached to each button to prevent her from being confused. ?Philippa glanced around the room, and his eyes fell on a wooden box in the corner. Lift your feet and move away. Revealing the large number of silver coins inside, and a small amount of gold coins sandwiched between them. ?Philippa''s eyes widened. Holy shit, I can live a good life too. The sky is bright. Wu Heng returned to the association from outside. After Philippa escaped, he took his men and executed all the remaining pirates overnight, as well as those with limited legs and feet who were caught halfway. ?These pirates should have been executed long ago, and the reason why they are still here is to complete the scene of "Philippa" escaping. Whether we can bring back the information then depends on what ''Philippa'' does. Go back to the office study room and sit for a while. The door was reopened. ?Andwyer walked in with a hooded figure. Master, someone has brought it here. ?Wu Heng nodded and handed over a wanted warrant, "Hang this wanted warrant out." Okay! Anderweil withdrew again. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the figure in the room. The hood was taken off, revealing a somewhat slovenly looking woman. She is thirty-seven or eighteen years old, with very fair skin and a plump figure like that of a mature woman. Philippa''s mother, a woman who was robbed by pirates. Philippa, did I tell you anything? Wu Heng said. The woman lowered her head and whispered: "Say, tell me, she said she will help you with things, and you will be considered a member of the association from now on." Same as I thought. ?This pirate lady didnt take her words seriously at all. She was told not to tell anyone else, so she told her mother. Have you told anyone else about this? "No, Philippa told me that no one can say it except you," the woman said hurriedly. Well, remember this sentence, if you mention it to others, both you and your daughter will lose their lives. Wu Heng emphasized. Yes, I understand. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I have forgiven your guilt. What are your plans in the future?" The woman lowered her head and hesitated, "I''ll go back to the village. I have a place to stay over there." "It''s better to stay on Treasure Island. It will be difficult for the village to live if they know about you and the pirates. You stay in the association dormitory first, and I will arrange a new place for you in the next two days." Wu Heng said directly. . Okay, follow your arrangements. Not long after, Anderweil came back. ??Wu Heng asked her to take the woman to the dormitory, and at the same time spent money to buy some daily necessities. What happened to Philippa before? It has little to do with Wu Heng. If you do things for yourself now, your life may be in danger at any time. You still need to take good care of your family members. Wait until the sky is completely bright. ?Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study. Told Imilo what happened last night and its results. After all, it was he who selected ''Philippa'', and the slave scroll was given to him by the other party. He should tell the other party no matter what. ??Imiro should also be paying attention, and he is not too surprised by the results. Let him continue to follow up and said nothing more. ?Wu Heng also left the deacon''s study and went home directly. Return to your residence. Minnie was wearing a tank top and shorts, lying on the sofa reading comics. When she saw Wu Heng coming back, she smiled and said hello, "Master, did something happen last night? There seems to be some chaos outside." White and tender skin, slender thighs, exposed to the air. The pirates escaped from prison and were all captured. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa. Stretching into the loose vest, the round and soft palms are covered. Minnie changed to a more convenient position for the other party and continued: "Master, do you want to eat?" Eat outside. Oh, Master, Im going to play with sister Shanara later. Minnie said. Go, her house is full of good food, eat more if you havent eaten before. Hey, the master is so kind. ?Minnie smiled happily, turned over and straddled his lap, put her arms around his shoulders, stuck out the tip of her tongue, and put it into the other person''s mouth. Stayed on the first floor for a while. ?Minnie went to Shanara, and Wu Heng also climbed to the third floor and opened a room to the north. ?In the empty room, there is a wooden table against the wall, and there is a radio equipment on the table. The skeleton of an ''investigator'' profession, sitting in front of the table, is responsible for recording the messages transmitted by the radio. ?Wu Heng walked over and picked up the microphone, "Philippa, can you hear me?" Soon, the voice of Philippa came from the other side, Cao, you scared me! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 312 , taming animals Chapter 312, Taming the Beast How are you doing there? Wu Heng continued to ask. How about what? "Are you injured? How many people were taken away?" Wu Heng asked directly, feeling that this person was not very reliable. Philippa lowered her voice and said: "No injuries, there are 6 pirates who came with me, and you have 5 skeletons left, which is a bit short. I will recruit more crew members by then." ?It seems that it went quite smoothly. From the tone of your voice, you can tell that there is no big loss. "Be safe in everything. If you have any information, please pass it on to me. I have arranged a skeleton record here and will reply to you when the time comes." Okay, so what, when can I go back. Philippa continued to ask. When the pirate incident is over, I will arrange for you to come back. "Okay!" Philippa agreed and continued: "How is my mother?" "Don''t worry, I brought her out and will temporarily arrange her in the association dormitory." Oh, will you have **** with her? Normally, Wu Heng would also say some explicit words to the women around him, but he was still a little uncomfortable facing ''Philippa''. He said in a deep voice: "Talk to me, don''t use your pirate behavior." Tch! Got it! Hang up the chat, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to continue staring at the radio. He went back upstairs to rest. Go back upstairs and sleep until 4 o''clock. Andewil came back from the association, and Minnie brought "Shanela" here to have a meal. Have had dinner. ?A few people were sitting in the living room chatting. Shannara was smiling all over her face, but from time to time she glanced at Wu Heng, her eyes full of tenderness. ?Even Minnie and Anderweil saw the difference in each other''s eyes and joked about it. Let Shanelas face turn red all night long. After chatting for a while. Minnie said softly: "Master, sister Shanara wants me to stay at her place tonight, is that okay?" ??Wu Heng glanced at Shanara and said, Isnt this bad! "It''s okay, I don''t have any friends, and I feel bored. I''m also happy that Minnie can accompany me." Shanela said with a smile. Seeing that both of them agreed, Wu Heng naturally had no objections and said, "Be careful when you live there. If her things are damaged, we can''t afford to pay for it." What are you talking about? Shanara rolled her eyes at him. Minnie cheered happily, packed up her pajamas, and walked towards the next door with Shannara on her arm. ?Wu Heng took Anderweil and trained in the courtyard. When the training was over, he hugged the fox girl and walked to the room, "It''s just the two of us tonight." "Yeah." Andweier''s face was slightly red, and her whole body was pressed tightly against him. Night falls. In Shannara''s room. Minnie rolled around on the bed and said, "It''s not as comfortable as my bed." ?Shanella smiled and didn''t take it seriously. Really, the mattress was brought back by the owner from outside. Its very soft and very comfortable. Minnie said emphatically, lying on her side. Softer than mine? Its not just soft, its also elastic, the kind that bounces when you jump on it. Minnie patted the bed, Youll stay at my place tomorrow. Its really soft. Shanelas heart started to beat faster when she wanted to live next door. He said: "What nonsense are you talking about? You come to live with me. We are all women. After all, your place is a man''s place. What should I do if others see it?" What are you afraid of? Just be happy. The two of them put on their pajamas, and Shanara stared at each other''s underwear again and said, "This is the first time I''ve seen this kind of corset." Minnie smiled and said: "This is also the underwear from the master''s hometown. It is for women to wear underneath. It is very comfortable to wear." The material feels really different from the previous ones. Try another one and give it to you if it suits you. Minnie said with a smile. As the president of the First Chamber of Commerce, he actually heard that the maid wanted to give him something. Its a little strange, but also quite fun. Then Ill give it a try. Took off her long silk skirt and pajamas, revealing her fair and plump figure. Minnie taught him how to dress. ?At the back, the length is not enough. Minnie said: "Sister, this is too big for you. This model is not suitable for you. I will tell the owner tomorrow and ask him to find a bigger one for you." No, no one would say this to a man. What are you afraid of? The master likes you very much, and if you have such a good figure, the master must also like you. Shannara raised her eyebrows and asked, "He likes good figures?" Just like you, big and soft. Minnie said, stepping forward and grabbing two handfuls. Shannara immediately covered her chest and said, "Stop making trouble and go to sleep!" Okay! Minnie also got into bed. The next day, the association. ?When passing through the lobby, I redeemed the merit reward for killing the Iron Barrel Pirate Group Leader at the front desk. Looked at the skill book, and then looked at the optional props. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on a robe. Arcane Return Silk Robe (Description: The wearers movement speed is increased and the cost of casting spells is reduced.) ?This prop is pretty good. ??The robe Wu Heng is wearing now is the last time he killed the ''Level 16'' Necromancer and obtained the [Robe of Silence]. What is increased is the casting speed and resistance to external interference. ??Wu Heng''s spell casting speed is not slow now, and his skills are not mainly attack spells, but mainly summon skeletons and some side effect spells. Spellcasting speed is not that important. On the contrary, I feel that the movement speed and spell casting cost are reduced, which is more suitable for me. I want this. Wu Heng said. Okay, Mr. Archdeacon. The staff registered. ?Wu Heng put away his robe and walked towards the office and study room. Just walked to the door. Then he saw Olin and Anderweil standing in front of them talking something. Whats wrong? Wu Heng walked over. Deacon. Orin gave a slight dwarf salute. Anderweil explained: "Captain Ohlin, you want to give me a tame beast." Hearing Anderweil''s explanation, Wu Heng took another look at the dwarf opposite. In the dwarf''s arms, he was holding a white-haired owl that was only the size of a palm. He looked like he hadnt grown up yet. He stared at a few people with a pair of round eyes, full of curiosity. Ohlin explained: "It''s like this. We got a tamed animal during the mission. Thinking that Miss Anderweil hadn''t tamed the animal yet, we sent it directly." ? Anderweils profession is ranger, which is a branch of ranger. Weier, can you control the tame beast? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil looked up and said, "Yes!" Then just keep it, its Captain Olins kindness. Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf immediately smiled and said: "Look, the deputy deacon has said so. Miss Weier, don''t be polite. I got it from the mission. If you don''t want it, I will sell it to the store. It won''t be worth much." Dwarves always speak directly, as if if you dont want me, Ill throw it away. "Thank you, Captain Ohlin." Anderweil took the little owl from the other person''s arms, held it gently in her arms, and stroked its feathers. Wu Heng said: "Go into the study and sit for a while, drink tea before leaving." This is so bad! Ohlin stroked his beard and followed into the room. ?Anderweil made tea for Orin. Then he sat aside and started to use the [Animal Taming Technique] on the little owl. Animal taming is a skill of some professions such as rangers and animal tamers, which can establish a connection with animal taming. Communication is one aspect, it is more about sharing perspectives or some tactical cooperation. It is still very effective. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and felt that she still liked the little owl very much. A face full of love. ?His eyes fell back on Olin, Why havent you seen Silla Rose recently? ??This elf subdeacon, who is full of justice in his heart, has not been seen for a while. ??Olin took a sip of tea and said: "Deputy Deacon Xilagui, he led two teams out of the island to catch pirates. The superiors have issued targets and there is a certain amount of pressure." Going out of the island? ?No wonder I didnt see her anywhere. Have you met the island owner? Wu Heng continued to ask. I have never seen him, but I heard that he is a very powerful level 18 professional, but he was born as a pirate and does not have high prestige. This incident happened at the port of the Kingdom of Yeko. Ive heard it said by others, so its not a secret. But as the owner of the island, it seems that he has never seen the other party show up. Isnt he living on the island? Wu Heng asked again. I dont know much about this, but it seems that no one has seen him. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Continued to chat some more about pirates. ?Olin didnt sit still longer and went back to his teams lounge. ?Wu Heng looked aside. ?Anderweil hugged the little owl with a face full of joy and rocked it back and forth. Obviously he likes this tame beast very much. Have you given it a name? Wu Heng walked over and gently stroked the little owls head. ??The little guy was very well-behaved. He just stared at Wu Heng with wide eyes, without dodging or making any attack moves. Not yet, what do you think the master would like to call it? Choose one of your tamed beasts that you like. Wu Heng touched it again. Master, please help me with your advice! Anderweil held the owl in one hand and held his arm in the other. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "Choose a name that is simple and easy to remember, such as Xiaobai, Chuangdundun, etc. It is cute and easy to remember." Poof~! Anderweil smiled amusedly, held her hands to tame the beast and said: "We are not fat! Let''s call him Xiaobai." With a slight shake of his hand, Xiaobai flew around the room. It fell back on top of ''Andweil''''s head and lay down directly. The owl''s fur is white, and Anderweil''s hair is also white. Closing your eyes, you really cant tell that there is an owl lying down unless you pay attention. ??Anderweil teased the tame beast, and Wu Heng looked at the time. After saying hello, he left the association directly and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. ?At this time, ''Minnie'' was training in the courtyard. When she saw Wu Heng coming, she swooped over from a distance. ?Wu Heng caught her, and the latter coiled around him like an octopus. Master, I miss you so much! ??Wu Heng patted his elastic buttocks, "It sounds like I haven''t seen you for a long time." Thats nice to think about. Wu Heng carried her towards the room and said, "If you are bored, you can go to the association to see Wei''er. She has a new tame animal, a little owl." Minnies head that was lying on his shoulder suddenly tilted back, she looked into Wu Hengs eyes and said, Owl? Isnt that Wen Manshas tame animal? Weier also has one, shes still a baby and shes quite cute. "Then let me go and take a look!" Minnie held his face and kissed him hard, then went back to the room to get dressed, and ran out of the door with the skeleton attendant. ?Wu Heng went directly to the third floor. ??Go to the radio stations room and take a look. ??Investigator Skeleton, still sitting in front of the radio. The paper on the table is already filled with words. ?Wu Heng picked it up and took a look. Holy shit, the sea is so boring. One of the crew members asked me why I was always being taken out of the prison. Have you discovered me? "It''s okay, the man was killed by the fire blade, and the body was fed to the fish. I ate the fish, and he died without any evidence!" Its so **** boring. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the other party''s words. Unlimited electricity is what makes you complain? I wanted to pick it up and warn her, but I thought about it and let it go. Replying the other party now may make her more excited and talk more endlessly in the future. Im not afraid of him wasting the radio, but the paper and pens consumed also cost money. Leave the room and go to the study room on the fourth floor. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, sat at his desk, and thought about the next plan. Sending the pirates daughter Philippa out to sea was relatively smooth. But it does not mean that we have solved the threats to ourselves at sea. There is still no clue to the mysterious letter, and the bounty on his head among the pirates is still 200 gold coins. Other pirate groups will come to me, and the security around me should be tighter. ??Pirates are a group of thugs who are desperate for money. ??There will definitely be many actions against him in the future. I am not afraid of those pirates, but I am also worried about some secret sneak attacks. ?Picked up the teacup and took a sip, "Also, ''Shanara'', I have promised to be at level 15, so I have to speed up a little bit." He made an agreement with Shannara''s lover, and the basic condition is level 15. Now that I am level 12, and there is a zombie world, upgrading is not a problem. Whether its the threat of pirates or the agreement with Shanara, you need to upgrade your level. I have really slacked off a bit recently, so I have to focus on upgrading. Sitting in the study and thinking for a while, I drank the tea in one gulp. Open the gate directly and go to the zombie world. Appeared from the dormitory room in the old factory area. ?Wu Heng glanced out the window. The survivors are building a wall with red bricks and cement. Going out of the door, we just went down to the third floor. Little mother, Zhao Yanqiu, walked up to him and said, "There is news from a team claiming to be an auto repair shop." Whats the news? Wu Heng asked. Arrived at the scheduled location around 3 oclock this afternoon. The convoy has arrived. It was more than half a day earlier than originally planned. (End of this chapter) Chapter 313 , paper crane for delivering letters Chapter 313, Delivering Paper Cranes The fleet of automobile repair shops is equipped with on-board radios. Can directly communicate with the outside world while on the way. It seems that the team estimated the arrival time and then notified the old factory. Is someone coming over? Zhao Yanqiu stood on the stairs and asked, looking up. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "It''s a fleet from the auto repair shop, bringing some materials and equipment to support the construction here." Thats a good thing! Of course its a good thing. Wu Heng said with a smile. Zhao Yanqiu thought for a moment and continued: "Then I will organize people to pick up the convoy." "You don''t need to. I have made arrangements here. You have people tidy up the dormitories before they can move in." Oh, okay! Zhao Yanqiu nodded in agreement, but still stared at this side. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "When I come back, let Xiaoxiao go find you." Okay! After saying that, he stomped downstairs and handed over the cleaning tasks to others. ?Wu Heng went directly to the roof. Sit on the back of the skeleton flying dragon, fly into the sky, and rush towards the edge of the city. The speed of the flying dragon should be faster. When we arrived, the distance was still early. After waiting by the roadside for a while, I saw a line of motorcade coming quickly from a distance. Looking from a distance, you can see the blood stains on the body guard and the stumps hanging from the front of the car. It seems that even if we go around the edge of the city, it is still not that smooth. But still lucky. The entire convoy does not appear to have suffered too serious damage. ~! The convoy began to slow down and stopped on the opposite side. Qi Hancai jumped out of the car and ran over quickly. Your Majesty, there are more than 20 survivors and a thousand skeletons, all brought here. ?As he spoke, many survivors got out of the convoy behind them. They opened the back of the truck, and a large number of skeletons came down with a clatter. Wearing leather armor and holding spears, a few hold long bows with quivers hanging on their shoulders. Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. It should be. Qi Hancai replied with a smile. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the big-headed skeleton beside him and said: "Let the skeleton warriors form a team!" Hulala~! As the order was issued, the scattered skeleton warriors began to gather here quickly. Form a tight formation. ??Wu Heng turned around and said to Qi Hancai: "Let the convoy follow behind." "good!" Go down the road. Ahead are various auto repair shops. ??As the skeleton army advanced, the roars of zombies began to appear all around. Zombies walked out from the surrounding alleys and buildings, roared at the skeleton team, and ran up in large strides. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Zombies rushed into the group of skeletons, biting and tearing wildly. ??The skeleton army kept thrusting out the spears in their hands, piercing through the corpses that rushed forward, and they fell to the ground one by one. ?Wu Heng ordered to continue advancing, while he stayed behind and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of dead corpses stood up from the ground and joined the queue of skeletons. ??Qi Hancai handed the truck to others and walked over quickly, "Want to search nearby?" Look around, find some weapons for the skeletons to use first, and come back with the rest tomorrow. Wu Heng said directly. Before dark, we have to rush back to the old factory area. Can''t stay here too long yet. Qi Hancai nodded and walked quickly to the back, asking everyone to search for supplies around them. Some people gave the tools such as kitchen knives and hammers to the newly added skeletons. The remaining people followed the convoy forward and carried some important supplies to the back of the truck. ??The skeleton is almost armed. ?Wu Heng continued to order forward. The skeleton army passed through this area and continued into an old community. ??More corpses gathered from the area and rushed towards the skeleton army. The number increased rapidly in front of everyone''s sight, and gradually exceeded the number of skeletons, reaching at least five thousand. Qi Hancai, who was following him, changed his expression, patted his head and said, "Qiangzi has brought a lot of solid iron bullets, do you want to use them?" ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "It''s no use, the distance is too close. You need to step back and let everyone stay in the car." Okay! Qi Hancai quickly ran to the back and got directly into the truck. ?Wu Heng looked at the group of corpses approaching quickly, and first released a [Bone Armor] for himself. White bones wrap the body. Leave only the eyes and nose, leaving a gap. Then, the order was given directly, Archers, fire volley! Swish swish swish~! Dense arrows fell from the sky, crackling into the group of corpses. A large number of zombies were shot into hedgehogs. Their bodies shook and fell, tripping up a large number of zombies behind them. Archers keep drawing their bows and shooting arrows. ?Wu Heng also saw the time and continued to release [Grease Technique] and [Fireball Technique]. ?The fireball exploded over the corpses, igniting the grease and igniting a fire that reached the sky. ??The zombies rushed into the fire without fear, their whole bodies on fire. After staggering a few steps, they fell two meters away from the skeleton queue. It seems like I have returned to the time when I first learned [Grease Technique]. Luring zombies and walking through the fire. When the fire diminished, the corpses jumped directly into the skeleton''s spear array. A fierce fight ensued. But the number of corpses, under the attack of fire and arrows, was reduced by more than half, and there were not as many as before.?????Under a fierce fight. ??The battle is gradually coming to an end, and the skeletons are on standby. Wu Heng begins to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and the number of skeletons increases again. When all transformations are completed, the army continues to advance along the road. Continuously fight against the corpses to replenish the number of skeletons. It is approaching dusk. The shelter in the old factory area suddenly became chaotic and noisy. People outside ran back in panic, and people inside the building also gathered at the door and windows, looking out with horrified faces. I only saw the entrance of the factory. Densely packed figures slowly appeared in sight, wearing armor, leather helmets, and holding metal spears in their hands. You can even see the blood stains on the spear that have not yet dried up. On the face that was not covered by the helmet, there was a pale skull with a faint blue fire in the eye sockets. It''s like an army coming out of hell, coming this way. In the factory area, everyone''s eyes widened, and their expressions became more frightened and confused as the skeleton army approached. What, what is the situation, how did such a monster appear? Yes, are they the skeleton soldiers of the leader of the auto repair shop? Lets run away quickly, take the food and run! The surroundings are noisy and chaotic. When there was chaos, some people were even preparing to pack up and flee. The skeleton army entered directly into the courtyard of the factory, reorganized into a neat formation, and faced the outside. Six trucks also drove in from behind the skeleton team. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and others out of the truck and walked to the dormitory in the old factory area. Until this time, the survivors in the dormitory gradually became quiet. ??They are really the leader''s bone soldiers, and they can also wear armor. ??As he walked into the dormitory building, everyone else looked at him. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Everyone went to help unload the truck, and Zhao Yanqiu recorded the materials on the truck." Oh, okay! Zhao Yanqiu agreed. ??The rest of the people also took action immediately, avoiding the skeletons, and began to move supplies from the truck. On the first floor, the converted conference room. ?Several people sat around the wooden table and discussed the future development plan. After discussion. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Qi Hancai, you were the leader of Dong''an Refuge before. Now you are also responsible for the distribution and management of the old factory area." ?Qi Hancai, who was sitting next to him, was stunned for a moment, and then he looked happy. Coughed lightly, "Thank you for trusting me, I will do a good job." Coming from Dong''an Village, Qi Hancai''s position is more like a security captain. Now he has been directly assigned the position of territorial leader, and his status has been significantly improved. Maybe not as good as Li Yahong, but definitely better than Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang. Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Wang Chenggang, you are responsible for leading everyone to resume production. There are large factories here, which will be used by then. They mainly produce spears, arrows, and solid iron bullets." Understood! Wang Chenggang nodded. Then, there is Zhao Yanhong. As a young mother, she is also someone Wu Heng can trust. After all, the other partys daughter is in his hands. Zhao Yanqiu, you continue to be responsible for the radio station, as well as the statistics of personnel and materials. If you are too busy yourself, you will find two people to help. Okay. Zhao Yanqiu also nodded to express his understanding. The respective responsibilities have been assigned. The sky is gradually getting darker. Okay, lets go back and have a rest. Well do any work tomorrow. A few people nodded, stood up and left. Return to the dormitory. Wait for Xiaoxiao to come back from Zhao Yanqiu, reopen the gate and return to Treasure Island. The sky here has also darkened. Go downstairs for a late-night snack, then go to the courtyard for some simple activities. Turning around and looking up, he saw that the study room of ''Shanela'' next door was still brightly lit. Looks like I''m staying up late again. ?Wu Heng stood there and thought for a moment, then folded a paper crane into a paper crane and released the [Activation Object] towards it. The paper crane **** its wings and takes off. Going past the guards below, he flew directly through the window. Soon, Shanela with disheveled hair and beautiful face poked her head out. ?Wu Heng jumped up and waved his arms. Shannara looked over, her face happy, she rolled her eyes at him angrily, and then pointed to the roof. Roof. ?Wu Heng opened his arms and hugged the beautiful wood elf who jumped over. Why havent you slept yet? "I can''t sleep, I''m reading the comics that Minnie gave me." Shannara twisted the waist that the other person hugged, "Why didn''t you sleep?" I miss you, I cant sleep. Shannara curled her lips, "You''re glib, I don''t like you." Well, I was busy with some things before, but I did miss you. Shannara''s face was slightly red and she lowered her head, "Okay, I got it, there''s no need to keep saying it." After speaking, he looked at his feet and asked, "Why is the roof here like this?" Photovoltaic panel, a prop that can convert energy. Wu Heng hugged the other partys waist tightly. ??Continues: "It''s cold here, let''s go down!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 314 , who is the monster? Chapter 314, Who is the monster? Shannara touched him with her arm and said reproachfully: "Didn''t I agree to wait until you reach level 15?" I just said sit for a while, and didnt say anything else. "Hmph! It''s weird to believe you." Shanara hesitated and continued: "Let''s sit here for a while, I have to go back later." Alright! The two of them sat down on the roof. ?Wu Heng naturally put his arms around the opponent''s waist, and Shanara also leaned lightly on his shoulder. What have you been busy with these past two days? I see you are in a hurry every day. Shanela asked softly. Its still about pirates, there are many things. Tell me about your past life, I want to know more about you. Shanara continued. "Me! I joined the association in a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Necromancers are very much rejected there, as if they were the enemies who killed their father..." Wu Heng said softly. Shannara leaned on him and said with a smile: "Are you so humorous when telling stories? You also killed your father''s enemy..." Chatted for a while. Shannara stood up and stretched, "It''s getting late, I have to go back." Lets talk some more! Its not good to be seen by the patrolling tame beast, wait until next time. Shannara blinked. ?Wu Heng also stood up and hugged the opponent''s waist. What are you doing~, lets agree...woo! ?Wu Heng took the other person''s lips and kissed them heavily. After Shanara struggled slightly, she also responded awkwardly. Then, he grabbed the big hand that reached into his clothes, turned his head to the side, and said, "Okay, put this energy into upgrading." ??Wu Heng didnt want to be too tough and offend the other party, Well, okay! Then Im going back! Ill see you off! "Go back quickly. I''ll find you again when it gets daylight." Shannara slapped the other party''s hand. "good!" Watched Shanara leave and entered the residence. ?Wu Heng also went down to the roof and returned to his room to rest. The next day, we had breakfast. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. The survivors in the old factory area began to work according to the assigned tasks. The whole base became busy. At this time, Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "The route has been confirmed. There are some building materials stores here, and you should be able to find some tools." Todays plan is to clear away the zombies around the base. At the same time, collect various required tools to speed up the efficiency of weapon production. ?Wu Heng looked at the map, nodded and said, "Okay, let''s go!" Get on the modified jeep, with Skull Crusher, Bloody Hands and Big Head Skull in the back. After everything was ready, the convoy started to set off. The convoy was flanked by a dense army of skeletons and began to move towards the target location. As you walk out of the old factory area, you enter the main road. A large number of zombies began to appear all around. Baring teeth and dancing claws, with a ferocious face. ??The roars spread rapidly, and at the same time, more and more corpses poured into the main road, forming a large tide of corpses. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle of the skeleton team. Looking at the tide of corpses approaching quickly. He asked into the intercom: "Wang Chenggang, what happened next?" The first bone dragon has been loaded into the magazine. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton next to him: "Let the flying dragon that fills the magazine take off and drop bombs over the zombies." Huh~! There was a sound of breaking through the air, and a skeleton flying dragon with a wingspan of several meters passed over the skeleton team. Climb quickly to a certain height. Open the magazine above the corpses. Hoo-hoo-hoo! ??The whistling sound of falling ammunition sounded from above the head. Immediately afterwards, it was like a hailstorm, smashing into the gathered corpses. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ??The roar of the earthquake was heard, smoke and dust rose more than three meters high, sand and gravel flew everywhere, and the glass of the shops on both sides was shattered. The smoke and dust drifted away with the autumn wind. The group of corpses at the rear continued to rush forward, trampling on the stumps on the ground. Without the slightest fear or flinch. Your Majesty, the second one has been filled. Wang Chenggangs voice came from the intercom again. ?Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skull. The second skeleton flying dragon flew out again, reached the sky above the corpses, and dropped solid iron bullets. Boom~! There were still violent tremors and thick smoke rising. ?At the same time, Wu Hengs ears also heard reminders. Your level has been increased to level 13, intelligence +1, perception +1. With increasing experience intensity. The level was finally raised to level 13, but the expertise was not unlocked. There is no time to check the properties. ?The smoke gradually faded away with the wind, revealing a large area of ??zombies with broken bodies. Trampling on the broken limbs and carcasses of the entire road, they continued to rush forward. Archers, fire volley! Wu Heng continued to order. Swish swish swish~! Skeleton archers draw their bows and shoot arrows. Arrows fell into the group of corpses like raindrops. The already broken zombie was shot into a hedgehog, staggering and falling to the ground. Wait for a few rounds of arrow rain to pass. Move forward! Hurrah! The army of skeletons lined up neatly, their spears moved forward, forming an airtight wall and began to advance forward. The zombies rushing towards him were pierced by spears. ?Hold up his body, move backwards little by little, and then be stabbed into a honeycomb. When the skeleton queue returned to standby mode, the entire battlefield became quiet. The long and thin road has been paved with flesh and blood. Clean the battlefield, clean up the corpses, and collect arrows! Wu Heng gave the order directly. The skeleton on standby moved again. Start to clean up the battlefield. Rear convoy. The survivors who were newly added to the search team had their legs shaking and the hairs all over their bodies standing on end. ?? I had been mentally prepared for a long time, but I was still frightened by the scene in front of me, and my body was out of control. ?Flesh and blood covered the entire road like a carpet, blood formed streams, and the cars and buildings along the road were filled with holes that penetrated them. Even the sky above his head was filled with a layer of dark red blood. Which side is the monster? There are monsters on both sides. At this time, an order came from the walkie-talkie, "The search team came over, collected the items in the store, and protected them so as not to cause any wounds." ?Wang Chenggang turned his head and shouted to everyone: "Okay, it''s our turn. Let''s load all the useful things into the truck." The survivors of the auto repair shop, along with the newcomers from the old factory area, began to enter the battlefield area. Search and carry various supplies along the way. At the same time, he carefully scanned the dense army of skeletons and the young leader. After Wu Heng assigned the tasks, he opened the panel and looked at the attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 13 Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 36, Perception 23, Charisma 28. Feats:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Basic), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul energy induction, spell casting acceleration. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation, Breath of Death, Activated Objects. The experience gained from level 13 to level 14 has reached an exaggerated value. ??Without the zombie world, Wu Heng might not be able to reach a higher level in his life. But there is a zombie world, with five or six waves of zombies, its actually about the same. Close the panel and all the corpses are gathered together. ?Wu Heng took out the Spine Staff and released [Bone Transplantation] first. The broken skeleton warrior walked into the group of corpses, pulled out his missing parts, and pressed them on his body. Wait until the bone transplantation is completed. ?Wu Heng continues to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A gray-white halo of light swayed, and a large number of skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses and joined the queue of skeletons. With tens of thousands of corpses all over the streets, its still a lot of work. Staves and newly exchanged robes provide the effect of reducing spell consumption. But you still need to take psychotropic drugs. After all conversions are completed. ?Wu Heng called Qi Hancai and continued to advance along the road. Increasing experience also increases the number of skeletons. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army and convoy return. As soon as the car stopped, a large number of people rushed out of the dormitory and began to help carry supplies. When they saw the truck full of grain and various foods behind the truck, the survivors in the old factory area also showed excitement and joy. The other vehicles are various tools that can be used to make weapons. ?Wu Heng walked to the dormitory and said: "Weapons and solid iron bullets must be made as soon as possible. There are enough skeletons, but you cannot smash them with your fists." "Well, I asked people to start making iron spears overnight, but the solid iron bullets need to be built in a furnace. I plan to arrange a fleet to transport them from the passenger terminal first." There is no better way, "Okay, let''s do this first." Do you want to eat with me tonight? Qi Hancai continued to ask. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, you will be responsible for everything when I am not around. Do not let anyone enter the floor where I am." Okay, I understand. Qi Hancai nodded. Returning to the room, Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. I came back earlier today than yesterday. ?Go downstairs and take a look at the radio room. The paper in front of the skeleton investigator once again had a large piece of content written on it. Holy shit, what the hell, deputy deacon, youre not going to die, why dont you say anything. We are going to the island and we plan to recruit some sailors. If something happens to me, remember to come and redeem me. Hey, I have information! Are some of you going out to sea to catch pirates? There are several pirate groups planning to ambush your people. Your own people? ?Wu Heng reacted in his mind. People from the association! Hila Rose. (End of this chapter) Chapter 324 , the deacon is not here (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 324, The deacon is not here (please give me monthly votes and recommended votes.) Looking at the contents recorded in his hand, Wu Heng suddenly woke up. Philippa actually followed other pirate groups to besiege the association''s ships. this. Isnt it crazy for eyeliners to fight with ones own people? Two days ago, Philippa sent back similar news. She said that several pirate groups were discussing besieging the association''s ships, and Wu Heng had asked her to pay more attention to them before. Okay now, just join in. ??If these association members really died here, and Philippa''s involvement was spread, it would be difficult to get them off the association''s wanted notice. Completely returned to the sea. ??Wu Heng read the content again, picked up the microphone, and said: "Philippa! Can you hear me?" Yes, you finally spoke! "What''s going on? Tell me in detail." Wu Heng said directly. "Oh! When I was on the island, I recruited some sailors and planned to leave the next day. The pirate groups I mentioned before found me and said they were going to besiege the association''s ships at night. They happened to be short of some manpower. , asked me if I wanted to participate. I thought this would be a good opportunity to collect the whereabouts of pirates, so I agreed." When Philippa told the story, there was a sense of pride in his tone. In other words, the pirate group "Philippa" was not included in the original plan. But a temporary change occurred and they were allowed to join in. ?It feels like Philippa has completely integrated into her identity as an undercover agent, and is also a little excited. What about now? Wu Heng asked again. Already at sea now. Whats going on with the Associations ships? They were running away. Several pirate ships were chasing them, but I didnt even hit them. If they died, it had nothing to do with me. Philippa continued. Who is on the boat? There are many people who are members of the association, and they are quite powerful. So many ships attacked them, and I dont know how many ballistas were fired. They just broke through and escaped until now. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again, "Is there a female elf with blond hair and wearing silver armor?" "Yes! She is quite powerful, and she is really one of yours." Philippa said with some surprise. ?Wu Heng''s heart also skipped a beat. As expected, it was the team led by Sheila Gui. Okay, I had to go out to catch some pirates, but now its okay, no one has been caught, and now I am about to become the other partys prisoner. He frowned and thought for a moment, then said, "Is there any way to save their lives?" I can promise to help you gather the bodies together. Everybody is dead, so whats the point of having corpses? Tell me their location, the number of pirate ships, and the rank of the leader. Wu Heng said. "I''m not sure about their location. They were escaping all the way to Treasure Island. They should be almost at Scorpion Claw Island. There are seven pirate ships, all of which are small pirate ships. There are two leaders. The tallest one is the ''Poison Blade'' pirate. The leader of the group is level 12, and the remaining one is level 10. ?Wu Heng looked at the wanted poster on the tablet. The leader of the ''Poison Blade Pirate Group'' is level 12. He was put on a level three wanted order because he robbed and killed the association''s captain. Good guy. ??Having robbed and killed an association crew member before. It seems that there was a grudge against the association in the first place, so they specifically targeted people who were singled out by the association. After confirming the wanted order for the pirates, Wu Heng said again: "Okay, if you have the chance, try to save the blond-haired female elf. She is the deputy deacon of the association." Oh, I would if I had the chance. After hearing these words, Wu Heng put the microphone back. ?Go downstairs, put on your coat, and walk directly outside. Minnie, who was watering the flowers in the courtyard, saw him walking out in a hurry and shouted: "Master, breakfast is ready." The association has something to do, so Ill stay for dinner. After speaking, go out directly. Halled a carriage and rushed directly towards the association. Deacon''s study. ?After lightly knocking on the door, after hearing the response from assistant Moya, he opened the door and walked in. ?In the study room, only ''Moya'' was sitting behind the desk, sorting out stacks of documents. Where is the deacon? Wu Heng asked. "The deacon is not here, what are you in a hurry for?" Moya asked. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Call the deacon back. I have important information about the pirates and I want to tell him." Moya hesitated for a moment, then said: "The deacon went out to sea to pick up the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'' and the others. He is not on the island now." After finishing speaking, he added: "Don''t talk about this matter outside, in order to avoid any problems." Hearing these words, Wu Heng frowned. ??Imilo went to sea to rescue Sheila Gui? ?Who is Philippa and the others chasing? ? Judging from the appearance, the boat should be the team led by Sheila Gui. How many days has the deacon been out? Two days, according to the plan, we should arrive at the agreed location at noon. Since we had already set out the day before yesterday, why were we still being besieged by pirate ships? ?Even the deacon was blocked? ?It''s impossible. Pirates don''t dare to approach Treasure Island. To a large extent, Imiro is here. It is unlikely that a level 12 little pirate would dare to compete with Imiro. ??It is very possible that there was a problem with time, the two parties did not meet, and Shilagui''s fleet was chased around again. "Is there a problem?" Moya asked curiously when he saw him standing there frowning. ?Wu Heng raised his head and explained the information he had just received and his analysis. After hearing this, Moyas brows also wrinkled. He said: "What you think makes sense, I will find a way to contact the deacon, and you ask the pirate lady to ensure the safety of the association members as much as possible. Wu Heng hesitated to speak, but said: "Okay." He could only guarantee to collect the body. ?Seeing ''Moya'' leaving in a hurry, Wu Heng also left the study directly. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment. He walked directly towards the office room of the Elf Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui. ?Standing in front of the door, he turned the door handle hard but did not open it. Sheila Ge has no assistant yet, so no one is in the room when she is away. Do you have the key to this room? Wu Heng asked a passing staff member. The staff member looked at him, then at the study room, and shook his head, "No!" "Go find a thief and lock the door...forget it, Broken Skull, you do it." Wu Heng said directly. ?Shattered Skull took two steps back and kicked out with a running kick. With a bang, the whole door shook violently. ?Then he directly picked up the war hammer and smashed it against the door lock. There was a breaking sound, and the door lock was instantly loosened, followed by another kick, and the door was kicked open. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the room and looked around. Open the drawer of your desk, and there are many items for daily use inside. I rummaged through and found an off-white corset and blue hair rope. I put the corset back and put away the hair rope. Tap tap tap~! ??The guard in charge of order in the association quickly ran over, pushed away the crowd, and frowned slightly as he looked at the violently opened door and Wu Heng sitting in the room rummaging for something. Deputy Wu Heng, what are you doing? ??Wu Heng stood up and walked out, saying: "Have people watch here and don''t lose anything. I will explain it to the deacon and Xilagui afterwards." Oh! the guard agreed. Have someone put the door up and then arrange for someone to guard it. Hurry to the port. ?Wu Heng boarded one of his ships directly. ?Stepping down from the cabin, you saw the skeleton attendant Shark Tooth standing inside, as well as a large group of skeleton sailors behind him. Set the boat to Scorpion Claw Island! Hulala~! All the skeletons standing upright started to move instantly. Shark Tooth went to the control room, and the rest of the skeleton sailors rushed onto the deck, untied the reins, and put away the connecting pedals. Get ready to go to sea. At the port. The sudden appearance of skeletons quickly attracted the attention of others. Damn it, why are there so many undead here? They are robbing the associations ships, hurry up and call the guards. "Damn it, follow me and kill them. There are not many undead souls. Kill them and go to the association to get the money." ?The port was in chaos. The ship carrying the undead troops also gradually disappeared from sight. Ships sail quickly on the sea. Among the attributes of shark teeth, there are attributes related to navigation. Having strong proficiency in the control of ships, the ship under her feet moved forward quickly. On the deck, Wu Heng held the [Tracking Pendant] in his hand, identifying the direction of guidance. The greatest function of this strange object is to find targets. The last time I used it, it had a very good effect. This time, we are also counting on the pendant to find the location of Xila Gui and others. The ship was moving quickly. At this time, the ghost Glenda, who acted as a lookout sailor, flew down from above. I saw several ships flying pirate flags. They should be the people you are looking for. ??Wu Heng put his hand on the sunshade and looked forward. ?The vast sea was covered with light mist, and nothing could be seen. "I didn''t see it. I''ll take a look when you come back." Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got directly into his body, and the scene just now was shared in his mind. In the distance on the sea, there were several pirate ships floating. Surrounded a sea ship in the middle and launched an attack. ?It seems that Shiragui and the others are still alive. At least from the looks of the picture, they are fighting with the pirates. Release Glenda and continue to let Shark Teeth get closer. ?Glenda, floating in the air, "Are you sure you are going there? There are eight pirate ships. Are you sure you are going to rescue people, not to bury them with them?" The information provided by Philippa was that there were 7 pirate ships, not including his own. What Glenda saw was eight ships. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, took out the heavy cannon from the space ring, and fixed the skeleton on one side of the deck. At the same time, he said to ''Glenda'': "I have a big baby, and I spent a lot of money on it, so I just want to test its power." ?Glenda floated over the cannon and looked at the strange guy propped up, "Is it your weird equipment again?" "Um!" The ship quickly approaches the battlefield. ?Wu Heng continued to distribute heavy machine guns, rifles, and rocket launchers to the remaining skeletons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 316 , Star Flower Cargo Chapter 316, Star Flower Cargo Have you contacted the military? The location of the military market is actually not difficult to find, or it can be said to be open to the shelters in various places. ??As long as you contact us and ask, we will tell you the exact location. Exchange in the past, are there any requirements? Zhao Yanqiu said: "There are no requirements. No more than five people can enter the market. If you sell items in the market, you need to register in advance." Are these two the only ones? Well, the other side mentioned these two requirements. For other shelters, these two requirements are not too strict. ?If you can get there, you will face a high risk. If the requirements are particularly stringent, no one will get there. Whats more popular over there? Wu Heng continued to ask. The best-selling items are food and medicine, followed by weapons and equipment provided by the military, and some daily necessities. Winter is coming soon, and cotton clothes and quilts should also be popular, Zhao Yanqiu replied. The rules of the market are similar to those at auto repair shops. It''s just that the form is the opposite. Auto repair shop provides food, daily necessities, weapons and armor in exchange for gold and silver from other shelters. The army provides guns and ammunition in exchange for food and various supplies. But the purpose of both parties is the same, to exchange the required items. "Are you going to exchange supplies with them?" Zhao Yanqiu asked. Theres no rush, lets take a look at the situation first. I will definitely go to the military to have a look, but its not the time yet. Grain has become the most popular currency in the apocalypse, and any exchange is based on grain. ??I ordered five thousand bags of grain from "Shanara". After this batch of grain is shipped, it will be enough to exchange for the supplies I want. "oh." Seeing that she had nothing else to do, Wu Heng said directly: "Okay, then you continue to watch the radio station." Zhao Yanqiu nodded to express his understanding. ?Wu Heng left the room and returned to his dormitory on the top floor. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go downstairs. Minnie and Andwyll, playing with the little owl in the yard. The chef started preparing dinner on the 1st. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, thinking about contact with the military. ??Firearms are still very lethal against hordes of corpses, but the sound can easily attract the hordes of corpses. ?With enough people and weapons, it is not difficult to deal with zombies. I was afraid that the corpse flocks became more and more, and they were overwhelmed by the corpse group. ?When we were in the county, Yanshen Sanctuary also had a lot of firearms and equipment, but unless there were special circumstances, they would not use firearms to kill zombies. After all, there are only a hundred or so people in a shelter, but once there is a wave of corpses, there will be thousands. Slight scratches and bites are still fatal. ??The military should have this in mind before selling firearms to other parties. Firstly, it is to exchange for the supplies it needs. Secondly, it is to enable more survivors to survive. "I''m not short of food, it just depends on whether they have what I want." Soon, Chef No. 1 brought the dinner, and Wu Heng called the two women in the courtyard to come back for dinner. The two women ran in quickly. Eat together. After dinner. Train in the courtyard until it gets dark, then go to the bathroom to take a bath and rest together. The next day, in the morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Coming out of the dormitory, the survivors downstairs were already busy with their work. ?Standing at the door of the dormitory building and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said: "More than 70 spears were made yesterday, as well as some plundered kitchen knives, and the hammers are piled over there." The city is densely populated. Several old residential areas around have been cleaned up, and the number of skeletons has reached more than 20,000, close to 30,000. The number of teams is constantly increasing, but the weapons and equipment cannot keep up. Now, in addition to the search team, the most important work arranged by the survivors is the production of weapons. If you cant kill zombies, making weapons should be faster! Lets go, Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai nodded and led him to one side. ?An open space was filled with plundered kitchen knives, hammers, axes and other lethal iron tools. It seems that they have taken all the things that can be used as weapons. ?Wu Heng looked at the big-headed skeleton behind him, Move over the skeleton warriors without weapons and get weapons. Hulala~! In a burst of bone friction. A large number of skeletons lined up in a long line and came from one side. ?Bent down, he picked up the weapons on the ground and walked back to the queue. It is as if it has been trained and is very neat and unified. Wait for all weapons to be distributed. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let the convoy come over and let''s go out and clean up the zombies." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, holding the walkie-talkie and said, "Here, bring the convoy over." Wait for the convoy to arrive. ?The driver of one of the buses got down and handed it over to Qi Hancai. Wu Heng followed him and boarded the bus with several skeletons. ??The convoy started, escorted by skeletons, and exited the gate of the old factory. In a passenger car. Qi Hancai held the steering wheel and glanced at the co-pilot from time to time. After pondering for a long time, he opened his mouth to find a topic, "Your Majesty, what kind of corpse core did you take to awaken the superpower?" Qi Hancai is also a person with super powers. ??Although wall climbing and leg strength are strengthened, they are not that effective in killing zombies. But at the auto repair shop, he is the strongest person outside Wu Heng. Corpse contains viruses, but in a sense, it also breaks the shackles of the human body. ?Wu Heng also knew what she was asking. ?Summoning skeletons is a skill of one''s own profession, but in the eyes of ''Qi Hancai'' and others, it means awakening a special power. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I have taken several. The one that awakened super powers was the corpse core of a big-headed zombie." He answered as vaguely as possible. ? What you awaken by taking Corpse Core yourself is [Strengthening of Will], which can protect your own consciousness and block negative states that affect your personal will. Its not like he lied to her. Hearing that Wu Heng had taken several kinds, Qi Hancai''s expression became brighter. Surprised, hesitant, and a little disbelieving, he held it in for a long time before saying: "You have a really good physique." He almost said, "Your life is really big". "There are some techniques. I will tell you when I get the chance. Taking more medicine will also be good for your physical breakthrough." Wu Heng said flatly. When Qi Hancai heard these words, his arms trembled. Have any skills? He indeed found a way to take the corpse core. ?In addition to summoning skeletons, Wu Heng also released fireballs and took out items at will. Obviously, there is more than one kind of superpower. Sure enough, there are ways to reduce toxins. A method that even the main station doesnt know! "Okay, I will do a good job." Qi Hancai promised. I am secretly happy about my decision to join an auto repair shop. I dont have to worry about eating and drinking anymore, now I know such a big thing. Dont talk outside, otherwise it will be very troublesome. "I won''t say a word to anyone else." Qi Hancai solemnly promised. Well! Wu Heng continued: How did you arrange those factories in the old factory area? Two of them are used as production workshops. Some equipment and tools are there, making weapons for skeletons. The rest have no plans and are all empty! The old factory covers a very large area. The old sign found in the warehouse says Machinery No. 16 Factory. But the factory has long been abandoned, and there is no equipment left in it. There are several workshops and factories. With the number of survivors, even if they produce iron spears and arrows, they wont be able to use so many. Choose a workshop as a warehouse, and build a wall and iron gate from inside. I will be useful then. Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay, Ill make arrangements when I get back. The bus continues to move forward. As he left the safe area, the roar of zombies began to appear all around. The number of such items is increasing. ??Wu Heng began to issue orders to the skeleton army. Skeleton flying dragon drops solid iron bullets. Then, a rain of arrows fell on his head. After the two attacks, there are not many zombies left that can rush forward. ??He was directly knocked to the ground by the skeleton army. Spears and kitchen knives kept falling, crushing him to death. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. ??The skeleton began to stride forward, while Wu Heng followed behind, holding the ''Spine Staff'' to release [Dead Skeleton Field]. Skeletons stood up from the ground one after another, joined the queue of skeletons, and moved forward. This area ends. ?Wu Heng ordered the skeleton to move forward and continue to clean up the zombie groups in other areas. It is approaching dusk. The skeleton army returns, and the number of skeletons increases again. ?Wu Heng took a look at his experience points. ??Has been upgraded to a quarter, and after a few more attempts, it can be upgraded to level 14. Its a little closer to Shanara. The army returned to the courtyard and entered a standby state. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai exchanged a few sentences before returning to Treasure Island. Day 2, association. Havent been here for several days. ?Wu Heng had better come and sit for a while. Beside, Andweil was tying the little owl''s hair, tying a strand pointing upwards on the top of her head. Then he took out a silver mirror and showed it to the owl. The angry little owl stood on the table and shook its head wildly, trying to get rid of the things on its head. The teasing Andweil kept laughing. Weier! Wu Heng shouted. ? Anderweil walked over, and the owl that shook its head crazily also flew over and looked at him with wide eyes. ??Wu Heng touched the feathers of the little owl, and then asked: "Have your ranger abilities been trained after you changed your profession?" "It takes a long time to train. We grew up in the jungle when we were children and received training from the clan." Anderweil said directly. What type of occupation is easier for children from civilian families to switch to? A warrior or ranger can quickly become a professional by relying on training, and will not rely too much on inheritance, or spend a lot of time studying books. In fact, ordinary families need a longer time to make ends meet. Anderweil explained. In her opinion, her master was born into a noble family and was very rich. So, explain things in detail. ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling that what he said made sense. It is the same as studying in modern society. People from good families have sufficient time and financial resources to continue to improve their knowledge and knowledge. But some people need to devote more time to maintaining their own livelihood. Easy-to-learn occupations make it easier for these people to become professionals quickly. "Um!" Master, is there anyone who wants to change jobs? You can choose a job based on what he is good at. Just ask. When two people are chatting. There was a soft knock on the door. Anderweil opened the door. I saw a man wearing a straight dress with a "Flower of Stars" pattern on his chest, standing in front of the door. He didn''t come in either. He glanced at the room and said softly: "Excuse me, is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng here?" I am, whats the matter? Sir Deputy Deacon! President Shannara asked me to remind you that the goods ordered at Star Flower have arrived at the port. You can go over for inspection and acceptance at any time. Hearing the news, Wu Heng''s heart moved. The goods finally arrived! (End of this chapter) Chapter 317 , so cheap? Chapter 317, so cheap? Because of pirates. The formation of the Star Flower fleet was also affected. After such a long time, we finally arrived at the port. Ill go with you now. The man nodded, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon, I''ll wait for you at the door." ?Wu Heng put on his coat and said to Anderweier: "Weier, if you have nothing to do with the association, go home early." I understand, Master. Anderweil smiled. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association and saw the carriage of the Flower of Stars parked at the door. After opening the door and boarding the carriage, the carriage rushed towards the port. Star Flower''s cargo ship. It is a huge cargo ship mainly blue and white. In terms of structure and volume, it is larger and more sophisticated than the pirate ships. The two are more like construction styles and technologies of different eras. The Flower of the Star fleet has arrived, and the port is busier than ever. ? Rows of workers are moving goods, and there are guards guarding the surroundings. Wu Heng was led by men in formal attire. Directly entered the cabin of one of the cargo ships. As soon as he walked down, he saw a hooded but still mature and beautiful figure standing in the cabin surrounded by guards. ? Judging from the body shape and the few strands of hair scattered under the hood, it can be confirmed that it is Shanara herself. Hearing the footsteps, Shanara turned her head and looked over, smiled and said: "Deputy Wu Heng!" Mrs. Shannara! Wu Heng nodded in response. Its like a business partner who has only met once. Shanara nodded, walked inside and said: "Your goods have arrived. Here are the leather armors and weapons and equipment, and inside are the grains ordered. The sea is humid, and the internal warehouse has moisture-proof patterns to ensure the dryness of the grains. and quality. With her introduction. Some guards opened two wooden boxes. Revealing the one-handed ax and wooden bow inside. ?Wu Heng took it out and looked at it, and felt that the quality was very good. He put it back again and said: "I naturally trust the reputation of Star Flower. There is no need to check the things. You can just have them moved to the ship at the Association''s Port No. 3. I will arrange for people to take them away at that time." Okay! Shannara smiled and gave instructions to the people behind her. A large number of workers immediately came in and began to move the goods. At the same time, someone from Star Flower came out and started counting the balance that needed to be settled. ?Wu Heng directly spent the corresponding money to complete the transaction. Workers carry goods. ?Wu Heng and Shanara stood aside and watched silently. What time did you get up today? Why do you feel like Im still awake? Wu Heng stood aside and whispered. Shannara still looked forward and replied softly, "Don''t mention it. I was brought here just after I got up. I haven''t had breakfast yet." Its great to be young and stay up late every day! A small hand pinched him lightly on one side. "What do you mean!" The goods have been moved. Shannara needs to deal with the fleet and leaves with the people from the Flower of Stars. ??Wu Heng also headed for his own ship. Open the door between the ship''s cabin and the zombie world, and move all the purchased goods to the newly built warehouse. There are five types of items purchased from Star Flower. Two thousand wooden bows and one-handed axes each, fifty thousand sets of leather armor, and five thousand bags of wheat flour and soybeans. After everything has been moved. Start to command the skeleton army to come over, put on equipment, and pick up weapons. When did so much equipment arrive? Last night, we rushed the work yesterday and built an extra layer of wall from the warehouse. It was originally intended to be a warehouse. Im a good boy, these skeletons still know how to dress themselves. Arent you talking nonsense! He may be smarter than you. Do you think that using this kind of skeleton as a basis to make a silicone figure will solve the problem of being too stiff and heavy? Huh? Brother, what industry did you work in before? In the distance, the survivors in the old factory area were discussing as they watched the skeletons changing equipment. ??Originally, I thought that the skeleton could only perform simple attack actions, but now it can dress itself, pick up weapons, and carry items. There is not much difference between feeling and people. At this time, Qi Hancai walked out of the dormitory, "Stop looking and go do your own business." When everyone heard this, they immediately dispersed and returned to their posts. Seeing Qi Hancai coming, Wu Heng asked: "Has the route to the military market been planned?" Its planned! Qi Hancai took out a map and showed him the route. The people in the shelter in the old factory area have done business with the military before. There must be a safe route to the destination. Coupled with these two days, Wu Heng and others have cleaned up and explored the surrounding area, and the route can be easily deduced. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Get ready, let''s go to the military market tomorrow." How many vehicles need to be prepared? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Three trucks, one truck will contain some grain, and the remaining two trucks will contain skeletons." After all, it is an open market, so the possibility of danger is low. But you still have to be careful on the way. Bring some skeletons with you so that you can resist them at critical moments and buy time for the convoy to evacuate. Okay, Ill get someone ready right away. Qi Hancai went to hand over the task. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the door and returned to the cabin. Go on deck. ??Wu Heng glanced at several of his ships parked in the port. Since he was also wanted by pirates, he never had a chance to go to sea, so he just docked here. I wanted to set up a caravan before and experience the life of sailing trade, but as ''Shanela'' said, doing business requires a lot of energy to run it, which is obviously not suitable for him. The second option is to rent out the boat and charge a certain rent, just like a house. Now it seems that the second option is more reliable. ?Wu Heng stepped **** the deck twice, "It would be great if it could be converted into a modern battleship or destroyer." ?Standing on the boat and looking at it for a while. I got off the boat directly, called a carriage and headed to the central area. Return to your residence. Shanela was already sitting in the living room, chatting with the two maids. The three of them gave Owl Xiaobai several hairstyles. Except that Owl was desperate for life, the three of them were very happy. ?Hold the little guy and smile. ??Seeing Wu Heng walking in, the three of them said in unison, "Back!" After finishing speaking, everyone was stunned. Then, Minnie and Anderweil both looked at Shanara, who blushed instantly and said, The deputy deacon is back! Are you satisfied with todays goods? Satisfied, President Shannara will keep an eye on it for me, I must be satisfied. Wu Heng walked in and sat down aside. "That''s good." Shannara continued to ask: "Do you need to order anything else? The fleet can bring it directly here next time it returns to port." Its not needed at the moment. Ill go to President Shannara when I need it. "good!" Minnie looked at the two of them talking. He said curiously: "Master and Sister Shannara, they both speak very formally. Do you usually speak like this?" Is there any? Shannella said. Yes, right, Sister Weier. ??Andwyer also nodded. At this time, Chef No. 1 came up with dinner. ??Wu Heng said: "Eat and eat, Shannara also stays to eat." The four of them sat down at the dining table and started eating. ?Wu Heng and Shanara stopped calling each other vice-deacon and president, and called each other by their first names again. After dinner, the few of them chatted for a while before Shanara returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng took the two girls upstairs to rest. the next day. ??Anderweil went to work in the association, while Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Get out of the dormitory. Qi Hancai walked over. He said: "Everything is ready and ready to go at any time." Today''s action is to go to the military trading market. Then lets go! Wu Heng got on the truck. The fleet started and drove out of the old factory area. Go to the military market. It requires a long detour. Fortunately, the roads are still smooth. Even the roads that are difficult to walk are only a little bumpy and there are no forced stops. About three hours later. Three military trucks arrived at the military area. You can see a market enclosed by a cement wall in the distance. ?Outside the wall, you can see many modified cars parked, most of them reinforced with iron plates and steel bars, full of wasteland style. ?There is a barbed wire fence above the fence. There is a heavy machine gun at the gatehouse, and guards carrying rifles can also be seen. It feels like a former prison. ?Three trucks stopped in the distance for a while. Xiaoxiao, who was conducting stealth reconnaissance, floated back from the opposite side and got directly into Wu Heng''s body. The picture of sharing immediately appeared in my mind. Behind the cement wall is indeed a market. Many people are selling their own things, medicines, and tools at the stalls, and some people are even selling themselves in the picture. ??Shouting, he has devoured the first-level corpse core and is looking for a shelter to join. The military supplies that Wu Heng was interested in were at the rear of the courtyard. Stay some distance away from the stalls of ordinary shelters. There were quite a few people queuing up there, waiting to exchange supplies. Lets go, lets go there! Wu Heng said. Oh! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, notified the vehicle behind, stepped on the accelerator and drove over. As soon as they got close, someone came over and directed a few people to park the car aside. ?Wu Heng asked the others to wait, and walked towards the market with two skeleton attendants and Qi Hancai. Just approaching the gate. Being stopped by someone. "A few of you from which shelter need to be registered," the guard said. ??Wu Heng said: "Shelter in the old factory area." ??The guard looked at the few people curiously, and then looked specifically at the strange-looking tall man with a broken skull and **** hands, "Has your shelter changed people?" "Our two shelters have merged. I''ll come over to take a look and identify the way." Wu Heng said casually. ??The other party didn''t say much, just nodded, wrote "four people from the old factory" in the record book, and let them go directly. ?Wu Heng led the people and walked in directly. ?As soon as I entered the market, there were all kinds of shouting sounds from all around. Beer, medicine, as well as winter cotton clothes and quilts, it feels even more lively than the modern wet market before. Continue to stride towards the inside. ??This time the target is those military weapons. They cannot be replaced by aircraft and tanks, but a few more rockets can play a big role at critical times. Go halfway. ?Wu Heng''s footsteps stopped for an instant and he lowered his head to look at a stall. Five glass jars containing **** corpse cores. Five corpse cores? Are these for sale too? Wu Heng asked. If you dont want to sell it, should I put it on display here? the mans voice came through. ?Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at him. How to sell? What do you have? Food! One 50-kilogram bag of grain is exchanged for one grain. The man said solemnly. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?So cheap? (End of this chapter) Chapter 318 , cheap prices Chapter 318, cheap prices ??Wu Heng raised his head and took another look at the boss behind the stall. ?Sitting on three red bricks, he was wearing a black, oily and tattered cloak, covering his figure. There were bulging bags, and he didn''t know what was hidden inside. Only the exposed section of the gun barrel can be seen through the gap in the hood. ?Judging from the length and barrel appearance, it should be an AWM sniper rifle, and I also have one in my hand. ?This style has the feeling of an ancient hero. After sizing up the other person, Wu Heng turned his attention to the stall again. There are five cans and glass bottles in total, one corpse core and one bag of grain. The price... is definitely not expensive in Wu Heng''s opinion. Even said that some are not equivalent to cheap. A thing that can change human physique and break through shackles is worth a bag of grain? One piece per bag? Wu Heng asked. I wont bargain. We dont have enough food. Go check out other stalls! the stall owner said directly. ?The tone was cold and a little impatient. ?Wu Heng didn''t care about the other party''s tone. Instead, he was pleasantly surprised because he confirmed the other party''s price. I want to inspect the goods first before deciding whether to buy them or not, Wu Heng said. ??The black hood lifted up, "Let''s check it!" ?Wu Heng picked up one of them and unscrewed the bottle cap. Immediately, a rotten smell emanated from the bottle. Distorted Corpse Core (Description: The energy crystal of aberrant creatures can improve one''s own physique and has a chance of being contaminated by toxins.) Attribute prompt appears. Level 1 corpse core, no problem. ?Wu Heng continued to check the remaining ones one by one. They were all first-level corpse cores. He raised his head and looked at the other party again. ?Has this person found the den of aberrant zombies? Bring out so much at one time. Put the glass bottle back on and continue to ask: "Is there any more?" ??The hood trembled slightly, and the man said in a confused tone, "Are you going to buy it?" Plan to buy. There are three more. I can sell them all to you without reducing the price. The man emphasized. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I want them all, where are they?" Wheres the food? The food is in the car. Take the corpse core with you. I will take you to exchange it. I hope you are sincere in completing this transaction. The man closed the stall and walked out. Go straight out of the market and come to where the truck is parked. ?See Wu Heng and Qi Hancai come back. ?Wang Chenggang and others jumped out of the car, "Why did you get out so quickly?" Its okay, give this brother 8 bags of grain. Wu Heng said. He then turned to look at the man in black cloak in the distance, "Rice and noodles, what do you want?" Half and half. Carry 4 bags of rice and 4 bags of noodles! "Okay!" Wang Chenggang nodded, greeted the other people in the car, brought down 4 bags of rice and 4 bags of noodles, and placed them on the cement floor aside. ??The man in the cloak drove a pickup truck from the opposite side and stopped not far away. Get off the car and open the grain bags and inspect them one by one. After confirming that there was no problem, he opened the backpack and threw in a plastic bag in addition to the five cans and bottles. There are three first-level corpse cores inside. Eight, the deal is done. After saying that, he moved a few bags of grain to the back of the pickup truck. When everyone is loaded into the car and ready to leave. Wu Heng spoke again and said: "We are from the shelter in the old factory area. If you still have corpse cores to sell, you can contact us directly. One core is a bag of grain. If there are more than five cores, we will give you five kilograms of soybeans." ??The man raised his eyebrows and looked at him from the driver''s seat, "I''ve met the leader of the old factory, and it doesn''t seem to be you." We have merged, and now I have the final say here, and I promise that you will not lose a penny. Wu Heng said directly. The man looked at him, then scanned the trucks behind him, and said, "Okay, I''ll remember it. If there are any more, I''ll contact you." ?Wu Heng nodded. The man stepped on the accelerator and drove away. It seems that he is in this market just to sell corpse cores. Qi Hancai looked at the pickup truck going away and said, "They got the corpse core, don''t they plan to use it themselves?" Maybe the risk is too high! Well, its possible! Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng glanced at the guards with guns around him and said, "Wang Chenggang, please bring someone in with you to see if there is anything we need around that can be exchanged." "Okay!" Wang Chenggang nodded, called another person, and followed Wu Heng and others back to the market. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and two skeleton attendants to the center where the military exchanged items. ?Wang Chenggang walked around the market and visited some stalls. In the market, various tools and vehicle parts are sold. Maybe there is something you need here. You might as well take this opportunity to exchange. ??The place behind Wuheng where the military exchanged supplies. The building is not an exhibition hall, but more like an office building. At the entrance, two blue notice boards were placed. The exchange prices of various firearms and ammunition are listed above. The rifle contains 25 kg of grain, and the ammunition contains 20 kg of 100 grains. Heavy machine gun with 75kg of grain and 50 pellets of 30kg of ammunition. Hand grenade. Bazooka 90kg of grain, comes with a rocket. ]????Sniper rifle... Machine gun 500kg of grain, 23mm artillery shell 10kg each. Military radio, military headset.... There are quite a lot of exchangeable materials, but they are not as comprehensive as imagined. ?Planes and tanks also do not appear on the list. It seems that the resources here are not that sufficient. From the initial interrogation, we learned that there were only about 300 people in the military. How did these people transport so much stuff? Or, we organized people to attack the military base and obtained these things. The latter is more likely. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the cannon. This is not the first time we have come into contact with weapons like machine guns. When they were in the county, they obtained two armored vehicles, one of which had a machine gun. However, for the safety of the county passenger terminal, both armored vehicles were left there. ?Wu Heng looked at the cannon on the picture. ?It feels a little different. The cannon obtained last time was a single-barreled cannon, but the one shown in the picture this time is a double-barreled cannon. I dont know if the picture is accurate or not. ???? I have no shortage of other firearms and bullets. But this kind of machine gun is indeed quite interesting. After reading the first notice board, Wu Heng looked at the second one, which mainly showed the prices of purchased items. First-grade corpse core, purchase price is 40 kilograms of grain. Level 2 corpse core, purchase price is 80 kilograms of grain. Drugs, purchase price is 1kg to 30kg of grain. Gasoline, purchase price 1kg 10 liters. Special vehicles. Instruments. The price for military acquisitions is lower. ?No wonder, the man who just sold his body core set the price at 50 kilograms. ??It is already much higher than the military. ??Moreover, the price is fixed. Common gasoline, various tools and auto accessories are also within the scope of acquisition. It''s just that the price is extremely low. It gives people the feeling that as long as they come to exchange, they will never be hungry or idle. I feel like we are like rich people. Qi Hancai came closer and said in a low voice. The prices here are so low. Auto repair shops are definitely rich. The food in the warehouse can be freely consumed by them here. At this time, Qi Hancai was even more certain that joining the auto repair shop was a clear decision. ??Ma Zhiyong has a regional commander title, armored vehicles and various firearms. What can he do? Now I have whatever I want. It is an exaggeration to say that the entire military market is taken over, but there is no problem in buying a large part of it. ??Wu Heng also felt this way and said in a low voice: "Keep a low profile. We are on someone else''s territory. Keep a low profile." "Understood!" Qi Hancai''s face turned red with excitement, but she still suppressed the joy in her heart. The two stood aside and watched for a while. There were not many people lining up to exchange things, and Wu Heng also walked over, "I want to exchange firearms and ammunition." The staff member is a middle-aged woman. Just tell me what you want to change. One machine gun, 100 23mm shells. Wu Heng said directly. The woman who lowered her head suddenly raised her head. Looked up at him and Qi Hancai beside him, and said, "Have you looked at the price list?" Look, I plan to trade these. Wu Heng said directly. The number of cannonballs purchased was a little small, but there was nothing we could do as the food brought this time was limited. ??I originally wanted to exchange more military radios and machine gun bullets, but I can only wait until the next time I come here. The woman was sure that the other party really wanted to buy it, so she picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Captain Yang Long, please come to the lobby. There is a base here that plans to purchase machine guns." "receive!" Tap tap tap~! Soon, several people wearing camouflage uniforms came down from upstairs. The leader looked young, only twenty-seven or eighty years old. The woman glanced at Wu Heng, and the man walked over quickly and extended his hand, "Brother, do you want to buy a machine gun?" "Um!" "Then I''ll take you to see it!" He said and took him outside. The other survivors standing in the hall also followed a few people with their eyes. Discuss in a low voice. New faces! Yes, just buy the cannon. This means you have captured the granary! "It''s quite annoying. Last time, a shelter attacked the granary. I heard that rats are bigger than cats. A large area of ??Wuyang Wuyang was occupied. The granary was not captured, and several carloads of people died." That girl is pretty, she doesnt look malnourished at all, shes very round! (End of this chapter) Chapter 319 , road chase Chapter 319, Street Chase Brother, where did you come from? Yang Long asked as he led the way. Old factory area! Brothers must have many people under their command! If they can exchange so much food, they must be pretty strong. Yang Long continued. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said directly: "Not much. I found a grain store by chance and got some grain." ??Yang Long still smiled, "Brothers, don''t get me wrong. We have been cooperating with some powerful bases to clean up some special areas. Brothers can also participate when the time comes, and everyone will score the spoils." ?Wu Heng nodded, "If there is a chance, let''s work together." ?Several people walked to a factory building at the back together. The iron door opened, revealing a large amount of military equipment inside. ?Yang Long asked someone to lift the canvas in front, revealing a double-barreled cannon. ?Two jet-black barrels are full of modern mechanical beauty. Yang Long patted the cannon and said: "The GSh-23 double-barreled cannon is loaded with 23mm cannon shells. The bullet has a muzzle velocity of 715 meters per second and 3400 to 3600 rounds per minute. It can easily tear apart conventional vehicles. and some bunkers. Wu Heng has too much professional knowledge and doesnt have much idea. Anyway, after listening to it, I know that this thing is relatively powerful. It is not used to hit people, but to destroy vehicles or some equipment and bunkers. Machine guns can kill swarms of enemies. Machine guns have larger bullets and are definitely more powerful. ?Wu Heng looked at it carefully and felt quite satisfied. How to operate, show me. The cannon is mounted on an iron frame and seems to be highly controllable. ?Yang Long and the others smiled and walked up to explain the operation method and how to change the direction. If it is not equipped with a control system, it will need people to control it. Like a machine gun, aim and shoot at the enemy. Well, the food is on the cart outside the market. Wu Heng said directly. Although I didnt have a chance to test-fire it, I am still very satisfied with the cannon. Ill go get it with you, and then have someone pull the cannon out for you. "Can!" ?A few people walked out of the camp while chatting. ?Wang Chenggang also bought some tools at the market and is having people move them onto the back of a truck. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked people to start carrying the grain. Since the quantity is quite large, there is no distinction between rice and flour, so we just throw them out. Whichever one is caught counts. ?Yang Long and others saw that the other party was so agile. It feels like the other party has a lot of supplies. ??Using the time of unloading the grain, he said: "If you want anything next time, you can come directly to me, and I will arrange the goods directly for you, saving you time in queuing." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Soon, the grain was unloaded, and Yang Long and others began to inspect it. After confirming that it was correct, Yang Long picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Bring the cannon and ammunition here." At this time, a truck drove out from inside. Everyone used tools to transport the machine gun to the truck on Wuheng''s side. After everything is ready. ?Wu Heng asked someone to cover the roof of the car with canvas, "Captain Yang, we are going back first." Well, walk slowly! ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the convoy started and left directly. ??Yang Long also took people and a large amount of food, and under the greedy eyes of other shelters, passed through the market and entered the innermost side. At the entrance of the market. The crowd of spectators dispersed, leaving only five people, but they did not move. Looking at the truck as it went away. ?One person cursed: "They actually exchanged so much food for machine guns, **** it!" "I was staring at them just now. The food was unloaded from one truck. The other two trucks definitely have a lot of good stuff, and there are only a few people." Another person followed. Boss, why dont we follow up and take a look? We cant beat this side, and we cant beat their few little shrimps? The cannon they just replaced, I want to go to heaven! "I saw that the cannon and artillery shells were released separately. Let''s fight quickly. They don''t have time to prepare at all." The person who came up with the idea glanced at the location of the parked car. "Didn''t we just replace the rocket launcher? At the critical moment, Give them two rounds and replace the rocket launcher with a machine gun, no compensation! Besides, a bald man with a goatee frowned and thought. In this world, either you kill me or I kill you. The fact that several people came over and brought so much food proved that these people were not very smart. Maybe let yourself make a fortune. He looked around and saw that no one else was following him, so he said directly: "Come on, let''s follow. After we finish this job, we won''t have to worry about food and women." Okay, listen to the boss. Listen to the boss. ?As the others spoke, they walked directly to the parking spot. Immediately afterwards, a pickup truck and several off-road vehicles rushed out full of people. Chasing in the direction where the truck disappeared. On the truck. The supplies here are so cheap! Qi Hancai said. Well, food is a necessity, and as consumption decreases, we have enough food, so it feels relatively cheap. But for other shelters, it is not cheap. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. This is a different world to buy for yourself. Otherwise, with the number of survivors in the auto repair shop, it is difficult to say whether they can survive with only the food they plundered. ??If this is the case, I would be reluctant to change not only the machine gun, but also the rifle and bullets. If you go out a little bit, maybe everyone will go hungry next time. Qi Hancai looked suffocated, "Well, you are right, thank you for supporting such a large group of us." Lets work together! Qi Hancai smiled and said, "If you had been in charge of the regional resistance, I would have defected to you long ago." Its not too late. Hey! Anyway, still... ??As Qi Hancai spoke, Wu Heng suddenly stretched out his hand to stop her next words. Listen carefully outside. Qi Hancai immediately became nervous and looked at the surrounding situation through the rearview mirror. ??Wu Heng said: "Ask the tail car if there is any convoy approaching?" Qi Hancai immediately picked up the walkie-talkie and repeated Wu Heng''s words. Soon, a voice came from the rear car, "No vehicles were found." No car! Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Impossible!" ???? I just wanted to let Xiaoxiao fly out to a high altitude to check it out. Suddenly, in the community on one side of the road, several off-road vehicles flashed past the gap between the buildings. Both of them saw the off-road vehicle. A car is really coming up. Huh~! At this moment, a pickup truck suddenly rushed onto the road from the side and drove side by side with Wu Heng''s truck. The canvas on the rear trailer body was lifted, revealing an iron-black machine gun. The barrel is turned around, facing the position of the truck. Damn it, Im going to send you to see your mother! The man laughed and was about to pull the trigger. Swipe~! Suddenly, a force came. The muzzle of the machine gun suddenly raised to the sky. No matter how hard the man tried, he could not turn the muzzle of the gun down. Qi Hancai saw the right moment, turned the steering wheel fiercely, and crashed directly into the pickup truck. Bang~! A violent crash sounded. The two cars collided directly. ??The military truck trembled slightly, and the pickup truck with the machine gun on it instantly lost its balance, swayed from side to side, and hit a scrapped car on the side of the road. The hood flew up and thick smoke drifted out. Four more off-road vehicles sprang out from one side and followed directly. The car window opened, and several rifles stretched out. Hand without waiting to shoot. The muzzle of the gun was also spinning around uncontrollably, aiming at the sky and the ground, but not at the front. ??Wu Heng took out his pistol and used the effect of the [Hunting Ring] to shoot two shots at the off-road vehicle with the window open. Two bullets accurately hit the driver in the driving seat. The off-road vehicle began to lose control and crashed into a bus booth on one side. Then "bang bang bang", three shots were fired again. Hit the tires of three off-road vehicles respectively. The car body rolled, and the sound of collisions was accompanied by parts, everywhere. The off-road convoy appears and disappears within a few minutes. Some people havent even reacted yet. The battle is over. ??If everything hadn''t been seen clearly, and the other party had taken out a machine gun and rifle, no one would have believed what happened. Is anyone injured? Qi Hancai asked via the walkie-talkie. "No!" Not here either! Two military trucks answered directly. In the rearview mirror, several people climbed out of the car and cursed something in the direction of the truck. Qi Hancai looked back from the rearview mirror and said, "A few people climbed out of the car. It seemed like nothing happened." Reverse the car and kill them! Oh, okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, Go back, lets go back and kill them. "receive!" "receive!" The convoy reversed directly and quickly approached the overturning position. Under the bus booth. ??Goat Beard and the others climbed out of the car with difficulty. Fortunately, the zombies in this area had been cleared away, otherwise they would have been surrounded and killed by the zombies. He coughed twice, slapped the hood of the car that was smoking black twice, and cursed: "Damn it, the gun can still move on its own." One of the younger brothers said, "Sure, we''ve met a superpower." Damn it, no matter what, you can become a superpower. Go and see the others and pull out the ones who are not dead. Goatee ordered, and continued to mutter and curse, I remember that boy and that little bitch, next time I will just use the rocket launcher to blast... Half of the story. Looking forward doubtfully. I saw three trucks that had left sight quickly backing up, and the canvas shelters behind the cars were shaking. It seemed like something was coming down from above. (End of this chapter) Chapter 320 , Skeleton Raiders Chapter 320, Skeleton Raid Team The truck that left suddenly reversed. The people who rescued their companions were shocked and immediately went to look for their own firearms. Without waiting for them to pull the gun out of the disabled car, the canvas curtain on the back of the truck was lifted up. One after another figures wearing leather armor and holding battle axes, holding the edge with one hand, jumped down directly. They were running towards this side in large numbers. The eyes of the panicked people were full of surprise. "How many people are there if you don''t tell me?" Grass, what is that thing? Why do they have no face! Damn it, whats in the car is not food, its just skeletons. Seeing the appearance of the approaching figure clearly, several people were even more horrified. Hurryly, he opened the safety of the firearm and started shooting forward. A gunshot was fired. The bullets kept pouring forward, hitting the running skeleton holding a tomahawk. Hurryly, he picked up the fallen firearm from under the car. Started to shoot wildly at the charging skeletons. The bullets shot out like raindrops, hitting the skeletons. The force of the bullet knocked down the skeleton at the front, but then it got up from the ground again. Continue to follow the other skeletons and launch a charge. Grass! They cant be killed, so run away! They are not human beings. Run, they are not human, they are just like zombies. ?Seeing that the bullets had no effect, the others turned around and ran away. The boss with the goatee who had been dragging the long wooden box under the car looked up and found that his younger brother had run several meters away. ?Goat Beard panicked, cursed loudly, let go of the things in his hands, turned around and ran away. While running wildly, he took out a pistol from his waist. At the two boys in front, two shots were fired "bang bang". Help me hold it up, your woman, I will help take care of it. The younger brother fell down due to pain. Without waiting for a curse, the skeleton that was chasing him hit his head with an ax and fell down. ?Even so, the running speed of the skeleton far exceeds that of the remaining people. He was quickly caught up and fell to the ground, with the battle ax falling continuously. We were wrong, we are all survivors. Yang Hao asked us to do it all, dont kill us. Ah! Give us a chance. ??The remaining Goatee people cried loudly and begged for mercy. But the skeletons who gathered around did not give them any chance. Tomahawks fell from all directions, the sound of chopping meat drowned out the cries, and the entire battlefield gradually became quiet. Wait for the skeleton to enter the standby state. ?Wu Hengcai jumped down from the car. The fighting form displayed by the one-handed axe-skeleton is really a little different. ?Hold an ax in one hand and run fast. It feels like a stormtrooper. At that time, letting these one-handed ax skeletons form a commando team may show good results. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Go and look at the overturned cars and loot out useful things." Okay! Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and gave the order. The rest of the people also got out of the car and went to the overturned and crashed off-road vehicles to search for loot. ?The equipment on those people is not bad. In addition to guns and ammunition, they also wear body armor. ?It is not clear whether it can protect against the tearing, scratching and biting of zombies, but when worn on the body, it looks more professional. ??The rest of the people went to loot a few cars, while the skeletons dragged a few corpses over. The body was already **** and bloody. Cant see the face clearly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then released [Conversation with the Dead] on one of them. The corpse sat up and looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Why are you following us?" The corpse, whose mouth had been cut open, replied, "Seeing that there are not many of you, we want to get some benefits." Sure enough, it was at the market that it attracted the attention of others. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Is anyone instructing you?" The corpse replied, "No, we discussed it and followed him directly." Besides these cars, is there anyone else? "No!" Other than those here, does anyone else know that you are following us? "No!" After several questions in succession, Wu Heng had nothing else to ask. The magic was dissipated, and the body lay back on the ground. In other words, these people set their sights on themselves in the market, thinking that there were not many people there, so they pulled several carts of grain, and then they thought of robbing them. Perhaps, in the market, this kind of thing is done a lot. It''s just that they were unlucky when they met Wu Heng and the others today. Pull everything off their bodies! Wu Heng said. Several skeletons came forward. The body armor, ammunition clips, cigarettes and other items were all searched out. ??Wu Heng also directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique] on the plucked corpse. The skeleton stood up and walked to the queue of battle ax skeletons on the side. At this time, Qi Hancai and others also brought over the looted items. In addition to rifles and bullets, there are 5 grenades, a machine gun, and a rocket launcher in a box. The rest include dry food, beer, mineral water and other supplies. After searching it out, there are quite a lot of things. Theyre all here! Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng put away his weapons and continued: "What about those off-road vehicles?" Its broken and can be repaired, but its no longer necessary. There are many cars in this world. With a crash like that, it would be better to find a car in better condition on the side of the road. Go to a 4S store, its open casually. You can hand out the bulletproof vests here and load the food and drink into the car. Lets go back. "good!" Everyone carries their things into the car and then all gets in the car. The skeletons also boarded the trunk. ??The convoy restarted and headed towards the old factory area. ?The rest of the journey went without any problems. Even the few off-road vehicles that rushed out just now did not cause any damage. Instead, they sent a lot of firearms and bullets, especially a machine gun and a rocket launcher. At first, Wu Heng was wondering why the opponent didn''t just fire a rocket launcher. Instead, he rushed over and shot at the cab. As soon as I got in the car and thought about it, I figured it out. When the rocket launcher was thrown, the entire truck''s cargo would be affected. At that time, they thought the truck was loaded with food, not skeleton soldiers. The factory gate opened and the convoy drove straight in. Skeletons began to get off the two trucks. Qi Hancai parked the truck with the ''machine gun'' directly into the garage. After parking the car, Wu Heng came down and put the cannon directly into the space ring. Qi Hancai is not surprised that he can collect things. He has seen it before. ?Standing aside and watching, he asked directly: "Do you have any plans for tomorrow?" Lets make weapons as normal first. If anything happens, Ill let you know. Wu Heng said. "good!" The two of them walked out of the garage together. ??Qi Hancai asked someone to move the body armor to the warehouse, and Wu Heng went directly back to the dormitory. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Come out of the boundary gate. ?Wu Heng went directly to the alchemy laboratory. ?Opening the door, several alchemy skeletons were busy with their work, sorting, purifying, and refining medicinal materials. Making potions is not as simple as cooking porridge. The steps are quite complicated. ?Wu Heng set his sights on Expert No. 1. ?Expert No. 1, who has only six arms, is carefully handling the third-level corpse core in front of the alchemy table. After thinking for a moment, he changed to another skeleton and said, "Alchemy No. 1, come here." ??The dwarf skeleton walked over while shaking the potion bottle. ?Wu Heng took out the 8 corpse cores collected today, "These are first-level corpse cores, made into first-level potions." ??The dwarf skeleton took it, put it in the refrigerator nearby, and then returned to his original working position. ??Wu Heng did not continue to disturb them. Close the door and walk directly downstairs. Going down to the first floor, Minnie was sitting at the coffee table practicing writing. When she saw Wu Heng coming down, she immediately smiled and said, "Master, I thought you weren''t at home!" Youve been upstairs, prepare the bath water, I want to take a shower. Okay, Master! Minnie got up and went to prepare bath water. After the bathtub is filled with water. ?Wu Heng soaked in it comfortably. He tilted his head back and leaned on the edge of the tub to think about today''s contact with the military market. The harvest was not small. In addition to buying a machine gun, there were also 8 corpse cores. Its all what you need. Furthermore, the market pricing is really not expensive. You can go there often and change more things you need. Wu Heng muttered. Except ammunition. Corpse, various required mechanical parts, special types of work, or the corpses of some deformed zombies. You can also use it yourself. Talents are also very important, and we will recruit some when the time comes. The development of the base is still difficult to achieve by relying solely on ordinary survivors working hard. Recruiting people for special jobs or people with special abilities is also very important. At least, after Hadron discovered the lazy dog ??bomb, the efficiency of clearing zombies has increased several times. So it is not a bad thing after all that there are many talents in various industries in the base. ?????????????????????????????????? ?Thinking in my mind, the bathroom door was gently pushed open. ?Wu Heng squinted and looked to one side. I saw Minnie walking in quietly wearing a bath towel. Outside the bath towel, her white clavicle arms and straight calves were exposed. ?Seeing Wu Heng open his eyes, he said with some disappointment: "I wanted to scare you." ?Minnie said, sitting down on the edge and gently splashing water on him. ??Wu Heng put his hands on his white and tender thighs and put his hands into the bath towel, "There are always some weird ideas throughout the day." Hehe! Minnie smiled, and gently touched the other persons chest with her green-white fingers, Master, your muscles are so beautiful, I wish I were so strong. There is no girl with muscles all over her body. Minnie smiled again and said, "Let me give you a squeeze on your shoulder. I see you seem a little tired today." Follow it, go around to the back, and gently rub your shoulders. Hand after pressing for a while. Minnie continued: "Master, this posture is a bit tiring, can I go in?" Come on! The bathrobe slipped off. Revealing a slim and energetic body. Carefully stepped into the tub and sat in his arms. Just as he sat down, he leaned on his arms as if he had lost all strength. Arent you going to press it? Wu Heng asked, holding his arms around his waist. Minnies face was slightly red, and she stroked her wet ears, I dont have any strength anymore. No matter where it is, its over before it even begins. ?Minnie hugged the other person''s shoulders and complained softly, "The master is so bad!" It is approaching dusk. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. Waiting for Chef No. 1 to bring dinner, the three of them sat together and ate. Sister Shannella hasnt come to eat for the past two days. Andwyer said. Minnie said while eating, "The merchant ship is here, busy with things over there." Has the Star Flower fleet left yet? "No! I heard that we need to prepare food, fresh water, and goods to take away." Minnie answered. is also correct. He himself commanded the undead and forgot about the living beings. Being prepared to go to sea, you must be well prepared, otherwise you will die of thirst and starvation at sea. Yeah, thats right. "Uh-huh!" The three of them had dinner. Still training in the courtyard as usual. ?Wu Heng has also become more and more proficient in the use of swordsmanship. Even without the [Instructor]''s long sword, he can still dance with style. ??Its just that swordsmanship is still basic and has not reached the intermediate level. ?Practice for a while. ?Wu Heng took his two daughters back to his room to rest. The morning of the next day. ?Wu Heng went to the association and just entered the hall. A staff member came over quickly and said, "Sir Archdeacon, here are two of your letters." (End of this chapter) Chapter 321 , letter Chapter 321, Letter letter? ?Wu Heng took it and took a look. Not a blank envelope, but a letter mailed by the association. "Thanks!" It should be done. The staff smiled and nodded, then turned and left. ?Wu Heng took the letter and went directly to the office study. Push open the door. I saw Anderweil who was sorting things out. As an assistant to the subdeacon, she would come earlier. Make some preparations in advance. "Owner." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, sat down at the desk next to him, opened the letter and looked at it. ?There are two letters in total, and the letters are all sent by my acquaintances. The gang sister-in-law Mantha Wan, and the Blackstone town deacon Slater. Did these two people agree to send a letter together? They actually arrived here at the same time. ?Pick up the first letter, cut open the sealing wax, turn out the letter paper and unfold it. "Owner: Have you arrived at Treasure Island? Have you had a smooth journey? Are the new members friendly? If it''s not that good over there and you''re a little uncomfortable with it, you can go to Luntam City. It''s not as bad as it used to be. ?Of course, with the masters ability, everything will go well wherever he goes. Since you were away for so long, Deacon Slater came to Wrentam City and brought singing and dancing girls. Now the Golden Cat has opened. ??It has become the most popular entertainment venue in the surrounding cities, making a lot of money every day, and even the city''s taxes have increased several times. The development of the city is also proceeding according to your layout. Street lights have been erected in the central area, and the housing prices of surrounding shops have risen rapidly. People who sold their houses to us at low prices before can''t sleep because of regrets. I am counting the taxes and money cats income, and you can take them away at any time when you come back. While you were away, I missed you a little. Although I knew that my master would also miss me, and I knew that I would not be able to come back because I was busy with work in the association, I still dreamed about you every day, and dreamed about being a little wild cat for you. By the way, I have another surprise. The things we worked together before have already yielded results. You can see it when you come back. Master, if you have time, please come back and see me. I miss you very much. " After reading the letter, Wu Heng directly put it into the space ring. The first half is about the development of Luntam City. According to what the two people discussed before he left, they wanted to build Luntam City into a real city that never sleeps. In addition to serving as a transit point for the Orc Federation and the Kingdom of Yeko, it also needs to be built into a large entertainment city. The Golden Cat is one of the representative buildings. ??Moreover, judging from the letter, the effect is very good. Shops throughout the city have benefited, and tax revenue has naturally increased. The second half of the poem is about "Wen Mansha"''s longing for herself. ? Wen Mansha is Wu Heng''s first maid, a gangster sister-in-law who is indifferent to the outside world, and a woman who meows in cat-ear underwear on the inside. Actually, Wu Heng missed her too, but the journey was too far. Even using the ghost train would take half a month. Whenever you have free time, go back and take a look. Also arrange the next development direction of Wrentam City. Has anyone written a letter to the master? Anderweil poured a cup of tea and sent it over. Mantha Wens! Anderweil smiled and said, "Sister Wen Mansha, I''m afraid I miss you to death. She was the most attached to you when we were in Luntam City." Is there any? "Yes, if you don''t believe me, just ask Minnie. If we stay with you for too long, Sister Wen Mansha will get angry immediately." Andwyer touched the little owl and said. Really, tell me about her next time you see me. "No need, except for you, the master, you take good care of us in other aspects. No one gives us pocket money when we come here." Anderweil said. Oh, she looks a bit like a big sister. Anderweil leaned over and continued to ask: "Sister Wen Mansha, did you mention my people?" "No, Wen Mansha is quite reliable in her work. I will go back in a while and help you take a look." Okay, thank you master! The two of them were chatting, and the owl was chirping. ?Andweil walked aside, opened the drawer, took out dried meat and fed it. Wu Heng continued to open the second letter and read the contents. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: Treasure Island is surrounded by the ocean, and pirates are very rampant, far more than the previous bandits. The leader''s level is more likely to reach the third level and the fourth level, and his power is not small. You must be careful when doing things, never be as careless as you are in the interior and act alone. At your current age, you are already a rare genius in the human race to take the position of deputy deacon so quickly. ?As long as you spend a period of time in peace, the association will also cultivate you more, so remember not to take reckless risks. ??The Golden Cat in Luntam City is also doing very well. Even if you dont count the share promised to you, the income is dozens of times that of the Golden Cat in Blackstone Town. I plan to focus my business on Luntam City, focusing on that area. I heard that Treasure Island is an important trading place on the sea. Can you contact it first to see if it is suitable for running the next Money Cat? Everything is fine in Blackstone Town. Although you are gone, the news about you in the crowded area is spreading more and more, and your reputation is far greater than that of me, the deacon of the association. After the residents of the crowded area submitted their third application for the statue to you, it was also approved. The next time you come back, you should be able to see what your image looks like among the residents. Yuli often mentions you and seems to be a little attached to you. You should know your position and don''t mention anything about pirates to her. ?Now she is always clamoring to go to sea and become a pirate, which is a headache. Everything is fine with me, don''t worry. I have been taking care of your house in Blackstone Town. I recently replaced it with some new furniture and wall coverings. Do you like it when you have time to come back? Be careful with everything. " Looking at the contents of the letter, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?Slater and Mantha Wen have completely different personalities. ? Wen Mansha will reveal her emotions more frankly, after all, this is the way of communication in gangs. And Slater is the image of a strong woman, who does things more forcefully. Otherwise, the ''Money Cat'' will not be able to drive, let alone sit in the position of deacon. Even when two people are together, the woman must be on top. The content of the letter, in addition to telling myself to be careful, also introduced the business situation of Money Cat. ??Luntam City''s income has skyrocketed, making her want to shut down the money cat in Blackstone Town. Later, I mentioned Yuri. What does her wanting to be a pirate have to do with herself. I came to Treasure Island to meet pirates, but I didnt tell Yuli either. ??As for the last sentence, new furniture was arranged in the house and he was asked to go back and take a look. ?Wu Heng understood what it meant. The two of them had a good time here last time. What they saw in the furniture was nothing more than thinking about themselves. snort! woman! Also pretending to be cool. Took out two pieces of letter paper and wrote a reply to the two women. Introduced the situation here and expressed his thoughts about them. I will definitely go back and see them when I have time. After finishing writing the reply, put it directly into the envelope and write the address and recipient. Weier! Master! Weier turned around. Its nothing, Ill go back first. Now? Its not even noon yet! I cant, I feel uncomfortable sitting here. I need to inform you of something! Wu Heng stood up. Okay! Master, walk slowly. Zhizhi~! The little owl also hooted twice. ?Wu Heng waved to each person and bird, took the letter and walked out. Hand the letter to the front desk and leave the association. Return to your residence. ?As soon as you entered the courtyard, you saw the wood elf Shanara sitting in the courtyard. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he smiled brightly and said, "He''s back!" Well, why are you here in a daze again today? Wu Heng walked over and gently hugged the other partys shoulders. Shannara looked around with a guilty conscience, and found that there was no one there, so she leaned on him and said, "Just come out and sit, Minnie is painting inside!" Well, Minnie has another hobby. Shannara smiled and said: "It''s quite good. I have some hobbies of my own, and it''s rare to have a master who dotes on his maid as much as you do." Ill pamper you even more in the future! Shannara raised her head slightly, "I remember what you said!" "certainly!" Shannara continued: "The Star Flower fleet is about to leave. How many of your ceramics and glass products are there for sale? I will transport them out together." Zombie world, collected daily necessities. ?Wu Heng agreed to sell to Star Flower. Furthermore, the price is higher than selling it yourself. Wu Heng said: "Tomorrow, I will prepare all the goods. Then you can have them all taken away." Well, what else do you need to purchase then? Lets write down the order together. "good!" ?The two sat in the courtyard and chatted for a while, and Minnie walked out of the room. Shouting to Shanela to look at her painting and help her correct it. Shannara and Minnie went to change the painting, while Wu Heng found an excuse and left the residence directly. Go to the port, the cabin of your own ship. Open the boundary gate and move all the prepared goods over. The skeleton carried the goods one by one. Gradually the entire warehouse was filled. "Just ask ''Shanela'' to arrange for people to move out tomorrow. It can be used." ?These things are all scavenged from the zombie world. Now, Star Flower sells it on his behalf, and it can also be sold out in large quantities. Otherwise there really would be no place to put it. Finish transporting things. ?Wu Heng locked the door, arranged for skeleton guards, returned directly to the deck, and walked out. Go back along the road. Haunted a few shops on Beacon Street along the way. Bought some alchemy materials and a lot of arrows. Halfway through, I suddenly felt someone approaching quickly. Turning around alertly, Broken Skull and Bloody Hand protected him in the middle. The person who came over was a bald, dark-skinned strong man who looked like he was dressed as a gang member. He bowed slightly and said, "Sir, my wife, please come over!" ??Wu Heng took another look at the other party and asked: "Who is your wife?" Mrs. McIntosh! ?The six-armed prophet? (End of this chapter) Chapter 331 ,come over Chapter 331, come here Sure enough! Qi Hancai''s heartbeat accelerated faster and faster. ?When I really heard the words no side effects, my heart skipped a beat and my pupils shrank suddenly. No side effects? ?Last time, the other party just said that he had some skills. She thought it was just to increase the success rate of taking corpse cores. But now it is completely different from what I said before. There are no side effects, that is, it will definitely succeed. ?This..., this is terrible. The ability to improve ones own abilities without any restrictions. ?This is not the end of the world. In the eyes of the other party, this is a hunting ground to break through one''s own shackles. No wonder the auto repair shop is always looking for aberrant zombies. ?Its no wonder that the opponent has displayed so many types of abilities. Now, tell yourself this secret. ?While feeling ecstatic in my heart, I also realized the meaning of the words. ?This is definitely a secret that cannot be revealed to the outside world. If you reveal it yourself, you may become one of those skeletons. Forcing himself to calm down, he said with a firm face: "I swear I will not betray you, and I am willing to do anything for you." Remember what you said today. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said again: "Don''t worry, I know how difficult life is now, and I will never do anything to betray you." ??Wu Heng nodded, took out a bottle of potion, handed it to her and said, "This is the purified potion. Just drink it. I''ll keep an eye on it for you." ?Qi Hancai frowned and subconsciously took the small potion bottle. Not the kind of **** corpse core. It is a liquid that looks like eye drops. ??Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng again and confirmed that the other party had no reason to deceive or harm him. Furthermore, having already reached this point, there is no reason to back down. Open the cork of the bottle and drink it. The liquid flows down the throat into the abdomen, dry and with a sense of warmth. Then the heartbeat speeds up, the chest feels tight, and a wave of energy quickly spreads throughout the body. There is a tingling sensation in the muscles and bones. But soon, all kinds of strange feelings gradually disappeared, replaced by a sense of vitality and comfort emanating from the body. She had experienced this feeling once. It was just that the last time was more painful, as if the flesh and bones were being shaved off. It is a feeling that people never want to experience again. But now, after taking the medicine, it is over so easily. Its really magical. How is it? Wu Heng looked at the other party and asked. Even though Qi Hancai had taken the corpse core, her whole body was soaked in sweat, as if she had been fished out of the river. The clothes fit the body, outlining the tall figure, and the black underwear was vaguely exposed. Qi Hancai couldn''t hide her joy, "It''s pretty good. I can feel my body''s strength increasing." Well, you are in good health and can absorb it quickly. "Thanks!" ?A breeze blew through the window, and Qi Hancai shuddered, only to realize that he was soaked all over. He subconsciously covered his chest, then released it, straightening up slightly. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Come in! Wu Heng said. ?The door opened and the little mother Zhao Yanqiu walked in. You can find me for short novels. Well, come in! Wu Heng said. Zhao Yanqiu entered the room and saw the strange-looking "Qi Hancai". He glanced at his whole body and then at Wu Heng. Deputy Chief Qi. Zhao Yanqiu said. The base here follows the names of most other bases. ?Wu Heng is the leader, and Qi Hancai is the deputy leader as the daily manager. Sister Zhao! Qi Hancai was more polite. After the two of them greeted each other, Qi Hancai said to Wu Heng, "I''m going back first. Please inform me at any time if you have any actions." Well, lets go back! Qi Hancai opened the door and walked out directly. ?Stepping out of the room, Qi Hancai took a deep breath to calm down. ?The other party told me about the potion, which means that she trusts her very much. He may not be as good as "Li Yahong", but among the several bases controlled by King Yama, he is definitely considered a confidant. Go down the stairs. I can''t help but feel a little excited in my heart. Looking back up again, it suddenly occurred to me that Zhao Yanqiu should also be here to take the potion. She must be because her daughter is small. Qi Hancai muttered, and became even more curious about who this ''Xiao Xiao'' was. She manages the entire old factory shelter, and all survivors are registered. ??Only this Xiao Xiao, which is often mentioned, has never appeared. Its as if it only appears in everyones thoughts and has never been seen from beginning to end. ?Thinking of this, Qi Hancai felt another chill coming down his spine. There is an inexplicable feeling of horror in my heart. It''s like watching a horror movie. The characters are imaginary and have never really existed. Its so cold. Qi Hancai shook his shoulders and went back to the room to change clothes. Zhao Yanqiu stood in the middle and said somewhat cautiously: "Do you have anything to explain?" ?Xiaoxiao also appeared in mid-air, half lying in the air, "Humph~! Mom has a temper with me." ?Zhao Yanqiu raised his head and glared at her. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you heard about the corpse core?" It was said on the radio that it is something inside a zombies body, Zhao Yanqiu said. Even if she hadnt heard of it before, now that she was in charge of the radio station, she had certainly heard of it. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I can provide you with corpse cores, which will be of great help to your physique." Zhao Yanqiu frowned, "The success rate of corpse core is quite low." ?Xiao Xiao interrupted at the side and said: "Uncle, there is no harm in it. Mom, don''t worry." ??Wu Heng also explained: "I have a medicine here that has no side effects." The provision provided to Zhao Yanqiu was largely a compensation for Xiao Xiao. As the ghost who followed him at the beginning, although his personality was a bit naughty, he did provide him with a lot of help. Whether its reconnaissance before a battle or finding the location of aberrant zombies. So, now that the corpse cores are abundant, they are beginning to be distributed downwards, and the little mother is also included. Zhao Yanqiu glanced at her daughter, who nodded her head vigorously, and agreed, "Thank you for your trust." ?Wu Heng took out the potion and handed it to her. ?Zhao Yanqiu uncorked the bottle and drank it all in one gulp. Immediately afterwards, his body began to appear abnormal, curled up, and groaned in pain. ?Xiao Xiao cheered her up and told her to just hold on and it would be fine. After a brief period of pain, there is a sense of relief that the body is rejuvenated. Zhao Yanqiu wiped the wet hair on her forehead, "Thank you, I feel that my body has changed a lot." Well, dont mention this to anyone, not even people in the base, otherwise your life may be in danger. Wu Heng continued to instruct. Zhao Yanqiu''s face instantly became serious, and she nodded solemnly, "I won''t tell anyone." Well, lets get busy first! Zhao Yanqiu saluted again and left the room directly. Thank you, uncle. He thanked Xiao Xiao. No matter how polite you are, we are all our own people. Wu Heng said. Hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled and circled happily in the air. ?Wu Heng put on a coat and said, "Xiao Xiao will come back first, let''s go to the passenger terminal." Oh, good! Hide your body back slightly. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton directly to the roof, sat on the back of the skeleton flying dragon, and put on a gangster mask to protect himself from the wind. ?Tapping the bone dragon''s neck, it instantly rose into the sky and flew towards the passenger terminal. ?The wind roared in my ears, and the air flow blew against the mask like a whip. ??If my physique hadn''t been several times that of a normal person, this speed would have been a bit unbearable. Flying fast all the way. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon arrived directly above the passenger terminal. ??The flying dragon fell from the courtyard, and the survivor responsible for patrol rushed over quickly carrying a crossbow. ?When he saw Wu Heng taking off his hood, he immediately put down his weapon and smiled. King. You just came back from robbery! ?Wu Heng jumped off the flying dragon and asked, "Where is Li Yahong?" Sister Hong is in a meeting, do I need to inform her? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "After the meeting is over, ask her to find me in my room." Oh, good! Go back to your original room. ??This place still remains in its original state. Waited for a while. ?The door opened, and Li Yahong walked in directly carrying a heavy backpack. Seeing Wu Heng, standing at the door with a straight face, arms folded in front of his chest, looking bulging with anger. Looking at her appearance, Wu Heng felt a little funny. He opened his arms and said, "Come here!" "You..." Li Yahong looked suffocated, glared, but walked over and threw herself into the other person''s arms. ?Wu Heng hugged her and asked, "Did you miss me?" Think of it. He said it, but still pushed hard into his arms. ?Wu Heng pinched his cheeks, raised his head, and kissed her hard. (End of this chapter) Chapter 323 , if the person dies, it has nothing to do with me Chapter 323: If a person dies, it has nothing to do with me There are actually zombies that have reached level 4. Although the number is not large, it also represents the beginning of improvement to level 4. For ordinary survivors and shelters, this is not a good thing. Greater reduction in the living space of survivors. ??Originally, ordinary people could fight a single zombie, but now even fighting has become a bit difficult. The attributes of zombies are constantly improving, but it is still difficult for survivors to awaken their abilities. Even if the corpse core is sold, no one is willing to take the gamble of swallowing the corpse core. Its understandable, after all, the success rate of taking corpse core is too low. Whether one can awaken supernatural powers is easy to say, but most survivors will be directly transformed into zombies after taking corpse cores. ??Not forced into a desperate situation, few people are willing to gamble their lives on luck. Wow~! Ahead, a stairway door suddenly fell to one side. Five or six zombies rushed out from inside. Pounce towards the rear of the team. ?Wu Heng looked up and said, "Go up, Ax Skeleton." ??The axe-wielding skeleton behind them strode forward, knocked the zombies head-on, and chopped them into a puddle of flesh. Soon, the battle ended. After Wu Heng has completed the transformation of all corpses. Order to continue moving forward. Go to the next area and continue killing the corpses to increase the number of skeletons and accumulate experience. The third batch of corpses was cleared. The corpses of the two deformed dogs were dragged over by the skeletons and thrown to their feet. Aberrant dogs have high intelligence and are not easy to kill. He also made the skeleton circle around and blocked it in the alley before successfully killing it. Release the [Bone Slave Technique], the flesh and blood fell off, and the two skeleton dogs stood up directly. He shook off the pieces of meat on his body and walked aside. ??Wu Heng found two first-level corpse cores in the corpse. Put it away directly. The skeleton warriors began to clean the battlefield, and the convoy following behind them also began to pack their belongings and prepare to return. ??Wu Heng opened the attribute panel and took a direct look. The experience value at level 13 is already close to half. The effect of clearing out zombies one after another is still significant. In a few days, he will almost reach level 15 and become a fourth-level powerhouse. Level 4, in a different world, already has the status of a top powerhouse, not to mention the leaders of some forces. Even in an association, as long as you reach level 15, you will ignore merit. As long as there are no negative records in the file, you can be directly appointed as a deacon or a higher special position. To put it bluntly, everything still depends on strength. ? Even if you had bad records before, once your strength increases, those things wont matter anymore. ?The island owner of Treasure Island, Occam, was also a notorious pirate before. After reaching level 18, various countries pardoned his crimes and rectified Treasure Islands name. Now it has become a maritime trading center. With improved strength, most of the previous problems will be solved naturally. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes and saw that the cleaning of the battlefield had ended. Close the panel and first release [Bone Transplantation]. The skeleton warrior with a mutilated body walks into the battlefield and begins to repair the bones on his body. After the replacement, continue to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons stand up and walk into the queue. Its all over. Get on the truck and start returning with the army. On the way back. Qi Hancai said: "I heard from ''Zhao Yanqiu'' that many people at the radio station are using supplies to purchase food, and the price of food has been rising. Should we release the news and exchange it with others?" Here in the world, the weather has begun to cool down significantly. This period is also the last time to purchase grain. For clothing, if you plunder some, you can use it for a long time. If you dont have sufficient food reserves, you will only starve to death. Wait until winter before going out to search for food. It will be much more difficult than it is now. As for our own side, our biggest capital is sufficient food. You can just do the same thing at the county bus station and exchange what you need with each shelter. Lets go to the military market in the next two days to see the situation. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Choose a piece of land and simply renovate it. If conditions permit, we will also build a market." I understand, the open space is quite large. Well! Make preparations first and see what happens when the time comes. The two continued to discuss some details and directly decided on the construction of the market area. ??The team also returned to the old factory area, and it was already getting late. The big lights illuminate the courtyard brightly. A large number of survivors came out to inspect vehicles and carry supplies. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and said something to Qi Hancai and others. Return to the dormitory and go to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island and appear in the study on the fourth floor. ?It is also late at night here, and there is a slight buzzing of insects outside the window. walked out of the study and went directly to the alchemy room next door. ? Pushing the door open and walking in, the room was dark, and the blue firelight in the skeleton kept moving in the room. ?Wu Heng turned on the switch on the side, and the light bulb came on, illuminating the room brightly. ?Several alchemy skeletons are all busy with their work. Skeletons cannot see with the naked eye, so darkness has no effect on them. "This is a first-level corpse core. I put it here for you." Wu Heng placed the corpse core he obtained today on the counter beside him. Alchemy No. 1 walked over directly and put away the corpse core. ?Wu Heng walked to the cabinet on the other side, where various potions were neatly placed. Therapeutic AgentsPsychotropic AgentsHighly Effective Therapeutic Agents. ?Several kinds, all made by alchemy skeletons. After putting everything away, he closed the door again and walked out. Minnie and Andwyll have rested. ??Wu Heng quietly went downstairs and asked "Chef No. 1" to prepare some midnight snacks. After eating some briefly, he returned to the room to rest. The next day, early morning. Minnies laughter came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng got up, washed and walked downstairs. ?When passing by the radio station room on the third floor, I walked directly in. ?Let''s see if there is any new information from ''Philippa''. As for the pirates, its not just the wanted notices related to the association, but also the blank envelopes. A bounty was placed on all pirates to find him. ?Wu Heng could see the information about rare objects or magic props, but when he faced the envelope, no content appeared. ?This feeling of being mysterious and being watched secretly is very uncomfortable. This is also the reason why "Wuheng" must support a pirate. In the record book in front of the skeleton investigator. As usual, I wrote a lot. A new group of slaves have arrived here. Do you want me to buy some women for you to try? I see many people have bought them. Damn it, those **** look down on me. You arranged for two merchant ships to be robbed by me. Otherwise, I have no reputation and it will be difficult to do things for you! "I and several other pirate groups are encircling and destroying your association''s ship. Think of a way. This ship won''t last long." I didnt attack, I just followed you from a distance to help you collect information. If the person is dead by then, it has nothing to do with me. (End of this chapter) Chapter 324 , the deacon is not here (asking for monthly votes and recommended votes.) Chapter 324, The deacon is not here (please give me monthly votes and recommended votes.) Looking at the contents recorded in his hand, Wu Heng suddenly woke up. Philippa actually followed other pirate groups to besiege the association''s ships. this. Isnt it crazy for eyeliners to fight with ones own people? Two days ago, Philippa sent back similar news. She said that several pirate groups were discussing besieging the association''s ships, and Wu Heng had asked her to pay more attention to them before. Okay now, just join in. ??If these association members really died here, and Philippa''s involvement was spread, it would be difficult to get them off the association''s wanted notice. Completely returned to the sea. ??Wu Heng read the content again, picked up the microphone, and said: "Philippa! Can you hear me?" Yes, you finally spoke! "What''s going on? Tell me in detail." Wu Heng said directly. "Oh! When I was on the island, I recruited some sailors and planned to leave the next day. The pirate groups I mentioned before found me and said they were going to besiege the association''s ships at night. They happened to be short of some manpower. , asked me if I wanted to participate. I thought this would be a good opportunity to collect the whereabouts of pirates, so I agreed." When Philippa told the story, there was a sense of pride in his tone. In other words, the pirate group "Philippa" was not included in the original plan. But a temporary change occurred and they were allowed to join in. ?It feels like Philippa has completely integrated into her identity as an undercover agent, and is also a little excited. What about now? Wu Heng asked again. Already at sea now. Whats going on with the Associations ships? They were running away. Several pirate ships were chasing them, but I didnt even hit them. If they died, it had nothing to do with me. Philippa continued. Who is on the boat? There are many people who are members of the association, and they are quite powerful. So many ships attacked them, and I dont know how many ballistas were fired. They just broke through and escaped until now. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again, "Is there a female elf with blond hair and wearing silver armor?" "Yes! She is quite powerful, and she is really one of yours." Philippa said with some surprise. ?Wu Heng''s heart also skipped a beat. As expected, it was the team led by Sheila Gui. Okay, I had to go out to catch some pirates, but now its okay, no one has been caught, and now I am about to become the other partys prisoner. He frowned and thought for a moment, then said, "Is there any way to save their lives?" I can promise to help you gather the bodies together. Everybody is dead, so whats the point of having corpses? Tell me their location, the number of pirate ships, and the rank of the leader. Wu Heng said. "I''m not sure about their location. They were escaping all the way to Treasure Island. They should be almost at Scorpion Claw Island. There are seven pirate ships, all of which are small pirate ships. There are two leaders. The tallest one is the ''Poison Blade'' pirate. The leader of the group is level 12, and the remaining one is level 10. ?Wu Heng looked at the wanted poster on the tablet. The leader of the ''Poison Blade Pirate Group'' is level 12. He was put on a level three wanted order because he robbed and killed the association''s captain. Good guy. ??Having robbed and killed an association crew member before. It seems that there was a grudge against the association in the first place, so they specifically targeted people who were singled out by the association. After confirming the wanted order for the pirates, Wu Heng said again: "Okay, if you have the chance, try to save the blond-haired female elf. She is the deputy deacon of the association." Oh, I would if I had the chance. After hearing these words, Wu Heng put the microphone back. ?Go downstairs, put on your coat, and walk directly outside. Minnie, who was watering the flowers in the courtyard, saw him walking out in a hurry and shouted: "Master, breakfast is ready." The association has something to do, so Ill stay for dinner. After speaking, go out directly. Halled a carriage and rushed directly towards the association. Deacon''s study. ?After lightly knocking on the door, after hearing the response from assistant Moya, he opened the door and walked in. ?In the study room, only ''Moya'' was sitting behind the desk, sorting out stacks of documents. Where is the deacon? Wu Heng asked. "The deacon is not here, what are you in a hurry for?" Moya asked. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Call the deacon back. I have important information about the pirates and I want to tell him." Moya hesitated for a moment, then said: "The deacon went out to sea to pick up the deputy deacon of ''Xila Gui'' and the others. He is not on the island now." After finishing speaking, he added: "Don''t talk about this matter outside, in order to avoid any problems." Hearing these words, Wu Heng frowned. ??Imilo went to sea to rescue Sheila Gui? ?Who is Philippa and the others chasing? ? Judging from the appearance, the boat should be the team led by Sheila Gui. How many days has the deacon been out? Two days, according to the plan, we should arrive at the agreed location at noon. Since we had already set out the day before yesterday, why were we still being besieged by pirate ships? ?Even the deacon was blocked? ?It''s impossible. Pirates don''t dare to approach Treasure Island. To a large extent, Imiro is here. It is unlikely that a level 12 little pirate would dare to compete with Imiro. ??It is very possible that there was a problem with time, the two parties did not meet, and Shilagui''s fleet was chased around again. "Is there a problem?" Moya asked curiously when he saw him standing there frowning. ?Wu Heng raised his head and explained the information he had just received and his analysis. After hearing this, Moyas brows also wrinkled. He said: "What you think makes sense, I will find a way to contact the deacon, and you ask the pirate lady to ensure the safety of the association members as much as possible. Wu Heng hesitated to speak, but said: "Okay." He could only guarantee to collect the body. ?Seeing ''Moya'' leaving in a hurry, Wu Heng also left the study directly. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment. He walked directly towards the office room of the Elf Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui. ?Standing in front of the door, he turned the door handle hard but did not open it. Sheila Ge has no assistant yet, so no one is in the room when she is away. Do you have the key to this room? Wu Heng asked a passing staff member. The staff member looked at him, then at the study room, and shook his head, "No!" "Go find a thief and lock the door...forget it, Broken Skull, you do it." Wu Heng said directly. ?Shattered Skull took two steps back and kicked out with a running kick. With a bang, the whole door shook violently. ?Then he directly picked up the war hammer and smashed it against the door lock. There was a breaking sound, and the door lock was instantly loosened, followed by another kick, and the door was kicked open. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the room and looked around. Open the drawer of your desk, and there are many items for daily use inside. I rummaged through and found an off-white corset and blue hair rope. I put the corset back and put away the hair rope. Tap tap tap~! ??The guard in charge of order in the association quickly ran over, pushed away the crowd, and frowned slightly as he looked at the violently opened door and Wu Heng sitting in the room rummaging for something. Deputy Wu Heng, what are you doing? ??Wu Heng stood up and walked out, saying: "Have people watch here and don''t lose anything. I will explain it to the deacon and Xilagui afterwards." Oh! the guard agreed. Have someone put the door up and then arrange for someone to guard it. Hurry to the port. ?Wu Heng boarded one of his ships directly. ?Stepping down from the cabin, you saw the skeleton attendant Shark Tooth standing inside, as well as a large group of skeleton sailors behind him. Set the boat to Scorpion Claw Island! Hulala~! All the skeletons standing upright started to move instantly. Shark Tooth went to the control room, and the rest of the skeleton sailors rushed onto the deck, untied the reins, and put away the connecting pedals. Get ready to go to sea. At the port. The sudden appearance of skeletons quickly attracted the attention of others. Damn it, why are there so many undead here? They are robbing the associations ships, hurry up and call the guards. "Damn it, follow me and kill them. There are not many undead souls. Kill them and go to the association to get the money." ?The port was in chaos. The ship carrying the undead troops also gradually disappeared from sight. Ships sail quickly on the sea. Among the attributes of shark teeth, there are attributes related to navigation. Having strong proficiency in the control of ships, the ship under her feet moved forward quickly. On the deck, Wu Heng held the [Tracking Pendant] in his hand, identifying the direction of guidance. The greatest function of this strange object is to find targets. The last time I used it, it had a very good effect. This time, we are also counting on the pendant to find the location of Xila Gui and others. The ship was moving quickly. At this time, the ghost Glenda, who acted as a lookout sailor, flew down from above. I saw several ships flying pirate flags. They should be the people you are looking for. ??Wu Heng put his hand on the sunshade and looked forward. ?The vast sea was covered with light mist, and nothing could be seen. "I didn''t see it. I''ll take a look when you come back." Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got directly into his body, and the scene just now was shared in his mind. In the distance on the sea, there were several pirate ships floating. Surrounded a sea ship in the middle and launched an attack. ?It seems that Shiragui and the others are still alive. At least from the looks of the picture, they are fighting with the pirates. Release Glenda and continue to let Shark Teeth get closer. ?Glenda, floating in the air, "Are you sure you are going there? There are eight pirate ships. Are you sure you are going to rescue people, not to bury them with them?" The information provided by Philippa was that there were 7 pirate ships, not including his own. What Glenda saw was eight ships. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, took out the heavy cannon from the space ring, and fixed the skeleton on one side of the deck. At the same time, he said to ''Glenda'': "I have a big baby, and I spent a lot of money on it, so I just want to test its power." ?Glenda floated over the cannon and looked at the strange guy propped up, "Is it your weird equipment again?" "Um!" The ship quickly approaches the battlefield. ?Wu Heng continued to distribute heavy machine guns, rifles, and rocket launchers to the remaining skeletons. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 325 , the boat and everyone were shattered Chapter 325: The ship and the crew were shattered A ship on the sea surrounded by pirate ships. Bodies lay all over the deck, and blood pooled and flowed into the sea. Several pirates holding giant hammers. Keeping swinging and beating on the entrance to the cabin. At this time, the onlookers made way for the pirates. The three figures, all wearing captains hats, walked directly to the front. The leader is a slender man with thick eyebrows and a hairy beard. He is wearing black leather armor and has two short blades hanging on his waist. This man is the captain of the Poison Blade Pirates. The second person, probably in his forties, has a stocky build and a rough face. There is a green-feathered red-crowned parrot on his shoulder, which is bigger than a chicken. is the captain of the Red Crown Pirates. The third person is Philippa, wearing leather armor and leather trousers with a full head of braids, representing the Iron Barrel Pirates Group. ??It is also the weakest among the three pirate groups. "How''s it going?" Captain Baneblade asked. The pirate wielding the hammer wiped his sweat and said: "It is specially reinforced and difficult to break open." Hmph! This broken ship of the Association actually has the tightest entrance to the cabin. Captain Red Crown sneered. The fat parrot on the shoulders followed suit and said, "Broken ship, broken ship!" Captain Poison Blade''s eyes fell on the cabin door and said directly: "Friends of the association, now that the matter has come to this, is there any need to delay further? As long as you surrender honestly, I can promise your safety. When the ransom arrives, we will Just let you go. ??This is the end. The pirates turned their backs and laughed. The stocky ''Red Crown Pirates'' also said: "We pirates are all looking for money and have no interest in killing people. If you come out and surrender, you can still survive." "That is, do you think there is any other way? Or should we hide in there all the time and die of thirst and starvation?" Come out, lets keep our word. A group of pirates said with playful smiles. Behind the door panel of the cabin. ?Hiragui held a long sword and stared outside. ?Wearing a silver helmet on his head, his white face is covered with mud. The remaining team members were sitting on the ground on both sides, recovering their strength as much as possible. Hearing the shouting outside, a sailor whispered, "Deacon, how about..." Xilagui''s face was grim, she glanced back, and said directly: "The Poison Blade Pirates are on a wanted order for robbing and killing members of the association. Do you think he will let us go? If we open the door and go out, we will only die." Hearing this, the others stopped talking. Sit back down again, not knowing what to do. ?Outside the cabin, the pirates saw no response. I have no patience to wait any longer. Captain Poison Blade waved his hand and said: "Bring the gunpowder barrel over and blast it away." "yes!" Several pirates left to get the powder keg. ?This kind of gunpowder barrel is usually used to seal the sea. If a ship is chasing it, it will be thrown into the sea. Block the opponent''s pursuit route. ??Pirates usually carry a lot, after all, they are on the road preparing for fights every day. Philippa glanced at the cabin, then at the other pirates, and said: "This ship must be quite valuable. What if it blows up? I think it''s better to have people break it open in turn, not from both sides." Poison Blade said nothing. The captain of the Red Crown Pirates looked over in confusion and asked, "What? Is there someone you know inside? Do you want to delay time?" "Fuck! I know your mother." Philippa cursed and waved his hands: "Come on, you two will bear the loss of the money." ??Poison Blade ignored it, "Put it at the door!" The pirates brought the powder keg over. Start stacking towards the cabin. Captain Poison Blade sneered and continued to speak to the cabin: "I just saw that the person you are leading is an elf. I haven''t tasted the elf for a long time. I won''t let you die so quickly, at least I will." Let me enjoy. Dangrang~! Halfway through the words, the alarm bell on the ship rang. Immediately, a pirate ran over and shouted: "Captain, there is a merchant ship coming from behind and it is approaching this way." Merchant ship? ?A few people looked back and saw what looked like a cargo ship approaching quickly on the sea level in the distance. Sign up and tell him to get out. I have important things here, and I think he will be lucky. Poison Blade said. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Suddenly, there was a dull roar in the distance. Several bright red rays of light flashed away. ?The next second, a pirate ship in sight was suddenly torn apart. Both the pirates on the deck and the hull exploded like fireworks in an instant. Boom~! The gunpowder in the cabin was ignited, and the fire rose and enveloped the entire ship. Sink toward the bottom of the sea. ??Everyone stared at this scene with wide eyes and some disbelief. It only takes less than half a minute. The boat and the people just disappeared like that? Immediately afterwards, there was the second ship, the third ship, the fourth ship... Wherever the bright red fire passed, all the ships were vulnerable. ??The large pirate ship was blasted into a sieve, and the small speedboat was directly broken into several sections and sank toward the bottom of the sea. Captain Poison Blade was startled, and quickly hid behind the fence, shouting: "What the **** is this thing? Which force''s ship is it? Did it use some strange attack weapon!" Shout out questions one by one. But no one could answer him. ?Everyone was frightened by the sudden attack and looked for cover everywhere to avoid being affected by the splashing debris. Whoosh~! The next second, another sound broke through the air. Rockets fell next to the Poison Blade. The explosion lifted him several meters away, his legs disappeared, and his upper body rolled far away before slowly stopping. vomiting blood. ?Wu Heng controlled the cannon and kept firing at the ships. The 23mm artillery shells showed a power far beyond imagination. ?? Even if it is impossible to sink a large pirate ship, it is no problem to penetrate the hull and kill the enemy. ??The kind of fast boat used by pirates to board ships, which can sink a ship with just a few shots. Both the boat and the crew were shattered. Sure enough, human beings are fragile, even if the world continues to develop its own constitution. Still unable to resist the attack of this weapon. ?Ghost Glenda, floating aside, "Who are you, how come you are so powerful?" There was a roar in his ears, and Wu Heng increased his tone, "Machine gun." If this kind of thing is put up for sale, it will definitely sell well among the armies of various countries, and they will even rush to buy it. Granda said. Forget it, we can just use it ourselves. If it spreads, it may not be a good thing. ?Glenda shrugged, "You make your own decision, I''m just giving you a suggestion." Then he pointed at another ship and said, "That ship is close, hit it." That one wont work, that one is our own. Less than 5 minutes, all the artillery shells purchased from the military were used up. Wu Heng said: "Go and investigate to see how many enemies are left. Are all the people in the association still alive?" Okay! Glenda agreed. Flying away into the distance. In the distance, all the pirates were frightened. They have never seen a weapon that can tear metal into pieces. Can''t even see clearly what is flying, the person turns into a ball of blood mist, and a huge hole is left on the boat. "Hey, why are you dazed? Get on the ship and let''s get out." The captain of the Red Crown Pirates cursed and ran towards his ship. ?Wu Heng saw the opponent from a distance, took out the Barrett in the ring, and put it on the guardrail to take aim. Estimate the other party''s movements. Pull the trigger directly. In an instant, a powerful recoil force struck, and his shoulders did not move at all. As for the stocky pirate captain, a cloud of blood mist instantly exploded from his chest. It flew backwards, rolled several times, and then slowly stopped. ?Wu Heng put away his gun and sighed, "His marksmanship seems to be quite accurate." At this time, Glenda also flew back. He said directly: "I found it. Is the subdeacon you mentioned a blond-haired elf?" Yes! Is the person still alive? Alive, hiding in the cabin, no one seems to be hurt. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief, he was fine. Get closer and kill all the pirates. ??The ship began to approach, and the skeletons holding machine guns and rifles began to pull the triggers, and bullets poured down. On the deck. ?Captain Poison Blade, leaning in the corner, vomiting blood. Level 12 gives him stronger vitality. Even if rockets explode around him, he still won''t die immediately. At this time, from the corner of his eye, he saw ''Philippa'' not far away, who was also looking at him, and stretched out his hand, "Help, help me, I can give you money..." He lost too much blood and his sanity was almost at its limit, and he might faint at any time. ?Philippa glanced at him, then looked up at the ship approaching quickly in the distance and shooting at the pirate ship. He crawled over, grabbed half of the ''Poison Blade''''s body, and dragged it back. Hand drag it to a corner. ??The poisonous blade was vomiting blood and said: "Help, help me, I will take you away." Oh, good! Philippa nodded. The next second, a dagger slipped out of his sleeve and stabbed directly into his neck. ??The poisonous blade''s eyes widened. Unexpectedly, ''Philippa'' wanted to kill him too, so he suddenly burst out with great strength and began to struggle. Philippa locked her legs tightly with the opponent''s body. The dagger stuck in the neck kept stirring. (End of this chapter) Chapter 326 , where are the others? Chapter 326: Where are the others? Philippa locked his legs tightly and cut his neck horizontally with the dagger. The struggling body gradually lost strength and went limp. ??It was just a pair of eyes, still staring in her direction, unblinking. Philippa let go of the body and looked around warily. Seeing that no one was around, he immediately squatted down, rolled down the space ring on his finger with a happy face, wiped the blood on the corpse, and put it on his hand. Then, he looked around carefully while removing the equipment from the body. ?Leather armor, leather boots, and a dagger on his waist. He picked up the handle of the dagger and smashed it into the gold tooth in his mouth. Traitor, traitor! Suddenly, a high-pitched voice sounded from above. ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat. ?Looking up suddenly, he saw a fat parrot with green feathers and red crown standing on the fence, shouting traitor. Shut up, you silly bird! Traitor, lackey, fool! You fucking Philippa cursed and pounced on him. ??The fat parrot flapped its wings, flew up, hit the overhead rail with a thud, and fell back to the deck. ?Philippa was stunned and said, "What a stupid bird." ?Picked up a roll of clothes, bent down and ran towards his pirate ship. Inside the cabin. With the ear-splitting roar, the whole ship was shaking violently. ??The pirates'' wails could be heard outside, and bright red blood seeped into the cracks in the door panels. Sheela Gui and several other team members. Huddled in the small gap, trying hard to look outside. From a fixed perspective, fire shot into the sky, and pirates were thrown away from time to time. ?Broken limbs and pieces of flesh were scattered all over the sky. "What kind of weapon is this? Or is there a great mage?" "The deacon must have led the team here. I just saw the poison blade captain being blown away. He is probably dead." Thats a level 12 wanted criminal. How could he be dead? He will not live long if he does not die. What is hanging over there are his legs. The team members were discussing in low voices. The reinforcements arrived, which made the tense heart relax a little. It can be regarded as a trip to the gate of hell. But Sheela Gui in front still frowned. ?Although you can''t see who is attacking the pirates, this attack method has a familiar feeling. ?Last time, Wu Heng used a strange instrument to kill all the pirates who came up. Isnt it the deacon Imilo who is here? ?But Wu Heng? How could he, a person who rarely goes to the association, suddenly appear here? Deacon, the noise outside has subsided, should we fight out? Someone suggested. Xilagui looked outside again and shook her head, "Wait a little longer. It''s a bit chaotic outside now. If we go out now, we might accidentally get hurt. Let''s check the situation first." Oh, good! Lets all have something to eat. Well go out later. There may be pirates. Everyone nodded and rested where they were. The cargo ship full of skeletons was approaching quickly. ?The bullets poured outwards with crackling sounds, killing all targets in sight. This way! Wu Heng pointed to the left. ?Bang bang bang~! All guns were aimed to the left, and bullets were fired intensively. ??The pirates who tried to untie the rope and cut off the hook were instantly killed and injured. This way! Attack this ship! Bazooka, sink that speedboat. ?Wu Heng kept pointing at the pirate ships one after another. The skeletons followed the movements and turned their guns to shoot. Suddenly, out of the corner of his eye, he saw Philippa holding something in her arms and climbing back to her boat through the rope net. ?Wu Heng immediately asked the skeleton to point his gun at other ships. Do you know that person? Glenda floated aside and asked softly. Well, I arranged for the spy among the pirates, and todays information was provided by her. Wu Heng said directly. The ghost is closely connected to itself. There is no problem in revealing many things to them. You seem to be inflexible in choosing people. There is no other choice, as long as you are not stupid. Wu Heng said. His eyes glanced at the location of the Iron Barrel Pirates again. Philippa had climbed back into his ship and began to direct the crew to rush out and cut the ropes. ?Wu Heng turned his head and looked in other directions. ?Hunted for the ship to break away and move away into the distance, he signaled the skeleton to fire two random shots. But several pirates were still hit. Lie down on the deck. Philippa''s pirate ship left, so he had no worries. Under a continuous barrage of fire. The decks of all the ships were covered with corpses, and not a single living person was seen. Stop shooting! The skeleton heard the order and put away the gun in his hand. The hulls of the ships connected, Wu Heng led the skeleton and jumped directly onto a pirate ship. The deck was covered with corpses, and there was a sticky feeling of flesh and blood underfoot. ?? Raise your hand to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the corpses on the deck will turn into skeletons and stand up from the ground. Shaking his body, he picked up the weapon on the ground. ?Wu Heng walked to the entrance of the cabin and looked down. Swish swish~! ?Several crossbow bolts came with a roar. ??Wu Heng hid aside and threw the dancing light technique downwards. He vaguely saw the pirates hiding inside and getting ready. It seems that this is a defensive battle. I thought for a moment, took out a grenade from the space ring, pulled the ring, and threw it directly into the cabin. Bang~! After a loud roar. Wu Heng said: "Kill them and leave no one behind." Hurrah! Skeletons armed with weapons entered the cabin. In an instant, he was fighting with the pirates inside. ??Then, Wu Heng continued to the remaining pirate ships, transformed the corpses on the decks, and ordered an attack on the cabins to kill the remaining pirates. Several pirate ships were handed over to the Queen of Skeletons. ?Wu Hengcai went to the besieged association ship in the middle. ?This ship is not much better than a pirate ship. The fence is shattered. Apart from corpses, there are dense holes on the deck and huge dents left by the explosion. Walked around the deck. ?? Found the Captain Red Crown with a big hole in his chest and the Captain Poison Blade who had been stripped down to only a pair of underwear. ?Wu Heng checked the wanted notice and searched nearby. ?Among the broken limbs scattered all over the ground, two broken legs suspected to be poisonous blades were found. He took out two straw mats from the space ring, wrapped the body, and put it directly into the space ring. Then, transform all the remaining corpses into skeletons. Dong dong dong! ??Wu Heng walked to the hiding place of the association, knocked a few times, and said, "Xila Gui, you can come out now." Behind the door, the sound of moving items was heard, and the door was opened. Hiragui led the team members and sailors and walked out of the dim cabin. Looking like everyone is in a bad mood. ?There are not many crew members left. Deputy Wu Heng! Thank you, Archdeacon, for coming to our rescue! Thank you, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. Everyone thanked him one after another, but still looked at the large group of skeletons behind them with some surprise. Sheila Gui looked around. ??The scene was even more miserable than imagined. The deck was like a ruin, and the ground was covered with blood and various debris. There were several pirate ships around. You can see skeletons one after another, and some corpses are dragged out from the cabin. Where are the others? Sheela asked? (End of this chapter) Chapter 327 , plucking stew soup Chapter 327, plucking hair and making soup See the curious look cast by Sheila Gui. ?Wu Heng was also stunned, "Who else?" Sheila Gui looked at him doubtfully, "You didn''t bring a team here?" Not in time! After saying this, Shiragui and the others frowned and looked at him. One person killed so many pirates? The whole sea was dyed red. Not to mention whether the other deputy deacons can do it, even the deacon Imiro would not be able to say that he would dare to save people by himself! ?This is a little too abnormal. Sheilagui continued to ask: "Didn''t the deacon come with you?" "No, I''ll tell you in detail when I get back. Let''s go check the ship first to see if it can still move." Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Sheila Gui nodded. Instruct others to start inspecting the ship. The battles on several other pirate ships have also ended. ??The body was dragged out of the cabin and laid flat on the deck. ??Wu Heng transformed them all into skeletons, and then began to carry materials and money on the pirate ship. Several ships were all connected together. A large amount of cargo was moved to the cabin where Wu Heng was. In addition to the supplies, there were also some gold coins and several large barrels of silver coins. It seems that the pirates were willing to use barrels to carry silver coins. The pirates who were killed one after another were all filled with wooden barrels. A large amount of supplies were piled into the cabin. Not to mention the associations wanted notice, bringing back these ships and the materials in the cabins can be considered a big gain. Return to the deck. Shark Tooth took several skeletons with him to salvage sunken supplies under the sea. There must be some losses. However, some coins can still be salvaged and continued to be used. Not long after, a team member came over. He said: "Deputy Wu Heng, we have inspected several pirate ships. Three of them can be started after repairs, and the remaining one needs to be towed back." There are four remaining pirate ships, and these ships must be taken back. The greatest value is these ships. Then drag it back. Okay. The team members went down to prepare. Wait until everything is taken care of. Ordered to start returning. ?Several ships formed a fleet and approached Treasure Island. On the deck. The sea breeze roared, and the waves splashed from time to time, falling like raindrops. Sheila Gui was leaning on the fence, her long blond hair fluttering in the sea breeze, and said, "How do you know we are in danger?" "The deacon came to pick you up a few days ago. I don''t think there is any news, so I came out to take a look with the missing people''s rare objects." Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui nodded, "Thank you, if you hadn''t come over, we might have been in danger." ??Wu Heng smiled, waved his hand and said: "Thank you, we are all companions, and we should help each other, right? When I am in danger, you will definitely come to save me." Sheila Gui also had a smile on her somewhat dirty face, "That''s right, you are really different from other necromancers, you give people a different feeling." "Just think of it as your complimenting me!" Wu Heng said, and immediately added: "By the way, my missing person''s artifact needs to be traced based on the target''s personal belongings. I went to your office and study at that time I took one and accidentally broke the door. Sheila Gui didn''t care at all, "It''s okay. Just let someone fix it then. What did you get?" ?Wu Heng turned over his hand and took out the hair tie, "I''ll give it back to you." Sheela Gui was slightly surprised, "I''ve been looking for this hair tie for a long time, but I can''t even remember where I put it. Well... I''ll put it with you first. Next time I''m in danger, I won''t have to destroy the door again." Well, this is also a way. Wu Heng put it away again, and Xila Gui also smiled. ??Wu Heng leaned on the fence and continued: "Don''t go out to sea randomly, it''s too dangerous." "The association set a target, you think I thought, now even the boat is broken, hey~! I don''t know how to explain it to the deacon when I get back." Sheila Gui sighed. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I just killed two pirate captains, one of whom is a level three wanted criminal. When I report, we will count them together and complete the target first." Sheila Gui looked up at him, "How can this be done? This should be your credit." In the file, killing by one person and killing by a group of people are completely different evaluations. Two subdeacons, plus two squads, killed two pirate groups. Although the target has been achieved. But it doesnt look that good. A file is of no use. Thats what I said, but false claims of merit are not allowed in the association. Whats a false report? You and the team members also participated, so its not considered a false report. Sheela Gui hesitated and looked at the other team members in the distance. ??I went on a trip with myself and almost lost my life. It was obviously not good to not get any benefits. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "Okay, thank you." Youre welcome. Im going to tell everyone so that there wont be any problems. Sheila Gui said, and then walked in the direction of the team members. Talk about it roughly. All team members saluted Wu Heng to express their gratitude. ?Wu Heng also smiled and nodded. I didnt say much. The Iron Barrel Pirates. Philippa sat in the captain''s cabin and took out all the items in the space ring with a face full of joy. Various living supplies, a large bag of gold coins, and two large buckets full of silver coins. ?This made Philippas face full of joy of harvest. Pirates are so cool! Different from the start-up capital given to her by Wu Heng, she robbed the money herself by killing people. A pirate should look like a pirate. Those who are subsidized will not have the peace of mind that they have snatched away. Humming a tune, he collected all the supplies. Then, his eyes fell on the iron cage on the table. There is a fat parrot with green feathers in an iron cage. The hair on my body was pulled out in patches, and I felt like I was in front of a pot. ?Philippa took out the dagger and nailed it to the wooden table with a clang. He narrowed his eyes slightly, looked at the parrot with evil intentions, and said: "Chicken, I give you two choices now, one is to stew the soup, and the other is to roast it." After speaking, he couldn''t help but licked his lower lips. ??The green-haired parrot trembled directly and said in a sharp voice: "Allies, pirate treaty." Your allies are hungry now. ??The green parrot flapped its ridged wings and shouted, "No, traitor." I didnt realize that you can still communicate. Philippa said curiously. ?She knew that the parrot could talk, but she didn''t expect that it could understand so many words. He thought for a moment and continued: "You have seen too much today, and you have to die." Ally! Ally! The parrot shouted to his ally, shaking his head wildly. If you are from our pirate group, I dont have to eat you. The parrot flapping its wings was stunned for a moment and tilted its head as if it didn''t understand. Philippa picked up the dagger again. ?The parrot was immediately alert and shouted in a sharp voice: "Captain, great captain." Philippa put her face close to the iron cage, stared at the parrot and said: "You treat me as a tame animal. If you fail, I will pluck the feathers and make soup later." The parrot spread its wings and pressed against the iron cage behind it, with fear on its face. (End of this chapter) Chapter 328 , what is that, give me one. Chapter 328: What is that? Give me one. Until early the next morning. The fleet then towed the dilapidated pirate ship and approached the port. ??When the scarred ships approached the port, they still caused quite a stir. Whats going on? Why did we let the ship flying the pirate flag dock? They are the pirate ships of the Poison Blade and the Red Crown. I have seen their flags on the wanted poster. Its close to the associations port. It seems that it was destroyed by the associations people. The Poison Blade Pirates, a pirate group that has been famous for more than ten years, how could it be destroyed so easily? It seems that the association has been very ruthless. Pirates have been too active on the route recently. Thats right. ??Everyone was talking in low voices. Some of the intelligence collectors quickly left the crowd and passed the news back. Soon, the news that the association had wiped out two pirate groups at once spread quickly to the island at the port. ??Taverns and prostitutes are all talking about related things. ?At the same time, he also speculated whether Imiro personally led the team and killed two pirate groups to scare the monkeys. In the cabin, Wu Heng put all the skeletons on standby. ??Stepped onto the deck again and disembarked the ship with Sheila Gui and many team members. He told the ship steward, called a carriage, and returned to the association. Arrived at the association. The team members returned to the lounge, and Wu Heng and Sheila Gui went to the deacon''s study together. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. In the study room, there is still only assistant Moya. ??Moya''s eyes widened a bit when he saw Wu Heng and Xila Gui walking in. ?Yesterday, Wu Heng just said that he had obtained information about the danger of "Xila Rose", and he brought the person back today? ?This speed is a bit exaggerated! Still, Xilagui had nothing to do at all, and she happened to meet Wu Heng when she returned. Deacon Xilagui, are you okay? Moya asked. Sheila Gui smoothed her hair and said: "I''m fine. There have been some casualties among the sailors and damage to the ship. Where is the deacon?" Moya said: "I have passed the message to the deacon, and he has not come back yet." Speaking of this, I became even more curious about how Wu Heng found the person and brought him back so quickly. Even if you hide it yourself, you can''t do it so fast! When will you be able to come back? Sheila Gui continued to ask. Moya said: "We should be able to return tonight or tomorrow." Oh, lets come back tomorrow. Sheila Gui said. Well, if you can come back safely, the deacon will be relieved. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui nodded, and then exited the study. Go out of the study room. The two of them continued down the stone stairs to the morgue. The body obtained still needs to undergo an autopsy. Everything must still be carried out in accordance with the associations procedures. In the cold morgue. The coroner is examining the body on the iron bed. ?Seeing two deacons coming down at the same time, he immediately saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." Wu Heng directly took out the corpses wrapped in straw mats and said: "The two corpses are both wanted criminals. Let''s check the identities and then sew the corpses together." Two corpses, the one who died was quite miserable. ?Captain Red Crown had a big hole in his chest, Captain Poison Blade was even worse, his legs were taken off the mast. His body was also stripped naked, his neck was cut in half, and his head was hanging down. The coroner carried the two corpses onto the iron bed, took a brief look at them, and nodded in agreement, "Okay, I will inform the front desk directly if there are any results." Okay, good work. The two of them walked back again. Say goodbye in the corridor and return to your office and study. Return to the office and study room. ? Anderweil smiled and helped him hang his coat on the hanger. He said softly: "Master went on a mission yesterday?" Well, I went to rescue an association ship. Wu Heng washed his face in the basin nearby. ?Andewil took out a towel and gently helped him dry the water on his face. ??Wu Heng sat down aside and said, "Weier, help me write a report for a while. The deacon may need it then." Anderweil took out paper and pen and said, "Okay, please tell me." ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and recounted the story of how he got the information yesterday and then went to rescue "Xila Gui". The only difference is that he did not say that he killed all the pirates. Rather, he said that when he arrived, Shiragui was already fighting with the pirates, and he used skeletons and some equipment to kill the pirates. This was also what he and Sheila Gui had agreed upon. Otherwise, Shilagui and other team members hid in the cabin and did not come out until the battle was over.?????It is difficult to be counted as a meritorious service. ? Anderweil wrote down the main content and then began to rewrite it into a report. ?Wu Heng continued to add, Lets mention some losses to our own ships and see if we can get the association to provide some money for repairs. Ah? Okay! Anderweil nodded. The other side. Sheila Gui looked at the door that had fallen to the ground and the broken door frame. ?Eyes were rounded. Is this what Wu Heng said was somewhat damaged? It cant be used at all! Let the guard guarding the door leave, step on the door panel and walk in directly. Looking around, I found a half-open drawer under the desk. It seems that this is where Wu Heng took his headband. Can''t blame him, after all, he was in a hurry to save himself, and he did encounter danger at that time. I casually pulled it open and took a look, when I saw the white corset on top. His face suddenly turned red. I just replaced it and havent had time to take it back for washing. Wont let him see it! This guy. Deacon Sheilagui! At this time, a staff member walked in. Sheila Gui put the corset into the space ring, raised her head and asked, "What''s wrong?" Do you need someone to fix the door? Well, lets go find it. Okay, Archdeacon! the staff member left. Hilagui also took out a pen and paper and started writing about yesterday''s battle with the pirates. Its approaching noon. Wu Heng walked out of the association. The report was completely left to Anderweil. The report was not a composition test, so it was enough to explain the matter clearly. ?Furthermore, the deacon hasnt come back yet, so its uncertain whether he can be sent up tomorrow. In this world, the delivery of information is still very backward. The advantage of own radio is that it can deliver messages quickly. Go all the way back to your residence. Minnie saw him coming back, ran all the way from the room, and rushed towards him. ?Wu Heng caught it and felt the little bunny girl coiled around him like an octopus. Why is it like this again? Wu Heng walked towards the room with his elastic hips. Minnie said softly: "I just miss you a little!" You cant think about it every day! Ouch~! Minnie rubbed her neck hard and coquettishly. ?Wu Heng carried her towards the living room. He said: "Be good and let Chef No. 1 prepare lunch." Minnie jumped down and said, "Okay, Master, what do you want to eat for lunch?" Just get some. "good." Minnie ran into the kitchen. ??Wu Heng also went up to the third floor and entered the room with the radio station. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record book, then picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, how are you doing there?" Soon, "Philippa"''s voice came from the other side, "It''s not bad, I killed several crew members, and I still have to recruit people." ?The scene was quite chaotic at that time. ??Furthermore, apart from Philippa, Wu Heng didnt know who was her crew, so the skeleton warriors fired at them. Let alone killing a few, if not all of them were killed, it would be considered that the opponent was well hidden. As long as you are not injured, we can recruit the other crew members if they die. Wu Heng said directly. Humph, those are my capable men, the helpers who want to conquer the sea. Philippa said, and then continued: What kind of weapon was that that you destroyed the ship? It seems to be quite powerful. She should be talking about a machine gun, which has enough ammunition and can destroy a sea-going ship in a few seconds. A device. Just give me some information on the ship, and I will be able to collect more information for you. Philippa continued. Wu Heng knew what she wanted as soon as he thought about it, and said: "No, and don''t be too pushy, keep a low profile, the main thing is to collect some intelligence." As for things like machine guns, ammunition is a serious problem now. ??Now Wu Heng only has machine guns left in his hands and no artillery shells. ??And, even if there were one, fitting her would not be a clear decision. ?This kind of thing is comparable to an artifact in the eyes of pirates. Philippa is a level 8 ranger. How long can you live with an artifact? How is it possible? "Stingy!" Philippa muttered, and then continued: "I found a blank envelope on the poison blade captain''s body. The letter inside was also empty. I don''t know if it is the kind you asked me to pay attention to. envelope." Thanks to Xiao Shunan for the 10,000-coin reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 329 , I鈥檓 not familiar with him (please give me a monthly ticket.) Chapter 329: Not familiar with him (please vote for me...) Hearing the news, Wu Heng frowned. Why does this kind of envelope appear again? Or is it that the pirates'' besieging the association''s ship this time is also related to this kind of envelope? Where are you now? "Route? We made a circle to avoid being seen by anyone, and we are now moving away from the waters of Jiwei Island." Philippa said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "You are going to Jiwei Island now. I will go there later and we will meet." "I was waiting for you to come over. It was already dark, and other crew members saw your boat. How can I explain it?" Philippa exclaimed. I have a way to arrive early. "Okay! If you don''t arrive before dark, I will take people away. Don''t blame me. You can''t help yourself." Philippa sighed. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and hung up the phone directly. Lunch has been prepared downstairs. Having a simple bite, he talked to Minnie again. Leaved the residence again, found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat] and boarded the train. Hurry to Jiwei Island. The ghost train journey to Jiwei Island only takes more than 20 minutes. After Wu Heng arrived. After waiting for at least three or four hours, I saw the ship of the "Iron Barrel Pirates" approaching from a distance. Wait for the ship to dock. Philippa walked down the deck with the fire blade, carrying a parrot on his shoulder, like a thief, looked around, then waved the crew to go back, and walked directly to the center of the island. They came to a dilapidated stone house in the center and released the parrot, which landed on the roof near the warning. ?Him himself opened the door and walked into the room. When he opened the door, he saw Wu Heng sitting in the room and two attendants who were covering themselves tightly. A smile immediately appeared on his face, and he said respectfully and quietly: "Sir, Deputy Deacon." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down!" Philippa sat down on the stone opposite. ??Wu Heng continued: "Where is the letter? Show it to me." Oh, okay! Philippa turned over his hand and took out the letter and handed it over directly. ??Wu Heng glanced at the space ring on the opponent''s hand, and Philippa immediately covered it, as if he was afraid of being robbed. No need to think about it, the person who pulled out the poison blade equipment is Philippa. Its really a bad idea to start with. Captain Poison Blade''s legs were blown off, and she almost cut off the opponent''s head. ?Wu Heng didnt ask about the ring either. ??I am not short of such things. I took the envelope and started to look at it. It is really the same blank envelope that I got before. The length and size, as well as the feel of the paper, are exactly the same. ?Similarly, when looking at this kind of envelope, there is no panel introduction. In other words, envelopes and stationery were not props or rare objects, but were given to these pirates by other props. It is like an omniscient and omnipotent person on the sea, knowing the routes of various merchant groups and the movements of the association''s ships. ??The guy behind this is really a mystery. "How''s it going? Is it the one you''re looking for?" Philippa came over and asked. Wu Heng nodded, "That''s true, but we can''t be sure who sent the envelope. You should pay more attention in the future. If you have relevant information or have received such a letter, please notify me immediately." Oh, okay! Dont worry, Ill take care of things. Philippa patted her chest. ?Wu Heng returned the envelope to her, as a comparison. Don''t think about it if you see it later. ?Then he continued: "The information was delivered in a timely manner and handled well. I''ll give this to you and recruit some crew members when the time comes." ?With a wave of his hand, five wooden barrels appeared next to him, filled with silver coins. The bounty for pirates is actually not high. The most valuable things are the money robbed by the pirates and the captured ships. ?The things given to ''Philippa'' were by no means too much, but she had given a lot before when she left her post. ?Seeing Wu Heng take out so much money again. Philippa immediately smiled. This undercover job was great. Not only did he get a lot of money from the pirates. ?Wu Heng gave another pile of money. Her mother lived in that small village and had probably never seen so much money in her life. Seeing that the silver coins were put away, Philippa continued to ask: "Sir, how is my mother?" Philippa''s mother, Wu Heng really hasn''t paid much attention to her recently. He said: "When you left, I asked someone to take her out of the prison. She wanted to go back to the village to live, but I didn''t agree. She is currently staying in the association''s dormitory." Philippa immediately said: "We can''t let her go back. Her temperament is relatively weak. When she goes back, the people in the village will exclude her and make her angry. She will definitely not live long." ?Wu Heng also understood what she meant. He said: "If you do a good job, I will buy a property for your mother on Treasure Island. Then she can do a small business and maintain a normal life." Thats fine, just dont let her go back to the village anyway. Finished talking about my mother. Philippa leaned forward again and asked with curiosity: "I don''t want the equipment that destroys ships. The small equipment used by a row of skeletons on the deck. Give me a head office. I will give it to you." What should I do if Im in danger? It''s talking about a rifle. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. Philippa is now the captain, but her own strength is indeed not very good. Now the fire blade and skeleton protect her. It is indeed troublesome if you encounter danger alone. I have a lot of rifles and submachine guns, but I am afraid that they will be dismantled and made into pieces. After all, cargo ships and freighters have been made. ??guns and artillery, as long as you study this aspect, it is not difficult to reproduce them. After thinking about it for a moment, he took out a rifle from the space ring and placed it on the table. Philippa''s eyes lit up immediately, and before Wu Heng could speak, he couldn''t wait to pick it up, "How to use it? Is it the same as a crossbow arrow?" ??Wu Heng avoided the direction of the muzzle, grabbed her hand, and said: "Don''t point the muzzle at yourself or your companions. There is a possibility of misfire. If you kill yourself, you will suffer a loss." Philippa also realized that he was a little too excited and smiled, "Yeah, I got it." Wu Heng held the rifle and explained to her the safety and how to use it. At the same time, he said: "This is how to use it. Only I have this weapon. Don''t expose it to the outside. If someone discovers it, it will be easy to guess your relationship with me." Fuck! If you dont let me use it, what are you going to do for me? "Protect yourself when you encounter danger. If you really encounter an unavoidable danger one day, you don''t need to worry so much. Use the method I teach you, just shoot him directly. If you are below level 15, you can directly shoot him. He sieves it. Hearing that he could kill targets below level 15, Philippa was a little excited. A weapon that can kill level 4 professionals head-on. This is a treasure. He raised his head and smiled, "Thank you." These are bullets, remember to replace them. Also, dont give this weapon to outsiders, not even a single ammunition. Wu Heng asked again. "I know, I would be stupid to give this kind of prop to someone else." Philippa put away all the guns and bullets. "Okay, that''s it. Your wanted bounty will increase after you go back, so be careful in the future." "I know! Why do you look like my mother." Philippa muttered, and then said: "Can I change the name of the pirate group? The name of Iron Bucket is too ugly." Isnt this what your father left behind? Im not familiar with him! I got on the boat just to save my mother. Dont change it yet. Your main job is to collect intelligence, and I dont really expect you to be able to run a pirate group. Why do you care so much about your name? Okay, you are the boss, you have the final say! The two continued chatting for a while and decided to use Jiwei Island as the place to meet and exchange supplies in the future. ?Philippa walked out of the stone house, and the green-feathered parrot flew down from the roof. ??Chirped, "Man, you like men." Shut up, you idiot. Captain, silly bird. You are a fool! ?Philippa quarreled with the parrot, boarded the ship and left. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the stone house, put on the [train conductor''s hat] again and returned to Treasure Island. (End of this chapter) Chapter 330 , remember what you said Chapter 330, remember what you said The night is dark. There was a sound of insects chirping outside the window. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, reaching out and gently stroking Minnie''s belly. The little bunny girl''s skin is tight and full of vitality, as smooth as silk. Follow it upwards, and the softness fills the palm of your hand. Minnie turned sideways, her eyes full of tenderness, and said softly: "Master, it''s great to have you!" Why are you talking about this? Minnie smiled, lay back down again, and said: "I just feel very lucky. There were so many slaves at that time, and you chose me. Now I can eat delicious food, wear beautiful clothes, and live in a big house. I couldn''t even dream of it before." Dare to think." Minnie put her arms behind her head, seemingly thinking about it. ?At that time, Wu Heng needed someone who could cook and someone who could do accounts. Minnie and Anderweil walked out directly. From the slaves purchased from Slater, he chose to follow himself. Speaking of it, it can be regarded as a mutual choice. Now, perhaps because they have better food and a better living environment, Minnie and Andwyer are looking better and better as they grow older. The entire Treasure Island is also a rare beauty. ?Wu Heng also smiled, "I am also very lucky to have chosen you." Wow~! The master is so kind! Minnie crawled into her arms again. ??Wu Heng patted the girl''s waist and hips, held her in his arms, and then continued: "By the way, I''ll give you a task." Ah? What mission? Minnie raised her head from her arms. On the third floor, there is a room used to receive intelligence. "Ah, I know which room needs to be cleaned?" Minnie asked. "No, that room is an important tool for me to contact the pirates. When you have nothing to do in the future, you can take a look at the news recorded by the skeleton. If there is something important or urgent, remind me in time." Wu Heng said. It was also because of the fact that Shiragui was besieged by pirates. ?Wu Heng felt that it would be better to let Minnie check the content regularly, so as not to miss some urgent matters that he could not receive. ?Of course, sometimes, when she goes to the zombie world, Minnie cant find her. But when I come back, I can get the news as soon as possible. "Oh, okay!" Minnie agreed immediately, and then said: "Pirates, are those people fierce?" Not a good person anyway. Can you make your arms longer? Why do you say that? Its like this in the comics, and there are people who use three swords. Those are all fake. Pirates in reality are very bad. Be careful about them in the future. Wu Heng continued. Oh! Minnie agreed, turned over and sat on him. Arent you sleeping yet? Hey, the bad fox is not here today, so Im going to stay up all night. ?Wu Heng held her waist and said, "You are the only one who is energetic." "hey-hey!" The next day, early morning. ? Anderweil went downstairs and saw Minnie coming out of the kitchen. Good morning, Sister Weier. Anderweil rolled her eyes at her and said, "If you are so polite today, you won''t say bad things about me last night!" "No way, Sister Wei''er and I are the best." Minnie came closer. Andewil separated her with her hand and said, "Didn''t I shout last night that the bad fox was not here and it was time to play all night?" Minnies expression froze for a moment, and she said coyly: Oh, I shouted subconsciously. You also know that I like to talk nonsense when I am excited. We are the best. Im not on good terms with you. Okay, wed better prepare something delicious for you tonight. ?Minnie hugged Andwyer''s arm and apologized coquettishly. Not long after, Wu Heng also got up and walked downstairs. He glanced at the two people fighting and said, "Weier, let''s go to the association together later." Okay, Master. Breakfast is ready. Sit down at the dining table and have breakfast together. ?Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the association together. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, and after hearing the response, he walked in directly. ?The elegant elf deacon sat behind the desk, not looking like he had returned from the sea. Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui was also sitting on the sofa on one side. She saw Wu Heng coming in and nodded. Sit down! Imiro said. ?Wu Heng sat down opposite Xila Gui. Imiro continued: "General Shila told me what happened yesterday. You did a good job, rescuing the members of the association and killing two pirate captains. I will write it into the file for you. " Thank you very much, deacon. Wu Heng thanked him. ?Although I dont pay much attention to archives, writing at best is not a bad thing. Has the report been written? Its written! Wu Heng handed over the report. Imiro glanced at it roughly, put the report aside, and said: "Well, don''t go to sea recently. I will organize an internal inspection in the next few days." Understood. The two nodded. "Okay, Xilagui go back first, Wu Heng, please stay for a while." Xilagui stood up, bowed and left, winking at Wu Heng before leaving. Wait until the door is closed. Imiro continued: "Tell me the story again." ?Wu Heng nodded and recounted the story of getting information from ''Philippa'' and then going to sea to rescue him. Imiro thought for a moment and said, "Does the little pirate girl you arranged know where the pirates got the information?" Be able to accurately grasp the movements of the association''s ships, which is not something ordinary pirates can do. ?At the very least, Imiro doesnt think that the two pirate groups, Poison Blade and Red Crown, have this ability. Obviously it is suspected that someone has provided information. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "She doesn''t know either. She said she went to recruit sailors and heard the conversation of these people." Then he added, But the blank envelope was found on the body. Imiro''s eyes narrowed instantly, "Is it related to the blank envelope again?" There is a certain possibility that the text on the envelope is missing. I dont know if the content of the delivery has anything to do with this time. Wu Heng said. Imiro frowned and thought for a moment, and then said: "I know about this matter. You and the little pirate girl have done a good job. Let her continue to work hard. The association will record it and fund her. Development later. Oh, okay. Okay, you should go back first. Ill let you know if anything happens. ?Wu Heng saluted and then exited the room. Return to the study. Anderweil is giving a bath to the little owl. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Smiled and said: "Is the association discussing your affairs?" Whats the matter? Wu Heng sat down aside. "It''s because you saved Archdeacon Shilagui and the others on your own. It''s said that your strength is only lower than that of Deacon Imiro." Andwyer turned her head and said while rubbing the owl. The association knows it. "Well! We''re all discussing it." Anderweil said, with a sense of pride on her face. "After two days of discussion, everyone forgot about this matter." Wu Heng packed up his things and said, "Weier, I''m going home first. I have nothing to do in the afternoon, so I''ll come back early." Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng left the office and study room. ?Walking to the lobby, as expected, many people greeted him from afar. Its like he became famous all of a sudden. He nodded in response, quickly walked out of the association and walked towards his residence. Returning to the residence, it was just about noon. Hand "Minnie" had lunch together and then walked upstairs. Even though Minnie said that there was no important information in the radio stations record book, she still went in and took a look for herself. ??There is really no important information, it''s all nonsense. ?It feels like Philippa treats the radio station as a tree hole of troubles, and whenever she has something, she has to talk to the microphone. After confirming that there is no information you need. He continued to climb to the 4th floor and entered the alchemy room. Put the purchased materials aside, then walk to the cabinet shelf aside and look at the finished medicines on it. This time, in addition to several commonly used pharmaceuticals that Wu Heng needs. There are also 8 bottles of first-level corpse core potions placed. The production efficiency is still relatively high. The last time I brought it back from the military market, it wasnt long ago. Put away all the potions, Wu Heng exited the room directly. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. Old factory area, dormitory. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked her to find her mother. I came to the window and looked outside. ?Construction is under way both inside and outside the factory. In addition to the internal walls and some fortifications, a planned market is also being built outside. Hook machines are digging the foundation, and a large number of people are clearing weeds that are half a person tall. At this time, Qi Hancai passed by below. Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie, pressed the switch and said: "Qi Hancai, come here." "receive!" Qi Hancai replied and walked quickly upstairs. Soon, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened and Qi Hancai peeked in. Seeing that there were only Wu Heng and the two attendants in the room, he immediately became a little nervous. He half lowered his head and glanced at the bed next to him and then at the other party. How is life here? Wu Heng asked. "Huh?" Qi Hancai was stunned and subconsciously replied: "It''s pretty good." ??Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Do you still remember what I told you, there is a skill in taking corpse core?" Hearing these words, Qi Hancai felt that his heartbeat was accelerating. "Remember!" "If you are willing to stay and promise not to reveal this matter, I can provide you with a corpse core that has no side effects." (End of this chapter) Chapter 331 ,come over Chapter 331, come here Sure enough! Qi Hancai''s heartbeat accelerated faster and faster. ?When I really heard the words no side effects, my heart skipped a beat and my pupils shrank suddenly. No side effects? ?Last time, the other party just said that he had some skills. She thought it was just to increase the success rate of taking corpse cores. But now it is completely different from what I said before. There are no side effects, that is, it will definitely succeed. ?This..., this is terrible. The ability to improve ones own abilities without any restrictions. ?This is not the end of the world. In the eyes of the other party, this is a hunting ground to break through one''s own shackles. No wonder the auto repair shop is always looking for aberrant zombies. ?Its no wonder that the opponent has displayed so many types of abilities. Now, tell yourself this secret. ?While feeling ecstatic in my heart, I also realized the meaning of the words. ?This is definitely a secret that cannot be revealed to the outside world. If you reveal it yourself, you may become one of those skeletons. Forcing himself to calm down, he said with a firm face: "I swear I will not betray you, and I am willing to do anything for you." Remember what you said today. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said again: "Don''t worry, I know how difficult life is now, and I will never do anything to betray you." ??Wu Heng nodded, took out a bottle of potion, handed it to her and said, "This is the purified potion. Just drink it. I''ll keep an eye on it for you." ?Qi Hancai frowned and subconsciously took the small potion bottle. Not the kind of **** corpse core. It is a liquid that looks like eye drops. ??Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng again and confirmed that the other party had no reason to deceive or harm him. Furthermore, having already reached this point, there is no reason to back down. Open the cork of the bottle and drink it. The liquid flows down the throat into the abdomen, dry and with a sense of warmth. Then the heartbeat speeds up, the chest feels tight, and a wave of energy quickly spreads throughout the body. There is a tingling sensation in the muscles and bones. But soon, all kinds of strange feelings gradually disappeared, replaced by a sense of vitality and comfort emanating from the body. She had experienced this feeling once. It was just that the last time was more painful, as if the flesh and bones were being shaved off. It is a feeling that people never want to experience again. But now, after taking the medicine, it is over so easily. Its really magical. How is it? Wu Heng looked at the other party and asked. Even though Qi Hancai had taken the corpse core, her whole body was soaked in sweat, as if she had been fished out of the river. The clothes fit the body, outlining the tall figure, and the black underwear was vaguely exposed. Qi Hancai couldn''t hide her joy, "It''s pretty good. I can feel my body''s strength increasing." Well, you are in good health and can absorb it quickly. "Thanks!" ?A breeze blew through the window, and Qi Hancai shuddered, only to realize that he was soaked all over. He subconsciously covered his chest, then released it, straightening up slightly. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Come in! Wu Heng said. ?The door opened and the little mother Zhao Yanqiu walked in. You can find me for short novels. Well, come in! Wu Heng said. Zhao Yanqiu entered the room and saw the strange-looking "Qi Hancai". He glanced at his whole body and then at Wu Heng. Deputy Chief Qi. Zhao Yanqiu said. The base here follows the names of most other bases. ?Wu Heng is the leader, and Qi Hancai is the deputy leader as the daily manager. Sister Zhao! Qi Hancai was more polite. After the two of them greeted each other, Qi Hancai said to Wu Heng, "I''m going back first. Please inform me at any time if you have any actions." Well, lets go back! Qi Hancai opened the door and walked out directly. ?Stepping out of the room, Qi Hancai took a deep breath to calm down. ?The other party told me about the potion, which means that she trusts her very much. He may not be as good as "Li Yahong", but among the several bases controlled by King Yama, he is definitely considered a confidant. Go down the stairs. I can''t help but feel a little excited in my heart. Looking back up again, it suddenly occurred to me that Zhao Yanqiu should also be here to take the potion. She must be because her daughter is small. Qi Hancai muttered, and became even more curious about who this ''Xiao Xiao'' was. She manages the entire old factory shelter, and all survivors are registered. ??Only this Xiao Xiao, which is often mentioned, has never appeared. Its as if it only appears in everyones thoughts and has never been seen from beginning to end. ?Thinking of this, Qi Hancai felt another chill coming down his spine. There is an inexplicable feeling of horror in my heart. It''s like watching a horror movie. The characters are imaginary and have never really existed. Its so cold. Qi Hancai shook his shoulders and went back to the room to change clothes. Zhao Yanqiu stood in the middle and said somewhat cautiously: "Do you have anything to explain?" ?Xiaoxiao also appeared in mid-air, half lying in the air, "Humph~! Mom has a temper with me." ?Zhao Yanqiu raised his head and glared at her. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you heard about the corpse core?" It was said on the radio that it is something inside a zombies body, Zhao Yanqiu said. Even if she hadnt heard of it before, now that she was in charge of the radio station, she had certainly heard of it. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I can provide you with corpse cores, which will be of great help to your physique." Zhao Yanqiu frowned, "The success rate of corpse core is quite low." ?Xiao Xiao interrupted at the side and said: "Uncle, there is no harm in it. Mom, don''t worry." ??Wu Heng also explained: "I have a medicine here that has no side effects." The provision provided to Zhao Yanqiu was largely a compensation for Xiao Xiao. As the ghost who followed him at the beginning, although his personality was a bit naughty, he did provide him with a lot of help. Whether its reconnaissance before a battle or finding the location of aberrant zombies. So, now that the corpse cores are abundant, they are beginning to be distributed downwards, and the little mother is also included. Zhao Yanqiu glanced at her daughter, who nodded her head vigorously, and agreed, "Thank you for your trust." ?Wu Heng took out the potion and handed it to her. ?Zhao Yanqiu uncorked the bottle and drank it all in one gulp. Immediately afterwards, his body began to appear abnormal, curled up, and groaned in pain. ?Xiao Xiao cheered her up and told her to just hold on and it would be fine. After a brief period of pain, there is a sense of relief that the body is rejuvenated. Zhao Yanqiu wiped the wet hair on her forehead, "Thank you, I feel that my body has changed a lot." Well, dont mention this to anyone, not even people in the base, otherwise your life may be in danger. Wu Heng continued to instruct. Zhao Yanqiu''s face instantly became serious, and she nodded solemnly, "I won''t tell anyone." Well, lets get busy first! Zhao Yanqiu saluted again and left the room directly. Thank you, uncle. He thanked Xiao Xiao. No matter how polite you are, we are all our own people. Wu Heng said. Hehe! Xiaoxiao smiled and circled happily in the air. ?Wu Heng put on a coat and said, "Xiao Xiao will come back first, let''s go to the passenger terminal." Oh, good! Hide your body back slightly. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton directly to the roof, sat on the back of the skeleton flying dragon, and put on a gangster mask to protect himself from the wind. ?Tapping the bone dragon''s neck, it instantly rose into the sky and flew towards the passenger terminal. ?The wind roared in my ears, and the air flow blew against the mask like a whip. ??If my physique hadn''t been several times that of a normal person, this speed would have been a bit unbearable. Flying fast all the way. ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon arrived directly above the passenger terminal. ??The flying dragon fell from the courtyard, and the survivor responsible for patrol rushed over quickly carrying a crossbow. ?When he saw Wu Heng taking off his hood, he immediately put down his weapon and smiled. King. You just came back from robbery! ?Wu Heng jumped off the flying dragon and asked, "Where is Li Yahong?" Sister Hong is in a meeting, do I need to inform her? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "After the meeting is over, ask her to find me in my room." Oh, good! Go back to your original room. ??This place still remains in its original state. Waited for a while. ?The door opened, and Li Yahong walked in directly carrying a heavy backpack. Seeing Wu Heng, standing at the door with a straight face, arms folded in front of his chest, looking bulging with anger. Looking at her appearance, Wu Heng felt a little funny. He opened his arms and said, "Come here!" "You..." Li Yahong looked suffocated, glared, but walked over and threw herself into the other person''s arms. ?Wu Heng hugged her and asked, "Did you miss me?" Think of it. He said it, but still pushed hard into his arms. ?Wu Heng pinched his cheeks, raised his head, and kissed her hard. (End of this chapter) Chapter 332 , you also collect information for me Chapter 332: You also collect information for me ?Li Yahong punched the opponent''s chest twice in shame and raised her head in response. Seeing that her coat was taken off, Li Yahong turned her head and said, "No, I want to take a shower first, I''m sweating all over." ??Wu Heng smoothly opened the buckle of the corset, patted his lower back gently, "Go quickly." Really, its been like this since we got here. Li Yahong covered her chest with clothes and complained softly. When she entered the bathroom, Wu Heng also took off his clothes and followed her in. Get out of the bathroom. The two of them came out wrapped in bath towels and sat down by the bed. ?Wu Heng took out two bottles of potion and placed them on the table. "The newly made potion is out. I''ll give you two bottles." ?Li Yahong wiped her wet hair and raised her brows. The corpse core potion has not been seen for a while. The main reason is that there is no information about the aberrant zombies nearby. Now, it is indeed correct to establish a base from the city. Should I take two for myself? Do you want to share some with others? After all, Ive taken it so many times and havent awakened my powers. Wu Heng held her in his arms and said, "We will consider other people later. You must have a certain amount of strength to manage this place." Okay! Shall I drink it now? "Um!" Li Yahong didnt say much, opened the potion and drank two bottles one after another. After a brief tingling sensation in the body, everything returned to normal. Li Yahong can also clearly feel the improvement in physical strength. He grabbed it casually and spread his palm again, revealing the crushed mosquito. Wow, I can use Shadowless Hands now. Li Yahong exclaimed. Wash your hands in the bathroom, come back, smile and say: "How nice of you!" Are you not angry now? Im so angry, who kept you from coming back for so many days? Li Yahong said still angrily. ??Wu Heng hugged her over and said, "It''s busy over there. They are also building a new market." Tch! Li Yahong continued: At the passenger terminal, we need to replenish some food and crossbows. The bag I brought contains the gold and silver that I have recently collected. Well, Ill leave it to you, dont worry. Its true. Stayed from the passenger terminal until dusk, checked the time, and planned to leave. ??Li Yahong helped him get dressed and complained softly, "Really, it''s like having an affair. I''m so anxious and have to go back." Wu Heng was amused by her, "You are the first wife." "What, you really have someone else? Qi Hancai, right? I have long felt that something is wrong with her." Li Yahong said immediately. ?Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "What are you guessing?" Then when will you come again? Li Yahong continued to ask. In a few days. What about the food and crossbows I need? "Let''s see. I''ll send the convoy here along the peripheral roads. It will only take more than two days." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Alright! After the two people discussed it. ?Wu Heng picked up the backpack containing gold and silver from the ground and took a look at it. It made a loud noise when picked up, and it weighed at least 20 kilograms. If a gold coin weighs 30 grams, a bag like this contains more than 600 gold coins. In another world, you can directly live a wealthy life. Putting the space ring away, he walked out directly. ?Hunted on the skeleton flying dragon, waved goodbye, and headed directly towards the old factory area. ??The flying dragon landed on the roof of the old factory area. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. Wait until after dinner. ?Wu Heng took out the potion and said, "This is a newly refined potion, the kind that enhances physical fitness. Each of you has two bottles. Drink it now!" Compared to the zombie world, Wu Heng felt that the other world here was more dangerous. ??Zombies dont have too many plots and tricks. With the protection of the skeleton army, there is basically no danger. But its different here. The Secret Order, Pirates, Mysterious Blank Envelopes. Everyone wants to kill themselves. Similarly, Minnie and Anderweil also have certain dangers. The distribution of medicines is also more inclined to the two of them. Okay, its becoming more powerful again. Minnie cheered happily and stepped forward to pick up two bottles. Thank you, Master. Anderweil smiled and thanked her, then picked up the potion. Minnie, who was cheering, was stunned. She suddenly felt that she was very rude, and she also saluted solemnly, "Oh, thank you, master, the master is the best." ??Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Okay, the family doesn''t need to be so exposed." Thats right, Sister Weier is always like this. Andewil glared at her, and Minnie stuck out her tongue. Wu Heng said: "Okay, you can drink it now, I will keep an eye on it for you." The two women nodded, opened the bottle cap and drank directly. After a brief period of physical abnormality, there is a feeling of physical enhancement. Then I took the second bottle and the effect was the same. Even Anderweil looked happy. "Let''s go, train for a while, and then rest early." "Okay, I want to repay the master tonight." Minnie cheered. Anderweil glared at her again, "Stop looking for excuses." Its a big deal, lets go together. Anderweil choked on her words and swallowed back the rest of her words. The three of them trained in the courtyard for a while, and then went back to the room to rest together. The next day, association. ??Wu Heng sat at the table, checking the latest updated wanted notices. Some pirate groups and common wanted criminals have been newly updated. The bounty on ''Philippa'' has already reached 650 silver coins, if he hadn''t just been on the list. ? Judging from his age, his level wont be too high, and he might even have a third-level meritorious service. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Anderweil came in with a woman. Master, Mrs. Millicent is here, Andwyll said. Millicent is the name of Philippa''s mother, a woman who is less than forty years old, with very fair skin and a plump figure. Master! The woman lowered her head and shouted in a low voice. Just call me deputy deacon, you dont have to follow them, Wu Heng said. It is still a bit strange to be called master by the mother of one of my subordinates. Yes, Lord Archdeacon. Wu Heng continued: "I met your daughter the day before yesterday. She wanted me to arrange a job for you to make a living. Have you done anything before?" The woman raised her head carefully and said, "There was a hotel that was opened for a while, but there was no one in the village, and it was finally closed." In a place like a village, it is simply not practical to open a hotel. But it can be considered as having some business experience. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "If I buy you a shop and open a tavern, can you open it?" I, I dont know. The woman lowered her head. Treasure Island is different from the village she lived in before. This is a highly mobile trade center, with a large number of sailors or business groups entering the port every day. ??The business of hotel-type pubs here is very good. You can also collect certain information for yourself. Thinking for a while, he raised his head and said, "Then give it a try. After finally getting out of the village, you should have a better life." The woman paused for a moment, "You''re right!" Weier. Master. Anderweil looked over. "Go to the municipal government and buy a shop in a better location. Don''t come forward and let others buy it." Wu Heng directly ordered. Okay, Master. Anderweil leaves. ??Only Wu Heng and the woman standing in the middle were left in the room. "Sir, how is my daughter now?" The woman hesitated, then asked. Its pretty good, at least my life is better than yours. Hearing that her daughter was doing well, the woman''s face relaxed a lot, and she whispered: "Philippa''s personality is a bit like a boy. If there are any shortcomings, please bear with her." Its okay, she has a pretty good personality. "Thanks." ?Wu Heng looked at her and continued to ask: "What is your occupation?" I dont have a career yet! Hearing these words, Wu Heng frowned slightly. In this world of universal occupations, there are still no occupations in such a big world. "How old are you?" 38. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Go inside and wait for a while." The woman followed the order and walked to the room on one side. At the door, Wu Heng called a staff member and said, "Go to the front desk and get an ''Investigator'' career scroll." Okay, Lord Archdeacon. Not long after, the job transfer scroll was sent over. After the staff left, he handed the scroll to the woman and said, "Here''s the scroll for you. Your profession is an investigator. When you run the tavern in the future, you will also be responsible for helping me collect intelligence." The professional characteristics of an investigator are observation and recording. ?? Often perform some clerical jobs, and are also relatively popular occupations among various forces. It is the kind of occupation where as long as you change jobs, you dont have to worry about finding a job. But the disadvantages are also obvious. The chosen ones are workers, who have little fighting ability, and there are few high-level strong men. ?Seeing the scroll delivered, the woman immediately showed a happy expression, "Many, thank you, Mr. Deputy Deacon." Well, lets change jobs first. The woman tore open the scroll, and a ray of light penetrated into the woman''s body. As the light disappeared, the whole person''s temperament and state also changed. ?The eyes are brighter, and the look in the eyes is no longer timid, but gives people a feeling of observing things. ??Wu Heng said: "The promotion of investigators focuses on observation and collection. Although you are a bit older when you change jobs, you can catch up if you pay more attention to the surrounding situation." Yes, I will definitely work hard. "Well, do your job well. Although you are not considered members of the association now, you are still considered my informants. You will work for a few years. When you no longer want to do it, I will take you away and arrange new jobs." Thank you, sir. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 333 , Skeleton Cavalry Chapter 333, Skeleton Cavalry Chatted with the woman for a while. ?Anderweil came back with the house deed. He said: "Master, I bought a shop on the newly built commercial street on Beacon Street. The location is pretty good." "Well, it''s pretty good over there." Wu Heng took the house deed and continued to look at the woman, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to have a look." Yes, my lord. Beacon Street. One place, inside a newly completed shop. ?Wu Heng put on the ''Transformation Veil'', transformed into the form of a fat woman, and walked into the store with ''Millison''. The store is empty. But the area is still quite large. ?There are five floors above and below, and four floors above ground, including the lobby and single rooms upstairs. When designing the building, it should be designed according to the pub. Wu Heng handed her the house deed and said: "This store is yours now. If you have any difficulties, you can come to me, but don''t mention your relationship with me to outsiders. I am the deputy deacon of the association and I have many enemies around me. That would be dangerous to you and your daughter." "I know." The woman nodded, and then saluted solemnly again, "Thank you, sir, for rescuing me and ''Philippa'' from prison, and thank you for giving us this opportunity." Well, just know what you should do! Yes, my lord. The two of them looked around the store. ??Wu Heng continued: "Find someone to decorate it first. Don''t worry about money." Okay, sir! After looking around. Closed the door of the shop again. Leave the rest to her. Get on the carriage. The woman returned to the association, and Wu Heng got out of the car halfway. Return to your residence. Have lunch. ?Wu Heng found a deserted place, put on the [train conductors hat], and boarded the ghost train. In the itinerary, fill in Netale City. The train quickly disappeared, and when it appeared again, it had arrived at the port city of the Kingdom of Yeko. Perhaps it is because of the recent political instability in the kingdom. The streets throughout the port have become much deserted. ??Wu Heng walked directly into a weapons store that he had never been to before, looked at the weapons around him, and said, "How much does the crossbow cost?" ?The boss smiled and said: "This kind of crossbow costs 40 silver coins." The price has really gone up a lot. How many are there in the store? "Do you need to order in large quantities?" The boss thought for a moment and said, "Guest, there are only more than 10 crossbows in the store. If you order in large quantities, we can arrange an order for you and deliver the goods to you within 10 days." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. ?There are only a few of them, and they are of little use. Furthermore, he ordered a thousand wood elf crossbows from the Flower of Stars, as well as a large amount of food. In ten days, the goods of Star Flower should have almost arrived. There is no need to order from here. Forget it, Ill take a look again! ?Wu Heng left the store and strolled around the nearby stores. The price of grain has also increased, but the increase is not large and the quantity is relatively sufficient. Bought more than 200 bags of flour and some beans directly. ??Whether it is given to the passenger terminal or used for exchange, it can be used. Walked around. With nothing else to buy, Wu Heng continued to walk outside. Come to a relatively remote place outside the city. Just wanted to put on my hat and leave. Tap tap tap~! The sound of rapid horse hooves suddenly sounded from behind. Wu Heng put away his hat and looked back, and saw a group of armored cavalry running towards this side quickly. A group of 12 people, with puffs of smoke and dust rising behind them. ?Wu Heng stood aside, waiting for them to leave. Suddenly, the leading cavalry suddenly pulled the reins, and the cavalry squad stopped immediately. The leader, sitting upright on horseback, asked condescendingly: "What are you doing?" Im passing by, do you have any questions? Wu Heng replied. The man looked up and down at his clothes, glanced at the ring on his hand, and then looked around, "There has been a serious gang infestation in the city recently. You guys should put down your weapons and accept inspection." As he said that, the cavalry surrounded several people. ??Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, took out the deputy deacon''s emblem and hung it on his body, "Get out!" All the cavalry were stunned. ?Looking at the emblem, his eyes widened a bit. Meeting random people outside is the deputy deacon of the association. ?This is such a coincidence! The cavalry captain was obviously stunned. He looked at the other party carefully and continued: "I know all the deputy deacons in Netale City. Why haven''t I seen you? I couldn''t have picked him up!" Then, he continued to give the order to the cavalry, "Go and take him down." ?Wu Heng stood on the same spot and finally understood what the other party meant. No matter what identity you reveal, you are planning to kill yourself in this remote place right now. He is not even afraid of his status as a deputy deacon. It seems that he does not want to stay alive. Tap tap tap~! Hearing the captain''s order, the cavalry began to charge directly. ??Wu Heng took out the heavy machine gun directly from the space ring and fired the plate armor directly. ?Bang bang bang~! A violent explosion sounded. The approaching cavalry was instantly overwhelmed by bullets, and all men and horses lay on the ground. ?At the back, the captain, who had looked indifferent and disdainful just now, suddenly changed his expression. He pulled the reins and planned to ride away. ?Wu Heng cast a spell instantly, creating a cage of bones, trapping the only cavalry captain inside. The man''s face became extremely ugly. ?Originally I wanted to make a profit while there was no one around, but I didn''t expect that I would hit a brick wall. Not only every member of the team died. I may die here too. Wu Heng walked over, but before he could speak, the other party rushed over and said, "Sir Deputy Deacon, we are eager to catch the bandits and have offended you." Turn over and dismount, bow and salute. ?Wu Heng frowned, he was really capable of bending and stretching. Just now he ordered the cavalry to kill people directly, but now he immediately apologized. ??Wu Heng said directly: "There is no need to talk about the apology. Don''t be so arrogant in the next life." After saying that, he removed the bone prison, smashed his skull and smashed the opponent to death with a hammer. Clean and crisp. ?Wu Heng searched the corpses on the ground and found some money bags, medicines, and a letter with "sealing wax" on the captain''s body. I opened it and looked at it. It was an action letter requesting the mobilization of troops and arresting someone. It seems that these cavalry are here to deliver a message. ??Just now I really suspected that the blank letter was deceiving people. Took out all the straw mats in the space ring. Wrap the corpses, two human corpses on one straw mat. Wu Heng ordered directly. The number of straw mats is still too small. Wait until the body is rolled up. ??Wu Heng directly put the space ring away and continued to pick up bullet casings all over the ground. Put on the [train conductors hat] again and return to Treasure Island. Zombie world, old factory area. ?Wu Heng is in an open space at the back. Took out all the corpses of several cavalrymen. The battlefield of corpsesis released, and the white bones stand up from the ground. In addition to human skeletons, there are also 12 skeleton horses. (End of this chapter) Chapter 334 ,printer Chapter 334, Printer The flesh and blood fell off, and Senbais skeleton stood up from the ground. Twelve humanoid skeletons and twelve horse skeletons. ?Wu Heng looked at several skeletons one by one to check their levels. Skeleton Cavalry (Level 7) Skeleton Cavalry (Level 6) Skeleton War Horse (Level 4) This time it is a new profession called cavalry. The highest level is level 7, which is the squad leader who ordered the attack when they met. The level is a bit low! Wu Heng was a little disappointed. But after thinking about it, this level is also normal. Ordinary soldiers cannot be viewed according to the level of leaders or backbones. ?These are cavalry troops, not the leading troops. Furthermore, the recently converted pirate sailors are only around level five. The occupations are different, but they are all soldiers. ??If there was really a high-level professional among them, he would not be killed so easily by Wu Heng within a few minutes. Continue to look at the attributes of the cavalry. The type is closer to a warrior, and [Riding Specialization (Basic)] [Sword Skill Specialization (Basic)] [Lance Specialization (Intermediate)] has been added to the specialties. Represents the combat effectiveness of this unit, which is largely reflected in combat on horseback. ??But in Wu Heng''s view, the advantage of cavalry may not be so obvious when facing zombies. ?Most of the time, zombies will quickly form a swarm. When it comes to encircling and intercepting the enemy, it will be difficult to use that kind of maneuverability. The problem is not big. It may not be used in any way. It is better than nothing after all, and the skeleton does not need to eat, so there is basically no consumption. Put on the equipment on the ground and equip your own skeleton horses. Wu Heng ordered. The 12 skeleton cavalrymen bent down to pick up the equipment on the ground and put them all back on their bodies. Then continue to put on a kind of leather armor and a saddle on the horse. Wait until everything is put on. Pick up the weapon on the ground again and get on your horse. There are two types of cavalry weapons, long swords and lances. Sitting upright on horseback, they look quite powerful. "From now on, you will be called Qi Yi, you will be called Qi Er, and you will be called Qi San..." Wu Heng named the cavalry in turn. After the naming was over, Wu Heng returned to the compound with all the skeleton cavalry. Enter the courtyard. The mighty skeleton cavalry immediately attracted the attention of all survivors. Stop what you are doing and look here with wide eyes. Skeleton warriors, skeleton archers, and even flying dragons in the sky have been seen. Now we have brought back a group of skeleton cavalry. ??It''s really just like the ancient army, almost all the types of cold weapons are almost complete. ??Everyone stood far away and discussed in low voices. Qi Hancai also received the news and walked out of the dormitory building. Looking up at the tall skeleton cavalry, he subconsciously took two steps back. An inexplicable pressure arose in my heart. Looking away, he looked at Wu Heng again, "Do you have any plans for today?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky. When I came back from Netale City today, it was already getting late. ? said: "I don''t have any plans today. Come with me to the military market tomorrow morning and prepare two carts of food." "Okay!" Qi Hancai agreed and went down to make preparations in advance. Bring the Skeleton Cavalry to where the Skeleton Army is stationed. Then he returned to the dormitory, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. The next day, in the morning. Zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory and Qi Hancai had already prepared the vehicle. Sit in the passenger seat. ?Three military trucks were launched and headed towards the military market. The wall on the market side has almost been built. Should we operate it like the passenger terminal, or a free market like the military? Qi Hancai asked while driving. The business forms in the two places are somewhat different. ??The passenger terminal where Li Yahong is working is more like a recycling center, where food is exchanged for materials brought from all shelters. The military market not only provides the exchange of firearms and ammunition, but also provides a market that allows other people to set up stalls and sell items, which can be regarded as a platform. ?Of course, the military provides you with a venue and certain security for a fee. What Qi Hancai wants to ask is whether to open the market to the outside world. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I feel that the situation at the passenger terminal is pretty good. How do you feel?" The purpose of our own side is different from that of the military market. The military needs some operations to maximize the harvest of food or other supplies. As for Wuheng, there is plenty of food. If you bring your things, I will give you the food, and then you can leave. There is absolutely no need to make the process so complicated. ??Moreover, a large number of other shelters stay in the market, which also increases the burden of security and maintenance within the market. I think so too. In terms of pricing, is it the same as the military? Qi Hancai continued to ask. On the matter of pricing. It still needs to be considered carefully. The pricing set by the military market is based on the materials they need. ?Your side may not follow theirs, but you cannot deliberately increase the price to avoid conveying a sense of provocation. Even if you are not afraid of the other party, it is best not to have a conflict. Modern weapons still pose a certain threat. The pricing of guns and ammunition is one-third lower than that of the military. The prices of corpse cores and special equipment are the same. The prices of gold and silver are also one-third lower than those at the passenger terminal. "Okay." Qi Hancai continued: "There is also a special type of work. When we have a meeting, we discuss that other shelters will send a special type of work or profession that can provide them with 50 kilograms of food. If you come here by yourself, the food will be given to you. Him personally. "Can!" "Then do we still need to go there to exchange supplies today? The market will open soon." Qi Hancai glanced at him. We still have to go there and exchange some of the ammunition we need first, so as not to prevent the market from opening up and the other party not selling to us. Wu Heng explained. Thats right. Qi Hancai continued: Then when I come back, I will ask Zhao Yanqiu to promote it on the radio. "Um!" The two of them discussed the market. Qi Hancai talked about his arrangements for the sentry post again. ??The zombies around the old factory area have been cleared away. Qi Hancai plans to seal off some small roads and arrange sentinels on the two main roads. Whether survivors are approaching or groups of corpses are migrating, you can detect them in advance and have time to prepare. Wu Heng has no opinion on this point. I dont stay here every day, and some safety matters still have to be arranged by themselves. The following few things were all approved by Wu Heng. ??Qi Hancai was also a little happy. After talking about the business, he smiled and told some interesting things that happened in the base. Or, some old members, who got together with whom. Have started living together. Whether it is the passenger terminal or the old factory area, the two women act as leaders and avoid some bad situations between men and women. There is no such thing as appearing, seizing a woman, or the comfort room. All the way to the military market. Wang Chenggang and others stayed in the truck to guard the supplies. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and two skeleton attendants directly into the market area. The market is still bustling with activity. The stalls in succession are filled with various supplies. Walking along the way, you can see many stalls selling homemade detonators and explosives. Looks like the workmanship is a bit rough. "Guys, do you need explosives? Make sure each one is useful, kill zombies and so on, and blow up a big piece." The stall owner saw a few people looking at him, said loudly, and then beat his chest, "Do you know about open-pit mines? I made all the explosives for mining, Im a veteran. ?Wu Heng took one look and immediately planned to leave. In other worlds, rolling thunder with explosion effects and smoke effects is the most common. Although the triggering method is still ignition, it is much better than this homemade one. ?Wu Heng continued to walk forward, looking around as he went, and suddenly stopped in front of a stall. ?The stall owner is a slovenly middle-aged man, smoking the dry cigarettes he rolled in his mouth. In the stall, there are various miscellaneous items. Machete, tomahawk, homemade armor, and a cabinet-type glass equipment, the size of a beverage machine. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and asked directly: "What is this?" You young people should know that a 3D printer can print all kinds of things. If you need it, we can sell it to you at a cheap price. The man said casually, still smoking. Recommended book "Games Unlimited", a new book on game classification. (End of this chapter) Chapter 335 , Supervisory Envoy Chapter 335, Supervisory Envoy 3d printer. ?Wu Heng is no stranger to this kind of thing. Before the disaster, this kind of thing was popular for a while and was a kind of rapid prototyping process equipment. ?On the video, many bloggers posted some figures that they printed out, or more advanced, they created different parts, and finally assembled robotic arms, telescopic knives and other things. ?Of course, the material is not made of iron, but more like plastic. ?Wu Heng glanced at the stall owner in confusion. Its understandable to search for food and weapons. What did you think when you picked up this thing? Can this thing be used without electricity? Wu Heng asked. ?The stall owner exhaled a puff of smoke and said, "No." "Then what''s the use of taking it out?" If you want it, Ill give it to you cheaper. The stall owner couldnt answer and said directly. What price? 30 kilograms of grain, computers and raw materials in the car are all given to you. ?Wu Heng glanced at Qi Han Cai, who was stunned for a moment. Then he realized what he was doing and coughed lightly and said, "The food is waiting for the winter. What''s the use of this junk? You buy it back and I''ll smash it for you." ??The stall owner took a hard breath and felt that his business was about to be finished. He immediately said: "Sister, you can''t say that. The end of the world is already very difficult, how can you ruin a man''s handicraft dream!" I cant even eat, and Im still dreaming about it! ??Wu Heng also said: "Two kilograms of grain can''t be used without electricity." Its not that he deliberately lowered the price. In the current environment, this thing is no different from garbage. Brother, youre not the one who lowered the price like this. Two kilograms is too little. Its quite troublesome for us to transport it. How about you take 10 kilograms? the man said. Forget it! Wu Heng turned around and left. The man immediately threw it to the ground, chased it and shouted: "Sell it, sell it, don''t leave in a hurry, I''ll give you two kilograms, men should use their dreams, brother!" ??Wu Heng stopped, his face still hesitant, "What about the computers and raw materials you mentioned?" Its all in the car outside. You get the grain, and Ill have someone prepare it. We can trade directly. ?Wu Heng also nodded and agreed, "Okay, let''s trade at the door." "Can!" ?Several people walked out of the market gate together. ?Wu Heng asked someone to pack two kilograms of flour, put it in a plastic bag, and took it directly. On the other side, 3D printers, computers, and a large bag of raw materials are all placed on the ground. ?Wu Heng handed the flour to the other party, and the sloppy man also took out a portable scale and weighed it. It weighed a little more, and I immediately had a smile on my face. Okay, the transaction is completed. If you really want to print something and you dont have enough raw materials, you can go to the Trade City and have a look. There are shops selling such materials over there. The man reminded. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Oh, okay!" ?A few people waved goodbye. ?Wang Chenggang and others carried the equipment back to the car, and Wu Heng and Qi Hancai continued to walk around. There is nothing needed. Go directly to the area where the military exchanges ammunition. Enter the building. The exchange ratio on the notice board has not changed. ?Hello to the staff at the counter, and not long after, Captain Yang Long, who took the tour last time, walked slowly downstairs. ?Seeing Wu Heng, a smile immediately appeared on his face, "Little brother, what do you want to buy today?" It hasnt been long, but I still have an impression of Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng also smiled, "Captain Yang, come and buy some ammunition." "Welcome." Yang Long walked up the steps and said directly: "I will ask someone to prepare whatever you need. We are selling radio stations and headphones to see if there is anything you need, so we can exchange them together." ?Wu Heng glanced at him and asked curiously: "What''s going on? Why are you so anxious to sell this kind of thing to others?" ??Yang Long laughed and said, "Nothing''s wrong. Even if it''s in the warehouse, it''s getting dusty. I thought I''d swap it out for everyone so it can come in handy. Although Wu Heng didn''t believe it, he didn''t say much. Instead, he continued: "How many of those machine guns do you have?" You want more? "Um!" ?Yang Long paused for a moment and said in a regretful tone, "It''s a pity. We don''t have many cannons, so we can''t sell them to others. I can give you some shells." How many cannonballs can be exchanged? Five hundred. Okay, then five hundred artillery shells and five thousand machine gun bullets. Hearing that he wanted so much, Yang Long still frowned, but he just said that he would exchange it with the other party, so he still nodded and said: "Okay, I will have someone prepare it." ?Yang Long spoke directly into the intercom. ?Wu Heng stood aside and waited for a while. After loading the ammunition, they walked out of the market together. Same as last time, the ammunition was checked, and then Wang Chenggang and others were asked to carry the food. ??Yang Long continued: "Brother, there is plenty of food over there." "Reduce clothing and diet, squeeze out some and exchange ammunition here." Wu Heng sighed. Yang Long looked at the back compartment covered by another canvas and said: "We are recruiting survivors from all over the country. Do you have any ideas in this regard? I can introduce you to them when the disaster is over. The status is definitely not low, and the future and reputation are much better than they are now. ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and heard the other party''s intention to subdue him. I dont have the final say on this shelter. I will discuss it with everyone when I get back. If you have any ideas, we can discuss it in detail next time we come here. ??Yang Long nodded, "That''s good, I''m waiting for the good news from my brother." After the food and ammunition were counted and confirmed, Wu Heng continued: "Then let''s go back first. See you next time." Well, see you next time. ??Waving goodbye to each other, the motorcade drove away. After driving some distance, Qi Hancai asked: "I feel that he invited us to join just for the food." From the transaction between the two parties to Yang Longs invitation later. Qi Hancai also discovered something was wrong. ?Having met each other twice, the invitation to join is definitely not a sign of recognition of their strength, but more of a way to provide sufficient food. Yeah. Wu Heng agreed. "I feel that there is no need for us to join them. If the food is handed over, it is hard to say how much we will get." Qi Hancai reminded more bluntly. The present day. Wu Heng is the eldest, and she is the second oldest. And the construction of the entire base is also developing in an increasingly better direction. ??Joining any force now, Wu Heng can be regarded as a squad leader at most. By then, the status of those below him will become worse and worse. ?This is better to think about it. If the other party takes the food and resources, they will not be distributed to them, which will cause even more trouble. ?Joining the military sounds good and has a bright future. But for Wu Heng, it is just adding a layer of shackles to himself. ??Wu Heng smiled and said: "To be polite, at that time, we were on someone else''s territory. If we directly rejected Yang Long, there might be some conflicts." Qi Hancai was stunned for a moment, and then he understood. ??Wu Heng had no intention of joining at all, but he was at the military gate and worried about what the other party would do directly, so he politely said to go back and discuss it. "I''ll just tell you." Qi Hancai smiled and felt much more relaxed, "Then it won''t be easy to say next time." There will be no next time. When we get back, let Zhao Yanqiu promote our market. We will start exchanging supplies, guns and various military equipment in the next two days, and the prices will be reduced by another third. "clear!" ?The car moved forward quickly, heading towards the old factory area. ?Entering the gate, Qi Hancai immediately assigned tasks to everyone, planned the location of the outpost, and asked Zhao Yanqiu to announce the establishment of the ''Old Factory Area'' market. There is no cumbersome transaction method, as long as the things needed here can be taken out, the grain exchange can be carried out uniformly. ?Everyone in the refuge heard that a market was to be established on their side. I feel somewhat excited inside. At least it means that our place is already a refuge no less than that of the military, and is even richer in terms of resources. At the same time Qi Hancai handed over the task. ?Wu Heng went to the area where the skeletons were stationed, selected more skeletons, and distributed them rifles and submachine guns. As a guard in the market. You still need to be wary of others. Otherwise, you will not live long in this world. After everything was over, Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. The shining sea. On a ship moving with the waves. The dark cabin is hung with bright illumination stones. A man wearing a slim-fitting dress with a golden association emblem hanging on his chest sat at the table and read a book seriously. ~! There was a slight knock on the door. ??The guard''s voice came in, "Lord Kalema, the captain is here!" Let him in! The man closed the book in his hand. ?The door opened, and a man dressed as a merchant captain walked in. Smiled and saluted, Ive seen the Kalema special inspection envoy. The door then closed. The captain took out a prop and placed it on the ground. An invisible group of light surrounded the entire room. Kalema narrowed his eyes and had a staff in his hand. "Master Kalema, don''t be nervous. This is a sound-isolating prop. I''m here to convey something to you." The captain explained quickly, while taking out a ring with an eye pattern and wearing it on his hand. People of the Esoteric Order! Kalema had some displeasure on his face and said, "I told you not to contact me when I am performing the tasks of the association. If I am exposed, it will not do you any good." The captain smiled apologetically, "Don''t be surprised, sir, there are some important things, and the Secret Order needs your help." "explain!" When you go to Treasure Island this time, you need to deal with a person, his name is Wu Heng. Kalema frowned slightly, recalling the information of this name. Oh? That subdeacon who was just brought up? Yes, the Secret Order promises you a generous reward afterwards. Kalema shook his head, "Imilo is not easy to deal with. I have no chance to deal with him, and if I am caught with something, I will die." The captain continued: "No, no, you just need to find out something and pull him down from the position of deputy deacon. A necromancer cannot withstand investigation." Kalemas eyes narrowed instantly. ??If it were just that simple, it wouldnt be difficult. But he still said: What if its not found? Then you can let him make a mistake and then take him down. Kalema did not answer immediately, closed his eyes and thought for a while, and then said: "Okay, I promise you." "Thank you, sir." The captain thanked him, put away the props, and bowed, "Then I won''t disturb you much, sir. The dinner will be delivered to you soon." Well, lets go! The captain opened the door and stepped out. Treasure Island, residence. ?Wu Heng came downstairs, and Minnie and Anderweil were sitting in the living room chatting. When they saw Wu Heng coming down, they all smiled and said hello. ??Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the two of them, and asked: "Why hasn''t Shanara come to eat recently?" "I heard that I have been busy recently. What''s the matter? Master, did you miss Sister Shanara?" Minnie came over and took his arm. Just curious, the association knows that she lives next door to us, and I have a task, which is to ensure her safety. Wu Heng explained. Minnie was stunned for a moment and realized that there was such a thing. Then lets go to her place to have a meal today! Minnie suggested. ?Wu Heng felt that it made sense, and said: "Take some time to clean up, let''s go to her place and have a look!" "good!" The two women tidied up briefly. ?Wu Heng took them directly out and to the next door. (End of this chapter) Chapter 336 , modern underworld arms (today鈥檚 update, not written out.) Chapter 336, Modern Underworld Arms (Updated today, not written out yet.) Come to Shannara''s residence and knock on the iron door lightly. Soon a gap was opened. The housekeeper with a serious face looked outside and said, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng!" Is Mrs. Shanara at home? Wu Heng asked directly. "Wait a moment!" the housekeeper said and closed the courtyard door again. Soon, all the doors were opened again, "Madam, please invite some of you in." ?Wu Heng nodded and walked in directly with his two maids. The flower bed is already full of flowers, with butterflies and bees flying around. The entire courtyard is filled with the faint fragrance of flowers. Enter the building in the center. The layout of the entire living room has changed somewhat from last time. Sculptures and hanging paintings have also changed their styles. The sound of footsteps sounded. Wearing a beige dress, Shanara walked slowly downstairs. When she saw the three of them, a bright smile immediately appeared on her face, "Why did you think of me today?" Come and see you! Wu Heng said. Minnie added from the side, "The master said he hasn''t seen you for several days because he was afraid of any danger." You care about me so much! Shanara looked at Wu Heng again. It should be! At this time, several maids came up carrying tea. ?Various pastry styles fill the coffee table. After the maid left, Wu Heng asked: "What have you been busy with recently? It''s true that I haven''t seen you go by for several days." Its still about the business group! Shannara said in a helpless tone. Are you in trouble? "It''s not a trouble, it''s okay, it''s been solved." Shanara smiled and continued to ask: "Would you like to eat at my place tonight? Two new chefs have been transferred recently, and some alchemy dishes taste pretty good. " Okay, Ill excuse you. Wu Heng said politely. Minnie immediately came up to her and said in a surprised tone, "Sister, why don''t you just change the chef? What an exaggeration!" "There is no general change. The chefs of the business group will make some adjustments as needed." Shanara explained, and continued to say to the housekeeper: "Prepare dinner!" Yes, maam! ?The housekeeper went down to give orders, and several people sat in the living room and continued chatting. Chatted for a while. The housekeeper returned and announced that the dinner was ready. A few people sat down at the slender carved dining table. Shanara and Wu Heng were sitting on one side, and Minnie and Anderweil were sitting on the opposite side. When its almost time to eat. Shannara smiled and asked: "Are there many things going on at the association?" Just as Wu Heng was about to answer, he felt a soft little hand put into his palm from under the table, and his fingers intertwined. Turning her head to look over, Shannella smiled and blinked lightly. ??Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party''s boldness, and at the same time glanced sideways at the housekeeper standing behind ''Shanara''. ??The housekeeper still stood aside politely, looking intently, as if he hadn''t seen anything. Seeing that Shannara was not afraid, Wu Heng naturally stopped worrying about anything. He took her hand and said, "Being busy is also a matter for the pirates." "Oh, you must be careful when doing things. At your current age, sitting in the position of deputy deacon, you are already very powerful, so don''t work so hard." Shannella looked over with a soft voice. "I know." Wu Heng smiled, and then continued to ask: "When will the goods I ordered arrive?" Shannara glanced sideways behind her, and the housekeeper said, "According to the itinerary, it will take another four days." Are you in a hurry? Shannella asked. Im not in a hurry, so I just thought of asking. Shanela continued: "Do you want to place an order later?" It should be possible! Tell me when you place another order and I will calculate the amount for you. These two transactions are relatively large transactions. There will be some discounts for subsequent orders. "good!" ??The two of them clasped their hands tightly and continued to chat about some things related to the island. Waiting for a few people to finish dinner. They quietly let go, walked back to the living room together, and continued chatting for a while. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. ?Wu Heng then left with his two daughters. Before leaving, he said: "Go to my place for dinner when you have time." Shannara smiled and nodded, "Okay!" Return to your residence. Minnie lay directly on the sofa, patting her belly and shouting to feel better. The little owl also flew over from the balcony, chirping non-stop. Andweil took out some meat sticks from the space ring and fed the little owl. At the same time, she said: "Master, Mrs. Shannella seems to care about you." ?Wu Heng sat down aside and did not deny it, "Well, the relationship is not bad." Andewil continued: "Mrs. Shannella is so gentle and beautiful, and she has so much money. It''s perfect." Minnie also nodded, "Well, he is still an elf and can live for such a long time." Wu Heng said with a smile: "Everyone has their own strengths, and you are also very good. There is no need to envy her." Hey, the master is so nice, Minnie said. Anderweil continued: "Go and prepare bath water for the master." Im so strong, I dont want to move! Just move around and go quickly. Anderweil urged again. Minnie reluctantly went upstairs to prepare the bath water. The three of them took a bath together and then went back to their room to rest. The next day, zombie world. As dusk approached, the convoy, surrounded by a large number of skeletons, began to return to the old factory area. ?Early this morning, Wu Heng went out with the skeletons and walked along the main road to clean up the zombies in the direction of the passenger terminal. Along the way, skeleton flying dragons were used to drop bombs, and spear arrays were used for carpet advancement. Speed ??up the pace and speed of combat to a great extent. Calculate according to the current speed. ?With another three or four days of clearing, the entire road will be almost opened. By then, the two bases will be completely connected, and there will be no need for a long detour. The transportation of materials is also more convenient. ?Similarly, after clearing out zombies, the number of skeletons will increase, and your own experience value will also continue to increase. Open the panel and take a look. Level: 13 (127451/140000) There is still more than 10,000 experience points left before reaching level 14. With the current number of corpses, one wave of corpses can be directly upgraded. ?Had it not been for the lack of time today, he would have wanted to clean up another wave and come back after reaching level 14. The convoy returned to the old factory area, the iron gate opened and drove into the factory yard. Many survivors rushed forward, carrying items and checking vehicles. ??Wu Heng and Qi Hancai got off the truck and just entered the dormitory building. Zhao Yanqiu walked over and said, "There is someone at the base who knows how to use that 3D equipment." ?Last time, I bought a 3D printer from the military market. Just ask who knows how to use it in the base. If no one knows how to use it, you can only ask someone who is proficient in computers to learn it. Now it seems that there are indeed people in this field. Where are the people? Here, Ill take you there. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai followed behind. ??We walked to the door of a dormitory together, knocked twice, opened the door and walked in. In the room, a young man in his 20s wearing glasses sat, with an assembled computer and 3D printer on his desk. ?Seeing the three people coming in, the young man immediately stood up and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Qi, Sister Zhao!" Zhao Yanqiu asked: "Have you installed that equipment?" "It''s installed, there are no problems with the equipment and the computer." The young man opened a software on the computer and explained: "Here you can design, make the shape and size of the object, and then import it into the 3D printer software. Made. Seeing his skillful operation, Wu Heng asked, "What''s your name?" Relaxation! Can you operate both computers and 3D equipment? "Yes! I had one before, but it''s not as expensive as this one." Zhang Chi said. ?Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and continued: "Zhang Chi, have you seen the skeletal flying dragon outside?" Ah, I saw it. "The magazine in the skeleton flying dragon''s chest is made of wood. I need you to make a new magazine to ensure that when the flying dragon is flying, the magazine and bullets will not shake around, and the maximum amount of ammunition can be loaded. Can it be done?" Wu Heng made his request directly. A slight drop of sweat suddenly appeared on his relaxed forehead, and he said: "I need to measure the size of the flying dragon''s chest and the size of its ammunition." Let Qi Hancai help you make arrangements then. Wu Heng continued. Zhang Chi nodded, "That''s no problem for me. I promise to complete the task." "Okay, you don''t have to worry about the outside work, just do this first." Yes! After saying this, his relaxed face turned slightly red, and he felt a sense of inexplicable excitement. ?Wu Heng nodded and led Qi Hancai out of the room. Qi Hancai continued: The market will be opened to the outside world tomorrow. Well, I will be there when the time comes. Its okay, just prepare normally. Wu Heng said. "good!" the next day. On the road, an off-road vehicle covered with blood scabs was speeding along. There was a man and a woman sitting in the car, and the back seat was filled with various cargoes. As the off-road vehicle bumped, it kept making jingling sounds. ?The two of them were a little tired from running all the way. Eyes are bloodshot and face is sallow. "Brother, you said on the radio that gold corpse cores can be exchanged for food. Is that true? Don''t be a bunch of liars who tricked us into eating human flesh or something." The young woman in the co-pilot said. They heard that the old factory area was going to open to the market, so they took a long detour a day in advance. ?But think about it carefully. ?It doesnt matter if the other party exchanges grain for corpse cores, but can exchange grain for gold, and there is no limit to the exchange. What does this mean? ??No matter what you think, you are a liar. But they do need food too. The man who was driving the car licked his dry lips and said, "You stay in the car and I''ll go in and check the situation. If the situation is not right, you drive away." Then what do you do? Ive taken corpse core before, and most of them tried to recruit me. Youre different. The ones with thin skin and tender meat look delicious. "Holy shit, you''re scaring me." The woman trembled. Okay, hold on tight, we have to pass through a community below, and there should be a lot of zombies. The woman grasped the handrail beside her. ??The off-road vehicle rushed directly down the diagonal dam, followed by violent bumps. The two came from a shelter on the edge of the city. There are not many survivors in the base, only about thirty people in total. In the past few days, I have heard on the radio about the shelter in the old factory area, where food is exchanged for gold and silver, corpse cores and various scarce resources. Not only them, but all the shelters in the radio station exploded. Exchanging grain for gold and silver is like having your brain kicked by a donkey. At this time, gold is not as useful as an axe. Some people actually exchanged grain for gold. As for the brother and sister''s refuge, after a brief discussion, they decided to come and take a look. After all, winter is coming soon. If they can really exchange for food, they will come earlier and are not afraid of losing it. If it is fake, they will drive away. Its just a trip in vain. ?Furthermore, I really cant think of any reason why the other party would dare to deceive so many bases. Especially the military. Even if it is the end of the world, the remaining modern weapons are enough to destroy a shelter. You are entering the community, be careful! the man said. The off-road vehicle plunged directly into the community ahead. ??Immediately, a zombie roar came from all around, and large zombies emerged from all directions and rushed towards the off-road vehicle. The man stepped on the accelerator to the bottom and crashed straight into it. In the violent collision, the windshield was covered with blood, and the wipers swept away the blood and minced meat. Seeing the off-road vehicle rush out of the community. ??The glass above suddenly shattered, and zombies jumped down from the building one after another. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Like a falling stone, it hit the roof of the car. ?The off-road vehicle, which was already bumpy at high speed, lost its balance the moment it rushed out of the community and entered the main road. ??Swinging wildly from side to side, it hit a street light on the side of the road with a bang. The off-road vehicle stopped immediately, and two to three hundred zombies poured out of the community and rushed towards this direction. The brother and sister in the car were knocked dizzy and their ears were ringing. When I woke up a little, the zombies had already surrounded the off-road vehicle. The claws hit the car body and roof. ?Bang bang bang~! There was a violent banging sound, causing the car body to slide continuously. Even if it is modified and reinforced, it will be difficult to maintain it for a long time. Damn it! The man kept igniting the fire, but the more anxious he became, the less responsive the off-road vehicle became. The woman said: "If we die here, we can be reunited with our parents, which would be good..." What are you saying! We cant die. ??The man got directly under the car and began to check what was wrong with the vehicle. "But." Tap tap tap~! Before she could finish her words, the woman''s eyes widened and she looked at a cavalry team running wildly in front of her in surprise. ?Silver armor, tall horse, holding a lance. Under the helmet is the skull of Senbai, and the war horse is also a skeleton horse made of bones. Horses galloping wildly with murderous intent. ?What the hell? Brother, brother, look quickly. The woman said, still staring straight ahead. As he spoke, the skeleton cavalry was like a bolt of lightning, passing through more than a hundred zombies. Large pieces of zombies were pierced through their bodies, lifted high into the air, and thrown to the side of the road. Then, the cavalry turned around again and plunged into the zombies again, flying away a large number of zombies. After two rounds of charges, the zombies'' attention was also attracted. ??No longer attacking the iron cars, they all turned around and rushed towards the Skeleton Cavalry. ??The brother and sister''s hearts were beating rapidly, and they looked at the scene in front of them in disbelief. There are only a dozen cavalrymen and there are more than a hundred zombies. ??But the cavalry still rushed back and forth quickly among the corpses, cleaning up the zombies over and over again, and at the same time drawing the zombies away from the range of the off-road vehicle. As for those ferocious and brutal zombies, they are completely powerless due to the high mobility of the cavalry. Its terrible. The two of them were stunned and froze on the spot. A modified explosion-proof vehicle was driving over directly in front. "They are survivors. These skeleton cavalry are from the survivor base." The woman exclaimed. Men also thought about supernatural powers. The explosion-proof vehicle quickly approached and stopped. A person quickly walked over and looked into the car. Seeing that the two were still alive, he said directly: "Can the car move? Follow us." The man restarted the off-road vehicle. After several attempts, he successfully started it. When things go wrong, it wont start no matter what. Now it can actually be started again. Follow the explosion-proof vehicle and drive forward. Forward. The broad road is set up with checkpoints. ?Abandoned cars and stone barriers have blocked a large area of ??the road, leaving only a two-car-wide passage in the middle. Behind the roadblock, you can see survivors wearing body armor, as well as skeletons holding guns and wearing leather armor. The brothers and sisters both opened their mouths a bit. ?There are also skeletons holding guns. These are nothing, modern underworld troops. ?At the entrance, two heavily armed survivors walked over. After waving his hand to lower the car window, he asked: "Which shelter is it from?" North Station Shelter. Are you not injured? "No!" After waiting for a few minutes, it was confirmed that both of them were fine. The barricades were removed, "and along the road you could see the place of exchange." "Thanks!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 337 , busy market Chapter 337, Busy Market The brother and sister were inspected, and the skeleton cavalry who had just killed the zombies also returned from the rear. Walking past the side of the off-road vehicle. The lance was still dripping with sticky blood. ?The brother and sister looked back and saw that there was no zombie in the distance. They all fell to the ground. What a fierce cavalry! The two of them were shocked. ?Although I dont know why these skeletons can stand up, they are obviously more powerful than zombies. 12 skeleton cavalry killed so many zombies. Its simply terrifying. When the brother and sister turned to look at the skeleton cavalry. The roadblock was removed, and the survivor responsible for the inspection said: "Follow the road, you can see the place of exchange." Oh, thank you! ?The brother and sister reacted, drove the severely deformed off-road vehicle, and continued to drive inside. The road ahead is very smooth. Abandoned vehicles and debris were piled on both sides of the road, and not a single zombie rushed out. You can also see some survivors on patrol. Looking this way from time to time. Obviously, this area is completely controlled by survivors and is not infested by zombies. Brother! Are these skeletons that can move have supernatural powers? the woman in the co-pilot said suddenly. Ability to patrol with survivors. The only thing they can think of is supernatural powers. "That''s probably it. I''ve only heard of some supernatural powers on the radio, but we haven''t seen any effects." said the man driving the car. ??The woman looked out the window at the skeleton patrol passing by, "This power is too perverted, every skeleton is considered a thug." The man was a little yearning, "Yes! Unfortunately, I have only taken the first-level corpse core. If there is a second-level corpse core, I would also like to try it to see if I can awaken my powers." The woman immediately turned her head and said seriously: "No, let me tell you, the success rate is so low, how could it be your turn? What should I do if you die?" If you can awaken a superpower with powerful effects, it will soar into the sky, and at worst you can even get the position of leader. They also have powerful superpowers. There are a few who can take corpse cores and survive. "Let me tell you what you are shouting about. Besides, the zombies are getting stronger and stronger. Sooner or later we will try to take the corpse core." The man said helplessly. The off-road vehicle continued to move forward slowly, and gradually saw the tall courtyard wall in front of it, as well as the skeletons holding guns standing on the wall, and even two machine guns pointing outside. Holy shit, this place is no worse than the military side. The woman exclaimed. ?Now it seems that this shelter in the old factory area is no worse than the military one. With the same abundance of firearms, there are still so many skeletons that can be controlled, which is likely to be higher than that of the military. ??I had never heard of the shelter in the old factory area being so powerful. Why did he suddenly rise up! Here we are, stop talking nonsense, the man said. Ahead, according to the guidelines, we entered the open market courtyard. ? ?A sign was erected at the door with the values ??of various items marked on it. 10 grams of gold, exchange for 10 kilograms of grain One first-level corpse core can be exchanged for 50 kilograms of grain. A total of 5 cores will give you 10 kilograms more. Level 1 deformed corpse in exchange for 10 kilograms of grain. One second-level corpse core can be exchanged for 100 kilograms of grain. A total of 3 cores will give you an extra 30 kilograms. Level 2 deformed corpse in exchange for 30 kilograms of grain. 1 rifle, exchanged for 15 kilograms of grain, 100 bullets, exchanged for 10 kilograms of grain. One heavy machine gun. . 1 armored vehicle in exchange for 300 kilograms of grain. Special talents can exchange for 100 kilograms of grain per person. Various exchangeable items are clearly listed on the notice board. ?The brother and sister looked over, their eyes opening wider and wider. Brother, they really exchanged grain for gold! They dont drink polluted water, they must have lost their minds! ?The cars have arrived at the entrance of the market, and there is no need for the other party to continue to deceive people. marked, obviously the intention is to exchange. "Don''t talk nonsense. If your brain is broken, others can''t be broken either..." The woman chuckled, "I just said casually, it would be great if they could exchange them. The price they buy guns is so low, half cheaper than the military. They also buy armored vehicles and special talents. Am I considered a talent?" " Is it considered a talent to be able to eat? Sick! After reading the notice board, the off-road vehicle entered the market directly. The two of them got out of the car and came to a wooden table. "Let''s exchange for food." Have you read the notice board? the arranger asked. Look, we brought some gold jewelry. The man said. "Bring it over and we''ll weigh it. If it''s ok, you can go get the grain again." Oh, good! Opening the car door again, he handed over a small plastic bag containing various gold jewelry. After weighing. A total of 104 grams, go over there and get the food! "good!" Getting on the car again, we continued to the place where we received food. When two large bags of flour were stuffed into the back seat, both of them swallowed and spit. Its really good. ??Moreover, the warehouse where the other party took the grain was filled with bags of grain. Okay, you can go! After the exchange was completed, the staff said directly. Oh okay! The man in the drivers seat turned on the ignition twice and asked awkwardly, Can the car be repaired here? Theres something wrong. If you go there to repair your car, you will be charged some fees. Uh. When they heard the charge, the two of them hesitated. But the condition of the off-road vehicle is such that it may not be able to be driven back without repair. Still drove to the car repair location for simple repairs. Waiting for the car to start, some more grain was withheld. The brother and sister drove the vehicle back the same way. On the way back. The two brothers and sisters are still a little unable to recover. ??So gold is exchanged for food? ??Except for the danger of zombies along the way, the remaining journey does not take more than twenty minutes. They have a lot of food, and why do they need to exchange it for gold? The woman tilted her chin and pondered. The man said: "They all say that gold can be found in troubled times. Is this what they think?" Those were troubled times, not the end of the world. Everyone is almost dead now, so whats the use of gold? Then why do you think its so? Weve already replaced the food anyway. Yes, this is also something I cant figure out. The brother and sister chatted in low voices. Suddenly, several cars drove over. The brother and sister immediately looked serious and put their guns on their legs. In addition to zombies, other survivors are equally dangerous. ??However, the other vehicle did not stop. It honked its horn on the way and passed directly by. Im also going to exchange for food, the man said. Well, they brought more stuff. As he spoke, another military truck and two armored vehicles passed by from one side. ? It is also the direction of the old factory area. The military also went. "Um!" ??The man narrowed his eyes slightly and looked at the military vehicles going away in the rearview mirror. Then he turned directly and rushed towards the military market. The woman frowned, "What are you doing?" "While they don''t understand the market, let''s go to the military to exchange for some big guys, kill the aberrant dogs at the intersection, and then exchange for more food." Its hard to get food, but just exchange it for it? The man said: "We have more than 30 people in the base. How long can just two bags of food last? Why not change more weapons? While others are still waiting to watch, change more. In a few days, all the food may be replaced. No more. The woman was stunned for a moment and felt that it made sense. "Okay, then hurry up and change it. When food is abundant, the military may raise the price of weapons." I thought so too! Old factory area, reception room of the open market. Qi Hancai walked in and said, "Chief, Captain Yang is here." Behind her, followed Yang Long from the military and two team members also wearing combat uniforms. Captain Yang, we meet again so soon. Wu Heng stood up and shook hands with the other party. ?Yang Long also smiled and said: "Little brother, you deceived me so badly." "Hey! Where did Captain Yang come from?" Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down. You never said that you were a superpower, nor did you say that you had so much food. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 338 , Eagle Vision Chapter 338, Eagle Eye Technique ?Yang Long sat down on the chair, showing an expression of being deceived. ??Wu Heng also returned to his seat and sat down, "You can''t talk about this kind of thing casually." "That''s right!" Yang Long nodded in agreement and continued: "Brother, I''m curious to ask, why is it a little too early to collect gold at this time?" Different from last time outside the military market. ?Today, Yang Long talked more, but his tone was more polite. ?This is the reversal of roles between the two parties. Wu Heng should keep a low profile in the military market, and the other party should also restrain themselves here. If you happen to have some food, collect some in advance and use it when order is restored later, Wu Heng said. ?Yang Long looked blank for a moment, and in the end he only said, "I have an idea!" Captain Yang, are you here in exchange for food this time? ??Yang Long nodded, "Well, I also brought some gold. The pricing of your weapons and military equipment is not in line with the market..." ?Wu Heng understood what the other party meant. explained: "Captain Yang, don''t worry, we only exchange food, not guns and ammunition. You will still occupy the market." Firearms and ammunition are more important to Wu Heng than food. Food can be bought at any time, and the wood elves also have potions to promote plant growth, so there must be enough. Ammunition production has still not resumed. "It''s just that the price is too low for us to exchange with you." Yang Long continued. We currently have no shortage of guns and ammunition, and if necessary, we will exchange them with the military, Wu Heng said. ??Yang Long has no choice. Judging from the defensive power of the market, there is really no shortage of guns. I didnt say much on this topic. Instead, he continued: "Brother, tell me the truth, will you continue to collect gold in the future?" Collect, the price remains unchanged, and you will receive as much as you have. Are you kidding? No kidding! "Okay, it''s good to have brothers, so we won''t bother you." Yang Long stood up. "Um." Wu Heng sent them to the door. Get back into the armored vehicle and drive away. Outside the market, there are still many vehicles from shelters gathering, exchanging food. It is approaching dusk. The market began to become deserted. ?The outpost confirmed that no convoy was coming, and Qi Hancai ordered the market to be closed. Everyone started to pack up their things and return to the dormitory in the rear factory area. dormitory room. ~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened, and Qi Hancai walked in with a backpack and said: "A total of 32 kilograms of gold and 4 first-level corpse cores." Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he heard this number. Thirty-two pounds of gold is equivalent to more than 530 gold coins in another world. This is the number on the first day. Many shelters were suspicious of this place and did not come directly. According to the experience at the passenger terminal, gold will continue to increase for a period of time. The second one who was a little surprised was the corpse core. 4 were exchanged in one day. The shelter here even took out the corpse cores in exchange! Qi Hancai said: "I was quite surprised at first, but after chatting with the survivors, I found it was actually quite normal." How to say? The shelters here are equipped with guns and rockets. If you find a way to kill the first-level aberrant zombies, you still have a high success rate. Qi Hancai explained. This point is really quite convincing. ? Human beings cannot fight against deformed zombies with their own strength. ??However, with the possession of modern weapons, they are enough to kill first-level deformed zombies, and what humans are best at is not frontal killing. They are more likely to set traps and kill from long distances. Thats indeed true. Qi Hancai smiled and said: "The market has just opened, and some people must still be waiting outside. After a while, some people may be selling the second-level distorted corpse core." ??Wu Heng also agrees with this statement. The open market here is more suitable than the passenger terminal. As expected, everyone must be mobilized to collect the loot more quickly. Well, the market is pretty good. During this period, other work will be slowed down to maintain the market. "clear!" ??Wu Heng continued: "Let''s do this first, be careful when doing things." "good!" Qi Hancai exited the room. ?Wu Heng also collected all the gold and corpse cores. Then open the gate and go to Treasure Island. Appears in the study room on the fourth floor. ?Wu Heng went directly to the alchemy room and placed four first-level corpse cores on the table. At the same time, on the cabinet shelf on the side. There are also two more bottles of first-level corpse core finished medicine. Putting the space ring away, he walked out of the room. Come down from upstairs. ?Minnie and Anderweil are putting a vest on the little owl. The fluffy feathers are tightened, making the head look exaggeratedly big.?????But it still looks quite cute. ??Watching the owl put on clothes, Wu Heng also thought of Yuri who could turn into an eagle. ??The armor on her body is a magic item that can be transformed into various armors according to its shape. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, they both called out to the master. Then, Anderweil continued: "Master, the bounty for killing the pirates last time has been paid. There is also a third-level meritorious service. You can go to the front desk to collect it." The two pirate groups are the Poison Blade Pirate Group and the Red Crown Pirate Group that were killed during the last rescue of Silla Rose. Call me tomorrow morning and well go to the association together. "good!" ?Minnie then talked about the radio pirate thing. Philippa has begun recruiting new sailors and changing some of the ship''s weapons configurations. ?Although the pirate group is not strong. But the equipment of a ship is definitely not bad. There is no serious information. ? Minnie is still more willing to check the radio stations information every day. After all, she has read a lot of Straw Hat cartoons and has a curiosity and yearning for the life of pirates. Can enter the room several times a day. After finishing the serious chat, Chef No. 1s dinner has been prepared. The three of them sat at the dining table to eat together. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng distributed two bottles of medicine directly to the two of them to continue to increase their physical fitness. The two women cheered and took the potion in the living room. The effects of such medicines disappear. After simple training, go back to your room and rest. the next day. ?Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the association together. When passing through the association hall. Check the rewards that can be exchanged for level 3 meritorious deeds at the front desk. ??As Wu Heng''s level increases, some of the existing skills and magic props are no longer of much help to him. ?In the skill book, I picked it up for a while and found a [Eagle Eye] skill book. It felt pretty good. Eagle Eye (Description: You can create a stealth sensor, place it in a certain location, and observe and monitor it. (Stealth sensor, with high perception, there is a chance of detection).) ?When he saw the name of the skill Eagle Eye Technique, Wu Heng thought it was an enhancement of vision. In other words, it is the skill of the ranger. ?After reading the introduction through the panel, I discovered that it was an invisible surveillance camera. After placing it, you can observe and monitor a certain area. But it is not completely invisible. Professionals with high perception still have a chance of discovering it. I will change it to this one. Wu Heng said. The staff nodded, "Okay, Mr. Archdeacon." ?Wu Heng put away the books and walked towards the office study room. Enter the room. Push the door open and walk in. ?Anderweil is wiping the table. Wu Heng said: "Weier, go and talk to Moya. You have to deal with the two corpses I killed and ask her to issue a transfer certificate for me." "Okay, Master." Anderweil wiped her hands, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, Anderweil came back again. ?Hand over the certificate for moving the corpse. ?Wu Heng took the certificate and went to the morgue, asking the coroner to get a straw mat and wrap the body. Then put it into the space ring. When everything was over, Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. Continue to the zombie world. Zombie world. Markets have reopened. Several shelters came here one after another to exchange food. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory building and took out the bodies of two pirate captains in the open space behind the building. ReleaseBone Slave Techniquein succession. The two corpses stood up, their rank and occupation also revealed. Skeleton Thief (Level 12) Skeleton Warrior (Level 10) It turns out that Captain Poison Blade''s profession is a thief, while the other one is a warrior. Level 12 is already not low. Your name is Poison Blade, your name is Red Crown. Wu Heng named them after the pirate group. Distributed equipment to the two skeletons and walked back together. Back to the factory area, Qi Hancai saw him and walked towards him. Theres no problem. Its almost the same as yesterday. Im pretty disciplined, Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng looked at the market direction. ?One of the off-road vehicles also had a machine gun mounted on it. Poison Blade, you will follow her from now on to protect her safety. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai was stunned and looked at the tall and thin skeleton with two short blades hanging from his waist in surprise. Do you have a skeleton bodyguard yourself? (End of this chapter) Chapter 339 , pursuit of excitement Chapter 339, pursuit of excitement Hearing Wu Heng''s arrangement, Qi Hancai felt happy. Skeletons have very strong fighting power, and being able to arrange one to be their personal bodyguard also represents how important they are in the eyes of the other party. At least, they are no longer ordinary survivors who cannot be trusted. Skeleton Poison Blade consciously walked to Qi Hancai''s side. Thank you! Qi Hancai thanked him happily. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "How is the market today?" There werent many people in the morning, and now they are starting to arrive one after another. It seems that there should be more people than yesterday. Qi Hancai said, looking in the direction of the market. After the survivors who exchanged supplies yesterday return, the news will definitely spread. In the following days, there will be more and more. Is there no problem with public security? There is no problem so far. Skeletons holding guns are enough to intimidate those outside survivors. Even some shelters with a bad reputation have kept a low profile since they arrived. Qi Hancai said directly. Well, Ill leave this to you. "Okay, don''t worry." Qi Hancai nodded in agreement, and then reminded: "The speed of food exchange is a bit fast, and it can only last for a week at most." ?Each shelter thinks that the people in the old factory area are stupid, and they are exchanging the maximum amount of food to avoid not being able to exchange it in two days. Coupled with the arrival of more and more shelters, it can last for a week at most. Food is not a problem, you can just exchange it normally. Wu Heng said. The goods of Star Flower will arrive in the next two days. Among them was the large amount of grain he ordered. In terms of food, the wood elves have potions to increase production, which can fully meet the trading needs here. Moreover, a few coppers per bag of flour must be exchanged for gold. ?Even if you go to various grain stores to collect them, you can''t let the exchange here stop. Hearing that Wu Heng had ensured the amount of food, Qi Hancai felt relieved and said, "Okay, I''ll get to work first." Well, lets go! Qi Hancai walked towards the market. Skeleton Thief Poison Blade followed behind her and left together. ?Wu Heng also walked towards the dormitory building. Walking into the dormitory building. ??Wu Heng went to a room on the third floor. ?Knocked lightly on the door, pushed it open and walked in. ?The room was a little dark, and Zhang Chi, who was sitting in front of the computer, turned his head and looked over. When he saw it was Wu Heng, he immediately stood up and said, "Your Majesty." How is the design going? Wu Heng walked to the computer. Zhang Chi stepped aside, enlarged the pattern in the computer software, and explained: "The size of the Feilong''s chest has been measured, and I am making the corresponding module size based on the position inside." In the software, you can see a pattern of a flying dragon''s chest, as well as various module components formed in the chest. Looks a bit like the CAD software I learned in school, but it shows a three-dimensional model. When can we come out? Wu Heng asked. It may take a few days before the mold is printed, and testing and adjustments are needed. Zhang Chi said immediately. Try to speed up the process as much as possible. When its completed, ask Qi Hancai to help you arrange for someone to test it. Zhang Chi nodded, "Okay." He gave a simple explanation. Hmm did not disturb him any further and left the room again. Return to the dormitory. ?Wu Heng released Glenda and Xiao Xiao at the same time. ?Two ghosts, one big and one small, were floating in the air, looked around, and then moved their eyes on him. ??Although both of them are their own ghosts, they cannot communicate with each other due to language barriers. ?Only Wu Heng could understand both sides. ?Xiao Xiaoban was lying in the air and said: "Uncle, if there is nothing else, I will go see my mother." ??Wu Heng nodded, "Go ahead, the market is open. If you''re not interested, go and stroll there, but you''re not allowed to come out to scare people." "I know! When have I ever scared anyone?" Xiao Xiao said and left through the wall. In the room, only Wu Heng and Glenda were left. The latter stuck his head out the window and took a look, and said, "Are all those people below you your slaves?" ?Glenda has seen the zombie world. ? Twice, when the search area for aberrant zombies was too large, Xiaoxiao and Glenda were released at the same time for investigation. Afterwards, Glenda also asked about it. His answer was that his hometown became what it is now due to certain circumstances. The relationship between them is contractual, and they are not worried that Glenda will betray them. ?If something happens to you, it will not be of any benefit to the ghost residing in your body, and it will even die with you. There is no such thing as slaves here, we can be called survivors. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda said: "Survivor? It sounds like someone who escaped death." You have seen the situation in this world before, and it is quite accurate to say that it was a narrow escape from death. Same! Glenda agreed, and then asked, Why havent I seen you catching pirates recently? "There are some problems with the association. The deacon asked us not to go to sea for the time being. Let''s wait and see the situation later. Let''s also take the opportunity to rest for a while." Wu Heng replied. The deacon suspended the association''s activities to conduct an internal investigation. How to investigate is not clear, but I have been quite leisurely recently. We have also focused more on this world, and the market has been established. There is still a level 15 left in the original plan. Yeah, thats pretty good. Glenda nodded. "A market has been established here. If you are bored, you can go and have a look around." Wu Heng said directly. It was also because there was no fighting for a long time, Glenda did not come out for a long time. ??Wu Heng just thought of releasing all two ghosts today to get some fresh air. "Okay, I''m also more interested in your culture." Glenda said, faded away, and left through the wall. ??The two ghosts were released, and Wu Heng sat down at the desk. Took out the skill book I bought today and started to read it. The skill [Eagle Eye] is a rare skill of the prophecy school among spells. The prophecy faction''s research and development direction is to predict the future, but more of the abilities in this faction are manifested in detecting dusty secrets, seeing through deception, or detecting abilities. Eagle Eye is a skill in the detection effect. Create an invisible sensor within the casting range to observe and listen to the area. ?In Wu Hengs understanding, this is a temporary camera created by magic. However, it will enter an invisible state after being released. It is regarded as a kind of invisible camera and can be monitored in real time. The book also introduces the characteristics of skills in detail. When released, it needs to be released within the casting range. However, after a complete sensor is formed, it is no longer restricted by distance. Hand can also observe the sensor from a long distance. This is much easier to use than a camera. For example, when you are on the road, you can place two sensors on the way to see if there is anyone following you. ??This is much easier to use than a camera or something. ?Wu Heng continued to look back. After the sensor is successfully released, it will have a existence time, rather than being created and retained permanently. Generally more than 10 minutes, the existence time is determined according to the caster''s mental strength. The second point is the detection of invisible sensors. Those with high perception, or some professions that are good at detection, have a chance of discovering invisible sensors. It is not that it is completely undiscovered. Its almost like a ghost! After the ghost is invisible, people with high perception will also notice it. This is similar to a sensor. ?Wu Heng turned back page after page. Wait until you see the last page. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Unlock skill: Eagle Eye. Finally unlocked. Close the book and put it into the space ring. ?? He stretched out his hand and cast [Eagle Eye Technique] to the side. After a short spell of condensation, a ball-shaped sensor the size of a tennis ball appeared in front of him. And then, it gradually faded within a second and entered an invisible state. But Wu Heng could still feel the position where the sensor was floating. ?Wu Heng sensed it and directly used his mental power to connect to the sensor. Immediately gained sight and hearing. Looking at myself from another angle, it feels a bit strange. Thinking about it for a moment, he immediately released two more sensors. Distributed in two other locations in the room. Continue to connect. But only one sensor can be connected at a time. If you want to view another one, you need to switch. Rather than watching three at the same time. It is impossible to put all the cameras on one screen like surveillance. If you think about it carefully, its actually right. After all, it is mental power that communicates. Receiving several visual and auditory sounds at the same time may overload the human brain. Generally speaking, this skill is pretty good. The effect is quite satisfactory. One day passes. As dusk approaches, the market closes. ?Glenda took the lead to fly back from the market, floating in the air, and said: "There was a conflict over there just now, don''t you go and take a look?" Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked curiously. "It was nothing. One man went to exchange food, and another man and his woman were in that iron vehicle. At the critical moment, they came back and caught them, and they started fighting." Glenda told. ?Wu Heng frowned, "With so little time, do you still have the energy to do this?" ?Glenda said: "Just pursue excitement. Don''t you think it would be exciting to do something while the other party''s husband is out?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 340 , do you still understand this? Chapter 340, do you still understand this? Still fighting now? Wu Heng asked. "That''s not true. When your skeletons rushed over, they stopped and left." Glenda continued. Although I dont understand the language of this world. But this can be understood just by looking at it. ??Wu Heng looked at Glenda floating in the air with some curiosity, "Do you still know these?" "It''s not like I haven''t lived before." Glenda floated to the other side and said, "You don''t understand the life of the nobles. Do you know why those nobles like to hold dances at night?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. He thought it was because there was a lack of entertainment forms, and nobles often held dance parties to pass the time. But when the other person asked this, I doubted whether what I understood was correct. Asked: Why? Because its late at night, I can do some secret things with those ladies in the back yard. This kind of excitement is not something that can be achieved by normal interactions. Well..., this is not surprising. Arent you afraid that the other partys husband will find out? Maybe in the bushes next door, the other person is also trying hard to please other peoples wives. Its really a bit of an exaggeration! From the perspective of the outside world, dancing is a popular entertainment activity for nobles, but in fact, they are just looking for some excitement. How do you know? Wu Heng looked at her suspiciously. ?Glenda smiled and said: "Do you think that I understand it so well and have participated in it?" He changed positions again and added: "Although it sounds exciting, I don''t like to participate in these. I also had many close friends before, and they would often mention these to me. Women''s private topics are actually very bold. , especially mature women. ?Glenda gave him the impression that she was more like a homely woman. Even when he is alive, he still reads books and grows flowers. After becoming your own ghost, except for the reconnaissance before the battle. Even if she is let out, she rarely goes out. Most of the time she is in the study room, reading some books or comics. Wu Heng really didnt believe her when she said she was keen on this kind of dance. Then these close friends of yours are really open-minded. Glenda said: "Why do you want to get to know them? There may be a few of them still alive, eighty or ninety years old. If you can accept it, I will introduce them to you if I have the opportunity." Thank you! Im afraid the dentures will fall out of my mouth. Its very picturesque, have you really experienced it? "I''m talking nonsense, so don''t think about it." ?Glenda continued: "Is there any written record of your world? I want to learn your language and writing." There is really no such thing. Ill teach you when I get the chance. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Xiaoxiao also flew back from outside. Looking like she was quite happy getting along with her mother, she couldn''t stop talking as soon as she came back. After talking for a while, the two ghosts all returned to their bodies. At the same time, Glenda also shared a scene that passed into his mind. Inside the dimly lit van. A man and a woman are intertwined together. They seem to be in a hurry and keep speeding up. ?Suddenly, the car door on one side was suddenly opened. The two of them were frightened, and the figures outside carrying flour also froze in place. Then, someone threw away the flour, yelled and rushed towards them. Get into a fight with the people in the car. Some people started a fight, some from other teams cheered, and some took the opportunity to take pictures of the woman. It was chaos. The entire market has also come to a standstill. ?It wasn''t until Qi Hancai came over with skeleton soldiers holding firearms that he forcibly stopped the few people who were fighting together. Who is right or wrong has nothing to do with me. After they go out, they can solve it themselves. Hurrying a few people to drive away from the market, other convoys behind also drove over to exchange food. ?Wu Heng was speechless. ?Glenda discovered the entanglement in advance and sat aside to watch for a while with great interest. Otherwise, he wouldnt have stayed in the carriage for so long. After watching the shared scene, Wu Heng walked to the window and took a look outside. The market is completely closed and there is nothing else going on here. Open the gate and return to your home. Appear from the boundary gate. Wu Heng went downstairs. When he reached the third floor, he went to the radio station''s room and took a look at the news from ''Philippa''. ?After that excitement, now Philippa doesnt talk about everything into the microphone like before. The record book only recorded the itinerary and arrangements of ''Philippa''. If there is any danger, wait for Wu Heng to come and rescue her. After confirming that there was no important information, Wu Heng turned around and walked out of the room. I thought about it for a while. ??He went to Anderweil''s room again and released a ball sensor in the corner. It''s not that I want to monitor the other party, but I want to test whether this kind of invisible sensor can be easily discovered. ? Anderweil is now a level 7 ranger, and the characteristic of a ranger is that her perception is not low. ??If you can hide it from Anderweil, it means you can basically hide it from professionals at the squad leader level. If it is discovered immediately, then this skill can only be used in the zombie world. After all, people in that world do not have such strong perception. After arranging the sensors, go directly downstairs. In the courtyard, Minnie was watering the flowers in the flower bed. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he immediately pounced on him, coquettishly, his ears waving back and forth and brushing against his chin. The two sat in the living room and chatted for a while, and Anderweil also came back from outside. ?While taking off his leather armor, he said: "Master, Deacon Imiro, I want you to go to the association tomorrow." "What''s up?" "It seems that the association is going to conduct some kind of inspection. I don''t know the details. The association is busy with these things today." Andwyer explained. examine? ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, and came up with a rough idea in his mind. ??Imiro suspected that there was a pirate spy in the association and planned to conduct an investigation in the association. It seemed that it was arranged by Imiro. Okay, I get it! ?A few people chatted for a while, and dinner was served to the table. Sit down together and start eating dinner. After dinner was over, Minnie went to practice boxing with Bawudong, while Anderweil went back to her room first. ?Wu Heng sat in the living room and immediately connected to the magic sensor in Anderweil''s room. The picture appears in the mind. Anderweil passed by without noticing anything. She took off her long dress and took out a black lace underwear from the cabinet. She stood in front of the mirror and looked around, "I don''t know which one the master likes." Muttered to himself, his face started to turn red. The plush fox tail began to swing. Wu Heng is viewed from the default perspective. ??It seems that Anderweil''s perception is unable to detect the existence of the magic sensor. Dont worry too much when you release skills by yourself, you are a team leader level professional. Then, Anderweil changed into three or four pieces of underwear, finally took them all off, put on a long skirt, and walked out of the room. He came down from upstairs and saw Wu Heng. He smiled and said, "Master, you haven''t rested yet." Speaking, he bent his knees and leaned on his arms. ??Wu Heng glanced at her funny, hugged the fox girl, and said softly: "Miss me?" Anderweil''s face turned slightly red, "No way, I just saw that you didn''t have any rest, so I went downstairs to chat with you for a while." ??Wu Heng did not expose the other party''s little thoughts and said, "How about we go back to the bedroom to chat?" "good!" ?Wu Heng hugged her and walked towards the bedroom. The next day, the association. In the office study room, Wu Heng looked at the dwarf captain of Team 3 opposite and asked, "I heard that someone from the association came to check?" The dwarf captain ''Ohlin'' took a sip from the tea cup and said: "A special inspection envoy from the association came and questioned the association''s staff and professional teams yesterday. Almost one-fifth of them had problems. Suspended for investigation. So serious! Treasure Island is originally a relatively chaotic place. No one would believe it if there were no internal problems at all. Ohlin said. ?Wu Heng also nodded. Then he continued to ask: "What kind of special envoy? How did you check it? Is it accurate?" Ohlin said: "He has a wonderful thing that can make people tell the truth and they can''t lie even if they want to." Hearing these words, Wu Heng''s heart suddenly tightened. A strange thing that must tell the truth. There are many secrets in myself. ??If Jean told the truth, there might be big problems. (End of this chapter) Chapter 341 , sincere clay doll Chapter 341, Sincere Clay Doll Hearing the dwarfs words, Wu Heng also became nervous. A strange thing that forces people to tell the truth, which is similar to my own [Conversation with the Dead]. The difference is that he asked about the living beings, while he asked about the dead. This strange item would be really troublesome if used on oneself. ?If the other party''s problem is related to some of your own secrets and you tell them directly, then the matter will not be as simple as catching pirates. Whats the problem with the Archdeacon? Orin asked curiously when he saw him thinking deeply. ?Wu Heng shook his head and continued chatting and asked: "Then if he asks randomly, wouldn''t it be quite embarrassing if something happens then?" Olin smiled and said: "I was quite nervous before, but then I asked some questions about the association. There were no personal questions." Tell me what you asked about. Wu Heng took a sip of tea. ?Olin thought for a moment and felt that Wu Heng had just transferred over and killed so many pirates one after another. ??It definitely has nothing to do with pirates, so its okay to say something in advance. He said directly: "The questions are relatively straightforward. First, ask me if I have any contact with pirates, and then if I have sold the association''s internal information, and if I have done anything that damages the reputation of the association." Just these three? Ah, just these three, many people were screened and failed the inspection. Ohlin said. ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling a little more relaxed. I almost resigned. ??If it were just these three questions, it would really not be a big problem. I have never done any of these three. Even if I have done it, but there is no impression in my mind, when the time comes to answer, I will say no. He felt relieved and continued to ask: "Aren''t the associations afraid that strange objects will have no effect, or are there any props that can avoid telling the truth?" Ohlin thought for a moment and said: "I don''t know about this. Even if there is, it will not appear among the staff and ordinary teams. This kind of investigation should be a large-scale investigation, and the investigation will not be so detailed." Thats right! Wu Heng agreed. The two were chatting. ! There was a knock on the door. Anderweil opened the door and saw a staff member looking over. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room, he said directly: Deacon, deacon, please come over. Sure enough, I have to be asked too. I quickly weighed it in my mind and felt that I still had to go over and take a look at the situation. In the past, it wasnt necessarily as serious as I thought. Okay, I understand! Wu Heng said. Staff leave. Orin also stood up and said, "It seems that it''s your turn." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. The two of them walked out of the room together. ?Olin returned to the team lounge, while Wu Heng walked towards the deacon''s study. Just halfway through. ??Then he saw the elf sub-deacon Sheila Gui in front of him, leaning against the wall of the corridor, with his arms folded across his chest. Are you waiting for me? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui looked at him and said, "Do you know about the inspection?" "I know!" Wu Heng said: "We are both newly transferred here. It is necessary to investigate the pirates. Do you still need to ask us?" Xila Gui also looked a little serious and said: "The association conducts random inspections in various places every year. The local deacons tend to be in one direction. The special inspection envoy will make inquiries in this direction, and they will not care whether we are newly transferred." ?This thing also needs annual inspection! ?Wu Heng looked at the childlike elf in front of him, "What do you mean?" "We are deputy deacons after all. We can cooperate and prevent the other party from asking some secret questions wantonly." Sheila Gui said directly. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It seemed that the other party was quite resistant to this method of inspection. How to cooperate? "When you ask the other party, the other person must also be present. If the other party asks about something that is too confidential, interrupt him and be tougher." Sheela looked at him seriously. Sheila Guis attitude towards herself has changed a lot. Before, I heard that he was a necromancer, and I almost drew my sword. He also said that he would keep an eye on himself and not do anything randomly. Now it seems that in the association, Sheila Gui still trusts herself more. Lets discuss this matter privately. Of course, this is also a good thing for Wu Heng. Collaborate! As long as he doesn''t ask personal questions, Wu Heng has nothing to worry about. What are the secret things? Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him angrily and said, "Except for the association, everything else is private. Why can''t you turn your head now?" I want to ask more carefully to avoid problems when the time comes. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui raised her head, "Then you agreed?" Of course, Ill feel more at ease now that youre watching over me. Sheila Gui said angrily: "I know." The two chatted quickly. Without wasting too much time, they walked towards the deacon''s study together. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. In the deacon''s study, there were five people standing there. ??Deacon Imiro, assistant Moya, a thin middle-aged man wearing a purple mage robe, and two association investigators holding record books. After entering the room, the thin middle-aged man and the two investigators also looked at him at the same time. It seemed that he was also sizing up the two of them. Imiro said: "This is the special inspection envoy of the association. Everyone else in the association has already been inspected, and you two are the only ones left." ?Wu Heng and the other two looked at the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man smiled and said: "These are simple questions, so the two deputy deacons don''t need to be nervous." The two still did not speak. ??Yimi Luo said: "Xila Gui, you start first, Wu Heng, please wait at the door for a while." Sheila Gui, who was called, turned to look at him. Wu Heng said directly: "Deacon, I am the deputy deacon of the association, and I also want to stay and get in touch with the process in this area." Several people in the room looked over. Imiro thought for a moment and nodded, "Okay, Moya will bring him a chair." A chair was brought over. ?Wu Heng sat down and winked at Xila Gui who was directly opposite him to reassure him. Sheela Gui also glanced at him and did not respond. Then he sat down opposite the middle-aged man. The middle-aged man glanced at Imiro and Wu Heng. Normally speaking, the deputy deacon is not allowed to stay in this kind of thing. After all, some deputy deacons are an honorary position and will be involved in many things. Wu Heng said he wanted to see the process and was allowed to stay. It can be seen that Imiro attaches great importance to this Wu Heng. The middle-aged man looked at the female elf opposite, and from the space ring, he took out a human-shaped clay sculpture with his hands clasped on his chest and kneeling on one knee. Place it in the middle of the table. said: "When the time comes, you will have a feeling that your body is being manipulated. Don''t worry, don''t resist, it won''t have any impact on you." ?Wu Heng sitting aside. His eyes also fell on the clay doll. Sincere Clay Doll (Strange Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Look directly at the target and answer questions honestly. Side Effect: The controller will be speechless for one minute for each question. ?? (Description: A priestly magical object that represents sincere faith, allowing the target to answer true words, with high intelligence, mental resistance, and immunity to magical object manipulation.) It is indeed a strange thing. Look directly at the target and answer questions honestly. Isnt it true that if you avoid some eyes, you wont be manipulated? The cost is that the controller is speechless for one minute per question. No wonder, usually only three questions are asked. Otherwise, with so many staff members, this special inspection envoy would not be able to open his mouth for ten and a half days. Do you have any intelligence contact with the pirates? the middle-aged man asked. ?Wu Heng also immediately withdrew his gaze. Be prepared to stop or knock down the clay sculpture if there are any bad questions. (End of this chapter) Chapter 342 , do you have a grudge? Chapter 342, Do you have a grudge? The inspection envoy opened his mouth and asked the first question directly. Silla Rose, who was sitting on the other side, paused slightly and replied expressionlessly, "No!" The middle-aged man continued to ask: "Have you ever sold the association''s internal information?" Sheilagui replied, "No!" Have you ever done anything that damages the reputation of the association? This problem is actually quite broad. ?Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui to see how she would answer. No! Sheilagui replied again. Shuashuashua~! Following Sheila Guis answer, the two investigators standing behind began to record. Although I dont know what Im writing, I can hear the sound of writing. Through this period of contact, I also have a general understanding of Sheila Guis character. He is a person with a relatively sense of justice, unlike Wu Heng who joined the association in order to have a legitimate identity. She has a kind of heroic image in adventurers'' deeds. Furthermore, they also pay more attention to formal justice and take the rules of the association more seriously. "Did you falsely report your merits when you were promoted to deputy deacon?" the middle-aged man spoke again. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. According to the dwarf Ohlin, there were only three questions asked in total. But now theres a fourth one. ??Moreover, it has nothing to do with pirates anymore, before asking about what happened before becoming an archdeacon. ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro and saw that there was no change in the other person and he didnt speak. Although it is the fourth question, it does ask about things in the association. Under everyone''s gaze, Sheila Gui spoke calmly again, "No." End of four questions. The middle-aged man picked up a handkerchief and put it on the head of the clay sculpture. The handkerchief hung down to block his eyes. ?Hand waved to indicate that Silla Rose had finished the inspection and could leave her seat. Sheila Guis face still had no expression. Standed up from the chair and walked aside silently. Middle-aged man fell into the side effects of strange objects. There are 4 questions in total, which means he will be speechless for 4 minutes. The room fell into a brief silence. ?Wu Heng and Xila Guis eyes met, and Xila Gui shook her head slightly. Ended in 4 minutes. The middle-aged man stretched out his hand and said, "Deputy Wu Heng, sit over here." ?Wu Heng stood up, walked to the opposite side and sat down. Xila Gui sat down on the chair in front of Wu Heng, also looking like she was accompanying him. ??Imiro didn''t say much and acquiesced to her staying. Are you ready? the middle-aged man asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui and nodded. Look into the eyes of the clay sculpture. The middle-aged man said, and then picked up the handkerchief on the head of the clay sculpture. ?The moment he saw the eyes of the clay sculpture, Wu Heng felt a spiritual force hitting his mind. But it was only the moment he rushed in that he was blocked by a barrier and isolated from his own spiritual sea of ??consciousness. But you can still feel the constant impact. My own specialty [Strengthening Will] has taken effect. Strengthening will is a power that is unlocked when one takes the Big Head Corpse Core. According to the introduction, it is to establish a will barrier to prevent and dismantle the negative effects that infringe on the individual''s will. It seems that the ability effect of clay sculpture is also a negative effect of personal will. ?Still looking straight, he glanced at the middle-aged man opposite him from the corner of his eye. He looked calm and didn''t seem to notice anything. Then, the middle-aged supervisory envoy began to ask: "Do you have any connection with pirates?" ?Wu Heng was silent for a moment, confirming that he was indeed not affected, and felt more relaxed. According to the dull expression of Sheila Gui before, she replied calmly, No! Have you ever sold association information to outsiders? "No!" Have you ever done anything that damages the reputation of the association? "No!" ??The middle-aged man frowned subconsciously, then quickly relaxed his brows, and continued to ask: "Have you made any false claims about your merits when you became deputy deacon?" Sure enough, the same problem as Shila Rose. No! Wu Heng replied. Not to mention that I am answering by myself now, even if I am really controlled by strange objects, I have never falsely reported my merits. They are all merit earned by apprehending wanted criminals. ?Although most of them rely on modern weapons to kill enemies, it doesnt matter what they use, and the association does not stipulate that designated weapons must be used to kill people. ?Wu Heng felt a little relaxed. ?Had I known that there was no threat to me, I wouldnt have been so worried just now. After answering the four questions, wait for the other party to finish questioning. Get yourself out of here. The middle-aged man picked up the tea cup and took a sip. He did not choose to end it and spoke again, "You are from Yeke Kingdom. Have you ever done any illegal necromancy experiments?" ?Wu Heng''s heart tightened. This issue had gone beyond the scope of the association. Control your expression and prevent your pupils from changing. Wu Heng still replied calmly, "No!" No? The middle-aged man''s brows began to frown visibly. Even looked at the other persons eyes to see if they were meeting the clay sculpture. How can a necromancer, sitting in the position of deputy deacon of the association at such a young age, be so abiding by the rules? How is this possible? Thinking in his mind, he asked again, "Have you ever done anything that goes against the association''s guidelines?" grass~! ?Wu Heng cursed in his heart. This question is too broad. The field envoy, even the deacon Imiro, dare not say that they are operating in full compliance with the guidelines. This person has enmity against himself? ?Trying to get yourself to give incriminating answers? ?Wu Heng just wanted to answer no. Xilagui stood up directly, covered the eyes of the clay sculpture, and said: "The special envoy of the inspection knows Wu Heng? Why is the question so targeted?" Interrogation terminated. Woooo~! ??The middle-aged special inspector fell into a state of aphasia. He suddenly stood up, his eyes widened, and he couldn''t open his mouth. But his eyes were staring and his face was red, showing that he was very angry. The two investigators standing behind were still recording things. Having no intention of speaking or interfering. "What are you doing?" Imiro said with a hint of scolding, and then said: "The inspection of you two is over. Apologize to Mr. Kalema." Hilagui bowed and apologized, "I''m sorry, Inspector Kalema." The middle-aged man is still a little angry. Imiro said directly: "Okay, you two go down. There will be some changes in the association staff recently, and you will take turns to be in charge of the association." Yes. The two of them saluted and walked out directly. Hurry away for a distance. ??Wu Heng said: "Thank you!" Although I was not affected by the effect of the strange object, I was still quite touched that Sheila Gui helped me. He immediately covered Qiwus eyes with a clean and neat movement. "Thank you for what we agreed." Sheila Gui said and continued to ask: "Do you know the special inspection envoy?" Never seen it! Then why does he ask you so many questions? Sheela asked. ?Wu Heng is also a little strange about this. I also doubt the other partys purpose. The way he asked the questions was obviously to get him to reveal some crimes. What will happen if we fail this inspection today? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, "I should be investigated, but I will definitely be suspended for a period of time." Suspension. ?Wu Hengs brows were still frowning. Sheila Gui smiled and said: "No matter what, we have passed the test, which is a good thing." "Indeed." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I''ll invite you to the tavern for lunch, as a way of thanking you for helping me out." Um, thats okay, lets celebrate that we passed the inspection. 6 minutes over. The Inspectorate Envoy recovers from aphasia. His face was still a little red, and he said seriously: "Deacon Imiro, members of the association must cooperate with the inspection, and interrupting and interfering are not in compliance with the rules." ??Imiro glanced at the other party and said: "I will punish the two of them. Inspector Kalema can rest assured about this." "Penalty? Interference in inspection, this is a serious violation of regulations." The man still said. Imiro turned to him and said: "The special envoy''s questions cannot involve personal life and secrets, otherwise the person being inspected has the right to refuse to answer. You don''t know this, right?" The man''s eyes narrowed slightly, "Do you think there is something wrong with what I asked? Don''t forget, it was you and the association who applied for an internal investigation." The investigator has already recorded it. If there are any problems, we can ask the higher-ups to review it. Hmph! The man snorted coldly and continued: Tomorrow I will check the member files and have them prepared in advance. "Can!" The man put away the clay sculpture and left the study directly. The two investigators also closed their notebooks, bowed and left. Public room. ??A variety of sumptuous meals were brought out and placed in front of the two of them. Sheila Gui asked: "Just eat a little, you don''t need to order so much." Its a rare treat for you, please eat more. Wu Heng said politely, and continued: The effect of that strange object is quite special, its more like me asking for corpses. Xilagui said: "This kind of strange object belongs to the auxiliary category and is of little use in actual combat." Indeed, telling the truth on the battlefield is useless! "That''s not what I mean. This kind of strange object does not control your body, but allows you to answer your true thoughts. If you don''t want to, you can easily crack it without looking at the eyes of the clay sculpture, or by covering your eyes." Xila Gui. said. Thats right! This is the arrangement of the association, otherwise this rare item will be difficult to use on ordinary team members. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 343 , you can participate when you have time Chapter 343, you can participate when you have time To put it bluntly. For this strange thing to have any effect, it requires human cooperation. In other words, the association stipulates that all members need to cooperate, otherwise no one will sit there honestly and look directly into the eyes of the clay sculpture. As long as there is no cooperation, it will be difficult to achieve results. The cost is not high, just one minute of silence per question. Well, its really useless to say so. Wu Heng agreed. Xila Gui picked up a piece of meat and chewed it in her mouth, and continued: "This inspection actually has some benefits for us." How to say? "It''s nothing. Even if we pass the inspection this time, it will be written on the file. We will be helped when we are promoted to deacon in the future." Sheila Gui raised her eyes and glanced at him, "The appointment of deacon is not just the accumulation of merit. , conduct and passing inspections are both very important. Thats right. If you just accumulate merit, the deacon position of the association will be occupied by some people with high combat effectiveness. This is not a good thing for various places. Perhaps in some places, a gang disguised as an association may be formed. But it is also one aspect. Human nature is difficult to control. ?For example, Yazd, the former deacon of Blackstone Town, devised a conspiracy to extend his life. He killed people in Mining Village and almost took over Wu Heng''s body. Even if the initial inspection passes, it will be difficult to ensure that it will not be affected by other factors later. ?Wu Heng continued to look at her, "Do you really want to be a deacon?" "Don''t you want to? Being able to become a deacon, sit in the association, and have a status second only to the city lord, I don''t believe there is anyone who doesn''t want to sit in this position." I say I dont want to, do you believe it? Dont believe it! ?Wu Heng smiled and said nothing more. He really didnt have much interest in the deacon. The position of deputy deacon seems to be quite suitable for me. I dont have much work to do, and even if I do, it is done by my assistant. This gives him a certain amount of time to run the zombie world. Why dont you find an assistant? After talking about the inspection, Wu Heng found a new topic. Sheila Gui said: "There are no suitable candidates! I have already written back, and someone should come over after a while." Well, find someone you can trust, Treasure Island is not a safe place. I see you take two attendants with you wherever you go, so you are so afraid of danger! Sheila Gui glanced at the two figures standing aside. Different from other professions, a Necromancer''s combat effectiveness comes largely from his Necromancer attendants. The next thing is spells and equipment attacks. "Are you envious? Next time you kill a wanted criminal, I will help you transform into a skeleton, and you can also act as a guard by following you." Sheila Gui curled her lips and said, "Thank you. I''m not used to having people following me everywhere, and they are still undead." You are still young and dont know the benefits of undead attendants. I can be your grandma. Hey~! Why are you still swearing! The two of them had a meal and walked out of the tavern directly. Lets walk towards the association together. Return to the office and study room. ?Andwyer was lying on the desk, combing the owl''s feathers. Weier, have you eaten? "Eat." Anderweil replied and asked: "Master, did the inspection go well?" It went well, nothing happened. Wu Heng said. "That''s good!" ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk and said: "There will be some changes in the association''s staff recently. When doing something, the skeleton attendant will be with you." "clear!" ? Anderweils current skeleton attendant is Blood Ax, a level 14 beast warrior. He is tall and carries a long-handled battle axe. The original level 12 Fire Blade was assigned to the pirate lady Philippa. Wu Heng continued: "By the way, no one notified you, so you have to be inspected, right?" No! Do I need it too? I dont know. If you are notified that you need to be examined, dont go yet. Tell me in advance. Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng sat in the office study and chatted with Anderweier for a while, then left directly. walked out of the association and looked around. Go directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite the association. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. ?The man in a formal dress bowed and said, "Good afternoon, distinguished guest." ??Wu Heng handed his emblem to the other party, "Let''s see if the commission I issued has any results." Good guest! The staff bowed and exited the room. After a while, I came back again. He said: "Guest, we have collected for you the corpse of a level 12 blacksmith, a level 13 flying dragon, and the formation building ''Fire Furnace''." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The collection of the two corpses was nothing special. After all, I havent been here for a while. But the Fire Smelting was completed much ahead of schedule. I have ordered two formation buildings in total, the Fire Furnace and the Water Element Well. One is a furnace for smelting metal, and the other is a well for condensing water elements in the air to form drinking water. Okay, where are everything? The staff member took out a sachet from the storage space and said, "Guests, corpses and buildings are all in here. Do you think we can take them away easily?" ??Wuheng really doesnt have such a large storage space. He said directly: "Lend me the sachet first and I will send it back to you tomorrow." The staff member said directly: "Guest, I will arrange for someone to go back with you and wait for you to take out the contents and return them to us." Alright! The staff continued: "Guest, you still need to pay 6,750 silver coins to complete this transaction." Okay! Wu Heng took out the corresponding money. After the staff put it away. In addition to the sachet that was handed over, there was also a bill with a purple snake head printed on it. The introduction said: "Guest, in half a month, we will hold a year-end auction on the cruise ship. If you have time, you can participate in some. There will be treasures, famous weapons, or some rare items for sale." Auction? This world, and this thing. Can all customers participate? Of course not, only guests whose transaction volume reaches a certain share are eligible, and there will be no more than 30 people on Treasure Island! Okay, Ill take a look then. ?Wu Heng took the sachet and left. The Snake Emblem Consortium arranged for a staff member to follow him towards his residence. Return to your residence. After talking to Minnie, Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Came to an open space, took out the corpse and the huge furnace engraved with patterns, returned to Treasure Island, and returned the sachet to the staff. After putting away the sachet, the other party bowed and left. Return to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng looked at the two corpses in the open space. The blacksmith''s body was placed in a coffin, while the flying dragon''s body was wrapped in a large straw mat. Have the skeleton place the two corpses aside. Release [Bone Slave Technique]. Skeleton Blacksmith (Level 12) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) (End of this chapter) Chapter 344 , let him come down (one update today, headache!) Chapter 344, let him come down (Updated today, headache!) Two skeletons stood up from the minced flesh. Shaked his body and walked aside. Counting those in front of me, there are a total of five skeleton blacksmiths and five skeleton flying dragons in the old factory area. The number of skeleton blacksmiths is not small. In a smaller city in another world, it is enough to maintain the operation of a blacksmith shop. As for the skeleton flying dragon, although there are already five of them, the flying dragon''s fighting method on the battlefield is still based on dropping bombs. The way of fighting is somewhat simple. ?Although I have also thought about extending some new combat methods, there have been no big breakthroughs. It is indeed the simplest and most efficient to kill the zombie hordes and drop the "lazy dog ??bomb". So, this has been going on all this time. The two skeletons walked aside, and Wu Heng set his sights on the ''Fire Furnace''. The entire furnace is an iron-black cylindrical object with a diameter of more than three meters, with an elliptical depression of one meter in diameter in the center. It''s like a very thick metal water tank. The sides and top are carved with complex runes with deep carvings. Coupled with the round shape, it looks more like an altar. Having experience with the Bone Burial Ground formation pattern, Wu Heng was not surprised. The special effects that buildings can produce depend on these patterns. After a brief glance, Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and pressed the communication button, "Qi Hancai, come to the back of the factory." "receive!" Not long after, Qi Hancai walked over quickly. ? Wearing stab-proof clothing and a walkie-talkie hanging on his chest, he looks a bit handsome. After walking over, he looked at the two skeletons and then at the iron-black furnace. He frowned slightly. It seems that there was no such thing before. After a quick glance, he looked away and asked, "What are your instructions?" Wu Heng said: "Is the factory building that I asked you to prepare last time ready?" There is still a lot of vacant factory buildings, what should be used for them? ??Wu Heng glanced at the furnace nearby and said, "This is a furnace. I need to put it in a factory to smelt metal." Oh, no problem, theres a lot of space over there in the factory. Get a car, transport this there, and then have someone smelt five hundred grams of gold for later use. Understood! Qi Hancai agreed and took out the walkie-talkie to explain the task. Not long after, a crane came over. Hook up the flame furnace and rush towards the warehouse in the factory area. Arrived at the factory. The Flame Furnace was placed in a selected location, and the smelted gold was sent over and poured into several nodes of the furnace. Activate the pattern effect. ??Wu Heng continued: "The skeleton blacksmith will work here from now on and increase the production of solid iron bullets." Understood! Qi Hancai agreed. After the blacksmith skeleton is also transferred. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked back together. Is there no problem at the market? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai followed and replied: "No, Captain Yang from the military came again yesterday and wanted to talk to you about the exchange of military equipment for food. You were not there at the time, so I told him that I had no plans to adjust the price. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ??Yang Long is talking about this matter again? Why are they so eager to sell things? Are they really short of food? Or do they have other plans? I cant figure it out a bit, but it doesnt have much to do with me. Food is the only price tag now, and nothing is as important as food. As long as you have food, you can exchange it for whatever you really need. There is no need to adjust the price. Wu Heng said directly. "I think so too." Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "I got some gold and corpse cores yesterday. I''ll have someone bring them over." "Um." ?Wu Heng waited in the room for a while, and Qi Hancai sent the gold and corpse core over. "The gold is a little over 5 kilograms. This time there is more silver, more than 20 kilograms. As for the corpse cores, there are three first-level corpse cores and one second-level corpse core." Qi Hancai said. Is there any shelter that sells secondary corpse cores? Level 2 corpse cores sold by the military? No, a company called Mighty Shelter Exchange, I heard they planted explosives to blow up the aberrant zombies. Arrangement in advance is indeed a solution. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai also smiled and said, "He took the initiative to tell me, and then even sold some of their explosives. It felt like he was here to advertise." Quite smart. "Um!" ?Wu Heng collected all the gold, silver and corpse cores, and continued: "In the next two days, we will produce more solid iron bullets, and then the road in the county will be opened." Okay, Ill get someone to speed it up. The two chatted for a while. Qi Hancai continued to do his own business, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room, and then went directly downstairs. ??Andwyer was feeding the little owl on the first floor, while Minnie was cleaning the vase on the shelf. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, the two women said hello in unison. ??The little owl also turned its head and chirped twice. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Weier, what''s going on with the association?" "It''s okay. Nothing happened after you left. If nothing happens in the afternoon, I''ll be back." Andwyer said. "Well, it''s fine." Wu Heng was still a little worried. The special inspection envoy didn''t find his fault and went to target Anderweil. Now it seems that the other party did not do this either. Minnie put down the vase in her hand and asked: "There is no news from Philippa, it''s all about buying things and arming pirates." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, pay more attention." "good!" Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng returned to the study. Release the two ghosts and let them do their own things. I also sat at the desk, thinking about today''s events. Inspection envoy is a special function position in the association. Supervise and inspect associations in various places and find out some spies placed in the associations. I am sure that I have never met this middle-aged man. Why is it so targeted when the other person asks me questions? Do you have a grudge? Or is it also aimed at my career? ?Two guesses come to mind. One is that he has some grudge against himself, maybe he is a friend of the person he killed. The second type is the stereotype of the Necromancer profession. In the question, it was mentioned whether any necromancy experiments have been conducted, and it was obviously more focused on necromancy. But the other partys purpose is also obvious. intending to suspend himself from the office of archdeacon by giving an unfavorable answer. Look for opportunities and check his purpose. ?After all, I have many enemies. You should still look at what his purpose is. ~! ?Thinking in my mind, there was a soft knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the bath water is ready." Hmm! Wu Heng stood up, opened the door and went to the bathroom to wash up. The next day, the association. ??Wu Heng sat in the study and yawned, while flipping through the latest wanted notice. ? Philippa''s reward amount has reached 650 silver coins, which is almost the same as the reward amount for a fourth-level wanted criminal, except that there is no third-level meritorious service. The bounty amount increased, which increased her popularity among pirates. It also increases its own risk. Even if the association doesn''t catch her, some mercenaries and bounty hunters will target her.?????The level is low and the bounty is high. Who is not moved? After sitting for a while, there was a knock on the door. ?Andewil opened the door, and the deacons assistant Moya peeked in through the crack of the door. "Deputy Wu Heng, the special inspection envoy will go to the archives room to check the files today. If you have time, please accompany him," Moya said. Let yourself accompany the other person to check the files? He still wants to check the files? You can check it if necessary. Im going, what should I do? Wu Heng continued to ask. "You just need to accompany him there." Moya closed the door and continued: "After all, he is the association''s special inspection envoy, and he still has to get by on the surface. Sheila Gui is too straightforward, so the deacon asked you to accompany him." Okay! I promise not to hit him. Moya rolled his eyes at him and said: "Over there in the archives, don''t be late. The association won''t arrange anyone, and they can''t get in. By the way, his name is Kalema." "good!" ?? Moya left, Wu Heng packed up his things and followed him out. Archives room. Yesterday''s middle-aged special envoy of inspection and two investigators were already waiting in front of the archives room. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking over, the middle-aged man was stunned for a moment, and then his expression returned to normal, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." Special envoy of Kalema Supervision. Wu Heng smiled. Okay, lets not waste time. ??Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the staff behind him, took out the key, and opened the archives room. In the dark room, there are rows of wooden file racks. The middle-aged man walked in and started to check according to the time and association personnel. ??Wu Heng stood not far away, watching him perform the inspection. I thought for a moment and placed an invisible sensor far behind. ?The other party is also a mage. To avoid being noticed by the other party, he placed it as far away as possible so that he could overlook the files viewed by the middle-aged man and the contents recorded by the two investigators. Return to the door position. Watch the other party''s content of the file through the perspective of the sensor. It can be seen that the other party has viewed the files of other members of the association. ? also includes myself and Sheila Gui. Wait until noon. ?The middle-aged man just came out of the archives room, still serious, "I''ve finished checking. The deputy deacon can go about his own business." ?Wu Heng asked the staff to lock the door, "Okay, you can do it yourself." After speaking, they left in different directions. After separation. ??Wu Heng went directly to the deacons study and reported what happened here to Imiro. Return to his study room again. Sit for a while from the association. ?Wu Heng left the association and returned to his residence. ??Say something to Minnie and go directly to the zombie world. The open space outside the dormitory building. Be honest! Wu Heng said directly. The skeletal flying dragon, which kept twisting its body, calmed down a little and stood on the ground. Wang Chenggang and others are taking some 3D printed accessories and assembling them into the chest cavity of the skeleton flying dragon. Zhang Chi held the drawings and stood below to give instructions. The printed magazine was assembled bit by bit and stuffed into the flying dragon''s chest. Like a large plastic toy, completely filling the chest cavity. It looked similar to the drawing, and the magazine and the chest were tightly fitted. Zhang Chi wiped the sweat from his forehead. He turned to Wu Heng and said, "Your Majesty, if you wrap it with another layer of leather, it will be stronger." ?Wu Heng looked quite satisfied. ??Although the color is a bit fancy, the workmanship is really good. ?This material is lighter and can be better filled inside. After all, it is much stronger than a wooden box. Yeah, not bad. Wu Heng nodded. Zhang Chi also smiled. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "Ask the tanner to make some wrapped coats tonight, and test them tomorrow to see if they work." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. This matter is over. ?Wu Heng continued to walk around the market. Looking at the shelter where I came to exchange supplies. Wait until you finish shopping. Returned to the dormitory and released "Xiao Xiao" and "Glenda" again. ?Xiao Xiao went to see Zhao Yanqiu. ??Wu Heng took out a dictionary and taught ''Glenda'' some words and languages ??of this world. The afternoon sun is still dazzling. A carriage came creaking to Beacon Street. ?At a tavern on the corner of the street, the door was open, and two scantily clad girls were leaning against the door, looking at the customers passing by. The carriage slowly approached. ?The girls eyes immediately lit up and she stared at the carriage. Once a man comes down, he will immediately pounce on him and show his strength. The carriage stopped at the tavern. ? Kalema, dressed in a purple robe, stepped out of the carriage accompanied by his guards. Guest, do you need service? Just one look at you makes me full of energy. The other one took out his own cup and asked, "Would you like a glass of milk wine? Or I can drink yours." As soon as the two women approached, they were directly stopped by the guards. staggered. Kalema walked into the tavern expressionlessly and went straight to the second floor. Stay outside, Kalema said. The guard nodded and guarded the door. Kalema opened the door directly and walked in. The private room is not large, with a round wooden table and four chairs. Opposite the door of the room, sitting is the captain of the cargo ship when he came. Special Envoy of Inspector Kalema. The captain stood up and saluted with a smile. Kalema made a silent gesture. ??The latter took out a sound-isolating prop and placed it in the center of the room. A faint light curtain wraps the room and blocks the transmission of sound. Mr. Kalema, you must have brought good news, right? The captain sat down again, the smile on his face remained unchanged. Kalema sat down across from him, shook his head and said, "There is no good news. This guy is very clean, and no questions about him were found." The captain''s smile suddenly froze, and he frowned and said: "He is a necromancer, and he has been promoted one after another. How can there be no problem? Do you have any concerns? Or are you not satisfied with our conditions?" Kalema glanced at the other party and said: "What I promised you will be done naturally, but what I said is that he has no problem, that is, he really has no problem." You didnt ask him if he had done any necromancy experiments? A necromancer would definitely do it. Asked, he hasnt done it? What about stealing corpses and experimenting on living subjects? I also asked about the laws of the kingdom, but they havent been done yet. this. ??The captain also fell into a brief silence, "How is this possible?" Thats the way it is, theres nothing I can do about it. The captain frowned and continued: "Maybe we can think of a way to get him down from this position." (End of this chapter) Chapter 345 , you don鈥檛 sell? Chapter 345: You wont sell it? Hearing that the other party was not ready to give up, Kalema frowned even deeper. said: What on earth do you want to do? Its very simple, just let some bad things be found out on his head. Kalema narrowed his eyes slightly and stared at the other person, "That''s your business." ??If there is really a problem with "Wu Heng", as the "Special Envoy of Supervision", he will naturally remove him and at the same time sell the "Secret Order" a favor. However, the other party has no problem. Let him get involved and frame a deputy deacon, but he will not do it. The association system is strict and there are many means of inspection. ??If you find out that you have done this, I''m afraid it will cause a lot of trouble. ?The captain still kept smiling and said: "This matter, of course, has nothing to do with you. You just need to perform your duties at that time." Kalema looked at him without saying a word. The other party reached out and waved his hand, and a wooden box appeared on the table. The lid was opened, revealing gold coins stacked upright. Sparkling and dazzling. Kalema pondered for a moment, put out his hand to put the wooden box away, and emphasized: "I only act according to the rules." Yes, according to the rules of the association. Then lets do this for now. Kalema nodded, stood up and walked out. ??The captain put away the soundproofing props, walked to the door, and said: "Sir, walk slowly. I will have someone notify you as soon as the ship is repaired." Hurry up, if it takes a long time, I will leave on other ships. Kalemas face was calm. "must!" Kalema went downstairs, followed by his guards. Get out of the tavern. The two girls soliciting customers subconsciously took two steps back. Watching the other party get on the carriage and leave. He spat out carefully and cursed in a low voice. Zombie world. Your language is really interesting. Glenda floated in the air and praised softly. ?Although Glenda is a ghost, her intelligence is not low in attributes. Learning languages ??and characters is quite fast. ??Wu Heng only taught some basic things, and the other party was already able to speak some complete sentences. Although the pronunciation is a bit strange. There is also a tone of voice, like that of a bard in a tavern. Youre a pretty fast learner. I think youll be able to watch movies with Xiaoxiao in a while, Wu Heng said. When Xiaoxiao watches cartoons and movies, Granda also watches them. Its just that I dont understand the language, so I can get a rough idea. I estimate that learning a language has a lot to do with watching movies. ?Glenda nodded and said: "Thank you, I like your culture very much." Well, if you like it, you can have more contact with me in the future. "good!" Not long after, Xiaoxiao also floated back from outside. Little! Glenda shouted with a smile. ?Xiao Xiao turned his head, with a little surprise on his translucent face, "Ah! Aunt Glenda will call my name." ?Glenda smiled and nodded. Wu Heng explained: "I taught her some basics, but I can''t say much." Teach me, I want to learn from there too! Xiaoxiao said excitedly. Dont you want to study? "This is not learning, just tell me something simple." Xiaoxiao continued. Well, thats okay, Ill have a chance next time. Wu Heng said. Its getting late. ??Wu Heng let the two ghosts return to his body, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. First, I went to the alchemy room to have a look. No corpse core potions have been produced, and it looks like it will take some time. Close the door and go downstairs. Minnie and Andwyer were sitting in the living room chatting. ?Wu Heng walked down and sat down on the sofa, with the two women leaning on his arms, one on the left and the other on the right. Anderweil said: "Master, the port has sent a list of ship repairs and docking. A total of 3 gold and 72 silver have been collected, of which 12 silver coins are the cost of the ship docking." ?So expensive! ??The pirate ships captured last time were all bombed into disarray. After returning, repairs and maintenance will definitely be needed. ?Forget the money, the cost of stopping at the port is not low. ? How long has it been since I stopped? I will collect 12 silver coins. If I fill up more, I can buy a crossbow. As the deputy deacon, dont you give me any face? Wu Heng said. Um, Miss Moya came to collect the money. "Moya! Forget it." Wu Heng hugged the two girls and thought for a while, then said: "The ship is in our hands now, so it''s not of much use. It won''t be used for half a month, and it still needs to be repaired." Now I have seven ships in my hand. One cargo ship, leaving six pirate ships. In fact, it is enough for me to keep two ships, and I will not use the rest at all. Can''t form a business group, and don''t plan to go overseas frequently. Standing at the port will only keep consuming money. Shannara asked herself to rent it out, but she couldn''t find anyone to rent the boat. Give it to that pirate lady. She always says that the ship is too small. If you give her as many ships as you want, she will **** other pirates butts. Minnie said at the side. ?Wu Heng was stunned, looked at her and said, "Don''t imitate her, she always talks dirty." Minnie hugged his waist and said, "No, I just told her her exact words." ?Wu Heng nodded, thinking about this in his mind. Philippas level is not high. With a ship and a few skeletons of her own to protect her, its actually not a big problem. If several ships are really separated, it may be difficult for her to control them. "She won''t be able to use so much. I''ll ask other people then. If it doesn''t work, I''ll just sell it." ?A few people sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Supper was served, we ate together, then went back to our room to rest. The next day, the port. The cargo ship of the Star Flower Merchant Group. "My Lord Deputy, there are fifty thousand sets of leather armor, three thousand one-handed axes, three thousand longbows, one thousand crossbows, and five thousand bags of grain. They are all here." The steward in charge of the goods said. ??Wu Heng selected a few items, checked them, nodded and said, "Well, not bad, let''s move them to my cabin!" ?The steward glanced at Shanara who was standing aside, and saw the other person nodded. Hand in hand directly to start moving supplies. The entire cabin began to get busy, and Shanara continued to ask: "Do you still need to order some?" I still need to order some, and strive to be the biggest customer on the island. Shanara rolled her eyes at him and said, "I don''t know why you ordered so many." Even as he spoke, someone still handed over an order. ?Wu Heng took it and walked into the cabin on the side. Shannara followed with the housekeeper. By the way, can plate armor be fixed? As the level of zombies increases, the lethality becomes greater. Furthermore, the amount of leather armor was indeed quite large, and Wu Heng was thinking of ordering some stronger protective gear. "Yes." Shannara turned around and said, "Bring me the list of protective gear." Soon, someone sent over a list of different styles of armor. ?Wu Heng took a quick look and spotted a set of plain plate armor, with leather on the inside and a layer of iron on the outside. The price of a complete set is 92 silver coins. Wu Heng began to fill in the form, then handed it to her and said: "Twenty thousand sets of plate armor, twenty thousand one-handed axes, twenty thousand long bows, five thousand crossbows, and thirty thousand bags of grain." Shanelas brows furrowed deeper. He looked up at him again and said, "Tell me, what are you doing?" I really bought it for someone else. Are you involved in the fight in Jinyeko? Shannara asked in a lowered voice. No. Wu Heng continued to ask: If the kingdom orders it, you wont sell it? Sell it too! "Then what you said seems to be that the sale is prohibited." Wu Heng came closer and said softly: "I really didn''t participate in their bad things. There is a friend of the city lord in the inland. He has no channels to buy weapons. There are more places here. More convenient. The quantity ordered this time has doubled. It is also because a large amount of gold has been exchanged recently. You can purchase in larger quantities instead of one trip at a time, which is more troublesome. Shanela glanced at him again and said, "Then you are really our biggest customer now." Remember the discount you agreed to last time! Shanara handed the order to the butler on the side and said directly: "30% deposit, 8% discount on price." Yes, maam. The steward and steward began to calculate the price. Soon, the statistics were completed, Wu Heng paid the deposit and left the cabin. Wait for all the cargo to be moved to the hold of your own ship. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to guard the door, opened the gate and began to transport supplies. ?This time the food was delivered. It also solved the problem of insufficient food in the old factory area market. Now that new grain has been delivered, the exchange can continue. Wait until everything is moved. ?Wu Heng took a carriage back to his residence and headed to the zombie world again. Zombie world. ??Wu Heng issued new equipment to the skeleton army. At the same time, he told Qi Hancai that the new grain had been delivered. Hearing the news, Qi Hancai also smiled. There is nothing in this world that is more reassuring than having enough food. Wait for the skeleton to change its equipment. ?Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai to prepare the vehicle and test the newly installed bomb magazine of the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Qi Hancai nodded and immediately went down to prepare. Not long after, two military trucks stopped at the back entrance of the factory. ?Wu Heng got into the passenger seat. Surrounded by a team of skeletons, the convoy left the old factory area and headed for the main road that had not been cleared. Arrived at the main road. ??The voice of the skeleton army immediately attracted the attention of the zombies. ?A deafening roar spread quickly, and a huge group of corpses gathered in the middle of the road. Its ready! Wang Chenggang and others said. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton flying dragon drop bombs on top of the corpses." ??The Skeleton Flying Dragon kicked off its feet and instantly rose up from the ground, flying towards the area where the corpses were. Arriving above the group of corpses, the magazine in the abdomen was opened in an orderly manner. Black solid iron bullets fell in rows, like dark clouds covering the sky. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ?Iron bullets rained down among the corpses like a torrential rain, the ground trembled, and smoke and dust rose. The charging group of corpses was instantly submerged in smoke and dust, and a large area disappeared. ??Wu Heng and the others stood behind the skeleton queue, observing the entire effect. The current magazine is not thrown in a pile at the same time as before, but in rows, so it covers a wider area along the road. The damage to the corpse group is also greater. At this time, the skeleton flying dragon fell from the sky again, and Wang Chenggang checked the leather-wrapped magazine. said: "Nothing''s wrong, it''s pretty solid!" Well, then continue to reload and prepare to clear the second wave. Wu Heng said. ?Wang Chenggang and others nodded and quickly filled the magazine with iron bullets. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up again, following the rushing corpses, and dropped iron bombs again. ?Hum, boom, boom~! An explosion sounded. The earth trembled. Summon - Skeleton Flying Dragon, level increased to 14, constitution +1. Your level has been increased to level 14, intelligence +1, perception +1. (End of this chapter) Chapter 346 , three people Chapter 346, three people My previous experience was less than 10,000. I have been busy with market affairs these days and have not had time to improve. ?Now, after two waves of solid iron bullets were dropped, the level was directly raised to level 14. One step closer to the goal of level 15. Open the panel and take a look at the experience points required so far. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 14 (2724/165000) Attributes: Strength 34, Agility 28, Constitution 37, Intelligence 37, Perception 24, Charisma 28. The experience value of 165,000 still shocked him. But when I think about it, it doesnt feel like that much. The entire zombie world is like a dungeon for gaining experience. 160,000 may seem like a lot, but considering the current number of corpses, its not that difficult to reach. Its not just level 15. As long as experience points are given for killing zombies, the next level 18 or even 20 is also a matter of time. Level 18 is the top being in another world. Even if he has committed a heinous crime, he will be pardoned by all forces. Level 20 is the end of the profession and is called a hero. In legend, several leaders of the association reached level 20 and became heroes. It was enough for the association to become a world police force. So, in a different world, strength is the last word. ?All kinds of thoughts flashed by. ?Wu Heng closed the panel and glanced at the group of corpses that were still rushing towards him again. Give a direct order, "Bow and arrow, fire!" Phew! A shower of arrows fell from the sky, crackling into the zombies. A large number of zombies were **** like hedgehogs and fell to the ground. At this time, there were only a thousand zombies that rushed nearby, with missing limbs and arrows hanging from their bodies. Spear array, advance! Hurrah! The skeletons with spears on standby advanced forward neatly. Kill the zombies that have not fallen down. ?Wu Heng followed behind and began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform corpses all over the ground. After walking through, most of the corpses were transformed into skeletons, and then the order was given to move forward. Go to the next section and continue clearing away zombies. Speed ??up the progress of opening up the entire road. ?Wu Heng waited until it was getting late before getting back into the truck. Return to the old factory area. en route. Qi Hancai said: "It is estimated that the entire road will be cleared in two or three days." Well, we will clear this road in the next few days. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai nodded and continued to find the topic: "In the past two days, we have recruited several people for special jobs, including doctors, plumbers, and equipment repairers. A total of 6 people were recruited, and they were given according to the conditions. Some food was distributed. Well, arent there any superpowers joining? "No, there are not many people with super powers. They probably all set up some small forces and serve as leaders!" Yeah, thats right! In the current world, superpowers do not show much lethality. More, it represents the identity of a lucky person, after all, the success rate is too low. ?Once the supernatural powers are awakened, the thoughts are no longer as simple as the survivors pursuing food and clothing. There must be many people planning to establish their own forces. ??It is definitely better to be a local emperor than to live under someone else''s roof. ?Like Qi Hancai, there are still only a few people who bring their entire shelter to other shelters. At least for now, only Qi Hancai has taken refuge with him. The other shelters are all trying to find ways to collect gold in exchange for food, and they have no plans to join. The two continued to chat about the market and base issues. The fleet returned to the old factory area. The skeleton army and convoy entered the courtyard through the back door. Qi Hancai directed others to arrange some work. ??Wu Heng also rearranged the patrol work of the skeletons, and waited until it was getting late before returning to Treasure Island with the skeletons. Have a simple dinner. When we walked out of the courtyard, it was already getting dark. I habitually glanced at the study room next door, where Shannara''s study was. There was still a faint light coming from behind the gauze curtain. Sure enough, I am staying up late again. ??Wu Heng took the paper and folded a paper crane. After releasing the [activated object], the paper crane flapped its wings and flew towards the window and got into the room. Soon, Shanela with disheveled hair poked her head out of the window. Looked this way, and then pointed to the location of the roof. ?Wu Heng nodded and quickly climbed onto the roof. Come to the roof. Shannara took two steps back, jumped forward, and jumped directly to the opposite roof. She staggered two steps and ran into his arms. ?Wu Heng opened his arms and tightly wrapped them around his waist. Has no intention of letting go. ??Shanela broke away from her arms, grabbed his hand and slapped the back of it hard, then pulled him to sit down on the roof. Are you staying up late painting again? Wu Heng asked. Shannara leaned into his arms and said, "Check the accounts." ??Wu Heng continued: "You haven''t come here to eat for several days. Minnie misses you." Minnie is the only one who misses me? Shannella said: Didnt I see you today? And I cant always run to you, the impact will be too bad. Whats wrong with this? Its normal for neighbors to move around frequently! Shannara squinted her eyes and held her big hands around her waist, "Do you think this is a normal thing between neighbors?" Others dont know! Shanela pointed to the house opposite and said: "In the residence opposite, there are rumors that her husband was caught in adultery. I don''t want to be rumored." If anyone finds out, I will marry you directly. Wu Hengs hand around his waist tightened again. Shannara''s face turned slightly red and she rolled her eyes at the other party, "You have a good plan." What? You dont want to? Shanara showed a doting expression and said softly: "Yes, I feel so sweet when I hear your words." ?Wu Heng smiled, held the opponent''s chin with one hand, and turned to himself. Looking down and staring at eyes as beautiful as emerald. Shanara''s eyes were a little dodgeful, "What, what are you doing? Just talk, you can''t mess up..." The next second, Wu Heng lowered his head directly. Shannara put her head aside and said, "Okay, we have an agreement, we can''t go too far." I just said that I was willing! Shannara smiled and said: "I am willing, but with my status, the wood elves will not allow me to really marry you, so I said that I will wait until level 15 to be your lover." Seems to be correct. Shannara largely represents the official chamber of commerce of the wood elves. How is it possible to allow her to divorce her current husband and be with a human man? Shannara had thought of this before and came up with the term lover. ?Wu Heng thought for a while, nodded and said, "It doesn''t matter, as long as we have each other in our hearts." Well, youre so good! ??Shanela praised him, raised her head and tapped him lightly on the lips. The two of them leaned together and chatted for a while. The serious-looking housekeeper also climbed onto the roof. He said nothing and looked at the two of them. Shanela blushed, straightened her nightgown, and said, "It''s too late, let''s talk next time." "good!" Shannara jumped back to the other side and walked off the roof with the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng watched the other party leave. Also go downstairs to rest. The other side. In the private room of a pub on Beacon Street. ??The steward of the Bucks Cross-Sea Chamber of Commerce was pressing on the woman, swinging his waist vigorously. ?At the same time, he muttered: "I dont know where the Flower of Stars found a sponsor to transport so many goods. Damn it." The woman on the bed hummed softly and put her hands on the other person''s chest, "Master, just concentrate. Don''t think about other things at this time." The man nodded and said, "Then you shout louder, I like to hear you shout." The woman''s face turned red, "It''s already so dark. If you speak too loudly, you''ll disturb others." "What are you afraid of? The other rooms are filled with people from the Chamber of Commerce. They are loud. I like to hear your screams." Disgusting! The woman slapped her lightly, and then started shouting loudly as she moved. Just when the two of them were in high spirits. When the voice becomes louder and louder. A voice came from the living room. So excited! The man in high spirits turned around instantly and grabbed the bedside weapon. Whoosh~! ?A cold light flashed, and the dagger accurately pierced the man''s wrist, drawing blood. Ah~! the woman shouted loudly. Another dagger shot out and penetrated the woman''s throat. With a face full of horror and fear, he fell into a pool of blood. The man looked at the woman''s body, and fear began to appear in his eyes. At this time, three figures walked out of the darkness and stood under the silver moonlight of the window. "You three, if there is anything we can talk about slowly, are you encountering difficulties? I can give you a lot of money." The voice from under the cloak came out again, "No, the best outcome is if you die." ?The words fell before the other party was about to shout. The three of them swarmed up and killed him directly. ??The sheet wiped the weapon, and he jumped out of the window and left. The next day, early morning. ~! There was a knock on the door, followed by Minnie''s voice, "Master, someone from the association is here, please come over now." ?Wu Heng sat up and looked at the time on his bedside. It was around 6 in the morning. It seems that something is wrong with the association. Okay, I get it! After freshening up, I went downstairs and saw ''Anderweil'' already dressed and waiting at the door. The two of them didnt eat breakfast and went out directly to the association. As soon as he arrived at the association hall, he saw Olin, the captain of the third team, walking over quickly. Ardeacon, the deacons and the others are waiting for you in the morgue! Weier, you go to the study first. ?Anderweil nodded and headed to the study. Wu Heng continued to ask "Olin", "What happened?" As the two of them walked, Ohlin said: "A steward of the Chamber of Commerce died in the Beacon Street Hotel. This Chamber of Commerce wants the association to help investigate." Steward of the Chamber of Commerce? This kind of person lives over there on Beacon Street? Ohlin said: "Many chambers of commerce are temporary stops. Staying nearby is the most time-saving way." Oh, I understand. Wu Heng nodded. The two went to the morgue. The cold room was filled with members of the association, including the deacon Imilo, the deputy deacon Sheila Gui, the special inspection envoy, the coroner, the investigator, and several team captains. There are more people than corpses. Deacon! Wu Heng walked in directly. Imiro nodded and said: "Two people died last night. The matter is quite serious. You can ask the corpses to find out the situation." ?Wu Heng nodded and motioned for the coroner to come aside first. Facing the first corpse, directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse on the iron bed slowly sat up, and the white cloth covering it fell off. ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro and indicated that he could ask questions. Imiro looked at the corpse and asked directly: "Who killed you?" The corpse replied, "I have never seen their hidden faces." Shuashuashua~! Several investigators present began to take notes. ??Imiro continued to ask: "What are the characteristics of the person who killed you?" "There are three people in total. The leader is a man wearing a black cloak. He is of medium height. The gap under the cloak is black hair. There are two people behind him. One is human-shaped and holds two swords. The other is tall and holds a long sword. Hammer." (End of this chapter) Chapter 347 , how do you explain Chapter 347, how do you explain The leader has black hair, and there are two behind him. One is holding a long-handled war hammer, and the other is holding a pair of swords? Hearing this answer, everyone present was stunned. ?Then, they all turned their heads. Looking at Wu Heng standing aside and the two followers behind him. Tall, holding a war hammer, another human tall, holding two swords. Exactly the same! This..., has the case been solved? Have you asked yourself the question? ?Wu Heng was also shocked and took another look at the appearance of the corpse. I have indeed never seen this person, let alone killed him. Everyone looked over, but Wu Heng didn''t respond at all, he just stood there. ??Yimiro also glanced at Wu Heng, then looked at the corpse again, and started to ask the third question. In your impression, are there any people with such characteristics? The corpse was silent for a while, "No." Imiro continued to ask: "What did they do before killing you?" The corpse replied, "They stood in front of the window and said, as long as I die, it will be the greatest benefit." Last question. Imiro thought for a moment and asked again, "Who do you think would be the most profitable to kill you?" My sons and my deputies. After answering the five questions, the body lay back on the iron bed. The scene remained quiet. Many peoples eyes still glanced at Wu Heng aside from time to time. Corpses are different from people. People can lie. Corpses tell what they see. Among the five questions, the most pointing clue still points to the deputy deacon of the association. Yimiluo looked at Wu Heng again and said, "There is another female corpse. Let''s ask again." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and released [Conversation with the Dead] again, and the corpse sat up from the iron bed. The white cloth covering the body fell off, and the body was covered with a linen jacket. It should have been put on after the autopsy. ?Wu Heng took a step back, and Imiro asked directly: "Do you know the person who killed you?" I dont know! What are the characteristics of the person who killed you? The female corpse replied, "It was quite dark at the time. I only knew that there were three people, two of them were of normal height, and the other one was very tall. He spoke as a man." Peoples observation ability is related to their own level and characteristics. The woman is obviously not of a high level, and the sky is dark, so there isn''t much to the whole situation. ??Yimiro nodded, stepped aside, and pointed directly at Wu Heng, "Are they the three of them?" The corpse turned its head and looked this way, "It''s very similar!" Yimi Luo looked at Wu Heng and said, "Say something!" ?Wu Heng looked directly at the corpse and asked, "Is that my voice?" ?The corpse was dull for a moment and replied, "It''s not very similar." ?There is one last question left. ??Imiro asked again: "Who is the target you suspect most?" My husband, or one of Jeremains family. The five questions are over and the body lies down again. Two corpses have been examined. Everyone present also began to speculate. During the inspections in the past two days, it was spread in the association that Wu Heng, a necromancer, had not done any necromancy experiments. Unexpectedly, a case would be linked to him so soon. Especially during the inspection by the Inspection Envoy. I''m afraid it may be a bit difficult to handle. Coroner, cover the body again. Imiro said directly: "Don''t disclose this matter to the outside world for the time being. From the Bucks Chamber of Commerce, ''Xila Gui'' is responsible for follow-up and follow-up investigation." "Yes!" Xila Gui nodded and glanced at it. Wu Heng was silent on the side. ??Imiro continued to look at the others, "Let''s keep things like this for now. Everyone can continue to do their own things." Everyone nodded and walked outside together. ?Wu Heng did not follow him out and said, "Deacon, I want to take a look at the autopsy report." Well, Ill go to the study after reading this. "good!" All the rest left. ?Wu Heng took the coroner''s autopsy record and looked at it. Male corpse, the wrist was pierced by a dagger. Judging from the force and degree of penetration, it was caused by being thrown. The location of death was the scar on the neck. The female corpse had a dagger pierced through the neck and was also thrown. Among the three murderers, one was good at throwing daggers. Where did you find the body? Wu Heng asked. The coroner answered, "The Inn at the Beacon Street Tavern." Are there any other discoveries at the scene? The coroner thought for a moment and said: "The on-site inspection was conducted by the second team. For detailed records, you can check the investigators'' records, but I heard that other people in the business group said that these two people shouted loudly last night. Damn it, I dont know why people died. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party''s expression and guessed what he meant by shouting loudly. Hand the record book back to the other party, "Thank you!" After speaking, leave the morgue directly. Walking towards the direction of the deacon''s study. In the corridor, Wu Heng analyzed what just happened. Someone deliberately brought clues to me, or in the context of interrogating the corpse. The whole thing is actually not difficult to speculate. Someone pretends to be himself and a skeleton attendant, kills the person, and allows the deceased to see the disguise while alive. Wait until the association asks for the corpse, and draw clues to yourself. Why did you do this? A clue to the murder and confusion investigation? Or did you deliberately kill someone in order to frame yourself? ?Wu Heng slowed down again, thinking in his heart. ?That inspector might use that honesty tool against me again, but thats not a big problem, people dont kill themselves. Secondly, you may also conduct some investigations on yourself. At most, if I quit, I wont have much impact. Different from the beginning, with my current strength and financial resources, there is nothing wrong with not being the deacon. At worst, he could go back to Luntam City and become the city lord. ?Over there, my level 14 strength is already considered top-notch, and I am not afraid of others making trouble for me. Its just that being calculated doesnt feel very good. I always feel that there is a conspiracy being planned. If you continue to be the subdeacon, you will still have the association as your backer. There is a certain identity wherever you go. Come to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. ??There are still the same few people in the room as when I checked last time. Deacon Imiro, Assistant Moya, Supervisory Envoy Kalema, and two investigators. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking away, the deacon Imiro said directly: What do you think of the corpses answer just now? ??Wu Heng replied: "I don''t know the purpose of the murderer, but it is obviously a frame-up." Tell me what you think. Imiro said. "The evidence clearly points to me, but this is also the most obvious mistake." Wu Heng paused slightly, and then said: "For a necromancer, I know the corpse better than anyone else. If I want to kill him, I won''t Theres a second chance to speak. (End of this chapter) Chapter 348 , it鈥檚 my turn to save you Chapter 348: Its my turn to save you If you do this yourself. ?Then this person will only disappear, but will not appear in the association''s morgue, and will have a second chance to identify himself. Investigator and assistant Moya also began to record something on paper. Imiro asked again: "Who do you think would do this?" It may be a pirate, or it may be an accomplice who killed the wanted criminal before. I dont have a clue at the moment. Wu Heng replied. Along the way, he was also thinking about this matter. ??I was issued a wanted order by the pirates, and the "Secret Order" and my associates who had killed the wanted criminals were all possible. When working in an association, who can say that he doesnt have many enemies? ??Imiro looked at the information in his hand and said again: "Where were you last night?" "at home!" Can anyone vouch for you? Last night, I came back from the zombie world relatively late. Minnie and Anderweil had already rested. I and "Shanela" were on the roof watching the night sky and chatting. But, Shanaras matter cannot be told. ?As Shanara, meeting her late at night is much more serious than killing a fleet steward. My two maids can testify! Family members and maids are less efficient at testifying. Is there anyone else? No more. Wu Heng replied. The two of them asked and answered questions, and the investigator took notes behind them. We have almost asked questions such as ??. Imiro looked at the Inspection Envoy on the side and said, It seems that someone deliberately framed this. Yimiro still trusts Wu Heng. ??It''s not that I believe he won''t kill the business group manager, but I believe he won''t be so stupid that after killing the person, he will send the body to the association, and he will also lead clues to himself through interrogation of the body. ? ? Special Inspector Kalema also nodded and said: "The person who can make such an arrangement should be someone close to Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, who is at least familiar with Qi." ??Imiro also nodded in agreement. Kalema continued: "But now, the evidence clearly points to you. I am supervising Treasure Island again. I can''t pretend that I didn''t see it. You should suspend your position and go home to rest for a few days. Wait until there is evidence here to confirm that this matter is related to It has nothing to do with you. What do you think of Deacon Imiro if you come back and be reinstated?" Yimiluo crossed his hands on the table, thought for a moment, and said, "Wu Heng, are you okay?" Okay, Im fine. Then lets rest for a few days and wait for news from Sheila Gui. Well, Ill go back first. After Imiro nodded, Wu Heng walked out of the study room. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of the study directly. ?Going through the corridor, I saw Silla Rose leaning against the wall with her arms folded. What did you say? Sheela asked. "Suspension for investigation, waiting for the results of your investigation." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui raised her head and looked straight over, asking, "You didn''t kill him, did you?" Nonsense, have you ever seen me kill people with a throwing knife? Well, I dont think its you. Sheila Gui flipped her hair and said, Speaking of this period of time, I always feel that a lot of things are not going well for you. It would be good to rest for a few days. What should I say? Wu Heng stood beside her. Xila Gui thought for a moment and said: "I feel like I can''t say for sure. Just wait for my news. I will definitely investigate and clear your name." Im counting on you. Dont worry, its my turn to save you this time. Shilagui said. "good!" Sheila Gui smiled and patted him on the shoulder, "Then I''ll go and get busy. I''ll let you know if I have any information." "Um!" Go back to the study. Anderweil is sitting at the desk sorting documents, and the little owl is in the room, chasing bees. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Anderweier smiled and said, "Master, do you want something to drink?" No more drinking, lets clean up and lets start our vacation. Wu Heng said directly. Anderweil stood up and was about to pour tea, then asked curiously: "Did something happen?" ?Wu Heng briefly told her what happened in the morning. He also told her that she would be on vacation from now on, and that she would come back to work after there were results from Sheela Gui. How can this be? Andweil said angrily. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s nothing. Just pack up your valuables and any other important documents. Let''s rest at home these days." Anderweil was angry, but there was nothing an assistant could do. Start to pack your belongings and then leave together. ?On the way, the staff were still saying hello. It is estimated that the notice of suspension will be sent out in the afternoon. Only other people will know about this. At lunch. ?Wu Heng told what happened in the morning again at the dinner table.?????In addition to Minnie and Andweil, Shannara was also sitting on one side of the dining table. After listening to what Wu Heng said. Minnie said angrily: "Why? It''s a frame-up at first glance. The association is blind." Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. It''s good to rest for a few days. If we really don''t want to work anymore, we will go back to Luntam City." "It''s not that serious. How can the deputy deacon of the association be framed and removed so easily? Don''t say you didn''t do it. Even if you pay some money, the matter will be over easily." Shannara said directly. She knows best whether this matter has anything to do with Wu Heng. Last night, the two of them were tired of being together and had no time to kill the manager of an ordinary business group. How can you be better at managing things than yourself? Well, Im not leaving! Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannaras face turned red and she rolled her eyes at him. After chatting for a few words, we started to eat. ??Its actually okay to take a vacation. Recently, the zombie world does have some things to be busy with. Have lunch. As soon as Wu Heng returned to the study, there was a knock on the door. After opening the door, Shanara, who was wearing a gorgeous and slim-fitting dress, came directly in, threw herself into his arms, put her arms around his neck, and gave him a kiss. ?Wu Heng hugged his waist, responded, and closed the door with his feet. The two hugged each other for a long time. They separated slowly. Are you feeling better? Shanara was still hanging on his shoulder, her face flushed with embarrassment. Hearing these words, Wu Heng was still a little moved. This is because I am afraid that I will feel uncomfortable, so I take the initiative to comfort myself. "I feel comfortable, but my body feels a little uncomfortable." Wu Heng sat down aside and pulled her into his arms. Shannara sat sideways on his lap, put one arm on his shoulder, and said, "How about I find someone to help you move around. This shouldn''t be difficult." ?Wu Heng looked at her in surprise. ??What kind of fairy lover is this? He still wants to help with the relationship. No, I also want to rest for a few days and spend more time with you then. "I''m quite busy, why do you want me to accompany you?" Shannara said a little nervously. ??Wu Heng asked her to sit in his arms and lean on his shoulder, "Don''t worry, I''m fine." Well! With just one job, I can support you even if you are no longer the subdeacon. What if I havent reached level 15? "Then I will support you and make you my male servant..." Madam, you are a little perverted! ?Wu Heng picked her up and placed her on the desk. He lowered his head slightly and kissed her again. Not long after, Minnie''s voice came from downstairs, "Sister Shanara, are you done talking? Come outside and play." Shannara turned her head away, licked the water stains on her lower lips, swallowed, and shouted: "Come right away!" Hurry up. "good!" Shanara looked over again and stroked her cheek, "Level 15, I''m waiting for you too!" Soon! Shannara jumped off the wooden table, put her clothes in order, opened the door and walked out. Shanela went downstairs. ?Wu Heng picked up the book that fell on the ground and put it back on the desk. Sit back on the chair and think about what happened today. Everything happened quite suddenly. He was a little unresponsive. It feels really unpleasant to be slandered. ?Since the other party is blaming the incident on themselves, they must have a purpose. It was during the inspection again. They wanted me to be removed from my post. So, their goal has been achieved. If I am the person behind the scenes, what will the enemy arrange after they are removed from office? ?Wu Heng pinched the center of his eyebrows. It must be the first step to be dismissed, and there will be other things later. Be more careful these days. Hey~! Ive really been walking on thin ice in my life. Just when he was sighing. ?Glenda flew directly back through the roof from outside. ?Floating in mid-air, he said: "Not long after you left, the ''Inspection Envoy'' went out with his entourage and went to the tavern on Beacon Street." (End of this chapter) Chapter 349 , Nautilus Tavern Chapter 349, Nautilus Tavern Follow me and go out? When Wu Heng left the association, he left Glenda there. Observe what everyone is doing. If you are framed and removed from your post, who will send the news out? Glenda floated to another direction and continued: "The first one to leave was ''Silla Rose''. She brought two teams, so there should be no problem. The second one to leave was the special inspection envoy, who brought his entourage. Went to the ''Black Crow''s Nest'' pub on Beacon Street." What to do? Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng still had great doubts about this special inspection envoy. ?As Sheila Gui said before, ever since the association started checking, he felt that there were many things targeting him. ?Wu Heng himself felt the same way. ??Moreover, there is still a little bit of doubt. When you are in the deacons study, to verify whether it was Wu Heng who killed the couple, you can use [Sincerity Clay Doll] to ask him. On the way there, I even thought of a way to say it. But the other party did not choose to use it this way. Instead, he asked Imiro to ask for records according to the associations procedures. Then, in his capacity as a special envoy for inspection, he proposed to be suspended from duty and take a rest. "I don''t know what to do. I didn''t follow him in. There was a sense of rejection." Glenda said, adding, "I''m sorry." Its okay! Wu Heng said. ?The opponent can sit in the position of supervisory envoy, and his level is definitely not low. ?Forcibly following and probing may actually alert the other party. Do you still need me to go out and continue to see other people? Glenda asked. "No." "Hmm." Glenda raised her hand towards the bookshelf, and a book flew over, half floating in the air, and she opened the pages. The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. Haha, Mr. Kalema did what he said. In one day, he lost his status as an association. The captain of the cargo ship said cheerfully. Kalema moved the wine glass in front of him aside and said: "It''s just a suspension. It''s just that I can''t continue to perform my duties. I''m still a member of the association." "We naturally know this. There is still a big difference between working and not working." The other party still said. Arrange the fleet to leave the island as soon as possible. I dont have time to deal with these things with you. Kalema asked again. Three days, I will take you away then. Kalema nodded with satisfaction. You just need to leave this island. The rest of the things have nothing to do with him. Moreover, I also made a lot of money during this trip. Kalema continued: "When I came, there must have been a ghost following me. Wu Heng may have suspected me." ??The captain was stunned, frowned and asked: "Has he discovered it?" "It should just be suspicion. The file states that he has just transferred to a new job less than a year ago. No matter how talented he is, he is only at the level of a squad leader. There is no danger to me." Kalema said directly. ??The captain also nodded and said: "I will also make arrangements here and won''t let him cause trouble to you!" This is the best! Kalema stood up again, walked out of the room, and left directly. In the study room. ?Glenda was floating in the air, flipping through the pages of the book in front of her and looking sideways. said: Are you worried about this? Wu Heng lay slumped on the chair, "I was just thinking about the other party''s purpose of framing me." "What''s the point? The purpose is obvious, let you step down from the position of deputy deacon!" Granda said. Yes, I was wondering what he would do after he asked me to come down! Granda said: "It''s hard to say, but what is certain is that the other party is more afraid of the association''s identity. You can think about who wants to do this the most." "Hey, pirates won''t do that, and they won''t consider whether you are a member of the association or not. The most likely possibility is that they are rich but within the rules of the Secret Order, but they should be dealing with Lilith. Bian, you cant come to trouble me so quickly! Because of the incident of imprisoning a girl for a blood feast last time, many people blamed the vampire clan for this incident. ?Wu Heng wrote a special letter to Lilith, exaggerating the other party''s crimes and the reaction of the local residents. Furthermore, the news that came back was that the vampires had begun to investigate and clean up members of the Secret Order in various places. It seemed that the matter was quite big. In recent times, it is true that no secret cult has come to trouble me. "To deal with you, just arrange for a few people to come over. Why bother?" Granda said. Wu Heng looked suffocated, "What you said makes sense, but I''m not bad either. It won''t take long for me to surpass their leaders." Granda does not deny this. Wuhengs growth rate is indeed astonishingly rapid. Sometimes, she also chooses to go out with Wu Heng for herself, feeling that she has made the right choice. ?Granda continued: "Actually, it''s not difficult to reinstate your job, it just depends on whether you are willing to do it." How to say? "You first go to the association, and then arrange for three people with similar appearances to kill one person. If it is proven that it was not you, the charges will be cleared. Then you will investigate the murderer, and you will naturally return to your position as deputy deacon." Landa glanced at him and said, "If you become the subdeacon again, any arrangements they make will be overturned." ?Wu Heng frowned slightly and looked at the other party in surprise. ?Someone falsely accuses himself based on his appearance. He can also use this method to prove that he did not do it himself. Since I have a lot of skeletons in my hand, it is not difficult to find skeletons of the same height and shape. The disadvantage is that you have to kill another person. You also need to have a certain identity to quickly attract the attention of the association. What? Cant accept it? Glenda asked. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It is also a method, but it is not urgent. If it is really difficult to investigate, we will use this method again." "It''s up to you, I''m just making a suggestion." Glenda sent the book back and reminded again, "Don''t trust anyone unless you sign a contract first like your two little maids." Its not like you at all to be able to say such things. ?Glenda floated across the table, looked him in the eye and said, "I don''t want you to be the next me." "I know." Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the sky, and continued: "You come back first, let''s go out." ?Glenda nodded and got back into his body. ?Wu Heng looked at the courtyard along the window, where three women were playing shuttlecock. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. ?Out of the dormitory building, Wu Heng went directly to the forging iron factory. ?Entering the factory door, a wave of heat hits your face. ?The huge furnace poured out, and red iron slurry flowed out along the grooves. The blacksmith and the skeletons who were waiting below immediately took action. Use tools to pour iron slurry into the mold to make solid iron bullets. The creation of the [Fire Furnace] has greatly accelerated the speed at which blacksmiths can smelt iron. In this world, there is no shortage of iron resources. It should be regarded as the easiest resource to search out, and it is a huge amount of resources. At this time, Qi Hancai came from behind and stood aside and said: "The efficiency of the furnace is quite high. The number of iron bullets in the warehouse has exceeded 10,000, which is enough for normal use." It doesnt sound like much. Made while using it, fully meeting the current needs. Over Zhang Chi, have the magazines for the other flying dragons been made? Wu Heng asked. Its been made, and I heard its still being improved! Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Drive the car over and let''s go clean up the zombies." Different ideas from Glenda. ?Wu Heng felt that the most fundamental way to solve the problem was to improve his strength. Once you reach level 15, you will become a top group of powerful people. ??If you want to cause trouble for yourself, you must also weigh your strength. Once you reach level 18, no one will care about you even if you kill someone. The owner of Treasure Island, who was originally a pirate, was exempted in the end. Qi Hancai was stunned. He didn''t expect to go out to clean up the zombies now. Oh, okay! I agreed and immediately went down to prepare. After a while, the vehicle was ready. ?Wu Heng got into the co-pilot, led the skeleton army, and left the old factory area directly. Main road. The earth shook. ??Wuyangyang''s corpses covered the entire main road. Like a surging wave, it quickly rushed towards the location of the skeleton army. There was noise in my ears, and a fishy smell filled the air. ? ? Xiao Xiao flew back from a distance in his invisible state, lying next to his ear, and whispered: "Uncle, there is a big guy and a crawler inside." ?Wu Heng looked at it from a distance. ??There are too many zombies, and its a dark place. I vaguely saw the figure of a giant zombie, but it was not important. He took out his walkie-talkie and asked, "Wang Chenggang, are you ready?" The intercom answered, "Five skeleton flying dragons, all loaded." "Watch the distance, don''t hurt you." "Copy it!" ?Wu Heng looked at the big-headed zombies behind him and directly ordered, "Let the flying dragon attack and drop bombs above the zombies." Hurrah hoo~! A deafening roar sounded. ?Five huge figures soared into the sky from behind and flew towards the direction of the corpses. Quickly reach the sky above the corpses. Open the magazine in sequence. Black iron bullets cover the sky above. Like a huge iron net, it fell from the sky and hit the ground. ?Hum, boom, boom~! A violent explosion sounded, the earth trembled, and the sky spun. ?Smoke and dust towered into the sky. Coverage range reaches more than one kilometer. ?The smoke and dust gradually dispersed, and the entire main road was filled with potholes and tatters, and flesh and blood were like mud. ??There were only a few scattered zombies, their bodies standing up from the ground with their mutilated bodies. The large zombies and crawlers that Xiaoxiao saw had blood holes all over their bodies, and their bodies were crumbling. Looking at the skeleton army in the distance, he turned around and retreated a little bit. Tomahawks, charge forward and kill all targets! Hulala~! A large number of skeletons holding one-handed battle axes instantly rushed out of the queue of skeletons. ?Hold the battle ax and run wildly. In the blink of an eye, the remaining zombies were knocked to the ground, and the battle ax in their hands was chopped off on their heads. Waiting for all the zombies to be chopped down, he continued to chase the large zombies that were stumbling away. He hung them all over his body and slashed at the opponent''s body from the gaps between the skeletons. Bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and the crawler who was climbing up with the help of the building suffered a **** blow from the back of his head and fell from the roof. The axe-wielding skeletons swarmed forward again. The battle ax in his hand kept falling. ?Seeing skeletons in the surrounding shops, clean up the remaining zombies. ?Wu Heng looked at his experience points. Level: Level 14 (24750/165000) The experience value has increased by more than 20,000. The efficiency is still very high. Continue to clean it five or six times, and you will almost be able to upgrade. Close the panel. The bodies of two level two deformed zombies were dragged over. The body was covered in blood and flesh, with a hole the size of a fist penetrated through his body, and he looked miserable. ??Wu Heng released [Bone Slave Technique], and after the two skeletons stood up, he found two secondary corpse cores inside. After retracting into the space, start releasing the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up among the corpses on the ground. Join the queue. Drank several bottles of potion one after another, transforming all the corpses on the street. The transformation is almost complete. Qi Hancai and others drove the car over. ?Wu Heng boarded the truck and the army began to return. en route. Qi Hancai said softly: "Further along the road is the city center roundabout. That is the busiest road section. There should be more corpses by then." Continue to clear up along the road and you will find the city center roundabout. Shopping malls, large chain supermarkets, the Palace of Culture, and commercial streets are all gathered there. The most important thing is rows of gold shops. Prepare in advance and go clean up there next. Wu Heng said directly. ?This section of the road is unavoidable, and with the current strength of the skeleton army, there is not much pressure. It can be pushed through completely. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng suddenly thought of something and asked: "Is there a bug in the warehouse? It''s the kind of thing that''s long-range and can eavesdrop on conversations." Qi Hancai was stunned for a moment, glanced aside, frowned and thought for a moment, and said, "I did search the store where security was monitored. I''m not sure if there are any of these things. I''ll go to the warehouse to have a look when I get back." "good!" Back to the old factory area, the sky has darkened. Leave the rest to Qi Hancai. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island first. When we returned to our residence, the sky was getting dark. Let Chef No. 1 prepare some dinner and take a simple bite. I walked out of the courtyard and took a look at ''Shanela''s'' room. I didn''t see any light today. Go to bed so early today! Wu Heng muttered. I wanted to have a night party with Mrs. Wood Elf tonight, but she actually fell asleep. In the courtyard, the layout of the skeletons was rearranged. ??The skeletons guarding the front and back doors on the fourth floor balcony have been replaced with machine guns and mounted on the stone guardrail. Once there is any danger. You can also counterattack as soon as possible. After everything was arranged, Wu Heng returned to his residence and walked upstairs. The next day, in the morning. A carriage slowly stopped in front of the Nautilus Tavern. Madam, the tavern has arrived. The coachman said softly. ?Wu Heng put on the [Transformation Veil], turned into a bloated middle-aged woman, and got out of the car slowly. In front of us is a newly opened tavern. The sign is new, and there is no girl kissing her **** at the door. Paid the fare. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the tavern. It was deserted inside, there were no customers, only two bartenders were cleaning. Guest, we havent opened yet! a bartender said softly. ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Where''s Boss Millicent? I''m her friend." "Oh, wait a minute, the boss is in the room upstairs. I''ll ask her to come out." The bartender said immediately. No, if its convenient, just tell me which room. Ill take you there. ??The bartender took him up to the second floor, and in the innermost room, he knocked lightly on the door. After receiving the response, the bartender said: "Boss, there is a lady who said she is your friend." Huh? Let her in! ??The bartender motioned to come in. ??Wu Heng placed an [Eagle Eye Technique] sensor at the door. Then he walked in. Enter the room and saw Millicent sitting at the desk, seemingly keeping accounts. Different from the abject appearance at the beginning, she is now wearing a light blue dress, with fair skin and long hair tied up. gives people the feeling of a beautiful farm woman. Millicent is the mother of the pirate lady ''Philippa''. Philippa refused to let her return to the village, so Wu Heng bought her this property and opened a tavern. Millisen opened the drawer on the side and faintly saw a dagger. He frowned and asked, "Who are you?" The sensor confirmed that the bartender had left and that there was no one else on the floor. Hand out your hand and pluck it off your head, taking off the [Transformation Veil], revealing your original face. Millicent was stunned and reacted immediately. Kneel down directly on the ground and shout respectfully: "Sir, Deputy Deacon!" Get up, you dont have to pay such a big salute in the future. Wu Heng sat down aside. "Yes." Millicent stood up, still standing aside with some restraint. ??Wu Heng continued: "Dengta Street, are there many caravans arriving at the port recently?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 350 , kill someone Chapter 350: Kill someone I heard that a lot of ships have been calling the port recently, and the number of people in the tavern is also slowly increasing. Millicent said, pouring him a glass of water. ?Then he stood aside politely. Well, I can see that your business is pretty good. Wu Heng praised. You can see some of it from entering the door. ??Although the business of the pub is not as good as that of the pubs on the main street, it seems to be doing pretty well. Early in the morning, the bartenders were cleaning and replacing wine barrels. Millicent''s reserved expression was a little happy, and she whispered: "Thank you, sir." ??Wu Heng signaled that there was no need to stand, and waited for her to sit down by the bed before continuing to ask: "Are there many people staying in the hotel here?" Some, but not much. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Have you found anyone suspicious?" Millicent frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "The tavern has just opened, but I didn''t find anyone suspicious." What previously attracted Millicent''s attention was the wanted notice on the association. Have general appearance and characteristics. ??Wu Heng continued: "I need you to help me keep an eye on a few people. If you find anyone approaching, let me know." Millicent nodded, "Okay, sir!" "There are three people in total. One is close to me in height and has black or dark hair. The second is nearly three meters tall. His weapon is a long-handled war hammer. The other is of normal height and his weapons are double swords." Wu Heng According to the corpse, it was described again. After Millicent listened carefully, he looked at the other party with some doubts. If I remember correctly. ??The two personal attendants before the Archdeacon had this appearance. In addition, the first one has black hair and is about the same height. It sounds like he is checking himself out. But she had no intention of asking more about what was explained to her. He agreed directly, "It''s my lord, I will pay more attention to it." They will definitely use some disguise. I dont know what their original appearance is. If their body shape is close or similar, please notify me immediately. "good!" Wu Heng was still very satisfied with Millicent''s attitude. Then he took out his tablet and pulled up the photo of the Inspection Envoy Kalema, There is another person who looks like this. The photo was secretly taken by Kalema at the door when he was investigating association information. Although he only has a side face, his appearance features are still very obvious. In addition, he always wears mage robes, so he is easily identifiable. Millicent took the tablet and looked at the face on it. Wu Heng added, "He is from the association. I suspect that he is related to a case. After you see him, just pay attention to who he comes in contact with and report it to me afterwards." Millicent nodded seriously, "I remember, sir." "Well, just try your best." Wu Heng continued: "Choose three private rooms and two accommodation rooms. I will arrange some arrangements. If there are any doubters, they will be placed in these rooms to monitor their conversations." Millicent didn''t quite understand, and asked cautiously: "Sir, do you want to choose a few empty rooms?" Well, you choose it first, and then I will explain it to you. Millicent stood up and said, "I''ll take you there." ?Wu Heng put on the [Transformation Veil] again and walked out of the room together, heading towards the private room next door. In the private room, there are round tables, side cabinets, and some potted plant decorations. ??Wu Heng took out the monitor he scrounged from the original electronics store and installed it on the wall behind the side cabinet. ?In this world, this kind of thing is not afraid of being discovered. Even if it is tuned out, one would not think that it is a monitoring device. Then, the two went to the remaining private rooms and accommodation rooms. Everything is set up and we return to the previous room. Wu Heng took out a new tablet, connected it to several listening devices, demonstrated the operation, and said: "This is a monitoring device. If there are any suspicious people in the future, arrange for them to enter those private rooms, and then Use this kind of thing to eavesdrop on what they say." After connection, a slight electric sound will be emitted from the tablet. As you get closer, you can faintly hear the sound of footsteps, as well as the sound of the bartender opening the door, moving tables and chairs, and cleaning. Who is that fat woman who came just now? Shes so fat. The sound came out from the tablet and it was very clear. Millicent was a little surprised that such a thing could really hear the sound of the private room in the distance, and looked at the man next to him carefully. He explained in a low voice: "They usually like to talk nonsense, don''t blame them." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, it was just a disguise. The sound of the two people talking was still coming from the tablet. Looking at it this way, the boss is really a beauty. It would be so comfortable to sleep with her in my arms. Many of the people who come to the tavern come here for the boss. Thats right, Im afraid that one day someone will get drunk and cause trouble in the tavern. Millicent''s face began to turn red. With a pair of eyes, he looked beside him carefully and explained softly, "That''s how it is in a tavern. Some guests will talk nonsense after drinking, but we are fine here. Nothing happens all the time." ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to tell her about the various functions and how to retrieve some photos. ?Millison also learned quickly. Those who are very proficient have already mastered how to use it. This is for you to use first. If you find its not working, go find me. Thank you, sir, I will take good care of it. Close the tablet, Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are there any difficulties in operation?" ??Although it is a tavern established for the purpose of gathering information, if it cannot be run, or if it is only superficial, it will still arouse suspicion from others. ?The best thing is to be like the Old Barrel Tavern, which is a very popular tavern in itself. Secondly, to handle some intelligence work. Millicent thought for a moment and said: "There are gangs nearby who have collected protection fees twice. In addition, the menu in the tavern does not have many types, and it is difficult to find higher-level chefs. Finally, there are some who like to cause trouble after drinking." Three problems are not difficult to solve. But its not easy for me to come forward directly. Wu Heng said: "Wait for a few days. After a while, I will arrange for someone to come and help you." Okay, sir. Millicent thanked him again and continued to ask in a low voice: Philippa didnt cause you any trouble? Dont worry, she is doing well. Some time ago, she helped the association arrest two wanted criminals. Her contribution will be recorded in the files. Then shes not in any danger! Theres no danger, you dont have to worry. Judging from the news sent back by Philippa, the Iron Barrel Pirates used the money they received last time to carry out all-round armed preparations. In addition to some ballista equipment on the ship, a lot of crew members have also been recruited. It is not comparable to the big pirate group, but it is not something that ordinary forces can bully. Millicent also showed a soft smile and saluted again, "Thank you for taking care of her." Well, do it well, and you and your daughter will have a better life in the future. Thank you, sir. After everything was explained, Wu Heng also stood up and said: "Let''s keep things like this. You should also pay attention here. If there is any news, just inform me. You don''t have to do anything dangerous." "clear!" Maintaining the image of a bloated woman, Wu Heng opened the door and walked out directly. Millicent walked to the door of the tavern, saw him boarding a carriage, waved his hand and said, "Come back when you have time." Hmm! Wu Heng put down the curtain and the carriage left. The bartender came over. He asked curiously: "Boss, is this your friend?" Millicent glanced at the direction the carriage was going, turned to look at him, and said, "You two, go wipe the cellar and save yourself from having nothing to do." Huh? We have something to do! Go quickly! Seeing that Millicent was really a little angry. The two of them went to the cellar to clean up in despair. Millicent also returned to several rooms and rearranged the monitoring equipment. The associations props are really magical. The carriage creaked and creaked forward. ??We returned to the central area all the way and stopped at the central square. ??Wu Heng was still dressed as a woman. After paying the fare, he entered the association hall, walked through the corridor, and walked towards the office and study room of "Xilagui". ?When there is no one in the corridor, take off the veil and change back to the original appearance. ?Knocked lightly on the door, opened it and walked in. The childlike elf deputy deacon was frowning at the document in his hand. Looking up, he glanced up and saw that it was Wu Heng who came in. He was obviously a little surprised, "Why are you here?" I have nothing to do at home. Come and see you. Sheilagui rolled her eyes at him angrily, "You usually don''t come to the association, but now that I''ve given you a day off, you started running over here." ?Wu Heng smiled, sat down on the sofa nearby, and asked, "Any clues?" "I found some, but there are no clues that are beneficial to you." Sheila picked up the file and tapped it on the table. Is it convenient to talk about it? "It''s nothing. The first point is that we asked other people from the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. They said that the steward and the woman shouted fiercely that night. We did hear a scream in the end, but we didn''t expect that something happened." Sheila Gui said. , his face turned red. ??The coroner has heard about this. ?Just because of the nonsense shouting, even the final cry of being killed was regarded as a joy. Sheila Gui glanced at him and continued: "There is only one person''s shoe print in the window, and the size of the shoe print does not match the three people. It is suspected that besides the deceased, there was a fourth person at the time, two teams from the association. , We are continuing to investigate other people in the business group and the people in the tavern, and we should send new clues in the evening. " The fourth person? How come the more people investigate the matter, the more people do! Furthermore, there has been no apparent progress. Its not surprising. After all, the person who died yesterday and now its morning again, there wont be many clues. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Well, thank you for your hard work, everyone." "You can still laugh, no matter how little evidence you have, this matter will always be blamed on you!" Sheila Gui said. How is it possible! Why is it impossible! If you cant catch anyone, you will always have to bear this crime. Thats right, its up to you whether I can clear my name! Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him again and said, "In the morning, I went to the Old Barrel Tavern and asked about the situation." The old wooden barrel is the territory of the six-armed prophetess. You can spend money to buy some information. But it is limited to the harbor and Beacon Street. Any clues? "There are no clues related to this matter, but on the day you were suspended, there was a restless guy who landed on the island with the caravan." Sheela''s tone became serious. "the wanted?" No, his name is Kerimu, a level 16 vagabond who earns bounties by relying on wanted notices from the association and the Snake Emblem Consortium. A decent man! "There is a record of killing a member of the dwarf royal family and a vice-deacon of the association, and he was not listed on the association''s wanted list." Sheila Gui glanced lightly. Kill members of the royal family of the country and deputy deacons of the association. ??Moreover, he has not yet been listed on the associations wanted notice. ?It is one thing that the opponent''s strength is not low. More importantly, he knows how to circumvent some rules and will not be listed on the wanted list after killing someone. ?Wu Hengs face suddenly turned ugly. At this time, I landed on the island and had the experience of killing the deputy deacon. Good guy. Having to make people suspicious, I came here for myself. Is being a vagabond a profession? Well, its a melee-type profession with strong combat capabilities. Is he very powerful? Wu Heng asked. Xilagui said slowly: "The Lone Ranger makes a living by killing various bounty targets, and he has a great reputation in the circle. Without external help, I don''t have the confidence to face him." In other words, with the strength of Silla Rose, there is absolutely no confidence that it can defeat the opponent. Being able to be appointed deputy deacon at least proves the potential and talent of Sheila Gui. I have no confidence at all. It seems that the other party is indeed very powerful. "You mean, he is likely to come to the island to deal with me?" Wu Heng said. Its possible! ?Wu Heng scratched his head and asked, "Do you know where he lives? I''ll let the skeleton chop him down first." Xila Gui said angrily: "I haven''t found out where he is, but I''m not sure he is targeting you. Let''s check the situation first." ??Wu Heng was just talking, and he couldn''t kill the opponent blatantly. But level 16 also gave him a sense of crisis. Hand on, or let yourself attack by surprise, you are not afraid of this vagabond. Do you know what he is good at and what his weaknesses are? Wu Heng asked. "I don''t have too detailed information. I will tell the deacon and ask him to transfer some information from the Whisperer. I will tell you then." "good!" After talking about this matter, Wu Heng continued: "By the way, I''m here to discuss something with you." "What''s up?" Wu Heng said directly: "I want you to lead a team and search every tavern. I suspect that the person who framed me is hiding in the tavern." Sheela frowned and said, "You want to exhaust us to death. There are so many taverns, and the association is too domineering, which will affect its image in the minds of the residents." "As for the taverns in the Beacon District and the main street, just say that you have found useful clues and start investigating. People from other business groups will trust the association more when they see how hard we are." Wu Heng said. Sheela Gui still frowned and pondered for a moment. He agreed anyway, "I''ll tell the deacon and we''ll mobilize more teams to help." Okay, then Ill go back first. ?Wu Heng stood up and left the study, and Xila Gui also took the compiled documents and went to the deacon''s study. corridor. ??Wu Heng stood there and waited for a while, and heard the voice of the ghost "Glenda" in his ears, "There is no one in his room." Hmm! Wu Heng snorted lightly, and then walked towards the association dormitory. Still served as deputy deacon of the association. Even if he was suspended, no one would stop him along the way. ??He went directly to the third floor, in front of the dormitory where the special inspection envoy Kalema lived. Seeing that there was no one around, he used the bronze key to open the door to a crack and inserted a listening device. Close the door again. ?Glenda flew into the air and controlled the monitor to fly to the roof of the shed. "what are you doing here?" Suddenly, a voice came from the stairs. Kalema came back directly from downstairs with his guards and looked at him doubtfully. Wu Heng''s heart tightened, but he still said: "Inspection envoy, I came to find you, but I didn''t expect you to go out." Kalema looked at him suspiciously, then glanced at the door, "What do you want from me?" "You can use that truth-telling rare thing to ask me if I have killed anyone. Wouldn''t it be a faster way to prove my innocence?" Wu Heng said directly. "So that''s what happened." Kalema smiled and continued to explain: "The Bucks Business Group is also paying attention to this incident. We said we didn''t do anything, but we still can''t prove it. We need to catch the murderer or come up with something substantial. The prop is just a rare item within our house, so I just say it doesnt matter, because Im afraid the people from the Bucks Business Group wont recognize it. "Why don''t you admit it? Just show them the effects of the strange objects!" Kalema looked at him, still calm, "Don''t be anxious, rest for a few days, believe in the association, and also believe in Sheilagui and the others, they will find the murderer." ?Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, then said: "Okay then, I''ll go talk to Sheila Gui again." Well, keep calm! The inspector will keep you busy, Ill go back first. "good!" ?Wu Heng went downstairs, Kalema looked at the direction he left, opened the door and entered the room. The room is empty. ?? Kalema holds a staff and releases several detection spells one after another. He frowned slightly and said, "You really want to ask me about the strange objects?" Perplexed in his heart, he released spells from every corner again and checked some of his items. After confirming that everything is OK. He sat on the bed, looking thoughtful. Get out of the association. ?Glenda flew back from a distance and got directly into the body. The pictures in the room are also shared in the mind. ?Glenda placed the monitoring equipment on the beams of the roof, and then hurriedly flew out of the window. So as not to be noticed by the other party. ??Wu Heng took out the equipment and put on headphones to monitor. You can hear the shaking sound of the robes and soft murmurs. Other than that, I didnt hear any other sounds. Whether the looted listening equipment is an old model or is it the same. The size is quite large, about the size of a power bank, with a transmitting wire. Not as big as a button in the movie. Otherwise, you can find a way to put it on his body or something he carries with him. "It depends on whether you have anything to do with this matter." ?Black Crow''s Nest Tavern, private room on the second floor. ?The door opened, and a man holding a rapier and wearing a sailor''s turban walked in. He wears a loose half-sleeved gown over his leather armor. On his bare left arm, you can see numerous tattoos of poisonous snakes, ghost faces, and rats. Entering the private room, the man glanced around the room. Sit down near the door and say directly: "Are you ready?" He has now been suspended for investigation and can take action. (End of this chapter) Chapter 351 , it鈥檚 not my fault Chapter 351: Its not my fault It seems that this is what happened to Treasure Island. I pulled down a deputy deacon in a few seconds. The tattooed man stepped on the chair with one leg. Inside the private room, there is a man wearing captain''s clothing. Smiling, turning the generous ring on her index finger from time to time. Looking at the other party, he said: "It''s just a suspension for investigation, the rest will be left to you." "Well, since I promised you, I will naturally take care of things." Tattoo nodded, leaned back, and continued: "Where is the information?" The other side handed over a handwritten information. said: "He has joined the association for less than a year, and his level should not be high, but you should be careful about the two attendants around him. I feel that his level is not low." The tattooed man looked up at the opposite side and asked, "Do you have any background?" It is understood that he has no background. He came from a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko and his talent is relatively high. The tattooed man nodded, threw the information back, stood up and said, "Wait for my news." "Um!" ? Before leaving the door, the tattooed man turned around again and reminded, "Have money ready." Of course, this is not the first time we have cooperated. The tattooed man opened the door and walked out directly. In the office study room. After he was suspended, this study room became vacant. But the key is still in Wu Heng''s hands, and some things in this world are not managed so strictly. ??Wu Heng was sitting on the sofa, wearing headphones and listening to the installed bug. This thing has a certain distance limit. Unlike radio, it can still transmit normally over such a long distance. In the headphones, you can hear the sound of dragging chairs and moving objects. It feels like Im looking for something. ?Then, there were some conversations between Kalema and other people. They were all ordinary conversations and had nothing to do with what he wanted to monitor. How is it? Any clues? Glenda floated aside and asked. No, I didnt say two words at all. Wu Heng said. Putting the bug in his room didn''t seem like the right place. But this kind of equipment is a bit bulky and difficult to place on the other party''s body, and his residence is the best location. Maybe it has nothing to do with him! Glenda guessed. "It''s possible, but I always feel that he has some problems, so be careful." Yeah, thats right. ?Wu Heng opened the gate, called out a skeleton investigator, placed him on the seat, and continued to monitor the opponent. Whether it is useful or not, record everything first. After making arrangements, exit the room again. Lock the door. Return to your residence. ?Minnie and Andwyer are directing the skeleton to dry the bedding. They say they are maids, but in fact most of the work is done by skeletons. Andwyer works as an association assistant, and Minnie acts as a housekeeper. Hearing the sound of the door opening, the two turned to look over. When they saw Wu Heng coming back, they all smiled and greeted him from afar. Minnie quickly ran over, threw herself into her arms, and hugged her, "Master, how come you went out so early in the morning and didn''t see you?" Who made you stay in bed? Minnie raised her head and argued, "No way, I got up very early today." "When I came downstairs, I saw that you were sleeping soundly, and Weier finally had a rest and didn''t have to get up early, so I didn''t disturb you." Master, you are so kind! Minnie praised without hesitation. Anderweil also came over and asked softly: "Master, is there any progress?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Xila Gui is leading an investigation, and there is no strong evidence yet." Anderweil frowned and asked, "Deacon Sheila Gui, you will definitely be able to find the murderer." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Minnie listened on the sidelines and asked curiously: "Who is the deputy deacon Shilagui?" "The other deputy deacon of the association is from the elf tribe. He is very beautiful!" Anderweil replied. "Who is more beautiful, her or sister Shannella?" Andweil said: "They are different in beauty. Archdeacon Shiragui looks younger, while Lady Shannella has a mature beauty." Minnie glanced at Wu Heng suspiciously, "Master, who do you think is beautiful?" They are all beautiful, but the elves are naturally more outstanding in appearance. Minnie continued to ask, "They are both more beautiful, but Sister Wei''er and I are more beautiful." ?Andweil also raised her head expectantly. ?Wu Heng smiled and hugged the two of them tightly, "Both are beautiful, but everyone is beautiful in different ways." What, youre just trying to fool people again... Minnie was a little dissatisfied. ??Wu Heng rubbed her head and said, "Both are beautiful, but I like you two more." Hey! I knew it. Minnie hugged her waist and whispered coquettishly. ?? Anderweil also looked happy and her cheeks were flushed. "Master, do the bedding in your room need to be dried?" Anderweil asked. Lets take it out to dry too! ? Anderweil nodded, patted Minnie''s **** hard, and said: "Don''t stick to the master, follow me upstairs to clean up the room." Its true. Minnie rubbed her butt, muttered and followed upstairs. Wu Heng followed behind him and said, "By the way, don''t go out recently. If you need to buy anything, ask Shannella to buy it for you." Oh, okay! The two nodded. Then go up to the fourth floor to tidy up the bedroom. ??Wu Heng was on the third floor and entered the room where the radio station was placed. ?Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record book and looked at it directly. A lot of content has been recorded above. Today I caught a one-meter-long Deino snapping turtle. I said this thing is good for men. Do you want me to keep it for you and take it back to save your body from being difficult to use because of your age? The Destroyed Snapping Turtle is gone. It was sold to an old nobleman on the shore. Ill catch it for you next time! Damn it, we were attacked by the Yeko fleet, these pieces of shit, we just passed by and attacked indiscriminately. "No, I can''t bear it anymore. Let me tell you, they attacked first, and I am the counterattack..." , weve docked. Lets take a rest and buy some items. Ill go see my mother when I have time. Damn it, two idiot pirate groups are fighting. Do pirates have **** in their heads? They just know how to fight. ??Wu Heng probably took a look. ?This is quite a lot of content. ?Although there is no useful information, it seems that there are quite a lot of things going on, including being attacked by the Kingdoms fleet and the pirates fighting among themselves. After thinking about it for a moment, he picked up the phone and asked, "Philippa, are you there?" Uh! Why are you talking at this time? came a low-pitched reply from Philippa. ??Wu Heng asked: "Isn''t it convenient to talk now?" In the radio station. After two high-pitched scoldings of "silly bird". Philippa''s voice also came over, "No, I was giving a lecture to the crew just now. If you had spoken earlier, they would have heard it." ??Wu Heng frowned and said, "Don''t let the crew enter your room! If someone discovers something, you will be in danger." "You haven''t had much news all the time. How could I have known that you would suddenly speak at this time." Philippa said unconvinced, and then added: "Okay, I won''t let them in from now on. I really heard you speak." , I cant explain it either. Wu Heng said: "There are so many cabins on the ship. If we arrange a conference room, the large fleet has a separate meeting place. It looks regular." That makes sense. Ill have someone prepare one tomorrow. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "How are you doing there recently?" Not bad, there is food and drink. Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the desk and asked, "You said two pirate groups were fighting. What happened?" Philippa said: "The original plan was to go to sea with the two pirate groups to see if any caravans were passing by, but yesterday the two of them fought and someone died, so the matter was delayed." Internal strife! "It has nothing to do with me. She is a woman from ''Babqi'', and she is in love with the captain of another pirate group. I said something a little aggrieved. I was bullied like this, and I feel so aggrieved when I am a pirate. Then Started working that night. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 352 , explosive potential Chapter 352, Explosive Potential ?Wu Heng frowned. Good guy, are you trying to get justice? Isnt this provoking trouble? ?The captain named "Babuqi" has suppressed his anger and plans to endure this matter. Who can bear it when you say this? ?Especially since they are all a group of fierce pirates, it would be strange not to fight. ??The next two pirate groups will definitely not be able to cooperate. You are not involved, right? Wu Heng continued to ask. Dont worry, I wont help you on either side, said Philippa. ?Wu Heng was speechless, is that what I meant? But it can be heard that Philippa''s side is developing pretty well. Moreover, he gradually integrated into the pirates. Why do you still remember going to sea with pirates? Philippa replied, "Doesn''t this give you a clue? When we go to sea, I will tell you the route so that we can catch them." It turned out to be for my own sake. It seems that he has not forgotten his responsibilities. Wu Heng said directly: "There are some changes here on Treasure Island. You don''t need to take risks to collect information. I will inform you when I can continue to collect information." Philippa ate something in his mouth and muttered: "The two of them may have to fight for a while. I''m not in a hurry. By the way, if I kill the pirate, can it be considered as meritorious service?" You can easily expose your identity by killing pirates. If you bring back the pirates body, I will reward you with the reward. Okay, Im not short of money now anyway. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked again: "Besides the internal strife between the two pirates, is there any other information?" Philippa thought for a moment and then said: "I asked about the blank envelope. They said that this kind of envelope may not appear anytime. At first, the others were quite scared, but later they found that the information provided was very accurate. , and also provided nearby information based on the location of each pirate group, and the pirate groups made a lot of money. Have you received them all? Most pirate groups should have received it. There is also a saying among pirates that the pirate king cannot bear the pirates being driven away like mice, so he is helping everyone. Pirate King? ?Other than in comics, this was the first time Wu Heng had heard of this name. Among pirates, there really is a pirate king! It was also said a long time ago that the Pirate King has the power to control the sea and the right to dominate the sea. People in coastal areas have heard this story. Philippa explained. ?Wu Heng kept this incident in his mind and would look into the matter of the Pirate King when he had the opportunity. Then he asked: "In terms of life and personal safety, do you have no problems over there?" Philippa said directly: "It''s all good. When I have a chance to go back, you can get me some more money. It''s almost spent. I also want to recruit a few more powerful crew members." Wu Heng reminded: "The money I gave you last time was enough for a large business group to make several round trips." Philippa said: "You don''t know how expensive it is to be a pirate from the outside. The ship needs to be repaired, the sailors need to spend money, and there are all kinds of weapons and equipment. You don''t want me to be in any danger!" ?Wu Heng had no choice but to say, "Okay, I''ll wait until the next time we meet!" "Thank you." Philippa changed the subject and continued to ask: "How is my mother''s side?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "I just came back from your mother''s tavern this morning. The tavern is running pretty well." You really opened a tavern? You wont be bullied. "Your mother is not as weak as you said. I will arrange some help for her in a while and also protect his safety." Wu Heng said directly. Both mother and daughter are collecting information for themselves. They can also be considered as their own subordinates. Some basic needs still need to be met. "Thank you! Please help me take care of her more, and I will collect information about the pirates for you." "Well, I''ve been a little busy here recently, so you should pay more attention to yourself." Wu Heng asked. "clear!" Okay, lets do this for now, and tell me if you have anything. "good." Hang up the communication, Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. Philippa looks pretty good, that kind of personality is really suitable for a pirate. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng doubted whether it would be more appropriate for her to change her profession to a bard. ?Just a few words can make two pirate groups fight. In line with the characteristics of the bard''s language sound that affects people''s emotions. Go out of the room and continue to the fourth floor. Minnie is changing new sheets in the bedroom. ??Wu Heng took a look directly and went directly to the alchemy laboratory. ?Several alchemy skeletons are still busy with their own affairs. On the cabinet shelf next to it, there are already several bottles of finished medicine. ?Wu Heng walked over and his eyes lit up instantly. Strengthening PotionHighly Effective Strengthening Potion. In addition to several common medicinal and spiritual medicines. There are also six bottles of first-level corpse core potions and three bottles of second-level corpse core potions placed on it. ??It is all during this period of time, market exchange, or corpse cores obtained from killing zombies. In the past few days, it was all produced. ?Wu Heng put away the medicine and went directly to the study. Take out three bottles of the second-level corpse core potion and place them on the desk. This incident still brought a certain amount of pressure to him. Especially, it is still unclear what the other partys purpose is. ?Now that the second-level corpse core potion is produced, it can also be used to improve one''s physical attributes. With improved attributes, it can reduce the threat posed by enemies to a great extent. After thinking about it, open a bottle of medicine and drink it. The sourness flows into the abdomen, and the heat spreads throughout the body, followed by the pain of stretching the bones and sore muscles. ?This kind of pain is not a side effect of the virus. Rather, the medicine forcibly improves the discomfort caused by the body. Even so, it was still very painful. ?The pain gradually disappears, and system prompts appear immediately. Strength +3, Constitution +2. Still an increase of five points. In terms of level, it has been improved by 5 and a half levels. The effect is still significant. Sit on a chair and rest for a while, waiting for the sweat on your body to disappear. Continue to take the second bottle. ??It is still the tearing feeling of bones and muscles being forcibly pulled away. I gritted my teeth and listened, and the prompt appeared. Strength +2, Constitution +2, Agility +1. Unlock ability: Explosive potential. Hearing this prompt, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. Finally awakened the skill. Explosive potential: Explosive enhancement of the body, improving physical condition, and reducing pain and negative effects on oneself. ?Wu Heng looked at the skill introduction. His brows wrinkled again. This ability...have you seen it somewhere? I carefully recalled that in the zombie world, when I killed Chen Jinlong in prison, he seemed to have such a skill in his attributes. After release, the whole body turns red, and the power explodes several times beyond normal. ??It''s okay to jump directly from the fourth floor. You can still escape far away. The same ability has actually been awakened! It seems like even a mage like me is of no use! ??A mage himself, standing behind a skeleton, probably won''t be of much use. Whatever, its better than nothing! Sitting on the chair and resting for a while, he took out the third bottle and drank it again. Strength +1, Constitution +2, Agility +1. Only four points more? The effect of the second-level medicine has begun to decrease. According to the experience of the first-level corpse core medicine, the effect of the medicine will gradually decrease after taking a certain amount. Now the second level corpse core is also in this situation. Open the attribute panel and take a look at your attribute values. Attributes: Strength 40, Agility 30, Constitution 43, Intelligence 37, Perception 24, Charisma 28. Good guy, my strength and physique have surpassed my intelligence again. Close the panel, go to the mirror, lift up your shirt and take a look. ?Muscles are more angular. It is the kind of muscular feeling full of power. Recovered a bit. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the window and shouted: "Minnie, Weier, come in." Coming! After a burst of running footsteps. ?Minnie and Anderweil opened the door and walked in. Whats wrong, Master! Minnie asked directly. ?Wu Heng took out a few bottles of medicine and said, "There are several bottles of medicine. Each of you has three bottles. Drink them first." So many! Minnie said in surprise. Anderweier also looked a little surprised. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. Thank you, master. The two women each picked up three bottles and started taking them. Outside the courtyard gate. ?Hold a rapier and wear a cloak, standing in a dark corner, staring at the building in the distance. Not long after, a translucent bird flew back from a distance. Plunging headlong into the scroll the man had opened. ?The next second, a picture appeared in the blank center of the scroll, including a four-story building, a flowerbed and a swimming pool, and skeleton guards arranged in a row. Hmph! With so many skeleton attendants, its really not that easy to be the deputy deacon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 353 , vagabond Chapter 353, Drifter Balconies, courtyards, and some secluded locations. The number of skeleton attendants even exceeds the number of guards in the residences of normal dignitaries. ??Moreover, they are all undead attendants. The man leaned against the wall and recalled the information he had received previously. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????. ??The number of undead skeletons in the courtyard alone is enough to overturn all the previous intelligence content. Intelligence is as unreliable as ever. He glanced at the door opposite and the entire street, thinking about his next plan. After a brief thought. Close the scroll in his hand, shoulder the sword in his hand, and turn around to leave. In the study room. ?Wu Heng distributed several bottles of first-level corpse core potion to the two maids. Thank you, master! The two nodded in thanks. Hands full of joy. ?This kind of medicine is a rare treasure. It is also because of this potion that the two of them are much stronger than professionals of the same level. ??Andewil is an ordinary assistant in the association, but her combat effectiveness is definitely not lower than the captain level of an ordinary team. The same is true for Minnie. Although the time to change jobs is the shortest, her attributes are not low either. What is relatively lacking is practical experience. But its not a big problem. If you accumulate it slowly, your attributes will improve, and the effect of training will be better. Drink it directly! Wu Heng said. Drank three bottles of potion one after another. The body has also gained a certain amount of growth. No problem! ??Andweil said: "It feels pretty good, but it just doesn''t seem as obvious as before." Minnie said: "No, I feel pretty good." Weier has a high level. Once her body reaches a certain strength, the effect of the potion will be weakened. Minnie has just changed her profession and can still take it many times. "Oh!" Minnie said, and then looked at ''Ande Weier'', "Sister Weier, you have no effect anymore, give me this medicine from now on!" If you dont give it, it wont be ineffective if it is weakened. Stingy! Minnie pouted. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "There will be more potions in the future." "I know! I just tease Sister Weier, she always looks very serious." Minnie said, pinching Anderweier''s waist. The latter''s body was agitated, he looked at Minnie running away, smiled and said: "Master, Minnie and I continue to clean the room." Well, let the tame beast also be responsible for the security of the residence. "clear." Anderweil nodded and followed downstairs. ?Soon, the sound of Minnie laughing and begging for mercy could be heard from the first floor. ?Wu Heng released Glenda and Xiao Xiao and inspected them around the building. After confirming that there are no enemies or dangers, open the gate and go to the zombie world. Association. Hiragui came out of the deacon''s study, her expression still serious. On the way back to his office and study, he said to the staff passing by: "Go and inform the team leader who has no mission to come to my study." Yes, Archdeacon. The staff member responded and left quickly. Sheila Gui returned to the study and began to put on armor. Soon, there was a knock on the door, and several team captains walked in one after another. Ardeacon, are you looking for us? asked the captain of the team. Sheela Gui glanced at a few people and said, "You teams will go out with me to inspect the pubs and hotels on Beacon Street." ?The captains frowned and looked at each other. The first captain said: "Is this the case of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng?" Well, there is news that criminals are staying overnight on Beacon Street. Sheila Ge said. "Here..., there are so many people on Beacon Street, and there are a lot of pubs and hotels, it''s hard for us people to take care of them all." Another captain said. ??The dwarf captain of the third team stroked his beard and said, "How long can we waste by simply asking without bringing all the residents back for interrogation?" A female captain who was obviously dressed up said: "Deacon, I have a dance tonight. There are so many pubs on Beacon Street. Will it take a long time?" Xilagui continued to hang the long sword on her waist and said: "The deacon has approved this matter. Everyone can''t be absent when following me." He glanced at the female captain again and said: "What''s the point of attending the dance? When this matter is over, I will let Wu Heng hold you and dance." The female captains eyes lit up, Really? ? Feeling that what he said was not quite right, he immediately changed his words, "No! I didn''t mean that. I won''t attend the dance, and I don''t need Deputy Deacon Wu Heng to hold me and dance." Poof~! The other captains were also amused. After putting on the equipment, Xilagui walked straight out, "It won''t take long, and we won''t delay our dance at night. Bring the members and gather at the door." "yes!" Everyone dispersed, gathered at the door, and headed to Beacon Street. Zombie world, old factory area. ?Wu Heng walked out of the dormitory and took a look around the established market. ???There are more and more bases coming to exchange supplies, and there is a long and slender queue along the entire road. Many survivors got out of the car to chat and smoke. Everyone was dressed in a wasteland style. At this time, Qi Hancai came over from behind, "Why didn''t you call me?" Its nothing, just take a look. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai followed and continued: "There are more and more shelters coming to exchange supplies, and many special jobs have been recruited recently. I plan to take advantage of the wasteland behind the yard to build more before winter. Some warehouses and factories. Behind the yard is a large open space with weeds taller than people. Winter is coming soon, and there is a lot of work to be done. Lets build it first. If it doesnt work, well continue in the next spring. ??Wu Heng had no objection, "Okay, you can arrange it. If you need a warehouse, nearby communities can use it." "Well, the military came again yesterday and wanted to talk to you about the price of military equipment. You were not there at the time, so I declined." Qi Hancai said again. ??Wu Heng doesn''t have the time to think about military matters now. Said directly: "Don''t worry about this now, we will talk about it later." Okay! The two of them chatted while walking. ??Qi Hancai continued to talk about some things in the old factory area. Outside the door, people in other shelters all looked over with their heads raised. ?Most people have met Qi Hancai, the leader of the old factory area and an awakener. But I have never seen Wu Heng. Hey, brother, who is that person next to your leader? A survivor asked directly as he handed a cigarette to the registered person. Which one did you say? ??The survivor said: "The man next to leader Qi Hancai." Oh, our leader, Qi Hancai is our deputy leader. the registration officer said. ?This is no secret either. The people in the military know about this, and the positions in the old factory area are also arranged in this way. The survivor frowned, "Damn it, you awakened ones!" The staff member smiled, waved his hand and said, "It''s your turn to change the food, go in!" Oooh! the survivor drove in. The rest of the people followed suit. Continue to inquire. Originally, they only thought that the most powerful person in the old factory was Qi Hancai, but now it seems that the strength of the old factory is stronger than they imagined. At least, the number of people with superpowers will not be less than two people. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked around the market and then went to the factory again. Qi Hancai asked: "When are you going to clean the turntable?" Itll be two days later, wait for my news! Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng chatted with her for a few more words, returned to the dormitory, and then returned to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng lay on the bed and looked at the roof of the shed. I was thinking about my current situation. Coming to Treasure Island, I feel that the number of enemies has skyrocketed. First of all, it was the murder of the steward of the Bucks Merchant Group fleet. He was suspended from the association because of this incident. If he wanted to be reinstated, he had to find the real culprit or more direct evidence to prove that he was not responsible for it. At present, there are no direct clues. The second point is the danger we are about to face. ?The enemy intends to remove himself from the position of deputy deacon, and there must be more arrangements later. The Vagabond that Shilagui mentioned today happened to land on the island at this time. One has to wonder if he is here to find him. A professional who is level 16 and has killed a sub-deacon before still poses a certain threat. The last one is the pirate''s wanted notice, as well as the white envelope and the Pirate King mentioned by ''Philippa''. ??There is still a threat to myself, but it obviously has nothing to do with this matter. The possibility that pirates planned this incident is basically unlikely. The most dangerous one is the rogue. He dares to kill the deputy deacon and he wont be on the wanted list. He seems to be a veteran. "Waiting for him to come to me would be too passive. It would be best to lure him out and confront him head-on. I may not be afraid of him." Wu Heng muttered to himself. Release the two ghosts again. Floating in the air. ??Wu Heng said: "There have been a lot of troubles recently. Please help take care of me at night." Hey~! Sir, this is really worrying. Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda still smiled as usual, "Don''t worry, we don''t need to rest anyway." "Thanks for your hard work." Two ghosts flew out of the building and started to alert. ?Wu Heng also closed his eyes and rested. The next day. ??Wu Heng had breakfast and took the skeleton attendant Xue Hand with him. As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw the iron door next door also opened. A gorgeously decorated carriage, protected by many guards, drove out slowly. The carriage stopped beside him, and the curtain was raised, revealing the fair and beautiful face of ''Shanara''. Shannara is still so beautiful, her facial features are exquisite and gorgeous, and her skin is as smooth as gel. ??If there were no virus outbreaks in the modern world. ??Wu Heng can definitely crush all the popular stars if he takes her back. If you start a live broadcast, there will definitely be a big brother who will give you a reward if you sit there. Why are you walking around again? Shannara said softly. Go to the association, what are you doing? Wu Heng asked. Shannara said: "Some things about the business group." Oh! There are a lot of people coming to the island recently, please pay attention to your safety. Shannara smiled, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for reminding me. I will be careful." Well, walk slowly! Wu Heng waved his hand. Shannara nodded, blinked quietly, lowered the curtain again, and the carriage slowly left. The relationship between the two should still be kept at a distance in the outside world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the intersection, called a carriage parked on the roadside, and got on it directly. The carriage moved forward slowly, heading to the central area. ?First we went to the association and went to the office study to take a look at the skeleton responsible for monitoring. There is no useful information in the entire record book. The only useful sentence is to leave the island with the fleet in two days and go to the next association station. The other party is leaving. It really has nothing to do with him? ?Although I have doubts in my heart, so far, no substantial evidence has been found on him. Let the skeleton continue recording. ?Wu Heng walked out of the association again and headed to the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite. ?Wu Heng put on the veil and left the association. ?On the way, Glendas voice rang in my ears. There is someone following you, a high-level professional. ?Wu Heng suddenly turned his head and saw a figure standing behind him. ??Wearing a loose robe with leather armor underneath, he holds a sword in one hand and the other arm is covered with tattoos of various patterns. Wanderer - Kerimu. He followed me here. Want to take action on the road? So courageous? But in my heart, I felt a little more relaxed. At least it was better to show up from the front than to attack from behind. "You want to take action during the day? I''m just suspended, not dismissed." Wu Heng stood there, his eyes falling on the other party. The man opposite unbuttoned his robe, took off one sleeve of his arm, revealing a large tattoo, and said, "You know I''m coming to find you?" ?Wu Heng smiled, "Rogue ''Kerimu'', I know you." Keranmu narrowed his eyes, "Are you waiting for me on purpose?" "Nothing to talk about." Wu Heng continued: "We don''t have any grudges, right? Do you need a fifth-level professional like you to kill my deputy deacon?" Keranmu tied his clothes around his waist and said directly: "Don''t blame me for using money to do things." The voice fell. Kerimu turned into a figure and ran forward quickly. ?Wu Heng''s body retreated, and at the same time the [White Bone Armor] was formed. At the same time, the skeleton attendant Xue Hand also drew out his two swords and crashed directly into the original ''Vagabond''. Dang~! The deafening metallic chirping sounded. The two weapons collided and sparks flew out. Immediately afterwards, Kerin suddenly flashed alert and threw his body to one side. Almost at the same time. ?Bang bang bang~! The dense bullets landed at his original position, splashing sparks on the bluestone road. Dodge bullets? Is this what a melee profession should do? ?Wu Heng was surprised, but immediately turned the gun and fired the bullet at the opponent''s position again. ?Keranmu rolled one after another, supported the ground with one hand, and let out a cry, and thick smoke instantly enveloped his entire body. The whole street was filled with screams. The crowd fled in all directions, avoiding the area where the two men were fighting. ?Wu Heng continued to pull the trigger into the smoke. ?The next second, there was a sudden sound of breaking through the air behind him, Kerimu appeared in mid-air, and his long sword slashed across his neck. ?Wu Heng was shocked and his adrenal glands secreted rapidly. Pushing the body forward. ?At the same time, Glenda''s figure emerged, pointing in the air at the center of ''Keranmu''s eyebrows. Keranmu''s pupils were blank for a moment, and Wu Heng also took the opportunity to distance himself. Roll to stand up. Place one hand on the ground and release [breath of death]. Dense dark clouds enveloped the surrounding area, and the negative attributes of necromancy magic began to fill the surrounding area. Keranmu began to feel itchy in his throat, dizzy, and his face turned sickly sallow. ?At the same time, the skeleton attendant who had lost his target just now raised his sword and came over again, slashing straight at the opponent. Keranmu tore the two scrolls into pieces. The negative state on his body disappeared instantly, he looked at the opposite side and said: "You are the deputy deacon I have killed, and you are still a little worse." ?The words just fell. ?Keranmus arms were covered with tattoos, he put one hand on the ground and muttered something in his mouth. The next second. Tattoos begin to become three-dimensional. The black pattern and the detached arm rushed towards this side quickly along the ground. Swarms of snakes entangled the **** hands'' feet, and black rats and ghosts rushed toward Wu Heng. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks for the reward from Xiankanyuan. (End of this chapter) Chapter 354 , you can鈥檛 be a mage (please vote for me.) Chapter 354, You cant be a mage (please vote for me...) The black tattoos are climbing along the body of the bloody hand, attached to the bones. ?The bones creaked, and the movements began to become stiff. Every step he took seemed to be stuck like a puppet on strings. The remaining insect-rat ghost faces crossed the **** hand and rushed directly towards Wu Heng. Seeing this scene, Wu Heng cursed secretly in his heart. ??Thought I was a tattoo enthusiast. Unexpectedly, the whole body is fake. ?Seeing various things rushing over, Wu Heng continued to retreat backwards. While keeping distance, he fired at the ground with the submachine gun in his hand. ?The bullet hit the ground with a crackling sound, sparks flying everywhere. It has no effect on the insect-like ghost faces formed by these tattoos. The bullets are useless? ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and raised his hand to concentrate his magic again. Huh~! The sound of burning flames sounded. Fireball TechniqueThrow it out instantly, hit the ground with a bang, the tattoo shatters, and the flames spread out to form a sea of ????fire. At the same time, Kerimu had already rushed in front of the skeleton''s "bloody hand". After avoiding the slash sideways, the long sword struck out quickly. In a burst of dazzling sword light. The arms holding the scimitar fell down, his forehead was pierced by the rapier, and the next second his entire skull was twisted into pieces. ?Wu Hengs face became more serious. This rogue is only level 16? How could it be possible that he was only level 16 when he killed the **** hand so easily? ??The blood-hand soul fire was extinguished, and the body turned into a pile of broken bones. Tap tap tap~! ?Keranmu kept walking and rushed towards this side again. Through the exploding flames, the bone prison gradually took shape. ??Move quickly and quickly. ?Suddenly, the face of the forward-moving ''Kerimu'' changed, his feet stopped suddenly, and as soon as he turned his body, blood spattered on his chest and ribs. Bang~! Then, there was a faint sound of gunshots. The force of the bullet made ''Keranmu'' lean forward, and he saw Wu Heng also turning the strange instrument. Rolling on the spot, holding one hand on the ground, he let out a breath, and the smoke filled the air, covering his body. Far away, on the roof of a building. ?? Anderweil held up her sniper rifle and looked far ahead. But the sudden rise of smoke obscured the sight, and the target''s figure was temporarily lost. Anderweil put one hand on her headset and asked, "Minnie, where did you take the skeleton?" Minnie''s voice came from the headset, "We are almost reaching the battle zone, and we can already hear the sound of fighting." "The **** hand is dead. The master needs support. Hurry up." Anderweil urged. I know, Im on my way, Im on my way! At breakfast, Wu Heng discussed this matter with them. Instead of passively waiting for the opponent to find an opportunity to come to you, it is better to lure the enemy out. It is also best to make arrangements in advance and use your own advantages to kill the enemy in the dark. It''s just that the other party was more anxious than the three of them had discussed. They only agreed on the matter in the morning, and the attack took place at noon. Furthermore, the location of the battle is still some distance from the residence. After receiving the notice from Little Ghost, he quickly acted according to the original plan. ?Anderweil sniped from a distance, while Minnie took the skeleton to support. Strive to defeat all enemies in one fell swoop. The war zone. A moment filled with smoke. The sound of a sharp blade cutting through the air sounded from behind him again. Wu Heng''s heart trembled. Knowing that the opponent appeared behind him again, he didn''t dare to think too much and turned forward on the spot. A sword light flashed past the original position. The stone slab on the ground was cut with a clear cut mark. ?Keranmu landed on the ground, tapped his toes, and jumped out again, like a cheetah, pounced on the prey in front of him. The gunshot wounds on his body did not seem to have much impact on him. Now lets see where else you can hide! Kerimu said coldly. His thinking is very clear. ??The Necromancer relies on magic and undead attendants. Without these, he cannot even defeat lower-level warriors. Facing himself now, he has no room to fight back. In his eyes, the target has become a dead person. The distance is shortened. Charge the long sword in your hand and slash it out directly. Dang~! The next second, a deafening metallic symphony sounded. ?Keranmu''s sharp sword strike was as if it had struck a solid rock. The huge rebound force made his palms numb. How is it possible! He raised his head suddenly, with surprise and disbelief in his eyes. ??I saw the mage in front of me, holding a wing sword in his hand, and steadily caught his full sword. ??This is the power that a mage can possess? ?Keranmus face showed shock and confusion, and he said in surprise: You are not a mage! ?Each profession has its own rules. Mages specialize in knowledge, and warriors are diligent in training. It is impossible for a mage to have this kind of power. ?Wu Heng said nothing and released the newly unlocked ability [Explosive Potential]. Instantly, my body began to feel swollen, veins bulged, my skin became red, and the whites of my eyes were bloodshot. Kick the opponent in the abdomen. Then, he uses the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique", the sword is fast and hard. Different attacks directed at each other. Intermediate swordsmanship, plus Gray Eagle swordsmanship. For a moment, Kerimus face was full of horror, and he hurriedly resisted the opponents moves. ?Suddenly, the coat that was half hanging on the body suddenly moved, and the two long sleeves were wrapped around the neck like a python. The Kerin wood sword circled around the body and cut off the sleeves. ?At the same time, he ducked to avoid the opponent''s sword. Bang~! There was another gunshot, and blood exploded from one shoulder. Damn it! ?Keranmu cursed and his body instantly fell back. Clenched his teeth, just about to attack again. A voice came out. "Master, I''m here to save you." From afar, Minnie shouted and took two steps back, "Skullbreaker, take the skull with you." Hurrah! Hold a long-handled war hammer, the broken skull rushes forward, followed by more skeleton attendants. Kerimu gritted his teeth and glanced at the approaching figure, then used his hands and mouth to tear open a scroll. Hurrah hoo~! In an instant, flame missiles shot out from the scroll. Smash forward. ?The flames rose and thick smoke was everywhere. He ran away! Glenda reminded. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, avoiding the fire blocking the road, and chased forward. And many skeletons followed behind. Ahead, the fierce ''Keranmu'' just now rushed into the alley on one side, holding his drooping shoulder. The angle of escape also deliberately avoided the direction of Anderweil''s shooting. Crossing two streets. ?Wu Heng suddenly stopped. ?There was a dense crowd in front of him, and the other party rushed into the crowd and disappeared directly. At the same time, his [Explosive Potential] state disappeared, a feeling of dizziness appeared, and he became somewhat unsteady on his feet. I cant find it. He seems to have used something. Just now his eyes were dazzled and he disappeared. Glenda, who had been leading the way, said with some regret. ?It took so much effort to lure the other party out. Unexpectedly, he escaped from his own hands. Next time, if you want to lure the other party out, it wont be that simple. "It''s okay, he can''t escape." Wu Heng took the healing potion and psychotropic potion, raised his head and drank it. At this time, Broken Skull ran over with the skeleton, and Minnie followed behind. Master, are you okay? Minnie walked over quickly and looked up and down. The battle just now seemed to be fierce, and the strength was not inferior to that of ''Keranmu''. But in terms of melee combat skills, there is still a big gap with the opponent. There are many injuries all over the body, but they are just superficial injuries. "fine!" Minnie supported him and whispered: "Master, am I too late?" No, its just right! Lets go back first. Oh, good! ??We returned to the fighting area together. Thick smoke was still rising, and there were still fires burning in several places. Fortunately, this is a main road and the road is wide. Otherwise, the fire may not be controllable. ??Wu Heng looked around and found the two cuffs that the opponent had separated from himself, as well as the [Bloodthirsty Double Blades] and armor dropped by the **** hand, and put the space ring away. This time, the biggest loss was that the bloody hand was killed by the opponent. A level 15 skeleton attendant. The heartbroken blood! Minnie, let the skeleton put out the fire, and then collect the bullet casings. Wu Heng ordered. Oh, okay! Minnie nodded, and then directed the skeleton to move. At this time, the guards from a distance did not dare to approach. Someone also came over. ?Wu Heng explained what happened just now and mentioned the association appropriately. ?The guards didnt say much. When the scene was almost cleaned, let Minnie take the rest of the skeletons home, while she quickly rushed to the association with the broken skulls. Association. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door and received a response. Walked in directly. Deacon Imiro, still sitting behind the desk, looking at the documents in his hand, "When I am on duty, I can''t see you. When I let you rest from home, you become more diligent." ??Wu Heng ignored the other party''s rare teasing and said directly: "Deacon, I was assassinated on the road just now, and the opponent was ''Vagabond-Keranmu''." Imiro behind the desk looked solemn, and even the assistant Moya not far away looked a little ugly. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 355 , Evil Sword (please give me some monthly votes, some brothers can support me.) Chapter 355, Evil Sword (please give me some monthly votes, some brothers can support me.) The people from the association were already investigating the reasons why Wu Heng was framed and suspended. ??He was assassinated today. What flashed through their minds was a well-planned conspiracy. ??Yimiro put the document aside, "How do you confirm that the other party is from ''Keranmu''? Have you met him before?" Wu Heng shook his head and said directly: "When I was chatting with the deputy deacon of ''Xilagui'' yesterday, she mentioned that ''Keranmu'' landed on the island, and also talked about the characteristics of the other party. The other party had killed the deputy deacon. A matter of exoneration. "Tell me the matter in detail." Imiro said directly. ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and explained the location of the battle and the outcome of the battle in detail. In fact, there is nothing to say. When he returned from the association, he followed him all the way, and a fight broke out between the two sides. But when I heard Wu Heng say that the other party was seriously injured and escaped. ? showing a slightly skeptical look. You seriously injured him, and then he got into the crowd and ran away? "Yes, he moved very quickly, and there was a large crowd at the time, so there was no way to kill him." Wu Heng said. ??Imiro looked at him with even more surprise. Because he killed the deputy deacon and was not on the wanted list, Kerenmu had a great reputation outside. Those who are targeted by him, no one below the fifth level can survive. ??Wu Heng, a deputy deacon who had just arrived, actually beat the opponent away instead of escaping. Still almost killed him on the spot. ??If it were anyone else, Yimiluo would really think that the other person was caring about face, but Wu Heng also had a lot of kills of fourth-level professionals on his record. ?This kind of strength has already exceeded the scope of deputy deacon. When it comes out of his mouth, there is no doubt about its authenticity. ??Yimiro nodded and said directly to the side: "Moya, issue a wanted order for ''Keranmu'', and at the same time notify the port to conduct an investigation on Kerimu and not allow him to leave the island." Yes, Deacon! Moya nodded, filled in the Deacon statistics on the side, and walked out directly. It can be seen that Imiro also became angry. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????. ??Imiro continued: "It seems that the purpose of falsely accusing you and suspending you was for this assassination." Wu Heng nodded, "There is no second explanation!" "Well, Xilagui will continue the investigation. Regardless of whether he can find the murderer or not, I will reinstate you after ''Keranmu'' is captured and interrogated." Imiro said directly. "Thank you, deacon!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Deacon, when I fought with the opponent, I got a piece of the opponent''s personal clothing. There is a high probability that I can find the opponent." ??Imiro also understood what he was thinking. Try it, Ill go with you then. "good." ??Wu Heng directly took out the [Tracking Pendant] from the space ring and removed the cuffs that the opponent had just dropped. Put a drop of blood on the pendant, and then bring the cloth close to it. The skull of the dead creature moved directly, biting off a piece of cloth and started chewing it. Then a blue ghost rushed out from the skull, struggling to run in one direction. Deacon, it works! Wu Heng raised his head. ??Imiro stood up, put on his leather armor, "Go and prepare the carriage." "yes!" In a private room of a tavern. Keranmu, wearing a heavy cloak, ran directly in. His face was pale, and his body was filled with a faint smell of blood. ?The gunshot wound almost caused him to lose his limbs, and the negative impact of necromancy magic caused his wounds to become inflamed and suppurative, and the effect of the healing medicine was greatly weakened. Seeing his appearance, the captain in the room suddenly stood up from his seat and asked, "What''s going on?" Kerimu glared at the other party angrily and said, "You dare to lie to me?" ? Sensing the murderous intention of the other party, the captain''s expression also changed, and he immediately said: "What do you mean?" That kid is a high-level professional. Kerimu said angrily, taking a step forward with his sword in hand. ??The captain stepped back in horror and immediately explained: "What''s the point of lying to you? If you are killed by him, I will also be investigated by the association. Can I still get myself involved?" ?Keranmu still stared at him coldly and said nothing. The captain asked curiously: "You mean, he is of a very high level?" Kerimu said: "He has a strength that is not inferior to mine. How can he be a newcomer who has transferred to a new job less than a year ago? Either you harmed me, or the person who sold you the information deceived you." The captain''s eyes widened a bit. He kept recalling the information he had collected in his mind. Then, he continued to retort, "It''s impossible. What I got was the intelligence sent back from various places in the Secret Order. I know exactly which city he was in at each time... How is it possible!" "Hmph! Go back and investigate on your own. Prepare a boat for me to leave the island. If I am caught by the association, you can''t run away." Seeing the other party''s expression, the captain stopped trying to persuade him and said directly: "This is the ticket for leaving the port today and the remuneration I promised you. It''s not a penny, but I also hope you won''t reveal this matter. Go A place far away." Keranmu put away all the money and said coldly: "If I find out later that you cheated me, I will come back to you again." After saying that, he turned around and left directly. ??The captain also stood there, his face a little ugly. Arrived at the port. ?This is still the busiest place on the island, with large and small ports full of ships and workers carrying various goods. Keranmu straightened his hood and walked quickly towards the port corresponding to the ticket. Just get on the connection board. Kerimu''s expression suddenly changed, and he looked back. I saw an association''s carriage slowly parked on the roadside outside the port, and two figures walked down one after the other. ??In addition to Wu Heng, who is wearing a robe, there is also an elf deacon with long blond hair and gorgeous armor. Its Deacon Imiro! Why did he come to the port? Is there another wanted criminal? He is so good-looking. Brother, you are a man, so its inappropriate to say this! Gender gets in the way of our true feelings. ??Connection board. Kerimu watched the two people walking over with an ugly expression on his face, and his eyes were full of fear and regret. He cleared his throat and said, "Are you a child? You can''t go back to find your mother!" ??Wu Heng said: "Are you scared? You were so awesome just now!" Kerimu looked at Yimiluo and said: "Deacon Yimiluo, Wu Heng has been suspended. We just have some minor disputes. According to the regulations of the association, you have no reason to take action against me." Yimiluo''s face was calm and he said directly: " The association has issued a wanted order for you. Come back with me and accept some investigations." Kerimu looked down at the port, then glanced at the sea aside, and said: "There are many people here. If you attack me, aren''t you afraid of affecting other people here?" You can try it! Kerimus face hardened, he turned around and ran towards the ship. The Imiro under the boat had a golden sword in his hand, and he swung it in vain in the direction of the opponent''s escape. ?Several crescent blades of light, as bright as day, flew in front of ''Keranmu'' in an instant. Without waiting for him to release his skills, he beheaded his body and burst into a large blood. Then, the second sword was swung again. The body fell to the ground, the head separated! Dead? ?Wu Heng looked at this scene in surprise, his eyes widening. ??Calling "Imilo" over, I was afraid that the other person would escape and I wouldn''t be able to catch him. ?But I didnt expect that he could be killed so easily. ??Having taken out her own gun, she didn''t have time to **** the head. Go and collect the corpse, lets go back to the association. Imiro said and walked towards the carriage. "Okay." Wu Heng quickly boarded the cargo ship and kicked the head back. He groped around on the corpse for a while, looking for the thin sword and a space ring. As for the armor on his body, it had been chopped to pieces by the sword light just now. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the single-edged rapier over there. Mist Evil Sword (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Touch the water mist and appear behind the target at the same time. Side effects: Affects the holder''s character. (Description: An evil sword that has been passed down. While gaining power, every owner will die tragically under the sword.) I thought it would flash, but it turned out to be the ability on the sword. Previously, in the mist, Kerimu was able to teleport behind him, thinking it was the skill of Drifter. Now it seems that it is entirely the ability of this sword. As for Drifter, it is more about actual combat performance. ?Wu Heng walked to the corpse, took off the scabbard from his waist, and put the evil sword back into the scabbard. ?Take out the straw mat, roll up the body, and put it into the space ring. Then take the loot and board the carriage. Beacon Street. Hiragui led the team members. Still conducting searches in the taverns and shops on Beacon Street. ??The team members knocked on the door of the guest in the store and began to ask their names, occupations, and how many people were traveling with them. The tavern owner and "Sheila Rose" stood together and whispered, "Deacon, how can there be prisoners living in a small place like ours? The house across the street must be slandering us because of our good business." ?Hilagui remained silent, holding the hilt of the sword with one hand and guarding her position on the stairs. ~! At this time, no one opened the door to the innermost room. Two team members came over and said, "Deacon, no one opened the door to the room inside." Sheila Gui looked at the chattering tavern owner and asked, "Is there anyone living here?" "Stay here, we ordered dinner just now, how come there''s no one here!" After saying that, he also knocked twice and shouted: "Guest, are you there? Guest, are you still there? People from the association are here to check. Please open the door." I stood at the door and shouted for a long time, but no one opened the door. Sheila Gui asked directly: "Who is staying in the hotel?" A dwarf gentleman, well-dressed and well-used. What occupation and how many people are there? "The occupation is unclear. There is only one person, and it must have nothing to do with the murderer you mentioned." The boss continued. In terms of height, it is completely different from what the association is looking for. Open the door, lets take a look! ?The boss hesitated for a moment, then took out the key and opened the door. The room was empty, the bed was in a mess, and there was unfinished food on the wooden table in the middle. It seems that he really left suddenly. You should have left through the window. The captain of the team looked at the window and turned around and said. "Write down the dwarf''s appearance and go back to check the wanted order." Sheela Gui said. When I saw the association checking people, I ran away. Even if it is not this case, there is still some problem. Some members began to ask the boss about the appearance and characteristics of the other party, and Sheila Gui led the team to continue to the next tavern. ?The streets are packed with people. ??A dwarf wearing a linen hood, blended in with the crowd and left quickly. On the way, I saw an association carriage passing by. I carefully avoided it and covered my hood. After walking a certain distance, he looked back at the direction of the tavern and the distant carriage. Why are there people from associations everywhere? I thought and hesitated for a moment. Leave the busy streets and walk towards a slightly remote area. Crossing two blocks in succession. His eyes finally fell on a tavern called the Nautilus. There are not many people, and the store looks pretty well decorated. Pushing the door open and walking in, he walked to the counter and asked, "Do you have a room?" Yes, how many guests are there, and how many days do you want to book? One room, three days. There is a single suite on the third floor for 360 coppers for three days. The dwarf gave the money directly, and while going upstairs, he said directly: "Prepare some dinner and bring it up." Okay guest, please go upstairs and wait a moment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 356 , it鈥檚 a waste to ask the corpse Chapter 356: Its a waste to ask the corpse ??Imiro''s action has no impact on the port. Waiting for the association''s carriage to leave, the workers continued their previous work while discussing in low voices. ??Only the captain of the ship who was almost boarded by ''Kerimu'' hurriedly ran out of the cabin, wiping sweat and asking the crew about the situation just now. Wait until you finish asking about the situation. After confirming that the association has left with the body. Still called everyone out and rechecked everyone''s identity. On the carriage. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and the space ring and said, "Deacon, these were found on the corpse." According to the rules of the association, the spoils will be chosen first by those who have contributed the most. ?Even if Wu Heng has injured the opponent, he has also provided traces of the target. But the final victory is still the two swords of Imiro. Imiro sat opposite, glanced at it, and said calmly: "You take it first, and let Moya count it when you get back. Then we will divide the spoils equally." Okay. Wu Heng nodded and put the two things into the space ring. Then, he continued to ask: "Deacon, this ''Kerimu'' is more familiar with the rules of the association. Now that he is dead, will there be any trouble?" After all, there is an inspectors envoy on the island. It doesnt seem to be of much use, but it has the responsibility of supervising local associations. ??If he was really serious, he might actually be in some trouble. Imiro said: "The stationed deacon has special powers to deal with local emergencies. It is within the rules for me to kill him." Thats good! Wu Heng nodded. The carriage continued to move forward, and the two of them chatted casually. Arrived at the entrance of the association. The two of them got out of the car. Imiro said: "Go and send the body for autopsy." Oh, okay! Wu Heng nodded and walked along the stone steps to the morgue. In the cold morgue, there were several corpses parked. Among them, the bodies of the steward and his lover from the Bucks Merchant Group were still placed in their original positions. Because many things are still under investigation, they have not been sent back to the business group. ?Seeing Wu Heng approaching, the two coroners stood up and saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." Just suspended, everyone still maintains the original respect. No one can say for sure when he will be reinstated. The title remains unchanged. Well, there is a wanted criminal here who was killed by the deacon, named Keranmu. Please verify his identity. Wu Heng said, taking out the body wrapped in a straw mat. The two of them nodded and worked together to lift the body onto the iron bed. The head rolled off the straw mat and Gululu rolled to the side. The coroner took the head back. Then the straw mats were opened and the autopsy was carried out. ??Wu Heng sat down on the wooden chair at the door, watching the two autopsies and thinking about the next plan. The development of the whole thing is quite good. Luring enemies out of darkness and killing them directly. It can be regarded as solving a potential danger. ?Of course, the loss was not small, a level 15 skeleton attendant died. Level 15 skeletons are already rare, and they used to be used to save one''s own life, but now they are killed directly by the opponent. Still a little distressed. His eyes glanced at the corpse being examined. ?Thinking in my heart. Tap tap tap~! The sound of footsteps sounded from the stairs. Assistant Moya came down with two association investigators. He glanced at the morgue, then set his sights on Wu Heng, and said, "The deacon said you planned to interrogate the corpse, so I brought the investigator here." Ask about the corpse! ?As long as you ask the corpse, you will most likely know who commissioned him to land on the island specifically to kill him. ?Similarly, we can also find a breakthrough to investigate the murderer of Bucks Chamber of Commerce. But, as a necromancer. The manifestation of strength largely comes from the collection of corpses. ? Even though Kerimu was killed by two swords of Imiro, he still showed super strength and fighting consciousness when fighting himself. Hyperhand is a level 15 warrior, his own mage, and there is also a sniper from the distance called ''Anderweil''. In this case, let him kill the **** hand and then flee the scene. It always feels like a waste to use this body just to ask some questions. Thinking quickly in his mind, he stood up and said, "Assistant Moya, please take a step to speak." Moya followed and walked aside. Wu Heng said: "I don''t plan to conduct an interrogation on this corpse yet. I still have some guesses that need to be verified." Moya frowned, "Keranmu is dead. After getting the news, the people behind the scenes will most likely choose to leave the island as soon as possible. Then the other party will most likely choose to leave the island." Wu Heng nodded, "Give me half a day! If it''s not what I guessed, I will conduct an interrogation immediately." Moya still looked at him, pondered for a moment, and said, "How do you feel? You are not worried at all about whether you can be reinstated." Wu Heng was stunned, "No way, the association is my home." "I will talk to the deacon about this matter, and you should also think about it. If the other party escapes, or the murderer who killed the Buck Steward cannot be found in the end, your matter will become more troublesome." Moya reminded again. "Understood!" Wu Heng continued to take out the trophies just now and said, "These are the trophies found from the corpses. The deacon asked me to give them to you and we will divide them equally." Moya took it and said: "I will sort out the contents when I go back, and come back tomorrow to take away your other half." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. "Then I''ll go back and talk to the deacon about this first." Moya said, and when he saw him sitting back on the wooden chair, he asked, "Are you going to stay here?" Its nothing, just keep an eye on it from here, Wu Heng said. Moya raised his eyebrows and understood what he meant. ??This is because we are afraid that someone from the association will destroy the corpse. "Okay! I''m going back first. If anything happens, come back to me." ?Wu Heng nodded, and Moya left directly with the two investigators. About half an hour passed. The coroner examined the body and sewed the severed head back together. ??It''s just a superficial suture, the bones are broken, and it looks a bit uncoordinated. Deacon, the body has been examined and it can be confirmed that it is Keranmu. ??Wu Heng stood up and said: "You record according to the normal process. This body is very important. I need to take it away first." Okay, Archdeacon! ?The straw mat was wrapped again, and Wu Heng took the body back into the space ring. He strode out of the morgue. Walk out of the association and walk towards the residence with the broken skull. Return to your residence. As soon as the iron gate was opened, there were skeleton guards in the courtyard. The skulls all turned towards him, with a considerable sense of oppression. Spread out! Wu Heng ordered directly. ???The skeleton guards moved a distance away from each other and spread all over the courtyard. ?Minnie and Anderweil rushed out of the room quickly. Master, are you okay? Master, are you injured? The two women, one on the left and one on the right, began to examine him. ?When they were at the scene, the **** hands were scattered into white bones, which really frightened the two of them. Its okay, nothing happened at all! Wu Heng said. ?Seeing that nothing happened to him, the two maids breathed a sigh of relief. Minnie asked: "How''s that bad guy doing?" "He''s dead. I caught him at the port and almost made him leave his post and escape." Wu Heng led the two of them into the house. Wow, the master is so awesome! Minnie exclaimed. "Uh..., it wasn''t me. The deacon took action and killed the opponent directly." Wu Heng said. Going back to the room, seeing that the two of them were more concerned about this matter, they briefly talked about what happened just now. When you hear the two swords of "Imilo", behead the enemy. ?Minnie and Anderweil still showed a little surprise, After all, Kerimu killed a level 15 **** hand and escaped under the sniper rifle and surrounded by so many skeletons. has already demonstrated strong combat and survivability capabilities. ?Such a man was actually killed by two swords from the deacon. Somewhat exaggerated. Deacon Imiro seems to be more powerful than Deacon Gomez. Andwyer said. ?Gmez is the deacon of the city of Luntam. Its much more powerful, Gomez. He may not even be able to beat you now. Wu Heng said directly. ?Gomezs level is estimated to be level 12. ?Although Anderweil''s level is a bit lower, she has taken so many potions, so her attributes may not be lower than Gomez''s. With the addition of some firearms, there is also a chance of killing the opponent. No way! Andweier leaned closer shyly. Minnie continued to ask: "Master, have you been reinstated?" "Not yet. We will check the situation in two days. If there is nothing we can do, we will interrogate the body." "Oh!" Minnie nodded and continued: "Master, what are you going to eat tonight to celebrate your victory? You were so handsome at that time, chasing the bad guy with a sword and slashing at him." Wu Heng said: "Just prepare something casually. The matter is not over yet, so don''t go out yet." "Oh well!" On the other side, in a dark tavern. Soundproofing props are released. Kalema, the special envoy to the inspection, said with a gloomy face: "Is the person who assassinated Wu Heng dead?" "That loser Kerimu was actually killed by ''Imiro'' at the port. Damn it, Mr. Kalema, we have to leave here as soon as possible, otherwise the association will probably come to us." The somewhat panicked captain said, His tone was anxious. Kalema still stared at the other person and said coldly, "Does anyone else know about you and me?" Thanks for the tip from Xiankanyuan. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 357 , quick news Chapter 357, quick news ?The other person''s brows instantly furrowed, his eyes wary, "Mr. Kalema, what do you mean?" "If you are the only one who knows about this, then you can leave the island as soon as possible. If I leave now, Imiro will immediately suspect me." Kalema sat down opposite. "Oh, don''t worry about this. Only I know our affairs. I have arranged the ship to leave the port and will leave soon!" the captain said directly. Kalema nodded, "I feel relieved." Of course, I am a businessman and I speak the most about Before he could finish his words, a bolt of silver lightning struck suddenly. ??Hit his chest with a bang, knocking over a large piece of furniture behind him. The captain''s chest was scorched, and his body was still convulsing due to the effects of lightning. Then, the second flaming arrow instantly penetrated the center of the eyebrow, leaving a burnt hole. A trace of blood slowly flowed out. Kalema stepped forward, groped around on his body, and put away the opponent''s space ring. If you want to blame me, its your fault for doing things so carelessly. If you dont die, I will be implicated sooner or later. ??Took out a straw mat and wrapped the body, then put it into the space ring. I simply tidied up the private room. Put away the soundproofing props on the ground, open the door and walk out. Walk out of the tavern, board the carriage and leave slowly. Residence, in the study. ?Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, reading a novel. Not long after, Glenda came back through the wall from outside. Said: "As you thought, not long after you left the association, Kalema left in a car and went to the last tavern. When he left, I went in and took a look. There was no one in the private room. He must have been there. He killed and collected the body. How are you sure you were killed by him? "There are obviously tableware for other people to eat in the room. Unless the other party can escape transparently, he will be killed. If I were Kalema, killing without proof would be the best result." Granda analyzed directly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let me take a look!" ?Glenda crawled back into her body. This time Glenda''s tracking kept a longer distance. Just above the sky, watching the movement of the carriage from a distance. Then he waited for the other party to leave the tavern, then went into the private room invisibly to check. There were indeed traces of another person in the private room. But after Kalema left, there was no one inside. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and sorted out the whole thing in his mind. He said: "In other words, Kalema thinks that I will interrogate the corpse and kill the people who know about him in advance. This person will not be found by then, and I will not be able to implicate the matter to him." ?Glenda nodded, "Smart." This Kalema is really decisive in what he does, Wu Heng said. In other words, even if someone exposes him for killing someone in a tavern, it will be a lighter charge than colluding with outsiders to frame the deputy deacon of the association. What are you going to do next? Glenda continued. "If our guess is correct, the person behind the scenes has been killed by Kalema. Even if I conduct an interrogation, the other person is already dead. There is no way to prove it, and Kalema cannot be found." Wu Heng tapped. Said the back of the chair. "Um!" Tomorrow, I will go to the association to have a look, and then I will decide what to do next according to the situation. "You should also learn a lesson from this matter. Not all people in the association are good people. Even if the original intention of establishing the association is good, everyone has their own interests." Granda reminded. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "When I first joined the association, the deacon at the time taught me a lesson." "Okay!" Glenda floated aside, glanced at the books on the desk, and said with some complaint: "Next time when you read a book, can you please don''t throw my bookmarks away casually, I will have to start all over again. try to find." Page 64, Ill remember it for you. ?Glenda flicked her fingers and turned the page to page 64. She hummed slightly and began to continue reading. ?Wu Heng sat aside and continued to ponder. ?Now it seems that it is difficult for Wenshi to get rid of the fact that he killed someone. Master, go downstairs for dinner. At this moment, Minnies shout came from downstairs. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked downstairs. In the lobby on the first floor, the sound of women chatting could be heard. As soon as he walked downstairs, Minnie ran over, holding a piece of off-white cloth and bringing it to his nose, "Master, smell it quickly!" ?Wu Heng smelled it subconsciously, and there was a faint warm fragrance. "What''s wrong?" Its okay, sister Shannaras, it smells good! Minnie said. Minnie! Shanela was sitting in the living room. When she heard this sentence, she looked sideways. When he found something in the other person''s hand, he yelled and rushed forward in shame. ?Minnie laughed loudly, holding the fabric in her hand and running around the living room. In mid-air, a small owl with white fur was also hovering in the sky, chirping. ?Wu Heng walked to the living room, looked at Anderweil, and asked, "What''s going on!" Andweil said: "Sister Shannella is here as a guest, and Minnie gave her two bras you brought from home. The one just now was changed by Sister Shannair." Ah! Thats what I said! ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and then looked at the thing in Minnie''s hand again. ??It''s really a bra, the size is not too small. Minnie is really particular about giving good things to herself. The two of them quarreled for a while, and then the food was served. Shanela snatched back the bra and put the space ring away. A few people sat at the dining table and started eating. Shannara looked up at him and said, "I heard from Minnie and Weier that you were in danger today? You weren''t hurt!" No, just lost a skeleton attendant. Who is the enemy? Do you need my help? Shanara said directly. In a head-on battle, Shannara may not be able to show much military superiority. But if the president of his own business group wants to operate and deal with some people, there are still many ways. Wu Heng said directly: "No need. After the other party escaped, I directly told the deacon about it, and the other party had already killed him." If Imiro takes action, this person will definitely not survive. ?Wu Heng also became interested and asked, "Is the deacon very powerful?" You must have heard that pirates dare not land on the island, and few pirates even dare to approach the surrounding area. I heard it, its because Deacon Imiro is in charge of Treasure Island! Shannara thought about her words and continued: "The association will never trust a maritime trade hub to a person who has been a pirate as the owner of the island, so it arranged Imiro here." ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "The deacon is sitting here to intimidate the island owner here?" Well, you could say that. What level is he? Wu Heng asked. I dont know this, but Imiro was famous very early on. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, thinking about the news he heard. It seems that everything is reasonable. On Treasure Island, Imiro not only deterred pirates, but also deterred the pardoned island owners. ?A few people had dinner and chatted for a while in the living room. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. Shanela went home, and Wu Heng and his two daughters also went back to their room to rest. The next day, the association. ??Wu Heng continued to ask the two girls not to go out, walked out of the residence, and headed to the association. First, he went to his office and study room and looked at the skeleton investigators records. After still having no useful information, he walked out again. In the corridor, I saw Xila Gui wearing armor and planning to go out. When he saw him, he frowned and said directly: "Come here with me." ?Wu Heng followed and walked aside, "What''s wrong?" You killed Kerimu? Xilagui looked at him questioningly with her big eyes wide open. ??Wu Heng said: "Those who are killed by the deacon, I will use strange objects to lead the way." No, what did Sister Moya say? You seriously injured Kerimu. Xilagui continued to ask. Kerimu landed on the island. ?While she reminded Wu Heng, she was also a little worried. ? ?If she faced ''Kerimu'', it would be difficult for her to be her opponent. ??And now, he was seriously injured by Wu Heng, and was finally killed by the deacon. "I set up an ambush, and many people surrounded him. He is really powerful, but his brain is not very good." Sheila Gui frowned and glanced at him, "Really or not." "real!" Then why are you going now? Didnt we kill each other yesterday? Lets divide the spoils. "You guy..." Sheila Gui said and waved her hand, "Okay, you go, I will take people to find the murderer for you." Thank you, I will definitely repay you in the future. Silla rolled her eyes at him and continued walking outside. ?Wu Heng also walked towards the deacons study. (End of this chapter) Chapter 358 , control couple Chapter 358, Spouse Control Hiragui left, and Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, pushed it open and walked in. ??Imiro was still sitting behind the desk, sorting documents in his hands. He looked up at him and asked, "Why didn''t you ask about the corpse yesterday?" "There are some other clues, so I am not in a hurry to ask about the corpse." Wu Heng said. "It involves framing the deputy deacon of the association, which is not a trivial matter. Don''t delay the progress of the case." Imiro put the document aside and reminded him. This is saying that he kept the body and did not conduct an interrogation. "I understand." Wu Heng continued to explain: "This body landed on the island from the freighter after I was suspended from duty, so the important clue is the murderer of the steward of the Bucks Merchant Group." Any clues now? There are only some scattered clues and we are still investigating! Imiro glanced at him and said, "I''ll give you one day." "clear!" Well, go over there and share the spoils with Moya! "good!" Moya came over from one side. Hand out his hand and wave it on the coffee table. Yesterdays spoils of war are placed on the table in sequence. Weapons and armor, prop scrolls, a bag of gold coins, a large number of silver coins and a book. ?There are many kinds, and the number of gold coins far exceeds that of silver coins. Two strange objects, six magic props, 13 scrolls, and one book. Moya said from the side. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the strange object. ?In addition to seeing the [Mist Evil Sword (wonderful item)] yesterday, the other one is [Thug Armguard (wonderful item)]. Thug Armguards (Wonderful Item) Effect: The wearer moves more quickly. Side effects: reduced sanity. (Description: Strength should be faced head-on.) The second magical item is a magical item that helps with mobility, but the price is also high. Losing ones mind. Such strange objects that have an impact on people''s mental state are actually quite fatal. Battle is not only a duel of force, but also a game of thinking and tactics. The more you hit your mind, the empty it will become, which is quite fatal. The Ningwu Evil Sword is a very famous sword. Its function is that it can appear behind the target in battle. The side effect is that it affects the users psychological state. The second item is the Thug Armguard, which allows the user to move faster in combat, but the side effect is that it makes the user prone to impulsiveness. Moya saw him looking at two strange objects and introduced them softly. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the magic props. There are many types of magic props, and two of them are still single-edged swords, with the magical effects of sharpness and armor-piercing. ??The remaining magic props are [space ring (5 cubic meters)] [face-covering cloak] [flint ring] [magic incense burner]. The number of props is still quite large. But it is not of great use to myself. ?The eyes continued to look back, past several disposable magic scrolls, and finally landed on the last book [Magic Tattoo]. ?At that time, when he was fighting with Kerimu, the opponents tattoo showed a rather strange fighting style. ??Furthermore, by moving close to the ground, it is difficult for physical attacks to affect this kind of tattoo. It seems that it should have something to do with this book. Did he get the tattoo himself? Tattoo one hand on the other arm? Moya gave a general introduction, mainly introducing rare objects and magic props, and continued: "The most valuable thing here is the evil sword. Weapon-like rare objects are rare and expensive. My suggestion is that the evil sword counts. One share, and the remaining rare items and props count as another share. ?Wu Heng frowned. The value of this evil sword is so high! One piece is worth all the other props. I have no objection! Well, you choose first! Moya said. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Then I''m not polite, I choose this evil sword." I have several rare items in my hand, but their effects are mostly auxiliary. For example, the invisibility effect of the shroud, the phantom effect of the veil, and the missing person effect of the tracking pendant. Once engaged in battle, it is difficult to show much effect. And this evil sword, even if I am not very good at swordsmanship. Using that move to suddenly appear behind the enemy can also bring a certain threat. At least scare the other person. Moya didn''t say much, he just put away the other items and handed the evil sword to him, "It''s yours." Thank you! Wu Heng took it and put it into the space ring. The transaction is completed. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Deacon, I have chosen." Well, hurry up and resolve the matter with the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. Understood! Wu Heng nodded and exited the study room directly. Leaving the deacon''s study, Wu Heng went directly to his office study. ??Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record and looked at it. There is still no important record. It seemed that Kalema was in the room by himself and didn''t talk much. He took out the newly exchanged evil sword and looked at it carefully. Pull out the scabbard. ?The blade of the sword is sharp and carries a fierce killing intent. Hands out two swordsmanship exercises in the middle space. ??Said softly: "I don''t know, what is Imiro''s strength?" As soon as the words are spoken. ?Wu Heng was suddenly startled, and his hair stood up instantly. Just for a moment, the idea of ??challenging Imiro did arise in my mind. I have become brave. A person who deterred pirates from landing, and was placed on Treasure Island by the association to intimidate the island owner. Why do you want to challenge the other party? Then, his eyes fell on the weapon in his hand. Side effects: Affects the holder''s character. Is this what you mean? This weapon affects me? I have a strengthened will, how can it still affect me? Throwed the weapon in his hand on the table. ?This thing is really evil. ??Maybe it would be better if I actually went to find Imiro with my sword. The other person would at most think that I was crazy, beat myself up, and then investigate the reason. If you challenge other strong men, you may die without knowing how. ~! As soon as Wu Heng sat down at the desk, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened, and a woman in a gray cloak walked in with her head lowered. Hurry through the door and take off the hood. Millicent, Philippa''s mother. Lord Archdeacon! Millicent saluted respectfully. It can be seen that Millicent looks very good. My mental state is also much better than before. Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. In terms of gathering information, it would be more dangerous for her to come directly. Once someone is following you or you are recognized by someone. It is easy for someone to find out something. "Sir, a dwarf guest checked out today. When we were cleaning up his room, we found these." Millicent took out a few things from the satchel on one side. A black wig, some rag strips, and various wooden strips, like parts of something. ?Black hair? ??Dwarf? The dwarf is short in stature and is completely incompatible with the three people who imitate him. But it is obviously related to this matter. You said he checked out? Where did he go? Wu Heng asked directly. Millicent replied, "He headed towards the port, probably intending to leave the island." ??Wu Heng nodded, began to put on leather armor, and said, "Do you know which ship it is?" "have no idea!" "Well, you did a good job on this matter. You go back first. I will come back to you after this matter is dealt with." Wu Heng said directly. Yes, sir. Millicent put on his hood and left. When Wu Heng and others were ready, he also took the ''Cracked Skull'' out. Take the association''s carriage and head towards the port. ?On the way, Shiragui led the team and was still asking about the tavern. The carriage stopped and Wu Heng stuck his head out, "Xila Gui, we have a clue." Sheila Gui looked up and frowned, "What clue." You come up first! Sheila Gui opened the car door and sat in. ??Wu Heng directly stated the information he received. Millicent was not mentioned, only that the intelligence revealed a dwarf and a black wig. Sheila Gui nodded, opened the curtain and said to the team outside: "Let''s go to the port together." The carriage started moving again and headed towards the port. All the way to the port. Several people went to the area where the ship management was located. ?Seeing that the people in the association were in a bad mood, the ship management was also a little nervous. My lords, what are your orders? Sheilagui said: "Are there any ships leaving today? When will they be?" Several ships left duty in the morning. What kind of ships will be leaving next? The ship steward immediately flipped through the record book and said: "No. 5, No. 7, No. 9, in the afternoon it will be No. 11..." ?Several people listened one by one, With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew out of the body, becoming invisible, and flew towards the corresponding base ship port. Sheelagui also ordered: "For each ship in a team, find a dwarf wearing a blue-grey robe and a hood." "Yes." The teams quickly separated and headed towards the cargo ship. Soon, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. It penetrated directly into the body. The next second, the image of Glenda was shared in my mind. The dark cabin. ??The dwarf was sitting on the wooden bed, leaning on his legs, waiting for the boat to sail. A pair of eyes kept scanning towards the hatch of the ship, looking a little wary. Its him! Gate 7! Wu Heng said. Everyone quickly followed and boarded the ship together. A single room in a ship''s cabin. ??The dwarf sat on the wooden bed, his arms resting on his knees, waiting silently. There is the sound of footsteps in the corridor, and you will look nervously at the door. He also heard about what happened in the past two days. ??Lately, the associations investigations have become more and more strict, and the people who hired it have disappeared. As long as I get out of here, Ill be safe! ??The dwarf took a deep breath to calm himself down. But I still felt some regret in my heart for wading into this muddy water. Tap tap tap~! 1 Suddenly, dense footsteps sounded again. The dwarf''s heart immediately became tense. While listening attentively. There was a loud bang. ?The door to the room was suddenly kicked open. Members of the squad, blocking the door, weapons facing each other. The dwarf''s face changed drastically, but he maintained his composure and said, "My lords, what happened? This seems to be the room I have reserved." ?Wu Heng looked him up and down and asked, "You don''t know me? You still think the association can''t find you here." ??The dwarf''s expression changed, and he threw his hands forward, spreading his fingers. Two large-headed puppets with exaggerated shapes rushed straight towards them. Suddenly, the puppets opened their mouths, one spit out black grease, and the other spit out flames. Hush~boom! In an instant, there was an explosion. In the cabin, flames suddenly burst into the sky. ?The team members who were blocking the door also scattered in all directions to avoid the fire. The dwarf turned his fingers again, and another dog-shaped puppet was released from the space ring. Riding on his back, he lowered his head and rushed out. "You losers, if you have the ability to catch ''Ewald'', don''t put your efforts on me." ??The dwarf shouted, riding on the back of the puppet, running quickly. ?The fire was still spreading inside the cabin. ?Wu Heng looked at the retreating figure, immediately took out his rifle and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets roared out and hit the target accurately. ?Blood spattered everywhere, and the dwarf fell off the puppet, staggering to his feet again, still trying to operate his fingers. ?Hiragui stepped lightly, and her body turned into a black shadow and shot out, pushing the dwarf away again. The sword is at the throat. "Damn it! I, I admit it." The dwarf vomited blood and said loudly. The equipment on his body was taken off. People were also detained by members of the squad. Evacuate the crowd, organize personnel to put out the fire, and a small team will take people back with me. Xilagui ordered again. "yes!" A small team escorted the people away, and the rest began to organize people to put out the fire. In a dark cell. Imiro, Moya, and Kalema, two investigators came down from upstairs. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and explained what happened just now. ?Several people also cast their eyes on the dwarf in the dungeon. The dwarf turned over and sat up, looking outside. Humph, come to see your father? I have the right to enter and leave the island freely. If you arrest me for no reason, I will report you to the association. The dwarf yelled. I already recognized him on the ship, but when I arrived at the association dungeon, I immediately changed my story. ?Wu Heng glanced aside. ??Imiro raised his hands and said directly: "Kill the corpse!" Obviously, this incident has exhausted his patience. Hearing these words, the dwarf''s expression changed instantly and said, "Imilo, you are crazy. The association does not allow random killings." Kill! Imiro said directly. Swish, swish, swish. ?Several arrows were shot through the iron bars. The dwarf''s body was instantly pierced, and the dwarf fell to the ground with shock and fear on his face. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up from the ground. Who killed the Buck Steward four days ago? Wu Heng asked. "I!" In what way did you kill? Wu Heng continued to ask. The corpse replied, "I controlled three puppets, imitated you, and killed the target." When asked here, the whole context of the world has become clear. The reason why there are three people. In fact, the dwarf controlled three puppets, imitating the appearance of Wu Heng and the skeleton attendant. The light was dim at the time, and it was difficult to discern more clues from the corpse before it died. ??It was easy to point the direction to the only necromancer of the Treasure Island Association. ?During the investigation, Shilagui mentioned that the footprints of a person, and the feet were relatively small, were also due to the fact that the dwarf put away the puppets and escaped alone. ??They were all done by the dwarf himself, and the direction he checked was always three people. The investigators kept recording behind them. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why did you frame me?" The dwarf replied, "Ewald promised me a sum of money." What did he tell you? Let me imitate your figure, and I dont need to worry about the rest. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Tell me the full identity of this ''Ewald''." Ewald, captain of the Oruch. After answering the last sentence, the body lay back on the ground with a thud. The dungeon fell into silence again. Imiro said directly: "Notify the port that the Oruch cargo ship is not allowed to leave its post and search for the person ''Ewald''." Yes! Everyone nodded. "Imilo, you should be more careful about this Treasure Island. These people actually plotted against the deputy deacon." Kalema, the special envoy of the inspector, said with a smile. Imiro nodded, "Before, I only paid attention to pirate matters. It seems that we should also manage the local security." Kalema continued to look at Wu Heng and said: "The matter has been investigated clearly, and Wu Heng''s status as deputy deacon will be restored from now on." Thank you! Wu Heng expressed his gratitude. "I removed you from your post because of some professional prejudices. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, just don''t blame me." Kalema sighed. No way, we all work according to the process. Yeah! Kalema nodded and walked outside with Imiro. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui followed. Sheila Gui said: "This Kalema is not that annoying, and he even apologized to you." "yes!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 359 , Skeleton Drifter Chapter 359, Skeleton Drifter He and Sheila Gui went to their office and study together. ??Took out the space ring obtained from the dwarf. ?This time, Shiragui and other teams were involved in the capture of the dwarf, and several people were slightly injured. The spoils of war still have to be divided up. Every item was taken out. ?Two big-headed puppets, three human-shaped puppets, some material parts, carving tools, daily necessities, gold and silver coins, a book [Detailed Explanation of Ghost Puppet Types and Runes], and a space ring. Are these puppets worth anything? Wu Heng asked. Two big-headed puppets, one can spray oil and the other one can spray fire. The attack method is rather strange, and in the parts on the side, you can also see the device for releasing the crossbow. Should be replaceable. The other three humanoid puppets should have imitated "Wu Heng" to kill the merchant group managers. One of the long-handled hammers is made of wood. Relatively rough. Puppet controllers are relatively rare and may not be easy to sell. You can give them to the association in exchange for some merit. Sheela stood up and checked the structure of the puppets. Lift off the outer layer of armor. ??The structure inside the puppet is really complex, unlike the skeleton, which only has a simple skeleton. On the puppet frame, etched runes can also be seen. It is also a profession that requires practical skills and high intelligence. Lets ask the team then. If no one wants it, we can exchange it for merit. Sheela Gui also nodded in agreement. The two gathered the remaining items together. Divide it into several portions according to value, and then distribute them to each team together. ??This dwarf puppet master also has a lot of money. Even if there are a lot of members participating, everyone can get some share, which is more than the bounty for ordinary wanted criminals. Thats right, the work was not in vain. After the spoils were distributed, Sheila Gui left directly and continued busy with her own affairs. afternoon. ?The team that went to capture Captain Ewald came back. As expected, people disappeared. This person was not found either in the tavern where he lived or on the boat. Its like disappearing from the world. The deputy captain and some important members of the fleet were brought to the association for investigation. The merchant group''s ships were also temporarily detained and were not allowed to leave their posts. ??Imiro behaved very strongly in this matter. If he really found the captain, he would probably kill Wenzhi directly. Continue to check below. ?Of course, this person will definitely not be found. ?The person has been killed by Kalema. Unless Wu Heng kills him and interrogates the body, it will be difficult to find out where the person is with the investigation methods in this place. ?Wu Heng would not do this either. If you really do this, its easy to fall back into it. Deacon''s study. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng opened the door and walked in. Imiro put down the document in his hand and said: "We haven''t found that person. If he either escaped or was silenced, he will appear on the wanted order and it will be difficult for him to pose a threat to you." "It all depends on the deacon''s arrangement." Wu Heng said, and then continued: "I want to investigate some of the background of ''Ewald'', and I am very curious about his purpose of harming me." Imiro said: "At that time, I will have people investigate his family and some background, and assassinate the deputy deacon of the association. It does not mean that it will end when the person is not found." Well, thank you very much, deacon. After the investigation is completed, the case of the murder of Manager Buck will be closed, and the body will be returned to their business group. The body has been in the morgue for several days. Its time to send it back. I have no objection. Thats it for now. Ill let you know if there is any progress on this matter. Okay, then Ill go back first. ??Imiro nodded, "Go back!" ?Wu Heng walked back out of the deacon''s study. ?On the way, I happened to meet Sheila Gui. Why are you going? Sheela asked. Go home, have you just finished your work? "Um!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "How about I treat you all to dinner tonight as a way of thanking you." The association is quite busy right now. Going out to celebrate together will have a bad impact. Sheila Gui said directly. Then lets wait for another day, when we have time. Sheila Gui nodded. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "When will Kalema leave?" I just heard from him and the deacon that its a boat ticket for tomorrow. Oh, I thought he was going to live from here. I dont like him very much either. ?The two of them walked and chatted, and Shiragui returned to her study. ??Wu Heng left the association directly and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. Minnie and Andwyll came out of the room to welcome him. Minnie asked: "Master, how are you today?" ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. The investigation has cleared up the matter. Wei''er can return to the association tomorrow." Good master. Anderweil nodded. Minnie held his arm and asked, "Where is the bad guy who framed you?" There is no longer a threat. Are they former enemies? Minnie continued to ask. "I don''t know. The captain of a merchant group is probably related to the secret order or pirates." Wu Heng said. Oh! I thought it was my former enemy! Probably not. The three of them entered the living room together. ?Minnie brought some fruit from the kitchen and said, "Can I go out and buy something tomorrow? It''s not good to ask Sister Shanara to help me." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay. When you go out, take the skeleton attendant with you. If there is any danger, just run back." Hey, I got it! Minnie smiled, picked up two pieces of cut fruit, and put them into his mouth. The crisis is resolved. ?Wu Heng and the two women also felt much more relaxed. Otherwise, there was always a sense of crisis in my heart. ?A few people chatted for a while about what to have for dinner to celebrate. The two women were getting ready, while Wu Heng walked upstairs. ?Passing through the third floor, Wu Heng entered the radio stations room and took a look. After confirming that there was no news from Philippa, Go directly to the fourth floor. After simply freshening up, he opened the door and headed to the zombie world. Go out of the dormitory and go directly to the backyard. Take out the body of Kerimu, let the skeleton untie the straw mat, and take off the armor on his body. The armor on Kerimu also looks very good. ??It''s just that the breastplate was hit by Imiro''s sword, leaving a gap. Looks like it''s scrapped. After all the equipment was taken off and put aside. ??Wu Heng directly released [Bone Slave Technique]. ??Necromantic magic wrapped the corpse, the flesh and blood began to fall off, and the white bones were slowly exposed. Then, the blue soul fire rose from the eye sockets, and the skeleton sat up from the ground. Skeleton Drifter (Level 17) Level 17! Not level 16. One level short of reaching level 18. ? No wonder he was so rampant and causing trouble everywhere. Once he reaches level 18, even if he kills himself, he may be pardoned for some reasons. But now he is his own skeleton attendant. My own strength can be considered to have been improved to a certain extent. Waiting to come out of the minced meat. ??Wu Heng also began to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Drifter (Level 17) Attributes: Constitution 33, Strength 35, Agility 38, Intelligence 22, Perception 34, Charisma 12. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, war dancer. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Single-Edged Sword Specialization (Master), Basic Sword Specialization (Intermediate). Ability: Disarming Sword Technique, Precise Strike, Agile Speed, Sharp Brilliance, Intuitive Dodge, Ultimate Killing. ?Wu Heng looked at the skills of the entire profession. He raised his eyebrows slightly. From the overall attribute point of view, the Drifter is an agile melee profession. Characteristically, it has high agility, and low strength and perception. In terms of ability, Wu Heng opened it and took a look. In addition to various combat abilities. ? ? Focused on [War Dancer] and [Intuitive Dodge]. War Dancer: Agile movement, swift and precise sword skills, proficient in conventional sword weapons, agility +5, perception +3. Increased Agility and Perception. Intuitive Dodge: Use intuition to detect danger and dodge. Whether it was his own machine gun fire or Anderweil''s sniping from a distance. Keranmu can even dodge subconsciously. ?Especially the sniper attack from a distance. Although he did not dodge the bullet, he also used his movements to avoid key positions. Dodging sniper bullets is something you dont even dare to do in movies. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the attributes of the skeleton. Just the ability to get tattoos and the ability to release clouds are gone. From now on, you will still be called Keranmu and wear Qis armor! Wu Heng said. Keranmu walked aside and began to put on the armor that had been taken off. After putting it on. ?Wu Heng took out the Ningwu Evil Sword and handed it to him, "You use this weapon." The skeleton took it and held it in his hand. ?Wu Heng looked at it for a while, confirmed that there was no change, and then walked back with it. The side effect of the evil sword is that it affects the user''s psyche. Logically speaking, skeleton attendants do not have these things. And when the evil sword touches the water mist, it can flash behind the enemy. Lets see how to match it. He returned to the courtyard with two skeleton attendants. Qi Hancai also walked over from not far away. Looking at Shou Kerimu, there was some curiosity in his eyes. ??The one he carried before was a double-sworded skeleton, and his fighting style was quite brave. Now the bodyguards have been changed. He glanced at it several times before looking away and said: "People from the military came yesterday and sold us a batch of military supplies." Um? ?Wu Heng frowned. The price of military equipment in the old factory area is relatively low. The other party has tried to negotiate with this company several times before. I want to increase the proportion of grain exchange. ?Its just that Wu Heng has been busy with other things recently and hasnt paid much attention to this matter. This is a batch sold? What did you exchange for? Radio equipment, communication headsets, and some bulletproof vests, helmets, etc., the prices are all set externally. If they come to exchange, they will be exchanged normally. Qi Hancai explained. The military ones are definitely better than the civilian ones. But in large quantities, they are of little use. Do you know why they sell so much to outsiders? Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "It feels like they are leaving here. In addition to exchanging food with us, they are also recruiting a few shelters for supernatural beings. In the chat, they also vaguely expressed that they can provide a safer place. Ask us if we want to join. Evacuate? Before complete road closures in winter? After listening to Qi Hancais words, Wu Heng thought of this instantly. This is entirely possible. Find a shelter more suitable for survival, or join the main force. They may choose to leave. This means exchanging all the unused or surplus things for food. Fortunately, I agreed to give more food before. Otherwise, the other party is afraid that they will all come to our side. Wu Heng continued: "You can ask them for some information first. As for joining them, there is no need. Our side is relatively safe and stable. It''s hard to say what the situation is over there." "Well, I''ll ask around then." Qi Hancai nodded and continued to ask: "Are you ready to clean up the zombies?" Just these two days, Ill see when I have time. Oh, good! The two of them walked around the factory area. After confirming that there were no problems here, Wu Heng returned to the dormitory. Qi Hancai also went to do his own business. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Minnies eyes widened and she pointed at the skeleton following behind her, Its him, the one who killed Bloody Hand. The appearance characteristics of Keran wood are very obvious. Even if there are no facial features, one can recognize them immediately by looking at their body shape and appearance. ??Andwyer also looked up and recognized the skeleton. ??Wu Heng nodded, "After killing it, it was transformed into a skeleton, which just filled the position of the **** hand." "Oh!" Minnie walked around in a circle, "This can be considered as atonement for the previous behavior." Yeah! Minnie can still speak well now. Minnie smiled, raising her head with pride on her face, "I''ve been reading a book lately." Anderweil also said: "They are all novels." Go, go! Sister Weier is so annoying. Minnie said dissatisfied. Soon, dinner was served. In order to celebrate Wu Heng''s reinstatement, preparations were more abundant. Have had dinner. The three of them went to the courtyard for training and then returned to the room together. In the bathroom. Steam rises. ?Wu Heng soaked comfortably in the tub and exhaled heavily. Lying on the edge, he could not help but think about the remaining things. Only Kalema remains! ??The only person involved in this matter is the inspectors envoy Kalema. During the day, I even apologized to myself. Looking like he didn''t know anything about it. ?At that time, I wanted to tell his story and let ''Imiro'' directly check his space ring. Maybe the body was inside. Still pretending to be with me! "No, does he know that the ghost is following him, and he is not afraid of breaking up with me!" ?Thinking about it this way, its really possible! A mage on the other side, who is also the association''s special envoy, may not be able to stop the ghost from following, but it is very likely that the ghost will be discovered. Be prepared in advance and dont be afraid to speak up yourself. Old fox! It depends on which ship you get on tomorrow. ????????????????????????????????? The bathroom door is open. ?Minnie and Andwyer walked in directly, wrapped in bath towels. ? ?Beautiful arm collarbones and straight calves are exposed. Master, we havent washed together for a long time. Minnie came over and hugged her neck from behind. We can wash together at any time! Wu Heng smiled. ?Andwyer also leaned over and gently rubbed his arms. Waiting for a while to wash. ?Wu Heng said softly: "Weier, come in!" Anderweil''s face turned red, she nodded slightly, stepped into the tub, and sat looking at each other. Sitting in the tub, the towel floated up, revealing a large area of ??skin. ?Wu Heng grabbed her ribs and moved her in his direction. Anderweil also lay on top of him. Minnie smiled and asked curiously: "Sister Wei''er, are you comfortable?" Stop talking nonsense! After a while, Wu Heng pulled Minnie in again. Its almost done washing. ?Hold the rabbit girl wrapped around him and walked towards the bedroom. The next day. ?Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the association together. ?? Anderweil has to work as an assistant again. ??Wu Heng wanted to send Kalema off the island and at the same time confirm which ship he was on. Arrived at the association. ?Wu Heng never found anyone to say goodbye to. directly knocked on the door of Sheila Guis study room. After opening the door, Shiragui looked up and asked, "What''s wrong?" Arent you going to see Kalema off today? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui said: "Let''s go. I changed my plan temporarily and left the port early this morning." Leaved? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 360 , tracking (please vote for me, thank you all.) Chapter 360, Tracking (please vote for me, thank you all.) Heard the other party leaving. I was stunned for a moment, and then I came to my senses. I was surprised at how cautious this old guy was in doing things. By lying about the time of leaving the island, the entire association was deceived. ?Wu Heng was also more suspicious that Kalema knew about the ghost following him. Otherwise, most of the people involved in this matter would have died, and he wouldnt have done it to this extent. "What''s wrong?" Seeing his strange expression, Xi Lagui asked doubtfully. Oh, its okay, I was thinking of seeing him off, but I didnt expect him to leave early. Wu Heng walked in and sat down on the sofa. Hilagui said: "There may be some changes!" Well, the associations fleet? Wu Heng asked. "It should be a ship of a certain business group. The port was blocked in the past two days. Many ships'' plans were delayed. There were many departures this morning." Xilagui explained. Oh! Wu Heng nodded. It sounds like Sheila Ge didnt know which ship left with her. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Don''t you really hate him? You''re quite serious." In my professional relationship, its not a bad thing to have a good relationship with someones special inspection envoy. Wu Heng turned around and followed suit. "Your achievements are already good, and you don''t need to do this. The association''s promotion, even a supervisory envoy, can''t get in the way." "Well, that''s what you said." Wu Heng continued: "Forget it if he leaves. I''ll just ask. I''ll go back first and ask you if I have time to treat you to dinner someday." Yes! Sheila Gui responded softly. ?Wu Heng left the room and walked back. ?Walking in the corridor, Wu Heng was thinking about this matter quickly in his mind. Kalema''s early departure really ruined his original plan. Not to mention whether its too late to catch up now. Even it is not clear which ship the other party is on. ??Moreover, just like Shilagui said, the ports have been blocked in the past two days, and many fleets have been affected. There is no clue at all, and it is simply unrealistic to check them one by one. ??Imilo should know the ship and route he took, but with Imiro''s thinking, it would be easy to detect something if he inquired about the information himself. At that time, attracting the other party''s attention will make the subsequent matters even more difficult to deal with. Old fox, dont run away if you have the ability! Wu Heng gritted his teeth. But it seems that there is really nothing we can do against the other party. ? Even if I were to get a missile from the modern world, I wouldnt know who it would hit. Go back to the study. ? Anderweil is taking a linen cloth and wiping the bookshelf, tables and chairs. The little owl chased flying insects all over the house. ?Seeing Wu Heng return, Anderweier immediately smiled and said, "Master!" Well, lets ask two people to come in and clean it up. Dont worry about it yourself. Wu Heng walked in. "It''s okay anyway. Didn''t the master say he was going to the port to see someone off? Why did he come back so soon!" Anderweil continued to ask. "I left early and didn''t have time." Wu Heng said. Then, his eyes fell on the skeleton investigator in the direction of the desk, who was responsible for monitoring and recording. Walked over and picked up the notebook and looked at it, his eyes slightly condensed. Different from the two or three scattered records in the past few days. The records of several days have more content. You go out and meet the captain of the Teshenger cargo ship at the port and arrange a room for sailing. Sir, isnt the fleet scheduled to arrive at noon tomorrow? Its too long to stay at Treasure Island, please leave early. Okay, Ill go now. Dont mention this to anyone, I dont want to disturb other people. Understood, sir! Go and prepare the carriage, dont waste time. The record ends here. ?Wu Heng also looked at the record in his hand with some surprise. The monitor, which had been ineffective all this time, actually recorded important information on the last day. At least, there are no clues now. Instead, they learned about the ship the other party was traveling on, the "Tesheng''er Cargo Ship". Whats wrong? Anderweil looked up. "It''s okay!" Wu Heng put away the record book and said, "I went out for a while, and when someone asked me, I said I was going to investigate a wanted criminal." Okay, Master! Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng left the association directly with the skeleton. Call a carriage and go to the port. The carriage stopped at the port. ?Wu Heng paid the money and got out of the carriage, stood on the roadside and looked towards the port. ?The entire port is still lively and busy, workers are busy moving goods, and people in the fleet stand on wooden boxes to recruit sailors. ?Originally, Wu Heng wanted to go directly to the old tavern to inquire about information. ?The prophetess, who controls the workers in the entire port, will definitely be able to find out the news about the "Tesheng''er" cargo ship. But when the carriage arrived at the door, he changed his mind. ?This female prophet is an intelligence peddler. She has some special abilities due to her profession as a prophet. ?If you just ask this yourself, it is very likely that the other party will notice something. In this way, it can be regarded as leaving another hidden danger for myself. So, the carriage arrived at the port directly without stopping. ?Standing there and looking around, not far away, several members of the association came over. Wu Heng has met these people. They are from the fifth team. The captain is a woman. "Deputy Wu Heng, are you here to check on ''Ewald''?" As far as the association is concerned, the murder of the Bucks Merchant Group manager is considered closed. ??But the man ''Ewald'' was on a wanted warrant, and the team and some mercenary groups were searching everywhere. It seems that the people from the fifth team are still investigating this matter. In fact, thats right. A captain who has just been hooked up will have an easier time than those wanted criminals. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, do you have any clues?" No, its like the person disappeared. The female captain sighed. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go to the ship steward with me." Okay! the captain responded and followed Wu Heng towards the ship management office. A group of people came over aggressively. The steward, who had his feet on the table, immediately stood up and said, "Sir, what''s going on?" ??Wu Heng said directly: "The association is investigating the wanted criminals and show me the fleet''s arrival and departure records." ??In the past two days, the port has been blocked, and it was Imiro who killed people again. The ship management also knew that they were looking for wanted criminals. After hearing this, he took out the record book and said, "Sir, this is the record." The fleet must be recorded when it arrives and departs from the port. In addition to ensuring that you are not a pirate ship, it is also a guarantee for the fleet. Once a person is missing, a rough range can be traced based on the records along the way. Rather than actually disappearing into the sea. ?Wu Heng took it and looked up at the ships leaving the port during the day. Found the record of the cargo ship "Tesheng''er", as well as the location and route to the next port. Glanced his eyes roughly and memorized the contents in his mind. Then give the record book to the captain of the fifth team, "focus on checking the ships that are about to leave the port." Okay! Team 5 took over the record. Wu Heng continued: "You guys check here, and I''ll go to the taverns to check." The fifth team hesitated to speak, but finally nodded and agreed. The position away from the ship''s pipe. ?Wu Heng first went to his ship. Come to the cabin and take out the tablet to check the sea area and route. According to the speed of the cargo ship, if you set off from Jiwei Island, you may not be able to catch up with the other party. I thought about it for a while. The thought of letting the other person go has occurred several times. But he is not sure whether the other party will pose a threat to him again after he leaves. If you really let the other person leave like this, countless possibilities may arise later. A cunning envoy is more feared than a ruthless pirate. You stay here, Broken Skull, and follow me, Sharktooth! ?Wu Heng said to the skeleton in the cabin. Skeleton boxer Sharktooth walked out from the skeleton. Taking the shark teeth and Kerimu, he walked out of the cabin directly and left the port and walked towards the distance. Come to a more secluded place. ?Wu Heng took out the [train conductors hat] and put it directly on his head, boarded the train and headed to Jiwei Island. Night falls. There is a light mist on the sea. ??Wu Heng stepped on a single-person wooden boat, with Kerinmu standing behind him. Under the boat were shark teeth pushing the wooden boat forward. The whole wooden boat is like a speedboat. The speed is not slow, but the waves make the wooden boat keep swinging, which is very uncomfortable. In the distance, a cargo ship can be seen moving slowly forward. ??The hull of the ship is written "Te Sheng''er", and a few crew members holding torches can be faintly seen on the deck, walking back and forth. Upon seeing this, Wu Heng immediately stopped the wooden boat. ??After such a swaggering past, a head-on fight is about to begin. After thinking for a moment, he released the ghost Glenda. Have you found someone? Glenda said directly. ??Wu Heng glanced at the cargo ship in the distance, "It should be on that ship. Go and explore the deck. Don''t go to the cabin. I doubt Kalema can detect you." Well, okay! Glenda disappeared and flew towards the direction of the cargo ship. Inside the cabin. A light-emitting stone table lamp is supported on the wooden table in the room. Kalema sent away the wealthy businessman who came over to chat, and looked at the attendant, "You should also go back and rest. I will call you if anything happens." Yes, sir. The attendant responded and left. Kalema closed the door and sat down at the table again. Start to look at the things in the ring in another space. As he checked, a smile appeared on his face. "The people in the Secret Order are really rich. They will have enough money for me to buy a manor after I go back." Then, the smile faded again. He muttered: "This guy''s detailed information should be able to be sold at a good price in the Secret Order." Thanks to 08a for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 361 , Skeleton Mage Chapter 361, Skeleton Mage Not long. Glenda flew back. He said directly: "There are five patrols on the deck and two rangers on the mast. They are all looking for a place to sleep." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let me take a look." Glenda got into him. The picture is shared to the brain. ??The angle of exploration is in the air. Looking from above, the entire deck can be seen clearly. There were five patrolling men, holding torches, and two rangers on the mast. By the time Granda was about to leave, three of the patrolling sailors had carefully walked to the corner together and lay down to sleep. The remaining two seemed to be looking for a place to rest. Release Glenda. Whats the plan? Glenda asked. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Kalema''s status is unusual. He will definitely be placed in a separate room. It shouldn''t be difficult to find him." As a deputy deacon, he was assigned a separate room when he accompanied the merchant fleet to Treasure Island. Even said, the best single room. ? Kalema, the special inspection envoy, will definitely receive the same treatment. Then what? Glenda continued to ask. Two possibilities, one is to board the ship carefully, then kill and evacuate safely, the other is to expose yourself, kill everyone here, and finally sink the ship and destroy the evidence. ?Wu Heng said directly. The most desirable option is naturally the first one, which is to quietly go in, kill people, and leave. Since I have several modern weapons in my hand, killing a mage at close range shouldnt be a big problem. However, once a fight breaks out, more and more people will be alarmed. It will be difficult not to take action at that time. Youre going to kill everyone? I dont believe it! Glenda said. "Um..., I won''t do it unless it''s a last resort." Wu Heng didn''t want to do it, but if there was really no way to end it, he would have no choice but to keep doing it. The criminal investigation methods in this world are relatively backward. But there are also many strange exploration props and strange objects. There is still some danger. If his murder of the special inspector is exposed, he will definitely be wanted by the association. At that time, I can only hide in the zombie world, wait until I reach level 18, then come back and negotiate terms with the association. ?Glenda said: "Now that you have thought about it, you can get up from the side of the ship and I will help you throw the rope down." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" After saying that, he jumped directly into the sea, grabbed the ''shark teeth'' together with Kerinmu, and quickly approached the direction of the ship. Hurrah! Two tame beasts are flying towards this side. Shark Tooth took Wu Heng and dived into the sea instantly to avoid the tame beast''s gaze. Go quickly underwater and reach under the hull. The sea is very rough. The waves hit the hull of the ship and lifted it up to a height of two to three meters. The hull of the ship also kept swinging. Soon, a rope hung from it and fell to one side. ??Wu Heng took out the [Transformation Veil], transformed himself into a female mercenary, and took Kerimu along the rope to board the ship. ?The hull of the boat was covered with water drops, and even the ropes were very wet. It was quiet on the boat. ?There is only the sound of crashing waves. The sound is like thunder. ?Three meters away, two crew members were leaning against the wall and sleeping. Between the sounds of the waves, snoring could be heard. The torch stuck on the side swayed with the hull of the ship. ?Wu Heng stood in the shadow and glanced at the mast observation deck. The view from the observation deck is better. Once a ship approaches, you will be able to detect it in advance. ??But for the deck, there is a visual blind spot. Unless the probe is looking downward. After confirming that there is no problem, and after confirming that no one discovers you. Enter the cabin quickly. The cabin was also empty. ?Wu Heng led people and observed room by room. From the style of the door, you can roughly tell the grade of an individual room. ?Wu Heng checked them one by one. ????????????????????????????????? ?Suddenly, the door in front opened, and a burly man wearing linen clothes and carrying a basin came out. ??He paused in his steps and stared straight at the two people who walked down the cabin. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly, he knew this man, Kalema''s attendant. A taciturn warrior who rarely speaks. The weapon is a long sword, but it is not carried at all at this time. The attendant stood there, frowning slightly, and looked at the opposite side carefully, "Apparition?" Huh~! ?While speaking, Wu Heng raised his hand to release the cloud and mist technique. Dense fog instantly filled the entire corridor. The attendants eyes narrowed. ??The whistling sound of weapons breaking through the air could be heard in my ears. Behind you! ??The attendant subconsciously lowered his body to avoid it, and at the same time, he threw the wooden basin back with his backhand. The air waves brought by the wooden barrel spread the mist. Keranmu wearing a bandits hood appeared. Close at hand, a knife''s length away. Kerimu refused to dodge, and kept slashing out with the long sword in his hand. The barrel was split in half instantly. ??The attendant turned around and tried to grab the arm behind him with one arm. As soon as he made the move, a ghost appeared in front of him and pointed at his eyebrows. The attendant''s pupils blurred for a moment, and the long sword penetrated his throat. With a clang, it was nailed to the wooden door behind him. The attendants eyes widened. The eyes were full of fear and disbelief. A sword master, a ghost, and a mage. Yes, its á. The attendant vomited blood and looked at the figure wrapped in a cloak at the door. ?The body gradually became limp and lifeless. Keranmu drew his sword, and the body fell limply to the ground. ??There are still deafening waves all around, and all the rooms in the corridor are still closed. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the room next door. Needless to say, it must be Kalemas room. Close to the door. ?Wu Heng''s expression changed. Although he didn''t see anything with his naked eyes, a preset magic at the door was triggered. Alert spellA kind of low-level magic used by mages to warn. "Enter!" Keranmu kicked open the door of the room next to the attendant''s. He rushed in directly. Huh~! A flash of thunder shot out suddenly. The Kerimu who rushed in instantly fell back and fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng followed closely behind him and entered the room. He fired a powerful crossbow in his hand, and the crossbow bolts whizzed towards the figure in the room. ??A magic shield formed around Kalema, blocking the crossbow arrows. As he got closer, the second flame magic condensed in Kalema''s hands. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and waved, and the sheets on the bed flew up and covered him. Flame arrows penetrated the sheets. Kalema threw off the sheet, and the thunder and lightning gathered again. Keranmu''s figure flashed, and he got close in an instant. His long sword split the defensive barrier and pierced the heart. Kalemas eyes widened and he kept trying to gather thunder and lightning in his palms. But after several attempts, it was not completed. Looking fixedly at the position standing at the door, full of resentment and unwillingness. The body gradually became limp, and there was no heartbeat or breathing. ?Wu Heng took out a straw mat and asked Kerimu to wrap the body. ?At the same time, he stood at the door and looked at the situation outside. ?The entire corridor was still quiet, and it seemed that no one else noticed. ?Glenda also flew back. "It''s okay. There is an empty room next door. I also looked at the remaining rooms. They are all sleeping and no one noticed." Perhaps because he was afraid of disturbing the special inspector, there was an attendant''s room on one side and an empty room on the other side. To a great extent, it reduces the chance of waking up other people. After the body is wrapped. ?Wu Heng put the two corpses, plus the blood-stained sheets and bedding, into the space ring. Continue to go to the attendant''s room and put away the armor and weapons that you took off. After everything is taken care of, hang the "Do Not Disturb" signs outside the doors of the two private rooms. Carefully walked out of the cabin and jumped into the sea. Grab the shark tooth and leave quickly. Early the next morning. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island and entered the association in a swaggering manner. ?First he went to the deacons study to report on the search for Ewald, and then he went to Sheila Guis study to chat with her. After showing up in both places. Just returned to his study room. In the study room, Anderweil was feeding the owl with strips of meat. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, put the strips of meat on the table, walked over and said, "Master, have you had breakfast?" Eat, will the association be fine? "It''s okay, just like before, nothing happened. I just checked the information about receiving the reward and then approved it." Well, with Weiers help, I, the deputy deacon, have nothing to do. No way! Its much worse than Sister Moya. Andwyer lowered her head and said. ??Wu Heng rubbed the other party''s ears and continued: "I''m going home first, and I''ll go back early in the evening." A good master. ?Wu Heng left in a big way, and Anderweil continued to feed the little owl. Return to your residence. Minnie went to Shannella''s side. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. All the corpses were taken out from the open space behind the courtyard. Two in total. Squire and Kalema. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to take off the equipment from the corpse. Directly release [Bone Slave Technique]. Skeleton Warrior (Level 12) Skeleton Mage (Level 15) (End of this chapter) Chapter 362 , ordinary evolved zombies Chapter 362, Ordinary Evolved Zombies ?Wu Heng looked at the two standing skeletons and frowned slightly. The attendants are all at level 12. ??The status of this special inspection envoy is not low. Normally speaking, a resident deacon in a remote area with a stable political power would only be at level 12. Here, he is just a servant. ??After a brief glance, he set his sights on the skeleton mage. Skeleton Mage (Level 15) Level: 15 Attributes: Constitution 27, Strength 15, Agility 17, Intelligence 37, Perception 28, Charisma 20. Characteristics: Empty Skeleton, Advanced Soul, Magical Senses, Conjuration Scholar, Master Spellcaster, Source Law Theory. Feats: Cloth Armor Specialization (Advanced), Staff Specialization (Advanced), Short Sword Specialization (Intermediate), Arcane Echo, Soul Lore, Haunting Lore, Untiring Concentration, Spell Craftsmanship. Skill: Life-sustaining technique. ??Wu Heng frowned and looked at the mage''s panel. In terms of attributes, it is the standard template of a mage. It has high intelligence, perception and constitution are the second highest attributes, while strength and agility are its own shortcomings. ?Of course, the position of a mage is not a profession that relies on strength. Going out in a carriage, accompanied by escorts and attendants, it is obviously the configuration of an aristocratic gentleman. In terms of characteristics, there are conjuration scholars, represented by mages of the conjuration school. ?Wu Heng mainly focused on "Yuanfa Lun". [Source Law Theory]: You understand the commonalities between the roots of magic and the essence of magic in basic theory, and can thus fully understand everything from the perspective of arcane magic (all skills you have learned, the spell level is increased by one level, and the spells of this faction are significantly reduced). The skill level has been learned and the spell level is increased by one level. It seems that Kalema himself is really no ordinary person. Continue to look down. Skills are a bit miserable. There is only one life-sustaining spell. After the mage class is converted into undead, the skills of all factions will disappear. ?Only the magic of the Necromancer faction is left, and the life-sustaining magic belongs to the Necromancer faction. All other skills have not been retained. "From now on, you will be called the attendant of the tub, and you will also be called Kalema." Wu Heng named the two skeletons, then moved them aside and began to put on their original armor. ??Wu Heng continued to take out two space rings and began to examine them. Not only Kalema''s, but the Tub Attendant also has a space ring. First he opened the tub attendant''s ring and took a look at it. ?Various daily necessities, water, food, extra weapons and armors, and money bags full of coins. ?Then, Wu Heng continued to check Kalemas space ring. In addition to some daily items that are not available, there are quite a few magic props inside. [Soundproof Pot][Spell Wooden Staff][Energy-Gathering Robe][Sincerity Clay Doll (Rare Item)][Space Ring (5 cubic meters)]. Look at the [Soundproof Pot] first. Soundproof pot (Description: A prop etched with insulation text, which can isolate the outward propagation of sound.) The appearance of the soundproof pot is more like a spiral vase. ??There are large and complex runes etched on it. Not to mention the shape, props with this kind of sound insulation effect are rare on the market. Spell Wooden Staff (Description: A magic prop made of special wood roots, etched with arcane reflux, light of conjuration, and magic effect of the conjuration faction +17%.) A magic wand. The effect provided does not seem to be too high. Your own spine staff, the effect of necromancy magic is +23%, and it also provides two spells. ??And the magic staff in front of me is etched with two runes that increase the effect, and the spell effect only increases by 17%. After all, I got mine in exchange for a third-level meritorious service, so the level is close to that of a rare item. The next one is the magic robe [energy-gathering robe], which can reduce the mental energy consumption when casting spells. This piece should be a spare one, I already have one on me. Then Sincerity Clay Dolllooks directly into the eyes of the clay doll and it will tell the truth. ??The last one was also a space ring, Wu Heng continued to mentally explore it. There was nothing in it, just two money bags of gold coins, and a gold ring with an eye pattern on it. A secret order? ?This is not the first time Wu Heng has seen this kind of ring. Generally, members of the Esoteric Order will have one like this to prove their identity. Is Kalema a member of the Esoteric Order? ?Its impossible. How could the association allow a person from the Esoteric Order to be the special inspection envoy? Then, Wu Heng thought of another person. The captain whom Kalema killed. This ring is his! In other words, the whole thing this time was once again caused by the secret cult. ??Just like a dog-skin plaster, people keep coming to trouble him, and he can''t kill them all. ??Furthermore, the location of the secret order headquarters has not yet been found. "Write a letter to Lilith? Ask her to intensify her attack on the Secret Order?" "For what reason? Just make it up and be found out, it will easily destroy the trust established between each other." ?Wu Heng was thinking as he put away all the props he took out. After all the items have been put away. Go back with the two skeletons. Take Kalema back to the dormitory. ??Wu Heng took out all his necromancy books and said, "You don''t have to do anything, just read here and learn these skills as soon as possible." Skeleton Kalema sat down at the desk, took out a book of Weakening Ray and opened it. ??Wu Heng closed it again and took out the [Bone Slave Technique], "Read this book first!" Kalema took over the [Bone Spelling Technique] and began to look through it carefully. With Kalema''s intelligence and reaching level 15, it shouldn''t be difficult to learn these skills. Its just a matter of sooner or later. Wait until the arrangements are made here. ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. It was still quite early, so he took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. Walk out of the dormitory, go downstairs and just walk to the door. Qi Hancai rushed over from outside. What are your orders? Qi Hancai stood aside. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "How are the preparations for cleaning up the central square?" "No problem. I have accumulated a lot of those solid iron bullets in the past few days. Based on each flying dragon carrying two thousand, it can be thrown back and forth more than twenty times." Qi Hancai answered standing aside. The cleaning of the main roads has almost been completed. Only the area around the city center square is left. As long as it is cleared, the road to the passenger terminal can be opened. ?The plan had been decided a long time ago, but the suspension of work delayed it for several days. Now that the matter is resolved, it is time to open up this road. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Tomorrow, let''s clean the central turntable. Everything that needs to be prepared is ready!" Understood! Qi Hancai nodded. The two stood at the door and chatted about the news of the past few days. At the same time, we discussed it and faced the construction of the old factory area later. After chatting for a while. ??Wu Heng also returned to the dormitory, glanced at Kalema who was still reading seriously, opened the gate and headed to Treasure Island. Dining room. The three of them were sitting at the table eating dinner. ??Wu Heng picked up a piece of fish and put it in his mouth, glanced at Anderweil, and asked: "Weier, is there nothing wrong with the association?" "It''s nothing. The biggest thing is that there are a new batch of wanted posters, and I have already taken pictures of them." Anderweil replied. Information transmission in this world is still relatively slow. ?Even if the cargo ship discovers that Kalema is missing or dead, it will report it to the association at the next port. It will be delivered to Treasure Island by then, maybe in a few months. ?It''s hard to find out clearly even if you want to, just don''t let those props leak out. Well, come back early next time when nothing happens. Wu Heng said. "It''s already very early. If it were any earlier, it would be noon." Andwyer said softly. Well, really, its okay to come back at noon occasionally. Anderweil also smiled, "I know, Master." Minnie was also at the side. She picked up a piece of sea fish meat and brought it over and said, "Master, eat this. I heard it is very nourishing. Eat more and you will have strength at night." Wu Heng was stuffed into his mouth and muttered, "You don''t seem to be satisfied with what you said." "No, it''s more powerful. I can use it to punish the little fox at night." Minnie said, picking up another piece and stuffing it in In his mouth. ? Andeweier on the side rolled her eyes and said, "Obviously you stick to the master every day and always make trouble with me." After dinner, we chatted for a while in the living room. They went back to the room to rest together. The next day. ?Wu Heng first went to the association. ??Although I didnt think that Kalemas death would spread, I still took a look. Found that nothing happened. ?Go to the association dormitory to get the bug back and go home directly. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Skeleton Kalema was still sitting at the desk reading a book. Wu Heng glanced at it, took out the walkie-talkie and asked: "Qi Hancai, are you ready?" Soon, a reply came over the intercom, "Ready, ready to go at any time." Okay, lets set off when I get downstairs. "receive!" ??Wu Heng went downstairs and the motorcade had already stopped at the door. Two military trucks and one off-road vehicle. A round window was opened on the top of the passenger side of the off-road vehicle, and a skeleton stuck its upper body out of the round window, manipulating a heavy machine gun. At the old factory area, the firearms are still in charge of skeletons with shooting expertise. Ordinary survivor patrols are equipped with heavy crossbows. ?Wu Heng mobilized the skeleton army. Then he opened the door and got directly into the co-pilot of the truck. The convoy started, and under the protection of the skeleton army, it left the factory and headed towards the target direction. Central roundabout. It connects the main roads in four directions and is also the most prosperous road section in the city. Surrounded by shopping malls, large supermarkets, the Workers'' Cultural Palace, and a mobile phone street. There was a small pedestrian street next to the auto repair shop, where a large number of zombies gathered. There must be more zombies here. The skeleton army escorted the convoy forward. After clearing two small waves of corpses along the way. At the end of the line of sight, one can see the circular turntable and the densely packed zombie figures. If you go further, you may attract the attention of the zombies. Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Stop the car and let everyone start preparing!" Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. With a sudden thought, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and Glenda and asked them to go to the front to investigate the situation. Soon, two ghosts flew back from the distance, got into the body, and shared the scene they just saw. The roads surrounding the carousel, as well as the roads extending in the other three directions, are filled with dense zombies. At the feet of the zombies, there are scrapped cars crowding the road. It seems that when the zombies broke out, this road section formed a serious jam, and the cars all crashed together, forming a car cemetery. In the group of corpses, several deformed zombies can be seen. Big guy, creeper. ?There was no big-headed zombie seen, but the big-headed zombies were relatively timid and were probably hiding in a nearby building. ??After Wu Heng looked at the shared pictures, his attention was attracted by some weird zombies. They have the same body shape as normal zombies. The skin on their bodies is still shriveled, but it is no longer rotten and dilapidated. Its more like a mummy without fat. ?These zombies are scattered among the corpses. ?The action is not like wandering aimlessly like other zombies, but turns around to look for the target, and will also push approaching zombies aside. Looks like he has some intelligence. New type of zombie? Or are ordinary zombies evolving again? Qi Hancai noticed his expression and asked, "What''s wrong?" Is there any update on the zombies on the radio? "Yes." Qi Hancai recalled for a moment and said: "Several types of zombies have been updated. There is a splatter zombie, which is characterized by spraying thick liquid, and a plague ghost, which is characterized by emitting dust viruses. The third-level zombie has announced a Millipede is said to be a monster made up of many limbs. Where are the ordinary zombies? The main station said that ordinary zombies in some places have begun to possess certain intelligence, but they did not release any more information. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seemed that the zombies mixed in were probably the kind of evolved zombies mentioned on the radio. ??If all zombies evolve intelligence. ?That would be an even greater disaster for the survivors. You stay in the car. There are a lot of corpses today, so everyone should be careful, Wu Heng said. Oh, okay! Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and gave instructions. After getting off the car. Let the skeleton army be ready. ??Wu Heng patted the two deformed dogs and said, "Go and lure those zombies over." The two deformed dogs kept shaking their bony tails. Hearing Wu Heng''s words, he ran out immediately. When he got within a hundred meters of the zombie, all the zombies nearby turned their heads and looked over. ?First he was stunned, and then he let out a deafening roar. Almost at the same time, the nearby zombies also roared, spreading backwards in waves. The skeleton dog turned around and ran away, while the corpse group also quickly caught up. ??The crowd squeezed into the middle road, pushing and crowding each other, like a rushing black wave, desperately chasing the fleeing skeleton dog. The earth began to tremble, and the roar of corpses was as loud as thunder. ??The skeleton dog''s erect tail was also tucked up, and it lowered its head and ran as fast as it could. The tide of corpses is coming. ?The ground trembled, and the ear-splitting roar mixed with the fishy smell spread, like a purgatory on earth. Qi Hancai, Wang Chenggang and others looked at the dense darkness in the distance, and their expressions changed dramatically, full of horror and fear. This amount is indeed beyond original expectations. Any shelter, including walls, iron bars, machine guns and artillery, would be flooded in an instant. There is no way to stop so many zombies. There are too many. ??Can these skeletons withstand it? ?Everyone suddenly became a little uncertain. ??Wu Heng looked at the tide of corpses running in the distance, and his eyes narrowed slightly. Said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "The skeleton flying dragon flies out and drops the iron bullets." Hurrah hoo~! Five skeletal flying dragons rushed into the sky instantly. Quickly reaching the sky above the corpses, the magazine opened, and dense iron bullets fell like black raindrops. ?Hum, boom, boom~! In an instant, there was an explosion and thick smoke rose into the sky. The iron bullets dropped by the five skeletal flying dragons instantly emptied the entire road. The ground was covered with broken limbs, rotten flesh, and blood. ??More waves of corpses continued to run forward, stepping on the flesh and blood on the ground. Crowded the whole road again. Charge with a roar. ?At the rear, Wang Chenggang and others kept scanning the distance while changing the magazine. ??I wish I had a few more hands and could just stuff the magazine into it. The two ghosts responsible for the investigation flew back again. Glenda said: "There are corpses coming around on the right, and there are a lot of them." Uncle, there are zombies coming from the left. ?Wu Heng''s eyes instantly narrowed and he quickly looked around on both sides. ?Tall buildings block the view, but you can still faintly hear running footsteps. There are indeed big-headed zombies. Thanks for the 10,000 tip lighter than a feather. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 363 , four-legged zombie Chapter 363, Four-legged Zombie From behind the buildings on both sides, the sounds of intensive running and corpse roars became increasingly clear. The zombie group can choose to take a roundabout route, which means there are large-headed zombies nearby. It is very likely that it is hidden in a nearby building. Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Two ghosts returned to the body directly, and two images also appeared in the mind. The buildings on both sides of the main road were crowded with zombies, and they were rushing towards this side. The evolved zombies with shriveled muscles that we saw before were also among the corpses. It moves quickly and flexibly, which is obviously different from ordinary zombies. Even if they do not have the same intelligence as humans, they are still inferior to some lower-level intelligence. After watching, Wu Heng released the two ghosts again. He said: "Glenda, please continue to observe the movements of the zombies in the air. If there are special circumstances, remember to remind me, little one, go and find the hiding aberrant zombies, especially the big-headed zombies." ?Glenda nodded and flew directly into the sky. Xiaoxiao responded and flew away. The two ghosts all arranged the work. ??Wu Heng continued to give orders to the skeletons, "mobilize the skeletons, block the intersections on both sides, and block the approaching corpses." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons move into action. Divided into two spear teams and quickly headed towards the forked skeletons on both sides. The spears are moved forward to form a defensive formation. ??Wu Heng also released [Eagle Eye Technique] throughout the queue and placed several sensors to monitor the entire battlefield. Soon, the group of corpses behind the building came into view. ?Like the rushing flood after the flood was discharged, it crashed into the skeletons in defensive postures. The corpses rolled and crowded over the queue, covering the skeletons in the front row. ??More axe-wielding skeletons were mobilized and rushed toward the zombies that crossed the defense line. Fighting with each other. at the same time. The main road that had just been cleared by bombing was once again occupied by a wave of corpses. Baring his teeth and claws, he stepped on the **** remains of his limbs on the ground and continued to charge forward. The rear of the team. ?Wang Chenggang and others were anxiously replacing the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. Even though I followed skeletons to clean up zombies in the past, I have seen many big scenes. But before them, there were endless scenes in all directions, which still made their hearts tremble. There was no trembling or loud screaming. Among the survivors, he was already relatively strong in endurance. Brother Gang, is this killing over? a survivor asked with a trembling voice. Such a number, let alone a group of corpses. Even if so many rabbits are released, it will take several days to kill them all. ??The other survivors who were changing the magazine also looked at Wang Chenggang. He came from the auto repair shop with him, and he would talk about some previous battles in the past. At this time, everyone is more interested in hearing his opinion. ??Wang Chenggang raised his head and looked into the distance, and said: "The number of skeleton troops is no less than that of zombies. Your Majesty and Qi Hancai are not afraid. What should we worry about?" We have no powers! "Don''t worry, I followed them from Qixin District to fight. I have never lost a skeleton battle, and I can''t lose this time either!" But this amount. Zizzi~! While speaking, a burst of electricity came from the intercom. Wang Chenggang, when will it be replaced? ?Wang Chenggang looked suffocated, and pressed the intercom with one hand, "It''ll be ready soon." Then, several people wiped their sweat while speeding up. Qi Hancai also jumped out of the truck, taking his skeleton bodyguard with him to help change the magazine. Main road location. The swarm of corpses spread rapidly from the main road like a wave. ??Wu Heng released a [Bone Armor] for himself and continued to look at the group of corpses approaching quickly in front of him. Archers, shoot freely. Wu Heng ordered directly. Densely packed archers began to draw their bows and set up arrows. Huh~! The arrows flew out like a roaring wind, and appeared in the sky densely like dark clouds. ?Then, he fell into the tide of corpses with a crackle. A large number of zombies were shot by arrows and turned into hedgehogs. Their bodies were knocked to the ground by inertia, tripping over the zombies behind them and tumbling into a ball. ??And more zombies trampled on their fallen companions and continued to run forward. The arrows fell in waves. Zombies also fell to the ground one after another. After several waves of arrows. Wang Chenggang''s voice came from the intercom, "Ready!" Let the flying dragon attack! Hurrah hoo~! A series of sounds broke through the air. ?Five skeletal flying dragons soared into the sky and flew towards the rushing corpses. ??The deformed zombies mixed in the zombie tide stopped, looked up at the strange creatures in the sky, picked up the stones on the ground, and threw them into the sky with all their strength. The next moment, the sky darkened again. A mass of darkness, accompanied by rocks falling from the top of the head. Boom~! The earth trembled and thick smoke rose into the sky. ?Wu Heng lowered his body instantly, and smoke, dust and gravel crackled on the bone armor. ?Looking up and looking ahead, the dense group of corpses was gone, leaving only a few scattered zombies, their bodies broken but still not dead. There was also a second-level giant zombie among them, with several **** holes all over its body. The body swayed and moved backwards little by little. Go, kill the remaining zombies, and then come back. Hulala~! A large number of axe-wielding skeletons crossed the spear array and rushed forward in large groups. Pounced towards the remaining zombies, the battle ax kept falling, slashing at the opponent''s body. Even the second-level deformed zombies fell to the ground amid a chaotic hacking attack. The body was dragged backwards quickly. Before the next group of corpses rushes in, retreat to the rear of the skeleton defense formation. Wu Heng communicated with the [Eagle Eye Technique] left at various intersections to check the situation. The road on the right. Pah~, clatter! ?The glass upstairs was shattered, and a large number of zombies jumped down from the building. Smash directly into the skeleton team. Like dumplings, smash one piece over. ?At the same time, a large, Level 2 deformed man at the intersection crashed into the spear array like crazy, waving his arms wide and wide. Destroy the original formation and lead the corpse group to charge in. Red Crown and Barrel Attendant, go and kill the aberrant zombie and help the skeleton reorganize its formation. Two skeletal warriors drew their weapons and quickly killed the deformed zombies ahead. ??The long sword kept swinging out, knocking the crazy, deformed zombies to the ground, and cutting off their heads with the long sword. A warrior''s battle will end with beheading. Looks like a professional habit. After the aberration zombies die, start killing the zombies that break through the defense line. Forcibly kill the zombies and reorganize the defense line. ?At the same time, the body of the second deformed zombie was also dragged over. Put it aside. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. He said: "Uncle, we found big-headed monsters. There are two of them, just over there in the mall. There is also a big monster with four legs. It''s so ugly." ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. At the shopping mall in the distance, there is a black glass curtain wall. Let me see! ??Xiaoxiao got into the body and shared the picture. Behind the glass curtain wall on the third floor of the shopping mall, three deformed zombies stood. ?Two big-headed zombies, kneeling on the ground, facing outside. ??A large zombie with a bloated body and four thick legs, caressing the head of the big zombie with its bloated palms as if stroking a puppy, while looking at the charging zombies outside. Level 3 deformed zombies? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 364 , it鈥檚 better to grab it Chapter 364: Why not grab it? Why is it a third-level deformed zombie again? The entire main station has not collected any information about level 3 aberration zombies. I have already encountered three different types. This level three zombie seems to have higher intelligence. The action of stroking the head of a big-headed zombie no longer feels like something a zombie can do. Then, Wu Heng began to think about **** these three aberrant zombies. Two big-headed skeletons, I have come into contact with them before. The main ability is to control the zombie swarm. It moves slowly and does not have much combat effectiveness. All we have to rely on are the remaining zombies. Without zombies, there is no threat to itself. Its really not clear what abilities this level three zombie has. Judging from its size, its combat effectiveness is not weak. ??If you let the skeleton sneak over and kill it, the risk is a bit high. Once you dont succeed, you probably wont be able to come back. The best way is to kill the opponent remotely. Looked again at the shopping mall in the distance. Its a bit far away. Main battlefield. The battle continues. After the third wave of skeleton flying dragons dropped bombs. The zombies no longer attacked blindly, but lingered in the distance, roaring and roaring towards this side. ?From time to time, zombies would take a few steps forward with their claws and teeth bared. Then he retreated into the ranks of corpses and continued to roar. Glenda flew down from the sky overhead and said: "Those zombies did not continue to attack, and the zombies on both sides also retreated." Sure enough, after discovering that a direct charge could not win, they did not continue to charge. Instead, it blocks an intersection on the far roundabout. Qi Hancai came over from behind. ?Glenda quickly disappeared. The number of zombies behind has decreased, there arent many left, Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng can also check through the Eagle Eye Technique. ?There are not many zombies left at the intersections on both sides. Except for the zombies who were still entangled, all the others retreated back. Its okay, they are blocking the front. There are not many zombies left, so its not a big problem. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai nodded, "Well, we will definitely be able to open this road." ?Wu Heng nodded and turned his gaze to the two Level 2 deformed corpses at his feet. The [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released, and the two tall skeletons stood up directly. ??Wu Heng asked them to stand aside, picked out two secondary corpse cores from inside, and put them into the space ring. Wait for the skeleton army to reorganize. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Move forward." Wow~Wow! The friction of bones was accompanied by the sound of stepping on the ground. The skeleton army began to advance rapidly. The group of corpses in the distance became even more violent and kept roaring. Hurrah hoo~! ??The flying dragon passed overhead again, and iron bullets rained down from the sky. Cover the corpses below. Most of the large swath of zombies disappeared again. ??And the remaining zombies stopped roaring on the spot and rushed forward like crazy again. ?Facing the rain of arrows from the sky, he fought his way into the queue of skeletons. ?Wu Heng took out Barrett from the space ring. ?Hung on the roof of a scrapped car, pointing towards the shopping mall in the distance. The distance may not have been enough before, and he couldn''t grasp it well. The current distance is definitely enough for Barrett. Xiao Xiao, go point out the location of the four-legged monster. Wu Heng said directly. Okay, uncle! Xiaoxiao responded and flew forward quickly. Immediately afterwards, he appeared at a location outside the glass curtain wall on the third floor and pointed to the location behind. Bang~! gunshots and explosions. Huge recoil, hitting the shoulder. ?The next second, the glass curtain wall suddenly exploded, and the bloated body of the four-legged zombie watching the show exploded suddenly. Blood and white flesh splattered everywhere. The whole half of the body disappeared. The four-legged zombie looked down at his missing parts, his eyes filled with horror and suspicion.? ? ? looks up again. Poof~! ??The two legs on the right side were shattered again, and then there was a faint explosion. The four-legged zombie looked frightened, stumbled to the ground, and began to crawl away to one side. ?Wu Heng aimed from a distance. ?Xiaoxiao flew quickly outside the curtain wall, pointing to the position while flying. ?The gunshots rang out and the glass exploded. At the same time, the entire chest of a big-headed zombie was blown away, and its head covered with pustules was thrown away. ?Xiao Xiao continued to fly, quickly pointing to a location again. ?Wu Heng estimated the speed of action and pulled the trigger again. ?The bullet flew out, and the last big-headed zombie''s body exploded, killing him immediately. From a distance, Xiaoxiao put his head inside and took a look. Then he made an OK gesture from a distance. ??Wu Heng also gave her a thumbs up. On the battlefield, the battle continues. The attacking zombies turned into beasts again and jumped into the spear formation. ??While being pierced by the spear, he stretched out his arms and opened his teeth and claws to tear the target in front of him. Attack, outflank the remaining zombies, and speed up the progress. The skeleton team dispersed instantly. The spear moved forward, and the axe-wielding skeletons slashed at the remaining zombies from both sides. The fighting became more intense. Night falls. The whole land was shrouded in darkness. The vehicle''s headlights are on, providing illumination. The entire area is like a battlefield after bombardment. The roads were pocked with iron bullets thrown by gangs, street lamps fell aside, and thick smoke billowed from cars. ??The skeleton army fought all the way to the bottom of the mall. ?Only scattered zombies with missing limbs were left, crawling slowly towards this side, and were driven over by skeletons holding axes, and their heads were chopped into pieces. ?Standing under the mall. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Skullbreaker, go in with the skeleton, kill all the zombies inside, and bring out the corpses." ?Shattered Skull carried the war hammer, stepped on the broken glass on the ground, and walked in with the skeleton. Amid a sporadic roar and fighting. It also gradually became quiet. A lot of zombie corpses were moved out. Among them were the heads of two large-headed zombies and the upper body of a bloated four-legged zombie. This corpse is incomplete! Under the light, Wu Heng looked at the corpse and frowned. In order to reduce the difficulty of the battle, Wu Heng directly used Barrett, and the effect was also significant. Kill the big-headed zombies one by one, and the four-legged zombies with one shot. Several shots also shattered the corpses. The battle was easy, but it was a bit difficult to transform the corpse. Clean the battlefield and collect all the arrows. You guys will go search the mall to see if you can still find severed limbs! Wu Heng continued to order. All skeletons started to take action. After cleaning up the battlefield, a few skeletons continued to enter the mall to collect residual limbs. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai. Its too late, spend the night in the car and search the area tomorrow morning. Qi Hancai nodded, "Okay!" The order was passed on, and the survivors began to pack their belongings and plan to rest. The next day. Three armored vehicles, advancing slowly in the distance. A man in camouflage uniforms said with a hint of worry: "The commander asked us to investigate the situation of the Roulette Gold Store. What do you think? There are so many zombies here. To grab the gold from the zombies, it is better to attack the old factory directly." , snatching food from them. The other co-pilot said: "We are exploring, not really attacking." "Other brothers'' lives are also their own. Instead of fighting with the corpses to get gold in exchange for food, it''s better to go directly to the old factory to get it, and bring all the armored vehicles with them." The man continued. The command over there may not want to damage the old factory... Before he finished speaking, the armored vehicle suddenly stopped. What are you doing? Are there zombies? Level 4 frowned, with a look of horror on his face, "Are those in front of you the skeleton soldiers? They have captured the turntable." ?Everyone was suffocated. They all looked forward, and the car fell into silence for a moment. (End of this chapter) Chapter 365 , is this also a profession? Chapter 365: Is this also a profession? On the road ahead, skeletons wearing leather armor and holding weapons are patrolling along the road. Farther away, there is still a large army of skeletons. Clean up the battlefield, or move scrapped vehicles blocking the road. What''s going on? Where are the corpses entrenched here? Why are they all turned into skeletons now, and this cleaning of the battlefield has just ended the battle? Whats going on? Are those bone soldiers in the old factory area wearing the same armor and weapons? one of them said directly. Even if you dont believe that a person with superpowers can control so many skeletons, the armor and weapons on his body are the same as those of the training skeletons in the old factory. This cannot be explained by coincidence. ??It also made a few people think that it was a skeleton in the old factory area. Why are there so many skeletons? There are probably more than zombies. "The old factory area attacked here? Didn''t it say that the number of corpses here reached tens of thousands? How could it be captured?" I asked why the journey was so smooth. It turned out that all the zombies were killed. The road we came here was carefully selected after several reconnaissances. I didnt meet any zombies along the way. I thought I had chosen the route correctly, but now it seems that the corpse group has been completely killed by the skeletons. The turntable is definitely the most dangerous area in the city. It is densely populated and may even contain advanced aberrant zombies. So occupied by skeletons? How many zombies have to be killed? Even if the military shelter has sufficient weapons and ammunition, it would not dare to go here to clean up the zombies. Dont provoke them, exit first and contact the base. The team leader in the car ordered in a deep voice. Even if you feel surprised, you still keep yourself calm. Now the nature of the mission has changed, and the intelligence here needs to be brought back. Oh, okay! the driver agreed. After contacting via walkie-talkie. Three armored vehicles began to turn around. ?At this moment, a heavy running sound suddenly came from ahead. The faces of the people in the car suddenly turned ugly. ?Two skeletons with a height of three meters and thick bones rushed over with thousands of ordinary skeletons, and surrounded the armored vehicle in the middle before the convoy completed the U-turn. Even if these skeletons are only armed with cold weapons, armored vehicles can forcefully break through. ??However, there is no gap left between the vehicles, which still brings a strong sense of oppression. What are they going to do? ??The captain stared outside, holding the walkie-talkie in his hand. ?Hands on whether to actually give the order to be knocked out. When hesitating. The besieged skeletons make way for a path. Qi Hancai walked out wearing a camouflage body armor, followed by a tall, thin skeleton with double blades hanging from his waist. He scanned the armored vehicle and moved his fingers towards the glass. The air was quiet for a few seconds. After loading the car, he still lowered the window, revealing a few people inside. Qi Hancai said directly: "Which shelter is it from?" Chief Qi, from the military shelter, we met at the market. The team leader forced a smile. Qi Hancai looked at the other party up and down, but was not too impressed. But judging from the opponent''s equipment configuration, it should be a military refuge. ?Of course, it is possible that other shelters are pretending to be there. There are also armored vehicles here. But where exactly it is, it doesnt matter. What are you doing here? Qi Hancai asked again. The team leader said: "Don''t get me wrong, Leader Qi. We received an order to come here to investigate the movements and situation of the zombies. Unexpectedly, there were no zombies along the way, so we drove here." Qi Hancai nodded, not caring what the other party did. ?With the current number and combat effectiveness of the skeleton army, even the military with various modern weapons can hardly pose a threat to itself. ? No matter how destructive the firearms and machine guns are, skeletons are not fixed targets and will not stand still and let them hit. Unless they really pull out some missiles. Otherwise, there really would be no refuge to defeat the old factory area. He glanced in through the car window again and said: "We have occupied the turntable, and troops will be deployed to guard it in the future. Don''t get close unless there is something important to avoid misunderstandings and dangers." Understood, we have no other ideas and will take this matter back, the captain said. Well, we have to continue to clean up the battlefield here, so there wont be many left. Qi Hancai waved his hand, and the skeleton blocking the road moved out of the way. The captain smiled and said, "Chief Qi, we will go back first. Congratulations to those in the old factory area for occupying the central area." "Thanks!" The convoy turned around and left in the distance. Wait until you have driven a certain distance. Only then did someone say: "This Qi Hancai is so powerful now." With so many troops, anyone can have enough momentum. Thats right, whats going on in this old factory area? How can the supernatural power control so many skeletons, which are more than the number of zombies? Superpowers are quite mysterious in themselves, so its not surprising that they appear. Now it seems that the development of the old factory area will far exceed that of other shelters. Now that the central carousel is occupied, it is likely to become the first shelter in the country to successfully regain the city. Its a bit scary. "It doesn''t matter, we will leave before winter anyway, and we won''t have much contact with them then." "That''s right!" On the other side, at the entrance of the shopping mall. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse on the ground and frowned slightly. After dawn, he personally took the skeleton into the mall and searched around again. He brought down Barrett''s broken body parts, including bones and flesh, and let the skeleton take them down. When transforming a skeleton, necromancy magic will repair the corpse to a certain extent. ??However, this kind of repair has limitations, but severely damaged parts cannot be grown out of thin air. In front of me, the body of a four-legged level three zombie was visible. Because the body was stronger, the severed limbs could still be recovered. As for the other two large-headed zombies of the second level, only the head and crotch parts were preserved. The chest was completely shattered and could not be collected at all. ?While I felt a little regretful, I also reminded myself to use Barrett less next time if I wanted to preserve the body. ??This kind of anti-machine weapon, the body of ordinary zombies simply cannot withstand this kind of power. When the body is killed, it cannot be transformed, which is also a loss. If its really not collected, forget it. Looked at the corpse again, and directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. The flesh and blood of the level 3 zombies fell off like hot wax, and tall white bones stood up from inside. About four meters tall, with four legs connected to the hips, standing like a crab. The upper body maintains a human shape, with thick bones and unusually wide hands. After taking a look at the appearance. ??Directly view the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Quadruped Warrior (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 38, Strength 40, Agility 25, Intelligence 18, Perception 15, Charisma 8. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, basic soul, four legs. Experts: Biological aberration, physical aberration, physical aberration. Quadruped: This unit has special legs that allow it to move quickly in rugged environments. Biological aberration: Constitution +2, Strength +5. Physique Deformation: Constitution +3. Physical Distortion: Agility +3. Looking at the attributes of the four-legged warrior, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Strength has reached 40 points, which is already higher than that of warriors of the same level. Physique 38, Agility 25, both are not low. ??The remaining three attributes are a bit too low-key and not so prominent. "From now on, if you call me Four Feet, please stand aside first!" Wu Heng said. The huge skeleton walked aside and stood obediently. Four human legs, moving together, still look a bit weird. ?Wu Heng rummaged through the minced meat on the ground and found a level 3 corpse core. ?Hands on the plastic bag, picks up the space ring and puts it away. Continue to transform the big-headed zombie corpse on the side. The corpse is incomplete and relies on the number of bones to complete the transformation. Skeleton Demon (Level 8) After the transformation, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ??Although the corpse is incomplete, after the two are combined into one, it is still a skeleton spirit demon, and its attributes also have the characteristics of commanding zombies. This is pretty good. The loss is not as big as imagined. Continuing to rummage on the ground, two secondary corpse cores were found and put into the space ring. After the transformation of several deformed zombies is completed. ?Wu Heng continued to walk aside. ??More than a hundred corpses were neatly placed in the open space marked with parking spaces. ?Evolved zombies with shriveled skin. According to Qi Hancai, this kind of zombie has been mentioned at the main station. Belongs to the changes that occur after the evolution of ordinary zombies. The flesh and blood is no longer rotten and decayed. Although it is shriveled, it looks stronger. Furthermore, in terms of action, he also possesses some low-level intelligence and can make some judgments. ?Wu Heng was curious about this kind of zombie, so he asked the skeleton to be carried over while cleaning the battlefield. After a brief glance, he directly released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. ?The gray-white halo of light swayed. All the corpses lying nearby were transformed into skeletons. Standed up from the ground. Skeleton Warrior (Level 5) Evolved zombies are level 5 skeletons. ?Wu Heng took a look at the attributes of the zombies. In addition to the improvement in strength, physique, and agility, the intelligence has reached 6, and he does have a certain amount of intelligence. But, looking at these skeletons, something feels wrong. How come the evolution of these zombies is so close to that of another world? After reaching level 5, a professional will enter the second level, and the professional characteristics and abilities will be significantly improved. The zombies are also following this rule. Level five is the watershed between ordinary zombies and evolved zombies, and they begin to show obvious physical and intellectual changes. ??Are zombies also a profession? What the hell! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 366 , delivered directly to you? Chapter 366, was it given directly to you? Analyzing this aspect, there is a creepy feeling. Thinking about it more carefully, there is a big difference. Thats wrong! It should be because your own panel calculates the level. When the attributes reach the level, they are calculated to the corresponding level. ?Others have no panels, and no level attributes can be seen. ??Wu Heng saw that the transformed level of the zombies was calculated through attributes on the system panel. There may not be any connection between the two. ?Thinking about it this way, it makes sense. ?Let all the skeletons stand aside, Wu Heng continued to squat down, and casually picked at the minced meat a few times. Then, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed. First-level corpse core! A corpse core that was very similar to a first-level corpse core was picked out and rolled aside. Putting a plastic bag on your hand and picking it up is not much different from the corpse core in the head of a deformed hound. Has the corpse core energy been produced? ??If all evolved zombies can have corpse cores, wouldnt it mean that first-level corpse cores can be seen everywhere? Continue to rummage through the rest of the minced meat. Finally, a total of 9 first-level corpse cores were found. There were about 120 corpses of evolved zombies in total, but only 9 were found in the end. Not everyone has it. Even if the proportion is so low, its better than nothing. ??Evolved zombies have a chance of appearing corpse cores, which is a good thing for you. Can improve the strength of those around you even more. For other survivors, there are advantages and disadvantages. The advantage is that the chance of obtaining corpse cores is higher, but the disadvantage is that the living environment becomes more dangerous. Put away all the corpse cores, Wu Heng took the spine staff and walked directly into the battlefield area. At the pile of corpses, release [Battlefield of the Dead]. Skeletons stood up from the ground and walked to the side with the sound of bones rubbing together. In yesterdays battle, an astonishing number of zombies were killed. Even if you use [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to do batch conversion, the conversion lasted from morning to noon. The high-intensity use of magic also gave the body a headache due to mental stress. It seems that Kalema needs to hurry up and learn [Dead Skeleton Field] to help him transform the skeleton. All conversions are completed. The number of skeletons in the entire area has also reached an astonishing level. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and Qi Hancai walked away and walked over. He glanced at the newly transformed skeletons around, and then said: "The three armored vehicles just now belong to the military. They said they were here to collect intelligence, so I asked them to leave." The central turntable connects the main roads in the city. Since we captured it, it must be in our hands. Wu Heng drank two bottles of psychotropic potion and said directly. It would be fine if it was captured by other shelters. It is our own side now. After spending so much energy to attack it, we must have it in our hands. Furthermore, it is also the most prosperous commercial road nearby, so supplies are absolutely sufficient. "I understand, and they can''t control this area with just a few people." Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement. Qi Hancai continued to look at the main road on the right and said: "That''s a gold shop street over there. I took a look just now and there are a lot of gold and silver jewelry." ?In addition to opening up the road to the passenger terminal, the reason why Wu Heng had to capture this area was also because of the Jindian Street here. Can we live a richer life in another world? It just depends on whether these gold shops can provide enough support. Lets go and take a look! Wu Heng said directly. ??Qi Hancai and several skeleton attendants followed behind. When passing by the motorcade, Wang Chenggang and others also followed. Everyone walked towards the gold store together. After walking about two to three hundred meters, we entered the door of the first gold shop. The door is dilapidated, with broken glass all over the floor. Walking into the store, some glass counters were broken, and various gold jewelry were scattered on the counter and the floor. But the amount of gold is definitely a lot, and it is also the largest store among the several gold stores I have raided before. Put the gold away and I will take it away later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wang Chenggang and others took out the bags, smashed the counter, and packed the gold jewelry inside directly. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and continued walking upstairs. In addition to gold, there are also some jade jewelry on the second floor, mostly pendant bracelets. In another world, jade is not as valuable as gold. But if it looks good, you should be able to sell it for some money. Pack them all up. Wu Heng took the lead and started searching. Put it all in a backpack. After all was collected and went downstairs again, the other people also handed over the collected gold. ?Wu Heng took it, holding large and small bags in his hands, weighing at least seventy or eighty kilograms. It is already a considerable gain. Lets go to the next house. Pack the things away and walk to the next house with the rest of the people. ?Before the outbreak of the virus, it was said that physical stores were affected by online stores, and the physical industry closed down in large numbers, but there were more and more gold stores. The entire street is lined with splendidly decorated gold shops. ?Several people searched it from beginning to end, and found that there must be at least 20 kilograms and at most more than 80 kilograms. ?This harvest is really amazing. I estimate that I am the person who owns the most gold on Treasure Island. I am also thinking about opening a gold jewelry store in Treasure Island. These things can be sold at a better price. After plundering the gold store. ?A few people walked towards the shopping mall together. Qi Hancai said as he walked, "We still need skeletons to guard this place. We will have people from the old factory come over in the afternoon and search it carefully again." Well, you can just arrange the personnel. There are quite a lot of materials here. Wu Heng nodded. Then Ill arrange for someone to go back later. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "The road is basically open. Let''s transport a batch of grain to the passenger station and then inform Li Yahong that the road is open." "clear!" The road is open, and it only takes 40 minutes from the passenger terminal to the roundabout. Transportation will become more convenient in the future. After finishing chatting with Qi Hancai. ?Wu Heng found a cleaner manager''s office in the mall. Let the skeleton guard the door, open the gate, and return to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. Wu Heng walked out, but there was still no change here. Opening the window and looking outside, Minnie was training boxing and kicking with "Bawudong". His fists and kicks were swung out, and they already had energy visible to the naked eye. Different from when she first left Wrentam City, Minnie seemed to have grown up at this time. The body becomes taller and plumper, and the face and skin become fairer and tenderer. From a pretty village girl, she has completely transformed into a fair and tender city lady. What each person is like is really related to the environment in which he lives. Minnie! Wu Heng shouted. Minnie, who was training, looked up. When she spotted Wu Heng, a smile immediately appeared on her face, "What''s the matter, Master?" Well, if youre not busy, prepare some bath water for me. Okay! Minnie immediately ran upstairs and started preparing bath water. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and went to the alchemy room opposite. In the room, several alchemy skeletons were busy with their own affairs. ?Wu Heng placed all the collected corpse cores on the cabinet shelf nearby. ?This harvest is not just gold. There are also more high-level skeletons and the collection of corpse cores. One third-level corpse core, four second-level corpse cores, and nine first-level corpse cores. This is simply the most harvested at one time in history. It seems that these alchemy skeletons will be busy again. ?Wu Heng put down the corpse core, said something to the alchemy skeleton, walked out of the room and walked downstairs. Minnie directed the skeleton to fill the bathtub with water. When she saw Wu Heng coming down, she asked the skeleton to continue carrying water and said: "Master, that pirate lady was looking for you before, but you were not there at the time." When did it happen? Wu Heng asked. This mornings news was recorded by the skeleton investigators. Minnie answered. Well, Ill go take a look. Okay, the bath water is ready, Ill call you. Minnie is so good. Minnie said coyly: "No way!" Enter the radio room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng walked to the side of the skeleton investigator, picked up the record book and looked at it. ??Apart from the long nonsense in the previous paragraphs, the latest paragraphs are about Philippa asking if she is there and the news of the blank envelope. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows when he saw the mention of the blank envelope. ??Which pirate did you get the news from again? ?Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, a message came from the other side, "Here, why are you talking to me now?" Forehead. ?? was also asked a rhetorical question. I went out to do errands in the morning. Did you tell me about the blank envelope? Wu Heng asked directly. ?Philippa''s voice suddenly dropped much lower, as if she was afraid of something. said: "I woke up this morning and found a blank envelope under my pillow. It was like I had seen a ghost." Is it delivered directly to you? Well then! (End of this chapter) Chapter 367 , huge reward Chapter 367, huge reward Hearing that Philippa also received a blank envelope, Wu Hengs brows also wrinkled. Assign her to join the pirates. Her main task is to collect the pirates'' movements and some plans, including blank envelopes. ?During this time, she was indeed inquiring about the blank envelope. Now that its ready, Ill give it to you directly. Whats written on it? Wu Heng asked again. Philippa said with a somewhat casual tone: "What can be done is that the water chestnut merchant fleet has recently passed through the route near me, so we can be prepared to block the road to grab supplies, and your reward has been increased to 500 gold." ?Wu Heng was stunned and his brows furrowed even deeper. Holy shit! Him has been raised to 500. Five hundred gold coins, a deputy deacon, corresponding to a level 12 wanted criminal. ?The reward is only a few hundred silver, so you can get five hundred gold. Takes too much of oneself. How about you act in a play with me and we can make money. Philippas voice came again. How to act? Tell the public that I have killed you, and we will see who will give you the money. What if no one gives me money if I announce to the outside world that I am dead? Philippa said: "It''s okay if no one gives you anything. If you come back alive then, it won''t be a loss to us." That way others will know that we are acting, and you will be exposed too! ?Philippa paused, and then said in surprise: "It seems right." "It''s okay. Let''s put this matter aside for now. I''ll think about what to do. What do you think about the business group passing by?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Philippa ate something while saying: "There have been some rumors among the pirates recently, saying that the association has placed a lot of spies among the pirates. I am worried that suspicion will be cast on me, and in recent times, the pirate group has not taken any action. , the crew also complained a little, and I thought about robbing it. " Has anyone doubted you? Wu Heng leaned on the table. "I''m just worried that suspicion will be cast on me. Something has been reported among the pirates. Everyone suspects that some of the crew members are members of the association, but the captain has not yet been suspected." Philippa explained. ? ?Only he and Imiro know about Philippa. ??Imiro is a deacon, so it is impossible for him to deliver this kind of news to the pirates, and he has never revealed it to the outside world. It is very possible that other association residents arranged spies and the news leaked out. Associations in coastal cities will be assigned the task of catching pirates. ?It is not surprising to arrange informants and purchase intelligence. What we need to pay attention to now is not to let the pirates suspect this matter on Philippa. Are you asleep? Seeing that he didnt speak, Philippa spoke again. Wu Heng said: "You can''t take the initiative to rob merchant ships, otherwise it will be difficult for you to go ashore in the future." Holy shit, Im a pirate~! You are a fake pirate. What do you think we should do? Ill take the crew to the sea to fish? Philippa said with some dissatisfaction. ?The crew has been recruited and the equipment on board is equipped. Isnt it nonsense to not allow fighting? "You carry out the plunder normally according to the content in the letter, and then arrange something to release them." You really think Im a drama actor, I can act however I want, Philippa continued. Wu Heng said: "If we really want to fight and kill people, we will fly the flags of other pirate groups." "Okay, I get it." Philippa agreed, and then continued: "Last time you said you would send me money, when will you send it to me? I have been short of money recently and I don''t dare to spend money anymore. ?Wu Heng was speechless. This is a gold-eating beast. ?Philippa is the one who spends the most money among her maids. He was given barrels of silver coins, and within a few days he was still complaining that he had no money. ??But I still expect her to collect information, so its not enough if she doesnt give it. "When this matter is over, I will arrange for a ship to pass by disguised as a business group, let you rob it, and put the supplies on the ship." Wu Heng said immediately. Oh, this is a good idea. Then I can increase my prestige outside. Philippa said happily. "I will make arrangements then, don''t tell anyone else yet." Understand, I have always done things safely. Think about what you need in the past two days, and I will prepare it. "Okay!" Philippa agreed, and then continued to ask, "How is my mother''s side?" Its pretty good too. The tavern is running well and I even helped me catch a wanted criminal. Is she so powerful? Philippa sounded a little doubtful. Im not as weak as you said. Im still quite thoughtful in my work. "You don''t have a crush on her, do you? If you were my father, well... that''s actually not bad. It wouldn''t be that difficult to ask for money." ?Wu Heng was a little speechless. Her way of chatting was really unabashed. Dont talk nonsense. "Hey, I know, I won''t tell you anymore. I have something to do later." Well, be safe! "clear!" Hang up the communication, Wu Heng also put the microphone back. ?Leaning on the edge of the desk, I was thinking about the news from ''Philippa''. The blank envelope appeared under the pillow as soon as I woke up. It is really difficult to find a pattern in this way of transmission. ?How does the other party determine the location of ''Philippa'', based on the pirate ship or the identity of the captain? There are two messages conveyed by letters.????One is his own bounty, which has reached a sky-high price. ?This had to make him even more suspicious that it was the Secret Order. After all, the frame-up for his resignation and assassination were instigated from behind by members of the Secret Order. ?Even if the other party dies in the hands of Kalema, the outside world may not know it, and it will definitely be counted on him. ??But this is just a guess. Its hard to say whether it is a secret cult or not. ?In the intelligence, the Secret Order is an organization formed by a group of powerful businessmen. It is a bit far-fetched to say that they rely on pirates to issue bounties. The second point is the matter of informants within the pirates. It was definitely not leaked from my side, but I was also afraid that "Philippa" would find out. There are many things that cannot be explored deeply. ?Especially when ''Philippa'' led people to escape from Treasure Island, there were many loopholes in the truth. With Philippas character, there should be no doubt about it. ?Philippas character is too much like a pirate. Either she is pretending, or she is acting in her true colors. Where to go, my personal image is like a pirate gangster. Id better go to the association tomorrow and tell Imiro. After thinking about it, Wu Heng walked out of the room directly. At the door, Minnie saw him coming out and said, "Master, the bath water is ready. Sister Shanara sent some flower petals yesterday. Do you want to sprinkle some?" Petals? What are they for? "After washing, my body smells good. Sister Wei''er and I used it yesterday, and the effect is quite good." Minnie said with a smile. Ill leave it to you. Its unreasonable for me to go out as a man wearing the scent of flowers. Wu Heng walked into the cubicle and took off his armor and coat. Minnie helped him take off his clothes. While taking off his clothes, Minnie said, "It smells so good." Wait for Minnie to take off her clothes, revealing her slim and toned figure. ??Wu Heng hugged her and walked into the innermost bathroom. They sat in the bathtub together, Minnie sat in his arms. Gently caress the rabbit girl''s flat, smooth and tender belly, as well as its increasing fullness. Enjoying the smoothness of girlish skin. ?Its like stroking a piece of warm jade. ??Wu Heng would never have dared to dream of such a life if it were his previous self. Having power, a young maid, and the power to change herself. Any of them is what I have longed for in novels and movies. Not only do we have it now, but its getting better and better. Minnie turned around, sat in his arms, put her arms on his shoulders, and asked softly: "What do you think, Master? You are not serious at all." Thinking about it again, its really nice to meet you. Minnie smiled, held his face, and said: "No way, Wei''er and I should be lucky to have been bought by you. Sometimes I wake up while sleeping, dreaming that our current life is a dream. You didn''t buy us." We are all lucky! Yeah. Minnie smiled and kissed her directly. It is approaching dusk. ??Andwyer returned from the association with a little owl on her head. ?Seeing Wu Heng sitting on the sofa, he also smiled and said, "Master!" Well, is there anything big going on with the association? No, just like usual. ?Wu Heng nodded. It seems that Kalemas incident has not reached Treasure Island yet. According to the voyage of that ship, even if someone discovers that the Kalema is missing, they will have to wait until it docks and pass the news to the local association. When the time comes, investigate and inquire, and then pass the news on. It may not have been how long it took for it to reach Treasure Island. ?At that time, it was even more difficult to find out anything. As long as you don''t reveal some of Kalema''s rare items, it won''t be a big problem. Its okay, dinner will be ready soon, just wait a moment! Wu Heng said. Anderweil nodded, took off her coat, and leaned into her arms. Talk about some interesting things you heard The next day, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. ?Let Anderweil go to the office study first, while he went to the deacon''s study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. In the room, two staff members were reporting the matter and stood aside for a while. The staff left, and only Imiro, Moya and himself were left in the room. Youre here so early today, whats the matter? My bounty on the pirate side has been increased to 500 gold coins. ??Imiro was stunned, and Moya, who was not far away, also looked over in confusion. Killing a deputy deacon actually raised the reward to such an exaggerated amount. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 368 , reopen shopping malls Chapter 368, reopening shopping malls Who told you? Imiro asked. "Philippa, she received a blank envelope. It said two things in total. One was that a ship from the Watershed Merchants Group passed by near the route and asked her to rob it. The second was that my reward was increased to 500 gold. Wu Heng said, and then detailed the content of his conversation with Philippa. Imiro listened silently. Then he asked with slightly furrowed brows: "Is there any specific information about the letter?" No, Philippa only said that the letter appeared under the pillow as soon as she woke up. Imiro thought for a moment, and then said: "You don''t have to worry about the bounty. Don''t go to sea recently. Be careful on weekdays. It won''t be a big problem." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. On the island, Im actually not too worried. ?No matter how crazy the pirate is, he will not go to the island to kill him. If he wants to go to sea, he will use the ghost train so that others can''t find his trace. Imiro continued to ask: "How did you tell that little pirate girl about the robbery of the caravan?" Now there are rumors that the pirates have an eye on the pirates. I asked her to get close to the merchant group and then create some problems so that the fleet can escape. Wu Heng replied. The reason why I talked to Imiro in more detail. ?Mainly because Philippa was finally pardoned and came ashore, and still wanted Imiro to speak. Now it is explained clearly, which saves a lot of trouble later. ??Imiro nodded, "Okay, just be careful and don''t cause too many casualties." "good." Imiro continued: "Pirates'' actions have become more frequent recently. It may be related to the envelope you mentioned. There may be indicators on it in a few days. Pay attention to collecting more intelligence." Understood! Wu Heng agreed and said, Deacon, Ill go back first. "Um." ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out of the study. If this is troubled, he is rewarded by the pirate price of heaven, and the association will give an indicator. I and the pirates are fighting to the death. Return to the room. Master, I have a letter from you. Anderweil said. Oh, whos here? Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down at the desk. I dont know, please open it and take a look! ?Wu Heng picked up the envelope on the table, cut open the sealing wax and poured out the letter. Letters transmitted through the association have been inspected. There will be no magic traps or toxins placed inside. After opening the letter, you will see neat and delicate fonts. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: It has only been a few months since you left Blackstone Town, and I didnt expect you to be promoted from captain to deputy deacon. When I heard Deacon Slater mention this matter, I felt like I was in a dream. Although it is a bit late, congratulations on your becoming Archdeacon. I asked some people, and they didnt know much about Treasure Island. They only saw some related introductions in books. I heard that it was an island used by pirates to trade dirty goods, and it was also relatively dangerous. Be more serious and cautious than us, but you should also be careful and put safety first. ??My life here is pretty good, and my achievements are a bit hard to talk about compared to yours. ??I may consider submitting an application to be transferred back to Blackstone Town in the future. Blackstone Town is more familiar to me and more suitable for me, even if I want to be a team member again. You take good care of yourself over there. I am proud to be a team member with you and grow together. Wish you all the best in your future and life. Kawina. " Kavina! Blackstone Town, a member of the fifth team. Although we didnt get along with him for too long, he was transferred to Luntam City. But when I was in the fifth team, I felt more like a feeling of mutual support and dependence among the team members. It is also more like those teammates who share the same hardships in the story of the association team. ?At that time, he and Kavina got along very well. He especially remembered that every time he went to the association in the morning, she would prepare a cup of hot tea for him. ?Wu Heng wrote to her when he was in Luntam City, but after two back and forth exchanges, there was no further contact. ??But I also heard some news from Slater, saying that she was not taken seriously in the association where she was assigned, and some were even excluded. Actually, if you think about it, it was true that at that time, he and Kavina were promoted exceptionally. ??You have a different world, which can be upgraded quickly, and you also have firearms to leapfrog enemies. Kavina has none of this. It is actually quite difficult for a young woman to rely on herself. "Master, who gave you the letter?" Anderweil came over with a cup of tea. Kawina! "Haven''t you heard of your friend, Master?" Andwyer leaned on her shoulder from behind. Former team members, congratulate me on becoming the deputy deacon. Wu Heng said. You can feel the powerlessness in the other person''s emotions from the letter. Happy that Wu Heng could become the deputy deacon, he also felt helpless about his situation. Oh, are you also the captain now? Well, the captain who was promoted together with me seems to be having trouble outside and wants to be transferred back to Blackstone Town. Anderweil thought for a moment and said: "If she is a teammate and has a good relationship in the past, you can transfer her to Treasure Island. You have a team you trust, and she can also get some care." Hearing what Anderweil said, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It feels like this is also a solution. I am relatively close to the third team, but there is no trust or distrust. It means cooperation in apprehending some wanted criminals. Kavina wants to be transferred back to Blackstone Town, obviously she doesnt want to stay where she was. You can also transfer her to your own side, your own deputy deacon, who has the privilege of recommending team members, and can help her. At the same time, I also have a team that I can trust. Well, that makes sense, Weier is still smart. Anderweil smiled and said softly: "I learned it from you, Master." ?Wu Heng nodded and took out the letter paper from the drawer. Reply directly to Kavina. The content is also relatively simple. It tells about the situation of Treasure Island. It is not a small island where pirates trade goods as described in the records. It has now been built into a maritime trade center and is more prosperous than the inland side. In the second half, she said that she had just arrived on Treasure Island and had no reliable team under her, so she could help him by coming over. Speak more tactfully so as not to make her feel that you are going out of your way to help her. I checked it twice to make sure there was nothing wrong with my words, then put it directly into the envelope and sealed it with wax. Weier, send it to the front desk and mail it out. Wu Heng handed it to Anderweier. Anderweil took it and said: "Master, can I write a letter to the people in Luntam City, so as to report that they are safe." "Okay!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "I''ll also ask Minnie if she wants to write tonight. Doesn''t she also have two friends in Luntam City?" Okay, Ill write it down first, and Ill teach Minnie how to write a letter in the evening. "Um." Sit with Anderweil in the room for a while. He walked out of the association directly, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street. The carriage stopped outside the Nautilus Tavern. ?Wu Heng walked in wearing the Transformation Veil. Compared to last time, the pub was obviously more lively. In broad daylight, there were many guests drinking and chatting in the lobby on the first floor. There are also a few more store clerks than before. ?Millisen is wearing a beige top and a light blue long skirt. She wears it loosely, but it still can''t hide her plump figure. Philippa didnt inherit any physical advantages. I saw a familiar figure coming in. Millicent was stunned for a moment, then explained to the clerk, and walked upstairs with Wu Heng. After entering the room. ??Wu Heng took out the [Soundproof Pot] and placed it directly in the middle of the room. A faint barrier enveloped the room. Sir, what are you doing? Millicent looked at the soundproof pot. Soundproof so that your words are not heard. Oh, you are very considerate, sir. The tavern business looks good, Wu Heng said. Millicent said softly: "A few days ago, the association searched for wanted criminals on the main street. Many people felt annoyed, so they came here. There are more and more people, and the rooms are full." It seems that the previous search by Sheila Gui and the others has improved the business here. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "You did a good job with the intelligence last time, and it played a big role in the progress of the entire case." This is what I should do. Millicents face lit up and she said politely. Wu Heng continued: "Last time you said that there was a lack of high-level chefs, I will give you this money to recruit a few good ones." As he spoke, several large bags full of silver coins were taken out. The mouth of the bag was opened, and the shining silver coins made Millicent''s eyes widen instantly. Even though she had come into contact with pirates, she was still a country girl who came out of the village. So many silver coins suddenly belonged to her, which made her feel a little uneasy. This, this is too much. If you run the tavern well, you will live a better life yourself, Wu Heng said. "Oh, okay, thank you, sir." Millicent thanked him and bowed. The loose skirt droops, revealing exaggerated plumpness. Keep it well and dont let others see it. If you have any greedy thoughts, it will be dangerous for you. Well, I hid under the bed. Millicent opened a secret compartment under the bed and put all the silver coins in. Wu Heng continued: "Let''s run the business first. In a few days, I will arrange two skeletons for you to protect your safety." No need, sir, people in the tavern are very discerning, and those arrangements can easily attract other peoples attention. Keep it in your room and dont take it out. Oh, okay! The two chatted in the room for a while. ?Wu Heng asked her to continue monitoring the people in the tavern. After all, I have put a reward on my head, so some pirates might risk going to the island. After chatting for a while. ?Wu Heng put on the phantom veil again and left the tavern. Get on the carriage, get off at the center, and return to your residence on foot. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng and Minnie had lunch together. Then go up to the fourth floor, open the door, and go to the zombie world. There are many shelter vehicles parked outside the shopping mall. A large number of base survivors are cleaning up scrapped cars, setting up checkpoints, and transporting supplies. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. I received a reply soon, "Your Majesty, Captain Yang Long from the Military Market is here, here on the second floor." The military is here? Im going down now. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and was in a conference room-like room on the second floor. I saw it, Qi Hancai, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and others. Opposite, several people from the military were sitting, one of whom was Yang Long whom he had met before. Captain Yang! Wu Heng walked in with a smile. ??Yang Long stood up, first stretched out his hand to signal a middle-aged man next to him, and said: "This is Wu Jingguang, the commander-in-chief of this city''s disaster response, who is fully responsible for the city''s disaster relief and rescue work." Then he introduced Wu Heng and said: "This is the leader of the old factory area and a high-level superpower. He distributes food to various shelters, which has greatly alleviated the food problem of each shelter." ?Wu Jingguang raised his head and looked at the other party carefully. He nodded slightly, then stood up and stretched out his hand, "What is the name of the leader?" My surname is Wu. Wu Heng shook hands with the other party. Then we are the same family. Wu Jingguang said with a smile. Martial arts of martial arts. Wu Heng continued to ask: Commander Wu, whats the purpose of coming here this time? After Wu Jingguang sat down again, he said straight to the point: "The provincial and district rescue teams have built a stronger evacuation base. The main reason for coming here this time is to ask whether Chief Wu has any idea of ??joining us." (End of this chapter) Chapter 369 , snake emblem auction Chapter 369, Snake Emblem Auction ?Wu Jingguang is in his 40s, with short hair, thick eyebrows and a square face. Looks like a very capable person. Before the end of the world, he should also be in an important position. After hearing what the other party said, Wu Heng looked at him with some doubts. ?Inviting the old factory area into the military shelter is not the first time it has been mentioned. The last time it was Yang Long and Qi Hancai. At that time, the market had just been established, and the old factory area sold grain to the outside world, showing sufficient supplies. ??This time there is a new commander-in-chief of disaster relief. It should be the scouts who left yesterday and brought the news back. You want to leave here? Wu Heng asked. ??Wu Jingguang did not hide anything, nodded and said: "To be honest, we will leave here before winter, withdraw all our troops and join the provincial and district rescue teams, and we will also take away several cooperative shelters." ?It seems that just as ''Qi Hancai'' guessed, they are selling off supplies and preparing to evacuate here. ??Wu Heng glanced at Qi Hancai and Li Yahong on one side, and said directly: "Thank you, Commander Wu, for your kindness. We are used to living here, and we don''t want to leave here yet." ??Wu Jingguang continued: "The strength of zombies continues to increase, and the living space of survivors is constantly compressed. Only when everyone unites can we have more chances to survive." We can plan our own development and have no intention of joining any force. Wu Heng said more directly. Food and military strength, the two most important things, are not lacking. ?Furthermore, Wu Heng is also confident that it is stronger than any refuge. How is it possible that you have worked so hard to develop yourself and then end up giving it to others? ??Wu Jingguang''s eyes narrowed slightly and he said: "Chief Wu must focus on the overall situation and the future of mankind." ??Wu Heng smiled and said: "Commander Wu, why not bring your people to join the old factory area? We also have a plan to build a fortress for unity and development." this. ?Wu Jingguang hesitated to speak several times, but in the end he said no more. He pondered for a moment and smiled again, "I''m just making a suggestion. Since Chief Wu has his own plan, he won''t force it." ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "When do you plan to leave?" The specific time has not been decided yet, Chief Wu wants to keep the secret for us. Well, of course. ?Wu Jingguang thought for a moment and continued: "Is the price of military equipment in the old factory area a little too low? Should it be raised a little bit?" ??Wu Heng sighed softly, with a helpless tone, "We only have so many people, and we won''t be able to use so much equipment. It will just be left in the warehouse to gather dust. Food is more important." Military equipment is more sophisticated and can be used after being properly kept, so you wont suffer any loss. ?Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "We will discuss it then and see if we can make appropriate adjustments." Yeah! Wu Jingguang smiled and nodded. How is the development in the provinces and regions? While gradually recovering important areas, we are also planning to recover military industrial enterprises. It seems that it is indeed better than a small place like ours. Well, after all, it is a key planning location. When ammunition production resumes, I can connect you and exchange what we need. ?Wu Heng also smiled and nodded, "This is best." Those bone soldiers outside are your special powers? They are really amazing. I had no intention of awakening, and I also took a lot of risks at that time. Wu Heng replied. ?Wu Jingguang continued to ask: "Which kind of corpse core was taken to show this kind of behavior?" ?Wu Heng did not answer, just shook his head slightly. Haha, you see I talk too much, dont be surprised, Chief Wu. ?A few people sat together and chatted for a while. Each side is tentatively asking for information about the other side. ?Wu Jingguang is interested in Wu Hengs special abilities and the source of food in the old factory area. ?Wu Heng was inquiring about some matters in the province. After chatting for a while. ?Wu Jingguang stood up and said, "Then let''s go back first. If we need anything in the future, let''s keep in touch." Of course. Wu Heng nodded and sent several people downstairs. ?Get into a military transport vehicle and drive away directly. Looking at the disappearing vehicles. Qiangzi said with some dissatisfaction: "Damn, the rescue team is still here. I didn''t see anyone rescued. Now I plan to leave first, and I want to prostitute us for nothing." ?Wang Chenggang also followed up and said: "During this period, they frequently went to the market to exchange for food. It seems that they were preparing to leave and planned to exchange for more food to leave." Well, that should be the reason. Qi Hancai agreed. When the vehicle disappeared completely, Wu Hengcai said: "Let''s go back to the conference room and discuss it." ?A few people nodded and returned to the conference room. Military armored vehicles. Those skeletons are really powerful. Wu Jingguang said. When I first heard about this kind of power, I didnt believe it. ?Now I see a dense army of skeletons. Not only did he believe this, but he was also surprised and afraid of this kind of power. "It should be his superpower. Qi Hancai is in charge of the camp, and the real right to speak is in his hands," Yang Long said. Hey~! He is a talented person, but its a pity that he doesnt have a big picture view. What a pity! Wu Jingguang sighed softly. "Should we continue to contact him?" Yang Long did not evaluate Wu Heng, but asked directly. Wu Jingguang shook his head and said: "No need, the railway side has almost prepared everything. In the past few days, all the supplies will be replaced by grain. Let''s leave here and join the provinces. When our military industry resumes production, he is the one who came to ask us to exchange supplies." Its time. "clear!" In the conference room. Qi Hancai said: "We discussed it before and planned to use the mall on the turntable as a new trading market. It has a wide territory and is in the center. The surrounding shelters can more conveniently come to exchange supplies." Each shelter is established to avoid densely populated areas in the center. Placing the market in a central location can indeed take care of the surrounding areas. ??Moreover, the buildings here are all ready-made, the roads are wider, and the parking lots are complete. There is basically no place that needs to be rebuilt. Once food supplies are shipped, the market can be opened. Okay, you can arrange it! Wu Heng agreed. Okay, then I will have people plan this area in the afternoon and open it to the outside world as soon as possible. Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong, "How is the situation over there in the county?" There are no problems in the county, but the supplies are almost exhausted, and it is difficult to find too much gold in other shelters. Keep the passenger terminal first, and move the focus of development here. "good!" Then, several people discussed the production of equipment. Wait until everything is settled. Separate each other and go about their own business. ?Wu Heng returned to the manager''s lounge upstairs. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. "Enter!" ?The door opened and Li Yahong walked in directly. Close the door, throw aside the backpack in your hand, rush up to him, wrap your arms around his neck, and kiss him heavily. Then, a pair of hands took off his clothes. ??Wu Heng put aside his head and said: "There''s no need to be in such a hurry, just stay here tonight." Li Yahong took off his coat and said, "I don''t have time. The convoy back to the passenger terminal is waiting. I came up to deliver gold to you and will be leaving soon." So urgent? Of course you cant feel it if you just throw away the shopkeeper. After Li Yahong finished speaking, she looked at him shyly, "Why, you don''t like this?" No way, I originally wanted to accompany you in the evening, but since we are in a hurry, lets make a quick decision. ?Wu Heng pulled her naked in two or two strokes and patted the desk beside her, "Hold her up, don''t fall." Hmm! Li Yahong, who was in high spirits just now, suddenly became a little shy. Hands on the table with both hands. After the soft moan of deep love. Li Yahong lay weakly on the table, "I''ll accompany you next time. I still have a lot of things to do when I go back today." Well, okay! Wu Heng said with a smile. Li Yahong rested for a while, and while getting dressed, she said, "Do you have someone else?" "What other person?" Is it Qi Hancai? Li Yahong looked at him. ?Wu Heng slapped her **** the buttocks, "No, don''t make random guesses." "Really? How can you hold back for such a long time?" Li Yahong fastened the back button and continued: "I also understand the current environment. You are the leader, and I don''t blame you if there are others, but you can''t forget me. " "Don''t worry, I only have you here, don''t think too much." "Really, if there is someone you like, please tell me when the time comes and we can live together peacefully." Li Yahong put on her coat and said before leaving: "In the backpack is the gold of this period." Well, I got it. "Bye-Bye!" "bye!" ?Li Yahong opened the door and left, walking quickly downstairs. ?Wu Heng also picked up his backpack and opened it. Inside was various gold and silver jewelry, weighing more than 30 kilograms. After putting them all away. ??Wu Heng also got dressed, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Residence. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and just reached the first floor. I saw Anderweil teaching Minnie to write letters. Its not that I cant write. Its about the format and what to write in the letter. ??The hometown of both of them is Luntam City, so they should also write back to report that they are safe. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Minnie ran over and pulled him to sit down in front of the sofa. "Master, read the letter I wrote." ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it, "It''s very good. I can see the longing for your friend and the unabashed show off." Hey, Sister Weier taught me this. Minnie said happily. I didnt teach you how big the house is, how big the house is, how big the swimming pool is, how big the dinner is, and so on. Andwyer immediately emphasized. But I just want to say that if they know that I am living a good life, they will be happy for me. Minnie said in a serious tone. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Yeah, that''s okay. Just send it to the association and mail it out tomorrow." Hmm! Minnie packed the letter and stamped it with sealing wax. Andewil continued to say from the side: "Master, in the afternoon, people from the Snake Emblem Consortium sent a message, saying that the auction is about to begin, and the guests on the island will be picked up at Port No. 7 the day after tomorrow." Auction? ?Wu Heng would have forgotten about it if he didn''t mention it. ?Last time at the Snake Emblem Consortium, the other party did mention this matter to me. It is an auction organized by a consortium, where some rare items will be sold. ?Wu Heng now has money in his hands, and he is quite rich. He even feels that he is the person with the most cash in Treasure Island. It is still necessary to buy something that can improve yourself. However, there is a wanted warrant for 500 gold coins on his body. The deacons told him not to go to sea. Is there any danger? After Minnie sealed the letter, she asked: "What auction is it?" Organized by the Snake Emblem Consortium, selling some things. Oh, master is going? Minnie asked. "Not sure yet. There are more enemies recently and it''s a bit dangerous." Wu Heng said directly. "That''s right. It''s a place that sells things. If you have money, you can''t buy anything. If you don''t go there, you won''t go." Minnie said and continued to hold his arm, "Master, I bought a lot of food today. Made for you to eat. Feeling that he could fight again, he nodded, "Uh..., okay." Wait until after dinner. The three of them conducted simple training in the courtyard. They then returned to the room to rest together. the next day. ?Wu Heng went to the association again. Let''s see if there are any special circumstances, and at the same time inquire about the consortium auction. This matter is not a secret. Even ordinary team members know this. Stayed away from the association for a while. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence and went to the zombie world through the gate. According to the plan, the mall began to be restored. Prepare to establish new markets. ??Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai to prepare the truck and lead the skeleton army to continue cleaning up the zombies in the surrounding communities. The large-scale zombie tide was attracted by the sound when the turntable was cleaned last time, and has been almost cleared. There are still remaining zombies, forming a small group of corpses. But for the already formed skeleton army. There is no threat. ??The skeleton army pushed forward all the way, and a large number of zombies were slaughtered. The battle is over. ?Wu Heng took a look at his attributes. Level: 14 (157877/165000) The experience has reached 157,000. It will take almost two more waves of zombie battles to reach level 15. Becoming a level 4 archmage is not just about completing the agreement with Shannara. More, it is also an improvement of ones own strength. Have more ability to resist risks, and the physical condition has reached a new level. In short, the higher the level, the more benefits and no harm. After all the corpses have been dragged over, Wu Heng releases the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Then he got into the passenger seat and returned surrounded by skeletons. Wu Heng said: "Look where there are still corpses around. Clean them up in the past two days." Qi Hancai, who was driving, thought for a moment, nodded and said: "There is a trade city to the north of the main road, and there should be a lot of corpses." Well, record it first and go there next time. The convoy returned to the mall. ??Wu Heng rearranged the skeleton soldiers and returned to Treasure Island at dusk. Another day passed, at the port. ??Wu Heng appeared at the port with the ''Transformed Veil'' and ''Keran Mu''. From a distance, I saw a medium-sized passenger ship docking at the port. The logo of the Snake Emblem Consortium is printed on the side of the ship. There were dignitaries in extraordinary clothes who boarded the ship together. It seems that these people still trust the Snake Emblem Consortium. At least many of them bring female companions instead of guards. ?Wu Heng also boarded the boat with the crowd. At the location of the connecting board, there is a staff member checking the invitation letter. After confirming the invitation letter. Hand him a number plate. Madam, this is your room number. A staff member will explain the boarding process to you. ??Wu Hengs current image is that of a middle-aged woman. Took the number plate and boarded the ship directly. Find the room according to the number and waited silently. After a while, the ship started and left the port. ?There was also a knock on Wu Hengs room, and a staff member walked in. After saluting, he said: "Guests, you will arrive at the consortium''s ''Shengya'' passenger ship in two hours. The auction will be held at midnight. During the rest of the time, we will provide entertainment and dining venues. If you have anything you need to exchange, we will There is also a mutual trading floor where every guest can exchange needed items within the venue. In other words, the passenger ship that is sitting now is a transport ship, and the auction is not here yet. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. The staff took out two cloaks again and said, "This is a cloak with hidden runes etched on it. It can conceal your identity and avoid many troubles after the transaction." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 370 , trade fair Chapter 370, Trade Fair Concealment cloak (Description: A cloak etched with various runes, which can cover the face, shield special marks and perception.) The Snake Emblem Consortium is really wealthy. This magical item can be provided to all participants in the auction. Hide the user''s face and body shape, and also block some imposed marks and perceptions. is a very good prop. Even if it is placed outside, it is relatively rare. ?His own ''Transformation Veil'' may not be able to hide it from everyone. The consortium provided this prop, which is considered thoughtful. Is there anything else the guest needs to know? the staff continued to ask. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "How long will the auction last?" The auction starts at midnight and ends around 4 to 5 in the morning. At that time, the guests will be sent back to the city where they originated. The staff replied. It doesnt last long. It can be considered as one night, without delaying the next day''s time. In terms of safety, can it be guaranteed? Wu Heng asked again. The staff sounded very confident, "Guests, please rest assured. There are strong people on board to handle all possible dangers. There are other fleets escorting the outside world. The auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium has more than 150 years of experience in organizing, and it is safe." problem, you can rest assured. After two questions, Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "Thank you, I have nothing more to ask." "If you need anything, you can pull the bell here. Someone will notify you when the ship approaches the "Si Sheng Ya" passenger ship." "good." The staff saluted again and left the room directly. In modern society, Wu Heng has never participated in any auctions. The only thing I know about it is from TV series or some videos I saw online. The auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium looks a little different. Pay more attention to the safety and privacy of guests. Even though the bidding process is the same, everyone is wearing a cloak, so no one knows who is bidding on what. Attach more importance to customer experience than associations. I dont know if I can find what I need. I am still looking forward to the auction. Approximately two hours journey. There was a knock on the door, "Guest, we are approaching the passenger ship "Si Shengya". Please pack your personal belongings and come out to board the ship." I know. Wu Heng replied. The steps at the door fade away. ??Wu Heng took off his ''transformation veil'' and put on a black cloak. The way of wearing it is not like a cloak that is put up from behind, but more like a raincoat, which needs to be put on over the head to cover the whole body. ?Wu Heng glanced at ''Keranmu'' who was also wearing a cloak. ?His whole body was shrouded in black robes, and even his face from the front was hazy. Can''t see clearly at all. This prop is really useful. When everything is ready, open the door and walk out of the room. There were many people waiting to go out in the corridor of the cabin. ?Most of them wore cloaks to cover their faces, and some just wore them on their bodies without covering their heads, revealing their original faces. It seems that he is not worried about being seen. In front of Wu Heng, two cloaked figures leaned closely together. Finally were on the boat, so we wont be afraid of being discovered. One person hugged the waist next to him and said softly. Shaking her shoulders, a female voice whispered: "Sneaky, not like a man at all." "Who said that? If you agree, I will go to your husband to fight and **** you away after getting off the boat." He can even chop you. "We agreed to have a good time today, be good! Don''t be angry. I will take you to the casino later. With you here today, I must be very lucky." I hate it, stop touching it, there are so many people. I dont know who it is or what Im afraid of. ??The queue was boring, and Wu Heng also listened to the gossip of the two. Others brought money to attend the auction, but these two borrowed their cloaks to come here on a date. ??But also note that the cloak cannot change the sound. As he climbed onto the deck. You can see a huge and luxurious passenger ship on one side, with "Sishengya" written on it. Except for a few escorting ships around. There are also passenger ships from other directions, taking guests close to the passenger ship. Soon, the passenger ship approached the passenger ship. The connecting board was set up and many passengers boarded the passenger ship. The Si Sheng Ya is a large passenger ship with a smooth deck. Guests who arrived early held wine glasses and leaned on the railing to watch other people boarding the ship. ??After Wu Heng boarded the ship, he looked around on the deck. Approximately 60% of the guests had cloaks covering their entire faces, and many of them were only wearing cloaks and not on their heads. Wu Heng suspected that the reason for wearing a cloak was to distinguish guests from staff. The auction started at midnight. Wu Heng had no goal, so he followed the crowd towards the cabin. We visited casinos and concert halls one after another. ??In the performance hall, I saw women of all ethnic groups performing dances without clothes. ?Then he walked out. ?stopped a staff member and asked: "Where is the trade meeting?" In Hall 5 in the cabin. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked directly towards Hall 5. It is said to be a trade fair, but it is actually not much different from the black market in various regions. The Snake Emblem Consortium provides a venue where others can set up stalls to sell items or exchange whatever they need. ?Among those who boarded the ship, many people also came for the trade fair. Allow ample time to make exchanges before the auction begins. Furthermore, the Snake Emblem Consortium is also very good at organizing such venues. There are many people participating every time. Enter Hall 5. The trade fair was bustling with activity. But the transaction will be a little different from the imagined one. The entire venue was distributed in a circle, with people wearing black robes sitting in circles around it, with a wooden platform in the middle. Someone stood on the wooden platform and introduced the items in his hands. ?Wu Heng walked in. ??A man with a somewhat stocky build stood on a round platform, holding a wooden box in his hand. The color of the wood could be seen inside, which was shaped like a ginseng. Everyone must be aware of the effects of Baogen Ginseng. If relatives and friends have any secrets, you can buy it back. It is guaranteed to be effective, for 120 silver coins. The figure on the stage said loudly. Baogen Ginseng, Wu Heng himself also has one. It was given to me by the orc owner of the armor shop when he was in Luntam City. The function is to improve mens ability in bed. But its really not of such high value in Luntam City. I didnt expect it to cost 150 silver coins here. ?It''s a pity that my own one has been kept in the study. I want 155 coins. Someone said. 160 silver coins. Another person shouted the price. Finally, when the price reached 182, someone bought it directly. Then, another person quickly climbed up the steps, took out a long-handled war hammer from the space ring, and said: "Thunder War Hammer, etched with thunder and lightning effects, two gold coins, or equivalent items in exchange." Weapons and armor-like magic props are relatively rare on the market. But the long-handled war hammer requires high strength. ? Even though the thunder and lightning effect is very good, it is still an unpopular weapon among weapons. ??Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the long-handled war hammer. It was very well made, and etched runes could be seen on it. The warhammer in Skullbreaker''s hand is not yet a magic item. It can be used by him. As for props, what do you need? At this time, one person spoke first. The person on the stage said: "Two defensive props, or rare objects will also work." There are very few people who use long-handled war hammers. You still want to exchange for rare items. You are crazy! someone said. No need, you dont have to buy it. The person on the stage still said. Seeing some stalemate between the two sides. ?Wu Heng said: "I want two gold coins." ?The people on the stage saw that no one else was raising their prices, so they said directly: "Okay, it''s yours." When I came down, I glanced at the person who had just haggled, and said without hesitation that he didn''t know the goods. ?Wu Heng directly took out a money bag, and the other party also handed over the long-handled warhammer. Thunder Warhammer (Description: A weapon etched with thunder runes, which can produce thunder effects when attacking the target.) ?Attributes appear, and the effect is pretty good. ?The other person also counted the silver coins, nodded to Wu Heng, and then went back to his seat and sat down. Evil Soul Grass can put people in a state of death... White red sand, forging material Several people came on stage one after another, all with herbs or forging materials. It was of little help to Wu Heng, so he paid no attention to it. But everything has been traded, and it seems that there is still demand in the market. Then, the next person comes on stage. "I have 20 long swords with sharp effects in my hand. I will sell them together for five thousand silver coins, or equivalent props." Thanks to book friend 170326225059972 for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 371 , mansion technique Chapter 371, Mansion Technique The market for long swords is obviously better. As soon as he finished speaking, the bidding started. I want five thousand. Five thousand and one. ?The price rose all the way to 5,500, and no one spoke. When buying, you are also measuring the market price. Even if it fluctuates, the price will not be too high. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "I have five thousand six." No one spoke. The other party walked over directly and took out 20 long swords, and Wu Heng paid the corresponding price. Next. The trade fair will continue. Everyone came on stage one by one. Some people are selling potions they made, and some are selling real estate in some places. It seems that there are people selling everything, and there are also people who come to the stage to collect things. The trade fair lasted for more than an hour. ??Wu Heng asked the staff to bring him a cup of fruit tea, and at the same time, another figure walked up. "I have a strange item here that can restore people''s consciousness. The side effect is that the pain from being slapped is very strong. I don''t want money in exchange for medicines that can improve myself, or special props." The voice was spoken by a female voice, with a low and serious tone. I have antibody medicine here. Long-term use can enhance the bodys antibodies against various negative effects. One person said. To put it bluntly, if you take a lot of medicine, your body will adapt to various toxins. No! the woman on the stage said. I have blood crystal lotus root here, which can make your qi and blood more abundant. Its not bad, but its not worth enough to be my rare item. The woman said again. They spoke one after another and quoted their prices. ??Wu Heng glanced at the figure above and said directly: "I have a potion that can directly increase you to one level, or more." The woman looked over and asked, "What''s the potion called?" Strength-enhancing potion. Never heard of it. The woman spoke again. The rest of the people also turned around and looked over. Someone asked in confusion, "Is there such a medicine?" Never heard of it. There is no such medicine among the medicines that can be produced according to the records of the Alchemy Association. Although this is a free trade fair, we cant make false claims. Someone reminded me again. It seemed that no one at the scene believed there was such a potion. ?Of course, what Wu Heng said was a little more ambiguous. Zombie Core Potion can improve attributes, but it is not a direct improvement in level. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Two bottles of potion, in exchange for your rare items, can be notarized by the Snake Emblem Consortium." Wow~! ?The scene was instantly noisy. ?Consortium notarization? Is there really such a potion? ??If such a potion existed, wouldn''t it be possible to create a hero by drinking the potion? The person on the stage still stood there, looking down, and said: "Five bottles." ?Wu Heng shook his head, "The materials for the potion are very precious, and I won''t be able to refine one bottle for several years. Therefore, the two bottles I gave you are the most." The woman hesitated for a moment and said, "Okay, take out the potion and let''s go over there to verify its efficacy." I didnt bring it with me. Are you kidding me? The womans voice was serious. I really didnt bring it with me. We can complete the transaction at the Snake Emblem Consortium then. Wu Heng said directly. The woman still stood there, dull for a while, then nodded and agreed, "Okay, where are you?" Yeke, Netalei City. "Okay, when I issue the commission, you can just deliver the potion directly. I hope you are not lying to me." Im also very busy. The woman looked at him again, put away the items, and walked directly off the wooden platform. This one is considered a no-deal. Several people then went up to exchange items. ?Wu Heng also walked up directly. ??Said: "Collect defensive props, props with cloud effects, and all kinds of strange objects." "Friend, I have a prop, which is a token that can release clouds and mist. I will sell it to you for 800 silver." One person said. Another person followed up and said: "The ring of cloud magic is 650 silver." The effect of the ring is better than the effect of the token. "A token like yours is of no use at all if you throw it out." ??Wu Heng looked at the two people arguing and said directly: "I want the cloud and mist magic ring." The man holding the ring immediately smiled and said, "Your decision is correct." ?Handing over the ring, Wu Heng looked at the attributes. Cloud Ring (Description: A ring etched with Cloud Magic.) No problem. ?Wu Heng put the ring away and paid him the corresponding amount directly. The first order has been completed. More people came up one after another. You cant do this, youve already worn boots. This shield is good, how much does it cost? The armor is pretty good, how many sets do you have? The entire trade fair suddenly changed its form. ?Wu Heng stood in the middle, while the others came up with goods and sold their own items. ?After some bargaining, Wu Heng also received a lot of things. It is rare for me to be rich and wealthy. Seeing that there was nothing he needed, he jumped down from the front desk again. Sit back to your seat. The rest of the people continued to go up one by one and introduce their belongings. ?Just now, I bought a total of five sets of defensive armor and three shields. After sitting back in your seat, continue to watch other people selling items. Until late at night. A staff member informed that the auction was about to begin. Everyone ended the trade fair and headed outside. ??Wu Heng didn''t need to know the way, and he followed the crowd to the auction hall. The whole hall is wider. At the front is an auction stand, and below are rows of chairs facing the stands. When Wu Heng entered the room, the front was already full of people. ?? and ''Kerimu'' found a seat at the back and sat down directly. And the entire hall was gradually filling up. About half an hour after sitting down, a clear ringing sound rang out in the hall. Everyone was stunned for a moment and felt much more awake. The noisy scene fell silent for an instant, and countless eyes focused on the stands in front. ??A human man in a slim-fitting dress walked out with a smile and stood in the middle, bowing slightly. "Thank you all for coming. The auction will begin soon. The rules remain as usual, the highest bidder will win." The host spoke very concisely and did not even introduce himself. After finishing speaking, he waved slightly, and a young woman came out holding a tray. ?There is a piece of writing paper placed on it. ??The man said directly: "The five-year mining rights of the Nystad Iron Mine are sold for 500 gold coins, and each increase in price must not be less than 10 gold coins." The voice fell. ??Bidding starts immediately below. 510 gold. 520 gold! ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened as he looked at the people bidding. ?At the trade fair just now, he was still thinking about why they were just some magic props and how could they be the top dignitaries. More like a local chamber of commerce trade fair. ?Now it seems that the highlight is here. In the end, the mining rights of the mineral were auctioned off at a price of 780 gold. The next step is the mining rights of fisheries, pastures, iron mines and gold mines. The prices range from a hundred gold to ten thousand gold. The prices are very exaggerated. The man cleared his throat. He continued: "Next, there is a top-level skill book called the ''Modern Ken Mansion Technique''. You can create a different-dimensional residence as your own residence, and even store items or soldiers." ?Wu Heng, who was somewhat drowsy, suddenly opened his eyes. Different dimension space? Can it store items or soldiers? The man still said, "The spell is powerful, but it is also very difficult to learn. It is difficult for mages below level 18 to understand and learn the above content. Please bid carefully." (End of this chapter) Chapter 372 , auction Chapter 372, Auction Following the auctioneer''s introduction, the woman behind him also began to show the skill book in her hand. The appearance of the books is a bit old. The outer skin is mottled and the edges are curled and blackened. It looks like it was dug out of some ruins. After letting everyone take a few glances, he continued: "The appearance is a bit old, but the interior content is complete, with no missing pages or traces of smearing, which does not affect normal viewing. The starting price is 300 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 20. " After saying that, the auctioneer smiled and stopped talking. At the bottom of the stands, the crowd suddenly became noisy. Compared to the price of hundreds or thousands of gold coins for the mining rights of various minerals, the low price of 300 does not sound like a lot. However, skill books also have corresponding price distinctions on the market. ?For example, level three meritorious deeds can be exchanged for advanced skill books, and the corresponding price is about 500 silver coins. This multiplication has greatly exceeded the value of a normal skill book. 320! 340! 360. There were a few people in the audience, and someone started bidding. But the number of people is obviously not large, and the price is also increasing according to the lowest price, which does not seem to be drastic. ?Wu Heng was a little excited when he heard the bidding, but the price was a little too outrageous. Its so convenient to grab money. We have to hold an auction. ?Wu Heng complained in his heart, and the sound of two people talking in low voices could be heard from the side. A woman''s voice said: "The price is so expensive, I can buy dozens of advanced skill books." Beside the woman, another man''s voice explained softly, "The fact that it is sold so expensive means that there is no such skill book out there. It may not be the only one, but it is definitely a skill that is not included in the various mage organizations." "Even so, it''s too expensive." The woman still said. "You think so, the book is not a consumable. If you take it this time, it can be studied and studied by many people. It can even be placed in the library of the Mage Association or the Magic Academy. The value can be far more than these hundreds of gold coins." The man paused for a moment and then added: "A mage has a strong persistence in academics and knowledge. Even if he is not from his own school, he would still want to buy it back and study it." Thats right. The woman agreed. Holy shit, its them. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and immediately thought of the two of them. It was the man and woman who met on a date when they boarded the ship. Now we meet them again. But from the conversation between the two, we can also learn some things. In other words, the reason why this kind of skill book is expensive is that it is not available on the market, not even in the libraries of some mage organizations. Some organizations buy it back, and in addition to studying it themselves, they can also put it in libraries for other people to study. The man and woman were talking about their skills. They leaned together and talked about love. ?Wu Heng also returned his attention to on-site bidding. The price has been soaring and has reached 550 gold. The auctioneer glanced down and said loudly: "550 gold a time, if you are in need, don''t miss this opportunity." 550 gold twice. ?Wu Heng raised the number plate in his hand, "570." The auctioneer paused and immediately said: "This guest costs 570 gold. Is anyone else raising the price?" ?The person who bid before looked back hesitantly. However, there was no further price increase. After the auctioneer called out the price three times, he said directly: "570 gold, won by guest No. 057, congratulations to the guest." The books were taken down. Immediately afterwards, another skill book was brought up on a tray by the staff, "Shadow of Moi, a magician''s book. After learning, a shadow covers the whole body, leaving oneself in a state of severe concealment. When attacking, it will cause necrotic damage. Start shooting. The price is 250 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 5 gold coins. The warlock''s skills. Warlock is also a relatively rare ability. Professional characteristics, similar to the clergy of the Holy See, whose power comes from the gods. The difference is the way to exchange power with the gods. The effect of the skill should be a hidden function. Wu Heng also wanted to hear what the man and woman had to say, so he turned his head and glanced, and saw that their faces were close to each other. It seems that the mouth has no time to speak. The bidding starts again, and the price increases little by little. At this time, a staff member bent over and said softly, "Guest, these are the goods you purchased, and you need to pay 570 gold coins." Since his face was covered with a cloak, everything was delivered directly. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a money bag from the space ring and handed it to the other party. ?The old book also appeared in his hand. Modern Ken Mansion Technique (Description: You can build a different-dimensional space and summon the appearance of the residence at any time within the casting distance.) Its really just like what was introduced, it can create a space in a different dimension. The name is called mansion magic. It should be that the original intention of the founder of the magic is to build a living space. ??If Wuheng was to be built, mansions would be of little use. Barracks or warehouses are more suitable for you. The staff also counted the number of coins, saluted and left. The auction continues. The book auction was relatively short-lived, with a total of only 5 skill books sold. ?In addition to the Mansion Technique that I bought, I also have two books of Warlock, one of Divine Guard and one of Wanderer. The selling price is the highest for luxury houses. After the end of the book auction. The auctioneer on the stage smiled and saluted, then turned around and walked away. ??A female elf in aqua blue dress walked back to the middle of the auction table. After bowing, she said loudly, "The following is an auction of magic props and rare objects. I hope that the distinguished guests can choose the items they like." Clapping their hands gently, all the staff holding the trays were replaced by elves. Slowly walked onto the auction stage, and the silk cover on the plate opened, revealing a kit-like item. The auctioneer introduced: "A space sachet takes a master-level rune master three years to complete. It has an internal storage space of 100 cubic meters and is priced at 2,500 gold coins. The price will increase by no less than 100 each time. Please..." Beside them, the two of them separated, looking at the stands and whispering. The space sachets have all been sold. The consortium is short of money this year. "Actually, the price is not bad. If you use it for business, you can make it back in a few years." I like this. Well, the price will be very high. Ill buy you a larger space ring when you get back. Okay, why do I fall in love with you? You are so poor. Charisma. The two said a few words, then leaned together and continued to talk about other things. ?Wu Heng also looked at the sachet on the stage. ??He had seen this item when he was in Luntam City. At that time, it was ''Lecia'' of the Snake Emblem Consortium, and she had one. ??It also belongs to the Snake Emblem Consortium, and Lecia, as the resident manager, can use it. At that time, he borrowed it from Lecia and used it. He only knew that the storage space inside was very large, but he did not expect that it would be 100 cubic meters. A cube is not a square, although it is an exaggeration to say it is comparable to a cargo ship. But it can also carry a large amount of goods for transportation, and you can make money back after running for a few years. Soon people started asking for prices. The price quickly soared from 2,500 to 7,500 gold coins. Its getting more and more outrageous. ??Wu Heng was also surprised, there were so many rich people. The price reached 8200, and the bidding speed gradually slowed down. ?Wu Heng started calling out the price, "8300." 8400! Someone in front followed the price. 8500, Wu Heng continued to follow. . 9000. ??When Wu Heng shouted 9000, the whole audience fell into silence. The auctioneer still kept smiling and said: "9,000 gold coins once, 9,000 gold coins twice,... three times. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for winning the ''Space Sachet''." The sachet was taken away. Then, the next item is sent to the field. The auctioneer said: "Guardian glove, a weapon worn by El''s great boxer, can increase the user''s speed and attack, resist divine consciousness and mental interference, and at the same time..., the etching skill ''Cangshan Blessing'' will form when used. Petrify the skin and increase the body''s comprehensive ability. The starting price is 200 gold coins, and the price will be increased by no less than 10 gold coins each time." The price has come down a bit. But as a magic prop, it is still a bit exaggerated. At the trade fair just now, the warhammer that can release thunder and lightning was bought for only two gold coins. It has doubled so many times at once. ?Wu Heng looked at the reactions of others. The man and woman next to him were still kissing passionately, and after a while of low-pitched exchanges, the others also started bidding. The price has been raised all the way to 430 gold coins. It seems that everyone still approves of this magic prop. Furthermore, under his command, Bawudong and Sharktooth are both relatively high-level boxers, and they can also be used by Minnie in the future. No matter how much you think about it, dont waste it. After thinking about it, he also shouted the price. After the price reached 480 gold, no one raised the price again. After the auctioneer called out the price three times, the hammer fell directly, "Congratulations to guest 057, for receiving the ''Guardian Fist''." The auction continues. But something was not quite right at the scene. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of Martial Fantasy Double Blade. Congratulations to guest No. 057, for taking the photo of Wind Thread Clothes. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of Lion Armor. Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for taking the photo of the Holy War Glory Armor. The whole place was quiet. ??Everyone turned around and looked at the location behind the photo. Even though the cloak cannot see the faces and expressions, everyone seems to be frozen in their seats. Curiosity and surprise can also be seen. How much money did he bring here? If one thing is lost, take pictures of them all! Did you rob the consortiums treasury? Judging from the voice, he should be young, and judging from his height, he should be a human or an elf. I think its from the Kingdom of Ke. I heard that the royal family over there is having a lot of trouble, so maybe all the money has been transferred away. Why did he buy so many? The people who rarely interacted with each other began to discuss each other as they approached. The sachet in the front space cost 9,000 gold, and there are several props in the back that cost hundreds of gold. ??This is how much money I brought here to dare to treat the auction as an ordinary store. The wealth is so powerful that its scary. ?Everyone looked over. ??Wu Heng is nothing, since no one knows anyone. On the contrary, the two people who were making out on one side became cautious and wanted to get closer together, but also felt a little guilty because they were both looking this way. Several staff members came over. ?Hold the item you just photographed in your hand. "Guest, this is the item you bought. You need to pay a total of 3570 gold coins." A staff member said softly. The prices of the four props are between two and three hundred gold. Apparently, the original space sachet was the most expensive item, and it was also sold as the first item in the prop category. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I want to exchange some gold coins." Sure guest, would you like to exchange items of equal value or gold? Gold exchange. Wait a moment, Ill arrange for someone to come over. the staff said. On the stage, the auctioneer loudly introduced the last rare item. But everyone at the scene was looking at Wu Heng''s position, intending to see if he could take down so many things in one go. Halfway through the introduction, the auctioneer could only smile awkwardly when she saw that no one was listening to her. The auction was suspended, waiting for Wu Heng to exchange gold. Soon, two dwarfs came over from a distance. Smiled and said: "Guest, do you need to exchange gold coins?" ?Wu Heng took out two schoolbags and handed them to the other party. The schoolbag was opened, and inside it was filled with gold and silver jewelry. The dwarf nodded, "Guest, please wait a moment, we need to weigh it. If the finished jewelry is in good condition, we will settle the settlement for you at a 10% premium." Wu Heng nodded, indicating that it was okay. Two schoolbags of gold weigh about 100 kilograms. Including the premium, its almost the same. The weight of gold is measured here. Everyone behind was even more surprised. Its all gold, bring so much money. It must have been brought from some royal warehouse, otherwise it cannot be jewelry of this quality. Well, there is a high possibility that whoever brings them out will be finished jewelry. You are so rich. Come to the consortium to clear out the auction. Everyone is still discussing. The dwarf has also been verified and weighed. ? said: "Guest, according to the premium, the total is 4211 gold coins. After deducting the gold coins for the goods you purchased, the remaining 641 gold coins are left." "Can!" Please wait a moment. Soon, two money bags were delivered. ?The gold jewelry was also taken away by the other party. ?Wu Heng put away all the props and gold coins he bought. The auction continues again. The female auctioneer smiled again and said: "Next is the last item in this auction. Customers who have not chosen the item they want can seize the opportunity." He stretched out his hand to signal everyone to look at the object aside, and continued to introduce, "The strange object, the Evil Sword Silent Blade, any living being that moves around the user will be attacked by the weapon, including the user. There are no special side effects." Hearing the excitement below the Evil Sword instantly became lively again. O evil sword, take these out and sell them. A few days ago, Kerimu came to the island with the evil sword and was killed by Imiro. The one in Kerimu is called Ningwu, not this one. Whats going on recently? This kind of evil sword has begun to circulate outside. "Maybe in a few days, that Ningwu will be sold. Imiro has the holy sword of the elves in his hand, so he won''t take a fancy to that evil weapon." Thats right! Everyone was talking in low voices. The auctioneer continued: "The starting price is 1,000 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 50. Everyone, you can start." The starting price is not low. Sword weapons have always been easy to sell. This is because there is someone here who knows the truth, so the consortium has increased the price! Evil swords are inherently expensive, 1050. 1100. The bidding begins. ?Wu Heng said directly, "1150." Everyone bids for a meal. Look back again. Sure enough, it started again. ?Most people listened to his bid and did not increase the price. There were only one or two people, and when the price reached 2150 gold coins, no one continued to speak. It was still bought by Wu Heng. ??The auctioneer still repeated what he said before, "Congratulations to Guest No. 057 for bidding on the ''Evil Sword Silent Blade''." ??The staff walked to Wu Heng''s side with weapons in hand under the watchful eyes of everyone. After exchanging some more gold coins, the transaction was completed. Put away the strange things. The auctioneer said again: "Thank you for your participation. The auction is over. You can return to your city via the ship you came from. I wish you all a happy life." The woman saluted and left the stage directly. ?The guests also stood up and walked outside. ??When Wu Heng also stood up, a staff member walked over quickly. He said softly: "Guest, the steward, please come over." ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, and his heart tightened at first, thinking that another trouble would happen. But it doesnt feel right. If you buy something from the consortium, its impossible for the consortium to cause trouble for you. ??Moreover, so many people present have seen it. Unless they want to ruin their own sign, they will never do such a stupid thing. Lead the way. The staff nodded and led them to the side hall on one side. Enter a room. A faint fragrance came out, and the female auctioneer on the stage just now was sitting in the room. ?Seeing him come in, he stood up and said with a smile: "Guest, please sit down." ??Wu Heng sat down aside and was also curious about the other party''s purpose of calling him here, so he asked directly: "What do you want from me?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 373 , you can create a small world (please vote for me.) Chapter 373: You can create a small world (please vote for me...) ??The female elf is wearing a long red dress, with blond hair and pointed ears, and delicate and beautiful features. She is sitting on a chair, with her long legs crossed, and her straight white calves under the skirt. ?Wu Heng observed her, and the other party also looked at her curiously. Even though he was wearing a cloak, he was watching carefully. After Wu Heng sat down, an attendant brought tea. The elf smiled and said: "Guest, your transaction amount in this auction has reached a certain standard. We can change your emblem for you to facilitate better cooperation in the future." Speaking, the female elf handed over a emblem. The emblem plays a very important role in the Snake Emblem Consortium. Whether it is a commission or some special transactions, the Snake Emblem Consortium does not recognize people, only emblems and bills. Invoices are for people without emblems, and for those with emblems, only the emblems are shown. ??If the emblem is lost, it will be difficult to get it out unless you have a special way. ?This point seems harsh, even a little unreasonable. But many powerful people really recognize this and are willing to cooperate with the consortium. What standards must be met to replace this kind of emblem? Wu Heng continued to ask. "There are two types. One is the person with the highest transaction volume at the auction. The General Steward will evaluate the potential and choose whether to replace it. The second is after satisfying the first type and reaching a certain amount, he will be directly given a purple-gold level emblem. ." The female elf explained softly. In other words, the replacement of the emblem of the consortium. The main concern is financial resources. The first type is to reach the first place, but the transaction price may not be too high, and the organizer will consider whether to replace it for you. If you reach the first place and the transaction amount reaches a certain standard, the standard for changing the emblem will be fully met. He must have reached the second type. What privileges does this kind of emblem have? "This means that you are our most precious guest. You can enjoy great discounts when purchasing items. At the same time, you can ride on the consortium''s vehicles for free under any circumstances. If there is unrest in your city, you can also go to the consortium building. They will Sparing no effort to protect the safety of you and your family. The woman glanced at him with a smile and continued: "Of course this is the most basic privilege. The consortium''s network of connections is also very extensive, and it can give you advantages in many aspects." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, still a little surprised by this privilege. It seems that having this emblem not only releases the identity of the entrusted representative, but also allows you to borrow the resources of some consortiums. For example, vehicles, security, and influence networks are also one type of resources. It seems that this kind of emblem is really precious. Thank you, Ill take it. Wu Heng put it away directly. The female elf smiled and nodded, then took a sip from the tea cup, "My name is ''Retili'', and I am in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium in ''Lopez City''. If you have a chance to go there in the future, you can come to me." The man in front of her made her a little curious. I also wonder if the other partys ten thousand gold purchase of items may have a reason to attract my attention. After all, before the auctioneer was exchanged, the other party did not show such an exaggerated purchasing method. After I came up, I had a lot of all the props and bought them all. Even though his face is covered by a black robe, judging from his voice and the way he is sitting, he must be young. For a young and wealthy guest, it would not hurt to have more contact with her. Listen to the other person and express yourself in a very straightforward way. "Well, if I have the chance, I will be a guest." Wu Heng said, then stood up and said: "If there is nothing else, then I will leave first, so as not to delay the departure ship." Good guest. The woman stood up to see him off. Go out of the room. ?Wu Hengs steps paused again. ?Outside the door, there were more than a dozen figures in black robes gathered. When he came out with the ''Kerimu'', everyone''s eyes turned towards him. "Sir, I run a jewelry store in the city of Lapalis. If you are interested, you can go and have a look, or I can introduce it to you and you can place an order directly." A figure came over and said quickly . ?Jewelry business? ?Wu Heng glanced at the rest of the people in line. ?These people are waiting at the door, planning to discuss business with me? I have no need for jewelry for the time being, Wu Heng said. Sir, you can remember the name of our store, Pearl Jewelry Store. If you have a chance, you can go and have a look. He took out a pen and paper and quickly wrote down the name of his store and handed it over. ?Wu Heng took it and said, "Okay, I remember it!" ?Then the second one came over and said, "Sir, our shop is a daily life magic props shop, called the White Whale Props Shop." Another piece of paper with a name written on it was sent over. Then, the third and fourth came up one after another. Sir, we deal in weapons and magic props. We can make weapons of high quality and above with special effects. Another person said. Weapons and props? Wu Heng really has some needs for this. Where is your shop? Whats its name? Wu Heng asked. Lopez City, Bai Zhuo Props Shop. Okay, Ill remember it and Ill go take a look when I get the chance. Yes, sir. Continue to take the sheets handed over by the remaining people. ?Under the **** of ''Keranmu'', he left the cabin and walked towards the deck. In the room behind you. ?Wu Heng left, and two figures walked out from the partition on the inside. ?One is a tall, gray-haired old human, and the other is the original middle-aged male auctioneer. The two of them walked out together, and the female auctioneer ''Retili'' saluted the old man, "Sir." The old man nodded, sat down aside, and asked, "Are you from the Kingdom of Yeke?" "Probably not. He doesn''t know much about the rules of the consortium, and it''s probably his first time to participate in the auction." Leitili said. When did such a generous person appear in the cities along the coast? the old man wondered. I dont know! Retili shook her head. Another middle-aged auctioneer pondered for a moment and said, "How about we arrange for someone to follow us and confirm which boat to take to leave? We can get a rough idea." The old man shook his head, "You must abide by the rules of the consortium and don''t do stupid things." Its my lord, Im too talkative. "Okay, this auction is very good, I will ask for credit from you two." The two auctioneers were overjoyed and said, "Thank you, sir." ?Standing on the deck and waiting for a while. The boat picking people up slowly approached the passenger ship. Previously, Wu Heng was thinking about whether to choose a ship to leave somewhere else, and then use the ghost train to return to Treasure Island after waiting there. But after thinking about it carefully, I gave up this idea. In addition to Treasure Island, the nearest port also takes two days. What a waste of time. The effect is not great. Soon, the ship to Treasure Island arrived. ??Wu Heng boarded the ship with the crowd and entered the assigned room to rest. The ship started and headed towards Treasure Island. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng took out the "Modern Ken Mansion Technique" he purchased and simply looked through it. The material of the book should be made of leather, which feels obviously different from paper. It seems that it is fortunate to have this kind of material. Otherwise, judging from the current damage level of the books, if it were paper, it would have rotted away long ago. The type of skill, which belongs to the conjuration faction. The previous part describes the original intention of creating magic and some of the effects it can achieve. The reason why this magic was developed. It is to solve the problem of temporary camps in small group adventures. The environment is not allowed, the weather is bad, and the campfire can easily attract enemies or wild beasts. So, the original author began to develop this skill. The mansion spell allows the caster to create a space in a different dimension to build a residence. The function of the boundary gate is different from what is imagined. Building in another dimension does not mean moving all the original things in, but relying on your mental power to build the entire house structure. Including interior decoration, furniture, or servants to help you wash and cook. Can you create a small world? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 374 , whoever moves whom to chop? Chapter 374: Whoever strikes will be killed Being able to create objects and life is no different from creating a small world. But something created in a different dimension. Can only be used in another dimension, and items taken from the outside world can be taken out of the mansion in another dimension. The servants are not real life forms and cannot leave the mansion in another dimension. Those who entered the mansion in the original world can enter and exit normally from different dimensions. This seems reasonable. What is created is ultimately false. But it is already an exaggeration to be able to work from one''s own small world. ?Looking at it now, I dont feel like its a big deal to buy a skill book for 570 gold coins. I can carry items inside, store troops, and everything I want can be done. When buying books by yourself. The idea was to mobilize troops quickly. Although the book did not mention the storage of troops, it did mention that people could come in and out at will. It is another spell that meets the needs of the teams field camp. It also means that all the troops can be stored in it. Basically met all my expectations. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and the staff''s voice came from outside the door. Guest, the ship is about to dock. You can take off your cloak. So fast! Oh, good! Take off the black cloak and put on the ''phantom veil'' again. Open the door and return the two cloaks to the other party''s staff. Then, along with the rest of the people, they lined up and walked onto the deck. It was already dawn at this time. There are ships leaving the port and workers moving goods. It was busy. The consortium''s ship docked at the port, and everyone began to disembark along with the team. Different from Wu Heng. ??After taking off their cloaks, many of the other people became familiar with each other, said hello, or directly talked about buying items at the auction. It seems that there is nothing too hidden in the consortium''s auction. It can be discussed openly. ?Wu Heng called a carriage and rushed directly to the association. Enter the office study room. ?Anderweil is sitting at the desk sorting documents. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming back, a smile immediately appeared on his face, "Master, you are back!" Hmm! Why are you here so early? "I got up early, so I came here early." Anderweil said, and then continued to ask: "Master, how was the auction last night?" The two little maids at home knew that he attended the auction last night. Moreover, they were also told to make up a reason if anyone asked. ?The possibility of problems is not very high. After all, it is only one night. Who can look for yourself at night? It went very smoothly. How can there be any trouble with spending money? Wu Heng said. ?Andewil smiled, made a cup of tea and put it in front of his table, "Has the master had breakfast?" Ill go back and eat later. Well, let Minnie cook you something delicious. After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng got up and left directly. ?Walking along the corridor, I met Silla Rose walking in from the outside. Xila Gui, you are slacking off and you came so late. Wu Heng spoke first. Xila Gui looked suffocated, glanced at the other party up and down, and said doubtfully: "Are you causing trouble again?" What are you talking about! Then why are you here so early? ??Wu Heng was speechless and did not answer. Instead, he asked: "Is there nothing going on with the association recently?" Its okay, its just that in the past few days, the fleet on the route has frequently encountered pirates, causing some losses. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said. ?Wu Heng frowned. ?According to the pirate lady Philippa, the blank envelope conveyed information on the route to her. This is also to pass on the route information to other pirates. "Do you have any plans from the deacon?" "Not yet. In a few days, the higher authorities should issue another target. Then we will discuss it together and complete the target." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. "Hmm." Sheila Gui looked at him and asked, "Why did you go out so early in the morning?" Well, lets go investigate the wanted criminal. Sheila Gui looked at him suspiciously, but nodded, "Okay, pay attention to safety." Lets go, lets exchange any information. "good!" Get out of the association. ?Wu Heng didn''t stop either and got on the carriage back to his residence. Push the door and enter the room. Minnie trotted all the way and pounced directly on her. He arched his arms vigorously and asked, "Is the auction fun?" ??Wu Heng hugged her, sat down on the sofa, ran his hand along the hem of his clothes, caressed the little rabbit''s smooth belly, and said, "It''s okay. The auction is not interesting, but there are some entertainment places on the ship." ?Minnie was even more curious, "What kind of entertainment place." The casino, the pub, the dance party, its quite lively. Its a dance! Do you want to dance together? "The people participating in the auction are all masked and wearing cloaks. How to dance? It''s like actors dancing in the stands." Does it look good? Its okay, Im wearing something cool, its quite attractive. Wu Heng said. Oh, that sounds fun. Next time I have a chance, Ill take you and Weier with me. The master is so kind. Minnie said coquettishly. ?Wu Heng patted his waist and said, "Go and prepare the bath water. I''ll take a bath first." A good master. Not long after, the bath water is ready. After taking a comfortable bath. Go directly to the study room. Sit at the desk. Took out all the things purchased this time. But his eyes fell on the two most valuable items. Space SachetSilent Blade Evil Sword (Strange Object). Space Sachet (Description: A prop engraved with space magic, with 100 cubic meters of storage space inside.) From the introduction point of view, it is not much different from the space ring. The difference is the size of the storage space. ?Wu Heng took the mental power communication tool in his hand and immediately entered it into the space sachet. ?The space inside is huge and empty, with nothing in it. ?The value of the space sachet, judging from the exaggerated transaction price of 9,000 gold coins, has gone beyond the scope of a magic prop. But the value of use is still huge. Just like what the couple said. Even if it is used for business, there is enough space inside to carry some goods. Earning money back within a few years is a bit exaggerated, but it is indeed a tool that can improve business efficiency in the long term. By buying it, Wu Heng can better exchange materials between the two worlds, instead of frequently opening the world gate and letting the skeletons carry the goods little by little. Put the space sachet aside first, and continue to look at the second evil sword. Silent Blade Evil Sword (Rare Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: All active units within 10 meters will be attacked. Side effects: Unable to identify the user. (Description: One of the evil swords, no one wants to be its master because of its weird characteristics.) ?Wu Heng looked at the weapon introduction and frowned. Attack all active units. The side effect is that the user cannot be identified. What''s the meaning? ?With this sword, the enemy cannot move, and neither can I move? ?Who cuts whom? (End of this chapter) Chapter 375 , professional bias Chapter 375, Professional Prejudice ??There is more than one evil sword. Each one also has its own unique effects and side effects. The effect of the Mist-condensing Evil Sword in Keranmus hand is that it can instantly appear behind the enemy in the clouds and mist, acting as a surprise attack. The evil sword in front of him attacks all living units within 10 meters of the body. The side effect is that it is impossible to identify the user. This aspect is really special. Does activity mean walking, or does it mean not being able to move any part of the body. If no part of the body can be moved, how do you put the sword away after drawing it out? Just standing like this, being eaten alive by a sword? ?This side effect is a bit too harsh. ? No wonder swords, such a popular weapon, dont see too much competition at auctions. You cant use it after you buy it. The price is too high, so naturally no one will buy it. Thats what the money was spent on! ?Wu Heng muttered and temporarily put away the evil sword. Then, look at the props lined up on the ground. First, the magic items purchased from the trade fair. Thunder WarhammerCloud RingSharp Long SwordLightweight Lath Armor Thunder Warhammer ?? (Description: A long-handled warhammer etched with a thunder effect, which can cause a powerful thunder shock while attacking the target unit.) Cloud Ring (Description: A magic ring etched with cloud magic, which can release a cloud effect of 3 meters around.) Sharp long sword (Description: A long sword forged from fine iron, etched with sharp runes to make the sword more effective in cutting.) Lightweight Lath Armor ?? (Description: This kind of armor is flexibly reinforced and interlocking metal plates on the chain mail, and is etched with light runes to reduce the overall weight of the armor.) There are four props in total. ?Among them are one piece each of the ''Thunder War Hammer'' and the ''Cloud Mist Ring'', twenty sharp swords, and five sets of light lath armor. As for long swords and armor, I just bought some to test whether they work well. If it is easy to use, you can also go to those stores to order later. Anyway, I have written down the address and store name. Skull Broken, Kerimu, come here. Wu Heng said. The two skeletons guarding the door came directly over. Skull Crusher, this weapon is for you. It has a thunder and lightning effect. Wu Heng handed the thunder warhammer to the other party and introduced it at the same time. ?Shattered Skull took the warhammer and held it in his hand. ??The original war hammer, Wu Heng retracted the space ring. Then, he continued to say to ''Kerimu'': "I''ll give you the cloud ring. You can use it in conjunction with the Ningwu Evil Sword in the future." Keranmu took off his gloves and put the ring on his skeletal finger. Hunter of the Dead can trigger the effects of magic props, but cannot use space rings. ?The explanation in the Necronomicon is that the dead do not have independent souls and cannot truly communicate with things in another dimension. As for magic props, they can be triggered directly. After distributing the items, return the two skeletons to their original positions. Continue to look at the remaining props. Guardian GlovesMartial Fantasy Double BladesWindweave ClothesLion ArmorHoly War Glory Armor. These four items were purchased at auction. The price and the props above are very different. Each piece has an asking price of several hundred gold. Guardian Gloves (Description: Gloves etched with a variety of rune effects, which can increase the user''s reaction speed, physical attack, and greatly improve mental and spiritual resistance. The etched skill "Cangshan Blessing" can choose to enter the skill state on its own. Form petrified skin to improve defense and resistance to attack). ?Wu Heng looked at the introduction of the gloves and frowned slightly. The description of the panel is more detailed than the introduction at the auction. There are two types of runes in total. The first is a rune that increases the user''s ability and resistance, and the second is a skill etched with it, called ''Cangshan Blessing''. When the skill is released, the body will form petrified skin. ?Looking at the introduction, its really a good magic prop. There are three boxers under him, Shark Tooth is level 13, Bawudong is level 12, and Minnie is level 5. Hand the gloves to Shark Teeth, it will naturally have the greatest effect. But since skeletons have no skin, its hard to say whether the above skills can take effect. As for using it for Minnie, I had her in mind when I first bought it. But her own level is a bit too low, and it will be difficult for her to be effective even after a while. Continue reading below. The second piece [Martial Fantasy Double Blade]. Martial Fantasy Double Blades ?? (Description: A sharp blade from the Arutonga region, etched with illusion runes, which can create multiple illusions and attack at the same time, and has effects such as hard-to-heal wounds and armor-breaking.) Sounds like you can create clones. It can be matched with itself for true and false coordination, and it is a tactical weapon. The side effects include hard-to-heal wounds and armor-piercing effects, which are also very good. ??Furthermore, this kind of magic prop has no side effects, and it is indeed a good thing that is difficult to buy on the market. The professions that use double blades are also very wide. Commonly used by thieves and warriors. However, some professions, such as rangers and investigators, also choose this weapon when facing close combat. In his hand, he also has a pair of strange double blades [Bloodthirsty Double Blades], which were previously the weapons of the Bloody Hands. Later, Xue Hand was killed by Keran Mu, and the bloodthirsty double blades were still in his backpack. Now there is one more. Anyway, there are no side effects and the effect is not bad. We will see who can use it. Continue to look down. [Wind-line clothing] (Description: A martial arts uniform made of interlocking silk armor pieces. Attacks with fists and feet can form air currents and release energy, which can enhance the effect.) A martial arts uniform made of very good materials. ??Moreover, judging from the name and size, it is still a womens model. Just right for Minnie. Lion Armor (Description: A tough half-armor. Many parts of the armor are cast into the image of a lion''s head. It is majestic. It is etched with strong and protective runes. It also wears a lion shield. The shield''s lion head can bite the enemy. The armor''s lion head produces a lion. Roar, causing dizziness, fear, etc. to the enemy). A piece of heavy armor. The whole body is golden, with the image of a lion''s head on the chest and shoulders. Looking quite domineering. Heavy armor requires both professional physique and strength. Otherwise, if the defense is increased and the wearer moves slowly, he will only become a living target. Judging from the description, it should be a set. It is only etched with runes to increase armor defense, but when used with another ''Lion Shield'', it can produce special effects. The shield bites the enemy, and the armor releases a roar. Just pay attention to the Lion Shield. The last piece [Holy War Glory Armor]. Holy War Glory Armor ?? (Description: The armor of the Holy Warrior of the Shining Expedition. The armor is etched with religious patterns and sacred scriptures. When you wear the armor, your body will be blessed, and your physical strength, self-healing, etc. will be improved. ??If the wearer is an undead or dark unit, he will receive positive energy damage. ) Good guy. ??I bought a piece of armor against the undead. ??If it is an undead unit, it will also suffer positive energy damage. The use of this positive energy is somewhat special and full of prejudice. ?Looking at several weapons. Although there are two effects that I am not very satisfied with, overall they are pretty good. Gold coins, which can be obtained in the modern world. What you have to do is to find a way to convert this gold into your own strength. I have many enemies here. If you are reluctant to spend money, and the enemy comes to find you in the end, and the money is not spent, then you will be unjust. Put away all the props. Drink the tea in the cup in one gulp, open the door directly, and go to the zombie world. ?On the other side is still the mall managers office. Get out of the room. Four-legged, big-headed skeletons, and several skeletons holding iron swords were guarding the door. I came to the glass curtain wall on one side of the corridor and looked out. There were checkpoints and fences set up under the entire shopping mall. Some shelter vehicles, after passing the checkpoint, are directed to enter the parking lot on one side. ?Several people got out of the car, carrying backpacks, and walked towards the mall talking as they walked. It seems that the shopping mall here has been utilized. All shelters come here to exchange supplies. After taking a look. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze, took out the long-handled war hammer that had been eliminated by Crushing Skull, and handed it to the ''Four Legs'' beside him. This is for you to use as a weapon. Wu Heng handed it to him. It is four meters tall on all four legs, with thick bones and unusually eye-catching legs. ?Hold the war hammer and stood aside. Then, he picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai came up from below. He wears a stab-proof suit inside and a woolen coat on the outside. She has the aura of a strong corporate woman. Your Majesty! Well, lets go in and chat. Enter the office and the two sat down on the chairs. Qi Hancai said directly: "The market has been moved here, but only the first and second floors are open. The other floors need to be repurposed." The mall is divided into five floors. However, in terms of the current population and material needs, neither level is needed, and one level can fully meet the needs of opening up to the outside world. So, there is no need to open a room on a higher floor. Are there many people coming here? Wu Heng asked. "There are obviously more fleets coming to exchange than in the old factory area. Some shelters are far away. After going to the old factory area to exchange food, they have to stay outside for one night. Now that we trade here, we can almost get back before dark. ." Qi Hancai explained. It seems that moving the market here is really the right choice. However, there are still some problems now. From the prison to the old factory area, there are many scattered bases. Given the current number of survivors, so many bases are a complete burden. Transportation is inconvenient, and once something happens, it is difficult for each other to support each other. It is best to count and keep one or two. But dont be in a hurry, Ill discuss it with you later. Well, thats good. Qi Hancai continued: "The military came yesterday. It seemed that they were still not satisfied with our pricing. They negotiated the price with me again and wanted to increase the amount of food exchange. They talked about a lot of overall things. , If I hadnt said no, I might have agreed. Good guy. Lets talk again. But Wu Heng immediately thought of something and asked, "Are they leaving soon?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 376 , is this awesome? Chapter 376: Is this so powerful? "I feel like it''s soon, otherwise I wouldn''t be in such a hurry." After Qi Hancai said this, he continued: "Do we need to change the price?" The price should not be changed for the most part. We also have to eat. If you have special needs, you can add less. It will also give them face. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Originally I didnt want to change it at all. They sold ammunition to themselves, but they never said they would give any discount. Now they are negotiating the price again and again. There are also some unpleasant things about it. But then I thought about it, I still need a group of corpses to increase the level. The central area of ??the city has been cleared of zombies, and the next step is to expand outward. At that time, there may be some contact with the provincial and district rescue teams, or information exchange. Try to keep a decent face as much as possible. Understood, I will find a suitable reason when the time comes. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Then he continued: "Have you investigated the surrounding zombies?" Qi Hancai said: "I''ve had people investigate over there at the Trade City. There are a certain group of corpses, and they''re also blocking a section of the road. It''s best to clear them out." Okay, have someone prepare the convoy and go there to clean it up in the next two days. Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. After chatting about the matter, Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "Shall I take you down to see the market? It just so happens that I can show my face in front of everyone." "OK." The two of them got up, went out and went downstairs. Qi Hancai took him to the hall. Divide the layout and functions of the mall while walking. In addition to exchanging food, there are also some daily necessities. After walking around for a while. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Reappear in the study. When they came downstairs, Minnie and Anderweil were playing shuttlecock in the courtyard. ?At a distance of more than ten meters, the shuttlecock was kicked by two people, making a clicking sound with every kick. Weier, Minnie, please come in. Wu Heng shouted. Minnie grabbed the kicked shuttlecock and ran into the house quickly. ?Andeweier also walked in. Whats wrong, Master? Minnie hugged his arm and asked half-coquettishly. Wu Heng said: "I went to the auction this time and bought some props, which I will give to the two of you." Okay, theres another gift. Minnie cheered. ??Andwyer also smiled. ??Wu Heng took out the items in the space ring and said: "Minnie, this wind-lined garment is for you. It is a martial arts uniform prop that can increase the power of Qi Jin." Thank you, master. Minnie took it, her face full of joy. ??Wu Heng continued to look at Anderweil and said: "Weier, I can only change you to a 10 cubic space ring first. I will change it for you later if there is equipment suitable for you." ?Andweil still smiled, "Thank you, Master." Wu Heng didnt give Minnie the protective glove, so she still cant exert its effect. As for Weier, she has been equipped with various firearms before, so she actually doesnt have much need for weapons. After dividing, Wu Heng continued: "Let''s prepare dinner." Okay. Minnie went to tell her to prepare dinner. ??Wu Heng went out and replaced the sharp swords and light lath armor for the several skeleton attendants in the courtyard. The safety of your residence is still very important. Soon dinner was served to the table. After having dinner together. ?Minnie wore a windbreaker and went to the courtyard to practice boxing, while Anderweil fed the little owl. ?Wu Heng also went upstairs directly. After returning to the study. Close the windows and turn on the air conditioner. ?A cool breeze blew out. The time in the two worlds is synchronized, but the climate is different. The zombie world has entered late autumn, with plants turning yellow and leaves falling all over the ground. At Treasure Island, the weather is still hot. Plus, being on an island, the temperature is not low either. In terms of climate, the location of Treasure Island should have a tropical monsoon climate. There is no such thing as winter. Furthermore, here are all professionals with high physical strength, so they are not so afraid of heat. It is indeed a more suitable place to live. Sitting at the desk, he took out the "Mansion Technique" that he had not read before. ? He ??glanced at the teapot on the shelf by the door, released the [Activation Object] and the teapot floated over by itself, filling the teacup with tea. ?Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, opened the book and read it carefully. The first half of the book mainly talks about the original intention of developing skills, as well as some corresponding usages and effects. In short, after learning this skill, it is a house that you carry with you. ??And you can change the furniture decoration in the house according to your ideas, or add a few slaves to serve you. I dont know if this effect can be achieved, but from the introduction, it is quite attractive. Turn over the page that you saw before. Start to continue looking backwards.? ? ? ?The following is a detailed explanation of skills. ? ?Mansion spell belongs to the conjuration school in terms of spell type. ??The magic pictures and texts recorded above are the most numerous and complex skill books I have ever read. ?Among them, the spell patterns that Wu Heng has seen include space expansion, material transformation, or spell condensation. The rest include several pictures and texts that I have never seen before. ?This made him have to wonder about the terrifying level of knowledge and level of the person who created this magic. Level 18 or have reached the level of a hero. Fortunately, I dont need to really delve into magic. Just finish reading normally. Concentrate again and start watching seriously. Time passes little by little. The window outside the window has also dimmed. The entire book has only been read about half of its thickness. ?This kind of book has no page number, and I dont know which page I saw. But looking at it now, my head feels a little dizzy. With an intelligence of over 40, I still find it difficult to read this kind of book. Take out the bookmark and clip it to the page of the book you are looking at. Then release Glenda and Xiaoxiao. Whats wrong? Glenda asked. "It''s okay. You can do your own activities at home. If you want to go out, don''t fly too far to avoid any danger." Wu Heng said directly. Oh, okay! Glenda nodded, stretched out her hand, and a book floated over. Start to float aside and watch. ?Xiao Xiao also took out his tablet, controlled the stylus, called up the cartoon and started watching it. ?Wu Heng turned off the lights, turned off the air conditioner, and walked downstairs. ?As soon as I reached the third floor, the two rooms next to me opened one after another. ?Andewil and Minnie looked over at the same time. also was stunned almost at the same time. Didnt you say you should go to bed early if you feel sleepy? Andwyer asked Minnie. The latter also said: "Humph, you are the same. You said you should go back to your room to rest, and then secretly listen to the noise." ?Wu Heng looked at the two women and asked, "Have I disturbed you?" "No! I haven''t slept yet." Minnie said, and then asked: "Master, are you going downstairs for supper? I''ll let the skeleton prepare it." No, I plan to go downstairs and let the skeleton carry water for a bath. Minnie looked around and said, "I''m going to prepare. The master will go back and wait for a while." Yeah, thats okay too. ?Wu Heng chatted with Anderweier on the first floor. Minnie shouted from upstairs that the bath water was ready. ??Wu Heng went upstairs to soak in the tub, and the two girls also walked in wearing bath towels. The next day, early morning. The two of them entered the association. Weier, you go to the study room first, and Ill go talk to Sheila Gui about something. Walking into the hall, Wu Heng said. Okay. Anderweil nodded and walked towards the study. The next day, Wu Heng and Anderweil went to the association together. I want her to go to the office study room. He himself went directly to the direction of the study room of Xila Gui. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly after getting a response. It seems that Sheila Gui has just arrived at the association. Are you here so early again today? Sheilagui looked at him and said. ??Wu Heng sat down in front of the sofa and said directly: "I want to ask you something." ?Hilagui raised his eyebrows and looked a little serious. He took a look and asked, "Just tell me what you want!" Do you know about the evil sword? You mean the Kerimu one? Shilagui said, glancing at the skeleton following him. Yes, its this kind of evil sword. Is there more than one of this kind of weapon? Wu Heng asked. The reason why I came to ask Sheila Gui. It is also because the other party is a magic swordsman and must have some understanding of sword weapons. ??Moreover, the relationship between the two is pretty good, and you can learn some information through casual chat. "There is indeed more than one, but I don''t know how many there are specifically." Sheela looked up and asked, "Are you interested in this kind of weapon?" "Yesterday, when we met, didn''t I go out to investigate the wanted criminals? When I was in the tavern, I heard two people chatting and mentioned an evil sword called Silent Blade. It sounded more powerful." Ive also heard about this. The consortium sold this weapon at the year-end auction this year. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party and wondered if he had also participated in the auction. Is this weapon powerful? The effect is quite special. Rumor has it that as long as the evil sword is unsheathed, it will kill all living beings within the range, including the user of the weapon. (End of this chapter) Chapter 377 , Hanmang is decapitated (an update toda Chapter 377, Hanmang Beheaded (Updated today.) Then this sword is of no use, it could even kill me. Wu Heng complained. Xila Gui said: "The evil sword is like this. The weapon itself has very unique characteristics, and the side effects basically affect the user." Keranmu''s evil sword, judging from this, the side effects are relatively small. Picking it up will only affect your thinking, always thinking about challenging difficult-to-beat goals. ??And this evil sword can''t tell the difference between friend and foe at all. It just kills randomly when it is unsheathed. How did the previous owner of this weapon use it? Wu Heng continued to ask. The owner of the previous one. There must be some methods. Sheila Gui frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "I really don''t know who the last user was, but this weapon must be rarely used. The weapon used by a swordsman restrains him and is very fatal. mistake." Whoever buys this sword will be unlucky! Wu Heng sighed helplessly. "Sold from the consortium auction, the buyer must be a rich person. People are stupid and have a lot of money, so they are mostly used as collectibles." Sheila smiled and continued: "But the evil sword will have its effects after being used. The effect is unexpected. Kerimu is so famous outside, largely because he has an evil sword. " Hasnt the user of this sword developed any method for killing moving targets? Sheela Gui pondered again and said: "As long as you find a way to retract the scabbard, you are a mage, why are you so interested in the evil sword?" Actually, I have a dream to become a swordsman. "You can''t bear the pain of practicing swordsmanship, so you should be a mage." Sheila Gui complained, and then said, "I will have someone check it to see who the last user of this sword was. What method? It shouldnt be difficult from the Secret Whisperer side. After speaking, he looked up at him again, "You didn''t buy that sword, did you?" I have just heard of this sword. Also, the consortium will not allow you to participate. There are requirements for candidates to participate. You, dont bully young people into poverty! Sheila Gui smiled and rolled her eyes at him, "The target for arresting pirates in the past few days should be coming down soon. Let''s find a way to complete it together." Come down so soon? "It should be soon. The pirate groups are becoming more and more active. If the quota is not lowered, the merchant groups will not be able to go to sea." Yes! Wu Heng nodded. Suddenly thought of Philippa. Last time I got news about a blank envelope, I went to rob some water chestnut merchant group. Suddenly there was no news in the past two days! By the way, you are still wanted by the pirates, so you should be more careful when the time comes. Well, theres some trouble. Its okay, theres no problem with safety on the island. The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also got up and left. I came here to mainly talk about the evil sword. The other party said to check it out for me and just wait for the news. Return to your study room. ??Andwyer was also in the room looking at the documents that had been sent. ?Wu Heng sat aside for a while, then said hello and left the association directly. Return to your residence. Return to your residence. Push open the courtyard door. Then he saw Minnie training with Bawudong in the yard. Hands out his fists and feet, driving strong winds. Looks like he is working harder than before. Master! Minnie waved from a distance. "Practice, I have nothing to do." Wu Heng also said to her. Minnie smiled and said, "Okay." Then, continue training with Bawudong. Kicking and punching, causing bursts of whistling sounds. ?Although there was no opportunity for actual combat, her efforts during this period, coupled with Wu Heng''s continuous administration of corpse core potion to her. Back to Luntam City, he is also a master. At least in a gang, the worst is to be a key member, or even the leader of a small gang. ??No longer a little slave who didnt even change jobs. Go directly upstairs and enter the study. Pour yourself a cup of tea and drink it in one gulp. Open the gate and go directly to the zombie world. On the other side is still the managers office. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai, can you hear me?" Yes! Qi Hancais voice came from the intercom. Now, whats the matter? Arrange patrol, go upstairs now. Wu Heng said: "Prepare the vehicle and go to the place mentioned last time to clean up the zombies." "receive!" End the call. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and went downstairs with the skeleton. ?Go to the gate on the other side of the mall. ?Two trucks, one driving a machine gun off-road, stopped at the door. ?Wu Heng mobilized the skeleton army and got into the co-pilot. The convoy rushed towards the Trade City that was discussed last time. The Trade City is not far from the carousel. At only 20 minutes journey, you can see the notice board in the distance. ?At a glance, there are still roads clogged with vehicles and groups of zombies wandering around. The car is parked here to replace the magazine for the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and gave the order to the walkie-talkie. ?Wu Heng also got out of the car and advanced a certain distance with the skeleton army. Release Glenda and Xiaoxiao, and go out to investigate the situation at the same time. Not long after, two ghosts flew back. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, there is a big zombie inside." ?Glenda added: "I also looked around, and there was only one deformed zombie." Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. Two ghosts entered the body, and the visual images were shared in the mind. The roads entering the Trade City are crowded with zombies. ?Among them, you can also see evolved zombies mixed in. There are not many of them, but their shriveled skin makes them easy to distinguish. ??This kind of evolved zombies are evolved from ordinary zombies. They are not as powerful as aberrant zombies, but they also have a certain amount of intelligence. There are many variations that can be made. Two ghosts, the deformed zombies mentioned, are on the first floor of the Trade City. Walking aimlessly back and forth with no clear goal. On the remaining floors, there are only some ordinary zombies wandering back and forth. After watching. He released the two ghosts again and ordered: "Glenda investigates the surrounding situation, and Xiaoxiao goes to keep an eye on the deformed zombie. If there is any movement, come back and tell me." Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed, turned around and flew away. ?Glenda also nodded and straightened up, above the team, to observe the situation in the entire area. The two ghosts all left. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Are you ready?" ?Wang Chenggang''s voice came from inside, "Get ready, the flying dragon can take off at any time." "good." Hang up the conversation. ??Wu Heng patted the two skeleton dogs on the side, pointed forward and said: "Go and lure the zombies over." Swish swish~! ?Two skeleton dogs rushed out and ran wildly, jumping over the scrapped car and approaching the location of the zombies. As he approached a hundred meters away, he was spotted by the zombies in front of him. ?Looking at the weird skeleton with its tail wagging, it let out a harsh roar. ??The roar attracted the attention of the surrounding zombies, and their rotten and dilapidated heads turned around and roared together. ?Like an infection, the roar quickly spreads layer by layer. The skeleton dog turned and ran away. The group of corpses began to follow, chasing forward with claws and teeth. In the blink of an eye, a dense group of corpses gathered from the entrance of the Trade City and surrounding alleys and buildings towards the main road, forming a large tide of corpses, chasing behind the skeleton dog. The two skeleton dogs ran wildly, looking back at the distance between each other from time to time. ?Wu Heng looked at the group of corpses coming in. Compared with the time when the carousel was turned, the number was much smaller. Seeing that they were almost gathered together, he directly ordered the big-headed skeleton next to him, "Let the skeleton flying dragon attack." Hurrah hoo~! The roar of the sky was heard, and five huge skeletal flying dragons instantly rushed into the sky. ??reached above the group of corpses and dropped iron bullets one after another. Black iron rain spread over the entire group of corpses. The next second. ?Hum, boom, boom~! The ground trembled and thick smoke rose. The group of corpses that had originally crowded the entire road were all gone in an instant. ??There were only a few dozen scattered surviving zombies, standing on the ground with broken flesh and body parts. "Uncle! The deformed zombie rushed out." At this time, Xiaoxiao appeared from beside him and pointed forward. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction pointed. I saw a large zombie, also covered in blood holes and scars, rushing out from one side. He took the remaining zombies and ran towards this side. ?Wu Heng nodded. Just as he was about to order the skeletons to be blocked, something moved in his heart. ?Take out the [Silent Blade Evil Sword] and hand it to a level 3 skeleton warrior. Go, move forward! ??The skeleton warrior held the evil sword and walked straight out of the team, facing the charging zombies. Wait until you reach a certain distance. ?Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton: "Give it the order, draw your weapon, and then stand by where you are." Swipe~! ??The skeleton warrior in the distance suddenly drew his sword, pointed the tip of the sword diagonally at the ground, and entered a standby state. In the distance, the big zombie charging towards the first one roared angrily, jumped up on the roof of the car, and smashed his fists at the lone figure in front of him. Poof~! Suddenly, a cold light flashed across the sky. The big zombie jumped up, his face filled with anger. The body fell from the sky, and the head rolled into the distance. ?Then, flashes of cold light appeared one after another, like silver threads thrown out, streaking across the sky. The heads of the zombies that rushed in fell off one after another. Until the last zombie falls. Rear. ?Wu Heng stared at the scene in front of him with his eyes widened. ?This attack method is really surprising. At the same time, it also reminded him of the attack method of Imiro, which also released sword energy from a long distance to kill Keranmu. But the two methods are different. ??Imiro''s sword energy is swung from the weapon. ??And the cold light that just cut off the zombie''s neck seemed to appear out of thin air. There is a very obvious difference. But no matter what, the power of this evil sword is still surprising. Kill level 10 aberrant zombies and dozens or hundreds of ordinary zombies instantly. If one person stands on the road, it will be difficult for others to pass. Kill the target unless it is from a distance. Its simply scary. Seeing that the scene became quiet, Wu Heng said directly: "Let him sheath the sword." The skeleton holding a sword in the distance instantly sheathed his sword. The moment when the sword is sheathed. ?A cold light flashed through, and the skull rolled aside. Holy shit! Wu Heng cursed. Is sheathing the sword considered an activity? You dont want to let the holder live at all. The skeleton died and the bones were scattered on the ground. Go and pick up the sword. Wu Heng said. A skeleton walked out quickly. ?Bent down, picked up the sword and walked back. It seems that it will be fine once it is sheathed. Took it over, put it into the space ring directly, and then continued: "Advance the whole army and kill all the remaining zombies!" The army on standby began to move forward. Kill the zombies that are still crawling on the ground without their lower body. Wait for the battlefield to fall into silence again. Let the skeleton check the interior of the trade city again before ordering the battlefield to be cleaned. The corpse of a deformed zombie and the corpses of five evolved zombies were dragged over. Throw it aside. Yu Bone Techniquerelease. A tall level 12 skeleton and five level 5 skeleton soldiers stood up from the ground. ?Wu Heng squatted down and began to rummage through the minced meat. Find a second-level corpse core and a first-level corpse core. Wrap it in a plastic bag and put it directly into the space ring. Tap tap tap~! Qi Hancai walked out of the Trade City wearing leather boots. He said directly: "It''s full of beds, quilts, curtains, and some furniture. There''s a lot of it." Is there the kind of 3D printing material needed for relaxation? I havent seen it yet, but the entire third floor sells computer accessories or monitoring equipment. It should be inside. Lets go in and have a look. Lets walk into the Trade City together. ?The first floor is full of fabric shops, curtains, wedding quilts and other items. Even when you open the doors of two shops, there is a warehouse directly inside. It is filled with a lot of fabric supplies. Even though physical stores are not as popular as before, it seems that the sound here is still relatively good. The second floor is a furniture store, mostly selling coffee tables and wooden beds, and there are also many tutoring classes. On the third floor, there are computer products, mice, monitors or some monitoring equipment. ?Wu Heng, Qi Hancai and others strolled inside for a while. Found a store that sells 3D printing related equipment. ?The store is a bit messy, but from the rooms on the back, we still found many similar equipment and raw materials. Zhang Chi is talking about this, Qi Hancai said. Okay, when the time comes to search, we will bring them back together. "Okay! Arrange some skeletons to guard here first, and I will bring a search team over tomorrow." "Um!" The two of them went downstairs again. ??Wu Heng began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road, transforming all the dead corpses into skeleton warriors. After everything was transformed, some skeletons were arranged to guard it. Get back on the truck and return to the mall. After confirming that there is nothing of your own business. In the manager''s office, open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go downstairs from the study room. When passing by the third floor. Go directly into the room where the radio station is located. Picked up the skeleton investigator''s record book and looked at it. There was no new information on it. He began to worry about Philippas safety. ?Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, are you there?" From the opposite side, there was the sound of ''Philippa'' mumbling while eating, "Eating, what''s wrong?" Hearing her relaxed tone, he felt relieved. Even if you dont have many opportunities to come into contact with yourself, do things under your own hands. Still dont want anything to happen to her. ?Besides, Philippa is quite obedient. "What happened to the robbery of the merchant group? Why is there suddenly no news?" Wu Heng asked. "As soon as I mentioned this, I got angry. That water chestnut merchant group is a bunch of idiots. I even asked the boat to slow down, but their boat actually lost control and stopped several times. We almost caught up with them." Philippa Said somewhat angrily. Its good that youre fine. Oh, you care about me so much, dear sir. I just dont want anything to happen to you. Wu Heng said. Philippa continued: "Nothing was robbed this time, and the crew members are a little dissatisfied. When can you deliver the ships and goods you promised me?" I will arrange for the cargo ship to leave tomorrow. Yeah! Really, thank you dad! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 378 , you are not fit to be a captain Chapter 378, You are not suitable to be a captain ?Wu Heng ignored her nonsense. Continue to ask: "When the ship leaves the port, where should I take you?" Philippa replied, just go out along the "Sinanya Route", and we will meet then. Is this route safe? Are there any other pirates? "No, I''m the only one traveling on this route! And it''s only more than a day''s sail from Treasure Island, so it''s hard to meet other ships." Philippa said, not forgetting to remind, "We will meet you then. Dont forget to act, dont let anyone see it. Lets pretend to resist for a while, then show that we are invincible and escape in a small boat! "Okay, then I will ask the crew to attack from a distance, and you will show that you are invincible, and then kneel down and beg for mercy. The fierce Captain Philippa ordered a storm to board the ship. You will leave in a small boat and abandon the cargo ship. , the pirates occupied the cargo ship and cheered for the great captain," Philippa said more and more enthusiastically. ?Wu Heng was in a daze. Listening to the other party''s words, I can picture in my mind how excited she was telling me. Theres no need to kneel down and beg for mercy. Its okay, I work for you anyway, I have face outside, and you also have face. Philippa said. Said as if for one''s own side. "Okay, I will make arrangements tomorrow. When the ship leaves, I will notify you and your ship will stay near the route and don''t wander around." I understand, Ill wait for you. "Um!" Hang up the communication, Wu Heng put the microphone back. Philippa was safe, so he felt relieved. Open the door and let Minnie prepare dinner. He went upstairs again. Push the door and enter the alchemy room. In the room, the alchemy skeletons were still busy with their own affairs. ?Wu Heng handed over the few corpse cores he had just obtained to Alchemy One. ?At the same time, his eyes also fell on the cabinet shelves filled with medicines. Strengthening Potion. There are a total of nine bottles of potions refined from first-level corpse cores, neatly placed. Is the efficiency of the first-level medicine so high? ?These corpse cores are obtained when clearing the carousel zombies. There are 9 first-level corpse cores in total. They are now all made into potions. The efficiency is still relatively high. Put away the corpse core potion. Opened the freezer and took a look. Including the corpse cores just delivered, there are two first-level corpse cores and five second-level corpse cores. Then, open the organ jar on the side. There are a total of three level 3 corpse cores stored inside. ??They were all dropped by the level 3 zombies that were killed before. There were originally four, and one of them should be used to develop potions. The production of the third-level potion still has no finished product. Even if a level 15 alchemy skeleton is added to it, there doesnt seem to be much progress. Fortunately, there is this magic item that can store internal organs. Otherwise, the corpse core that has never been used may have broken down long ago. Reseal the organ jars. ?Wu Heng also exited the alchemy room. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng returned to the study, leaning on his seat, thinking about the gains of the past two days and the follow-up plan. The pirate wanted order, the use of the Silent Blade Evil Sword, and I need to reach level 15 as soon as possible. The bounty on the pirate side has reached 500 gold. Let alone a normal reward, even if someone were to kill a resident deacon, the price would not reach this level. It''s simply an exaggeration. ??Wu Heng also often thinks about this matter, what exactly do he do to make the blank envelope pay attention to him, and the price is getting higher and higher. If you have a grudge against the association, you should also put a reward for Imiro. It is simply crazy to put a bounty on one''s own sub-deacon. Now, the blank envelope also identifies Philippa as a pirate, and it is the only way to find out the opponent. Philippa cannot make this move. Support for Philippa must continue. ?Even if you cant find out the other party, you can tell yourself any special information as soon as possible. Next is the Silent Blade Evil Sword. ?This weapon that I bought for two thousand gold coins turned out to be completely worthless. ?The effect is powerful enough to kill enemies that rush into the area, as well as yourself. ?At present, there is no problem in killing level 12 targets, but it is unclear whether it can kill higher-level enemies. It makes me not want to take it out for research now. Find a way to prevent yourself from being hurt. If you really dont want to, use the skeleton as a consumable. Use the sword to compete with the enemy for endurance to see who can move first. Finally, its your own level. At level 15, one belongs to the fourth level of power, and is also the leader of all major forces. Essentially, there will be a big improvement. In addition to the agreement between himself and Shannara, his strength will be higher and his ability to deal with danger will be stronger. No matter what point, upgrading is the most stable way to improve yourself. Thinking about it, he opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: 14161781/165000 There is still more than 3,000 experience points left, and a wave of zombies is enough. After delivering the goods to Philippa, raise the level first. After analyzing the three things, Wu Heng just wanted to get up, but his movements stopped again. There is also the matter of developing third-level potions. We must find a way to buy higher-level alchemist corpses, otherwise the corpse core will grow hair sooner or later. Think about everything. After confirming that there were no omissions, he stood up and poured himself a cup of tea. Then sit down again. ?Take out [Modernken Mansion Technique] and continue to look through it. The sky is getting darker. When Wu Heng turned to the last page, he waited silently for a while. He frowned slightly. The prompt to unlock the skill does not appear. Whats going on? Open the panel and take a look at the skill positions. There is indeed no record of the Modern Ken Mansion Technique. Is the skill book fake? Thats not right. It shows the name and description. It cant be fake. Whats wrong with this! I thought about it for a while. Guess two possibilities. One is that the way of reading intermittently is not good. The second point is that your attributes may not meet the skill requirements. When I read the Necronomicon, I always mentioned the standards that must be met when learning and researching spells. There are no skills unlocked yet, and I have some doubts about this. When you have time, try to read it in its entirety. ?The sky was completely dark, and Wu Heng put the books away again. After simple grooming. Go downstairs and knock on Anderweil''s door. ?The door opened, and Andweil stood at the door in a nightgown. Looking at each other. ? Anderweil rushed forward directly. ?Wu Heng lifted her up, kissed her, and walked towards the bed. The little fox was hanging on him, its face flushed, and its fluffy tail wagging rapidly. the next day. ??Wu Heng got off the carriage wearing a ''phantom veil''. Looking at the busy port, he boarded a ship that had been prepared in advance. ??Stepping down from the deck, the cabin was filled with large skeletons. Shark teeth go out to sea and enter the Sinan Asia Route. Shark Tooth walked onto the deck with several skeletons wrapped in armor. The cargo ship slowly left the port. Going towards the depths of the ocean. The ship moves forward through the waves. ?Wu Heng walked around the boat and let Shark Teeth continue to control the boat. I simply rearranged the cargo ship to make it look more like a cargo ship that goes to sea all year round, rather than a ship that has been parked unused for a long time. After the decoration was almost done, I walked back onto the deck, took out a deck chair, and started reading [Modern Ken Mansion Technique] again. Try to read them all in one go today to verify your own ideas. Iron barrel pirate ship. In the dim conference room, a light stone swayed above the head. There were people sitting and standing on both sides of an old wooden table covered with knife marks. On the left, a man with rough skin wearing a red sailor''s hat said directly: "Philippa, for the sake of leading us to escape from Treasure Island, give up your position as captain. No one else will Its hard for you, a bitch. Philippa took back her feet that were resting on the edge of the table and looked directly at the opposite side. "You still remember that I took you to escape. You have been more serious with me these days. I thought you had forgotten it!" "You are not suitable to be a captain. You manage the entire pirate group like a fishing boat." The man sneered. The supporters behind him also echoed. The pirate group hasnt robbed cargo for a long time. Everyone wants to have enough to eat when they go to sea, but you cant. ?Filia narrowed her eyes slightly and glanced at the expressions of the people opposite and the weapons at her waist. It just so happens that today, these people have come to seize power themselves. ??It was so embarrassing to be seen by my sub-deacon master. ? Anticipating the worst possibility in his mind, he continued: "Am I starving you, or am I giving you less money every month? Let you support him." The middle-aged man opposite smiled and said: "We are pirates, and we also pay monthly. With this money, it is better to serve as a guard for the group. Philippa, please give up your position now, otherwise don''t blame the brothers for being careless." Shuashuashua~! After the words fell, many sailors behind him drew their swords. ??The supporters on Philippa''s side also drew their weapons. While angrily scolding the opponent as a traitor, he is ready to fight for his life. ?The conference room was in chaos. Only one person was left to take action, and both sides could kill each other. Philippa glanced at the tall figure beside her. This was the skeleton attendant Wu Heng left for her to keep safe. Thinking quickly in his mind, he took out a blank envelope and slapped it on the table. He cursed loudly: "Shut up, the next caravan is coming with cargo. Only I know the location and route. Are you sure you want me to not be the captain and watch this cargo leave?" ?The person opposite was stunned, looked at the envelope, and then at her. It was the last time, how could it be so fast? someone said. Philippa scolded an idiot, and then continued: "If I don''t grab this batch of goods within two days, I will give up this position myself. If I grab the goods, everyone will make a profit, which means there is no problem with my command. , lets forget it. ??Everyone started discussing in low voices, and the momentum of shouting and killing was gone. The man in the red hat, who was headed by the leader, said with a serious expression that no one should believe it, but obviously more people agreed with this statement. Its only for two days anyway, so it wont have any impact. Seeing that everyone agreed, the man in the red sailor hat also coughed lightly and said: "Okay, Philippa, this is what you said, we only have two days, Poseidon will be your witness." Yes, Poseidon is the witness. Philippa said directly. The rest of the people also put away their weapons. Philippa continued: "All return to their places, for whoever delays this operation will be disemboweled and fed to the fishes." Everyone nodded and quickly left the room. Philippa also returned to the captain''s cabin, sat on a chair, and wiped the sweat from his forehead. He looked at the radio and muttered: "You can''t delay." Until it gets dark. ??Wu Heng still looked at the skill book in his hand without interruption. After finishing reading the last page, I listened for a while. It was still quiet, without any prompts. Damn it, this skill is poisonous! ?Glenda was floating aside, also reading a book. She turned her head and asked, "What''s wrong~www.mtlnovel.com~You''re still so angry!" Sighing softly, he put the skill book away. Its okay, its just a skill book, I havent learned it yet. ?Glenda floated over, "It''s not that simple. Learn it slowly in the future, don''t be anxious." Forehead. ??Wu Heng had no way to explain, so he could only nod, "You''re right." One person and one soul talk. ?Xiaoxiao also flew back from the air and said, "Uncle, there are pirate ships coming over there. They seem to have discovered us." ?Wu Heng stood up and looked into the distance. ?The sea was pitch black, and the other ships ships probably had no lights on. Let me see! Smallly get into the body and contribute to the picture. A pirate ship flying the flag of the Iron Barrel Pirates is approaching here. He released Xiaoxiao again and said directly: "Xiaoxiao continues to be vigilant. Glenda will go to the pirates. The captain there is my spy among the pirates. His name is Philippa. The last time I saw her kidnapping I put on my braid and told her that we were here and we were proceeding as planned. ?Glenda nodded, "Okay." After saying that, he flew in the direction of the pirate ship in the distance. ??Wu Heng continued to command the skeleton to start taking action, pretending to be a passing cargo ship, and also hung the spare ship on the side of the ship to prepare for evacuation. The Iron Barrel Pirates. Dang rang rang rang~! The sound of the clanging bells sounded from the cabin. A large number of pirates rushed out of the deck, climbed onto the rope, and looked into the distance. There is really a cargo ship, but there are not many people there! A flag I havent seen before, it should be a newly formed business group. Wheres the captain? Why hasnt she come out yet? Ill call her~! ??The pirate quickly rushed down the deck and knocked **** the door. Captain, we have found a cargo ship. There are not many people there and there are no defensive equipment. Philippa''s voice came out, "Let the ship come closer, I will go out immediately." "good!" ??The pirate agreed and left directly. Inside the room. Philippa looked at the ghost coming in through the wall in horror. You are Philippa! Are you the ghost of the deputy deacon? Philippa reacted immediately and said directly. Haunted Ghost nodded and said directly: "Yes, the cargo ship is coming, go according to the plan, don''t make any mistakes." Okay, I understand, said Philippa. Seeing that the ghost wanted to leave, Philippa continued: "Tell him to kill someone, he wants to take away my position as captain." ??Wu Heng stood on the deck, looking at the pirate ship that appeared in sight. ??And the pirates on the ship who raised their weapons and shouted loudly. It looks like an orangutan pulling a boat, exaggerated. Archers, prepare, release! Wu Heng ordered directly. Swish swish swish~! Arrows shot into the night sky and fell into the sea with a crackle. A few arrows fell on the deck. The roaring pirates hid with their heads in their hands. Immediately afterwards, the pirates began to evade. Arrows and spears were thrown one after another, and the crossbows and ballistae on the ship were also roaring towards this side. Boom~! The violent impact caused the ship''s hull to shake violently. ??The skeletons on the deck were also swaying and had difficulty standing on their feet. ??Wu Heng saw Philippa standing on the barrel and giving instructions. After giving the order for two more volleys, he said directly: "Put down the ships and let''s retreat." Two medium-sized wooden boats hanging on the side of the freighter were thrown into the sea. ??Wu Heng took many skeletons with him, boarded the wooden boat and quickly left in the distance. On a pirate ship. They ran away. It is indeed a new business group, a group of weaklings. Youve made a fortune, hurry up and get there. Long live the captain! The pirates cheered for taking down a cargo ship without any damage. Not to mention how many valuable things were in the ship, this cargo ship was an astonishing harvest. Its not a loss no matter what. ?The ship was approaching quickly, and the pirates were eager to board the ship. ?On the deck, Philippa stared at the ships going away, his eyes widening. I was anxious, but I couldnt remind the other person that the person hadnt killed him yet. At the fence. ??The man in the red sailor hat led a few people to lean on the fence and chat in a low voice. What should we do? We really robbed the cargo ship. The man glanced at Philippa, with a ruthless look on his face, and said, "Follow her later, find an opportunity to kill her directly, and then say there is an ambush on the ship." No one will believe it! another person said. When the time comes, I will be the captain and you will all... Pah~! ??The man said, but his voice suddenly stopped, and his head exploded like half of a watermelon. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 379 , what a ghost Chapter 379: I saw a ghost The man''s head exploded, and sticky blood splattered all around. ??The people around him were stunned for a moment. Their expressions suddenly changed when they looked at the blood on their hands and bodies. Just wanted to do something. Pah~! The fence exploded, and another man''s chest exploded, his upper body flew up, and his internal organs splashed all over the ground. For a moment, everyone showed a look of fear. ?Chaos running around. ?Philippa was also startled, but immediately realized that she was doing herself a favor. Those who wanted to take away their positions were almost dead. There is hardly any threat to oneself. ??Immediately shouted: "Stop running around, hide, everyone lie down on the deck." Hearing Philippa''s shout, the others looked for cover or lay down directly on the deck. ?There was no thunderous explosion, and no one was crushed again. After a while, someone raised his head slightly, looked outside, and asked, "Captain, everything seems to be okay." ?Philippa whistled in the air, and a parrot flew out. After conducting the reconnaissance, he stood up and said: "It''s okay, put the connecting plate, let''s go to the cargo ship and have a look." The other pirates also stood up. The connecting plate was placed in the middle of the two ships. The pirates raised their weapons and boarded the opposite cargo ship directly. Philippa followed behind, surrounded by several people, flattering in a low voice, "Captain, your plan is so perfect." Yeah, Id say following the captain is the best decision. Captain, watch your step. It seemed as if the crew members who had just been shattered had completely forgotten. ?Each pirate''s face was full of excitement and anticipation for the cargo on the ship. ??Philippa enjoyed the pursuit of the crew, but her face remained calm. Go to the cargo hold and dont crowd around me. Its the captain! ??Everyone cheered and rushed into the cargo hold. Then, someone else ran out quickly. He shouted: "Captain, these are made of fine fabrics with embroidery and patterns. This trip will definitely make a lot of money." ?Philippa followed into the cabin. You can see piles of neatly stacked fabrics inside. The patterns and patterns on it are obviously not the cheap ones that ordinary people can use. They are all exquisite and detailed patterns with bright colors. Philippa''s eyes gradually widened, and she actually sent herself these high-quality goods. This is more valuable than leather and grain. Seeing the pirates stroking the cloth, Philippa stepped up and kicked them, and cursed: "Don''t touch them, cover them up and carry them to the main ship." The pirates drew back their hands. Start moving goods. Wait until all the cloth has been carried to the main ship. Philippa stood on the deck and said: "Cam, now you are the captain of the sub-ship, ready to set sail, let''s get out of here." Okay Captain. Cam, a dark-skinned and strong man, responded loudly. Happiness could not be concealed on his face as he suddenly became the captain. Happiness was also felt in my heart. In the previous lineup, I chose to side with Philippa. ?Now, he has become a sub-captain, and many of those who tried to pull ''Philippa'' from the captain''s position also died. In the future, it may be handled by Philippa. Philippa continued to shout: "Everyone else go back to their posts and let''s get out of here. "yes!" ?The pirates responded and all returned to their respective positions. The two ships kept their distance and left toward the distance. On the other side, the sea shrouded in darkness. ?Glenda walked through the night and returned to Wu Heng. He said softly: "There is no problem with the pirates. Miss Philippa is quite good. She has appointed a new sub-ship captain. The pirates seem to respect her quite a bit." Who were those people she asked to be killed before? From what she said, she sounded like a pirate trying to seize power. ?Wu Heng nodded, then took out his tablet, checked the sea chart, and said, "Let''s leave here and find an island to land first." Hurrah! The ship leaves in the distance. Early morning. ?Wu Heng sat on the side of the boat, facing the sea, twisting his clothes hard. ?The wind and waves on the sea and the early morning fog made him and the skeletons all wet, like drowned rats that had just been fished out. And all around, there is still the endless sea. ??Still unable to see the location of the target island. Sailing at sea is not as close as it looks on the chart. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance again and shouted: "There is another pirate ship coming over there." ?Wu Heng stopped moving his hands and looked into the distance. Visibility is better during the day. On the distant sea, a ship flying a black pirate flag appeared. Took out the telescope and looked at the pirate flag. The pattern is a rapier piercing the skull vertically. Continue to take out the tablet and quickly compare the information on the pirate wanted poster. Sword Pirate Pirate Group, Captain 12th level swordsman. They belong to the same level as the current pirate group of ''Philippa''. Uncle, the boat is leaving! Xiaoxiao continued. ?Looking up, the pirate ship ignored them and turned around to head towards the ''Sinanya Route''. Looked at the pirate ship, and then at the wooden ship at his feet. Shark Teeth, Kerimu, you go over and seize the ship. Wu Heng said directly. Shark Teeth stood up and jumped into the sea. ?Keranmu stepped directly on Shark Tooth''s back, crouched slightly, and quickly rushed towards the direction of the pirate ship. The other side. Sword on the pirate ship. The pirates looked at the two wooden ships in the distance and frowned in unison. Someone asked: "Captain, are those two wooden boats? They look like fishing boats." The middle-aged man wearing a captain''s hat glanced at the two wooden boats in the distance. He also frowned, "The letter said it was a cargo ship." Is it possible that there is something wrong with the intelligence? the crew member continued. The captain said: "There has never been any error in the letter. It should not be these two fishing boats. Let''s look for it again." Then these two..., do you want to grab them first? Leave them alone and continue to look for cargo ships on the route. The captain continued to order. "yes!" The pirates took the order and the fleet began to leave in the distance. Without waiting for a few people to leave. Someone else said: "Look, someone is rushing over from the sea." The pirates who had just wanted to leave looked towards the sea again. I saw a figure, holding a sword in one hand, rushing towards this side as if standing on the waves. The speed is extremely fast. What? How can he stand on the waves? No, it seems like something is stepping on my feet. The captain also frowned and gave the order: "Attack and kill him." Swish, swish, swish! The arrows and crossbows were shot out in unison, shooting forward. ?The figure on the sea was still approaching quickly, and soon it was close to the hull. Suddenly, thick smoke enveloped the approaching figure. ?The next second, the pirate captain''s face changed drastically. He suddenly turned around and saw that the man who was still at sea just now had appeared behind him. Poof~! The sound of the sword cutting into the flesh was heard, and the head wearing the captain''s hat fell off the neck. Still horrified and disbelieving, he rolled away. Until this time. ?The rest of the pirates reacted, rushed out their weapons, and rushed forward. Keranmu held a sword in one hand, turned into an afterimage, and rushed into the pirates. Level 17 Drifter showed his ability to crush all pirates. Large numbers of pirates fell to the ground, blood staining the deck. ?Wu Heng brought the skeletons close to the pirate ship. The rope ladder was thrown from the deck. ?Stepping onto the deck, the first thing you see is the corpses all over the deck, as well as a figure standing on the deck holding a sword in one hand. ??Looking at Kerimu carefully, except for a few arrows stuck in his chest, there were no other obvious injuries. ??But bows, crossbows and arrows have little effect on the undead. Glanced roughly. In the corridor of the cabin, pirates hiding can be vaguely seen. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Go in and kill all the pirates." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons rushed into the cabin and started fighting with the pirates hiding inside. ?Wu Heng walked around the deck. His eyes fell on the head wearing the captains hat. Thinking about it for a moment, he spoke directly to the release [Conversation with the Dead]. The head suddenly opened its eyes, and the cloudy eyeballs turned around. Having the skeleton bring a wooden box to sit down, Wu Heng asked directly: "Why are you here?" Skull opened his mouth, "I received a mysterious letter last night saying that a merchant ship was passing through this route, so we rushed over." Hearing this answer, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Another mysterious letter. ??Moreover, in this time zone, there is only one cargo ship coming out of Treasure Island. How did the other party know this news? I didnt mention it to others. Philippa had a slave contract and would not tell anyone about it. Even "Imilo" he didn''t have time to say. ?How did the other party know? Seen a ghost. What else did the letter mention to you? The corpse replied, "No more, I just said this message." ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "How much do you know about letters?" The letter will convey the news of the fleet to the nearest fleet, and the information provided is relatively accurate. It has a high prestige among pirates. Some pirate groups call letters a gift from the sea god. Thinking about it carefully, it doesnt feel right. According to the principle of proximity, the news should be sent to Philippa. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "What news has been heard among pirates recently?" "Recently, pirates have been taking action. According to the information in the letter, several pirate groups and hunters are planning to kill the deputy deacon of Treasure Island. Leonid had an ear bitten off by a sea monster. Cahill had an inappropriate relationship with the captain''s woman..." ??This time I told you a lot of information. Wu Heng was not interested in some pirate gossip. Continuing to ask, "Who are the pirates who planned to kill the deputy deacon of Treasure Island?" Devils Hand Pirate Group, its unclear whether other people have participated. End of five questions. The skull closed its eyes. Still got some useful information. ??There is a pirate group called Devil''s Hand, which is organizing people to kill them. Going crazy. You really dont take Imiro seriously. ??The battle in the cabin ended, and the bodies were moved to the deck one by one. ?Wu Hengrang pulled off the equipment from the corpse, and then released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the large corpses stood up. Start to put on equipment again and tidy up the deck. ?Wu Heng walked around in the cabin. There was no cargo inside, but several barrels of silver coins were found in the storage room. ??Go back on deck. ordered: "Put down the pirate flag, fly the association flag, and go to Treasure Island." The ship started and headed towards Treasure Island. This time the pirates came in time. Otherwise, it will take a long time to get close to the island. At dusk, the ship entered the port of Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng settled the skeletons and called a carriage to return to his residence. ?Hello to the two maids. Go directly to the room on the third floor where the radio is stored. Picked up the phone and said directly: "Philippa, is everything going well over there?" Soon, Philippa''s voice came out, "Smooth, it''s so kind of you to give me such good goods." The tone was full of surprise. The goods in the cabin are all taken out from the Trade City warehouse. ?It seems that Philippa is quite satisfied. The fabrics in this other world are generally plain clothes for ordinary people. Clothes with bright colors and complex patterns can only be worn by people with good financial means. Modern fabrics are indeed more sophisticated in color and factory production. "As long as it helps you." Wu Heng continued: "Didn''t you receive the blank envelope?" No! Whats wrong? On the way back, I met the Sword Pirates. He received a letter and came to rob my merchant ship. ?The other person was stunned and said, "Ah? How could this happen?" Thats why I asked you if you received the letter? Philippa thought for a while and said: "Letter usually appears when people are sleeping or not paying attention. I didn''t sleep all night last night, so I definitely won''t receive it." ?Hmm, that explanation makes sense. Okay, have you got the space ring I prepared for you? Is there a space ring? I didnt see it! Wu Heng said: "I put it in the captain''s cabin for you. It was stuck under the desk and marked. Didn''t you see it?" "I know where you can hide it. I''m going to look for it now." After saying that, there was no response from the other party. Not long after, Philippa''s side was connected again. There was an exclamation, "Wow, give me such a big ring and a weapon. How did you know that I like scimitars?" 10 cubic meters, keep more food and water on your own at sea. Oh! Philippa agreed, as if checking something. ??Wu Heng continued: "That weapon is the Martial Illusion Blade. Its effect is that the user can release phantom clones to confuse the enemy or escape, which can play a very good role." Holy shit, is it the one sold at the auction? It must cost several hundred gold! Philippa exclaimed again. ??Wu Heng said: "You also know about the auction?" "This matter is widely spread outside. There is a fat sheep who bought all the magic items... and the pirates are investigating this guy''s identity..., well... that... person can''t be you!" Philippa was suspicious! asked. "It''s the Martial Fantasy Blade. Wrap the sheath with something to prevent others from recognizing it, so as not to be in any danger." Holy shit, Dad! Youre so good to me. Ive never used anything so nice in my life. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 380 , I will protect your head. Chapter 380: I will protect your head. ?Philippa shouted, her tone full of excitement. ??This is a weapon worth hundreds of gold, enough to arm a fleet of a large pirate group. This weapon is not for you to fight. When in danger, use the phantom to confuse the enemy and escape. Wu Heng reminded. "Yeah, thank you, dad!" Philippa took a deep breath to calm herself down, then asked, "What are these two bottles of potion? Are they poison?" That is a strength-enhancing potion. After taking it, you can directly improve your physical fitness. The effect is probably one to two levels. ?The other side suddenly fell into silence. After two or three seconds, Philippa said doubtfully: "Can I upgrade directly?" Its not a direct upgrade, its just about achieving the effects of the upgrade. Ive never heard of this potion! Wu Heng said: "The precious value is not lower than that of your weapon. It must be kept secret from the outside world." Oh, I understand! Im very strict with my words. Finished giving her the items. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Have you ever heard of the Devil''s Hand pirate group?" Ive heard of it, a very famous pirate group. Tell me the information about this pirate group. Philippa thought for a moment and then said, "I have never been in contact with it, but I have only heard about it. The Devil''s Hand belongs to a large pirate group, with two or three fleets. It must be above level 15. The Hand There are also many experts in the crew below. They are not in this area, why are they asking about him? " Large pirate group with captain above level 15. It does already have a certain strength. I got some news that they seem to be planning to assassinate me. "Ah!" Philippa shouted subconsciously and asked suspiciously: "Is it reliable? With their size, they shouldn''t go to you for 500 gold coins." "There may be some rumors. If you have a chance, pay attention to it." "Okay, I will protect your head worth 500 gold coins." Philippa said solemnly. I thank you. Youre welcome, I wont chat with you for now, Ill contact you if you have anything else. "Um!" Putting the microphone back, Wu Heng walked out of the room and walked downstairs. Iron Pirate Group, Captain''s Room. Philippas legs were resting on the desk, and her hand was on the scabbard of the Martial Fantasy Blade, wrapped in strips of cloth. Weapons with special effects require some cover-up. Otherwise, the enemy will make plans to kill you based on the type of equipment you have. After all the wrappings were done, he held her in his arms with a face full of love. You cant make money as quickly as being a pirate! Hung the two weapons on his waist, he touched the red-crowned green-feathered parrot beside him vigorously, "Do you think so?" You idiot! scolded the parrot. Shut up, you idiot. The parrot flapped its wings and flew to the "standing pole" nearby, swinging gently. ??Philippa also got up and walked to the open space in the room. Pulled out the two swords from his waist. ?After standing there and sensing it for a while, the figure began to become distorted, with two figures of the same appearance, one on the left and one on the right, doing the same posture. Philippa''s eyes were filled with surprise. ?With a thought in his heart, the two clones immediately made attacking movements. Although if you look carefully, you can see that it is different from the main body, it can play a short-term role in battle and can also affect the trend of the entire battle. Satisfied, Philippa put away her weapon and the apparition disappeared. Sitting back at the desk, his eyes continued to fall on the remaining items. One bag of gold coins and two bottles of medicine. The gold coins were put away directly, and the potion was taken and looked at carefully. It is said to be a potion that can achieve the effect of improving the level. The color is more like the antidote potion sold in an alchemy shop. I doubt whether the medicine has the effect the other party said. ??Although she didnt believe that Wu Heng would harm her, how could a potion that can directly improve physical attributes appear? ??If this kind of potion really exists, then wouldn''t a strong person be able to come out by drinking the potion? Those who have the recipe for the medicine will have the power to change the world. It passed through the hands of a sub-deacon and came into the hands of a little pirate like myself. Somewhat doubtful. But the other party was really nice to her and gave her weapons and money. She shouldn''t end up harming herself in this matter. Thinking in his mind, he looked at the parrot standing on the copper standing pole. Hello: "Come here, I''ll give you a task." The parrot looked at her and flew over anyway. With quick eyes and quick hands, Philippa grabbed the parrot and pinned it on the table. The parrot flapped its wings in panic, its eyes full of fear, and it kept struggling. Philippa drew his weapon and put it against his neck. The parrot stared and did not dare to move. Pirate pact, cried the parrot. ?Philippa took the bottle cork with her mouth, opened it, and drank it directly to the parrot. After taking the medicine, the parrot stood up again. ?Took two steps on the table, rolled his eyes, fell down, and his body began to twitch violently. Holy shit, its really poisonous. Philippa regretted giving the parrot a drink. After all, it was his own tame animal. When you die, you have to find a new one. Just wanted to step forward to do some rescue work. The convulsions in the parrot stopped. ? ?His body has gained weight visible to the naked eye, and the feathers on his body have become shinier. The parrot stood up again and opened its eyes, seeming to be more intelligent. Shaked his head and said: "Praise the captain!" Philippa''s eyes widened instantly. There has really been a change, and the parrot feels smarter. Philippa looked back at the remaining bottle of potion, opened the cork, and drank it directly. After the bitter feeling has passed. There is an indescribable tingling sensation all over the body, as if the bone marrow and muscles are being pricked by fine needles. Huddled up in the chair for a while. The physical sensations gradually disappear, followed by an increased sense of strength throughout the body. You can clearly feel that your body has been strengthened. "It''s amazing. I''m following someone!" Philippa said, and his eyes fell on the tame parrot again. Ignoring the other person''s compliments, he grabbed his neck and shook it: "Give it to me. Spit it out, you stupid bird." The parrot shook its body and turned its head to the side. Treasure Island. At the dinner table, in addition to Wu Heng and the two maids, Shanara also came to eat. Shannella is wearing a light blue dress, and wears an amber pendant on her white neck, which hangs down to her chest, covering her fullness. As if aware of the other person''s gaze, Shanara raised her head and rolled her eyes, then lowered her head slightly. ??Wu Heng asked: "What have you been busy with recently?" Its still a matter of the business group, how are you doing over there? Its okay, Im dealing with some pirate matters. Dont go to sea recently, its not safe. Wu Heng warned. Shannara smiled and said, "After what happened last time, I don''t go to sea much. I feel it''s safer to stay here." Well, if there is danger, run towards me. I know! Shannella cast a look full of tenderness. ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "When will the goods I ordered last time arrive?" It will be delivered within five days. I will let you know then. By the way, can I order weapons and equipment like magic props? Wu Heng asked again. "It depends on what you need, but the production is limited. I definitely can''t order thousands of pieces at once like you." Shannara put down her knife and fork, looked at him and said: "If you want to equip the army, magic weapons and armor, not suitable for the battlefield. How do you say it? Wu Heng also looked at her. "Magic props can provide many special effects, but frequent battles or slight damage will render the etched runes ineffective. Personal use is fine. If you want to assemble them on a large scale, it is completely unnecessary. It is better to buy a batch of high-quality ones. Equipment is more practical than magic weapons," Shannara explained. ?Wu Heng listened to the other party''s words and understood what they meant. In other words, if you fight occasionally, like Wu Heng to arrest wanted criminals, or pirates to plunder ships, magic weapons and armor can provide many effects that ordinary equipment cannot achieve. But it doesnt matter how much it costs to equip the army. With that kind of frequent training and hundreds of people fighting on the battlefield, problems can easily arise. Even if you equip an army, after returning from the battlefield, you will scrap a batch of weapons. Not as good as some durable weapons. ?Wu Heng felt that what the other party said made sense. What you said makes sense, do you have any recommendations? Wu Heng asked. For example, long swords or battle axes made of refined iron can achieve very good results, with high output and prices that are not as outrageous as magic props. Shannara continued to explain. For the market, Shannara needs to know what weapons are suitable for which people to buy. ?Being able to be the largest merchant guild among the wood elves is not just about looking good, but also being able to transport and sell goods. "Well, that''s okay. Can the armor be customized? I have a few friends with special body shapes who want to customize some armor." Wu Heng said. Shannara nodded, "When the time comes, give me the drawings and I will arrange for someone to make them for you." "good!" As the two chatted, Minnie and Andwyer began to clear the table. Then he said: "Let''s go outside and play shuttlecock. Sister Shanara will come out and join us after we finish chatting." "Okay, I''ll be there right away." Shanara agreed with a smile. ?Minnie and Anderweil left the door and started playing shuttlecock in the courtyard, more than ten meters apart. The little owl followed and flew back and forth. It keeps squeaking. Looked outside. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked over, looking down at the wood elf in the light blue dress and looking directly into his gem-like eyes. Shannella shyly dodged and whispered: "Why, they are still outside." (End of this chapter) Chapter 381 , Level 15 changes Chapter 381, changes at level 15 ??Wu Heng held her chin with his fingers, lowered his head and pressed it. Shanara was a little flustered, and her eyes glanced out the window from time to time. Through the glass, you can still see the two maids having fun. They dont intend to carry anyone behind them at all. Her heart was pounding and her face was getting redder. Its better to open the teeth lightly. We havent seen each other for several days, and we miss each other in our hearts. Sister Shanara, havent you finished talking yet? Minnies shout came from the courtyard. Shanela turned her head away and licked her wet lips. ?Hold the opponent''s face and say: "We have agreed to level 15, so keep working hard." Soon! Bragging! Shannara said, pecked her again, then straightened her clothes and walked out quickly. The next day, the association. Outside the deacons study. ?Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, and after getting a response, he walked in directly. In the study room, Imiro sat behind the desk, looking through the documents in his hands as usual. Moya was not far away, sorting the information on the bookshelf. Is something wrong? Imiro looked up. Wu Heng said directly: "Yesterday, I sent supplies to the pirate informant. On the way back, I was attacked by the pirate group. The other party got the news of the blank envelope and came to block the cargo ship I arranged." Hearing him say that he was going to deliver supplies, Imiro frowned. Ask: What do you think? "My cargo ship left Treasure Island temporarily. The other party knows my route and approximate time. I doubt it has anything to do with the port." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Just a conjecture. If it is the effect of a rare item or prop, there is no place to check it. The only thing that can be guessed is the port. Imiro nodded and pondered for a moment, then said: "Your idea has a certain possibility, but it is a bit far-fetched to mobilize all the pirates based on this alone. Otherwise, bribery of the port ship management will become the main source of intelligence for the pirates." Well, Im just making a conjecture. Imiro said: "I will arrange for a small team to check it out at that time. Before we have accurate information, we should not make any big moves on the island." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "I also killed the captain of a bayonet pirate group. The third-level wanted order, the cargo ship was robbed and got into the hands of ''Philippa''. If it is revealed, he will die." In my hands, someone may have inferred that I am related to Philippa." You want the autopsy to be a little more private? "Yes, members of the Sword Pirates can die at any time, but they cannot die now." Wu Heng said. "Moya, I''ll go and do it. Record the body first, and wait a week before canceling the wanted order." Imiro said directly. "Understood!" Moya walked out and looked at Wu Heng, "Where is the body?" Its in this space ring! Come out first and give me the body. The two of them walked out of the study, and Wu Heng took out the body wrapped in a straw mat. Moya took it away and walked towards the morgue. Wu Heng returned to the study room. Imiro continued to ask: "How is your pirate lady developing?" Send a boatload of supplies and let the other party plunder it. I''m afraid he is the most exaggerated one among the entire association''s spies. Its not bad. Some information is being sent back one after another, but her pirate group is small and they dont have access to information about high-level pirate groups, Wu Heng said. ??Imiro looked at the document in his hand again. Then he said: "Let''s do this. If you, the pirate lady, can provide three level three bounty and effective information, I will arrange her into the Whisperer, which can be regarded as giving her an identity." Hearing these words, Wu Heng was also very happy. ?Becoming a Whisperer means truly having an identity. Not only will it be easier to put aside the identity of a pirate in the future, but when in danger, you can also seek refuge in any association. Speaking of which, I had some contact with Lilith, the leader of the Whisperers. ?The other party owes me a favor to a certain extent. It is not difficult to write a letter to the other party and ask Lilith to arrange Philippa. It will be even better now that the deacon "Imilo" is here to handle it. Then Ill thank the deacon for Philippa. Well, its nothing, try to stay away from the island. "good!" After the matter was discussed, Wu Heng left the room directly. Just left the door. Then he saw Silla Rose walking towards him. ?The two said hello, and Shiragui walked in directly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, stood at the door and waited for a while, then Xila Gui walked out of the study. Wait for me? Sheela asked. "Ah, are you okay? Let''s go sit over there for a while." Lets go! The two of them went to Xilagui''s study. ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, while Xila Gui sat opposite and asked, "Is it about the evil sword again?" No, I want to ask you about level 15 professionals. They all say that each profession at level 15 has an essential improvement. I dont understand what they mean. Wu Heng asked directly. I didnt think of asking at first. After all, I will reach level 15 soon, so I will naturally know when the time comes. When Dan met Sheila Gui, he asked about it. I also have some understanding in my heart. Sheilagui looked at him with some suspicion, "Do you really not know, or are you just testing me here? Don''t you, a mage, usually read?" Forehead. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I came from a small place and got all my books from the association. My knowledge is not as broad as you think. It does not mean that all mages are scholars. It is inevitable that some of me will This kind of thing slipped through the net. Poof~! Sheila Gui was amused by him and smiled. She had never seen anyone say that she was sent to a foreign country. Then he said: "There is indeed a saying that level 15 is a watershed for professions. After each profession reaches this level, some changes will occur, but it is not as exaggerated as the rumors." So, what exactly has changed? Sheela Gui continued: "The first is the change in title. For example, if a boxer has reached level 15, when the outside world introduces you, they will mention that this is a great boxer, which means that you have reached level 15 and have a certain level. Achievements, and in terms of physical changes, the great boxer will have an immortal body, full of strength and will not age, and will still maintain a relatively youthful appearance even when he is hundreds of years old. " Immortal? Immortal? "That''s not what I mean. It''s just that there won''t be that obvious aging in appearance, but when one''s lifespan is exhausted, he will still die normally. The important thing is that his energy is full and he will be even more powerful when fighting." Xilagui said. ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. According to his own panel, reaching this level unlocks special abilities. The Boxer has unlocked immortality and can maintain full energy to fight. Appearance will also change. Wheres the mage? "I don''t know much about mages. There seem to be two opinions. One is a master spellcaster, which should be a change in the power of your spells. The second one is related to your school. I''m not sure." La Gui thought for a moment and replied. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. No matter which profession, reaching level 15 is considered a very high level. Being sought after and respected by others. Are you going to reach level 15? Xi Lagui asked after explaining. How is that possible? Im just over 20 years old! "Don''t worry, you are already very good at reaching the level of deputy deacon at the age of 20. It is not impossible to reach level 15 in the future." Sheela comforted. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: Has the evil sword had any results? No results yet? Ill let you know when there are results! Do you want to have dinner together later? Silla rolled her eyes at him, "Let''s wait until later!" ?Wu Heng chatted with her about pirates again. There was nothing to say and he left here directly. Go back to the study and say hello to Anderweil. He returned directly to his residence. Minnie is watering the flowers in the yard. He waved his hand and went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. On the other side is still the manager''s office. I looked down at the vehicles queuing up to exchange food in the corridor. Took out the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai!" You say it! Prepare the convoy and go out to clean up the zombies. "receive!" Go downstairs, get in the car, and rush towards the zombie area. (End of this chapter) Chapter 382 , Pirates United Chapter 382, ??Pirates Union Emerald Sea, several pirate ships form a huge fleet. And several ships in the middle. ?Hunting the pirate flag with the image of "claws breaking the ground". Devil''s Hand, a large pirate group. In the captain''s room of the first ship, three people were sitting. Behind the desk, a man wearing a religious robe and holding a book in his hand looked like a kind godfather. Captain of the Devil''s Hand, Javier. Looking towards the opposite side with a smile, he said softly, "How about it? It''s just a deputy deacon, and the bounty will be divided equally!" Opposite, two men were sitting. ??One man has a bald head in iron armor, the fat on his forehead forms a Sichuan pattern, and he has a fierce face. ?The other man has a thin cheek, a goatee, a suit of leather armor, and two swords hanging on his waist, with an equally serious expression. The devils hand will also be interested in these 500 gold coins? Baldhead asked curiously. ?Havier, the captain of Devil''s Hand, replied: "500 gold coins is not a lot, but it is a lot. It''s just killing a deputy deacon, which is much easier than robbing a merchant group." ? ?Goat Beard also said: "It''s so easy to kill, why would you ask for 500 gold coins?" Baldhead added, "I heard that Imiro values ??him very much. He basically won''t leave the island now. How can he kill him?" ?Havier picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "You don''t have to think about this, and we are not the only three pirates in the whole plan, there will be others joining us." The bald man touched his head and said, "The more people join, the less the bounty will be." ?Havier glanced at him and said, "Perhaps his bounty will be increased by then! Moreover, he has a lot of good things on him, and some loot will be enough for everyone to have a good income." The two people opposite fell into silence again. Normally speaking, you wouldnt be too worried about killing an association deputy deacon. Since it also involves Treasure Island and mysterious letters, people have to consider whether it is worth it. 500 gold, if there are more people, you may not be able to get much. How many people do you plan to find? Goatee pushed up the captains hat and looked directly into the other persons eyes. ?Havier took another sip of wine and replied, "I might as well reveal something to you. If you guys join, I plan to gather 5 fourth-level professionals to kill him." The two people opposite were stunned. The eyes showed surprise at the same time. Unexpectedly, the other party valued this subdeacon more than he did. ?Level 4 is a level 15 professional, which can also be understood as five large pirate groups uniting to kill a deputy deacon. What a generous act. Youre looking for so many people, and the money is simply not enough. Bald Head said. There are less people who are afraid of having problems, and make more money and earn less. ? Javier said directly: "As a level 15 professional, I guarantee a minimum settlement of 200 gold, which is not enough for my devil''s hand to supplement it for you." "Um..." The bald man scratched his head again, "It doesn''t matter whether it''s money or not. Since you opened your mouth, I''ll join this time." Goatee also nodded, "I agree too. When will it start?" ?Havier smiled and nodded, and said: "Don''t worry, I have to talk to other people, and Imiro is guarding Treasure Island. I have to arrange a plan to lure that kid out." Yes, please inform us in advance. "good!" Zombie world. ??The convoy, escorted by the skeleton army, is still moving towards the target point. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the co-pilot, thinking about level 15 professionals again. Each profession will have a special change after reaching level 15. I am also looking forward to seeing what new abilities will be unlocked. Recently, the amount of food exchange has been relatively large, and I feel that various shelters are trying to find ways to stock up on food for the winter. Qi Hancai, who was driving a car, said. Winter can also be a disaster for shelters. At that time, it will not only be zombies that are gradually getting stronger, but also in the ice and snow, with heavy snow blocking the streets, and without food, you will really be waiting to die. Selling everything that can be exchanged for items in exchange for food is also inevitable. I will supplement it for you when the time comes. Wu Heng said. "In the two trading markets, we have collected about 10 kilograms of gold in the past few days. There are 19 corpse cores. I will send them to you when we get back." "Are all the corpse cores first-class?" They are all at the first level, and the number of corpse cores seems to be continuously increasing. Do you want to change the quantity of grain transactions? Qi Hancai asked again. The exchange of gold began to slow down. It will only get slower and slower in the future. On the contrary, the number of corpse cores is gradually increasing. The reason is also easy to analyze. The emergence of evolved zombies has increased the production of first-level corpse cores. Qi Hancai wanted to ask if corpse cores were no longer so scarce. Should the exchange amount of grain be reduced? ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s do this in winter, and then we''ll talk about it in spring." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed with a smile. She doesnt want to change the price either. But the base does not belong to oneself, and the food does not come from oneself. I am afraid that I will exchang it in a large number of them. You still have to listen to Wu Hengs ideas. He said there was no need to adjust it, so he felt relieved. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "When Li Yahong comes next time, you can discuss the base matter and close down the redundant bases. The population should not be too scattered." "Understood, we are also discussing this matter, and we will report to you when we have the results." "Um!" As the two chatted, the convoy approached the location to be cleaned. Forward. It is an area without any landmark buildings. Belongs to the main road between two communities. Looking from a distance, you can see zombies wandering on the road. Although not much in quantity. But it is definitely enough to reach level 15. Facing them, two ghosts flew back, and Xiaoxiao said: "No aberrant zombies were found." ?Glenda also shook her head, "I didn''t find any special zombies either." Then lets start fighting! He patted the skeleton dog next to him. ~! Two skeleton dogs rushed out directly. Hurry quickly towards the direction of the corpses. Just halfway through the run. ??Has attracted the attention of the zombies, a zombie roar spread backward along the road, and zombies poured out of the two communities. On the central road, a dense group of corpses formed and charged towards them. Let the skeleton flying dragon come out. Wu Heng said. Hurrah~! The sound of breaking the air sounded from above, and five skeletal flying dragons rushed directly into the sky. After reaching the sky above the corpses, directly drop a dense amount of solid iron bullets. ?Hum, boom, boom~! The earth trembled and smoke rose into the sky. At the same time, the system prompt also appeared immediately. Level increased to level 15, intelligence 2, constitution +1, perception +1. Unlock feats: Master Spellcaster, Untiring Concentration, Breath of the Dead, Divine Presence. Unlock ability: God''s presence. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes. Upgraded directly. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 383 , fourth level special effects Chapter 383, fourth-level special effects ??The sudden upgrade also surprised Wu Heng. It was faster than I thought, and I reached level 15 directly. Looking at the battlefield in front of him. Zombies that followed rushed out from the communities on both sides one after another. But the number is not much anymore. Advance, kill all the zombies! Wu Heng ordered directly. ?The skeleton army on standby immediately took action, armed with spears, to attack the oncoming corpses head-on. For a time, the weapons chopped flesh and blood, and the sound of zombies roaring sounded again. ??Wu Heng issued several orders one after another. Let the deformed skeletons around you also kill the corpses. ?Seeing the corpses being killed one by one and falling to the ground, Wu Heng also took the opportunity to open the panel to check the attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 15 (423/195000) Attributes: Strength 40, Agility 30, Constitution 44, Intelligence 39, Perception 25, Charisma 28. [Experts:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate), Swordsmanship Specialization (Intermediate), Staff Specialization (Intermediate)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration, Master Spellcaster , not tired of concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthening will, soul induction, spell casting acceleration, breath of dead souls, divine presence. Skills: Bone Spell,...Bone Arms, Corpse Cage, Bone Transplantation, Breath of Death, Activated Objects. The experience value for upgrading from level 15 to level 16 reaches 195,000. 30,000 more than before. But its still normal, after all, it has been increasing in this way before. ?As for the attribute points, this upgrade directly increased four attribute points. In addition to two points of intelligence, physical fitness and perception increased by one point each. Before, upgrading a level only increased two attributes. I dont know if its only at level 15, or if it will be increased by four attributes in the future. Feats and abilities unlocked. Introduces more individual features than Sheila Rose. Four were added in total. ?Wu Heng began to watch them one by one. Master Spellcaster: Using the highest spellcasting ability, your spell power, casting speed, and duration are all increased to the master level. When in a state of concentration, your thinking and energy will not be tired. Breath of the Dead: It can absorb the power of the dead and the dead, and quickly restore one''s own injuries and mental strength. Can descend into the body of an attached attendant and have control over it. There are four types in total. [Master Spellcaster] can be regarded as an increase in the mage profession. The spell strength and spell casting speed reach the master level. This point represents a difference from ordinary professionals. Spell abilities have all reached the level of a master. Never-tired ConcentrationIn a state of concentration, your thinking and energy will not be exhausted, which corresponds to the mental consumption when studying spells. Same as the Master caster, an increase for the Mage. Next, there is [Breath of the Dead], which absorbs the power of the dead and the dead to restore one''s own injuries and mental strength. It should also be related to this expertise. ?Wu Heng can now feel the power of the dead around him, and he can absorb it into his body as long as he is willing. Can be used to restore one''s own injuries on the battlefield. Even in normal times, you can come here to restore your own mental strength. At least I can save money on medicine. The last one is called [Gods presence], which is an unlocked ability. From the introduction, the effect of God''s presence is to descend on the body of the attached servant and have control over it. I dont quite understand what it means. Looking at the fighting area in front of him. ?With a thought in mind, cast [Divine Presence]. The next second, his consciousness appeared on the body of a spear-wielding skeleton on the battlefield. In front of him was a zombie with its chest pierced through. It was clawing at him with all its teeth and claws. I was shocked, but I soon understood. ?? He raised his foot and kicked the attacking zombie back a few steps, pulled out his spear, and stabbed it into the zombie''s mouth again. At the same time, I was also surprised by the effect of [Gods presence]. How can it be used in this way? Observed the scene again. The way a skeleton perceives images and colors is different from how living beings see it. The surrounding world is gray and white, and zombies and other skeletons are energy bodies of the same shape. The battle continues. ??Wu Heng immediately ended the [God''s presence] state and regained control of his body. What did you do just now? Glenda flew down and asked. ?Wu Heng asked, "Is there any problem?" "It seems like your spiritual consciousness has disappeared. When Xiaoxiao and I came over, your body was just standing there like this." Glenda said. In other words, if you are in the state of divine presence, you will remain in a state without spiritual consciousness. Xiaoxiao circled around him and said, "Uncle, you seem to be different. You have a very comfortable aura about you." "Yes, the aura of death on your body makes us feel very comfortable with you." Glenda also added. ??The Necromancer himself exudes the power of the dead. After I reach level 15, this aura becomes even stronger. I have reached level 15 and am now an Archmage. It should be for this reason that you feel that the aura of the undead has become heavier. Wu Heng explained. ?Xiao Xiao didnt understand this either, so he just clapped his hands approvingly, Wow, thats awesome. What is a great mage? It means it has improved and become more powerful. Wu Heng explained. Oh, uncle is so awesome. Xiaoxiao repeated. There is also a small contribution. ?Glenda''s expression was full of surprise. She naturally knows what level 15 means. ??When Wu Heng brought him out, he was not even at level 10, but he was raised to level 15 so quickly. You came out with a human genius? This matter is even more surprising than Wu Heng having a special world. Listen to one person and one soul, blowing on each other. ?Glenda continued to ask: "Is it because of this that your consciousness disappeared just now?" Well, its an ability at level 15. You can use it again. ?Wu Heng used it again, and his body instantly appeared on the big skull beside him. Looking back at his body, he saw ''Glenda'' getting in directly. Controlling his body, he looked at his hands and feet. Damn it, I got it for myself. Ending [God''s Arrival], she instantly regained control of her body, and Glenda flew out again. After you leave the body, I can control your body. Well, you can still do it like this. Wu Heng continued to ask: How does it feel to have your body again? Suddenly I felt a little uncomfortable in my body. "If there are special circumstances in the future, you can control my body and run away first." "Um!" ?Standing there and chatting for a while. The battle ahead is gradually coming to an end. Skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and Qi Hancai and others also came from behind. Search nearby stores. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the corpses of several evolved zombies. Directly release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and the range of the gray-white aperture almost covers a distance of nearly 20 meters around it. It is wider than before, and there is no need for skeletons to gather the corpses together. After the aperture, the corpse of the evolved zombie stood up. ?Wu Heng found two corpse cores from inside. Put in the space ring and continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stand up one after another. Join the queue behind. While Wu Heng was releasing one after another, the surrounding power of death continued to restore its own spiritual power. Can maintain his frequent use of spells. Wait until all skeletons are transformed. Qi Hancai and others also came back. Several survivors behind him were moving bicycles in a bicycle shop. It looks like it should be a brand, as well as various cycling supplies. "There are no zombies nearby. I will arrange for someone to come over tomorrow and search them carefully." Qi Hancai said. As he spoke, he looked at him carefully up and down. It feels a little different from before. Well, lets go back first. Wu Heng nodded. ?Getting on the truck, after the others also moved the bicycles. The convoy restarted and headed towards the shopping mall. Shopping mall, managers office. Qi Hancai sent a backpack of gold and 19 first-level corpse cores. After Wu Heng put it away, he handed the two bottles of medicine to her and said, "Drink it yourself and don''t tell anyone else." When he saw it, he gave himself the medicine. Qi Hancai''s face still showed joy, "I understand." Wu Heng said: "Pay attention to the military and let me know if there are any developments." Okay, I dont have any instructions, so Ill go back first. "Um." Qi Hancai exited the room. ??After Wu Heng put away the items, he simply sorted them out, opened the gate, returned the gold and silver, etc. Come out of the study room. Send the corpse core to the alchemy room. Let Minnie prepare the bath water and take a comfortable bath. ??Andweier also came back from outside. Wu Heng said: "There is no need to prepare dinner, let''s go to Shanara''s place to eat." Master misses Sister Shanara again! Minnie said mischievously. ?Wu Heng patted her on the back, "Don''t talk nonsense!" "hey-hey!" After the two maids had changed, Wu Heng took them out and walked towards the next door. ~! Knocking lightly on the courtyard door, the housekeeper opened it. Deputy Wu Heng, two ladies. The housekeeper saluted. Well, is Mrs. Shannara here? Lets come and see her. Please wait a moment. Not long after, the door opened and the housekeeper said softly: "Please come in, my wife is waiting for you in the living room." Go through the courtyard and enter the building. ?? Then he saw Shanara wearing a gorgeous long dress, sitting on the sofa drinking tea. When she saw a few people coming in, she also showed a bright smile, "Here it comes!" Well, has the Star Flower Caravan come here recently? Wu Heng sat down and asked casually. Shannara shook her head, "Not so fast. We will approach the port in two days." Oh, let me know when the time comes. "Okay!" Shannara continued: "I heard that pirates have begun to frequently harass shipping routes recently. Is there any action from the association?" "The deacon is arranging this matter, and I guess there will be some arrangements by then." He said, looking at the other party''s delicate face. Shanara''s face turned a little red, she rolled her eyes at the other party, changed the subject and said: "The dinner is almost over, let''s go to the restaurant!" ?A few people got up and walked towards the restaurant. Shanara said as she walked, "I still have some precious ingredients here, and it just so happens that you can try them too." "Great! I just said that coming to Sister Shannara''s side was the right decision." Minnie cheered. Sit down at the table and after dinner is served. Started to eat. ??Wu Heng said: "How do you usually verify other people''s levels?" Shannara glanced at him and explained: "Most of the time, we make inferences based on the opponent''s combat effectiveness and some intelligence. Your association''s wanted order is this method. ?There is also a magic prop called detection level, which is a kind of spell in prophecy. Its function is to help some organizations identify the level when recruiting personnel. " Personal level is private. When faced with danger, your level is also the key to determining whether you can defeat the enemy. ?The association will not record specific grades on file. But everyone can estimate that a deacon must be at least level 12, and a deputy deacon must be at least level 10 or above. Then, Shanara looked at him with a smile, "What, have you upgraded?" Just ask. ?A few people were chatting while eating, and they were very happy with each other. After dinner, Wu Heng took his two daughters and said goodbye to her and left. Wait until it gets late. The two maids also went back to their rooms to rest. ?Wu Heng walked out of the courtyard, folded a paper crane, and flew into Shanara''s lighted room. Shannella, with her hair disheveled, looked over from the window. ?Wu Heng pointed to the roof of the building, and the latter nodded. Go all the way to the top of the building. Shannara jumped over, gave her a light blow, and said, "Didn''t we just separate? Why are you looking for me again?" ?Wu Heng took her hand and asked, "Do you mean what you say?" Ah? Why doesnt it count? Shannara asked with some doubt. ?Wu Heng said softly: "I''m level 15!" Shanella frowned. ?Eyes gradually widen. (End of this chapter) Chapter 384 , news of Kalema鈥檚 disappearance Chapter 384, news of Kalemas disappearance Shanela looked at him in surprise. ?Then he reached out and touched his forehead, "Are you okay?" "real!" "Minnie and the others are with you, how can you talk nonsense about this?" Shannara said seriously. Obviously he doesnt believe that he can reach level 15. ??Wu Heng held the opponent''s hand and said: "Really, what are you trying to do to lie to me? Didn''t you say that there are tools to verify the level? Take it out and I will prove it to you." ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? with with me with me in mind. According to normal circumstances, given the time it took him to become a professional and his own background, it would be impossible for him to reach level 15 so quickly. I heard that I need to use props to detect it. ??Shanara saw that his tone was serious, even if it was not consistent with common sense, she began to become a little suspicious. asked: Are you serious? Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Then wait! Shanara jumped back to the roof of her building and hurried downstairs. After a while, he returned again. He handed over a crystal stone engraved with runes. The front side of the spar, like a scale, is divided into five dividing lines. Hold it, like communicating ?Wu Heng held the spar and mentally began to try to communicate. The next second, the crystal in his hand began to light up from the bottom, and when it reached the fourth level, it slowly stopped. Shanara on the side was staring at the crystal with surprise and disbelief in her eyes. Hand covering the crystal, he looked around cautiously. Check to see if any tame animals are nearby. Even if the two of them are dating, they are not as nervous as now. After confirming that there was nothing suspicious, he opened his eyes wide and asked, "How did you do that?" If I remember correctly, Wu Heng is only 24 years old. Human, a 24-year-old professional from a remote town, reached level 15 and fourth level. How is this possible? But the fact was before her eyes, and she had to admit it. It wasnt you who inspired me, but I finally reached level 15. Wu Heng said. Shannara''s face was slightly red. Although she liked hearing it, leveling was not something that could be achieved with motivation. "If you don''t want to say forget it, don''t tell anyone about it." "I know, I''ll tell you." Wu Heng firmly hugged her waist and continued: "You promised!" Shannara''s face began to turn red, and she said timidly: "Let''s talk about it later, you are improving too quickly." ??Wu Heng''s hand around his waist tightened again, and he lowered his head and pressed it to his lips. Shannara hammered lightly, her whole body hanging on the other party''s body. The body gradually becomes weaker and the heart beats more intensely. When he was breathing heavily, he said: "It''s a little cold outside, go to my place." ?Wu Heng nodded, let the other party hold him, and jumped back to the roof next door. ??He entered the bedroom quietly. Shanela''s bedroom is large. It''s like two rooms are connected. The bedroom is a large bed hung with a white gauze curtain. There is also a small study room behind the partition with many oil paintings hanging on the walls. After a brief glance, without waiting for the other party to speak, he picked up Shannara again and put her on the bed. Having half a push to take off her nightgown. Shanella covered her important parts with her hands and curled up on the bed, timid and somewhat expectant. ? Glancing carefully, his eyes fell on the other party''s exposed body. The muscles are firm and well defined. Even the sculptures used for painting are more smooth and natural. I feel shy, but I cant look away. ??This is a mage? Seeing her staring at him, Wu Heng subconsciously touched his body, "What''s wrong?" Shannara reacted and immediately turned her head away, "It''s okay, I just don''t feel like you are built like a mage." ?Wu Heng smiled, pulled away her covering arm, and put it on his body, "Want to touch it?" What are you doing! Shannellas skin became even redder, but she still touched her carefully. Does it feel good? Shannara put her head aside and said, "Next time I draw a human body, you can be my model." Okay, then I want to collect some reward first. ?Wu Heng pressed lightly on his body and pecked down his neck. Hmm~! Shannara moaned softly. Hand your arms lightly against your chest. The next day, early morning. Shanela walked out of the bathroom wearing an off-white bathrobe. ?Standing in front of the silver mirror, he gently combed his scattered hair. Turning his head to look at the hickey on his neck, he touched it gently. Youre up so early! Wu Heng came over from behind and hugged the waist in front of him. Shanela was still combing her hair, "You are always dishonest, how can you sleep." ?Wu Heng smiled, looked at the beautiful figure in the mirror, and said softly: "You are so beautiful." "It''s just your sweet mouth." Wu Heng stretched out his hand, and the belt tied around Shannara''s waist was untied, and the skirt of her clothes spread to both sides, revealing a round, smooth and flat belly. Ah~! Shannara was just about to cover it with her hands. The belt is bundled together, and the hands are tied and raised high. What have you been doing all morning? Shanela complained, her upper body was pressed against the silver mirror, and her buttocks were slightly backward. afternoon. There was a knock on the door, and the housekeeper''s voice came in. Madam, you havent eaten all day. Shannara lay on her back on the desk, breathing lightly, and patted the man''s chest. said: Bring it in! ?Wu Heng was startled, "What are you doing!" "fine!" ?The door opened and the housekeeper walked in directly. Ignoring the two people on the desk on one side, he placed the prepared meal on the tea table next to the bed. Then he simply cleaned up the scene. Leave the room directly. ?Wu Heng asked in surprise: "Isn''t this bad?" "We have a slave contract, don''t worry." Shannella said. Its a little strange to be seen. "From now on, you will also be her master, so what are you afraid of? Even though you are not in name yet." Shanara smiled softly. Oh, okay! Wu Heng picked her up, walked to the tea table, leaned against each other, and fed each other affectionately as they ate dinner. Why are you like an animal, endlessly? Shanara complained as she lay on the bed a little tired. You dont even think about how long Ive been waiting for you. "Really." Shanela rolled her eyes at him and said, "I have to talk about things tomorrow. You can''t stay here tonight, otherwise I won''t be able to sleep well all night." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Okay, then when you are done with your work, come directly to me." I dont want it, it would be so embarrassing if Minnie and the others see it. "What are you afraid of? In their eyes, you are also the mistress." Shannara''s face was slightly red, but she still felt a sense of joy in her heart, "Let''s talk about it then!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng got dressed. ?Pecked the other person on the face, waved and walked out of the room. Go along the roof and return to your residence. The improvement in physical fitness can be clearly felt at this time. ?Even if it lasts for a day and a night, it wont make a big difference. First, I went to the radio room on the third floor and took a look to make sure there was no news from ''Philippa''. Go directly downstairs. In the restaurant, Minnie and Andwyer were sitting at the table eating. Seeing him coming down, Minnie got up and went to get the dishes. I have eaten, you can eat! Wu Heng said. Oh, the master ate outside. Minnie sat back and continued eating. ?Wu Heng sat down on the sofa nearby. Anderweil said: "Master, Assistant Moya asked you today to ask you to go to the association tomorrow." ??Moya is looking for himself? Do you know anything? "It seems to be related to the special inspection envoy last time. I don''t know what the specific matter is." Andwyer thought for a moment and said in an uncertain tone. Calema! It seems that news of his death has finally come back. Okay, lets go together tomorrow. Well, good master. Have had dinner. After chatting in the living room for a while. ?Wu Heng walked upstairs to the room. The two women looked at each other and followed him upstairs. In the bedroom. ?Minnie and Anderweil were lying on both sides of the bed, leaning on their chins and looking at Wu Heng, who was sleeping soundly in the middle. "What''s going on? Master went to bed so early today?" Minnie asked, holding her chin. ? Anderweil was on the other side and said softly: "Keep your voice down, maybe you''re tired!" Master, its really hard for you. If you cant do it, why dont we stop being the sub-deacon and play together at home every day? Minnie said. Anderweil pinched the other person''s cheek lightly and said, "How do you think our current life came about? Moreover, the master''s status will become higher and higher in the future, so how can he come back to stay at home with you every day." Thats all Im saying, what are you doing so seriously? Anderweil smiled, "I''m afraid you''re too young to know what to do." Who is younger? Is it better to be older than you? The two whispered a few words, and then each leaned on one side. Close your eyes and fall asleep. The next day, association. Deacon''s study. Deacon, are you looking for me? Wu Heng said directly after entering the study. ??Imiro said directly: "Kalema is missing." Thanks for the 10,000 tip lighter than a feather. (End of this chapter) Chapter 385 , exchange the ring stick at the port (asking for a monthly ticket.) Chapter 385: Changing the oracle at the port (asking for monthly votes.) It is indeed a matter of Kalema. ? He ??glanced at Imiro and saw that he had no expression on his face. He frowned and said, "Didn''t you say we were going to the next resident association? Why are you still missing?" The ship he was on has already conveyed the news to the local association, and the person disappeared on the ship. Imiro continued. Missing at sea? Then there should be some problems with this ship. Imiro glanced at him and asked: "The local association is investigating. Let your pirate lady also pay attention to this matter to see if it is related to pirates." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Well, theres nothing else to do, go and do your business! ?Wu Heng left directly. Return to your office and study room. Anderweil asked: "Master, do you have any mission?" Its nothing, its just that Kalema is missing, and the association plans to investigate! Wu Heng sat down at the desk. Isnt the special supervisory envoy a very high position? Why is he still missing? Who knows, the deacon suspected that the pirates did it. Oh! On the sea, only pirates are so unscrupulous. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. As for the fact that he killed Kalema, he did not tell the two maids around him. Its not that I dont trust them, its just that the less people know about some things, the better. Especially this kind of thing, which has a relatively large impact. On the other hand, Imiro didn''t seem to pay attention to himself. From a superficial point of view, I dont have that big of animosity with Kalema, and its not even a conflict. And in terms of time, it is difficult to doubt coming here. It depends on the association where the ship is docked, whether they will find out anything through investigation. Its unlikely. After staying in the study for a while, Wu Heng said hello to Anderweil and walked out of the association. Find a place where no one is around. Put on the [train conductors hat], and the train whistle will sound in the next second. The ghost train appeared and opened one side door with a loud crash. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and filled in "Netalei City" in the itinerary. The doors closed and the train disappeared. A few hours later. ?The train appeared in an uninhabited land outside Netale City. ?Wu Heng got off the train and looked at the direction of the city. Put the [Transformation Veil] on your head and walk towards the city. Five or six days have passed since the consortium auction. Previously at the trade fair, I had a verbal transaction with a woman wearing a black cloak. ?The other party took out a "wonderful object" that could restore one''s sanity, and exchanged two bottles of potion with him. Calculating the time, the other party left the passenger ship and arrived at Netale City. After solving the level 15 problem. I thought to take a look. If the other party really hung up the commission, I would exchange it. After all, I had made an agreement. If there was no similar commission, it would be a wasted trip. Enter the city smoothly. I found a tavern on the way and went in. Madam, what do you need? the bartender came over and asked. Wu Heng is now the image of a woman, so she is called Madam. Sit down and order a glass of wine. When the other party brings the wine, he takes out two silver coins and hands them to the other party. The bartender looked at the silver coin and did not dare to take it. He said respectfully: "Madam, I can help you introduce other men." ??Wu Heng ignored Dui''s words and asked directly: "Where is the Snake Emblem Consortium in the city?" The bartender breathed a sigh of relief when he heard that he was not coveting his own beauty. quickly put away the silver coins and said in a low voice: "You can go to the Mermaid Tavern. The downstairs there is also open to the public." ??Ye Ke Kingdom does not recognize the identity of the consortium. So it usually appears in another form around the city, or in relatively secret places. ?Just like the Snake Emblem Consortium in Blackstone Town, they established a black market outside the city. ??Blackstone Town and the local association are both aware of the consortium''s black market, but they also acquiesce in the existence of the other party. This sounds like it''s in the city. Its really bold.?????Thank you! ??The bartender saluted again, took the silver coins and left directly. ?Wu Heng drank all the wine in his glass, walked out of the tavern, called a carriage, and headed to the Mermaid Tavern. ?The Mermaid Tavern is not too far away either. Follow the crowd down the wooden ladder and enter an underground place. At the front desk of the Snake Emblem Financial Group, there is an exchange area for gold and silver coins on one side, and a notice board surrounded by many people. This should be considered a semi-public place. He remembered that when he was in Blackstone Town, entering the black market established by the consortium required a cloak, and it was completely open here. ?Wu Heng walked to the notice board. Scanning through the commissioned tasks one after another, I finally landed on one. The strange object ''Jie stick'', provides the effect of making people wake up by hitting the body, in exchange for 2 bottles of medicine that changes the body''s constitution. Sure enough, it came out. The price was still based on the price negotiated by both parties at that time, two bottles of medicine. ?After thinking for a moment, I took off the commission and walked to the counter. "I''ll take this commission." The counter staff took the entrustment and looked at it. Then he said: "Guest, what do you want to exchange? We need to arrange for someone to inspect it to ensure that it meets the entrustment requirements." ?Wu Heng handed over the two bottles of medicine. The staff took it and said, "Guest, please wait a moment." ?Wu Heng nodded and waited at a location not far away. It doesnt take long. The staff came out again and said: "Guest, the potion meets the conditions of the commission. This is the item on the commission. Please check it." The long wooden box is opened. The wooden staff with a tan color inside is exposed, with a shiny surface and religious patterns on it. At the top is a golden ball-shaped hand grip. Qingming Precept Stick Category: Strange Objects Effect: Beating creatures can relieve mental, hypnotic, illusion and other negative effects. Side effects: Doubled pain. (Description: Physical pain, which can make you more awake.) It is indeed this prop. ??Moreover, it has more effects than imagined, including mental relief, hypnosis, and even illusion effects. It is already considered a very good rare item. The side effects are not serious, but the pain is doubled, and it will be over after a while. It is not a serious side effect. It is unlikely that he can use it. After all, the ability of [Strengthening Will] has protected his consciousness several times. But there is no telling when it will be used. ?Wu Heng was quite satisfied and put the items away. Looking up at the staff who had not left yet, he asked, "Is there anything else?" "The guest, the alchemist who is verifying the potion, is very interested in your potion. Let me ask you if it is convenient for you to meet with him." After that, he continued to add, "We will not disclose your information, we are just here to ask you. Opinion." It seems that the alchemist responsible for the inspection discovered the difference in the potion. Want to have a chat with myself. You should think of yourself as an alchemist. Its not very convenient. Wu Heng said. Good guest, then we wont disturb you. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked directly outside. Exit the Mermaid Tavern. ?Wu Heng walked forward along the road. The carriages here do not stop at a moment''s notice. More often, they need to go to a fixed location to find the carriage. Havent walked a few meters. ?Wu Heng turned into an alley. ?Standing there and waiting, a figure followed closely and walked in. Do you have a problem with me? (End of this chapter) Chapter 386 , the woman who followed Chapter 386, the woman who followed The figure following him paused. Looking ahead with some surprise. Just now I was curious about why I suddenly turned into an alley, but it turned out that I was following him and was waiting to follow him. ?Standing at the entrance of the alley, he said directly, "I''m selling that rare thing." ?Wu Heng also looked at the figure that followed. ? Wearing a hood, the brim of the hat is lowered very low, and long golden hair can be seen in the gaps on both sides of the hood. Female voice, and young. ??I thought it was the alchemist of the consortium, after all, I just asked the staff to send a message, saying that I wanted to talk to him. It seems that I was wrong. It should be the person who verbally agreed with me on the passenger ship at the auction. Youve been staying here waiting for me? Wu Heng asked curiously. I saw you took off the commission. "Our transaction has been completed, do you have anything else to do?" Wu Heng''s tone was still a bit unkind. Stalking someone is not a friendly thing to do. "I apologize to you for my behavior just now." The woman bowed and continued: "I know that you intend to hide your identity, so I did not meet you in the consortium. I came out with you and wanted to have a talk." What to talk about? The woman continued: "I just want to confirm with you, how can I continue to exchange this medicine with you in the future?" ??Wu Heng looked at her doubtfully, "This kind of medicine is limited to one person. You can''t take it all the time. If you buy too much, you won''t be able to use it." "I know, if I want to exchange again, how should I find you?" the woman said again. You can continue to issue commissions to the consortium, I will come over and take a look. Wu Heng replied. You can tell me the specific address and I will go directly with the exchange items. ??Wu Heng said directly: "The production of potions is not as simple as you think. Just go through the consortium. I will come and check on it from time to time." "This..., okay! If you are not satisfied with the exchange of items, you can ask the consortium to contact me and we will continue to negotiate." "Can." Then I wont disturb you. The woman bowed to the nobles again and exited the alley again. Return to the Mermaid Tavern. ?Wu Heng watched her leave and walked forward some distance. The [Eagle Eye Technique] was released along the road, as well as Glenda''s reconnaissance to confirm that no one was following him anymore. He stopped a passing carriage and rushed out of the city. The sale of the potion this time is not just to exchange for this rare item. I also want to test the outside worlds attitude towards this medicine. The alchemist responsible for the inspection was indeed very interested in this potion, but the impact was not as exaggerated as imagined. The woman just now should have a very good background. Have encountered any difficulties and need this medicine? You can come back to see it after a while, and maybe exchange some rare items or props. The carriage rushed all the way to the city gate. ?Wu Heng got off the car and walked towards the outside of the city. Find a deserted place and took the ghost train back to Treasure Island. Back to Treasure Island, it was almost dusk. Having dinner with the two maids, we headed to Shanara''s residence from the rooftop. As soon as he stepped off the roof, he saw the housekeeper walking towards him. ?Wu Heng paused, feeling that the way he came might be misunderstood by the other party. Just when he was about to explain, the other party bowed slightly and said, "Master Wu Heng!" Wheres Shannella? "Madam is in the study. Do you want to stay here tonight?" the housekeeper continued to ask. "Um." "The guards have made some adjustments. If you stay, please leave before breakfast to avoid having a bad impact on the lady." Okay, I understand. Wu Heng nodded and walked directly to the study. Opening the door gently, Shanara was sitting in front of the desk in a daze. Seeing him come in, the statue of God wandering in the sky suddenly turned into joy. With bare white feet, he ran all the way and jumped directly into his arms. Hes back! Well, I saw your housekeeper when I was in the corridor. She asked me to leave before breakfast tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said. Shannara looked up at him, "You can stay in the room and not go out, and no one will know." ?Wu Heng smiled, picked her up, kissed her and put her on the desk. The corners of the skirt hang down along the edge of the table, gently floating rhythmically. Summon - Skeleton Mage, unlocks the skill ''Bone Spell''. Um? Before she had time to think about it, Shanara asked, "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng smiled and caressed the other person''s cheek, "You are so beautiful." "Why are you saying this at this time? Really!" Shannara glanced to the side. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng returned from Shannara''s residence. Come downstairs and have dinner with your two maids. He went up to the fourth floor again. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. It was still the manager''s lounge. He stood at the window and looked out. As the weather turns colder, there is also a cold wind outside, raising dust and fallen leaves all over the ground. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ?But now there are not enough manpower, and yellowing leaves are flying all over the sky. ??Wu Heng did not call Qi Hancai, but went directly downstairs, rode on the flying dragon and headed to the old factory area. Still a few minutes away. ??The flying dragon fell from the roof of the building. Wu Heng jumped off the dragon''s back and spat a few mouthfuls of sand in his mouth toward the ground. Go downstairs along the roof. Entered his dormitory. ?In the room, the skeleton mage Kalema was still sitting at the desk, and had already changed to another book. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look at the skeleton''s skills. ??The skill column that originally only had one skill [Surviation Technique] now has an additional skill [Bone-Supporting Technique (Replacement)]. Hand has indeed learned the art of bones. ??The substitution word after it represents his status as an auxiliary attendant. The transformed skeleton is still an auxiliary summon belonging to Wu Heng. Kalema is a level 15 mage after all, so his intelligence advantage lies here. The speed of learning skills is not slow either. I remember that it was difficult for me to learn the skills of several skeleton hags I transformed before. Later, I gave up and left them in the prison. ??Didn''t take Kalema away immediately, but went out again and walked downstairs along the stairs. When I walked to the third floor, I happened to see my little mother Zhao Yanqiu walking up carrying a lunch box. ?He was stunned for a moment, then smiled, "Your Majesty!" I just had dinner. The factory canteen opens at fixed times. Do you have any instructions for coming here this time? Zhao Yanqiu asked. Its nothing, come and take a look at the situation here. Wait a moment. Zhao Yanqiu sent the lunch box back to the room, then walked out, Ill take a look with you. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked downstairs. Then I looked around the factory area, including the front and back yards. The entire old factory is now in charge of Zhao Yanqiu, and his main responsibility is productivity. Weapons for skeletons, winter clothing for survivors, and solid iron bullets produced at the furnace. It can be regarded as the factory of the base. plays a very important role. Zhao Yanqiu introduced it from beginning to end, and Wu Heng also followed and listened. It seems that there are no problems and it is developing smoothly. Return to the dormitory. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and asked her to go see her mother. Myself and Glenda, chatting in the room. Why do you think your husband is still alive? Wu Heng looked at the ghost in the sky and asked curiously. "This is also what I analyzed after so many years after my death. In the few years since we were together, he has been obsessed with books about changing human lifespan or physique. I doubt he survived, and I hope he will not die so easily. Glenda explained. In Glenda''s story. She was killed by her husband in the basement, and then the whole building was set on fire. That is, the manor where Wu Heng met her. ?At that time, one of the conditions for ''Glenda'' to follow her was that if she met her husband, he would help her kill him. Today, Glenda read a book about killing his wife and monopolizing his property, and thats where the conversation ended. If he really survives, his strength will probably reach a relatively high level. Wu Heng said. "You will help me, right? We agreed." Glenda leaned over and looked into his eyes. Wu Heng said directly: "Of course I will help you, but then don''t be like those women in the novel, who soften your heart, forgive the other person, and get back together." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 387 , I have the information! (Please give me a monthly ticket.) Chapter 387, I have the information! (Please give me a monthly ticket...) ?Glenda likes to read books, so naturally she has read books or stories of this type. He asked curiously: "When the time comes, I will really soften my heart and forgive him. What will you do?" What can I do? I hope you feel more comfortable next time you are killed. ?Granda changed her position again and said: "Don''t worry, what you said will only appear in romance novels. If you help me, he will not be as good as you if he is really alive today." "Um!" The two of them were chatting. Xiaoxiao flew back from next door. said: "I''m back." How was the chat with your mother? Wu Heng asked. Its good. Im much fatter than before. Thank you uncle for taking care of my mother. My family should do it. "Uh-huh!" ?Wu Heng stood up and ordered to Kalema, "Leave here with me." Kalema stood up and followed him. ?Wu Heng put away all the books on the desk. Go back to the top of the building, get on the Skeleton Dragon and leave. Return to the mall. ?Wu Heng arranged for Kalema to stay in his room and continue reading. The second book I chose is [Dead Corpse Battlefield], both of which are skills for transforming corpses. ??The reason why I learned [Bone Slave Technique] in advance is because it is a prerequisite skill. If you dont learn it, you cant release it in the Battlefield of Dead Corpses. Get settled in Kalema. ??Wu Heng continued to call Qi Hancai and talked about some things about the development of the factory area. Then go through the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go downstairs from the fourth floor. When you walk to the third floor, go directly into the room where the radio station is placed. ?Picked up the record book and looked at it, then directly picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, Philippa''s response came from the other side, "Here, what''s wrong?" Why didnt I contact you yesterday? "I didn''t hear you. I can''t stay here and chat with you every day. I''m a captain, but I''m very busy." Philippa said a little proudly. ?Yesterday, he tried to contact Philippa, but there was no one on the other side. Almost thought something had happened to the other party. You can arrange for a skeleton to stay by the radio station and make some records, so you can know whether I have contacted you or not. Wu Heng suggested. Okay, Ill arrange one at that time. Do you have anything to do with me? Wu Heng continued: "I told the deacon about your matter, and he promised that you can provide three level three wanted information. If the information is successful, you will be allowed to join the association and become a member of the ''Secret Whisperers''." Wow! Its true. Philippa exclaimed, and then asked: What is the Whisperer? "The association is an organization that is responsible for collecting intelligence. Some people will be assigned to join the team in the association, and some are like you who act as eyeliners among various forces." Wu Heng explained to the other party what he understood. Oh, what are the benefits of joining? "This means that you are already a member of the association, and some things are easier to deal with. Even if there is any danger in the future, you can directly seek asylum in the local association. The most important point is that when you stop being a pirate in the future, you can more easily distance yourself from the pirates. In short, there are advantages and no disadvantages to the relationship between them." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said to him. Give me money? "There are settlements every month. I didn''t ask how much I would give. I''ll wait until you join." Oh, thats fine too, give it to my mother then! "Can!" "Then I join the association and we are members. Will you still take care of me?" Philippa''s voice suddenly became softer. Sounds like she is still somewhat dependent on him. Think about it too. The association may not be able to support an informant in such a way that it pays buckets of money. Wu Heng said: "You are still responsible for me. Joining the association will also make you safer in the future." Then tell my mother, Im now a member of the association and Im getting ahead. You are not yet a member of the association. You will be considered a member of the association after completing the three wanted notices. Yes, I have information now. Philippa said suddenly. ?Wu Heng frowned, "What information?" While selling the cargo you gave me, I heard that the Black Crocodile Pirates will stop at Horseshoe Island for a few days. You can go over and kill them! Philippa said. ?Wu Heng opened the tablet and checked the location on the island. Found the Horseshoe Island she mentioned in the south. An island that doesnt look too big. The distance is a bit far. It takes about two days to travel from Treasure Island. Im going over now. It will take two days at the earliest. Will they stay there? "Probably, they are planning to rob the caravan there. If you go directly, you will most likely encounter them." Philippa said, but his tone was not too confident. The behavior of pirates is difficult to control. ??It is also the most difficult point to capture. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then agreed, "Okay, I''ll go over and have a look as soon as I''m ready. If I can kill the target, it will be credited to you." Hmm, whether I can become a Whisperer depends on your help! ?Wu Heng continued: "There is one more thing, please pay attention to it." "What''s up?" "Recently, the association has lost an ''inspection envoy''. The deacon suspects that it was pirates. Please pay attention to the relevant information. If there is anything in this regard, remember to report it to me in time." Wu Heng mentioned the matter of Kalema. . Who is it? I dont even know what a special inspection envoy is. "It''s a position. His name is Kalema. He is a tall and thin middle-aged man. Just pay attention to him." Oh, okay! Theres nothing left to do, just be careful on your own. Understood, goodbye dad. Hang up the phone. ??Wu Heng reopened the map and took a look. He is thinking about the next plan in his mind. ?Horseshoe Island is a little further away, but Philippa has provided information and cannot ignore it. Otherwise, there will be no point in arranging eyeliner. Still have to go there. Go down the stairs. Minnie came back from training in the courtyard. Her clothes were soaked and her skin was covered with beads of sweat. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he immediately smiled and said, "Master." Minnie has been so diligent recently! "Of course, the master bought me such an expensive prop. I want to use it as soon as possible, and I can help you like Sister Wei''er." Minnie hugged his arm. Minnie is so good. Hehe! Minnie smiled happily. ??Wu Heng continued to take out four bottles of potions and put them on the table, "You and Wei''er will have two bottles each of potions to improve your physique. Watch each other carefully when drinking." Thank you, Master. Minnie put it away and continued to ask: Master, do you want to eat? "Prepare some for me. I have to go out later. Prepare for two days." Oh, okay! Minnie agreed immediately and went to the kitchen to prepare food. Not long after, the food is ready. ??Wu Heng put the space ring away and said, "I''m going out for a trip. If anyone asks, they say I''m on the island investigating wanted criminals." Understood. Minnie nodded. ?Wu Heng rubbed her rabbit ears and walked out of the residence with the skeleton. Call a carriage and go to the port. Take a boat and continue to leave Treasure Island. The ship sailed all night. The next night, the ship approached the island mentioned in the intelligence. Looking from a distance. You can see several pirate ships with torches. Extraordinarily eye-catching in the dark night. Philippa''s information is still accurate, these pirates are still here. Looked at it from a distance for a while. Granda flew back from a distance and said: "There are three ships in total, and a few people are left to guard each ship. There are more people on the island, almost two hundred people, dancing around the lit bonfire, and dancing Its ugly. Are there any defense measures? "I didn''t notice them. They were all drunk and staggering around. If we just rushed up, it wouldn''t be a big problem." Granda said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Shark Tooth, bring the ship closer." The approach of the ship also attracted the attention of the pirates guarding the ship. But there were no torches lit here, and the outline of the ship could only be seen faintly by the moonlight. ?Wu Heng took out the bronze key and opened the boundary gate at the wooden door of the cabin. Revealing a large area of ??skeletons behind. Give a direct order, "Come out and kill the pirates on the ship and on the island." Hurrah! A large number of skeletons walked out of the boundary gate and jumped into the sea like dumplings. Approaching the island ahead. While watching from a distance. Like a colony of ants, they crowded onto the pirate ship. More skeletons continue to approach the island. Horseshoe Island. ?The pirates gathered around the bonfire. Sing and dance to celebrate this harvest. ?In the distance, the captain was also holding a wine glass and kept pouring wine into his mouth. Beside him were the touting crew members. Laughter, shouting. ??And the sound of discussions about where to go to have a good time after dividing the money filled the surroundings of the campfire. Just because everyone is in a good mood. When you are immersed in joy. Suddenly, three pirates guarding the ship ran over in panic. ?Haunted loudly: "The undead, the undead have robbed the ship." Captain, there are souls, many souls. Damn it, stop drinking. The captain and a few sober people stood up. Looking towards the direction where the ship is docked. On the deck of the pirate ship, skeletons wearing leather armor appeared one after another. Get up, pick up your weapons, and fight with me to take back the ship. The captain turned around and shouted loudly. Captain, that, over there... Someone pointed forward, his voice trembling. The captain turned back. Then he saw the sea rolling, and densely packed skeletons walking out of the sea. Holding a battle ax in hand, he rushed towards me like an evil spirit crawling out of the abyss. (End of this chapter) Chapter 388 , The Conspiracy of the Devils Hand Chapter 388, The conspiracy of the devils hand Damn it, why are there so many undead? They are coming to take revenge on us. They are crawling out to take revenge. What should we do? The boat has been taken over by the undead. How can we leave? The drunken pirates sobered up instantly. While screaming, he put on his armor in a panic. They are pirates. I also thought about the retribution I would receive. But they have never killed so many people in their lives. This is counting all the people killed by the pirates on their heads. ??The pirate captain also looked horrified, and his eyes quickly glanced around. He was thinking about ways to retreat. ?This is an isolated island. Without a boat, they have no chance to escape. You cannot swim to other shores either. Without thinking of other escape routes, the captain drew his weapon and shouted: "Shut up, they are all **** pirates, why are you panicking? These skeletons are not very intelligent. Follow me, circle around and then go and take back the ship." ?The pirates'' eyes were already panicking, but they still drew their weapons and started running to one side following the captain. Planning to turn the skeleton around in a circle. Then take the opportunity to recapture the ship. ??The undead ran away and began to chase around the pirates. In the middle of the skeleton. ?Wu Heng used [Divine Appearance] to place his spiritual consciousness on an ordinary skeleton. He held up the helmet on his head. Staring at the pirates wandering in the distance. ?With a finger pointing the weapon in his hand, the large number of skeletons around him immediately rushed in several directions. Surrounded the pirates who were circling in the middle. ?The next second, the skeletons began to shrink the encirclement and rushed towards the pirates. In the blink of an eye, the pirates were overwhelmed by the skeletons. Only the hacking and wailing coming from under the skeletons proved that the pirates were still resisting. Gradually, the wailing stopped. The skeleton has also returned to standby mode. At sea. ?Wu Heng released the [God''s presence] state, and Glenda flew back from a distance. The pirates are all dead, said Glenda. You didnt run away, you hid, right? "I didn''t notice it. There are only so many pirates. If you use so many skeletons, you won''t have anywhere to hide." Granda said. "That''s right!" Wu Heng said directly from behind: "Go forward and get to the shore." The cargo ship moved forward again and slowly docked. The island has fallen into silence again. A large number of skeletons stood in place, on standby. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and ordered: "Clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses and equipment." Hurrah! The skeletons on standby immediately took action and began to clean up the battlefield. ??Wu Heng took Kerinmu and Shattered Skull with him and boarded the pirate ship at the back to check the goods inside. There is a lot of cargo in the three ships. Mainly cloth and leather. In one of the cabins, a large number of gold and silver coins belonging to the pirates were also found, as well as some gold and silver utensils. All items were put into the space sachet, walked out of the cabin directly, and returned to the island. The corpses had been collected and piled bloody. Let the skeleton drag out the pirate captain''s body, wrap it in a straw mat, and put it into the space ring. The rest of the corpses will be released into [Dead Corpse Battlefield] and all will be transformed into skeletons. Reopen the gate and let the transferred skeletons return to the other side. ??Enter the gate while the skeleton is there. ?Wu Heng took out the [Conductors Hat] again, summoned the ghost train, and recorded the location under his feet. If you come here again next time, you dont need to take a boat, you can directly use the ghost train to arrive. Wait until everything is processed. Get back on the ship, let other skeletons control the captured ship, and return to Treasure Island together. ?Originally, I wanted to take the ghost train back, but the skeletons controlled the boat to return. But after a little thought, I was afraid that something would go wrong. A bunch of skeletons are driving a ship to the port. If he is not there, there may be some panic. The matter of leaving the island needs to be kept confidential.?????It''s better to be careful. Go back to the cabin and lie down on the boat to take a nap. It was already dusk on the second day when we returned to Treasure Island. Call a carriage and take the body to the association morgue first, and then return to his residence. Go into the living room. Minnie and Anderweil walked up immediately. "Master, you are back. Sister Wei''er and I are so worried about you!" Minnie hugged his arm and said. ??Andwyer also hugged the other arm and also cast a soft gaze. "It''s a small mission, nothing dangerous." Wu Heng hugged the two of them and sat down on the sofa, and continued to ask: "Is there nothing going on in the past two days?" Minnie said: "It''s nothing. Sister Shanara came over. After sitting for a while, she asked why I didn''t see you. I said you went to arrest a wanted criminal." Well, is there nothing wrong with the association? Wu Heng hugged the little fox **** the other side. Anderweil leaned on her chest obediently and said softly: "There is nothing going on at the association." Its fine as long as theres nothing to do. Whats for dinner? Master, wait a moment, it will be ready soon. Minnie got up and went to the kitchen to urge the skeleton to speed up. Soon dinner was served. The three of them sat together and started eating. After dinner, the two girls gave the little owl a bath in the courtyard. ??Wu Heng went to the radio station room on the third floor to contact Philippa. Philippa, are you there? How about now? Have you caught those stinky pirates? Philippa said. Already killed. Wow, you are so efficient. ??Wu Heng continued: "The body has been sent to the association for autopsy. After the autopsy confirms the identity, it will be included in your information." Oh oh, okay! Keep working hard, there are still two more to go. Understood. Philippas tone was full of enthusiasm. I have nothing to do, you can go about your business. "good." After hanging up the chat, Wu Heng sat in the study for a while. Minnie prepared bath water, and with the help of the two girls, she took a comfortable bath. When it gets dark, everyone returns to their rooms to rest. It was late at night, and Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes. ?Going out of the room, at the end of the corridor, I saw ''Shanela'' wearing a nightgown, carefully coming down from the roof. ??Wu Heng dismissed the skeleton guard who was approaching and helped her down, "Why didn''t you tell me in advance?" I wont let the paper crane spread the news. Shanara rolled her eyes at him and asked, You came back, and you didnt say you were looking for me. I just came back, it was a bit late, so I didnt bother you. It would be weird if I believed you. ?Wu Heng picked him up by the waist and asked, "Go to the bedroom, the study, or the courtyard." Shannara''s eyes widened, "You still want to go to the courtyard, are you crazy?" Then go to the bedroom. Its up to you, Ill deliver it to you anyway! ?Wu Heng smiled, hugged her and walked toward the bedroom. A coastal city, a well-decorated tavern. A man wearing a robe, hanging rosary beads, and holding a book on one side of his arm appeared at the door of the tavern. Looking around, he sank his knees and stood up straight from the ground. ??Picked through an open window on the second floor and climbed directly in. ??The room was empty, except for the faint sound of breathing coming from the room behind. The man was about to walk in. From the bedroom, a woman''s voice came, "Captain of Devil''s Hand, what are you doing here?" The man stopped and did not enter the bedroom. He said directly: "I''m here to cooperate with you and make a big deal." Go away, the smell of sea on your body is disgusting, I have nothing to cooperate with you! ??The man sat down on the side and said: "Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, and Imiro, the deacon, are you interested?" Speak clearly! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 389 , old friends arrive Chapter 389, old friends arrive The captain of the Devil''s Hand sat down on the seat next to him, made a light shoulder, which was similar to a religious blessing, and said: "I have contacted several other pirate groups and will test the actions of the Treasure Island Association. Fish them out, then surround and kill them." Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded softly. In the bedroom, a woman wearing a red nightgown walked out slowly. She had fluffy hair and a charming and **** face. She looked at the other person and said directly: "It''s a bold idea. Aren''t you afraid of death? Imiro will not let you bully him." The people under my hands. The man continued: "This is why I came to you. I need you to restrain ''Imiro''. As long as he doesn''t interfere, we will have a way to kill the kid and leave." "You want me to be your shield? Are you looking for death?" The woman''s voice suddenly turned cold. "No, no, I don''t need you to take action, so it doesn''t count as fighting with Imiro. According to his character, even if he is suspicious, he will not take action against you, let alone be put on the wanted list by the association." "What''s the meaning?" "As long as you land on Treasure Island, Imiro will naturally pay attention to you. As long as you stay on the island for a day, he will not leave the island rashly, and we will have more opportunities." The man said confidently. The woman narrowed her eyes slightly, if she could only do this step. Seems to be acceptable. Wheres the reward? The man was silent for a few seconds and said, "200 gold coins and a warship. If you have anything to do at sea, I can help you." The woman was dull for a few seconds, "I want to take away Wu Heng''s body." "What do you want his body to do? It''s best to destroy it on the spot. If the body is preserved, it may leave hidden dangers." The woman still looked at him, "Bring the body back, I agree to your terms." The man looked straight at her, finally took a deep breath and said, "Okay, we will set off tomorrow. I need you to reach Treasure Island within three days." After saying that, he jumped out of the window again. Disappear into the night. The woman sat at the table, poured herself a glass of water, and drank it silently. Looking at the night outside the window. The next day. After arriving at the association, Wu Heng first went to the deacon''s study. Told the story about how Philippa provided information and killed the Poisonous Crocodile Pirates himself. ?Imiro showed some surprise and appreciation for how efficiently the two of them captured the pirates. ?Wu Hengs actions were different from others. Basically, the team will not be mobilized. They will not see each other for a few days, and then bring back the body of the wanted person. Now, even if you dont come to the association for several days. Even Imiro thought that the other party was investigating a wanted criminal, and he stopped mentioning why he couldn''t see anyone and wanted to take charge of the association. Okay, you did a good job, I will write down the information this time for her. Thank you, deacon. ?Wu Heng thanked him and then exited the study. Return to your office and study room. ?? Anderweil was sorting documents in the study room. Master, the associations wanted order was updated this morning. This is newly added wanted information. Several wanted notices were sent over. ?Wu Heng took a look at it in his hand and found that several pirate groups and several wanted criminals with major crimes had indeed been added. In todays social environment, it is difficult to stop pirates. New pirate groups may emerge from newly established pirate groups, or from pirates who are divided due to internal strife. ?Wu Heng took out his tablet and took a photo of the new wanted order for easy reference later. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. ?? Anderweil opened the door, and a figure stood outside the door. Is this the study room of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng? Yes, you are? Andweil asked. I am Kavina, the new captain of Team 11, and I have worked together with Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. Anderweil thought about it for a moment, and immediately remembered the last time she wrote a letter. Smiled and said: "It''s Sister Kavina. The deputy deacon often mentions the things he did with you in Blackstone Town." Speaking, he got out of the way and led the other party into the study. "Ah? Really?" Kavina didn''t expect that the other party had heard of her. ?Feeling a little surprised. Enter the study room. Then she saw Wu Heng sitting behind the desk. Kavina smiled on her face and said, "Wu Heng... deputy deacon." ?Wu Heng also looked at her. There is no change from the impression. He feels much more mature, and his expression has the determination of a swordsman. Kawina, you came so quickly. "I received your letter. After thinking about it, I applied to be transferred here. I will take more care of you in the future." Kavina said, somewhat cautiously. At this time, Anderweil brought her tea and cakes. ??He also looked up and down curiously. Dont worry, I wont let you be bullied. Kavina smiled and didnt say much. Have you completed the onboarding process? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina said: "The letter of appointment has been handed over to Deacon Imiro, who is now the captain of Team 11." Well, its good to have successfully joined the company. Have you settled your accommodation? Wu Heng continued to ask. Not yet, Ill go check it out and rent a place to live. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The house I live in has many rooms. I can give you one, or I can open a dormitory for you in the association. I will live there when I come here. It doesn''t cost money and the conditions are pretty good. " Kavina glanced at the Beast Ear assistant not far away and said, "I''d better live in the dormitory." Well, then I will apply for a move-in application for you later, and you can move in directly. Thank you very much. Kavina thanked her. With help, many things are easy. Its not that complicated either. Kavina continued to ask: "Is there anything I should pay attention to here on Treasure Island?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The main threat to Treasure Island is pirates, but with Deacon Ymiro sitting on the island, almost no pirates dare to approach, and you have nothing to do. Wait until the association recruits you with all the members, and then See what the mission is. Okay, there are many races here, are there any taboos? "Um..., I''m not too sure about this. Just communicate normally, there aren''t many taboos." Oh, good! By the way, what level are you at? Wu Heng continued to ask. Kavina glanced at the assistant not far away again, and still said: "Level 8!" Why did you level up so quickly? Wu Heng was a little surprised. Kavinas upgrade speed is not too slow. Furthermore, the captain level requirements have been met. Compared with you, am I fast? Kavina cast a look. "It can''t be compared like this. I am a mage and I rely on skeleton attendants. You have real strength." Wu Heng said. We dont need to brag like this! ?Wu Heng nodded and then asked: "What are your requirements for team members? When suitable candidates are available, I will arrange for you to join the team." Its great to have a backer. Kavina sighed and said, If you want a ranger, its best to have a legal professional. There are no other requirements. The Ranger is basically equipped in every squad. Animal taming is still the main method of investigation. ? Legal professions have some difficulties. They are generally warlocks. Mages are still relatively rare on Treasure Island, and they will not easily join a professional team for adventure. Okay, Ill keep an eye on it for you. Have you been notified that the captain is getting married? Kavina asked. "No, but he wrote to me when he was in love with the captain of the second team." Wu Heng said. At that time, it was supposed to be your transfer, so I didnt notify you. Well, I should have been on the road at that time. Even if I wrote a letter, I couldnt receive it. I didnt even expect that the captain and Captain Tulisa would get together. Kavina recalled saying. Ive seen them dating several times, but its too late now. Really! "Um." The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng gave her a dormitory certificate. Let Anderweil take her to choose a room, and at the same time introduce the functions of each area of ??the association. It is also a good thing for me that Kavina can come here. ??We have a good relationship with each other, and we have kept in touch with each other through letters. When there is action in the future, it will be regarded as a small team that can be controlled by oneself. ? And the cost of being bribed by the other party is also higher, and they will not betray themselves easily. The two women left. ?Wu Heng simply tidied up and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. Open the door directly in the study room and go to the zombie world. Kalema was still sitting at his desk reading, and he had already read more than half of the "Battlefield of the Dead" in his hand. I think Ill finish it soon. If you learn [Dead Corpse Battlefield], you can completely replace Wu Heng''s position. Lead the skeleton army directly to clean up the zombies. You can also increase your experience. Withdrawing his gaze, he picked up the charging walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai came up from downstairs. The military withdrew and sold us a large amount of military equipment and equipment before leaving. (End of this chapter) Chapter 390 , apologetics Chapter 390, Apologetics Qi Hancais words made Wu Heng frown slightly. The military shelter was evacuated so quickly. What have you sold to us? Wu Heng asked, gesturing for her to come into the room to chat. Qi Hancai walked into the room, glanced at the skeleton mage who was reading a book, and said: "When exchanging things like body armor, helmets, gas masks, radio equipment, and headsets, I asked them to provide them on the grounds that they were of little use. A batch of ammunition and military vehicles were obtained, and they agreed. Obviously, the military shelter plans to pack up all the materials that are unused or difficult to take away and exchange them for food. Winter is coming soon, and no matter how valuable things or sophisticated equipment are before, they are not as important as food. Qi Hancai did not accept the entire order, but asked the other party to sell a certain amount of weapons, ammunition and military vehicles before agreeing to accept this batch of supplies. The market is also closed? Qi Hancai replied, "No, the market is still open to the outside world, but it has been managed by a survivor base. Now it is completely a free trading market." They move pretty fast. Well, many of the other shelters dont even know they are gone. In fact, when I think about it, their evacuation is also a better result for Wu Heng. ??Having occupied the city center, it is also expanding to the surrounding areas. If they dont leave, they will meet each other sooner or later. Two relatively strong survivor bases are likely to have conflicts over resources and end up fighting. Now that they have left and merged with the provinces, this is the best outcome. Lets just leave. Lets continue to develop our own place. Understood! Qi Hancai continued: As for the base, sister Yahong and I have discussed it and plan to keep three bases, the passenger terminal, the old factory area and the central shopping mall, and the remaining bases will be temporarily closed. Is the prison also going to be closed? The prison is like a small fortress. If there is any danger in the future, you can completely retreat there. Qi Hancai explained: "The span over the prison is too far. We will temporarily close it in the winter and leave some skeletons to guard it. The rest will come here and go back in spring to develop the fields behind the prison." Its okay to close it temporarily. You two will discuss it then and arrange the people separately. Yeah. Qi Hancai nodded to express his understanding. The two main things have been discussed. Qi Hancai also talked about the issue of peripheral expansion. The corpses on the main roads have been cleared away, but there are still a lot of zombies in some residential areas or city branch roads. Still need to continue cleaning up. It will take a long time to truly fully recover the city. After hearing this, Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Kalema!" The skeleton mage who was reading a book on the side turned his head and looked over. ??Wu Heng continued, "Kalema, follow her arrangements, lead the skeleton army, and clean up the surrounding zombies. Okay, let''s continue reading." Skeleton Mage, turned back again. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, with some surprise in his eyes. ??This skeleton wearing a slim-fitting robe seems to have a different status. ??Not just reading a book, but also following yourself to clean up zombies. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "It''s called Kalema, and it has abilities similar to mine. During the day, he will take the zombies scattered around with him. If they are a group of zombies, wait for me to clean them up." Qi Hancai glanced at the skeleton again, "Okay!" Lets go and take a look at the exchanged materials. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai stood up and walked out with him. The two of them got up and walked out together. In the backyard of the mall, two armored vehicles and several military trucks were parked. ?Wu Heng was transferred to unlock the driving skeleton and took over the armored vehicle. Then continue to the warehouse. The warehouse is filled with a large amount of supplies, military equipment, instruments, and many guns and ammunition. After listening to Han Cai''s report on the quantity, Qi put these things into the space ring. The remaining items will be handed over to Qi Hancai for distribution. Then, he went to several other warehouses and collected some drinks and snacks, as well as the bicycles he had returned from the last raid. Chatted with Qi Hancai again about the layout of the shopping mall. They are separated. ?Wu Heng also returned to another world. Go out of the study room. After going downstairs, I saw Minnie and Anderweil looking at flowers in the courtyard. ??The little owl is hiding in the shade not far away, hiding from the sun. Minnie, Weier! Wu Heng waved. The two women ran over quickly, "What''s wrong, Master?" ??Wu Heng took the two of them to the open space in the courtyard and took out the bicycle. Minnie looked at something strange and said doubtfully: "Wheels, a vehicle?" Well, its a travel tool, let me demonstrate it to you. Wu Heng got on his bicycle and rode around the open space in the courtyard. Minnie and Anderweil both looked at it in surprise. This is how the two wheels are used. Teach me, teach me! Minnie shouted excitedly. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and helped her get up carefully, "Keep your balance and push forward slowly." The car moved forward crookedly, but Minnies learning ability was relatively strong, and she could keep moving forward on the first ride. The second lap seemed much more natural, except that the body was a little stiff. ?Then, Wu Heng took out the second one, helped Andweier up, and said: "Be careful, raise your tail a little, and don''t get caught in the wheels." Anderweil''s face turned red, "Master, help me hold on." Well, move forward slowly. Wu Heng supported the car, and then began to ride normally, starting to circle around the house. ?Perhaps its because of the professional relationship, the two women are quick to learn. The balance is also maintained very well, and I gradually ride faster. There was a sound of laughter. ??The ''Shanela'' next door also looked up from the study and saw the bicycles the two girls were riding. Then she looked at Wu Heng who was standing in the courtyard, changed into a short shirt and long trousers, and walked over alone. ?Wu Heng opened the door for her. Shannara asked: "What are they playing?" ?Wu Heng looked at her envious expression and took out another one, "Here is this one for you. I''ll teach you how to ride it." Seeing that there was one of her own, Shanara immediately smiled on her face. With support, carefully mount the bicycle. Soon he also joined the two womens cycling team. The sound of laughter filled the entire courtyard. Association, Deacon''s Study. ??Imiro sat behind his desk, frowning at the documents delivered to him. Moya stood aside and said: "Lopez City is asking for support. What do you think should be done?" ??Just received a letter from the coastal city of Lopez requesting reinforcements. ??Imiro frowned slightly, thinking about the following arrangements. Suddenly, there was a knock on the door. A woman''s figure walked in swaggeringly. Deacon Imiro, long time no see. You are quite courageous, Gods Punishment Cult Protector, Imiro said coldly. The woman sat down on the sofa and shrugged, "I didn''t do anything. What''s the matter with being brave or timid?" What are you doing here at Treasure Island? Imiro put the documents away. Passing by, staying for a few days. Have had dinner. Minnie and Andwyll began to clear away the dishes. Shanara walked over quickly, raised her foot and pecked the other person on the mouth, "I''ll come back later, remember not to sleep too hard." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and patted her buttocks lightly. As the relationship between the two develops. The other party no longer rejects some small actions, but rather enjoys them. The latter turned around and winked mischievously, then walked to the door, said goodbye to Minnie and Anderweil, and returned to his residence. ??Wu Heng also went to the courtyard to practice swordsmanship. Not long after, Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, the bath water is ready, and the pirate lady has left a message to ask for something from you." Oh, good! ?Wu Heng put away the instructor''s sword and went directly upstairs and entered the radio room. Looked at the record book, picked up the phone and asked: "Philippa, what happened?" Philippa said: "Didn''t you ask me to inquire about the ''Devil''s Hand'' last time? I found out some information, but I don''t know if it will be of any use to you." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 391 , outsourcing tasks Chapter 391, External Transfer Task Hand of the Devil. This matter is the information I got when I asked the captain of the "Sword Pirates Group" last time. Let Philippa try to find out. It seems that we have obtained some information. Tell me and listen. The Devils Hand Pirate Group is one of the old pirate groups in the Emerald Sea. The leader is called Rabib. He is a fourth-level professional with a level of 16 or 17. He also has many high-level professionals under his command. Level 16 or 17, this level of strength is already considered very high. Level 18 professionals will also be pardoned by various forces. He is already considered a top pirate group. "There is also news that the captain himself is related to the devil. He can use the power of the devil himself, and he can quickly repair the ship and resurrect the crew even if he is surrounded and suppressed." Holy shit! Demonic power to resurrect the crew. Is it so awesome? You can also perform resurrection, but there is a time limit. He can still repair ships, which is a bit exaggerated. If you think about it carefully, it seems that it may be an exaggeration. ??Pirates themselves like to exaggerate some things to show their ferocity and strength. But it is undeniable that there is a big difference between this pirate group and ordinary pirate groups. As for the association, there is also some information about the devil''s hand. ??The captain is ruthless and active in the eastern waters of the Emerald Sea. The pirate group behaves in a very strange way. They rob ships and never leave them alive, let alone ask for ransom. The crew members also have a kind of fanatical loyalty to their leader. ??It is difficult to place informants and arrange people to join this pirate group. The entire Devil''s Hand is like a brainwashed fleet, very sick. Do you have any information about them targeting me? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It seems that there are rumors about this, but I didn''t get any specific information." After a slight pause, Philippa added: "Besides, all the pirate teams are staring at you, 500 gold coins, who wouldn''t be tempted, devil? Its not surprising that his hand is targeting you! Forehead. What you said makes sense. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Is there any more?" No, Ill let you know if I have any information then, Philippa said. "good!" Have the information about the Poisonous Crocodile Pirate Group been recorded on me? Its up to you whether I can enter that squinting person. Secret Whisperer, I have already recorded it in your file, dont worry. Oh, thats good. Keep up the hard work and pay attention to safety. "clear." Hang up the microphone. ?Step out of the radio room and go directly back to the study on the fourth floor. Sit on the chair and start thinking about the next plan. After reaching level 15, the rhythm of the two worlds suddenly slowed down. In the zombie world, the military has left, and other shelters are also preparing for the winter, and everything has entered a stage of stable development. ??I arranged for Kalema to clean up the scattered zombies in the surrounding area, sharing a large part of the work. ?The main corpse groups in this city have almost been cleared away, and the remaining ones are scattered, which is probably not enough to reach level 18. The next step is to look for a new location, also go to the provinces? Or look for other more remote cities? "When I go to the province, Yang Long and others will think that I followed them." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought. Here to Treasure Island, be careful of some pirate wanted notices. It is relatively safe on the island. ?Utilize the characteristics of the two worlds and continue to exchange food for gold. Stable development. Pay attention to the blank envelope. The other dangers are not great. There is also a high-level alchemy skeleton, developing a level 3 corpse core potion. The blank envelope still has no clues. The best way to deal with this is to upgrade to level 18. This envelope and the pirate bounty will be solved easily. Thought about it for a while.????The most direct way to solve the problem is to upgrade. ??Sooner or later, you have to find a new city and continue to kill zombies. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie shouted: "Master, Sister Wei''er and I are back. Do you want to take a bath together?" Well, good! ?Wu Heng no longer thought about it, opened the door and walked towards the bathroom. the next day. ?Wu Heng was riding a bicycle, and Anderweier was sitting sideways on the crossbar in front. Peding all the way in the direction of the association, attracting the attention of countless people along the way. The technological development of this world is actually not low. Trains and passenger ships have been developed. But in this worlds system, various machines are still very unpopular systems. ?Even though the principle of bicycle is not complicated, it is the first time it appears in this world. All the way to the entrance of the association. Put away the bicycle and pluck the white fox fur that floated into his mouth. Soon, Kerimu, Broken Skull and Blood Axe, who were following the two men, came up. Entering the association, Wu Heng came directly to the front desk. The staff member saluted and said, "Sir, Archdeacon." Well, I have a third-level reward for killing the Poisonous Crocodile Pirate Group. Lets settle it. Wu Heng said. Wait a moment. The staff began to look through the records. ?Wuheng now has two meritorious service rewards. One is the rapier pirate captain, and the other is the poisonous crocodile pirate captain. Because the sword needs to be kept secret for a period of time, the death has not been announced to the public, so the reward has not been released. ?The Crocodile Pirate is relatively fast. Its ready to be collected. I found it. The reward is 450 silver coins and a level 3 prop reward. You can choose from it. ?Wu Heng put away his money bag and his eyes fell on a skill [Lightning Beam]. Lightning beam (Description: Release a linear bolt of lightning in any direction you point.) There is nothing in the skill book that I like very much. I remembered that when fighting Kalema, the opponent released a similar skill. I dont know if it was this one. But judging from the description, it should be about the same. ? And lightning skills can be transmitted on iron armor, and should have good effects against some heavily armored warriors. I want this book. Wu Heng said. The staff nodded, "Okay, we have recorded it for you." ?Wu Heng put away the skill book and walked towards his office and study room. Just entered the room. ?Anderweil then told him, and the deacon asked him to go to the study. He went directly to the deacon''s study. Deacon''s study. ?In addition to Imilo, the sub-deacon Sheila Gui is also sitting in the study. See Wu Heng coming in. Imiro said directly: "Yesterday, a request for assistance came from Lopez City. You two each choose a team to assist. There is a bounty from pirates on Wu Heng. Please be careful to hide your identity when leaving the port." Xila Gui frowned slightly and asked, "Deacon, did you tell me what the case was?" "It''s related to a cult. This time it feels a little special. You should be more careful. If you have any problems, you can just refuse to take action. I will handle the rest." Imiro said in a serious tone. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other and nodded in response. Yes, deacon! (End of this chapter) Chapter 392 , travel (please ask for a monthly pass.) Chapter 392: Travel (please ask for a monthly pass...) Go out of the study room. The two of them walked along the corridor. ??Wu Heng asked: "What does the deacon mean when he says there may be special circumstances?" It is not surprising that the association mobilizes support for neighboring areas. ??But listening to the tone in which Imiro handed over the task, I always felt that there was something else going on. Xilagui said: "I heard from Sister Moya that a high-level professional landed on the island yesterday. I may have felt that the time when he landed on the island coincided with this mission, so I suspected there was something wrong with it." Whats the trick? Xilagui shook her head and said: "It''s unlikely. This kind of help is personally sent by the local association. It should be fine. If we have problems, it will be difficult for them to evade the relationship." ?Wu Heng feels right too. Involving local associations, even if it is a real-name address. If you send false news and something goes wrong, the association will investigate you directly. At that time, all kinds of interrogations and tools for detecting lies will be available, and you will not be able to hide any problems. Then lets be more careful. "Yeah!" Sheila Gui nodded, and then asked: "Which team do you plan to take there?" Lets go to Team 11. Sheela frowned slightly and glanced at him, "The newly formed team? Do you know each other?" "When I was a member of the team, we were in the same team. She was not taken seriously outside, so I suggested that she be transferred here." Wu Heng explained. Xilagui said: "Your team has improved very quickly." An archdeacon, a captain. The people in this team are improving very quickly. "well enough!" Sheila Gui thought for a moment and then said, "Team 11 is insufficient in number. You also know that this mission may be dangerous. It is best to lead a team with sufficient numbers to attack. I just suggest that you decide how to choose." Wu Heng also understood what she meant, "I''ll take a look at her situation then." Sheila Gui nodded, "Gather at the door at noon. The journey will take about two days. Food and fresh water are ready." "good." Sheila Gui walked into her study room. ??Wu Heng went directly to the morgue and transformed the body of Captain Poison Crocodile. A level 13 skeleton warrior stood up from the ground. ?Wu Heng named him Poison Crocodile, put on a suit of armor to cover his bones, and took him back to his office and study. In the study room. ??Andwyer is preening the feathers of a little owl. When he saw Wu Heng coming back, he smiled and called his master. Wu Heng returned to the desk and sat down, and said: "Weier, the deacon has arranged a field investigation mission. He will be out for a few days. You and Minnie will stay on the island and go to and from the association. This skeleton warrior will also be responsible for Protect you." Anderweil was stunned for a moment, her brows furrowed slightly, "A mission in another place? How about I accompany you so that I can take care of you on the way?" There are also Sheela Gui and the other two teams, and they even have someone to take care of them. Isnt that a joke? "No way, it''s too late for them to envy you. I''ll go with you!" Anderweil walked over and coquettishly. "I''ll be back in two days. You have to keep an eye on Minnie at home. Keep an eye on her and don''t run around when I''m not around." Wu Heng still said. Its a bit strange to go out on a mission and bring a maid with you. Furthermore, since I am also a subdeacon, I still have to pay attention to the influence outside. Anderweil felt that she really shouldn''t follow, so she could only nod and agree, "Okay, when my level is higher, you can go out and take me with you." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "We will leave here at noon. Weier, go to the tavern to order some food and prepare it according to the two-day journey." Good master. Anderweil put on her coat and planned to go out. Before leaving, Wu Heng added, "By the way, let''s ask Kavina to come over." "good!" Anderweil responded, opened the door and walked out. Not long after, the door was knocked again, and Kavina walked in directly. He glanced at the few skeleton attendants standing in the room and asked curiously: "Do you have anything to do with me?" Wu Heng motioned for her to sit down and asked, "Have you still adapted to this place in the past two days?" Kavina smiled, "It''s all good. The weather and scenery here are very good. It''s much more beautiful than the one in Blackstone Town." If you need anything, tell me and Ill ask you to prepare it. Well, thank you, everyone is very friendly, its good to have a backer. Kavina said with emotion. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Has the deacon recommended any team members to you?" Two people have already joined the team, one is a dwarf shield warrior and the other is a human ranger. They are still getting used to each other. Are dwarves also suitable for the shield fighting profession? The professional characteristics of shield fighting are defense and protection. The height of dwarves gives people a feeling that they are not suitable for shield fighting. Kavina smiled and said: "Actually, it''s not bad. The physical strength of dwarves is no worse than that of humans." "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng continued: "I have a mission and need to go out. There may be some dangers. Do you want to go with me?" With almost no hesitation, Kavina said directly: "If you are willing to go, as long as you don''t mind the small number of us." Wu Heng nodded, "Then go and prepare. Bring your team members to my place to gather at noon. Pay attention to confidentiality. Before setting off, inform your team members of the real mission." Understood. Kavina nodded seriously. By the way, do you have a space ring? Um, no. Kavina said. The level of staff in associations varies from place to place. Over in Blackstone Town, Slater doesnt even have a space ring, let alone a team leader like Kavina. On Treasure Island, if you kill any pirate of level 10 or above, you may get a space ring from the other party. ?Of course, the rank of pirate captains is often higher than that of deacons in small places. ?Wu Heng took out a ring and handed it to her, "5 cubic meters. Prepare some food and fresh water. These are all necessities at sea." ?Kavina looked at the space ring, wondering whether she should take it or not. You have already taken advantage of yourself by joining the other side, and now you are taking the other side''s things, which is a bit embarrassing. No need, Ill just prepare a package when the time comes. "Consider me selling it to you. Give me money later when you have money." Hearing what he said, Kavina said no more, thanked her, took the space ring and put it on her hand. Then Ill go get ready first. Well, meet at the door at noon. Dont be late. "clear." Kavina left, and Wu Heng began to organize the items in his space ring. Install all the props that may be used into a ring for easy use. Not long after, Anderweil also came back. Bring out all the food and drinks ordered. ??Wuheng put all away. At noon. ?Wu Heng and Kaweinas team waited for a while, and Kaweina came over with the first team. Take a carriage and go to the port. Boarded the ship directly and sailed out of the port. Inside the cabin. The light stone above the head swings gently with the hull of the ship. ?Everyone was sitting around in the cabin, and it was quiet. Sheila Gui said: "This mission is to go to ''Lopez City'' to investigate the cult problem in the local village, and to ask for help from Treasure Island. It also means that this incident exceeds the level that the local area can investigate. Everyone must be careful. At the same time, we must also pay attention to the external image of the association and not bully or kill local residents as an association. Thanks to 08a for the tip Thanks to Yunmei Tianxia for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 393 , weird village Chapter 393, Weird Village Until the outlying island. Just then mentioned the status of this mission to everyone. ?Even though two deputy deacons are leading the team this time, the rest of the team is still somewhat nervous. Yes! The team members nodded in response. Okay, lets go and do our own thing. The two teams will allocate patrol time and be responsible for the safety of the ship. Sheila Gui continued. Yes! The two team captains nodded again and exited the cabin. The navigation of ships is handled by specialized people. But the association team still needs to pay attention to safety issues at sea. Wait for the team members to leave. ?Wu Hengcai said: "Is there any news about the evil sword?" ?Hiragui leaned back lazily, her exaggerated chest seemed to burst the armor. He said: "There is news. It is said that the last user had a strange item in his hand that can withstand an attack. Now I don''t know where this item is." Oh, no wonder! Wu Heng nodded. That is, the previous user. Used another strange object to resist the attack of the evil sword. And a rare item that can withstand attacks is probably worth a lot of money. ?? is also difficult to obtain. "Have you ever been in contact with a cult?" Sheila Gui tilted her chin and asked again. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I killed a wanted criminal who was an elder of the Divine Punishment Sect." "The Divine Punishment Sect should not be considered a cult. At least it is not wanted by all the associations. The elder you killed must have done something and was put on a wanted order." Sheela Gui said. ?At that time, he didnt know why Bawudong was wanted. It was the captain at the time, Otluk, who said something about heresy, and he wrote it down. I dont know, but its pretty awesome anyway. Xilagui continued: "When we get to the place, we will only be responsible for the investigation. If there is really any cult or danger, we will leave it to the local city guard to deal with it." Okay, Ill listen to you, Im just accompanying you. The most powerful companion? How is it possible! The two chatted for a while and then came out of the conference room. Each returns to his own cabin. Enter the assigned cabin. Two skeleton attendants were guarding the door, and Wu Heng released "Xiao Xiao" and "Glenda". The two ghosts looked curiously at the narrow and shaky space. ?Glenda asked: "Why did you go to sea again?" ?Xiaoxiao also said: "This room is so simple." The association has assigned me a mission to investigate a foreign cult, about a cult. Wu Heng told them about the mission, and then said: You guys will work harder then and help me investigate the situation. ?Glenda nodded, "Okay!" ?Xiaoxiao was also floating in the air and said, "I finally got out of the island. I also want to see what it''s like outside." You can stroll around the ship, remember to stay invisible and dont let others see you. Wu Heng sat down at the table. The two ghosts agreed, then disappeared and wandered around. ??Wu Heng took out the skill he exchanged today [Lightning Beam] and started to look through it. Lightning Beambelongs to the plastic energy skill. Through the transformation and shaping of energy, lightning bursts out in a designated direction. Achieve the effect of damaging the enemy and causing lightning damage. It is a direct and effective means of injuring the enemy. Look through the pages carefully. When the last page is turned, the system prompt will also appear immediately. Unlock skill: Lightning Beam. ?Wu Heng was delighted. Not only have you learned new skills, but it also means that your ability to read books and unlock skills has not expired. Mansion Technique was not successful, and there were still other problems. We will find a way when the time comes. As night approached, Xiaoxiao and Glenda also flew back. One is floating in the air reading a book, and the other is watching the animation on the tablet opposite Wu Heng''s desk. ?Wu Heng also went to bed to rest. The morning two days later. ?The ship docked at the port of Lpez City. Members of the team rode in horse-drawn carriages and headed directly to the local association. ??Met with the local deacon, who briefly introduced the situation. He arranged for an archdeacon named Endel and two association investigators to take them to the villages that needed to be investigated. The road leading to the village is rugged, with dense jungle on both sides. The carriage moved forward slowly. ?Endel is a man in his 40s with a full beard. Judging from the weapons and armor, his profession should be that of a warrior. "It''s not as prosperous as your Treasure Island. The roads here are all dirt roads." Endel said with a smile and continued: "About five days ago, I found something in a house in the village. The altar and the dead human body were initially suspected to be human sacrifices." Human sacrifice? ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. There are gods in this world. When Yazd in Blackstone Town wanted to seize him, the power he used was related to the evil god. But these gods do not seem to be as powerful as rumored, or they cannot directly affect the world. Because of this incident, he specifically checked some relevant information. According to some archives of the association, most cults are false churches fabricated by some glib talkers. The purpose is to confuse some people to achieve their own goals. What god? Shilagui asked. ?Endel shook his head and said: "I don''t know, I haven''t investigated it yet." Xila Gui nodded and glanced at Wu Heng aside. It is easier to say if there is a corpse. ??There is also a necromancer here. Its hard to say in other aspects. He is relatively professional in dealing with corpses. Lets go into the village and have a look again! "Um." As the carriage moves forward, you can see villages in the distance. It seems that the village is not as backward as imagined. The houses are made of stone and wood, and the clothes hung to dry are all made of good quality fabrics. The carriage slowly approached. Facing an old man with a long beard, he walked over directly, glanced at a few people, and said with a smile: "Welcome, adults." Endel said, "This is the village chief. People in the village have less contact with outsiders. If you talk to the village chief, things will go more smoothly." "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, "Let''s go, take us to the altar and see the corpse." Oh, okay, please come this way. The village chief motioned for a few people to invite them, and led them towards the village. Enter the village and gradually go away. From the entrance of the village, several figures immediately emerged. ??Walked to the carriage tied to the side, got directly into the carriage, and began to rummage. ?Wu Heng saw all this through his Eagle Eye Technique. ?The steps didnt stop, but his brows furrowed slightly. ?These people actually went directly to overturn the association''s carriage. It doesnt feel like stealing, more like checking something. ?In Blackstone Town, ordinary residents will call out to members of the association team when they see them. Even in the chaotic Luntam City, the gang leader will not provoke people from the association. Here, these villagers do not treat the association with as much respect as they appear. The house of the cult is located on the left side of the village. ??The room was completely empty, except for a statue made of clay in the middle. A human figure could be vaguely seen, and its appearance looked like melted hot wax. The air was filled with the smell of decay and fishy smell that had not been ventilated for a long time. There are black rusty iron chains around the statue, and there are dark red blood stains on the ground. and round wax marks, it seems that candles were lit at that time. All the evidence at the scene indicates that this is an altar. Check around and record the situation. Shilagui said. The team members began to disperse and inspect the room. ??Wu Heng didnt have anything to check, he just looked around. Sheila Gui looked at the village chief again, "Where is the body?" The body was burned, the village chief said. ? Endel frowned, "Burned? Didn''t I tell you to keep it?" "Sir, what kind of weather is this? We can''t save it. The smell is rotten. We were afraid of attracting plague, so we burned it first." The village chief explained anxiously. ?Greek Rose glanced at Wu Heng on the side, feeling a little helpless in his heart. ??If there is a corpse, Wu Heng can ask the corpse directly. At that time, whoever killed him can be found out in one go. Now, I''m afraid it''s going to be a little more troublesome. Xilagui signaled the village chief to leave first, while the others continued to stay to check. How is it? Did you find anything? Sheila Ge came over and asked. Although she was the one who showed up along the way. But among the entire team, Wu Heng is still the strongest. Dont talk about your own strength. The skeleton attendant Keranmu behind him is level 17, the highest level in the team. ??Wu Heng shook his head and said softly: "Nothing has been discovered. Be careful of the people in the village." Sheila Guis eyes narrowed, and then she nodded. The two investigators also began to record the findings. However, there is still not much gain. "Several adults." The village chief came back and said: "We have prepared dinner and an empty room. If it is not possible, we should rest for a night. It will not be too late to investigate tomorrow. Although the matter is serious, it has not caused any harm to the village. Its not harmful, and theres no rush. Okay! Sheila Gui thought for a moment, looked at the sky and could only nod in agreement. A few people were walking outside. Suddenly, a noisy sound sounded from one side. I saw an unkempt figure rushing out with a loud scream and running towards the other side. You stand there and see if I dont beat you to death. ?Several figures followed closely behind, chasing after them with wooden sticks in their hands. (End of this chapter) Chapter 394 , pirate village Chapter 394, Pirate Village Several people rushed out one after another on one side of the road. ??The disheveled beggar screamed and fell to the ground, followed by four men holding wooden sticks and chasing him out of the alley. ? ? Approached quickly, cursing. Grass, lets see if I dont beat you to death. Break your legs and see if you keep running out. ??The beggar huddled up and stepped backwards, saying, "Don''t hit me, don''t hit me." A few people who chased after him breathed a sigh of relief when they saw that he didn''t run away. Still cursing, he quickly stepped forward, wanting to teach the beggar a lesson. The wooden stick in his hand has just been raised. A voice came from behind, "Stop, what are you doing here?" ?A few people turned around and saw the association team approaching. "Village chief, he..." The leader pointed at the beggar and was about to explain. ??The village chief looked gloomy, glanced behind him, and said, "Why are you fooling around here with a fool? Send him home." Oh, yes! The beggar still wanted to rush over, but he was held down by several people and dragged away from him. "Several adults, a fool, his brain has been broken before, don''t be offended." The village chief said. Sheela Gui glanced at the figure being dragged away, "Why are you so stupid?" Forget it, the village was attacked by pirates a few years ago, and everyone in the family died, leaving him alone, and then it became like this. The village chief explained. Xila Gui didnt say much, and the others continued to follow the village chief and walked further away. A courtyard. ?Several people pushed the beggar down and hit him heavily with sticks in their hands. He cursed a few times, dragged the embarrassed and injured beggar into a semi-underground cell, and threw him into it. ??The man locked the door with an iron chain and cursed: "Anyone who waits for those bad guys from the association to leave will have to skin them." After cursing, he turned around and left. ??The beggar was still curled up on the ground, motionless. Wait for the others to go away. A translucent ghost slowly appeared from the iron cage. Are you still alive? The beggar on the ground moved slightly, but did not get up. The ghost circled in the air, got directly into the beggar''s body, made two self-rescue movements, and then leaned against the corner and sat up. After separating his body again, the beggar also opened his eyes and giggled. Faced with ghosts, he did not show the fear of living beings. The ghost asked: "What''s going on in this village? Tell me what you know." ??The beggar still kept his silly smile. There was blood flowing from the corners of his mouth. The ghost looked at the beggar and began to guess in his mind. Did you guess wrong? ??This beggar, didn''t he want to say something when he rushed to the association? Just running around? ??The ghost continued to try: "A cult?" Sacrifice ceremony? Lies and kills people in the village? Pirate? Pirates, pirates! The beggar suffocated, his eyes were bloodshot, and he shouted: Pirates, association! Yelling, crawling to the corner of the iron cage like a dog. On the ground covered with thatch and mud, he grabbed a cloth bag and held it in his hand. Then he threw the cloth bag against the wall as if he was sick. Kill the pirates! The beggar opened his eyes wide and screamed at the top of his lungs, as if he was crazy. The ghost floated to the cloth bag. He dragged it outside, and the control force opened up layer by layer. A piece of rolled up cloth was revealed inside, with handwriting written in blood, "Pirates massacred the village, and massacred all men, women, old and weak." The ghost''s translucent body trembled. The village was massacred. ?Who are the villagers in this village? ?The beggar in front of me must know many of these things. Why was he not killed and kept in a cage like a dog? Why did they ask the association to come over? The ghost thought, turned around and was about to leave. Seeing the angry beggar again, he said, "Someone will come to save you." After saying that, he turned around and left. Outside the village, inside a wooden house. ?There was a knock on the door, and the village chief walked in carefully. The small room was crowded with many people. ??The village chief lowered his head, saluted to the front and said: "Chief, they have been settled." A man wearing similar religious robes sat on the main seat and asked, "Did they find anything?" "No, their people only went to the arranged altar room, and then it got late and they didn''t go anywhere. Check it out," the village chief replied. The man in religious robe nodded, "How many people have come? Is there anything special about them?" The village chief recalled, "There are thirteen people in total, including the two deputy deacons of Treasure Island that you asked to pay attention to." The man raised his eyebrows and praised, "Okay, you did a good job. Don''t worry about the rest, we will take care of it." Yes, chief. Go back first! The village chief saluted again and withdrew directly. The man lowered his gaze. He said in a solemn voice: "According to the plan, the four of us will deal with the necromancer. Be careful of his undead attendants. It is not difficult to kill him as long as you get up close. The rest of you will follow me to deal with the other two deputy deacons and the rest of the team." Okay. Everyone nodded. Get ready, well start when it gets darker, and well have to clean up the scene before dawn. Everyone stood up and began to prepare. Residence arranged by the village. The members of the association simply ate some of the food they brought and began to arrange for people to take turns to watch the night. ?Even though I had a rest on the boat, I still felt tired from the journey. ??Wu Heng sat in the room and began to recheck his weapons and props. Start by entering the village. There is an indescribable sense of dissonance. ??The village looks simple, with little cultivated land, but the living conditions of every household are pretty good. His behavior is barbaric. Although there are many people in the village, there are few mature men. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Sheila Ge opened the door directly and walked in. He glanced around the room and said, "If you find something, just tell me!" Just when Wu Heng was about to say that there was no major discovery yet, he felt ''Glenda'' flying back invisibly and getting directly into his body. Then, a picture came into mind. After receiving the information, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly opened wide, with some surprise and disbelief. Seeing the change in his expression as he looked at her, Shiragui drew her sword and alerted her surroundings. Seeing that there was still no danger, he frowned and asked, "What''s wrong with you? This expression." ??Wu Heng finished sorting out the information conveyed in his mind, released Glenda again, and surveyed the surrounding area. ?Then he said to Sheila Rose: We may be in trouble! What do you mean? You mean the problem of cults. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, there is no cult here at all. This is a pirate village. The cult just brought us here." ?Silla''s pupils shrank, and her expression was also surprised. She naturally knows what Pirate Village means. The former Treasure Island was a pirate island, and pirates and their families lived on it. The women snatched will also be distributed to the people on the island, forming an area where they can supplement their own personnel and maintain their lives. To put it more clearly, it is a mountain stronghold for bandits. It''s just that these are pirates, the type is the same. In other words, this is all a conspiracy. The purpose is to lure them out of Treasure Island. Its no wonder that when leaving, Deacon Imiro suspected that there was something wrong. ?Many things happened to happen together. After being surprised, Sheilagui said again: "The cult does not exist. Why did you bring us in for the 500 gold coins on your body? Are we really going to kill you? The pirates don''t want this village anymore? Aren''t you afraid that the association will investigate?" Its not clear how to deal with it later. Sheila Gui continued to ask: "Then what should we do next?" Inform everyone about this in advance and they should take action soon. Sheila Gui nodded and was about to get up and leave. The ghost ghost Xiaoxiao also flew back from the outside, got into his body, and shared the scene outside. I saw figures running towards me quickly, surrounding the courtyard where I lived. Here they come, ready to fight! As he spoke, an armor composed of white bones began to appear on Wu Heng''s body, covering his whole body. Hila Guis face also changed instantly. Aware that the other party has already taken action. Drawing his sword, he rushed out of the courtyard and shouted: "The enemy is coming, fight accurately." Hurrah hoo~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. ?Countless alchemy rolling thunders were thrown in from outside the courtyard and landed around the courtyard. Thanks to 08a and Wan Jianxin for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 395 , Siege Association Chapter 395, Siege and Killing Association ?Hum, boom, boom~! Violent explosions sounded, wind, fire, thunder, lightning and thunder continued to explode in the courtyard. ?Members were hiding in all directions and were in a panic. Immediately afterwards, several figures appeared in sight. Looking at the people in the association from a distance. ?Hiragui held the sword in one hand and looked at the opposite side with cold eyes, but her heart sank to the bottom of the valley. A large number of pirates stood on the opposite side, surrounding the entire farmyard and scanning the area with their eyes. You can see a group of wanted criminals appearing on the association''s wanted poster. Six level 15 professionals, and the rest are about 10 wanted criminals on the wanted list. What a luxurious lineup. How much hatred is there. Let so many pirates unite. Just to ambush people like myself? Is it worth it? The pirates swept across the front. ??Finally fell behind the two skeleton attendants, a figure wrapped in white bone armor. ?The man wearing religious robes and holding a book in his hand showed a smile and said softly, "Kill them, leave no one behind." Swish swish swish~! Arrows were shot out one after another, and many pirates rushed toward their targets. The division of labor is clear and the goals are clear. In the blink of an eye, everyone in the association team was killed. Among them, four of the level 15 professionals rushed towards Wu Heng''s position in an instant. You really think highly of me! ?Wu Heng watched the target rushing towards him, and electric current surged in front of him. ???????! ??A silver-white thunder snake suddenly sprang out and hit the first charging silver-armored pirate. ?The opponent''s body instantly flew upside down and hit the low wall behind him. The spreading electric current made the whole body twitch. ?The other hand was holding a submachine gun. Just as he was about to fire, he saw several ignited rolling thunderbolts being thrown and flying from a distance in the dark night. The body quickly retreated, and its original position was once again engulfed by the fire of rolling thunder. ?Stand firm and look around. ?Among the pirates, a short dwarf was holding a pipe. He took two strong puffs and lit the rolling thunder in his hand. ??Short in stature, holding two black rolling thunders on one left and one on the right. Fuck, Bomberman. ?Wu Heng raised the muzzle of his gun and fired two shots in the distance. The bomber held up the rolling thunder and evaded quickly like a dexterous monkey. At the same time, several other figures quickly ran toward him. ??A boxer with tiger fingers, two daggers in hand, a nimble thief, and a ranger with a bow in the distance who kept shooting arrows. ??Arrows roared, covering the two melee fighters approaching quickly. You really think highly of me. Dangdang~! The Skeleton Kerin Wood Long Sword was swung out, separating two arrows. He and Shattered Skull looked at the oncoming thieves and boxers. ?Wu Hengs peripheral vision quickly swept across the battlefield. ??The warrior who was knocked down by [Lightning Beam] stood up again, and the bomber also began to light the fuse, constantly throwing rolling thunder with various effects everywhere. There was a roar, thick smoke, and wind and fire. The pirates planned everything. Staying here will only drag everyone to death. At that time, even if he can go back alive, Sheila Gui, Kaweina and others will be in danger. Break the situation and step outside the boundaries they have set. ?Thoughts flashed through my mind. The muzzle of the gun fired rapidly at the approaching figure and the ranger shooting arrows in the distance. ?The bullets shot out with crackling sounds, forcing the opponent to retreat. Then, he turned around and retreated, leading two skeleton attendants to distance himself from the fighting area. And he moved like this. The pirates changed instantly. The pirates who were targeting him exchanged glances with each other and chased after him. As for Xila Gui, her face changed drastically as she looked at Wu Heng and several pirates who had disappeared. She naturally didnt think Wu Heng would escape. The target of the pirates was originally him, but now that they are retreating, they are more likely to lure away the main force of the pirates. ?This is indeed the case at the scene. There were five less level 15 pirates in an instant. Give everyone in the association a chance to breathe. However, even if he brings two skeleton attendants, it is not equal to the number of pirates. Once a mage loses the safe environment for casting spells, he will become as fragile as a lamb. "You retreat, I will help him..." Sheela Gui said, the halo under her feet lit up, and her figure instantly jumped up from the ground. Just as he was about to follow him, he saw a figure coming towards him like a cannonball from the corner of his eye. ?Hiragui swept across with her sword, and the two clashed, stretching out again. ??The man in religious robes looked at her, smiled and said: "Deacon Sheila Gui, worry about your own situation first." Sheela''s eyes narrowed slightly, "Captain Devil Hand." "It''s me!" ?Wu Heng adjusted his breathing and gained 30 points of agility, allowing him to keep running fast. Even the thieves and rangers following closely behind him were unable to catch up for a while. Only the tamed beasts of the Ranger Pirates followed closely in the air, maintaining the surveillance range. Seeing the distance between the enemy and the war zone. ?Wu Heng also gradually slowed down his running speed. Wait for the pirates to approach. When it is determined that the secret enemy is these pirates. In fact, I feel much calmer in my heart. Its not like the enemy is hiding in the dark, making random guesses and worrying. ?As long as you handle it well, it shouldn''t be a problem to deal with them with the trump cards you have accumulated. Swish swish~! From the roof behind, two arrows roared towards him. ?Wu Heng paused slightly. While dodging, he turned around and fired with a submachine gun. The ranger quickly crouched down to avoid sight. Then, the muzzle of the gun turned again and swept towards the bomb dwarf. The bomb dwarf dodged sideways and hid in the alley. The unlit rolling thunder in his hand also fell to the ground. Looking at the bullet holes that cracked the stone, he wiped the sweat from his forehead. It was also at this time. The other three figures appeared on both sides of the alley one after another, surrounding Wu Heng in the middle. ??The silver-armored warrior, whose face was full of flesh and whose chest was scorched black by the electric shock, exhaled heavily, "You''re pretty good at running, kid." "I am your father-killing enemy? Why go to such trouble to plot against me, a deputy deacon?" "No way, who makes your head worth anything?" the silver-armored warrior said. "It''s only 500 gold coins. I''ll give you 500 gold coins and help you pardon your past crimes. How about we just say goodbye?" Wu Heng adjusted the muzzle of his gun and said directly. While talking, the ranger appeared on the roof, and the bomb gnome picked up the pipe again and took two strong puffs. "Hmph! Do you think we are stupid?" The silver-armored warrior snorted coldly, then turned his head and said, "Follow me and kill him. Let''s fight quickly." After speaking, holding the heavy sword in his hand, the warrior took the lead, the boxer followed behind, and the thieves came from behind. The ranger draws the bow, the dwarf lights the fuse. When dealing with oneself, it can be regarded as sparing no effort. ?Wu Heng also made a move instantly. Raise your hands to release the [breath of death], and the dark clouds formed by negative energy cover the dim moonlight in the sky. ??Hung the submachine gun around his neck and swung it back. Two more grenades appeared in his hand. He opened the ring and threw them forward. Unlike igniting a fuse, this detonation only lasts a few seconds. Boom~! There was an explosion, and grenade shrapnel shot out. The warrior who rushed over was thrown away again, vomiting blood. Skeleton Kerimu held the ground with one hand, and [Cloud and Mist Technique] covered the whole body. The figure disappeared in an instant, and then appeared behind the ranger in the blink of an eye. The ranger was instantly alert, hurriedly dwarfed, and a strand of hair on his head was cut off by the long sword. Roll quickly on the spot, two daggers appeared in his hands, and killed the skeleton attendant. Skeletons with broken heads, carrying war hammers, slaying towards the oncoming boxers. Every time the war hammer fell, the masonry exploded and the electric snakes scattered. The bomber in the distance laughed loudly. As soon as he threw the ignited rolling thunder, he saw the grenade stopped in mid-air. A ghost slowly appeared in front of him. Ghost? Why is there still this ghost thing? Bomb Gnome said in a high-pitched voice. Then I saw the ghost controlling the rolling thunder thrown out and floating back. The fuse burns quickly. Damn it, **** the undead. He cursed, turned around and ran away. ??The ghost is still holding up the rolling thunder to chase. Dang~! ?Wu Heng entered the [Explosive Potential] state, with veins popping out and his eyes bloodshot. ?With a kick of his feet, he rushed towards the thief behind like a mad bull. The thief who also rushed towards him frowned. ??The mage rushed towards the thief with a sword. This was the first time I saw him. But I am also happy in my heart. ?Killing him yourself will give you more say in dividing the spoils. ?Thinking of this, the speed of my feet speeded up again. The distance between each other is getting closer. The figure jumped up and stabbed the opponent''s throat with the dagger. Dang~! The next second, metal chimes sounded. ??The thief''s expression changed drastically, a huge force came from the dagger in his hand, and he almost lost his weapon. What''s going on? Mage? Such a power? (End of this chapter) Chapter 396 , according to plan, kill the mage (please vote for me.) Chapter 396: Kill the mage as planned (please vote for me) ??The thief adjusted his body shape and swung his weapons again. The sword is dexterous and changeable, constantly trying to break through the opponent''s defense and attack the body''s vital points. And Wu Heng, long-term sword practice. At this moment, he also showed his skillful coping ability. Sword power is continuous, defense is at the same time, and quick counterattacks are carried out. Dang Dang Dang~! The weapons of the two men kept colliding. Dense metallic symphony resounded through the night sky, sparks flying everywhere. ??The thief became more and more frightened as he fought, his eyes widened, and his expression became more and more unbelievable. In the initial battle, perhaps the opponent used some method to increase their strength. But as the fighting continued. ?The opponent''s strength and melee response ability are not inferior to melee professions at all. Damn it. ??Are all the candidates for deputy deacons of the association so abnormal now? ???????! ?The sound of electric current sounded, and the silver-white lightning gathered again and burst out. Hit the thief''s body and fly backwards. What a mage! Compared to the frequent psychological fluctuations of thieves. ?Wu Heng held the sword tightly, with only the desire to fight in his heart. Explosive Potentialis an ability unlocked from the corpse core. While the three attributes of physique, strength, and agility are increased, the heart also becomes more and more violent. Only by forcibly suppressing the urge to cut will you think of using spells or firearms to attack. The thief was knocked away. The corner of his eye quickly glanced at the entire battlefield. The fighting continues everywhere. Skeleton attendants and ghosts are also entangled in each other, and it seems that they cannot kill the target in a short time. Find a breakthrough as soon as possible. break the current deadlock. The longer time passes, the more dangerous it will be for the rest of the association, should they fail. With all the pirates coming over, your situation will become even more dangerous. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Hunting the submachine gun behind his back, he turned around. Shot again at the location where the thief flew out. ??The thief''s face was full of horror. He turned over to avoid the bullets and tore two scrolls in his hands. The earth wall rose from the ground to cover his body. Green light enveloped his body and he recovered from his injuries. Seeing the opponent shooting strange ammunition while charging towards him. The thief became even more anxious and shouted: "How long do you want to delay? If I die, you won''t survive." ?On the roof, the ranger entangled by the ''Kerumu'' also shouted: "Brigao, what are you doing?" Tap tap tap~! A figure with a charred body ran out of the alley. The thin voice said: "Coming!" Kill the mage as planned. The ranger shouted loudly. While speaking. The ranger and the boxer tore open the scroll almost at the same time. ?Vinevines grew on the ground, restraining the ''Broken Skull'', and black tentacles flew out from the scroll and wrapped around the ''Keran Wood''. The dwarf bomber quickly ran close. Place a huge vertical coffin with a human face in front of it. The lid of the coffin is opened horizontally, and countless iron chains snake out. ??The rest of the people dodged quickly, and the chains instantly wrapped around the two skeleton attendants. The chains shrank, and in the blink of an eye the two figures were pulled into the vertical coffin. With a bang, the coffin lid was closed tightly. Saw this scene appear. Several pirates breathed a sigh of relief at the same time. Looking at each other, they all rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. ?The scene in front of him made Wu Heng''s expression change instantly. ?These pirates are really well prepared, and they have also made a plan to restrain the skeleton attendants and kill themselves first. ??The silver-armored warrior bore the brunt, the boxer was half a step slower, the ranger hurriedly ran on the roof, and the thief waited for the opportunity. The dwarf bomber, whose whole body was charred, kept his distance and was at the very back. Standard five-person team. ?Three people for melee combat, one for remote combat, and one for reconnaissance and remote output. The tactical formation created by the association and used by pirates against themselves. What a damn! ?Wu Heng quickly thought about countermeasures in his mind. ??His own props, thermal weapons, or acting as a bomber to throw out all the grenades in the space ring. It will still be detrimental to yourself if you procrastinate like this. Theres an alley to the left! Glenda flew back and whispered. ?Wu Heng turned around and went straight into an alley. Five pirates quickly gathered together and rushed in. Having been delayed for a long time just now, now it''s five against one, and it''s natural to take back all the insults suffered earlier. Just rush in. uluulu~! Several grenades were thrown from inside. Take shelter! shouted the soldier. ?The people dispersed instantly, explosions rang out, and smoke filled the alley. Here, stop him! shouted a villager armed with a machete. Then, two more men with weapons came over. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng raised his hand and fired. Three people who tried to block the road fell to the ground instantly. Dead Skeleton Field was released, and the three skeletons slowly stood up. ?Wu Heng took out a long sword and handed it to one of the skeletons. At the same time, he said: "Glenda, control me and exit." Understood! ????The consciousness was separated, Glenda took over the physical body and quickly opened the distance. Two skeletons rushed towards the pirates in the alley. It was directly smashed to pieces by the pirates. ?Five figures quickly chased out. Wu Heng controlled the skeleton, targeted the five people''s positions, and jumped onto the wall. Quickly drew out the long sword and stopped in place. Swipe~Swipe! Two silver-white sword lights flashed past, ?A silver-white sword light flashed past, and the ranger who drew his bow and took aim, and the warrior who ran wildly with the sword, were slashed across the neck by the cold light. ?Gululu! One head rolled off the roof, and another fell to the ground. ??The remaining people''s pupils shrank and they stopped moving instantly. ??Only looked at the sword in the opposite skeleton''s hand with horrified eyes. Silent Blade Evil Sword. Damn it, hes the one who bought the thing at the auction. The return of spiritual consciousness. ?Wu Heng turned around and took a look. Only two of the five people chasing him died. ?Response so quickly? Immediately realize that the characteristic of weapons is to remain stationary? "Uncle, the little old man who threw the bomb was not arrested and is about to escape." Xiaoxiao, who was in charge of the investigation, flew over and said quickly. The dwarf did not enter the range of the weapon? "Where is it, point it out to me." Wu Heng avoided the position of the weapon, jumped onto a rooftop, and took out a sniper rifle. ??He is the best at killing enemies from long distances. That! Xiaoxiao pointed. In the dark night, a short figure was running away in panic. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. The running dwarf only felt a pain in his back, and his whole body was pushed forward by a force. Then, came the severe pain. The body fell to the ground instantly, blood oozing out from the wound. ?Bang bang~! Before he could take out the potion, there were two more explosions. The body and back of the head exploded, and he was instantly plunged into darkness. Leap off the roof and look back to the alley again. In the alley, there are still boxers and thieves left. At this time, a wave of regret arose in the hearts of both of them. I never expected that a deputy deacon from Treasure Island would lead the battle to such a situation. The prey that was introduced to the village through various calculations suddenly turned into a hunter. Three of the five people have died. When there is no thought of fighting in the mind and the eyes are wandering. Saw the Wu Heng appear again. The thief said solemnly: "Wu Heng, this matter is our fault. I am willing to pay enough compensation to buy my own life. We are also a large pirate group and can give you a lot of money." ?Wu Heng exited the [Explosive Potential] state, and a feeling of weakness and exhaustion instantly spread throughout his body. He sat down opposite and said, "Is there no cult here?" The thief shut up instantly. ?Wu Heng raised his hand, bang bang, two bullets shot out, hitting the thief''s body instantly. ?The body shook violently, the cold light of the evil sword flashed, and the head fell to the ground. ??Wu Heng looked at the pirate boxer again and asked: "There is no cult here?" Boxers face looked uncertain, and he gritted his teeth and replied, No? You set up such a trap just to lure me out and kill me? Wu Heng asked again. Boxer''s eyes wandered, "Yes, they are all organized by the Devil''s Hand. I was also attracted by the bounty, and I have no hatred towards you." So the local association also has your arrangements, so it will ask for support from the Treasure Island Association? I dont know this, its all arranged by the Devils Hand. Boxer continued: What I know, Ive told you, you can let me go now. When did I say I would let you go! He raised the submachine gun in his hand. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The whizzing bullets were shot out, and the man looked shocked. Dodge quickly with your feet. The sword flashed and the head fell to the ground. All five pirates died, their bodies strewn all over the alley. Put your sword away! The skeleton in the distance sheathed his sword. ??A cold light flashed, the skull fell, and the body was scattered into white bones. The battle is over. ?The ground was in a mess. ?Wu Heng raised his head and took two sips of the potion. The physical and mental fatigue was slightly relieved. "Glenda, go see how the team is doing. Xiaoxiao will continue to help me guard the surroundings." Wu Heng said. "clear!" Two ghosts dispersed, and one flew back to where he lived before. The other climbs up to alert the surroundings. ?Wu Heng also stood up and dragged all the corpses in front of him. The battle is not over yet, and Sheila Gui and the others still dont know what is going on. Take off the Space Ring and the Silent Blade Evil Sword, put them away together, and then release the [Bone Slave Technique] one after another. The five corpses slowly stood up. Skeleton Warrior (Level 16) Skeleton Ranger (Level 15) Skeleton Boxer (Level 16) Skeleton Thief (Level 15) Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 397 , who are you? Chapter 397, Who are you? All five skeletons have reached level 15. ?These pirates really take themselves seriously. At a glance, he glanced at several professions and finally landed on the short skeleton. The dwarf bomber is actually a level 15 alchemist. this. ??Among the alchemists he came into contact with, none of them had much fighting ability, and they were more of an extension of a scientific research profession. Can make antidotes, poisons, and various potions with enhanced effects. ?Now, a short alchemist not only became a pirate captain, but also participated in the battle. Its really a bit unbelievable. ??He took out two more bottles of potion and drank it, while taking a look at the properties of the alchemy skeleton. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Attributes: Constitution 22, Strength 15, Agility 25, Intelligence 28, Perception 22, Charisma 12 Characteristics: Empty skeleton, intermediate soul, flexible mind. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Proficient), Throwing Specialization (Proficient), Bombology (Expert). Ability: Alchemy scholar, formula thinner, explosives science, alchemy bomb research, gunpowder material preparation. Flexible Mind: This unit is born with a flexible mind. Explosives: This unit is proficient in the alchemical subject of "Explosives" and studies various blasting and sputtering mines. Alchemy Bomb Research: Able to develop new types of alchemy bombs according to requirements. Gunpowder Material Preparation: Treat gunpowder and special materials with flexible use and deployment, and can be made into a variety of bombs. Looking at the attributes, Bombermans advantages are also revealed. Higher agility and intelligence throughout the body. In the discipline of alchemy, it belongs to the category of bombology. It also includes the research of alchemical bombs and the preparation of gunpowder materials. It seems that it has moved towards a relatively unpopular alchemy discipline, and it is developing quite well. Looked at it roughly. ?Wuheng didnt have time to stay much. Go directly to the vertical iron coffin in the distance. ?Shattered Skull and Kerimu were trapped inside by this item. It is still unclear whether it is a prop or a strange object, and whether there is any specific danger. Let a skeleton come forward to test it. After confirming that there is no danger. Walked directly over. Iron Maiden vertical coffin (wonderful object) Category: Strange objects. Effect: Control up to three fixed targets within the range and lock them in an iron coffin. Side effects: Blood feeding. (Description: A torture instrument stained with sin, which can trap the sinner inside and suffer endless loneliness and pain.) A curious object. It is still a torture instrument, and it looks a bit like the underworld. Sinners can be locked up inside and subjected to endless loneliness and torture. It doesnt look like it will kill anyone. ?Wu Heng looked around the iron coffin and put a slight pressure on the coffin lid. The heavy coffin lid was opened directly. Revealing two skeletons inside. He is not dead, and the soul fire in his eyes is still strong. There are no iron chains shot out of the vertical coffin. It seems that to achieve the effect, blood needs to be fed. release the two skeletons. ?Wu Heng also put the vertical coffin into the space ring. Lets study it carefully after we go back. At this time, Glenda also flew back from a distance. He said: "The people of the association lost, and only the elf subdeacon is left to persist. If we delay for a long time, it may be dangerous." ?Wu Heng took a deep breath and handed a sniper rifle to the Skeleton Ranger. Then he stood up and said, "Let''s go over." The location of the village courtyard. ?The courtyard wall collapsed, and the house behind him also collapsed. ??The backbone of the pirates were holding torches and standing in the ruins-like courtyard. In addition to the exhaustion after the war, his face also showed a kind of enthusiasm and excitement. A pirate stabbed the sword in his hand into the chest of a seriously injured association member, and blood flowed out in streams. Members of Team 1 and Team 11 fell to the ground, vomiting blood in their mouths, and their eyes were wandering. ?Now they figured out that all this was the pirates'' plan. "Isn''t your association crazy? Keep order and search us everywhere. Have you ever thought about today?" "This woman looks good. She is much better than those in the tavern. Don''t kill her then. Keep her like that dog." " The captain has run out, so its our turn. For todays victory. The pirates felt a little happy. After hiding for so many years, he finally let the people from the other association fall into his hands. Outside the village courtyard. Sheela''s body was stained with blood, and her golden hair was dyed dark red by the blood. ?The figure was a little decadent, with his head lowered and his eyes squinting, staring coldly at the opposite side. The face, which was originally fair and childlike, was pathologically pale. Beside him, there was the local deputy deacon who was also seriously injured and clenching his teeth to support himself. His chest was a mess of blood and flesh, and his whole body looked like it had been fished out of **** water. Different from Wuheng and Xilagui, it can also be inferred that the situation in the village is related to pirates. ??This deputy deacon, from the beginning of the battle until now when he is seriously injured and dying, has always looked confused. I dont know why so many pirates came out of an ordinary patrol mission. Furthermore, they were so familiar with the village that the villagers all closed their doors at home and no one came out. Sheila Gui looked forward coldly and said in a deep voice: "The Devil''s Hand will be endlessly hunted by the association. Even if you escape from the Emerald Sea, you know the attitude of Deacon Imiro, you will all die." Opposite, Captain Devil Hand in religious robes, with a thin sword of ''Sela Rose'' stuck on his chest. The bright red blood dyed the clothes on his chest red. But his figure is still upright, and his face does not show any fatigue after the battle. Hearing the threat, a smile appeared on his lips. He casually pulled out the thin sword from his chest and threw it aside, and said with a smile: "If I don''t kill you, the association won''t come to kill us? Deputy Deacon, please be more awake. If you kill pirates, the pirates will naturally kill you." "Wu Heng has escaped. Even if we die, it doesn''t mean that your plan has succeeded." Xilagui said. The local deputy deacon swallowed and spit out some information. ?These pirates planned such a thing to capture the man who just escaped? ? Along the way, Sheela Gui was handling things and giving orders, and she really didnt pay attention to the other person. The captain of Devil''s Hand whispered softly, "Five level 15 pirates, do you think they can''t kill one deputy?" Of course! said Sheilagui. "Then you should die first, so that you can have company by then." After the words fell, the captain of the Devil''s Hand turned into a black stream of light and slammed into him. In the village courtyard. Except these two women, kill everyone else. The pirate backbone shouted loudly. The remaining people drew their weapons one after another. With a fierce look on his face, he slashed the weapon in his hand at the team members who had no strength to resist. ??The people who killed Treasure Island today will be something they can brag about for the rest of their lives on the ship. Kavina held the dagger tightly in her hand and put it against her throat, "I just came here and I''m so annoyed." Even if these pirates dont kill themselves. Im afraid its worse than death. It would be better to have a good time, Wu Heng will definitely avenge himself in the future. Hold up a breath, just about to pierce his throat. Bang~! A familiar blast suddenly sounded. Opening his eyes, he saw an ugly pirate with a frozen expression and his head exploding suddenly. The body falls forward. With a bang, it hit the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, intensive gunfire rang out, and several key pirates fell one after another. ??In Kavina''s hazy vision, she saw two skeletons running quickly, protecting the wounded behind them. He did not escape, he killed the pirates and came back. Whoosh~! A ray of fire came with a trail of flames. ??In an instant, it hit the captain of Devil''s Hand. The fire exploded and his body was lifted several meters away. ??The whole body was charred black, and half of the shoulder was missing. ?Wu Heng threw down the empty rocket launcher and walked out with a few skeletons. The Captain of Devil''s Hand frowned, gritted his teeth to hold back the pain, and looked suspicious and disbelieving. How is it you? Where are they? As he spoke, his eyes glanced towards the darkness behind him from time to time. Following several skeletons, they also appeared in sight. The familiar weapons and armor also made him instantly understand what was going on. Who are you? (End of this chapter) Chapter 398 , the consequences of stimulating the Necromancer (please vote for me.) Chapter 398: The consequences of irritating the Necromancer (please vote for me...) I have put a lot of effort into planning todays plan. Five level 15 pirates, but in the end they still didnt kill each other. Instead, all the pirates arranged to go out became the opponent''s skeleton attendants. This is definitely not something that an ordinary archdeacon can do. Furthermore, this is a newly promoted professional in intelligence. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but looked warily at the embarrassed pirate captain who was missing one shoulder. The power of rockets can destroy a vehicle. But the other party was not directly killed. Just for the reward of 500 gold coins? I want to say yes! "I don''t believe it. There are so many of you, how can you divide them?" Wu Heng replied. Ill tell you when youre dead. The pirate captain roared angrily, and his figure suddenly rose. turned into a black air figure and rushed towards Wu Heng''s position. ?Wu Heng raised his gun and fired. The bullets penetrated the black air and shot into the night sky. ?Shattered Skull took a step forward. ?The war hammer in his hand suddenly swung up and hit the black air. Bang~Zi! ?The current flashed, and the figure of the pirate captain dissipated like smoke. He ran away, over there! Glenda reminded. Turning around and looking around, he saw the figure of the pirate captain hidden in the black mist, looming, running quickly towards the outside of the village. Escaped? Kill him! Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton next to him rushed out instantly, chasing the figure in the distance. ??Wu Heng also took out the rocket launcher from the space ring and pointed towards the figure ahead. Preview the position and pull the trigger directly. Huh~! The rocket dragged its tail flame and flew forward. ??The running pirate captain was alert, turned his head suddenly, waved his hand attentively, and the black beam flew towards him and fired rockets. At the moment of contact, the speeding rocket decomposes instantly. Transformed into materials all over the sky, flying forward in a flourishing manner. Huh~! Behind, clouds and mist are rising. Keranmu''s figure appeared behind the captain and slashed his neck. ??The pirate captain''s body turned sharply on the spot. While avoiding the blow, his mouth turned into a giant jaw full of sharp teeth and bit behind him. ?Keranmu bent his legs and pushed on the opponent''s chest, using the force to move backwards. ??The skeleton thief holding a double blade also came close at this time. Hand out both knives and remove them directly from the ribs. ??The captain dodged quickly, expanded his body again, and retreated outside the village while fighting the skeleton. Sure enough, there are two things. ?Wu Heng stood in the distance and looked at the battle location with some surprise. ??This Devil''s Hand captain''s combat power is stronger than the previous five pirates, and his fighting method is also extremely strange and unpredictable. Combat methods include melee combat and magic. Seeing that the opponent was blocked, Wu Heng took out Barrett again and pointed far ahead. See the right moment and pull the trigger. Bang~! Like a thunderous explosion, the left rib of the pirate captain in the distance instantly exploded and disappeared. ?Keranmu kicked hard, and his swollen body was instantly kicked out. His body hit the wall like a sandbag, and the bricks rolled down. Two skeletons followed closely again, swinging their weapons frequently. The bones were broken, and the sound of chopping and chopping meat was heard. Perhaps a sense of danger and death. From under the courtyard wall, the pirate captain''s scream came. I will go back with you and confess my sins. If you kill me, the Devils Hand Pirates will take revenge on all of you, and more people will die. Wu Heng, the blank envelope asked me to do this. The promise it told me was not a bounty, and you cant kill me. The heart-rending shouts resounded throughout the area. Sheila Gui or others in the association looked at the scene in front of them in disbelief. The infamous demonic hand of the Emerald Sea. The leader of the pirate group that no one has been able to offend for decades. Hunted against the wall and beaten, he kept begging for mercy, trying to get them to stop. Tap tap tap~! Countless footsteps sounded. The shout attracted the villagers in the village. ??Surrounded from all directions, holding torches and swords and various weapons in the other hand, surrounding everyone in the middle. Get closer little by little. The faces of the people in the association who originally thought they had won became even more ugly. Obviously things have changed again. Let the captain go and leave the village, the village chief said. Let the captain go and leave the village! hundreds of villagers shouted in unison, approaching. ?Hundreds of people, how dare the association kill them all? Even if they take action directly, these people can only withdraw from the village to avoid the anger of the villagers. Dont be impulsive, everyone, this man is a pirate, dont be impulsive. The local deputy deacon who came with him shouted loudly, trying to appease the villagers. But every time he shouted, the villagers'' footsteps became faster and faster. Wu Heng glanced at the surrounding villagers and asked other members to move closer to him. ??A cold warning, "The association will hunt down wanted pirates, and those who block it will be treated as associates." ??The villagers who were gradually narrowing down the area paused, looking at the other party''s indifferent expression, hesitantly. The people in this association can even defeat the captain. If you really do it, a lot of people may die. ??The village chief stood in the crowd, glanced at them and said: "They are all seriously injured, kill them." Hulala~! The surrounding villagers no longer hesitated. Raised his weapon and ran towards Wu Heng, as well as other seriously injured association members. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. The submachine gun hanging on the shoulder raised the muzzle and pulled the trigger directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The muzzle of the gun instantly spit out tongues of fire. Bullets roared out, and villagers were pierced through their bodies and fell slowly. Then, there are the villagers on the other side. Amid the deafening gunshots, they fell to the ground. at the same time. ??The village chief''s body began to twist. In his frightened expression, his neck twisted like a twist, and he fell to the ground. Looking at the village chief and the villagers at the front, they died tragically one after another. The remaining villagers all stopped, fearful in their hearts, and subconsciously took a few steps back. The association really dared to kill villagers. Crazy! ?While Xila Gui and the rest of the team members were surprised that Wu Heng killed people, they also had a feeling in their hearts that he would really do this. Inspiring a necromancer. Not a wise move. At that time, even if you die, he can continue to torment you. As if to verify this idea, a gray-white halo of light swayed, and all the fallen corpses turned into skeletons. They slowly stood up and picked up the weapons on the ground again. Towards the surrounding villagers. A skeleton that suddenly stood up. The faces of the villagers changed dramatically. Subconsciously, he took a few steps back again, his scalp numb. Undead! Can actually summon the dead. Even though I was used to seeing dead people, this moment felt a little scary. Poof~! ?In the distance, there was an unusually obvious sound of a knife blade entering flesh. The pirate captains head fell to the ground. Hush rolled out of the corner and appeared in everyone''s sight. Then, two skeleton attendants, one carrying the head and the other dragging the body, came back from a distance. ??The pirate captain''s body was twisted and broken, with missing limbs. ?With this level of missing limbs, even transformation is very difficult. ?Wu Heng bent down and glanced at the corpse. The remaining arm still has a space ring. Take off the space ring, and then take out the straw mat. "wrap up!" The skeleton wraps the corpse in a straw mat. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Looking at the villagers with confused eyes and blank expressions again. He said directly: "No one is allowed to leave the village. Anyone who flees or resists will be killed on the spot." Hulala~! The many skeletons that had just been transformed instantly spread out, surrounding all the villagers. When some villagers react and plan to escape. ??Only found that he was surrounded by skeletons. Missed the best opportunity. Early morning, in the farmyard. ?The door opened, and Sheila Gui, with disheveled hair and weak breath, walked in directly. The battle last night left everyone seriously injured. ? Even if you take medicine, you wont be able to adjust in a short time. Are you okay? Sheela asked with concern. Its okay, where are the others? Sheela Gee sat down on a chair nearby. The others are fine. The two investigators were seriously injured. After all, they are not in the combat profession and are in poor health. After speaking, he looked at Wu Heng again. Asked directly: "Why are you so powerful?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 399 , raised for five years and tortured for five years Chapter 399: Five years of support and five years of torture They are both subdeacons. But the combat effectiveness displayed by Wu Heng has far exceeded the level that ordinary deputy deacons can achieve. Its not the kind of weapon that relies on me, havent you seen it before? Wu Heng said directly. When participating in the battle of Shilagui. More, it is the use of thermal weapons. Sheila Gui didn''t ask too much, looked at him and said: "Thank you, you saved me again." Facing the trap set by the pirates in advance, if anyone leaves in the name of delivering a message when they feel there is no chance of winning, they will all die here. ?The association has no reason to say anything. ?At that time, Wu Heng left, and Xila Gui and other team members also thought that Wu Heng had escaped. But the reality is different from what they thought. ?Wu Heng not only killed the five level 15 pirates, but also killed them directly. Bringing everyone back from the brink of death. And killed all the pirates. One person, killed six level 15 and several level 10 pirates. If word spreads, it will be enough to become the biggest news in the Emerald Sea. After that, in addition to Imiro expelling the pirates of Treasure Island, there was another rumor. Why are you so polite? We agreed to help each other and never give up. Wu Heng said with a smile. Sheela Gui also showed a smile, pulled up her hair, tied it into a ponytail, and said, "That''s true. When there is danger next time, I will risk my life to save you." ??Wu Heng was stunned, "I accept the idea, but I still hope there won''t be any danger." Its my fault, we are all safe. "Um!" Sheilagui continued to ask: "What to do next? You have killed so many villagers, even if it is a pirate''s village. It will not be clear when the time comes, and problems may arise." The association has a strict system. ?The purpose is to avoid misbehaving everywhere in the name of the association. Wu Heng''s own profession has some bad prejudices. If this matter is reported back to the association, it is likely to have a serious impact. "There was nothing we could do at the time. You have seen the situation. If some people don''t die, we will die in their hands." Wu Heng said. I know it too, so lets come over and discuss it to see how we can explain this matter better. Sheila Gui leaned on her chin and continued. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then stood up directly, "Let''s go, I have evidence, let''s go out." What evidence? Lets go see the others first and bring everyone with us. Wu Heng walked out. Sheila Gui followed behind and complained: "Mysterious." Go out of the room. There were a large number of skeletons standing in the courtyard, as well as several members of the association. Without waiting for others to speak, the local deputy deacon came over first and said hurriedly: "Deputy Wu Heng, these villagers have a problem. Please give the association some time." The massacre of the villagers really frightened the accompanying subdeacon. ??He has been standing outside today, for fear that the Necromancer Deputy Deacon, whose hatred is still lingering in his heart, might show some ruthless tactics. "What do you think is wrong with them?" Wu Heng looked at him. ?The other party hesitated for a moment and then said directly: "It is obvious that there is collusion with pirates, but the specific reason and the connection need to be investigated in detail." ?Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Follow us and we will give you an explanation." Oh, okay! Hearing that no one was killed, he breathed a sigh of relief. Following behind, they walked towards another house together. ?The door of the room was opened, and there were two investigators lying on the bed on the left and right. ?This kind of profession is really not suitable for combat. The aftermath may cause them harm. Ive met several deputy deacons. The two investigators said stiffly. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and sat down by the bed, "How is your injury?" Not bad, just some broken bones. Wu Heng sighed, "You were injured because we failed to protect you. After I return, I will submit a report to the association and record the files for you." Thank you, Deputy Deacon. There was a hint of gratitude in the eyes of the two of them. Can you still move? Wu Heng continued to ask. Maybe I cant get out of bed. "There are some clues here that I need you to record. I''ll have someone carry you there." Wu Heng said again. When the people come, carry them on your back and lets go to the east. Two team members carried the investigator on their backs. The large team followed them to the east of the village. All the villagers were under guard, making the village seem empty. All the way to the iron cage where the beggars are imprisoned. ?The stench is overwhelming. ?In the iron cage, the beggar was still sleeping and ignored the people surrounding him outside. Is he the beggar I met yesterday? Sheela asked. "He seems to have something to do with the association." Wu Heng explained, and then said: "Open the iron cage and search inside." Zhiha~! The iron cage was opened and the beggar woke up. ??Yelling and screaming, he rushed out and was subdued by a small team of people and brought under control. ?Kavina took the rest of the people into the iron cage, and after a brief search, she found the piece of cloth that the ghost ''Glenda'' had seen. Kavina came out. He shook off the dirt on the cloth and read: "The pirates massacred the village, killing all the men, women, old and weak." As soon as he finished speaking, his body trembled. ??The rest of the people''s eyes widened in an instant, full of surprise. ??Everyone in this village was killed, and the people who lived in the village were pirates. ??If this banner had been discovered before last night, perhaps not many people would have believed it. After all, a village has connections with the outside world. How can it be said that it can be replaced if it is killed? But last night the villagers surrounded the members of the association and shouted "Captain". Have to make people believe this. Shuashuashua~! The investigator took out the record book and started recording, and also saved the strips. This incident is so shocking. Even looking at this text makes one feel horrified. He rushed to us to say this? Sheilagui looked at the crazy beggar. Its possible, or it might just be a coincidence. The rest of the people also looked at the beggar. If he is treated like this and still retains the information he wants to send out, then he is not an ordinary person. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Pull him over so I can try." Two members of the association pulled the person over. ??Wu Heng took out a round wooden stick and held it in his hand. "It''s a strange thing that can make people wake up. I''m not sure if it has any effect on this kind of thing." The others nodded to show their understanding. ??Wu Heng also slapped the beggar directly on the butt. Pah~! A crisp sound sounded. ??The beggar jumped forward and howled in pain. After being slapped twice in succession, the beggar did not shout or scream, but stared at the few people outside through the long hair that covered his face. Sheila Gui said directly: "We are members of the association, who are you?" Under his long hair, he was still staring at a few people coldly. A voice sounded like a throat being cracked, "Wilhelm, the Whisperer!" The Whisperer! As expected, the news was sent to the association, but it was not sent out. Why are you here? Sheela asked. Where are the people with devils hands? the beggar asked. Dead, we captured this place and the villagers were also controlled. Hahahaha~! ??The beggar looked up to the sky and laughed, his voice was extremely harsh. After he finished laughing, he continued to squat on the ground without saying a word. Sheila Gui continued to ask repeatedly: "What''s the matter with you?" After pondering for a while, the beggar lowered his head and said: "I joined the hands of the devil, and later they found out. They imprisoned me for five years and tortured me for five years." You said the village was massacred, is that true? "real!" Shuashshuashuashua, the investigator recorded again. ??Wu Heng interrupted Xila Gui who continued to ask. The beggar''s mood was not stable. Strange objects can make people return to normal. This effect is already a medical miracle. If you ask me crazy questions again, it will be difficult to handle. Lets go back with us. When these pirates are punished, we need you to be your witness. Okay! The beggar nodded. The people began to return. ??The local deputy deacon drove a carriage and returned to the "Lpez City" association to request support. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng took out the body of Captain Devil Hand. A fishy smell filled the air instantly. What is his occupation? Does the association have records? Sheila shook her head. The beggar said: "Warlock, demon blood." (End of this chapter) Chapter 400 , Missionary Book (please vote for me.) Chapter 400, Missionary Book (please vote for me...) ??Beggars can still go crazy sometimes, but most of the time, they can still communicate normally. Saw the broken corpse that Wu Heng took out. While gritting his teeth, he said the other persons occupation. Warlock, demonic bloodline. Innate? Or acquired later? Wu Heng asked. As I leave Blackstone Town, my exposure to various professions increases. I also have a better understanding of the profession of Warlock. The magic of a warlock comes from the blood. It may be inspired by the divine power of ancestors, or the blending of ancestors and powerful creatures, or it may be that powerful rituals change the bloodline. The way to become a warlock is not just through bloodline awakening. ?Of course, this does not mean that after becoming a warlock, you will directly have powerful power. It also requires introspection and practice to refine existing magic skills, or to discover more powerful abilities. This is both a benefit and a disadvantage. Becoming a warlock also means that your development is fixed within a framework. You cannot be like a mage, who can study a variety of spells or even develop new schools. The beggar thought for a moment and shook his head, "I don''t know about this. When he was in the pirate group, I only knew his identity as a warlock. Some of the captured prisoners would perform rituals similar to sacrifices." ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the members of Team 11 on the side: "Go find a barrel and bleed this corpse." Forehead. ?There was a sudden silence in the room. Kavina turned her head and glanced at the dwarves and human thieves who immediately went down to prepare the barrels. ??It''s really the style of a necromancer. The body was carried down. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the beggar and asked: "Do you also know about the other strongholds or locations established by the Demon Pirate Group?" I knew something about it before, but five years have passed and Treasure Island has expelled the pirates. Im not sure whether it will still exist. The beggar said. Five years, many things are changing. ?Especially for pirate groups, fleets disappear or new pirate groups are established every day. "Write me the location you know, and I will arrange it later, and the merit will be credited to you." Wu Heng looked at him and said. Okay. The beggar stood up and went to the side to recall the information in his mind. started to write it down. Sheilagui said again: "When shall we go back?" We will go back when the local association comes to take over the place. The appearance of beggars can prove that all the people in a village are pirates. This point is very important to Wu Heng. Killing villagers and killing pirates pretending to be villagers are two different things. After going back, I have a valid reason to explain. "There is a problem in this village. Can we leave it to them?" Sheilagui continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s difficult for us to find out anything. Let''s go back and tell the deacon about this matter first and let the headquarters handle it!" "good!" Its approaching noon. The local association and guards arrived in the village. It should be the subdeacon who accompanied them yesterday and told them about the battle last night. The local deacon and the guard commander were very polite. After learning about the situation at that time, I was shocked and angry about the pirate ambush, but I didnt mention the pirate village. ?Wu Heng and others did not ask each other why there was an ambush by pirates. ?After superficial handover, they planned to return to the port of Lopez City and take a boat back to Treasure Island. Lets walk out of the village courtyard together. A large number of villagers gathered in the central area. Everyone looked ugly, and many of them were carrying sticks in their hands. The guards in the city negotiated loudly with the villagers, beads of sweat dripping from their foreheads and necks. Tap tap tap~! ?Wu Heng and others came out and turned to look at the noisy location. ~! In an instant, the noisy scene suddenly became silent. ?The villagers bowed their heads and stopped making too many moves. Last night, people like me might have been able to argue with the guards, but the one in the distance... It still makes them a little scared. The group of skeletons following behind them are all their former companions. Its hard to say whether they will all be killed if they provoke the other party again. Deacon, we will take care of it, the commander said. ?Wu Heng nodded and led everyone away. Before dusk. The carriage arrived at the port. Get back on the Treasure Island Association''s ship, slowly leave the port, and enter the route back to Treasure Island. When they really left the confines of Lopez City, everyone slowly breathed a sigh of relief. After inspecting the ship again, Xilagui said: "The two teams will strengthen patrols and be careful of subsequent dangers." Yes, Archdeacon. The two captains nodded. Arrange patrol work. Everyone returned to the assigned room to rest. Inside the cabin. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts. ?Glenda glanced at the cabin and asked, "Starting the return journey?" I was in this cabin when I came here, and I am still here now. Obviously I am going back to Treasure Island. "Well, I''m going back. The remaining matters will be reported to the headquarters and handled at that time." Wu Heng said. Thats okay. Glenda nodded. ?Xiao Xiao floated aside, hesitated for a moment, and still shouted: "Uncle!" Whats wrong? Wu Heng raised his head and looked at her. ?Xiao Xiao floated to another location and said, "Next time we fight, I don''t want to fight with birds, it''s so low." Last night when I was dealing with 5 pursuing pirates. ?Skullbreaker and Kerimu each deal with a pirate, Glenda entangles Bomberman, and Tiny interferes with the Ranger''s tame beast. Perhaps he thinks that he has little effect and feels a little conflicted. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "That''s animal taming. The division of labor is different, but the goal is the same." I dont want to. Anyway, I dont want to compete with a bird next time. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I will look through the information when I go back and see how you can level up. Once you level up, you will be able to participate in battles." "good!" After chatting for a while, Xiaoxiao went to the opposite side to watch cartoons. ?Glenda flew out and was responsible for monitoring the safety of the nearby sea area. When entering the sea, you should also be careful of the dangers of pirates. ?Wu Heng took out all the spoils from last night. There are 9 space rings in total, the largest is 20 cubic meters, and the smallest is only 2 cubic meters. They were all taken from the pirate captain and several key pirates. Each ring carries a lot of fresh water, food, and some daily necessities. People who stay at sea for a long time pay more attention to carrying these things. ?In addition, there are a large amount of gold and silver currencies, some magic scrolls, potions with various effects, and some magic props. ?Huge variety, especially one of the space rings. It should belong to the Bomb Gnome. Most of the 20 cubic meters of space inside are filled with alchemy grenades of various effects. Taking them all out and detonating them would probably sink the ship under your feet. Looked at it again and put the space ring back into it. ?There is only a thick book left in my hand. Missionary Book (Wonderful Objects) Effect: Charm is improved, words are more contagious, and it is easier to achieve the goal (you need to be face to face with the target, and the lower the target''s perception, the more obvious the effect.) Side effects: Every time you use a prop, you must sincerely repent within 24 hours, otherwise you will be cursed with ''aphasia'' for three days. (Description: Pray for Gods forgiveness!) Um? Looks like a very nice rare item. It can improve one''s own charm and language appeal, making it easier to achieve the goal. ?This effect can be used in many situations. And the side effects dont seem serious. Repent sincerely within 24 hours, otherwise you will be in a state of aphasia curse for three days. Aphasia, Wu Heng has actually seen it. ?Last time, Kalemas side effect of using sincere clay sculpture was aphasia. To put it simply, he couldnt open his mouth and couldnt speak. ?This will be more serious, and I wont be able to speak for three days. But in 24 hours, there is finally a chance to repent. In short, it is a very good rare item. ??After Wu Heng put it away, he continued to check some other props. are all common, nothing too unusual. ?It was late at night, and Wu Heng went out and walked around the deck. He returned to the cabin to rest. The afternoon of the next day. The ship returns to Treasure Island. The crowd called a few carriages and went straight to the association. ?Wu Heng took a few people to the morgue, and Shiragui went to the study to ask for the deacon Imiro. Not long after, the sound of footsteps and the voice of Sheila Guis story came from the direction of the stairs. ??Imiro and others walked down directly. He glanced at the people present and asked directly: "Where is the body?" The team members lifted up the white cloth on an iron bed, revealing the mutilated body of the pirate whose blood had been drained. Lets begin! Imiro said. ?Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up from the iron bed and turned his head to look over. At the back, the two investigators who followed Imiro also opened their notebooks and began to prepare records. The blank envelope, what promise did you give you, so that you would design to lure out Deputy Deacon Wu Heng of Treasure Island? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 401 , the internal response of the pirates Chapter 401, Pirates Internal Response The corpse spoke, "Forgive crimes and build a self-made island." As soon as these words came out, the scene fell silent for an instant. ?This promise is indeed a bit too exaggerated. It is no longer an exaggerated amount of bounty, but an indescribable shock. ?Who dares to promise to pardon crimes and build self-made islands? ?The last person to receive this kind of privilege was the island owner of Treasure Island, Occam, a pirate leader who had reached level 18 and was pardoned by the association and various countries. Related to the association? Otherwise why would you say this? ??Everyone''s eyes turned to Imiro. The latter had his hands behind him and was deep in thought, but his expression didn''t change. ?? Then, Imiro continued to ask, "Why do you believe that the blank envelope will fulfill its promise?" The corpse replied, "The message delivered by the blank envelope is accurate every time, and based on the thinking at the time, the assassination could not fail. I have no reason not to believe it." Talk to the situation in the pirate village at that time. ??The pirates were fully prepared, if it weren''t for Wu Heng''s many tricks. As for any sub-deacon, it is impossible for the pirates to fail. ?From the perspective of Captain Devil''s Hand, there is really no reason to refuse. Imiro paused for a few seconds, and after the investigator behind him took notes, he continued to ask: "What clues do you have about the person behind the blank envelope?" The corpse was silent for a moment and continued to answer, "The letter will appear in the hands of the old pirate group. New pirates will not get the letter. Moreover, in the legend of pirates, there is a saying that the Pirate King can control all pirates in the sea. Many people think that it is The Pirate King reappears, commanding the pirates to retake the sea." Original pirate group! The legend of the Pirate King. ?Wu Heng seems to have heard Philippa mention this story before, but he cant remember whether the content is similar. When you have a chance, ask Philippa again. ??Yimi Luo looked at Wu Heng and Xila Gui, "Do you have anything to ask?" Finally there are two questions left. I have nothing to ask! Wu Heng said. ??Imiro just asked about the two things he was most concerned about. Sheila Gui also shook her head. ??Imiro looked at the corpse again, "Who else is cooperating with you in the assassination of the deputy deacon of Treasure Island?" Divine Punishment Cult Apologetics-Viola, Lopez City Association Deacon Assistant-Vinsmoak. Hear these two names. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui both narrowed their eyes. ??Wu Heng heard the name of the Gods Punishment Sect. The Bawudong he killed in Blackstone Town was the local elder of the Gods Punishment Sect. How could there be another guardian? ?Hilagui, on the other hand, was surprised by what happened in Lopez City. ?Everyone had some guesses. They suspected that someone in the association was cooperating with the pirates. They guessed the deputy deacon and also the deacon. Now it falls to the assistant. A profession that does not belong to the association but controls important local matters. Last question. Tell me all the pirate strongholds you know. Then, the pirates began to name pirate strongholds. Moya and the investigators began to record quickly. End of five questions. The body fell back onto the iron bed. ??Imiro''s face was a little ugly, as if he was suppressing the anger in his heart. He said to Wu Heng and others: "You go back and rest first. If you have anything to do, we''ll talk about it tomorrow." Then he looked at his assistant Moya, "Prepare the carriage and go to Beacon Street." Yes. Moya turned and left. Imiro is also leaving. ?Wu Heng immediately said: "Deacon!" Imiro turned around and asked, "What else is there?" I also killed five pirate captains, but the battle was so intense that they turned into skeletons. Imiro glanced at the several skeletons behind him and said directly: "Let the coroner check the bones and characteristics. You can determine the corresponding wanted order and calculate the merits normally." Thank you, deacon! Wu Heng thanked him. Imiro turned and left. There are still a few people left in the morgue. ??The coroner began to verify the identities of several skeletons. In fact, after death, it is much more difficult to verify through bones than through corpses. Compared with a general idea, the rest depends on what the person who provided the clues said. Verify here. ?Wu Hengze said: "Everyone, please go back and rest." The two teams nodded and walked upstairs together. For two teams. ?This operation is dangerous, but after the incident is over, the rewards are equally huge. Even if they were pirates killed by Wu Heng himself, they would still receive a share of the merit rewards. Six level 15 pirate leaders. The wealth that pours into the sky. Sheila Gui glanced at him and said, "You should go back early after the verification." "Well, by the way, who is the Guardian of the Divine Punishment Sect that the corpse mentioned just now? Is it also among the killed corpses?" Wu Heng asked. "Probably not. I have seen these pirates on wanted posters." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, "I remember that before we left, we said that a strong man came to the island, and the deacon should pay more attention to him. It might be this people." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and nodded, "Oh, so I went to the island." Well, its very possible. Be careful on the island and stay safe. Understood! Wu Heng smiled. Sheila Gui also smiled and said, "I''m going to leave first. If there''s anything else, we''ll talk tomorrow." "good!" ?Xila Gui left, and Wu Heng sat aside and waited for the other party to verify his identity. Then check them against the people on the wanted warrant for confirmation. Wait for confirmation one by one. The coroner said there was no problem and recorded it directly. ??Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and walked upstairs again. Return to your office and study room. Hulala, several skeleton attendants came in, and Anderweil was even startled. ?When he saw Wu Heng walking in, his vigilant face immediately turned to joy, and he pushed the little owl aside. He rushed up quickly and shouted softly: "Master, you are back!" ??Wu Heng hugged the little fox''s waist and turned half a circle, put it down again, and said, "I''m back. Did you miss me?" I want to die! Andweiers face turned red. Weier is so good, is everything okay at home? "It''s okay, everything is fine. Sister Shanara came here twice, and there is nothing else." Andwyer replied. Well, wait for me for a moment, and well go home together later. "good!" ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk, took out the letter paper from the drawer, and spread it out on the table. Start writing. "Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit:" ?????Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, encountered a plan and ambush by pirates while supporting the investigation of the cult incident in the village of ''Lopez City'', and killed several pirate leaders and key pirates. people, as well as fellow pirates who took part in it, disguised as villagers. In the village, we rescued the missing member of the Whisperers, Wilhelm, who had been imprisoned by pirates for five years and tortured. The wisdom is crazy, but still uses blood and fabrics to try to convey all kinds of crimes of pirates. Hereby is a letter to rectify the deeds of Wilhelm. Happy also to the Secret Whisperers for their silent contribution to the association. Deputy deacon of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " After scribbling and correcting, I finally came up with a copy that I am quite satisfied with. After checking it once, put it into an envelope. The members of the Secret Whisperers who were rescued did make a great contribution, which is quite touching. The second point is to convey your experiences and events to the association headquarters. ??In case there is any discrepancy in the news conveyed in Lpez City, this can be regarded as an indirect guarantee for oneself. Although I only wrote to Lilith unilaterally. But in previous letters, the other party still believed in me. Every time a letter passes, the other party will make some response. For example, the nobles who investigated the Secret Order and vampires did so after writing a letter to Lilith. Seal the letter. ?Hand it to Anderweil, "Weier, take it to the front desk and mail it out." Good master. Anderweil sent it back directly. Not long after, Anderweil returned again. ?Wu Heng also packed up his things and left the association with many skeleton attendants. Walking towards the residence. Beacon Street. Imilo sat in the carriage. Outside the door, a member of the association team walked over quickly. He said softly: "Deacon, he left. I checked with the tavern owner and the port. He left on a cargo ship in the afternoon." Leaving the island. The action is really fast! ??Imiro glanced at the port and waved his hand, "Okay, let''s stop the team, let''s go back." Yes, deacon. The team is closed. The carriage also slowly returned to the association. The night is deep. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and took out his arms, one on the left and one on the right, that were resting under the heads of the two little maids. Try the quilts on the two maids and carefully walk out of the room. As soon as I opened the door and went out, I saw a beautiful figure coming down from the roof. Wearing a pink nightgown, she has a fair and delicate face with a slight smile. ??Step forward quickly, throw yourself into his arms, and whisper: "Did the mission go well?" It went very well, which makes you worried. Are you not injured? ??Wu Heng lifted her chin and looked directly into her jewel-like eyes, "Want to check it out?" Shannella''s face turned red, "What are you checking for? It''s all nonsense." Wu Heng picked her up and said, "Hold me." Oh. Shannaras whole body was wrapped around him. ?Wu Heng smiled and reached out to take off her shoulder strap. The silk nightgown slipped off and hung around her waist. ?The whole person, revealing a plump and white figure. ?Wu Heng dragged her to one side. Shanela hugged him tightly, pillowed her shoulder, and said softly: "Aren''t you going to the bedroom? Why are you going!" Go to the study room. Kicked open the door of the study room with her feet and laid Shannara flat on the desk. The hanging nightgown ripples gently at the edge. The next day. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Wu Heng and Shanara woke up from the bearskin spread on the ground. Master, are you in the study? Breakfast is ready. ?Wu Heng coughed slightly and shouted: "Get down immediately." Oh, okay. Minnies voice faded away. The golden sunlight shines from the window. ??Wu Heng looked at the figure beside him, pulled him into his arms again, and kissed his red lips gently. Shannara also responded, and then said: "Okay, I''m going back. It would be bad if Minnie and the others find me." Ill take you down and let them know sooner or later. "No." Shanela said, stood up and put on her nightgown, "It will take a while, I''m not ready yet." ?Wu Heng didnt force anything and nodded in agreement. ?After getting dressed, Wu Heng opened the door and took a look at the corridor. He helped Shanara climb to the roof and returned to the residence next door. ?Wu Heng also went downstairs to eat with the two girls. Have breakfast. ?Wu Heng went to the alchemy laboratory and took a look. On the cabinet shelves nearby, there were already several bottles of first-level corpse core potion and second-level corpse core potion. After putting them all away. Open the door in the study room and go to the zombie world. Spent one night in the village. But the journey back and forth took four days. Actually its quite long. Stepping out of the manager''s office, there was a chill. Look out the window. The dark sky was filled with snowflakes. ??Wu Heng picked up the charging walkie-talkie and said directly: "Is Qi Hancai here?" Here, please wait a moment. Soon, footsteps sounded. ? Qi Hancai, wearing a long black down jacket, walked up quickly. Your Majesty! ??Wu Heng motioned for her to sit aside, and then asked: "How is the development here?" Qi Hancai recounted all the changes in the past few days. It basically involves cleaning up the area and arranging the supplies needed for the survivors to survive the winter. After the introduction, he added: "Yesterday, the provincial and district rescue teams contacted us and asked if gold can still be exchanged for food." (End of this chapter) Chapter 402 , exaggerating the bounty Chapter 402, exaggerated bounty Provinces and regions also need to exchange grain? The news of gold exchange has always been carried out in local channels. The provincial side received news that it should be a military refuge in the past, and told them the situation here. In terms of the current situation. Gold has no value, but food is a necessity for survival. "With such a long distance, did they say how to exchange?" Wu Heng continued to ask. The number of local gold exchanges will only become less and less, and it is still necessary to expand the trading market outwards. "As I said, when the military evacuated, it left via the railway. If both parties want to trade, they can also do it via the railway." Qi Hancai replied. Since railways are built on the edge of cities, the number of zombies will definitely not be large, and they are also conducive to long-distance transportation. If the line is safe, it''s not just a two-way transaction. ??If you want to clear out zombies in the province ahead, you can also go there through the railway. What did you tell them? Qi Hancai said: "I didn''t give a direct reply. I said I would tell them after the discussion is complete." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said directly: "Exchange can be carried out, but we must also let them sell some advanced weapons and equipment. It is not enough to just exchange gold for food." Okay, I will communicate with them again then. Food is hard currency and there is basically no need to worry about selling it to others. Qi Hancai responded. Wu Heng added: "You can also try to contact the surrounding cities. Those who are capable can come to exchange for food. The main ones are gold and corpse cores." Start trading with provinces, regions and surrounding areas. Qi Hancai''s eyes were a little wandering. The shelter has grown from a small place at the beginning to what it is now without even realizing it. It is very likely that it will become the main exchange area for nearby cities. "If we announce it, we have to consider two things." Qi Hancai leaned forward, paused slightly, and then said: "The consumption of food will increase, and the supply may be several times more stressed than now. The second point is that it will cause other shelters to gather locally. Everyone knows that we have food here and the territory is safe. People may gather here through various methods, and safety will be an issue at that time. " ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, feeling that his analysis made sense. The announcement of a piece of news will cause a certain chain reaction. After thinking for a moment, he said: "Food is not a problem. You don''t have to worry about this when managing. There may be some gatherings in shelters, but zombies are still occupying various places. It is a bit difficult to think about it. We have enough time to improve it. This matter." Potential problems still exist. But it cannot prevent outward expansion. Well, we will make some arrangements in advance. Qi Hancai nodded to express his understanding. The main issue is food. Just make sure there is no problem with food. With the current strength of the shelter, if other shelters converge here, there will only be some troubles, and there will not be any great danger. By the way, has Li Yahong been here recently? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai showed a smile on his face and said, "Sister Yahong is here today. Do you need her to come up?" "That''s good. Let her come up here. I have something to tell you." Oh, okay! Qi Hancai changed the frequency band of the walkie-talkie and said a few words. Soon, Li Yahong walked in wearing a white short down jacket and carrying a backpack. Looked at Wu Heng, and then walked in directly. Putting the backpack in his hand on the table with a thump, "During this period, the shopping mall and the passenger terminal exchanged gold and corpse cores." It has indeed been a while since I came here to get gold and corpse cores. ??Wu Heng opened his backpack and took a look. The gold was about 30 kilograms, and the body cores were put in plastic bags. Judging from the cold air on them, they must have just been taken out of the refrigerator or freezer. There are twelve first-level corpse cores and two second-level corpse cores. As the market develops, less and less gold can be exchanged, and the number of corpse cores is increasing. ??Wu Heng put away the gold and corpse cores, took out a few bottles of medicine and handed them to the two of them, "You two have two bottles each, and you can send the remaining bottle of Qi Hancai to my little mother." Saw the medicine being handed out. The two of them looked overjoyed. This medicine, which can directly change the physique, is comparable to a miracle elixir. ?Others may get colds and illnesses, but they have never had them. Thank you! The two of them took the potion and put it away. Wu Heng continued: "After you go back, screen out the trustworthy people. Well... let''s recommend one each first and let me know next time." The number of corpse cores is increasing. Qi Hancai and Li Yahong have also taken it many times. According to previous experience, the effect of the medicine should have weakened. You should also support some people you can trust. The two of them were stunned for a moment, then immediately understood the idea behind the words, and nodded in agreement, "Okay!" This matter is over. Qi Hancai continued: "I recorded two locations where corpses are gathered, and they need to be cleaned up." ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go there today." "good!" The two of them got up and walked out together. ?Although it is snowing outside, the snowflakes are not too heavy and have not yet closed the roads. The vehicles were prepared and we headed towards the area where the corpses were recorded. Night falls. In a renovated dormitory building next to the shopping mall. In the spacious bathtub, the warm water ripples gently like silk. ?Li Yahong leaned tightly in Wu Heng''s arms, immersed in the water, and their bodies were close to each other. The wet hair was hung with water drops, dancing up and down in the water. After a sigh of relief, Li Yahong''s face turned red and her body gradually went limp. "Ma Zhiyong, do you still remember?" Li Yahong said with half-squinted eyes. Remember, the disaster response command over there in the county. "Well, it seems they didn''t leave with the military here." Li Yahong said directly. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?Ma Zhiyong is definitely related to the military, which can be judged from the equipment he carries and his understanding of weapons. Why havent you left yet? "Why?" "I don''t know." Li Yahong shook her head, thought for a moment and said, "Maybe something has not been negotiated!" At that time, the entire road had been opened by Wu Heng. There are no roads that are impassable. There must be some problem between them. It has nothing to do with us. We may meet again when we do business with the province in the future. ?Wu Heng said. Yeah! Li Yahong nodded. Then I felt myself being lifted up slightly and then put down again. ?Hunted slightly, tilted his head back and complained, "Why is it endless?" ?Wu Heng held up his cheek and leaned down. The next day, early morning. ?Li Yahong returned to the county with the convoy, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. The sky is already bright here. The sound of the skeleton chef cooking could be heard downstairs. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room, and then returned to the study. Took out all five bottles of the second-level corpse core medicine in the space ring. There are two bottles of [high-efficiency intelligence-enhancing potion] and three bottles of [high-efficiency strengthening potion]. ??Intelligence-enhancing potions are made from the corpse cores of big-headed zombies, while strengthening potions are the names of two potions made from the corpse cores of big-headed zombies and crawler zombies. Without much hesitation, he took out a bottle of [highly effective intelligence-enhancing potion] and drank it. A sour taste that was difficult to swallow flowed down the throat into the abdomen. Then, the heartbeat began to accelerate rapidly, as if it was about to jump out of the chest. ?Then I had difficulty breathing, a splitting headache, as if there were countless needles stirring in my brain, and I felt dizzy in front of my eyes. It lasted about three or two minutes. The feeling of strangeness gradually disappears. ? System prompts also appear in your ears. Intelligence +2, Perception +1, Charisma +1. ?Wu Heng stood up and exhaled heavily. The increase positions of intelligence-enhancing potions and strengthening potions are obviously different. Intensifying agent for muscle and bone pain. Now this medicine is more like a brain enhancement. Much more uncomfortable. Take a short rest and continue taking the second bottle. I still have a splitting headache, tinnitus and dizziness. Intelligence +2, Perception +2. Attributes last at four points. After drinking two bottles of ''Intelligence Enhancement'' potion, he picked up a bottle of [Highly Effective Strengthening Potion] and drank it. ?Tinging pain in muscles and bones spreads all over the body immediately. Its not much better than before. Strength +1, Agility +1. Only two points were added this time. Level 2 corpse core, this reduction is too serious. Wu Heng wiped his sweat. Two attributes, which is too low. ?Wu Heng did not continue to drink the remaining two bottles of potion. Only take three bottles a day, otherwise it will be a burden on the body. Secondly, the effect is a bit too poor. I am considering whether to improve the strength of my two maids first. After all, the enemies we face are becoming more and more dangerous. Minnie and the others will be safer as their strength increases. Open the properties and take a look. Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 44, Intelligence 43, Perception 28, Charisma 29. Intelligence once again exceeds strength. He is still a mage! ~! There was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in. Master, its time to eat! ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked downstairs. "Is it very hot? Master, why are you sweating so much?" Minnie asked. The room is a little stuffy, its okay. "oh!" Lets go downstairs together and start having breakfast. Have breakfast. ?Andweier packed up and headed to the association with the little owl. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the radio stations room. While eating, Minnie said that when she got up in the morning, she saw Miss Pirate wanting to see him for something. He went directly upstairs. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record. Picked up the phone directly and asked: "Philippa, are you looking for me?" Holy shit, you scared me, can you stop talking all morning next time? Philippa said angrily. The sun is out, and youre still sleeping! Im in the cabin, where can I see the sun? Philippa muttered. Wu Heng didn''t want to talk nonsense to her, so he asked directly: "What do you want from me?" Yes, I have good news for you. Your bounty has increased again. Now your head is worth 1,000 gold coins. Are you excited? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 403 , island owner Chapter 403, Island Owner ?Wu Heng frowned, and his face instantly became a little ugly. 500 gold coins already made the pirates a little reckless. Now that they have doubled their money, they may be in even more trouble. Im just kidding, youre on Treasure Island, its okay, dont worry. When Philippa didnt respond, she thought he was angry and said immediately. ??Wu Heng replied and asked: "When did you receive it?" Found it yesterday. Besides the bounty, is there any other news? "There was another person who went to rob the ship. He couldn''t make up the time, so he didn''t go." Philippa then asked: "What did you do? Let the blank envelope directly give you double your head." Before you received the message in the envelope, how many pirate leaders did our association kill? Wu Heng analyzed. Who? "Devil''s Hand organized five pirate leaders and planned to surround and kill us. There were some problems in the plan, and we were killed in the end. This should be the reason." Wu Heng said. There was silence on the other side for a few seconds, and then Philippa exclaimed exaggeratedly. "Wow..., you killed the Devil''s Hand and five pirate leaders. Are you...so powerful?" They were also ordinary, and they fought on land. Fighted on land? Have you captured the pirate ship? Wu Heng said: "No, the situation was quite dangerous at that time. After killing them, we retreated to Treasure Island." "Then where did they die? I''ll go see if I can collect their ships. The Devil''s Hand is a very powerful pirate group." Philippa said with some excitement. Wu Heng thought for a moment and did not want to stop her, so he said: "Near Lopez City, the association will also arrange people to investigate there during this period. You should be careful not to be blocked by the other party." I understand, I wont say any more, Im going to go to sea and see my mother when I have time. After saying that, he hung up the radio directly. ?Wu Heng put back the microphone and walked downstairs. Minnie was changing into her training clothes. She saw him coming down and asked, "Master, are you going to train in the courtyard?" No, I have to go to the association. Oh, Ill wait for you to come back for dinner that evening. "good." Simply tidy up. Then he took the skeleton attendant out of the residence and rushed to the association. Association. When you enter the hall, you can hear some discussions about the "Devil''s Hand" being destroyed. A top pirate group that has been running rampant for decades, plus several large pirate groups, disappeared from the wanted list at the same time, which still caused quite a topic. ?Each mercenary team guessed who killed these pirate groups. Or the association headquarters arranged for people to come over and carry out encirclement and suppression. ?Wu Heng listened to the discussion and went to the deacon''s study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. ? ? Imiro, who was dressed neatly, was standing in the study room, looking at a brightly colored oil painting on the wall. He glanced sideways at him and asked, "What''s wrong?" Deacon, I have increased the reward to 1,000 gold coins. Wu Heng said directly. Imiro frowned, "Did that pirate lady of yours tell you?" Well, the information should be true. Every time I kill a pirate, the bounty increases. Imiro sat back in his seat and pondered for a moment, then said: "I will ask people to strengthen the censorship on the island. You should not leave the island yet. As long as you stay on the island, there will be no danger." ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. When I mentioned it to Imiro, I wasnt asking for personal protection. There are many secrets around me, and it is not convenient for someone to follow me. It is still necessary to strengthen the review of people who land on the island. ??Even if the pirates wanted to attack, they would not be able to swim to the shore. "If you feel there is any danger, tell me in time. Treasure Island will protect you and there will be no problem." Imiro said confidently. Thank you, deacon, Ill go back first. Wu Heng said. Imiro said again: "Moya, give him the application files for members of Team 11." Moya walked out of it with a stack of documents in his hand. Imiro said: "This is the file for applying to join Team 11. Didn''t you introduce her? You can choose the personnel for her." "so much?" Moya smiled and said: "You have killed so many pirates, and you are quite famous in the association. It is normal that there are many people who want to join Team 11." "Oh, okay!" Wu Heng took it, "Then I''ll go back first." ?Imiro nodded. ?Wu Heng exited the study room directly. Return to your office and study room. ?Wu Heng sat at the desk and waited for a while. ?Andewil walked in with Kavina. ?Wu Heng looked at her and asked, "What''s wrong?" Kavina smiled bitterly and said: "The team lounge is surrounded by other teams, all asking about killing pirates." Wu Heng smiled and said, "What''s the matter? If you want to talk, just talk to them. If you don''t want to, just say a few perfunctory words." Kavina glanced at him angrily, "Do you think I''m also a deputy deacon? I just came here, so I can''t offend anyone casually." Its okay, youll get better slowly. How are your injuries? Wu Heng continued to ask. Its almost healed, and the injuries werent too serious. Kavina smiled. ?Wu Heng nodded and handed her the pile of files he had brought back. He said: "These are the preparatory members from the deacon''s side who want to join your eleventh team. You can choose them yourself and see what occupations are needed." Ah? You can still choose this by yourself! ?Kavinas eyes widened and she subconsciously took it. This is the back door. You can also choose your own team members. Its best to choose someone recommended by someone within the association. People recommended by outsiders will be very troublesome in the future. Understood! Kavina began to look through them one by one. After reading it two or three times, I finally chose a ranger and a water warlock. From the perspective of the team structure, reconnaissance and remote output are supplemented. After handing it over again. ?Wu Heng took a pen and signed directly on the paper, which was regarded as allowing the two people to join the job. Then ask Anderweil to be sent to the front desk for registration. Kavina looked up and said, "Thank you!" No matter how polite you are, its all your own. Yeah, too. ?Kavina sat in the study for a while and then returned to her team''s lounge. The new members are likely to come and report in the afternoon.?????Still have to wait a bit in advance. ?Wu Heng said nothing to Anderweier after he had nothing to do. He left the association, hailed a carriage, and headed for Beacon Street. Nautilus Tavern. Wu Heng transformed into a woman and walked directly into the tavern. At this time, many people gathered in the tavern. ?Miss Pirate''s mother, Millicent, is greeting the guests with a smile. The business of the tavern is much better than before. There are a lot of customers, and the number of shop assistants has also increased by several people. There are two burly men at the door, who seem to be guards responsible for maintaining order. ??The entire tavern is well-run. As soon as he walked into the tavern, Millicent glanced at him and glanced upstairs. Wu Heng walked up directly. Enter the room. Not long after, Millicent also walked in. Bow down and salute, "Your Excellency." Well, the tavern is doing well. After being praised, Millicent looked a little pleased, "Thank you, sir." Any information recently? "Sir, please wait a moment." Millicent immediately walked to the bed and rummaged inside for something. Exaggerated waist-to-hip ratio, rounded hips facing outward. It made people look at it several times unconsciously. Soon, Millicent took out a small book, opened it and said: "Five days ago, the port workers had a group fight, and the people from the Old Barrel Tavern were assassinated after they came out. The pirates began to receive letters from Poseidon more frequently, and the plundering missions were basically connected... Some guests said that in the Yeke Kingdom, the comatose old king had obtained some elixir, and there were signs of waking up, and the situation in the kingdom had eased. ?Yesterday, several people stayed at the hotel and talked about pirates. Their appearance was not on the wanted poster, so it was not yet certain whether they were pirates. " ?Wu Heng sat aside and listened. A little surprised at the information recorded by the other party. Although the content is complex, there are still many useful things in it. ??Places like taverns are indeed important places for collecting miscellaneous intelligence. ??The number of times pirates received blank envelopes began to increase, which certainly led to more frequent pirate actions. This is not a good thing for the route. ?There is also information from the Kingdom of Yeke. ?Last time I heard about the old king, he said that he had fallen into a coma, and that there was some civil strife among the princes fighting for power. At the end of the day, the old king is not dead yet? How long has it been? If you are rich and powerful, you can survive even if you are in a coma. ??Wu Heng nodded, "The intelligence collection is good. There are a few pieces that are important to me." What I should do. ?Wu Heng continued to take out two bottles of first-level medicine and a space ring. He said: "This is a 5-cubic space ring. You use it to store things. Don''t expose it outside to avoid attracting the attention of others." Its your lord. Millicent must have known about the space ring. He was a little excited and didn''t ask how to use it. ??Wu Heng continued to introduce the potion, "This is a potion to enhance your physical fitness. Drink it now and I will keep an eye on it for you." Millicent glanced at him carefully. Still walked over, picked up the potion and drank it. Then there was a painful groan while covering the abdomen. ?Wu Heng supported her and said softly: "It will be fine soon, just hold on." After a minute or two. The pain disappeared, and Millicent straightened her back again. How do you feel? I seem to...become more powerful. Millicent felt it and said. This is the effect of the medicine, and this matter is not allowed to be talked about outside. Understood, my lord. Then, Millicent continued to drink the second bottle of potion. Feeling the strengthening of his body, he showed a burst of joy. Wu Heng looked at her and said: "Continue collecting intelligence. For important matters, go to the association and see me. If there is nothing else, I will come see you when I have time." Yes, my lord. Millicent saluted again. ?Then the two of them walked out together. Millicent sent him out of the tavern. Leave Nautilus. ?Wu Heng just wanted to call a carriage to leave. I saw crowds of people on the street gathering towards the port. Its not a riot, its more like theres something fun to watch. ?Wu Heng also rushed towards the port. Just getting close. Then he saw a fleet of blue and gold ships parked at the port. On the mast of the ship, there is a blue pirate ship hanging. ??A man wearing a simple white robe and a thick beard on his chin was standing at the port, staring at the crowd below with burning eyes. Said loudly, "These evil pirates will get the punishment they deserve. I will continue to lead the fleet to sea and drive away pirates that harass the shipping lanes." As he spoke, he glanced down below with expectant eyes, seeming to be observing everyone''s reactions. Towards the end, the person above said again: "Let us work together to restore the order that the Emerald Sea should have." After saying that, a large number of silver-armored warriors came down from the rear ship, escorting the prisoners who looked like pirates. Lord Ockham said that very well. Drive away the pirates! "It seems that Lord Occam has killed many pirate groups." If we can really drive away the pirates, our business group will be able to go to sea normally. Amidst the bursts of warm applause and cheers, Wu Heng also heard some comments. ?Occam? The pirate leader who was pardoned? (End of this chapter) Chapter 404 , come for supper Chapter 404: Come and have a late night snack ??As the pirates were escorted down, cheers rang out again in the port. ?Occam is dressed simply, with a steady gaze and a smile. The soldiers behind him have shining armor and steady steps. It gives people the appearance of an elite army with sharp armor and fine armor. ??Wu Heng stood in the crowd and watched everything happening in front of him. A pirate who had just been pardoned turned around and led his fleet to kill other pirates. This guy has forgotten his roots a bit. Looking at it from a distance, I felt that it had nothing to do with me. Halled a carriage and returned to his residence. Push open the courtyard door. Minnie is training in the yard. ??Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he trotted and flew around, acting like a baby with his whole body hanging on his body. ??Wu Heng held her in his arms and walked inside, saying, "What is the use of that stone house in the yard now?" Minnie turned her head, looked at the stone house on one side of the yard, and said, "Store some debris for cleaning up the yard. What''s wrong?" Let the skeleton tidy up and arrange other functions here. Oh, okay! Minnie jumped down and asked a few skeletons to move out all the tools inside. ?The stone house is very large inside, with ordinary bluestone slabs on the floor and original stone brick walls. Wait until the cleaning is completed. ??Wu Heng called the skeleton bomber in the yard over and said: "From now on, this will be your laboratory. You can make rolling thunder with various effects. If you need any materials, you can write them down and give them to me or her." Speaking, he pointed at Minnie beside him. ??The Skeleton Bomber did not respond, but walked directly into the stone house. I started to arrange some arrangements in the room. Skeleton Bomberman is a level 15 alchemist bomber. Alchemy bombs with various effects can be made. ??Now that it has been transformed into a skeleton, Wu Heng does not intend to let it participate in any battles. Stay here and make various rolling thunders. How do you describe this kind of alchemical bomb? The effect is still very good. The only drawback is that the fuse needs to be ignited, and the ignition time is very long. If the enemy is prepared, he can even throw the fuse back to him before it burns out. In the future, we can consider combining it with modern grenade triggering methods. Made into a new type of alchemical grenade. Minnie poked her head out from behind and asked, "Is it also an alchemist?" Well, its from the alchemy bomb! Minnie''s eyes widened a bit and she said suspiciously: "Then... is it safe? We rent this house." On the way to Treasure Island, Minnie had seen the alchemy bombs used by pirates. It is both wind and fire, which is quite scary. ??Wu Heng rubbed her little head, "It''s okay, it''s not that powerful." Oh, thats good. The two of them continued to place a workbench and several cabinet shelves in the laboratory, and then returned directly to the room. Tomorrow Minnie will buy items according to the material list, and Skeleton Bomber will make bombs. Dusk. ??Andwyer came back from outside. ?The three of them were sitting at the dining table, eating dinner. Andewil chewed the food gently and said, "Master, you were not here in the afternoon. The owner of Treasure Island went to the association, and many people were watching." ?Wu Heng raised his head and asked curiously: "Why are you going to the association?" "I went to see the deacon. I don''t know why he came here." Anderweier said with a slightly curious tone, "Don''t they say he is a pirate? He looks a little different from a pirate. He also has a guard, Billen. The Iron Guard Knights in Tam City are still regular." Wu Heng had the same feeling when he was at the port. Not that there''s anything wrong with carrying a bodyguard. But, I always feel that the other party is proving that he is not a pirate. Maybe he wanted to get rid of other peoples impression that he was a pirate. Wu Heng guessed. Well, that should be the case. Anderweil agreed. ?Minnie sat aside and listened to the conversation between the two. After he finished speaking, he asked: "Sister Wei''er, is the owner of this island a man or a woman?" Hes a man, he looks like hes in his 40s. "oh oh!" A few people had dinner. When the two girls were planning to go to the yard for training. Wu Heng called them to the living room. He took out two bottles of medicine, put them on the table, and said: "The medicine I gave you before has no obvious effect if you continue to take it. This is a higher-level medicine. You can each take one bottle." Hearing is a new type of medicine. The eyes of the two women changed slightly. ?Minnie was full of joy at getting something good, while Anderweil was happy and a little surprised at the same time. Andewil works as an assistant at the association. Although he has not participated in the battle directly. But sometimes, I also go to the training room to watch other people train and fight. Her current ability to perceive the enemy''s movements and reactions is definitely better than that of ordinary captains. Even when surrounded by two or three captains, he can still find ways to escape. ?This large degree is the increase in medicine. There are actually higher levels now, and the improvement in strength will definitely be more significant. Thank you, master. Minnie happily took it. ?Andewil glanced at Minnie and held it in her hand, "Thank you, Master." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "If you take it, your body will feel a tingling sensation. This is a normal reaction. Don''t worry too much. Just grit your teeth and it will pass. Just take it now. I will keep an eye on it for you." The two women looked at each other, opened the potions one after another, and drank them directly. The effects that appeared on Wu Heng before also appeared on the two of them at the same time. The skin becomes red and veins pop out. Make a groan of pain. After gritting his teeth and persisting for a while. ? Anderweil calmed down a little. After straightening her waist, she was slightly surprised to feel the growth of her body. The first few times of taking the second-level medicine can achieve the third-level amplifying effect. The improvement is still very significant. ??Wu Heng motioned for her to familiarize herself with her body, and his eyes fell on Minnie who was still gritting her teeth and persisting. Perhaps because of her low level, she can withstand the effects of the medicine for a longer period of time. When Wu Heng was worried that something was wrong with her. The veins on his body receded slightly. How is it? Wu Heng walked over and patted his back gently. Minnie took a deep breath, "I thought I was going to die." "Don''t talk nonsense, how could you die?" Wu Heng said. Then, Minnie raised her palm, stared at it doubtfully for two seconds, and then with a cry, a scorching flame rose up. Minnie looked at the flames with disbelief in her eyes. Then he shouted, "Ah, my hand is on fire, help!" ?Wu Heng also looked at the scene in front of him in surprise. The same effect appeared on Ma Zhiyong in the Flame God Sanctuary. Awakened the superpower! What kind of luck is this? ?Wu Heng opened the window and said, "Throw the fire out." "Huh?" Minnie was a little at a loss, but she still made a throwing motion. The flames in his hands condensed into a fireball. Whist out through the window. It hit the flower bed in the distance with a loud bang, sending up puffs of thick smoke. The explosion shocked the skeletons all around. Immediately ran to the flower bed, and then also entered the room to check. ?Wu Heng let the skeletons disperse and returned to their posts. Looking at Minnie again. With tears in her eyes, Anderweil blew her palms gently. Minnie asked: "Master, what is this?" ??Wu Heng asked the two of them to sit down and explained: "We call this superpower. After taking the potion, there is a chance that the potential in the body will be stimulated and various abilities can be displayed." Then thats a good thing for me! Good things, how many people envy the good things that cannot come. Minnie, who was frightened, smiled again. There will be no burning sensation when the power is released. Most of them were shocked. Anderweil thought for a moment and said softly: "This ability sounds more like the feeling of a warlock awakening his bloodline." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Well, it is indeed somewhat similar." ?At that time, when he learned that there was a warlock profession in another world, he also felt that it was very similar to the ability to awaken. They all stimulate the potential of the body, but the degree of expression is not the same. Warlocks have a complete system, and their abilities will improve with practice. In terms of superpowers, the primary goal of survivors in the zombie world is to survive, and they do not have much time and opportunity to research and develop superpowers. ?Wu Heng spoke to the two of them for a while. The sky is gradually getting darker. Let Minnie have time to practice more, and dont tell anyone else. We each walked upstairs. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng sat down at the desk and poured himself a cup of tea. Starting to plan the future development in my mind. The biggest threat at present is the pirates'' 1,000 gold bounty, which is an exaggerated figure. There are so many pirates targeting me even with 500 gold. Now with 1 thousand gold, Im afraid some people will take the risk and directly land on the island. Why is the blank envelope targeted at me? Why! ?Wu Heng is also confused now as to why the other party is targeting him. ? I also guessed that it was a secret cult, but their behavior was completely different. If the Secret Order wants to spend 1,000 gold, they will definitely hire a killer to land on the island and kill them. ??????????????????????????????????????????????? ?Then I dont have any enemies anymore. ?Divine Punishment Cult? ?Last time, a Divine Punishment Cult apologist landed on the island, but it didnt seem to have much to do with this incident. ?Take a deep breath. said: "Continue to let Philippa investigate, and your level cannot fall. If you have reached level 18, no matter how much the other party increases the bounty, there will not be much danger to you, and the association will protect you." There is also the development of third-level potions, and the establishment of transactions with provinces, regions and surrounding cities. By the way, I will take the time to go back and see Wen Mansha and Slater and the others. Go through what you want to do quickly in your mind. I also have a rough plan in mind. Coming to Treasure Island, my strength has improved significantly. Information and development are beyond the reach of Luntam City. You must continue to maintain it. Increase the material complementarity between the two worlds to make yourself stronger. If you can really become a god, you may be able to completely solve the zombie problem. ~! There was a knock on the study door. Getting up and opening the door, he saw Anderweil standing at the door with her head lowered. Feeling something was wrong, Wu Heng asked: "Weier, what''s wrong?" Anderweil raised her head, her eyes a little disappointed, and said softly: "Master, will there be a chance for that kind of superpower in the future? Have I disappointed you?" There will be a chance for superpowers to appear in the future, and the superpowers are not as powerful as I thought. Combat skills and comprehensive attributes are the most important. Awakening your bloodline will make you stronger. This is somewhat different from the awakening of your bloodline. Moreover, I drank many bottles of potion before I awakened the effect of temporarily increasing my strength. Im sorry, Master, thats not what I meant. ??Wu Heng rubbed her hair and comforted her: "It''s okay. There will be opportunities in the future. Even if the superpower doesn''t appear, it''s okay." Thank you, master. Can I stay with you for a while? ?Wu Heng picked her up and placed her on the desk. He took off her nightgown and felt the delicate and soft skin of the little fox. ~! Not long after, the door was knocked again and quietly opened a crack. Minnie looked in and said, "Master, you''re not asleep yet." ?Wu Heng paused for two seconds and said, "I''m going to sleep right away." Sister Weier is asleep, let me rest with you! Minnie said, approaching the desk, and saw Andweier kneeling under the desk with her hands on Wu Hengs legs. He frowned and said, "Sister Wei''er didn''t sleep either." ?Wu Heng caressed the face of the little fox under the table, "Come out, I''ve been discovered." ? Anderweil crawled out with some difficulty and wiped her lower lip with her thumb, "Why aren''t you sleeping yet? Can you get up to prepare breakfast tomorrow?" Humph, Ill allow you to have midnight snack! What nonsense. ?Wu Heng smiled and hugged the two of them and walked towards the bedroom, "Let''s go to the bedroom to rest." On the roof, Shannara patted her chest gently. ?Then he tiptoed back to his residence. The next day, we had breakfast. Minnie puts on her practice clothes and goes out to practice. ?Wu Heng also packed up and went directly to the zombie world. The temperature here has dropped sharply, and the howling wind can be heard outside the window. ?Step out of the room and go to the conference room on the second floor of the shopping mall. At the same time, he notified Qi Hancai to follow him. ?After waiting in the conference room for a while, a total of four people, Qi Hancai, Li Yahong, Qiangzi and Wang Chenggang, walked in. After sitting down separately. Qi Hancai said: "Last time you asked me to recommend people, I recommended Wang Chenggang, and Li Yahong recommended Qiangzi." ??Li Yahong recommended Hadron, Wu Heng was not surprised at all. Be considered Li Yahongs confidant. Whenever you have something good to do, you should naturally think of your own people. However, Qi Hancai''s recommendation of Wang Chenggang was somewhat unexpected. ??Qi Hancai has his own people, the same group of people he brought from Dong''an Refuge. Unexpectedly, I did not recommend the one there, but recommended Wang Chenggang. ??Wu Heng nodded, looked at the two people who looked a little confused, and said directly: "The base plans to train some trustworthy people and take corpse cores to enhance their physical fitness." Your Majesty, the death rate of corpse cores is high. Qiangzi said. ?Li Yahong went up and punched him on the shoulder, "Listen, I can still hurt you." ? Qiangzi immediately shut up, indicating that he would not speak anymore. Wu Heng continued: "You are all old men of the base, so naturally we will start training with you first, but this matter is related to the security of the base, and I promise that it will not be disclosed to the outside world." Level 1 is suitable for pharmaceuticals, for ordinary people. After taking it several times, the effect will be about level 5. ?With Wu Hengs current strength and level, he is not worried about any threat to himself after these people take it. ?As for the zombie world, as the territory expands, more trustworthy people are also needed. He controls the troops and the corpse core medicine. means to control all the rights. Dont worry about big problems. ?Wang Chenggang nodded, "Don''t worry, Your Majesty, we would have died long ago without you. We know clearly what should be said and what should not be said." Qiangzi also said: "Me too, this matter will never be revealed." ?Wu Heng nodded. He took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion and handed them to them, "One bottle for each person, just drink it." The two of them looked at each other in confusion. I picked it up anyway, thought about it and drank it. After a short period of pain. Happiness appeared on both of their faces. ?No wonder the other party asked me to keep it a secret. The medicine without viruses is simply amazing. Thank you, Your Majesty, we will definitely not disclose it to anyone else. Wang Chenggang said. Me too, I promise not to tell anyone. Qiangzi also patted his chest hard. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Well, I believe you, go about your own business first!" "good." The two of them exited the room directly. In the conference room, there were only three people left. Qi Hancaicai said: "I have contacted the province and district, and I will arrive here probably in the afternoon." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 405 , comes with weapons and ammunition Chapter 405, attached weapons and ammunition Can we arrive in the afternoon? So fast? The people over there should have made preparations in advance, just waiting for a word from us. ??Qi Hancai took out another map and pointed to the next location, "The transaction location is set at the station where the military evacuated." ?Wu Heng glanced at the map and saw that the trading location was a temporary station. It should have been built by oneself to avoid large-scale zombies. The exchange didnt feel like a big problem, Okay, Ill follow you there later. Qi Hancai continued to ask, "Do you want to bring more convoys?" "Five trucks are pulling the skeletons, and the rest are used to transport the exchanged grain. The survivors don''t need too many people, and they won''t be able to help much." Wu Heng said lightly. Understood! Lets go down and get ready. The two of them said and walked out of the room. Not long after, the voice of the convoy getting ready came over the intercom. ?Wu Heng went downstairs. Get on a familiar bus. The drivers seat is Li Yahong. Its been a long time since Ive been in your car! Wu Heng sat down and the other skeletons came up behind him. Li Yahong raised her eyebrows, "Qi Hancai''s car, isn''t it comfortable?" ?Just when I was about to answer, I felt something wasnt quite right about this sentence. I dont know, I feel good about your car. Li Yahong still wanted to joke with him, but Qi Hancai''s order to set off came over the intercom. The next words were not spoken. He took hold of the steering wheel and started the vehicle slowly. ?The station location is a small station on the edge of the city. There was nothing inside, just an empty building. After letting the ghost investigate, the convoy drove straight in. ??The skeleton army armed with weapons and firearms dispersedly guarded the station and surrounded the entire station. Qi Hancai came over and asked, "How about arranging for someone to occupy this place so that future transactions will be more convenient." ??Wu Heng looked around and said, "Don''t worry, see if there are many transactions. If there are many, arrange some skeletons to guard it. If it is only once or twice, there is no need to pay attention to this place." Yeah, thats good too. Lets get back to the car first, its a little cold in here. "good." Around two o''clock in the afternoon. There was a sound coming from the car radio. Call the shelter in the old factory area. Qi Hancai picked up the microphone and said, "Please speak!" We are the provincial and district team responsible for transactions and are about to arrive at the transaction location. We are already at the station, you guys, please go directly to the station. "receive!" They got out of the car. Qi Hancai took the skeleton to the platform, while Wu Heng took his skeleton attendant and entered a temporarily prepared room. Waited for a while. An exaggerated train is approaching from a distance. The front end has a triangular impact angle, and the body is also reinforced with exaggerated iron plates. The whole thing looks like a black python galloping on the rails. . A train of this level will not travel unless it encounters level 3 deformed zombies or a large-scale zombie wave. It is difficult for Xiaobo''s zombies to pose a threat to such a big guy. ??If zombies can really tear apart steel plates with their bare hands, there will be no survivors. Qi Hancai stared at him, "No wonder it is used for long-distance transportation. It can be bumped into all the way." ?Wang Chenggang also nodded, "With the weapons like this, we can indeed trade." Our future trains can also be modified according to this idea. "Um." ?Several people whispered. ?The train slowly entered the station, the door opened, and several figures walked out wearing down jackets. The leader is a middle-aged man, followed by Yang Long and another young man with sharp eyes. Having just gotten off the bus, I saw skeletons filling the platform and the roofs of buildings. ?The eyes of several people changed slightly. The expression was full of horror. ?The entire platform is like a road leading to hell. Tap tap tap~! Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "Welcome the provincial rescue team." ?Yang Long smiled and introduced: "This is the leader of Qi Hancai, who is responsible for the management of the old factory area." Then he introduced the middle-aged man next to him, "This is Deputy Commander Liu of the provincial rescue team." Deputy Commander Liu, please come in. Well, please. The middle-aged deputy commander smiled and said equally politely. Together we passed through the skeleton guard and walked towards the inside of the station. Inside the room. ?Xiaoxiao flew back first, got into Wu Heng''s body, and relayed the situation in the train. The interior of the train is really like a moving fortress. Food, supplies, and a certain amount of firearms and ammunition. There were footsteps at the door. ??Wu Heng released the ghost again, monitored the train entering the station, took out a book from the space ring, and held it in his hand. ?The door of the room opened, and Qi Hancai led several people in. This is our leader. He extended his hand to indicate to the side, Deputy Commander Liu from the provincial district, and Captain Yang Long. ??The remaining person was not introduced, and Qi Hancai did not know his name or official position. ??Wu Heng stood up and shook hands with the other party. After the other party sat down, he got straight to the point, "Deputy Commander Liu, how much gold did you bring this time?" Deputy Commander Liu looked away from the other party and smiled, "Only more than 20 kilograms of gold were collected." The number is really not much. Firstly, the time is relatively short, and secondly, the other party may just come to verify the authenticity. The exchange of gold for food in the last days is still a bit exaggerated. Okay, you should know the market price, and we will settle the bill by weight for you. Theres no rush. The deputy commander said, and asked as if in a casual conversation: Will this exchange continue? Wu Heng said: "Grain is the hard currency now. If you want to continue trading later, it is a bit unrealistic to only take out gold." The deputy commander raised his eyebrows and said, "I heard from Captain Yang Long that there were no other requirements before." Its naturally different when we enter winter, Wu Heng emphasized. Then what conditions need to be added if I want to continue to exchange with you? the other party asked seriously. Weapons, ammunition, and design drawings of various military weapons and equipment. Every 10 kilograms of gold sold in the future must be sold to the weapons or drawings we need. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. The person on the other side fell into silence, seeming to be thinking about this matter. After a few seconds, he continued, "I can sell it to you. The quantity of firearms and ammunition needs to be discussed. We will provide a copy of the drawing to ensure that the content is accurate." Well, when can you come over next time to trade? We will come again in five days, and we will contact you through the radio in advance. ??Wu Heng continued, "Next time I come here, I need machine guns and corresponding artillery shells." ??The three people on the opposite side looked at each other with concentration, and the glances they cast towards them were also somewhat surprised. ??Yang Long and others have said that the city is almost recovered here. Still eager to get so many cannons? "I will fight for it for you. How much I can sell to you depends on the situation." Yes! Wu Heng agreed. After talking about this. Qi Hancai took a few people to exchange gold and grain. Bags of flour were loaded onto the train, and the people from the provincial and district rescue teams had a bit of excitement on their faces. When everything is exchanged, the train leaves. ?Wu Heng collected the gold and returned with the convoy. During the conversation, Wu Heng used the Preaching Book. The effect is that the charm is improved, the words are more contagious, and it is easier to achieve the goal during the negotiation process. It is not clear how big a role it played in this transaction. But it was indeed smoother than expected. The other party agreed to all the conditions I proposed. Even if they wanted to exchange for more cannons next time, the other party just said they would go back to discuss. It depends on how much the other party can bring back what you need next time. ?Back at the mall, Qi Hancai mentioned the food issue. ?Wu Heng told her not to worry, he would solve it himself. ??Also returned to his room and returned to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng took out the book again and placed it on the table. The side effect of this strange item is that it requires pious repentance after using it. Since it is used, it must abide by the rules of strange objects. Otherwise, you will be cursed with aphasia within three days. After studying for a while, he clasped his hands together and began to repent devoutly in front of the book. I thought silently in my heart that I was wrong, I was wrong.... You can clearly feel that an invisible negative energy is fading away from your body little by little. ?It seems that this should be the case. About twenty minutes, about the same time as the negotiation. ?The negative energy feeling in my body has all disappeared. Put away the books and walk downstairs. Todays dinner was quite sumptuous. Sitting at the dining table, chatting about todays association affairs while eating. Anderweil said: "Master, today the island owner sent an invitation to invite you to the dance." Dance? Pirates also like to hold dance parties? Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. Minnie also echoed, "That''s right, he''s a pirate, what kind of dance can he dance?" I dont know either. Anderweil shook her head. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who else have you sent invitations to?" Well, the deacon and Archdeacon Shiraz have received it. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 406 , how to upgrade ghosts Chapter 406: How to upgrade ghosts Are they going? Anderweil said softly: "I heard that I don''t plan to go." It is normal not to go. Imiro was assigned to Treasure Island because the association could not trust the pardoned island owner. Have the function of monitoring and deterrence. It is impossible to get too close to each other. As for Sheila Gui, it is even more impossible for her to participate in such a dance due to her character. ?Minnie filled a cup of fruit tea for him and asked curiously: "Master is going?" ?Wu Heng picked up the water glass and took a sip, "If they don''t go, we won''t go either." He didn''t want to get too close to them, not to mention he was carrying a reward of 1,000 gold. ?Minnie nodded, glanced at Anderweil opposite, and said, "That''s what''s the point of their dance? I''ll let Sister Weier dance for you later, without any clothes on." Really? Weier can dance! Anderweil also wanted to refute Minnie. Seeing that Wu Heng was very interested, he nodded with a red face, "I can dance a little. If the master wants to see it, I will dance for you." Well, Weier knows a lot. The next day, early morning. In the morning, Shannella came over to eat. ?While eating breakfast, I was talking about yesterdays dance in the island owners manor. ?Wu Heng did not attend, but Shanara, as the president of the business group staying on the island, still attended the dance. Those who participated in large numbers were representatives of the business groups who stayed on the island. ??Wu Heng asked curiously while eating, "Does he have any purpose?" Occam used the dance to send a signal to the rest of the business groups, intending to clean up the pirates on the route and ensure that the business groups can do business through Treasure Island. Shannara looked at him and answered. Clear the shipping lanes from pirates. ??This is a shore by yourself, lets attack other pirates first. Minnie asked: "Then this island owner is a good person." Shannara shook her head, "Not sure, but at present, what he did is beneficial to the business group. At the ball, all the business groups promised to provide support. When I came, I saw many carriages going to the manor. , I should just send money. Wow, its so convenient to make money as an island owner. Just say a few words and someone will give you money. Minnie sighed. Shanara smiled and didn''t say much. Her eyes fell back on Wu Heng, who was leaning on the back of the chair and thinking deeply. "The goods you ordered arrived last night. We will go to the port to sign for them later. Write down what else you need to order in advance. I will arrange for someone to deliver it to you." You buy it. "good!" The goods finally arrived. Due to route problems, the transportation time was a bit long. Luckily, its finally here. After breakfast, Wu Heng and Shanara took a carriage and rushed to the port. Packed up all the goods and reordered a large amount of food, weapons and armor. As for weapons and armor, fine iron has been replaced. The price is higher, but the quality is also better and stronger. The order quantity this time has tripled compared to the last time. "You are now our biggest customer in Treasure Island." Shannara looked at the order quantity on the order and felt a little emotional. I thought I had found a little lover. Now it seems that he has found a sponsor. ?Wu Heng paid the deposit, and an idea flashed through his mind, asking: "Can I book a train from you?" Railway train? Well, can I order it? Shannara frowned and looked at him, "Why did you book a train?" I have a friend. Isnt there a city over there? Its more convenient to have a train. This friend of yours cant be you! Can you do it? Shanara handed the order to the housekeeper on the side and continued to say to Wu Heng, "I can help you contact the corresponding magician organization, but it will take a long time. It can be produced within one or two years. You also need to have no other equipment in front of you. Its custom-made, otherwise it will just be slower. Armagist. Similar to the current occupation of technological machinery. Forget it, its too long. Wu Heng still gave up the idea. It is better to go to the modern world to find a train and modify it yourself for the convenience and saving money. Shannara rolled her eyes at him angrily and said softly: "Take your time." "knew." Then Ill go see the business group first, and well talk when we get back in the evening. Okay. Shannara left with the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng also returned to his ship. Open the gate to the world and send all the things you bought to another world. With the space sachet, 100 cubic meters cannot hold everything. It also speeds up transportation. ?? No big skeletal action required. Having made three or four trips back and forth, I have completed the transportation of all materials. Saves a lot of time. Getting off the ship, he called a carriage and headed to the association. Hiragui''s office and study room. Looking for me? Sheila Gui cast a curious look. Lets see you. Wu Heng closed the door and sat down aside. Sheila Gui put the document in her hand aside, stood up and poured him a cup of fruit tea, "Let''s take a look." ?Wu Heng took it and took a sip, "Do you know anything about ghosts?" You are the Necromancer! ??Wu Heng explained, I have become a monk halfway and have been groping on my own, and I dont understand some things. There are some records in the Book of the Dead. ?After successfully contracting with a ghost, the necromancer''s necromantic energy will have a warming and nourishing effect on the ghost. It can make the ghost less likely to break up and stay alive for a long time. But just relying on its own necromantic energy for nourishment, the ghost''s growth rate is very slow, and its abilities will not change. This is what Xiaoxiao and Glenda are like at this time. ?Glenda has learned the language and part of the writing of the other world, but her level remains unchanged. The same is true for Xiaoxiao, who can''t beat the ranger''s tame beasts. The Book of the Dead only records the methods of contracting and driving, but there is no record of upgrading. Elves have long lifespans, so they should know more. Just thought of asking Sheila Gui. Sheila Gui stirred the silver spoon in the cup and pondered for a moment before speaking, "I remember that ghosts can easily form in places where the aura of the dead is strong, but most of them are not very intelligent. If you want to contract with ghosts, you can look for these places. " She doesnt know yet that Wu Heng has a ghost. I have indeed not told anyone here. "How do you upgrade the ghost after you get it?" Wu Heng followed the words and continued to ask. I have heard of some methods, but I dont know if they are accurate or not. Let me tell you for your reference. "good!" After Shilagui took a sip of tea, she said: "There are two types that I know of. One is that souls and bodies cannibalize each other, which can be regarded as absorbing the energy of each other to improve themselves. The second is the sacrifice of materials. Sacrifice Give your contracted ghost a level, or unlock other abilities. ?? He glanced at Wu Heng opposite him and added: "There are still a few necromancers who don''t know how to use rituals or magic experiments." That is indeed true. Well, Im in the minority. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "You should really contract a ghost. It will be of great help to you." Well, it shouldnt be easy to meet. Take your time, you will meet sooner or later. Sheila Gui said. ?Wu Heng nodded, saying that he would pay attention to this matter. Sheila Gui put the tea cup back on the table and said again: "In the past few days since we left, there has been a lot of trouble on Treasure Island." ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and asked, "What''s wrong?" Hilagui leaned forward and said, "You should know about the Old Barrel Tavern!" "Know!" Sheila Gui looked at him, leaned forward, and whispered: "I heard that one day, there was a riot at the port, and the old barrel''s ''McIntosh'' came to mediate. ?While remembering the deceased who died in the chaos, a black snake came out of the belly of the corpse. After a few bites, McIntosh was unconscious. It is hard to say whether he is alive or not. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 407 , six for one Chapter 407, six for one The leader of the Old Barrel Tavern was assassinated. I got some information from Millicent. ??Its just that the description at the time was a bit vague. After all, I heard a few words from the tavern guests, not so detailed. Mentioned some details about the presence of venomous snakes inside the corpse. ??As for the prophet, he didn''t calculate that he was in danger at that time. This profession is not very good either. I complained in my heart and frowned again. Poisonous snakes appear after death. How come the effect is so close to the Necromancer''s [Plague Technique]? Plague Techniquecan breed insects, flies, poisonous spiders, poisonous snakes, etc. ??You can''t put the **** basin on your head again! After thinking about it, even if it is really [Plague Technique], it has nothing to do with me. When the incident happened, they were still dealing with matters in the pirate village. Who did it? Wu Heng asked curiously. Sheila Gui shrugged, "I don''t know how to deal with it later. No detailed information has been transmitted yet. Now the Old Barrel Tavern has closed. In fact, people like them have more enemies and plot against each other." ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement. ??When we were in Luntam City, the gangs that cooperated today might fight each other tomorrow, and it was even said that the city lord would deliberately instigate fights between gangs. To limit their development. In every circle, where rights and interests are linked, there are always fights. ~! While the two were drinking tea and chatting, there was a gentle knock on the door. Sheila Gui responded, the door opened, and a staff member poked his head in. When he saw both of them there, he said directly: "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, Deputy Deacon Xilagui, deacon, please come over." Do you know whats going on? Sheila Gui took another sip and put down the tea cup. Unclear. Well, lets go there now. The staff saluted again and left directly. Sheila Gui stood up, put on a coat, and said casually, "As for the ghost, you can ask the deacon to help you borrow some information. Not to mention the actual treasures and secrets, some related notes are still fine." Okay, Ill ask you then. The two of them walked out of the room together and headed to the deacon''s study. Come to the deacon''s study. After lightly knocking on the door, the two of them walked in directly. ?In the room, Imiro was sitting behind the desk, dressed in dark green embroidered aristocratic clothing, sitting upright, with several pages of documents placed on the table in front of him. ? Moya is in the back of the study, seemingly making tea. How was your rest? Imiro looked at the two of them and asked with concern. ??The things in the pirate village were over, and they had a few days of rest. Theres nothing wrong anymore, Sheilagui said. ?Wu Heng nodded, indicating that nothing was wrong. "Sit down." Imiro stood up and walked out from behind the desk, "Your meritorious service rewards are here. Each person will receive six second-level meritorious service rewards, each person will receive 12 gold coin rewards, and six second-level props selections." Without waiting for the two of them to speak, he added again, "Treasure Island has a few props in reserve, but they are not enough to distribute to the two of you. You can choose from the existing props first, and wait for the headquarters to send new ones later. props. ?Or the opportunity to redeem first-level rewards with the headquarters, the quality will be higher, but six pieces become one. " After finishing speaking, Imiro became silent and stopped talking. ?Wu Heng and the other two frowned. They are now given two options, either choose six second-level props, and Treasure Island has insufficient reserves, and they have to wait for the headquarters to transfer them later. The second option is to exchange six items for one prop, and the quality reaches the first level reward. Xila Gui looked at Wu Heng. Wu Heng looked at Imiro, "Deacon, can we take a look at the existing props first?" "Can." ??Imiro waved his hand, and several props appeared on the coffee table in the middle. Bracelets, bamboo, hairbands, swords and iron golems. Six pieces in total. ??Wu Hengs eyes fell on the first prop, and data information appeared. Immortal Power Bracelet (Description: An oak bracelet etched with various runes, providing energy three times a day.) Moya, who was on the side, brought two cups of tea to the two of them, then picked up the documents on the table beside him, opened them, and began to introduce, "The power bracelet is made of ancient oak trees. It allows the user to defeat the enemy in battle." The energy is restored to its optimal state and can only be used three times a day. The best state of strength. This is indeed a good prop. In battle, durability is also an important factor in determining the outcome, especially melee professions, which need this item even more. Wu Heng has a similar item in his hand, [Endurance Belt]. The effect is to continuously replenish a certain amount of endurance. I havent used it a few times in battles, but I use it more often when Im with two maids. Moya continued, "You need to let the bracelet bask in the sun after use. It doesn''t need to be too long. One or two hours is enough. Remember, it only increases your strength. If you are seriously injured or lose too much blood in battle, no matter how strong you are, Its hard to help you change the situation. ?Wu Heng continued to look down. Withered Bamboo (wonderful object) Effect: Promote the growth of green plants in the planted area. Side effects: Bamboo forests grow in this area, which is three times that of normal green plants. (Description: An ancient bamboo handed down from ancient times, with a dry appearance, waiting for the right time to revive.) God-Keeping Headband: It can resist mental and spiritual attacks to a certain extent and keep the mind clear. Wide Boots: Within 20 minutes, you can walk on the water while using them. Discharge Sword: A long sword made of fine iron, etched with two runes of ''sharpness'' and ''lightning''. When it hits the target, it can produce a thunder and lightning effect. Effects appear one by one. The last iron golem, I saw it last time, was just a model. If selected, it will give a tall all-metal structure that can drive and protect itself. Wait until Moya finishes his introduction. Hilagui did not speak. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Deacon, which reward method do you think is better?" After all, the two of them are Imiro''s subordinates. It is impossible to give yourself a wrong answer. Imiro said calmly, "If it were me, I would choose the first-level reward." It seems that Imiro prefers high-quality props, which is closely related to his own strength. ??After all, he doesn''t like ordinary props, so he naturally has to choose higher-level props. Level 3 bounties are level 10 wanted criminals. Level 2 criminals are level 15 wanted criminals. ?? If calculated this way, the first level is level 18, or a major contribution to the meritorious service. ? There are bounties on Treasure Island for level 15 pirates, but bounties on level 18 are rare. ?Wu Heng thought for a few seconds and said: "Deacon, I choose the first-level item reward." Sheila Gui was also hesitant at first. Seeing what he said, she also said: "I will also choose the first-level prop reward." Imiro put away several props and said, "When the props come down, I will notify you to pick them up." Then, give the bounty to the two of them. Put away the bounty and just want to leave. Imiro said again: "Tomorrow, Sheila Gui, you are responsible for following up on things in Lopez City. Wu Heng, there are also some problems at the Old Barrel Tavern. You go and see what''s going on. " "good!" The two nodded. Xilagui took the first step away. Wu Heng said before leaving: "Deacon, I want to know something about cultivating ghosts. Can you borrow some books or information?" Imiro returned to the desk and sat down, "Well, I will keep an eye on it for you and let you know if there is any news." Thank you, deacon. In the corridor. Sheela Gui was waiting at the side, "Did you tell me?" I told you, the deacon said he had news to inform me. The two of them walked out together. Just now we were talking about the old barrel, and now its on you. Sheela Gui said. Lets go and take a look. Its not clear whats going on. Stopping in front of her study, Sheilagui asked again, "Gang fights are common. If the logic doesn''t work there, just follow the investigation and investigate." Understood. Wu Heng looked at her, Go to Lopez City and ask me to arrange a skeleton attendant for you? As a follower, I can protect you even if you are in danger. Sheela looked at him with twinkling eyes, "No, I will be careful. If something happens, remember the hair tie I left for you." Dont say anything unlucky. He added, Im keeping the hair tie. Sheila Gui smiled and nodded, "Then I''m leaving." After speaking, open the door and enter the room. Thanks to Lighter than a Feather for the 5,000-coin reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 408 , dead Chapter 408: Dead Return to the study. Anderweil is preening the feathers of her owl. Looking back, he smiled and said, "Master." Weier, are you going to see Kavina in the lounge? Okay, Master. ?Andewil got up and left, and when she came back, Kavina, who was wearing new armor, was followed behind her. The equipment on his body is obviously a higher level than before. It seems that the reward has also been given to her. For missions like Pirate Village, the rewards for the accompanying team will be different from those for the Deputy Deacon without special performance. On the file, it will be recorded as a second-level meritorious service, and the rewards will be lower. Distributed according to three levels. After all, the accompanying mission is not a normal arrest mission. Even so, for an ordinary team, six selections of third-level props are still a considerable amount of income. Looking for me? Kavinas condition was much better than when she first arrived. Speak with a smile. ??Wu Heng asked: "Do you have a task in hand?" No, I just returned to the association. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Tomorrow morning, let your team gather at the door and let''s investigate a case." Okay, do you need to prepare anything? ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "No, it''s just a matter on the island. If you need anything, I''ll come back temporarily." Well, okay! Kavina nodded. After leaving the study, Wu Heng also tidied up. Told Anderweil to go home early, and also called a carriage and returned to his residence. Push open the courtyard door. I saw Minnie training her abilities in the courtyard. ? Fireballs were thrown out one after another, hitting the stone pier in the distance and exploding. Scattered a stream of flames all around. Different from being unable to release or throwing at the beginning, now I am gradually becoming proficient in using it. Not to mention the more difficult control, there is still no problem in condensing the ordinary fireball and then cooling it out. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Minnie jumped and waved her hands, "Master." Well, just practice, dont get tired. "OK." ?Wu Heng first went to the bomber''s bomb laboratory, where some gunpowder and alchemy powder were placed on the table. ?The Bomberman Skeleton is making rolling thunder. ??Wu Heng walked to the side of the finished cabinet shelf, with several finished rolling thunders placed on it. Poison Smoke ThunderWind Fire Thunder. ?Poison smoke mines are relatively common and can be seen in small towns, and they should not be difficult to make. ?Wind, fire and thunder are higher-level rolling thunder, and their effects are more exaggerated. ??Wu Heng put all of them into the space ring. walked out of the room again and returned to his residence. Night falls. ??Wu Heng stood in the corridor on the fourth floor, helping ''Shanara'', who was wearing a light blue nightgown, to come down little by little. ? ? Tiptoeing, like an unskilled thief. "Aren''t your two little maids pestering you?" Shannara dusted the hem of her skirt. ??Wu Heng picked her up by the waist and said as he walked towards the bedroom, "I''ll let you pester me today." Shannara opened her mouth and nibbled on his chest, "I''ll leave a mark on you and let''s see how you explain it when the time comes." It doesnt hurt at all, just itchy. "Then I will surrender you, and then you will be able to come openly." Shannara suddenly lost her temper, "I''m not ready yet, I''ll talk about it later." The door opens. Shanela took off her clothes and lay on her back on the bed. ?Wu Heng pecked along the neck, bringing bursts of pleasure to the other party. Then the bodies hugged each other, enjoying the warmth and intimacy brought by each other. Shannara put her hands on the opponent''s chest, and while humming softly, she asked intermittently: "Why is the port so chaotic recently?" "What''s wrong?" I saw several waves of workers fighting, which delayed many ships from leaving the port. Shannella said softly. There are some problems with the forces responsible for the workers at the port. Shannara nodded, "Let your people go take a look and maintain order." I know, Ill go tomorrow. The thin quilt was thrown over the two of them, and they stopped talking. Concentrate on the current work. Beacon Street, Old Barrel Tavern. The carriage stopped in front of the tavern. ?Wu Heng and several people from Team 11 got off the carriage and looked at the closed shops. It was early in the morning, and there was still a faint light from the torch on the side. There were about five or six burly men standing at the door of the tavern. He glanced at the carriage and said with a bad look: "The tavern is closed, go somewhere else." Team 11 of the Association. Kavina flashed her emblem, The Association asked us to help you investigate whats going on here and report it to your leader. Hearing is a person from an association. The coldness in the eyes of several people softened a little, and one of them said wait a moment. He turned around and walked inside. Not long after, another strong bald man came out from inside. ?This man was known to Wu Heng. He was a close confidant around McIntosh. He had also been the one who had sent him messages several times before. ??The bald head glanced at the people in the association, and his eyes fell on Wu Heng. ?Step forward and say, "Sir." The gatekeepers did not expect to be so respectful to the person behind them. They were obviously not ordinary members of the association. also followed suit and bowed slightly. How is the situation? ?The bald man sighed, "The situation is not very good." While speaking. From the other side of the street, there was a sound of footsteps. ??I saw a man riding a horse, followed by a silver-armored team, walking over quickly. ?This outfit is the same as the guards the island owner brought when he came back last time. ?The bald man frowned slightly and stepped forward quickly to salute, "Commander Fulvio." The commander immediately glanced at him, nodded, and then turned his attention to the people in front. "Who are these people? Are they related to the incident at the port? Arrest them and go back for interrogation." Hurrah! The guards behind him all moved. With his bald head wiping sweat, he hurriedly said: "Commander, commander, people from the association are here to help us investigate." "Association?" The commander stretched out his hand to stop the guards, still looking at a few people, "I haven''t seen you before, are you new?" ?Wu Heng didn''t bother to pay attention and said to the bald head: "Take us to see your leader." You have a good temper. The commander snorted coldly, You are lucky that you have been pardoned, otherwise your **** would have blossomed. Kavina held the hilt of the sword and glanced at him, "You should be lucky." Fuck, little girl, Im not interested in you. ??The bald man saw that the atmosphere between the two parties was getting more and more tense, and he was afraid of causing trouble. He pushed open the door of the tavern and said, "Sir, let''s talk inside." As he said that, he led a few people in. ??The two parties stopped bickering and went straight to the tavern to do business. There was dead silence in the tavern. In the corner, you can see several figures sitting. ?Wu Heng and others glanced at each other after they came in. The bald man immediately said: "Sir, please come here. You can understand some things at a glance." A group of people followed behind. ?Go down the stone steps, pass through the cellar, and enter the semi-underground space. Enter the last door. ?When they saw the scene in front of them, the pupils of several people shrank slightly. In the middle of the front, there is a coffin. McIntosh is dead? (End of this chapter) Chapter 409 , investigate the body Chapter 409, Investigating the Corpse ?The light stone hangs from the ceiling, illuminating the faces of several people. The whole room was deathly quiet. Even the guards who kept talking were froze on the spot, looking at the coffin in the middle in disbelief. McIntosh is dead! ??The old barrel leader who controlled all the workers at the port and had countless lovers was just lying there quietly. Wearing the most familiar clothes, surrounded by flower petals. ??Wu Heng observed the members of the guard. Judging from the disbelieving expressions on their faces, they had just learned that they were dead. When did it happen? Wu Heng asked. The bald man sighed softly and said: "The day after the attack, the leader couldn''t hold on any longer, so he asked us to prepare a coffin." ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse, "What was the cause of death?" Snake venom. Snake venom? Didnt you use any medicine? The research and development of pharmaceuticals in this world has reached an exaggerated level. Even the antidote for zombie viruses can be developed, but snake venom can kill the opponent? And he is also a professional with a high level. ??Itself is also more resistant to abnormal conditions. I took the potion and invited the famous alchemist on the island, but it still had no effect. The bald head said helplessly. After its settled, can the person still lie in the coffin? The guard commander snorted coldly, Why didnt you say that McIntosh was dead before? Baldhead replied, "Old Cask also has many enemies. Once the news of the leader''s death spreads, someone will probably take some action." The guard commander nodded, quite satisfied with this answer. He walked straight into the room and looked around the body. ??Then, he took off his protective gloves, took a breath, then lifted up the corpse''s clothes, put his hand in, and held it at the heart. ?The bald man looked startled and wanted to stop him, but he still endured it. Looking to the side. After a while, the commander took out his hand and said, "He is really dead." From the tone of his voice, the guards did not quite believe that this woman would die. ??The guard commander took out a handkerchief and wiped his hands as he came back, "McIntosh and I have a good relationship. My old friend is dead, and I feel bad. If you old barrels have any ideas, just tell me." ?The bald man clenched his hands, looked at the people present, and said solemnly: "The poisonous snakes that appeared in the corpse must have been done by someone. If you can help us find the murderer, Lao Cong is willing to give 200 gold as a reward." Everyone present was shocked. ?This old wooden barrel is really rich. Killing a pirate only earns a few hundred silver. If you investigate the murderer on the island, you will get 200 gold. ??If the team led by Wu Heng can investigate the murderer, everyone can get gold coins. It can also be seen that the old wooden barrel man is really angry. ?The same was true for the guards. After the surprise, there was a kind of enthusiasm. ??The guard commander coughed lightly and said, "Tell me everything that happened. Be more careful. Your information is equally important if you can find out who killed McIntosh." ?The bald man was silent for a moment and told him about the port. The cause was a dispute between two work teams over cargo issues, which then gradually escalated, causing chaos and affecting normal transportation at the port. ?McIntosh took people over, and after mediation, when he looked at the workers who died in the chaos, the bodies exploded and a poisonous snake bit ''McIntosh''. Even if you take the medicine quickly. After returning, his symptoms still did not disappear, and he finally died in the tavern. The commander continued to ask, "Who do you suspect?" The people in Black Crows Nest have a problem with us, and the Sea Dog Gang also wants to steal the port business. Since their leader is dead, they will benefit the most. ?The commander nodded, "Wait, I''ll go find it for you." After saying that, he waved and left directly with several members of the guard. ?The guards left, and the whole room became quieter. ??Wu Heng led several people close to the coffin and took a close look at the state of the body. It can be confirmed that there are no obvious signs of life. ??The female boss with a somewhat arrogant attitude just lay stiffly in the coffin. He looked around and asked, "Why wasn''t there an autopsy?" The leaders race has a tradition that the body must be kept intact after death. Before he died, he also told us that we can investigate the murderer in any way, but we must not destroy her body. The bald man followed and explained. What about asking the corpse? Its the necromancer who asks questions about the body. The bald man shook his head and said that was not possible either. After all, it is not the body of a wanted criminal, so it is somewhat unreasonable to insist on questioning the body. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party, turned around and said, "Kawina, check the body." Kavina stepped forward, untied the body''s clothes, and began to examine it. Several men present walked not far away.?????Continue to ask some questions. ? Baldhead is also very cooperative, saying whatever I ask, and occasionally adding something. Not long after, Kavina came back, "There were obvious signs of snake bites, and no other fatal injuries were found on her body." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the bald head again. You said, where are the corpses with poisonous snakes in their bodies? Baldhead said: "I was worried that it might contain some poison, so I had it taken to the wasteland behind and buried. If you need to check, I''ll have someone take you there." Okay, lets arrange people! A few people walked back up together. ??The bald man said a few words to two equally strong men. The two of them came over and saluted. ??Wu Heng said: "Let''s go, take us to the port first." The two nodded. He went out with him, prepared a carriage, and headed directly to the port. At the port location. The two pointed out the location at that time and also talked about some of the conditions at the scene. ?Because the death of ''McIntosh'' was not announced to the outside world, the entire port was still operating normally. There was nothing to protect the scene, and not even a trace of blood could be found. After a brief inspection, he continued to the place where the corpse was buried. Outside the city, there is an undeveloped wasteland. Two strong men and team members dug out the body with shovels. The straw mat was opened, revealing three corpses with pierced intestines and rotten stomachs. In the soil on the side, you can still see some dead black venomous snakes as thick as a little finger. "Sir, these three corpses were the ones whose stomachs exploded like balloons. These poisonous snakes came out. The snakes themselves died soon after," one person said. ?Wu Heng nodded, motioned for several people to take a few steps back, and released [Conversation with the Dead] to the first body. The lying corpse suddenly sat up and looked this way. ??The two people in the tavern were startled, retreated in panic, and stood watching from a distance. ??Wu Heng asked directly to the corpse: "Why did the fight happen before you died?" The corpse replied, "They took our job and started fighting before the negotiation was settled." ?Wu Heng asked again, "Your body has been pre-buried with spells. Who did it?" "have no idea!" Before your death, did you have any contact with unfamiliar people? "No." Did anyone find anything suspicious at the scene and tried to get close to you? Not found. In your opinion, who was likely to kill Mackintosh that day? The people of Black Crows Nest have a lot of trouble with them. After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. Judging from the first corpse. Haven''t found any clues at all. ??There is no breakthrough on his side, and the corpse doesn''t know anything about it. As for the mention of the Black Crow''s Nest, it is just a personal guess and cannot be considered as evidence pointing to the target. Continue to look at the second corpse and release [Conversation with the Dead]. Then, the corpse sat up. Before you died, someone suspicious was spotted and tried to get close to you. "No!" . After five questions in a row, this corpse still did not provide any effective information. Attention is focused on the fight. Then the third corpse sat up. ?This corpse was dressed a little differently, somewhat like a steward. Before you died, someone suspicious was discovered and tried to get close to you. ?The corpse was silent for a moment, then slowly spoke. That morning, a dwarf came looking for work. The money was relatively small, so I agreed to follow him. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 410 , it鈥檚 useless to ask Chapter 410: Asking in vain ??Dwarf? The work in the port is simply not suitable for the dwarf race. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did he do anything suspicious?" The corpse quickly replied, "Not found." Has he touched your body? Have been in contact with. Tell me his appearance and characteristics. Middle-aged man, with long hair, always squinting eyes, a thin scar at the corner of his lower lip, and long plain clothes. ?There is one last question left. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Apart from this person, who do you think wants to kill ''McIntosh'' the most?" Sea Dog Gang! After five questions, the body lay back again. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, "Wrap the body." ?Several people came forward and wrapped the straw mat again. ??Wu Heng was directly put into the space ring. Then take the carriage back to the Old Barrel Tavern. Pushing the door open and entering the tavern, more people gathered inside. ? Wearing armor, there are weapons on the table. ??The two people who led the way just walked over quickly and whispered something to the bald head. The latters face became increasingly gloomy. ??The bald man came back directly and said, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Have your people told you?" Say, I mentioned a dwarf worker. When I asked the corpse just now, I didn''t let the two people avoid it, and the other party also heard some of the content. "Well, I''ll take those three corpses back and let the coroner check the cause of death. It doesn''t look like they were caused by a fight." After saying that, he glanced at the people in the tavern and reminded: "Wait for us to investigate, once you If you rely on guesswork, the reasonable party will become unreasonable." ?The bald man was silent for a moment, then said, "I know, I won''t mess around." Okay, lets do this for today. "good." At the last moment, someone prepared a carriage and took everyone away. The carriage returned directly to the association. After sending the body to the morgue, Team 11 also disbanded and went home to rest. We will continue to gather at the entrance of the association tomorrow morning to investigate this matter. ?Wu Heng also returned to his office and study, called Andweier, and went home together. Residence, in the study. ?Wu Heng sorted out todays clues. I dont have a good impression of the woman McIntosh, and I havent even met her twice. But the sudden death still makes people feel a little regretful. She was assassinated by the spider-men because she provided accurate information and directly calculated the opponent''s location. But this time, I was not sure that I would be in danger. There are not many clues at present, or they are not clues at all. The only place where we can check is the dwarf worker mentioned in the third corpse. You can start from this aspect and check it out. ?Thinking in my heart. ?Glenda came in through the ceiling. Appeared in the room and said: "They first went to the port, then went to the Black Crow''s Nest to inquire about the situation, and took a bag of money from the boss. Then they went to the Sea Dog Gang and took away two bags of money." Hey guys, these people can make a lot of money just by going out. Ill take a look at the situation. ?Glenda got directly into her body, and a scene was shared in her mind. The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. ?Glenda''s perspective, following the guards into the tavern.????? To drive the guests in the tavern out of the room or back to the rooms upstairs. ?The owner of the store came out with a flattering look on his face. Mate Fulvio, you didnt even tell me beforehand that you were coming, so that I could prepare some good wine for you. I am the commander now. The commander patted the armor on his body. Yes, I remember. ??The guard commander glanced around and said, "Gather all the backbones in your hands. I want to investigate some things." ??The boss wanted to say something more, but when he saw that the other party''s face was not kind, he nodded and called out all his subordinates. Register, record your occupation and level, what were you doing when the Old Barrel Tavern was assassinated, find your personal ID. The commander stepped on the chair with one leg and said directly. As a guard, all personnel were registered. Then show it to him for inspection. After reading it, I didnt find anything suspicious, but I still stayed in the tavern. ?The boss realized it and asked someone to prepare a small bag of silver coins and quietly stuffed it into the other party. The latter smiled again, stood up and said: "Those who are keeping an eye on you, no one is allowed to leave the island until the matter is investigated clearly. If you leave, I will settle the account with you." The boss nodded and agreed to send these people away. Sea Dog Gang, courtyard. The guard commander had his hands behind his back, pacing back and forth, saying, "Old Cask was assassinated at the port. They suspected you of doing it. He only suffered minor injuries. Whoever did it, please come forward now and pay some compensation." If you dont admit it, let me find out, and things wont be that simple. ?The other side remained silent. The leader of the gang is a bearded dwarf. ?Standing beside him were the backbone of the gang and some manpower. There are humans, dwarves, and gnomes, and they are much more complicated than those in Black Crow''s Nest. The gang leader stepped forward and explained a few words, took out two money bags from his arms and handed them over. ?The latter''s expression softened slightly as if he was examining the prisoner. No one is allowed to leave the island for the time being, and we will continue to investigate in the future. After saying that, take everyone and leave. In the picture, Wu Heng focuses on the record of asking about occupation through Grandas perspective. I havent found any occupations related to snakes. Several dwarfs have short and long hair. There is no accurate perspective on their more detailed appearance. Release Glenda. He asked: "What are they doing now?" I took the money to eat, and I dont seem to care much about it. Glenda floated to one side. The gang fight has little impact on them. They definitely dont care much about it. If they are willing to go around and ask, it should be Lao Cong who promised the bounty. "That''s right, how can a group of pirates investigate any case." Glenda floated to the other side again, "What clues do you have here?" ??Wu Heng moved his shoulders and said, "I found news about a dwarf." "Gnome?" Glenda floated to the other side, "The Sea Dog Gang has the backbone of dwarfs. If you only pay attention to these two places, you can go to the Sea Dog Gang to check." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and have a look tomorrow." On the other side, inside the tavern. A ranger walked in quickly and glanced around. ?Seeing the position of the guards, he walked over directly and sat down on the chair. "Commander, they have gone back." Any clues? The ranger replied, "They went to the port and then checked the corpses of the workers where the venomous snakes appeared. The leader of the association should be the Necromancer Deputy Deacon, who questioned the corpses." The commander slapped the table and said, "Damn it, I forgot to check the body." Then he frowned again and looked at the ranger, "You said he is the necromancer sub-deacon? So young?" Probably, its impossible for other professions to talk to corpses. The commander narrowed his eyes slightly, frowned and thought for a moment. Speaking again, "What did they ask?" The specific content is not clear. They also have tame animals that keep disturbing me, but judging from their expressions, they seem quite disappointed. Its a useless question. The commander sneered, Okay, lets eat and well talk about it tomorrow. (End of this chapter) Chapter 411 , the Sea Dog Gang Chapter 411, Sea Dog Gang Have had dinner. After sitting in the study and waiting for a while, Shanara walked in directly. He asked with a smile: "Looking for me?" ?Wu Heng waved, "I thought you would come for dinner!" Shanela came over, sat down on one leg, and whispered: "I''m here in the evening, and I can''t even think about coming over for dinner." ?Wu Heng picked her up and sat astride him. Her skirt slipped gently, revealing her fair skin. Shanela was suddenly picked up, and she hugged his neck in a panic, complaining softly, "What are you doing!" ??Wu Heng put his arm around her waist and asked, "Have the workers at the port always been controlled by the Old Barrel Tavern?" "No, there are several others, but more workers occupy a share of the port''s work." Shanara thought for a moment and said. ??Wu Heng put his hand on her leg, groping along the hem of her skirt, and asked, "Where is the Sea Dog Gang?" The Sea Dog Gang..., well, they account for almost a quarter of the ports business! Shannella said. Then what is the origin of this sea dog gang? "I heard that they are from outside, and there are many people in the gang, but I don''t know who they are specifically. There is basically no contact." Shanela explained in her ear. Which side do your business groups prefer when choosing workers? "Are you talking about the Flower of Stars?" Shanara spat out the opponent''s earlobe and said: "The Flower of Stars is a large chamber of commerce, and it also has to take care of some other forces. It usually allocates 30% of the business to other forces. Can get by. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Do you think the Sea Dog Gang will kill McIntosh?" "It should be impossible. Assassinating the leader of Lao Tong means breaking the original rules, and the other party will retaliate in the same way." Shannella said, and her brows furrowed for a moment, "You said ''Mai Kintosh'' dead?" Well, I just saw the body today. Its good that you know about it and dont talk about it outside. The funeral will be held in two days and everyone will know by then. Shannara still looked a little unbelievable, "How did you die?" Wu Heng replied, "The people at the Old Cask Tavern said it was snake venom. During the chaos at the port, a venomous snake came out of the corpse and bit her." Shannara hesitated for a moment and then slowly said, "How... is this possible!" "I don''t think it''s possible. The association and the guards of Treasure Island are also investigating this matter." Wu Heng said. You mean the Sea Dog Gang did it? The other party is indeed within the scope of suspicion. Shannara held his face and whispered, "Gang affairs are all about fighting and killing. The investigation can also be considered as an explanation to the association. Don''t take it too seriously, otherwise there will be any danger." "good!" After the conversation was over, Wu Hengs hands began to move wildly on the other partys body. Shannella, who was still surprised by the news of McIntoshs death, now looked at the mans aggressive eyes and her breathing was a little short. Raise your hands! Shannara held the other person''s hand and said softly: "I made an agreement with Minnie to teach her how to draw, and I will stay with you tonight." Come here early. I know. The next day, the association. Morgue. ?Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while, and the coroner came out with the records. "Deacon, the body was inspected last night. The external injuries on the body were not fatal. The cause of death should be caused by magic." The contents of the autopsy were not much different from what Wu Heng thought. ?The confusion of the workers was not the cause of death. More importantly, someone released magic from the dark to the seriously injured workers, causing their death and also serving as a container for the target of the attack. Well, thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng nodded. "It should be done." The coroner turned to look at the body again, "Does the body need to be preserved?" Keep it for a few days, and I will notify you to destroy it then. Yes, Lord Archdeacon. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he also left the morgue. Return to the office and study room. Several people from Team 11 were waiting in the room. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they all stood up. Ardeacon! Sir Archdeacon! . ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down!" A few people sat down. Kavina asked directly: "What was found on the body?" "The injuries left by the fight were not fatal. Someone still used some method in the dark to kill people during internal fighting, and then released the spell to breed poisonous snakes." Wu Heng will hear from the coroner. , said it again. "So, it is very likely that he is the dwarf mentioned when he asked about the corpse yesterday." Kavina said. Well, its very possible. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: Has the information been collected? Kavina took out two pieces of information and handed them over, "This is information about Black Crow''s Nest and the Sea Dog Gang. The former runs a tavern and is involved in some gray industries. The Sea Dog Gang is a local gang that has been developing rapidly in the past two years." ?Wu Heng opened the information and looked down at it. The boss of Black Crow''s Nest is a human professional, and his level at the time of recording was level 12. They were the first people to come here with their assets to do business after Treasure Island was pardoned. ?There are a lot of people under his command, and they deal with some contraband, smuggled goods and other black industries. ?Of course, these are not regulated in Treasure Island, and it is also a very suitable transit place. Sea Dog Gang, the leader is level 14. The area where the gang is located is where Millicent runs the tavern. The way to get money is quite special. You get a little bit of everything, grab a bite of food from here, grab a bite of food from there. Being radical and crazy in doing things, and expanding very quickly. After reading it, I put it away directly. Kavina asked: "What should we do next?" Lets go, lets go to the old barrel first, and then see whats going on behind. The carriage arrived at the Old Barrel Tavern. As soon as he stopped, he saw the two people who led the way yesterday walking out. He approached the carriage and said softly: "Deacon, we checked the information sent from the port during this period and found a dwarf with a scar on his lower lip." Old Barrel Taverns information on the port is quite comprehensive. ??Yesterday, I asked about the corpse''s information. Today, I found clues about the other party through this method. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, "Where is he?" The intelligence said that we went to the Sea Dog Gangs territory. The other partys tone became gloomy. ?Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Let''s go to the Sea Dog Gang." The two men from Lao Tong took over the position of the coachman. Driving the carriage towards the territory of the Sea Dog Gang. The carriage arrived all the way to the territory of the Sea Dog Gang. As soon as he got close, several gang members immediately surrounded him. ?Hold the weapon tightly and look at the people driving the carriage and several carriages with vigilant eyes. ??Wu Heng and others stepped out of the carriage and said directly: "Association, let''s ask your leader something." The surrounding gang members were stunned for a moment, but then they gave way to a path. Let a few people go in. Not long after, the dwarf leader who appeared during Glenda''s reconnaissance came out from behind, looked at a few people, and said, "Guys, what''s going on?" Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said directly: "You should know everything about McIntosh. Let your people come out for inspection." The dwarf narrowed his eyes with anger, "What does McIntosh have to do with us? He comes to my place again and again. Do you really think that our Sea Dog Gang can bully him casually?" You are not the only one who is being investigated. If you dont do it, please cooperate. ??The dwarf stared at the few people indifferently, and finally said: "This is the last time, go and call the brothers over." Not long after, some backbones and important members of the gang came over. There are quite a lot of people together. ?Wu Heng was sitting aside, casually asking about the port with the dwarf leader. Kavina led the team forward, looked at the gang backbones, and said solemnly: "The dwarf takes a step forward." The dwarf present took a step forward, and the rest of the people behind him pulled away a little. There are three people in total. Look up, take off your helmet, and reveal your face. Kavina continued. Hearing these words, the dwarf leader''s movements froze slightly, but soon returned to normal, and continued to talk to Wu Heng about the situation at the recent port. Kavina and others confirmed the dwarfs, but still found no one with scars on their lips. After checking, he looked at Wu Heng and shook his head. ??Wu Heng said: "The rest of you can go down, but the leader stays." The gang members who had just been summoned looked at each other and then retreated. But they didnt go far, they all stayed at the door. ??Wu Heng continued to look at the dwarf leader, "A dwarf with small eyes and a scar on his lower lip. Where is he?" The dwarf thought for a moment and shook his head, "I haven''t seen them before. There must be quite a few gang members. I can''t remember everyone''s appearance." Ordinary members cannot kill McIntosh. "The matter of Lao Tong has alerted the association and the guards. Let this person come out. There is still room for easing the matter. If he is finally found out, the matter will be difficult to end." Wu Heng reminded. Whether it ends or not, it really has nothing to do with us. If it was really done by our Sea Dog Gang, we would definitely recognize it. The dwarf stroked his beard. While speaking. Two ghosts flew back from the backyard and got into the body. The following scenes were also shared in my mind. The entire gang station, the two ghosts flew around. There are many people hiding in the dark, but there are not many dwarfs, and there are even fewer people who match their appearance. Really not from here? ?The information is wrong? The dwarf glanced at a few people and spoke again, "Okay, I still have things to do, so I won''t accompany you anymore. If you really have evidence, you can come and arrest me directly. If not, please don''t bother us again." After saying that, he motioned for a few people to leave. The two old barrel men still wanted to go up and argue. He was stopped by the surrounding gang members. Okay, lets go back. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several people walked out of the gang station together. Get on the carriage and drive out slowly. "Sir Archdeacon, our information must be accurate. Even if the dwarf is not one of their people, he is still related to them." The man from the old barrel said. ??Wu Heng said: "I will continue to investigate and wait for my news." This, okay! the man sighed. The two returned to the old barrel. ??Wu Heng also returned to the association with people. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 412 , found Chapter 412, found The carriage returns. Separate each other. ??Wu Heng changed his appearance from the association, got on the carriage and returned to Beacon Street. ?Entered the Nautilus Tavern. ?This time is when the pub is busy. People were coming and going, and the whole tavern was full of people. ??Wu Heng entered the door, Millicent looked up and still glanced upstairs. Then go on to greet the guests. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and entered the room on the back. The room is very clean. Except for changing some bedding, the entire layout is the same as last time. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts. No one found? Glenda said. ?Xiao Xiaoze added, "Why don''t you arrest all the gangs and lock them up to feed the zombies? I''m not afraid they won''t tell you." "Ah? So cruel?" Wu Heng looked at her. We are bad people, so we must act like bad people. ?Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "This is a line from the movie. I''ve seen it, and your performance doesn''t look like a bad guy at all." Really? How is it possible? I won a prize in kindergarten. Wu Heng did not continue to discuss the kindergarten with her, and said directly: "Go and monitor the Sea Dog Gang. If the situation is like this, the Sea Dog Gang will definitely arrange for him to leave Treasure Island and find him." The two ghosts also understood what he meant. ?Glenda asked, "The facial features you mentioned are too vague and may not be identifiable." "It doesn''t have to be so troublesome. You just need to remember who met the dwarf leader." Wu Heng said. The two ghosts nodded and flew directly through the wall. Disappear into the night sky. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the window and looked at the location of the Sea Dog Gang. If everything goes well, this matter will be over today. The sky is getting darker. Millicent came up from downstairs. Closing the door gently, bowed and saluted, "Sir, Deputy Deacon." Are you done? "Yes, there are not that many customers. The clerks can just look at the store." Millicent said softly. Sea Dog Gang, do you know? Wu Heng asked directly. Millicent nodded and said immediately: "I know, they are a gang in this area. The tavern has to pay them a management fee of 12 silver coins every month. The business in the tavern has been good recently, and they plan to increase it some." When gangs manage an area, they will charge some protection fees. ??Part of this money will also be sent to the guards or the city lord''s mansion. It is also a reason for laissez-faire development in the city. What do you know about this gang? Millicent pondered for a moment, "I don''t know much about it, and my reputation is not that good." "What do you remember about a dwarf with a scar on his lower lip?" Millicent thought about it for a moment and shook his head, "I have no impression. Gangs usually raise some people to do things that are not easy to show off." ?Wu Heng nodded, not expecting the other party to provide any useful clues. ??Continues: "Purify a room and I will stay here tonight." Okay, wait a moment. Millicent nodded and retreated directly. Without further ado, Millicent returned again. He brought over a set of bedding, took a careful look at it, and said, "Sir, the room is full. If you don''t mind, you can stay in my room for the night." The room is full? "Well, several shops outside have been closed recently, and the rooms here have also been booked. If it''s inconvenient for you, I''ll sleep over in the kitchen." Millicent explained. "You can rest normally. I''ll sit aside for a while. I may take action later." Wu Heng didn''t say much. "Oh, okay, sir." Millicent put the newly brought mattress on the bed. My own set was spread on the ground. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, just sat aside and waited. Then Millicent walked out again. When he came back, he was holding a wooden basin in his hand, his eyes were timid and evasive, "Sir, there is no bathtub prepared. I will wash your feet." ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at him, "Millicent, you don''t have to do this. I''ll sit down for a while and go back." Millicent took a deep breath and looked up, "Sir, if you don''t mind, just sit down and I''ll help you wash up. It''s been a tiring day." ?Wu Heng looked at Millicent and sat down from the bed beside him. Millicent placed the wooden basin on the ground and gently rubbed his feet. Long hair hangs down to both sides, swaying slightly with movement, shoulders are rounded, and lines are smooth, showing mature charm. Millisen, are you still adaptable to life here? Wu Heng didnt know what to say, so he spoke uncomfortably. Millicent raised his head and smiled, "Very good, well fed and well clothed, and you don''t have to worry about being kidnapped by pirates one day. It''s a dream life." Dont want to go back to the village? "I don''t want to think about it anymore. If one day you don''t need us anymore, we can go back." Millicent said softly. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Pay attention to your own safety and collect more information. It will get better and better in the future." Thank you, sir. Millicent gently wiped his feet dry with a rag and continued: "Sir, you lie down and I will press them for you." ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed. Millicent sat down on the edge of the bed, put a hand on his leg, and gently pressed his arm. ?At this moment, there was a sudden noise outside the window. Two ghosts, while invisible, flew back and forth and got directly into the body. Two images came into my mind at the same time. ??The Sea Dog Gang did intend to send the people away, but it was not only Wu Heng who was staring at them, but also everyone in the Old Barrel Tavern. ?Wu Heng sat up directly, walked to the window and looked into the distance. At the end of the road on one side, densely packed torches formed a long dragon. Occupied the whole street. ?Countless people holding torches and weapons gathered in various streets in the direction of the Sea Dog Gang. Lao Cask had no choice to wait any longer. In other words, finding out the association and the guards is also a legitimate reason to prove one''s own side. When gangs do things, they still rely on fighting to solve problems. ?There are more and more torch groups, and they are converging more and more towards the position of the Sea Dog Gang. Avenge the leader. Suddenly, a cry came from afar. Avenge the leader. Everyone shouted. The sound is like a wave, passing backwards layer by layer. Then, everyone held weapons and rushed forward. The brawl begins. Cries of killing and sounds of fighting. Flooding the entire area. Millicent ran out of the room and ordered the clerks to block the door. Lest yourself be affected in the melee. ?As for Wu Heng, he could only stand in the room and watch the scene happening in the distance. When the battle begins, no one can intervene. It wont stop unless one side loses. Early the next morning. The shouts of killing stopped, and the whole area was filled with the smell of blood. ?Wu Heng changed his appearance in a hidden alley and walked towards the fighting area. ?The Guards and the Association team have all arrived here. Looking at the fallen corpses in the distance and the blood on the ground. The man in the Old Barrel Tavern had a bald head and his whole body was stained red with blood. He led a few people and dragged a half-dead dwarf over. There is a scar on the dwarf''s lower lip. The bald man wiped the blood from his face and said, "We found him, he''s from the Sea Dog Gang." (End of this chapter) Chapter 413 ,funeral Chapter 413, Funeral ?The bald man pulled the dwarfs hair and raised his face upward. The face was covered with blood, and there was a centipede-shaped scar on the corner of the lower lip. I found it in the Sea Dog Gang. I am a magician with a level of ten or above. The bald man from the Old Barrel Tavern said. Everyone in the association and the guards frowned. The guard commander looked at the dwarf, "Are you sure it was this dwarf who did it?" ?The bald man glanced aside and replied, "Yes." The commander followed his gaze and saw that it happened to be where Wu Heng and Team 11 were. It seems that Old Cask and the Association have some information that he doesn''t know about. His eyes once again glanced at the chaotic scene and the workers standing in the alley. He said again: "Leave some people to clean up and move forward, and the rest will disperse. You can take this dwarf back with me. It''s really what he did. Just pay some compensation." Yes, my lord, the commander. ?The bald man turned around and said a few words. ??The old barrel thugs holding weapons gradually dispersed. The bald man also came over and said, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for your investigation. I will have someone deliver the promised bounty to the association." ?Wu Heng glanced at him, not mentioning that he was already ready to catch him. ?Just nodded and watched the bald head walking towards the guard. Take the half-dead dwarf and leave with him. Kavina asked: "What to do next?" Lets go back, the rest has nothing to do with us. Wu Heng turned around and walked out with a few people. ??Whether it''s a gang fight or Lao Tong gathering a crowd to kill. It doesnt have much to do with the association. ?These are things the Guard needs to deal with. In other words, the safety of the association members was not involved, nor did they appear on the wanted notice, and there was no legitimate reason to arrest them. ?Now, the murderer of ''McIntosh'' has been found, which can be regarded as completing the mission. ?Several people walked out of the area. Halled a carriage and returned to the association. After returning to the association. ?Team 11 returned to the lounge first, and Wu Heng also went to the deacon''s study to tell Imiro the outcome of the incident. ??Imiro didnt say much. Just said that the port will be chaotic for a period of time, and let each team strengthen the monitoring of the port. In the afternoon, McIntosh''s funeral was held. ??The coffin was placed quietly in front of the tombstone, surrounded by white flowers. Until this time. ?Only did all the forces know that McIntosh was dead, and last nights battle was related to this matter. Imiro and Wu Heng attended the funeral on behalf of the association. Not too sad, just a little emotional. A leader who had dominated the port for so many years died on his own territory in such a childish manner. The funeral is relatively simple. After completing the whole process, people talked about it in low voices and left one after another. After returning to the association together. Pick up Anderweil and go home together. The sky is getting darker. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and saw Shanara coming down cautiously. I saw you at the funeral. Shanara jumped down and said softly. I saw you too. Wu Heng took her hand and walked towards the bedroom. Pull up the hem of her skirt, Shanara raised her arms consciously. Easy to take off your nightgown. ?? Covering the important parts with his hands, he got into the quilt, "I also went to the port to take a look in the afternoon. The work there has basically stopped, and many fleets should be stranded for a few days." ??Wu Heng hugged the soft body into his arms and said: "Old Tong spent one night to wipe out the Sea Dog Gang." Shannara frowned, "So fast?" Well, its faster than I thought, basically only a few hours. It was beyond his expectation that a gang could mobilize such a large force. Even in the cities here, the roads are not as wide as in the modern world, but the streets are filled with people, and torches are connected to form a long queue. In addition to gang members, there are also more workers at the port who eat with the old barrels. ?The kind of place where you work hard. The level may not be very high, but the physical quality is definitely not bad. ??And the Sea Dog Gang, a gang that was like a mad dog, was completely wiped out overnight, snatching business from everyone. Then who will be in charge of the port in the future? Shannara continued to ask. I dont know. Now that Mackintosh is dead, its hard to say whether Old Cask can maintain its prestige in the future. Yes! I hope it wont affect the operation of the port. Shannella was worried. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Okay, it''s just a matter of changing the power management. Nothing too bad will happen." "Well, you''re right." Shanara pecked the other party''s lips. ?Wu Heng hugged her with a little force. Turn the soft body over. Shanela sat on her waist and looked at him, "You are lazy again." The initiative is in your hands today. "Hate." The two intertwined their fingers, and Shannara''s waist swayed. The next day, in the morning. Shanara left, Wu Heng had breakfast and headed to the zombie world from the study. Out of the boundary gate, this is still the managers office. Looked out the window. The cold wind howled, and the treetops and roofs were covered with white snow. The fleet that came to exchange supplies was much smaller than before. At a glance, there were only two modified off-road vehicles, which seemed to be imported. Picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked up wearing a long black down jacket and black Martin boots. Sit down aside and take out a plastic bag from his pocket. There are some gold and silver jewelry inside. The road is not easy to walk, and there are not many shelters for exchange. They are all exchanged here and there. "Let''s wait for spring." Wu Heng put away the jewelry, "What happened recently?" Qi Hancai took out another small book from his pocket, compared it and said: "The military was very satisfied with the first transaction and praised us for taking the overall situation into consideration and sharing supplies. ?Then...the second transaction is being prepared. Two machine guns and 2,000 artillery shells will be sold to us as required. The drawings will be based on the type and the price will be discussed. " In this current environment, gold is really exchanged for food. You can imagine how surprised the opponent''s base will be. ??We will definitely find ways to maintain this kind of transaction in the future. Especially in winter. ?The other side continued to prepare gold, and promised to sell them machine guns and artillery shells, which they indeed needed. Over at Treasure Island, the reward I am offering is getting higher and higher. Even if there is no thought of leaving the island, Treasure Island seems to be shrouded in a haze. It is still necessary to be careful and prepare more means of self-protection. Whats the price of the cannon and artillery shells? Wu Heng looked at the other party. It should still be based on the previous pricing in the military market. They should have discussed it and have no intention of changing it. Qi Hancai replied. Well, tell them when the time comes and we will also collect the corpse cores, and the excess can be traded. "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said: "Dong''an Village and the prison have been closed. Only a few skeletons are left there, and the personnel are placed separately at the passenger terminal and shopping mall." ?Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued, "There is also the matter of trains. We have arranged for people to investigate the road to the North Railway Station. There is no problem in driving there. But we are not sure whether any trains will be preserved." The train in the provincial area has brought a lot of inspiration to this place. Armed into a mobile fortress that can travel and trade between several cities. ? And being a train conductor is not a difficult profession to find. When I was at Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory, I rescued several train workers at the station there. Its just that its just a small stop on the way. There can''t be a train there. Wait for Qi Hancai to finish speaking. ??Wu Hengcai continued: "Let the convoy prepare. Let''s go directly to the station to have a look." "good!" Qi Hancai changed the channel on the walkie-talkie and asked people to prepare the motorcade. ??The motorcade slowly left the shopping mall and headed towards the North Station. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the passenger seat, looking at the map and asked casually: "Is there anything going on at the main station recently?" Qi Hancai held the steering wheel, thought for a moment and said: "In addition to summarizing some survival experiences, we also announced several new types of zombies." Whats there? "The second-level deformed zombies have added venom zombies. They are called drool monsters. They are characterized by spitting venom, which is highly corrosive. After corroding the skin, it will be infected. There are also wild monkeys who are more agile in their movements. Some people suspect this zombie. It evolved from evolutionary zombies. There is no definite answer yet. In the animal category, some avian aberrant zombies have been updated. The corpse core belongs to the first level, but the danger level is classified into the second level. Level 3 deformed zombies include a butcher zombie with a body length of about 4 meters and the ability to use weapons. " ?Wu Heng listened and nodded. Level 2 deformed zombies correspond to level 10, and level 3 deformed zombies correspond to level 15. As long as you are careful, there is no big problem in dealing with it under the protection of the skeleton army. Lets put it from another perspective. ??Wu Heng also believes that the corpse cores of these zombies are the ingredients for potions. If there is definite information, he will go there and kill them. Qi Hancai suddenly thought of something and added: "The main station also said that there is a kind of ghost that can control people to commit suicide. It is classified as a level four danger and there is no solution." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 414 , Ghost Notes Chapter 414, Ghost Notes Qi Hancai finished speaking. He glanced at the co-pilot carefully. In the base, there is a member who seems to have never existed, Xiaoxiao. ? is one of the earliest members to follow Wu Heng, but he has never seen this member. When I heard on the radio that ghosts could become invisible and attack people, I had some guesses in my mind. ?Wu Hengs abilities are comparable to those of the underworld. Its actually not surprising to have a ghost next to you. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly when he heard what the other party said. It seems that ghosts have also been encountered in other places. Ghosts are incorporeal and immune to physical attacks. For now, they are indeed invincible. "The ghosts you mentioned cannot be preserved in the outside world for a long time. Just don''t get close to the past." Wu Heng explained. Qi Hancai nodded, feeling certain at the same time. He really understands this aspect. ?It is more likely that the name Xiao Xiao is a ghost. The two continued to chat for a few words. The convoy began to slow down. ??There is still some distance from the North Station, and scattered zombies begin to appear in front. Charged over from a distance and was killed by the skeletons surrounding the convoy. Just stop here and let someone reload the flying dragon. Wu Heng said. "good!" ??Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie to convey the order, and also got out of the car and followed him to load iron bullets into Feilong. ?Wu Heng sat in the car and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back from a distance. There are a lot of zombies in the station, including one with a big head. Xiaoxiao pointed to the North Station lobby in the distance. ?Glenda added on the side, "There are some evolved zombies around, and it seems that they use it as a base." Station stations are generally crowded places. Its normal to have a large number of people. There is only one aberrant zombie, which is less than expected. Level 2 or Level 3? Wu Heng asked. Level 2. Xiaoxiao replied. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Xiaoxiao, continue to keep an eye on the big-headed zombie. Glenda will be on guard around you." "Yeah." Xiaoxiao agreed, and then said: "Uncle, when I go back after this, I want to see my mother." Okay, then Ill tell the skeleton to hurry up and lets get there earlier. Hey, uncle is so nice. Xiaoxiao happily circled half a circle, and then flew towards the direction of the hall. ?Glenda also flew into the sky to alert the surroundings. The two ghosts all flew out. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and asked, "How are the preparations going?" Qi Hancai''s voice came over, "Okay, we can fight at any time." ??Wu Heng patted the head of the skeleton dog beside him and said, "Go and lure the zombies over." Whoosh~! As soon as he finished speaking, the skeleton dog rushed out and started charging towards the zombie group in front. As soon as he got close to a certain distance, he attracted the attention of the zombies. ?One roar sounded, and the corpses gathered together to form a dark group of corpses, which began to chase the skeleton dogs. The skeleton dog ran back. Looking back from time to time, the running speed is getting faster and faster. ?Wu Heng looked at the gathering zombies and could vaguely see some evolved zombies mixed in the group of corpses. ?Feeling that the distance was about the same, he said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out." Hurrah hoo~! One after another, there was a hollow sound. The Skeleton Flying Dragon passed overhead and flew towards the group of corpses in the distance. Arriving above the group of corpses, the magazines were opened one after another. ? Dense iron bullets fell like a torrential rain and smashed into the group of corpses. The earth trembled, and smoke and dust rose into the sky. The streets that were full of people suddenly emptied out. Only the small drum zombies, who arrived slightly late, continued to gather on the road and rushed towards this direction. Swish swish swish~! A hail of arrows fell into the corpses in waves. A large number of zombies were covered with arrows and lay on their backs. The number of zombies was only a few hundred, dragging their broken bodies and stumbling forward. Move forward. Wu Heng ordered again. ??The army of skeletons waiting on the spot began to move together. The spear thrust forward, forming a tight phalanx and advancing neatly. Kill all the zombies rushing towards you. Proceed all the way to the North Station Hall. At this time, Xiaoxiao also flew out from inside, "Uncle, the big-headed zombie is inside, and the zombie has blocked the entrance." Following the broken glass door of the hall, you can see the scene inside. A large number of zombies blocked the door. ??Roared at the skeletons outside, but no one rushed out to attack. Behind the zombie blocking the door, stood a zombie with a big head. After Wu Heng glanced at it, he immediately looked back and said, "Fight in!" Hurrah! ?A group of spear-skeletons charged with spears. The spears instantly penetrated the zombies in the front row, causing blood and flesh to spatter. ??The zombies also fought back and started tearing apart like crazy. Kerimu, go in and kill the big-headed zombie. Kerimu quickly approached the fighting area and glanced at the big-headed zombies inside with his empty eyes. ?Hold the ground with one hand, clouds and mist fill the air. The next second, he appeared behind the big-headed zombie, slashing with a long sword in his hand. ?The huge head fell to the ground, pus and blood splattered all over the ground. The zombies blocking the door were instantly confused. Skeletons swarmed in and killed all the zombies inside. The battle is over. The skeleton began to clean the battlefield, collecting arrows all over the ground. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie, called Qi Hancai over, and walked towards the back of the station together. ?At the platform location, at the end of the rails on one side, there is a warehouse next to the Usage Workshop. After opening the heavy iron door, a familiar green train was revealed inside. ??This is not an express train like the high-speed rail, but an old-fashioned green train with a square head. Qi Hancai exclaimed: "It''s true, it''s great, our trip was not in vain." ?Wu Heng took a look and asked, "What fuel does this train use?" I asked, its fuel-burning and can be driven normally. Qi Hancai walked in and patted the car body hard. ?Wu Heng also followed in and took a look. The interior of the car was well maintained. After all, the iron door was always closed and no zombies rushed in. It can completely satisfy your own use. Occupy this area and arrange for people to modify the train. Okay, Ill make arrangements right away. Qi Hancai returned to the truck and used the radio to contact the base. ??Wu Heng began to collect corpse cores and transform the corpses outside. A total of 1 second-level corpse core and 4 first-level corpse cores were collected. The harvest is quite good. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. Let Qi Hancai drive, take him to the old factory area, and let Xiaoxiao meet her mother. I stayed in the original dormitory and taught Granda to continue to recognize the characters here and some pronunciation. At dusk, Xiaoxiao flew back again. Get back into the body and return to Treasure Island together. At the dining table. The three of them were having dinner. Anderweil said softly: "Master, the old wooden barrel sent you two hundred gold coins, saying it was a reward for investigating the case. I didn''t dare to accept it, so I asked them to leave it at the front desk of the association first." Remuneration? Lao Mutong took the entire case as his own fault. Well, they did say they would pay you, and Wei Erqi did the right thing. Anderweil continued, "By the way, Master, the deacon is also looking for you today. It''s best to go there tomorrow." Okay! Lets go there together tomorrow. Anderweil smiled and nodded. ?Minnie chewed the food and said, "Sister Wei''er screamed so loudly yesterday that she even disturbed me to sleep." Anderweil frowned, "I was in the bedroom, and you were the one who shouted okay!" As the two women spoke, they were suddenly startled. At the same time, he turned his head and looked this way. Being stared at, Wu Heng swallowed the food in his mouth and said, "If I have a chance, I''ll introduce you to him." Okay, Master, you actually did it secretly. Minnie exclaimed. Anderweil also stared and asked softly, "Do we have a wife?" No, she has a husband. The two of them widened their eyes. "Huh? No wonder you prefer Sister Wen Mansha in Luntam City." The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Anderweil and I went to the association. Let Anderweil return to the study first, while he went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked lightly on the door, opened it and walked in. Deacon, are you looking for me? Imiro took out an old rolled notebook from the space ring, "Last time you said you wanted to know the information on cultivating ghosts, I found a relevant manuscript for you, take a look and it will be useful to you. Not helpful. (End of this chapter) Chapter 415 , new skills (one update today.) Chapter 415, New Skills (Updated today.) Manuscript? ?Wu Hengs eyes lit up. When I came here last time, I mentioned to Imiro that I wanted a necromancer and the information to cultivate ghosts. At that time, I wanted to apply for some related books from the association, and I would study them slowly when the time comes. ??Now it seems that Imiro directly obtained an experimental manuscript. This kind of manuscripts record the mage''s research process and the complete process. It is a rare item among professionals in the mage system. ?Wu Heng took it and immediately thanked him, "Thank you very much, deacon. I will copy it when I get back and give it back to you." "No, it''s of no use to me, so I''ll leave it to you. You''ve advanced a level three meritorious service in advance. Just remember to make up for it." Imiro said calmly. Well, its not like I got it for free. But this kind of note is indeed worth a third-level meritorious service, something that cannot even be exchanged for meritorious service. "I got it, deacon." Wu Heng directly put the space ring away, and then remembered the payment from the old wooden barrel, and said directly: "Deacon, the old wooden barrel tavern sent me two hundred pieces of gold and silver, saying it was I was not at the association at the time, so my assistant sent the money to the front desk for helping to investigate the murderer. I didnt know what to do with the money. Investigating the murder of ''McIntosh'' was originally a task assigned by the deacon. ?If you take the money yourself, it will not comply with the association''s procedures. Its okay that no one knows about it, Im just afraid that there might be something else going on, and its easy for people to talk about it later. There are also many people who want to step down from the post of subdeacon. Imiro said directly: "You keep one hundred and give the rest to the association." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. Seeing that there was nothing else to do, he left the room directly. Return to your study room. Anderweil was sitting at her desk sorting out documents. The little owl was flying around the room, chasing the bees trapped in the room. Master, you are back! Anderweil stood up, made a cup of tea and brought it over. ?Wu Heng took it, took a sip, and sat down at his office. "Weierqi went to the front desk. Of the two hundred gold coins that Lao Cong sent, he sent one hundred to the deacon, and the rest was divided proportionately between the eleven teams." Okay. Anderweil nodded and walked out directly. ?Wu Heng took another sip of tea and took out the notes he just got. The brown outer skin is old and full of creases. After being turned over for a long time, the edges have begun to become rough. Gently stroke it, the cortex is extremely delicate, which makes people feel uncomfortable. When I took it from Imiro, I thought it was very thick. After opening it, I found that there were only a few pages, but the leather paper was thicker than normal paper pages. As you flip through this page, you can see many words, patterns, and magic formations drawn with colored pencils. There are also some instructions marked on one side of the magic circle. Including some very professional words such as array pattern, origin, incapacitation, and scope of effect. No wonder, it is said that every mage is a scholar. For these professional vocabulary, a large amount of information needs to be consulted, which is also beyond the grasp of ordinary professions. Looking at the large amount of content in the manuscript, I felt a sense of strangeness and amazement that the mages in this world can use their brains and calculations to open up the path of magic and ritual. Wu Heng came to this world and read a lot of skill books, and he could understand the meaning of the vocabulary in them. I can barely understand it. ?Wu Heng looked through it roughly. When I was about to start watching from the beginning, the door opened and Anderweil came back. ?Handed over the remaining money bag and said, "Captain Kavina refused for a while before reluctantly accepting it." ?Wu Heng put the money bag away and asked: "What do you want to eat tonight? Let Minnie prepare it in advance, and let''s improve the food." ??Andwyer smiled, sat sideways on his lap, and hung her arms on his shoulders, "Master, do you want to introduce us to a new sister tonight?" ?Wu Heng looked at her curiously, "How can you be so sure she is your sister?" "The voice is so familiar. You can come here at night, so you can guess it!" Anderweil said carefully. ?This little fox is quite smart. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Don''t worry, she''s not ready yet. Let''s wait until we have the opportunity to talk about this matter." "Okay, Master has the final say." Anderweil hesitated and caressed the other person''s cheek with one hand, "Master, will you not want us?" ?Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, not expecting that the other party would have such an idea. ?Hands his arms around the waist and tightens them tightly, "How come, Wei''er and Minnie are so good, I want to stay with them all the time." Anderweil smiled again, "The master is so kind." Return to your residence. It was exactly noon. After having lunch with Minnie, they went directly to the study on the fourth floor. Take out the manuscript and read it carefully starting from the first page. Judging from what is recorded in the book. The overall types of rituals are divided into three types. One is reconnaissance, illusion, and soul-type attacks. Each type has different ritual forms and different levels of difficulty. Rituals are not stable. After success, the shadow''s own abilities will be improved. Similarly, there is also the possibility of failure. If it fails, the ghost may become weak and need to cultivate for a long time before it can come out again. In more severe cases, mental decline may occur, and the person may even return to the form of a low-minded resentful spirit, turning into a monster that only attacks living creatures and cannot communicate with other creatures. Whats more serious is that the ghost dissipates. That is to say, dead, and the soul is gone. There is still danger! Seeing this, Wu Heng''s heart tightened. He had originally thought of improving the ghost, even if it was improved a lot, it would just result in the loss of some materials. At present, it seems that there is still a certain danger. Fortunately, I didnt try to use the ritual blindly before. Otherwise, there may really be some danger. Compared to the owner of the manuscript who used ghosts to conduct various ritual experiments, Wu Heng''s relationship with his ghosts was more like a family member. We rely on each other, even if we dont improve, its good to be able to provide detection. There is no need to upgrade. Lets try a ritual with no serious consequences first! ??Wu Heng looked at several rituals in the manuscript and the consequences of failure. Choose one, which will only weaken the ritual Spiritual Vision. Effects are not recorded above. ???Only scrawled and modified during several failed rituals, and recorded the final content of the ritual. Spiritual vision: main materials, a pair of prophet professional eyeballs (or owl eagle eyeballs), 50 grams of moon spirit sand, auxiliary materials, 5 grams of vaginal tooth grass powder, 10 ml of warlocks blood (or living creatures blood). Materials of the magic circle: blood, gold powder. Holy shit! The prophet''s eyeball. ?This start is a blast. ??Necromancers are very annoying because their rituals require organs with fixed professions. Furthermore, a ritual requires many attempts. Somewhat scary. Even if there are replaceable materials. But the professional eyeball is recorded in the front, which also represents the owner of the manuscript, and the priority is given to the prophet''s eyeball. The following materials are all alchemy and rune materials. ?Wu Heng often helps the skeleton alchemist buy materials, and he has also seen him in the shop. The warlocks blood in the back also has its own reserves. Gold powder is also enough. It actually satisfies the ritual materials. ??Moreover, what you see is the final version after the experiment by the owner of the manuscript. There is little chance of something going wrong. A thought in my mind. Two ghosts flew out. One left and one right floating in the air. ?Xiao Xiao immediately flew to the tablet aside, planning to watch cartoons. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I found a way to improve the ghost soul, and I chose a simpler ritual." Xiaoxiao floated back again and asked: "Is there any danger?" The notes say that if the ritual fails, you will be weak for a period of time. Wu Heng replied. Are you weak, or are we weak? The ghosts participating in the ritual are weak. Xiaoxiao asked again, "Is the improvement big?" "There should be a certain improvement." Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, turned around and looked over, "Aunt Glenda, do you want to be promoted?" ?Glenda thought for a moment, "I want to improve my illusion and telekinesis." Xiao Xiao clenched his fist and said, "Then I''ll be weak for a few days, so there''s nothing to be afraid of." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t worry, there will be no problem." "good." Then you come back first and Ill go out to buy materials. The two ghosts nodded and got back into the body again. ?Hello to Minnie. ?So he took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. Entered the largest alchemy materials store on the island. After a simple inquiry. The boss smiled and said: "Yes, the owl eagle''s eyeballs are a material for dispelling illusions and improving perception, but the price is higher." He breathed a sigh of relief when he heard that this kind of material was for sale. No matter what, I cant dig McIntoshs grave. Get to know each other. How much? Wu Heng asked. A piece of 120 silver. Here are two pills, wrap them with other materials, and I will take them away later. Wu Heng gave the money directly. Seeing how happy he was, the boss smiled and agreed, wrapping up all the materials he bought and handing them over. ?Wu Heng put it away, said goodbye to the boss and walked out of the store. Looking for the carriage along the road, he also took a look at the port. The port must not have been very peaceful these two days. ??Guards were arranged all around. ?Workers are also going to and from the merchant ships, carrying items. ?At this time, out of the corner of his eye, Wu Heng happened to see a figure standing on the connecting board of the ship, chatting with a steward of the business group. The man from the Old Barrel Tavern, one of the two people who was responsible for guiding Wu Heng. Are you leaving the island? ??After Mackintosh''s death, did the Old Cask Tavern break up? ??Wu Heng just glanced at it. I didnt even think of going over to say hello. A carriage passed by. Get on the carriage and rush towards the residence. Have had dinner. The sky outside the window has darkened. ?Wu Heng took out all the prepared materials. Mix blood and gold powder in a bowl, and then on the floor of the empty room, start drawing the formations required for the ceremony according to the records on the manuscript. It seems a bit cumbersome, but for Wu Heng now, it is not a difficult thing. When the last stroke is finished, the entire formation is fully formed. You can vaguely feel the aura of death emanating from it. Without too much delay, place the remaining materials in fixed positions according to their quantities accurately. Then he said: "Xiaoxiao, go in!" ?Xiao Xiao was a little worried, "Well, then I''m going in. If something happens, you have to save me." Its okay, dont worry. Wu Heng said. Granda on the side also said, "If there is a problem, just knock over the ritual materials and it will be interrupted. It will be fine." Okay! Xiaoxiao flew directly into the middle of the formation. ??As Xiao Xiao entered, the blood-colored array began to emit light visible to the naked eye, wrapping several materials in the center. Then, the material was shrouded in blood light. Smake like fine sand, turn into an energy group, and gather towards the small half of the air. The next second, Xiaoxiao and the energy group began to intertwine, like a rotating vortex. Under the gaze of Wu Heng and Glenda, the small body absorbed all the energy groups into the body. And Xiaoxiao also changed back to his original appearance. Ghost Unlocked Skill: Spiritual Vision. Succeeded. The moment he heard the prompt, Wu Heng felt happy. It was exactly the same as what I had guessed. As long as you follow the final results on the record, there will be no problems. Xiao Xiaomi floated in the air in confusion, "What next?" Its done, you can come over. Wu Heng called her back. The magic circle has expired, the blood has disappeared, leaving only some iron-black fine sand, and the shape of the magic circle can be vaguely seen. Is it done? Wu Heng saw that she was still a little confused and held out three fingers, "What is this?" Im already in the big class, okay. Can you tell me first? 3ah! Then it seems okay. Its true, uncle is really bad. Little Void crossed his arms and flew out dissatisfied. ?Glenda asked what she felt just now. Xiao Xiao was thinking about words that could express it. ??Wu Heng opened the small panel and checked out the new skills. Spiritual Vision: This spirit has the ability to detect the level and can identify the level of the unit it is looking at. Detection level? ??The skill introduction this time is really straightforward. In other words, the material emphasizes the need for eyeballs, which enhances the ability to detect levels. ?Think carefully in your mind. Can''t help but feel a little happy. In other words, once the war starts, you can use the small size to identify the level of the enemies on the battlefield. Quickly target some high-professionals hiding in the crowd. Its really good. "Uncle, where is the ability you mentioned? Why didn''t I find it?" Xiaoxiao and Glenda discussed it before flying over and asking. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Your detection ability has been strengthened. You can see other people''s levels. The method of use should be similar to your usual invisibility and appearance. Give it a try." ?Xiao Xiao nodded and tried it floating in the air. Then, his eyes gradually widened as he looked at Wu Heng and Glenda, "I saw it. Uncle''s body has red air masses, and Aunt Glenda''s is light red." "This should be the level to check. My level 15 air mass is red, and Glenda''s level 10 is light red." Wu Heng said. "Oh, can I go out and have a look?" Xiaoxiao was full of interest and joy. Go ahead, dont go to the central area. Oh, good! ?Xiao Xiao agreed and flew out directly. ??Wu Heng also carefully walked out of the room and walked towards the bedroom on the fourth floor. When hesitating whether to find a maid to rest with him. Xiaoxiao flew back. He said: "Uncle, I saw the bald uncle. They were at the port and left the port in a small boat." That bald guy from Old Cask? Well, several of them have already left. Outlying island? Lao Ketong is no longer in business? It was still midnight, so I left quietly. Let me see. Get into the body a little. A picture is shared instantly. At a secluded location outside the port, a total of six people took a small boat and prepared to leave. Under the effect of spiritual vision. ?The light clusters on these people were extremely dazzling in the dark night. Among the six people, five have light red light, one is wearing a cloak and mask, and the light on his body is unusually red. Level 15 professional. There are still strong people in the old wooden barrel. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 416 , you are so kind (please vote for me, thank you brothers.) Chapter 416, You are so kind (please vote for me..., thank you brothers.) The actions of the old barrel man made Wu Heng frown. After something happens to a leader of a force. In the event of civil strife among members, it would be a normal development process to divide the remaining resources. But they still maintained peace and chose to leave together. Its somewhat confusing. ??The old king of the Kingdom of Yeko fell into a coma. Parties began to emerge in the regime, supporting different princes. The situation in the entire kingdom began to become tense. It is strange that a gang on a pirate island is so peaceful. There is a high possibility that it is this level 15 professional. Avoided internal strife in the old wooden barrel. ??The small shared scene continues, with the members of Lao Tong rowing their boats away from the pirates. The air masses of various colors on the body are as conspicuous as light sources in the dark night. Xiaoxiao followed and flew for a distance. ?Far away in the darkness on the sea, there is a cargo ship parked. After several people approached, he threw down the rope ladder and picked them up. Then, the freighter slowly left. The man from Old Wood Barrel is gone. Left Treasure Island directly. Why? Dont want the site youve been operating for so many years anymore? Or rather, I had a premonition that something bad was going to happen to Treasure Island. I had to leave here. Think in this direction. Xiao Xiao''s joy at gaining new abilities disappeared instantly, and an inexplicable sense of tension arose in his heart. Let Xiaoxiao out again. Floating in mid-air, he said, "Yes, they ran away." Well, I just dont know why. Wu Heng put his hands behind his head and lay back again. "Maybe it was because of the death last time, and they left." Xiao Xiao analyzed. Maybe! Xiaoxiao circled half a circle in mid-air, "You go to sleep, I''m going to watch a cartoon." Go, keep your voice down when watching, so as not to disturb others. Got it! ?Xiao Xiao agreed, turned around and walked through the wall to leave. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, thinking about what had just happened before going to bed. "There is no problem with the manuscript. The remaining rituals can be used by ghosts as long as the materials are collected. It is best to separate the types of Xiao Xiao and Glenda to avoid duplication of abilities." The people in the Old Barrel Tavern left secretly. It may be because their leader is dead and they are afraid of revenge from their former opponents, or they may encounter some danger. Well... upgrade the level and speed up the research and development of the third-level potion to avoid capsizing. Currently on Treasure Island. With Imiro covering him, he is relatively safe. But the envelope is blank, the bounty is increased, and the people of the Old Barrel Tavern leave. They all give people a sense of increasing danger. You can exchange more weapons to increase your ability to respond to crises. Even a level 15 professional cannot stand up to rockets or Barrett. ?Maybe there are some rare objects and high-level props that can block it, but if you concentrate your firepower and continue to output, the props can also be destroyed. ???If you can get a missile or something, you can level a city. Modern weapons are still our own reliance. ?Thinking in my heart, sleepiness came over me and I gradually fell asleep. The next day, early morning. Uncle, get up, humans are in trouble, they still have to sleep. ??Wu Heng was awakened by the sound of chanting in his ears. When he opened his eyes, he saw Xiao Xiao floating above his head. ?Hold his arms and muttered. "Is there anything going on?" Wu Heng opened his eyes instantly and asked in a low voice. Xiaoxiao circled above her head and pointed in the direction of the next door, "I found that the aunt next door is also a high-level professional, and the color is the same as yours, uncle." next door? Aunt? Who? "Sometimes I sneak over here at night. I belong to a good-looking aunt who looks a bit stern." Xiao Xiao tried hard to explain clearly. Coming over at night? ??Shanella! The president of the largest chamber of commerce in the wood elf race, and the guards guarding his residence are not of low level. Its not surprising either. But the stern aunt that "Xiao Xiao" said made him subconsciously think of the housekeeper next to him. Let me see. Xiaoxiao got into the body and the picture was shared. ??The perspective is looking down from the roof. There are several guards standing guard in Shannara''s courtyard. Every person shines with the light of a level 10 professional. Then, a dark red figure walked out of the building. It was indeed the housekeeper. It turns out that he is a level 15 professional. No wonder he always uses honorifics when talking to anyone, and his expression is always indifferent. A level 15 professional, the deacons everywhere are not as high as her. After reading it, he released Xiaoxiao again and said, "That''s the housekeeper next door. The beautiful sister you mentioned is called ''Shanela''." I remember, what does a housekeeper do? "Well... it''s the daily management of this house, such as arranging meals, coordinating the work of employees, and so on. Minnie is our housekeeper." Wu Heng explained while getting dressed. Oh, I see. Go and call Glenda over, I have to go out later. Okay! Xiaoxiao flew away and soon flew back with Glenda. Two ghosts entered the body, and Wu Heng also went downstairs to eat. Have breakfast. ?Wu Heng rode a bicycle and carried "Anderweil" to the association. Sit in the study for a while. There was nothing to do, so I walked out of the association directly. He walked towards the Snake Emblem Consortium on the opposite side. Enter the hall. The staff of the Snake Emblem Consortium took him to the VIP room at the back. Not long after, the door opened, and the middle-aged man who had been receiving him before walked in. Slightly salute, "Good morning, guest." ??Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "Check the previously issued commission. Are there any results?" The pirate village and the investigation into the death of the old barrel leader have been very tight in the recent period. Snake Emblem Consortium has indeed not been here for a while. Okay, guest. The man took the badge and walked out directly. Not long after, the man came back again. ?Haunted the space sachet in his hand and walked in. In the open space in the middle, take out eight coffins. The man said: "Guest, there are a total of eight corpses of professionals above level 10, one flying dragon corpse, and the ''water element well'' magic building ordered last time. They have also been completed. The space is limited and there is no way to display them all." It seems that all the orders that were placed before have been released this time. Well, lets talk about these corpses first! Wu Heng said directly. The credibility of the consortium is still very good. Even if the goods come in disgraceful ways, we always have a guarantee for our customers. There are eight corpses of professionals in total, including four blacksmiths above level 10, two tanners, one alchemist, and one brewer. ?This time, I did not introduce the name, age and cause of death, but just mentioned the rank. All of them are level 10 professionals, But there are still no level 15 corpses. ?Wu Heng glanced at the coffin in front of him, nodded and said, "Okay, let''s put it away first and calculate how much balance I need to settle." The man calculated the amount and said, "You still need to pay 22 gold coins." ?Wu Heng directly took out 22 gold coins and handed them to the opponent. Then he said: Write another commission. The man was already prepared. He took out a new power of attorney from under the record book and asked, "Are you still buying the corpses of professionals?" "Hmm." Wu Heng nodded and said before the other party started writing: "This time, just fill in the corpse of a level 15 professional. The commission amount can be higher." Directly collect the corpses of level 15 professionals. ??You really dare to place an order. I was a little shocked, but still asked: "Isn''t it limited to occupation type?" No limit! "Then how much do you plan to increase the entrustment amount? I will record it for you." The man continued to ask. Increase by 50%. Increase it by half at once. The Necromancer is indeed rich. The man filled out the order form directly and stamped it with his emblem. Guest, youre ready. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Write another one. Help me collect 10 grams of dust from the spirit binding, 5 grams of aboleth''s blood, and a body of the brain-eating monster. Keep it intact. That''s it. These are all materials recorded in notes. Those items that are not available in the alchemy shop can only be purchased through the consortium. If I collect them little by little, Im afraid it wont be easy to come across them even within a few years. ??The man wrote in a flash, then stamped his emblem and stamped it. Okay, guest. Just release it then. Wu Heng continued: How can I take away the buildings and coffins I bought? I also have a space sachet in my hand. But it is not convenient to use here. Recently, the only way to obtain sachets near Treasure Island is through auctions during the front-end time. It is easy for people to infer the buyer to themselves. There may not be any danger, but its better to be careful. "I will ask someone to follow you to your residence and take out the goods." The man stood up and put the coffin away with a sachet. Okay, lets go. ??Wu Heng walked out of the consortium with a staff member. In a tavern in a coastal town somewhere. Philippa picked up the wine glass and took a sip. He looked at the bearded man opposite and said, "You just gave up your woman to him? You can''t beat him!" The bearded man took a sip from his wine glass and wiped the foam from his beard, "Fart, we won the battle, but I don''t like that kind of woman either. If the lame man likes her, I''ll give it to her." Philippa stared at him, "Really or not? You are so kind, why would you be a pirate if you join the association?" Poof~! ?Several pirates who were drinking not far away sprayed out instantly. Looking away, trying not to laugh out loud. Go to your mothers association, you are the only one who is in this association, your whole family is in this association. The bearded man scolded. Philippa was not angry and continued: "Babuqi, you have spent so many years together, and you don''t miss her at all at night? You never see her when you pass by the place where you live?" The bearded man, who had been drinking heavily a second ago, suddenly fell silent. ?Looking blankly at the top of the head. "Stop talking, let''s drink and drink. I''ll treat you to this meal. I''m different from you. I''m happy when I have money." Philippa said. The bearded man slapped the table and said, "Bring me the most expensive wine." Took two more sips. Philippa put down the wine glass and continued to ask: "Is there any new news recently?" The bearded man burped and said, "New news? The deputy deacon of Treasure Island has increased his bounty again. Does it count?" Philippa frowned, "When did it happen? Why didn''t I receive the news?" "You didn''t sleep last night, did you? Are you looking for a man? Do you prefer women or men?" I like your mother, tell me what news you have. The bearded man took another sip and said, "The bounty has been increased to 1,200 gold coins, and we have more detailed information. He always has two skeleton attendants with him, a wanderer and a warrior. They are both skeleton attendants of level 15 or above. To deal with them, you must be prepared in advance to restrict the attendants. " ?Philippa''s eyes widened a little. Why is there suddenly information about his skeleton attendant in the letter? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 417 , help me catch them Chapter 417, help me catch them "I didn''t know that every time the information was conveyed in the letter, it was very accurate and couldn''t be fake." The bearded Babuqi emphasized. ?Philippa held up the fist-sized wine glass and covered her face. Write this down in my mind. Information about the Skeleton Attendant is actually not difficult to obtain. But why was such a piece of information suddenly added? Didnt you know the strength of the other partys attendant before the envelope? Or rather, I thought that the first few pirates had not succeeded, so I wanted to give the pirates a warning and be prepared. "What? Do you still want to kill the deputy deacon?" The bearded man looked at him and asked. 1,200 gold coins, dont you want it? "I don''t think so. You may not be able to defeat him if you go there, so why bother with him." Philippa looked at him and said seriously: "I beg you, please join the association." The bearded man ignored her teasing and continued: "I have summoned two pirate groups, the leaders of which are around level 12, and plan to rob a caravan. Since you invited me to drink today, I will count you among them. Do you want to join in?" ?Philippa drank wine and looked at him suspiciously, "You can''t be the association''s spy and want to trick me into it." "Your wanted warrant will make the dog urinate before leaving after seeing it?" The bearded man stood up, waved his hand and waved his people to go out, "You pay for the drinks, see you next time." Philippa asked the vice-captain to pay, and immediately chased after him, putting his arm on the bearded shoulder, "Don''t be angry, I''ll join. What kind of caravan? Do you have any money?" Of course I have money, its enough for you. Babuqi, you are such a kind pirate. "Grass!" Put the purchased items into the open space in the courtyard. ?Wu Heng returned the consortiums space sachet to the staff who followed him. The latter saluted and left directly. ?Wu Heng put away all the items, said hello to Minnie, and went directly to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. On the other side is the old factory dormitory. ?Last time, Xiaoxiao missed her mother, so I sent her over to have a look, and then returned to Treasure Island here. Let Xiaoxiao go to see her mother, and then walked down the stairs. ??Walked to the back of the dormitory building in the old factory area. Took out all the coffins and the flying dragon corpses that they bought. Dead Corpse Battlefield was released, and all the corpses stood up, shook the pieces of flesh on their bodies, and strode aside. After the incident, Wu Heng returned to the old factory with the skeleton. As soon as he entered the courtyard, his mother, Zhao Yanqiu, walked down. "Your Majesty, what are your orders?" Zhao Yanqiu glanced at the skeleton behind him. "These four are blacksmiths and these two are leatherworkers. They will be assigned to the factory." Wu Heng pointed to the skeleton behind him. Then, he ordered the skeleton, "Follow her orders from now on." Hulala~! ?Several skeletons moved and walked to Zhao Yanqiu''s side. "Okay, I''ve written it down. Do you have any other instructions?" Zhao Yanqiu continued to ask. No, you go and do your work. "Oh well." Zhao Yanqiu left with the skeleton. ?Wu Heng sent the skeleton brewer and skeleton alchemist to the realm gate. Then take the Skeleton Dragon and go directly to the captured North Station. Just landed. Just then a survivor ran over. He lowered his voice and said, "People from the province are here and are talking to Sister Qi in the conference room." You came in the morning? The survivor said: "We just arrived, and only about ten minutes have passed." Well, Ill go take a look. The survivors nodded and continued to guard their positions. ??Wu Heng walked to the packed conference room, took out the Book of Rare Objects and Preaching, clamped it to one side, knocked on the door, and walked in. ?Sitting inside was Qi Hancai, and those near the door were Deputy Commander Liu whom I saw last time, and another bright-eyed young man. Deputy Commander Liu, we just came here and are a little late. Wu Heng walked in with a smile. The middle-aged deputy commander also stood up and said with a smile: "We have just arrived, the time is just right." After the two shook hands. Qi Hancai stood up and gave up his position. Wait for Wu Heng to sit down. The deputy commander then said: "This time we brought 30 kilograms of gold, two machine guns, two thousand rounds of artillery shells, and some drawings you need." The items being traded have been verified by both parties before. Now I say it again. Where are the drawings? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai took out a few stacks of printed drawings from the cabinet nearby. Wu Heng looked through it. The deputy commander introduced, "There are three types in total, the drawings of the Type 56 rifle, the drawings of grenades, and the structural drawings of ammunition." Wu Heng looked at them, although they were printed out. But the content is very clear, the size, style, and internal material structure are all clearly marked. At first glance, it is a standard drawing specification. ?The deputy commander smiled and said: "The drawings are considered gifts from us. After all, in dangerous times, all places have the strength to contribute and the technology to work together to tide over the difficulties." The blueprints are replicas, and given the current conditions in various shelters, nothing can be produced with the blueprints. The main station usually discloses the production methods of some weapons, but the description is not as clear as the drawings. Thank you. Wu Heng handed the drawings back to Qi Hancai, and then asked, Do you have the drawings of the cannon and the artillery shells? ?The other person frowned, "Do you need these?" Well, I hope I can exchange these drawings next time. It would be better if there are production line drawings. The deputy commander fell silent for a moment, "With the current situation, even if there are drawings, we can''t produce them. Why do we need these?" "I want my subordinates to study it. Moreover, I was also a military fan before. I am more interested in these things. I also hope that the province and district can agree." Wu Heng fiddled with the books. Okay, I will report this matter to my superiors when I get back. Well, thank you. After chatting about the exchange, the deputy commander said in a casual tone: "What are your plans for occupying this site? Is it convenient to disclose it?" I dont have any plans. Even though I saw the train you modified, I want to modify one myself. If there is danger, I can drive to you. ?The other party was stunned for a moment, then smiled and said: "Haha, if you can come, the province and district will definitely welcome you. By then, my position as deputy commander may be yours." Okay, Ill have to rely on Deputy Commander Liu to take care of me then. The future belongs to you young people. The two chatted for a while. The trade in grain has also been completed outside. ?Deputy Commander Liu didnt stay long and took the people on the train. Leave toward the distance. In a warehouse at the station. The cover was lifted, revealing the two cannons underneath. There are two types in total. One is a double-barreled cannon previously sold by the military, which can be loaded with 23mm shells. The second type is a big thing with six iron pipes in a circle, which looks like an enlarged version of the Gatling gun. ?This one is a Gatling cannon. This is new equipment? Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai. I just said that I am an arms fan, but my understanding of firearms basically comes from games such as PlayerUnknowns Battlegrounds. Heres the information. The price of this kind of machine gun has doubled. It sounds pretty powerful. ?Wu Heng took it and took a look. It was indeed much better than the original cannon. Well, its really not bad. I can continue to trade with them then. "good." ?Wu Heng put away all the machine guns and artillery shells. Continue to walk to another warehouse. In the blue shed that was built, several welders were modifying the train. The iron plate is thickened and the collision angle is installed. The appearance is also becoming more and more like the mobile fortress in the provincial area. Actually, it would be great to be able to do it to their level. Completely meet transportation and use. Listen to Qi Hancai''s introduction to some of the current situation. ??Wu Heng collected the exchanged gold and blueprints and returned to Treasure Island. Just came downstairs. Minnie said: "Master, Miss Pirate is looking for you." ?Just after walking downstairs, I paused and walked upstairs again. Walked into the radio room and looked at the skeleton investigators record book. ?Picked up the phone and said, "Philippa, are you there?" ?There was a confused voice from the other side, "Here, why do you always talk when I''m sleeping?" How can you sleep in broad daylight? There is no day or night in the cabin. Wu Heng didnt want to get entangled with her on this matter, so he asked directly: Are you looking for me? "Ah, yes, your reward is 1,200 gold coins, and the pirates also got the information of your two attendants." Philippa said. Forehead. I was not so surprised when I heard that my price had increased. He asked: "What information does the attendant have? Let me hear it." Well, there are just two skeleton servants, both above level 15. One is a rogue, the other is a warhammer warrior, and theres not much else. Its not a secret, its not a big problem. Philippa continued: "I joined a pirate fleet. There are three pirate groups in total. Come and help me capture them." (End of this chapter) Chapter 418 , rotating machine gun (an update today.) Chapter 418, Minigun (Updated today.) You joined the fleet again? Wu Heng asked curiously. Philippa said: "Yes, the target this time was a passing fleet, and someone happened to invite me, so I joined." Okay, lets talk about the strength of these three pirate groups. Wu Heng agreed directly. The eyeliner provides intelligence, and you must also actively respond to it. Otherwise, useful information will not be provided next time. On my own side, the manuscript I got from Imiro can be considered as a third-level meritorious service. Still need to pay it back. Philippa said casually: "Can the person who came in looking for me be some big pirate? The three captains are all around level 10, and the devil''s hand has not killed you. These are just small fish and shrimps." A level 10 wanted criminal has exactly three levels of merit. "Well, by the way, there is a friend of mine among the pirates. The one I told you about the woman who was snatched away last time. He introduced me. Don''t kill him then." Philippa paused slightly and added : "Moreover, you killed all three of them, but I escaped, and it''s hard to explain, so it''s better not to kill him." There are not many friends among pirates. Betrayal and struggles for power often occur on a ship. Even the captains change frequently. ?In the pirate''s concept, friends are just a foil to interests and power. But what Philippa said makes sense. Four pirate groups went to sea together, and in the end she was the only one who came back intact, which would definitely arouse the suspicion of others. Escape together to avoid attracting other attention. "Okay, then how can I identify your friend''s ship? Don''t kill the wrong one." Wu Heng agreed. The Jolly Roger is a flying fish with wings. It is easy to identify. It looks like a bearded man, quite honest. Well, I understand, where should I go to find you? Wu Heng continued to ask. "It will be on the ''Lingassar Route'' north of Scorpion Claw Island, coming from Treasure Island. It will take about a day. At noon the day after tomorrow, the cargo ship will pass by the route." Philippa said directly. ?Wu Heng took a pen and wrote down the name of the route. He took out the map again and checked the location. In the entire Emerald Sea, the distance is indeed not that far. Okay, Ill leave tomorrow morning. Hmm, when its over, dont forget to tell your deacon that I have met the three requirements for joining the Secret Whisperer, and I can join the Secret Whisperer. Filia reminded softly. ?It seems that Philippa is quite concerned about this matter. For ordinary people, joining the association is equivalent to joining the guard, and it is a guard that must be recognized by all kingdoms. Have certain privileges. Even if something happens, as long as you hide in the association, the local city hall will negotiate with the association instead of dealing with you directly. It can be said that I have a strong backer. "I remember, you will tell me about the pirate bounty again." Wu Heng mentioned his bounty again. Philippa was silent for a moment, and then said: "I also heard from other pirates that your bounty has been increased to 1,200 pieces, and the two skeleton attendants around you also conveyed general information." ??Wu Heng asked, "Didn''t any of the previous blank envelopes contain information about the skeleton attendant?" Philippa replied, "No, I suspect that the person behind it has just received the exact information from the Skeleton Attendant and sent it out in this way." Didnt you mention any other plans to ambush or assassinate me? "No, if there is any new news, I will inform you as soon as possible." Philippa said calmly. Yeah, thats okay too. The business is finished. Philippa asked again: "By the way, how is my mother''s side?" ?Wu Heng leaned on the table and replied, "It''s good. The business of the tavern is very prosperous. It should be the hottest tavern on that street." "Really or not, it must be funded by you. I don''t believe it can be done to this extent." Philippa said doubtfully, but the surprise could be heard in his tone. Funding is one aspect, and the rest is your mothers own good work. Oh, when will you bring her over to talk to me? Philippa said softly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Let''s wait until this matter is over. I''ll ask her to come over and chat with you for a while." Thank you dad, see you the day after tomorrow. "Um!" The two ended the call. Hook up the microphone again. ?Leaning on the edge of the desk, contemplating the information just received. My own bounty has increased again. After experiencing it a few times before, now I hear it has only increased by 200, but it feels a little less. The two skeleton attendants beside him were announced through blank envelopes. It is true that more information is provided to those who plan to earn this bounty, but the problem is not that big. The two skeletons around him are indeed protecting him. But it is not your own trump card. The bigger role is to be able to respond immediately in emergencies and hold back the target enemy. Time to take out a gun for yourself or open the door. No matter how powerful the enemy is, the total number of troops in the zombie world is roughly 500,000 to 600,000. Even if they are distributed in various bases, there are still tens of thousands. As long as you give yourself time to call over, you can tire the enemy to death even if you are tired. But something feels wrong. Why is the servants information updated at this time? Let Minnie and Anderweil, please be careful during this time. Thought for a while. Tear off the page on which the route was recorded and walk out of the room. Go to the next floor. ?Minnie practiced boxing with Bawudong, and her hands were filled with rising flames. As the boxer generates ''qi'', it explodes like explosive fire. Master! Minnie waved her hand. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked curiously: "The flames are controlled so well now!" "No way, just practice casually, there is no lethality." Minnie said coquettishly. I feel pretty good, at least it proves that you are very talented. "Really? Master is so kind. I feel a lot more powerful." Minnie held his arm and shook it gently. Then she noticed what she was wearing, "Master is going out? Sister Wei''er may be back soon. ! Ill go out and come back as soon as possible. Oh, okay, then well wait for you to come back for dinner. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of his residence. Call a carriage and rush to the port area. Enter the association''s port and board your ship. In the dark cabin, there are densely packed skeletons on standby, with soul fire flaring in their eye sockets. Shark teeth. Wu Heng shouted. The thick-boned skeleton Shark Tooth walked out of the cabin and stood in front of him. Sail the ship to the port of Juqian Island tonight to avoid ships and other people. I will go there tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said. Shark Tooth walked straight towards the control room. ?Wu Heng stepped off the ship and the ship started slowly. Sailed directly from the port. After Wu Heng confirmed that the ship had entered the sea, he called the carriage again and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. Supper was ready, and the two maids were sitting in the living room, waiting for him to come back. Seeing him come back, all the dinner was served. Master, what does that pirate lady want from you? Minnie asked while eating. ??Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. "He provided some information about the pirates and asked me to capture them." Ah, is she betraying her companions? Minnie looked over with wide eyes. I was originally an informant among the pirates, so how can I be considered a betrayal? Wu Heng said. Anderweil also said, "Pirates are more cruel and disorderly than robbers. They sometimes float on the sea for days or months, killing their companions or captains." "Huh? Are pirates so bad? That''s not the case in the comics." Minnie said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and explained softly, "The above are all stories written from the perspective of pirates. If you stand from the perspective of ordinary islanders, you will think that justice is still the navy, and kindness and passion are among pirates. A very scarce thing. Oh! Okay. Minnie nodded. Several people were eating together, and Wu Heng continued to tell him, "Be careful when you go out. There may be pirates on the island, collecting information from us." "Oh, okay!" Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng took a bath under the service of the two women. Then go upstairs to rest. The sky is getting darker. ?Wu Heng opened the bedroom door and saw Shanara walking over from the roof. I thought you were asleep! Shannella jumped down barefoot. Walking into the bedroom, he casually hung his coat aside. It looks coherent, as if you are returning to your own home. "I knew you would come." Wu Heng followed behind and closed the door again. Shanela sat sideways on the bed, holding one side of her skirt in her hands. The silk skirt moved up little by little, revealing her smooth and flawless legs. Soon, the hem of the skirt reached the top of her thighs, looming, and Shanara sat curled up on the bed, her beautiful eyes glaring. ??Wu Heng looked at her seemingly calmly, but her face turned red. He walked over quickly and licked his lips, "You''ve been drinking!" Today, the business group and the Treasure Island Guard organized a trip to sea, attended the banquet, and drank some. Shannara said softly. ??Wu Heng pushed her down on the bed, covered her head with her long skirt, and nudged her down her white neck. ?Continued to ask: "The United Nations has gone to sea? What are we going to do?" "Driving away pirates is organized by the island owner. Pirates have been active recently, and all business groups are very supportive of this matter." Shannara gently held his head and answered while humming softly. ?Wu Heng leaned forward lightly. One pair of legs, naturally wrapped around the waist. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Is this island owner trustworthy?" Well, its not very credible, but the business group is profit-seeking. As long as this matter is helpful to the current situation, it is natural to show support. Thats right. ?Wu Heng nodded, refocused on his current work, and stopped talking. The next day, in the morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng and the two maids gave instructions and left the residence. Find a place where there is no one. Took out the [train conductors hat] and put it directly on his head. The void on one side opened, and the ghost train stopped beside him. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and wrote [Scorpion Clamp Island] in the record book. The doors closed and the train disappeared. Half an hour after opening, the train appeared on Scorpion Claw Island. The sea breeze roared, and the sound of waves crashing against the rocks came from the port. Looking towards the port. My own ship has docked at the port. Skeletons walked up and down the deck, looking around. ?Wu Heng quickly walked over, boarded the ship, and continued to order, "Enter the ''Lingasik Navigation'' and move forward along the route." Ships sail quickly on the sea. Among the attributes of shark teeth, there are attributes related to navigation. He has strong proficiency in the control of ships, and there is no cargo on the ship, making the ship much faster. It took most of the day to drive. Xiaoxiao, who acted as a lookout, flew down from above, "Uncle, you can see a pirate ship ahead. It should be the person you are looking for." ?Wu Heng looked into the distance. Within his sight was the endless sea, and he didn''t see any ships. "I didn''t see it. Come back and I''ll take a look." Xiaoxiao got into the body and the picture was shared. On the distant sea, there were several pirate ships floating. With the function of small "spiritual vision", one can see the different levels of light of the bodies on the ship. The highest level is only level 10. Even if you cant see the pirate flag clearly, it should be the pirate fleet that Philippa mentioned. Its closer than imagined, it doesnt even take a day to sail. Put Xiaoxiao out again and let the ship continue to move forward. ?Wu Heng took out two double-barreled cannons and a rotating cannon, and selected skeletons to control them respectively. Then, continue to distribute heavy machine guns, rifles, rocket launchers and grenades to the remaining skeletons. The main thing is to have sufficient firepower and not give the opponent time to counterattack. As we get closer. The location of the pirate ship is becoming increasingly clear. There are a total of 9 pirate ships, surrounded by a severely damaged cargo ship. On the deck, there were the crew members who were barely resisting, and the pirates who were as excited as chicken blood. Just getting close. Three medium-sized speedboats were quickly approaching, each with more than 20 people on board, carrying various weapons in their hands. Looking this way, pointing, laughing and joking. It seemed as if I saw another batch of goods and took the initiative to deliver them to my door. Soon, the two sides approached. A pirate with one foot on the fence and a mouth full of yellow teeth shouted to the top: "We are from the Silver Scale Pirates, and we are here to borrow some money from you." Another person echoed and added, "It''s okay if you don''t have money. We also want the goods, and we can also help take care of your women." Hahahaha~! The pirates around him laughed together. It was as if the robbery of the cargo ship behind them had nothing to do with them, and the cargo ship in front of them had become a fat sheep waiting to be slaughtered. ??The pirates laughed, and the two magic crossbow beds on the medium-sized ship had turned around and faced this side. The rest of the pirates are also ready to board the ship. Just when we were approaching the bottom of the ship, we were about to board the ship by force. Wu Heng poked his head out from above. All the pirates were stunned for a moment, and their brows furrowed. Male, in his 20s, with black hair and black eyes. Thats the skeleton attendant next to you? Why does this person look so familiar? Treasure Island Deputy Deacon! Someone suddenly said. ?Everyone woke up immediately, doubt, surprise and disbelief flashed in their eyes. The pirate with yellow teeth immediately shouted: "Crossbow bed, kill him quickly." ?But the next second, densely packed skeleton figures holding strange instruments appeared on the edge of the ship''s deck. Cargo ships are much taller than medium-sized fast ships. ?Those things, like black iron pipes, point downward. Attack, kill him, hurry up. The pirate shouted loudly. ?The bed crossbow was raised at the maximum angle, and the others also took out their crossbows and pointed upwards. The next second, Wu Heng directed the rotating machine gun towards the Huangya pirate ship. ??Woo~! The cannon rotates rapidly, and the cannon pops out of the chamber, like a fire-breathing dragon. In the huge waves caused by the shells. ??The ship where the Yellow Fang Pirates were was shattered instantly, turning into scattered fragments among the debris that filled the sky. ?Wu Heng looked at this scene in surprise. I didnt expect the rate of fire to be so fast. ??The pirates were even more horrified, and the entire ship just disappeared from sight. Damn, what is this! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 419 , acting is really troublesome Chapter 419: Acting is really troublesome In less than half a minute, a medium-sized speedboat disappeared. There were only debris floating on the water and the flesh and blood of the remaining limbs that had been eaten by schools of fish. ??The pirates who were laughing wildly fell silent for an instant. Looking at the sea full of debris with a horrified expression. In my heart, an uncontrollable fear instantly arose. Attack, attack, kill him quickly, he has a strange thing... Ta ta ta da~! Without waiting for a reaction, the skeletons standing on the edge of the cargo ship pulled the trigger downwards. Concentrated bullets swept towards the pirates on the surrounding ships. The bullets penetrated their bodies and they fell one by one. The skeleton manipulating the cannon also began to fire. ?The cannonballs tore through the hull of the ship, and the people and the ship were all smashed to pieces. After a short period of time. The gunfire stopped, and all the pirates approaching were killed or injured. ?Several unsinked ships, the decks were covered with corpses, and blood flowed into the sea along the hulls. ?Wu Heng stood on the boat and glanced around, took out the Spine Staff, and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The gray-white halo of light instantly swung out, enveloping the surrounding ships. ??The fallen pirate corpses, the flesh and blood fell off, and the white bones stood up slowly, bending down to pick up the weapons on the ground. Forward! Wu Heng said again. Shark Tooth controlled the ship to move forward again. The newly transformed pirate skeleton controlled the medium-sized ship to guard the left and right. There are violent gunshots and sunken ships here. ??It also attracted the attention of the main pirate ships from behind. The ranger''s tamed beasts were hovering above their heads, observing the situation here. ?No one expected that the cargo ship that they thought was sent to die would actually kill all the pirates sent over in the blink of an eye. ?This scene obviously made the main pirates feel pressured. The pirates who besieged the cargo ship began to reduce their number, and more people returned to their respective pirate ships. Start to adjust the direction of the ship. Form a formation and kill the cargo ship that is rushing straight towards you. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Squeaky, squeaky? ? A bed crossbow was adjusted in direction, and arm-thick crossbow arrows etched with explosive effects were loaded onto the bed crossbow. ??Philippa stood on the deck, observing the distance from the perspective of the tame animal. Even if its not the first time we meet. ?This kind of device that can destroy ships instantly still makes people feel frightened. Its so scary. Fortunately we are one of our own. Captain, the Flame Pirates have signaled, let our ships enter the left formation and attack the incoming ships. The sailor shouted loudly from the observation deck. Philippa looked into the distance again and said: "Send a flag to say that there is something wrong with the ship. Follow us immediately." Oh, good! replied the sailor, immediately replying in semaphore, and then added: He told us to hurry up. I know, let the ship move a little further back, notify the auxiliary ship, and pay attention to the movement of the main ship later, Philippa said. Its the captain! the sailor responded and walked away quickly. The sea ship moved slowly and entered a position behind the left fleet. Continue to approach the front. Philippa looked at the oncoming ship in the distance and looked up at his pirate flag. Even the Devil''s Hand and other large pirate groups died at the hands of his own deputy deacon. Let alone the pirate groups like myself. I just hope that when the opponent fights, it wont affect my side. ????????????????????????????????????????? So as not to be seen by others later. Acting is really troublesome. Philippa walked up to the deck, took a deep breath, and said loudly as he walked, "Put on your best crossbow arrows and hit me hard to avenge the dead pirates and let them know who is the leader on the sea." ''s lion. Yes, Captain. ?All the pirates went to their positions and prepared to fight. The pirate fleet consists of two formations. One left and one right, sailing towards the oncoming ship. Make sure that the side weapons can hit the target ship at the first moment of approach. Having an advantage in terms of the number of own ships. Even if it causes some losses, it will only be the other party who loses in the end. Get ready! shouted the pirate captain. Semaphores carry messages to other ships. Just when all the pirates were getting ready and waiting to get into range. The ship on the opposite side took the lead in attacking. ?Bang bang bang~! A dull and dense explosion sounded. Countless bullets and artillery shells were fired simultaneously at the two pirate ships trying to flank them. Ammunition, such as heavy rain falling on the deck of a ship. ?The next second, the ship''s fence deck exploded intensively, and the pirates and their control equipment exploded and splashed everywhere. Boom~! Rockets trailing flames struck. The control room exploded instantly, and flames shot into the sky. ?The originally busy and noisy deck was instantly deserted, with only the rising smoke and blood flowing along the hull. ??Everyone on the pirate ship at the rear also looked at the scene in front of them in horror. All the people on the decks of the two ships were dead? But the formation of the fleet still kept moving forward. The second stage ships entered the range. ?Bang bang bang~! Dense bullets fell on the deck of the ship like a giant net. ??All the pirates were shot and fell to the ground instantly, their bodies were shot into sieves, and the deck was instantly empty. The pirates further behind began to get into trouble. The crossbow bolt was fired in a hurry, but it couldn''t reach the distance. When it flew halfway, it fell into the sea. Seeing that there is a huge gap in weapons between the two sides. The ships in the fleet began to turn around. The original formation also instantly became chaotic. The ships on Wuheng''s side sped up again. Passing among pirate ships. Skeletons on both sides, bullets kept firing downwards. The pirates died one by one, like a massacre. "Uncle, hurry up, those pirate ships are trying to escape." Xiaoxiao flew down from the sky and pointed into the distance. Several pirate ships are turning around. The ship that has traveled the furthest is Philippas Iron Barrel Pirates. Where are the other pirate leaders on our own ship? Wu Heng said something and continued to ask. Oh, theres one hiding behind there, and theres another one over there. Xiaoxiao pointed in three directions. Having the ability to see the level. Among the large crowds, high-level professionals stand out as if they were marked. No matter how dense the crowd is, high-level targets can be easily found with a small viewing angle. Of course, there are certain limitations. ??If you hide in a building, you cannot see it. There is no need to share perspective either. Looking in the direction of the little finger, he found the man dressed as the captain. Ignoring the "Flying Fish Pirate Group" who was turning around, he set up his sniper rifle and aimed at the remaining two pirate captains. Bang~! The gunfire rang out. Hit a pirate captain in the calf instantly. The whole person fell out from behind the bunker. Bang~! The second gunshot rang out, and he was hit in the forehead as he fell. His head instantly fell back and fell out. Then, continue to turn the gun. Another pirate captain, running quickly. A sliding shovel that hides directly behind the cabin. After confirming that no body parts were exposed, he quickly glanced around. When he saw the Iron Barrel Pirates and the Flying Fish Pirates far away in the distance, he gritted his teeth and said, "Trash, cowards, shit." Then I glanced at the dead bodies and wreckage all over the deck. ?Haunted loudly: "Turn around, let''s leave here, and then we''ll settle the score with those two guys." ??It was just a shout, still covered by the dense gunfire. ?Furthermore, the rest of the pirates are also running for their lives, so there is no time to listen to this. Huh~! Suddenly, a sound broke through the air. Rockets exploded directly around you. Boom~! A violent explosion sounded. ??The pirate captain''s body flew out in an instant, and rolled down several times before slowly stopping. ?While vomiting blood, he tried to take out the potion and pour it into his mouth. Bang~! The gunfire sounded again. The bullet shattered the medicine bottle and passed through the mouth. The whole body slowly fell down. Two captains died. ?The pirates became even more confused and fled in all directions. Some even jumped directly into the sea, intending to rely on the sea to avoid bullets. The skeletons started shooting bullets into the sea. At the same time, the blood attracted sea beasts and began to attack the pirates who jumped into the sea. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 420 , the omniscient one on the Emerald Sea (please vote for me.) Chapter 420, The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea (please vote for me...) ??The ship is still moving forward. Bullets cleared the pirate ships passing along the road. ?Wu Heng put away the sniper rifle in his hand, and the fighting around him gradually came to an end. When the gunfire stops. The surroundings also fell into silence. All the pirate ships drifted on the sea with the waves. The deck was pitted and covered with blood and corpses. ?Wu Heng asked Skull to drag the bodies of the two captains over and wrap them in straw mats. It was directly collected into the space ring. ??Then, he continued to release [Dead Skeleton Battlefield], and the dead pirates on the deck turned into white skeletons and stood up from the ground. Storm into the cabin and kill everyone. Hurrah! The transformed skeleton rushed into the cabin of the ship. Immediately afterwards, there was a fierce fight, and the pirates'' roars and curses. ?Wu Heng stood aside and waited for a while. ?The bodies of pirates were dragged out from under the cabin one after another. Put it on the deck. ??Wu Heng continued to release skills and transformed into a skeleton. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Glenda, who were responsible for investigating the situation, flew back together. ?Xiaoxiao pointed to the cargo ship surrounded by pirates and said, "There are still people inside." ?Glenda added, "Looking at his clothes, he''s not a pirate, he should be someone from that cargo ship." Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yes, not like a pirate." When Wu Heng arrived, there was still fighting going on here. It seems that his appearance attracted the attention of the pirates, and not all of them were killed by the pirates. Lets go over there and take a look. Well go back early after weve solved the problem. Wu Heng let the ship get closer and jumped directly onto the opposite deck. Maintaining a certain distance, he said to the cabin: "I am the deputy deacon of the Treasure Island Association. You are now safe. Come out and speak." The sound of conversation came from underneath the dim cabin. ?Wu Heng glanced sideways, and Granda, who was in the invisible state, entered the cabin directly. Flyed back soon. He lay close to his ear and whispered: "They doubt whether you are a member of the association, and some are afraid to come out." While he was talking, a well-dressed but somewhat embarrassed bearded dwarf came out carrying a crossbow. ?Looking around. His pupils contracted violently, and he was in a daze for a few seconds before he came to his senses. After adjusting, he made a dwarf salute, "Captain Leopold of the Bay Grape has met the Archdeacon." Are you a merchant ship? The merchant ship, this time transported ore and craft accessories. After transferring to Treasure Island, it will continue to the human port. The dwarf captain replied. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, now you are safe. You can leave by yourself, or you can leave with me." We will go with you, the dwarf said immediately. "Okay, let''s go check the ship. When I leave, you can follow me." Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf thanked him happily, "Thank you, Archdeacon. When we arrive at Treasure Island, I will definitely go to the association to express my gratitude." ?Wu Heng waved his hand and returned to his ship. The dwarves also called others out and rescued the wounded, while the others began to repair the ship and prepare to leave. Wait until the battle is over. Wu Heng redistributed the skeletons of each ship''s posture. After everything was taken care of, the fleet began to return. Flying Fish Pirate Ship. ?Philippa kicked open the door and shouted: "Babuqi, you are indeed a member of the **** association." In the cabin, there were several key members of the Flying Fish pirate group sitting. They were all startled when they heard the door being broken into. When he saw it was Philippa, he sat back down again. The bearded Babuqi, with an equally ugly face, said: "Don''t talk nonsense, I also lost a ship, how could it be from the association?" Then we were just about to seize the cargo ship, why did the people from the association arrive? Babuqi frowned, and a pair of eyes under his thick eyebrows looked at her suspiciously, "How did you know it was the association''s ship? When it arrived, you were still behind us." Philippa paused slightly, and immediately said: "I am a ranger, and tame animals can see each other. Please explain why the association''s ship appears there." ??????Babuqi still shook his head, "I don''t know, maybe it happened to appear. Here it is. Fart, how is it possible? It happened to appear and then rushed over without any movement. Philippa was still angry. ???Babuqi frowned and looked at her, "What do you mean, I''ve lost a lot of **** brothers, and I''m the one who snitched?" The men on both sides also looked at each other warily. ?The appearance of the people from the association was too coincidental, coupled with the recent rumors of informants. One has to wonder if there is some inside story. Philippa said: "Babuqi, of course I believe you. We have all killed people, and the association will not let us join." "Um." Philippa continued, "I mean, is there anyone in our fleet? There have been a lot of rumors recently that the association arranged spies to join the pirate group." You mean, someone in the team spread the news? While he was speaking, everyone else in the room immediately looked over. Philippa explained, "We, or the other two pirate groups, escaped with us." What do you think we should do? Kill them all, and well get half of the boat. ???Babuqi''s eyes moved slightly, then he looked at the crew behind him, nodded and said, "Okay." The next day, early morning. The fleet began to approach Treasure Island. After explaining the origins of many battle-damaged pirate ships, they slowly stopped at the port. The dwarf captain of the cargo ship once again expressed his gratitude. Wu Heng called a carriage and went directly to the association. After arriving at the association. First sent the two bodies to the morgue and explained the situation to the coroner. The procedure still needs to be carried out, not to mention that it also involves his own merits and the matter of ''Philippa'' joining the Secret Whisperers. After chatting with the coroner for a few words. Just left the morgue and went to the deacon''s study. ??Imilo The elf deacon in a purple dress was still sitting on the chair and raised his head, "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng said directly: "There was news from the pirates that the pirates planned to rob merchant ships on the ''Ling Gaisi Route''. Based on the intelligence, I killed two level three wanted criminals and rescued the people on the merchant ship." ??Imiro looked at him again in surprise and said, "Where is the body?" The body has been sent to the morgue. Imiro praised: "You did a good job, your little pirate did a good job too." Thank you, deacon. Wu Heng thanked him and continued: Deacon, this time, with the information provided by Philippa, a total of three wanted criminals with level 3 bounties were killed. "The matter about the Whisperer, right? I''ve remembered it. I will mention it to the headquarters after the autopsy process is completed." Then Id like to thank the deacon on behalf of Philippa. ??Imiro nodded and said calmly: "Tell her to continue collecting information. Once her merit and level increase, she can be arranged to work within the association." "good!" ?Stepping out of the study, Wu Heng returned to his office and study. ?Andwyer was cleaning her room all morning. Seeing Wu Heng come back safely, he also smiled happily, "Master, have you had breakfast?" Not yet. Wu Heng sat down aside. Then Ill go to the tavern and order some for you. Just keep it simple. Okay. Anderweil put down her tools and took the little owl out. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of fruit tea and sat back on the chair. Took out the space rings of the two captains he killed. ?There are a lot of items inside. Daily necessities, sundries, underwear, and a lot of gold and silver coins. ?Piracy is a high-risk profession, but it is also a profession with huge rewards. Everyone is very rich, and it is difficult for ordinary people to save an amount in a lifetime. Pile all the useless items aside and have them thrown out later. Then, his eyes fell on an old book that was taken out. "A Brief History of Pirates-The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea" (End of this chapter) Chapter 421 , Pirate King and Treasure Map Chapter 421, The Pirate King and the Treasure Map The Omniscient One of the Emerald Sea? ?Seeing the name of the book, a blank envelope that could be used to send letters to pirates flashed in his mind. The origin of the letter is unknown. But every time, the merchant ships passing through the route and the location of the pirate ships can be accurately predicted. Let pirates go to the route to rob merchant ships at an accurate time. Is this considered omniscience? ?Furthermore, Philippa also mentioned the matter of the Pirate King. ??Is there really a pirate king in this jade? Commanding pirates secretly? ?Then he is so powerful, why has he never shown up? It would be great to lead the pirates to retake the sea by himself. Think about it in your mind. I started to look through the old books in my hands. The pages were soft and floppy, giving people the feeling that they would rot if I applied a little force. During the long years of the Emerald Sea, the warriors who cruised the sea, mainly the coastal humans and the Bevera tribe, left a profound mark on this sea area. They emerged as invaders, conquerors and colonists, causing storms along the coast. ??Rogue and plundering wealth. , at the same time, the devastated countries began to unite to suppress pirates, and silent warships filled the entire sea area. ?At every location, the dried corpses of pirates or the heads of the combined fleet were hung... " Under the encirclement and suppression of the combined fleet and many high-level professionals, the rampant sea warriors began to fail or split quickly. Until the appearance of Herzl Reis, he was born in a lowly position, but he had the blood of the sea flowing through him. He is the messenger of Poseidon and can predict the appearance of enemies and the location of merchant groups. Lead the pirates and gradually balance the situation between the two sides. In Barbary Island, become the King of the Emerald Sea. " The content of the book is very long. ?Wu Heng entered a state of concentration and read it quickly. The writer''s sentences are somewhat special, describing the ferocity of pirates and their impact on surrounding residents. Also called pirates warriors and conquerors of the sea. It''s like hating their evil deeds and respecting each other''s courage. In the content, a large section describes the chaos on the Emerald Sea at that time. ??Pirates were not restricted and plundered an astonishing amount of wealth from the sea. Leading more and more people to become pirates. A vicious cycle has completely formed. ?Later on, all countries were encircling and suppressing pirates. With fleets and bounties, the unscrupulous pirates began to become prey. ?This world is not just a battle between weapons on ships. The addition of high-level professionals has caused the pirates to decline rapidly. ?At this time, Herzl Reis appeared. His characteristic is that he can know the position of fleets and caravans and navigate the sea. Finally, he was recognized as the Pirate King. There really is a pirate king! ?This made Wu Heng a little surprised. Not self-proclaimed, but really recognized by the pirates in this area. The capabilities in the description are basically the same as the message conveyed by the blank envelope. Is he still alive? "No, if he is alive, he must be pardoned or hunted down. There is no way there is no news at all." There are pirates who have inherited his abilities. ?This ability may be a rare item or prop, or it may be some ability of one''s own. Someone should have acquired this ability. Re-imitating the contents of the book and controlling the pirates. Thats not right. You act like the Pirate King. What does it have to do with me? Why do you want me wanted one after another? ?Things can probably be deduced. But the fact that he is wanted does not make sense at all. When I first came to Treasure Island, other members of the association were also killing pirates, so why did my own bounty keep rising? Turn to the last page and feel along the cover of the book. Opening the gap in the middle, a yellowed and mottled map was taken out. At the center of the map is a small island. Holy shit, treasure map! ?Although there is nothing written on it, it is written like this in the story, and it is considered a treasure map. ??Took out the chart in his hand and compared it. I looked carefully several times but couldn''t find a similar location. Not in the Emerald Sea? Or maybe its been a long time and the island has sunk. I took a photo with my tablet and put the map back into the book. After thinking about it for a moment, I felt it would be better to talk to Imiro. If this pirate king really exists and the association knows about it, it will be easier to handle. Return to the deacons study again. Knocked on the door and walked in. Facing Imiro, he said directly: "Deacon, I found this brief history of pirates from the space ring that killed the pirates. It mentioned a pirate king of the Emerald Sea." Imiro, who was on the opposite side, raised his head and glanced at the book in his hand, "I have seen this book before, and the content on it is indeed somewhat similar to the blank letter." Forehead. So to put it this way, at that time, this brief history of pirates was printed and distributed to the outside world. There is also a map. Wu Heng added. "A small island, there is one in each book." Imiro paused for a moment and continued: "There is no direct clue yet. Connect the above content with the matter of the blank envelope. You can pay attention to it as a clue. Also be careful of the other party using this method to mislead us. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly. There is no mention of blank envelopes in the book. ?The other party may also mislead the direction of the investigation by relying on this aspect of the entire incident. "clear." Keep the book and map for now, maybe you can find out something. Imiro said calmly. Okay. Wu Heng responded and left the study. Return to your study. ? Anderweil has come back, and the breakfast she bought is placed on the desk. I thought the master had gone back! Im going to the deacon. Wu Heng returned to the desk and looked at the prepared breakfast. This morning is so rich. Anderweil smiled, poured a cup of tea and brought it over, "The master has just come back, please eat more." Weier is still thoughtful. The smile on Anderweil''s face became even brighter. After finishing breakfast. ?Wu Heng sat in the study again and chatted with Anderweier. Seeing that nothing happened, he explained a few words and left the association directly. Get on the bicycle and return to your residence. Push open the courtyard door. ?Minnie is wearing a training uniform and is training various movements. Now, its not just physical training. Also added to the training of superpowers, the ability to control fire also requires regular practice. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he jumped forward while running, his whole body hanging on his body. Master, have you had breakfast? ??Wu Heng dragged the little maid whose legs were wrapped around his waist and said as he walked: "Eat at the association." Oh, how are you going out? It went very well. Is Minnie good at home? Of course you are good, you take good care of the family. ?Wu Heng tipped the little bunny girl upwards, "Well, Minnie is great." Hehe! Minnie smiled and kissed him on the neck. Go into the residence. After taking a shower in the bathroom, I went back to the bedroom and slept until after one o''clock. Go out and go downstairs. He walked directly into the radio room on the third floor, picked up the microphone, and said, "Philippa, are you there?" Soon, Philippa''s lazy voice came from the radio, "She''s sleeping!" How is it over there? Wu Heng asked. Its okay, we are leaving that sea area. Philippa replied and asked: Did you kill those two pirates? Killed, the body has been sent to the association for autopsy. Once the identity of the body is verified, the deacon will apply to the headquarters for you to join the Secret Whisperers. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 422 , set off (please ask for a monthly ticket!) Chapter 422, Departure (please vote for me!) Huh? Your association is so troublesome. Philippa complained. "Just wait for a few days. When I joined the association, I also waited for a few days." Wu Heng said. Then how many days will you wait? He recalled a little and said, "It seemed like three days. It should be about the same for you." Oh, three days is fine. After telling Philippa about the Whisperer. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "That pirate friend, I didn''t doubt you, did I?" "No, I said he tipped off the association, and we also detained some of the ships that came out with us. Now I have three ships." Philippa said proudly. Unless someone figures out the radio, it will be difficult to trace Philippa. ?Wu Heng thought about it for a moment, but he didn''t feel that there was any benefit to having more ships. Dont focus on developing a pirate group. The more people there are, the more likely problems will arise. We should focus on gathering intelligence. Philippa paused and said, "Ah, you seem to be right. After I study it and sell the boat, I can still have money to spend." ??Wu Heng didnt say much about this matter, but continued to mention the books he had obtained, Have you heard of A Brief History of Pirates? Whose history are you picking up? A book called A Brief History of Pirates, The Omniscient One on the Emerald Sea. Umwho reads pirate books? I havent read them. Sure enough, she didnt know this book. ??Wu Heng told her briefly, "The above mainly talks about a pirate king in the Emerald Sea, who can know the movements of ships on the sea." Ah..., a blank envelope! Philippa exclaimed, also thinking of the blank envelope. "I have also thought of this. You have an idea of ??this matter. Pay attention to the information." Wu Heng said directly. Okay, some old pirate groups should know some information. Ill ask about it when I get the chance. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "There is also a treasure map. I will give it to you when I have the chance to see if I can find this place." Philippa said: "Okay, the Flying Fish Pirates and I are heading to a port to rest. I will go back in two days, and you can give it to me then." "good!" Philippa continued to ask, "Where is my mother?" Ill let her talk to you next time I have a chance. Ive just returned to Treasure Island. Oh, okay, Im not in a hurry. Then lets do this for now, stay safe out there and dont make any friends with pirates. I know, goodbye dad. "Um." Hang up the phone and Wu Heng returns to the fourth floor. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?On the other side is still the mall managers office. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, footsteps sounded, and a figure in a long down jacket and Martin boots walked up. Are you looking for me? ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there nothing going on here?" Its okay, the provinces and districts continue to collect gold, and they will continue to sell us some blueprints and ammunition. Qi Hancai reported. Well, let them continue to sell some revolver cannon shells. Also, its best to bring the drawings of the cannon shells. Wu Heng said. The rotating cannon has a high rate of fire and is powerful. In less than a minute, the man and the ship were shattered. However, the consumption of ammunition is also huge. ??The last time the artillery shells were sold together with the machine guns were shot out in less than a minute. Now we have to continue to let the other party sell to us. Qi Hancai took out a small notebook from his pocket, took out the refill, and wrote it down. "Okay, I''ll write it down. I''ll contact them when I get back." ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Has the equipment for smelting gold been transported?" Its been shipped. Where is the water well? Also selected. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go there." ?The two walked out of the shopping mall and, led by Qi Hancai, walked to a courtyard behind the shopping mall. The snow in the yard was cleared, and a huge deep hole was dug in the middle. Is it OK here? Qi Hancai asked. "It should be possible. Let''s have someone smelt the gold. The liquid gold will be delivered before it cools down." Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and explained immediately. ?Wu Heng took out all the parts of the Water Element Well. Call in a large number of skeleton warriors and start assembling them. The entire well is more like a large reservoir. The stone well body is etched with complex symbols and patterns. Having had the precedent of the Bone Burial Ground and the Fire Furnace, I am very familiar with magic buildings. Keep it as assembled. Soon, several survivors walked over quickly carrying liquid gold. ?Wu Heng directed them to pour gold along the grooves and into several connecting locations. Wait until the liquid cools down. A faint magic ripple spread out instantly. The runes on the well body also began to take effect, collecting nearby water elements, gradually condensing into water droplets, and storing them in the well. Wu Heng said to ''Qi Hancai'': "The water source here is safe and can be provided for everyone to use. Remember to arrange for people to guard it. If the runes on it are destroyed or someone poisons it, it will have an impact." ??Qi Hancai heard the runes for the first time, but he also guessed the lines on them. He nodded and agreed, "Let the skeleton stay here, it will be safer." Yeah, thats okay too. Several skeletons were brought in to guard the place. The two of them walked out again. Qi Hancai continued: "The train is almost renovated. I tried to drive a certain distance and there is no problem." It took almost a week to get the train. ?The people here at the base have experience in modifying cars, and there is no problem in modifying trains. The speed is not too slow either. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Let''s arrange the manpower. Let''s go to the next city tomorrow." In the zombie world, there has been little progress during this period. Its time to take the next step. Okay, Ill get ready later. Return to the mall. Qi Hancai went to do his own business, and Wu Heng also returned to Treasure Island. Go to the next floor. Minnie, Andevil, and Shannella were sitting in the living room chatting about some interesting things that had happened recently. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs and chatted with them for a while. The skeleton chef also brought dinner. ?A few people were sitting at the dining table, chatting and eating dinner. What have you been busy with these two days? Shanara asked curiously. The association will arrange to catch pirates, Wu Heng replied. "Pirates will never be caught, don''t get tired." Shannara said softly. The concerned tone made Minnie open her eyes wide and look over in confusion. Shannara changed the topic again, "The island is gathering a second batch of fleets that are ready to go to sea. Some merchant guards and mercenaries will arrange for people to join them." ?Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and asked doubtfully: "Are you going to sea?" "No, I heard that some training is required, but compared to the guards, this team on the island has the right to arrest and search on the island." Shanara explained. Oh, Star Flower has also arranged for someone? "We all have the right to search. Other business groups have arranged people, so we can only arrange them. The competition among business groups is not as calm as you think." Shannara said helplessly. Thats right, driving away pirates is also a good thing. "Um!" How to arrange things on the island, these are all local policies. ?The association does have some rights, but it cannot meddle in these matters at will. Unless there is any conspiracy found, or there will be a huge threat. After dinner, a few people chatted in the living room for a while. Shanela left, and the three of them went back to their rooms to rest. ?Late at night, Shannara sneaked over again. The two of them hugged each other on the bed. Arent you tired from running like this every day? Wu Heng asked. Its quite exciting. Ah! Mrs. Shannara, you actually like this. I hate it, why should I call you madam at this time? The next day, zombie world. ?North Railway Station. At this time, the train is already like a moving steel fortress. The front of the car is a shiny triangular corner, and the glass of the car window is protected by horizontal welding of steel bars as thick as a finger. The body is reinforced with metal plates, and key locations are also specially reinforced. With a heavy sense of power. ? Solar panels and antennas are installed on the top, which not only provides energy but also increases signal reception. The rear of the car is even more exaggerated, with several half-meter-long steel cones welded on it. He should be afraid that the corpses would drag the rear of the car from behind. There are six carriages in total, used to carry supplies, skeletons and survivors who set out together. There are also horizontal rails welded on the roof to carry the skeleton flying dragon. ?Food and supplies were moved onto the carriages, and staff also checked the status of the train. Qi Hancai came over and said, "Everything is ready and ready to go at any time." Lets go, lets get in the car and leave early. After saying that, he took the skeleton and walked directly into the arranged carriage. Wait until all the skeletons are ready. Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie and said: "Let''s go." Amidst a rumble, the train slowly started to move. (End of this chapter) Chapter 423 , Dongcheng District Chapter 423, Dongcheng District Inside the train, the smell of welding iron and engine oil came to my face. The space inside the carriage is relatively narrow, and it is surrounded by various supplies and tools that need to be carried. ?The walls are covered with mottled metal plates, and temporarily connected pipes and wires can be seen in some places. The dim light tubes on the roof of the car emit a faint light, giving people a slightly depressing feeling. Space is given priority to skeletons and supplies, so the seating position is crowded. Qi Hancai introduced softly. The layout is good. ?Wu Heng said and sat down aside. The seats are old long green leather seats, with a fixed long table in the middle. There is also a monitor fixed on the desktop, showing the surveillance footage around the train. ?? This is outside the train, and surveillance cameras are installed to ensure that every angle is captured. ??Although I dont know how the trains in the provincial area have been modified. The modification of the train here is more complete than expected. Sitting down on the chair, Qi Hancai said directly: "If the journey goes well, it will take five hours to enter ''Anhui City Station''. If there are too many zombies, you need to stop and clean up the zombies. The outside of the train can resist zombies, but There is still the risk of derailment. Once derailed, it will be difficult for us to get back on track with our current tools. ??Wu Heng also understood what the other party meant, "When there are a lot of zombies, be prepared in advance and let the skeletons resolve the battle." Scattered zombies are not a threat to a train that has been modified to this extent. The main ones are large groups of corpses and large obstacles on the railway. As long as you pay some attention and prepare in advance, there will be no problem. ?Even though the number of skeletons carried by the train is limited, the level is still superior to that of zombies. "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, and then added: "We mentioned the occupation of the station to exchange supplies in advance on the ''Anhui City'' channel, but they didn''t believe it and their attitude was not very friendly." Wu Heng said: "When the passenger terminal market was opened to the outside world, other shelters also had the same attitude." When I and Li Yahong opened the passenger terminal, there was a burst of ridicule in all the shelters. At that time, Qi Hancai had not yet joined. When the market in the old factory area was opened, the military had already opened the market in advance, so it was easier for the survivors to accept it. Now in a new place, a similar situation occurs again. But it can also be understood. When there are zombies all over the place, the market comes from other places and the food is exchanged for gold. Normal thinking will doubt the authenticity. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows slightly, "Is there still such a thing? I never mocked you." ?Wu Heng nodded, "When we capture the station, the people in the shelters will also believe it." Well, youre right. ~! ?The train left the city, and a crash began to be heard outside. The two of them looked at the surveillance monitor on one side and could see zombies on both sides of the tracks, attracted by the sound of the train. Straight towards the train. The zombies blocking the front were smashed into pieces. ??The zombies that hit the car on both sides were also carried away by the inertia of the train. In addition to hearing a banging sound. It doesnt feel like it has any impact. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze from the monitor and paid attention to the prompts on the panel. Zombies killed by trains have no experience gain. It seems that it is not counted as a kill by oneself. It''s a pity. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked about the situation in the cab. Wu Heng opened the panel and checked his attributes. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 15 (13585/195000) Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 44, Intelligence 43, Perception 28, Charisma 29. [Experts:...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate), Swordsmanship Specialization (Basic), Staff Specialization (Intermediate)..., Arcane Special Training, Soul Knowledge,...Immortal Adaptation, Spellcasting Acceleration, Forced Concentration, Master Spellcaster , not tired of concentration. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Technique (entry level), strengthened will, soul energy induction, burst potential, spell casting acceleration, breath of dead souls, divine presence. Skills: Bone Spell,..., Breath of Death,..., Activated Object, Lightning Beam. Have a look at this time. I have indeed been slacking off a bit recently. The experience value is only 13,000, which is still a long way from 190,000. ??There are still quite a few threats in the other world. The level still needs to be improved as quickly as possible. Would you like something to drink? Qi Hancai put down the walkie-talkie and asked. Wu Heng closed the panel, "What''s there?" "Beer, drinks, mineral water." It fits the shouting in the car, mineral water! Qi Hancai opened the cabinet on the side and took out two bottles of mineral water. One bottle for two people. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Have you known each other from the beginning at the auto repair shop?" The community we live in is relatively close, and I met him when we were cleaning up zombies. "Oh, sister Yahong is really lucky." Qi Hancai was slightly envious and added: "I am also very lucky." ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Where is the next stop?" Qi Hancai looked at the map and said, "Dongjiang District Station." Dongjiang District Station. Outside the station, the window on the fifth floor of a building. ?The man wearing a black oil-stained down jacket and carrying a combat backpack was looking down with a telescope. Looking carefully at the situation on the other side. ?His face was serious and he was silent. At the back, a fire was built with miscellaneous materials. There were five people, both men and women, warming themselves while waiting for the news. "How is it? Are there many zombies?" a woman with short hair asked. The man who checked the situation said solemnly: "There are many. There are hundreds inside and outside the hall. There should be more at the station or other places." The woman covered the sun with her hands and glanced into the distance, "Is there any way to divert it away?" Its difficult, we all lurked in carefully. Once there is any big noise and there is a zombie riot outside, we may all die here. said a person from behind. If that doesnt work, lets take the expressway by car. Wait! the man holding the telescope suddenly said. ?The rest of the people immediately became nervous, extinguished the flames, and drew their weapons. "What''s wrong?" The man said in a confused tone, "All the zombies at the station rushed in, as if they were attracted by something." ?Several people came to the window and watched from a distance. A large number of zombies poured into the station like crazy. As if being attracted by something. Are there any other survivors? A voice came from the intercom, "This is the cab. We are about to enter the site ahead. You can see a lot of zombies in the site. It may be dangerous to rush through." The two chatting away turned their attention to the monitor on one side. In the scene in front of the car, you can see zombies wandering in the station in the distance. Lets not talk about a group of corpses, there are more than a hundred of them. Are you going to rush over? There should be no problem with the rails. Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng looked at the monitor and said, "Be more prudent. Inform the cab to prepare to stop and clear out the zombies here." Okay. Qi Hancai contacted the cab. The train began to slow down and came to a slow stop. The carriages opened one by one, and skeletons poured out of them, quickly forming a formation at the front of the carriage. Let the train blow its horn! ???Beep~! The deafening car horn sounded. The zombies in the distant site instantly turned their heads to look this way. ?The next second he roared and started running towards this side. ?At the same time, the zombies in the waiting room were also attracted, smashed through the glass, began to merge at the railway track, and rushed towards this side. Throw a spear, let go. Swish swish swish~! Throwing spears intensively, they were thrown out. ??He fell into the middle of the zombies with a clatter, and the zombies were pierced by spears, falling to the ground and tripping the zombies behind them. ??The zombies behind continued to roar and run wildly, crashing into the spear array. In an instant, screams and the sound of sharp weapons piercing flesh resounded throughout the area. Skeleton flying dragon, hovering from the sky. ?From time to time, he swooped down, grabbed zombies, dragged them into the sky and threw them down, knocking over several zombies. The number of skeletons he carries is not large, but he definitely has an advantage in terms of level. Zombies fell down one by one, and came up again one by one. (End of this chapter) Chapter 424 , ghosts, and this good thing Chapter 424, ghosts, and this good thing The battle is simpler than imagined. ?Zombies fell one by one, and the smell of blood filled his nostrils. Compared to cleaning up the commercial streets and central roundabouts, these numbers of zombies were not even enough for an alley at that time. Let alone what threats it can pose. Soon, the battle ended. All the zombies that came up were killed. ?Blood and severed limbs covered the entire road. After confirming that no new zombies are coming. ?Wu Heng took two steps forward and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The fallen zombies turned into skeletons and stood up, shaking off the broken flesh from the skeletons. Clean the battlefield and clear away the debris on the railway tracks. Hurrah! The skeletons began to take action, cleaning up all the scraps of meat, rags and debris on the railway tracks. The tracks have been cleared. The train continues to approach the platform ahead. ?This is a small station, with "Dongjiang District Station" written on the building. Its noon, lets get out of the car and get some fresh air before continuing on our way! Qi Hancai said. If you are on your way normally, it doesnt matter whether you stop or not. It has stopped now, and the station can also be searched. You can also take a break normally. Be breathable. After all, for safety reasons, the entire interior of the train was sealed tightly. ??As for Wu Heng, the ghosts released also flew back from different locations on both sides. Shared images come to mind. Survivors? In the picture, a survivor was found, using a walkie-talkie to convey some news to the outside world. After checking the screen. ??Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai again, "Let everyone rest and eat something. Let''s go in. There is a survivor inside. Let''s see what''s going on?" Survivor? Appeared here? Qi Hancai was stunned. I think they discovered the changes in the zombies and came here to investigate. Wu Heng explained as he walked into the building ahead with the skeleton. Qi Hancai followed behind, holding a walkie-talkie, telling everyone to rest, and then walked over. Survivors on the train should get off the train to get some air and check the condition of the train. In the waiting room. A smoking area near the window. The survivor wearing a down jacket and carrying a backpack kept talking with a walkie-talkie. Oh no, here are these trains that have been extremely modified. The body of the train is made of iron plates, and there is a collision angle on the front of the train. No, its not a human train, its a train with skeletons. Damn it, these monsters are starting to develop technology. ??The man squatted under the window, peeking his head in from time to time, and then exclaimed into the intercom. A confused voice also came from the intercom, "Calm down, what did you see? A train, what else?" The man lowered his body and explained: "A modified train came into the station. Protecting the train were a group of skeletons holding weapons and wearing armor." What skeleton? "It''s the bones in the human body. The flesh on the body is rotten and gone, that kind of skeleton." The intercom fell silent again. He then asked doubtfully: "Are you sure?" Sure, they are dangerous. I also saw a flying bone dragon. I have to leave first ~! The words have not yet finished. There was a knock on the door. The sudden sound made the man''s heart contract violently. Having dizziness and blurred vision. You come back first, lets get out of here, the station cant be used anymore. The voice of my companion came from the intercom. ?At the same time, a woman''s voice came from outside the door, "Survivor, right? We just came here, come out and have a chat!" The man shook his head to wake himself up. ?Taking a deep breath, he picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Yinghui, I love you. You don''t have to wait for me to go back." Grass, why are you so crazy? The man turned off the intercom and walked out directly. Pushing open the door of the smoking room, he saw a man and a woman standing outside, surrounded by dozens of pale skeletons. Some skeletons were wearing armor and holding cold weapons in their hands. Some were holding rifles and submachine guns. Skeleton Special Forces? Its even more surprising than the scene just now. You...are you human? ???? Qi Hancai also looked at the other party. It doesnt look like he is malnourished. Of course its a human being. Qi Hancai replied and continued: What are you doing sneakily here? ??The man immediately said: "I found zombies rushing in one direction, come and take a look at the situation." Being able to communicate normally made him feel happy. I may not die. Qi Hancai then asked: "Is your shelter nearby?" The man hesitated for a moment, then nodded. Qi Hancai looked back at Wu Heng behind him and said directly: "Okay, you can leave. We have occupied this place. If you have gold, or any special materials or tools, you can come over and exchange for food. " The man frowned and thought for a moment, "Are you from the shelter in the old factory area that I said you were coming to a few days ago?" Yes. Qi Hancai nodded. You are really here! Well, we are going to Anhui City Station. Do you have any information there? Qi Hancai crossed his arms and looked at him. The man said: "I know something, let me tell you, can you let me go?" Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows and said, "Let''s see if what you said is of any use." The man''s eyes were wandering, he thought for a moment, and then slowly said, "I heard that there are ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'', the kind that will not stop if they are haunted." Qi Hancai was stunned and frowned, "Tell me carefully." "I don''t know much. I only know that a shelter mentioned this on the radio and told everyone to be careful when approaching the station. They had already killed many people and were forced to move the original base. Later, the shelter , there is no news. Ghost? The receptionist mentioned ghosts. Is it also available here? Seeing that the woman opposite did not speak, the man asked cautiously, "Can I leave?" Know anything else? "I don''t know. If I know, I will tell you. It won''t cost me anything." The man emphasized. "Okay, go ahead and talk to your people when you go back. If you want to trade, you can contact us." The man hesitated, "We want to get a car inside." Qi Hancai glanced inside the station and said, "We didn''t see any extra locomotives. Even if there are any, they are still our spoils. If you want them, you have to exchange them with the items we need." I know, I will bring the news back. Qi Hancai continued to add, "This place will be closed for a period of time. If you have the idea of ????trading, the radio station will contact us and come here rashly. There is no way to guarantee your safety." Oh good! The man nodded and walked out carefully. Look back from time to time to confirm whether the other party has any intention of attacking you. After walking out of the gate, he took off and ran towards the distance. ?Wu Heng walked around the hall. ?Although it has been abandoned for a long time. But the infrastructure, some supermarkets, and rest rooms are still relatively intact. ?See Qi Hancai coming back. Is the person gone? Lets go. Tell him from the nearby shelter that he wants to trade with us. He can come over with gold or supplies in two days. Qi Hancai said. Well, as long as it doesnt pose any threat to us. Qi Hancai glanced at the skeleton holding a gun and said, "Unless the artillery brigade comes in, no one can threaten you." ?Wu Heng walked into the supermarket and looked at the things on the floor. "Let everyone come in and move away everything that can be eaten and used." Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and ordered to go down. ?Several survivors came in excitedly and began to search for supplies. ?Even if there is little space in the car, you have to take everything you eat and drink with you. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "What should I do at this station?" "Let the skeleton guard it first, and then we will check the situation and arrange for someone to come over." "good!" ?Wu Heng began to assign tasks to the skeletons. The rest of the people searched for supplies. After everything has been searched and the train has been checked again. Everyone got on the bus again and continued towards Anhui City Station. In the carriage. ?Wu Heng collected all the gold and silver jewelry he found from the corpse. Qi Hancai sat on the ground and said: "The man just mentioned something, saying that there are ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'', and they will not stop after being entangled. I suggest that there be ghosts in ''Anhui City Station'' Set up a market at the previous stop to avoid this ghost. ?Wu Heng was stunned. Ghost? (End of this chapter) Chapter 425 , Anhui City Station Chapter 425, Anhui City Station The ghosts called ghosts in this world are actually ghosts. At the reception desk, there was also mention of ghosts. The danger level is ranked the highest. Once discovered, the area will be set as a restricted area. The characteristic of being completely immune to physical damage is basically unsolvable in the current situation. Qi Hancai continued: "It is said that there was a survivor base close to the station before, and they came into contact with ghosts inside. After being entangled, people died. Later, there was no news about that team." Ghosts are targeting living beings, and their impact is still considerable. Ghosts are causing trouble, or they may be possessed directly and control the body to jump off the building. ??In Blackstone Town and Mining Village, the infant ghost was a type of ghost that caused trouble. ?It affects the village for a long time, making the whole village go crazy, and they also start to attack people who enter the village crazily. Do you have intelligence? Wu Heng asked. What? Qi Hancai raised his head in confusion. That man didnt say whether ghosts can communicate. Communicate with ghosts? Qi Hancais eyes opened a little wider. What is there to communicate with ghosts? Like in the movie? Light two sticks of incense, or invite a ghost to communicate? ? Various thoughts flashed through, and then he said: "The man didn''t say anything, he just heard what others said. He probably doesn''t know the specifics." Well, its okay if I dont know. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment and continued to ask, "Enter ''Anhui City Station'', or should I stop one station in advance?" "Stand at Anhui City. I have a solution for the ghost. Don''t worry about it, and don''t tell anyone else, lest everyone will be worried." "good." The train left the station. The sound once again attracted the zombies around. ?There was a sound of hitting the car body. The journey continued for more than 40 minutes. The train entered Xixiao Station. Same form as the station just now. After the two ghosts checked the situation and confirmed that there was no special danger. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and organized a team of skeletons to clean up the zombies at the front site. Wave after wave of zombies rushed over. Crash into the queue of skeletons and start fighting. The spear skeletons at this time are not compared to those low-level skeletons at the beginning. In terms of level, it has far exceeded ordinary zombies. In the fierce collision, the zombies fell to the ground piece by piece. The track ahead is paved. Wait until all the zombies are dead. There are no new zombies rushing around. ??Wu Heng jumped off the train, took the spine staff, and began to release [Dead Corpse Field]. Skeletons stood up from the pile of corpses. The body shook, and the bones made a hissing sound. ?There are obviously more zombies at this site than at the previous site. ?Standing around, you are at least close to a thousand skeletons. Clean the battlefield and clear away the debris on the railway tracks. Wu Heng ordered. All skeletons move. Start cleaning the rails and throw all useless items to both sides of the rails. The train and the army of skeletons. Continue forward and enter the station. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and Skeleton into the hall of the station. Let the survivors carry the goods that can be used in the waiting room store, continue to arrange skeletons, and guard this place. In the future, this road must remain open. It is still necessary to control the site in your own hands. After moving all the things, all the doors and windows to the outside of the station were sealed. Get on the train and keep going. The train continues to move forward. As it gets closer to the target site. Zombies rushing up around him became more frequent. ?Everyone seemed to be sitting in a long drum, with the banging sound ringing continuously. Normally a five-hour journey. It wasnt until dusk that we started to approach Anhui City Station A voice reported from the cab again, "You can see the Anhui City Station. There are a lot of zombies. Do you want to stop the car in advance?" After entering winter. The length of daylight hours will be significantly shortened. The images provided by the cameras in the car are not as clear as during the day. You can see the outline of the building inside the station, as well as a large number of wandering figures. Although it is only a vague scene. But it can be seen that the number of zombies is much more than the first two stations. Stop the car, lets prepare in advance. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai conveyed the order, and the train, which had already slowed down, slowly stopped. The car door opened, and several zombies immediately pounced on it. ??He was knocked to the ground by a group of skeletons who got out of the car, stabbed with a spear, and killed directly. "The number of skeletons is small. You go and sit in the driver''s cab. If anything happens, I will inform you directly." Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai who was accompanying him. She can''t help in the battle, and there''s nothing to do if she stays here. ?Qi Hancai was stunned and understood what the other party meant, "Okay." Tightening his down jacket, he opened the door and walked towards the cab. After others left. ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and Glenda. The two ghosts looked around curiously, and even put their heads through the roof and car body to look outside. This train is so cool. Xiaoxiao said. Glenda looked at the monitor and nodded in agreement, "To a certain extent, you do have your own development direction." At the time of the first two sites. The ghost will be released. ?However, Qi Hancai was there at the time, so the two ghosts remained invisible and had no chance to speak. Now that there is no one around, I start to sigh. Wu Heng said directly: "There is a station ahead. There is information that there is a ghost in the station. Glenda is going to find out the information about the ghost. If the opponent is strong, fly back in advance to find out the information about the zombies, their number and Pay attention to the aberrant zombies." "good." "clear." The two ghosts agreed, flew directly through the wall, and flew out. ?Wu Heng also opened the car door and got out of the car. Transform several zombie corpses that have fallen to the ground into skeletons. ??Start to organize the skeletons into a formation to prepare to deal with zombies. Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. He said hurriedly: "There is a big zombie." What about the number of zombies? Wu Heng asked. "Well, there are a lot. Not many over there, but more in the waiting room." Xiaoxiao said. Let me see! Get into your body a little, and share the picture in your mind. The number of zombies in the entire building is relatively large, at least three to four thousand. As for the deformed zombie, there is only one, a second-level large zombie. Let Xiaoxiao out again. He asked her to stay with him as a warning, and after waiting for a while, Glenda still didn''t come back. I dont plan to wait any longer. Took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Horn." ??Woo~! The melodious whistle sounded. ?At the same time, the headlights of the train also shined forward, brightly illuminating the sight ahead. ??The zombies in the station in the distance were instantly attracted by the sound of the whistle here, and instantly turned their heads to look this way, roaring one after another. started to run over. Immediately afterwards, there was the sound of glass breaking. More zombies broke through the glass door of the entrance. He jumped off the platform and formed a dense group of corpses, rushing towards this side. Like a torrent coming along the railroad tracks. Throw the spear, let go! Swish swish swish~! One iron spear after another was thrown directly into the sky. A large number of zombies had their bodies penetrated and were nailed to the ground. The group of corpses behind them stumbled and fell. Keep playing~! Then the second batch and the third batch of iron spears continued to fall into the group of corpses from above their heads. Continuously killing the corpses. When the zombies approached, Wu Heng released a [Bone Armor] for himself, and then continued: "Spear formation, move forward." Hurrah! The skeleton''s body is in a half-squat. Densely packed spears thrust out in layers. ?Then, the corpse group rushed into the spear array without fear. ??The sound of sharp weapons piercing frozen flesh, the roar of zombies, and the sound of clawing at leather armor filled the entire area. ??Sharp teeth and sore teeth. Then, the skeleton flying dragon hovered in the sky. ??From time to time, he would grab zombies and throw them down from the sky, knocking over more zombies. ??Although there are more zombies than skeletons. ?But it still couldnt break through the defense line set up by the skeletons. Even if it means letting the spear formation take half a step back. Uncle, that big guy is coming over. A small voice sounded from my ears. ?Wu Heng looked forward. Then he saw a large zombie charging towards him, roaring like a mad bull. All the zombies in front of him were knocked away, and a path was forcibly opened up. ??Wu Heng glanced at his side and said, "Kerimu, go kill that large zombie and don''t let it get close to here." ?Keranmu held the long sword in his hand, tapped his feet lightly, and rushed out. ??As he approached the front row of the skeleton queue, a large zombie also bumped into him. Cloud and Mistrelease. Keranmus figure disappeared instantly. The next second, he appeared behind the running big man. ?The long sword in his hand slashed horizontally, poof~, the sound of the sharp blade cutting through flesh and blood was heard, and the huge forehead fell to the ground. The zombie''s body continued to stagger forward for a few steps. Fell to the ground with a thud. ?Keranmu swung the long sword in his hand again, killing all the ordinary zombies that came over. ? ?The figure retreated little by little into the queue of skeletons behind. train. The survivors who were accompanying them opened their eyes wide and looked at the monitor in surprise. Under the headlights of the train. ?Everyone could see clearly that the skeleton that looked like a knight holding a sword appeared out of thin air behind the deformed zombie. Furthermore, the level 2 deformed zombie was killed with one sword. How did it appear? Flash, holy shit, it will flash. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 426 , ghost (please vote for me.) Chapter 426, Ghost (please vote for me...) Skeletons can also awaken supernatural powers? The kings skeleton can also have supernatural powers. Level 2 deformed zombies can be killed instantly. Your Majesty, this is so powerful. Yeah, its amazing. In different carriages, there were heated discussions. Skeletons can also use powers. ?The idea that human beings collective abilities depend on genes will be overturned. Skeletons do not have any cells or genes. The bone marrow is pretty much the same. In the cab, Qi Hancai and the driver also looked at this scene in horror. Different from others by monitoring. They saw the fighting outside through glass and iron bars. The skeleton that follows Da every day and is not that tall is actually so powerful. Level 2 deformed zombies can be killed in seconds with just one strike. Qi Hancai remembered that he had to make some preparations before killing the second-level deformed zombies. Now, its easier than killing a chicken. Sister Qi, that skeleton is too powerful. What kind of ability is that? Why did it suddenly pass? The two pilots asked in low voices. Qi Hancai still looked outside and whispered: "This matter is not allowed to be spread outside. If you see it, you will keep it in your heart. I will also tell others." Oh, I understand. The two replied. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze. He glanced at the skeleton guards assigned to him again. I dont know if I have any special abilities. ?Judging from the bones and height, there shouldnt be much difference. Then he looked at his figure along the collar of the down jacket. Its no worse than Li Yahong. The battle on the main battlefield continues. A large number of zombies fell to the ground, gradually forming a pile of corpses. Push forward. Wu Heng shouted directly. There was a sound of bones and armor rubbing against each other. The defensive skeleton stood up straight. Holding a spear, he began to move forward slowly. ?Like an iron wall covered with spikes, pushing the zombies backwards. ??The zombies kept falling down like wheat. Under the dazzling light, there was a **** red glow. The skeleton army trampled on the corpses everywhere and advanced until they were outside the station before stopping. The group of corpses have all been killed. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to pick out the corpses of the second-level deformed zombies and evolved zombies. The [Bone Skeleton Technique] was released, and several skeletons stood out from the corpses. Continue to dig through the minced meat and find a second-level corpse core and three first-level corpse cores. After putting it away. Continue to face the skeleton army and release [Bone Transplantation]. The damaged skeleton will walk close to the corpse on the ground. Tear off the corresponding parts and press them on yourself. Wait until the original skeleton completes the body. Then the [Dead Skeleton Field] was released, and skeletons climbed up from the ground. Clear the track. Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The harsh sound of bone friction sounded. The skeletons on standby all took action to clean up the scraps of meat, clothing, suitcases, backpacks and other debris blocked in front. Large items such as ??? were cleared away and the train restarted. Press the minced meat along the road and slowly enter the site. Outside the site. Get me a flashlight. Wu Heng told the walkie-talkie. Qi Hancai got off the train, and a bright flashlight was sent over, reminding him: "There are still ghosts inside." "Well, I will remember it. You go back first, and I will inform you after the ghosts are dealt with." "Wu Heng took the flashlight, turned it on and off twice and tried it. I have changed my space ring several times and put my flashlight in the drawer of Treasure Islands bedroom. I didnt take it with me. "Okay, I''ll get the train ready. If it''s difficult to deal with, just run out. Let''s get out of here first." Qi Hancai said directly. "good!" ??Qi Hancai returned to the car, and Wu Heng also followed "It should be inside. You go back first. When the matter is resolved, I will notify you before you come down." Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, then said: "I''ll get the car ready. If things don''t go well, come back quickly and we''ll leave directly by train." Okay! Wu Heng agreed, and Qi Hancai returned to the train. ?With a flashlight on, we entered the waiting hall directly. Face to face, Xiaoxiao also flew over, with an anxious tone, "Aunt Glenda has caught a ghost, over there, hurry up." There really are ghosts. somewhere? Its on the second floor. There are stairs over there. Xiaoxiao pointed to one side. ?Wu Heng quickly went upstairs with a flashlight, and the light of the flashlight swept away. Then he saw Glenda in the shop on one side, and another ghost with a translucent body, disheveled hair, and a ferocious face. Baring teeth and claws, roaring non-stop. But his body seemed to be wrapped in an invisible force, and he could not leave his position no matter how hard he was hit. This is one of Glenda''s abilities, called Soul Binding. Can impose a confinement effect on the soul target, restricting the ability to move. When she was in Luntam City, Glenda used this ability to trap Xiaoxiao who was investigating the situation in the basement. When Wu Heng passed by, he released her. After seeing the situation clearly. Throw [Dancing Light Technique] casually, and the chandelier hanging above your head will illuminate the location. ?Then he walked over quickly, and Glenda also flew towards him, "The low-level ghosts who cannot communicate only retain the instinct to attack living creatures." Well, where did you find it? Wu Heng asked. "Right here, control her directly." Glenda glanced at the crazy ghost again, "How do you want to deal with it?" Just absorb it directly. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded, "Okay." ?Xiaoxiao hid behind Wu Heng''s shoulder and asked curiously: "What absorption?" One of the ways to improve the ghosts is the absorption of each other. Wu Heng explained. This point has some records in the Book of the Dead and the mages'' manuscripts. By devouring and absorbing each other, the ghosts can obtain each other''s energy or inherit their power. But I dont know how. Xiaoxiao said. Ill let your Aunt Glenda teach you. Just follow along and youll be good. Oh, okay! ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghost and asked, "Xiao Xiao, look at how many levels it has." ?Xiao Xiao stared at it and said, "It''s very close to level 5." Then just absorb it, Glenda will take care of you a little bit. Wu Heng explained. Okay! Glenda nodded in agreement. The power of restraint is removed, and the ghost is instantly freed. Ignoring Granda, he rushed directly towards Wu Heng''s position. ?Glenda stood in the middle and flew towards the other side. The two ghosts collided together, like whirlpools that were separated, and began to entangle. ?At the same time, a voice came, "Xiao Xiao, come here quickly." ?Xiao Xiao glanced at Wu Heng and said, "Uncle, please save me if you are in danger." After saying that, he also rushed forward. Then, three groups of energy are entangled together. It can be seen that two of them are constantly dividing one of them. It went on like this for about 10 minutes. The ghost is separated from the whirlpool. The ghost has been upgraded to level 7, Constitution +2, Perception +1, Charisma +1. Ghost is upgraded to level 11, constitution +1, intelligence +1. It has indeed been upgraded. (End of this chapter) Chapter 427 , mother and daughter meet (first update.) Chapter 427, mother and daughter meet (first update.) Upgraded. Absorbing other ghosts is indeed the most convenient way to upgrade. ?Xiao Xiao has been promoted by two levels, and Granda has also been promoted by one level. Attributes have been improved. But no other abilities are unlocked. The book says that the ghost''s original abilities will be inherited, but it seems that he has not. How do you feel? Very good. Xiaoxiao replied. ?Glenda also nodded with satisfaction, saying that she felt good too. ?Xiao Xiao thought for a moment and said, "After that, when we meet other ghosts and absorb them, will our level become higher and higher?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and felt that he couldn''t just absorb ghosts. After all, some people also have intelligence, and apart from not having a body, they are not much different from living beings. "For the sake of humanitarianism, if the ghost retains its sanity and can communicate normally, as long as it has not done any bad things, we can talk to it. If it is just a low-quality ghost like just now and is a bad ghost who goes around killing people, we can talk to it. Normal absorption." Hearing the necromancer bring up a humanitarian idea, Glenda only felt a little funny. Xiaoxiao emphasized coquettishly, "Except for you, uncle, I have never harmed anyone else." You have no chance! ?Xiao Xiao raised her head and did not look at him, "I work very hard to help uncle." "Well, that''s right. Then I forgive you. Xiaoxiao is still a good boy." Of course! Dealing with ghosts is easier than imagined. With Glenda''s ability, the ghost cannot move even if it wants to. Furthermore, after the ghosts absorb each other, the level improvement is also obvious. The ghost who was less than level 5 allowed Glenda, who was level 10, to move up one level, and Xiaoxiao also moved up two levels. Obviously it is not allocated according to experience value. At that time, you can also pay special attention to some ghost affairs to improve the ghosts. The matter is over. ??Wu Heng continued: "Check around again. If there is no danger, I can let the survivors in." The two ghosts nodded and immediately separated and took a circle from both sides. Coming back again means that there is no more danger. ?Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie and said, "There is no danger inside. Let everyone come in." "receive!" Soon, Qi Hancai walked in first. Looking around cautiously, he saw Wu Heng coming down from the second floor with the skeleton. Then he waved behind him. Immediately afterwards, the accompanying survivors walked in quickly. Slender wires were stretched from the train to the waiting room, and the light bulbs lit up one by one. Light up the dark space. Then the equipment is assembled, the broken doors and windows are sealed with wooden boards, and the steel bars are welded. Another group of people connected the welding and cutting machines and began to weld and sharpen the steel pipes and spearheads that were delivered. Everyone, as if rehearsed. Entered working status instantly. Qi Hancai explained a few words and then walked over, "It''s still a while before dawn. Let''s go back to the car and rest for a while." No, Ill look around. "Let''s take a rest. We didn''t do anything along the way. You''ll have a rest. If anything happens, I''ll call you again." Qi Hancai pulled him and walked towards the train. ?Wu Heng did not refuse anymore and let the two ghosts stare at the spot. He returned to the carriage. Lying on a fixed bench, covered with a bearskin, he closed his eyes and squinted for a while. ~! I dont know how long I slept, but there was a knock on the door outside. Then, Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in, putting the basin aside, "How was your rest last night? The conditions in the car were a bit worse." ?Wu Heng shook his stiff neck and said, "It''s not bad." Wash your face, the conditions are a bit bad, so be careful. Qi Hancai said softly. Thank you! Wu Heng simply washed his face and then wiped it dry. Then he sat down from the table, took out some food from the space ring, and gave one to Qi Hancai. ?Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows slightly and sat down opposite. ?Picked up a piece of pizza-like food and put it in his mouth to taste it. When he tasted the taste of meat and seafood, his eyes instantly brightened and his face showed an expression of surprise. In the current situation, you can also find canned meat or sealed meat in some supermarkets. But it is absolutely impossible to achieve this taste. ?Originally, I wanted to be reserved and pay attention to my image, but I still couldn''t resist the smell of this food and started to wolf it down. Slow down, theres not enough to eat. I still have some here. Wu Heng poured her a glass of water. Qi Hancai was a little embarrassed, "It''s enough to eat, but I didn''t expect it to be so delicious." If I have a chance, Ill bring you some more. Qi Hancai swallowed and asked again, "Did you do it?" Someone else did it. "oh oh." After breakfast, the two of them got out of the carriage. Walked into the waiting room. ?The doors and windows with broken glass were all sealed up, and the debris in the hall was also removed and piled in the corner. Even after simple cleaning, clear claw marks and blood stains can still be seen on the walls and surrounding areas. Survivors, adjustments have been made. ?Only a small number of people are still working hard, and the rest return to the car to rest. "More than a hundred iron spears have been produced. We will continue to increase production in the future. We also had people inspect the outside of the station. There are zombies on the road, which is similar to what we encountered before." Qi Hancai followed behind, Introducing softly. Wu Heng said: "Let people prepare and clean up the surrounding zombies when the time comes." Understood! Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. ??Wu Heng ordered the skeletons to move all these weapons outside and distribute them to the newly transformed skeleton warriors yesterday. About half an hour later. The survivors are ready. ??Wu Heng and his army of skeletons formed a spear formation outside the train station and waited silently. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back one after another. They are all ordinary zombies, there is no danger at all! There are no strange rotting corpses here. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Pick up the walkie-talkie and ask, "Is the Skeleton Dragon ready?" Qi Hancai replied, Ready. ??This time I did not bring the Skeleton Hound. He took the spear of a skeleton warrior next to him and said, "Attract the zombies. If they find them, run back." The skeleton warrior squeezed out of the queue. ? ? Walk towards the location of the zombies in front of the road. There is still some distance to go. The wandering zombies turned their heads and looked this way, and the roar spread instantly. The skeleton turned and ran backwards. ??The zombies also boiled like a frying pan, gathering into a tide of zombies and chasing after them. Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, and dense iron bullets smashed into the corpses like a torrential rain. ?Thick smoke rose and the streets emptied out in an instant. The spear array continued to advance and cleared away all the remaining zombies. Level: 15 (32785/195000) ?Wu Heng looked at his skyrocketing experience points. A hint of joy appeared on his face. It''s still an undeveloped place. In the original city, there was no experience value that could be increased so much. Furthermore, fighting on this kind of road is more convenient than on railway tracks. There is no need to worry about damaging the railway tracks, you can directly use the flying dragons for bombing. ??There is still a feeling of killing monsters when playing games. ??It''s the smell of corpses rushing towards you, but it''s not as relaxing as sitting in front of a computer. At noon, the battle ended. A large number of skeletons have entered a standby state. Clean the battlefield and drag over the corpses of evolved zombies. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton immediately took action and began to clean up the battlefield. ?At the same time, the corpses of several evolved zombies were also dragged to Wu Heng. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and the skeletons stand up one after another. From the corpse, five first-level corpse cores were also found and collected directly. Then, continue along the road to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A large number of skeletons stood up, swaying their bodies, and walked into the queue of skeletons. Soon, the number of skeletons approached more than 30,000. ??The area is already densely packed. Finish cleaning up the surrounding zombies. ??Wu Heng led the army and returned to the station. Looking at the tens of thousands of skeleton troops behind them, the survivors who were responsible for making weapons all had bitter expressions on their faces. Let alone working all night, even if several machines are operating at the same time, it will be difficult to arm these skeletons. Qi Hancai walked over and said, "The train will go back today to bring new supplies. Is there anything you need to bring here?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Bring some high-level skeletons, and you can arrange the rest." The railway is open, so its only a few hours away. It is no slower than going from the old factory area to the county passenger terminal. "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "We have opened a lounge upstairs. You can see which one suits you." ?Wu Heng followed him upstairs and took a look at the room. Choose the innermost one, "Just this one. When I''m not out, if you have anything to say to the big-headed skeleton, he will help you move the skeletons and don''t let anyone enter my room." Understood, when you have a good rest, I will report the information here to you. ?Wu Heng nodded and placed two skeletons guarding the door. ?Him himself entered the room. Looked around the room. Opened the gate and walked in directly. Treasure Island, the sky is still sunny. ?Wu Heng took off his down jacket and put it in a cabinet nearby. At this time, the difference in weather between the two sides is getting bigger and bigger. Send the obtained corpse core to the alchemy laboratory, and get two bottles of second-level corpse core potion and five bottles of first-level corpse core potion from the finished cabinet shelf on the side. ?Wu Heng took a look and found that among the second-level corpse core potion, there was a bottle of [highly effective intelligence-enhancing potion]. Open it casually and drink it directly. ??A stinging pain came from his head and disappeared quickly. Intelligence +1.????Sure enough. The effect of the second-level medicine has been reduced to this. This is getting worse and worse. Packed everything else up and walked out of the room. Walking towards the downstairs. Mini is cleaning the room on the first floor. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he said hello, and then said: "Master, the pirate lady has sent news again and is looking for you." Philippa? Okay, Minnie will prepare some bath water. Okay, Master. Minnie agreed and immediately went to prepare. ?Wu Heng went up to the third floor again. Enter the radio room, picked up the notebook on the table and took a look. There is a record of finding yourself on it. Picked up the phone and asked directly: "Philippa, are you looking for me?" Soon, Philippa''s voice came from the other side, "Ah, our fleet is approaching Crab Claw Island, do you want to come over?" ?Last time, the other party provided intelligence, and Wu Heng also killed two wanted criminals. He promised to bring her some supplies. ?At that time, Philippa was leaving this area with his fleet and did not see it. It seems that I have rushed back in the past two days. When can you arrive? Almost, we can arrive before dusk. Do you want to come and deliver supplies to me? I will go there then. Well, bring me some more, the seafood soup from the tavern in front of the association, I like to eat theirs. Okay, I know. See you in the evening. Simply confirmed the meeting time. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and entered the bathroom to take a shower. Pillow on the edge of the tub. Thinking about the next plan. The Zombie World has arrived at Anhui City, and the upgrades will continue, as well as the looting of gold shops in the city. As for Treasure Island, we need to increase the purchase of grain to meet the needs of exchange among several regions. There is also the development of level three corpse cores. Three goals, upgrade to level 18, increase the amount of supplies purchased, and research and develop corpse cores. ?Wu Heng said something and stood up from the bathtub. Get dressed and walked out directly. ?Hello to Minnie and walked out of the residence. Take Kerinmu to the outside of the city, and board the train in a deserted place [Conductors Hat]. Then, the train disappeared. More than forty minutes later. The train arrives at Crab Claw Island. Looking towards the port, you can see three ships flying pirate flags with iron barrels. Arrived quite quickly. ?Wu Heng glanced and walked directly towards the center. ?In front of a stone house, a green-feathered parrot stood on the roof, looking at him with wide eyes. ?Wu Heng walked into the room. They saw Philippa sitting on an old wooden box, crossing her arms and shaking her legs. ?Seeing him come in, I was stunned for a moment, then showed joy, "Dad...subdeacon." Changed his words midway, almost biting his tongue. ?Wu Heng looked at her and asked directly: "How long will the fleet stay?" I will stay on the island for one night and leave tomorrow morning. Philippa replied. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out a beige cloak from the space ring and handed it to her, "Put it on and follow me." Philippa looked puzzled, but she obeyed and put on her cloak, covering her head and body in the cloak. Follow me. The two of them walked out of the door, and the green-feathered parrot also flew down. ?Wu Heng glanced at the parrot and said, "This parrot can''t follow. It''s too obvious. Let''s let it go back to the boat first." "Silly bird, go back and don''t tell others what''s going on here. If I know you''re talking nonsense, I''ll stew you." Philippa warned. ??The parrot flew back to the roof and shouted in a high voice, "Captain Stupid Bird, you are so lewd." "I''ll beat you to death." Philippa raised his hand to make a beating gesture, and then said, "Come back and bring you delicious food so that you can be full." Praise the captain. Philippa turned around again and said, "It''s okay, he just talks to me and won''t talk nonsense." ?Wu Heng didnt say much. He put on the train conductors hat again, and a ghost train appeared in front of him. After boarding, after filling in two people among the accompanying persons, Kerinmu walked up. ??Philippa also widened her eyes and followed her carefully into the car. Then, the car door slammed shut. The train plunges into the void. Arrived at Treasure Island. ?Philippa got out of the car, his eyes still wide and blank. After a few seconds, he asked: "Where is this?" Treasure Island, Ill take you to see your mother. Wu Heng changed his appearance and walked towards the city. Philippa quickly followed up and exclaimed, "Are you crazy? I am still a pirate. I was caught and found out, wasn''t it exposed?" Then stop talking and put those dreadlocks of yours back into your hood. ?Philippa curled her lips, tightened her hood, and followed behind. Enter the city and go to Beacon Street. When passing through a port location. Not far away, high-pitched voices came from the crowd. Look up and look to one side. I saw a young man with an upright posture, brown hair and eyes closed, standing on the wooden box, holding his head high and talking loudly. They are greedy plunderers, destroying the peace of countless families and threatening our maritime rights and interests! We stand here for justice and to protect our homeland and people! We cannot let these pirates continue to be at large! We want them to know that we are invincible! We have firm beliefs and fearless courage! We will unite and move forward bravely! Completely eliminate these villains and hang their bodies in the port. There was applause from the crowd of spectators. There were even many women gathered together, looking at the figure in front of them with admiration on their faces. ?Like modern star-chasing fans. What are you doing? Wu Heng pulled the man aside, winked at him, and then asked. ??The man trembled, took a step back, and said, "The newly formed United Guards, this is the new commander." New leader? Ever since the island owner returned, there has been a feeling of chaos on the island. There is no actual attempt to catch pirates, but there are many various actions. Oh, thank you! Wu Heng thanked him and turned to leave. Philippa looked at the large number of guards around him and subconsciously hugged his arm tightly. Follow closely. The man giving the speech glanced away from the two of them. He frowned slightly. Nautilus Tavern. ?At this time, there were many people in the tavern. Basically every table is full of guests, and there are even customers queuing up at the door. Among the taverns that do not provide meat business, Nautilus is considered the best one. ?Millison stood at the counter, chatting with the customers. ? He ??glanced at the door and glanced upstairs. ?Wu Heng took ''Philippa'' directly upstairs and entered the innermost room. Close the door. Philippa took off her hood and exclaimed: "You built a tavern for her? No, you treat her better than me." ??Wu Heng also took off his veil and said, "The money I gave you is enough to open more than ten taverns like this." "How can that be the same? I work hard outside." Philippa said forcefully. Okay, the tavern will be closed tomorrow, and Ill give you the money to buy a boat. "Huh? Hey, I was joking." Philippa chuckled and explained immediately. On the radio, every time after giving information, you have to ask about Millicent. That means being tough-talking, always saying that he doesn''t care, or making some nasty remarks among pirates. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. ?The door opened and Millicent walked in carrying wine and food. When his eyes fell on Philippa, his movements paused slightly, and then he showed joy, "Philippa." Put the food and wine aside. Step forward quickly and hold his daughter in his arms. Philippa''s head was buried in her chest, she raised her head and took a breath, and said: "Millicent, you want to suffocate me to death." Millicent let her go, looked her up and down, and said, "She''s tanned. She''s much better than before. She looks more and more like a girl." Philippa before was like a malnourished tomboy. Now I not only look good, but my body is getting plumper and has a tendency to develop in the direction of Millicent. Its just that my skin is a little tanned from being at sea for a long time. "What are you talking about? I am originally a woman." Philippa pushed her away, then tilted her head to Wu Heng, "He brought me to see you." Millicent also reacted immediately, walked over and knelt down, "Thank you, Archdeacon, for taking care of Philippa." Get up, I told you not to do this, just talk normally. Wu Heng said. Millicent stood up slowly, "Thank you, sir." You guys talk slowly, Philippa is not in a hurry to leave tonight. Port location. The young man who finished his speech jumped down from the wooden box. Smile and wave goodbye to the people around you. Getting on a carriage, escorted by the guards, they left towards the distance. Having traveled halfway. A man dressed as a thief boarded the carriage from the roadside and said softly: "My lord, he went to the Nautilus Tavern." Tavern? "Yes, and he also entered the tavern owner''s room. It looks familiar." said the thief. The young man continued to ask: "Is the boss male or female?" Female? Looks good. "lover?" Go to the city hall and find out who bought this tavern. The young man thought for a moment and said. "OK." The man continued to add, "By the way, when I was giving a speech, there was a red-haired woman down there. It would be nice to check who is in her family." Understood, my lord. (End of this chapter) Chapter 428 , you are too excited Chapter 428, you are too excited Nautilus Tavern. Millicent took Philippa and sat on the edge of the bed, asking about her recent life, how she was eating and wearing, and how she should be more honest outside. Philippa''s side, after listening to a few words at the beginning. He started to get a little impatient, scratching his left and right eyes. Wu Heng also gave her instructions when she came over. Don''t talk too much about pirates to Millicent. After all, Millicent has just become a professional and came out of the village. Its hard to say what anyone will find out from the investigation. ?Philippa also remembered these things and did not mention the specific details during the chat. I was really tired of hearing it, so I waved my hand and said, "Okay, okay, I''ll remember it." Millicent said nothing more. The biggest reason why the mother and daughter were able to get out of prison was that Philippa still had some value. Otherwise, I am afraid that I will be executed together with all the pirates. After finishing the chat, his eyes fell on Wu Heng again. My lord, Philippa has caused you trouble, Millicent said again. Philippa does a good job and helps me a lot at work. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa raised her head a little proudly. She is lucky to be able to help you, sir. ?Philippa looked over instantly and said, "Millicent, why do you talk like that?" ?Wu Heng said there was no need to be so polite. He saw both of them looking at him. ??Also took out four bottles of first-level corpse core potion from the space ring. He said: "You have all drank this potion before. If it can improve your physical fitness, you can get two bottles per person." ??Both of them have taken this medicine. The effect is naturally clear. When he saw the potion, his eyes instantly lit up. ?Especially Philippa, who was a little skeptical last time and tried a bottle on the parrot. I almost died without regrets. For pirates, strength is always the primary requirement. ??If you are not strong or your methods are not tough, it will be difficult for you to control your subordinates. Now there is medicine again, and it also includes my mother''s share. Thank you! Philippa came over and picked up the potion. Millicent glanced at his daughter and bowed slightly, "Thank you, sir." Take it, Ill keep an eye on it for you. The two nodded, looked at each other, opened the potion and drank it. The painful side effects made the two of them curl up and tremble slightly. Soon, the effects of side effects wear off. The two felt their bodies, and their expressions showed joy again. Drink the second bottle too! Wu Heng said again when he saw that there was nothing wrong with the two of them. The mother and daughter opened the potion again. He raised his head and drank. ??Still a short-lived side effect, and then return to normal. Thank you, sir. Millicent thanked him again and again, with a look of gratitude on his face. Philippa stood aside without speaking, with a much more dependent look in his eyes. Well, it would be great if you can get promoted. If I have the opportunity in the future, I will provide it to you. Dont worry, I wont treat you badly. "Yes, we will do a good job for you." Millicent said hurriedly, and pulled her daughter aside. Philippa pouted and repeated, "I''ll do something for you." Okay. Wu Heng nodded. At this moment, there were slight footsteps outside the door. The three of them stopped talking and heard footsteps stopping at the door. The bartender''s voice came, "Boss, there are guests who want to change rooms. Please come out and coordinate." This is the time when there are many guests. Millicent immediately straightened his hair and clothes, and said softly to Wu Heng and Philippa: "I''ll go out for a while and come back later." After saying that, he opened the door and walked out. ?There were only two people left in the room. Philippa shook her shoulders, crossed her legs again, and said, "Are you going back today? Or will you stay with us?" Live together? Then where do you live? Philippa asked. I will go back to my place in the evening and come back to pick you up tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said directly. Where is the support you promised me? Philippa asked again. ?Wu Heng stretched out his hand and took out a barrel of silver coins and some alchemy grenades, "Save some flowers, I can hardly afford to support you." Ive been very economical. Philippa happily collected all the silver coins and grenades. ?Wu Heng continued to take out 4 bottles of medicine, "Put these away as well, and drink two bottles every two days." Wow~! Philippa exclaimed, rushed over, and sat astride her arms, "Thank you, Dad!" ?The force of the forward thrust caused the chair to slide across the floor, making a harsh friction sound. Wu Heng hugged her and said, "Are you a little too excited?" "I knew you were the best for me." Philippa gave him a hug. He rested his head on his shoulder and sniffed gently, "Why do you smell so good? Are all nobles smelling so good?" Forehead. How can a woman say that a man is sweet? Wu Heng pushed her. But, you smell so good. Philippa relaxed a little, still sat in his arms, and started to move, Would you like to stay, my waist is invincible, and I will definitely let you fly into the sky. Wu Heng was speechless listening to the dirty words that the other party had obviously learned. The waist strength is invincible. You are a woman, what does your waist have to do with it? Moreover, he actually used it on himself. ??Wu Heng patted her waist lightly and said, "Stop making trouble. If your mother comes back later and sees you like this, she won''t beat you to death." She cant beat me. Philippa said, but still got up and stood aside. Put away the potions on the table, put one hand on his shoulder, and said, "What are your plans next?" "It''s still the same mission as before, collecting pirate intelligence, information about blank envelopes, and treasure maps. Pay attention to relevant information." Wu Heng said, and then took the brief history of pirates and the treasure map inside, Take it out. Philippa came up to look at it carefully. Throwing the brief history aside, he then carefully identified the map. After looking at it for a while, he said, "I don''t have much impression. Could it be that the person who published the book drew it blindly?" This is also possible. There is more than one copy of A Brief History of Pirates, and a batch of them should have been released at some point in time. ??There are the same books over there in Imiro, and the map is exactly the same. Put your things away first, and pay attention to them at ordinary times. "Okay!" Philippa collected them all, and then continued: "When you come tomorrow morning, bring some rations for taming animals. I promise that stupid bird, if you don''t bring it back, it will be stained with ink." "good." Also, bring me a portion of the seafood soup from the tavern in front of the association, as well as fruit cakes. The one in front of your association is delicious, but the ones in other places are not. Okay, Ill bring it to you tomorrow morning. Wu Heng said with a smile. ?During this period, Philippa''s character was a little exaggerated, but he did provide himself with a lot of help. But she will still be needed to provide information later, especially after finally coming back, try to make the little girl happy. Hey, thank you dad! ?????????????????????????????????? Millicent hugged a quilt and froze in place. My face and neck turned red, and I wanted to get out, but it felt a little late. He walked in anyway and started making the bed without saying a word. ??Wu Heng stood up directly and said, "Okay, let''s talk. Philippa should stay out of the room if there is nothing to do. The island has been very strict with pirates recently." Okay, goodbye Archdeacon. Philippa said awkwardly. ?Wu Heng put on the veil and walked out of the room. He called a carriage and rushed to his residence. Return to your residence. The sky has darkened. Minnie was reading comics in the living room. When she saw Wu Heng coming back, she immediately sat up and asked, "Has Master eaten?" We ate at the tavern. Wu Heng also sat down on the sofa and held the rabbit girl in his arms. ?Hook your arms around your shoulders and reach in from the neckline, making sure your hands are round and soft. "What did the master do during the day? He didn''t come back with Sister Wei''er." Minnie leaned on her arms and panted softly. I went to the port to do something, and it seems that there are more people in the guard. "Yes, there were guards who came in directly to investigate today and were attacked by skeletons. If I had gone out later, those people would have been hacked to death." Minnie twisted gently and said. ?At the residence, there are 5 level 15 skeletons arranged, and the rest are all level 10 skeletons. ?These people just barged in. The fact that they didn''t die also shows that their level is not low. What are you here to investigate? "It should be the resident information. I said this is a consortium property and asked them to communicate with the consortium and closed the door." Ah! Minnie is so smart. The residence here is rented from the consortium. No matter what the other partys purpose is, just let them communicate with the consortium. No, I learned it from my master. Minnie twisted slightly again. While talking, Anderweil also walked down the stairs. ?Seeing the two tired people sitting on the sofa, they also came over and got close to the other side, with their white calves bent on the sofa. ?Wu Heng also put his arm around the little fox''s shoulders and stretched his arms through the collar. Measures the difference between two people. Master, Archdeacon Sheilagui is back. Anderweil said. Well, they are not in any danger, are they? I met her today and chatted with her for a while. I heard that the deacon of Lopez City was missing before the people from the headquarters passed by. Anderweil looked up. Missing? Run away? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 429 , an untouched arsenal Chapter 429, Untouched Arsenal Before the people from the headquarters arrived, the deacon disappeared. It seems that the Devils Hand pirate groups affairs have something to do with this deacon. ??If it was a pirate''s revenge, it would probably be against the deputy deacon who went to the pirate village together, or a conflict with the entire local association. Only the deacon disappeared silently. The greater possibility is that the person ran away. Even if it has nothing to do with the Devil''s Hand, it is still related to pirates. Xila Gui and the others are not in any danger, right? Wu Heng tightened his arms. Andewell curled up in her arms, "No, I heard that I just helped him for a while and then came back." "Well, it''s fine." Wu Heng retracted his hand, stood up and pulled up Anderweil''s nightgown. ?The little fox''s face turned red and he raised his arms to take it off directly. ?Revealing a fair and smooth figure. Anderweil crossed her arms and said softly, "Go back to the room, Master." ??Wu Heng winked at Minnie, who smiled, jumped directly towards the little fox, put his arms around him, "Come quickly, master." Anderweier''s whole body was red. She was held down by the opponent without struggling, "I''m so shy here." If you are shy, you are at home. Minnie echoed, "That''s right, it will be wherever the master says." Anderweil put her head aside and stopped talking. ??Wu Heng simply took off his clothes and gently pressed on the two of them. Minnie frowned and said, "Master, you got the wrong person." You come first. "Master is real." Minnie muttered, then her body lay limply on the fox girl''s body. The next day, Wu Heng got up on time. ?First, I went to the tavern in front of the association to order some food, and on the way to the tavern, I bought some animal taming rations at the grocery store. There are several types of rations. ?Some of them are mixed with some meat particles from monsters, which look better than what humans can eat. I bought two of them and also included the space ring. Then he went directly to the Nautilus tavern. Early in the morning, the pub was not open yet and the bartenders were not there either. Philippa''s dreadlocks were all opened and she was wiping the table on the first floor. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he threw the linen cloth to the ground and said, "Hurry up, we can''t stay in this place." Millicent came out from behind with all kinds of food prepared in his hand. He held hands and gave several instructions. Philippa put the things away and said, "Okay, I''ll be back after a while." Millicent glanced at Wu Heng who was waiting at the door. He nodded without saying anything more and watched the two of them leave. Get out of the city. Call the ghost train and head to Scorpion Claw Island. When arriving at the island. ?Three ships are still parked in the port, and there are still several unburned fires near the seaside. It seems that the Iron Barrel Pirates lit a bonfire on the shore last night. ?Wu Heng took out all the things he bought. After putting it away, Philippa looked at him and asked, "When will you pick me up next time?" Whenever you miss your mother again, I will come and pick you up. My mother scolded me last night. What did I teach you? Tell me not to act like a madman, I look like a madman? Philippa straightened her captains hat. Um, not quite. "Damn it, let me tell you, I am cheerful..., stupid women don''t understand anything." Philippa said. ?Wu Heng glanced at the pirate ship in the distance, and then said, "Okay, go back, remember your own business, don''t just play." Okay. ?Philippa waved his hand and left towards the distance. As we approached the fleet, the green parrot flew back and landed on the shoulder. Philippa walked to the bonfire, punched and kicked the drunkards on the ground, and invited everyone to get on the boat. The pirates collected their belongings and were busy for a while. Then drive the pirate ship and leave in the distance. ?Wu Heng also called the ghost train and returned to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng went directly to the association. ?After sitting in the office study and yawning twice, I went out directly and went to Sheila Gui''s study. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. Sheila Gui was sitting behind the desk. When she saw him coming in, she smiled and said, "I was still wondering that I didn''t see you when I came back!" ?Wu Heng came in and sat down on the sofa on one side, "When did you come back?" Yesterday at noon, I just accompanied the headquarters to investigate, and nothing happened. Sheela Gui said. I heard that the deacon over there is missing? Wu Heng asked "Well, when we passed by, the person had disappeared. The entire association is managed by the deputy deacon. The association has inspected the place and will arrange for a new deacon to go there. The missing one will also be investigated later. "Xila Gui said briefly. Even deacons are related to pirates. It is not surprising when you think about it that a village was replaced by pirates. ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "The headquarters should take this matter seriously, right?" Sheela stood up, poured two cups of tea, and handed one over. "The resident associations in coastal cities will conduct inspections, especially the disappearance of Kalema last time. It is also suspected to be related to colluding with pirates. Anyway, the matter is quite serious. , there will be a new group of people everywhere. Thats fine. Wu Heng nodded. Sheila leaned her round hips against the edge of the table behind her and looked at him, "How is your investigation of the old barrel? I just came back, so I didn''t have time to ask." When Imiro assigns tasks. ?Hiragui is in charge of affairs in Lopez City, while Wu Heng is investigating the affairs of the Old Barrel Tavern. "The murderer was found. He was a thug secretly trained by the Sea Dog Gang, a magician. Now the Sea Dog Gang has been wiped out by the people of Lao Tong, and the gang''s headquarters have been bulldozed." Wu Heng narrated. Murderer? You said McIntosh is dead? Sheila Gui paused while drinking tea. When she left, she said that ''McIntosh'' had been attacked and injured. Everyone is dead now? "He died. When I went there, everyone was completely cold." Silla Gui did not react for a long time. A female boss who had controlled the port for so many years died at the hands of a new gang thug. Its unbelievable, but also feels a bit pity. Even though Sheila Gui looked down on gangs, she believed that gangs were a hidden danger in the city. ?But I have to admit that the old barrels run by McIntosh are pretty good. It is not an easy task for a woman to manage so many people with her skills. People actually died like this. "Why did he die? He shouldn''t be killed by normal means, right?" Wu Heng looked at the face full of doubts and surprise and said: "Old Tong said it was snake venom, but due to the customs of the Bevela tribe, no autopsy was conducted, but the guards on the island conducted a vital sign examination and could confirm that the deceased was Its McIntosh. Alas! A prophet actually died in the place he managed. Sheila Gui sighed. "yes." "Recently, the island is still forming guards and so on. It seems a bit chaotic. You should be careful." Xi Lagui warned. "Um." The two chatted for a while, but Wu Heng didn''t stay much longer. Xila Gui went to deliver the documents, and Wu Heng went back to his study to sit for a while. He also left the association, called a carriage, and returned to his residence. After returning home, I said hello to Minnie. Go directly to the zombie world. Come out of the bedroom. There are many survivors gathered in the entire waiting room hall. Moreover, various tools and equipment are also more complete. It seems that the train has brought new supplies. As soon as he came downstairs, Qi Hancai got the news and came over. He said: "I found the local map, also checked on the radio, and checked with the shelter here." A long scroll map was opened, revealing the buildings and routes in Anhui City. Wu Heng helped hold one side, and Qi Hancai pointed at two locations, "This is the city''s commercial street. I can be sure that there are many gold shops and shopping malls that can replenish the supplies we need. This is the military area, occupy it." , can obtain corresponding ammunition and equipment. Military zone? ??Wu Heng asked: "Isn''t there a military market here?" No, its possible that we didnt take too many weapons and equipment with us when we left, and we didnt open any markets. That is to say. There is an untouched arsenal of weapons here. (End of this chapter) Chapter 430 , all veteran pirates know Chapter 430, all veteran pirates know ?Wu Heng lowered his gaze to the location pointed by Qi Hancai. ??The location of the local military zone, close to the edge of the city on the south side, is already considered the end of the map. ??If you go from the station at your feet, you will be across the entire city. The zombies along the road will probably take a while to be cleared away. At present, these two important areas have been temporarily determined. If there are any special places later, we will continue to collect information. Qi Hancai said. Gold and weapons are the most needed items at the moment. The remaining shops and some things can be collected when clearing zombies along the way. Well, lets plan a route to the gold store first. The military area is a bit far away, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded and roughly drew along the road outside the station with his hand, "This road, after it is cleared, other shelters can also use this road to exchange supplies, which can save a lot of trouble." thing." Station stations and commercial streets are both relatively important places. The main roads are connected, just follow the road. "Okay." Wu Heng agreed with the plan and continued to ask, "How many solid iron bullets have been prepared?" ?Qi Hancai rolled up the map and replied, "More than 300 boxes have been shipped so far, and trains will continue to arrive." After the addition of the Magic Forge, the production efficiency of solid iron bullets has also been improved. After being made, they will be packed into wooden boxes according to specifications. 1000 pieces per box. Easy to carry and calculate the quantity used. 300 boxes of solid iron bullets are completely enough for the subsequent battles. Havent even fought such a rich war. When the location stabilizes, you can order a few more magic furnaces to improve production efficiency. The next time the train comes back, bring some skeleton dogs over. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. Finish talking about the future plans. Qi Hancai took Wu Heng downstairs for a walk. In addition to the initially occupied waiting room, ticket office, and temporary office rest area, all have been arranged. The processing and rest areas are separated, and the survivors are arranged in different locations according to their type of work. In terms of the completion level of modern architecture, it can fully meet the needs of use. I walked around and confirmed that there was nothing to change. He went back to his room. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. After dinner, Wu Heng took two maids to train in the courtyard. In recent times, swordsmanship training has been much reduced than before. Thats not to say that Im slacking off. However, these missions all require going to sea, and they are on the ship day and night during the journey, which is not easy to train. I am a mage with some melee abilities, which is also a trump card. ?When facing Kerimu, the opponent didnt expect that he could pick up the sword and chase him to chop. So, try to show these things as little as possible in front of outsiders. ?Holding the [Instructor] sword in his hand, he made swordsmanship movements one after another. Compared to the beginning, completing these actions has become much easier now. Swordsmanship Specialization, upgraded to (intermediate level). During the fifth round of practice, the system prompt appears. Swordsmanship specialization has finally reached the intermediate level. It does not seem to be high, but for a swordsman or sword warrior, it takes years of practice to achieve it. The corresponding level is also above level ten. ??Wu Heng started practicing halfway and is a mage himself. It is quite satisfying to reach this level in a short period of time. Wiping off the sweat, he put away the strange objects in his hands. Taking a breath, he waited for the two maids to finish their training and went back to the room to rest together. The next day, zombie world. On the main road leading to the commercial street. Abandoned vehicles are piled up and crowded, dilapidated buildings are like ruins, glass is shattered, and walls are covered with claw marks and blood stains. Densely packed zombies poured out from the surrounding paths, forming black waves on the main road. They roared with claws and teeth, chasing the skeleton hound running wildly with its tail between its legs. Opposite, an army of skeletons formed a tight formation. ?Wu Heng stood behind the skeleton, looking at the dark corpses, running quickly through the white snow on the ground. ??Added a layer of mask to block the spreading stench. Said to the side: "Let the skeleton flying dragon get out!" Hurrah hoo~! The skeleton flying dragon flew head-on from the sky. Arrived above the group of corpses. Densely packed solid iron bullets, like a heavy rain. Covering the sky above the entire road. ?Hum, boom, boom~! A dense explosion sounded and thick smoke rose. The flying dragon returns. The explosion attracted more zombies, which continued to gather on the road. The tide of corpses forms again. ?Stepping on the broken limbs and pieces of meat on the ground, he ran wildly again. The flying dragon is changing the magazine. Qi Hancais voice came from the intercom. The rear of the team. Dozens of people are replacing the magazine of the skeleton flying dragon. After a busy period, the flying dragon took off again and reached the sky above the corpses again. Solid iron bullets were dropped again. The explosion sounded again. Once the road was clear, a large group of corpses gathered again. It''s just that it''s much sparser than the previous two times. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flies out four times in succession. When the shock disappears, the smoke dissipates. It revealed devastated roads, with piles of jammed cars, broken and collapsed buildings, and only crumbling broken walls of some wall buildings. ??On the road full of potholes and flesh, scattered zombies with mutilated bodies are still approaching here. "Skeleton flying dragon pauses." Wu Heng said on the walkie-talkie, and then ordered to the front, "Skeleton army, move forward." Hurrah! The skeleton army advances. Clean up zombies along the way. The last zombie was stabbed into twists. The whole world became completely silent. The cold wind howled, diluting the smell of the surroundings a lot. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield and collect special corpses. ?Several modified trucks and buses also drove into this street, and a large number of survivors came down and began to plunder and carry supplies from surrounding stores. Even if its a clothing store or supplies store. In the newly built base, there are all materials that can be used. ??Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look. Level: 15 (117573/195000) In the morning, I pushed all the way from the station to here. The effect is still significant. The experience value has increased by more than 70,000, which is simply terrifying. It only takes two or three more corpse swarms at most to reach level 16. At this time. Several special corpses were dragged over. Two of them were a large zombie and a crawler, both of which were Level 2 deformed zombies. There are nearly two hundred evolved zombies. ??Its just that the bodies of evolved zombies are in tatters, and many of them only have their heads or upper bodies left. A bit miserable. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and the skeleton is transformed. A total of two second-level corpse cores and 75 first-level corpse cores were obtained. After putting them all away. Continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] along the road. Large skeletons stood up in the flesh and blood, and began to clean the battlefield under the command, clearing the road. And so on, the transformation is completed from beginning to end. Densely packed skeletons also covered the entire road. The current number of skeletons is enough to ensure the safety of the newly built shelter. Wait until the skeleton is transformed. Qi Hancai came over with a few people. Every person behind him is holding a backpack in his hand. These are the gold found in nearby gold shops, totaling 1,560 kilograms. ?Wu Heng was delighted. It seems that the gold shop in Anhui City is more powerful than our own. So many were found. Okay, leave it to me. Wu Heng motioned to put it aside on the steps. After the people carrying the bags left, Wu Heng put everything away. Qi Hancai continued: "This area cannot be plundered in a day or two. We need to arrange skeletons to guard it. When the plunder is almost complete, it will be opened to the outside world and other shelters can exchange supplies through this road." Okay, Ill ask Big Skull to cooperate with your arrangements, and I can also accept some other survivors appropriately. Wu Heng said. "clear." The two chatted for a while. After handing this place over to Qi Hancai, he took the bus back to the station. Open the door from the room and return to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. As soon as she came downstairs, Minnie said there was news from Miss Pirate. Philippa has only been away for two days, so there is news again so soon. Come to the room on the third floor. First he looked at the radio station''s record book to confirm that the other party had really called for him, then he picked up the microphone and asked: "Philippa, are you there?" "Here." Philippa''s voice came over, "What did you do in the morning?" Wu Heng said: "Go and do some work. Is there anything urgent?" Philippa said excitedly: "I found out about some pirate maps." So fast? Ask casually and youll get some. Im not sure whether its accurate or not. Philippas tone was hesitant again. Tell me and listen! Philippa pondered for a moment, then spoke again, "It is said that the old pirate groups, including the Demon Hand you killed before, all believe in the existence of the Pirate King''s treasure, and have been looking for it according to the map." Believe them all? In other words, this may be true. I didnt find this kind of map on Captain Devils Hand, Wu Heng said. "Then how do I know? I didn''t put it on my body. You continue to listen to me." Philippa continued: "Until the blank envelope appeared, the old pirate group stopped looking for the treasure and began to act according to the instructions on the envelope." (End of this chapter) Chapter 431 , kidnap her away Chapter 431: Kidnap her away ?Wu Hengs eyes widened a little. Suddenly, I remembered something mentioned in the brief history of pirates. ?The appearance of the Pirate King stopped the internal strife among pirates and united with each other to take back their own sea areas. After the blank envelope appeared again, even those who did not know the legend of the Pirate King were driven to action by the letter because it could accurately predict the time of the merchant ship. Think about it carefully. ?At that time, the Devil''s Hand ambushed himself, the Association and others on the pirate ship. He was a little confused. With the strength of the Devil''s Hand pirate group, plus the other five pirate groups with level 15 leaders. The reward you have is not enough, so why do you insist on killing yourself? Now it seems that it may not be for the reward. Most of all, I still act according to the information in the letter. So, I suspect that the old pirate group knows some inside information. Philippa continued. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I asked Captain Devil''s Hand about the corpse, but I didn''t get any information about the envelope and the person behind it." Philippa thought for a moment and said, "Next time, you can ask in a different direction. Ask how the envelope was delivered, or who the previous Pirate King was." Previously, Wu Heng had not collected any information about the Pirate King. Hence, when asking about corpses, they tend to ask questions about the master behind the scenes. Philippa is right. You can change the question and ask who the pirate king was before, or if you know how the letter came out. Well, next time I catch a pirate, Ill ask you this. You continue to collect relevant intelligence and notify me of any news in time. "Okay." Philippa agreed and continued, "Has my identity as the Whisperer come down?" No news, Ill go to the association to ask you tomorrow. "Oh, I''m here. Go talk to my mother and tell her loudly how brave and smart I am to be accepted into the association." Philippa''s tone increased. Okay, try to look more formal then. "Okay, you boy is really sensible." Philippa felt that she had said the wrong thing and changed the subject. "Recently, pirates have spread a green sailor scarf. It is said that wearing it can get blessings from the sea god." A strange object or a prop? No, its just woven by the Bethbera people, and many people bought it, Philippa said. ??Wu Heng said: "It''s a lie. Their race is so awesome. The things they make up can look like strange things." Many people bought it. Some said they escaped shipwreck, while others said it was invulnerable in battle. Superstitious. I heard that there are still people who can pick up money! Then ask them where they bought it. Philippa asked again, "Okay, stop talking, I''m going out." "kindness." Ending the conversation, Wu Heng hung up the phone again. Leaning on the table, he reorganized Philippa''s information. Before, veteran pirates were looking for the Pirate Kings treasure. ?Now, the appearance of blank envelopes makes pirates think that the treasure has been obtained, and they are very willing to cooperate with the actions in the letters. And the new generation of pirates, even if they dont know about the Pirate King. But the letters can provide accurate caravan information, and can drive the remaining pirates to act with profit. Even if the pirates are still scattered now, if Blank Envelope is willing, it is very likely that he can command the pirates to act according to his words. Holy shit, he cant, let all the pirates land on the island and kill me! Not so much. ??The pirates are not stupid enough to actually do this. Think briefly and walk out of the room. Go downstairs and chat with Minnie for a while. Wait for Anderweil to come back, finish dinner, and go back to the room to rest. Morning, association. ??Yimiro was sitting on the sofa, wiping sword oil on his weapon. He looked at Wu Heng who came in and asked, "I came very early today. Is there anything else?" ?Wu Heng wanted to step forward and see the properties of his sword. ?The other party handed it directly to Moya, and he sat down and looked at him. He could only say: "There is some news from Philippa. Please report it to the deacon." Say it. Wu Heng organized his speech and said: "According to Philippa, the veteran pirates were looking for the Pirate King''s treasure some time ago, but after the letter appeared, they stopped looking and began to selectively act according to the content of the letter. " There is not much I can do about pirates. ??Imiro is very powerful and is also an enemy of the pirates. There are some things that would be better to let him know or handle. After all, we have all joined the association. It would be unreasonable not to rely on it. "Huh?" Imiro raised his eyebrows, "Do you think that book is true?" "I feel that the story of the Pirate King is not false, otherwise the old pirate groups would not be so convinced of each other''s existence. Now that the blank envelope appears, the pirates are gradually being led by the envelope. As time goes by, when all the pirates unite, they will become a very powerful pirate." Big hidden dangers," Wu Heng analyzed. Say what you think. Reduce the number of fleets on the route and slow down the number of pirates actions according to the contents of the letters. Secondly, we will mainly infiltrate more from the established pirate groups, and maybe we will get some intelligence. Wu Heng said. Others in the association should also have their own spies. If everyone investigates together, the sources of intelligence will be richer. Imiro thought for a moment and said: "We have no right to interfere with the caravans of various countries. You can try to implement what you said about collecting intelligence on established pirate groups." Then I have nothing to do. Wu Heng said. Imiro took out a copper-colored emblem from the drawer, "This is the Whisperer emblem of your pirate lady. You can give it to her if you have a chance. Also, let''s take a look at your achievements in killing two pirates last time. Yes, remember to pick it up. Okay. Wu Heng put away the emblem and left the study. Back to the corridor. First, go to the morgue and put the bodies of the two pirate captains into the space ring. Then continue to the lobby. These days, there are many people in the association hall. Many people are talking about setting up a fleet and guard on the island. The pay is good. If you dont want to be a mercenary, joining the Guard is a good choice. ?Wu Heng stood aside and eavesdropped. It feels like the Island Guard is quite popular. Anywhere, people who can become law enforcement teams are more popular. Coming to the front desk, the staff smiled and said, "Deacon, what are your orders?" I have two meritorious deeds and need to redeem them. "Wait a moment." The staff immediately looked through the records, "You have two third-level meritorious deeds that can be redeemed. I will prepare them for you." Mages skill book. Wait a moment. The staff member left immediately, and when he came back again, he had several more skill books in his hand, Deacon, you can choose. ?Wu Heng''s eyes quickly scanned it, many of which were skills he had already learned. In the end, it falls into two categories. Mirror Shadow Technique (Description: You can create up to three phantom clones, and you can command the clones to complete simple actions.) Default Armor (Description: You touch a target unit, and if you wish, it will be surrounded by a protective force field until the spell ends. If it is attacked, the spell will be automatically triggered.) Two skills, one is an illusion spell that can create clones. The Mirror Shadow technique has the same effect as the Martial Illusion Blade given to Philippa. Be able to confuse the enemy, even for a moment, and it can play a certain role. ??The second skill is called Default Armor, which can preset a defensive magic on the target, which will be automatically triggered when it is attacked. Plays a protective role. The effects are pretty good too. I want these two copies. Wu Heng said directly. The staff nodded, "Okay, you can take it directly." ?Wu Heng nodded and returned to his office and study. Snowburn Street, in a mansion. Two men were sitting in the slightly dark room. ?One person has a hairy beard on his back, he is in his 40s, wearing a blue aristocratic dress, his hair is neatly combed, and he is energetic. The other man is younger, with brown hair and blue eyes, wearing silver armor, and has a tall and tall figure. Greco, do you have any information? said the shaggy beard. That tavern was bought by someone arranged by the association, either that persons informant or his lover. Greco, who was wearing silver armor, said calmly. So sure? "He''s just a mage who changed his profession midway. He can''t escape my eyes." Greco said with a sneer. The middle-aged man continued: "What are you going to do?" Greco touched the mark on the armor and said, "When he goes to the tavern, he will burn it together." The man shook his head and said, "That''s not right. There are so many people on Beacon Street and it makes too much noise. It''s difficult to end it." Greco continued: "Then kidnap the woman, lead her out to the sea, and kill her." ?The middle-aged man nodded slightly, "Don''t be careless. He has killed many pirates. If he hadn''t died, we would have been in a lot of trouble." Dont worry, he is nothing without the skeleton attendant. (End of this chapter) Chapter 432 , redeem people within three days Chapter 432: Redeeming people within three days At three o''clock in the afternoon, Wu Heng returned to his residence. ?At the radio station on the third floor, I picked up the microphone and shouted "Philippa". There was no response from the person on the other end, so I guess no one was in the room. I originally planned to tell her about becoming a Secret Whisperer. We can only wait until next time. walked out of the room and went upstairs to his study. Take off your coat, pour yourself a cup of tea, and sit down at the desk. Took out two newly exchanged skill books. Mirror ImageDefault Armor. Now that I have been exposed to spells, skills actually still have many functions. But in their own battles, they still rely more on skeletons and modern firearms. A shuttle of bullets passes by, which is more efficient than releasing magic. Hence, when it comes to skill selection, we are beginning to favor some functional and special skills. I opened the first book [Mirror Shadow Technique] and started reading. This skill book is an illusion skill. After being released, three clone phantoms can be created and made to perform some simple actions. The effect of the clone is closely related to the caster''s intelligence and mental strength. The better the effect of the clone created, the more insight the enemy needs to see through it. In addition, the number of clones will also affect the effect. Three clones will make it more likely to be discovered, but if you only create one, the possibility of being discovered will be lower. That is, more real. In this regard, you can choose to create one or multiple clones according to different occasions. The state of concentration speeds up reading to a great extent. Soon I turned to the last page, and the system prompt also appeared immediately. Unlock skill: Mirror Shadow. The skill is unlocked. Except for his own mansion skill book that has not been unlocked, the other skill books can still be unlocked quickly. Close the book and put it on the bookshelf at the back. Get up and walk to the middle of the study. With a thought in his mind, three clones that were exactly like him appeared on both sides in an instant. ?Wu Heng looked at the three figures standing motionless. Black hair, robe, space ring. Almost no different from myself. With a thought in his mind, the three clones began to take action and made some simple movements. The effect is not bad. Disable the skill and all illusion clones disappear. ?Wu Heng returned to the table and continued to look at the next skill book [Default Armor]. This skill belongs to the school of protective spells. The effect is to cast a spell on a willing target in advance. When the target is attacked, a honeycomb shield will be formed instantly to reduce the damage caused by the attack. The effect is somewhat like a protective pendant. Many mass-produced magic props are mostly based on spell effects. also turned to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock skills: Default armor. Skill unlocking, I am quite satisfied with this result. ~! As soon as the book was closed, there was a knock on the door. Then, Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the staff of the association are here and asked Sister Wei''er to ask you to come over." ?Anderweil? Usually I go home from get off work at this time. ?Now that he actually asked me to go over, it seems that something happened. Getting up and opening the door, Minnie was standing at the door. Did you tell me what happened? "No, I just asked you to come over. It sounds like there is something urgent." Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Go and take out my armor. I''ll go to the association." "good!" The two of them went downstairs together. ?Minnie helped him put on the leather armor. Go directly out and go to the association. Arrived at the association. ?Wu Heng went directly to his office and study room. In the room, Anderweil sat at the desk and waited, looking slightly anxious. Weier, whats wrong? Wu Heng came in and asked directly. Anderweil said directly: "The bartender from Nautilus just came to the association and said that their boss was kidnapped." ?Wu Heng frowned. Thoughts flashed through me quickly. ?First there was anger, for daring to kidnap people in a tavern in broad daylight, then there was suspicion that something had gone wrong, the number of island guards was increasing, and finally there was a sense of vigilance. If Millicent had not offended anyone, it was more likely that his relationship with her would be noticed by others. The ultimate goal is to target oneself. Otherwise, it wouldnt be so troublesome to catch Millicent, a woman who had just become a professional for a few days. Where are the people? Wu Heng asked. Captain Kavina has been taken away for questioning. Andwyer replied solemnly. While talking, there was a knock on the door. Kavina walked in directly. How is the question going? Wu Heng asked. Kavina held the record book in her hand and said: "Towards dusk, a few people came in and took them away immediately. They were not sure of the identity and purpose of the other party." Tell me in detail. "Hmm." Kavina organized her thoughts and said, "There were five people who took away the people. Because there was a dispute in the room, they injured the guard in the tavern and took the people away. He also said that he would go out to sea with 100 gold coins to redeem people within three days, otherwise he would kill people and sink them into the sea. ?Three of them were armed with swords, and two were armed with scimitars and crossbows. The bartender and other people in the store had no impression of these people. They probably did not live on Beacon Street. " There was a dispute in the room. Should I take 100 gold coins out to sea within three days to redeem someone? Sounds like pirate behavior. How did the bartender remember the association asking for help? Kavina said: "The bartender said that their boss had mentioned before that she had subsidized the association. If something happened, the association could arrange someone to handle it. After this incident happened, he came over." ?Millison is smart. Knowing that he was responsible for some dangerous work, he greeted the bartenders in advance. How is the tavern doing now? Wu Heng continued to ask. The pub on the first floor has stopped, and the rooms upstairs have been booked and are available to residents. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to Anderweier: "Weier, go tell the deacon about this and see what he says." Okay! Anderweil went out. After a while, he returned again, "The deacon said, let you investigate first and find out if there is anything that needs assistance, and then arrange for someone to help." ?Wu Heng did not speak, and sat at the table to think. The opponents typical five-person team composition. This combination often appears in association teams and mercenaries. ?Of course, appearing in this form is very likely to deliberately mislead subsequent investigations. ??The bartender would not scrape together so much money to save a kidnapped tavern owner. ??? I am even more convinced that the real target of this kidnapping is actually myself. ?But arent they worried that they wont save people? Who would jump into it if they knew it was a trap? ?Perhaps, the other party doesnt care whether he redeems the person or not. Maybe More importantly, it is better to bring the news to yourself. Even if they do not redeem the person, they will not lose anything by killing the person. ? ? Thinking quickly, he said: "I will handle the rest of Kavina''s affairs. I will let you know if there is anything else you need. Andevil will follow my clone home." Anderweil was a little confused, "Clone?" ?Wu Heng thought, and a group of identical figures appeared aside. Phantom clones, please go back so that no one is watching the association. "clear." Kavina frowned and looked over, "You want to check it yourself? I''ll lead a team to help you!" ??Wu Heng said: "No, I will investigate secretly first. You ask the team to gather tomorrow morning to prepare to investigate this matter." Okay! Kavina agreed. After the matter was explained, everyone went their separate ways. ??Andwyer and her clone walked out of the association together. ?Halled a carriage along the way, got on the carriage, and rushed towards the direction of the residence. And after a while. ??Wu Heng wore a phantom veil and covered his face with a cloak. With Kerimu, who also changed his appearance, he also walked out of the association. Get on the carriage and head to Beacon Street. The carriage stopped in front of the Nautilus Tavern. ??The main door is closed, and no bustling sounds from the past can be heard inside. Getting off the carriage, we entered a deserted alley and waited for a while. A beige hair tie floated down from the window on the second floor of the pub. ?Glenda also showed her body, "Is this okay?" The hairband has some impression, Millicent has worn it on a regular basis. Okay. Wu Heng agreed. He took out the [Tracing Pendant] from the space ring, pricked his finger with the dagger, and a drop of blood fell on the pendant. The cold metal skull seemed to come to life. The lower jaw trembled slightly, and a faint blue fire lit up in the eye sockets. Hold the hair tie closer to you. The skull bit a corner and began to chew hard. Then, the faint blue fire began to boil, passing through the skull, struggling in one direction. ?Wu Heng felt relieved at first. The appearance of soul fire proved that Millicent''s life was not in danger. Then he wrinkled slightly again. The direction of struggle is not the port, but the area behind Beacon Street, which is still expanding. They didnt go to sea, they were still on the island. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 433 , and an ambush Chapter 433: There is an ambush This is a good thing. At least on the island, I have an advantage. He covered himself with a cloak, put the pendant into his cuffs, and rushed in the direction indicated. Half an hour later. ?The sky became darker and no one could be seen around. There are only some built houses and unpaved stone roads. ?This side is still the location for expansion. Treasure Island serves as a transfer station for maritime trade, and the layout of the island can no longer keep up with the speed of development. Finally, we arrived at the location guided by the pendant. In the distance is a two-story stone building, and a fire can be seen in the room. Needless to say, people should be inside. ?Hide your body in a dark corner and put the pendant back into the space ring. Then, two ghosts appeared around him, one on the left and one on the right. "Uncle, where are you?" Xiao Xiao just came out and didn''t know what happened. ?Glenda just cooperated and took the hair tie and understood a little bit about the matter. ??Wu Heng pointed to the stone building in the distance, "One of my informants was kidnapped. He is in that building. Xiaoxiao went to check the house and confirm the level and number of the enemies." Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. ?Wu Heng looked at Granda again, "Look at other nearby buildings to see if anyone else is ambushing here." ?Glenda also became invisible and flew out directly. After a few minutes, Xiaoxiao, who was in the invisible state, flew back directly. There are five people inside, two of them are above level 10, and the rest are below level 10. Just those five people? Let me see! Smallly got into the body, and the scene in the building was immediately shared. In the stone building, which is completely in the original brick wall structure, there are five people sitting around a wooden table. ?Three have iron swords hanging on their waists, one has a scimitar and the other is a crossbowman. Exactly the same as in intelligence. On the wooden table, there are some food and beer. ??A man with a round shield on his arm and a one-handed sword in front of him took a sip of beer and said, "I didn''t send her out to sea as promised. Why not just kill her? It''s very troublesome to take her with her." The crossbowman said: "It may still be useful, or someone may want to enjoy it before killing it. After all, it looks good." ?Hunter said: "We use money to do things, no matter how much we do." Just chat, dont be so serious. Among them, the Buckler Warrior and the Scimitar are level 10 professionals. ??The rest of the people also have a very strong light, but they have not reached level 10. They should be at level 8 or 9. Then, Xiaoxiao flew up to the second floor, which was completely empty. Flyed down to the basement again. Saw Millicent tied to a chair. There were no injuries on the outside, and his clothes were intact. Just leaning on it with his head tilted, his eyes were dull and dull. The sharing of the screen ended and Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao. Ive seen this aunt before. Was she on the pirate ship before? Xiaoxiao said. Do you have such a good memory? Then she has changed her ways now! Forget it, now collect information for me. ?While One Person and One Soul were talking, Glenda also flew back from a distance and said: "Some people were found in two buildings, about ten people in each place, with complete armors and weapons. They should be prepared for you." There really are other people. So many people can be mobilized on the island. ?Wu Heng was even more curious about the identity of the person who organized this kidnapping. ?Wu Heng was thinking about the next plan in his mind. Glenda also heard what ''Xiao Xiao'' said about the situation here, looked over and analyzed: "It''s not difficult for you to save people, but you have to think about the order of actions. Kill the people outside first and guard the hostages. It will kill people directly, but if you save people first, people around you will come and besiege you. I suggest you use your skeletons from another world, or let the association take action. " ?Wu Heng is also thinking about this matter. If skeletons are used, everyone must be killed. ?Of course, considering the number and level of skeletons, it is not a difficult task. "Okay, I understand." Wu Heng followed the courtyard wall and climbed into a house. In the room, I found a wooden door and took out the key to open the gate. The night becomes darker. Hurrah! ??The sound of dense bones rubbing together was heard, and a large number of skeletons rushed out of the building, immediately divided into two teams, and headed towards the location where Granda found them. ??Wu Heng quickly approached the target house with several skeletons. In the building, the five people were still chatting. "It''s such a boring night. Why don''t we use it first? Anyway, we''ll be killed in the end." The crossbowman took a sip of wine and gestured: "My **** is so big, it must be very comfortable." When the other people heard these words, they also began to feel itchy in their hearts. What if the other party asks? They might use this as an excuse to deduct our money. The crossbowman cursed: "She''s afraid of a bird. Just clean her up. Now that she''s in such a state of confusion, what else can she say?" "Okay, then you can carry the person over. Even if you touch a few handfuls, it is better than just waiting around." "Then I''ll go." The crossbowman said, heading towards the basement. Tap tap tap~! Suddenly, there was a sound of footsteps at the door. Do not wait to react. Bang~! The door was kicked open, and a figure holding a sword appeared in front of him. ?Hold the ground with one hand, a cloud of mist spread instantly, and the figure disappeared instantly. ?At the same time, the crossbowman in the farthest place was startled, and his body instantly flew forward. ~! A cold light streaked across the back of the neck. ?The momentum of the forward attack allowed him to avoid being decapitated, but he also cut most of his neck open, and blood gushed out like a spring. Damn it, **** it, save me! The crossbowman held the back of his neck and staggered. The others were immediately shocked. Immediately grabbed the weapons on the table and planned to fight. The sword-wielding figure retreated directly into the basement at the rear and guarded under the stairs. At the door, a figure wearing black leather armor and a robe slowly walked out of the fog. Hand the iron-black instrument in his hand towards the people in the room. ?Bang bang bang~! ??Hearing explosions followed one after another, and dense bullets roared out like a rainstorm. ??The crossbowman who suffered a severe blow to his neck was the first to be beaten into a sieve. In shield fighting, a round shield is raised. ?Hunter and a few others turned over the wooden table to use as a cover. The bullets struck where several people were hiding. Tables and chairs were blown to pieces, the round shield was instantly shattered, and bullet holes were left in the wall. ?The bodies of several people were shaking non-stop, and **** holes were opened. The gunshots stopped. Five people had fallen into a pool of blood. ?Especially for the buckler warriors, the shields in their hands were also in tatters. Five people were confirmed dead and there was no other danger. ?Wu Heng quickly walked downstairs and headed to the basement. It was getting darker below. I released [Dancing Lights] to illuminate the surroundings, and I saw Millicent tied to a chair. It is still the same as the small shared screen. The head is tilted and the eyes are open and dull. "Millicent! Wake up, what''s wrong with you?" Wu Heng patted her face. Millicent''s eyes became clear for a moment, then became dull again. ?Wu Heng untied the rope for her. Glenda and Xiaoxiao also flew back respectively. The bad guys are all dead. ?Glenda also said: "I killed everyone on my side, and no one ran out." Thats good. Wu Heng nodded. ?Glenda looked at Millicent and said, "I was given an absentminded medicine, and I won''t be able to recover in a short time." "Where''s the antidote?" Wu Heng asked, but still took out a bottle of medicine. Opened the mouth of Millicent and poured it directly into it. Just like a paralyzed person. How much was swallowed is uncertain, but more went down the cheeks and flowed all over the body. I drank two bottles in succession. ?Seeing that I still can''t wake him up, I don''t plan to delay here any longer. Just pick it up and walk outside. ?Just as he walked up the stairs, his pupils suddenly shrank. I saw an eagle-like beast, opening the mouth of the corpse and trying to pull out the tongue. (End of this chapter) Chapter 434 ,I was wrong Chapter 434, I was wrong The tongue is like a gummy candy, pulled out from the corpse''s mouth into an elongated shape. ??Wu Heng was startled when he suddenly saw this scene. But he reacted immediately. This is someone taking advantage of tame animals and intending to destroy the corpse. ?Wu Heng waved his free arm, and the broken wooden chair spun and smashed over. The tame beast immediately let go of the corpse''s tongue and flew up to avoid it. ??Seeing the skeleton attendant rushing over with his sword in hand, he turned around and flew out of the open door in panic. ?Glenda and Xiaogang wanted to chase after him. Wu Heng said: "Xiaoxiao, go and see where it flies and who is behind it. Glenda, stay here and warn the surroundings." The two ghosts nodded, disappeared, and chased after the tame beast. ?Glenda flew vertically into the sky to monitor the surrounding situation. It is actually not difficult to kill a tame beast. But it doesnt mean much. It would be more valuable to find the owner of the tamed beast. The ghost followed. ??Wu Heng quickly stepped forward to check the bodies on the ground. ?Three of them had their tongues removed, one was pulled out of the mouth, and one remained intact. ?Wu Heng took out a few straw mats and "wrap them up." Keranmu stepped forward and rolled up the corpses one by one. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Outside the door, a large number of skeletons, also carrying **** corpses, came from two directions. The corpses were neatly placed at the door. There were more than twenty bodies in total, and their bodies were covered with wounds from being chopped. Took out all the straw mats in the ring, rolled two of them together, and put them all into the space ring. Wait until everything is processed. Reopen the gate and let all the skeletons go back. Carrying Millicent on his shoulders, he disappeared into the night. The other side. A figure quickly approached the building on Beacon Street. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. The light stone lights up the entire room. ??The handsome man with brown hair and blue eyes looked at his subordinates who walked in with confusion, "Is there a result so soon?" Their plan has two lines. ?Either the other party goes to sea to pay the ransom, or they find the location of the expansion zone. The estimated time is about two days before the other party takes action. Whether its raising money or doing research. But, now it seems that it was much earlier than I expected. The arrests were made at dusk and the action was taken at night. The figure at the door paused for a moment and said solemnly: "Master Greco, the operation failed. The other party killed everyone we prepared and took the woman away." Hearing the news, the brown-haired man suddenly panicked. ?There are some things that if there is no evidence, there is no need to worry about what the association will do. But once there is evidence, no one can afford to offend the behemoth of the association. ??Damn it, how could a Necromancer fail? Imiro was personally involved? Greco asked suspiciously. "That necromancer, he mobilized a lot of skeletons and killed all the people we were ambushing." The man''s voice trembled. "How is it possible? The whole Beacon Street is my people. How could he mobilize the skeletons? You are lying." "Sir, I saw it with my own eyes through the beast''s vision. How could I possibly lie to you." The subordinate''s voice rose. ??Greco frowned and pondered, cold sweat constantly appearing on his forehead. He glanced at the other person again, "Where is the tame beast?" I let the tame beast fly in the opposite direction, so it wont attract anyone. ??Greco nodded, took out a bag of money from the space ring, and threw it on the table in front of him. "Here are one hundred gold coins. If you leave here, it will be enough for you to live for a lifetime." ?The subordinate looked happy. Just as he was about to step forward, he stopped again and said, "Sir, please throw it over. I will take it and leave." ??Greco sneered, "When have I ever wronged you?" After saying that, he grabbed the money bag and threw it high into the air. ?The subordinate looked happy, looked at the money bag, and reached out to take it. Bang~! ??The string of the crossbow sounded, and a crossbow bolt instantly penetrated his chest. ??Then, Greco''s body suddenly rose up, appearing beside him like a ghost in the dark night, and cut off the opponent''s neck with his long sword. ??Greco quickly picked up the quilt on the bed, wrapped the body and put it into the space ring. He cursed in a low voice: "Trash, if you deal with a necromancer like this, you all deserve to die." Sit down at the table again and think deeply. Calculate various methods in your mind. I have to leave the island first, and then I can find a way to negotiate with the association later. Yes, lets leave here before the association reacts. Port. The guard responsible for the association''s port position looked at Wu Heng and the attendants behind him with confusion. Then, he frowned slightly and glanced at the figure carrying the attendant on his shoulders. Although it was covered with black cloth, it could still be seen that it was carrying a person, a woman with long hair. Deacon, what are you doing? the guard asked in confusion. If you want to rob a woman, go to a deserted place. It would be a little difficult for even the deputy deacon to handle this arrogant person. Wu Heng said directly: "Go and arrange for someone to notify the association and tell them that the results of my investigation have been concluded. Please ask the deacon to come over." Deacon? It turns out its not about robbing women. "Yes, Mr. Deputy Deacon." The leading guard said after him, and several people immediately came out and rushed towards the center with torches. Wu Heng continued to ask: "Go and talk to the commercial port. Anyone who wants to board the ship or leave the port before dawn needs to register." Yes, Archdeacon. The guard responded and left. ?Wu Heng walked directly onto his cargo ship. Enter a cabin. Let Kerinmu throw Milicon on the bed. "Millicent, can this be done?" Wu Heng pinched her face and continued to ask. Millicent still had no reaction. Like a dead person, the body has no reaction. Only the eyes can occasionally focus briefly, which seems to be better than when I first saw it. Youre not stupid, are you? The medicines in this world have many functions. In addition to pharmaceuticals with positive effects, many pharmaceuticals with other functions have also been developed. It''s really smart. It doesn''t feel weird to drink a potion that makes people stupid but not dead. He took out a bottle of highly effective antidote again and drank it for Millicent. Seeing that it still has no effect. I thought about it for a while. He picked up Millicent and knelt on the ground, with his upper body lying on the window edge and his buttocks facing outside. ?Millisons figure is already plump, and at this time, her exaggerated waist-to-hip ratio is even more exposed. ?Like a ripe and plump peach. Attract attention. Looking quickly. He took out the [Qingming Ring Staff] from the space ring. ?This strange item that I exchanged for potion has the effect of making people clear their minds. ?Last time, when I was in the pirate village, I used this rod to restore the mad Whisperer to his senses. Not sure if it will work on Millicent, but you can give it a try now. If it still doesnt work, take it back to the alchemy skeleton and try to prepare some antidote. After thinking about it, control the strength in your hands. I smoked it directly. Pah~! A crisp sound sounded. Millicent''s body trembled, and his upper body moved slightly. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and continued to twitch twice. ??Papa~! ??A crisp whipping sound sounded in the cabin. At the last blow, Millicent let out a painful groan. A burst of heat evaporates from the body and floats in the air. He still maintained his posture and turned his head to look over. His eyes were still a little blurry, but they no longer felt empty. ?Seeing the figure holding a sandalwood-colored cane, his pale face showed a little joy, "Sir, you have come to save me." It really works. ?This thing can also cure diseases. "how''s it going?" My **** hurts, Millicent whispered. Is there anything wrong with my mental state? My head is still a little dizzy. Millicent answered. ??Wu Heng continued: "Don''t move, lift up your clothes." Millicent''s body suffocated slightly, and she carefully lifted up the clothes that covered her hips. The waist is tightened and the hip shape is more obvious. ?Wu Heng hit him again, the waves of flesh rolled, and Millicent grunted through gritted teeth. Are you feeling better now? "Sir, I know I was wrong." Millicent said pitifully. Seeing that there was no problem, he put away the stick and said, "Okay, get up. The people who kidnapped you are all dead. Tell me what you know." Millicent climbed up carefully. The burning pain in her **** made her unable to sit down, but her body felt a little weak. I could only carefully sit on the edge and tell the story completely. Not much different from the information provided by the bartender. The only difference is that these people have been here the first day. It should be to explore the route in advance and get information. Only take action when you are sure there are no problems. to kidnap someone. Sir, have I caused you trouble again? Can the tavern be opened in the future? Millicent asked with some frustration. It is not easy to have a stable life. ?Life is gradually getting better. But now it seems that we may have to go back to our original life. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Not sure yet. Let''s see what happens when the time comes." Oh! Millicent lowered his head. The two of them said a few words and felt Xiao Xiaofei come back. He said to Millicent: "You stay here first, I will take you back later." Okay, sir. walked out of the cabin and entered another room. ?Wu Heng asked: "How is it?" Xiao Xiao revealed his figure, "The tame beast is dead." Dead? "I didn''t touch it. It died while flying, and then it fell and broke." Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought about this matter. ? Taming animals are also alive. If they are not killed by external forces, the most likely death is the owner''s death. When the master dies, the soul of the tamed beast will also dissipate. It seems that the owner of the beast is no longer the murderer. Oh, thats it. Xiaoxiao spun around in mid-air, Uncle, why dont you just talk to the dead person directly? What are you doing? I have already asked someone to notify the association, and we will wait for the deacon and investigators to come over before conducting an interrogation of the body. Wu Heng explained. This may involve people on the island. Since the deacon and the investigator were not around, I asked the corpse by myself and pointed to certain people. At that time, if the other party does not admit it, it will be difficult to prove it. So, normal program recording is the best way. Oh, the association is really troublesome. The sky is bright. The sound of footsteps was heard outside the cabin. ??Xiao Xiao instantly disappeared. ?Deacon Imiro, deputy deacon Sheila Gui, two team captains, and two investigators walked down the wooden ladder. Looked at the skeletons waiting in the darkness inside the cabin. His eyes fell on Wu Heng again. Imiros plain voice sounded, How is it? ??Wu Heng stood up and said: "The person has been rescued. The kidnappers did not take the person out to sea, but took him to the area behind Beacon Street that is being expanded." Where is the body? "Bring it here." Wu Heng took out the two corpses. "There are five corpses. Three of them were controlled by tame animals and their tongues were pulled out while I was rescuing people." ??Imiro nodded, "Ask the corpse and the investigator will record it." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 435 , have no right to arrest people Chapter 435: No right to arrest people The investigator quickly opened the notebook. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to open the straw mat, and then directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. ??The bullet-riddled corpse suddenly sat up and looked at several people with cloudy pupils. You ask about your matters. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and asked directly: "Who ordered you to capture the Nautilus Tavern?" The corpse replied, "The newly formed guard commander, Greco!" As soon as these words came out, everyone was stunned. Not a pirate''s revenge. But the commander of the island? It was just formed. Instead of catching pirates, he was the first person to target the association. ?Wu Heng glanced at the others. Didnt continue to ask questions, he avoided the corpses gaze and looked at Sheila Gui, Who is it? "Beacon Street, the commander of the newly formed guard." Sheila Gui explained at the side, and then asked in confusion, "You don''t know him? Then why did he kill you?" I dont know them. I dont know who is in this newly formed guard. ??Imiro stretched out his hand to interrupt the conversation between the two, and said directly: "Xila Gui, you know this man. Now lead a team to capture him. If he resists, he can be killed directly." "Yes!" Sheila Gui agreed, holding the hilt of her sword and walking out. She called two teams and got off the boat to catch the people. ??Imiro turned around and said, "Keep asking." ?Wu Heng nodded, then looked at the corpse, "Greco, what on earth did you tell you?" The corpse replied, "Kidnapping the tavern owner, luring out the person behind the scenes, and getting 5 gold coins afterwards." 5 gold coins, one may not sound like much, but it is far more than the price of a normal bounty. Catching a tavern owner is already a sky-high price. ??Wu Heng then asked, "Before you saw me, did you know who was behind the tavern owner?" "have no idea." If I dont show up, whats your next plan? ?The corpse replied, "Kill the person, bury the body, and go back to get the money." Besides Greco, who else is the main person? No, I only know him. After the five questions were over, the body lay directly back. The investigator began to brush up the records. Then, Wu Heng continued to deal with the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Confirmed the person who directed it, and some other issues. The answer is basically the same as the first one. ?Five people were hired by this Greco to kidnap Millison directly from the tavern. But they didnt know that this matter had anything to do with the association, and they just thought it was a simple matter of kidnapping and killing people. Had he known, it is very likely that he would not have accepted this job. "It seems that this ''Greco'' did it." Wu Heng turned around. The other people all looked at him in surprise. Several questions about the second corpse also helped them figure out the situation. Someone was arrested at dusk and rescued just after nightfall. He killed a small team and found out the mastermind behind it. What speed is this? ??The one you tied is not that fast! The others were surprised, the investigator was still writing down the records. ??Imiro looked at him, "What''s the problem between you and the guards?" "I don''t know you, I haven''t spoken to you yet!" Wu Heng said, and then said with some suspicion: "A few days ago, some guardsmen went to my place to check, and they were kicked out by skeletons, but they didn''t As for killing me." It wont be because of such a trivial matter. Imiro said calmly. ?Wu Heng thought so too. "Then it could be the Blank Envelope or the Secret Order. Because of some previous cases, I have a grudge against them." You mean, this leader is from these two organizations? "It can only be explained this way. I haven''t had much contact with other forces. Being able to find out about the Nautilus Tavern proves that someone has been investigating my affairs for a long time." Wu Heng analyzed. Well, the analysis makes sense. ?While the two were talking, a team member ran in quickly. The deacon, the archdeacon, found Greco at the port and was already fighting with the archdeacon Shiraqui. At the port? This is about to leave Hong Kong. It was indeed him. Deacon, what should I do? Imiro said: "Catch the person and bring him back before the island guard intervenes." "clear!" ?Wu Heng quickly walked out of the cabin with the skeleton. Go on deck. Looking towards the location of the public port. ??Hiragui holds a long sword, with a circle of magic halo under her feet. She is fast and dexterous, and she keeps attacking, attacking the young man on the opposite side. The remaining team members are also cooperating in the attack. On the opposite side, a young man wearing a gray cloak retreated while resisting the association''s siege. Its him! ??Wu Heng has actually seen this man before. And it has a deep impression. ?Last time, when I brought ''Philippa'' back to see her mother, this man gave a speech at the port. The content is ordinary, but there are a group of ladies and ladies below, cheering and cheering. At that time, I took a special look at his appearance. Is he Greco? I dont know him. At this time, the man faced the attack of Shilagui and the other members. Although he kept retreating, he was still able to persevere. The strength is definitely above level 12. Among humans, he is also considered a genius. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton off the boat, squeezed through the crowd, and hurried over. "I am the commander of the Treasure Island Guards. You have no reason to arrest the commander of a local government." Sheila Gui, recognize your strength, I will destroy the fish and break the net, and you will not get any benefit. The man was talking while fighting each other. When he saw Wu Heng and the attendants behind him, his face became even more ugly. ??Swinging the long sword in his hand, he opened the "Xila Rose", took two steps back, turned over a scroll and suddenly tore it open. Huh~! A violent storm and snow rose in the middle, causing everyone to stagger around and blocking their sight. He is fleeing, shouted a band of rangers. ?Wu Heng ran sideways quickly to avoid the strong wind. Raise your hand and shoot. ?Bang bang bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and the leader of the running guards staggered. His thigh, butt, and lower back were all shot. The body also fell to the ground. ?Hiragui''s body pushed through the wind and snow, burst out, and rushed in front of her. The sword was pressed against the opponent''s neck, "Don''t move, the deacon said, I can kill you directly!" The scroll effect disappears. The team members also rushed over. Take him to the deacon. The team members picked him up and walked towards the ship. The man''s eyes glared at Wu Heng fiercely. Cabin. Greco gritted his teeth and said: "I just arrested a woman and I can pay her some money. There is no need to make things like this." "What you are doing is completely against the rules. I am the commander of the island''s guards, and your association is arresting people indiscriminately." The interrogation still has no results. ??Greco killed one thing. At most, he was lustful. He fell in love with the tavern owner and had him kidnapped. Has no idea of ??any relationship with the association. ?Wu Heng looked at Imiro. Since we follow the associations procedures, the next step depends on what Imiro says. Kill him and ask about the corpse! (End of this chapter) Chapter 436 , the head is missing Chapter 436, the head is missing I heard that Imiro wanted to kill someone and interrogate the body. ??Greco''s argumentative words suddenly stopped, and then he seemed to explode, shouting: "Imiro, you are crazy, I am the commander of Treasure Island." "The association has no right to deal with me privately, Imiro, you have to follow the association''s procedures." Treasure Island will not let you go then. ??Greco spoke quickly, and when no one spoke on the other side, his expression became frightened. ??Yimiluo, who is in charge of Treasure Island, is not an ordinary resident deacon. If he says he wants to kill people and interrogate corpses, then he really knows **** people. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and Skeleton Keranmu drew his sword and stepped forward. "Okay, okay, you guys have won. I admit that I did it, and I am willing to pay enough compensation to make up for it. If you want to ask anything, just say it." ??Greco said urgently, glancing towards the opposite side with his eyes. Seeing the skeleton, the feet kept moving. In an instant, he burst into flames, broke free from the team members, and was about to kidnap one of them. But Keranmu is faster. The long sword was slashed out, and the cold light cut across the neck. ??Greco''s face changed drastically, and he covered his neck with both hands, blood spurting out from between his fingers. ?Then, he staggered and fell to his knees, struggling to squeeze out a broken voice, "Save me, I was wrong, save me, I will tell you everything..." The association and others on the other side just looked at it coldly. Wait for him to die a little bit. The body fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng stepped forward and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The fallen corpse sat up again, with no emotion in his eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Besides you, who else was involved in this matter?" The corpse''s voice was hoarse, "Vitagis." ?Wu Heng frowned. A new name has appeared. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Why do you want to kill me?" The corpse replied, "You have a very high bounty outside. I owe you a sum of money. As long as you die, Vitaghis can help me get the money from the bounty outside." Blank envelope! Sure enough, it is related to this matter. Wu Heng and other investigators took notes and continued to ask: "Who is this Vitagis''?" Officials of the city hall. ??Wu Heng asked: "How can he get the money?" "have no idea." ?There is one last question left. ??Wu Heng could only ask: "Where does he live?" House 153 East, Snowbourne Street. After five questions, the body lay back down again. "Take the body back." Imiro ordered and continued: "It''s not yet time for the city hall to work. You two go directly to the residence to arrest the person. When the guards arrive, take the person to the association." Yes! The two nodded. The bodies were collected and everyone left the boat. On the carriage. Sheila Gui took off her helmet and put it aside, "Treasure Island is indeed not a good place. The commander in charge of public security killed the deputy deacon of the association for gambling debts. This would become a joke if word spread." Yes, I didnt expect this result either. ?Wu Heng did not expect that the commander of the guard did this. But judging from the development of the whole thing, it is more logical that the other party is the commander of the guard. Otherwise, people would not be kidnapped so easily. "Fortunately, it''s nothing too serious." Sheila Gui looked at him and continued: "In the future, if something like this happens again, remember to bring the association team with you. As a mage, it''s very dangerous to go out by yourself." I will be more careful next time. ?Wu Heng agreed with his mouth, but he didnt think so in his heart. ??After all, I have a lot of secrets. I have ghosts to investigate and I can summon an army of skeletons. In fact, it is more convenient not to bring anyone with me. Seeing Xilagui, she stopped talking. ??Wu Heng said: "Why don''t you believe in our last first-level reward?" When he killed the Devil''s Hand pirate group, he obtained a total of six second-level meritorious deeds. At that time, the quality of rewards was average and the quantity was insufficient. After listening to Imiros suggestion, six of them applied for one first-level meritorious service. In terms of the quality and rarity of the reward, level one meritorious service is definitely a rare treasure. However, some time passed, the reward did not come out, and Imiro did not mention this matter again. I dont know. The process may be complicated. Lets wait a little longer. An association cant give us two sub-deacons rewards. Sheila Gui said softly. Thats right, and there is no good solution. Well, youre right. Then, the two continued to chat about some things on the island. The carriage gradually began to slow down. The following team came over and said, "The two subdeacons have arrived." The two of them opened the car door and walked out directly. On one side is a mansion. The team members gathered around and gathered at the door. Sheila Gui held the hilt of the sword with one hand and said, "Knock on the door." ~! One of the members stepped forward and knocked **** the door. Soon, the sound of footsteps was heard, and a middle-aged man looked over. When he saw the association members gathered outside the door, his eyes narrowed slightly, "Guys, what''s going on?" Sheela looked him up and down and asked, "Whose residence is here?" The property of Lord Vitaghis. "Where are the others?" Sheilagui pushed him away and asked while leading the person inside. ??The man walked quickly in front and stopped him, "Guys, our master is a city hall official, so it would be a bit impolite to barge in like this." Sheila Gui waved her hand, and someone immediately grabbed the man and stopped the surrounding guards at the same time. The remaining people entered the residence and began to inspect. The living room was empty, with a few young maids standing aside in a somewhat reserved manner. Then, they began to search upstairs floor by floor. "There is someone here." The voice of a team member came from the bedroom on the fourth floor. Everyone quickly went upstairs. Before he even climbed up to the fourth floor, a strong smell of blood hit his face. Hurry into the room and look inside. The curtains in the bedroom were closed, the light was dim, and a fat figure was lying naked on the bed. There is only the body, and the head has disappeared. ?Blood dripped down the sheets. Gathered into a bright red stream on the ground. ?Someone died? ?Died like this on the way they came? After Wenshi got the news, they rushed over immediately. Bring someone up and identify them. Sheila Gui said to the people below. The middle-aged man who had just opened the door was brought up. When he saw the headless body, he took a few steps backwards and almost fell down the stairs. Master, why did you die? Is he Vitagis? Shilagui asked. Yes, yes. The middle-aged man gave a trembling answer. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 437 , what is his occupation? Chapter 437, What is his occupation? You didnt even know he was dead? Sheela frowned and looked at him. "No, I don''t know." The man was pushed back by the team members and hurriedly added, "In the morning, breakfast was also delivered to the room." Sheila Gui looked him up and down and saw that her legs were swaying, and it didn''t look like he was pretending. He said to the team members: "Look out for everyone and follow us back to the association for questioning." The team members dispersed and gathered all the servants and guards. Inside the room. ??Wu Heng checked the body and at the same time released the ghost to inspect the surroundings. But there are no obvious clues. How is it? Sheela walked over and asked. He died not long ago, so he should be on the same footing as us. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui frowned and looked at the body again, "The murderer took away the head because he was afraid that you would ask about the body." It should be. "That means someone knew that you had found this place, so they came here specially to kill the person and completely cut off the clues here." Xilagui frowned and analyzed. Things are obvious. It is definitely related to Millicent being kidnapped and killing the guard commander himself. ??Wu Heng also said: "The other party should be a high-level professional." That speed was too fast. We rushed here directly, and he could still take action before us. Sheilagui opened the curtains and glanced at the open window. "It''s possible that when we arrested ''Greco'', the other party was already dealing with the following matters." Sheila Gui frowned, "Well, the other party didn''t have a chance to kill Greco to stop the interrogation of the corpse, so they came here to kill this person." At this point, Sheila Guis eyes widened a little, There are other people involved. "Only in this way can we make sense. Let''s check the room first and go back to the association to talk to the deacon." "good!" The team members dispersed. ?A few people checked the room to collect clues, while the others still looked at the servants outside. When the difference in inspection is not too great, return to the association together. Association, Deacon''s Study. Hiragui told Imiro what happened next. The body has been conveyed to the mortuary, and the remaining servants of the house are being interrogated. The head of the capture target was taken away. ??Although Imiro was a little surprised, he was not surprised. Just thought for a moment and said: "Let the investigators record normally. At the same time, notify all field envoys of the association to be careful about safety and report in time if there is any situation." Understood! The two nodded. "I will negotiate with you at the city hall. You continue to investigate this matter, especially Wu Heng. Don''t go to sea yet." Imiro spoke again. "Oh well." ??Imiro waved his hand, and Shiragui retreated directly. ?Wu Heng did not leave. ??Imiro asked: "Why, do you have anything else to do?" "Deacon, can that tavern not be opened? If this matter spreads, other people should know that the tavern is related to the association." Wu Heng directly expressed his thoughts. The Nautilus Tavern still provided some useful information. ?Moreover, they have all been built and are developing quite well, so it is a bit unbearable to close them down like this. ??Yimiro still looked at him, "You have also investigated the case of Lao Tong. Why haven''t you ever thought that others suspected that Lao Tong was the association''s spy?" Um? This is another way to look at the problem. ? ?As a well-known force on Beacon Street, even if the association assists the other party in handling matters, no one would suspect that Lao Cask is the associations spy. Old Wood Barrels business methods are different and deeply ingrained. No one believes it is normal. Imiro''s tone was still calm, "The same goes for your tavern. If you find a reasonable reason to sever ties with your tavern, even if someone suspects it, it won''t have much impact." ??Wu Heng rescued Millicent, but outsiders didn''t know. Unless someone behind the scenes speaks out, or a blank envelope tells everyone directly, outsiders will not know what happened. At best, there was a conflict at the port between the association and the commander of the guards. Has nothing to do with taverns. Okay, I understand, thank you, deacon. ?Wu Heng nodded and exited the room. Return to your office and study room. Sit for a while. ?The door opened, and Anderweil came in with Millicent in a cloak. Master, Ive brought it back. Millicent took off his hood and saluted slightly, "My lord." Wu Heng said: "Weier, please go again and prepare some food for her." A good master. Anderweil leaves. ?Wu Heng looked at Millicent, "Sit down, do you feel any discomfort in your body?" Millicent carefully sat down aside and subconsciously touched his butt, "It''s nothing uncomfortable. Thank you, sir." "The person who kidnapped you is dead, but there may be others behind the scenes. I will arrange two skeletons for you to protect you." Millicent nodded, "Okay." Well, you will stay at the association for the next two days. Then we will see if there is anything else to do. If not, we will arrange some reasons for you to open the tavern again. Millicent looked happy, and he didnt want to give up all the hard work he had spent on the tavern. Its your lord. "It''s okay. You''ve worked hard. After dinner, go back to your room to rest and refresh yourself." Wu Heng said, and then continued to add, "By the way, Philippa has joined the association. She asked me to tell you "One sound." Really? Thats great. Millicent was a little excited. Then, he asked Wu Heng about the details of his daughter joining the association. Wu Heng also briefly explained to her. The two chatted for a while, and Andweil brought back food. Millicent ate carefully, and then went to the prepared dormitory to rest. ?Wu Heng also left the association and walked towards his residence. Return to your residence. After saying hello to Minnie, he entered the radio station room on the third floor. ?Picked up the phone and asked: "Philippa, are you there?" As soon as he finished speaking, Philippa''s voice came from the other side, "I''m eating, I missed me." ??Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table, "Your identity as a Whisperer has been confirmed, and you also have a emblem. You can use the emblem to prove your identity wherever you go." Really? Damn it, Im also a member of the association. Philippa exclaimed. "Whenever I have time, I will give you the emblem. Holding it in your hand can be considered a kind of protection." Wu Heng said. ?The other person paused for a moment and replied: "It will take a while. I have been building relations with the Wild Lion Pirates these days." You cant always run this way. Too frequently, the crew may even notice something is wrong. Dont worry, Ill leave it to you when I have time. "Okay, I''m not in a hurry. You may not be able to use it in my hand. I''m scared to see a place like the association." Philippa said casually. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Your mother was kidnapped yesterday and has been rescued now. There is no danger." How could this happen? Philippas tone suddenly became serious. Remember the person who gave a speech at the port last time you came back? That pretty boy? "Yes, he seems to have a strong insight. He saw us entering the tavern and talking to your mother, and planned this kidnapping." Wu Heng explained. Fuck, whats his name? Im going to kill his whole family tomorrow. Philippa cursed angrily. ?At sea, pirates are a symbol of toughness and ferocity. Threatening family members, they will also resort to crazy ways to retaliate. "I have already killed the man, and there are many things involved in this matter. You should also pay attention at sea, in case there is any information that may also involve you." Hearing that everyone was dead, Philippa had nothing to say. He agreed, "Okay, I''ll be careful. By the way, can''t she open that tavern?" "It may not be impossible to open it. I will pay attention to the outside news in the past two days. If there is no problem, I will release some false information to let your mother put aside the relationship with the association. Then the pub will be open." "Okay, she still likes this pub. If possible, I hope she can keep it open." Well, dont worry, I will have someone protect her when the time comes. If the Beacon Street tavern cannot be opened, let her open one outside the association. Wu Heng promised again. Hey, thank you. Philippa smiled and thanked her. Is there any information from the pirates? Wu Heng asked again. "No, there is no latest news in the past two days. I will inform you in advance if there is any situation." Okay, be safe. Goodbye, Dad. Hang up the call. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and entered the study. Pour yourself a cup of tea and sit down behind the desk. Lean back and contemplate what happened this time. The commander of a guard actually wanted to lure him out and kill him. Furthermore, the second person behind the scenes was found, and his head was chopped off, which cut off the subsequent investigation. ?Now, the island is starting to feel less safe. But think about it carefully. These people on Treasure Island were originally pirates. It is not so strange to be attracted by high bounties and take risks to do something. Its not a bad thing, at least remind yourself that there are dangers on the island. We still need to speed up the level improvement and ensure the safety of the people around us. ~! Speaking softly, the door was knocked, and Minnie''s voice came in from outside, "Master, it''s time to eat." ?Wu Heng opened the door, put his arm around the maid''s shoulders and went downstairs. Minnie talked enthusiastically about the ingredients sent by Shannara and the dishes she developed. Downstairs, Anderweil also returned from the association. Sit down together at the dining table and start eating. Have had dinner. After the three of them completed their training. Then everyone returns to their room to rest. The next day, Wu Heng went to the association early in the morning. In the office study room. Xilagui said: "The corpse without the head yesterday can be confirmed to be the person we are looking for. In the afternoon, the guards came and took away both corpses and said they would investigate the matter later." Nothing more to say? "No, Deacon Imiro was present at the time, and they didn''t have any objections." Sheila Gui said with a smile. ??Wu Heng nodded, "If you are strong, you are a bull." "Of course, Imiro also has a high status in the elves, otherwise he would not be placed here." Sheila Gui said with a little pride. Really, what status! Sheila Gui blinked at him, but did not continue speaking. She picked up the tea cup and took a sip. ??Wu Heng didn''t continue to ask, and he didn''t care much about who among the elves was more powerful or what their identity was. I am still a person from another world. ?Who hasnt ordered special status yet? He also picked up the tea cup and took a sip. His mind turned around and he continued to ask: "What is the occupation of the owner of Treasure Island?" Xilagui looked up and said uncertainly: "It should be a soldier, there is no specific information." (End of this chapter) Chapter 438 , let me announce something Chapter 438, I have something to announce Last time at the port. ??Wu Heng met the rumored island owner, who had just returned from the sea and captured a group of pirates. He has a rough face, a tall build, and a long sword hanging on his waist. In terms of appearance, it is indeed close to the profession of a warrior or swordsman. Such a famous person has not determined his occupation? Wu Heng was curious. Sheila Gui pondered for a moment, "Pirates or some wanted criminals are judged by professional abilities, or clothing and equipment, which are generally the same." Well, a pirate leader has a mass occupation. Wu Heng complained. In the past, when I read novels and played games, they were all about special professions, or hidden professions that were more powerful. This is the most common one. "Your idea is wrong. Common professions will have a more complete inheritance system and are more suitable for ordinary people to improve." Xila Gui took a sip of tea and continued: "You still have to ask about the cultivation method of ghosts. Have you ever seen a warrior or ranger looking for skill books everywhere?" What you said is right. That''s true. Common occupations, with advantages and disadvantages. The advantage is that there are many job changes, the system is complete, and the threshold is low, so you can get started quickly. Even ordinary families can produce professionals. The disadvantages are also obvious. It is a popular profession, everyone knows its abilities and characteristics, and there are no trump cards. When fighting, what moves do you use? ?The other party may be able to guess it. Why did you remember to ask him? Sheila Gui raised her head and looked over. Its okay, I just feel like he doesnt care much about this island. He hasnt seen it twice in total. Wu Heng replied casually. Last night, before going to bed. He thought again about Treasure Island during this period. Suddenly I felt that the island was not as safe as before. It''s like an undercurrent is surging, and a danger is gradually approaching. Do you suspect that this kidnapping is related to him? Sheila Gui asked. In the case of the kidnapping, it was found that all the heads were chopped off. Apparently there are others. Now that this matter is mentioned again, it is easy to guess that the island owner is suspected. ?Wu Heng didnt deny it, Isnt it possible? Sheela Gui pondered for a moment and said: "It''s unlikely. He has just been exempted and became the island owner. The association and various forces are also staring at him. If you don''t have any grudges, why bother to compete with you? Even if there is. Qiu should also avoid this period of time. When Wu Heng heard it, it seemed to make sense. I didnt know the island owner at first, so even if he could receive a blank envelope, he wouldnt necessarily be in danger for the 1,200 gold coins. Well, what you said makes sense. Silla smiled and mentioned other things again, "The Old Barrel Tavern has reopened, but with new people." Who has been replaced? "It seems that the people from Black Crow''s Nest have taken over, and now they plan to follow the path of Old Cask and share the port business." Sheila Gui said lightly. Maybe there will be another fire fight or something. There is no way, after all, most of them are pirates, and their behavior is quite barbaric. "Too." The two of them chatted in the study for a while. Sheila Ge also got up and went back to her study. ??Wu Heng also learned some news and said hello to Anderweier. Leave the association and return to your residence. Back to the residence, after having lunch with Minnie. Go directly to the fourth floor. Sit in the study and rest for a while, then open the door and go to the zombie world. On the other side, there is still a renovated bedroom. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. The corridor was filled with skeletons on standby. Last night, I was not sure if there would be any further battles, so I asked the skeleton to wait at the door. If there was any danger, I could open the door and summon him as soon as possible. But it was not used later. Go back outside. Wu Heng ordered. ??The skeletons turned around, went down the stairs, and then walked toward the area outside where the skeleton army was stationed. ?Wu Heng followed behind and walked down the stairs together. The entire station has changed a lot since I came back. The waiting room was divided into two areas. One part was set up as a market for exchanging supplies. Several survivors who were obviously foreigners carefully avoided the skeletons standing guard with guns and came in to exchange supplies. In another area, there are some tools and equipment piled up, as well as flour used for exchange. At this time, the back door of the station opened. Qi Hancai walked in wearing a white down jacket, dusted the snowflakes on his body, walked over and said, "Why didn''t you call me?" Just take a look. Qi Hancai followed his gaze and looked at the area where supplies were exchanged, and said: "Some shelters have come to exchange food through the cleared roads. In two days, if the news spreads, more shelters will come to exchange." Well, arrange more people at the intersection then. People from these shelters may bring zombies with them when they come. Wu Heng instructed. Understood, survivors and skeletons have been arranged to stand guard. ?Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued to count: "There was news from sister Yahong that the provinces and districts came over to exchange. In addition to some gold, there were also drawings of machine gun bullets. As for the drawings of machine guns and artillery shells, they said It will be provided to us after both parties have more trust. Hearing this sentence, he raised his eyebrows. He still remembered that last time, Deputy Commander Liu vowed to unite to help more shelters and survivors. The drawings will also be provided to others. Now its time to trust each other again. ?Of course, the machine gun bullet drawings provided to you are actually pretty good. Even a level 10 professional cannot withstand the power of a machine gun. If he can find a way to produce it, his combat effectiveness can be greatly improved. Since you have necessary resources like food, you can still talk about it later. Theres no rush, well talk about it later. Wu Heng wasnt worried at all. Qi Hancai continued, "Tomorrow morning, the train will come with the drawings, and I will hand them over to you then." Hmm. Qi Hancai then pointed to the area opposite, where materials were exchanged, and talked about the layout. ?Those survivors who came to exchange supplies. He looked over here from time to time, looking at the two people talking curiously. You can see the obvious difference from the clothing and complexion. From time to time we get together and whisper a few words. Finished talking about things here. ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was 1:20 p.m. There is still enough time. Let the convoy prepare. Lets try to clear out another batch of zombies before dark. Qi Hancai nodded, took out the walkie-talkie and asked him to prepare the convoy. Soon, the convoy stopped at the back door, Qi Hancai got into the driver''s seat, and Wu Heng got into the passenger seat. Surrounded by a large number of skeletons, he left the station. Go along the road to an area that has not been cleared of zombies. Hello~! Snowflakes are falling in large numbers. Dense groups of corpses rushed out from the surrounding lanes and alleys. The clothes are in rags, the skin is rotten and pale after freezing. The corpses quickly gathered into a dense group on the main road. Hurrah~! ?Overhead, a skeletal flying dragon roared past. Densely packed solid iron bullets fell on the group of corpses like a heavy rain. Sparse smoke rises. The earth trembled. The group of corpses further away, attracted by the explosion, rushed over again and gathered on the road. Skeleton flying dragon, after three consecutive bombings. ?The smoke and dust dispersed. On the entire road, there were only scattered zombies and a messy road. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered directly. The skeleton army on standby instantly stood up. Carrying a spear, advance along the road. Wherever he passed, the zombies that were approaching had their bodies pierced, and they fell limply among the broken flesh and limbs on the ground. ??Wu Heng stood behind him, opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: 15147852/195000 The speed at which experience points increase is pretty good. It has now reached 147,000. Clean up the corpses one more time and you will be able to reach level 16. Looking at the shops on both sides of the road. The battle between skeletons and zombies has also ended. ?Two level two deformed zombie corpses, and the corpses of more than two hundred evolved zombies, were dragged over. Throw it in front of you. ?Afraid that corpse cores would be difficult to find, Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one and got two second-level corpse cores and 73 first-level corpse cores. After putting them all away. Continuing to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road, Qi Hancai led people into the shops on both sides. Take a quick look at the situation in the store so that you can make arrangements for work tomorrow. Wait until all the corpses have been transformed. The sky has also turned dark. The sky in the north will become very short after winter. Getting back into the car, the army returned to the station. After returning to the station, I said a few words to Qi Hancai, opened the boundary door, and walked in. ??It''s still bright here and the sun is shining. It was cold and hot, and I shivered involuntarily. Send the obtained corpse core to the alchemy laboratory, wash briefly, and walk downstairs. Going downstairs, I saw several women sitting in the living room chatting happily. ?Minnie, Andevil, and Shannella, who were wearing a light blue dress and a corolla-like headdress, looked like a graceful princess. Seeing him coming down, the three women all smiled. Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon, Minnie said. Yeah. Wu Heng agreed and looked at Shanara again, What have you been busy with lately? I havent seen you here for a while. ??Shanella knew that he said he didn''t come over at night. His face turned a little red, "You didn''t even come to see me about the business group." Im also busy with a case. Wu Heng sat down aside. Thats even, Shannara said. The two sat together and chatted for a while, and dinner was brought to the table by the skeleton. The four of them sat down together and started eating dinner. ?Wu Heng glanced at the three women chatting, thought for a moment, and grabbed Shannara''s palm from under the table. ?The latter was a little flustered and couldn''t break free, so he let the other party hold him and intertwined his fingers. Minnie, Weier, let me tell you something. Wu Heng suddenly spoke. Shannara''s body froze, one hand was held by the other party, and she lowered her head to eat with the other hand. Minnie and Andwyll, as well as the owl standing at the corner of the table pecking at food, all looked up. ?Wu Heng raised their clasped hands and introduced: "Shanela will also be a member of our family in the future." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 439 , one for each person, count mine Chapter 439, one for each person, count it as mine Shannaras head bowed even further, and her face and neck were as red as if they were congested. I thought to myself that a chamber of commerce as big as mine would be doing well. No worse than the Archdeacon of the Society. He raised his head with a blushing face and said, "Yes." However, after this matter was announced, the expressions of the two maids remained calm. It was like I had known about this for a long time, and there was no surprise at all. It was just that it turned out to be the case. Are you going to prepare a room for Sister Shannara? Minnie asked. Shannara immediately waved her hand, "No, I''ll live next door. You can live with me when you have time." After saying that, he lowered his head again, feeling a little embarrassed. ? Anderweil looked at Minnie curiously, "Do you also know about the master and Sister Shannara?" Yes, when I was cleaning the masters bedroom, I found the bra I gave to sister Shannara under the pillow. Minnie said, and then asked, How do you know? You can recognize it by listening to the voice at night. "Okay, okay, you guys are awesome. Stop talking and eat quickly. I''ve prepared gifts for you. Let''s look at the gifts later." Shanara couldn''t listen anymore and immediately interrupted the two of them when they learned what was going on. way. Its quite embarrassing to find a bra under the pillow. ??There are also people who can recognize it by listening to the sound. ??Wu Heng also smiled and said: "Stop teasing her, let''s eat first. If the gift tonight is not good, we won''t let Shanara leave." ?Minnie and Anderweil also smiled and chimed in a few words. Continue eating. Wait until after dinner. In the living room, Shanara took out two gifts and gave them to the two girls in a rather formal manner. Although it is just jewelry, from the workmanship and materials used, it can be seen that the value is definitely not low. She should have been prepared for it a long time ago and was just waiting for this matter to be revealed today. The two maids received the gifts and were also very happy. After all, this is the first time, except for Wu Heng, that someone has given them a gift, and it is such a good gift. At this time, Shannara was not as shy as she was at the beginning. When asked when the two of them got along, he roughly told the story after he was rescued from pirates by Wu Heng. They have a good impression of each other again. Minnie was surprised and said: "Wow, you guys seem to be part of a story. Sister Shanara is so happy. Unlike me and Sister Wei''er, we were bought back." Having said this, Shanara also felt what happened between herself and Wu Heng. Its really like a story about a knight and a princess. Its just that the two peoples emotional experiences were not so tortuous. They got along well with each other and got together directly. Thinking in my heart, I also felt a sense of sweetness, and looked at the smiling man sitting beside me with a gentle face. Sister Shanara, are you going back tonight? Minnie asked. This, back to. ??Wu Heng interrupted: "I won''t go back tonight." Shanara could only whisper, "Then I won''t go back." Oh, let me prepare an extra quilt to save you from catching a cold at night. Thank you Minnie. Two maids went upstairs to help prepare new bedding. You can normally use just one, but its hard to say youll be able to use it, so you still need to prepare it first. ?Wu Heng looked at Shanara and said, "Look, they have already regarded you as family." Shannara stood up and hit him lightly, "Did you tell them in advance?" How is it possible. Seeing that he didnt look like he was lying, Shanara asked suspiciously, Is it really so obvious? Okay, from now on we will be fair and aboveboard, dont think so much. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders. Shannara was also there, leaning against him gently. ?Wu Heng remembered something and asked, "When can the caravan come back?" There will still be a while, are you anxious? Im not in a hurry. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, I want to customize some more precise metal accessories. I wonder if you have any channels to customize them. Shannara looked up at him and said, "It depends on what you do. Weapon accessories can be easily customized. If the quantity is large, they can be individually arranged for mass production. If it is a weapon accessory, it is relatively complicated. , but as long as the money is enough, its not a problem. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "For example, I have a device that requires a lot of accessories to assemble, but I don''t want the maker to have complete access to all the accessories specifications and final styles. What would be better? " Shannara answered directly, "It''s simple, divide it into several more places for production. If it''s really that important, raise a few blacksmiths and artificers yourself." Oh, thats right. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Shannara asked curiously: "Do you have any precision equipment that needs to be made? I can recommend you to go to our wood elf factory to make it, but if you submit the complete drawings, they will definitely be kept as backups. You don''t have any. In the case of limited production capacity, this is actually difficult to avoid. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s just an idea, I haven''t produced the drawings yet." Shanara thought he was studying the equipment blueprints, so she rolled her eyes at him and said, "You are a mage who doesn''t level up properly. You always study these weird things. If I had known, I would have set the level to 18. It can inspire you." I can also give you incentives now, such as giving me a baby, or some new tricks. Shannara twisted her body and complained, "Don''t talk nonsense. It''s not good to be heard." The two of them whispered a few words downstairs. Minnie and Anderweil came down from upstairs. The bed is ready. ?Wu Heng gave her a thumbs up, and amidst Shanara''s exclamation, he held her in his arms and walked upstairs. What are you doing? Its still so early. I havent seen you for a few days. You miss me, but I still miss you. Shannara also leaned gently into his arms and muttered, "Really, you''ve ruined my image." Return to the room. ?Minnie took Anderweil and carefully climbed up to the fourth floor. Listen gently to the movement inside. When there was a soft hum, they looked at each other. Well, thats the voice, and it is indeed Shannara. I heard it very early. ???? In the early morning, Wu Heng opened his eyes and looked out the window. Shanela, who was nestled in her arms, also woke up. ?His eyes curved into crescent moons, and he lightly pecked the other persons lips, You got up so early. "Well, I''m getting used to it. If you sleep a little longer, you won''t be in a hurry to go back." Wu Heng put his smooth body into his arms. Shanellas life is more casual. It is very common to go to bed late and get up late. Completely different from his living habits. Shannara shook her head, "That''s okay, you can''t act too lazy in front of Minnie and the others!" Speaking, he stood up gently and started to get dressed. ?Wu Heng yawned and sat aside, reaching out to touch the other person''s skin, rubbing it gently and slowly. ?This made Shannara feel embarrassed. After they finished getting dressed, they went downstairs to eat together. The three women have also arranged their own processes. ? Anderweil had to go to work at the association. Shanara took Minnie to Beacon Street to look at the goods, and then picked up Anderweil from get off work in the afternoon. A set of procedures, fully arranged. Wu Heng had no time to participate with them. It can only be said that if you provide money, the expenses incurred will be borne by you. After breakfast, the three women left the residence. ?Wu Heng also packed up and headed to the zombie world. Get out of the room. Call Qi Hancai directly. The convoy is ready and continues to rush towards the uncleared area. Not long after, we arrived at the location. After making sure there are no strange zombies. ??Skeleton dogs are still attracting monsters, and the iron rain in the sky is cleaning up the zombies. When the corpses are cleared. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Level increased to level 16, intelligence 2, perception +1, charm +1. Finally upgraded. The level has reached level 16, one step closer to the target of level 18. Furthermore, it seems that starting from level 15, attribute points increase by 4 points at each level. It''s just a pity that there are no talents unlocked. Soon, the battlefield is over. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. ?Wu Heng collects corpse cores and transforms skeletons. After everything was completed, the convoy began to return. Hand Qi Hancai walked into the waiting room hall together. A survivor, carrying a suitcase, walked over quickly and said, "Your Majesty, Sister Qi, these are the blueprints sent." so much? ?Wu Heng opened the suitcase and took a look. Inside was a suitcase full of blueprints. Probably glanced at it. Not only the drawings of machine gun bullets, but also the drawings of a set of mechanical production lines, which are the production lines for making warheads and cartridge cases. But the number is a bit staggering. I''m afraid ordinary people wouldn''t be able to assemble a complete machine with this set of drawings. Okay, thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng closed the suitcase. It should be done. The survivor smiled and left. Qi Hancai looked at the suitcase and asked, "Do you need to back it up? Don''t damage it by then, and you''ll have to worry about it with the province." Thats right, make a backup and save it when the time comes. "good." Given the current situation, these drawings will not be of much use to ordinary shelters if they are sent out. ?Who can make so many accessories by hand? Qi Hancai took over the drawings. ?Wu Heng also went to arrange patrol tasks for the skeletons with intelligence. Another world, an island. Bang~! The door of the tavern was kicked open. With a green parrot standing on his shoulder, Philippa walked in with his men in a swaggering manner. He tilted his head and glanced at the tavern, and said, "Bartender, there is a woman for each person in the tavern, and the money will be charged to my account." This captain, not so much. Fuck, go find it and bring all the good-looking ones. I have a lot of money. Philippa said loudly. ??The bartender glanced at the boss, then went out to look for someone. In the tavern, there were cheers. A thumbs up to the heroic Captain Philippa. Philippa waved his hand to indicate that this was all a trivial matter, then strutted to the bar, sat down next to a blond man with an afro, and said: "Boss Joachim, are you doing any work recently? Take me one." The man glanced at her and said, "You are not short of money. What are you going to do at sea?" "Who''s worried about having a lot of money and following you? If I go to sea in the future, I''ll have something to brag about." Philippa patted her chest. "You have a good plan." The man snorted and said, "No, if there is one, I will bring you one to follow and see how we fight." Philippa ordered a glass of beer, took a sip, and continued: "Boss Joachim, there are rumors about the Pirate King outside, is it true?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 440 , you are worse than your father Chapter 440: You are worse than your father Where did you hear these things? Joachim next to her looked at her and asked. Philippa leaned against the bar and said, "I was reading a book recently called A Brief History of Pirates. It said that there was a pirate king before the Emerald Sea, and I was curious if it was true." You still know how to read? Joachim asked suspiciously. Philippa said: "If my father hadn''t been a pirate, I would have been a key talent cultivated by the kingdom." ??The tavern was silent for a moment, and then the pirates burst into laughter. You, a wild girl, can you still be a talent? Which kingdom is so unlucky that it would train you. The Iron Barrel Pirates only have three ships left in your hands. You might as well be your father. Bang~! Philippa slapped the bar hard and cursed loudly: "Fuck you, if I were not a pirate, how could I be a member of the association? I will arrest you all and stab you in the **** with a wooden stick." Poke in the ass, poke in the ass. ??The parrot also followed suit. Hahahaha~! ??The laughter all around became even louder, and the whole tavern instantly became lively. Philippa''s face turned red with anger, and she continued to curse: "If you laugh again, you will have to pay for it yourself when you find a woman." Dont, dont, dont! You are talented. Thats right, you can be a deacon in the association. The pirates started booing again. Joachim also laughed for a while and said: "What is written in the book is naturally true. It is normal for you younger generation not to know." Philippa ignored the other pirates and turned around and asked, "Is this pirate king really so powerful?" You must have seen Neptunes letter too! Philippa nodded, "I know, I robbed several ships, and that''s the news in the letter. Is it really related to the Pirate King? Has he lived for so long?" ?Joachim smiled, picked up the wine glass and took a sip, without continuing. Philippa frowned and said, "Boss Joachim, you don''t know and you don''t know, why are you talking nonsense to me?" Joachim frowned, "Of course I know more than you." Real or false, then who do you think this pirate king is? Joakim frowned and looked at her, looking up and down, "Are you so interested?" Philippa was not weak at all. He drank and shook his legs, and said doubtfully, "Forget it if I don''t know. I''ll ask other pirate groups in the future." Joachim looked suffocated and was about to speak. ??There was a squeak. The door of the tavern was pushed open, and the bartender walked in with several women wearing heavy makeup, twisting their waists, and instantly threw themselves into the arms of the pirates in the tavern. Joachim also stood up and hugged the two women, "Philippa, do you want to stay with us tonight?" Philippa waved her hand, "Forget it, you are too old." Joachim laughed, hugged the woman and walked upstairs, saying: "I think you are quite pleasing to the wild girl. Don''t go to sea recently. I will take you to have a long experience in two days. If you can pass the investigation What knowledge do you have? Philippa asked. Joachim''s figure disappeared into the stairwell, and a voice came down, "About what you were curious about just now." Philippa chased him to the top of the stairs and shouted up: "Boss Joachim, you are more particular, like the kind-hearted Babucci." There was no reply from upstairs. Downstairs, the pirates and the women were already fighting. Even the pirates brought by Philippa buried their heads in the woman''s chest. ?Philippa glanced at all the pirates. Swearing a few words, he walked out of the tavern with the parrot. Walking around the neighborhood along the street. ?Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. came down from upstairs. Shannara is here today, chatting and laughing with the two maids on the first floor. Not as shy as yesterday. It can be heard faintly that the three talked about Wu Heng''s body. Wait for Wu Heng to approach. ?The three of them noticed it, their faces turned slightly red, and they immediately changed the topic and started talking about today''s shopping. ?Wu Heng sat down beside him and chatted with him. Not long after, dinner was served, and the four of them sat at the dining table and started eating. After dinner. ?Minnie and Shanara went to play shuttlecock in the yard, while Wu Heng left Anderweil behind. Master, do you have any orders? Anderweil poured him a glass of water and asked curiously. ?Wu Heng took a sip and said, "Has there been any progress on the kidnapping?" Anderweil shook her head, "No news has reached me yet. I''ll ask when I go to the association tomorrow." "No, I''ll go there tomorrow too," Wu Heng then asked, "Where''s Millicent?" "Mrs. Millicent is still living in the association''s dormitory. There have been no rumors related to Nautilus and the association in the past few days. Assistant Moya is making arrangements to get her out while building a relationship." ?Wu Heng nodded, Moya would be more secure in arranging this matter. "That''s good, you can go play with them." Anderweil responded and walked out of the room to play shuttlecock with Minnie and Shannella. ?Wu Heng went back to his study to read for a while. When it gets late at night, go back to your room and rest. The next day, Association Dungeon. The heavy iron door was opened. The young man dressed as a bartender walked down cautiously. ?Going through several iron cages along the way, identifying the prisoners lying on the ground inside, and walking towards them. Finally, I saw a familiar figure in an iron cage. He lowered his voice and said, "Boss, are you okay?" ?In the cage, Millicent raised his head, joy flashing in his eyes, "How is it? Is the matter done?" ??The bartender lowered his voice again: "It''s done, all the money has been given away." Then when can you let me out? I didnt say that. The bartender shook his head, and then asked cautiously: Boss, you wont give this money away for free, right? Probably not! ?The two whispered, and the iron door of the dungeon was opened again. Two association guards walked down while chatting. Millicent and the bartender immediately shut up and watched the two figures approaching. ??The guard stood outside the iron cage and glanced inside, "Millicent, right?" Yes! Millicent answered. ??The guard opened the cage and said: "The investigation of your matter is finished, you can leave." "Thank you." Millicent walked out of the iron cage, thanked him, and walked out with the bartender. They walked through the hall and walked out of the association door. The bartender said dissatisfiedly: "I thought the association was better, but it''s just asking for money randomly." Millicent looked around and said, "Stop talking nonsense, let''s go back first." Call a carriage and rush to Beacon Street. Upstairs of the association. ?Wu Heng looked at the disappearing carriage and closed the curtains again. ?According to Moya''s idea, Millicent will be detained for a few days, waiting for some results on the assassination. Let her go again. After Wu Heng came over, he still planned to release him directly. The associations clues have been cut off. ?Moreover, the other party chopped off the head but did not take away the body. Obviously, there is a certain degree of certainty, and there is no point in delaying it. So, Millicent was released as planned today. Anderweil said from behind: "Some people know that she is your spy, and they may not be able to collect much information by then." "It''s not a big problem. There are all kinds of rumors outside that are true or false. There are all kinds of theories, and they may not be able to spread." Wu Heng added, "If we can''t collect any information, let her maintain this tavern and treat Fei. Lipa also gave an explanation. Well, youre thoughtful. ??Wu Heng turned around and touched her little head, "Okay, I''m going back first. If you don''t have anything to do in the afternoon, I''ll go home early." A good master. Wu Heng walked out of the association. ?Standing at the door and thinking for a moment, he walked in the direction of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Entered the Snake Emblem Consortium with the skeleton attendant. After showing his coat of arms, he was taken to the VIP room by the staff. Immediately afterwards, the middle-aged staff member from before knocked on the door and walked in. He bowed and saluted, "Good morning, guest." Good morning, have you seen the result of the last commission I issued? Wu Heng handed the emblem to the other party. The middle-aged man took it and said, "Wait a moment." After saying that, he walked out directly. Not long after, the man came back again, holding a wooden brocade box in his hand. Guest, the commission you issued has already collected a precious material, the blood of the aboleth, and the remaining materials are still being collected. The wooden box was opened, revealing a glass bottle with a viscous red liquid inside. When can the rest of the materials be collected? Wu Heng asked. "I can''t give you an accurate answer to this. If I collect it, I will let you know." The middle-aged man continued. Okay, leave it to me. After settling the final payment, Wu Heng collected the materials. After asking the other party to speed up the collection as much as possible, he also left the consortium. Thanks Ludwig Weiweide for the reward. Thanks to 08a, for the reward. Thanks for the tip since I am also a baby. (End of this chapter) Chapter 441 , holding a sword with mind power Chapter 441: Holding a sword with telekinesis Return to the mansion. ?Minnie is watering the flowers in the flower bed with Shannella. There should be nothing going on at Star Flower in the past two days, as Shannara''s visits have become more frequent again. Moreover, I regard this place as my own home. ?Wu Heng said hello to the two women and went upstairs to the room where the ceremony was held last time. Released all the two ghosts. ?Xiao Xiao circled half a circle above his head, and Glenda asked directly: "Has the investigation concluded what happened last time?" No, the clues have been broken and we will not continue the investigation, Wu Heng said. The investigation methods in this world are not as perfect as modern ones. Just some basic investigations, supplemented by rare objects or props. Necromancer''s interrogation of corpses, or some truth-telling props, are considered very advanced methods in this world. Wu Heng has not found anything now. If it is handed over to the association and the guards, it will be even harder to find anything. ?Glenda warned: "Then be careful on the island. Enemies are more dangerous than pirates." Yeah, I know. ??Wu Heng continued: "Today I got the materials that were lacking before from the consortium, and I can improve them for you." The two ghosts said nothing and continued to wait. ??Wu Heng continued, "Last time it was Xiaoxiao, this time let''s promote Granda!" Xiao Xiao also nodded in agreement, "Yeah, let''s give Aunt Glenda a promotion." ?Glenda did not refuse, but simply asked: "What type of ability?" ?Wu Heng took out the Necromancers notes, Its called Mind Power Holding Sword. You only collected the materials and didnt understand the ability types, right? Granda looked down with some dissatisfaction. No, Ive seen it before. Its more accurate to compare it. Whats the effect? ??Wu Heng introduced: "The ghost can be given the ability to hold weapons." The ghost has no body, so it cannot hold weapons. The characteristic of mental push can lift objects up, but it cannot produce the same effect as slashing. It is useful to stop or move something. To kill the enemy, unless you lift the rolling thunder and throw it at the pirates like the pirate village did. After hearing this, Granda didnt ask any questions and just nodded in agreement, I have no objection. As Wu Hengs level increases. The enemies he faces are becoming more and more powerful. If the ghost can only provide detection, it can no longer keep up with the effect Wu Heng wants. In particular, Xiaoxiao also gained the ability to see the enemy''s level. Granda continues to improve its capabilities, which is what must be done. "Okay, then I will prepare the materials for the ceremony. You guys will wait for a while." Wu Heng said. ??Xiao Xiao raised his hand in mid-air, "Uncle, it''s okay for me. Can you go upstairs and watch cartoons? Come down when Auntie is well." Go and keep your voice down in the study. Got it. Xiaoxiao agreed and flew up through the roof of the shed. ?Wu Heng also took out the prepared materials one by one. Mix the blood and gold powder in a bowl, and then start to draw the type of formation required for the ceremony according to the records on the manuscript. Compared to Xiaoxiao''s time. ??The formation type this time is a bit more complicated, but the record is quite clear and can be drawn completely according to it. When the last stroke is finished, the entire formation is completely closed. A necromantic dark energy permeated the surrounding area. There is no delay. Place all materials in fixed locations accurately according to quantity and type. After everything was ready, he looked into the air and said, "Glenda, go in, it''s okay." Even though Glenda is in ghost form, she can still feel nervous. He nodded and flew directly to the middle of the formation. As Granda entered, the formation began to glow. Materials are crushed like fine sand, turned into energy, flying towards Glenda, entangled with each other, forming a rotating vortex. As time passes little by little. Glenda absorbed all the energy and returned to its original appearance. Ghost Unlocked Skills: Holding Sword with Telekinesis. Successfully unlocked. And it went smoothly. ?Glenda looked at her translucent body and asked, "Is it over?" Its over, you can come out. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda flew out and said: "Actually, I don''t feel any improvement." No hurry! Wu Heng said, and then checked her panel properties. In it, a new skill sword holding with telekinesis appeared as expected. Sword holding with telekinesis: This spirit has the ability to concentrate telekinesis, and can attach telekinesis to weapons to achieve an effect similar to holding a sword. It is almost the same as recorded. ??It''s just that you can''t actually grab a weapon, which is unlikely since you don''t have a physical body. Instead, he can concentrate his mind power and attach it to the weapon. Similar to the effect of holding a sword. It still feels very useful. Looking up again, Glenda was also feeling her abilities in mid-air. ??Wu Heng took out a sword and placed it on the table beside him, "Try to see if you can use it like a normal sword." ?Glenda looked at the iron sword aside. Start to concentrate and use your mind power. After several attempts, the weapon on the table was directly grasped by the hilt with transparent hands. Took it up from the table. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised, and Glenda''s soul was also a little surprised, "It''s really okay." Try waving it! Shuashhua~! ?There were sounds of breaking through the air, and the iron sword split the air in the air. It is really different from the normal soft telekinesis objects. The effect is so good! Glenda was a little surprised. ?Wu Heng continued to take out a pistol and said, "Try this." ?Glenda had seen him use the pistol before, so she grabbed it consciously, held it in her hand, and aimed forward. Try to be invisible! ?Glenda, her body disappeared, only the gun was floating in the air. ?Looks a little weird. How was the effect? Glendas voice came from the air. The effect is very good. ?Glenda reappeared from mid-air and handed the pistol back to him. ??Wu Heng said: "In the future, you will also be able to help during the battle." Yes, I can finally help. After completing the skill. ?Wu Heng returned to the study upstairs, where Xiao Xiao was watching cartoons. Looking up, "Auntie, was the ceremony successful?" Succeeded. Oh, what kind of abilities does Auntie have, please show me quickly. ?Glenda smiled, reached for the water glass on the side, and moved it. ?Xiao Xiao was a little disappointed, "That''s it? So it''s okay!" Its different. I can hold weapons and participate in battles. ?Xiao Xiao was not very interested and said, "Okay, as long as you are satisfied." ?Wu Heng sat in the study for a while. As evening approached, Minnies voice calling for dinner came from downstairs. Tell the two ghosts to stay upstairs. Go downstairs to eat by yourself. The next day, after breakfast. ??Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Get out of the room. Looked in the direction of the waiting room. There were not many people coming to exchange supplies today, only two people, holding bags in their hands, chatting with the survivor in charge of the exchange. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, and within a few steps, Qi Hancai came over in a hurry. He called him aside and said, "Something happened." "What''s wrong?" Yesterday, we arranged for a few people to go to the military area in advance to investigate the situation, but they never came back. We also arranged for rescuers to go over and said that no trace of them was found. Qi Hancai said seriously. ?Wu Hengs brows also wrinkled slightly. ?People are lost! With the current situation of the shelter, it is impossible for people to escape with supplies. More, we still encountered dangers. ??If it is a zombie, then the rescue team that goes behind will also find the location of the accident. After all, zombies kill people and will not remove vehicles. ?Looking at it this way, something happened, but it had nothing to do with zombies yet. Just when Wu Heng was about to speak, a man came out of the room in charge of the radio station. ?Haunted to this side: "Sister Qi, come here." ??Qi Hancai looked back and walked over with Wu Heng. After entering the room. The female survivor in charge of the radio station said: "A shelter just contacted us, saying that they have the person in their hands, and they want the person alive, and they want 2,000 bags of food, and 500 guns and bullets." 500 guns? There are 500 of them? (End of this chapter) Chapter 442 , try the ability Chapter 442, Test your ability Sure enough, the missing people were kidnapped by survivors from other bases. ? Judging from the other partys requests, we already know some of the situation on our side. But 500 guns are required. It makes people somewhat doubt whether there are really 500 people. Given the current situation, 500 people is quite a burden. Did you tell me which shelter? Qi Hancai asked solemnly. ??The girl in charge of the radio station shook her head, "I didn''t say anything, they just told me the request and the exchange location, and then they couldn''t contact me." Where to trade? Over there on Anren Street, there is a viaduct under it. Qi Hancai nodded, "Continue to watch the radio and notify me of any news in time." Okay, Sister Qi. The two of them walked out of the room. Qi Hancai looked gloomy and apologized softly, "I''m sorry, I didn''t expect this kind of thing to happen." ??Wu Heng glanced at her and just nodded, "Let people prepare the convoy. Let''s rescue people first. We''ll talk about the rest later." In the past, Qi Hancais management of the base was quite good. It was an accident this time. After rescuing the person, just be more careful in the future. Do you need to prepare the food and ammunition that the other party needs? No need, just let the team get ready. Wu Heng said directly. Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and began to explain. Not long after, the motorcade arrived at the door. ?Wu Heng also mobilized a large number of skeleton troops and rushed towards the location mentioned by the other party. The road the convoy takes. It is the area that has been cleaned before. According to the map, it took about four minutes to drive. Gradually enter the branch road. Qi Hancai said: "Turn around this intersection and you will find Anren Street. Do you need all the skeleton army to pass by?" ??Wu Heng looked at the map and said, "Let the other vehicles park here, and the two of us will go over and take a look at the situation." "Is there any danger?" Qi Hancai was a little uneasy. Go and take a look first. Itll be fine if you dont get out of the car. Wu Heng said directly. Two ghosts were observing the situation nearby. ?Especially with small psychic vision abilities, the energy emitted by zombies and living creatures is completely different. If there is an ambush or any danger, you can detect it immediately. Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and explained. ??Wu Heng also followed the big-headed skeleton and issued an order to put the skeleton army on standby. When you are ready. Qi Hancai drove the truck, turned around the intersection, and continued to the trading location. After driving for a certain distance. Qi Hancai said: "There is a viaduct in front, and they are on it." Through the front windshield, you can see the viaduct ahead. And the figure standing on the bridge. Not zombies, but survivors looking this way. "They are smart, let''s go from below, and they are on top." Wu Heng said something, and then added, "Slow down and move forward slowly." On the viaduct. ?More than thirty men and women dressed as scavengers gathered on the viaduct. ?More than ten of them were wearing body armor and carrying rifles, and the remaining few were also wearing simple homemade armor, carrying iron spears and machetes, and were fully armed. ?One person looked into the distance and shouted: "It''s coming, it''s just a car, without those bones." The rest of the people gathered over immediately. Looking into the distance. Sure enough, I saw a truck modified to look like an iron can, driving towards this direction. "It''s the car of the people at the station. They are really stupid. At this time, they really exchanged food for hostages." Dare to exchange with foreign countries to prove that they are not short of food, and what we want is even less. Not a little, but if there is too much, it will be over if they dont come. ?A few peoples eyes were shining and they were talking in low voices. ??Standing among several people, a man holding a cigarette said: "Throw the person down." The two men squatted down and threw the three men with ropes tied to them along the fence. The rope was tightened and hung in the middle of the viaduct. And under the bridge tunnel. ?Several zombies heard the sound and gathered together. They looked up and opened their teeth and claws, trying to catch the three figures in the air. Boss, when the food and guns are given to us, do you want to let them go? Another person asked. ??The man known as the boss took two strong puffs of his cigarette and said, "Just go away, they are going back. Remember, none of us can survive." He glanced sideways and said, "Let the brothers with guns hide and wait for the car to come. Then call me up and shoot them to death." ??The rest of the people''s expressions froze, and they nodded in agreement. "knew." ?The crowd dispersed and crouched down behind the guardrail of the viaduct. And gradually. The truck in the distance stopped slowly. did not come as close as expected. Fuck, why did they stop there? Maybe you want us to come over. The boss cursed: "Only idiots would go down and talk to them. Who knows if those skeletons are being pulled in the car? Let''s just fight with them. I don''t believe they have come over and can still watch the hanging people freezing to death." The rest of the people continued to hide without any movement. On the truck. The two of them could see the scene in the distance clearly. Three of his own people were hung under the viaduct, and Qi Hancai''s face became even more ugly. It is not possible to tell whether the other party is alive or dead now. But if we drag it on like this, sooner or later we will freeze to death there. ??Moreover, judging from the other partys posture, it doesnt look like they want to complete the transaction at all. At least the positions of both parties are obviously wrong. They are on top and can attack from a high position. It is very difficult for them to fight back. If you dont rely on the skeleton flying dragon. If the skeleton army wants to go up, they have to go around a long distance to find a way to get to the viaduct. "What...what should we do? They came prepared." Qi Hancai said. Theres no hurry, wait a moment! Wu Heng said. ??Qi Hancai stopped talking and just stared ahead, so that if the other party made any moves, he could notify Wu Heng in advance. Waited for a while. Two investigating ghosts flew back. ?Getting into the body, the scene on the viaduct, as well as a conversation close to the past and shooting directly, were also shared. ?The other party has a gun, which is really surprising. There are a total of twelve people with guns, and the rest are cold weapons. ?There are twelve vehicles in total, and some modifications have been made to them. After checking. Rereleased the two ghosts. ??Wu Heng said: "Try your ability and kill them all." ?Glenda flew out directly, and Xiaoxiao followed behind, flying towards the viaduct. Qi Hancai was still staring at Qi Hancai in the distance. He thought he was talking to her and pointed at himself, "Huh? Should I go over and kill them?" Its not you, youll know later. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Do I need to ask the skeleton to come over?" Wait a minute. Qi Hancai stopped talking and began to wait silently. On the viaduct. ?The truck still made no movement, which made the people here start to feel a little restless. After all, it is not an easy matter to ambush on the viaduct. The cold wind howled and everyone began to shiver from the cold. Humbling about what the other party is doing. Whether you can come or leave, you will be wasting your time there. ??Even if we can just come out and communicate with each other to confirm each other''s identities, it would be good. What does it mean to just stop there? At this moment. ??A man with dyed yellow hair suddenly stood up from behind the bunker. The sudden movement startled the companions beside him. Grass, what are you doing standing up? Huang Mao took two stiff steps forward, with a look of fear on his face, "I, it''s not me, my body is out of control." Bang~! After saying that, he hit the fence with his head, blood spattered everywhere, and he fell down directly. The sudden scene made everyone froze on the spot. Immediately afterwards, the rifle on Huang Mao flew up out of the air. The muzzle of the gun is pointed at a person. In the horrified gaze of the opponent, click, the safety was opened, and the trigger was pulled. Bang~! ?The gunshot was deafening. The man''s head exploded instantly and his body fell backwards. The rest of the people also reacted immediately, their faces even more horrified. The boss, holding a cigarette in his mouth, immediately shouted: "It''s an invisible superpower. Shoot at the gun''s position. Don''t hurt your own people." ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets, shooting randomly. ??The bullet was just aimed at the ''invisible superpower'', but it was like hitting the air. There was no reaction, and there was no trace of blood as expected. Instead, they fired randomly and hit many of their own people. The floating rifle started shooting again, killing the surrounding enemies. His marksmanship was not accurate, but he couldn''t stand it and flew over, so he shot him in the face. Oops, **** it, **** it! The leading man cursed, ducking down and rushing towards the pickup truck nearby. Close the door and start igniting the vehicle. Who did I provoke? He actually has the ability to control a gun out of thin air. How to fight this? The vehicle started and I was about to drive away. Suddenly, I felt a cold feeling penetrate into my body, and then I couldn''t control my limbs. The neck began to twist, and with a click, it turned to the back. It was quiet on the viaduct. Two translucent ghosts also appeared from mid-air. ?Xiao Xiao exclaimed in admiration, "Wow, Auntie, you are so awesome." ?Glenda smiled and said: "It''s just the ability added yesterday that improves the effect of holding objects with thoughts." Its so handsome, just like a superhero. I will also have this ability next time. Okay, Ill ask Wu Heng to get one for you then. Yeah. Xiaoxiao nodded. ?Glenda looked around and said, "Xiaoxiao, go and ask Wu Heng to come over. It''s over here." Okay. Xiaoxiao flew downwards. On the truck. From the angle below, you can vaguely see the scene above. When he saw one, the rifle flew up out of the air and killed all the people around him. Qi Hancai couldn''t believe her eyes. She also thought about how she would resolve this battle. After all, with the current strength of the base, there is no pressure to kill these people. I just never thought that I would get a gun and kill someone by myself. Whatwhats going on? Qi Hancais eyes widened and he turned around and asked. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 443 , pirates gather Chapter 443, pirates gather ??Wu Heng said: "You mean, the flying gun?" Qi Hancai nodded, "Is it convenient? If it''s not convenient, forget it." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, then waved his hand, and the mineral water bottle placed in front of the car flew up out of thin air. Some simple abilities, just know them and dont tell outsiders. Glendas matter cant be understood even if I explain it to her. Simply, lets use [Activated Object] to briefly explain it. "I know." Qi Hancai''s eyes widened and he nodded subconsciously. This is the awakening of a new ability. Its terrible. It is simply a collection of superpowers. Soon, Wu Heng received a small prompt and said directly: "Go to the viaduct." Qi Hancai, who was still in shock, immediately reacted, started the car, and looked for a place to get on the viaduct. ?Hold the walkie-talkie and ask everyone else to come over. Get on the viaduct. The ground was covered with corpses. ??Wu Heng got out of the car and said to Qi Hancai: "Go and pull our people up." Okay! Qi Hancai walked over quickly, pulled the rope, and pulled up the people below. ??Wu Heng walked to the front, and Glenda''s voice rang in his ears, "This ability is really good." Well, the performance effect is beyond my expectation. Wu Heng agreed. The effect recorded in the manuscript is to let the ghost fight the enemy with a sword. But this involves the issue of swordsmanship. The effect is not big. ?But now when you hold a gun and shoot with this kind of intention, the effect is even more significant, and there are no strong technical requirements. ?Wu Heng bent down and put away all the firearms and ammunition from the corpses. Find a corpse and directly release [Conversation with the Dead]. The fallen corpse suddenly sat up and looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "Tell me your complete plan." The corpse replied, "Exchange food with you, and then kill them all to avoid retaliation later." Where did you get the gun? ?The corpse replied, "There is a military area near the south. We attracted some zombies and got these guns after killing them." The military area to the south? ?Over there, it should be the location of the military area that Qi Hancai found out. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "What else do you know about the military area over there?" There are still many guns, and there are many armored vehicles and tanks in the yard. ?There are also tanks. Holy shit! How could something like this appear in the city? Are there many zombies? "a lot of." Are there any special zombies? I mean aberrant zombies. Didnt see it. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng continued to face the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up again. ??Wu Heng asked: "Where is your refuge?" The corpse replied, "Gaud Street, Brewery Refuge." How many people are left in your shelter? There are more than ten people left. Is there anyone with super powers? "No." Do they all have guns? Two guns were left behind. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Who are they?" They are all women we control. After five questions, the body lay back down again. At this time, Qi Hancai also came over from behind, looked at the body, and said: "Everyone has been rescued. They are not dead. It is certain that they will catch a severe cold after returning." Not dying is better than nothing, so be careful in the future. I will pay more attention in the future. Qi Hancai said solemnly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: Have you ever heard of a brewery shelter? Qi Hancai''s eyes flashed with surprise, "I know, we exchanged some grains two days ago, so this incident has something to do with them?" Well, these are the people at the Brewery Shelter. These shameless guys, they can come out to exchange for food, but we have to clean up the zombies along the way, but now they bite us. Qi Hancai scolded. Whether its exchanging food with them or cleaning up the surrounding zombies. Even if it is mainly our own side that wants to clear the road, it can be considered as indirectly helping them. ?Now instead, they have **** their own people and extorted food. ??It feels like I fed a dog and was bitten by a dog again. "When the army comes, we will bulldoze them." Qi Hancai said angrily. There are still some women under control over there, lets see what happens then. "good!" Not long after, the rest of the convoy caught up. Qi Hancai asked people to check the vehicles left by these people. ??Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], turning the corpses on the ground into skeletons. When everything was over, the army went directly to the brewery shelter.??? Outside the brewery shelter. When the skeleton army approaches in mighty force. Inside the gate, two people walked out, a man and a woman. ?Hold your arms high and walk out directly. Qi Hancai suppressed the anger in her heart and said, "Don''t you resist?" The man replied, "We are unable to resist. The only ones left inside are women. Please don''t kill us." Qi Hancai glanced at the courtyard. ??Continued: "Let everyone come out and take out all the weapons and firearms. If anyone dares to hide it secretly, you will all be implicated." Okay, Ill go notify you. The woman who followed him went back to inform him. A large number of women came out of it. In addition to the knives, there were two guns thrown aside. Enter the hospital! Qi Hancai said. The convoy and the skeleton army entered the courtyard directly, and all the gates were closed. Qi Hancai officially took over this factory area. ??Wu Heng began to arrange skeletons to defend the factory area. Not long after, Qi Hancai came back. "No problem. There are so many people here because the brewery was originally a warehouse for storing grain and making wine. The others are willing to cooperate. I plan to observe them for a while." "Well, you are responsible here. Ask more about the intelligence from the military area. Next time we will clean up there directly." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Qi Hancai responded and continued: "This used to be their leader''s room. I have people clean it up. You can live here and I will live next door to you." ?Wu Heng nodded and entered the room directly. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Back to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng first went to the alchemy laboratory to take a look. Packed up all the bottles of refined potions, and then walked downstairs. Shanela did not come today, and the two maids were chatting in the living room. Have dinner together. ?Wu Heng distributed the corpse core potion to the two women to strengthen their attributes. After taking the medicine. Carried out daily training again. ??Wu Heng took the two girls to the bathroom to take a bath. In the bathtub, two maids, one on the left and one on the right, lay on their chests. ??Wu Heng patted the little fox''s buttocks and asked, "Is everything okay over there at Millicent?" "It''s okay, the tavern has reopened, and there are no rumors." Andwyer twisted slightly and said. Well, thats fine. Minnie on the other side gently licked his chest and said, "Master, I have information." Whats the information about Minnie? Wu Heng looked at her. Minnie said: "The number of guards has increased. Many people are patrolling now, and several squads have been added." Andweil also added, "The port was also taken over by the guards. The gangs who originally planned to divide the port business gathered people to protest because of this incident." ?These two pieces of information made Wu Heng a little stunned. Originally, the number of guards was increased to go out to sea to arrest pirates. Now a larger part is used on the island. Minnie continued: "As long as it doesn''t bother us." ? Anderweil agreed, "Yes, it feels safer than Wrentam City." "Um!" ?Wu Heng said nothing and thought for a while. After the three of them had a good time. Lets go back to the room to rest together. The next day, at sea. The ships of the Iron Barrel Pirates Group closely followed the Crazy Lion Pirate Group ahead. ?Philippa stood on the deck, shook the red kerchief she bought at a high price, put it on her head again, and put on her captain''s hat again. At this time, the sailor on the observation deck shouted: "Captain, the members of the Wild Lion Pirate Group have sent a signal, asking us to slow down and continue to follow." Philippa glanced into the distance, and small dots appeared faintly on the sea level. Follow them and everyone should pay attention to safety. If the other party makes any dangerous moves, we will turn around immediately. Philippa said loudly. Finally, it was difficult to establish a relationship with a large pirate group like the Crazy Lions. But also pay attention to safety. It is not uncommon for pirates to cheat on others without revealing their identity. If anything happens, its easy to run away. At the same time, I felt a little excited. ??If you can''t get any news about the Pirate King, it would be a great achievement to pass on the information about the Mad Lion Pirate Group. At that time, Gao Luo asked Wu Heng to equip himself with an iron pipe weapon like that. ??Whoever refuses to obey at sea, use that kind of weapon to blow the opponent to pieces. Just, as you get closer. Philippa''s face was a little serious. Densely packed sea ships in the distance appeared in front of us. ????Pirate groups of all sizes in the Emerald Sea have gathered here. Why are you all here? Suddenly, a good premonition arose in my heart. (End of this chapter) Chapter 444 , deal with traitors Chapter 444, dealing with traitors As the ship continues to move forward. ??Philippa also saw many familiar pirate groups. While docked at the small island, they also saw a black pirate flag with dragon-shaped wings, the Black Dragon Pirates Group. What is going on? Seen a ghost. Just as he was about to return to the cabin and report the situation here, a ship from the Wild Lion Pirate Group slowly approached. ?Brown afro, like a lions Joquim. I pulled myself up from the boat directly on the spot and jumped onto the boat here. Putting one hand on Philippa''s shoulder, he said, "Isn''t it a spectacular scene?" ??Philippa narrowed his eyes slightly and shook off the other person''s arm, "Why are everyone gathered here?" Joachim looked her up and down, smiled and said, "Let''s go, you''ll find out when you get to the island." Seeing his appearance, Philippa didn''t ask any questions, and said to the pirates on his ship: "Leave some people on the ship, while the rest go to the island to rest. Please restrain yourself and don''t cause trouble everywhere." Yes, captain. The pirates responded loudly. There is no fixed port on the island coast. Stop near the shore, take two small wooden boats, and go directly to the island. ?Philippa followed Joachim. ??Directly entered a stone castle-like building in the middle. Enter the Stone Castle. The smell of sweat and the salty smell of sea water hit my face. The dim space was crowded with pirates in different costumes. Some were sitting on chairs and polishing their scimitars, while others were grinning with incomplete teeth and filling their mouths with wine bottles. The pirates were shouting loudly, with vulgar words and loud laughter filling the room. Joachim patted Philippa on the shoulder, turned and left. Philippa stood there, still looking around. Oh my god, he is really a notorious pirate on all routes. ??This is such a powerful appeal that they all gathered here. Looking around, he finally found an acquaintance. Flying Fish Pirates Group-Babuqi. Philippa squeezed over directly and patted the other party on the shoulder, "Babuqi, why did you shave your beard to commemorate your ex-wife?" Fuck, Philippa, can you please stop mentioning this matter wherever you go? Babuqi said dissatisfied. "Don''t mention it, don''t mention it." Philippa pulled him aside and asked directly: "What are you doing here? Why are there so many pirates?" Babuqi frowned and looked at her doubtfully, "No, you don''t know anything, how did you get here?" "Don''t mention it. After we separated, I met the Wild Lion Pirates and he brought me here." Philippa said. I mean you didnt get the letter? ?Philippa''s heart skipped a beat. ?Ever since there were reports from Treasure Island that his mother had been kidnapped, in an attempt to lure Wu Heng to the sea. I never received any more letters. I thought there was nothing going on recently, but it seems that I am not around. ?The Mad Lion Pirate Group, why did they bring you here? ?This had to make her think a little more, and sweat gradually broke out on her forehead. Looking at the door, someone was already guarding the door. It is unlikely to rush out. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "I did receive it, but I didn''t pay attention to it at the time. Later, the words on it disappeared. Can you tell me what it said?" Are you really lying? Philippa raised her eyebrows and said, "Babuchi, I saved you last time, but you doubted me." "Okay, let''s take it as true. Some people say that this is Barbary Island, the island where the first pirate king was identified by pirates. This time the envelope will bring everyone together to divide the property of several major business groups. At the same time, we will make unified plans for the next step. ?Philippa nodded, feeling even more surprised. The Pirate King is indeed real. The guidance of blank letters during this period made the pirates completely trust the instructions above. At this time, I am no longer trusted by the envelope. Tap tap tap~! The two were chatting in low voices. ?There was a sound of footsteps. On the wooden platform in front, several people walked out quickly. The leader is a man, wearing leather armor and a black cloak, with one eye and a long sword hanging on his waist. The second person is the captain of the Wild Lion Pirate Group, Joquim. The whole place fell silent for an instant. ??The man in the black cloak glanced at the whole place and said loudly: "My brave brothers and sisters, hello, I am the captain of the Black Dragon Pirates Group, ''Heller''." Introduce yourself and clap your hands lightly to one side. Then, figures wearing different costumes were pushed and pulled up one after another. Kneel down under the wooden platform. He is a member of the Kingdoms fleet. There are also people from the guards of various merchant groups. Where did you catch so many people? Down below, the pirates began to discuss. I was surprised and curious about the gathering of so many people from all walks of life. ??But Philippa''s eyes had condensed slightly. The people who drove off the pirate fleet from Treasure Island. ?Those people who had gathered from various business groups and mercenaries were all sent here, waiting to be dealt with by the pirates like defeated dogs. The captain of the Black Dragon Pirates reached out and pressed his hand into the void, signaling everyone to be silent. Then he said: "The property we robbed is the glory we deserve. We have braved the wind and waves and have never been knocked down by difficulties. These people are our enemies. They try to block our way, but they do not Know that our warships are as fierce as giant sharks and our warriors are as powerful as violent bears. As he spoke, someone behind him carried out wooden boxes one by one. After opening it, there is a lot of gold. ?The pirates'' eyes became intense and their expressions became more and more excited. ??The Black Dragon Captain smiled and raised his voice again, "Everyone will remember our glory." Puff puff puff~! A sharp blade was wiped across the neck of the hostage in front. ?Blood sprayed out like a fountain, and the hostage struggled and fell to the ground, gradually losing his voice. The entire room was covered in pungent blood. But the pirates just avoided the splatter of blood and still stared at the boxes of gold coins in the distance. After the blood. ??Captain Black Dragon clapped his hands again, "I''ll give you some money. This is what the Pirate King promised you." The coins in the barrel were put into the money bag. According to the size of the pirate group, they were divided directly. Praise to the Pirate King. ?All the pirates shouted: "Praise to the Pirate King." ??Captain Black Dragon continued: "We are gathered together this time to carry out a feat that will change the pattern of the Emerald Sea. We will gather all the pirates, reoccupy the entire Emerald Sea, and reshape the rules of the route. Pirates are no longer prodigal dogs. Everyone who wants to trade through the route needs to pay sufficient funds. ??And all the captains here will no longer be afraid of the association and the fleet. You will have your own manor woman just like the nobles, and a steady stream of gold coins will be delivered to you every day. At home, you can just do some annoying things like counting money. You will no longer be wanted, and you wont become a curse to everyone. " The pirates also began to talk about it at this time. But no one raised any objections. Most of them were still discussing what to do. ?Philippa stood below, holding a bag of gold coins. Even now, I am not in any danger, but I am still a little uneasy. She doesn''t care about the re-establishment of maritime rules. She just hopes it will be over soon so she can leave here. Tell the information to Wu Heng. Those people on Treasure Island are all dead. ??And its all served in one pot. "Tonight, we will set off. I will inform everyone of what we are going to do." Black Dragon paused slightly, then continued, "But the first step is to capture the traitors among the pirates and sacrifice them to the pirates before setting off. Poseidon." As soon as the words fell, the pirate guards around him immediately walked toward the crowd. In an instant, the sounds of pushing and fighting could be heard from all around. Several figures appeared beside Philippa, holding weapons in their hands, surrounding her. Lets go on stage and show your face to everyone. Philippa''s face changed drastically, and his heart shook like a lightning strike. He glanced at the stage. ??The members of the Wild Lion Pirate Group are looking at this side with a playful expression. Grass, this **** is hurting me. Treasure Island, office and study room. ??Wu Heng sat in the study and looked at the information that had been sent recently. Just as Anderweil said, the number of guards on the island has increased exponentially. It is a bit unreasonable for a small island that has just been pardoned and is still under surveillance to have so many guards. ?????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and Anderweil came back from outside. He said softly: "Master, Deacon Imiro, please come over and say that the last reward has been received." ?Wu Heng was stunned at first, and then he was happy. The only reward that can be received from the deacon is the first-level meritorious service reward transferred from the headquarters. After such a long time, I finally came down. Well, Ill go take a look. Wu Heng stood up and walked out directly. Come to the deacon''s study. Entering the room, Shirazuki was already here and sitting on the sofa. ??Imiro sat behind the desk, and his assistant Moya was beside him, making tea for several people. Deacon! Wu Heng said. ??Imiro nodded, walked out from behind the desk, waved his hand, and two items appeared on the coffee table. The first-level rewards for you two have been released, and the types are selected by the headquarters based on your professional characteristics. There are two items on the table. ??Wuheng''s side is a robe of many colors, while Xilagui''s side is a long sword with a light blue hilt. ?His eyes fell on the robe. The robe of a hundred soldiers (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Ability Clone Side effects: disabling ability, splitting of thoughts within a certain period of time (Description: Everyone is me, and everyone is an independent individual.) Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 445 , a hundred soldiers Chapter 445: Hundreds of Soldiers Hundred soldiers wear robes of law. The effect is an ability clone. The explanation is a bit vague, but it seems to have a similar effect to [Mirror Imagery]. Mirror Imagecan also produce clones. The effect of the clone is an illusion, which confuses the enemy and makes the opponent unable to distinguish between the main body and the energy body. But it has basically no practical effect. ??If it is really the same as illusion, then this strange thing is really too watery. It completely fails to achieve the effect of first-level meritorious service. His eyes quickly glanced at Sheila Gui''s reward. A long sword. The hilt of the sword is blue, and the scabbard looks relatively ordinary, but some complex runes can be vaguely seen. White Phoenix Evil Sword (wonderful object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Ice attribute damage, elf blood can assimilate the white phoenix. Side effects: physical damage. (Description: A long sword accompanied by a white phoenix.) Damn, shes so good. Evil sword. In the auction, the evil sword is a very expensive rare item. Furthermore, the effect of this evil sword is very good, and the side effects are actually not too harsh. In this world, the bodies of professionals are inherently strong, and the effects of medicines can also provide good recovery. Obviously the advantages outweigh the disadvantages. ??Are you discriminating against your profession and deliberately picked this kind of robe? Its better to exchange for six second-level meritorious deeds. Hilagui could not check the attributes of the item, but she had some guesses based on the appearance. His eyes were filled with anticipation as he waited. Assistant Moya brought the brewed tea to the two of them, picked up the record book on the side, and began to introduce: "The Hundred Weapon Robe allows you to have the ability of multiple clones and gain an advantage in battle. The side effect is that the ability is cancelled. There will be a strong sense of division in the mind afterward, which can easily lead to danger in battle. Same as the introduction, there is not much difference. Moya continued to turn to the next page and continued, "The White Phoenix Evil Sword is a very powerful magical weapon in the Evil Sword series. In addition to the ice attribute damage when slashing, the elven blood can activate the White Phoenix blood. It has The side effect of the special ability is that after it ends, the blood freezes and the body is damaged. " This weapon is good. Skeletons have no blood and are not afraid of freezing. No, skeletons are not considered to be of elven origin! After the introduction, Moya closed the record in his hand and walked aside again. ?Hiragui looked at the weapon in her hand with joy on her face. Turning it over and over, looking at it. ?Wu Heng was much calmer. He touched the cloth and then put the space ring directly into it without looking at it. Imiro said: "Let''s go back and take a look. The rare items with first-level merit are all very precious items of the association. Even if you don''t need them in the future, remember to give them to the association first, and you will be rewarded with merit." Sheila Gui nodded. ?Wu Heng thought to himself, is this it? There has been some chaos on the island recently. Please arrange your work properly and do not leave the island to go to sea unless necessary. Imiro continued. The two nodded again. Wu Heng recalled what he had just thought about in his study and asked: "Deacon, the number of guards on the island has more than doubled. Isn''t it unusual for such a person who has just been pardoned?" Imiro raised his head and glanced at him, "That''s why I said there was some chaos. This matter should also be reported to the association headquarters, and arrangements will be made as soon as possible." That is to say. ??Imiro also knew that something was not right about this kind of thing. There is no evidence of what the other party is going to do, and some maneuvers will take time. Okay, deacon, we got it. "Go back first. If you find anything, remember to tell me in advance." "yes!" The two of them saluted and walked directly out of the deacon''s study. Place them back in the corridors of their respective offices and study rooms. Xila Gui said: "Thank you, I followed you and achieved first-level meritorious service." Everyone contributes. "At that time, without your words, no matter how hard we tried, we couldn''t defeat the devil." Sheela Gui said bluntly. "Let''s fight together." Wu Heng continued: "You should also be careful about what the deacon said. The island has been chaotic recently, so pay attention to safety." "Well, you too, come to me if you are in danger." Sheila Gui raised the sword in her hand. If you are in danger, just shout my name and I will save you. Sheila Gui smiled and nodded. After saying that, the two of them returned to their study rooms. Go back to the study. Anderweil looked up and said, "Master, how about the reward?" After all, I got it from the deacon, so it must not be too bad. Wu Heng took out the robe and said, "It doesn''t look good. I feel like I might have lost money." Anderweil picked up the robe and looked at it, "The style is very nice. It will look even better on you." Then give it a try! ??Wu Heng took off his leather armor and the robe underneath, and put on the new robe under the service of ''Anderweil''. The fabric and feel are very comfortable when worn. Wait until all the buttons are fastened. Weier, please stay back a little and Ill try the effect. ?Anderweil retreated to the back. ?Wu Heng''s mind moved, and his body became blurry for a moment like a high frequency. The next second, six identical figures appeared in front of him. They look the same and wear the same clothes. Arent you a phantom? said the first Wu Heng. The third Wu Heng took half a step back and asked, "Can you speak?" The second Wu Heng exclaimed, "The ability of the robe is to create entities." The first one said: "What power can you use?" The second one said: "I only remember the illusion ability." The third said: "I remember the spells of the Necromancer faction." I know how to protect myself. I am a conjurer. Im from the prophecy department. . For a moment, all the clones were stunned. Anderweil, who was in the back, also had her eyes widened, looking at the six masters with surprise on her face, chatting together. Lets try disabling the ability and see what the side effects are. said the sixth one. "Can." I dont have any objection either. . ?The ability is cancelled, and six figures appear at the same time for a moment of high frequency. Gathered together, becoming one again. at the same time. A sharp stabbing pain appeared in my mind. I just feel like I have a split personality, and different scene thoughts flash in my mind like fragments. Anderweier ran over quickly, held Wu Heng''s head in her arms, and said anxiously, "Master, what''s wrong with you? Don''t scare me." After a brief dizziness and headache, all kinds of thoughts disappear in the mind. Its okay, you just need to get used to the side effects of strange items. Then he asked, How many people did you see me with just now? There are six masters. It is indeed so. ?Wu Heng felt happy. From this point of view, the effect of the strange object is still powerful. Barbary Island, wooden platform. One by one, the pirates and traitors were pointed out the reasons for their betrayal. Then his throat was slit, and blood spurted forward. As long as no reasonable explanation is given, they will be killed directly. There is no other disposal. Finally, a dagger was placed across ''Philippa''s'' neck. The cold and sharp blade made her feel cold. "Philippa, the Treasure Island Association''s spy. His mother runs a tavern on Beacon Street and is also collecting intelligence for the association. You betrayed the sea and the pirates. You will be executed on Barbary Island." Captain of the Black Dragon Pirates, Said loudly. Below, there was a burst of discussion. Treasure Island''s eyeliner. ??Mother is still collecting information for them. This is a traitor in the family. Even more hateful than the previous ones. Philippa''s back was wet with sweat and he shouted loudly: "I am not an informant. My father is the captain of the Iron Barrel Pirates. My mother has not known who he is for a long time. Moreover, I also received a letter from the Pirate King. I am the captain of the Iron Barrel Pirates." Confessed Pirates." ??The captain of the Wild Lion Pirates was stunned and said, "I brought you here. Where do you have any letters?" ??The black dragon said: "Do it!" "Wait, I have a witness." Philippa shouted, looking down. ??The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates'' eyes narrowed and he wanted to avoid it, but then he remembered those words. I saved you. Coughed slightly, "I don''t know if what I said can be proved. She did tell me just now that she received the letter." (End of this chapter) Chapter 446 , waiting for my father to avenge me Chapter 446: Waiting for my father to avenge me Someone spoke. The pirate captains present all turned their heads and looked at ''Babuqi''. ???Babuqi has also been a pirate captain for many years. At this time, he was tortured and scrutinized, and a kind of panic arose in his heart. ? said: "I''m not excusing her. I''m not sure whether she is the association''s spy, but when she first came in, she did mention the Pirate King''s letter." Then he added, "Search her space ring to see if there is a letter inside, and you can confirm whether she is recognized by the Pirate King. Moreover, when the Iron Barrel Pirates were galloping across the sea, there was no association on Treasure Island!" This statement also aroused the approval of many pirates. ?Although the Iron Barrel Pirates Group has declined, it did have a glorious period back then. ?Such a notorious pirate group. The bad things they did were worse than most of the pirates present. Considering the rules and regulations of the association, it was somewhat unjustifiable to choose the Iron Barrel Pirates. ??The Black Dragon Captain listened to the discussion below and looked at Babuqi, "Which pirate ship are you from?" Flying Fish Pirates! Captain Heller. ??The Black Dragon Captain frowned and looked at it, "I have seen the Flying Fish Pirates. The captain is a very tall and resolute man. When did the captain change?" ??Babuqi touched his chin in embarrassment, "Captain Heller, I had the honor to rob a caravan with you back then. I still had a beard at that time." "It''s really you." Black Dragon recognized the other party and then asked, "Are you sure she just told you?" Ive said it, and with her character and brain thats not very easy to use, I dont think the association will choose her as an informant. On the wooden platform, the captain of the Wild Lion Pirates took a step forward and said: "This is nothing to discuss. I took a detour to catch her according to the instructions in the Pirate King''s letter, but she was not very smart and took the initiative to follow her. come over." ?Philippa''s expression condensed. ??I was also curious as to why I met the Mad Lion Pirate Group. It turned out that they were there to arrest me. But now is not the time to think about this, and it is even less likely to admit it. He cursed loudly: "You fart, you asked me to sleep with you in the tavern, but I didn''t agree, so he took me out for a long time. I''m here now. Unless I betrayed the pirates, you can go out and ask the mad lion alone." The crew members were all present at the time and can all testify to me. Hulala~! ?The pirates raised their heads and looked at Captain Mad Lion. The latters face turned red, and he felt like he was about to explode with anger. Seeing that it was effective, Philippa continued to shout, "He can find any reason to kill me, and he will also find any reason to kill other people in the future. Don''t believe it..." Heilong waved her hand, and someone immediately covered her mouth. But more people were also a little worried. Philippa even mentioned the crew of the Wild Lion. It was hard to tell whether this was true. ??Pirates dont have very high moral standards. ?Seeing that the discussion below was even louder, the Black Dragon Captain said directly: "Check her space ring." The ring on Philippa''s hand was taken off, and the contents were placed one by one on the wooden platform. Daily necessities, rolling thunder, food, coins, and crossbow bolts were a big mess. Among them, there are a large number of blank envelopes. In terms of quantity, it is more than what an ordinary pirate captain receives. Its just that the characteristic of letters is that they disappear immediately after reading them. The contents of these envelopes cannot be verified. "I am not a traitor. I have robbed the association''s ships. My father is a pirate and I grew up on a ship. They framed me. They can kill me without any evidence today, and they will find any reason to attack others tomorrow. "Philippa threw away the hand covering his mouth and shouted loudly. Below, the discussions among the other pirates were even more noisy. This argument is completely untenable. I even wonder if the first few pirates who were killed were all made up. At this time, Babuqi from Feiyu said again: "Both captains, why not lock up Philippa and the remaining people first? They are not high-level. As long as they are taken care of, there is no danger. We can invite the Pirate King later. Handle this matter so that everyone will not be suspicious of each other. The rest of the people began to follow suit. Whether he is a traitor or not will be decided by the Pirate King, which means he will be locked up first. It is also more agreeable than direct execution. The two captains, the Mad Lion and the Black Dragon, also looked a little ugly. If we continue to put Philippa to death. The subsequent actions may lead to uncontrollable situations. ?The quality of the pirates has never been high. If they don''t believe in themselves and whether they will be obedient when the time comes, they will probably disperse now. After looking at each other, Captain Black Dragon said: "Okay, then listen to everyone, lock up the remaining few first, let the Pirate King confirm their identities later, take them away, and lock them up in two groups: Black Dragon and Mad Lion " ?Philippa did not resist, but allowed himself to be taken away. He just shouted on the way: "If I go to the Black Dragon, the crazy lion will definitely find a reason to kill me." Send her to the black dragons cage. Philippa and others were taken away. Hei Long then signaled everyone to be quiet again and said: "Don''t let these things affect our plans. Materials and supplies are provided on the island. You can prepare when you go back. Follow us before dark for the next step." ?Everyone nodded and left the building. Return to their respective fleets and make preparations. The bottom of the cabin. Philippa was pushed into the iron cage. It was dark all around, and you could faintly hear moans coming from the darkness not far away. The **** locked the cage and said, "You are lucky, you have saved your life." Philippa was sitting on the damp straw mat inside and said without anger: "Huh, my dad will take revenge on me for letting you bully me." Grass, dont say that your father is dead. Even if he sees our black dragon, he still has to kowtow obediently. Tch! Philippa turned her head and ignored them. ??The escorting personnel ignored her and turned around to leave. Wait until the entrance door is completely closed. The entire cabin was plunged into darkness. ?Philippa slowly breathed a sigh of relief. I only feel a chill down my spine and my legs feel uncontrollably weak. Those eyeliners in front were just cut open on the neck. If ''Babuqi'' hadn''t spoken for himself, I''m afraid he would have had the same fate. Sure enough, anyone who becomes a traitor will be punished by Poseidon. Suppress the panic in your heart, Take two deep breaths to calm yourself down. Start to think about what you can do next. You must find a way to escape, return to your ship and leave here. Then pass the message to Wu Heng. Let him kill the two people who bullied him. What a bad luck! Treasure Island. After testing the robe of the Hundred Soldiers, Wu Heng had a great change in his view of this strange object. ?Even if it is just a preliminary attempt, we have not yet figured out too detailed usage distribution. But what is certain is that it can play a huge role if used properly. Level 1 Merit will certainly not disappoint. Looked at the time, it was almost noon. After saying hello to Anderweil, he left the association directly. ??Didn''t go home, but walked outside the city. Waiting until there was no one around. Took out the [train conductors hat] and put it on his head, and the train whistle sounded. The ghost train stopped in front of me out of thin air. ?Wu Heng took Kerinmu onto the train and wrote "Lpez City" in the itinerary. The train started again and plunged into the void. ?Wu Heng found a place to sit down. ?Out the car window was a flash of nothingness. ?This morning, Imiro also specifically asked not to go to sea or leave the island unless there are special circumstances. But Wu Heng thought about it. Its better to choose to go out. Be prepared for whats coming next. Wu Heng is not too worried about safety issues. The ghost train travels in a state of void and will not take a route or route in the traditional sense. At the moment, the associations enemies are pirates. No matter how powerful they are, they cannot stop Wu Hengs actions. The journey took about three hours. A scene suddenly appeared outside the window, the train stopped and the door opened. Wu Heng got off the train and the train disappeared again. There was a wasteland at my feet. I looked around and saw the outline of the city in the distance to the east. Lopez City is the city that docked from the sea when investigating the pirate village. Relatively prosperous. ?Wu Heng covered himself with a cloak and walked directly towards the city. Halled a carriage on the way and headed to the Snake Emblem Consortium building. Get off the carriage. Put on a mask and enter the building. He came to the front desk, took out a purple and gold emblem, and looked at the other party, "Is Miss Leitili here?" ?The moment they saw the emblem, the staffs pupils shrank. He saluted immediately and said, "Guest, please come this way. Miss Retili will be here soon." Some people went to find Leidili, and Wu Heng was taken to a VIP room. Sit in the room for two or three minutes. ?The door opened, and a female elf in a red dress, with pointed ears and blond hair, and delicate and beautiful features walked in quickly. ?Saw Wu Heng wearing a cloak and mask. A smile appeared on his face, "Guest, long time no see." Retili, the auctioneer at the Snake Emblem Consortium auction. Last time, after the auction ended, I was found by someone alone, as the buyer with the highest spending in the audience. Give him a Purple Gold Emblem, which belongs to the Snake Emblem Consortium. It is the highest-level emblem and can enjoy many special rights. At the same time, she suggested that if you need anything in the future, you can come here to see her. She is the head of the consortium in charge of Lopez City. Long time no see. Wu Heng also said. ?While the two were talking, Leitili sat down on the chair opposite her. Her long skirt was tight and her buttocks were plump. Then, the door opened again. A waiter brought tea, snacks and fruits, which was quite thoughtful. Wait for the others to leave. ??Retili then asked: "Guest, what are your orders?" ??Wu Heng''s voice came from behind the mask, "There is indeed a commission, and I want to collect it for me through Miss Leitili." You say it! ?Wu Heng said directly: "I need the body of a level 15 alchemist and the body of an artificer. The sooner the better." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 447 , bad premonition Chapter 447, bad premonition Retili frowned slightly. She thought of props, rare objects, or some rare materials. What I didnt expect was that this customer who had bought all the props from the auction came here to buy a corpse. But through this piece of information, we can also roughly infer the identity of the other party. "Of course." Retili thought for a moment and continued to ask, "Does the alchemist have any project requirements? There is also a research and development direction for the artificer." Alchemists need to be pharmacies and have a tendency to develop medicines. Artificers dont have many requirements. They only need to reach the level. Wu Heng looked at her and said. ??Retili nodded, "I''ll fill out the power of attorney for you." With that said, he opened the door and walked out. After coming back, I squatted by the coffee table and started filling out the power of attorney. ?Wu Heng sat aside and waited silently. ?The main purpose of coming here this time is to collect corpses. There is definitely a problem with the consortium on Treasure Island. The corpse collection commission that he issued, from the very beginning, there were level 15 corpses, and later it was difficult to hand over ordinary corpses to him. Even if its not clear, something is not quite right. But we cant waste our time like this, especially since Treasure Island is no longer as safe as before. Thats why I came here directly to re-release the commission. Guest, this has been filled in. You need to pay a deposit of 100 gold coins. Leitili pushed the commission to the opposite side. ?Wu Heng looked at it, gave the money directly, and then stamped the emblem on it. The delegation takes effect. ??Retili handed the completed commission to the person outside the door and walked back. Guest, how should we notify you after the commission is completed? If it is convenient, it is best to leave an address so that we can send it to you or write a letter to inform you. No need, I will come over after a while. ??Retili didn''t force it, she still smiled and said, "Okay." ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "I also need a prop or rare object that can conceal my identity. It must be able to achieve the effect that professionals above level 15 cannot see through." "Wait a moment, I''ll check the local prop reserves." Leitili walked out again. ?Wu Heng stood up in the room and looked at the paintings around him. ??Retili came back again. ?Hold a black cloak in his hand. Concealment cloak (Description: A cloak etched with various runes, which can cover the face, shield special marks and perception.) Wu Heng knew this cloak, and each of them had one at the consortium''s auction. Can block anyone''s detection. Are you selling yourself? Leitili put the cloak on the coffee table, "Guest, there are currently no props or rare items with corresponding effects. I can fill in the purchase request for you and acquire the corresponding items. During this period, this consortium''s ''hidden cloak'' can be temporarily provided to You use it, but you have to ensure that it is not lost or damaged when you return it. Well, this service is really thoughtful. Furthermore, the effect of this prop is also very good. ?At that time, I was determined to buy one. Thank you, please fill in the request. ??Retili wrote a new commission again, and Wu Heng also put away the cloak. Its all over. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Has this year''s gold acquisition performance been completed?" ??Retili was stunned for a moment, then she reacted and said awkwardly: "Not yet." How much difference? "The difference is quite a bit, more than 5,000 grams. There have been problems at sea recently, and the route is unstable..." "Go and prepare the silver coins. I will help you complete these." Wu Heng said directly. ??Retili was stunned when she explained, and she couldn''t believe her ears. He hesitated for a moment and asked, "Are you serious?" Well, I have to leave later, it wont be long. Retili was pleasantly surprised. It will be prepared for you immediately. Returning to Treasure Island, it was almost dusk. After dinner, Wu Heng went straight to the study on the fourth floor. Putting on the [Hundred Soldiers'' Robe] again, a thought came to mind. ?Six figures with the same name, Wu Heng, appeared in the open space in the middle of the study. Six pairs of eyes looked at each other. ?Looking at yourself from this angle is much weirder than looking in a mirror. The first one, Wu Heng, said: "Let''s first confirm whether the panel can be opened in this state." The others also nodded. Start trying. I cant open it here. There was no response from my side. Me neither. . Six people reported one after another, but they were unable to open the panel. You can also confirm that in this state, there is no way to open the panel. The first Wu Heng continued: "The second experiment is whether the space ring can be used." I cant use it here. I cant communicate either. The third Wu Heng took out his staff, raised it and said, "I can take it out." Out of the six Wuhengs, only the third one can communicate with the space ring. But its reasonable. The ones on other peoples hands are more like ordinary rings with the same appearance. Then, the six Wuhengs tested their abilities again. Same as when working in the study room. Each Wu Heng can only use the abilities of one school. ? Even if you have relevant knowledge in your mind, you cannot use spells that do not belong to you. In other words, there are six of us because we have learned spells from six schools. One person said. Another person leaned on the sideboard and said: "In other words, among the eight sects, there is still a lack of enchantment and transformation. If you learn these two, you can add two more bodies." ?Another person spoke, "The third-level meritorious deeds that follow can be exchanged for the skills of these two schools. Get the body out first." Well, I dont expect the spells to be very powerful. We can all use guns. Its a way. Six people gathered together to discuss for a while. There is not much that needs to be tested. With a thought in his mind, the six bodies began to shake at high frequency and reunited into one person.? ? ? Immediately afterwards, there was a burst of dizziness and tingling pain. ?Countless broken pictures and contents rolled through my mind. ?This kind of division does have a sense of unrealistic violation. Release the [Activation Object], and the kettle on the side will automatically pour a glass of water. ?Wu Heng took a sip and began to sort out the results of the experiment. In the clone state, the panel cannot be opened, and the space ring can only take effect in one person''s hand. The number of bodies is most likely related to the school''s spells. After learning the skills of six schools, he split into six schools. ??If you learn all the eight orthodox ones, I wonder if two more will be added. It is still unclear what the distance and duration of separation of several bodies, and whether there will be any impact if a single body is killed. "You can''t experiment with being killed. The risk is too high. Don''t make me mentally deficient." Ask Moya when you have time, the associations props should be recorded accordingly. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, the bath water is ready, and so is the little fox." Minnie, youre talking nonsense up there again. Andweils voice came from below. ?Wu Heng stretched and released the two ghosts to move freely in the study. He himself opened the door and walked out. ?Hold Minnie''s shoulders, "What has Shannara been busy with these two days?" "I went to see her during the day. She said she was busy with the business group and something seemed to have happened." Minnie hugged his waist and said softly: "Sister Shanara is kind, but you can''t stay apart every day. " Listening to Minnies sour words. ?Wu Heng smiled and patted Minnie''s butt, "Go and get the little fox ready. Let''s sleep together tonight." Shes already prepared. Push open the bathroom door. Anderweil was wearing a bath towel, covering her chest and thighs, "Master." Minnie said while changing clothes: "You see, I''m still a little impatient." Lets go, just take a quick wash, lets go back and rest early. ?Wu Heng took the two of them into the bathroom. Day 2, zombie world. Outside the military area. The skeleton army began to charge, knocking all the remaining zombies to the ground. The spears and battle axes in his hands kept attacking the already broken body. Wait until the sound of slashing and stabbing ends. The huge area has been filled with blood-red energy. Clean the battlefield. The skeleton soldiers began to take action. The corpses blocking the road were moved to one side, and the corpses of deformed zombies and evolved zombies were moved to Wu Heng''s side. The [Bone Slave Technique] was released to transform the corpse and collect all the corpse cores. Then, the convoy behind also drove directly over. Qi Hancai got out of the car and asked, "Are you okay?" Its okay, lets go in and take a look. The remaining survivors stayed at the front and began to search some office buildings. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went to the backyard. One warehouse after another, all appeared before our eyes. Open these. Wu Heng ordered. The heavy iron door was fully opened. Armored vehicles of various models are parked inside. Machine guns, cannons, and vehicles with various antenna receiving devices on the top look complete. Really, there are so many. Qi Hancais eyes lit up. Even if you get some information. But its also quite vague. If all the warehouses in the back are opened, how much will it take? It''s just amazing. ??Wu Heng did not open all the warehouses one by one, but through a small perspective, he found the warehouses where ammunition and firearms were stored. Put away all these weapons. At a later stage, allocate them to skeletons with the talent of precise aiming. Occupy this place first? Wu Heng said: "Let''s occupy it first, inventory the supplies, and keep an eye on the new survivors. Don''t let them have access to weapons, so as not to hurt our own people." Qi Hancai also understood the seriousness of the matter, "I understand, I will take good care of them." "Also, Li Yahong has trained skeletons to drive and control machine guns. Let the train bring some over." Wu Heng looked around again, "Repair the gate. Let''s stay here first and wait for the supplies to be transported. Go to the next step. Okay, Ill make arrangements right away. Qi Hancai made arrangements, while Wu Heng found a new room. Return to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. ??Shanella is sitting downstairs chatting with Minnie. ?Wu Heng sat down on the first floor, one on the left and one on the right, holding the two of them in his arms. ?Minnie was grinning, while Shannella was a little shy, "Why, just like this in the living room." ??Wu Heng asked: "You haven''t been here for several days." Shannara''s face turned slightly red, "You can''t come here every day. What if someone discovers you?" What are you afraid of? Lets live together. Minnie said from the other side. Its not that simple. Shanara said, but unlike you guys, I didnt say the second half of the sentence. Whats the problem? Minnie muttered. Shanara looked up at Wu Heng and said, "I want to ask you something." Well, whats wrong? "Has there been any news about the combined fleet from the association recently? It has been at sea for a while, and no news has come back at all." Shannella asked. ??Wu Heng frowned, "Only the ones from the Flower of Stars haven''t come back, or have the other business groups not come back?" "They haven''t come back yet. These are the guards of the merchant group, and they are also a kind of garrison on Treasure Island from various powers and countries. I haven''t come back for a long time, so I always have a bad feeling." Shannara sounded a little worried. (End of this chapter) Chapter 448 , kill him first Chapter 448, kill him first ??Garrison? I suddenly heard this word in another world. It still feels somewhat inconsistent. Shannara curled up her legs on the sofa and continued to explain, "Treasure Island has a special location. Most trade needs to be transferred here, so various business groups and forces have arranged a certain amount of manpower. The protection of the business groups also has a supervisory role." ?Wu Heng understood what she meant. ?Treasure Island is an important hub for maritime trade, but due to piracy, it is not trusted by various business groups and countries. Hences have been placed here in the form of guards. Protect their respective business groups. Once the guards of each business group are in danger, they will unite to form a considerable fighting force. Didnt you go to the city hall or the guard to ask? Shannara sighed, "I asked, but there was no clear answer. They were all official words, so I came to ask you if there is any information from the association." Before, Wu Heng thought that the formation of this joint fleet was a bit unreliable. But I dont have any evidence, its just a feeling. ?There is no reason to stop the Flower of Stars from participating in the encirclement and suppression of pirates. ?Piracy was rampant at that time, which seriously affected the trade on the routes, and all business groups were impatient. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Tomorrow, I will ask the deacon to see if he has any information, and I will tell you when I come back." ??Shanella arched her arms and said, "Well, you are so kind." ?Minnie saw the two of them finished chatting about serious matters, poked her head from the other side, and asked jokingly: "Where is the best place?" Shannara turned her face to her arms and murmured softly, "Anywhere is fine." Sister Shanara, which master do you like the most? Shannara''s face turned even redder, "Go, I''m not old, I dare to ask anything." Hehe! Minnie snickered from the side. ?Wu Heng glanced at the sky and hugged the blushing wood elf next to him, "Are you going back tonight?" A smaller voice said, Look at you. Then we wont go back. Wu Heng stood up and picked up the wood elf, How about we come together tonight, Minnie? Shannara leaned on her chest and looked at Minnie carefully, "Give me some more time, okay, Minnie!" Listen to sister. Minnie smiled. ?Wu Heng hugged her and walked upstairs. The next day, after breakfast. Shanela left, and Andweil also went to the association to work. After disguising himself, he went out directly, called a carriage, and headed to Beacon Street. The carriage slowly stopped at the door of the Nautilus Tavern. ? Pushing the door open and entering the tavern, several bartenders were cleaning. The bartender approached the door and said, "Guest, it''s not open yet. You can come over in the afternoon." Im here to see Millicent, Im her friend. "Oh!" The bartender suddenly realized and reached out to signal upstairs, "Follow me, the boss is in the room." We climbed the stairs together. Stopping in front of Millicent''s room, the bartender knocked on the door, "Boss, a lady came to see you and said she was your friend." Let her in! Madam, please. The bartender said, turned and left. Enter the room. Millicent was wearing a loose off-white nightgown, with a sleepy look on her face. He frowned and looked at the figure standing at the door, "Who are you?" ?Wu Heng took off the phantom veil on his head, revealing the black cloak underneath. Continue to take off the hood of the cloak to reveal its original appearance. Sir! Millicent stood up immediately. She knows about the phantom veil. But I didnt expect that there was a layer of protection inside, so I had to be more careful than before. ?Wu Heng nodded, "There have been a lot of things lately, so try to be careful." Youre right, Millicent agreed. ??Wu Heng sat down on the side and asked: "Have you collected any information recently?" "Yes!" Millicent pulled out the space ring hidden in his chest and took out a notebook. Looking at the above content, he said: "Some guests said that they found some pirates coming to the island through the port, but nothing special happened. The second point is that the fleet that surrounded and suppressed the pirates had obvious effects. Many ships docked at the port. The team was not attacked by pirates. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "How do you know about the fleet''s encirclement and suppression of pirates?" Millicent replied, "There are people from the fleet who live in the tavern. They mentioned it during the chat. They said that they didn''t meet any pirates when they came here, so they attributed it to the fleet." "Those people have seen the combined fleet on Treasure Island?" Millicent shook his head, "Probably not. What I mean by what I said is that the disappearance of the pirates is related to the fleet." ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Millicent closed the record book and said, "I don''t have much information. There are more people in the tavern recently, but they are all from the caravan." "Well, it''s okay." Wu Heng continued: "Pack up your things and leave with me later. Stay with me for the time being and come back after a while." What about the tavern? Millicent was a little surprised and asked subconsciously. Close the business, or hand it over to employees you trust to run it first, its your choice, Wu Heng said directly. Millicent didn''t dare to say he wouldn''t leave. While packing up the things he wanted to take away, he said, "Sir, I choose the second one." Wait until things are packed away. ?Wu Heng put on his costume and went downstairs with Millicent. ??When he reached the first floor, Millicent said he wanted to go back to his hometown, so the tavern directly entrusted it to a clerk. Then, walk out of the tavern together. Take a carriage and drive around Beacon Street and return to Center Street. Master, who is this? Minnie looked at Millicent, a little curious. Philippas mother will stay with us for the time being and arrange a room for her. Wu Heng said directly. Then he said to Millicent: "This is Minnie, who is responsible for all the daily life here. If you need anything, you can talk to her." Miss Minnie. Millicent saluted. Minnie smiled, There are spare rooms on the second and third floors. Just make arrangements with Miss Minnie. If it faces south, the room on the second floor will be larger and the lighting will be better. Lets go to the second floor. "good." The two women said as they walked towards the room on the second floor. ?Wu Heng went directly to the fourth floor and entered the study. Sit down from the desk, Wu Heng began to collect the information collected in the past two days. Transfer away the lost merchant fleet, pirates enter Treasure Island, and the island''s guard is expanded. ??This island owner is indeed related to blank envelopes. Furthermore, its basically clear now. He must be killed in advance. Allowing the other party to make the first move will only make you more passive. After thinking about it, Wu Heng got up and went downstairs. ?Going to the second floor, Minnie was directing Skeleton to move some furniture into the room. Master, are you going out? Minnie turned around and asked. Well, you are at home, dont go out. I understand, Master. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton attendants and went out directly to the association. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and entered. Imiro was looking at the chart. He looked up and asked, "What''s wrong?" Deacon, I have collected some information and need to report it to you. Speak! Imiro put down the map. ?Wu Heng quickly recounted the scattered information he had collected previously. The owner of Treasure Island is level 18 and has been pardoned by the association and various forces. Going to kill him directly is not only risky, but also difficult to explain afterwards. Moreover, there is absolutely no need to do this. Why take the risk on your own when the association and Imiro are present. With his face unchanged, Imiro said calmly, "The intelligence analysis is good, what do you think?" Wu Heng said: "Deacon, it is now certain that the island owner has basically turned against him. He has never thought about resuming the route after being pardoned. It is just that he cannot be sure whether he is also acting according to the blank envelope or whether he is sending a blank envelope. people. Do you know his occupation? Imiro said. I heard from Shilagui that he is a warrior. Imiro nodded, "In terms of professional positioning, warriors are more suitable for execution rather than decision-making. They are more likely to execute blank envelopes." ?Wu Heng looked serious. He said directly: "Deacon, I think that even if we don''t kill him immediately, we should control him to avoid any problems." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 449 , crazy, all crazy Chapter 449, crazy, all crazy The combined fleet of the merchant group was transferred away. At present, all arrangements on the island are aimed at the association. Whether it was related to the blank envelope or not, killing him was not a wrong thing. ??And, the faster, the better. Imiro picked up the tea cup and took a sip, and said: "Your analysis is very good. It is basically the same as the information I have. It''s just that once I attack him, there will be a riot on the island. You should have heard of the pirates'' fighting methods. Well, it will only make the situation worse." He glanced at him again and said, "Moreover, if he just acts according to the blank envelope and kills him, the envelope will also appear in the next person''s hand, and we will lose the goal of tracing it." ?Wu Heng frowned. Imiro is thinking in this direction. One is that there will be chaos on the island and more people will die. The second point is that they now know the other side''s plan and can follow the plan to investigate. If they are killed, the clues will be cut off and the other side will have a new plan. Then are we going to do something? Wu Heng asked. Imiro was silent for a moment and said: "The association''s reinforcements are already on their way and will arrive within three days. We will act together when they arrive." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It turned out that I had already prepared for it. Okay, deacon. Dont talk about this to outsiders. "yes." ?Wu Heng nodded, it would be nice to have reinforcements. ?Yimiluo is strong enough, and the reinforcements he invites will definitely be stronger. After finishing the formal conversation, Wu Heng continued: "Deacon, I would like to ask about the robe of the Hundred Soldiers." Moya, check the information for him. Imiro said to the side. Moya came over, smiled and asked, "What do you want to ask?" I have tested the effect of the robe clone. I would like to ask about the distance the clone moves and whether there will be any effects after the clone dies. Moya opened the information and took a rough look at it. replied: "There is no too restrictive distance. It is recorded above. Keep the same space. When the distance reaches the critical point, the user can have some feeling. Then you can try it out. The dead clone will disappear instantly. After you end the effect of the magical object, you will suffer the pain of death. " ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "Among these clones, are they divided into subjects or clones?" Moya looked at the information and said, It doesnt matter. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng said. Moya smiled, "You have nothing to ask, right?" No, if theres anything I dont understand, Ill ask you again. "Actually, this is what is recorded here. If there is anything you don''t understand, you have to test it yourself." Moya stood up and returned to his desk. ?Wu Heng also said goodbye to the two of them and left the deacon''s study directly. Go back to your office and study room and sit for a while. There is nothing going on in the afternoon. It has been a bit dangerous recently. ?So he asked Anderweil to lock the door and go home from get off work early. Dinner. There is one more place on the dining table. Millicent was a little cautious and ate in small bites. Shannara looked up from time to time, and then looked at Wu Heng. Wu Heng said: "I mentioned the fleet to the deacon today, and there is no new information from him." Shanela''s face turned ugly for a moment. Now it seems that the fleet may not be able to come back. He raised his head and said softly: "I''ll arrange the boat, let''s go first." Shanela is a smart person and her intuition has always been sharp. In the case of Treasure Island, I must have noticed something was wrong. It is not safe at sea, and I am the deputy deacon of the association. If I run away at this time, how will I face other people in the future? "Don''t be a deputy deacon. I have enough money for us to spend." After Shanara finished speaking, her face turned red and she added: "It''s enough to support Minnie and Weier." Wu Heng grabbed her hand and said, "Don''t worry, I can protect you if there is danger. It''s best to take you away. It''s still no problem. If I''m not here, just come over to my side. The guards are enough to keep you safe." "I also have guards here to protect you if there is danger." Lets protect each other. Have had dinner. Millicent returned to the room early. ?Wu Heng chatted with a few people from downstairs. Then they all went back to their rooms. Shanara did not stay because of this incident. You should go back and arrange your own affairs. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. The night was as dark as ink, and a few weak illuminating stones hung on the neck of the skeleton, flickering brightly and dimly. ?Zombies roared from all around. ?Groups of figures gathered on the road like ghosts, forming a huge tide of corpses. Hurrah hoo~! The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew overhead, and dense iron bullets hit the ground. The roar sounded. In the dim moonlight, you can see the remains of body parts and meat flying all over the sky. Skeleton flying dragon, after two or three consecutive bombings. There was also a brief silence in the entire area. After that, the faint roar of zombies continued, coming from all around. Wu Heng looked around at the situation. With a thought, six identical clones were immediately scattered. Form yourself into a square formation and move forward with me. Split into two teams and follow me to the left. The rest come with me to the right. Divide the skeleton army into three groups by forming a group of two clones. Start to clean up the zombies along the front and the two roads on the left and right. The skeleton army and the zombies were fighting together, and fierce fighting sounds were heard. In midair, two ghosts responsible for investigation were stunned on the spot. Xiao Xiaoqian looked around several times, "What happened? Who are these? Why are there so many uncles?" ?Glenda was also a little confused, "Use your spiritual vision to see if these are illusions." "I saw it, it''s all true. It''s over, uncle is split." Xiaoxiao exclaimed, holding his face in his hands. At this time, Wu Heng in front shouted: "Xiaoxiao, Glenda, go to the front to investigate." ?Wu Heng on the left said: "Come to my side, the view in front is too dark." The person on the right also said, "Look at the building to see if there are any special zombies." Xiaoxiao said: "It''s over, I''m going to be torn apart too." The two ghosts flew out quickly. He kept traveling through the three areas, investigating the situation. The sky is bright. ?Wu Heng cleaned up the zombies all night long. Removes the cloning effect of the robe, causing the tingling and splitting sensation to hit the brain directly. ?Standing where he was, he recovered. Open the experience value and take a look. Level: 1673542/225000 In one night, I gained more than 50,000 experience points. ?The speed is not too slow either. After transforming the corpse. ?Wu Heng got back into the truck and said, "Let''s walk back." Qi Hancai started the car and said, "Don''t tire yourself out, the entire base is relying on you!" Its okay, its not a big problem. Treasure Island, sea. ?Philippa was lying on his side in the dark cage, poking out the hay stalk in his hand in boredom. ?During this period, the people of the Black Dragon Pirate Group did not make things difficult for her. But there was no care. Barely in a state of starvation and little strength. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and two people from the Black Dragon Pirate Group walked down. He kicked the iron cage hard and said, "It''s time to eat." Throwing the bread in their hands on the ground, they turned around and left. ?One of them said: "I heard that the strongest person below Hero Ymiro can we land on the island?" Another person said: "You are out of your mind. Naturally, there will be other people to deal with Imiro. It is our turn." "That''s right. I heard that there are many noble women on the island whose skin is smoother than silk." Thats what the captains play too. After weve finished playing, its our turn and it wont break, so theres nothing to be afraid of. Hey, thats the best. The two of them talked and gradually walked away. ?Philippa turned over and sat up, looking outside the iron cage, her eyes widening. The pirates gathered to attack Treasure Island. Crazy, all crazy. Philippa''s eyes turned quickly in the dark night. Open the dreadlocks on the head, and pull out the space ring entangled by the hair from the root of one of the dreadlocks. Put it on your hand. Military area warehouse. ?Wu Heng listened to Qi Hancais material statistics. Put all four armored vehicles into the space sachet. When the car disappears from sight. ??Qi Hancai was startled and subconsciously took several steps back before realizing that this was one of Wu Heng''s abilities. Originally, we could only collect some items. Even armored vehicles can be put away now, which is incredible. Wheres the driving skeleton? "Here, I''ll bring them over." Qi Hancai walked aside and brought a few skeletons. These are skeletons who learned to drive and operate firearms and cannons from Li Yahong. It can be regarded as a technical job among skeletons. "It''s okay. You can go have breakfast. I''ll come back to you if I need anything." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded, waved goodbye, and walked towards the building nearby. ??Wu Heng returned to his room with a few skeletons. (End of this chapter) Chapter 450 , schools of fish and treasures Chapter 450, Schools of Fish and Treasures Back to Treasure Island. Minnie and others are still resting. He asked the skeleton who was following him to go to the courtyard to wait while he entered the radio station room on the third floor. Enter the room. Picked up the record book in front of the skeleton investigator and looked at it. Still empty, without any records. ?With a talker like Philippa, even if there is no information, he will still leave a few casual words. There were problems on her side too. ??Wu Heng did not pick up the phone and tried to contact Philippa. If the ship is occupied by others. ?The sudden sound coming from the radio will only make things worse. Take out the space ring [Tracing Pendant] and a sailor''s scarf. Pricked his fingertip, blood dripped on the pendant skull, and the turban leaned over. The skull began to chew on the edge of the turban. Then, the blue will-o''-the-wisp struggled towards the east. People are still alive. There are two days left, the associations reinforcements will arrive, Philippa must hold on. Wu Heng muttered. Only two days left. At that time, we can go to sea to rescue her. Philippa was a little crazy and didn''t want anything to happen to her. Leave the room. ??Wu Heng stood in the courtyard and looked at the surrounding layout. There are large open spaces in the front and back courtyards. Minnie planted flowers, fruit trees, and some vegetables. Looking around, he took out four armored vehicles from the space ring and placed them in the open space of the courtyard. Two vehicles each in the front and rear courtyards. ?Although it seems a bit intrusive, it also suppresses many flower beds. But safety issues are still more important. Flowers, plants and vegetables can be planted again later. From now on, you will be responsible for controlling the armored vehicles and protecting the safety here. Wu Heng said to the newly brought skeletons. ?Several skeletons immediately took action and got into the driving position and the position where the weapons were controlled. Wait until this is handled. ??Wu Heng continued to return to his residence, adding skeleton guards to the external balcony of the building and setting up a machine gun on the guardrail. It can be guaranteed, as long as someone plans to attack here by force. It will be covered by bullets immediately. Hash it directly into a sieve. Come out of the room on the balcony. Minnie, Andwyll and Millicent came down from upstairs one after another. "Owner." "grown ups." ??The two maids shouted sweetly, and Millicent bowed respectfully. Did I wake you up? Minnie smiled and said, "No, it''s time to get up. What does the master want to eat in the morning?" Lets make some arrangements. Ill introduce the layout to you. If theres danger and Im not around, I can command the skeleton to control the equipment to fight. Ah? Okay! ??Wu Heng took the three people to the courtyard and introduced the situation of the armored vehicle and the characteristics of the weapons. ?Minnie and Andwyer have both seen firearms and understand them very well. In addition to weapons attacks, armored vehicles can also play a good protective role. Based on the fighting style of this world, it is also difficult for cold weapons to penetrate armored vehicles. Introduced them all, and gave a few instructions to a few people. Go back to the room to eat. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the association. The situation has been tense recently, so I have to go to the association for at least half a day. In the office study room. We spent the whole night cleaning up the zombies. I feel a little sleepy today. I put my hands behind my head and leaned on the back of my chair. I closed my eyes and rested while thinking about Treasure Island. ?At the moment, the person who controls the blank envelope, that is, the Pirate King, has completed the layout of Treasure Island. The merchant guards on the island were led out to sea and all disappeared. A large number of pirates came to the island, and the number of guards also increased. Once a war breaks out, the pirates can quickly mobilize a large number of people, and the top leaders of the entire island''s business group will be rich and fat. As for the association, there are still two days left for reinforcements to arrive. The association is waiting for reinforcements. What are the pirates waiting for? No, what the pirates think has nothing to do with me. ??If a war really breaks out and the association does not have an advantage, I can send Weier and the others behind the boundary gate and leave Treasure Island by myself via the ghost train. Or, directly open the gate and push everyone aside. ?In this case, if you want to keep the secret of the Realm Gate, you have to kill everyone. In the end, maybe the association will investigate itself. The gain outweighs the loss. On your own side, you should also be prepared as much as possible. Go back in the afternoon, continue killing zombies to gain experience, and strive to reach level 17 in these two days. ~! ?Thinking in my mind, there was a gentle knock on the door. ?Wu Heng squinted and looked at the door. Anderweier had already opened the door and asked about the situation. Close the door again. He came over and said, "Master, I have a letter from you. The staff sent it directly to you." letter? ?Wu Heng took a look and saw that it was not a blank envelope. ?Wu Heng took it, tore it open and took out the letter inside. ?The letter paper is somewhat yellowed, and the handwriting is smooth and looks like a woman''s handwriting. It is also very powerful and the writing is deep. Its not Mantha Wens handwriting, nor is it Slaters handwriting. In terms of content, it is not a letter at all. But a story. There have always been legends of mysterious treasures among the fish schools, where there are countless pearls and the power to make the fish schools strong again. Finally, a little fish appeared with a pair of bright eyes that could see things and predict dangers in the sea. ?The fish school was overjoyed and set off in a mighty manner, swimming through the trench and through the rapid undercurrent, and began to head towards the location of the treasure. Just when the treasure was about to be opened, internal strife broke out among the fish, and the fish in their prime elected a new leader. also has a pair of bright eyes. The new boss got the treasure and gained the ability to observe other fish schools in the ocean. " What the hell? ?Wu Heng frowned and looked at the letter in his hand. ??This is telling a story? Picked up the envelope again and looked at it. There is no address, just the recipient, Treasure Island, Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. "Master, what''s wrong?" On the side, Anderweil asked suspiciously when she saw him looking over and over. Wu Heng said: "There is something wrong with this letter." Not Sister Wen Mansha? No, the handwriting is wrong, Weier, go to the front desk and ask where this letter came from? Wu Heng handed the envelope to her. Oh, okay! Anderweil took it, took the envelope and walked out directly. Wu Heng was left in the room again. Started to concentrate and rethink the content of this letter. The letter tells the story of a school of fish looking for treasure. Putting aside fairy tales and linking it to the current world, it is more like talking about the pirate kings treasure. ??Pirates always compare themselves to being as fierce as sharks. But from whose perspective are you writing this letter to yourself? In the end, what do you want to express? ?Wu Heng took out a pen and paper from the drawer. Write down a few important words. A fish has bright eyes and is qualified to get the treasure. When the treasure was obtained, the fish group fought among themselves and recommended a new fish, which also had bright eyes and obtained the treasure. Acquired the ability to observe other fish schools. Schools of fish equal pirates. Bright eyes, discerning things, predicting dangers. Insights and predictions are more like prophets in contact. The prophet on the island, the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern, McIntosh. ?Wu Hengs brows furrowed even deeper. With a thought, the ghost Glenda flew out of her body, floated to the side, and looked around. Is something wrong? Wu Heng said: "Last time, the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern, do you remember where he was buried?" I know the cemetery in the back mountain. Glenda nodded. Go over and take a look. Is her body still there? ?Glenda stared at him. Look at the corpse? Do you want to steal the corpse? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 451 , it is indeed you Chapter 451, Its really you ?Wu Heng was not in the mood to joke with her. "No, I suspect there is still something wrong with her death. You should go and take a look." ?Glenda didnt say much, disappeared, and left directly through the wall. Not long after, Glenda flew back again. Floated to one side and said: "The coffin is empty, there is nothing left. I looked outside specifically. There has been no soil being turned over in the near future." Sure enough. McIntosh did not really die. But to escape by pretending to die. She should have faked her death and left here. Wu Heng said. "Fake death? Why fake it? I wish I knew how to do this back then." Glenda muttered at the side. ?Wu Heng did not continue to speak. Instead, he continued to meditate. The fact that she was able to hide from the inspections of the association and the Treasure Island Guards must have been in a very dangerous way, putting her in a state of real death. Are you not afraid? Someone has performed an autopsy on her? The body was damaged and could not be saved by any means. ?What happened at that time that made her leave in this way? ?Wu Heng frowned and recalled. What exactly happened at that time, during that time period. Looking back along the timeline, suddenly, a picture appeared in my mind. The island owner returns to the island. ?At that time, when the island owner led the team back, Wu Heng stood at the port and listened to his speech. McIntosh chose to leave because she was avoiding the island owner. Otherwise, she might not be able to get out of the island for the rest of her life. What does that have to do with this story? Unless, the island owner is the Pirate King, the new Pirate King who got the treasure after revolting with the fish. Grass! He is not a warrior, he is a prophet. ?Wu Heng suddenly shuddered. Even though I had already suspected that the other party was the mastermind of the blank envelope, I still felt a chill as I pushed it out layer by layer. At the time when ''McIntosh'' left, she didn''t know that she had found information about the Pirate King. So, he vaguely told the story of a school of fish looking for a treasure, telling himself that the island owner got the treasure. Furthermore, being able to monitor all fish schools on the sea is blank envelope intelligence. The other party can monitor the situation at sea, how can it be possible to wait for reinforcements from the association to arrive. ????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and Anderweil came back from outside. He said: "Master, the mailing address was not found at the front desk. If you want to check it step by step, it will take a certain amount of time." ??Wu Heng stood up and said: "There is no need to check the letter. Go and inform ''Xila Gui'' to go to the deacon''s study." "Ah? Ask the deputy deacon, Shiragui, to go to the deacon''s study?" Well, I have something to do, just let her go. Wu Heng said. Glenda, who was in the invisible state, got back into his body and walked outside. ?Andewil agreed and also went to Sheila Gui''s study. Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng lightly knocked on the door and walked in directly. Imiro looked up at him and asked, "What''s wrong?" ~! ?The door knocked again. Sheila Gui followed closely and walked in. ??Yimiro looked at the two of them doubtfully, and Xila Gui also looked at Wu Heng, waiting for what the other party was going to do. I just received a letter that tells the story of a school of fish looking for treasure ?The story of a school of fish looking for treasure? ?Imilo, Sheila Gui, and ''Moya'' not far away all looked at him with some doubts. ?Wu Heng told the story completely. The two of them were not asked to analyze the contents, as that would take too much time. Instead, he said directly: "The school of fish in the story refers to the pirate group, and the treasure is the treasure of the Pirate King. In this way, someone planned to tell me about the Emerald Sea, and the Pirate King who got the treasure had something similar or something like Professional Traits of the Prophet. Sheilagui followed his train of thought and analyzed further, "You mean, you can use the prophet''s ability to find out who the pirate king is from among the pirates?" "no." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows with doubts in her eyes. Wu Heng said solemnly: "Originally, the prophet of Treasure Island was only ''McIntosh'' from the Old Barrel Tavern. I just went to check her cemetery, and there was no body in the coffin." The pupils of Imiro and Sheilagui shrank suddenly. Even Moya, who was making tea in the distance, looked back. Keep talking! Imiro also became interested. ??Wu Heng continued, "There are two possibilities. McIntosh is the pirate king. The second possibility is that McIntosh knew that he would die if he stayed, so he took the risk and faked his death to escape." "McIntosh has just reached level 15, and she can be regarded as a captain at most." Sheila Gui said. ?McIntosh was exposed to all eyes. ?Cooperate with associations and local forces, and also have port intelligence. Imiro and Sheila Gui both paid attention to her. She cannot be a high-level professional. ?Wu Heng also nodded in agreement, "So, she is the second type, aware of the danger, and at that time..." ??Imiro spoke, "Occam took the fleet back to the island." "Yes." Wu Heng added, "If our thinking is correct, the island owner''s profession is not a warrior, but a prophet. He has used Treasure Island as a chessboard, intending to take advantage of it in one fell swoop by representatives of associations and major business groups. Next, become the Emerald Sea-Pirate King again. Sheila Guis eyes widened. Imiro''s usually calm face became increasingly gloomy. In other words, the island owner held a blank envelope, controlled the pirates, and acted out a play. What a ruthless pirate. He plans to use the association and major business groups as a stepping stone for him to become the pirate king. Let me see the letter you mentioned. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng handed the envelope to Imiro. ??Imiro glanced at it and handed it to Moya behind him, "Go and compare the handwriting of ''McIntosh''." Moya took it and left quickly. ??Imiro continued: "The Association''s reinforcements are still on the way." ??Wu Heng advised: "Deacon, the other side can know the location of all the ships in the Emerald Sea. What if the association''s ships are also in the other side''s plan? We can''t follow his rhythm." What do you mean? Kill him now. As soon as he dies, Treasure Islands situation will be over immediately. Sheila Gui never spoke, but her eyes were still looking at the two people discussing the plan. ??I dont know how to get in the conversation. At this time, the door opened again. Moya walked in directly and said with an ugly face: "Deacon, there is nothing wrong with McIntosh''s handwriting." Sure enough. Imiro immediately stood up, took out the battle armor from the space ring, and began to put it on, "The association has entered a state of preparation for war. Wu Heng is in charge of the association and has full authority to take over the association''s defense and security. Xila Gei chooses her own team to seize the port. Any blockers, Kill directly." ?Wu Heng and Wu Hengs faces immediately became serious. Hilagui asked, "Deacon, where are you?" Ill go to the island owners manor to see what hes up to. ??Wu Heng said: "Deacon, let Xi Lagui stay in the association. I have some experience in dealing with pirates." Sheela Rose''s level is not low among professionals. But Treasure Island will definitely strengthen the port. It may be difficult for Sheila Ge to capture it by force. ??Wuheng has more long-range weapons, and it can summon undead as it kills enemies, which makes it easier. Imiro glanced at the two, "If your analysis is correct, once the war starts, the association will face greater difficulties. You can play the greatest role if you stay. If your analysis is wrong, then the port will not Even if there is too much danger, Shiraki can handle it. Xila Gui also glanced at Wu Heng, "Don''t worry, I can do it." ??Wu Heng continued to take out three radio earphones, handed them to the two of them, and put them on their ears. Sheila Gui had seen it before and put it on very skillfully. Imiro was also a little confused and tried it on too. ?Wu Heng explained speaking and listening to them. Imiro was surprised by the communication effect and directly put the space ring into it. After putting on the armor. ??Imiro said directly: "Moya issued an announcement, and everyone will listen to Wu Heng''s deployment." Its already written. Moya took the notice and walked out directly. Okay, everything is about safety. Imiro said. ?A few people nodded. We walked out of the study together. ??Imiro left the association directly, and Shiragui called the team and also left directly. ??Wu Heng directly ordered the company to close its doors and all members entered a state of preparation for war. In a dark room. A figure quickly entered the room. Chief, the beast tamer discovered that Imiro left the association and was coming towards the manor. Inside the room. ??The burly figure, wrapped in a robe full of stars and moons, the island owner holding a wooden staff, looked at the ocean sand table on one side. Black Dragon and the others will arrive tonight. What news have Imiro and the others got? The reporting figure shook his head, "I don''t know, maybe I noticed something." ?The island owner smiled and said, "That''s fine, let me inform you and act as planned." "yes!" The person left quickly. The whole island seemed to be boiling. ?Countless tame animals flew into the sky, and large numbers of guards and people dressed as pirates rushed into the streets. Residence. ?Minnie took Millicent to transplant some plants from under the armored vehicle in the courtyard flower bed. Sister Shanara and I have been planting these for a long time, so it would be a pity if they died like this. Minnie dug them out and planted them in a flower pot. Millicent is also helping. She is a woman and she also likes this kind of flowers and plants. Shanara, is she the elf lady from yesterday? Yes. Minnie said immediately: Have you ever heard of Star Flower? The business group is very famous. Well, the largest business group in the wood elves belongs to sister Shanara. Now that she is rich, she always brings us delicious food. Minnie puffed up her chest a little. Millicent also widened his eyes. The person in charge of such a large business group had dinner with him at the same table last night. They chatted with each other for a while. This is the first time I have received such treatment. I would like to know what the relationship between the two parties is. Feeling that it was not my place to ask, I nodded and continued to help fill the flower pots with soil. Dang Dang Dang~! At this moment, someone knocked **** the door. The two of them moved their hands for a moment, and Minnie frowned slightly. Who? "Deputy Wu Heng asked me to pick you up. He said that the island is dangerous recently and asked you to go to the association." (End of this chapter) Chapter 452 , Surrender, Archdeacon Chapter 452: Surrender, Archdeacon ?Wu Heng arranged for someone to pick them up? Lately, Wu Heng has been mentioning the dangers on the island almost every day and telling him not to go out. Even with Shanara, they are also adjusting their manpower, and even occasionally mention that when they come over, they will leave Treasure Island with her first. When everything is over, come back and deal with the rest of the matter. Millicent patted the dirt on his hands, stood up and went to open the door. Hush~! Minnie grabbed her and made a gesture to keep silent. Then she shouted towards the door: "Let''s go change clothes. Please wait a moment." The person outside the door hesitated for a moment, but still shouted: "The subdeacon is very anxious, please hurry up." "knew." Minnie shouted, whispered orders to the surrounding skeletons, then pulled Millicent and ran directly back to the house. ?Go all the way up to the balcony on the third floor and look outside the courtyard wall. ?From this angle, you can see part of the road outside the wall. Everything is normal and there is no change. Miss Minnie, something is wrong outside? Millicent wondered. The master added those weapons here this morning, how could he just take us away? Minnie said, and stopped explaining. ?Minnie has been with Wu Heng for a long time, and she is also aware of some of the other party''s arrangements. If there is someone arranged by Wu Heng outside the door. It will not be said that picking up them, but to transfer all the strength of the whole army, at least, the alchemy skeletons on the fourth floor, and the pharmaceutical materials. So, those people outside just want to trick them out. ?Those who can do this are easy to guess. Last time, those guards who tried to come in and check household information were thrown out directly. Minnie patted the skeleton with a machine gun on the balcony, "Get ready to fight. If anyone breaks in, attack them immediately." Click, click, click! The machine gun turned around and pointed at the door. Outside the hospital. A row of figures stood against the wall, holding weapons, waiting for the door to open. Just waited for a long time, but there was no movement inside. Call someone. One person said in a low voice. ?The person standing at the door immediately shouted: "Miss, how much longer do you need?" Its getting late, hurry up so that the subdeacon wont be anxious. We are really members of the association. Over time, the archdeacon will blame us. I shouted several times in succession, but got no response. ?The man who called the door had a serious face, "I''ll go tell the commander. She must have noticed something." Speaking, he walked to one side. Enter the corner position. ?It was a large crowd, some were guards uniformly dressed, and some were dressed in messy pirate attire. Standing in a scattered group, waiting for news. Commander, if the other party doesnt come out, he must have noticed something is wrong. ?A commander in silver armor spat and said, "Attack directly. Be careful of the skeleton inside. Don''t kill the female rabbit." Hurrah! As soon as the voice fell, several tame beasts flew into the sky. hovering above the building. Then, the soldiers on standby quickly poured into the road. Inside the building. The two women were still standing on the balcony, nervously looking at the door. Even though I believed that my master would arrange everything, my heart began to beat and I was a little nervous. Whoosh~! Suddenly, a sound broke through the air. ?Minnie subconsciously stretched out her hand and grabbed the front of Millicent''s face. She held an arrow tightly in her hand and threw it out of the window. Then, he grabbed Millicent and hid in the room. Until this moment, Millicent finally showed a look of horror. "just." Its okay, dont worry. Minnie said softly. Looking outside. Those rolling thunders were thrown in along the wall. Huh~! The effect of the beacon thunder exploded, and the fire took advantage of the wind to form vortexes. ۡ! After the impact of rolling thunder. ?The door was violently smashed open, and a large number of guards and pirates poured in through the door. Attack, kill everyone. ?Bang bang bang~! Balcony gunner, start to pull the trigger. Bullets rained down, covering the crowd below. In the blink of an eye, the pirates shouted excitedly, and in the blink of an eye, their bodies were shattered. Blood and minced meat were scattered all around. At the same time, the armored vehicles in the courtyard also began to fire. ?Hum, boom, boom~! The cannon fires directly at the wall ahead. The wall was shattered, and the pirates who climbed up the wall or hid behind were beaten into a **** mist. Bullets and artillery shells kept shooting forward. ?The attacking enemy suffered heavy casualties, but those who survived ran away in embarrassment, crying and fleeing into the distance. Rogue One, Ranger One, take a few skeletons out to take a look around. If there are still enemies, continue fighting. Dont chase them too far. Minnie continued. Level 15 rogue skeletons, and level 15 ranger with several skeletons. ?Stepping on the broken meat and gravel on the ground, he walked out directly. I checked around the road and quickly turned back. It seems that these people were beaten away. Minnie, whats going on? Shannara came over quickly wearing armor, leading the housekeeper and guards. Enter the room directly. Minnie threw herself into her arms and said, "Someone is trying to arrest us. Something must have happened." Are you not injured? Shannella asked. "No." Put on your armor first, and well talk about the rest later. Shannara said directly. Minnie and Millicent walked aside and started putting on their armor. At this time, Shannara''s housekeeper also came back. He said: "After checking, they are from the guards in this area. The remaining ones dressed in disorder should be pirates." Shanela''s face turned even uglier. I also guessed what happened. Assign people to help defend, and lets defend this place together. Okay, madam. The housekeeper immediately arranged for defense and repaired the fortifications. Tap tap tap~! At this time, other nearby houses were also opened one after another. Mrs. Shannara, what...what happened? President Shannara, how did it end up like this? ?Most of the people living here are representatives of business groups. Having been observing the situation, when the battle was over, he came out to ask what was going on. Shannara looked at everyone, "The pirates have come to the island, and we all know what they are doing. When they come again, we will fight them off together, otherwise we will all die on this island." Everyone''s face turned pale. He glanced at the broken corpses on the ground and nodded. Association. The door was closed tightly, and Wu Heng assigned the remaining personnel the task of defense. ?In addition to the remaining teams, there are also association staff and association guards, all of which have been mobilized for follow-up operations. According to Imiros instructions, Wu Heng must guard this place. ?He and Sheilagui, if things don''t go well, can still return to the association. If there is no more here, everyone will be dispersed. After everyone simply understood the situation. ??He also took action immediately and headed to his position. "Master, the five corpses in the morgue and the seven pirates in the dungeon were all executed. The corpses are all here." Anderweil walked over quickly. The guards behind him carried twelve corpses and placed them in the open space in front of them. ??Wu Heng directly released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all twelve corpses were transformed into rotting corpses, and they slowly stood up. Took out machine guns and rifles and distributed them to several carrion corpses. While continuing to hand over tasks. The ghost Xiaoxiao flew down from above his head. It directly penetrates into the body, shares the picture, and emerges from the mind. On the main road in front of the association, people are pouring in. From a small mid-air perspective, they are all heads. The leader was a tall man wearing close-fitting black leather armor. ?Hang a pair of tiger fingers around his waist. The body exudes a strong red light, less than level 18, but very close. The people behind him all had level 15 professions, and finally there were a large group of pirates with different radiances. At least more than a thousand people. I really think highly of the association. The large team approached the association for a short distance and stopped immediately. The leading man cleared his throat. He shouted: "Deputy Wu Heng, why don''t you bring your people out to surrender, and everyone''s lives can be saved." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 453 , have you seen me scared? Chapter 453: Do you see me scared? The leading man stood in the distance with a half-smile, and his voice came clearly into the building. A pirate who speaks to the association in a condescending manner. I''m afraid it''s also the first time. ?Wu Heng asked everyone to return to their respective positions, and Anderweil also propped up Barrett in the corner of the window. Moya said from the side: "The speaker is the captain of the Thunder Pirates - Tolga, a level 17 boxer. He is the second pirate in the Emerald Sea who is expected to reach level 18. Those behind him are also captains of the pirate group. Or the backbone, all above level 15. ??Yimiluo went to kill the island owner, and Moya naturally stayed. ?At this time, he saw the situation outside and explained softly. ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the outside: "Do you have such great power? Can you let so many of us go?" "Why care about other people." Tolga shrugged and said, "You kill the people inside, and I promise not to embarrass you, and I will also give you wealth and women, which is much better than being this **** sub-deacon. I heard that you like women who look like animals? I know a kind of monitor lizard, and I will give you two to try. " Hahahaha~! Behind him, the pirates laughed ear-splittingly. ?Wu Heng showed no emotion and asked instead: "Occam has worked so hard to become the pirate king, will he allow you to let me go?" "You actually know this?" Tolga choked up his laughter, a little surprised, but still said: "Surrender, your little maid will be here soon, and you don''t want to see him being tortured in public, right? ! Bang~! Suddenly, a loud roar sounded. ?? Anderweil pulled the trigger while the other person was talking. Tolga''s expression changed, and he subconsciously flew to the side. Pah~! The sound of breaking was heard. ? Tolga turned his head suddenly and saw the level 15 pirate behind him, with half of his body shattered and blood and internal organs flowing downwards. The injured pirate also looked at the gap in his body in horror. Save. A large mouthful of blood sprayed out from his mouth, and his body fell backwards. Tolga stared at this scene with his eyes widened in horror. He knew that the other party had powerful equipment. ?But I didnt expect that the range would be so far. ?Bang bang~! There were two more explosions. Then, two more level 15 pirates appeared. Their bodies were instantly shattered and they fell to the ground dead. All the pirates looked at the horrifying scene in front of them. ?These are big pirates with notorious reputations. Died here so easily. I didnt even see where the attacker was or what he was killed by. The team of guards and pirates was instantly confused. Everyone spread out in all directions, looking for cover. Tolga''s face also changed drastically, and he shouted directly: "Hey, don''t mess around, go in, kill each team member for one hundred gold coins, the team leader for three hundred gold coins, Wu Heng''s head..., five thousand gold coins." The chaotic pirates all looked calm. Looked at the association in the distance, and then at the dead bodies on the ground. Kill! Kill all the associations. Kill them all. ??The pirates waved their weapons excitedly and ran forward in groups. Spread out along the way, surround the entire building, and launch an attack. ?Bang bang bang~! The skeletons upstairs and downstairs began to pull the triggers, and dense bullets roared out. A large number of pirates were instantly hit by a dense barrage of bullets. Fell to the ground. Immediately afterwards, the pirates holding heavy iron shields set up the shields into a turtle shell formation. The pirates passed under the iron shield and continued to run forward. Hurrying forward, he slashed at the association members guarding the window with weapons in his hands, trying to force them back and rush into the building. Click, click, click! The rear of the pirates. Two heavy bed crossbows, under the cover of the pirates, advanced a certain distance. The bow string was tightened, and the crossbow bolt as thick as an arm was placed on the bed crossbow. Looking far ahead. Swish swish~! The crossbow bolt roared out with two bangs, and nailed the closed door of the association. Then, the etched magic circle took effect, the red iron slurry began to flow, and the door slowly melted. Until the crossbow arrow fell off, the closed door melted to create a huge hole. The pirates became even crazier and kept rushing towards this side. "Hahaha~! Come with me and rush in to avenge your dead brothers." Tolga raised his head and laughed, tapping his feet lightly, and rushed over like a cannonball. Lead the pirates into the association hall. Master, that man is coming too. Anderweil put away the Barrett and had a submachine gun in her hand. Started to shoot at the pirates who rushed in. In the midst of the chaos, Tolga took great strides forward. Looking across the entire venue, he went straight to Wu Hengs location. Kerimu, crush his skull and kill him. Two skeleton attendants rushed towards the target head on. Tolga looked at the approaching skeletons, grabbed two pirates, and was thrown towards the skeleton attendants under the doubtful eyes of the other party. ?Step on the wall and continue forward for a certain distance. With another flick of his hand, an iron lock instantly tied him and Wu Heng together. Ive got you, pretty boy. Tolgar sneered, before Kerimu and Shattered Skull approached. A scroll was suddenly torn open in his hand, and light enveloped him and Wu Heng. The next second, the two of them disappeared at the same time. "Owner." Deputy Wu Heng. Everyone''s faces turned pale instantly. Beacon Street, gunshots and alarm bells resounded throughout the island. Sheila Ge has heard this sound before. It is the kind of weapon from Wu Heng. As expected, they have taken action, and the enemy has already begun to attack the association. A large number of guards gathered towards the central square, but on the streets of Beacon Street, the people seemed to be getting weaker and weaker. Hilagui led the team members in a dark alley. Deacon Sheilagui, we were wrong, please let us go. Several people dressed as guards kept begging for mercy. Sheila Gui glanced at it and said directly: "Kill." The dagger grazed their necks, and several people fell to the ground in pain. In the past, they might have been taken back for interrogation to confirm that there were no errors in the procedures, and then dealt with. But things are different now. People like me may not survive tomorrow. ?How can I have so many concerns? Sheila Gui leaned in the alley and waited for a while. The translucent detection guard returned and got into the scroll. Form a complete picture. At the port location, a large number of guards gathered. The land and the sea were filled with the corpses of those who had been killed. It seemed that everyone near the port had been killed. Sure enough, increasing the number of guards is to have more manpower to mobilize. ?Wu Hengs ideas are really sharp. He said almost everything was right, but it was a little late. The other team captains all came closer. Ardeacon, what should we do next? Hilagui put away the scroll and replaced the long sword in his hand. "What can we do? Seize the port, otherwise everyone will die here." ??The rest of the people said nothing and began the final arrangement and inspection of equipment. When everything is ready. Sheila straightened her helmet and said solemnly: "Follow me and fight up." After saying that, he took the lead and headed forward. At the port location, the guards immediately spotted a few people. They are members of the association, kill them and go back to receive the reward afterwards. Hurrah! ?The guards shouted and charged forward to fight. Outside the city, in the wasteland. The formation lit up, and two figures appeared at the same time. ?Wu Heng quickly glanced around, his face a little solemn. ???????????????????????????? It seems that they are more interested in killing themselves than attacking the association. Tolga appeared immediately, and the chain still locked the two of them tightly, with a distance of 5 meters between them. The gladiator chain is said to have been found in the ruins of a certain duel ground. Unless one of you dies, it will never be opened. ?See the plan succeed. The smile returned to Tolga''s face, and his tone was calm, as if he had already won the victory and was the winner of both sides. ??The Necromancer''s greatest reliance is the undead under his command. Of course, the power of the instruments in his hands is also terrifying. But now there are only two of them here. ??Killing a mage in close combat is not much more difficult than killing an ordinary person. At this time, the two sides have already reached a conclusion. ?Wu Heng thought about the plan and said, "Do you think I''m afraid?" Tolga slowly calmed down his expression and said coldly: "You look down on me?" ?Wu Heng turned over his hand, and a submachine gun appeared in his hand. There was no need to aim, he could just pull the trigger forward. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense bullets roared out like a barrage, shooting forward. ??The moment the opponent took out his submachine gun, Tolga''s body exploded out, almost flashing at an extremely fast speed, closing the distance between them. The chains also shortened the distance between the two of them at the moment they moved. ?Wu Heng adjusted his direction, predicted and blocked the opponent''s route. Tolga hit his chest with both fists, and his powerful energy was instantly released. ?The bullet apparently stopped in the air, then deviated from its trajectory and ricocheted to both sides. The strength of the boxer. ?His energy can deflect bullets, which is close to that of a level 18 boxer. ??The pirates of the Emerald Sea are really a place where dragons and tigers are hidden. No wonder it is so difficult to exterminate. ??Wu Heng stretched out his hand and flipped it over again, and another submachine gun appeared in his hand. He held two in both hands and continued to block the enemy''s path forward. In close combat, no one can rival a fighter in terms of skill. Tolga roared like a mad lion. ?Wu Heng''s head was buzzing for a moment, and his vision was a little blurry. After shooting twice casually. Quickly regain your sight, and the enemy rushes in front of you in the blink of an eye. The distance between them is only one meter. Tolga''s eyes were full of malice, and he said with a ferocious smile: "Little mage, let me see if you have any other tricks." ?Wu Heng''s expression condensed and he shouted: "Brothers, the actual battle has begun." The next second. The figure in the opponent''s eyes began to tremble at a high frequency. The figure instantly transformed into six identical figures, surrounding him in the middle. "Illusion? What do you think this trick can change?" Tolga was startled, then recovered immediately and roared loudly. ?One of the figures took out an iron sword and rushed forward, intending to engage in a close combat. At the rear, two people took over submachine guns and fired. The rest of the people also flew towards the target with several magic spells at the same time. One person releases [grease splash]. One person releases [pathogenic ray] and [weakening ray]. Then, there is [Lightning Beam] and [Fireball]. . Intensive magic instantly gathered towards his position. Boom~! With an explosion, Tolga flew backwards. (End of this chapter) Chapter 454 , cooperate (an update today) Chapter 454, Cooperation (Updated today) ?Various magics hit ''Tolga'' like a violent storm. ?Layer upon layer, the energy explodes. Tolga felt like he was hit in the chest by a huge force, and his body flew out involuntarily. But the chains connected to each other pulled his body and threw him to the ground. The development of spells must be either practical or powerful. ?Various magic bombarded him at the same time. Even a level 17 boxer felt like his internal organs had been displaced, and he almost vomited out a mouthful of blood. Damn it, its not an illusion. Formed by illusion, it is impossible to use weapons and can also release magic. What the **** is this. Why are there so many moves! ?All kinds of thoughts flashed by, and the carp jumped up, punched out, and faced the long sword that was coming. Dang~! ranging crisply. Tolga staggered, and his fingers became numb. Take two steps back and distance yourself. What kind of power is this? Are you a mage? ?Wu Heng, holding a sword, rushed towards him again. His skin began to turn red, and raised veins could be seen on his neck. The whole person enters the state of [explosion potential], and various attributes of the body begin to increase. Release the [Mirror Image Technique] at the same time, and the body will instantly split into five phantom clones, killing the target together. ?Tolga stretched out his hand and a handful of iron sand flew out. ?The phantom was shattered, leaving only one person holding the sword. Just wanted to punch the enemy. ?Wu Heng in the rear stretched out his hand to strike at ''Tolga''. The items on Tolga''s body changed instantly. The belt fell off, the trousers fell down and tightened around the ankles, the shoelaces were knotted, and the sailor hat was pulled down to cover his eyes. The movement of ''Tolga'', who was about to counterattack, was blocked in an instant and almost fell to the ground. ?Prophecy is Wu Heng, follow up with a sword, and stab the opponent between the eyebrows. Long-term swordsmanship training, the most basic thing is thrusting, which is accurate and fast. ??Tolga''s eyes were covered, and he subconsciously raised his hand to lift it. The tiger''s finger hit the sword body and smashed the powerful sword. The energy in his body swayed. The trousers, shoelaces, and sailor hat were all broken instantly. Tolga showed a ferocious expression and charged forward. ??The Evocation Wu Heng releases [Lightning Beam], and the Conjuration Wu Heng releases [Acid Splash]. Hit the chest again. Flying backwards like a broken thread, coughing up blood. Necromancer and Prophecy were rapidly changing positions, submachine guns in their hands, and firing continuously. ?The bullets shot towards the fallen enemy with crackling sounds. The air wave exploded again. ?The bullet deviated from its trajectory. Tolga put his hands on the ground and the ground shook violently. ?Smoke and dust are everywhere, and vision is blurred. Distinguish the location of the chain. Prophecy Wu Heng shouted. ?Smoke and dust do not have the effect of clouds, but barely affect the line of sight. The chains and distance between each other can directly determine the other''s position. Magic and bullets are still whizzing. ? And ''Tolga''s face was even more ugly. The [Gladiator Shackles] acquired at a high cost have now become the opponent''s props to lock him. ??The smoke and dust dispersed, and the guard Wu Heng also took the iron sword handed to him, rushed directly into the battlefield, and slashed at the opponent together. ??Wu Heng possesses intermediate swordsmanship, and his attributes are not inferior to those of melee combatants. But in terms of technique, there is still a gap that is difficult to achieve. ??Although he beat the opponent, he still exchanged injuries for injuries. Uncle, you split again. Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew over from a distance. Ghosts and necromancers have a certain degree of sensitivity. Wu Heng was teleported here, and the two ghosts flew over directly based on their senses. Undead Wu Heng asked: "How is the association doing?" Glenda replied, "After you disappeared, there was a moment of chaos, but your little fox and the elf assistant organized the defense. When we came out, there were no problems." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. "Uncle, when we came over, there were a large number of pirates rushing over there, all holding crossbows!" Xiaoxiao could see the light beams on the living creatures, and it was easy to find the enemy in the grass and woods. Pirate, crossbow? It seems that they have also arranged for people. I heard someone talking in the air not far away. ?The fighting Tolga was confused at first, and then realized that it was the ghost of the Necromancer. He continued to fight and taunted, "Deacon, what''s the use of holding me back? When the rest of the people arrive, not to mention your 6 clones, even if there are 8 or 18 of you, they will all die here." No one paid any attention to him. Attack when its time to attack, and shoot when its time to shoot. How many people? What level? A lot of them, most of them are above level 10. ?Granda added, There can be more than 50 people. Prophecy Wu Heng took out a long sword directly from the space ring and threw it to Glenda, "Glenda, stop them. Xiaoxiao will continue to investigate the surroundings and notify us if there is any danger." The two ghosts nodded and flew away quickly. The island owners estate. The sword light flashed past, and the bodies of several high-level professionals blocking the road were split in half and slowly fell down. ??Imiro held a sword in one hand and his whole body was spotless. He slowly stepped over the corpse and continued to walk forward. Use all the investigation scrolls. But he didnt find what he was looking for. ??I also thought that the other party would hide, but I didn''t expect to hide so secretly. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and a woman wearing leather armor slowly walked out from the front. ?Leaning at the door, looking up and down at the figure opposite. Imiro, what are you looking for? Imiro''s face remained unchanged, and he squinted his eyes and looked ahead, "Viola, I let you go last time, but you came to get involved in the pirate thing again." Apologetics of Divine Punishment Cult-Viola. ?Last time she went to the island to attract Imiro''s attention, the Devil''s Hands ambushed Wu Heng, Sheila Gui and others in the pirate village. When he returned to the island, Imiro found out about this incident and planned to settle the score with her. I had already left the island at that time, but I didnt expect to come back this time and get involved in this. "Hey~! You can''t say that. Your affairs with the pirates have nothing to do with me." Viola emphasized. Get out! Imiro snorted coldly. How can you, a man, be like this and speak so impolitely? ??Yimiro''s eyebrows were cold, and he held his sword forward. In an instant, sharp sword energy shot out. Like the full moon reflecting the sky and the earth. Viola''s face was solemn, her figure moved quickly as if looming, and at the original position behind her, walls and buildings exploded. Debris sputtered all over the sky. Viola took a deep breath, and instantly a cloud appeared, covering her figure. Said: "Imiro, don''t be angry! I''m not targeting you. You let me go last time, and I''m grateful to you. But my superiors gave me a task and asked me to help those guys. Let''s not make things difficult for each other. Wait until nightfall , Ill leave here. The sound floated out from the clouds and reached Imiro''s ears. simultaneously! Another sword energy and the diffuse clouds were separated from the middle. Like cut tofu. The Divine Punishment Cult is also involved in this? "Ah! I didn''t say it, you guessed it yourself." Viola exclaimed. ??Imiro felt that this woman was a little crazy and continued: "Who else?" How could I know. ??Imiro stopped talking and his body shot out in an instant. Push directly into the clouds and mist. The body moves quickly in the clouds and mist. The sword energy swayed out over and over again, filling the entire area. With blood splattering. Huh~! A figure flew out of the building and fell to the ground. Viola covered her chest, and a long and thin scar tore open her armor and body. "Why are you beating a woman! You bad guy, I already said that I don''t want to be your enemy, I just want to delay you for a while." As he spoke, black, lifeless iron nails appeared in his hands. Throwed it towards the opposite side. Then, the hounds, lions, leopards, and crocodiles that spit out countless smoke again rushed towards them in groups. Dang Dang Dang~! ??Imiro blocked with his sword, and with a flick of his sword, all the smoke dissipated. ?Yimi Luo''s golden sword pointed diagonally at the ground. Viola, you can try to escape. Outside the city, in the wasteland. Shashashasha~! ?The vegetation shook violently, and figures rushed out of the dense forest. Wear different clothes, with helmets or sailor hats on their heads. He stared at the war zone in the distance, where magic roared and explosions continued, and he frowned slightly. ?That deputy deacon turned out to be sextuplets. Not only do they look the same, they also dress exactly the same. ??If the attack methods are different, they may all be recognized as the same person. Prepare the crossbow, be careful not to hurt Captain Tolga. Dont go there, prepare the crossbow here, dont be affected by the magic. ??The pirates discussed with each other, took out their magic crossbow bolts, and began to draw arrows. So many crossbows. Enough to shoot the people fighting on the opposite side into stoppers. Everyone is busy. Suddenly, the people in the front row looked up to the sky. I saw a long sword floating, approaching quickly, as if someone invisible was holding it in his hand. What? Why is a sword flying over? Try shooting two arrows! Swish swish~! ?Several crossbow arrows were shot into the air. Passed through the air without any sign. Just when the pirates were full of doubts. The long sword floated among the pirates, and the scabbard fell off, revealing the sharp blade. Strange object? One of the pirates was confused, jumped up and tried to grab the hilt of the sword. Swipe~! A cold light flashed through. The pirate''s head fell off, and blood splashed from his neck like a waterfall. ?This scene made all the pirates widen their eyes. There is an ambush and spreading out is the enemys tactic. Someone shouted loudly. All the pirates dispersed. Shuashushua~! ??The sword light flashed continuously, and heads fell to the ground one after another. No, its an evil sword, dont move it. By the time they realized that there was an evil sword in the air, there were only a dozen pirates left in the audience, standing stiffly on the spot, with sweat on their foreheads. The evil sword of silence. Its over, no one can move now. On the main battlefield. Tolga''s face was splashed with ''acid'', and he covered his face, wailed, and staggered back. ?This kind of attack may not cause much damage. However, the corrosive effect of the acid on the living body is far greater than the damage itself. ??In addition, the side effects of ''pathogenic ray'' and ''debilitating ray'' take effect, making this injury even more painful. The activated objects take effect again, the pants are raised, and the collar is locked. Two sword-wielding Wu Heng came to kill again. ?Tolga, whose vision was blurred, grabbed it by feeling. He held a sword in each hand and clasped his fingers tightly, making it difficult to pull away. Another spell of magic poured over the whole body, and the strong smell of oil penetrated into the nose. A bad feeling arose in the heart of ''Tolga'', and he roared, "Damn it, you dare!" Huh~! ?The sound of breaking through the air was heard, and the fireball technique hit his chest. Boom~! Tolga flew out instantly. In mid-air, a fire burst into the sky. Tolga was like a burning man, screaming miserably and rushing around. Six Wu Heng kept a distance from him, watching silently as they were swallowed up by the fire. A level 17 professional would actually scream like this because he was in death and pain. Gradually. The burning man, who was rushing around, gradually lost strength. He stopped wailing and fell to his knees, lying on the ground. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Several people stepped forward and fired at them with submachine guns, until they were beaten into pieces. Wait until the experience value prompt appears before stopping shooting. Take out a fire extinguisher and put out the fire on the body. ?The smoke and dust dispersed, and a charred corpse lay in front of him. Finally died. The six Wu Hengs all breathed a sigh of relief. Different from the last battle with level 17 Kerinmu. That time, he set up an ambush and deliberately lured the other party into his trap. At that time, he was the hunter and Keranmu was the prey. Even though he escaped in the end, he was killed by Imiro. But in the battle, he is the leader. This time, their positions are opposite. The other party was prepared and brought himself here. ??If I had not exchanged this first-level meritorious service reward, I am afraid that if I want to defeat him, I would have to pay a greater price. ?This Tolga is definitely a ruthless person. ??If the strongest pirate would arrange to hold Imiro down, then he would definitely be the second strongest one to kill him. Gladiator Shackles fell off, Wu Heng looked at it and put it away directly. He looked at He and Xiaoxiao in the distance again, after confirming that there were no other dangers nearby. The effect of the Robe of Strange Objects has been removed. Six avatars flashed at high frequency and returned to one person again. Dizziness, tingling, and a sense of splitting of brain consciousness hit the mind directly. Hold your head and rest for a while before recovering slightly. Get up and stand up. ??Looked at the corpse of ''Tolga'', took off the blackened space ring, and then released the [Bone Spell] on the corpse. The flesh and blood of the charred corpse slowly fell off, and the white skeleton stood up. Skeleton Boxer (Level 17) From now on, you can continue to call me Tolga and follow me! ??Wu Heng said, with the skeleton attendant following behind. Then, he took a few steps forward and looked at the pirates restrained by Glenda from a distance. They all saw the battle just now. His forehead was covered with sweat while he kept his posture fixed, and his eyes were full of fear. Ardeacon, we surrender. Yes, yes, you take us back to the association, and I will cooperate with you to catch the pirates. I can be your eyeliner. Let me live! The pirates cried out for mercy. Even if the battle on the opposite side does not end, it will be difficult for them to maintain this posture for too long. I just hope that the other party can let me go. ?Wu Heng said nothing, took out his rifle and fired at several people. After the bullets hit several people, the remaining pirates began to flee and were killed by the evil sword. Heads fall. Everyone died, Glenda sheathed her sword. A sword beam cut through the void where she was, but it did not cause any harm. ?This kind of sword light can only attack entities and has little effect on ghosts. ?Wu Heng put away the evil sword and continued to point at the corpses on the ground, releasing the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The skeleton stood up. ?Wu Heng issued rifles and submachine guns to them, and all the original powerful crossbow bolts were put away. Then he took out the radio headset and tried to contact a few people outside, "Andweir, how are you doing there?" Soon, a surprised voice came from the other side, "Master, are you okay?" Its okay, where is the association? There are too many pirates, and our people are dying constantly, and now we are trapped in the associations training room. Andwyer said quickly. ?Wu Heng has a soul connection with other people. ??If you really die, your skeleton will fall apart, and the slave girl''s soul will be severely shattered, and at the very least she will be in a state of stupidity. But hearing questions from Wu Heng also meant that the final victory had been achieved. Thats a good thing after all. ?Wu Heng continued: "I''ll go over right away, and you tell everyone to hold on." Okay. Anderweil replied directly. End the call. ?Wu Heng quickly ran towards the city. The first thing to enter was the outward expansion area of ??the city. There was no one on the road, and there were newly completed or unfinished houses on both sides. Let Xiaoxiao check the position of his eyes in mid-air. The road leading to the association happens to pass by my residence. Under the observation of spiritual vision, a large amount of red light gathered in the location where he lived. ?So many people? How is it possible? ??Wu Heng placed four armored vehicles, four machine guns and more than ten rifle submachine guns in his residence, as well as defensive skeletons, five level 15 skeletons and twenty level 10 skeletons. Dont say that the main force of pirates will not attack here. Even if we attack, it will be difficult to penetrate. Bringing the skeleton, he quickly approached. I saw three floors of guards inside and three floors outside. Judging from the signs, they belonged to the guards of a large business group. Who is it? Someone shouted loudly. I am Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of the association. Who among you has the final say? Hearing Wu Heng, he saw his appearance and the many skeletons behind him. The guards immediately became respectful. The subdeacon, the president, and the stewards are all in there. ?This man led the way and walked directly into his own building. See Wu Heng coming in. Minnie swooped over and said, "Master." Shannara also wanted to rush over, but after carefully glancing at the other business group representatives around her, they still didn''t come over. Instead, he said calmly: "How is it outside?" Pirates outside are besieging the association and occupying the port. None of you are injured, right? "It''s quite safe. The first batch of pirates were killed by your skeletons, and then no one else came." Shanara said, and introduced the people nearby, "These are all nearby residents, each of them Representatives of the merchant group, we have gathered our forces and are here to defend ourselves." ?Wu Heng nodded, Shannara still has strong organizational skills. Gathering so many people together formed a considerable fighting force. How many people are there on your side? About 500? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I need you people to seize the port. Can you do it?" Hearing these words, the rest of the business group representatives instantly became confused. Shannara glanced sideways and said: "If these skeletons and equipment of yours also join us, we are willing to listen to your arrangements. After all, if the port is not taken back, we will die sooner or later if we stay here." The last words are for other people. As long as they regain the port, they can even leave directly. It''s safer than staying here. The representatives of the business group behind them discussed with each other, nodded and agreed. ??Wu Heng handed the radio earphones to Minnie and Shanara each, and said: "Through this contact, Deputy Deacon Sheila Gui has passed. Don''t accidentally hurt your own people, and take care of Millicent." Understood. The two women nodded. Im going to support the association, you guys should start early. Everyone nodded. Shanela began to mobilize people. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and continued to rush towards the association. Within the association. Members of the association were blocked in the training room. The women sobbed softly, and all the guards and team members were also injured. In other words, there are two skeleton attendants, "Keranmu" and "Skullbreaker", otherwise these people would have been killed long ago. You losers of the association, do you really think we are afraid of you? A bunch of rubbish. Come out early and have a good time. Those women, we wont kill you, come out! What nonsense are you talking about? Go in and kill the men. Lets play with the women first. Yes, yes! Fight in. The islands roared again. Raise your weapon and charge forward. Bang~! ?There was a sudden muffled sound. The door was kicked open. Thanks for the tip of 5000 which is lighter than a feather. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 455 , on my side Chapter 455, On my side ?The sudden loud noise made the pirates who were shouting excitedly and preparing for the final touches were all stunned. He turned his head and looked doubtfully. The battered door was knocked to pieces by a direct kick. The door panel hit the ground. The light of dusk shines in like a veil. A large number of skeletons wearing leather armor and sailor hats poured straight into the hall. Line up in a row, with all the black instruments in their hands pointing forward. And among the skeletons, you can see that familiar figure. Vice-deacon of the association! He is not dead! All the pirates opened their eyes wide and stared ahead in surprise, a little unbelievable. They also have a general understanding of the plan to attack the association. The initial target for people like myself is other people in the association, and the deputy deacon will be handled by Captain Tolga. The level 17 boxer actually did not kill the opponent in this situation. ?Looking at the figure on the side again, he was even more horrified. Tolga is dead. The whole plan has been implemented until now, but Tolga is actually dead. The pirates began to tremble a little, and their eyes began to scan around, looking for a way to escape. There are only a few skeletons, lets kill them. "Yes, let''s rush out together. If we can kill the deputy deacon, we will do it." Kill out. Kill~! The pirates cheered each other up and roared loudly. ?Then, the pirates raised their weapons and screamed as they headed toward the gate. ?Wu Heng said calmly: "Shoot and kill everyone." ?Bang bang~bang bang! The gunfire was deafening, and the dense bullets were like a huge net, covering the front. ? Sometimes, Wu Heng was really lucky that the world was developing towards magic runes instead of developing guns and cannons. Allow yourself to use this kind of weapon, which is not difficult to make, to exert the lethality that these people do not have. Even if you have a strong person with a high level. There are still more powerful weapons that can be used. Machine guns, missiles. It is even said that for a level 20 hero, the physical body still determines whether to die. It may not be able to withstand the power of missiles. The gunshots still sounded uninterrupted, and free money poured forward. The pirates who rushed forward fell down piece by piece like wheat. Soon there will not be much left. Dont let them run away. Wu Heng continued. Skeleton holding a gun, shooting forward while shooting. Kill all the pirates on both sides who are trying to escape through the windows. The pirates on the ground were injured and wailing in pain. They were also killed one by one by the skeletons. The hall is also allowed to be quiet during the holidays. Tolga, take some skeletons and go upstairs and downstairs to check. If there are pirates, kill them directly. If they are not pirates, control them first. The level 17 skeleton boxer came out of the team. He took a few skeletons with him and rushed upstairs quickly. ?Wu Heng glanced at the hall. The furniture was shattered, the walls were stained with blood, and there were arrows and crossbows nailed to the walls. The ground is covered with corpses and wreckage, and blood gathers to form blood pools. ?Have the skeleton retrieve all the firearms that were pressed under the corpse, then directly release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and each skeleton will stand up from the ground. ?Shake off the scraps of meat on your body, bend down and pick up the weapons on the ground. Rearranged the defense. ??Wu Heng continued to walk to the door of the training room and shouted inside: "Weier, you can come out, it''s safe outside." There was no response inside. To the side, a small white owl is observing from a distance. Finding that it was really Wu Heng, he squeaked twice and landed on his shoulder. Behind the door of the training room. The sound of moving items also began to be heard. Soon, the door to the training room opened, and Anderweil, Moya, Kavina, team members, and staff walked out one after another. Most people are injured. But as long as it is not fatal and the organs are not lost, the problem is not a big one. ?Wu Heng glanced at Anderweil and Kavina, and he was relieved when he saw that there were no obvious injuries. Anderweil walked over, her face full of joy, "Deacon, are you okay?" Its okay, dont worry. The rest of the people also shouted: "Sir Archdeacon!" ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "The battle is not over yet. The pirates may attack us again at any time. Those who are injured should rest and be able to move. Repair the doors and windows again and prepare to face possible dangers." "yes!" Everyone responded with a little more confidence in their voices. Residential area. Shannara began to gather the guards of all business group representatives, and temporarily gathered a lot of manpower. Except for the people who gathered here just now. He also called other nearby residents, explained the current situation, and gathered all the people. Treasure Island is a trade transit station. ?Most of the people who bought such a residence on the island were senior executives of business groups. Everyone gathered together, looking flustered and at a loss. The island owner has become a pirate again? Hasnt he been pardoned? What are the benefits of being a pirate? How is it possible, why did he do this? Then what should we do now? Some people still refuse to believe that the island master killed everyone on the island. From the perspective of interests. Having been pardoned, why should I go back to being a pirate? Completely inconsistent with common sense. But the scene in front of me cannot be faked. The corpses of pirates and guards were piled all over the ground over there. How could there be so many pirates if no one let them go to the island? At this time, Shanara came back with someone. The crowd rushed forward and surrounded him instantly. Mrs. Shannara, are you really going to attack the port? Our people died over there, but there is no room for negotiation at all. President Shannara, its not that I dont trust Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, but it may be difficult for us to get out! Shannaras brows instantly rose. According to the agreement between her and Wu Heng, gathering these people has been delayed. ?Now I''m actually starting to hesitate again. He glanced at everyone present and said in a cold voice, "If the pirates win, can they let us go? Or, some of you are with the pirates. The last time we mobilized our guards on the island, but not Few people are lobbying for support. As soon as these words came out, the scene suddenly fell silent. At the beginning, the people who were the most skeptical didnt know how to defend themselves. No one who can get into the upper echelons of a business group is a fool. ?Whoever talks more is a pirate and the enemy of everyone. ?Furthermore, if I think about it carefully at this time, when the guards were transferred, many people were indeed too enthusiastic about it. Leading to a shortage of manpower on the island. It is difficult to say that none of them have negotiated any terms with the pirates. Seeing that no one was speaking, Shannara continued: "Give the order, everyone should stay in formation and go to the port. Anyone who collaborates with the enemy, escapes, or is lazy will be killed on the spot." Orders were passed on one after another. After a brief period of confusion, the army began to take action. Heading towards the port. ? Along the way, people continued to knock on the door and persuade them to join the team. Inside an armored vehicle. Minnie, Millicent, and Shannella were in the same car. The armored vehicles at the back were all pulling skeleton alchemists. Shannara looked at the armored vehicle''s sophisticated and special equipment with some surprise, and was secretly surprised. ? It turns out that not only is the base equipped with weapons, but there is also such a complicated device inside. On the screen on the side, you can even see the surrounding scene. It''s like a picture reflected in a mirror. Minnie held Shannara''s arm and said, "Sister, is everything okay with the master?" Shannara was also a little worried, and still said: "He left these to us, and he must have arranged a method himself." Minnie said oh and continued to ask: "Why do you want to drag those people along? They only have a few guards and it feels like it''s hard to breathe?" Shannara glanced at the shadow screen aside. There were many powerful people inside. ??Said softly: "How do you feel about Treasure Island?" Its not good, the pirates are too unstable. Minnie suddenly realized, Are you afraid that they will be attacked by pirates if we leave? Im not that great. Shanara smiled, I keep mentioning that your master saved this neighborhood. Ah, I heard it. Say, we won in the end, who should this island be divided up in the end? Shannara looked at her. ?Minnie was stunned, and suddenly sat upright and looked at her. Shannara continued: "Imilo has a high prestige and is from a royal family. No matter how great Wu Heng''s contribution is this time, he is still a **** in the association. His reputation and merits all belong to the association." Afterwards, if the pirates fail, Treasure Island needs a new owner. Once the initiative is handed over to the association, it will not be Wu Hengs turn. All the major business groups are involved. As long as there is a little operation, the next island owner can also compete, and it is still in line with the associations procedures. Of course, if the pirates are not defeated, everyone will not survive, so it doesnt matter. Minnie and Millicent both looked at her in surprise. But I also understood the meaning. In other words, after the victory of this battle, if the island association appoints the next island owner, it will be difficult for Wu Heng to take his turn. The greater possibility is meritorious service and monetary rewards. But various business groups are added to it, so that the appointment rules are not just carried out by the association. ?Then things will be much more controllable. Shanara is confident and can convince others to support Wu Heng. Really, what should we do next? Minnie understood, but she didnt know what to do. Shannara smiled and said, "Just let these skeletons and this equipment exert their maximum power." "good." Semi-underground wine cellar. ?The island owner Occam sat cross-legged in front of the wooden table, admiring the tangled potted plants beside him. I heard footsteps. Looked up and looked over. One of his subordinates walked in quickly and said in a low voice, "Island Master, the association was not captured. The undead deputy deacon came back with the skeleton and reoccupied the association." ??Occam, who was planning to build a potted plant, stared intently. There was a bit of disbelief in his eyes. asked: Where is Tolga? Didnt see it! ?Occam''s eyes narrowed slightly, and a bad feeling arose in his heart. You go down first and wait outside. The men nodded and exited the door directly. ?Occam continued to pick up an item and placed it on the wooden table in front of him, his hands floating in the sky. Then, induction begins. Opened his eyes again, his eyes were in a trance. Tolga is dead. Even before, the pirates who arranged to kill the subdeacon failed. But Tolga''s failure still made him feel unbelievable. How is this possible! ?Occam calmed down quickly. Take out the letter paper and quill pen from the space ring and start writing. After you finish writing, put it in an envelope. Disappeared in the next second. ?At the same time, he shouted to the outside: "Come in." The people outside came back again. Arrange a team of people to go to the east sentry post. Yes, island owner! The island owners estate. A slim figure knocked over the rockery behind him, stumbled, and rolled several times. He jumped back to avoid the two sword energy that followed, and shouted angrily: "Imiro, have you lost your mind? You are always chasing me for whatever you want. Just do whatever you want. I won''t stop you." ??Imiro quickly chased after him with his sword, "Say, where is Occam?" "How the **** do I know? I was just called over to stop you here for a while. I didn''t know where he was hiding." The guardian ''Viola'' cursed, completely ignoring his image. Now, she has seen it. ??Imiro is definitely more powerful than rumored. Since the fight with the opponent, he has almost used all his strength, but the opponent may not have used up much strength. I estimate that if he hadn''t been wary of the danger in the dark, he would have killed himself with all his strength. ??Imiro quickly chased after her, but the woman turned around and ran away. When he stopped, he was still watching from a distance. ??Yimiro stopped and remembered the headphones Wu Heng had given him before leaving. He put them on his ears and asked, Wu Heng, how are you doing there? Not far away, Viola didnt stop her. Just took out two bottles of potion and drank it, leaning against the wall and looking at each other. A look that says its okay if you dont leave my sight. Sure enough, Wu Heng''s voice came from inside, "It''s okay. The pirates who attacked the association have been killed. We are now organizing repair facilities to prevent pirates from continuing to attack." Hearing that everything was alright on the other side, he also killed the pirates. Imiro''s cold face softened slightly. Thats right. He said with approval, and continued: The island owner is not at the manor, try to figure out his location, and then tell me. I try my best. ??Imiro added again, "The pirate reinforcements will arrive at the port at night and arrange people to support Shiragui." "clear!" Association. ??Wu Hengs face turned ugly when he received the news from Imiro. ?The island owner was actually not at the manor. Imiro informed himself in this way, but he did not rush back. He must have been held back by someone. They are really well prepared. It is even said that the island owner has accurately calculated everyone''s changes in actions. Only then can everything be arranged. Glenda, go and call Xiaoxiao back. Wu Heng said to the side. Glenda, who was invisible, shot directly into the sky and through the roof of the shed, calling Xiaoxiao back. Whats wrong, uncle? Xiao Xiaofei said after coming back. Wu Heng said: "The island owner behind the scenes can''t be found now. I need your help to find where to hide." ?Xiao Xiao lay half-lying in the air, thought for a while and said, "But we don''t know him. We don''t know what he looks like. How can we find him?" ?Glenda also looked at him. The two ghosts could always hear him mention the island owner and some things about pirates. But its not clear exactly what it looks like or what characteristics it has. Wu Heng took out his tablet and pulled up a photo, "It looks like this. The appearance on the wanted notice about a year ago has not changed much. It should be possible to identify it. Xiaoxiao can find the person through spiritual vision." , he is level 18, the highest level. The photo is the associations early wanted poster. After the pardon, the appearance did not continue to change. But compared to what I saw at the port before, the change is not too big. What about your safety? Glenda asked. Its okay, Ill stay here and wait for you to come back. The two ghosts nodded, discussed with each other, and flew directly through the wall. One left and one right, began to conduct reconnaissance in the air, looking for targets. ??Wu Heng walked out of the room again and directed the rest of the people to continue repairing the association''s facilities and make preparations for the next step. ?According to Imiro, the pirates also arranged for reinforcements. Will arrive in the evening. By this time, dusk had passed and the sky was beginning to gradually darken. ??Didn''t wait for the second wave of pirates to come. Soon, two ghosts flew back one after another. Glenda said: "To the east, several teams are gathering outside. The island owner should hide there, otherwise it will be impossible to move troops there." ?Xiao Xiao immediately said: "I also found many high-level professionals on Beacon Street. The island owner should be here." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Have both sides discovered the situation? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 456 , you cant change anything Chapter 456, You cant change anything ?Glenda has strong insight and can find traps and traps in some places, while Xiaoxiao has spiritual vision and can see the level of creatures more clearly. To identify where the enemy''s focus will be concentrated. But the two ghosts found out the situation, which was beyond his expectation. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. The two ghosts returned directly to his body. At the same time, I received two shared images in my mind. ??The area where Glenda discovered the enemy was the half-developed area to the east, which was close to the location where Millicent was kidnapped last time. A team of pirates and guards guard the surrounding area, and there are also some defense equipment near the building. The location of the small shared restaurant is Beacon Street, close to the Old Barrel Tavern. You can see a lot of people. ?Stand on rooftops, intersections, and near buildings. Two professionals at level 15, and the rest are all at level 10 or professionals close to level 10. Whether its Glenda or Xiaoxiao. None of them entered the building to investigate. Level 18 prophets will have very high perception, and ghosts will be discovered at close range. ??There may not be any means of harming the ghost, but it will definitely attract the other party''s attention and continue to take some actions. So, without seeing the target directly, I wrote down the location and did not enter the building to check. Rerelease the two ghosts. ?Glenda asked: "How is it?" ?Xiaoxiao also looked over curiously. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Xiao Xiao''s side is more likely." Xiao Xiao shook his fist, "Yeah!" ?Glenda was curious, "What?" The east is too far. He cannot hide so far from the port. Once Imiro finds him through any method, he will not be able to escape, Wu Heng said. ?Glenda thought for a moment and then said, "What if this is what he thinks? To make you think he is not over there." "It''s also possible. We can go to Beacon Street first. If he''s not there, we can seize the port. He won''t be able to escape by then." What you said makes sense, I have no objection. This point convinced Glenda. Unless there are some fast-moving props, if you want to leave, you have to go through the port. ?The other party was really not there and occupied the port directly. ???????????????????????????????????????????????? ??Wu Heng took out the radio headset and called Minnie, "Minnie, where are you?" Minnie''s voice came from the headset, "We encountered a group of pirates, and now they are fighting. We cannot use thick-barreled weapons in residential areas." ??Meeted pirates again? Is there any danger? Theres no problem, there arent many people, itll just take a while. ??Wu Heng continued: "Pay attention to safety. If there is danger, remember to hide in the armored vehicle and don''t come out." Understood. Minnie said loudly. After its over, rush to the port as soon as possible. "good!" After the call with Minnie ended, Wu Heng continued to try to contact Imiro. Let him deal with the island owner, which is the safest way. Butler! Butler? Are you there? ?Wu Heng called several times, but no one answered. The possibility of danger is unlikely. The greater probability is that you are not wearing headphones, or the signal is interfered or damaged during the battle. Compared with the modern world, gun shooting is different. The battles in this world are more about melee combat and magic attacks. There is a high possibility that the headphones may be subject to interference. Unable to contact the other party, Wu Heng sat in a chair and thought for a while. Still got up and walked out of the room. In the hall, in addition to increasing defense, we also dealt with the blood-stained association personnel on the floor. There are also many nearby businesses and residents gathered here. Families of all ages, many of whom brought their children. ? Confirm your identity and be guarded by team members to prevent pirates from sneaking in. Everyone gathered together and carefully looked at the large skeletons around them. And some miserable scenes. Occam is a dog that cant change his ways. He was finally pardoned, but he colluded with pirates again. Isnt this going to kill everyone on the island? This, why is this? Why would he do this? "I just inquired. There is a deputy deacon sitting here. It is very safe. Those skeletons are the undead attendants of the deputy deacon." Ive heard of him, the Necromancer. The associations wanted notices are down page after page. He was the one who killed him! Necromancer, this profession, seems to have negative rumors. As you said, there are most warriors and rangers among pirates. How can you use profession to judge character? "that is!" Those who come here to seek asylum are those who trust the association more. ?Occam became the owner of the island, the local emperor, and reunited the pirates. While people were discussing, they also cursed him for being short-sighted and vicious. That man is the subdeacon, a very powerful man. Human? Its rare to be so young. "Occam has no reason not to be the owner of the island. Could it be the undead deputy deacon who is causing trouble?" As soon as these words came out, several people who were talking in low voices looked at him. Youre kidding, youre kidding, he just came to Treasure Island, how is that possible? ?Wu Heng asked Xiaoxiao to take a look at the level of the evacuated residents. The level is not high and there is no threat. ? Calling Anderweil and Moya aside, Wu Heng said in a low voice: "The deacon can''t be contacted. I need to go out and confirm the location of the island owner." The two women both frowned. "The deacon can''t be contacted? That talking tool doesn''t work?" Moya said. Anderweil also pulled him, "There are pirates outside, wait until the deacon comes back!" ?Wu Heng also knew Anderweils worries. But the longer things are delayed, the more dangerous they become. "It''s okay, I will take some skeletons and leave quietly. You are in charge here. The pirates have lost a lot of people on the association''s side, and they will definitely tighten their troops and wait for reinforcements." The two peoples expressions were still solemn. Wu Heng continued: "Notify me immediately if there is any danger, and then retreat to the training room as before." Okay! Please pay attention to your safety too. ? Even if I am worried, there is nothing I can do. I can only agree. ?Wu Heng picked some skeletons and jumped out of the window at the back. Hurry towards Beacon Street. On the main road near the port. A pair of white wings sprouted from Shilagui''s back, and white feathers also sprouted from her exposed neck and arms. ?The wings flapped, and the whole person floated in the air holding the sword. His forehead and chest had bone-deep wounds, and blood was dripping downwards. The team members behind him were not much better. Everyone has different injuries, and someone may be killed at any time. Hilagui and her team members have fought tooth and nail with the opponent, but still cannot break through the defense and approach the port. It was not as simple as Imiro said when he came out. Swish swish swish~! ? Dense arrows and crossbows were shot into the sky. Hiragui quickly dodges to avoid various incoming attacks. White Phoenix Evil Swordprovides the user with special effects, but it also has to bear the pressure it brings. Hurrah! Suddenly, a pirate captain threw out the rope in his hand. ?The rope was as flexible as a snake, taking advantage of the chaos to wrap around Sheila Gui''s ankle, abruptly stopping her evasive movements. In an instant, several arrows pierced the body. Sheela Gui, you still want to occupy the port these two times. Do you really think we are afraid of you? Hiragui looked down and slashed down with the long sword in her hand. The rope is cut. Several more arrows hit Sheila Gui''s body. After flying a few meters staggeringly. Fall from the air. ??The pirate captain stepped forward quickly and stepped on her body with one foot. "What a pity. Otherwise, if I catch you, I can still play for a few days." Sighing slightly, he raised the sword in his hand. Chop off the head. ?Hiragui struggled hard, but when she saw the iron sword falling, she could only accept her fate and close her eyes. Suddenly. A silver-white thunder snake shot from a distance. ??The sword-wielding pirate captain''s body flew out in an instant and was thrown heavily against the wall behind him. Diffused electric current. The "Silla Rose" lying on the ground also trembled. ?Bang bang bang~! Then, intensive gunshots rang out. ?Hiragui suddenly opened her eyes and looked towards the back of the road. I saw a whole row of skeletons, holding strange instruments, shooting and pushing forward. ?The pirates along the road were shot in the body instantly and fell down piece by piece. The pirates quickly retreated, sought cover, and counterattacked with crossbows. ??Wu Heng picked up the "Xila Rose", put it on his shoulder, and said to other team members: "Let''s go back first." After saying that, they walked backwards together. Hila Rose''s body began to experience the side effects of strange things. ?His whole body was covered with white frost, his whole body was as cold as ice, and his hair and eyebrows were also covered with frost. ??The body is trembling slightly. That is to say, Xilagui''s level is not low. She is a melee professional with high resistance. Ordinary professionals would probably freeze to death directly. Sheila Gui was carried on his body and exhaled a white breath, "Why are you here?" Wu Heng said: "If I don''t come, you will die here." "How is it going at the association? Have any pirates gone by?" Sheela asked weakly. Dont worry, the association is fine. Wu Heng carried her and patted her hard. "That''s good." Sheela lay on the opponent''s shoulder, carefully looked at the other vigilant team members on both sides, and patted the opponent''s hand that grabbed her buttocks, "Be gentle, you''re hurting me." Ah, I didnt pay attention. Wu Heng relaxed his strength slightly and still placed it on it. ??Hilagui was being carried, but she still raised her hand and hit him. Didnt say much. After all, when Wu Heng arrived, he did feel an indescribable sense of security. It seems that when he comes, he will be safe. Retreat to a vacant house. Wu Heng put her down and asked everyone to distribute some potions. He returned to Xilagui and said, "Are you okay?" ????? "It''s okay." Xilagui drank two bottles of potions, exhaled, and continued to ask. , "What should we do next? The road to the port is blocked. I''m afraid we won''t be able to get in for a while." Wu Heng said: "I found a place, and the island owner is very likely to be over there." Xilagui''s eyes lit up, "Let''s go over and kill him?" "No, we don''t need so many people." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I leave these skeletons to you. You are still trying to attack the port, but you don''t need to go too deep. Just consume them in the surrounding areas." Sheila Gui asked with some uncertainty, "Is it possible? Where is the deacon?" "The deacon has been held back by the enemy arranged by him, and he can''t be contacted now. He can only rely on us." The frost on Sheila Gui''s body gradually dissipated. After the medicine was used up, the wound stopped bleeding. She slowly stood up and said, "Okay, then I will follow what you said. Pay attention to safety and don''t be as reckless as me." Dont worry, Ill contact you before we get closer to the port. "good!" After the two people discussed it. ?Wu Heng gave the skeletons the order to obey "Xila Gui". Wait until the team members have rested. ??Out of the resting house together, Wu Heng headed to the west side of Beacon Street. Hilagui continued to lead the people and began to fight the pirates on the road. With the addition of skeletons and guns. Fight from a distance and start to gain an advantage. A large number of pirates were attracted and began to chase Sheila Gui and others. ?The sky is getting darker. ?The entire night sky is like a dark curtain, dotted with a few scattered stars. ??Wu Heng was lying on a roof, with skeleton attendants on both sides, and two ghosts floating above him. Xiao Xiao pointed forward, "That''s right there. There are pirates all over the street. The bad island owner must be hiding nearby." The situation of the small investigation is slightly different from the beginning. Staff should have been redeployed. But you can still vaguely see the human hands hidden in the moonlight. Hilagui''s side was beaten like that, but the hands on this side are still not moving, there is definitely a problem. Want me to go in and see where he is hiding? Xiaoxiao said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "No, they have quite a few high-level professionals. Let''s kill a few of them first without them knowing." Xiaoxiao stopped talking. ?Wu Heng took out his sniper rifle. Actually, the most powerful one is Barrett. But after Barrett killed the enemy, the body was seriously damaged. When it is not particularly urgent or dangerous, this kind of sniper rifle is still enough to kill the enemy, and the body will be preserved intact. He adjusted his position and said, "Xiaoxiao, which level is the highest?" ??Xiao Xiao pointed downwards, "The one leaning against the wall and hugging his arms, and the one picking his teeth at the window on the second floor. They are two of the highest levels, both reaching level fifteen or above." ?Wu Heng decided between the two, and decided to be more sure and kill one first. Aim at the pirate leaning against the wall outside on the first floor and pull the trigger directly. The gunfire rang out. The target in the distance jerked his head and his body fell backward before making a move. ??Wu Heng continued to shoot another shot at the corpse, and the experience value prompt appeared. Sudden gunshots and dead bodies appeared. It shocked all the pirates on standby. The level 15 pirates on the second floor hid in the room, and the other pirates immediately became vigilant and avoided. ?There was only one person who quickened his pace and left towards the distance. Xiaoxiao, follow that person. Okay! Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Xiao Xiao left. ?Glenda also reminded: "A tame beast is coming." ?Wu Heng looked up. In the sky, a large number of tame animals are approaching here. ?Wu Heng handed a sword to Glenda, "Don''t let those tame beasts come over." Okay! Glenda caught the sword and flew towards the large group of tamed beasts. Wait until you get close to an area. The long sword is unsheathed. Shuashushua~! ?Swords flashed like thunder in the night sky, and various tame beasts fell from the sky with crackling sounds. In the blink of an eye, the tame animals within the effect range disappear. ??Then, Glenda held the unsheathed evil sword, and with the sword light constantly slashing through her transparent body, she killed the pirates below. The pirates looked like they were seeing ghosts. Fleeing in all directions. In the light of the sword, heads fell one after another. The body slowly fell to the ground. This method of use was somewhat unexpected by Wu Heng. When using this evil sword, he always thinks from the perspective of a living being, subconsciously feeling that after drawing the sword, he will stand still. But Glenda, the ghost is not afraid of the light of the sword. Hold up your sword and chase after him. This evil sword that I regretted buying before seemed to have a very good effect with my own ghost. ?Grandat chased him with his sword, forcing all the pirates everywhere out. The level 15 pirate also rushed out. ?Wu Heng adjusted the muzzle of his gun. Bang~! ?The gunshot rang out, and the bullet hit the target''s back instantly. The second shot hit the back of the head. The whole person dies. In the distance, Xiaoxiao waved to this side. ?Wu Heng followed quickly with two skeleton attendants. In a dark semi-basement. ??The island owner Occam held the torn scroll in his hand, and the light circle under his feet lit up, gradually forming a closed-loop magic circle. Teleportation scroll. "I should have killed you at all costs from the beginning." Occam spoke softly. ?Wu Heng quickened his pace and fired bullets from the submachine gun in his hand. A stone wall rose from the ground to block the bullets and also blocked the Occam behind. ?The other partys voice still came out. You did a better job than Imiro. Our plan would have been smoother without you. "Of course, this doesn''t change anything. It''s just a small accident in the whole plan. The entire island is still ours, and you will also become the first batch of deaths of the new Pirate King." The aperture gradually closes. ?Occams figure disappears. See you at the port. ?Wu Hengs face became even more gloomy. Just let him run away. ?Glenda sheathed her sword and flew in, "How''s it going?" ??Xiao Xiao said: "I let him run away and even mocked my uncle." Run away? How did you run away? He used the teleportation scroll, lets go to the port. Wu Heng said directly. The port is the most important location. ?Occam is so confident that pirate reinforcements should be arriving. The night is like ink. A gloomy sky hangs over the vast sea. In the darkness, a little light suddenly appeared on the sea, and pirate ships emerged quietly like ghosts. ?One ship after another, they keep appearing in sight. ??There is a ferocious statue on the bow of the ship, and black flags are flapping in the night wind. ?Wu Heng walked over quickly. Sheela Gui also came over quickly with her people. Looking at the pirate ships filling the horizon on the sea, his face turned pale. The location of the port is different from the tranquility here in Wuheng. The expressions of the pirates occupying the port are excited and excited. They survived and were about to achieve final victory. "Wu Heng, don''t you want to save the association and arrest the pirates? Now it seems that everything you do is a waste of energy. You can''t change anything, and you can''t change your own destiny." Occam stared at him closely, with hostility and hatred in his tone, as well as the joy of final victory. ??The original hypothetical opponent was Imiro on the island, but he didnt expect that the most difficult person to deal with was the young deputy deacon who had just been transferred. Either way, he killed several small pirate groups one after another. Even later, even the Devils Hand died in his hands. At that time, he even thought that the association arranged for a hero to come over and deal with the matter, forcing him to return to the island in advance to find out the matter. Now, everything has finally come to fruition. In the contest between the two sides, he was slightly better and won the final victory. "You should have a way to leave the island, or fight out directly." Ockham paused, then continued: "But what about the other people in your association? Team members, people from the island''s business group." What will the people in the various business groups think when they know that you abandoned people and fled? After so many years of donating money to the association, you have donated a bunch of deserters! And you, Wu Heng, your little maids, and Shanara next door, they all look good. I will cut off your head then and watch how I play with them. At this point, Occam turned back into a crazy pirate. Insult the opponent and the people he or she cares about. Lets fight! Sheila Gui slowly pulled out her sword, wings sprouted from her back, and white feathers appeared on her skin. The teams behind them also drew their weapons and prepared for the final battle. Just like the other person said. Deacons and sub-deacons may have a way to leave. The team leader and members definitely have no way to leave. Fortunately, the two sub-deacons had no intention of abandoning them, so it was better to fight directly. I am about to rush over. ??Wu Heng grabbed her arm and said, "Don''t be impulsive. Wait for reinforcements?" Wu Heng was not angry at Occam''s ridicule. He has many ways to achieve final victory. The simplest thing is to open the gate and drop the skeleton into the sea, which is enough to capsize these pirate ships. But we must also consider how to deal with it later. Choose a method that is appropriate and will not cause you any trouble. Sheela frowned and said, "Where are the reinforcements coming from? You mean reinforcements from the association? It has to be noon after dawn, we can''t wait until then." Not from the association, wait for Shanara and the others. ?Wu Heng pulled her behind him again. Hilagui did not speak, put away the sword, and stopped talking. During the confrontation, the densely packed pirate ships got closer and closer. On the deck, the pirates held torches, and the jumping firelight was particularly dazzling in the darkness. ?Hand holding weapons, as the ship approached, he began to laugh and shout wildly, getting ready to fight on the island. Master, we are here. Minnies voice came from the headset. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 457 , kill the island owner Chapter 457, Killing the Island Owner Minnies voice came from the headset. In the noisy scene, the sound of armored vehicles and footsteps could be heard faintly from behind. Finally arrived. Otherwise, the only way to deal with the pirates is to open the gate. If you really do this, things will be more troublesome later. He held up the headset with one hand and said, "I''m at the port, just come over here." "OK." Ending the conversation, Wu Heng returned his gaze to the front. The pirate ship began to approach the pier. The pirates shouted and cheered, and poured onto the pier through the gangplank. Hulala filled the entire port area. Looking in the direction of the island, there is unconcealable enthusiasm and excitement in his eyes. The pirates landed on the island. Occam''s eyes flashed with joy. He put his hands behind his hands and said loudly: "The whole island is mine. I know everything here. There are many times more people than you now. Young deputy deacon, what do you want to take?" Fight with me?" ?As he spoke, the pirates raised their weapons and roared loudly. As long as they win today, all pirates will follow the Pirate King to reestablish the rules of the Emerald Sea. ?Any ship that wants to pass through this sea area must leave a benefit. The age of pirates has come. ??Wu Heng looked calm and spoke calmly, "Occam, you led the crew and robbed the pirate king''s treasure at the end. Aren''t you afraid that other captains will know this secret and deny your identity?" ?The voice was calm, but it reached the ears of most pirates. The noisy port was suddenly startled. ?The Pirate King is the belief in the hearts of pirates, otherwise he would not have gained the trust of all pirates in the Emerald Sea so easily. ??Pirates firmly believe that the Pirate King can lead everyone to fight against any enemy, including the Association, and bring them higher interests. ?Wu Hengs words made the pirates quiet down. Occam glanced left and right and sneered: "What? Do you want us to have differences so that you can escape? As pirates, we can''t compare to your mages who read books every day, but we are not fools either." ?Wu Heng ignored the others and continued: "Pirate treasures are not inheritance. Whoever gets them will be the next pirate king." ?Occams face became even more gloomy. Unexpectedly, the other party wanted to trick him now. Not bothering to continue talking nonsense, he said coldly: "Kill them, the wealthy women on the island, first come, first served." Wow~! The pirate put what had just happened behind him. ??Howling and cheering, rushing forward like locusts. Sheila Gui and the team members turned pale and clenched their weapons in their hands. Be prepared for a final fight to the death. ??Wu Heng glanced sideways and said into the headset: "Let the skeleton fire and hit the target accurately." ~! In the depths of the dark street, there was the sound of the sky collapsing and exploding. A stream of light penetrated the darkness and shot towards the port, where the pirates rushed forward. The next second. Boom~! ??A deafening explosion sounded, and large pieces of pirate corpses were shattered into pieces. The splashing sand and gravel continued to affect the surrounding pirates. Then, four green square vehicles broke through the defense line of wine barrels and debris. Appear directly in everyone''s sight. The muzzle of the gun is facing the port. ? Dazzling flames pierced the night sky, shooting towards the port like meteors, severely hitting the port and the ships behind. ? Explosions came one after another, and the port was instantly plunged into a sea of ??flames. ?The fire shot up into the sky and illuminated the entire sky. ?The ship was blown to pieces in the gunfire, the wreckage was scattered in all directions, and fragments were flying in the sky. ?Thick smoke billowed into the air, and the acrid smell of gunpowder smoke was suffocating. The pirates ran around in panic, shouting. ?They jumped into the sea one after another to avoid the shells. ??Wu Heng led his team back into the building behind him, leaning under the window and watching with wide eyes. ?Xila Gui stared straight at Wu Heng. Its been arranged, I didnt tell you earlier. The rear of the convoy. ?Members of the chamber of commerce, family dignitaries, and the escorting coalition...all of them hurried over and looked at the scene in front of them in horror. The dark night sky was reflected in orange-red. The port and the dense pirate ships were constantly covered by explosions. Basically within five seconds, a pirate ship will be smashed to pieces and begin to sink. The momentum of the pirate ship, with its thousands of sails floating, was gone at this moment, only fleeing and turning around, swallowed up by the fire. In the crowd, there were people of faith who knelt down towards the port. Begin to mutter something in your mouth. Members of business associations. They also gathered together and began to discuss in a low voice. This, this is a magic weapon? When did the association develop this kind of thing? "It''s not from the association. I heard ''Shanela'' said it''s from the deputy deacon of the association." Its so scary. Anyway, we survived, thanks to this weapon. Thats right! At this time, Shannara''s housekeeper walked over quickly. He glanced at everyone present with cold eyes and said: "The representatives of the business group retreated to a safe position. All the guards were divided into two teams and blocked the east and west roads. Any pirates who passed through were killed." The task is issued and everyone takes action immediately. ?Those who thought they had no fighting ability retreated obediently. ??The guards did not ask their master for his opinion, and directly followed the order and divided into two teams. Go to the arranged intersection and start setting up defenses. Kill the pirates who escaped the gunfire and fled in panic. Kill the pirates who flee in panic. The island owners estate. ? ?The guardian Viola, whose aura was weakened, returned to human form from the cloud state. ?? He took two steps back, looked at the fire shooting into the sky behind him, and said with a smile: "Imiro, pirates have come to the island. You''d better leave and come back to avenge them later." ??Imiro turned his head to look at her, and waved the sword energy in his hand again. ?The woman''s body turned into mist again, and she ran away into the distance, "Goodbye, it''s up to you whether you want to leave or not." ??Imiro glanced at the direction in which the woman was escaping, and instead of continuing to chase, he ran directly towards the port. Association. Andewil, Moya, and many members of the association. ?Standing at the door, looking at the bright lights that light up over and over again in the dark night. I pray silently in my heart that the association can achieve final victory. Black Dragon Pirates Group, inside the cabin. The constant roaring and the violently swaying hull. Made Philippas face turn a little pale, Damn it, Im using that thing again. ?This kind of frequent and intensive blasting. She has heard it more than once and can confirm that it is the weapon of her subdeacon. Damn it, she wouldn''t survive if we opened fire on this ship. I listened intently outside and saw that the pirates were in chaos. He took out the cloak from the space ring and put it over his head. He also took out the tool and pried open the iron lock which was not rusty. ?Philippa covered his hood and walked quickly outside. The ship''s hull shook violently. ??The pirates were swaying their bodies while retrieving the crew members who had fallen into the water. They seemed to be preparing to turn around. Surrounded by ships wrapped in fire, they were slowly submerged in the sea. ?Philippa''s eyes widened. I didnt expect it to end up like this. Looking around quickly, he couldn''t find his pirate ship. Grass! Wheres my boat? But right now, I cant take care of that much. If you stay here, you will die sooner or later. Thinking about it, he walked towards the edge of the ship. Just walking a few steps. ??This attracted the attention of other pirates. "Stop and take off your hat." A voice came from behind. The pirates around him also looked over immediately. Hurry up and surround her. Philippa, no longer trying to hide herself, directly took a submachine gun from the space ring and followed the method given to her, tracing it towards the pirates ahead. Im here to take revenge on you. ttle Pull the trigger. But he didn''t press it down, as if it was stuck there. Holy shit. bad. ?The pirates were stunned. Philippa, you little **** really has a problem. Youve arrived at Treasure Island and want to escape? The captain doesnt need to worry about her anymore, why not let the brothers relax at sea. Catch her, we have to deal with Treasure Island first. The pirates nodded and rushed forward. Seeing the pirates staggering towards him, Philippa also remembered how to use it and turned on the safety. Shoot toward the front. ?Bang bang bang~! The bullets roared out, and the recoil and rocking of the ship nearly caused her to fall. But the pirates who were advancing also stopped. Looking down at the **** holes that appeared on his body. The pirate who hit an important part of his body slowly fell down. Kill her, quickly! Some pirates. ?As for Philippa, her originally nervous expression turned into surprise little by little. ?Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired again non-stop and began to kill the deck pirates. Then, he returned to the cabin again. Fuck you, Ill shoot you to death today. "Wu Heng, who are you? How can you be just a deputy deacon?" ??Seeing Wu Heng blocking the front, Occam''s eyes looked ugly. The tone was full of anger and unwillingness. I have planned it for so long and spent so much energy. With Imilo dragged along, the large armies of various merchant groups on the island were also taken out to sea and eliminated. But why would such a person appear on the island? Subdeacon. How could a deputy deacon possess such strength? ??Can also possess such a terrifying weapon. "Why did you appear on the island? Tell me, who asked you to come here, and why did you ruin my plan." Occam''s eyes widened and he roared. Just a little bit. ?The only thing missing is this place. Surrender, at least there will be a whole corpse left. Wu Heng looked at the other party and said. "You want to turn me into an undead, you vicious necromancer, you **** thing." Occam cursed, releasing the anger in his heart. Being scolded like this by a pirate. ?Wu Heng also felt insulted. ??Waving his hands slightly, "Shoot!" ?Bang bang bang~! Skeletons lined up in a row, shooting directly forward. Concentrated bullets were shot forward. A large number of pirates were pierced through their bodies and fell directly to the ground, wailing loudly. ?Occam had a round shield in his hand. While blocking the bullet, he ran towards the dark alley beside him. Kerimu, Tolga, go kill him. Wu Heng said again. Two level 17 skeleton attendants rushed out and chased the target in the direction of escape. Close the distance. Keranmu releases clouds and mist. The "Occam" running wildly in front jumped forward as if he felt something. Keranmu''s figure appeared behind him one step slower, slashing the air with his long sword. Skeleton boxer Tolga directly blocks the opponents path. ?Occam turned his head in advance to avoid the opponent''s punch, and at the same time stabbed forward with the long sword in his hand. ?Wu Heng stood at the back, a little surprised by the opponent''s fighting style. Even if his swordsmanship is not as good as Kerimu''s, and his skills are not as good as ''Tolga'', he can still barely dodge some fatal attacks in a predictable way. Even if the armor is dented and the corners of the mouth are bleeding. ?But he can still continue to persist. ?Wu Heng took the rifle from the skeleton on the side, took a brief look, and then pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang~! Occam''s body was shot with two holes in an instant. The armor covered up the blood, but it was enough to penetrate his body. Ah~! ?Occam screamed. Tolga quickly stepped forward and tied his arms tightly from behind. Kerimu followed closely behind, and the long sword penetrated Occam''s body and even passed through the gap in Tokar''s ribs. Occam''s eyes were red and he was severely injured. His whole body burst out with unprecedented strength. His arms rattled behind him, and the back of his head slammed into the head of the skeleton behind him. ?Keranmu drew his sword and stabbed twice again, piercing the shoulder. The arms are struggling and weak. Occam, you are the one who loses in the end. Wu Heng came over from behind. ?Occam looked ferocious and roared: "You will not end well either. Your death will be more miserable than mine." Wu Heng said: "Speaking of which, I would also like to thank you for gathering all these pirates. You are really a qualified pirate king. You know that you will be alone on the road." ?Occams eyes widened, unable to refute, and his eyes were filled with hatred. Anger, unwillingness, and endless resentment. He received the Pirate King inheritance. Called various major business groups and held back Imiro. Why, there happens to be him. Without him, in the battle between the pirates and the association, the winner would definitely be himself. Kill him. Swipe~! The Kerinmu sword was swung horizontally, and the head rolled down. The body slowly collapsed. Just as Wu Heng was about to bend down and take off the opponent''s space ring, he suddenly sensed something and frowned and looked forward. ?While walking backwards, he extended his hand and waved. A cage of bones rises from the ground. A bone prison was instantly formed, blocking the front. In the middle of the bone prison, a ghost that looked very similar to Occam gradually emerged. ?Hungry against the wall of the bone prison like crazy. He shouted loudly: "Wu Heng, I will kill you sooner or later. Even if I can''t kill you, I will still pester you and make you have no peace." As he spoke, he kept rushing into the bone prison, roaring viciously. ?The Bone Cage is a virtual cage formed by necromancy magic. Not only can it trap living beings, but also ghosts and void creatures. Wu Heng was also a little surprised by what happened suddenly. ?The opponent actually formed a ghost state directly after his death. This level 18 professional really has his own special features. Xiaoxiao, what level is he? Xiao Xiao appeared at the side, "It''s not high, about level 12." ?Glenda also appeared from the other side, "It should be because he is a level 18 prophet, otherwise it would be difficult for the ghost level to be so high." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 458 , God鈥檚 perspective Chapter 458, Gods perspective ??The decapitation injury is considered damage to important organs, and the resurrection technique cannot take effect. Now, the ghost comes out of the body directly. High-level professionals are becoming increasingly difficult to kill. Can you devour him? Wu Heng asked in a low voice. The two ghosts looked at each other. ?Granda said: "I''m not sure. I''m at about the same level as him, but he may be much higher than me in ability." ?At first glance, Glenda was not sure. He also shook his head. ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghosts still running rampant and cursing loudly in the bone cage. Letting his two ghosts engulf him now is a bit risky. I was also very suspicious that he didn''t run away immediately because he deliberately wanted his ghost to rush forward. Trick yourself. "Wu Heng, what can you do to me? Level 18 is a height you will never reach. I will always haunt you. When you die, you will become a ghost. I will devour you bit by bit." Cam was still cursing loudly in the cage, venting his anger. "I, we are necromancers, King Yama, how can we be afraid of an ugly monster like you." Xiaoxiao pointed at the other party and shouted, and shrank back behind Wu Heng. "Haha~! You actually raise such a young ghost as a spiritual servant, Wu Heng, we are the same kind of people, unscrupulous and ruthless, you are no better." Occam still said loudly. What to do? Glenda asked. Dont devour him first, use it as a ritual material later. Wu Heng said directly. ?Hearing these words, Occam''s curse in the cage suddenly choked, and he looked here uneasily. ?Wu Heng rummaged through the space ring for a while. A pottery pot-shaped product was taken out. Devil Soul Pot (Description: A container that stores and imprisons the soul.) ?This item was obtained when killing the Necromancer in Luntam City. It seems to be useful now. Under the surprised gaze of Occam, Wu Heng walked to the bone prison. ??The grid composed of white bones automatically widened the distance, and Wu Heng placed the props into the bone prison. ?Then, the bone cage began to compress the space towards the soul pot, forcing ''Occam'' to move closer to the magic soul pot. Wu Heng, we can have a talk. The rivalry between us is only in terms of power, and we dont have any deep hatred towards each other. Give me a chance and Ill help you get into the position of deacon. ?Occam''s voice was louder and more urgent, "Wu Heng, let''s talk, your informant is dead, I can help you get merit." "No, you can''t do this, Wu Heng, you can''t do it so absolutely." ?Occam screamed miserably, his body was stretched, and he was sucked into the magic soul jar. The bone prison disappeared, and Wu Heng plugged the magic soul pot. Wow, King Golden Horns treasure gourd. Xiaoxiao exclaimed. Just as Wu Heng was about to tease Xiao Xiao, he suddenly felt a feeling of being watched behind him. He turned around suddenly and saw the head of Occam. A pair of eyes are looking here with curiosity. grass~! ?Wu Hengs heart tightened. Take a step back again, raise the gun and point forward. The skeleton instantly protected Wu Heng behind him. "Occam is indeed a waste. This can all fail." The corpse spoke slowly and weakly. Why dont you come out in person and meet me? Wu Heng asked, looking at the head. ??It can be clearly felt that some kind of magic is establishing a connection with the head in front of me. Definitely not Occam, but someone else. This method is even worse than the abilities of a necromancer like myself. ?The head''s eyes were still looking at him, "The association has actually trained a person like you. It''s really unexpected and interesting!" ??Wu Heng said: "Do you have something to say?" ?The head smiled strangely, "I just came to see who killed ''Occam''." To avenge him. If youre dead, youre dead, said the head. ??Wu Heng said: "Please tell me your name, so you don''t even dare to say your name, right?" Haha, its enough for me to remember you. After speaking, the head stretched out its tongue and wanted to bite it in one bite. ?Wu Heng was already prepared and pulled the trigger. Bang. The bullet passed through the gap in the skull, penetrated the forehead of the head, and rolled away in a gurgling manner. The skeletons stepped forward quickly and kicked the heads back. ?The tongue is still there, but there is also a deep tooth mark from the bite. The head also turned into a dead corpse again, and the eyeballs were cloudy. ?That magic of connection has also disappeared. ?Glenda said in a serious tone, "What is that?" It seems that there are other people involved in the pirate incident. Lets talk to the deacon then. Wu Heng raised his hand and took another shot to the head. "It''s so scary. He couldn''t have been looking at us just now, right?" Xiaoxiao said while hiding behind. Its okay, he doesnt even dare to show his face, and he must be more afraid of us. Wu Heng said, throwing the head back to the body. Thats right! Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and nodded in agreement. ?Wu Heng took off the space ring from the corpse and said at the same time: "Take off everything on him." The skeleton stepped forward and began to remove the clothes from the corpse. Then he took out the straw mat and wrapped it, and Wu Heng put the body, clothes and equipment into the space ring. Lets check it carefully when we get back. "Xiaoxiao, you continue to protect me, Glenda, you go to the island owner''s manor to see if he has a treasure trove or something, and avoid ''Imilo'', let him know that it affects our image. "Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and flew directly towards the manor. Return to the location of the lane level. Olin! The dwarf captain ran over quickly, "Here you are, deputy deacon." Occam is dead, arrange for someone to pass on the news and cheer everyone up, Wu Heng said directly. ?Olin''s eyes narrowed, the pirate leader was dead. With joy on his face, he said, "Understood, I''ll let someone know immediately." After speaking, he turned around and ran back to the team to explain the matter. Members of the team ran in different directions. Shouting, "Occam is dead, the pirate leader has been killed by Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." ?Occam is dead? The representatives of the business group walked out of the hiding room and looked at the team members who were running and repeating the content loudly. ??The island owner who deceived most of their troops and mobilized all the pirates. He actually died in the hands of the subdeacon. Imilo is here? Occam is level 18. Who can kill him except Imiro? Didnt Wu Heng kill him just now? That deputy deacon! The deputy deacon is only around level 12, how is that possible? "Anyway, the association will definitely not talk nonsense. Just die. Who do you care who kills you?" Thats right. Im afraid Ive almost killed all the pirates in the Emerald Sea this night. Thats a good thing. Our merchant ships will be able to trade better and make more money in the future. Yes, the era of maritime trade has come. Happy that I will not be kidnapped by pirates and my family will not be destroyed. It means getting together to discuss sea transportation. In this battle, at least 80% of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed. In one breath, the entire sea area was cleaned up. The direction of the armored vehicle. The artillery fire has stopped, and the air is filled with acrid smoke. Shannara stood on one side, her hair lifted by the breeze, looking at the association members running by, a smile on her lips. At the same time, I felt a little relieved. I knew you wouldnt lose! ?Occams death also represents the complete end of the era of pirates. Treasure Island is about to usher in a new era. ?More business associations, larger trading markets, and more prosperous islands. The current Treasure Island will truly live up to its name. Become a gathering place for wealth. Similarly, next is the selection of the new island owner. Representatives of various business groups participated in the battle and had a certain say in this matter. ???Has also seen the power of this kind of equipment and the skeleton army. Having sufficient force, he is also the savior of these people. Can he win over these people? Furthermore, if he shows up in person, the impact will not be very good. Its up to me to do it. Shannara glanced behind her and murmured softly. The housekeeper on the side only glanced at her after hearing this and still stood by. The artillery fire has stopped. ??A large number of skeletons stood on the coast, shooting bullets towards the sea to kill the pirates who fell into the water and were running around. The cannon is powerful and has a fast rate of fire, and it displays frightening lethality against ships in this world. It''s just that the ammunition has still not been solved. The military warehouses occupied by Anhui City cannot all be used here. ?Wu Heng walked to the port. After the bombardment, what I saw was shocking. The ground was bombed into pits and covered with large and small craters. Broken wooden boards and pieces of dead bodies were floating on the sea. The ships were half-sunken and half-floating, emitting black smoke. ?In the distance, there are still many pirates, holding boards in the sea and swimming towards the distance. Some fast boats are also trying to leave this area. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, took out the ''Spine Staff'' and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. On the shore and on the sea, skeletons appeared one after another, their eyes blazing with blue fire. ?Wu Heng pointed to the sea and said, "Sink all the ships and kill all the pirates." Hulala~! Skeletons on the shore jumped into the sea. The sea surface seemed to be boiling, and densely packed skeletons were swimming towards the distance. Fight the remaining pirates. A sinking ship. Several pirates leaned behind the wheelhouse and shouted loudly: "Philippa, you are crazy, the ship will sink soon, what are you doing here with us? We will all be killed by those skeletons when we fall into the water." Opposite, Philippa held a rifle in his hand and hid behind the mast, spitting and cursing: "Who told you to bully me before? No one dares to do this to me." "Sister, aunt, that''s what the captain meant. What does it have to do with us? Almost everyone on the ship has been killed by you." Philippa made a big fuss on the ship and stopped the ship that was originally in front. Not forward. And those ships that sailed in front of them were basically all sunk. ?The boat under my feet also slowly sank amidst the creaking sound. Philippa said: "I didn''t find him, so I took you on my back." We were wrong, okay, lets run away for our lives first! How could you be a pirate if you are so cowardly? ??The pirates glanced at each other and stopped talking. Suddenly, the ship became unstable. Everyone shook violently. ??The pirates instantly divided into two groups, one on the left and one on the right, surrounding Philippa''s position. Philippa heard the footsteps, raised his gun and shot. ?The bullets instantly hit several people on one side, causing them to fall to the ground and scream. The pirates on the other side rushed forward. ??Philippa threw the rifle behind his back and drew out the double blades with both hands. In an instant, his body split into four people and charged towards the pirates head on. ??The pirates paused slightly and charged towards the phantom. The phantoms were shattered one after another. Its all false. Looking up again, Philippa distanced himself again, raising the muzzle of his gun slightly. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Gunshots sounded, and several figures fell to the ground again. Bah~! Just these two times, you still want to fight with me? Philippa cursed again. Then, I continued to look at the sea, feeling a little worried. My own ship has disappeared. ?The ship underfoot has sunk and only the deck area is left. These skeletons, do they recognize me? They cant kill me too! ?Philippa muttered. Huh. There was a sound of breaking through the air, and Philippa turned around suddenly, and saw a woman with two white feathers on her back falling from the sky. Carefully discern the other partys appearance. Sheila Rose? Philippa and other pirates had surrounded Sheila Gui, and the blond deputy deacon of the association was still very impressed. Sheila Gui was attracted by the sound of gunfire. After all, Wu Heng is the only one who can have such a weapon. He glanced at the opponent''s gun and asked, "What''s your name?" "Philippa, I am Wu Heng''s spy and a secret whisperer. I have provided you with several clues to third-level meritorious deeds. We are our own people, deputy deacon." Philippa said it out in one breath like a series of cannons. . Sheila Gui confirmed her identity and asked curiously, "Why are you not on your own ship?" ?Philippa was also stunned. ??Immediately realized that this was Wu Heng asking the other party to go to the ship to find him. He said directly: "I was locked in the cabin by the Black Dragon Pirates, and I just ran out during the chaos. How is my ship?" Sinked. It all sank? Philippas eyes widened. "Two ships sank. The main ship also sank when I left. It wasn''t me who sank it. It was several pirate groups who got into a fight and finally sank." Xilagui explained and continued: " Okay, come with me, Wu Heng asked me to pick you up." No, have you brought back the props on the ship? What props? Sheila Gui asked. Speaking. I dont know, Wu Heng didnt tell me, and I dont know him either. I still have a bird! "We''ll look for you when it''s over. Stop talking nonsense. Let''s go back first." Sheila Gui''s tone became serious. ?Philippa curled her lips, but didnt say much. Sheila Gui hugged her and flew towards the port. Tap tap tap~! The sound of horse hooves sounded. ??Imilo rode a fast horse and arrived at the port, followed by Moya, Anderweil, and some members of the association. Looking at the scene ahead, there was a hint of horror in his eyes. ??Wu Heng walked over with the skeleton and said: "Deacon, the island owner is dead, and it is difficult for the remaining pirate reinforcements to continue to pose a threat to the island." The situation is right in front of you, and Imiro can naturally see it. The entire sea area is filled with fragments of ships and skeletons chasing pirates. It is definitely difficult to pose a threat to the island. Well, you did a good job. Imiro praised. Wait for troops from various places to come over. ??Imilo asked: "Where is Shila Rose?" Sheila Ge went to the sea to save people. Imiro nodded, "Wu Heng and Xila Gui will stay at the port, members of the association team. Each team will lead the association guard and the merchant group coalition to start patrolling. If pirates and those who take advantage of the situation are found, they will be killed directly and order will be restored on the island as soon as possible. Yes! Everyone responded and began to plan the team and conduct patrols. ??Imiro returned and took charge of the association. ?Wu Heng went to the Ship Management Office to register the ships construction. Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. Hilagus took Philippa with her and fell from the sky. The wings were retracted, and the body was covered with a layer of frost mist again. He opened the potion, took a sip, and asked, "Is the deacon here?" Well, after arranging the tasks, I went back to take charge of the association, leaving you and me to stay at the port. Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui glanced at the location of the port and said: "You sit here, I will go to the dock to have a look. There are high-level professionals who can also deal with it." ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "I''ll go with you, Philippa, your mother is over there, go over and be with her, don''t run around by yourself." It sounds like a curse, Philippa muttered, and then added, Please pay attention to my tame animal, the green parrot, he is easy to recognize. "Um." ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked out of the room together. Xila Gui said: "You are such an eyeliner, you speak very casually." She has lived with pirates since she was a child. She is young and has changed slowly. Wu Heng said. Sheila Ge also stopped talking. The two of them stood on the pier, looking at the fighting sea. On the pier, the skeletons who went to the sea kept carrying the corpses ashore and piling them aside. Sheila Gui clicked on a few skeletons and started patrolling nearby. ??Wu Heng continued to transform corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and joined the large team. Not long after, Glenda, who was looking for the treasure, flew back. I didnt find any treasure house, and I didnt see Imiro either. He wouldnt have run away, right? The deacon has returned to the association. I asked why I didnt see him. Early morning. The dawn illuminates the harbor and dispels the darkness. ?Four teams from the association rushed over quickly with some guards. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, Deputy Deacon Xila Gui, the deacon asked us to replace you. A team leader said. Wu Heng said: "I will leave some skeletons for you to assist in defense. If there is any danger, arrange for someone to notify us." Thank you, Archdeacon. ?Wu Heng transferred some skeletons and ordered them to obey the command. Then they returned in a mighty manner with armored vehicles and an army of skeletons. ?Standing outside the association, Wu Heng went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door. After getting a response, he opened the door and walked in. When Imiro saw Wu Heng coming in, he nodded and said, "You did a good job last night. I will explain your contribution to the association and commend it." ?Wu Heng did not talk about this matter. Instead, he continued: "Deacon, after I killed Occam last night, someone used some method to talk to me using the head. There may be other people involved behind the pirate incident." ??Imiro narrowed his eyes slightly. Tell me in detail. ?Wu Heng recounted what happened before. ??Imiro listened carefully and frowned slightly. He said: "I was at the island owner''s manor and was dragged away by the Divine Punishment Cult''s guardians, unable to leave. I can confirm that the Divine Punishment Cult was involved in this matter. They have always been able to use some weird abilities, which may have something to do with them." The Cult of Divine Punishment. ?Bawudong is the elder of a church in the Divine Punishment Sect and a level 12 professional. In Blackstone Town, that is the same level as deacon. The Divine Punishment Sect, I also have some grudges against them. Wu Heng said. "I will investigate this matter and give you a result then." A good deacon. Imiro continued: "Don''t go back yet. The association''s reinforcements will arrive today. Let''s meet together then." "good!" The difference is only half a day. ?Its no wonder Ockham is so eager to take action. Leave the deacons study. Returned to his office and study room. ??Andwyer took a few women out to get food, but she hasn''t come back yet. ?Wu Heng put on the space ring of Occam on his hand. Took things out one by one. First of all, my eyes fell on a piece, shaped like a huge amber, like a crystal clear ocean sand table. Emerald Sand Table (Wonderful Object) Category: Strange Objects Effect: Small wonder, which can map the entire scene of the corresponding location. Side effects: Take effect in the corresponding location. (Description: A naturally formed natural wonder that has magical effects.) ?Wu Heng looked inside the sand table. Treasure Island, nearby islands, and miniature ships all appear in the sand table. ?Wu Hengs eyes widened and he looked at everything inside. This, Gods perspective. Thanks to book friend 111029143623872 for the reward. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 459 , is the little ghost yours? Chapter 459: Is the little ghost yours? Like a miniature landscape. Islands, ships, everything in the Emerald Sea are clearly presented in the entire sand table. Originally, it was thought that the island owner Occam might be able to calculate the routes of all merchant ships through his personal abilities or port ship information. ?Now it seems that it is completely dependent on this strange thing in front of me. Which ship takes which route. See it too clearly. Fortunately, the battlefield was placed on Treasure Island. If it were at sea, he would have a God''s perspective and it would be more difficult to deal with him. Continue to look at side effects. Effective in the corresponding location. What do you mean? It can only take effect in the Emerald Sea? Or, in different locations, can the whole picture of the area be shown? ?Wu Heng scratched his chin. It feels like the first point is more likely. After all, it is called the Emerald Sand Table, which corresponds to the Emerald Sea. If it is the second option, it is of course better. Every time you go to a location, you can check the information of the corresponding location. It is the same as the big map used in the game. Waiting for a chance to try it. After looking at the most conspicuous object, my eyes continued to fall on the second one. A quill pen with a unique shape, the tip of the pen is bright red. Sentimental Quill (Strange Object) Category: Strange objects. Effect: The letter can be sent to the person you miss. Side Effect: The blood of living beings is used as pen and ink. (Description: A folded letter, carrying the earls tender feelings for different lovers.) Um? Looking at this strange object, Wu Heng frowned again. The blank envelope has nothing to do with the letter, obviously because this pen can be passed directly after writing. Just from the description. Originally, it was a quill pen used to write love letters to lovers. It has a special effect and is used by Occam to deliver messages and tasks to pirates. Theres really no one to target with rare objects. The effect is to reach the person you are thinking of. This point should not be described accurately. It is impossible for Occam to know who every pirate captain is, not to mention that pirate groups disappear and new pirates are established all the time. More, we should use the sand table to determine the information about the pirate ship, and then send the letter there. ?Or you can use the prophet''s profession to detect some information about the pirates. Send another letter. It should be like this. The more I think about it, the more reasonable it becomes. The side effect is that the blood of living beings is used as pen and ink. ?This is nothing at all. Animals are considered living creatures and are not difficult to obtain. There is a jar of red liquid beside it. Open it, and there is a strong smell of blood inside. It should be the blood used for writing. It has to be said that the value of Occams two rare items is very high. The effect is great and the cost is small. The sand table has no cost at all. ??If it were sold at a consortium auction, the price would definitely exceed the most expensive evil sword. ?Wu Heng took the pen and looked at it, then put it back again. All doubts are cleared. ?How did the other party know the routes of all the fleets, and how did the blank envelopes be sent out? When he saw two strange things, he solved them all. The doubts I had before were nothing special. I even thought that the profession of prophet was too powerful. Change to any profession and have these two kinds of wonders. Also able to mobilize all pirates gradually. But there should be other reasons why the Pirate King asked the Prophet to inherit. When you transform the skeleton later, lets see whats special about it. I hope the association will not take away the body. There are still a lot of props left. Wise Man''s ScepterTidal Chain ShirtLong Sword of LightnessEndurance Belt. There are still many types of props in the ring. There are quite a lot of equipment and daily use items. After all, they have reached the island owner level, so they must be richer. Take out everything. Throw the useless items, some personal clothing, and daily necessities aside, and let others throw them away when the time comes. Then, there is another space ring. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and barrels filled with gold and silver coins appeared in the open space in the middle. Full of dcor, dazzling and dazzling. What a guy, so rich! ?It seems that the few gold coins that I have been offered as a reward are really nothing. Is it so profitable to be an island owner? Or, it means the treasure of the pirate king, or the money saved by being a pirate. Anyway, its all yours now. Sure enough, its faster to steal other peoples money. ?????????????????????????????????? At this time, the door opened. The four women, Andwyll, Minnie, Philippa, and Millicent, came back after eating. ?Minnie still held the breakfast she bought for him. When I saw buckets of gold coins in the room. The four peoples eyes widened. Philippa was the first to rush over, holding a barrel filled with gold coins. "Wow, is it Occam''s money? There are so many, I''m making a fortune." Speaking, he grabbed a handful and was about to put it into his own space ring. Minnie stepped forward and grabbed her, "What are you doing? These belong to the master, why are you pretending to be them?" "What happened to me taking some? I almost died at sea. My life is worthless." Philippa shook off the caught arm. Minnie still said: "You were rescued from prison by the master, otherwise you would have died early." I caught so many pirates for him. Its yours only if I give it to you. Millicent also said: "Philippa, take it out, you are already a member of the association, and you are no longer at sea." Philippa saw that no one was looking towards him. Throwing the collected money back, "Who cares?" After saying that, he sat aside angrily. Anderweil came over and asked, "Master, what did the deacon say?" At noon, the associations reinforcements will come, and the island will be safe by then. Wu Heng began to eat and answered casually. Then when are we going home? Minnie said. "Wait a minute, you guys go back first, and Weier will go back with you. I can stay here with the association." "Well, let''s go back early so that we can tidy up the yard." After dinner, Wu Heng collected all the money and props. The women left the association and returned to their residence. Along the way, Philippa walked with the emblem of the Secret Whisperer on her chest. After all, the previous avatar appeared on the wanted poster. ?Especially now that pirates are being arrested on a large scale on the island to avoid any misunderstandings. The scorching sun hangs high in the sky at noon. On the distant sea level, three ships are gradually approaching Treasure Island. There was a battle ahead, and the sea was full of sunken shipwrecks. A sailors voice came from the lookout. On the ship, many deacons and members of the association came to the bow and looked into the distance. The sea near Treasure Island''s port was filled with broken boards and debris. The further you go, the more turbid it is like entering a swamp. Some people in small boats were salvaging bodies from the sea. Its over, its too late. Occam is indeed dishonest and dares to attack the association. Imiro still miscalculated the time. If we come one step earlier, we might be able to prevent this accident. I dont know if Imiro can survive. If something happens to him, the association will probably make Treasure Island disappear. Everyone was discussing. The sound of footsteps came from behind. An old human mage with white hair, white beard, and gray robe came out. Dean Gianvito. Everyone salutes. The old mage nodded and looked at the situation in front of him. Hands off the embroidered robe. A piece of detection magic flew forward quickly. ?At the same time, the tame beasts behind them also flew towards Treasure Island. In the sight of the tame beast. At the port location, there are workers repairing the port, skeletons guarding it, and patrolling team members. At this moment, a figure slowly walked out of the carriage on the roadside. ?Blonde hair and blue eyes, wearing a straight and gorgeous aristocratic dress. Imiro? Is he okay? ?Then here. On board the Associations vessels. Everyone was a little surprised when they saw Imiro coming out. It seems to be different from what they imagined. At least Imiro is fine. ??The old mage''s detection magic returned and he also observed the situation on the island. ??Said in a deep voice: "Get closer and go to the island." ??The ship moved forward again, and after successfully docking, everyone boarded the devastated pier. Dean Gianvito. Imiro nodded and said lightly. The old mage looked around and said, "Deacon Ymiro, Treasure Island is..." Go to the association first, lets talk on the way. Imiro said, and several carriages stopped aside. Members of the association who came to support boarded the carriage respectively. Imilo and the old mage were riding in the same car. On the carriage, Imiro gave an overview of the matter. ??The old mage raised his eyebrows slightly, a little surprised, "You said that the deputy deacon killed Occam and fought off hundreds of pirate ships?" ??Imiro nodded, "Indeed." Deacon Imiro, do you want him to gain the attention of the association? "I will never talk nonsense about this kind of thing." Imiro said in a serious tone. The old mage also felt that something was wrong with what he said, so he smiled and nodded, "Then, I will take a look at this young man." Uncle, there are many people outside, all high-level professionals. Xiao Xiaofei came back and whispered. Where? Wu Heng asked. There is an old man at the gate, dressed like Gandalf. Xiaoxiao said. Who is Gandalf? asked Glynda. Ah, an old man who can do magic. Hes very powerful. Ill show it to you tonight. The door of the association cannot be seen from the window of the office study, unless you stick your head out and you can see a little bit. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao penetrates directly into the body. The image of the entrance of the association also appeared in my mind. There were many carriages parked at the door. Many people came down from above. The one who came in together with Imiro was an old man with white hair and white beard, holding a wooden stick in his hand. Level 18, others behind, professionals from level 15 to level 12. ?This configuration, if I arrived in advance yesterday. It can really stop the pirates'' actions. That''s not right either. Occam has an emerald sand table, and he can see the movements of the association''s ships. There will definitely be other ways to deal with it. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Deputy Wu Heng, Deacon Imiro, please go to the study. The staff''s voice came from outside the door. "I see." In response, he stood up from the chair. Looking at Glenda, "You come back first, you have to go to the deacon''s study." ?Glenda crawled back into her body. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Come to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door, and after getting a response, walked in directly. In the study room, in addition to Imiro and the white-bearded old man he saw just now, there are also several investigators with pens and papers in hand. Wu Heng, this is Dean Gianvito, the leader of the reinforcement team for Treasure Island this time. Imiro introduced the old man. ??Then he continued to introduce Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, the deputy deacon of Treasure Island, played an important role in the pirates'' occupation of the island." "It''s all under the command of the deacon, and I just act according to the order." Wu Heng said. Imiro nodded slightly on his cold face. The old man did not answer, but looked him up and down. "The little ghost at the door just now is your spiritual servant? How did you get it?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 460 , 3 options Chapter 460, 3 choices ??This old man not only noticed the ghost, but also judged that the ghost was young when it was formed. "What''s the problem, Dean?" Wu Heng looked at him and asked. ?Just now, Imiro introduced the other partys name too quickly and didnt remember it for a while. The old man looked at him and said: "Necromancers need to follow legal procedures to raise spiritual servants." "Dean doesn''t have to worry about this. I can become the deputy deacon of the association. After passing the inspection by the special inspection envoy, I will naturally comply with the regulations." Wu Heng''s tone was still calm. ??The old man was stunned for a moment, seemingly a little surprised by his attitude. Laughed and said: "Yes, no wonder Imiro thinks so highly of you." At this time, the door of the room was knocked again, and Sheila Gui also walked in. He bowed slightly and looked at Wu Heng again. Imiro said directly: "Tell us what happened yesterday so that you can record it and report it to the headquarters." "good!" Sheela Gui was the first to speak and told her about the journey to the port after receiving the mission yesterday. Then Wu Heng''s armored vehicles arrived and bombed the pirate ships in the port and at sea. When heard, four movable vehicles, carrying equipment, destroyed hundreds of ships and blocked the opponent''s attack. Everyone present was a little surprised. Especially the investigators, they all looked at how the investigators beside them were recording. "This matter will be reported to the headquarters, and there will be no room for falsehoods." The old mage reminded. At that time, all the team members and people from several business groups on the island saw it. We have defended the island, so there is no need to lie to you! Sheila Guis tone was also a little too polite. Although we won, everyone paid a heavy price. ?These people were not very helpful, and they looked like they were investigating when they came. "This..." The old mage was choked and did not continue to say more. Then Wu Heng narrates the process. Defend the association building, then receive the message from Imiro, find and kill the island owner. There is more plot about Imiro in the middle, so the credibility is higher and no one raises questions. Did you remember it? Imiro asked. Write it down. Several investigators nodded. Imiro said: "Okay, now that the reinforcements have arrived, the island is safer. You go back and rest first. I will let you know when something happens." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said again: "Deacon, the skeletons helping to defend the port need some mobilization, and my tame beasts are lost over there and need to be found." Imiro looked at him and said, "In the evening, you take over the port patrol and take care of things." "clear." With a promise, the two of them retreated directly. The old mage took a sip of tea and said with a smile: "The two deputy deacons you have here are quite unique!" ??Imiro organized the documents casually, "When dealing with pirates on Treasure Island, it is inevitable that some changes will occur in your personality." Well, you are right. Outside the study room. Sheila Gui asked: "What is this old man''s name?" "Ah? I still want to ask you?" Wu Heng looked at her. "I didn''t pay attention. I forgot about it as soon as I got distracted. Is he great?" Sheila Gui looked back at the study room. ?Wu Heng lowered his voice and said, "What is the name of a level 18 professional, dean? It sounds pretty powerful." "Level 18, I didn''t come yesterday, I came here after today." Sheila Gui sounded a little dissatisfied. Wu Heng said with a smile: "Anyway, we won in the end, everyone is fine, and the rest is not important." "Well, you''re right." Sheila Gui agreed and puffed up her chest, "I didn''t expect you to be so powerful last night." ?Wu Heng was startled and looked around, "You slandered me." Yes, where did you get that equipment? The entire association is discussing it now. Oh, youre telling me this, there arent many in my hometown, and Im usually reluctant to use them. The two of them walked and chatted until they reached the door of their respective study rooms. Sheela Gui yawned, "I''m going back, I''ll talk about it when I have time." "good." ?Wu Heng also returned to his study. After simply tidying up, he walked out of the association and returned to his residence. Night has just fallen. ?Wu Heng took Philippa directly to the port. Sir, Deputy Deacon. The team responsible for guarding saluted slightly. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I will be in charge tonight. You can go back and rest." "yes!" The team saluted again and left the port directly. ?Wu Heng said to Philippa: "Check your tame beast and see if you can find it." "That stupid bird is not dead, so he has gone somewhere." Philippa said angrily. ?? I finally escaped yesterday, but I just didnt feel the need to tame the beast.????Hence, it didnt help at all. Look slowly, if you dont find it Ill get you a new one. Hey, thank you, Dad! Philippa shouted, and then walked aside. Start to sense the position of his tame animal, and at the same time try to communicate and issue orders. If the distance is too far, it will be difficult to transmit commands to the tame animals. It is necessary to sense while minimizing the distance. On Wuheng''s side, all the corpses salvaged during the day were turned into skeletons. A densely packed area, occupying the port. ?Looking at the still turbid sea, he ordered: "Go to the sea and salvage all the equipment, gold and silver utensils inside." Hurrah! Like making dumplings. All the skeletons plunged into the sea and swam toward the sea. ?Pirates are generally relatively wealthy, otherwise no one would do such a hard work. Not long after, skeletons came out from the bottom of the sea one after another. Some were carrying weapons and equipment, while others were carrying gold and silver utensils, boxes of currency, and some intact crossbows and ballistae. One by one, they filled the shore. ?Wu Heng looked at the salvaged items and his face was filled with joy. ?Sure enough, this is also a big gain. Hands out a batch, and Wu Heng collects a batch. Then the skeleton returned to the sea and continued salvage. Philippa followed the induction and gradually walked to the wasteland on the east side. The surroundings were so gloomy that she couldn''t help but shiver. For the last time, I couldnt find it, so you cant blame me. Philippa muttered. Finally try to communicate and tame the beast. ?This time, we directly established a connection with the tame animals and shared the vision. ?It was dark all around and I couldn''t see anything clearly. Then he gave the order to the tame beast to come back. Not long after, the sound of leaves shaking came from the woods ahead, and a fat parrot with green feathers and a red crown flew out directly. With grass clippings and leaves on his body, he flew over excitedly. Philippa also showed surprise, "Silly bird, I knew you were not dead." Silly bird, captain. The parrot also shouted in a high-pitched voice. Return to port. ?Wuheng is still collecting salvaged goods. Philippa had nothing to do. She was fanning mosquitoes and talking to the parrot, asking what happened after she was caught. ?At dawn, Wu Heng arranged for skeletons to help defend the port. Go home with Philippa. The house has been renovated, but the collapsed wall has not yet been repaired. I slept until noon when I heard the sound of several women chatting from downstairs. ?Wu Heng had a simple lunch. He then returned to the study on the 4th floor, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. ?This side is still a room in the military area. ?Standing at the window and looking out, there was heavy snow falling outside. ? A large group of skeletons were clearing the snow. Judging from the footprints, there was at least 20 centimeters of snow. He took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. Are you looking for me? ??Wu Heng motioned her to sit down and asked, "How are you doing here lately?" "There are almost no people exchanging gold at the station now. It should be better after the heavy snow. Sister Yahong has also suspended the transaction with the provincial rescue team because of the snow. They still don''t want the machine gun blueprints. Give us some ideas," Qi Hancai said while holding a small notebook. It seems that the heavy snow has lasted for a day or two. Has blocked a lot of actions. Well, lets wait until the snow stops. "Let me take you down to take a look. Are there any shortcomings?" Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng stood up and followed her outside. Association, meeting room. ?Imiro, Dean Gianvito, and several level 15 association professionals were sitting around the conference table. "Deacon Imiro, according to the procedure, when the incident on Treasure Island is sent to the headquarters, he should also recommend a candidate for the island owner." The old mage Gianvito spoke softly. Imiro looked at the other party and said softly: "Dean Gianvito, do you have any suggestions?" "I can''t talk about suggestions. After all, we really can''t help much on Treasure Island. However, there are only three choices for the island owner. First, recommendations from local associations, usually people who are popular with the people and have made special contributions. Second, the headquarters. Distribute it, select a new person to be the island owner, and thirdly, divide it into nearby countries and let them manage it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 461 , no need to ask the corpse (one update today.) Chapter 461, No Need to Ask the Corpse (Updated today.) The crisis on Treasure Island has been resolved, and the next step is the appointment of a new island owner. As for the candidates, the association headquarters now needs to make the selection. After all, both Imiro and Wu Heng, who solved most of the troubles, are both members of the association. You must abide by the rules. ??Imiro leaned on the back of his chair and asked directly: "Which one does Dean Gianvito think has a greater chance?" Gianvito seemed to have thought about this problem for a long time, and said slowly: "According to the association''s past arrangements, the second possibility is more likely, to arrange for someone who is good at management to be the new island owner." The second option is to bring in a new island owner from outside. The disadvantages are also obvious. Newcomers need a certain amount of time to understand the local conditions. As time goes by, a new group of pirates may appear again. The threshold for becoming a pirate is not too high. As time goes by, more and more people will come out. ??Imiro nodded, he also knew about the association. Gianvito continued: "Of course, this is just based on past speculation. If the person elected locally has a high enough reputation and has local support, the first option will be more likely." As he spoke, he raised his head and glanced at the other party. In fact, the meaning is very obvious, Imiro wants to be the island owner. Its not that troublesome. Imiro said directly: "The locally recommended candidate is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. This time he figured out the enemy''s plan in advance, killed Occam and prevented the pirates from landing on the island. He should be elected." ??Gianvito was slightly surprised. He reminded softly, "The location here on Treasure Island is quite good." Imiro''s tone was still calm, "I came to Treasure Island just because the association couldn''t find a more suitable person. Now that the pirate issue has been resolved, I have my own path to go on. I won''t stay in Treasure Island for a long time." island." "The elves are really enviable. They can have more time to move in their own direction." Gianvito said with a slight envy. He then continued: "If you serve, the success rate will be greater. If you elect the young archdeacon, the possibility will be much smaller." Imiro said calmly: "Then it depends on his own luck." "When you think about it, just record it and send it to the association headquarters as soon as possible." "Um!" Residential area, a hall of a mansion. ??Shanella was wearing a purple dress, dressed dignifiedly and elegantly. Sitting on one side of the long table, while representatives of the major business groups sat on both sides of the square table, talking in low voices about what happened in the past two days. They are the happiest people now that order has been restored to Treasure Island. After this incident, Treasure Island will usher in a new era. Sea transport will become the new golden route. I heard that the association is going to choose a new island owner. Do you have any thoughts? Shanara suddenly spoke, attracting everyones attention. ?A representative of the business group turned the gold ring on his hand and said: "We can''t say what the association will choose. What ideas can we have?" Yeah, you can choose whatever you want, as long as youre not a pirate. Based on the current situation, it will be beneficial for us if anyone becomes the owner of the island, and maritime trade will only be better. The rest of the people spoke one after another, and they were all relatively optimistic about the current situation. As they say. The association has very clear rules and regulations for doing things. When a business group does business, what they like most is to do things within the rules. So, as long as it is arranged by the association, it doesnt matter who is the owner of the island. It doesnt matter if he is not a pirate. Shannara put down her tea cup and said with a smile: "Actually, I prefer to let Deputy Deacon Wu Heng be the owner of the island." The representatives of each business group were stunned. cast a curious look. Mrs. Shannara, if you have anything to say, just say it. We are all here now, so we can discuss it. Shannara nodded and said: "You may not be aware that appointments from the association are generally divided into three types: local recommendation, external transfer from the association, or directly to a neighboring country." ??Pause slightly to let the others react. Then he said: "The latter two will not help us at all. We have dealt with the battle the night before yesterday to some extent. We cannot let our busy work be in vain. In the end, the island has nothing to do with us." Everyone frowned. For the time being, I had no intention of going around here. However, some people still cheered and said: "According to Mrs. Shannara''s wishes, we have indeed made a contribution." Yes, I also lost a lot of my guards. "That makes sense, deacon... What does this have to do with Deputy Deacon Wu Heng?" As each of them spoke, the hall became a little chaotic. Shanara picked up the silver spoon, tapped the rim of the teacup, and said, "I plan to write a letter of recommendation and send it to the association on behalf of the Chamber of Commerce, recommending Deputy Deacon Wu Heng as the new island owner." Is there any direct connection here? Shanara said slowly: "First, our lives were saved by him. Support the savior. Someone will save us next time we are in danger. Second, his character and talent are pretty good. He is sitting in his 20s. When he reaches the position of deputy deacon, he is also a genius, and his achievements will be even higher in the future. Thirdly, he will have enough strength to sit on Treasure Island. " Without waiting for others to react, he concluded: "By helping him, externally, we have not forgotten our savior, and we are also helping a genius. It is considered an investment. Internally, Treasure Island is stable, and our chamber of commerce will also benefit." Wow~! As soon as he finished speaking, everyone started discussing again. From what Shannella said, it seemed that it would be in their best interest to elect this deputy deacon. Then why not let Imiro become the island owner directly? The deputy deacon is a necromancer after all, so it is easy for problems to arise. A slightly obese middle-aged man asked. Shanara replied, "Don''t say that ''Imilo'' can''t see Treasure Island. Even if he wants to become the owner of the island, after this incident, Wu Heng will be transferred to other places as a deacon, and Treasure Island will Without a strong person, if Wu Heng becomes the island owner, he will not be transferred. Treasure Island will be dominated by two strong people. " The middle-aged man''s tone was choked and he said no more. Everyone thought for a moment. State their opinions one after another. "Okay, I agree with Mrs. Shannara''s suggestion. For the recommendation, count me in." I also agree. If he really takes the position of island master, he must not forget us. I also agree with this statement. Most of the people spoke up and agreed to Shannara''s proposal. After all, there is nothing to be lost by nominating someone. ?The other partys argument is indeed quite convincing. Shannara glanced at the remaining chambers of commerce that had not expressed their opinions. He continued: "When he really becomes the owner of the island, he will fight for at least three years of trade tax exemption for the chamber of commerce that signed the recommendation letter, which will be enough for everyone to make a fortune." Finish this sentence. More people agreed to join and signed their names. Shannara glanced at the recommendation letter, and after confirming that there was nothing wrong with it, she handed it to the steward on the side. Ask someone to send it to the association, and tell them that all chambers of commerce will elect Deputy Wu Heng to become the island owner. Yes, maam. Residence, study. ??Wu Heng came back from the zombie world. Sit at your desk and rethink the next questions. With the death of the island owner Occam, the crisis on Treasure Island and the problem of blank envelopes have also been resolved. ??The only thing that happened was the person who controlled the head to speak after Occam died. ? Judging from the tone of the other party''s words, he also participated in this incident, but was not a member of the pirates. Its up to Imiro to see if there are any clues. The second point is the processing work behind Treasure Island. Occams corpse, the association may need to ask for it later. In that case, you will lose a level 18 skeleton. But it is also good to ask the corpse to know who else was involved behind the scenes. As for the two strange objects that were obtained. The association generally does not force members to hand over trophies, but the two rare items have special effects, so they may have to keep them. ?Especially the Emerald Sand Table, which is a strategic map in the Emerald Sea. ?Whoever owns it can control the movements of all ships in the sea area. It is simply an artifact. The matter of rare objects must still be kept secret. If you dont mention it, the possibility of the association asking about it is not high. Wait for a while before taking it out for use. I sat in the study for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, dinner is ready." Well, Ill be down right away. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the study. Going down to the first floor, five women were already seated at the dining table. ?In addition to several maids of her own, there was also Shanara who was wearing a formal dress. When she saw him coming down, she smiled and spoke in a bad tone. There are more people here again. Forehead. Wu Heng said: "Philippa, I arranged to be the spy among the pirates. Before I arrested the pirates, she provided a lot of information." Well, I heard Minnie say it. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and greeted him: Sit down and eat! A few people sat down around the dining table. ?Wu Heng and Shanara were chatting about some things on the island. ??Philippa put something into her mouth and touched Minnie with her arm, "Our lady?" According to the level in the contract. Philippa, Minnie and others all belong to the status of maids, and the hostess will become a madam. Sister Shanara is the president of the Flower of Stars, um..., and she and the master are... lovers. Philippa looked at the wood elf opposite, with some surprise in his eyes. Being a pirate, he naturally heard of Star Flower, the largest trading group of wood elves, which undertook the largest export trade of a race. Unexpectedly, Wu Heng still has such a relationship with the other party. Really or not, how do you fall in love with an archdeacon? Philippa muttered. There was a moment of silence at the dining table. Shanara glanced at Wu Heng with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked at Philippa, who immediately lowered his head to eat, pretending that nothing happened. After dinner. ?The sky is gradually getting gloomier. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, and the door opened. Shanara, wrapped in a white bath towel, opened the door and walked in. Long hair spread over her shoulders, her skin is delicate and smooth, and her cheeks are red. The bath towel on her chest was slightly open, and the ravine was deep. Come! Wu Heng lifted up the thin quilt beside him. Shanela rolled her eyes at him, simply wiped her hair, untied the towel, and got into the quilt. Closely together. Shannara breathed quickly and said intermittently: "I still have something serious to say!" ??Wu Heng put his straight and white calves on his shoulders and said, "Tell me, I like to listen to you." Disgusting! Shanara complained, and continued: I convinced other chambers of commerce to nominate you as the owner of the island. If successful, the chamber of commerce that signed the contract will exempt them from taxes for three years. The matter of recommending oneself was conveyed to me by Minnie before. Being the island owner is naturally the best. But it may not be successful. If the association really hands over this place to others, I cannot fall out with the association because of this matter. "Can it succeed?" Wu Heng held his hands on the opponent''s chest. "There is a high chance. After all, each chamber of commerce also has a certain influence. Others also contributed to the occupation of Treasure Island and have a certain say." Shannara said. ?Wu Heng nodded, "If it succeeds, it won''t be a big deal if we are exempt from tax for three years." Well, thats all I can do. Thank you, baby. Its really disgusting. ?Wu Heng smiled and leaned forward slightly. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng took Philippa to the association. ??Philippa was wearing a leather armor, with the green-feathered parrot on his shoulders, and he was walking swaggeringly with his hands attached. Good morning, Gers. Nowalu, you look good. Hey~! Ohlin, your beard looks very handsome today. "No, you just now know that I am Wu Heng''s spy? I thought you were so smart, you would have guessed it a long time ago!" ??Philippa was like a social madman, greeting people in the association non-stop all the way. Attracted the attention of many people. ?Especially Orin, who put his arm around the dwarfs shoulders and praised him for his handsome beard. ?This made Olin a little annoyed, but for Wu Heng''s sake, it was difficult to say anything. ??Wu Heng took her by the back collar and took her back to his office and study room. Anderweil, who came one step ahead, looked curiously at Philippa who was carried back. Do you say hello to everyone? Wu Heng looked at her and asked. And! Captain Foolish Bird. The parrot flew to the side and said. Philippa raised her hand to scare the parrot and explained: "Why don''t you get to know everyone so that you don''t meet me in the future and hunt me down?" Then you should be more reserved. Why are you holding Olin and braiding his beard? "I''ll go, I''m very good at it. I braided my own braids before." Philippa pointed to her hair. Be subtle the next time you say hello. ?Philippa pouted, "Okay, I get it." After saying that, he sat on the sofa nearby and started reading the comics he had brought. Sit in the study for a while. ~! There was a knock on the door, and Philippa opened the door. The staff member looked inside and said directly after seeing Wu Heng: "Deputy Wu Heng, the deacon asks you to go to the morgue." Okay, thank you. The staff left, and Wu Heng also got up and walked out of the study. In the morgue, there was a feeling of coolness. ??Imiro stood at the door, followed by two investigators. ??The morgue was already filled with corpses, and the two coroners were busy. ?Wu Heng walked closer and said, "Deacon, are you looking for me?" Imiro stood tall and asked: "Have the autopsies been performed on all the pirates you killed?" Not yet. They are all arranged at the port and several locations for assisting defense. We havent counted them yet, Wu Heng said. A lot of pirates were killed this time. It really takes some effort to calculate statistics. Lets do some statistics so that we can calculate the merits by then. Imiro said. Wu Heng glanced at the corpses and said, "Deacon, some of the skeletons can''t recognize who they are." Then collect the pirate flags and count them according to the leader of the pirate flags. Also. ??Imiro nodded and continued: "Take out the body of ''Occam'' and conduct an interrogation so that we can know if there are any other plans." Deacon, I have a way to get the questions you want without asking the corpse. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 462 , hero creation Chapter 462, Hero Creation No need to ask about the corpse? ??Imiro looked at him with some doubts. ??Wu Heng said seriously: "Deacon, I need a separate room." What method is so mysterious? After Imiro said something, the two of them took the investigator and walked toward the corridor together. Choose a vacant room. ?Wu Heng took out gold powder and blood, and gradually formed a closed magic circle on the ground. After finishing the last stroke, the magic circle exuded a faint necromantic power. ?Wu Heng took out the magic soul pot, placed it in the middle of the magic circle, and opened the cork. Then, a blue ghost flew out of the magic soul pot. Gradually formed the rough look of Occam. ?Occam glanced around and tried to hide and leave to the side. Its just that the magic circle is like a barrier, trapping it in the middle, and the permeating power of death is constantly eroding its translucent soul. Seeing that there was no way to escape, Occam shouted in the direction of several people: "You **** beasts, you will die on the sea, red worms will get into your bodies, and sea beasts will eat our flesh and blood." On the other side, Imiro and the two investigators looked surprised. The original way to say it is this. actually imprisoned the ghost in the magic soul pot. Necromancer is really scary. ??Wu Heng was the first to explain, "When I killed him, I formed a ghost. At that time, I tried to attack me and was put into the ''Devil Soul Pot''." Imiro raised his eyebrows, "He didn''t choose to escape, but attacked you instead?" Well, maybe they think that my level is not high enough and there is a chance to kill me. Wu Heng said. ?Occam was level 12 when he became a ghost, and Wu Heng''s widely circulated level was also level 12. It is very consistent with the behavioral logic of pirates, who like to take risks in exchange for greater profits. ??Wu Heng continued: "Deacon, you can ask whatever you want. The formation''s duration is limited." ??Imiro nodded and turned his gaze back to the irritable ghost, "Who else participated in this attack on Treasure Island?" "Huh, what? Imiro, you are so powerful, go check it yourself." Occam looked disdainful. ?Wu Heng stood aside and injected the power of the dead into the magic circle. ??The originally calm magic circle began to become restless, and solid black whips struck the ghost''s body one after another. Ah~! Damn it, what is this. There is no sound when whipped. ??But every time it fell, Occam would let out a heart-rending wail. Bang~! The next second. ?Occams ghost suddenly shattered and scattered in all directions. After stopping the beating, it slowly condensed into a weak-looking soul body. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief when he saw that he was not really beaten to death. ?This magic circle was found by Wu Heng in the mage''s manuscript. It can control and attack ghosts. Otherwise, in most cases, it is difficult to control ghosts that are unwilling to cooperate. After Occam''s soul solidified again, he looked weak and frightened, and said tremblingly: "No, no, let''s talk it over. Your association can''t do this, it will affect your image." Imiro asked again: Who else was involved? "God''s Punishment Cult, don''t you know? At that time, I asked the people from the Divine Punishment Cult to stop you." Occam said. What else? "No more. After stopping you in the plan, the pirates will be enough to kill everyone after landing on the island." Occam said, and looked at Wu Heng fiercely. If it hadnt been for him, he wouldnt have had to go through so much trouble, and he wouldnt have failed in the end. There is another person who can control your head to speak after you die, saying that you cooperated. Imiro asked again. ?Occam said: "He is the bishop of the God''s Punishment Cult." Bishop? ?Wu Heng glanced at Imiro. ?According to what was said before, when Imiro went to the island owner''s manor, he was held back by the guardians of the Divine Punishment Sect. It also means that the guardian has a strength no less than that of Imiro. ?It sounds like a bishop should be of a higher rank than an apologist, so that would be more dangerous. Imiro gave the investigators time to record before continuing, "How do you cooperate, and what can they get from helping you?" After sighing, Occam said: "I promise them that after Treasure Island gets rid of the association, they will be allowed to establish a church on the island." ??Imiro still looked at him and saw that he did not continue. He looked at Wu Heng and said, "Do it." Occam''s soul form showed panic, and said hurriedly, "Don''t... don''t, there is still hero creation. They have a certain base of followers and can help me become a hero. This is what we talked about, each needs what he needs. But they only have one person nearby to hold ''Imiro'' back." It seems that the attack effect in the magic circle is indeed a kind of torture to the ghost. As soon as you talk about it, you will attack. ?Occam said a lot at once. Beside him, Wu Heng, who was listening silently, frowned. It seems that I have gained another piece of unknown knowledge, the creation of a hero. Level 20 is a hero. But it seems that it is not as simple as directly increasing the experience value, but requires hero building at level 18. ?This..., I really havent heard anyone mention it. If theres anything else, just say it! "No, we are just a group of pirates, and we need to avoid the investigation of your association. There are so many secrets. If it weren''t for this kid, my plan would not have failed." Occam said angrily. Imiro looked at the investigator and asked, "Have you written it down?" Its all written down. Put him back. When Occam heard this, he immediately shouted: "Imiro, I am willing to work for the association. A ghost with my strength can provide a lot of help." ??Wu Heng controlled the power of the dead, a suction force, and began to pull away the ''Occam'' in mid-air. Give me a chance, Yimi Luo, Wu Heng, lets talk... ?Occam''s soul was stretched and returned to the magic pot. ?Wu Heng closed the lid and took back the space ring. Ghosts are still very useful to necromancers, but whether a ghost is worth cultivating depends on whether the character and direction of doing things are the same. Xiaoxiao and Glenda have different personalities, but neither of them are bad people. But this man was a pirate, and he had such a big feud with Wu Heng. She will definitely not let it become her spiritual servant, no matter how high the level is. The question you want to ask is over. ??Imiro clasped his hands and walked out. ?Wu Heng took two quick steps and said, "Deacon, do you still need the body?" "Since there is a ghost who can ask questions, you should deal with the body yourself. Save his soul first, and then dispose of it as you wish when there are no further problems." Imiro said calmly. Okay! Wu Heng nodded. ??Imiro left with the investigators. ??Wu Heng walked directly to the coroner''s position. Ardeacon, what are your orders? the coroner stepped forward and asked. ?Wu Heng took out the body of Occam and said, Take off the eyes and internal organs and keep them intact. The coroner looked at the body and recognized it as the previous island owner. He asked cautiously: "Deacon, it''s okay to take it off. Where can I put it? In this weather..." "Wait a minute, I''ll have someone deliver the organ jar, just put it in then." Wu Heng said, and took out a few more silver coins, "Drink tea." The Archdeacon is very polite, we should do it. Take it, there have been a lot of pirate corpses recently, and you have worked hard. The two of them took it and said, "Thank you, Mr. Archdeacon." ?Wu Heng nodded and left the basement. Get out of the basement. ??Wu Heng went back to his study first, and asked "Anderweil" to go to the prop shop and buy an organ jar. The organ jar is a necromancer-type magic prop, but it has a wide range of uses on the market. ??Whether it is alchemy materials or ritual materials, you will need the organs or blood of some animals or monsters. So it will be sold in prop stores. Its just that the price will be higher. ?Andwyer nodded and took Philippa out to buy things. Maybe he was worried about leaving this crazy girl alone in the association and causing some trouble. The two of them left. ?Wu Heng went out again and went to the deacon''s study. After knocking lightly on the door, he walked in directly. ??Imiro saw him coming over again, "Is there anything else?" ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Deacon, the hero creation mentioned by ''Occam'' just now is the first time I heard this term and I want to know more about it." ??Imiro stacked the documents in his hands aside and said: "This is something that only level 18 will be exposed to. It''s a little early for you to understand it now." Im just curious. If its convenient, can you tell me a little bit? ?Except for Shanara, everyone else inferred the rank based on common sense based on his age and the time he joined the association. But he is about to reach level 18, and he is even more curious about this hero creation. Does it start to be linked to heroes at level 18? Imiro glanced at him and motioned to sit down first, "I can have a brief chat with you." Thank you. ??Imiro organized his thoughts and spoke slowly. "When you reach level 18, you are a fifth-level professional, and the other title is reserve hero, which means you have reached the threshold of becoming a hero. If you want to continue to improve, it is not only an improvement in skills, but also in reputation. Communication, we call it hero creation. You can also understand that you will become a hero only when your reputation or influence reaches certain requirements. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 463 , can it be used universally? Chapter 463: Can it be used universally? ?Wu Heng frowned, understanding the meaning of the words. In other words, after reaching level 18, if you want to become a hero, you not only need to meet the experience points requirements, but also add the criterion of "hero shaping". Own reputation and influence. Only when you meet this requirement can you become a hero. "Is any type of influence acceptable? Occam is originally a pirate, so he shouldn''t have much influence outside." Wu Heng felt that he didn''t quite understand the meaning. Prestige generally refers to positive recognition and respect. What kind of reputation does a pirate leader have even if he reaches level 18? It is impossible to become a hero in your lifetime. As for his subsequent plans, it seems that he is still working in the direction of a hero, which means that he also has hope of becoming a hero. This is somewhat different from what Imiro said. ??Imiro went on to explain, Everyone chooses a different method, and what Occam chooses is the pirates reputation and influence. ??If this incident on Treasure Island is successful, killing the association members on Treasure Island, and detaining all the representatives of the large business groups in the Emerald Sea, do you think his reputation as the Pirate King will be low? Moreover, when he cooperated with the Divine Punishment Sect, he also valued the members of the Divine Punishment Sect. " ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and suddenly felt a feeling in his heart. The so-called reputation and influence are somewhat like beliefs in religion. Imiro continued: "You should have read the association''s hero books and the stories of outstanding members from all over the world! The association spends a lot of money to distribute them to various places. In addition to promoting the association''s ideas, it also allows people everywhere to better understand the protagonists in the stories. deeds. Books of the Society, as well as stories of adventures, were circulated throughout the country. ?The stories of professionals from all over the world have always been inspirational stories that inspire people and young people. Now it seems that it is also a means of publicity for the association. Can the content in the story also enhance the heros creation? "Of course, it''s definitely not as good as leaving a real deed, but it will also play some role. The association has associations in various places, so naturally, a little adds up." Imiro smiled calmly, "You understand these now Its still too early, youll know this gradually when you reach level 18. Yeah, thats right, Wu Heng said. ??Imiro continued, "With your ability and talent, it is not difficult to reach level 18. Humans have a limited lifespan, so you must seize the time more." From the perspective of elves, the life span of humans is simply terrifyingly short. Elves reach adulthood at the age of 100, and all humans are dead. So, for human beings, since they have talents, they must seize the time to improve themselves. Thank you, deacon, I will try my best. Imiro nodded and continued: "Several chambers of commerce on the island have jointly elected you to be the new island owner. Do you know this?" Yesterday, I met Mrs. Shannara. She mentioned this matter to me and said that if it succeeds, tax exemptions will be given to various chambers of commerce for three years. Wu Heng said. Businessmen pursue profit, and those who recommend you will naturally want some benefits, but in the end whether the headquarters will choose you depends on their choice. Wu Heng glanced at the other party in confusion, "Deacon, aren''t you the owner of the island? I feel you are more suitable for this position." Imiro smiled and shook his head, "These are not the directions I want to go." Forehead. ?Wu Heng was suffocated, suddenly feeling that what he was pursuing was a bit vulgar. I havent reached the level of a deacon yet. Imiro sipped the tea lightly, "Is there anything else?" gone. In the past two days, you and Shilagui have led patrols to confirm the safety of the island. "clear." Leaving the deacon''s study, Wu Heng walked towards his own study. Enter the room. ?Andwyer was sitting at her desk, and Philippa stood aside, talking about her experiences as a pirate. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, Anderweil smiled and said: "Master, there are only three organ jars in the props store. They said that new ones will not come until the sea transportation is clear." As he spoke, three organ jars were taken out. Its enough, you wont even need so much. Wu Heng put the things away. Philippa came up and asked, Why did you buy this? Dont ask, I wont be able to sleep at night. Wu Heng pushed her away. "What are you talking about? I haven''t seen anything when I was a captain." Occams organs were removed and need to be sealed and preserved. Philippa frowned, "You like to collect these? Necromancers are so scary." Ritual materials, pirates are really uneducated. ?Wu Heng said something, walked out of the study and walked towards the morgue. Philippa followed, shouting that it was no use staying in the room. Go to the morgue, preserve the removed organs, and put the body away again. Then he took Philippa with him to the port. At this time, the port was very busy. A large number of residents slide boats and hold long pole nets to clean up garbage in the sea. At first, it was just some people organized by the association to carry out the cleaning work, but as time went by, items of great value were salvaged. More and more people join. Even though Wu Heng had arranged for the skeletons to be salvaged before, most of the valuables had been taken away. But you can still find a lot of good things, such as gold coins nailed to broken wooden boards, twisted devices, and severed fingers hanging with gold rings. ?So many pirates died here, and there was definitely a lot of treasure left behind. "Deputy deacon." The captain of the seventh team walked over quickly. ??Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Let people salvage the pirate flag. The deacon said, let us count the merits according to the pirate flag." I immediately asked someone to collect the pirate flags. The captain said immediately. Not just Wu Heng, everyone participated in this operation. They will also be counted as meritorious deeds. "Well, when the next team takes over, tell them too. Don''t fight then. There will be no place to prove your merits." Wu Heng asked again. Understood, I will send messages to each captain later. Okay, you guys get busy. ?Wu Heng said something and took Philippa for a walk around the area. ??The originally bustling Lighthouse Street now had not many people shopping. ?Even if the pirates did not succeed, they still suffered a big impact. Even there are not many shops open. The two of them went shopping and bought her some daily necessities. They returned to their residence together. Have had dinner. A few girls went to the yard to play shuttlecock. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and released the two ghosts. One is reading a book, and the other is holding a tablet and playing the games that come with it. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, sat at his desk, and began to think about the information he got today. First of all, the one who controls the head and speaks to himself is the bishop of the Divine Punishment Cult. ??Protect can stop Imiro, this bishop should be of a higher level. If I had known better, I would have put on my cloak when I killed Occam. The cloak given to him by the consortium can block most of the inspections. ?Had I known it earlier, I would have covered myself to avoid being seen by the other party. But its too late to say anything now, Ive seen everything. No, he is so powerful, why dont he do it himself? ??This bishop wants to come in person, and there is nothing he can do to stop him. "There is still some problem. He can''t take action, or he can''t take action openly." Be careful about the Divine Punishment Cult in the future. The second point is the news of hero creation. ?According to Wu Hengs understanding, hero creation is similar to the collection of beliefs. If someone recognizes your actions and deeds, you can increase hero creation. Experience points can be used in both worlds, so this hero creation...can it also be collected in the modern world? If it really works, then it wont be difficult for me to become a hero. As strength increases. The zombie world is not as dangerous to me as it was at the beginning. ?Even if a large area is still controlled by zombies, there are definitely a lot of survivors. It shouldnt be too much to have a safe refuge, provide food and supplies, and let them give themselves some prestige! I can be a hero even without an association. Tap tap tap~! The sound of footsteps sounded. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study, and Shanara came down from the roof in a nightgown. "When will your wall be repaired? I''m always worried about being seen." ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked toward the bedroom, "Tomorrow, let''s open a door on the side. It''s convenient." "Hmm." Shannella thought for a moment, "I''ll make arrangements to open a smaller door then." The two of them entered the bedroom. ?Hug each other and whisper. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the association, and Shannara also returned to her residence. ?Wu Heng yawned and was about to go upstairs to the zombie world. Millicent put away the tableware and came over, "Sir." Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. "Sir, I want to take ''Philippa'' back to Nautilus to live there." Millicent lowered his head and said. Are you not used to living here? Millicent immediately shook his head, "No, the conditions here are very good, and the adults and several ladies take good care of us. It''s just that we have managed to run the tavern, and we don''t want to give up just like that." (End of this chapter) Chapter 464 , Skeleton Prophet Chapter 464, Skeleton Prophet The tavern in Millicent is actually doing pretty well. ??Although it didnt last long in total, it did provide several pieces of effective information. ?For example, last time the puppet master impersonated Wu Heng to kill someone, as well as all kinds of messy information about the Treasure Island incident later. ??Taverns are good places to gather information. But something is different now. ?There are basically no pirates on the island. Millicent and Philippa live here for a while. ??If you want to collect more information, you will basically not be able to collect any information. He raised his head and glanced at the other party. Millicent''s cautious eyes were full of expectation. For Wu Heng, the tavern is used to collect intelligence. But in Millicon''s view, it is more of a reflection of his own value. You can go back, too. Wu Heng said. Millicent was instantly happy. ?Wu Heng continued to add, Lets open it for a while first. If there are any changes to the association later, we will discuss it then. Thank you, sir. Millicent saluted and thanked him. Wu Heng walked out and said, "Let''s go, I will arrange two guards for you to protect your safety." Millicent followed behind, "The island is so safe, so there''s no need for it!" Its always good to be careful. Thank you, my lord. The two of them walked to the courtyard together. ?Wu Heng selected two skeletons, a level 15 warrior and a level 12 swordsman. On the island, it is enough to keep them safe. ?Even if there is really a danger exceeding this level, there is still no problem with a little obstruction to buy them time to escape. After everything is taken care of. Millicent and Philippa, carrying some luggage, came downstairs. "Millicent can''t get used to living here. Let''s go back first. If you have a chance, you can come and play with me." Philippa said directly. ??Wu Heng warned, "Don''t cause trouble in the tavern. You are now a member of the association, so you must pay attention to your identity." Dont worry, I am also a captain after all. How can I compete with these idiots on the island? Philippa said with her arms crossed. While speaking, a carriage slowly stopped in front of the door. The mother and daughter got into the car and prepared to leave. The curtain was opened, Philippa poked her head in and said, "Remember to come and see me." Its not that far away. Ill come back when Im bored. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa nodded in agreement, waved goodbye, and slowly left with the carriage. Sent the two of them away. ?Wu Heng took Minnie back to his residence. ?Go upstairs and open the door in the study to go to the zombie world. On the other side of the boundary gate is still the previous room. ??Wu Heng came to the window and took a look. The snow had stopped, but there was still thick snow piled up on the road and roofs. For the survivors in this world right now. ?This kind of weather makes it more difficult to survive. Picked up a down jacket, put it on himself, and walked out of the room. Go downstairs and stand in the hall. You can see skeletons and survivors clearing snow outside. It looks like they are planning to clear a road. ?Seeing Wu Heng come out, Qi Hancai walked over directly wearing a black down jacket. I cant say whether it will snow again. If it doesnt, there is a tow truck in the garage behind, which is as long as a bulldozer and can clear the road. The current location is next to the military warehouse. Some special vehicles are also relatively complete. Well, lets connect it to the road over the station first, Wu Heng said. Understood. Qi Hancai continued, Recently, many people from other regions on the radio have crowded into our channel and want to exchange food with us. Other areas? How do they know? Someone should have mentioned our exchange of grain for gold. Some cities in the north want us to establish exchange points in their cities and voluntarily lower the price. Qi Hancai explained. As long as the radio station changes frequency, it can access radio stations in other areas. It is not surprising that news can be spread. Furthermore, for Wuheng, it is actually not a bad thing. As for the food problem, it can be purchased at any time when the route to Treasure Island is restored. Just want to go to various cities and establish exchange points, and you need to be prepared. At least this kind of heavy snow weather is difficult to get through. Its not easy to get over, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "If you have this plan, I will have people prepare in advance and collect some intelligence information from various places. When the weather gets better, we can enter the next city along the railway track to establish an exchange point." The establishment of exchange points in cities along the road will definitely be implemented. Gold remains important. Okay, lets prepare in advance. "good!" ??Wu Heng stood there and thought for a moment, then continued: "You and Li Yahong can recruit some reliable bases to join us and increase the population. It will also be useful to establish an exchange point when the time comes." Qi Hancai frowned and thought for a moment, "We have a higher reputation in our hometown, and it is easier to recruit some people there." Then let Li Yahong recruit more people. "clear." The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. ?Qi Hancai went to the radio station to contact Li Yahong, and Wu Heng walked to the backyard. Looking for a place where there is no one around. Took out the body of the original level 18 island owner. ?The corpse was a bit miserable. The head and body were sewn together, and the eyes and organs were removed. It looks a bit scary. ??We have confirmed with Imiro that the association will not want this body. If you want to investigate anything further, you can continue to interrogate the ghost. The body can be disposed of by oneself. Actually, I still think about the advantages of level 18 professionals. Let associations and countries pardon such people. Directly facing the corpse, release [Bone Slave Technique]. The summoned object exceeds the caster''s ability range, and instability factors increase... The familiar unstable prompt appears again. This prompt has not appeared for a long time. With the injection of undead power, the flesh and blood of the corpse on the ground began to slowly fall off, and the white skeleton stood up from the ground. Shaked off the scraps of meat on his body. The empty eye sockets looked towards Wu Heng. The soul fire in the eye sockets is unusually deep and bright. "You are still called ''Occam''. Collect all these things on the ground and throw them outside." Wu Heng named them and said directly. The skeleton rolled up the straw mat and the rotten flesh that had fallen off, and walked outside. ??Wu Heng began to check the attributes of the skeleton. Skeleton Prophet (Level 18) Attributes: Constitution 35, Strength 30, Agility 38, Intelligence 42, Perception 47, Charisma 25. Characteristics: Empty skeleton, advanced soul, prophetic enlightenment. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Medium Armor Specialization (Advanced), Staff Specialization (Master). Ability: Divine source of wisdom, soul sense, blocking of peeping, domain foretelling. Prophet Enlightenment: You can explore some mysteries of the world and glean useful information for yourself. Divine Source of Wisdom: Concentrate on requesting secrets from the source of your own divine power, and collect the secrets you need from scattered information (requiring related items as connections). Spirit Senses: You are connected to this world and can vaguely perceive things that ordinary people cannot see. Block Peeping: It can block the peeping, divination and deduction of most heroes and below. Field foreshadowing: The secret hint has reached a lofty level, and you will form a personal domain around you, which can foreshadow imminent dangers. Looking at the attributes, Wu Heng frowned slightly. ?Perception reaches a maximum of 47 points, which is already an exaggerated value among professions. But the prophet profession can detect all kinds of information, and high perception is indeed normal. The second highest point is intelligence, reaching 42 points, which is not too low. It seems that after level 18, there will still be a significant improvement in attributes. Otherwise, it will be increased according to the normal level value and will not reach such a high value. In terms of abilities, a total of four have been retained. by the prophet''s obvious ability to detect some hidden things. Spirit Sensecan vaguely sense invisible things, which should refer to ghosts or void creatures. After all, the perception has reached 47 points. If I can''t detect anything anymore, it''s a bit unreasonable. Blocking Peepingcan block some means of prying or divination. ??It''s not bad, but I don''t know whether the effect of this ability is to block the peeking eyes of the skeleton, or whether it is for myself as the caster. The last one is [Field Prediction]. A personal realm will be formed in the surrounding area, which can indicate imminent danger. ?Wu Heng was deeply impressed by this ability when the two sides fought. Two skeletons fight Occam, and he can always be one step ahead and make evasive movements. ?This kind of action is not because of his quick reaction and action. But just like predicting, he started to dodge before taking action. ?Now it seems that this is really an ability. Tap tap tap~! The skeleton Occam came back after throwing away his things. Wu Heng found a set of clothes for him to put on, and then they went back to the room together. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. In the bathroom. ?Wu Heng was lying in the bathtub, enjoying the service of the two little maids. After soaking for a while, each other is washed clean. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the tub. He picked up the little fox next to him, patted his waist and hips, and said, "Put it around my waist." Anderweil''s face turned slightly red, she snorted softly, and her whole body hung on him. ?Minnie was smiling at the side. Lets go, go back to the room and punish the little fox. Wu Heng pulled Minnie. Okay, you can bully Sister Weier again. Minnie cheered. Get out of the bathroom. ?Hold Minnie with one hand and drag Andwell in her arms with the other, and walked upstairs. With every step. The little fox snorted coquettishly. Coastal town, Snake Emblem Consortium. ??Viola, the guardian of the Divine Punishment Cult, walked into the private room wearing a long cloak and a mask. After taking out the consortiums notes. The staff brought over a wooden brocade box. Viola took off her hood, revealing her mature but slightly pale face, and took a deep breath. The brocade box was opened and a shriveled head was taken out. ?The moment he took out the brocade box, his head and eyes suddenly opened. Your Majesty, Bishop. Viola saluted respectfully. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 465 , who is it with black hair and black eyes? Chapter 465, Who is the one with black hair and black eyes? ?The head rolled its dry eyeballs, glanced at her, and said in a hoarse voice, "How could you fail?" Viola immediately said: "Bishop, I tried my best to hold back ''Imilo''. Even though he was almost killed, I didn''t let him leave. It was those pirates who failed to live up to their expectations and did not attack the island." Hmph! Head snorted coldly, Are you going to blame the dead man? "That''s the fact. I don''t have the slightest intention to make excuses for myself." Viola said again. The head continued: "Who is that person with black hair and black eyes?" Viola frowned, "You mean that association''s deputy deacon? He has just been transferred to Treasure Island." The head said: "Necromancer?" "Well, Necromancer, but Yimiluo thinks highly of him. I heard that he is allowed to transform the corpses of pirates captured on the island." Viola said something, and then asked slightly, "You mean, because he The pirates didnt succeed? He killed Occam. "No, it can''t be. I heard that the association developed a new type of magic instrument that prevented pirates from landing on the island." Viola emphasized. "I saw it with my own eyes." The head said again: "You don''t have to come back yet. Another guardian has already rushed to your side and killed him before his new appointment comes down." This, I am injured. ?? Viola still wanted to speak, but the eyes of the head were already closed. turned back into a dead corpse. Viola carefully put the head back, called the staff to store it again, and replaced the receipt. Wait until the head is taken out. Viola cursed angrily: "You are a **** who wants to kill me. When I get a chance, I will drag you to **** with me." The next day, Wu Heng rode a bicycle and carried Anderweil to the association. Just arrived at the door. He saw an old mage who looked like Gandalf coming back from outside. According to Imiro, these members who support Treasure Island will stay for a while. After ensuring that there is no danger, we will leave here by boat one after another. ?Wu Heng doesnt care how long he stays. The association provides accommodation, which was rarely seen in the past. Deputy Wu Heng. The old mage greeted with a smile. Mr. Dean. Wu Heng also smiled. ?Wu Heng really didnt remember the other partys name. ?Last time I asked about "Xila Gui", she didn''t remember it, so she just called the dean directly, which was also an honorific title. The old mage was followed by his attendants, and Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and Anderweil. Walking toward the inside together. The old mage suddenly spoke, "I heard that within a year of becoming a professional, the deputy deacon was promoted to deputy deacon one after another. He is a rare genius among the human race." ?Wu Heng glanced at him. I am quite old, so I dont think I need a young body. ?Keep smiling and answer, "It''s just some records, not necessarily all true." The old mage nodded, seemingly approving the answer. This battle on Treasure Island uses new magic props, which are very powerful. Did you develop them? Wu Heng shook his head again, "I don''t know anything about etching runes. They are all tools from my hometown. I brought some with me when I went out. I took them out to save my life." ??The old mage didnt ask too much about these matters. He said again: "Are the Archdeacons interested in joining the Magic Research Society? It is a personal organization established by a group of old guys. We are not subject to external forces. We only occasionally discuss some magic knowledge or share some experiences." Magic Research Society? An organization established by the mage himself. Actually, there are many organizations around the world. Some local craftsmen groups, workers groups, or bards and writers have their own circles. ??But the research conference mentioned by this dean is definitely of higher quality. ?Join it and you might be able to get some magic for free. Its just that Wu Heng knew how much real ability he had, and he couldnt say anything at all if he was asked to express any opinions. Facing a group of mages whose attributes mainly develop intelligence, you may have exposed yourself. I have little talent and knowledge and am still in the exploratory stage of magic. When I have certain insights and achievements in the future, I can trouble the dean to recommend me to join the research association. Wu Heng said politely. Haha! The old mage smiled and was very helpful to this sentence. You are indeed a little younger. When you reach level 15, write to me at any time and I will let you join the research group. Thank you very much, Dean. The two of them said a few words briefly. Separate in the hall. Wu Heng went to his office and study, and the old mage took the people back to the dormitory. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng sat at his desk and drank some tea. The association has been doing a lot of work lately, counting the injured and calculating losses. After the staff is counted, Anderweil needs to review it again and then stamp it for confirmation. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Sheila Ge walked in. ??He nodded to ''Anderweil'', looked at Wu Heng and asked: "The deacon assigned us a task. You lead the team to patrol over Beacon Street." "And you?" Silla rolled her eyes at him and said, "Of course I also have a mission. I lead a team to patrol the central area and the residential area." There should be no danger on the island, right? Wu Heng asked, actually not wanting to move. Xilagui said: "I feel that the deacon arranged the patrol to reassure the residents and caravans on the island. The garbage in the sea at the port has not been cleaned up, and there are not many records of enemies coming up." "That''s right." Wu Heng agreed, and then asked, "Occam''s level 18 professional was pardoned before and there is no arrest warrant for him. Can he be considered a meritorious deed for us?" The associations achievements have always been based on wanted orders. ??If you are not on the wanted list, then even if you have done something bad, it will be the local guards who will arrest you. ?Ockham has just been pardoned by the Society, and his status has been recognized by various kingdoms. ?Wu Heng was not sure whether this was considered meritorious service. Sheila Gui thought for a moment, "Just after I was pardoned, you seized the evidence and killed me. I have never seen this before, but I feel that it will definitely be decided. The entire association will be destroyed and so many business groups will be kidnapped. Definitely need to pay some attention to it. "I say so. It would be very inappropriate not to count." "The pirates you killed are enough for you to get meritorious service." Sheela smiled, got up and walked out, "Let''s go, let''s talk after the patrol, and do business first." ?Wu Heng nodded and followed him out. Called two teams to patrol together along Beacon Street. The security on Beacon Street is much better than before. After all, the association went crazy in the past few days and there were skeletons all over the city. No one would cause any trouble at this time. There was nothing wrong with me all the way down. ??Only the location of the port, several people had a dispute over the loot they had salvaged. Saw Wu Heng leading people walking past from a distance. A few people immediately separated and went about their own business. ??Wu Heng led the team around the city. Its almost noon, let everyone go back to eat. ?Wu Heng went to the Nautilus Tavern. ?Wu Heng entered the tavern. He walked straight upstairs. The guests at the two tables did not pay much attention to the people who came in. They were eating and drinking by themselves, chatting about the previous battle. ?Wu Heng waited in the room for a while. Millicent walked in, "My lord!" Is there any problem after you come back? No problem, everything is normal, Millicent said. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea and continued, "I''m patrolling nearby and I''ll come to your place for lunch." "I''ll have someone prepare it for you right away." Millicent said and immediately left the room. Less than two minutes. ?The door creaked and was opened a crack. Philippa looked in and said, "I knew it was you." After saying that, he walked in directly. Different from the crazy girl before, today she wore a beige waist-cinching tube top dress with two braids on her head. Do I look good in this outfit? My mother made it for me. Philippa stood in the middle and turned around. Well, its pretty good-looking. "Hehe!" Philippa smiled, came over and sat on his lap generously, and said: "Now that most of the pirates have been killed, what should I do in the future? Yes, I won''t open this tavern with her. Bored to death." (End of this chapter) Chapter 466 , you just research potions Chapter 466: Just study potions Philippa sat lightly on his lap, one arm hanging on his shoulder, and there was a smell of malty beer as he spoke. ??Wu Heng also put his arm around her waist, "It depends on the situation. What arrangements will be made by the association later? If we are transferred outside, we will have to leave Treasure Island and the tavern will not be able to open." Philippa twisted her body slightly, frowned and said, "Then Millicent''s tavern can''t be opened. She quite likes this tavern." She and Wu Heng have a slave contract, so they naturally want to go together. It is impossible to leave Millicent alone on Treasure Island, and he will definitely leave together. "It depends on the situation. If she likes it, it won''t be difficult to open a tavern in another place." Wu Heng said. ?With the current financial resources, it is not difficult to open a tavern. What if we stay? Philippa continued to ask. If you stay, its very likely that I will be the owner of the island, and I will organize a guard or a fleet of merchant ships for you depending on the situation. Wu Heng thought for a moment and replied. Im not a businessman, I still have to settle accounts. ??Wu Heng frowned and looked at her, "Before, you didn''t pay for everything you bought? How did you manage the fleet?" "I''m a captain, so what kind of accounts can I settle?" Philippa felt that what she said was untenable, and waved her hand, "Okay, let''s not mention the past things. What''s the point of mentioning him?" After speaking, Philippa turned around, straddled him, put her hands around his neck, and looked at him seriously. Then, the lips slowly came closer. ??Wu Heng pushed her face back, "What are you doing?" I dont have a man yet, let me try! My mother went to prepare lunch. I will come back later and see you like this. I wont beat you to death, Wu Heng said. Philippa said: "There are many people in the tavern at noon. If you can''t come back, don''t be so stingy. I have given you life and death. It hurts my heart so much that you are so guarded against me." ?Wu Heng looked back at her. Wheat-colored skin, tied with braids. Youth and vitality. Seeing that he didn''t speak, Philippa pulled the skirt of her clothes, dragged one side and brought it to her face, "What are you pretending to be? Just open your mouth and hold it." ?Wu Heng glanced at the girl who was gradually chasing his mother. Going forward gently. ?Philippa let out a cry in her throat, her eyes were a little wandering, her body was shaking slightly, and her legs unconsciously clamped the opponent''s thigh. ?Wu Heng lifted up the other party''s skirt and began to caress the energetic and tight body. Philippa''s cheeks were flushed and her eyes were blurry, "What''s next? Shall we go to bed?" ??Wu Heng picked her up and placed her whole body on the dining table. The skirt of her long skirt was pulled down and piled around her waist, and the skirt was rolled up. Philippa suddenly became a little timid, covering his important position, "Is it okay?" Different from wheat-colored skin. Under the clothes, the skin is whiter and tenderer, one black and one white, unusually obvious. ??Wu Heng pulled the other person back and said, "It might hurt a little." Ive seen you fart a lot. Philippa curled her lips. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, held his waist, and touched each other skin to skin. Holy shit! Philippa suddenly exclaimed, her body shaking. ?Then there were coquettish shouts and a few curse words from time to time. Outside the door. Millicent stood at the door blankly, holding lunch. Hearing his daughter''s increasingly urgent shouting, his face turned red and he felt a little at a loss. Carefully turn around and go downstairs. After a while, there were many fewer guests downstairs. Just then he knocked on the door and entered the room with lunch in hand. ?Wu Heng sat aside, while Philippa rubbed his **** without any image. Sir, lunch is ready. Everything was served on the table. Lets eat together. The three of them sat at the table together. Eating lunch in silence. In the afternoon, Wu Heng led his team and continued to patrol around Beacon Street. ?I went to the alchemy material store along the way and bought the materials I needed. Return to your residence. Its late at night. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes. Open the door and go downstairs, entering the room where the ceremony was held. Take out the blood and gold powder and draw a magic circle on the ground. The magic circle with the ''spiritual vision'' ability has been used by ''Xiao Xiao'' before, so he is much more proficient in drawing it. Finished the last stroke. The magic circle closed the loop, and a wave of energy suddenly spread out. Checked the manuscript again, and after confirming that there were no problems, he released the two ghosts. What are you going to do today? Xiaoxiao looked at the magic circle and asked curiously. ?Glenda also cast a curious look. ??Wu Heng explained: The materials for spiritual vision are complete, and its time to add this ability to Glenda. ?Xiao Xiaopiao stood aside and said in an envious tone, "That''s great. From now on, Aunt Glenda can hold a knife and chase down high-level enemies." "I''m like a gangster," Granda said, and continued: "Actually, it''s okay to deal with ordinary professionals. High-level professionals have very high knowledge and abilities, so they are still dangerous to us." Wu Heng agreed with this point. Just like the level 18 island owner Occam, he didnt show much strength during the battle. But after death, a ghost with original consciousness is directly formed. ??If he had not chosen to attack Wu Heng at that time, but had directly gone to devour Xiaoxiao or Granda, it is hard to say whether there would have been any danger. Well, what Glenda said makes sense, you should be more careful in the future. Wu Heng agreed. I dont know **** people with a sword, what are you talking about? Xiao Xiao protested. ?Glenda continued to look at Wu Heng, "Where is the body of the island owner?" It has been transformed, retaining the ability to find people, and other abilities have disappeared. Wu Heng answered, taking out the last few materials. When everything is ready. Said directly: "Glenda, the process is normal, there is no danger." "clear!" Glenda, flew into the center of the circle. ?Wu Heng put various materials in and then activated the magic circle. Materials are crushed, turned into energy, and gathered towards Glenda. Entangled with each other to form an energy vortex. Ghost Unlocked Skill: Spiritual Vision. No surprises. Succeeded directly. ?Glenda returned to her original form and flew out of the magic circle. How is it? Wu Heng swept the floor and asked casually. Yes, I can see your level. Its almost level 18. You are indeed not an ordinary human being. Xiao Xiaopiao came over and said, "I''ll take you outside to have a look." ?Glenda nodded, also wanting to see more of the outside through this perspective. Seeing that the two ghosts were about to leave, Wu Heng said, "Don''t go to the association. That old man Gandalf can see the ghosts." "OK." With a promise, the two ghosts flew out directly. ?Wu Heng tidied up briefly and then went back to his room to rest. The next day, association. ??When Wu Heng entered the office study, Anderweier had already been here for a while. Seeing him coming in, he smiled and said: "Master, the pirate flags collected by each team have been counted. There are 372 flags for small pirate groups, 147 flags for medium-sized pirate groups, and 13 large flags." Have you killed so many pirate groups? At that time, I was dealing with Occam. I only glanced at the port twice, and it was indeed densely packed. The higher the level of the pirate group, the greater the number of fleets. There were three ships like Philippa''s at that time, not to mention the rest of the fleet. Do you all have meritorious service? Wu Heng sat down aside. Anderweil looked at the information in her hand and said, "We are checking, but currently, many pirate flags have no merit records in the association." In other words, some pirate groups are not included in the association''s wanted list. Either the pirate group works secretly, or they are part-time pirates with little reputation. They did not attract the attention of the association. After careful calculation, its mainly those large pirate groups. Make sure its clear. "Okay." Andweil agreed and said with a smile: "But now it seems that this battle may have cleared the wanted list of the Emerald Sea Association." ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes, "Then tell me, will the story of our killing of pirates be spread across the coast?" I think so! Master, you are going to be famous. Keep a low profile, we still have many enemies! ?Anderweil was all smiles. Towards the afternoon. The team went on a patrol mission. ?Wu Heng had nothing to do. After leaving the association, he found a place where no one was. Put on your hood and veil and board the ghost train. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng entered the hall and showed his emblem. The staff respectfully took me to the VIP room to wait. Not long. ??The sound of clicking footsteps sounded, and the local person in charge, ''Retili'', in a slim red dress, lightly knocked on the door and walked in. Good afternoon, guest. "Good afternoon." Wu Heng handed the emblem to the other party, "Help me see if the last commission has the result?" ??Retili did not pick it up, but smiled and replied, "The results are already there, please wait a moment." Opened the door and gave the order again. Three coffins were carried directly in. The coffin was opened one by one. ??Retili introduced at the side, "According to your request, a total of three level 15 corpses have been collected, including two alchemists, pharmacy subjects, and an artificer, in the direction of improvement and research and development." ?Wu Heng was delighted. Is the speed here so efficient? Treasure Island, I published it over and over again several times, but I still havent collected level 15 corpses. ?The first time I commissioned it here, I got three of them. He asked calmly: "What was the cause of death?" Leitili replied, "One died at the end of his life, one died for unknown reasons and was transported from a distant place, and the remaining one died in an assassination. Guests can rest assured that as long as you don''t spread it everywhere, there will be no other incidents later. trouble." ?Wu Heng is not afraid of any trouble. After being transformed into a skeleton, it is basically impossible to tell unless the coroner uses the bones to restore the original appearance. The activities are only in the laboratory and cannot be seen by others. Can a level 15 professional be assassinated? Retili pondered for a moment, "You may not be aware that the situation in the coastal areas has been quite special recently. Many forces and families have been in conflict, resulting in some casualties." Can you tell me why? ??Retili glanced at the other party, but still planned to reveal something to her sponsor father, and said: "You should have heard of Treasure Island, right?" ?Wu Heng''s heart moved, "I''ve heard of it, it''s a pirate island." Some time ago, all the pirates attacked Treasure Island, intending to kill the resident association on the island and kidnap all members of the chamber of commerce. What does this have to do with other families? "Pirates have always existed in the Emerald Sea. Large pirate groups are commanded by high-level professionals, and their involvement is relatively deep, such as the chamber of commerce that sells stolen goods, the supporting families, or some bribed officials. Now the pirates are being blamed, and many people are involved. Taking this opportunity to retaliate against those associated with pirates, things gradually began to get out of control, and assassinations or armed fights occurred everywhere. " ?Wu Heng listened silently. I am still a little surprised by the development of the whole situation. That is to say, after the pirate died. Those who did not dare to take action before are now taking action to retaliate against those who colluded with pirates. Feeling that the other party was observing him, Wu Heng said: "It''s a good thing that the pirate is dead." ??Retili agreed, "It''s indeed a good thing, and we don''t like them either." "I''m quite satisfied with these three corpses. Are there any results for the props that can hide the faces?" Wu Heng did not continue chatting on the topic of pirates. He knows more than what is spread outside. Not yet, I will continue to collect them for you later. "Okay! Fill out a new request. I want corpses from all professions above level 15, preferably from accidents or death." Understand, we are not pirates, and we also like to do things within the rules. The commission refilled by Leitili. ?Wu Heng paid the corresponding money and collected the body. He didnt stay here longer and walked out of the consortium directly. Board the train in a remote place and return to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. It is already dusk. After dinner, Wu Heng directly transformed the corpse in the open space in the backyard. All three skeletons stood up. Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Skeleton Alchemist (Level 15) Skeleton Artificer (Level 15) ?Wu Heng set his sights on the weapon master. In terms of attributes, intelligence and physical fitness are relatively high. Among the remaining attributes, the most prominent feature is expertise. Feats: Craftsmanship (Master), Weapon Specialization (Master), Equipment Improvement, Offensive Boost, Rune Fusion, Energy Overload, Construct External Production, Construct Internal Design. All expertise is related to machinery and structures. Your name is Expert No. 2, your name is Expert No. 3, and your name is Strange Device No. 1. Come upstairs with me. Wu Heng named them one by one and went upstairs with the three skeletons. First sent two alchemy skeletons to the laboratory, and then called expert No. 1 over. ?Took out the third-level corpse core and ordered: "The three of you are mainly going to develop this material and make potions that can enhance the body of living beings." The three skeletons did not respond and still stood where they were. Okay, if you understand, go and do research and development. If you need anything, make a list and Ill prepare it for you. The three skeletons turned around directly, walked aside and started working. ?Wu Heng closed the door. Take Magic One downstairs. On the third floor, Minnie and Andwyll lived, leaving Millicent and Philippa''s room. He planned to place the studio of Qiji No. 1 on the second floor. Choose a room on the north side. In the room, there are complete wooden tables and cabinets. You will work in this room from now on. ??Wu Heng said as he took out three thick stacks of drawings. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 467 , I don鈥檛 want the drawings anymore Chapter 467, I dont want the drawings anymore Among them are the drawings of the Type 56 rifle, the drawings of grenades, and the structural drawings of ammunition. Gather all these drawings together, especially the bullet drawings, and see if you can create a production line. Wu Heng said to the skeleton. ?These drawings were all exchanged from the provincial and district rescue teams. It has never been put to use, so I just kept it in my hand. ??Wu Heng mainly wanted the drawings of the ammunition production line, especially the machine gun shell production line, but the other party has not yet exchanged them. ??? I mentioned this matter to the other party many times, but they declined with various reasons. Now, we can only use these three to make the artificer familiar with them and see if they can complete the job. Such a precise structure can be produced and developed, so the production line should not be a problem. Skeleton picked up the drawing and began to look at it carefully. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and saw that he couldn''t help him much, so he walked out of the room. the next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. ?The sky is short here, and the sky is just getting brighter at this time. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai, but received no response. No one? ?Having doubts in my heart. Hands on the down jacket beside him, puts it on directly and goes downstairs. Seeing the survivors guarding the area proves that there is no danger here. Your Majesty! The survivor ran over in a hurry. Where is Qi Hancai? Sister Qi returned to the station yesterday. the survivor replied. Whats the matter? The survivor recalled, "It seemed that they wanted to arrange a train back to Xinfu City, so they went to the station to make arrangements during the day." Xinfu City is the city where they originally came from. ?The snow has stopped in the past few days, and even the railway tracks are open. Prepare a car and take me to the station. "clear." After a while, a truck was ready. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton into the car and rushed to the station. Arrived at the station. ??Qi Hancai is directing the survivors and conducting final inspections of the train. After all, it has just snowed, so it needs to be checked carefully. Seeing Wu Heng coming over, he smiled and said, "It''s nothing important. I just need to go back on the train." ?Wu Heng nodded, "I also need to go back." Qi Hancai was stunned, "Then I''ll go back with you!" There cant be no one here. You stay here. If anything happens, lets contact the radio station. Qi Hancai glanced at the train and said, "Okay, I will also arrange the location of the exchange point in the next city as soon as possible." "Can!" ?Wu Heng boarded the train, and soon the train started and slowly left the station. Afternoon, Xinfu City. A temporary conference room. ?? Li Yahong is sitting on one side, and on the other side is "Deputy Commander Liu" of the provincial rescue team, and two young people who look very capable. Li Yahong frowned slightly, "Deputy Commander Liu, we agreed that after three grain transactions, we will hand over the artillery shell production line drawings to us. You can''t go back on your word." Deputy Commander Liu sighed softly, "Chief Li, the drawings are being sorted out. You also know how thick the drawings are, weighing at least seventy or eighty kilograms. There are also regional security issues, which are also being considered by the higher ups." Its this time, how can there be any area that is not safe and unsafe? The main station has made the technology public, so why are you guys guarding this thing? Li Yahong was a little dissatisfied. The matter of the drawings was discussed again and again. There is an excuse every time. Deputy Commander Liu did not speak. One of the attendants behind said, "We brought the gold at a price, and we didn''t take your things for free. Do we have anything to explain to you?" Li Yahongs eyes narrowed and she looked towards the opposite side. "Don''t talk nonsense." Deputy Commander Liu turned his head and said, "Let''s do normal business. I will talk to the superiors later. Just keep an eye on it." ?Li Yahong said nothing, only feeling a ball of anger in her heart. Its not that I really want to take advantage of the other party. Rather, the other party changed his mind over and over again, and she kept conveying the news to Wu Heng. At the end of the day, we no longer plan to provide drawings. It''s like using the blueprints as bargaining chips to speed up the exchange of food with the gold obtained in exchange. There is no shortage of food here. ?After all, Wu Heng can change, but this feeling of being tricked still makes people feel chest tight. ?Taking a deep breath, "Qiangzi, take them to complete the exchange." ??There was a squeak. ?The door opened, and it was not Qiangzi who walked in, but Wu Heng, who was holding a book. ?Li Yahongs brows were happy, while Deputy Commander Liu and others across from him had serious expressions. The rightful owner is back. Im back. Li Yahong said with a smile. Well, I just came back from the train. ?Li Yahong gave up her seat and Wu Heng sat down. ?Looking at the three people opposite, "Deputy Commander Liu, haven''t the drawings been finalized yet? We didn''t get it for free. We will exchange it with you for food." Hey! Deputy Commander Liu sighed, Preparations are underway, just wait. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, "Okay, we don''t want it anymore, there''s no use holding it." The expressions of the people on the opposite side suddenly became serious. A not-so-good feeling arose in my heart. "Winter is coming, and every city needs food for the winter. We plan to establish exchange points in other areas, so... the exchange ratio with your rescue team will change. 100 grams of gold will be exchanged for 10 kilograms of food." "This..." Deputy Commander Liu''s expression changed, "Captain Wu, you can''t make fun of people''s lives. There are so many people in the provinces and districts waiting for food!" "We also want to save more people, but food is limited." Wu Heng said helplessly. This matter, I feel. Qiangzi, take them to exchange for grain. If they are not satisfied with the price, return the gold to them. Wu Heng shouted outside. With a bang, Qiangzi walked in with several people. Looking at the three men menacingly. Deputy Commander Liu looked ugly, "I will negotiate about the drawings and inform Chief Wu at that time." No need, we dont need it. Please! Qiangzi stretched out his hand and motioned for several people to leave. Deputy Liu commanded several people. After hesitating for a long time, he could only leave with a straight face. There are only two people left. Li Yahong asked: Dont you want the drawings? Think of other ways, and I suspect they dont have it, or they dont want to give it to us at all. Wu Heng analyzed. If it is the first type. That is to use the drawings as an excuse to increase the exchange of grain. If it is the second type, it is testing the bottom line here. The more convenience we give them, the more fooled we feel. Where else can I get these from them? Li Yahong put her arm on his shoulder and asked. Wu Heng said: "Contact the main station or the World Channel and tell them directly that we will exchange food for cutting-edge weapons and various blueprints. I don''t believe others have it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 468 , new wanted order Chapter 468, New Wanted Order Head office? ??World Channel? ?Li Yahong frowned and thought for a moment. Then the radio station needs some foreign languages ????that are relatively good in order to communicate with the outside world. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Ask at the base, or if it doesn''t work, just ask at the frequency bands in each city. Those who are talented in this area can be recruited directly." Looking after the radio station is a really good job at the base. There is no need to do physical work, just watch the radio every day. If you want to communicate with foreign countries, foreign language is an essential skill. "Well, I''ll ask then. There are a lot of college students here, so it shouldn''t be difficult to find them." Li Yahong said something and continued: "I''ll contact the outside world then. If someone wants to trade, how can we get there?" It is conceivable that when the news of exchanging food for resources is released, it will definitely cause a certain sensation. At that time, if there is a foreign base that wants to exchange blueprints or gold, it will not be easy to get there. The modified train only connected the two urban areas along the railway. You cant go to any place farther away even if you want to. ?Wu Heng has also thought about this, but there is currently no good solution. "Let''s communicate first, and then we''ll see what happens. If that doesn''t work, use a skeleton flying dragon to get there, or occupy an airport." Okay, Ill contact you first. The two briefly discussed and basically decided on the next direction. Mainly, for larger gold transactions and more cutting-edge technologies. Restore industrial production as soon as possible. Is there anything else going on here? Wu Heng asked. No, I just came to see the provincial rescue team. Li Yahong replied. You go prepare the vehicle first, and we will go to the old factory later and let Xiao Xiao see her mother. I will accompany you tonight. Who cares? Li Yahong muttered and walked out directly. ?Wu Heng faced the [Preaching Book] and began to pray and repent to eliminate the side effects. When I came in, I wanted to chat with the provincial rescue team. Hearing their attitudes at the door, he gave up the idea of ??continuing the conversation. The action time is not long. The time for repentance is also very fast. ?Stepping out of the room, Li Yahong explained the following tasks at the platform. ??Wu Heng walked to one side and looked at the tall and tall skeleton mage Kalema who was wearing a mage''s robe. This level 15 mage left him with Li Yahong after he left. Even if a bodyguard is left behind, he can also help transform the corpse. Looked at the skeleton''s skills. Life-supporting technique, bone-saving technique (substitution), corpse battlefield (substitution), pathogenic ray. So much time has passed. Learned two more skills, Dead Skeleton Field and Pathogenic Ray. With the Dead Skeleton Battlefield, you can transform skeletons on a large scale, even if you cant get there yourself. ?Having an entity, the Skeleton Mage can also be completely transformed. ?Standing at the door and waiting for a while. ?Li Yahong came over with the car keys, "Let''s go!" ?The two of them walked out of the gate together, got on a truck, and rushed towards the old factory area. en route. ?? Li Yahong looked at him from time to time while driving, "How far has He Qi Hancai developed?" Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Don''t be suspicious every day. It''s not what you think." Dont worry, I wont exclude her. Can we all be sisters together? Ill be the first to get started. Li Yahong stressed. It is no better now than before. Even if they retain their previous thoughts, they cannot change the fact that resources are scarce and the strong have a decisive position. ??Wu Heng is the leader of such a large base. Let alone Qi Hancai, more women will rush over. It depends on whether he is willing or not. Wu Heng looked at her funny, "If that day comes, I will tell you." "Really? Can you bear it?" Li Yahong glanced at him suspiciously. Ive kept them all for you. Li Yahong''s face turned red and she muttered, "Don''t bother me all night again, I can''t bear it." ?Wu Heng didnt talk much about this matter. He continued: "When the weather is better, take Kalema to clean up some of the uncleaned areas in the city or surrounding villages and towns, and completely control the city." ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and asked, "Is there any other plan?" In the future, some people may be brought in, and the zombies abilities will improve over time. It will be safer to kill them all earlier. Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, there are basically no missing communities in the city. Then I will take a look and clean up the surrounding areas." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then said, "Let''s see if there are any other shelters who are willing to join us? We can admit some people appropriately." "Will this affect us? The weather is not very good now." Its okay, we will add exchange points in various cities along the railway in the future. We need more manpower. Wu Heng explained. Just make arrangements, I will discuss this matter with each shelter. "Um!" After the two of them finished chatting about business matters, they casually chatted about some interesting things in the base. The snow here is not too heavy, and the modified vehicles have good weight and grip. The drive was very steady along the way towards the old factory area. Most of the staff here have been transferred. What is left are workers who produce. After all, the Fire Furnace is here, and it is also the place where solid iron bullets are mainly produced. Checked around the old factory area. After returning to the room, he released "Xiao Xiao" and asked her to accompany Zhao Yanqiu. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong returned to their original dormitories. Fell on the bed with a kiss. Early in the morning, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. After breakfast, he walked towards the association with the skeleton. With the increase in physical fitness, it cannot be said that the energy is exhausted, but there is still no problem in dealing with ordinary people like ''Li Yahong''. ?? I worked hard for half the night last night, and I dont feel much this morning. The only thing is that I feel a little sleepy. Enter the association hall. I saw a lot of mercenaries and association members gathered around the notice board looking at something. ?Wu Heng also walked over. Level 18, you can post this, who can catch it? I estimate that the deacon and sub-deacon can almost kill each other. "yes!" As soon as we got closer, we heard whispers. ?Seeing Wu Heng walking over, the people surrounding him also saluted and moved out of the way. A member of the team greeted him with a smile, "Deacon, you''re here so early today." Well, I got up early. Wu Heng asked, What are you all gathering here to see? The team member said: "A wanted notice was just posted, level 18 professional, level 1 meritorious service." Level 18 professional. First-level meritorious service? ?Wu Heng looked forward in confusion. ??The notice board was originally full of wanted posters, but now there are only six wanted posters left, and they are all wanted criminals from various places. The wanted poster at the front is a portrait of a woman. Long hair, charming. Divine Punishment Cult Protector-Viola, level 18 professional, professional witch, bounty of 200 gold coins, first-level meritorious service. Thanks to 08a, for the reward Thanks to book friend 111029143623872 for the reward (End of this chapter) Chapter 469 , inquire about information Chapter 469: Exploring information Divine punishment apologetics. ?Wu Heng knew who this was. It seems that she was the guardian who helped the pirates stop Imiro before. I just didnt expect that she was a woman and her profession was that of a witch. ??The profession of witch is rather special. ? ?Some professions similar to warlocks or priests. Our own strength comes largely from the protectors we rely on. For example, the gods of belief, the protection of ancestors, or even powerful spirits may give witches power. ?Of course, Wu Heng had never seen it himself, but only had some understanding of it from books. "Deputy, why is this God''s Punishment Cult protector wanted?" the team members asked curiously. Others also stopped the discussion instantly. ??I also want to hear the reason. Level 18 professionals are pardoned for their crimes, but are now on a wanted list. They are naturally curious. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It should be related to the pirates last time. Don''t just think about meritorious service when you meet her. Come back and inform the deacon." We know where we can deal with level 18 professionals. The team member said with a smile. ?Others also followed suit and whispered. The last time the pirates attacked Treasure Island, it turned out to be related to the Divine Punishment Cult. Go back to your office and study room. ??Andwyer was still sitting at her desk looking at the documents. Master, there is your letter on the desk. ?Wu Heng paused, "Whose?" Now when I hear the letter, I have some natural reactions. ?Whether its a blank envelope or a reminder letter sent by McIntosh who faked his death, it gives people the feeling of being caught up in various conspiracies. "It''s a letter from Deacon Slater and Sister Wen Mansha. I guess I miss you again." Andwyer said with a smile. I was shocked. I thought something happened again! Wu Heng sat down at the desk. On the table, there are two letters. One is an envelope dedicated to the association, and the other is a more ordinary envelope. Lets open the first Slater letter first. Poured directly from inside. Deputy Deacon Wu Heng: ?Your reply has been received. I feel relieved to know that you are all well. I recently met some businessmen in the coastal areas and heard from them that the owner of Treasure Island was an 18th-level pirate who became the official owner of the island after being pardoned. More pirate leaders, all above level 15. You must be more careful when doing things. ?With your qualifications, you are definitely expected to reach level 15 before the age of 40 and be appointed as a deacon in a new place. Remember never to take risks. ??Luntam City opened a second Golden Cat in the West District. The original distribution ratio is still the same, and the little maid really doesn''t give in at all. Business is as good as ever, and the income is several times higher than before. The situation in Blackstone Town is somewhat unstable. ?It is not Blackstone Town, but the political situation of the entire Kingdom of Yeko, which is wavering. Even small and marginal places like Blackstone Town are affected. In the past two months, three garrison commanders have been replaced one after another. I heard that the old king is really dying, and the princes are starting to fight for power. I only heard a few things. Fortunately, the association is not directly managed by each country, so it does not involve me. Your statue has been erected in the crowded area, and people go there every day to send flowers. You, the transferred team member, are more loved than me, the deacon. Yuli is now the captain of the team, and she often mentions you. She plans to write to you recently. ?Everything is fine here, no need to worry. Just miss you, come back and see me when you have time. Slater. " Look at the content of the letter. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Slater, who has always been very concerned about the situation on his side, actually found out about the pardoned island owner from a place like Blackstone Town. Also remind myself to be careful. Its just that this letter came a little late, as most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed by him. Wu Heng focused his attention on the affairs of the Kingdom of Yeke in the middle. ??The political situation in the Kingdom of Yeko has become unstable again? ??Didnt you say that the old king was awake before, and now hes unconscious again? In a place like Blackstone Town, the garrison commanders are constantly changing, which seems to be quite turbulent. But for Slater, there is basically no danger. No matter how we change the rights and fight for it, it has nothing to do with the association. ?Wu Heng looked at the last sentence and couldn''t help but smile, "I just miss you. Come back and see me when you have time." Slaters character is quite strong. ?Last time, I just vaguely mentioned that the residence had been renovated, and I would come back to see if I liked it. Now I have directly said that I think about it, which is rare. Put the letter aside. Continue to open the second letter. "Owner: You have been away for several months, and the development of Luntam City is going smoothly. Magic street lights have been installed in all commercial streets. The areas outside the city have also begun to expand, and roads connecting various cities have been paved. ?Now, Luntam City has completely become the city that never sleeps as you planned when you left. Caravans of all sizes keep entering the city during the day. At night, the surrounding gentry and dignitaries also come here for entertainment and consumption. Money Cat has opened a second store, and many similar entertainment venues have also opened. Business tax revenue has increased linearly. Everything is developing in the direction we planned. Its just that, Master, I really miss you. Every night, I toss and turn and have trouble falling asleep, with your image all in my mind. Can you come back and have a look? " Different from Slater. As her maid, Wen Mansha can express her thoughts more boldly. ??Moreover, this gangster sister-in-law looks much more artistic. ?Wu Heng missed them too. Its just that the journey is a bit far, and it would be quite time-consuming to go back. Look at the situation, if there is nothing wrong with Treasure Island. Before the merits come down, go back and see them. Master, whats written in the letter? Youre smiling so happily. Anderweil looked over and asked. Nothing, just some ordinary letters. Sister Wen Mansha misses you so much! Andweier joked. ?Wu Heng didnt deny it, I mean I thought about it. You can go back and have a look when you have time. Sister Wen Mansha will be very happy. Itll be in a few days. ?Wu Heng opened the drawer and took out the letter paper. Thought for a moment, and then took out a quill with a longer feather from the space ring. Port, inside a cargo ship. In the dim cabin, two figures were sitting. ??The man is tall and burly, with slightly dark skin, a bald head and thick eyebrows, and a tight linen shirt that highlights his strong and angular muscles. ?The other man was wearing a robe, and his whole body was covered underneath, so his appearance could not be seen clearly. ?Only the white arms occasionally exposed, it can be seen that she is a woman, and she is not very old. Tap tap tap~! At this time, footsteps sounded. A figure dressed as a mercenary quickly ran down the wooden stairs. He glanced at the two of them and said, "There is already news." Say! the bald man said in a deep voice. Wheres the money? the other party asked. The man turned over his hands, took a money bag in his hand, and threw it directly to the other party. The mercenary caught it, opened it and counted the quantity, with a smile on his face. Say it. The man urged. The mercenary replied, "Many reinforcements from the association have arrived on the island. The leader is called ''Gianvito'', an old mage. Now there are people patrolling the island every day, and the association''s personnel are also sufficient." The two people in the distance looked at each other. ??The bald man continued to ask: "I heard that the one who defeated the pirates was not Imiro, but a deputy deacon of the association?" Yes, its called Wu Heng. The mercenary replied. Is he leaving the island? I dont know, this is not included in the intelligence. ?The bald man smiled and said, "Go and ask for information. Does anyone else know?" The mercenary was alert, "What? You still want to take advantage of others? I have been doing this on the island for so many years, and I really just..." Huh~! ?Suddenly, a thick fog suddenly rose in the cabin, and then the thick fog turned into poisonous snakes and hyenas. The poisonous snake wrapped around his neck and bit his throat. ?Several hyenas clamped their limbs and pulled away frantically. In the mercenary''s frightened and struggling struggle. In an instant, he was dismembered into pieces and died completely. Baldhead said: "Gianvito and Imiro are here, it will be very dangerous for us to go to the island." ??The man in the black hood slowly took off his hood, revealing a charming face. Then think of a way to kill him from the outside. Association, office and study room. ?Wu Heng took the quill pen and wrote two letters. Put it in an envelope. After confirming who the letter was written to, he held it in his hand and silently thought about Slaters appearance. The next second. The hand was empty and the letter disappeared. It was really successful! ?Wu Heng was delighted. Then I picked up the second letter again, thinking about what Wen Mansha looked like. Then, my hands were also empty. The letters also disappeared. Its really magical. Not far away, Anderweil, who saw this scene, also opened her mouth wide. "This...master, did you send the letter you wrote?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 470 , I can be used as bait Chapter 470, I can be a bait Blank envelope? After thinking about it, Anderweil thought of the mysterious letter that sent information to the pirates. Weier is really smart. Wu Heng praised. "No way! It''s mainly because you mentioned this kind of letters too many times before." Andwyer said softly. Dont tell anyone about this matter. Dont mention it to anyone. Wu Heng began to put away the things on the table. Okay. Anderweil nodded, indicating that she understood. Whether it is a prop or a rare object, being able to send letters out of thin air is an exaggerated effect. ??The pirates who know this kind of blank envelope are almost dead. Others, no one has mentioned this matter so far. It would be best if it fades away slowly. Having it in your hands now and spreading it everywhere will only cause more trouble. ?Wu Heng took a sip of tea and suddenly thought of the tribe of Anderweier, "Weier, do you want to write a letter to your tribe?" "Thank you, Master. There is no need for it yet. Sister Wen Mansha will help me take care of them." Andwyer came over and kissed the side of his face. When I go back next time, Ill arrange a radio station there. It will be easier to contact me if there is any problem. Yeah, thats right. Different from the beginning, whether it was exchange or the capture of several military warehouses. ??The radio stations I have are quite sufficient. It will be more convenient to leave one to Luntam City than to deliver letters like this. Towards the afternoon. ??Wu Heng took the eleventh squad and began to go out on patrol. ?Now, the deacon did not say that the sub-deacon must lead the patrol, but Sheila Gui seemed to be very diligent. ?Wu Heng came to the association once and tried his best to lead the team and show his face outside. Dont make yourself look too lazy. On the road to Beacon Street. Kavina pushed aside the skeleton on one side, leaned over and said, "Deacon Slater sent me a letter, telling me about Blackstone Town and the captain." ?Wu Heng glanced sideways at her. It seems that I am not just writing letters to myself. What did you say? Wu Heng asked along. "Yeke Kingdom is not stable. They said that my choice was a correct decision. They also said that the owner of Treasure Island is a pirate pardoned at level 18. Let us all be careful." Kavina said with a slight smile: "She would be surprised to know that you killed all the 18th-level island owners." Did you tell Slater about what happened on the island? "No, I''m waiting for them to get the news later and ask me if it''s true or not in surprise." Kavina said with a smile. As a witness, she naturally knew how terrifying Wu Heng was. Repelled the densely packed pirate ships along the coast, and killed the level 18 Treasure Island owner. In Blackstone Town, level 18 is a huge figure. No matter what the identity is behind it. Now he died in the hands of Wu Heng. Kavina looked at the other party carefully. She was the one who took Wu Heng to learn about the association. ?I should have known that he had such a strong talent. You should get it first while he is young. ??Now I have a female assistant around me, and I talk and laugh with the elf sub-deacon every day. There is no competitiveness at all. Can we still detect pirates from the island now? Wu Heng asked again casually. Kavina regained her thoughts, "Ah? What did you say?" Are there any pirates or wanted criminals on the island? Wu Heng added. "The association''s cleanup of pirates has almost spread. It is difficult to see pirates on the island, but the number of people in various chambers of commerce is increasing. It seems that they are all interested in this area." Kavina introduced softly. When passing by the Nautilus. ??Wu Heng also looked up at Millicent''s room. It must be a busy time now, so I didnt see either mother and daughter. ??Hmm, I didnt plan to go in, so I passed by the tavern. Dusk. ?Wu Heng said goodbye to Team 11 and returned to his residence. Back home, Anderweil has returned, and Minnie has also prepared dinner. The three of them were sitting and eating together. Minnie picked up a kind of shellfish and put it into Wu Heng''s bowl. "Master, eat this. This is good for men. You can deal with the little fox at night." Anderweil held the fish in her hands and said calmly: "You can''t help it anymore." No, we just want to punish the bad fox. Minnie emphasized. While eating, Wu Heng asked, "Why haven''t I seen Shanara in the past two days?" Minnie said: "I know this. I was busy with business at the Chamber of Commerce. I even went to see her during the day. That''s what she told me." The Chamber of Commerce is quite busy. Wu Heng nodded. ?Minnie and Anderweil did not continue to argue about who should be punished. Eat obediently. After dinner, Wu Heng went directly to the room where the ''weapon master'' was arranged. Push open the door. ? ?The skeleton artificer is standing in front of the drawing table, redrawing and marking the drawings. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look. The pattern and content are not much different, they are just relabeled using the drawings of this world. The gun barrel, accessories, and other items on the drawing were also drawn again. The material grade and forging requirements are also marked on the side. Several of them, human craftsmen and dwarf craftsmen are separated, and it seems that racial crafts are also included. It seems that it is not the same as the development route I want. ?Wu Heng wanted the magician to design a mechanized factory that could produce batches of products on an assembly line. The skeleton artificer wants to subcontract these accessories to craftsmen of various races, and then assemble them finally. This is actually a solution. But it is also possible that someone collects information about accessories and researches the firearms. Firearms can be produced with the current level of technology in the world, but it has not been developed in this area. Let the artificer draw it first and see what happens later. Leave the artificer''s room. ?Wu Heng continued to the alchemy room. ?Several level 15 skeleton alchemists were also standing in front of the experimental table conducting experiments. Purification of materials, or fusion of pharmaceuticals. ?Wu Heng took a look and returned to his study. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng sat behind his desk and began to ponder the next development. At present, the artificer can complete the re-production of modern firearms. Firearms may not be important, the main thing is the production of bullets and shells. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? With the remaining firearms and artillery shells, it''s not difficult to get them through various external channels. Now it depends on the associations arrangements. Wu Heng tapped his fingers on the table. If he appoints himself as the owner of the island, then he will have enough land on the entire island to build factories and produce the weapons and equipment he needs. If the association still cannot trust itself, it will be transferred to another place to serve as a deacon. This is a bit troublesome. ??I still can''t leave the association as a supporter, and will Shanara leave with me? She will still be needed to help with the subsequent procurement of many supplies. ?Wu Heng thought in his mind. Suddenly I noticed something. With a flip of his hand, the black cloak that covered his body appeared on his body, covering his whole body, and he put on the phantom veil again. Become like a woman. Almost at the same time, a transparent detection magic flew into the room quickly. Walked around in a circle and left the room again. Someone is looking for me? Wu Heng thought, and Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew out at the same time. ?Xiao Xiao was curious, "Uncle, do you wear this at home?" ??? I feel curious about how tightly he covers himself. Wu Heng said: "Someone casts detection magic on my place. Glenda follows him to take a look. Keep a distance so as not to be discovered. Keep a close eye on your residence. If there is any danger, please inform me as soon as possible." "good!" The two ghosts agreed. ?Glenda chased out through the window, while Xiaoxiao hung down through the roof of the shed and began to alert the surroundings. ?Wu Heng did not bother the two maids, but arranged all the skeletons around. Once the ghost comes back and there is danger, it is not too late to wake up the two girls. Not long. Glenda flew back from outside. He said solemnly: "Found it." Who is it? Wu Heng was curious. ?Granda said: "Wearing a cloak, I can only confirm that he is relatively tall, and he is a level 18 professional." Level 18! ?Wu Hengs eyelids twitched. ?Are you so awesome now? There are level 18 professionals who come to the residence to investigate their situation. You think too highly of yourself. Where are the people now? Wu Heng looked serious. "He left. I watched him go towards Beacon Street. I was afraid of being discovered, so I didn''t follow him." Glenda floated to the other side. This is probably because he didnt notice himself and chose to leave first. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Thank you and Xiaoxiao for your hard work, guard the surroundings of the building and notify me if there is any danger." "Okay, don''t worry. Level 18 is as bright as a beam of light in our eyes. We can spot it once we get close." Glenda comforted her. "Um." ?Glenda made a half-circle and flew out, scouting the surroundings with Xiaoxiao. ?Wu Heng sat back at the desk again. Frowning, he thought about the other persons identity. ?The 18th-level professional on the island, Imiro and the old mage Gandalf. Old mage, come here to spy on me? It shouldnt be, we can meet at the association, and the method of detecting scrolls is not like what a mage can use. ?So who else? ??Wu Heng''s mind flashed instantly, and the wanted poster he saw during the day flashed across his mind. Level 18 witch. Divine Punishment Cult apologetics! "The other person is a woman. Glenda said the person outside is tall and tall..." There is no result in mind. ??I dont dare to go to the zombie world. If the other party comes to find me, the two maids may be implicated. Simply put, he wore a cloak and a veil and went to bed to rest. Its dawn. In the port cabin. ??The bald-headed and thick-browed apologist of the Divine Punishment Cult folded his arms and said, "We don''t have that much time to delay." From the opposite side, a woman''s voice sounded, "Then what do you think we should do? Can you still go to the island to fight?" "Tonight, if we haven''t found a chance yet, we will arrest the woman next to him first, lest he doesn''t come out." Bald Head said. When the time comes, he will notify Imiro as soon as possible, and only a fool will go there and die on his own. The woman said with a smile. Then kill these women, lets leave here and explain the situation to the bishop. "You are really crazy. Why are you doing something so stupid? Killing him will not do us any good." The woman exclaimed. She has no intention of getting involved in pirate matters. Treasure Island was not occupied and he was put on the wanted list. Now we still have to deal with the subdeacon. What''s the use of killing him? ??Now we have to kill the other party''s people. If we do this, there will really be no room for relaxation. "If you can''t kill him, you should make him pay some price. This is what the bishop meant." The bald man wiped the top of his head with a towel. "If you are afraid, go to the Nautilus Tavern. There is a woman who is his spy. I will go against others." The woman hesitated to speak, and finally said: "It''s up to you." Association. ?Wu Heng brought Minnie and Anderweil to the association. Let the two of you stay in the study. He went directly to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door and get a response. Walked in directly. ?In the room, besides Imiro, the white-bearded old mage was also in the study, holding a wooden staff in one hand and drinking tea in the other. Deacon, old dean. Wu Heng greeted. The old mage nodded. Imiro asked: "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng glanced at the old mage on the sofa, and then said: "Deacon, an 18th-level professional went to my house last night. Instead of entering, he used the exploration scroll outside to investigate my residence. " After saying this, the room fell silent for a moment. ??Imiro turned his head and looked at the old mage sitting on the sofa. The old mage''s eyes still fell on Wu Heng, "Are you sure he is a level 18 professional?" Its certain. Wu Heng said solemnly. Imiro also asked: "Now that you have seen him, do you know what he looks like and what his characteristics are?" At the beginning, Wu Heng named 18 professionals. ??Yimiluo also doubted the old mage for a moment, after all, he was also more interested in Wu Heng before. But it is obviously not the case, and such a clumsy method will not be adopted. ?Now, I am even more curious as to why there are other level 18 professionals on the island. Going to the island secretly again to investigate the deputy deacon of the association. Wu Heng said: "I didn''t see his appearance. It was late at night. The other person was wearing a cloak and he was relatively tall from the body shape." After speaking, he added: Im not sure if any props were used to change the appearance. There was a brief silence in the study room. Imiro looked at the old mage and said, "Dean Gianvito, it seems that your departure time will be postponed." It seems that the association''s reinforcements will leave soon. The old mage said calmly: "It doesn''t matter if the schedule is postponed. We are originally supporting Treasure Island. If there is only one person, it will not be a problem for the two of us to take action." It is possible to deal with level 18 professionals, but it must be arranged in advance. If the residents on the island die, there will be no way to explain it to the association. Imiro said. Of course, if you want to do it, you have to do it in a remote place. Different from the last pirate attack. When pirates attack, they are forced to defend, and many things can be ignored. Its different now, theres more to consider. As for level 18 professionals, if they fight without control, their combat effectiveness is relatively huge, especially the combat profession, which is comparable to a bomber. Others do not consider the surrounding civilians, but the association must. To prevent the battle from affecting the residents of the city, it is best to set the battle location on the sea or in surrounding undeveloped areas. Imiro was familiar with the map of the island and pointed out a suitable location. The old mage nodded in agreement. ??Yimiluo continued to look at Wu Heng, "Do you have any method to set the battle location outside?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party, a little speechless. Thats what you asked. Isnt this redundant? But after all, he is facing danger, so he has to ask the two people in front of him for help. The tone was sonorous: "I can use it as bait to lure him out." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 471 , Im afraid its cold Chapter 471, Im afraid Im cold The other party is obviously targeting him. If you want to draw people out, only he can do it. The only way is to let one''s own side take the initiative. If you really wait for the other party to make the first move, you will only become more passive. Hearing Wu Heng directly say that he wanted to lure the other party out. ??The old mage raised his eyebrows slightly and looked at him again. Not everyone has the courage to face level 18 professionals. Before, there were doubts about the authenticity of his killing of the level 18 island owner, but now it seems that it is not impossible. Then where would it be more beneficial for us to lead the other party? Imiro thought for a moment and said: "It is best to be on the sea, so that he will not be able to escape after the battle." On land, there is still a possibility of returning to residential areas. The old mage nodded in agreement, "Well, if you go to sea, you can indeed solve a lot of unnecessary troubles." ?Wu Heng frowned as he listened to the conversation between the two. Coughing lightly, he said: "If we are at sea, he can''t run away, and I can''t run away either." ?The opponent is following you and looking for an opportunity to take action. There is a high probability that he is a melee professional. Leading the other party to the boat by oneself is like tying the "gladiation yoke" to each other, and no one can leave the boat. "Once the other party appears, we will get there as soon as possible." The old mage smiled. ?Wu Hengs brows were still furrowed, He is a level 18 professional. When you guys arrived, I was so cold. To deal with level 18 professionals, if you fight hard, you may not be insecure. But with two level 18 people in front of me, it was too much of a risk for me. ??The old mage flipped his palm and took out a scroll, "If you are in danger, you can teleport away." Teleport Scroll ?? (Description: A scroll with a teleportation circle engraved on it can be connected to the magic circle you are on the ''same plane'' and ''within range'' and teleport to the target area.) Teleportation scroll. It has been used by pirates before. The effect is quite significant. Imiro also said: "Dean Gianvito is a mage from the Conjuration School. He can teleport us directly. With your strength, there will be no danger." A mage from the Conjuration School, Wu Heng looked at the old mage again. ?The other person is still smiling, looking like a worldly expert. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and did not refuse. There would be no problem if he persisted for a few minutes or delayed with the other party for a while. Then we will proceed according to this plan. Wu Heng put away the scroll and agreed. After the initial decision is made. ??The old mage pondered for a moment and continued to ask: "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, don''t you have any impression of this person at all?" "No, except for the pirate incident, I have never met a level 18 professional." Wu Heng answered directly. Imiro also analyzed: "It is most likely that he is a member of the Divine Punishment Sect, but the body type described by Wu Heng is not the same as the other person." "Are you talking about the witch on the wanted poster?" The old mage picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "Witches have many unique abilities. It''s actually not difficult to change their appearance." ??Wu Heng shook his head, "I have never met that witch, and I don''t have much hatred." The old mage and Imiro were silent at the same time. There is really no reason to follow Wu Heng. If you want revenge, you should also look for Imiro. None of the three analyzed a very reasonable explanation. Imiro said: "We will know who the other party is by then. Wu Heng will go back and prepare first. Once the arrangements are made, I will inform you. Remember not to interact with anyone about this matter first." people said. Understood, Ill go back first After Wu Heng finished speaking, he exited the room directly. The old mage picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "You, the deputy deacon, are very courageous." Imiro stood up and said casually: "He is worried about the two maids around him, otherwise he would not talk about it, and he would deal with that person himself." ??The old mage raised his brows, his face full of disbelief, "You trust him too much. The gap in levels cannot be bridged casually." ??Imiro didn''t explain, got up and walked outside. ??The old mage also held his staff and followed him out of the study. In the study room. ? Anderweil was sitting at the table sorting out information, while Minnie was in front of the sofa, feeding the little owl. ?While tearing the dried meat, he said, "You can''t look like Philippa the parrot. We want to be a good-looking tame animal, do you hear me?" The little owl ate the dried meat without any response. Hearing the sound of the door opening, he turned around and saw Wu Heng coming back. Minnie threw away the dried meat and threw herself into her arms, "Master, did something happen?" ? Anderweil and the little owl also looked up. I brought Minnie here all morning, obviously there was something going on. ??Wu Heng put Minnie in his arms, hugged her, and said, "It''s okay. I suspected there was danger on the island before, so I brought Minnie over first. Now I''ve told the deacon that he will take care of the matter." Then, can I go back later? Minnie then asked. "Stay in the association for a while, and then go back after the deacon has taken care of it." Okay! Minnie agreed, sat back on the sofa, and began to look through the rough-edged comic book. ?Wu Heng sat back at his desk and began to prepare for the evening battle. The firearms and ammunition were all checked. As for skeletons, the skeleton attendants around you now are the level 17 skeleton wanderer Kerimu and the level 17 skeleton boxer Tolga. ??That is, when the pirates attack, they use the "Gladiator Shackles" to connect themselves and teleport to the wild. As for the level 18 skeleton prophet, his combat power is actually not very great. I didnt take it with me. In fact, if you think about it carefully, if there is really only one person on the other side. It may not be impossible to be sure. I sat in the study room until the afternoon. ~! There was a knock on the door. ?Minnie jumped up from the sofa and went to open the door. A staff member looked in and said with a smile: "Deputy Wu Heng, please come over." Okay, Ill go over now. Wu Heng agreed. It seems that it is ready. He wears a piece of defensive leather armor from the association''s deputy deacon on the outside. Before leaving, he and the two girls told him: "You two, stay in the association dormitory for one night today, and don''t go too far to eat." The two women looked at each other. "Okay, master, be careful." Anderweil immediately said with concern. Minnie also said: "Master, we are waiting for you to come back." "Well, it''s okay. The deacon has arranged the task. There is no danger." ?Wu Heng touched Minnies rabbit ears, opened the door and walked out. At dusk, Nautilus Tavern. "Guest, the dinner you ordered is ready." Outside the private room, Philippa held a dinner plate, knocked on the door twice, and shouted. There is no other way, even if I feel conflicted in my heart. Can''t stand Millicent nagging in my ears. It wont last long anyway. Let Wu Heng arrange a job for him in a few days. Even if he goes out on patrol, it will be better than here. Bring it in! A womans voice came from inside the room. ?Philippa immediately opened the door and walked into the private room. In a rather small private room. There was only one woman sitting in front of the wooden table. She had long brown hair, delicate features, and a smile. ?The upper body is leather armor, the lower body is also brown leather trousers, and there is a black cloak on the seat next to him. But in terms of temperament, he obviously does not look like the common mercenaries on Beacon Street. "Guest, I brought you dinner. It''s absolutely delicious." Philippa smiled skillfully. Put it down! The womans voice was soft. Okay, guest, please take it easy. Philippa put it down, turned around and wanted to leave. The woman continued: "Are you Philippa?" Philippa turned her head in confusion, smiled and said: "You have the wrong person, guest." We met at sea, and you were the captain at that time! The woman smiled brightly and continued. As soon as Philippa heard that he was an acquaintance, he immediately said: "My friend''s shop has just opened, please help me." Im talking about a captain, why are you still here? It turns out hes here to help. The woman still smiled. Well, you are also from the sea? Philippa glanced again. I am not at sea. "Oh, I don''t think you are dressed like this. No one on the sea can be as white as you." Philippa continued. The woman smiled and said nothing, just looked at her silently. Smoke rose quietly in the corner, gradually forming two venomous snakes, slowly climbing up Philippa''s shoulders. Philippa, who was standing where he was, his expression suddenly froze. ?The eyes are alert and frightened, but the whole body is stiff, and only the eyeballs are moving. "I''m sorry, little sister..." the woman said softly. ification! The mist snake spat out a message, biting its neck from the left to the right. ۡ! The door was pushed open forcefully. ?The bald man rushed in directly. Looking into the room, he said: "Let''s go, he went to sea, don''t scare the snake here." Going to sea? At this time? Are you sure its him? the woman asked doubtfully. Its a disguise, a prop that can turn into a woman, and its easy to see through. The bald man walked over, picked up the food on the table and took two bites. What did he do at sea? "No matter what he does, he has two attendants with him, who should be his skeleton. No one can save him when he reaches the sea." The bald head was slightly excited. ??As for Philippa, who was still frozen in place and unable to move, his eyes began to change. A little inferred that this is to kill Wu Heng. Its over, my stupid deputy deacon definitely doesnt know about this. I was so stupid that I went to sea. The woman put on her hood again to cover herself, "Let''s go!" Waving his hands slightly, Philippa, who was frozen on the spot, rolled his eyes and fainted. The two of them left the room and closed the door tightly. The pub on the first floor is extremely lively. The drinkers were making a lot of noise and the bartenders were busy serving the guests. No one paid attention to the two people who went downstairs and left. Its late at night, ?Wu Heng stood on the deck, looking at the endless sea. Even if its to ambush others. But there is still a sense of tension in my heart that is difficult to suppress. Level 18 professionals, besides heroes, are the strongest professionals. It is obviously impossible to say that there is no pressure at all. His body must be great. At this time, Xiaoxiao quickly flew down from above his head and said hurriedly: "Come on, come on, there is a ship over there coming this way." ?Glenda also flew down. ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. ?The sea was still dark and nothing could be seen. But Xiao Xiao never makes fun of others at critical moments, not to mention Glenda is also there. Ghosts cannot see with the naked eye, and the night has no effect on them. Are there any level 18 professionals? Wu Heng asked. It doesnt matter whether there is a ship or not. For level 18 professionals, the most important thing is whether they follow or not. If the other party does not follow, the matter may be more difficult. I havent seen it yet. Xiaoxiao shook his head. ?Glenda asked: "Do you need us to go into the boat and take a look?" The effect of psychic vision can only be effective on the target that can be seen. ?Hide in a building, or wear a ''concealment cloak'' or something like a prop to cover yourself, there is no way to see it. Theres no need to go there, just keep an eye on it. Okay! Xiaoxiao nodded, flew into the air again, and continued to observe the situation on the sea from a height. About twenty minutes later. A medium-sized ship appeared in the moonlight. Get straight towards this side. Here we come, there are level 18 professionals. Xiao Xiao exclaimed. I saw a figure walking out of the cabin. Similarly, he glanced at the ships here. ?With a kick of his foot, it shot out like a cannonball. A few meters apart, it landed on the deck here with a bang. Ive got you, Archdeacon! Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 472 , card repair Chapter 472, Card Xiu The two faced each other five meters apart. ?Wu Heng also looked at the target carefully. Compared with the other party, they are always looking for opportunities to target themselves. He doesnt even know who the enemy is. He has a bald head with a Chinese character face, thick eyebrows and big eyes, slightly dark skin, and a naked upper body. His strong muscles are as shiny as if they were greased. ?Hands with fists, eyes like tigers. Boxer, or unarmored boxer. Baldhead looked at the deputy deacon of the association who was looking at him calmly, frowning slightly, "Why, you''re not surprised that I suddenly stopped your ship?" ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" Divine Punishment Cults defense, Ka Xiu! ?Divine Punishment Cult? Sure enough, it has something to do with them. ?Wu Heng asked suspiciously: "We don''t seem to have much hatred, right? Why are you targeting me?" Haha~! ?The bald man laughed and continued: "Because you don''t need to know, now I can give you a chance to live." What opportunity? "You are considered capable. If you join our Divine Punishment Cult, you will enjoy no less rights than the deputy deacon. Don''t you like women from all races? There are enough female members for you to play with, and they will be grateful to you." The bald man said unabashedly. Wu Heng frowned deeper, glanced at the other party, and sneered: "I don''t think I am a good person, but I will not associate with people like you. What the Divine Punishment Sect believes in or does has nothing to do with me, but If you want to cause trouble for me, Im not that easy to bully. ??The bald man''s eyes flashed with cold light, and murderous intent arose. Then he smiled again and said, "Guess how many moves I need to use to kill you?" ?Wu Heng also sneered, "Guess why I went to sea today?" "You are looking for death!" The bald head kicked his feet again, turning into a stream of light and rushing straight towards him. Click~! ?Suddenly, a bright thunderbolt suddenly fell from the clouds overhead. Light up the night sky. The forward bald man''s face suddenly changed. Just as he was about to dodge, he was hit by lightning. ??The bald body curled up in a ball, the wooden boards under his feet collapsed, and silver-white arcs of electricity spread rapidly around him. ?At the same time, a magic circle rose from the middle of the deck. Imiro, the old mage, and two high-level association deacons appeared from the magic circle at the same time. ??Imiro looked at the bald man opposite, "God''s Punishment Cult Ka Xiu." ?At the same time, he reminded: "The witches from the Divine Punishment Sect should be nearby, so be careful." ??Rising with the words. ??Imiro''s figure has already shot out rapidly. His figure keeps changing his position, and his sword energy slashes towards the bald boxer on the opposite side. Hmph, the most promising prince of the elves to become a hero. Others are afraid of you, but I, Kaxiu, am not afraid of you. ?The bald man yelled angrily, and his fists turned into fist shadows. The sword energy and energy kept exploding on the deck, and wood chips were scattered everywhere. Behind him, the two association deacons did not rush over, but stayed close to the old mage''s side. The old mage waved the wooden staff in his hand. Swish swish swish~! Energy arrows rained down, like tracking, piercing the bald head. Then, there were strong winds, thunder and lightning, and all kinds of magic in the middle of the battle between the two, attacking each other''s position non-stop. The output of the mage has indeed had a significant effect. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew down again, "Uncle, there is another level 18 professional on that ship." ?Wu Heng, who was watching the battle and preparing to grab the head, was shocked. Turn around and look at the ship. At the bow of the ship, a figure wearing a black cloak stood. Dean, there is another level 18 professional. Wu Heng called forward. ?The old mage, who was concentrating on casting spells, looked sideways. ?His eyes also narrowed slightly. Then, a new level 18 professional appeared, leaping up, riding the rolling thick fog, and rushed directly to the old mage''s position. Its a witch from the Gods Punishment Cult. ??The old mage pointed forward with the wooden staff in his hand. Boom~! The rolling smoke exploded. ??The witch reached out and made another move, and the dispersed smoke once again formed into galloping jackals, tigers and leopards, swarming towards the deck again. The two deacons who were guarding the old mage stopped in front and began to split the weapons. ?Wu Heng also took out his machine gun and fired at the black-robed witch. ??The witch glanced here, her body floated away again, and appeared further away. Wuheng began to sweep smoke. But the bullet passed through the clouds and fog, and had no effect. ??The old mage finished casting the spell and pointed the wooden stick in his hand toward the sky. Huh~! The bright light of day suddenly breaks through the darkness and shines down from the sky. The monster formed by the smoke, its body began to evaporate and dissipated, disappearing in the blink of an eye. The old mage looked at the witch and said, "You two will deal with the witch with me. Wu Heng will ask your skeletons to kill Kaxiu. Kill one first. The other one will naturally pose no threat." "clear." The two deacons rushed towards the witch, and the old mage also began to fight off the fog beasts. ??Wu Heng also set his sights on Yimi Luo''s battle in the distance. The sword energy and fist strength kept alternating, like a demolition team. ?Wu Heng''s body instantly split into six parts. Barrett, sniper rifles, and submachine guns all aim forward. ?At the same time, [Pathogenic Ray] and [Debilitating Ray] are fired at the target, and [Default Shield] adds a shield to the clone. The moment when the ray hits. The bald man''s throat felt itchy, and the wounds on his body cut by Yimi Luo''s sword energy were rapidly decaying. But the 18th-level professional boxer has endless energy and shows no signs of weakness. ?Bang bang bang~! The gunfire sounded suddenly. The bald head that was entangled by Imiro suddenly exploded a big hole in the mouth of the bowl at his waist. ?The bald man''s face changed drastically. He didn''t expect that he would be so seriously injured. Wu Heng also looked surprised, Barrett only caused him this little injury. Then, there were a lot of bullets, punching holes in his body. Kaxius body was staggered due to the beating. ??Imiro saw the right moment and pierced his chest with his sword. The sword energy stirred in the body, and large mouthfuls of blood spurted out from the bald head''s features. "Interesting, I will plant a tree on your Treasure Island, haha..." Bald Head coughed up blood as he said, "The Divine Punishment Sect will...kill you, and you will all die too." Imiro raised his long sword. Cut the head in half from the chest upward. ??Imiro flicked his long sword, stepped a little further, and turned into a stream of light again, rushing towards the witch''s position, intending to work together to keep the witch behind. ?Wu Heng did not participate in the battle on the other side, but quickly ran to the bald body. ?The person must have died, and he didnt get any experience points. "A ghost has escaped." Xiaoxiao, who was investigating, flew down again. ??Concentrated induction, a blurry soul quickly escaped from the location of the ship. Are ghosts born again? After level 18, are ghosts so easy to generate? ?Thoughts flashed through his mind for a moment, and then he asked: "How many levels?" About level 5. At this time, the ghost has escaped to the sea, beyond the casting range of the Bone Cage. But he cannot really escape. If he escapes, there will be more trouble later. With a thought, he released Glenda, "Swallow that ghost, Glenda will take care of Xiaoxiao." Okay! the two ghosts responded and quickly caught up. ?Glenda took the lead in entangling the target ghost, and Xiaoxiao followed closely and rushed forward. As for Wuheng. The clones of the undead faction guarded the corpse, and the other clones, holding weapons, also followed to support the old mage. The other side. ??Imiro joined in, and the witch was beaten back steadily. The surrounding fog beasts were defeated by magic and sword energy as soon as they appeared, making it difficult to form a complete fog beast. Five Wuheng, armed with rifles and submachine guns, also entered the battlefield. ?Continuously shoot at the witch''s location. Let the witch keep running and dodging, looking embarrassed. You are all madmen, none of you are normal. The witch hissed. The violent clouds and mist rolled and exploded. blocking everyones sight. The old mage waved his staff, the wind roared and the clouds dispersed. The figure of the witch has jumped off the ship, fallen onto the sea, formed a cloud of smoke, and left quickly. Theres no need to chase her, its hard for us to catch her, the old mage said. ??Imiro sheathed his sword, and the two level 15 deacons also stood in front of the fence and took a look, with no intention of pursuing him. ?Wu Heng didnt follow either. At this time, the system prompt also appeared from the ear. The ghost level is increased to level 9, constitution +1, perception +2, intelligence +1. Ghost level increased to level 12, constitution +2. The ghost has been devoured. Glenda and Xiaoxiao have both been promoted. The two ghosts quickly returned and entered the body of the undead clone. ??Imiro glanced around, and then led people to check another ship nearby. After making sure there is no danger. Order, "Return." ?Wu Heng gave the order to the skeleton, and the ship began to return. Six Wuheng, the body instantly became one. The side effects of the strange object made him sit on the wooden box and rest for a while, holding his head. Waiting for the side effects to disappear, I walked slowly over. Butler, what should I do with the body? Imiro said: "Wrap it up and report it to the headquarters first, and then deal with it after the results come out." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and directed the skeleton to wrap the body. The old mage looked at him. Why is the robe of a hundred soldiers in your hand? "I got it in exchange for my meritorious service." Wu Heng asked back, "That move you made when you dropped thunder in the sky was very cool. What was it called?" The art of attracting thunder, wait until you reach level 15, join our research group, and I will teach you. Forehead. The corpse is put into the space ring. The ship continues its return journey. When you arrive at the port. The sky is gradually getting brighter. The body was brought back to the association. On a damp island. The waves kept hitting the rocks, and the water spray fell like a heavy rain. ?A cloud of mist stumbled onto the rocks, forming the appearance of a embarrassed woman. The shocking wounds, blood flowed into the sea along the rocks. Damn, madmen, all madmen. Kaxiu, this idiot, doesnt even know hes been deceived. The woman swallowed the potion with difficulty and cursed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 473 , received the letter Chapter 473, I received the letter The biggest reason why he ended up like this is that "Kaxiu" underestimated his opponent. Only think that the other party is an ordinary deputy deacon with a low level. As long as you find a suitable opportunity, you can easily crush the opponent to death. But it turns out that the person who can kill the island owner Occam cant be so simple. Even if the level is not high, it still has other advantages. The whole incident is not difficult to deduce. ??This deputy deacon discovered Kaxiu who was following him in search of opportunities in advance and arranged the trip to sea. Even if the war started on the island, they would not lose so miserably. The boxer really trained his brains into muscles. The woman cursed again. Sitting on the rocks and continuing to rest, his face became gloomy. Kaxiu died, and he asked for it. How should she explain this matter after she returns? In both battles, he escaped alive, but all the level 18 professionals who cooperated died on the island. Even if you know whats going on. Its also hard to convince others. It depends on how to say it now, and also to avoid landing yourself on Treasure Island next time. ?Thinking of this, I still looked in the direction of Treasure Island. There must be a curse on this island for level 18! Everyone died when they went up there, and I almost died there. Sit on the rocks and rest for a while. ?In the distance, the outline of a cargo ship slowly appeared. The woman''s eyes lit up, she exhaled gently, and a shark formed from gray mist formed in front of her. Carry her and quickly approach the direction of the cargo ship. Wrentam City. Luxury decorated master bedroom. Wen Mansha, who was sleeping soundly, woke up from her sleep, combed her fiery red hair, and sat up on the bed. As soon as he sat up, he saw envelopes placed beside his pillow from the corner of his eye. ?His eyes were focused and he scanned around the room with vigilance. After confirming that there were no enemies or danger, he frowned and reached out to pick up the letter. I looked around and determined that it was an ordinary letter. Wen Mansha frowned and thought. She didn''t remember putting such an unopened letter by her bedside. As for other people, sending letters to themselves also means that the other party has the ability to kill them at that time. He hesitated for a moment, but chose to open the envelope and pour out the letter. The letter was unfolded, and the bright red handwriting was a bit dazzling. Lovely sister-in-law: Happy to receive a letter from my most lovely and beautiful maid, I havent seen you for several months and I miss you too. The world outside is vast and colorful, but it still doesnt give me a warm and beautiful feeling when you are around. Looking back at the time when we met, it was like a dream that broke into each other''s lives. Until this moment, I still remember the scene of the little wild cat, begging for spanking, and the lingering in the alley. ?At that time we seemed really crazy. Everything is fine with me and I am constantly improving myself, so there is no need to worry. I heard that the political situation in the Kingdom of Yeko is relatively tense. You are relatively close, so you must be prepared for everything. If there is danger or there may be a fight, abandon the city and seek asylum from the association. I will pick you up when the time comes. Do everything for your own safety. Lord. You use the tax money according to the development plan. You dont have to leave it to me. You can use it yourself. I will go back to see you after some time. There are all kinds of seafood and beautiful and exquisite jewelry here. I will bring them back to you then. Love your master. " ?As she watched, a smile appeared on Mansha Wen''s lips. There is no signature, and no title appears in it, but from the content of the letter, we can also know who the letter is from. This is probably the first time I have used this method of delivering a letter. I was not sure whether it would be successful, so I did not write my name or title. Hate it, you dont call me sister-in-law at that time. When she saw the little wild cat being coquettishly spanked, Wen Mansha felt her face heat up and her body became a little warm. The scene of meowing on the ground while wearing kitten underwear that was obviously too small came to mind. Tease each other, throw them roughly on the bed, and linger with each other. At that time, the master liked this body the most. As for making out in an alleyway. ?At that time, when the two were in a similar state of love, they tried it in some alleys and private rooms of taverns. Its true, I miss you more and more. Wen Mansha said softly, feeling her whole body start to heat up. When I plan to watch it a second time. The handwriting on the letter slowly disappeared. Wen Mansha''s eyes widened and she fiddled with it for a while, but she couldn''t find the reason why the handwriting disappeared. He had no choice but to put it away and put it in the bedside drawer. He reached out and pulled the lanyard on the side, and heard the sound of a bell clanking outside the door. ~! Madam, what are your orders? Come in and help me wash up. Wen Mansha said. ?The door opened, and a figure walked in. He was wearing a black robe, with long brown hair tied back, a serious face, and black-rimmed glasses. ?Hurry to the bedside, help Wen Mansha get out of bed, and walk to the bathroom. What do you want to eat for breakfast? Wen Mansha asked with a smile. Fresh milk, bread, beef rolls, is there anything you would like to add, madam? the butler introduced softly. Just a breakfast, just order whatever you want. "Okay." The housekeeper nodded and looked at Wen Mansha, "Madam, you seem to be in a good mood today." Wen Mansha was stunned and stroked her bulging belly, "That''s good. I''ll give it to the servants in the house this afternoon. Take half a day off and go back and see your family. I would like to thank Madam for everyone, you are so kind. After Wen Mansha washed up briefly, she walked towards the restaurant, "Your husband, are you still inquiring about information about the City Lord''s Mansion?" The butler''s face turned solemn, "He''s still asking, I''ll answer him according to Madam''s instructions." Well, lets just deal with it like this for now, theres no need to rush. Its all up to you, madam. ?Blackstone Town, Deacons Mansion. Slater was woken up by the chirping of birds outside the window. ?Looking sideways, he saw his niece sleeping on the other side, leaning on the bedside and looking at something. "I''ve been reading this all morning. Wu Heng is already the deputy deacon, and you are the squad leader. Why are you not in a hurry?" Slater sat up and lectured softly. Yuli did not take the blame this time, but turned to look at her aunt while reading the letter. Slater touched his face, "What''s wrong? What are you looking at?" Yuli asked suspiciously: "Aunt, are you..., is there a man?" Slater''s heart trembled and he said, "What nonsense are you talking about? Are you dreaming?" "Here, this is a letter to you. The content is quite disgusting. I also said that I would come to see you in a while." Yuli handed the letter over. Slater''s eyes widened instantly and panic appeared on his face. He grabbed the letter and looked at the content on it. Its blank. Slater''s eyes narrowed, "Where''s the content? Where''s the disgusting content?" Yuli took the reply paper and looked at it, her eyes widened, "I, no, what..., aunt, I said the words disappeared on their own, do you believe it?" "You''re itchy, right? You dare to joke about such a thing." Yuli jumped out of bed in an instant and ran while shouting, "It really happened just now, my aunt really did, the envelope is still on the bedside." Slater didn''t listen either. He picked up a wooden branch and put the letter paper away. Following the chase. At the dinner table, Yuli rubbed her **** and said, "Aunt, I''m already the captain, why do you still beat me? And I really didn''t lie. I really believe it." Slater picked up the wooden branch and hit her again, "We slept together last night. Who can deliver the letter to the bedroom at night? You are hallucinating when you read the cartoon. You are not allowed to read it in the future." What does this have to do with comics. Slater looked at him and said, "Did you miss someone and read the unwritten letter as a love letter?" Yuri curled her lips and said, "No way, I am the man who wants to become the Pirate King, who can I think of." You are not allowed to read it in the future. If I find out, I will spank you. Yuli stopped talking and ate in silence. Thinking in my mind about what went wrong. Why is it that the letter I saw has no words? Treasure Island, Association. ?Wu Heng went downstairs along the stone steps and headed to the morgue. It was still early in the morning, and the two coroners had just begun to prepare for today''s work. Sir Archdeacon. The two of them saluted. Well, there is a corpse here. Lets verify the identity. Then collect all the internal organs. I will pick them up when the time comes. Speaking, he took out the body and the organ jar. The body of the bald boxer was quite miserable. ??Imiro lifted his sword upward from his chest, splitting his upper body in half, and a large area of ??his internal organs and other things leaked out. How the body will be disposed of in the end depends on the arrangement of the association. After all, this man was killed by Imiro, and its hard to say whether he will be able to share it with him in the end. As for the internal organs of level 18 professionals, Wu Heng felt that they might be useful. Anyway, he also had organ jars, so he stored them first. The coroner carried the body to the iron bed. ??Continued to ask casually: "Deacon, will the body be kept for you when the time comes?" Keep it well, this is what the deacon killed. Well tell you what to do with it in the end. Wu Heng said. "OK." The coroner began to dispose of the body, and Wu Heng also walked out and went upstairs again. Return to your office and study room. ?Andwyer and Minnie were sitting in the study room chatting. Last night, since the situation was still unclear, we let them stay in the association dormitory, and they came directly to the association today. Seeing Wu Heng coming back, both women looked happy. Come up one on the left and one on the right to check for any injuries. Its okay, nothing happened at all. Wu Heng said with a smile. ? Anderweil hugged his waist and asked: "Master, is the matter resolved?" Solved, the deacon killed the target. "The deacon took action, so the other party must be very powerful." Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng was stunned, "You are right to say that." Minnie poured Wu Heng a cup of tea and asked, "Master, when are we going home?" Well, lets have a good meal outside together in the evening, and then go home. Wu Heng sat back on the chair behind the desk. Lets go to the one in the Lighthouse District. Their alchemy dishes are delicious. Minnie suggested. "good." The three of them chatted for a while. There is a clang. ?The door was opened with a force that felt like being kicked. Then, Philippa was seen rushing in with a wanted notice in his hand. Pointing to the portrait of the woman on the wanted poster. "This...me, she, she wanted to kill me yesterday, and there is also a bald man who wants to kill you." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 474 , bullet factory Chapter 474, Bullet Factory ?Philippa was panting and trying to express herself. But its still a bit confusing. Dont be in a hurry, speak slowly. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa took a deep breath and sat down on the sofa. "Minnie, give me a glass of water." Pour yourself down. Minnie didnt even look back. ?Wu Heng waved his hand, the kettle floated up, and he poured a glass of water in front of ''Philippa''. Philippa blew it and found that it was not hot. After drinking it in one gulp, he said: "Last night, this woman went to the tavern and wanted to kill me. Then another bald man rushed in and said that you were going to sea and wanted to follow you out. Kill you." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and the two women on the side also looked over in surprise. ?Have the other party found the Nautilus Tavern? ??Moreover, Philippa must be killed. Then what? Wu Heng asked with a frown. Philippa continued, "Then I fainted, and as soon as I woke up today, I came running to find you." ?Wu Heng was still a little surprised when he heard this. The time Philippa mentioned was not much different from the time he went to sea. In other words, the witch''s original plan was to kill Philippa, but because she went to sea, she changed her plan temporarily. But, you have to kill yourself anyway. ?It shouldnt be that difficult to kill Philippa at that time. So youre unconscious until now? Minnie asked. Philippa said: "I was knocked unconscious and my mother was frightened. When I woke up this morning, I came over to find you." "Well, I know about this. Yesterday, we killed the bald deacon. This woman escaped, but she definitely doesn''t dare to go to the island again, so don''t worry." Wu Heng said. Philippa fiddled with her pigtails and said, "I''m not afraid. I''m just worried about you, a mage. I''ve never seen anything at sea." ?Wu Heng said: "Do you often see level 18 professionals at sea?" ?Philippa was stunned for a moment, then reacted, "Oh no, they are level 18." Otherwise, why would the deacon take action? Im so stupid~! ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to your tavern." Oh, good! The two of them walked out of the association, called a carriage, and headed to the Nautilus Tavern. In a private room of a tavern. Millicent said somewhat cautiously: "Sir, I have caused trouble to you again." Im going to give him a message, why bother? Philippa said at the side. Wu Heng also said: "It''s okay. One of those two people was killed and the other escaped. They definitely don''t dare to go to the island." Thats good. Millicent breathed a sigh of relief. ??Wu Heng glanced at the untouched private room and asked, "Did the woman leave anything behind?" Let me take a look. Philippa rummaged around the room. From under the wooden chair, he took out a copper button, "Does this count? It should have been left by the woman." "Well, it doesn''t matter." Wu Heng put away the space ring and continued to say to Millicent: "Let''s open the business normally and hand over some work appropriately. How can the boss be busy every day?" "My lord, I will listen to you." Millicent nodded. ?Wu Heng walked out of the tavern and got into the carriage. Philippa also got into the carriage. The carriage drove towards the residence. Philippa sat affectionately on Wu Heng''s lap and said, "Wu Heng, I want to tell you something." ??Wu Heng was inside her clothes, caressing her smooth belly, and then held it in front of her chest, "Let''s talk." "Give me a job, my mother always lets me serve the dishes." Philippa loosened the leather armor on her body and continued, "Yesterday, the woman was not afraid of killing me, but she asked me why When I''m not the captain, but I''m serving the dishes, I really can''t bear it anymore." Thats not the case! "Why not? I have some dignity outside. I don''t care what happens when I serve the dishes. Just give me something to do and don''t let me in the store." Philippa twisted her body. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Then I''ll ask you tomorrow and help you in the association." Okay, I know a lot of people in the association now. Return to your residence. ??Wu Heng asked her to wait in the living room for a while, and then he entered the room of the ''Skeleton Prophet'' upstairs. ?The skeleton in a robe is sitting on a wooden chair, looking out the window. Look, can this detect anything? Wu Heng took out the copper buckle. The Skeleton Prophet took it, with a skeleton palm floating above the copper buckle, and one hand grabbing Wu Heng''s arm. The next second, broken images appeared in my mind. In an old fabric shop. A woman with a charming face walked into the store and said, "Boss, how much does this cloak cost?" You have such good taste, the material is of the best quality, 70 coppers. "Okay, I want it." The woman dropped the money, picked up the cloak and put it on her head, walked out and nodded. In a luxuriously decorated lounge. The woman is holding a shriveled head. ?The head was full of ferocious features, "Wait until another guardian comes nearby and kill that kid before the latest appointment of the association is made." An archdeacon is not necessary! Do as I say. In the dark cabin. The mercenary who brought the information told the association about the situation. The gray mist condensed into poisonous snakes and killed the mercenaries. We cant do anything on the island, Imiro and Gianvito are enough to keep us. Then wait until he leaves the island. The pictures end one after another. ?Wu Heng also became clear in an instant. I didnt expect that skeletons could play pictures in this way. It is completely different from the first perspective shared by ghosts. It is more like looking down from the void, looking at everything that happens from the perspective of another person. But the overall thing is basically understood. ?The people from the Divine Punishment Cult came back not to take revenge on the association, but because the talking head gave the woman and the bald head the order to kill him. Its really directed at myself. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Can you see where she is now?" Skeleton Prophet, grabbed Wu Heng''s arm again. My mind was spinning. ??A cargo ship that was gradually moving away appeared in the field of vision. The woman stood on the deck and looked into the distance. The next second, the woman suddenly raised her head and looked into the air, as if she was looking at Wu Heng. ?Visual end. ?Wu Heng put the copper buckle away again. ? Walking downstairs, Philippa put away the shuttlecock she was kicking, "How was it?" "The woman has left. Please go to the port and check the cargo ship ''Sardari'' leaving the port. Where is the next stop?" Okay. Philippa nodded and left the residence directly. ?Wu Heng checked the rooms of several skeletons. Confirm that nothing has changed. Not long after, Philippa came back in a carriage and "went to Netale City in the Kingdom of Yeko." Well, I understand. Philippa smiled and walked up shyly, "Shall I stay with you tonight?" ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Not today, I still have things to deal with. I will go to the tavern to find you in the next two days." Thats okay, then dont forget it. After a while, Philippa returned to the tavern. ?Wu Heng also returned to his room and walked into the boundary gate. Zombie world. After releasing Xiaoxiao, Zhao Yanqiu came over not long after and said, "Your Majesty, Deputy Chief Li Yahong has sent news that he has contacted survivors abroad and will let you go and have a look if you have time." Survivors abroad? ??Is there any news so soon? Get a car ready. Im going to the mall now. "OK." Not long after, Wu Heng arrived at the mall. Li Yahong walked in and said: "We have contacted survivors from various regions abroad. Some of them said that they used to work in a military factory and could take us to occupy that factory, provided that they provide enough food." Oh? Which country are you from? In Myanmar, there are basically no communication barriers. They also speak Chinese. From other countries, we have only found survivors who are proficient in English, Japanese, and Korean. There are no people proficient in the language in other areas to communicate. Myanmar? ?Wu Heng frowned. ?This is a little different from what I imagined. The development of weapons over there doesn''t seem to be too advanced. Many things are purchased domestically or from other large countries. What kind of weapons factory? The bullet factory said it could produce both rifle and machine gun bullets. It mentioned several models, and I wrote them down in my notebook. (End of this chapter) Chapter 475 , appoint the island owner Chapter 475, Appointment of Island Owner Myanmar. How do you feel that people are always trying to deceive people? ?Assign people to contact the outside world, and they will be the first to receive a response. ?Before the virus broke out, I could always check the situation there. I seem to remember that there were government forces, independent forces, and allied forces. Each of them controls an area, which is quite confusing. How is the scale of the factory? Wu Heng continued to ask. Li Yahong thought for a moment, "I didn''t go into details, but judging from the other party''s words, it shouldn''t be too formal, like a small factory or something." The production of bullets is indeed the next development direction. But based on the level of development there, the scale of the factory mentioned is probably just a small local army factory, or more likely a small workshop. When the time comes, ride the flying dragon over. Walking long distances also involves considerable dangers. ??If it is really the advanced technology of a big country and there is a mature military factory, it will be okay to overcome difficulties in the past, but Myanmar needs to think about it. The technology there is backward and its not worth our trip. "Yeah." Li Yahong didn''t say much on this matter, but continued: "There are two other things. One is that the main station encourages the trade of surplus materials from various places, and the second is that the provincial rescue team changed a new one yesterday. Deputy Commander Huang came over and re-explained the deal between the two parties. " What did the province say? First of all, I would like to apologize for the previous misunderstanding. I want us to restore food prices to their original proportions. ?Wu Heng was curious, "What''s the misunderstanding?" Li Yahong smiled and said, "It is said that Deputy Commander Liu deliberately made trouble with the cannon blueprints in order to trade with us. Now he has been removed from his position as deputy commander." Hello guys, such a familiar way of doing things. So, they dont have the cannon blueprints at all? They say they are preparing a military factory, and they will be willing to share it with us when the time comes. Li Yahong said. Arms factory. Domestic factory technology is more mature, but their locations are relatively confidential. I didnt know much about this before. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Find a way to find out the location, and then we can occupy it ourselves." Okay, there are other shelters in the province, so it shouldnt be difficult to find out where they are. After talking about weapons, the two discussed the development of the base. The progress of base development is a bit slow for Wuheng. In the past few days, we have been delayed by heavy snow. In the future, more manpower and resources will be devoted to the establishment of new exchange points in other cities. To exchange more gold and materials. The two chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng did not choose to stay overnight. Go back to your dormitory, open the door and walk in. Treasure Island. During dinner, Shanara wore a long dress and also sat on one side of the dining table. Eating in small bites, he glanced aside and asked, "Why was there no one at home yesterday?" ??Wu Heng explained, "Enemies came to the island yesterday, so during the day, I took Minnie to the association." Hear enemies. Shannaras face instantly became serious. After all, the pirate incident is not completely over, and now enemies appear again. Has anyone been caught? Its okay, the person has been killed, there is no danger anymore. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannara glared at him complainingly, "You didn''t even say a word to me." ??Wu Heng took her hand from under the table and said, "I''m afraid you''ll be worried, and the other party is of high rank. He''s mainly targeting me. If he notices that I''ve arranged for someone to find you, I''m afraid I''ll involve you too." Its weird to believe you. "The deacons took action. It was quite dangerous at the time, and I was really afraid that you would be implicated." Wu Heng explained. Hearing that Imiro had taken action, Shannara also realized the seriousness of the matter. ?This means that the opponent is over level 15, at least close to level 18 or above. "It''s so serious. Remember to tell me next time you are in danger. Maybe I can be of some help." "good." The two of them were holding hands under the table, with only one hand on the table as they ate, "Has the appointment of the association not come down yet?" No, it should be down in the next two days. "Then I may not be able to wait any longer." Shannara took a sip of fruit wine. "Tomorrow the Star Flower fleet will block the port, and the goods you ordered last time are also in it. I will leave with the fleet by then." Where to go? Shannara glanced at him again and said, "Go back to the wood elf. Because I haven''t been back for a long time, my clan has some objections and I want to go back and have a look." ?Wu Heng frowned. Go back normally and nothing will happen. But listening to Shanaras tone, she felt a little serious. Whats the matter? Its okay, you just have some opinions on me, and the caravan will make some adjustments. Shanara said. If you have anything, remember to tell me and I can help you. ?Shanella smiled and said, "Okay." Chatted for a while, after dinner. ?Several people trained in the courtyard and then went back to their rooms to rest. Morning, port. The fleet of Star Flower slowly docked at the port. Compared with before, the fleet had more and more elite escorts this time. In the cabin, Wu Heng simply inventoried the cargo. It was directly put into the space ring. ??As he kills more pirates, he also has more space rings with large spaces in his hands. With a few more, you can pack all the ordered goods. In a separate cabin. Shannara sighed softly and said: "I will leave with the boat today. When I get there, help me take care of the place where I live." Wu Heng nodded and took out a fixed-frequency radio and a portable solar power bank from the space ring. "These two are for you. Put them under the solar energy to charge. Then connect them to this location and you can contact me. If there is danger, remember to notify me. Shanela has seen solar panels before. ?After all, for a period of time, the two of them walked on the roof every day and had to be careful to avoid it. ??Wu Heng also specifically explained to her what he was doing, so she knew it more or less. Shannara listened carefully, and after confirming that she knew how to use it, she put it away. Will you miss me? Shanara held his face and looked at him with reluctance. "Yes." Wu Heng put his arms around her waist and kissed her hard. The two hugged each other tightly, and each other''s breaths intertwined. Kissed for a while. ?There was a knock on the door, and the housekeeper''s voice came over. Madam, the steward will ask you to come over. The two of them separated. Im going over now. Shannella said. ?While arranging the clothes, he said: "Okay, I''m going out. I''ll be back in a while." Okay, dont leave then. Shannara gave him a light slap and said, "You have promised to be a lover, you kid, you don''t know how to be truly affectionate!" ??Wu Heng lightly wiped the water marks on the corners of her lips, "I''m not the only one who is emotional!" Shannara raised her eyes affectionately, "Me too." The fleet of Star Flower left slowly. ?Wu Heng stood at the port and watched for a while, then got on the carriage and returned to his residence. Actually, I still feel a little bit reluctant to part with Shannara. But the other party also has his own things to do. The president of a racial business group has a much higher status and achievements than himself. He can''t really keep her by his side and keep her as a maid, only with him. Everyone has his or her own path to take. Call a carriage. ?Wu Heng got on the carriage and returned to his residence. After saying hello to Minnie, he climbed to the fourth floor and sent the purchased goods to the zombie world. Site will be set up in various cities in the future. These grains are the most important goods for implementation. The next day, the association. Deacon''s study. ?In the room, Imiro sat opposite, Wu Heng and Xila Gui sat on the sofa on one side, and assistant Moya made tea for them. ??Imiro looked through the information twice and then looked at the two of them. The tone is still calm, "The appointments of this department have been announced. Although you two are deputy deacons, your performance is very outstanding and you have been promoted accordingly." The appointment has been made! ?Wu Hengs expression turned serious for a moment. Sheela looked expectant. Things on Treasure Island are actually quite complicated. ??Wu Heng defeated the pirate reinforcements, cleaning up most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea in one fell swoop, and also killed the original island owner. ?With this kind of strength, in urban battles, one can directly seize control of the entire island. But the problem is that Wu Heng acted as a deputy deacon at that time. It is an unexpected task belonging to the association. No matter how outstanding the performance is, it still depends on how the association calculates the matter. ??This is also why Shannara united with the Chamber of Commerce to specifically support Wu Heng and focused on Wu Heng''s contribution in this battle. Imiro did not try to be mysterious. He took out two different emblems and placed them opposite the two people''s positions. "Wu Heng canceled his status as deputy deacon and succeeded him as the owner of Treasure Island. At the same time, he appointed the flag bearer of the association." ?Wu Heng felt suddenly happy. ?The association really got the Treasure Island into its own hands. Silla Gui on the side also looked at him in surprise. ??This is to directly become the owner of the island. The whole island is his. ??Wu Heng expressed his thanks, Thank you to the association for trusting me, and thank you to the deacon for your cultivation. "You deserve it." Imiro nodded and pushed the emblem opposite him, "Put away the flag bearer emblem." ?Wu Heng picked it up and took a look. It has a golden background, with the association''s basic pattern hollowly engraved on it, and a blue flag pattern in the middle. ??Imiro continued: "Xila Gui has been promoted to the position of treasure island deacon. From now on, she will be fully responsible for the work of the treasure island association." Both of them frowned. Sheilagui asked directly: "Deacon, what about you?" "I will be transferred back to the headquarters. I shouldn''t be sitting in the position of deacon." Imiro replied softly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Deacon, what if you leave and we can''t defeat others?" ?Treasure Island is different from Luntam City. If you pull out two people at random, they may be high-level professionals. ?Especially recently, I had a conflict with the people of the Divine Punishment Sect. The pirates have almost been cleared up, and you two are enough to defend the entire island. Imiro said. There is also the Divine Punishment Cult! The Divine Punishment Sect, our headquarters will pursue them, and they will not dare to land on the island easily. The two of them wanted to say something else, but they didn''t say it. Both of them have been promoted, and Imiro, as the deacon of the island, must have better arrangements. You cannot force him to stay for the sake of the safety of the island. Cant pull it out either. ?Wu Heng then asked: "Deacon, what is the flag bearer?" ??Moya served the tea to the three of them. "There are explanations in the association manual, but it seems you didn''t read it very much." Imiro said something and continued: "The flag bearer represents the person in charge of the association''s corresponding work in a fixed area, conveying the important ideas of the association, and development direction. ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. Convey important ideas and development directions. ??This is to arrange himself in a civilian position, which is different from the association''s field envoy. But this is also good. Originally, he didn''t like to go on patrol and went to work in the association every day. Then what is my scope? The surrounding islands and coastal areas. Imiro said. ?Wu Heng asked again, "Who was the last flag bearer?" Me! Imiro looked at him. ?Wu Heng was stunned. He was about to ask why you held two positions, but he held back. "I see." Imiro continued: "The rewards for your meritorious service will be sent to you later. Shilagui will pay attention to it at that time. The position of deputy deacon of the association will be assigned to a new person later." "good." Well, I will stay on the island for a few more days. If you dont understand anything, you can come to me. ??Imiro explained the matter in detail. I''m afraid the two of them won''t understand. There is nothing we can do about it. Wu Heng has been promoted one after another in a year, and he still doesnt understand the association. ??Hira Rose, on the other hand, had just come of age among the elves. I dont know much. Every aspect must be properly explained. Leave the deacons study. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked silently in the corridor. ??Wu Heng glanced at the unhappy Sheela Gui and said, "Deacon Imiro, this is a promotion. He will definitely get better treatment when he returns to the headquarters. We should be happy for him." Sheila Gui forced a smile on her face, "I know, I just feel like we are about to separate suddenly, which is a bit sad." We can write to him, and if we have the chance, we can go to the headquarters to see him. Yes! Sheila Gui nodded, wiping her tears gently. "Okay, okay! Don''t cry, we have all improved, which is a good thing." Wu Heng opened his arms. ?Hilagui leaned against her chest and sobbed softly. ?Wu Heng patted her shoulder lightly, "You will be a deacon from now on. How can a deacon cry?" What should I do if I cant do it well? "You can''t do it well. You haven''t seen the deacons outside. They are far behind you." Wu Heng comforted. You will help me then! Of course, we agreed to help each other! "Um." The sound of talking and footsteps could be heard from one side of the corridor. Sheila Gui wiped away her tears and got into her office and study room. ?Wu Heng also walked towards his study. Return to the study. ? Anderweil is sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and said, "Master." Weier, pack up, lets go home. Pack up? Go home? The associations appointment has been approved. I am now the owner of the island and I will no longer have to work in the association. Wu Heng said. Anderweil was stunned for a moment, and then she looked happy, "You have really become the owner of the island. Sister Shannara''s plan is still useful." ??Wu Heng continued: "Pack it up, let''s go back today." "good." ?Anderweil packed all their things. Then they walked out of the association together. Catch up with Minnie. The three of them went to the island owners manor together. ?This area is not considered deserted, but it is also guarded by association guards and no one lives there. Outside the manor, there is a circle of tall and thick stone walls, with a black iron gate in the middle, carved with exquisite patterns and decorations. It looks like a small city wall. Speak to the guard. He took the maid into the manor. Inside was a wide courtyard and a huge and slender fountain that extended to the front of the stone castle. Wow, this island owner really knows how to enjoy himself. The place he lives in is better than the leader of our tribe. Minnie looked around and exclaimed loudly. Anderweil followed up and said: "What level is your clan leader? If you compare him with a level 18 professional, there is no way to compare him." Minnie looked suffocated and retorted: "You are still the young leader of the tribe. From now on, when the master lives here, you will also live here." That one also lived in with the owner. ?Wu Heng put his arm around the shoulders of the two bickering people, "Let''s go in and take a look. We may need to renovate it." Several people walked towards the castle. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 476 , development direction Chapter 476, Development Direction Enter the stone castle. The first is the spacious and tall hall, with exquisite carpets, ornately carved wall reliefs, and huge crystal lamps hanging from the ceiling, covered with light stones. There are some valuable paintings and gold and silver utensils placed around. It gives people the feeling of being gorgeous and solemn. Wow~! This is a palace! Minnie exclaimed involuntarily. At this time, Anderweil didnt argue with her, and sighed, How much does this cost? ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised. ?This pirate leader really thinks of himself as a king. He decorated his residence like this. To put it another way, he is really the emperor of the country on Treasure Island. "Let''s go upstairs and have a look. Remember which room you like. It''s a bit big here." Wu Heng said softly. Okay! Minnie cheered, pulling Andweil and running upstairs together. There are more rooms here, when you count the floors from the outside. There are six windows in total, which should be compared to the sixth floor. With the current number of people, they all seem relatively empty. ??Wu Heng looked at the first floor. On one side of the hall was a separate dining room, connected to the kitchen. On the other side is a huge training room. There are many weapons and equipment needed for training. Looks like its quite complete. Tap tap tap~! Minnie ran down from the room again, "Master, there are so many floors. Which floor do you choose? Let''s choose the floor below the master?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Fourth floor, it''s too high. It''s inconvenient to go up and down the stairs." Okay, lets choose the third floor. Minnie held his arm and said excitedly, The bedroom inside is so big, and there is also a study and bathroom. You no longer have to take a shower from outside and then go back to the room. Its just the three of us anyway. You can live in turns if you like. Yeah! Minnie nodded. Anderweil also came down from upstairs, "Master, are you moving in today?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Tomorrow, let the skeletons move some equipment over early, and bring the solar panels and equipment and install them in advance." Thats right. The three of them glanced at each other and walked outside together. Weier, let the decoration team come to repair it tomorrow. Well, is the decoration team from last time good? Anderweil asked. "Okay, some repair work, the fountain pattern should be redrawn, and then we can let them find someone together." "clear." Inside the building, it is completely preserved and things have not been moved much. ??However, many traces of fighting can still be seen in the courtyard, especially the sword marks that tore the stone bricks on the fountain in the center of the courtyard. It should be caused by the sword energy of Imiro. ?There were also broken stone sculptures and uprooted trees that had fallen to the ground. It can be seen that the fighting was quite fierce at that time. ??After walking out of the manor together, Wu Heng looked at the time. It was still too early to go back now, so he simply said: "Minnie, you go back first, I will take Weier to the city hall." "good." The three of them separated at the door. Leave in a different direction. town Hall. Built in the second row of buildings in the central area. Due to the war on the island, the entire city hall is at a standstill. The association has traced these people, and many of them who were not involved have remained. Sir Deputy Deacon, Assistant Anderweil. The guard guarding the door saluted slightly. ?These guards are the local garrison guards of the association. Before, I also followed Wu Heng and defended the association buildings together. The attitude shown is also very respectful. Well, lets inform the people inside to gather in the lobby. I have something to tell them. Wu Heng said. Yes, Archdeacon! ?The guards left quickly, and soon a scattered crowd came down from upstairs. There are both men and women, standing in a scattered row. The news that the deputy deacon of the association killed the island owner has been spread on the island. Being suddenly gathered here, I felt anxious as to whether I would be implicated. ?Wu Heng looked at everyone and said directly: "From today on, all government affairs of Treasure Island will be managed by me." ?Everyone on the other side was a little surprised, but no one discussed anything. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Who is the general manager here?" My lord, Archdeacon, I am. A dwarf in straight clothes came out. Whats your name? My lord, my name is Wilkins, the dwarf said in a shrill voice. "Well, from now on, Anderweil will have full management here. She will assign tasks to you. If you have anything, you can consult her." Wu Heng said. ? Anderweil took a step forward, smiled and said, "Hello, Mr. Wilkins." Hello, Miss Anderweil, its an honor to work for you. "Well, Mr. Wilkins, I need you to tally up the work scope of the city hall and the list of members, and hand it over to me tomorrow." Andwyer quickly entered the state and directly ordered. ?Many things in this world are not difficult. Its like being an assistant. Sitting in that position, some things gradually become familiar. Okay, miss. "Well, that''s it for now. You can go back to your posts. From now on, Treasure Island will belong to the association, and your life will get better and better." Everyone looked at each other, disbanded and walked upstairs. After he was out of sight, there was a burst of discussion. After the matter is settled. The two left again and returned to their residence. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng locked himself in the study. Poured a cup of tea, sat behind the desk and began to think. Becoming the owner of Treasure Island is a good thing for him. No longer having to move around, he also has a territory for development in another world. As long as we maintain stable development and take advantage of the advantages of both sides, we can accelerate our own development speed. The development direction of Treasure Island can currently be divided into three points. The first point is to ensure the stability of routes and establish a maritime fleet to prevent pirates from rapidly spreading again, while ensuring the business environment on the island. The second point is the expansion and development of the island. The wasteland is too large and the construction speed is too slow. The third point is that the strong man is in charge and Imiro leaves, which is not a good thing for Treasure Island. Picked up the teacup and took a sip. Its not difficult to form a fleet. If you get warships from the modern world, it will be too easy to kill pirates. Its just warships. If you get them, no one may know how to drive them. There is also the issue of island construction. You can bring excavators and bulldozers here, and with the skeletons working day and night, the construction speed should be much faster, so there wont be a big problem. As for the strong man sitting in charge... I must get the body of the 18th-level boxer from the Divine Punishment Sect. He thought for a moment and said, "You can also open another money cat. I promise to recommend my own business group to be tax-free for three years. I definitely can''t go back on it and I have to get the money back through some places." Thinking in my heart, I also thought about farming and the construction of military factories. Once you have your own territory, you can consider arranging some facilities that you had no place to arrange before. ~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, you can take a shower now." ?Wu Heng drank the tea in one gulp, opened the door and walked out, "Let''s go!" Minnie smiled and said: "Master, everything has been put away. There is only one quilt left in your room. The three of us are going to squeeze in tonight." ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "When choosing furniture at the manor, choose a bigger bed." "good." The two of them walked into the bathroom. The little fox with white hair and animal ears was already waiting for them. The next day, in the morning. ?Minnie commanded the skeleton to make final preparations. The solar panels on the roof, the armored vehicles in the courtyard, as well as the fruit trees and flowers planted by Minnie and Shannella were all planned to be taken away. The whole residence was busy. ? Anderweil went to the city hall early in the morning, and Wu Heng also took the skeleton to the association. Just entered the association hall. In front of the notice board on the side, there were mercenaries and team members gathered on three floors inside and three floors outside. There was a lot of discussion. "The transfer of Treasure Island is so big? Wu Heng appointed the island owner and became the flag bearer of the region. Deputy Deacon Xila Gui was promoted to local deacon. Let me go. The two deputy deacons are both new. How can they be appointed so quickly? Bring it up." As you said, I killed a level 18 professional and wiped out most of the pirates in the Emerald Sea. This kind of achievement should be promoted regardless of the circumstances. Now that Shiraqui has become a deacon, what will happen to deacon Imiro? It has not been announced above. As a local deacon, the greatest merit must be his, and I feel that he should also be promoted. "No, what I mean is that if Imiro is gone, can they hold on to Treasure Island?" You didnt see at the time how powerful the weapon used to kill pirates was. A flash of fire turned everyone into a mist of blood. I heard that it is a prop passed down from the family of Deputy Deacon Wu Heng, a weapon that combines strange weapons and runes. Isnt he a necromancer? Is it okay to give such great power to a necromancer? "The association will definitely monitor him. The more power he is given, the tighter the supervision will be. People who want to do things quietly will not be so public." ?Wu Heng stood in the corridor and saw the content on the notice board and the conversations with several people through his small vision. Transfers on the island are notified through notice boards. Soon, word will spread around the island. Himself also considered famous. Tap tap tap~! ??Footsteps sounded, and the old mage passed by with his attendants. Smiled and said: "Congratulations, you have become the owner of the island at such a young age." ??Wu Heng also smiled, "Treasure Island, we need to rely on the dean to take more care of it in the future." The old mage stroked his beard and said, "You really don''t have the character of the Necromancer faction at all. You chose the wrong profession." Where are you going, Dean? I was planning to go to Imiros place for a meeting, but now that I have met you, lets chat together? The old mage looked at him. Okay, I dont have an office or study room anymore, and the keys have been returned. Then go to the conference room and sit down for a while before I go to Imiros side. "good!" ?Wu Heng nodded in agreement and walked towards the conference room together. Nautilus Tavern. Bang~! ?Philippa kicked open the door, startling Millicent who was keeping accounts in the room. I just wanted to yell angrily. ?? Then he saw Philippa holding his waist with one hand and said proudly: "Wu Heng has become the owner of the island. I wonder who dares to say that I am a pirate. I am a regular soldier of Treasure Island." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 477 , is there a skill book? Chapter 477, is there a skill book? Millicent was stunned for a moment and swallowed back his words of reprimand. Pull her into the room and close the door, "How do you know he is the owner of the island?" "The association has announced it. Wu Heng has become the island master. What other position is there for the flag bearer? Sheela Gui, the elf deputy deacon, is now the deacon of Treasure Island." Philippa sat down at the table and picked up the He said while eating the fruit. After hearing this, Millicent murmured: "He has been promoted too fast. How old is he?" Philippa was still a little excited, "Genius? I know him. I could tell he was special the first time I saw him. Otherwise, you would have expected me to be his spy." He said, patting Millicent''s butt, "If the tavern doesn''t open from now on, let''s just follow him. We can''t make much money by doing this." "What nonsense are you talking about? Of course the tavern must remain open. This is a place where you can provide information to your lord." Millicent said. "Okay, you like driving anyway. I''ll go to the association to see if there is any news. I''ll come back and tell you." Philippa took a sip of water, turned around and ran out again. Millicent said hurriedly: "Be careful on the road and don''t cause trouble." Got it! ?Philippa went downstairs excitedly and disappeared without a trace. Millicent was sitting at the table, no longer in the mood to settle accounts, and frowned slightly. Before, Wu Heng was the deputy deacon, and the mother and daughter helped him collect intelligence. But now, the other party has directly become the owner of the island, and the entire island belongs to him. The gap between them is too big. No, we are not needed anymore. Philippa is already on good terms with him, what will we do then? Association, meeting room. Do you have a development direction for Treasure Island? the old mage asked casually. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "There is indeed a general direction. When the island becomes more stable, it will be implemented slowly." Well, you young people are quite energetic. The old mage nodded. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Dean, did you develop that skill of teleportation and the skill of lighting up the sky? What''s its name?" "You want to learn? I''ve taught you everything, what will I use then?" the old mage said with a smile on his face. Do you have a skill book? Lend it to me for two days to broaden your horizons and return it to you. The old mage picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "You have to focus on your own faction. If you learn one from the east or another from the west, it will distract your energy." ?This old man really looks like a school teacher. How can I learn skills from you? The old mage stroked his beard and said, "I''ll discuss it with the old guys when I go back and see if there''s anything suitable for you. I can show it to you then. We''ll talk about the rest after you reach level 15 and join the research association. " ?Wu Heng didnt say much, Thats okay. "I will leave here tomorrow. This is my address. If you have anything to do, you can write to me. It is indeed not easy for a talent like you to appear in the human race. It is a pity that I did not get the correct guidance and chose the undead." ??Wu Heng took the address written by the other party, looked at it and put it away in the space ring. When do you leave, Ill see you off. "Imilo is not allowed to be publicized to the outside world. There is no need to send it. Just write a letter if you have something to do." The old mage stood up. Okay. Wu Heng followed and walked out. The old mage went to Imiro''s study. ?Wu Heng went to discuss the patrol on the island with "Xila Gui". The town hall has been preserved. There is nothing left of the guards on the island. ??The association''s team is still needed for training, and Wu Heng sends additional skeletons to follow. In the afternoon, Wu Heng began to count the number of his skeletons. The Battle of Treasure Island could not be said to have wiped out the pirates in one fell swoop, but it also eliminated most of the pirate groups. All the corpses were transformed, and there were a lot of them. After this transformation, it is also a good excuse for Wu Heng. The number is relatively vague. Wu Heng transferred some skeletons from another world, which would not attract anyone''s attention. Go and find out where these skeletons came from. The skeletons were arranged in different positions by Wu Heng. It can be said that most of the defense work on the island is undertaken by these skeletons. Otherwise, the association really cannot maintain law and order in a city with just a few people. Visited to several places in succession. The number of skeleton levels has been counted. In the Battle of Treasure Island, I obtained a level 18 skeleton, the original island owner Occam, and a level 17 skeleton, the skeleton boxer Tolga. There are 12 skeletons at levels 16 and 15, and 75 skeletons at levels 10 to 14. ?There are nearly a thousand skeletons left, all of which are level 5 or above. The quantity is average, and the high-level ones are pretty good. There is Zombie World for comparison. ??The number of skeletons in this world is actually nothing. But he added a group of high-level professionals. Normally speaking, level 15 is a very high level. Among pirates, it belongs to a large pirate group. If placed in Luntam City, it is a level that can overthrow the city lord. The number of units increased to 12 at once, which is still very good. Wu Heng made some redeployments. ?Most of them continue to be arranged in ports, as well as several patrol and defense positions. The rest will follow the association team and continue to be responsible for patrol work. Strengthen security on the island. After all the statistics were finished, Wu Heng returned in a carriage. Just approaching the residence. You can hear a noisy sound in the distance. ?? He opened the curtain and looked outside, only to see a large number of people gathered in front of the residence. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. Let out Xiaoxiao and go to the front to see the situation. Not long after, Xiao Xiaofei came back and said, "Uncle, it seems that there are all businessmen over there. There is no danger. They are all discussing your becoming the owner of the island." merchant? He opened the curtain again and looked ahead. At the outermost edge, there are some business group guards. Inside, near the gate of the mansion, are business group managers or representatives wearing brocade robes. ?Wu Heng got off the carriage directly and walked forward. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Everyone cheered and gathered around. Island owner, congratulations. Master of Wuheng Island, the business group hopes that you will take more care of me in the future. "Yes, when Mrs. Shannara proposed to recommend you, we strongly agreed. No one is more suitable for this position than you." ?Hunts of flattery came in from all directions. They even shouted that their daughter was pretty and wanted to introduce her to Wu Heng. There are a lot of things to say, and each one is more lively than the last. ?Wu Heng opened the door and said, "Everyone, let''s talk inside. How can anyone stand outside and talk?" Everyone cheered and entered the courtyard. Carefully walk through the rows of skeletons in the yard and enter the building. ??The furniture in the hall has almost been packed away, and I will pick up Minnie to go to the manor when I come back. Minnie found some chairs and gave them to everyone. Sit together. ?At that time, the representatives of the business group who had signed the recommendation together with Shanara were sitting near the front, with their heads held high and their faces glowing. The rest of the people who did not participate should sit a little later. After a few polite words in small talk. Wu Heng said: "I promise that Mrs. Shannara''s matter will naturally be effective. The future construction of Treasure Island will also need your help. We will do our best to protect the safety of the route and create a more favorable business environment for everyone. " Hearing what Wu Heng said, all the representatives also showed joy. When I signed the recommendation letter at that time, it was more to give face to "Shanara", and I didn''t really think that a deputy deacon could directly become the owner of the island. ?Now that the other party has really taken the bait, we naturally hope that he can fulfill his promise and create a better business environment at the same time. From behind, someone immediately said: "Our Chamber of Commerce was not present when Mrs. Shannara proposed and did not provide support to the island owner. This time, we are willing to provide two large warships as a boost to the development of the island." We, too, have brought gifts to congratulate Mr. Wu Heng on becoming the owner of the island. ?Everyone spoke one after another, one by one. ?Wu Heng thanked them all and behaved very politely. The entire island has a small population, and after the battle, there were even fewer people. Whether it can be recovered in the future. As well as the situation and reputation of Treasure Island, these people still need to be conveyed through caravans. It is still necessary to maintain a friendly relationship and attitude towards each other. ?Wu Heng asked Minnie to write down the names of future merchants. Then he sent everyone away. Wait for everyone from the Chamber of Commerce to leave. ?Wu Heng and Minnie re-confirmed the situation in the room before bringing a large group of skeletons and four armored vehicles. Go to the manor. After formally taking over the defense of the manor. Rows of skeletons holding firearms climbed onto the city wall. The armored vehicle parked in the open space of the courtyard. It was a wide space and there was no need to occupy Minnie''s orchard and flower beds. ?Here, Wu Heng was reminded of the zombie world and the occupied prison. Like a small city, it is well-equipped internally and its defense is not low. Even if the pirates attack again, they may not even be able to get close to the city wall. Master, which room should these alchemy skeletons be placed in? (End of this chapter) Chapter 478 , water monster conch Chapter 478, Water Demon Conch Minnie was full of excitement and ran up to ask. It can be seen that I am quite satisfied. ?The building has six floors in total, with multiple rooms on each floor. ?Wu Heng chose the fourth floor, while Minnie and Anderweil chose the third floor. ?Thought for a moment and said: "Alchemists and magicians should be arranged on the fifth floor, otherwise it will be inconvenient to go up and downstairs." In fact, there is not much emphasis on how to arrange the skeletons. The main reason is that it is inconvenient to take action. ??If it is arranged on the sixth floor, it will be more troublesome to have to go to an additional floor in the future. Wheres the dwarf who made the bomb? Minnie continued to ask. Dwarf? Then, Wu Heng looked down. ??His eyes fell on the skeleton bomber wearing a leather cloak, an alchemist who was good at making alchemical rolling thunder. Him himself was transformed from a dwarf, so he is relatively short. Isnt there a house for the guard outside? Arrange one for him and use it as a laboratory. There is still some danger in rolling thunder. Its better to arrange it outside. Okay! Minnie agreed. Let the bomb skeleton wait at the door first, and take the other skeletons up to the fifth floor. At the same time, take out all the equipment and materials and start decorating the room. Wait until the rooms for several special skeletons are arranged. ?Minnie continued to assign tasks to the remaining skeletons, and the entire manor gradually became lively. ?There are skeletons climbing up the roof to install solar panels, the skeletons on the wall are hanging ropes to clean the walls, and the skeletons below are cleaning the yard garbage and carrying items. Looking very busy. ?Wu Heng also participated for a while, but seeing that he could not help much, he returned to the room. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. The other side. Out of the boundary door, it is still the managers office. Snowflakes started to fall outside the window again. It is not too big, but it also turns the previously cleared road into white again. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong. Soon, Li Yahong, who was wearing a long black down jacket, and Qi Hancai, who was wearing a short white down jacket and jeans, walked up. Your Majesty! Qi Hancai smiled. When did you come here? Wu Heng nodded and asked. I came here with the train yesterday. Come in! We entered the room together and found a seat to sit down. ??Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai, "Is there nothing going on over there?" Now the two women manage different places. ?Li Yahong is Xinfu City, which is their home city. It is considered as the foundation. ??Qi Hancai managed "Anhui City", the first Linshi city he captured. "It''s okay. I arranged all the tasks when I came." Qi Hancai said, and then added: "It was originally planned to go to the next city and establish an exchange point, but it snowed again." The establishment of the next exchange point has been determined for some time. But here in the north, snow is frequent in winter. Let the plan be delayed until now. ? And Wu Heng also had no time to go to the next location because of the incident on Treasure Island. Theres no rush yet, Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong again, "Is there any problem here?" Li Yahong said: "There is no problem. I have asked about it at the base. The remaining foreign languages ??are relatively niche and not many people know them. I will see if I can recruit them from outside." Some small countries or less popular languages ??are actually not that important. After all, if you want some advanced technology or equipment, it is owned by big and powerful countries. Even the language is not popular in this small place, let alone how advanced it is. At most, it is an exchange of gold. ?Of course, gold is equally important. After Wu Heng finished listening. Seeing that nothing happened to the two of them. He continued: "I need you to collect some things and arrange them as soon as possible." The two women looked over seriously with serious faces. Wu Heng continued, First of all, there are engineering vehicles, such as forklifts, excavators and other vehicles. There are more types, and you can collect them. Then arrange some skeletons and learn to use them. The second point is to have people in the base who understand construction engineering train the skeletons and learn the corresponding knowledge. Also check the brick and cement factories around the city to see if there is any way to resume production. " Hearing Wu Heng''s words, both of them were stunned. Obviously this is some kind of construction project. ?They looked at each other and nodded directly without asking any questions. Okay, Ill tell you to go down when the time comes. I will also notify people there to collect these vehicles. After the conversation is over. The two planned to leave. ??Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly at Li Yahong. The latter''s face turned red. When Qi Han Cai walked out of the room, he came over and said, "I promised Sister Han Cai that I will learn makeup from her tonight, and I will accompany you next time." Speaking, he kissed him on the cheek. He walked out directly. He and Qi Hancai were chatting and walked downstairs. When did the two of them get so good? At dusk, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island Manor. Coming down from upstairs, Minnie took Anderweil to talk about the allocation of each room. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he immediately smiled and said, "Master, dinner is ready." Well, if I dont come down in the future, you dont have to wait for me. Wu Heng put his arm around Minnies shoulders and walked towards the restaurant. Today is our first meal after moving, and you must have eaten it with us. Minnie said with a smile. Thats right! Lets come to the restaurant together. The long and slender dining table has a total of 12 chairs. ?The three of them were sitting on one side. There was obviously more food than usual, but it seemed a little less on the dining table. Eat for a while. ?Wu Heng raised his head and looked at Anderweil, "Weier, is there a problem at the city hall?" Theres no problem, everyone is quite cooperative. Andwyer looked up. If someone bullies you, remember to tell me. Anderweil smiled, "With the master here, no one dares to bully us." Sitting down from the dining table, Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, "Weier, are you okay at the city hall?" "It''s nothing. Everyone is quite cooperative, so it''s nothing." Andwyer looked up. "Well, that''s good. If someone gives you trouble, tell me then." Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. Anderweil smiled. Minnie also said: "Master, just now Sister Wei''er said that the bed in your bedroom is very big. I want to try to see if it is comfortable." ?Wu Heng looked at Anderweil, who pinched Minnie who was talking nonsense. But he did not deny it. He lowered his head to drink the soup and whispered coquettishly, "Is it okay? Master." Lets get together that night to celebrate our move to a new home. Okay! Minnie shouted happily. After dinner, the three of them went to the training room for training together. After finishing, take a shower and go to the bedroom to rest together. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng woke up from his sleep. Opening his eyes, he saw ''Anderweil'' sitting on the edge of the bed, wearing clothes. Smooth and white back, and plush fox tail. ?Hand out his hand to touch the soft tail, Anderweil also turned her head and looked over, "Master, did I wake you up?" No, its just time to get up. ?Andewil glanced at the sleeping Minnie, leaned down again, stuck out the tip of her red tongue, and sent it over. ?Wu Heng hugged the other person and caressed his smooth waist and hips. After lingering for a while, Minnie yawned and opened her eyes. ?Andwyer sat up again and urged Minnie to get up and prepare breakfast. After dinner. Minnie looked at Wu Heng who had put on his armor and asked, "Master, are you going out today too?" Well, lets return the original house and we wont go back again. The mansion was originally rented from the Snake Emblem Consortium. It is no longer needed and must be returned directly. By the way, I would also like to settle the entrustment previously placed with the Snake Emblem Consortium. Oh, okay then. After packing up things. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier went out together. Arriving at the central area, Anderweil walked into the city hall, while Wu Heng entered the Snake Emblem Consortium. In the VIP room. ?The door opened, and a man in a purple dress walked over with a smile. ??Looked at Wu Heng in the room, bowed and saluted, "Rostand, the person in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium on Treasure Island, has met the island owner." The local person in charge of Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng also glanced at him. He was tall and thin, with upturned eyebrows and narrow eyes. Looks like a shrewd person. ??Wu Heng had met him before, of course not to receive him, but to receive some businessmen on the island. After a quick glance, he took out the emblem and handed it to the other party, "Let me settle the rented house and the entrustment issued. Are you ready?" "Okay." The man took the badge, opened the door and handed it directly to the staff outside. He sat back down. He said: "In the past two days, I planned to visit you with gifts, but I was too busy with work and didn''t take the time. Years from now, the consortium also plans to expand its business and increase the transaction volume in the surrounding waters. When that happens, the island owner will have to worry about the land. " ??Wu Heng listened to what the other party said for a while and said calmly: "The city hall will have a unified plan by then. As long as it complies with the process, there will be no problem." The man paused and continued: "The development of the consortium is also a multi-faceted cooperation. We plan to give 5% of the local income to the island owner''s palace as construction funds for the island." Now we have started to give money directly. Wu Heng also understood the meaning. The purpose is to build good relationships and tie the local consortium to yourself. No need, just cooperate normally if necessary. Wu Heng still said. ??The man raised his eyebrows slightly, as if he didn''t expect that even though he took the initiative to give money, the other party still refused. Looking at the other party, he wondered if he had gone through some channels. Having learned about the consortium, the levels for collecting corpses have been restricted. It shouldnt be. It is impossible to spread it. ?While thinking about it, there was a knock on the door. ?Three coffins were carried over and placed on the ground. Open it! the man said. The coffins were opened one by one, revealing the bodies inside. The man looked at the record and said: "Three corpses, two level 12 blacksmiths, and a level 13 artificer." Wu Heng didnt have any expectations for this place either. Having killed so many pirates, he still has corpses of this level here. Build it all up and settle the balance! Wu Heng said directly. ??The coffin was re-covered, and Wu Heng put all the space rings inside. The staff was settling the final payment on the side, and the person in charge continued: "Island owner, you can fill in a new commission, and we will do our best to help you collect the corpses you want." No, its no longer needed. Wu Heng said directly. Not to mention that the cooperation between the two parties was not very smooth. Whats more, now that I am the flag-bearer of the association, I have an identity hanging on me. Coming to a consortium to buy corpses is not a rational act. ? Even if you have done this before, you cannot continue to do it now. ?Of course, the corpses will still have to be collected, but they will pass through Lopez City. Hearing Wu Heng''s refusal again. The man quickly said: "My lord, pirates were rampant on the sea before, and it was really difficult to deliver many goods." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. It seemed that he knew about the high-level corpse. We will continue to cooperate when necessary. The casual expression on the man''s face disappeared. He wanted to continue speaking several times, but he had no idea where to start. I can only close my mouth and say no more. The accounting staff on the side also calculated the price. Wuheng paid the final payment. Get out of the room. The man followed and said, "Island owner, if you need anything in the future, you can come directly. Caiyuan is willing to do its best to provide services for you." ?Wu Heng still walked outside and did not continue to answer. ?Just when I was passing the notice board, I saw a lot of people gathered in front of me, seemingly looking at something. ??Looked around. ?Wu Hengs eyes narrowed slightly. The strange object ''Water Demon Conch'' provides an effect. It can condense into a ''sea shark'' composed of water elements and rush towards the target, causing bite and water poison damage. In exchange, 2 bottles of medicine can be used to change the body''s constitution. Exchange place, Kingdom of Yeko, Netale City. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 479 , the brain is gone Chapter 479, the head is gone Very familiar way of exchange. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and walked out without stopping. The man stood at the door, his attitude still respectful, "Welcome to come next time." ?Wu Heng nodded. Halled a carriage at the door and returned directly to the manor. On the way, Glenda flew back. It penetrated directly into the body. The shared screen appeared, and I reconfirmed the commission I just saw. The format and the medicines that need to be exchanged are the same as what I saw last time. It can basically be confirmed that it was posted by the same person. ?Last time, I took the potion and exchanged it for a ''stick'', which can relieve some negative effects such as mental and hypnotic effects by whipping the body. It worked in the pirate village, and it also played a certain role in rescuing Millicent later. The effect is quite good. This time it is also a strange thing. It sounds pretty good too. The carriage stopped at the gate of the manor. The guarding skeleton opened the door, and Wu Heng walked in directly. I said hello to Minnie who was weeding, and put on the [train conductors hat] in a spacious place. ?The whistle sounded and the ghost train stopped in front of me. ?Wu Heng boarded the train and wrote "Netale City" on the itinerary. ?The whistle sounded again, and the train disappeared into the void. Its approaching noon. ?The train appeared outside Netale City. ?Wu Heng got out of the car, put on his cloak, and went directly into the city. The political situation of the Yeke Kingdom can be seen from here. When he first came, the whole city was very lively, the streets were full of pedestrians, and many people of other races could be seen. ?Now, the streets seem a little deserted. There is an inexplicable solemn and dignified feeling. After entering the city, go directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium underground in the tavern. There are not many people inside. ?Wu Heng glanced at the notice board and found the same commission. Picked it off directly. ?walked to the counter and said, "I''ll take this order." The staff looked at the entrustment and said, "Guest, you need to deliver the potion in advance. We will arrange for a professional alchemist to inspect it." ?Wu Heng took out the potion and handed it directly to the other party. Guest, please wait a moment. ?Wu Heng nodded and waited at a location not far away. Not long after, the staff came back and said, "Guest, these are the items on the commission. Please check them." Speaking, he handed over a brocade box. The lid of the box is opened, revealing a palm-sized, smooth conch. Water Demon Conch Category: Strange objects. Effect: Blowing the conch can condense a water elemental shark (in non-water source environment, the water elemental shark will hit the target, causing impact damage. In water source environment, the maximum duration is thirty minutes, and it will continue to attack the target.) Side effects: Strong sense of hunger and thirst. (Description: A naturally formed strange object, often with effects related to the environment in which it was born.) ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, with some surprise in his eyes. Like the Emerald Sand Table, it is also a natural wonder, that is, a wonder formed by nature. ??Natural wonders generally do not have too bad side effects. The side effect of this strange item is a strong sense of hunger. Its not really a side effect. Just prepare more food and drink then and it will be solved. The effects brought about are also more comprehensive than those introduced in the commission. Blow the conch and condense it into a water element shark, which can be divided into two scenes. One is a non-water environment, which should refer to land, where water element sharks hit the target. In a water environment, it can attack the target continuously for thirty minutes. Outside Treasure Island is the sea. It can be used completely. No problem! Wu Heng said. The staff smiled, saluted, and returned directly to the front desk. Just as Wu Heng was about to get up and leave, a figure blocked him directly. He is also wearing a cloak, and his golden hair can be vaguely seen. "Sir, I issued the commission. I want us to have a good chat this time." A cold female voice came from inside. The person who spoke to me after the last transaction was the same person. Okay, where can we talk? Wu Heng said. The room has been reserved, please come this way. The woman led the way and walked into a room together. Inside the room. This is the VIP room of the consortium. Since it is a basement, several light stones are placed in the room as light sources. The woman looked across. He took off his hood directly, revealing long golden hair and sapphire-like eyes. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the other party''s actions, but still looked at the other party carefully. ?Having delicate facial features, fair skin, and bright blue eyes, even though she looks like a mercenary, she is definitely not a mercenary. ??More like a pampered young lady from some family. She is not very old, only eighteen or nineteen years old among the human race. "Sir, won''t you take off your hood? I''m willing to show my face." The woman sounded dissatisfied. ?Wu Heng said calmly: "Let''s talk about it!" The woman suffocated and said directly: "I would like to ask you, sir, to be my pharmacist. The remuneration will be the same as that of a top pharmacist. I can provide you with treasures or women." "You want me to help you refine the changes." Physical medicine? The woman did not deny it, "Yes, the conditions vary." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party again, with such a loud tone. ?It seems that the little girl is really from a low background, and she speaks with enough confidence. You should also know that making this kind of potion will be very difficult, and it will take a long time to refine two bottles. The woman emphasized, "I will collect the materials for you, and you can just make the potion every day." "No need. If it is refined next time, I can continue to sell it to you." Wu Heng said directly. The woman looked serious and glanced at the other party, "I can provide you with safe protection without hiding under the black robe." This is treating yourself as a wanted criminal. ?Wu Heng''s tone remained calm, "Is there anything else? If not, let''s meet again next time when we have a chance." The woman''s expression changed rapidly, and she even touched the weapon at her waist twice. But he took it away again. Seeing that the other party has reached the door. Turning his eyes quickly, he said, "Sir, are you from Treasure Island?" ?Wu Heng turned back and looked at her curiously, "I''d like to hear from which angle you want to convince me." "There are changes on Treasure Island. The association has eliminated a large number of pirates. The entire Emerald Sea will usher in the era of shipping. Do you want to settle on Treasure Island? I can provide you with a personal ship, house, and money for living. As long as you promise me, you will continue to provide me with two bottles of medicine within five days," the woman said quickly. You think Im short of money? But who cares about the lack of money? Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I can make the potion and provide it to you within five days, but in addition to the rare items in exchange, I also need to expedite the hard work." You say it! "I haven''t figured out what I need from you yet. You owe me a promise. When I think of it, you must try your best to fulfill it." The woman''s eyes moved quickly, "Yes, but only if you provide some treasures and property. You cannot let me do anything or do anything that harms others." I agree, within five days, we will still be here. "good!" ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the room. ?The woman also put on her hood and left together. Out of the city, Wu Heng found a deserted place in the wild, boarded the train, and returned to Treasure Island. At dinner time. ?Philippa also came to the manor and looked at the huge courtyard and buildings. Exhibiting exaggerated excitement. Running around the courtyard and hall several times. ?The green-feathered parrot fell to the side, covering its face with its wings and buried in the gap of the sofa. While eating, Philippa asked: "Wu Heng, have you arranged a job for me?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and took out three ship deeds from the space ring, "A business group has sent three ships and they are parked at the port. Your task is to check and refit them and use them as our warships first. " Philippa licked the grease on her fingers, took the ship deed and looked at it, "Wow, they are all large warships, given to you by the caravan? You, the island owner, can make money faster than pirates." Dont always be a pirate. "Ah! Got it." Philippa agreed, and then said: "Where are the crew? Should I recruit them, or should you recruit them?" There is no need to recruit for now, then we will use skeletons as sailors. Wu Heng said. The transformed skeletons here were all pirates when they were alive. Its still no problem to control the ship. "Skeleton, that''s fine. Then give me another one of your talking props, as well as a fire-breathing weapon. I''ll go out to sea to fight pirates." Philippa put away the ship''s deed. Okay, lets see how the boat looks like first, and then Ill install it for you. "good!" Have had dinner. Philippa stayed until a later hour. Want to live here? There are more rooms. Wu Heng said to Philippa. Philippa glanced at the two maids on the side and said: "No, I didn''t tell Millicent in advance. She will be anxious if she doesn''t go back. Maybe next time!" ?Wu Heng didnt say much and arranged two skeletons for her. Send her home. Then he took the two maids upstairs to take a shower. Go back to your room and rest. Day 2, morning. ?Wu Heng was in the study, looking at the overall plan of Treasure Island. The drawings were taken from the city hall and are copies. Even though Occam is a pirate, he still knows the importance of the development of his territory. Planning plans are obviously designed. The entire island has been divided very carefully. This includes the construction of new ports, commercial streets and residential areas. Looks like the planning is pretty good. is looking at. ~! ?There was a sudden knock on the door. Minnie''s voice also came in, "Master, the deacon of the association''s Shiragui is here." ?Hilagui is here? Let her in! ?The door opened, and Sheela, wearing silver armor, walked directly in, holding the hilt of her sword with one hand. You will really enjoy it, living in such a good house. Shilagui said. ??Wu Heng explained with a smile, "They were all built by pirates, so I took them over to live in." Sheila Gui sat down aside and felt the cool breeze, "Why is it so cool here? What props? I think it''s also very cold in the hall." This was the first time she went to Wu Heng''s residence, and it was also the first time she felt the air conditioning. Air conditioner, if it gets too hot in the future, come to my place and let me cool you down. "Well, we''ll talk about it later." Sheila Gui continued to tell her the purpose of coming here. "Someone died on Beacon Street. A steward of the Chamber of Commerce fleet died in his room. I arranged for people to investigate, but there is no progress so far. I need you to come and take a look at the situation. You want to ask the corpse? The head of the corpse is gone, can I still ask? Thats no question. The head is missing. How do you know who died? His mistress knows that there is a birthmark on his buttocks, which can basically determine the identity of the deceased. (End of this chapter) Chapter 480 , lend it to me Chapter 480, Lend me to use it Identification from the butt? Its really a rare method. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "I didn''t ask the mistress if she has any suspects or if she has any enemies recently?" "Asking, the deceased went to the island to make an appointment with this mistress, but we don''t know much. We also asked the guards and servants, but there is no obvious evidence yet." Sheila Gui glanced at him, "So, let''s ask I ask you, an upright Necromancer, if there is anything you can do." It is actually quite difficult to resolve cases in this world. ??There is no surveillance, no fingerprints can be extracted, and there are not so many manpower and financial resources to investigate. Perhaps there are some props or rare objects that can help with the investigation, but the number is still relatively small. If there is no clear direction or goal within a few days, it will be difficult to catch people again. ?Wu Heng met the other partys gaze. There was a kind of expectation in the eyes of the blond elf girl. Perhaps this is my first case as a deacon, so I take it seriously. "have!" Really? Sheelas eyes lit up. The murderer, did you leave anything behind? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui frowned, "Assassination, there will be nothing left behind." Anything, maybe from the murderer. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and took out half a stick of incense from the space ring. "Is this okay? Lighting the incense can harmonize the smell in the room and cover up the smell of blood." Only the end section of the incense remains. If we delay any longer, I''m afraid the incense will be burned out. Im not sure, lets see if it works and come with me. Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the room. Take Sheila Rose and go upstairs together. Open a room. ?In the room, the Skeleton Prophet sat on a chair. As the two people came in, he turned his head slightly. Sheela frowned. Look carefully at the size of the skeleton to identify the other person''s identity. It always feels familiar, but not quite sure. What to do next? Sheela asked quietly from behind. "come over!" Hilagui came closer. ??Wu Heng handed the small piece of incense to the Skeleton Prophet, "Help her find out who the owner of this incense is and whether it is involved in any murder case." The Skeleton Prophet placed the burning incense on the table with one hand, and grabbed Sheila Rose''s arm with the other hand. The latter looked suffocated. Just when he was about to ask Wu Heng, his eyes suddenly went blank. It was as if I had opened my eyes and entered a dream. After a while, the Skeleton Prophet let go of her arm. Sheela''s pupils refocused, her face full of surprise. Look at the skeleton. I also know whose body this is. After a brief surprise, he looked at Wu Heng again, "Found him, eating in a tavern, so rampant! I''ll catch him and tell you when I come back." After speaking, he hurriedly walked out without waiting for Wu Heng to reply. He took the two team members who were watching the armored vehicle in the courtyard and left quickly. Minnie came out of the kitchen, holding a plate of cut fruit in her hand. Why is the deacon gone? Im investigating the case, so I left first. Oh! Master, you can eat it. Minnie handed him the cut fruit. ?Black Crow''s Nest Tavern, in a private room. ?The thief, wearing leather armor and slightly dark skin, leaned against the window and looked outside. There was a huge travel backpack placed in the corner. Put your head out and you can see the location of the port. There are members of the association who will ask the identity of those who board the ship. Treasure Island is just like that, a bunch of trash. He said disdainfully, sat back at the table, and ate the food on the table. The whole thing went smoother than expected. When the association staff arrived, he was also standing among the crowd of onlookers. ?Those people only went to question the merchant''s guards and servants, and did not pay any attention to him. ?As long as he gets the reward he was promised, he can leave by boat. The whole thing will have nothing to do with me at that time. Bullshit Imiro, **** Necromancer. If I had known it was so easy, I wouldnt have had to prepare for so long. While eating, he muttered. The rumors about this place were so evil that he didnt dare to take action. ?Now that I think about it, it feels a bit ridiculous. Tap tap tap~! ?Suddenly, the sound of footsteps approaching quickly came from outside the door. ?The man immediately became alert, got up and ran to the window Bang~! The private room door was kicked open. The man didnt look any further, picked up his backpack and jumped out of the window. While landing. Several figures from all around rushed towards him. ??Without waiting to stand firm, he pushed him to the ground and took off all his weapons and backpack. ?Hilagui walked to the window and looked down. The team members downstairs shouted: "The man has been caught, there is a head in the backpack." Tie him up and take him back. ?Members tied people up. Waiting for Sheila Gui and others to come out of the tavern, they walked together towards the direction of the association. Deacon, the head is that of the Chamber of Commerce representative, I can recognize it. The arrest was too fast this time, it didnt even take half a day. "Yes, Deacon Shilagui''s inference was accurate. He could guess where he was escaping from." Shilagui sat in the carriage and listened to the discussions of several people. In the afternoon, Sheela came to the manor again. said: "The person has been caught. According to his confession, it was the mistress''s husband who hired him to kill. Now the husband has also been arrested." ?Wu Heng was stunned, "That''s the mistress who provided the information about the **** birthmark?" "Well, it''s her. After this business representative came to the island, his mistress didn''t even come back. The husband couldn''t bear it, so he hired a killer." Sheila Gui explained. Listen to the entire case. ?Wu Heng didnt know what to say. ?Its quite dramatic, and it feels a bit like something that happened in a movie. Sheila Gui nodded. She was quite surprised when the answer came out of the interrogation. After searching again and again, it turned out that an emotional entanglement resulted in a murder. After talking about the case, Xila Gui looked a little more serious and said: "Now that you are the owner of the island, you will basically not come into contact with this kind of case in the future. I want to discuss with you and hand over the ''Prophet Skeleton''." Give it to me to help the association handle some cases. Hearing her say this, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly. Now, I am just a level 18 skeleton. ??Its also a treasure. But what Xila Gui said is actually not correct. In terms of utilization rate, he will have fewer opportunities to come into contact with cases in the future, and the association will handle various matters more. However, Wu Heng also had his own enemies. The Esoteric Order, the Divine Punishment Sect. Furthermore, the skeleton of the prophet cannot be exposed to the outside, so it is better to keep it secret. He thought quickly in his mind and said, "I don''t feel right." The skeleton is still yours, just lend it to us. Sheila Gui looked over with wide eyes. ?Every time I ask for help, I always look forward to it. Paired with her childlike appearance, it is really lethal. "Don''t worry, I''ll analyze it for you." Wu Heng cast a spell, filled the water cup she drank from, filled it with tea, and then said, "Have you noticed that recent cases have frequently seen beheadings and tongue pulling out." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows, recalled it, and nodded. This is exactly what happened. Wu Heng explained: "This is because the fact that the necromancer can ask the corpse has been spread on the island. Everyone knows that as long as the head is taken away, or the corpse cannot speak, they can avoid being asked directly for detailed information. matter." this. Sheila Gui was slightly surprised. Thats really the case. The fact that the island owner is a necromancer has spread throughout the island. Not only that, merchant ships traveling around the world are also bringing news to all parts of the world. I learned that it is not difficult to avoid being interrogated by the necromancer. Wu Heng continued: "So, think about it, if you bring the Skeleton Prophet to the association, this matter will spread again, and the murderer who committed the crime will probably find a new way to avoid the investigation of the ''Prophet'' Hearing this, Sheila Gui felt that what he said made sense. Skeleton Prophet really went to the association with her, which may not be a good thing. "you mean?" Wu Heng explained: "Only the two of us know about this matter. If there are any difficult cases to investigate in the future, you can just bring the murderer''s belongings. You don''t need to bring anyone. We will arrest the person quietly and not reveal any unnecessary information to the outside world." Hilagui drank tea and thought about this matter in her mind. Finally, he nodded and agreed, "What you said makes sense, but what if you''re not here? What if I want to ask the skeleton to search for someone?" "You know Minnie, right? When you come in the future, I will ask her to take you up." Wu Heng said, and then said: "You are a deacon, why do you lead the team to arrest people yourself?" "The new deputy deacon hasn''t been transferred yet, so I won''t care about him from now on." Sheila Gui leaned on the chair. Finished talking about the case and the Skeleton Prophet. Wu Heng looked at her again and said, "I have an idea. Can the association and the guards on the island be jointly responsible for public security?" "What''s the meaning?" "There is no patrol team on the island now, and it is sometimes difficult to recruit people. Can you let the guards and team members of the association be trained first, and I will provide a certain amount of skeletons for coordination." Wu Heng said. idea. At the moment, recruiting guards from the island is really not something that can be solved in a short while. Still rely on the association to temporarily maintain security on the island. "I have no objection. If you need it, I can arrange for personnel to patrol. It''s up to you to decide whether your skeletons are safe or not." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and agreed directly. Okay, lets settle this first and start patrolling tomorrow. This murder will also give us a wake-up call. Okay, Ill make arrangements when I get back. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Thank you!" How silly! Sheila Gui rolled her eyes at him, stretched out, and said, Okay, I got up early today, so Ill go back first. Well, come when you have time. "I know!" Sheela glanced at him with a smile and walked downstairs slowly. Hand Minnie also said hello. Left the manor by himself. ?Wu Heng looked at the time, it was 1:20 p.m. There is nothing much going on in the afternoon. I still plan to go to the Zombie World to see it, but its been two days since then. Opened the door from the study room and walked in directly. Go out of bounds. ??Wu Heng called Li Yahong while going downstairs. Not long after, Li Yahong came over and took him to see the collected engineering vehicles. Rows of construction vehicles are parked neatly, most of them are brand new. On one side, stood a skeleton warrior who had unlocked the knowledge of driving. The fuel tanks are full. Li Yahong said from the side. Wu Heng praised, "You are so considerate. I feel most at ease leaving the matter to you." Li Yahong blinked, "How can you say, I am also the deputy leader now." While the two were talking. A voice came from Li Yahong''s intercom, "Sister Hong, the radio room said there was news from Qi Hancai, saying that the train responsible for exploring the road and clearing obstacles has lost contact, and they are looking for the king." ?The train was lost? The two looked at each other with some doubts in their eyes. Lets go to the radio room. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 481 , compound bow Chapter 481, Compound Bow The radio room. Your Majesty! the girl in charge of the radio station said as she stood up. The eyes that looked over showed a kind of gratitude and admiration. Jia Yingying, is your leg okay? Wu Heng called out the other persons name. Li Yahong is the person in charge of the radio station. Her name is Jia Yingying, she was rescued by Wu Heng and others in a hotel. ?At that time, my legs were not good enough and I could only use a wheelchair. Later, the skeleton alchemist used potions to cure him. Even if he is not as flexible as a normal person, he can still walk normally. "Okay, basically nothing happened." Jia Yingying said with a smile on her face and ran twice as usual. After saying hello, Wu Heng asked directly: "Contact Qi Hancai." Last time Qi Hancai came here. After Wu Heng left, she also returned to Anhui City. After all, she couldn''t be away from people in one place for too long. Jia Yingying sat back in front of the radio station and contacted the other party. He handed the microphone to Wu Heng and said, "Contacted." Qi Hancai, whats going on over there? Wu Heng asked directly. Qi Hancai''s voice came from the radio, "I have arranged for the newly renovated train to set off in advance to explore the path and confirm whether the snow will affect the railway. ?? News came from the train in the morning that the train arrived at Daikin Station smoothly. Roadblocks and a large number of survivors were found in front of it, but contact could not be made in the back. " Qi Hancais words were very long and detailed. In other words, the missing person was stopped by the survivors who had set up roadblocks. It should be under control now. In the current environment, zombies are scary, and not all survivors are so friendly. ??Wuheng''s side has the strength to crush the other bases, so everyone they meet is polite, but the other survivors are not so peaceful and polite. How long does it take to arrive at the Daijin station you mentioned? Wu Heng asked. About 3 hours, its just a small stop on the way, not too far. ??Wu Heng asked again: "Where is the train?" Li Yahong said: "On my side, stop at the station and transport supplies back tomorrow." Get ready, well set off in a moment, go directly to Dajin Station to rescue people. ?Li Yahong nodded, "Okay." Wu Heng said into the microphone again: "When the train leaves later and passes by your side, get on the train with me." "good!" After the task is handed over. Hands the microphone back to Jia Yingying, then walks out of the radio room, ready to go. It gets dark very quickly in the north in winter. ?At this time, it was dark outside the window. ??I picked up Qi Hancai on the way to the train and continued to rush towards Dajin Station. Qi Hancai''s face was a little gloomy. Wu Heng asked her what she said along the way. ??Several of the people arranged to explore the road this time were her cronies, people brought from Dong''an Village. Even though the base now has a larger population. But some important tasks will be assigned to people you trust. Now, I cant contact anyone, so I must be worried. Have you said hello to the city here? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai sighed, "After contacting us in advance, I suspected that they heard about us and set up roadblocks on the railway tracks, otherwise who would block the railway tracks." That is indeed correct. Without accurate information, how could anyone deliberately set up a roadblock on the railway? Zombies cant drive trains. The greater possibility is that someone heard on the radio that a train full of grain would come here to exchange for gold. The idea of ??robbing food and gaining a lot of fertilizer came up. "Don''t worry, let''s check the situation first. They won''t kill anyone yet." Wu Heng comforted him. ?Qi Hancai nodded and said no more. The train drove for a while and began to slow down gradually. A voice also came from the cab, "Sister Qi, we are almost approaching the station. If we continue forward, we may attract the attention of people at the station." Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Stop the car and wait for a while." Qi Hancai pressed the intercom and repeated the order. The train stopped and was completely plunged into darkness. ?Zombies chasing from behind. ??He was grabbed by the whirling skeletal flying dragon and smashed into a pulp. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, Xiaoxiao flew out of his body and flew out of the train in an invisible state. Follow the tracks and explore. Soon, I found a station and flew in directly. Brother Hu, these two should be the leaders. ?Several people dragged two figures and threw them over. Opposite him, a bloated figure sat on a chair and looked at the two of them. Fuck me, kneel down for me. The fat man called Brother Hu yelled angrily. ?Hand kicked his knees, and the two of them fell to the ground. The bloated Brother Hu stood up, his fat muscles, like a hill, blocking the light behind him. He looked at the two people in front of him and said, "You really want to exchange grain for gold?" Haha! A person kneeling on the ground sneered. "Grass." Brother Hu raised his hand and slapped the person directly, knocking the person to the ground. Continue to ask: "How many are you?" Its enough to flatten you here. Another person said. Youre really short of mouth. Brother Hu sneered, stretched out his huge palm, and grabbed the other persons shoulder. With a little force, there was a creaking sound. "Brother Tiger! Don''t kill them." The younger brother on the side reminded hurriedly. Brother Hu opened his eyes and flashed a sharp look. The younger brother immediately explained, "Brother Tiger, no matter if they are real or fake, let them contact the base and use food to redeem their people. If they don''t intend to redeem their people, it won''t be too late to kill them." Brother Hu suddenly smiled, retracted his palm, and patted the younger brother beside him. Youre right, take them down, let them contact the base, and exchange food for people, otherwise they will be used to feed the zombies. Okay, Brother Tiger. ?Wu Heng sat in the carriage and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back from the outside, got into the body, and shared the scene. At the station, there were indeed survivors and temporary lighting. ?There are eleven or two people with fighting strength, and a few of them are women, who look like slaves in captivity, and are in a miserable state. Most of the people with combat capabilities were equipped with machetes and iron spears, and a few were holding compound bows, some like those in competitions on TV. The people on my side are all alive. ?Most of the people were **** and locked in a room, and two were taken out for questioning. How is it? Seeing Wu Heng stand up, Qi Hancai asked directly. "It''s okay, there are not many people, wait for my news." Wu Heng tightened the leather armor on his body. Qi Hancai asked curiously: "Don''t we need skeletons to attack?" No need, it has attracted attention, and our people are also in danger. In addition to Qi Hancai''s people, there are also people who can drive trains. These are all special talents in the base. If chaos really breaks out, it will be over if they are killed. "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded and bowed: "Sorry to trouble you." "Um." ?Wu Heng stepped off the train and summoned the flying dragon from the sky. He took the skeleton attendant with him, sat on it, and disappeared into the night sky. Close to the station, falling on the snow-covered roof. ??Wu Heng glanced around, led the skeleton attendants, and pried open the locked iron door on the roof. I walked in directly. ??The entire station hall was dark, except for the area near one side, which was connected to temporary lights and emitted a dim light. In the hall downstairs, you can still hear the shouts and curses of the interrogation. Which room are the hostages in? Wu Heng asked softly aside. The small figure appeared, "Most of the people are in the room over there, and there are two uncles downstairs who are being beaten." ?Wu Heng looked in the direction of his little finger. Waving his hand, he took the lead and walked towards the room where the hostages were held. ?The world actually doesnt put much pressure on survivors. Even a skeleton can destroy this refuge base. More, considering the safety of the hostages, the people arranged are all old people from the base. Those who can drive and maintain trains are also considered talents in the base. Approaching the room, two people were guarding the door. Hearing footsteps, he opened his eyes drowsily. Unfamiliar faces and strange costumes. ?Especially two of them, how come their eyes are glowing blue! What are you doing? someone shouted. The other man also woke up immediately and hurriedly took off the compound bow on his shoulder. ??Wu Heng said: "Kill them both." Keranmu and Tolga, after receiving the order, directly bypassed Wu Heng''s position and rushed out. Swish swish~! Two arrows roared out instantly. ?Kerimu tilted his head to dodge, and Tolga grabbed the flying arrow, threw it back, and pierced someone''s eyebrows. ?Following that, Kerimu also rushed to the other person. The sword flashed and the head fell to the ground. Two skeleton attendants came back. ?Wu Heng glanced in the direction of the hall. The voices of shouting, cursing and questioning continued, and the fighting and strange noises did not attract anyone''s attention. ?Wu Heng stepped over the fallen body and opened the door on one side. Faint light shines into the room. You can see several base members **** and wearing thin clothes in the corner. At the same time as the door is opened. ?Several people also looked up at the same time. In the dim light, I saw the figure in the robe and leather armor. Everyone looked happy, "Your Majesty!" ?Wu Heng nodded and said to his side: "Untie them." The sword blade cut the rope, and everyone stood up. Where are your clothes? It was taken away by those people and they put it on the railroad tracks Theres no rush, you stay here first, there are two people below. Wu Heng interrupted the other party and continued. ?A few people nodded and said nothing more. After confirming the safety of the hostages here, Wu Heng took the skeleton and walked out of the room again. He glanced at the hall again and said directly: "Kill all the people with weapons." Two figures ran past again. He rushed into the interrogation room. Grass, something. Damn, theres a monster coming in. Where are the people, come out quickly, a monster is coming in. Chaos and shouts resounded, echoing through the hall. However, just after shouting a few words, the sound suddenly stopped, and the two skeletons came out again. ?Kerimu flicked the sword''s blade, which was stained with blood, and Tolga also twisted his bones and neck. In the distance, more people rushed out of the single rooms and found that there were only two figures under the light. They rushed over in unison. ??Two skeleton attendants rushed into the crowd. The sword light flashed and figures fell down one after another. Their fists exploded and their muscles were broken and their bones were broken. Grass, let me see who dares to run, there are only two of them. A deep voice sounded. The bloated body squeezed out of the door and walked out. Two slaps, knocking the person trying to escape to the ground. Brother Tiger, they are monsters. Its your mothers fault, follow me and kill them. Brother Hu cursed. Then he ran forward, his footsteps hitting the ground with a thumping sound. ? ? Approached quickly and pounced directly on Tolga, Die, you monster. Bang~! A blast of air exploded. Tolga punched out, Brother Tiger''s body collapsed instantly, stagnated in the air for a moment, and then flew backwards. Im a fool, what are you doing... Brother Hu was lying on the ground, groaning in pain. ?While his expression was twisted, his eyes suddenly glanced at another figure in the darkness behind him. is the person who controls the monster. Brother Hu immediately became energetic, got up, and avoided the fighting place in front. He rushed towards the back, "Boy, I found you." Seeing it approaching quickly. ZiZi, boom~! Thunder flashes. ?Silver-white lightning struck instantly. Brother Hu''s body exploded again, his flesh and blood exploding, and blood splattered everywhere. "you." Brother Hu looked down and his stomach was like a balloon exploding. Looking horrified. You are a monster too. Huh~! Another roar came from the sky. The rotating machete flew over and penetrated the head. Brother Hus eyes widened and he lay down on his back. Never got up again. Not far away, the battle between the two skeleton attendants has also ended. The ground was covered with corpses. The skeleton attendant also walked back. Put down the two men who were hung up, Kerimu walked into the room on one side and put down the two hanging people. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Then he looked forward to see the bloated corpse whose belly had been blown apart. Conversation with the DeadRelease. The bloated corpse slowly sat up. The internal organs in his stomach flowed all over the floor. ??Wu Heng asked: "Why are you blocking the road on the railway tracks?" The corpse replied, "I heard on the radio that someone was coming to exchange gold, so I''m just waiting here." It was just as they guessed. ?Wu Heng glanced out of the corner of his eye and saw the arrow that penetrated the wall. He continued to ask: "Where did you get this kind of compound bow?" There is a production factory outside, I found it from there. (End of this chapter) Chapter 482 ,drawing Chapter 482, Drawings ?The compound bow I saw this time. It was still somewhat beyond Wu Hengs expectations. It is a little different from the bows and arrows from another world that I brought here before. ?These ordinary survivors can easily draw bows and shoot arrows very accurately. The power is also not small. Perhaps it can replace the traditional longbow of another world. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Tell me the specific address, or how to find it?" ??The corpse was silent for a moment and replied, "Leave the train station and about 5 kilometers east, you can see the location of the factory." 5 kilometers east. ?Wu Heng recited it silently in his mind to increase his memory. ?Two questions remain. Looking at the bloated figure of the deceased, he then asked: "Are you so fat? Have you always been like this before? Is there any reason why?" In the current situation, having enough food is a problem. ??If he had enough food, he would not be in danger of blocking the railway track. ??Moreover, this fat man named Brother Tiger is also very capable of resisting beatings. ?Level 17 Tolga can kill someone with one punch. When he hits him, he just flies backwards and lies on the ground wailing for a while. Then he rushed towards him again. The corpse replied, "It should be related to the corpse core. I can''t be sure." Have you taken the corpse core? The corpse replied, "No, I didn''t dare to eat it directly. After cleaning it, I soaked it in a wine barrel and drank a little every day." After answering the five questions, the heavy body fell down directly. ?Wu Heng was a little surprised by the last question. Soak in a wine barrel. This method can also bring about changes in people? The effect of corpse core is diluted by wine? Or some other reason. ?Wu Heng couldnt understand either. ?Several compound bows were collected by Keranmu, and Wu Heng directly put them into the space ring. Then, he stood in the middle of the hall and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield], the circle of light swung open, and the fallen corpse got up from the ground. Slowly stood behind him. ?Wu Heng went to the room where this man lived and took a look. There are some reserves of food, and there are still radio stations broadcasting information from the outside world. Tap tap tap~! Not long after, dense footsteps sounded. ??Qi Hancai rushed directly into the station hall with a large number of skeletons. Looking at the blood and rotten flesh on the ground. Hurry towards Wuheng. Are you okay? "It''s okay! Everyone has been rescued. There are still a few women inside. Ask them if they are coming with us or if they have their own base. Let the people in the car get down and move the supplies here to our car." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. ?As he walked towards the room beside him, he used the intercom to arrange for someone to come and carry things. Soon, the survivors who came with the train walked in quickly. Move all the supplies here to the train. Qi Hancai also came back with the rescued people and a few women with numb faces. Let these people carry things along with them. He walked over and said, "There are five women in total. They are all locked up by these people. They have nowhere to go. They are willing to come with us." Then take them back, they wont survive long if they stay here. The current weather leaves food for these women. It is also difficult to survive. "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded, and then asked: "Should we leave at dawn, or should we go to Enzhou City overnight?" Wait until daybreak, there will be a factory making bows and arrows outside, lets go there first, Wu Heng said. The original plan was to go directly to the next city after rescuing the people. But now I still plan to visit a compound bow factory. "A factory that makes bows and arrows? Isn''t this illegal?" Qi Hancai asked with a frown. In the past, this kind of thing was very strictly managed. "Maybe it was made for some competitions. We will know when we take a look." Wu Heng guessed. Is it a black factory or is it made for competitions? In fact, it doesnt matter anymore. It depends on the final result, whether Wu Heng can use it. Ill have someone arrange a room for you. Lets rest in the car for a while. Its almost dawn. Let everyone finish moving their things and get in the car to rest. Just leave the skeleton to guard this place. ?Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the train. Qi Hancai followed behind and used the intercom to tell everyone that after moving the supplies, they should return to the car and rest. The next day, in the morning. The skeleton army gathered outside the station. In addition to the skeletons brought with the train, corpses killed by previous survivors were also found near the station. After transformation, the number of skeletons has also increased by more than a hundred. Its all arranged. Qi Hancai said. ?Several skeletal flying dragons followed, the magazines already filled with solid iron bullets. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "Let''s go." ??Continuing to give orders to the skeleton, the army began to advance eastward along the road. With walking a certain distance. The zombies around began to increase gradually. ??Howls and footsteps sounded from far away and from both sides. The dense zombies were like black torrents, rushing out from the road in the distance and the alleys on both sides. Along the road, coming this way. The group of corpses is gathering more and more, and it has already filled the sight range. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out and drop the iron bombs." Hurrah~! The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up and opened the magazine above the zombies. Dense iron bullets fell like a heavy rain. Because there is snow on the ground, there is not much smoke and dust. Just a bunch of corpses on the street, all gone in an instant. turned into corpses all over the ground. After dropping the bomb, the skeleton flying dragon returns. ?Wu Heng continued to order, "Advance." Hurrah! The skeleton army advances forward, killing all the remaining zombies along the way. Advanced a distance of five kilometers all the way. There are still various shops on both sides, mostly car repair shops. Xiaoxiao got into the body and shared a building. The sign at the door reads [Sanda Archery Equipment and Sports Goods Co., Ltd.]. It does exist, and its not small. Over there, we passed by. Wu Heng greeted Qi Hancai in the distance. Qi Hancai came over. The army went directly off the main road and headed towards the branch road on the right. After walking for about five minutes, we saw the factory area in the shared screen. Go in. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army swarmed in and occupied the entire courtyard instantly. In the factory, there is an office building and a large workshop on the other side. ?Wu Heng was the first to enter the factory for inspection. ?The glass shattered, as if half of the interior had exploded. Large pieces were shattered, and the surrounding area was scorched black. Those people should have discovered that there were many zombies in the workshop and used explosives. Qi Hancai speculated. "Well, let''s go to the office building." The equipment inside will definitely not be used. The rest is to see if you can find the drawings. Enter the office building. The two of them checked room by room. Over here Qi Hancai shouted. ?Wu Heng walked over and found a place similar to an information station. ?The safe against the wall is open, revealing stacks of blueprints inside. ?Wu Heng picked up the top one and opened it, his eyes lit up instantly. Drawings of compound bows. The name, specification, and detailed dimensions and requirements of the material are marked above. Exactly what you need. Continuing to open the second page, the bow handle is made of 6061 aluminum and the processing specifications are written. Very detailed drawings. How is it? Qi Hancai asked. Its quite useful. Its not in vain. Wu Heng put away all the drawings and searched nearby. Some corresponding books have also been collected. Then we walked out together again. Qi Hancai asked: "Will we use this kind of bow in the future?" At present, the survivors in the base are using the crossbows provided by Wu Heng. In fact, the power is not small. It is just that the weight is relatively bulky. It depends on the situation. Its hard to say whether it can be produced. We may not be able to process the various aluminum and steel materials mentioned above. "Normally made, it should be lighter than that kind of crossbow." Qi Hancai said. Well, lets go back and find a professional to see if there is any replacement material. The skeleton army returns to the station. After a short rest, the train started again. Go to the next stop Enzhou City. Four o''clock in the afternoon. The sky has darkened. ?The train stopped in the distance, and the army of skeletons held weapons and rushed towards the oncoming corpses. The sound of roaring and slashing with sharp blades filled the entire space. Move forward. Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The skeletons in the spear formation stood up among the pile of corpses and began to push forward against the zombies. ?Zombies fell one after another. The blood stained the white snow on the ground deep red. As the army pushed them to the station. The zombies are gradually being cleared away. ??Only the zombies, whose bodies were mutilated and whose movements were one step slower, were still roaring and crawling forward slowly. He was rushed by a skeleton holding an axe, and was chopped to death with a flurry of axes. The whole space became completely quiet. Skeletons began to clean up the battlefield and clear out the railroad tracks. The train also slowly entered the platform. ??Wu Heng looked at the bodies of almost seventy or eighty evolved zombies in front of him, released the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one, and then began to look for the corpse core. There are 12 pieces in total, not a lot, but not bad. ?Wu Heng continued to release [Dead Skeleton Field], and skeletons stood up all around. Join the skeleton army and become one of them. Continued to check inside the station. After confirming that there is no danger. The survivors on the train got off the train carrying various tools. Temporary lights are put up. All outward-facing doors and windows were blocked and steel bars were welded on. Everyone has their own work, as if they have been rehearsed countless times. Ive asked someone to prepare dinner, do you want to eat here? Qi Hancai came over to ask after arranging a task for someone. No, prepare a room for me. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded and immediately had someone clean up the room. After Wu Heng entered the room. Also open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go out of the study room. ?Wu Heng first went to the alchemy laboratory. Put the corpse cores obtained today into the freezer on one side, and at the same time look at the progress of the alchemists. ?Various medicinal materials and refined medicinal liquids are placed on the experimental table. But the third-level potion has still not been produced. The few third-level corpse cores in the organ jar are still placed inside. Out of the alchemy laboratory. ?Wu Heng went to the weapon master''s room again. Hand over the entire set of drawings of the compound bow that I got today. At the same time, he was given two finished compound bows as a reference. Firearms and bullets are still some way away from mass production. ? ? Another feature of the compound bow is that the pulley system converts the rebound force of the bow limbs into less effort and makes the bow more powerful. It should not be difficult to make this weapon based on the forging technology in this other world. It can be equipped to survivors at the base or to the guards here. The available range is still quite large. Exit the Artificer''s room. Walking towards the downstairs. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he immediately took out a set of tableware. ?Wu Heng sat down and started eating. Minnie said while eating: "Master, during the day, Deacon Sheilagui came." Is there another case? No, Im asking you about the preparations for the fleet. They said that the fleet docking at the port has found traces of pirates again. Minnie said. ?Wu Heng frowned. There are pirates again. ?The newly formed pirate group is still the same pirate that slipped through the net last time. It really should be dealt with early, otherwise if no one takes care of it, more people will join the pirates one after another. Well, Ill go to the port to have a look tomorrow. Have had dinner. Three people trained in the training room. The sky is getting dark, so I go back to my room to rest. The next day, port. At this time, the port has returned to its former bustle. Many caravans arrived at the port, and a large number of workers began to carry supplies at the port. It is different from before. The skeleton army guards the port, reducing the workers'' fighting. Even if there is a dispute, when the skeleton walks over, the two people will separate. Very conscious. The location where the associations fleet docks. ??Philippa took Wu Heng onto the deck of a large warship. He said enthusiastically: "You people from Treasure Island are so generous. You don''t even care if I ask for money to re-reinforce this ship. It''s so cool to be the owner of the island." ?Wu Heng asked: "Did you give me the money?" How can I give it to others if they dont want it? (Chapter 2 has been blocked, please wait for a while, some bad luck.) Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 483 , Millicent Chapter 483, Millicent ?Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her. "They knew you were from the island owner''s house, so they didn''t care about your request for money. If something happens in the future, they will definitely need your help. It will be more troublesome then. They will send the money to you later." Philippa scratched his neck and saw that the other party was serious, so he nodded and agreed, "Okay, okay, listen to you, I will send the money later." After finishing speaking, he muttered, "I wonder why these vampires are so kind." ??Wu Heng said: "It''s okay, it''s not a big deal." Philippa smiled and continued to hold him, talking about the reinforcement and some improvements of the entire ship. As soon as I got on the boat, I looked much more professional. Which positions are vulnerable to attack and which positions are the weak points of the ship''s hull. It talks about it in more detail, as well as the effect after modification. These things, at least, are not something ordinary pirates can say. There is indeed some knowledge reserve. ?Wu Heng listened for a while and praised the other party a few more times. ?Philippa looked proud. ??Wu Heng then asked, "When can we go to sea? In the past few days, there has been news from the caravan that there are pirates wandering around again." Philippa thought for a moment and said: "The hull reinforcement is complete. All that is left is to put some equipment and equipment on the ship and then it can go to sea." When will what you said be completed? "It''s been decided and will be assembled tomorrow." After Philippa finished speaking, he seemed to remember something and looked up at him, "Where are the things you promised me? Props that can talk, and such a thick weapon that can breathe fire." Its talking about radios and cannons. Wu Heng did agree to her before. Lets go to the cabin. Wu Heng said. Philippa followed him into the cabin, and Wu Heng took out a double-barreled cannon. Yes, thats it, its so handsome. Philippas face was full of excitement. ?She has been thinking about this thing for a long time, but it has never been given to her before. Finally got it now. He touched it carefully and then asked: "What is this thing called?" Machine gun. Oh, the name is not bad, so it will be mine from now on? Philippa raised her head and looked at him. Its yours. I usually keep it in the space ring. Holy shit, thats great. Philippa made a fist. ??Wu Heng continued: "You know that this kind of equipment requires ammunition, right?" I know, it shoots bullets just like the gun you gave me. Philippa nodded. You can think of this kind of machine gun as an enlarged version of a gun. It is very powerful, but it does not have much ammunition. It can only give you 100 bullets. Normally, you can use the crossbow on the ship to attack others, and use the machine gun at critical times. Okay, I know. ??Wu Heng then added, "If we cannot guard the cannon, we will destroy it directly and do not let others get it. If others have this weapon, we will be in danger." Philippa''s face also became serious, she patted her chest and promised: "Don''t worry, I can''t lose this treasure even if I die." ??Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "What nonsense are you talking about? Life is more important than anything else." Hehe. Philippa smiled happily and put her arms around his shoulders, I know you are kind and righteous. Insufficient ammunition, pay attention to the quantity when shooting. Then why not make more ammunition. You think I dont want to? I cant make it yet. Okay. After explaining a few words. ?Wu Heng began to teach her how to operate it. In fact, it was not much different from a large machine gun. ??It''s just that the way of shooting is different. Philippas learning ability is quite strong. I quickly figured out how to operate it, which was quite satisfying. Wait until she puts away the cannon. ??Wu Heng continued: "I still have a few rare items here, which I just want to give to you. They may be useful when we go to sea in two days." What! ?Wu Heng took out [Iron Maiden] and [Water Demon Conch]. Introducing the functions one by one. Philippa looked surprised and her eyes were full of surprise. I havent seen any strange objects yet! Give me two at once? Are they both mine? Its yours, but you cant sell it. Philippa jumped directly into her arms, "Thank you, Dad." Hand your arms around your neck and apply force. kissed him directly. The two kissed in the cabin for a while. They walked out of the cabin separately. ?The port is too noisy, and it is indeed not suitable for deeper exchanges of feelings. Philippa went to the equipment store and asked about ordering equipment. Wu Heng directly called the carriage and returned to his residence. Zombie world. When Wu Heng came over. The entire station hall has changed. The debris and filth on the floor were cleaned up, and welding and cutting were carried out in different areas. ?Like a factory, extremely busy. ?Wu Heng released the ghost and inspected the zombies in the door area. ??Then bring an army of skeletons. Go out of the station and clean up the zombies at the door. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The battle went well. As dusk approached, Wu Heng returned with his skeleton army. Skeletons are on standby again. ??Wu Heng also returned to the station. Qi Hancai walked over quickly and said, "You didn''t ask me to accompany you today!" I just cleaned up at the door and didnt go further. "Then I want to follow you." Qi Hancai whispered, coughed slightly, and began to report, "News about the exchange of grain for gold and silver has been announced on the local channel. All shelters are very excited, but it is best Its better to clean up the zombies on the main road, otherwise there wont be many shelters available. In these two days, preparations must be made for Philippa to go to sea. In two days time, well turn this place into an exchange point first, and then Ill clean it up with skeletons in my hands. "Okay!" Qi Hancai continued, "The train has returned, and more people and skeletons will be brought in in the evening. The women rescued yesterday have also arranged their work, and there is no problem." I can rest assured that you have arranged everything properly. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "I hope I can help you." Okay, Ill leave this to you. "good!" ?Wu Heng returned to the room, opened the door and walked in. The next day, morning. Nautilus, tavern. Philippa sat on her waist, with her hands on the other person''s chest. "I am not great, am I great?". ??Wu Heng said: "Can you not speak?" Philippa said angrily: "Isn''t that what everyone says? If you don''t say it, don''t let others say it." Its a mans word! Then say it. I wont say it, its too perverted. Wu Heng shook his head. Okay, you call me a pervert, you weak sheep. ?Philippa moved faster, and the two of them frowned and had no time to argue. Im exhausted, come on! said Philippa, slumping on one side. ~! Philippa, the owner of the dockyard has sent someone to find you. Come out quickly, dont keep people waiting. Millicents voice came from outside the door. Philippa, who was slumped on the bed, was stunned for a moment, turned over and sat up, "I forgot, I have an appointment." Speaking, he started to get dressed in a hurry. No, youre leaving like this? Wu Heng looked at the other party. ?Philippa smiled and kissed him on the cheek, "Next time." After saying that, he rushed out directly. Millicent, where is he? Also, I want to eat hibiscus crab tonight. Okay, please slow down, be careful when speaking, dont talk nonsense out of your head. I know. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng was a little helpless. ?The only thing Philippa can do is run away halfway through this kind of thing. ????????????????????????????????? The door reopens. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw Millicent walking in. A pair of eyes looked at Wu Heng on the bed in surprise. Sir, my lord, I didnt know you were here. (End of this chapter) Chapter 484 , Imiro is gone Chapter 484, Imiro is gone Wait for Wu Heng to get dressed. Millicent''s face turned red and she spoke softly, "Sir, do you want Philippa to go to sea?" ??Wu Heng observed her expression and said, "Well, tomorrow I will go to sea again on behalf of Treasure Island." "Sir..." Millicent raised her head suddenly, looked at each other and then lowered her head quickly, "Can you arrange another job for her? Even if she stays in the tavern, she can collect some intelligence for you." ?Wu Heng also understood what she meant. After all, going out to sea is dangerous, which means that you may face danger. Still want to keep Philippa on the island. Have you asked Philippa for her opinion? Wu Heng looked at her. She is young and ignorant! Millicent still whispered. ?Wu Heng sat aside and thought for a moment, then said directly: "She is so old, so we should respect her choice more, and ''Philippa'' is also very good." Philippa''s feeling for Wu Heng was not that bad. Have certain commanding abilities, and his knowledge of navigation and ships far exceeded that of most pirates. I really feel like she can achieve some success in sailing. From another perspective. ??Wu Heng took the mother and daughter out of prison, saved their lives and provided them with a good life. Philippa provides herself with information. The same is true now, but it doesnt mean that once the pub is opened, work will be stopped. Millicent lowered her head and whispered: "I am just a daughter." Wu Heng also knew her worries as a mother and said softly: "You don''t want Philippa to stay in the tavern with you all your life. She is now the ''Secret Whisperer'' of the association and will have a better future in the future." ?These words made Millicent''s expression suffocate. She really couldn''t control Philippa, and she had indeed achieved something with her own daughter that she had never dared to think of before. The Whisperers of the Association also have a closer relationship with the island owner. Thinking quickly in his mind, he raised his head again and said, "Sir, you are right. Philippa has his own way to go, and he will be better than me." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t worry, I won''t put her in any danger." Thank you, sir. Philippa saluted and thanked him. "Here at the tavern, you can continue to collect information. I think there are quite a lot of customers recently." Its your lord. There are already many guests in the tavern, sitting around, eating and chatting. ?Wu Heng walked out of the tavern and called a carriage at the door. Go to the association. Association, Deacon''s Study. ??Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, heard a voice coming from inside, opened the door and walked in. Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, sorting out the documents in her hands. ?Seeing him coming in, he was a little curious, "Big Island Master, why do you have time to come to my place?" "Let''s see you." Wu Heng sat down and said, "Why didn''t you hire an assistant? You are a deacon now and you are too busy." While serving as subdeacon, Shiraqui had no assistant. ?Most of the clerical work also falls on Wu Hengs Ander Weir. Now that Sheila Gui has become a local deacon, some tasks really cannot be shared. Assistants must be recruited. I have written a letter to the clan before, and it will probably arrive soon. Xilagui said directly. A deacon''s assistant, although a personal assistant. However, you can have access to many core things, so you must choose someone who the deacon has complete trust in. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "Have the affairs of the guard been arranged?" Sheila Gui put down the things in her hands and said: "Everything has been arranged. The squad and the association guards have planned the patrol area. If you want the skeleton to join in, just bring it to the association. Be smarter. Skeleton, don''t cause trouble." Okay, Ill choose some skeletons tomorrow. It is actually not easy to form a team on Treasure Island. In the short term, we still have to rely on associations to maintain order. At the very least, those who can join the association must have certain moral standards and are less likely to cause problems. After talking about the patrol in two sentences, Shiragui said again: "By the way, Deacon Imiro left the island. I didn''t want to attract other people''s attention to avoid getting into trouble with us, so I didn''t notify you. If you have anything, you can write to him. Just send it to the headquarters. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, a little surprised. Imiro actually left too. ?Then the strongest person on this treasure island is himself and his skeleton attendants. Its not that the machine guns and skeleton army are inferior to Imiro. But in terms of reputation, Imiro''s presence on Treasure Island can indeed deter the vast majority of enemies. Machine guns and skeleton troops can display tremendous power when facing the enemy head-on. ??If high-level professionals want to make a sneak attack, or rush into the city for melee combat, they still need high-level professionals to deal with it. Imiro left without making any noise. This reason should also be taken into consideration. However, when Imiro appears at the association headquarters, the news will spread. On the surface, it still said: "We have a backer in the headquarters, and Deacon Imiro can continue to pursue his own direction." A literate person, not like a necromancer at all. ?Wu Heng continued: "What are you going to do with the body of an 18th-level boxer from the Divine Punishment Sect?" Sheila Gui glanced at him with a smile on her face, "What? You want it?" ??Wu Heng did not deny it, "There is no way, the Divine Punishment Sect is still eyeing Treasure Island. Without high-level professionals, we are all in danger." I can almost handle your equipment and skeletons. That was a head-on battle. It would still be very dangerous if we entered the city alone, or came to kill us two directly, Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui nodded, took out a pen and paper and wrote a certificate. He handed it to him and said, "This is what I gave you. If you need it in the future, I will be able to mobilize it." It seems that the body was originally intended to be distributed to himself. Just waiting for him to say it. Wu Heng took it and looked down, "What you said, I will listen to you if necessary, let alone the skeleton." ?Hilagui narrowed her eyes slightly and rolled her eyes at him. Im going to see the body. Wu Heng said. Go! walked out of the deacon''s study and went directly to the morgue. The island has been relatively calm recently. The two coroners had nothing to do and were sitting at the door chatting. When he saw Wu Heng coming, he immediately saluted, "My lord, the island owner." ?Wu Heng handed the certificate to the other party, "Where is the level 18 corpse? The deacon asked me to handle it." ?The other party checked, stretched out his hand and said, "It''s inside, I''ll take you there." All the way to the innermost part of the morgue. On the iron bed, there was a corpse rolled up with a straw mat. Looking at his face, he had a bald head and thick eyebrows. He was indeed a level 18 boxer. I took it away. Wu Heng put the space ring away. Okay. The coroner nodded. The body has been obtained and the patrol has been arranged. ?Wu Heng did not bother Xila Gui again. Halled a carriage and returned to his residence. In the manor. The fountain pool has been repaired. The cracks that were split by the sword energy were completely repaired, and the damaged formation patterns were also etched again. Zhen pattern is really a magical thing. No need for water pipes or water sources. Absorb the surrounding water elements, condense into water, and then spray out from the sky to form a fountain effect. It consumes a lot less energy than modern fountains. ?Hello to Minnie. ?Wu Heng took out the level 18 corpse from a location in the manor. The straw mat is untied. Revealing the stitched corpse inside. Without much thought, he directly released the [Bone Slave Technique]. Necromantic magic slowly wrapped the body. A skeleton stood up from the ground. Skeleton Boxer (Level 18) (PS: Some words have been deleted in this chapter, and the missing words will be added later.) Thanks to Yunmei Tianxia for the 1666 reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 485 , Corpse King Chapter 485, Corpse King Skeleton Boxer Level: 18 Attributes: Constitution 48, Strength 45, Agility 50, Intelligence 14, Perception 31, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, intermediate soul, Qi, vajra soul, ethereal body. Feats: Unarmored Specialization (Master), Unarmored Movement (Master), Tiger Finger Specialization (Master), Fist Specialization (Advanced). Abilities: Shocking punch, light body fall, catching flying arrows, flying wind, penetrating strength, domain fist intention. Vajra Soul: The soul is persevering and is not affected by any mental or soul effects. Empty Body: Can make one''s own movements invisible. Quick Wind Stride: Break through abnormal terrain and quickly run towards the target. Penetration Strength: The energy generated by the attack can penetrate into the enemy''s body, ignore the surface body defense, and attack the internal organs. Field Fist Intention: Your physical skills have reached a sublime level. You will form a personal domain around you, with fierce fist intention and endless punches. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes of the skeleton and frowned slightly. The name changed and became Big Boxer. One word difference is the difference between level 17 and level 18. In terms of attributes, his physical constitution reached 48 points, his strength was 45, and his agility was 50. It has also reached a terrifying point. ?No wonder he was so crazy at the time. With this kind of attribute, few people could stop him. The charm is that after it is transformed into a skeleton, it will automatically fall down. There is nothing to say. Perception 31 is pretty good. But the intelligence is only 14 points, which is very different from the previous three attributes. Not even as high as low-level legal professions. No wonder you fell into the trap directly, your intelligence is not good enough. In terms of expertise and abilities, he has many more abilities than the previous boxers. Every ability is pretty good. Especially [Penetration Strength] and [Domain Fist Intent]. Penetration Strengthcan penetrate the energy into the enemy''s body, ignoring the surface defense. This point can be understood to mean that it doesnt matter whether you wear armor or not. You can be killed directly. Field Fist Intentis to form a personal domain in the surrounding area. The fist intention is fierce and the power of the punch is endless. It should mean that the attack power is stronger in the field. When transforming into a level 18 Skeleton Prophet. The opponent also has a domain ability, and the enemy''s attacks can be completely predicted within the domain. The two are different, but the ability in this field should be level 18. Xila Gui said that when the boxer reaches level 18, he awakens his immortal body, his strength is endless, and his appearance no longer ages. It seems that some of the abilities cannot be inherited after being transformed into a skeleton. It doesnt matter. The statement that the skeleton has no strength in the first place cannot be said to be absolutely invincible. Furthermore, with this appearance, let alone aging. ??Wu Heng recalled his original name and said: "From now on, you will still be called Kaxiu and throw this garbage outside." The skeleton came out, rolled up the straw mat and the broken pieces of meat, and threw them outside. ?Minnies shout came from inside the room. ?Wu Heng walked into the room to eat and rest. The next day, port. On ships flying the flag of the Association and the flag of Treasure Island. Wu Heng looked at Philippa and told him, "I''m just going to drive away some pirates. When it''s over, come back as soon as possible. Don''t run around and drink everywhere." Philippa nodded, "I know, wait until I bring you some pirate heads." Millicent also followed up and said: "I have prepared food for you for several days. You must eat on time at sea. When you see pirates, be careful. Safety comes first." Okay, I understand, you have been talking for a long time. Philippa said dissatisfied. At this time, Sheila Gui also came over with three team members. Ive made an explanation here. Theres nothing wrong with me here. Wu Heng nodded. Xilagui said directly: "Then let''s go to sea. The weather is good today." ?Wu Heng glanced at Philippa and said, "At sea, keep in touch." "clear." A few people got off the boat. Leave Philippa behind, along with the association squad that went out to sea, and a large number of skeleton soldiers. Then, under the watchful eyes of many residents and business groups, the three ships slowly left the port. Philippa stood on the side of the ship, holding on to the mast ropes and holding her head high. Enjoying the cheers of the crowd at the port. Going away little by little. "She shouldn''t be of a high rank. Is it okay to arrange for her to be the captain?" Sheila Gui looked at the ships going away and spoke softly. ?Philippa has a carefree personality and seems a little unreliable. But the tasks assigned to her were completed well every time. Its okay. I arranged three level 15 pirate skeletons for her to control three ships respectively. Its not a big problem. Wu Heng said directly. In naval battles, level is not that important. ??Wu Heng also directed some of Philippa''s actions through radio. You just have to make arrangements. Sheila Gui didnt say much. Dont worry, itll be okay. Waiting ships for further distances. Several people began to return. Hilagui got on the carriage and returned to the association. ??Wu Heng also found a carriage, got on it, and said, "Millicon, I''ll take you back to the tavern." Millicent held up her skirt and boarded the carriage. ?Wu Heng tapped the wall of the carriage and the carriage rushed towards the Nautilus Tavern. Sent Milicon back, Wu Heng also returned to the manor. ?Go upstairs and enter the radio room. Hand took out the emerald sand tray directly from the space ring. In the middle of the clear sand table, three ship models flying the flag of Treasure Island appeared in sight. In addition, there are more ships of different types and flags in other locations in the sea. Wandering on the sea. ?Wu Heng picked up the microphone of the radio equipment and said, "Philippa, can you hear me?" "Yes! It''s very clear. I feel it''s clearer than the prop you gave me last time." Philippa''s voice came over. ??Wu Heng said: "Well, you haven''t started to miss home, have you?" What are you talking about? Its like you havent been weaned yet. Philippa muttered dissatisfiedly. ??Wu Heng continued: "You first enter the ''Ling Kasik Route'' route. There are two groups of small pirate ships there, and they will be cleaned up directly when the time comes." Understand, I didnt even like the small pirate group at first. Philippa said. Well, be safe. Waiting for my good news. The two chatted briefly, and Wu Heng hung up the phone again. The skeleton investigator was still placed at the table, waiting to record some information. Get out of the radio room. ?Wu Heng returned to the study. Looking at the sky, he opened the boundary door and walked in directly. ?Zombie World, the main road outside the station. Skeleton flying dragons roared past overhead. Solid iron bullets fell to the ground like a heavy rain. Amidst the roaring and bursts of earth tremors, the experience value also increased rapidly. After the iron bomb bombardment, the skeleton army began to advance along the road. Kill the remaining zombies. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Level increased to level 17, constitution +1, intelligence +2, charm +1. Finally reached level 17. Its really difficult to get promoted. ?Wu Heng opened the panel and looked at the experience points required for level 18. Level: Level 17 (1327/265000). Reaching level 18 requires 260,000 experience points. Thats quite a lot. The skeletons were cleaning the battlefield, and the corpses of evolved zombies were thrown in front of them. This period of time has passed. The number of evolved zombies has increased again. There are at least five or six hundred in front of us, which is much more than before. The corpse was transformed and the corpse core was collected. ??Wu Heng began to return with the skeleton army. Back to the station. Qi Hancai followed and said, "There are two things I want to tell you." Say it! One is that the main station discovered a level four zombie and named it the Zombie King. The second thing is that Sister Yahong obtained the map location of the provincial military factory. (End of this chapter) Chapter 486 , is there any other way? Chapter 486: Is there any other way? Level 4 deformed zombies? The Corpse King? Each level of deformed zombies corresponds to the level of professionals in another world. ?Level 2 deformed zombies correspond to level 10 professionals, and level 3 corresponds to level 15 professionals. And this newly emerged fourth-level corpse king... It should correspond to a higher level, but I dont know if it is level 18, or if it still increases according to level 5, and is directly rated as level 20, corresponding to the hero. What are the characteristics of this kind of corpse king? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai recalled it and said: "The main station simply described it, saying that its body shape is closer to humans, its appearance is different from humans, it can control a larger number of zombies, and it has more infectious abilities." ?Wu Heng listened on the sidelines. ??Its just this description that reminded him of the ghoul necromancer that the association worked together to kill in Blackstone Town. Sounds somewhat similar. "Nothing else?" Seeing that she didn''t continue speaking, Wu Heng turned his head and glanced. No, I heard it was just collected information, and I cant verify whether its true or false. The main station collects intelligence from various places, some of which are even from abroad. Summarize and then pass it on to the rest of the people. The Level 4 Corpse King should be real. After all, in the current environment, who would be bored and make up these things. It''s just intelligence information, a little too vague. Actually, if you think about level 4 zombies, they wont have much impact on you. In terms of strength and military strength, they are not comparable to each other. ??Zombies of this level are difficult to encounter. ??The potion for the third-level corpse core has not been researched yet, and I am not in a hurry to find the fourth-level zombies. Lets talk about the factory. Wu Heng sat down aside. Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "Sister Yahong, I asked about the location of the military factory. I heard that it involves the production of artillery parts and weapon accessories. It sounds quite comprehensive." Through the provincial and district rescue teams? "No, I found out from another channel. I heard that the person who provided the information worked there before." Qi Hancai said. In other words, information obtained from provincially differentiated shelters. Is it highly reliable? I checked it with the map, there should be no problem. ??Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where is the train?" Come back tomorrow during the day. Lets make arrangements to go back to Xinfu City tomorrow night. Qi Hancai nodded, thought for a moment, and said, "I want to go to the province with you." ?Wu Heng looked at her with some confusion, "Are there any relatives over there?" I really havent thought of anyone to carry. After all, the Skeleton Flying Dragon needs to replace bullets, as well as some logistical work. Still needs someone to complete it. "No, even if there is, it''s impossible to survive. I just feel that staying here won''t be of much help to the base. I can still help by going with you." Qi Hancai said directly. Okay, well make arrangements here then, and you can come with me. Hearing Wu Hengs agreement, Qi Hancai also smiled. "good!" The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng returned to the room. Return to Treasure Island. In the manor. Send the corpse cores obtained by killing evolved zombies to the alchemy laboratory. At the same time, the prepared first-level medicine will also be stored in the space ring. walked out of the room and headed to the radio room. Looked at the skeleton investigator''s record book, picked up the phone, and contacted Philippa. Philippa, are you there? "Here, what did you do during the day? I can''t find anyone to talk to you." Philippa''s voice came over. I also have to work, so Ill stay here and chat with you every day. "Okay, I forgive you." Philippa continued: "Let me tell you, the conch you gave me is so handsome. I have never felt so handsome. It''s just that the side effects are a bit severe. I''m still nauseated now. , want to vomit." When talking about strange objects, the tone of voice was much higher. It seems that I am very satisfied with the effect shown. The side effect is a strong feeling of hunger and thirst after use. Cant help but eat and drink. ??But this is already a very mild side effect. It is much better than the evil sword that even killed himself and the use of the shroud that caused the body to fester. Whats the effect after using it? Wu Heng leaned against the table. "A very large water-type shark appeared and kept hitting pirate ships. Some fell into the sea and were directly bitten to death. The most important thing is that the arrows and crossbow bolts have no effect on it, but they are easy to use. " Philippa said loudly. A water-type shark is a shark formed from the element of water. Can last thirty minutes in water. From what Philippa said, if it can hit and move a ship, it must be quite big. The rare items exchanged from Netale City are of very high quality. You can just use it if you like it. There is no need to use it as little as possible. Overeating is not good for your health. Hey, daddy, you are so kind. Philippa coquettishly coquettishly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "So, you have already fought today?" We fought, cleared out two waves of small pirate groups, and escorted a caravan for a while, Philippa said. You wiped out two pirate groups in one day? "Well, they are all small pirate groups. We also checked the wanted poster. They are not on it. They may be newly formed." Philippa felt a little regretful and continued: "Where are we going now? There is no target now." "Wait a minute." Wu Heng took out the emerald sand table, looked at a ship in the sea, and found the location of Philippa''s ship. There were two more ships than the original three. It does seem that there is a lot of gain. ??After searching nearby, his eyes fell on the route. Three pirate ships docked on a small island. There is a small island further east. There are three pirate ships docked there. You can go directly there. Turtle Island, I know that side. Philippa said the name of the island directly. Yes, thats it. "Then I''ll go out to give directions. Do you have anything else to do?" Philippa asked. Its okay, stay safe. Dont worry, Im terribly strong now. After saying that, he hung up the chat. ?At sea, there are really not many people who can threaten Philippa''s fleet. Not to mention the machine guns he gave us, and the many skeletons holding firearms. There are three level 15 skeleton captains accompanying the ship. ?This kind of configuration could have traveled across the Emerald Sea in the past. Ordinary pirates cannot defeat Philippa and the others. Wu Heng also hung up the microphone. Looking at another radio device next to him. ?This station is on the same frequency as Shannara''s radio. Shannara has been away from the island for a few days. We promised to keep in touch, but now no news has come back. His eyes glanced at the location of the Star Flower Merchant Group''s fleet. Already close to the edge of the Emerald Sea. As long as the fleet is not in danger. Dont say anything, try the equipment and say something to me. ?Wu Heng muttered and left the room. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. ?The three of them were sitting at the dining table, chatting and eating dinner. After dinner. The sky has also darkened. ?Wu Heng sat in the study and began to think about the next plan. I have now reached level 17, only one step away from level 18. The required experience is 265,000. In fact, the problem is not that big, it is just a matter of a few waves of zombies. ?As long as you work hard, you can almost reach level 18 within a week. After level 18, you need to consider what Imiro said about hero building. Last time I was chatting with Imiro about level 18 professionals, the other person mentioned the matter of hero creation. After reaching this level, upgrading is not just a requirement for experience points. There is also the creation of a hero, which needs to be famous and have a certain influence. I dont know if I have a hero after level 18, or if my reputation in the zombie world meets the requirements. "It seems that I am somewhat famous on the other side of the earth." ?My name as King of Yama has been widely spread due to some reasons. I dont know if it counts as hero creation. It would be much more convenient if it were calculated. "This side of Treasure Island..." Wu Heng folded his arms behind his head and leaned back. Get the ammunition production chain as soon as possible, build a factory on Treasure Island, and start resuming production. After all, gunpowder and some special metals can be purchased in large quantities here. ?There is also the construction of islands. At that time, various construction machinery will be brought over, and the expansion will continue. Go through the plan quickly in your mind. Turn off the air conditioner in the room. Opened the door, walked out, and went back to the room to rest. The next day, early morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng put on the "train conductor''s hat" in the open space in the courtyard. The whistle sounded and the ghost train appeared out of thin air. ?Wuheng got on the train and directly filled in "Netalai City". Then, the train disappeared and disappeared into the void. A few hours later. The train arrived at the deserted area outside Netale. ?Wu Heng wore a cloak and went directly to the Snake Emblem Consortium in the city. Enter the gate and stood in front of the notice board and took a look. A staff member walked over directly. Guest, someone in the VIP room invites you to come over. ?Wu Heng turned his head and glanced, and saw a figure also wearing a cloak standing in front of the VIP room. ?Judging from the body shape and height, he is the person he traded with the previous two times. Not even entrusted by the consortium. Just waiting for me here. ?Wu Heng followed him into the VIP room. The other person sat down opposite him and took off his hood, revealing his shiny blond hair and delicate face. Sir, you are one day late, the other party said. Today is exactly 5 days. ?The other party did not waste time to argue, and forced a smile, "Have you made the potion?" Well, its made. Wu Heng took out two bottles of first-level corpse core potion, placed them on the table, and pushed them over. The woman picked it up, looked at it, and put it down again. He took one out and put it on the table. Good Dancer''s Veil Category: Strange objects. Effect: After wearing it, people with no dance foundation can show superb dance skills. Side Effects: Once used, it should continue for two hours. (Description: A veil worn by good dancers.) A strange thing for dancing? this. The woman spoke softly, "Sir, this is a dance veil. It allows the wearer to have a good foundation in dancing. The side effect is that once used, the dancing time limit must be reached. Even if the dance is over, the dance must be completed. Of course, you can rest in between. , as long as it can be completed within one day. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. Actually, this strange item doesnt seem to have much effect. He has never attended a ball. Even if he did attend, he would not wear a lady''s veil and dance on stage. Its embarrassing just to think about it. Seeing that the other party did not go to get it, the woman continued: "Sir, I will try to prepare better things for you next time." ?Wu Heng didnt say much, Okay. Put away the veil. The woman also smiled and put away the potion. ?Wu Heng looked at her, "Why don''t you test the authenticity of the potion?" The woman shook her head, "If you reject the conditions I made before, you will never lie to me about this matter. I believe you." ?Last time, she wanted Wu Heng to refine the potion for her alone. Money, women, and rights are all available. ?Wu Heng still refused. At this point, she believed that Wu Heng lacked nothing, so there was no need to deceive her because of the potion. ?Wu Heng nodded slightly, the other party was pretty good. The woman sat on the chair, pondered for a moment, and then spoke slowly. Sir, do you have other kinds of medicines that can wake people up from coma or extend their lifespan? (End of this chapter) Chapter 487 , Skeleton Cavalry Chapter 487, Skeleton Cavalry While on Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng also briefly investigated the identity of the blond girl. ?Even if there is no conclusive evidence, it feels like a guess. ??The old king of Yeko Kingdom fell into a coma again, the domestic situation was turbulent, and the ministers and troops each supported different princes. Once the old king dies, the Kingdom of Yeko will fall into civil war. Unlike other people who fight for power, the man in front of him wants to extend the life of the old king. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Any kind of vampire, corpse, or ghost will be more effective than medicine." The woman sighed, "These are not acceptable, they are not allowed." ??Wu Heng continued, The drug will only last for a short time, and if you take it too much, it will reach a limit, and in the end it will not change anything. "Then you... can you develop a more effective potion? I can continue to collect rare items with you." The woman looked straight at him, looking forward to it. If there are new potions, I will notify you. Thank you, will you come back in five days? the woman asked tentatively. After all, she also knew that some of the strange items brought this time were of little use. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Okay, I''m still here." "good!" The two ended the conversation. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out directly. Leave the city, put on the [train conductors hat], and continue to fill in Lpez City on the itinerary. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. In the VIP room. Four coffins were brought in. Open them one by one to reveal the corpse inside. ??The beautiful female elf manager Retili sat opposite, with her straight white calves exposed under her skirt. He said softly: "Two level 15 blacksmiths, one level 15 artificer, and one level 15 chef all died unexpectedly. You can rest assured about this." ?Last time, Wu Hengs commission was for all level 15 special professions. The efficiency is still there, and it is much higher than that of Treasure Island. It seems that Retilis ability should be higher than that of the person in charge of Treasure Island. ?At that time, the consortium auction was held so close to Treasure Island. The people who hosted the auction were ''Retili'' and an old man, not the person in charge of Treasure Island. Settle the balance, then fill out a new form, or buy the body. Wu Heng said. Good guest. Retili greeted several staff members. Start calculating the balance and fill in the entrustment at the same time. Retili sat opposite, glanced at the other party, and then asked: "Guest, do you need the corpses of the cavalry? I can sell them to you in bulk at a good price." ?Wu Heng also looked at the other party in confusion, "Cavalry?" ??Retili smiled and nodded, "Some arrogant bandits robbed a batch of goods from the consortium, and they were cleaned up. There were many corpses of cavalry among them. I feel pretty good." Where is it? Take me to see it! Ill take you there after filling out the entrustment. Not long after, the balance was settled and the new order was filled out. ?Wu Heng put away the four coffins and followed ''Leidili'' out of the consortium building. Took a carriage and left the city to a location similar to an incineration site. Carcasses of humans and horses littered the ground. This is really a lot of people killed. There have always been rumors that the Snake Emblem Consortium is engaged in gray industries, and its own strength is not lower than that of the association. But I have never seen the consortium actually take action. Now that he has killed so many people in one fell swoop, he actually believes it. At least the means of doing things are more ruthless than those of the association. There is no unnecessary investigation, just identify the master and handle the matter directly. ?No one can escape. How do you plan to sell it? A level 15 corpse here costs you 600 silver coins, four level 10 corpses cost you 300 silver coins, and the remaining corpses and horse corpses cost you a total of 200 silver coins. How about that? Retili asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked at her, "Don''t you need to fill in the entrustment?" You can also let us make some extra money! Leitili leaned to one side. Oh, I understand. Originally intended to be incinerated, this was sold directly to myself. Okay, you guys have really worked hard. Wu Heng agreed. Retili was overjoyed and immediately called out: "Go get the straw mats and wrap all the bodies." The rest of the people dispersed to sort out the corpse. ?Wu Heng also gave them the money according to the agreed amount. Then he put all the corpses into the space sachet. After completing the transaction with each other. Lets take a carriage back together. ??Retili returned to the consortium, and Wu Heng went around the city and bought some food to pack. ??I also found a deserted place and took the train back to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. Four corpses of level 15 special professions were transformed on Treasure Island. ??The artificer was arranged in the room on the fifth floor, the chef entered the kitchen, and the remaining two blacksmiths stayed on standby temporarily without arranging anything. Have dinner with Minnie and others. Go directly to the zombie world. Take the return train. He went to "Xinfu City" overnight, preparing to go to the province and occupy the military factory. Provincial highways. At a rest stop. A barbed wire fence was hung on the fence, and a pair of eyes looked warily into the distance through the top of the fence. Zombies on the highway do not gather as much as in the city, so some survivors have established gathering places here. ?At this time, from the far side of the road, the roars of zombies kept coming. On the snow-white road. The dense group of zombies is slowly moving forward. The front is the area where they are. Have these zombies discovered us? "It''s not like that. If they find us, they will rush over directly. They should be wandering here." There are evolved zombies, they brought them here. I counted several hundred of them. If we launch an attack, there wont be enough people to fill our teeth. How about we retreat and exit quietly. Fart, without this wall, we will die faster, and in this weather, we will freeze to death and starve to death if we go out. Wheres Brother Chuang? What did Brother Chuang say? Brother Chuang, let us keep an eye on him and attack if there is any danger. Hello~! While several people were talking. ?The evolved zombies headed in the distance seemed to have discovered something, and roared towards the wall. The aimless zombies behind him were all startled, and they also screamed and roared. Deafening. Grass, found. Its over, were done. Tap tap tap~! The group of corpses began to charge and rushed towards the wall. The survivors also panicked and took out their weapons to prepare for the final battle. Just when the corpse group was less than 200 meters away from the wall, the corpse group''s forward steps suddenly stopped. They all turned their heads and looked up at the sky. The survivors were also stunned, and then looked up. Suddenly. Then he saw flying dragons with pale skeletons appearing in his field of vision. Arrived quickly, above the corpses. It felt like something was opening in the chest. Sprinkle large pieces of stuff from the sky. ?Hum, boom, boom~! A deafening explosion sounded. The earth trembled and the earth was turned upside down. The survivors held their heads in horror. Look, there are cavalry, hell, cavalry made of skeletons. All the survivors looked out along the wall again. ?Skeleton cavalry wearing leather armor and holding lances rushed towards them. (End of this chapter) Chapter 488 , I have information to report Chapter 488, I have information to report Like the skeleton of an ancient warrior, riding a tall, bone-like war horse. The bones on his body glowed palely in the white snow surrounding the sun. In the empty eye sockets, there was a faint blue firelight, like a team coming out of hell. ??The skeleton cavalry rushed forward and rushed into the group of corpses, knocking over a large number of zombies. Their decayed bodies were hung on lances and lifted high. The roar and the sound of horse hooves intertwined to form a tragic and strange scene. ?Skeleton Cavalry? The survivors behind the wall looked at the fighting on the battlefield with wide eyes. Everyones eyes revealed horror and disbelief. Zombies have already turned the world into this horrible state. ?Now a group of inexplicable skeletons have appeared. Looks to be more fierce. What should we do? These skeletons are worse than zombies. Grass! How come we have everything now. Its finished, were all finished. ??If we are talking about resisting zombies, we may still be able to win by relying on walls and some traps prepared in advance. But if the enemy were replaced by these ferocious skeletons, they would never survive. Lets not talk about the cavalry, but the few skeleton flying dragons hovering in the sky. Teach them the same way as bombing zombies, and no one will survive. ??Human beings'' biggest advantage when dealing with these immortal guys is wisdom. Now, humans may not have any advantages. On the battlefield. After several rounds of cavalry charges, there were no zombies on the road that could stand normally. Some zombies with mutilated bodies, dragging their bodies while crawling, had their heads smashed one by one by horse hooves. Then, the cavalry team regrouped, all looking at the wall with empty eyes. The hearts of all the survivors beat like drums. I just feel a chill down my spine. Then, the cavalrymen turned around neatly and left in the direction they came from. The skeleton flying dragon in the sky also changed its direction and left this location. Leaved, they left. It seems they didnt find us. I remember that someone on the radio mentioned that survivors in other areas had awakened the ability to control skeletons. How is it possible that by controlling a skeleton, you can also create a flying dragon? ?Huh~huh! The survivors had just breathed a sigh of relief when the sound of car engines was heard again in the distance. The discussion stopped and he looked over. I saw a convoy escorted by skeleton cavalry, heading this way quickly. The truck headed by it has an exaggerated impact angle. To the left and right are off-road vehicles equipped with machine guns and armored vehicles with gun barrels on top. Approach quickly. Damn, skeletons have a modern army. The direction of the convoy. Xiaoxiao, who was in charge of the investigation, flew back from the front and got directly into the body. The screen in the front service area is also shared. See this scene. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised that a group of survivors actually survived here. Inform the convoy to slow down. There are a group of survivors in the service area ahead. You can go and find out the situation with them then, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai, who was driving the vehicle, was slightly startled. Here? Well, there can be about twenty people. "Okay, got it." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "There are survivors at the service station ahead. Prepare to slow down and stop. Don''t get out of the car yet, first make sure they are not in danger." "receive!" "receive!" A reply came out from the intercom. ?Wu Heng released Xiao Xiao again and continued to be responsible for the surrounding exploration. Yesterday, Wu Heng and Qi Hancai took a train to Xinfu City overnight. ?A few people discussed it and decided on a plan to go to the provincial capital today. There is no train option. After all, the provincial rescue team controls the railway at the other end. When the train passes, you must negotiate with them in advance. As for the matter of going to the military factory, I still want to do it in a low-key manner. Wait until everything is taken care of before revealing it. In addition, we need to maintain smooth traffic between cities to transport various supplies. So we chose the highway. ? Along the way, Feilong and the cavalry opened the way. The convoy basically did not stop, and the speed on the road was much faster than originally expected. Just about to get off the highway, I found survivors in the service area. The fleet stops on the roadside outside the service area. You can faintly see the eyes looking from the top of the wall. Qi Hancai picked up the microphone of the car loudspeaker and said to it: "We are from the Xinfu City base. We are passing by your place. Let''s come out and have a chat!" The sound from the speaker was loud and spread quickly. ?The survivors in the base shivered and began to look around to see if they had attracted the attention of other zombies. At the same time, he cursed in his heart, these are all madmen. ?At this time, you still dare to use the trumpet to shout nonsense. Brother Chuang, I remembered that there is a person with the ability to control skeletons at the base in Xinfu City. A few days ago, we had a dispute with the provincial rescue team over supplies. Besides, a man with a beard and a rough face frowned, "Are you sure it''s them?" In Xinfu City, they must be the ones who can control the skeletons. "Then why did you come here?" The man known as Brother Chuang still looked outside. Seeing that the other party had no intention of leaving, and the armored vehicle was equipped with machine guns, he said to the side: "Tell them that we can talk, and we can talk in the middle. Ah, good! The heavy door opened a crack, and a man wearing a ragged cotton-padded jacket ran out. Standing not far away, he shouted: "Our boss said, what do you want to talk about? Take a few people in the middle." ??Qi Hancai got out of the car directly, taking with him the skeleton to protect himself and two other members wearing stab-proof clothing. Going to a position in the middle of the two sides. In the service area, three people also came out and came closer. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the truck. ? After confirming that there was nothing wrong with the eyes, the two parties started talking. Get off from the other side as well. Commanded the skeleton and began to clean the battlefield. The corpses of evolved zombies were dragged together. Release [Bone Slave Technique], and after all are transformed into skeletons, collect the collected corpse cores into the space ring. Then, continue to release [Dead Corpse Field] along the road to transform all remaining corpses. Skeletons stood up one after another and staggered to the position of the convoy. There are also many transformed skeletons. The truck brought out cannot carry so many skeletons. Looking across the entire road. Looking for some vans or trucks that can be driven away to load the newly transformed skeletons. At this time, Qi Hancai came over from behind. He said directly: "I have already talked with them. There are more than 20 people in the shelter who gathered together one after another. The leader used to be a truck driver. Zombies broke out on the highway and they were trapped here." Truck driver? What kind of job do you do? From the provincial capital and other places. Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Truck drivers, will they know more about each road section?" Qi Hancai''s eyes lit up, "You mean, he might know the situation at the factory?" Well, take me to talk to him. He travels everywhere, so he must know something. "good." A guard box outside the service area. In the small space, there are two groups of people sitting on the left and right. ?Wu Heng, Qi Hancai, and several skeleton attendants, and three people on the other side. The leading man is in his 40s, with a long beard and protruding mandibles on both sides. This is our leader. Qi Hancai said to the other side: This is Liu Chuang, the leader of the Pingxiang Service Center. Hello, Chief, I often hear news about your refuge on the radio. Liu Chuang looked at the other person and said enthusiastically. Well, Leader Lius base is also very well built. Compared to you, its far behind. Liu Chuang said with a smile. Wu Heng continued: "What is the future development direction of this shelter?" "The direction of development..." Liu Chuang murmured and replied, "We will spend the winter first. There is a lot of land on both sides of the highway. Then we will grow something to meet the needs of people like us. It should be fine." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly. It seems that the other party plans to run the base by itself. He didnt say much at the top of the base. He said again: You were in the freight business before? I havent read many books, so I just haul some goods and make a living. Do you know some road sections and locations in Yangtong City? Wu Heng said directly. ?Yangtong City is the capital city of this province. It is densely populated and is also the most developed city in the province. Liu Chuang said: "I have traveled all over Yangtong City. I will listen to what you say." Sanwu Industrial Group. Liu Chuang frowned with a smile on his face. After wandering around for a while, he said, "I''ve heard of some, but I haven''t delivered any goods." We want to go there, is there any convenient route to get there? "Where are you going?" Liu Chuang sounded a little surprised, but quickly calmed down and said: "I do know a road... It was specially built for these special factories to transport goods. The road is smooth and there are no residents. district." At this point, the words stopped. ?Looking at the people opposite. Draw it out for us and we can give you 20 kilograms of grain. If you are willing to lead us and find the location when the time comes, we can pay you five bags of 50 kilograms of grain. Liu Chuang looked suffocated, and the two followers behind him swallowed and spat subconsciously. ?This winter, food is becoming more and more important. After a slight hesitation, Liu Chuang said: "Then I will go with you, but when I see the location, I will come back." Okay, come with us! Wu Heng stood up. Liu Chuang immediately said: "I want to explain that you guys will wait for me outside for a while." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Hurry up." "good!" ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went back. The people from the convoy came over quickly. Your Majesty, Sister Qi, we found two trucks that can be driven. Arrange a driver to pull the skeleton. Qi Hancai said. "Um." After simple repairs, the two trucks drove into the convoy, and all the newly transformed skeletons jumped onto the truck bed. Inside the service station. Liu Chuang returned with his people. ??The younger brother followed behind and hurried two steps quickly, "Brother Chuang, really go with them. There are zombies everywhere on the highway. Do we need to take the risk?" "Fuck, if I don''t say it, he might even carry me over. This guy looks at people very cautiously." Liu Chuang cursed, and then said: "Tell the others, you two will follow me later. Walk." Ah? Lets go too! Stop talking nonsense, do you want food? Liu Chuang shouted angrily. Um, okay! The two of them left to give instructions on this matter. Liu Chuang walked into a room, pushed away the woman standing in front of the radio, tuned to a separate frequency band, and said, "Is it the provincial rescue team?" This is the provincial rescue team, please speak! I am from the Pingxiang Shelter. I have contacted you before. I have important information that I want to report to you. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 489 , Corpse King? Chapter 489, Corpse King? Please tell me, we will reward you with weapons and materials based on the importance of the intelligence. said the radio station. Liu Chuang moved forward, lowered his voice a bit, and said, "King Yama from Xinfu City is here and is preparing to go to the military factory." ?The other side suddenly fell into silence. "Hello? Where are we? Do you want this information?" There was suddenly no response, and Liu Chuang asked confusedly. From the news heard on the radio in the past two days, the two forces have argued several times over material matters. Now people from Xinfu City are coming here to occupy the factory. The rescue team should have some ideas. Just when I was about to urge him, a response came from the other side. It was not the operator just now, but a slightly deeper male voice. This is the rescue team. Tell me what you just said again, and we will reward you accordingly. Liu Chuang knew that the other side would definitely pay attention to it. Immediately explained what had just happened in detail, including the appearance of the opponent''s leader and the number of vehicles he brought. Very good, the rescue team will remember your intelligence contribution this time. Then the other person continued: When will you go there? Well leave soon. Okay, I understand. If conditions permit, you can continue to provide us with information. "receive!" Liu Chuang hung up the call and suddenly felt much better. It is also a good thing for him to establish a relationship with the provincial rescue team. ? Even if I defect to the past in the future, I might be able to work as an official and have a better life than now. Give the place to the woman guarding the radio station. He walked out of the room directly. On the truck. ?Several people are waiting. Qi Hancai picked up the water glass and took a sip, and said: "This Liu Chuang has changed quite quickly. When he talked to me, he wanted to let us leave, for fear that we would take a fancy to his refuge. When talking to you, , and actually agreed to go along." Dont like him? "I''m not as good-looking as you." Qi Hancai smiled, and then said: "He didn''t choose to join us, and he still wanted to manage the shelter by himself. He is a person who pays special attention to rights and interests." ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "It''s best for him to show the way honestly. If you have any ideas, you can also take over this shelter." While speaking, Xiaoxiao flew back from the direction of the service area. In the invisible state, he lay next to Wu Heng''s ear and whispered, "The big bad guy is contacting other people." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?Xiaoxiao also got directly into Wu Heng''s body. Share the screen here. ??After Wu Heng left with Qi Hancai, Liu Chuang actually told the provincial rescue team what happened here. Furthermore, they also showed great interest in Wu Hengs information. ?Not only did he encourage Liu Chuang to continue to gather information, but he also had the faint idea of ????arranging troops to come over. Actually, this is also a rare opportunity. The rescue team also tried to attack the factory, but unfortunately they were unsuccessful. ?This time, Wu Heng came with troops. Once he fights the zombies in the factory, he will be successful or not. ??Whether it is to seize the results after the war, or to directly capture Wuheng and require the base to provide a steady stream of food. ??It''s a good time. Whats wrong? Qi Hancai saw something wrong with his expression. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "Liu Chuang directly told the provincial rescue team about our matter, and the other party seems to have the idea of ????arranging for personnel to come over." ??Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows and did not doubt the information provided by Wu Heng. He said angrily: "What is he doing? He is hurting others but not benefiting himself. Why?" It should be that we want to exchange some benefits with the provinces and regions. "Push the shelter away." Qi Hancai said directly. Theres no rush, well wait until he takes us to the factory. When you ask the corpse, you should ask the question in one go. If the road is complicated, it will be difficult to clarify it by asking the corpse. Still, he needs to be taken along with him. "good." Direction of the service area. A minivan drove out. Liu Chuang poked his head out from the co-pilots side and said, Its okay from my side. Well follow your convoy. Qi Hancai said: "Show us the way and take a bus with us. The van will follow in the middle of the convoy." The car door opens. The two skeletons got out of the car, lifted Liu Chuang out of the van, and put him into the back of the truck. One left and one right, sandwiched in the middle. Liu Chuang wiped the sweat from his forehead and grinned. It feels like the attitudes of these two people are different from just now. ?The van glanced at the convoy and also inserted itself into the middle of the convoy. Lets go! Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said on the walkie-talkie: "Let''s go." The convoy started and moved quickly towards the front. New road markings. It is a road specially built for factories in this area. The road surface is smooth and there are no traffic jams in the city. There are large windbreaks on both sides, but in winter, they are covered with snow. The team had a smooth ride. After entering this road, no vehicle stopped. ? Along the road, I occasionally encountered some scattered zombies, and they were killed by the cavalry as they passed by. The body was dumped on the roadside. "It''s right in front. That factory area is where you are looking for. I didn''t lie to you!" Liu Chuang lowered his head and pointed forward along the front windshield. ?Looking ahead, you can see a large factory area. ?Tall walls, barbed wire, and buildings similar to sentries are spaced on the walls. You can see some factories and buildings inside, just like a small city. Well, two leaders, just go here. You may encounter zombies if you go further. We cant help, so we wont go through. Liu Chuang said, trying to find an excuse to leave. While speaking, the voice of the leading car also came from the intercom. Sister Qi, you can see zombies wandering around the factory ahead. If you get closer, there may be a war. ??Wu Heng said: "Stop the car." Qi Hancai took the walkie-talkie and said: "Slow down, the convoy stops." The convoy began to slow down and slowly stopped aside. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, two ghosts flew out quickly and flew towards the factory in the distance for investigation. In the car, Liu Chuang coughed again and said, "Well, when we get to the place, we will go back first. You promised me the food..." "Don''t worry." Wu Heng took out a map of the provincial capital from the co-pilot''s storage box and handed it to him, "Help me mark the location, the bustling commercial streets, the locations where gold shops gather, the locations of some important factories, and so on. There are locations for provincial and district rescue teams. Liu Chuangs heart trembled when he mentioned the provincial rescue team. But he probably didnt know about the correspondence he sent to the rescue team. Okay, okay! Liu Chuang nodded and began to mark them one by one. The markings are finished. Liu Chuang handed the map back. Get off the car! Liu Chuang carefully squeezed past the skeleton, opened the door and got out of the car, and walked towards his van. ??Wu Heng glanced and said behind him: "Kerimu, go kill that man and the two people around him." Keranmu got out of the car and walked quickly towards the van. Liu Chuang panicked and started to jog. Keranmu caught up with him in a few steps and cut off his head with the sword in his hand. Then, the body jumped up and landed on the front hood of the car. The long sword penetrated the glass, killing the driver in the driver''s seat. The sword turned again, killing the remaining person. Very smooth and clean. Sister Qi, the kings skeleton, kill those people. Someone said through the intercom. Qi Hancai replied, "It''s okay. They passed our information to others in order to prevent us from being discovered by the king." "OK." Qi Hancai continued: "A few people are coming down here to see what''s in the car. If you want to smoke and go to the toilet, you can do it now." "clear." Qi Hancai got out of the car, and the convoy behind them also opened their doors and got out of the car one after another to get some fresh air. After all, its been a days journey. Wu Heng was the only one left in the truck. Soon, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back one after another. The small figure slowly appeared, "Uncle, there are Level 2 deformed zombies and Level 3 deformed zombies inside." ?Glenda also said on the other side: "With spiritual vision, you can also see the level of deformed zombies, which is quite convenient." Zombies do have levels after transformation. Spiritual vision can see, so it should be reasonable. Are there a lot of aberrant zombies? Wu Heng asked. ??Xiao Xiao nodded, "It''s quite a lot, at least five or six, but I don''t have any pressure on you, uncle. No matter how many you have, it won''t be the same as the last time I killed pirates. There are more high-level ones." That time, pirates from all over the Emerald Sea came, and there must have been many high-level pirates, Granda said. Thats what I meant! Xiaoxiao said softly, lying on Wu Hengs shoulder. Wu Heng said: "Let me take a look, and we will kill the zombies later." "good!" Xiaoxiao and Glenda got into his body back and forth. The next second, two pictures were shared. In the huge courtyard, the two ghosts quickly visited one building after another. Many buildings have obviously suffered from fires or explosions and have been changed beyond recognition. The rest also suffered losses to varying degrees. There are at least five or six Level 2 deformed zombies. In a room in an office building. A zombie figure appeared in sight. Wearing a suit that was stained with blood, his head looked like a layer of Ganoderma lucidum spreading out. In the gap between Ganoderma lucidum, a pair of eyes. ?Staring at the ghosts wandering in the air. In terms of level, it is a level three zombie. But from the appearance, it still somewhat conforms to the level four deformed zombies mentioned by Qi Hancai. The Corpse King? The level is not enough. (End of this chapter) Chapter 490 , go catch that kid (First update, something happened today.) Chapter 490: Go catch that kid (First update, something happened today.) ??The weird-looking zombies made Wu Heng a little suspicious. ?Judging from the ghosts spiritual vision, it should belong to the category of third-level zombies. But wearing a suit, you can sense the invisible ghost immediately. Your intelligence and sensitivity are much higher than those of the third-level zombies you have encountered before. ??More like the fourth-level corpse king mentioned by Qi Hancai. The two ghosts were released again and floated in the air. Are we going to start a fight? Xiaoxiao asked. ??Wu Heng said: "The zombie in the suit is a bit strange. It looks like the new zombie mentioned by the main station. The danger level is level 4, which corresponds to the strength of a level 18 professional." "That''s it? How is it possible? There isn''t a big guy who looks fierce!" Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda thought for a moment and said, "Two possibilities." Tell me and listen! Glenda continued, "One is that the humans on your side are unable to accurately judge the level of the new zombie. They feel that it is more threatening, so they decided on a level 4 zombie, and the accurate strength level is level 3. The second type is the new zombie." Zombies can hide their strength, making them appear to be level three but actually stronger. Yeah! Wu Heng nodded in agreement. These are the only two things that can be explained. ??It is difficult to have more possibilities. After all, zombies lack human thinking to a certain extent. ?Glenda smiled and said: "Whether it is level three or level four, it is not difficult for you. What are you afraid of?" Its not that youre afraid, you just have to be prepared. You dont have many skeletons with you, so you cant just rush in. Recently, I have been in contact with level 18 professionals many times. It''s not as scary as imagined. Even if the Zombie King reaches level four deformed zombies, it won''t be a big problem. Thats right. Glenda agreed. You guys stay invisible and follow me first. When we need to fight later, we will have to rely on you for reconnaissance. Wu Heng looked at Erhun with a smile. Dont worry. Xiaoxiao agreed immediately. ?Glenda also nodded. The two ghosts disappeared, Wu Heng also opened the car door and walked out. Three corpses were dragged over. Liu Chuang is the most miserable. His head is separated from the body, his eyes are wide open, and you can see the fear before death. Qi Hancai came over and said: "The van was inspected. There were some machetes, iron pipes, and homemade explosives. It seems that it wants to die with us." Perish together? Liu Chuang sold the information to the rescue team in exchange for some reward. How could he die with himself? The possibility of dying together is unlikely. It should be fear of any danger, and it is also a bargaining chip in negotiations. Wu Heng said. It makes sense, many movies act like this. Qi Hancai smiled. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse again, pointed at Liu Chuang''s head, and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The head suddenly opened its eyes, and with accurate eyeballs, it tried hard to look this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "Will the rescue team come?" The corpse replied, "I don''t know, they didn''t give me an accurate answer." ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "If they want to come over, which route will they take?" The corpse replied, "It should also go around this road. It is impossible to cross the entire city." ??Wu Heng then asked: "How long do you think it will take for them to get here?" The corpse hesitated for a moment and then spoke slowly, "If I had prepared when I notified them, it would have taken more than five hours to get here." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked the fourth question, "Is the location you marked for me on the map accurate?" The commercial streets and gold store gathering places are all accurate, but the locations of the provincial and district rescue teams were marked randomly by me. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai both raised their eyebrows. ?This guy is really dishonest. It seems that in my heart, I have made up my mind to trick myself. Last question. ??Wu Heng asked along the way: "Where are the provinces and regions? Please explain in detail." "There is a Little Rock City on Dongying Street. The base established there, I don''t know if there are other strongholds." Five questions answered. The head also closed its eyes for an instant. ??Qi Hancai stepped forward and kicked his head away, "You bastard, I''ll help you with your food, and you''ll pay us back." Based on the current situation. ?Wu Heng and the others took out five bags of grain and asked the other party to lead the way. They definitely did not treat them badly. How many lives can you buy if you put it in any shelter? ?This Liu Chuang actually wanted to trick them all the way. ??If I hadnt taken him with me all the way, I might even have made up the location of the factory. ?The head is thrown and kicked away in an arc. ??Wu Heng released the [Bone Slave Technique] and transformed the other two corpses into skeletons. Qi Hancai then asked: "What should we do? Should we wait for people from the provinces to come over and then consider whether to attack the factory?" There were 13 trucks in total, and the number of skeletons they carried was only more than 7,000. There are not as many as there are more than 100,000 in urban areas. ??If there is a battle in front and the rescue team arrives, it will be a flanking attack. Hazards can easily occur. ???As long as the leader of the largest base in Xinfu City is captured and detained, he can be exchanged for a steady stream of food. ??Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said: "It''s okay, five hours is enough for us to complete the battle, and then we will deal with the rescue team." Qi Hancai didn''t say much and nodded in agreement, "Okay." Let everyone prepare, move faster and speed up when changing ammunition for the Skeleton Flying Dragon. Understood, Ill do it right away. Skeleton flying dragon, falling from behind. The survivors began to replace the magazine. A large number of skeletons fell over the side of the truck. ?Amid the sounds of bones rubbing together and weapons clashing, a large number of skeletons formed a tight formation in the front row. Lance forward. Wu Heng said to the side: "Glenda stays with me and investigates the surrounding situation. Xiaoxiao goes to the factory to keep an eye on the zombie in a suit. If there is any movement, notify me immediately." "good." "clear." Two voices sounded, one from the left and one from the right. ?Granda lifted vertically to the position overhead, while Xiaoxiao flew straight towards the factory area. ??Wu Heng pressed the intercom and asked: "Has the ammunition been loaded?" Qi Hancais voice sounded from the intercom, Everything is ready. ??Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton: "Arrange a skeleton to lure the zombies over." A skeleton squeezed out of the skeleton team and walked quickly forward. When there is still a certain distance. ??Stretched out his skeleton fist and banged the sign on one side twice. Violent noises and aimless zombies immediately looked this way with vigilance. The skeleton turned and ran backwards. Hahhhhhh~! The group of corpses boiled instantly and roared, quickly spreading to the surrounding areas. Zombies all around quickly gathered. Like a tide, chasing the skeleton in front. ?Even in the factory, the number of zombies seems to be quite large. ??The whole street was crowded with crowds of people. ?Wu Heng ordered, "Let the skeleton flying dragon out." Hurrah~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the skeletal flying dragon passed overhead. Reaching the sky above the corpses, the magazine opened, and dense rain of iron fell from the sky. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ?Smoke and dust are everywhere. The entire road was trembling. ??When the smoke and dust gradually dispersed, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly narrowed. A large group of zombies instantly separated to the left and right and rushed into the woodland outside the road. In an instant, it covered the entire forest land. Weaving through the trees, continue rushing this way. As expected, he can command ordinary zombies. The opponent is more likely to be the Corpse King. Tighten the formation, protect the convoy, and prepare for the charge. Wu Heng quickly ordered. The skeleton formation began to shrink backwards. Surround the convoy in the middle, forming a formation similar to a circular formation. Skeleton flying dragon''s bombing, the denser the zombies, the better the effect. This method of large-scale dispersion can indeed reduce the casualties caused by bombing to a great extent. The ammunition is loaded. Qi Hancais voice came over. Let the flying dragons disperse and bomb the forest. Wu Heng said. The Skeleton Flying Dragon flew up again, reached the sky above the forest, and dropped solid iron bullets. The deafening roar sounded again. ?Trees were snapped in half, soil was splashed everywhere, leaving patches of craters. The zombies in the forest were instantly shattered, with blood and flesh splattering all around. More zombies have arrived near the skeleton team. ?The footsteps were chaotic, and the putrid stench of nausea hit my face. In an instant, hordes of zombies jumped into the queue of skeletons. The dense spears kept thrusting forward, piercing the zombies'' bodies over and over again. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The skeleton manipulating the machine gun on the off-road vehicle started to shoot at the rear of the corpses from a commanding position. The gunfire sounded like popping beans, flashing with fire. A large number of zombies fell to the ground, and more and more zombies rushed up one after another, baring their teeth and claws, trying to break through the skeleton''s defense line. In the fierce battle, some zombies were crowded and rolled, breaking through the defense line. The body was chopped to pieces by a skeleton holding an ax from behind. The scene was **** and tragic. The survivors kept carrying ammunition and replacing the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. But everyone''s face was full of fear. ?Even though it was not the first time, I followed the convoy to kill zombies everywhere. But before, they used a crushing style of play. Now these zombies seem to know how to use tactics. No longer like an irrational beast. Qi, Sister Qi, will everything be okay with us? one of the survivors asked with an ugly face. Qi Hancai was also busy. He glanced at the surrounding areas of the battle and said with a serious face, "Don''t say negative words. Let''s clean up the zombies. We have failed before." Its different this time! Sister Qi, I just got married last week. Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed and he cursed: "No one wants to die, so hurry up and work hard, because if someone makes a mistake and delays the battle, I will skin you." ??Everyone shrank their necks and continued busy with their work. Just listening to the roars of zombies less than a hundred meters away and the strong smell of corpses all around made people''s hands and feet tremble. Wu Heng issued orders quickly. ?At the same time, [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and a large number of dead corpses stood up from the ground, grabbing at the zombies rushing around. At this time, Glenda flew down from the air and pointed to the top of the building in the distance, "Look over there, those zombies are standing there!" ?Perception is improved, and vision is much higher than that of ordinary people. Following the direction she pointed, you could see several figures standing on the edge of the roof. At the front, there is a zombie wearing a suit with his hands attached. He is no different from a human in size. He is standing there, looking down at the entire battlefield. On both sides of him, there were several second-level zombies such as big men and crawlers. ??Wu Heng looked at it carefully. ?The zombie in a suit also turned his head to look at him as if he was feeling something. Perception is so high? Wu Heng was a little surprised. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze and looked at Glenda, "Is it still level 15?" "Still, but it seems a little stronger than before." Glenda said. ?Wu Heng frowned, "That might be the Corpse King." ?Glenda floated to the other side and said suspiciously: "Are you always so lucky? I just heard about the Corpse King a few days ago, and I met him today." ?Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "It''s a war, don''t laugh at me." ?Glenda smiled, flew into the sky again, and continued to monitor the surrounding situation. ??Wu Heng continued: "Let the two skeleton flying dragons go out and bomb that building for me." Hurrah~! Two skeletal flying dragons flew out directly. ?While watching, quickly approach the building where the Corpse King is located in the distance. When the skeleton flying dragon approached. Zombie King took several other deformed zombies and retreated directly, disappearing without a trace. The flying dragon also arrived in the sky. Solid iron bullets fell on the roof like a heavy rain. Thick smoke rose from the roof of the building. ?Earth and rocks exploded, and the whole building shook violently. The group of corpses currently fighting was also in chaos and no longer surrounded the team in a roundabout way. Regather along the main road and attack forward. ??The remaining skeleton flying dragons rushed out again and bombed along the road. The surrounding zombies were also killed in mass killings and machine gun fire. The advantage previously held by the zombies was instantly reversed. Hurrah! At the same time, the group of corpses rushing forward suddenly stopped. ??Still baring his teeth and claws in front of him, roaring ferociously, but his steps were retreating little by little. All returned to the location of the factory. ?Wu Heng asked Granda to confirm the number of zombies in his eyes, and most of them died outside. ?There are less than 10,000 zombies inside. Qi Hancai, let everyone get in the car and follow the skeleton forward. Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said directly. "receive!" ??Qi Hancai asked everyone to pack their things and return to the vehicle he was driving. Follow the skeleton army and begin to advance along the road. ??Wu Heng held the Spine Staff and began to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stood up from the ground along the way. Join the skeleton team. Soon, the number doubled, and the convoy was densely protected in the middle. The skeleton army approached the factory gate in a mighty manner. The army confronts the zombies inside. ?Wu Heng responded to the order and said: "Ready the machine guns and wait for my order." After saying that, his eyes began to look for the zombie in the suit. Pingxiang Service Station. The convoy with the flag of the rescue team surrounded the small service station shelter. In the lobby of the service station. All survivors in the base are gathered here. Opposite, a young man with short hair and a blue sweater was sitting. He glanced at everyone present with indifferent eyes and said, "I am the captain of the fifth rescue team. Have you sent a message to the rescue team?" Everyone remained silent. The man narrowed his eyes and said, "Speak." The woman guarding the radio station lowered her head and whispered, "Yes, Boss Liu Chuang contacted me." The man with the short hair nodded and continued to ask: "How long has it been since the convoy left before?" Another man came out. Answer carefully, "Probably more than two hours." The Cuntou team was searching for supplies nearby and came directly after receiving the news. I thought I could block the other party, but I didnt expect that he left very quickly, without even stopping. The man with the short hair then asked, "Tell me the number of people and vehicles." He answered carefully, "They have been gone for about two hours. They have a lot of skeletons. Most of their vehicles are trucks, four off-road vehicles equipped with machine guns, and two armored vehicles." They also have armored vehicles? Do you know what an armored vehicle is? I know, two six-wheeled cannon armored vehicles! The man with an inch-shaped head raised his eyes. ?The other party really has armored vehicles. "Okay, I''m quite satisfied with your answer." Cun Tou replied. At this time, one of his subordinates ran back and said, "Captain, there is nothing good. I found more than thirty bags of grain." ?Huntou nodded, "Leave half of it for them, and we''ll take the rest with us." The faces of the survivors changed. It wasnt enough to get through the winter in the first place, but now Im afraid it will be even harder to get through. But looking at the cold muzzles all around. No one dared to say anything. ?Seeing him leaving with the food on his shoulders. Leave the service area shelter. People boarded trucks and armored vehicles. Cun Tou picked up the car walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go to the factory and catch that kid. We won''t be short of food in the future." Its just the right time now. At this time, they were most likely fighting zombies. ?Go by yourself and just block them. If someone catches him, he might be able to take over the factory. At that time, it will be a great achievement for the base, and it will be able to allocate more resources to its own team. ?Thinking in my heart, I became more and more anxious. "Speed ??up," urged. (End of this chapter) Chapter 491 , Level 18 Corpse King Chapter 491, Level 18 Corpse King Hurrah~! The skeletal flying dragon flew over the factory. Solid iron bullets fell rapidly with a roar of death. In an instant, there was a roar, and the world was turned upside down. Piles of zombies were turned into pieces of flesh all over the ground during the bombing. Attack~! ??Wu Heng gave the order directly before the smoke and dust cleared. The skeletons were lined up closely, their spears moved forward, and they began to advance step by step. Squeezing his way through the door, he started fighting with the zombies blocking him inside. Sharp weapons pierce flesh and blood. Zombies roared and roared, filling the entire area. Except for the zombie king discovered, the number of zombies poses no threat at all. ??The zombies that were cleared up in the city before were several times more than the current zombies in each case. The Corpse King has not appeared for a long time. The number of zombies is rapidly decreasing in the fighting of the skeleton army. "Wu Heng! There is a group of zombies coming around over there. Judging from the direction, they should be trying to attack the convoy behind." Granda flew down from above and said quickly. Is there a corpse king? No, there are level two zombies, and there are many evolved zombies you mentioned. Glenda answered. In other words, this is a sneak attack team. The zombies you command can now use tactics. ??Wu Heng glanced at the direction Granda said the zombies would attack the team, and threw the [Silent Blade Evil Sword] in the space ring to Granda. You go and solve some problems, pay attention to the scope, and dont hurt our own people. ?Glenda caught the evil sword and said, "Be careful and wait until I come back." ?Wu Heng nodded, and Glenda left quickly. You guys also go to help and speed up. Beside him, several level 15 skeleton attendants drew their weapons and followed him into the battlefield. Quickly kill the zombies along the way. Forest land outside the factory area. Three level two aberration zombies, and more than 200 evolved zombies. Running quickly through the forest. ?On the road ahead, an unsheathed long sword is suspended in mid-air. ~! The sword flashed, and the head of the big zombie that rushed towards him fell to the ground. Shuashuashua~! Then, the second, the third. As he rushed into the range of the strange objects, heads fell to the ground one after another. The few evolved zombies following at the back suddenly stopped. Start to run away in the opposite direction. The suspended evil sword rushed straight up. Factory location. The ground was covered with zombie corpses. There are not many zombies left that can still resist skeletons. In the remaining time, as long as you continue to push forward, you can clean up all the zombies. "Uncle, the corpse king is out." Xiaoxiao flew down quickly. Bang~! When Xiaoxiao talks. The glass on the third floor on one side suddenly shattered. With broken glass falling all over the sky, the Corpse King wearing a blood-stained suit fell from the sky riding on the back of a second-level crawler. Then, he knocked away the scattered skeletons around and fled towards the back of the factory yard. Escape? I thought the other party was going to rush over. But he ran away backwards. ?The Corpse King was riding on the back of the crawler. As it went away, its hideous and weird head looked back. Staring at Wu Heng''s position, his eyes were full of hatred and resentment. It indeed possesses higher wisdom. Can''t let it escape. It will only be more dangerous if you leave here and gather zombies in the city. Stop them. Wu Heng ordered directly. After saying this, Kerimu, the level 17 skeleton boxer Tolga, tapped his foot lightly and rushed out like a sharp arrow. A large number of axe-wielding skeletons also started running wildly. Go around the building, swoop over, drag and chop the two deformed zombies, and escape. In the blink of an eye, a large number of skeletons were already hanging on the fleeing crawler. Huh~! Clouds and mist rise in the periphery. The next second, Kerimus figure appeared behind the Corpse King. ??The Corpse King, who was sitting on the back of the crawler, glanced back lightly. The surface of his ruined skin was quickly covered with a layer of black horniness. ?Leaning his head forward, he avoided the decapitating blow. But he also made a deep scar on the back of his neck, with bone visible. Immediately afterwards, the scars healed at a speed visible to the naked eye, the flesh and blood were reconnected, and the **** surface was once again covered. The Kerimu sword swung out again, killing the Corpse King. Boxer Tolga also stopped in front of the crawler and punched out with both fists. Bang~! ? Explosions and air waves sounded, and the crawler''s body suddenly rolled backwards as it ran away. After throwing away the corpse king above, the crawler also rolled several times and was overwhelmed by the skeleton axe-wielders gathered around it. The Corpse King rolled over and slowly stood up from the ground. ?Hand gripped the twisted left arm with his right hand, and straightened it out with a squeaking sound. The muscles move and return to normal. ?His eyes quickly scanned the surroundings, and he quickly ran to one side, still with the goal of escaping from here. Keranmu and Tolga quickly followed up, attacking with long swords, fists and feet. Kill towards the target. The two skeleton servants are both level 17, and they are professions with high melee skills. Even though the corpse kings wisdom has been improved. Skills and abilities are still incomparable to melee professions. The black **** skin provides a strong defense. Even if the two skeletons attack fiercely, they will only distort the body parts or leave wounds. ?The corpse kings healing ability has also reached a terrifying level. basically heals at a speed visible to the naked eye. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Wu Heng was behind, setting up a sniper rifle, looking for the target and firing bullets one by one. ?The bullet pierced through the corpse king''s body in the blink of an eye. The broken position is still squirming and healing bit by bit. After he was healed, the strange corpse king once again ran away, just to get out of here first. The self-healing ability is so strong? This point made Wu Heng full of surprise. Any professional, even at level 18, does not have such a strong self-healing ability. Broken bones can be healed, and open wounds can also return to normal within a few seconds. ?This is too scary. If any professional can have this ability. The survivability is so high that you save money on medicines. ??Looking at the Corpse King who started to run around, using the terrain to avoid the surrounding skeletons. ?Wu Heng also frowned. He doesn''t have time to go around in circles with such a zombie. People from the rescue team may arrive here at any time. The battle is not over yet, and you may become passive. ?Handed a chain to the level 18 great boxer Kaxiu beside him and said: Kaxiu, you also go over and kill it. Kaxiu picked up the chain, stepped forward, and rushed out. Hurry past the skeleton blocking the front. Close the distance between each other, throw the chain in hand straight away. ??Before the Corpse King could react, it was instantly wrapped around his waist, and the other end was connected to Ka Xiu himself. Gladiator ShacklesOnce connected, it will only be opened if one party dies. The chain connecting the two sides began to gradually shorten. No matter how much the Corpse King struggles, he cannot escape the effect of the strange object. The distance is very close. Kaxiu brought his finger-tiger fist, like a heavy rain, towards the Corpse King. The inside of the **** body began to explode continuously. ??Black, sticky blood spurted out from the blasted wound. No matter how strong your bodys recovery power is. Faced with the great boxers [Domain Boxing Intent], the punches continued. The recovery speed cannot catch up with the injuries on the body. ?The bones were shattered one after another, and the body lay limply on the ground. The chains are still connected, proving that they are still alive and not dead. Kerimu, chop off its head. The cloud and mist spell is released again. Keranmu appeared behind the paralyzed corpse king, slashed out his long sword, and got stuck in the middle of the neck bone. Then, push again. Click~! Neck bone fracture. The head fell aside. The corpse on the ground twitched briefly. The chain opened and the two people were unconnected. The skeleton has also returned to standby mode. It proves that all the zombies around have been killed. ?Wu Heng walked over and took a look, and ordered again to clean the battlefield and collect all the corpses everywhere. Hulala~! All skeletons on standby take action. Start to clean up the battlefield along the road. At this time, Glenda also flew back, looked around and at the corpses on the ground, and said in surprise: "Are you so fast?" ?Wu Heng glanced aside and said, "The child is here, don''t talk nonsense." No, I mean, you killed the Corpse King so quickly! I thought I could wait a while, Glenda said. It jumped out on its own, otherwise it would have taken much longer to fight inside the building. Wu Heng kicked the head back as it rolled to the side. "Well, let me tell you, you don''t have to worry too much. With your current ability, level 18 may not be able to beat you." Glenda said from the side, handing the evil sword back. ?Xiao Xiao also nodded, "Uncle, you are much better than before." "Thank you both for your approval." Wu Heng looked outside and said, "I''m not sure if the rescue team will come. Please help me keep an eye on it." The two ghosts nodded and flew into the sky again. On alert. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and asked Qi Hancai to bring the motorcade over. His eyes fell on the body on the ground. Level 18 Corpse King. Qi Hancai mentioned something before, but he didn''t expect that he would kill one just after he came here. Yu Bone Techniquerelease. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Demon (Level 18) New road markings. The rescue team''s convoy stopped at an intersection. Someone checked the corpses of zombies on the roadside and said, "Captain, they were all killed with cold weapons. It seems to be similar to what the service station said. They all used cold weapons when fighting." ?Captain Cuntou smiled and said, "They don''t have much ammunition, so what we give them in exchange is valuable." "Hmm! But those two armored vehicles are still more dangerous." ??The captain asked: "How long does it take to arrive at the factory?" It will take more than 40 minutes and you can see over there. ??The captain sneered, "I hope they are not all dead. Get in the car and go there as soon as possible." "yes!" Thanks for the tip of 5000 coins lighter than a feather (End of this chapter) Chapter 492 , help with defense Chapter 492: Help with defense Skeleton Demon (Level 18) Level: Level 18 Attributes: Constitution 50, Strength 35, Agility 42, Intelligence 32, Perception 34, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, regeneration characteristics. Ability: Brood Domain, **** outer armor. Experts: biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Regeneration Characteristics: Non-fatal physical injuries can be quickly reorganized and repaired. Brother''s Nest Domain: The ''Skeleton Demon'' in the domain can pass instructions to the surrounding ''affiliated'' servants. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. ?Wu Heng looked at the attributes of the skeleton. ?It always feels weird. In terms of attributes, there are no shortcomings. Constitution 50, Strength 35, Agility 42. Completely meets the requirements of advanced melee professions. The 18th-level Skeleton Boxer has a physical constitution of only 48. 50 is considered a very high attribute. The following attributes are also not low. Intelligence 32, Perception 34, not as good as his own physique, but in terms of attributes of a professional, they are not low either. Charm 5 cant be helped. After being transformed into a skeleton, it will be reduced to a certain extent. After reading the attributes, Wu Heng continued to look at the expertise and abilities below. There are three of them that are quite distinctive. Regeneration CharacteristicIt is a non-fatal injury that can be repaired quickly. After being transformed into a skeleton, it is also inherited. ?This is good, but I dont know how to show it on the bones. Can it be reconnected if it is broken? Its not clear yet. Brood Realmis obviously an evolved version of the big-headed skeleton ability. It can control skeletons in a wider range, and no longer requires waves of hundreds of skeletons to issue frequent orders. Hornous outer armorThe ability to form thick cutin on the surface. I remember seeing it on a third-level deformed zombie. In other words, in addition to the rapid improvement of the attributes of this corpse king. Inherits the characteristics of various zombies. Your name is Bone Demon No. 1. Stand aside first. Wu Heng said after naming him. The Skeleton Demon came out, shaking off the filth from his body. Take off your suit first, Ill find you a new one later. ??The Skeleton Demon took off his clothes and threw them aside, then walked aside. At the door, the corpses were divided into two piles. The normal corpses are on one side, and the corpses of evolved zombies and aberrant zombies are on the other side. ?Wu Heng walked over and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The corpses on both sides had all their flesh and blood shed off. One skeleton after another rolled down from the pile of corpses with a grunting sound, and then stood up unsteadily. ?Wu Heng asked the skeletons to go aside, and began to search for corpse cores from the pile of corpses, then put them into the space ring. "I took people to the back factory to take a look. Part of it was burned down. It must have been a fire. There was also a part that was quite intact. There were a lot of equipment and accessories in the warehouse. I don''t know what they were used for. There were also bullets. , boxes by box, lots of reserves. Qi Hancai came over and said with a smile on his face. ?As far as the ammunition in the warehouse is concerned, it''s not a loss for them to make a trip. Is ammunition produced in the factory? It seems like there are still bullet casings on it! ?Wu Heng asked again, Can production be resumed? Qi Hancai frowned and thought for a moment, "Even if the production line is intact and can be used when opened, electricity is a problem if we want to support such a large production chain. If we use all the remaining solar panels, I''m afraid Its not available either. ?Wu Heng touched his chin and felt that this was indeed the right thing to say. Just use a light or one or two electrical appliances, and you wont feel anything. But if a factory resumes production, it is not an easy task. ?Each factory consumes huge amounts of electricity. Lets take a look at the situation first, Wu Heng said. While the two were talking. ?Wu Heng paused in his footsteps, Glenda got into his body, and a scene was shared in his mind. The far side of the road. A convoy of armored vehicles and trucks is approaching.? ? ? People from the rescue team have arrived. According to Liu Chuang, it would take more than 5 hours for the other party to come from the base. But the fighting speed on our side is much faster. How come the opponent arrived here at least half the time ahead of schedule? ?The corpse cannot lie, and Liu Chuang is a driver of sports cars all year round, so he has a certain grasp of time and roads. In other words, the opponent did not come from the base, but somewhere in the middle. Is there a problem? Qi Hancai asked. "The rescue team''s vehicle is here." Wu Heng said, and then said to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Let the skeleton bring the armored vehicles and machine gun vehicles over and get ready." The vehicle starts. The skeletons began to make way for a car, which arrived at the door. The weapon faces outward. On the road. Vehicles with rescue team flags began to slow down. A pair of eyes, looking through the front towards the factory in the distance. "There seems to be no movement! We are too late and everyone is already dead, right?" They have cars. If they cant be beaten, some of them will run back, right? They didnt think they couldnt fight, so they didnt fight and left, right? Then we should be able to meet. The people in the motorcade began to discuss. Obviously, there was no sound of fighting in the distant factory. The greater possibility is that the person ran away. The captain with an inch head was sitting in the back row smoking a cigarette. He took a deep breath and blew out the smoke ring. Lets fly the drone and see what happens. The car window opened and a drone was thrown into the sky. Flying forward, at the same time, the situation along the way appears on the on-board monitor. ?Just above the factory, we could vaguely see skeletons and armored vehicles. A suspended wooden stick suddenly hit his head. ?The drone made a loud bang, shook and fell, and lost signal. ?Several people in the car stared at the monitor with their eyes widened. ??A stick floated high in the sky and hit the drone. Furthermore, it seems that the guys who control the skeletons in Xinfu City have also taken over the factory. Captain, they have captured it. "How could it be so fast? All the zombies are gone?" What shall we do? Everyone was a bit at a loss of ideas. The captain thought for a moment and said, "It''s better if we get closer and they capture it. Our armored vehicles are here, so we can''t go back empty-handed." Okay! Someone picked up the walkie-talkie and began to order the vehicles to continue approaching. Along the way, the ground was crushed with blood. Directly close to the factory gate. The car door opened, a team member walked out, took the walkie-talkie to the gate, turned around and left. The skeleton inside came out, picked up the walkie-talkie, and sent it inside. You tell them. Wu Heng handed it to Qi Hancai. Soon, the sound of electricity came from the intercom. And a man''s voice, "What do you call it?" Qi Hancai! Ah! Chief Qi, I have long admired your name. The person on the other side was slightly surprised, but he obviously knew her. What do you call me? Wang Xin. So Wang Xin, whats the matter? The person on the other side was silent for a moment and said directly: "We are responsible for the security and rescue dispatch in the province. I heard that you were going to attack the factory, so we came to support you. It seems that it is a step too late." He paused slightly and then continued: "It''s not too late. We can assist you in defense. The rest of the defense and deployment work will be negotiated between our two bases." Qi Hancai frowned, and an angry look immediately appeared on his face. Let us fight it down and you can negotiate the distribution. What is the difference between this and robbery? (End of this chapter) Chapter 493 , start a war Chapter 493: War begins ?Wu Heng stood aside and frowned. At the main station, the occupation and utilization of original materials are encouraged. When they come over, they are more like the kings of nearby mountains. The land they conquer will be divided into half of ours. ?? Qi Hancai glanced at Wu Heng and then said: "Want to share some of the benefits for free? Okay, give me something in exchange. I think your armored vehicle is good." There was a sneer from the other side, "Am I talking to you about the exchange? The resources of the entire provincial capital must be uniformly allocated for better recovery and construction. Your unauthorized actions have destroyed our original plan." Qi Hancai didn''t want to talk nonsense to him, "Go back, you won''t get much benefit here, go bully the small shelter." How to put it another way, Qi Hancai was also the leader who managed two cities for Wu Heng. How could you be so frightened by these few words that you hand over the supplies? ??If this is true, then the exchange stations in other cities will not be able to open, and people will threaten and ask for food every day. The opposite side suddenly fell into dullness. ?Several machine guns have their muzzles slightly raised. The intercom sounded again in a threatening tone, "Chief Qi, times have changed. Can your skeletons carrying cold weapons deal with zombies and armored vehicles? Don''t make fun of your own life." At this point, the threatening tone is already very obvious. Qi Hancai leaned closer to Wu Heng''s position, feeling a lot safer, and then continued to press the intercom, "Guess, your Deputy Commander Liu and Deputy Commander Huang, do you dare to talk to us like this? We are from Xinfu City You can fight all the way here, think you can beat us?" The opponent seems to have underestimated the strength of this side. Attributed the combat effectiveness to the skeletons carrying cold weapons. But if you think about it carefully, you may not have really underestimated yourself, otherwise you would have used your tone of voice and your domineering tone. Ordinary small forces may have had armored vehicles crash into them. Because I still have some fear in my heart, I try to use words. Let this side take the initiative to hand over the factory and distribute it with them. The intercom rang again, "I''ll give you five minutes to discuss. Once a fight breaks out, our reinforcements will arrive faster than your Xinfu City." After speaking, there was no sound on the intercom. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "What should we do? It seems like they won''t give up easily." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Give me the walkie-talkie. You go to the back first. If there is a fight, make sure there is no problem behind." What about you? Modern weapons with a long range. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''m not stupid. I can still stand outside. I will also hide when the time comes. Don''t worry, they can''t do anything to us." Hearing what he said, Qi Hancai felt more relaxed. He nodded, handed over the walkie-talkie, and walked toward the back. ?Wu Heng also quickly walked into a safe position to avoid a real war and himself being affected by artillery fire. From the upper floors of the building, the positions of both sides can be seen. At this time, Xiaoxiao appeared from beside him and said: "Uncle, I blew up two planes and smashed them into pieces." ??When the drone was shot down just now, Wu Heng also saw it. ??Ghost is also very useful for targeting a single drone. ??In the future, if some missiles come over and the ghosts are detonated in the air, is it possible? Awesome! ?Glenda also appeared from the other side, "There are not many people on the other side." This kind of battle doesnt depend on the number of people. "I know that your four armored vehicles destroyed hundreds of pirate groups." Granda said. Wu Heng said: "Well, the lethality is too great. When the time comes, go and kill the people inside those armored vehicles." ?Glenda nodded. What about me? Xiaoxiao asked. You protect me a little, but I will count on you if Im in danger. A smile immediately appeared on the little face, "Okay." Seeing that there was nothing new to explain, Granda became invisible again, quickly flew towards the convoy in the distance, and got into the armored vehicle. Rescue team, in armored vehicle. Captain, five minutes are up, do they have any news? someone said. Captain Cuntou threw the cigarette **** in his hand through the gap in the window, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Wait for my order, be ready for battle, and give priority to destroying the opponent''s armor...A, A..." Suddenly, the voice of the short-haired captain stopped. The other people looked over in confusion. ??Then he saw the captain''s mouth opened wide, his face flushed red from suppressing it, and his eyes full of fear. The neck was twisted to one side exaggeratedly, making a rattling sound. Captain, whats wrong with you? "team leader?" Click~! ?At the questioning sound of the team members beside him, the captain''s neck turned 180 degrees to the back, making eye contact with the team members behind him. Everyone''s eyes widened at the same time. I never expected that my captain would die in such a strange way. The enemy has killed the captain. The people in the back row shouted. Then, his body suddenly suffocated. He pulled out the pistol from his waist, turned on the safety, and killed the driver in the driver''s seat with one shot. He turned the muzzle of the gun and put it against his chin. Dont, dont! Bang~! Gunshots rang out, and the last person fell in a pool of blood. The sound of gunshots spread out of the window along the open glass, and also attracted the attention of others. The car radio came with a voice asking, "Captain, what''s going on in your car?" Armored Car No. 3, please reply when you receive it! "I am the deputy captain Wei Gui. I will take over the next team operations. Everyone will provide fire coverage towards the target." Serial sounds sounded from the walkie-talkie. ?Bang bang bang~! Three armored vehicles spit out tongues of fire from the front and back and opened fire toward the front. ?In the blink of an eye, the gate of the courtyard instantly shattered, and the walls exploded one after another, collapsing piece by piece. ?Glenda, on the other hand, quickly got into the next armored vehicle, and gunshots rang out from inside. Machine gun ceasefire. Then the third and fourth cars. Less than a minute after the cannon opened fire, the four armored vehicles stopped firing. Falled into a state of stagnation. And in the smoke on the opposite side. The densely packed figures holding battle axes gradually became clearer. The people in the machine gun pickup truck and the truck looked at the figure in the smoke that looked like it was coming out of hell, and they swallowed helplessly. Damn, why are there so many? Didnt you say there arent many? There are probably more than zombies. Someone picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Captain, vice-captain, please reply when you receive it." Why did the armored vehicle stop attacking? Should we continue the attack? Please keep the armored vehicles firing. The convoy started calling, but no one responded. Tap tap tap~! At this moment, dense and noisy footsteps sounded. Groups of skeletons burst out of the smoke, filling the field of vision and running towards them. The expressions of the remaining people in the convoy changed drastically. The skeletons in front of me have already received news several times more than the service area, and they are still rushing out. Shoot, shoot! people shouted. The machine gun turned around and the men in the truck pulled out their rifles. Bullets fired wildly downwards. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 494 , opened a factory on Treasure Island (r Chapter 494, Treasure Island opens factory (repay everyone a thousand words.) A large number of skeletons were hit by bullets, while more skeletons swarmed around the convoy from different directions. ?The pickup truck was overturned and the people in the truck were dragged out and hacked to death. ??Those who tried to escape by car were also hit by the iron frame grabbed by the skeleton flying dragon and smashed on the front of the car. The car swayed and hit a tree trunk on the side of the road. The people in the car were directly killed by the skeleton. The battle did not last long. ??The only surprise that occurs is that the armored vehicle will actually open fire. Carried out bombing on the factory area. Even though the skeletons had been evacuated before, there was still a lot of damage. It feels quite cool to blow up pirates. I didnt expect that this would happen to me today. ?Glenda flew back from a distance, "It''s over, their leader died, and the deputy leader directly took over the command, a little slower." "It''s okay. Compared with the gains, these losses are bearable." Wu Heng said, walking out from the hiding position. Four armored vehicles, as well as machine gun pickups and trucks. Its quite a gain. It can be regarded as a batch of supplies sent to myself. When I walked down again, the entrance of the factory was already full of craters. ?Several corpses were dragged directly to the door. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and said directly: "Take off all the clothes on the corpse." ?Several skeletons bent down and began to remove the body armor and helmets, and put them aside. Who is the head of these people? ?Glenda pointed to one of them and said, "He is the leader." ?Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse suddenly sat up from the ground. ?Turn your head behind you and look at this side at a weird angle. ??Wu Heng asked: "What order did the provincial rescue team give you?" The corpse replied, "Close to the No. 35 Factory, accompanying and monitoring your movements." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Didn''t you let you attack us?" The corpse replied, "I didn''t say it directly, but I think the time is right to attack and control your leader." ?Wu Heng nodded. Provincial and district rescue teams did not issue direct orders. Two points can be understood here. ?One is that the rescue team does not want to be too overbearing. After all, the main station is issuing orders to the rescue teams in various places. Another possibility is that they know the strength of Wu Heng. After all, he went to Xinfu City many times to exchange supplies. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Tell me about the internal situation of your rescue team?" ??The corpse was silent for two or three seconds, and then replied, "The provincial rescue team is controlled by three forces, the military rescue team, Tiancheng Group, and Boss Huang of the Huang family." ?Wu Heng frowned. How come there are so many people in the rescue team? The corpse said: "The base was short of supplies at the beginning, and a large number of people could not survive, so they would give rewards based on the supplies and intelligence brought back, including weapons. It was through this rapid accumulation that the Tiancheng Group and the Huang Family Manpower and weapons occupy a certain say." ?Wu Heng frowned and analyzed the meaning of the words. In other words, the military distributed weapons as a kind of reward. However, it was later discovered that these weapons provided military support to the two forces, the Tiancheng Group and the Huang Family. When it reaches a certain intensity, it has the right to speak. It should be understood this way. But think about it, there is no way around it. If weapons are not issued, it will be difficult to open up wasteland or collect supplies. If it continues, it will become difficult to control the situation again. At the beginning, I did not choose to distribute firearms to other survivors on a large scale, which was probably the right thing to do. It is too easy to cause hidden dangers. Last question. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "If you die, will the rescue team come to trouble us?" The corpse answered directly, "Yes, I am Huang Guangping''s son." After five questions, the body fell back with a thud. Huang Guangping? ??This captain is from the Huang family of the rescue team. No wonder he doesn''t follow orders. ??I have had contact with the military market and Deputy Commander Liu before. They are both trying to get the benefits they want. But it did not reach the point of using whatever means necessary. He turned out to be not from the orthodox rescue team. ??Wu Heng continued to ask two more corpses and got to know something about the entire rescue team. The population of the base is around 5,000, and weapons are relatively sufficient. There are at least twenty more armored vehicles. ?There are also a lot of firearms and ammunition, but the number is not clear and has not been counted. After having a general understanding, Wu Heng did not continue to ask. The remaining corpses were all transformed into skeleton warriors. Joined the queue. Arrange skeletons who can drive, drive all the cars in, and then find some things to repair the wall. Wu Heng said to the side. ?Several skeletons walked out quickly. Righted the overturned pickup truck and the truck that hit the tree returned to the road and drove into the yard together with the armored vehicle. ??And more skeletons began to collect rubble to collapse the wall and temporarily surround it. Qi Hancai also walked over from behind. He looked around and asked with concern: "Are you okay?" "It''s okay, take me to see the factory assembly line you mentioned, and then ask someone to search nearby to see if there are any drawings left. The rescue team will come to the factory to find drawings to sell to us. There should be a place to store the drawings." Wu Heng Said directly. Qi Hancai nodded, took out the walkie-talkie and explained to the others. ?At the same time, he took Wu Heng to the factory at the back. The whole factory occupies a large area. The dormitory buildings, canteens, and basketball courts are all well-constructed. It even feels better than in prison, without the sense of oppression. Come to the back position. Most of the factory buildings have been destroyed by fire. There may be something to support the combustion. It can be seen that the fire was very strong, and some iron objects were burned and condensed into discus. The remaining factory buildings are separated by a large open space. It was not affected. The two of them turned on their flashlights and walked directly in with the help of the faint light. The ground and walls were covered with scratches and bloodstains. Then, Wu Heng saw the equipment Qi Hancai mentioned. The entire workshop is relatively intact, with a slender production chain and unassembled artillery shells on display. From the specification point of view, the 23mm artillery shells produced are. It was indeed a machine gun shell. ?Wu Heng was delighted. If production can be resumed, then there will be no need to worry about the number of shells. In the other factory, there are also small firearms and bullets, and the variety is quite complete. Qi Hancai said with a smile. The harvest this time is still very good. At least the goal set before departure was achieved. It would be great if we could resume production. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "I asked the brother in the team who knows the equipment to take a look and said that it is well preserved. As long as it can provide the power to drive it, it can almost resume production." Well, Ill find a way. The two of them stopped looking, and the sky did get dark. ?Wu Heng arranged defense work for the skeleton. Qi Hancai first asked people to sort out the dormitory building. For the rest, wait until daybreak to continue checking other locations in the factory and looking for drawings. ??Qi Hancai took Wu Heng to the prepared dormitory and said softly: "What should the rescue team do if they ask those people?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I just said I was leaving. We don''t know where exactly we went." "Can they believe it?" They wont believe anything we say, theyre just looking for an excuse. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng opened the door and entered his room. Opened the gate and walked in with his skeleton. At Treasure Island, its still almost dusk. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and went directly to the Skeleton Alchemy Room. He took down the organ jar from the shelf beside him and placed it in front of him. At the same time, he also took out the fourth-level corpse core. It is like a small brain, densely covered with dark purple blood vessels. Open the mouth of the organ jar and put the corpse core directly in. ??The third-level corpse core potion has not yet been produced, and the fourth level will definitely be more difficult. But the Corpse Kings abilities are still somewhat exciting. The recovery speed visible to the naked eye is simply terrifying. Even if the bones in the body are broken and twisted into twists, they can quickly return to normal. It is not an exaggeration to say that it is immortal and has the ability to heal itself. Then, Wu Heng took out a plastic bag with other distorted corpse cores inside. There are four second-level corpse cores and more than 300 first-level corpse cores. All are given to ordinary alchemy skeletons, which can be used to make potions. Finished dealing with the corpse core matter. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Minnie and Andwyer had already had dinner and were training with the skeleton in the training room. I asked the skeleton chef to make some, and sat at the dining table to eat while listening to Minnie and Andwyer talk about today''s events. Weier, who did the regional planning on the island? Wu Heng asked. Anderweil recalled, "It seems to be a dwarf designer, I don''t remember the specific name." Can I contact him? He works in the city hall, do you need to ask him to come over? Andwyer looked over. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It''s not good to come to our house for everything. Let him go to the association meeting room tomorrow morning, and I will discuss the construction of the island with him." A good master. Have a simple dinner. ?Wu Heng returned upstairs, and the two women went to the training room again to train for a while. In the study, Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat on a chair. Leaning back, I couldn''t help but start thinking about what happened in the factory today. Killing the people in the rescue team will obviously make the relationship between them more serious. There are three forces within the other party, so it is unlikely that they can start a direct war. But you also need to make some preparations yourself. The factory''s production chain is relatively intact. As long as production is resumed, it can make up for the demand for ammunition. Raw materials and electricity must be found. ?Materials are actually not difficult to solve. Gunpowder and corresponding metals, whether copper or steel, can be satisfied in other worlds. Treasure Island is a gathering place for chambers of commerce from all over the world, so it shouldnt be difficult to purchase these resources. No, its a bit too troublesome to always transport raw materials through the boundary gate. There is also the rescue team. One day when I am not here, the other party bombs the factory with a few shells..." If we can move the factory to Treasure Island, everything will be solved. ?Material requirements and the possibility of danger, Wu Heng still feels that building a factory on Treasure Island will be more convenient and safer. The strong ones here can at best rush over and cause destruction. Can''t use artillery shells or missiles to blast a large area. The second point is the issue of electricity. ?Wu Heng put his hands behind his head. Production requires power supply. The power required by a factory cannot be maintained by several solar panels. Need to build power stations. The power stations that I know about include thermal power plants, hydroelectric power plants, wind power plants and nuclear power plants. Nuclear power plants are obviously out of the question. Those I can think of include thermal power generation and hydropower generation. Treasure Island is close to the sea. There is no shortage of water. But it is really difficult for us to build equipment in the sea. The second type is thermal power generation. The basic principle is to burn fire, generate steam, and convert it into electricity. "Provide heat and convert it into electricity..." Wu Heng muttered. His eyes suddenly lit up as he got closer. The furnace of fire. A magical building that relies on formations to produce terrifying heat energy. It can even melt a large amount of metal and provide it to the blacksmith for forging. ??Isn''t it possible to research a power plant with a magic building? Even fuel is saved. You can try it! Wu Heng said. I think there is a very high possibility that it can be implemented. Thought about it quickly. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and returned to his room to rest. The next day, in the morning. ??Wu Heng got up and washed up, then went to the radio room to take a look. Philippa''s record book has already written a lot of words. The most useful record is that another pirate group was cleared yesterday. ?Picking up the phone, Wu Heng said: "Philippa!" After waiting for a while, a confused voice came from the other side, "You are sick, it''s so early." Is there nothing wrong? "The pirate thing is fine. If you talk to me so early, I feel like I''m going to die." The person on the other end was weak and full of complaints. Wu Heng was almost amused by her and said, "I''ve been out for a few days, do you want to come back?" The person on the other side hesitated. Then he said: "Go back, I miss you a little, but I have just been out for a few days, and the others are quite energetic. Do you see if there are any pirates nearby? If not, I will go back." "Wait a minute, let me take a look!" Wu Heng took out the emerald sand table and looked at Philippa''s route. ?Looking all the way. Finally landed on a fleet of somewhat suspicious ships. ?There are five ships in total, hanging with a blue-on-yellow pattern, looking like a caravan fleet. But this fleet is traveling sideways. Instead of advancing along the route, he rushed straight towards the other fleet. Then, the flag is changed and the pirate flag is hoisted. ?These guys are getting smarter. Philippa, there is a large fleet in the north, and they are preparing to attack a passing caravan. Wu Heng picked up the microphone and said directly. Philippa immediately became energetic and said, "A fight started?" Not yet, catching up. "Okay, I''ll have people turn around right away. I''ll protect this caravan." Philippa said, and then asked: "What is the pirate flag? Is it powerful?" ?Wu Heng looked at the sand table again and said, "Black background, golden lion, and tiger pattern." The Wild Lion Pirate Group? The association has withdrawn all wanted notices for him. Philippa said doubtfully. (End of this chapter) Chapter 495 , pay some money Chapter 495: Pay some money When Philippa said this, Wu Heng also thought of this pirate group. The Wild Lion Pirate Group is also a famous large-scale pirate group in the Emerald Sea. After the last battle on Treasure Island. Because the flag of the Wild Lion Pirates was discovered, they were considered to have been eliminated, and the wanted order was also removed. Now it has appeared again and plans to continue to rob the fleet on the route. ?Either the Mad Lion Pirate Group did not all join the battle on Treasure Island at that time. Either he was lucky enough to survive and form a new pirate group again. Philippa''s voice came again. He gritted his teeth and said, "It was this pirate group that deceived me before, saying that I was the association''s spy. If I hadn''t had two friends among the pirates, I would have died in their hands." ?Wu Heng frowned. I have heard Philippa mention that he was exposed and imprisoned by the pirate group. ?Now it seems that it was this Mad Lion pirate group that did it. Thought for a moment and said: "The pirate group has not changed its flag. It is very likely that the other party''s captain is still alive. If you go there, be careful." In terms of the ships commanded by Philippa. There is no problem in defeating ordinary pirates. But for level 15 professionals, there may still be dangers. Philippa continued: "Then I will use the equipment you gave me. You said there is insufficient ammunition, but I am not willing to use it." Use it, the recoil is relatively large, and the first few shots will hit the hull. Now that the factory has been occupied, preparations are being made to resume production. ?Although there is a shortage of ammunition, there is no need to deliberately save it. "Okay! I''ll kill those **** then." Philippa said impatiently. After all, Treasure Island was fighting at that time. But it made Wu Heng completely famous on the island, and Philippa had always wanted to try the power of this weapon. It is obviously unwilling to return after not using it once. Well, be safe. Philippa chuckled and said, "Okay, is there anything else? If nothing else, I will command the ship to rush over." Go, now that this time is over, prepare to return. Its been a long time since we left, Wu Heng said. Philippa agreed directly, "Okay, I''ve thought about it too, I''m going out first, see you dad." The other party hung up the communication and there was no sound. ??Wu Heng also hung up the microphone on the radio and put away the jade sand table beside him. Walked to the side, where the other radio was, picked up the record book and looked at it. Here are the records of the radio Shannaira. There is already a message in the record book. Relatively short. We have arrived at the port, dont worry! ?It seems that the location of the wood elves is really not close, and it took so long to get there. I dont know if its because Im not familiar with radio or Im in a bad mood. In the past, Shanara was very willing to talk to herself. Now, so much time has passed, just these few words. But I felt relieved. There is no danger on Shannara''s side, and she has not forgotten herself. Put the record book back in front of the skeleton, open the door and walk out. Have breakfast with the two maids. Take a horse-drawn carriage and head to the central area. The carriage of the island lord''s mansion. It is a carriage pulled by two skeleton horses. The car body has the patterns and carvings of Treasure Island and the Association, which looks quite gorgeous. The skeleton horse was left over from the last cavalry purchased by the Snake Emblem Consortium and was used to pull the carriage. I am also considering whether to get a few more luxurious cars to use as vehicles for the island owner''s mansion, but I always feel that driving is not as handsome as a skeleton horse. The carriage arrived at the central area with great speed. ?Wu Heng got off the bus and headed to the association, while Anderweil continued riding the carriage to the city hall. ??This is also the reason why I just took over the entire island, and the city hall is a little busy with work. After a while, it should stabilize and Anderweil won''t be so busy. Enter the association hall. Staff and the association team greeted each other warmly. ?Wu Heng responded with a smile and went directly to the deacon''s study. ?Knocked on the door and heard Sheila Gui''s voice. Opened the door directly and walked in. In the room, Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, and in the assistant''s position sat another elf girl with short blond hair. ?The appearance is somewhat similar to that of ''Sela Rose'', but the facial features look much more mature, unlike ''Sela Rose'' which has the feeling of baby fat. The figure is somewhat similar, exaggerated and inconsistent with the appearance. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming in, Xila Gui''s expression immediately became happy and she looked aside. Coughing slightly, he said: "Wu Heng, you''re here at the right time. I''ll introduce you to something. This is my assistant." Then he said to his assistant: "He is the island owner Wu Heng. We were both deputy deacons before and we fought together." ??The short-haired elf smiled, took two steps forward, and saluted slightly, "Master Wuheng Island, I am the new assistant ''Shi Yali'', and I am also Xilagui''s sister. Thank you for taking care of her." Hello. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Sheila Gui said from the side: "Don''t talk about these things during working hours." ??The short-haired elf still smiled, "Island owner, please sit down. I have brought local scented tea from the elves. You can have a taste." Speaking, he walked aside and started to prepare tea. ?Wu Heng sat down aside. Sheila Gui looked over curiously, "Why are you here today?" ??Wu Heng said: "Let''s take a look. Is there nothing happening on the island recently?" "It''s nothing. There are more and more caravans on the island. I feel like you should consider resuming the expansion." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said directly. It is a good thing that there are many caravans on Treasure Island. It also drives local peoples income and some related taxes. The caravans recommended for oneself are still a small number, and more caravans of different sizes come to the island for trade, and they still have to pay taxes.?????But the population is large, and the scale of construction is now large. It seems a bit crowded. The assistant brought the tea, Wu Heng thanked him, and then said: "I also want to say this when I come here this time. I plan to resume the expansion of the city and increase the port, so that the ships on the Association Island and the merchant ships can dock separately. Well, thats a good idea. Sheila Gui agreed. Wu Heng looked at her and said, "So, for the construction of the association and the dedicated port on the island, the association will also contribute some money, but it''s not excessive!" Poof~! The water that Sheila Ge had just entered her mouth spurted out. ?? He wiped his hands in a panic, tried to save his image, and said angrily: "You''ve been talking to me for a long time, and you came to ask me for money?" "Construction depends on everyone. Happiness is between you and me. When the time comes, you first write the demand for a separate port to the ''headquarters'', and I will directly propose the construction proposal and let the headquarter allocate funds. How about it?" Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Sheela''s eyes widened. You still want to ask for money from the headquarters! Whats your expression? Sheela shook her head and said, "I don''t write. I am a deacon and I don''t do these things." Its not about cheating money, its about building a port. Wu Heng emphasized. "That''s not good. It would be embarrassing if word spread." Sheila Gui still refused. Wu Heng continued to persuade: "Now that the fleet is increasing, the port itself is not enough. It is reasonable and reasonable to separate the fleet. Why is it embarrassing? You write one first, and we will decide whether to approve it or not!" Sheela Gui thought for a moment. He just said: "I''ll think about it and let you know when the time comes." Well, its okay to try. If its not approved, we can build it ourselves. Silla rolled her eyes at him and didn''t say much. ?Wu Heng took another sip of the Elf scented tea, stood up and said, "I''ll borrow the conference room. Let''s talk when we have time." Sheila Gui nodded. ??Wu Heng went directly to the associations conference room. In the conference room, I waited for a while. The door knocked again. The staff came in with a dwarf. ??The dwarf was wearing a black dress, his hair was a little messy, and he was wearing black-rimmed glasses. Island owner, Mr. Yousef from the city hall said you want to see him. the staff said. The dwarf saluted directly, "Yousef, I have met the island owner." Im looking for him. Wu Heng nodded and said to the dwarf, Sit down! Staff leave. The dwarf sat down on one side of the conference table. ??Wu Heng said directly: "Did you complete the overall design of Treasure Island?" The dwarf looked a little reserved and answered carefully, "It was completed by our team. If the island owner feels that something is not suitable, we can make modifications." The design of a city cannot be completed by a single person. ?The team is more reasonable. I am quite satisfied with your design. Wu Heng said. ??The dwarf was obviously relieved, and his expression became more serious. Wu Heng continued: "I came to you because of the resumption of work in the expansion area. You will need to arrange people to go to the site to coordinate the work." The dwarf suddenly understood, "That''s no problem. I can arrange for someone to follow up at any time." "Well, you can make arrangements when you get back. We will resume work tomorrow and arrange for people to go there in the morning." Wu Heng looked at the other party and explained. "good." ?Wu Heng took out a drawing of Treasure Island and said at the same time: "I still need you to continue the design." Sir, do you have any requirements for design direction? the dwarf asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "The first point is to continue the expansion of commercial streets and residential areas. The second point is to add a new port. Separate the needs for civil use and association use. The third point is to choose a place where it will be built." Some functional buildings require concealment and easy transportation. ??The dwarf followed along on the table and took notes. After writing down all three points, he said: "I''ve written them all down. I''ll arrange for someone to design them when I get back." Well, when the design is ready, just inform Anderweil, and she will tell me then. Okay, sir. After the matter was discussed, Wu Heng asked him to speed up. The dwarf stood up, bowed, and left the room. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the conference room and went to Beacon Street to buy some food supplies. Return to your residence. Go through the gate and go to the zombie world. Arms factory. ?Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate and went directly downstairs. ?As soon as I came downstairs, I felt that the overall atmosphere was not right. A large number of skeletons gathered together. The gun-toting skeletons on the wall were not holding their guns in a ready-to-read posture, but pointed their muzzles outward. A survivor walked over quickly. They are from Qi Hancai, who defected from Dong''an Village together. After coming over, he lowered his voice and said: "Your Majesty, the rescue team is here. There are several armored vehicles outside." The rescue team is here! Come to investigate the team from yesterday? "Yes! Before they died, they should have sent some news back. The other party had identified us for killing." ?Wu Heng frowned, "Where is Qi Hancai?" Sister Qi is negotiating with them in the conference room. Take me there. Wu Heng said. Your Majesty, over here. The man led the way into the office building on one side. ?As soon as I walked into the corridor, I heard a roar. If you cant hand over the people, Ill make you pay with your lives. Dont think that just getting some skeletons wielding swords and guns can resist the modern army. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 496 ,VIP Chapter 496: Important people In the conference room. Qi Hancai was sitting on one side, flanked by two of his subordinates and two skeleton attendants who were protecting him. There are three people on the opposite side. A middle-aged man wearing a black down jacket, deputy conductor Liu whom he had met before, and a young man with a straight body. The middle-aged man in a black down jacket slapped the table and shouted loudly. Qi Hancai looked at the other party and said: "As I said, the craters and explosion marks outside were left by killing zombies when we attacked the factory. Why do you always say that we killed people?" The middle-aged man still said: "Before the team disappeared, they sent a message back saying that they had a conflict with you." I dont understand what you are saying, but we are not here anyway. Qi Hancai still said. Do you dare to let us search this place? Sorry, we dont have the habit of letting people search our homes at will. "you." ??There was a squeak. ?The door was pushed open and Wu Heng walked in directly. Qi Hancai immediately showed joy and gave up his position. Whats going on? Wu Heng glanced at the people across from him and asked directly. Qi Hancai replied, "The rescue team said someone is missing in our area." ??Wu Heng sat down on the chair, looked at Deputy Commander Liu, and asked, "How did you know we were here?" Forehead. Deputy Commander Liu glanced aside and explained: "We have a small team performing tasks nearby." Just talking, his momentum became a little weaker. What mission to perform? Wu Heng asked. Terrain reconnaissance, and material collection. ?Wu Heng looked directly at the other party: "Why do you say it has something to do with us?" Another middle-aged man said coldly: "Before the team disappeared, they sent back the news and had a conflict with you." ?Wu Heng turned to look at him again, "What do you call me?" Surname Qi. Wu Heng nodded and said, "According to your statement, your people planned to attack us at that time?" How is it possible? "We are attacking the factory, how can we attack you." Wu Heng said to the middle-aged man named Qi, and then looked at Deputy Commander Liu, "Deputy Commander Liu, you have deceived us once." Deputy Commander Liu narrowed his eyes slightly and emphasized: "The person is indeed missing." "So? Who is not in danger when you go out to collect supplies? In the future, if your personnel disappear, you will come to my side to cause trouble? Or do you also want to do things like robbing other people''s bases of supplies?" How is that possible? Deputy Commander Liu said immediately. The middle-aged man named Qi had a gloomy face, "Do you dare to let us search this place?" What if its not found? Not found, I apologize to you. "What''s the point of apologizing? If you don''t find it, I want you to have four armored vehicles outside. It depends on whether you dare." Wu Heng looked directly at the other party. ??Qi Hancai stood on one side, with his hands tightly clasped behind his back. The armored vehicles and trucks seized yesterday are parked in the garage. It is numbered on it and can be easily recognized. Why? the other party said immediately. ?Wu Heng also looked at the other party, "Yes, why?" Hmph! the middle-aged man sneered, Our armored vehicles are parked outside and can raze your place to the ground at any time. ?Wu Heng stared at him, then smiled. Looking at Qi Hancai, he said: "Notify Xinfu City to suspend material exchange with provinces and regions." Pah~! Deputy Commander Liu slapped the table and stood up suddenly. ??Angrily yelled at the person beside him, "Qi Anrong apologizes to Chief Wu. Whoever allows you to open and close your mouth will start a war. You talk like a bandit." You. Seeing that the other person was really angry, the person named Qi also took a deep breath. Then he said: "I''m sorry, Chief Wu, I just said the wrong thing in excitement." Wu Heng waved his hand, "Okay, you can go back first. If there is any definite information by then, we can help you find it, but the time of their disappearance does not match the time when we occupied the factory." Deputy Commander Liu stood up and said, "Then let''s go back first. Chief Wu must not pass on the transaction between the two cities. We are working hard to collect gold." "Well, I also hope that we can coexist peacefully." "Then we won''t disturb you." Deputy Commander Liu said and left with the remaining two people. ?We walked all the way out of the factory, got into the armored vehicle, and gradually moved away. Qi Hancai said: "With so many armored vehicles, I thought they were going to fight us." The three forces control the base and everything must be discussed. Wu Heng looked at the fleet of vehicles and continued, But we must also be careful lest they actually do something. ? Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "By the way, I found the place where the drawings are stored, but the security door cannot be opened." Lets go, take me to see it. In the rescue team vehicle. Qi Anrong looked a little unwilling and said, "It''s hard for me to explain to Boss Huang if we go back like this." Deputy Commander Liu glanced at him and said: "Normally speaking, the possibility of having anything to do with the other party is very small. I think we should look for clues from other directions." Boss Huang is such a son, he will definitely not give up. Deputy Commander Liu stared at him coldly and warned, "It''s best not to provoke him again. It really affects the exchange of food. You should know the consequences." Hmph~! Qi Anrong snorted coldly and stopped talking. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai looked up at the huge iron gate in front of them. On the wall on one side, it is clearly written "Archive Storage Room". ?The door is a pure metal steel plate, just like the door used in the bank treasure house in the movie. There are also two kinds of locks on the door. Combination locks and keyholes. Qi Hancai said: "Some people have suggested blasting from the side wall, for fear of damaging the documents inside. I think we can wait for Xinfu City to transport some tools and try to cut it to see if it can be opened." ?This kind of iron door is difficult to damage even by cutting or drilling holes. It is really just a blast from one side, which will come faster. ??Wu Heng glanced at the iron gate and said to Qi Hancai: "Go get me a bottle of water." Oh! Qi Hancai turned around and walked outside. ?Wu Heng took out the bronze key and opened the iron door directly. ?The thickness of the entire iron door is still a bit exaggerated, almost five centimeters thick. ??I''m afraid this can protect you from artillery shells! Not long after, Qi Hancai came back with a bottle of mineral water. Seeing the open iron door, he paused and asked in surprise: "Do you know the password?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s a bit difficult to explain. It''s probably opened by using supernatural powers." Qi Hancai sighed, Its great to have so many superpowers. ?Wu Heng took the mineral water, took a sip and put it away. The two of them went inside together and looked around. ?The room is very large, with neat rows of cabinets and various drawers. Open one at random, and there are an exaggerated number of drawings inside. The drawings are indeed here. There is also an electronic version here. Qi Hancai said not far away. ?Wu Heng walked over and saw a separate location with rows of mobile hard drives labeled with different types of data. Looking at it, it is clearer than the drawing. ?Wu Heng put away all the things together with the cabinet shelves. It can be considered a big gain. ? Walking out of the room, Wu Heng continued: "Find a warehouse and I will bring some food over so that everyone can eat." Okay! Qi Hancai smiled and took him to the warehouse on one side. Put all the grain into the warehouse. ?Wu Heng gave Qi Hancai a few more instructions and returned to his room. In the dormitory room. ?Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while, then Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. He said: "Uncle, Deputy Commander Liu warned the man not to mess with you and to look for clues in other directions. The bad old man said he would not let you go." (End of this chapter) Chapter 497 , go, give him two knives Chapter 497: Go and give him two knives "You won''t let me go? These are the original words. Why do they sound like words from a cartoon?" Xiao Xiao circled half a circle above his head, "That''s what it means~!" ?Wu Heng said: "Come, let me take a look!" ?Xiao Xiao nodded and got directly into the body. The scene just now was also shared in my mind. Deputy Commander Liu obviously didnt want this incident to affect his relationship with him, and the other middle-aged man named Qi Anrong came here on behalf of Boss Huang. mentioned that Boss Huang is just such a son and will never give up. She should be a small talker who will not let go of her own words. ?The father and son named Huang seem to be really lucky. At least they both survived when the apocalypse broke out. More relatives of survivors died in the early stages of the outbreak. I quickly analyzed it in my mind. The rescue team is obviously unwilling to conflict with themselves. After all, they have the initiative on whether they can exchange for food in the future. ?This boss Huang can only use his personal power to cause trouble for himself at most. As long as you dont destroy the factory, the rest wont be a big problem. With your own current means. Even if you are hiding in an armored car, it is not difficult to kill him. After making sure that the other party has really left and there is no threat. ?He stood up, opened the boundary door, and walked in directly. ?Emerald Sea. The ship carrying the Mad Lion Pirate Group was escaping into the distance in a panic. ?Hum, boom, boom~! A ship beside him suddenly exploded. The sputtering debris all over the sky fell into the sea with crackling sounds. The ship began to sink into the sea. ?The pirate who fell into the water shouted for help. In the back row, a ship flying the flag of Treasure Island and the Association followed closely behind. ?The weapons above were spitting out tongues of fire. In the midst of the intensive explosions, one could still vaguely hear shouts such as "You all die," "Shoot you **** to death," as well as wild laughter. ?Like a madman. Soon, there was only one ship left in the Wild Lion Pirate Group, and they fled at the front. The captain Joquim with a blond afro stood on the deck, with veins popping out on his forehead, urging over and over again, Quick, speed up, avoid that kind of weapon. As he spoke, he cut his finger with the dagger. ?? Touching the blood on the brow of the wooden mermaid sculpture on the bow, the speed of the ship accelerated again in an instant. Gradually increase the distance. At this time, a green-feathered parrot flew over first and landed on one side of the ship. Looking at Joquim, he kept talking, Joquim, you stupid bird. Joachims face looked cold. ??In the last Battle of Treasure Island, I managed to save my life because I was sitting at the back of the fleet. ?During this period of time, we finally managed to form a fleet, but were found by this madman again. Joachim looked back. The sound of the equipment behind them stopped, and the two sides were increasing the distance between each other. It should be difficult to catch up with yourself. He breathed a sigh of relief and looked at the parrot again. Philippa must be looking at herself through the taming of animals. Gritting his teeth, he said: "I will look for you in the future. Then I will break every joint of yours and hang them on the mast to dry in the sun. Even if I can''t find you, I will look for everyone around you and make them dry." They died because of you. ??The parrot stared with big eyes and cursed in a high-pitched voice: "Silly bird." After saying that, he flapped his wings and flew into the sky again, away from the ship. At the same time, the lookout on the mast shouted: "Captain, there is something strange on the right side of the ship." Joachim narrowed his eyes and quickly walked to the right to check. I saw a giant shark under the sea, like a seawater, moving forward with the ship. Immediately afterwards, the giant shark swung its tail and slammed into the hull of the ship. Bang~! There was a violent collision, the ship swayed, and the pirates fell over. Attack it, quickly! The pirates began to attack into the sea. ??The arrows and crossbows penetrated the body without causing any damage. The shark jumped suddenly from above the ship, swept up a large number of pirates, and fell into the sea on the other side. ?Then there was endless collision. Making it impossible for the ship to maintain forward speed. Behind him, Philippa stood on the bow of the ship, with a powerful instrument in front of him, and began to approach quickly. The parrot flew away from the shoulder. ?Philippa turned to the cannon and aimed forward. Go to hell. ?Bang bang bang~! Intense explosions sounded, and the Wild Lion pirate ship exploded rapidly, shattering into pieces in the blink of an eye. Wreckage of wooden planks floated on the sea, and black smoke emitted from the half-sunken and half-floating ship. The battle is over. Philippa ordered the loot to be recovered, as well as the corpses and surviving pirates. After the corpse is returned, it must be transformed by Wu Heng. ?Those who can be pirates are actually not too low in level, and they all have good water characteristics. Except for corpses. On the other side, there were several pirates who were injured but fortunately not dead. Philippa glanced around, came to Joachim, and patted the other person''s face vigorously, "Boss Joachim, your life is really great, you are not dead yet." I remember that at that time, Philippa was deceived by him into the pirate island. He was also forced to kneel on the ground and was almost executed directly. Now, the positions of both sides have changed. Kneeling in front is the level 15 captain Joquim of a large pirate group. "Philippa, you are the daughter of a pirate. Do you think the association really recognizes you? You will never be able to get rid of this identity in your life, and you will be abandoned sooner or later." Joachim shook the hair that covered his eyes and said coldly. "Fart! I am originally a Whisperer of the association, and your whole family is a pirate. Forget it, people like you probably don''t know what a Whisperer is." Philippa said disdainfully. For he said the association abandoned itself. ?Philippa was not afraid at all. My relationship with Wu Heng is very good. "Hmph!" Joachim sneered, without any timidity on his face, "Don''t kill me if you can. Let''s see who of us is afraid in the end." "When you say that, I''m really worried." Fei. Lipa said. Joachim narrowed his eyes and his face became even more ugly. Philippa asked the two level 15 skeletons to keep an eye on him, and continued to look back at the remaining prisoners. When you get to the fifth one. ?He paused and looked at the other person with a frown, "Lift your head." The kneeling pirate raised his head carefully, his eyes evasive. Philippa frowned, "Babuqi, you''re not dead either? No, I mean, why are you hanging out with them." The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, Babuqi. ??Babuqi raised his head in embarrassment and said: "Joquim said that I was your accomplice. He arrested me and locked me in the cabin for several days." Philippa looked to one side, the members of the association team responsible for salvage, and nodded slightly. "Fuck, this bitch." Philippa stepped forward, untied Babuqi, and pulled him up. "I''m your only friend. Come on, I''ll vent your anger on you." ??Babuqi stood up with his arms crossed, his eyes a little confused. ??Follow and walk to the crazy lion Joquim. Philippa took out the scimitar from the waist of the skeleton and handed it to him, "Go, give him two knives, it will be fine if you stab him to death." ??Babuqis eyes were fixed, and he hesitated a little as he looked at the glaring eyes of the mad lion Joquim, This ?Philippa handed him the knife, and Babuqi hesitated for a long time. Just take the knife and walk to the opposite side. "Babuqi, she is from the association. If you dare to kill me, you will be punished by the sea." Joachim roared loudly with a ferocious face. Babuqis eyes became firmer and he said coldly: The era of the great pirate groups rule has passed. You cant scare me. After saying that, the knife in his hand stabbed directly into the opponent''s body. Then the second and third cuts. Bloody blood. ?Philippa nodded and waved his hand. The skeletons wiped the necks of all the surviving pirates. Falled on the deck and twitched slowly. When all the pirates were dead, Philippa continued: "Sweep up all the corpses with grass, and we will return to the voyage after the loot is recovered." Everybody take action. Philippa said to ''Babuqi'': "Sorry, I will intercede for you after we get to the island." ??Babuqi returned the knife to her and was taken to the cabin by the skeleton and imprisoned. The island owners estate. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study and walked towards the artificer''s room. Skeletons are still very efficient at doing things. Unlike living beings who need to rest, and there is no need for lights at night, drawings can be organized in the dark. ?Wu Heng went over and took a look. The drawings of bullets and grenades have been rearranged and labeled. Compound bows are currently being sorted out. Wu Heng called the two level 15 skeletons aside and said: "After sorting out the drawings in your hands, rearrange the drawings of this cannonball, and I will put the rest of the drawings for you in the next room. Then you can Check and pay attention to fire prevention. ??The skeleton artificer picked up the blueprint and looked at it. Then put the drawings aside and continue to organize the compound bow. ?Wu Heng looked aside and walked out of the room. Go downstairs and chat with Minnie for a while. Waiting for Anderweil to come back, lets have dinner together. Go back to the room and rest. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng sent all the collected engineering vehicles to the construction site. The expansion of the outer area of ??the island began. When the dwarf engineer, and several other biological engineers, saw the roar of the engine, easily tearing open the boulders and bulldozing the road. Everyones eyes were wide open. "Sir, if this kind of wonder can be maintained, I guarantee that the project can be completed half the time, within three days, and the construction of drainage, houses and shops can be carried out," the dwarf said. Okay, I will also arrange skeletons to assist in the transportation work, and try to speed up the progress of the project. There is also a second port, which will be built first. Wu Heng saw that these vehicles were normal and he breathed a sigh of relief. The progress of the project is faster than the dwarf said. After all, skeletons can work at night, and there is still some distance between here and residential areas. There is no need to worry about disturbing other people, so you can work as you like. Understood, my lord. ??Wu Heng patted him on the shoulder and said, "Do it well. If you do well, I will set up a separate research institute department for you. From now on, you will be responsible for the design of all aspects of the entire island." The dwarf looked stunned and immediately thanked you excitedly, "Thank you, sir. I will do my best to complete the work and not let you down." ?Wu Heng nodded and handed this place over to the dwarf. Wu Heng returned to the manor. ?Hello to Minnie and head to the zombie world from the study. ?Stepping out of the gate, a chill swept through my body. Its hot on Treasure Island, and its winter here again. ??Had it not been for the increase in physical fitness, I might have caught a cold just by coming back and forth from both sides. Get out of the room. Qi Hancai followed. He said directly: "Others, photovoltaic panels and other equipment are on their way and will arrive tomorrow." Well, lets first look at the number of photovoltaic panels and see if one or two production lines can be provided to resume production. Understood! Qi Hancai nodded. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did the rescue team say anything?" "Not yet. I guess they have admitted defeat. Our fighting speed is quite fast. They can''t find any substantive evidence, so it''s useless to just be suspicious." Qi Hancai is relatively calm now. Judging from the conversation between the two yesterday. The rescue team does not plan to pursue the case, it depends on the person known as Boss Huang. Dont trust them too much yet, be careful. "good." ??Wu Heng then said: "Have you investigated the nearby area clearly?" Qi Hancai took out a map and said, "There are several factories over here." Arrange the convoy and lets clean up along the way. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 498 , weapons are not used to collect dust. Chapter 498: Weapons are not meant to collect dust On the road. A large number of zombies began to gather. It roared ferociously, charging forward with teeth and claws. Skeleton flying dragons passed overhead, and solid iron bullets fell into the corpses like heavy rain. The zombies along the road were shattered by the bombing. Immediately afterwards, a suspended long sword began to fly forward. Sword lights flashed one after another. The heads of the remaining zombies fell off and their bodies fell limply. The battle is over. The skeleton cleaned the battlefield, while Wu Heng looked at his experience points. Level: Level 17 (47582/265000) In one afternoon, almost three factories were cleaned up along the road. The experience value reached 47,000. There is still a long way to go before reaching level 18. It seems that its faster to gain experience points in the city. Wu Heng muttered. Killing zombies is actually not that difficult. The only issue is efficiency. Qi Hancai walked over from behind, "Auto parts factory, rubber parts factory, heavy parts factory." Well, Ill take someone to see if theres anything we can use. "good." After cleaning up, Wu Heng completed the transformation of the skeleton. They then returned to the arsenal together. Provincial and district rescue teams, evacuation bases. In a slightly dark room. ?The door opened and a figure walked in directly. Looking ahead, he said: "Deputy Commander Huang, we brought back a few people from the Pingxiang Refuge and interrogated them. Captain Huang did go to the Pingxiang Refuge and inquired about the people in the military factory and Xinfu City Base. intelligence." Behind the desk, a thin and lean middle-aged man took a puff of a cigarette and said, "So, my son''s disappearance has something to do with those people?" "There is no substantial evidence yet, but judging from the course of action that day, we did go to the military factory." said the subordinate. Boss Huangs voice contained anger, Do you need any substantive evidence? Are you still waiting for my son to give you a dream? The subordinates did not answer. Boss Huang continued: "How many people did you ask?" Three. Three people in one shelter? "Brothers on guard noticed that a convoy of people from Xinfu City was coming. We selected the three who knew the most and came back. The people were interrogated on the road." ?Boss Huang smoked one cigarette after another. After pondering for a while, he said: "Ask someone to investigate the defenses near the general factory for me. Someone must be buried with my son." Yes. The subordinate replied and was about to leave. "etc!" The men stopped and looked back. Boss Huang said: "Keep things secret and don''t let other people in the base know." "clear." Go, I will distribute more of your food supplies. Thank you, boss. The subordinate thanked him, opened the door and walked out. ?Boss Huang was leaning on his chair, smoking a cigarette and muttering. I changed so many weapons, not just to collect dust! Son! the next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. The support team from Xinfu City has arrived. Carloads of supplies were unloaded into the warehouse, accompanied by many technical personnel. Qi Hancai followed. With a serious face, he said, When the convoy passed by the Pingxiang Service Station, it was said that people from the provincial and district rescue teams were investigating the convoy. The people at the service station, did you tell us? Qi Hancai said: "I told you, and I also arrested a few people. I wonder if they are going to be witnesses and testify against us." "It''s the end of the world. What can we do if we don''t admit it after the accusations have been made?" In fact, after investigating through the Pingxiang Service Station, Wu Heng was not surprised at all. After all, the initial news was conveyed from Pingxiang. ?It is normal for the other party to investigate through that place. Qi Hancai narrowed his eyes slightly, "What do you mean, they will come directly to you?" This is not very likely, but we still have to be careful. Wu Heng warned. Qi Hancai sighed slightly and could only nod. Speaking of which, I am also unlucky here. ??If Liu Chuang hadn''t notified the provincial rescue team, they would have come directly here to occupy the factory. ?The matter is over. ?Even if the rescue team finds out later, there is no reason to say anything. Now things have been made so complicated. ?The person on the opposite side is dead, and they are still chasing him. ?It is difficult to say whether a conflict will really break out later. Even if we have confidence in our own side, modern weapons are still very lethal and will be equally dangerous if they affect them. Seeing her ugly face, Wu Heng comforted her and said, "It''s okay. They really want to trouble us. I will protect you." Qi Hancai suppressed her uneasiness and forced a smile, "No, I''m not afraid of you." Then, he continued: "It''s time to install photovoltaic panels. The electrician suggested that we try a production chain first to see if it can be used." Choose the production chain of machine guns. Okay! Qi Hancai immediately went down and directed the others to install photovoltaic panels on the roof and change the wiring. ??Wu Heng was on the side, directing the skeletons to clean up some areas burned by the fire. Some debris, collapsed walls. Be moved outside. The day passed gradually. The sky is gradually getting darker. ??Wu Heng and the others stood in front of the factory, waiting silently. Waiting for someone to make some adjustments to the CNC host machine. ?Hum~! The hum of machinery sounded. The entire production chain is gradually moving. The bullets that stayed on it were sent to the next link by the conveyor belt, and finally fell into the plastic frame at the tail. Watching the production chain really move. ?Wu Heng was overjoyed, and everyone else also showed joy. Thats great. Qi Hancai pulled his arm and jumped excitedly. ??When he noticed that other people were looking at him, he immediately let go, but his face was still unconceivably happy. The production of bullets is of great significance to the base. ? Even if the survivors have never been issued firearms, the base has enough bullets, which means it is safer. Even the worst case, there is no need to use food or exchange bullets with the provinces or districts. Okay, lets pause for now, and wait until there is enough material to resume production. Lets go back and rest! Wu Heng said directly. Everyone turns off the machines. ?Wuheng arranged a large number of skeletons to guard the place. Then they all exited the factory. We returned to the dormitory building together. Even things that can produce bullets must be kept secret. We have many enemies. Wu Heng said as he walked. I understand, the people here are all old people and they understand the rules. Well, lets take a rest. Everyone dispersed and returned to their rooms. the next day. Association, meeting room. Wu Heng looked at the people gathered around the conference table and said directly: "You are all representatives of the island''s business groups. Treasure Island needs a batch of supplies, and we plan to select a few reputable and efficient caravans for cooperation. " ?Everyone present became interested immediately after hearing this. Island owner, I dont know what goods you need, so we can help you analyze them. (End of this chapter) Chapter 499 , Wrentam City Crisis (One update today.) Chapter 499, Crisis in Luntam City (Updated today.) For business groups who want to do business from the island, or transfer goods. ?Maintaining close cooperation with the island owner''s government is a good opportunity to draw closer to each other, especially those business groups that have not written letters of recommendation before to help Wu Heng become the island owner. I want to seize the opportunity of this cooperation. Every one of them seems to be quite enthusiastic. ??Wu Heng actually wants Shannara to help him with the business group''s procurement. Its just that Shannara has just returned to the wood elves, and it will take some time to come back. The representatives of the Star Flower business group were also present and had the same identity as the other business group representatives. "These are the items I need to purchase. Take a look at them first." Wu Heng took out several arranged lists of materials and handed them to the representatives of the business groups present. The material list was reorganized by Artificer. Including 3 mm copper plate, white gunpowder, lead and other materials. White gunpowder is similar to smokeless gunpowder in the modern world, the difference is in the material. The gunpowder in this world is mixed with the scale powder of fire monsters. The artificer made adjustments when arranging the materials. People from each business group looked at the list of materials. Some looked happy, while others shook their heads helplessly. Someone stood up and said: "Island owner, in the previous auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium, we bought the copper mining rights in the eastern part of ''Rochefort'', which can supply your copper mine needs." Another person also stood up and said, "Sir, we also export a large amount of copper ore, and we can also make the specifications you need and send them to you." White gunpowder, we can supply. . Several people stood up one after another, and they all said the materials they could cooperate with. ?Wu Heng sat on one side and listened. All purchases can be made smoothly, which makes me feel relieved. ?Hand waved for everyone to sit down. Said: "You go back and calculate the types and prices of the materials you can cooperate with. After they are calculated, send them directly to the city hall. We will select several companies to sign the agreement and purchase them based on the price and transportation conditions. In terms of money, you Dont worry, its all settled normally. Yes, yes! Everyone nodded flatteringly. Then lets do this for now. You guys will bid as soon as possible so that we can make a choice. Wu Heng said. Everyone stood up, saluted, and walked outside together. Wait for everyone to leave. ??Wu Heng also left the association directly. ??Take the carriage back to the island owner''s manor, and after putting on the [Conductor''s Hat], the ghost train appears. Go directly to the "Netale City" of the Kingdom of Yeko. The train stopped in a deserted place, Wu Heng put on his cloak and veil and went directly into the city. Its different from the past. At this time in Netale City, there were fewer pedestrians on the streets than in the past few days. Everyone was in a hurry, and many shops were closed. ?At the alchemy shop and the mineral shop, I temporarily purchased some materials, and then went to the semi-underground Snake Emblem Consortium in the Mermaid Tavern. The Snake Emblem Consortium is not as lively as before. Two scattered people stood in front of the notice board, chatting in low voices. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the room he had reserved. Not long after, a strange young woman walked in cautiously. He glanced at Wu Heng and said respectfully, "Sir, are you here to exchange potions?" ?Wu Heng looked at the other person and nodded, "It wasn''t you before, was it?" "My lady has something to do, and she has arranged for me to wait here to trade with you. Don''t worry, the lady and I have already explained it." The other party leaned forward and spoke in a half-bowed posture. ?Wu Heng was still looking at her. ?The other party said again: "My lady also said that if you want to help her refine the potion, your previous promise is still valid, and you can offer higher conditions." I mentioned it at this time to prove my identity. After all, the conditions between the two of them are unknown to outsiders unless the blond woman says it herself. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded, took out two bottles of medicine and placed them on the table. The woman in front of him also took out a brocade box from the space ring. Open it carefully, put it on the table and push it over. Inside is a corolla of bright flowers. Fairy Flower Crown (Description: A flower crown woven by reclusive fairies, with the effects of self-healing, nourishing the body, and bestiality.) ??This time it''s not a strange object, but a magic item. But the effect is still very good. Some magic props are as effective as rare items and have no side effects. ?This Elf Flower Crown is not bad, although it is not a combat prop. Even if it has a self-healing effect, it is impossible to wear the flower crown in a battle. Most often used after war, or carried on daily basis, it can also nourish the body. The woman softly introduced: "The corolla of the Fairy Tribe has a self-healing effect equivalent to that of a mid-level therapeutic potion. Wearing it on a daily basis can nourish the body well and gain the ability to communicate with animals and beasts." It turns out that **** really means communicating with wild beasts literally. Wait until the introduction is finished. The woman asked carefully: "Sir, are you satisfied with the things?" Well, Im quite satisfied. Wu Heng put it away directly. ?The other party also smiled when he heard that he was satisfied and put the potion away. ??This time the transaction was over, Wu Heng asked: "Why are there so few people on the street?" The woman shook her head slightly, "I''m sorry, I can''t talk nonsense, and I don''t want to perfuse you." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Im still a little surprised by this answer. He stood up and said, "It''s okay, I''ll go back first." The woman saluted again. ?Wu Heng walked out directly. I didnt stay outside for too long, I got on the ghost train in a deserted place and returned to Treasure Island. Return to your residence. ?Wu Heng sat in the living room and chatted with Minnie for a while. When he was almost rested, he went upstairs again. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Add some small quantities of purchased materials into the machines of the production chain. ?Several people stood aside and waited silently. Soon, the sound of machine operation sounded, and the whole thing started to work. The copper plate is cut into coin-sized discs, which are then extruded by a machine into hollow bullet casings. Then comes the fixing of the bottom, the filling of gunpowder, and the fixing of the warhead. ?Wu Heng has seen the drawings and can understand the general process. Qi Hancai and others saw the production of bullets for the first time and were full of curiosity. But once the whole process is completed and the complete bullet is produced, it doesnt feel that difficult to make. These materials may not be produced for long, Qi Hancai said. Ill figure it out by then, dont worry. Qi Hancai thought for a moment, "I can collect some copper products from various places, but gunpowder is difficult to collect." Well, lets collect some copper products, gunpowder and lead first, and Ill figure it out. "good!" After some bullets were produced, Wu Heng stopped the machine. Collect newly produced bullets. We walked out of the factory together and came outside. ?Hand the bullets to a skeleton holding a machine gun, "Put on these bullets." ??The skeleton opened the magazine and loaded the new bullet into it. Shoot from a distance. ?Bang bang bang~! ?There was a burst of gunfire, and bullets hit the wooden target in the distance. There are no problems with the orbit and range. ?This also proves that not only is there no problem with the replacement of white gunpowder, but the bullets produced by the entire production chain also meet the standards. It looks like the effect is not bad. Qi Hancai looked at the wooden target and said. Well, its really not bad. Let the skeleton return to its post. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked back together. Go directly back to your respective residences. The next day, the island owners manor. Wu Heng was basking in the sun on the lounge chair, while Minnie was handling flowers and plants in the flower bed nearby. ~! The door of the manor was knocked. ?Minnie wiped her hands on her apron and quickly ran over to open the door. ?Chatted a few words with people outside. ? Came back with a letter in hand. Master, there is a letter from you at the association, and it was sent directly here. Believe it. Wu Heng sat up, took it and took a look. Tear open the envelope and pour the letter directly out. Lines of writing appear. Letter from Mantha Wen. "Owner: I was very happy that I had received the letter I sent, but it still shocked me when it suddenly appeared next to someones pillow. People cannot be frightened now. You said you would come back to see me, but there has been no news for several days. I couldn''t wait any longer, so I wrote you a letter. I just hope I wont miss you and I didnt see you there. ??Luntam City has been a bit uneasy recently. Two days ago, there was an assassination operation by gangs in the outer city. Several officials in the city hall were assassinated, and there were signs of interrogation. Through investigation and the arrest of several gangs. Got some news that high-level professionals have entered the city and are planning things. I have arranged manpower to increase patrols and guards in the city, but some officials still choose to leave due to pressure. ?Deacon Slater has been here a few times, but he can''t stay in the city all the time, and he doesn''t have any good ideas. If the master was here, this would definitely not happen... I just hope that I wont do too badly and disappoint the owners expectations. Waiting for your return. Wen Mansha Looking at the contents of the letter, Wu Heng frowned slightly. The letters sent before were all in good condition in Luntam City. The city was developing rapidly and taxes continued to rise. Coupled with the good management of Money Cat, it has become an entertainment center in surrounding cities. The city that never sleeps in the true sense. Today''s letter clearly carries a sense of worry. There are high-level professionals who assassinate officials and interfere with the development of "Luntam City". ?Like Luntam City, a middle ground without the support of a country or force is really the easiest place to overthrow the regime. Looks like I really have to go back. Is it Sister Wen Mansha? Minnie asked from the side. So smart! I knew it was her, and I must have driven you crazy. Minnie said from the side. ?Andweil also said it. ?Among the three maids in Luntam City, Wen Mansha is the most clingy. ?It seems that Minnie thinks so too. ??Wu Heng put the letter away and said, "There are high-level professionals making trouble in Luntam City. That''s what Wen Mansha said." Didnt you leave behind a high-level skeleton? Higher than that? ??Luntam City did not attract much attention before. ?Judging from the feeling of playing games in the past, it is more like the cities around Novice Village. ??It''s a little higher than Blackstone Town, but it''s much worse than Treasure Island. Level 15 is the top professional there. ? At that time, the Warhammer Partys level 15 Skullbreaker, a bandit leader, almost captured the entire city. But now the tax revenue in the city has increased sharply. Attracted the attention of high-level professionals. Maybe he wants to occupy it! Wu Heng said. Minnie looked over and asked, "Do you want to go back?" Well, lets go back and take a look. At least turn on the radio for her, so that she wont have to write letters all the time. Thats right, you can accompany Sister Wen Mansha when the time comes. Its pitiful for her to be left alone there. Minnie said. ?Wu Heng nodded, thinking about his plan to leave. Treasure Island has been stabilized and there is no need to worry about it for a while. The main thing is to look at the zombie world. There is no result yet from provincial and district rescue teams. Solve the problem as soon as possible and then go to Luntam City. afternoon. Go directly to the zombie world. ?More people were transferred here, and the factory became lively. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Qi Hancai also came quickly from outside with a serious face, "Come here for a moment." Seeing her expression, he also followed her to a place behind the building. In the open space in the middle, there is a corpse. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Is someone dead?" ??Qi Hancai shook his head, "He was not one of us. He was discovered climbing over the wall last night and was killed by a skeleton." Not from ones own side. ?Still trying to climb over the wall to get in? ?Wu Heng guessed, From the provincial rescue team? After all, we are here, and only the rescue team knows about it. "It''s possible. He''s not wearing the clothes of the rescue team, but he is wearing a pistol. It should be about the same." ?Wu Heng nodded and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] towards the corpse. The corpse sat up from the ground and looked this way with its cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Which base are you from?" The corpse replied, "Dongying Street, Little Rock Base." ?Little Rock is where the rescue team builds its base. Some people say the Rescue Team Base, and some say the Little Rock Base, but the names are different. But it also verified the two peoples guesses that they were people from the provincial rescue team. ??Wu Heng then asked: "What are you doing here?" The corpse replied, "Boss Huang, we have been given the task of collecting intelligence here in exchange for food." Boss Huang! I really dont want to give up. ??Wu Heng asked again, "What information is collected?" The missing team, the defense plan of the factory area, and what is being done internally. The two looked at each other. Qi Hancai said nothing, but his face became more solemn. Still collecting their own defense plans, this purpose is already obvious. Even if we dont want to fight, we are ready to fight. ?Wu Heng signaled Qi Hancai not to worry. Continuing to look at the body, "Is it only Boss Huang who said this, or does the entire rescue team agree to investigate this place?" Boss Huang is the only one who did it without telling the other two forces of the rescue team. Last question. How many weapons and equipment does Boss Huang have? There are four armored vehicles and a lot of guns. I dont know exactly how many there are. Five questions answered. The body lay back on the ground. It seems that Boss Huang has already taken this matter on himself. Whether he really disappeared or died somewhere. These are not important anymore. Just look for yourself here. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 500 , he will not die no matter who dies Chapter 500: No matter who dies, he will not die. ?Qi Hancai frowned and looked a little ugly. The base is developing well now, and the establishment of strongholds abroad has been successful several times. ??But I didnt expect that such a thing would be involved. ?No wonder, the squad leader spoke so arrogantly at that time, he really had a backer behind him. Its the end of the world, but Im still fighting for my father. "Do we need to tell the rescue team? The military will definitely not let this person named Huang run amok." Qi Hancai said directly. The rescue team wants to continue exchanging food. You wont watch this boss Huang destroy the relationship between the two parties. ??Wu Heng stood aside and thought for a moment, then said: "No, I will handle this matter. Just pretend it never happened and don''t mention it to anyone else." Qi Hancai moved his eyes quickly, and then said: "Okay!" ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry the body outside and bury it. After the body was taken away, the two of them stopped mentioning the matter. We walked towards the workshop room together. Qi Hancai continued: "Our photovoltaic panels are only enough to maintain this production chain. Unless all photovoltaic panels from several bases are collected, one more one may be added." At this time of year, cutting off power to the base is not a good option. Furthermore, the supply of white gunpowder and various materials is not perfect, and there is no rush to increase the production chain. ?Wu Heng thought for a while while walking and said: "Let''s maintain this one for now. In the next time, we will contact the outside through the radio to recruit relevant personnel for power plant construction." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. The two of them circled the entire base. When returning, Wu Heng said: "Prepare a car, I want to go out." "I''ll take you there." Qi Hancai turned around and said while handing over the vehicle. No need, arrange a skeleton who can drive, and you can stay. ?Qi Hancai glanced at the other party and nodded in agreement. Rescue team shelter. In a well-decorated room. Behind Huang Guangping''s desk, there was red wine and a half-glass goblet of red wine on the table. He looked at the figure standing in front and asked, "What have you collected?" One of his subordinates spoke softly, "There is no news from Captain Huang. Convoys have continued to enter the military factory in the past two days, and some supplies and support personnel can be seen." Huang Guangping took a sip of wine and then asked: "What about the number of troops and armored vehicles?" "This..." The subordinate hesitated for a moment and said: "It is impossible to determine the number of raised hands. The number of skeletons is probably more than a thousand, two armored vehicles, and some self-modified vehicles." I want detailed information and let the brothers count the ammunition. Huang Guangping said, taking out a pack of cigarettes from the drawer and throwing it to the other party. Okay! The subordinate caught the cigarette, nodded and left. Only Huang Guangping is left in the study. While smoking, he would take a sip from his wine glass from time to time. ??Took a deep breath from the cigarette and exhaled the smoke. When he looked into the air, his pupils suddenly shrank. I saw, in the mid-air in front of me, a lady wearing an old-fashioned Western dress and a top hat, her body floating translucently in the air. ? Huang Guangping''s expression changed drastically, and he was so frightened that he reached out to cover his heart. At the same time, his eyes glanced at the pistol on the cabinet nearby. Are you Huang Guangping? The figure in mid-air spoke slowly. The tone of voice is weird, like a foreigner who has just learned Chinese. ? Huang Guangping took two deep breaths, slowly lowered his hand on his heart, and said cautiously: "You are a ghost? Can you still talk?" "Your name is very rude. Life is just one form and can survive in many forms." Huang Guangping didn''t want to listen to her nonsense, but asked seriously: "What are you doing here? It seems that I have never provoked... friends like you, right?" The matter of ghosts was also mentioned at the main station. The local rescue team also held a meeting for this purpose. ?According to some information collected, ghosts are difficult to kill, and being entangled by them will be very troublesome. Obviously, I am entangled with him. ? Huang Guangping can be sure that he has never seen this ghost. It is dangerous outside and he has not been out of the base for a long time. It can be regarded as a behind-the-scenes commander. The ghost still looked at her and said softly, "Wu Heng asked me to come. You should know him. No, you call him King Yama." ? Huang Guangpings eyes suddenly shrank. ??The leader of the Xinfu City base, he can actually command ghosts. How is this done? He was shocked in his heart, but on his face he forced himself to calm down and said, "My cooperation with Xinfu City is pretty good. What''s the reason for you coming to my place?" ?Haunted Ghost smiled, turned his body in mid-air, and rushed directly towards Huang Guangping. Grass~! Huang Guangping stood up instantly and grabbed the pistol not far away. ?But the ghost was faster. The moment it touched him, it had already entered his body and sat back on the chair. ? Huang Guangpings body movements became stiff, and his eyes were filled with fear. Now he knew how ghosts killed people. Its really just like in the ghost story, you can be possessed by ghosts. ??Ghost controlled his body and sat down, picked up the wine glass and took a sip, then opened a few drawers in front of him and looked at it. Then he took out a table knife. Slowly cut his own neck. ?Blood was flowing along the hem of his clothes, and Huang Guangping''s eyes slowly turned from fear to dullness and turbidity. Finally, he slumped on the chair. In the wild, on a deserted land by the roadside. ?Wu Heng sat in the passenger seat and waited silently. Not long after, Glenda appeared from one side and spoke softly, "He''s dead. It''s suicide at first glance." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. Glenda smiled and said: "It''s nothing hard. People in your world are basically ordinary people, not even first-level professionals." "The main development here is technology." Well, it can be seen that if there had not been the virus outbreak you mentioned, the lives of ordinary people here would have been pretty good. Granda said in agreement. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to his side: "Let''s go back." The skeleton in charge of driving changed direction, returned to the road, and started to return. Early morning. The rescue team base fell into a bit of chaos. A large number of personnel were mobilized. Start investigating the cause of death and arresting the murderer. In the conference room. The military and Tiancheng Group sat together and began to discuss this matter. With Huang Guangpings character, it is impossible to commit suicide. A middle-aged man in a suit from the Tiancheng Group said directly. ?On the other side, the commander-in-chief of the rescue team pinched his brows and said, "I''ve had someone investigate, and there''s no sign of anyone else pretending to kill someone." Thats why this matter is serious. A middle-aged man in a suit. Anyone may commit suicide in the last days, but not "Huang Guangping". Even if his son dies, he will at most find a woman and give him another son, and he will not die in this way. ?This kind of person is selfish, but once he gains power, he will get along very well. In the current environment, Huang Guangping''s status is more influential than in peacetime. How could he choose to commit suicide at this time? "There''s no way to explain it. The one who can kill him in the base is either you or me." The commander-in-chief looked up at the other party. The middle-aged man in a suit sneered, "I don''t do such a thing." Thats suicide. ~! ?The door knocked, and several figures walked in. ?One of them glanced at the two people and said softly, "Commander-in-Chief, there are some clues." Say it! The last person who met Deputy Commander Huang was one of his cronies. At that time, he issued a mission to him... At this point, the words suddenly paused. Several people in the distance looked over at the same time. The commander-in-chief asked, What mission? Statistics on troop strength and ammunition, and at the same time investigate the defense and numerical strength of Xinfu City Military Factory. ?The room fell silent for a moment. ?Everyone was a little surprised and a little unbelievable. ? Huang Guangping actually passed them secretly and was still looking for trouble at the Xinfu City base. ??Moreover, he committed suicide as soon as he was given the task, which makes people doubt whether he is related to the other party. Is there anything else? gone. "Go down first. Huang Guangping committed suicide because of the pain of losing his son. If we announce it, all the weapons and troops under his command will be taken back." Yes! several people responded and exited the room directly. In the conference room, there was silence for five or six seconds. The man in the suit said, "Could it have something to do with Xinfu City?" If its true, then their methods are too powerful. If you can kill Huang Guangping silently, you can kill anyone present. ??And its still the kind that cant be found out how to kill. This makes every senior executive feel anxious. ?Those in power are not afraid of war, but they will not end it personally. If there is a direct threat to themselves, they should be more careful in doing things. "I think you can explain it to the other party." The man in the suit said. The commander-in-chief thought for a moment and shook his head, "Do nothing, just cooperate normally. If we take unnecessary actions now, bad results are likely to occur." The man in the suit thought for a moment, "Okay, let''s do this." In a blink of an eye, two days passed. In the past two days. ?Wu Heng made certain arrangements for Treasure Island and the military factory. Make sure you leave after you leave. They can all operate normally without any problems. In the courtyard. Master, you have to tell us when you get to the place. Andwyer leaned on her left arm and said softly. "Yes, you stay with Sister Wen Mansha for two days and come back as soon as possible. We miss you too." Minnie was on the other side, holding his waist and coquettishly. ??Wu Heng patted the two of them on the back and comforted them: "Look after your home. I will be back in a few days. If anything happens, go find Xila Gui." The two women hummed softly and put their heads in their arms. Minnie looked up again and said, "When the master comes back, please bring my two friends. The manor is so big, I will be here every day." Forehead. Remember those two friends! "It depends on whether they are willing or not. I will ask then." "Um!" Farewell to the two women, Wu Heng put on the [train conductors hat], the ghost train appeared, Wu Heng got on the train with the skeleton, and waved goodbye to the two women. The doors closed and the train plunged into the void. ?Wu Heng sat down in the carriage, his senses disappearing. (End of this chapter) Chapter 501 , the unstable city of Wrentam Chapter 501, Unstable Luntam City On the train. ??Wu Heng took two skeleton attendants and sat on a long chair on one side. My mind began to think about the future development involuntarily. ?Most of the senses disappear and you feel more focused. ??Luntam City is doing pretty well and will definitely continue to develop. It can provide part of the source of funding and is also a retreat for itself. ??If there is a problem on Treasure Island, it is actually a good choice to retreat to Luntam City and become a local emperor. ?This time when I go back, I want to help Wen Mansha deal with some potential dangers. As for Treasure Island, the first thing is to keep a low profile. The association gives itself identity and power, but it is also a shackle. There must not be any adverse effects, especially if ones own profession has certain prejudices. The second point is that the smooth shipping routes and the island''s security will attract more wealthy merchants to the island to increase trade, and you can also get a lot of resources and benefits from it. The last point is the construction of the island. ??On the contrary, we can replicate Luntam City and build a singing and dancing venue like the Golden Cat on the island, which is actually not bad. After all, the acceptance of Money Cat in the market has also been verified in Luntam City. As for the zombie world. The direction of development has not changed much, including upgrading, collecting gold, and collecting some related talents. The power plant and some modern equipment will be gradually restored. To facilitate the development of both worlds. ??Even after killing Boss Huang this time, it can be seen that the abilities of the survivors in the zombie world are still not high. Even if there are people with super powers, they still cannot compare with myself, a professional who is constantly upgrading. As long as they are not targeted by hot weapons, no one can be their opponent. Furthermore, several urban strongholds and refuges in the north relied on themselves in exchange for food. ??Whoever dares to target himself will be scolded to death if word spreads. I thought about it quickly in my mind. ?Take out the Mansion Technique skill book that you prepared in advance and start flipping through it. On the train, you can still see with your eyes. I also take this opportunity to read this book again. ??I havent unlocked the skill yet, and Im still a little reluctant. But I spent a lot of money to buy it. Seven days later. The ghost train appeared from the void and stopped in a clearing in the wild woods. ?Winter has also entered here, the trees are dry, the snow on the ground still leaves some animal footprints and blood stains. ?Wu Heng got out of the car with two skeleton attendants. Take a deep breath. The ghost train disappeared, hunger, thirst, and severe bloating set in. Find a tree to make things easier. He took out the food he had prepared in advance and took two bites. Even if the ghost train is fast, you must pay attention to the time, otherwise people will easily starve to death on the train without feeling. After finishing everything, Wu Heng looked around. ??They are all dense woods, and it is impossible to distinguish the direction, so it is impossible to find the direction of "Luntam City". With a thought in his mind, two ghosts flew out. One on the left and one on the right, floating on both sides. Uncle, are you there yet? Xiaoxiao asked. ?Glenda also looked over curiously. "We should have arrived, but we don''t know where we are here. Look at the direction of Luntam City from the air and where the road is?" Wu Heng said. The two ghosts nodded and immediately flew into the sky. Not long after, Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew down, shouting: "Luntam City is over there. It has changed so much. It is several times bigger than when we left." "Yeah?" Well, uncle, now that you are gone, the city has become better. "What are you saying? It''s as if I''m preventing the city from developing." Xiao Xiao smiled mischievously, "I didn''t say that." ?Glenda flew back a little late and said: "A caravan is coming over there. The highest level is only level 10. You can take a carriage there and learn some things about the situation on the way." Caravan transportation here is basically horse-drawn carriages. Level 10 professionals serve as accompanying guards, which is already quite a large team. There is not much threat to myself. ?Glenda has already arranged this for herself. Good guy. Which way? Over there, wait at the roadside for a while. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked to the roadside with the skeleton attendant, while two ghosts followed him and disappeared. Not long after, a caravan slowly appeared in sight. The caravan saw three people standing on the roadside from a distance. The accompanying guards began to be on guard, their swords were unsheathed, and their crossbows were cocked. "How many of you are standing here?" Several professionals wearing cotton armor walked over quickly and stopped five meters away, "What are you doing?" Wu Heng said: "We are going to Luntam City. The road is difficult to walk. Can you give us a ride? You can give us money." How did you show up here? the other party continued to ask. "We are from Yeke Kingdom and wanted to visit Luntam City. Something unexpected happened on the way, and there were only three of us left." Wu Heng replied. Among the people talking, two immediately separated and ran quickly towards the convoy behind. At the same time, one by one, the tame animals took off from the direction of the convoy and circled in the surrounding forest. After confirming that there is no ambush in the forest. The convoy pressed against the snow and walked over little by little. ??A man who was obviously better dressed walked over, looked him up and down, and then looked at the tightly covered figure behind him. "Okay, you can sit in the carriage, but we are almost to Luntam City." The man said. Thank you. Wu Heng got on the carriage, with two skeletons following on both sides. After walking for a while, I casually chatted with the other person. Then he inquired and asked, "They say that business is good in the city and the public security is safe. Is this true?" The businessman turned around and looked at him, "Are you in business too?" ?Wu Heng was wearing a cloak and cotton clothes. But from the looks of it, he looks more like a young master who has never experienced hardship. After all, even the table in the house is moved by skeletons, and he doesn''t need to do anything. Ah! Can you make a fortune? Wu Heng asked jokingly. Haha~! What business are you doing? The man smiled, and the guards around him also looked over with smiles. Entertainment industry, that is, pubs, opera houses and the like. The man thought for a moment and said: "The public security was pretty good before, and the city was developing rapidly, but something is different recently. Some rumors are spreading in the city, and fewer powerful and powerful businessmen come here to have fun." What rumor? The man pondered for a moment and explained softly, "The real owner of this city is not Mrs. Wen Mansha, but a former association captain. Later, he was transferred away, and this place was managed by Mrs. Wen Mansha. Rumor has it that this captain is in There are level 18 professionals outside who want to destroy this city. Some people say that this city is an experimental warehouse for necromancers. If you need living creatures for experiments, just capture a few. " ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. How did the matter with level 18 professionals get here? Is it true or false? There are rumors and so on, but recently there have been a lot of gangs, which are more chaotic than before. Then you still come here to do business? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?The other party smiled and said, "I know the city of Luntam before. It''s already very good now. It''s much better than when Erno ruled." Erno is the name of the original city lord. ?Wu Heng nodded, but did not continue to ask. From what the other party said, all he knew were rumors, which were not very credible. But about the matter of level 18 professionals, I am afraid that someone came here on purpose. After entering the city, you still have to ask Wen Mansha what happened. As the convoy approaches. A city that was more majestic and vast than what he had imagined appeared in front of him. ? ? If you distinguish carefully, you can still distinguish the inner city, outer city and outer city. It''s just that the area outside the city is larger, more than several times the original area. The buildings are scattered and the streets are winding. Pedestrians in horse-drawn carriages came and went on the road, while on both sides were vendors setting up stalls. In the outer city and inner city, you can see towering arrow towers and towers, and flags fluttering in the wind. "It''s spectacular!" The businessman smiled and continued: "The most important thing about the outer city area is the excitement. The outer city area and the inner city area are the good places. The ground is made of bluestone, and there are magic light stones along the road. The night is brighter than the day. There are also many good shops there that are open late. ?Wu Heng looked at the city and nodded. City Lords Mansion. ?Wen Mansha sits on the throne of the city lord. On the left is a skeleton mage wearing a mage robe, and on the right is a skeleton warrior wearing heavy armor and a long sword. ??The housekeeper, wearing black-rimmed glasses and a black dress, walked over from the side and said softly: "Madam, two more officials from the city hall have handed in their resignations." Wen Mansha hesitated for a moment, then said: "Pay them the money and **** them out of the city." Yes, maam. Tap tap tap~! While the two were talking. ??Footsteps sounded, and three figures walked in from outside. ?One person walked in front, followed by two skeletons, carrying a corpse. Wen Mansha and the housekeeper looked at the corpse on the ground at the same time. Sister-in-law! the younger brother shouted and glanced at the housekeeper beside him. The city lord''s men are divided into two groups. One is a former member of the Spike Gang, or someone who arranged for Calais before Wu Heng left. Including the tribesmen of Andweil and some cooperative armor and weapon shop owners. They are all relatively trustworthy. The rest are the personnel recruited after taking the position of city lord. Management of the city hall, some patrol guards. The staff is relatively mixed and it is an employment relationship. Wen Mansha followed his gaze and said, "It''s okay, just tell me!" The younger brother nodded and said: "The informant arranged for the outer city was killed and died on the way into the inner city." ??The Spike Gang used to start by selling information. Now we have also cultivated some informants and arranged them in the outer city and outer districts. Wen Mansha glanced sideways and said, "Zi Gu, go over and ask about the corpse." The skeleton necromancer beside him walked out directly and came to the corpse to release [Conversation with the Dead]. The stiff corpse that fell to the ground slowly sat up. Broken and broken ice particles on clothes. Wen Mansha looked at the corpse and asked, "Who killed you." The corpse spoke slowly, "A thief, I didn''t see his appearance clearly." Do you have any information that you want to tell us? The corpse replied, "The Wind and Fire Party has organized several other gangs to attack the inner city tonight." As soon as these words came out, everyones expressions changed. "Are they worthy?" the younger brother said coldly. There are two skeletons above level 15 in the city lord''s mansion, as well as guns that shoot bullets. ?How many groups of gangs tried to do something, but they were all wiped out. What else do they want to do? Wen Mansha continued to ask the corpse: "What else do you know about gangs?" Rigor mortis replied, "There are many high-level professionals in the gang. They are not afraid of the skeletons in the City Lord''s Mansion, nor are they afraid of the fourth-level skeletons in the City Lord''s Mansion." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes slightly. The younger brother and the housekeeper also looked solemn. Not afraid of level 4 skeletons. In other words, they also have high-level professionals. (End of this chapter) Chapter 502 , solve the problem Chapter 502, Solve the problem Things about high-level professionals coming to the city have been happening frequently recently. After all, Luntam City is developing so well as a city without any country to rely on. ??There will definitely be many people who are concerned about it. However, this is the first time that I really plan to take action. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, then looked at the corpse, "How many high-level professionals are there?" The corpse thought for a moment and replied, "I don''t know." ?There is one last question left. Wen Mansha asked: "When will they start?" Gathering at dusk. After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a bang. The hall also fell into a brief silence. Dusk! ?Winter came early in Luntam City, and now the sky is gradually getting dark. Sister-in-law, I will take people to kill them first to prevent them from gathering. The younger brother said immediately. Being from a gang, I still have some sense of fighting. The housekeeper pushed up her glasses and said, "Going blindly may cause greater losses." It will be more troublesome when they gather together. ?Wen Mansha sat sideways on the chair. Thinking about how to deal with it. There seem to be a lot of skeletons and rotten corpses that can be mobilized in the city, but the skeletons are all arranged in the city defense, patrolling, and protecting the city lord''s mansion, so they are relatively scattered. The rotting corpses are stationed alone in a fixed area. Since the rotting corpses carry diseases, they basically do not appear in the city. If there is a battle, you need to call back in advance. ??But it may not be that easy to attack the city lord''s mansion. There are also two high-level skeletons on his side, as well as an instrument called a ''machine gun'' left by Wu Heng. Enough to kill most enemies. ?Its just that even if they dont actually attack the city lords palace, they will still cause a certain amount of chaos and losses to the city. ?Ever since I became inconvenient, things in the city happened one after another. Thinking quickly, he spoke softly, "Notice, the inner city is closed, and no one is allowed to enter or exit the inner city gate. Erno, go and move the carrion back..." The order has not been finished yet. The door to the mansion was opened by a skeleton. Three figures walked in. The skeletons around them, as if they had not seen them, were still standing in place without any movement. ??The three people who were talking about the crisis in the City Lord''s Mansion immediately became alert. The younger brother pointed at the three people who strode in and shouted: "Skeleton, stop him, don''t let them get close." The skeletons turned their heads to look at him, then turned back. The younger brothers face changed drastically, Sister-in-law, you go first. Wen Mansha also frowned and stared at the hooded figure looking up and down. The figure who walked in took off his hood and said with a smile: "Wen Mansha, I''m back." return? The housekeeper looked puzzled, and the younger brother''s eyes widened. Sitting in her seat, Wen Mansha suddenly became happy. ?Standed up and shouted: "Master!" Such a sound confirmed Wu Hengs identity. The housekeeper knew who was coming, and the younger brother immediately responded, "Mr. City Lord, you are back." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and patted the other partys shoulder. Looking at Wen Mansha''s obviously bulging belly. Now I have guessed what the surprise mentioned many times in the letter is. He quickly stepped forward, supported Wen Mansha, and asked, "Why didn''t you tell me directly in the letter?" Im afraid of delaying your business, but I also want to give you a surprise. Wen Mansha touched her belly and asked, Do you like it? I like it! Wu Heng said with a smile. After all, there were outsiders present, and the two of them didn''t get too close. ?Wen Mansha was helped to sit back in the chair. ?Wu Heng looked at the body lying on the ground, "What''s going on?" "The informant I arranged for in the outer city was killed, and I just got some information from the corpse." Then, Wen Mansha recounted the information obtained from the corpse''s mouth. Information is also easy to understand. ??It is a high-level professional who secretly joined a local gang and planned to take the opportunity to occupy Lower Luntam City. ?The purpose is not difficult to guess. Luntam City has become a cornucopia. ??Everyone wants to occupy it. ?Wu Heng asked: "How many levels do you mean by high level?" Lets get to level 15! Wen Mansha said. Wheres the map of the city? Show me it. Wen Mansha asked someone to bring a map. Wu Heng sat on one side and watched. Wen Mansha pointed out the location of the "Wind and Fire Party" to him. And the location of the city gates that will be attacked. ?Wu Heng nodded and said, "I will handle the gang affairs. It''s not a big problem." The younger brother and the housekeeper looked at Wen Mansha at the same time. The opponent has more than one level 15 professional, so we should pay more attention to it. Wen Mansha said: "Listen to the master." The two nodded. Go and prepare the carriage. Yes. The younger brother left quickly. ?Wu Heng stood up again and said to Wen Mansha: "Prepare some dinner. If you come back late, you will eat first." Ill wait for the master to come back. Wen Mansha said with a smile. ??Wu Heng didnt say much, got up and walked out of the building, picked some skeletons in the courtyard and distributed the guns. Wen Mansha looked at the corpse and said, "Have someone send the body back to his family, and the pension will be doubled. If someone in the family wants to work in the city lord''s palace, special arrangements can be made." It can be seen that Wen Mansha is in a good mood. Its madam, the housekeeper replied. Wen Mansha stood up slowly and continued: "Let the kitchen prepare dinner, and also think about what I told you before." The housekeeper lowered her head and whispered: "It all depends on Madam." Yeah. Wen Mansha nodded. The housekeeper asked the skeleton to carry the body out. Meanwhile, go to the kitchen to make arrangements for todays dinner. Inner city. In a patrol hall, Wu Heng was sitting in the room. Waiting silently. Not long after, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. ?Glenda shook her head, "I didn''t find anything special here." Xiaoxiao was a little excited, "Uncle, I noticed something here. A large number of people have gathered and are coming this way. There are three level 15 professionals, and the rest are all level 10 and below professionals. There are several Hundreds of people. Three level 15s. ??In Luntam City, its really a luxurious lineup. In the past, when Erno was the city lord, he would have taken the initiative to open the city gate and give up the city lord''s position. Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Level 15 professionals should have no problem. But the remaining quantity still needs to be confirmed. Xiaoxiaos arithmetic ability is limited, and estimates of more than 100 are basically inaccurate. Oh! Xiaoxiao got directly into the body. The picture has also been shared. On the road, a group of people walked towards the inner city from a distance. There were groups along the way, coming out of the alleys on both sides to join the group. Gradually increasing, the number is close to about 400. The shops on both sides also discovered something was wrong and closed down one after another. After the inspection was completed, Xiaoxiao was released. He floated aside and said, "Are you the person you''re looking for?" Yes, Xiaoxiao is awesome. Hey, Ive made a contribution again. Xiaoxiaos face was full of joy. ??Wu Heng put on his cloak again, walked out of the building, climbed onto the inner city wall, and waited silently. Not long after, a huge number of figures appeared. The number has exceeded 500 people. ?At the city wall, a patrol team walked to the city gate. Looking around, he quickly greeted the people outside the door, "The city gate is not closed yet, I will take you in." Yeah. Everyone nodded. Hurry through the city gate and directly enter the inner city. At this time, all the gang members felt happy. This is the most important step completed, and the next step is to attack the city lord''s palace. ?As long as that woman is killed, the whole city will naturally belong to people like them. The pace gradually quickens. When the last person walks through the city gate. Suddenly, the skeletons who were guarding the city wall without making any movement all looked down. The black muzzle of the gun was pointing towards the people below. Shoot. An order came from somewhere. ?Bang bang bang~! A blast sounded quickly from the wall. Dense bullets fell from the sky like raindrops. There is an ambush, disperse. Go up the wall and kill those skeletons. Get back under the city wall, they cant reach that side. ??One shout after another rang out. The bottom was already filled with corpses. The gunshots stopped, Smoke bombs were thrown down from above. Thick smoke was everywhere. ?Countless skeletons holding weapons rushed directly into the smoke. A mess in the smoke. ??Wu Heng stood on the second floor of a building in the distance, looking at the battlefield in the distance. ?Xiao Xiao shouted: "Uncle, there are two level 15 ones. They are so fierce. Several of your skeletons have died." Ghosts are not affected by smoke and can see the battle inside. ??Wu Heng glanced at his side and said, "Kaxiu, go and kill all the people inside and make a quick decision." The level 18 skeleton master jumped down from the second floor. ?When you land on the ground and tap your feet lightly, it turns into a stream of light and bursts out. The figure drives the airflow, blows away the smoke, and rushes directly into the fighting area. Bang~! Charge into the battlefield and punch. A level 15 thief, his body flew out and hit the city gate. Vomiting blood, his body slid down the city gate. ?At the same time, a warrior wearing heavy armor, holding a long sword, struck with a sword. He said in a cold voice: "Boxer, it seems that the information is really inaccurate. There is actually a high-level boxer. You should die here too." ?Ka Xiu dodges like a gust of wind and throws out a punch with majestic momentum. ?The warrior responded calmly and raised his sword to block. The sound of metal hitting was clear and loud, and at the same time a huge force spread from the sword. ?So powerful? ??The warrior retreated, and Ka Xiu followed closely behind, his fists hitting the solid armor like a continuous rainstorm. And with each punch falling. The soldier''s body exploded layer by layer, and blood spurted out from his mouth. The long sword fell to the ground and his body fell down. You are not the third level! Kaxiu did not answer and continued to charge towards the remaining enemies. It was like a massacre, killing gang members one by one. About half an hour. The entire battlefield gradually became quiet, and the air was filled with the smell of blood. In the distance, several of Wen Mansha''s men responsible for blocking the road came back quickly. Looking at the battlefield, he was a little dazed. Is this the end? Are level 15 professionals so easy to kill? Still, the city lord has been away for a few months, and when he came back, he no longer took level 15 professionals seriously. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs, saw a few people, and asked, "Did anyone escape?" No one escaped. Several people came to their senses immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Identify the body and see who is the gang leader." "good!" Everyone began to identify the bodies. Three level 15 corpses and four gang leader corpses were singled out. ??Wu Heng glanced at the first gang corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way. ??Wu Heng asked: "What is your plan?" The corpse replied, "Follow three level 15 professionals and attack the city lord''s mansion." Calling them level 15 professionals doesn''t sound familiar. ?Wu Heng then asked: "Who organized the meeting for you to meet?" The corpse replied, "The Wind and Fire Party." Apart from those who came today, do you have anyone else staying outside? The corpse said: "The gang is stationed, and there are still some people left." Besides the ones here, are there any other gangs involved? The corpse replied: "It should be gone." I asked four questions, but I felt that there was no useful information from him. The magic was dissipated directly, and the body lay back down again. Among the three level 15 corpses, select the thief who died first and release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way with its cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked: "Are there anyone else behind your scenes?" ?The corpse replied, "Yes, Mr. Christu will provide us with intelligence and funds, as long as we capture this city." With todays operation, are you sure you can capture it? The corpse replied, "Not sure, it''s okay to disturb." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked: "Tell me about the identity of ''Christu''." The man, in his 40s, should be a businessman and is very interested in this city. He gave a rough description and did not continue. It seems that there is only so much that is known. ??Wu Heng continued to ask, "Besides the three of you, are there any other high-level professionals?" I dont know, there should be no more. Last question. ?Wu Heng asked: "Christu, where can I find him?" I dont know, he will arrange for someone to contact us. After five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng also frowned. ?This kind of operation makes people look very much like the style of a secret order. ??The ghost is still lingering. Rather than go to Treasure Island to cause trouble, he decided to come to his own city of Luntam. This Christu, have you heard of it? Wu Heng asked a few people on the side. The rest of them all shook their heads. ?Wu Heng nodded and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the remaining corpses stood up. The remaining corpses were all transformed into skeletons. Including two level 15 corpses, as well as a large number of gang members lying on the ground. You guys have to work hard, command the skeletons, and clean this place up. Wu Heng said. Yes, my lord. Everyone responded and started to do the finishing work. By the way, dont tell anyone about my return yet! "Don''t worry, sir, we know what to do." Several people assured them immediately. ?Wu Heng nodded, got on the carriage, and left with the newly transformed skeleton. The few people left behind commanded the guarding skeletons to clean up the battlefield. ?Humbling at the same time. Captain Wu Heng, when did you come back? I just came back, and by chance, I got information about these people. My sister-in-law just came back because she was pregnant, right? I heard that my sister-in-law has written to the city lord. Its time to come back and have a look. "Um." ?Wu Heng returned in a carriage. The sumptuous dinner has also been placed on the table. Wen Mansha looked at him curiously, "Come back so soon?" I killed some small gang members, its not difficult. Wu Heng said casually. ?This time, Wu Heng didnt even use the cannon. Its simpler than you think. Wen Mansha was a little surprised and asked: "Are there any level 15 professionals?" Yes, three of them are dead, and two have turned into skeletons. They are standing outside the door to let you vent your anger. ? Wen Mansha applauded exaggeratedly, "The master is awesome." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t be weird." They sat down at the dining table together. Wu Heng said while eating, "Have you ever heard of Christu?" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 503 , all yours Chapter 503, its all yours Kristu? Wen Mansha repeated in a low voice, but still shook her head. After recalling it, he shook his head and had no impression of this person. ??Wu Heng explained: "The information obtained from the corpse inquiry is this person who provides information and plans to level 15 professionals. He is male and is a businessman." Wen Mansha raised her eyebrows. "Since he is a merchant, it is not difficult to find out. Several new caravans have indeed arrived in the city recently. I will ask someone to check. It should not be difficult to find them." ?Wu Heng nodded and left this matter to Wen Mansha. It shouldnt be difficult to find such a person. The whole thing is finished. The two of them were eating and chatting about things in their respective places. Mansha Wen is still very interested in Treasure Island. "Sir, madam! The room has been tidied up." The housekeeper came down from upstairs and said softly. Wen Mansha nodded and turned to Wu Heng, "My butler, Harter." ??Wu Heng also set his eyes on the other party and looked at him carefully. He is less than twenty-eight or nine years old, with long brown hair tied up, no accessories, oval face, and black-rimmed glasses. She has a serious face and looks like a mature woman who is cold and intellectual. Hello, Hartle. Sir! the housekeeper saluted again. ?Wen Mansha leaned her chin at the table and looked at Wu Heng with a smile. After dinner, Wu Heng took Wen Mansha for a walk in the courtyard. Then he returned to the living room and walked slowly upstairs. Find a room close to your bedroom, and I will arrange a communication device for you. Wen Mansha smiled and asked: "What is communication equipment?" It is a prop that can keep in touch with Treasure Island at any time in the future. Wu Heng explained. "good!" Lets go upstairs together. In the room next to the bedroom, Wu Heng installed the radio. ?Picked up the microphone, demonstrated it to Wen Mansha, and said, "Through this, you can send messages to Treasure Island without having to write letters. You can also chat in peacetime." ? Wen Mansha sat aside and asked, "A strange thing? Does it have any side effects?" It can be understood as a magic prop. I will also arrange a skeleton investigator here. If there is any news that I have not received, I can also record it. Wu Heng explained. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded, "Okay!" Finished explaining the affairs of the radio station. ??The sky also darkened, and Wu Heng took her back to the bedroom. On the bed. ?Wen Mansha was wearing a nightgown and sitting by the bed. ??Wu Heng put his ear against the opponent''s belly, listening to the heartbeat coming from inside. Wen Mansha sat there with a smile and asked softly: "Master, do you like boys or girls?" ?Wu Heng raised his head and sat down aside, "I like them all." Minnie and Anderweil, arent they doing anything? Wen Mansha continued to ask. Not yet, we are more compatible! Master, its true, it makes people feel itchy. Wen Mansha burrowed into her arms. ??Wu Heng hugged her and lay down on the bed, "Get some rest. Going to bed early is good for your health." After turning off the lights. ?Wu Heng hugged her and slowly fell asleep. The next day, early morning. After breakfast. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha made an explanation, then went upstairs to choose a room and headed to the zombie world. After all, it took a lot of time on the road. Still want to see how the situation is here. Out of the building, the number of survivors in the entire factory yard also increased. There was no special situation. Soon, Qi Hancai walked over with leather boots from a distance, "Your Majesty!" The barking lasted a long time. I have gotten used to this title and am not as embarrassed as before. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked, "The provincial rescue team isn''t looking for trouble, is it?" No, but I heard that Boss Huang is dead. Qi Hancai said, looking up at his expression. A few days ago, the spies arranged by the rescue team were caught. ?Wu Heng said that he would deal with this matter, but how to deal with it and what the final result would be, he never mentioned. Within two days, the rescue team arranged for a group of people to come over. ? Mentioned the strengthening of cooperation between the two parties and the provision of some technical personnel to maintain and train other equipment in the factory. He also mentioned in a very subtle way that Boss Huang committed suicide in his study room. ?The person has been buried, and the matter will not be pursued. Even if the whole thing happened in the opponent''s shelter, Qi Hancai can be sure that it was Wu Heng who did it. A person who threatens the refuge. Died by suicide in his study room. The change in attitude of the rescue team was probably due to this. ?Wu Heng did not explain much and then asked: "Is there any problem with the production of bullets?" Qi Hancai thought for a while and said: "Two problems. One is that the gunpowder is not enough. What you brought here is almost consumed. The other is that the power supply is unstable and the power storage of the solar panels is unstable. It is difficult to maintain full power." Days work. In the final analysis, it is still a matter of power supply. The establishment of power plants still needs to be carried out as quickly as possible. Have there been any results for the talents in the power plant? Wu Heng asked again. Qi Hancai said: "There are currently two directions. One is the survivor base of the city''s base ''Jinjiang Apartment Area''. They said they have relevant technical personnel. I checked the map. To enter the central area, the second general Over at the station, they said they could also provide corresponding drawings. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. One is a survivor from the province, and the other is the main station who provides the drawings. At present. ??The most feasible thing is the survivors in the area, but it is hard to say whether the power plant drawings can be drawn after the rescue. After all, this kind of engineering drawings cannot be completed by one person. However, there is no way to get the drawings provided by the main station. What are the conditions? The survivors are joining us. The main station is still talking about it, and they also mentioned transportation issues. They can be airdropped to us. Qi Hancai said. Airdrop??????This is a way. Then keep talking to them and ask about the terms of exchange. "Okay!" Qi Hancai stood on one side and looked at the busy crowd, "There are still half a month to celebrate the New Year. I didn''t expect to live to this time." When speaking, his tone was somewhat emotional. ??Wu Heng also understood what she was thinking. In the current world and environment, most people can survive one day at a time. There is no future and no pursuit. This is the case here, and even more so in other small shelters. Just live if you can survive, and forget it if you cant. It will get better in the future, believe me. Qi Hancai smiled, "Yeah." You can make your own arrangements then and have something good to eat at the party. Ill discuss it with Sister Yahong and see how we can decide. "good." The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. Wu Heng returned to his room again. The plan to kill zombies and upgrade will be carried out after returning to Treasure Island. Its not even that short of a few days. Return to the city lord''s palace. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. ?Wen Mansha was standing in the living room, instructing the skeleton to straighten the hanging paintings. Different from the gangster sister-in-law who was decisive and ruthless at that time, Mansha Wen is now more easy-going and gentle. See Wu Heng walking down. Wen Mansha asked the housekeeper to continue to command the skeleton, while she took Wu Heng''s hand, "Let''s go, I will take you to see what you have gained during this period." As soon as I came downstairs, I was taken back again. Enter the study and open a secret door inside. Hung inside the door were some jewelry and a large box of golden coins. Wen Mansha smiled and said, "It''s all yours." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?This Luntam City is more profitable than imagined. ?No wonder so many people are eyeing this city. Ill take half of it and leave the rest for you to continue developing the city. ?Luntam City is developing really well, and it should get better and better in the future. These gold coins are left in Luntam City and can be used to build the city. But its almost enough to get to Treasure Island, arm a few ships, and buy some goods. Wen Mansha nodded, "Okay, I''ll listen to you." ?Wu Heng took away half of the gold coins. Sit down at the desk. ?Wen Mansha sat aside and whispered about the subsequent development of the city. As well as some industries invested by the city government. In addition to money cats, there are investments in pubs, hotels, and breweries in the city. ?Wen Mansha, being a gangster sister-in-law is indeed an abdication of talent. afternoon. There was a knock on the door. The housekeeper''s voice came in. Sir, madam, Commander Ocott is here. ?Ocott is the subordinate who brought back the body yesterday, a former member of the Spike Gang. Wen Mansha straightened her clothes and said, "Let him come in!" The door opens. The younger brother in leather armor walked in directly. "City Lord, sister-in-law!" The younger brother saluted, and then continued: "I found some information about the person ''Christu''." Wen Mansha asked: Who is it? "The steward of the caravan called ''White Sheep'' died in a private room of the hotel today, and his tongue was cut out." Wen Mansha frowned and her expression turned ugly. This is obviously to prevent the investigation from continuing. "Don''t worry!" Wu Heng held Wen Mansha''s hand, then looked at his younger brother and asked, "Are there any items that may be suspected of being the murderer?" Yes, I found the hood that the other party suspected of having been lost nearby. Go and get it for me. Oh, good! The younger brother left quickly. In Treasure Island, killing people by pulling out their tongues is out of date, and even the heads are cut off and taken away. As for Luntam City, very few people have space rings. Leaving with the head obviously attracts some attention. Do you have any idea? Wen Mansha looked over. It depends on whether the hood belongs to the murderer or not. Not long. The younger brother walked back quickly. Bringing over a hood that was stained with blood. ?Wu Heng took out the tracking pendant and placed it next to his hood. The skeleton in the pendant began to chew on the edge of the hood, and the blue soul struggled out of the pendant. To run in a direction. Outside the city, on the road leaving the residential area. ??The killer who was about to leave Luntam City was pinned to the ground by the skeleton. The snow is pressed against my face, and my breath blows away the snowflakes in front of me. Sir, what should I do? asked the younger brother Ocott. ?They chased them all the way outside the city and almost escaped. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "Kill him." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 504 , involves so much Chapter 504, so much involved The killer''s eyes widened and his tone was horrified, "No, no, I''ll tell you whatever you want to know." The little brother did not move. The skeleton Kerimu has opened its neck with a long sword, and blood spurts out like a waterfall. The killer''s body fell down little by little, twitching and becoming motionless. Wu Heng [Conversation with the Dead] was released, and the corpse slowly got up. Who asked you to kill Christu? The corpse replied, "Our master." Master? Not a hired killer, but a bodyguard. Who is your master? The corpse replied, "President of the Golden Wing Chamber of Commerce." ??Wu Heng looked at his younger brother Ocott, who shook his head and said he was not familiar with this chamber of commerce. Then he asked: Where is the president? In the inner city, in Block 3 in the east, House 72 is where he lives. ?Ocott quickly recorded it. ??Wu Heng asked again: "What is the complete order he gave you?" Kill Christu and make sure that the people in the city lords palace have found the body, then take the money and leave Luntam City, and come back after a while. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and directly dispersed the magic. The body fell down again. The equipment on his body was stripped clean, and the body was thrown aside. Lets go to the inner city. In a carriage. Glenda flew back from a distance. He revealed his figure and said: "A man in his 40s. When I went in, he was still asking people if they had left Luntam City. He should be talking about the person just now." How many guards are there? More than twenty guards, one is level 15, the rest are around level 10, and six servants. ?Wu Heng nodded and opened the carriage curtain. Ocott! Sir. The younger brother came over quickly. "There are more than 20 guards inside. You go in with the skeletons and bring the people out. It doesn''t matter if the people are alive or not." Wu Heng said something, and then said to the outside of the carriage: "Keranmu, you follow." After the explanation has been given. ?Ocott took a large number of skeletons with him, turned the intersection, and rushed directly to the door of the mansion. Kicked away the building in front of him. Hold directly in. ?Fighting and shouting resounded in the mansion. Make a mess. ?It didnt last long, and the sounds of fighting gradually stopped. ??Ocott ran back again, "Sir, it''s over. The most powerful one among them was beheaded by your skeleton sword, and the businessman was also hacked to death by the skeleton." Go in and have a look. The carriage approached, and Wu Heng walked directly into the mansion. There were corpses lying on the ground. ??Wu Heng glanced at the businessman in brocade robes, bent down and took off the space ring on his hand. Space Ring (5 cubic) The spiritual power came in and took a look. Some daily necessities, gold and silver coins, and some drafted agreements. Segun Tribal Iron Ore Purchase Agreement Diabao Copper Mine Purchase Agreement . It seems that this is conducting some trade agreements in Luntam City. Purchase a certain amount of ore. The space ring is put away. ?Wu Heng faced the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse dressed in wealth sat up and looked over with cloudy pupils. ?Wu Heng asked: "Yesterday, three level 15 professionals attacked the inner city. Was it your arrangement?" "yes!" Why did you do that? Occupy the city of Luntam and make it a stronghold. Sure enough, everything was arranged by him. ?Wu Heng glanced at him and wanted to ask if he was from the Secret Order, but the question came to his lips before he could ask. Previously, I had asked about the corpses of members of the Secret Order. Mention relevant matters, and the corpse will trigger a certain confidentiality spell, and the questioning of the corpse will be automatically lifted. I thought about it for a while. He asked: "Is there anyone else involved in the city?" The corpse replied, "No more." ?Wu Heng asked, "If we capture it, what plans will we have?" The corpse replied, "Based on Luntam City, we will provide weapons and equipment to the Kingdom of Yeko and take advantage of the political power." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes instantly. Why is it related to the Kingdom of Yeke again? Last question. What are your plans in the Kingdom of Yeko? Support the second prince and become the king! ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. I was even more surprised by this result. ?These people''s premeditations are even greater, and they are now plotting to take the throne of the Kingdom of Yeke. ?Moreover, the old king is not dead yet. Five questions answered. The body fell back. ?Wu Heng releases [Dead Corpse Battlefield] and transforms corpses all over the ground. Continues: "Guard it." Hulala~! Skeletons guard the mansion. ?Wu Heng took the people away and said, "Let''s go back." Return to the city lord''s palace. ?Wu Heng told Wen Mansha the results of the investigation. The good news is that the matter of the three level 15 professionals is over, and the murderer behind the scenes has been found and is already dead. The bad news is that 90% of the last businessman is a member of the Esoteric Order. These people are good at calculations. Use some means to attempt to interfere with the rights of various places to seek greater benefits for themselves. At the same time, it was also related to the Kingdom of Yeko. This is not a good thing. Wen Mansha listened quietly without much worry on her face, "It''s so dangerous, why don''t you stay." ?Wu Heng was stunned and pinched her face, "We can''t leave the association yet, and I can''t leave Treasure Island for too long." Wen Mansha rolled her tongue, took the other person''s finger into her mouth, and muttered, "When will I be able to leave?" When there is no need to rely on the association. Wu Heng gently scratched Wen Mansha with his soft tongue. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said, "Actually, it''s nothing. Luntam City has developed into what it is now, and there are a lot of people watching." ?Wu Heng nodded, "At that time, I will arrange more skeleton guards. Don''t worry, you will not be in danger." What you said, Im not afraid of this. Have had dinner. Wen Mansha took him with him, disguised himself a little, and they went to the Golden Cat in the city together. Watch a song and dance performance at Luntam City, which never sleeps. Wait until the performance is over before returning to your residence to rest. the next day. Zombie world. Outside Jinjiang Apartment Area. A dense roar sounded on the road. In the room on the top floor of the building, two survivors were huddled in the corner, holding their heads and shaking. ?Some middle-aged people from the Mediterranean opened the corner of the window covered with waste paper and looked outside. A flying dragon with white bones roared past along the road. Throw a dense amount of ammunition into the corpses below. After each bombing, the zombies died one by one. Uncle Wang, is it the base on the radio station? behind him, a young man asked softly. The Mediterranean man swallowed, shook his head and said, "I don''t know, there are skeletons outside, bombarding the corpses." Thats them, dont they all say that their superpower is to control skeletons! The young man was a little excited. The Mediterranean man said: But I didnt see any humans, only skeletons. Two groups of monsters started fighting? Zizzi~! At this time, a voice came from the radio station. This is the Xinfu City Base. Can people in Jinjiang Apartment Area hear me? (End of this chapter) Chapter 505 , old power plant Chapter 505, Old Power Plant The radio suddenly spoke, and the two of them turned pale in fright. ??The Mediterranean man quickly glanced out the window and re-glued the opened newspaper. Her tone was flustered, What did you just say? ?The young man was a little unsure, "It seems like someone from Xinfu City is contacting us." When two people are talking. The sound of the radio station sounded again. This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team. Can people in Jinjiang Apartment District hear me? The second time, the two of them heard it clearly. Happiness appeared on his face at the same time. Really contact yourself. Its been saved. Die! No one answered. There were people talking two days ago. It shouldnt happen now! "Are you serious? Jinjiang Apartment is so densely populated. How can we save people?" At most, we can just let them escape on their own and gather somewhere. How can they go in and save people? Bless me, Amen. In the public frequency band, discussions from other shelters immediately came. ??I was surprised that the Xinfu City base really wanted to rescue people, and I also wondered if no one at Jinjiang Apartment responded, so something had happened. The young man handed the homemade microphone to the Mediterranean man, "Uncle Wang, tell them quickly." The Mediterranean man picked up the phone and said, "This is Jinjiang Apartment. Are you guys here?" In the radio station, the discussions in various shelters came to an abrupt end. Everyone remained quiet, as if waiting for a reply. On the radio, a voice came again, "We have arrived at the east gate of Jinjiang Apartment. Please be prepared to evacuate and bring the necessary supplies. Do not bring lethal weapons or infectious dangerous goods." The eyes of the two people in the room widened instantly. They are coming? At the east door of the apartment. ??The skeletons killing the corpses outside are really theirs? ?The young man quickly walked to the window, opened it, and stuck his head out to look at the east door. Looking down, a large number of skeletons surrounded the exaggeratedly modified truck, parked on one side of the road. Uncle Wang, there are really survivors, and they really came to pick us up. The Mediterranean man walked over quickly and looked over. After the surprise, I felt a little worried again. "Do you want to leave with them? It looks different from other rescue teams." The Mediterranean man suddenly hesitated. The young man said firmly, "Uncle Wang, if we don''t leave now, we won''t be able to survive long if we stay here." That''s right. If you really stay, how long can you live? Then go and pack your things and take whatever you want with you. "good!" The young man went to pack his belongings. The Mediterranean man picked up the radio microphone again and said: "We saw your convoy and are packing up now." Wait for our news and come back then. "good!" After the two of them finished talking, the radio station went silent for a few seconds. There was noisy discussion again. Holy shit, I really went over to save someone! We are on Yunpo Road, can you come to rescue us? We are here at Tianhai Building, asking for rescue. There is a lot of money in the safe, and I can give it to you. . Voices for rescue rang out one after another. ??Some people kept reporting their location and asking for rescue. The battlefield downstairs. As the last zombie fell, the entire area became quiet. A cold wind blows. The disgusting rotten stench drifted away and filled the air again. Clean the battlefield. The skeletons are back in action, dragging corpses and clearing the way. ??Wu Heng opened the panel and looked at the experience points. Level: Level 17 (137851/265000) The population in provinces and regions is denser than that in ordinary cities. Coming from the factory, we went straight to the Jinjiang Apartment. We killed nearly 90,000 zombies along the way. Calculated at this speed. After clearing it twice more, you will almost reach level 18. Become a fifth-level professional. The battlefield was not much cleaned up. ??Wu Heng transformed the corpses of evolved zombies, collected all the fallen corpse cores, and then began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up from the ground. Swaying his body, he slowly joined the queue of skeletons. Soon, the number of skeletons filled the entire street with no end in sight. At this time, Qi Hancai came over with two people. ? said: "Wang Haibing used to work in a power company, and Zhang Zhong just graduated from University and studied agriculture." Then he introduced Wu Heng, "Our leader, you can call him Chief Wu or Great King." Chief Wu. The two of them saluted with some trepidation. What you see from upstairs is different from the scene. Because the line of sight upstairs is blocked by the building, only part of it can be seen. After going downstairs, I realized how terrifying the number of skeletons was. ?At that time, someone was leading them, and when they passed through the skeleton team, they even felt that they were being led, step by step, towards the underworld. I just feel that my body temperature is getting colder. ?Only now can I see clearly that the leader is a young man, so young. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at ''Wang Haibing''. He looked somewhat Mediterranean and looked slovenly. He looked like he was over 50 years old. Can you design a power plant? I have participated in the design of power plants. Wang Haibing emphasized. Can it be designed independently? Drawing of drawings, various parts and architectural specifications. ?Wang Haibing fell into silence and began to sweat on his forehead. ? He pondered for a while and said: "I dare not lie to you. I think I know the structure and operation of the power plant very well, but the design of the entire power plant requires many people to complete, and I cannot do it myself." In fact, Wu Heng also knew this problem. The design of a building requires many people to complete. It will be difficult to complete the design of the power plant even if only one or two people are rescued. After thinking for a moment, Wu Heng asked: "Can you restore existing power plants to operation?" "As long as the damage is not serious, I am confident that it will be restored!" Wang Haibing said immediately. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, let''s go back to the car and rest for a while, and then follow the convoy back to the base." Okay. The two of them walked back to the convoy carefully. Qi Hancai asked: "Can''t they?" "Take him back to see if we can restore power to the power plant near the factory." Wu Heng continued: "Let everyone search the area, load the useful ones, and take them back together." "Okay!" Qi Han Cai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. Survivors began to search the shops on both sides along the road. A large group of skeletons were carrying various supplies onto trucks. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. The convoy began to return. When we returned to the factory area, it was already pitch dark. Originally, I planned to take the newly joined Wang Haibing to the power plant near the factory. Because it was too late, I gave up the idea. It is decided to go there tomorrow, and there is no rush. ??Leave the rest to Qi Hancai, while Wu Heng returned to his dormitory, passed through the boundary gate, and headed to Luntam City, the city lord''s palace. ??Over Luntam City, the sky has also darkened. Go downstairs carefully and eat something. He returned to the bedroom again. It was pitch dark during the holiday, and you could vaguely see Wen Mansha lying on her side. ?Go to bed quietly. ?Wen Mansha turned around and looked at him with a smile. "Am I disturbing you?" Wu Heng looked into the other person''s eyes and asked softly. "No." Wen Mansha got into her arms and continued: "I contacted Minnie through that radio station during the day. We chatted for a while and felt a little nostalgic for the time when we were together." How is it over there at Treasure Island? Wu Heng hugged the other party. "Nothing happened. Minnie said that a little pirate named Philippa returned to the island and brought back a lot of pirate corpses. Andwyer reviewed the caravans on the island and selected a few with good reputations for cooperation. , signed the cargo agreement," Wen Mansha recalled softly. It seems that everything is still normal. ?Wu Heng nodded, his departure would not have much impact on the entire Treasure Island. After all, when I am here, I can often go to the zombie world, and Treasure Island will operate normally. I told her about the baby. Minnie was jealous and wanted to come over next time. Wen Mansha said with a smile. Its time to bring them back to see if theres a chance! Yes! Wen Mansha nodded in response, took his hand and put it on his chest, Its a little swollen, Master, help me rub it. ?Wu Heng pressed lightly, "It''s a lot bigger." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Do you want me to help you?" How can I help? Its not convenient for you either. Sit on the edge of the bed and hold me up. ?Wu Heng stood up, put a blanket on her and sat down on the edge of the bed. ?Wen Mansha knelt down in front of her, her movements slow and gentle. The next day, at the dinner table. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha were eating breakfast together. Is the deputy deacon in the city still an orc shaman? Wu Heng put down his chopsticks and asked directly. While he was still captain of the association. ??The deputy deacon of Luntam City is the shaman of the orc tribe and is a local honorary deputy. As long as he is there, the orcs in the city will not cause too much trouble. Have strong prestige among the orcs. "Well, it''s still him, Luntam City has basically not changed much." Wen Mansha replied. What is it called? Eskar. Ask him to come over. I got several purchase agreements for the orc area from the corpse last time. Lets see if we can take over. Wu Heng said directly. ??The businessman I killed last time had several purchase agreements in the space ring. Lets see if our side can take over. Wen Mansha frowned slightly and reminded, "Those orcs are not easy to get in touch with." Thats why I have to talk to this shaman. Wen Mansha nodded, "Then I''ll ask him to come over in the afternoon?" Well, come over in the afternoon. ?The two chatted for a while, and Mansha Wen took the housekeeper to the office and study room. ?Wu Heng went upstairs, found a room and headed to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs slowly. ?After standing at the door and waiting for a while, the motorcade drove over directly. Get on the passenger seat. The fleet drove directly out of the factory area and headed to a nearby power plant. This area has been cleaned up before. The journey was relatively smooth, and I didnt encounter any zombies or dangers. The convoy is parked outside the power plant. ??The rusty iron gate is ajar, and the yard is covered with white snow and yellow weeds. ۡ! The iron door was knocked open directly. ?More than twenty zombies rushed out, roaring and crowding. Hurrah! Without giving any orders, the skeleton took a step forward and pushed back the zombies with its sharp spear. Then, dense spears kept falling on the zombies, killing them all. Let the skeleton open all the doors. Everyone walked in directly. The power plant is larger than imagined, with huge chimneys, warehouses, and equipment workshops. ?Wu Heng stood outside and waited for a while. ?Wang Haibing and several survivors who knew how to be electricians walked out of it. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Wang Haibing said: "After a quick glance, the equipment has automatically shut down. At present, there is no damage. It should not affect the use, but it needs to be carefully checked." Is it thermal power generation? Yes! If you want to provide electricity, you need a lot of fuel to provide heat. ??Wu Heng nodded, "You pick a few people and they will be responsible for the inspections here in the next few days. What should I tell you then?" Okay. Wang Haibing agreed. Shut down the power plant again, leaving some skeletons to guard it. The convoy returned. afternoon. Luntam City, the city lord''s palace. ??An orc shaman wearing a tribal robe, holding a wooden staff, was sitting on the sofa in the hall. On the opposite side, Wen Mansha smiled and chatted with the other party. The sound of footsteps sounded from upstairs. Some old orc shamans looked up. And then, his brows wrinkled slightly. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 506 , Mission: Impossible Chapter 506, Mission: Impossible After this period of time, it seems that the old shaman has not changed much. ?Skin folds, body looks, but still burly. He is an old orc with green skin and a burly body. ?Wu Heng slowly walked down the stairs and said with a smile: "Long time no see, Deputy Deacon Eskar." ??The orc shaman''s brows instantly relaxed, revealing a ferocious-looking smile from the orcs, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng!" When he left Luntam City, Wu Heng was the deputy deacon. Becoming a flag-bearer has not spread here yet. How are you doing? Wu Heng walked down and sat down opposite. The orc shaman spoke calmly, "Mrs. Wen Mansha manages the city well, and the association is also very calm." Wen Mansha told me that only if you sit in the city will the public security be as good as it is now. The orc smiled more and nodded. I also believe that my existence will help the overall public security. Deputy Wu Heng, are you coming back for something? Its nothing big, I just came back to take a look and arrange some things at the same time. "Well, there is often a lot of instability outside. You can come back. The city run by Wen Mansha is enough for you to have a worry-free life in the future." The orc shaman began to say like an old man. Wu Heng said calmly, "There will be more opportunities outside. When I was on Treasure Island, my deacon was the prince of the elves, the strongest level 18 professional at the moment. He killed a level 17 rogue with one sword. Swing it out and cut the person in half. There is also Dean Gianvito, an 18th-level mage with disciples all over the continent. He has a strong influence. Maybe I will join the Dean''s research group later, but there are still some hesitate." The orc raised his eyebrows. Obviously, he was a little surprised by what Wu Heng said. Level 18 professionals, one is the strongest elf prince, and the other is a level 18 mage with disciples all over the continent. Hey guys, is the outside world so exciting? Just by going out, I have such a wide network of contacts. In Luntam City, level 18 professionals are all characters in the story. He pondered for a moment and said, "That is indeed different from a small place like ours." ??Wu Heng mentioned the two level 18s he was familiar with before continuing: "I invite you here this time because I also want to tell Deputy Deacon Eskar something." Huh? What happened? Someone gave me some mining agreements. Wu Heng took out all the agreements. Segun Tribal Iron Ore Purchase Agreement Diabao Copper Mine Purchase Agreement . The orc shaman picked it up and looked at it, and immediately understood its meaning. ?Several locations are the locations of orc tribes. The provision of minerals lasts for three years. This is because they are afraid that the orcs will not admit it, or if they admit it, they will not perform according to the agreement. The orc shaman looked up at the other party, then nodded and said: "If you can guarantee that there will be no disputes later, I can help you negotiate this matter." Dont worry, there is no dispute. "Then I will help you talk about it then. Since these tribes have signed the agreement, they will follow the content of the agreement normally. Who will the goods be handed over to at that time?" Wen Mansha will take care of it then. Wu Heng said. He will not stay here long, and the supply of minerals will last for several years. It still has to be left to Wen Mansha to handle. "Okay, I can guarantee that there will be no problem in this matter." The orc shaman confirmed directly, and then continued: "One more thing, after the winter is over, I hope that the city can provide more positions for the orcs." Wen Mansha glanced at Wu Heng and saw that the other party had no expression. He also nodded in agreement, "Yes, the city lord''s palace needs more craftsmen, and the outer area of ??the city needs more workers for expansion. The orcs can be given priority, but we must discuss security issues in advance, and you must ensure that the orcs will not come around randomly. " I will arrange it. The three of them talked for a while and finalized the matter. can also be regarded as a kind of exchange. The orc shaman helped him negotiate the agreement, and Wen Mansha promised to provide more positions in the coming year. At that time, more orcs will enter Luntam City. ??Then there was some small talk. The orc shaman was more curious about Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng inquired about the attitude of the orc tribe towards the Kingdom of Yeke. We talked until about four o''clock in the afternoon. The shaman just left here. After the orc shaman left, Wu Heng handed over all the agreements to Wen Mansha. Master, how do you plan to use these minerals? Wen Mansha asked. Wu Heng said: "I will think about it then and make arrangements." Copper ore and iron ore are both useful, but Treasure Island is some distance away from here. ??If you really rely on rail transportation to Treasure Island, the time and transportation costs would be better than purchasing from various caravans on Treasure Island. ??If Wu Heng used the ghost train, he wouldn''t have time to go back and forth to do it. Lets see how we can arrange it at that time. All of it will be used locally, or selling it will also be a source of income. Okay. Wen Mansha nodded. Supper is ready and we walk to the restaurant to eat together. ?Late at night, bedroom. There was a slight knock on the door. ?Wu Heng and Wen Mansha opened their eyes back and forth. Whats wrong? Wen Mansha asked. Outside the door, the housekeeper''s voice came, "Sir, madam, I''ve been asked for information." Come in and talk! Wen Mansha sat up leaning against the head of the bed. In the darkness, the door opened. The housekeeper walked in, wearing black-rimmed glasses and a beige nightgown. Whats going on? Tell me! Wen Mansha asked. The housekeeper replied, "There is news from outside, asking me about the situation in the City Lord''s Mansion, who killed three level 15 professionals, and whether there are any strong people in the City Lord''s Mansion." Did you answer them? "No, I plan to ask the master and his wife before deciding how to reply." said the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng was a little confused when he heard this. It seems that Wen Mansha''s housekeeper also has a special identity. Turning to look at Wen Mansha, "What''s going on?" ? Wen Mansha smoothed her messy hair and began to explain the whole thing. ??The housekeeper Hartelle is the wife of the city halls internal affairs officer. She was recommended to be the housekeeper of the city lords mansion, and she was the one who arranged for her to come in. ?While peeking at the information, I was noticed by the skeleton mage "Dead Bone". ?High-level skeletons have intelligence that is no less than that of living creatures, or even higher, but they are false souls. They look a bit dull and cannot speak. When the incident was revealed, Hartle told the whole story. ?Wen Mansha didnt kill her. After confirming that she was not signed into a slave contract, he signed a slave contract with her. Became Wen Manshas slave. ?This is why Wen Mansha trusts the other party so much. Under a slave contract, you will not worry about the other partys subjective thoughts of harming you. Now, Hartles husband is collecting information about the city lords palace through Hartle. ?Hateer, on the other hand, provided some unimportant or false information and at the same time, inquired about the information in reverse. After Wu Heng heard this, he looked at the two girls in surprise. Mission: Impossible! Why not just kill that person? Wu Heng asked curiously. Wen Mansha explained, "Hater''s husband will be involved in other forces later. If he is killed, the other party will bribe new people. It is better to keep him, and we all know what he will do." Which force? Yeke Kingdom. ?Wu Heng frowned, it was Yeke Kingdom again. Hartelles husband, with the previous businessman? It shouldnt be. If they were together, it would be impossible to plan to tear them apart like this. ??If they werent together, why would they be involved in the Kingdom of Yeke again? ??Moreover, why are you staring at Luntam City? (End of this chapter) Chapter 507 , not as good as you Chapter 507: Not as good as you After hearing everything clearly, Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha again. asked: What was your previous plan? "The original plan was to remain in a stalemate like this. It would have no impact on us anyway. It''s also because the kingdom is in chaos right now and has no energy to pay attention to this." Wen Mansha said. ??Yeke Kingdom''s senior officials will focus on seizing power and siding with each other, and will not pay much attention to Luntam City. But these are all speculations from Wen Mansha''s side. Who knows, there is someone who has been eyeing this place for a long time and thinks that "Luntam City" is a fat and oily place. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "While I''m in the city, I''ll settle this matter today." ? Wen Mansha glanced at the housekeeper, "Do you have any questions?" The housekeeper lowered her head and said softly: "It all depends on the arrangements of the master and madam." Wen Mansha glanced at her side and said, "I will help you find a better man then." As long as I follow my wife, I will be satisfied. Yeah! Wen Mansha nodded. ??Wu Heng said directly: "You go and call ''Ocott'' over first, and I will arrange tasks for them." Yes, sir! The housekeeper left quickly. ?Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha who was about to get dressed and said, "You can continue to rest. I will take care of it tonight." Wen Mansha pouted, "There is no way for the maid to rest, while the master goes to work, and I''m not that fragile." Now you have a more important task. Wu Heng touched her belly. Wen Mansha no longer persisted and said with a smile on her face, "Then I will definitely complete this task well." Well, lets rest. ?Wu Heng quickly put on his clothes, closed the door and walked out of the room. Sit downstairs for a while. The younger brother Ocott came over with a few people. Lord City Lord! Several people saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded, "I need you to catch someone. Hartle will lead you the way. No matter life or death, bring him back as quickly as possible." Yes, Lord of the City. After saying that, several people took the housekeeper and left the city lord''s mansion directly. Hurry towards the residential areas of the inner city. Late night. Hall of the City Lords Mansion. ?A middle-aged man in pajamas was kneeling in the middle of the hall. His hair was messy, and his lips were blue from the cold on the way here. ??The man quickly glanced at the housekeeper beside him, his eyes full of surprise. ??I suspect that the matter has been exposed, but why is the housekeeper fine and she was caught here? Has been reported? ?That shouldnt be the case either. Thinking quickly in my mind. Feel like I still have a chance. After all, he is an official of the city hall. As long as he finds a reasonable reason, the other party will not easily kill him if he cannot produce substantive evidence. Lets think of a solution later. Strangle, dont stain the floor. ?Just as he was thinking about how to defend himself, a faint voice sounded from above. "Huh? I..." The middle-aged man was startled, with a look of horror on his face. The skeleton next to him took out the rope and wrapped it around his neck from behind, putting his knees on his back and gradually exerting force. Middle-aged man''s body struggled violently. ?Unable to break free, his face turned purple, his eyes turned white, and his body gradually became limp. The skeleton lets go of the rope. The body fell to the ground. The housekeeper closed her eyes, not looking directly at what was in front of her. You go to the restaurant to have a rest first, and I will call you when there is a mission. Wu Heng walked down and said to the younger brothers. ?Ocott and the others saluted, then walked into a nearby restaurant to wait. After the others left, Wu Heng looked at the corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Necromantic magic wraps the body. The middle-aged man who fell to the ground also sat up again. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who is the person behind your scenes?" ??The corpse''s tongue stuck out, and he spoke with some slurring words, "The eastern border city of the Kingdom of Yeko, commanded by Godwin." It is really related to the Kingdom of Yeke. ?Wu Heng then asked, "What task did he give you?" ??The corpse replied, "Collect intelligence on Luntam City and dismantle the interior of the city hall." What are your follow-up plans? The corpse replied, "Prepare for the capture of Luntam City." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "What level of professional are you talking about as ''Commander Godwin''?" The corpse pondered for a moment, "It should have reached level 15." Last question. "Hatter, prepare the paper and pen." The housekeeper opened her eyes, quickly found the paper and pen aside, and got ready. Wu Heng continued to ask the corpse, "Who else is your person in the city? Tell me all of them." ??The corpse began to answer, "The mayor of the city - Hartle, the town hall - Ricardo, the patrol guard - Gracie..." Say one name after another. The housekeeper was taking notes carefully. By the time the name is finished, the five questions have been answered. ??The body fell back to the ground with a thud, turning back into a corpse. Sir, Ive written it down, the housekeeper said. ??Wu Heng took it over, looked at it, and handed it back, "Let ''Ocott'' arrest the people. Kill all those who resist. Those who are willing to cooperate will be locked up first, and we will deal with it after Wen Mansha gets up." Yes, sir. Also, dont talk about the rest of the matter to anyone, and dont mention it to anyone. Yes! the housekeeper responded, taking the list and heading to the restaurant. The boys waiting there took the list and quickly left the city lord''s mansion to arrest people. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the building. Put on the [train conductors hat] and disappear. Early morning. Yeke Kingdom, a city on the eastern border. ?Wu Heng put on his hood and walked directly into the city. ?This is the only way for the Kingdom of Yeko to go to Luntam City. Before there was no ghost train, Wu Heng also passed by this city. At that time, I also bought a carriage in the city, and met a hag pretending to be a nun on the way. Charming nun, ugly hag. It left a strong impression on him. ?Wu Heng booked a private room in the tavern and sat there for a while. Glenda flew back from outside. He showed his body and said: "I found it. He was flirting with a lady in the patrol commander''s lounge. I watched her for a while, but I''m not as good as you in terms of love talk." Hey~! You also eavesdropped on me. Wu Heng squinted in shock. Im praising you, yours is much better than his. ??Wu Heng didnt want to talk to her any more in this aspect. He always felt that Glenda was very interested in this aspect. Asked directly: "Are you sure it''s him?" "There is only one level 15 professional in the city. I watched him for a while. Others also called him ''Commander Godwin'', so it must be him." Granda said. ?Wu Heng nodded, it was really him. In the case of spiritual vision, it is really convenient to find some fixed targets. Let me see! ?Glenda got into the body and the scene was shared. In a room of the patrol building in the city, a burly man was pressing a noble lady on the table. ??This is past the flirting stage and the real fight has begun. Shouts and groans intertwined in the room. ?Glenda watched for a while before flying back from the building location. Transfer the matter to Wu Heng. After confirming the other party''s appearance and identity, Wu Heng released Granda again. You call this flirting? ?Glenda said nonchalantly: "Before I said it, it was not the part you saw." ?Wu Heng was a little speechless, "Let''s go, let''s finish early and leave here." Packed up their things and walked out of the private room together. Going to the location of the patrol building. Waiting in the alley opposite for a while. ?Glenda flew out from inside, "The woman has left, and there is no one inside. Just kill her and you can leave." ?Wu Heng glanced towards the opposite side. ?A tall, somewhat charming woman came out, her face full of joy after having fun. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party carefully. ?Wearing the veil of transformation, it roughly resembles the other person''s appearance. ?Hand the [Shroud] to the skeleton card repairman on the side, the other person puts it on his body and hides his figure. ?Wu Heng walked directly into the building. The guard guarding the door just glanced at him, ignoring the flirtatious glances from the other party, and turned his head to the side. ??Wu Heng stood outside the commander''s room and looked around. After confirming that no one was there, he opened the door and walked in. The disheveled man was sitting behind the desk drinking wine when he saw the other party come in. Arent you afraid of your husband anymore? However, midway through the words, his eyes froze. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 508 , do you have family members? Chapter 508: Do you have any family members? Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. A figure shot out of the air and reached the desk in the blink of an eye. Before the opponent stood up, he punched him in the throat. Click it~! The sound of breaking bones sounded. Then, the second punch hit his temple, knocking him to the ground. The fist fell over and over again, beating the whole head beyond recognition. Finally, he held his head in his arms and twisted it, breaking his neck. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corpse, quickly took out the straw mat from the space ring, wrapped the body, and put it into the space ring. ?Hurrying footsteps and the sounds of fighting came from outside the door, still attracting attention from outside. Put away the shroud and open the window. ?? He jumped down from the third floor with Ka Xiu, releasing the [Feather Falling Technique] on the way, landing lightly and disappearing on the street. Go straight out of the city. Coming to a deserted wilderness, Wu Heng took out the body and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse opened its eyes again and looked this way. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who asked you to target ''Luntam City''?" The corpse replied, "No one." ?This answer is somewhat unexpected. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Then why did you arrange for people to collect information about Luntam City." After receiving the order from above, to increase the influence of the great prince and prepare more funds, Luntam City is the most suitable choice. ?Wu Hengs brows wrinkled again. ??The businessman I killed last time, the other persons answer was still the second prince. And this time a big prince actually appeared. ??What is the attraction of Wrentam City? The disputes in the entire Kingdom of Yeko have also been attracted here. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Is there anyone else involved in the incident in Luntam City?" I have arranged some spies in Luntam City to investigate the city lords palace and the city hall. ??Wu Heng asked: "After your death, will anyone else target Luntam City?" I dont know, probably not. Yeke Kingdom, what has become of the interior? I dont know. After answering the five questions, the corpse closed its eyes again. Thats good news. It was only that he paid personal attention to Luntam City, and did not attract the attention of the senior officials of the Kingdom of Yeko. ?Let the skeleton roll up the body again, and Wu Heng put the space ring away. Board the ghost train and return to Luntam City. ??This assassination incident was relatively smooth. The target was killed with basically no effort. Return to the city lord''s palace. Wen Mansha was dealing with the people arrested last night. Wu Heng did not show up, leaving everything to Wen Mansha. Not everyone has to be killed. After all, some people have no access to any information at all. At most, some information is revealed to others on a daily basis while working. In the study room, I briefly explained it to Wen Mansha and the problem was solved. Hence no more attention. Find a room and went to the zombie world to have a look. ?? Walked out of the dormitory, picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Wang Haibing and several old men from the base came over from behind. ?Wu Heng asked: "How is it?" ?Wang Haibing flipped through several photos on his mobile phone, "There was a fire in the factory here, and some lines were burned out and need to be repaired." That is to say, there is no problem with the power plant. There is no problem with the power plant. As long as it is maintained, it can be used normally. The main thing is to repair the lines on the factory side. Wang Haibing explained. For Wu Heng, this is indeed good news. If the power plant breaks down, it is much more complicated than repairing the lines. Various accessories may not be available. ??Wu Heng nodded calmly, and then said: "You guys should repair the damaged lines as soon as possible. If you need any materials or equipment, tell Qi Hancai directly and let her help you deal with it." "good." This matter is finished. Wu Heng continued: "I also need to redraw the location where the fuel provides heat, the specifications, and some requirements." ?Wang Haibing frowned and said carefully: "I don''t quite understand what you mean." "I will use new materials to replace the original boiler. I will need you to provide the size of the boiler and some requirements." Wu Heng explained, then looked at Qi Hancai, "Take him to Xinfu when you have time. The old factory area of ??the city, look at what the furnace looks like. Qi Hancai understood immediately. I have a video here, you can take a look first. Speaking, he took out his mobile phone and played the video he had recorded before. Even if there is no signal or network, the survivors all carry some tablets and mobile phones to record things, or take photos and videos. After all, there is nothing wrong with charging mobile phones. ?Wang Haibing looked at it carefully and saw that the things in the video were used to melt iron. But the heat provided is enough to provide the corresponding power supply. I agreed immediately, "I understand, I''ll do it immediately when I get back." Well, get it out as soon as possible. Ill need it in two days. "good!" ??Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai again, "Continue to contact the main station and ask them to give us a complete drawing of the power plant. The exchange terms are easy to negotiate, and the drawing is more complete. It is for thermal power generation." Understood, Ill contact you later. "Um!" After a brief chat, the others returned to their posts. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai went to see the burned area in the factory together. Discussed the matter of cleaning up and rebuilding. There are many construction vehicles in the factory area, so there is no problem in cleaning them. But if we want to rebuild, we have to wait until spring. After taking a look around the factory. ?Wu Heng then returned to his room and returned to Luntam City. City Lords Mansion.?????After dinner. ?Wu Heng took Wen Mansha for a walk in the courtyard. After returning to the room, Wu Heng took out several potions and props from the space ring and placed them on the table. He said softly: "I will leave some extra physical enhancement potion for you to take after the baby is born. This item is good for the skin. This item can form a shield to protect you when being attacked. This item is the Fairy Corolla. , it can nourish the body and communicate with animals. Introducing one thing after another. ??In Treasure Island, these magic props are not precious. The captains and backbones of medium-sized pirate groups all have one or two. But here in Luntam City, it is a rare prop. ?Wu Heng picked some and took them all out. Wen Mansha sat opposite and listened silently. There was just a faint smile on his face. ?Wu Heng took out all his things, which also meant that he was leaving. After all, there still needs to be someone on Treasure Island, so we cant really give up. Ill put it on you. Wu Heng picked up the fairy flower crown. Wen Mansha lowered her head slightly and put it on her head in cooperation with the other party. The moment you wear it, you feel a faint energy flowing throughout your body. Its so beautiful, like a queen. Wu Heng said with a smile. Wen Mansha gently hugged his waist and rested her head in her arms, "You must come back and take a look when you have time." "When you stabilize, I will take you to live on Treasure Island. You haven''t seen the sea yet. Let Minnie take you swimming." Wu Heng stroked her long, fiery red hair. As long as I can stay with you, Ill be fine wherever I go. Wen Mansha said softly. It wont be long before we can be together forever. ?Wen Mansha raised her head and stared with big eyes, "Really?" When have I ever lied to you? Well, its up to you. Wen Mansha smiled, feeling less disappointed in her heart. Put away all props and potions. The two of them returned to the bedroom together. Wen Manman pulled him to sit on the edge of the bed, carefully kneeling in front of him and putting his hands on his legs. Are you comfortable? Master. ?Wu Heng stroked his red hair and said, "Comfortable." When the baby is born, I will serve you well. Well, we wont leave the bedroom all day. Wen Mansha glanced upward and muttered, "That''s up to you." The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng met the people of Andweier in the city lords mansion. There are both men and women, some of them are still holding little foxes, and they have settled down in the city. Wen Mansha really took good care of these fox people. Some of them were placed in the city''s guards, and the rest were also placed in the city''s underwear shops. In the city, the famous Red Rose lingerie store is Wen Manshas business. It is also the first store that specializes in women''s underwear as its main product. ??Wu Heng probably chatted with the fox tribe for a while, asked about their living conditions, and also talked about the life of ''Anderweil'', the young leader of the fox tribe. They were quite happy chatting with each other. Then, Wu Heng turned his attention to the short cat girl and the white lop-eared bunny girl who came with them. Whats your name? Wu Heng asked. ?These two are the friends Minnie mentioned. Similarly, Minnie bought it from a slave merchant with money. Hearing the question, the two of them were a little cautious, and the other fox people also looked at them. "City Lord, my name is Robert." Kitten Girl jumped off the chair and bowed. ??The lop-eared rabbit girl also said: "My name is Annette." Well, Rob, Annette, do you have any family in town? No. The two women replied. ??Wu Heng continued, "Minnie asked me to ask you if you would like to go to Treasure Island and work as a maid." The two orc girls looked at each other, then nodded, "Yes." Then you go back and pack your things and leave with me in the afternoon. Yes! The two girls were a little happy, but also a little worried. Then, leave with the fox tribe. Go back and prepare items. ?Wu Heng, I originally planned to visit Lecia. Luntam City, the local person in charge of the Snake Emblem Consortium. However, Wen Mansha said that she was transferred before, and now the person in charge of the local area is a new person in charge. ?Wu Heng also gave up the idea of ??going over and taking a look. ?Lecia was transferred at the end of the year, which felt more like a promotion. After all, when he left, he helped the other party complete a large amount of gold exchange. In a place like Luntam City, this is already an astonishing achievement. In my heart, I was a little happy that I could help my friend get promoted, but also felt a little disappointed that the other person had left without even saying a word. But it doesnt matter, everyone has their own path forward. Towards the afternoon. ?Wu Heng has prepared everything. The two skeleton attendants were sent back to the other side of the gate first. With two little orc maids, they boarded the ghost train and disappeared. The train appears again. A familiar town, Blackstone Town, can be clearly seen in the distance. ?Wu Heng put on his cloak, and the two maids also covered their faces. We walked into the town together. Just entered the gate and walked a few steps. A familiar voice came from behind, "Hey~! You three, are you from out of town? What are you doing here?" ?Wu Heng looked back. I saw a little girl with short curly hair, hands on hips, and four team members. ?Haunted over. (End of this chapter) Chapter 509 , how did you become the Chapter 509: How did you become the Looking at the aggressive little girl, Wu Heng was also stunned. Unexpectedly, I met an acquaintance as soon as I entered the city. Yuli, the druid who loves snacks and can transform into various animals. ??When we were members of the team in Blackstone Town, the two of us had the best relationship. The relationship is good now, but our circles are separated. ??Wu Heng did not use the [Concealment Cloak] of the consortium, but just put on an ordinary hood that covered his head and face, leaving only a pair of eyes exposed. Yuli looked at the three of them with her eyes and walked over little by little. With a strong tone, he said, "What about you three? What are you doing in the city?" Seeing that the other party did not recognize him, Wu Heng replied: "I am a member of the association. I am passing through here and plan to stay one night." "From the association? Is there any proof?" Yuri asked. ?Wu Heng took out his flag-bearer emblem and handed it to the other party. Yuli held it in her hand and frowned. The emblem of the association has a unified standard and can represent the identity of the bearer. But this emblem in front of me... It can be confirmed that it is a kind of association, but she seems to have never seen it before. What kind of emblem do you have? Wu Heng said: "Take me to see your deacon, and I will explain it to you then." ?Seeing that the other party''s attitude was also good, and that the emblem was true and belonged to the association, I dispelled a certain amount of suspicion. Lets go, Ill take you there. ?Wu Heng and the other three followed behind and walked towards the association together. On the way, Wu Heng asked: "There don''t seem to be many people on the street." Will anyone come out to hang out in winter? Then if you go out to patrol, you wont see anyone else on the street. "I, this..., our team is serious and responsible." Yuri raised her head and said solemnly. Walking all the way into the association hall. Yuri said to the team members: "You go back to the lounge first, I will call you later." The team members nodded and walked aside. Then Yuli led three more people through the corridor and came to the deacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door. "Enter!" Yuli looked back, her eyes falling on Wu Heng, "Follow me in." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded and walked into the study together. "Deacon, we found three of them during training, saying they were members of the association from outside." Yuri said directly as soon as she entered the room. ?Deacon Slater was sitting behind his work, looking at the documents in his hand, with a leopard lying beside the fireplace. ?The leopard came over, circled around him, smelled the scent, walked back and lay on the ground. Slater raised his head and glanced, asking: "Where are you from? What are you doing here?" He came from Treasure Island. Wu Heng replied. Treasure Island? Yuri turned around suddenly, and Slater also cast a suspicious look. ??Wu Heng took off his hood, revealed his original face, smiled and said hello, "Long time no see, Deacon Slater, Captain Yuli." Wu Heng! Yuli exclaimed, jumping up and rushing towards him. ?Wu Heng subconsciously hugged the other person and said, "Shh, don''t shout. I can''t be too arrogant when I come here." "Oh! I thought the voice sounded so familiar, but it turned out to be you." Yuli lowered her voice, but she was still very happy. After Slater was pleasantly surprised, he couldn''t help but frown when he saw the two of them behaving intimately. glaring at Wu Heng, he said reprimandingly: "Yuli, be honest, how old are you?" Yuli curled her lips, then stood aside honestly. Slater looked at Wu Heng and asked, "Go to Luntam City?" Well, lets go back and deal with some things. Wu Heng sat down aside. The Leopard came over and jumped onto the sofa, leaning against him and lying down. How long do you plan to stay? ?Wu Heng stroked the leopard and said, "One night, I will leave tomorrow morning. I mainly come to see you." Its so urgent! Yuri said. Slater also said: "The time has been spent on Luntam City!" In response to the two women''s questions, Wu Heng replied with a smile, "Don''t you know it yet? I am now the owner of Treasure Island and cannot leave for too long." The two frowned. Island owner? What is that? Yuri asked. Same as the city lord, doesnt the city lord manage a city? The island lord means that the entire island is under my management. Wu Heng explained. Is he also promoted by the association? Slater asked. Wu Heng said: "I was promoted by the association, but I am also separated from the association and will not interfere with the normal development of the island. My position in the association is the flag-bearer." Yuli was even more surprised, "No way...why have you been promoted again? Why?" The little girl felt a little unbalanced. ??Originally, they were both members of the fifth team, but Wu Heng became the captain and deputy deacon along the way, which Yuri was able to accept. ?Him, he also worked hard and became the squad leader. But Wu Heng is now the owner of the island and the flag bearer. In an instant, the gap between them widened again. Yes, its the right time to get out of here, Slater said. Wu Hengze said: "The two people at the door are my servants. Let me take them to my residence first, and let''s talk slowly." Yuri, go ahead, Slater said. Yuli opened the door and called a staff member to lead the two of them over. He walked back again. Picked up the leopard, put it on his lap, and then asked: "Wu Heng, are there many pirates over there?" There used to be quite a lot of them, occupying a large area of ????the sea. There is a high chance that you will encounter pirates when you go to sea. Is he as handsome as in the comics? ?Feeling the warning gaze of ''Slater'', he said: "Pirates are glorified in comics. Those people are bad guys, similar to bandits on land. They are ugly, have yellow teeth and bad breath. They are the enemies of the association." Yuli looked disgusted, "How do you know you have yellow teeth and bad breath?" When I was the deputy deacon, I killed a lot of people. Wu Heng continued to describe the evil deeds of those pirates. Yuli listened attentively. When I read the comics, I felt that pirates were quite handsome. But now when the other party says it, I feel nothing at all. ?Fortunately, I didnt really sneak out and become a pirate. "Then how did you become the owner of the island?" Yuri continued to ask. Isnt it normal to be reused by the association if you are strong and good-looking? "I don''t believe it. You must have spent money to buy it. You are so rich." "How is it possible? How can you spend money to buy such an important thing?" Wu Heng touched the golden leopard and said: "Actually, I killed some pirates, and I have done enough merit. In addition, some people on the island jointly recommended me , was appointed as the island leader. Oh, thats it. Yuri nodded. Slater also asked: "How is it over in Luntam City? Wen Mansha, a person from a gang, still has some management skills." The development is indeed beyond my expectation. I also took a look at Money Cat. Even if it is outside, it is a very good industry situation. ?Slater smiled, liking the other person''s recognition. Now that you have become the owner of the island, what are your thoughts on the development of the island? "In terms of development, I really want to replicate the form of Luntam City. If you have a chance, go over and take a look and open a bigger money cat." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Slater thought for a moment and said, "Okay, I will also go to the island to have a look at that time. When this deacon stops working, I will go live on your Treasure Island." "Aunt, take me there, I haven''t seen the sea yet." Yuri said immediately. Slater rolled his eyes at the other party and said, "You are indispensable everywhere." Hey, aunt is the best. Wu Heng also said: "The winter over there is better, the temperature is just right, but it''s a bit hot in the summer." Lets watch the time then and make time to go there. "Um." Finished chatting about some serious matters. ?Wu Heng took out a few props and said, "I brought you gifts." One piece of magic props was taken out. Protective PendantZhuyan Rattan BraceletBoth of them are the same. ?This kind of thing is rare in Luntam City, and it is equally rare in Blackstone Town. They were all a little surprised and looked a little excited. Then, Wu Heng took another space ring and handed it to Yuli, "A 5-cubic space ring will make it easier to store things in the future." "Wow, you are so rich." Yuli immediately put it on her hand. Put away the two props. Wu Heng continued to take out a pair of blood-colored swords and a space ring, and placed them on Slater''s desk, "The space ring is also 5 cubic meters. The two swords are called bloodthirsty double blades. They are strange objects that can make people suffer for a short time." It has a strong internal burst of fighting power, but the side effects are also obvious and it will gradually make you lose your mind, so be careful when using it. " When they heard the strange object, the pupils of the second female team suddenly shrank. He actually took out a strange weapon-like item. In Blackstone Town, this is probably a reward for level two meritorious service. Give it to me? Is that okay? Slater was a little doubtful. Its okay for a man to bring back gifts. But I still feel that I am of little use. After all, there is no danger in Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "If it suits you, take it and use it. Just pay attention to the side effects." Thank you then. Slater accepted it happily. "Yuli" on the side felt that her space ring was not so surprising, "Wu Heng, are you biased? Why am I missing one?" "I haven''t found a weapon that suits you. When I find it, I''ll keep it for you." Yuri thought it right, "Okay." Slater was in a good mood and stood up and said, "Let''s go. Since Wu Heng is back, let''s go celebrate and have someone give your two servants some food." I know a good pub. Yuri said excitedly. Go and book a private room. "good!" The three of them chatted in the tavern until late at night, and then returned to their residences to rest. Its late at night. ??The door of Wu Heng''s residence was lightly knocked. Open the concierge. Then he saw Slater, standing quietly at the door. ?His eyes kept looking around, as cautiously as a thief. Wait until all doors are opened. Slater quickly entered the residence. Closing the door, they kissed each other and walked all the way towards the bedroom. Enter the bedroom. Take off your clothes quickly. Slater pushed him down on the bed and straddled his waist roughly. The two of them exhaled at the same time. Why did you come to see me? Slater complained a little. Im really busy. I have to squeeze out the time to come out this time. Wu Heng held the other partys waist and helped her use her strength. Slater rolled his eyes at him, leaned down slightly, and lay on top of him, "If you don''t come back, I will go to Treasure Island to find you." ?Wu Heng smiled and patted his butt, "When you build a money cat, you will have a good reason." "It''s not that simple. The situation in the kingdom is tense. How can I leave? I''ll wait until I have the chance!" "What happened to the Kingdom of Yeko? We killed two enemies who coveted the city lord''s palace in Luntam City. They were both from the Kingdom of Yeko." Wu Heng was a little curious. Slater paused and frowned, "Are they all from Yeko Kingdom?" "Don''t stop." Wu Heng patted him lightly and waited for the other party to continue his action before saying: "One said he was the eldest prince, and the other said he was the second prince. I don''t know why they paid attention to Luntam City at the same time." Slater frowned and thought for a moment, then explained, "The two most influential princes in the kingdom now are the eldest prince and the second prince. The eldest prince is supported by the army, while the second prince is supported by many civil servants and dignitaries. The remaining None of the princes have much influence, it mainly depends on which of them can reach the end. " Isnt the old king still alive? Is it so important whether you are dead or not now? It has been impossible to govern for such a long time, and power has been gradually dispersed. That is to say, there is no real civil strife until people are really dead. Well, what you said makes sense. Slater smiled and said: "Don''t worry, I will notify Mansha Wen in advance if there is any danger. Although we are not very familiar with each other, it is your property after all. No one can take my man''s things." Thats so gross! Wu Heng smiled. Do you like to hear it? I like it, say more. Slater held the other person''s face and said softly: "My dear, you are awesome." After saying that, he kissed her heavily. The next day, Wu Heng got off the carriage. After bidding farewell to the two of them, he walked directly out of the city. On the carriage, two eyes were watching him. They waited until he got farther away before turning around and returning. On the road in the city. ?Several figures dressed as ordinary residents passed by the city gate. ?One of them stopped and looked at the figure receding in the distance. What are you looking at, Penny? Hurry up, dont let others wait too long. In front, someone walked back and followed his gaze. Why does that persons back look familiar? said the woman named Beni. "Who is it? I haven''t seen him before. He seemed to have gotten off the association''s carriage just now. He should be someone from the association. Don''t cause trouble." People from the association? Benis eyes widened instantly. The person next to me said: "Let''s go, today is a day of prayer, don''t keep the elders waiting too long." Okay! Penny nodded and quickened her pace. ??But his eyes still looked outside the city from time to time, in the direction where the figure disappeared. Nine days later. The ghost train appears in the wild on Treasure Island. The three of them got out of the car and felt some discomfort immediately. Since I brought two beast girls with me, their levels were not high, so we stopped several times along the way to eat and rest. It also delayed time a little bit. ?The weather here is hot. Wu Heng changed out of his cotton clothes and looked back. They saw the two of them looking at the sea in the distance, slightly stunned. If you have the chance, Minnie will take you to the beach. Change out of your cotton clothes to avoid heat stroke. Wu Heng immediately reminded. The two of them agreed and quickly took off their cotton clothes. Wearing some thin clothes, we followed Wu Heng into the city. Enter the city area and hailed a carriage. Go to the island owner''s estate. Return to the manor. Open the door and walk in. The slender fountain with splashing water and the flowers and trees swaying in the wind made the two beast girls widen their eyes again. Having seen the City Lords Mansion, I think it is already very gorgeous. Whats in front of us now is even grander. The sound of footsteps sounded, and Minnie and Philippa ran out of the residence. Master! Minnie jumped into her arms, and Philippa also jumped into the other side. Is everything okay at home? Its okay, everything is fine. Minnie said. ??Wu Heng patted her on the back, "Your two friends are here, you take them to choose a room first." Minnie turned her head and looked behind her, and saw the two people who had just taken off their hoods. He said in surprise: "Robert, Annette, you are here!" Hurry over and give them a hug. Kitten Girl Robert said: "Minnie, you are so beautiful here." Annette said blankly: "It''s so hot here, I''m going to have heatstroke." Ill take you in, its air-conditioned. Minnie pulled the two of them into the room. Philippa paid more attention to Wu Heng and said, "What have you been doing these days?" Miss me? No, I have captured so many pirates and I feel a bit lost for not showing off to you. ??Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked into the room, "Minnie told me through the radio that you killed the Mad Lion Pirate Group and brought back a pirate?" ?Philippa scratched his face and said: "Yes, my friend, I told you before that all the pirates want to kill me, so he spoke for me. He is very kind and righteous. His wife was robbed, and he just wished him happiness." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 510 , 220,000 people consume electricity Chapter 510, 220,000 people consume electricity ?Wu Heng was shocked when he heard this. My wife has been snatched away, I wish her happiness. How could this happen to pirates. What about others? "He was imprisoned by Sheila Gui. I just want to tell you, can you please not kill him? He is not a bad person and he saved me." Philippa hugged his arm and said, "Please, Dad!" Being able to lock up "Sheila Gui" means that his name also appears on the wanted notice. Once a wanted order is issued, it will be difficult to erase it unless it is recorded. It is obviously impossible to release it directly. If he is caught again, it will easily bring trouble to the Treasure Island Association. However, the other party did save Philippa. Without him, Philippa would have died outside. "I will discuss with Xilagui then to see if we can give him a chance to make up for his mistakes." Wu Heng said. What does it mean to make up for ones faults? It means to make merit again and make up for the previous mistakes. Aoao, you mages are still educated. Go back to the room together. Catwoman and lop-eared bunny girl are enjoying the cool breeze on the sofa. Lets go, Ill take you to choose a room. You can choose from the second or third floor. Minnie greeted the two of them. Philippa also shouted: "I want to choose one too." What do you choose? I dont live here. "There are so many rooms, and I am not the least of them." Philippa followed quickly. We walked upstairs together. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and changed his clothes. ?Go to the radio station''s room and pick up the microphone, "Mansha Wen, I''m back to Treasure Island, don''t worry." ?Originally I just wanted to say hello. From the radio station, Wen Mansha''s voice came out, "Master, is the journey going well?" Good luck, theres nothing going on over there these days! Its okay, the city hall has begun to recruit people again, and the defense skeletons have also been rearranged. Wen Mansha introduced. When Wu Heng left, he left her nearly 20,000 skeletons. They are all transferred from the zombie world. For Luntam City, it is a large number of troops. The eastern boundary city of the kingdom directly to attack the kingdom is afraid that it can also be attacked directly. There was also some ammunition left and an off-road vehicle loaded with machine guns. It is not easy to really attack. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Pay attention to your body and don''t tire yourself." "I know! When the baby is born, I will take him to see you." "good." Hang up the radio, Wu Heng continued to walk out of the room. Enter the alchemy laboratory on the opposite side. Skeleton alchemists, not much progress has been made. On the finished cabinet shelves on the side, there are only a lot of finished medicines and first-level corpse core medicines. After all Wu Heng was put away. Continue to go to the Artificer''s room. Across the room, the artificers were still gathering information. ?Wu Heng walked aside and took a look. ? Found that the drawings of the compound bow have been sorted out, and the materials and dimensions of the various parts have been marked one by one. While I was away, there was no delay for the skeletons. Put away the drawings of the finished product as well. Going downstairs again, chatting casually with Minnie and others. As dusk approached, Anderweil also returned from the city hall. At dinner. ?Wu Heng listened to Anderweil talk about the progress on the island. The construction team is still expanding, and the addition of various engineering vehicles has accelerated the progress of the entire project several times. ?Workers have now entered the site and started building the house. As for the purchase of caravans, the city hall has signed purchase agreements with a total of six companies, two of which are for the purchase of copper plates, that is, they directly require copper plates instead of copper ore. The remaining four companies are engaged in the procurement of white powder and lead. If the quality and speed are up to par, the purchase will proceed. Minnie asked: "Why don''t we wait until sister Shanara comes back to do the shopping? We will definitely save a lot of money." Philippa also chimed in, "She and Wu Heng are lovers, so we can''t buy them all at one place here, just like us grabbing things and selling them separately." Before, food and weapons were all bought together, so there is no situation like what you said. Philippa scratched his head, "Then I don''t know, let''s have a quarrel!" "Shanara is not here. If she is, she will be looking for her. Stop guessing." Wu Heng also said something, and then asked, "Shanara, haven''t you sent any news during this time? " No, there wont be any danger! Minnie looked up. Wu Heng also frowned and thought for a moment, "Probably not. She has returned to her clan, so no one will make things difficult for her." "Yes, that''s right. Sister Shanara is so rich, and everyone wants to please her." ?A few people were eating and chatting, and the new additions, Robert and Annette, were eating their food while listening to the chat. After dinner. Have another training session in the training room. Philippa returns to the tavern. ?Wu Heng called all the maids to the living room. Looking at Robert and Annette, he said, "I need to sign a slave contract with you. Minnie should have mentioned it to you." The two looked at each other and nodded, "Master, we are willing." Come on, who starts first? Kitten Girl Robert took a step forward, her eyes firm, her head slightly raised, "I''ll go first." There is a feeling of dying generously. Robey is a cat-man among the orcs. He has brown-gray hair and the same brown-gray cat ears and tail. About 1.4 to 1.5 meters tall, he is a small orc. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay, don''t be nervous, it won''t have any impact on your future lives." Im not nervous. Robert emphasized forcefully. ?Wu Heng opened the contract scroll and said, "Drop a drop of blood." ??Catwoman stretched out the nail of her little finger, tapped it gently on the pad of her finger, and a drop of blood fell on the scroll. ??The scroll absorbed the blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power and getting into Catwoman''s eyebrows. ?? Forming a line, then disappearing quickly. The contract is completed. ?Robert''s body was shaking a little, and their souls were already connected. Sit aside and rest first! ?Robert bowed and sat back. Then, Annette took the initiative and walked out, "Do I also want to bleed?" Hmm! Wu Heng opened another slave scroll. Annette, like Minnie, is from the bunny tribe. She has an oval face, long brown hair, but her ears are white drooping bunny ears. Carefully pricked his finger with a dagger and dripped blood on the scroll. The contract is also completed. ??Wu Heng said: "Okay, you are welcome to join." The two women stood up and said, "Thank you, Master." "If you are short of daily necessities, just tell Minnie. When you have time, Minnie will take you to the city or to the beach. Don''t go into the water if you don''t know how to swim. This is no joke." Wu Heng instructed. With. Yes, Master. "That''s it for today. You can play and go back to your room to rest early." Wu Heng went upstairs. ?Minnie and Andweil took the newly joined two people around the island owner''s manor. Introduce what the place does and what it does. ?Some rooms are filled with skeletons doing experiments. Its best not to disturb them if theres nothing going on. ?? After Wu Heng went upstairs, he went to the radio room to check the radio station of the wood elf Shanara to make sure that there was no news coming back. ?Also go back to your room to rest. The next day, zombie world. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building and saw a group of motorcades coming in from the main entrance. Stopped at the door of the warehouse in the distance, the survivors began to carry supplies. ?Stand aside and watch for a while. ??Qi Hancai came over not far away with Wang Haibing. "how''s it going?" Qi Hancai said: "The ruins of the fire have been cleared. The lines are being repaired in the past few days. It is estimated that it will be almost done in a day or two." Wheres the main station? The main station has already negotiated terms. They will provide 200 megawatts of power drawings, which can probably meet the annual electricity needs of 220,000 households. Upon hearing this, Wu Heng felt that 220,000 households were enough. Leave aside the zombie world, each stronghold only has a few hundred people at most, and Treasure Island only has tens of thousands of people. ?Although it is still expanding, the number of people is not increasing that fast. Enough for your own use. Very good. Wu Heng said, and then asked, What are the requirements? After bargaining, it was 30 bags of 100 kilograms of grain. The quantity is a bit high, but not unacceptable. How to transport? Qi Hancai replied, "They said they need us to occupy the airport and they will arrange for a plane to come over." Provincial capital cities have airports. Well, let them produce drawings, which should be more detailed. "good!" ??Wu Heng continued to look at "Wang Haibing" on the side, "Wang Gong, how are you doing here?" "I''ve finished it here. Leader Qi Hancai took me to see the Yanhuo furnace, which can fully meet the heat supply. This is the drawing I drew based on the original power plant, and it can just replace the original boiler." Speaking, he took out a blueprint. (End of this chapter) Chapter 511 , knowing that there is a man outside me Chapter 511, I know there is a man outside me ??It took nine days on the way back, and we stayed in Blackstone Town for another day. ?Taken together, "Wang Haibing" was given ten days. If he couldn''t produce the drawings, Wu Heng would doubt whether he was lying before. ??Wu Heng took it and looked at the drawing, which showed the size and shape specifications of the boiler. If we make it according to the drawing, we can replace the position of the boiler, right? Yes, the specifications must be grasped well. If it is too large or too small, it will be difficult to match the original equipment. Wang Haibing said. Wu Heng put away the drawings and said, "Okay, I get it. You did a good job on this matter." "What I should have done, the base saved us." Wang Haibing smoothed the bangs on his head. "You go ahead and do your work. I will find you again when I need you." Okay, Ill get busy first. Wang Haibing nodded, turned and left. Qi Hancai still stood aside and asked curiously: "If the power supply can be restored, we should be the first base in the province to restore the power supply." From the current point of view, there should be no problem. Qi Hancai nodded and said nothing more. ?If the power supply can be restored to the base, not only the various high-power production chains can be restored, but it is also a good thing for the survivors in the base. Life is more convenient. After talking about the power plant, Wu Heng continued: "Prepare the convoy, let''s go clean up the zombies." "Okay, I''ll go get ready now." Qi Hancai pressed the intercom on his chest and started to organize the convoy to come over. Wu Heng continued to face the ''Bone Demon No. 1'' transformed by the ''Corpse King'' beside him, and said: "Mobilize 30,000 spear skeletons, 20,000 axe-wielding skeletons, 20,000 longbow skeletons, five-headed skeleton flying dragons, and two Twenty super-deformed skeletons gathered at the entrance of the factory. With the order given. ??The skeletons stationed throughout the factory began to take action as if they were boiling. ?Stepping in neat steps, they converged towards the middle road, walked out of the factory gate, and stood by at the door. ??The Bone Demon is a level four deformed zombie that Wu Heng killed, and has a stronger ability to transmit information. The method of mobilizing big-headed skeletons is to mobilize hundreds of them at a time and issue frequent orders, which reflects the characteristics of various skeletons in executing orders. ??The Bone Demon is more direct and can mobilize tens of thousands of troops at once, and they can also act at the same time. More convenient for mobilization. After the skeleton army was ready, the convoy also drove out from inside. Qi Hancai changed the driving position, and Wu Heng also got on the passenger seat. Surrounded by the army, they headed towards the central area. A neighborhood. ?The corpses with broken bodies and missing limbs gathered towards the center from all directions, like a black torrent, surging forward. ??There is no end in sight for Wuyangyang. Phew! There was a sound of piercing the sky overhead, and a skeletal flying dragon with a wingspan of several meters passed overhead with a roar of piercing the sky. Dense iron bullets fell from the sky like a heavy rain. The earth trembles and the sky is filled with smoke and dust. The surging corpses disappeared in an instant, leaving only stumps and broken corpses on the ground. But the explosion attracted more corpses, which continued to gather from all directions, forming a torrent again and rushing towards them. ?Wu Heng looked at the distance of the zombies and gave the order, "Let the archers shoot arrows." Huh~! The archers behind the spear array fired arrows in unison. Fell into the group of corpses with a clatter. A large number of zombies were shot into hedgehogs, falling to the ground and tripping over the group of corpses behind them. The Skeleton Flying Dragon finished changing the magazine, flew out again, and continued to drop bombs. Thick smoke rose again. Uncle, there are a lot of deformed zombies gathered in the building over there, one is level three, and the rest are level two and evolved zombies. Xiao Xiaofei came back and pointed to the building in the distance. ?Wu Heng took a look at the Orange Express Hotel. ?Through the broken glass of the broken mirror, a figure standing in the darkness can be vaguely seen. Is the highest level of zombies the third level? The highest level is level three. Xiaoxiao said he was sure. ?Wu Heng looked at the hotel again. ?These deformed zombies are obviously observing the battlefield and may eventually choose to escape. Go and call Glenda down. Wu Heng said. Hmm. Xiaoxiao flew directly above his head. Soon, Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew down together, revealing their figures. Whats wrong? Glenda asked. Wu Heng said: "Xiao Xiao found that there are deformed zombies over there, take the evil sword and kill them to prevent them from escaping." ?Glenda turned her head and glanced, "What level is it?" The highest level three deformed zombies, corresponding to level 15 professionals. Okay, give me the evil sword. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and ordered: "Leave the skeleton team and draw the sword again." I know, its not the first time Ive used it. ?Glenda took the evil sword and flew towards the hotel quickly. After getting away from the skeleton team, the evil sword was unsheathed. Sword lights flashed quickly, and among the corpses along the road, heads fell one after another. Like plowing a deep furrow in a dense rice field. He rushed straight into the hotel. ?Wu Heng turned his attention to the battlefield again. After four waves of bombings, the speed of zombies gathering on the road has begun to slow down. ?Most of them are just missing limbs. Staggering, he continued to walk forward. Move forward! Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! The spear skeleton on standby stood up, holding a spear, and began to advance forward. The zombies that rushed up were pierced by spears. Kill all the zombies. ?Glenda returned and returned the evil sword sheathed to him, "Kill them all." Hmm. Wu Heng put away the evil sword. ?Glenda continued to fly to the air for alert. ??Wu Heng opened the experience panel and took a look. Level: Level 17 (221782/265000) This time, more than 90,000 experience points have been added. There is still more than 40,000 to go before level 18. No matter how you calculate it, it will all be upgraded in the next wave. When I think that I will become a fifth-level professional, and all the forces are top-notch experts, I feel a little excited in my heart. Looked at the sky. There is no way to continue upgrading today. Dark night has little effect on skeletons, but there are still many dangers. ?Having come this far, it would be good for you to be more stable. I have to be more diligent, fix the furnace, and come back to upgrade it. ?Wu Heng muttered. Soon, the battlefield was cleared. The corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were piled on one side. ??The third-level deformed zombies in the hotel are giant zombies with black **** skin on their bodies. ?Wu Heng has also killed him before, but not as easily as now. Start the transformation. Skeletons stood up from the minced meat, and their cores were put into the space ring. Then, continue to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stand up one after another and join the team behind them. There were already a lot of skeletons brought there, but now they were even more densely packed, crowding the whole street. There is no end in sight. After everything was over, Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, bring someone over here to see if there is anything to loot, and then let''s go back." "receive!" The convoy came from behind. The survivors raided nearby shops along the road and first moved important supplies onto trucks. The rest will be carefully searched later. By the time the loot was almost done, the sky was getting dark. The convoy, escorted by the army, began to return to the factory. Go through the gate and return to Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng first went to the skeleton alchemist''s room and sent the newly acquired corpse core there. The research on the third-level corpse core agent seems to have made greater progress. Several high-level alchemy skeletons have begun to enter the stage of preparing medicinal solutions. Completely different from previous tests. ?This gave Wu Heng hope in terms of corpse core potions. I just hope that I can get the potion before I reach level 18. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then walked out of the room again and walked downstairs. As soon as he walked downstairs, he saw Minnie playing shuttlecock in the yard with the two new maids. ?Happy laughter rippled through the yard. See Wu Heng coming out. The two maids immediately stopped smiling, saluted and said, "Master." Its okay, lets play. Minnie ran over and said, "Master, sister Shanara came to us during the day and said that she was delayed due to clan affairs." Received or read record? Minnie replied, "It''s written in the skeleton investigator''s notebook." Well, Ill go take a look. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and walked directly into the radio station''s room. Looking at the record of the skeleton investigator at Shannara''s radio station. There is an extra line of text above. I delayed contacting you due to family matters. Im fine here, so dont worry. Just as Minnie said, Shannella sent a message. There is no difference in content. ?After thinking about it, I picked up the phone and tried to make contact, "Shanela, can you hear me?" It was slightly quiet for three or four seconds. From the radio station, a familiar voice came, "Is that how it is used?" "Yes, just hold it and talk. It''s very simple." Wu Heng explained, and then asked: "How are you doing over there? Why did it take so long for the news to come back?" ??Hey~! A gentle sigh came over first, followed by Shanara''s voice, "It''s okay, don''t worry." Say this, Wu Heng feels more troubled. Tell me, maybe I can help, or I might as well listen to you. ?The other party was silent for a while, and said softly: "The Presbytery knew that the ''Amber Pendant'' was used, and also found out that I have a man outside." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 512 , level 18 hero creation Chapter 512, Level 18 hero creation Amber pendant is a kind of protective rare item. After using it for the first time, you will develop a sense of dependence on the target you see. If there is danger behind you, the amber pendant can still protect you, but the side effects of the strange item will only be effective on the target you see for the first time. That is, the time I saw Wu Heng, I will not change my goal after that. Otherwise, every time you use it, you will feel dependent on one, and you will really not be able to rely on it. Are they making things difficult for you? Wu Heng asked. Shannara said: "It''s considered under house arrest now. The elders are investigating this matter. It won''t take long to find you. Are you afraid?" Dont be afraid, we can fall in love freely, what is there to be afraid of? I have a husband! Shanara reminded softly. Thats not what you said in bed. Disgusting! Shannara said softly, and then said: Dont worry, it wont affect you. Im really not afraid, as long as you dont change your mind. Yeah, no change. Shannaras voice was gentle. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "Where is your race? I will find a way to rescue you." Shannara said seriously: "Don''t come, and don''t interfere with things here. I''m locked up in my own mansion, and I don''t have to worry about food or drink. If you come, it will make things more serious." ?Wu Heng thought about her living habits, and it seemed that this was not a detention. Shannara always goes to bed late and gets up late. Unless the fleet docks, she never goes out. This is no different from her previous life. ??Wu Heng asked again, "Then you''re going to keep him in detention like this?" When the results of the investigation come out, I will be let out. Shannara still explained softly. "What''s the result? Is your husband investigating?" Wu Heng was curious. Shannara said: "How is it possible? He also has his own woman. We have agreed to be husband and wife and not interfere with each other. The Council of Elders suspects that I use my status as president to harm the interests of the Star Flower and the Wood Elves. It mainly investigates these matters." That should be fine. ??When Shannara was on Treasure Island, she did not give Wu Heng any special conveniences as the president. The following discounts are also due to Wu Heng''s purchase of items reaching a certain amount and becoming the island''s largest customer, so he deserves the discount. ??So I''m not afraid of them checking. ?Judging from Shannara''s tone, she was just waiting for the results to come out. Well, lets wait first. If they dont let you go, I will find a way to go in and save you. Shannara complained in a tone of voice, "What are you talking about? This is my home, why are you killing people? It''s so unpleasant." Im afraid you will be wronged. Its okay, everything is still under control. Well, its okay. Wu Heng said. Shanara continued: "I will inform you if there is any news, so don''t worry about my safety." Okay, Ill wait for you to come back. "Um!" Ending the call, Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and thought for a while. When Shanara went back, she was faced with this matter. ?Even if the investigation shows that Shannara did not take advantage of her privileges to benefit herself, her status will still be affected. You should also prepare yourself in advance. If she comes back, arrange for a boat to pick her up to avoid any problems. Go out of the room and sit upstairs for a while. ??Andwyer also came back from outside. Supper was brought to the table, and several people sat around the table to eat. ?Wu Heng looked at the two new maids and asked: "Robert, Annette, what are your professions?" You cant play with Minnie every day. You also need to undergo some training and professional improvement, otherwise it will be difficult to protect yourself if any danger arises. Master, I am a thief, level 3. Robbe said. ??Robert is less than 1.5 meters tall, and there is a thick cushion under the chair. Annette whispered: "Master, I don''t have a profession yet, and I am saving money to buy a profession scroll." ?Like Minnie, it is rare for someone to not have a career at such an old age. What career do you like? Wu Heng looked at the other person and asked. Minnie interjected and said: "Change to boxer. Hello boxer. The master''s squire is a level 18 boxer. You can still learn from him." Robbe reminded carefully, "Annette, thieves are not bad. I could always find something to eat when we were hungry before." Annette looked at the two of them carefully, and then at Wu Heng. She hesitated and said, "I want to listen to the master." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Choose what you like." The lop-eared bunny girl hesitated for a moment and said, "I want to choose a warrior. They say warriors have good health and are less likely to get sick." What are you choosing warriors for? They are all over the street. Minnie said. Anderweil also advised: "The master will help you get the job transfer scroll, so you don''t have to worry." I still want to choose the warrior! Annette said, and then asked quietly, Can I? "Okay, let Minnie take you to the association tomorrow to get the job transfer scroll, and take a walk around the city." Wu Heng said with a smile. Thank you, master, Annette said. ?Minnie and Robert, each on their own, began to persuade her in a low voice, trying to make her change her mind and choose another career. After dinner, several people did some simple training together. ?Wu Heng took Minnie and Anderweil to take a bath and rest together. The other two people hid in the room early. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng took the ghost train and went directly to Lopez City. Wearing the [Concealment Cloak], we walked directly into the VIP room of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Waiting in the room for a while. ?The door opened, and the elf ''Retili'', wearing a long blue dress with lace decorations on the collar and skirt, walked in with a smile. Good morning, guest! "Good morning." Wu Heng took out the emblem, "Help me take a look. Has the last order been completed?" ??Retili was already prepared. She opened the door and clapped her hands lightly, and several staff members brought in the coffins one after another. "There are seven corpses in total, including two alchemists, one for potion and alchemy bombs, two magicians, both for improving equipment, one blacksmith, one chef, and one gardener." Reti Li introduced them one by one. It should be, I havent been here for a while. The number of corpses was higher than ever before. How many levels are they all in? According to the requirements of your order, they are all level 15 professionals. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and glanced at the other party with some suspicion. Level 15 special occupations are relatively rare to begin with. No matter in various kingdoms or famous chambers of commerce, they are also the targets of key protection. In the past, it was understandable that those who had been assassinated or died, but now that there were seven of them at once, Wu Heng began to wonder again whether they were killing people everywhere in order to complete orders. Even if the corpse is what you need. But I dont want to cause any confusion or leave hidden dangers for myself because of this kind of thing. ???Retili noticed the other party''s gaze and explained with a smile, "You haven''t come here during this time. Our consortia in various places have transferred the corpses. You can rest assured that they will not cause you any trouble." "Hmm." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Have you had any results on the props that can hide your identity and appearance?" "Not yet. If there are props, I will collect them for you as soon as possible." Leitili said. ?It seems that this kind of prop is really scarce. "Let''s settle the matter." Wu Heng collected all the corpses. ??Retili asked the staff to settle the accounts, and at the same time asked: "Guest, are you still buying corpses?" Continue to acquire, but I also need a new commission. Just a moment. Retili personally filled out the order to continue acquiring corpses. Then asked: What is the new commission? ??Wu Heng took out a blueprint and handed it to the other party, "Made the flame furnace magic building according to the dimensions and specifications on the blueprint." ??Retili took it and looked at it, "No problem." How long will it take to complete? ??Retili replied, "If you are in a hurry, you can speed up the process. It will be delivered to you in 5 days, and the price will be about 5% higher." Okay, speed up. Ill pick it up in five days. ??Retili smiled and nodded, filling out the second commission. ?Wu Heng also paid the final payment for several skeletons, which was considered a completion of the transaction. Wait until the matter is over. ?Wu Heng walked out, and Lei Dili led others to see him out. Aroused many people''s discussion and speculation about his identity. Get out into the wild, call the ghost train, and return to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng went directly to the association. Enter the association hall, greeted the staff along the way, and headed to the deacon''s study. Knocked lightly on the door. After getting a response, he opened the door and walked in. Sheela Gui was wiping her weapon, and her assistant "Shi Yali" was sitting aside, sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and asked, "What have you been doing recently? I can''t even see you." I took a trip to the island and bought some things. Wu Heng sat down aside. Assistant Shi Yali brought tea. Xilagui also sat back in her chair, "You mentioned that I have already submitted the application for the second port. Whether it will be approved or not depends on how you write it." When I go back, I will also write a request for expansion and ask the association to allocate funds to us. He almost forgot about it if Shilagui didn''t mention it. ?Last time he came to see Sheila Gui, he talked about the construction of a new dedicated port. At that time, the ships of the association and Treasure Island will be separated from the commercial and civilian ports. ?Wu Heng felt that this would benefit both the association and himself, and he could not be allowed to pay for it himself. He said this, and it seems that Sheila Ge agreed. Yeah! Sheila Gui nodded. ??Wu Heng continued: "I''m here to discuss with you the matter of the captain of the Flying Fish Pirates." Xila Gui said directly: "A third-level wanted criminal who has committed crimes such as robbing caravans and killing people, there is really no way to let him go." Let him go today, and nothing will happen again. They will all be in trouble. So, even if he is allowed to die on the island, it is impossible to let him go. ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was not right to let him go. Everyone must bear their own guilt. However, he did save Philippa. Kill him directly. It will be difficult for Philippa to get over the hurdle in his heart. "Is it possible to give him a chance to make up for his past mistakes? After all, he saved Philippa and the secret whisperer of the association, which can be regarded as a special performance." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Sheila Gui frowned, "How do you want him to make meritorious deeds?" "I don''t know either. You are the deacon. Let''s see how you can make up for his mistakes." Sheela Gui was silent for a moment, "Let''s keep him in jail for now. I''ll tell the headquarters about this matter. If the headquarters is willing to give him a chance and cancel the wanted order, we can discuss it again. If he is not willing to cancel it, he will still be executed directly. " Okay. Wu Heng nodded. This is the best way. ?Whether he has a chance to make up for his mistakes depends on his fate. ??If the association does not cancel the wanted order for him and release him, it will only cause trouble for both parties. This matter is over. Sheila Gui smoothed her hair on her forehead and asked, "Where did you buy the tool that releases the cool breeze where you live?" In two days, I will ask you to install one. Wu Heng said grandly. Ill give you money. "How much does it cost? The whole island belongs to me. How much does it cost to arrange a prop for a good friend?" Wu Heng said nonchalantly. ??There are many air-conditioned shops in the zombie world, and this one is no exception. Its just that she has to hold down the photovoltaic panels when the time comes. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Then I would like to thank the island owner." Youre welcome, do you want a place to stay? "want." The two of them were chatting. ?The assistant Shi Yali not far away was leaning on the table and looking at the two chatting happily, she also smiled. Return to the island owner''s manor. The sky has also darkened. The day passed like this. ?In the training room, an oval-faced, lop-eared bunny girl was holding a long sword and following a skeleton warrior for training. Huhuhahaha, the shouting is loud, but it has no momentum. There is not much difference from Minnie who was showing off her skills and embroidered legs at the beginning. Master! several people shouted one after another. Changed your job? Minnie sighed: "I can''t help it, she just looks for the warrior." I feel that the warrior is quite good. Annette smiled shyly, and then saluted: Thank you, master. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Well, the warrior is pretty good too. He has a clear career direction. Practice hard and I will rely on you to protect everyone in the future." Yes, Master. Annettes face turned slightly red. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and continued training and chatting with several maids. The entire island owner''s estate is more lively than before. The next day, zombie world. Wuyang Commercial Street. The skeleton army formed a tight spear array. ?Stepping on the broken corpses on the ground, he pushed forward step by step. The zombies that attacked were pierced by spears, struggling, and pushed back a little bit. In the end, he was dug into a hornet''s nest and fell to the ground. ??Ding~! Level increased to level 18, Constitution +2, Intelligence +2, Charisma +1. Unlocked features: Hero building. (End of this chapter) Chapter 513 , magical mansion technique Chapter 513, Magic Mansion Technique Level increased to level 18, Constitution +2, Intelligence +2, Charisma +1. Unlocked features: Hero building. ?The sudden reminder made Wu Heng feel happy. Finally reached level 18. Without waiting for any response, the prompts continued to appear. Unlock expertise: Necromancer. Unlocked ability: independent soul. Unlock skill: Modern Ken Mansion Technique. Wait for the prompt to stop completely. ?Wu Hengs eyes were still wide open. ?Not only does [Hero Creation] appear, as well as two master-level specialties, there is even [Modern Mansion Technique] that has not been unlocked before. All were unlocked after this upgrade. It was because the level was not enough before? Or what other reasons. But being able to complete the unlocking also eliminates the previous confusion. After all, I spent a lot of money to buy the Mansion Skill, so I feel a little sad that I can''t unlock the skill. Looked at the battlefield. After confirming that no accident or danger would occur, he directly opened the panel and took a look. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 18 (7411/305000) Fame: Level 18 (7242/48000) Attributes: Strength 41, Agility 31, Constitution 47, Intelligence 50, Perception 29, Charisma 32. Characteristics: Hero creation. Feats: ...One-Handed Sword Specialization (Intermediate)..., Staff Specialization (Advanced)..., Untiring Concentration, Necromancer. Ability: Gray Eagle Sword Skill (Intermediate), ... Breath of the Dead Soul, Divine Presence, Independent Soul. Skills: Bone Spell,..., Breath of Death,..., Activated Object, Lightning Beam, Mirror Image, Default Armor, Mordenken Mansion. Hero Creation: Your reputation spreads all over the world, and you have a decisive influence on the road to practice. Often your attitude will determine the decisions of others (this characteristic is reflected in fame). Necromage Archmage: You have high attainments in the necromantic faction. The effect of this faction''s spells is +100%, and your learning ability is +100%. Independent Soul: Your soul has achieved a breakthrough enhancement. The physical body is only a temporary container, and the death of the physical body will not cause your soul to be destroyed (after death, it will 100% become a ghost form). Modernken Mansion Technique: You can build a different-dimensional space and summon the appearance of a residence at any time within the casting distance. The properties of the panel are pretty good. His intelligence has reached 50, constitution 47, and strength 41. A brain and a body are both relatively important attributes in Wu Heng''s opinion. Now it seems that agility, perception and charisma are indeed lower. Especially perception, which only reached 29. In the past, investigations were done by two ghosts, especially after the ghosts had unlocked spiritual vision. It is more convenient to find the target, and there is basically no need to observe and speculate by yourself. ??However, we still have to find ways to make up for the shortcomings in our own attributes. Strive for it, there is nothing lacking in becoming a full attribute. Continue to look down. The experience points required for upgrading have reached three hundred and five thousand. A level that looks quite scary. But according to the current method of clearing zombies, four or five zombie waves can almost meet the upgrade standard. In addition, there is an additional [prestige] level. The required quantity is 48,000, which is linked to [Hero Creation]. Added a limit to upgrades. ?? is not a good thing. There are four unlocked expertise, abilities, and skills. The first one is [Hero Creation], which talks about the reputation that spreads all over the world and the way to practice it. In fact, it is the explanation of [fame] level. Needs to achieve a certain level of fame. Its quite similar to faith. It is said that gods exist in other worlds, and some professions also rely on gods to obtain power. As for the gods, they need priests to spread doctrines and gather peoples beliefs. It feels like there are some similarities with the fame mentioned in this hero creation. The second one is [Necromancer], the spell effect of this faction is +100%, and the learning ability is +100%. This is the most direct improvement. The following introduction to [Independent Soul] will make it easier to understand. After death, it directly becomes the ghost form. ?This reminded him of the level 18 prophet and level 18 great boxer he killed. Both of them instantly formed ghosts after their death. It is very likely that this ability will appear at level 18. The last one is [Modernken Mansion Technique]. I have read this skill book four or five times and can recite the beginning of it. ??Also followed this upgrade and unlocked it directly. This is a good thing, it proves that you did not spend a lot of money to buy a fake skill book. Suppress the idea of ??trying out your skills. Close the panel and look at the battlefield again. The battle is nearing its end. When the last zombie was picked up by the skeleton''s spear and thrown aside. The entire area fell into silence again. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and the corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were dragged closer again. They piled up into a mountain of corpses. Bone Skeleton Techniqueis released, and each skeleton stands up. Collect the corpse cores from the minced meat and put them into the space ring. Then, the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] begins to be released. The gray-white halo of light swung out, covering almost one-third of the battlefield. Densely packed skeletons stood up, and the sound of bones rubbing against each other resounded throughout the area. Greatly improves the efficiency of conversion. ?This is really good. It also saves the time of previous conversions. All skeletons have been transformed. A large number of skeletons slowly joined the queue. Occupied the entire street again. Qi Hancai, bring the convoy over here. Wu Heng pressed the intercom. "receive!" The sound of the car engine sounded. The convoy came directly from the rear. Qi Hancai jumped out of the car and looked at the surrounding shops. Let others search along the road, collect the important items first, and bring the rest over tomorrow. Wu Heng ordered. Okay! Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and handed over the task. The survivors who were accompanying them got out of the car one after another and divided into several small teams. Search for shops along the road. ?This is a commercial street with the most specialty stores on both sides. The prices on the labels prove that it was a famous brand in the past. ??Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and several skeleton attendants into a gold shop in the distance. There were broken glass and scattered gold jewelry all over the floor. Collect all the gold. Wu Heng said. The skeleton took action, and Qi Hancai also took out a bag and started picking up gold jewelry all over the floor. After you finish looting this shop, continue to the shop next door and continue looting. Not long after, several skeletons and Qi Hancai were seen carrying bags. Walked back again. Its almost 256 kilograms, which is better than the gold store at home. Qi Hancai said with a smile. Its quite a lot. ?Wu Heng collected all the gold. ? Continued to wander around, while the other survivors kept carrying supplies. Wait until the sky gradually darkens. ?Wu Heng arranged for some skeletons to stay behind, and the team began to return to the factory. The remaining supplies. More trucks and survivors will be dispatched tomorrow to conduct a careful search. Return to the factory. ??The convoy stopped at the entrance of the warehouse and began to move the collected materials. ?Wu Heng took a few skeletons and walked to a deserted place. Took out all the coffins. This is the corpse that came from the Snake Emblem Consortium yesterday. It still needs to be transformed before returning to Treasure Island. ?Let the skeletons open the coffin, and Wu Heng releases the [Bone Slave Technique] one by one. Skeletons stood up one after another and walked out of the coffins. Throw the coffin aside and follow me back. Wu Heng said directly. ?Several skeletons walked back with Wu Heng. ??Returned to the dormitory where he lived, passed through the gate, and headed to the zombie world. Return to Treasure Island. ?Several maids, training with skeletons in the training room. ?Wu Heng took several skeletons to their respective posts. ?Alchemy skeleton goes to the alchemy room and continues to study the third-level corpse core potion. And there are already 6 level 15 skeleton alchemists, which is no longer a minority. They should not be able to develop even level 3 potions. Skeleton Artifacturer, I went to the drawing room. Counting the two newly added ones, there were already four level 15 skeleton artificers. The blacksmith stayed in the zombie world, the chef was assigned to the kitchen, and the landscaper was responsible for the flowers and plants in the courtyard. After everything is ready. Come back to the courtyard. Start to experiment with the newly unlocked mansion technique. I am still a little curious about this skill, which requires reaching level 18 to be unlocked. Concentrate your concentration to run your magic power. The next second. ?Just like cracks cutting through the space, a huge stone door with simple and exquisite carvings of various patterns appeared out of thin air. With a thought in his mind, the stone door slowly opened. Revealing the grand but empty hall inside. Thanks to 08a for the reward. Thanks to the remaining riders passing by for the reward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 514 , this is the living Bodhisattva Chapter 514, This is the Living Bodhisattva ?The space is larger than the hall of the island owner''s palace, like a dilapidated palace that has been vacant for a long time. What the **** kind of mansion is this. ?Wu Heng muttered and began to recall the contents of the skill book. Because he had not unlocked it before, he read this book at least three or four times and could memorize a large paragraph from the beginning. Much content and more profound. According to the introduction in the book, this extradimensional space is opened and constructed by the mental power of the caster. The items and props inside can be completely presented through imagination. Looking still at the hall behind the stone door. A thought in my mind. Brown floors began to cover the ground, chandeliers hung from overhead, and huge oil paintings hung on the walls, which were paintings of himself and several maids. ?After thinking about it, I felt that it was a bit taboo to hang figures on the wall, so I replaced it with a landscape painting. Sofa, bookcases, gorgeous carpets, and sunlight coming in from the window. In the blink of an eye, the originally empty room has turned into a luxurious living room, filled with precious artworks and paintings. Its amazing. ?Wu Heng suddenly felt like he was the creator. After the decoration is completed. ??Wu Heng glanced at the courtyard and waved to the skeleton not far away, "You guys, come in and take a look." Several skeletons holding rifles walked down the wall. Go directly through the stone door and enter the building. ?After seeing that there was no danger, Wu Heng directly turned off the skill, and the space crack and the stone door disappeared at the same time. He came to the other side of the courtyard and released the ''Mansion Technique'' again. The stone door opened again, and the two skeletons were still standing at the door without any change. Okay, come out! The skeleton walked out and returned to his post. Interesting ability. ?Wu Heng did not continue the experiment. Maintaining the mansion technique continued to consume a lot of mental energy. We will wait for some experimental results later. But obviously, it works really well. There should be many places that can be used. Not long after, Minnie called for dinner. ?Wu Heng also walked to the restaurant. At the dining table. ?Wu Heng briefly asked about the training status of several people. The two newly joined maids answered very seriously. Have stayed for two days. Already have some understanding of this place. ?There is not much work to do every day, and more things are done by commanding skeletons. They had no idea that the life of a maid would be like this. Even in Luntam City, those powerful ladies must live like this! Living in such a big house, eating the same food as the owner, and being trained with high-level skeletons. Its almost unbelievable. The two of them were also more grateful to Minnie. Master, do you think its better for Annette to use a two-handed sword, or a sword-and-shield combination? Minnie asked curiously while eating. The warrior profession can use a wide range of weapons. In addition to swords, conventional military weapons and civilian weapons can be used. For example, you can choose the specialization route for sticks, axes, hammers, and even crossbows. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It''s up to ''Annette'' to make her own choice." Minnie said: "Annette was not a good choice either." ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I feel that sword and shield are pretty good. Training with a two-handed sword requires long-term training and mature skills. Mistakes on the battlefield can be fatal. Sword and shield are easier." Annette raised her head, "Then I will listen to the master and practice sword and shield." The growth of every profession requires a long period of training. Wu Heng said. Master, I will work hard. After saying this, Anderweil began to talk about some things about the city hall. ??The other three people couldn''t get in the conversation and just listened while eating. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng went upstairs, and several maids also took a break and went to the training room to continue training. Full of fighting spirit. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat down at the desk. Took a sip. Involuntarily, my mind began to think about the future development. Him has been promoted to level 18, and he is already considered a top powerhouse in another world. ? ?Imiro is so awesome, but he is only level 18. For myself, I need to collect some high-level skill books. The effects of ordinary skills can no longer keep up with my level. The effect of the mansion spell is very good. But it does not directly affect combat. You still need to collect more high-level skill books. The old mage dean should have it in his hand. If you have a chance, ask him and borrow it to take a look at it. There should be no problem! What follows is the development of two worlds. In the zombie world, when the power is restored, all production lines will be fully operational to make up for the lack of bullets. Treasure Island is still in the process of expansion and procurement of various materials. If you only purchase items, your money will run out sooner or later. Its best to have your own industry. Firearms must not be sold to outsiders. It is best if they are something that only you have and that others cannot even imitate. You need to think about it carefully. There is also [hero creation]. The newly added [Fame] can be regarded as adding another restriction to level up. But think about it carefully. I still have a certain advantage. In another world, I have two territories, "Luntam City" and "Treasure Island". Even though the population of this world is not large, it still has a certain foundation. As long as you promote it more, you can still gain some reputation for yourself. ?On the other side is the zombie world. It has several strongholds, but the number of survivors is not too many. In the past, if there were millions of people in a city, it would be enough for ones own [fame]. You can promote yourself through the radio station. Especially the exchange of grain for gold. It is not just the cities that have set up their own sites, but it has also spread in other cities and countries. They asked Wu Heng to exchange grain with them. Do something to gain some reputation for yourself. At the same time, it can also help more people survive. Those who become heroes, how do they do it? I havent really traveled all over the place. Think about everything. Open the door again and go downstairs. ?As soon as he reached the stairs, Anderweil walked up in a nightgown. Master, Im here to help you take a bath. ?Wu Heng smiled, put his arm around the little fox girl''s shoulders, and walked towards the bathroom. Wheres Minnie? She is taking Robert and the others to read comics! The next day. ?Wu Heng boarded the ghost train and headed to Netale City in the Kingdom of Yeko. Getting off the bus in the wild, I felt a tense and oppressive feeling as soon as I approached the city wall. ?The city gates were heavily guarded, and there were not many people entering or leaving the city. Wu Heng showed the association emblem and was not embarrassed. ?Walking into the city, the atmosphere is equally depressing. ?There were no pedestrians on the street, and large groups of guards frequently shuttled through the streets. Along the way, I was asked three or four times. Without a carriage, we can only walk to the Mermaid Tavern. The tavern has been closed, and the underground Snake Emblem Consortium has also closed down. He came here this time intending to exchange potions for rare items. Now it seems that something has happened in the Kingdom of Yeke. Most of the shops in the city have been closed. ?Wu Heng found a weapons store and walked in directly. ?The boss is the only one in the room, and it looks like he has to close the door. What do the guests need? All thats left is whats on the wall. said the boss. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and asked, "All sold?" Um, thats all for now. ?Wu Heng picked out a one-handed sword and a fine iron buckler, "I want these two." "Okay, a total of 375 silver, I''ll wrap it up for you." The boss began to take out the linen cloth and rolled up the weapon and buckler together. ??Wu Heng walked over and asked: "Boss, I just came back. What happened in this city?" "Guest, don''t ask, go home quickly, don''t come out if you have nothing to do recently." The boss immediately ordered. ??Wu Heng took out a few silver coins and put them into the other party''s hand. "Tell me what you can say, but forget about what you can''t." ?The boss pondered for a moment, and then said softly: "Something must have happened up there, and the guards are arresting people everywhere." Who to arrest? Said he rebelled against the party. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and nodded. ?At this time, some guards saw Wu Heng and came directly to investigate. ?Wu Heng took out the emblem and looked at the opponent again. ?The guards turned around and left, urging the boss to close the door and not get themselves into trouble. ?Wu Heng put away the weapons he bought and walked out of the store directly. After leaving the city, return directly to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s manor. ?Wu Heng handed the purchased weapons to Annette. Although it is not very good equipment, it is suitable for her daily training. Sitting in the living room and waiting for a while. Minnie rides the skeleton carriage and returns from the outside. He said: "Master, there is not much information collected from the Nautilus Tavern. They only say that many fleets have canceled their plans to go to Netale City. Aunt Millicent will continue to pay attention." It should be that the information has not been transmitted yet. Normal routes take a long time. Well, there may be some changes recently. Its nothing important, so you guys dont go out yet. Wu Heng asked. Yes, Master. Several maids nodded. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room. I saw the survivors hanging some red lanterns around the dormitory building and on the street lights in the factory yard. Qi Hancai came over and said, "It''s the New Year tomorrow." Well, time flies so fast. Wu Heng sighed. Yes, its so fast. Qi Hancai agreed, and then said, Unknowingly, I have lived until now. Dont always say such things, it will get better in the future. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Yes, I know." By the way, its Chinese New Year. I have a plan that I need to inform the public about. Qi Hancai looked serious, "What is the plan and who should I inform?" Go into the house and say. The two walked into the house on one side, and Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. A residential building. ?A slovenly-looking middle-aged woman sat cross-legged on the ground, holding a young girl wrapped in a quilt in her arms. "Mom, go ahead and leave me alone." The girl murmured softly. The fever persists, there is no medicine, and there is not enough food and drink. In the current situation, we can only wait for death. ?The middle-aged woman still hugged her and said softly: "It''s okay, it''s okay." "It would be great if this was a dream. Am I dreaming? What a terrible dream." The girl whispered with her eyes half closed, half asleep. Gradually close your eyes. With tears falling one by one, the woman picked up the girl and walked to the window. ??The biting cold wind poured into the room, and zombies were wandering below. As long as she takes one step, she and her daughter will wake up from this horrific nightmare. Mom is with you. Steps raised. Zizzizi~! Horse current, sound coming from the old modified radio station. Immediately afterwards, a voice came out. This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team, wishing all the fellow survivors in the radio station New Years greetings. Starting from tomorrow, we will provide supplies of food and medicine to all compatriots in accordance with the order of the leader, King Yama. ?All shelter members are requested to hang and lay red markers in locations where supplies can be accepted, and we will airdrop supplies. Repeat, we will place supplies at the locations marked by red markers. ?May the New Year bring you courage and strength to overcome the current difficulties. Leader King Yama, Xinfu City Rescue Team. I wish you all a happy new year and all the best! " The woman with one foot out of the window suddenly turned back to look at the radio station. When the second sentence is repeated again. Only then was I convinced that I had heard correctly. ??The rescue team from Xinfu City came to the province to deliver supplies. Light a fire on the ground to boil water and feed it to his daughter. Mom. The daughter called softly. ?The woman hugged her daughter and cried, "It''s okay, it''s okay, we don''t have to die, we don''t have to die." Same broadcast. It is also broadcast in Xinfu City, Anhui City and Enzhou City. This is the shelter in Xinfu City. I would like to wish everyone a happy New Year. At the same time, starting tomorrow morning, shelters in the city can be led by leaders to receive food supplies. ?May the bells of the New Year bring courage and strength to everyone, and let us join hands to overcome the current difficulties. May every base remain strong and optimistic. I believe that with the joint efforts of everyone, we will be able to rebuild a beautiful home and usher in a brighter tomorrow. Leader King Yama, Xinfu City Rescue Team. I wish you all a happy new year and all the best! " Different from fixed-point airdrops in provincial cities. In these three cities, the zombies on the roads have almost been cleared. The exchange of food and medicine will be provided at the exchange point. After notification from both sides. In the radio station, things started to boil instantly. Xinfu City, this time we are directly distributing food. I said gold is an excuse to help us. This is not the living King of Hell, this is the living Bodhisattva. (End of this chapter) Chapter 515 , your brain was eaten by zombies? Chapter 515: Your brain was eaten by zombies Soon, it will be about distributing supplies during the Chinese New Year. It spread across different frequency bands in various places, and it immediately became popular. It is hard to imagine that in the current environment, someone would distribute food to the shelter for free. ??Moreover, it is not a rescue team in name only. ??Xinfu City Base, King of Yama, these two names are known to more people. Arms factory, conference room. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and looked at his panel. Fame: Level 18 (7351/48000) Since the beginning of broadcasting, Wu Heng has been paying attention to the changes in fame. From 7242, it increased to 7351. The increase is relatively small, but it also proves the feasibility of radio communication. Things done in the name of "King of Yama" will also fall on oneself. This point made him somewhat unclear as to why. ?How does the system determine that King Yama refers to himself, rather than assigning fame to the King of Yama in the mythical story? In short, this is a good thing, but it is a little slower. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in directly. We have already informed you that tomorrow we will deliver supplies to the marked shelters. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let everyone work hard and pack the supplies." "Already preparing." Qi Hancai continued: "There is also news from Wang Haibing that the circuit leading to the factory has been repaired, and the parts in the transformer have been dismantled from other places. If its powered on, it needs to be tested. ?Has the line been repaired? It has indeed been some time. I understand, wait until the furnace is completed and try to see if it can achieve the desired effect. "Um." The two had a brief chat. Qi Hancai left, and the organizers continued to prepare for the delivery of supplies. ?Wu Heng also returned to his room. Back to Treasure Island, the sky is approaching dusk. ?Walking downstairs, I saw ''Philippa'' standing on a stone chair with one foot, dancing and telling Robert and Annette about her glorious deeds at sea. The two beast girls who had just arrived at Treasure Island were full of admiration. Philippa was talking happily when he turned around subconsciously and saw ''Wu Heng'' walking out. Say something to the two maids and trot over quickly. ?Hold his arm and said, "Come on." ??Wu Heng was pulled back to the living room and asked curiously: "What''s wrong?" Philippa sat on his lap naturally and asked, "Have you helped me with my friend''s affairs?" It turned out to be the pirate incident. Wu Heng said: "I went to talk to Xilagui and said that your friend had robbed merchant ships and killed people. Eight times of death is not too much." He is a pirate, of course he has robbed caravans. Philippa emphasized. "So things are not easy to handle. When you received a blank envelope before and went to rob the fleet, didn''t I always let you chase for a while and then let you go? It was also because I was afraid that it would be difficult to explain in the future." Wu Heng explained. With. "Then he has to die?" Philippa was a little disappointed, "If I had known better, I would have let him go at sea. I thought we could save him." Wu Heng gently hugged the other party, let him lean into his arms, and said: "I have discussed with Xila Gui and will mention some things about him to the headquarters. After all, I have saved you before. If the headquarters is willing to give him a chance, There is still hope. If the department thinks his behavior is not worthy of forgiveness, then..." So what? After all, your friend, lets make it more prosperous. Philippa frowned and said, "Everyone is dead, so what''s the use of someone who is not prosperous?" At least, it proves that the captain of the Flying Fish Pirates is also a respectable person. Philippa sighed and said, "It''s better to be buried at sea. Pirates will return to the sea if they pursue it." ??Wu Heng felt a little funny, thought for a moment, and said: "I promised ''Xila Gui'' to give her a cool air prop. Tomorrow you take the skeleton and install it for her, and then ask about the situation." Okay, you mage is the one with the best brains. Philippa also understood what he meant. ??Wu Heng patted the other party lightly and said, "Be more steady when you speak. Don''t always sound like a pirate and use swear words." Dont worry, I understand. After finishing the matter, Philippa continued: "When are you going to go to sea? It''s so boring for me to be on the island." What do you always want to do at sea? Philippa lifted up some of the hem of his clothes, "It''s almost as white as the inside." ?Wu Heng reached in and held his chest, "The white spots are not bad." Not good, it doesnt look like it has much combat effectiveness. "Wait until you have something to do before going to sea. If you want to maintain your skin color, get more sun." Okay! The two chatted for a while. Minnie came from behind. The master is about to eat. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the restaurant together. Have had dinner. ?Several maids went to the training room for training. ??Wu Heng walked to the courtyard and continued to study his skills. The [Mansion Technique] was released, and the huge and simple stone door appeared again, slowly opening, revealing the luxurious living room that had been decorated before. There has been no change. What it was like before is what it is now. During the day, I looked at the explanation of the Mansion Technique again. Confirm the circumstances under which danger may arise. ?Taking a deep breath, he also stepped into the mansion behind the stone door. He stomped the floor and sat down on the sofa in the living room. ?Everything in the room is as real as there is no difference. Pick up the flower pot on the side. Go directly outside. I passed through the stone gate smoothly, but the flowerpot constructed with my mind did not come out. Left on the ground at the inner doorway. Cant you take out the things inside? Things from the outside can be brought in, but things constructed with ideas can only exist in the opened space. ?Wu Heng concluded. I thought quickly in my mind. Looked around again, his eyes fell on a straight wooden stick. Go and get that stick. The skeleton walked over quickly and took the wooden stick over. ??Wu Heng took it in his hand and walked into the opened space again. ? Activating his mental power, a bed crossbow took shape in front of him, pointing outward. He used the wooden stick as a crossbow arrow and put it on the crossbow on the bed. Bang~! ?The strings rang and exploded. ??The wooden stick penetrated directly through the stone door and hit the opposite wall with a bang. The huge force caused the wooden stick to fall apart. Its really good! Wu Heng was pleasantly surprised. Things inside cannot be taken out, but a launching device can be installed inside to shoot out things brought in from the outside. Arrows, crossbow bolts, or cannonball missiles. It really works. ?Lets just say, how can a skill that is only unlocked at level 18 be useless? Those who can reach level 18 also have a high status. ?There is nothing you cant achieve without expending so much effort to build such a space. Continue to maintain the operation of the "Mansion Technique". Then proceed with the experiment. With a thought, two ghosts flew out of the body, floating in the air on the left and right. As soon as he appeared, he noticed the luxurious hall behind the stone door. Uncle, have you changed your house again? Illusion?? Wu Heng explained: "Do you still remember the luxury house you bought at the auction?" The one that Ive never been able to learn? Glenda asked. Well, now that I have learned it, the effect is like this. Wu Heng said. Wow! So handsome. Xiaoxiao exclaimed in admiration, and then flew in directly. ?Glenda also followed in and looked around the room, curious about everything. ?Wu Heng also walked in. According to Xiaoxiao and Granda''s ideas, several pieces of furniture were added to the space. It has a feeling of combining modern and ancient Europe. Okay, lets go out first. Maintaining skills also consumes a lot of mental energy. Wu Heng said. With the two ghosts, he walked directly out of the stone door. The skill is cancelled, and the cracks and the stone door disappear at the same time. Letting the two ghosts move around on their own, Wu Heng walked towards the room. Step into the door. Philippa ran over from a distance, "I''ll stay with you tonight." Minnie followed behind, "Where are you staying? Go back to your tavern." I dont, I finally came here, what are you doing! Its not far, its like you live far away. You stay with me every day, and you even compete with me. ??Wu Heng hugged the two of them and said, "Let''s go together. The bed is big enough anyway." Then, he looked back and asked, "Is Wei''er coming?" ?Andweiers face was slightly red and she was a little embarrassed. ?Wu Heng said with a smile: "Come together, let''s take a shower first." Yes, Master. Anderweil nodded and walked over. We walked upstairs together. ??The other two newly joined maids also had slightly red faces and watched the others go upstairs together. The next day, zombie world. Skeleton flying dragons circled over the province over and over again. Place supplies in locations with marked characteristics. The radio station also exploded. We have received supplies, we really have supplies. Who said there is beef in it? Why dont I? Leader, I dont have beef here. The cows are all dead, your brains will be eaten by zombies, I believe there is beef. (End of this chapter) Chapter 516 , black-robed procession and sarcophagus Chapter 516, Black-robed team and sarcophagus This is Xingfeng City. When will the Xinfu City base come to us? I kowtow to you, thank you for the supplies you sent. The channel is abuzz with excitement. There is a lot more vitality than before. Its more like a Chinese New Year look. Arms factory. ?Wu Heng looked at the growing reputation and felt that it was still a little too slow. I have some doubts that others are increasing so slowly, or that their own methods are wrong. But there is no way to confirm this kind of thing. After all, others dont have panels and cannot give accurate information. At present, in terms of reputation, I can only accumulate it bit by bit. Sit on the chair and wait for a while. Qi Hancai came over and said, "The delivery of supplies went very smoothly. The radio stations are discussing this matter. We are now famous." Suddenly, every frequency band is talking about its own refuge. It made everyone in the base feel indescribably excited. Well, our development speed does require some fame. Wu Heng said casually. Qi Hancai nodded and handed over the backpack he was carrying, "Some of the accessories you ordered before are all inside." ?Wu Heng opened his eyes and took a look. The axle, bow limbs, adjustment bolts and other accessories are all inside. This is last time, I took the composite bow drawings and asked Qi Hancai to arrange for people to make them. Yeah. Wu Heng nodded and put the things away. Will you celebrate the New Year with us tonight? Qi Hancai continued to ask. "I won''t go there. You make arrangements and organize some activities." Wu Heng said. "Yeah, that''s okay." Qi Hancai continued, "Sister Yahong is planning to come over in the next two days. She probably misses you." It has indeed been a while since I visited Li Yahong. When she comes, tell me in advance. "good." Then Ill leave this to you. I wish everyone a Happy New Year. Qi Hancai smiled and nodded, "I wish you a happy New Year." ?Wu Heng walked out of the room and went upstairs to his dormitory. Then open the gate and go to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. ?Wu Heng greeted: "Minnie!" Master, whats wrong? Minnie ran over in small steps from a distance. Are the bow arms and bow strings you ordered last time not ready yet? The production of compound bow accessories is divided into two parts. Accessories such as axles, bow limbs, and bolts are made in the modern world, while bow arms and bow strings are ordered from other worlds. Especially for bow strings, it is difficult to find those that meet the standards in the apocalyptic world. But its different in another world. There are bow strings of different strengths, and there are more types than you might imagine. Ill go and ask, it should be ready. "Um!" Minnie changed her clothes, took the skeleton attendant, and left the island owner''s manor in a carriage. Not long after, Minnie returned in the carriage. Master, its done, Minnie took out the things. ??Wu Heng glanced at it and handed the previous accessories to Minnie, "Send it to the magicians upstairs and let them assemble and test it." Oh, I understand. Minnie nodded and ran directly upstairs. Shortly afterwards, the artificer came down from upstairs. Start experimenting with assembled compound bows. Hang, bang, the sound of arrows piercing the wooden target kept ringing in the courtyard. The artificer stood aside and took notes with a notebook. ?Wu Heng continued to return to the room. Took out two books, sat at the table and started reading. It is approaching dusk. ?The door knocked again. Then, Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, Deacon Shiraqui is here, in the living room downstairs." ?Hilagui is here? Im going down now. ?Wu Heng went straight downstairs and saw the elf deacon with tied blond hair sitting in front of the sofa in the living room, waiting silently. Seeing him coming down, he smiled. Good evening, Mr. Deacon. Wu Heng smiled and sat down opposite. "It''s not evening yet," Sheila rolled her eyes at him and then said, "I came here on business." Whats the business? Have you heard of Lujiao Island? Sheila Gui looked over. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and shook his head. Originally I thought I was going to talk about ''Philippa''s'' friend''s pirate affairs. It seems that I am overthinking it. Xilagui explained: "I got some information that there are suspicious people gathering on Lujiao Island, and there are also some traces of slaves or refugees among them." Didnt you arrange for someone to investigate? "No, judging from the information sent, there are high-level professionals on the other side. It would be dangerous for ordinary team members to investigate." What do you think? Sheela looked directly over and said, "Let''s take a look together to avoid any problems." ?Wu Heng was speechless. Hiragui is a deacon and the owner of Treasure Island. Dangerous situations may occur and two people need to go out. Why does it feel like something is not quite right? But if you think about it carefully, they are really the only two high-level professionals on Treasure Island. "Aren''t you afraid that this is a plan to lure the tiger away from the mountain? Move us out of the island and then capture the island?" Wu Heng asked back. "No, this matter has reached me very secretly, and the location of Antler Island is not far from Treasure Island. The skeletons on your island are enough to hold on until we come back." Seeing her serious look, Wu Heng asked directly: "When will we set off?" Tonight, dont tell anyone, lets leave Hong Kong quietly. Okay, well meet at the port then. Then Ill go back first. After speaking, get up and leave. ??Wu Heng also told Minnie about his departure and helped him prepare some things. Its late at night. ??Wu Heng arrived at the port with his skeleton attendants and boarded the prepared ship. Philippa looked a little excited. When she saw Wu Heng boarding the ship, she came over and asked, "When should we set off?" Where is Shiraz? With two teams, they are in the cabin. While talking, Shilagui walked up wearing a cloak and said: "Nothing, let''s go. Staying too long will easily attract attention." Okay. Philippa responded and began to direct the skeletons to take action. ?The ship slowly left the port and headed towards the depths of the sea. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui entered a cabin. Look, its good to separate the dedicated and civilian ports. You dont have to be so careful next time you come out. Wu Heng brought up the matter again. Youve been thoughtful, okay! Sheela took out a blanket and started to make the bed. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are you going to rest?" Lets chat with you for a while and then rest. By the way, our last reward hasnt come out yet. How long has it been? Wu Heng asked directly. Sheila Gui thought for a moment, and her tone was a little uncertain, "Maybe there are too many that need to be distributed, and they haven''t been distributed yet." "If we come down, we will be rich." Well, it would be great if the rewards can be as generous as last time. It will be of great help to personal combat effectiveness. Sheela Gui agreed. "Deacon Imiro is definitely more convenient. He is in the headquarters and can choose directly." What? Im jealous, you can apply to be transferred to the headquarters. Sheila Gui joked. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "Forget it, it''s good to stay on the island. There are heroes and leaders there. It''s not as comfortable as me, the owner of the island." Youve thought about it a lot. Seeing that her bed was made, Wu Heng stood up and twisted his neck, "You can rest, I''ll go back to rest too. There are several level 15 skeleton attendants on the ship, so don''t worry about anyone getting on the ship." With a smile on her face, Sheela Gui said, "Who dares to board this ghost ship of yours? The ship is full of skeletons, and their eyes are glowing blue." A ship controlled by a skeleton, dont you think its cool? The Necromancer is indeed different from others. Okay, you can rest. "Um." ?The two said goodbye, and Wu Heng also walked out of the room. Go to your cabin, make your bed, and get ready to rest. Without waiting for a break. There was a knock on the door, and Philippa looked in. Now that the explanation is over, the skeleton can just control the ship and sail. After saying that, he took off his coat and leather armor and got into Wu Heng''s arms on the bed. Its too crowded, lets stay on the ground! Philippa said directly. ?Wu Heng spread the blanket on the ground, and Philippa lay on her back, spreading her arms, "Come on, let me show you how powerful I am." Put the [Soundproof Pot] next to it to form a barrier. After obtaining this item, there are not many opportunities to use it. I didnt expect it to be used in this situation. ??Wu Heng pressed lightly on the other party, still a little worried and said: "Don''t talk, it''s not good for others to hear you." If you hear it, just listen. What are you afraid of? Be good, keep your voice down. Wu Heng coaxed softly. Philippa''s cheeks turned red, "You say that, and people feel weird." Like to listen? Dad, I love you so much. The next day, afternoon. ?Several people gathered on the deck. Philippa pointed to the island at the end of the sight, "That''s Antler Island." ?Wu Heng picked up the telescope and took a look. Two ships could be seen near the island. No flags were hoisted and identification was impossible. Let the beasts be tamed. Sheila Gui said to the back. One by one, the tamed beasts took off and flew towards the islands in the distance. ??Wu Heng also secretly released ghosts, Xiao Xiao alerted the surroundings, and Glenda went to the island to investigate the situation. The speed of the ghost is obviously faster than that of the tame beast. ?After Granda flew back, she got directly into her body and shared the scene on the island. The view starts from the sea. First, I checked along the ship. The interior was in a mess and no flag was found. But more like a pirate ship. Leave the ship, fly along the shore and towards the interior of the island. The first thing I saw were guards wearing leather armor and black cloaks, guarding the road. Behind them are a large number of shackled slaves, both men and women, numbering nearly a hundred. Being guarded by more black-robed teams. Through the perspective of spiritual vision, the highest level is 15, and the rest are around level 10. In terms of the current level of Wuheng, it is not high. But in the market, it is already considered a considerable force. Even the former pirate group, with a level 15 leader and a team of hundreds of people, was still a large pirate group. ?Glenda circled around the crowd. ??Discovered a single figure of a man in black robe and walked into a nearby building. Immediately change direction, fly directly towards the building, penetrate the roof, and look down from above. In the middle of the room is something similar to a circular array. In the middle of the array, there stood a sarcophagus carved with complex patterns and patterns. Sarcophagus? ?Glenda wanted to look forward. Suddenly, I seemed to feel some danger. The body quickly retracts to the outside of the wall. He hesitated for a moment and flew back directly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 517 , blood awakens Chapter 517, Blood Awakening The shared screen ends. ?Wu Heng released Glenda again. His brows were still furrowed. ??A team wearing black cloaks, a large number of slaves, as well as magic circles and sarcophagi. No matter how you think about it, something feels wrong. ?On the other side of Sheelagui, the rangers of the association team also began to report on the situation on the island through the beast taming vision. ?There are also unidentifiable ships, enemy numbers, slaves in chains. There is no mention of the magic circle and sarcophagus in the building. Taming animals is not a ghost. Lowering the height will be noticed, and it is difficult to actually fly into the building to investigate the situation. After hearing the report, Shilagui asked the ranger to take the tame beast back. He looked towards Wu Heng, "There are still a lot of people, and there are quite a few slaves." ??Wu Heng glanced at the direction of the island and said, "It''s not a big problem. If we just go over there and hide here, we''re definitely not doing anything good." "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, turned to the team members and said, "Get ready for battle. Check your equipment." ?Wu Heng also turned his head and looked behind. ?Philippa and the green parrot were standing together and competing to eat melon seeds. Eat a deck full of melon seed peels. Philippa! Wu Heng shouted. Ah! Whats wrong? Philippa looked up. Go forward, close to the island ahead. Copy that! Philippa immediately went to the control room and issued the order. ??Wu Heng also began to direct a large number of skeletons to come out of the cabin and prepare for battle. Staghorn Island. The ships flying the flags of the association and Treasure Island attracted the attention of the people on the island as soon as they approached. A large number of manpower began to be mobilized. Several tame beasts flew into the sky and began to detect the situation from a distance. Confirm the number of ships. When he discovered that there was only one ship flying the flag of the association, he felt much more relaxed. The two ships immediately turned around. He drove towards the approaching ship. ?On the deck, the crossbows and ballistae turned around and made plans to sink the ship in one glance. ??At Wuheng, the ship was still approaching at full speed without any slowdown. Their ship is coming, and there are sailors manning crossbows and ballistae. Someone shouted loudly on the mast. At the bow of the ship, Philippa set up the cannon and patted his chest, "Leave it to me!" Both ships are approaching. Philippa opened fire directly. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of explosions was deafening, and the ship on the left front exploded rapidly in an instant. Fragments scattered all over the sky, and the ship''s hull was divided into two, slowly becoming silent. Then, the muzzle was turned again, and the cannon spit out tongues of flame again. Another cabin exploded directly, with fire rising from the stern and thick smoke rising into the sky. Done! Philippa gave a thumbs up to several people. Forehead. Even though the team members had seen the effect of machine guns destroying ships, they were still a little surprised by such an easy solution. ?At sea, this kind of ship is just like paper. Completely defenseless against this weapon. ?Wu Heng glanced at the slowly sinking ship and the people crying and wailing in the sea. He ordered: "Go to the sea and kill them all." Hurrah! The skeletons on both sides jumped into the sea one by one and rushed towards the people who fell into the water. Hash the weapon at the opponent, or drag it directly to the bottom of the water. The battle is over. ??Wu Heng stood on the deck and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The gray-white halo of light swayed, and all the corpses floating in the sea were transformed into skeletons. Get on board. ?Rope ladders hang down on both sides, and the skeleton climbs onto the deck. The ship moved forward again and stopped outside Antler Island. The battle just now also attracted the attention of the rest of the people on the island. ??The remaining men in black robes blocked the shackled slaves in front of them, forming a human wall to separate the two sides. From the association? someone shouted loudly from a distance. Sheila Gui stood on the deck and shouted: "Surrender and go back for investigation." The figure behind the hostage showed a sneer on his face and said again: "I don''t care why you came here, you should leave now, otherwise we will kill these ordinary people first. Your association should not watch them die here." ?Hiragui''s eyes instantly narrowed, and her face became ugly. He turned his head and asked softly: "What should I do?" Ill kill the person who spoke. Hes level 15. Attack him as soon as he dies. Wu Heng set up his sniper rifle and said directly. What should they do if they kill the hostages? If we dont come, they will die faster. Okay, listen to me. ?Wu Heng took aim and then said: "Continue talking to him." Hiragui spoke to the distance again, with a tone that persuaded the other party to surrender. ??The moment Wu Heng poked his head out, he fired directly from the deck. Bang~! gunshots and explosions. The level 15 leader who spoke suddenly leaned back and fell to the ground. Kill all those armed with weapons. Wu Heng immediately ordered. ??The skeleton rolled over and jumped off the deck, rushing towards the island. The slaves instantly became a mess. ?The men in black robes also looked extremely panicked, holding weapons to attack the skeletons, and some followed the slaves and fled in all directions. In a fierce fight. The number of the men in black robes became smaller and smaller until they were all killed. Hiragui took the team members to the island. The skeletons have already started dragging the corpses and cleaning the battlefield. Sheila Gui looked at the messy battlefield and didn''t know what to say. Even though I have seen this kind of scene before, the quick resolution of the battle is still shocking. Completely changed the past practice of the strong taking advantage. What kind of level 15 professional, what kind of large fleet. In this kind of equipment, everyone is really equal. Xilagui took a deep breath and continued: "The first team will collect the slaves, confirm whether there is any danger, and ask about their place and identity. The second team will guard the ship and stay alert. If there is any danger, notify me immediately." "yes." The two teams responded and immediately started to act according to the order. ?And in Wu Heng''s ears, Granda''s voice, as thin as a mosquito''s moan, sounded, "Blood is gathering into the building." ?Wu Heng frowned. Go and observe the blood on the ground immediately. The blood stains on the body after death seeped into the soil, but it still seemed to be pulled by force. Gathering towards the building on one side. Formating linear dark red traces. After Xielagui handed over the task, she just turned her head and followed his gaze to look at the blood on the ground. Whats going on? "There are magic circles and sarcophagi in the building, which may be related to these." Wu Heng explained quickly and continued, "Let''s go over and have a look." ?? He quickly approached the building with the skeleton, and the moment he opened the door, their pupils shrank. Dark red blood flowed upwards along the gaps in the stone tiles on the ground. A stream of blood formed and flowed into the sarcophagus. The sarcophagus is sucking blood! Sheila Gui held her hand on the hilt of the sword and stared straight ahead. ?Wu Heng pulled her back a step and ordered, "Go over and take a look." Skeleton Card Xiu just wanted to step forward. ~! The coffin lid slowly opened with a harsh friction sound, and fell to the side with a bang. Inside the coffin, stood a haggard figure with pale skin. The whole body is naked, with no male or female characteristics. The arms are in the posture of pushing open the coffin lid. The huge flesh wings can be vaguely seen on the back. Like a mummy with intact skin. Immediately afterwards, the closed eyes suddenly opened, revealing **** eyes. ?Glenda''s voice sounded again, "Level 18." Level 18 professional! Good guy. Kneel down. Whoosh~! Boom~! As soon as the hoarse voice sounded, a silver-white thunder beam suddenly struck. ?The figure who had just stepped out of the sarcophagus suddenly flew back, crashed into the sarcophagus, and fell backwards. ?Wu Heng pulled Xila Gui behind him and then said: Kill him! Kaxiu rushed out instantly, Kerimu put one hand on the ground and released the cloud and mist technique. Large amounts of smoke filled the room instantly. You all deserve to die. There was a roar in the room. Kerumu has already appeared behind the mummy. ?The evil sword in his hand slashed horizontally and swept towards his neck. Poof~! ?The sound of flesh penetration sounded, and the long sword was held in a dry hand. The fleshy wings spread out and flapped, and the fierce wind blew away the clouds and mist in the room. ~Boom! At this time, Skeleton Kaxiu also rushed in front of him, and the huge force knocked his shriveled body away again and fell against the wall. The sound of bones, rattling. ?Ka Xiu kept walking and quickly followed up, his fists falling like raindrops and the force of his fists booming. The shriveled body, flesh and blood exploding continuously. Drums of blood gushed out from his mouth and nose. Ouch~! Like a wild beast roaring. ?Hold the opponent''s body with both arms, and suddenly threw Ka Xiu''s body away. Chest swelled up quickly, and he opened his mouth and sucked in hard. In the formation, the remaining blood is drawn into the abdomen. ?The injuries on the mummys body healed quickly, and the originally shriveled body became more plump. Gradually forms a wide forehead and a sunken brow bone, the image of a middle-aged Western man. Little elf girl, your blood must be delicious. Necromancer, you stink so much. ??Wu Heng also looked at each other in surprise. Having basically guessed the identity of the other party. The vampire. He is not the kind of light-blooded person who uses strange items to develop bloodthirsty. But a real vampire. Go up! Wu Heng ordered coldly again. In the current situation, there is no need for mediation. Procrastination will only allow the opponent''s strength to continue to recover. After receiving the order, the two skeletons moved again. Keranmu''s body disappeared again and appeared behind him, with the long sword in his hand slashing out. ??The vampire leaned forward, avoiding the chop, and at the same time grabbed the hilt of the sword in Keranmu''s hand, trying to grab the sword. Keranmu bent his legs and kicked the opponent. ?Ka Xiu followed quickly, the wind of his fists exploded, and with loud explosions, raindrops fell on the opponent''s body. The opponent is level 18, and the card repairer is also level 18. Even after being transformed into a skeleton, some of the abilities have disappeared. But for the boxer profession, melee physical skills can still have a strong advantage. In the blink of an eye, blood holes burst out in the vampire''s body again. ?The tough skin cannot withstand Ka Xius punch. ?Wu Heng still didnt let Xila Gui come forward, and his body instantly transformed into six people. ?pathogenic ray, debilitating ray, lightning beam, acid splash. They all released it in unison. Then, machine guns were distributed. Five people were holding submachine guns, and another person started to release the "Mansion Technique". Kaxiu, get out of the way. Kaxiu stepped aside to get out of the way. ?Bang bang bang~! Dense bullets are fired towards the target ahead in a fan shape. The vampire''s eyes condensed, and the flesh wings instantly wrapped his body, and dense bullets landed on the vampire''s body. ?Blood splattered everywhere, and the body staggered. ?At the back, the ancient stone door in the crack opened. A crossbow with a thick arm loaded with arrows appeared behind the door, pointing forward. Shoot~! Bang~! The crossbow strings roared. ??The crossbow bolt roared out instantly and hit the target instantly. The powerful force took the vampire''s body flying out and hit the wall behind. The wounds that penetrated the chest and abdomen were dripping with blood. You, you **** guys, I will find you, drain the blood of your family members, turn it into blood wine, and taste it bit by bit. The vampires vomited blood and cursed loudly. The next second, a **** wind roared in the room, and the vampire''s body spread like **** smoke. Hooked through the gap in the simple wall and got out. Get out, he will escape. Wu Heng has seen Blood Mist''s moves before. ??Also know that this is a tactic to escape. ?Several people rushed out of the room quickly. After leaving the house, Bloodstain regained his human form. Half kneeling on the ground, vomiting blood. The scorching sunlight caused his pale skin to instantly turn red, and pustules and blisters covered his body. ??Bloodthirsty eyes swept across the scene, focusing on the dense crowd wearing shackles. Stop him. ?Wu Hengs voice sounded behind him. A large number of skeletons blocked the slave in the distance, separating them from the vampires. ??But when the Vampires saw several figures chasing after them again, they gritted their teeth and cursed, spread their flesh wings, and rushed directly into the sky. Flee away into the distance. He wants to run. ??Hiragui let out a loud shout, and her body rose up from the ground. White wings spread out on her back, and the exposed skin gradually began to look like bird feathers. ??Fluttering its wings, it chased straight towards the opponent. ?Wu Heng had already followed him out of the room. "Don''t." ?Wu Heng wanted to stop him, but Xila Gui had already caught up with him. The opponent''s level 18 professional was besieged by his side and chose to escape, but it was definitely not something that ''Xila Gui'' could deal with alone. ?Had I known it earlier, I should have asked Kaxiu to directly use [Gladiator Chain] to restrain the opponent. I dont believe that he can fly away with Ka Xiu. Seeing two figures chasing away. ?Wu Heng couldn''t care so much, so he took out the Barrett and raised the muzzle of the gun. After aiming, pull the trigger. The next second, the left shoulder and wings of the vampire in the air exploded instantly, and pieces of flesh and bones were scattered all over the sky. The vampire''s pupils were wide open and full of fear. I have met someone. Or rather, the other party was well prepared and was waiting for him to come out to deal with him. My heart was horrified, and my body began to lose control. Suddenly, another powerful force came, and a big hole opened in his whole chest. The head and lower body were completely separated, and the minced meat and internal organs were scattered from the sky. Sheela Gui also followed closely at this time. The long sword in her hand exuded bursts of cold air, and she slashed her head and fell quickly from the sky. With a bang, it hit the ground. ??The vampire''s appearance at this time was extremely miserable, with his head connected to the few remaining chests, but he was still not dead. I tried to speak, but couldn''t understand clearly. ??Wu Heng approached and shot directly through the head. At the same time, the bone prison rose from the ground, trapping the ghosts who tried to leave invisibly. The ghost hit the guardrail over and over again. ?When he realized that he couldn''t escape, he turned around and roared ferociously, "You can''t do this to me. I want to see Lilith. She can''t treat her own people like this." Hear this sentence. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui both frowned. ??If there is no duplicate name, Lilith is the leader in charge of the Whisperers. What should I do? Sheila Gui flew down from the sky and asked. ?Wu Heng glanced at the distance and said, "I''ll control him first and then talk about it when I get back." Speaking, he took out a new magic soul pot. Put it into the bone prison. The bone prison began to gradually compress the space. The Demonic Soul Pot also began to generate suction. ??The Vampire Ghost''s tone became even more flustered, "You are a human and your lifespan is short. I can help you have a long lifespan. And you, elf, I can give you wealth to make your life more abundant in the future." We can talk about it. You must not treat an elder like this. Damn it, you **** guys, I curse you... Amidst the increasingly fierce screams, the ghost was sucked into the magic soul pot. The bone prison disappears. ?Wu Heng put away the magic soul pot and put it into the space ring. Well talk about it when we get back. Sheila Gui nodded to express her understanding. Two people release the strange object status at the same time. ?Wu Hengs brain was stinging and the world was turning upside down. Xila Guis body was covered with frost and her body was trembling. Tap tap tap~! Dense footsteps sounded. The two teams, as well as Philippa and the skeleton, ran over quickly. Protect the two people in the middle and guard the surroundings. ?The sudden situation just now shocked everyone. ?No one expected that there was an enemy in the dilapidated stone house on the island. Spreading its wings, it almost allowed the opponent to escape. The captain of a team asked: "Island owner, deacon, are you okay?" The side effects of the strange objects on the two of them gradually disappeared. After drinking the potion, I basically returned to normal. Its okay. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui also slowly stood up and said directly: "The ship and port defense will be carried out by Philippa and Skeleton. You guys will check it again. If there is danger, don''t rush to take action. Come back and inform us." "clear." The two teams quickly dispersed. Philippa also returned to the ship with the skeleton, and at the same time guarded the vicinity and the slave side. Wait until you carefully inspect the island. The two teams returned one after another, "Deacon, after checking, there is no danger. The formation in the stone house has been destroyed, and only the stone coffin is left there." Sheila Gui breathed a sigh of relief and continued to ask: "What is the situation of those slaves?" The captain of a team said: "The villagers of Yeko Kingdom were kidnapped here by these people." Villagers? ?This is really unexpected. "Well, villagers, they can give detailed addresses, and they can also confirm that they are all villagers from the same village. They said that a few nights ago, these people landed in the village and killed some people, and the rest were captured and taken away. When we get here, we dont know what were going to do. The captain continued to explain. Hilagui rubbed her temples, referring to the kingdom and its residents. Things are about to get complicated again. Thought for a moment and said: "Keep an eye on them, bring them back to Treasure Island first, and then try to negotiate with the Kingdom of Yeke." Yes. The team responded and left quickly. After others left. What do you mean by arresting these people? Sheila Gui looked this way. ?Wu Heng didnt think much and answered directly, I suspect that he wants to use these people to resurrect the one we killed just now. Its the same as what I thought, but the human race is rarely related to the vampire race, especially such a weird vampire race. Sheila Gui touched her chin and said while thinking. Lets ask about the corpse. We can write a report when we go back. "good!" ?Wu Heng called to the skeletons and dragged over several corpses of men in black robes that were obviously shriveled up. Conversation with the DeadRelease. The first corpse sat up slowly. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who are you?" The corpse replied, "We are members of the Destiny Sect." ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, who shook his head and said he had never heard of it. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What are we arresting these people for?" Follow the bishops orders and awaken powerful professions. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 518 , who are you? Chapter 518, Who are you? Bishop? A powerful professional? Sounds like the Destiny Sect is quite formal. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What position does the leader who brought you here today hold in the church?" He is our apologist, said the corpse. Apologetics. ?Now it seems that the Destiny Sect is not as strong as the Divine Punishment Sect. In the Divine Punishment Cult, all apologists are level 18 professionals. Even one of them dared to fight Imiro, and both of them even went to Treasure Island. A professional who is level 15 in the Tianming Cult becomes an apologist. Its a whole level lower. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did you know before that the person in the sarcophagus was still alive?" ?The corpse paused for two seconds, and then replied, "I don''t know, I''m just following orders." ?Wu Heng then asked, "Where is your bishop?" I heard that the church is developing in the Kingdom of Yeko! After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. Xila Gui said from the side: "It seems that the Destiny Sect obtained this coffin through some means and is preparing to wake up the people inside." Well, since level 18 is so important, it seems that there are no high-level professionals in the church. Wu Heng added. Sheila Gui glanced at him angrily, "You sound like level 18 is easy." Thats the only one who dares to evaluate level 18 professionals like this. ?Wu Heng did not continue to talk, but continued to talk to the next corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead]. Start asking about the situation. ? He asked several corpses one after another about the sarcophagus and the Destiny Cult. The Tianming Sect is only a sect established in recent years. ??Yeke also began to penetrate into the kingdom when the kingdom was in internal chaos and peripheral management was lax. Intends to recruit believers and increase its influence. ?This time, under the leadership of Sheng Xing, they raided a coastal village at night and gathered all the people here. The ceremony was prepared to awaken the people in the sarcophagus. Who is the specific person inside, and the corpses asked, all of them do not know. All I know is that he is a level 18 strong man who will help them develop the church. ?Wu Heng felt that the intelligence of these people was not too high. ?That vampire is obviously not very easy to control. They are not afraid to wake up, kill the others, and then walk away. Things are pretty much understood. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask. Let the skeleton drag the corpse aside and bury it. "This Destiny Sect really deserves to die." After hearing this, Xilagui gritted her teeth. ?Her character is still the type that abides by justice. I remember when Wu Heng first landed on the island. Hilagui almost drew her sword when she revealed that she was a necromancer, as if she would kill you even if she was punished. Later, Wu Heng saved her several times and never did anything bad. The relationship between the two has improved, and they feel like they are dependent on each other to protect Treasure Island. Wu Heng said: "After we return, we will report the matter to the local government and ask all localities to investigate this sect. Before they develop, see if they can be destroyed directly." Sheela Gui nodded in agreement, "Human sacrifice involves so many people, it''s enough to classify them as a cult." Their bishop may still be in the Kingdom of Yeko, dont forget to report it too. "good." The two had a brief chat. ?Wu Heng focused his attention on the head of the vampire again. On the upper body, only the head and shoulder bones remain, while the lower body consists of the waist and legs. The chest and abdomen area completely disappeared, and I dont know where the colorful things were scattered. The missing parts have exceeded half. Difficult to convert into skeletons. He said to the skeleton next to him: "Go over there and see if you can find the fallen body." Level 18 professional who can also fly. ??If you can put it together well, it will definitely be a rare skeleton attendant. The skeleton next to him received the order. He quickly moved towards the location where the vampire flew by and began to search carefully. Hearing his order, Sheela Guessed something in her mind. ?? reminded: "Have you heard of the Racial Protection Act?" You wouldnt say that the Vampire Race is considered a rare race, right? Wu Heng turned his head. The Rare Races Protection Act refers to some special and sparsely populated races that will receive corresponding protection. Corpse cannot be used for experiments or enslaved in any form. But it feels like its in Wuheng. ?These are all obvious restrictions. If the corpse has a special function, some people will still choose to conduct experiments quietly. ??As long as you dont talk about it everywhere, it is difficult to check this kind of thing, and no one will check it. This news was told to Wu Heng by the assistant deacon Moya when he was killing the spider man. Unexpectedly, the Vampire Clan has also issued a restriction bill. Sheila Gui nodded and confirmed that the vampires were also included in the bill. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "I will do it quietly." "What are you talking about? So many people have seen it, and the other party obviously knows Leader Lilith, so don''t get yourself into trouble." Sheela Gui said softly. When the other party died, he obviously mentioned Lilith. This matter is not that simple. ?While the two were talking, the skeleton who was searching for body parts came back. Found broken arms, incomplete wings, and some scattered internal organs. A **** pile. Its just that even these are not enough for transformation. ?In addition, what Sheela Gui said makes sense. The other party is really a high-level member of the vampire clan. If you enslave the other party, it is indeed easy to cause trouble. Furthermore, I had some contact with Lilith before, and our relationship was pretty good. It cannot be destroyed easily. "Well, that makes sense." Wu Heng said, and then took out the organ jar, "Put the organs here." The skeleton picked out the organs and put them **** into the organ jar. Sheela''s eyes widened. ??This is not going to stop until you get some benefits from it. ?But he just looked and didnt say anything more. The body was so mutilated and the missing organs were easily explained. ?Wu Heng put the organ jar into the space ring. Continue to order, "Go and carry out the sarcophagus inside." The skeleton entered the stone house and carried the sarcophagus directly out. Stuffed all the corpses of the vampires into the sarcophagus. Hila Rose was directly put into the space ring. The rest is just some finishing work. Xilagui arranged for the rescued villagers to board the boat, while Wu Heng released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all the remaining corpses on the ground. Although the level 18 corpse cannot be transformed, there is also a level 15 corpse. Its a little bit worse, but its not a wasted trip. After everything has been arranged and everyone has boarded the boat. At Philippas loud shout, we started to return. At night, in the cabin. Xilagui put down the tableware in her hand and said: "Big Island Master, please notify the Kingdom of Yeko of the matter. It will take some time. Before sending these people back, you must arrange a place for them to live." Even though these people belong to the kingdom. You cannot send it back directly. You need to negotiate in advance and get confirmation before sending it back. ?Especially, this matter also involves things such as level 18 vampires and cults. ?The association may also arrange for people to come down to investigate, and these villagers will be witnesses. During the period of staying on the island, the island needs to provide a place to live, food and drink. The previously expanded area can be used to temporarily house them, and food and drink can also be temporarily provided. We will have to ask the Kingdom of Yeke to reimburse us when the time comes. Wu Heng emphasized. ? Even if the people were rescued by themselves, and they were provided with food and shelter, it would still cost a lot of money for these hundreds of people. Xila Gui spoke calmly and continued, "I will explain the situation to the headquarters about the Destiny Cult and the level 18 vampires. Do you want to tell Leader Lilith as well?" Normally speaking, Sheila Ge did not need to tell Lilith about this alone. But it involves the vampires, which makes things a little complicated. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I have put away the ghost. Let''s ask about the situation tomorrow and discuss how to write the letter then." Okay, lets do it. Sheela Gui also agreed with this statement. The matter is finished. The two of them also chatted casually about some unimportant things. ??The only problem in this operation is the vampire in the sarcophagus. Fortunately, no danger was caused, and the other party did not kill him directly. ??Wu Heng continued: "Is the air conditioner easy to use?" "It''s very useful. Shi Yali also likes it. She even wanted to dismantle it to study the formation patterns inside, but I didn''t agree." "How do you like it?" Sheila Gui smiled and said, "I like it too." Well, when the island is rebuilt in the future, it will be better than now. You are quite confident. After one day and one night. The ship slowly entered the Treasure Island port. Xila Gui led everyone back to the association to conduct an autopsy on the corpse in the sarcophagus. At the same time, she also had to re-check the identity of the villagers brought back. ??Wu Heng, as the island owner, does not need to worry about these things himself. Just wait for the results. Philippa arranged for someone to repair the ship, and Wu Heng called a carriage and returned to the island owners estate first. Return to the manor and just enter the gate. Minnie quickly came up to meet her, her face full of joy, "Master, you are back!" Behind him, Robert and Annette also followed, bowing slightly, "Master." Is there nothing going on at home? Wu Heng asked. Its nothing. Minnie replied with a smile. Its okay. Wu Heng touched Minnies head. The latter was smiling and leaned forward coquettishly. Minnie continued to ask: "Would you like to prepare dinner?" Lets eat together when Weier comes back. Okay! Minnie nodded. Chatted with a few people downstairs for a while, and then watched the training of Robbe and Annette. ?The sky is gradually getting darker. ? Andevil came back from outside, and Philippa also finished arranging the boat and came here to have dinner. The table was full, and Philippa was telling the story of the battle on Antler Island. The other people listened carefully. Have had dinner. ?Wu Heng walked directly upstairs. Release the two ghosts to move around freely, and return to the room.?????On the ship, you can also rest in the cabin. But the ship swayed severely, and when it was violent, people would fly into the air. Still not as safe as resting on land. After a brief wash, go to bed and rest. Hand involuntarily, he thought of the vampires he met today. Looks like a middle-aged man. But why are there no male and female characteristics? When he came out of the sarcophagus, he was naked, with no gender characteristics on his body. All vampires are like this? Thats not right, there is nothing, how can I go to the toilet? Lilith, the name is quite nice. Wouldnt it be the same? ?Thinking in my heart, I gradually fell into sleep. The next day, in the morning. The basement of the association. ??Wu Heng mixed gold powder and blood to form a closed circle on the ground in the middle. Dark energy permeated from the formation, making the entire basement even colder and biting. Continue to take out the "Devil Soul Pot" containing the vampire ghost and put it into the formation. ??A blue ghost floated out from the magic soul pot, forming an illusory and translucent form. Haunted Ghost quickly looked around. Then he flew back, trying to escape from here. However, the magic circle was like a barrier, trapping him firmly within it. No matter how they collide, they cannot leave the range of the formation. ?Finding that he could not escape, the ghost looked over with ferocious eyes, "You are indeed members of the association, you **** guys." You ask! Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui. The latter shook his head, "You better ask." What on earth are you going to do? The ghost roared loudly. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse and asked, "What''s your name?" And~! Ghost sneered. ??Wu Heng''s power of death was activated, and a series of energy vine whips were formed in the magic circle, which whipped the ghost''s body. Amidst the beatings, the ghosts kept disintegrating and condensing. Wail in pain. "I tell you, I tell you." The ghost shouted: "Melanice Baddeley, my name is Melanith Baddeley." Why are you locked in a sarcophagus? The dormancy of the vampires, you should listen ?Wu Heng activated his magic again, and the energy whip roared out. Hit the ghosts body one after another. I am banished. The ghost shouted loudly. The sound of the whip is still lashing. ??The soul kept disintegrating and regrouping, and the wailing sounds continued. "It''s true, it''s true. I didn''t lie to you. Lilith sealed me in a sarcophagus and exiled me. She kept me sealed in the sarcophagus and never let me out." The sound of the whip stopped, and the soul body dispersed and slowly condensed. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Why are you exiled?" "I..." Ghost looked outside carefully and explained: "When I was young, I did some wrong things because of my greed for blood, and killed some people. It was all small things, and I was punished." ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other. He said that some people were killed, definitely not a few, or there were people of high status among them. The Pirate King is pardoned when he reaches level 18. How many bad things can pirates do? ?The person in front of me reached level 18 earlier, but was sealed in a sarcophagus and exiled because of murder. Must have caused a lot of trouble. Is there anything else you want to ask? Wu Heng looked aside. Sheila Gui shook her head, "I don''t have any more." The ghost in the magic circle immediately said: "Wait a minute, you are a necromancer. You need ghosts. I can work for you. I know many secrets and I can definitely help you." ?Wu Heng said nothing. ? Activating magic power, the magic soul pot generates suction. Think about it, I also have a lot of knowledge that you humans dont have, so dont worry about me, you need... The ghost''s body was stretched and slender, and was taken back into the magic soul pot. ??Wu Heng bent down to pick up the magic soul pot and put the space ring back into it. "He''s a criminal, there shouldn''t be any problem in killing him," Shiragui said. This inquiry is also to confirm the identity of this person. ??The Destiny Sect is not a threat. To put it bluntly, it is a cult formed by bewitching ordinary people. But this level 18 vampire is still involved in some ways. ?Before reporting, it is still necessary to determine the identity of the other party and the reason why he was sealed in the sarcophagus. Well, when you report it, write down that we were forced to fight back. Okay. Sheila Gui nodded. As the two of them walked outside together, Sheela asked again, "Do you think it''s inappropriate for me to write this letter to Chief Lilith?" "It''s really not good to send the report from the headquarters and Lilith''s letter at the same time." Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said: "Let''s do it this way, you report to the headquarters, and I will tell you about the blood clan''s affairs from a personal perspective. Leader Lilith wrote a letter explaining this matter." Okay, lets do that. Sheela nodded with a smile. ?The two of them walked out of the basement together. Xilagui returned to the study to prepare a report, and Wu Heng also took a carriage and returned to the manor where he lived. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the study. Sit on the chair and think for a while, then take out a pen and paper and start writing. Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: There is an Antler Island near Treasure Island. We found a group of mysterious men in black robes on the island, bringing more than a hundred villagers with them. We also found formations and strange sarcophagi. The association''s ships approached and a battle broke out. During the battle, the blood of the deceased was absorbed by the sarcophagus. A skinny man with wings on his back rushed out of the sarcophagus and fought with us. In the end, he won by luck and killed the enemy. After investigation. ???The black-robed men''s organization is called the "Destiny Sect". In the coastal villages of the Kingdom of Yeko, they killed the villagers and kidnapped more than a hundred people in an attempt to perform rituals to awaken the people in the sarcophagi. ?The person in the coffin calls herself "Melanice Baddeley" and is a member of the vampire family. She has an extremely arrogant attitude and keeps shouting that she wants to kill everyone else. ??In this incident, more than a hundred people almost died as sacrifices. ??He also witnessed the other party breaking out of the coffin and rushing out, shouting to kill all living creatures. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A letter reporting the matter. Treasure Island flag bearer: Wu Heng. " The last stroke has fallen. ?Wu Heng confirmed it again. When writing a letter to Lilith, you still need to confirm the wording. After checking to confirm that there are no discrepancies. Put the envelope in, open the door and go downstairs. ?Three maids, riding bicycles in the open space of the courtyard, ''Robey'' is limited in height and looks a little reluctant. The addition of two new maids has not changed much to the manor. But for Minnie, she was indeed a lot happier. ??Someone would accompany her when Wu Heng and Andeweier were away. So that every time she comes back, she will be seen staring at the flowers in the flower bed in a daze. Master! Minnie jumped up and waved, with a smile on her face. Minnie, go out and deliver this letter to the association to Xila Gui and ask her to mail it out together. Wu Heng waved and ordered. Okay. Minnie ran over and took the letter. Leave with the skeleton attendant. The other two maids carefully put the bicycles aside. Go back to the living room and clean up. ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. Put on the [train conductors hat], take the train, and disappear directly into the courtyard. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium, VIP Room. ?Wu Heng sat in the room for a while. The person in charge, Retili, walked in with a smile, a beautiful face, and gorgeous earrings on her pointed ears. ?Wearing a purple silk dress, she has a slim figure. Good afternoon, guest. Retili started as usual. Good afternoon, has the flame furnace I ordered last time been made? Wu Heng said directly. ??Retili smiled confidently, "It''s done. It''s in the warehouse outside. I''ll take you to see it." Okay. Wu Heng stood up and followed her out of the room. Go through the corridor and come to a warehouse in the backyard. Open the door to reveal a stone furnace divided into three pieces. The surface of the furnace is engraved with dense and complex runes. The shape and specifications are all made according to your requirements. Leitili introduced with a smile. ?Wu Heng looked around and nodded with satisfaction, "Not bad, I''m very satisfied." ??Retili''s smile was even brighter, "As long as you are satisfied, we just agreed to speed up the progress and pay 5% more remuneration." There is no problem if we agree. ?Wu Heng put the things into the space sachet. Follow her back to the VIP room to settle the final payment. ??Retili was smiling all over her face. I am also lucky to have met such a rich man, and my performance here may far exceed that of other surrounding financial groups. If you need other magic buildings, you can come here at any time. Efficiency is completely guaranteed. Retili said again. "Okay, there is a real possibility that I will order some later and come to you then." Wu Heng said. If the test can be successful this time. The following Xinfu City and Anhui City will also adopt a similar approach. On the basis of the original power plant, the furnace is replaced to generate electricity. Easier than rebuilding a power plant. Of course thats good, I will help you check it. Well, I will come then. After settling the final payment, Wu Heng also walked out of the building. ?Wu Heng nodded and walked out of the building directly. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng went to the zombie world. ??Took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Qi Hancai, let Wang Haibing prepare, let''s go to the power plant." "receive!" Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 519 , this is unscientific (First update, the rewards have not been compiled.) Chapter 519, This is unscientific (First update, the reward has not been compiled.) ?Wu Heng stood downstairs and waited for a while. Two trucks and a passenger car drove over from the direction of the garage. ?Wu Heng boarded the co-pilot, and several accompanying skeleton attendants also sat in the back row. Is Wang Haibing following? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai said: "In the passenger car at the back, there are several members who are familiar with electricians, and they are also coming." ?This time I went there, obviously to see the condition of the power plant. Without Wang Haibing, it will be useless no matter how many times they go. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go then!" The convoy started and drove directly out of the factory area. He drove towards the power plant. Its about twenty minutes away. The convoy arrives at the power plant. The courtyard gate has been re-welded with iron plates, and the weeds and snow inside have been cleared away. Guard skeletons can be seen all around. It is no longer as dilapidated as it was at the beginning. The group got out of the car and entered directly into the combustion area and the room where the boiler was located. ??Wu Heng began to command the skeleton, move the ''Fire Furnace'' to assemble it, and replace it in the burning zone where the heat energy is converted. ?At the back, Wang Haibing and several others watched the skeletons working together to carry huge items. They were all in a daze. Gather together and chat quietly. Didnt you say that we want to restore power? What are we doing with these big rocks in the equipment room? I dont know, it seems to replace the equipment. Do you want to light fuel in the stone? If the equipment is damaged, it cannot be repaired in the current situation. Lets just keep an eye on it. It might be something with special powers. Were all behind the times. At this moment, footsteps came from behind. Come on, dont get stuck here. Get out of the way and saw two people carefully carrying containers with orange-gold liquid inside. ??Go to where the skeleton is assembling the stones, and pour the gold liquid in your hand directly along the gap in the furnace array pattern. Reconnect the disconnected formations. When the gold liquid solidifies little by little, it will regain its original golden color. ??A wave of magic suddenly spread out, and then a red flame suddenly rose from the furnace. In an instant, scorching heat filled the entire room. ??The people talking behind them opened their eyes wide instantly, looking at the flames rising inside in disbelief. ?Wang Haigang muttered, "How is this possible? It''s unscientific. It''s not scientific at all." He has seen the video Qi Hancai showed him. A furnace capable of smelting iron. The original plan was to use this thing to replace the burning zone and provide heat. ?But I didnt expect that this thing would raise flames out of thin air, and the temperature would be so high. ?This is completely unreasonable. Wu Heng confirmed that the furnace was in normal use, turned around and asked, "Can it generate electricity?" ?Wang Haibing calmed down and said, "I''ll go take a look." After saying that, he left quickly. ?Wu Heng took the others and walked outside. ?Standing in the yard and waiting for a while. ?The noise of machine operation came from the building, followed by a clicking sound. The emergency lights in the concierge come on. Everyone is happy. ?Wang Haibing also ran out from one side and shouted: "It''s successful, it can operate normally, it''s successful." Can it be used normally at the military factory? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Wang Haibing thought for a while and said conservatively: "It still needs to be tested, and then the power is supplied little by little to avoid pushing the voltage back." About when? It will be over before noon. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, you guys can handle it together." Yes. Several people nodded in unison. noon. Everyone returned to the factory. Wait a moment. The dark workshop suddenly lit up, and the machine that was shut down was turned on with a beeping sound and was on standby. ?Emergency lights and the overhead light tubes all lighted up one after another. The survivors who noticed all this cheered instantly. Resounded throughout the factory. There is electricity, there is electricity, there is electricity.. We are definitely the first to restore power. I have collected so many electrical appliances and finally I can use them. Long live the king. Even if there are photovoltaic panels to use electricity. However, there are also usage requirements, and it cannot be used with high power consumption at any time. Especially in winter, the days are short, not to mention the amount of electricity stored. Now, power plants supply power, which also represents the restoration of power supply requirements before the disaster. Inside the room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the reputation on the panel. More than 100 points have been added, which is the same as nothing. It may not be at the military factory side, because the power supply has been restored. On the radio, ones own name can be considered spread through other people. Perhaps this is the increased reputation. ~! ??There was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in with Wang Haibing. The faces of both of them were filled with joy after the power was restored. Wang Haibing said: "Chief, the power supply has been restored. The voltage and lines are normal. The supporting facilities of the lines here are of high standard. There is no problem at all for normal use." "Well done." Wu Heng praised, and then said: "In the future, you will be responsible for the work of the power plant, and some people will be assigned to help you." ?Wang Haibing''s smile became even brighter, and he saluted and promised, "Thank you for your trust, chief. I will do a good job." ?Wu Heng also smiled, "We agreed." The two of them had agreed before. ?Wang Haibing restored power to the power plant, and Wu Heng asked him to take charge of the power plant and gave him some people. Thank you, chief. Wang Haibing thanked him again. ?Wu Hengze continued: "I still have two things to give you." You said it. Wang Haibing stopped smiling. In addition to allocating you some members of the base, I will also arrange 50 skeletons for you. You need to teach them to control the power plant in a short period of time, as well as perform inspection and maintenance work. Wu Heng said directly. ?Wang Haibing opened his eyes and felt a little embarrassed. He said tentatively: "Chief, we can take charge of the power plant. Don''t bother these skeletons!" "This involves the second thing I want to tell you. The remaining bases and subsequent power plants must also be restored. I plan to let the skeletons be in charge. You can mainly be responsible for the factory." Wu Heng said. ??There are enough skeletons under your hands now, and as the level increases, the intelligence of the skeletons is no worse than that of ordinary people. You can also learn some abilities. Power plants are one of them. Requires skeletons to complete. Whether it is the remaining bases or the planned factories to be established in other worlds, they will be used to a large extent. ?Wang Haibing looked carefully at Qi Hancai on one side. Seeing that the other party had no intention of speaking, he nodded and said, "I will work hard to teach these skeleton friends." ??Wu Heng nodded and said to Qi Hancai: "In the past two days, arrange for someone to take him to the other bases to see the situation of the power plants there." Understood. Qi Hancai agreed. ??Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton King of Corpses beside him: Take the skeleton I picked out and follow Wang Haibing from today on. The sound of bones rubbing against each other came from downstairs. 50 skeletons gathered downstairs. Okay, you go back first, Ill leave the power plant to you. Yes, chief. ?Wang Haibing agreed, turned and left. Wang Haibing left. Qi Hancai is no longer so serious. With a smile on his face, he said: "We should be the first to restore normal power supply. Other bases will definitely be envious if they find out." When the photovoltaic panels on your own side provide power. In radio, he is already the envy of many bases. Now the power supply from the power plant is directly restored, which is still the same method of power supply that does not require fuel consumption. ?As soon as word spreads, even the main station will express surprise and envy. Dont announce it to the outside world yet, we can just use it ourselves. Wu Heng said. "I understand, you can make a fortune by keeping silent." Qi Hancai said with a smile. Wu Hengze continued to ask: "Over at the main station, how are the drawings?" Theres no news yet, Ill ask later. Well, lets ask them about their situation first, and make preparations in the next two days. Lets capture the airport first. Okay, Ill plan the route then. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. Qi Hancai went to arrange the operation of other production chains, while Wu Heng passed through the boundary gate. Return to Treasure Island. Go back to the study. ?Wu Heng changed out of his down jacket. The temperature difference between the two sides is too big, which is actually quite uncomfortable. Change your clothes and pour yourself a cup of tea. Sit down at the desk again. Start thinking about future development plans. In the zombie world, the power supply to the military factory has been restored, and the production chain of other workshops can also start working. What you have to do is to provide sufficient raw materials. At that time, the problem of bullets can be completely solved, and there is no need to worry about running out of bullets. Actually, the use of the Flame Furnace in a power plant can be regarded as an inspiration to him. Can other magical buildings be combined with modern machinery to create new things? This can be studied. There is also the issue of ones own reputation. ?This kind of thing has now completely become a hindrance, improvement is slow, and an accurate method has not yet been found. Some of them are not easy to work with. The development of Treasure Island is still expansion. However, the expansion of the new area must also be prepared for power supply in advance, and it will need to be discussed carefully with the island''s designers. ?Wu Heng took a sip of water. There are also skill books. Level 18 skills are a bit hard to find. Mansion Technique was bought by me at the auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium. As for the Treasure Island Association, there is no level 18 skill book for merit exchange. It is a bit difficult to obtain it yourself. The old dean..., he said that he can join their research association at level 15. Perhaps you can give it a try. ?At that time, the skills released by the old dean were probably level 18. Not to mention other things, if you learn those two tricks yourself, you wont be compensated. Sitting in the study and resting for a while. He also opened the door and walked out. All the way downstairs, three maids were planting flowers in the flower bed. Master. Robert and Annette saluted. Master, do you want to have lunch? Minnie asked. Youre not hungry yet, go ahead and get busy, Ill test the magic over there. Good master. Minnie smiled. Go to the open space on the other side. ?Wu Heng began to study his own skill [Modern Ken Mansion Technique]. ??The last time we dealt with the Sarcophagus Vampires, the bed crossbow inside the Mansion Technique exploded and blasted the opponent away. The effect shown is still very good. As long as it is well constructed, it can play a huge role. Release the ''Mansion Technique'', a crack appears out of thin air, and the simple stone door inside opens with a bang, revealing the luxurious hall behind and the bed crossbow at the door. The release of the mansion technique will appear in different sizes depending on the space. In the open space outside, the height of the stone gate is nearly six meters and its width is nearly four meters. ?Last time, in the stone house on Lujiao Island, only the stone door more than two meters high was opened. The internal layout has not changed much, only the entrance door has changed. ?In the distance, the three maids also put down their work. Looked over curiously. guessing in a low voice, but did not come over. ??Wu Heng stood at the door and took a look, and began to think about the internal structure. Arise with the thoughts in your mind. The buildings behind the stone gate began to change. Ladder-shaped iron frames were erected one after another, and machine guns were placed on the iron frames, pointing far ahead. Cannonballs can be provided by oneself. It can be fully stimulated by then. No, the remaining space inside is not used at all. Then, the interior changes again. At the bottom of the iron frame, an entrance is formed, which is the size of a normal door and can lead into the room. But I still feel unsatisfied and it doesnt show much of its characteristics. Starting to change again. It has been changed several times. It was finally formed. There is a gate more than two meters high below, which can lead to the interior normally. The second floor is three machine guns, and the third and fourth floors are the fortresses of the machine guns. The interior is no longer a luxurious living room, but all the furniture has been emptied. To serve as a military hideout. When you are unable to use the Realm Gate, you can turn on the Mansion Technique to mobilize troops. The machine guns and cannons above form a fortress that can carry out some defense and offense. ?After several changes, I am still satisfied with what I have now. Command the skeleton, move some ammunition in, and then control the machine gun and turret. I feel that it is not much different, and my magic power is also quite depleted. ?Then the Mansion Technique was cancelled, and the stone gate disappeared. Go back to the living room and chat with the three maids. At dusk, Anderweil came back from outside. ?Several people went to the restaurant to eat. ??Wu Heng asked: "Weier, is there no news about the caravan that purchased white gunpowder and other materials?" The matter of discussing the goods with the caravan was met by Wu Heng. ?The island owner coming forward will make things look more reliable and make progress easier. But what follows. is an agreement signed by the town hall and the caravan. Anderweil said: "The news has not been sent back yet. I will ask someone tomorrow and let you know then." Well, let them hurry up, its been how many days. Okay, Ill go tomorrow. After dinner, Wu Heng also went to the training room to practice swordsmanship. Let each go upstairs to rest. Early the next morning. Just after breakfast, Minnie walked in with a member of the association. Master, Deacon Sheilagui has arranged for someone to come to you. ?Wu Heng looked over. is a team member of the Association. ?The other party saluted and said, "Island owner, Deacon Xilagui, please come over." Do you know anything? I dont know, the deacon didnt say. Okay, Ill pack up and go over. The team members saluted again, then followed Minnie and left the manor. If there is any case or someone is arrested, they will take the initiative to come to me. Calling myself over now, it should be because there is something going on at the association. He simply packed up and left the manor. Take a carriage and go to the association. ?Standing in front of Sheila Guis study, she knocked on the door. Then he opened the door and walked in. In the study room, Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, and assistant Shi Yali stood not far away. Looking for me? Xila Gui raised her head and said directly: "The rewards from the association are here. Two first-level merit items, seven second-level merit items, and a total bounty of 727 gold coins." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 520 , the holy glory without dirt Chapter 520, The Immaculate Holy Glory Hearing the reward, Wu Heng suddenly felt happy. But I heard that the number behind it felt a little wrong. I vaguely remember that 13 flags of large-scale pirate groups and more than 140 flags of medium-sized pirate groups were reported. It is impossible to give this point no matter how you calculate it? Especially, he also killed the original island owner who was level 18. With their strength at the time, it can be said that they faced huge dangers. Isnt the quantity wrong? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui walked out from behind the table, "This department has checked the information on the wanted order in the Emerald Sea, and most of the flags are not on the wanted order." Forehead. The merit is not calculated based on the number of pirate flags sent, but the corresponding wanted orders. When collecting flags. ??Wu Heng actually said that all the salvaged flags should be reported, regardless of whether he was killed this time. It seems that the association has its own calculation method, which is not easy to fool. That number is wrong, we are at a loss. Wu Heng looked at her. Xilagui said: "I feel that if Deacon Imiro hadn''t been at the headquarters, the settlement rewards would have been less. The files are recorded according to what we reported." Listening to what she said, Sheila Gui recognized the reward this time. As for archival records. In fact, it has little to do with Wu Heng. Being appointed as the island owner, you have already broken away from the original promotion system. No matter how he is promoted, he cannot be removed from his position as the island owner or transferred to another place. More importantly, there is some improvement in reputation. But it doesnt matter, I have gained a lot from the entire Treasure Island battle. An island recognized by all forces is worth much more than these prop rewards. ? Even if you dont do anything in the future, as long as you manage the island well, the tax revenue will be enough to survive for a lifetime. Okay, I have no objection. What have you given us? Wu Heng leaned forward. Sheila Gui sat down opposite and waved her hand, and two props appeared on the coffee table. The first-level meritorious service rewards are these two. ?Wu Heng looked at the coffee table. There are two pieces in total. The first one is a belt of various colors, and the second one is an iron-gray, circular hollow medal with religious features. Hundred Soldiers Space Belt (Wonderful Object) Effect: Adapt to body changes, rejuvenation, storage. Side effects: physical weakness. (Description: A belt filled with strange magic, like a decorative accessory.) The belt of the soldier''s robe? Set? In terms of color matching, the two wonders are very close. It should be the suit of the Hundred Soldiers. But now it seems that it is actually called the Hundred Soldiers Space Belt. The effect is to adapt to body changes, restore spirits and store items. It actually has a storage effect. If it only has these effects, it doesnt seem to be worth the first level of merit. At least the robes without hundreds of soldiers are more practical. Thinking in his mind, he looked at the second reward, a medal. Innocent Holy Glory (wonderful object) Effect: Guardian spirit/spiritual consciousness, summon knight attendant (fourth level). Side Effect: Sinners spontaneously combust. (Description: The Holy Glory will protect believers from evil erosion.) Looking at the second strange object. ?Wu Heng''s brows suddenly frowned, and his body subconsciously leaned back to keep a certain distance. The wonders of the church. The side effect is that those who are sinful and filthy will spontaneously combust. Why get yourself a Necromancer and distribute church stuff. Take the opportunity to kill him, or just warn yourself? ?If you can''t trust yourself, you don''t have to allocate the island to yourself. You are promoted one after another, and this happens again. So many types of props, giving myself such a reward. He had to think deeply about the purpose behind it and what the association was going to do. ?Wu Heng frowned and speculated, completely losing the joy of receiving the reward. ?On the side, Sheila Gui got up and went to make tea for him, while his assistant, Shi Yali, walked over slowly with a notebook. After looking at it, he introduced softly: "The first item is the Belt of the Hundred Soldiers. According to the information sent, it is one of the accessories of the Hundred Soldiers'' robe. It comes with the spirit recovery technique, which is equivalent to the full energy of a level 15 mage. The second point is that it has 100 cubic meters of storage space inside. ??Wu Heng was attracted by the other party''s words and focused on his belt again. Spirit recovery is an effect that restores mental power. It can reach the full mental state of a level 15 mage, which basically resets one''s own consumption. This is still very powerful. On the battlefield, you have more opportunities to unleash your skills. The storage space of 100 cubic meters is not bad, but it feels a bit strange. It is inconvenient for anyone to take things in the belt. ?Wu Heng was thinking in his mind. Shi Yali continued: "The third characteristic of the belt is that it can be used in conjunction with the robe. The more clones there are, the less the internal storage space will be evenly divided." Hearing these words, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed. ?? asked: "It means that my Hundred Soldiers Robe is divided into six clones, and the belt will provide storage capabilities for the six clones at the same time?" Yes, its just that the more clones there are, the smaller the internal space will be evenly divided. Shi Yali explained. Hearing the confirmation, Wu Heng felt happy. No wonder its called a suit. Originally used together. Each time the Hundred Soldiers Robe takes effect, the space ring will only take effect on one of them. ??Whether it is props or distributing firearms, it is a bit troublesome. With this belt, this problem can be completely solved. As for taking something out of your waist, whether it is strange or not is not that important. Looking up, he saw Shi Yali still looking at him. Smile and nod, "Go on!" "The side effect of the belt is weakness, and the strength of the weakness is related to the physical constitution." Shi Yali continued to look at the next item and continued to introduce, "The second item is also a rare item, called the Innocent Holy Glory. It also has two effects. One is to protect and wear it. The user''s spirit and consciousness can block the attacks of most fifth-level professionals. ??The second method is to summon a light element knight attendant. The attendant''s strength will be improved by killing zombies and dark creatures. The current attendant level is level four. Side effects: People with serious sins will spontaneously combust after wearing it. " After the introduction, Shi Yali paused, and even Sheila Gui frowned and looked over. ?There was something strange in his eyes, and there was something questioning about it. Shi Yali looked at the introduction again and said, "I read it correctly, that''s what it says above." Obviously, this item should not be given to a necromancer as a reward. Xila Gui came back with a tea cup, put a cup in front of Wu Heng, and asked: "I didn''t pay attention to what it was before, so why did I send you this?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, maybe the rewards are not enough, I can just find one." From his understanding of the association, the other party should not do such a thing. ? Even if you doubt yourself, you will arrange for an inspector or someone to investigate you instead of directly sending you such a thing. How is it possible? Sheila Gui was surprised. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "What is the criterion for serious sins, occupation? The number of skeleton attendants, or what bad things have been done?" Shi Yali looked at the information sent again and said, "It has nothing to do with career. It depends on the good and evil of what one does." Then you should be fine. Sheila Gui said. But Wu Heng was still a little unsure about this matter. How to evaluate good and evil? ??? He has killed many people, especially the association''s special inspection envoy.?????Is this considered evil? Can I change it? You can write a report to the headquarters and apply for this, but the time spent may be higher. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, You can try it and see if it works. How can you try this? He will spontaneously combust! Sheila Gui took out a breast shield and handed it to him, "For your use, I feel that this badge will not be effective on you." Guardian Breast Mirror (Rare Object) Effect: Substitute death. Side effects: Use 3 times. (Description: A breastplate that follows the knights last wish and will protect the wearer.) Your reward? Sheila Gui nodded. This breast shield looks much better than my own. At least the effect is simple, and the side effects are only the number of times it is used. ?Wu Heng didnt hesitate much, picked it up directly and put it on. Then, he took out the emblem on the table and put it on the other side of his chest. The moment you put it on, you can clearly feel a warm current that wraps your spirit. The three of them all waited attentively for a while. Nothing happened. Spontaneous combustion, a side effect, did not appear on myself or on the goggles. "Look, I''ll just say there''s nothing wrong with you. You''ve passed the inspection, so there''s nothing to worry about." Sheila Gui said, picked up the tea cup and took a leisurely sip. Completely forgetting the nervous look on my face just now. ?Wu Heng carefully took off the breast shield, but there was no reaction. His own mental power and consciousness can still feel protected by a force of energy. Putting aside the side effects of spontaneous combustion, the effect of strange objects is pretty good. ?Wu Heng took it off again and said, "How about I give it to you? If you get a reward next time, give it to me." Xilagui opened her eyes and pushed back, "I don''t want it, it''s so dangerous." Holy shit! Xilagui smiled and said, "It''s okay. Spontaneous combustion doesn''t happen immediately. If there''s anything wrong, just pick it off." Ill change it to another one when I get a chance. "OK." Then, Shilagui continued to take out the remaining rewards. A total of 7 second-level meritorious service rewards were placed on the table one by one. Elf Magic Carpet (Wonderful Object): Effect: manned flight, side effect: feeling of weightlessness. Banshen Yin Jade (wonderful object): Effect: Increase the power of the dead, nourish the spirit servant, side effects: cold. Soul whip (magic prop): Effect: It has deterrent and attack effects on souls and void creatures. Linbing Jade Talisman (Magic Props): Props made by heroes, which can provide combat assistance after use. Iron Golem (Model): A mechanical construct that can act as a minion to attack targets. Corpse Explosion (Skill Book): Embed magic in the corpse to produce an explosion effect. Severe Injury (Skill Book): Releases the Serious Injury Technique on the target creature. Those with insufficient physical fitness will be seriously injured. ?There are seven pieces in total, two rare objects, two magic props, one construct, and two skill books. Elf Magic Carpetis a rolled up wool blanket with a pretty good-looking style. It has patterns like curling grass, feathers, corollas, etc. that elves like. From the introduction, it looks a bit like the magic carpet in the movie. Can fly in the air with people in it. ??Now I really lack the props for flying. After all, I can''t carry the bone dragon with me. It can also be regarded as increasing one''s ability. The side effect is a feeling of weightlessness. After experiencing spontaneous combustion, this is nothing. Banshen YinyuThe size of a normal pendant, the appearance is a little dark, and it sways gently, as if there is water sloshing inside. The effect is completely suitable for necromancers. It can increase the power of necromancer and nourish spirit servants. It should be a naturally formed strange object. The side effects are not big, it is cold. Two magic props, one is [Soul Whip] which can attack the soul body. The second [Jade Talisman] is a prop made by the hero, which can help in battle. It sounds more powerful. The [Iron Golem] is a magic energy construct, and what you see in front of you is just a model. I heard that it normally reaches a height of four to five meters and can be used to protect yourself or attack enemies. The remaining two are skill books, [Corpse Explosion] and [Severe Injury]. Both of them are level 15 skills. It seems that the association has done some research on itself and knows that it does not have these two skills. Give it to yourself as a reward. ??Wu Heng finished reading, and Shi Yali also finished introducing the functions and characteristics of the second-level meritorious service. ? Confirming that there was nothing wrong, he put away the documents and sat back down in his seat. Sheila Gui continued to take out two bags of gold coins and handed them to him, "The last one is the reward." More than 700 gold coins are not a small amount. ?Wu Heng also collected them all. Are you satisfied? Sheila Gui said with a smile. Lets make do, I thought we could give us dozens of first-level rewards. "There will be opportunities in the future. If you take too many things, you will be noticed easily." Xila Gui was more open-minded. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "What is the effect of your other first-level prop?" Sheelagui said: "A piece of armor, better than the one I have on me, to provide defense." Yours is quite practical. Yours is pretty good too. If youre worried, dont use that emblem yet. Its safe enough on the island. "Yeah, that''s right." Wu Heng agreed, looked at the time, and continued: "How about we celebrate together tonight. We agreed to have dinner together before, but for so long, there has been no chance." Its not good! Sheila Gui hesitated. Is this..., okay? If there is something bad, its not a bad thing. Hiragui looked at her Shi Yali, "Do you want to go?" Shi Yali smiled, "I won''t go so as not to disturb you." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and asked, "What are you talking about?" Wu Heng also advised: "Let''s go together, otherwise she will always worry." Shi Yali glanced at her sister and then at Wu Heng, "Thank you very much, the island owner." ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "It''s still a little early. I''ll have a carriage pick you up in the evening." "good!" Leaving Sheilagui''s study. ?Wu Heng was not in a hurry to leave and went to the conference room. Let the association''s staff go to the city hall and call the island''s dwarf designer. Entering the room, the dwarf bowed and saluted, "My lord, the island owner." Sit down and talk. ??The dwarf jumped up on the chair with a good attitude. Wu Heng took out the design drawing of the island and said: "I need you to choose a location on the island to build a factory. The requirement is to provide energy to Lighthouse Street and the central area." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 521 , you really enjoy it Chapter 521, You really know how to enjoy it The issue of the factory has been discussed before. But the dwarf designer did not expect to have to search for an address today. Even if you are a little unfamiliar with the term "providing energy", you can vaguely understand the meaning. Take out the map you carry with you from your satchel. ? Spread it out on the table, stand on the chair, point to a location and say: "Sir, this is the location we have chosen these days to take into account the two areas you mentioned." ?Wu Heng looked at the position he pointed at. ? is a newly developed area, a site to the east. In fact, the number of residents on the island is not as large as in the modern world. The power supply capacity provided by the main station can fully meet the needs of the residents of the entire island. After Wu Heng listened for a while, the other party explained the advantages of this location, and nodded to confirm, "It''s okay here. I''ll arrange for people to clean it up in the next two days, and wait for the magic weapon master to make a plan before proceeding directly with the construction." Okay, Ill arrange for people to start work when we get back. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. After talking about the location of the power plant, he asked, "How is the progress of the expansion area?" The dwarf sat back on the chair. "It''s going very smoothly. The next step is to build the house. Once the bricks are put in, we can continue." According to the previous plan, several of the buildings were built larger and more gorgeous. Understood, my lord. Finished talking about the dwarf. Wu Heng thought about it for a while, and didn''t have anything else to do. He said, "Okay, let''s do this for now. If there are any difficulties during the construction, tell Anderweil in time, and don''t waste time." "Yes, I''ll go back first and hand over my work." Go! ??The dwarf stood up, bowed slightly, and then exited the conference room. Wait until the other party leaves. ?Wu Heng also got up and went to Beacon Street. Purchased some alchemy materials at the store along the way. ??I booked a private room in a tavern called Red Coral. I have also thought about booking a private room in the Nautilus. After all, it is my own property and it will be more convenient. But after thinking about it carefully, I still chose the outside. It would be better for you and Sheila Gui to show up there less often. It is approaching dusk. There was a knock on the door of the private room. ?The door opened, and two figures with hoods covering their faces walked in. ?Seeing that Wu Heng was the only one in the room, they all took off their hoods, revealing the elf sisters who looked similar but different. Sheila Ge has long blond hair tied behind her head, which is smooth and shining. Her skin is white and tender, her face is baby-fat, but her eyes are extremely bright, which contrasts with her cute face and has a fierce aura. Sister Shi Yali has short blond shoulder-length hair, a more mature face shape, but very similar facial features. She wears gold earrings and pendants, and smiles, giving people a gentler feeling. Is it a newly opened tavern? Sheila Ge sat down at the side of the dining table and asked. Shi Yali sat next to them, folded their hoods, and put them away. Its newly opened, I heard it tastes good. Wu Heng poured the two of them tea to relieve the heat. You must have some good cooking skills, otherwise you wont be very competitive on the island. Sheela Gui said. Ive ordered all the signature ones, lets see if they are competitive later. ?While the two were talking, the bartender''s voice came from outside the door. But the bartender did not come in. ??But the skeleton attendant guarding the door brought the food directly in. Everything is put on the table. Eat first, Wu Heng said. After eating a few bites. Wu Heng took a sip from his wine glass and said, "I just met with the island''s designer. The expansion work has entered the stage of building houses. Where do you think this population will come from?" "Where?" Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows, "Why do you sound like you want to kidnap people! You necromancer." What, I mean, how can we attract people to live on the island? Wu Heng said. Xila Gui put the cut beef in her mouth, chewed it, and then said: "There are two ways. One is to relax the restrictions on people who come to the island. As long as they can live on the island, they can obtain the right of residence. The second is to apply to the headquarters. When the population settles in, some tribes or races without fixed residences will be sent over and become islanders. Which one is better? Sheila Gui shook her head, "Actually, it''s not that good at all?" Shi Yali on the side explained, "The first way to relax the restrictions on going to the island will attract some criminals and fugitives. They can no longer survive in their original countries and come to live on the island. The second way is to migrate tribes, which is also dangerous. Once I feel there is something unfair. It is not a small matter for a tribe to resist on the island. " Sheela looked at him and nodded, "Yes, that''s what I mean." ?Wu Heng leaned on the chair and pondered what the two said. With the relaxation of restrictions, anyone can come to live on the island, and the first group to come may be criminals seeking refuge. ?According to the second option mentioned by ''Xila Gui'', if the association transfers some tribes without stable settlements to the island, there may be bigger problems. criminals are just a public security issue. If a tribe wants to unite, it may be necessary to overthrow the island owner''s government. Isnt it normal? Wu Heng asked. Xilagui said: "It normally takes time. As you said before, if Treasure Island develops well, there will naturally be people willing to come to the island." ?Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Let people from your tribe come to the island." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Go, go, you can give me any idea." ?Wu Heng smiled, just to tease her. Continued to chat about some things on the island. Sheila Gui wiped her mouth gently, then looked directly at him and asked: "Two days ago, Minnie brought people to the association to select professional scrolls. I heard that you have added two more maids?" The tone was somewhat questioning. ??Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, organized his words, and said: "They are all friends of Minnie. When I left the island last time, you asked me to bring them here so that she would not be lonely at home." You will enjoy it as you have just become the owner of the island. Sheela Gui said. Wu Heng further explained, "It is indeed the slaves I bought. There are still dozens of slaves where I was the captain." Slave? Sheela was curious. ?Shi Yali also looked over. Yes, the place where I worked before was a border city between two countries, and there were slave traders selling slaves. At that time, there was a force of the Warhammer Party, which belonged to bandits and bandits. They planned to attack the city. All the local merchants and those who had the conditions left. The worst ones could enter the city, but the slaves were still in the hands of the slave traders. I had no choice but to I bought some more and kept the rest in the city over there, running a small shop. " The two elves looked at him in surprise. Originally I thought I had so many maids just to enjoy life. Now I heard such a story. A small captain actually spent his own money to buy those slaves. Xila Ge subconsciously said: "No wonder the Innocent Holy Glory has no effect on you. You are not like a necromancer at all." Wu Heng slapped his thigh and came closer, "You don''t know, there were some rumors in the city at that time. , saying that I bought those slaves for use in necromantic rituals, and many people looked at me like a butcher." Sheela Gui was so amused that she smiled, "Who asked you to choose the Necromancer?" I cant help it. My dream is to be a prince and inherit the throne from birth. Whats the use of a prince? When the time comes, I will make you a minister. You deserve a beating, right? The two quarreled, and Sheila Ge also forgot about the new maid. Shi Yali sat aside, leaning her chin, looking at the two of them with a smile on her face. He murmured, "That''s great." Come out of the tavern. The three of them separated outside and each took a carriage back to their residence. Back at the manor, it was already dark. Enter the hall. From the training room on one side, the sound of maids training was heard. Wearing modern sportswear, the skirt and back are wet with sweat. The addition of two new maids has revived the enthusiasm for training. ?See Wu Heng coming back. Several maids came over quickly. Master, have you eaten? Minnie asked. Eat, eat outside. Then Ill prepare some cakes for you! Minnie continued. ?Wu Heng touched her rabbit ears and said, "No, I''m full and can''t eat any more." "oh!" You guys should continue training, dont get tired. Okay Master. Minnie led the other two people back to the training room. Andewell followed Wu Heng to the living room. Sit down aside. Andewil wiped the sweat from her forehead and said, "Master, today I contacted several fleets that placed orders. Their fleets will arrive at the port one after another in the next few days." The caravan was a bit long. But this is the first time that the two parties have cooperated. It also takes time to prepare the goods and compress the copper ore into copper plates. "Well, please follow up. The gunpowder is stored inside, so there won''t be any danger." ?Wu Heng handed her the space sachet. ??Now that I have the Hundred-Soldier Space Belt, I have an additional large-capacity storage item. ??This piece is temporarily given to Anderweil to carry goods, and she is not afraid that it will be useful suddenly. Yes, Master. Anderweil took it and nodded with a smile. Then, Anderweil took the iced fruit wine to the training room. ?Wu Heng also went upstairs and entered his study. Channel lights and air conditioning are on. A blast of cool air caused the temperature in the room to plummet. Pour yourself a cup of tea, sit down at the desk, and take out all today''s rewards. The first is two first-level rare item rewards. Hundred Soldiers Space BeltAlthough it is an accessory of the Hundred Soldiers Robe, its function is not bad at all. It can even be said that it is the prop that Wu Heng needs most right now. I feel quite satisfied. Are there any other accessories at the association? Next time, when the first-level meritorious service is awarded, just write a letter and give it to the accessories of the Hundred Soldiers Robe. Save the money and send it over, its weird. Then, his eyes fell on the second piece [Innocent Holy Glory]. I have already worn it, and it has no spontaneous combustion effect, proving that I am not one of the sinners mentioned in the side effects. Its just that the association gave this item to a necromancer as a reward. It has to make people think a little more. The effect is to protect the spirit and the protection of the knight''s attendants, while the side effect is that the sinner is natural. As if to remind yourself, the association can protect you. It can also kill you. Spontaneous combustion means dont seek death yourself. The more you think about it, the more likely it is. Who came up with this bad move and wasted one of my reward quotas. Fortunately, I can wear it myself, so its not useless. After that, there is the second level reward. The effects of [Elf Magic Carpet], [Soul Whip] and [Iron Golem] are all very clear, and there is nothing interesting about them. Put it away directly. ?His eyes fell on the hand [Banshen Yinyu]. Just holding it in your hand, you can feel a cold feeling spreading throughout your body. But within the body, the potential power of death became active, as if an oxygen pump had been added to the silent fish tank. It is not that strong, but it can be felt clearly, active and boiling. Its really suitable for a necromancer. With a thought, two ghosts flew out of the body. Floating on both sides, one to the left and one to the right. "Uncle, what''s wrong? We are taking a rest?" Xiaoxiao said. ?Glenda also looked over. Wu Heng said: "I got a strange thing today, which I said can have some nourishing effects on you. I want to ask you if you feel anything." I didnt pay attention, maybe I was deceived by someone at the street stall. Xiaoxiao said. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 522 , light knight Chapter 522, Knight of Light ?Glenda also shook her head and said: "There is really no change. It will only take effect in your body." Then come back and try. Wu Heng said. Two ghosts flew back to the body. After waiting for a while, he flew back again. ?Xiao Xiao exclaimed, "Wow, uncle, it works." Glenda also said: "The power of the dead in you has become more active, and we have also been affected. The absorption speed is almost twice as fast as before." Nourish the ghost. In fact, it can also be understood that the ghost is upgrading in the body. The power of the dead nourishes them, and their experience points will slowly increase, but the effect is not high. It is better to devour other ghosts, it will come faster. The effect is so good? Wu Heng was also a little surprised. But when I think about it, after all, the effect of the second-level merit reward items will definitely not be too bad. As long as it works, do you want to go back? Wu Heng asked. Small novel, "I want to watch cartoons." Im also walking around outside. Good guy, I dont seem to care too much about nourishing or not nourishing. Then you go and play by yourselves. Xiaoxiao watch cartoons and keep your voice down. "oh." The two ghosts dispersed, and Wu Heng put Yin Yu aside first. Then, Wu Heng continued to take out the second [Jade Talisman of Linbing]. While eating just now, I also asked Xila Gui about the function of this jade talisman. According to the other party''s study room. It is a hero who seals one of his abilities in a jade talisman. When there is danger, crush the jade talisman to release the inner ability. ?This kind of prop cannot be obtained by relying on merit, but only those who the association pays more attention to will have this prop. It can be regarded as a quota for key protection. Sheela Gei also has one of the second-level meritorious service rewards, which is the same for both of them. Anyway, its a good reward. After reading the rare objects and props, there are two skill books at the end. Picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Handlessly took out a book of [Corpse Explosion Technique] and started to read through it. As a necromantic faction, it is a typical powerful spell. As long as the level is reached, it will basically be learned. The principle of action is similar to that of the Evil Explosion Technique. But the effect is to make the corpse produce a huge explosion effect. Even if it cannot destroy the building, it is enough to kill the surrounding creatures. ?Especially for this skill, it can also be matched. Zombie Spell and Plague Technique, wait for the plague pest to die, and then trigger the Corpse Explosion Technique. Form a set of combinations. The effect is still very good. ?Also because abilities can be matched, more necromancers prefer to control corpses rather than skeletons during combat. Skills turn to the last page, and the system prompt appears. Unlock skill: Corpse Explosion. Corpse Explosion has finally been unlocked. After thinking about it for a while, I realized that the current situation was not suitable, so I gave up the idea of ??testing the skills. Put the corpse explosion skill book on the bookshelf at the back. After returning, continue reading the second book [Severe Injury Technique]. From the introduction of the book, [Serious Injury Spell] is a curse-like spell with a negative status. The types of ''debilitating rays'' and ''pathogenic rays'' are actually the same. But the level and effect are stronger. After being released on the target, it will be seriously injured. Unlock Skill: Serious Injury ?System prompt appears again. Finished reading the two skills. ?Wu Heng stood up and stretched. It is already dark outside the window. Not far away, two ghosts were reading a book and watching cartoons. Look, I went back to the house to sleep. The two ghosts nodded. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and went to bed to rest. The next day. ?Wu Heng had breakfast and went directly to the zombie world. The skeleton army gathered at the gate of the factory. The motorcade slowly approached from the direction of the garage and stopped aside. ?Wu Heng boarded the co-pilot. Qi Hancai handed over the tablet with the offline map open and said: "The airport is a bit far away. The set route is to go around the perimeter. After arriving at the nearest location, we will then cross two blocks to reach the airport." The route of the convoy is to stay on peripheral roads as much as possible. Then cross a residential area. ?Although it is a detour, it is much faster than traveling across the entire provincial capital. ?Of course, the zombies in the city are also included in the plan to clean up, but the airport must be captured first. Okay, lets go. Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly. Qi Hancai nodded and picked up the walkie-talkie to inform. The convoy started to move forward, surrounded by an army of skeletons. The truck drove for a while. ??Wu Heng asked: "What''s going on with Wang Haibing?" "There is nothing wrong with the military factory power plant. Now it can run by itself without arranging anyone to manage it. There is no need for anyone to add fuel anyway. Wang Haibing went to Xinfu City yesterday and should have been inspecting the power plant today. No news has been reported back yet. " Qi Hancai said while driving. Hurry him up when the time comes. Now is not the time to slow down. Okay, Ill tell him when I get back. ??Wu Heng opened the mineral water and took a sip, "How are the drawings at the main station?" Qi Hancai said: "It seems that it is still being drawn. There has been no news in the past two days. I will ask about the progress after the airport is occupied and notified to them." Well, good! The two of them finished talking about the power plant and the drawings. Qi Hancai mentioned some news from Xinfu City again. One of them is that Wang Ke is married to a member of the base. ??There are no documents. ?It was Li Yahong and several old people in the base who gave witness. ??Wang Ke was the nurse who was rescued by Wu Heng and Li Yahong at the district hospital. She was hiding in the refrigerator and was discovered by Xiao Xiao. ?Furthermore, what impressed Wu Heng the most was Wang Kes grandmother, who worshiped many Baojiaxian. I dont know if it works or not. But at such an old age, it is incredible that he could survive in the environment at that time. Its good, but its a pity that I didnt have a chance to drink the wedding wine. I heard from sister Yahong that in addition to bowing to her grandma when she got married, she also kowtowed to you a few times. Qi Hancai glanced at her with a smile. How did you knock it? Isnt it a bit unlucky! Sister Yahong is sitting there instead of you, but she is representing you. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I was shocked. I thought I was just slapping in front of the photo. From now on, just let everyone live a good life without doing this." "Well, by the way, sister Yahong will also come tonight. If it ends early, you can still see her." Qi Hancai said and glanced a few more times. Okay, try to speed up. It was not until noon. The convoy just got off the road and entered the residential area. Hahhhhhh~! ?The ear-splitting roar resounded throughout the entire area, and the crowds of corpses gathered from all sides to the middle. ? form a huge torrent, rushing forward along the road. The skeleton flying dragon roared out. Solid iron bullets fell like a heavy rain, directly hitting the group of corpses. ?Thick smoke was everywhere, and the crowds of corpses on the road suddenly disappeared. But then, the zombies from behind gathered again and continued to form and surge toward the front. The skeleton flying dragon flew by again, and the iron bullets fell. The corpses fell like wheat. "There are deformed zombies, all of them are level two, and the number seems to be eight." Glenda flew back after investigating. ?Wu Heng took out the evil sword and gave it to her, "I leave it to you." Okay. Glenda flew out with the evil sword. The long sword was unsheathed midway, and sword lights flashed past. ?Zombies along the way fell one after another. The bombing of the Skeleton Dragon continues. After four or five waves in a row, the speed at which zombies gathered on the road began to slow down. There could be thousands of zombies, staggering and continuing to approach here. In the past, Wu Heng would have ordered the skeleton to advance at this time. Let the spearmen push all the way over and kill all the remaining ones. ?Today, I have another idea. Hand out his hand and turn it over, Innocent Holy Glory appeared in his hand. This item is used by the association to warn itself, and it can summon knights and attendants to fight for itself. Still curious about what kind of effect it can produce. ??Furthermore, when the assistant Shi Yali described the knights attendant, she also mentioned that the level would increase as the killing spirits were killed. Zombies should be considered a type of undead. In terms of characteristics, there is no difference from the carrion. ??Wu Heng put the emblem on his chest and activated the power within it. A golden ray of light shot out from the emblem, condensing into a knight composed of golden rays in front of him. Helmet, armor, sword in hand. Although it is composed of light, its outline is clear. It''s like a figure with a light bulb of several hundred watts inside. ??The knight glanced around, and the next second, he suddenly raised his sword and slashed at the skeleton attendant in front of him. ?Wu Heng, who was still observing, was startled and immediately shouted: "Light Knight, stop attacking." ??The lightsaber stopped abruptly, less than two centimeters above the skull helmet. But he didnt take it back, it just stopped in mid-air. Good guy, what a cruel attack. ?If you were slow, the sword would fall. ??Wu Heng pointed at the zombies rushing outside and said: "Your target is those dead creatures, kill them, for the sake of the Holy See." Whoosh~! ?The Knight of Light turned into a stream of light, directly penetrated the dense team, and re-condensed into the image of a knight from the front of the skeleton. Holding the golden lightsaber in hand, he quickly rushed towards the incoming zombies. ??The long sword made of light in his hand stabbed through the chest of a zombie in an instant. ??The zombies are still roaring. The next second, the flames suddenly rose and enveloped the zombies instantly. With the lightsaber drawn out, the zombie turned into a charred corpse and slowly fell to the ground. Then, the light knight rushed into the group of corpses, swinging the weapon in his hand over and over again. Even though the injury caused by the blade is not fatal. As long as it is hit and pierces the flesh, the golden flame will wrap around the zombie. Directly turned into a charred corpse. On the battlefield, burning people appeared one after another. Then he quickly fell to the ground. ??Wu Heng was held high by two skeletons and watched the battle between the light knights. Good guy, this is a natural suppression of the undead. In the distance, the number of corpses is increasing. Surrounding the light knight in the middle, with the attack, the golden body gradually becomes thinner. ?Wu Heng once again urged the emblem. ?The Knight of Light turned into a stream of light and got back into the emblem. ??Nearly being directly attacked and defeated by zombies. Then he ordered, Move forward. Hurrah! The skeleton army began to move forward to deal with the remaining zombies. The skeleton still works. (End of this chapter) Chapter 523 , take a bite of them Chapter 523: Take a bite out of them The skeleton army began to clean up the remaining zombies. ?Wu Heng began to summarize the characteristics of the light knight just summoned. From the appearance point of view, the body is an elemental type summon, not only the body, but also the armor and weapons are the same. The water element shark summoned by the [Water Demon Conch] obtained previously is an elemental summon. ?The element properties are different, but there is no essential difference. The biggest advantage is that there is no physical burden. ?Although it will still be attacked and cause certain damage, it will not be fatal like the physical body. ??Moreover, the level of the summoned object is not low. It is currently at level four and can continue to improve as it kills undead creatures. Reaching level 5 is equivalent to level 18. Indirectly added a high-level bodyguard. The attack methods are all ordinary slashing attacks. The biggest feature is that after each attack, the target will be ignited in flames. I havent tested it yet to see if attacking ordinary creatures has this effect. But the greater possibility is the suppression of undead creatures. ?Now it seems that this strange thing is still good. It would be nice if there were no side effects. Not far away. ?Glenda flew back and threw the sheathed evil sword over. "The aberrant zombies are all dead. Some zombies are in the building over there. Let the skeletons search for them." Well, with your help, the speed has become faster. Wu Heng put away the evil sword and complimented casually. ?Glenda floated aside and asked: "What was that thing that glowed just now? It felt a little dangerous." Wu Heng explained, "Didn''t the association distribute rewards yesterday? One of the rewards is the emblem of the Holy See, which can summon light attribute knights to help fight." Hearing the church, Glenda was slightly startled, "You necromancer, why do you want such a reward? How unlucky." The words sounded awkward, but I understood the meaning. ? Even though Wu Heng has nothing to do with the church, the direction of his career development is opposite to that of the church. It is easy to cause problems if you have too much contact. "I can''t help it. The reward is designated by the association." Wu Heng paused for a moment and then said: "Use it first. The combat ability of this summoned knight is pretty good. I won''t use it in the future. Give it to Wei Er, Minnie and the others are pretty good at protecting themselves. "Okay, you can''t go astray. Xiaoxiaoke and I are counting on you." Dont worry, dont abandon or give up. "Um." One person and one soul, we chatted for a few words. The fighting on the battlefield also ended. The skeletons automatically dispersed and began to clean up the battlefield. ?Wu Heng commanded several skeletons and went to the building where Glenda killed the zombies to search for the corpses. I stood aside and waited for a while. Not long. The corpses of aberrant zombies and evolved zombies were collected and piled together. ?Wu Heng began to transform, then collected all the corpse cores and put them into the space ring. Then, continue to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. Skeletons stood up one after another, swaying their bodies, and joined the queue. When he came, he only brought more than 50,000 skeletons with him, but now the number has more than doubled. ?At a glance, there are densely packed skeletons of white bones. ?Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and said, "Let the convoy come over and keep moving forward." "receive!" The convoy came from behind. ?Wu Heng got back on the truck and continued moving forward. The sound of the bombing was so loud that all the zombies around were attracted. The road ahead for the team has become smoother. Driving a certain distance. The leading car suddenly began to slow down, and the other party''s voice came from the intercom, "Sister Qi, there is a roadblock ahead, and there is a sign saying please go around for bridge maintenance. Do we still want to move forward?" ?As he spoke, the convoy began to slow down and came to a slow stop. ? Qi Hancai frowned, picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "How is the maintenance going? Can our team pass by?" I cant see you in the car, so Im not sure if I can get through. The intercom answered. Then, someone opened the door and got off the lead car. He came over with a crumpled piece of propaganda paper and handed it into the window, "Sister Qi, it says this." Qi Hancai took it, looked at it, and handed it to Wu Heng. The bridge ahead is under emergency repair, please detour: ?The bridge ahead is broken. From now until June 8, the bridge is in the emergency repair stage. Vehicles and people passing by are asked to avoid it. We apologize for any inconvenience caused. Construction managerLiang Zheng. " "I''ll arrange for someone to go to the front and have a look." Qi Hancai turned around and said. Wait a minute. Wu Heng said. Waiting for Xiaoxiao, who is responsible for high-altitude reconnaissance in the sky, to bring back the news. ??Wu Hengcai continued: "It''s okay, just keep going. It''s too far to take a detour." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said: "Move the signboard blocking the road in front and keep moving forward." "receive." The roadblocks in front were cleared. The convoy began to approach. ?As the motorcade moved forward, Wu Heng also saw an orange fence that was nearly one person tall. ?? and huge words, please avoid construction. On the bridge connecting the roads on both sides. Houses were built one after another. ?The iron frame and colored steel plates look like temporary sentry boxes, but they are also built solidly and can withstand the cold wind. Both sides of the bridge, where the road is connected, are cut off front and back. Only the house in the middle is supported by huge bridge pillars. At the cutoff position, a suspension bridge is erected as in ancient times to prevent zombies from wandering into the building. Form a unique refuge. Cars buzzed. A man on a motorcycle approached quickly and waved to the man guarding the opposite side. The suspension bridge was slowly lowered. Waiting for the motorcyclist, he rode in directly. The suspension bridge was raised again. Throwing the car aside, he walked quickly into the building and climbed to the second floor. ?Standing outside a room, he knocked on the door and shouted: "Brother Liang, I''m back to inquire about information." Wait! came a voice from inside. Not long after, the door opened, and a young but thin woman came out, lowered her head and left quickly. The man on the motorcycle stared at the woman''s back and looked at her several times before entering the room. ?The room was dark, barely able to withstand the chill. ??A middle-aged man with a short haircut and a slightly darker appearance, less than 1.7 meters tall, was sitting on the sofa, casually wearing a belt. What happened just now? Did the army enter the city? The man on the motorcycle immediately turned around and said in a hurried tone, "Brother Liang, it''s a skeleton. A large group of bone soldiers wearing armor and holding iron spears. There are also bone flying dragons, the one who threw food for us last time, and trucks. Liang Zhengs eyes narrowed, Those people from Xinfu City? "It must be. I haven''t heard of other bases having such flying dragons. It must be them." Liang Zheng also immediately became nervous, "What are they doing here? No, where are they? Are they coming here?" The younger brother said: "I don''t know. I suspected it was them, so they came back immediately. I don''t know if they will come here." Tap tap tap~! ?While the two were talking, footsteps came from outside the door. Then, another person walked in quickly and said in an anxious tone, "Brother Liang, what''s wrong? There are a group of skeletons approaching here. There are too many of them." ?Liang Zheng stood up suddenly, his eyes full of doubt and fear. Coming to your own side? That shouldnt be the case, I have nothing to do with them. Why did you come here directly? Want to cross the bridge? Yes, do you want to cross the bridge? Brother Liang, what should we do? Liang Zheng took out the pistol from the drawer on the side and said, "Let the brothers prepare their weapons, and let''s go out and take a look together." Brother Liang, they are from Xinfu City. There are too many bone soldiers. What nonsense, we have no place to run. Liang Zheng put on his pistol and put on his down jacket, saying, Maybe we can still make a fortune. A few people quickly walked to the building on the other side. Through the window, you can see the motorcade parked in the distance, as well as the endless skeletons. He swallowed and said, "Go and give them a walkie-talkie. I want to talk to them." After thinking for a moment, he continued: "Go and ask the brothers to prepare the explosives we got last time, just in case." It didnt drive very far. The convoy slowed down again. On the intercom, the voice of the leading car reported, "Sister Qi, you can see the bridge. It seems that a house has been built on the bridge, blocking the bridge." Qi Hancai frowned and looked at Wu Heng, "There are survivors on the bridge." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Let the convoy stop and wait for a while." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "The convoy slows down and stops." The convoy slowly stopped, and the skeleton army followed suit. The skeleton flying dragon landed on the ground, shaking its head and tail. Just as the motorcade stopped, the voice came from the walkie-talkie again, "Sister Qi, someone is coming from the other side, and I''m sending you a walkie-talkie." Qi Hancai said: "Bring it to me." One person walked quickly to the back and handed in an old walkie-talkie wrapped with yellow tape. The power of the walkie-talkie is basically low, and the indicator light keeps flashing. Then there was a rustling noise, "Hey, hey~! Is this the shelter in Xinfu City?" Qi Hancai pressed the button, "Yes, we want to pass by here, please make it convenient." The person on the other side was silent for a moment and said: "Oh, it''s difficult to handle. We have built buildings on the bridge. We want you to cross, so we are going to demolish it. It''s winter, look at this... it''s difficult to handle." Qi Hancai said: "We have cleaned up the outside. You can find a building to survive the winter. It is safer than this kind of temporary house." However, we are used to living here and have no idea of ??moving out yet. Qi Hancai still wanted to speak, but Wu Heng said directly: "Ask him what he wants?" "Do you have any requests?" "It is indeed a big shelter. Just follow your words and do what you say. Give us 100 large bags of grain and one of your military trucks. We will immediately lower the suspension bridge and send you there." said the other side. ?Qi Hancai glanced at Wu Heng. Dont agree to him yet. Qi Hancai said into the intercom: "We need to discuss it, wait a moment." "good." Qi Hancai looked over in confusion. ?Wu Heng said: "Wait a minute." "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded, picked up his walkie-talkie, and gave instructions. Waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back. In the shared vision, I heard the preparation of explosives. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed instantly. He said softly: "Go and kill them." "What?" Qi Hancai asked softly, thinking he was talking to her. "It''s okay, just wait for a while." After Wu Heng finished speaking, he folded his arms and waited aside. On the bridge, inside the building. ?Liang Zheng and several others are waiting for the results. ?One person asked: "Brother Liang, the conditions you set are too many. They can''t agree to it." Liang Zheng turned around suddenly, with a little excitement on his face, "They must be in a hurry to get there, and they don''t have time to waste time with us here. Just order whatever you can, give them a bite first, and when they pass, we can Follow their path out of here without fear of retaliation. Is this possible? "Why not..." Liang Zheng''s tone suddenly paused as he spoke. ?The movements were stiff and the eyes were wide and full of fear. Click it~! The sound of bones twisting was heard. ?Liang Zhengs neck suddenly twisted to the back and his body fell to the ground. The few remaining people were startled by the scene in front of them. They suddenly stood up from their seats and looked at this scene. Dead~! ?Liang Zheng, a person who has devoured corpse cores and gained physical growth. Died here in such a strange way. "I, I don''t feel right." Another person said with difficulty. With a face full of horror and disbelief, he took out his pistol and pointed it at his companions. What are you doing? Put the gun down. Youre crazy, arent you. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of gunshots rang out. Bullets were directed at each other. ??Several people in the room fell to the ground, with blood flowing on the ground. "Help..." A person climbed out with difficulty and shouted loudly. Then, the suspended pistol fired again. Hit the back of the head. The room became completely quiet. There were gunshots from the opposite side. They seemed to be fighting among themselves. A voice came from the lead car. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "They are fighting among themselves." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Get closer." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and ordered to go down directly. ??The convoy slowly approached the suspension bridge and stopped on the other side. ?Wu Heng glanced at the suspension bridge and the height several meters below. ?These people are considered smart, and they actually came up with this way to prevent the zombies from approaching. Go over and lower the suspension bridge. Wu Heng ordered. The suspension bridge was erected like a wall blocking the front. No matter how good the bounce is, it is still difficult to get over. Keranmu climbed onto the back of the flying dragon and flew directly to the opposite side. Lower the drawbridge. Wu Heng said: "Explosives have been placed on the bridge. We have arranged for people who know this to come over and remove them. Be careful." The ones I made were all homemade explosives. Easy to make and easy to disassemble. Qi Hancai immediately gave the order, and someone walked over and began to dismantle the explosives above. Sister Qi, after weve dismantled them, there are only four of them. Even if they explode, they may not be enough to move our car. A survivor threw it in his hand. Qi Hancai said: "Here, continue to check the strength of the suspension bridge and see if the truck can pass. You guys take the skeleton to the building to see if there is anyone else." The order was given and everyone took action immediately. Some people began to check the strength of the suspension bridge, and several people entered the building with skeletons. The body was dragged out, along with several men and women. Qi Hancai went over to find out more. He also walked back again, handed over the collected explosive pistols, and then said: "The suspension bridge still needs to be reinforced. In addition to the dead people, there are four women and two men inside. He knows some mechanical maintenance. What are they planning? Im very scared, but I think Ill follow us, Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "What does it have to do with those who died?" Its said that they were all nearby survivors who we didnt know at first but gathered here later. I dont rule out that someone is lying. Qi Hancai said. Allow them to spread out and stay in the carriage. Okay! Qi Hancai continued to give instructions. After Wu Hengze finished moving the materials inside, he ordered the buildings blocking the bridge to be demolished, including pieces of blue iron foam board and some iron sheets. It is not difficult to dismantle it. The items were quickly dismantled and piled aside. Lets go, lets go there. Everyone got out of the car and moved all the heavy objects off the truck. ?The trucks drove past carefully one by one, followed by the skeleton army passing by in batches. Wait until everyone has passed the bridge, get on the bus again, and continue moving forward. Leave the bridge and continue driving for some distance. A large group of corpses appeared in front again. The convoy stopped at the rear. Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, dropping bombs like a rainstorm. ?The explosion roared and the world was turned upside down. After several rounds of bombing, the number of corpses waiting along the road began to gradually decrease. ?Wu Heng released again, Light Knight, "Don''t attack the skeletons, go kill the rotting corpses outside." The knight turned into a stream of light again and appeared at the front of the team. ?Holding a long sword, he slashed at the zombies. The flames enveloped the zombies that were hit, gradually forming charred corpses that fell to the ground. Waiting for the light knight, the body dimmed again. ?Wu Heng took him back and continued to let the skeleton army clear the road. In two consecutive battles, the Light Knight almost eliminated nearly a thousand zombies. In fact, the combat effectiveness is pretty good. Especially has a special effect on the undead. However, the level remains unchanged. ?Wu Heng was a little skeptical. The conditions for upgrading were not as strict as his experience points. In that case, the Light Knight may not be able to reach the fifth level in his lifetime. The battle is over and the battlefield begins to be cleaned. By this time, the sky had darkened. ?Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform the corpses, and the convoys headlights lit up the entire road. Qi Hancai came over with a motorcade and said, "Further ahead is the airport. Do you want to wait until tomorrow?" Humans always think that night is unsafe. Based on human visual characteristics, Krishna is indeed at a disadvantage. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s go over there first and see what''s going on." Qi Hancai nodded, glanced at him carefully, and continued to ask: "Where is sister Yahong? The radio just said that she has arrived at the military factory." I definitely wont be able to go back tonight. If nothing happens, let her stay one more day and we can go back together tomorrow. Okay, Ill tell her later. Dont talk about our intelligence on the radio, just pass on the news. "clear!" After a short meal and rest. The convoy set off again and drove for a certain distance in the night. Under the moonlight, the outline of the airport could be vaguely seen. ??The convoy turned off its lights and plunged completely into darkness. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts at the same time and began to explore the situation. Not long after, the ghost returned. Get into the body and share the picture with others. The interior of the airport was in a mess, with claw marks and blood stains covering every corner. A large number of zombies were wandering around the house purposefully. In a compartment on the second floor. A strange zombie appeared in sight. ?The skin on the body is black and horny, and the back is an oval bulging hard shell. You can vaguely see something like wings growing underneath. ?Standing there blankly. It''s like a human-shaped unicorn. Level 4 Corpse King. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 524 , it鈥檚 so ugly Chapter 524: Its so ugly The shared picture made Wu Heng frown. I actually met the Corpse King again. ??The main station only announced the existence of the Corpse King, and no specific information was reported from anywhere. I met two of them one after another. I dont know what kind of luck this is. Looking at the appearance of the Corpse King again. The skin is black horny, with an oval insect shell on the back, like a black pot on its back. Under the insect shell, you can also see a structure similar to the arms of a dragonfly. Can fly? Although I cant see clearly. But the evolution of wings should mean that they can fly. In addition to the Zombie King, some other types of deformed zombies can also be seen. But for Wu Heng, it basically poses no threat. Finish viewing the shared screen. ?Wu Heng looked aside and said, "Let everyone replace the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon and occupy the airport tonight." Qi Hancai was stunned and immediately nodded in agreement, "Okay, I''ll make arrangements now!" With that said, he opened the car door, called the rest of the people on the intercom, and walked towards the back. The airport is right in front, and I have already guessed in my mind that Wuheng is very likely, and we will start tonight. After all, it is also dangerous in the wild. It would be better to fight directly and get everyone into combat mode. On the contrary, it will be safer. After Qi Hancai leaves. Two ghosts also appeared from beside him. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, do you want to fight in tonight?" "Well, fight in." Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Xiao Xiao is responsible for going in and keeping an eye on the Corpse King, while Granda stays with me and is responsible for alerting the surrounding situation." Okay. Xiaoxiao nodded and flew out directly. ?Glenda also flew overhead to monitor the surrounding situation. ??Wu Heng got off the bus. A large number of skeletons began to move. Form a tight phalanx of spears, surrounding the entire road airtight. Waited for a while. Qi Hancai''s voice came from the intercom, "The skeleton flying dragon is ready." "Okay, I understand." In reply, Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton of the ''Zombie King'' beside him: "Arrange a skeleton to go out and lure those zombies over." Hurrah! A skeleton squeezed out of the team and walked quickly towards the airport in the distance. Wait until you get close to a certain distance. ??Stretched out his fist and punched the advertising booth on the roadside twice. ?The sound of banging iron plates instantly echoed in the night sky. ??The zombies wandering on the ground outside the airport all turned their heads and looked at the place where the sound came from. Then, the group of corpses seemed to be boiling. ??Roaring and roaring together. The skeleton turned and ran away. ?The zombies outside the airport roared and charged, and the zombies inside the airport also broke through the doors and windows and quickly gathered. Howling and running wildly in the dark night. ?Wu Heng used [Divine Appearance], and his divine consciousness controlled the skeleton next to him to look forward. Even though his perception is higher than that of ordinary people, his naked eye vision is still affected by the darkness of the night, but through the perspective of the skeleton, he can clearly see the hordes of zombies coming. The distance is not too different, and the effect of [God''s Visit] is lifted. ?Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton beside him, "Skeleton flying dragon, start bombing." Hurrah hoo~! Skeleton flying dragon, passing overhead. Then there were intensive explosions, and thick smoke rose from the vehicles on the road, followed by explosions and fires. The zombies that came in fell in large numbers. The second wave of zombies continues to fill the vacant positions. "There are zombies rushing over in the alleys on both sides. The number is not too many." Glenda flew down and warned. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the skeleton of the Corpse King next to him, "Send out soldiers to attack the zombies." The skeletons began to mobilize. Two skeleton teams defended with spears at the entrance of the alley. Stop the wavelet of zombies planning to attack. Immediately afterwards, the skeleton flying dragon passed overhead again and launched another bombardment. After the second round of bombing, the corpses on the entire road were almost cleared. The remaining zombies were staggering and slowly walking towards this side. ?Wu Heng just wanted to give the order to advance. A small, slightly panicked voice came over, "Uncle, the Corpse King is flying over, be careful." Looked up suddenly. I saw a figure, flapping its wings, approaching the sky above the skeleton team. Want to rush in? ?Wu Heng stared at the opponent. When the target didn''t think of lowering his height, he already realized that something was wrong. The target is the convoy behind. ?It believes that the team is the main force of the team. Stop him and let the skeleton shoot. Wu Heng said immediately. ??This time there is no machine gun buggy, but there are still some gun-wielding skeletons. With the order given. From the middle and rear, intensive gunshots could be heard. The bullets were shot into the sky intensively, and instantly hit the body of the target ''Zombie King''. The bullets got stuck in the flesh, but did not penetrate the body. But the powerful force still made it wail in pain. Change direction several times. However, he was still covered in bullets and was forced to turn around, landing on the roof of the scrapped car on the outside. He grinned and shook his body, and the bullet stuck in the flesh fell down with a crackle. "The skeleton fired. Something in the sky is hitting him." Qi Hancai''s voice came over just now, and his tone was a little panicked. ?Wu Heng pressed the intercom, "Hide back into the car first, don''t come out." "good!" Hang up the walkie-talkie, Wu Heng quickly glanced at the battlefield. The corpse king fell on the roof of the car, crawling back and forth on all fours like an animal. ??The eyes with black **** slits, filled with hatred, looked at the huge team of skeletons with vigilance. When a large number of skeletons began to rush towards it. ?The Corpse King roared heart-breakingly in the direction of the skeleton. With a push of his feet, he jumped directly into the sky, flapped his wings, and left towards the distance. ?Wu Heng frowned. Hand out his hand, he took out the flying carpet and threw it to Ka Xiu, "Go, catch up and kill it." Ka Xiu opened the flying carpet, lifted him into the air, and chased him in the direction where he fled. ??Wu Heng quickly threw the [Dancing Light Technique] into the sky, and the light ball flew out, illuminating the entire night sky. Then, he quickly took out his sniper rifle and pointed it at the flying figure. Bang~! ?The gunfire rang out, and the bullet instantly hit the corpse king''s lower back. ?Bang bang~! Two more shots hit him one after another. ?Blood spattered, and the flying body swayed in the air. Kaxiu, who was riding the flying carpet, quickly closed the distance between them. Jumped up on the flying carpet and landed directly on the opponent''s back. The flying carpet was uncontrolled, rolled up into a ball again, and fell from the sky. The Corpse King felt someone standing on his back and immediately began to struggle, trying to throw the person off. Kaxiu, on the other hand, clung to the opponent''s wings tightly, and used his other finger-tiger hand to charge up his curved fist. The next second, a punch fell. Bang~! A sound like hammering a drum sounded. The corpse king''s body trembled, and dirty blood spurted out from his mouth. Then, there was a punch, hitting the corpse king on the back of the head and back like a rainstorm. The Great Boxer''s [Penetration Strength] can ignore surface defense. ??Even the sturdy black carapace cannot block Ka Xiu''s attack. ??As the punch fell, a large amount of dirty blood poured out from the gaps in the corpse king''s carapace and mouth and nose, flowing downward. The Corpse King roared loudly. ?While falling downwards, he kept struggling to fight back, trying to throw away the enemy on his back and kill him. But it still has no effect. The two of them fell rapidly together. Boom~! The Corpse King fell to the ground, and Kaxiu [Light Body Fall] slowly landed. The corpse king''s body was covered in blood, the wings on his back were broken, and his limbs were twisted and deformed due to falling from a high altitude. ?While letting out an angry roar, he crawled away. Kaxiu walked over slowly. Press one knee on the corpse king''s back and hold his head with both hands. Click it~! ??A harsh sound sounded, and the corpse king''s neck was twisted to the back of his head at 90 degrees. Hello~! ?The corpse king''s head turned to the back and was still roaring loudly, trying to bite. Kaxiu punched the back of Bo''s neck. Smash it completely. Main battlefield. After the last few zombies were cleared away, the entire road suddenly became much quieter. The battle to capture the airport is much simpler than imagined. At least, the number of zombies here at the airport is much less than that of the train stations and passenger terminals that were cleared before. The fourth-level corpse king is just one of the accidents. It did not pose any danger. After two contacts. Wu Heng also gradually became familiar with the Corpse King. Having high attributes, they have evolved many special abilities, but their improved intelligence also allows them to feel fear and danger. Met the Corpse King twice and chose to run away at the last moment. While the sniper rifle can still kill them, running away will only allow Wu Heng to aim better. ?Of course, being able to fly this is somewhat unexpected. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Xiaoxiao also flew back from a distance. Uncle, the corpse king is dead. His neck was broken by Ka Xius punches. At the same time as he was talking, Ka Xiu also walked over from a short distance away. Hand dragging the corpse of the Corpse King with one hand, the broken neck was still connected to the head, and the other hand held the rolled up flying carpet. Squeeze past the skeleton and throw the body to the ground. Uncle, transform it quickly and see if the skeleton that appears can fly. Xiaoxiao floated to one side, urging constantly. ??Wu Heng looked at the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood began to fall off, and a skeleton slowly stood up from the ground. ??The bones of the whole body are covered with black horny, and the back is an oval insect shell. When opened, you can see the wings like a dragonfly inside. Sometimes he walks upright on two feet, and sometimes he walks on all fours. Looking more like a giant beetle now than before he died. Eh~! Its so ugly. Xiao Xiao shrank back. (End of this chapter) Chapter 525 , who is it? Chapter 525, who is it? ?Wu Heng bent down, found a level 4 corpse core on the ground, packed it up separately and put it away. ??Opened the attributes of the skeleton and took a look. Skeleton Flying Demon Level: Level 18 Attributes: Constitution 47, Strength 38, Agility 42, Intelligence 25, Perception 36, Charisma 5. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, flying. Ability: Brood Domain, **** outer armor. Experts: biological aberrations, physical aberrations. Flying: This unit is born with the ability to fly. Brother''s Nest Domain: The ''Skeleton Demon'' in the domain can pass instructions to the surrounding ''affiliated'' servants. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. The name of the skeleton is Flying Demon. also represents its own ability to fly. In terms of attributes, there are not many changes from the first corpse king that I killed before. It is necessary to distinguish the difference in terms of attributes. The first Corpse King has a strong regeneration ability. As long as it is not a fatal injury, it can recover at a speed visible to the naked eye. This one has no regeneration ability, and its characteristic is flying. That''s the difference. "From now on, you can call me Fei Mo No. 1 and go aside first." Wu Heng said after naming him. ??The Skeleton Flying Demon flapped its wings and flew to the side, looking around at the skeleton army. ?Wu Heng continued to take out the walkie-talkie and said, "Turn on the car lights." "receive!" ?At the rear, the headlights of the convoy were all on, illuminating the surrounding area brightly. The skeletons dragged over the corpses of evolved zombies and deformed zombies. Wu Heng began to transform the corpses, and then searched the ground for fallen corpse cores. Wait until the corpse cores are collected. Start to continue transforming the remaining corpses along the road. Wait until the battlefield is almost cleaned up. He called Qi Hancai, and together they rushed into the airport hall with a large number of skeletons. The hall was already in chaos. The walls were covered with bloodstains and claw marks, and the ground was covered with dark red bloodstains. Let the skeletons spread out for inspection and check all the floors and rooms in the building. Wait until it is confirmed that there is no danger. Let everyone come in! Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Come in." The survivors waiting outside the door quickly walked in. ?Some people were holding coils of wires, while others were holding steel bars. They all spread them out very skillfully after entering. Started to carry out some renovations in the building. ?Temporary lights were hung on the roof, and the doors and windows were re-sealed with steel bars. The previous occupation of the train station followed similar steps, and the actions seemed more skillful. Let the survivors rebuild here. ?Wu Heng continued to walk through the corridor and headed to the apron at the back. The preservation here is pretty good. There are some traces of blood stains, but they are not as serious as those in the hall. By this time, the sky was already bright. ?You can also see the entire airport clearly. When looking to one side, Wu Heng''s eyes lit up slightly. airplane! A passenger plane was parked there with the hatch open. A lot of snow could be seen at the hatch. Its of no use! After the subconscious surprise. Feeling that the plane is of little use to me. No one can drive it without mentioning that maintenance and fuel are all a burden. ?As for your own skeleton or flying carpet, it is just like no consumption and can meet the functions of the aircraft, and there is no need to consider other issues. ?Standing below and watching for a while. Behind him, Qi Hancai came over and said, "No problem, the tasks have been handed over." Wu Heng said: "Well, arrange for a few survivors to stay here, and I will also arrange for some skeletons to stay. Then we will build this place into an exchange point. Those who have the ability to transport by air can come to us to exchange for food." Then leave four people for now, and I will bring more people over next time. Qi Hancai said. Contact the main station then. We have taken over the airport, and all we have left is their drawings. Well, Ill contact you when I get back. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said as he walked, "Tell them that if you have gold and silver, some blueprints and weapons, you can also sell them to us in exchange for food. Also mention the matter of the fourth-level corpse king to them. , characterized by the ability to fly. Understood. Qi Hancai took out his tablet and wrote it down on the memo. Return to the lobby. ?Wu Heng commanded the skeleton to move out all the mud and debris in the hall and throw them away. Try to make this place more suitable for people to live. Stayed here until noon. Arranged the personnel left behind and a large number of skeletons to coordinate the defense. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai began to return with the remaining vehicles and skeletons. Return to the military factory. The sky is also approaching dusk. ??Wu Heng got off the car and saw several old members of Li Yahong standing at the door of the dormitory building. ?When he saw Wu Heng coming down, his face immediately showed joy, and he walked over and asked, "Did it go well this time?" It went very well, it has been captured. ??Qi Hancai parked the truck into the garage and walked over. He looked at Li Yahong and said, "How is it here?" Li Yahong glanced aside and said, "Let''s just say he''s biased. You have electricity here, and you can use any electrical appliances at will." Qi Hancai smiled and replied, "Your power plant will be repaired in a few days, so don''t worry." "I''m not in a hurry." Qi Hancai nodded and said, "Let''s talk first, I''m going to the radio station." Li Yahong said: "Don''t forget the business." Qi Hancai''s eyes wandered, "I know." ?Wu Heng and several other old members chatted for a while and walked over. "What''s the business?" Wu Heng asked Li Yahong. "Don''t worry about women''s affairs." Li Yahong said, and then lowered her voice and said, "I''ll wait for you for two days. Are you okay tonight?" Its okay, Ill stay with you tonight. Lets go, lets go eat first. The two of them walked towards the canteen together. The radio room. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie, cleared his throat, and said: "This is the Xinfu City base, call the main station." From the radio station, a woman''s voice came out. This is the communication channel of the main station. Please speak from the Xinfu City Base. "We have occupied the airport and can conduct subsequent transactions at any time." Qi Hancai said directly. After saying this, the radio station fell into silence. ?After two or three seconds, the message came, "Please wait a moment." A few minutes later, a deep male voice came over, "Xinfu City Base, is the airport you are talking about a regular airport, or an open space that can accommodate planes?" ?Qi Hancai was stunned for a moment and then came to his senses. This is because I suspect that I have found an open space here to serve as an airport. He replied with a confident tone, "We have completely occupied the provincial civil airport and established a defense base. You can come over at any time." Are you sure? You can be sure that we wont joke about this kind of thing. ?The other party fell into a brief silence again. Then he replied: The drawings I promised you are also being finalized, and I will contact you then to confirm the time. Qi Hancai continued: "Our leader also mentioned this matter and said that if there is gold, silver or some other useful drawings, we will exchange them for grain." Okay, we will do some statistics and we will let you know in advance. "Okay!" Qi Hancai agreed, and then said: "During this attack, we encountered level four zombies at the airport. Now we will report their characteristics and attack methods." ??This time it was the woman''s voice again, "Please speak!" The zombie is nearly 1.7 meters tall, with a medium build, black **** skin, and insect-like wings on its back, which can meet the flying ability. It is currently confirmed that the flying ability cannot fly for a long time and needs to stop at a point of impact. Qi Hancai said in one breath. Detailed records were also kept on the opposite side. The record has been completed here, thank you to the Xinfu City Base for the exploration and summary. "You''re welcome." Hang up the call, Qi Hancai sat down aside, resting his legs on the edge of the table, and continued to listen to other things on the radio. Stay for about five minutes. Only other people''s voices came from the radio. "Is Xinfu City so fierce? I remember the air transportation thing. I didn''t talk about it for a few days, but the airport was taken over?" "Before, they were distributing food from various places. I suspect that their leader is a reborn person and started to prepare before the outbreak." Although I dont believe this statement, it seems to be more explainable. Xinfu City is so awesome. Can you help us here? Our base is willing to be our little brother. Is the family in need of a younger brother? Qi Hancai listened for a while and then took back his legs on the table. Looked at the time. The girl in charge of the radio station said: "Sister Qi, there is a movie to be shown tonight, can I give you a front row seat?" Qi Hancai smiled and said, "No, Li Yahong and I have something to do. Just watch." Oh, okay. On the other side, I had dinner in the cafeteria. Wu Heng and the two returned to the dormitory room. Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom, wearing a white bath towel. While wiping her hair, she sat sideways on his lap, her tone slightly complaining, "I thought you had forgotten me!" No way, Im just too busy. Well, I believe you. Li Yahong smiled and then said, Then you have to listen to me tonight. "Okay, you can say it, but don''t be too perverted." "You''re the pervert." Li Yahong took out an eye mask for sleeping from her backpack, "Put it on, and you are not allowed to take it off under any circumstances, do you hear me?" "Should I put it on? We are so familiar with each other, so there is no need!" Wu Heng asked while holding it. ?Li Yahong raised her eyebrows and said, "Listen to me." Okay! Wu Heng covered his eyes according to the other partys request, and his vision completely fell into darkness. At the same time, when sight is deprived, other senses become more sensitive. You can hear the other party''s location, heartbeat and slightly excited breathing. Come here and sit down, I agreed not to take it off. Li Yahong helped him, sat on the edge of the bed, and whispered in his ear. "knew." Just when Wu Heng thought that the other party was about to start. Li Yahong made no next move. There was a slight sound of opening the door, and a familiar voice came over, as thin as the sound of a mosquito, "Come on, keep your voice down, it will definitely scare him." What if he gets angry? ?Wu Heng was shocked, Qi Hancai! ?Although the sound is subtle, it can be heard clearly. Qi Hancai, she actually walked in when she and Li Yahong were wearing basically nothing. "I agree, why are you hesitating?" Li Yahong said softly. ?The two of them tiptoed to the bed. Then, delicate and cold hands were placed on his thighs. ?Wu Heng frowned. who? ?Li Yahong or Qi Hancai? (End of this chapter) Chapter 526 ,how are you feeling? Chapter 526, how do you feel? ?The sight is blocked and the senses are more sensitive. The addition of Qi Hancai added a sense of excitement. He also began to guess in his mind which one of them was kneeling in front of him. Qi Hancai, who came in later? Still, Li Yahong is giving some demonstrations. When did the two of them get so good? The person in front of me is working harder, and the sound of breathing becoming increasingly rapid can also be heard on the other side. ?Wu Heng raised his hand, wanting to touch the other person''s face to identify who the other person was. As soon as he raised his hand, it was grabbed by another hand, "We agreed not to move." The voice came from the front, that is to say, the person in front of him was ''Li Yahong'', so the person beside him who was breathing rapidly was Qi Hancai. These two lunatics actually played this trick. ?Wu Heng composed himself and said in a confused tone, "Did you close the window? Why do I feel like someone is peeking at us?" ?Li Yahong paused and then said: "Who is looking at you? There is nothing interesting to see." Perhaps, who has this hobby! ??Li Yahong took his hand and put it on top of her head, "How would you feel if someone was watching?" "Who would be so perverted?" Wu Heng stroked the other person''s hair. ?Li Yahong turned her head and glanced aside, removed his hand, and said, "Don''t move." Then there was a slight sound of moving, and another person knelt in front of him. ?Wu Heng didn''t say anything, but he also knew that it was Qi Hancai now. The hand on his leg was not that cold, but still a little soft. The rapid breathing blew against his lower abdomen from far to near, very hard. ??Wu Heng also became more and more excited by this novel feeling, making the other party swallow continuously, and the hands on his legs gradually became stronger. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and stroked the other person''s hair. Then touch your cheek. It is certain that it is Qi Hancai. ??Qi Hancai is one or two years older than Li Yahong. Perhaps it is because she has awakened her powers, but her skin is still very good. But Wu Heng still said nothing and played his role. Not long after, Li Yahong''s voice came from one side, "How do you feel?" ??Suddenly speaking, Qi Hancai''s movements suddenly stopped, and he was obviously a little panicked. He leaned back and coughed loudly. ??Wu Heng also pulled down his blindfold, glanced at Li Yahong, and then looked at Qi Hancai in front of him in surprise, "Qi Hancai, what''s wrong with you?" Qi Hancai became even more flustered and coughed twice, "I''m sorry." ??Li Yahong said: "This is my idea, are you willing to accept Qi Hancai?" ?Wu Heng pulled the bed sheet aside and covered his legs. Naturally, he did not reject Qi Hancai. But they were also curious about the idea of ????arranging this show. Why do you say that? Li Yahong said: "How do you plan to arrange Qi Hancai in the future? Now that she is the deputy leader of the base, so many things are under her control. Do you feel free to let her get along with others? Or do you plan to let her be alone for the rest of her life? After all, you have to give it to her. A man?" this. ?Wu Heng was stunned. He had never thought about this problem. Most of the matters at the base are managed by Qi Hancai, who even manages more matters than Li Yahong. Given such great power to her, he told her to marry another man. ?Wu Heng was a little worried. At that time, it is very likely that someone will be replaced for management, but at present, there is really no suitable candidate. ??Whether it is Li Yahong or now Qi Hancai, their role in the base is more like a secretary. ?Wu Heng told them what was going to happen, and they implemented it accordingly. Women are more careful and less ambitious in doing this kind of thing. If it were a different man. Ambition is harder to control. Wu Heng looked at the two of them and asked curiously: "When did you become so close?" "Isn''t it because of you? If we don''t unite, what can we do?" Li Yahong said with some complaints. ?Wu Heng did not continue to ask, and looked at Qi Hancai, "Qi Hancai, are you willing?" Li Yahong smiled and said, "How come you have become so straight? If she didn''t want to, could you just do it for you?" Qi Hancai lowered his head, his face even redder. ??Wu Heng smiled and put the eyepatch on his forehead back on, "Some people are a little shy. It''s better for me. You continue." Li Yahong came over, pushed him gently onto the bed, and sat astride his waist, "Remember, you can never abandon us two." Of course not, but you two have to work harder. ??The rustling sound of taking off clothes was heard. Another silky body slipped into the arms from the side. The next day, early morning. Li Yahong walked out of the bathroom. Then he saw the two people stacked together on the bed and said, "Okay, let''s start in the morning. Don''t kill Qi Hancai." On the bed, Qi Hancai''s whole body was red, like an octopus hanging on the other person''s body, "I''m fine." Whats wrong with you? Li Yahong sat down aside. After the two of them finished, they went to the bathroom to take a shower. Go out of the room and go to the canteen in the factory to eat. Sitting at the dining table, Li Yahong said: "I''m going back today. The last few shelters are discussing joining our base. There are a lot of things, and we can''t stay here for too long." Those who kill and rob shelters, it is best not to recruit them as they are prone to problems. Wu Heng warned. ?Li Yahong nodded, "I understand, try to check it out." Also, all the skeletons transformed from aberrant zombies will be shipped to me, and I will make unified arrangements then. Wu Heng continued. Okay, Ill have someone drive you here when I get back. Qi Hancai was still eating slowly, thinking about things, and his face turned red from time to time. Qi Hancai. Wu Heng looked to the other side. Ah. Qi Hancai suddenly raised his head. The main station will continue to follow up. If there is any news, remember to inform me. Qi Hancai immediately said: "Understood." Li Yahong looked at her absent-minded look, glanced at the other members eating around, and whispered: "I still think about it!" Go, go, go! Qi Hancai waved his hand hurriedly. After breakfast, the three of them separated and went about their own business. ?Li Yahong returned to Xinfu City with the convoy, while Qi Hancai arranged for people to go to the airport to build an exchange point. Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. Come out of the realm gate and send the corpse core to the skeleton alchemy room. Put all the corpse cores obtained into the freezer nearby, and collect all the corpse core potions on the finished cabinet shelves. At present, there are two level four corpse cores. The most abundant ones are the first-level corpse cores, which cannot be said to be mass-produced, but nearly a hundred are obtained after each clearing out of the corpse tide. People like me cannot digest these medicines at all. ? He took another look at the alchemists progress in developing the potion and walked out of the room again. Go downstairs. Minnie and the two new maids were sitting in the living room chatting. Master! the two new maids saluted. Minnie asked: "Master, do you want to have breakfast?" "No, I''ve eaten." Wu Heng motioned for a few people to sit down, looked at Cat Girl and Lop-eared Rabbit Girl, and asked, "How are you doing? Are you still adapting here?" Kitten Girl Robbe said: "Thank you, Master, for your concern. We never thought we would have the life we ??have now." Annette, the lop-eared rabbit girl, also nodded, "Thank you, Master." What about training? How does it feel? Minnie has arranged a skeleton instructor for us, and she is training with us every day. She will definitely live up to her masters expectations. Robbe said again. It seems that among the two, Robbe is better at communicating with others. Annette, on the other hand, didnt answer much. ?Wu Heng nodded, took out two 5-cubic rings and several bottles of potions from the space ring, and placed them on the table. You have one space ring each. Store some things. The medicine can change your physique. When you take it, let Minnie watch you. ??The two people, who were a little cautious, suddenly raised their heads and looked over. ??Robert said: "Master, the space ring is too precious." Annette also whispered, "We don''t need it." ?The space ring is a rare item in Luntam City, and it is the kind of thing that even money may not be able to buy. Only some merchants who travel around the world, or characters such as leaders, have space rings. ?Slaves, at most they have heard of it, but they may not have seen it. On Wu Hengs side, after killing the pirates, half the drawer was filled with space rings. Most of them dont have much storage space, but they are enough for maids to use daily. "One for each person, it is considered as a benefit for the maid of your island master''s mansion." Wu Heng said. Minnie also said at the side: "Take what the master gives you. See, I also have some, which are bigger than yours." He also stretched out his hand to show off and shook his space ring. Hearing what Minnie said, the two of them took it carefully and said, "Thank you, Master." Put away the potion as well, and wait for Minnie to tell you some precautions. Yes! The two continued to put away the potion. Okay, lets go play! ?Robert and Annette bowed again, stood up and left. Minnie did not leave, but still sat aside. Just waited for the two of them to go to the courtyard. Then he said: "Master, the compound bow from last time has been made. Please take a look." Speaking, he took out a compound bow. Slightly different from the original version, the bow arm is iron gray wooden bow arm, the main string is slightly thicker and dark red, and the two secondary strings are brown. It seems that the materials of compound bows have been changed again in recent days. Has it been tested? Wu Heng asked. The Artifact Master conducted experiments on ordinary skeleton archers. Compared with ordinary longbows, the power of the same bow is more than five times greater than that of ordinary longbows. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 527 ,condition Chapter 527, Conditions ?So high? He didnt know much about compound bows. He only knew that they were improvements to traditional bows and arrows. I didnt expect that the effect would be improved to more than five times. In addition, the bow string in this world is more flexible and powerful, so the effect is even better. Lets go and try outside. ??Wu Heng took the compound bow and walked outside with Minnie. ?Aiming at a wooden target in the distance, setting an arrow and firing the bow, the moment the bow string is pulled, a boost of power suddenly comes from the axle position, allowing the bow to be fully reached with less effort. Whoosh~! Let go of your hand, and the arrow roars out. With a bang, the nail penetrated the iron sheet on the surface of the wooden target in the distance. ?Wu Heng looked at the effect of the compound bow with some surprise. ??He has used ordinary bows and arrows, and also used crossbows, and he has been studying for a while to select suitable bows and crossbows for the skeleton army. Still somewhat knowledgeable. ?The effect of this compound bow can be regarded as combining the lightness and speed of the bow with the power of the crossbow. ??It is not an ordinary crossbow, it is comparable to a sophisticated level crossbow. How is it? Minnie held the quiver and asked from the side. Not bad, better than expected. Those skeleton weapon masters, with ordinary skeletons, have been testing for several days, and several wooden targets have been broken. Minnie complained at the side. Proof that success comes from countless practices. Minnie smiled and cheered, "The master is really educated." Wu Heng handed the compound bow to her, walked back and said, "Minnie, when the time comes, you can continue to order some more materials according to the final product." Minnie nodded, How much do you want? Lets get five thousand sets first. Okay, Ill go now. "Um." They returned to the house together, and Wu Heng went upstairs again. Minnie called the other two people and took a carriage to Beacon Street to order parts for the compound bow. The components of a compound bow are separated. The wheel sets and fine parts are machined by lathes and machines in the zombie world, and the bow arms and bow strings are ordered in this world. Bow arms and bow strings are divided into different strengths in the other world, especially the bow strings. The tendons of Warcraft are more flexible. The two places produce in different places, which also prevents the drawings from being leaked. It is considered a confidential procedure! ?Wu Heng went to the radio stations room. Looked at the records of several radio stations. Only the record of Shanara left a message for herself. ?Wu Heng picked it up and looked at it, his brows also furrowed. Last night I attended a noblemans ball and met my best friend Taddei. She had changed so much that she was a little strange. I mentioned you to her, but I didnt reveal your identity. I just talked about our secret meeting and the agreement we made. You also know that they, married ladies, are very keen on this. Good guy. Whenever you go out, you talk about everything outside. I also saw my nominal husband, greeted each other, and also mentioned this matter to me. He can be said to be a very gentlemanly nobleman, the kind of gentleman on the surface, you may not know much about him. The end of the first paragraph. Then the second paragraph appeared. The annotation of the Skeleton Investigator has no date, it should be after the dance. Or the next day. The Presbyterian Churchs investigation has come back. Because of you, Treasure Islands performance has been several times higher than before, and it was only in those two months. They put forward some conditions, but Im a little unsure. Lets discuss it when we have time and see what we should do. Once recorded here, there is no further content. Need to talk to yourself! Without thinking too much, he picked up the phone and said directly: "Shanara, are you there?" ??Wu Heng shouted two or three times, and just when he thought the other party was not there, he heard a yawn, "Yes, I have a headache." Sister, you are still sleeping. Wu Heng was speechless. ?This habit of staying up late must be maintained. "Why don''t I sleep? I have nothing to do." Shannara counterattacked with a dissatisfied tone. Well, you are a rich woman and you have the final say. She is still a rich woman. Wu Heng continued to ask: "What do you mean by the conditions they proposed? What are the conditions based on?" Shannara''s tone also became serious. said: The conditions for my freedom. Tell me carefully. "They found out that my man is you, and they confirmed it directly this time. Treasure Island''s largest order was for the items you ordered, which made Star Flower make a lot of money in a short period of time. They want to continue to maintain this A transaction, to put it simply, I want to make money from you. It is actually not surprising at all to find out Wu Heng. The wood elves have probably found out about this place before, but now it is even more confirmed. ?Wu Heng didnt intend to hide anything. ?He and Shanara are in a free relationship, but the other person''s identity is rather special. What do you mean? Just put it simply. Shannara took a deep breath, "After I bargained with them, their final request was that they would continue to cooperate with Star Flower and let me leave." Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. The last time the island owner ordered items, the Star Flower was not selected. Is there a reason for this? The Flower of Stars is short of this amount of money, and I want you to exchange it for me? "The Flower of Stars pursues benefits, and the situation of the business group is indeed not good. In addition, sooner or later, I will be let out. After all, I have not harmed the interests of the clan and the business group. For personal emotional issues, I can be executed. Well!" Shannella said. Cooperation is possible, what kind of cooperation method is needed? Wu Heng continued to ask. Within three years, maintaining an order worth no less than 200,000 gold, and caravan discounts are also valid. Shannella said. Two hundred thousand gold is actually not too much. The cost of ordering weapons and equipment yourself is about the same. Seeing that there was no sound from the other side, Shanara said a little disappointedly: "It''s okay. You will let me out after a while. I will find a way to go back then." Wu Heng reacted, "I agree, I''m not worried about you staying there." "I''m very happy if you have such a heart. You have just become the owner of the island, so don''t spend money on such a place." Shannara said softly. "What are you talking about? Get up and clean up. Go talk to those old men now. I agree. Let them go quickly." "real?" "Of course, I will arrange for someone to pick you up when the time comes, and we will wait until they come back." Wu Heng said. The order is no problem at all. I still need a lot of supplies to purchase. ?Especially the food of the wood elves, even if spring comes, the food aspect may not be able to be solved. Furthermore, as time goes by, the food collected outside also begins to become moldy. Still need to purchase in large quantities. The rest includes white gunpowder, copper, lead, or other subsequent resources. These orders are enough to meet the other party''s requirements. The Flower of Stars is indeed a large business group. Transportation speed is also faster. Shanaras laughter was a little choked, You little man, you suddenly feel so reliable. What are you saying? It feels like you are complimenting me, but it doesnt feel right. Im going to talk to them now. Ill let you know if theres any news. Well, feel free to talk and Ill tell you the truth. "good!" After the two finished chatting, they hung up the communication. ?Wu Heng leaned against the table, thinking about the wood elves. If you have money, you can solve a lot of problems, and even get the other party to let you go in advance. Shannara must be brought back. Not to mention the relationship between the two, her position as the owner of the island was also arranged by her. Having strong interpersonal skills. It is impossible to ignore the other party just because of such a trivial matter. Yeke Kingdom, a coastal town. ??In the dim basement, rows of black-robed figures were neatly arranged, sitting quietly on their knees, muttering something, with pious and focused eyes. ?At the front of the room, a man also wearing black robes, holding a wooden staff and a brown book, stood in front, leading everyone to pray in a low and contagious voice. ?At this time, there was a soft knock on the door. ?The figure holding a wooden stick in front of him glanced sideways, motioning for everyone to continue, and he opened the door and walked out. Outside the door, there were several figures standing. ??The thief wearing leather armor is a secret sentry posted outside. Whats the matter? the man in black robe who came out asked in a deep voice. ??The secret whistle thief immediately said respectfully: "Master Protector, the bishop has arranged for someone to come over. Please come over." Person arranged by the bishop? Take me there. ??The thief took the other person to a room. ?The door opened, and several unfamiliar figures appeared in front of the small room. ?One person is sitting, and the remaining four people are standing on one side. How many are they? asked the apologist. ?The man sitting at the table turned his head and took off his hood, revealing a shriveled and shrunken face. The figures behind him also took off their hoods, revealing themselves as skeleton attendants with souls filled with fire. My name is Solvay, you should have heard of me. The sitting figures voice was hoarse. ??The guardian''s eyes narrowed and he immediately thought about the name. ?The death of the church, Solvay, is responsible for punishing traitors or killing high-level enemies who threaten the church. Lord Knight Solvay. The guardian nodded, thought about the words in his mind, and spoke softly, "The person who arranged to go out was killed by the deacon and island owner of Treasure Island, and we are also wanted by various associations." Solvay asked: "What reason?" Cult, human sacrifice. Its really accurate. Solvi sneered and continued to ask: Tell me about those people on Treasure Island. Isnt that the place where pirates are pardoned? "I heard that the pirates were wiped out by the association. Now the owner of Treasure Island is a..., uh, respected necromancer, and the deacon is an elf swordsman." The thief replied. Can a necromancer also be the owner of the island? the man wondered. Thats what the inquiring information said. What level are they? "I heard that both of them were promoted to deputy deacons, so they should not be of high rank." Deacon, thats level 12. Solvi stroked his chin and thought for a moment, then said, Owning a small island might be more helpful to the church. (End of this chapter) Chapter 528 , Ferocious Ghost (First update today, 5,000 words.) Chapter 528, The ferocious ghost (Todays update, 5,000 words.) The island owners estate. As dusk approached, the maids who had gone out all came back. Sitting around the dining table, chatting while eating dinner. Minnie said: "Master, the materials for the compound bow have been placed at the elf shop. They trust us and promise to put our order as early as possible and deliver it ahead of time." The elven shop, Wu Heng had cooperated with them when he first came to the island. Purchased a lot of elven wooden bows. ??It is also the race that Silla Rose belongs to, and they all have some basis of trust with each other. Wu Heng said: "I''ll leave this matter to you. I''ll follow up later." Okay master, I will definitely keep an eye on you. Minnie said with great motivation. Yeah. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Then, Anderweil also said: "Master, two caravans arrived at the port today. The copper plates were stored in the warehouse on Beacon Street. I put the white gunpowder into the space sachet." Speaking, he handed over the space sachet. It has been a while since I ordered these things, and the first batch of goods has just been delivered. ?Wu Heng put away the space sachet and said, "Are there other caravans?" "They will come over in the next two days, and I will follow up then." Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "After dinner, let''s go to the warehouse and take out all the goods." Okay! Anderweil nodded. Wu Heng continued: "Let''s talk to those caravans then. If the delivery speed continues in the future, we will switch to other caravans. Their speed is too slow." Andewil said: "I also talked about this with the caravan representatives. They said that this was the first transaction. It took some time to prepare and process. The next orders will be much faster." Then lets take a look at the situation. Okay. Anderweil nodded. ?Wu Heng was gradually arranging some things for the maids to handle. The improvement in strength and status also freed him from being as careful as before and doing everything by himself. Just make some important decisions yourself. After chatting about important things, several people chatted and ate at the same time. Minnie talked about what happened when they were slaves. It seems that Minnie, Robert and Annette have a really good relationship, the kind of people who survive difficult times together. ? No wonder Minnie was so persistent in bringing the two of them here. Have had dinner. Minnie and the other three went to the training room to train. ?Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the warehouse area on Beacon Street and took out all the goods inside. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng returned to the study and opened the door to the zombie world. Put the white gunpowder, copper plates and other materials collected today into different warehouses. To avoid any danger. As for the military factory, with the supply of sufficient electricity, all production chains began to operate. Bullets are produced and assembled one by one. Skeleton is at the end of the transport belt, packing all the assembled bullets into boxes and moving them to the warehouse. Two days later, in the morning. ?Wu Heng took a carriage and went to the association. One morning, just after breakfast, a staff member from the association went to the island owners manor and said that Sheila Gui invited him to come over. Sheela rarely looks for her own, unless something happens on the island or another wanted criminal is discovered. ?Wu Heng simply packed up and headed to the association. The carriage arrived, but there were not many people in the association all morning. ?Walked all the way to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, and walked in directly. In the study room, incense is lit. A faint floral fragrance filled the room. ?Sheila Gui was sitting in the study room, and her assistant "Shi Yali" was sitting by the window, leaning her chin and looking out the window. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled and saluted. I poured a cup of scented tea, sat back down, and looked out the window. Looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Xila Gui handed over a document and said: "Take a look at the association''s decisions and directions for this year, and then send a copy to each regional association you are responsible for." What! Wu Heng took it and looked at it. Association action manual, association decision-making guide. Looking through it casually. Non-interference in local areas, and abide by the rules: understand the governance characteristics and ethnic customs of each place, safeguard each others legitimate rights and interests, and be able to distinguish the difference between internal affairs and crime. The difference between cults and local churches: quickly and accurately identify the nature of the church Promotion of 18th-level professionals: Effectively promote 18th-level professionals to ensure correct and guided dissemination of reputation by deepening impressions and increasing influence. Major incident handling: The flag bearer can take the lead in responding to major incidents and crisis incidents... Ouch, holy shit! ??There really is such a thing. Imilo divided his position into two and gave them to him and Sheila Gui. He also mentioned the responsibilities of the flag bearer and some of the roles he played in the association. But all this time, nothing happened to me. I thought it was just a temporary job, and I really had my own life. It seems that the identity of the flag bearer is quite important. ?Especially the last one, the flag bearer can respond to major events and crises to a certain extent, and the local associations within the jurisdiction need to cooperate. Looking at it this way, he has more power than a deacon. He glanced briefly, raised his head and asked, "Do I need to send these to various places?" Sheila Gui nodded, "Well, I need to arrange for it to be sent out. You can also add some local things, such as arresting pirates in various places, reporting information about pirates, etc." Thats it! Wu Heng raised the information in his hand. "Get someone to copy it, or let your skeletons copy it." Sheila Gui shrugged, indicating that this is your business. Okay, I understand. Wu Heng put it away directly. Its just a matter of taking it back and making a copy, which is not a big deal. Sheila Gui continued: "The corpse of the vampire has been transported to the headquarters. The vampire also responded, saying that this person was a criminal exiled by the vampire because of bloodthirsty killing and **** creatures. Lily was Leader Si was punished and exiled, and he had no chance to see the light of day again. Unexpectedly, he was dug out by those from the Destiny Sect. " Punishment and banishment? ?The vampire''s exile is to be sealed in a coffin, sunk to the bottom of the sea, or buried in a deep mountain somewhere. It will not kill you directly, but let you experience loneliness and endless darkness for a long time. It is more like life imprisonment in the modern world. In terms of punishment, Wu Heng thought of the vampire at that time, which had a body structure that had no male and female characteristics. The tools for committing the crime were confiscated. What a terrible trick. Did you say any rewards for us? Wu Heng asked. After all, he killed an 18th-level professional and rescued some villagers who were almost sacrificed. It was a credit to him. Sheila Gui nodded, "I feel like the response will calculate the merits for us, and we''ll see what happens then." What about the Destiny Sect? Is there any new news? "The association has updated the wanted order. However, the Destiny Church is a new church. The identity of the bishop and main members is not yet clear. It is currently in the stage of collecting intelligence." Sheila Gui put her chin on her arms and said softly. With. Well, we have done everything we can, and there is nothing else we can do. Lets wait for the news! Finished talking about the main things. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "There are no problems with the patrol and security on the island, right?" No problem! The basic area can be guaranteed to be safe. "You think you want to open a tourist beach for other people to play." Wu Heng said casually. Beach? What to do? Just go swimming or bask in the sun. There are many caravans on the island, which attracts them. Sheila Gui thought for a while, "I can''t say, I don''t know if it will have the effect you said." At that time, I will have someone sort out an area and take you there to have a look and experience it first. Silla smiled and said, "Okay, let me see how it is different from normal swimming." The two chatted for a while. When someone from the team came to report the matter, Wu Heng left the study and walked out of the association. Return to your residence. Have lunch with the maids. After resting for a while, we went upstairs again and headed to the zombie world. Waiting in the dormitory for a while. ?There were footsteps outside the door, followed by a knock on the door. Come in! ?The door opened, and Qi Hancai and Wang Haibing walked in directly. Wang Haibing took two steps forward and said in a reporting tone: "Chief, several bases have been inspected. There are no major problems in the power plant. The power supply can be restored by replacing the boiler. There are many bases in Xinfu City. Need to change the line. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, his complexion had improved a lot over the past few days. ?Although his hair is still messy, he is obviously a little fatter. Even if the food can keep up, people can still gain weight easily. Have the drawings come out? Come out, here. Wang Haibing took out the drawing from his arms. There are three power plants in total, and three furnace sizes with different specifications have also been drawn, which will then replace the fuel and provide heat energy. ?Wu Heng put away the drawings and said, "You will also be responsible for changing the wiring. Do it as soon as possible so that people in other places can use electricity freely." "Okay, I''ll go back tomorrow and change the route in advance." Wang Haibing said. After thinking for a moment, Wu Heng asked again, "Have the few skeletons you brought with you had any effect?" "Still learning. I have almost mastered some basic knowledge. I am still learning about the control and maintenance of the power plant. These skeletons... First of all, gentlemen, they have very strong learning ability and should be able to learn it soon." ?????????Hurry up. Time, a group of people need to be taught before power is restored to other bases. Yes, I know! Wang Haibing wiped his sweat. Go and do your work first. If things are done well, your job will be easier than anyone elses. Yes, I will try my best. ?Wang Haibing saluted the two of them, then turned and left to go about his own business. After Wang Haibing left. There were only two people left in the room. ?Wu Heng glanced at Qi Hancai. Today I am wearing a white down jacket, a gray stand-up collar sweater, and tight-leg jeans. Wrap the buttocks more roundly. ?Wu Heng patted his thigh, Qi Hancai lowered his head, walked over and sat on his lap. ??Wu Heng put his arms around the opponent''s waist and asked, "How''s it going at the main station?" The airport has been occupied for a few days, and the main office has yet to complete the drawings. ?This made Wu Heng somewhat anxious. Qi Hancai replied softly, "I contacted them yesterday. It will be over in the next two days, and a plane will be arranged to send it to us." Hearing the news, Wu Heng was still overjoyed. Meaning that in just a few days, you can have complete drawings on your side. Treasure Island and Luntam City can also start arranging construction work. Well done. ?Qi Hancai smiled and hummed softly. ??Wu Heng hugged the other person and said, "The factory should have equipment that can make copies, right?" Yes, do you need to copy something? ??Wu Heng continued to take out the "Association Manual" he got from Xila Gui, "These are all copied for me. They need to be clearer. Ordinary paper will do." Qi Hancai picked it up and looked at it. There were strange words on it. I didnt think much about it, after all, Wu Heng had too many secrets. He nodded and agreed, "Okay, how many copies do you need?" "Just 100 copies. If necessary, I''ll tell you." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "There are people in the base who are good at typesetting or advertising. You can pay attention to it. It may be useful later." "Okay, I understand, and I will arrange it as soon as possible." Qi Hancai nodded. "Um!" The two continued to chat about the base. Qi Hancai was called away by the intercom, and Wu Heng also opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. The next day, morning. Minnie brought Sheila Rose to the island owner''s manor. ? Wearing gold and silver armor, the waistline is shrunk, and you can still see the exaggerated figure. "What''s wrong? Are you in a hurry?" Wu Heng brought her a bottle of cold iced black tea. "The members of Team 4 of the Association are missing, and there are also ordinary residents on the island, reflecting the disappearance of their family members. I feel that there must be a problem." Sheila Gui sat down aside, took a sip, and quickly explained Again. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you brought the other party''s belongings?" Bring it. Shilagui took out a linen shawl and handed it to him. She knows a little about Wu Hengs rare objects and props. ?Especially the strange objects that can be used to find people. When she was in danger at sea, Wu Heng used the strange objects to find people''s traces and found her. Thats easy. Wu Heng took out the [Tracing Pendant] and put a drop of blood on the skull of the pendant. The skull of the dead thing began to come to life. The jaw moved from side to side. Putting the shawl he brought closer, the skull was on the corner of the sleeve and began to tear and chew it. The two of them watched carefully. Waiting for directions to appear so that you can follow them and investigate the location of the missing person. The skull can be chewed. The fire in his pupils was extinguished immediately, and there was no next move. Sheela frowned, "What''s going on?" Wu Heng said: "When a person dies, a dead person cannot be traced." Dead? The family members said that the person disappeared yesterday and died today? "Maybe something happened. The person must be dead." Wu Heng thought for a moment, and seeing that the skull did not respond, he said, "Let''s go to the prophet''s place and have a look." The two of them went upstairs together and walked directly into the Skeleton Prophet''s room. ??The skeleton was wearing a loose robe, sitting in front of the window, staring out the window silently. Wu Heng said: "Here is a piece of clothing. See what happened?" The prophet took the clothes, one hand floated above the clothes, and the other hand grabbed Wu Heng''s wrist. ??Wu Heng grabbed Xila Gui''s hand and put it into the skull''s hand, "Show her." Hunting to wait for Sheilagui to speak. The flames in the skull''s eye sockets suddenly rose, and Sheila Gui''s pupils also lost focus for an instant. Soon, his pupils regained their vitality and said: "The people were kidnapped. Those people were wearing hoods and they were very neat and careful in their work." Then he said to the skeleton prophet, "Check, where is he now?" Still some people dont believe that people are dead. Check it for her. Wu Heng said. The prophet used his power again, and Shilagui''s pupils were blank for a moment, and then recovered, "Dead, buried in the soil." "what to do?" Xila Gui took a deep breath and said: "It must be someone who has recently arrived on the island. I will check and let you know when the time comes." "good!" Ten o''clock in the evening. ?A carriage was parked far away in the second expansion area of ??Lighthouse Street, which was a residential area established before Wu Heng became the owner of the island. ?At that time, Millicent was kidnapped in this area. Now some people have begun to live there, but not many. Tap tap tap~! Footsteps sounded, and a ranger from the association ran over quickly, "They are in a private room on the second floor of the tavern. There are people guarding the door. I''m not sure how many people are inside." Sheilagui said: "Let everyone guard the surroundings and don''t let him escape." Yes! The team members left quickly. Xilagui continued to look at Wu Heng, "Let''s investigate first. If it''s not a trap, let''s rush in and arrest them." Okay, let me take a look first. The killing of association members on the island obviously made Sheila Gui very angry. Whether it is just a few people or there are others who committed the crime, we plan to kill one first and then interrogate the corpse to find the others. ?Wu Heng released the ghost, "In the room with the firelight, go check the situation." The ghost came out directly from the body and flew towards the distant building. Xila Gui knew that Wu Heng had a ghost, and it was still a little ghost. ?The reason why I know this is that the last time the 18th-level old mage Gianvito mentioned this matter, Sheela Gui was by the side. ??Although I haven''t said it yet, I also know that there is a ghost in Wu Heng. Hearing Wu Heng talking to the air, he didn''t feel strange at all. Just waiting silently. The pub has three floors in total. Ghost Glenda, following Wu Hengs order, got into the room with the light on. The room was a little dim, with many flying insects flying around the dim light stone. The first person to enter is the outside of the private room. The dining table is covered with eaten food, with wine glasses, medicine bottles and some miscellaneous items scattered around. ?Glenda looked around briefly and saw that there was nothing to see. ?Hence, he turned toward the bedroom, where he could vaguely hear a woman''s soft hum. For this kind of thing. ?Granda has never had any psychological burden, and is even a little curious. The other party has been targeted by the association, and he actually dares to come to find a woman. ?The body passed through the partition and directly entered the room where the bed was. ?Clothes and pants were scattered on the ground, and the sheets were messy. A man with slightly dark skin and a strong body was supporting his body with his hands, above the young woman. ?The woman''s voice was hoarse, her eyes were cloudy, and she was confused. Just make a slight sound following the opponent''s movements. ?Glenda walked around to the head of the bed, observed their faces, and then began to check their levels. The level of women is not high, about first level. But the man has already reached level 15, and his level is not low either. A level 15 professional, no wonder he easily killed a team member. Glenda checked the appearance and level. I also feel that their postures are monotonous. They only lower their heads and work hard, and they don''t know how to say love words. In short, it is not as enjoyable as our own Necromancer. I walked through the wall and was about to leave. As soon as she turned around, Glenda was shocked. Not far behind you. ?Two ghosts with disheveled hair and ferocious shapes flew towards her quickly. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 529 , the necromancer is really difficult to Chapter 529: The Necromancer is really difficult to deal with Glenda was suddenly startled by the ghost coming out. Why are there two ghosts here? Ambush? Necromancer? ?A few thoughts flashed through Glenda''s mind, and she looked down at the man on the bed, but she was still working **** the woman. Not his ghost. Necromancer, its impossible to be so close and not even notice that hes almost touching his face. Seeing the two ghosts rushing towards them, Glenda did not dare to take any chances. Turn around and fly back, passing through the wall and leaving. Two ferocious ghosts also followed through the wall and left quickly. ?But the two people on the bed still maintained their original movements. On the carriage. ?There was silence all around. As time went by, Wu Heng felt something was wrong. The location of the tavern is right in front. With Glenda''s ability, it doesn''t need to take such a long time. Ill go down and take a look, it doesnt feel right. Wu Heng opened the car door. As soon as he stepped off the carriage, Granda''s voice came from the night sky ahead, "Wu Heng!" ?Wu Hengs pupils condensed, and he looked towards the sound, and his perceptions quickly gathered. ?Glenda, in her soul body, flew towards this side quickly, and behind her were two ugly ghosts like fierce ghosts. ?Glenda''s soul body was chased by the ghost and began to absorb the energy in her body. Immediately afterwards, the second ghost ghost also gathered in a group. Depend on! ?Wu Heng cursed, took out the [Soul Beating Whip] and rushed towards the wrapped soul body in front. At the same time, he shouted: "Sheila Gui, arrest people." Sheila Gui had followed him down from the carriage, and she could hear the shout clearly. She drew her sword and rushed to the tavern, "Arrest the people, and kill those who resist." Hurrah! ??A large number of team members rushed out from all around and rushed towards the tavern. Bang~! The window of the private room on the second floor was broken, and several figures jumped down from above. They were blocked by the team and started fighting instantly. ?Wu Heng stepped forward quickly. ?The body jumped up, the soul-beating whip in his hand glowed with light, and he whipped it directly towards the entangled soul body. Pah~! The whip passed through the air, but it seemed to hit a water balloon. Screaming and wailing suddenly came to mind. The soul dispersed instantly, forming three separate individuals, two ferocious ghosts, and the other one was Glenda. They are lurking in the room and are of a higher level than me. Glenda said quickly. ?Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and the bone cage rose from the ground. The two ferocious ghosts quickly separated and tried to escape. The bone cage rapidly expands as the ghost moves. ?Seeing that the ghost is about to be controlled by the ghost. ?Glenda''s reminder sounded again, "Wu Heng, your shadow." ?In the dark night, a shadow like a shadow gradually emerged from behind him. He held a knife in his hand and stabbed Wu Heng in the back of the heart. ?Wu Heng moved forward, protecting Ka Xiu beside him. The fist wind roared, and the black shadow was instantly shattered with one punch. The shadows shattered, like broken ink, disappearing into the darkness instantly. The distraction just now caused the two ghosts to distance themselves. ?Wu Heng no longer tried to trap the two ghosts at the same time, and the cage closed instantly. Trapped a ghost in it. Gradually pull back to the front. The surrounding area, except for the trapped ghosts that kept roaring and struggling, seemed to have fallen into silence again. There were no other attacks, nor the killer who had just appeared from the shadows. Ill follow and have a look. Glenda said. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, let''s discuss it then." ?Glenda nodded, flew back and followed Wu Heng invisible. ??Wu Heng, on the other hand, took out a demon soul pot, placed it in the bone prison, and collected the ghost into the soul pot. Let the skeleton protect itself. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Glenda, "Let me see what''s going on?" Okay! Glenda got directly into his body. The shared scene starts from entering the tavern. A messy dining table, a man and a fair-skinned woman working hard in bed. Then, the ghost suddenly appeared. As if he had been wandering nearby for a long time, he rushed directly towards Granda''s location. Then, there was the matter of Glenda asking for help. Release Glenda again, "Help me guard the surroundings and don''t leave too far." "good." ?Glenda disappeared again and followed around. ?Wu Heng walked quickly toward the tavern. Outside the door of the tavern, several corpses were lying. One of them was not wearing pants. He was the man who worked hard in Glenda''s sight. From Glendas sight, the opponent is a level 15 professional. He was killed so quickly. All around, in addition to the team members who had finished the battle, there were also a large number of skeletons rushing to help. Densely packed, blocking up all around. Sheila Gui''s body was exuding a cold air, and her eyelashes and face were still covered with white frost. "Kill them all, and no one can escape." There is also a woman inside. Go in and investigate to see if she has anything to do with these people. Wu Heng said. Sheela Gui spoke to the team behind her, and the two teams went in directly to continue the investigation. Then, he looked at Wu Heng and asked softly: "What happened just now?" There are two ghosts, and there should be a necromancer. Wu Heng explained. Xila Gui''s face also became ugly. The more she came into contact with Wu Heng, the more she knew how difficult the Necromancer was. actually came to the island. Do you know who it is? "It''s not clear yet, but judging from what you said about someone missing, they should be collecting corpses, which may be troublesome." Wu Heng speculated. Now it seems that things are very clear. Sheila Gui said that someone was missing, and then implicated the necromancer, so she was obviously collecting corpses. Any profession will change people unconsciously because of its characteristics. ?Just like Wu Heng, before he became a professional, he was repelled by corpses and even felt unlucky. Up to now, through different channels, various corpses have been obtained to transform into skeletons. It even feels like collecting cards before the end of the world. ?Other people are similar. When they arrive at a place or have some purpose, the first thing they want to do is to expand their own advantages. The fastest way for the Necromancer to increase his advantage is to collect corpses. After all, not everyone has a bronze key, and tens of thousands of skeletons can be summoned by just finding a door. Sheila Gui looked around cautiously, seeing all the skeleton guards on the island, and continued to ask: "What should we do next?" ?Wu Heng said: "Ask about the corpse!" Xila Gui nodded and asked someone to carry the body to an alley on one side. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way with cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Who are you?" The corpse replied, "Believers of the Destiny Sect." How many people are going to the island? 12 people. There are only 7 dead bodies at the moment, and the remaining 5 are not here. What is the purpose? To avenge previous members of the Society who were killed by them. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui looked at each other. They were all a little surprised by what was happening in front of them. A newly established church that was not registered with the association actually landed on the island to kill the island owner and local deacons appointed by the association. An arrogant person. Even said that it was crazier than the Gods Punishment Sect, when the two guardians came to Treasure Island to seek revenge. ??Still planning to lure them out, and did not say that they really dared to go to the island to kill people randomly. ?Wu Heng continued to ask the fourth question. What is your highest level? The corpse hesitated for a moment, "He is a high knight of the church, his rank is unclear." The last question is, "What is the profession of the great knight you are talking about?" Necromancer. Sure enough, there is this necromancer in the team. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng continued to face the second corpse and released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up again. How many undead attendants are there with the great knight you lead? The neck of the corpse was cut horizontally, and the voice was hoarse, "I don''t know, there are probably eleven or two." Why dont you know? In the past two days, we have been collecting corpses for the great knight, and the number is not clear. It is indeed the same as verified. Besides the great knight, how many high-level professionals do you have? One level 15 apostle, two level 10 and the remaining 5 or above cultivators. Ask till now. Some information is already known, which is pretty much the same. There are only five members of the Tianming Cult left on the island. The 15th-level guardian should be the one who died at his feet. Except for the necromancer''s undead attendant, there are no other high-level professionals. After confirming that the opponent cannot defeat you head-on. ?Wu Heng asked: "Where is the great knight hiding?" In the eastern residential area, there will be three dots arranged horizontally on the door. After answering, Wu Heng dissipated the magic directly, and the body lay back down again. Put away the remaining bodies and lets arrest them. Wu Heng said directly. The remaining body was rolled up, and Shilagui was directly put into the space ring. ??The crowd took a large number of skeletons and headed directly to the residential area east of Beacon Street. The entire neighborhood was shrouded in darkness. Exceptionally quiet. A group of people quickly arrived at the door. Come in. Several skeletons behind him crashed directly into the door. There was a clang. ?The door was easily knocked open, the sound resounded throughout the night sky, and the skeleton staggered into the room. ??Papa~! After the skeleton entered, a shattering sound was heard in the room. ??Wu Heng casually threw [Dancing Light Technique] in, lighting up the room. ?There was a corpse hanging upside down on the beam. Judging from the clothing, it was the member of the association that Shilagui said was missing. The belly and chest of the corpse are still exploded. ?Several spiders as big as bowls were biting at the skeletons in the room. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 530 , someone has entered the manor Chapter 530: Someone enters the manor Archers! Shilagui shouted to the back. Several team members rushed over quickly. ??Led by three groups of dwarves, Orin, all aimed their bows and arrows at the room. Swish swish swish~! Several arrows roared out. Short range, resulting in a high hit rate. ?In an instant, the spider''s bloated abdomen was filled with arrows and crossbows. Dark green juice flowed out from the wound, and then it fell to the ground and died. ?Bang bang bang~! The sound of violent explosions resounded throughout the sky. Necromancer, how difficult it is to deal with! The explosion disappeared and the smoke gradually dispersed. ?The original room was in a mess. On the ground are broken tables and chairs, as well as various foods and rolling wooden wine glasses. The corpse explosion technique is not as good as a bomb, but it is powerful enough to destroy some furniture in the room. ??We arranged for two more skeletons to go in and walk around. After confirming that there was no danger, a few people walked in directly. Check the body, be careful of poison. Sheila Gui said. Then, several people entered the room on one side. This is the bedroom. The room was not large. There were scattered quilts on the wooden bed, and some blood stains could be seen on the walls and floor. The man ran away and is not here. Shilagui said. Obviously, the other party left here early. ??If they didn''t leave here, there might be another conspiracy to lure them here. Well, lets see if we can find anything? Wu Heng said. Okay! Sheela Gui nodded in agreement. He took the team members and started searching nearby. Searched for a while. Xilagui came back and said: "The corpse outside can be confirmed to be a member of our team. The person is dead, eh~!" After speaking, Sheila Gui sighed. This is the first time the association has reduced its membership since she became a deacon. Moreover, he still died on the island. The other party left the body behind to provoke us to catch him earlier and avenge him, Wu Heng said. "Well." Sheila Gui took a deep breath and continued, "I found some items. See if you can find the other party''s location." With a huff, he took out a lot of things. The prophet was not with him, so Wu Heng took out the [Tracking Pendant] and started to search for the target with blood. Items were verified one by one, and the fire in the skull was extinguished time and time again. means that the target you are looking for is already dead. "These people are dead, are there any others?" Wu Heng put away the tracking pendant. No, the other party didnt leave anything behind. The explosion just made this place a mess. ??Wu Heng frowned and said: "Let''s go back, blockade the port and inner city roads, and narrow the encirclement little by little. I don''t believe we can''t catch him." "good!" It can be seen that the other party is very careful and experienced in doing things. ??Wu Hengs prophets and props were all used, but they were still a step too late and left no clues. In the end, we have to use a more primitive method to search. ??As long as we are in the city, we don''t believe we can''t catch the other party. When we returned, the sky was already bright. The faces of the team members were gloomy. The death of a team member was an inexplicable pressure on everyone. ?No one knows whether this necromancer will find his head next. Neither the deacon nor the island owner caught each other. It would only be more dangerous for ordinary members like them to meet alone. Everyone was silent. All the way back to the central area. Association, meeting room. Hiragui sat at the head of the long table, listening to the reports from her subordinates. The woman in the tavern is a prostitute nearby. She met her outside the tavern. This has been confirmed by the tavern owner and bartender. "The woman didn''t provide many effective clues. When the other party was going on, he would keep saying words like ''The great Lord bless'' and ''The Lord will bless the devout believers''. She thought it was distracting. I didnt think about it as a cult. "After that, we checked the records of their stay in the tavern. They checked in on the same day and had not lived here before." ? ? ? "We also made portraits based on their memories, which can prove that all they knew were the people we killed last night. , those who escaped are not inside. After one person finished reporting, he sat back down again. Prostitutes and taverns involve people who have been killed. There is no other news about the Necromancer and the remaining members of the Destiny Sect. Where is the second team? Sheila Gui asked again. The captain of the second team stood up. Said: "We visited other surrounding residents and sorted out the clues provided. The number of people on the other side was about twenty-five. Among them, they mentioned corpse odor and stiff walking. They should be rotten corpses transformed by necromancers. " The missing persons mostly appear in other surrounding residential areas, and manpower has been deployed to conduct investigations on the main roads and lanes. Wait for the captain of the second team to finish his report. Sheila Gui nodded slightly and looked around at everyone present. He concluded: "It is certain that the other party is a member of the Destiny Cult, his position is a Grand Knight, his profession is a Necromancer, and his level is relatively high. The moral bottom line of this profession..." He paused and changed his words: "The other party is a member of a cult. He is cruel and unscrupulous in his actions, and his goal is probably to retaliate against us. If we delay, everyone will be in danger, and the residents will also be in danger." Everyone nodded. ??This time a team member died, and everyone felt a sense of crisis. If you dont catch it, its hard to say that it wont come to kill you. Xila Gui added: "A team will go to the port to check all ships and personnel entering and leaving the island. Wu Heng will send an armored vehicle of yours there to prevent enemies from attacking Treasure Island." Yes! The captain of the team nodded. ?Wu Heng also nodded, indicating that it was okay. Sheila Gui continued: "The second team, the third team and the fourth team will allocate more skeleton guards to you in due course. They will start to conduct inspections on Beacon Street. The remaining teams will guard the central area and the central residential area." Yes, I understand. Sheilagui never forgot her instructions, "If you find an enemy, don''t rush to take action. Come back and tell us to avoid any danger to you." "yes!" At eight o''clock, Wu Heng returned to the manor. Entering the courtyard gate, several maids ran out from inside. They surrounded him and asked with concern: "Master, are you not injured?" "No!" Wu Heng touched the heads of several people and breathed a sigh of relief when he saw that they were fine. The character of the Necromancer cannot be trusted by Wu Heng. ?Afraid that he would go out to catch the other party last night, he came over to serve it to his hometown. ?With the defense of the island lord''s mansion, even if a few level 18 professionals come, they may not be able to break in. But high-level ghosts may not be able to deal with them. At that time, if you just let the ghost kill the maid, there will really be no regrets. Want to have breakfast? Minnie hugged his waist and raised her head and asked. Eat, Im really hungry. "Then I''ll get ready." Minnie said and ran quickly to the kitchen. ?Robert and Annette also went over to prepare. Andweil said: "Master, last night the Skeleton Prophet stood on the balcony on the third floor, staring outside all night, as if something invisible had come to the manor." ?Wu Hengs eyes instantly narrowed. His face also became hard to look at. It is indeed coming. ??The manor is too obvious, how could he give up here. ?Perhaps he was afraid of the Skeleton Prophet''s level, or maybe his men were chasing him too closely last night. The opponent has no chance to attack this side. "I''m going to see the Skeleton Prophet. Wei''er, don''t go to the city hall today. Take a day off." Wu Heng said as he went upstairs. Anderweil nodded, "Okay." ?Wu Heng went upstairs and went to the Skeleton Prophet''s room. ?The skeleton wearing a robe and holding a wooden staff is still sitting on the chair and looking out the window. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Was there any danger last night? You can write down what happened." The prophet stood up and slowly turned around, looking at Wu Heng with empty eyes. Withered fingers grasped his wrist. The next second, broken images flashed through my mind. The dark night sky. ??A ghost was half-circling above the manor, inspecting the situation below, and in the courtyard, a shadow as dark as ink quickly passed through the manor close to the ground and climbed up to the balcony. (End of this chapter) Chapter 531 , kill a few of them for fun Chapter 531: Kill a few of them for fun The shadow follows the wall and climbs up to the balcony. ?Just when he was about to enter the room, the Skeleton Prophet rushed in directly. ?The wooden stick in his hand hit the shadow of the ground heavily. The shadow began to twist and struggle where the wooden stick fell, forming a black palm and grabbing at the ankle of the skeleton. The prophet took half a step back to avoid the opponent''s attack. Level 18 prophet has [Field Prediction] and can form a personal domain around him and predict dangers that may arise in advance. Whether the shadow is trying to get around or trying to attack. ?Prophets can take action one step ahead of time. In the room, Anderweil clung to the door, staring at the scene in front of her with wide eyes. ?Holding a pistol in his hand, he was also ready for battle. Shadow and the Skeleton Prophet were entangled on the balcony for a while, then escaped from the balcony again and disappeared into the night. The ghosts in the sky also left soon after. The picture ends, Wu Hengs pupils focus. He patted the skeleton on the shoulder and said, "Well done, thanks to you last night." The prophet saluted slightly and was respectful. You continue to look at the scenery. The prophet sat back on his chair and continued to look out the window. ?Wu Heng rubbed his eyebrows and suddenly felt a headache. It seems that there is really no way to prevent ghosts. Even if you are not afraid, several maids are still in danger. The Necromancer is so annoying! ??I didnt think anything of it before, but now Im facing a high-level Necromancer. I just feel like this profession is really troublesome. ?Standing there and thinking for a moment, he opened the door again and walked out. Come down from upstairs. Kitten Girl Robert ran over quickly and said, "Master, a team from the Association has arrived. The captain said that the deacon asked him to take the armored vehicle to the port. Everyone is waiting in the yard." The association team is here. I know, go get busy! Wu Heng touched her little head. ?Robert smiled, his face slightly red, "Okay, Master." After saying that, he jumped up and ran to the restaurant. ?Wu Heng walked to the courtyard and saw a small group of people standing in the flower bed chatting. Seeing him approaching, he immediately saluted, "Island owner, the deacon asked us to bring the armored vehicle over directly." Sheila Gui mentioned this matter during the previous meeting. Worried that there will be more people taking the opportunity to capture the island, an armored vehicle needs to be arranged. When Wu Heng came back, he looked at the jade sand table and confirmed that there were no suspicious ships. But Sheila Guis worries do have some truth. ?Wu Heng nodded, walked to an armored vehicle, and tapped on the window. The car window opened, revealing a skeleton driver wearing a helmet in the driver''s seat. Wu Heng said directly: "Follow them to help defend the port. If someone attacks the port, you can shoot on your own. Otherwise, do not carry out any offensive operations." The skeleton raised the window again and the vehicle started. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then transferred twenty high-level skeletons to follow the armored vehicles. Actually, I am not too worried that someone will grab the armored vehicle and turn around to bombard me. After all, my skeleton has taken a long time to learn from driving to controlling the cannon. Buttons, lines, etc. are very different from this world. Even if a strong person comes and robs it, he can''t control it. The armored vehicle, surrounded by skeletons, drove out of the courtyard and waited for a while. ??Wu Heng said to the small group: "You guys should go there too, be careful, don''t be impulsive if anything happens." Yes, island owner! ?A few people saluted again and left with the armored vehicle. Return to the room. Minnie and Annette have already brought breakfast to the table. ?Wu Heng was sitting at the table eating, while several other maids were sitting nearby, staring directly at him. "What''s wrong?" Minnie asked: "Master, is there any danger on the island again?" ??Every time Wu Heng refused to let them go out, it meant there was danger in the city. Has become a habit. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "I did encounter some dangers." "Do you need our help? You train every day, just thinking that if you have a chance, you can help your master." Minnie continued. ?Robert and Annette nodded. Anderweil frowned slightly and said nothing. She knew that someone entered the manor last night, and the level 18 skeleton prophet only managed to repel the opponent. ??How can I, the maids who have been training for several days, be of any help? Wu Heng smiled and said: "I know you guys are working hard, and the enemies this time are a bit powerful. I''ll let you help next time when the enemies are of similar levels." "Are you very powerful? Sister Wei''er is also very powerful." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, and then told a few people what happened last night. ??When they heard that the other party was also a necromancer, and that they had arranged for ghosts to almost come in last night, everyone''s faces turned a little pale. Then what do we need to do? Minnie asked. The Necromancer is more troublesome. Once discovered, he is likely to take action directly, so we have to go to a place where he cannot be found. Where cant I find it? ?The other people also looked up. The mansion technique, do you remember it? Wu Heng looked at a few people. Well, remember. Before, several people saw him experimenting with the mansion technique in the yard. Wu Heng continued: "I will put you into the mansion technique first, and then I will release you after this matter is over." The purpose of the mansion spell itself is to provide a resting place for the traveling team. Its not just other people who can get in, You can also go in by yourself. If you close the crack after entering it, the crack will appear at the original location the next time you open it. ?If you dont go in, and others do, the next time you open it, it will be within the range around the caster. ??In Wuheng, I havent tried it myself. When I first had the mansion technique, I didnt plan to actually live in it. ?This time it is also a place for the maids to take shelter. The maids looked at each other. Then lets go pack some things. You dont need anything! Wu Heng said, anyway, the supplies can be transformed. Anderweil said: "We have food and some valuables. There is no one at home. What should we do if we attract a thief? Anyway, I have a space ring, so I won''t worry about trouble." That makes sense. "Okay, then get ready and bring everything you need to bring." Okay. Several people nodded, returned to their rooms together, and began to sort out their belongings. ?Wu Heng finished breakfast and sat on a chair to wait for a while. The maids came down from upstairs. ?Everything is put into the space ring, and nothing can be seen outside. Are you all ready? Ready, I asked the chef to prepare some food, enough for us to hide for a while. Minnie patted her space ring. Dont worry, it wont take that many days. Treasure Island is so big. ??If the search continues like this, the opponent will be forced out in two or three days. Yeah! Several people nodded. ?Wu Heng directly released [Modern Ken Mansion Technique], and cracks and stone doors appeared. Behind the stone gate is a solid iron-gray stone wall. The stone wall is covered with forts, and machine guns and cannons are pointed outward. At the lowest level, a two-meter-high doorway remains. ?Through the doorway, you can see the scene inside. It is empty. It was originally intended to be a hiding place for soldiers. Its so empty! Robert muttered. ?Wu Heng looked at a few people and asked, "What do you want?" A bed or a chair, and a lamp, otherwise it will be too dark inside. ?Wu Hengs mind moved, and changes began to occur inside. Floor carpets, huge soft beds, luxurious chandeliers. Appeared in an instant, turning the empty Tibetan Soldier Cave into a modern mansion. What else do you want? Meadows, hot springs, and flowers. ?Wu Heng nodded, and the room changed again. The floor on the other side became a lawn, and at the end of the lawn was a hot spring wrapped in flowers. Modern houses are connected to the grassy hot spring in the middle. Is it okay? Wu Heng asked with a smile. ?A few people''s eyes widened, "Wow, you can do this." Go, Ill take you out when its over. ? Anderweil came over and gave him a hug, "Master, be careful." "Um!" Minnie was the second one and hugged him, "Master, we still have Luntam City, don''t take risks." Annette and Robert were a little cautious and stood there hesitating. ?Wu Heng opened his arms and said, "Come on, one person at a time." Annette and Robert also came over and gave them a hug. ?Several people entered the mansion, Wu Heng turned off his skills, and the cracks and stone doors disappeared. Arrange several maids. ?Wu Heng made new arrangements for the skeletons in the manor. Alchemy skeletons and artificer skeletons are arranged in the zombie world. One third of the skeletons were left in the manor to look after the house, and the remaining skeletons, including the Skeleton Prophet, were brought to the association. In the association, I continued to discuss the action with Sheila Gui. ??Both of them also led teams out and participated in investigations and patrols. ??When Wu Heng passed by the Nautilus Tavern, he called Philippa and Millicent together. In a place where there is no one, turn on the "Mansion Technique" and send it in. Then continue patrolling, investigating about cults and suspicious people wearing cloaks, or smelling of corpses and walking stiffly. Until dusk. Return to the association and rest in the dormitory. dormitory, bed. ?Wu Heng put his hands behind his head, thinking about today''s events. The newly established Destiny Sect has made the entire Treasure Island dangerous. Half of the self-confidence he had built up during this period suddenly collapsed. Relying on the zombie world, my level rises quickly, and the power of modern weapons is enough to kill high-level professionals. But when I met the profession of Necromancer. Hide in the dark and not come out, there is really a sense of danger being stared at by the enemy. The intelligence agency on the island is much worse than the old wooden barrel. ?At this time, Wu Heng remembered the old barrel tavern at that time. ?At that time, under the leadership of the woman ''McIntosh'', most of the intelligence in the entire port was able to be collected. Lets wait until this matter is over and see if we can contact her. It shouldnt be a problem if I can straighten her out and be a big sister myself. ?Thinking in my mind, I gradually fell asleep. Fell into sleep. Beacon Street, residential area. ??A man in a black cloak quickly shuttled through the streets, avoiding the tame beasts patrolling the sky, and entered a dark alley on one side. Climbed over the side of the courtyard wall and hurriedly walked a certain distance. Enter a courtyard. ?The moment he stepped into the courtyard, several figures walked out of the darkness, looking wary. Its me, where is Lord Solway? In the room. ?Seeing that it was one of his own, several figures returned to the darkness and continued to be on guard. ??The man in the cloak shook out his clothes, walked quickly to the house, and knocked on the door. Come in! A deep voice came from the room. The man pushed open the door and entered. The area inside the house is not small, with a dining table, coffee table, and some glass decorations. It seems that the family was in a good situation before. At the back of the room, the great knight of the Destiny Sect, who looked like a mummy, was sitting beside the bed. On the wooden table beside him, a gray-white jade was supported on a copper frame, and behind the jade, there was a burning candle. ?The firelight penetrated the jade and formed a circular array on the ground. In the middle of the array, four figures, both men and women, were kneeling and sitting in penitent postures. Strands of blue energy gathered above the heads of the four people, forming a ferocious ghost in the center, struggling and roaring. ?The great knight Solvi uses the power of the dead to wrap up the ghost and wait for it to become a spiritual servant. Withdraw into the body. "how''s it going?" After everything was over, Solvay asked in a deep voice. The man who came in calmed down and reported in a low voice: "Knight Solvay, people from the association are checking door to door now. We are afraid we will have to change places tomorrow." Solvis voice was cold, I really underestimate them. The battle last night, although there was no direct confrontation. But each other can be considered as testing each other''s strength and abilities. It is completely different from the information. Even the deacons and island owners here are promoted by the association. But its definitely more than level 12. Otherwise, he would not have killed no one last night, and also lost several church members and a ghost. The subordinates continued to remind in a low voice, "A blanket search has begun on the island. It is very likely that we have asked for help from outside. Should we avoid the limelight and wait until we have the opportunity..." Solvay''s voice became more gloomy, "Asking for help, the nearest association will take four or five days to get here, which is enough for us to have some fun." "But..., considering the island''s defense, it may not be that easy!" ? Solvi stood up, put away the items on the table beside him, and while releasing the ghost, he said: "Don''t worry, kill a few of their companions first to avenge our people." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 532 , say a few words Chapter 532, please say a few words The Tianming Religion has only been established for a short time and does not have a fixed territory. ?This time, they have openly cooperated with the association. Even if they retreat now, the association will only want them everywhere. So, there is no rush to leave. ??Moreover, unlike others, he is a necromancer and has seen the entire island through ghosts. ??Beacon Street is prosperous, with merchant ships constantly flowing, and houses and roads well constructed. However, outside the residential areas, various magic devices are still being expanded. ??It was better than the small islands or coastal villages and towns he had seen. Grand Knight, what are your plans for tomorrow? his subordinate asked again in a low voice. "You will know when the time comes. Let the others come back and rest. There will be ghosts guarding you outside." "yes." The men retreated and carefully closed the door. The next day, in the morning. ?Wu Heng and the squad leaders went to the conference room for a meeting. ? Assistant Shi Yali and several staff members placed the ordered breakfast on the long table, one for each person, including vegetables and soup. Sheela was wearing golden armor and sitting at the top of the table, "talking while eating." ?Everyone was not polite, they all sat in their seats and started eating. Xilagui continued: "Yesterday, the team inspected two residential areas and commercial street pubs. Today, they will focus on investigating the remaining residences. In the areas that have been inspected, road blockades must be strengthened to prevent those people from running back." After saying this, continue to rearrange tasks for each team, which is regarded as a kind of rotation. After the task was handed over, Xilagui glanced at Wu Heng who had finished breakfast, rolled his eyes, and said: "Master Wu Heng, please tell everyone what you need to pay attention to when facing the Necromancer." ?Wu Heng''s eyes widened when he heard this. ??You''re talking about what you''re trying to do to me. Sheila Gui still kept smiling, "Just tell me some things to pay attention to, and let everyone be careful." Wu Heng was helpless and said directly: "The deacon asked me to talk, and I will tell you some information that I already know and what needs to be paid attention to." Everyone put down their tableware and looked over at the same time. Wu Heng continued, "The opponent''s Necromancer has more than two ghosts, which means that he can better observe the situation in the city and avoid us better. This is very detrimental to our search, and the ghosts Its a bit aggressive, so be careful. Second point, the opponent has a method similar to a shadow attack from behind. It may be the shadow of the Necromancer. There is no way to confirm it yet, because I dont know how to do this. If it is a shadow, be careful in some dark places. "The third point is to pay attention to the opponent''s undead attendants. Through last night''s battle, it can be determined that the opponent knows the plague technique and corpse explosion technique. The plague technique can breed poisonous insects in the dead corpse. After the death of the poisonous insects, Then the corpse explosion technique will be released. If the corpse suddenly swells or reacts abnormally, it will immediately distance itself to reduce the damage to itself. " As Wu Heng said, the people in each team kept wiping cold sweat. Necromancer, this is too difficult to deal with. ?Be able to detect, but you have to be careful about your own shadow. Not only is the necromancer not afraid of death, but it can also breed bugs for a second time, and the bugs can also explode. How can we fight this? There is no advantage at all. Sheila Gui listened on the sidelines and felt okay at first, but as she listened, she found that the team captains below were constantly wiping away cold sweat. The momentum also began to gradually decline, and each of them seemed to be about to go out and die. "Okay, thank you, Master Wuheng." Xilagui turned her head and glared at him complainingly. ?Wu Heng frowned and was confused, you asked me to say it, why are you still staring at me? Sheila Gui clapped her hands, "It''s okay, we are responsible for searching and discovering targets, fighting and attacking, mainly the island owner''s skeleton guards. There are so many of us, as well as armored vehicles, level 18 pirate kings, and the pirate group of the Emerald Sea. , we have killed them, are we still afraid of this newly established cult? " Everyone was talking in low voices, feeling that they were right. The opponent may not have reached level 18, but on our side, we have already killed level 18 professionals. ?As long as you find the target, shoot it and no bones or scraps will be left. ??Wu Heng took out the radio headset from the space ring, "One for each small team, and those from the Left Behind Association will also come to collect it. If anything happens, use this prop to inform everyone, and I will show you how to use it." Each person took one, and Wu Heng also followed suit to demonstrate. Many people in the team have used it, and its usage is very simple. After a basic demonstration, everyone can use it. While everyone was playing with their headphones, there was a sudden knock on the door of the conference room. ?Then a staff member pushed the door open and said with an ugly face: "Deacon, there is news from outside that something happened to the patrol booth in the North District. The guards who were left behind died, and all the skeletons were also dead." As soon as these words came out, everyones expressions suddenly changed. Sheila Guis expression suddenly became serious. He pinned the sword on the table to his waist and said, "Everyone is proceeding as planned. Wu Heng and I will go to the scene to have a look. Members of the association will stay behind and strengthen the guard." Hulala~! ?Everyone got up and walked outside. Separate themselves and go about their own affairs according to the previous arrangements. About half an hour. The carriage of the Association arrived at the North District Patrol Pavilion. ??The patrol pavilion is a place for patrol guards to rest and change shifts. Usually a team of skeletons will be stationed, and then the city''s patrol guards will patrol together. Patrols are jointly selected by the association and the city hall, and the association currently assigns patrol tasks. The two of them got out of the carriage. Looking up, he saw the blocked patrol booth and the crowd of people watching. A guard ran over quickly. He was a middle-aged man with a serious expression and some weakness and worry in his eyes. He saluted and said: "Island owner, deacon, the scene has not been touched much, they are all inside." Lets go over there. Entering the building, the tables and chairs were not moved much. There were five corpses, one of whom had his head turned to the back, and the others were killed with cold weapons. There were also broken bones and skeletons all over the ground. Judging from the deaths, one person had his neck broken by the ghost, and the remaining few were all killed by outsiders who rushed in. ??Its just that this time there is no corpse explosion or plague technique. The corpse is relatively well preserved. Have you asked the people around you? Sheela asked. The middle-aged guard said: "I checked and asked, and no one saw who did it. When we were patrolling and passing by, we came in to take a look and discovered the situation here." Did you find it? Well, I happen to be passing by here on patrol. We usually meet each other to say hello and support each other in case of danger. Sheila Gui nodded, "Stay outside first and pay attention to suspicious people around you. They may arrange people to observe this place in the crowd." Understood. The guard retreated directly. Xilagui looked at Wu Heng again, "He is taking revenge on us. The people who killed him yesterday will kill our people today." More than revenge. Sheila Gui narrowed her eyes and asked, "What do you mean?" "There is no way to ask the corpse. To put it simply, the corpse has already been asked. Five people were asked. What on earth did he ask?" Sheila Guis eyes widened instantly. Central area. The road leading to the central area has been set up with checkpoints. The guards patrolled more frequently than in the past. In the association, there is also a defense, with several people working in groups. As long as one person is in trouble, people around him will gather here as soon as possible to provide support. "I still need to order lunch. Just deliver it directly to the association just like in the morning." Shi Yali stood in the tavern and ordered meals for everyone. The bosss smiling responses were all recorded on paper. Having a good relationship with the association is also beneficial to the management of the tavern. After ordering. Shi Yali put on her hood, hung her headphones around her neck, and walked slowly outside. As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw several tall figures blocking the way. It was cold and filled with a faint rancid odor. Shi Yali''s pupils opened and her heart began to beat violently. She pretended to be calm and said with a smile: "There are not many guests in the tavern. Please invite a few of them." A hoarse voice came out, "Shi Yali, assistant to the deacon." (End of this chapter) Chapter 533 , I am indeed dead Chapter 533, I am indeed dead Hearing the other party, he directly said his name and position. Shi Yali''s face suddenly changed, and her eyes showed panic. I never expected that the enemy would be so arrogant and enter the central area, just opposite the association. Poof~! Just as she took half a step back, a dagger pierced her chest from behind. A moment of pain, then dizziness. The negative energy of the dead carried on the dagger was constantly eroding her body. If you die, that little elf deacon will be very sad, hehehe~! ??A hoarse voice sounded, followed by a weird laugh. Shi Yali vomited blood from her mouth, endured the pain, took out the short blade from the space ring and struck behind her. ??The ink-like black shadow instantly disintegrated and disappeared. Immediately afterwards, Shi Yali''s body transformed into a spiritual deer, jumped a long distance towards the inside of the tavern, and then transformed back into its original form, covering her chest with blood dripping from her body. The other party came to you on purpose. In order to take revenge on Sheila Ge. In the morning, the news that the guards were killed was just to transfer the association''s personnel out. The disintegration of the association bit by bit makes everyone fearful. Find another opportunity to kill the people on the island. According to what I learned in the morning, I quickly pressed the headphones I was wearing, but still looked at the opposite side, and said: "Necromancers from the Destiny Sect, this tavern is opposite the association. There are only five of you. Don''t be afraid that the association will surround you and kill you directly. Die?" After saying this, the body continued to retreat. Several figures at the door also walked in. I know your movements better than you. "Speaking of which, we finally entered the central area. We didn''t come here to find you in the first place. If we are to blame, it''s that kid who hid everyone in his family and hid it very well." "I have no choice but to come to you. In fact, you are not bad. I do not have any undead attendants from the elves yet." As we get closer. ??The necromancer saw fear, helplessness and despair in the female elf''s eyes. He liked this expression very much. The fear of living beings was also what he once feared the most, but it is gone now. Just about to take a step forward. Tap tap tap~! Dense and chaotic sounds came from all directions. It seemed like countless people were gathering here, and the sound could be heard from afar. "The association''s reinforcements have arrived. There are many people at every intersection." Another person walked in quickly, his tone anxious. ??The necromancer looked again and took out the wooden bow. The elf was still vomiting blood in his mouth. A little curious as to how she spread the news. It has always been in front of my eyes. ?The footsteps were getting closer and he said directly: "Kill her, let''s get out of here." Shuashuashua~! The figure behind him ran out quickly, avoiding the incoming arrows, and rushed in front of the female elf. A long sword pierced the body. Blood gushed out like a spring. Sister, take care of yourself. After saying that, he collapsed directly, and blood pooled under his body. ??The Necromancer sneered and stepped forward slowly, preparing to transform this good-looking corpse into his attendant. Hand in my heart, I was also looking forward to a corpse with such high quality appearance and body shape. Even if it is transformed into a rotting corpse, it should look more eye-catching than other rotting corpses. ?The wooden stick in his hand has just been raised. ??Papa~! The windows on both sides suddenly shattered. With the splattering of sawdust, a skeleton wearing leather armor directly held a weapon and killed several people in the house. After a quick fight, the heads of the two corpse attendants were split open. turned into a corpse again. ??The necromancer''s eyes narrowed and he looked at the fire in the skull''s eyes. He was secretly surprised that the other party actually had such a high-level corpse. I''m afraid it''s close to level 15. ?Seeing the skeleton charging towards me again. ??The necromancer waved the wooden staff in his hand again, and an arrow of witch light was shot out directly. The two attendants beside him also followed to kill each other, and they were fighting together in the blink of an eye. Behind him, the congregants ran in quickly. He spoke in a hurried tone, "Master Knight, the association will be here soon. There are too many people." The Necromancer turned around and looked outside. I saw several directions, teams one after another, carrying large numbers of skeletons, gathering from different directions. You can see crossbowmen and teams among them, and they directly pushed the crossbow cart. The Necromancer''s heart tightened. What''s going on? ??Is this a prop or some special communication spell? How could it be possible to determine the location here so quickly? The teams coming from different directions were obviously all those who went out on patrol and returned. ??We are really besieged here, and I am afraid it will be difficult to get out. ?Looking around quickly, he no longer paid attention to the corpses in the tavern. He took the remaining corpses and church members and walked out of the tavern, preparing to face the enemy. ?Looking at the increasing number of people in the association, the Necromancer''s eyes showed fear and hesitation. After thinking for a moment, he said directly: "I''ll stop them. You go first and meet at the previous place." Speaking, he waved his long sleeves and wooden staff. Dense black clouds gathered in the sky, forming clouds and mist filled with the negative energy of the dead. Cover all surrounding areas. ??His sight was obscured, and the bodies of the creatures rushing into the clouds and mist also began to be eroded. ??Everyone in the Tianming Sect began to quickly separate and flee around, followed by the sounds of fighting and fighting. Resounded throughout the area. He is the Necromancer, kill him. A small team rushed into the clouds. Pointing at the mage dressed in black and holding a wooden staff, he shouted an order. ??The skeleton warrior behind him wearing armor and holding a weapon roared, bypassed the members in front, and rushed towards the target location. ??The necromancer quickly glanced at the opposite side and determined that only some low-level team members and a large number of skeletons came over. With a sneer on his face, he said, "I''m really underestimated." ??The staff in his hand waved slightly. One shot at a time, sinking into the skull. ?The running skeleton''s body suddenly suffocated, and the soul fire in his head swung wildly. The next second, the blue fire began to gradually fade into gray. You are free. Hurrah! ?The next second, the gray-white soul-fire skeleton suddenly turned around, holding a weapon and pounced on the skeleton following behind. In an instant, a melee began. The skeletons, which were all from their own side, kept waving their weapons and hacking at their companions. The sound of swords clashing, the sound of bones breaking. Resounded throughout the sky. The team members at the rear also began to get into a mess. From time to time, some people''s bodies stiffened and their necks turned back. Quick, save me! Im possessed by a ghost. My neck hurts so much, help me push it back, quickly, I dont want to die. Inform the deacon and the island owner quickly, we cant stop him. Skeleton civil war, the team members were also in chaos. The Necromancer looked up at the sky in the distance and retreated into the black mist. Disappear from everyones sight. Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. Xilagui flapped her wings, and Wu Heng followed closely behind her on a flying carpet. ?At the same time, messy sounds came from the radio headset. There are targets escaping in the east alley, dont let them escape, hurry up. The target undead attendant has been killed, and there are no casualties. Two enemies in the east lane were killed. We saw the Necromancer, he can make skeletons rebel, and the team members were also attacked by ghosts. The target disappeared into the black fog and the search is continuing. The tavern was successfully occupied. The owner and Assistant Shi Yali confirmed that there were no signs of life. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed and he suddenly looked forward. Seeing Sheila Gui flying fast, her body also trembled, and she almost fell from the air. Her voice was cold, "Continue to surround these people and kill them at all costs." Yes! Everyone answered in the earphones. Near the pub. The two of them fell from the sky one after another. Sheila Gui quickly walked into the tavern and looked at the body stained with blood red. Her pupils were wide open and her face became even paler. Take off the goggles on your body and hang them on the other person''s body. Continue to take out the potion, with trembling arms, trying to feed it into the other person''s mouth. The medicine mixed with blood flowed out of the mouth and dripped on the ground. Sheela Gui kept moving, her eyes were empty and blank, and she was frozen in place. ??Wu Heng fell from behind, walked over quickly, glanced at Xila Gui and the corpse on the ground, and his face turned pale. "show me!" Hearing the voice, Sheila Gui raised her head stupidly, "She didn''t want to come, I shouldn''t have let her come." ?Wu Heng said nothing, and the [Resurrection Technique] was released. ??The corpse is still lying in the other person''s arms. There is no response. Sheela''s face turned a little paler, and the hope that had just been ignited gradually dimmed as time went by. ?????????????????? ?Suddenly, Shi Yali''s body trembled suddenly, and she vomited out blood mixed with minced meat. The eyes of the two of them also suddenly lit up. ??Wu Heng''s body was running at high frequency, and six identical clones were instantly separated. The clones with necromantic abilities stepped forward to grab the opponent''s body, continued to release the [Life Support Technique], and at the same time took out the potion and fed it into his mouth. The protective clone said: "The prophecy and the undead stay here and take care of Shi Yali. Let''s go out to arrest Shi Lagui. The necromancer is about to run away. Something similar will happen again." Okay, Im going to kill him. Shilagui said angrily. Arranged skeletons to protect the place, and several people left quickly. ??The undead clone held Shi Yali, and while maintaining the spell, he opened bottles of potions and poured them into the other person''s mouth. Different from being dead before, now he started to swallow. Although the action is relatively small. But being able to swallow medicine is a good thing. Healing potions and strengthening potions were poured into her mouth one after another, whether it was for Sheila Rose or as a friend. ??Wu Heng didnt want the other party to really die here. After swallowing several bottles of medicine. Shi Yali slowly opened her eyes, and while vomiting blood, she said, "Wu Heng, are you back?" "Well, it''s okay, I''ve beaten him away." Wu Heng said. "That''s good." Shi Yali''s face was pale, with a smile everywhere. On the side, the prophecy clone was around the tavern. After releasing several [Eagle Eye Techniques], he dragged the body of the tavern owner behind the counter and came back. ??The tavern owners head was screwed to the back, and it seemed that he was also implicated. Lets see if we can be saved? said the prophecy clone. Ahem~! Shi Yali coughed up blood and asked in surprise: "Why are there two of you? There is indeed something wrong with me." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 534 , soul-stirring jade Chapter 534, Soul Captivating Jade ??The undead clone glanced at the body of the tavern owner. He frowned slightly, "This is more serious than Shi Yali." Try it, if it doesnt work, forget it. The prophecy clone said. The undead clone nodded, drank a bottle of spiritual potion, twisted the boss''s head back, and released the [Resurrection] again. ??The tavern owner suddenly opened his eyes and began to feel violently thirsty. There was still the fear of death in his eyes. Looked around in confusion, then lay back down again with a bang. The prophecy clone went over to take a look and said, "I fainted. There is nothing wrong with my life." The tavern owner also came back to life from death. The two clones were still a little surprised. After all, the skill introduction of [Resurrection] is actually quite harsh. Must be within one minute of death. It is far beyond this time. It can no longer be explained by luck. Then, he said with some doubt: "Is it because the level has been improved? The effect of this ability has also been improved. How come it is all alive?" What is suspicious is that as his level increases, the effects of various skills also increase. The rest of the skills either increase the duration or increase the range. The resurrection spell extends the effective time, which can also be explained. At this moment, footsteps sounded at the door. Several members of the association came in, carrying several wounded people. Island owner, the deacon asked me to bring the wounded over to you. One person said. ?Wu Heng looked at the wounded and said, "I''ll keep them alive, and you give them medicine." "good!" The other side, the war zone. With the addition of several clones of Wu Heng and Xila Gui. Also accelerated the pace of encirclement and suppression. ??The number of people in these churches is not large to begin with, and except for the necromancer, the others pose no threat. Under a vigorous attack that spared no effort. The last member of the cult died after being pierced through the body with a sharp blade. The entire area was completely quiet. Several teams quickly inspected the body to confirm its identity. Soon, Olin, the captain of the third team, came back quickly, "There are five living corpses and four rotting corpses in total. The necromancer is not here." Hearing this sentence, both Wu Heng and Xila Gui frowned instantly. Not here. ??So many people are entangled here and chasing each other, how can they escape? The most dangerous one is the Necromancer, the rest are not important. Sheila Gui ordered directly into the headset, "The Necromancer has escaped. Let me search everyone along the road. A mage like him can''t escape far. If you find the target, notify us immediately. If you can''t catch him, we are all in danger." Yes! all the teams responded. With a whoop, they quickly dispersed and began searching along the road. Xilagui frowned and looked at the four Wu Heng around her, and said to the nearest one: "Take the rotten corpse back first, and see if the Skeleton Prophet can detect his location." There is no other way. The only thing that can make a connection is probably this. Okay. Wu Heng nodded. Collect all the corpses on the ground. I just wanted to turn around and leave here. ?Glenda quickly flew down from above her head, remaining invisible, and said, "I found a level 18 professional, over there." ?Wu Heng glanced in the direction Granda said. ?Immediately turned his head and glanced, and then said to Sheela Gui and the other clones in the distance: "We found the target, it is a level 18 necromancer." ?As soon as they opened their eyes, their spirits immediately became tense. A clone said: "At level 18, ghosts will appear after death. Go to the tavern first and bring the people from the necromancy school with you." "good!" Sheela Gui also walked over quickly, her eyes showing the hatred of the enemy she was about to face. Then hurry up and dont let him run away anymore. Behind the tavern, in an alley. A brown earthen coffin rose from the ground. The next second, the fine sand in the earthen coffin disintegrated, revealing a necromancer in black robes. Looking around quickly, he changed into a hood of another color. Released three ghost-like ghosts, floating on both sides of the shoulders. Go, explore the surroundings. I want to avoid the search and leave here first. The Necromancer said. The ghost divided into three directions and rushed directly into the sky. The Necromancer also began to follow the guidance, avoid the searching team, and began to leave here. There were some surprises in todays plan. ?With his strength, he can kill everyone and leave safely, and then kill everyone in the association bit by bit. I just didnt expect the other partys support to be so fast. Basically all the believers who followed him to the island died there. ?But the problem is not big. As long as he is not dead, there are enough creatures on the island for him to form a team of undead at any time. Looking back in the direction of the association, he said with a ferocious smile: "We have plenty of time, I will slowly kill the people around you." After saying that, he continued to leave quickly. ?Just after taking two steps, his body suddenly staggered, and he felt a strong force that knocked him forward a certain distance. Bang~! Then, there was an explosion. ??The Necromancer lowered his head blankly and saw a hole piercing through his left chest. There is danger. ??The Necromancer''s pupils were wide open, and his face was full of surprise. The body of a mummy prevents him from feeling the pain of living beings, but the physical body is still an important carrier. Pah~! ??The Necromancer''s heart was pierced again, and his body staggered back two steps. Then, the Necromancer rolled backwards, and a black mist instantly filled the entire alleyway, thick and lingering, blocking the line of sight. ?Hum buzz! Swarms of insects spread in swarms, and chaos and noise came from the houses on both sides. A large number of residents, covering their heads and bodies, rushed out of the room and ran outside. ?The scene became chaotic again. Sure enough, long-distance attack methods stopped. ??The necromancer quickly found a bunker, stretched out his fingers, and clasped it like burnt flesh. The wound begins to squirm and gradually shrink, filling the wound flat. Then the white bone armor began to appear on the body, gradually covering the whole body. Looked at the chaotic crowd. He said in a cold voice: "Find the person who attacked me and kill him. If you can''t kill him, control ordinary people and kill him." Hurrah~! The ghost flew up again and rushed into the sky. ??The Necromancer continued to wave his hand, and a huge pottery jar appeared in front of him. Bang~! The pottery jar was shattered, and the huddled corpses of various races spread out like piles of fat and rolled to the ground. Dead Corpse BattlefieldReleased. Large swaths of rotting corpses stood up and crowded in the alley. Theyve all come after me, but theyre still hiding their heads and tail. Are you afraid of embarrassing your association if word spreads about it? While speaking. Huh~! The wind was blowing violently, and the fog in the alley began to dissipate. ?A golden light shot into the alley from a distance, condensing into a line of knights wearing armor and holding lightsabers. Knight of light element? The Holy See? ??The Necromancer frowned, and the Light Knight had already rushed forward and killed himself among the rotting corpses. ?The long sword slashed across the corpse''s body, and the flames enveloped the corpse, burning it until the corpse fell to its knees on the ground. ??The Necromancer waved his staff and was about to unleash his skill on the Light Knight. ?Bang bang bang~! Three blasts sounded again. ??The Necromancer''s body was pierced by bullets one after another. ?The bone armor could not stop this attack, and the rotten body kept exploding with blood. Even if the direction of the incoming bullet is confirmed, the body cannot make evasive movements. In this narrow alley, it is like a living target. ?With fear flashing in his eyes, the Necromancer quickly hid back in the bunker. Listening to the rotten corpses he summoned, they were killed bit by bit by the light knight. At this time, the ghost came back with the message. ??The Necromancer''s pupils widened and he shouted into the distance: "Wu Heng, come out, let''s talk." There was no response from all around. ??The Necromancer continued to shout. "You are not level 12, you should be a level 15 professional. You have been hiding your level because you are afraid that the association will be afraid of our profession!" "At your age, it is indeed surprising and worrying. If you join our Destiny Sect, I will make you a holy son of the church, a powerful woman, and various resources. We can support you secretly, and you will still be a member of the association. Island owners can also get our resources. You are so smart, you should understand what I mean! Seeing that the other party did not attack, the Necromancer was also happy, "How is it? We are the same kind of people. What chance can you have to communicate with the people in the association? They just discovered the professionals who spread the faith earlier. He just took the lead in establishing order. Tap tap tap~! Youve killed so many people and now you want me to join you? As the sound rang out, the Necromancer suddenly turned around and saw a black-haired man in a colorful robe walking out of the path on one side. He is here? ?Who is attacking me from a distance? The Necromancer frowned. The message from the ghost was that he shouldn''t be here. But still replied, "The value of a person will increase with performance, and you are worth the price I offer." "How can you, a great knight, be this master? If you say the Holy Son, then the Holy Son, if you say support, then support?" Another voice sounded. The Necromancer turned his head again and saw another Wu Heng coming out from the right. He frowned for a moment and glanced left and right two or three times. Substitute? He also prepared a substitute for himself. He then replied, "With your potential, the leader will definitely agree to this matter." "You invite him, what will happen to my sister''s revenge? After killing so many people, you still want to come back alive?" Behind, Shila rose fell from the top of her head, with white wings and frost on her face. And in his eyes, there was unconcealable hatred. "You..." The Necromancer''s face changed, and he knew that the matter was unreasonable, and his voice was cold, "Looking for death..." Bang~! ?The gunfire sounded again, and the Necromancer''s head jerked back, and the bullet penetrated his eyebrows. But the body still stood in the same place. He lifted his head back little by little. The voice became even colder, "Then let''s die together~!" ?The wooden staff in his hand suddenly hit the ground. In an instant, countless ferocious ghosts emerged from his body, spreading out layer by layer like a huge tornado. The sky was filled with roars and screams. ??Everyone stared at the scene in front of them with their eyes widened in surprise. There were actually so many ghosts gathered in his body, and it looked like he couldn''t control them even after they were released. The dense ghosts circled, roared, and gradually dispersed. Hes going to run. Sheilagui shouted loudly, and her body instantly ran out, rushing towards the target. Looking forward, the Necromancer''s body was gradually wrapped in a brown earthen coffin, standing upright and sinking. Wu Heng on one side was distracted and shouted: "Don''t go there, leave it to me." Sheila Gui stopped walking. ?Wu Heng took out the rocket and fired it directly. The rocket dragged its tail flame and hit the earthen coffin instantly. A bang. ??The earthen coffin exploded into pieces, and the necromancer''s body was flown out from inside. ??Two more Wuhengs appeared, holding submachine guns and rifles, scanning the target and pulling the trigger directly. ??Concentrated bullets hit the Necromancer''s body with crackling sounds. ?The bone armor was shattered, and blood spurted out from his body. ??Amidst the opponent''s unwilling roar and the barrage of negative energy rays, he was directly beaten into a puddle of mud by the gun. The ghost of the necromancer breaks away from the body. ??Wu Heng''s undead clone reached out and made a move, and the bone cage rose from the ground in an instant, forming a bone prison in the blink of an eye. Trapped the ghost of the Necromancer and the ghosts wandering around in a cage. And in the bone prison. The large group of ghosts began to become restless. They kept colliding with the bone prison, and began to entangle and engulf each other, as if forming energy vortexes. "Hurry, these ghosts have no intelligence, let me out first, they will devour me." The ghost of the necromancer appeared, broke away from a fierce ghost, and shouted loudly. You raise it, you deal with it yourself. Wu Heng said. You deserve to die! the Necromancer cursed. "The same to you." There are other ferocious ghosts in the sky who are not trapped by the bone prison. Flying around, attacking the surrounding residents. The possessed person seems to have lost his mind and attacks other people around him. Some people may hit the wall or twist their necks. In an instant, chaos reigned again. ??Wu Heng asked Glenda to absorb the ghost, and at the same time said to Sheila Gui: Let the people from the association come over and start controlling the crazy people. The necromancer is dead, and these ghosts wont live long. The latter nodded and quickly issued orders through the headset. ?Wu Heng turned his gaze to the bone prison again. The mutual devouring of ghosts gradually came to an end. There were only two ghosts left, a necromancer and a ghost-like ghost. The levels of the two ghosts also skyrocketed after devouring the ghosts. ??Wu Heng didnt want the level of the ghost to be too high, so the bone prison instantly separated, isolating the two ghosts. Amidst a burst of cursing and ridicule, he put it into the magic soul pot. Silla Rose was released from the strange object state, and her whole body was covered with frost, "It''s over." Well, put the body away first, and the teams will come over immediately to organize the rescue of ordinary residents. There are too many ghosts. Wu Heng took off the space ring of the body, then wrapped the body in a straw mat and put it away. Sheila Gui nodded and walked out of the alley together. Wait for other teams to come here. As each team arrived, Shilagui began to issue orders and began to control and treat the possessed residents. Wait and hand over the task. ?Wu Heng and Xila Gui walked towards the association first. Return to the association. After talking to Wu Heng, Xi Lagui went to visit Shi Yali. ?Wu Heng stayed in Xilaguis office and study. Take out the ring that you took from the Destiny Sect''s ''Necromancer'', communicate with it mentally, and check the items inside. Taking the lead, he took out a piece of gray-white jade. Why do I always get jade lately? On one side of the jade, you can vaguely see the etched magic circle, which is like a natural pattern formed on the stone. Soul-captivating jade (wonderful object) Effect: The formation can extract incomplete soul power. Side effects: sacrifices. (Description: A naturally formed strange object that can form an array through sunlight. In the array, residual souls can be extracted from living creatures and corpses. The extracted residual souls do not have living consciousness.) (End of this chapter) Chapter 535 , he knows my plan Chapter 535, He knows my plan Looking at the jade in his hand, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. A naturally formed strange object, which can be regarded as a very special kind of strange objects. The effect is special, but there are no serious side effects. From the description, the light can be passed through the jade to form a magic circle to extract the remaining souls of living beings or corpses. ??It also made Wu Heng understand why the necromancer of the Destiny Sect was able to release so many ferocious ghosts. "It must be relying on this rare thing. This guy''s life is really good, he can get such a thing." ?Actually, if you think about it, this guy has many ordinary ghosts, but none of them can retain their consciousness during life like Xiaoxiao and Glenda. Having perfect intelligence and communication skills are very important for both ghosts and attendants. Looked at the description of the strange object again. Can extract residual souls from living creatures and corpses. Do zombies count? They should be counted as they can be transformed into skeletons, so they shouldnt be counted as corpses. ??If zombies are also counted, then you will continue to obtain residual souls. Even though it sounds like the remnant souls are not complete ghosts, the number is enough. ??And this time, what happened to the Necromancer of the Destiny Sect really reminded me. The level of the ghost is insufficient and it is easy to be swallowed by the ghosts of other necromancers. As a result of the entire battle, Wu Heng did not dare to release Xiaoxiao, nor did he let ''Glenda'' leave him too far. Upgrading the ghost is also the next thing to do. ??Moreover, the opponent''s move of releasing a large number of ghosts to control other people nearby seems quite powerful. You can also research it. Then, Wu Heng continued to take out all the items and props. ?Money bags, daily necessities, and some armors and weapons should be prepared for the undead attendants. In addition, there are some props, badges, and a skill book. There is not even a bottle of medicine. That''s right. The other party is a ghoul, so his body is no longer a living thing, and he won''t be able to absorb the potion if he drinks it. ??Wu Heng glanced at the props he took out. They were all things that increased the skills of the necromancer. Compared with the equipment on my body, it is much worse. Especially the robe and belt, which are the first-level merit awards of the association. A great knight who has just been established and is hiding in Tibet is obviously unable to compare with him. It can be donated to the association, or sold through some channels, and it can also be exchanged for some money. Then, Wu Heng turned his attention to the skill book. ?The only skill book that looks a bit old. earth coffin technique (Description: It can form an earthen coffin that wraps the body and sinks into the ground. When it is underground, it can slowly recover from injuries and mental strength, but the oxygen is thin.) Wrapped in an earthen coffin and sunk into the ground. It seems to be the trick he used at that time. ??This also belongs to the Necronomicon faction? After becoming a ghoul, the body has been transformed by the power of the undead, and the spell direction can only be learned from the undead faction, and other factions cannot be learned. It is related to the coffin, and it is indeed in line with the characteristics of the undead faction. ?? He rolled his eyes and didn''t look carefully. Just wait until you go back and check again to unlock the skills. Whether it is useful or not, learn it first and then talk about it. The last thing is an emblem. From the style point of view, it has a religious character. It should be the emblem of the Destiny Sect. The church is not very famous, so the emblem came first. Look at everything and throw the useless ones into the trash can aside. Packed up all the rest. ? Even if you dont have many other props, at least the space ring is good, 20 cubic meters. It is also very rare outside. ~! Having rested in the study for a while, the door was knocked softly. A staff member looked in. After spotting Wu Heng, he said, "My lord, the deacon, please go to the morgue." Okay, thank you. The staff smiled and said, "I should do it." ?Wu Heng stood up and followed him out. Follow the stone stairs and go down. ?Stepping out of the stairwell, I saw Sheila Gui and two investigators from the association standing not far away. ?Wu Heng walked over and asked, "Is Shi Yali okay?" "Much better, but I was very scared. After all, I just came here and have never experienced anything like this. I just need to rest for a few days and it will be fine." Xilagui said directly. Well, as long as its okay, Ill write a report to the association in the next few days, talk about the ghosts, and ask if there are any props that can restrain the ghosts. Bring some to us, or buy some. "Okay, I''ll write it down when the time comes and hand it in along with the report." Then he continued to look at the corpse and said, "Ask the corpse. The ghost will ask if you want to." ??This is because the Necromancer cannot be trusted. You can ask ghosts as many times as you want, but there is no guarantee that what you say is true or false. ??The question of the corpse is different. The question of the corpse answers the memory of the person''s life. Unless the corpse has received false news in the first place, it will not deliberately lie or fabricate facts. You are the deacon, you have the final say, where to start? Lets do this! Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up directly. With cloudy eyes, he looked at several people. ?Wu Heng gave her a signal, and Xila Gui took half a step forward and asked directly: "Are there anyone else outside?" The corpse replied, "There were some rotting corpses left at the residence last night." Carrion? It seems that they did not expect that something would happen to them today. When the Necromancer dies, whether it is a rotten corpse or a skeleton attendant, he will also die. What is the purpose of you coming to the island? Killing members of the association to avenge the members of the congregation who died before, and there are wanted notices issued by various places in the association, which makes me feel angry. Things were pretty much what they suspected. ??The most direct reason for coming here this time is that their plan was ruined last time, and the association knew about the Destiny Cult and added a wanted order. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Will anyone else come later?" Unclear. What is your bishops name? I asked him his real name. Unclear. Where was your previous base? The port of Sarovina, a fishing village to the east. After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a bang. Xila Gui continued to signal the next one, Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse sat up. Sheila Ge asked: "Where is your bishop?" Unclear. Approximate location, or last location. The corpse thought for a moment and answered, "The eastern part of the Kingdom of Yeke." Sheila Gui nodded and waited for a moment to give the investigator time to record the information. After the record was finished, he continued: "Tell me about the Destiny Sect, who are the key members, and tell me what you know." Time passed little by little. ?Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and Xila Gui began to ask. Compared to any other time, this time the questions were the most detailed and serious. It can be seen that Xila Gui really wants to find out the Destiny Sect, not just ordinary members, but the entire Destiny Sect. In terms of news. ??The Destiny Sect began to enter the Yeko Kingdom when the political situation in the Yeko Kingdom was unstable. Develop believers and recruit high-level professionals at the same time. At present, the bishop is the strongest person in the church. His rank and occupation are unclear. ?Two great knights, including a necromancer. Five guardians, level 15 or below, can also become guardians if they are close enough. These are all the powerful ones, and the rest are ordinary believers. The number cannot be clearly wanted. After Sheilagui finished asking, she looked behind her and asked, "Did you write everything down?" The investigator nodded, Write it down. Put it together and send it to my study. I will report it to the headquarters in the next two days. Xilagui turned around and walked out. Yes, Deacon. The two investigators also walked out. ?Wu Heng did not leave with him. Instead, he found a separate empty morgue and took out the necromancer''s body from the space ring. Place it in the open space in the middle. The corpse had been beaten into a sieve, and since it was a mummified corpse, it looked like a pile of rotten meat. Directly release [Yu Bone Technique] for transformation. The power of the dead wrapped the corpse, and the flesh and blood began to fall off, but the skeleton did not stand up. Just mixed with the shed flesh and blood. It really doesnt work. ?According to the records in the Book of the Dead, wights transform their bodies into corpse-like bodies through rituals. No more death, no more pain. The body is more like a container, making this container not to decay over time. ?This kind of body cannot be transformed because it has already been transformed. But after all, the level 18 corpse was still a little unwilling to give in. After trying it, it didnt work. It took me a long time, but the biggest reward is the soul-stirring jade. Let the skeleton sort out the corpse and throw it out. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the morgue, said hello to Xila Gui, and returned directly to his residence. The island owners estate. ??Wu Heng re-mobilized the defensive skeletons and asked the remaining ones to spread out as much as possible to protect the manor. Then, release [Mansion Technique], cracks and stone doors appear one after another. also reveals the scene behind it. In a room that combines a luxurious bedroom with a grass spa. ? Anderweil, Millicent, and Annette were sitting on the sofa on one side chatting with smiles on their faces. On the other side, Minnie, Robert, and Philippa were playing in the hot springs. Wearing some cute underwear, the sound of laughter filled the whole room. The door opened, and several people were stunned. Turning his head, he showed a look of surprise when he saw Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng clapped his hands, "You can go home." Okay, Im home! Its over, I know Wu Heng is fine. Minnie and Philippa ran out first and threw themselves into Wu Heng''s arms. Then, the other maids also came out. Anderweil asked: "Master, has the matter been resolved?" The other people also looked up. Let them hide. Obviously it will be difficult for the enemy to deal with it, but it will end faster than expected. Just one day and its over. He is dead. He was killed at the entrance of the association, and the assistant deacon almost died in the hands of the other party. Wu Heng said softly. Ah~! So dangerous. Minnie exclaimed. Anderweier also looked a little solemn. She worked as an assistant. Generally, it does not involve anything dangerous. ?The other party killed the assistant first, which was obviously a possibility of revenge and hatred. No wonder they were hidden first. Pirates? Philippa asked curiously. "Heretical." Wu Heng patted several people''s heads, turned off the [Mansion Technique], and said, "Prepare dinner, Millicent and Philippa, and go back tomorrow until things stabilize." Its your lord. Millicent saluted. Philippa shouted: "Minnie, how about swimming?" Im going to prepare dinner, who looks like you, like a child. No, thats not what you were like just now. Have had dinner. Several maids continued chatting in the living room. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and entered his study. ? Turn on the air conditioner and sit on a chair. Release Xiaoxiao and Glenda. Is it all over? Glenda asked. "It''s over. Everyone who came to the island is dead. There are still a few hidden corpses. The necromancers are all dead and they have collapsed." Wu Heng said. "That''s good!" Xiao Xiaoze''s eyes widened, and he flew from left to right, asking, "What are you talking about? What rotten corpse, who is dead? Why didn''t I know?" Wu Heng smiled and explained, "A necromancer came to the island. The ghosts in his hands are very powerful and fierce, so I didn''t release you and let your Aunt Glenda deal with it." ?Xiao Xiao was stunned for a moment, then quickly flew closer and met his eyes, "Uncle, you don''t trust me." Then he flew to Glenda again, "He''s partial." ?Glenda smiled and said: "It was indeed very dangerous at that time. They were all ferocious ghosts, scarier than those horror movies you watched. They were all over the sky, like swarms of insects." ?Xiao Xiao shivered, "Then he is better than uncle." How do you say this? He was killed by me, how can he be more powerful than me? He has many ghosts, but you only have two of us. His ghost is not as smart as me, nor as good-looking as me. ?Glenda was smiling. Xiaoxiao said coyly, "You''re right, it''s nothing. I''m going to watch TV." Go. Hmm, Xiaoxiao flew aside. ?Glenda also went to the other side and chose a book to read. ?Wu Hengze was still sitting at the table. He started thinking about what happened this time. ?The Tianming Sect came to the island. Although the matter was resolved, there might be another Earthly Sect, Earthly Sect, etc. coming to the island in the future. The intelligence work on the island is indeed somewhat lacking. Millicent''s tavern can indeed receive information from some caravans and guests staying in the hotel. But it is still not comprehensive enough, and it is even said that it cannot provide effective intelligence in emergencies. The original old wooden barrel is more reliable. ??Although the woman with six arms is not a decent person, judging from her contact, she has not done anything bad. Otherwise, Imiro would have chopped her off at that time. ??Want to have information about the port. Hazardous people, dangerous goods, she is more professional. It would be a good thing if I could come back and work for the island masters mansion. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. From the space ring, take out the strange object [Sentimental Quill] and the ink bottle filled with the blood of living beings. Thought about the wording. Started to write on the letter paper. A letter waiting for you is covered in red handwriting. Wrap it in an envelope and put it in the palm of your hand. I recalled the appearance and name of the old barrel leader McIntosh in my mind, and the next second, the envelope suddenly disappeared in the palm of my hand. Sent out. ?Wu Heng looked at his empty palms and raised his eyebrows. She really faked her death and got away. ?Bagang Kecheng, a mixed place of humans and Betheverites. In a room on the third floor called the Barrel Tavern. ?Wearing dark purple pajamas, McIntosh suddenly woke up from his sleep. Sit up from the bed and look to the side of the pillow. Staring at that blank envelope. ?McIntosh''s pupils suddenly widened. A sense of crisis when a secret is discovered and being watched instantly rises in my heart. How is it possible? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 536 , need leader blood sample Chapter 536: Need a blood sample from the leader ?McIntosh looked puzzled and stood there without walking over. Leaving Treasure Island and leaving the Emerald Sea went smoothly. How could..., someone knew that he was still alive? ? He also delivered a blank envelope to himself. He hesitated for a while. He then walked over slowly, picked up the envelope, tore it open, and held the letter in his hand. ?Handwriting as red as blood appeared in front of my eyes. Mrs McIntosh: I dont know if when you open the letter, you will recall the life on Treasure Island like me. ?You dont need to worry too much, this is just a reply letter, a reply letter to the story of the shark group. ?Time flies, and Treasure Island is also undergoing earth-shaking changes. The residential area is expanding, and the shopping malls at the port have doubled in size. Caravans from various countries have poured into Treasure Island with goods and representatives, turning it into a veritable "Treasure Island". The old barrel tavern has changed its sign and is now a very normal tavern, but the business is much cooler than when you were there. The Black Crow''s Nest and the new local gangs have had some battles over port business before, and they have not unified. The port, the care is much worse. Today''s Treasure Island is no longer a turbulent pirate island, but a real trade transit station. Trade and development will have immeasurable progress. ?Similarly, some wanted criminals and criminals have also set their sights here, and from time to time, team members will start arresting people. Sometimes I think that if you were still on the island at this time, you would definitely make the island''s security better. After all, you seem indifferent, but you have a strong sense of responsibility. You love this island more than us outsiders, and hope that this island will develop better. ??If you are willing to come back, the island owner''s mansion will give you support and help you rebuild the Old Barrel Tavern. Hope to have the opportunity to meet you. your friend. " ?McIntosh looked at the letter, his eyes widening. Letter sent to him by Wu Heng. Because of the story about the shark group, she only wrote a letter to Wu Heng. The expression is still a bit vague. If you have not been exposed to the Pirate King and Prophet Pirates, even if you see the letter, it is difficult to know what useful information you can deduce. Furthermore, the Pirate King''s plan was already in the final stage at that time, and when he realized it, he could not succeed. But it is obvious that he underestimated the association and also underestimated Wu Heng. When I learned through some intelligence that the association had won, all the pirates in the Emerald Sea had been cleared, Wu Heng had become the island owner, and Sheila Gui had become the deacon. She was also a little shocked and unbelievable. ?Taking a deep breath, his eyes quickly glanced at the blood-red writing as it gradually disappeared. falls on the sentence If you are willing to come back, the island masters mansion will give you support. ??His eyes narrowed slightly, "Are you inviting me back to Treasure Island? It''s really different from others." The letters themselves disappeared. Throw the letter into the stove and burn it. Go aside, pour yourself a glass of wine, sit by the fireplace and watch the burning flames. The tavern I just bought. Why did something happen to me again? How does he know he wrote Shark Tale? He already knew that I faked my death? ?Think about it, after he faked his death, the person responsible for the investigation would be Wu Heng. Treasure Island. ?McIntosh murmured. Im going back, Im afraid many people will be surprised. The next day, early morning. ??Wu Heng first went to the association to check to make sure nothing special happened, and then arranged for the transferred armored vehicles to return to the manor. He also went to the zombie world through the door of the study room. The other side is still my dormitory. Open the window in the room to ventilate the room, then take out the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai. But after waiting for a long time, there was still no reply from the intercom. ?This made Wu Heng frown, but he could still see the guarding skeletons and working base members outside the window. ?There is nothing wrong with the base, Qi Hancai is not here. Walking out of the dormitory and seeing a base member passing by, Wu Heng asked, "Where is Qi Hancai?" Seeing it was Wu Heng, the members of the base immediately became respectful. Chief, today the main station is here to deliver the drawings. Sister Qi came there with the convoy early in the morning. The drawings of the main station have arrived! A few days ago, Qi Hancai did say that the drawings for the main station were nearing completion. I almost forgot about it because of the Treasure Island incident. I thought about it for a while. Still said: "Prepare a car, I''ll go to the airport and have a look." Okay chief. The base member said immediately. Not long after, an off-road vehicle drove over. ?Wu Heng transferred a skeleton driver and pulled him and the skeleton attendant out of the factory. Go to the airport. Airport. In the room, Qi Hancai was sitting on an office chair, with her straight legs in leather boots resting on the table in front of her. Starting on the road just after dawn, yawning one after another. ~! There was a knock on the open door, and someone said: "Sister Qi, there is news from the radio, saying that it is the captain of the transport plane, asking about the landing situation." arrive! Qi Hancai immediately cheered up and said, "Go over and have a look." They went to the radio station''s room together. As soon as he walked in, he heard a voice coming from the radio station, "This is the YS202 transport aircraft, calling Xinfu City Base-Yangtong City Airport." This is Yangtong Airport, please speak. We are approaching the airport and found a strange beast hovering. We are about to return. Several people in the radio room were stunned. Qi Hancai immediately picked up the phone and said, "Don''t go back. That''s our flying unit. Check it in the air. You can land normally." ?There was a brief silence on the other side. Then, with a slightly confused tone, he asked, "Is that flying monster yours?" "Yes, dragon-type troops, I will let them leave the sky now, you can land normally." He said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the skeleton flying dragon leave over there." In the sky, the hovering flying dragon left. On the radio, a voice came again, "YS202 requests to land." Its OK to land, the runway has been taken care of. "receive!" Hang up the communication, Qi Hancai led a few people and walked out. A few people behind him said softly, "They are not very courageous. They almost turned around and went back." Nonsense, those things are flying in the sky. If anyone dares to get close to them, they should notify us. Thats pretty respectable. Why are there no fighter jets or other escorts? Its pretty awesome to have one like this, and it can also be used to exchange supplies. It has all the equipment, and it doesnt need to be exchanged for food here. You are right. Walked all the way out of the hall. A transport plane was seen in the distance, and the sky lowered its height. After a distance, it slowly stopped. The cabin door opened, and several figures walked down from it. Qi Hancai also led people and quickly greeted him. ?The other party came down with a total of five people. The leader is probably in his 40s, has short hair and a Chinese character face, and is wearing a long down jacket. He is mature and steady. ?Four people followed behind him. Three of them wore short shirts and had empty hands, and one of them was carrying a black suitcase. The five people were observing the surroundings of the airport, with expressions full of suspicion and surprise. ??Skeleton soldiers holding rifles and wearing leather armor, skeleton drivers driving forklifts to clear debris, and skeleton mechanics changing tires on vehicles. The entire airport is like a base made of skeletons. It seems like skeletons can do all the work. ?This is completely different from the information collected on the radio. Qi Hancai led the people and walked over quickly, "Qi Hancai, deputy chief of Xinfu City, welcome the leaders from the main station." Haha! The middle-aged man smiled, shook hands with her, and said: Lv Changan, currently serving as the Disaster Relief Corps, third-level commander, is responsible for discussing cooperation with the Xinfu City base. Hello, Commander Lu. Youre welcome, just call me by my name. Qi Hancai smiled, "Please come in, let''s go in and chat." "good!" ?Several people entered the airport lobby together and walked into the conference room prepared in advance. ??Hot tea and cakes were served on the slender white conference table. A bit crude, but in the last days it would be considered wealthy to use these to find guests. Qi Hancai and Lu Changan sat on both sides of the wooden table, while the others sat behind them. Lv Changan said directly: "We brought a drawing of the thermal power plant, 520 kilograms of gold and 728 kilograms of silver." Qi Hancai nodded slightly, and the drawings and gold were sent over. There seems to be a lot of gold, but the amount collected from the commercial streets where gold shops gather in the provincial area is enough. There is nothing surprising. "Yes, the exchange terms are still as we have discussed before." Qi Hancai said. ??Lu Changan also smiled, and was afraid that he would come all the way and the other party wouldn''t be able to bring out food. He glanced behind him and said, "Cooperate with the leader to unload the goods and take inventory." ?One person stood up and followed Qi Hancai''s people out of the conference room. ??Lu Changan turned his head and looked to the other side again, "Let Chief Qi take a look at the list." The suitcase was opened, and a list was placed on the table and pushed over. This is our list that we can provide for exchange. Whatever you need, you can order according to this, and we can negotiate the price. Qi Hancai lowered his head and looked at the content above. Rifles, machine guns, machine guns and rocket launchers. ? Radios and bulletproof suits are also on the list. Looks like an arms purchase order. Can the main station produce so many things normally? Qi Hancai asked curiously. ?This kind of transactions are much more common than those of the provincial rescue team. Lu Changan hesitated for a moment and explained: "No, it''s just that there are enough things. If we exchange some, it can be regarded as supporting the combat effectiveness of various places." Oh, I understand. If you need anything, I still need to go back to discuss it. Please leave this piece of paper to me first. Okay! Lu Changan nodded and continued to take out the other two pieces of paper from the suitcase. Pushing it to Qi Hancai, he introduced, "These are the other two things I want to say. The first is the examination of superpowers. We have enough scientific personnel to conduct some tests on superpowers who have awakened their superpowers." examine." Qi Hancai frowned for a moment. Lu Changan immediately said: "It''s not too complicated. Just some blood samples are enough, and we can better study what changes have caused so many superpowers to appear in humans." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 537 , I admit it, don鈥檛 waste time Chapter 537, I admit it, dont waste time Qi Hancai did not answer, but looked down at the document in his hand. Protocol and instructions for examination of superpowers. In other words, the main station is conducting research on people with superpowers to see what changes have caused people to have different types of superpowers. In the past, Qi Hancai would definitely support this work. I dont know how many people are waiting for the headquarters to research the potion and find a way out for them. But now, my thoughts have changed a bit. In the base, there are only two people who have awakened their powers. Their own powers are not unusual, and the other party said so when they came here. Apparently he wanted Wu Hengs blood sample. But now, the base has developed to this point, and the bases in the four cities are counting on Wu Heng to support them. How could he be allowed to take risks or any unpredictable dangers arise. "Commander Lu, this matter also needs to be conveyed to our leader. I will inform you of the results." "Of course." Lu Changan said, and then added, "It''s just normal blood collection and analysis, which is no different from blood testing in the hospital. If there is any breakthrough, it will be a major event that changes the current situation." "Well, I will convey it truthfully." Qi Hancai replied calmly. Lu Changan continued, "The second piece of paper is our training plan for superpowers. Survivors who are physically strong or have taken first-level corpse cores can be gathered together at the headquarters to undergo training to change their physiques. Taking the corpse core can increase the success rate by 10%, allowing more people to awaken their abilities. Qi Hancai glanced at the other party. The second thing is still about taking the corpse core and the awakened one. It seems that the main station attaches great importance to this matter. Havent the virus serum been researched yet? Qi Hancai asked directly, putting aside other questions. The survivors now hope for the emergence of serum. Otherwise, zombies will spread too quickly to humans. Hey~! It hasnt happened yet, or in other words, it will take a long time to study it out. Isnt this virus released by other countries? Qi Hancai continued to inquire. ??The virus broke out, and the radio stations were full of curses. Even if you dont pay much attention to the virus war, some people always mention it and keep it in mind. Perhaps not, but a rather mysterious virus. Lu Changan said, his tone becoming solemn. Qi Hancai also sighed and said: "I will report these matters clearly to the leader. I will inform you of the results immediately." Okay, I dont know what the name of the leader of Xinfu City is? His surname is Wu. Next time if Chief Wu is here, I will pay him a visit in person. Commander Lu is too polite. Qi Hancai said, still feeling a little proud. If the main station can be so polite, I am afraid that I am the only private refuge in various places. ?While the two were talking, the person who had just gone out came back. The transaction has been completed. Well, lets go back first. If you need to order anything, tell us in advance and bring it with you next time. Okay. Qi Hancai stood up to see him off. As he walked outside, Lu Changan looked at the skeletons working around him, "Can these skeletons do anything?" The matter of skeletons has been circulated on various channels, but it is actually not a secret. But it seems that the ability to control skeletons is the only one here, and there is no second one on the entire radio station. Qi Hancai said: It can complete most of the work, but it is still a bit difficult because it is too cutting-edge. How about quantity? This looks like a lot. Qi Hancais answer was more vague, The number is not bad, it can barely protect our safety. Then, leader, what kind of power are you taking that is suitable for awakening? Im not sure about this, and its not convenient for me to ask. Haha, I talk too much. As I get older, I like to ask around. ?Stepping out of the airport lobby, Lu Changan and others boarded the plane. Then it started and flew into the sky. After leaving, Qi Hancai took a look at the supplies he had brought, and then walked towards the hall. Just walked back to the hall. Then a member of the base came down from the second floor and said, "Sister Qi, the leader is in the room on the second floor. Please come over." ?Qi Hancai was stunned and immediately returned. Wu Heng came over. "Okay, I understand." He agreed and walked upstairs. Push the door and enter the room. Then he saw Wu Heng sitting on the chair. Qi Hancai smiled and asked, "When did you come?" Just arrived. "Then why didn''t you go see the people at the main station? They asked a lot of things, and I couldn''t answer them." Qi Hancai sat down aside. "Next time, and if you go and talk about it, there is no difference between talking to me." Qi Hancai smiled, and then told him what the other party said. There is also an arms list and two agreements. In fact, he also heard the second half of the conversation just now. Especially blood samples and training programs for superpowers. Actually, its not suitable for me. Summoning skeletons is your professional ability and has nothing to do with super powers. ? ?Special ability training is basically to gather more manpower for the headquarters and gather all capable people from all over the place. Qi Hancai said: "The superpower training plan actually sounds pretty good, but it still can''t be compared with the medicines we have here." ?Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took a sip, and asked: "Do you think it would be better to have more people with superpowers?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "Everyone wants to be stronger. Even if they don''t participate in the battle, it is necessary to be in better health in the current environment. People with weak bodies in the base are easy to get sick. They are looted from the hospital. The medicine will expire sooner or later." Wu Heng also began to think about this sentence. Is your physical condition good? We dont need us to fight. I feel in good health and have a higher ability to resist danger, so it will be better. "That makes sense." Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "Let''s go and take a look at the shipped goods. If the main station asks about the next two agreements, you will directly say that you don''t agree. Weapons procurement, then Ill take another look. "good." ?The two of them walked out of the room together and headed to the open space outside the airport. They looked at the blueprints and gold and silver they had exchanged. The drawings are in a thick cardboard box. In addition to gold jewelry, there are gold nuggets and silver nuggets. The harvest this time is still quite a lot. Hand out his hand, he directly put the space ring into his body. In the afternoon, I checked around the airport with Qi Hancai and others, then followed the convoy back to the military factory. Copy the drawings for backup, and collect all the last copied association manuals. Then go through the gate and return to Treasure Island. Go out of bounds. When Wu Heng came downstairs, Minnie and others had already prepared dinner. Sit together at the dinner table. ?Wu Heng asked: "Is there nothing wrong?" Its okay, everything is normal. Minnie replied. Andweil also said: "Everything has basically returned to normal. The city hall is approving pensions for the dead guards, and they can be sent to their homes in the next few days." Well, thats fine. A few people had dinner together. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and returned to the study. Sit down at the desk and release the two ghosts. Ha~! Its getting dark again. Xiaoxiao stretched out his head from the wall and sighed. ?Glenda said: "Didn''t you say that Xiaoxiao and I were going to be upgraded? Forget it!" Forehead. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "I didn''t forget, some things were delayed today. I will do it in the next two days. Why are you in a hurry?" I cant say Im anxious, I just feel like it was quite dangerous last time and its important to be able to level up. ?Wu Heng also agreed, "I will try my best to hurry up." Yeah. Glenda agreed. ?Wu Heng continued to take out all the drawings he got today, "I''m going to give you a hard time." Whats wrong, why are you so polite? Glenda looked at the drawing. I have some drawings here that I need you to translate, and then Ill ask the magic weapon master to make them. Wu Heng said. Okay, Ill help you handle it. ?Glenda agreed, took the drawing aside, and began to make modifications and annotations. ?Xiao Xiao was afraid that he would be assigned this kind of job, so he stayed surprisingly quiet and carefully read comics in the corner. ?Wu Heng sat on a chair and began to think about what Qi Hancai said. The superpower plan mentioned by the main station reminded him of his original arrangement for the two worlds. Medicines can improve physical fitness in other worlds and ensure that they cannot be copied. Professional scrolls are given to trustworthy survivors to change their profession to improve their abilities. Ordinary people can switch to professions such as warriors and boxers, while some scientific researchers can switch to professions such as investigators and weapon masters. Its just that as time went by, this matter was slightly forgotten. You can transfer jobs to Qi Hancai and Li Yahong first, see the effect, and then consider others. After thinking for a while, the sky outside the window had darkened. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and went to bed to rest. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng went to the association and took out all the printed association manuals and association action guides. Xilagui took out two sheets and looked at them carefully, "It''s pretty good. The handwriting and paper are both good." When we do things, we must do our best. Wu Heng sat down and said confidently. Sheila Gui called the staff to move these manuals out. Part of it is placed in the association, and part of it needs to be registered and sent to other resident associations in the region. Then, Shilagui stood up and said, "Let''s go to the dungeon." ?Wu Heng frowned, thinking of ''Philippa''s'' pirate friend who was imprisoned. Following her, they walked out of the study together. Go to the Guild''s dungeon. The dark dungeon was filled with a damp and rotten smell. The two stopped in front of a cage. ?Inside the iron cage, a man with unkempt hair and a slovenly appearance raised his head slightly and looked outside. ??When you see Shilagui in armor, and Wu Heng in robes and black hair. When Philippa is not around. The man''s eyes flashed with helplessness and despair. After working on it for so long, there is still nothing we can do. Captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, Babuqi, robbed, killed, and robbed and killed members of the association, you can admit it. Ha! I admit it, dont delay. (End of this chapter) Chapter 538 , agreed with the elders Chapter 538, agreed with the elders ??Although Babuqi was unwilling, he still maintained his last dignity. ?Every pirate knows what his final fate is, either to die at sea or at the hands of the association. ??He was able to experience the battle of the Emerald Sea and die behind the Pirate King and various large pirate groups. This is already something worth showing off. Its also worth it. Hearing the other party''s attitude, Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said according to the original arrangement: "Babuqi, the association plans to give you a chance, it depends on whether you are willing or not." ?Having just adjusted her mentality, ''Babuqi'', who was planning to die generously, suddenly stopped. ??I wanted to curse the association, and shouted a few words that the sea warriors would never give in, but I swallowed it down. Ask tentatively, What opportunity? No one wants to die, otherwise he wouldnt wait for Philippa to find a relationship for him. When he heard that he had a chance to live, he naturally wanted to seize it. Sheila Gui clasped her hands together and looked at the other person, "We are investigating a cult recently, and we just need someone to be an informant. Your identity is very suitable." ??Babuqi frowned and asked himself to act as an informant for the association. As expected, its still the associations old routine. But the Association has always kept its promises, and Philippa also relied on being an informant for the Association to get rid of his identity as a pirate. What kind of cult? I have never been in contact with a cult. Xilagui explained, "The Destiny Sect is a newly established church with not many members. It is recruiting strong people from all over the country. If you join the church at your level, you can almost get a position as a guardian or a backbone." ?Besides, Wu Heng also understood what happened here. It turned out that I wanted to arrange for Babuqi to be an informant. ?Given his status, it is a good idea to investigate the affairs of the Destiny Sect. Babuqi thought for a moment, "Is there any other choice?" "Yes, hanging or beheading, you are Philippa''s friend, you can choose one!" Sheela''s tone was calm, but what she said was a bit scary. Babuqi wiped the sweat from his forehead and said, "If you let me out now, won''t you doubt me?" "They are not pirates, and they do not pay attention to the Emerald Sea. Your wanted bounty will also increase by then, and they will not have time to check your identity." Sheela Gui replied. ??Babuqi has no good solution, either die now or go out and give it a try. Normal people would choose the second option. ??If you are lucky and get some information, it can be considered a meritorious service. Even if there is no information, you can still live for a while. What do I need to do to complete your mission? Babuqi then asked. "Just one, find the bishop of the Destiny Sect. If you can provide the strongholds of this cult in various places, or the identities of some key members, it can also be included in your file, which will be helpful to you in the future." Sheila Gui looked at him. , said softly. ??Babuqi took a deep breath and said, "I agree and am willing to cooperate with you." Let him out, said Shiraqui. ?Wu Heng looked to his side, and the skeleton attendant stepped forward to open the iron cage. Babuqi walked out cautiously and looked at the two of them carefully, as well as the skeleton attendant behind him. Sheilagui threw a hood to him, "Put it on and follow us out." ??Babuqi took it in his hand and carefully put it on his head. ??We walked out of the dungeon together. Did not choose to escape or do anything else. ?This chance to survive was rare, and he didn''t want to be thrown back into prison or directly sent to the gallows. Go all the way to the deacon''s study. Waited for a while. ?There was a knock on the door, and a team captain walked in with a long sword hanging on his waist. Butler, the owner of the island! Sheila Gui nodded and glanced at the slovenly pirate, "The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, ''Babuqi'', the association plans to give him a chance to make up for his past mistakes, to investigate the information of the ''Destiny Cult'', and hand over the person to you, and He signed a slave contract and returned regularly to collect some information. " After speaking, he took out the slave contract, put it on the table and pushed it to the other party. The captain of the first team looked at each other without any surprise or doubt. It seems that he knew about this in advance. He nodded and said, Yes, deacon. Then take out the contract directly and sign the contract with the other party. After the signing is completed. Xilagui continued: "Find an opportunity to release him, and also tell him the detailed information about the Destiny Sect." "Yes! Then I will take him back first and send him off the island tonight." Okay, you can make your own arrangements. The captain nodded and left the study with the pirate. Wait until the two of them leave. Xila Guicai said: "Giving him to a team will make it easier to collect intelligence and file records, and it will be more convenient." Wu Heng smiled and replied, "You arranged it very well. He can save his life, which can be regarded as an explanation to Philippa." It is actually quite rare to get this opportunity. How can you ask for so much more? Furthermore, the Destiny Religion involves level 18 professionals, and the opponents bishop will definitely not be lower than this level. Coupled with human sacrifice and the killing of association deacons, the matter is already quite serious. Let Babuqi go to find out the news. It is considered a good fortune for him to have such an opportunity. Otherwise, death is certain. "I''m afraid you won''t be satisfied. I''ll explain it to you. Then you''ll also tell Philippa, but you can''t tell anyone about it. You still have to keep it a secret." Sheila Gui said with a smile. Okay, I will tell her then. Wu Heng nodded. Xilagui continued: "By the way, the association did not approve the funds for the port construction, saying that the association was originally to assist local security, and the port was provided by Treasure Island." This is not even approved! Wu Heng touched his chin. I feel that building a port will be beneficial to both Treasure Island and the association. It was not approved in the end. Well, Id say no, if according to what you said, the association would have to build roads in other cities. You cant say that, its a dedicated port for our own convenience. Wu Heng emphasized. "It''s not approved anyway, so it''s useless for you to tell me." Sheila Gui curled her lips. Its okay, we didnt approve it so we can repair it ourselves. Wu Heng smiled and continued to ask: Is there any news from the association about the props that restrict ghosts? I just sent it to you. I feel that there must be corresponding props, but it is unlikely that they will be given to us for free. As long as there is one. Wu Heng said. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while. ??Someone came to Xilagui to report something, Wu Heng did not stay long, said hello, left the association directly, and took a carriage to Beacon Street. The carriage moved forward slowly. Open the curtain of the carriage and you can see the patrolling guards outside the window. After the Tianming Cult incident ended, the number of guards patrolling the island also increased and the number of patrols increased. ??Wu Heng is also considering equipping each team with walkie-talkies and establishing a transmission center on the island to make it easier to mobilize personnel. Soon, the carriage stopped in front of the Nautilus tavern. Wu Heng got out of the car and walked into the tavern. ?At this time, there were not many people in the tavern. ?There are only two tables of guests, drinking and chatting at the same time. ?Wu Heng said hello to Millicent behind the counter and walked straight upstairs. Entered the innermost single room. As soon as he sat down, the door was pushed open, and Philippa, wearing a brown top and beige skirt, walked in directly. ?Seeing Wu Heng, he took two steps and rushed towards him. ?Wu Heng stood up to catch the approaching figure, "If I can''t react, you can escape from the window." No way! Philippa looked up at him, I havent seen you for a long time! You just came back from the island owners mansion the day before yesterday. "Ah? Really? I miss you so much." Philippa arched her arms. ??Wu Heng hugged her and patted her gently, and said, "I''m here to tell you that your pirate friend will be released in the next two days. Don''t worry." Really? I have chosen his cemetery. ?Wu Heng frowned, "Do you want him to come out?" Philippa immediately said: "Of course I have, it would be better if he comes out. I will pick him up when he is released." Wu Heng lowered his voice and explained: "You can''t pick him up. Xila Gui gave him a chance to make up for his mistakes and collect some intelligence. The identity is confidential. If you pick him up, there will be problems." Philippa opened his eyes and said, "Is he okay? Many people outside should know that he was arrested by the association." Its okay, theyre not pirates from the Emerald Sea. Theyre most likely going inland. Thats okay, thats all I can do to help him. Philippa said. Well, what happens in the end depends on his own life. Philippa held the other person''s face and kissed him hard, "Thank you, Dad. It''s better for you." ?Wu Heng patted his waist and hip, "You deserve it after your hard work." I love to hear you talk, said Philippa, and began to take off her shirt. ?Wu Heng was stunned and grabbed her hand, "What are you doing?" "What else can you do, sleep, you..." Philippa glanced down, "Isn''t it convenient today?" What a mess, I have to go out later. Lets go to the manor at night. What about Millicent? Millison? ?Wu Heng looked at her strangely, "What should I do?" "I''m not worried about leaving her at home. I''ll go there during the day for the next two days, and then you can make me feel comfortable." ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "Listen to what you said, just like a bandit." "hey-hey." "I''ve told you what''s going on. I''ll go do some errands first. You can go to the manor whenever you have time. I have time at dusk." Okay dad, I remember. ?Wu Heng touched her head and left the Nautilus Tavern. ??Go to the expansion construction site to have a look. ? Various construction machines are working rapidly, some construction workers have begun to build houses, and a large number of workers are helping with the work. The speed is quite fast, and it is estimated that this area will be completed in a short time. It can also be arranged to continue to expand backwards. ?Wu Heng stood aside and watched for a while, then left the area. He went to the deserted wilderness in the distance, put on the [train conductors hat], and headed to Lopez City. At the Snake Emblem Consortium, I met the person in charge, Retili. Filled out the order form and ordered five Yanhuo furnaces of different specifications. Back to the manor, the sky has darkened. Just walked into the living room. Minnie then walked over and said, "Master, have you eaten?" Not yet, let people prepare it. Okay, also, Sister Shannella spoke on the radio, you have time to go and take a look. Minnie said again. Is there news from Shannella? It seems that the wood elves have also achieved results. Well, Ill go upstairs and have a look. "Then I''ll prepare dinner for you." Minnie jumped and left quickly. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the radio stations room. Picked up Shannara''s record book and looked at it. New content appeared on it. "I have already talked with the elders, there is no problem. The representative of the Flower of Stars will come to you to discuss cooperation." Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 539 , someone is transcending Chapter 539: Someone is trying to save someone A few days ago, I contacted Shannella. The wood elves put her under house arrest, with no restrictions on food, drink and life. The only thing was that she was not allowed to leave the city where she was. As for the wood elves, after investigation, it was found that Wu Heng was Treasure Islands largest customer. Want to continue to cooperate with him. He proposed that if he wanted to let Shannara go back, he must maintain an order of no less than 200,000 gold within three years. How should I put it? Once the money is spent, we will let Shanara go back and help you be together. From Wu Heng''s point of view, he himself has to rely on the food of the wood elves to supply the zombie world, plus some weapons and equipment, or the ordering of gunpowder and copper mines. It is not difficult to settle down to two hundred thousand gold. So he agreed. Shannara has also been talking about this matter with the other party these days, and it seems that she has an answer. ?Wu Heng picked up the phone and patted it gently, "Shanara, can you hear me?" Soon, Shanaras gentle voice came from the other side, Yes, Im painting. Um, how was your chat with the elders? Wu Heng asked. "After the chat, I can go back at any time. There will be caravan representatives to talk to you about the goods. Two hundred thousand gold in three years. The pressure on Treasure Island is a bit high. You have given those caravans tax exemption." Shanara''s tone was a little gloomy. Its okay, its better to have you back than anything else. I am not worth two hundred thousand now. Priceless, more than two hundred thousand. Shanara''s tone suddenly became gloomy, "Star Flower, there are still some adjustments. Now I am still nominally the president of Star Flower, but I no longer have the right to mobilize and manage. To put it simply, I have a name to maintain it. The clans internal and external reputation is not good for the fact that the president is getting along with a small island owner. ?Wu Heng also frowned as he listened. In other words, the current Shannara is just a false name with no real power. Let the outside world look like nothing has changed, but in fact nothing has changed. Seeing that Wu Heng didn''t speak, Shanara said jokingly, "Do you regret not asking for more money from your sister? Anyway, I do regret it. If I had known better, I would have earned the money for my future life first." Wu Heng smiled and said, "There is nothing to regret about this. With your ability, it is their loss." I hope so! ?Wu Heng changed the subject, "When will you come back, I will ask Philippa to pick you up." Ill make some arrangements in the next two days, and Ill let you know in advance. "Yeah, that''s fine." Wu Heng nodded, thought for a moment and then asked, "I want to buy some ships to use as cruise ships on Treasure Island. Do you have any shipyard recommendations?" You have also seen the Star Flower ship. It is big enough and strong enough. The keel of the hull here is made of special wood, which is enough for you to use. Of course, the price is also higher. Okay, lets make a reservation at Star Flower. "Uh-huh." Then, Wu Heng told her some things that happened on the island. ?When he heard that Shielagui''s sister almost died in the opponent''s hands, he also exclaimed. The deacon of the Assassination Association on the island. This is really not something that ordinary people can do. The two chatted for a while, and someone came to visit Shannara, so they hung up the communication. ?Wu Heng went downstairs to eat, and then took his two maids upstairs to rest. The next day, zombie world. Tiebei Commercial Street. Boom~! ?After dropping the bombs three times, the skeleton flying dragon roared back from overhead. On the street, the smoke and dust dispersed. The ground was littered with broken limbs and broken walls, and flesh and blood turned into mud. ??But there are still nearly a thousand zombies gathering on the road, roaring and roaring, charging towards this side. ?Wu Heng looked at the battlefield in front of him and directly ordered, "Prepare the spear formation!" Hurrah! The formation of spears occupying the entire road are all facing forward, forming a solid and tight wall. ?At the same time, he waved his hand towards the top of the building on one side. A bright light lit up from above. In front of the spear array, a circular array is formed. ??This is the soul-capturing jade flashlight made by Wu Heng. ??The soul-stirring jade is a rare item obtained from killing the necromancer last time. The effect is that it can ingest the remaining souls of living creatures or corpses, but the triggering condition requires light to pass through the jade and reflect the above magic circle on the ground. ?Wu Heng studied it for a long time. I found a flashlight of similar size and tied the jade stone to the front of the flashlight. ?Just turn on the switch and shine on the ground. A complete array can appear. If you use it now, it can be fully displayed, which is much better than lighting a candle or shining a light stone behind your back. Its just that the effect under sunlight will be weakened. ??The location chosen by Wu Heng also happened to have a building blocking the sunlight, and the magic circle was in the shadow range. ?Whether this kind of strange item is effective against zombies depends on this time. If it works, it will no longer be difficult to upgrade your two ghosts. You can even cultivate a group of high-level ghosts. If it doesn''t work, then you can only go to another world and find a way to use ordinary creatures or corpses to transform it. ?Thinking in my mind, a large number of zombies have already swarmed in. ??Howling and crowded. Hit directly into the spear formation. The body was pierced by spears one after another, and the sound of clawing and sharp blades piercing flesh resounded throughout the entire area. ?Wu Heng stared at the entire area. Two ghosts, one on the left and one on the right, were also waiting silently. "Is it possible? If it really appears, what if we can''t defeat it?" Xiaoxiao said with some worry. Remnant Soul, Residual Soul is at a low level, its written in the book. Wu Heng said. What if the book is a lie? "When it appears, just take a look first." Glenda added, staring ahead. "yes." One person and two souls whispered. The battlefield ahead began to change. A ferocious and inhuman remnant soul floated slowly up into the sky like translucent smoke. Its true, its appeared. Xiaoxiao pointed and shouted. ?Wu Heng was also very happy, "Let''s see how many levels there are?" Less than level five, it seems to be only level two or three. As he spoke, pieces of remnant souls floated densely from the ground to the sky, with ferocious and confused expressions on their faces, hovering in the sky. It was like someone was on the ground and released countless bubbles. But it looks indescribably terrifying. Are they all less than level five? Wu Heng asked again. Not even. Then absorb it quickly. Its broad daylight and the remnants of the soul may not last long before dissipating. Wu Heng urged. "Okay." Glenda flew out first, entangled a residual soul, and swallowed it up amidst the opponent''s roar. ??Xiao Xiao clenched his fists and pumped himself up several times. At Wu Heng''s urging, he also rushed into the battlefield and began to absorb. For a time, the skeletons and zombies were fighting below, and the two ghosts above began to hunt the remnant souls that had risen into the sky. The ghost level is increased to level 10, constitution +1, perception +1, intelligence +2. Ghost level increased to level 11. Ghost level increased to level 13. The two ghosts upgraded one after another, especially Xiaoxiao. After feeling that there was no danger, he began to chase the remnant ghost. The levels are continuously improved. Now I dont say that I am afraid of ghosts anymore. I am chasing those unconscious ghosts and running around in the sky. In the distance, a high-rise residential building. ?Happling with a quilt and looking at the sloppy girl outside the window, his eyes suddenly widened. He turned around and shouted: "Mom, someone is giving salvation to the zombies. I saw their souls ascending to heaven." (End of this chapter) Chapter 540 , supernatural phenomenon Chapter 540, Supernatural Phenomenon "What are you talking about? Stay away from the window, don''t be discovered by the zombies below." From behind, a woman''s nagging voice could be heard. Really, there are so many souls in the direction of the explosion just now. They must be the zombies that the eminent monk is saving over there. They will not be in pain in the future. The girl was still looking out the window. ?The equally slovenly middle-aged woman behind her followed the other persons gaze and looked into the distance. Empty sky. Where is the soul? Occasionally, one or two bone dragons can be seen hovering in the sky in the distance. Stop talking nonsense, its scary. Mom, was it this bone flying dragon that delivered food to us last time? the daughter asked again, looking into the distance. ??Mother closed most of the curtains, leaving only a gap through which the scene outside could be seen. Its very similar. At that time, I hid in the distance and took a look, but I wasnt sure if it was that kind of flying dragon. The daughter tilted her head and thought for a moment, "Could it be someone from Xinfu City who kills zombies there and then redeems the dead souls?" "How is it possible? It''s not that easy to kill zombies. Even the rescue team can''t get in, let alone a civilian base like this." But they are the only ones who send us food. What you said is just shouting slogans on the radio every day. My daughter retorted. "They will come to rescue us. They said on the radio that they are organizing troops." The daughter thought for a while, "I think we should go out and take a look. The zombies were lured away by the fighting in the distance, so they should be safe." If we go downstairs and encounter zombies, we wont be able to come back. We wont be able to recover by taking two cold medicines, said the mother. "But." Lets talk about it later, we still have to be careful. While the mother and daughter were talking, a harsh current came from the radio station behind them, followed by intermittent, weak sounds. "This is the Xinfu City Rescue Team. We have arrived at Tiebei Commercial Street and have uniformly cleaned up the surrounding zombies. Survivors nearby can come closer to us. When they come, they will encounter skeletons. Those are our soldiers. Please don''t do anything. Any attack or provocative action to avoid unnecessary casualties. The mother and daughter turned back suddenly. There was a look of surprise in his eyes. ??This is really a base in Xinfu City. They really came into the city to save people. Commercial street arterial. The battle between skeletons and zombies is over. The ghosts wandering in the sky were also chased and devoured one by one by Xiaoxiao and Glenda. Wait until the last ghost is absorbed. Ghost level increased to level 15, constitution +2, intelligence +3. Ghost Unlocked Features: Supernatural Phenomenon. Glenda has been upgraded to level 15. In terms of level, it has reached level three. ??Wu Heng opened the ghost panel and took a look at the new feature [Supernatural Phenomenon]. [Supernatural Phenomenon]: The place where the ghost lingers can ''actively'' affect the five senses of the surrounding creatures, allowing them to feel strange noises and coldness seeping into the hall where the fire is burning, the smell of corpses filling the tidy room, or the corpse emerging from the cemetery. Climbing out, the ghost can control the type according to the corresponding scene. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly as he looked at the new features. ?Judging from the introduction, it is more like an improvement of ghost fantasy. It affects the senses of living beings, whether it is strange noises, coldness seeping into a hall with a bright fire, or corpse odor permeating a tidy room. They are all affected by hearing, vision, and smell. It cannot be said that it is useless. It feels like its mainly about scaring people. Professionals from other worlds are very sensitive to changes in their surroundings. Once something like this happens, it will make the other party wary. The effect is not too big. It''s okay to scare ordinary people, but scaring people seems to be of no use. Let''s wait until later to see where it can be used. Uncle, they are all gone. Xiaoxiao flew down. After this upgrade. Xiao Xiao has also reached level 13. The level gap between the two ghosts was quite large before, but now the gap is gradually narrowing. Wait until next time, you guys also need to take a rest. Wu Heng said. "Oh." Xiaoxiao said, then lay on his shoulder, "Uncle, did you see me killing everyone just now? I wasn''t so good when I was in kindergarten." What kind of kindergarten do you have? "No, I''m just playing with the kids." Xiaoxiao floated to the other side again, "I''m really good today." ?Glenda also said: "Xiao Xiao is very good today." Hehe. Xiaoxiao smiled. While talking, the skeleton dragged various corpses over. Evolved zombies and deformed zombies are lined up in front of him. Wu Heng transformed them one by one, and then collected the fallen corpse cores. After the transformation of evolved zombies and aberrant zombies is completed, continue to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the way to transform all corpses into skeletons. ??Occupied the entire street, as if there was no end in sight. Qi Hancai, let the convoy come over and search the surrounding stores. Wu Heng pressed the intercom. "receive!" ??The convoy at the rear started to move, and the road opened in the middle of the skeleton team continued to drive over. ?Parked on one side, a large number of survivors got out of the car and began to search shops along the road. Take important items away in advance. The survivors began to get busy. Qi Hancai also came over from behind the convoy and said: "There are 13 survivors, all from nearby shelters. The last time we delivered food to everyone, it worked. When they heard that it was our convoy, they all Come here." ?Wu Heng turned his head and looked towards the back of the convoy. A lot of people gathered at the tail end of the car. ?There were both men and women, looking slovenly like savages who had walked out of the barren mountains. They were waiting in line to receive some bread and fresh water brought by the convoy. ?Wu Heng felt something and looked towards the middle of the queue. A little girl in her teens was looking directly at her. From time to time, he looked at the sky and his own shoulders. The eyes were full of doubts and confusion. "These people lived here before, and their families should be good." Qi Hancai spoke again from the side. ??Wu Heng turned around and said, "Well, let''s take a look at age and occupation, and assign jobs when we get back. If you have any special abilities, write them down separately." I understand, someone has already registered. "That''s good." ?After waiting on the roadside for a while, the survivors loaded various items into the truck. When the preparations were almost complete, the convoy began to turn around and headed towards the arsenal. On the way back, in the truck. ?Wu Heng took a sip of water and asked, "How is Wang Haibing doing lately?" He has been training the skeletons recently, and he seems to be quite serious. He is on time every day, making it seem like he is at work. ?Wang Haibings current task is to manage the power plant of the military factory and train the skeletons entrusted to him. When power plants in other places are built later, these skeletons will also be arranged. To maintain the operation of power plants everywhere. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let him select a few skeletons who have learned the lesson tomorrow. I will take them away then." "Okay, I''ll tell him when I get back." Qi Hancai replied without squinting. It was getting dark at this time. The convoy lit up its headlights, illuminating the surrounding area. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "Has the main station contacted you again?" "I contacted them and asked how they were considering it. I told them that we were not considering either agreement. The exchange of materials between the two parties could still continue. They also said something like it was for everyone''s good and they didn''t agree because we were dead. , forget it. "Well, except for the transactions between the two parties, other things will not be of any help to us." Wu Heng said. I know. Qi Hancai said with a smile. The team returned to the factory all the way. ??Qi Hancai got out of the car and arranged housing for the new survivors, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. Come down from upstairs. The hall was dark. ??The sky here has also turned dark, and the maids have returned to their rooms to rest. ?Wu Heng arranged the electrician skeleton he brought back to the courtyard first. He asked the skeleton chef to prepare some dinner and ate it in the restaurant. Tap tap tap~! The sound of footsteps sounded. ?? Anderweil walked downstairs carrying a pistol. Seeing Wu Heng sitting at the dining table eating, he smiled and said, "Master, you are eating so late." Well, do you want to eat something together? No, you wont like it if you gain weight. ?Wu Heng touched the fluffy fox tail and said, "Our Wei''er is also very cute if she is fatter." Anderweil''s face was slightly red, "No way, the competition is so fierce now, I have to keep up." What competition? You dont understand. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "How is it going at the city hall?" "Everything is good. The number of patrols has been increased. The tax adjustment that has been discussed before has been finalized recently. I will show it to you in the next two days." Andwyer said. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked: "I mentioned the energy plant before, how is the construction going?" Anderweil thought for a moment and said: "I heard that the progress is going very smoothly, but I haven''t asked in detail what step it has reached." Let the dwarf designer come over tomorrow and Ill talk to him. Okay, then Ill ask him to come over tomorrow morning? "OK." The two chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also finished the steak on the plate. He wiped his mouth, stood up and said, "Weier, do you want to join us tonight?" Anderweil''s eyes turned into crescent moons, "Okay, I''m a little afraid of the dark today." Come here, Ill sleep with you in my arms at night. "good!" Early in the morning, Wu Heng yawned and went downstairs. After having breakfast together, Anderweil went to the city hall, while Wu Heng was dragged to the courtyard by the other three maids. Look at the garden they renovated in the past two days. Some of the original flowers and plants have been replaced by fruit trees. Forcibly transformed the garden into a fruit forest. She said that she would be able to grow her own fruits in the future. ~! ?Just as the three of them were chattering about the benefits of planting fruit trees, there was a strong knock on the courtyard door. Minnie asked through the window. Then he ran back quickly and said, "The master is the representative of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. He came to discuss ordering goods with you." ?Wu Heng was stunned. Shannara had just told herself about the wood elves affairs, and so soon the representatives of the business group came over. ?Either the wood elves have already discussed it and want to cooperate with themselves, or there is a way to communicate quickly so that the other party knows that they want to cooperate with them. Let him go to the living room! Wu Heng walked towards the living room. ?Minnie walked to the gate again and led the other party through the courtyard filled with skeletons and armored vehicles to the hall. In the living room. ??The male wood elf in black dress saluted slightly, "Star Flower, the business group representative ''Seamos'', I have met the island owner." Behaving elegantly, like a noble attending a ball. Hello, sit down! Wu Heng said. The wood elf sat down aside, and Catwoman brought tea. After the maids left, the wood elf spoke softly, "Island owner, I am here to discuss cooperation with you." "Well, I know about this. I do have a batch of goods that I need to order from Star Flower." "This is great." The wood elf smiled immediately. It seems that things are simpler than he thought. Have you brought the order of goods you ordered? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Bring it." The wood elf made a list of various goods, stood up and handed it over respectfully. ?Wu Heng looked back, took out a pen and started marking the goods he ordered. First is food, then excellent armor and one-handed axe. Why are there no ships up there? "Normally, there are no ships above. If you need to order, you need to apply to the above separately. You are our important guest. As long as you declare it, there should be no problem." The wood elf explained at the side. ?Wu Heng handed him the order form and continued: "Order 10 of your warships." Okay! The other party looked at the order form, with a look of joy on his face. Hundred 100,000 grains, 50,000 pieces of armor, and 50,000 single-handed axes. I am afraid that the total amount in Treasure Island and coastal areas after the year will not be as high as this time. No wonder the clan attaches so much importance to transactions with each other. The wood elves immediately filled up the warships. Sir, after deducting the discounts you enjoy, you still need to pay 53,520 gold coins. This is the agreement of the Star Flower. The wood elf said directly after calculation. ?Wu Heng asked someone to count the gold coins, and he also signed the agreement. Then he continued: "I am in a hurry about food and warships and need you to send them as soon as possible." Sir, the quantity of your order is too large and requires preparation. Even a fleet cannot deliver it to you at once. Then send them one after another, and the warships will come first. The wood elf thought for a moment and nodded: "That''s no problem. I will make arrangements for you when the time comes, and the warship will be sent to you first." Just go to the city hall and notify Andwyer for acceptance. I understand, Lord Island Master. While waiting for the gold coins to be counted, Wu Heng chatted with the other party for a few words. Ask about the business environment on the island, as well as some views on shipping routes and port facilities. ??The wood elf was obviously a little reserved, and his answers were all official. Wait until Minnie counts the gold coins. ?The other party called people from outside again, and after confirming, they put them all away. He saluted again and left the island owner''s manor directly. Nine o''clock in the morning. The dwarf designer comes to the manor again. Under Minnies guidance, we came to the hall. Wu Heng waited for the other party to sit down and asked: "The expansion area should be almost complete, right?" We have entered into the final work. The construction will definitely be completed within this month and residents can move in. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the construction progress. The buildings in this world are not as exaggerated as modern ones. Generally, ordinary residential houses are two stories. The mansions of dignitaries only have three or four floors. Its not that exaggerated. With the help of engineering vehicles, it will naturally be faster. How is the progress of the energy plants and ports I mentioned? The dwarf immediately replied, "The factory has been completed, and the port can be completed within this week." Youre doing a good job. Ill let you know if there are any improvements that need to be made in the factory. Yes, sir. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "In the next few days, I will select a separate building for you as the design institute behind the city hall, and you will be the person in charge." The dwarf suddenly became overjoyed. He jumped off the chair and saluted, "Thank you, sir. I will do a good job. Treasure Island will be my second home from now on." "Okay, just do it well. Go back first. I will inform you later." "Yes, sir." The dwarf saluted again and left the manor again. Happily got on the carriage and left here. Afternoon, after seeing nothing happened. ?Wu Heng said hello to Minnie and went directly to the zombie world. Sitting in his bedroom and waiting for a while. Qi Hancai came back from outside and introduced the situation at the factory. ??Then he said: "Sister Yahong encountered some problems." "What''s wrong?" "Some shelters said that the people we recruited to rob and kill were the bandits in that area at that time. However, the people on our side denied this and said that the other party had suffered losses from previous transactions and framed them. They had a quarrel on the channel. In the past few days, other shelters have also been paying attention to this matter. If it is not done well, it may affect the prestige of our base. " In a doomsday situation, people who are often fierce and cruel will be more likely to survive. ?People like Yang Yitian and Chen Jinlong before. If you are strong, ruthless, and able to intimidate your younger brother, you can unite into a small force. It is much easier to bully survivors than to fight zombies. ?Everyone knows that the most important thing is to survive at the end of the day. However, neither the rescue team base nor some large bases will recruit these people to join. At best, just ignore these things. ?Wu Heng also didnt expect that someone would report that one of his own had such a criminal. What problems are you facing? "I''m not sure which of the two is telling the truth. There are no other shelters that can prove it, and there are some bases. It''s actually quite annoying to say some sarcastic remarks." Qi Hancai said. What type of sarcastic remarks? Wu Heng asked again. "That is, if you protect your own people and become powerful, who will not have some blood on your hands?" ?Wu Heng was stunned, "Somewhat like me before." Stop being ridiculous. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I have a way. I''ll teach you. Then you can teach it to Li Yahong." What can be done? ?Wu Heng placed a clay sculpture on the table, "Look into its eyes, don''t resist, and don''t look away." Qi Hancai looked at the kneeling clay sculpture and frowned, "It''s a bit scary." But he still met the eyes of the clay sculpture according to what he said. ??Wu Heng asked: "What do you think of the current base?" Qi Hancai said: "The base is developing very well. As long as it continues to develop steadily, it will surpass the main station sooner or later and become the largest and most prestigious refuge." After speaking, Qi Hancai''s eyes widened a bit, as if he was a little surprised by his answer. ?Wu Heng then asked: "Why do you want to follow me?" Qi Hancai''s face turned red. But he said unconsciously, "You are good-looking and have more potential. You are the best candidate now. When I joined, I hinted to you more than once, and finally discussed the last plan with Li Yahong. " Wu Heng saw that her face was bloodshot, so he covered the eyes of the clay sculpture with a handkerchief. The mouth immediately closed tightly. ?Hand out his hand, he motioned her to wait for a while for the side effects to disappear. Cai said: "The function is to make people who look directly tell the truth." So magical? Whats the principle? "Ancient relics, don''t ask so many questions, just use it." Wu Heng continued: "The side effect is that after asking the questions, you are temporarily unable to speak. You can''t speak for two minutes for two questions. The more you ask, the longer you can''t speak. long." Polygraph. Thats understandable. Wu Heng nodded. Well, I will personally send someone to deliver it to Li Yahong tomorrow. "Can." Qi Hancai said with some trepidation: "What I just told you is not allowed to be told outside, not even by Li Yahong." Okay, our secret. "Um." After saying this, Qi Hancai thought for a moment and then said: "By the way, today the provincial channel is occupied by the provincial rescue team, which is attacking the urban area." Why did you suddenly think of attacking? "Maybe we put pressure on them. We continue to enter the city to clean up zombies and rescue survivors. It''s not good that they haven''t taken any action." Qi Hancai analyzed. Yes, this is a good thing for the survivors. This should have been done a long time ago. The longer you delay the zombies, the stronger your ability will be. Jiuhua Street. The roar that broke through the air resounded throughout the streets. Then, grenades rained down. In an instant, flames shot into the sky, and the huge explosion was deafening. ?The building shook violently, and groups of zombies were torn apart, with pieces of flesh and limbs flying around. ??The group of corpses screamed one after another. They quickly looked around and saw an armored convoy coming from a distance. In an instant, they gathered into a torrent, roaring and charging forward. ?Hum-boom~bang-bang-bang~! Machine guns exploded, and machine gun bullets intertwined into a huge net. The rushing zombies fell down in pieces like wheat, piling up into a large mountain of corpses. Machine gunner, pay attention to changing bullets. Armored vehicles, clear out the distorted zombies ahead. Stay steady, we have made adequate preparations, and victory belongs to us. One order after another, issued from the walkie-talkie. The crowd continued to pour out ammunition rapidly. Suddenly. The group of corpses rushing forward suddenly stopped. They scattered in all directions and hid behind the buildings on both sides. The entire street was instantly empty, with only the corpses left behind covering the ground. ??Everyone''s eyes widened and they were a little at a loss. What is going on? ?Tens of thousands of zombies actually dispersed and hid at the same time. What''s going on? Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 541 , in front is the military factory in Xinfu City Chapter 541, in front is the military factory in Xinfu City The corpses dispersed, and the whole street was empty. Everyone''s eyes widened, and they gradually became frightened and uneasy in surprise and suspicion. Ordinary zombies dont have the intelligence to avoid gunfire. There must be high-level zombies giving orders to these ordinary zombies. But... even the zombie commander cannot command so many zombies at the same time. The most likely possibility is that there are higher-level zombies in the dark. Stay alert, the drone will go around and take a look. Orders came from the walkie-talkie. ??The muzzle of the armored vehicle is facing forward, and the machine gunners are fully focused, with their fingers tightened on the trigger, ready to deal with sudden dangers at any time. Two drones took to the sky. Going around the building in front, he checked the situation of the corpses. The swarms of corpses are moving. They are moving where we cant see them, and they want to surround us from both sides. ??On the intercom, the voice reporting was a little trembling. The group of tens of thousands of corpses has a command. This is a terrifying fighting force. Terminate the mission, turn around and exit. The commander issued the order again. The vehicle started instantly and moved backwards. At the same time, the convoy turned around and planned to leave directly. The group of corpses behind the building seemed to be boiling, and there was an ear-splitting roar in an instant. Speed ??up and get out. Tap tap tap~! The sound of intensive running sounded. A large number of corpses began to pour out of the paths on both sides. The roads were crowded with darkness, like water flowing from a flood. ?Bang bang bang~! ?Gunshots and cannons rang out again, and bullets poured out like a torrential rain, hitting the zombies'' bodies and splashing black blood. There is no need to aim, just shoot the bullet forward and it will hit the zombie''s body. For a time, under heavy firepower, zombies fell to the ground and died in droves. Hurrah! The glass shattered, and countless zombies jumped from above. Smashed on the roof of the car and around the convoy. The car body shook violently, and the speed of reversing was once again hindered. Zombies poured out from both sides and rear crazily, crashing into the convoy. ~! ~! Off-road vehicles and trucks were knocked over by the corpses. The steel bars of the car windows fell off, and corpses poured into the interior, clawing and biting. A car was overwhelmed by the corpses and collapsed instantly. "Charge out, rush out first." The orders were still being issued. Hums and gunfire echoed in the streets. Two armored vehicles, with their bodies covered with zombies, broke out of the siege. Go away in the direction from which you came. The group of corpses chased for a certain distance, then stopped and watched the armored vehicle leave from a distance. Is anyone else out? Hey, please reply when you receive it. ??The walkie-talkie asked several questions one after another, but no response was received. The armored vehicle also fell into silence. Out of more than 20 modified vehicles, only two armored vehicles escaped from it relying on their heavy defense. All other vehicles, without exception, lost contact. There is actually no need to say much about what this means. When it came out, everyone thought about this result. But now that it has actually appeared, it is still hard to accept. There was silence for a long time. Someone then spoke softly, "How did the Xinfu City base do it?" Perhaps, they are lucky, they are just ordinary corpses. Maybe! The corpse group did not follow us, so we should return to the base and report the matter to the commander-in-chief and others. The armored vehicle accelerated again and headed towards the base. At the back, a figure like a giant beetle fell from the sky, looking in the direction of the convoy from a distance. Treasure Island, Association. Knocked on the door. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. Sheila Gui was the only one in the room, sitting behind the desk sorting documents. Looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Come back from the zombie world. Minnie then said that Sheila Gui had arranged for staff to look for him. Seeing that it was still early, she came over in a carriage to have a look. Sheila Gui raised her head and glanced at him, took out a hair tie to tie up her loose hair, and then said: "Call a staff member to come in." Oh. Wu Heng opened the door and called a staff member who was passing by. Island owner, butler! The staff saluted. Sheila Ge said: "Go and call the two new sub-deacons." "yes!" The staff member answers and leaves. ??Wu Heng looked at Sheila Gui with some curiosity, "Is the deputy deacon here?" One arrived last night, and the other arrived at noon today. How is it? Is it great? The difficulties facing Treasure Island are still considerable, and combat effectiveness is very important. They are all level 12 professionals, one human and one dwarf, all transferred from outside. I dont know exactly what they are. Lets see later! Sheela Gui replied. Level 12 is already considered a high level. It is still placed in a place like Treasure Island. From outside, they are all levels that can serve as deacons. ?While the two were talking, there was a knock on the door. "Come in!" ?The door opened, and a middle-aged man wearing leather armor and a sword hanging on his waist walked in. Age over 40, with short hair and clear facial contours. Butler! The man saluted slightly. Xilagui nodded and introduced: "This is the owner of Treasure Island, Mr. Wu Heng, the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." The man looked at Wu Heng, still a little surprised in his eyes. ?Perhaps I didnt expect that the island owner and flag bearer would be such a young human being. Tevsey CitySkeeter, I have met the island owner. The middle-aged man saluted slightly again. Welcome to Treasure Island. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Thank you, sir. Then, the door was knocked again. Another dwarf wearing scale armor and a battle ax hanging on his waist walked in. The body is stocky and strong, and the exposed arms are exaggerated muscles. ?Short hair, deep brows, and a long beard. ??The beard is very well groomed and has a beard buckle inlaid with rubies. Sheila Gui introduced directly, "Dwarf Tribe-Gadein, level 12 dwarf warrior." Then he introduced to the other side, "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island and the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." My lord, the owner of the island. Welcome to Treasure Island. The two of them greeted each other and looked at each other''s outfits curiously. Xilagui continued: "Let''s get to know each other, so that we can take care of whatever we do on the island in the future." Yes, deacon. The two sub-deacons nodded. Okay, you go ahead and arrange your accommodation, and then come to the association to formally join the company. "yes." The two of them saluted again and left the study directly. There were two people left in the study again, and Sheila Gui asked: "How is it?" Very good, looks quite stable and reliable. Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "When you put it this way, you are much more stable than when we joined the company." When Imiro was in charge of the association, the whole association had a younger feel. ?Wu Heng is not that old, and Xila Gui is just an adult among the elves, especially she still has a childlike appearance. ?The entire association seems to give people a youthful feel. ??This time there are two subdeacons, one is in his 40s, his eyes show vicissitudes of life, and the other has a beard longer than his hair. The atmosphere of the association suddenly entered the middle age. ?Wu Heng stood up, poured himself a cup of elven scented tea, and then asked, "How is your sister?" "She''s basically fine. She was just scared." Sheila Gui paused for a moment and then said, "I wanted her to return to the clan, but she didn''t agree." When Shi Yali was killed, Xilagui regretted letting her come to Treasure Island from her clan. Now that she is fine, I am probably worried about any danger in the future and plan to send her back. Dont worry about it! Maybe, Ill talk to her again in the next two days. ?Wu Heng returned to his position and sat down, "I will continue to strengthen the defense on the island, and it will be safer later." I believe you, but its better for Shi Yali to go back. "You sisters can just discuss it." Wu Heng didn''t persuade him much. The two sat in the study and chatted for a while. The association also started to close get off work. ?Xila Gui and Wu Heng walked out of the association together and returned to their respective residences. Back to the manor, dinner has been served on the table. Andweil said: "Mr. Yousef said that the new area will be completed this month. Recently, many people have come to the island to inquire about houses and shops. Should we sell them in advance?" ?Yousef is the name of the dwarf designer. Last time we mentioned that the expansion area was about to be completed. It is indeed time to sell it to others. Okay, lets divide the area and price first, and then sell it when youre ready! Wu Heng said. Okay, then Ill go back and make arrangements. Anderweil nodded. By the way, there are also those special skeletons in the courtyard. In the past few days, we have arranged for them to set up street lights along the road so that people can cooperate. Okay, Master. After dinner, several people entered the training room for training together. Wait until the sky gets dark, then return to the room to rest. Zombie World, provincial rescue team base. In the dark room, an oval conference table is placed in the center. People kept taking their seats one after another with serious expressions. At this time, a middle-aged man wearing a long green coat walked in quickly, glanced at everyone, and said: "I think everyone already knows about the team''s failure to return." ?Everyones eyes flashed, but no one spoke. ??The middle-aged man said again: "Based on the information from the returning personnel, we may have encountered zombies at the level of zombie kings. They can control large-scale zombie groups, issue unified orders, and have extremely high intelligence." As soon as these words came out, there was a slight discussion below. It cant be such a coincidence, the Corpse King has only been heard of at the main station. Yes, we just entered the city and we met the Corpse King? The Xinfu City base entered the city and occupied the airport, but why didnt we meet the Corpse King? I heard reports from Xinfu City and the main station about the appearance and characteristics of the Corpse King, and I may have met him before. How is it possible! The first commander-in-chief patted the table and said, "Quiet." Everyone fell silent and looked at each other again. Whether Xinfu City encountered the Corpse King or not has nothing to do with us. We suffered serious losses this time. We need to redistribute tasks and form a new team. At the same time, we will mark the area specially to prevent people from getting close to it. Everyone nodded to show their understanding. The loss is indeed huge, but the problem is not big either. As long as the base is still there, we can continue to exchange food with Xinfu City. It will not shake the foundation. Tap tap tap~! As he spoke, rapid footsteps sounded. A person rushed in and said: "A large number of corpses were found outside the camp. The number is increasing continuously. I can''t count how many there are." Everyone in the conference room stood up suddenly, with disbelief in their eyes. ?Some people suddenly realized, "It''s not that the convoy escaped, but that they deliberately released the convoy to find us." Go out and have a look~! Everyone quickly left the room, speeding up their pace and climbing up the wall. Under the silvery white moonlight, you can vaguely see countless figures swaying back and forth, not attacking, just standing there in the distance. ??And more figures continued to gather towards the position of the corpses. Everyone felt a chill in their hearts. The number is too many, tens of thousands? Or more. ?Thousands of people can fill a street, and there is no end in sight. Each squadron continues to defend and uses all available weapons. The rear organized people and personnel to evacuate. Vehicles took scientific researchers, engineering personnel, and children under 14 years old to leave. The general public evacuated in the second batch, and the remaining people evacuated in the third batch. The order was issued, and the entire camp instantly became chaotic. The crowd began to board the prepared trucks. Some people are carrying food and some necessary supplies. The two sides faced off for about 20 minutes. A deafening roar suddenly sounded. ?The corpses roared in unison. ?Then, the waves began to attack forward, like a torrent, the turbulence was difficult to resist. Attack~! Swish, swish, swish! Hands of grenades passed over from above and smashed into the group of corpses. A violent explosion sounded, and flames shot into the sky. Then there was intensive gunfire, and countless guns and bullets poured down from the wall. A large number of zombies were knocked to the ground, tripping up more enemies. ??However, the tide of corpses continued to flow, filling up in the blink of an eye. The trenches dug in advance broke through the barriers and roadblocks, and rushed towards the location of the wall. There were violent crashes and roars. Commander-in-Chief, you can evacuate. Lets withdraw. All soldiers quickly boarded the truck and left quickly. ?Hum, boom, boom~! ??A deafening explosion suddenly sounded, and the entire base was covered in explosions and fire. The zombies that poured into the city were instantly overwhelmed by the fire. The sound of the explosion was deafening, and the whole city was like a box of flash bombs. The firelight illuminates the entire area. Blow them up, these **** monsters. That **** Corpse King, if he entered the city, he would definitely be dead too. What a pity our base is. ??Everyone looked at the city in flames and whispered. Hahhhhhh~! As he was speaking, rapid footsteps appeared behind him again. Densely packed zombies were running from a distance again. Everyones expressions suddenly changed. Someone picked up the walkie-talkie in a panic and reported: "Report, a large number of corpses have appeared in the rear again, and they are chasing after the convoy." In the intercom, there was silence for a while. The voice of inquiry rang out, Where does this road lead? "Ahead is the military factory in Xinfu City. Here..., if we go all the way down, they will also suffer disaster." The commander-in-chief narrowed his eyes slightly. We cant stop the car, so lets notify them in advance and let them evacuate in advance. "good!" Xinfu City, military factory. The sound of electric current came from the radio station. Provincial and district rescue teams, call the provincial and district military factories in Xinfu City. ??Standing in front of the radio station, the dozing woman shivered violently, picked up the microphone and immediately replied, "This is the Xinfu City Military Factory. Please speak to the provincial and district rescue teams." "The provincial rescue team base has been captured by a group of corpses. Our convoy is retreating along Tianhua Road, followed by a large number of corpses. In half an hour, it will pass through the area of ??your military factory. Please be prepared in advance." The woman who was still confused suddenly woke up and said, "Wait a moment, I will inform the leader." Then, he took out the charging walkie-talkie and shouted: "Emergency, the provincial rescue team is approaching us with a large number of corpses. We still have half an hour at most." Wait, lets go there now. ?There was a sound of rapid footsteps, and five or six people rushed into the radio station room. The woman immediately told what had just happened. ?One of them picked up the microphone and said: "Provincial rescue team, what are you doing to us? Take a detour to get rid of them." From the radio station, a low voice came, "I''m sorry, we entered this road when we evacuated. Unless we stop, we can only move forward along the road." Grass, arent you cheating on me? There was no sound coming from the intercom and it started to remain silent. Everyone in the room looked ugly. It was not easy to occupy this base. Now they live well and can use electricity 24 hours a day. They have basically returned to their previous lives. But now the rescue team actually leads the corpses here, which is simply trying to harm people. "What to do? The leader is not here, and Sister Qi went to Xinfu City with the convoy in the afternoon." Damn it, those rescue teams cant save people, but they cant help but deceive them. Lets retreat first and take the people out of here first. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 542 , this is hell Chapter 542: This is hell What will happen to these skeletons when we leave? Except for Sister Qi, Im afraid these skeletons wont listen to us. Then dont take them with you, its important to save your life. How are we going to explain to Sister Qi and the King when we come back, why are we just running away? Then what do you think we should do? There was a brief chaos in the room. After joining the base, the survivors have basically never had a direct confrontation with zombies. The leader of the base is not here, and they have no confidence in their hearts. But judging from the current opinions of a few people, more people think of leaving first and then taking back this place after reuniting with Qi Hancai. While several people were discussing in low voices. A familiar voice came from the radio. I am Qi Hancai, the deputy leader of the Xinfu City base. How many zombies did you bring to the provincial rescue team? The voice is deep and serious. ?There was a moment of silence in the room. Several people stopped arguing and focused all their attention on the radio. Soon, the voice with chaotic noise came over again, "There are a lot of people. The specific number cannot be determined for the time being. It is estimated that it has exceeded ten thousand people, and the number is constantly increasing along the way." ??The faces of the people in the military factory who were listening to the radio became even uglier. If there are only 10,000 or 20,000 people, it will be about the same number as when the leader goes into the city to clean up the zombies. "It''s much worse. We can''t move the skeletons, and we don''t have the skills of the leaders. When the zombies rush in, we will be infected if we are touched." Its a shame, they cheated us. This bunch of scammers have disappeared without a trace. Now that we are doing well, they are luring us here. Be quiet and listen to what Sister Qi has to say! Everyone was quiet again. Qi Hancais voice sounded from the radio, Are there any special types of zombies? The rescue team replied, "You can see Level 2 and Level 3 deformed zombies. Judging from the behavior and movements of the zombies, we speculate that the existence of the zombie king cannot be ruled out, but we cannot be sure." There was a brief silence inside the radio station. Then, Qi Hancai said again: "Okay, you continue to move towards the military factory. I will have people pick you up and cooperate with them. Do not make any provocative or unnecessary actions to avoid misunderstanding." Provincial and district rescue teams, thank Xinfu City for their rescue. the rescue team said. Qi Hancai did not reply further. Even though on the radio he said something like "calling for the rescue team," Qi Hancai''s dissatisfaction could be heard from the tone of his voice. In other words, Qi Hancai could keep his composure, but if it had been anyone else, he would have yelled loudly. Then, Qi Hancai''s voice sounded again. Not with the provincial rescue team, but with the military factory shelter, "Bai Qing!" Sister Qi, Im here. Bring Bone Demon No. 1 here and tell him that I want to speak to him. "good." ??Bai Qing turned around and waved his hand, and someone immediately turned and left. Not long after, the door reopened, and a figure in a white shirt and black suit walked in. Except for his white skeleton, he was dressed more like a manager who was going to attend a meeting. Sister Qi, Bone Demon No. 1 is here, please tell me! The radio station remained quiet. Qi Hancai said directly: "Bone Demon No. 1, I am Qi Hancai. There are now over 10,000 zombies approaching the base along the east road. I need you to mobilize all the troops to resist the zombie attack to the greatest extent possible. Protect the base and rescue the survivors who come over." In the room, everyone looked at the skeleton in a suit and saw him nodding slightly. ??Bai Qing immediately said: "Sister Qi, it nodded." Qi Hancai continued: "You should also be prepared. If there is danger, leave first and do not interfere with the skeletons'' actions." "clear!" If you have anything, please report to me at any time. "OK." Hang up the communication and everyone starts to take action. The survivors prepared the convoy and told others to prepare for evacuation. ?The skeleton in the suit also walked outside the factory. Behind the factory, in the endless forest of dead trees, the sound of trampling fallen leaves and walking through the bushes could be heard. ??A large number of skeletons with eyes shining with blue fire walked out of the woods and gathered in front of the factory. Provincial and district rescue teams, convoys. A whole row of vehicles, moving quickly along the road. ??The rear was still followed by a group of corpses, roaring and roaring, chasing the vehicle like crazy. We are approaching the military factory. There is a roadblock area in front of us. We can see a large number of skeletons, making way for us. The voice of the lead car reported on the intercom. Slow down and drive past. The convoy began to slow down and plunged straight into the queue of skeletons. ?As the convoy drove in, everyones faces began to look ugly. Under the moonlight, on both sides of the convoy were dense and orderly skeleton armies, wearing battle armor, with a strange light shining in their empty eye sockets. Spearmen, archers, one-handed axes, swords! Different types of soldiers stand in different square formations, with the ranks forming straight lines. At a glance, the end of the army cannot be seen. This is hell! When the rescue team looked frightened. The survivors of the military factory approached quickly and knocked on the car windows, "Everyone get out of the car. No weapons are allowed." On the main road. The group of corpses that were chasing after them suddenly stopped. ? ? He fell down due to inertia, then got up again and stood back. At the rear of the corpse group, more zombies arrived one after another, forming an endless group of corpses. Phew! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. ??A figure with insect wings, shaped like a beetle, fell on the street lamp on one side. The street lamp swayed and made a squeaking sound. He glanced at the skeleton in front of him with cold eyes. Then he let out an angry roar. The group of corpses below also roared and roared. Then, the charge began, coming like a tide. Swish swish swish~! Dense arrows were shot from the skeleton camp. A large number of zombies were shot into hedgehogs and fell to the ground in the rain of arrows. Rolling, tripping over the corpses behind. ??Then, more zombies rushed into the spear array. The sharp spears pierced their bodies, bones collided with carrion, and roars resounded through the night sky. Treasure Island, bedroom. ?Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes, and his face became ugly. Experience value +1. Experience value +1. experience. Intense experience value prompts made him wake up instantly. He quickly put on his clothes, put on his armor, and walked to the study on one side. In the darkness, Xiaoxiao was watching TV, and Glenda was organizing drawings at the desk. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he asked curiously: "Didn''t you go to rest?" "I feel there is danger. Please walk around the island to see if there is any fighting." Wu Heng said. ?Such a dense amount of experience points is more suitable for fighting in the zombie world. But before leaving, it is better to confirm Treasure Island first to avoid any problems. The two ghosts looked at each other, agreed, and left directly through the roof of the shed. Not long after, he flew back quickly. Its okay, uncle! It doesnt matter if there is a patrol to chase away drunks. No, you guys come back first and well go over there. Wu Heng said directly. The two ghosts quickly returned to their bodies, Wu Heng opened the door and headed to the zombie world. ?Stepping out of the dormitory building, I heard fighting and roars resounding from outside the factory. It is indeed here. Release the ghost again, "Go and see what''s going on outside." Two ghosts quickly flew out and headed to the fighting area. Soon, he flew back from outside. A large number of corpses are attacking here, fighting with the skeletons. Granda said. The primary school student raised his hand and added: "There is a level 18 zombie among the zombies. He is a strong zombie with insect shells and wings." ?Glenda added, "In the yard, there was an extra motorcade, all with new faces." Let me take a look. Wu Heng said. Two ghosts entered the body, and the scene was shared. On the road outside the factory, densely packed zombies are pouring in this way along the road, like one wave after another, crashing into the queue of skeletons. The formation of skeletons is also like a solid steel wall. Resisting the opponent''s charges time and time again. Then, there were more motorcades in the factory yard and crowds gathered around. ?With just a quick glance, I saw the flag of the rescue team. Thanks to 08a for the tip (End of this chapter) Chapter 543 , I came to see your grandpa. Chapter 543: Come to see your grandpa The rescue team brought the corpses here? Near the military factory, Wu Heng had cleaned up the zombies. There was no way they would be found suddenly by the zombies. It should have been brought here by the rescue team. ?These guys are really looking for death. Now is not the time to think about these things, lets deal with this battle first. ?Wu Heng released the two ghosts again. ?At the same time, he pressed the intercom and said: "Organize the team and replace the magazine for the skeleton flying dragon. Everyone should take action and don''t get together." The walkie-talkie spread, and the panicked survivors were instantly suffocated. The leader is back. ?As long as the leader comes back, these zombies won''t be a problem at all. More corpses were also cleaned up. After receiving it, arrange for people to carry the solid iron bullets immediately. Speed ??up. ??Wu Heng urged and started walking outside. ??Took out the "Soul-Capturing Jade Flashlight" and handed it to a skeleton, saying: "Go up to the sentry tower and shine the light on the location where the skeletons and zombies are fighting." The skeleton took the flashlight, quickly climbed up to the sentry tower on the wall, and turned on the flashlight. A strong light shot out, shining on the fighting position. ?Wisps of ghosts, like smoke, fly into the sky. ??Wu Heng quickly walked towards the location of the skeleton in the suit, and at the same time said to the air: "Go and absorb the remnant souls, and also pay attention to the battlefield. If there is any danger, please inform me." I know, uncle! Dont worry, I wont put you in danger. Two ghosts quickly flew into the sky where the battle was taking place. ??Wu Heng walked up to the zombies in suits and said: "The skeleton flying dragons have loaded their ammunition. Let them bomb again. Pay attention to the distance." Hurrah hoo~! As the words fell, a series of piercing sounds passed by from behind. ??The skeleton flying dragon rose to a certain height, and the iron rain from the sky smashed into the group of corpses. ?Hum, boom, boom~! There was a roar like an explosion. The menacing group of corpses was instantly gone. ??The Corpse King, who was hiding among the corpses in the distance, also looked up at the sky in horror. After the skeleton flying dragon flew by, it circled half a circle and flew back again. Hurrah! The remaining zombies dispersed again. Avoid the main road, enter the dead wood forest on both sides, and continue rushing forward. ??The flying dragon went out for the second time and dropped iron bombs into the woods, killing a large number of zombies again. Move forward. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton army began to advance. ?The advantages of weapons and levels make this team, like an indestructible wall, retreat little by little against the incoming zombies. The spears in the front row were already covered with rotting corpses. Hello~! The Corpse King let out another deafening roar. ?Wu Heng was instantly alert, "Defend!" The skeleton instantly squatted down, lowered its center of gravity, and moved its spear forward. The next second, the zombies all turned around and ran towards the darkness behind. Pursuit. Hurrah! The half-crouched skeleton suddenly charged forward. Start to chase the zombies and charge towards them. ?Glenda flew down quickly and said: "The Corpse King is over there." ?Wu Heng immediately looked in the direction he was pointing. In the darkness, only groups of corpses could be seen, but there was no sign of the Corpse King. ?Taking out the Elf Magic Carpet and flying into the air, Barrett pointed far ahead, "Glenda, I can''t see the target." Glenda flew out quickly. Hang in the air and point to a location below. Bang~! An explosion sounded. The row of zombies was instantly shattered, and the corpse king''s figure could be vaguely seen, stumbling and falling. Then, Glenda prompted again. ??After Wu Heng fired another shot, even Granda''s figure could not be seen clearly. Soon, the zombies on the entire battlefield disappeared without a trace. ?Glenda also flew back from a distance, "Why don''t you hit it? It will die soon." I cant see you anymore. I cant even see you anymore. "It''s a pity." Glenda sighed, and then said: "It''s almost the same. Half of her body is gone, but her recovery is still quite strong, and she can still run away." It wont be difficult to catch it if we collect some intelligence then. Yeah. Glenda nodded and flew into the sky again. Wu Heng got off the flying carpet. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield, and Wu Heng also transformed into zombies. Early morning. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the bedroom eating breakfast. ?The door opened and Qi Hancai walked in from the outside. He took a sip of water and said, "These rescue teams seem to have a serious brain disease. They insist on running towards us. I''m so angry." At midnight, Qi Hancai also rushed back with his convoy. ??She would stay here in the past. Just yesterday afternoon, she took a convoy to deliver a rare object [Clay Doll of Sincerity] to Li Yahong. Unexpectedly, she encountered this. How did they provoke these zombies? Wu Heng asked. Actually, Wu Heng can''t come over, and the skeletons in suits are enough to deal with these groups of corpses. Skeletons also have an advantage in level and equipment, making it impossible to lose. At least, it was impossible for those zombies to capture the military factory last night. Qi Hancai said: "According to what they said, they arranged for the army to enter the city to fight the zombies, but they withdrew without fighting on the way. The zombies followed the withdrawing vehicles and found their base." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Their base is gone?" "No, everyone ran out, and then they led the corpses to us." Qi Hancai sighed, "They sent us a message half an hour in advance, but they really escaped this way, still want to You have to hold us back." Speaking of pulling on the back of a cushion. ?Wu Hengs eyes narrowed slightly. A provincial rescue team, if this is really the case, then there is no need to exist. Or it would not be difficult to kill their leader. Who are the people in the rescue team? Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "It is roughly divided into three types. One is the rescue team headed by Commander Liu. These people have strong discipline and combat effectiveness." "The second one is Tiancheng Group. They are the second largest force in the rescue team. They have a group of highly knowledgeable talents under their command who are proficient in mechanical research and development and manufacturing. In related fields, they seem to develop whatever type of machinery you want. The corresponding production line is coming out, thats what I heard. The third one is the ordinary residents, they are found everywhere, and there are also many people who live here and there. ?Wu Heng listened carefully and nodded along. ?This rescue team still has some foundation and retains a number of high-level talents. In terms of professions in other worlds, they are a group of magicians. ??Wu Heng asked: "What''s their plan next?" "I just talked with them. Commander Liu said that he wants to go through our airport and follow the main station directly when he comes to do business next time." Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng nodded. ?This rescue team has a good plan. Bringing the matter to his own side, he ended up having to use the airport to leave. Let them take all the good things. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Because of their reasons, they also caused a certain amount of panic and losses to us. In the future, when other shelters encounter corpses, they will follow suit and lead them to other shelters. It will not be a mess." Well, its really not authentic. Wu Heng glanced at her and said: "Don''t say anything to them now. When they want to use the airport to leave, keep the Tiancheng Group and their weapons and equipment. If the rest of the residents are willing to stay, we will also take them in." If you dont want to, just follow them to the main station. What if people from Tiancheng Group are unwilling? Qi Hancai asked. "It doesn''t matter if you are willing or not, this is compensation for the losses we have caused. We can do anything for them." Wu Heng took a sip of soup. Qi Hancai nodded, "I understand. I will ask Renhe Tiancheng to contact them in the next few days to count the people." When they established their base, they really didnt do anything to force others. Even when rescuing survivors, we will take them back if they are willing to follow them, and forget about them if they are not willing. This time, the attitude is obviously tougher. Let them pay some price for their actions last night. Have you eaten? Wu Heng asked. "not yet!" Eat quickly, the days will be long, what should I do if Im starving? Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai sat down opposite and started eating together. Chatting casually about other things. Have breakfast. ?Wu Heng also asked Xiaoxiao to go to the rescue team and eavesdrop on some news. Privately, these people held four meetings in succession. They were all discussing the strength of the military factory and the next step to go to the main station. For the battle last night. ?These people expressed disbelief and shock. Even though I had heard of skeletons before, I never expected that there would be so many of them and their fighting power would be so fierce. Basically, they were fighting against the corpses. Among these topics, there was no discussion about what to do here. The most important thing was to maintain good relations. Dont make enemies. Stayed at the military factory until the afternoon. After confirming that there were no problems or dangers, he said hello to Qi Hancai. He returned to the dormitory and walked into the boundary gate. Return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng appeared in the study. Two ghosts were released. Xiaoxiao and Glenda were floating on both sides, one on the left and the other on the right. In the battle last night. ?Xiao Xiao has been upgraded to level 15 and unlocked [Supernatural Phenomena]. ?Granda was promoted to level 17. After one step up, she reached level 18 and became a fifth-level professional. ?Wu Heng looked at Granda, who was about to read a book, and said, "Glenda, you are already level 17. Work hard today and directly raise it to level 18." ?Glenda looked up and said, "Didn''t I just come back? Do you still want to go there?" Glenda has no objections to the upgrade. The higher the level, the better. Didnt I get a few level 18 dead ghosts before? Keeping them takes up space. You should absorb one first and see if you can reach level 18. ?Glenda thought for a moment and nodded, "Okay." We went downstairs together and entered a room on the third floor. ?Wu Heng took out the Demon Soul Pot, placed it in the middle, and continued to release the [Bone Cage]. ??A dense mass of white bones wraps up the Demonic Soul Pot. Then, he activated the Demonic Soul Pot, and a thin ghost with fangs slowly floated out from it. A level 18 strong person from the Vampire family. That is, the vampire in the sarcophagus of the Tianming Cult. The ghost level is level 10. Granda is level 17 and absorbs level 10, no problem at all. The ghost was a little confused, and then he saw Wu Heng outside. He raised his eyebrows and cursed: "Baby, are you here to see your grandpa?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 544 , memory and unfinished business Chapter 544, Memory and Unfinished Business The vampire ghost looked outside with anger on his face. ??He was full of disdain and resentment towards the Necromancer in front of him. "Little thing, how long can you keep me in prison? Sooner or later, the clan will communicate with the association and let me out. At that time, I will peel off your skin, hang you up, and collect your blood bit by bit." Even if he becomes a ghost, he falls into the hands of the Necromancer. Still behaved extremely arrogantly. This is completely different from interrogating several other ghosts. ??Whether it is the soul of the level 18 island owner or the soul of the great boxer of the God''s Punishment Sect, even if he has made threats, he does not dare to be too arrogant. But the vampires in front of them acted fearless. Only ghosts are left, and they are not worried at all if they are caught. At most, they will be locked up for a period of time. He believed that the vampires would protect him. ?Wu Heng ignored him and looked at Glenda, "Is it okay?" ?Glenda said calmly, "No problem, the level is not high, I can suppress him." ?Xiao Xiao lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder, "Auntie won''t be affected? He doesn''t seem to be thinking well." Probably not. ??The vampire ghost stopped cursing and taunting, and looked outside suspiciously, "Hey, what are you talking about? What do you mean?" His eyes quickly glanced at the two ghosts, and their eyes changed slightly. Controlling his emotions, he adopted a rational debating attitude and said, "What? You want to harm me? You can''t explain it to the vampires then. You can talk to the vampires about this matter. I still have a certain identity and can help you." A generous compensation for you. No one is paying attention outside. ?Wu Heng still looked at Granda, "Let''s get started, don''t leave any room to spare." Okay. Glenda nodded. The bone prison opened a gap, and Glenda flew directly in. ?Seeing this scene, the vampire ghost''s expression changed, his eyes lingered on Glenda and Wu Heng, and he said angrily: "What are you doing? I am the prince of the vampire clan. If you anger me, don''t blame me for being rude." Glenda said: "Wu Heng wrote a letter to your leader Lilith, but she didn''t reply. Do you think the vampires really intend to save you?" Such a long time has passed. No news came from the Vampires or Lilith. At most, they only asked Sheila Ge to transport the mutilated body back. ??Lest he is actually transformed into a skeleton by Wu Heng, which would have an adverse effect on the vampires outside. The existence of the soul of this vampire has not been mentioned at all. It also proves how Lilith and the Vampires treat him. "You are talking nonsense. You are a ghost. How much benefit can you get by absorbing me? And you, a field envoy, were not qualified to talk to me before. How dare you... do this to me." The ghost roared hoarsely and angrily. "It would be more dangerous for someone like you to really let you out." Glenda said, and she immediately pounced on him. Two ghosts became entangled in an instant. ?Like two drops of ink of different colors, turbid together, constantly eroding each other. Outside the bone prison, Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao also looked nervously at the energy group entangled inside. ? Even if Glenda has the advantage, there will be no problem in theory. But it is still difficult to guarantee that it will be completely smooth. ?Under the gaze, time passes little by little, and the entangled ghosts become more and more blurred, making it difficult to distinguish each other. At this time, the prompt suddenly appears. Ghost level increased to level 18, Constitution +3, Perception +3, Charisma +2. Unlock feature: Strengthen possession. Unlock ability: Touch of withering. Unlocking restrictions: Unfinished business. The appearance of the prompt made Wu Heng feel happy. Sure enough, absorbing this complete ghost is more effective than absorbing the residual soul. Let Granda reach level 18. The improvement of his own ghost soul has also solved the fear of the soul body that he has always had. ??The reason why the Necromancer of the Destiny Sect is so difficult to deal with from Treasure Island is because the opponent''s ghost is of a higher level. It seems that Glenda has not fully recovered yet. ??Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look at the newly unlocked attributes. Strengthened Possession: Strengthen the original possession function. If the intelligence and charm are lower than the ghost itself, it will forcibly take control of the body. Withering Touch: The ghost''s attack will have erosion damage, causing damage to the soul body and the soul of the living creature. Unfinished business: The ghost is eager to complete his last wish (if the last wish is not completed, he will not be able to enter the next level). A total of three new abilities have been unlocked. Enhanced Possessionis an enhancement of the original possession ability. Possession is the iconic ability of ghosts, and it plays a big role in the zombie world. Now it has been enhanced and can also possess some high-level professionals. The second ability, called [Withering Touch], can attack the soul body or the soul of a living being. The original ghost itself has no attack power. Being able to control objects and kill people with a sword is also an ability added to the ghost by Wu Heng through a ritual. This ability adds an attack method. The last one is called [Unfinished Business]. From the description, it is the ghosts unfulfilled last wish, and only by fulfilling this last wish can the level continue to be improved. Some words like inner demons. Furthermore, it is quite similar to [Hero Creation] for level 18 professionals, which adds a limit to level up. Although the types are different, they are all stuck at level 18. Inside the bone prison. ?Glenda''s figure gradually solidified, and she returned to the image of a Western housewife. Looked down at his illusory hands. ??Looked at Wu Heng and Xiao Xiao outside again. ?Wu Heng closed the panel and asked in a concerned tone, "How are you doing? Do you feel anything special?" "I feel like I have become stronger." Glenda replied, and then said, "I also received some chaotic memories about this vampire." Memory? Does it affect you? "It doesn''t have any impact. It''s like a cartoon I watched. It''s just a scene. It''s quite interesting. Do you want to watch it?" Glenda looked at him and asked. Can I watch it too? It should work, lets try it. ?Wu Heng removed the bone prison, Glenda turned half a circle and got into Wu Heng''s body. Immediately afterwards, countless messy and broken memory fragments were shared in my mind. ??Wu Heng also saw some past experiences of vampire ghosts. When he was young, he bullied his fellow tribesmen, plundered and killed creatures wantonly, and raped women to satisfy his desire for blood and men. After reaching adulthood, his level and status in the clan also increased, and he began to plunder living creatures and raise blood slaves who provided him with blood food in the cellar of the mansion. ??The worst thing is to plunder newlywed brides from various places, organize blood feasts in the mansion, let them wear wedding dresses or local wedding dresses, and have their throats bitten out by the vampires and **** their blood. Scenes flashed by one after another, followed by the vampire ghosts, some scenes that are more profound in my memory. In the cold and dark castle. An adult male vampire, sitting on an iron-gray throne. Put away your bad habits, the association has focused its attention on you, dont cause trouble for yourself. "This **** Lilith brought her back. Ever since she joined that **** association, she no longer regards herself as a member of our vampire clan." The vampire ghost took a step forward and said in an angry tone, "Her existence will only cause conflicts between the vampire clan and the association. "Deeper, give her to me, I need a woman to distract myself and make sure I don''t cause trouble outside." She is the eldest daughter of the Beshmit family, dont mess with her. ??The vampire gritted his teeth and said, "I know." The screen changes again. ??The woman in black armor and cold appearance slowly sat on the iron-gray throne. The voice was cold, "Melanice, according to the laws of the blood clan, you wantonly killed the residents of neighboring countries and raped and imprisoned girls of all races, which has had a serious impact on the blood clan. I declare that you will be permanently exiled. In the remaining years, you will slowly Repent slowly!" Lilith, you cant do this to me, you cant do this. ?Lilith waved her hand slightly. The **** light swept over his body. The flesh and blood began to dry up, and the male organs disappeared in strange ways. (End of this chapter) Chapter 545 , no face left Chapter 545, no shame Dead flesh forming a line of intact skin. Ahem~! Lilith, you are a lackey of the association and a shameless bitch. If I survive, I will definitely kill you. Amidst the curses, he was thrown into the sarcophagus, and the scene disappeared. ??This was the first time Wu Heng knew what Lilith looked like. And the ghost he killed was a villain who did all kinds of evil. ?At first I didnt believe that some people were born to do evil things, but after seeing his memory, I started to believe it a little bit. But from these pictures, it seems that we also know some things about the vampires. There are different families in the Vampire Clan. The original leader was not Lilith, but became the leader by usurping the throne. Then there should be other exiled vampires. Released Glenda. Floating aside, his face was full of interest, "How is it? Is it exciting?" Quite unexpected. Xiao Xiao asked, "What did you see? Tell me, I love listening to stories the most." "Let your aunt tell you." Wu Heng looked at Glenda again, "Don''t be too **** and teach the child bad things." ?Glenda was about to start telling a story, but immediately held back, "I can''t tell it, so you tell it." Tell me about the time when he did bad things and was exiled. ?Glenda nodded, "Let''s go to the study and I''ll tell you." "good!" Two ghosts left through the roof of the shed, while Wu Heng cleaned up the surrounding area. Packed away the empty magic soul pot on the ground. Going downstairs, Wu Heng sat in the living room and looked through the Necronomicon. There is no record in the book that the ghost reached level 18. But the souls last wish is mentioned above. While preserving the memories of their lifetime, most souls will be eager to complete the unfinished tasks during their lifetime. For example, death revenge, fulfilling a promise. Or go and take a look again at a place that impressed you. As for the encounters that ghosts suffer when they die, they will also be afraid of corresponding scenes to a large extent. Glenda died in the fire, and she didnt seem to show any fear of the fire. "Xiaoxiao died of a zombie outbreak, so he wasn''t afraid of zombies. No, Xiaoxiao was locked in a hidden place and didn''t come out in the end, so it doesn''t count as death at the hands of zombies." Afraid of this, both of his ghosts seem to have no psychological shadow. Its pretty good. Master, its time to eat! Catwoman Robert waved from a distance. ?Wu Heng stood up and followed him into the restaurant. He listened to the maids chatting about the interesting things they met while shopping during the day while continuing to eat. The sky is getting darker. ?Wu Heng finished taking a shower and walked into the study. The two ghosts are busy doing their own things. ?Wu Heng glanced at the ghost of the woman on one side and said, "Glenda." Well, whats wrong? Glenda flew over and asked. Do you know the unfinished business? Wu Heng looked at her. I dont know, is it also an idiom from your side? Glenda was a little curious. Unfinished business is the word that appears on Glenda''s panel. It seems that the ghost itself is not clear about it. Wu Heng explained: "That''s right, you are a ghost now. Did you have any wishes before? I can help you realize it." Just when Glenda was about to speak, Xiaoxiao shouted: "I want a big strawberry bear suit, and then put a skeleton in it and act as a bodyguard for me. How about that? That''s a good idea." After finishing speaking, there was still a proud look on his face. It seems that my ideas are very creative. Your wish will wait until you reach level 18. Your Aunt Glenda has just reached level 18, so let her speak first. "Ah? Then I don''t want it." Xiaoxiao flew back and continued playing with the tablet. Glenda said: "I originally wanted a big house where I could hold a dance party and plant a garden shed with various flowers. Now there is no need for it. I feel quite satisfied just following you and Xiaoxiao." Forehead. Seems like I was led astray by Xiaoxiao. "That is, even if you become a ghost now, you have to do it and don''t do anything you are unwilling to do." Wu Heng emphasized again. Glenda thought for a moment and looked at him doubtfully, "I told you, have you forgotten?" Wu Heng frowned and thought quickly. He felt a slight movement in his heart. ?Glenda said more than once that if her husband was still alive, she would find him and ask why she was burned with the house. It must be this one. Apart from finding your husband? "He is not my husband, he is my enemy." Glenda emphasized, and then said: "I don''t have any other ideas. Please help me collect some books. I can also pass the time when I am bored." Okay! Wu Heng nodded. ?Glenda smiled and saw that there was nothing wrong with him, so she flew aside and continued to read the open book. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a chair, thinking about Glenda. The unfinished business can basically be determined, but it is really hard to say whether the other party is still alive. If you are alive, the rest is easy to talk about. Find it normally, ask for the reason, and then avenge Glenda. If you are dead. Find the body, and if there is still meat, ask for it. ?There is a pile of bones left, summon them up, and give Glenda some vent. It just depends on how to find the other party. ?It was getting late, and Wu Heng was getting a little sleepy. I got up in the middle of the night to kill zombies last night, and I really didnt get a good rest. ?Hello to the two ghosts, return to the bedroom and rest. Late night. Emerald Sea, a small island. ?There is no moonlight at night, and bright torches illuminate the surroundings. A large number of figures are camping on the shore. Deep in the island, a large number of flying dragons can be seen, both adults and young ones, wandering around. At this time, a speedboat approached the shore. A figure wearing leather armor and a hood got off the ship, walked quickly to the middle of the crowd, and said in a deep voice: "I found out that all the pirates in the Emerald Sea were wiped out by the association, including a few of the people who placed orders with us. A pirate group." Then, a voice sounded from the temporary animal skin tent, "All dead? Can the association kill so many pirates?" I heard that the pirates attacked Treasure Island collectively and were killed by the strong men on the island. There was a Necromancer who owned the island. The strong man at that time was Imiro from the Elf clan. The man in the tent pondered for a moment and said, "Then we have to go back empty-handed this time? The leader may not be very satisfied with us." The reporting figure whispered: "Otherwise, it wouldn''t be a loss if we rob a few ships and go back with money and goods." Wheres Treasure Island? Treasure Island is not good. It is said that the association left behind a lot of weird equipment, and anyone who goes there will be blown to pieces. There was silence again in the tent, "Okay, let everyone collect intelligence tomorrow and grab enough money for this transaction. We will go back and give the leader an explanation." "yes!" The next day, zombie world. There was a low voice of discussion on the radio station. Did the rescue team survive? They were chased all the way by the Corpse King with a group of corpses. They were really lucky. Listen to their conversation on the radio, they were rescued by Xinfu City. "This rescue team is really not a human being. It would be shameless to lead people to their side." Stop talking nonsense, or you will risk your life. I, Liu Huaqiang, am not allowed to tell the truth anymore. If you have the ability, come to me. After Wu Heng came over, he turned on the radio and listened, and then there was talk about them and the rescue team. It seems that rescuing the rescue team is not without any benefit. The public opinion outside on our side is pretty good. ?Wu Heng listened, and the door opened with a creak. Qi Hancai walked in. ?Took out a list and handed it over, "In two days, the plane from the main station will come to pick us up. Do we need to order anything? We might as well ask them to bring it with us." ?Wu Heng glanced at the items on the list. Do these howitzers only provide shells and no launchers? (End of this chapter) Chapter 546 , looking forward to your performance Chapter 546, looking forward to your performance "If it''s not written down, it probably doesn''t exist." Qi Hancai stood up and poured him a glass of water. ?Wu Heng looked at the list again and said: "Fifty sniper rifles, 100 heavy machine guns, 2,000 cannon shells, and 500 grenades. Let''s start with this." Qi Hancai returned to the table, took out a piece of paper and started recording. ?Wu Heng returned the list to her, "Decide on these first, and then ask them about the selling prices of various weapons production machinery blueprints, and let them add them to the list." Okay! Qi Hancai put away the paper he had written down. "How are the rescue team? Are they honest?" Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng was still wary of these people. It is said that he hurriedly fled down the road leading to the military factory. But it cannot be ruled out that those on the radio said they wanted to lure Wu Heng into trouble. Qi Hancai sat down aside, "They are all relatively honest, and they all eat the same food as us. In addition, we have easy access to electricity here and there are electric heaters in winter. It will not be difficult to keep some people as long as we retain them a little." " ?In the past two days, Qi Hancai also asked people to inquire about the original life of the rescue team. Food is distributed according to quantity. It cannot be said to be the minimum amount, but it is not enough to satisfy people. ??And there is no electricity or heating, so we are almost becoming primitive people. The living environment is much worse than here. "That''s good." Qi Hancai continued: "What happened last time can be regarded as a reminder to us. I have arranged sentries on several roads that must be passed through the factory. If there are people coming or groups of corpses, the news can be sent back in advance." Thats right, sentries should have been set up long ago. Also, the road outside the factory is being rebuilt, and the street lights in a certain area outside the factory are also being changed. They can be lit up at night, so you can see further. Chance Qi Hancai and the others had obviously had a meeting and made detailed arrangements for some surrounding situations. ?The street light Wuheng feels unnecessary. The guards are all skeletons. Whether or not there is a light at night does not matter much. But now that there is sufficient power, it is not a big problem just to restore the street lights on a section of the road outside. Okay, just do as you say. "Okay." Qi Hancai smiled when he saw that his ideas were agreed. Finished talking about the factory. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Last time, I asked Li Yahong to send all the skeletons that were transformed into deformed zombies. How did it go?" Ive already come, its in the woodland behind the factory. Qi Hancai replied. Lets go, take me to see it. The two of them walked out of the dormitory together and went to a woodland outside the factory yard. ??Big guys, big guys wearing iron armor, and other large skeletons transformed from deformed zombies filled the entire open space. ?These are skeletons transformed from deformed zombies. Among them, there are mainly second- and third-level power-type deformed skeletons, including large skeletons and crawler skeletons. Commander, the big skull is not included. Still staying in various places, responsible for helping survivors manage ordinary skeletons. They are all here, 220 of them in total. I didnt expect that we would all kill such deformed zombies. Qi Hancai said from the side. Its quite a lot. Wu Heng waved his hand casually. ?Suddenly a crack appeared out of thin air on his side, and the stone door opened, revealing the luxurious bedroom inside and the hot spring in the middle of the grass. Then, the scene inside began to change. All items disappeared, turning into a simple and empty soldier hiding cave. Everyone, go in and stand by. As the order was given, all the aberrant skeletons took action. They pushed each other and walked into the cave where soldiers were hidden in the stone gate. After entering, everyone should stand still. ??Wu Heng asked several skeletons huddled together to create some distance, and then turned off the mansion technique. Everything disappears. ??Qi Hancai''s eyes widened and he glanced back and forth several times at the point where Wuheng and Zangbingdong disappeared. New abilities! This is definitely a new ability that she has not seen before. At the main station, they are still urging us to send the blood of superpower users to better develop superpowers. joke. The abilities possessed by our leader are probably the most comprehensive and diverse. Also use them to help with development. Lets go back. After putting away the distorted skeleton, Wu Heng continued. Qi Hancai followed behind and walked towards the back together. In the afternoon, the two of them had lunch in the cafeteria. ?Qi Hancai introduced in a low voice some important personnel of the provincial rescue team. Including some management, captains and technical staff of Tiancheng Group. ?Wu Heng was eating while listening to Qi Hancais introduction. There were quite a few people from the provincial rescue team, but they didnt meet many acquaintances. ??The only commendable thing about the rescue team''s escape this time is that they did not give up on ordinary people. ?Even though the convoy was divided into several batches, everyone was still brought along. After lunch, the two returned to the dormitory. Qi Hancai took off his coat, revealing a white turtleneck sweater underneath, with a high chest and a flat belly. He smoothed his hair and said with a slightly red face, "I went to take a shower." Dont worry, we have enough time before dark. Wu Heng also took off his coat. Qi Hancais face turned even redder, Yeah. ??Wu Heng sat by the bed, waiting for Qi Hancai and thinking about the next plan. If everything goes well, Treasure Island will be able to complete power supply in the next few days. At that time, some production chains can also be built on the island. The R&D and design of production equipment require some professional personnel, and those from Tiancheng Group must stay. In the past two days, Qi Hancai has been trying to win over these people. If they are still unwilling to stay by then, Wu Heng will force them to stay. Come and design the production machine for yourself. ?Thinking in my mind, the bathroom door opened. Qi Hancai walked out wrapped in a white bathrobe. Do you still want to wash? "Wait for me!" Wu Heng took off his clothes and walked into the bathroom. "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded, knelt on the bed, and began to make the quilt on the bed. ?Wu Heng entered the bathroom and washed himself briefly. When you come out again. Qi Hancai took the initiative to stand up and come closer. The two of them clung to each other and caressed each other. "Come here, lie down." Qi Hancai pulled him to lie down on the bed. Qi Hancai loosened his bathrobe, revealing her white, tender and beautiful body. With bare white feet, he walked vertically upward from one side of the wall. ??Go all the way to the roof of the shed, above where Wu Heng is lying. The body is hanging upside down, and the feet are firmly grasping the roof of the shed. ?Wu Heng looked at her, "What kind of show is this?" Some are out of reach. Qi Hancai raised his head and said. ??Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai hanging upside down, put the pillow behind him on his waist, and pulled it closer. Qi Hancai blushed, stretched out her red tongue, licked it lightly, and put it into her mouth. The footsteps hanging on the roof of the shed moved and began to circle slowly. Returning to Treasure Island, it was already dusk. ??Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and the little cat girl Robey jumped and waved her hands, "Master, it''s time to eat." Hmm. Wu Heng walked towards the dining table. The dinner was quite sumptuous. Several people sat together and chatted while eating. Andewil chewed lightly and said: "Master, the street lights have been erected, but they seem to be broken and they don''t shine like Luntam City." Over the past two days, electrician skeletons and the island''s engineering team have set up telephone poles and street lights in the central area. Prepare for the completion of power supply to Treasure Island later. Its different from Luntam City. Youll be able to see the effect after a few days. Wu Heng explained. Oh, I thought it was bad after pretending to be good. "It''s not broken. You''ll know when the time comes. The effect is better than the one in Wrentam City." Really, Im starting to look forward to it! Andwyer said with a smile. Have had dinner. The maids took a break and went to the training room for training. ??Wu Heng was in the study room, unlocking the [Earth Coffin Technique] he obtained last time. Then chat with the two ghosts and ask Glenda in a casual chat if she has any other last wishes. But after talking about it, Glendas last wish was to set her husband on fire. ??Wu Heng asked about her husband''s appearance and name. ?Take a piece of paper and write it down, and look into it when you get the chance. At midnight, Wu Heng returned to his room to rest. The next day, in the morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng stood in the courtyard. The staff in hand condenses spells. The earth element under his feet began to boil, gradually forming an upright earth coffin along the body, wrapping the body. Then, the earthen coffin took him and slowly began to move downward, until it sank below the ground. At the sinking position, only slight traces can be seen, which are not so obvious. ?Wu Heng was sealed in an earthen coffin, and his whole body was dark. The narrow coffin also restricted his movements. The air became thinner and breathing became a little difficult. After waiting for a while, adjusting the spell, the earthen coffin began to slowly rise to the ground, and the earthen coffin collapsed. ?Sight is restored. ?Wu Heng turned around and saw Minnie, Annette and Robert standing over there holding a shovel. (End of this chapter) Chapter 547 , why resurrect it? Chapter 547: Why resurrect it? Whats wrong? Wu Heng asked. Minnie asked: "Master, are you okay?" ?Wu Heng touched the other party''s head and said, "Don''t worry, nothing will happen." What is this new spell used for? Minnie was curious. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "At critical moments, you can hide yourself or ambush the enemy." Oh, it still doesnt feel like its of much use. With one more skill, I might be able to use it sometime! Well, the master is right. ~! ?While a few people were chatting, there was a knocking sound on the courtyard door. ?Minnie quickly walked over to open the door, turned around and shouted: "Master, Deacon Sheilagui is here." Then, he walked in with Shilagui. Why do you think of me? Wu Heng walked over. Sheila Gui said: "There are pirates on the sea. Let''s discuss it with you." Pirates? Newly formed? Wu Heng asked. The two of them walked into the living room together and sat down on the sofa. Annette, the lop-eared rabbit, brought tea and cakes. Xilagui continued: "No, the news from the fleet that arrived at the port yesterday said that five pirate ships without flags appeared on the ''Lingassar Route'', and they had flying dragons and strong combat capabilities. Some ships had already been attacked. To the plunder. Flying dragon? Five pirate ships. ?Since the last time ''Philippa'' took the fleet to clean up a circle along the route, there has been basically no news of pirates. It can be regarded as the most peaceful period of time in the Emerald Sea. Soon, there are pirates again. The pirate groups that can have flying dragons are all big pirates, and we have killed them all. Sheila Gui shook her head, "This is also what I''m worried about. It may have been missed at the time, or it may be a pirate group in other sea areas." Then, he took out a tattered and **** leather armor and said, "This belongs to the pirates. Let''s see if the prophet can find out anything." ?Wu Heng took it and said, "Okay, please wait a moment." Okay, just let me know if there are any results. ?Wu Heng took the leather armor and climbed directly to the third floor and entered the room where the Skeleton Prophet was. ??He did not let the prophet check the leather armor in his hand, but took out the emerald sand tray. That''s why I didn''t let Sheila Gui follow me. I also dont want her to know the existence of the jade sand table. Its not that Im afraid of her coveting her, the relationship between Sheila Guis character and myself is quite good. ?The main thing is that I am worried that if the information about the rare object is leaked, it will cause unnecessary trouble to me. The Emerald Sand Table is like forming a map from Gods perspective within the entire Emerald Sea. You can see the movements, routes, and even flags and types of any ship. Its not easy to use outside, but its a magical weapon inside the Emerald Sea. The reason why the Pirate King can challenge the association is also because of the existence of this strange object. Take out the jade sand tray and look at the situation above. Since he saw no obvious pirates, he focused his attention on the "Lingassar Route" and started searching along the route. Looking around, I found five huge cargo ships on the shore of Scorpion Claw Island. Docked at the edge of the island, a flag with red dragon wings on a green background was hoisted. Not a pirates black skull and crossbones flag. However, there were only five of them on the entire route, and they had a type of flag that they had never seen before. The target was obvious. ?Wu Heng put away the sand table and went downstairs again. Sheila Gui was still sitting in the hall, looking at the paintings hanging on the wall. "How about it?" Wu Heng said: "The flag with red dragon wings on a green background, do you know what kind of flag it is?" Sheila Gui frowned and recalled, "The flag of the Dragon Traffickers and the pterosaurs of the pirates in the Emerald Sea were bought from them." Ah? Did you buy the pirates dragon? Why didnt I hear about it? "I also know some information, but I have never seen it." Sheila Gui explained, and then said, "They should be here to sell the flying dragon, and they started to rob the ship for some reason." What are your plans? Lets lead the team out to sea in the afternoon. The Emerald Sea has just calmed down, so we cant let these guys cause trouble. Xilagui picked up the tea cup and took a sip. ?Wu Heng also agreed with this idea. More and more caravans have been arriving on Treasure Island recently, and the business environment is also getting better. Don''t let these guys make the caravan feel that the route is dangerous again. I thought for a moment and said directly: "Treasure Island cannot be without people. You stay and take charge, and leave the rest to me." Sheila Gui felt that it made sense, "Bring two teams with you!" No need, its just skeleton fighting, just wait for my good news. Well, be safe. "Um." The two had a brief discussion, and Shilagui left the manor and returned to the association in a carriage. Wu Heng began to make some preparations. Then put on the [train conductors hat], board the train, and fill in Scorpion Claw Island on the itinerary. The ghost train reentered the void and disappeared. Scorpion Claw Island. ?Wu Heng sat aside and waited for a while. Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back one after another. More than 400 people, no slaves or hostages were found, but there were more than 40 flying dragons. ? ? A little addition, "There is a level 15 professional who is picking his toes in the house over there. It''s so dirty!" Let me take a look! Theres no need to look at the little one. Tch~! Xiao Xiaobaobang pouted. ?Glenda smiled, got into his body, and shared the scene. A temporary tent was set up on the shore. There were indeed a lot of people there, and there were many flying dragons not far away. They didnt fly into the sky, but fell to the ground in pieces. ?Wu Heng released Glenda. Started to assign tasks, "Xiaoxiao, please help me guard. Glenda, you are in charge of those flying dragons. Do you need the evil sword?" ?Glenda shook her head, "It shouldn''t be necessary." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked to the other side, "Do you have any questions, Xiaoxiao?" Xiao Xiao clenched his fist and said, "No problem." Okay, then prepare to fight. Wu Heng said, and the two ghosts quickly separated and flew away. ??Wu Heng stood on a high place and looked at the tent gathering place below from a distance. ??The staff was raised in his hand, and a huge crack and stone door suddenly appeared. The moment the crack appeared, it also attracted the attention of the enemy in the distance. They shouted to their companions, picked up their weapons, and looked at this side with vigilance. ?Wu Heng glanced ahead and ordered, "Blast at the crowd and the stone houses over there." Hang~bang~bang! The machine cannon behind the stone gate began to spit out dazzling tongues of flame. The tent groups and stone houses suddenly exploded and turned into debris all over the sky. The gathered enemies roared and howled, and fled in all directions in confusion. Their bodies were penetrated by splashing sand and gravel, and they fell one by one. The entire tent gathering place disappeared, leaving deep pits all over the ground. Go down and kill all the enemies. Wu Heng ordered again. Hurrah! A large number of deformed skeletons rushed out from behind the stone door, like crazy beasts, striding downwards. He started a fight with the remaining enemies who were not dead. On the other side, several figures climbed onto the back of the flying dragon. More than 40 flying dragons flew into the sky instantly and hovered from the sky. A human riding a flying dragon fired the crossbow bolt in his hand, then took out an alchemy bomb and lit the fuse, "Damn undead, I''ll blow you up." Who to blow up? An illusory face appeared in front of the other party. Without waiting for a reaction, she got directly into his body. ??The grenade that had just been lit was put back into the full bag. Boom~! There was an explosion, and the fire engulfed both the man and the dragon. Burned corpses fell from the sky. Then, the ghost leaves the body again and gets into the body of the next enemy. ?? Raised the long sword in his hand and stabbed the flying dragon below him hard into the back of the neck. The flying dragon is in pain and dripping with blood. They fell to the ground together with them. The whole sky was also in chaos, and the flying dragons fell from the sky one after another. Even if its a flying dragon that feels wrong and wants to run away. also fell into the sea after flying for a certain distance. The battle lasted about half an hour. The whole island gradually became quiet. ?Only the tent with burning flames still heard the crackling sound of burning. The battle is simpler than imagined. Even the strong foot-picking man in the novel, Wu Heng did not see him. ??It should have been blown to pieces in the first round of artillery fire. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Some of them jumped directly into the sea to salvage the bodies that fell into the sea. Not long after, corpses were neatly arranged on the shore. ??Wu Heng walked around the flying dragon corpses and selected three flying dragon corpses with sharp swords pierced through the back of the neck. Tie up the wings and feet of these three bodies. The skeleton immediately took action, picked up the rope, and tied the wings and legs of the flying dragon tightly together. Uncle, what are you doing? Xiaoxiao asked curiously. ?Glenda was on the other side and also said, "You have a lot of quirks." What do you mean? Xiaoxiao was even more curious. ??Wu Heng said: "Don''t talk nonsense to children." Isnt it? Then what are you doing? ?Wu Heng didnt explain much and released the [Resurrection Technique] on the three dragon corpses one after another. ?Feilong''s body trembled slightly, and then he opened his eyes, going from death to serious injury. Why are you saving them? (End of this chapter) Chapter 548 , escorted by four fighter jets Chapter 548, escorted by four fighter jets Three flying dragons changed from dead to seriously injured. The man who was beaten to death with great difficulty is now revived. Tie them up tightly. Wu Heng ordered, and then explained to the ghost next to him, Take them back first to see if we can raise them ourselves or use them for some experiments, we will talk later. "Okay, just think about it." Glenda said. ?Xiao Xiao no longer focused on this place and flew straight towards the cargo ship on the shore. The skeleton tied the seriously injured flying dragon twice more. ?Wu Heng activated the ''Mansion Technique'' and asked the skeleton to drag the seriously injured flying dragon in and throw it into the corner. The mansion spell is closed. ??Wu Heng continued to focus on other ordinary human corpses. ?According to Xila Guis guess, these people are all members of the dragon traffic team, but the purpose of coming here and why they robbed the ships are still unclear. Find a random corpse and release [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way with cloudy eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "What is the purpose of your coming here?" The corpse replied, "Come to the Emerald Sea and sell some trained flying dragons to the pirates." Sure enough, it was exactly what Sheela Gui had guessed. The dragon selling team is here to sell flying dragons. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Why did you rob the merchant ships?" The corpse replied, "The pirates disappeared and I couldn''t complete the order this time, so I wanted to grab some goods to make up for the loss." When asked here, the matter is actually very clear. ?These guys couldn''t find the pirates and didn''t want to go back empty-handed, so they started to harass the caravans on the route. With more than 40 flying dragons and a level 15 leader, the caravan on the route really doesnt have the strength to fight back. Its just that they are relatively unlucky. The island I chose to stay on was a place recorded by the Ghost Train. ?Three questions remain. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "Did you cultivate these flying dragons yourself?" Yes, a flying dragon trained in its infancy will obey its masters orders. ?Wu Heng touched his chin and nodded. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? I didnt even look at the male and female of the flying dragon I just rescued, so I dont know if I can continue to cultivate it here. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Where do you live?" The corpse replied, "The city of Kasar in the Emerald Sea." Last question. If you die, how will others find you? The corpse paused for a moment, "It shouldn''t be possible. There are several dragon-selling teams, and some have disappeared in the past. We will arrange for people to make general inquiries. If there is no news, forget it." Five questions answered. The corpse lay directly back on its back. Wrap the Feilong body and gather all the broken items around. Wu Heng ordered. The skeletons took action, picking up the straw mats they took out and wrapping the flying dragon. The tattered tent debris all around were collected and piled aside. ?Wu Heng first put all the flying dragon corpses into the space ring. Then start to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The gray-white halo of light swayed, flesh and blood fell off, and skeletons slowly stood up from the ground. The transformation of the corpse is completed. ?Wu Heng released [Grease Technique] on the pile of debris nearby, and continued to release [Fireball Technique]. Set it on fire. ?The fire ignited, burning the surrounding area. When the fire ended, only ashes were left on the ground. ??Wu Heng took the skeletons and began to inspect the ships docked on the shore. ?This kind of ship is still very different from a pirate ship. The ship is very dirty and filled with a sour smell. "There is nothing, they are so poor." Xiao Xiaofei came back, a little disgusted. These flying dragon corpses and ships are a big harvest, Wu Heng said. Its not easy to sell for money, these people are worse than pirates! Xiaoxiaos face was full of dissatisfaction. Next time I have a chance, Ill catch pirates again. ?Wu Heng then reassigned tasks to the skeletons and went to the remaining ships. Wait until everything is ready. Ordered to start returning. At noon the next day. Five ships docked at the association''s dedicated port, and after explaining to the ship stewards, took a carriage to the association. At this time, many people gathered in the association hall. Looking at the notice board, there are also people discussing forming their own mercenary team. ?Wu Heng went all the way to the deacon''s study, knocked on the door, opened the door and walked in. ?In the room, assistant Shi Yali is sorting out documents. Seeing Wu Heng come in, a smile immediately appeared on his face. Island owner, thank you for saving me last time. "Is your injury healed? Rest at home for a while." Wu Heng said. Being saved from death is no ordinary injury. Even if the medicines in this world have special effects, they are not easy to cure. I dont know how to do any strenuous work, so I can accompany Sheila Gui when I come over. Shi Yali said softly. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Where is Xila Gui?" "She went out and will probably be back soon. Please wait a moment." Shi Yali brought tea and sat down aside. Chat with him. ?First he asked about the situation at home, and then asked why he hadnt already started a family when he should have started a family in terms of human age. How did you get on the path of becoming a necromancer? What are your plans for the future? ?Wu Heng felt a little sweat on his forehead when he was asked. It feels like in the modern world, being blocked by aunts at the entrance of the village, collecting gossip information. When you want to find a reason to leave. ?The door was pushed open again, and Silla walked in fiercely. As soon as he stepped into the room, his eyes fell on Wu Heng, "Why haven''t you left yet?" ??Wu Heng said: "I came here to tell you this." Sheila Gui put her helmet aside and raised her brows, "Let''s talk about it when we come back. Pirates can''t stay in one place for a long time. Once they leave, it will be difficult to find them on the sea." "No, I''m back and the people have been killed." Wu Heng saw that she was a little anxious and said immediately. "Back? What do you mean, you have killed those pirates?" Sheila Ge frowned. "Kill, it''s just like what you said. He came to deliver the flying dragon to the pirates, but he didn''t find the pirates and didn''t want to go back empty-handed, so he robbed merchant ships on the route." Then, Wu Heng explained the matter carefully. Sheila Gui sat down aside and stared at him, "Are you sure you went?" "Why are you lying to me? I have brought all five ships back and they are parked at the port." Wu Heng leaned back, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "How did you get there? So fast?" Sheela asked. "Then don''t worry about it, just get it done." Sheilagui glared at him, and then said: "Where do you think they came from?" Kasar City, I heard it is outside the Emerald Sea. Xila Gui drank tea and thought for a moment, "I will report to the headquarters and let the local association of ''Kasar City'' communicate this matter." ??Wu Heng also thought for a moment, "That''s okay, you just have to make arrangements. Anyway, when I killed them, I dealt with the scene. They arranged for people to investigate, but they couldn''t find us." "Okay, you''re professional!" Sheela praised expressionlessly, and then said, "When the number of ships increases, we will appropriately increase patrols on the routes to prevent new pirates from appearing." Well, I got five ships this time, and I also ordered a few ships for the caravan, and then I will organize a cruising fleet. Okay, the faster, the better. "I know." After chatting about the matter, Sheila Gui asked about several metal poles erected in the central area. ??Wu Heng kept it secret, telling her only that she was part of the development of the island. After a while, she will understand what it is used for. The two chatted for a while. ?Wu Heng left the association, and Xila Gui also began to write a report and prepare to submit it to the association. Return to your residence. ?Several maids went out to greet him. ?Besides Minnie, Annette and Robert, Philippa also came out of the house with the parrot on her shoulder. Wait until the three maids finish their coquettish behavior. Philippa pinched her waist and said, "What do you mean when you go to sea without me, the captain?" Forehead. "The incident happened suddenly and there was no need for a ship to go out to sea, so I didn''t call you." Wu Heng said. Philippa looked unbelieving, "You and Shiraqui went out alone, you don''t want to take me with you, do you?" ?Wu Heng put his hand on her shoulder, and the parrot flew to a branch nearby. He held her in his arms and walked into the room, saying, "What are you talking about? She didn''t go either. The mission was special and she didn''t go out by boat." "That''s okay. I''m a captain anyway. It won''t be interesting to take me with you on the sea in the future." Philippa smiled again when he heard that the other party had a real reason. Go back to the living room and wait for a while. Lunch was served. ?A few people were eating lunch and chatting casually. ??Wu Heng continued, "Philippa, five new large cargo ships have been brought back from the port. You can refit them when the time comes and we can use them to patrol the routes." "Okay, I''ll go after dinner." Philippa asked again, "What were you doing before?" You can understand it as someone who sells livestock. I know, that kind of ship stinks inside. When we robbed ships, we couldnt even clean them with such trouble. Let the skeleton brush and clean it up then. Understood. Philippa nodded. After lunch, several maids discussed and followed Philippa to the port to watch the ships. ?Wu Heng returned to the study, passed through the gate, and headed to the zombie world. Go out of the dormitory building. ?After standing at the door and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai came over from behind. What are your plans for today? ?Wu Heng shook his head, "Let''s go to the dead wood forest at the back." Need a car? Its not necessary first. ?The two of them went to the dead wood forest behind, surrounded by a large number of skeleton troops. ?Wu Heng took out all the corpses of the flying dragons and placed them in the open space in front of him. ??Qi Hancai looked at Feilong''s corpse, his eyes gradually widening. so much! The role played by the Skeleton Dragon in battle is irreplaceable. After several waves of aerial bombardment, 80% of the zombies can be eliminated. The current skeleton flying dragons are arranged in two locations: the military factory and the airport. Some of them are not enough. ??The presence of so many flying dragon corpses in front of us will definitely bring the base to a higher level. ?Wu Heng counted them carefully, there were 38 in total. Directly release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], the flesh and blood of the flying dragon corpse falls off, and the skeleton flying dragons stand up from the broken flesh. ?The body shook and rotten flesh splattered everywhere. Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 12) Skeleton Flying Dragon (Level 13) Skeleton. All flying dragons are basically at level 12 or 13, which is pretty good. Stay where you are and wait for orders. Wu Heng gave the order directly. The restless skeleton dragons gradually calmed down. One by one, they were curled up and lying in the open space among the trees. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai, "When the time comes, we will transfer a few to the airport." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. Also, I remember if Zhang Chi came up with the design of a machine gun hanging on Feilong, and asked him to arrange for someone to send it over. Lets study whether it can be done. Well, Ill contact them when I get back. The two returned to base. At dusk, return to Treasure Island. Three seriously injured and dying flying dragons were dragged out of the mansion. ??Wu Heng and others squatted aside, looking at the three tightly tied flying dragons. Two males and one female. Wu Heng said. The gender of this flying dragon can still be identified from the condition under its belly. Does the master want to keep them? Annette, the lop-eared rabbit, asked curiously. When we killed the Dragon Selling Team, they had bred these flying dragons since they were young. We can try it too. Wu Heng stood up again and asked the skeleton to throw the three flying dragons into the iron cage on the side. ??Originally planned to be raised in the zombie world. But there have been a lot of people from the rescue team over there recently, and those people will have to leave by then. Still dont want them to know too much. Do you need to prepare some food for them? Minnie asked. No need for now, as long as they dont let them die, lets get a few hungry meals first. "good." Come on, lets go back. Okay, Master. Day 2, Zombie World Airport. In the conference room. Commander Liu frowned and asked in a deep voice: "Deputy Leader Qi, what do you mean by leaving people from the Tiancheng Group? Are you trying to rob them?" Qi Hancai looked up at the other party and said directly: "We invite people from Tiancheng Group to stay and join our Xinfu City base. Of course, if you don''t agree, it can also be understood as robbing people." Bang~! Commander Liu punched the conference table. He said angrily: "Isn''t it a little unreasonable for you to do this?" "You must say this. You brought the zombies to our side. If we hadn''t responded promptly, we might have suffered along with you." Qi Hancai''s tone was calm and did not change in any way because of the other party''s roar. "Chief Qi, didn''t I explain it before? I hurriedly fled down that road." The other party said again. Qi Hancai said: "We accept the reason, but everyone must bear responsibility for the mistakes they make. You don''t think that almost killing us is a small thing!" "We can renegotiate this matter, and we can''t detain people by force, right? And it''s before leaving." Commander Liu said. Qi Hancai shrugged, "We also have to make temporary decisions on some things." Commander Liu took a deep breath, stood up and said, "I want to go back and discuss with others, and I will give you accurate information before leaving." "Give you half an hour. If you can''t convince your own people, we have our own way." "Hmph~! Just wait for my news." Commander Liu said coldly, turned and left. Wait until Commander Liu leaves. Qi Hancai got up and walked outside, entering a room next door. Commander Liu returned all the way to the room assigned to him. Pushing the door open, the rest of the people in the room all stood up, "Commander! What did the other party say?" ??Conductor Liu had a gloomy face and said in a cold voice: "Connect to the radio station, I want to contact the main station." The station has just been turned off. someone whispered. Do as I say. Commander Liu said in a serious tone. Yes! The other party responded and immediately started assembling the radio. After the assembly was completed, debugging was carried out. Its ready for use. said the person on the side. Commander Liu directly took the other person''s place, picked up the microphone and said: "This is the provincial and district shelter in Yangtong City, please call the main station." This is the main station, please speak! Commander Liu took a deep breath and said directly: "We originally planned to go to the main station via a passenger plane arriving at Yangtong Airport." "Yes, the passenger plane is already on the way. It should be arriving soon." The other party said. "Xinfu City Base promised to provide an airport, but only allowed some of us to leave and forcibly detained some technical personnel." Commander Liu took a deep breath and continued: "We are grateful to Xinfu City for the rescue and help, but These technicians are going to the main station to provide technology and cannot be forcibly detained. Please communicate with the other party. " Zizzi~! ?The electricity sounded. Another man''s voice sounded. This is the YS202 transport aircraft. I am the third-level commander Lv Changan. We are close to the sky above Yangtong City, and are escorted by 4 fighter jets. We promise to bring the Yangtong rescue team and technical personnel back to the main station. Commander Liu and everyone in the room were overjoyed. Thank you, Commander Lu Changan, I feel relieved now. (End of this chapter) Chapter 549 , stay, holy monk of the small temple Chapter 549, Stay, Holy Monk of the Small Temple It is also one of the purposes of our trip to take the brothers from Yangtong City home. Lu Changans voice was low and serious. Commander Liu and several people in the room also breathed a sigh of relief. ??Continued to hold the microphone and said: "Then we will wait for Commander Lu to arrive." We have arrived over Yangtong City, pack your things now and prepare to leave! "receive!" Just say it out as soon as you receive it. Qi Hancai''s voice suddenly came out from the radio, "In order to ensure the safety of the leaders of the main station, we will arrange air units to **** the transport aircraft. Please do not make any provocation or attack to avoid danger." As soon as these words came out, the radio station suddenly went silent. ??Everyone in the public frequency band can hear the call content. But after all, Qi Hancai was the one being talked about, so it was still a bit awkward to speak at this time. Convoy? Commander Liu and several people in the room also frowned. They also have planes? I just looked and there was a civilian passenger plane outside. "It should be said that they are those skeleton flying dragons. I have also paid attention to them in the past few days. There are only two or three in total, so they are not dangerous." ?Several people whispered. A man close to the window only felt the sunlight shining through the window intermittently. ?Looking outside in confusion, his pupils suddenly contracted. Hearing the people in the room talking nonchalantly, he reminded them, "Come and take a look, there are a lot of skeletons and flying dragons." ?The people stopped talking and walked toward the window in confusion. Look towards the sky. Large swaths of skeletons, like swallows leaving their nests, rushed into the sky in droves. begins to circle over the airport. ?The momentum is frightening. Everyone''s eyes widened, feeling incredible. ?There are so many such monsters. How come there are so many of them? Last time, there were only two or three fighting zombies? What a terrifying power! Commander Liu''s face became even more ugly. I thought to myself that it was over, the planes from the main station would definitely not be able to suppress Qi Hancai, and he would not have the chance to continue the negotiation. ?This time, I completely messed up the matter. ?Sky, YS202 transport aircraft. The voice of the accompanying fighter plane came from the airborne communication. There are a large number of flying targets, approaching this way. With a distance of 200 meters, you can visually see a large number of skeleton flying units, which are exactly the same as the flying dragons we saw last time. The number is more than 20. In the transport plane, Lu Changan''s face looked ugly and there was sweat on his forehead. Through the glass in front, you can also see a large number of skeleton flying dragons flying out. ? ?More than 20 doesnt sound like a lot. But in the sky, the flying dragon spreads its wings and has covered all areas of sight. ?Picked up the communication microphone and said, "No need to attack. We are here to trade with them. The task is to exchange food. Don''t conflict and continue to maintain the normal speed." "receive!" "receive!" ?Lu Changan wiped the sweat from his forehead, his eyes a little wandering. Xinfu City Base obviously heard their conversation and arranged for Feilong to show off its strength. This is a big deal! I thought that the fighter jets brought this time could deter the opponent. ?Now it seems that not only is the opponent not afraid of me, but his strength is not as simple as what he gathered. ?The radio came again with a report from the accompanying fighter plane, "The flying dragon did not attack us and was flying alongside." ??Lu Changan nodded and said: "Contact them and request to land." The captain picked up the microphone and said: "This is the YS202 transport aircraft, requesting to land." Can land. The plane began to lose altitude and landed on the runway. Outside the airport hall. Qi Hancai and others stood aside and waited. Some people ridiculed, "As soon as the flying dragon came up, they all spoke softly." Stop talking about them, I was shocked. "Fortunately, the king has brought so many flying dragons, otherwise we would have let them fight." "If there are fighter jets, they won''t rescue people, so they will pretend to be B here." Seeing the plane land and the door open, Qi Hancai turned his head and said, "Stop talking, they are coming." After saying that, he led a few people up. Welcome a few people from the reception desk. ??The people who came this time were still the same people as last time, headed by the third-level commander, Lu Changan. Deputy Chief Qi. Lu Changan smiled. Commander Lu, please come inside and have some tea and have a rest. Qi Hancai extended his hand to indicate. Thank you. A few people walked towards the hall together. ?No one mentioned what happened on the radio just now. Entering the conference room, someone brought tea. Lu Changan said directly: "According to Deputy Leader Qi''s request, we brought 50 sniper rifles, 100 heavy machine guns, 2,000 cannon shells, 500 grenades, in addition to 200 kilograms of gold, all of which were exchanged for food "I''ll have someone check it first." Qi Hancai turned his head and ordered to the side. ?Someone immediately went out and took someone to check the goods. Lu Changan picked up the tea cup and took a sip. He pondered for a moment and said, "I don''t know if the leader of the base is here. I''ve been here twice and haven''t gotten to know him formally." Our leader is not here, just tell me if you have anything. Qi Hancai looked at the other party with a smile. "It''s still what I said last time. I don''t know what concerns the base has about the training of superpowers and the development of superpowers. In fact, the implementation of these two things will be beneficial to everyone, even to all mankind. It will be a huge contribution to our future." Lu Changan''s tone gradually became high. ??Qi Hancai glanced at the other party and said decisively: "We will not participate in these two plans, Commander Lu need not say any more." "This..." Lu Changan hesitated, but nodded, "We won''t force it, we respect the opinions of all places." The two of them were talking. ?The door knocked again. The man who had just gone out to count the goods came back. Sister Qi, the quantities are correct, there is no problem. Qi Hancai nodded, but had no intention of settling the food bill. Instead, he looked at Lu Changan again and asked, "How does Commander Lu want to handle the matter of the provincial rescue team?" ??Lv Changan raised his eyebrows slightly and looked directly at the other person, "We have been ordered to pick up the provincial rescue team and leave here." "Let''s just put it bluntly. People who go around in circles will only waste time. People from the provincial team can leave at any time. We will keep the Tiancheng Group and some ordinary survivors who don''t want to leave." Qi Hancai said directly. . Deputy Chief Qi, at this critical moment, its time for everyone to unite to fight against difficulties. How can you do this? Arent you afraid that the outside world will give you a bad reputation? "Have you not received information on the frequency band of Yangtong City? If you have a chance to listen, each base is scolding someone. The provincial and district rescue teams led the corpse group and the third-level deformed zombies to our base, and almost killed us. They all died. We have had good food and drink for a few days, and now we just want to pat our butts and leave? " Lu Changan was choked by what he said. He thought for a moment and then said, "These technical personnel will only get corresponding development and platforms at the main station. When we bring them back, we can share the technology." Qi Hancai said directly: "The people from Tiancheng Group stay, and you take the others away. From now on, the transactions between the two parties will continue. There is no other way to say it. This is also the order I received." ??Lu Changan''s eyes narrowed, he didn''t expect the other party to be so tough. But it was obvious that the other party was determined to detain the person. I want to talk to Commander Liu of the rescue team to discuss this matter. Okay, go and invite Commander Liu over. ?Soon, Commander Liu walked in with a gloomy face. Qi Hancai stood up and said, "Let''s talk. Let me know the result." Yes. Lu Changan nodded, looked at Commander Liu, stood up and shook hands, Please sit down. Qi Hancai walked to another room. There are skeleton soldiers guarding the door, and the door is closed. Just open the door and walk in. There are seven people sitting or standing in the room. ?Seeing Qi Hancai come in, they all stood up and cast doubtful and uneasy glances. "Chief Qi, is there any result?" The man wearing a down jacket and a suit underneath said. This person is the representative of Tiancheng Group, Gao Rong. Sit down and talk. Qi Hancai said. ?Everyone sat down again, and Qi Hancai slowly spoke, "I plan to let you stay. You should know this!" We understand. Gao Rong replied. Things have become such that everyone is under house arrest, how could they not know about it. Qi Hancai continued: "What do you think?" Gao Rong''s body was still upright and he replied: "Thank you to Xinfu City Base for rescuing us and helping us during this period. We will always remember this kindness, but we also promised Commander Liu that we will accompany him there." Front desk, Im sorry, Chief Qi. Qi Hancai remained calm and said in a calm tone: "You are a smart man. The main station has come to my place to exchange food. Do you think the situation will be better than ours? People from all over the country have gathered here, and there must be a lot of people. , you took those people there to starve?" Everyone in the room frowned. ??The main station''s plane came over this time, not specifically to pick them up. Otherwise, we would have gone to the original base long ago, and why would we wait until now? The main purpose is to exchange food and pick them all up by the way. Qi Hancai continued: "If you stay here, you will be the technical staff. The eminent monks in the small temple will give you priority in supplies and equipment. If you go over there..." (End of this chapter) Chapter 550 , Ashram Church Chapter 550, Ashram Church Qi Hancai glanced at the people opposite him again, smiled and said: "Are there any shortage of technicians like you at the main station base? When the time comes, it will only be a start, doing some ordinary work, and you may not be able to take credit for it. If it falls on you, why do you have to squeeze in one place? ?Maybe you are thinking about security issues. The main station has more troops and is safer. But as you have seen in the past few days, our base has more troops and more bases, which are enough to ensure your safety. " Everyone''s eyes began to change, thinking about what Qi Hancai said. The main station assigned tasks according to tasks, and we went to make efforts for human development. Gao Rong still said. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "It''s a credit to Commander Liu for bringing you there. Why did you bring those technicians there, other than to starve and fill some vacancies?" Then his eyes fell on the others, "I can guarantee that you will have enough to eat in the future, and those with families can live a stable life. You will contribute to mankind wherever you go." Gao Rong''s brows were still furrowed and he didn''t say anything further. The rest of the people also frowned. Seeing that no one was speaking, Qi Hancai continued to speak, "I just want to tell everyone that we value your abilities and invite everyone to stay and think about it carefully." After speaking, his cold eyes glanced at Gao Rong, who was meditating. ?The other person''s expression was suffocated and his eyes were wandering. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze, opened the door and left. After going out, there was a murmur of discussion behind the door. Qi Hancai walked out of the hall and looked at the plane parked on the runway. Not long after, someone walked over quickly and said, "Sister Qi, Commander Lu and the man named Liu are out." Lets go, there should be a result. Qi Hancai walked back to the hall. Lv Changan has already walked out with Commander Liu. Commander Liu said directly: "Deputy Commander Qi, we are also deeply sorry for what happened before. We will find ways to make up for our mistakes in the future." Qi Hancai waved his hand, "Let''s talk about this matter first. How did your discussion go?" Lu Changan said: "Let the people from Tiancheng Group choose this matter. Who to follow depends on their wishes." Go and bring Gao Rong. Qi Hancai turned around and said. Lv Changan and Commander Liu were both delighted. ?It seems that the other party has also acquiesced in this method. Soon, Gao Rong, who was wearing a suit, was brought over. He looked at a few people and nodded slightly. Commander Liu couldn''t wait to say: "Representative Gao Rong, we respect your idea whether you plan to go to the main base with us or stay here." Gao Rong''s face was a little ugly. He didn''t expect that the two parties would negotiate and finally let him choose. Looking across the faces of several people. ??Conductor Lius joy, Qi Hancais indifference, and the different expressions of the other people. Everyones eyes fell on him, waiting for the final result. ?Taking a deep breath, he said: "We have just discussed it and chose to stay with the military factory to help rebuild Yangtong City." "What? Gao Rong, what did you say?" Commander Liu''s eyes widened in disbelief. Qi Hancai nodded with satisfaction, "Gao Rong, please go back." Yes, Chief Qi. Gao Rong turned around and left. ??Qi Hancai continued to look at Lu Changan, "Commander Lu, do you have any more questions?" Lv Changan glanced sideways at Commander Liu. To this day, I still have no idea what they are doing. You dont even know whether the other person will follow you or not, which makes things so tense. No problem, it seems everything is a misunderstanding! Commander Lu... Commander Liu still wanted to speak. Lu Changan interrupted sharply, "If you have anything to do, please wait until you return to the base to talk to the people above. Don''t hinder our normal transactions." Commander Liu stopped talking. ??Qi Hancai nodded and ordered, "Check the supplies and settle the food accounts for Commander Lu." The people behind him started to take action. The cargo was moved off the plane, and the settled grain was transported onto the plane. After everything is over. Lv Changan did not mention anything else. We boarded the plane with the rescue team who were willing to leave, and took off directly. ??Qi Hancai asked people to sort out the supplies, and then went to a room on the third floor. In the room, Wu Heng was sitting and waiting. The people from the main station have left, and the technical staff have also stayed. Qi Hancai exhaled. Wu Heng could see the development of the matter clearly through the ghost. Including Qi Hancai''s departure and the private conversation between Lu Changan and Commander Liu. It can also be heard that the two are afraid of the strength of their own troops. If the number of your own flying dragons does not increase dramatically, even if you are not afraid of them, you still have to do more things. It is still necessary to show a certain degree of strength. You did a good job, you were more thoughtful than me. Wu Heng praised. ??If it were him, he might have arrested Gao Rong and killed him if he didn''t agree to stay, and then replaced him with someone else to lead the technical staff. ?Of course, Qi Hancais method was better. He explained the pros and cons of both sides, and the people of Tiancheng Group made their own choices. Qi Hancai smiled and said: "I''m also afraid that those people are out of their minds and really don''t agree. Then you will have to step forward." Fortunately, they agreed. Wu Heng said with a smile. Yes. Qi Hancai also nodded. Lets go, lets get organized and go back early so that we can arrange accommodation for those people. "good." The two of them walked out of the room and put away all the ammunition and gold they had brought. At noon, he took the convoy and the rest of the people back to the military factory. Chance Qi Hancai went to arrange rooms for the new members and prepare the equipment needed for the work. ?Wu Heng also passed through the boundary gate and returned to Treasure Island. The island owners estate. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and saw several maids gathered in front of the iron cage where Feilong was imprisoned. Said something into the iron cage. Dont get bitten. Wu Heng walked over. Master! Several maids stood up and saluted. Minnie explained: "I went to Beacon Street today and bought two props that can communicate with the flying dragon." Speaking, he took a bracelet and a headband from Robert''s hand. Bracelet that transforms animals into friends (Description: Make a beast/warcraft with a certain intelligence believe that you do not mean any harm. The beast target must be able to see you and hear your voice.) Psychic Command Headband (Description: Allows lower creatures with certain intelligence to obtain your spiritual instructions and understand your thoughts, but cannot read the other party''s thoughts.) Wu Heng glanced and the message appeared. These two props are pretty good. They are not high-level props. But judging from Feilongs attitude, it should still have some effect. Are they obedient? Wu Heng asked. Very obedient. Minnie glanced at the iron cage. Its okay to use props to communicate, but dont release them to avoid any danger. Wu Heng warned. Understood. Minnie then asked, Does the master want to eat? When you say that, Im really hungry. Then Ill get ready. After saying that, he quickly ran to the kitchen. Have dinner together. Carried out simple training in the training room again. When the night got dark, everyone returned to their rooms to rest. The next day, morning. Wu Heng took a carriage to the association. ?Knocked on the door and entered the deacon''s study. There was still only assistant ''Shi Yali'' sitting in the room. My lord, the island owner! Where is Xila Rose? Wu Heng asked. After breakfast, the association staff went to the island owners manor and said that Sheila Gui was looking for him. He took a carriage and came here. Shi Yali smiled and said: "Xila Gui went to the front desk and will be back soon." "Um." As soon as Wu Heng nodded, Xila Gui opened the door and walked in. Looked at Wu Heng and handed him the letter in his hand. Your letter also contains a Jade Talisman, which belongs to leader Lilith. Lilith? Is this because I killed the vampire last time? Or is it because of the information he provided several times? Put the Linbing Jade Talisman aside first. ?Took out the letter, tore it open, and poured it into the palm of his hand. The first thing to fall out was an iron-grey badge that looked like a cross between a bat''s wings and a battle ax appearing in the palm of his hand. Sheila Gui looked on and said in surprise: "The badge of the Ash Holy Church law enforcement team." Church? (End of this chapter) Chapter 551 , make me kill someone Chapter 551: Make me kill someone ?Wu Heng looked at the elf girl beside him with confusion. Sheila Gui explained, "This is the badge of the Sanguine Ash Church law enforcement team. I heard that it is composed of some specially trained priests and people with special abilities to handle matters related to religion and internal security within the clan." After explaining, he looked at Wu Heng in confusion, "Why did I give you this badge?" ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know. I just heard that the vampires also have churches." Wu Heng is trying hard to accept this world, but still doesnt understand much. Just like the names of people in this world, complex names cannot be remembered even after being repeated two or three times. As for the locals, they can remember it after introducing each other once. Look at what the letter says. Sheila Ge sat down aside. ??Wu Heng placed the emblem on the coffee table in front of him and continued to pour the envelope, and a letter fell out. Wuheng Island Master: ??The Jade Sea has a special boundary, with pirates and religious chaos entrenched in it. In the early years, there were changes within the clan, and four sinners in the clan were exiled. I grant you the status of a law enforcement team, with the right to investigate and deal with inappropriate persons of the Vampire Clan outside the country, and to safeguard the honor of the Vampire Clan. It can be investigated and reported, or it can be killed directly. ?The letter comes with a map of the location of the banishment in the Emerald Sea. Investigate the sealing situation. If there are signs of breaking through the sealing, you can be executed as a law enforcement team. ?May care and trust be conveyed to you through writing. " ?Wu Heng frowned as he finished reading. ?Handed it to Sheila Gui again, "Let me show it to you." I dont like what I wrote for you! Sheila Gui hesitated. Its not a love letter, theres no secret. Hearing what he said, Shiragui was also curious about the contents of the letter. Lets take it and look at the content above. ?Wu Heng picked up another map with four locations marked on it. According to the letter, these four places are the locations of exile. One of them was killed by herself, and Lilith planned to let herself check the other three. After reading it, Sheilagui handed the letter back, looked at him and asked, "Have you known Leader Lilith before?" "I don''t know you!" Wu Heng explained again: "When we first came here as deputy deacons, didn''t I solve the case of a blood feast on a cargo ship? At that time, I was afraid that the people of the Secret Order would retaliate against me, so I gave Lily Si wrote a letter and told me about it." ??Wu Heng had some contact with Lilith when he was in Luntam City. ?At that time, it was because I found the blood cup, a rare artifact of the vampire clan, and handed it over through ''Slater''. When he arrived at Treasure Island, he was too far away from Slater, so he wrote a letter himself and reported the blood feast. The purpose is also to get Lilith to find trouble with the Secret Order. Sheila Gui didn''t ask any more questions, she frowned and thought for a moment, "She gave you the identity of this law enforcement team, it seems that she wanted you to check out the other places where criminals are exiled." Yeah. Wu Heng nodded. Would you like to go and have a look? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "In the Emerald Sea, we''d better take a look. If we really let these exiled vampires escape, we may be in more trouble." Sheela Gui also nodded in agreement. Now go and check if there is any problem. The other party is still in the coffin. When he is really released, or escapes for some reason, it will not be so easy to deal with. "I will make arrangements then to go to the sea to have a look." Sheilagui said. "Okay." Wu Heng put away the letter and map, and then said, "Prepare paper and pen for me, and I will write a letter and send it back to the other party." Shi Yali brought a pen and paper, and Wu Heng wrote a polite word of thanks for the other party''s trust. At the back, ask about other accessories information of [Hundred Soldiers Set]. ?Lilith is the leader of the Whisperers and is at the association headquarters, so she must know about this kind of thing. It is regarded as charging some interest in advance. Just a medal and status cant do everything! Why dont you practice the word ? Xila Gui frowned. Everyone has his or her own style. Your style is nothing like that of a mage. Wu Heng put the letter into the envelope. ?Shi Yali took the initiative to pick it up and took it to the front desk for him. ??Wu Heng then looked at Xila Gui, "Then next time you teach me to write, I think your elves'' calligraphy is very beautiful." Sheila Gui looked at him suspiciously, "Let''s wait until there is time." The matter is finished. ??Wu Heng did not stay too long in the association, walked out of the hall, and returned to his residence. Back to the island owners manor, it was almost noon. The maids prepare lunch. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, thinking about the law enforcement team and going to check on the three exiles. Judging from Sheila Gui''s surprise, it should be a relatively rare thing for humans to be appointed as the vampire law enforcement team. In fact, if you think about it carefully, you can understand the reason. The law enforcement team has the power to enforce the law and arrest criminals who kill vampires. ?This kind of right is not a small matter for any race. ??Wu Heng, a foreigner, would not be appointed even if he had done some things that were beneficial to the vampires before! There is also the matter of checking out the Emerald Sea and the Exile. Why not let the vampire law enforcement team come over, say hello to your side in advance, and accompany them for a while. ?Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and narrowed his eyes slightly. She wants me to kill them! Wu Hengs mind flashed. My own style of conduct several times was to kill people first and then report the matter to superiors. Whether its a light-blooded person from the Blood Feast, or Judging from Wu Heng''s past behavior style, he basically killed people first and then reported to Lilith. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. She didnt ask me to check if the Exile was still there, but she directly killed him to clear up some potential worries for her. ?This can also explain why the Vampire Law Enforcement Team was not dispatched to inspect. Instead, he appointed himself, a foreigner, to detect some exiled criminal. Good guy, let me clear up the trouble for her. ?Wu Heng figured this out instantly. Master, its time to eat! Robert waved his hand. ?Wu Heng recovered his thoughts, got up and walked into the restaurant to eat together. After having lunch together. ??Wu Heng put on the [train conductors hat] in the courtyard and headed to Lopez City. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. ?Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while, when the beautiful elf ''Retili'' in a dark green silk dress opened the door and walked in. Smile and salute slightly. ?Wu Heng nodded and asked directly: "Are the items I ordered ready?" ??Retili smiled confidently, "I sent them all yesterday. I just don''t know your location, otherwise I would have someone send them to you." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party in surprise. I ordered four flame furnaces of different specifications. The delivery time is almost the same as the last time I ordered one. Seeing his suspicious look, Retili explained: "I arranged for several places to be worked on at the same time, so the completion time is about the same." ?Wu Heng nodded, feeling that this woman was quite shrewd. As for my cooperation with her, except for the appearance-changing props, there is no news, and other orders have gone smoothly. There is a sharp contrast with the consortium on Treasure Island. One is not good at everything, and the other is trying his best to complete it every time. Where is the cargo? Wu Heng asked. Follow me, in the warehouse at the back. Leitili stood up, led him out of the VIP room, and walked along the corridor toward the outside. ?Go all the way to the warehouse and open the iron door to reveal four unassembled flame furnace buildings. ?Wu Heng took a look around and checked that there was nothing wrong with it. All put into the space sachet. After putting it away, the two returned to the VIP room. ??Retili sat back on the single sofa, her long legs crossed, her white calves exposed under her skirt, "Does the guest still need to fill in any orders?" Wu Heng said: "Then fill in the commission to collect the corpse, the same as the previous request." Okay! Leitili bent down and filled out the request herself. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and asked: "Are there any targets for this year?" ??Leidili looked over and said: "Entrustment completion indicators, performance indicators, and gold exchange indicators." How much gold is left? Leitilis eyes flashed, More than 200 kilograms, which is a lot for the beginning of the new year. ?Wu Heng nodded and said softly, "Let someone prepare the gold coins. I will help you complete the gold amount." ??Retili''s eyes widened for a moment, and then became fanatical, "Really?" "I like smart and capable partners, and I am willing to help you solve some problems." Wu Heng said calmly. Okay, Ill get someone ready right away. Retili left immediately and asked people to start preparations. On Wu Hengs side, seeing the other partys excitement, he also felt funny in his heart. The gold was shipped over by the main station in the past two days. Perhaps to save space for transportation, the jewelry is squeezed into a ball. There is no way to sell it as a finished product. During this period, Wu Heng wanted to build an island and purchase a large amount of supplies with the caravan. Even if the other party does not have this performance, Wu Heng can exchange it for easy-to-calculate gold coins to help the other party complete the performance and bring the relationship closer. The other party will be more attentive to your next order. After explaining to the staff, Leitili returned to the VIP room and started chatting with him. In his words, he was also more interested in his identity as a distinguished guest. A pair of eyes, sizing up each other from time to time. Not long after, bags of gold coins were brought in from outside. In front of Wu Heng, the count began. Guest, I will calculate the privileges of your emblem and give you 6,700 gold coins. Okay! Wu Heng directly took out the gold and handed it to the other party. Both parties inspected the coins and gold and were both satisfied. ??Leidili completed the full year''s performance at the beginning of the year, and the remaining time was extra for whatever she did. ??It will also be easier. ??Wu Heng got gold coins for easy settlement, and also showed off his assets in front of the beautiful elf. Wait until all settlements are completed. ??Wu Heng stood up and said, "I won''t bother you. Miss Leitili needs to worry more about the entrustment." Guest, you are out of town, I will try my best to help you complete your commission. ??Wu Heng nodded, "If there are cavalry like last time, you can help me keep an eye on them, either privately or with an order." ??Retili smiled, "It''s within the rules, I''ll help you pay attention to it." The two walked out of the consortium building while talking. ??Retili saluted again, and Wu Heng walked directly out of the city. In the uninhabited wilderness, the ghost boarded the train after confirming that no one was following him. Back to Treasure Island, the sky is approaching dusk. ??Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor and took all the electrician-related skeletons, magicians, and big-headed skeletons that had been on standby for several days to the power plant that was under construction. The buildings here were prepared beforehand. Three meters high courtyard wall, inside the courtyard is a built warehouse. ?Wu Heng took out all the accessories and machinery he had prepared. The weapon master compared the drawings and kept giving orders through the big skull. A large number of skeletons moved into action and began to assemble various instruments and components. ??Wu Heng stood aside and watched, looking lively, but he really couldn''t do much to help. A large number of skeleton guards were brought in from outside, and machine guns were set up on the wall to completely protect the place. You guys should be busy here. Wu Heng said to the big skull. There was no response. ?Wu Heng returned to his residence for the time being. The next day, early morning. ?Wu Heng opened his eyes slightly and lifted up the thin quilt covering his waist. Annette, with white lop-eared ears, knelt on one side and served her carefully, "Master, good morning." ?Wu Heng gently stroked the other persons cheek, Are you up so early? "I was in Luntam City and heard other slave sisters say that many people like to be woken up like this, so I woke up a little early. Are you satisfied?" Annette held it on her cheek and rubbed it gently. Satisfied, Annette is so good. Thank you, master. When I was taking a shower last night, Annette came in wearing a bath towel to serve me. We will rest together in the room at night. By agreeing to follow Wu Heng, he actually understood his fate. Just wait and see when you accept it. Wait for the two of them to finish. ?Wu Heng pinched the other party''s soft ears and said, "Okay, it''s time to get up." Master, let me help you. Getting dressed, the two of them went downstairs together. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to see the power plant. If it''s not completely finished, I''ll come back again, go upstairs and through the gate, and go to the zombie world. Zombie World, conference room. ?Wu Heng sat in the main seat, flanked by Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, the newly joined Tiancheng Group representative. After asking about the other partys living situation. ?The topic was brought back to base construction. Qi Hancai took the lead and said: "I have started to start spring farming here, and there are enough farm tools and personnel." ?Even though Wu Heng is buying a steady stream of grain, farming still has to be carried out. Lest some accidents occur, causing the other world to be unable to purchase food, and the zombie world to starve again. There is plenty of land and various related agricultural vehicles. The number of skeletons is also sufficient, allowing for large-scale farming. ?Wu Heng still remembered the wood elf''s potion, which can promote the growth of plants, and he can use it when the time comes. After Qi Hancai finished speaking, it was Gao Rong''s turn who was wearing a suit. Gao Rong said: "We suggest that we start with the production of the military industry, including the increase in the bullet production chain, the production of guns and weapons, and the resumption of light industry production. The clothes and quilts outside seem to be sufficient, but if they are maintained for three to five years, they will also be We must complete independent production before it is completely eliminated. ?Wu Heng nodded, what the other person said was what he thought. Well, Ill prepare as you said. Except for the military industry, we have some drawings and electronic cases for other light industries, which were previously designed for customers. If there are the same types, we can improve them and make them. Gao Rong said confidently. "Okay, except for that, I first need a newspaper printing equipment, not an ordinary copy machine, but a large-scale printing like a newspaper office." Hear this request. Gao Rong frowned. According to his opinion, newspapers were completely unnecessary. ?Whats more, the survivors are all modern people, and this kind of thing has long been eliminated. Chief, is a newspaper necessary? Qi Hancai said: "Just do what the leader said. Design this first and it will not affect other things." Gao Rong glanced at the two of them and nodded in agreement, "Okay, I''ll do it as soon as I get back." Send Gao Rong away. ?Wu Heng took out the flame furnace. Let Qi Hancai organize a convoy and go to various cities in Xinfu City together with Wang Haibing to restore power. In the afternoon, Wu Heng headed to the city. After cleaning up a group of zombies, we returned to Treasure Island. The night has fallen. Shuashuashua~! The street lights suddenly turned on, illuminating the central area brightly. ?The light was steady and soft, illuminating the originally dark road as if day had fallen. The residents on both sides, after carefully checking the situation, carefully walked out of the house and looked at the light source above their heads with disbelief and surprise. (End of this chapter) Chapter 552 , the old king is dead (Updated today.) Chapter 552, the old king is dead (Updated today.) I thought it was dawn! New lighting props? You actually put this kind of thing outside. These poles have been erected for the past few days. I thought they were going to hang some flags, but they turned out to be these. How many new things does this new island owner have? Fried beans, Garlemma milk slices, dried fish, beer, champagne People gathered outside were gradually attracted by the lights and gathered together. A large number of skeletons began to patrol, causing some people who were restless to climb up to slide down obediently. ?Everyone was curious about the effect of the lights, and also surprised that Treasure Island actually put such a thing outside for other people to use. ?Props that can illuminate are nothing unusual. But it still remains in scarce quantity and can only be used by some powerful people. ??The caravan representatives living in the mansion in the central area were analyzing the types of magic props and the future development of Treasure Island. Deacon''s Residence, second floor window. Sheila Gui was wearing a loose nightgown and stood in front of the window looking at the bright street outside the window. At this time, we also knew the purpose of those poles erected on the street. Its really unexpected. The Elf King City is not as spectacular as it is now. Shi Yali came up from behind and sighed softly. Sheilagui glanced sideways at her sister and said, "If you have seen him bombing hundreds of pirate ships and maybe lighting up a street, you won''t be surprised." "You know he set up this kind of prop in the central area?" Shi Yali was confused. I dont know. He is the owner of the island. You dont need to tell me about the islands construction. Sheila Gui replied calmly. Shi Yali smiled and hugged her sister''s shoulders, "If you don''t keep an eye on him, what will you do if someone else takes the lead?" I think you should go back and find a man to marry! Sheila Gui shook off the other partys arm. "To be honest, I think he is more than level 12. He is already a rare genius among humans when he is appointed as the island master by the association at this age. As his level increases, his lifespan also increases, but he will not be so good-looking when he gets older." Shi Yali was minding her own business, muttering to the side. Sheila Guis eyes widened and she looked at her in disbelief. I didnt expect that I would consider it so far. ??This is really planning to hand her over to Wu Heng. Shi Yali noticed the other person''s gaze and said, "Why are you looking at me? If you don''t take the initiative, what will happen if you are stared at by others in the future? Can you still be a bed maid like his little slaves?" Are you serious? You have only known him for a few days. ?? Shi Yali shrugged, "There is no way, I am the only sister who can handle the kindness of saving a life." Give yourself to him, what do you want me to do? "Are you willing? Then you will come to me and cry your heart out. I can''t stand you." ?Hiragui was silent for a short time, then turned around to pick up the armor and put it on. "What are you doing, in the middle of the night?" Shi Yali asked. Im out on patrol, so I cant talk to you. Sheela Gui said. "I''ll go with you. It seems to be quite lively outside." Shi Yali also put on armor. ?The two of them quarreled in a low voice while walking out of the residence. The next day, Beacon Street. The bard stood on a wooden box on the street, holding a notice in one hand and speaking loudly. The street lights in the central area have been officially completed in the central area. The street lights can provide lighting for the roads, promote smooth traffic, facilitate night patrols, and reduce the chance of crime at night. ?Everyone whispered, it turns out that kind of thing is called a street lamp. The name is easy to remember. ??The bard continued to speak loudly. "This kind of street lamp is not only exclusive to the nobles in the central area. The island owner promises that it will also be gradually installed on Beacon Street and various residential areas. By then, all residents will experience the convenience of this magic prop. At the same time, patrols will be stepped up on the island to prevent any possible violence. Anyone who attempts to endanger the life and property safety of the islanders will be targeted by the guards to arrest and kill. The third point is the construction of the island and the patrolling of route safety. Treasure Island will form a **** fleet to **** all caravans going to Treasure Island and create a good business environment for caravans from all over the world. " May everyone work together to create a happy and beautiful home. ?After the words fell, the whole place remained quiet. ?Such props will also be provided to ordinary residents? Has the island owner written a report to ordinary residents? this. It seems to be different from before. The island owner said, lets build our home together! Wow~! The whole place was in an uproar, and everyone started talking. Public room. "What? He wants to erect this kind of street lights on Beacon Street and the port?" A caravan representative paused in his movements and looked at the person who had just entered in confusion. "Yes! News this morning, a leaflet distributed by the island master''s office." Another representative raised the leaflet in his hand. "real?" "It is clearly stated in the propaganda that some bards are also reading out this matter. Everything has been said. How could it be false?" The other party took a sip of wine and continued, "It also said that the formation of the fleet was in Route **** and create a good shipping environment. this. Last night, the central area was as bright as day and lasted all night. Disappeared in the early morning. ?Everyone was surprised and sighed at the courage of the island owner and the magic of the new props. Today, the entire Beacon Street and port are equipped with such props, and the shipping routes are also escorted. This is different from last night. ??If this kind of thing can really be implemented, the entire island will be able to dock day and night, and even caravans can dock at night. ?A few people were silent and read the flyers one after another. One person stood up and said, "If you have something to do, let''s go back first. Let''s meet again tomorrow." After saying that, he turned around and left. Another person also stood up and said: "I will also tell the business group about this. Let''s get together next time." As he spoke, the others also reacted. ?They all got up and left. Association. ?Shi Yali frowned and looked at her sister. He really came from a small place? Did he lie to you? Xila Gui put the flyer aside and said, "Everything written in the association materials has the time and signature of the local deacon. How can it be fake!" Then where did he get all these weird props? Sheila Gui suddenly remembered, "He said it was something from his hometown. Due to some changes, he came here." Shi Yali sat aside and tilted her chin in thought for a moment, "Then he must be a member of the royal family. The tone and vigor of his speech are not like ordinary people, so be optimistic about him." Sheila Gui glared at her, picked up the flyer and read it again. The island owners estate. Notices were distributed early in the morning. ?Wu Heng watched his fame gradually grow. Fame: Level 18 (9117/48000) ?Since the street lights started to light up last night, Wu Heng''s reputation began to gradually increase, and it increased to more than 9,100 during the day.? ? ? ? has increased reputation by almost 2,000 points, and is still improving slowly. In the entire Treasure Island, all the islanders know that they have become the owners of the island. In this case, it is still improving. It seems that fame is not just about letting everyone know you. The level of recognition should also be counted in fame. This is also a good thing for Wu Heng. You can continue to gain reputation points through the improvement of two world management locations. The direction of Treasure Island is to develop according to modernization, post more notices, and accumulate reputation. Wu Heng thought. If the notice is effective, then the idea of ????the newspaper will definitely be effective. If it is sold, the price should not be too high and everyone should be able to afford it. The content should not be too boring. It should mainly promote some of Treasure Island and your own situation. It is best to serialize some comics and novels so that they have to buy them. One Piece is not good. They are just like Yuri. Its not easy to become a pirate after reading it. Ill ask Minnie and the others what kind of comics they like. At that time, newspapers will also be sent to various places through caravans. I dont believe that my reputation will not increase at all. If you dont believe it, your reputation will not reach the standard and you will not be able to become a hero. After Wu Heng thought about it, he stood up and walked out of the room. Minnie! Wu Heng went downstairs and shouted softly. In the courtyard, Minnie and two other maids were feeding the flying dragon in the iron cage. The flying dragon, which was originally seriously injured, has recovered and feels two times fatter than before. ??The food at the Island Lords Mansion is really... You can make me fat no matter what you feed me. ?Minnie gave Annette the basin that was used to feed the flying dragon, wiped her hands, and ran in quickly, "Master, do you want something to eat?" No, we cant always eat it. Wu Heng sat down and said, I plan to set up a newspaper. Do you think it is better to serialize some comics or novels? What is a newspaper office? Minnies eyes widened. It is a kind of newspaper distributed to the outside world, which will publish some events or the situation of various countries, and serialize comics or novels in a corner. Minnie pondered for a moment and said in a low voice: "Master, a page of dialogue and stories in a comic takes up a lot of space. I feel that a novel is more suitable." Oops, Minnie is right too. The serialization of stories must also be coherent and have a certain storytelling quality. ?Although cartoons are very expressive, there is not enough room for pictures and dialogues in the corners of newspapers. You cant just cut out a page from a comic book and send it out, its hard to turn it into a story. What you said makes sense. Wu Heng agreed. Minnie smiled and said, "This is what I feel. Whether it is suitable or not depends on you." As for novels, what type of novels do you think is suitable for the current market? Wu Heng asked again. Minnie has never read any novels written in the modern world. The main themes are comic strips, and Minnie has learned some Chinese characters on her own so she can understand them clearly. But the novel is a bit difficult. It is so densely packed with words that it is difficult to understand. Minnie frowned and thought for a moment, "Women like to read some love stories between princes, princesses, or nobles. The more popular ones are the adventure stories of small teams published by the association." This is similar to modern novels. The female market likes romance genres, while men are passionate and adventurous. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I understand, I will choose one when the time comes." "Uh-huh." The two of them chatted about newspapers for a while. Minnie went out and continued to feed the flying dragon with others. Wu Heng took the skeleton and went to the power plant to check the situation. The entire power plant is like a protected fortress. On the wall are guarded skeletons, equipped with rifles and machine guns. In the hospital, there are well-trained skeletons who are proficient in power plants and are running the entire power plant. Actually, power plants do not necessarily need to be guarded in this way. But this world is different. Power generation is a novel thing. If you dont keep it, there will always be curious smart people coming to make trouble. ?Just like last night, a lot of people were arrested, climbing telephone poles to see why they were glowing. After confirming that there are no problems and that it is fully operational. Return to your residence. Wu Heng returned to the manor, it was already noon. Took another look at his reputation. Fame: Level 18 (12217/48000) The effect of the leaflet is still very good. After one morning, the number has exceeded 10,000. Now it seems that the growth rate is not that slow. The follow-up newspapers will be distributed to various places. If you promote yourself more, the effect will definitely be better. When Wu Heng frowned and thought. Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, in the radio room, Sister Wen Mansha has replied to your message." Okay. Wu Heng stood up and walked directly upstairs. ??The last time I contacted him was when I just came back from Luntam City. Go all the way up to the third floor and enter the room inside the radio station. ?Picked up the record book containing the location of Wen Mansha''s radio station and looked at it. The handwriting is not dry yet, it must have just been written down. "Under the coordination of the orc shaman, we have several mineral agreements in hand that have been negotiated with various tribes and can be mined immediately." "Promising more positions for orcs has become a popular thing. I heard that many orc tribe leaders have gone to find shamans. Some of them even sent me fine furs and gems. Who said orcs are better? To be honest, I know how to give money and gifts." "In the past few days, a large number of Yeko Kingdom residents have poured into Luntam City. At first, they thought they were enemies who had arranged to enter the city. After some investigation, it was found that they were just ordinary residents and some businessmen and nobles who came to Luntam with their assets. I have purchased a property in Mu City and seem to be planning to settle down. ?Wu Heng took a look and found out that he had talked about the Shaman Mine with the orc shaman in Luntam City. Its only been decided now, and it doesnt seem to be as simple as it was initially said. Luntam City has a large number of residents of the Kingdom of Yeko. As for the Kingdom of Yeko, the port of Netale City has already been closed. Pick up the phone. ?Wu Heng said: "Wen Mansha, can you hear me?" A somewhat delighted voice came from the other side, "Master, I can hear you." Hearing this voice, Wu Heng also felt a longing in his heart and asked: "How is your health? How is the baby?" Wen Mansha''s voice was filled with a smile, "Everything is fine. Don''t worry. It''s just that the milk supply has been abundant recently and you are not here." What are you talking about? Its like I want to eat it. When the baby comes out, there will be no owner. I can still fight with the child. Hehe! Wen Mansha laughed softly. ??Wu Heng continued to ask: "What happened when a large number of residents of the Kingdom of Yeko went to Luntam City?" Wen Mansha''s voice also became serious, "Some powerful people came over with money and bought properties and shops. Others came in and formed several new gangs to compete with local gangs for territory, and many people died." Have you found out why they gathered in Luntam City? Wen Mansha paused and said, "It seems that the old king is dead." (End of this chapter) Chapter 553 , a chaotic situation Chapter 553, a chaotic situation Hearing that the old king was dead, Wu Heng also frowned. ??Yeke Kingdom''s troubles continued over and over again for a period of time. The old king fell into a coma and woke up, and the entire kingdom was also affected. The news that came out this time was that he was dead. On the contrary, I didnt feel too surprised. Is the information reliable? Wu Heng asked. "It''s all being circulated privately, but I feel there is still a certain possibility. We can''t feel anything, but the residents and wealthy businessmen in these kingdoms will definitely not run out for no reason." Wen Mansha analyzed. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Is there any direct relationship between the death of the king and their running away?" Wen Mansha said: "According to them, there are cases of supporting different political parties in the city. The army, private soldiers, and guards have all become unstable factors, especially those businessmen, whose homes have been ransacked for no reason. Anyway, they are doing things internally. They are all trying to find a way out. ??Wu Heng thought that the battle for the throne would involve princes leading troops to kill each other. Whoever wins, gets the upper hand. Its the same thing on TV. Now it seems that it will still affect ordinary people. Is there any danger over there? Wu Heng asked. "There is no danger on my side. The guards you left for me when you left are enough to keep Luntam City in check, and the Kingdom may not have the energy to worry about me here." Wen Mansha said in a relaxed tone. When he left last time, Wu Heng left her six level 15 skeletons and two thousand level 10 skeletons as personal guards to protect Wen Mansha. These level 10 skeletons are all skeleton warriors upgraded from the zombie world. There are no special professions, but each one comes from the first level of fighting. Weapon specialization and armor specialization are all above proficiency. In a place like Luntam City, there is no problem in protecting Wen Mansha''s safety. Is there any news from Slater? Wu Heng continued to ask. "Deacon Slater came here a few days ago to formulate the business direction of Golden Cat, and then returned to Blackstone Town. I heard that the situation there is not very good. He also found out the news about a cult preaching and is currently investigating. ." Mansha Wen replied. ??Cults have appeared in small places like Blackstone Town. ??The kingdom probably doesnt have any patrolling guards anymore. Be safe. If you are in danger, go to the association and hide. Then I will pick you up. "Okay, Luntam City is relatively safe. I will take care of myself if there is danger." After Wen Mansha said this, she asked, "Are Minnie and Weier okay? Do you miss me?" "It''s all good. They also said that no one would give them pocket money without you around." Wu Heng said jokingly. They are all the maids of the island owner, how can they be short of this little money? Who would mind having too much money? Wen Mansha said in a gentler tone, "When the baby is about to be born, will you come back?" Go back and lets name the baby together. Okay! Wen Mansha smiled. "Then let''s do this for now. If there is danger, go to the association. Safety is the first priority. If the city is gone, it will be fine." Got it! End the call and hang up the phone. ?Leaning on the edge of the table, thinking about the news delivered by Wen Mansha. Combined the information collected during this period. The possibility of the old king''s death is very high. He even said that he was not surprised when he heard that he was dead, but that he died at last. What the kingdom looks like has nothing to do with him. Even if there is a civil war, it will not affect Treasure Island. Many new gangs have passed through Luntam City. You should also pay attention to the Emerald Sea. There may be more pirates appearing. Thought it over quickly in my mind. Open the door and go downstairs to eat with the maids. In the training room. ?Wu Heng looked at several maids in training and waved, "Come here." The four maids stopped what they were doing and walked over quickly. ?Especially the lop-eared rabbit girl, who holds a shield in one hand and a sword in the other. The weapons and armor collide and jingle as she moves. "Owner!" A few people saluted. Wu Heng took out the rare object [Instructor] sword and said: "This is a rare object long sword that can help users train. If you want to practice swordsmanship, you can use it yourself. When using it, don''t resist. The feeling of being controlled." Except for Minnie, a boxer, all other professions can also use long swords. Even a ranger has the possibility of close combat. ?As for Wu Heng, his swordsmanship has now reached the ''advanced'' level, but has not yet reached the ''master'' level. ?Now that the opportunities for training are beginning to decrease, I take out the rare objects and let anyone who has time can use them. Thank you, master. Several people thanked him. ? Anderweil was delighted to know the effect of this strange object. Annette and Robert felt novel and excited because they could use strange objects for training. Several people took turns to try it. At night, I would go upstairs to rest. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. ?Wu Heng sat at the main seat, while Qi Hancai and Gao Rong sat on both sides of the conference table. Qi Hancai said directly: "I want to say two things here. The first is the news from Xinfu City that Wang Haibing has completed the power restoration. The remaining two cities will check the lines and confirm that there are no problems. , will provide power. "The second thing is that last time someone reported that the survivors in the base had snatched supplies and killed people. Sister Yahong used the truth-telling clay sculpture to conduct a test. It can be confirmed that this happened, and the situation was quite bad. In total, The four people, Sister Yahong, will be executed directly, and the survivors who joined later in the base will be inspected later. Clay sculptures of truthful words are rare things [Clay Dolls of Sincerity]. Look at the clay puppet and it will answer real questions. This rare item was obtained from the association inspector. I have never dared to use it in another world, for fear of causing any trouble because of this item. ?Last time, Li Yahong wanted to investigate and report the survivors of the base, so she asked Qi Hancai to hand it over to her. Now we finally have the results. Furthermore, Li Yahong showed a courage that had never been seen before and directly executed people. "Put that clay sculpture over there with her. New ones who join the base will be inspected regularly, and those who are in bad condition will be cleared out." Wu Heng said directly. Understood, Ive finished what I want to say. Qi Hancai said. Gao Rong cleared his throat and continued: "What I want to say is, regarding the newspaper printing equipment, we checked the electronic archives we brought over. We have provided corresponding equipment to a printing factory in the city before. You can go and take a look. The condition of the machine, even if it is somewhat damaged, can be repaired faster than we can. Where is the printing house you mentioned? Wu Heng asked. "To the north, there is a commercial street for an advertising company, just behind the factory." Gao Rong took out a map and pointed roughly on it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 554 , it鈥檚 not a good idea to change the name, right? Chapter 554: Its not good to change the name, right? ?Wu Heng glanced at the time. It is now 9 o''clock in the morning, which is plenty of time. Is there anything else? Gao Rong said: "There is also the matter of the weapons production chain. We need some weapons to confirm the specifications and dimensions." We have weapons blueprints. If you need anything then, ask Qi Hancai to make a copy for you. "Okay, then I have nothing to do." Gao Rong folded the notebook on the table. ??Wu Heng nodded and said: "Qi Hancai, prepare the convoy. Let''s go to the printing factory Gao Rong mentioned." Hmm. Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and began to explain the task. The survivors outside began to load their vehicles and make preparations. Not long after, the convoy and skeletons were assembled. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were riding in a truck. Gao Rong got into the next car and headed to the printing factory in the north of the city. On the truck. ?Wu Heng asked: "How do people from the Tiancheng Group feel?" During meetings, Gao Rong also reported problems normally. But after all, he is not always here. There are some things that I still have to ask Qi Hancai how he feels. Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "No problem. These people don''t have much contact with other people. They are all busy with their own things and only come out during lunch." After some time, I want to arrange some skeleton apprentices for them to learn some techniques from them. Qi Hancai glanced sideways, "Will it cause rejection?" Get in touch with them first and introduce examples of other people teaching skeletons to work. Skeletons will not take their place even after they learn it, Wu Heng said. "That''s okay. I''ll take Gao Rong to the electrician after I get back." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued: "On the radio, survivors from all over the world come to our frequency band to talk every day. It''s very noisy." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "What are you arguing about?" "They asked us to go clean up the zombies in their cities. Many people even recommended themselves to be important local resource points. They wished we could go there right away. They also said that as long as they join us, they don''t need anything but stutterers. That''s quite pitiful. "Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng frowned slightly. With development, Wu Heng really needs to clear up zombies to gain experience. He also needs to establish contact with more survivors to increase his influence and accumulate fame. But the problem now is that I am a little too busy. ??Yangtong City has not been completely cleaned up yet, and the corpse king attracted by the last rescue team has no idea where he went. Be determined to go to various cities to rescue survivors and let more people survive. But I really dont have time for a while. "I''ll go back and think of a way. You can explain it to the survivors everywhere. We are also planning to let everyone hold on until we get there." Wu Heng sighed. Qi Hancai also smiled, "I''ll tell them when I get back." The convoy continued to move forward. Not long after, we approached the area where we were, and news came from the lead car that there were wandering zombies. rangrang~! The door of the printing factory was pushed open. Hahah~! In the dark factory, a zombie roar could be heard, and several zombies rushed out of the factory. Baring teeth and claws, carrying a stench. Puff puff puff~! ?As soon as he approached the door, the zombie was stabbed to the ground by a spear. The spear thrust out over and over again, killing the charging zombies. Then, Wu Heng took the skeleton into the factory and looked around. The walls inside the factory building were covered with **** fingerprints, and the floor was covered in blood. In the middle position, three printing presses can be seen. Wipe off the blood on it, and you can vaguely see the GC6180 printing press. The whole machine is not as big as imagined. The length is about 4 meters and the width is more than two meters. The guide chain at the back is slightly longer, about four or five meters in length. After confirming that there is no danger. ?Wu Heng took out the walkie-talkie and said: "Qi Hancai, bring Gao Rong over." "receive!" Footsteps sounded, and Qi Hancai came over with Gao Rong. ?? He frowned and looked at the situation in the room and said, "How about going to take a look at the machine?" Okay. Gao Rong walked in quickly and started to inspect. Not long after, he came back again. ? said: "There is no problem. I still need to debug it when I go back." ??Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeleton on the side: "Remove the fixing screws." The skeleton stepped forward, and Gao Rong took two steps back to get out of the way. Skeleton removed all the screws connecting the machine to the ground. ?Wu Heng then waved his hand and put away the three machines. The sudden disappearance of the machine made Gao Rong startled. ?Just when he was about to react, he saw Qi Han Cai''s expression remained normal, as if nothing had happened. Forced to control his expression, but still subconsciously took half a step back. New abilities. The leader of the Xinfu City base has more than just the ability to control skeletons. The superpowers are really amazing. Wait until all the machines are put away. ?Wu Heng took a few people and went to look at other warehouses. The door of the warehouse opened, and there was a warehouse full of paper and ink. ?This trip was not in vain. These things are enough for you to use for a while. Similarly after being put away. The convoy began to return. All the way back to the military factory. Hand the machine to Gaorong for debugging and cleaning. He passed through the boundary gate and returned to Treasure Island. Dinner. Wu Heng wiped his mouth, looked at Anderweier and said: "Weier, I plan to establish a newspaper office, and the newspaper will be printed in the next few days. You can sort out some content to be published in the city hall and hand it over to me then. I." "I heard Minnie talk about the newspaper. What do you need in terms of content?" Andwyer asked doubtfully. "The policies and development direction to be announced on the island, didn''t we say last time that we would change taxes and sell houses? Write them all down, and then go to the association to copy some of this year''s guidance manual. Let''s send one out first to see the effect." Wu Heng said while thinking. Okay, Ill get ready when I get back. The matter is finished. ?A few people got together and chatted for a while. They then returned to their rooms to rest. Return to the study. ?Wu Heng stood in front of the bookshelf, looking up at the books on it. In addition to some skill books, there are also collected novels and comics. ?Glenda floated over and said, "Are you choosing a novel to be serialized in your newspaper?" Well, do you have any recommendations? Wu Heng asked. ?Glendas hobby is reading books. On the entire bookshelf, except for the skill books, she is basically reading the rest. Furthermore, being proficient in the texts and languages ??of both worlds means there are no restrictions on reading. "I remember that the detective novel I read some time ago was good." Glenda gently hooked her hand, and a copy of the complete works of Sherlock Holmes flew out and floated in front of the two of them. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, but he didnt expect that this was the book Granda recommended. ?Granda continued: "The names and occasions are more suitable here, and some of the cases described are quite attractive, but they need to be modified to look more like works in the context of this world." Change what? "Place names, descriptions of some things, many things do not exist in our world. The most important thing is the image of the protagonist. It would be better if it was changed to Wu Heng." ??Wu Heng scratched his head, "Deleting some incomprehensible items is understandable, but changing the protagonist''s name is a bit too much!" Glenda walked half a circle to the other side of him and said: "You have copied it, why do you still care about it? And what is your purpose of serializing this novel? It''s not really just to occupy a space in the newspaper. Well, if the newspaper can really spread according to your plan, the protagonist of the novel will be You, and his reputation will increase accordingly. Do you want to be a hero? " ?Wu Heng frowned. ??Xiao Xiao nodded in agreement, "Auntie is right. I''ve copied my homework, so it''s even weirder if you don''t change your name." Forehead. ?Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao again. Her analysis angle was so unique. But some dont know how to answer. Originally, I left a paragraph of the novel in the newspaper in order to increase some sales. After all, serial novels are quite attractive. But Grandas idea was to serialize Wu Hengs personal story. Once it sells well, her own reputation will definitely increase accordingly. Create the image of a meticulous detective. ?This kind of story is not uncommon in this world. ?The association supports level 18 professionals and will distribute this type of story content to various places. Telling stories mostly based on adventure and unity. ?Wu Heng suddenly hesitated. What Glenda said makes sense. The story has been copied and must be disseminated according to her own best interests. But I always feel like changing the protagonists name to myself. Somewhat shameless. "Don''t worry about it. I''ll correct it for you tonight, and you can take a look at it then." Seeing his hesitation, Glenda said directly. You want to change it? "I have written some works before, don''t worry, there will be no problem." Glenda sounded somewhat confident. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Then I''ll leave it to you." "good!" One person and two souls chatted for a few words. ?Glenda returned to her desk and began to rewrite the novel, while Xiao Xiao flew aside to play a game on her tablet. ?Wu Heng went back to his bedroom to rest. The next day, morning. ??Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, watching the skeletons erecting some garden lights in the courtyard. Xiaoxiao, who went out to wander around, flew back from outside. He said hurriedly: "Uncle, I saw the aunt with six arms. She took people to the island. She was sneaky." (End of this chapter) Chapter 555 , the change is not small Chapter 555, a lot of changes Auntie with six arms? McIntosh? ?Six arms are a characteristic of the Bethela tribe. The only aunt who can be recognized is McIntosh, the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern. The letter I wrote to the other party some time ago is here now? Let me take a look! Wu Heng waved. Xiaoxiao circled half a circle above the head and penetrated directly into the body. Soon, the picture was shared in my mind. The initial perspective is from the air overlooking the entire port. In the state of spiritual vision, everyone has different levels of light, representing their own level. Soon, his small eyes fell on a group of people. The leader was a level 15 person, wearing a hood and a loose cloak. He was followed by three people, all close to level 10. After the team landed on the island, they looked around. Then we went to the original Old Barrel Tavern, now called the Golden Sail Tavern. ?Entered the tavern and booked a private room. Go directly upstairs. In a separate private room, several people took off their hoods to reveal their original faces. When Xiaoxiao recognizes the identity of the other party. He flew back directly and informed himself. As expected, it was her. She was so brave and came directly to the island. Wu Heng muttered. He released Xiaoxiao again and floated aside, "It must be her! I said at the time that she was pretending to be dead and running away. Look, it''s true." ?At that time, a person suspected of being McIntosh left the island at night and was also discovered by Xiao Xiao. ??This time when I first landed on the island, I was caught again. ??Xiao Xiaoming is lucky to her. Xiao Xiao is really amazing. Wu Heng followed up with a compliment. ?The little head is slightly raised, arms folded, looking proud. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said hello to Minnie. Take a carriage and go to the association. Jinfan Tavern, in a private room. ?McIntosh sat at the table and used the prophet''s ability to sense several items. Hand put various items beside him. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and three figures walked in quickly. One person said: "Chief, I have come back after inquiring about the news. The island owner of Treasure Island is Deputy Deacon Wu Heng. All the pirates in the Emerald Sea were killed by him with a new type of instrument. Now there are no pirates in the Emerald Sea." Another person added, "I went to the Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. The place is much more honest than when we were there. I heard that the gang has disbanded and they only do ordinary business. They don''t even sell hallucinogens or anything like that." There are also street lights set up in the central area, which look the same at night as during the day. They are said to be newly developed by the association and will also be used in Beacon Street and ordinary residential areas in the future. What is the origin of this Wu Heng? Its even more exaggerated than when Imiro was here ?The people talked to each other one by one, roughly recounting the information they had obtained. The entire Treasure Island had undergone earth-shaking changes when they left. ??I have just been away for a few months. The changes are a bit too big. ?McIntosh had almost heard it, waved his hand to be quiet, and then said: "Have you ever found out what major events happened recently, or the recruitment of personnel?" One person said: "I heard that a necromancer came to the island some time ago. He captured him for several days before killing him. He should be a high-level professional." The city hall is recruiting clerks and patrols, as long as they are indigenous people on the island, and the pay is said to be quite high. ?McIntosh''s eyes rolled slightly. It seems that it is true that the other party wrote to him and helped him collect information. Lets eat first, and then go to the central area in the evening to see the street lamp thing. Ill see what effect it has. "good!" The three of them agreed and started eating. Just took two bites. ?The door was knocked again. ?A few people looked suffocated and immediately became vigilant. ?McIntosh immediately put on his hood, and one of them opened the door. ?The leader of the association team, Kawina, stood at the door and glanced at the people in the room, finally landing on McIntosh. He said: "Mrs. McIntosh, the owner of Wuheng Island would like to ask you to go to the association." Everyone''s expressions in the room changed. They never expected that the other party had already targeted them. ??This Treasure Island, is everyone so well-informed? ?Then why do you want to bring them back? "You stay in the tavern." McIntosh told his men, then looked at the door, "Let''s go, I''ll follow you." Here please, the carriage has stopped at the door. Kavina moved out of the way, and McIntosh walked out directly. Take a carriage and rush to the association. Association, meeting room. ?The air conditioner blew out gusts of cool breeze, which made ''McIntosh'' couldn''t help but exclaim: "You guys have a really good life." Some small items. Wu Heng made two cups of tea and handed her one. "When did you find me on the island?" McIntosh took the water glass and placed it in front of the table. When we first got off the boat. McIntosh looked at him deeply, "Did you write the letter I received?" Well, isnt my name written on it? ?McIntosh asked in confusion: "You are so good at gathering intelligence, why did you bring me back? Are you teasing me?" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, not expecting the other party to ask this question first. Xiaoxiao found her today, which was a special occasion. But you cant keep an eye on it from the port all the time. Furthermore, not all enemies may be visible by level. The methods are different, what do you think? Do you want to come back and help me? Wu Heng asked directly. What do I need to do? What can I get? McIntosh was unusually calm, and his words sounded like gang negotiations. Hand did not show any fear towards this young island owner. Wu Heng said: "What you have to do is to help me collect intelligence on the island and help the island deal with some dangerous things. And what I can give you, in addition to the support of your residence, is your identity. You are no longer a gang leader, but He is the backbone of Treasure Islands official positions. Can you trust me? McIntosh asked. Have thought about what you can get and what you have to pay before coming. Otherwise, we would not take people directly to the island. I will sign a slave contract with you. Wu Heng said. McIntosh''s eyes narrowed for a moment, and his tone was slightly mocking, "The owner of Wuheng Island is so arrogant. He just said a few words in blank, and he just wanted me to sign a contract of betrayal. Or did he say that he wanted me to come back just to insult me?" Two sentences. I have some secrets and I need my men to be more reliable. ?McIntosh quickly glanced at the skeleton attendant behind him and asked, "What if I don''t agree?" Thats okay. As a friend, Im happy to see you alive. Wu Heng smiled. "I don''t understand. What do you mean?" McIntosh stared at him. Seeing that he really had no intention of detaining himself, he said, "I will think about it. Regardless of whether we agree or not, we will do it then." Let me inform you, I just hope you wont embarrass us then. Looking at the tone of voice, rejection is more likely. Its good to stay on the island for a few days and see the changes. Okay, if theres nothing else to do, Ill go back first. ?McIntosh stood up, wrapped himself tightly again, opened the door and walked out. Hand without waiting for Wu Heng to get up. ?The door opened again, and Sheila Gui peeked in, "Was that a woman just now?" How did you know it was a woman? Wu Heng asked. You can tell shes a woman just by looking at her walking posture. After saying that, she looked at him doubtfully, What are you doing in the conference room? This question is asked. There is a feeling of being caught doing bad things. ??Wu Heng said: "That was McIntosh just now, didn''t you see?" "McIntosh? She''s back, what are you doing here?" Sheila Ge walked in and closed the door of the conference room. I want her to join Treasure Island and continue to collect intelligence for us. Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui frowned, "Because of the fate of the Necromancer?" "Well, when McIntosh was on the island, the intelligence on Treasure Island was pretty good. If she can come back to help us, it will be easier to detect any dangerous people who appear on the island." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. ?There is actually no need to explain this kind of thing to Sheila Gui. But both of them are responsible for the security of Treasure Island. There are many battles, and the association''s team is also more combat effective. It is better to explain things clearly to the other party. Sheila Gui sat down and thought for a while, feeling a little doubtful, "She has a lot of connections with pirates, so she is not afraid to send our information out." (End of this chapter) Chapter 556 , the vampire fleet Chapter 556, The Vampire Fleet Wu Heng slapped his thigh and said, "Look, we wanted to go together, so I told her just now that I wanted her to sign a slave contract, but she didn''t agree." Cough~! Sheila Gui coughed dryly, "You asked McIntosh to sign a slave contract with you. She is a level 15 professional and has been a leader for so many years." "Ah..., am I not worthy?" Wu Heng asked. She didnt scold you! I felt like I was cursing in my heart, but I almost cursed in my mouth. Xila Guis face was full of smiles, Ill just say..., it seems that there will be no results from this matter. Lets train another person to collect intelligence! Well, she hasnt given me a reply yet. She said she would stay on the island for two days to check the situation. If she refuses, we will support one by ourselves. Sheila Gui nodded and looked at him with some confusion, "You don''t have a crush on her, do you? Do you like this type?" Forget it, its all for Treasure Island, otherwise you sign the contract with her. Wu Heng said immediately. You are the owner of the island, whats going on if I sign the lottery? Sheila Gui said with arms crossed. She belongs to the deacon. She may be transferred at any time. Even if the other party agrees to sign, it is not suitable for her to sign this contract. ??Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip. He leaned forward and said in a low voice: "Is there any news from Yeke Kingdom recently?" "No? What news have you got?" Sheila Gui also came over and asked in a low voice. I heard that the old king is dead. Sheila Guis beautiful eyebrows instantly frowned, Is it true or false? Who said that? Is it reliable? You have forgotten, I also came from the Kingdom, and my original friends are still there. They also heard what others said. Xilagui pondered for a moment, "It''s really possible. No news has come from the Kingdom of Yeke for a long time, so the news should be blocked." We should also be careful on our island to prevent new pirates from appearing. "good!" ?????????????????????????????????? ?The two of them approached and whispered, and the door of the conference room was suddenly pushed open. ??Shi Yali looked at the two people who were close and whispering, and her footsteps suddenly stopped when they came in. Closed the door again. Xilagui''s eyes widened and she immediately stood up and said, "I''m going back first. Remember to let me know if anything happens." Oh okay, Ill treat you to dinner when I have time. Have time. Silagui opened the door and walked out, quickly chasing Shi Yali who was walking away. ??Wu Heng also put the water glass back into the side cabinet and took the skeleton to the city hall. And visited the newly built design institute. Hand the dwarf designer and several other designers, we discussed the subsequent construction plan. Mainly, the location selection of several new factories. The location needs to be demarcated in advance and roads paved to facilitate transportation. At dusk, Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. Inside the island owners manor. After having dinner with several maids, he went straight upstairs and walked into the study. ?Glenda is still rewriting the novel, while Xiaoxiao is watching cartoons and giggling. ??Ghost is really good, at least it has no impact on intelligence. The two ghosts ignored him. ??Wu Heng ignored them and returned to the bedroom, lying on the bed and starting to think about the past two days and the future development. Everything goes well for Treasure Island, and the next step is to develop industrialization. It is best to combine mechanization with various runes to create energy-saving and efficient rune equipment. The Yanhuo Power Plant inspired Wu Heng a lot. The furnace replaced fuel heating, which not only reduced costs but also eliminated smoke and dust pollution, which made Wu Heng quite satisfied. As for the rest, Wu Heng was also thinking about whether he could use runes and equipment to create something similar. You can research in this area. In addition, factory construction, pharmaceutical development, and the construction of golden cats and entertainment streets must be accelerated. These things also need to be implemented one after another. As for the zombie world, one is to continue to recruit talents in various fields, and basically start to compete with the main station for people. Talents will help the construction of both worlds. The second question is to clean up zombies in various cities and rescue survivors. According to Qi Hancai, survivors from various cities came to their own channels to ask for help. ?Wu Heng is indeed determined to rescue more people and increase his reputation. But the whole country is so big that transportation is inconvenient, even if it is just convenient to travel from city to city. It is not a simple matter either. ??Not to mention going into the city to clean up the zombies and arrange for the rescue of survivors. ?Hold his arms behind his head, "Let the skeletons disperse and clean up the zombies in the surrounding cities by yourself! It seems feasible." When skeletons kill zombies, Wu Heng will gain experience. As for high-level skeletons, they already have a certain level of intelligence. Normally, there is no problem in spreading out to clean up the zombies. The number of skeletons reserved in each city is over a million. Skeletons alone are not enough. We also need to arrange large-headed skeletons who can command, as well as a team of survivors. You can transfer jobs to people you trust, and let them lead a team to kill zombies and rescue survivors on your behalf. You can give it a try! Then well see which profession is suitable for killing zombies. Thought the problem over quickly in my mind. Turn off the lights and go to sleep. Late night, emerald sea. ??On the dark sea surface, the cold moon sheds light. A fleet of ships with huge blood-red wings moved forward quickly. ?The hull of the ship broke through the sea, bringing up waves of waves. A figure stood at the bow of the ship, tall and straight, with red eyes. The sea breeze blew by, and the black cloak fluttered in the wind. At this time, another figure walked up from the deck quickly and said softly: "Master, ahead is Treasure Island. According to intelligence, this island has been assigned to a deputy deacon by the association some time ago. Kill'' The murderer of Lady Melanies is most likely the deacon on the island. The figure at the bow of the boat glanced at the light shining in the darkness in the distance and said: "Bypassing the island, our purpose is to rescue the other elders of the family. These people will be dealt with later." Yes, distinguished master. Check the map and speed up the voyage. Lilith also made a copy of this map and will probably arrange for people to go there. We need to be faster. "Yes!" The slave turned around and went downstairs and shouted: "Master has an order, go ahead at full speed and let all the slaves get up and work." As the order was issued, the fleet accelerated again under the cover of darkness. Toward the destination. the next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. After listening to Qi Hancais arrangements. ?Wu Heng looked at Gao Rong, "How are those printing presses?" Gao Rong said: "There is no problem with the two machines. It''s just that the ink in the ink cartridge has dried up and is being cleaned. It can be used after cleaning. The remaining one cannot be started. I am still looking for the reason. I will replace the accessories later to see the situation." ?Two units are enough, at least enough for Treasure Islands printing quantity. I will arrange a few skeletons for you, and teach them how to write content and typesetting in the past two days, and complete the entire set of printing. Gao Rong nodded, "Okay, these are not difficult." ??Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai, "Is there nothing going on at the base?" Its okay! Everything is working normally. "Um." Then, Wu Heng went to the warehouse and put away all the bullets he had produced in the past few days. Then he looked at the time, passed through the boundary gate, and returned to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Then he saw Philippa, and he also started teasing the flying dragons. Perhaps it was sold to pirates itself, or it might be the effect of the Bracelet that turns animals into friends. The flying dragon doesnt look that fierce. On the contrary, he is quite well-behaved. ??One of Wu Hengs initial plans was to give him corpse cores to see the changes. ??Now that Feilong is so obedient, it''s a little hard to do anything. Philippa! Wu Heng shouted. Philippa turned her head, pushed the parrot on her head away, and came bounding over. said: "I came early. Minnie said you were still resting, so I waited for a while." How is the fleet going? Wu Heng sat down on the sofa. Philippa sat on his lap naturally, "The five dragon ships from last time have all been refitted. No one can tell whose ship they belong to. They are also armed, and they are all parked in the newly built s port. Yes, you are still very serious about matters on the ship. "What are you talking about? I was also the captain back then, so I had to control the overall situation, okay?" Philippa emphasized. Get ready, lets go to sea later. Lets go to sea, okay! Ill go back and prepare first, then well meet at the port. Philippa said excitedly. Well, dont be late, and dont tell anyone, including Millicent. Philippa clenched his fist and said, "Don''t worry, I know what''s going on." After saying that, he quickly left, with the parrot following behind. ??Wu Heng also told Minnie and others, put on his cloak and veil, took a carriage, and headed to the dedicated port. (End of this chapter) Chapter 557 , carrion shark Chapter 557, The Carrion Shark The location on the map is ahead. We call this place the Eye of the Raging Dragon. It looks like an eye from the sky. I wonder if the sarcophagus you mentioned is here. Philippa slid down from the mast and said casually. ?Wu Heng stood at the bow of the ship and looked forward. ??Then the sea in front was pitch black, which was obviously different from the color of the surrounding sea. It''s hard to tell with the naked eye, it''s more like ink dyeing this area black. Is there any danger? Wu Heng asked. "The sea beasts here are quite ferocious. As long as someone falls into the water, they will be attacked." Philippa glanced at the skeletons on the boat. "They will probably be attacked if they get down." Wait a minute, let the ship not pass by. Wu Heng said. ?Philippa nodded and turned around to pass on the order. ??The ship floated around this location for a while, and ''Glenda'', who had been arranged to go out to investigate the situation, flew back from the water, got directly into Wu Heng''s body, and shared the underwater scene. The water in the Eye of the Raging Dragon area is pitch black. Even if the sun is shining above, only a little sunlight penetrates, making it dim. ?Granda went all the way down and saw three giant sharks of large size, circling under the boat. Like an underwater guard, it bites into pieces and swallows some approaching sea creatures. ?Continuing downwards, we saw a sarcophagus half-hidden in the mud, engraved with intricate runes and carvings. A turtle whose body was bitten into pieces, and the blood flowing out slowly gathered towards the sarcophagus. The surrounding area is also covered with human bones and large fish bones. Like a cemetery under the sea. Seeing this, the shared scene ends. ??Wu Heng also released Glenda again, floating around invisible. Judging from the scene just now. ?Those three giant sharks with exaggerated shapes should be the ferocious sea beasts Philippa mentioned. Its been around several times! Philippa came over. Wu Heng said: "There are three large sharks down there. They look quite fierce. Is there any way to kill them?" Just three? Three of them, they also noticed our ship, they are right under our ship. ?Philippa raised her eyebrows, rolled up her sleeves and said, "There is a way. Let''s eat shark meat tonight." Speaking, he walked aside and began to give orders to some skeletons. Not long after, several barrels filled with gutted fish were brought over. Hitch was thrown directly to the side of the ship. The wooden barrel floated on the sea, and the blood stained the surroundings red. Soon, the huge shadow became clearer and clearer under the water, huffing and puffing. ?Three ferocious giant sharks broke through the sea and began to fight for food on the floating barrel. Fish spear! Philippa ordered. Click! ?With the sound of machinery, the crossbow began to adjust its angle amidst the blast of the crossbow strings. ??The giant crossbow bolt connected to the chain roared out. In an instant, it was nailed into the bodies of three giant sharks. The giant shark began to struggle violently, and the chain pulled the hull of the ship and began to rock violently. Shoot, kill him immediately! Wu Heng held on to the fence and gave the same order. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The skeletons standing at the edge of the deck directly pulled the trigger, and dense bullets were fired at the struggling sharks like a heavy rain. In the blink of an eye, the shark was swamped by bullets. ?The gunshots stopped, and three dead giant sharks were floating on the sea, connected by crossbow spears and dragged behind the hull. Its so cool, a weapon like yours is so useful. Philippas face was full of excitement. Get the coffin first, sharks will come later. Wu Heng said, and then said to the skeleton on the side: Go down and tie the sarcophagus below tightly. Plop-plop-plop~! ?Several skeletons jumped off the deck and swam towards the bottom of the sea holding the chains. Waiting for it to resurface, Wu Heng ordered the ships to pull the sarcophagus. ??The sarcophagus buried in the mud was pulled out and pulled up to the deck little by little. ?Wu Heng and Philippa both looked at the sarcophagus. ?The khaki stone is carved with complex patterns and contains silt, but there is nothing like barnacles attached to it. Do you want to take it back? Philippa asked. ?Wu Heng recalled the content of Liliths letter and became more and more convinced of what the other party wanted to do. said: "If you don''t take it back, check the status of the exile inside." With a slight wave of his hand, the surrounding skeletons began to gather, and the muzzles of their guns were pointed towards the sarcophagus. Next, have the skeleton attempt to open the sarcophagus. All the crowbar and chisel bits were used, and the gap in the sarcophagus was still closed without any signs of loosening. Go and carry the sarcophagus to the bow of the ship. Skeleton carried the sarcophagus to the bow of the ship, and Wu Heng took out the machine cannon. Boom~! The machine gun opened fire, hitting the center of the sarcophagus. ?Smoke and dust were everywhere, and the sarcophagus exploded. The sea breeze blew away the smoke and dust, and a pale-faced woman with sunken eyebrows and cheekbones appeared in sight. He has long hair like a waterfall and is wearing a black dress with bright red embroidery on the collar. ??The originally gorgeous appearance was affected by the cannon, and it was dripping with blood. The next second, the woman opened her eyes suddenly, and a bloodthirsty red light flashed from her eyes. Ah~! The scorching sunshine made her let out a wail, covering her head with her wide sleeves, and her eyes glanced at the skeletons around her. His eyes turned rapidly and his voice was hoarse, "Necromancer, save me, and you will get rich wealth." Shoot~! ?Bang bang bang~! Several sniper rifles behind him, as well as the rifles around him, fired at the same time. The bullet penetrated the head and body. The Vampire woman, with eyes full of fear, fell to the ground and died instantly. ?Then, a cage of bones rose from the ground to trap the escaping ghosts. Amid the ghosts'' struggles and curses, they were put into the Demonic Soul Pot. ?Wu Heng took out a roll of straw mat and "wrapped the body." The skeleton stepped forward and swept the corpse up with grass. ?Wu Heng directly took in the space ring. Philippa walked over with the parrot standing on her shoulders, "These sharks have been beaten to pieces, and there are not many edible parts left." Dont eat it. Eat what you want back to the island. These will be transformed into skeletons and we will go out to sea to help you **** you. Wu Heng looked at the shark carcass dragged on the side of the ship. The smell of blood in the sea attracted some small fish schools. It is estimated that if you delay it for a while, sharks or ferocious sea beasts will be attracted again. Hearing that you need to **** yourself. Philippa''s eyes lit up, "The mage is still smart. Can the fish''s skeleton swim? The current is stronger, so it won''t be taken away!" Forehead. With these words, Wu Heng, who was about to cast a spell, stopped for a moment. That makes sense. Ordinary land creatures will have their hands and feet after transformation, but marine creatures will not only have fish bones left after they are transformed into skeletons, right? Whether the caudal fin will be retained is difficult to determine. Carrion, can you accept it? Wu Heng asked. I dont care, as long as its useful. ?Wu Heng nodded and released the [Corpse Slaying Technique]. The wounds on the shark corpse began to scab, turning into a rotting corpse with muscles atrophied and shark teeth exposed. Carrion Shark (Level 9) The level is not too low. Its almost reaching level 10 and entering the next stage. Follow the fleet! ?Wu Heng said something, and then said to Philippa: "Let''s go to the next place." ?Philippa shouted loudly, and the ship started again, heading to the next place on the map. Its late at night. The ship arrives at the second location. In a hidden stone cave. After the ghost conducts an investigation. ??Philippa stayed behind to guard the ship, while Wu Heng walked directly over with the skeleton. Dancing Light TechniqueThrow it out and light up the entire cave. At the far end, an open sarcophagus stands in the middle, and remaining traces of rituals can still be seen on the ground around it. It escaped. Xiaoxiao appeared at the side. "No, he was rescued and locked in a sarcophagus. There is no way to hold a ceremony." Granda said. Xiao Xiao flew over and flew around the sarcophagus, "Auntie is right." ??Wu Heng also walked over and took a look, "It seems that we are a little late, and the ceremony was just held recently. Let''s go around and see if there are any corpses." (End of this chapter) Chapter 558 , covering the blow Chapter 558, Covering Strike The two ghosts dispersed instantly and flew out of the cave to start searching. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew back. A head was found down there, human. Lets go out. ??Back on the deck, the head was also fished out, and the rest of the body had been eaten clean by the fish. Only the head was stuck in the crevices of the rocks and was not eaten. Conversation with the Dead Released, the head opens its eyes. ?Wu Heng asked: "Who performed the ceremony and killed you." ??Lululu~! The head spit out a lot of mud, and the words were unclear, "Vampire, I heard someone call him ''Master Emeka''." How many people did they come? There are three ships in total, carrying a lot of vampires, maybe hundreds of people. ??Wu Heng then asked, "Do you know their subsequent plans?" The corpse replied, "Go find other sarcophagi." Which sarcophagus did they open? First bite! Last question. What is the highest level among the vampires? Not clear! After answering the five questions, the corpse closed its eyes directly. But the matter has been investigated clearly. ?Not only them, but also a fleet of vampires arrived in the Emerald Sea. The purpose is exactly the opposite of his own, to rescue all the people in the sarcophagus. Philippa came over and asked, "Is there someone trying to steal our lives?" There is a team of vampires, different from us, who are here to save people. Wu Heng explained. Then lets go there quickly and we can still stop them. Well, lets go to the third location. Dont expose the lights on the way to avoid being noticed. "good!" After the explanation. Go to the third location again. The second day, noon. Thick dark clouds cover the sky over the island. ?Under the dark clouds, vampires wearing cloaks were busy. In a wooden shed built. A vampire wearing an old uniform opened his huge mouth, revealing sharp fangs, and bit the throat of a slave. Sucking blood in big mouthfuls. ??The slave''s struggling movements gradually became weaker, and finally his limbs drooped and his body went limp. The vampire threw the body aside and wiped the blood from the corners of his mouth with a white handkerchief. ?Movement is slow and elegant. Its fresh blood thats the most delicious. Opposite, another Vampire watched him finish sucking the blood and said: "Lilith still controls the Vampire. You must conceal your identity when you return to the Vampire. It may be difficult for her to catch you." "We know how to do it. As long as we work a little bit and regain control of the church, her position will not be unshakable." The vampire in the old dress said plainly. The family has been suppressed too severely, and its hard for us to tolerate her. She will pay the price for her decision. While the two were talking, the old servant came over and saluted respectfully, "Master, the ceremony is ready and can be opened at any time." Well, lets do the ritual! The two vampires stood up and walked to the middle position. ?Several slaves were suppressed and knelt in front of the sarcophagus. The old slave said, "Start the ceremony." A sharp dagger, slit the slave''s throat. A drum of blood gushes out. Converging flows towards the sarcophagus. Click~! ??The gap in the sarcophagus loosened, and the coffin lid suddenly opened, revealing the long-haired vampire inside. Hello~! ??The vampire in the sarcophagus let out an angry roar. Vent the pent-up emotions in your heart. ??The vampire in old attire spoke softly, "Be quiet, Emeka let us go, and the anger in her heart is waiting to be vented against Lilith and her tribe." "Lilith? I want her to feel the pain of loneliness and hunger." Okay! Adjust, pick a slave you like, have a good meal, and then lets go rescue Akulina. The vampire walked out of the sarcophagus. Picked up a slave and bit him through the throat. The other slaves were so frightened that their legs swung and they huddled together. Just when you are planning to continue taking action. Someone said: "There are ships from the association approaching." ?Everyone was suddenly startled. Even though they said they wanted to seek revenge on Lilith, the first thing they had to do was hide. Slowly recover and look for opportunities in the dark. "How many?" There is just one ship, approaching us, flying the flags of the Association and Treasure Island. Sink it down, and if there are any alive, capture them as sacrifices. "yes!" On the deck. ?Wu Heng took out the machine cannon and ordered the skeletons to prepare for battle. I didnt go directly to the third location last night. Instead, he confirmed the location of the vampire ship through the emerald sand table and rushed over directly. No matter whether the other party has taken away the second coffin or not, catching them first is the most direct way to solve the problem. There are ships coming, three of them without flags, cried Philippa. ?Wu Heng glanced around and saw that there were not many people on the deck. There were only a few scattered people preparing the equipment on the ship. Philippa, command the attack. Wu Heng said. Philippa acknowledged it, and then shouted: "Fuck them to death." ~! The cannons began spitting out tongues of flame. Wherever the shells passed, the hull of the ship exploded and splinters of wood flew everywhere. Sniper rifles began to fire at lookouts and personnel operating equipment. Machine gun direct fire. ?While wailing and fleeing, the enemy who fell into the water was attacked by the carrion shark and torn into pieces. There is no suspense in the battle. When the sound of the cannons stopped, the sea was covered with broken planks. Great! Philippa punched. Small island. ??The vampires all widened their eyes at this time. ?Looking at the scene happening in front of me in horror. ?No one said anything, they just stared blankly at the association ship approaching again. During the period of being exiled, did the association develop so rapidly? Has this extremely powerful item been developed, or is it some kind of special item? Fortunately we didnt get on the ship and follow the attack. Lets stay on the island and wait for them to attack. Glenda returned and got into Wu Hengs body. The situation on the island was also shared in Wu Hengs mind. ?Two level 18 vampires, one level 15 vampire, and the remaining 5 and 10 levels. ?Wu Heng frowned. This vampire is so powerful! Two are level 18 and one is level 15. Outside, it is definitely top-notch strength. Looking up at the small island covered by dark clouds, you could vaguely see the vampire members standing on the island. During the day, the vampire''s combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced, and they need to be shielded from the sun. At night, the vampire''s combat effectiveness will increase. It is also because of this that the Vampires call themselves Children of the Night. They are all hiding on the island and have no idea of ??attacking them. Shall we attack them? It seems that those guys are quite cowardly. Philippa observed the situation on the island through animal training. "Don''t worry, they have high-level professionals, don''t rush forward yet." Wu Heng said. What should we do? Bomb them first. Huh? Philippa was curious. ??Wu Heng waved his hand, and a huge stone gate and crack appeared from his side. Below it was still the gate of the Tibetan Soldier Cave. At the top, there are howitzer barrels set up one by one. Beside the cannon barrel, a skeleton warrior holding a grenade stood, waiting silently. Target the center of the island, adjust the angle, and prepare to cover the attack. Wu Heng said directly. The skeleton immediately took action. Adjust the angle of the gun barrel and aim at the island in the distance. Start bombing! ~! Intense firing sounds sounded, and grenades pierced the sky and fell towards the small island ahead. Immediately afterwards, there was a series of deafening explosions. ?One howitzer after another rained down on the island, with flames shooting into the sky and thick smoke billowing. ?Trees were broken and earth and rocks flew. The island was covered in fire and smoke. ??The vampire members who were originally ambushing on the island were swallowed up by the explosion. Most of them were killed or injured in the blink of an eye, with broken limbs and arms scattered everywhere. Hello~! Fight out with me, seize the ship and leave here. A vampire roared. Kill on the boat. The other vampires also roared loudly, their eyes filled with bloodthirsty and angry blood. Tap tap tap~! The remaining vampires began to run quickly. Approaching the coast, the black bat wings instantly spread out and rushed into the sky like ghosts. Against the blazing sun above their heads, they swarmed towards the ships hanging from the association. Just flying into the sky and looking at the large number of skeletons on the ship. His brows furrowed tightly again. Scourge of the dead? ?Bang bang bang~! ?While frowning and thinking, a blast sounded again. The instrument in the skeleton''s hand spit out tongues of fire, sweeping towards the approaching figure. Puff puff puff~! In the dense bullets, the vampire''s body turned into blood mist and entered a state of self-preservation. The bullets were still shooting towards the blood mist. ?Soon, the vampires reappeared under the intensive attack, with their fangs exposed and roaring ferociously. ?Bang bang bang~! The machine guns set up also followed suit and fired. The bullets were like a rainstorm, piercing through the vampire''s body and wings. It fell into the water with a splash. The shark circled and began to bite the body that fell into the water. I found you, little mage! ?In mid-air, a vampire in old clothes murmured coldly. ??He set his sights on a figure wearing a mage''s robe and manipulating strange equipment. It is certain that the other party is the master of this undead fleet, the Necromancer. Ill kill him, and you go attract those skeletons. The old-dress vampire said. Okay! Several people responded quickly. Then, the vampires dispersed again. Different directions, attacking ships ?Wu Heng suddenly turned his head and looked as if he felt something. ?? Then he saw a vampire, like a ghost, rushing towards him. Are you going to kill yourself first? The cannon turned around and fired suddenly into the air. ?Bang bang bang~! The shells roared out and shot towards the opponent''s position in the blink of an eye. At the moment when the cannonball hit. ??The Vampire''s body suddenly disintegrated into **** smoke and disappeared. ?At almost the same time, Wu Heng felt a sense of coldness and danger coming from behind. Haha~! A black figure appeared from behind, with its head close to its shoulders and its fangs biting into its neck. ?Wu Heng didnt think much about it. Lean the body to the other side and strike with an elbow in response. Bang~! A dull crashing sound sounded. The vampire behind him took a few steps back and looked at the necromancer in front of him, a little surprised at the speed of his reaction. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised by the opponent''s ability. When killing the first level 18 vampire. But he was killed directly. The vampire in front of him showed an ability that was almost teleporting. The effect is similar to that of the rare item Mist-condensing Evil Sword. But there is no need for clouds and fog, and the distance is further. More like a surprise attack ability. Kaxiu, go help Philippa, dont let her die. Wu Heng said directly. Ka Xiu, who was charging forward, suddenly changed direction. The action of rushing towards the opposite side, turning directly and running towards Philippa''s position. Wu Heng quickly casts spells on himself. White Bone ArmorWraps the whole body. The vampire on the other side sneered and said, "You''d better worry about yourself, little mage!" Said, walking quickly. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and took out a machine gun. Start strafing at the target. The bullet is shot out quickly. The figure of the vampire collapsed into a blood mist at the moment the bullet hit, and appeared from the front. The bullets are still being fired. The bodies of the vampires are rapidly approaching as they collapse again and again. The blood of the young mage is exciting to think about. (End of this chapter) Chapter 559 , I saw my biological father Chapter 559, I saw my biological father ??Vampires can turn into blood mist, which Wu Heng has seen before. ?This ability can reduce physical damage to a great extent. It can play a very good role in escaping and in some special circumstances. But this is the first time I have seen the vampire in front of me use his abilities so frequently and like flashes. What are the abilities of level 18 vampires? Its really special. Where do these weapons come from? New props from the association, or weapons from your country? "It doesn''t matter. When I taste your blood, I will also know your experience. Then I will find your family and friends bit by bit and make them blood food." "Would you like to give your body to other mages? Use it as a bargaining chip to help me." ??Every time the Vampire figure appears, he will say a sentence. The necromancer in front of him has become his prey to be slaughtered. ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes slightly and continued to shoot backwards. I dont believe that this ability can be maintained forever, but it is still maintained. Bang~! The larger blood mist dispersed, and the Vampire figure disappeared. ?Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, and while his body rolled forward, a vampire appeared beside him. He is also level 18. ??And the three attributes of physique, strength and agility are not lower than those of melee professionals, even if the melee skills are not high. But with strong attributes, the body can quickly burst out with power, and its movements are faster. The Vampires failed again. ??His brows also wrinkled. ??Wu Heng rolled to his feet, his body shaking at high frequency, and six identical figures appeared in the blink of an eye. While quickly dispersing, the undead clone releases [weakening ray] and [pathogenic ray]. The remaining clones, machine guns and rifles, began to fire more intensively. ??The vampire saw the sudden distraction, and a little confusion flashed in his eyes. A necromancer actually fought alone and struggled with himself for such a long time. Concentrated and quickly identified the next six clones, he was sure that he could not distinguish the true body and its weaknesses. The body turned into blood mist again, and appeared in the distance. To distance yourself, you must first go to support other places. ?Wu Heng saw the other party and wanted to leave. Hand out his hand, he took out a badge and threw it towards the opponent''s position. Glenda! The moment the ghost flew down from above his head and penetrated into the vampire''s body, he turned around and grabbed the thrown emblem. The possession only lasted for a brief moment, and the ghost was driven away from the body. ??The vampire frowned, stopped, opened his palms, and looked at the emblem that clearly bore the characteristics of the church. ??Holy Church? Are you from the Holy Church? A necromancer? Then, the vampire''s eyes suddenly shrank, and his expression gradually became frightened. Throw away the badge as if it were hot to the touch. The skin begins to turn red, and a large amount of heat begins to appear in the mouth and nostrils. Huh~! The body suddenly burned. The Vampires began to wail and struggle in fear. turned into blood mist again and again, and returned to its original shape again and again. ?The flame is still burning in the body, turning into a burning person. ??Howling sounds spread throughout the area. ??The other warring vampires also looked at this scene in horror. ?Bang bang bang~! Concentrated bullets were shot out again, hitting the opponent''s body intensively. ?This time, he did not dodge the bullet again, nor could he turn into blood mist. The vampires struggled and ran towards the edge of the ship, trying to escape into the sea. Stop him! Keranmu put one hand on the ground, released the cloud and mist technique, and appeared behind the vampire in the blink of an eye. ??The evil sword slashed horizontally, and with a pop, it cut into the neck, but did not completely cut off. ??The Vampire roared and clawed at the opponent. The evil sword slashed out again. crossed the neck, and the head fell to the ground. ?Wu Heng''s undead clone quickly stepped forward, and a bone cage rose from the ground to trap the escaping ghost. In cursing and ranting. Put it into the magic soul pot. ?Wu Heng picked up the emblem and looked at the charred corpse on the ground. Yu Bone Techniquerelease. The burnt flesh and blood fell off, and the vampire skeleton with bat wings and flesh membrane stood up slowly. Skeleton Blood Assassin (Level 18). Level 18 assassin! ??Aren''t you called a thief? Why are you called an assassin? ?Wu Heng didnt have time to think too much, Follow me. After saying that, he rushed to the other side. Another level 18 vampire, fighting with Card Xiu. ?Horizontal spears condensed from mid-air and shot towards Kaxiu and other skeletons around him. The abilities displayed are different from those that just kept flashing. More towards the legal system''s moves. Blood spears, blood balls, and wriggling black tentacles. A streak of blood-colored magic was swung out, and the skeleton that hit it had its bones eroded and then exploded. It is difficult for Kaxiu to attack air units. I barely cope with it, but there is no good way. Kill him! Wu Heng ordered. The figure of the Skeleton Blood Assassin disappeared instantly. The next second, a sharp bone palm appeared behind the opponent, like a sword, piercing the target''s back. The vampire just wanted to dodge. ?Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired into his body. ?The body hesitated briefly, and the sharp claws pierced the back of the heart.?????A large mouthful of blood is used from the mouth. ?Wu Heng threw the Elf Magic Carpet to Card Xiu, Go and kill him. Ka Xiu flew into the sky on a flying carpet, leaped high, and pounced directly on the target. Below. ??The undead clone held the staff and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and a gray-white halo of light swayed. The dead vampire corpses around them turned into white bones with giant wings and stood up one by one. Kill all the vampires. Huh~! The skeleton vampires rushed into the sky, pounced on the other vampires around, and started fighting. Protect the clone and looked around. He found the skeleton attendant protecting Philippa and asked, "Where is Philippa?" The skeleton turned his head and glanced at the cabin behind him. ?Wu Heng walked directly in and saw the iron coffin standing upright in the corner of the cabin. Iron Maiden Vertical CoffinA strange item that can trap enemies. Once trapped, people from the inside cannot open it. It is somewhat similar to the sarcophagus used by the Vampires to trap the exiles, except that the Iron Maiden Vertical Coffin is a rare item. The sarcophagus is a kind of magic prop. ?Wu Heng moved forward and opened the outside handle. The coffin lid suddenly opened. Philippa staggered out of it, her armor eroded and blood oozing from her mouth and nose. Seeing Wu Heng outside, he breathed a sigh of relief. How is it? Wu Heng supported her. Just now, I saw my biological father. Philippa looked horrified. Stop talking nonsense, where are you hurt? When that person hit a magic blow, I felt my blood reverse. Card Xiu held the opponent back, and I locked myself up. Philippa took out two bottles of potion and drank them all. ?Wu Heng touched her head and said, "You stay here first and go out after it''s over." Are those bats dead? Its coming soon, Ill call you when the time comes. Outside the cabin. The battle between the vampires and the skeletons is gradually coming to an end. The level 18 vampire was killed by two level 18 skeletons in the sea. The ghost that tried to escape was swallowed by Glenda and Xiaoxiao. ?Wu Hengs undead clone once again released the [Battlefield of the Dead], and the newly dead vampires turned into bones and flew into the sky. Get to the shore! Wu Heng shouted. ?The ship slowly approached the island. In the sky, there were large numbers of skeleton vampires flying with them. Get on the island. ??Wu Heng ordered to start cleaning the battlefield on the island and collect the corpses. The bombing of grenades also left the island covered with devastation. The skeletons went to the island and began to gather all the corpses that had been exploded everywhere. ?Wu Heng canceled the effect of [The Robe of the Hundred Soldiers], the clone disappeared, and a headache struck. When the side effects disappeared, the bodies were collected. Selected two bodies and conducted [Conversation with the Dead]. After a simple inquiry. The whole incident is basically clear. The leader of this fleet is called Emeka, a level 15 professional who is in charge of the 5th fleet of the Scarlet Knights. is the more outstanding younger generation of the Baddeley family. ?After learning that one of the exiles was killed, and Lilith copied the locations of the remaining exiles, she guessed that they might be killed. He then brought his own fleet of ships that he could trust to free the exiles. Some of the creatures used for sacrifice were purchased slaves, and some were fishermen caught along the way. The entire operation was conducted in secrecy. So after discovering the ship Wu Heng, we must sink it no matter what. Otherwise, the news will reach Liliths ears. After asking about the matter, Wu Heng wrote down the names mentioned on the paper so that he could report to Lilith when he returned. In recent times, it has been impossible to obtain rewards through associations. I hope Lilith will not disappoint me. After all processing was completed, Wu Heng continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and all the remaining corpses were transformed into skeletons. Didnt you say that the corpses of vampires are not allowed to be transformed? Philippa came over with the parrot. "I will arrange it in a place where others can''t see it. Don''t say it out. If someone asks, just say it was a battle at sea and it will be eaten by sharks." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I said it was blown to pieces, and then the sharks ate the body, and it was pulled out and eaten by small fish, and the small fish pulled it out and was eaten by shrimps," Philippa said. It doesnt have to be so detailed. Philippa slapped her chest and said, "Don''t worry, I''ve always been the strictest with my mouth." ??They briefly searched the island, threw all the fallen flesh and blood into the sea, and sent the skeletons into the sea to salvage items from the sunken ship. Everything was almost done, and everyone started to return. The harvest this time is quite big. Among the vampire corpses, there are three level 18 corpses, one level 15 corpse, and more skeletons of level 10 and lower. ?Among them, two were directly transformed into skeletons, and one was stored in a space ring. After going back, do the transformation again. Level 18 corpses cant be bought for any money. It can improve your own strength very intuitively. Even if this world cannot be used, is there any rare species protection bill? You can also use it directly in the zombie world. It is a two-day and one-night trip. The ship docks at Treasure Island, an exclusive port. Philippa got off the boat with her parrot and went to the ship steward to register. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and allowed all the skeletons in the vampire form to enter the gate and go to another world. Wait until all the vampire skeletons walk in. ?Wu Heng also took his skeleton off the ship, took Philippa and called a carriage to leave the port. Put her down at Beacon Street and go to the Association. (End of this chapter) Chapter 560 , Damn, it鈥檚 him Chapter 560, Damn, its him Deacon''s study. ?Wu Heng took a sip of scented tea and recounted what happened during his trip to the sea. When she heard that the Vampires had released those exiles, each of whom was at level 18, Sheila Gui''s baby-fat face instantly became tense and serious. What happened in the end? ?Wu Heng took another sip of tea and said, "Dead! I killed them all with a cannon attack on the sea." Where is the Vampire fleet you were talking about? Sheilagui continued to ask. Its the fifth fleet of the Blood Knights. The leader is called Emeka, a level 15 professional. Wu Heng said softly. Sheelas face was still ugly. ??If Wu Heng did not meet him this time, but released these exiles. Its okay to return to the Vampire Clan, at least they can handle their own affairs within the clan. ??If you dont plan to go back, but mess around around the Emerald Sea, a lot of people will die, whether its Treasure Island or other villages and towns. What do you have in mind later? Sheila Gui continued to ask. Wu Heng glanced at the other party, "There seem to be some families within the Blood Clan, and they are fighting each other openly and secretly. This time I ruined their plan and killed the fleet. I may suffer revenge from the Blood Clan. You need to be more careful on the island. Well, I will explain it to each team and pay attention to this matter. Sheila Gui nodded. The last time the Necromancer took revenge, Shi Yali almost died in the city. So, you still have to be careful about this kind of thing. ??The Blood Clan is not a small sect like the Destiny Sect, but a truly big clan. Then, Sheila Gui asked, "Are you going to report this matter to the association? Reporting it will also be a deterrent to the vampires." Originally, Wu Heng did not want to tell the headquarters about this matter. Not on the association''s wanted notice, and it also involves matters within the vampire clan. ?? But Xila Gui is right. If there is a problem reported, you can use the headquarters to put pressure on the vampires. If you don''t report it, when something goes wrong, it will be very troublesome to explain the matter from the beginning. "You write a report to the association and talk about the human sacrifice of the vampire ships in the Emerald Sea. I will write a letter to Lilith and talk about this from the perspective of checking the exiles." Wu Heng thought for a moment. , said. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and nodded in agreement, "Okay." Shi Yali walked over from the side and prepared pen and paper for the two of them. started to write. Leader Lilith Ann Beshmit: ??In this mission to visit three locations of the exiles to check the status of the exiles, we encountered other fleets of the Blood Tribe. They took the lead in salvaging the three sarcophagi of the exiles and captured fishermen along the way as living sacrifices for opening the sarcophagi. Treasure Island''s ships clashed with the Vampire fleet. After losing several large warships and skeleton attendants, the target ship was sunk and the personnel were killed. The bloodshed in the battle zone attracted swarms of sharks, which devoured corpses and rammed ships. ?The scene was extremely chaotic. According to subsequent investigations, the leader of the team is called "Emeka", the captain of the fifth fleet of the Scarlet Knights. The purpose this time is to release several exiles from the Emerald Sea. I dont understand the other partys reasons, and I cant guess the other partys ultimate purpose. I just feel that someone is unfavorable to the leader. ?Leader Lilith, please be careful of potential enemies in the dark. Owner of Treasure Island: Wu Heng. " After writing, Wu Heng checked it again. Silla Rose, who was at the desk, also stopped writing. Have you finished writing? Its finished, look at it. Wu Heng handed it to her. Hiragui also handed the other party what she had written. They both looked at each other and confirmed that there was nothing wrong with what they reported to each other. It was just that the angles of description were different, and there was no big difference. After confirming that there is no problem. Putting it into an envelope, Shi Yali picked it up and sent it to the front desk. It will be mailed together with other letters. After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng also got up and left. Return to the island owner''s manor. Open the door and walk in. ?Several maids immediately surrounded him. Gather around and ask if anyone is injured. ?Although every time I come back after going out, the maids ask the same questions. But in fact, some people are concerned about it, which is quite good for Wu Heng. Its much better than being alone in the first place when renting an apartment in Blackstone Town. How are you doing at home these two days? Wu Heng asked. "It''s nothing, it''s just sister ''Shanela'' who talked to you. You weren''t there at the time, so I chatted with her for a while, and she said she was coming back." Minnie said softly. Yeah, let me go and have a look! ??We walked into the hall together, and the maid helped to take off the armor. ?Wu Heng freshened up briefly, then went upstairs and walked into the radio station''s room. First I looked at the record book. Then he picked up the phone and said, "Is Mrs. Shannara here?" Soon, a slightly lazy voice came from the other side, "I hate it! I called her my wife again." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "I heard from Minnie that you are coming back." Well, do you, the island owner, welcome this idea? "Of course you are welcome. Why are you coming back? I mean, what ship are you taking?" Wu Heng asked. The other person thought for a moment and said, "It should be the Star Flower fleet. I don''t have any real power now. I just want to save face and pretend to be the president, but I can''t move the ships." "As long as you can come back, I''ll let Philippa pick you up." Its too far. Lets check the situation when we get to the port. If there is really no ship coming, you can make arrangements for me. Shanara said. Okay, Ill listen to you. The two continued to chat about the recent situation. Hang up the chat. ?Go to the zombie world and get the prepared printing press. A separate factory building in the courtyard was selected as a temporary printing workshop. Night falls. After dinner, Glenda handed him the revised novel and the newspaper he had written for inspection. ?Wu Heng glanced at it, a little surprised at Glenda''s ability. The things summarized and organized are really good. There is almost no difference between it and a modern newspaper. The novels in the corner are still a predetermined detective collection. ??His name was changed to Wu Heng, and his appearance was also changed to black hair and black eyes. Wu Heng looked a little embarrassed. ?Granda and Xiaoxiao both feel very good, and their real names and appearances are also used in the associations promotional stories. Its just that Wu Heng edited it here. What others said is probably true. Check it from the beginning and confirm that there are no problems. Wu Heng took it and walked out, handed it to the skeletons in the printing workshop, asked them to copy it, and then started printing. the next day. "Take a look at the Treasure Island Express. You can know the great events and wonders of the world even while sitting at home." On the main road of Treasure Island. There were figures one after another, newspaper sellers holding newspapers in their hands and shouting loudly. Express? Whats it for? Someone passed by and asked curiously. "This is called a newspaper, which collects major events in the world and puts them together in newspapers." The newspaper seller explained. This kind of thing is good, give me one. 65 copper. It still costs money, forget it, this thing still costs money. The person who asked the price turned around and left, muttering. Then, people kept coming to ask. Few of them actually bought it. ?Golden Sail Tavern. A bard, quickly read the contents of the newspaper. He took a sip of herbal tea to soothe his throat, shook his neck and walked directly onto the wooden platform in the middle. Capped his hands to attract everyone''s attention. ? said: "Today I bought a newspaper on the road. It is a written reading material sold by the Island Lord''s Mansion. It has rich content. Let me tell you about it." ?Some guests below frowned and shouted: "What is it? The pirate thing, or the street lamp thing?" Someone said, "I think it''s a street lamp. This matter has been publicized for several days." ??The bard said: "Everyone, listen to me. This content is worth 65 coppers. If you listen to it, you will get it for free." I still need more money! This thinghum! Then tell me, I really want to hear about the things that require money. The bard gathered his mind, glanced at the newspaper, and read: "The port of the Kingdom of Yeko is blocked, and ships are not allowed to enter or exit... Recently, a cult fleet entered the Emerald Sea, sacrificed human beings, and was killed by the Treasure Island fleet." Houses in the expansion area are on sale. You can go to the city hall to purchase them. Treasure Island is recruiting fleet sailors and patrol personnel. The discussion gradually started below. The Kingdom of Yeke has been sealed for a long time. "Is there another incident of human sacrifice? Without the pirates, there is a cult again." Recruiting sailors, I feel pretty much the same. This newspaper is not worth the price, and I feel nothing after hearing it. I only buy it when I have a lot of money and no place to use it. The bard took a sip of tea while everyone was talking, and clapped his hands again to silence everyone. He waited until the voice gradually became lower, then continued: "Don''t worry, there is a story below, you must be interested." Everyone frowned and shut up. The poet spoke confidently and began to speak softly. . "While I was standing at the door of the Criterion Tavern, someone suddenly tapped me on the shoulder. I looked back and recognized him as little Stamford, who had worked for me at Wrentham Hospital. first responder." Poor guy! he said sympathetically after hearing my story about my misfortune. Then what are you doing now? Look for a place to stay, I replied, and see if we can find a few rooms that are comfortable and reasonably priced. Stamford said: "What a coincidence, someone said this to me today." "who?" Its a guy at work. He was still complaining alone this morning, saying that he found a pretty good house, but he just couldnt find anyone to share the house with him. He cant afford such a high rent on his own. Great! I exclaimed. If he really wants someone to share the house with, Im just the person he needs. I like the company of someone myself. ?Little Stamford looked at me strangely while drinking. His name is Wu Heng, and his appearance is very rare here. Rare? Isnt he human? "I''m not talking about his race, but his appearance. He has black hair and black eyes. I''ve only seen him in the city, and he looks like this." Wow~! ?The drinkers who were listening to the leisure stories were boiling like an explosion. ?Wuheng? ?Black hair and black eyes? Fuck, island owner! (End of this chapter) Chapter 561 , they have no money Chapter 561, they have no money Wu Heng? Isnt this the name of the island owner? The appearance matches him, so he is the one who should be mentioned. Are you writing your own story? The drinkers'' sudden comments interrupted the bard''s narration. ?The bard on the stage just looked at the discussion of the drinkers below with a smile, and was very satisfied with the surprised reaction. When he saw this story, he had the same reaction. Shut up! Someone stood up and shouted, then looked at the stage, Keep talking, I want to hear what story is being told in this newspaper. The drinkers gradually became quiet, waiting for the next story. ??The bard took another sip of water and continued to talk. In the following story, Watson and Wu Heng rented a house on Baker Street together, and through Watson''s perspective, Wu Heng''s character traits in the story were revealed. He is silent and lives a regular life. He often stays in the anatomy room and laboratory for a whole day, and he likes knowledge in other fields. The story should be written in his early days, before he changed jobs! When I was young, I loved dissecting corpses so much that I probably originally wanted to be a coroner. Some conservative families want their family members to switch to civil service positions. The current Necromancer is also suitable for him. It is rare for him to become the island master at such a young age. As the story was told, there was also a discussion in a low voice below. ??The bard continued. In the conversation between the two, Wu Heng in the book mentioned that he was a detective. ??And during the questioning with Watson, he easily guessed that the person who delivered the message was once the kingdom''s light infantry. Everyone in the audience frowned slightly. ??The word detective is a bit unfamiliar, but after listening to the following conversation, I also learned about the specific profession of a detective. A status similar to that of a case investigator. ?Just now I felt that the other party was planning to become the coroner. Now I feel that my original career direction was as an investigator. The story continues. ??Watson found it hard to believe that the other person could deduce the other person''s identity just by looking at him a few times. Then, an idea flashed in Watson''s mind. Perhaps the whole thing had been arranged by him in advance, and the purpose was just to dazzle him. Watson questioned Wu Heng''s guess. Wu Heng explained with a smile that the man who delivered the message had calluses on his hands and a sword and flag tattooed on his wrist. His behavior also revealed the temperament of an infantryman, as well as his tone of voice and the way he stood with his head held high, which made me believe it. He had served in the army, and the markings on his hand indicated that he was from the light infantry. The drinkers raised their eyebrows slightly when they heard this. So thats it. Sure enough! Even if you know that this is a plot in the story, it may not really be the case at the time. ??But this reasoning is also well-founded. What''s more, the judgments in this world are rough, and everything can be explained based on physical characteristics, posture, and tone of voice. Its already very exciting. Watson couldn''t help but admire, and Wu Heng threw the letter in front of him. ? Watson picked up the letter and began to say: A murder occurred in Lauriston Garden Street, and Wu Heng was invited to investigate. Lets talk about this. ??The bard stopped talking and picked up the tea cup again to drink water. ?It was quiet below, everyone was waiting silently. ? Time passed little by little, and seeing that the bard still didn''t speak, someone shouted: "Keep talking, keep drinking." Thats right, are you a turtle? You are so eager to drink water. The bard took another sip and said: "Now that I have finished telling the story, I will write the story here, and there is one last paragraph. The follow-up story will be serialized in the next issue, which means that the following content will have to wait for the next issue of the newspaper." Damn, this thing is divided into different issues. I talked a lot of nonsense before, but it can be considered as a case, but its gone. What a broken newspaper, why did it stop here? Everyone cursed and vented their anger. The story is stuck here, always giving people an uncomfortable feeling of neither getting up nor getting down. ??If it weren''t for this, it would still be on the island, and I would be tempted to scold the island owner outside. ?Either don''t send it, or it will be stuck in paragraphs. After a while of complaints and curses. Everyone also became quiet again, began to drink and eat, and continued to discuss the story just now. "Wu Heng, with such a strong sense of observation, it is indeed suitable for him to take the path of a mage." "The last time a group of pirates attacked Treasure Island, he guessed it. Otherwise, Imiro wouldn''t be able to stop him on the island. Many pirates. You think, why did he write this in the newspaper? Maybe he wants everyone to know more about him. Many people on the island question his profession. I used to like to dissect corpses and beat them with wooden sticks. No matter how I look at it, Im even more perverted. Necromancers are all like this... The second floor of the pub. ??A window facing the hall, the window is open, and there are faint eyes looking down. ?McIntosh picked up the glass and took a sip. A little surprised that the other party would publish his story in the newspaper. It will be so detailed. ?Of course, the content of the story is still somewhat questionable. ??If it were possible to infer a person''s occupation and intentions just by looking at him, Wu Heng wouldn''t have had to go to the Old Cask Tavern to buy information before. Now he has found himself again and continues to help him collect information on the island. ~! ?There was a knock on the door, and a strong man walked in. "Sister, I bought the newspaper for 65 coppers." Someone handed the newspaper over. ?McIntosh took it and looked again carefully. ?The subordinate said: "He is quite narcissistic and published his story." ?McIntosh smiled and said: "At such a young age, being promoted from an ordinary member to the position of island leader within a year would make anyone else feel narcissistic." "That''s right! Fortunately, I listened to my eldest sister and didn''t have any conflicts with him." ?McIntosh did not answer, still looking at the newspaper. After listening to the story, there is actually nothing special about it. But the Wu Heng she knew was not such a flamboyant person. He always had to disguise himself when going out. Why did he suddenly publish such a story? ??The series will continue later... What is the purpose of doing this? ?McIntosh does not think that a person who can sit in the position of the island owner will publish his experience out of narcissism. Hero creation? An idea suddenly flashed through her mind. She has now reached level 15 and is preparing for hero creation. Wu Heng did this. The reason she could think of was hero creation. Sister, we have already made an agreement with the fleet, and we can leave with the ship in the afternoon. Another person opened the door and came in. McIntosh placed the newspaper on the table. He said: "Go and tell the fleet that we are not leaving and will stay for a few more days." ?His subordinates were stunned for a moment and then immediately agreed, "Okay." After speaking, he turned around and left. McIntosh looked downstairs again and put the newspaper into the space ring. Association, Deacon''s Study. ??Shi Yali opened the door and handed the newspaper in her hand to Sheila Gui, "Look at this. Someone sells it on the roadside. It''s called a newspaper." Sheila Gui took it and looked at it. The big characters at the top said "Gold and Silver Express". It should be the newspaper Wu Heng mentioned to himself some time ago. He really got this thing out. Shi Yali was making tea on the side and said, "Look at the story below. Is it the same as his previous experience? Was he so powerful in the first place?" Sheila Gui looked at the content below and frowned. I dont know, but he did come from the Kingdom of Yeko. He only got the career scroll last year. Why did he post this story? Shi Yali turned around and said, "I feel like you are not worthy of him." The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng saw that his reputation had increased by about a few hundred points. ?Granda was the first to fly back. There are not many people buying newspapers. I think we can send some to the association and the city hall, so that people there can also buy some and take the lead in buying. As he spoke, Xiaoxiao also flew back. He shouted: "Uncle, they say only fools spend money to buy newspapers!" Xiaoxiao, please be polite, your uncle has a bad heart. They have no money. (End of this chapter) Chapter 562 , the imperial edict, it鈥檚 still rolled up Chapter 562: The imperial edict is still rolled up Forehead. ?Wu Heng glanced at Xiao Xiao. Thought for a moment and said: "It''s on sale on the first day, and it''s a novelty. I definitely can''t accept it right away. It will be fine later." ?In this world, knowing how to read can eliminate a group of people. For the rest of the people, I heard that if you write something on paper, you will be sold for 65 copper coins. It is normal that you cannot accept it for the time being. But on Treasure Island, in addition to ordinary residents, there are also many caravans from various races and forces. ? Spending dozens of coppers to take a look at the information is not a big expense. "When do you plan to distribute the next issue? If you delay it for too long, others may forget it." Glenda continued to ask. "Three days! The city hall will also collect the latest intelligence and news, and then publish it together with the novel." Wu Heng said. "I will also change the next chapter back then. Do you want to post more." Glenda said. "It''s up to you. If you post more, the workload will be greater." "It''s okay, we don''t need a rest like you, so we can help you get it out." Glenda smiled. Okay, good work. Have lunch at the island owners manor. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Go out of the dormitory building. I saw a large number of skeletons in the form of vampires gathered around the dormitory building. On the ground, on top of a building, or hovering in the air. The survivors passing by were all a little cautious. Everyone follow me. Wu Heng ordered, leading a large group of vampire skeletons towards the outside of the factory yard. Go all the way to the woodland behind. Let the Vampire skeletons fall to the ground and stand by. ??Wu Heng took out another vampire corpse from the space ring. This corpse was the first exile found. The moment the sarcophagus was opened, the skeletons surrounding it were shot and killed directly. ?At that time, I didnt think about how to deal with it, so I put the space ring into it first. ?Later, he encountered the Fifth Fleet of the Vampires. In order to kill those Vampires who could fly, all the remaining corpses were transformed into skeletons during the battle. Now this is the only one left, so there is no psychological burden. The transformation transforms. The reasons have been given to Lilith, but no body or skeleton can be found anyway. Bone-Serving Techniqueis released, and the flesh and blood on the corpse falls off. A skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Blood Mage (Level 18). ?Now it seems that the overall strength of the Vampire Clan is really not low. Is it easy to increase the level of a vampire? That shouldnt be the case. The Fifth Fleet killed so many people, and the level is not very high. And Lilith is indeed ruthless. When a pirate reaches level 18, the association will grant a pardon to each other. Lilith directly sealed four of her 18th level kin. This woman cannot be messed with. Looks like its not going to be easy to deal with. Continue to check the attributes of vampire skeletons. Skeleton Blood Mage Attributes: Constitution 42, Strength 35, Agility 55, Intelligence 48, Perception 40, Charisma 25. Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, advanced soul, flying. Feats: Leather Armor Specialization (Advanced), Cloth Armor Specialization (Master), Staff Specialization (Master), Dagger Specialization (Advanced). Skills: Blood Magic, Incarnation of Blood Mist, Blood Plague. Blood Magic: Blood magic formed by dark energy, often used to attack with blood spears, blood missiles, etc. Transform into blood mist: Can change into blood mist state and move. Blood Plague: Form a unique area, in which the plague merges into the blood, causing lasting damage. If you are in the area, the effect of blood magic increases by 100%. ??The vampire in front of me is obviously a mage. But in terms of attributes, it is more unique. Agility and intelligence are the two highest, and constitution and perception have reached over 40 points. ??This race, apart from sucking blood and being afraid of the sun, is really quite powerful. Characteristics. Advanced souls already possess higher intelligence and understanding. It can be said that it is completely close to a single individual. The next feature is flight. It is also the flying ability of the vampire itself, which Wu Heng feels is the most practical point. Whether you can fly or not is actually very important. The next step is skills. That''s a very good point. ??Three skills of the Vampire Mage have been retained. The skills of the mages who were transformed before have been cleared, and they need to learn necromancy magic again. Follow the introduction. Blood magic is a dark attribute energy magic. From a certain perspective, it is the same type as necromancy magic.?????It may be that the direction of development is different. ?There are three skills in total, blood magic, which releases dark energy-type blood spears and blood missiles. Saw it during the battle. Transform into blood mist. It is easier to change into blood mist form to move, rush or escape. The last one is blood plague. The plague in the area is integrated into the blood, causing damage, and casting spells in the area. The effect is 100%. This move should be in the same field as a level 18 professional. The plague is integrated into the blood, referring to living beings. Undead, has no effect on plague. Overall, its pretty good. Come here. Wu Heng looked at another vampire skeleton figure. ??The [Skeleton Blood Assassin] who can flash in succession. Checked his attributes. The previous ones are not much different, mainly focusing on skills. Skills: Incarnation of Blood Mist, Shadow Thorn, Blood Domain. Shadow Thorn: Transform into blood mist, appear around the locked target, and assassinate. Blood Domain: Assassination attainment has reached a sublime level. Within a certain period of time, you will form a personal domain around you and be immune to attacks. The characteristics of Blood Assassin are still very clear. It is to carry out an assassination. When you shoot yourself, the opponent flashes his moves. It belongs to the [blood domain] and is immune to attacks for a certain period of time. ?Even if you don''t use the church emblem at the time and kill him, his skills will become invalid when the time is up. You can kill him yourself. But I have to say, this skill is really quite bluffing. After reading the properties. ?Wu Heng said to the blood assassin: "From now on, you will be called the number one of the blood clan." Facing the two blood mages, he said, "Your name is Blood Clan No. 2, and you are Blood Clan No. 3." The three of you go back with me, and the others are waiting here. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he returned with a few skeletons. Back to the factory yard. Qi Hancai was already waiting at the door. Looking at him coming over, he glanced at the three skeletons with wings, "The new skeleton?" Well, Blood Clan Number One, Blood Clan Number Two, and Blood Clan Number Three. Wu Heng introduced, and then said to the skeleton: Im not here, so Ill follow her command. Qi Hancai said in a confused tone, "A vampire?" Dont you feel like a vampire on TV? This name is easy to remember. Wu Heng explained. Oh, I thought you really killed a few vampires and brought them back! "No way! Let''s go to the conference room first." After entering the meeting room. Qi Hancai reported what happened during his absence in the past few days. At the main desk, another transaction came over. Bringing howitzers, machine guns, and gold in exchange for food. No one mentioned the incident with Tiancheng Group last time, and the attitudes of both parties were as if it had never happened. The transaction went smoothly and some information was shared. The second point is that the power supply has been restored in several other cities, and they can be considered free to use electricity. ??The third point is that Tiancheng Group, in terms of mechanical research and development, is still developing firearms and ammunition, and Zhang Chi has also been transferred from the old factory in Xinfu City. Help for model simulations. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with the development here. The report is over. Wu Hengcai said: "I plan to select a few people and set out with the skeletons to other cities to clean up the zombies and rescue survivors." "Let other people in the base lead the team? It may be a bit difficult." Qi Hancai frowned. Living in the apocalypse, everyone has the courage to face zombies. Its not as scary as it was at first. But if the people in the base are faced with a flood of zombies, I am afraid that few people can withstand the pressure. Im not letting them lead the team. Wu Heng organized the words and explained: I let the skeletons with command ability lead the team to fight the zombies. The accompanying base members are responsible for the survivors encountered, and they will report to us at any time. Qi Hancai suddenly said, "That shouldn''t be a problem. I recommend the people I brought from Dong''an Village, as well as the people from Sister Yahong''s original auto repair shop. These people have complete trust in us, so it shouldn''t be a big problem to complete this kind of task. " "You and Li Yahong will discuss it and send a few people here, and I will talk to them," Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "Understood, I''ll talk about it later." The important things have been said. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the other party. After thinking for a moment, he took out a rolled scroll and placed it on the table. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows. Looking at the thing in front of him doubtfully. Is it an imperial edict? Its still rolled up. (End of this chapter) Chapter 563 , I promise you anything Chapter 563: I promise you anything ??Wu Heng saw the professional scroll for the first time, and it just felt like a rolled up hanging painting. Qi Hancai directly stated an imperial edict. Its called a career scroll. Open it and try it! Wu Heng said directly. ??Although the career scroll was a plan that was made quite early. But in this world, its hard to say whether it will be effective. "How to try? Does this scroll have any special function?" Qi Hancai picked it up and looked at it. The surface of the professional scroll is covered with a layer of embroidered silk. Looks quite gorgeous. "If it works, it can change your body. If the potion can change your body temporarily, this scroll will plan a long-term improvement path for you." Wu Heng explained. The biggest feature of the different world is the variety of professions. As the level increases, oneself will also improve. Everything depends on your own potential and diligence. So good! Qi Hancais eyes lit up. Short-term and long-term improvements, the long-term one sounds more reliable. ?Furthermore, if someone else said that a scroll could improve a person''s body, they might think that this person has been driven crazy by the apocalypse. But since Wu Heng could say this, Qi Hancai had no doubts in his mind. ?There are so many magical things, and this is nothing. Well, Ill look at it for you and see if it can be used. How to use it? Qi Hancai asked. Just open the scroll and you will get a subtle feeling without any mental burden. "Okay!" Qi Hancai stood up, walked to the side and looked at Wu Heng, then tore open the scroll. The moment it was torn open, a ray of light penetrated into her body. The whole temperament and state of the person have changed, and the eyes are sharper and more lively. How is it? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai looked at his hands and said, "There seems to be some changes, but I can''t tell what the specific changes are, but I feel that my eyesight is better and my body is lighter." It seems that scrolls are also valid in this world. "I will arrange a sparring match for you later. If you keep training, you will get better and better." Wu Heng said. Okay, thank you! Qi Hancai smiled and thanked him. ??Wu Heng prepared a knight''s scroll for her, one of the more common scrolls on the market. Actually, Qi Hancais awakened abilities are more suitable for the boxer profession. After all, the strength of the legs has been strengthened, and the fists and kicks have become more powerful. ??But Wu Heng thought about it and still did not choose the melee profession. The enemies you face are zombies, and the danger is not just scratches and bites, but blood flying into your mouth or eyes, and infection. It would be good to just do some commanding or investigation work from behind. There is no need to take risks on this kind of thing. No matter how polite you are, its all your own. With a smile on her face, Qi Hancai walked over slowly and sat on his lap, "I''d like to thank you too." ?Wu Heng held his arms around his waist and said, "How can I thank you?" Qi Hancai''s face turned slightly red, "You can tell me, I''m willing to do whatever you want." Ill wait for Li Yahong to come over in two days. Qi Hancai''s cheeks turned redder and she leaned gently into the other person''s arms. At dusk, return to the island owners manor. Go down from upstairs. Several maids came over to salute. Minnie came over and said: "Master, the 5,000 bow arms and bow strings we ordered last time have been delivered. I asked all the skeletons to be moved to the warehouse." ?These are the materials for compound bows. After the drawings come out. The production of compound bows was arranged by Wu Heng in two places. The bow arms and bow strings are ordered from the elves in another world, and the rest of the accessories are made in the zombie world. The first is to prevent the blueprints from being leaked, and the second is also because the bow arms and bow strings from the other world are easier to use. Take me to see it. ??Wu Heng followed Minnie to the warehouse, opened the door, and revealed the bow arms and bow strings stacked in wooden boxes inside. Perhaps check it and make sure there is no problem. Collect them all and send them to the zombie world later. What does the master want to have for dinner? Whatever, you can add more if you want to eat. Yellow tail lion fish soup, a seafood platter, roast beef, and beef patties! Minnie said as she thought. Okay, its quite rich. Then Ill let the chef prepare it. Minnie jumped up and walked towards the kitchen. ?Wu Heng went to the zombie world again. I sent the purchased bow arms and bow strings over and arranged for people to assemble them. At dinner. ??Wu Heng said: "Weier, does anyone in the city hall buy newspapers?" Someone brought it over, and everyone took turns to look at it and discuss your story. Andwyer said with a smile. ??Wu Heng picked up a piece of crab meat, put it in his mouth, and said: "Tomorrow at the city hall, arrange a place to sell newspapers. It doesn''t need to be too big, just an iron shelf." ?Granda suggested making it compulsory for city hall staff to buy newspapers. ?Wu Heng doesnt feel right. After all, part of the above information was compiled by the City Hall. Let them buy it and make it self-produced and sold. ??Wu Heng still plans to set up a newspaper selling place in the city hall. Residents who go to do business can buy it from there if they want to buy it. Okay! Anderweil responded. Have had dinner. ?Several people went to the training room for training together. When it got late at night, Wu Heng first took a look at Granda, who was working on a manuscript in the study. He returned to his room to rest. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng distributed the compound bows to the skeleton archers stationed outside. ??The original wooden bows are still used, and these compound bow shooters are newly added skeletons, which can be regarded as expanded troops. Wooden bow, compound bow, powerful crossbow. It can be regarded as the current configuration of the skeleton shooter. After allocating weapons. ??Wu Heng returned to the factory. From a distance, Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, the representative of Tiancheng Group, were standing at the door waiting. Seeing him coming, he took the initiative to say hello. Qi Hancai said: "Last night, I talked to sister Yahong. Because it was a public frequency band, I didn''t say anything too detailed. She will bring someone over in the next two days." After saying that, his face was still a little red. Well, just let me know. Wu Heng nodded. Then, Gao Rong stepped forward and said, "Chief, in the past two days, we have compared the map of the entire Yangtong City with Deputy Chief Qi, and divided the entire urban area into several areas." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Say!" Gao Rong took out a map with basic areas circled in red pen. ? said: "Here are some factories for clothing, shoes and hats. Many of them used to be OEM factories for some brands. The equipment must be relatively complete. This is the automobile industry, automobile assembly, engine manufacturers, automobile parts and the like." This should be the inspiration I got from the copy of the newspaper last time. Finding these equipment from outside also saves you the trouble of research and production. At best, you have time to focus on the research and development of production firearms. "Okay, Qi Hancai prepares the vehicle. Let''s go to the clothing factory first and occupy it first." Wu Heng said. Okay. Qi Hancai responded and began to issue orders through the walkie-talkie. Not long after, the convoy and skeletons gathered at the gate of the factory. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai boarded a truck. Gao Rong and two technicians boarded the carriage behind them and rushed to the clothing factory area according to the map. ?Hum, boom, boom~! Dense solid iron bullets fell into the corpses, and thick smoke rose from the streets. After the bombing. The remaining zombies continue to rush forward. ?His body was penetrated by a spear, and he was still struggling forward while hanging on it. Some of him grabbed the spear and kept pulling and pushing it. For a time, blood splattered everywhere and carrion flew everywhere. The flesh was penetrated by a sharp weapon, and the sound of broken bones resounded throughout the area. At the same time that the zombies died, residual souls floated from the ground to the sky. Xiao Xiao, its your turn, today is all yours. Wu Heng said to the air. Okay~! Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Charge forward and the sky is full of remnants of souls. ?Glenda has reached level 18 and is stuck on unfinished business. ?The remaining souls in front of me are all small. As Xiaoxiao absorbs ghosts. ?System prompts also appear immediately. The ghost has been upgraded to level 16, constitution +2, agility +1. Perception +1. The ghost has been upgraded to level 17, intelligence +2, perception +2. (End of this chapter) Chapter 564 , was there a fight inside? Chapter 564: There was a fight inside? It has been upgraded two levels. It is also beginning to approach level 18. Uncle, no more. Xiao Xiaofei came back. Yes. Wu Heng nodded and ordered around, Clean the battlefield! Hurrah! The skeleton behind him takes action. Started to clean the battlefield. Evolved zombies and aberrant zombies were dragged over, while ordinary zombies were piled aside. Put away the corpse core, release the [Dead Skeleton Battlefield], and the skeletons in the entire street stand up. ?Join the queue of skeletons behind. The team continues to move forward. The battle just now drew away the zombies in the entire area, and the rest of the road became much smoother. Just some scrapped cars blocking the road. You need to get out of the car, clean up, and then move forward. ?We walked all the way to the clothing factory where Gao Rongshuo was located. Garment factories, shoe and hat factories are all gathered here. ?Several people walked into the first factory area. ?The door opened, and two deformed zombie dogs rushed over. ??The big skeleton boxer pinched his neck in mid-air with one hand and died immediately. The body was thrown aside. Gao Rong and the other two technicians belatedly exclaimed and took half a step back. Then he realized that he had been killed. Lets go in and take a look. Wu Heng said, taking the lead and walking inside. ?The other people followed closely behind. We walked into the factory building inside together. ?Various equipment covered with filth appeared in front of us. After confirming that there was no danger in the factory, Wu Heng said: "Gao Rong, take someone here to check the equipment. Let''s go over there and have a look. If there is any danger, use the intercom to call us." Okay. Gao Rong nodded. Take your own people and start checking the equipment. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai to the warehouse area at the back. The warehouses were opened one by one, revealing clothes of different brands inside. These will be shipped back and distributed to everyone during the holidays. "Okay." Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie and started loading the convoy. ?Standing at the door of the warehouse and waiting for a while. Gao Rong brought people back and said, "It looks fine from the outside. We still need to test whether it can operate normally." ?Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "Don''t worry, let''s go check out the other ones." "good." Several people went to several other factory areas together. Carried out inspections one by one. After the inspection was completed, some skeletons were left behind. The rest of the group boarded the truck and started to return. On the truck. ?Wu Heng reconsidered the matter at the garment factory. At present, there are two options. One is to restore the power supply to that area, so that all equipment can be produced in the original factory area. But the disadvantage is that the supply of cloth in the later stage will be very troublesome. ?Wu Heng needs to purchase cloth materials from Treasure Island, bring them to this world, and then transport them to the factory. As for the zombie world, the clothes of the survivors are enough for the time being. The production of clothing is more about selling to people in other worlds and having their own industries and markets. The second option is to move the equipment to Treasure Island. By then, material transportation and production will be simpler. The problem is, arranging some skeleton training. ?Those devices, it seems, still need to be operated. Bring some photovoltaic panels over tomorrow. After the power is turned on, let Gao Rong and others check the equipment. Wu Heng looked aside. "Okay, I''ll have someone prepare it tonight and go there tomorrow morning." Qi Hancai replied. The team returned to the factory all the way. ??The rest of the people went to have dinner, and Wu Heng also returned to the island owner''s manor. The next day, morning. "Take a look, the second issue of the Gold and Silver Express is on sale. The Kingdom is in a serious situation. The Destiny Sect has been officially designated as a cult organization by the association. The latest serialization of the Great Detective Story." The newspaper seller waved his hand on the stone platform of the flower bed. newspaper. The shouts instantly attracted the crowds passing by. The second issue is out again, so fast! Whats going on with the Kingdom of Yeko? Indeed, no caravans from the Kingdom of Yeko have entered the island recently. You buy a copy and well take a look. Dont buy it. Come on, lets get together and take turns watching. Yes, yes, lets get it together. Soon, some people gathered around the newspaper seller. Some of them purchased it individually, and some people pooled their money and planned to buy a copy together to read the contents. They are all words anyway, so after one person reads them, they are of little use. The next person can continue watching. More people are making simple purchases. ?The newspaper seller also had a smile on his face, and his business finally improved a lot. ?Saban held up the newspaper he bought in his hand and squeezed out of the crowd in a somewhat embarrassed manner. It was a bit late last night after having a hard time with Marlene, so I woke up a little later than usual. Because I came out late, I saw the new issue of the newspaper being sold by the newspaper seller. ?Last time I was in the tavern, after reading the first issue of the newspaper, the business in the tavern became much better. ??The number of people coming to the tavern to listen to stories every day increased, and his treatment as a bard in the tavern also improved. This time the second issue is released. Its not just that the price is acceptable, but even if its a sky-high price, I still want to buy one. may change your own destiny. Wiping the sweat from his forehead, he walked towards a corner. When he was a child, he was one of the few talented people in the village. He has a good voice and a good memory. He can remember some content in his mind after watching it once or twice. After switching to the bard, he became proficient in performance and language use, and his performance became even better. The village collected money and sent him out of the village, hoping for a different future. But when I came out, I found that it was different from what I imagined. My own talents have no advantage at all outside. ??Took a boat all the way to Treasure Island and found a job in a tavern. To make a living temporarily so as not to starve to death directly. Looking for a corner where there is no one around. ?Saban opened the newspaper and read it carefully. When I read the story, I took out a pen and marked the key parts and dialogue parts on it. It is convenient for you to give a speech. After reading it twice carefully. He then stuffed the newspaper into his arms, stood up and looked in the direction of the Island Lord''s Mansion. Master Wuheng Island, what happens to me in the future depends on your story. Near the pub. Sabans brows furrowed. It was still morning, so there shouldn''t be many people in the tavern. But looking from a distance, a lot of people gathered at the door, including men, women, old and young, chatting around the door. Good morning. Saban saluted everyone politely, Is there a fight inside? "Mr. Saban, we are all waiting for you. Are you late today?" A familiar guest said. "It''s not too late, there''s still some time! Wait for me all morning. What''s going on?" Saban looked around suspiciously. ?Although he is a professional, the bard is not good at doing things. So many people beat themselves up. May die. What else can happen! Didnt the newspaper publish its second issue? Everyone is waiting for you to read the contents. Someone explained. ?Saban breathed a sigh of relief. As long as he didnt come to beat me. Come in quickly, everyone is waiting for you. ?Someone pushed him from behind. He staggered and pushed open the door of the tavern and rushed in. ?The light was dim, but Saban''s eyes froze for a moment. The tavern was full of people, and there was no empty seat. Lets do it, Mr. Saban! ?Saban took a deep breath. After releasing [Good Speech], [Heroic Spirit] and [Loud Voice] for myself, I strode onto the wooden platform. Coughed slightly to signal for silence in the audience. Looking at the seats filled with drinkers and the eyes coming in from the window outside. With a smile on his face, he said: "Everyone, today''s newspaper has begun..." (End of this chapter) Chapter 565 , Im afraid auntie will chop them Chapter 565, Im afraid Auntie will chop them The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng looked at the reputation on the panel and raised his eyebrows slightly. The rate of fame growth this time is much faster than the last time, and it can even be said to have doubled. The story went viral? But the second issue has just been serialized, and the total is less than 6,000 words. No matter what, you cant become popular at this time! I have doubts in my heart, but my reputation is really improving. It seems that Glendas decision to change the protagonist of the story to herself was the right one. As long as it helps with fame, changing the name of the protagonist is fine. ?Thinking in his heart, Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. ?Floating in the air, he said: "Uncle, the newspaper sales are really good today. I went to the port and all the newspapers were sold out." Sales are so good? Have a second thought. Places like ports are locations with relatively large population mobility. ? People who go to the island look strange, so it is normal to buy one and read it. People who leave the island will stay on the boat longer, and buying newspapers can also pass the time. Now, they all have money? Some were bought individually, and some were bought by several people who pooled their money together. Xiaoxiao replied. ?It is also a way to save money if several people pool their money to buy one copy and watch it in turns. Its a good idea. As long as everyone likes our newspaper, it doesnt matter if a few people pool their money to buy it, Wu Heng said. Mainly the improvement of reputation, and the effect is not bad. Even if it doesnt make money, as long as its reputation can continue to grow, this newspaper will continue to be serialized. Xiaoxiao flew to the other side, leaned into his ear, and whispered: "I also heard some people scolding Aunt Glenda, saying that she was evil-minded, and wanted to find out who wrote it, and wanted to break her legs. They must have I dont know, Auntie has no legs now. Because? Wu Heng asked. Says the ending is not in a good place, the place where the story ends makes them uncomfortable. ?Wu Heng understood the problem of out of context. He has read the novel rewritten by Glenda. The story is still the original story, but the ending has been broken. Glenda should have learned this from reading modern articles. Dont tell your aunt, lest she get angry. Xiaoxiao nodded, "Yeah, I''m afraid she''ll kill them with a sword." Beacon Street Tavern. Fuck! Its the end of the critical moment again, I cant wait to give him a few punches. "This ghostwriter has no good intentions. The newspaper took our money and deliberately stopped here." Absolutely hateful. He really deserves to die~! If I want to know who wrote the article, I have to burn her with fire. A dwarf with a fiery red beard slammed the table and cursed loudly. ??Papa~! ?The words just fell. The crisp slaps resounded throughout the tavern. The man who stood up and cursed looked at his hand in surprise and then touched his sore face. Why are you beating yourself? I..., I dont know. ??The red-bearded dwarf froze on the spot, his face was burning from his own slaps, and his angry eyes became much clearer. I thought about it carefully and sat back down carefully. Muttered a few sorry words in a low voice to the surroundings. Stop talking and just keep your head down and drink. The island lords mansion. ?Glenda also flew back. Said: "The newspapers are selling well this time. There are people reading newspapers along the way. I feel that we can print more appropriately. People come to the island every day and can buy them. It can also develop the habit of reading newspapers on the island. Wu Heng made a mental calculation. This second issue will continue to be sold before the next issue comes out. It is indeed possible to print more. Youre right, lets go and print some more. Take the two ghosts downstairs and go to the printing machinery factory. Assign the task to the skeleton workers to continue printing the second issue of newspapers. When is the next issue planned to be released? Glenda asked again. The time needs to be spread out, maybe seven days. The time is too tight. The city hall cannot collect intelligence, and our newspaper cannot just update the story. "Yeah, that''s right!" Glenda nodded and continued, "I think it would be more popular if I posted a separate post that only updated the story." Thats a novel Complete the assignment. ?Out of the printing room, Robert ran over and called him to eat. Follow the maids to the restaurant. After lunch, we returned to the study and headed to the zombie world.??? Out of the boundary gate, it is still the dormitory where you live. ??Wu Heng glanced out the window, picked up the charging walkie-talkie in the side cabinet, and called Qi Hancai. Soon, Qi Hancai''s voice came from the other side, "Sister Yahong is here, we are in the conference room!" ??Li Yahong arrived with people? The action is quite fast. Press the intercom, "I''m going over now." Pick up the down jacket on the hanger, put it on, and go out to the meeting room. In the conference room. There were quite a few people sitting on both sides of the slender conference table. Qi Hancai, along with his cronies, Gao Rong and two other technical staff, sat on the left side of the conference table. Li Yahong, along with several others, sat on the right side. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, everyone stood up and said hello. ?Wu Heng sat down at the head of the table, and the others followed suit. Each of them reported the following situation. ?? Li Yahong asked: "Sister Qi said that people need to be arranged to participate in cleaning up the zombies?" ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at everyone. He said directly: "Recently, survivor bases in various places have sent us rescue requests. Although we are not a rescue team, we are developing well now. If we are able, we should try our best to help survivors in other areas." Everyone nodded slightly to show their understanding. Wu Heng continued: "So, I plan to form two pioneer teams to enter the cities along the railway tracks in both forward and backward directions to clean up the zombies and rescue the survivors." Everyone present frowned. Other than Qi Hancai who knew about the plan, no one else knew about it. Even Li Yahong was notified that people should be selected to clean up the zombies at the base. The specific situation was unclear. After all, the content of the radio station is public, and it is not convenient to announce some things directly before a decision is made. ?Now that I heard the details, I am a little confused and worried. Li Yahong thought for a moment and asked softly: "What are the responsibilities of the base personnel when they form a team?" Wu Heng explained, "The main battle will be completed by the skeletons. The selected people will follow the skeletons and do not need to directly participate in the battle. The main job is to communicate with the rescued survivors, report the itinerary and progress at any time, arrange material supplies, etc. It can be understood that apart from fighting, you are all responsible." Huh~! People on both sides breathed a sigh of relief. ?As long as they dont directly participate in the battle, they are doing the rest now. Qi Hancai and Li Yahong, you each choose a captain who will be mainly responsible for this matter. Qi Hancai took the lead and said: "On our side, Bai Qinglai is in charge of this matter." ?Besides, Bai Qing stood up. He is less than thirty years old and is an old man who came out of Dong''an Village with Qi Hancai. Be considered a close confidant of Qi Hancai. Chief, make sure to complete the mission. Well, you know the process well, this kind of thing shouldnt be difficult. "yes!" On Li Yahong''s side, several people gathered together and communicated in low voices. Not long after, Li Yahong turned around and said, "We are led by Hong Dedong." A middle-aged man with a beard stood up and said, "Your Majesty! I promise to complete the mission." ?Hong Dedong was also an early joiner of the base. Well, you two stay here for now. Then I will arrange the skeleton and you will get familiar with it. Yes! The two nodded. The Skeleton Logistics Team is completed. ??Wu Heng continued: "Qi Hancai, tomorrow we will go to the original site of the provincial rescue team, seize control of the railway, and arrange the convoy." Okay. Qi Hancai nodded in response. The meeting ended and everyone walked outside together. Just walked out of the corridor. ?The sound of chasing footsteps came from behind. Qiangzi ran over quickly and said, "Your Majesty, I have new drawings. See if you can do it!" Are there any drawings again? When he was at the Xinfu City Base, Hadron had a very rich imagination. ?There are quite a lot of designs such as iron wolves, zombie-generated treadmills and the like. ?Some of them are useless, but some of them are actually pretty good. For example, the solid iron bullet was proposed by Hadron. Although he did not invent it, he still had an idea and went outside to inquire about the information from the people in the Flame God Sanctuary. It has been used to this day, and it is still very useful. Look, why are you so sneaky? Wu Heng asked. Sister Hong, dont let me mess with it. After saying that, he took out a small book from his pocket, and when he opened it, he could see the patterns on it. On the first page, there are several flying dragons. Qiangzi introduced, "The first plan is to add a machine gun to the skeleton flying dragon. The inside of the sternum is used as a magazine to store a large number of bullets. There is also a fire-breathing device, and the oil pipe is along the The neck is connected to the mouth, the chest is the fuel tank, and the mouth is equipped with a flint. Open the mouth and use the flint to ignite the fuel gun to create the effect of spitting fire from the mouth, which can burn zombies in a large area. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 566 , Skeleton anti-stab suit Chapter 566, Skeleton stab-proof suit ?Wu Heng looked at Hadrons drawings. The drawing of carrying a machine gun does not place the machine gun on the dragon''s back, but hangs it on the belly of the bone dragon. A downward diagonal angle. The second picture is of a flying dragon that sprays oil. The painting is relatively simple, and you can see the flames spitting out of its mouth. What should I do if the oil burns this and the flame explodes along the oil pipe? Moreover, the flame is too big and the body is burned out, and the skeleton cannot be transformed. Wu Heng said. What about the machine gun? The machine gun feels okay, why is it hanging underneath? Qiangzi explained, "Putting it on the back of a dragon, it is difficult for the machine gun to tilt downward at a too large angle. In addition, there are many high-rise buildings in the city, so it is difficult to aim at zombies in the streets, so it is more convenient to hang it below." How to control? The humanoid skeleton sits on the back of the dragon, adjusting the direction and shooting through a handle-like method. I have a picture. Qiangzi turned another page. A humanoid skeleton sits on the back of the dragon, holding a handle in his hand that can control the machine gun below. The method is similar to that of a bicycle. You can adjust the direction of the wheels by turning the handlebars. "I feel good, I can study it." Wu Heng nodded, it really felt good. Yeah, Id say you can understand our creativity. Qiangzi was a little excited. Is there any more? Wu Heng continued to ask. Qiangzi continued to turn back and said: "This is the iron cow armor, the kind of deformed cow skeleton we killed last time, with iron armor on the outside, machine guns hanging on both sides, and skull-like stab-proof clothing. " ??Wu Heng said: "Let''s talk about stab-proof clothing." "This kind of stab-proof clothing is close to the stab-proof clothing we collected. It is made of high-density blended fabric, wrapped with steel plates on the front and back, and has leg and crotch guards on the lower body. It is enough to protect against zombies, and it will be produced very quickly. While weaving the fabric, we will Just make the pickguard and sew it inside. ?Stab-proof clothing, Wu Heng feels okay. The production cycle of armor customized from another world is too long and costs a lot of money. ?This simple version of stab-resistant clothing is faster to make. Also! Then, Qiangzi introduced many wonderful ideas that he analyzed. But the latter one is a bit too exaggerated. The flying dragon machine gun and stab-proof suit are more reliable. After thinking for a while, he said: "I will prepare a skeleton flying dragon for you then, and a skeleton who knows how to make machinery will help you. Try to see if you can make a machine gun flying dragon, as well as stab-proof clothing. Let''s make a finished product first. Let me see what it looks like. "Okay!" Qiangzi was slightly excited and lowered his voice and said, "Your Majesty, you have to tell Sister Hong." I told her to stay here during this period. Okay! Qiangzi said and left somewhat happily. Its late at night. In the bedroom. ?Li Yahong tore open the scroll, and light penetrated into her body. I feel like my body is much more agile. Speaking, he jumped on the spot. ?Wu Heng smiled and explained, "You and Qi Hancai use the same type of scroll. If you go back and train more diligently, your strength will become higher and higher." I heard it was the same as Qi Hancai. ?Li Yahong curled her lips and said, "You are really not partial at all." Qi Hancai walked over with a smile and put his arms around her shoulders, "Okay, sister, remember your kindness, and I will give you good things first in the future." Thats not what I meant, I just teased him. Li Yahong said with a smile. Then, Qi Hancai whispered a few words in her ear. ?Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng suspiciously. Then he followed Qi Hancai and walked into the bathroom behind him. Not long after, the bathroom door opened. Two women came out one after another. ??Qi Hancai was wearing white underwear with a plush bra and a plush fox tail behind her, while Li Yahong was wearing black underwear with hollow lace, and the covered skin could be seen. Both of them are a little shy. Qi Hancai hesitated for a moment, squatted on the ground, and let out a soft "meow". ??Li Yahong''s eyes widened a lot. She looked at Qi Hancai who suddenly imitated a cat''s meow, then coughed lightly and followed with a ''meow''. ?Wu Heng was stunned. ?Looking at Qi Hancai''s outfit, she must be wearing a fox. Why did you change it to a cat? But it doesnt matter, I have a real one at home, and this can also increase the fun of playing. Come here! Wu Heng waved. ?Li Yahong walked up to her, sat on her lap, and kissed her gently. Qi Hancai slowly crawled over, knelt down in front of him, and put his arms on his legs. ?Wu Heng enjoyed Li Yahong''s enthusiasm and reached out to caress Qi Hancai''s hair below. The next day, in the morning. The convoy and the army of skeletons gathered at the gate of the factory. After getting ready, the convoy, surrounded by the army, rushed towards the former site of the provincial rescue team. The army arrived nearby in great force. ??The convoy began to stand by at the rear, while Wu Heng commanded the skeletons, forming a formation and getting ready. ?Standing among the skeletons and waiting for a while. ?Glenda flew back from a distance and said, "There are a lot of zombies. There is a level 18 zombie king with scars on his body. He should be the zombie king who escaped last time." Let me take a look! Wu Heng said. ?Glenda got into the body and the scene was shared. The entire area was densely packed with zombies. ??Different from zombies wandering around, they are also gathered in various locations just like an army, but not so orderly. In a half-collapsed building. A corpse king with black horns on his body and insect wings on his back appeared in front of him. On the body, you can see some healed scars. ??It should be the corpse king who was led near the base by the rescue team last time and escaped. Release Glenda and continue to be on guard. ??Wu Heng ordered: "Let the skeleton flying dragon go out, fly higher, and bomb directly." Hurrah hoo~! A series of sounds broke through the air. Five flying dragons flew forward in one piece. At the same time, the group of corpses in the distance also noticed the movement here. Like boiling, it began to surge towards this side. Dense iron bullets fell like a heavy rain. Thick smoke rose. A large group of corpses were covered by iron rain. The battle continues. Solid iron bullets and arrows fell into the corpses like a heavy rain. The spear array also lowers the center of gravity. Get ready to fight the incoming tide of corpses. Uncle, the Corpse King is here. Hiding among the corpses, looking like he wants to make a sneak attack. Xiaoxiao and Glenda flew down from the sky one after another, reminding them. Sneak attack! It seems that this corpse king likes to make sneak attacks. Last time I heard from someone from the provincial rescue team that they were quietly followed by the Corpse King and found the location of the base. It was only in the evening that they launched an attack with a group of corpses. The wisdom is not low. With a thought in his mind, Wu Heng activated the [Mirror Image Technique], and three illusions exactly like himself appeared. ?This kind of thing is not a real clone, but an image created by illusion skills. Two of the illusions disappear. Only one of them was left, standing in front of Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng pointed to one side, and Phantom walked straight over, climbed onto the roof of a scrapped car, and pointed randomly at the skeleton, as if giving orders. ?Wu Heng stood among the skeletons and waited silently. About twenty minutes. Huh~! The sound of breaking through the air suddenly sounded. The figure of the Corpse King suddenly appeared from the sky, flapped its wings, and pounced on the illusion like a hungry tiger attacking a sheep. Bang~! A muffled sound. The roof of the car is dented, and the illusion of attack is shattered. ?The Corpse King''s eyes narrowed, he turned around and flew back into the sky. Attempt to escape from here. Hurrah hoo~! There were sounds of breaking through the air all around, and large skeletons with giant flesh wings appeared from all sides, surrounding it in the middle. (End of this chapter) Chapter 567 , the skill of borrowing souls to bring back souls (an update today.) Chapter 567, The skill of resurrecting a soul (an update today.) The sudden appearance of the Vampire Skeleton made the Corpse King''s eyes show surprise and bloodlust. It seems that I didnt expect it. Among these skeletons, there are also skeletons that can fly. ?Weird eyes glanced at the surrounding giant winged skeletons, whose half-human and half-insect mouthparts made a harsh and deadly sound. Hello~! ??The Corpse King let out a roar and took the lead in attacking. He flapped his wings rapidly and shot towards the nearest Vampire skeleton like a cannonball. ??The two arms are flailing like jointed limbs, trying to tear each other out of the air. ??The Vampire Skeleton turned into blood mist with a ''bang'' sound, and reappeared from a short distance away, unscathed. Swish swish swish~! At this moment, a series of sounds broke through the air. The vampire skeletons all around threw blood spears. The blows hit the corpse king''s body, some were broken and some penetrated the body. A thick, thick liquid flows out. The Corpse King roared angrily and flapped its wings fiercely again, trying to break through the siege. The Vampire Skeletons always surround the opponent in the middle, keeping a certain distance. Blood spears and **** missiles kept flying out. Exploded on the corpse king''s body. Poof~! In the melee, a figure appeared behind the Corpse King like a ghost, with its fingers together, it instantly pierced the back of the heart. The **** hand was thrown from the chest, crushing the heart in the hand. The Corpse King struggled hard. ?Hunt the enemy behind you away, and your body will fall to the ground quickly. The moment he hit the ground with a thud. ?Countless **** spears were smashed down. Then a large number of vampire skeletons landed on the ground and swarmed up, completely submerging the Corpse King. Dead! He didnt get up. Glenda flew back to report. Almost at the same time as speaking. The zombies that were attacking in a roundabout way were instantly confused and rushed straight over. The group of zombies on the main road began to crowd and push, and they fell down one by one and rolled into a ball. "The skeleton flying dragons continue to bombard, and the archers are free to throw in front." Wu Heng immediately ordered. Hurrah hoo~! Skeleton flying dragons flew overhead, and solid iron bullets rained down from the sky. The dense arrows turned into the sky and shot out from behind. The corpses fell to the ground one by one. One by one they rushed onto the street and continued to charge forward. Crash into the array of spears. The sharp spear pierced the rotting body. The zombies still roared and struggled forward, trying to catch the enemy in front. A large number of zombies fell. ?The remaining souls glanced towards the sky. Xiaoxiao rushed straight up from the sky and began to devour the remaining souls above the formation. As Xiao Xiao kept devouring it. ?System prompts also appear immediately. Ghost is upgraded to level 18, Constitution +2, Perception +4, Intelligence +2. Unlock feature: Strengthen possession. Unlocking restrictions: Unfinished business. Xiaoxiao finally reached level 18. Since getting the [Soul-Capturing Jade], the improvement speed of my two ghosts has been extremely fast. Its much faster than when you upgrade yourself. After level 18, the ghost''s attributes increase by 8 points. ?Perception increased by 4 points, and it seems that Xiao Xiao is more inclined to investigation work. Unlocked a feature [Enhanced Possession] and a restriction [Unfinished Business]. Same as when Glenda reaches level 18. But there is one missing [Withering Touch]. The effect of Blight Touch can directly attack the soul body or harm the soul of a living creature. Xiao Xiao has not been unlocked, which may be related to the differences between the two worlds. In short, reaching level 18 is a good thing. When you get back, ask what your little last wish is. Maybe, Xiaoxiao will be able to resolve [unfinished business] earlier than Granda and continue to improve. The ghost has reached level 20 and I dont know if he can become a hero. Looking at the battlefield again, Wu Heng ordered, "Advance forward!" Hurrah! The skeletons in the spear array stood up and pushed the remaining corpses backwards little by little. ??The skeleton axe-wielder following behind chopped down all the zombies that slipped through the gaps. The battle is over. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. The corpse of the Corpse King was also dragged back by a skeleton. It was covered in blood holes and looked a bit miserable. During this battle. The fighting power displayed by the Vampire Skeletons is quite remarkable. Covering the gap in air combat. Although the Skeleton Flying Dragon is not low in level, its size and flying method make it difficult to stay in mid-air and fight. Looking at the corpse, he directly released the [Bone Slave Technique], and the Skeleton Corpse King stood up from the broken flesh. From now on, youll call me Fei Mo No. 2. Please go aside first. Wu Heng named him casually. ??The skeleton corpse king in a suit without wings is called Bone Demon No. 1, and the corpse king with wings is called Fei Demon No. 1 and Fei Demon No. 2. There are now three corpse king skeletons in total. ?Fei Mo No. 1 shook off the scraps of flesh on his body, flapped his wings and flew to the side. The empty eye sockets looked around, moving back and forth. ?Wu Heng collected the corpse cores on the ground and continued to transform the remaining zombies. A large number of skeletons stood up on the ground, crowding the entire area. The skeleton group has been reorganized. The skeleton moved aside in all directions. The convoy came through the gap in the middle and headed to the abandoned provincial rescue team base ahead. You can see ruins from a distance. ?Destroyed walls are scattered all over the field of vision, concrete blocks and twisted steel bars, as if they were roughly twisted into a ball by giants. The people from the rescue team said that they detonated the bomb at the base during the evacuation, killing the zombies that rushed into the base. Qi Hancai explained at the side. You can see a deep, charred pit, which should be where the explosives were piled. They are quite ruthless and even planted bombs in the base. "I estimate that there have been plans to go to the main station for a long time. When this base was established, it was built as a temporary base." Qi Hancai analyzed. That makes sense. The convoy did not enter the ruins, but slowed down on the main road outside. Let Gao Rong point the way, we have to rush back before dark. Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked: "Gao Rong, where is the station?" Gao Rong''s voice came from the intercom, "Turn left at the intersection ahead, then drive forward and you will see the station." ??Qi Hancai also ordered, "Follow Gao Rong''s instructions." The convoy began to turn left and continued to move forward. A dense army of skeletons followed behind, and large swaths of vampire skeletons flew around the convoy. Hurry forward. The location of the motorcade was not too far away. After more than ten minutes'' journey, we saw a simple building. ?There is no danger in the building. You can see the railroad tracks through the lobby. And the rescue train. Everyone still has a deep memory of this train. The first train in Xinfu City was largely imitated and modified from this train. The iron plate is thickened and has an exaggerated impact angle on the front. ?Now that the rescue team has left, the train has become his trophy. Check the status of the train, and then search to see if there are any supplies nearby. Wu Heng ordered. ?Everyone immediately took action to check the vehicles and confirm whether there were any supplies left in several warehouses. ??Wu Heng also took the skeleton and looked around. Qi Hancai came back from outside and said: "There is nothing wrong with the train. There are some equipment and tools in several warehouses, and there are no special supplies." I will leave some skeletons to occupy this place, and subsequent transportation can be carried out by railway. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. After confirmation. ?Wu Heng arranged some skeletons to protect this place. Everyone got in the car again and returned to the military factory base. After arriving at the military factory. Everyone was busy with their own business, Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and walked into the boundary gate. The island owners estate. After dinner with the maids. ?Wu Heng went upstairs again and returned to the study. ?Glenda was revising the manuscript at the desk, while Xiaoxiao was watching cartoons a few feet away, having a silly time. ?Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, walked over and took a look at the small animation, "I''ve watched it several times, and I still love it so much!" I asked Aunt Yahong to download a new animation for me and said she would bring it to me next time she comes. Xiaoxiao said. "You are quite good at arranging it." Wu Heng sat down aside, looked at Xiaoxiao, and then asked: "Xiaoxiao, do you have any wishes?" ??Xiaoxiao has reached level 18 and has to find a way to solve the problem of "unfinished business". "Wish! It''s gone. It''s good now. I feel quite happy." Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and said. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. No problem! Didnt you say last time that you wanted a huge pink bear doll? Then let the skeleton be inside to act as your bodyguard. Wu Heng said. Its too childish, I just said it casually. Xiaoxiao replied. ??Wu Heng took a sip of tea and said, "Xiao Xiao has reached level 18. Uncle will definitely grant you a wish, just like Aunt Glenda did last time. You should think about it carefully." ?Glenda raised her head and glanced here, then lowered her head and continued to revise the draft. ??Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, "Can my father and grandfather be resurrected?" Forehead. "Well..., I''m not that capable. Let''s try something simpler." Wu Heng said immediately. The little father and grandfather had already turned into zombies when Wu Heng met them. ?Later, he attacked himself, was killed by a skeleton and transformed into a skeleton. Later, he couldn''t even tell which skeleton it was. He probably fought with zombies and was shattered on the ground. ?Moreover, even if it can be found, there is no way to resurrect it. Thats really gone. Itll be great if we can be together in the future. When uncle, you die and my mother dies too, well be ghosts together. ?Glenda said not far away: "Your uncle can''t die. We are living in his body. When the life span is up, let''s perform the corpse ritual. Anyway, the whole island is yours." Thank you both for thinking so far. Wu Heng was speechless. Hum, I have already made arrangements for my funeral. Hehe~! Xiaoxiao smiled, and then flew away with the tablet, as if to avoid Wu Hengs interruption. ?Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao and started thinking. Glenda''s "unfinished business" can be determined to be the matter of her ex-husband. As for Xiaoxiao, there is a high probability that it is her mother. The only relative in this world. It is definitely not possible to turn her mother into a ghost, but she can take more care of her. A better life, or support in some aspects. I thought about it for a while. The two ghosts had their own things to be busy with, so they returned to their rooms to rest. Zombie world. Arms factory, radio room. Qi Hancai was sitting on a chair, with her legs in leather boots resting on the edge of the table. The person in charge of the radio station on the side, after debugging, said: "Sister Qi, it has entered the Gaohe City frequency band." In the radio station, some scattered chatter came from the radio station. Qi Hancai sat up and took the microphone. Cleared his throat and said in a deep voice: "We are the Xinfu City base." As soon as the words came out, the entire radio station suddenly went silent. All the sounds of conversation disappeared. Qi Hancai continued: "We will go to Gaohe City the day after tomorrow to launch a rescue operation. ?All bases and survivors who have heard the news, please be sure to meet the following conditions. 1. When you encounter a skeleton wearing a battle armor and holding a weapon, please dont panic. They are our leaders soldiers with special abilities and they are also the bases main combat force. 2. Do not attack or provoke skeletons under any circumstances, otherwise you will be attacked. 3. Hang a red sign in a conspicuous position, or other obvious information that can confirm the presence of survivors. 4. After the zombies have been cleaned up, you can go downstairs and approach the rescue team proactively. Do not touch the skeletons and contact the rear rescue team. Brothers and compatriots who have received the news, hold on until we arrive. " Hula~! After Qi Hancai finished speaking, the frequency band in Gaohe City instantly started to boil. ??The few conversations seemed to have suddenly flooded into a large crowd. Noisy and chaotic. Is it the base of King Yama? "Are you really coming? We may not be able to hold on for much longer." Qi Hancai took a deep breath and picked up the walkie-talkie, "Wait for us and we will pick you up at a safe base." Thank you, thank you! Xinfu City Base. Li Yahong, who had just returned, washed her face. ??Also went to the radio stations room. Adjust the frequency band and say directly: "This is the main base of Xinfu City. According to the arrangement of the leader, King Yama, we will arrange a rescue team to go to the ''Tiecheng City'' to carry out rescue. The following are important matters that need attention. Survivors who are listening, please listen carefully to the end. 1. Skeletons wearing armor and holding weapons are our soldiers. Please do not panic or make dangerous moves. 2,. " The same words were said. In the radio station, four or five seconds passed. A small, suspicious voice sounded, "Really, really?" Really, we will continue to rescue people all the way north. Then, a whimpering sound came from the radio. No one continued to speak. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng took off his hood after walking into the deacon''s study. Sheila Gui looked up at the other party and joked: "Oh, our great detective is here." Its just a false name, why are you looking for me? Wu Heng put his hood on the coffee table and sat down on the sofa. ??Shi Yali brought tea, then sat not far away, looking at him with a smile on her chin. Sheila Gui said: "Leader Lilith has written to you, and there is also a personal reward for you. It seems that he is quite satisfied with your actions." ?Wu Heng paused while drinking tea, a little surprised that the other party handed out the reward so quickly. Still in the name of an individual. What a reward! Arent you a detective? Guess what? ??Wu Heng looked at the other party and said suspiciously: "Skill book? Jade Talisman for Soldiers?" Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Well, I guessed two correctly." After saying that, he didnt continue to ask him to guess. Took the items out directly. There are three in total, corresponding to the killing of three level 18 exiles. As for the exile who killed the Destiny Cult in the first place, it seemed that he was forgotten by default. ?Wu Heng looked over. ?My eyes lit up. A pair of boots, a skill book, and a jade talisman. Boots of a Hundred Soldiers (Rare Item) Effect: Adapt to body changes, the power of Cangshan. Side Effect: Unable to be in a state of nothingness. (Description: Leather boots made of special materials, like decorative accessories.) The boots of the Hundred Soldiers Set. The last time I wrote a letter, it seemed to be useful. I asked about the Hundred Soldiers suit, and the other party sent me an accessory this time. Can the leader of the headquarters distribute the associations rewards in a private name? Or, after she replaces it, she will give it to herself. The latter is more likely. It is not difficult for a leader to have several first-level meritorious deeds under his command. Sitting in that position, there should be no reason to get a reward from the association because of this kind of thing. Very satisfied with the first one. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the second item. ) (Description: This spell can be used as an insurance measure for the awakening of the soul after the death of a living creature. The dead corpse will have its soul awakened in the ghost of the ''sacrifice'' (and the soul voluntarily awakens). After awakening, the soul will replace the sacrifice. ghost.) ah? Insurance measures for soul awakening. The soul of the corpse awakens in the ghost of the sacrifice? It is not borrowing a corpse to bring back a soul, this is borrowing a soul to bring back a soul. Why are you giving me this skill? What''s the meaning? (End of this chapter) Chapter 568 , How could I be so perverted? Chapter 568: How could I be so perverted? ??When Wu Heng looked at the skill book, Shi Yali came over with the document. The introduction said: "The Hundred Soldiers combat boots and Hundred Soldiers robe accessories have the effect that as long as you step on the ground, you can absorb the power of the earth to replenish your physical strength. The second effect is that the strength will be increased, which is probably the original About 50%, and every clone can have this effect. As he spoke, Wu Heng turned his attention to the boots again. The power of Cangshan in the effect actually has this effect. As long as you step on the ground, you can recover your physical strength by absorbing the power of the earth. This is really an exaggeration. Wearing shoes must be on the ground. ??Who will still hang it on their body? The second one is to increase the user''s power. This point also has a certain effect on Wu Heng. After all, he has certain melee capabilities. The most important point. This is the accessory of the Hundred Soldiers Robe. After the clone effect appears, all clones have the same effect. ??This set is really good in everything. What about the side effects? Wu Heng asked. The side effects introduced in the panel are a bit vague. Shi Yali explained, "The side effect is that the user cannot perform any form of fast movement, including void movement, space movement, transformation into fog and other effects." ?Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief, that''s okay, he doesn''t know these things. Then, another idea came to my mind. Since you cannot use fast movement ability, it should not include entering the world gate yourself, right? You can try it when you go back. But its not a big problem. If there are restrictions, it wont be a problem to take off your clothes and go in again. Does this hundred-soldier suit have any accessories? Wu Heng continued to ask. I have collected four types now. Each one is a first-level merit reward prop. It can be regarded as a treasure if placed anywhere. I am also curious in my heart, how many more there are. Shi Yali flipped through the file and said, "There seems to be a mage crown. There is no clear record on it, so I can''t be completely sure." There is also a crown. In fact, its not much different. One person can wear so many things on his body. Clothes, shoes, and belts all appeared, and there was no room to wear more. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I understand, let''s continue!" Shi Yali continued to introduce the next reward, the skill book. Avoke the soul, a fifth-level necromancy faction ritual spell. It can use the ghost of the sacrifice to evoke the ghost of the corpse from a corpse that has no soul after death. The higher the level of the ghost of the sacrifice, the better the effect. Fifth level skills, which are level 18 spells. After Shi Yalis introduction, it became clearer. That is, after a living being dies, if there is no soul, it can be replaced by another soul. Forcibly awaken the ghosts of dead creatures. This point is actually quite powerful. Below level 18, not everyone has the opportunity to become a ghost. With this skill, some people can be awakened. It can be regarded as a redeemable skill. A sudden flash occurred in my mind. With this skill, the little mother can also become a ghost. How long can a corpse be left alive to awaken the soul? Wu Heng asked. Shi Yali looked at the document carefully and said, "It''s not written on it. You can try it out if you have a chance." Oh, okay! Shi Yali turned another page and said, "The third item is Leader Lilith''s ''Jade Talisman''. When you are in danger, you can crush the jade talisman and the power inside will help you." The introduction of the three rewards is over. Shi Yali closed the book. ?Seeing that Wu Heng had no problems, he walked back to his office. ?Wu Heng put away the reward and looked at Xila Gui, "Didn''t I give you a reward?" She is the deacon of Treasure Island, so she deserves a share of the credit. How could I ever receive such treatment as you, so you gave me a jade talisman for war. Thats pretty good too. Wu Heng said. After all, Sheila Gui did not participate in the battle. Just sitting at home and getting a reward is not bad. Im in your glory. Youre welcome! Wu Heng said with a smile. Then he picked up the letter on the coffee table, tore open the envelope and poured out the letter paper. The owner of Wuheng Island: Your performance in this incident was outstanding. With your firm belief and talent, you completed the task perfectly. The fifth fleet secretly went to the Emerald Sea in an attempt to release the "Exile". The clan has begun to investigate, and it won''t take long before there will be a result. ?Once it is investigated that other people are involved, the matter will be cleaned up and disposed of. Following up, you will continue to serve as the law enforcement team, investigating and supervising the vampires external operations, and collecting corresponding intelligence. I have prepared three rewards, which have been distributed to you through the association to make up for the losses you caused in this battle. I hope you will maintain this enthusiasm and focus, move forward courageously, and perform the duties of the law enforcement team. Lilith Ann Beshmit. " The letter was written by Lilith. But there is nothing substantial in it. Mainly praising this action, stopping the Fifth Fleet, and having enough reasons to kill several exiles. Looks like Lilith is quite satisfied. In the letter, other people who may be involved in the Vampire Tribe were also mentioned. It seems that his actions ruined the plans of some people in the vampire clan. ??You should also pay attention to it, lest the other party dare not trouble Lilith and come to find you instead. What did you write? Sheela asked with wide eyes. Wu Heng handed it to her, "Look, Lilith said I have talent, a rare talent." Sheila Gui did not refuse this time, and took it and looked at the content above. "My opinion of you is not low." Sheila Gui finished reading and put the letter away, "Do you still want to reply?" Write a letter, after all, the reward this time is pretty good. Shi Yali brought the letter paper. Wu Heng began to write. The content I wrote is relatively simple. Thank you Lilith for your trust. I will try my best to fulfill my duties as a law enforcement team in the future. ??If there are any other exiles, you can also arrange for them to be investigated by yourself. When you have finished writing, put it back in the envelope. ?Hand it to Shi Yali and send it outside for mailing. The letter matter is over. ?Wu Heng leaned on the sofa, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Hilagui asked curiously: "Who came up with such a thing as a newspaper?" I thought of it, how do you feel? Wu Heng asked. Why did you remember to distribute such a thing on the island? Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "Don''t you feel that newspapers have a big effect if they are distributed? For example, the information published in newspapers is more accurate and reliable. In the past, some gossip became more and more outrageous, and now it is Newspapers are the main thing. Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows. If you put it this way, it seems to have a certain effect. What kind of intelligence and news were there in the past? As soon as all kinds of news spread, they became more and more outrageous. It is possible that four or five versions of the same thing can appear on Beacon Street. ?Now that this kind of newspaper has come out, as long as the accuracy of the information is maintained, it can indeed guide residents'' information and curb some rumors. Its amazing, you can think of all this. Sheila Gui praised. ??Wu Heng said with a smile, "Not bad. The main thing is that if you collect this information, you can still make money." You..., I praise you in vain. ?While the two were talking, Shi Yali also walked back from outside. ?Sitting sideways on the armrest of Shila Rose''s chair, he put one hand on his sister''s shoulder and asked, "How did you remember to publish your story in the newspaper?" Hilla has long rose gold hair, a round face, beautiful and delicate facial features, and a pair of big and bright eyes. Only when talking about work, he will show his sharpness. ?Sister Shi Yali has short blond shoulder-length hair, soft facial lines, and always has a smile in her eyes. ?The two sisters have similar looks. Sitting next to each other is pleasing to the eye. Wu Heng said: In the beginning, I just wanted to serialize some stories to promote newspaper sales. Someone suggested that publishing such stories could also change the island residents views of me. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "You are quite confident and you know that your story can be so popular." Wu Heng is still somewhat confident that the story is popular. After all, the collection of great detective stories is a global bestseller in the modern world. In this different world where there are few novels to read, it is not surprising that it is popular. However, what I didnt expect was that the second issue of the series would have this effect. Sheila Gui asked: "Watson really exists? Did he write this story? Why haven''t I seen him?" ?Wu Heng replied, "The stage name is the name in the novel. I will introduce you to him when I have the opportunity." Shi Yali then asked, "Do you really like to spank corpses with a stick?" Art processing, how could I be so perverted? (End of this chapter) Chapter 569 , used to be a pirate Chapter 569: Been a pirate before Sheila Gui asked again, "When you didn''t get the necromancer profession, did you really plan to change your profession to coroner?" Maybe! I cant tell. Who is the murderer? Is it that woman? "It would be pointless to tell you in advance. The third issue will be released in two days. I will have someone send you the latest one then." ?The two sisters are like reporters. You ask her questions one by one. There is nothing work-related, everything revolves around the newspaper and the stories serialized in it. Fortunately, Wu Heng had read the detective collection and knew the contents. Otherwise, the secret will be revealed. Chatted with the two of them for a while. I drank three or four cups of scented tea. Wu Heng also stood up and said, "I''m going back. I''ll talk to you next time." Well, I have something to do in the afternoon. Sheila Gui smiled. Ill come back to see you in two days. Sheela Gui and Shi Yali smiled and nodded. ?Wu Heng put on his hood and veil. Go out of the study room. Leave the association. ?Wu Heng took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. As this period of time passed, the entire Lighthouse Street became more lively, the population continued to increase, and the vendors on both sides of the road continued to shout. ?At several newspaper sellers locations, people were also asking for newspapers. Newspapers are also being sold continuously. ?Wu Heng got off the bus at a crowded location and walked inside. Passed two pubs along the way. On the sign at the door, it is written when the "Detective Story" will be performed. Looks like it has become a regular show. In fact, a large part of the residents on the island are illiterate. This kind of speech by bards is also the best way to understand the story. Wandered around for a while. ?Wu Heng took the skeleton and turned directly into an animal training shop on the roadside. ??The boss is an elf man. He is wiping the talons of a grey-headed eagle at the counter. I saw a guest coming in. With a smile on his face, he said, Guest, please come inside. Come and see the tamed animals. Wu Heng walked into the store. ??The boss put the grey-headed eagle back into the cage nearby, followed behind him, and asked: "Has the guest already chosen the type of animal taming in his mind, or would you like me to analyze it for you?" Tell me about it! Wu Heng said, looking at some of the tame animals around him. The rangers tamed animals are usually birds. ?The house is full of various cages and birds. It feels like entering a zoo. "Is the master of the beast taming a high level?" the boss asked. My level is not high, I just changed my job. It requires a docile beast to be tamed, and after the beast is tamed in its infancy and raised, it will be closer to its owner. The boss said something, and then asked, Should the emphasis be on combat or reconnaissance? ??Wu Heng said: "Investigation!" "I recommend the dove or the owl. The dove has a docile personality, has a long flight time, and is good at finding water sources, minerals or some special targets. The owl can see at night, is smart, and is good at hunting, and its reconnaissance ability at night is not good. affected." ???An owl is recommended again. Among the rangers around me, the number of tamed animals is really that of owls. Then lets take an owl! Pick a young one that is in better physical condition. Wu Heng smiled. Wait a moment. The boss said and walked into the back room. Not long after, I carried a birdcage with a small white-feathered owl curled up in the birdcage with some caution. Guest, 72 silver coins. ?Wu Heng took the money directly and left with the owl. He didn''t continue wandering around. He called a carriage and returned directly to the island owner''s manor. Return to your residence. The maids went out to greet him. ?Seeing the owl held by the skeleton behind her, Minnie asked curiously: "Master, a new tame animal?" I bought it for others and gave it some food. Wu Heng said. Okay! Minnie took the cage and walked into the house to feed the owl. The little owl is still very obedient. It was quiet in the cage, with three maids standing in a circle, each taking turns feeding him. ?Wu Heng glanced at the maids and said, "Minnie, I''m upstairs. Call me if you need anything." Okay, Master. Going straight upstairs, opening the door and walking into his study room. In the study room. The desk is occupied by Glenda, who is working on a manuscript. Xiao Xiao, who was responsible for going out with Wu Heng today, also showed up and went to watch cartoons. ?Wu Heng sat down at a few seats aside, took out the reward he got today, and put it next to him. The first item is [Hundred Soldiers'' Boots], which is an accessory to the Hundred Soldiers'' robe. Looks pretty clean. Find some alcohol and disinfected the inside. Then put it on the feet. ?The size is just right, and there is nothing inconvenient about moving around. When you step on the ground with your feet, you can clearly feel a weak energy spreading through the whole body along the soles of your feet. Continues to restore his physical strength. With a thought, six identical clones were immediately scattered. A clone asked: "Is the effect of restoring physical strength still there?" Yes, are yours here? another asked rhetorically. Im still here, so it will work for you too! It works! several clones said one after another. Lets end the clone first. The longer it takes, the greater the side effects will be. "good!" After saying that, the clone shook at high frequency and turned back into Wu Heng alone. Side effects such as ?? disappear. Glenda looked over and asked, "What are you doing?" Xiaoxiao also looked over. Try out the newly obtained rare items. Wu Heng replied. What strange thing? A pair of boots and a hundred-soldier robe are a set. After wearing them, you can restore your physical strength. Wu Heng replied. Sounds pretty good. Its pretty good. Wu Heng glanced at the two ghosts, You guys come back first, and Ill try to see if I can go to the zombie world. The two ghosts nodded and got directly into the body. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and walked in directly. Confirm the side effects, excluding walking back after passing through the boundary gate. Release the ghosts and let everyone go about their own business. ?Wu Heng took off his boots and placed them at the door, then returned to the wooden chair and sat down. I am quite satisfied with this strange thing. Happily, I accepted Liliths mission and not only received three level 18 vampire skeletons and three ghosts, I also received a set of accessories as a reward. It was a huge profit. I wonder if there are any vampire exiles left. He muttered softly. ?Glenda, who was not far away, looked up and then returned her gaze to the book. ?Wu Heng also picked up the skill book [Avoking Souls] beside him and started to check it. Different from normal skill books. ?This skill is a ritual spell. In addition to its own spells, rituals are needed to coordinate. Sacrificing ghosts is a necessary part of the ritual. ??As he read the skill book, Wu Heng also gained some understanding of the skills. The skill effect can awaken the soul of the corpse, but it is not without any limitations. One is to wake up voluntarily. If the soul is unwilling to wake up, the ritual will naturally not take effect. The second one is that corpses that are within a maximum of 120 days cannot be used if they are too long. Although I cant think of where it can be used at the moment. But multiple skills are a good thing after all. The skill book has been turned to the last page. The prompt appears. Unlock skill: evoke soul. No pressure. Place the skill book back on the bookshelf at the back. ?After sitting in the study and waiting for a while, the sound of someone calling for food came from the door. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and had dinner with the maids. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Qi Hancai and Gao Rong both glanced at the birdcage on the side. Perplexity flashed in his eyes. Where did the owl come from? Qi Hancai, please tell us about the situation first, Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai withdrew his gaze and said first: "The train has set off this morning and will directly enter Gaohe City to clean up the zombies. Bai Qing brought a total of 20 survivors and was responsible for the logistics. There were no problems when setting off. Keep the news flowing through the radio. ??Wu Heng asked: "Where is Li Yahong?" The people from Sister Yahongs side have also set off, starting from Xinfu City. The journey will be longer than here. It is expected to arrive at Tiecheng the day after tomorrow. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Ask them to send back the news frequently and prepare logistical supplies." Understood! Qi Hancai nodded. Gaorong, where are you? Gao Rong said: "The equipment in the garment factory has been tested and there are no problems. The skeletons you left behind can also control the machinery." How is the research and development of firearms machinery going? Wu Heng asked next. The progress is very fast, and there is still some time before the results are achieved. Hold on tighter. Okay. Gao Rong nodded. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Qi Hancai, inform ''Zhao Yanqiu'' from Xinfu City to transfer to our side." ?Qi Hancai nodded. Okay, lets just do this for now and go do your own business! Wu Heng said. Gao Rong stood up, took his documents and left. In the conference room, only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left. Bringing the birdcage over, he handed it to Qi Hancai, "I have chosen a tame animal for you. Try to establish communication with it." Taming animals? communicate? Qi Hancai''s eyes flashed with confusion and confusion as he looked over. ??Blackstone Town, a nearby village. The kingdom has been uneasy recently, and there is little movement between villages and towns. It seems as if they are all closed in on themselves. In a simple room, Penny, dressed as an ordinary village woman, was looking at the newly delivered message in her hand. When I saw the much late news in my hand, a smile appeared on my face, "I was named the island owner by the association. It''s really awesome." After reading it once, quickly destroy the paper. There was longing in his eyes, "As long as I find out useful information about the cult, I can join the association and go to Treasure Island. It will definitely surprise him." ?Thinking in my heart. The shouts of companions came from the door. Benny, the lunch break is over, go to the church quickly, otherwise the elders will be angry again. Okay! Penny took a deep breath, stood up and walked out directly. ??He went to the central building with other people gathered from the surrounding areas. Put on your black robe, open the door and sit in a circle to prepare for afternoon prayer. At this time, the elder walked in with a new figure. Cough lightly and introduce, "This is a member of the congregation who came from the Emerald Sea. He is now appointed as an elder. Elder Babuqi, please introduce yourself." ?The figure glanced at everyone present. The deep voice said: "My name is ''Babuqi''. I worked as a pirate in the Emerald Sea, and later followed the great knight ''Solvi''." (End of this chapter) Chapter 570 , why do you mention him every day? (Today鈥檚 update, I didn鈥檛 make it up.) Chapter 570: Why do you mention him every day? (Todays update, I didnt make it up.) Zombie World, conference room. The white owl flew half a circle indoors. Qi Hancai, whose vision was shared, opened his mouth wide, with a look of disbelief on his face, "I can see the perspective of an owl, I see myself, this..., have I awakened a new power?" Wu Heng sat aside, looking at Qi Hancai who exclaimed from time to time, and said with a smile: "This is the benefit of using a professional scroll. You can also understand that the scroll helps you awaken your abilities. If you practice diligently in the future, you will be able to Other abilities emerge. Qi Hancai still looked surprised. But I also understood what Wu Heng meant. This is not the ability she awakened, but the ability provided to her by using the professional scroll last time. ??There is no need to take any corpse cores or potions, just tear open a scroll and you will have new abilities! The corpse core can also be explained as changing genes, but this tearing scroll is too exaggerated. Furthermore, according to Wu Heng, as long as you train diligently, you can awaken new abilities later on. It is also sustainable. He glanced at Wu Heng quietly. ?Happy in my heart, I really chose the right person. The little owl fell into her arms, and Qi Hancai held it carefully, "So, this little guy is mine?" The contract is established. Taming animals also has a kind of dependence on their masters. The little owl now behaves particularly close to Qi Hancai, unlike the initial huddle. Its yours, give it a name! Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai held the small owl, looked at it carefully, and said: "It''s in vain, let''s call it glutinous rice **** from now on!" It sounds pretty good. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Thank you!" Why are you so polite? Wu Heng smiled. ?Qi Hancai held the little owl and looked at it carefully, with a face full of love. Wu Heng looked at the time and said, "Let someone prepare a car. I''m going to the clothing factory." "Are you going by yourself? I''ll drive you there." Qi Hancai said. "No, I''ll ask the skeleton to drive over and take a look and come back. It won''t take long." Wu Heng said directly. ? Qi Hancai didnt say much, picked up the walkie-talkie and started giving instructions. Then the two walked out of the conference room and stood at the door waiting for two or three minutes. A truck drove up. The driver was changed, Wu Heng got into the car with the skeleton attendant, and drove directly out of the factory. ?Go to the clothing factory. The area around the garment factory was cleaned up. Snow and debris were all cleared away. ?Wu Heng walked into the factory with the skeletons. There were many arranged skeletons gathered inside. Two artificers are responsible for comparing drawings and recording equipment, and the remaining skeletons are ordinary skeletons learning to use equipment. Walked around the factory. ?Let the electrician skeleton cut off the power, and Wu Heng passed through the factory door and opened the boundary door. ??Enter the boundary gate and go to the island owner''s manor. Leaving the manor, he went to the factory built on Treasure Island. Open the gate again, connecting the factories of the two worlds. Move the equipment in, be careful not to damage it. Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton, which had been prepared long ago, began to take action. Move the packed equipment into the boundary gate. Wu Heng thought about the establishment of the factory for two days, but chose another world. Here, Wu Heng can purchase cloth raw materials for production. ??If the factory is still set up in the zombie world, the purchased materials need to be sent to the zombie world through the gate. If the number of factories continues to increase in the future, Wu Heng may not have to do anything. Send various materials to the two worlds every day. Its more convenient here. Transporting the equipment is the most laborious. Once settled, purchasing materials and selling finished products will become easier. The skeletons were busy for a while, and the clothing factory in the zombie world was cleared out. ?Wu Heng asked the skeleton magician to assemble it, and the electrician skeleton was responsible for connecting the lines. He returned to Treasure Island. After all, after the gate is closed, he can''t help much. Return to the island owner''s manor. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat and said softly: "Master, there is news from Sister Shanara. You can go and have a look later." When did you come? Wu Heng asked. It was the morning when I saw it, so the time should be about the same. Minnie hung her coat aside and said with an estimate. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go upstairs and have a look." Would you like to prepare some lunch for you? Im not very hungry yet, lets eat together in the evening. Okay. Minnie smiled. ?Wu Heng walked upstairs and entered the radio stations room. Looking at the record books one by one, only the record of Shanara had a small paragraph of text. I have arrived at the coastal port and am preparing the boat to go back. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?Picked up the phone and said, "Shanela, can you hear me?" Shanara''s slightly lazy voice came from the other side, "Here you are, why are you talking?" Wu Heng smiled unconsciously, "I went out in the morning. As you know, I, the island owner, am quite busy and I have an island to worry about." Show off! Shannara said with a smile, and then said: Tonights boat, I will go back then. Why do you still have time? Where is your own ship? "I don''t have my own ship anymore. I''m just an honorary president and don''t have so many privileges. I will follow the Star Flower''s ship to Treasure Island and go with it." Shanara said. It seems that after losing real power. The individual ships were taken back. Wu Heng said: "Go back and I will give you a new one, which is better than theirs." Its useless for me to get a boat, and Ill have less chance to go out in the future. What others have, you cant take away from it. Shannara''s smile became even brighter, "I didn''t realize it, but you are quite caring." ?Wu Heng changed his tone and said, "I''ll ask Philippa to pick you up." "No, it''s too long. If I have to wait for her, I''ll have to stay for several days." Shanara refused softly. ?Wu Heng took out the jade sand tray and took a look at it. There are no suspicious ships on the routes of the Emerald Sea. The possibility of encountering pirates is unlikely. Its just that the recent events involving the dragon smuggling fleet, the vampire fleet, and the cult all happened in the Emerald Sea. They are also unstable factors. ?Who knows which force''s backup came to look for someone and become a pirate by the way? After thinking about it, he still said: "Let''s do this. I''ll ask Philippa to pick you up halfway and **** you then, or I can change the ship and come back." Shannara did not refuse this time, "Seeing that you are quite sincere, I agree." Okay, watch out for ships then. Hmm. Shanara changed her words and asked in a leisurely tone: Did you miss me? Think about it. What do you think? Let me hear it. Forehead. ?Wu Heng hesitated for a moment, then lowered his voice and said: "I always dream about you in my dreams, the kind of dreams that are difficult to express." Hate it, thats all Im talking about. Shannella squeaked, and then whispered, Just wait until I get back. Then do you miss me? Shannara''s tone was very light, "I think about it! I don''t want to, how can I go back in such a hurry!" Where do you miss me? Tell me and listen. The other persons tone paused. The tone changed, "How do you feel? I didn''t learn from you." "Why can you ask me, but I''ve learned bad things when I ask you." "How old am I, you are a child." The two chatted for a while. Shannara wanted to go out to buy some necessities for the ship, so she hung up the phone. ?Wu Heng went downstairs and chatted with several maids. Waiting for dusk, Anderweil came back from outside. Several people ate together in a restaurant. Then return to the room to rest. Last night, it was windy and rainy. ?The small islands in the sea are like this. Suddenly, the wind and rain come quickly and densely. ?At dawn, the entire Treasure Island was shrouded in moisture, jade beads were hung on the branches, and raindrops were slowly dripping from the eaves. Gradually, there were more and more pedestrians on the road and it started to become lively. On the road, the newspaper seller was riding a weird two-wheeled vehicle, dragging a huge package behind him. Stop at several busy road sections. Hands open the backpack in the back seat of the car and holds the newspaper in his hand high. The third issue of the Gold and Silver Express, the city of Netale is experiencing civil unrest, the port is blocked, and fireworks are rising into the sky. The latest decisions of the association headquarters, come and take a look..." Hurrah! At the same time as the shouting sounds, a large number of people poured in this direction. Residential area. What are you doing in a hurry? The third issue is on sale. Go to the tavern and get a good seat. Then go over quickly. I heard that someone got a good seat last time and sold it for 1 silver coin. Then stop talking and leave quickly! ?Golden Sail Tavern. ??Nowadays, taverns are no longer what they used to be. Customers no longer come only at night, but are attended by customers all day long. ?There are many people listening to stories in the tavern, and even more people outside who are telling stories for free. As soon as Boss Zhan walked out of the door, he saw many people rushing towards him. At first I was shocked. Then I guessed that a new newspaper was on sale. ??Invited the bartender to add more tables and chairs, and at the same time shouted: "Is Saban not here yet? Go out to greet him personally and tell him that a new newspaper has been distributed." Okay! A bartender rushed out of the door and rushed in the direction Saban came from. ?Having just taken a few steps, I saw the bard Saban walking over quickly, holding a newspaper in one hand and a scone in the other. Mr. Saban, the boss asked me to tell you that the third issue of the newspaper is on sale. ?Saban raised the newspaper in his hand and said, "I bought it, let''s go." The two of them squeezed through the crowd and strode into the tavern. Several states bless oneself. ?Sabans chest is much higher, and it feels good to be noticed. Good morning everyone, I will tell you about the information in the newspaper first, and then we will read the detective story. The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. Bard, the plot of the reader''s detective story. What does this mean? Gregson said contemptuously. "This means that the person who wrote the letter wanted to write a woman''s name, that is Rachel, but for some reason, he did not finish it. I can guarantee that when the facts of the case come to light, there will definitely be a woman named ''Rachel'' The woman is related to this case. Nautilus Tavern. The bard stands on the stage, playing two roles. "Then how did you judge the height of one of them? Is it also your inference? Or a guess." The bard turned to the other side again, playing the role of detective Wu Heng, with a confident expression on his face, and replied, "It''s very simple. You can infer a person''s height from the size of his steps. This does not require any complicated calculations... Most people are... When writing on the wall, I instinctively write above the eye level, but the words on the wall inside the house are exactly three feet away from the ground. This is such a coincidence, and it is like a child''s play. " Then how do you infer his age? If a man can cross two and a half feet effortlessly, he is definitely not an old man..." Where are the fingernails and the cheroot? "The writing on the wall was written by a person with his index finger dipped in blood. With the help of a magnifying glass, I found that some of the wall paint was scraped off while writing, indicating that the person''s nails were not trimmed. ... I am not boasting, no matter what brand it is. Hallucinogenic grass blades, I can tell them apart at a glance. The bard kept talking above. Everyone below listened silently. ?Some people are confused and say, "The old man''s explanation is wrong. As the abilities of professionals increase, the difference in age and body is not that big. An 18th-level boxer has endless strength and does not look old even when he is 100 years old." You are sick. At the time of the story, Wu Heng had not changed profession yet. He must be investigating ordinary people. Level 18 professionals can use you to investigate. Its okay to kill people directly. Hush, keep listening. At the counter location. Philippa tilted her chin, listening to the bard''s speech, and reading the newspaper. Wu Heng is really awesome, I really have a good vision. ?Golden Sail Tavern. ?Sabans tone suddenly froze on stage. He bowed to everyone first, and then said: "The subsequent story will be serialized in the next issue." Then he added, "Everyone, the newspaper serialization ends here and has nothing to do with the tavern." ?The audience was quiet for two seconds, then suddenly became noisy. Oh my God, its a critical moment again. Ive just entered the state, and youre going to end it now? The fourth issue, when will it be released? I feel so sad... Association, Deacon''s Study. Shi Yali frowned and asked: "Does he really judge a person''s age by the size of his steps? This is a bit far-fetched. At least the professional characteristics should be distinguished." Sheila Gui closed the newspaper and replied: "He said that there are no professionals where he lives, and all his energy is devoted to weapons called machine guns." Then he added, "You should also know about the pirate attack on Treasure Island. He deduced the fake death of the leader of the Old Barrel Tavern and the pirate king ''Occam''." ?Shi Yali raised her eyebrows. Xila Gui smiled, "The deacon at the time was Imiro. Wu Heng sorted out and deduced the whole incident. I feel that it would not be difficult for him to catch an ordinary prisoner." "If you say that, it should have something to do with the environment in which he lives." Shi Yali said, and then hissed, "You are quite protective of him." Im just saying something for myself. Sheila Guis eyes were not false at all, and she asked, Why do you mention him every day recently? ?Wu Heng was lying on a deck chair in the courtyard. Annette squeezed her shoulders, Robert thumped his leg, and Minnie picked up the fruit and put it in her mouth. ?Wu Heng opened the panel, and the reputation on it kept increasing. Level: Level 18 (134567/305000) Fame: Level 18 (29171/48000) Three issues of the newspaper raised his reputation to 29,000. In the next two days, it is estimated that the number will almost reach 30,000. But problems also began to arise. ?The rise in this third period does not seem to be as strong as the second period. I wonder if it will be slower in the future. This is level 18 just now, and there is level 19 of fame behind it. In other words, it is obviously unrealistic to rely solely on Treasure Island to achieve hero status. The scope of transmission also needs to be enlarged. Facts have proved that the story of the great detective is quite popular. Even if there are some details that are different from the world, the story is the story, and no one will take it too seriously. If it can be popular on Treasure Island, the effect should not be bad if it is placed outside. Want to distribute. ??Newspapers are having a hard time! By the time the ship delivers the newspaper, the news and intelligence on it will be out of date. It would be better to wait until all the stories are serialized and the books will be bound and distributed to various places. (End of this chapter) Chapter 581 , he worked as a detective, did you know? Chapter 581, He was a detective, did you know? Philippa appeared with a skeleton, leaving both sides of the confrontation in silence. The wood elf blocking the road also turned serious. The order he received was to confirm Shannaras assets on Treasure Island, but he also received an order to make good friends with Treasure Island and maintain business cooperation. For a moment, I felt a little embarrassed. The leader of the wood elves bowed slightly, "Captain Philippa, this should be an internal matter within our Star Flower, so please don''t interfere." Philippa raised her brows and said, "Don''t talk nonsense to me, or I''ll throw you into the sea and wake you up." The wood elf frowned, "Captain Philippa, you are now the captain of Treasure Island, so you should be careful with your words." Youre lucky to have landed on Treasure Island! Get out of here! Philippa waved her hand behind her. The skeleton opened the way in front, and Philippa and Shannella followed through the few people blocking the way. ?Get on the carriage on the side of the road and rush towards the island lord''s mansion. On the carriage. Philippa sat carelessly and said, "There are many people here. When I get the chance, I will vent my anger on you." Shannara smiled, "No, it''s fine now. They were frightened by you." "Really! I have changed a lot. I was a pirate back then..." Philippa said, then stopped, "Except for this, I was an undercover agent at the time, not a pirate." Shannara was not too interested in her being a pirate, so she chose a different topic. Dont mention them, tell me how Treasure Island has been lately? It seems to have changed a lot. Philippa stood up, sat directly next to Shanara, and said excitedly: "Let me tell you, did you know that Wu Heng was a detective? He was the kind of detective who didn''t rely on professional ability and only looked at the corpse to find the murderer. On the road. ?Philippa talked endlessly. Shannaras eyes widened, full of surprise and disbelief. "Then what?" "No, the newspaper is here. Oh, this is called serialization, Wu Heng said." Philippa said. ??Shanela nodded and fell into silence again. Unexpectedly, a lot of things happened on Treasure Island during the time he left. ??Moreover, a newspaper was published on the island. ?Wu Heng has reached level 15 before and should be preparing for his level 18. Its not bad, Im paving the way for my future. ?Thinking in my heart. Philippa opened the curtain of the carriage and stretched out her arm, "Here''s a newspaper." ?The newspaper seller came over quickly, took the money and handed over a newspaper. Philippa looked back and handed it to Shannella, "This is the newspaper. Below is his story. This is the third issue. The first two issues were sold before." Shanela took it, held it in her hand and looked at it. Zombie World, conference room. After completing the job change, Zhao Yanqiu stood where he was and looked at the opposite side. I can feel the changes in my body, but I dont know where. Xiao Xiaofei came over and showed off a little, "Mom, you are a professional now, not an ordinary person." Be specific? Whats the use? Zhao Yanqiu looked at her daughter. "Uh..." Xiaoxiao turned his head and looked at Wu Heng for help, "Uncle, what''s the use?" Wu Heng thought about the bard he understood and said: "As a professional, you can understand and plan the direction of your own development, thereby improving your various abilities. To put it simply, as long as you stick to this career plan, it is equivalent to taking the corpse core medicine non-stop. The main thing is that there are no side effects and you dont have to worry about the impact of the virus on the body. " I didnt quite understand the rest, but Zhao Yanqiu also understood the last sentence. The effect is equivalent to taking the corpse core potion continuously. And there are no side effects. Even if she doesnt understand anything, she still knows that if the news is released, the whole world will be shocked. actually gave it to myself. Looking surprised, he said: "Thank you, chief." ?Xiao Xiao flew over very politely, and Vukong patted Zhao Yanqiu on the shoulder, "Mom, you''re welcome, we are a family, right uncle." Ah, yes! Wu Heng nodded. Zhao Yanqiu glared at her daughter, and then asked, "What should I do to strengthen my career?" Xiao Xiao turned his head again, "How to do it?" Wu Heng explained, "Your profession is called a bard. I know that there are two directions. One is knowledge of strange things, collecting knowledge, and collecting works should be included in it. The second is performance and speech, which literally means conducting. Some performances or speeches can also improve your abilities. Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yes!" The characteristics of bards are closer to artistic performances. Many abilities are conveyed to the audience through words, affecting the mind or inspiring the soul. Of course, this refers to occupations in the normal direction. Manipulators and liars are mostly of this type. Zhao Yanqiu listened and nodded, "I understand." Xiaoxiao thought: "Mom, you can be a star. Didn''t you love singing before? This career is very suitable for you." There are no stars now. Zhao Yanqiu said. Wu Heng continued: "Professionals definitely have advantages and disadvantages. You should adapt to the specific abilities first. Then I will find two books for you to read." Yes, chief. Zhao Yanqiu bowed again and thanked him. Dont talk about this matter outside, otherwise it will be troublesome for us. Wu Heng ordered. "I see." ?Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "You two, let''s talk together. I''ll go out and take a look at the factory." Zhao Yanqiu bowed again, with an extremely respectful attitude. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and walked outside. A small voice came from behind, "Mom, I chose this career. It''s suitable for you. You can improve by talking in the future. You are so nagging... No, I mean simple." ?Wu Heng walked out of the conference room. Hand Qi Hancai walked towards the factory building where bullets are produced. Inspected the factory building and warehouse and confirmed the quantity of required materials. After the inspection was completed, we had lunch together in the canteen. ??Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and chatted with Granda in the room. Xiaoxiao also flew back. "How is it? Is your mother satisfied?" Wu Heng asked. Xiao Xiao floated lazily in the air, "I''m satisfied, but I''m stupid and can''t figure out anything." After all, the cultures of the two worlds are different, so its normal to not be able to accept it for a while, but youll get better over time, Wu Heng explained. Xiao Xiao nodded, "I hope so." ??Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao again and asked: "Xiaoxiao, what do you think should be done to help your mother improve next? For other professions, skeletons can be arranged to help with training. Bards are somewhat special." The skeleton cannot speak, making it difficult for the bard to provide effective guidance. Xiao Xiao frowned and thought for a moment, "Just follow what uncle said. Pick a few simple skill books and give them to my mother to try." Well, thats okay, but you can translate the content yourself. Your mother cant read the words of another world. I cant understand it either! Xiaoxiao emphasized immediately. "Let your Aunt Glenda teach you. It''s up to you to improve your mother''s level." ?Xiao Xiao did not expect that he would be given a job, so he muttered with a grimace, "I should train two skeletons who can translate." Looking at Xiaoxiao who lost his mood for a moment, both Wu Heng and Glenda smiled. ?Even if its combat and reconnaissance, Xiaoxiao doesnt think its a chore. Only reading or studying something. Emotions change instantly, very quickly. ??Wu Heng asked Xiao Xiao because of "unfinished business". But it seems that her mother''s job change did not unlock this status. You can only ask her which direction she wants to develop next. Try it slowly. After chatting with the two ghosts for a while, he opened the door and walked in. Go back to Treasure Island and change into the clothes here. Opened the door and walked out. As soon as I reached the second floor, I heard the chatter and laughter of the maids downstairs. ??So happy today? ?Going down the stairs, I glanced towards the living room and saw ''Shanela'' sitting there dignified and gentle in a simple and elegant dress. Mature and plump. With a smile on his face, he chatted with the maids about what happened after he left. Behind Shanara, the middle-aged housekeeper was still standing aside politely. ??There is a sharp contrast with the maid in the island owner''s mansion. Hearing footsteps, several people looked towards the stairs. See Wu Heng coming over. ?They all smiled. "Owner." Master, sister Shannara is back. The maids said hello. Shannara also looked over with a tender expression, "Long time no see." (End of this chapter) Chapter 572 , eldest sister, listen to you Chapter 572: Sister, I listen to you ?Blood spurted out, staining the skirt of his clothes red in the blink of an eye. ??Benny covered her neck and fell to the ground, staring straight ahead. As if to remember everyone. It is firmly imprinted in my mind. ?Gradually, the struggling movements became lighter and lighter, and he fell to the ground without making any sound. Among the men in black robes, Babuqi looked at the body lying in a pool of blood, his pupils shrinking slightly. Wu Heng! When this woman died, she mentioned Wu Heng. The one to whom Philippa is attached? Isnt it just me who was arranged? ?Wu Heng also arranged for an spy? Still, this woman knows him. Damn it, why did a small mountain village deep in the Yeke Kingdom get involved with him again? But it was too late. ?This woman is so stupid that she can survive while passing on information under the supervision of a level 18 professional. "Cut off the tongue of the corpse and hang it at the village gate. The others will prepare and we will leave as planned." The leader of the black-robed man spoke. Everyone responded and took action. ??Babuqi quickly approached the corpse, after the other person cut off the tongue. Working together, they hung the body on the beam of the village gate. A breeze passed by. ??The corpse was shaking slightly, and blood was dripping down the ground. All the men in black robes gathered together and disguised themselves. Leave towards the west. The island lords mansion, study. ?Wu Heng chatted with the two ghosts for a while. There was a slight knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice said, "Master, are you there? Mrs. Millicent is here." I know, Ill go over now. ??Wu Heng signaled the two ghosts to be busy with their own affairs, opened the door and walked out, and went downstairs with Minnie. Go to the next floor. Then he saw Millicent in a light blue dress, holding a teacup in both hands, waiting silently. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Millicent stood up and saluted, "Sir!" ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down." Millicent sat down again and said softly: "Sir, I have collected some information today. I think it may be useful. I will come and report to you." What information? Millicent took out a small book, glanced at it quickly, and continued, "There are drinkers today, many of whom are from Netale City. They said that the city''s main guard and the army of the garrison commander were fighting. There are corpses everywhere in the city, shops have been robbed, and men will be forced to join the army if they are caught. ?Wu Heng raised his brows, a little surprised but expected by this information. The city of Netale has been in chaos for a while. In the last issue of the newspaper, it was announced that there was a battle inside the city of Netale, and thick smoke could be seen rising from the sea. Just to remind some caravans not to run that way. Now it seems that it is more serious than imagined. ??The city lord''s palace and the garrison were fighting, just like the city''s police and the garrison were fighting. Any other news? Millicent looked at the book again and said, "They also said that there are some sect members inside." Sect. This reminded Wu Heng of the Divine Punishment Sect. ??At that time, the defensive witches of the God''s Punishment Cult who were repelled took a boat in the direction of Yeke Kingdom. ??Havent you also participated in it? Did you tell me what sect it is? "No! Judging from what they mean, I can''t tell which sect they are from." Millicent replied. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is there anything else?" No, the main thing is these two things. "You continue to pay attention to the news outside, and be careful not to say anything outside." Yes, sir! After chatting about intelligence, Wu Heng then asked: "Has Philippa gone to sea?" "I went to sea. I left yesterday afternoon and said I was going to pick up the person you arranged." Millicent replied. "It''s okay. It''s not a combat mission, just to pick up someone. I''ll be back in two days." "This is what Philippa should do." ?Wu Heng looked at the time and then said, "It''s getting late, let''s stay for dinner." "this." Minnie prepared quite a lot today, stay and finish eating, and Ill ask the skeleton to take you back. Wu Heng said with a smile. Thank you, sir. The two sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Minnie came over and informed them that dinner was ready. The two of them got up and went to the restaurant to eat together. Sister, we have been staying for more than a week. In the central area, under the bright street lights, a strong man spoke softly. ?McIntosh looked at the children playing under the street lights and sighed softly, "Treasure Island has changed too much, and it has become so strange." "Sister, the owner of Wuheng Island was so powerful when he was young. He must be better at managing the island than someone like Occam." said the younger brother. The changes on the island are already happening before our eyes. The original Treasure Island and the current Treasure Island are like two places. Yes, before I changed jobs, I had so much experience. It was much better than when we went to sea. McIntosh smiled. The younger brother hesitated for a moment, and then said: "Sister, I have done all the research that should be done, and it is time for you to make a choice." ?McIntosh raised his head and glanced at the other party, "Do you think we should stay?" "Sister, to be honest, don''t be angry." The younger brother hesitated for a moment, then whispered, "If you wanted to leave, we would have left long ago." ?McIntosh frowned. The younger brother immediately changed his mind and said, "You also want to see the island, not stay." ?McIntosh took a deep breath and said: "I''ll think about it again. Either leave tomorrow, or we can go find him and see what position he can give us." Listen to you. The next day, City Hall. ??Wu Heng got off the car at the door with the skeleton and walked directly into the city hall. ?It wasnt long after breakfast. Anderweier arranged for someone to go to the island owners mansion and said that there were several businessmen who wanted to see him. It was arranged in the conference room of the city hall. Just walked to the corridor leading to the conference room. Anderweil walked out of one side of the room, approached and whispered softly: "The master, there are three of us in total, said that they want to order more newspapers and sell them outside the island." Off the island? "Well, I''m talking about the outside of the island." Anderweil said with certainty. Lets go, take me to see it. The two of them walked to the conference room together. Opened the door directly and walked in. ?There are three people sitting in the room, two men and one woman. The clothes are different, but they all look like relatively good dresses, representing unusual status. ??The three of them first glanced at Anderweil, and then their eyes fell on Wu Heng. ?Immediately stood up, saluted and spoke one after another. The representative of the Bucks Caravan has met the island owner. Laimei Chamber of Commerce, I have met the island owner. Good noon, island owner, I am the Star Pointing Caravan. Stag Caravan, Laimei Chamber of Commerce, and Wu Heng all had some impressions. If you become the owner of the island, the other party should also sign the recommendation letter. I dont have much impression of the Point Star Caravan, but those who came with it should be on the list. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Sit down." ?The three of them sat down, and Wu Heng and Andeweier also sat down on the other side. The people from the Bucks Caravan said: "Island owner, let me tell you directly, newspapers are very successful in distribution on the island. We are here this time to ask if you have any ideas about selling them outside the island. If so, , we want to work with you. ??This is because reading newspapers is very popular on the island, so the idea of ??selling them came up. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "You should have read the contents of the newspaper. The information above will be out of date by the time you transport it outside, and the newspaper will lose its value." (End of this chapter) Chapter 573 , faceless man human skin Chapter 573, Faceless Man Human Skin Treasure Islands newspapers are updated very quickly. The second period is the three days of the first period, and the third period is the five days of the previous period. The information was originally nothing special, but now it is shipped outside the island. ?This information is really far behind. ??The female representative of the Laime Chamber of Commerce smiled and said softly, "Sir, the intelligence news in some areas is lagging behind, and your stories are most popular in newspapers, so we plan to order some and take them out to try." ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "Since you want to try it, I have no objection. If the sales are good, I will bring your share every time it is released in the future." The three of them looked happy. Then, the representative of the Bucks Caravan said again, "As for the price, do you think it can be lowered? We also need to earn a certain amount of fees for transportation and sales." How many do you want? 40 copper coins! ?Wu Heng said: "50 copper coins, you decide how much you can sell for the rest." The three people exchanged quick glances. The representative of the Bucks Caravan slapped his thigh, "Okay, the island owner said, then it will be calculated as 50 copper coins. There will be a total of three issues. We, the Bucks, will order 5,000 copies for each issue." We also order five thousand copies for each issue. Us too! ?Five thousand copies per issue, which sounds like a lot, but is actually not much. A space ring can be installed. Lets really test it outside. Okay, Weier will ask someone to draw up an agreement and pick up the newspaper in five days. Okay. Anderweil stood up and left. ?Wu Heng stayed and continued chatting with several caravan representatives. Chat about the business environment and what issues need to be improved on the island. Not long after, Anderweil came back with three agreements. In the name of the city hall, we filled out purchase agreements with three caravans. The agreement was completed and both parties were satisfied. "Island Master, then we won''t disturb you." The three stood up and saluted again. "Well, if you have anything to do, just come to the city hall and see Wei''er. She can completely represent me." Wu Heng said. Yes, Lord Island Master. The three of them bowed slightly to Anderweil again, I will have to trouble Miss Weier in the future. Thats right! Anderweil also returned the greeting. ?The three of them left, and Weier was a little dissatisfied, "They ordered so little. If I had known they only had this much, I wouldn''t have bothered you to come over." "It''s okay. It''s a good thing to let them transport it outside and try it out." Wu Heng put the agreement away and then asked, "Is there any progress on the cloth ordering caravan?" "The notice has been sent out. Several caravans are making quotations. Send them over when the time comes. I will send them to you." "good!" The newspaper matter was over, and Wu Heng also walked out of the city hall. After taking a carriage back to the island owners mansion. ?Hello to the maid, put on the [train conductors hat] and headed to Lopez City. Lpez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. ?Wu Heng sat in the VIP room and waited for a while, when the beautiful elf Leitili opened the door and walked in. With a smile, "Good afternoon, guest." Good afternoon, how was the last commission? Wu Heng asked directly. "You came at the right time. Your two commissions have already yielded results." Leitili said with a smile. Two commissions? Have you gained anything from the disguised props? "Yes, I have spent a lot of effort on this matter, and the balance will be larger." Leitili said with a little pride on her face. It''s like finally completing some difficult task. As expected of the beauty in charge, I was indeed right. Wu Heng also praised her. ??Retili smiled even brighter, then opened the door and gave instructions to the outside. ?Not long after, the door opened and a staff member walked in with a wooden box. ?Put it on the coffee table, salute to the two of them, and then leave. Leitili pushed the wooden box forward and introduced: "The strange object, the Mask of the Faceless Man, can record the face of any user. The side effect is that after wearing it, it will gradually increase the burden on the body, and it will become angry after a long time. When the blood declines, even if the great boxers energy and blood are full, he cannot wear it all the time. ?Wu Heng listened and opened the wooden box. When he saw the items in the wooden box, his eyes froze. A piece of human skin, the skin of the face. Faceless Man Human Skin (wonderful object) Effect: Can reproduce the wearer''s face. ]????Side effects: Consumption of Qi and blood. (Description: A completely removed human face, he can help you become anyone.) It is indeed a strange object that can conceal one''s identity. How is this prop? Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. If the other party has information, you still need to inquire carefully. ??Retili said: "The way to wear it is to put it on your face, and the skin will fit into your skin." The recording method is a bit special. Only the person who has worn it can be remembered by the mask. Next time, as long as you think of that face in your mind, your facial features will change. "The advantage is that this strange object is integrated with your face when you wear it. It is not an illusion, so there is no such thing as seeing through it. The disadvantage is that whoever you want to become, you have to find a way to let him wear it... or control it. Him, let him wear a mask for once. ?Wu Heng nodded and understood what the other party meant. In other words, after wearing this strange object, unless you tear your face off, there is no such thing as seeing through it. The disadvantage is that every face needs to be recorded by a real person. Unlike the [Shape Veil], the appearance can be changed by imagination. What about the side effects! Tell us in detail. ??Retili crossed one of her legs and continued to introduce, "The side effect is that it affects physical strength, and the effect is gradually increasing. Of course, the person with higher physical strength will wear it for a longer time." Approximately how long it can be worn. Level 15 melee profession, you need to take it off within 3 hours. Although it will not lead to death, it is also a burden on the body. Leitili said comparing the records. ?Wu Heng was still very satisfied with this strange object. ??Apart from the scary-looking face, the rest of the effects are pretty good. As for recording peoples faces, next time you kill pirates or wanted criminals, record two public faces, which will be enough for you to use for a while. ?The side effects are not too much of a problem, and the facial changes are not permanent. Wear it for a while and then take it off. Not bad, Im very satisfied. Your satisfaction is the greatest recognition for me. Leitili smiled brightly. From the effect of the strange objects, it can be seen that Leitili put a lot of thought into it. After all, I continued to entrust her with tasks and helped her achieve golden results one after another. It can also be considered a big customer. Then, Retili said, "Guest, the price of this prop is a bit high." How many are needed? 2,200 gold coins, the price after your emblem privilege. Leitili said with some caution. I know that the other party is not short of money, but the price this time is indeed a bit high. ??It''s almost as good as putting it at auction. But its not an auction now either. Okay, its worth the price. Wu Heng waved his hand, and two thousand gold coin purses appeared on the table. Then, another two hundred were counted one by one. Thank you. Leitili was even more delighted. Open the door and call the staff, count the gold coins, and then complete the commission. After counting, the consortium put away the gold coins, and Wu Heng also put away the rare objects. Staff leave. ??Retili glanced at the other party and said, "Guest, ''Concealing Cloak...''" Always, Wu Heng always wears the concealment cloak of the consortium when he comes out. ?Now that the rare items have been received, it is indeed time to return them. This is really not for sale? Wu Heng asked again. "I really can''t sell it, otherwise it will be difficult for me to explain if the consortium pursues it." Leitili smiled bitterly. Then Ill come over next time and bring you the cloak. Okay. Leitili glanced at the other party and still chose to believe it. ??Wu Heng said, "How is the commission to acquire the corpse?" ??Retili turned around and said: "They are all stored in the warehouse. I will take you there." Put it in the warehouse? Lets go! The two stood up and walked out of the room together. Go along the long corridor towards the warehouse behind the consortium. ??Retili introduced softly, "A total of 32 corpses were collected this time, covering many occupations. It is the most complete one." ?Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. ?So many this time! (End of this chapter) Chapter 574 , what level are you at? Chapter 574: What level are you at? Going through the corridor, you arrive at the consortium''s warehouse. The guard saluted, and Retili waved her hand coldly. The heavy door was opened left and right. Revealing a cold warehouse filled with coffins. ?Wu Heng glanced at it and found that the number should match the number Lei Tili said. Leitili stood aside and spoke, "There are four corpses each of the blacksmith and tanner, three coroners, three tailors, two alchemists, two magicians, one gardener, and a total of 19 civil servants. Tools, the rest are all level 15 combat professions, and they are available in all professions. There are only 19 civil servants, but they almost have all the common civil servants. ??Wu Hengs commission only requires professionals above level 15, so its actually quite a lot to have so many come together at the same time. How did you collect so many? Wu Heng asked confused. ???Retili said in a cryptic manner: "When there is turmoil and war in the region, a lot of corpses will be produced. We started earlier. Recently, people from other places have started to buy corpses." The war should be said to be the Kingdom of Yeko. With so many people from the sub-professionals dying, there will only be more other professionals, or ordinary residents and soldiers. ??Moreover, no wonder it is said that the Necromancer is suitable for troubled times, and corpses are easier to collect. "We have cooperated so many times, so there is no need to inspect it. I will pack the body first and then settle the balance when I get back." Wu Heng said calmly. ??Retili smiled and stretched out her hand, "Please." ?Wu Heng walked into the warehouse and put all the coffins into the space sachet. Then, they returned to the VIP room together. ??The staff was checking the balance for the corpse. Leitili said: "Do you still need to fill in the entrustment for the corpse?" Fill it in, its best to receive a level 18 corpse. ???Retili smiled and said, "Guest, you are joking. How can a level 18 person die outside? Even if there is an accident, it is not that easy to collect." "You''re right, try to pay attention. It doesn''t matter if you don''t collect it." Wu Heng said. Then Ill write it in the commission for you. "Um!" Not long after, the new commission was completed and the staff settled the balance. ?Wu Heng settled the final payment, which can be regarded as completing the corpse transaction. Im going back first, and Ill return the cloak to you the next time I come over. Leitili reached out and flipped through it, and a delicate wooden box appeared in her hand, "Guest, this is the scented tea of ??our elves. It is different from the ones on the market. It is specially made for some royal dignitaries. I asked someone to buy some. , just bring it back for you to try. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. There was some anxiety and expectation in his big eyes. ??Wu Heng didnt shirk it and took it over and said, Thank you. ??Retili smiled and replied, "It''s okay. If you like it, I''ll buy some more next time." The two of them said as they walked out of the consortium together. ?Wu Heng walked towards the outside of the city. ??Retili stood behind and waved goodbye. Back to the island master''s mansion, the sky has darkened. ?Wu Heng himself sat in the restaurant and ate his meal, while the other maids were doing daily training in the training room. ??Xiao Xiao flew back through the wall, glanced at the food on the table, and then said in his ear: "Uncle, that aunt with six arms is outside and has been walking around for several times." The aunt with six arms? McIntosh? Which outside? Wu Heng asked. "Just outside the gate, I feel she might want to come in." Xiaoxiao replied. Let me see! Xiaoxiao got directly into his body, and the picture was shared in his mind. The perspective is from the sky above the island owner''s mansion, and the direction should be towards the lively direction with street lights. As soon as he flew by, his eyes saw the figure whose body was emitting level 15 light. ?Xiao Xiao changed his direction in an instant, flew down and observed his face closely before confirming the identity of ''McIntosh''. ?Fly back and tell Wu Heng. After releasing Xiaoxiao, Wu Heng praised him, "Xiaoxiao is pretty good. He spotted the opponent at a glance." Huh, no one can escape my eyes. Xiaoxiao said proudly. "That''s right. When it comes to investigation, our little one is the best." Xiaoxiao was even happier. He wanted to be more serious, but he still had a smile on his lips, floating above his head. I asked someone to bring her in and ask her whats the matter! Oh. Xiao Xiao said and slowly disappeared. ??Wu Heng got up and walked to the training room, shouting: "Minnie!" Minnie walked over quickly, her clothes wet with sweat, "Master!" "McIntosh is outside, wearing a brown cloak. You take someone out to ask her if there is anything wrong. If anything happens, bring her to see me." Minnie had seen Mackintosh the last time she came. Furthermore, the appearance is very special, and the memory is quite deep. "OK." Minnie put on some clothes and walked out directly with a few skeleton attendants. Not long. Minnie returned, followed by McIntosh who took off his hood. Brown skin, thick eyebrows and thick lips. Wearing a gold ring around his neck. A sense of dj vu as an Indian female chief. Master of Wuheng Island! McIntosh saluted slightly. Sit down, why dont you come in? What are you waiting for at the door? Wu Heng asked casually. ?McIntosh looked a little embarrassed. ?Had I known it earlier, I would have walked in or left directly. If I hesitated, I would have been discovered by the other party. When there is silence. Minnie brought tea. ?McIntosh smiled and said ''thank you''. Minnie stepped back and assumed the role of housekeeper. "I was a little unsure whether you were home or not, so I hesitated at the door for a while." McIntosh said softly after thinking about his words. Wu Heng asked: "How are you considering it? Treasure Island is actually not bad, and it will get better and better in the future. I hope you can stay, and we can build this place better together." ?McIntosh looked up at him again and asked, "If I sign a slave contract with you, will you force me to do something?" She is indeed still worried about this matter. Wu Heng said: "It depends on what you think. The purpose of the slave contract is to prevent you from doing anything that will harm me. As for forcing you to do something...even if you don''t sign the slave contract, in front of a strong person Its also difficult to resist without being forced. ?McIntosh paused as the words reached his lips. What he said makes sense. In the face of the strong, there is no big difference whether there is a slave contract or not. You also said that you would let me lead the team alone and provide you with information. Is there any change in this? No change, you have to agree that you are from the island masters palace, and you are the person in charge of intelligence issues. Wu Heng said seriously. This already gives her a lot of power. ?McIntosh stopped talking and just sat across from him in silence. Still worried? Wu Heng looked at the other party with a smile. Lingering outside the door for so long. ?Wu Heng guessed that she wanted to join Treasure Island. After all, I have stayed on the island for more than ten days. If I wanted to leave, I would have left long ago. McIntosh looked up again, "My last question." Say it! ?McIntosh stared at the other person''s eyes and asked, "What level are you at?" Hearing this question, Wu Heng was stunned. He looked at the other party and said, "I tell you, you will have to sign this contract by then." ?McIntoshs eyes narrowed. Then, confusion, suspicion, and shock flashed rapidly in his eyes. Take a deep breath and calm down. "Okay, I agree to sign a contract with you, but you won''t really treat me as a dispensable slave." (End of this chapter) Chapter 575 , trample him underfoot Chapter 575: Trample him underfoot "Don''t worry, even if there is danger, the ones who go up are skeletons. I will not abandon you." Wu Heng said, and took out a scroll from the space ring. ?McIntosh stood up and walked over, pricking a drop of blood on the pad of his finger and falling on the scroll. ??The scroll quickly absorbed blood, pulling Wu Heng''s mental power, getting into the center of ''McIntosh''s'' eyebrows, and imprinting his soul. ?McIntosh was swaying and slightly frail. But after all, he reached level 15 and recovered quickly. The contract is completed. ?Wu Heng smiled and said: "Welcome to Treasure Island, McIntosh." McIntosh also looked somewhat relieved, "Then should I call you the owner of the island now, or the master?" "Island owner! When you go back, prepare to resume your intelligence work. I will choose an office location for you in the next two days." Wu Heng said. ?McIntosh had no objections and continued, "I also plan to summon some of my former subordinates." "Yes, but you have to remember that you are now the head of the Intelligence Department of Treasure Island. You are no longer a pirate or gang leader. The people under you must also restrain them. This island is also under the management of the association." Wu Heng looked serious. "Don''t worry, since I joined Treasure Island, I naturally know what to do and what not to do." McIntosh said seriously. Thats good. Its nothing, Im going back first. If you need anything, just go to the Golden Sail Tavern and find me. McIntosh put his hood back on. Ill have someone take you back. "No, my people are waiting for me over there in the central area, don''t worry." McIntosh replied. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and sent her to the courtyard gate. When McIntosh stepped out of the door, he turned around and saluted again, "I hope the island owner will take more care of me in the future." Thank you too for being willing to join Treasure Island. ?McIntosh nodded, turned and left. The courtyard gate was closed again, and Wu Heng and Minnie returned to the house. ?Minnie jumped up and down and went to the training room. ?Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the study. Auntie, have you joined us? Xiao Xiaofei came over and asked. Ive joined, and Im just hanging around outside. Im just too embarrassed to talk to us about this. Wu Heng sat down aside. ?Glenda heard one person talking and asked curiously: "Which aunt?" ??Xiao Xiao flew over, "The one with six arms, the aunt who was found to have faked her own death before, has just been around outside for a while, and this time she accepted my uncle''s request and joined us." "It''s her! She has no other choice. Even if she leaves, the most she can do is find a remote place and become a gang leader again. Only then will she take another path if she stays." Glenda said. That makes sense! Wu Heng nodded in agreement. ?Glenda did not say any more and lowered her head again to finish the manuscript. Xiaoxiao also flew back to her own place and started watching cartoons. ?Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat down aside. My mind began to think about the future development direction. In the zombie world, skeletons clean up the surrounding cities on their behalf, and the progress is pretty smooth. There is no need to do it yourself, you can see the improvement in experience points just sitting at home. Once a city is captured, the materials inside can be looted at will. At Treasure Island, newspapers played a great role in publicity. If the zombie world provides you with experience points, the number of zombies in the world is enough to send you to the position of a hero. The other side of the world is a place to enhance your reputation. ??Newspapers will still continue to be sold. ?Those three caravans planning to sell goods outside the island can explore their own paths. Do newspapers with delayed information have any sales value? Or, like modern times. ?There are newspaper offices in various places, which can simultaneously sell newspapers and collect information from various places. But information transmission is still a problem. If that doesnt work, read it over the radio, and have newspapers in other places record it and put it on sale simultaneously. Its a bit clumsy, but its a solution. Sit on the chair and think for a while. ?Wu Heng stood up and stretched, "I''m going to have a rest. Don''t be tired, you guys." ?Xiao Xiao said without looking back: "Uncle, we are ghosts. I have told you many times that you are becoming more and more like my mother." Okay, Im going back. Good night, uncle. ?Wu Heng walked out of the study. Looking downstairs, he walked to Minnie''s door, knocked twice, opened the door and walked in. Master! Minnie cheered and rushed forward. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng stood in the dense forest behind the factory yard and took out the coffins. Open the lid all the way. The skeleton stepped forward and opened all the coffin lids, revealing mostly human corpses inside. According to Leitili, most of these corpses came from the Kingdom of Yeko. The civil strife between various ethnic groups also affected these level 15 professionals. Even the gardener died, and it was basically a mass killing. ?Wu Hengs bone-building technique was released, and skeletons stood up from the coffins. ?The scene is still a bit scary. There are 19 civilian skeletons and 13 level 15 combat professional skeletons. Looked at it roughly. ?Wu Heng glanced at the three tailor skeletons, which specialized in cutting cloth and making clothing. My own garment factory just needs this kind of work. Not in a hurry, let Anderweil recruit new tailors. Come back with me, everyone! Wu Heng greeted. ??The skeletons clattered out of the coffin, shook off the pieces of flesh from their bodies, and followed Wu Heng toward the factory area. When approaching the dormitory building. Qi Hancai stood at the door. The little owl on her shoulder was wearing a red sweater and a small hat of the same color on her head. This is the first time Wu Heng has seen a tamed animal dressed up in such a fancy way. As if afraid that others wont see it. But it doesnt matter, there is no professional concept in this world, so just keep them as pets. Ill wait a moment. Wu Heng said, then took the skeleton upstairs. Then he quickly came down and took Qi Hancai into the conference room. Sit down on a chair. Qi Hancai said directly: "The attack on Bai Qing''s side is going very smoothly. Two groups of survivors have been rescued, and logistical supplies are also being transported there. There is also a special building burial ground. Sister Yahong said that the truck has started loading and it will be delivered here in the next two days. " In the original plan. ? ?The Bone Burial Ground of the undead building in Xinfu City Prison will be dug out and transported to Gaohe City to transform and kill the zombies. The skeleton mage Kalema, who had learned necromancy, was the former association inspector who was killed by Wu Heng. He will follow Li Yahong''s team, attack the city along the way, and be responsible for transforming the corpses. Are the survivors okay? Wu Heng asked next. "It''s not a big problem. We are counting occupations and specialties now. Special occupations, or those who are young, will be sent back to us. Those who can work will start with the team." Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Qi Hancai continued: "Zhao Yanqiu returned to Xinfu City. When he came back in two days, Qiangzi and a few people were studying the new inventions. Everything at the military factory was normal, and the production chain was also going smoothly. By the way, the reception desk will come to exchange food in the afternoon, and I need to go there later. " Have said what needs to be said. ?Wu Heng also stood up and said: "Let''s go, let''s go to the airport together." "good!" Qi Hancai took out the walkie-talkie. The convoy stopped in front of the dormitory building, and the two got on the truck. Driving out of the factory and heading towards the airport. Treasure Island, Golden Sail Tavern. A bunch of brainless guys. Listening to the bard reading the great detective story in the tavern, there were exclamations and comments from the audience. In the private room, a handsome young man with blond hair sneered. Do you think its fake? Beside the young man, the old mage holding a wooden staff took a sip from the tea cup and asked softly. Teacher, the man called softly, and after pouring wine for the old mage, he said, The only way to solve cases is to trick these ignorant islanders. "Imiro is very optimistic about him in the headquarters. The position of island leader was handed over to him, and he may also be regarded as his successor." The old mage said. A hint of arrogance flashed in the young man''s eyes, and he said softly: "Teacher, I want to have a duel with him, and use his reputation on the island to trample him under our feet and turn him into our reputation." ??The old mage narrowed his eyes and nodded, "It''s up to you, as long as it doesn''t delay the department''s plan." "Thank you, teacher." The young man thanked him, quickly opened the door and walked out. ?Going downstairs, he interrupted the bard on the stage and whispered a few words in his ear. The bard frowned. Looked up and down at the man in front of him, and then at the silver coins in his hand. Throwing it back on the seat beside it. Go find someone else, I wont say it for you. The young man raised his brows, with displeasure flashing in his eyes. Put away the silver coins. With a smile on his face, he walked to the middle of the wooden platform. ?Stand tall with your head held high and speak loudly. I am Luan Randolph, who came here with the teacher from the association headquarters. I will challenge the island owner Wu Heng. I will do it openly and openly, and everyone will witness it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 576 , ask him to take it out (one update today.) Chapter 576, let him take it out (Updated today.) Challenge the island owner? There was a moment of silence in the tavern, and everyone looked forward in surprise and confusion. With the distribution of newspapers, the island owner has the highest popularity on the island. At this time, someone actually wanted to openly challenge the island owner. Judging from the other partys clothing and demeanor, he is not an ordinary person. Furthermore, he mentioned the association headquarters. It further proves that one has a certain status. No one in the tavern was stupid. Although they felt that the other party was a little arrogant, no one said anything. The young man is still smiling. He said again: "You can pass the news on. I will go to the association to declare a challenge. The venue and time will be decided in the next few days." After saying that, he walked down the wooden platform with his hands behind his back. ?Meet an old man holding a wooden stick at the door and walk out of the tavern. Someone looked out the window. He turned around and said, "Let''s go, take the carriage towards the central area." After he decided to leave, there was a buzz in the tavern. The last one who was so crazy was sunk into the sea. People coming from the association headquarters are probably coming to the island owner. The pirates of the Emerald Sea have all died at the hands of the island owner. He, a pretty boy, still wants to challenge? "Pirates are all killed with the kind of equipment. The island owner is good at detecting and solving crimes, and his profession is a necromancer. If those skeletons are used, the island owner will win in the battle. If the skeletons are not used, the island owner may not have an advantage in the duel." The discussion in the audience was slightly lower. In case of duel. Including the skeleton attendants, if the island is full of skeletons, the opponent will definitely not be able to win, and there will be no point in the duel. ??If he is not allowed to play, then the Necromancer will lose a support. Do you really rely on various negative states to win? It may be a little more difficult. Everyone was silent for a while, looking thoughtful. The tavern owner took out a wooden sign again. ??The bet is placed on whether the island owner will accept the challenge. Dont clean this room yet. One person walked into the private room and stopped the bartender who was cleaning the room. After finishing speaking, he put a few copper coins into the other party''s hand and said, "We have decided on this private room. There is no need to clean it for the time being. I will call you if anything happens." The bartender stuffed the copper coins into his arms and said with a smile on his face, "Please, if you need anything, just shout out the window." After saying that, he left the private room directly. After the bartender leaves. ?Several other figures walked in. ?The person in the middle took off his hood, it was McIntosh who had signed a contract with Wu Heng. ?McIntosh walked into the private room and the door was closed. He glanced at the private room and said, "Search!" ?A few people spread out and started searching under the chairs under the dining table. I searched around. ?One person handed over the crumpled ticket, "Sister, there''s nothing left, just this ticket." Mackintosh sat down at the dining table, the cutlery pushed to the sides. The ticket was unfolded and placed on the table. ?Two arms were raised above the head, and the other four were floating above the ticket, and began to display the power of the prophet. ?His eyes were blank for a moment, and scattered picture fragments emerged from his mind. ?After a while, McIntosh''s eyes regained their vitality and said, "Bring paper and pen." Paper and pen were handed over. ?McIntosh quickly recorded what he saw, and then handed it to the men beside him, "Send it to the island lord''s mansion. Don''t take the main road, go through the small road." "yes." Zombie world, airport. ?The person in charge of the main station, Lu Changan, took Qi Hancai onto the plane. The canvases on both sides were opened one after another. Lu Changan smiled and said: "There are 2,000 cannon shells, 1,000 grenades, 5,000 machine guns, and 200 kilograms of gold. Deputy Chief Qi will check it out." Ill have someone check it first, and then Ill pay Commander Lu for the food. Qi Hancai said something and waved slightly behind him. Several base survivors came up and began to check the numbers. Then he and Lu Changan walked aside. Lu Changan said: "I heard that the Xinfu City base has already started attacking the surrounding cities?" There is no way. Bases all over the channel are asking for rescue. Just like the main station said, the more difficult the time, we must be more united. Qi Hancai replied. Lv Changan nodded, "If you need anything, we will try our best to help you." Well, if you need anything, we will mention it to the main station. The two chatted for a few words. The inventory of supplies was also completed, the equipment was unloaded from the plane, and the carts of food were reloaded into the cabin. After both parties complete the transaction. Waving goodbye to each other. The plane left the airport and headed into the distance. ??Wu Heng walked out of the building with his skeleton attendant and the little owl wearing a sweater. Its no different from the materials exchanged last time. They should be energy-generating grenades and machine gun shells, 200 kilograms of gold, and 5,000 machine guns. Qi Hancai said. ??Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "It''s possible, but they can produce it. Where do the raw materials come from? Now materials are also a problem." "That''s right. Maybe I''m overthinking it." Qi Hancai thought for a moment and nodded. It doesnt matter, just keep it if you can sell it to us. Gao Rong is also dismantling research and development equipment. Yeah, I know. ?Wu Heng collected the supplies. Looking at gold. Different from the scattered gold jewelry that was shipped before, this time it was one kilogram of gold nuggets, a total of two hundred pieces. Looks like a gold reserve center has been captured. ?Furthermore, it is possible not to exchange them all at once. After putting all the things away. The airport is once again guarded by skeletons. The convoy began to return to the military factory. ?After arriving at the factory base, Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. The island owners estate. ?Wu Heng walked down the stairs, followed by various newly transformed skeletons. Alchemists and artificers were arranged in their respective rooms, and cooks and gardeners were also arranged in their respective posts. Tailor, I will take it to the garment factory in the next two days, which is exactly what I need. ?There is only the coroner, and Wu Heng has not yet figured out how to arrange it. ??Definitely not sent to the association. By then the skeleton has been sent, and the two original coroners have been replaced. Wouldn''t that mean they would be laid off? Lets talk about it later! After arranging the skeletons, Wu Heng went downstairs. As soon as she stepped onto the ground on the first floor, Minnie walked over quickly. He took out a piece of paper from the space ring and said, "Master, McIntosh asked someone to send it to you. He said that someone openly wanted to challenge you in the tavern today. This is the other party''s intelligence." Challenge yourself? ??My image has improved a lot on the island recently, so its not time for someone to challenge me! Let me take a look first! Wu Heng took the paper and opened it. Then he saw the content above. The challenger calls himself Luann Randolph. He looks like a human male around 25 years old, has blond hair and blue eyes, and has a bayonet on his waist. He openly stated in the Golden Sail Tavern that he wanted to challenge the island owner. ??There is also an old man accompanying him, wearing a robe and holding a wooden staff. His profession is guessed to be magic. The relationship between the two is master and apprentice. The two of them are members of the association, and after leaving the tavern, they also went to the association. In response to the prophet''s message, the two landed from Port No. 1 at noon and took the cargo ship "Andres". " After reading the information, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ?McIntosh''s information is indeed quite detailed, including his age, appearance, and even the ships he took. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised by these two people. You just landed on the island today and you are a member of the association. What do you challenge yourself to do? Has he also been arranged to cause trouble for you? Or, the other party has other purposes. Master, are you okay? Minnie looked at him frowning and asked softly. ??Wu Heng put his arm around the opponent''s shoulders and said, "It''s okay. Some master and apprentice from the association came to the island and wanted to challenge me." Association? We are also members of the association! What are you challenging? Its okay, there are always people who are full and have nothing to do, looking for trouble everywhere. Wu Heng said with a smile. Why dont you let Robert go to where he lives and throw a grenade to prevent them from bothering you. They are also troublesome on Dead Island. Just ignore them and leave by themselves in a few days. Wu Heng led them to the restaurant and asked, What are you going to eat tonight? Ive prepared some oysters for you to replenish. The next day, association. ?Wu Heng walked through the cold corridor and walked directly into the cold morgue. In the morgue, two coroners were disposing of the bodies. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming, he bowed slightly and said, "My lord, the island owner." What kind of corpses are these? Wu Heng asked after scanning the three corpses in the room. The coroner replied, "These two bodies are wanted criminals killed by teams one and four. Their identities have been confirmed. The one here is a corpse salvaged from the sea. He is dressed like a fisherman." Isnt he from the island? Wu Heng looked at the last corpse. The team went to inquire and no one among the fishermen on the island was missing, the coroner said. ?Wu Heng took a look at the corpse''s face. It looked pretty good and was not too swollen from the soak. You guys wait at the door for a while while I check on the body. Yes! the two coroners responded and exited the room directly. ?Wu Heng confirmed that both of them were out. Took out the strange object [Faceless Man Skin] and covered the face of the corpse. The moment when the two get close. ?Human skin is just like real skin, combined with the other person''s face. ? Even the skin connections in other parts of the body did not show any traces. ?Wu Heng waited for a few seconds, stretched out his hand to touch his face, and used a little force to tear off the mask. Become a strange object of human skin again. Looking at the inside of the human skin mask, there were no traces of corpses left. Wu Heng took out a tissue and wiped it before putting it on his face. First form your own face. As soon as my mind moved, I felt my face begin to tighten and squirm. Took out the mirror from the space ring and took a look. He has transformed into the corpse beside him, exactly the same. His eye color, face contour, and hair color have all changed. Its really amazing. ??Wu Heng praised in a low voice, stretched his hand behind his ear, and tore off the human skin mask again. Tighten the space ring. After finishing what he wanted to do, Wu Heng walked out of the morgue. Two coroners were chatting at the door. Im fine, you can continue working! Wu Heng said. The two of them saluted again and entered the morgue again. Leave the morgue. ?Wu Heng passed by the deacon''s study and after thinking for a moment, he stood at the door and knocked lightly on the door. After hearing a response from inside, he directly opened the door and walked in. ?In the room, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were both in the study. When they saw him coming in, they both stared at him. ?Wu Heng touched his face to confirm that the human skin mask was removed. Then he asked: "What are you looking at?" Sheila Gui took out a piece of paper and handed it to him, "Here, I am planning to have someone send it to you." ?Wu Heng frowned, took it and took a look. The words "Challenge" are written on the top, and below are terms such as "Fair Fight". At the bottom is the seal of an association. Ill go, theres still something like this. He did not expect that the association also had such a thing as a challenge letter, which seemed to support various challenges. Its not about support, but the association also acquiesces to the competition of the younger generation, encourages faster development, and some conflicts can be resolved with this challenge letter. Xilagui explained. He filled in this thing, so I have to fight? Wu Heng asked. "Of course not. He submitted it to the association, that is, through the association''s platform. It''s up to you whether you accept it or not. It''s not a mandatory thing." Sheila Gui looked at him with a smile, "So, are you going to agree? ? "I definitely won''t agree. I don''t even know who he is, and why should I agree to him? If he loses, he just slaps his **** and leaves. No one on the island knows him. If I fail, how can I be the owner of the island? "Wu Heng put the challenge back on her desk. Sheila Gui nodded in agreement, "What you said is right, but it''s not like you said he doesn''t know anyone. He is the leader of the outstanding generation of the human race in the association headquarters. I heard that he is extremely talented and has defeated many people. The strong men of the older generation. If you can defeat him, you will be declared more victorious in this department. " A dormitory in the association. The blond-haired, blue-eyed ''Lu An'' opened the door and walked in, saying, "Teacher, this island is well built. The ones around the association are called street lights. I heard that they will be as bright as the sun at night and will not go out all night." It should be some kind of special magic prop. In the release story, its not about the place where it came out, but the development of equipment and various props! the old mage replied with a smile. It just feels good. If we have the opportunity in the future, we can live here permanently. Lu An continued. The old mage took a sip of tea and said, "Have you sent the challenge?" "I sent it to Sheila Gui. According to the association''s regulations, she will arrange for someone to send it to the other party." Lu An sat down opposite. The old mage continued to give instructions, "He can get Imiro''s attention, and I''m afraid he also has some abilities. During the battle, put down your showy tricks and end the battle as soon as possible." Lu An''s eyes flashed, "I know!" The news has been released. If you win, you have to win beautifully and gain a higher reputation. ?Lu An also poured himself tea and took a sip. I really want to start as soon as possible and defeat him in front of everyone. Deacon''s study. Xilagui said: "He has a high background and has been supported by the association for so many years. His strength is not weak. There is really no need to accept this challenge." (End of this chapter) Chapter 577 , identity overlay Chapter 577, Identity Superposition What level is he? Sheila Gui said: "Lu An is 17 years old, a level 16 mage, and he is accompanied by his teacher, a level 18 archmage of the association, named Moffat." They are both mages! ?This Luan is actually only 17 years old. He has reached level 16 mage at the age of 17, which is considered a rare genius among humans. ?No wonder you are so crazy. As soon as I landed on the island, I had to challenge myself who would be prosperous tomorrow. I did have the crazy capital. The other person is his teacher. Level 18 Archmage, with his profession and level, is a powerful backer for the opponent. If you think about it this way. ? Luan wants to defeat himself to pave the way for his reputation to reach level 18. The old mage agreed with the other party and made such a big noise as soon as he landed on the island, which was also to accumulate fame for himself. ?The disciples public appearance is also a kind of publicity for him. ??Wu Heng asked: "I heard people say that he always hangs a sword wherever he goes. I thought he was a swordsman or a melee professional!" "The information on the association is that he is a mage, an orthodox energy evocation system. It may be his habit to wear a sword. Many mages also have the habit of wearing melee weapons." Xilagui explained. Oh, decorations. Wu Heng suddenly understood. Even if the mage has the possibility of melee combat, it is stored in the space ring and is easy to access. Hung outside, more like a decoration. Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Maybe. It may also be some special prop or rare object that needs to be worn to achieve the corresponding effect." That makes sense! Is there any other information? Sheila Gui continued: "Being born in the royal family of the ''Kingdom of Celtic'', it has high prestige in the country. You can understand it as the next default successor." Holy shit, the population of a kingdom comes to compete with me for such a small amount of fame. When I was in Blackstone Town and Luntam City, I didnt see any royal family, and there werent even any rumors. When we arrived at Treasure Island, the prince and the princess all came out. Ive seen it a lot, so thats it. As for the Celtic Kingdom, Wu Heng also knew about it. It is the kingdom of the Snake Emblem Consortium in Lopez City that he often goes to. ?? Shi Yali cut some fruits and sent them to Wu Heng, adding: "He should be preparing for promotion to level 18, otherwise he should have gone back to inherit the throne long ago." Whats wrong, I cant advance to level 18 when I go home. Shiragui continued, "I heard Deacon Imiro say before that their kingdom has a characteristic. The kings are always mediocre in one generation, and the next one will be very outstanding. It has basically become a rule, and Lu Anjiu is outstanding. generation." One generation is mediocre, and the other is outstanding. This is the next generation taking over the luck of the previous generation. ?Wu Heng did not speak, but looked at the challenge letter again. Now it seems that there is no possibility of losing. ?The other party''s identity is full of BUFFs, a prince, a talent cultivated by the association, and a preparatory king who stole the luck of the previous generation. If you defeat him yourself, your reputation will not increase even a little bit. In the past, the strategy was to keep a low profile and develop slowly. Now that fame is presented to him, it is unreasonable to give up and let him leave. ??Wu Heng moved closer and looked at the two elf sisters, "You guys say, I ask him to increase the stakes and agree to this competition. Will he agree?" Sheila Guis eyes widened, Dont you want to compete with him? Shi Yali also said: "He has teachers and experience, and the resources of the association and the kingdom are tilted towards him. Your transfer time is short, so there is no need to compete with him." "I thought about it and couldn''t find any way to lose to him." Wu Heng said, and then said: "Well, you arrange to negotiate with him, and we both put forward some bets for the fight, and I agree. If he doesnt want this fight, I have reason to refuse him. Sheila Gui looked at him and said, "Are you sure? In a normal fight, you won''t be allowed to go up to all the skeletons. Normally, you will only be allowed to go up to two." "It''s okay! I have a plan, just follow what I said." Xilagui nodded and looked to her side, "Shi Yali, if you come forward and tell them, just follow Wu Heng''s words. If you don''t agree with them, you will be fine." Okay! Shi Yali nodded. After saying that, he immediately walked out of the room. Xila Gui looked at him suspiciously and asked: "What level are you at? Why did it feel like you were relieved when you heard that the other person was level 16?" Its just that at the beginning, I thought the opponent was level 18! How can there be so many level 18s? Association dormitories. ?? Shi Yali told the master and apprentice in front of Wu Hengs decision. Lu An looked back at his teacher. Turning his head, he said: "Since the island owner said so, I am also willing to give the second-level merit reward as a reward for this competition. As for the island owner, there is no need to take anything, as long as you can participate." The old mage also said calmly, "Your goal is to become a hero, so you should be more generous." "Yes, teacher!" Lu An casually took out a wooden stick covered with cloth strips and feathers and placed it on the table. "The gray eagle wooden stick can summon a magical reconnaissance gray eagle for investigation. Bet on it." ??Shi Yali nodded and took out a new challenge letter. ??Filled out the rules again and asked Lu An to sign them. After finishing, he saluted again and said, "The venue and time will be decided as soon as possible, so I won''t disturb you two." ?The two nodded, and Shi Yali exited the room. The old mage said, "He has a bit of Imiro''s tenacity. If he dares to accept this challenge in the face of you, it will save us trouble." Perhaps on this treasure island, he thinks the world is just that big. The choice of venue only lasts for two days, and we will win better by then. Yes, teacher! Shi Yali returned to the room. ?Handed the challenge letter and the wooden staff to Wu Heng, "He took out a second-level prop called the Gray Eagle Wooden Staff, which can summon magic detection guards for investigation." ?Wu Heng glanced at the props. It''s only level two, but it''s not too low. Level 2 meritorious deeds correspond to killing level 15 professionals. ?Wu Heng nodded, "There is no problem on my side." Xilagui said directly: "Then it''s settled. I''ll let people clean up the place so that you don''t suffer any losses from fighting." You choose the place, I will arrange for the skeleton to install some equipment, and then the residents of the island can come and watch the fun. "OK." ??Shi Yali watched the two of them talking, "What''s the matter with you? You two are so confident. Xilagui, are you not afraid of Wu Heng losing?" If he is not sure, he will definitely not agree. You really understand me. Leaved the association and went directly back to his residence. Go into the building. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat, "Master, there are rumors circulating in Beacon Street about challenging you." Wu Heng said casually: "I promised that person. The association is now choosing the venue for the competition." "Ah? Didn''t you say you don''t want to pay attention to him?" Minnie walked aside and poured another cup of scented tea over. The challenge letter has been sent to the association, so I agreed. Minnie was a little worried, "There won''t be any danger!" "It''s okay, it''s an association competition, it doesn''t involve life or death." Minnie then asked: "Will you win?" Dont worry, its okay to hit him. Thats good, well go cheer for you then. Minnie said with a smile. "Hmm." Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "Minnie, let''s see who is free, Annette or Robert. I will arrange for a few skeletons to be taken to the association to help build a competition venue." "good." ?Minnie agreed and went to talk to the other two people about this matter. ?Wu Heng went to the courtyard to mobilize some skeletons. Let Annette take him to the association. The next day, noon. In an open space in the development area, a flat and wide competition area has been demarcated. Inhabitants of the island, representatives of various caravans. They are gathering here one after another, waiting for the challenge from todays island owner and the geniuses of the association. Association squads and skeleton patrols were mobilized in large numbers to maintain order and guard the combat area. ??In the stands, the old mage told him: "He is not as good as you in level. He has equipment similar to crossbows in his hands. When fighting, go all out and resolve the battle as soon as possible." "yes!" ?While the two were talking, Shiragui arrived with a small team of members. They greeted each other and stopped talking, and the place fell into silence. Offstage, Wu Hengs carriage also arrived shortly after. Get off the carriage and walk straight into the fighting arena. ??Wu Heng was wearing a Hundred Soldiers robe and Hundred Soldiers boots. Standing next to him was a level 18 skeleton attendant, Kaxiu. Shortly afterwards, a figure jumped into the arena from a distance. Blonde hair, blue eyes, handsome appearance. ?His eyes were deep and steady, as if he had seen his first deacon, Yazd. Assistant Shi Yali walked onto the stage. Said in a deep voice: "When fighting, you cannot use abilities beyond the scope of the fighting arena, you cannot use lethal rare objects or props, you cannot damage the soul, and you must stop fighting immediately if you admit defeat or are seriously injured." (End of this chapter) Chapter 578 , I said that the undead are not suitable for fighting. Chapter 578, I just said that the undead are not suitable for fighting ttle The sound of the switch turning on sounded. Suddenly, screens with higher shelves showed scenes from the arena. Under the screen frame, there are a large number of skeletons guarding it, preventing the onlookers from approaching or destroying it. The crowd watching the excitement looked up at the screen, their eyes widened with disbelief. You can see the pictures inside! Its a new type of prop, something Ive never seen before. This thing is good. We can see it from behind. We dont have to squeeze so far forward, which can be dangerous. Some business representatives also looked at the screen. "What kind of prop is this? If it can be sold, it must be of good value." The island owner has many new types of props. We can ask him about them then. Im afraid the association headquarters doesnt have such props to display the scene. Stop talking, the island owner is coming up. ??Everyone followed the sound and saw Wu Heng in the picture, dressed in mage robes, standing on one side of the arena, with a skeleton attendant wearing leather armor and a hood next to him. ? Opposite is also a blond bluetooth challenger wearing a robe and a leather armor. Most people have heard of this news. This is also the first time I have seen a challenger look like this. Youre not that old! I heard that he is a genius from the younger generation of the association, and his background must be different. Can see it. Who do you support? "Island owner, he has a similar background to us, and his job change time is also short." Thats right, he represents Treasure Island. This person turns around and leaves when he loses or wins, and he has nothing to do with us. "Too." On the fighting platform. Both sides confirm, the competition begins! Shi Yali''s body fell back quickly after she finished speaking. Two people are competing to cast spells at the same time. ??Wu Heng''s body was wrapped in a white bone armor, and then a preset shield took effect. Lu An''s body was also wrapped in a light yellow mage shield. Then, Lu An had a staff in his hand, his eyes suddenly became sharp, and the staff in his hand suddenly pointed forward, and several ice-blue ice picks shot out instantly, as fast as arrows. ?Wu Heng also took out his staff and swung it casually, shooting out a fireball. Boom~! ?Ice cones and fireballs hit the epidemic, causing flames and ice crystals to fill the sky. You can also cast energy spells, which is not bad! Lu An complimented casually, raised his staff, and quickly condensed the spells. The thick Razer shot out again. ?Wu Heng also releases lightning beams. Boom~Zi! ?Two lightning bolts collided again, and thunder shot out. Let me see how many spells from other factions you know. Lu An snorted coldly. ?Air vortices appeared from all around, and the clothes rustled. Then, countless silver-white flying birds appeared from all around, densely packed like a flock of swallows returning to their nest, and smashed towards the positions of Wu Heng and the skeleton attendants from the sky and all around. ?Wu Hengs eyes narrowed slightly. I have never seen this spell before. He ran quickly with his feet running sideways. ?The silver-white flying bird, as if it had spotted him, followed closely behind him and crashed into his body. ?Bang bang bang~! Successive explosions sounded, and Wu Hengs location was instantly submerged by thunder and lightning. It was like being covered by a dense explosion. Dense smoke rose, covering the surrounding areas. No figure escaped, and there was no target in sight. Lu An raised his eyebrows and said, "It ended just after it started? How can you become the owner of Treasure Island with this kind of strength? The strength is worse than imagined, not even comparable to the ordinary deputy deacon of the association!" Looking at the scene on the screen where Wu Heng''s figure was covered by silvery white birds, everyone frowned tightly. No way! The island owner has killed so many pirates, how can he be so weak? Let me just say that Necromancers are not suitable for fighting. If the skeletons come up, they will beat the **** out of that kid. Whats the use of saying this, the fight is agreed upon by both parties. "Hey~! The attack was too harsh. I told Lu An to pay attention to the situation and let him compete with the younger generation. It will also better hone himself. Why did he attack so hard?" In the stands, the old mage smiled and scolded. Sheila Gui glanced sideways slightly, and saw only false modesty on the other person''s face. ?Hunted coldly and said nothing. Although I dont believe that Wu Heng will lose to the opponent. But he also pays attention to the competition arena. If there is real danger, fly over to save people. Sister, the island owner doesnt seem to have the upper hand. Beside McIntosh, a younger brother said softly. At the beginning, it was covered by such a dense spell. Even the melee profession could not withstand such a dense blow. Sister, Ill send someone out to sea to wait, and when they leave, Ill give it to them at sea Speaking, he made a gesture of wiping his neck. McIntosh turned to glare at the opponent and said, "His skeleton is at least level 15. If he really wants to fight, he can fight with the opponent for a while." The younger brother was stunned and looked at the skeleton on the stage. ??The skeleton attendant who was brought up was still standing there, and the few magic birds that had just flown by did not cause any damage. Then, there was discussion among the crowd again. The island owner is fine, he has protected himself. I just said, how could it fail so quickly. But the Necromancer doesnt seem to have any attack methods! Compared to the battlefield. Just when everyone thought Wu Heng had failed. The breeze blew and the smoke and dust dispersed. ??At the location where the silver-white birds were bombarded, an earthy yellow earthen coffin slowly rose up and collapsed in front of everyone. The Wu Heng was exposed and unscathed. Lu An narrowed his eyes and said, "You are hiding. It really suits the style of the undead faction." ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party. ?The magic just now is indeed quite bluffing, and it is also a type of spell that I have never seen before. ??If you learn it yourself, the effect will be the same as a drone bombing swarm. ??Whether it is fighting or dealing with zombies, it is a good effect. ??Wu Heng glanced at Lu An, who had a suddenly cold face across from him, and forced out a smile. "It''s funny. It''s my first time to compete with a mage. I want to see what effect can be achieved. It really scared me." ?Lu An snorted coldly, "Arrogant!" ??The staff in his hand was waved again, and red flame tornadoes began to gather in the field, driving the surrounding violent winds. Another new spell. Energy shaping moves are so powerful, they all seem to have extremely lethal effects. ?Wu Heng ran directly to avoid the location of the tornado. ?At the same time, the staff in his hand also began to wave one after another, and [pathogenic ray], [weakening ray] and [serious injury] were released one after another. Lu An looked slumped as he released his skills. Blood instantly flowed out from the corners of the nostrils and mouth. Dye the skirt red. ??Severe Injury is more like a curse spell. It has no effect on the undead, but it has no effect on living creatures. ?Especially for creatures whose level is lower than your own, it will cause serious harm. ?Lu Ans eyes narrowed, and a green light enveloped his body. The negative status applied disappears instantly. As for the Ice Cone Technique, silver-white flying birds and wind and fire blades are shot out one after another. Started to bombard Wu Hengs location one after another. ?There was a roar on the field, gravel scattered, and smoke filled the sky. ?The speed at which Wu Heng ran was not fast enough for a mage to do. "Why doesn''t your skeleton move? Do you look down on me?" Lu An said coldly, immediately drew out the stabbing sword from his waist, and quickly rushed towards Wu Heng. On the way, the spell remains the same. There was a violent bombardment. ?Wu Heng''s running steps stopped, and a wing sword appeared in his hand. He advanced instead of retreating, and quickly faced the opponent. When the two men drew their swords and approached each other head on, the crowd watching started to boil again. The swords were drawn, they drew the swords. Arent you a mage? What are you doing? Are all mages like this? After magic, do you have to fight in close combat? ~! ??Metallic chimes sounded. ?Hand the wing sword in front of you, blocking the thrust of the stabbing sword at the chest. ??The long sword took advantage of the situation and swung the stabbing sword away. ?Let Lu An''s figure lean back slightly, Wu Heng used the "Grey Eagle Sword Technique", and shot out right after the opponent, with the sword force continuously slashing at the opponent. ? Activated objects are released, Lu Ans collar is locked on his neck, and his pants are raised. Lu An''s body flashed with light again, and the status of the objects on his body became invalid. ?Hold your sword and hastily block the opponent''s attack. The stabbing sword has a thin and straight blade, and the main attack method is stabbing. Facing Wu Hengs chops, the stabbing sword began to weaken and became difficult to resist. Lu An also didnt expect that the opponent would be so powerful, and that with his proficient swordsmanship, he would be beaten without any room to fight back. I only feel that countless attacks are hitting me. ?The spell he wanted to cast was interrupted by the opponent''s attack. While avoiding a sword, he was hit on the left shoulder. The leather armor was torn open, and blood dripped. Lu An took a few steps back, a look of fear flashing in his eyes. ?Seeing the opponent charging at him again, he reached out and stabbed the sword, and scorching flames appeared on the blade. Step lightly, and the body will shoot out again. On the way, his figure flashed, and instantly transformed into three figures, stabbing at the target at the same time. ?The body in the middle rushes forward, stabbing the sword to the center of the eyebrow, turning the left step and stabbing the lower ribs, and stabbing the sword straight to the heart on the right. ?The three figures were as fast as lightning and moved in an orderly manner, arriving almost at the same time. Just when he was approaching Wu Heng, the stabbing sword was about to hit the target. The figure in front of me also followed Ichika. (End of this chapter) Chapter 579 , what a good person Chapter 579, What a good person The battle took a sudden turn, and Wu Heng suddenly had the upper hand. ?The young man who had just arrived on the island and submitted a letter of challenge to the association was wounded and his clothes were stained red with blood. The islanders watching around them started to get excited again from silence. I said there is no way the island owner cant defeat him. Island Masters sword skills must have been learned from Imiro. The skill is fancy, it turns out to be a soft-footed shrimp. In the stands. The people in the Treasure Island Association breathed a sigh of relief. Sure enough, Wu Heng is still the same Wu Heng who never disappoints. Sheila Gui removed her hand from the hilt of the sword, glanced at the old mage on one side with her beautiful eyes, and told the other side: "If anyone surrenders, end the battle immediately." Yes, Deacon. Shi Yali nodded in agreement. The old mage frowned and stared at the battlefield, with surprise and suspicion in his eyes. Since when did young geniuses of the human race begin to appear everywhere? ? Luan is a mage who has advanced swordsmanship at the age of 17 and is already considered a freak. Such a small island, and yet another one appears. Whats going on? Compared to the battlefield. Lu An, who was split into three, felt his eyes blurred. The target he was locked on began to shake at a high frequency, and the next second it turned into six identical figures. Stand apart in front. Illusion clone? No, its the effect of the strange items on his body. ?? Lu An''s eyes flashed with fear, his whole body was once again enveloped in smoothness, and his movements became even faster. The three stabbing swords changed directions instantly. At a faster speed, stab at the three nearest figures. ~! ?Three chimes sounded. Weapons block thrusts. At the same time, six people gathered in a circle, surrounding three Luan in the middle. ?Hold the long sword horizontally in his hand, and the sword surface was struck like an iron whip. ?Hang bang bang~, a dull sound sounded. In an instant, the three Lu An were knocked to the ground. The second hit. Three Luan are restored to one person. ??The defensive shield on his body was shattered again and again, and the condensed magic continued to disintegrate. Can''t get out and can''t escape. ??I can only huddle up and grit my teeth and persist. Its just you. ?Wu Heng just wanted to say, you came to the island to steal my reputation. ??The thought of the live broadcast made me hold back. He changed his mind and said, "If it doesn''t work, just admit defeat." Lu An gritted his teeth and remained silent. The strength in Wu Heng''s hand increased again. Stop. The old mage shouted angrily and stood up suddenly. ??The wind howled, and the robes rustled. The rich magic power quickly condenses. Pah~! Sheila Gui suddenly slapped the armrest of the seat and said coldly: "Mr. Moffat, since you have signed the challenge, you must follow the rules. If you can''t defeat, you can admit defeat. We abide by the rules, and you must abide by them too." Hurrah! ?After the words fell, a large number of skeletons gathered towards this side. The weapon is unsheathed. At such a close distance, there are many level 15 skeletons stationed on the island. ??Its enough that he cant benefit from it. The old mage narrowed his eyes and praised with a sneer, "Young people should have this kind of courage. Okay, let''s admit defeat and end this competition!" On the fighting platform. ?Luan is even more embarrassed. The protective magic shield cannot take effect at all, and he relies on the broken leather armor on his body to maintain some fragile defense. ??Shi Yali walked up to the competition stage unhurriedly, glanced at the scene, and said loudly: "The competition is over, the island owner Wu Heng won." With Shi Yalis announcement. ?Wu Heng stopped what he was doing, and the six clones instantly returned to one person. A burst of tinnitus and dizziness came over, waiting for the side effects to end. He looked at the figure still curled up on the ground and said, "Mr. Lu An, it''s over." ?Wu Heng shouted, and Lu An shivered violently. Looking up, his eyes were full of anger and unwillingness. ?Wu Heng stretched out a hand to pull him up. Lu An gritted his teeth and showed a fierce look on his face. Everyone is watching, demeanor, demeanor. Lu An also reacted. ??Clenched his teeth and endured the pain all over his body, and straightened out his tattered clothes. He still maintained his grace and said, "Master of Wuheng Island, you win." Fortunately, I also have an age advantage. The two of them saluted each other, and Lu An turned around and stepped off the stage. Shi Yali took the bet for this competition and handed it over to Wu Heng. ?Wu Heng held the reward high and gestured to the surroundings. We won, Treasure Island won. Everyone in the audience was stunned. In an instant, cheers came from the audience. It spreads like ocean waves, resounding throughout the entire area. The island owner won. Treasure Island won. With cheers. The caravan representatives who were watching the game got into carriages and left early. It is different from ordinary people watching the fun. ?Wu Heng''s victory over Lu An is no small matter. The human genius chosen by the association to be trained was defeated by the equally young Wu Heng in such a small place. ?Whether it will support Wu Heng, or whether it will attract the attention of other powerful people. These are all possible. Whether it happens or not, the news must be sent back first. Be prepared to invest. At the end of the competition, the evacuation of the crowd was left to the association. On the carriage returning to the residence. The maids who came over to watch the excitement were chattering among themselves. The masters skeleton has not moved, otherwise he would have won long ago. That skeleton is level 18, so hes a bit too bully. "If he takes the initiative to challenge someone, even if he is beaten to death, he will not be able to blame others." The master is so handsome. ?Several maids said excitedly. ?Wu Heng opened his reputation and took a look. Fame: Level 18 (31747/48000) His reputation increased by more than two thousand. Different from the slight increase in the newspaper, this time it jumped directly to 31,000 in one swipe. It gives the impression that people who have not been provided with fame on the island have been added to the provision of fame in one fell swoop. Its not a waste of time. Master, what would you like to eat? Lets go to the tavern outside the association to celebrate our victory. Okay, you can eat outside. Association dormitories. Lu An recovered from his injuries and put on clean robes. But the high spirits when I went to the island were gone. If we were to compete in spells, I might not lose to him. The old mage shook his head slightly, "No, we are underestimating him. The information provided by the association is not comprehensive, and it is even more unlikely that he is only level 12. He published the newspaper, and he should be preparing for the creation of a hero." "He is level 15? His body has been taken over?" Lu An said subconsciously, then stopped suddenly. ??The old mage was stunned, not expecting that the other party would think of this direction. He nodded and said: "Let''s go back to the headquarters now. It may be detrimental to you if this matter spreads. Go back and deal with the matter first. ? What you said about occupying the body is also a way of saying that necromancers are proficient in the research of souls, and there are many ways to occupy the body through various resurrections. Providing it to the association will allow the department to have uncertain thoughts about it and reduce the impact on you. " Lu An''s eyes flickered, "Teacher, if we leave now, will it make people laugh?" Its just a small place, what kind of jokes can there be, lets leave now, theres no need to say hello to the association. Yes, teacher! Pack your belongings quickly. The master and apprentice walked out of the association and went to the port to take a boat to leave. Have eaten out. Wu Heng and others also returned to their residence. The maids went about their business, while Wu Heng went to the radio station to check that there was no new news. Go straight upstairs and return to the study. Sit down aside. Put out the bet won in the fight. A magic item corresponding to the second-level meritorious service. Detection Witch Staff (Description: A magic prop etched with detection guards, which can release magic guards to detect any area.) From an effect point of view, it is a very good prop. Without the ranger, most professions do not have very good detection methods. More people will use detection scrolls to conduct detection. But the scrolls were disposable and hard to come by. ?This prop can provide effective detection. It is most likely a prop used by Lu An himself, or a prop that has been eliminated. ??I have ghosts to detect, so I don''t need them at all. Lets see who will be allocated to them then. ?Other than props, the biggest gain is fame. The news will spread to the outside world, and those who follow Lu An will also know themselves because of this incident. What a nice guy. (End of this chapter) Chapter 580 , dont let me slap you Chapter 580, dont let me slap you Put away the [Scouting Wizard Staff] first, and then take out the [Faceless Man Skin] again. Because I had to deal with the challenge yesterday, I didnt have much time to study this human skin mask. ?Hold it in his hand and look at it, then put it close to his face. When approaching a certain distance. Like suction, it combines with the face and sticks together firmly. He recalled in his mind the appearance of the fisherman that had been copied by the mask before. A squirming feeling began to appear on my face. When I came to the mirror, I saw myself transformed into a fisherman. ?Looking carefully now, there are still no flaws. The two ghosts on the side also looked over at the same time. ?Xiao Xiao exclaimed, "Wow, uncle, you have become an uncle." ?Glenda also flew over and looked at it carefully, "I can''t tell at all. Is this a new prop?" The strange item bought from the Snake Emblem Consortium can be regarded as a physical change of appearance. Wu Heng looked left and right in the mirror, and then asked the two ghosts to check himself. From the perspective of myself and the two ghosts, no obvious flaws were found. After confirming that there are no problems. Pull behind the ear with your hand, and the human skin is torn off directly. ?Xiao Xiao saw it and shook his body in mid-air, "Uncle, this strange thing is so scary." Its a bit scary, but its very useful. Wu Heng also felt a little unlucky. But there is no way, strange objects with great effects are always strange and weird. ??Furthermore, this rare item is definitely something that even money cannot buy in the market. Leitili really put some thought into it. ?Glenda was floating in the air and looked at the face in his hand. asked: Can I put it on the skeleton? ?Wu Heng raised his brows and said in a somewhat uncertain tone, "I didn''t expect this idea of ??yours. The side effect is that it consumes energy and blood. The idea that a skeleton has no energy and blood may be annoying." I kept saying it, but I still planned to give it a try. He called the skeleton attendant Ka Xiu over and handed him the mask, "Can you try wearing it?" Kaxiu put the human skin against his face. The skull was quickly wrapped and turned into the shape of Wu Heng. Its really okay! Wow~! Cant see the difference. One person and two souls exclaimed at the same time. The appearance, hair, and eye color are all exactly the same. Can''t even see any difference. ?In that case, this strange item is more suitable for the undead and has no side effects at all. Wrong. ?Human skin masks, according to the classification of strange species, should be classified into the category of undead. "Uncle, please let him help you get up there. It will save you such misery." Xiaoxiaopiao said directly from the side. Then the boy will be in a worse situation. Wu Heng continued to order to the skeleton, Lets change it to todays fisherman. The face squirmed and turned into that of a fisherman. Its really amazing. ?Wu Heng walked up to the skeleton and looked inside along the collar. The chest cavity is still filled with white bones, which means that only the head can function, and what is down to the neck is what it was originally. "The novel is good. If there is any danger in the future, it will be safer to let the skeleton dress up like you." Glenda also said. It is indeed a life-saving method. Wu Heng nodded and put away the human skin mask. ?Granda also returned to the desk to continue revising the manuscript, and Xiaoxiao also flew aside to continue playing the game. Wait until it gets late. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom to rest. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Qi Hancai glanced at the information in his hand and said: "Gaohe City sent 12 more survivors, all of whom have been assigned jobs. The remaining survivors will follow Bai Qing to continue to assist the skeletons in the battle. Tiecheng City We have also started to attack the city center and there are currently no problems. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Continue to follow up." "yes!" After Qi Hancai finished speaking, it was Gao Rongs turn from Tiancheng Group. ? He ??coughed lightly and said: "The production line drawings of the rifle have been designed, and the corresponding accessories are being produced. They will be assembled and tried to operate." This is good news. At that time, rifles and bullets will be mass-produced, and skeleton armies can be equipped on a large scale. "You''re doing well. If you need anything, please tell me or Qi Hancai." Wu Heng said. Thank you, chief. We will help you if needed. Gao Rong smiled and thanked him. The end of Gaorong, and then the remaining hadrons. Wu Heng stayed here because of the stab-proof suit and the plan to equip the flying dragon with a machine gun. In the entire base, only Wu Heng supports some of his ideas. Qiangzi stood up and took out a dummy from under the table, wearing a homemade stab-proof suit. ?Looks like the appearance is very similar to the looted stab-proof clothing. Qiangzi said: We disassembled the original anti-stab clothing and modeled the outer fabric part with a special weaving structure. Even if it is cut by a sword or stabbed, there will be no problem of large-scale seams. We dont know what materials are used for normal stab-proof clothing, we havent figured it out yet. " Qiangzi continued to step forward, knocked on the chest and back, and continued: "Inside the fabric, two steel plates on the front and back protect the chest, and there are also arc-shaped protection on the shoulders, which can greatly lift the main torso." The entire equipment greatly reduces the production time. The steel plate and fabric parts can be produced at the same time and then sewn together. Production efficiency and production difficulty are what Wuheng values ????more. ??There are more and more skeletons in the zombie world. Even if Wu Heng only plans to equip skeletons above level five with armor, it is still an exaggerated number. The armor I ordered in another world looks majestic, and the protection is indeed good. But the production time is long and the price is high. If you buy it for tens of thousands, you still worry about attracting attention. That''s why I support Qiangzi to get this kind of armor. Go and try the effect. Wu Heng said. Qiangzi took out an ax and hit it with two axes. The outer fabric was instantly torn apart, exposing the inner steel plate. But there is nothing wrong with the entire stab-proof suit and it still hangs on my body. ?Wu Heng looked to his side again, "Go and try." ?Keranmu drew out the Strange Object Evil Sword, walked over directly, and slashed down diagonally from above. The fabric was cut with large scratches, and the steel plate inside also made an ear-splitting sound. Dangrang~! The next second, the steel plate fell from the stab-proof suit to the ground. Qiangzi scratched his head in embarrassment, "The area cut is too large." I am quite satisfied with the idea. I will go back and improve it to prevent the inner guard plate from falling off. Wu Heng said. Okay, Ill study it immediately when I get back. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Is everyone okay?" No one of the three of them spoke. ?Wu Heng continued, "That''s it for now, let''s go get busy." ?Several people got up and started to leave. ??Wu Heng said again: "Is Zhao Yanqiu back?" Back. Qi Hancai said. Let her come to the conference room. "good." Several people left the conference room. Not long after, the door was knocked again. Zhao Yanqiu walked in, "Chief." ?Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and took out a career scroll. ?Xiao Xiao said excitedly: "Mom, uncle has prepared a career scroll for you. You will have a career in the future." Zhao Yanqiu glanced at his daughter and then at the scroll on the table. What is a career scroll? Treasure Island. The merchant ship of Star Flower slowly docked. ??Shanela took the housekeeper and slowly walked off the boat. ?Hold the sun with one hand, look in the direction of Treasure Island, take a deep breath, and exhale slowly. "Mrs. Shannara, the Presbyterian Church retains your status as honorary president, but we need to count the assets here." A male wood elf in a dress beside him got off the boat and said immediately. Shannara looked up at him and said calmly, "I have paid everything I should. Treasure Island is my own property and has nothing to do with the Chamber of Commerce." "Whether it matters or not, you don''t have the final say. We have our own way of checking." The male elf sneered, and his attitude gradually became tougher. Get out of the way, Im going home. Shannara walked towards the carriage ahead. Mrs. Shannara, I am also following orders. ?The other party brought people with him to block the way out. People began to gather around and talk in low voices. ??The housekeeper narrowed her eyes slightly and glanced at the people blocking the road unkindly. When considering taking action. A voice sounded. Whos blocking the way? Philippa, who had just reached the shore, walked over with a swaggering parrot on his shoulder. ??Looked at ''Shanara'', and then at the people blocking the front. Fuck you, dont let me slap you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 581 , he worked as a detective, did you know? Chapter 581, He was a detective, did you know? Philippa appeared with a skeleton, leaving both sides of the confrontation in silence. The wood elf blocking the road also turned serious. The order he received was to confirm Shannaras assets on Treasure Island, but he also received an order to make good friends with Treasure Island and maintain business cooperation. For a moment, I felt a little embarrassed. The leader of the wood elves bowed slightly, "Captain Philippa, this should be an internal matter within our Star Flower, so please don''t interfere." Philippa raised her brows and said, "Don''t talk nonsense to me, or I''ll throw you into the sea and wake you up." The wood elf frowned, "Captain Philippa, you are now the captain of Treasure Island, so you should be careful with your words." Youre lucky to have landed on Treasure Island! Get out of here! Philippa waved her hand behind her. The skeleton opened the way in front, and Philippa and Shannella followed through the few people blocking the way. ?Get on the carriage on the side of the road and rush towards the island lord''s mansion. On the carriage. Philippa sat carelessly and said, "There are many people here. When I get the chance, I will vent my anger on you." Shannara smiled, "No, it''s fine now. They were frightened by you." "Really! I have changed a lot. I was a pirate back then..." Philippa said, then stopped, "Except for this, I was an undercover agent at the time, not a pirate." Shannara was not too interested in her being a pirate, so she chose a different topic. Dont mention them, tell me how Treasure Island has been lately? It seems to have changed a lot. Philippa stood up, sat directly next to Shanara, and said excitedly: "Let me tell you, did you know that Wu Heng was a detective? He was the kind of detective who didn''t rely on professional ability and only looked at the corpse to find the murderer. On the road. ?Philippa talked endlessly. Shannaras eyes widened, full of surprise and disbelief. "Then what?" "No, the newspaper is here. Oh, this is called serialization, Wu Heng said." Philippa said. ??Shanela nodded and fell into silence again. Unexpectedly, a lot of things happened on Treasure Island during the time he left. ??Moreover, a newspaper was published on the island. ?Wu Heng has reached level 15 before and should be preparing for his level 18. Its not bad, Im paving the way for my future. ?Thinking in my heart. Philippa opened the curtain of the carriage and stretched out her arm, "Here''s a newspaper." ?The newspaper seller came over quickly, took the money and handed over a newspaper. Philippa looked back and handed it to Shannella, "This is the newspaper. Below is his story. This is the third issue. The first two issues were sold before." Shanela took it, held it in her hand and looked at it. Zombie World, conference room. After completing the job change, Zhao Yanqiu stood where he was and looked at the opposite side. I can feel the changes in my body, but I dont know where. Xiao Xiaofei came over and showed off a little, "Mom, you are a professional now, not an ordinary person." Be specific? Whats the use? Zhao Yanqiu looked at her daughter. "Uh..." Xiaoxiao turned his head and looked at Wu Heng for help, "Uncle, what''s the use?" Wu Heng thought about the bard he understood and said: "As a professional, you can understand and plan the direction of your own development, thereby improving your various abilities. To put it simply, as long as you stick to this career plan, it is equivalent to taking the corpse core medicine non-stop. The main thing is that there are no side effects and you dont have to worry about the impact of the virus on the body. " I didnt quite understand the rest, but Zhao Yanqiu also understood the last sentence. The effect is equivalent to taking the corpse core potion continuously. And there are no side effects. Even if she doesnt understand anything, she still knows that if the news is released, the whole world will be shocked. actually gave it to myself. Looking surprised, he said: "Thank you, chief." ?Xiao Xiao flew over very politely, and Vukong patted Zhao Yanqiu on the shoulder, "Mom, you''re welcome, we are a family, right uncle." Ah, yes! Wu Heng nodded. Zhao Yanqiu glared at her daughter, and then asked, "What should I do to strengthen my career?" Xiao Xiao turned his head again, "How to do it?" Wu Heng explained, "Your profession is called a bard. I know that there are two directions. One is knowledge of strange things, collecting knowledge, and collecting works should be included in it. The second is performance and speech, which literally means conducting. Some performances or speeches can also improve your abilities. Xiao Xiao nodded, "Yes!" The characteristics of bards are closer to artistic performances. Many abilities are conveyed to the audience through words, affecting the mind or inspiring the soul. Of course, this refers to occupations in the normal direction. Manipulators and liars are mostly of this type. Zhao Yanqiu listened and nodded, "I understand." Xiaoxiao thought: "Mom, you can be a star. Didn''t you love singing before? This career is very suitable for you." There are no stars now. Zhao Yanqiu said. Wu Heng continued: "Professionals definitely have advantages and disadvantages. You should adapt to the specific abilities first. Then I will find two books for you to read." Yes, chief. Zhao Yanqiu bowed again and thanked him. Dont talk about this matter outside, otherwise it will be troublesome for us. Wu Heng ordered. "I see." ?Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "You two, let''s talk together. I''ll go out and take a look at the factory." Zhao Yanqiu bowed again, with an extremely respectful attitude. ?Wu Heng didnt say much and walked outside. A small voice came from behind, "Mom, I chose this career. It''s suitable for you. You can improve by talking in the future. You are so nagging... No, I mean simple." ?Wu Heng walked out of the conference room. Hand Qi Hancai walked towards the factory building where bullets are produced. Inspected the factory building and warehouse and confirmed the quantity of required materials. After the inspection was completed, we had lunch together in the canteen. ??Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and chatted with Granda in the room. Xiaoxiao also flew back. "How is it? Is your mother satisfied?" Wu Heng asked. Xiao Xiao floated lazily in the air, "I''m satisfied, but I''m stupid and can''t figure out anything." After all, the cultures of the two worlds are different, so its normal to not be able to accept it for a while, but youll get better over time, Wu Heng explained. Xiao Xiao nodded, "I hope so." ??Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao again and asked: "Xiaoxiao, what do you think should be done to help your mother improve next? For other professions, skeletons can be arranged to help with training. Bards are somewhat special." The skeleton cannot speak, making it difficult for the bard to provide effective guidance. Xiao Xiao frowned and thought for a moment, "Just follow what uncle said. Pick a few simple skill books and give them to my mother to try." Well, thats okay, but you can translate the content yourself. Your mother cant read the words of another world. I cant understand it either! Xiaoxiao emphasized immediately. "Let your Aunt Glenda teach you. It''s up to you to improve your mother''s level." ?Xiao Xiao did not expect that he would be given a job, so he muttered with a grimace, "I should train two skeletons who can translate." Looking at Xiaoxiao who lost his mood for a moment, both Wu Heng and Glenda smiled. ?Even if its combat and reconnaissance, Xiaoxiao doesnt think its a chore. Only reading or studying something. Emotions change instantly, very quickly. ??Wu Heng asked Xiao Xiao because of "unfinished business". But it seems that her mother''s job change did not unlock this status. You can only ask her which direction she wants to develop next. Try it slowly. After chatting with the two ghosts for a while, he opened the door and walked in. Go back to Treasure Island and change into the clothes here. Opened the door and walked out. As soon as I reached the second floor, I heard the chatter and laughter of the maids downstairs. ??So happy today? ?Going down the stairs, I glanced towards the living room and saw ''Shanela'' sitting there dignified and gentle in a simple and elegant dress. Mature and plump. With a smile on his face, he chatted with the maids about what happened after he left. Behind Shanara, the middle-aged housekeeper was still standing aside politely. ??There is a sharp contrast with the maid in the island owner''s mansion. Hearing footsteps, several people looked towards the stairs. See Wu Heng coming over. ?They all smiled. "Owner." Master, sister Shannara is back. The maids said hello. Shannara also looked over with a tender expression, "Long time no see." (End of this chapter) Chapter 582 , miss me so much Chapter 582: You miss me so much When did you come back? Go to the island in the morning. How was the journey? Philippa brought so many ships to **** him, how could it not go smoothly? The journey has been advanced several days. Shannella said with a smile. On the other side, Philippa, who was feeding the parrot, looked over and punched his chest with his fist. Shanara continued: "You also know about the Star Flower. In order to take into account the face of the Chamber of Commerce, I am still the president on the surface, but I no longer have real power. After a while, this identity will be found. Reason to withdraw. "It''s okay. Our family has a big business. Even if we do nothing, I will support you." Wu Heng said. The maids eyes widened, as if they were watching a play, and they all looked at Shannara. The latter''s face turned red and he glared at Wu Heng, "Then you can''t just rest at home every day." Treasure Island is so big, how can we not find anything to do? Wu Heng said. Minnie also asked: "Sister Shanara, can we live together in the future without having to sneak over every day?" "Where is the secret?" Shannara said something, and still said: "It''s not possible now. If I move in directly, the Chamber of Commerce will have no effect in maintaining my honorary president. On the surface, it is only with the island owner''s mansion, some Business cooperation. Oh! There are so many people in your clan who are in charge. Minnie muttered. When mentioning the wood elves, Philippa seemed to have thought of something, and said in a snitch tone: "When we went to the island, some members of Shannara''s tribe blocked the way. If I hadn''t been there, they wouldn''t have let me go!" ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Is there anyone who dares to bully you on the island?" "It''s not bullying. The agreement I reached with the elders is to give up all the assets of the Chamber of Commerce, but the assets on Treasure Island are my own and have nothing to do with them. Just let them find out." Shanai La explained. Philippa said: "You are too talkative. If I go up, I will give him a mouthful to see if he dares to come to me for trouble next time." Shannara said calmly, "They are also acting according to orders, and the Chamber of Commerce will not really care about a property." Remember to tell me if you have any trouble. Wu Heng said. I know~! Shannella cast a look full of tenderness. Then, Shannara continued: "The Star Flower fleet came this time and brought the supplies you ordered last time, including five large warships. I saw the order. Someone will come to you in the next two days. delivery." Andeweier will check and accept the goods when they arrive. Philippa, you will check and accept the ordered ships tomorrow. Wu Heng explained. Okay. Philippa nodded. ?Wu Heng looked at Shanara and said, "Don''t leave at night." Shannaras face turned even redder and she nodded. Its late at night. ??Shanella curled up in her arms. The blush on his face has not faded yet. You miss me so much? If you dont come back, I will go to the wood elves to find you. Wu Heng hugged him again. Soft, smooth and full of chest. Shannara took away the other party''s erratic hand and asked, "Did you come up with the newspaper?" Yeah, it works pretty well on the island. I didnt see it, but you are quite good at promoting yourself. The idea is really good and it can prepare you for level 18. Shannella praised with a smile. It seems that the newspaper is indeed good to be recognized by President Shannara. Shannara nibbled on his chest and said angrily: "I don''t even have real power anymore, why should I mention the president?" From now on I will support you and everything will be no worse than before. Shanara buried her head in her arms again, "I really feel like handing over Star Flower, which I have been running for so long, and feel a little bored." ?Wu Heng stroked the other party''s hair and said softly, "How about you become the president of Treasure Island? You have the final say over the entire caravan." Shannara stuck her head out and said with a smile, "It''s not that easy to build a caravan. The rest of the caravans have already become famous. If you want to join now, you will lose your life, and you don''t have any resources." Treasure Island is just an island. Although the land boundary is relatively wide, a large area of ??land is undeveloped. But it is an island after all. Many resources need to be purchased from outside. There are no unique resources of its own that can be supplied to the outside world. Furthermore, as Shannara said, if we only set up a caravan now, we might be crushed to death by others. On Treasure Island, people let you go. ?Hongshang goes outside, but no one will let you go. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let me think about it and see if there are any unique products in my hand. Then we can discuss it carefully." "Okay, you have the final say." Shannara looked up with a doting look on her face. He also reached out and touched his head. ?Wu Heng took her hand away and patted her plump buttocks, "Lift it up a little." Speaking, he turned over and folded himself on his back. Youre still here? Its too late. ?Wu Heng patted me again, "You usually stay up late anyway, so hurry up." ??Shanellas upper body moved back and tilted upward slightly. The next day, we had breakfast. Shanela returned to her residence to deal with the remaining problems. ??Wu Heng also took a carriage and went to the association. Walking all the way through the hall and corridor, he stood in the deacon''s study and knocked on the door. After getting a response. Opened the door and walked in. Looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui behind the desk looked up and said, "Lu An and his master left yesterday. They probably left after the game. I didn''t receive any news from here." So urgent? "Yeah, and it''s very secret." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said, "I plan to write a letter to the association to tell the story in full, so as not to spread other versions in the headquarters." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Understand the meaning of Shilagui. From the look Lu An looked at him when he finished, there was a sense of dissatisfaction. Leaved quietly again, obviously there were some problems. ?Wu Heng is not afraid. He plays the game openly and is not afraid of what the opponent will say. ??But Xilagui had the right idea. If she told the association exactly what happened, she would naturally understand what happened. "Okay, then you write a letter to the association, and I will write one to Deacon Imiro." Write a letter to Deacon Imiro? "Isn''t McIntosh in charge of intelligence work? When the two went to the island, she used her prophetic ability to conduct some investigations and found that Imiro was mentioned in the conversation between the two. It would be better to say so." Wu said. Heng explained. Okay. Sheela started writing. ?Shi Yali also sent pen and paper to Wu Heng. After the two of them finished writing, they looked at each other again to confirm that what they wrote was almost the same and there were no discrepancies. She sealed the letter, and Shi Yali took it to the front desk. ??You can send it out today. afternoon. Wu Heng returned to the island master''s mansion. I will write down the content about yesterday''s competition and hand it to the skeleton in charge of printing. "For the new issue of the newspaper, rearrange the next page. This picture and the content will be placed in the most conspicuous position. The other content will be reduced. Today Ill print it later and send it out tomorrow. Skeleton took over the content and started typesetting. The printing press began to make a clattering sound, and newspapers were being printed one after another. Ghost Glenda appeared, "You want everyone to know about this." "Xila Gui''s suspicion is justified. I will post the fight and send some to other places. Then everyone will know what happened. If he doesn''t make up anything, he will be a normal contestant. Failure, if you are making something up, you are a loser with a small mind and a mind that confuses right and wrong. You are looking more and more like a necromancer. Its not like youre complimenting me. the next day. Early in the morning, the newspaper seller held the newspaper in his hand and shouted loudly, "In the fourth issue of the newspaper, the identity of the challenger has been exposed. He is the prince of a neighboring country. Come and see and buy..." ?With the shouts, the entire Treasure Island seemed to become lively in advance. It turns out that the person who challenged me still has such an identity. ??Prince, he was another candidate supported by the association, and he was defeated on Treasure Island. There was a long queue in front of the newspaper seller. One copy of the newspaper was sold. Port. Stacks of newspapers, wrapped in bundles, were loaded onto different ships. These are sent to various associations, be careful and keep them in a dry place. With shouts, the newspaper was loaded onto the merchant ship. With different ships, shipped to various associations in the Emerald Sea. In the tavern. Bard Saban, after applying two positive statuses to himself. Strutting up to the high platform. He first saluted, and then said loudly: "Everyone, before telling the story, let me tell you about the competition here. The challenger has a lot of background..." It was quiet and focused for a moment below. (End of this chapter) Chapter 583 , feeling more happy Chapter 583, feeling more happy The tavern was instantly quiet, and the chefs and helpers in the back kitchen also walked to the door. The battle between the island owner and the challenger is known to everyone on the island. At the end, even if the opponent loses. ??? is still a topic of discussion among everyone, and people are also speculating on his true identity. Saban didn''t pause for too long. He leaned forward and said in a serious tone, "The challenger, ''Luann Randolph'', is the prince of the Kingdom of Celtic and the next unofficial king of the kingdom. He is a human genius cultivated by the association. The accompanying person is The old man is his master, an 18th-level mage from the association. Wow~! The quiet tavern suddenly became noisy. From his clothes and temperament, you can guess that he is definitely not an ordinary person. But I never expected that there would be so many identities. The port of Lopez in the Celtic Kingdom is connected to the Emerald Sea, and it can be said that it is no stranger to it. And the other party is actually the prince of the kingdom, the next king. Still a human genius supported by the association. The old man accompanying him is also a level 18 mage. These identities are affixed to him, which is much greater than Wu Heng, the island master who was appointed deputy deacon for his meritorious service. Even said that there is no way to compare. Is he a genius? He must be about the same age as the island owner! She should be younger than the island owner, and her future potential should be greater than that of the island owner. What a heck, Im a prince when Im born, and the direction of development is all set, and the island owner changed jobs later than us. Thats right. Its also mentioned in the story. The island owner used to make a living by solving crimes. He didnt even have a career at that time! So, the island owner beat up his apprentice in front of an 18th-level mage. Yeah, it makes me happy just thinking about it. I felt so happy when I was there yesterday, and now I feel even more happy after knowing the identity of the other party. ?The bard Saban picked up the water glass and took a sip. When the discussion subsided, he continued, "Everyone, let''s continue. We will talk about the detective story in the fourth issue later." The drinkers gradually became quiet. ?Saban continued reading the rest of the newspaper. Association, Deacon''s Study. Shi Yali walked in and handed the newspaper to her sister, "Wu Heng was very ruthless and published all of Lu An''s name and identity in the newspaper. Now Lu An is known to the whole island." Sheila Gui was not surprised, and said with a smile, "He asked for it himself. Who told him to go around saying that he would challenge the island owner as soon as he came to the island? He deserves to be beaten now." Speaking, he still took the newspaper and read the contents. The most conspicuous position in the center is a photo of the scene. ?Wu Heng held up the reward in his hand, Shi Yali stood aside with a smile, and in the lower right corner was Lu An, who was in tattered robes and ended up lonely. The whole picture is very expressive. The joy of the winner, the attention of the beautiful referee, and the loneliness of the loser. Even without reading the text above, you can understand what the picture wants to express. Xila Gui glanced at the pattern and then at her sister. She always felt that the eyes in this picture were a little different from usual. This pattern was put on? "I don''t know, maybe it''s some new props." Shi Yali said, and then said: "There are also some newspapers that were sent to the port. They should be sent to the Emerald Sea associations through the fleet, and to the headquarters. of." Sheila Ge smiled and leaned back on the chair, "It''s bad luck for Lu An to offend him. Now it seems that Treasure Island can''t stop this matter." ??The location of the Emerald Sea is quite special. The coast is connected to the seaside cities of many countries. ?Send out one newspaper after another, and people everywhere will gradually know about it. Involving the talents supported by the prince and the association, Wu Heng''s reputation can also be publicized. "Yes." Shi Yali sat sideways on the deputy chair of Xila Rose and urged: "Look at the story in the fourth issue. I placed a bet at the door pub. I don''t know if the murderer will be revealed today." Sheela frowned, "Don''t get involved in this kind of thing, or I''ll write to mom." If you win, Ill give you half. "That''s not okay. I am a deacon and cannot encourage this kind of thing." I know, lets read the story first. Inside Shannara''s mansion. ?Workers are packing up items and transporting them to the carriage ready at the door. Selected a new house at the city hall early in the morning. In the residential area outside the island lord''s mansion, there is a street in the middle. ?Even if the wood elves acquiesce to their being together with Wu Heng, they cannot live together. On the surface, she is still the president of the Chamber of Commerce and the nominal wife of a wood elf official.?????But if you live closer, its still okay to visit more often. It is also the same as what the two people discussed before. Be lovers to each other. Tap tap tap~! There were sounds of footsteps, and the housekeeper walked in with a newspaper. Madam, the island owners mansion is selling new newspapers. I bought one for you to read. Shannara took it and looked at it, "Competition? I don''t know about this yet!" I heard that it happened a few days ago. When Lu An came to the island, he declared everywhere that he would challenge the island owner. In the end, he was defeated by Mr. Wu Heng. Shannella sighed, "He grew up so fast." The housekeeper also agreed, "Madam, you have such a good taste." Shannara raised her head and asked with a smile, "You mean Wu Heng? It seems so." Originally I just looked after him as a younger brother, but unexpectedly he actually raised an incredible person. A genius who can sit on Treasure Island and defeat Luan. Very satisfied with my vision in selecting people. Footsteps sounded, and the worker responsible for packing the items came over, saluted and said, "Mrs. Shannara, everything is ready." Shannara stood up and said, "Let''s go to a new residence." The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng was sitting in the study, looking at the fame on the panel. In todays fourth issue, the increase in reputation has become even less, only more than 500 points. ?This increase may not all be included in Treasure Island, Zombie World, or the growth in other places. It seems that we still need to develop outward and cannot just guard Treasure Island. ?Thinking in my heart. The two ghosts flew back after investigating the market. Xiao Xiao said excitedly: "Uncle, they are all discussing your beating, and they support you." ?Glenda also said: "After knowing the identity of the other party as a prince, everyone inexplicably sided with you." After all, I have the same background as everyone else, and I am different from those princes and princesses. Wu Heng thought for a moment. Well, in heroic stories, there are always scenes where ordinary people defeat powerful people, let alone a prince. Granda said. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "So, I am becoming more and more like the hero in the story?" "Isn''t your goal a hero? It''s normal to get closer and closer." Glenda said and floated towards the desk. "That''s right, if you don''t work hard now, you will have to endure hardship one day in the future." Xiaoxiao pinched his waist and looked like he was preaching. Ive worked really hard. Wu Heng defended. The two ghosts flew aside and went about their own business. There was a knock on the door. Minnies voice also came in, Master, Sister Shannara is here. Im going down now. The courtyard behind the house. Shannara was wearing a light blue dress, sitting in a stone pavilion and watching the flying butterflies in the flower bed. The maids were smart enough not to follow. ?Wu Heng walked slowly to Shiting and asked, "How is the house?" "I changed to one closer to you. I''m decorating the house. Come sit here for a while." Shannella turned her head and looked over with a smile. When its installed, Ill ask the skeleton to install the air conditioner for you so that you can live more comfortably. Okay, this is my favorite prop here. Shannara agreed with a smile. ?Wu Heng walked into the stone pavilion and sat down beside it. Took her hand and pulled her up. What are you doing? Shannara said softly and looked around again. Seeing that no one was watching, he followed suit and sat on the opposite leg, facing each other. ??Wu Heng crossed his arms around his waist and said softly: "Have you read the published newspaper?" Shanela held the other persons face, smiled and joked, What, you want me to praise you? ?Wu Heng squeezed the **** hard. ? said: "I want to publish this kind of newspaper everywhere. Is there any way?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 584 , someone died Chapter 584, Someone died Shannara raised her eyebrows and asked, "What places do you mean by places?" "For example, the main city of a country or race, some important cities." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "This is too difficult. The transmission of information is inherently difficult. The number of main cities and important cities in the country you mentioned is more than you think." Shannara touched his hair gently, "So, set a limit for yourself. The target is a bit too big, you can choose the area around the Emerald Sea. ?Wu Heng hugged the other party and was lost in thought. What he wanted was not to print Treasure Island and then transport it to various places. Instead, newspaper offices were established in each city. First, local news could be collected quickly instead of getting news from the mouths of some traveling merchants. The second point is to spread your story on a larger scale and collect fame. ??The information transmission that Shannara mentioned can be accomplished by relying on the radio station, which is nothing more than arranging some people to guard the position of the radio station. The main reason is the insufficient number of printing presses. There are only three units now, and they cannot be distributed to various places. "Now is indeed not the time, but we can make arrangements first." Wu Heng raised his head and pulled off one of the opponent''s shoulder straps. What are you doing, outside? Shannara grabbed the slipped shoulder strap. Its okay, Minnie and the others are reading comics in the living room. They wont disturb us before eating. Wu Heng said. Shannara still let go of her hand and allowed the other party to pull down the shoulder strap. The shoulder strap hangs on one side, revealing light white underwear. ?Wu Heng put his arm around Shanara''s back and opened the buckle of her underwear. ?When sitting, it was already a little loose. The shoulders of the long skirt were taken off, and the shoulder straps of the underwear were opened and slid down together. ?Delicate and beautiful collarbones, white breasts, plump, white and tender, tall and round. Although I have seen it before, I still dont get tired of it. ?Like a perfect handicraft. ??Wu Heng leaned in for a kiss. Shanara stretched out a finger and gently pressed it against the other person''s forehead. "Okay, it''s all sweat. I''ll wait until I take a shower next time." "It doesn''t matter." Wu Heng leaned forward gently and took it in his mouth. Shanara also started to blush slightly, hugging her and gently stroking her hair. After a while, Wu Heng raised his head and said: "Based on your experience in doing business for so many years, you said that I would launch a potion that can enhance your physical fitness as long as you take it. The effect is almost the same as upgrading it by one or two levels. Is that okay?" There is a market. "Just like a child." Shanara took out a handkerchief, wiped the saliva on it, and then said: "If there is such a potion, we can only become a famous potion supplier. Of course, we will definitely make a lot of money, but Cant become a caravan. Then what do I need to do to become a caravan? It has sufficient funds, has its own business scope, and can establish connections with caravans from other countries, at least some of them must be involved. Shanara said. Okay, Ill think about it again. Shannara put her clothes back on and asked, "Do you really have this potion?" Yes. Wu Heng nodded. Shannara looked at him seriously and said, "Don''t say anything outside, just like your level, otherwise it will cause trouble for you. Let me think about how to deal with this matter." Dont worry, I know. Wu Heng said. So good! You cant always act like youre dealing with a child, okay? Okay, my self-esteem is quite strong. Stay here tonight! Shannara shook her head, "It''ll take two days. After the things at the residence are settled, I''ll find another chance to come over." Also. The two sat in the stone pavilion and chatted for a while. ??Shanara left the island owners mansion, and Wu Heng also returned to his residence. It is approaching dusk. Have dinner together. Minnie came down from upstairs and said, "Master, there is news from Sister Wen Mansha." ?Wen Mansha has indeed not contacted herself for a while. ??Wu Heng walked towards the stairs and said, "I''m going to take a look. Don''t you want to go to Shanara''s place? Come back early." "Good master." After saying that, he called the other maids and left the island owner''s mansion together. Walking towards Shannara''s newly purchased residence. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and entered the radio room. Wen Mansha took a look at her record book and found that it did contain information that she came to see her if something happened. He picked up the phone and said directly: "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" There was a flurry of voices on the other end of the phone, and then a woman said: "Sir, my wife is eating in the restaurant, I asked her to come over." Hearing the voice and the other person''s name, it should be Wen Mansha''s housekeeper. called Hartl. Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came over, "Master." "Wen Mansha, I saw your message. If you have anything to do with me?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha''s tone was a little serious and she said: "Deacon Slater sent a corpse. Female, in her 20s, named Lobelini. She said she had provided you with information before." Have you provided information? ?Wu Heng frowned and recalled the name. ??The ones sent by Slater must be residents of Blackstone Town. I have lived there for a while, but I dont remember such a persons name. Furthermore, I was only a small team member at that time, and I had never come across the concept of cultivating eyeliners. "No impression? What are its characteristics?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Wen Mansha paused for a moment and said: "The appearance is a little blurry, and it is difficult to identify the characteristics of the appearance, but I heard from Deacon Slater that she worked in a tavern before, and her name at the time was Penny." . ?Wu Hengs eyes widened instantly. Penny is dead. ??Wu Heng''s mind instantly flashed to the person in the tavern who always had a smile on his face. The tone also became serious, "I remember, you provided me with information before. How did she die?" "The news from Deacon Slater is that after you left, she wanted to join the association and become a secret whisperer. She was arranged to investigate an alien sect in the village. Maybe her identity was discovered, or for some other reason, she was After killing him, he dropped it at the entrance of the village and was not found for several days," Wen Mansha said directly. In order to become a Whisperer. Killed oneself to death. ?Wu Heng didnt know what to say. ?The other party does not want to be a maid in the tavern, but wants to join the association. Wu Heng feels that she is moving in a meaningful direction. ??But she didnt want her to lose her life just because she wanted to join the Whisperers. Nothing is worth losing your life for. Wen Mansha continued, "The tongue of the corpse is gone. She is probably afraid of being interrogated, and the body is also seriously damaged. If you don''t have any arrangements, I will arrange a cemetery for her here." Does she have no family? It doesnt seem to be the case. The only people I know are the people in the tavern and the residents around the house. I heard that they are from outside villages. ?Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table, lost in thought. ?Benis contact with him was not long, that is, only once or twice. He is timid, but he also has the kind of cautious sense of justice that a small person would have. ??Wu Heng still remembers how he rescued the abducted child when he learned the information he provided. Penny''s eyes shone. A kind of light different from seeing a reward. Slater brought the body over and asked himself. Apparently, Penny had mentioned something to him before his death. To be honest, I dont have much contact. But I dont want her to end up like this. How long has it been since you died? Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha replied, "It''s probably more than a week. The weather here is cold and the body is still preserved, but it will get warm soon and it may not last long." I thought quickly about Treasure Island in my mind. Then he said: "Keep the body first. I will go there tomorrow to make sure the body is not damaged." "Understood!" Wen Mansha''s tone also softened a lot, "Then I''ll wait for you to come over and deal with it." Okay, lets do this for now, Ill go explain things. "Um." Hang up the call, Wu Heng walked out of the radio station. The next day, zombie world. In the conference room, Wu Heng looked at the people on both sides of the conference table and said, "Let Wang Haibing dismantle another set of power plant equipment. It will be completed within five days. Gao Rong, you have to make several newspaper printing presses." , or see if there are any other printing houses. (End of this chapter) Chapter 585 , you also gave the order Chapter 585, you gave the order Several people in the room looked at each other in confusion. ??Need a printing press? Since I got the printing press last time, I havent seen any newspapers or other printed publications. ??Now inform them that they need new ones, and it sounds like there are more than one or two. Gao Rong looked at Qi Hancai, who asked, "How many units are needed? Gao Rong can easily arrange them." We need two or three units first, and we will need them continuously later, Wu Heng said. According to the layout of the other world, a large number of printing presses are needed. The two or three units needed first are prepared for Luntam City. Qi Hancai nodded and said to Gao Rong: "I will contact several other cities and ask people to find printing plants or old newspapers. You will also design the drawings, and we will produce them ourselves later." With Qi Hancai helping him, Gao Rong agreed, "I''ll prepare as soon as I get back." After the power plant and printing press matters are settled. ??Wu Heng continued to say to Qi Hancai: "How is the skeleton team attacking the city?" Qi Hancai replied, "Everything went relatively smoothly, and there were no problems in combat and transportation." Whats new? Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "The rescue team at the main station has also begun to arrange rescue missions, set up evacuation points, and arranged helicopters to rescue some survivors who can climb to the roof. But people from other cities still crowded into our channel and asked us to go to their cities for rescue. " The main station rescue team may not be able to withstand the pressure. The civilian evacuation bases on our side began to rescue survivors along the road. They did not move at all, which is really unreasonable. But the method of rescue is a bit harsh. There are only a few people who can reach the evacuation point by themselves, or can reach the roof to wait for the helicopter. ??It is more reliable to go directly into the city, clean up the zombies, and then save people on your own side. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Say something on the radio, and more teams will be arranged to rescue survivors. As long as we persist, everyone will be rescued." ?Several people present looked suffocated. This sentence will save everyone. Inexplicably, there is a little more sense of mission. "Okay, I''ll have someone announce the matter later." Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng looked at the other people and asked, "Do you have anything else to do?" ?A few people shook their heads, indicating that they didnt. ??Wu Heng glanced at Qiangzi, who was sitting at the back on the left, "Qiangzi, how is the stab-proof suit?" Qiangzi, who had been listening all the time, immediately came back to his senses and said: "Still thinking of a way, there are currently two directions. One is to improve the cloth outside the stab-proof suit, striving to achieve a special level of density and toughness. The second is to The first method is to add some stickiness to the cloth and stick it to the iron plate with glue on both sides. ?Wu Heng asked: In which direction should research and development go now? "Two directions are being carried out at the same time. In the past two days, we have gathered two more people with expertise in this field. We just want to have a result, which should take a few days." Qiangzi said. There is no talent in this field in the base. Hadron has a big brain, but he was just an auto mechanic before. Even if you bring some friends with you and do your own research, the progress will definitely be lower. Second point, Qiangzi was the first person to join Wu Heng with Li Yahong. They have a good relationship with each other and are trustworthy. You cant always let him drive and repair cars. Try to change it to technical convenience as much as possible. Hurry up and take some time, you can improve it little by little later. Okay! Qiangzi nodded. ?Wu Heng added: "There is also the machine gun flying dragon, let''s continue to study it." "clear." The meeting is over and everyone leaves. ?Wu Heng and Qi Hancai walked around the factory and asked Xiaoxiao to go see her mother. Wait until the afternoon. After having lunch in the cafeteria, return to the dormitory and walk through the boundary gate. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and asked someone to call Anderweil back outside. Hand the maids were sitting around the living room, preparing for a meeting. After everyone arrived, Wu Heng said directly: "I want to go back to Luntam City. I''ll leave it to you here. In addition to being responsible for the city hall, Weier also pays attention to the newspaper updates every seven days. The serialized stories have been sorted out. Okay, just publish it according to the chapters. Minnie is responsible for the operation of the entire island masters mansion and tries to reduce the number of trips out. When Shannara and Sheilagui come to see me, they say they are temporarily out. When others ask, they say it is inconvenient for the time being. ??Newspapers still need to continue to be updated to maintain their current popularity. Treasure Island has been relatively calm recently, and even ordinary crimes have begun to decrease. But when you leave, you must also be careful of some potential dangers. After all, you still have a lot of enemies. And the number is increasing little by little. You cant tell when someone will come to the island. So, be careful in everything. ?Of course, the defense of the island master''s mansion is relatively reliable. Even if Wu Heng is not around, it will be difficult for level 18 professionals to break in. Dozens of level 15 skeletons, level 10 skeleton guards everywhere, and armored vehicles. Sufficient for most troubles. I understand, Master. Several maids nodded. Then, Minnie asked in a low voice: "Master, what happened over there?" "It''s okay, it''s not a danger. A friend has a problem, so I went over to help." Wu Heng explained. Minnie then asked, "Then when do you plan to leave?" Leave now! Ill ask the kitchen to prepare some food for you, so that the food there wont be unpalatable. "good!" Minnie stood up and said: "Robert, Annette, you go and prepare some clothes for the master. The weather is still cold over there. I''ll go and ask the kitchen to cook some food." Oh okay! Several maids separated and got busy. ?Wu Heng and Anderweier sat in the living room and talked for a while. ?The other maids also put everything in order. ??Wu Heng put in the space ring, put on the [train conductors hat], and the train whistle sounded. A ghost train appears out of thin air. Waving goodbye to the maids, she boarded the train. Fill in Luntam City on the itinerary, the train starts, and dives into the void. There is nothingness outside the window. ?Wu Heng walked into one side of the car and sat down on the seat. The disappearance of the senses allows the mind to focus more. You can also think about problems better. ??This time I went to Luntam City. In addition to dealing with Beni''s affairs, I also wanted to build Luntam City by the way. The whole city was electrified and newspapers were also arranged. ??Wrentam City also has a large population. If the newspaper can reach the level of popularity of Treasure Island, it can also increase its reputation a lot. Maybe you can get to level 19. At Treasure Island, the development and expansion of the island have also been determined. This is the only problem I have at the moment. It is the formation of the Treasure Island caravan. Shannara was withdrawn by the wood elf, so she could help herself, but what the other party said was equally reasonable. Only one kind of potion is used as a commodity. At best, it can be regarded as an alchemy institution that can provide potions. Its not really a caravan either. Need to enrich one''s own products and be able to support a caravan. I probably thought about it for a while. Just close your eyes and stop thinking about it. Waiting for the train to arrive at the destination. A few days later. The scenery began to appear outside the window, and the train slowly stopped. The door opened and Wu Heng got off the train. There is still a chill in the air, but the hard and cold ground has become soft, and the accumulated white snow has begun to melt, revealing the rotten leaves and animal bones inside. ?Wu Heng glanced around and determined the location of Luntam City. Release the mansion technique, and after eating something briefly inside, push out the motorcycle that was prepared in advance. He took the skeleton attendants and rushed towards the direction of Luntam City. Driving fast all the way, raising smoke and dust. On the road, the caravans driving carriages looked sideways and exclaimed one after another. Discuss what you are riding. Like a running lump of iron. ??The population began to become denser in the outer area near Luntam City. ?Looking inside, I felt that the number of houses extending outward was more dense than the last time I came here. And the further out you go, the simpler the style of the houses becomes. ?Wuheng began to slow down and move forward slowly ?People avoided him one after another and cast curious glances. Hurrah! Suddenly, a group of people rushed out from the alley on the right. ??Stand in front of a motorcycle. ?Looking up and down, the leader said: "What kind of mount are you doing? Come down and get checked." ?Wu Heng pushed up his helmet visor and glanced at the people blocking the road. There were both humans and orcs, seven in total, wearing coats and armor, and looking menacing. What do you do? This is the territory of our Baiyan Gang. Come down as soon as you are told. There is so much nonsense. One person cursed in a low voice. I am a friend of your Lord Wenmansha. ?The other party looked at me again and sneered, "Just you? Don''t talk nonsense to me. It''s okay if you don''t want to be inspected. The deposit is two silver coins per person." As he spoke, the caravan that had just been overtaken by Wu Heng also came from behind. ?As soon as I passed by, no one blocked the way, and no one asked for any inspection or deposit. They dont have to pay? "They are caravans in the city, can they be like you? Hurry up, don''t make yourself uncomfortable." After saying that, he reached out to hold Wu Heng''s arm. As soon as he reached out, Ka Xiu, who was sitting in the back seat, grabbed his wrist. A rattling sound sounded. The metal wristband is shrinking and deforming little by little. Grass, you dare to take action. The gang member who stretched out his hand began to struggle violently, and several people behind him drew their weapons. The crowd began to move closer and formed a circle to watch the excitement. Kaxiu got out of the car and got ready for battle. And behind the crowd of onlookers. Another group of people squeezed in. The leader is a tall orc, followed by more than a dozen skeleton warriors wearing armor, with the word "Patrol" written on the chest. "What''s going on? The city lord ordered not to cause trouble, it''s already making your skin itch, right?" the orc roared, his voice loud and clear. "Sir, this person is very suspicious. He wanted to fight me just now. I think there is something wrong." A gang member immediately approached and said. The orc looked over in confusion, his brows furrowed. ?Wu Heng was too lazy to talk nonsense, waved his hand and said: "Arrest these people!" Grass, you still gave the order. (End of this chapter) Chapter 586 , ferocious ghost Chapter 586, The ferocious ghost Hurrah! In the surprised eyes of everyone. ??The skeleton with the word patrol immediately took action, drew out the weapon on his waist, and quickly surrounded several gang members in the middle. ?The gang members eyes widened. The orcs leading the team kept looking at the skeleton and then at the man who was stopped. Skeletons who can command the city lord''s palace. ??Its not the team leader that I know, and hes obviously not an outsider. The member next to him knelt down and shouted directly: "Sir, I''m sorry." The orc who led the team also became respectful and spoke softly, "My lord, who are you?" ??Wu Heng looked at him and asked: "Is there any requirement to pay a deposit when passing by Luntam City?" Give it to whom? These gang members. "There is no such regulation. The roads were built by Mrs. Wen Mansha. How could anyone charge a toll?" the orc answered honestly. ?Several gang members began to look panicked. He wanted to step forward to explain, but was blocked by the skeleton. ?Haunted from a distance: "Sir, there is a misunderstanding." "Sir, we are new here and we are not familiar with the rules. Please give us a break." We were wrong. ?Wu Heng glanced at a few people and said: "Get them under control and send them to the city lord''s palace." "Yes, sir." The orc responded, turned to the skeleton and said, "Tie him up." The skeletons immediately tightened the encirclement and pushed the gang members to the ground in twos and twos. Took out the rope and tied the person tightly. Dont crowd around, get out of the way. The orc captain shouted again roughly. The crowd also gave way to a path. ?Wu Heng turned the accelerator and left here directly. After entering the outer city, the number of people began to decrease. No one will cause trouble the rest of the way. It seems that the public security in the outer city and inner city is much better than that in the outer city. The situation of the residents is also better. The road became smoother and the speed of the motorcycle gradually became faster. Hurry towards the direction of the city lord''s mansion. City Lords Mansion. ?The door opened, Wu Heng put away his motorcycle and strode in. The housekeeper walked out quickly to check. ??When he found Wu Heng taking off his helmet, he ran back quickly. ?Then, Wen Mansha walked out slowly wearing a dark blue coat, holding her swollen belly with one hand, and supported by the housekeeper. Seeing it was really Wu Heng, there was surprise and joy in his eyes. "Master..." Wen Mansha called out softly. The housekeeper on the side also shouted "Master". ??Wu Heng walked over quickly, held Wen Mansha''s other side, and said, "Why are you still coming out? What should I do if I catch a cold?" "How can you be so delicate? I go out for a walk every day." Wen Mansha let go of the housekeeper''s hand, put it on the other side, and walked back slowly. Then try to go out as little as possible and just move around in the house. Is your journey going well, Master? "It went very smoothly. By the way, when I entered the city, I met a Baiyan gang to collect the deposit for entering the city." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha raised her eyebrows, but she wasn''t too surprised. ? said: "Recently, the population in the outer areas of the city has increased, and there is indeed some chaos. Did you give me money?" "It''s not a joke to go back to your own home and be blackmailed by a gang for a sum of money. I asked the patrolling skeleton to arrest him and deliver it to you later." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Wait a minute, I will vent my anger on the master." Its not a big deal, just make those gangs be more honest. "good!" ??We returned to the house together, and there was a burst of warmth from the air conditioner. The coat was hung aside by the housekeeper. ??Wu Heng took Wen Mansha and sat down beside him, and gently touched his abdomen, "It seems to be moving inside." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "It''s getting more and more dishonest." Thank you for your hard work. No way, this is our baby, Im so happy! ?Wu Heng gently hugged the other party, and Wen Mansha leaned in his arms obediently. Sitting in the living room and chatting for a while. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go, take me to see the body first." Outside. ?The two of them got up, put on their robes and walked out of the residence together. Wen Mansha took him to a warehouse-like building in the courtyard, opened the door of the warehouse, and revealed the debris inside. ?There is also a coffin in the corner. Its hot in the house, so Ill store it here. Wen Mansha explained standing at the door. "It''s okay." Wu Heng walked into the warehouse, and the skeleton opened the coffin, revealing the body inside. ?The skin was pale and purple, with a hideous horizontal wound on his neck, and his expression was frozen in pain and despair. But she does look like Penny. Your first informant in name. Carry it out! The skeleton lifted the corpse from the coffin, and the whole body was as stiff as a wooden board. It stood upright and was placed on the ground by two skeletons, carrying their shoulders and feet. ?Wu Heng just wanted to step forward. The housekeeper''s voice came from behind. Madam, the people from the Baiyan Gang have been escorted over and are over there in the hall! ?Wu Heng looked back, and Wen Mansha smiled and said, "I''ll go to the front to have a look, and I''ll come back to you after I finish." "Wait for me in the house after you finish. Don''t come out because it''s too cold." Well, okay. Wen Mansha nodded and left with the housekeeper. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse again. Take out the ritual materials and place them in the designated place on the body. ?Hold the wooden staff, condense the magic power, and raise it to the ground with all your strength. Huh~! A ritual formation gradually spread out with the corpse as the center. Arouse the soul. A spell that can awaken the soul of a corpse. It is also the latest advanced spell that Wu Heng has learned. I just dont know if it can achieve the effect described. It is also Pennys last hope. The magic circle was formed, and the energy gathered towards the corpse. ?Wu Heng once again took out a Devil Soul Pot and put it into the ritual circle. ??The soul in the magic soul pot was drawn out by the magic circle. Revealing the vague outline of a woman. Imprisoned in the Demon Soul Pot is the only woman among the three exiles of the Vampire Clan. ?Wu Heng didnt know whether men and women would have an impact, but if he had ghosts of the same gender in hand, he would give priority to using them. The ghost appeared and looked around in fear. Even if she didnt recognize the magic circle on the ground, she knew it was pulling her towards the corpse. Necromancer, you cant do this. The vampires will not let you go, you will suffer a lot. Dont, dont be like this, lets talk about it. You are so handsome, you must be a child of a big family. Lets talk in a noble way. Please, let the magic circle stop, I dont want to die. From the roar at the beginning to the begging for mercy at the end. It was gradually pulled into the body of the corpse by the magic circle. Then, the energy of the magic circle suddenly swayed. Magic power converged on the corpse like a tide. The next second. The magic circle suddenly ended. A ferocious ghost emerged from the corpses brow. With a vague appearance, he glanced at Wu Heng and the skeleton beside him, let out a roar, turned around and flew across the roof, flying towards the sky. Depend on! (End of this chapter) Chapter 587 , you count as deputy Chapter 587, you are considered the second-in-command The ghost turned and ran away. In the blink of an eye, he passed through the roof of the shed and disappeared from sight. ?This was beyond Wu Hengs expectation. With a thought in his mind, his two ghosts separated and floated on both sides. Whats wrong? Glenda looked at the corpse and the ritual materials. "I just transformed a ghost. It seems to be in a bad state. Control it and don''t hurt it." Wu Heng said quickly. The two ghosts looked at each other and rushed through the roof into the sky. Chasing after the fleeing ghost. ?Glenda and Xiaoxiao are now level 18 ghosts, and are obviously faster than the escaping ghosts. Gradually shorten the distance and get closer. ?Wu Heng walked out of the warehouse, waited for a while, and Xiao Pei flew back. Pointing to one side, he said: "Uncle, aunty has caught the ghost." One of Glenda''s abilities is the ability to imprison the soul. When we first met, I imprisoned Xiaoxiao. Later, I also used this ability to imprison irrational ghosts at the train station in the zombie world. So, Glenda is very good at catching low-level ghosts. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. ??If the ghost escapes, both the level of himself and the ghost will be raised in vain. How many levels of ghosts are there? Wu Heng asked. Less than level 5, very low level, he was controlled by Aunt Glenda before he could run very far. Lets go and have a look. This way! ?Xiao Xiao pointed the way and walked directly out of the city lord''s mansion. The ghost did not escape far before it was controlled by Glenda. ?Walking into the dark alley, he saw Glenda and the ghost imprisoned aside, struggling and roaring. Its not in the right shape, Glenda whispered. ?Wu Heng approached and looked at the ghost trapped by the invisible force. The shape of the ghost is erratic, and the illusory face appears and disappears, as if struggling between a ghost and a ghost. ?Seeing Wu Heng approaching, the ghost suddenly rushed forward and hit the barrier, let out a roar, and then quickly retreated, curling up in the farthest position. Show an expression of alertness and fear. ?Wu Heng looked at it and frowned. ?Skill failed? In the description of the skill, it is mentioned that the soul in the corpse can be awakened. It should not be this kind of unclear soul. ??Beni died and turning into a ghost was her only chance to survive. If it fails, then there is nothing you can do. Ah~! The soul rushed forward again with a sharp hiss, like a fierce ghost. Then he quickly retreated, cautiously. "What''s it called? Try calling it by name." Glenda said from the side. Benny! Wu Heng tried to shout. The struggling ghost paused slightly. He turned around and looked here again. Looks like it works! ??Wu Heng continued: "Lobelini, I am Wu Heng. We met in the tavern. You provided me with information at that time, and we saved the children in the town together." The blurry soul body began to have facial features. It is also becoming more and more solid. Im here to pick you up and leave Blackstone Town. The ghost''s illusory body gradually formed the outline of a human being, and the facial features also changed into Penny''s original appearance. ??Standing at the edge of the trapped bondage, she looked at him blankly. Benny, dont you recognize me? "Wu Heng? Aren''t you the master of the island? Why..." Then he suddenly realized something and looked down at his body, "I... I, I seem to be dead. I was killed by those people. I''m so scared. The soul body shape is distorted and swaying again. Wu Heng comforted him: "Benny, it''s okay. Everything is over. I''m here to take you out of here. Are you willing to come with me?" ??Beni frowned, "Is this me?" "Well, I''ll take you to Treasure Island. It''s surrounded by the sea. Have you seen the sea? There are also elves and dwarves. The outside world is much bigger than Blackstone Town." ?Beni was a little nervous, "But I don''t know anything. Will it cause you any trouble?" "I came to pick you up from Blackstone Town. If you don''t agree, I''ll be so sad." "That..., okay, I''m willing to go with you." Penny nodded shyly. While the two were talking, Penny''s condition began to stabilize. ??No longer erratic, her facial features and body shape have also changed to what Penny looked like before she was alive, but she is still in the state of a soul. ?Wu Heng glanced aside and said, "Glenda, please open the restrictions." The confinement disappeared, and Penny did not run away. Wu Heng walked over and said, "I will sign a contract with you. I will tell you the rest of the matter bit by bit when I get back." Okay. Penny nodded. ?Wu Heng released the power of the dead and slowly wrapped the soul body. Without any resistance, leave a mark in the depths of the ghost. The contract is completed. Welcome to join us, Penny. So am I a member of the association now? Penny asked. You are considered the deputy of the associations flag bearer, and indirectly you are also considered a member of the association. ??Beni flew over slowly, "That''s okay, it''s good to be like before." ??Wu Heng glanced at the other two ghosts who were chatting curiously to the side, and introduced: "This is called ''Lobellini'', and she is a friend of mine in Blackstone Town." He then introduced to Penny, "These two are Glenda and Xiaoxiao, and they are also my companions." Penny bowed slightly, "Ms. Glenda, little miss." ?Granda returned the salute, and Xiaoxiao followed suit with a Young Pioneer salute. Feeling that it didn''t fit the situation here, he followed Granda''s example and made a lady''s salute. Lets go, lets go back first, and well talk about the specifics later, Wu Heng said. Glenda and Xiaoxiao got back into the body first. ??Beni also tried and entered his body. ?Wu Heng walked back. City Lords Mansion. A lot of people gathered in the hall, including several gang members who were asking for money, city guards, and other people dressed as gang members. Trying hard to explain something. Wen Mansha was sitting in the main seat with an expressionless face, looking like an indifferent female city lord. ?Wu Heng walked by on one side and pointed upstairs, indicating that he should go upstairs first. Wen Mansha nodded to express her understanding. Go upstairs and walk into the study room. The three ghosts were released again. ?Glenda floated to one side, looking around a little, and Penny didn''t show any signs of instability. Benny, can you still recall what happened before? Wu Heng asked tentatively. Bennie''s expression showed fear and uneasiness. But he still said: "I remember that I wanted to send a message to the association, but I was discovered somehow, and I was killed by them in the name of betraying the church." ?Wu Heng was sure that Beni would no longer have any problems when it came to this matter. He felt a lot more relieved, and then asked: "What news did you find out?" Beni recalled for a while and said: "The church I joined is called the Destiny Sect, and the leader is called Fatih. Through the method of preaching, he gathered a lot of people and moved towards the west of the kingdom." Hearing Beni mention the Destiny Cult, Wu Heng and Glenda both looked surprised. This is not the first time this sect has appeared. ?Emerald Sea Living Sacrifice releases the Sarcophagus Exile, and the following level 18 Necromancer goes to the island to take revenge. They are all done by people from the Tianming Sect. The association has also put this sect on a wanted list, but there has been no news. I didnt expect to meet you here. ?Emerald Sea and Blackstone Town are quite far apart. ?Especially because the transportation in this world is not that developed, the distance covered is really not short. What is the profession of this bishop? Wu Heng asked. "I don''t know. The other party acted mysteriously, but I suspect he is a melee professional. Once I saw him carrying a long sword." Minnie answered. Melee profession! ??If both of them are level 18, the necromancer is a high knight and the melee one is a bishop? The possibility is not impossible. But generally, professions with high intelligence are better at confusing people''s hearts. Are there any masters around you? Wu Heng continued to ask. "While I was there, people came over one after another. Among them were a great knight and two guardians. Their levels should be both high." Penny recalled. (End of this chapter) Chapter 588 , he is definitely not afraid Chapter 588, he is definitely not afraid When asked here, the matter is actually very clear. ?The Destiny Cult has established a gathering point outside Blackstone Town. While developing followers, church members from other locations are also gathering here. ??Beni is a maid from a tavern who wants to deliver information under the nose of a level 18 professional. It is true that the success rate is not high. I understand. Wu Heng nodded. ??Beni asked in a low voice: "Is my information useful?" Very useful. Information related to level 18 cults can be considered a first-class meritorious service in the association. "Really?" "real!" Penny''s face beamed. ??Wu Heng said: "Glenda, Xiaoxiao, help Beni get familiar with the ghost." Okay! Glenda nodded. ?Xiaoxiao also looked away from the window and nodded. Three ghosts flew aside and began to discuss the characteristics of the ghosts and what they could do. ?Wu Heng was sitting at the desk. Opened Benis attributes and took a look. Ghost Level: Level 2 Attributes: Agility 13, Constitution 9, Intelligence 8, Perception 10, Charisma 13. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement. So low! ?Beni''s attributes are very poor, even lower than the attributes of Tiny''s at the beginning. Using a ghost generated at level 18 to exchange for such a ghost would be a loss in terms of value. ?Furthermore, it also proves that the skill [Awakening Soul] is useless. But personally, Wu Heng is also glad that he learned this skill. If there is a chance, rescue Beni back. ? Judging from Benis awakening this time, the release of skills will put tremendous pressure on the soul, and this pressure comes from the fear deep in the soul. Including the hardships and pain endured during life, the soul will be extremely unstable. When one comes out of "awakening", the form is closer to that of an irrational ghost, and one needs trust or a special person to call out to awaken the consciousness during life. Not sure if the analysis is correct, but it is very likely. There is also the Destiny Sect! Wu Heng touched his chin. I am afraid that I and the Tianming Sect are already enemies. ?Each party wanted to kill the other, and this time they killed Penny. Now that hes here this time, we can kill him along the way. A level 18 professional with sufficient firepower will have no problem. Since we have obtained the information, we must use this opportunity to destroy the Destiny Sect. When this sect grows, it will also go to Treasure Island to cause trouble for itself. ?Furthermore, Penny is also her own ghost now. This Tianming Sect, if it is not destroyed now, is likely to become her "unfinished business" in the future. At that time, it will be troublesome to search all over the world. First build the power plant and newspaper office in Luntam City, then go to the Destiny Sect and resolve this matter before returning to Treasure Island. After thinking about it, he took out the strange object [Sentimental Quill] and a blank letter from the space ring. Opened the letter paper and started writing. The letter was addressed to Slater. First, he briefly explained the information asked about. Then tell her not to take risks and handle the affairs of Luntam City by herself, and he will go find her. Lets deal with the affairs of the Destiny Sect together. After writing the letter, check it over again. Put it in the palm of your hand, recall Slaters appearance and say the name silently. The next second, the letter disappeared. Finish it together. Looked at the three ghosts gathered together. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked downstairs. ?Wen Mansha is still handling things, but with a different group of people. When the housekeeper saw Wu Heng, she walked over quickly, pushed up her black-rimmed glasses, and saluted slightly, "Master, do you have any orders?" "I will occupy the study room and don''t let anyone in. I will be back before dinner." Wu Heng said. Yes, sir. The butler responded. ?Wu Heng nodded and returned to the study. Take back all three ghosts, open the gate, and go to the zombie world. Walking out of the boundary gate, Wu Heng stood at the window and looked out. The snow accumulated in the factory yard melted, and the cement floor was filled with water. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai directly. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. He wears a gray sweater underneath, and a long woolen coat on the outside. The little owl is still on the shoulder. How are you preparing for what you told me last time? Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down and asked directly. Qi Hancai replied, "The power plant equipment is all ready. The newspaper printing machine was found in Enzhou City and can be transported tomorrow." It took him 7 days to rush to Luntam City. The printing press is still on the way. Can you deliver it at noon tomorrow? Qi Hancai thought for a moment, "I will have the equipment tested if it can be shipped over, and everything will be completed before noon." ??Wu Heng then asked: "Is there anything else?" "The rest of the things went smoothly. The two skeleton armies continued to the next city, and the logistics were also transported there. The main station came to trade once, and it was all gold and some ammunition." Qi Hancai He looked at his record book and said. ?Wu Heng nodded. After talking about the matter, we went out together to collect the exchanged grenades and machine gun ammunition. He then returned to the dormitory and returned to the city lord''s mansion. ?Wu Heng went downstairs. Supper is ready. After having dinner with Wen Mansha, they took a walk in the courtyard together, and then returned to the bedroom early. ?The sky is getting longer here, but compared to Treasure Island, it gets dark very early. On the bed. ?Wu Heng touched Wen Mansha''s long, silky fiery red hair and said, "Okay, don''t force it." Wen Mansha raised her head and kissed his waist, "I miss it too." ??Wu Heng pinched the other person''s cheek and said, "It will be fine when the baby is born." Yeah. Wen Mansha stepped forward carefully and leaned into the other persons arms. Wu Heng hugged her and said, "I will help you build a power plant and a newspaper office here. The power plant needs a site, and the newspaper office prints a kind of writing paper and needs people to distribute it regularly." ?Wu Heng carefully explained the uses and characteristics of the power plant and the newspaper office. About electricity, Wen Mansha had been exposed to photovoltaic panels and street lights, so she understood it very well. The newspaper Wu Heng brought a sample of the finished product and explained it to her. are also easy to understand. "There is a ready-made place. I will ask someone to take you there tomorrow." Wen Mansha nodded and said. Well, okay! Wu Heng nodded. Wen Mansha continued to ask: "Master, it''s time for you to find us a wife." Uhwhy did you mention this? Wu Heng looked at her. I just felt it was time. ?Wu Heng hugged her into his arms and said, "I''m not afraid that if I have a wife, I will bully you." "No way! Master, you are in charge, and you will definitely not let others bully us." To the west of Blackstone Town, Tieyan Village. ??A figure wearing a long coat stood at the door. On one side at his feet was a leopard wandering restlessly. At this time, figures came out of the village. He saluted and said: "Deacon, the village is empty. A large number of burned corpses were found behind the village. They should be villagers in the village. Every house has been ransacked, and all valuable belongings and appliances have been taken away." Another person added, We found traces of the spread of sects in some rooms, and we can confirm that sects stayed here before. Slater''s eyes narrowed slightly, and his expression suddenly became cold. ?Following the traces along the way and not losing track of the target. ??However, all three villages were killed along the way. It''s simply cruel and ruthless. The investigators entered the village to record and record the numerous crimes. The others re-blocked the village. We will spend the night here and continue tracking tomorrow. Slater ordered. Yes! everyone responded. In a tidy room. Yuli took out the light stone, hung it on the roof of the shed, and said, "Aunt, if we chase after them, will we be unable to defeat this sect? They are a bit scary." Slater prepared food for the leopard and said softly: "Let''s follow first. Once we find the trace, we will notify the nearby guards to encircle and suppress it. There will be no head-on conflict." The kingdom is in such chaos, how can we mobilize the guards? Yuli muttered. Lets take a look at the situation first! "If Wu Heng was here, he would definitely not be afraid of these cults." "yes!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 589 , waiting for reinforcements Chapter 589, Waiting for reinforcements The next day, early morning. Tieyan Village. The team of professionals who stayed overnight did not sleep well all night. The things about cults are like a huge stone hanging in the heart, making people feel depressed and heavy. ?If the investigation continues, the cult will continue to cause chaos and more people will die. If we continue to investigate, we may encounter danger, and given the current situation of the kingdom, it may be difficult to mobilize troops for ourselves. The preparations are not much different. ? Yuri, who had some dark circles under her eyes, lightly knocked on the door of a house. Auntie, everything is ready and you can go. "Let the tame beast out first, and I will go out right away." Slater sat at the table and turned around and said. Okay! Yuli turned and left. Slater turned around and finished writing the last letter on his desk. Picked up the letter and looked at it. I hope it wont be used. Take a deep breath, pack the letter and put it aside. He began to pack up the pillows and bedding beside him and put them all into the space ring. Just when I was putting away the pillow, a blank envelope slipped aside. Slater''s eyes narrowed. Then, surprise, suspicion and joy flashed in his eyes. Pick up the letter and unfold it quickly. The content inside also appears in front of you. The cause of Beni''s death has been investigated clearly. The sect that killed her is called the Tianming Sect, which was officially designated as a cult by the association two months ago. The leader is called Fatih, his level is above level 18, and his profession cannot be determined yet. ? Judging from the current information, the sect may have two level 18 professionals and multiple level 15 function professionals. I have arrived in Luntam City and will go to Blackstone Town after arrangements are made here. Before I pass, don''t act rashly. ?Just like the Tianming Cult actively threatens you, ensure your own safety first. " ?There are not many words in the letter, and there is no other content except Tianming Cult. But after reading it, Slater''s forehead was already covered with sweat. More than one level 18 professional, and multiple level 15 professionals. Even just looking at the text description. It all sent shivers down her spine and her heart beat violently. Why does this lineup appear here? Let alone killing nearby villages, even if they sweep through several surrounding towns, no one can stop them. They really had to follow them all the way, fearing that no one would be able to come back. Aunt, are you not ready yet? Everyone is waiting at the door! Yulis urging voice came in again. Slater took a deep breath and calmed down. The writing on the letter has disappeared, leaving only the blank letter paper and envelope. Put the letter into the space ring. Slater opened the door with Leopard and walked out, and saw Yuri standing outside the door. Yuli asked: "Aunt, what''s wrong with you!" Its okay! Slater pinched her cheek. What are you doing! Yuli muttered with some dissatisfaction. ??We walked to the village gate together. Slater glanced at the prepared carriage and several small teams. He ordered in a solemn voice, "The continued tracking operation is cancelled. We will be stationed in Tieyan Village. The first team will arrange for a person to return to Blackstone Town. If reinforcements come, bring him here." Express report, express report, Wrentam report. "The newspaper published by the city hall allows you to sit at home and learn about world affairs. It also explains the internal turmoil in the kingdom. The 18th-level cult massacred villagers. The murderer of the blood python gang leader was actually around. The legendary city lord, Mr. Wu Heng, became a small person and the leader of the association island. The growth process,... is all written in the newspaper." The sound of shouting to sell newspapers rang out in the main thoroughfares of the city. ?The newspaper seller held the newspaper high and shouted loudly to attract the attention of the people passing by. No one knows what a newspaper is. But these two sentences of listening to yelling seem quite attractive. This newspaper..., can you just take it? A tall orc, encouraged by the people around him, went up and asked. ?The newspaper seller stopped shouting and looked down at him, "65 copper coins." If I had told you I wanted money, I wouldnt have pushed you over. Give me one. A well-dressed businessman came over to buy something. Those who dont want to buy should stay far away and watch the excitement. People who want to buy it to see what it is, buy the newspaper. ?The Windweed Tavern. A few scattered guests took up about one-third of the place in the tavern. ??A bard dressed as a human, after whispering a few words to the boss, walked straight onto the wooden platform on one side. After tapping the counter, he said loudly: "Everyone, this morning the city lord''s palace released a reading material called a newspaper, 65 copper coins a piece, which records information about surrounding cities, information about gangs in the city, and the story of Lord Wu Heng. I happened to have some spare money, so I bought a copy and told everyone. Everyone in the audience looked at him. There are mostly orcs in the tavern, and not many are literate. Everyone smiled when they heard that it was something new and did not require any money. Speak quickly, speak quickly! Well, for a price, everyone can listen to whats written in it. Speak quickly, I wont be able to understand you when I drink too much. ??The bard smiled and began to speak. "The first news is that the old king of the Kingdom of Yeko has died, and the royal family is fighting for power... Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, defeated the prince of the Kingdom of Celtic, the human genius Luan Randolph, in a fair competition in the association. ''." Treasure Island? Wu Heng? Why is it so familiar? The captain of the association, the one who defeated the Warhammer Party, the real lord of Luntam City. I wonder why its so familiar! Now you are the owner of the island, and you have defeated the prince. No wonder I didnt want this city, people didnt like it at all. ??The tavern became noisy because of this news. ?There was a commotion, discussing things about Wu Heng, and some even talked about some rumors they had heard. ??The bard was not in a hurry to continue. Waiting for everyone''s discussion, so that some outsiders can know who Wu Heng is. And what we did in this city. Different from Treasure Island. ??The bard at the Wrentam City Tavern was specially arranged by the city hall. One place for each person, and the drinkers can read newspapers for free. This is done because Luntam City is different from Treasure Island. ?Luntam City is located in a small shop. There are not many high-level professionals, and there are even fewer people who are literate and willing to buy reading materials. ?It is more difficult to get them to buy a newspaper, or to get a bard to read it. Simply make your own arrangements and wait until it becomes a habit later. ??The tavern will hire a bard to take charge of the tavern. Finish the information in the newspaper. ??The bard began to tell the following story, and all the drinkers shut up again. The whole tavern was surprisingly quiet. ??Only the bard''s voice echoed in the tavern. Wu Heng came over and took a look, and immediately said: Are you looking at that retired soldier? . I planned to expose Wu Hengs conspiracy and make him look embarrassed,but the staff member who delivered the letter happened to come out. I caught up with him and asked, what is your occupation? I was once a soldier of the kingdom. Wu Hengs theory has been proven again. I am so surprised that I cant help but ask how you deduced it. Its very simple, Wu Heng explained with a smile. The person delivering the message has calluses on his hands,..., he stands with his head held high,..., plus the mark on his hand, it can be determined that he is from the light infantry." The drinkers nodded slightly, even the orcs who didn''t want to use their brains. I also understood the basis of the analysis. Very reasonable. ?The story continues without stopping because of the admiration of the drinkers. Watson admired Wu Heng''s inference and handed him the letter he had just sent. ? Watson picked up the letter and read out the contents. A murder occurred on Lauriston Garden Street, and Wu Heng was invited to investigate. At this point, the story ends at the same point as the first issue of Treasure Island. ?While everyone was immersed in it, the bard clapped his hands and said, "Okay, the story is over. The second half of the story will be published in the next issue of the newspaper." ?Everyone was stunned, and then looked at each other. No more? Can this thing be stopped in the middle? Here I go, I hate it when someone talks half-sentence. Pah~! Follow me to the city hall! The wine glass costs 50 copper coins. "Grass." (End of this chapter) Chapter 590 , it turns out that your tame beast Chapter 590: It turns out that your tame beast City Lords Mansion. ?Wu Heng looked at the reputation on the panel. Fame: Level 18 (33574/48000) Fame grows at a pretty good rate. In one morning, it rose by almost six to seven hundred points. According to the experience gained from Treasure Island. The release of the first issue is just a warm-up, and the second and third issues will usher in an explosion of fame. ?With my current number of thirty-three thousand, I might be able to directly increase it to full. Meet the requirements for level 19 directly. At that time, all you have to do to increase your experience points is kill zombies. ?Thinking in his mind, Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew back. ??Xiao Xiao was the first to say: "Uncle, because the story was broken, the bard who told the story was beaten, and his face was covered with blood." ?Wu Heng sat up from his seat instantly, "I''ll go, it won''t happen!" "It''s true, the one who beat the person was taken away by the patrol." Xiaoxiao said. Forehead. It seems that this Luntam City is more sturdy than the folk customs of Treasure Island. Then, Glenda and Penny also flew back one after another. After two days of adaptation, Penny has completely accepted this body and is able to become more skillful in hiding and revealing her body. ?Granda said: "The response to the story was pretty good, and the discussion was quite heated!" ??Beni also said: "The pub is lively, but there are not that many people buying newspapers." "It''s okay, we don''t expect this to make money, as long as the newspaper can continue to be serialized." Wu Heng said with a smile. The main thing is to collect reputation. It is good that the newspaper does not lose money. The three ghosts nodded and said nothing more. After confirming that there are no problems with the distribution of newspapers. ?Wu Heng opened the door again and walked downstairs. In the living room, Wen Mansha was nibbling on pastries. ?Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he smiled and said, "The newspaper is quite successful. I asked people to go out and read it." ??Wu Heng sat down aside and put his arm around her shoulders. "Continue to distribute the newspapers in the back. I have prepared the stories in the next few issues for you. The rest will be delivered through the radio." Wen Mansha turned her head and asked, "Are you leaving?" The cult matters still need to be dealt with, and Treasure Island cannot be left for too long. Wu Heng explained softly. Wuheng stayed for three days. The equipment of the power plant has been shipped, including assembly and wiring laying. ?As long as the wiring is completed, power can be supplied normally. ?Now that the newspaper has been put on sale, Wu Hengs plans can be considered a success. But you just came. Wen Mansha leaned in her arms. Let me take you to Treasure Island! Wu Heng looked at her and said. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, then shook her head, "How can we walk far from Luntam City? We will only stay for a day or two before coming back. Time is wasted on the road. You can come back earlier next time. " Okay, next time, Ill stay with you for a while longer. Wu Heng held up the other persons chin and gently held his lips. The two were intimate for a while and then slowly separated. Wen Mansha then asked, "Master, when are you leaving?" Ill leave later. Wen Mansha nodded and looked aside, "Harter." Madam! The housekeeper took a step forward. Prepare some supplies for the master on the road. Calculate the taxes for the past few months and give half of them to the master. Wen Mansha ordered. Yes, maam. The housekeeper responded and turned around to get ready. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, he hugged the other person and coaxed him softly. Its approaching noon. Wu Heng finished preparations, waved goodbye to the two of them, put on the [train conductors hat] and got on the train directly. The whistle sounded and the train disappeared. The train appears again. Docked at a wasteland outside Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng put on the [Faceless Man Skin], transformed into a ''fisherman'', and walked directly towards the city. As he approached the city gate, the guards stopped him. For what? Wu Heng took out the emblem and said, "From the association, come find Slater." The two of them guarded the city gate and frowned as they looked at the emblem. He thought for a moment, looked at the two figures again, and finally moved out of the way, "Be honest and don''t cause trouble." ?Wu Heng ignored it and walked directly into the city. ??Blackstone Town is unusually deserted. Occasionally, you can see some residents in a hurry. There is no communication at all. They just keep their heads down and go on their way. There is a clear difference between the lively and busy city of Luntam. All the way to the association hall. After Wu Heng walked in, he walked directly to the deacon''s study and knocked on the door, but no one answered. Release the ghost and enter the room to check. There was no one inside, and it looked like they had been gone for a few days. ?What''s going on in Blackstone Town? He walked back to the front desk and asked, "I want to see Deacon Slater. We have an appointment." Who are you? The staff looked up and down. ??Wu Heng took out his emblem again to prove his identity. Are you asking the deacon for anything? The staff member asked again after confirming. I contacted the deacon in advance and we are going to perform a mission together. Wu Heng explained with a frown, guessing what the other party meant. The staff suddenly said: "A mission to search for sect affairs?" "right!" Wait a moment. The staff member left and then walked out with a team member. Wu Heng also knew the other party, a member of the previous team. Sir, the deacons are stationed at Tieyan Village and asked me to take you there when you come. ??Wu Heng glanced at the other party and asked: "Didn''t you say we would meet in Blackstone Town? Why did we go to Tieyan Village?" ?The other party hesitated for a moment and took him aside. "When Deacon Slater asked me to come back, we had already found Iron Rock Village." Something about a cult? Yes, the people in several villages along the way are gone, and the kingdoms guards refused to send out, so the deacon took us to investigate on our own. ??Wu Heng nodded, "Time is tight, tell me the location of Tieyan Village, and I will go there first." The team members took out a map and directly pointed out the location of Iron Rock Village. Give me the map! Ill go there first and leave when youre ready. Wu Heng took the map and walked out of the association. After leaving the city all the way. Push out the motorcycle and rush towards Tieyan Village. Tieyan Village. The association stayed here for three days. ?Slater and Yuri both have space rings, and they have sufficient food and water sources. Yuri said while eating, "Aunt, why haven''t the reinforcements you mentioned arrived yet? We will all go back to Blackstone Town at this time." It should be soon! Slater said. "How do you know?" Yuri took a sip of soup from the bowl and exclaimed as if she had thought of something, "It''s the kind of letter that has no words after reading it, you man!" Pah~! Slater patted the back of her head and said, "Don''t talk nonsense." Yulis eyes suddenly became clear, and she whispered softly, Who told you not to tell who it is. ?Slater didn''t say much, and he became worried. ?Wu Heng came over directly, so this little girl must have guessed it. Outside the village gate. A ranger ran back quickly. said: "Deacon, the trace is approaching the ''Tour Village''." ?The people who were eating together frowned. ??That area is no longer the territory of Blackstone Town and belongs to the management of the next town. Aunt, you dont belong to us The words have not yet finished. ??The leopard that was crouched aside suddenly stood up and faced out of the village with a fierce expression on its face. In the direction outside the village, a figure quickly rushed out of the dense forest. ?Wearing a black cloak and a mask, he exudes a disturbing aura. He raised his head and looked at the guarded village. It turns out it was your tame beast that made me follow you so far. (End of this chapter) Chapter 591 , why are your movements so familiar? (Updated today.) Chapter 591, Why are your movements so familiar? (Updated today.) ?Someone followed the tame beast to find this place, which made everyone in the association immediately nervous. Deacon Slater and several team captains quickly climbed onto the city wall. Looking at the figure outside. ?Wearing a black cloak and a mask. Lets see if there is anyone else. Slater said to his side. Hurrah! Several tamed beasts flew into the sky and flew around. No others were found. Several rangers replied. ??The figure in a black cloak outside the village glanced at the village gate and the wall, and then looked at a few people unkindly. With a smile on his face, he backed away little by little, planning to leave. He wants to leave! someone reminded. Slater watched the other party retreat a little, and his expression became hesitant. But now the other party is alone. ??Really asking him to go back and pass the news back will only make it more troublesome. Open the city gate and dont let him escape. Slater ordered coldly. ?The village gate opened, and everyone rushed out, chasing the opponent in the direction he left. ?The golden leopard rushed at the front and flew directly towards the target. The man who was running away suddenly stopped, twisted his waist, and pulled out his right leg like an iron whip. Bang~! A dull sound sounded, and the golden leopard was whipped out. Swish swish~! ??The sound of arrows piercing the air was heard, and the man in black robe ducked down and quickly hid behind a thick tree. Hearing the footsteps surrounding him, he sneered and said, "I''m really afraid you won''t come out." As he spoke, smoke bombs were thrown at his feet. A large sheet of smoke covered the entire forest. ??The man in black robes drew out two swords, long and short. His figure was ghostly, and he turned around and rushed into the mist. Be careful of the fog, disperse it! Slaters voice sounded. The next second, a sharp sword suddenly stabbed out from the mist. Slater''s eyes narrowed, he turned his head to avoid the sword, and slashed forward with the long sword in his hand. ?In the sky, an eagle wearing leather armor suddenly turned into a giant bear and fell from the sky. Bang~! It fell heavily to the ground, hitting the black-robed man''s original position. The impact caused the mist to scatter to both sides. The others also saw the target, their arrows whistling, and they all surrounded him. ??The man in black robe quickly swung his long and short swords, making two wounds on the giant bear, and then shuttled through the woods again to kill the other people surrounding him. ??Some people kept getting injured and flew backwards. Fourth level professional. Must have reached level 15 or above, otherwise it would be impossible to have such combat power. Retreat to the village! Slater shouted again. The order is issued and it instantly attracts the other party''s attention. ??The steps turned around, and the figure loomed, appearing in front of Slater again. The weapon in his hand stabbed and slashed quickly, turning into sword lights. Auntie~! The giant bear rushed over again. Get back first Slater shouted. "Deacon of Blackstone Town, if I kill you, it will be a great achievement for me to go back..." Bang~Poof! As he spoke, the chest of the man in black robe suddenly exploded, and blood flowed out along the split coat. ??The man in black robe''s eyes were focused, and without any hesitation, he turned over to avoid it. Another smoke bomb was thrown, and the figure disappeared in the smoke. ?Bang bang bang~! ??The explosion sounded again, and bullets shot into the smoke. Damn~! There was a curse in the smoke, and then there was no sound. Slaters eyes narrowed. ?This voice is really too familiar. ??Firearms used by Wu Heng. But before the matter is clear, I still dare not take too many risks. Just chasing him out is an unwise decision. Lead everyone back and continue to be wary of the smoke ahead. At this time, the sound of the engine sounded. ?Two figures riding strange vehicles appeared in sight and parked next to the smoke. The figure behind them walked into the smoke and dragged out the body covered in black robes. Throw it in the open space in front of you. Slater and others stared at the two of them. Its not Wu Heng! A middle-aged man with rough skin, like someone who has been exposed to the sun for a long time. And the man in black robe who is very capable in combat. He was dragged out of the smoke like a dead man, with long thin streaks of blood underneath him. Dead! Died so easily? I feel that the other party is helping me, and there is no ill intention. But he still ordered, "Close the village gate, take potion to the injured, and Yuri also takes a potion to Kuro." The village gate was closed again. ??The rest of the people also started taking the potion. Yuli picked up the injured leopard and poured the opened potion into the leopard''s mouth. Outside the village gate. ?Wu Heng looked at the body that was dragged out, bent down and took off his mask. Under the mask is a middle-aged man. The gray-brown hair is not like the hair color common among the people of Yeke Kingdom. Mask is not a prop or a strange object, it is just an ordinary covering to cover the face. It should be because you dont want to expose your appearance. ??The only prop is the space ring on your hand. 5 cubic meters of storage space, containing a large number of silver coins, as well as smoke bombs, magic scrolls and other items. In other words, this person still did not use all his strength when beating Slater and others. After inspection. Let the skeleton drag the body to the village gate. He met Slater''s eyes, and then said: "I learned about your presence at the Blackstone Town Association, and came here specifically to assist you in arresting the cult." ??Wu Heng is still wearing a ''human skin mask'', which he put on when he was about to arrive here. I dont plan to let too many people know that I have come to Blackstone Town. And the things you can do to change your appearance. Slater frowned slightly, still a little suspicious, "Let me see your coat of arms." Wu Heng took out the emblem and waved it in front of him, and then said: "Open the door, don''t waste time, this is the letter I wrote to you three days ago." Slater nodded, "Open the door, this is the association reinforcements we are waiting for." The village gate opens. ?Wu Heng walked in front, and the skeleton followed behind, dragging the body. Slater said directly: "You come in with me, Yuri will check the identity of the body, and the rest of the team will guard the surroundings of the village to avoid other enemies." Yes! each team responded. ??Wu Heng followed Slater into the house on one side with the skeleton. The lights in the house are dim. Slater stopped and stared at his face. ??Wu Heng tugged behind the ear and tore off the human skin mask, "Oh, what are you looking at!" Slater looked down at the mask in his hand, and then at his face, "What is it, so ugly?" A mask, if too many people know that I am back, it will cause trouble for you. Wu Heng explained. Slater frowned, stepped forward and gave him a hug, "Why did you come here? It took so many days." ?Wu Heng patted her on the back, "I was delayed a little on the way, but fortunately I came at the right time." "I almost lost sight of Yuri and I." Slater left the other party''s arms, sat down on the side, and said directly: "This sect, the Destiny Sect that you investigated, is now in Tu''er Village in the southwest, across the Its about three hours journey through the forest. Slater did not do anything. Investigated the location where the cult was stationed. It is difficult for them to do the rest of the things because the level difference is too big. ?Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeleton beside him: "Drag that body in." The skeleton went out and dragged the body outside the door in. You want to ask about the corpse? Slater asked. Ask the other party if they have any preparations and how many high-level professionals there are in the village. Wu Heng said. This corpse may be level 15, why dont you transform it? This one is good. Wu Heng said, and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] towards the corpse. The fallen corpse sat up and looked this way with turbid eyes. ?Wu Heng asked directly: "Where are your people stationed?" The corpse replied, "Village of Tours." Who is a high-level professional in the village? The corpse replied, "Bishop, the great knights should all have reached level 18 professional." Slater''s face became solemn again. ?Wu Heng mentioned in his letter that there may be more than one level 18 professional in the Tianming Cult, and now it seems that this is true. ?This kind of lineup is actually causing trouble in such a small place. ?Wu Heng then asked: "How many people are there in total?" The number of congregants who gathered recently was less than three hundred. Do you have any ambush? "No." When do you plan to leave? We will probably stay for two or three days, and then continue westward along the road. After answering the five questions, the body fell back with a bang. Slater''s face was solemn. He asked: "What should I do? There are no professionals who have reached level 18 in the associations in this area." "It''s okay, don''t be afraid!" Wu Heng comforted him, and then said, "Can you find Tour Village?" "able!" You come with me later. Lets go to Tuer Village. The rest of the team will follow us, but it wont be easy to get close. Let them go back to Blackstone Town first. Wu Heng said directly. Lets go to Tour Village? Is that possible? ?Slater knew that Wu Heng was very powerful, but he faced two level 18 professionals. It may also be very strenuous. "Don''t worry! I have a solution." Wu Heng said confidently. ?At this point, Slater has no better way. ?There is already a member of the cult lying at your feet. Maybe the other party will come here along the road tomorrow or the day after tomorrow. You can only believe that Wu Heng can do it. Even if we make the matter bigger and deter the other party, it will be fine. Okay, Ill listen to you. ?Wu Heng put on his mask and walked out of the house with Slater. Just walked out of the door. Yuli came up with the leopard. One person and one leopard were walking around in a circle. Yuli looked up and down, her brows slightly furrowed. The leopard kept sniffing to identify the scent. How come your walking style is so familiar? You dont know how to use illusions anymore! Yuris tone was full of doubt. The leopard also bared its teeth, showing that it was familiar. ?Wu Heng glanced at Slater out of the corner of his eye. When he saw the other person shaking his head, he said calmly: "Let''s play." Yuli frowned deeper and then asked, "Where did you get the weapon that killed that man? Don''t pretend to be like me. I could see it right away with those two steps you took." Before Wu Heng could speak, Slater said from the side: "Yuli, don''t cause trouble. This gentleman came from Luntam City. I will tell you when I get back. Go and call some captains." Yuri wanted to say something else, but now was obviously not the time to discuss it. I can only nod and go find someone else. Not long after, the other captains came over. Slater said directly: "This sect is a cult wanted by the association. It has exceeded the difficulty we can handle. All teams return to Blackstone Town and notify the city defense to increase defense." A cult recognized by the association. In other words, he has done a lot of bad things before. ?No wonder its so difficult to deal with. Butler, where are you? Yuri asked. When working, address the position. Im going to Tour Village to investigate information. Slater said, and before Yuri could speak, he ordered, Get all involved and go back now. Yes! everyone responded and began to prepare to return. When everything is ready. The team members returned, Wu Heng and Slater also walked through the woods. A few hours later. The two walked through the woods, behind a boulder, and looked at the village ahead. That is Tour Village, which is no longer within the scope of our Blackstone Town. It is also difficult to mobilize the nearby town guards, Slater said. ?Wu Heng took out his telescope and looked at the wall. With a thought, the ghost flew out to inquire for information. ?Not long after, the ghost flew back and the screen was shared. One professional is at level 18, and one is close to level 18, and should be at level 17. Only one step away. Get ready to fight. Wu Heng said. Slater panicked, "Huh? The three of us? Fight?" No need for you, protect yourself. Wu Heng said, waving his hand to his side. The cracks and stone doors opened, revealing the gun barrels, machine guns, and the hiding cave filled with skeletons. Village of Tours. ?The spacious central open space was now filled with members of the Destiny Sect wearing black robes. Straight ahead, a huge circular pattern hangs high, reflecting the afterglow, exuding a sense of majesty. Wearing an embroidered robe to protect the religion, he stood on the high platform with a solemn expression, holding a heavy book in his hand and reading aloud. ?Below, devout believers gathered below, holding candles in their hands and chanting the words of our Lord God. ??Bishop Fatih sits under the ring and enjoys the worship of the people on behalf of the gods. As long as time permits, you can gain sufficient fame. Sooner or later, one day, I will be able to send myself to the position of a hero. Get the same treatment as those heroes who sit in the Hall of Heroes and boss around. ???Cult, so what if they kill people? ?As long as he is strong enough, no one can do anything to him. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????? There is a feeling of comfort throughout the whole body, as if electric shock. Power, power has the final say in everything. When the chanting time was over and it was time for ''Fatih'' to show up, he stood up gently stroking the handrail, straightened his clothes, and walked slowly to the front. Wear a soft smile and wave your hands slightly. Just as he was about to speak, a terrifying crisis suddenly arose in his heart. Hurrah hoo~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded. Large objects falling from overhead. Fatih quickly dodged to one side, and then an explosion sounded, and his whole body was thrown away. ?Hum, boom, boom~! Immediately afterwards, countless explosions covered the entire village. ??Congregants were torn apart, with broken limbs and broken arms, debris and wood chips flying everywhere, filling the sky. ? Panic and screams kept ringing out, and the place of production was in chaos. "Enemy attack, prepare..." A church leader shouted an order, and the next second a grenade exploded at his feet. The whole person was thrown up, his legs were missing, and he was vomiting blood. High-level professionals with strong vitality. ??However, the impact of the explosion can still shatter the internal organs and directly lose the ability to fight. ?Someone shouted: "Hide inside the house and prepare to fight." The sound of the explosion was deafening. ?Where could one hear the order clearly, everyone was in a mess, and the totem representing the church was trampled underfoot and covered with mud. Outside the village. The [Mansion Spell] continued, and grenades were shot into the sky, hitting the village regardless of the cost. ??This kind of grenade was replaced by thousands of them before and after. It is designed to deal with this situation. Level 18 professionals are already regarded as the top combat power in this world, and they must reduce the opponent''s combat power to the greatest extent. ??It is best to be directly killed or seriously injured. Grenade attacks, even if they are rare objects or props, can hardly block the spread of power and impact. ?As long as you hit the target, you will never get any benefit. Slater stood aside, eyes widened, looking at the open door beside him. ?pieces of cannonballs were fired into the village, the ground shook, the gates and walls were torn apart, and the village was covered in smoke. Has the way of fighting changed? Have you started fighting like this? In a burst of covering bombing. Xiao Xiao quickly flew back and got directly into the body. Share the screen here. ?In the smoke-filled village, a group of people stumbled out of the collapsed wall and fled to one side. 18th-level bishop! There are also several professionals with high levels. ?Wu Heng pointed to the side and said, "Over there, Kaxiu will lead a team to kill them all." Ka Xiu took a step forward and turned into an afterimage and rushed out. Behind the stone door, amidst the sound of bones rubbing against each other, a large number of strangely sized deformed skeletons poured out of the stone door and charged forward. (End of this chapter) Chapter 592 , you exposed yourself Chapter 592: You exposed your secret ??Bishop Fatih led more than 20 people, rushed out of the ruins and fled into the distance. ?It is unclear who the enemy is, but it is definitely not the surrounding defense forces or local associations. ?Those guys are not capable of razing the village to the ground. Bishop, lets run north, there is a mine over there, sneak into the miners, and then escape. A member of the congregation shouted. Fatih looked serious, looked around and said, "Let''s go to the mine..." As he spoke, the sense of crisis rose in his heart again. Handled the congregant who was pointing the way to him and blocked him in front of him. Poof~! The bullet hit the body instantly, the leather armor was torn and blood spattered. ?The body gradually became limp, and the congregants were shocked, "I am loyal to the church..., you..." ??Fatih threw aside the worthless congregation. Looking to the side of you again. ??In the already dark woods, there was the sound of dense and rapid footsteps. Dense blue firelight, extremely bright in the dark night. As he gradually got closer, he saw densely packed large skeletons, with blue soul fire flashing in their eyes, running towards them. ?This scene made everyones eyes widen. Have guessed at the identity of the enemy. But I never thought that it would be the undead. Why are there so many undead in human villages and towns? ?As various thoughts flashed through his mind, the tall, weird skeleton with arms above his knees, like a mad bull, took the lead and crashed into the crowd. In an instant, several figures were knocked out. They raised their fists and smashed them down with all their strength. ~! ??Fatih''s expression was concentrated, and he looked at the tall skeleton rushing towards him. He stood up from the ground, flicked his long sleeves, and stabbed out the thin sword from the sleeves. The tall skeleton instantly raised his arms to block. ??The thin sword penetrated the arm bone, the sword light stirred, and the entire arm exploded instantly. Then the figure flashed like a ghost, appeared beside the skeleton, and the sword thrust out again. Penetrated through the skull, crushed the skull, and the body turned into broken bones and scattered on the ground. Fatih''s eyes narrowed. The summons of the Necromancer, and its level is not low. At least close to level 15. Kill all the skeletons and retreat slowly. Fatih turned around and ordered loudly. Huh~! As he spoke, a sound broke through the air. The skeleton attendant Kaxiu flew in from a distance, whipping his legs in the air and making the air explode. Fatih turned over and backed away. He looked up and saw the figure opposite. He was wearing a thin cloth and his head was tightly wrapped. Level 18 professional. With the strength and movement just now, he is a level 18 professional. What do you call it? Fatih asked coldly. Kaxiu shed his arms and his shirt fell off, revealing the bones underneath. Its the skeleton again! Still an unarmored boxer. You can know the other person''s occupation from the action of taking off his shirt. Kaxiu tapped his foot lightly, rushed out, punched out, and the air exploded. ??Fatih reacted more quickly, dodged sideways, and his figure disappeared in the dark for an instant, appearing from the side, slashing across the waist with the long sword in his hand. Kaxiu turned around and whipped his legs. The next second, another ''Fatih'' appeared from behind and stabbed his head straight. Kaxiu twisted his body and kicked both legs to both sides at the same time. ification! Fatih in the front was shattered, while Fatih in the rear dodged, his robes fluttered, and a baby-like figure emerged from the waist, stabbing forward with a dagger in one hand, and firing a crossbow with a short crossbow in the other. ?Kaxiu leaned back, his sternum wide open, the crossbow bolt passed through the gap, and his sternum caught the stabbing dagger. ?Hash it with one punch, forcing the strange figure around the waist to retreat. Fatih took advantage of the situation and retreated, his figure suddenly appearing and disappearing. Kaxiu landed on the ground, adjusted his figure, took off his sternum dagger, threw it suddenly, and pounced forward like lightning again. Fatih''s face was solemn, looking for an opportunity to escape. He and a skeleton were fighting inseparably, and the necromancer had not found his position yet. If you procrastinate, it will only become more detrimental to yourself. ??He turned his head sideways to avoid the thrown dagger, and saw the skeleton boxer rushing towards him again. He waved his hand and threw out two shadows, then turned around and ran away to the rear. ?Just after running two steps, the sense of crisis rose again. The long sword in his hand is standing upright at his side. Dang~! Hitting the weapon with such powerful force that his arm felt numb and he almost lost his grip. There are also masters! ?The movement hesitated, and Kaxiu followed closely again. The wind of the fist was fierce and powerful, the air waves rolled, and the explosion was deafening. Fatih''s movements were dexterous and his moves were strange. ?The figure is looming, and from time to time, illusion clones and weird limbs will come out to assist in the attack. Far away, on a thick tree trunk. ?Wu Heng held a sniper rifle, surprise flashed in his eyes. ??Not only the opponent''s action of blocking bullets, but also various weird fighting methods. It can be determined that it is a melee profession, but the clone shown is Hand-held weapons to block bullets, and the attack techniques are also very weird. ??It is definitely a melee profession, but the illusion clones and strange moves shown do not look like a common melee profession. We can''t delay it any longer. If we let him run away, things will only become more troublesome. ?With a thought, several clones appeared. Hurrah! Youre **** stupid, using skills on a tree. Whats going on in your head. If you werent for me, Id want to beat you to death. ?With a few curses, each clone quickly climbed up several surrounding trees, or took a flying carpet and floated in the air. ?Each person has a sniper rifle and shoots towards the target from a distance. Bang bang bang~! The next second, six people pulled the trigger together. In the sight. ?Fatih, who was fighting with Kaxiu, suddenly looked this way, swung his sword in his hand, and blocked two bullets with a "dang-dang". The remaining bullets hit his body, staining his clothes red with blood. After his body was hit by a bullet, the moment he staggered, the sound of breaking through the air sounded again, and Kaxiu''s whip leg hit his head. Click it~! ??The sound of bones breaking was heard, and Fatih''s body flew sideways instantly. Kaxius body continued to follow. Pressing him to the ground, his fists fell like raindrops. ?Bang bang bang~! The punches continued continuously, and the air waves kept exploding. ?The body on the ground was dented downwards by the hammer blow, and sand, stone, and dust were scattered all around along with the air waves. Not long after, in the rising smoke. A ghost floated out and fled toward the distant forest without looking back. Just before he could escape too far, he was caught up by another ghost and imprisoned in the air. Rear. ?Wu Heng was sitting on the ''flying carpet'', followed by two other ghosts, flying quickly over. The imprisoned ghost kept struggling and roaring. ?Seeing Wu Heng flying over, he roared ferociously, "Necromancer, why did you do this? The church I finally established, why did you do this..." ?Wu Heng ignored it and looked at the ghost Benny on the other side of his shoulder, Is it him? Yes! Penny looked evasive and showed great fear. ?The ghost of Bishop Fatih also looked at the other ghost curiously and looked at it carefully. Perplexity flashed in his eyes. "You are the traitor I killed, the association''s spy..." Then he suddenly looked at Wu Heng, "Are you a member of the association, a necromancer?" ??Wu Heng ignored him and explained to Penny, "Now that he is dead, the ghost is in our hands. I will lock him up first, and then deal with him when your level is high." ??Beni looked at the other person carefully and said, "Thank you, I''ll just leave it to you. Killing him has already avenged me." The great revenge has been avenged, and one wish has been fulfilled. Wu Heng guided him. Listen to me. Fatih roared loudly. Then he said: "Necromancer, I didn''t know she was yours. From my point of view at that time, I would definitely kill her. This is not entirely my fault." You are now level 18, right? We can join forces to send you to the position of a hero. When the time comes, rich woman, the entire continent will bow down and surrender. Dont you want to have this status? Inexhaustible wealth, girls of all races, even princesses and queens, will be delivered to you at any time. I can help you, trust me. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "I can''t trust you." After saying that, he took out the magic soul pot and started to devour the ghost of Fatih. Put them all into the magic soul pot. The ghost was put away, and Wu Heng landed with his ghost. Let the skeleton card repairman pull out the body that was sunk into the ground and start checking the equipment on the body. The long sword and belt are both magic props. ?The space ring contains more than two hundred gold coins, a large number of silver coins, magic scrolls, some weapons and equipment, and many daily necessities. There are no too strange items or props. ??Wu Heng put away the opponent''s space ring directly. ?Glenda asked from the side: "How did he know you were lustful?" "who?" That ghost just now, he focused on girls from all races, princesses and queens. Glenda followed closely and said softly. ??Wu Heng was speechless, "Didn''t you hear what he said earlier about wealth that can''t be spent all? When the wealth is gone, it will be left to the woman, otherwise what else can you say?" ?Glenda raised her eyebrows slightly, "Your explanation is reasonable. I thought he would also observe the details and see that you like these." ?? He leaned back slightly and tilted his chin. ??Penny also chuckled softly. The battle here is over. ??Wu Heng greeted the skeletons and continued into the bombed village. The smoke and dust in the village have dispersed, leaving only a ruins of ruins and ruins on the ground. Only some are half collapsed, or some figures can still be seen vaguely in dark corners. There were whispers and the sound of weapons being unsheathed. It seems that at this point, some people still refuse to give up. Sects are like this, they can always influence the thoughts and behaviors of some people. Even if it has been proven that this sect is a lie, the bishop who can perform miracles has not received God''s protection. But it will still be considered that everything is a test from God. The Necromancer has come in, lets kill him. A cry came from the darkness on one side. The surroundings began to become restless. Some figures began to test forward, and crossbow bolts were fired from the corner. ?Wu Heng glanced slightly, raised the staff in his hand, and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. The dead bodies in the village turned into white bones and slowly stood up. Densely packed throughout the area. Kill everyone. Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ?The standing skeletons instantly flooded into the surrounding houses and corners, and the sounds of fighting and slashing could be heard. During a fierce fight. Suddenly, a figure rushed out of the half-collapsed house holding a skeleton. Before more skeletons surrounded him, he knelt on the ground and held up his head. I am the Whisperer of the Association, dont kill me. (End of this chapter) Chapter 593 , check him Chapter 593, check him I am the Secret Whisperer of the Association. The Treasure Island Association arranged for me to come here. Dont kill me. This is my certificate of surrender. I killed the great knight of the church. The sound was very loud, as if he had used his greatest strength. It was dark in the middle of the night and I couldnt see the other persons face clearly. But the three words "Treasure Island" still reminded Wu Heng of a person. Babuzzi! ??The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates, and a friend that Philippa tried his best to keep. ?When I was on Treasure Island, as a bargaining chip for meritorious deeds, I was assigned to investigate the Destiny Sect, and I actually found this place. ?Wu Heng said directly: "Tie them up first." The two skeletons took out hemp rope and tied the man up. The remaining skeletons continued to rush towards other people around, and the shouts of killing still filled the surrounding area. Gradually, the whole area became quiet. The corpses in the corner, as well as the corpses just outside the village, were all dragged out. Pile in the center of the village. ??Wu Heng brought Slater from outside the village into the village, and hung a light stone in a room that had not completely collapsed. Talked her briefly about the situation here. Put on the faceless mans skin again and look like a middle-aged fisherman. Bring the tied prisoner here. Wu Heng said. Not long after, the door opened. Babuqi was led in with his hands tied. When I saw him on Treasure Island, his appearance was a little different. He had gained a lot of weight and had grown a large beard again. ???Babuqi also used the light of the light stone to look at the other party carefully. Not the owner of Treasure Island, but a middle-aged man. Why are the Necromancers so powerful? Killing a force is the same as pushing peacefully. ??Wu Heng said in a calm voice: "We are from the Blackstone Town Association. You said you are Treasure Island''s spy?" "Yes, I was arranged by Treasure Island to investigate the informant of the Destiny Sect. The deacon on the island is called Xila Gui. The owner of the island, Wu Heng, is also from your Yeke Kingdom. You can write to Treasure Island. I said Everything is true," Babuqi said quickly. I am afraid that if I speak slowly, the other party will think that I made it up. Wu Heng said: "We will confirm with Treasure Island. Since you are the spy, what have you found out?" ???Babuqi hesitated for a moment, "I just followed them. Before I could send the information out, you all took it away." So you didnt do anything? ??Wu Heng was a little dissatisfied. Beni, a maid in a tavern, was killed by the other party for passing on information. He is an informant, has been a pirate, and has a higher level. Hand done nothing. ?Wu Heng even suspected that he was spending time here. Babuqi immediately explained, "When I first came here, a woman from Blackstone Town was caught delivering a message. Later, the bishop''s supervision was stricter, so I had no chance to deliver the message to Treasure Island." ?Wu Heng still feels that this is an excuse. He said solemnly: "What do I ask, what do you answer?" "good!" Are you sure that the bishop here is the leader of the Destiny Sect? Its certain, and there is no main god. He is worshiped by the people. Babuqi said. Are there any sects outside? Babuqi thought for a moment and replied, "There should be more. I heard that there are two more guardians and a high knight." ?Wu Heng then asked, "They are just outside and not coming back?" ???Babuqi replied, "No, this bishop will take us all the way to the west and will meet at ''Argiro City'' to completely gather all the members." There are others! Erjiluo City is also a city of Yeke Kingdom? Wu Heng asked. Babuzzi replied, "Yes." That great knight was trying to kill you? How did you kill him? ???Babuqi didn''t expect that the span was so big, and he asked the big knight again. He replied: "He was injured. He was injured by something that fell from the sky. I killed him when I helped rescue him." Finish all the questions. Wu Heng continued: "Okay, I''m quite satisfied with your answer so far. If you come back to Blackstone Town with us tomorrow, we will confirm your identity with Treasure Island and let you go if there is no problem." Thank you, deacon! Babuqi thanked him immediately, with a look of joy as if he had survived a disaster. Let him loose. The skeleton stepped forward and released him. ??Babuqi moves his wrist. ??Wu Heng reminded, "Find a room to rest and don''t wander around at night, otherwise the undead will think you have escaped and it will be difficult to kill you." ??Babuqi''s eyes narrowed, "I won''t go out tonight, all my **** and urine will be taken care of from inside." ?Wu Heng nodded, and Babuqi left the room and found a relatively well-kept room with the door closed. Finished dealing with Babuqi''s matter. ?Wu Heng walked out of the room again. Looking at the remaining corpses that were put away. The most eye-catching ones are the corpses of level 18 and the corpses of level 17 knights with severed heads. What to do? Slater asked. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "If you are level 18, go back for an autopsy and report it to the association, and then I will carry out the transformation." Take out the straw mat from the space ring. After rolling up the body, Slater first put it into the space ring. ??Wu Heng continued to transform the remaining corpses. The corpse of the great knight was a level 17 great warrior skeleton. It can be focused on cultivating. Maybe he can also reach level 18. After everything was taken care of, the two of them returned to the room where they were just now, closed their eyes and rested, waiting for dawn. Early the next morning. ??Wu Heng releases the [Mansion Technique] and collects all the skeletons into the hiding cave. ??Take only Kaxiu''s skeleton, Slater, and Babuqi, and return them to Blackstone Town. Afternoon, Blackstone Town Association. Underground, morgue. Slater said: "The autopsy is over, and the coroner and investigators have taken notes. When I get back, I will write a report and send it to the headquarters. Do you need to mention your name?" "Just mention me directly, just rely on Blackstone. "Zhen''s ability, it is a bit far-fetched to say that the 18th-level professional of the Destiny Sect is destroyed, and the matter of Beni is also included, the whole incident can be connected," Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. ?The cult recognized by the association has level 18 and multiple high-level professionals. If Blackstone Town can destroy the opponent, the headquarters will be suspicious if the information is sent to them. Including Wu Heng, its not much different. After all, he has level 18 skeleton attendants in his hand, coupled with those powerful instruments, he can destroy all the pirates in the Emerald Sea. It is also normal to destroy a newly emerged sect. As for Wu Heng himself, he also needs level 18 meritorious service. Hundred-Soldier suit accessories and level 18 skill books require first-level merit in exchange. So, you must report your name. Okay, Ill write a letter when I get back. Slater said with a smile. After this feat, Slater will definitely be promoted. Its a good thing for everyone. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is this body still useful?" Arent you going to transform? If you dont need it anymore, I will convert you. Transform! "Wait for me at the door first, and then come in after the transformation." Wu Heng turned around and said. Slater didn''t say much and walked out directly. ?Standing at the door, arms folded, waiting. ?Wu Heng put the [Faceless Man''s Skin] on the corpse''s face, and the mask merged with the face to record the other person''s appearance. Then, take off the human skin and use the [Bone Slave Technique] on the corpse. The flesh and blood fell off, and the white bones slowly stood up. Skeleton Tricky Swordsman (Level 18) It is indeed a special occupation. Come down and follow me out. ??The skeleton jumped off the iron bed and followed Wu Heng to the door. ?Wu Heng faced the skeleton and pointed at Slat, "From now on, you will be responsible for protecting her." The skeleton walked directly behind Slater, like a squire. Slater raised his eyebrows, with surprise and joy in his eyes, "Level 18 servant, protect me?" Yeke Kingdom is in too much chaos, and you have a heavy sense of responsibility. It will protect you from now on, Wu Heng said. This time, if Wu Heng comes one day later. ?Slater is the second Penny, Yuri is the third, and she needs two more ghosts. ??Although Wu Heng can accompany them, he doesn''t want them to be really in danger. Especially now, the Kingdom of Yeko seems to have no political power. Its really worrying. Thank you. Slater said gratefully. She doesnt like skeletons very much, but a level 18 skeleton is really a treasure. "You''re welcome!" Wu Heng smiled and continued, "The newly developed neighborhood of Treasure Island has been completed, and a building has been left for you to run Money Cat. Will you come with me this time? I happen to be staying there for a few days. The matter of adding the money cat was something the two of them had mentioned in letters before. It can be regarded as an entertainment industry that needs support. Slater thought for a moment and said, "We can''t leave now. I''ll arrange for someone to go there after a while. Now that I''m gone, Blackstone Town and the surrounding areas will be even more chaotic." Alright. Wu Heng nodded. What should we do with that informant from Treasure Island? Slater continued to ask. ??Wu Heng said: "There is no need to write a letter to Treasure Island. After two days, you will say that Treasure Island has responded to the letter and ask him to continue to Erjiluo City to investigate the remaining members of the Destiny Sect." Okay, got it! The two chatted underground for a while. ?Wu Heng put on his mask again and left, and Slater sent him outside the city. ?Watching him go away. Put on your conductors hat in a deserted place and board the train. Headquarters of the association, Hall of Glory. The ground is spotless and white, exuding a soft light, and above the dome are exquisite murals describing the glory and mission of the heroes and adventurer pioneers. The 18th-level mage Moffat brought his apprentice Luann Randolph to a room. Knocked lightly on the door and walked in directly. In the room, a young elf man sat behind the desk. Moffat and Luan bowed lightly and said, "Lord Kallus." The elf man nodded and said with a smile: "Moffat, you are back. This trip should benefit your apprentice a lot." "That''s a lot of insights." Moffat smiled and nodded, his expression suddenly serious, and said: "Sir, this time we passed by Treasure Island, there is something I want to tell you about the owner of the island, the Necromancer. Regarding Wu Heng, we suspect that he used some kind of ritual to possess or reincarnate." "Wu Heng? That young man that Yimiluo likes? Tell me what''s going on." The elf man also became serious. Moffat sat down aside and began to describe it seriously. From the rumors of the islanders, Wu Hengs control of the island and the exaggerated speed of level improvement. Carried out well-founded analysis and speculation. So, there must be something wrong with him. I think a level 18 inspector should be arranged to go down and conduct an inspection. Moffat said bluntly. ??The elf man frowned and began to think. Just when the room fell into silence. ~! ?The door was knocked again. Another figure walked in, glanced at the other two people in the room, and looked obviously stunned. He bowed slightly and said: "Lord Kallus, Treasure Island has sent a kind of reading material called a newspaper. Leader Lilith, please give a copy to everyone to read the contents." ??The three people in the room stared at each other. As soon as Treasure Island was mentioned, the newspaper was delivered. Let me take a look, Treasure Island was mentioned. The elf man said. The newspaper was handed over. ?Eyes widen slightly when seeing the central title. He glanced at the master and apprentice on the side again with strange eyes. (End of this chapter) Chapter 594 , the headquarters is lively Chapter 594: The headquarters is lively Hear the newspaper delivered from Treasure Island. Both master and apprentice Moffat frowned. ?This is the first time we have seen newspapers like this in our headquarters, but the two of them have been to Treasure Island and have seen them in taverns. Bards read such newspapers. The public challenge to Wu Heng was also because the newspaper generated a lot of popularity on the island. ??I plan to take advantage of this popularity to step on the opponent and enhance my own reputation. How come the newspaper is still delivered to the headquarters? It has nothing to do with the two of you! ?But if they thought about it carefully, they had seen the contents of the newspaper. They were all about things and information around Treasure Island, as well as Wu Heng''s personal story. It should have nothing to do with yourself. As long as its not related to yourself. ?It doesnt matter what is written on it. The elf Kallus holds the newspaper. ?With just a quick glance, I roughly understood the whole story. Moffat mentioned the rumors among the islanders, the reforms of the island owner Wu Heng, and the exaggerated level promotion. The only thing he did not mention was that after he came to the island, he openly provoked the island owner and promoted fair and open challenges everywhere. ?Forced the opponent and entered the arena. Unexpectedly, Moffat''s apprentice did not win, but was defeated in a crushing manner by the equally young Wu Heng. Especially with colorful patterns on it. ??A young man wearing the robe of a soldier, holding a wooden stick high in his hand, flanked by an adoring referee and the lonely figure of Lu An. still has a strong visual impact. ?Now back to the headquarters, Moffat came to him immediately and suspected that Wu Heng had a problem. No matter how he looked at it, he was unwilling to lose the game. There is really a problem. Wouldnt Imiro be able to tell it when he was on Treasure Island? He has been on the island for a day, and you can tell from just seeing him during the game? It is somewhat unjustifiable to be true. Actually, challenging the island owner is easy to understand. Increase the reputation base for your apprentices. Kallus glanced at the other side, feeling a little disdainful. ?? He took the initiative to stir up trouble and lost, and he still wanted the association to come forward and cause trouble for the other party. ??Isnt this a disguised attempt to discredit the association? Moffat saw the other party looking over and smiled, "The newspaper is indeed a good idea. I feel that this department can also publish similar reading materials and distribute them to various places." "That''s a good idea. Moffat, I will record what you said about Treasure Island, and then let several elders discuss it before making arrangements." Kallus put down the newspaper and his expression returned to normal. Moffat nodded and emphasized: "Wu Heng is very cunning, so you should be careful when the time comes." Kallus smiled and nodded, "It will be arranged." Moffat and Moffat did not say any more. ?Its good if things are recorded. Saluted slightly and exited the room. Back to the corridor. Lu An looked serious, "Teacher, after reading the newspaper, Carles feels that his attitude is different from before." "Maybe it''s something written in the newspaper, but that''s not important. What we have to do is to keep the association''s support for you." Moffat said expressionlessly. Thank you, teacher. Lu An thanked him. The two of them walked out of the corridor and returned to the Hall of Glory. There were stacks of newspapers stacked at the front desk. No one was hawking, and no one was promoting it. From time to time, someone walked over curiously, took a piece of paper and looked at the content on it. ??It''s like a free book that you can grab and go. Many people looked down at the newspapers and followed the master and apprentice into the hall, casting strange looks at them. Go get a copy and see whats on it, said Moffat. Under the gaze of the others, Lu An walked to the front desk and took a newspaper. ?As I walked and looked around, my face began to look more and more ugly. Teacher, up here... Moffat took it directly and his eyes fell on the conspicuous pattern in the middle and the enlarged title. ?His eyes widened, and his face turned red for an instant, then turned purple again. ?It is now clear why Kalluss attitude suddenly changed. ?The content in the newspaper clearly stated that the master and his apprentice had lost the competition, and when they came back, they planned to use tricks to plot against Treasure Island. What a sinister boy, you actually published this kind of thing. Moffat cursed in a low voice. They still underestimated the newspapers. Not only can it publish some intelligence information around Treasure Island, but it can also post this kind of thing. also sent to the headquarters. Cunning boy. ?Its useless to explain myself now. I will think that the content in the newspaper is true. More and more people gathered around, and the discussion began to get louder. It seemed that everyone''s eyes were on the two of them. ?Muttering something in a low voice. Lets go, lets get out of here first. Moffat said something, took Luan and left with a gloomy face. An open-air training ground. Moya quickened his pace, climbed the stone steps, and said to the figure in front of him: "Treasure Island has sent you a letter." At the center of the training ground, Imiro put away his sword and walked over. Looked at the letter in Moya''s hand and the rolled paper, "What''s the other one?" Its called a newspaper, and its also delivered from Treasure Island. I brought a copy in the Hall of Glory. Moya explained. ??Imiro nodded, sat down on a stone chair nearby, took the letter and read it first. ??When his eyes saw the content on the paper, his peaceful eyes suddenly flashed with a sharp look. Moya looked up at the other party and asked, "What''s wrong? Something happened on Treasure Island?" Imiro calmed down and handed the letter to the other party, "It was written by Wu Heng. Moffat took his apprentice to the island, openly challenged Wu Heng, and asked the prophets on the island to investigate. One of the reasons is that Wu Heng is in my hands." I was a subdeacon." Moya took the letter and looked at the content above. ??Imiro looked at another newspaper. The content in the newspaper is a simplified version of the entire incident. ?The opponent came to the island, publicly challenged him, and directly sent a letter of challenge to the association, forcing Wu Heng to accept the challenge. But the ending is good. Defeated the opponent directly. Moya finished reading the letter and put it aside. Imiro pondered for a moment and said, "Moya, write a challenge letter and send it to the Hall of Glory to challenge Moffat." Moya was surprised for a moment, then nodded. the next day. The association headquarters, which had remained unchanged, suddenly became lively. The two hottest things everyone is talking about. The first thing was a newspaper sent from Treasure Island. The young generation of geniuses supported by the association lost to an unknown young man in a public challenge. The owner of an island called Treasure Island. Headquarters of the association. What is this place? It can be said that high-level professionals from all races and countries are gathered here. This matter is known to everyone in the world. The second thing is that Imiro submitted a challenge to the association, challenging the 18th-level mage, Moffat. As for the competition between the younger generation, many people pay more attention to the battle between these two veteran professionals. I heard that the island owner, Wu Heng, worked as a deputy deacon under Imiro before, and I want to vent his anger on him. We have both won, so why should we vent our anger? I think it is the conflict between the two of them. The younger generation will take action first, and then they will compete. I am becoming more and more curious about Wu Heng. Im also very curious, especially in newspapers, the story published is his own. It seems that I am also laying the foundation for myself to reach level 18. Smart boy. Association, Hongwenhui. Hongwenhui is a special organization of the association. Mostly composed of professions with a high thirst for knowledge such as mages, alchemists, and scholars. Translate ancient documents and explore new knowledge. Same as the Whisperers, it belongs to the overall association and is a separate social organization. Hongwenhui is divided into large and small research groups. Different areas of development and factions. Mr. Virgil, you rarely go out. A man dressed as a swordsman said at the door. ??Virgil covered his head from the sun and said with a smile: "The leader asked me to go out to see a little guy with great potential." Is Hongwen thinking of someone? Its hard to say what will happen in the end. Virgil replied with a smile. He waited for the carriage to stop in front of him and waved goodbye. I still have a mission to do. Ill talk about it when I have the chance. Well, have a nice trip. (End of this chapter) Chapter 595 , Russia鈥檚 cry for help Chapter 595, Russias cry for help A few days later, Treasure Island. ?The ghost train appeared out of thin air, and Wu Heng slowly got off the train with the skeleton. ?Walked all the way into the city, called a carriage and rushed to his residence. ? Pushing the door open and walking into the manor, three maids in the room ran out quickly. Plunging into his arms, he whispered coquettishly, "Master, we miss you so much." ?Wu Heng hugged the three of them and said, "I miss you too." The three of them were filled with joy. As they walked into the house, they asked, "Is Sister Wen Mansha okay? Is the baby born?" Theres still one month left, but my belly looks pretty big. Wu Heng said. Minnie said: "Why didn''t you bring Sister Wen Mansha over? It''s much better here than Wrentam City." Ill ask her again in a few days. If she wants to come over, pick her up again. Wu Heng touched Minnies hair. ?Then Robert went to cut some fruit, and Annette went upstairs to prepare the bath water. ?Minnie was sitting on the sofa, reporting on the changes in Treasure Island in the past few days since she left. "A total of two issues of the newspaper have been published in the past few days since you left. The next issue should be the day after tomorrow. I heard from Sister Wei''er that the effect of the newspaper is quite good. Several caravans have signed up at the city hall. Newspaper Order Agreement." "Sister Shanara came here twice. Knowing that you were not here, she stayed to chat with us and play shuttlecock together. We were all very happy. Yesterday Philippa said that the newly purchased warships were all armed. Today Ive already gone out on patrol, and Ive taken Sister Shanara with me. Minnie thought about it again, "There is nothing else going on. The island is quite quiet, and nothing special happens." ?Wu Heng nodded and felt relieved. The layout and development of Treasure Island are quite good, and even if I am away, it will not affect its normal operation. ?Of course, things about your absence cannot be disclosed to the outside world. ?There are still a lot of enemies, but if you dont know the situation on Treasure Island, you cant do any damage. ??Chatted with Minnie in the room for a while. From upstairs, Annette heard the sound of the bath water being prepared. ?Wu Heng asked Minnie to contact Wen Mansha to make sure she was safe, while he went upstairs to take a bath to relieve the fatigue from the journey. At dusk, Anderweil also returned from the city hall. They had dinner together, and Anderweil also told Wu Heng about the situation, which was not much different from what Minnie said. In short, its nothing too big. After dinner, the maids went through training. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and returned to the study. In the study room. ?Three ghosts were released, and Xiaoxiao went to watch cartoons. Glenda flew to the desk consciously, opened the Great Detective Collection, and continued to rewrite. The new member, Penny, looked around curiously. Wu Heng said: "We are at the island owner''s mansion on Treasure Island. At night, you can go out invisible and take a look. Don''t leave too far to avoid any danger." ??Benny stuck her head out of the wall and looked outside, "Are we going to live here in the future?" "I am the island lord, similar to the position of the city lord. I have to stay here most of the time." Wu Heng said. You are so awesome. When we first met, you had to look at the menu for a long time while drinking. Penny said with a smile. "I don''t understand the taste of wine, so I want to choose a more conservative one." Wu Heng explained, and then said, "From now on, we will be a family, and we can just treat this place as our own home." ??Benny smiled and nodded, "Thank you." After settling down Beni, Wu Heng went downstairs again. ??Watched the maids training on the first floor. Then he greeted her and said, "Weier, Minnie has gone back to her room to rest." ??The two maids put down their weapons and ran over, one holding their arms on the left and the other on the right. Walking towards the bedroom. The next day, association. ??Wu Heng stood in front of the door of the deacon''s study and knocked lightly on the door. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. Sheila Gui raised her head and glanced at him, "I haven''t seen you for several days." Miss me? Wu Heng asked with a smile. Xila Gui glanced out of the corner of her eye, sorting out the information, but peeked at Shi Yali here with a smile on her face, and scolded: "Stop talking nonsense." ??Wu Heng sat down aside and continued: "I went out a few days ago and met the bishop of the Destiny Sect. I killed him directly." Sheela Gui also became serious, "Why did you go out by yourself? It''s so dangerous." "Originally it was just some other things, but I didn''t expect it to involve the Destiny Sect." Wu Heng explained, and then gave a rough summary of his experience. One of his informants was killed by the other party. In the past investigation, we directly found the Destiny Sect. Xilagui listened carefully, even though Wu Heng said it in a relaxed manner, and there were some jokes in the story. But when it comes to level 18 professionals, it is definitely not an easy task. It''s more tense and dangerous than what he said. "Next time something like this happens again, tell me in advance and don''t always think about taking risks on your own." Sheila Gui said seriously. "Okay!" Wu Heng continued, "From the Destiny Sect, I also met Babuqi, the captain of the Flying Fish Pirates that we arranged to go out." He really found the Tianming Cult? Its quite powerful. Sheela Gui was a little surprised. Its more than amazing. Not a single piece of information has been sent out, and Im so fed up... Wu Heng got angry when he thought of him. The main thing is contrast. ??Beni was killed because of her intelligence. He was a man who had served his crime well, but he was doing well. I estimate that if I hang around for a while, I can become a great knight. Sheela Gui was a little funny. After all, Philippa asked him to let this person out, and it was for Wu Heng''s sake that he gave him a chance. Then he came back with you? "No! There are two branches of the Destiny Cult outside. I asked him to continue investigating." Wu Heng said. "It''s okay, it would be better to gain something. If there is no gain, the bishop will be killed, and this sect will not be able to last for too long." Sheila Gui nodded. I thought so too. Xila Gui picked up the water glass, continued to take a sip, and then said, "If you have any other plans later, tell me about it, so that you don''t have to act on your own." ??Wu Heng leaned back, "I don''t have any plans. By the way, I want to build a fleet and help me select a few vice-captains who are good at water and have clear backgrounds." Only choose the deputy captain? Captain, I arranged for a skeleton to be the captain. There are so many skeletons transformed by pirate leaders, so its no problem to be the captain! Wu Heng said with a smile. Sheila Gui said: "Okay, I will arrange it for you in these two days." After sitting in the association for a while, Wu Heng left the association. Halled a carriage and headed to Beacon Street. In the store, I picked two introductory books for bards. There is a book called "Yanliangzhiyan", which can modify your voice and make it sound more beautiful. The second book is called [General Performance]. This skill is to train your own performance ability. It is not just about performing on stage and becoming a star. For example, disguise, deception, and intimidation are all included in performance. The higher the proficiency, the better the effect. These two books are prepared for little mothers, who also hope to unlock their little "unfinished business" faster. After purchasing the books. Changed appearance and had lunch in a tavern. Listened to the bard telling the story of the great detective Wu Heng. At first, I felt a little ashamed for stealing other peoples stories, but my reputation has been greatly increased. I dont feel much anymore, and I even want to collect some more books and let Granda rewrite them. Have lunch. ??Wu Heng also took a carriage and returned to the island lord''s mansion. Have a rest downstairs for a while. Return to the study and open the door to the zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate. ?Then I heard the patter of rain. I glanced out the window. The sky was gray and there were dense raindrops. Here, it also started to rain. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in wearing a slim-fitting woolen coat with a little owl standing on her shoulders. How are you doing? Wu Heng motioned for her to sit down. Qi Hancai said: "Everything went smoothly. The two skeleton teams continued to enter the next city. Supplies and rescue personnel were continuously sent over." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Not bad." By the way, Sister Yahongs skeleton team entered Linghe City. I heard that Russian researchers contacted them via radio and asked for rescue. Qi Hancai seemed to suddenly remember. Russian? "Yes, fortunately we found some foreign language liaisons before, so that we can understand what the other party said. The basic meaning is that they want to ask for help and don''t expect their local rescue team." Qi Hancai said. Have all the actions on your side been spread abroad? What do they, as researchers, study? Wu Heng then asked. Qi Hancai said: "It is said to be a new project called electromagnetic gun. I wonder if you have heard of it." Electromagnetic gun? ??Russia is also developing this? It wasn''t mentioned in the news. (End of this chapter) Chapter 596 , Blushing Maid Penny (One update today.) Chapter 596, Blushing Maid Penny (Updated today.) "Even if it can be used, it may not be of much use in this environment." Qi Hancai expressed his thoughts. ?Even though Qi Hancai has never paid attention to the electromagnetic gun. But after the news came, there were some discussions within the base. After all, someone has read the relevant news. Just briefly describe the use and you will be able to understand the general principles and functions. In the current environment, firearms are not very effective against zombies, let alone weapons that require a large amount of electricity to power and use. Most importantly, it is still in the research and development and improvement stages. It was not in use then, let alone now. As for Wu Heng, the perspective of consideration is different. The first thing that comes to mind is what use it would have in a different world. Installation on warships or some positional defenses are also good choices. The main thing is the supply of electrical energy and whether this weapon can be used stably. Can the skeleton save them? Wu Heng asked. ??Qi Hancai nodded and said: "There should be no problem, we just need to change the original plan and cross the border to rescue people." "At this time, there is no border anymore. Let Li Yahong arrange for rescue. Even if the electromagnetic gun doesn''t work, they are all cutting-edge scientific researchers who may be useful to us." Wu Heng said. "I will inform sister Yahong later and ask her to rescue people." Qi Hancai responded directly. Also know the importance of talents. Several projects at the base cannot be implemented now because there are no relevant technical personnel. After talking about the electromagnetic gun, Wu Heng asked, "Is there anything else?" No, everything is normal at the base. ?Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "Let''s go, take me to the factory." Qi Hancai also got up and walked out with the little owl. ??It was still raining outside, so the two of them walked out of the dormitory building with umbrellas. ??He went there first, inside a factory building. ? Walking into the door, you saw a human-shaped wooden target placed at the door. The wooden target was covered with stab-proof clothing and was covered with scratches. Your Majesty, Sister Qi. Qiangzi came over and said hello. Behind him, several other people also stood up and saluted. How is the stab-proof suit? Wu Heng asked. ? It can be seen at the scene that Qiangzi and the others are definitely not lazy. The tattered stab-proof clothing on the side is piled up into a hill. Come here. Qiangzi led the two of them to the innermost place, in front of a wooden target. The stab-proof clothing on the wooden target was also covered with many scratches, but the cloth was only separated, and there was no large-scale collapse or the iron plate inside falling out. "This is our improved fabric, and it is also the most effective one. It increases the toughness of the fabric, and a wire mesh is added to the inside of the iron plate, which is sewn together with the fabric to prevent the threads from falling off. Hadron introduced it, and also took out an experimental product to show himself. ?The front is an iron plate facing out, and some iron wires are welded to the inward direction, which is woven together with the fabric on the inside. To actually think of this method, its quite an imaginative exercise. After finishing speaking, he did not forget to add, "There is still some gap between it and the genuine stab-proof clothing." Kerimu! Wu Heng shouted. The skeleton attendant Kerimu stepped forward with his sword drawn, and slashed it down diagonally. ?A harsh metallic hiss sounded. ?Slender scratches appeared on the stab-resistant suit, but the iron plate was still inside and did not fall out like last time. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. This method solves the shortcoming of the iron plate falling off, but adds a craft. It is much more complicated than initially thought. Target the fabrics and craftsmanship. Ill have someone produce a few pieces to test the effect. You can continue to improve. Ask Qi Hancai and Li Yahong to coordinate with you what personnel and materials are needed. Wu Heng was still determined. Qiangzis eyes lit up. ?The other people behind also showed expressions of surprise. ?It seems that the efforts during this period have not been in vain and have been recognized. We will write it out tonight and hand it over to you tomorrow. Qiangzi promised. "good!" ?Wu Heng agreed and left. Qiangzi and the others immediately sorted out the materials and wrote down the craftsmanship. After leaving the factory, Wu Heng followed Qi Hancai and went to Gao Rong''s mechanical research laboratory and bullet production workshop. Looking at each one one by one, it can be regarded as showing his face. Finally, we had lunch in the cafeteria again. Just go back to the room and return to Treasure Island. Go out of bounds. After releasing all the ghosts, Glenda went to work on the manuscript, while Xiaoxiao pouted and translated the two newly purchased bard skill books. ??Benny watched from the sidelines as the two ghosts were busy with their own affairs. ?Wu Heng opened the door, went downstairs, and walked to the courtyard. The maids were playing shuttlecock in the courtyard. The three flying dragons raised were like domestic dogs, lying in the iron cage and watching a few people laughing and joking. ?Wu Heng came out, and the maids waved hello. "Let''s play, I have nothing to do!" Wu Heng said directly. The maids nodded and continued to kick the shuttlecock. ??Wu Heng walked to the other side of the courtyard and directly opened the [Mansion Technique]. Cracks and stone doors appear. Revealing the fort at the back and the crowded skeletons in the cave where soldiers were hidden. Due to the cleanup of the Tianming Cult, the number of skeletons in the Tibetan Soldier Cave has increased. It''s like bone against bone. All come out. Wu Heng ordered. Hurrah! ??The skeletons pushed out of the Tibetan Soldier Cave and stood in the open space of the courtyard. Wuheng began to make some adjustments. The distorted skeletons re-entered the Tibetan Soldier Cave, and the remaining skeletons were kept by Wu Heng. Skeletons above level 10 will be left at the island owner''s mansion, while the remaining skeletons above level 5 and below will be arranged to patrol the island. Sent the lower one to the construction site in the expansion area to be responsible for some transportation work. Many skeletons were divided into three piles according to their levels. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on one of the thick-boned skeletons. Skeleton Warrior (Level 17) The great knight in the Destiny Cult. He was injured by his own grenade, and then was picked up by "Babuqi" and his head was chopped off. The same level as the Skeleton Drifter Keranmu. Although he has not reached level 18. ?But the level is not low. After all, the only level 18 skeletons on the island are the Skeleton Prophet and the Skeleton Boxer. It can also be considered as a top combat power. A level 17 warrior can also serve as a skeleton attendant for those around him, providing protection. As for training to level 18. He also thought the same thing when Kerinmu became his skeleton attendant. But so far, it has not reached level 18. The experience of killing zombies cannot be shared with skeletons, and the level will increase very slowly. After Kerimu reaches level 18, I will help you level up. You are first responsible for the security of the island masters mansion. ?Wu Heng said something to the level 17 skeleton warrior. Then he was assigned a position near the building to be responsible for the security of the island master''s mansion. All the skeletons are arranged. ??Wu Heng returned to the courtyard and lay down on the deck chair, basking in the sun and watching the maids playing around. As dusk approached, Anderweil came back from outside. ?A few people ate together and chatted casually about interesting things happening on the island. Night falls. Wu Heng took a shower and returned to the study to take a look. ?Glenda floated over and said: "In the new issue of the newspaper, I plan to publish a new short story." ??Wu Heng looked at her doubtfully, "The Great Detective''s story is very effective. If you cut off one issue, will it affect the effect?" "It may have some impact, but I also want to send this short story out to see the effect." Granda said seriously. With a flick of his hand, he controlled the object with his mind, and the paper on the desk floated into Wu Heng''s hand. Take a look first. If you dont agree, forget it. The decision-making power is yours. ?Wu Heng nodded, picked up the paper and opened it. ?The name made Wu Heng raise his eyebrows. ?Its called Penny the Blushing Maid. Looking at the name, you know it should be a story about Penny. Looked up at Glenda, then looked at Penny in the distance. Then focus on the story. In fact, the story is very simple. It tells that Beni''s parents died when she was young, and she followed the leather carriage in the village to Blackstone Town. At first she was just a maid in a tavern, doing some work serving wine and food. Until the appearance of Wu Heng, he found true meaning by providing intelligence to save the children in the city. ?After Wu Heng left, she was not willing to continue to be a maid, so she went to a cult with level 18 professionals to get information. ?Unsurprisingly, he was discovered by the cult. ??Beni picked up the information in her hand, angrily denounced the cult and the bewitched villagers, and resolutely walked into the fire and was engulfed by the flames. ?Granda''s writing skills are very good. Wu Heng inquired about information, and Beni directly pointed out the identity of the suspect, showing strong insight. Later I learned that I had indirectly rescued the children in the city and was kind-hearted. Writing this, Beni Tavern''s identity is no longer important, but a smart and kind person. ?Finally, I went to investigate the level 18 professional, scolded him angrily, and walked into the fire on his own initiative. He was upright and strong in his heart. Even professionals cannot do it. ?An article with more than 2,000 words, as if it really makes people see a girl with a bad background, but an upright person, walking into a fire. The story is exciting, but a little depressing. ?Wu Heng glanced at Beni in the distance. Bennie was a little evasive and whispered: "It''s not Mrs. Glenda''s fault. I took the initiative to tell her." ??Wu Heng smiled, "The story is quite exciting, but the ending is a bit too depressing. Are you afraid that people will overthrow the island master''s mansion?" ?Glenda said: "That''s not the case!" I feel guilty because I didnt save Beni. If you write it out, Im afraid Ill lose more than half of the reputation I accumulated some time ago. As your reputation increases, it will not decrease. But the reputation is hard to say. "There is an ending. The ending is that you went out and summoned her into a ghost, killed the cult, and avenged the villagers and Penny." Glenda said. Then why dont you write? Let me see it first. Glenda said with a smile. Then fill it in, and then well explain it to the skeleton and print it out tonight. Okay! Glenda wrote the end. ?Wu Heng took Ghost with him to the warehouse of the printing press. The next day, early morning. Early in the morning, some people gathered around the intersection, sitting on the roadside or walking back and forth aimlessly. When the newspaper seller came over. ?The crowd rushed forward and rushed to buy newspapers. The bard Saban grabbed the newspaper and squeezed out of the crowd. He frowned at the nicks and teeth marks on the pancake, turned around and cursed: "Whoever bites my pancake won''t buy it himself." After saying that, he walked aside angrily, gnawing on the remaining cake, and started reading the contents of the newspaper. ??The agreement with the tavern was that after the newspaper came out, he would go to the tavern to read it as soon as possible. ?Of course, you should preview it yourself in advance and have a rough impression in your mind. After reading the news about the surrounding kingdom cities, my eyes fell on the story serialized in the corner. Penny the blushing maid? ?Erotic stories? Its not a great detective story. What''s going on? Everyone on the island is waiting to find the murderer. Are you going to stop serializing? He frowned and read on, his brows slightly furrowed as he read the story. There is a feeling of resentment in my heart. He didnt know if not reading the great detective story would cause dissatisfaction among the drinkers, but he knew that this story was equally exciting. In terms of his bard''s appreciation. ??The category is different, but no worse than the Great Detective. After sorting out his mood, Saban put away the newspaper and walked quickly towards the tavern. ~! ?Wu Heng was sitting in his study, waiting for the results of the new newspaper, when there was a sudden knock on the door. ?The sound was clear and crisp, like a branch hitting the door. ?Wu Heng frowned. If you are a maid, you will always ask if you are there after knocking on the door. If you are not there, you will not come in. Why did you keep knocking on the door today, but no one said anything? ?With doubts in his heart, he opened the door. Then he saw an alchemy skeleton with six arms. The two arms at the bottom each held a bottle of medicine and handed it over directly. ?Wu Heng frowned and looked over with speculation in his mind. Powerful strengthening potion. Two bottles of potion have the same name. Level 3 corpse core potion? Wu Heng looked at the skeleton and felt happy for a moment. The alchemy skeleton nodded slightly to confirm. How long has this medicine been used for? ?Wu Heng thought that this potion could not be refined. Unexpectedly, this time brought me a surprise. ?Wu Heng happily took it in his hand, and then asked: "Continue to refine other corpse cores when you go back. If you are missing any materials, tell me in time." The alchemy skeleton saluted directly, turned around and walked towards the alchemy room upstairs. ?Wu Heng closed the door again. Looking at the potion in front of him. After thinking for a moment, he opened the door and shouted: "Minnie!" "What''s wrong, Master?" Minnie''s voice came up from downstairs. If you have nothing else to do, come up here. ?Hurrying footsteps came from the stairwell, and Minnie, dressed in a maid skirt, ran up in small steps. ?Hand holding a plate of cut fruits, he asked curiously: "Master, what are your orders?" ?Wu Heng glanced at the potion. Say directly, "I''m going to take a new type of potion later. Please help me keep an eye on it. If there are any problems, remember to use the antidote potion and the healing scroll for me." Minnie''s eyes showed concern. Is it your strengthening potion? Yes, the enhanced version. Minnie said: "Let me try it for you. If there is no danger, you can take it again." Wu Heng smiled and rubbed her head, "I have a good constitution, nothing will happen to me." Minnie nodded. ?Wu Heng took out some potions and scrolls. Take a deep breath, open the potion, and drink it. (End of this chapter) Chapter 597 , **** outer nail Chapter 597, Horny Armor Beacon Street. Bard Saban quickened his pace and rushed to the Golden Sail Tavern. Even after reading the newspaper once, rush over immediately. Outside the tavern, a lot of people gathered. Seeing Saban coming, they stepped out of the way and said, "Mr. Saban, I''m waiting for you." The newspapers have been brought over, lets start right away. Saban smiled and greeted familiar faces. Hurry through the cleared road and enter the tavern. ?Going through the seats of the drinkers, he climbed onto the wooden platform, took out the newspaper and spread it out in front of him, and said: "Everyone, let''s read the intelligence from various places first." The drinkers were quiet for a moment, and Saban began to speak. The island lords mansion, study. ?Wu Heng took the potion. A burning stinging sensation flowed down the throat and into the abdomen. Then, this burning tingling sensation spread all over the body in an instant. It is like countless insects worming their way into your own blood vessels and scurrying around. Sweat covered his body and his body began to tremble. Minnie knows that the medicine has side effects. But he was also startled, walked over quickly, and let him lean into his arms. ?Hold the antidote in your hand and take the antidote if it continues to get worse. ??Wu Heng still gritted his teeth and persisted, his bones creaking and his muscles seemed to be torn and then reorganized. But it did not continue to worsen, and the side effects were gradually weakening. At this time, the system prompt appears in the ear. Physique +3, Strength +4, Agility +2. Immediately afterwards, a sense of power filled the whole body. ?Wu Heng was delighted. The effect of the third-level potion is so strong and its attributes are increased so much. Master, are you okay? Minnie asked worriedly. ?Wu Heng sat up and said, "It''s okay, much better." Minnie stood up, picked up a towel and helped him wipe the sweat from his forehead and neck. ?Wu Heng focused on the prompt just now. A total of 9 attributes have been added. In terms of attributes that have been improved by level, it is considered to have been upgraded by more than two levels. Already quite a lot. It''s just a pity that the superpower has not been awakened. ?Minnie wiped his sweat and went to pour a glass of water. ?Wu Heng sat aside and rested for a while. Chatting with Minnie, the physical side effects completely disappeared. After waiting for a while and feeling that it was about the same, he continued to pick up the second bottle of potion, opened it and drank it directly. Severe pain struck again. Even if he experienced it once, it still made his body tense and he began to tremble uncontrollably. Minnie held him gently, waiting for the side effects to end. Constitution +3, Strength +3, Agility +2, Perception +2. Unlock feature: **** outer armor. Characteristics appear. ?The prompts from the system disperse the pain caused by side effects. Wiping the sweat. Open the properties panel and take a look. Attributes: Strength 48, Agility 35, Constitution 53, Intelligence 50, Perception 31, Charisma 32. Characteristics: **** outer armor. Hornous outer armor: A thick layer of cutin is formed on the surface, which can provide a certain degree of defense and resistance to blows. The changes in attributes are quite large. Since it is a strengthening potion, that is, a strength potion, the main attributes that are increased are physical fitness, strength and agility. Now, physical fitness has been increased to 53 points, becoming the highest among all attributes. Physical fitness is no less important than intelligence. In addition to enhancing resistance to toxins, negative effects, and abnormal conditions, there is also the physical burden of excessive spellcasting and the side effects of using strange objects. are all affected by physical constitution. The higher the constitution, the more the effects of these states can be mitigated. Furthermore, the number of times Wu Heng used strange objects was also gradually increasing. Physique also needs to be improved. Intelligence has not changed, it is still 50 points. The strength is 48 points and the agility is 35 points, which is not much worse than the melee profession. Then, Wu Heng focused on the [Hornous Outer Armor]. ?This ability has appeared in deformed zombies, which is to form a layer of black **** on the surface of the body. Can greatly increase the skin''s defense. Wu Heng immediately looked at his hands, which were still ordinary skin. Then he stood up and began to take off his shirt, exposing his shoulders and chest. Minnie whispered, "Master, what are you doing!" ??Wu Heng asked: "Minnie, my skin hasn''t changed at all, right?" It seems to have turned white, and its a lot slippery. Minnie said with a smile. ?Wu Heng nodded, it seemed that it did not appear directly on his body. A thought in my mind. Black **** skin appeared on both hands, quickly spreading to the top of the arms. Like wearing a pair of long black gloves. Controlled in his mind, the horniness on his arms quickly disappeared and reappeared on his chest. ?Wu Hengs eyes lit up. Different from the fixed horns on zombies, your own can be controlled. Master, are you okay? Minnie looked at the black horn on her chest and asked carefully. Its okay, newly awakened abilities. Wu Heng explained. Wow, the master is so awesome. Minnie cheered. ?Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and said, "Just support me. Come on, let''s go downstairs and try out the effect of the new power." Okay! Minnie nodded. ?The two of them went out together and walked downstairs. Saban finished talking about the information in the newspaper and drank tea to moisten his throat. ?There will be two or three minutes in the middle for the bard to recover and prepare for the subsequent serialized story. The drinkers also started chatting. "I heard that people who plan to become coroners buy newspapers to learn reasoning and analysis of corpses. It is almost becoming a professional manual." One person said after taking a sip of wine. "What''s more, the patrol is also copying the reasoning experience above. Now on patrol, a pair of eyes looks at your clothes and palms, staring at people like staring at a naked woman." The drinker at the same table followed. Another person continued, "I think the biggest impact is on the pubs. Pubs on the island are very popular now. They have never been as lively as they are now, and there is still a lot of competition for places." The owner of the island is indeed powerful. One newspaper has changed the island so much that the wine industry has probably doubled. I hope todays story will be more exciting. ?For most islanders, the intelligence from surrounding countries is just fun to hear and they dont care much about it. Come here mainly to listen to the great detective story. While everyone is talking. Bard Saban stepped onto the high platform and raised his hand to release two positive effects for himself. ?Hold your head high and be confident. As soon as someone comes on stage, there is an instant silence below. ?Saban glanced at everyone, thinking about the short film he just watched in his mind. The feeling of anger rose in my heart again. ?Taking a deep breath, he took the lead in saluting, "Everyone, today''s newspaper does not serialize a detective story, but a short story, and you can directly hear the ending. It is equally exciting, and I will tell everyone about it." Wow~! Not a great detective story? Why did you change the story? Did you change the writer? Im just here to listen to the Great Detective, but I really want to hear other stories. Has anyone gone to the city hall? Lets go and ask what it means. ??The tavern seemed to be boiling, and there were shouts and shouts. ?Saban ignored it. With the increase of skill, the sound reaches everyone''s ears. Benny, her parents passed away when she was young, and her only brother left the village with a passing business group. Once he left, he never came back. When she was twelve years old, she went to the city with the villagers to sell furs. Because she was good-looking and obedient and diligent, she worked as a maid in a tavern in the city. When I reached the age of nineteen, I had already worked in the tavern for seven years, laughing and playing with the guests, showing off my coquettishness, and I was able to survive and live an ordinary life. As Saban spoke, the chatter among the drinkers gradually became quieter and their brows furrowed. The story of a tavern maid? Being a tavern maid is really not a good profession in today''s society, especially the maids on Treasure Island, who are more open-minded in their behavior. There is nothing to say about this. Why should we use the story of the great detective to write a story about a tavern maid? Subsequently, the second character begins to appear in the story. ?Suddenly one day, a strangely dressed drinker entered the tavern. He had long white hair and black hair, as if he was wearing a black top hat. ??Beni could tell at a glance that the other party was definitely not a local. Sabans tone paused slightly when he said this. Its the island owner! someone exclaimed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 598 , my heart feels uncomfortable Chapter 598, I feel sad The rest of the people also reacted and entered the stage with black hair and black eyes. meaning the island owner. Its not much different from the great detective story. Now, people are starting to become interested. The island owner Wu Heng appeared. That is to say, this is still a true story. The story of The Great Detective begins from Watsons perspective, this time its Penny. But what happens to the island owner and the maid in a remote place? It must be the island owner, it should be one of the experiences. Perhaps she is the lover of the island owner. When I was young, I grew up with the help of Ofili in the tavern. If its this kind of story, I really want to hear it. Stop talking, I want to hear this story. The hero and heroine appear, and the story becomes easier to understand. Seeing him coming here for the first time, Beni recommended a drink with a milder taste. Wu Heng invited her to sit down and asked if she had met any outsiders from the Yeke Kingdom with a southern accent. After thinking about it, Penny gave the clues about the person she met. Ask for clues, or a detective story. Looking for an outsider with a southern accent, he should be a fugitive. ??Everyone whispered, and their minds began to follow the story. After receiving the information, Wu Heng left. Based on the information provided by Penny, he found the criminal hiding in the city, killed him, and rescued the missing child. At the tavern, the two met for the second time. ??Wu Heng gave her a commission from the bounty, told her about the rescue and the thanks from the parents of the children. When Beni heard that she had rescued the missing child, she also smiled. ?Wu Heng left, and Beni looked at his back for a long time. Later, Wu Heng came to say goodbye to Beni. ??Beni was a little reluctant to leave and wanted to leave with him, but she felt inferior because of her status and did not say anything. The next day, she stood behind the crowd and watched Wu Heng board the train and go to other cities. The two of them seemed to have no connection at all. One became the captain, and the other continued to work in the tavern. Everyone frowned. Not a love story, nor a detective story. The case was solved too smoothly at the beginning. After getting the information, the target was killed directly. It was not as exciting as a great detective story at all. Just when everyone thought the story was over. When you are about to curse the story as rubbish. Sabans story is still going on. The words changed and he began to introduce a sect. The Destiny Cult is a wanted cult by the association. The leader is above level 18 and there are many level 15 masters in the cult. They go to the northern part of the kingdom to preach their doctrines and recruit followers. But the association and the local area did not get the news. ??Beni heard some news about the cult in the tavern and went to the association, intending to explore the information in exchange for the identity of a Whisperer. Go to Treasure Island. Dangrang~! A drinker''s glass fell to the ground, and the wine splashed everywhere. The meaning of the story is that an ordinary person went to inquire about a cult with level 18 professionals? Can this survive? ??Moreover, even if intelligence is collected, such a small place does not have the ability to fight against this sect. As if to verify everyones guess. When Penny was delivering a letter, she was discovered by the sect and surrounded in the house. Faced with ridicule and rebuke from sect members. ?Beni went from being fearful and cowardly to becoming firm and strong, angrily cursing the 18th-level leader and all the church members who killed villagers. The leader was angry, and the believers were also extremely angry. When he planned to capture her and execute her. Penny knocked over the oil lamp and walked slowly into the fire. ?Standing in the scorching flames, he still said, the villagers wronged souls will be waiting for you, and Wu Heng will come back to avenge me and the villagers. ?The fire became more intense and engulfed the figure. There was silence in the audience. In the corner of the tavern, the sobbing of the tavern maids could be heard faintly. Damn cult, I really want to tear them apart. What does the association do? Let such an ordinary person investigate level 18 professionals and let ordinary people act as informants. What a pity for such a good girl. "Where is the island owner? The newspapers have published it, but he has done nothing? Even if he goes to avenge the other party, it will be fine." How can we kill a level 18 cult and its not near Treasure Island? My heart feels uncomfortable. Todays story is so uncomfortable. The drinkers clenched their fists and cursed in low voices. The growing crying around them made the atmosphere in the tavern even more depressing. ?No one expected it to be this kind of story. A maid in a tavern actually did something that most people would not dare to do. Saban exhaled a sigh of relief before continuing to read the ending, "Benny''s relatives were nowhere to be found, so the local association wrote to Treasure Island..." The crying stopped and the drinkers became quiet. They all looked at the stage. Looking forward to a better ending. The owner of Wuheng Island went to the local area and cast a spell to awaken Benis ghost. Beni told all the information he had found out. "Later, Wu Heng united with the local association to encircle and suppress the cult, killing all of them." "Avenge Beni and the villagers in the three surrounding villages." Huh~! Everyone breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that this is a good ending. At least Beni followed Wu Heng as she wished, and all the cultists were killed. The tavern became lively again. On the stage, Saban''s eyes were focused, and an aura rose from his body. He also had a deeper understanding of the profession of bard in his mind. Mr. Saban, whats wrong with you? the bartender asked quietly. Saban swallowed his foam and said softly, "I''m level ten." Association. Hiragui came back from performing a mission outside. He glanced at his sister and said, "A new newspaper has been distributed? Has the murderer appeared?" ??Shi Yali handed over the newspaper on the table, "Today is not a detective story, it is about Wu Heng and a tavern maid." "Tavern maid? He can''t, right?" Sheela asked while taking off her armor. Read for yourself the following story. Silla looked over curiously and raised her eyebrows. Bennie! A maid in a tavern. It turns out that he went out a few days ago to do this. Sheila Gui sat down on the chair. Shi Yali asked curiously: "Aren''t you jealous?" Isnt this good, an upright necromancer? Sheila Gui said, then reacted, Why should I be jealous? The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng was in the courtyard, testing out his new features. The effect is very good. The defense power is equivalent to the effect of two pieces of leather armor, which is already very good. To a great extent, it increases your own security. He also did not expect that the research and development of the third-level medicine would be completed today. ?Of course, this is also a good thing. As long as it is developed, the subsequent production will be like an assembly line and will be smoother. ?Thinking in my mind, I opened the panel casually. His eyes were fixed. Level: Level 18 (257831/305000) Fame: Level 18 (48552/48000) Fame exceeds the limit of quantity. ?This does not refer to this increased fame. Rather, Wrentam City publishes a newspaper, and the current issue of the newspaper is a common increment. The last time I went to Luntam City, my reputation had already reached 33,000. ?So far, the newspaper in Wrentam City has published two issues, which is when the story became popular. It is normal to exceed the limit value. The reputation value has passed, nothing has changed. After analysis, it seems that the reputation is enough, but the experience value of the level has not reached the requirements. Fortunately, the reputation points are still accumulating, and there is no reason why they will not be calculated. He turned around and said, "Minnie, I''m going back to the room. You can play." Dont you need me to take care of you? Minnie asked. Stop taking the medicine. Ill call you if something happens. Okay, Master. ?Minnie agreed and took the other two maids to the orchard. ?Wu Heng returned to the study. The three ghosts who were arranged to go out also returned from outside and were floating in the room. How is the effect of the story? Wu Heng asked. ?Even if I cant attribute all my fame to this newspaper. But it can also be seen that the effect is still good. Its so good! Xiaoxiao flew over excitedly and said, Sister Beni is now famous, and almost the whole island will know her. ?Granda''s tone was calmer, and she said: "At the beginning, I heard that it was not a great detective story, and those people were quite resistant to it. But when they heard the story, the evaluation was pretty good." "Yeah, yeah, when I heard Sister Beni being engulfed by the fire, there was a lot of crying in the tavern." Xiaoxiao interjected immediately. Looks like the story works really well. It is successful if it can arouse the readers'' emotions. Pennys story has been changed a bit. There was no mention of Blackstone Town, and the Tianming Sect was also changed to Tianling Sect. ??Although it is unlikely that the newspaper will reach the ears of the remnants of the Destiny Sect, we should be careful. Changing the name will have no impact on the entire story. ?Wu Heng looked at Beni and asked: "Beni, how do you feel?" "I don''t feel anything. Mrs. Glenda wrote about me so greatly. If I had known it was so dangerous, I wouldn''t have gone." Penny said with a smile. ??Benny has worked in the pub for several years. She was not so shy, and even had the guts to give Wu Heng a place in the newspaper and publish her story. Feeling like you are being taken care of. ??Wu Heng nodded and continued: "The story of the great detective will continue to be serialized in the next issue. We still need to rely on him to collect fame." The next issue can be released two days in advance, Granda said. Also. (End of this chapter) Chapter 599 , Torrent of the Dead (an update today.) Chapter 599, Torrent of the Undead (Updated today.) Night. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, thinking about today''s events in his mind. First of all, the third-level pharmaceutical was successfully developed. His attributes have been greatly improved. ?This means that the subsequent third-level potions will be produced like an assembly line, and their attributes will be greatly increased. He even said that his level was not high enough, but his attributes would be close to those of a hero. The second thing is the matter of reputation. Wu Heng put his arms behind his head, "The reputation is enough, but the experience points are not enough." The distribution of newspapers has greatly accelerated the collection of one''s own reputation. ??Imiro works as a deacon on the island and is also a prince of the elves. He may not be able to collect fame as fast as himself. The rest is to improve my own experience and help Beni improve her level. Experience points are not a difficult thing for Wu Heng. ??The zombie world is enough for you to accumulate experience. Its just a matter of time. The reputation of level 19 may be more. Treasure Island has almost squeezed itself, and it still needs to be spread to the outside world. "If we can cooperate with the association headquarters, we can distribute newspapers to various places from the headquarters..." "No, that would be too public. There must be many professionals above level 18 in this department, so I''m afraid many people will be watching." You cant add any more enemies to yourself. Its better to keep a low profile first. We have potions and a zombie world, and we will find a hero sooner or later. Dont be too hasty. After Wu Heng thought about it, he also determined his short-term direction. Turn over and close your eyes to sleep. The next day, zombie world. ?Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate and picked up the walkie-talkie to call Qi Hancai. Not long after, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in with a stack of information. The craftsmanship gathered from Hadron. Information is the stab-proof clothing mentioned last time. ??Wu Heng took it and put it into the space ring, and then asked: "How are the Russian survivors doing?" "The people have been rescued, and we are sorting out the information there, as well as a lot of equipment there, to see if it can be shipped over. If not, we may have to build a base." Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s best to transport them here. We can''t build so many bases." The number of survivors was small, so establishing so many bases and transporting food and supplies became a burden. It is still necessary to bring the population together. Ill talk to sister Yahong when I get there. Qi Hancai nodded. Is there anything else? Wu Heng asked. Its gone! ??Wu Heng then asked, "Are there any places in Yangtong City that have not been cleaned up? Let''s go and clean up the zombies." Qi Hancai said: "The surrounding area has not been cleaned up. I will ask the convoy to come over and we will set off later." "good!" Soon, the motorcade gathered at the door. ?Wu Heng boarded the truck and, escorted by an army of skeletons, headed to an area that had not been cleared. Ibatu District. The dense group of corpses were like a tide, running towards this side crazily. Hurrah hoo~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded from overhead, and several skeletal flying dragons quickly passed by to meet the corpses in the distance. The magazine in the chest and abdomen opened, and a dense rain of iron crashed into the corpses, raising a large cloud of smoke. After two rounds of bombing. The group of corpses was instantly emptied. The remaining zombies continue to rush towards this side. The mutilated limbs dragged on the ground, leaving disgusting traces. "Benny, let Glenda imprison one for you later, and you try to devour one first." Wu Heng said at the side. ?Benis level was only level 2. Wu Heng was a little worried and released her, but she was absorbed by other ghosts. It will really be over by then. ?Glenda said: "It''s not difficult, those are just some remnant souls, without sense, and their level is not high." ?Xiao Xiao also comforted you, "If you are in danger, aunt and I will go rescue you." Thank you, I will try my best. Penny nodded. The group of corpses was getting closer and closer, Wu Heng ordered to the side, "Turn on the strong light flashlight." ??The skeleton arranged on the roof of one side of the building turned on the flashlight tied to the [Soul Capturing Jade], and a magic circle instantly covered the area in front of the spear formation. Immediately afterwards, the group of corpses crashed into the spear formation. Roaring, tearing, spears piercing the body. The zombies that rushed up fell down one after another, and their remaining souls floated into the sky. ?Glenda flew over and controlled a ghost, "This will do." ?Beni nodded and flew over directly. The two ghosts entangled together and began to pull away and merge with each other. Ghost upgraded to level 3, agility +1, perception +1. ?The system prompt appears and Beni has completed the absorption. "How about it?" Penny said: "It doesn''t seem difficult." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Glenda, let her absorb a few more." ?Glenda nodded, controlled the floating remnant soul, and asked Penny to absorb it. Ghost is upgraded to level 4, intelligence +1, perception +1. Ghost upgraded to level 5. After reaching level five. ?Glenda did not continue to control the remnant soul. ??Beni also rushed directly into the group of remnant souls and began to devour them. Be absorbed one by one. Although improvement is slow, it is also happening continuously. Ghost upgraded to level 6. . Ghost is upgraded to level 8, constitution +1, intelligence +1. Large areas of remnant souls were devoured. Benis level has been raised all the way to level 8. As long as a ghost is devoured by a ghost, it will be upgraded much faster than a normal professional. ??Beni flew back and Wu Heng said: "Keranmu, move forward with the skeleton and kill the remaining zombies." Kerimu, who was by his side, walked to the front of the queue. Kill a crawling zombie that has lost its legs, and advance forward with a skeleton spear formation. Kill the remaining zombies that are slow or out of action. How do you feel? Wu Heng asked. ??Beni took a half-circle in the air, "It''s okay, thank you Wu Heng, thank you Mrs. Glenda, little lady." ?Glenda and Xiaoxiao both smiled and nodded. Wu Heng said: "If you do it a few more times, the level will come up. Don''t worry." Its up to you! Penny smiled. It is also part of the plan to raise Pennys level. Level 2 is really too low. ??Wu Heng was afraid that one day she would go out and be discovered by a class with high perception and kill her using some trick. So, it is still necessary to improve the level as soon as possible. ?Xiao Xiao flew into the air and glanced at the skeletons advancing along the road. He asked: "Uncle, why didn''t you summon that shining knight of yours?" Dont rush to summon it now, lets see if we can raise Kerimus level to level 18 first. "Oh! But I still feel that the Light Knight is more handsome than Kerenmu." Xiaoxiao said. Its useless to be handsome, the main thing is to be practical. Thats not even the handsome knight. ?Wu Heng shrugged, "When Kerinmu comes back, I''ll tell him that you said bad things about him." "Uncle, you created them. You don''t understand these things." Xiaoxiao told him seriously. Forehead. ?Wu Heng was stunned, and Xiao Xiao became smarter. ?Xiao Xiao was no longer talking to him. He heard Glenda telling Penny about the remnant souls, so he followed him over and imparted some experience. ?Wu Heng opened his experience points and took a look. Level: Level 18 (295713/305000) Almost added 40,000 experience points. There are about 10,000 left. There isnt much left. Even if you dont kill the zombies on your own side, you can wait for the two skeleton armies to attack and continue fighting to kill the zombies. You can almost upgrade yourself. ?Standing aside and waiting for a while, the battle ahead was coming to an end. Clean the battlefield! Wu Heng ordered. The skeletons dispersed instantly, began to identify the corpses, and moved them to different locations. ??Wu Heng will transform the evolved skeletons and aberrated skeletons separately. After the corpse cores are collected, he will continue to release a large-scale [dead corpse battlefield]. Large pieces of white bones stood up slowly and joined the queue. Qi Hancai, take someone to check the surroundings. Wu Heng pressed the intercom and said. "receive!" The convoy came from behind. Start to search stores along the road. This is also a rough search, marking some special shops and buildings. Wait until more convoys arrive the next day, and then search for items carefully. Survivors, move some important items onto the truck. Thats about it. Qi Hancai walked back and said, "You can go back now. I will bring someone over tomorrow to search carefully." ?Wu Heng nodded and got into the truck with the skeleton. The convoy began to adjust its position, surrounded by an army of skeletons. Start to return. ?After returning to the military factory, Qi Hancai went to contact Li Yahong. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory, opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. the next day. ?Wu Heng arrived at the association by carriage early in the morning. ?Standing in front of the deacon''s study, he lightly knocked on the door and walked in. In the room, Sheila Gui sat behind the desk, and her assistant Shi Yali was cutting out the story part of the newspaper with scissors. Looking for me? Wu Heng asked. Yesterday, Xilagui arranged for someone to go to the island owner''s mansion to find him. ?No one was there at the time, and it was dusk when we returned to Treasure Island. I came here today. Xilagui nodded, "There is a reward sent from the headquarters. It should be your reward for killing the Destiny Cult. At the same time, a record of annihilating the cult will be recorded on the file, as well as a first-level meritorious service." Calculating the time, the reward should indeed come. It took a lot of time to return from Blackstone Town. What reward? Wu Heng was looking forward to it. Skill book. Sheila Gui took out a skill book, put it on the table and pushed it over. It is not an accessory of the Hundred Soldiers Robe. This is probably intentional. For a set, why not give out the set accessories first? ?Thinking in my mind, my eyes still fell on the skill book. Undead Torrent ?? (Description: You will trigger the undead power in the area under your feet to form a torrent of energy. The undead creatures in the area will be ''enhanced'', and the living creatures will be eroded by the undead power, causing physical and mental damage.) ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows when he saw the description in the skill book. From a description perspective, the effect of the skill is quite good. A range-based skill, the undead creatures in the area are enhanced and the undead are corroded. For me, it is indeed a relatively good skill. ?Especially now that there are so many skeletons, the effect will definitely be better. "Thank you." Wu Heng put the skill book away and continued, "Can you work out a reward? I still have one piece missing from the last set." Xilagui thought for a moment, "I don''t know about that either. Next time you report your merits, just write a letter and I will send it to you." Okay, Ill write it down first next time and give it to the best I can, and forget it if I dont give it, Wu Heng said. In any case, they are all first-level rewards. The rewards issued by this department should also be based on the occupation and characteristics of the user. Everyone asks for something by name, so the chances of it being given are very high. Finished talking about serious matters. Shi Yali came out from behind, sat next to her sister, and looked at him with her chin raised, "The cult in this story is the one you went out to kill last time?" ??Wu Heng didn''t hide it, "Yes, the name has been changed in the story, so it won''t attract the other party''s attention." Sheilagui then asked, "So, Penny''s story is also true?" "real." What now? How is Penny? Sheela asked. ?Wu Heng looked at each other. Both sisters stared with big eyes, waiting for the result. She has become my ghost. The reward last time was not to awaken the spirit. I used skills to awaken her. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said it truthfully. I have three ghosts, and Shilagui knows two. One was a little mage who looked like Gandalf last time when he came to the island and directly asked about the little ghost. Sheela Rose was present as the deputy deacon at that time. Bennies case was published in the newspaper, and she knew her skills. You can almost guess it. "Benny''s story spread quickly on the island, and it is also a positive publicity for the association." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said: "Shi Yali, write a notice to commend Miss Benny for her efforts. The local archives will record Assist first-class meritorious service. Okay! Shi Yali nodded. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised by this decision. But for Penny, it may also be a good thing. Thank you on Pennys behalf. "She deserves it." Sheila Gui said, and then asked: "Is the next issue going to be a detective story?" ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "Yes, don''t worry." Chatted with the sisters for a while. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the association. Although I didnt get the set accessories I wanted, the skill book is really good. Ill try it myself when I get a chance and see how the skill works. ?Haunted a carriage at the door, Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. Sit on the stone chair and think for a while. Getting up again, he said hello to Minnie. In the open space in the courtyard, put on the "train conductor''s hat" and board the train. Go to Lopez City. Snake emblem consortium, VIP room. ??Footsteps sounded, and the elf beauty in a slim-fitting long dress, Leitili, opened the door and walked in. Looked at the figure sitting on the sofa. Identified it carefully. Guest? Is it you? Leitili asked carefully. ?Wu Heng smiled, "Miss Leitili, I''ll return the cloak." ?This time I came here to return the [shading cloak]. I promised to return it to him last time. Half a month has passed in a flash. ??Wu Heng is wearing the [Faceless Man''s Skin], and his face is that of a fisherman. ??Retili immediately smiled and said, "Are you wearing a mask? I don''t even dare to recognize you." ?Wu Heng nodded, pushed the folded cloak on the table to the opposite side, "This is the cloak." Retili opened the door and gave a few instructions. Two middle-aged male personnel walked in and began to conduct an inspection in front of Wu Heng and Lei Tili. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, and it was good to do so. To avoid any trouble later. The staff inspected the cloak. ??Retili quietly observed the other person with her eyes. Male, with good temperament and good body proportions. The wrists exposed under the sleeves definitely indicate that he is not very old. ?Which familys prince and young master? Soon, the staff inspection was completed and "there is no problem." Take it out, register it and put it away! Retili said. Yes. The two nodded and left with their cloaks. With two people left in the room again, Wu Heng asked, "How is the body collection going?" "We have collected some, please wait a moment." Retili opened the door again and explained. ?The door opened and four coffins were carried in. They are all level 15 corpses, one alchemist, one shipbuilder, and two blacksmiths. Retili said. ?Wu Heng nodded and put the body away directly. Going on, "For a new commission, add the corpse of a mage. It only needs to be level 5 or above. There is no limit to the number." ??Retili''s eyes narrowed and she took a curious look. Treasure Island, port. Huge cargo ship, slowly docking. An old man wearing a mage''s robe and two burly attendants slowly landed on the island. Mr. Virgil, do you want to go directly to the association? asked an attendant. The old mage looked around and said, "No hurry, let''s go to the tavern first." (End of this chapter) Chapter 600 , how did he do it Chapter 600, how did he do it? If you are only level five or above, it shouldnt be difficult. In the room, Leitili crossed her arms on her chest and spoke softly. Wu Heng looked at her appearance and asked: "From your tone, it''s harder than collecting civilian corpses?" With her sapphire eyes, Leitili raised her eyes to look at him and said with a smile, "Literacy, intelligence, and long-term research, each of which can eliminate a group of people. Not everyone is qualified to be a mage." It is different from the game. Mages in this world are not a common profession. Even if a job transfer scroll were circulated, there would be very few people who would choose it. The first point is to be literate and have a certain understanding of many professional terms and magic terms. Not only your own understanding, but also need a teacher to teach you. Otherwise, I cant even read the skill book. Then there is the financial situation of the family. Not everyone has time to delve into magic without considering the cost of living. ?Of course, Wu Heng also heard that the other party''s words meant to flatter him. She guessed that she was a mage. ?The words also praised the magician''s power. Write an order and try to collect as much as possible. Wu Heng said lightly. Okay. Leitili nodded and bent over to fill out the order form. The low-collared skirt of her clothes revealed part of her snow-white skin. Then he said casually, "There has been some chaos in the surrounding countries recently, maybe there will be some unexpected gains." "Hmm." Wu Heng didn''t say much. Even if he needed corpses, he didn''t really want to cause chaos in any country. It can be seen from the situation in Blackstone Town. The country is in chaos, and ordinary residents are not having a good time either. The Tianming Sect, which was established not long ago, has killed so many people. After the order form was filled out, Leitili opened the door and handed it to the staff outside. ?Wu Heng had no plans to stay any longer. ?Standed up and said, "I''m going back first, and I''ll come back next time." Ill see you off! Leitili stepped forward and took the other persons arm affectionately. ?Wu Heng paused as he walked out. ??Retili also stopped, a little self-doubt flashed in her eyes, "I''m sorry, I..." ??Wu Heng glanced at her and naturally put his arms around her waist, feeling smooth and tender, "Aren''t you afraid that I am an old man?" A smile appeared on Retili''s face again, "You can''t be an old man." So sure? Wu Heng was curious. ??Retili spoke confidently, "A woman''s intuition, and I''m always very accurate." The two of them walked along the corridor and when they approached the hall, they were about to walk out. Just put some distance between them. ??Retili still has to maintain her own image. ?Sent Wu Heng out of the door and waved goodbye. Treasure Island. ??Virgil was walking on the street with his attendants, also observing the island. ??There was an endless stream of bustling people, workers in brown blouses carrying items, businessmen in straight gowns with elegant steps, and ladies in gorgeous long skirts with feathers on the brim of their hats fluttering in the wind, out for shopping. Vendors are selling their goods hard, and flower girls are selling flowers in flower baskets. A lively and prosperous island. ??The three of them, Virgil, all looked a little strange. Before coming, I specifically checked the information about this island. It was an island built based on pirates. Even later, Wu Heng will be the island owner. But not for long. ??Now it doesnt look anything like a pirate island, but more like a prosperous royal city of a country. ?After walking a few more steps, there was a shout from ahead. Newspaper, 65 coppers each, information about surrounding kingdoms, Miss Pennys story. If you are illiterate, dont buy it. Go to the tavern and listen to the bard read the content above. Miss, I sell newspapers, please dont put your hands on my butt, it is not included in the service sold. ?Looking up, he saw a newspaper seller standing on the edge of the flower bed, waving a newspaper in his hand. Dont forget to lower your head and talk to the people around you. Go buy a copy and lets take a look too. The mage Virgil said to the side. The accompanying attendants came forward. I squeezed into the crowd and bought a newspaper. ??Walked back quickly and said: "The sixth issue has been published. The story is about a tavern maid." ??Virgil took the newspaper and scanned it quickly. Then I saw the title of the story below. "Blooming Maid Penny". Its actually not Wu Hengs own story. A newspaper story, just for sales? Quickly glanced at the content above, then put the space ring away, "Let''s go, let''s go to the tavern first." ?Golden Sail Tavern. ??Walking into the tavern, the voice of the bard came over. When I was nineteen years old, I had already worked in the tavern for seven years, and... I lived an ordinary life. Suddenly one day, a strangely dressed drinker entered the tavern. He was white and clean, with black hair, as if he was wearing a black top hat. The bartender came over and said slightly apologetically, "Guests, it''s full." ??Virgil nodded, "Let''s go, let''s find another house." The Black Crow''s Nest Tavern. The next day, Wu Heng sent a bounty to Beni and told about rescuing the children in the city... the bard looked at the newspaper and said. Guest, the private room is full, please go and visit other peoples houses. The bartender said. The three of them went out again, looking for the next home. ?Hongbei Tavern. Benny looked reluctant to leave, but she still didnt have the courage to walk up..." The three of them glanced at the full tavern. Hand around and leave without waiting for the bartender to come over. Zuiyue Hotel. A tavern that looks like it was converted from an inn. Is there any room? asked the attendant. The three of them found several houses, and their tempers were somewhat aroused. There is something wrong with this island. There is no such thing as noon, every pub is full. "Yes, please come in, three of you." The bartender immediately cleared a seat. The three of them breathed a sigh of relief. walked over and sat down. There was someone else at the table, a bearded dwarf. But it doesnt matter, as long as there is an empty table. The three of them ordered some drinks and food, and their eyes fell on the bard on the stage. Benny went from being frightened and timid to becoming determined. She angrily cursed the 18th-level leader and all the members of the cult who killed villagers. "Benny knocked over the oil lamp and stood in the flames. There was no fear in her voice, only hatred for the cults outside. She shouted: Wu Heng will come back and avenge me and the villagers." The fire became more intense and completely engulfed the figure. Woooooooo~! From the corner, there was a slight cry. Bang~! The bearded dwarf at the same table slapped the table and said angrily: "Is the association eating shit? Why did you send her to investigate the level 18 professionals?" The three mages looked at the angry dwarf. Feel like I''ve been scolded. But when I thought about it carefully, I was criticizing the local association that arranged for the maid to go out. But there was also some surprise in his eyes. ?This newspaper is so powerful that it can arouse everyone''s emotions. Even after the three of them heard the story, they felt sorry for the maid named "Benny". What a good girl, she died like this. This island owner, how could he come up with such a great idea? said one of the attendants. Another person said, "Newspapers are not unusual. They are not much different from the stories published by the association. The main thing is that the writers behind him can write the stories in an attractive way." Could it be that, as Moffat said, the soul has been reincarnated? If thats true, Moffat would have had reason to take action on the spot. How could he still see his apprentice being bullied? ??Virgil took a sip of his drink and said calmly, "I''m curious about him too. I''ll see what kind of person he is then." The dwarf at the same table, after cursing. He sat back in his seat and looked at the three of them for a moment. When did the replacement happen? The ghost train appears. ?Wu Heng took Ka Xiu and got off the train. Return to the city, hail a carriage, and return to the island lord''s mansion. ?Sitting on the carriage, I passed the newspaper sales point, opened a slight gap and looked outside. There were a lot of people surrounding the sales point. In addition to those who buy newspapers, there are also some people who will read them to others after buying them. ?The number of people gathered increased. Why do so many women buy newspapers? Its not the story of this issue yet. The maids in the tavern each bought several copies, saying they wanted to increase the sales of this issue of the newspaper. Princess, I bought the newspaper. There are many people here, lets leave first. As the carriage passed by, the sound of voices entered the carriage. Return to the island owners mansion. Minnie helped him take off his coat and hung it aside. Asked softly, "Master, did you have lunch?" Wu Heng felt it for a while and said, "I''m not hungry either. Let''s have dinner together in the evening!" Then make more delicious food tonight. Minnie said with a smile. ?Wu Heng touched her little head and said, "Okay, I''ll listen to you." Sit in the living room and blow on the air conditioner for a while. There was a knock on the courtyard door, and Minnie quickly walked out and opened the door. Then Minnie returned and walked in with the six-armed ''McIntosh''. ?McIntosh is wearing a dark gray purple shawl hood, a dark blue dress underneath, gold earrings, and a gold necklace around his neck. Very personal. ?Stepping into the living room, McIntosh saluted with three arms on one side, attached to his chest, "My lord, the island owner." Sit down! Wu Heng said. ?McIntosh sat down aside, and Minnie brought herbal tea. My lord, just after noon, three people came to the island. One of them should be a mage, and the other two are attendants. They may be above level 15, or even level 18. McIntosh said his intention directly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 601 , all pinyin Chapter 601, all in Pinyin ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, another mage came to the island. Also suspected to have reached level 18. Lu Ans master has reached level 18, and this time there is another level 18. What did they do after they landed on the island? Wu Heng continued to ask. After arriving on the island, they went to several taverns one after another, seemingly to listen to the newly released stories, and finally entered the Drunken Moon Inn. The Drunken Moon Inn was originally only a hotel business, but was recently converted into a tavern. Do you think they are in danger? McIntosh thought for a moment and said: "At present, there is no way to judge their intentions." You wait for me first. ?Wu Heng stood up and walked to the room on one side. Release all three ghosts. He said: "Glenda, a mage and two attendants came to Zuiyue Hotel. They are suspected to be level 18 professionals. Go and see what they are doing. Keep a distance and don''t let them find out." Wraiths are easily detected by mages. Even if you cant see it, you can still detect it. Keeping a certain distance can still reduce the possibility of being discovered. Use "Spirit Vision" to track you from a distance, and you won''t be afraid of not being able to find the target. "Okay, I''ll go over now." Glenda agreed, turned around and left across the roof. Xiaoxiao also said, "I''ll go take a look too." Dont go. Its easier to be discovered in the past. How about the skill book you translated for your mother? Wu Heng looked at her. ?Xiao Xiao immediately became nervous and said, "I''m still writing." You go and continue writing, and we will send it to your mother tomorrow. Wu Heng said. ?Xiao Xiao hesitated to speak, but nodded and flew upstairs, muttering, "The pressure is still so great." ??Wu Heng continued to look at Beni, "Beni, please help keep an eye on the island master''s mansion. If anyone approaches, please notify me in time." Okay. Penny also flew out. The three ghosts have all arranged their work. ??Wu Heng returned to the living room, sat down, and said, "I asked someone to check. Is everything going well recently?" ?McIntosh took a sip of tea and said with a smile, "With you as my backer, everything will go smoothly." After defeating Luan last time. ?McIntosh also understood the gap between himself and Wu Heng. ?The opponent is younger than you, and his own strength and level far exceed your own. The initial feeling of reluctance is gone. It even feels like its being hugged into your lap. "You continue to collect intelligence. If you need anything, tell me in time and I will help you handle it." Wu Heng said lightly. "Okay!" McIntosh agreed, drank some tea again, stood up and said, "I''m going back first, and I''ll send you news if I have anything to do." ?Wu Heng nodded. ?McIntosh got up and left, and Minnie walked to the door. McIntosh leaves. ?Wu Heng also stood up and said hello to Minnie. He walked straight upstairs. Go into the study. After waiting for a while, Glenda flew back from outside and said: "It is indeed a level 18 professional, and the other two attendants are both level 15." Good guy, there are quite a few level 18s here. On this island recently, there are 18th-level mages one after another. I just dont know what the people who came this time are doing. What are they doing now? Wu Heng asked. We are going to the association. Sheila Gui went out to greet her in person. She should be a member of the association and her status is not low. Granda said. The level is determined from here, even if the level 18 professional does not hold any position. You will also receive certain courtesy. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. As long as you are a member of the association, you will be much safer. At least it wont cause any damage. Everything must be done within the rules of the association. Don''t be afraid of what he will do suddenly. When the time comes, Xilagui will also tell her what the other partys purpose is. Just the people from the association, theres no need to keep an eye on them. Wu Heng said. "Um!" Dusk. The voice of the maid calling for dinner came from outside the door. After going downstairs, dinner was already placed on the dining table. A few people were eating at the same time. Anderweil said: "Several caravans have signed agreements with the city hall and will order 50,000 copies of newspapers to be sold everywhere." This is a good thing, they sold it on our behalf. Wu Heng nodded. Andewil smiled and said: "The sales of newspapers are getting better and better, and they may also become an income for the island in the future." I dont expect the newspaper to make much money. Wu Heng took a sip of fruit wine and continued, Find a few caravans and order some paper and ink. Okay. Anderweil nodded. Have dinner together. The maids go to the training room to train. ?Wu Heng also went upstairs again. In the study room. Sit aside and rest for a while. Took out the skill book he got today, put it in front of the table and opened it. The name is [Necromantic Torrent], a spell that induces the energy of the dead. Within the range of the spell, the undead units will be boosted. Here, the unit is boosted. Even the enemy''s undead units will be boosted. Living units, standing in the spell, will be eroded by the power of the undead. ??Of course, the caster automatically provides some resistance. But you cannot stay in the torrent for a long time. ??Wu Heng could think of a useful method for himself, which is to increase the strength of the skeleton army. The torrent covers all the skeletons, which is definitely a good effect. The skill book has been turned to the last page. The prompt appears immediately. Unlock skill: Undead Torrent. The real product is unlocked. ?Wu Heng stretched, closed the book and put it back on the bookshelf. Xiaoxiao, hows the translation going? Wu Heng looked aside. Xiaoxiao said: "The translation is finished." Xiao Xiao works so hard! Xiao Xiao shrugged, "There''s nothing I can do about it, she''s my biological mother after all." Let me see! Xiao Xiao used his mind to control a book to fly over. "Yanliangzhiyan". ?Wu Heng glanced over his eyes and frowned instantly. He raised his head and asked, "Why are there so many pinyin words?" Xiao Xiao said naturally, "I can''t write, so I can only use Pinyin, and I don''t know many words in this world." ?Wu Heng wanted to say something, but he swallowed the words when they reached his lips. ?Thinking about it this way, it is indeed difficult for Xiaoxiao to translate these. Let me translate, and I will find a way to cultivate a few skeletons in the future. Okay. Xiaoxiao cheered immediately. ?Wu Heng cut the thread of the book staples, marked them, and divided the book into six parts. A thought in my mind. The body immediately divided into six Wu Hengs, each person picked up one and began to translate. "Oh, uncle, you still use it like this, and you don''t even help me." Xiao Xiaofei flew above his head, complaining loudly. ?Wu Heng ignored her and translated quickly with his head down. ?Xiao Xiao looked at each one and said, "Uncle, your handwriting is out of line." And you, please be steady and dont be anxious. Xiaoxiao, like the supervisor, kept talking. Skill books are not thick to begin with. Six people completed a translation in just over 20 minutes. Put the translated notes aside and repackage the original notes. Then, continue to open the second book and translate it. In about half an hour, the second book was also translated. Release the effect of strange objects. Six figures merged into one person. Shaked his head. "Okay, I''m going to rest. Don''t run around at night. There''s a mage on the island." Wu Heng walked out and gave instructions. I know, goodbye uncle. Xiaoxiao waved. The other two ghosts also nodded. ?Wu Heng went downstairs, thought for a moment, and opened Annette''s door. The lop-eared rabbit girl opened her eyes and smiled immediately when she saw Wu Heng coming in. Haunted in a low voice, "Master." Then he stood up and helped him take off his clothes. I didnt disturb your rest! "No, you can come at any time." Annette''s face turned red. Hold on to the desk. Annette walked to the desk obediently, bowed slightly, and lay down on the desk. ?Wu Heng untied the other party''s pajamas and gently held his waist. The next day, morning. ?Wu Heng asked Granda to visit the association again. Sheila Gui has gone to the association and everything else is normal. So I didnt pay attention to it anymore. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. ?First he knocked on Zhao Yanqius door. Chief! Zhao Yanqius eyes were confused. ??Wu Heng took out two books and said, "These are skill books. See if you can understand them. If you don''t understand anything, just ask Xiaoxiao." While speaking, he released Xiaoxiao. Xiao Xiaoyi patted his chest and said, "Ask me if you don''t understand anything." ?Wu Heng left directly. A small voice came from behind, "Mom, my uncle and I have been translating the books for a long time, and I am exhausted." ?Wu Heng went downstairs. Entered the conference room directly. The sides of the long, slender table. Sitting there were Qi Hancai and Gao Rong, a young man wearing glasses, and a middle-aged foreigner with thinning hair and a beard. This is the rescued Russian researcher, Kadyrov. Introduced by Qi Hancai. (End of this chapter) Chapter 602 , someone is looking for Chapter 602, someone is looking for Qi Hancai introduced the Russians and stretched out his hand towards the young man wearing glasses. Liu Yuming, a member of our base, is temporarily responsible for translation. Liu Yuming stood up and saluted: "Chief!" Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai explained, Kadyrov knows some Chinese, but some of it still needs translation. The bearded foreigner on the side also stood up and said in broken Chinese: "Thank you, Chief Wu, for saving us. I came to your country five years ago and I like it here very much." Sit down! Wu Heng sat down on the side and continued, You are welcome to join us. Thank you! Kadyrov thanked him. ?Wu Heng then asked, "How many of you are there in total?" Kadyrov replied, "Six people, all members of our institute." Normally, there are only so many people in a shelter. Too many people are a burden, and too few people are difficult to hold on to. I heard that you are researching the electromagnetic gun. How is the research going? Can it be used normally? Wu Heng looked at the other party. ?Kadyrov looked puzzled and cast a questioning look at Liu Mingyu. Liu Mingyu translated. Kadyrov answered in Russian. Liu Mingyu turned around again and translated: "He said the range is 150 kilometers and the power can penetrate 5 meters wide concrete." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Qi Hancai and Gao Rong also had shock in their eyes. 150 km, penetrates 5 meters of concrete. ??This can even penetrate a building. Furthermore, the range of the machine gun is only within two kilometers. Such a comparison, the range and power of the electromagnetic gun are simply exaggerated. No wonder its before the end of the world. Countries are competing for weapons in this area. ?Wu Heng then asked, Can it be used normally now? Kadyrov said in Russian and Liu Mingyu translated, "What they developed is a rail-mounted electromagnetic gun. It can be launched in experiments, but it requires large-scale equipment support and a huge power burden. In modern society at that time, there was no The method will be more difficult to put into use now. Where are the drawings? Wu Heng continued to ask. I have brought all the drawings over and made electronic backups, Qi Hancai replied. There are blueprints, which can be studied by the artificer. Besides electromagnetic guns, what else are you proficient in? Kadyrov himself answered, We are also relatively proficient in the research and design of electrical equipment and weapons. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment. It is not sure whether the electromagnetic gun can be used. Lets take a look when the laboratory is moved here later. You can arrange some other work for them first. Qi Hancai, see where they are needed and arrange some work for him temporarily. Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. Liu Mingyu also quietly translated for Kadyrov. Kadyrov breathed a sigh of relief. Being able to stay was better than anything else. Finished talking about the foreigner. ?Wu Heng continued to look at Qi Hancai and Gao Rong. Is there any progress on your side? Qi Hancai said: "Nothing happened. The two skeleton armies are still cleaning up zombies along the railway. The next city over Bai Qing is Binhai City." Binhai City is close to the sea. Perhaps we can get some modern ships. ??Wu Heng immediately said: "Let the other side keep an eye on the shipyard or ship, and let me know if there is any news." "Okay, I''ll notify you later." Qi Hancai responded without asking the reason. Gao Rong sorted out the documents and began to report, "The rifle production machinery has entered the final production and debugging stage. If there are no problems, it can be put into production normally. The newspaper printing press has also begun to sort out the mechanical components, and experiments will also be carried out in due course. " ??Tiancheng Group obviously sent good news to Wu Heng. The bullets can be produced by ourselves. If rifles can also be produced, a large number of skeletons who are proficient in shooting can be cultivated and a modern skeleton army can be assembled. In the modern world, it is not useful to fight zombies. But in another world, it is still very useful. As I walked along, the effect of spells was really not as great as that of firearms. The development of newspaper printing presses was in preparation for the establishment of newspaper offices around the world. Although there is no clear plan yet, machinery must be prepared in advance. Once established, it can be used as soon as possible. ??Wu Heng praised: "It''s well done. Tell Qi Hancai if you need anything, and complete the experiment as soon as possible." "Understood." Gao Rong also smiled, and then said, "I have nothing else to do." Then lets do this for now, Qi Hancai will take me to get the drawings, and everyone else can go about their own business! Wu Heng nodded. Everyone stood up and left the meeting room. ?Wu Heng followed Qi Hancai to the data room. The drawings of two large boxes were placed in front of them. "It''s all here. It''s been backed up. If you still need it, you can print it out." Qi Hancai glanced at the machine beside him. Ill take a look at the drawings first, well discuss them later. Wu Heng said, putting all the drawings into the space ring. The door to the reference room is closed again. The two of them walked out together, and Qi Hancai said: "Sister Yahong, I know there are tamed animals, and I may come over and ask you for them in the next two days." "I''ve prepared them for her too." Wu Heng said with a smile. It is not difficult to prepare animals for Li Yahong. There is an animal taming shop on Treasure Island, just buy it directly. It''s still because the distance between the two is a bit far. Unlike Qi Hancai, they can just buy it directly. "Lest she get jealous again and say you are partial." Qi Hancai smiled. No way, the palms and backs of my hands are all flesh. Its like saying that we are both children. ?The two chatted casually and walked out together. After getting the drawings. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory directly and waited for Xiao Xiao to come back. The original plan was to raise Penny''s level in these two days. But there is an 18th-level mage coming to Treasure Island, so we still need to pay attention to him. Released Glenda and Penny. Let the two ghosts wander around first, while Glenda gave Penny a general introduction to the world. When he learned that Wu Heng was a person from another world. ??Beni had a look of surprise on her face. Another world, something that only appears in myths. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a chair, just about to take out the drawings to kill time. ?System prompt appears suddenly in your ear. Level increased to level 19, Constitution +2, Intelligence +4, Perception +2, Charisma +2. Upgraded. ?Wu Heng felt happy. It seems that the attacking skeleton team is fighting zombies again. ?This feeling of being able to upgrade while sitting at home is actually quite good. ?Wu Heng immediately opened the panel to check the upgrade requirements. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 19 (1452/355000) Fame: Level 19 (721/66000) Attributes: Strength 48, Agility 35, Constitution 55, Intelligence 54, Perception 33, Charisma 34. The required experience after level 19 has reached 350,005. A number that seems exaggerated. But it didnt take long from the time I changed my job to now. The upgrade speed is faster than that of traditional professionals in other worlds, and even exceeds that of princes and princesses who have been arranged a path for advancement since birth. A mere 350,000. ??Zombies are enough for you to upgrade to level 20 and become a hero. ?Even though the number seems quite high, I dont feel too much pressure. Famousness changed from 58,000 to 66,000. In fact, reputation is more troublesome than experience. Treasure Island''s reputation collection is definitely not enough to reach level 20. But expanding outward and promoting fame is not an easy task. There is no good direction yet. In addition to the establishment of a newspaper office, I should also hold more activities on Treasure Island. Let businessmen from all over the place help you publicize it. ?Thinking in my heart. Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall, with a helpless tone, Hey! My mother is so stupid. What are you talking about? Wu Heng said angrily. "Really, when you look at a skill book, you always ask me why it''s like this, what''s the principle, etc. How do I understand this? I just say that this is how you practice." Xiaoxiao floated to one side and complained. Im new to it, so its normal not to understand it. "I haven''t learned anything after reading it once. Uncle, you will learn it every time you read it again." Xiaoxiao said. ?Xiao Xiao has only watched Wu Heng learn skills. Flip from the first page of the book to the last page, and then you can perform it. Perhaps I think I can learn it by reading it once. ?Wu Heng didnt know how to explain this. said: "My level is higher, and my understanding of knowledge is stronger. Just wait until your mother''s level goes up." ?Xiao Xiao lay on his back and floated in the air. After thinking about it for a while, he felt that something made sense. Okay, I understand. "Go and call Glenda and the others back. Let''s go back first." Wu Heng pointed out the window. ?Xiao Xiao flew out and soon flew back with Glenda and Penny. Get into the body together. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to the zombie world. Return to the island owner''s mansion and appear in the study. ?Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. You can hear the voices of the maids downstairs. He turned around and saw Wu Heng coming down. Annette and Robert saluted, and Minnie came over and said, "Master, in the morning, Deacon Shiraqui asked someone to come over and said that someone from the association headquarters is here. Please come over." (End of this chapter) Chapter 603 , it will be faster if someone leads the way Chapter 603: It will be faster if someone leads the way Hilagui arranged for someone to come to her. Needless to say, you can also guess that it is the 18th level mage who came to the island. As expected, he came from the headquarters and came to find himself. At the headquarters, there are not many things related to me. Lilith, Imiro, and Luan challenged him. ?Lilith and herself have always exchanged letters. Imiro is an elf prince, so the person who comes to arrange something should also be an elf. The most likely one is Lu Ans master and his apprentice. ?? He sent the newspaper to the headquarters. The master and apprentice wanted to take revenge, so they probably wouldn''t be in such a hurry. Help me prepare lunch first, and then go after eating. Wu Heng said. What does the master want to eat? Minnie asked with a smile. Seafood noodles, simple. Okay! Minnie nodded and walked quickly to the kitchen. Association, dormitory. ?The door opened, and a burly attendant walked in with several newspapers and handed them to ''Virgil'' who was wearing a robe. You can buy previous issues of the newspaper at the city hall, so its not a problem. ?Virgil nodded, picked up the newspaper, and looked at each copy. Its not written above whether this street lamp is a contraption or a prop. "I haven''t written it down, but I feel it should be a prop. You can see what''s inside the glass cover when you stand underneath it. It should be a prop with runes etched on it." the attendant inferred. ?After arriving on the island, they originally thought that the newspaper would be the most surprising thing. But at night, bright white light shines through the window. still attracted the attention of three people. After leaving the association. Then he saw that the entire central area was brightly lit. Under the lights, a large number of residents gathered. They came out for activities when it was cool at night, and there were vendors selling items. Its more lively than during the day. This made all three of them widen their eyes. I also know that the iron poles erected during the day are not used to hang flags, but are special props that light up. Light up the entire area. The association headquarters is nothing more than this. But what is that place? It is a place where heroes gather. And here, its a small island in the sea. An island snatched from pirates. At dawn, people went out to inquire about the situation and buy newspapers. ??But its still unclear whether its a prop or not. ??Virgil put the newspaper away and said, "Hasn''t he come back yet?" There is no news yet, I will send someone to urge you again. Theres no rush. Virgil thought for a moment and continued: Go and ask Shiragui if he has contact with anyone else besides Imiro? ??The attendant was stunned, "Do you want to accept him as your apprentice?" There is a big career difference, so ask first. Association. ?Wu Heng came to the association after lunch. Dodge and quickly enter the deacon''s study. Sheila Gui frowned, "What are you doing?" Is there a level 18 professional looking for me? Wu Heng asked cautiously. Sheela Gui was amused by his appearance and said, "Haven''t you defeated a level 18 professional before? Why are you so nervous?" Im not nervous, I just dont know what hes going to do. Do you know what he wants from me? Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui closed the information on the table and said: "Virgil, the prophecy mage, came here this time to invite you to join the Hongwen Club." Prophecy mage? ?This faction is rare and has low combat effectiveness. Occupational characteristics tend to be detection, precognition, detection of thoughts and other spells. When talking to him, you still have to be careful to avoid any problems. You came to the island specially to invite me to join? Am I so famous? Wu Heng was curious. He had heard of Hongwenhui. After such a long time, its not just about dawdling. Hongwenhui was mostly composed of mages, bards and other professions. In Wu Heng''s imagination, it was a gathering place for high-level intellectuals. "You take a look at this first." Sheila Gui handed over a letter, "Miss Moya also mentioned you in the letter she wrote to me. It was sent here one day after Virgil. I feel that Hongwen will invite You, and your defeat of Luan. ? Moya is Imiros assistant. I actually wrote a letter to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng took it and the envelope was open. Pour the letter out and open it to read. The preceding are some normal questions to Sheila Gui. The second half of the content reads, "Master Imiro has received Wu Heng''s letter and issued a letter of challenge to ''Moffat''. The other party refused because of his discomfort. Moffat''s master and apprentice are narrow-minded. Treasure Island''s newspapers spread in the headquarters, which lowers the reputation of their master and apprentice. They should pay attention to secret methods and write in time when something happens. " After reading it, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. ??Imiro also submitted a challenge to the department and wanted to beat Moffat. Actually, it makes sense when you think about it. ?Luan challenges Wu Heng, and Imiro can also challenge Moffat. But it is obvious that Imiro is stronger, and Moffat does not even dare to accept the challenge. Moya also mentioned being careful about undercover tactics. ??This is because we suspect that the opponent is not easy to take action from the front and will make some small moves secretly. Leave the letter here for now. When the new newspaper is released in two days, I will publish the news. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui looked at him and said, "You are not worried at all about the dangers mentioned above." "What''s there to worry about? I stumbled when I went out, so I wrote a letter to Deacon Imiro, saying he was assassinated and asked him to beat Moffat." Wu Heng said seriously. "You... are amazing." Sheila Gui could only say the word "Awesome" when her words came to her lips. Shi Yali tilted her chin and watched the two chatting with a smile. ?Wu Heng put the letter away and continued, "In other words, I have made a name for myself in the headquarters. Hongwenhui thinks that I defeated Lu An and has more potential, so he invited me to join." Sheila Gui nodded, "I feel so." Then you say, should I join? Sheila Gui looked at him doubtfully, "Ask me too? What do you think?" You know better and can help me with my advice. Hongwen Club has a very high threshold. Only those who have received certain recognition will be invited to join. I feel that it will be good for you after joining. Xila Gui analyzed. This is not much different from what Wu Heng thought. They are all internal organizations of the association and do no harm to themselves. Furthermore, the more mages you come into contact with, the more skill books you may obtain. Then listen to you. You have to think about it yourself and tell me about it. Sheila rolled her eyes at him, stood up and said, Lets go to the conference room first, and Ill ask Virgil to come over. ?Wu Heng also stood up, said goodbye to Shi Yali, and walked out of the study. In the conference room. After waiting for a while, the door opened. ??A ruddy-faced mage wearing robes walked in with two attendants. Sheila Gui introduced, "This is Mr. Virgil, coming from the headquarters." Then he introduced Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island." The three people on the opposite side all looked at Wu Heng curiously, looking up and down. ?The newspaper sent to the association has his photo, which is exactly the same. ?Wu Heng saw the three people from a distance through Granda''s perspective. He glanced briefly at first, then withdrew his gaze. Mr. Virgil. Wu Heng greeted with a smile. Master Wuheng Island. The old mage also smiled. After the two of them sat down. Vergil continued: "When I was at my headquarters, I heard about the deeds of the owner of Wuheng Island. He is young and promising." ??Wu Heng said with a smile, "Virgil is too polite. He is following the deeds of heroes and doing his job well." Haha! Thats good. Virgil touched his beard and looked at the other person up and down. said: "You are very talented, but you changed jobs relatively late." If you can have a mentor to guide you, your subsequent development will be smoother. Within three years, it is expected to reach level 18. (End of this chapter) Chapter 604 , how to build street lights? Chapter 604, How to build street lights The meaning behind his words is very clear. He wants to accept him as his disciple. Sheila Gui didnt mention this just now. He glanced at her, also a little surprised. Having a guide will make the road ahead smoother and avoid many detours for any professional. ??If you were still in Blackstone Town or Luntam City, you would really wish you had such a master. Give yourself guidance on spells and serve as a backer. After all, at that time, level 18 professionals were god-like existences. ?Whoever dares to mess with you can solve a lot of trouble by reporting the name of the 18th-level master to others. But things are different now. Level 18 professionals on Treasure Island can often be seen. Your own skeletons are all level 18. ?Moreover, no matter how powerful it is, it can''t stop the machine gun''s shells. What''s more, he has reached level 19 now, which is higher than the mage in front of him. It is obviously unreasonable to become a disciple in turn. My mind turned quickly. He said: "I didn''t have much chance before, but now I have no idea about this. Deacon Imiro and Dean Gianvito will also give me some guidance." ??The smile on Virgil''s face froze, as if he didn''t expect Wu Heng to reject him. I never expected that someone would refuse a level 18 expert to become their master. He wanted to speak, but he swallowed the words as soon as they reached his lips. She pondered for a moment, nodded, and did not mention the matter again. Instead, he continued: "I came here this time mainly to ask you if you are willing to join Hongwen Club." Sure enough, we talked about Hongwenhui. Hilaguis news is still accurate. ??Wu Heng asked curiously: "What do I need to do after joining?" Vergil seemed to have been prepared and said it smoothly, "There is no mandatory requirement. If you are willing to go to the headquarters, you can research the direction of interest in the research tower of Hongwenhui. If you can''t go there, Some rubbings of ancient documents, books, and texts will be sent over, so we can cooperate with them in deciphering them. "The other thing is to organize some activities. Hongwen Club is the initiator of many activities of the association to maintain the academic atmosphere of the association members, such as giving lectures by alchemists from various places and distributing professional scrolls. When it comes to your Treasure Island, you may be needed. " Sounds like a school club. Just cooperate and complete some of the assigned work. I will definitely not go to the headquarters. There are high-level people there, so they are not as comfortable as I am here. As for deciphering some documents and books, Wu Heng still has some expectations in his heart. ??The system can convert text. Those contents that even mages and scholars cannot decipher, I dont know if I can translate them here. As for organizing some activities, giving lectures, distributing scrolls, etc. ??It was all arranged by the local association, and Xilagui''s matter had little to do with me. Thank you, I am willing to join. Wu Heng nodded. ??There is nothing strange about Virgil either. He took out an agreement and emblem of the association and pushed it over, "Sign your name and you will become a member of Hongwen Association. Keep the emblem, which represents your status as a member." ?Wu Heng picked up the agreement and looked at it. It basically contained some official terms for joining the Hongwen Society. Its not much different from the one you got when you joined the association, theres nothing special about it. ?Picked up the pen and signed his name directly. ?Vergil picked it up and checked it. Smiling again, "Welcome to join." Thank you. The matter is finished. ??Virgil looked more casual and asked: "Are those street lights props?" The two attendants on the side also looked over. ?Wu Heng explained: "It can be understood as a strange weapon." Did you invent it? ?Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t have this ability. It''s the result of the hard work of several professions." ??Virgil nodded, "A very good invention." Thank you, these are nothing compared to the scholars of Hongwenhui. Wu Heng said politely. Vergil said with a smile: "You are your age and you are a human race, so you are already pretty good." "Mr. Virgil, you are joking." Wu Heng said politely, and then said: "Xila Gui, let someone go to the tavern to book a private room and meet some gentlemen." Sheila Gui nodded in agreement, opened the door, and called Shi Yali to book a private room at a tavern outside the association. ?Vergil then asked about the idea of ??selling a newspaper and the details of the serialized story. And the latest issue, the tavern maid Penny. I am full of curiosity about Wuheng and Treasure Island. Sitting in the conference room and chatting for a while. ?Shi Yali came back and said the private room was ready. Wu Heng then stood up and said, "Mr. Virgil, let''s go to the tavern and chat while we eat." Thats fine! Virgil agreed. ?A few people went out together and walked towards the tavern outside the association. Finish the dinner. ?A few people were chatting quite happily. ??? Didnt mention the matter of accepting disciples again. ??Virgil and his attendants returned to the association dormitory, while Shiragui and Shi Yali also returned to their mansion. Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s manor. Entering the living room, Minnie walked over quickly and helped him hang his coat on the hanger. asked: Master, is it going well in the association today? Its nothing, that level 18 mage is not here to cause trouble. Wu Heng controlled the kettle to pour water and took a sip. I thought someone came to the island again to cause trouble for you! Minnie said with a smile. ??Wu Heng turned his head and said, "Do you still remember the master and apprentice who challenged me last time?" Remember, I was beaten so badly by you that my robes were all in pieces, Minnie said. Lu An left a deep impression on people. His identity and status were determined from there, and he was beaten badly by Wu Heng. "Yes, after they returned to the headquarters, Deacon Imiro sent another challenge to his master, but the master did not dare to accept it because he was not feeling well." Wu Heng said with a smile. Minnie also looked surprised, "Really! Why didn''t you answer the call? Why can''t you answer it?" The rules of the association allow you not to accept the challenge. Thats a pity. Minnie felt a little regretful. It can be considered as a deterrent to prevent them from pretending to be powerful on Treasure Island and thinking that no one knows about it, Wu Heng said. Actually, not accepting the challenge would have a greater impact on Lu An and his apprentice. The newspapers have made their affairs on Treasure Island public. Why Imiro challenged him, others can guess it. ??In the small place of Treasure Island, I have shown off my power, but I haven''t fought yet, and I haven''t dared to accept the challenge as a master after I returned. Its more embarrassing than losing a fight. ?Of course, these things all happened at the association headquarters and have little to do with me. ??But Hongwen will ask himself to join, which is largely related to the victory over Lu An. There is also the letter sent by Moya. Beware of the master and the disciple, lest they dare not do something openly but do it secretly. In fact, its not a big problem. I have reached level 19, two level 18 ghosts, and two level 18 skeletons. It is unlikely that it can threaten yourself. ??Wu Heng glanced at Minnie and said: "Moya, Deacon Imiro''s assistant, said in the letter that we should be careful, lest the master and the apprentice do something secretly, and you will bring skeletons with you when you go out." These two are too bad, they are doing things secretly, and they are level 18 professionals. Minnie was surprised. Rank does not represent character. Thats right, even pirates can reach level 18. Minnie nodded. ?Wu Heng took a rest and patted Minnie''s butt. "I''m going upstairs. You should rest early." Okay, Master. Minnie called sweetly. ?Then he jumped and ran towards the training room. Left far away, he shouted that Lu Ans master had been challenged by Deacon Imiro. Go upstairs and into the study. ?Wu Heng released all three ghosts. The three ghosts found out that they had gone home and dispersed to go about their own business. ?Glenda continued to revise the draft, while Xiaoxiao took Penny and flew aside to watch cartoons. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, then said to Granda: "Do you think it would improve your reputation more if newspapers serialized more great detective stories?" Glenda looked up, thought for a moment, and said: "It may not have any obvious effect. People who are familiar with newspapers now know who you are. Adding the content of the serialized story will only make it feel like reading the story." Its better, it doesnt have much impact on reputation. (End of this chapter) Chapter 605 , don鈥檛 know foreign languages Chapter 605, Dont know foreign languages In other words, everyone who needs to know themselves is known. Increasing the number of updates will only make it more enjoyable for readers and will have little impact on reputation. Is there any good way to spread the word outside the island? Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Granda said: "The story of the first volume of the Great Detective will end in this issue. This volume can be made into a book and provided to the caravans to be transported outside for sale." This is also a solution. The original plan was to complete the serialization of The Great Detective and then compile it into a book for sale. But now that I have reached level 19, I am a little worried about my reputation. It is okay to sell it in volumes, but the content is less. Okay, lets sort it out and print it as a book tomorrow and sell it together with the next issue of the newspaper. Wu Heng finalized the plan. ?Glenda then reminded, If you have time, take a photo and use it as a book cover. ?Wu Heng touched his chin and said, "I''m not very photogenic." What increases fame is easier to increase fame, Granda said. Well, Im just a little shy. ?Glenda didnt say much and continued to revise the draft. ?Wu Heng walked aside, Took out all the electromagnetic gun blueprints obtained during the day. ?This time there are many more blueprints than firearms blueprints and bullet blueprints. There are two large boxes of information. ?Wu Heng picked up a book and looked through it. It was all in Russian. Holy shit, I forgot about this. During the day, I was worried about the level 18 mage going to the island. In a hurry to come back, I forgot that the drawings were all in Russian. Looking at it now, except for a few numbers 1234, I can''t understand anything else. The system can translate texts from other worlds. Other texts in the original world have not been translated. Take out your mobile phone and open the software. ??There is a Russian translation option, but it requires an Internet connection. There is no such thing in another world, and there is no such thing as a network in the zombie world. There is no good solution. ?Wu Heng pushed the drawing aside and asked Qi Hancai to see if there was any solution tomorrow. I sat in the study for a while, but nothing happened. Go back to your room to rest early. In the bedroom. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, thinking about what happened today. I have reached level 19 and need more reputation. Getting fame is really a troublesome thing. Glendas sale of books has made up for the newspapers lack of information. Its best to let those caravans contact you so that you can control the price. Also, if we hold more activities to attract more people to Treasure Island, we will naturally hear about our own affairs and spread them to the outside world. The second thing is that I joined the Hongwen Society. It also means that the big guys in the department have recognized themselves. I wonder if I can get any skill books from them. Lets see what happens then! Pull up the quilt and summarize the things to be done tomorrow. Tomorrow, I will upgrade Penny first, then take photos for the cover and print the book. Lets arrange it like this first. After thinking about it, Wu Heng closed his eyes and went to sleep. The next day, port. "Mr. Virgil is so anxious to go back?" Wu Heng looked at the mage who was about to board the ship and said. Xilagui also said, "Stay a few more days so I can take you around the island." Vergil smiled and said, "Next time, when the matter is completed, I will return as soon as possible. If Hongwen has any tasks assigned by then, they will be sent directly to the association. Wu Heng, please pay more attention." I will pay attention. Wu Heng replied. ??Virgil continued, "I forgot to ask you yesterday, is it easy to arrange things like street lights on a large scale?" ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and explained: "Street lights are not difficult, but the early infrastructure is more troublesome." "What''s the meaning?" That is to say, a device similar to a magical building must be arranged in the early stage to provide energy for the street lights. Wu Heng thought of an explanation that he could understand. ??Virgil nodded, "I understand, my family has a territory, and we can talk about the construction of this kind of street light at that time. The price is easy to negotiate." Good guys, every professional who can reach level 18 is not an ordinary person. The family still has territory. Okay. Wu Heng did not refuse. Whether we can press the button and whether we should help them build power plants will be discussed later. Perhaps in this regard, you can form an engineering team yourself. While he was talking, an attendant came down and said, "The ship is about to sail." Vergil looked at Wu Heng and the two, "Then I''ll leave first. I''ll see you next time." Three of you are always welcome on Treasure Island. Goodbye, Mr. Virgil. ??Virgil boarded the cargo ship and stood on the deck waving goodbye as the cargo ship gradually left the port. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "It seems that he is not unhappy because you are no longer his disciple." This is all voluntary, why are you unhappy? Wu Heng said. Inviting the other person to dinner is also to resolve the matter. It seems that the effect is quite good. Its nothing, of course its best. The two of them talked, walked to the roadside, and took a carriage. Hila Gei returned to the association, and Wu Heng returned to his residence. After returning to your residence. ?Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Ask Qi Hancai to prepare a convoy and go out to clean up the zombies. After arriving in an area that has not been cleared. ??The soul-stirring jade illuminates the magic circle, and skeletons and zombies fight together. Wisps of remnant souls floated up into the sky. ??Beni rushed forward and began to absorb the remaining souls in the sky. The ghost has been upgraded to level 9. Ghost is upgraded to level 10, agility +1, intelligence +2, perception +1. Unlock ability: Push with telekinesis. Ghost upgraded to level 11. . The ghost has been upgraded to level 13, intelligence +1, perception +2, charisma +1. When Penny''s level reaches level 13, all the remaining souls are absorbed. It can be improved several levels each time. ?Wu Heng looked a little envious. At level 10, Penny unlocked Psychic Push. This ability is not a profound skill. The effect is that you can simply influence something with the power of your mind. ?For example, swing the door and control the stylus to watch cartoons. They are all the effects of this ability. Xiaoxiao and Glenda both have this ability. When you get to Beni, it wont be unlocked until you reach level 10. But the problem is not big, as long as the level can be raised, the rest of the abilities can be added to the ghost through rituals if there is a chance in the future. ??Beni flew back and said: "It''s all absorbed." You are now level 13. When you go back, let Glenda and Xiaoxiao teach you how to use telekinesis. Wow, Im level 13! Penny exclaimed. While in Blackstone Town. She never thought that she would be promoted to such a level. Higher than a deacon. It will be higher in the future. Wu Heng said. ??Benny nodded, "Thank you!" ?Wu Heng nodded and began to give orders to the skeletons to clean up the battlefield. A large number of skeletons began to move. Distinguish the corpses, evolve zombies and deformed zombies, and drag them closer. ??After Wu Heng transformed the aberrant and evolved zombies, he put away the corpse cores and continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Then, Qi Hancai came over with a convoy and began to inspect the shops on both sides. All necessary items are transported to the truck. Then, the convoy began to return to the arsenal. ?Wu Heng opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. ??Return to the island owner''s manor. After dinner, Wu Heng returned to the study. Take out two books from the space ring. "Double Interpretation Dictionary of Modern Russian" and "Russian Beginners Can Learn Russian in One Step (Platinum Best-Selling Edition. These two books were found by people in the zombie world. Tear open the book. ?Wu Heng thought and immediately separated into six figures. Each person picks up a few pages. (End of this chapter) Chapter 606 , is the coachman (5,000 words, one today) Chapter 606, Its the Coachman (5,000 words, one chapter today.) A book is divided into six parts. Six Wu Heng, each holding a copy in their hands, found their own place and began to read. With the enhancement of attributes, in addition to making it easier to understand knowledge, attention and memory have also been greatly improved. ??This kind of thing with explanations and annotations, and rote memorization, is not that difficult. Just force it into your mind. Six people looked through it quickly from different locations. Then, the pronunciation begins. The whole room was filled with the sound of silent reading. Three ghosts gathered together. ?Beni looked surprised, "Are you preparing a spell? Necromancers are indeed good at spells." ?Glenda said: "You seem to be learning something, right?" ?Xiao Xiao came closer, looked at the book cover that was torn off and put aside alone, and said, "Uncle is learning a foreign language." What is a foreign language? asked Penny. I almost have to learn the language of other countries. Xiaoxiao explained to the two ghosts. Hearing what Xiaoxiao said, he immediately understood. It is the language of other races. But this way of learning is really special. He actually created six clones and studied them separately. The first time I saw it. Then lets keep the noise down so as not to disturb him. Glenda said. The other two ghosts nodded. They stopped chatting and flew back to their places. ?Glenda continued to revise the draft, while Xiaoxiao controlled the tablet and took Penny to a place a little further away to continue watching cartoons. ?Its getting late, The six people read the pages of the book one after another. One person asked: "How is it?" Another Wu Heng replied, "It''s almost enough. Just memorize it by heart. It''s incomparable with a magic book." Another Wu Heng said: "When you have time, try to communicate with that foreigner." It doesnt matter if there is an interpreter for communication. The main thing is that the drawings can be understood. There is another book. After reading it, you will have a basic grasp of it. Lets remove the effect of the strange object first, there are still side effects. The six people nodded, their bodies flashed, and they became one person again. What follows is a tingling sensation, as well as the swelling and spinning of a large amount of information flooding into my mind. ?Wu Heng covered his forehead, and the side effects slowly faded away. ?Xiao Xiaofei came over with a worried tone, "Uncle, are you okay?" ??The other two ghosts also looked at him with concern. ??Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay, it''s a side effect of the clone." ?Xiao Xiao said ~www.mtlnovel.com~ the side effects! " ?Glenda also flew over, "Let''s read the remaining one tomorrow. If you don''t take care of yourself now, how can you take care of so many women in the future." You drive again. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda smiled, glanced at Xiaoxiao, and said nothing. ?His expression seemed to say, if Xiaoxiao hadn''t been here, I would have made this car run fast. After hearing this, Xiaoxiao said seriously: "Yes, uncle, you have to take care of your health. We are all counting on you." Okay, listen, Xiaoxiao, I wont study today. Wu Heng stood up and shook his neck. Hehe. Xiaoxiao smiled and flew half a circle in the air. ?Wu Heng collected the scattered papers and walked towards the door, "Then I''ll go back and rest first." "Good night." "Good night." Goodbye, uncle. Return to the bedroom. ?Wu Heng washed up and went to bed to rest. Lie on the bed and look up at the ceiling. ?Last time I helped Xiaoxiao translate a skill book, this time I helped her learn a book. Can be completed by clones, and it is not only used in battle. The Robe of the Hundred Soldiers is really a strange item with good effects. Frowning and thinking for a moment. If I use it for training, will it also work? My swordsmanship is stuck at a high level and has not been improved. Will it be effective if I practice the six avatars together? Try it if you have a chance. After thinking about it for a while, he fell into a deep sleep. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. ?Stepping out of the boundary gate, it was raining lightly outside the window. ?Wu Heng released the three ghosts. ?Xiaoxiao went to find Zhao Yanqiu, Glenda and Beini, and also flew out to wander around. Speaking of which, I brought my little mother here and helped her change jobs and learn skill books. But the small unfinished business remains unfinished. ?Wu Heng was suspicious. ?With a small brain circuit, he would not really think that his father and grandfather could be resurrected. ?Then you may not be able to complete it in this life. The goal of Glenda''s "unfinished business" is clearer. She wanted to find her husband and ask why she wanted to kill her. ?Wu Hengs idea is that if he is really dead, he should conduct an interrogation to find out the previous reasons. The main thing is that I cant find anyone. The last hope is Penny. ??The Tianming Cult that killed her has been destroyed, and the ghost of the bishop has also been collected into the Demonic Soul Pot. When Penny''s level is higher, let her devour the ghost of the bishop, which can be regarded as revenge with her own hands. Not too bad, will pass the unfinished business. As for things with low skills, they can be increased later through rituals. I thought about it for a while. Open the door and walk downstairs. As soon as I reached the first floor, I saw the door of the conference room opened and some people walked out. ?Like a meeting just ended. Chief! Chief~! Everyone saluted and said hello. Well, go and do your work, I have nothing to do. Wu Heng nodded and smiled. ??The rest of the people left under their umbrellas and went about their own business, while Wu Heng walked into the conference room. Only Qi Hancai was left in the room. Just finished the meeting? Wu Heng walked in. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Let''s take stock of the subsequent plans so that each factory can coordinate." Dont focus all your energy on work, but also pay attention to rest. Wu Heng said softly. Yeah, I know. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Are those Russians still adaptable here?" It seems there is no problem, but there is currently no way to separate them. When it comes to other groups, there is no way to communicate at all. We can only assign some tasks through Kadyrov. Qi Hancai sounded helpless. The original idea was to allocate them according to majors first. ?Now it seems that these people are really inseparable. Liu Mingyu is the only one who can speak Russian at the base, and he cannot run back and forth to translate. Its okay to arrange it together first, Wu Heng said. ??Qi Hancai nodded, thought for a while and continued: "Bai Qing is attacking the Binhai city center. Some survivors and the collected gold will be brought back in the next two days." Bai Qing is a very hard-working person. "It''s the skeleton team''s hard work. They are not only rushing but also attacking. Bai Qing and the others can barely keep up." Qi Hancai said with a wry smile. It sounds like Bai Qing should have complained to her about this matter. Skeletons dont need to carry heavy burdens, and they dont care about day or night. They basically attack. ?Thinking about it this way, the logistics will indeed be a bit difficult. Hold on a little longer, it will be fine later. Just wait until level 20. ??There is still one level left. "If you insist or don''t insist, you are much luckier than others if you can join the base." Qi Hancai continued, "I will supervise them, so you don''t have to worry." Forehead. Then, the two of them chatted for a while in the conference room. The rain outside the window shows no signs of stopping. There is no way to go out and clean up the zombies. After having lunch together in the cafeteria. ?Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and waited for several ghosts to fly back. Open the gate and return to Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs. Then he heard the giggling voices of the maids and Philippa''s loud voice. Philippa is back? Go down the stairs and look towards the living room. Then they saw Shannella, Philippa, and three maids. Great, chief! The red-crowned parrot saw him first, shouted something in a sharp voice, and lowered his head. ?Wu Heng touched its feathers and said, "It''s getting smarter and smarter." Hearing the parrot''s voice, several people in the living room looked over. Master. The maids called out obediently. ??Shanella also showed a soft smile. The parrot flew to Philippa and said, "Silly bird, captain." Youre an idiot, I stewed you. Philippa raised his hand and knocked him away, then said with a smile, Wu Heng, have you thought about us? After thinking about it, I thought you two had run away from home for so many days. Wu Heng walked over and sat down aside. Philippa immediately came over and hugged one arm, "Then are you worried about me, or are you worried about sister Shanara." As he said this, he tightened his arms. Shanela also looked over with a smile, intending to listen to what he had to say. ??Wu Heng said: "I''m worried that you will sell Shanara. This is the treasure of our Treasure Island." Philippa nodded in agreement, "Back then, Shannara''s head was worth hundreds of gold coins, and it was a profitable business." Thats crazy, you really thought about it. Wu Heng took out his arm and pinched her face. Philippa muttered and said, "How can you not know that I am more kind than Babucci?" ??Now all the pirates in the Emerald Sea are dead. ??Of course there is no wanted notice from the pirates. ?Wu Heng continued to ask: "Did you discover anything along the way?" We have expelled several fleets similar to pirate groups, but there are no other problems. The entire route is safe, Philippa reported. "That''s good." Wu Heng continued: "By the way, I came downstairs to take pictures. Minnie took off the windbreaker I prepared." Minnie quickly went upstairs and took down a windbreaker. Shannella asked: "What photos are you taking?" "The first volume of the detective novel is about to be released. I need to prepare a cover. I plan to put it on myself." ?A few people were stunned and started to get busy. ?Wu Heng put on a windbreaker and a rounded, narrow-brimmed hat often worn by investigators. Under Shanaras command, she began to assume several specific poses. Shanela knows some art after all. The level of oil painting is also relatively high. With her directing, it saves a lot of trouble. A few pictures were taken one after another, and several people began to choose. This one is the most beautiful. I feel like this is quite mysterious. "dad." Philippa blurted out looking at the photo, and immediately shut up under the eyes of others. Wu Hengze said: "Then let''s take this one." ?Several people were sent to the printing warehouse to import the photos into the machine. Start printing. Have had dinner. The maids were playing shuttlecock in the yard. ?Wu Heng then went upstairs and walked into the study. Hand the three ghosts, after saying hello. Took out the remaining copy of "Russian for Beginners Can Learn in One Step (Platinum Best-Selling Edition and began to tear it into six parts. The body also divided into six clones. Each person has one copy and starts watching. Time passed little by little, and I had read all six books. The six flying bodies turned into one person again. After waiting for the side effects to disappear, Wu Heng pulled out the box on the side. Take out the drawing of the electromagnetic gun and look at it. ?This time, the Russian characters above are no longer unfamiliar symbols, but become understandable words. As you look at the content above. ?Wu Hengs brows also began to wrinkle. The production of electromagnetic gun is really difficult to reproduce. Among the materials presented above, high-performance rare earths and various precision components are mentioned. ??This kind of thing cannot be made with drawings, whether it is a zombie world or a different world. Let alone mass production or use in combat. 150km range, 5m concrete penetration. ??With the size of a city in another world, standing outside the city, you can hit the palace. But this kind of thing cannot be realized at present. can also only appear in drawings. Ive been busy for so many days in vain. After reading a book of blueprints, it was getting late. ??Wu Heng put the drawing back. ?Hello to the ghost, go downstairs and return to the bedroom. ?Wu Heng pushed the door open and walked into the bedroom. Then he saw Shanara in a white nightgown, sitting in front of the dressing table, her hair standing on end. A beautiful and mature face, a fair and slender neck. And the delicate collarbone. Shanela glanced at the door along the silver mirror, "I''m working so hard now. I''ve been bored in the study for so long." ?Wu Heng hung his coat aside and said, "You finally helped me win over the island owner. Of course I have to work harder." "You are good enough to sit in this position. The association is not stupid. It will appoint you because of the recommendation letter from the caravan." Shannara said with a smile. ?Wu Heng walked over, put his hand on the other person''s shoulder, and rubbed it twice, down the loose collar. Hold the soft fullness. All tanned. Shanara was a little squirmed from being rubbed, so she turned her head and looked over, "Don''t you look good?" No, its even more attractive. Wu Heng lowered his head and clamped his red lips. Shanela responded hard, venting her thoughts. ?Gradually, the robe slipped off, and Wu Heng picked up the whole person and placed him on the bed. ?Wu Heng began to take off his clothes. Shannara was even more anxious and stepped forward to help untie her belt. The white calves hang on the shoulders. Shannara let out a soft groan that sounded like pain and pleasure. ?Wu Heng held the delicate body in his arms. He stroked his lower back and said, "Star Flower, I haven''t troubled you again, have I?" "Don''t be so hostile. It''s all about the handover of the business group. We are all still wood elves. My family will also write to me and ask about life." Shannara leaned in her arms and raised her head and said. Well, its good that I didnt bully you. Wu Heng kissed the red lips again, and then said, I have two things, please help me with them. Shanela lightly slapped the other party''s dishonest hand and said, "We''re both like this, so just say it, don''t be polite." ??Wu Heng put his hands back on his waist, "It''s still a matter of establishing a newspaper office. Do you know anyone who can establish a newspaper office in other kingdoms or cities and sell newspapers? The second thing is, I want to hold a product exhibition on the island so that each caravan can display their products. Please help me gather people from each major caravan to spread the word. " Shanella frowned. After thinking for a while, he said: "The situation of the newspaper is difficult. It is difficult for a country to allow you to sell all kinds of information. I suggest you contact the association to see if you can distribute it to various places through the association." As for the trade fair you mentioned, I understand what you mean, but will holding this be of any benefit to us? ??Wu Heng said: "It can attract more dignitaries to the island, and high-quality goods will gather on the island. The shops on the island will get benefits. We can also choose some suitable caravans to cooperate with us. We can just provide a venue without any burden." Shannara thought for a moment and nodded, "Since you have thought about it, I will help you do it." ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "You''re so kind, honey." Its disgusting, its so disgusting. ?Wu Heng went down to the ground and picked her up. Shanara exclaimed, her whole body hanging on her body like a gecko. Hand your chin on your shoulder, and wrap your legs tightly around your waist. As he walked, he moaned softly. Stay close to the window before putting her down. Shannella said strangely, "What are you doing? What if someone hears you?" Then let them come up together. Youre all dead. The next day, early morning. ?The newspaper seller hurried to various intersections. He held up the newspaper in his hand and shouted: "The seventh issue of the newspaper, the latest news. Deacon Imiro challenged Master Lu An at the headquarters, but the other party timidly refused. The owner of Wuheng Island was invited to join the Hongwen Club. The murderer of the Great Detective Story was revealed. ?The cries of newspapers resounded throughout the island again. Hearing that it was a new issue of the newspaper, the crowd immediately gathered towards the newspaper seller. Who is Luan? Why did Deacon Imiro challenge his master? The prince of the Celtic Kingdom, the one who was defeated last time he challenged the island owner. So, the master was beaten by Deacon Imiro again. Oh, theres a murderer this time. Damn it, stop crowding, dont crowd here if you dont want to buy it. ?Golden Sail Tavern. ?Saban paces back and forth, playing different roles. He said loudly: "Wu Heng shook his head slightly, smiled and concluded, ''The case is over, and there will be no more assassinations.''" Its over? Others are eager to ask what happened. Wu Heng winked slyly and only said: You will know in a moment. Under the stage, a dense crowd of drinkers held their breath, waiting for the final ending. After waiting for such a long time, the results are finally coming today. ??Moreover, everyone has a murderer already determined in their heart. Just waiting to verify my speculation. ?Saban tapped on the wooden platform in front of him, imitating a knock on the door. At this moment, there was a knock on the door, and a shout came from outside the door, sir, the carriage is ready. This is the voice of Captain Wiggins of the Baker Street Squadron. The person below looked tense. The widened eyes seemed to say, is it him? Sabans story continues. Okay, please ask him to come in and help me move my things. Wiggins came in with the coachman. The coachman was tall and looked very strong. He walked towards Wu Heng unhappily and reached out to carry the large suitcase that Wu Heng dragged out of the bedroom. Suddenly, Wu Heng jumped up quickly, cuffed the mans hands with restraints. With a smile of victory, Wu Heng announced to the rest that he was the murderer of the two men, Hope Jefferson. The audience fell into silence. Im a coachman. (End of this chapter) Chapter 618 , naval gun (an update today) Chapter 618, Naval Guns (Updated today) As he spoke, the old man glanced upward, as if he was recalling the past. What happened next? the middle-aged man asked curiously. "An accident..." The old man''s voice seemed to be blocked by something, and he paused for a while before continuing: "An accident took her away, and it was also in order to avoid missing her that I left Luntam City. , left there." She is so kind and so smart. I often think that if all this had not happened, maybe everything would be different. The old man said, picking up the wine glass and taking another sip. The two fell into silence again, and the ship''s hull was still gently swaying with the waves. The middle-aged man also picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "This is not your fault, and she doesn''t want to see you trapped in pain." I hope so. The next day, Shanara got up and took out a new bra from the space ring. After passing it through her arms, she patted the man beside her and said, "Tie it on for me. I don''t have any eyesight." I dont like this piece. Wu Heng sat up and helped her fasten the buckle at the back. Shanela rolled her eyes at him, "I''m wearing something to go out, not to show you." "That''s right." After Wu Heng fastened it, he gently kissed the elf''s unique ear. Not enough kisses. Shannara touched the other persons cheek with her backhand, her face full of doting. Then he asked curiously, "How come your skin has become so good?" I dont know when Wu Hengs skin became so good. It was not only white but also had a kind of luster. I feel that the level of resilience has also been improved to a certain extent. Is there any? Wu Heng asked. In fact, I also understand in my heart the changes that occurred after I took the third-level corpse core potion and awakened the [Hornous Outer Armor]. Even if the skin is not covered with black keratin, the skin itself becomes more delicate. "Of course there is, it''s so obvious, how do you do it? Teach me." Shannara was a little envious. "It''s a function of your own ability. You can try it when you are more mature in the later period." Wu Heng said. Shanelas eyes lit up. Sure enough, she had a way to improve her skin. Listen to you. After saying that, she looked him up and down again, "I feel like your growth rate is a little too fast." Thats not good, I can protect you better in the future. Okay, I like it! As the two of them talked, they also got dressed and went downstairs together. The skeleton chef has prepared breakfast. ?Several people came down one after another and sat at the dining table, chatting and eating. Have breakfast. ? Anderweil went to the city hall, and Shannella took Minnie and the three of them to the exhibition to supervise some decoration matters. ?Even if I cant help you, you still have something to do. Its much better than being bored at home. All the people in the family left. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the study and headed to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai, but received no response. ??Go to the window and look outside. The skeleton is guarding, and nothing has changed. Open the door and go downstairs. ? Walking out of the hotel door, he asked the skeleton guarding the door like a sculpture: "Where is Qi Hancai? Point it out to me." The skeleton pointed directly in the direction of the sea. It should be going to the ship. He took the skeleton and walked straight towards the direction where the ship was docked. From a distance, he could see figures walking around on the warship. ?Wu Heng walked over and attracted the attention of several people. Qi Hancai waved his hand, and then walked over, "The two Korean soldiers are teaching the skeleton to sail a boat. I looked at it for a while. They are all automated equipment, so it is not difficult." Lets go and take a look. Wu Heng took the lead on the warship. Qi Hancai also followed behind. Seeing Wu Heng coming up, the two soldiers and Xin He immediately came over and saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded and said, "Tell me about this ship." Two Korean soldiers pushed for a while from below, and the man named "Li Chengxun" was pushed out. They said carefully: "The total length of the ship is 114 meters, the width is 14 meters, the standard displacement is 2,300 tons, and it can carry 145 people." ?Just like memorizing a book, I recited it all in one breath. ?Wu Heng looked puzzled, "Can it hold more than 140 people?" The entire ship is designed with so many beds. If it doesnt involve beds and is just for people, more people can be accommodated. Li Chengxun explained immediately. In other words, the ship is designed with berths for 145 people. If you just want to hold skeletons, you dont need a bed, you can hold more skeletons. The warships on Treasure Island can hold three to four hundred people. How could such a large ship have fewer people? ?Of course, in modern warfare, the interior of a ship is more complex, and combat effectiveness is no longer measured by the number of people. It was all artillery fire. Continue talking. Wu Heng said. Li Chengxun went on to introduce, "The ship is equipped with a 127mm naval gun, RAM range anti-aircraft missile launcher... There is a carrier-based aircraft platform at the stern of the ship. A helicopter was originally parked, but when the zombies broke out, it was driven away." ?Several people walked from the bow to the stern. ?Introduce each other one by one. The machine gun in Wu Heng''s hand is filled with 23mm machine gun shells. ??The ship-borne gun on this ship reaches 127 mm, which is truly a powerful artillery shell. As for anti-aircraft missiles, they may not be that useful in other worlds. There are not many people who can fly. Even if they encounter a flying dragon again, they will be able to deal with it more easily. There is no need to actually use anti-aircraft missiles. At the stern of the ship is a platform with a circle drawn on it. According to "Li Chengxun", it is used to park carrier-based aircraft. ??Its just that when the zombies broke out, they were driven away. But the problem is not big. Parking a skeleton flying dragon yourself can also play the same role. There is no need to consume energy. What is the range of the 127mm naval gun? Wu Heng then asked. The other party replied, "The effective range is 10,000 meters." 10,000 meters. is considered far enough. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued walking around the cabin. After coming out, he said: "Within three days, we will teach the skeletons how to operate the ship, as well as inspect and repair some equipment." The two ship soldiers following behind had some sweat on their foreheads, "Time is too tight." There is not much time to train slowly, hurry up! Wu Heng walked outside. Okay, okay. The two of them wiped away their sweat. ??Wu Heng looked around and pointed at a few high-level skeletons, "You guys, protect them two and don''t let them make any dangerous moves." Hearing that the naval gun had a range of 10,000 meters, Wu Heng arranged for skeletons to keep an eye on them. Lest you actually control the naval gun and fire a shot at the shore. The two men immediately promised, "We will not do anything extraordinary. Please trust us, chief." Come on, I will never treat you badly when the time comes. Wu Heng patted the other partys shoulder. The two of them saluted again and thanked them softly. ?Wu Heng stepped off the ship and walked toward the base with Qi Hancai. On the ship, Li Chengxun and his two men immediately began to explain the operation of the ship to the skeletons who were following them. Then, Qi Hancai took him around the base. In the afternoon, we returned to the port and waited. Not long after, a cargo ship appeared in sight. Slowly approach and dock at the port. More than 20 people got off the boat, both men and women, all from the original base. Chief, Sister Qi! Everyone saluted and said hello. Thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai also smiled and said, "Let''s go back and have a rest first, and then assign tasks to everyone." After the capture of Sanbu Port. Management is still somewhat difficult. First, there are no trustworthy people. Second, communication is also a problem. ??For a translator like Xinhe, it is still a bit difficult. ?Now that our people are here, things will be much easier to handle. ?Several people entered the base together. Qi Hancai first arranged a room for them, and then arranged some work. From now on, whether it is distributing food or taking care of the warehouse. Leave it all to your own people. Wait until everything was arranged before returning to the hotel. Come outside Wu Heng''s room and knock on the door. After receiving the response, he opened the door and walked in. Inside the room. Wu Heng said: "First set up the logistics team. I plan to use this as a base to attack inside." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, "Are you going to lead the team yourself or arrange for a skeleton attack?" I will handle the important places by myself, but the skeletons will still handle the other places. Wu Heng replied. The place here is not as big as in China. The entire national construction is not much different than that of one province. ?You can almost find the military factory or military merit research institute here as long as you walk all the way. It is not as difficult to find these locations as in China. Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "Then I''ll ask someone to find a map and try to mark all the important places here so that we can have a clear goal." Ill leave these things to you. Wu Heng smiled. Qi Hancai also smiled lightly, "This shouldn''t be the case!" ?Wu Heng waved, and Qi Hancai came over and leaned gently into his arms. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room and took a look at the finished potion. There are many first-level and second-level medicines produced. Level 3 corpse core potion, there is no new finished product yet. But theres no rush, its just a matter of time. ??Wu Heng walked downstairs, and Minnie came in from outside. She rushed over happily, "Master." So happy. Wu Heng caught her and spun her around in mid-air. No, I spent the whole day with Sister Shanara at the construction site today. Im so tired, but I feel so happy when I see the owner. Minnie coquettishly said. How is the decoration over there? Wu Heng sat down aside and let Minnie sit on his lap. Minnie thought for a moment and said, "It''s going very smoothly. When the designer was chatting with Sister Shanara, I heard that it can be completed in two or three days." The speed is pretty good. Minnie seemed to suddenly remember something, and added: "By the way, the designer also said that the preparations for Beacon Street have been completed, and the street lights will be erected tomorrow and electrified by then." "If you have time tomorrow, go to the design institute and ask them to work early tomorrow to erect all the street lights. Try to make the island look better before the exhibition." Wu Heng patted Xiao Tuzhi''s butt. . I know, Master. Minnie said softly. At this time, the door opened. Andewil walked in with a much larger owl on her head, glanced at the two of them, and said with a smile: "Minnie is pestering the master again." No way, you bad fox. Minnie raised her head and retorted. ??Wu Heng also opened his arms, "Come to Weier, let the master hug you too." ??Weier, who was still laughing at Minnie just now, blushed slightly and walked over slowly. He leaned into his arms and shouted softly: "Master." So good! Not long after, dinner was served on the table. ?Robert and Annette also walked back from the courtyard and saluted Wu Heng. Sit at the dining table obediently. Having dinner together. Zombie World and Treasure Island are both developing in the planned direction. In three days, the exhibition can start. By then, the skeleton will have almost learned the battleship and will find a way to bring it to the city. Early in the morning, Wu Heng went directly to the port No. 2. The dwarf designer Yousef followed beside him, Island owner, what are your orders? ??Wu Heng pointed to the gap next to the port, "I plan to build a larger dock there. I mainly need a large enough door." Are you referring to the kind of dock where ships are repaired? "Yes, the length should be controlled at two hundred meters, the width should be more than thirty meters, and the draft should be at least five meters." Wu Heng recalled the size of the frigate and began to speak. ?Yousefs hand that was originally recording the numbers paused slightly, and his eyes widened. After thinking for a moment, he reminded in a low voice, "Sir, the length of the warship is only sixty meters. Are you sure you need one this big? Instead of building a few more?" Theres no problem with the numbers, just build them as I said. Wu Heng said with a determined tone. Yes, sir. The dwarf quickly recorded. "It will be completed within three days. If time is tight, make the door first, with a door lock." Three days are a bit tight, Im afraid we have to redeploy workers from the construction site. Transfer here and finish the things here first. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf designer nodded, "I will complete it for you within three days." Leave it to you. Wu Heng said, and left in the carriage again. After returning to the island owners mansion. Thinking about it for a while, he took out the [train conductors hat] and put it on his head. The ghost train appeared and Wu Heng boarded the train. Beacon Street. Hurrah! ? Groups of skeletons, carrying metal iron poles, strode into the main road. With the rest of the people watching, the slender iron pole was erected, and the electrician skeleton began to connect the wires and install the light bulbs and lampshades. The island owner has built street lights for us. Someone recognized the same street lamp as the one in the central area and immediately shouted out loudly. Immediately afterwards, the crowd around him also started to get excited. The island owner really built street lights on Beacon Street, just like the ones in the central area. The island owner built street lights for us, and he didnt lie to us. From now on, it will be as bright as daytime here. The news of the street lights spread quickly with shouts. The whole street was gradually filled with people, looking up. Watching the street lights being put up. Happy the lampshade, and hung a Treasure Island flag on the lamp post as decoration. ??The island owner really turned on the street lights in ordinary residential areas. What was announced in the newspaper was indeed true. City Lopez. ?Wu Heng put on the mask and still became a mask recording the appearance of a fisherman. Sat for a while in the VIP room of the consortium. ?The door opened, and the local person in charge, Retili, walked in directly. Smile and say, Good afternoon, my guest. ?Wu Heng smiled and asked: "Did the last commission have any results?" ??Retili smiled confidently, "Of course!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 608 , bombed Chapter 608, bombed The ghost is floating in the air. ??Xiao Xiao rushed to say: "Uncle, those people didn''t even guess who the murderer was, and they lost their temper in the tavern!" If they had guessed it, the protagonist in the book would not be that powerful. Wu Heng said with a smile. "That''s right! If you can guess who the murderer is, then everyone is a great detective." Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement. Granda said on the other side: "I went to the city hall to see the sales situation of the books, and there was already a long queue. Judging from the popularity, the printed books will be sold out within three days." Ill let you enlarge the printing. If it sells more, it will be a good thing for us. Wu Heng said, and then asked: What are your plans for the rest of the story? ?Granda said directly: "Then we will continue to serialize according to the newspaper. When the stories in one issue are serialized, we will bind them into volumes and sell them, so that there is a time lag." Okay, lets arrange the time according to what you said! Wu Heng nodded and agreed. Then Ill go upstairs and continue revising the manuscript, Glenda said. ?Wu Heng nodded. ?Glenda flew directly towards the fourth floor, and Xiaoxiao and Penny also left. Then, Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look at the reputation. ?Although the popularity of exposing the murderer is high, the reputation does not increase much. ? also represents the islands acquisition of fame, which is no longer as exaggerated as it was at the beginning. Lets take a look at the effect of the first book. When newspapers were published, they were transported and sold by caravans. Now that they are bound into volumes, it should have some effect. It depends on the effect of the book. ?Wu Heng sat in the stone pavilion and rested for a while, then stood up again and activated the ''Mansion Technique''. Start to assemble the accessories of the electromagnetic gun according to the drawings. Behind the huge stone door, various created accessories are assembled like Lego. It doesnt feel boring at all. afternoon. ?? Anderweil came back from outside, and Shannella also came over to eat. Sitting at the dining table together, chatting while eating. Andewil said: "Master, the books in the city hall are selling very fast. People from the caravan have signed an order agreement with the city hall, and they have ordered 50,000 books." Book sales are good, as Glenda mentioned before. But it seems that the caravan has also begun to place orders. The books about the great detective are not expensive. Coupled with the modern full-color book cover, it is also side-sealed and compressed, not spun thread binding. In this world, it is considered a hardcover book. Its not surprising that it sells well. ?Wu Heng nodded, "This is a good thing. Later I will ask the printing press to increase production and complete these fixed points as soon as possible." After finishing talking about the matter at the city hall, Shanara picked up a napkin and wiped her mouth gently, and said: "I have told the caravan representatives about the trade fair. At that time, they all expressed their willingness to participate and would submit applications to the city hall. Weier will arrange for someone to meet these people and record the products to be exhibited. Wu Heng looked at Anderweier. Okay, Master. Anderweil nodded again. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued: "Weier, ask the dwarf designer to come over tomorrow and accompany Shanara to choose the venue for the exhibition." Shanara looked over with wide eyes, a little surprised, "I carry the identity of the President of Star Flower, so it''s not convenient for me to care so much." "Minnie, you guys go together, you just go with me and help other caravan representatives look at the venue." Wu Heng found an explanation and added, "You have seen the world and understand art. Please help with the decoration and provide suggestions. " I was praised several times. Shanara agreed, "Then I''ll go and have a look." "good!" After chatting for a while, we all finished our dinner. The maid and Shannella went to the back garden to handle the flower seedlings. ??Wu Heng was in the front courtyard, continuing to assemble accessories in the mansion. As it gets darker, there are sounds of insects chirping all around. ?Wu Hengcai put away the drawings and returned to the bedroom. ??Shanella was lying on her side on the bed, reading the novel on sale. Wu Heng hugged his waist from behind and said, "Get some rest and get up early tomorrow." Shanela nodded and closed the books. After turning off the lights, curl up in the other persons arms and close your eyes. The next day, early morning. After breakfast. The women from the island lord''s mansion went out to the city hall together. According to the plan. ? Shannella, Minnie, Annette and Robert will meet with the dwarf designers at the city hall and choose the venue for the exhibition together. Minnie, as the housekeeper of the island owner''s mansion, was accompanied by Shannara. As for Annette and Robert. There was nothing wrong with staying at home, so Wu Heng asked them to follow him. The women left in several carriages, escorted by skeletons. ?Wu Heng also simply packed up his things and headed to the zombie world. Zombie world. Groups of corpses were rushing in like a tidal wave. Immediately afterwards, it hit the queue of skeletons. Chaotic sounds of fighting were heard. Wisps of residual souls rise. ??Beni rushed out directly, entangling and swallowing the strands of unconscious souls. Experience points also began to increase rapidly. Ghost upgraded to level 14. Ghost upgraded to level 15. Soon, it reached level 15. Zizzizi~! ??A slight sound of electricity sounded, and Qi Hancai''s voice came from the walkie-talkie. Chief, there are some problems on Bai Qings side, and I need to report them to you. ?Wu Heng took a look at the situation on the battlefield and pressed the intercom, "Wait for 10 minutes." "good!" ?Wu Heng directly ordered, "Let the skeletons move forward and end the battle as soon as possible." Hurrah! The skeleton team on standby immediately got up and took action. Advance along the road and kill all the remaining zombies. Not long after, Penny had devoured the remaining souls, and the skeleton was about to push to the end. ?Wu Heng motioned for all three ghosts to disappear. Then he took out the walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, come here!" Soon, Qi Hancai passed through the skeleton team and came from behind. He spoke first without waiting to be asked. On the other side of Binhai City, on the way to the port, they were ambushed. They were a group of survivors who occupied the port. After the skeletons were attacked, they started to fight back. The other party took the fleet and fled into the sea. ?Ambushed? Or a survivor? Is there any loss? Wu Heng asked. "According to Bai Qing, the skeleton team suffered some losses, but not many. Several trucks of the logistics team composed of survivors were damaged. After occupying the port, emergency repairs are being carried out." Qi Hancai thought while thinking, Said. It did not cause too many casualties, and Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. Tell me in detail what happened? Qi Hancai stood there and gathered his thoughts for a moment, then continued, "What Bai Qing said was that there was an explosion on their way to the port. The goal was more like blowing up the convoy, but the explosion point was a little short of the distance. When the convoy approached, It exploded in front of it, and survivors were discovered immediately. The skeleton team began to fight back, and the opponent took a boat to evacuate at the port. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 609 , the evildoer complains first Chapter 609: The evildoer complains first ?Wu Heng sorted out Qi Hancais information in his mind. ??The survivor base at this port knew that the skeleton army would pass through here, so they planted bombs in advance and waited for the convoy to arrive to detonate them. ? ? Before attacking a location, the skeleton team will notify the surrounding survivors on the radio in advance to let them know about it and prepare to evacuate. These people, after knowing the route, set off the bomb. Bombing the convoy, it is not difficult to guess. It is believed that the superpower controlling the skeletons is in the convoy. When the superpower dies, the skeleton team disappears. Do you know what the purpose is? "I don''t know. The other party never communicated with Bai Qing and the others. Seeing that there was no success after the explosion, they evacuated directly." Qi Hancai said, and then said, "Do you want to ask Bai Qing again?" Without asking, do you know what kind of ship the other party has? Cargo ship, large cargo ship. Qi Hancai said seriously. In attacking the port, Wu Heng mainly wanted to find ships. So, Qi Hancai specifically asked about the type of ship, and the other party was sure it was a cargo ship. But no specific information about the specific type and displacement can be given. ?Wu Heng nodded and said directly: "Go and ask where the train is. When it''s over here, I''ll go directly there." Okay. Qi Hancai nodded, turned around and walked back. ?Wu Heng looked at the battlefield ahead. Skeletons have begun to clean the battlefield, and the corpses on the ground are all piled up according to type. ?Wu Heng saw that the difference was not much different. Start transforming corpses. A large number of skeletons stood up from the ground. Not long after, Qi Hancais voice came over the intercom again. The car is ready. Drive over here! Wu Heng answered by pressing the intercom. A truck came from behind. Wu Heng followed the walking suit skeleton and said, "I''m going to go out for a while. After these convoys have finished searching, we can go back to the arsenal together and guard them as usual." The skeleton in the suit straightened his collar, and then nodded. ??Wu Heng opened Qi Hancai''s car door and sat in the passenger seat. "Are you going too?" The factory has given instructions and there wont be any problems. Ill go with you so that I can help you even if its not convenient for you to show up, Qi Hancai said. Okay, lets go, lets go to the station first. Wu Heng agreed. The entire city near the military factory has almost been cleared of zombies. It wont be a big problem if Qi Hancai leaves for a day or two. The truck starts. He drove out of the skeleton team and rushed towards the station. train. ?There was a slight jolt in the carriage, and on the monitor on the table next to it, one could see the dark surroundings outside the window. Qi Hancai spread a quilt on the ground and peeked at the man next to him from time to time. Just wanted to say Im ready. Bai Qing''s voice came from the radio he carried, "Sister Qi, are you there?" Qi Hancai got up from the ground and picked up the microphone, "I''m here, you tell me." "Turn to the main station''s channel. Those people will complain first before the bad guys." Bai Qing''s voice was slightly angry. "Okay, I''ll tune over and listen." Qi Hancai said, and then switched the frequency band to the main station. Just as he passed, a woman''s aggrieved but righteous voice came. Its certain that those people are the skeletons of Xinfu City. They occupied our base and made us afraid to get close. We hope that the rescue team from the headquarters will return them to our base and maintain the principle of survivors helping each other and overcoming difficulties together. The people from other bases said. The main station also began to respond. We have taken note of your problem and will contact Xinfu City to coordinate this matter. Okay, thank you very much. Our base is developing well, but we didnt expect this kind of thing to happen. ?The other party''s tone became increasingly pitiful and unwilling. The main station has finished replying. In the same frequency band, people from other bases also started talking. Isnt Xinfu City rescuing people? Many survivors have been rescued, why are they attacking you? Its true that they are preaching about saving people, but I cant say exactly what is going on. "Some people said before that he was rescued by Xinfu City. It should be true. It''s hard to say whether this matter will be reversed. Let''s just wait and see the result." Qi Hancai and Wu Heng looked at each other. There was something unexpected in his eyes. They actually came to the main station to complain. Do you want me to say something? Qi Hancai said. "You can just say it, make it look like we don''t know how to use the radio and lie with our eyes open." Wu Heng said, and then added, "Tell them, whoever helps those people is our enemy." Qi Hancai nodded and thought silently for a moment. Then he took out the microphone and said: "This is the Xinfu City base. During the rescue in Binhai City, our rescue team was attacked by planted bombs. The targets were our survivors and supplies. In this incident, we will not Anyone who tolerates this banditry will be considered an enemy." Holy shit! Its really reversed. Its so cruel, just plant the bomb directly, leaving no way for the other party to survive. Let me tell you, the main station has gone to Xinfu City to exchange supplies, so they are targeting you. That makes sense! In a messy discussion. The voice that had just complained suddenly fell silent. There was no reply from the reception desk. Waited for a while. The main station resumed broadcasting some propaganda slogans. Qi Hancai also adjusted the frequency band back. There was no reply to Bai Qing. Well talk about it when we get there tomorrow! Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Qi Hancai spread the bedding again and said with a smile, "You can rest now." ?Wu Heng took off his coat and hung it aside. Wearing a sweater, he got into the quilt. Qi Hancai also got in and gently leaned into the other person''s arms. Fell asleep half-lidded. At dawn, Binhai City Port. A large number of skeletons occupy the port. At a glance, they are densely packed with white skeletons. ?Wu Heng stood on the shore, feeling cool in the sea breeze. ??Bai Qing recounted the matter again, and it was basically no different from what Qi Hancai said. They put bombs on the road and were attacked by skeletons. These people were frightened and sailed into the sea. The giant winged skeletons in the team want to fly over and kill those people. Im afraid that the ship wont be able to return by then. Plus, they are lingering in the distance, so Ill discuss it with the skeleton captain and wait for you to come over. ?Huge winged skeletons refer to the vampire skeletons in the team. Captain Skeleton is the level 18 vampire who leads the team. He is level 18 and can fly. He can go to the island and kill those people. "I understand. You go and see what''s in those containers. I''ll handle it here. Qi Hancai, you can follow along and count all the important goods." Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai left with Bai Qing. ??Wu Heng released all three ghosts. Isnt this Treasure Island? Glenda looked around. Xiaoxiao and Beini also looked at it curiously. However, when you see a large number of densely packed skeletons, you can also be sure that this is a zombie world. Wu Heng pointed to a few small black spots on the sea level in the distance, and said: "There are our enemies in those ships. Glenda, please help me go and see what''s going on. Don''t do anything yet." What about us? Xiaoxiao raised his hand and asked. Xiao Xiao, take a look around to see if there are any special facilities or other ships. "good!" The three ghosts nodded in agreement, and Glenda flew towards the ship in the distance. Xiaoxiao and Beini began to search the port. Not long. Glenda flew back from the sea and got into the body. Share a scene of the investigation. In the cab of a cargo ship. ?Two middle-aged men were sitting, one was bald and controlled the console, the other had a hairy beard and looked a bit European and American, sitting at the table, drinking red wine from a bottle. "What should I do? They still occupy the port, so I told them not to provoke them, but you didn''t listen." The bearded man drinking red wine sneered, "Fuck! What''s the use of talking about this now? Those broken bones don''t look like they can swim. We have enough food, so we''re afraid of their feathers." (End of this chapter) Chapter 610 , even if you can fly, you won鈥檛 be able to carry that much away. Chapter 610: Even if you can fly, you cant take away that much "Those skeletons can''t swim, and we can''t reach the shore. Will we be able to drift on the sea for the rest of our lives?" The man controlling the boat said angrily. Grass, look at your courage. The bearded man took another sip of wine. The man controlling the ship continued, "If you ask me, explain it to the other party on the radio. At the worst, I will compensate them for some losses. I heard that Xinfu City has a pretty good reputation." The bearded man cursed, "You must have lost your mind! They have occupied the port and everything belongs to them. How can you compensate me?" Then what do you think we should do? The bearded man glanced at him and said, "Sail your boat. If they don''t leave, I''ll find a good place so I won''t be unable to get ashore." Speaking, he patted the radio on the table next to him. The man controlling the ship glanced at him. Sighed slightly, but said nothing more. ?Glenda continued to wait in mid-air for a while. Seeing that the two of them did not continue talking, they penetrated the floor downwards and entered the cabin below. In the cabin near the deck are some strong men. There were seven people in total, three of them were armed with pistols, and the rest had knives and axes beside them. Sitting together, they were also talking about the failure of the ambush and the skeletons occupying the port. Judging from the content of the conversation. This matter was prepared in advance, but the explosives were not measured properly. The time of detonation has not been calculated. ?Glenda listened to a few words and continued to fly inside. In the next room, there were four women, crowded into one room, and there was no communication. ?Just one person per person in the four corners, huddled there. ?Glenda continued to penetrate the wall downwards. In some mechanical rooms and cabins, there were also some personnel responsible for the operation of the mechanical equipment. Seeing this, Glenda''s shared vision disappeared. Wu Heng released her again. ?Glenda was floating aside, and the first thing she asked was: "Why is your ship made of iron?" Forehead. ?Wu Heng was stunned. On the Treasure Island side, the ships were all made of wood, and some warships would have some iron sheets reinforced locally. But the main construction is still mainly made of wood. The difference lies in the keel used. Our vehicles here are all made of iron, including cars, armored vehicles, and planes in the sky. You should also be able to accept the fact that the ship is made of iron! Wu Heng said. ?Glenda glanced at the cargo ship on the sea level again, and slowly said, "...acceptable." Just get used to it. "If all of these were placed on Treasure Island, I''m afraid it would cause a bigger sensation." Glenda said with certainty. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "I plan to take this ship over and convert it into a warship to patrol the route." Not a bad idea. Glenda agreed. Is there a ship over there? Wu Heng changed the topic to the ship again. "This is the only one." Glenda looked at him and continued, "There are only twenty people in the boat. There is no danger to you. It just depends on how you plan to deal with it." Unless there are powerful firearms. Otherwise, this world basically poses no threat to Wu Heng. Several people in the boat were armed with pistols, but their power was limited, so if you pay attention, there would be no problem. Kill him, something like this will happen sooner or later if he stays here. Wu Heng said directly. ?Granda said: "There are a lot of food and supplies piled up in the cabin below. It seems that they have made preparations in advance to evacuate in the event of failure." It may not be for us, they are more likely to prevent corpses or some unpredictable dangers, just like the base is preparing to evacuate the convoy in advance. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. ?Glenda thought for a moment and said, "You are right, this possibility is higher." ?While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back one after another. Xiao Xiao said excitedly: "Uncle, there are containers over there, and there are many things in each. I looked at several of them, and it''s like opening a blind box." Penny also added, "There are a lot of goods, and they should be able to survive by relying on these goods." This place can develop like this. The stranded goods definitely played a big role. Otherwise these people would not have persisted for such a long time. ?Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Then he ordered the big-headed skeleton next to him, "Move the vampire skeletons over, and then mobilize the two skeleton flying dragons." The order is issued. The sound of howling through the air came. More than a dozen vampire skeletons with huge flesh wings and two skeletal flying dragons landed in the open space in front of them. "Ka Xiu follow me, Kerimu stays here first." After saying that, he got on a skeleton flying dragon. Kaxiu also sat on the other one. Go to the cargo ship. The skeleton flying dragon soared into the sky, followed by a large number of vampire skeletons, flying forward together. Cargo ship, inside the wheelhouse. Two bottles of wine. The bearded man also appeared a bit drunk. He was still saying, "Why didn''t we blow them up? It wouldn''t have been so troublesome, a bunch of **** monsters. ??I have taken note of this account and will definitely pay them back with interest when I have the opportunity. What a waste of time! " The man driving the boat listened to the chatter and asked, "What do you mean you found a place?" You will know then that just because the main station does not dare to provoke Xinfu City, it does not mean that other places do not. The bearded man sneered. The food on the ship was enough for them to live for a while. ?As long as those skeletons can''t get through, there''s nothing to worry about. The best thing you can say is. ~! As he spoke, a dull sound of landing sounded. The two of them looked outside, with a look of horror on their faces. Two huge skeletal flying dragons, and behind them is a humanoid skeleton with huge flesh wings on its back. Like the vampires in the movies. In the blink of an eye, it occupied a large area of ??deck outside. Damn it! There are flying skeletons. Who said they can''t come over? People like me are actually stupid enough to linger here, waiting for the skeletons to give up the port. Sound the alarm, you idiot. The bearded man cursed, drew his gun and got ready. ??A shrill alarm sounded. ?At the same time, there was the sound of a huge force being pulled on the locked cabin door. With a bang, the door was opened directly. The bearded man pointed his pistol at the door and cursed: "You pretenders, I will kill you if I see you can still withstand the bullets." The next second after he cursed, Big Beard felt that his body was out of control and began to stiffen. ?With an expression of disbelief, the muzzle of the gun turned slightly and was pressed against his chin. I woke up instantly from my drunkenness, and my expression turned into panic, "What did you do? No, no, I surrender. The explosion was just..." Bang~! The word "misunderstanding" has not been spoken yet. ?The gunshot rang out and the bullet penetrated the jaw. The bearded body suddenly fell backwards, blood staining the ground red. The man in the driving position put his head in his hands and shouted very fast: "I am the captain, don''t kill me. No one will sail the ship if I die. There are supplies on the ship. You can''t take away so much even if you can fly." (End of this chapter) Chapter 611 , Sanbu Port Chapter 611, Shanbu Port ?Wu Heng looked at him and then glanced at the complicated control position. He said to the skeleton: "Watch him and kill him if he makes any move." Two vampire skeletons walked over and stood on both sides of the captain. ?The skeleton''s palms were placed on the opponent''s shoulders, causing the captain who was squatting on the ground to tremble and almost faint. Soon, the sound of running footsteps came from the cabin. A small voice rang in my ears, "Uncle, there are many people rushing up from below, armed with weapons and pistols." Go and kill all the people with weapons. Wu Heng ordered. The vampire skeletons behind him drew their weapons one after another. Hurry down the stairs toward the cabin. ?Gunshots rang out, followed by a fight and wails of pain. Wu Heng looked at the captain who was shaking his head and asked: "Is there a loudspeaker on the ship to make announcements?" Yes, this is it. The captain squatted on the ground and pointed carefully at the microphone on the side of the console. ??Wu Heng picked up the microphone, turned on the communication switch, and said directly: "I am the Xinfu City Rescue Team. We have now taken over the ship. If you put down your weapons, you will not be attacked by the skeletons." After finishing speaking, he put the microphone back. Also casually turn off the switch that was just turned on. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the captain, "What''s your name?" Qian Chengfeng, this matter has nothing to do with me. The captain replied squatting. This is the only ship you have? One ship, I can sail it. You answer whatever I ask. Wu Heng said coldly. Qian Chengfeng looked suffocated, "Okay." Everyone from the base is here? Its all here. Tell me about the people below. Those who wear weapons are the people in the base who are selected by him. The remaining people, women accompany them, and the men are also responsible for ship maintenance. Do you have any superpowers? Qian Chengfeng pointed to the corpse not far away, "No, he has taken the corpse core, but he did not show any special powers." He is the leader? "yes!" Do you have any other plans for the follow-up? Wu Heng then asked. ? Qian Chengfeng lowered his head in silence for a moment and shook his head, "I don''t know. I''m just an ordinary person. Because I can sail a boat, I get special attention. They won''t tell me what they decide." After asking this question, Wu Heng did not continue to ask. Take him to squat outside. Wu Heng said. Skeleton carried Qian Chengfeng and walked outside. ?Wu Heng glanced at the corpse on the ground. Release [Conversation with the Dead]. Just taking corpse cores, the level is only around level five, which is nothing compared to the size of the current skeleton team. The corpse on the ground suddenly sat up and looked this way with turbid eyes. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "What are your follow-up plans?" I have contacted the port in South Korea. If the skeleton does not leave, I will go directly there. The corpse replied. Sure enough, there are still follow-up plans. ??Moreover, this person has quite a wide network of contacts and can contact the port base over there. ?Wu Heng asked: "Are they so willing to accept you?" "I have taken corpse core. They need people like me, and they are very curious about some situations here, especially the Xinfu City base. After hearing what I said, they are willing to keep us after the conflict with you." Uncle, our base is so famous. Xiaoxiao exclaimed from the side. ??Wu Heng did not answer Xiao Xiao and continued to ask: "How is their strength?" Unclear. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked about the Korean port, but he might not be able to get anything out of it. Then he asked, Who are the backbones of your base? I and Qian Chengfeng. Isnt Qian Chengfeng the captain? Yes, he is the deputy chief. After five questions, the body lay back down again. ?Wu Heng said nothing, while the three ghosts began to discuss quietly in the air. ?The middle-aged man who looked timid was obviously not as simple as he said. Sitting in the cab and waiting for a while. The remaining survivors were brought out. ?Only six people were left, and the rest turned into corpses and were piled together. ?Wu Heng walked out and put away all the pistols and weapons he found. He said to the skeleton: "Lock them in a room. If you''re honest, don''t worry about them. If they have any intention of escaping or attacking, just kill them." The survivors'' bodies trembled. Still following the skeleton, he walked towards the cabin. Entering a room, there was a skeleton guarding the door. ??Wu Heng returned to the cab and said, "Let''s go back to the port." Yes yes! Qian Chengfeng controlled the ship and approached the port full of skeletons. Zizzi~! The ship is on its way back. The portable radio station nearby made a slight electric sound. ?Then, a serious voice came over, "This is Shanfu Port, Kandra, can you hear me?" ?Sure enough, news came from the Korean port. ??Wu Heng looked at Qian Chengfeng aside, who wiped the sweat from his forehead and explained: "He, his name is Condra, he has a foreign nationality." Go and tell them that people fall asleep after drinking too much. Wu Heng said directly. Qian Chengfeng wiped his sweat, walked over, opened the communication, and asked: "Kandra is drunk. I am the captain of this ship. What can I do for you?" The voice on the other side paused. But he still said: "This drunkard, when he wakes up, tell him that our port allows you to approach, and bring the supplies you mentioned." When the leader wakes up, I will convey it to him. "Um." Hang up the chat. Qian Chengfeng''s face was also a little ugly. He then said: "I don''t know about this matter. He arranged it himself." ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said directly, "Continue to dock." Oh! Okay. The ship docks at the port. Qi Hancai led people over. The survivors were taken down. Wu Heng said: "I killed some of them, and the remaining survivors will be taken care of first, and we will investigate separately when the time comes." Qi Hancai turned around and gave orders. Bai Qing immediately took away all the survivors. The others got off the boat, and the corpses were transformed into skeletons. ??Wu Heng continued to say to the big-headed skeleton on the side: "Move a thousand skeletons onto the ship." Hurrah! The large group of skeletons standing at the port moved into action. Get on the cargo ship directly, part of it entering the cabin and part of it standing on the deck. Qi Hancai looked at the skeletons in action, "Are you still going to sea?" "These people have contacted the port in South Korea. I plan to go there and ask if there is anyone in the team who can speak Korean?" Wu Heng said roughly. ?Wu Heng decided to go to the port in South Korea after thinking about it. Plan to lay out Treasure Island. I need a lot of people. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and started asking about Korean. Not long after, a man about thirty years old came over. Salute to the two of them. Chief, deputy chief, I know some Korean and have passed the Korean exam, but I havent spoken much in several years. I dont know if I can help. ?Wu Heng nodded, "It''s probably enough to know a little bit. Let''s get on the boat." Turning around and getting on the boat, Qi Hancai also came up. ?Wu Heng didnt say much. ?Entering the cab, he continued to say to Qian Chengfeng, "Let''s go to Shanbu Port." Cargo ship restarts. Hurry towards the goal. Sanyu Port. In a well-furnished room. ??A tall man in pajamas, sitting at the dining table eating. Even if food is scarce in the last days, the dinner table is still full of fish and meat, and you can enjoy the wine leisurely. ~! There was a knock on the door. A man''s meal movements are paused. "Come in!" The door opened, and a middle-aged man in a suit walked in, saluted and said: "President, a group of survivors just came to join us. I heard that the base is developing well under your leadership. Their leader''s wife wants to personally Come thank you. The president of the meal glanced at him. Have you washed it? Jiang has taken a bath, but he looks a little malnourished. said the middle-aged man in a suit. "That''s right." The president nodded, as if remembering something, and asked, "The ship at the coastal port you mentioned should be arriving soon!" The man in the suit introduced, "It should be soon. The leader of the other party is called ''Condra''. He is an Italian mixed-race and a person who has taken corpse core. He also brought information about the recently popular Xinfu City. I know, bring that woman here! Yes, President! The middle-aged man left. Not long after, the door knocked again. A young woman was pushed in directly. The president turned to look at the other person, scanning his face and figure. Grab some rice, stir it with the soup, and then throw it on the ground, "Come over and eat if you''re hungry, crawl over here!" The woman''s eyes show desire. Crawled over like crazy and started grabbing the rice on the ground. ?The president smiled, wiped his hands, and lifted the long skirt of the woman kneeling on the ground to her waist. (End of this chapter) Chapter 612 , go to the island Chapter 612, Going to the Island Chief, you can see Shanfu Port. Qian Chengfeng turned around and looked behind him. ?Wu Heng looked up and saw that the sky was brightening and a port appeared at the end of the sea level. Dont get close to the past yet. Okay. Qian Chengfeng responded. The ship stopped moving and began to wander in place. In the control room, Qi Hancai and the accompanying translator Xin He were also in the same room. Qi Hancai also walked over and looked outside, "Attacking directly?" ?This time they carried a thousand skeletons. ?There are a few of them, particularly powerful ones, whose combat power is not weaker than the skeletons of the Corpse King. There is basically no problem in taking down an ordinary base. Unless there is a base like the main station with sufficient heavy firepower, one thousand is definitely not enough. Lets see what happens. Wu Heng said, and then continued: Go and prepare breakfast first, and well talk after dinner. ?Qi Hancai nodded and winked to the side. Xinhe immediately said: "I will prepare." Speaking, he walked down to the cabin. ??Wu Heng walked out of the cab, and there were a large number of skeleton axe-wielders standing on the deck, swaying slightly with the swaying hull. He glanced into the distance, and with a thought, three ghosts flew out. Stay invisible and float beside you. Wu Heng said directly: "That''s a base over there. Check it out separately and then come back and tell me." "clear!" The three ghosts responded and flew out quickly. Breakfast is some canned food and instant noodles. For most survivors, it is also a rare food. Have breakfast and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back first, and because there were other people present, he got directly into the body. The pictures you see are shared in your mind. ??The perspective starts from the cargo ship leaving the foot, and moves all the way towards the base in the distance. Approaching Sanbu Port, you can see cargo ships parked at the port, many fishing boats, and a ship that should be a military vessel. Continued to go ashore along the port and flew to the left. ? Along the way, dilapidated and temporary iron houses are closely connected, and the walls are covered with various slogans and patterns. ??Learned some Korean from Xinhe last night. can be discerned, the words insisting on unity and final victory. Then there is a square, where people line up neatly, holding bowls or lunch boxes, waiting to receive food like thin soup. It seems that the living conditions in the base are not very good. Then, Penny and Glenda also flew back one after another. ??Beni went to the other side, and it was still a similar environment. The empty place was crowded with temporary iron houses, and in another square, people were receiving food. ?Granda went to the military camp in the base. There were many troops with guns in the base, most of them gathered on the side close to the land. No armored vehicles or heavy weapons were seen. Next, it depends on how to deal with this matter. Zizzizi~~! ?While Wu Heng was thinking, the sound of electricity came from the radio station. Then he said in standard Chinese: "This is Shanfu Port, are you still there, Kandra?" Qian Chengfeng looked at Wu Heng with questioning eyes. ??Wu Heng said: "Tell them that we have arrived near Shanbu Port." Qian Chengfeng picked up the phone and said directly: "We have arrived near the port." Is that cargo ship in the distance yours? You can dock at the port and ask your people not to take drastic actions. ?Several people present looked at Wu Heng in unison. If you want to attack forcefully, the best time is early in the morning before people react. There is no attack, but it is now docked. There are so many skeletons on this ship that if we get closer, there will be a fight. Qian Chengfeng looked back again, and Wu Heng said: "I will go there first, and then let the freighter pass after we have discussed it." ?Qian Chengfeng looked puzzled and covered the phone, "Who is coming?" You said Condra. ? Qian Chengfeng was a little confused, but he still followed the other party''s instructions and said into the microphone: "Our leader ''Kandra'' will go over first, and we will let the cargo ship dock after the discussion is completed." Its up to you. The other party said and hung up the chat. In the room, the three people looked over with some confusion. Qi Hancai asked: "It seems they have known each other before, how did they get there?" ??Kandra was the bearded man that Wu Heng killed. Everyone is dead, so there must be no way to get ashore. Wu Heng said: "I have a way to get there. Qi Hancai will stay on the ship and command the cargo ship. I will take Ka Xiu to the island. If there is any problem, I will notify you and let the skeleton launch an attack directly." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "Don''t you need Xinhe to follow you?" "No, there''s obviously someone over there who can speak Chinese." Wu Heng said, and said to Qian Chengfeng: "Put the boat down." ?Qian Chengfeng pressed the button, and a small boat hanging on the side of the ship was lowered into the sea. ?Wu Heng walked out of the cabin, and Qi Hancai followed suit. There was still some worry in his eyes. ??Wu Heng took out the human skin mask and put it on, and the next second he turned into "Kandra". Hair color and beard, exactly the same as the corpse. Qi Hancai''s eyes widened a lot, "Disguise." Dont worry, Im fine here. Keep an eye on Qian Chengfeng. If he does anything, kill him directly. Wu Heng said seriously. Qi Hancai turned his head and glanced behind him to confirm that no one was there, and asked softly: "Isn''t he the captain?" He is also the deputy leader of the port base. How can he be an ordinary person to sit in this position? "Understood! If there is a problem, I will kill him." Qi Hancai nodded. The person protecting Qi Hancai is a level 15 skeleton. Coupled with the ship full of skeletons, there is no problem in killing a person like Qian Chengfeng. Im going over there, pay attention to the radio. "Um." ?Wu Heng started the speedboat and approached the island. All the way to the port. ?Wu Heng took Kaxiu and boarded the port. ?Looking around, a man wearing a suit and a windbreaker came over and said hello in Chinese, "Kondra, long time no see." ??Wu Heng also played his own role, "Long time no see, I seem to have lost a lot of weight." In this current environment, I think its pretty good. Your Chinese is becoming more and more standard, with a Northeastern flavor. Is it true? Many people say so. ??The man in the suit dismissed the guards, beckoned and said, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to see President Cui. People with special abilities are recruited here. With your ability, you will definitely be reused." ?Wu Heng looked grateful, "Thanks to my friend for your recommendation." In the current situation, we should help each other even more. The two walked out of the port and got into a car. ??The man in the suit turned his head and glanced, followed by Ka Xiu who was sitting behind him, and asked curiously: "What do you call this friend? Isn''t it boring to cover him up so tightly?" His name is Ka Xiu. He is my friend abroad who cannot understand what we are saying. He is now responsible for protecting my safety. Wu Heng explained. Haha, thats right! ??Wu Heng glanced out the car window, which looked like row houses in a refugee area, "Is there enough food here?" Its enough, you dont have to worry about that. Thats why it looks like everyone is half dead. ??The man in the suit smiled and looked behind him through the reversing mirror, "It''s the end of the world, brother. Some people are no longer valuable. If we keep them, I''m afraid that one day the zombie wave will come and someone will come to delay the time." ?Wu Hengs eyes were a little surprised. Many people will do this, but I have never seen it before. Whoever takes this sentence as a rule in advance. ?Wu Heng did not answer, but changed the topic, "Did the army come to save anyone?" Which one? The Korean Army or the American Army? No one came? No one is coming. The other party sneered and said. The car moves forward. Stopped at a port hotel. There are armed guards guarding the door, and a flag similar to that of a chamber of commerce is hung on the roof. It feels like a different world, where the city lord''s palace governs independently. ??Follow the man in the suit and just approach. I saw a woman in a long skirt stumbling out. ?His eyes dodge and he looks around. Running towards a corner. A man stood up from the corner and asked urgently. Come on, lets go in. The man in the suit said. ?Wu Heng took Ka Xiu and walked in together. On the top floor, outside a room. The door is guarded. ??A simple body search and looked at the tiger fingers on Ka Xiu''s waist. The guard smiled and didn''t care. ??The man in the suit said hello, knocked on the door, and said in Korean: "President, Condra is here." Come in! The door opens. We walked in together. The layout of the room is quite luxurious and should be at the level of a luxury suite. ??A burly man in a bathrobe, sitting carefree on the sofa in the living room. ?Looking at the two figures who followed in. The man in the suit said: "President, this is the ''Kandra'' I mentioned, and the other one is his bodyguard, who is also very skilled." Where is their ship? asked the president. We havent docked yet. Well dock after weve negotiated. Its a little too careful. The two communicated in Korean, and Wu Heng could understand it clearly. After finishing speaking. The man in the suit smiled and said, "This is our President Cui, the leader of the entire base." ?The burly President Cui looked at the other party, waiting for the other party to flatter him. His brows suddenly furrowed. ?The other persons gaze changed. Its completely different than when I came in. Indifferent, as if looking at prey. ! ?President Cui cursed, stood up and grabbed the bottom of the coffee table. ?Wu Heng said calmly, "Kill him." (End of this chapter) Chapter 613 , take control of the situation Chapter 613, taking control of the situation Click it~! ??The crisp bone friction sounded. A burly man sitting on the sofa. His neck suddenly twisted at a strange angle, his eyes widened, and the pistol fell to the ground. The body also fell on the sofa. The man in the suit looked horrified, everything that happened was too weird. President Cui actually died like this. turned around and wanted to run away, but found that his body was frozen in place, as if he had lost control of his legs. Be honest, you dont want to die here! Wu Heng said. ??The man in the suit walked backwards back to the sofa and sat next to the dead body. Condra, we are friends! Are you his translator? Wu Heng asked. "secretary!" Whats your name? The man in the suit opened his eyes even wider, "You are not Condra." Answer the question. Wu Heng looked directly at him. Liu Minlong. Wu Heng looked at him directly and said seriously: "I want to replace him now. Make a plan for me. If it succeeds, you will live. If it fails, you will go down and continue to be his secretary." Everyone in the base has guns, and they dont listen to me at all. ?Wu Heng snapped his fingers. ??Liu Minlong''s neck began to feel a huge force, twisting it backwards. I have a way, I have a way! Liu Minlong said in horror. Tell me and listen. Liu Minlong immediately said: "There are four teams in the base, two are responsible for the defense of the land, one is responsible for the security in the base, and the other guards the port. They are all loyal to the president. Replace them and then find a way to control them." army." How many people are in the army? There are more than fifty troops. ?Wu Heng nodded and released [Conversation with the Dead] on the corpse. The corpse that had just died suddenly sat up. ??He still twisted his head back, but his eyes tried hard to look at where Wu Heng was. Liu Minlong was so frightened that his body trembled, but he could not move. What''s going on today? Its like seeing a ghost. ?Wu Heng asked the corpse: "How many teams do you have?" Five teams. ?Wu Heng glanced at the man in the suit. ?Just as the other party was about to explain, Wu Heng continued to ask: "What are the five teams?" Four defensive teams, one is my guard. The corpse replied. I want to take your place, do you have any suggestions? Wu Heng asked directly. The corpse replied, "Kill those captains, they are all people I support and trust." The answer given by President Cui is straightforward. Killing all the people directly is indeed a simple and effective way. ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where did the rifle come from?" There is a warship docking in the port, with weapons on it. Who can drive the warship? Wu Heng asked next. Three teams of people guarding the port, some of whom are from the navy. After answering the five questions, the body lay back down again. Liu Minlong, who was wearing a suit, began to tremble and hurriedly explained, "There are only eight guards in the team, who take turns guarding the hotel door and bedroom door. This is not a small team. Spare my life, spare my life..." Can the people from the third team control the warship? Yes, the rest of the ships over there are also controlled by them. Liu Minlong replied immediately. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let the two guards at the door come in." Liu Minlong was controlled to get up, walked to the door, pondered for a moment, and then said: "Guards, come in and throw things out." The door opens. Two guards came in. ?With a quick glance, he saw the president who died tragically inside. Kaxiu turned into an afterimage, appeared in front of the two of them, and quickly threw two punches. The neck is broken and the head is drooped on the chest. ?The corpse fell to the ground with two thuds. ?Hunted by Ka Xiu, he was thrown next to the presidents body. ??Wu Heng continued: "Go and call all the captains over and ask the president to hold a meeting for them." Okay, Ill go now. Lets get in touch via the walkie-talkie. Okay, okay. Liu Minlong picked up the walkie-talkie and relayed messages to the outside world one after another. Let them come to the hotel for a meeting to introduce the newly added captain of the fifth team. Not long. ?There was a knock on the door, and a man in leather clothes walked in. Uncle, the guard at your door is **** lazy. Liu Minlong introduced, Captain of the first team. Kill. Kaxiu took one step forward and was already in front of the opponent. He swung out a straight fist and shattered his chest. The body fell backward. Someone has just died. Behind, the captains of the second squad, the third squad, and the fourth squad also walked in one after another. They were all killed one by one by Kaxiu who was waiting at the door. Liu Minlong''s eyes widened. They really killed them all. No one was left. ?Furthermore, who is this tightly covered person? He actually punches one person. No one was killed with the second punch. ?Wu Heng kicked the corpse. He didn''t change immediately, and then said: "Let''s go to the port." The ghost released Liu Minlong. The latter also followed him obediently, walked out of the hotel together, and took the car to the port again. Compared to when it came. Liu Minlong had nothing to say and remained silent along the way. Only the driver said a few words casually. Seeing that something was not right in the atmosphere, he drove quietly. After arriving at the port. ?Wu Heng said to Liu Minlong: "Let all the soldiers at the port come over." Liu Minlong greeted loudly. The people guarding the port and the people nearby gathered. Neatly arranged, waiting for the next instruction. ??Wu Heng stood on the high platform, took out the spine staff in his hand, and said: "Everyone, look into my eyes." Everybody looked over. Sleep! Hurrah! All the figures fell down in pieces, even Liu Minlong fell directly to the ground. ??Wu Heng took out a portable radio and adjusted the frequency band, "Qian Chengfeng!" Yes, its okay here. Qi Hancai answered. ?The voices of each other are all familiar, and you can tell who it is as soon as you hear it. Let the ship come over and dock at the port. "receive!" In the distance, the cargo ship was getting closer and closer, slowly docking at the side of the port. Qi Hancai and Xin He came ashore, and Qian Chengfeng was led up by two skeletons. Then there were a large number of skeletons, rushing up with a roar. The harbor was densely packed with stations. ?Wu Heng took off his mask and put away the space ring. Qi Hancai came over and said, "Qian Chengfeng tried to get off the speedboat and escape, but was subdued by the skeleton." "We will deal with him later." Wu Heng said, then looked at the skeletons on the shore, "Tie up all these people." The skeleton stepped forward and **** all the guards on the ground. Wait until this is finished. Wu Heng unfolded a suggested port map and said: "Qi Hancai, take Xinhe to the hotel here. There is a green flag hanging at the door. Find the radio station and announce that we occupy this place. We will not be attacked if we put down our weapons." , I took the skeletons and controlled the remaining teams." Okay! Qi Hancai nodded. Hurry up and deal with everything before dark. Wu Heng asked again. The skeletons divided into two teams. Disperse quickly and approach the target direction. In the car, the driver waiting at the intersection looked at the skeleton passing through the car. Huddled in the seat, with a look of horror on his face. (End of this chapter) Chapter 614 , leave this to you first Chapter 614, Ill leave this to you first The skeleton army rushes through the narrow streets. The dense footsteps made the rows of iron houses on both sides rattle. Amid the screams, the survivors fled, or closed the doors and windows and hid in simple shacks. While the skeleton army moved forward quickly. ??Qi Hancai also successfully occupied the Port Hotel and found equipment for external broadcasting. The radio in the base came out with a sound. "We are the Sinfu City rescue team and have now fully taken over the Shanbu Port base. Please close the doors and windows tightly and do not go out. If you stay outside, please find a safe corner to hide. Don''t do anything drastic when you see skeletons in action. They Will not actively harm survivors. The loudspeaker will announce three times. The sound is not loud and enough to cover the entire base. It was only then that the chaotic survivors realized that what rescue team seemed to have occupied this place. Those skeletons I saw were not new types of monsters. Perhaps its the rumored new type of superpower. ??Wu Heng is listening to the contents of the loudspeaker. It was also confirmed that Qi Hancai entered the hotel. ?Hand waved again, causing the skeleton to speed up. There were no stops along the way. Quickly approach the wall on the inside of the land. ?Bang bang bang~! As soon as he ran out of the corner, intensive gunfire rang out. ? Bullets were fired at the skeleton team intensively, crackling on the skeleton''s armor, as well as the surrounding walls and ground. Attack, kill them all. Wu Heng gave the order directly. Hurrah hoo~! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and the vampire skeletons flew into the sky and swooped down, directly rushing into the crowd. ?The gunfire caused chaos in an instant, and the base troops dispersed and fled in all directions. The skeleton army below swarmed up and flooded the camp under the wall. The resistance did not last long. The sound of fighting soon stopped, and the skeletons that rushed past also entered the standby state again. Hello~! ??As soon as it became quiet here, a corpse roar came from outside the wall. Xiaoxiao flew down and said, "Zombies were attracted, about twenty or so." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at Glenda. The latter nodded, "Absolutely." Uncle, what do you mean? ?Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton, "Vampire skeletons, go and kill the ones outside." The vampire skeleton flew out again and swooped down to kill the zombies again. Wu Heng continued to order the remaining skeletons, "Clean the battlefield, collect weapons and armor, and search nearby rooms." The skeletons on standby immediately took action. The dead bodies were dragged together and began to take off their clothes. Not long after, the battle outside the wall ended, and all the vampire skeletons flew back. Rifles and body armor were all collected and piled aside. In some rooms, some bullets, cans and other food were also found. After putting away all the rifle body armor. ??Wu Heng released [Dead Skeleton Field], a gray-white halo of light swayed, and together with the corpses of the zombies outside, they all turned into skeletons and stood up. The sound of bones rubbing and rattling. Open the door and let in the skeletons outside. Wu Heng said. The iron door, which had been welded with several layers, was slowly opened. ??The skeleton transformed from the zombie corpse shook the pieces of flesh on its body and walked in slowly. Join the queue of skeletons. Then, Wu Heng began to count the skeletons. Together they selected two hundred axe-wielding skeletons and ten vampire skeletons. You continue to guard here to prevent zombies from approaching. If any survivors provoke or attack, you can fight back. Wu Heng said to the remaining skeletons. The skeletons climbed back onto the wall. Hands of weapons in hand, the guards begin to act as guards. ??Wu Heng waved his hand and started to return along the original route with the remaining skeletons. Return to the hotel. Qi Hancai introduced: "Those people who were kidnapped at the port are all locked up together. How to deal with them later?" ??The rest were killed, but the team guarding the ship at the port did not kill them directly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "There are people on the warship here. Find them. Let the survivors identify the rest. If there is any problem, kill them directly." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "There is a warehouse on the first floor with a lot of food and supplies. It seems that the leader here should be in control." Are there any weapons or anything? There are guns and bullets. Lets go, take me there. Wu Heng said. The two of them walked towards the side of the building. The lock and chain of the iron door had been opened. In the room, there are skeletons who will sort out supplies. Separate all food, weapons, and daily necessities. On one of the cabinet shelves on one side, you can also see a large number of banknotes and 10 gold bricks arranged in a pyramid shape. Each gold brick is 100 grams, a total of five piles. The rest, as well as some gold and silver jewelry, were packed in a box. ?This guy is quite well prepared. Even if order was restored, he kept some funds. ?Wu Heng put the firearms and gold into the space ring. Looking at Qi Hancai on the side, he found a [Protective Pendant] from the space and handed it to her. said: "This is the pendant that can protect you at critical times. There may be someone else who is related to what we killed, so be careful." Qi Hancai took it and looked at it, "With the skeleton protecting me, there will be no danger." It didnt happen this time, but it can also play a protective role in the future. Okay! Qi Hancai didnt say much and put it on his neck directly. The two of them walked upstairs together. Qi Hancai then asked: "Is there anything else I need to do for the rest?" ?Wu Heng thought as he walked, "Just follow the way you managed the base before. If you don''t understand, just ask Xin He to translate." "I see." The two of them walked to the top floor together. ??Wu Heng chose a suite on the back side, "I''ll leave this to you. By the way, let''s make sure the base is safe." Yeah. Qi Hancai nodded. ?Wu Heng walked into the room and checked it carefully. Opened the gate and walked in. ?Wu Heng left. Qi Hancai also went downstairs again. Xinhe was waiting on the first floor, leaned over and said, "Sister Qi, what should we do next?" Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said: "Publish the broadcast and say that the survivors will be counted in the square. Those who come can receive rice and noodles, and those with special skills can be allocated additional houses and residences." "Understood." Xinhe went to the broadcast room and began to announce the original words. Soon, a new broadcast sounded in the base. When I heard that you can get rice and noodles if you go, and people with special skills can get better treatment. The people living in the teppanyaki also started to liven up. People came out one after another. ?Looking at the guarding skeleton nervously, he started to line up and receive things. (End of this chapter) Chapter 615 , changing the stage play Chapter 615, changing the stage play Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and Minnie and the others were bringing dinner to the table. Saw him coming down. He immediately smiled and said, "Master, dinner is about to begin." What are you going to eat today? Wu Heng sat down at the dining table. Coconut-flavored fish soup, beef and shrimp cakes, and two side dishes. Master, do you have anything to add? Ill ask the chef to make them. Minnie looked over with wide eyes. Its quite rich. Wu Heng smiled. ?Minnie thought for a moment, walked quickly to the kitchen, and shouted: "Add four more grilled oysters." The remaining maids also smiled. After Minnie came back, they sat at the dining table to eat together. Anderweil said: "Master, Detective Books, several more caravans have signed agreements with the city hall, and the total number of orders has exceeded 70,000." ?Wu Hengs movements when eating were paused. Its rising so fast! I have been in the zombie world for three days, and the caravans here have begun to order books one after another. Of course, this is a good thing for yourself. You can promote it better and make some money at the same time. You can just ask the printing company to print it. Good master. Anderweil nodded. Finished the matter here. The skeleton placed four portions of grilled oysters on the table. From the very back, it spread all the way to the front of Wu Heng. Minnie said: "Master, we and Sister Shannella have also chosen the venue for the exhibition. It is a commercial store in the newly built area. Sister Shannella said that it is very good there and the land is sufficient." ?Wu Heng picked up the oysters and put them into his bowl. He said: "After you have chosen it, let the designer Yousef decorate it and decorate it according to Shanara''s ideas. She is more experienced in business." Yousef is the name of the dwarf designer. Now I have my own design institute, and some of my people are responsible for the development of the island and some change plans. Understood. Anderweil responded. After chatting for a while, dinner was over. The maids went to the training room, while Wu Heng was in the courtyard, continuing to look at the electromagnetic gun drawings. Assembling complex parts. I always have a feeling in my heart that if I put it together according to the drawings, it shouldnt be a big problem. Its late at night. ??There was a sound of insects chirping outside the window, making the night seem less silent. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, staring at the ceiling, and began to think in his mind. ??The progress of the zombie world is still quite big. Not only were modern ships found, but also a military ship. Bringing it to Treasure Island will increase the safety of the Emerald Sea to a greater extent. The situation at sea is not the same as on land. Even if the pirates are cleared out at once, as time goes by, there will still be people who become pirates one after another. Sea shipping routes, for ordinary people. Success once is enough money to spend in a lifetime. Its just..., this is a matter of sailing... In addition to sailing, warships also need to maintain and operate some equipment, which cannot be completed by one person. The corpses in the zombie world will initially be at level one after transformation. It is also difficult to retain any ability. The main reason why Wu Heng did not kill the captain of the cargo ship, Qian Chengfeng, was that he was afraid that after he was transformed into a corpse, he would become stupid and unable to sail the ship. At that time, the ship will be floating on the sea, which will be interesting. Let someone teach the skeleton, or find a way to transform the corpse and retain the ability to sail the ship. ?Wu Heng was a little worried. Master, why are you awake? Andwyer, who was leaning on her left arm, looked up. ?Wu Heng hugged her gently and said, "It''s okay, go to sleep." Hmm. Anderweil smiled. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other side, where Minnie was still sleeping soundly, and covered the three of them with a thin quilt. He hugged the two of them and closed his eyes to sleep. The next day, have breakfast. ?Wu Heng moved his body in the courtyard. There was some light rain on the island last night, water droplets hung on the flowers, plants and leaves, and there was a feeling of humidity in the air. ?Wu Heng sat in the living room and rested for a while. There was a knocking sound at the courtyard door. ??Catwoman Robert ran over to open the door, said a few words to the person outside the door, and then ran back quickly. "Master, Sister Wei''er sent someone over. She said that a bard went to the city hall specifically and wanted to see you. He said he wanted to adapt the great detective story into a stage play." ?Wu Heng paused as he served tea and drank water. To be adapted into a stage play. ?There are also stage plays in this world, and they are popular among noble ladies. The story type is a love story between nobles. To change the great detective. It can also be regarded as a breakthrough. Where is the bard? Wu Heng asked. ??Robert shook his head, "The person here is from the city hall. If you have any orders, just ask him to take him back." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, he really should meet this bard. But it is not appropriate to bring people into your home. "Let the bard go to the association''s meeting room. I will go there then." Wu Heng said. Okay. Robert left again. ?Go to the door and spread the word. ?Wu Heng adjusted the mansion technique again, and then put on his coat. He spoke to a few maids and followed him out to the association. The carriage stopped in front of the association. ?Wu Heng walked down wearing a ''veil''. ?The crowds coming and going at the entrance of the association were surprisingly lively. On the contrary, the Snake Emblem Consortium opposite looked very desolate, with two or three people coming in and out scatteredly. It was completely different from the first time Wu Heng went to Treasure Island. ??Wu Heng just glanced at it. He was still very dissatisfied with the Treasure Island consortium, but since the other party was powerful, there was no need for him to really do anything. If we continue like this, we probably wont be able to last long on the island. ?Wu Heng withdrew his gaze. Go directly into the associations building. The hall was even more lively, with many people looking at the notice board and some sitting in the lounge area chatting. Hurry across the hall. ?Walking into the long corridor on one side, I saw Kavina walking towards me, looking down at the documents. ?This is my earliest teammate in Blackstone Town. It seems that nothing has changed. Kawina! Wu Heng greeted. Kavina, who was walking with her head lowered, glanced up at him, her brows slightly raised. ?Wu Heng took off his ''veil'', revealing his original face. Seeing it was Wu Heng, Kavina immediately smiled on her face, "Wu Heng! No, the island owner." Speaking, he bowed slightly. How are you doing lately? Wu Heng asked with a smile. ?The last time we met was when Lu An went to the island to challenge. It was just that there were many people at the time, so the two of them went about their own business without saying a word. Kavina came over and said, "It''s good. Everyone knows that I came to seek refuge with you. Everything went smoothly." Its as if Im giving you special care. Kavina shrugged, "That''s the fact, and everyone thinks so." ??Wu Heng reminded, "Don''t say that outside. I have many enemies." "I understand, only the people in the association know." Kavina said in a solemn tone, "I read Beni''s story. It was about Blackstone Town. I remember this maid." ??Wu Heng also lowered his voice, "It''s Blackstone Town, but there''s no danger in the town. The deacon and captain are fine too, so don''t worry." "That''s good. If I hadn''t met you today, I would have gone to your place to ask." ?Wu Heng then asked, "Are you still renting a house now?" Ah, its still the same place as before. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "The new residential area has been built. When you have time, go to the city hall to find Anderweil, my former assistant, and ask her to pick a good land for you." Kavina immediately waved her hand and said, "No, I''m fine. You don''t need it." The island is still expanding, there will be more and more houses, and it is safer to be closer to the central area. Wu Heng said. Kavina pondered for a moment, then nodded, "Then I bought it from you. When I have enough money, I will pay it back to you." "Okay, it won''t be too late to give it to me when you get rich." Its better to have someone up there. Kavina sighed. ??Wu Heng looked at her again, "What are you doing?" There is a wanted criminal, and I am planning to take people there to investigate. Kavina patted the document in her hand. Then go and do your work. Let me know when youve chosen a place, and Ill have someone turn on the air conditioner for you. Kavina smiled and nodded, "I''m just being raised by you." "goodbye." "goodbye!" Separated from Kavina. ?Wu Heng went to the association meeting room. Pushing open the door, you can see a middle-aged man wearing a blue-gray robe sitting on the outside of the room. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he took another look at his appearance. Immediately stood up and said respectfully: "Saban, the level 10 bard, has met the island owner." Sit down and say. Wu Heng sat down on the inside. Saban also sat down opposite, and continued: "Island owner, thank you for publishing the story. I read your story to the guests in the tavern, and only then can I reach level 10." It seems that the other party has improved his level while telling his story. Story is one aspect, but more is your efforts. Wu Heng said. The promotion of every profession is not that easy. More often, the other party reaches level 10. Even if the story occupies a part, it cannot rely entirely on one story. Heard that said. Saban has even more respect for the young island owner in front of him. He said directly: "Sir, I want to form a performance troupe to compile your story into a stage play and present it to more people." Wu Heng knew about this before he came. I also agree with this in my heart. Have all the personnel been found? ?Saban was a little embarrassed, "Not yet. I want to finish talking to you and then find someone else." (End of this chapter) Chapter 616 , count me in Chapter 616, Count me in ?Sabans answer is reasonable. At least get permission from the island lords government first, and then its not too late to find people for the stage show. ?Wu Heng then asked, What kind of performance are you planning? Saban replied: "I''m thinking of a public performance." The copyright of stories in this world is not that complete. Even if it is a performance in a theater, it is difficult for the original author to benefit from it. That is, on Treasure Island, under my nose, otherwise no one would come to say hello if I organized a stage play. As for public performances, they are similar to those in taverns. ??Anyone can watch it, and no one will charge money. There is no need for Wu Heng to argue with the other party about copyright fees. He said directly: "Since you want to try to adapt it into a stage play, I allow you to perform it." Hearing these words, Saban''s face immediately lit up with joy. Things went more smoothly than he thought. ??The island owner also does not have the high airs of the nobles in the past. Thank you, the island owner. Listen to what I have to say! Wu Heng spoke again. ?Saban looked suffocated and became serious again. Wu Heng said: "I allow you to adapt the story, but the story cannot deviate from the theme, nor can it have a negative impact on Treasure Island and the island owner''s mansion." The story has given me a lot of positive reputation. I also hope that it can be maintained and no problems will arise because of the stage play. "Island owner, we will respect the story and the author, and will not have a negative impact on you and the work." Saban solemnly assured. Go back and get ready, I look forward to your performance later. Wu Heng smiled. Saban also suppressed the joy in his heart, "I will not disappoint the island owner." Yeah! Wu Heng nodded. Saban saluted again and exited the room. ?Wu Heng continued to sit at the table and was not in a hurry to leave immediately. About the stage play, I talked about it with some maids when I came here. In this world, there is no "Go back and prepare well. I''m also looking forward to what kind of story you can tell." Saiban suppressed the joy in his heart, "I will not let you down." "Um!" Saiban saluted again and exited the room directly. After he left, Wu Heng also left the conference room. Go out along the corridor. ?Passing the deacon''s study, Wu Heng thought for a moment and knocked on the door. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. In the study room. Sheela Gui and Shi Yali are both there. Why are you here at the association today? Sheela asked with a smile. ?Wu Heng sat down aside and said casually, "Come and borrow the conference room." What are you using the conference room for? The bard on the island plans to adapt the story of the first volume of the Great Detective into a stage play, and he talked to me about it. Wu Heng replied. ??Shi Yali brought the tea, bent down and placed it on the coffee table, and asked with wide eyes, "Volume 1? Are there any follow-up stories?" ?Wu Heng picked up the tea and took a sip, "Of course, the series will continue in the next issue of the newspaper." The complete set of detective stories is almost 500,000 words long, and is serialized in a newspaper format. It can also be serialized for a year and a half. It can be said that there is no need to worry about serialized stories in newspapers in the short term. "The subsequent story is also about solving the case?" Shi Yali''s eyes lit up and she moved forward. A new case. About what? Shi Yali asked. "Royal Scandal." Shi Yali''s eyes shone brighter, and she moved forward twice, hugging one of his arms, "Which royal family? Is it an aristocratic romance? Is anyone dead?" It would be pointless to tell you. Wu Heng said. ?Silla Gui, who was sitting behind the desk, frowned and glanced at the position where her sister was holding the other person''s arm. Shi Yali said directly: "Shi Yali, that''s alright, don''t go too far." Shi Yali also reacted immediately and explained: "Just ask casually." After saying that, he stood up and sat back in his office. Xilagui looked at Wu Heng again, "Don''t you want to use the conference room?" I came here after I finished using it. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui suddenly realized, "I''m telling you, you''re not in a hurry at all." Wu Hengze continued to ask: "What profession do you think is more suitable for captain and ship control?" Xilagui thought for a while, "There''s not much difference, right! Controlling a ship at sea depends more on navigation experience and understanding of the ship. It does not belong to a separate profession. Warriors and rangers are both acceptable." ??Wu Heng felt that he had missed the point, so he asked again, "What about the control machinery? It''s a contraption like a train." Actually, its the same, theres not much difference. If I have to say it, the artificer should know more about these devices and control them easier. Sheila Gui replied again. ?Wu Heng nodded, it was pretty much what he thought. The contraptions are designed for other people to use. Can be controlled by any occupation. It makes sense. Sheela looked at him and asked, "Why are you asking these questions? What''s your plan?" I just plan to research a new gadget. "You can still do this?" Xila Ge raised her eyebrows and continued, "Don''t you feel that you are paying too much attention to things? I don''t want to hit you, but it is better for you to focus on spells. Don''t Always wasting time on things that have nothing to do with career. For other people, their hobbies are too broad and they do not focus on their own profession. It is indeed considered as not doing the job properly. But the situation in Wuheng is somewhat different. Would you like to make a bet? Wu Heng said with a smile. "What kind of bet are you making?" Silla glanced at Shi Yali from the corner of her eye and emphasized, "Let''s make it clear first, I don''t want to bet money or anything like that." Lets bet on whether I can come up with a shocking weapon. Wu Heng looked directly at the opponent. "You are really incompetent. You are a mage. What kind of strange weapons are you studying?" Sheela Gui was speechless. Bet or not! What are you betting on? Sheela asked nonchalantly. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Whoever wins agrees to the other''s request." Okay, the premise is that I want to feel shocked. Sheila Gui emphasized. In any case, its up to you whether you will be surprised or not, and you wont lose no matter what you think. Shi Yali also immediately raised her hand, "Count me in." Okay, then it will be the three of us. Wu Heng agreed with a smile. Here is another one. Jinfan Tavern, in the private room on the top floor. Everyone, the island owner only wants the plot to be consistent with the original work, and has no other requirements. If anyone is willing to join, please give me a happy word. Saban stood upright, looked at the people sitting around, and said with a smile. There were also many people gathered in the room. ??They are all bards above level 5 on the island, and some of them are also stationed in various taverns to tell stories in newspapers. Before the publication of newspapers, bards did not have a high status on Treasure Island. But as newspapers became more and more popular, this profession also began to receive some attention. Mr. Saban, I have some questions and I want to ask them first. A middle-aged man in a purple robe stood up and saluted first. Saban hurriedly returned the favor. He also knows this person, the island''s level 12 bard ''Fandral'', who has considerable prestige in Beacon Street. With a soft voice, Fandal said: "What form will this stage play take? Are there any conditions promised to the island master?" Everyone looked over. ?Read the newspaper in the tavern, and the tavern also pays a fee. Saban replied, "The island owner did not put any conditions. My personal idea is that as long as our performance is good, various taverns will invite us to perform, and there will be no delay in leveling or making money." ?Fandal nodded and asked: "Will the stage play delay everyone''s time for reporting? I''m afraid there are many people here rehearsing all day long." As soon as this question came up. Those who had a regular tavern pricked up their ears. Saban took a sip of tea and said, "No, we can coordinate the time, and it will take a certain amount of time to choose a role that suits everyone. If you want to participate in this stage play, take the time to read the script and rehearse. It should be done. ?Fandral nodded again, "This is natural." Saban did not wait for the other party to ask another question, and said directly, "The sale of the newspaper has given us a chance. This is the island owner, giving us a second chance in this profession. Whether it can completely change the current situation of bards, just Lets see this time. (End of this chapter) Chapter 617 , where I lived Chapter 617, I lived there At noon, Wu Heng returned to the island masters mansion. After having lunch with the maids, Wu Heng selected 20 level 10 skeletons in the courtyard and took them back to the study. After opening the boundary door, he walked directly in. On the other side of the boundary gate is still the hotels luxurious suite. You go to the back room first. Wu Heng ordered. ?Following the skeleton who came with him, he turned around, opened the door, and walked into the bedroom inside. ?Wu Heng put on a coat. Picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, can you hear me?" "I can hear you!" Qi Hancai''s voice came over. You come to the suite. "receive!" After hanging up the chat, there was a knock on the door. ??Wu Heng raised his head and signaled, the skeleton card repairer opened the door, and Qi Hancai walked in directly with the little owl. Is there no problem? Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai sat down and said: "The survivors in the base are fine, and the noodles cooked for them last night showed no resistance. Those who were imprisoned, tried to kill the guard''s skeleton and rushed out late at night. The skeleton was not damaged, and several of the escapees were killed. " ?Wu Heng frowned, "There are so many skeletons guarding you, and you still want to escape?" "They may think that the skeleton is not as powerful as them. By the way, Qian Chengfeng died inside." Qi Hancai replied. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, he just died. Are there any survivors who can pilot a warship? "Yes, there are two of them, active soldiers on the warship. I was afraid of something happening, so I locked them up alone." Qi Hancai replied. Bring them here. Wu Heng said. Okay! Qi Hancai went out and left. When he came back again, the skeleton behind him was holding two men and the translator Xin He. Xinhe said directly: "This is our leader. What to ask you, what to answer." The two of them looked stunned and immediately saluted respectfully. In terms of attitude, it looks pretty good. Whats your name? Wu Heng asked in Korean. The first person answered, "Lee Sung-hoon." The second person said: "Liu Zeyu." Are you soldiers on the warship in the port? Wu Heng asked. ??Wu Heng then asked, "What is the name of that warship? What weapons and characteristics does it have?" ?Li Chengxun said: "The Incheon-class frigate has a displacement of 2,300 tons..." ??Wu Heng asked another person, "What weapons do they have?" The person who was asked immediately replied, "Five-inch naval gun, RAM short-range anti-aircraft missile." Judging from the speed of their answers, they should be the ones who got off the boat. Otherwise, you cant carry it so fast now. ??Wu Heng then asked: "How many people are needed to control this frigate?" Three people can sail normally. Can you do it? "meeting." I will also. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "You know how?" ??Li Chengxun explained: "Everyone needs to study systematically before boarding a ship. If any position is vacant, we can ensure that it is filled as soon as possible." ?Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the two of them again, and said, "Do you want to live?" Think about it! The two nodded in panic. Ill give you a chance. If you do well, you can still enjoy a good life. If not, you should be able to guess the consequences. Wu Heng said directly. The two of them trembled and immediately saluted, "I am willing to be loyal to you." Qi Hancai, bring the skeleton out of the bedroom. Wu Heng pointed to the room next to him. ?Qi Hancai walked over and opened the door, and twenty skeletons wearing leather armor and hanging weapons on their waists came out. The two of them started to look panicked. The body also took several steps backward. Wu Heng pointed at the skeletons and said, "Your task is to teach these twenty skeletons to drive warships and use weapons. Can you teach them?" The two people who retreated to the wall had surprise in their eyes. ?Teaching a skeleton to sail a boat? How do you communicate with this thing? But faced with the only choice, he could only nod his head and agree, "Yes, we will try our best." "Okay, just have confidence." Wu Heng looked at Xin He, "Take them down to rest, and we will start teaching these skeletons tomorrow." "Yes, leader." Xinhe nodded and walked out with the two people and twenty skeletons. The door is closed. ?Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai, "When you get on the ship, arrange for someone to follow them and don''t run away." "I will follow them tomorrow. Even if there are skeletons, the two of them can''t escape." Qi Hancai said with a smile. Arrange more, maybe there are weapons on the warship. Wu Heng asked. "Understood!" Qi Hancai continued, "Tomorrow, our people will come too, and it will be more convenient to manage by then." Is there anyone who can sail a boat? I found two people who can sail a boat. Very good, let them bring people here first, and then also train the skeleton, and then let the skeleton drive. "good." Chatted some details about the base. Qi Hancai took him around the base. Different from the original refugee shacks, this time basically everyone was assigned a house. However, as for meals, they are still distributed uniformly in the square. ?Wu Heng followed and walked around, attracting the attention of many people. Gathered together and communicated in low voices. After checking at the base. ?Wu Heng also returned to his suite. The island owners manor, living room. Shanela took the renderings and introduced, "This is the interior decoration of the exhibition. I discussed it with the designer Yousef. Since you have been away for the past two days, I decided to decorate it directly." The renderings are not modern printed drawings, but hand-drawn drawings. But the effect is still very clear. The entire decoration style is closer to the type of the consortiums previous auctions, retro and gorgeous. How many of the participating caravans are ready to join? Wu Heng asked. Basically everyone has joined, and they will come here one after another in the past few days. I also wrote letters to some friends in the area, saying that they might come to see this exhibition. said Shanara. "With your help, everything goes smoothly." Wu Heng put his arm around the other person''s shoulders. Shannara glanced at the maid not far away and shook off his hand, "What are you doing? You''re still outside." Master, Sister Shannara, you can eat now. Minnies voice came from the kitchen. The two of them got up and walked towards the restaurant. ?Emerald Sea. In the cabin of a cargo ship. The illuminated stone chandelier above the dining table swayed slightly as the ship''s hull swayed. Two well-dressed men were sitting at the dining table enjoying dinner. ?One person has a straight figure and is probably in his forties. The other person has white hair, but it is very neatly groomed, like a nobleman who pays great attention to appearance. The Chamber of Commerce actually asked us to come to this product exhibition. The old man said softly. "What''s more, I attach great importance to this island owner. He defeated Lu An and joined the Hongwen Society. He is also a rare genius among the younger generation of the human race." The middle-aged man took a sip of wine and replied. "Oh? I''m also interested, let''s talk about him." The old man wiped his mouth with a white handkerchief and put down his knife and fork. "I don''t know much." The middle-aged man also put down the tableware, thought for a while and said: "I heard that he came from a small town in the Kingdom of Yeko. Later he was transferred to Luntam City and became a captain, and then he He was promoted exceptionally and came to Treasure Island." Luntam City? Has he been there? Do you know that place? I heard its relatively remote. The old man suddenly fell into silence, with a hint of unspeakable melancholy in his voice, "I lived there." The middle-aged man tilted his head slightly, waiting for him to continue. With my wife. (End of this chapter) Chapter 618 , naval gun (an update today) Chapter 618, Naval Guns (Updated today) As he spoke, the old man glanced upward, as if he was recalling the past. What happened next? the middle-aged man asked curiously. "An accident..." The old man''s voice seemed to be blocked by something, and he paused for a while before continuing: "An accident took her away, and it was also in order to avoid missing her that I left Luntam City. , left there." She is so kind and so smart. I often think that if all this had not happened, maybe everything would be different. The old man said, picking up the wine glass and taking another sip. The two fell into silence again, and the ship''s hull was still gently swaying with the waves. The middle-aged man also picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "This is not your fault, and she doesn''t want to see you trapped in pain." I hope so. The next day, Shanara got up and took out a new bra from the space ring. After passing it through her arms, she patted the man beside her and said, "Tie it on for me. I don''t have any eyesight." I dont like this piece. Wu Heng sat up and helped her fasten the buckle at the back. Shanela rolled her eyes at him, "I''m wearing something to go out, not to show you." "That''s right." After Wu Heng fastened it, he gently kissed the elf''s unique ear. Not enough kisses. Shannara touched the other persons cheek with her backhand, her face full of doting. Then he asked curiously, "How come your skin has become so good?" I dont know when Wu Hengs skin became so good. It was not only white but also had a kind of luster. I feel that the level of resilience has also been improved to a certain extent. Is there any? Wu Heng asked. In fact, I also understand in my heart the changes that occurred after I took the third-level corpse core potion and awakened the [Hornous Outer Armor]. Even if the skin is not covered with black keratin, the skin itself becomes more delicate. "Of course there is, it''s so obvious, how do you do it? Teach me." Shannara was a little envious. "It''s a function of your own ability. You can try it when you are more mature in the later period." Wu Heng said. Shanelas eyes lit up. Sure enough, she had a way to improve her skin. Listen to you. After saying that, she looked him up and down again, "I feel like your growth rate is a little too fast." Thats not good, I can protect you better in the future. Okay, I like it! As the two of them talked, they also got dressed and went downstairs together. The skeleton chef has prepared breakfast. ?Several people came down one after another and sat at the dining table, chatting and eating. Have breakfast. ? Anderweil went to the city hall, and Shannella took Minnie and the three of them to the exhibition to supervise some decoration matters. ?Even if I cant help you, you still have something to do. Its much better than being bored at home. All the people in the family left. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the study and headed to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai, but received no response. ??Go to the window and look outside. The skeleton is guarding, and nothing has changed. Open the door and go downstairs. ? Walking out of the hotel door, he asked the skeleton guarding the door like a sculpture: "Where is Qi Hancai? Point it out to me." The skeleton pointed directly in the direction of the sea. It should be going to the ship. He took the skeleton and walked straight towards the direction where the ship was docked. From a distance, he could see figures walking around on the warship. ?Wu Heng walked over and attracted the attention of several people. Qi Hancai waved his hand, and then walked over, "The two Korean soldiers are teaching the skeleton to sail a boat. I looked at it for a while. They are all automated equipment, so it is not difficult." Lets go and take a look. Wu Heng took the lead on the warship. Qi Hancai also followed behind. Seeing Wu Heng coming up, the two soldiers and Xin He immediately came over and saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded and said, "Tell me about this ship." Two Korean soldiers pushed for a while from below, and the man named "Li Chengxun" was pushed out. They said carefully: "The total length of the ship is 114 meters, the width is 14 meters, the standard displacement is 2,300 tons, and it can carry 145 people." ?Just like memorizing a book, I recited it all in one breath. ?Wu Heng looked puzzled, "Can it hold more than 140 people?" The entire ship is designed with so many beds. If it doesnt involve beds and is just for people, more people can be accommodated. Li Chengxun explained immediately. In other words, the ship is designed with berths for 145 people. If you just want to hold skeletons, you dont need a bed, you can hold more skeletons. The warships on Treasure Island can hold three to four hundred people. How could such a large ship have fewer people? ?Of course, in modern warfare, the interior of a ship is more complex, and combat effectiveness is no longer measured by the number of people. It was all artillery fire. Continue talking. Wu Heng said. Li Chengxun went on to introduce, "The ship is equipped with a 127mm naval gun, RAM range anti-aircraft missile launcher... There is a carrier-based aircraft platform at the stern of the ship. A helicopter was originally parked, but when the zombies broke out, it was driven away." ?Several people walked from the bow to the stern. ?Introduce each other one by one. The machine gun in Wu Heng''s hand is filled with 23mm machine gun shells. ??The ship-borne gun on this ship reaches 127 mm, which is truly a powerful artillery shell. As for anti-aircraft missiles, they may not be that useful in other worlds. There are not many people who can fly. Even if they encounter a flying dragon again, they will be able to deal with it more easily. There is no need to actually use anti-aircraft missiles. At the stern of the ship is a platform with a circle drawn on it. According to "Li Chengxun", it is used to park carrier-based aircraft. ??Its just that when the zombies broke out, they were driven away. But the problem is not big. Parking a skeleton flying dragon yourself can also play the same role. There is no need to consume energy. What is the range of the 127mm naval gun? Wu Heng then asked. The other party replied, "The effective range is 10,000 meters." 10,000 meters. is considered far enough. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued walking around the cabin. After coming out, he said: "Within three days, we will teach the skeletons how to operate the ship, as well as inspect and repair some equipment." The two ship soldiers following behind had some sweat on their foreheads, "Time is too tight." There is not much time to train slowly, hurry up! Wu Heng walked outside. Okay, okay. The two of them wiped away their sweat. ??Wu Heng looked around and pointed at a few high-level skeletons, "You guys, protect them two and don''t let them make any dangerous moves." Hearing that the naval gun had a range of 10,000 meters, Wu Heng arranged for skeletons to keep an eye on them. Lest you actually control the naval gun and fire a shot at the shore. The two men immediately promised, "We will not do anything extraordinary. Please trust us, chief." Come on, I will never treat you badly when the time comes. Wu Heng patted the other partys shoulder. The two of them saluted again and thanked them softly. ?Wu Heng stepped off the ship and walked toward the base with Qi Hancai. On the ship, Li Chengxun and his two men immediately began to explain the operation of the ship to the skeletons who were following them. Then, Qi Hancai took him around the base. In the afternoon, we returned to the port and waited. Not long after, a cargo ship appeared in sight. Slowly approach and dock at the port. More than 20 people got off the boat, both men and women, all from the original base. Chief, Sister Qi! Everyone saluted and said hello. Thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai also smiled and said, "Let''s go back and have a rest first, and then assign tasks to everyone." After the capture of Sanbu Port. Management is still somewhat difficult. First, there are no trustworthy people. Second, communication is also a problem. ??For a translator like Xinhe, it is still a bit difficult. ?Now that our people are here, things will be much easier to handle. ?Several people entered the base together. Qi Hancai first arranged a room for them, and then arranged some work. From now on, whether it is distributing food or taking care of the warehouse. Leave it all to your own people. Wait until everything was arranged before returning to the hotel. Come outside Wu Heng''s room and knock on the door. After receiving the response, he opened the door and walked in. Inside the room. Wu Heng said: "First set up the logistics team. I plan to use this as a base to attack inside." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, "Are you going to lead the team yourself or arrange for a skeleton attack?" I will handle the important places by myself, but the skeletons will still handle the other places. Wu Heng replied. The place here is not as big as in China. The entire national construction is not much different than that of one province. ?You can almost find the military factory or military merit research institute here as long as you walk all the way. It is not as difficult to find these locations as in China. Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "Then I''ll ask someone to find a map and try to mark all the important places here so that we can have a clear goal." Ill leave these things to you. Wu Heng smiled. Qi Hancai also smiled lightly, "This shouldn''t be the case!" ?Wu Heng waved, and Qi Hancai came over and leaned gently into his arms. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room and took a look at the finished potion. There are many first-level and second-level medicines produced. Level 3 corpse core potion, there is no new finished product yet. But theres no rush, its just a matter of time. ??Wu Heng walked downstairs, and Minnie came in from outside. She rushed over happily, "Master." So happy. Wu Heng caught her and spun her around in mid-air. No, I spent the whole day with Sister Shanara at the construction site today. Im so tired, but I feel so happy when I see the owner. Minnie coquettishly said. How is the decoration over there? Wu Heng sat down aside and let Minnie sit on his lap. Minnie thought for a moment and said, "It''s going very smoothly. When the designer was chatting with Sister Shanara, I heard that it can be completed in two or three days." The speed is pretty good. Minnie seemed to suddenly remember something, and added: "By the way, the designer also said that the preparations for Beacon Street have been completed, and the street lights will be erected tomorrow and electrified by then." "If you have time tomorrow, go to the design institute and ask them to work early tomorrow to erect all the street lights. Try to make the island look better before the exhibition." Wu Heng patted Xiao Tuzhi''s butt. . I know, Master. Minnie said softly. At this time, the door opened. Andewil walked in with a much larger owl on her head, glanced at the two of them, and said with a smile: "Minnie is pestering the master again." No way, you bad fox. Minnie raised her head and retorted. ??Wu Heng also opened his arms, "Come to Weier, let the master hug you too." ??Weier, who was still laughing at Minnie just now, blushed slightly and walked over slowly. He leaned into his arms and shouted softly: "Master." So good! Not long after, dinner was served on the table. ?Robert and Annette also walked back from the courtyard and saluted Wu Heng. Sit at the dining table obediently. Having dinner together. Zombie World and Treasure Island are both developing in the planned direction. In three days, the exhibition can start. By then, the skeleton will have almost learned the battleship and will find a way to bring it to the city. Early in the morning, Wu Heng went directly to the port No. 2. The dwarf designer Yousef followed beside him, Island owner, what are your orders? ??Wu Heng pointed to the gap next to the port, "I plan to build a larger dock there. I mainly need a large enough door." Are you referring to the kind of dock where ships are repaired? "Yes, the length should be controlled at two hundred meters, the width should be more than thirty meters, and the draft should be at least five meters." Wu Heng recalled the size of the frigate and began to speak. ?Yousefs hand that was originally recording the numbers paused slightly, and his eyes widened. After thinking for a moment, he reminded in a low voice, "Sir, the length of the warship is only sixty meters. Are you sure you need one this big? Instead of building a few more?" Theres no problem with the numbers, just build them as I said. Wu Heng said with a determined tone. Yes, sir. The dwarf quickly recorded. "It will be completed within three days. If time is tight, make the door first, with a door lock." Three days are a bit tight, Im afraid we have to redeploy workers from the construction site. Transfer here and finish the things here first. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf designer nodded, "I will complete it for you within three days." Leave it to you. Wu Heng said, and left in the carriage again. After returning to the island owners mansion. Thinking about it for a while, he took out the [train conductors hat] and put it on his head. The ghost train appeared and Wu Heng boarded the train. Beacon Street. Hurrah! ? Groups of skeletons, carrying metal iron poles, strode into the main road. With the rest of the people watching, the slender iron pole was erected, and the electrician skeleton began to connect the wires and install the light bulbs and lampshades. The island owner has built street lights for us. Someone recognized the same street lamp as the one in the central area and immediately shouted out loudly. Immediately afterwards, the crowd around him also started to get excited. The island owner really built street lights on Beacon Street, just like the ones in the central area. The island owner built street lights for us, and he didnt lie to us. From now on, it will be as bright as daytime here. The news of the street lights spread quickly with shouts. The whole street was gradually filled with people, looking up. Watching the street lights being put up. Happy the lampshade, and hung a Treasure Island flag on the lamp post as decoration. ??The island owner really turned on the street lights in ordinary residential areas. What was announced in the newspaper was indeed true. City Lopez. ?Wu Heng put on the mask and still became a mask recording the appearance of a fisherman. Sat for a while in the VIP room of the consortium. ?The door opened, and the local person in charge, Retili, walked in directly. Smile and say, Good afternoon, my guest. ?Wu Heng smiled and asked: "Did the last commission have any results?" ??Retili smiled confidently, "Of course!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 619 , somewhat powerful Chapter 619, Somewhat awesome ??Retili clapped her hands behind her. ?Staff came in carrying two wooden coffins. ?With the bumps, dirt was scattered in the gaps between the wooden coffins. ~! ?Two dull sounds of landing, and the wooden coffin was placed in the middle space. The staff turned around and left, closing the door. ??Retili glanced at the wooden coffin and said: "I collected the corpses of two mages for you. It took some effort and took some risks." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. For the risks that Retili mentioned. ?Wu Heng didnt care too much. For a force whose business direction is mainly in gray industries, there is no such thing as being risk-free. ?Of course, the other party''s meaning is also more obvious. The corpse of a mage is more difficult to obtain than other professions. ?Wu Heng waved his hand towards the skeleton, and the skeleton attendant beside him quickly walked over. The coffin was opened, revealing two corpses with different degrees of decay. ???Retili said, "The first corpse is a level 11 illusion mage, and the second corpse is a level 7 mage. The faction has not investigated, and it may be a conjuration or evocation type." "I''m very satisfied. How much more money do I need to give you?" Wu Heng said calmly. You also need to pay 2 gold and 150 silver. The price of corpses is much more expensive than in the past. The reward for a level 10 wanted criminal is only three to four hundred silver. The corpse actually received gold coins. ?Wu Heng nodded, casually took out 2 gold coins and a leather bag of silver coins and handed them to the other party. ??Retili took it happily and then asked: "Continue to fill in the entrustment?" Continue to fill in. ??Retili went out to get the commission. Wu Heng asked the skeleton to cover the two coffins and put the space ring into himself. Not long after, Retili came back. Holding a plate of pastries in his hand, he picked up a piece with his green-white fingers and brought it to Wu Heng''s mouth, "Try the pastries I just ordered from outside." ?Wu Heng did not open his mouth and said, "I''m getting older and can''t eat anything too sweet." It sounds like you are very old. Leitili didnt feel embarrassed and put it into her mouth casually. Human beings have a short life span, so they will naturally age faster, Wu Heng said. While filling out the request, Leitili said: "No matter how old you are, you are not as old as me." I dont know how many people are envious of you elves, because you are so good-looking and have a long lifespan. Wu Heng sighed with emotion. In other words, all races will envy the elves. A race that looks elegant and beautiful and lives a long time. ??Retili continued to talk casually, "There are some ways to extend your life. When you really need it, I will issue a commission for you." "It can''t be that easy. Even the old king of Yeke Kingdom has not escaped the fate of death, let alone ordinary professionals like us." Wu Heng said, his eyes fell on Leitili''s white chest exposed when she bent over. . "Do you have any misunderstandings about ordinary professionals?" Leitili seemed to notice the other person''s gaze, looked up with a smile, and then leaned over to fill out the entrustment again, "The royal family needs to be replaced. It has its own rules and does not allow others to do so. Extreme way to extend your life. But there are still many ways to extend life, such as the living corpses of the Necronomicon faction and the Secret Order. They have been collecting ways to survive. " The extension of one''s life is indeed a direction that the Esoteric Order has been studying. These people have money and status, and all they want to do is how to live longer. ??Wu Heng came into contact with two strange objects, one of which was the [Sacrifice Wooden Staff]. ??Yazd, the former deacon of Blackstone Town, wanted to use this rare item to "seize" himself, but he didn''t expect that he would improve faster, so he failed. The second item is the [Blood Cup], a rare item of the Vampire Tribe. You can gradually transform into the Vampire Tribe form by drinking blood. ?Later, I handed it over to Lilith, which was considered to be a connection with the other party. There are indeed many such things in the Esoteric Order. As you said, its not a bad idea to join the Secret Order. It might help extend your life. Wu Heng said. "It is not something that ordinary people can join. Moreover, the Secret Order attaches great importance to obedience and will often put forward some conditions that break the bottom line to verify your obedience." Leitili said with a smile, and filled out the order form. Set aside. It sounds like Retili still knows something about the Secret Order. At least, I know that there is an obedience test. Its better not to join this kind of organization. ??Retili nodded and continued, "In addition to the Secret Order, I have also heard some rumors, such as replacing internal organs or blood, becoming a believer of a certain god, and letting people regenerate themselves." Hearing the last one, Wu Heng''s eyes widened a bit, "How did it happen?" I dont know, its just some news that came out. Leitili replied with a smile. Then he rolled his eyes, looked at the other person carefully, and took out a book from the space ring, "Have you read a new book that arrived in the city recently?" On the cover, there is an image of Wu Heng wearing a windbreaker. You can tell at a glance that it is a great detective novel. Wu Heng didn''t expect that she had read it, "I heard that it is a best-seller on Treasure Island. It was written based on the personal experience of the new island owner." Yes, what a magical person. He seemed to appear suddenly, and then everyone around him knew him. Leitilis eyes flickered. You like this story? Anyway, its better than those heroic stories. I heard that there is a store selling autographs on Treasure Island. I asked someone to buy it for me. I dont know if I can buy it. Retili said seriously. It shouldnt be difficult to spend some money and have him sign one for you. That makes no sense. Leitili raised her head again, looked straight into the eyes with a smile, and asked: Do you think this Wuheng Island Master will become a hero? ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, his gaze unchanged. When the other party told me about this, there was a kind of temptation in his tone. Collect the corpses by yourself, accompanied by guards who are suspected of being undead attendants. The time of appearance was very close to that of the island owner who was in the prime of his life. ??Retili sits in a local consortium. Even though she acts like she takes money to do things, she is definitely a smart person. It is estimated that he has been guessing his identity for a long time, or has already determined it. ?It doesnt matter if you guess or not. Now that I am level 19, and with the association as my backer, not everyone is a threat to me. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "If he is as powerful as you say, he should be able to become a hero." Now that youve said it, we may not be far from becoming a hero. Return to Treasure Island. The time has arrived in the afternoon. Take a carriage back and pass by Beacon Street. The road becomes a little crowded because of the crowd. ?The street lights were erected one by one, and the crowd moved forward little by little along with the street lights. There is no electricity and no light can be seen. I dont know what the crowd around is looking at. The carriage moved slowly, and the chatter of the surrounding crowd began to enter the carriage. In the past few months, Treasure Island has changed more than in years. The island owner is not an ordinary person. He is so powerful. He is also a mage. He must be better than those before. I have a daughter at home, who is about the same age as the island owner. Isnt your daughter just 6 years old? Shes almost there. Lets get along first, and a few years will be enough. I heard that the island owner likes orc girls, the one who often brings escorts to Beacon Street. I like orcs, but they are rare. Somewhat awesome! (End of this chapter) Chapter 620 , what happened Chapter 620, what happened? ?Wu Heng sat on the carriage and raised his brows while listening to the discussion. Why are you talking about yourself? ??Moreover, what I like is not the kind of orc that is close to three meters tall and has a thick body. Have these people misunderstood something? "Guest, the road ahead is too congested. Let''s go another way!" the coachman''s voice came from the front. Lets change the way. Wu Heng said. The carriage began to slowly turn around, avoiding the main road and continuing towards the island lord''s mansion. Waiting for arrival at the nearest neighborhood of the Island Lords Mansion. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and continued walking for a while before returning to the island owner''s mansion. Go through the door. Three maids went out to greet him. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat and said, "Master, street lights have started to be installed on Beacon Street." I saw it when I came back. The people in the Beacon Street residential area are very happy. I heard someone shouting something like thanking the island owner. Minnie looked very happy. "Really? I came back late and didn''t hear this sentence." Hey! Minnie smiled, Master, do you want to have lunch? No, lets eat together in the evening! "good!" Minnie and the other two maids returned to the living room, while Wu Heng went directly to the corner of the courtyard. With a wave of his hand, two coffins appeared in the open space in front of him. Let the skeleton open the coffin lid. Looking around, he released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] on the two corpses. The power of the dead swayed away. The two skeletons stood up from the coffins, shook their bodies, and pieces of flesh and rotten clothing fell off. Skeleton Mage (Level 11) Skeleton Mage (Level 7) ?Wu Heng opened it and looked at the attributes. Among the characteristics, [Hollow Skeleton] and [Intermediate Soul] are retained. The expertise retains [Cloth Armor Specialization] and [Wand Mastery]. The skill position is completely blank, and not a single skill has been retained. Wu Heng also knew what was going on. ??Mages of any faction will have all their skills disappear after being transformed into a Necromancer attendant. Even if they learn it later, they can only learn the Necromancer faction. It can be regarded as restricting the direction. Come out first. Wu Heng ordered. ?Two skeletons stepped out of the coffin and stood aside in a dignified manner. ?Wu Heng asked other skeletons to clean up. ??Continue to say to the two mage skeletons: "Let''s go upstairs with me. I have a task for you." The skeleton follows behind. Go all the way upstairs and enter the study. ?Wu Heng walked to the bookshelf and took out two skill books from it. ?? Walked up to the level 11 skeleton mage and handed it the [Dead Skeleton Field], "Read this book first and learn the skills as soon as possible." Then, he walked to the level 7 skeleton mage and handed over the [Bone Skeleton Technique], "Look at this book. You two can find a place to study separately!" The two skeletons found their respective places and began to look through the books. ??Wu Heng sat down aside and continued to release the three ghosts, allowing them to move around freely ~www.mtlnovel.com~ or watch cartoons. "Uncle, that''s my place over there." Xiaoxiao pointed pitifully to where a skeleton was. ?Wu Heng took a look and saw that the level 7 skeleton was where Xiaoxiao usually watched animations. On the window sill, there are also colorful dolls and various small objects with strange shapes and little value. "clear!" ?Wu Heng nodded, took a sip of water, and said to the two skeletons: "You two, follow me to the next door to read." Thank you, uncle, you are the best. Xiaoxiao cheered from the side. ?Wu Heng walked out with the skeleton. In the next room, let the two of them start reading. Skeletons dont need lights, so it doesnt matter whether they turn on the lights or not. As long as you have a quiet place. ?Wu Heng sat in the study for a while, when Minnies shout came downstairs for dinner. Open the door and go downstairs to eat with the maids. ttle As the sky darkens, the street lights on Beacon Street light up one after another. Let the entire main road of Beacon Street be brightly illuminated. The crowd surrounding him instantly burst into cheers. Shuttered stores reopened. Vendors also carried goods and began to walk through the streets, selling various items. A young bard looked up at the street lamp as bright as the sun, his eyes filled with dizziness. Looked at the position under the light. Then he shook his fist. Squeezing into the front row, he brought a wooden box and placed it under the street lamp. Getting on the wooden box, he released two states in succession. Said loudly: "The bard ''Gavier'' will take this opportunity to read the great detective story to everyone." After saying this, bow first and then start the story. My name is Watson. I was sent back to China because of an injury to recuperate from my injuries. The crowd watching was suddenly startled. Looking at street lights is really not interesting. ??Someone is telling stories here, which is also a way to kill time. Start reading the story as you go. The crowd also began to gather and became more and more crowded. At this time, another person stood under the next streetlight, and the lights converged, like a spotlight on a stage. ?Haunted loudly: "I will also tell you a story." Not long after, figures one after another stood under the light along the road. Its like a small stage. Perform a show for everyone. In the crowd. "This place is much more lively than the central area." Shi Yali took her sister''s hand, turned around and said. When there are street lights in the central area, a lot of people gather. But there is no excitement here. Xilagui said: "I guess Wu Heng didn''t expect that this kind of street lamp would become a stage for low-level bards." The newspaper story is hot. But low-level bards do not have the opportunity to enter the tavern to tell others. And here, so many people gathered. ?Although there is no reward, you can also improve your level and professional skills. "Could he have thought of it a long time ago? Didn''t he say before that he wanted to support the bard and change the stage play?" Shi Yali said. Huh..., you may not be able to imagine it. The other side. Philippa was wearing a beige dress, with a green-feathered parrot standing on her shoulders. Looking at the brightness of the whole street, I felt excited. Wu Heng is so awesome, he really lights up Dengta Street. I said I didnt think bad of him, and I was not disappointed. Silly bird! Philippa turned around and flicked the parrot on the forehead, "You are not allowed to say that about him." The parrot glanced at her, turned around and flew away. "Philippa..." Millicent, who was wearing a cloak, came over and took her hand, "Why are you wandering around? What should I do if I get separated?" "Beacon Street! Can I still find my home?" Philippa asked, looking at her. There are so many people, its always good to be careful. Pah~! ??Philippa slapped her on the **** hard and said, "The captain of my Treasure Island fleet, whoever is blind dares to mess with me." Millicents face turned red instantly. ?Looking around carefully, he grabbed his daughter''s hand hard. Philippa continued: "Tomorrow I will go find Wu Heng and ask him to press one on our door." Dont bother the adults. The next day, morning. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the city hall. ?Wu Heng went downstairs from the room where the skeleton studied books. One night passed and the skill was not unlocked. It seems that we still have to wait a few more days. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and at the corner of the stairs, the trotting Catwoman Robert ran into her arms. He rubbed his nose and said immediately: "Master, some people are coming from outside. They are representatives of the caravan. They came to visit you specially and brought some gifts." Come to visit yourself? Wu Heng has basically seen all the caravan representatives stationed on the island. Many of them have cooperated. ?The people who came here this time should have just arrived on the island and were preparing to participate in the exhibition. How many people are here? Wu Heng asked. There are three representatives of the caravan, as well as some followers, bringing gifts. Robert replied. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Take them to the living room. You go to Shanara''s side and ask her to get up quickly and invite her over." Okay! Robert agreed and trotted downstairs. Not long after, Minnie walked in with three people in gorgeous clothes, while all the entourage stayed in the courtyard. ?Looking at the skeletons all over the yard, I felt a little nervous and uneasy. My lord, the owner of the island. Ive met the island owner... The three of them bowed slightly. Youre welcome, sit down and talk. Treasure Island, inside the tavern. The story of "Pennie the Blushing Maid" is finished. The tavern fell into silence again. Even though I have heard it many times, I still feel an unspeakable gloominess. In the private room on the second floor, a richly dressed old man and a middle-aged man sat opposite each other, and several accompanying guards and attendants sat near the door of the private room. Its really touching that the story is told from the perspective of the maid. said the middle-aged man. The old man nodded slightly, remained silent for a moment, and then spoke slowly, "My wife also writes some short stories about little people." His eyes instantly turned sad. We used to sit together and listen to the stories she wrote. In the private room, the atmosphere became even more gloomy. The middle-aged man pondered for a moment, and then asked: "Excuse me, what happened at that time?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 621 , what is your ex-husband鈥檚 name? (Updated today.) Chapter 621: What is your ex-husbands name? (Updated today.) Hearing the middle-aged man''s question, the old man leaned back on his chair and looked at the roof of the shed, his eyes cloudy. As if recalling the past. He said softly: "She rarely went out. She planted some favorite flowers in the courtyard and basement, or she was in the study room, reading the books she bought. We were very happy at that time." "Once she went out and was attacked by wild beasts in the mountains and forests. Fortunately, she was saved by the mercenaries who passed by. However, since then, her whole person has become more and more strange." The middle-aged man frowned as he told the story, and the guards behind him also remained quiet. Waiting for his next story. The old man continued: "I didn''t notice it at first. I just felt that she was frightened and in a trance. But as time went by, the situation became more and more weird. She lost her hobbies of growing flowers and reading books. Sometimes she talked to herself in the air, and sometimes she danced. "One night, Gran... she went completely crazy. She ran and screamed like crazy. She rushed into the basement and knocked over the oil lamp. She stood in the fire and looked at me and smiled, as if she had finally succeeded. The devil. "The fire is getting bigger and bigger. I want to go down and save people, but there is no other way." I can only watch it being engulfed by the fire and disappearing. "My level was too low at the time. If I could have been higher, maybe the outcome wouldn''t be like this." The old man''s tone was full of regret and unwillingness. It sounds like the story is not being told for the first time. The causes and processes are explained very clearly. Seeing that the story did not continue, the middle-aged man''s eyes showed some sympathy, "It''s not your fault." ?There are many monsters that confuse the mind, and similar stories can be heard in past stories and rumors. Low-level humans are most likely to have this kind of thing happen in the wilderness. The old man nodded, "Everything is over. I just hope she doesn''t blame me." "How could she blame you for such a dedicated gentleman?" the middle-aged man comforted, seeing that the atmosphere in the room was too depressing. I found a new topic, "In the afternoon, I will visit the island owner. Do you want to come with me?" The old man pondered and shook his head, "I want to visit my friends on the island first, and then I will visit the island owner." Thats fine too. While the two were talking, the place below fell into chaos again. Look down through the open window. ??The bard, who had rested, walked up again, applied two states to himself, and said loudly: "The following is a great detective story,..." Finally the great detective story. Miss Pennys story is so depressing, Im still willing to listen to it. No matter how many times I listen to it, the plot of finding the murderer through details is still as exciting as ever. No one can deceive the island owner, no matter how good he is at lying. Amidst the discussion among the drinkers, the bard also began his own story. In the private room upstairs, a middle-aged man listened carefully to the story. The old mans eyes flickered. The island lords mansion. The three caravan representatives sat down respectfully. The maid brought tea and cakes. The first person said: "My lord, I am the vice president of the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. This is a gift for you. I hope you don''t dislike it." As he spoke, three exquisite wooden boxes were taken out from the space ring. Open them one by one. The top one is a pair of silver cups with exquisite patterns. In the wooden box in the middle is a porcelain plate with a similar enamel technique in the center. At the bottom is a jade-white hollow ivory sculpture that resembles ivory. Everything is exquisite. Belongs to the rich and powerful and is a favorite collection. Island owner, I am the regional representative of Erlevi Chamber of Commerce. This is our gift. They are all items produced by the Chamber of Commerce. I hope you dont dislike it. The second chamber of commerce representative spoke. He also took out a gift from the space ring. There are two in total, one is exquisite jade, and the other is also porcelain. Sir,..., this is the gift I brought. ?Following this, the third person also brought out a gift, which was a fine rolled-up carpet and several bolts of brightly colored cloth. These should be products of their chamber of commerce. The shape and style are very exquisite. They are also luxury accessories that are preferred by the rich and powerful in this world. But for Wu Heng, he actually doesnt like it that much. He feels that it has no use other than to look good. Its better to get yourself some copper and melt it down to make bullets. Thank you, I like the things very much. Wu Heng thanked him with a smile, turned around and said, Minnie, take these down first, then go to the study and bring over three copies of the exhibits I prepared. Yes, Master. Minnie put away the gifts and put them on the cabinet shelf at the back. Then he walked towards the study room upstairs. Wait for Minnie to leave. One of them, the vice president of the Bucks Chamber of Commerce, spoke respectfully and said directly: "Island owner, in addition to being invited to participate in the exhibition this time, I also want to open a store on the island." Treasure Island is expanding, and you are welcome to open a store on the island. Wu Heng said directly. The other party continued: "I just want to ask you in advance, will the street lights on Dengta Street and the central area be used in the newly developed streets? You also know that the shops on the main road have been sold. If we want to open a store, we can also Cant choose a spot over there. ?One person said, and the other two nodded. It sounds like I want to choose a location with street lights to open a store. Wu Heng said with certainty: "You can rest assured that the street lights will cover all the commercial streets developed later. Just don''t choose too remote places." Then well be relieved. The three of them smiled and nodded. While talking, Minnie came down from upstairs. ?Hold three thin gift boxes in his hand. Master. Minnie called out obediently and put the gift box on the table. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said: "This is for you three. It is also our latest gift." ??The three of them said a few polite words and still took it in their hands. Open the gift box to reveal a round object. ?The surface is smooth and shiny, and it looks very finely crafted. Wu Heng said: "This is a fountain pen. The product we improved from the quill pen can be more convenient to carry and write. It will replace the quill pen in the future." The three of them looked at the pens in their hands with some doubts in their eyes. After careful observation, I opened the cap of the pen with a slight force, revealing the pen tip inside. ?Seeing the lines on the pen tip, his eyes froze. ?So delicate! ??It also has patterns on it. Let me demonstrate it to you. Seeing that several people couldn''t use it, Wu Heng took out a pen from the space ring. In the eyes of the three people, the demonstration began. This is the pen cap. You can write after opening it. Then he unscrewed the back end of the pen holder to reveal the position of the ink sac. Here is the ink sac. Just **** up the ink and you can write normally. You dont need to prepare it with you every time like a quill. ?Just a little demonstration. Three people have already understood the purpose and characteristics of the pen. They looked at each other with surprise and disbelief in their eyes. It doesnt look difficult, but it is definitely a very clever design to improve from a quill pen to the current pen. Not everyone has a space ring to hold quills and ink. ?This fountain pen solves all the shortcomings of the quill pen very well. Looks like its just an improvement. The practicality has improved linearly. It goes without saying that this product will definitely become popular and become the best-selling writing instrument. And the workmanship is very fine, especially the soft ink sac. If you want to imitate it, you dont know what materials to use. Did you design this? My Lord, have pens been sold in the market? I think we can talk about agency sales. The three of them were slightly excited and spoke. ??Wu Heng smiled, "It has not been sold to the market yet, but it will be displayed at this exhibition. When we determine the price later, it will not be too late to discuss cooperation. There are many styles, and they are quite good-looking." ?The three of them were stunned and immediately nodded in agreement. It seems that this exhibition will really have some new items that will subvert the past. While several people were chatting, footsteps sounded from the courtyard. ?Robert walked in with Shanela in a luxurious dress and the accompanying housekeeper. He glanced at the people in the room and saluted slightly, "My lord, the island owner." ??Wu Heng nodded and introduced: "This is ''Shanara'', the president of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. She is also the consultant of this Treasure Island exhibition. She is responsible for the layout of the venue and the selection of items." Three people came from outside. But apparently I have also heard of Shannaras name. Immediately stood up, "Mrs. Shannara." Sit down! Shannara said lightly. The three of them sat down, and Shanara asked with great aura: "Does your chamber of commerce all want to participate in exhibitions?" One person replied, Yes, it has been registered at the city hall. Shannara then asked, "What kind of goods were included?" We are some beautifully crafted silverware, very popular among the powerful and the royal family. We have prepared some cloths and tapestries here, and they are of good quality. We are jade jewelry. Shanara nodded, "The daily necessities exhibition area is on the first floor. You can bring your goods in tomorrow afternoon. Don''t go too early. Give the upstairs exhibition area time to enter." Yes, yes! The three of them nodded immediately. ??Shanellas joining officially turned chatting into work. They are all talking about the exhibition. Sitting in the room and chatting for a while. The three of them stood up and said goodbye. ?Wu Heng and Shanara sent them outside the door together and waved goodbye. Returning to the room, Shanara said: "It''s nothing big. Why did you come to me?" "With you here, I feel confident." Wu Heng stepped forward and put his arms around the other party''s shoulders. "Just be lazy and leave everything to us." Shannella complained a little. I just said two sentences. Minnie went to open the door again, then came back and said, "Master, two more caravans are coming." ?Wu Heng glanced at Shannara. He kissed her **** the face, then pulled away and said, "Bring them in!" Dusk. After having dinner, Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the study. ?? Today I originally wanted to go to the zombie world to upgrade Penny, but many of the people who came to the island one after another came to visit me at the island owner''s mansion. ?It is not easy for him to just stay behind closed doors and receive guests. One day has passed. Having so many people come to the island is not a bad thing. The arrival of these powerful businessmen on the island is a publicity for the island and is also expanding their reputation. In the future, it would also be good to create a place for vacation and travel. As for the exhibition, tomorrow is the time for all products to enter the exhibition, and it will be open to the public the day after tomorrow. ?Wu Heng walked back to the study. Sitting aside, Glenda put down the pen in her hand at the desk and said, "Tomorrow is the time to distribute newspapers, and it coincides with the exhibition. Do you want to postpone it a little longer?" Its time to publish newspapers again. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, just sell it normally. It just happens to be when the caravans arrive on the island, and it can also show the popularity of the newspaper." Yeah, thats okay, Im much more thoughtful than before. Glenda praised with a smile. Xiao Xiao also pinched his waist, "Yeah, uncle, he''s made great progress." Penny snickered. ??Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao, "Xiaoxiao, when this time is over, let''s go back to your mother''s place and see how you are doing with your skills?" Okay, I miss my mother too, but when it comes to skills, uncle, dont have high hopes. Xiaoxiao looked like I knew the outcome. Have faith in your mother. Well, I hope she can succeed. Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "When your mother has learned the skills, how else do you want to help her?" "Me?" Xiaoxiao fell into deep thought and circled two or three times in mid-air before saying, "Let her level up, or find her a boyfriend, I don''t know... we''ll talk about it then." Good guy, quite avant-garde. ??I also want to find a boyfriend for my mother. Then well talk about it then. "Then I''m going to watch a movie." Xiao Xiao said and left directly. ??Benny also left and went to watch a movie together. ?Wu Heng stood aside and poured himself a cup of tea. ?His eyes fell on Glenda, who continued to read books. asked curiously: "Glenda, I haven''t asked you yet, what is your ex-husband''s name?" "Ex-husband? What a strange title. It sounds like I have had several ex-husbands." Glenda looked over angrily. Call him whatever you want, I dont know how to call him. Wu Heng took a sip of tea. Magnoro, a bard. "How are you sure it was him who set the house on fire, or whether you turned into a ghost and saw him." Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Glenda instantly became a little cold and panicked. Even in a translucent state, a kind of panic can be seen. No one would want to recall a bad experience, especially death. Granda said: "I was still conscious at the time, and he tied me to a chair in the basement, broke the oil lamp, and watched me being engulfed in fire." "I became a ghost. I don''t know how long it took. My house has been in ruins. It must have been a long time." ?Wu Heng nodded, it seemed that the other party really wanted to kill her. Took him to the basement and broke the oil lamp. ?In that kind of environment, there is no way to escape. "I understand. Think about where he might go. After the exhibition, we will go find him. We will see people dead or corpses." Wu Heng said directly. ?This kind of hatred is also good. There is little room for relief. "Okay." Glenda forced a smile, "If you had taken over Wrentam City earlier, these things might not have happened." "Don''t think too much, I will help you get revenge." Wu Heng said seriously. Yeah. Glenda nodded. Im going to rest. "Okay, take care of yourself and tell your little maids to keep their voices down." Glenda teased. Its you who is eavesdropping! The night passed. The streets in the early morning are filled with heavy humidity. Gradually, the number of people on the street gradually increased. At this time, the newspaper sellers appeared in everyone''s sight. Hurry and stand at various intersections. Hold the newspaper in your hand high. Shouted: "Take a look, take a look, a new issue of the newspaper, the West Street Exhibition will officially start tomorrow, all caravans will display their products, a new story of the great detective is out, a new case, a new story, the same excitement, 65 coppers, First come first served Almost at the same time, almost the same number of shouts rang out from every section of Treasure Island. Hurrah. The dense crowd instantly overwhelmed the newspaper seller. There are several layers inside and outside. There are new stories, and the great detective is not finished yet. Great, I have a new story to listen to. I dont know what the case is this time. Dont squeeze, theres nothing to squeeze for. (End of this chapter) Chapter 622 , let鈥檚 stop fighting! Chapter 622: Lets stop fighting! ?Golden Sail Tavern. ??The bard Saban stood on the wooden platform and vividly told the latest serialized story. ?The place below was full of drinkers, and even the busy bartender stood aside, listening to the stories instead of receiving the guests. Saban continued, "So, I took out my pocket watch and handed it to Wu Heng, with a bit of teasing in my tone: Well, don''t you often say that any item leaves traces and you can identify the characteristics of the user? "This is my new watch. Let''s see if you can find out the personality and habits of the original owner." Let me tell you here, a pocket watch is a timekeeping prop that can determine the time more accurately. There is a picture here, which is probably what it looks like. Saban said, and asked someone to draw a rough shape on a piece of wood according to the pattern on the newspaper. ?Everyone nodded. The story continues. Wu Heng took it and looked at the dial first, then opened the cover, looked at the parts inside, and then took out a magnifying glass to observe for a while. Looking at his frustrated and busy look, I felt a sense of revengeful pleasure in my heart and concluded that he couldnt see anything. "''Although there are very few traces left, I still observed something.'' Wu Heng squinted his eyes and leaned on the recliner and said, ''This watch belongs to your brother, and it was left by your father..., I conclude It is a relic from the previous generation. Most precious things are passed down to the eldest son, so it should belong to your brother. " I was a little surprised, but I nodded, yes. "Your brother had a bohemian character...because he loved drinking, his life was miserable, and he eventually died of drinking." I jumped up suddenly and shouted: Wu Heng, you are not interested anymore. You have investigated my brother a long time ago and then used this method to tease me. "Wu Heng said flatly, ''I just made an inference based on observation and didn''t investigate you. This is not polite.''" I couldnt help but ask, Tell me, how did you deduce it? Look, there are many scratches on this watch, which means that he often puts coins or keys with it. If he doesnt care about a pocket watch of high value, it means that he is not too bohemian. There are still traces of the number recorded at the time of redemption, indicating that he was often in embarrassment. Wu Heng analyzed. I nodded involuntarily. Wu Heng went on to say, look at the inner cover for winding the watch. There are thousands of marks around the holes. By the way, there are no watches made by drunkards that do not leave similar marks. Im sorry, you are absolutely right. I was surprised that his reasoning was so accurate and he apologized sincerely. "Why did you provoke him?" Someone slapped the table, "You knew the island owner could see it, but you took the initiative to send it up." "You can''t say that. I don''t really believe it, so I want to test it." Its quite scary when you think about it. Anyone who has such a person next to him will be able to find out who he sleeps with at night. I feel that he is more suitable for the prophet profession. No, no, the prophets combat ability is not very high. No matter how smart his brain is, he cant do it without combat ability. The necromancer is also suitable for him. "Don''t talk, don''t talk at all! Keep listening." One person stood up and helped maintain order. ?Saban continued to speak. The landlady sent a business card, it was a woman named "Merry Morstan". ?Wu Heng and Watson received the lady. ?Meili also began to talk about the problems she faced. She received a rare pearl anonymously on the same day every year for six years. Her father disappeared mysteriously ten years ago. Today, the person who sent the pearl asked to meet Meili. For a while, Meili ran out of ideas and came to ask Wu Heng for help. "Mr. Wu Heng, what do you think I should do? Meili asked with a frown." Go, we must go! Wu Heng answered seriously. Okay, Ill come back at six oclock in the evening. Miss Meili smiled quietly, said goodbye and left. "Wu Heng, who had just said goodbye to his guests and was still a little listless in the morning, was like a lion waking up, whistling happily and going out." Speaking of which. Saban''s tone paused. Everyone in the audience also had a bad feeling. The following story will be serialized in the next issue The drinkers reacted immediately. Holy shit, it ends like this again. Its so uncomfortable to tell half of the story. The last issue was about checking the dead, this time were going to check who gave the pearls? Is this worthy of a story? Who knows who the ghostwriter is? Im going to break his hand. Is it just the beginning, will there be deaths later? Association, Deacon''s Study. Sheila opened the door and walked in. She wiped her sweat and lowered the temperature of the air conditioner by two degrees. ??This time a product exhibition was held on the island, with representatives from some business groups and royal dignitaries from various places. They all also gathered on the island. ??The island is very lively now, and the big and small taverns and hotels are full of people. But the security work has also become busy, and now she, the deacon, has to go out on patrol sometimes. The workload has more than doubled than before. Im looking at the release of a new newspaper! Sheela took off her armor and put away her space ring. Shi Yali raised the newspaper in her hand and said, "I went to the city hall to buy it. The newspaper men at the intersection couldn''t even buy it." Xila Gui poured herself a glass of water and said: "Tell Wu Heng next time and ask him to put some newspapers in the association. Just say that as a website, it is convenient for us to read." Good idea. Shi Yalis eyes lit up. Sheila Gui sat down and took the handed newspaper, "Is it a new story?" The new story is a little different from the one I told last time, Shi Yali said. "What''s different, a story?" Sheila Gui first looked at the information about various places posted above. Treasure Island''s intelligence network was gradually established. ?Caravans traveling from various places will send some information from various places here. We will select some information that can be confirmed and have no negative impact and be published. As a deacon, Sheila Gui also needs to get some things through newspapers. ?? Shi Yali walked aside, made a cup of tea, and sent it to Xila Gui, "Wu Heng said last time that it was a royal scandal story, but it doesn''t look like it now." "It''s just the beginning, how can it be so fast!" Sheela Gui said, and then added, "Maybe I am afraid that you will participate in some gambling games again, so I am deliberately telling nonsense." Shi Yali frowned, "I''m not going, don''t keep talking about it, as if I''m a gambler." Sheila Gui stopped talking and began to read the following story. Wait until you read it carefully. He put the newspaper aside and said, "The writing style is the same as the previous story, and the location of the fragments is also the same, which makes people uncomfortable." "Have you seen Meili in the story? Will there be another one coming?" Shi Yali raised her eyebrows and asked suddenly. Sheila Gui was stunned, "What do you mean?" "Kawina, Beni, and those little maids, none of them are here with you." Shi Yali said in a serious tone, "Sister, I''m a little worried for you." Sheila Guis heart moved. ?Looking at the other person''s smiling eyes, his face was stern and he said, "Work, name the position." "Deacon Xilagui, if you don''t fight for it, there will be more and more women around him." Shi Yali said along the way. I think you like him quite a bit too. Sheila Gui asked back. Sisters, lets stop fighting! (End of this chapter) Chapter 623 , somewhat familiar Chapter 623, somewhat familiar Beacon Street. All the taverns were surrounded by people. ?There are also many bards on the streets everywhere, standing on wooden boxes, stone bricks, or simple stages, reading loudly the stories in the newspapers. The whole street was overcrowded. The island seems to be enveloped in a literary atmosphere. Those dignitaries who came to gold and silver for the first time. Looking at the scene in front of me, I felt unspeakable surprise. The whole island felt like it was a festival, and everyone''s emotions were aroused. Its just because of the newspapers that cannot be distributed. "I found out. The newspaper is published by the island owner''s mansion. It is published every seven days. In addition to publishing some information from various places, it mainly contains serialized detective stories. I heard that the stories are written based on the island owner''s personal experience. On the island Very popular." One of the attendants said softly after returning from inquiring about the information. The several dignitaries gathered together also frowned. You mean, this happens every 7 days? The attendant shook his head, "I heard that the first few issues were released in three or five days." ?Everyone looked at the crowd with their eyes widened. I know about the newspaper. Our caravan has sold it to other countries, but the effect was average. I didnt expect it to be so popular on the island. Didnt you say this is a pirate island? Why do you like to read this kind of book? This island owner is really powerful. The island has changed a lot. I heard that you can still buy the first issue of the story at the city hall. Lets go and take a look. I want to see what experiences he has had before. Lets go, lets go together. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a stone bench in the courtyard, holding a blueprint in his hand. On the opposite side is an open crack and a stone door. In the stone gate, parts are created out of thin air, and then continue to form new parts to form larger parts. Even if you look at it being generated out of thin air, it is quite complicated. ??If I hadnt been comparing it to the drawings, page by page, I wouldnt even know where Id gotten it. I hope it will succeed. Wu Heng said. In order to use the electromagnetic gun, I canceled all the forts and hiding holes that I had built, and the previous combat effects were no longer available. Now its more like a large warehouse. If it is unsuccessful or cannot achieve the expected results, then you will really have wasted so much energy and time. The parts were being spliced ??here, and three ghosts flew back one after another. Uncle is building blocks. Build me a castle! Xiaoxiao said from one side. How about fighting weapons, modern high technology! Wu Heng patted the drawing in his hand, and then asked, How is the effect of this issue? Its almost the same as before, the tavern is full of people. Xiaoxiao replied. ??Beni also said, "We are all guessing what the plot will be like!" ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda, "Glenda, as an author, haven''t you done some research?" ?Glenda came back to her senses as if in a trance, "Yes, it''s the same reaction as before. The number of words in the beginning of the story is limited, and the murder will appear later." ??Wu Heng gave her a strange look, nodded and said: "As long as the effect is good, you can go and do your work. There have been a lot of people on the island recently, and there may be some with higher levels. When you go out to play, be careful." Okay. Xiaoxiao agreed, Sister Beni, lets go watch a movie. ??Benny nodded and flew towards the study. ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda, "Glenda, what''s wrong with you?" ?Granda hesitated for a moment, and then said: "When I went out, I saw a very familiar figure from behind, but disappeared in the blink of an eye. Maybe I thought too much about the past two days while talking about the past." Yesterday, Wu Heng inquired about his husband in detail. Whether to the outside world or to myself, all this has passed, and life is very good now. You can read books and write stories. My husband rejects writing stories, and it is also extremely popular on the island. ?Of course, the welcome may not be so positive. ?However, after mentioning it again last night, I could no longer calm down. I could always imagine myself being dragged into the basement and watching the other party knock over the oil lamp. The pungent smell of oil enveloped the entire basement, and then a fire filled the room. ??His husband was blocked at the top of the stairs, watching her struggle for help and watching her being swallowed up by the fire little by little. Are you sure its him? Wu Heng asked with a frown. ?Glenda thought about it seriously, "Maybe not. He doesn''t have your abilities, and he won''t live for long. Maybe it''s just his back and figure." ??Wu Heng said: "Don''t put too much pressure on yourself. When this exhibition is over, we will go find him." "Actually..., it doesn''t matter whether you can find it or not." Granda said. There must be a result. Give yourself an explanation and leave the rest to me. Wu Heng promised. ?Glenda smiled, "Okay." Come, let me hug you! Wu Heng opened his arms. If you are sick, ghosts will also tease you. ?Glenda flew down and was surrounded by void. Association, door. ??The old man, dressed in straight aristocratic clothing, slowly stepped out of the carriage. ?This journey has been difficult. From time to time, the road would be blocked, waiting for the carriage to squeeze through the crowd before it could move forward slowly. Im afraid its not much faster than walking. He looked around and walked directly into the hall with his attendants. After asking the staff, he walked directly to the subdeacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door and hear the response. He smiled and walked in directly. Behind the desk, Deputy Deacon Skeeter was reading the newspaper in his hand. He frowned and glanced at the figure who came in. He raised his eyebrows and said, "Mr. Magnoro, I almost didn''t recognize you." The old Magnolo showed a gentle smile and gave a noble salute, Deacon Skeeter. Skeeter put down the newspaper, immediately stood up and walked out, "Sit down quickly, let''s not be so polite." Magnoro straightened up and sat down beside him, and Archdeacon Skeeter also sat opposite. Mr. Magnoro, are you here for the exhibition? Skeeter asked. Magnoro nodded, "The owner of Wuheng Island is a young talent and is valued by the association. The Chamber of Commerce asked me to represent him in the exhibition and to build closer relationships." Is this coming back from the island owner? Skeeter asked. He who has not gone over yet, came here first. Skeeter was stunned, "Magnoro, that''s too polite!" Logically speaking, you should go to the island owner first, and then visit your friends after finishing your business. Magnoro smiled and said: "I do want to visit the island owner, but I am not familiar with the island owner of Wuheng. I want to ask the deputy deacon about his preferences or give him something to express his feelings." Skeeter also realized that he was here to get information. "Actually..., I haven''t had much contact with the owner of Wuheng Island. Why don''t I introduce you to the deacon, who is more familiar with her." "This is too troublesome." Magnoro shook his head, "I''ll just ask." ?Leaned forward, "I heard that the owner of Wuheng Island was a captain in Luntam City. Is this true?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 624 , genius improvement (an update today.) Chapter 624, Genius Improvement (Updated today.) Skeeter poured tea for the other party and said casually, "I heard that he served as captain from Luntam City. During this period, he received a second-level meritorious service and was promoted to deputy deacon. Hey~! He is much better than us. " At the end of the sentence, there was still a kind of envy in his tone. Magnoro stroked his beard, seeming to be thinking about something. Seeing that the other party was silent, Skeeter asked, "Why do you ask about this?" Magnoro came back to his senses, "I also lived in Luntam City for a while, and I was wondering if there would be anything to talk about when I meet the island owner." Skeeter smiled and said: "Mr. Magnoro is joking. With the financial resources of your caravan, you can just pay a normal visit and send some gifts. Why do you think so much?" "It''s better to be prepared." Magnoro said, reaching out and taking out a gift box from the space ring. After opening it, a dagger with a gem-encrusted scabbard inside was revealed. He pushed it forward and said, "I accidentally got a dagger made by a dwarf. It is different from my profession. It is of no use if I keep it in the space ring. Come here this time." , just as a congratulatory gift for you to become an archdeacon." this. Skeeter was immediately attracted by the dagger in the box. From the appearance of the materials, it is definitely of high value. But most of these weapons are decorations, used to decorate study rooms or collections. When used as combat weapons, they are a bit flashy. "Mr. Magnoro, what do you want to ask? We are old friends, just ask." Skeeter looked away and continued. Magnoro smiled and said directly, "Is the island owner really as magical as he said? You can guess many things with just a little observation?" "It should be true. If the deacon has any difficult cases to solve, he will go to the island owner''s mansion. When he comes back, he can arrest people directly, and he will be sure to catch them." Skeeter looked serious. Magnoros eyes widened with disbelief. I had doubts about the content of the story before. ?Even the deputy deacon of the association actually says this now. It seems to be as powerful as the story says. The island owner is a necromancer, so he should have a spiritual servant, right? Skeeter thought for a moment, "There seems to be one, the Miss Penny in the story." Afternoon, Island Lords Mansion. ?Wu Heng continued to assemble the parts of the electromagnetic gun. Made pieces piece by piece and then assembled into larger parts. Wu Heng still has great expectations for this weapon. ??If it can really be simulated through the ''Mansion Technique'', then in the current different world, one can really kill the enemy thousands of miles away. What kind of level 18 professionals are there, what kind of heroes are not heroes. All beings are equal! Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and Minnie, Annette, and Robert came over carrying large and small packages. Minnie poked her head out from the side of the gift box and said, "Master, a few more people from the caravan came to give these gifts." In the past two days, people from the chamber of commerce have been coming to the island to visit me. For the powerful people in this world, it is relatively normal to visit each other and hold dance parties. But in Wu Hengs opinion, time should be spent on receiving these people. I still feel a little stressed. Simply ask Minnie to tell the outside world that she is not here and come back another day or leave her name and the name of the chamber of commerce. I knew someone from the other party was coming. Take it into the house, take out what you need and use it, put away what you dont need and give it away to others another day, Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. After dinner. ?Wu Heng, Shanara, and Anderweil sat around the table. Continue to discuss tomorrows exhibition. Shannella said: "The exhibition has been arranged. We will only receive representatives from the chamber of commerce and some powerful representatives on the first day to avoid danger caused by too many people." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked towards Anderweier, "Weier, is there no problem with the patrol?" "Everything has been explained, and a certain number of patrols will be mobilized to maintain order." Anderweier replied, and then added, "Deacon Sheilagui has also arranged for manpower to go to the exhibition. In terms of security, we should Not a big problem. Then proceed according to the normal plan. ?Wu Heng said something and then looked at Shanara, "Are you going back tonight?" Shannara thought for a moment, "There are quite a lot of people on the island now, so I won''t stay." "Okay, after this matter is over, let''s build a secret passage." Shannara rolled her eyes at him, "That''s really not nice to say." The night is getting cooler. At Beacon Street, the street lights turn on one after another. ?The shops were still open, and hawkers came out from both sides carrying goods and began to shout and sell goods. Crowds poured into the streets to enjoy the cool air and chat. ?The whole city seemed to have come to life again and was even more lively than during the day. ??A bard stood under the street lamp carrying a wooden box and began to read the latest issue of the newspaper. The residents also began to sit in groups, listening to stories seriously, or sitting in the distance chatting. The businessmen and nobles who newly arrived on the island today opened the windows of tavern rooms or walked onto the streets. ?Looking at the scene happening in front of me in surprise. What a magical island. The next day, the exhibition site. A large number of people have gathered outside the exhibition. According to the plan, the first day of the exhibition will only be open to registered chambers of commerce and dignitaries to avoid any danger or conflict. After all, the universal professionals in another world are still very different from the modern world. When the first day passes, it will be open to the public normally and anyone can come in and watch without so many restrictions. Mr. Magnoro, you are too late. As soon as he got off the carriage, a figure came towards him with a guard. It was an acquaintance who came with him on the same boat. "Mr. Ludiu, this hasn''t started yet, and it''s not too late for me to come." Magnoro said with a smile, his behavior mature and elegant. ??Rudiu smiled and nodded, "You''re right, we came early." A lot of people were invited this time, from all races, which is really rare. Magnoro looked around. In addition to human caravans, caravans from other races can also be seen. Elves, dwarves, and gnomes all exist. ?It is not a big deal to invite the Chamber of Commerce to come over, but it is really not an easy thing to invite so many Chamber of Commerce members of different races to gather together. It is also enough to prove that the island owner is not as simple as he appears. ??Rudio then said, "Did Mr. Magnoro visit the island owner?" I was delayed because of some things. When I have time later, I will visit the island owner. Magnoro said softly. ??In fact, Ludiu didn''t care whether the other party went or not, and continued, "I heard that the first few people who went were given a gift called a pen in return, but those who went later did not receive this kind of treatment." Magnoro didn''t care at all, "It''s just some insignificant little gifts, why bother with these." "That''s what you said." Lu Diu looked forward and said immediately: "The exhibition has started, let''s go in too!" While the two were talking, the exhibition officially began. The railing blocking the front was opened, and everyone walked inside in groups. ?Even though we only received representatives of the Chamber of Commerce and some important dignitaries today, they all brought guards or attendants with them, and it seemed that there were quite a lot of people. Go through the corridor and enter the first floor of the exhibition hall. ?Tall ceilings, bright chandeliers, and well-designed booths are arranged in an orderly manner. The exhibition area on the first floor is for daily necessities. Exquisitely crafted tableware, intricately carved handicrafts, brightly colored and tightly woven cloth. ?There are also exquisite carvings that are rarely seen on the market. As soon as you enter the hall, you will feel as if you have entered a palace. For a time, everyone who came in was dazzled. ?Continuing to move forward, there was a sudden exclamation from the front. Wow, what a genius idea. It has actually improved to this extent... Noisy cries of surprise and disbelief sounded one after another in the central area. It seems to be some great design, displayed in front. Everyone began to gather toward the center. In the middle of the hall, there is a booth that occupies a small area. In the glass showcase, there are several pens of different styles, and on the large screen in the middle, an elegant elf girl is playing a loop, using a pen to write words smoothly. I actually changed the quill pen to look like this. Its a commodity from Treasure Island. Whoever thought of this method must be a genius. I feel like it was invented by the island owner. He must have discovered the inconvenience of the quill pen and made improvements. It must be, it must be made by the island owner. What a terrible young man. Yeah, Im afraid the era of quill pens is about to pass. ??Everyone whispered. Similarly, some people walked into the counter and started asking about the price and the conditions of cooperation. ??More and more people gathered in the center, and they had already surrounded several floors. Some people saw that they couldn''t squeeze in, so they simply went to the second floor first. The exhibition hall on the second floor is dimly lit and displays weapons and equipment. Swords, bows and crossbows are placed on the weapon racks, and various styles of armor and leather are also hung on the walls. Different races, different types. ?There are also many types. Just when everyone walked along the booth and walked around to the booth in the middle. Everyones eyes opened wide again. The products on display are placed in the glass display cabinets, while the screen above shows an image of an alchemist refining potions and counting time. "It''s a pocket watch! The pocket watch mentioned in the new story." The great detective story is indeed true. Its not a pocket watch, it says its a wristwatch. It must have been improved. Able to accurately calculate time, really suitable for an alchemist. Its also a product of the island owners mansion. Why does he have so many things? Go up to the third floor and see whats on the third floor? Lets go to the third floor. Everyone cheered and headed to the stairs, heading towards the third floor. The types of goods sold on the third floor are potions, magic scrolls and magic props. Everyone rushed up to the third floor. Scan the rest of the products on the booth at a glance. ??Go directly to the central area. As soon as they got closer, everyones footsteps stopped. The booth in the center area is even smaller, only about four to five square meters in area, with a bottle of medicine placed in a glass cabinet. Behind the counter, stood a beautifully dressed lop-eared bunny girl in a long skirt. And all around, there were two layers of skeletons. ?The whole body is covered with armor and a long sword is hung on the waist. Ill go, what kind of medicine, such a big battle? Everyone hesitated for a moment, seeing that nothing dangerous happened, and there were loud urgings coming from the stairs behind them. Still moved forward, frowning and looking at the potion carefully. The medicine is wrapped in a glass display case, and the medicine bottle used is also a common treatment medicine bottle. It doesnt look special, even a little too ordinary. There are two identification certificates placed on one left and one on the right. The one on the left is from the association. The name of the potion is [strengthening potion]. Its effect is to improve physical fitness, enhance body functions, and strengthen its own effects. On the right is the appraisal certificate from the Snake Emblem Consortium. The name of the medicine is [Strengthening Medicine], which has the effect of strengthening the body, including but not limited to strength, physique and other attributes. It is different from the boiling of the two exhibits downstairs. The crowd of onlookers was silent, except for the people behind who didnt know what was going on. Keep asking what''s going on, what is being sold, and the like. For these wealthy businessmen and powerful people in front of them, their own improvement or survival is the most important thing at the moment. Looking at each other, one of them said: "This potion is sold by the island owner''s mansion? How to sell it?" In front of the display cabinet was a lop-eared rabbit girl. She smiled and said: "It is a product sold by the island owner''s mansion. It is only for display at the moment. The method of sale will be announced later." ?This reply surprised no one. ?It even feels reasonable. If it can be produced in large quantities, then this potion will not be a scarce thing. "If it is sold, from which channels should we get the news?" Another person asked politely. The rest of the people also remained quiet. They are all waiting for the answer. The girl with rabbit ears still kept smiling, "You can leave a message and we will notify your chamber of commerce in advance to give all guests enough time to prepare." Okay, thank you very much. Where can I leave the message? This way. Everyone came forward one after another, filled in the information, then turned around and left quickly. ?This show is terrible. The items displayed by the rest of the chamber of commerce have completely become a foil. No matter how gorgeous the shape is and how expensive the materials are, they are still common items on the market. The three items displayed on Treasure Island are each enough to change the current market. Pens, watches, and potions that can directly improve physical fitness. ??What is going on with this island owner? Hunting to show off so many things at once, this is at an exhibition like this. Today is only the first day. Once the news spreads, it will shock the world. ?Every person who went up to the third floor hurriedly left with their heads lowered, their steps even faster than when they came. The people who just came in had doubts on their faces. Swear a few words in a low voice. ?Three ghosts kept traveling through the exhibition. ?While watching the excitement, I also observed the expressions and reactions of the participants. When they arrived, Wu Heng also reminded them that there might be some high-level professionals coming to the island, so they should try to keep a certain distance. Don''t let others notice that there is a ghost, as it may lead to misunderstandings. Most creatures are still hostile and wary of undead creatures. Problems may easily arise at first sight. ?Of course, as long as a certain distance is maintained, the perception of living beings is also limited. Be careful and you can avoid a lot of trouble. Observed for a while from the exhibition. ?Glenda thought about going back because she still had a novel to rewrite. Cant be as free as Xiaoxiao and Beni. ?Of course, rewriting stories and writing new ones are also my hobbies. I enjoy it, especially because the work has been welcomed by many people and even sold outside the island. Just as he was about to leave, he saw a familiar figure walking outside with the flow of people. Then, get on the carriage outside the exhibition and leave towards the distance. The back of the body, the way they walk, everything is the same. Are you not dead yet? Why are you still alive? ?Glenda''s eyes widened instantly, and a strong anger and fear rose in her heart. The facial features of the soul body began to distort, and it was on the verge of mental collapse. ?Glenda forcibly suppressed her twisted and manic emotions and flew in the direction the target left. How was it? Wu Heng looked at Xiao Xiao who came back and asked. ??Xiao Xiao floated in the air and said: "It''s so popular. There are so many people in the whole exhibition, and they are very interested in the products we display and are asking how to buy them." Its just as I expected. Wu Heng smiled confidently. ?Xiao Xiao also gave a thumbs up in approval, "Uncle is so awesome." Thats it! While speaking, Penny also flew back and said: "There was a fight in two places at the venue. The patrolling skeletons passed by and they separated themselves. Nothing happened." ??Wu Heng nodded, "It''s just a small matter if it doesn''t make a big deal. They don''t dare to make too much trouble on the island." As he spoke, footsteps sounded. Two ghosts disappeared. Minnie came over with a piece of paper and said, "Master, Annette sent the first list, and they all left their names on the pharmacy side." The layout of the exhibition, the first and second floors are staffed by the city hall to act as shopping guides. The third floor is arranged by Annette. For the strengthening potion, today is just a warm-up to let more people know about this thing. As for the subsequent sale method, Wu Heng plans to hold an auction and conduct bidding. After all, there is no way to mass produce, but we must also consider maximizing profits. And what those nobles and businessmen are most in need of is money. Let me take a look! Wu Heng took it. A piece of paper with names and names of chambers of commerce filled in box by box. ?Some even wrote down the city where they lived. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the name Magnolo. So familiar! ??Wu Heng frowned, took out a piece of paper from the space ring, unfolded it, and looked at the name on it. Exactly the same! ?What a coincidence? Minnie left and went to the front yard. ??Wu Heng said to the air: "Xiaoxiao, Beni, why isn''t Glenda back?" I dont know, maybe I went somewhere to play! Xiaoxiao said. Penny also said, "I didn''t see it either. Mrs. Glenda was not at the exhibition when I left." The ex-husband''s name appeared on the list, but Glenda did not come back. This made Wu Heng feel nervous. Seeing Wu Heng''s frown deepening, Beni said: "Let''s go out and look for him. If he''s not at the exhibition, we might go to Beacon Street." "Aunt Glenda is in danger? She is so powerful..." Xiaoxiao didn''t believe it. In her small heart, Glenda is also quite fierce. ?At that time, Treasure Island faced an attack by pirates. ?Glenda is holding a sword and chasing people to slash. That kind of momentum is not something ordinary people can achieve. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "No, don''t wander around yet." Speaking, he walked directly into the house and went upstairs to the Skeleton Prophet''s room. The Skeleton Prophet is sitting by the window, looking out the window. ??Wu Heng walked over with the two ghosts, "What are you looking at? If you want to go out, you can go downstairs for a walk." The Skeleton Prophet stood up and saluted slightly, with a respectful attitude. Skeletons with high intelligence can think independently. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I have a ghost that is missing. Show me where it went." The Skeleton Prophet grabbed his arm. The next second, Wu Heng''s pupils dilated instantly, and countless broken pictures began to appear in his mind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 625 , I can also sleep peacefully Chapter 625, I can sleep peacefully In a private room of a tavern. "Mr. Magnoro, why are you suddenly leaving the island? Is there any special news?" Ludiu asked curiously. After attending the exhibition, everyone paid attention to the three exhibits on Treasure Island. ?Only Magnoro will leave the island when he comes back suddenly. Magnoro replied calmly, "Something happened temporarily and it has nothing to do with the exhibition, so don''t worry." With the announcement of the enhanced potion this time, I dont know how many people will come to Treasure Island. We may gain more if we stay. Ludiu continued. Magnoro smiled and shook his head, "I will come back to visit the island owner after a while. The gift has been sent in the name of the Chamber of Commerce. In fact, it is no different from me being there in person." Hearing what the other party said, Ludiu had no choice but to persuade him. I originally thought that the other party left in a hurry because he discovered something was wrong with the island, so I followed him back. Now it seems that it is entirely because of the other party''s personal affairs. Having nothing to do with Treasure Island. When is the ticket? Ludiu asked. Before dusk. "It''s quite urgent." Ludiu said, and then brought the topic to the exhibition, "This time Treasure Island has released three products, which will soon be spread among various chambers of commerce. If any chamber of commerce can get it, If you get first-hand goods, you can definitely make a lot of money and even raise the chamber of commerce to a higher level. Even a person who is not sensitive to the market can see the importance of this exhibit. The pen will definitely replace the quill, and the watch will also become a prop for accurate timekeeping. Not to mention other professions, alchemists absolutely need watches to keep time, and artificers will probably buy them back for dismantling and research. ??And the current artificer has another characteristic. It is possible to make large items, but it is basically impossible to make small and precise mechanical items. In other words, if you buy it back and disassemble it, you wont be able to reproduce it in a short time. As for the final strengthening potion. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? With the news spread, not to mention the Chamber of Commerce, the royal family and nobles will come over to discuss the purchase. Competition will only get greater. Magnoro also nodded in agreement, "Yeah, it depends on how Treasure Island will be arranged. If we only choose a few separate companies to sell, the remaining chambers of commerce may not even be able to drink soup." I also want to say this. If this happens, several of our chambers of commerce can try to unite and win a share of the cake. Ludiu said. "No problem, I will discuss it with the superiors when I get back and finalize the matter." Magnoro said with a smile. After finishing the matter, Ludiu also stood up with a smile, "I won''t disturb you anymore. I just happened to go to a few other chambers of commerce to see if there is any news. We will discuss it later." Magnoro sent the man to the door, "Walk slowly. If you have any new news, you can write to me." Okay! Ludiu said, went downstairs and left. Magnoro returned to the table and fell into silence. Beacon Street, on the road. Sir, the road ahead is blocked again. The coachmans voice sounded, and the carriage began to move forward at a high speed. ??There are newspapers published on the island in the past two days, plus today''s exhibition. The whole island was as lively as a festival. After entering Beacon Street, there were already three traffic jams along the way. The closer you get to the port, the more pedestrians there are on the streets. Uncle, lets go take a look first! In the carriage, Xiaoxiao hung on his shoulder and whispered. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, shook his head and said, "Don''t worry, we already know the location. Let''s rush there." ?Glenda is level 18. If she really finds her ex-husband, she can directly possess her and kill her. There is no result. Either the opponent is of high level and difficult to possess, or there is some way to fight against the ghost. ?Glenda had nothing to do, so Xiaoxiao and Beni went there and basically gave them away. Pull over and lets walk over. Wu Heng said directly. Okay. The carriage stopped directly, Wu Heng got off and paid. ??Haunted the patrolman not far away and said: "Follow me!" Hurrah! ??The patrol skeleton squeezed through the crowd and walked over quickly. ?Wu Heng took out the flying carpet and flew directly into the sky to continue on his way. Below him was a small group of patrol skeletons, running quickly behind him. Looking at the flying carpet in the air and the skeletons running below. ?There were exclamations from the crowds along the road. Tavern hall. Ever since she saw that familiar figure, Glenda did not leave and followed her to the tavern. The appearance has become old, but the movements and walking posture have not changed at all. She wanted to know why she wanted to kill herself. ?At that time, the two of them clearly had a good relationship, so why did they torture themselves in such a cruel way? She needs to ask clearly. Anyway, I was already dead. There is nothing to be afraid of. ??The bard in the tavern is telling the story of "Penny the Blushing Maid". As the story was told, the drinkers sometimes sighed, but also cursed the cult angrily. It seems that since arriving at Treasure Island, she has truly lived the life she wanted. ?Thinking in my mind, I opened the door to the bakery. ?The businessman who followed took his attendant downstairs and left. Glenda''s eyes became cold again. Flying straight towards the opposite bungalow. Today, there must be a result. In a private room. Magnoro sat alone at the wine table, pouring one glass after another into his mouth. ?His eyes were wandering, as if he was remembering something. Ever since arriving on the island, he had a premonition. I was very reluctant to go to the island owner''s mansion, especially after hearing the stories in the newspaper, the uneasiness in my heart became even stronger. Now that I have participated in the exhibition, I will give an explanation to the higher-ups when I return. At that time, it doesnt matter who you are willing to arrange to go to the island, it will no longer have anything to do with you. Wu Heng! Perhaps the adults above will be very interested in this body. Magnoro murmured softly. While speaking. Suddenly I felt a cold chill filling the room. Waiting for him to make any move. Click~! The pendant on the chest exploded suddenly, turning into a honeycomb-shaped shield, and bounced away a soul body. Suddenly attacked, Magnoro''s drunkenness quickly dissipated. ?Looking into the air, he saw the ghost showing his body. His eyes revealed fear, suspicion, and dodge, "Glenda!" "It''s me, Magnoro, I''m here to kill you." Glenda''s soul was a little unstable in the air. ?That protective pendant is obviously a good prop. Have the effect of ghost possession. Then, Glenda pounced directly on him again, like a ferocious ghost. Magnoro took two steps back in a panic, and his body once again emitted a sacred light, blocking the approaching ghost. ?Glenda has reached level 18, and various attributes have been greatly improved. ??But this light was like a powerful force specially designed to restrain the undead, and the entire soul flew out instantly. The soul body is unstable. If the level is low, it may be directly dispersed by this energy. Magnoro saw that the opponent could not attack him. The somewhat flustered face quickly turned into disbelief and relief. He looked into the air and said softly: "Glenda, is it really you? You have become a soul." ?Glenda quickly stabilized her soul body and looked at the other person with slightly narrowed eyes. Dont call me my name, its disgusting! ?Magnoro still smiled. ??He still behaves elegantly like an old noble. He said softly: "My dear, you are no longer here, and I have been wandering around every day. Now that you come to me, it is really great." If I kill you, I can have a good sleep. (End of this chapter) Chapter 626 , why didn鈥檛 you die? Chapter 626: Why didnt you die? The battle between one person and one soul in the private room still attracted the attention of the guard at the door. ?Humbling open the door and rushing in, he glanced at ''Magnolo'' standing inside, then widened his eyes and looked at the soul floating to one side. Ghost. Mr. Magnoro..., are you okay? The guard immediately leaned over and protected the other person behind him. Magnoro quickly turned his eyes and said directly: "A ghost suddenly appeared here, trying to kill me, so that he can be a witness for me so that the murderer behind it can be traced." Glenda appears on Treasure Island, and there is no second possibility. It was this island owner who had been a captain in Luntam City who brought her here, otherwise she would not be able to fly here just by relying on ghosts. So, you must control the right to speak, otherwise the problem will be more difficult to solve. After Magnoro finished speaking, he immediately took out a scroll and tore it open. Whoosh~! The spear formed by the holy light thrust out. ?Glenda hid in hiding, and the energy spear hit the wall behind her, scattering countless light points, forcing ''Glenda'' to be revealed again. Huh~! Then, the second scroll was opened, and the powerful holy light formed the shadow of the sword and shot forward again. Bang~! ?Suddenly, a silver-white thunder snake shot in from the door. Colliding into the shadow of the sword, the two magics collided. ?Various elements entangled and wreaked havoc in the air, and finally dissipated in the air. At the same time, two figures rushed in quickly from the door, one with tiger fingers in both fists, and the other with a long sword. His body transformed into two bolts of lightning, and he was already in front of the opponent. Bang~! The two guards fell to the ground in response. Downstairs, the patrol team that followed them began to enter the tavern to maintain order. At the same time, guard the position of the stairs to prevent other drinkers from coming. Magnoros eyes were fixed on the person in front of him. ?Black hair and black eyes, the owner of Treasure Island. ??The relief and coldness that just appeared immediately disappeared and transformed into a gentle businessman. With a slight salute, he said, "Magnoro, the representative of the Cuigu Chamber of Commerce, has met the island owner." ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, looked up and down, and asked: "Do you know that Glenda can turn into a ghost? You have prepared so many props to deal with ghosts." Magnoro''s eyes were wandering and he immediately explained, "It is indeed because of Glenda. Back then, she went deep into the jungle and was deceived by evil spirits. She broke an oil lamp and burned herself to death. Since then, I have brought many tools to deal with the undead. " ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda who was standing aside. The latter is floating to one side, with a sad look on his face. ?The other party almost killed me just now, and what he said was completely devoid of emotion. Looking at the other person, he suddenly smiled and said, "Magnoro, how can a person like you deserve to be alive? Why are you still alive?" Dont get excited. Wu Heng turned around and said. Magnoro continued: "Master Wuheng Island, I accept your investigation. I hope to follow the association''s procedures and notify our Chamber of Commerce so that I can know my current situation." No need to go to such trouble. Wu Heng smiled and glanced ahead. Two skeletons shot at the same time. ?In the horrified eyes of ''Magnolo'', the shield was broken again, but the newly formed shield did not stop the gradually enlarging shadow of the fist. Kasheu punched him and shattered his throat. Magnoro took two steps back and fell down in pain with a look of reluctance and fear in his eyes. ?Glenda looked at the body lying on the ground and wanted to speak, but held back. Just got back into Wu Heng''s body without coming out. What is this? Glenda has left. You are in unlocked status. In fact, the battle between the two just now saved Wu Heng a lot of trouble. Magnoro''s intention to kill Granda''s soul was enough to prove the opponent''s attitude and make Granda give up. ?Especially for people like Glenda, who always want to ask the other person why. ?Wu Heng didnt believe it when he said he didnt have any thoughts in his heart. ?It''s okay now, let''s kill people first to avoid any trouble later. But, there are also troubles. Its really hard to explain that a representative arranged by a chamber of commerce to attend an exhibition was directly killed by him in a tavern. If that doesn''t work, you should also use a mask to pretend he''s boarding the ship and leaving. When it disappears, it will have nothing to do with Treasure Island. Pull off the corpses equipment. Wu Heng said. The skeleton bent down and took off all the clothes and space rings on the corpse. Pious priest''s robe (Description: Etch protective inscriptions, increase bewitchment, confusion, and possession effects.) It seems that he is really afraid of ghosts coming to take revenge on him. A bard actually brought a set of church equipment. ??Wu Heng continued to pick up the space ring and check the items inside. Pannel supplies, a bag of gold coins, three large bags of silver coins, some props, and several scrolls. ?Wu Heng frowned. ? Flipping his hands, two rings appeared in his palms. A ring with an image of eyes. The Secret Order! My ex-husband is a member of the Esoteric Order. ?Wu Heng had seen this kind of ring before. People with a certain status in the secret cult would wear this kind of ring. Represent your identity when you meet someone. The other one is a ring with a cats head. Looks like the style of the Esoteric Order. It seems to be some kind of organization. How could he be associated with the Tantric Order? For people from the Esoteric Order, it would be easier. Just hand it over to the association directly. Take out the straw mat, wrap all three corpses, and put them into the space ring. Then he opened the door again and walked out. In the tavern. As soon as they came downstairs, the patrol and the guests in the tavern looked up at the same time. Island Master. Everyone saluted. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "Sorry to disturb everyone, I just received news that a prisoner pretended to be a merchant and came to the island." ?Everyone was shocked, they had just come to catch the criminals. No wonder there are so many skeletons. Sir, are you okay? The boss was a little worried. Wu Heng consoled him and said, "It has nothing to do with you. The association will announce this matter when the time comes. Don''t worry, everyone, just keep listening to the story!" After saying that, he led the people outside. A large number of skeletons also evacuated the tavern. Until everyone leaves. The tavern became noisy again. The island owner is quite kind. We havent committed any crime, so we can be arrested together. Much kinder than those noble gentlemen. Association, meeting room. Close the door. All three ghosts were released. ?Glenda was floating aside, a little distracted. ?Wu Heng took out the secret order ring and another cat-head ring. said: "Glenda, it was found on my ex-husband. Is he a member of the Secret Order?" ?Glenda came back to her senses and looked carefully. I dont know about this. (End of this chapter) Chapter 627 , I love you Chapter 627, I love you Glenda''s expression revealed confusion. As for the secret cult, she gradually came into contact with it after following Wu Heng. Before, whether alive or as a ghost in the basement, I had never heard of the secret order. Even if someone from the Secret Order appeared, she didnt know who it was. Unexpectedly, her husband had come into contact with the other party. ??Wu Heng continued: "Things may not be as simple as we think. He is a member of the Secret Order and his status is relatively high." ?Glenda said doubtfully: "He is just a bard, how can the Secret Order like him?" Ask him when the time comes, and everything will be clear. Wu Heng said. Then, his eyes fell on the second ring. The style is very close to that of the Esoteric Order, and the pattern is indeed the image of a cat head and mouse teeth. It still looks a little strange. Do you recognize this ring? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda still shook her head. ~! ?While he was talking, there was a knock on the door. Come back first. Wu Heng waved, and the ghost returned to his body. ?The door of the room opened immediately, and the deacon Sheila Gui peeked in, "Are you looking for me?" When Wu Heng came back, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were not in the association. ??I also went to the exhibition to coordinate patrols and sit there. After all, there are so many dignitaries on the island, so we still have to ensure the safety of the scene. Then she received the news that Wu Heng asked her to go back, and rushed back directly. ?Wu Heng smiled and pointed at the two rings on the table, "I captured a member of the Secret Order on the island, and I thought we would investigate the matter together." The Secret Order? Sheela frowned and looked at the ring, Where are the people! Its in the space ring. Lets go to the morgue together and bring the associations recorder with us. Wu Heng stood up. Are they all dead? Wu Heng said: "The resistance was quite fierce, and I was afraid that he would cause trouble, so I killed him directly." Sheila Gui nodded and said nothing more. He turned to Shi Yali behind him and told her to call the association investigator over. ?Wu Heng also stood up, and the two of them walked towards the basement together. Sheila Gui asked: "What is the identity of the other party?" Representative of a business group. "What''s the purpose? What are you doing on the island?" Sheila Gui held the hilt of the sword at her waist with one hand, her armor making a sound as she walked. Im not sure yet, Ill ask about the situation when the time comes. Wu Heng said. "The Secret Order is really lingering, and now it has appeared again." Sheila Ge gritted her teeth and said. Yeah, endless. The two of them walked down to the basement morgue together, talking as they walked. In an instant, a cold feeling enveloped me. My lord, my lord, my lord butler. The two coroners immediately stood up and saluted. Borrow this place for a while. Wu Heng said directly. Your Majesty, please, the coroner said politely. ?Wu Heng continued to walk inside, followed by Xila Gui. Dont you want to ask about the corpse? Sheila Gui asked curiously. Wu Heng chose an empty room at the innermost side and released a dancing light spell on the roof. While illuminating the room, he replied: "The Secret Order has encrypted the personnel and cannot directly interrogate the corpse. I plan to wake up Lets ask about the other persons soul. ?Hiragui leaned against the door frame and raised her eyebrows. The word "encryption" always feels a little strange when used on corpses, but I understand what I mean. The corpse has been restricted, and this restriction will be triggered once the internal intelligence is intended to be revealed. ?This kind of thing is not unusual. Just do it, as long as there are no problems. ?Wu Heng took out the body and placed it in the middle of the room. Then he began to take out various ritual materials and place them around the corpse. After everything is arranged. ?Hold the wooden staff, condense the magic power, and raise it to the ground with all your strength. Huh~! Avoke the Soulis released, and a ritual circle gradually spreads out with the corpse as the center. The ceremony began. Wu Heng took out the magic soul pot again and put it into the ritual formation. ??The soul in the magic soul pot was pulled out by the magic circle. Reveal the silhouette of a man. ??This is one of the level 18 vampire exiles killed by Wu Heng, and he has always been stored in the magic soul pot. ??I have forgotten the name a little bit. The ghost appeared and looked around in horror. Necromancer, what are you doing? Damn it, you cant do this, the vampires wont let you go. Amidst a burst of curses and shouts, the ghost was pulled into the body of the corpse. Then, the magic power gathered towards the corpse like a tide. A ferocious ghost emerged from the corpses brow. ?The appearance was blurry, and he looked outside and let out a deafening roar. Having had the experience of waking up Beni last time, Wu Heng was already prepared and waved his hand casually. ?The Bone Cage appeared, instantly trapping the soul in front of him. "Magnolo!" Wu Heng shouted. ??The ghost is still roaring and struggling, like a mad beast or a ghost without consciousness. ?Wu Heng frowned and continued to shout, "Magnolo, wake up." Magnoro, representative of the Green Valley Chamber of Commerce. Magnoro, the Secret Order promises you immortality. ?Haunted several times in succession. The struggling ghost began to pause, and gradually appeared to have the same appearance as the corpse. Looking at Wu Heng with a horrified expression. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. If he couldn''t wake him up, he would release Glenda and shout after her. "Master of Wuheng Island, I think we need to have a good talk. For a woman, there is no need for this." I have some assets outside, and I am willing to dedicate them all to you. I hope you can raise your hand... The door of the room. Sheila Guis eyes widened and she looked at the scene in front of her. The skill of [Calling Souls] was transferred to Wu Heng through her hands, so she naturally knew about this ability. I also know that Wu Heng used this ability to awaken Beni in the story. But I didnt expect that the process would be so complicated. The magic circle, ritual materials, and a complete soul are also required. Without any one of them, the ceremony cannot be completed. This set of procedures is much more complicated than interrogating corpses. Unless its a big deal, even if it costs so much, its a loss-making business. But from another perspective, as long as there are enough materials, you can transform the opponent into a soul body and keep asking questions. Find out everything you want to know. It turns out that the methods of interrogation are also improving. The sound of footsteps sounded from the stairs. ?Hilagui leaned back slightly and glanced. ??Shi Yali came over with two association investigators. The investigators are here. Sheila Gui reminded. Just let them in. While talking, Shi Yali and the investigator walked to the door and saluted to Sheela Gui. "Go in, the people inside are members of the Secret Order, you can just record it normally." Sheela Gui said. Two investigators walked directly into the room, and Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were also standing on the other side of the room. Wu Heng, lets start! Xila Gui said. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the soul body in the bone prison, "Magnoro, what is your status in the secret order?" Magnoro''s eyes narrowed and he defended: "I don''t know what you are talking about. I ask the association to protect me." ?Wu Heng took out two rings and said, "The rings of the Secret Order, do you think we are asking you these things casually?" With a wave of his hand, the undead energy turned into a vine whip and struck the soul body. ??The ghost howled loudly, and its body collapsed over and over again. I said, stop fighting. Magnoro shouted loudly. The whip stopped and Magnoro rolled his eyes, "You want to investigate the Secret Order. I will cooperate with you, but you must promise to let me go." ?Wu Heng snapped his fingers and swung the vine whip again. Magnoro''s body collapsed again, "Stop fighting, I said, I said!" ??Wu Heng reminded, "If I whip you two more times, your soul will be completely shattered. Don''t make yourself uncomfortable." Magnoros face was filled with fear, I am from the Secret Order, from the Secret Order. ?Wu Heng waited for two seconds. Magnoro has no problems. It also means that the prohibition of the secret order has no effect on the soul''s questions. There was no such thing as the brain exploding during the interrogation of the corpse. ?Wu Heng turned his head and looked behind him. Sheela Gui said to the investigator: "Record it truthfully." Shuashuashua~! The investigators started writing in their notebooks. ?Wu Heng then asked, "What are you doing on the island?" I am also a businessman when I participate in the exhibition, Magnoro said. And whats more, the purpose of the secret order. Magnoro''s eyes kept changing, and he knew that he would be beaten if he didn''t tell her, and if he was beaten a few more times, his soul would be completely broken. ??Said in a deep voice: "I want to investigate the situation of Treasure Island, and I also want to get back the lost rare objects from your hands." Besides you, are there any other members of the Secret Order coming to the island? "No more..." Magnoro said and immediately changed his mind, "Maybe there is, I don''t know, the Secret Order is very confidential." ?Wu Heng paused briefly to give the investigator time to record. Then he asked, "What power does the other ring with a cat''s head represent?" Magnoro replied, "Cat and mouse." ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, who also shook her head. What is it for? Wu Heng asked. Magnoro said carefully, "It is an organization under the Secret Order, including gangs, small chambers of commerce, and some state employees with less high positions. It is called the Cat and Mouse Society." Sounds a bit like the Society''s Whisperers. Distributed in all walks of life, providing intelligence, or providing help from the dark when needed. ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where do you stand in the Cat and Mouse Club?" I..., I can mobilize a certain amount of power. The status is not low. Ive finished asking, do you have anything else to ask? Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui. Xila Gei took a step forward, while Wu Heng retreated a distance. Magnoro immediately said: "Deacon Shiragui, I wanted to visit you when I came to the island, but time is a little tight. I am willing to cooperate with the association. You must protect me, Wu Heng will definitely kill me." Xila Gui said calmly, "It depends on your performance." You say it! "I have a question. Tell me all the members of the Secret Order and the Cat and Mouse Society that you know." Sheila Gui said. Magnoro''s eyes changed again and he said: "Deacon Shilagui, these people are in my mind. I can help you catch them and get merit. Please take me with you. I am willing to be your assistant." ?Wu Heng flicked his fingers and swung the vine whip again. ?This time, Magnoro identified the member''s name and could save himself. Even though he cried loudly, he did not let go. Sheila Gui glanced at the other party, turned around and walked out, "Okay, let''s just record these things and leave the rest to you." Shi Yali and the investigator also walked outside. Magnoro immediately panicked and shouted: "Deacon, save me, Wu Heng will definitely kill me, I can help you." There was no response from the corridor. Hiragui took the people and left directly. In the room, only Wu Heng and the trapped ghost were left. With a thought, Glenda flew out of her body. ?Looking at the ghost in the bone prison, his eyes were full of anger and hatred. Hate myself to death for this man. Magnoro faced Granda again, his soul quickly retreating, his eyes evasive, and he was at a loss. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Magnolo, why did you kill Granda? The matter is over, tell the answer like a man." Grant did not curse or react in any way. Just staring at the other party, waiting for the other party''s answer. I have been waiting for the answer now. Magnoro was filled with panic, but facing Glenda, he found hope of living. It is much better than facing a person like Wu Heng. He floated forward again and said sincerely, "It was my fault. I didn''t know what got me into my mind at the time, and I actually did something like an animal. "Glenda, I love you. Think about how I treated you in the past. It can be said that I was very considerate. I even wrote you love poems. Have you forgotten?" "I know I was wrong, please let me go." Lets be husband and wife. I am willing to surrender to you and Wu Heng and use my time to repay my debt to you. I have been feeling guilty since you died, and I didnt even look for another woman. Glenda, I love you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 628 , why are you unhappy? Chapter 628: Why are you unhappy? ??Wu Heng glanced at ''Magnoro'' who kept repenting, and then looked at Granda whose expression did not change at all. ?No matter how infatuated a woman is, facing two consecutive deaths, the feelings in her heart will probably dissipate. Not to mention that Glenda''s intelligence is not low, and it can be seen at this time. Not a word of truth. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda also said directly: "Let him out!" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the bone prison that trapped the ghost disappeared. Magnoro regained his freedom, his expression showed joy, he turned around and planned to leave through the wall. The next second, he was controlled by Glenda again. Fly over quickly and start to devour the opponent''s soul. In the entanglement between the two ghosts, Magnoro''s soul was constantly being eaten away. "Glenda, please, don''t kill me. I was really wrong. Please..." While begging for mercy in terror, the soul was completely devoured and disappeared. ?Glenda flew back again and froze in the middle of the room. He looked up at the ceiling, floating in a daze. ?Wu Heng did not wait for the system prompts and was a little worried about the opponent''s status. She shouted with concern: "Glenda?" ?Glenda turned her head, with a somewhat complicated look on her face, "Wu Heng!" Are you okay? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda smiled stiffly, "I took revenge, and I know why he wanted to kill me." "Why?" ?Glenda did not answer directly, but got into his body. The next second, broken and fragmented images appeared in my mind. In a dimly lit room, a well-dressed middle-aged man sat at the dining table and ate elegantly. He glanced this way and said softly, "Magnoro, your test has come. It''s up to you whether you want to accept it or not." Magnoro saluted respectfully and showed sincerity, "As long as I can join the Esoteric Order, I am willing to give everything, including all my wealth." Haha! the middle-aged man smiled, The Secret Order doesnt look down on that little thing about you. What we want is your sincerity and obedience. Magnoro lowered his head, indicating that he was willing to obey the arrangements. The middle-aged man put down his knife and fork and looked at him, "I heard that you have a very gentle and smart wife. I have seen her. She is indeed young and beautiful." ?Magnoro trembled and said nothing. The other party continued: "The Order of the Secret Order is for you to kill her..." The screen changes again. ??In the mansion in Luntam City, Magnoro lit the magic incense burner. ?The beautiful woman on the bed lost consciousness in her deep sleep, and was dragged into the basement by Magnolos arms. Kicked over the oil lamp and watched it disappear in the fire. The man stood at the door, looking at the flames rising below. He murmured: "My dear, don''t blame me. It''s all your fault for blocking my upward path. If we can meet in the next life, I will definitely repay you well." Change the perspective again. Magnoro told everyone he met that his wife was bewitched by evil spirits in the mountains, and she knocked over the oil lamp and burned him to death. The picture ends here, and the rest will not be shared. ?Wu Heng released Granda again. Its a bit funny, its just a secret order. Glenda suddenly smiled. She thought of many reasons, but she never thought of the secret order. In the hands of Wu Heng, groups were killed one after another, and even the secret cult members did not dare to go to the island for a long time. Her husband burned himself alive in order to join. ?Wu Heng consoled him: "Don''t be unhappy. Our great revenge will be avenged. This is a good thing." "you''re right." ??Wu Heng still looked at the other person and said, "Smile, let me take a look." ?Glenda rolled her eyes at him angrily and forced a smile. Go back first, and well talk about the rest later. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and slowly disappeared. ?Wu Heng collected the body, walked out of the room, and walked toward the stairs. When passing the coroner''s room. The coroner came out and said, "My lord, the deacon asked us to wait for you to finish, conduct an autopsy on the body, and then record and report it." ?Wu Heng took out the body and said, "I leave it to you. Just tell Sheila Gui the result." Yes, island owner! Two coroners worked together to lift the body to the iron bed and began the autopsy. ?Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. Return to your residence. ??The island master''s mansion received more gifts, which were piled up into a hill on one side of the living room. Judging from the number of people, there must be a lot of people coming to visit. But judging from the expressions of the maids, they still prefer it. There are many things that I have never even seen. It is approaching dusk. ?A few people had dinner together in the restaurant. Shannara sent a message back, received the banquet, and went to attend the banquet. Didn''t come over to eat together. ? Anderweil talked about the exhibition and the city hall, and Annette also talked about the situation at the pharmacy. The representatives of the chamber of commerce in the past basically left their names and addresses. Attach great importance to medicines. Overall, todays exhibition went very smoothly. "Weier, we will open as normal tomorrow. Send more manpower to avoid problems." Wu Heng said. The people of Treasure Island love to join in the fun. You can imagine how popular the exhibition will be tomorrow. It would be bad if there was a real fight or a stampede. Anderweil nodded, "Okay, Master, do you want to continue to display the strengthening potion on the third floor? I think it will be safer to take it down first." ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was right. Then the potion will not be displayed for now. "good!" ?A few people chatted for a while and finished their dinner. The maids went to the flower bed in the courtyard together. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the study. In the study room. ?Glenda floated by the window, looking at the scenery of the garden. Magnoro is dead. ?Him himself also took revenge. Everything in the past seems to have no meaning, and even this world is a bit boring. ?????????????????????????????????? The door opened and Wu Heng walked in. He glanced at Xiaoxiao and Beni, who were not far away, and turned their voices to the minimum, then looked at Glenda. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you not come out yet?" Nothing. Glenda smiled. Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and spoke slowly, "Have I told you about my first deacon?" ?Glenda looked at him with some confusion in her eyes. Wu Heng continued: "My deacon in Blackstone Town made an exception and recruited me into the association. He taught me the rules of the association and took great care of me during the mission." At that time, some people in the association said that I was the illegitimate son of the deacon. If my appearance hadnt been too different, a letter of report would have been sent to the associations headquarters. I thought at that time that he was the most responsible deacon I had ever seen, and I would seriously consider and implement his orders. ?Glenda frowned and said, "Then, what kind of water are you going to drink at this time?" ??Wu Heng drank the water and continued, "Until one day, he asked me to go to his office and study. I was not prepared at all. He opened the magic circle and planned to take my body and live on my behalf." "It was only then that I connected all the clues. Everything he did before was for this purpose, including my later transfer to Luntam City, which was also the escape route he arranged for himself." On the side, Xiaoxiao raised his hand and said, "I know about this. My uncle was frightened at that time." Glenda and Penny''s eyes were full of surprise. Unexpectedly, Wu Heng had experienced this in Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda and said, "Glenda, you have read more books than me and your experience is no less than mine." I just want to say that everyone will meet a few rotten people in life. They are rotten to the core and want to drag others down with them. What we have to do is to get rid of them and not be disturbed by them. Leaving Blackstone Town, I met you, Minnie, and Deacon Imiro behind. The most important thing is, those rotten people are dead, but we are still alive and will get better and better in the future. ?Glenda was still where she was, a little at a loss. ?Wu Heng looked at the time and stood up and said, "It''s a little late. I''ll come back tomorrow to advise you. If you''re still not happy, go out for a walk and see the Treasure Island we built." After saying that, Wu Heng turned around and left the study. ?Glenda was still looking out the window. Yeah, who hasnt met a few bad people? Bedroom. Huh~! After taking a shower, Wu Heng lay on the bed and exhaled. I really dont know how to enlighten others. I thought of comforting words before, but I felt a little unable to say them out. Finally, he told his story about Treasure Island. I dont know if it has any effect. Furthermore, why has [Unfinished Business] not been unlocked yet? When a person dies, his soul is destroyed. It stands to reason that there should be other possibilities. ?????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and Minnie and Andweil walked in directly after taking a shower. He gently took off his clothes and climbed onto the bed. The night is getting darker. ?Wu Heng hugged the two girls and just closed his eyes. ??Ding~! ?System prompt appears suddenly. Ghost Unlocked: Unfinished Business. The eyes that had just been closed suddenly opened. Unlocked. ?Glenda figured it out on her own. the next day. After a day of silence, Treasure Island completely exploded. Even more enthusiastic than a newspaper sale. What? The island master improved the quill and produced a pen! Pocket watches really exist, they were displayed at the exhibition, and the story is indeed true. I heard from the coachman that the merchants who went to the island owners mansion to place goods were all lined up at the end of the street. The island owner is so awesome. The publicity of the exhibition allowed the news inside to spread as quickly as possible on the island. Even if you are illiterate, you have little culture. But we can also see the role of the improved pen and watch. So many caravans participated in the exhibition. Its actually not as good as Treasure Islands own stuff. (End of this chapter) Chapter 629 , I should have thought it was him Chapter 629, I should have thought it was him The island lords mansion. ??Wu Heng walked into the room next to the study and looked at the two mage skeletons standing in different positions. ??These two skeletons were corpses purchased from the Snake Emblem Consortium in Lopez City. After transformation, put it here to learn skills. The level 11 mage skeleton has unlocked [Dead Bones Field] and [Bone Skeleton Technique]. Level 7 skeletons have only unlocked [Bone Slave Technique] and are learning [Dead Bones Battlefield]. Finished checking the skills of the two skeletons. ?Wu Heng pointed at the level 11 skeleton and said, "Come out with me. There will be a task for you later." ??The skeleton walked directly to Wu Heng and followed him out together. The door is closed again. ?Wu Heng walked into the study with the skeleton. ?Glenda was editing a novel at her desk, while Xiaoxiao and Penny were chatting about cartoons. ??Whether it is a movie or a cartoon, Glenda also watches it, but she doesnt pay that much attention to it. Xiaoxiao and Beni seem to be able to watch it together. ?Wu Heng glanced at Glenda, who seemed to have returned to her former self. Last night, Glendas unfinished business was unlocked. ?It seems that I have thought about it in my heart. ??Wu Heng casually opened her panel and checked the attributes. Ghost Level: 18 Attributes: Agility 37, Constitution 35, Intelligence 45, Perception 42, Charisma 38. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinesis, phantom, enhanced possession, soul binding, supernatural phenomena. Skills: Spiritual Vision, Sword Holding with Telekinesis, Touch of Blight. Sure enough, the constraints of unfinished business disappeared. It also means that Granda can continue to upgrade. According to the sufficient remnant souls in the zombie world, Glenda may be one step ahead of herself and reach level 20. It seems that I have never heard of level 20 ghosts. Even in the promotional stories in the association, the level 20 ghosts and their names did not appear. Other attributes have no changes. Actually, from Glendas unfinished business this time, we also understand some directions. Its not just about fulfilling the ghosts last wish. More importantly, it is better to let go of this matter in my heart. ?Glenda has always wanted to know why her husband wanted to kill her, after devouring his soul and watching the memory fragments. In fact, I already understand the reason. In the end, it was Wu Heng who gave some advice, and Granda figured it out on her own before prompting her to cancel the decision. The Unfinished Business option also disappears from the panel. In this way, Xiaoxiao has not completed his unfinished business, and it may not be because his mother has learned the skills or not, and which base she stayed at. Maybe you are still worried about the future. The guess may not be accurate, but the possibility is still high. Why are you standing there in a daze? Glenda looked up. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "Seeing that you have come out, I feel happy." I dont feel any change in what has come out but not come out, Granda said. Its good if there is no change. Wu Heng said, and then clapped his hands to the two little souls not far away, Girls, we are going to the zombie world. Two souls flew over. Xiao Xiao lay on his shoulder, "Uncle, do you want to be my father?" ??Beni also floated over, "What a weird title you have!" Wu Heng said: "Let''s go to the zombie world first and kill zombies today." ?Granda asked: "Don''t you pay attention to the exhibition? It''s open to the public today, and there must be a lot of people going." "Everything has been arranged. The patrols and associations will send out manpower. We can''t help much if we stay here." Wu Heng replied. You just have to make arrangements. Glenda nodded. Lets come back first. I havent been to the Zombie World for a few days. Lets take a look at the situation there. As Wu Heng spoke, three ghosts entered his body. Open the boundary door on one side and walk in directly. Sanbu Port, hotel suite. ?Wu Heng walked out of the gate and looked out the window. The number of people in the base has increased, and some old people in the base can still be seen. After a quick glance, he took the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Soon, there was a knock on the door. Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. ?Wearing a white shirt on the upper body and a blue-gray coat on the outside, a little owl that has gained a lot of weight rests on the shoulder. ? Wearing blue tight jeans on the lower body, she looks very smart. "What''s wrong? Don''t you look good?" Qi Hancai noticed the other person''s gaze and turned around. It suits you very well, it looks better. Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai also smiled, walked to the other party, and leaned over gently, "Thank you." ??Wu Heng pulled her to sit on his lap, and then asked: "How is it here?" Qi Hancai said: "Some of our people have been transferred over in the past two days, and there are no problems in the operation of the entire base." All the original temporary houses have been demolished, and rooms have been allocated to everyone. Canteens and collection points for daily necessities have also been established. There is still a power supply missing from the original base. The radio station has also been restored, and it has begun to promote our work. When we carry out rescue operations later, when we see skeletons, we will know that they are our team. ?A few days have passed and the progress has been quite fast. After hearing this, Wu Heng said: "We will go to the nearby power plant to check the situation later. If thermal power is used, restoring power supply will not be a big problem." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. Cooking requires burning firewood, and the power from solar panels also needs to be provided to some equipment. It is actually quite uncomfortable to have no electricity. ??Wu Heng then asked, "How is the frigate training going?" Qi Hancai replied, "I think there is no problem. The skeleton also conducted a navigation test yesterday. It can drive normally and control weapons and equipment. The only thing is that there is no live ammunition firing." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Able to fully drive and control weapons, there is basically no problem. All that''s left is to send the ship to another world. Increase Treasure Island''s maritime combat capabilities. Later, let them continue to train the skeletons, and also arrange for some of our people to follow them. Wu Heng ordered. I will make arrangements then. Qi Hancai continued, Shall I take you to the port? ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "You don''t need to look at it. Do you know the location of the power plant at the port?" There is a power plant address. Lets make some arrangements. Lets go and clean up the zombies first. Okay! Qi Hancai stood up and picked up the walkie-talkie to explain the task. Just saying that, I felt the strong palm. He turned his head slightly and looked back, tilting his head back to make it easier for the man behind him to touch her. Treasure Island, exhibition site. ?At this time, the exhibition was crowded with people, shoulder to shoulder, and it was a dark crowd at a glance. ? Patrol members and association members loudly maintain order. Divide the flow of people into several batches to avoid stampedes and confusion. There are no novel activities in this world. An exhibition, especially an exhibition held for wealthy merchants and nobles from all over the world, is open to ordinary people, so it is even more important to come and take a look. In the exhibition hall, people looked at the displayed products along the passage and exclaimed in amazement from time to time. Things used by nobles are really exquisite and beautiful. A little bit stupid again. The wine glass is actually carved with such complicated patterns. If it is dropped on the ground while drinking, the pattern on it will be shattered. We stopped by the middle booth. It is even more besieged and impenetrable. ??People stand on tiptoes and crane their necks to see the screen writing with a pen. ification! This is a pen! How on earth did you come up with the idea of ??storing ink at the end of the pen barrel? What an awesome idea. Island owner, I feel more powerful than the hero in the story. Its a matter of time, how old is the island owner? Everyone was talking, surprised by the novelty of the pen. Then, guards crowded over and urged people to keep moving forward and not to stop at the same place. Exhibition Hall on the second floor. Different from the pen area on the first floor, the watch area is a bit quiet. Armagists from various races such as elves, humans, and dwarves gathered around the booth. Everyone takes a pen and paper and starts drawing and recording the details played on the screen according to the style of the watch. ?From time to time, I would sigh with emotion. Great invention. He should change his profession to Artificer. Yes, a good talent for an artificer was delayed by a mage. Exhibition Hall on the third floor. The physical strengthening potions have been removed, leaving only the potion certificates from the association and consortium in the glass counter. ?The crowd of people watching passed by and took a quick glance. There was no congestion on the two floors below. Outside the counter, there were two figures who were not too tall, wearing black cloaks. ?Standing in front of the counter in a daze, staring at the certificate inside. "Miss, the alchemist master you are looking for..." the maid standing behind whispered. A firm voice came from the figure in front, "I should have thought of him earlier." (End of this chapter) Chapter 630 , frigate Chapter 630, Frigate Association. Perhaps its the reason for the exhibition. The association hall that used to be bustling was not crowded today. The civilian staff were all in a daze, and most of the internal guards had assigned tasks to maintain order outside. Sheela Gui and Shi Yali came back from outside. As soon as they entered the corridor, they saw the deputy deacon "Skeeter" waiting at the door of the study, pacing back and forth. Hear the sound of approaching footsteps. Skeeter raised his head and saw the two of them, and bowed slightly, "Deacon, Assistant Shi Yali." You came to see me for something? Sheila Gui asked. There are some things I want to report to you. Skeeter said immediately. Hilagui opened the door, "Come in!" The three of them entered the room together. Sheila Gui walked to the desk, while Shi Yali went to the side, preparing to make tea. Whats the matter? Sit down and talk. Skeeter was still standing at the door. He took out an exquisite wooden box from the space ring, took two steps forward and placed it on the table. He said, "Deacon, Magnoro came to me in the name of a visit the day before yesterday and said he wanted to I was going to visit the island owner and asked me something about the island owner. This was a gift he gave me at that time. " ?When he came to the association and learned that Magnolo was dead, Skeeter had a bad premonition in his heart. ?Go to the morgue and ask the coroner about the specific cause of death. When he heard that he was killed by Wu Heng, he broke into a cold sweat instantly. Even if you dont analyze it, you can understand what happened. ?The other party came to him the first day to inquire about the island owner''s information, making circumstantial inquiries about his identity and about ghosts. ??This is not preparation for a visit, I''m afraid it''s preparation for an assassination. After returning to my study, the more I thought about it, the more uneasy I became. If it were anyone else, this matter might have been concealed, but the other person was Wu Heng. How could it be concealed? ?After thinking about it, I brought my things to the deacon''s study, intending to talk to Sheila Gui about it first. After all, Xila Gei is obviously easier to deal with than Wu Heng. He is also his direct leader. Hearing Skeeter''s words, Sheila Gui and Shi Yali looked up at him at the same time. Killing a member of the Secret Order, I didnt expect it to be related to the associations deputy deacon. Sheela opened the wooden box on the desk and took a look, revealing the beautifully shaped dagger inlaid with gems. It is indeed beautiful. Happiness is quite attractive to professionals who use swords. He closed the box again and said, "What did he say to you then? Tell me in detail." Yes! Skeeter agreed, recounting the story while recalling it. Try the key points and tell them all the things the other party asked. Be serious and sincere. After hearing this, Shilagui said, "Is there anything else? Think about it carefully and make sure there are no omissions." Skeeter bowed again and said, "Deacon, I dare not make any omissions." Sheila Gui nodded, "What time are you patrolling?" There will be another patrol at dusk. "Leave the rest of the patrol to others first, and don''t talk about it outside, so as not to delay your subsequent promotion." Sheela Gui said. Skeeter immediately saluted, "Yes." Okay, go back, dont be too stressed. Thank you, Steward. Skeeter saluted again, turned and left the room. Wait until the door is closed again. Shi Yali brought the brewed tea to her, "Do you believe him so much?" Xilagui took a sip, picked up the wooden box and said, "I''ll go to Wuheng, and you can lead the patrol in his place." Why me Shi Yali shouted. Sheela opened the door and left directly. Outside the island lords mansion. The carriage has just approached the island owners mansion. There was a burst of noise. He opened the curtain and looked over, and saw a long and slender queue outside the island owner''s mansion. Everyone in the team is dressed luxuriously and is obviously either rich or noble. They are not ordinary people. The carriage stopped at the door of the island owner''s mansion, and Sheila Gei got out of the carriage. Someone on the opposite side immediately said hello, and Shiragui also waved. In the island lord''s mansion, there were many skeletons guarding the door, and three maids were also busy. One received the gifts and thanked them, one recorded the name and the name of the chamber of commerce, and the other sorted the gifts. Sheila Gui was speechless. ??Had I not known that Wu Heng was not short of money, I would have suspected that the exhibition was held to receive gifts. We did not reject anyone who came, and we accepted everything that was offered to us. ?Suddenly, I felt that it would be okay if Skeeter put away the dagger. Deacon Sheilagui. Minnie came over, smiled and saluted. Miss Minnie, is Wu Heng here? Xilagui asked with a smile. "The master is not here. When he comes back, I will ask him to find you!" Minnie said directly. Sheela frowned and whispered: "I have something to do here and I need to see the prophet." "I''ll take you there." Minnie responded and took her directly into the residence. Go all the way upstairs and enter the prophet''s room. Faced with the skeleton prophet, Shilagui still maintained her courtesy, took out the gift box and said, "Prophet, I need to check what happened the day before yesterday." The prophet turned his head and looked at her with empty eyes. ?Taking the wooden box, one hand floated above the wooden box, and the other hand grabbed Sheila Gui''s arm. The next second, broken images appeared in Xilagui''s mind. It is a conversation between Skeeter and Magnoro in the study. It can be proved that what Skeeter said is true. I just came to visit him and asked about the situation in Wu Heng. It only takes three or four seconds. All scenes end. ??The Skeleton Prophet let go of her arm, and after Shiraz bowed, she and Minnie exited the room. Then leave the island owners mansion and return to the association. Zombie world. Hahhhhhh~! The corpses hit the spear array like a tide. ??The sound of roaring and grabbing sounded, and at the same time, zombies died one after another under the spears, and the zombies behind were still rushing towards them. Then, ghosts rose into the sky one after another. ?Wu Heng looked to his side and said, "Glenda, Beni, go and absorb the remaining souls." The two ghosts looked at each other, rushed forward one after the other, and began to chase and devour the remaining souls in the sky. Only Xiaoxiao was left, floating to one side and watching the excitement. Having no part in the remnant soul, I dont care at all. The rear of the team. ?The old members of the base behaved very calmly and were busy following orders. ??And some of the newly joined Korean survivors have never seen such a scene before. ?Just listening to the continuous roars and the chopping sounds with sore teeth, my legs were already shaking, and I felt a little uneasy in doing things. "Cheer up, everyone, we are the logistics, there will be no danger." An old member of the team who can speak Korean shouted loudly. Why do you want to fight the zombies head-on? This is so unwise. Someone said loudly. The old member glanced at each other and said, "What''s all the fuss about? How many people are there on your side? When we were fighting over there, we couldn''t even see the end of the corpses. Stop talking nonsense." Others looked carefully at the fighting area in the distance. After confirming that the corpse group could not be attacked for the time being, he also started to work. At the same time, I prayed in my heart that nothing would happen. Time passes little by little. ?System prompts also appear. The ghost has been upgraded to level 16,. ??Beni has been upgraded again. ?Although Glenda has devoured more, it has no tendency to upgrade. Everyone, move forward. Wu Heng ordered again. Hulala~! ??The skeleton army on standby stood up and began to advance along the road relying on a tight phalanx of spears. Kill all the remaining zombies. Next, Wu Heng transformed the special corpse and collected all the corpse cores. Continue to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transform all zombies into skeletons, and add them to the queue. Then, the skeleton army moved forward. Charge into the power plant, kill all the zombies inside, and occupy the power plant. ?Wu Heng went in and took a rough look. It is certain that thermal power generation is still used here, and my own set of ''smelting furnaces'' can still be used for power generation. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. After he came over, he said: "Assign people to measure the dimensions, and then I will restore the power supply here." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. ?Then the survivors jumped out of the truck and began to scavenge for supplies. The team did not return until it got dark. After the convoy returns. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. Place the open position of the boundary gate on the huge wooden gate built in advance in Port No. 2. Then, he returned to the zombie world and headed to the port with a large number of skeletons. After confirming that there are no other people around. Use a bronze ring to open the door built in advance here. The light curtain of the world gate appears, like a huge light curtain. ?Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton on the frigate, "Drive in!" Huh~! ??The frigate was activated and rushed directly into the gate. ?Wu Heng saw the entire ship entering, took out the key, and went back to his room to sleep. (End of this chapter) Chapter 631 , why can it float on the sea? Chapter 631: Why can I float on the sea? The next day, Jinfan Tavern. The second item displayed in the Island Lords Mansion is called a watch, and its function is the same as the pocket watch in the latest issue of the Great Detective Story. Can be worn on the wrist, does not affect movement, and can provide accurate time... The bard stood on the high platform and talked about the exhibits of the island master''s mansion alone. The third item, there is no physical object on site, is an alchemical potion called strengthening potion, its function is to improve a persons physical attributes without upgrading. These three items eclipse the rest of the merchandise as soon as they are displayed. Whether it is a gorgeous vase or exquisitely carved silverware, they are all gorgeous and ordinary things. Countless people are vying to see the island owner, and the outside of the island owners mansion is filled with visiting dignitaries every day. The third day of the exhibition. In the tavern, in addition to the normal telling of the great detective story, there is also room in the middle to talk about the hot exhibition. Especially the three products displayed by the Island Lords Mansion at the exhibition. Due to some circumstances, people who did not go to the exhibition also learned something about it in this way! Even though he knew that Wuheng Island Master was powerful, he never expected that he could reach this level. Writing, timing, and medicine can break through the shackles of the body. Such a huge leap was actually realized in one person. Its too scary. Great detective, it can also be said that Wu Heng is thoughtful and has a naturally high sense of perception, able to observe details that others cannot notice. But directly producing these things cannot be explained by talent. ?Especially a necromancer. Cross-border, beyond the work of artificers and pharmacists. This is only the third day of the exhibition. As the news spreads, more people will come to the island. Treasure Island will only become more lively. Association, Deacon''s Study. I went to the island owners mansion yesterday! Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down on the sofa nearby. Shi Yali brought the tea and returned to her seat. Sheila Gui said directly: "Skeeter came to me yesterday and said that the member of the Secret Order you killed had come to see him the day before." ?Wu Heng cast a curious look, not expecting that there would be a follow-up story. Do you still have something to do with the association? Listen to me. Sheila Gui motioned him not to worry and told the whole thing in detail. I asked the Skeleton Prophet to sense the gift, and I can confirm that the two of them were just having an ordinary conversation and were not accomplices of the Secret Order. There are two deputy deacons in Treasure Island. ??The human archdeacon is called Skeeter, and the dwarf is called Gardain. ?Wu Heng didnt have much contact with them, and he only said hello when he met them occasionally. I dont know much about my own information, so if I want to disclose it, its only the things that are made public. Its good to have a clear investigation. This kind of thing is inevitable. Wu Heng said with a smile. "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, and then asked, "What did you do yesterday? The exhibition started, and you went out and ran around again." I went out to do some errands. Wu Heng replied with a smile. ??Shi Yali also came over and sat on the armrest beside Sila Gui, "Wu Heng, are you the one who invented the pen and the watch?" I brought it here, you can hardly see it here. Wu Heng said. "What about that potion? Is there a real one? When I saw it, there were only certificates from associations and consortiums." Shi Yali put her white and tender arms on her sister''s shoulders. There were real objects, but I was afraid of causing any trouble, so I put them away. Did you also introduce it? This is not. Shi Yali smiled and said, "Did someone else send it to the exhibition? It''s already great with a pen and a watch." Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, the potion was developed by my organization." The two sisters'' brows widened instantly, and they looked at each other, and they both saw surprise in each other''s eyes. Arent you a mage? Shi Yali asked. I discovered a material that has an effect on the human body, so I organized people to start developing potions. Wu Heng explained. The potion has been made public, and some things no longer need to be kept secret. The two women were even more surprised, and for a moment they didn''t know what to say. It took a while. Sheila Guicai said, "Aren''t you afraid of causing trouble?" Dont worry, with the current defense strength of the island, there will be no problem. Wu Heng said. Shi Yali''s eyes lit up again, and she suddenly said: "Last time you made a bet with Sheila Gui and said something shocking enough, was it this potion?" Sheila Gui suddenly raised her head and looked at her, with a look in her eyes like "Why are you bringing this up?" Shi Yali noticed her sister''s gaze and said, "This can''t be counted. You said it was a strange weapon, not a medicine." Wu Heng also remembered this matter when he was mentioned in this way. ?Last time, when the three of them chatted, they talked about betting. Sheila Gui asked him not to focus on the development of magical weapons, but to focus on spells. ??Wu Heng mentioned the bet, saying that if he really came up with a shocking enough weapon, he would have to agree to one of his requests. ?Of course, Shi Yali also joined. ??Wu Heng looked at the two sisters who had similar looks but different temperaments, and said in a confused tone, "You two won''t deny it, will you?" Sheila Gui said: "We agreed that it is a fancy device. The watch is also good, but it is not as exaggerated as you said before." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "What if I bring out a strange weapon?" Then I have nothing more to say. Sheela shrugged. Then I will convince you that you have lost. Wu Heng said, stood up and said, Lets go to the port with me. Go out now? Sheela was curious. Then look at what a magic weapon is. Wu Heng raised his head slightly. Sheila Gui stared at him, "Do you really want to go out?" Come on, put on your hood, and lets go quietly. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui was a little skeptical, but she still took a hood from the space ring, put it on and walked out of the office desk. ?Wu Heng looked at Shi Yali again, who was leaning on her chin and smiling, "You also participated in the bet, won''t you forget it?" ?Shi Yalis smile froze and she wanted to retort. He held it back again, put on his hood, and left together. Port No. 2. Silla Gui and Shi Yali opened their eyes wide and looked up at the huge beast docked at the port, their eyes full of shock and confusion. Even the largest warship is not as huge as it is in front of you, like a hill sitting in the sea. ??Wu Heng looked at the expressions of the two and smiled, "How is it? This should be regarded as a strange weapon!" The two women were already full of surprise. Shi Yali swallowed and asked, "Is this also an exhibit?" What kind of exhibit is this? The frigate of our small island protects the safety of the sea. Wu Heng said. "You are exaggerating! You rushed out like this." Shi Yali said again. Sheela Gui also said: "Just to win us?" ??Wu Heng rolled his eyes at the two women who had never seen the world before and said, "By the way, I''ll win with you." Is this iron? Sheela asked next. "Um!" Why can it float on the sea? Shi Yali also asked. (End of this chapter) Chapter 632 , test firing Chapter 632, test firing Simply put, through design and structure, the ship has enough buoyancy to float on the sea. Wu Heng explained. The two frowned, but nodded. While talking, another ship docked from a distance. ?Philippa ran down with the green parrot and said hello from a distance, "Sheila Gui, Shi Yali, you are here too." The two of them smiled and nodded. ?Then, Philippa urged Wu Heng: "Everything is ready, let''s go quickly, I want to see the new ship." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Come on the boat, let''s go test it out." ?Several people followed him onto the boat. The ship is still equipped with modern equipment. ?Wu Heng introduced the names and functions of each cabin on the ship to several people. The three women listened carefully and were even more surprised. It is completely different from the one in this world. It is clean and tidy, and it does not have such a strong smell of rotten wood. After taking a rough look at it. ??Wu Heng walked to the control room and ordered to the skeleton, "Leave the port and move toward the southwest." ??The rumbling sound of operation sounded, and the frigate began to move. After exiting the port position, move toward the southwest at an increasingly faster speed. Arriving all the way, Philippa arranged the position in advance. The frigate began to slow down and came to a slow stop. Philippa pointed to the black spot at the end of her sight, "That''s the boat that was just launched. Do you want to test weapons?" ?Pick up the telescope and look in the direction of the target. You can see a fishing boat with a black flag, swaying with the waves. ?Wu Heng said to the control room: "Destroy the target fishing boat ahead." Turn the muzzle. Boom~! There was a loud roar, and then the fishing boat in the distance suddenly exploded into huge waves. When the waves disappeared, the sky above the sea was empty. The three women opened their eyes even more and looked at the position where the fishing boat disappeared in the distance. Wu Heng said to Philippa: "The beds on the ship can accommodate 145 people. It is equipped with anti-air missiles and can attack targets in the sky. What was just fired was a naval gun with a range of 10,000 meters. Once the target is discovered, there is no need to get close. , just attack directly. Philippa nodded subconsciously, "Ah, I understand." From now on, this ship will be handed over to you, and the other ships will be handed over to the deputy captains for route patrol. Wu Heng said to Philippa. Holy shit, hes so handsome! Philippa jumped up and cheered. ?Wu Heng is also very satisfied with this ship. At least in this world, it is definitely the overlord of the sea. When maritime trade begins, safety on routes can also be ensured. Return to Hong Kong. Wu Heng ordered. The ship began to return and slowly docked at the port. Philippa stayed to continue studying the ship and transferred some skeletons over. ?Wu Heng, Xila Gui and Shi Yali returned together. en route. Wu Heng said: "I am willing to admit defeat. You two owe me a request." Xila Guis face was a little red and she emphasized: Dont go too far. Okay, wait until I think about it. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shi Yali raised her eyebrows and said, "It''s okay to go too far." The carriage dropped them off at the entrance of the association. ?Wu Heng continued to return to the island master''s mansion. Return to the island owners mansion. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat, and Robert brought herbal tea. Are there many people coming to visit? Wu Heng asked. Two more people came in the morning, and there were almost no people in the afternoon. Minnie answered softly. Thats good. Wu Heng said. ??Robert said with a smile, "Those people are very polite and cautious when talking. They are completely different from the merchants in Luntam City." They are all the same, but we are different. Wu Heng reminded him softly, tilting his head. Yes, we are the maids of the island master now, its different. Robert puffed up his chest. ?Wu Heng also smiled, took a rest, and went to the back courtyard to drink tea while continuing to assemble the electromagnetic gun. Dusk. ? Anderweil and Shanara also rushed back from outside and had dinner together in the restaurant. Shannara asked: "When will your exhibits be put on sale? Those people couldn''t find you, so they all came to me." The pens will be sold first, the quantity is limited, and they cannot be released for takeout yet. Then, as for the watches and potions, I plan to auction them at an auction. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. When will the pens go on sale and how many can be sold? Shannella asked. There can be about 70,000 in number. Shanara calculated the number of chambers of commerce in her mind and said: "Then let the chamber of commerce limit the number to 100, and let them take it back to test the market. We will sell it later." He continued to be silent for a while, and then said, "The price If so, its better to be between 20 silver and 60 silver. Its more expensive than those special quill pens, but its not too outrageous. People who often use it for writing can also afford it. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "Isn''t the price too expensive? When the factory is built later, it can be mass-produced." 20 silver, enough to buy a good crossbow. In the modern world, the pricing gap of pens is somewhat large. Shannara shook her head, "It''s not expensive. The price must be determined for the first batch, and the first purchasers are not short of money. Later, when mass production occurs, bargaining will be more convenient, and the market can be gathered again." What you said makes sense. Wu Heng nodded. "What price are you going to set?" Shanara put down the tableware and looked at him curiously. Fountain pens are also divided into different styles and qualities. Ordinary pens cost 30 silver, and others are higher. Wu Heng said. Where are the watches and potions? Shannara asked next. "The number of watches is even smaller, more than 20,000, and the number of medicines is even smaller." Wu Heng recalled. The number of potions is actually more than the number of watches. It cant be said to be mass-produced, but the skeletons that expand outward can deliver a large number of corpse cores every time. Enough to sell for a while. However, due to the special nature of the medicine, it is necessary to tell the outside world that it is very rare, so as to maintain the importance of the medicine and its good selling price. As for pens and watches, as long as the production line is moved over, normal production can be resumed. Thats okay, well discuss it when its sold, Shannella said. ?At present, Shannara is still nominally the president of Star Flower, but in fact she has focused her energy on Treasure Island. Especially the success of the exhibition. Bringing together big business associations of all races, no country or force has been able to do it in the past. Furthermore, the exhibits presented by Wu Heng indeed achieved good results. "It''s not urgent." Wu Heng said with a smile, and then added, "Will you go back in the evening?" Shannara carefully glanced at the maids out of the corner of her eye and said, "I''m not going back." Night falls. Shanela walked out of the bathroom, her long wet hair falling on her shoulders. He was wrapped in a white bathrobe and his belt was tied loosely. He walked over lightly on the carpet. Sit down in front of the dressing table and wipe your hair. ?Wu Heng walked over, took out two bottles of medicine from the space ring, and placed them on the table. "Strengthening medicine, the side effects will cause a certain amount of pain. You take it, and I will help you keep an eye on it." Shannara looked at the potion and raised her eyebrows, "You''re not going to auction it, why don''t you just give me two bottles?" I will give it to you again in the future, just dont tell anyone about it. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannara turned her head, held his cheek, and kissed him **** the lips, "Sister, my love for you is not in vain." Take it quickly, you still need to rest after finishing the work! "Okay!" Shannara nodded in agreement. After opening the potion, she drank it without hesitation. As a side effect, her body began to convulse. ?Wu Heng comforted her and told her that the pain would be a little more severe the first time and would lessen later on. After the first bottle was finished, Shanara took a rest and then continued to take the second bottle. Youre lying... Shanela said and huddled up on the bed. It took a while before things got better. But he was already sweating profusely. Shannara exhaled heavily and said, "I feel that I have changed a bit, but I can''t tell what." Strengthening of muscles and bones. Wu Heng explained. Ill go wash it again. ??Shanela washed it again, wiped her hair, glanced at the other person seductively, and slowly got into bed. ?Wu Heng hooked his fingers on the belt and pulled, and the bathrobe slowly spread out like a soft cloud. Reveals delicate, white and tender skin. With the other party''s reluctance, he knelt down on the bed. Gently hold your waist. The next day, it was dawn. Shanela left early in the morning and continued to deal with the exhibition. And disclose some of the pen pricing to various chambers of commerce to test their reactions. For pens and watches, there are factories in Yangtong City, and production can be resumed. ?It''s just that Wu Heng has to go back, move the factory to Treasure Island, and then purchase materials from various chambers of commerce. After confirming that nothing happened to you. ?Wu Heng also opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. Picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked in directly and said: "There is news from the military factory. Gaorong has completed the test of the production chain. He didn''t say much on the radio. I think it should be the production chain of rifles." (End of this chapter) Chapter 633 , rifle production chain Chapter 633, Rifle Production Chain The rifle production chain has already begun research and development after Tiancheng Group joined the base. ?Wu Hengs idea is also very simple. The two worlds complement each other, fighting zombies with cold weapons, relying on the number of skeletons to clear out the corpses, regaining the city and rescuing survivors. Firearms are used in other worlds. ??Ordinary professionals cannot withstand bullets, which is enough to handle most battles. At that time, a skeleton army will be armed, not afraid of death, equipped with modern weapons, and its combat effectiveness will definitely not be weak. Now the good news finally comes. Its just that I am not at the military factory. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Are the ships returning to Binhai Port at the port?" Here, there are two ships transporting back and forth. Qi Hancai replied. "I will go back today to see what''s going on there." Wu Heng decided directly. Then Ill get the cargo ship ready. Qi Hancai said, picked up the walkie-talkie, and started to contact the survivors in charge of the cargo ship. After saying a few words, he hung up the intercom and said, "The arrangements have been made. There is no problem at the port. You can go back at any time." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Has the logistics fleet been assembled?" "It has been formed. Some of them were brought over from the base, and the rest are survivors from Shanfu Port. There are still some difficulties in communication," Qi Hancai said. It is not possible to support all of these people in the base. There must be some work assigned, but communication is still a bit difficult. Its all physical work. Anyone whos not stupid can do it. When the time comes, let Xinhe start a language class and teach them Chinese in his free time. Wu Heng said directly. Okay. Qi Hancai smiled. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go and arrange the skeleton team. During my absence, I can continue to clean up the zombies." The two of them walked out of the room and went downstairs together. ??Wu Heng mobilized the skeletons in the base, and except for the skeletons who daily defended the city walls and ports, the rest were all organized into a pioneering team. It is equipped with a big-headed skeleton and a level 11 skeleton mage. Two skeleton flying dragons and twelve vampire skeletons. You follow the main road and clean up the zombies. The skeleton mage is responsible for transforming the corpses. Corpse cores and gold, collected together. ?Wu Heng explained to the big-headed skeleton and the skeleton mage. ?After thinking about it for a while, I felt that there was nothing more I needed to say, so I said directly: "Okay, let''s go!" The gate to the wall opens. The skeleton army left the base in a mighty manner and continued to move forward along the road. Behind the skeleton army was the logistics convoy arranged by Qi Hancai. Responsible for the transportation of some weapons and loot, as well as rescuing survivors along the way. The teams plan is also very simple. It is to attack all the way to the interior of South Korea. This area is equivalent to the area of ??a province in China, so it is easier to clean up. Some scientific research institutes and military factories are also easier to find. The place is small after all. Looking at the army gradually disappearing, the door was closed again. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and walked back together to the port. This is the size of the boiler of the power plant. Qi Hancai handed over the recorded list. ??Wu Heng opened it and took a look, "Next time I come back, I''ll restore the power here." Qi Hancai lowered his head, with a bit of reluctance in his tone, "Then when will you come back." Why are you reluctant to let go now? Im afraid Ill think about it after a long time. Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''ll come back when I''m done with it." The two of them talked and came to the car parked on the side of the road. The modern port is quite large and you need to take a car. After closing the door, the skeleton driver drove directly. ?Qi Hancai moved the passenger seat forward to create an empty space. Kneel down in front of Wu Heng and start to pull the belt. Now? Wu Heng said in surprise. "There''s enough time." Qi Hancai said and buried his head in the other party''s waist. ?Wu Heng stroked the other party''s hair gently, enjoying the diligent service. The car arrives at the port. After stopping at the roadside for a while, the two of them walked down with the skeleton. Say hello to sister Yahong for me. Qi Hancai said with a smile. The mood is better than before. "If something happens, tell me immediately. Don''t put yourself in danger and arrange for the skeleton to do it." Wu Heng instructed. "I know, as long as the skeleton is there, there can be no problems." Qi Hancai said confidently. Okay, Ill leave first and Ill be back early. Qi Hancai nodded and waved goodbye. ?Wu Heng boarded the cargo ship. The captain in charge of controlling the ship saluted slightly. Lets go! The ship started and sailed away from Sanbu Port. Two and a half days'' journey. ?Wu Heng rode the flying dragon and arrived above the military factory. Leap off the flying dragon and release [Light Feather Technique] before landing. He and the two skeleton attendants slowly landed on the ground. Chief! The passing survivors immediately saluted and said hello. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Is Gao Rong at the base?" I didnt seem to see him going out. Ask him if he is here. If he is, ask him to go to the conference room. Wu Heng said directly. "clear." The survivor picked up the walkie-talkie to contact Gao Rong, while Wu Heng walked towards the conference room. ?Wu Heng sat in the conference room and waited for a while. ?There was a knock on the door. Gao Rong opened the door and walked in, seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room. ?? Bowed slightly, "Chief, you are back." Sit down! Gao Rong sat down on the side, and Wu Heng continued: "Qi Hancai said you have achieved results here?" "Yes, leader." Gao Rong smiled confidently and said: "The production chain of the rifle has completed the production test. As long as the materials are sufficient, it can be produced normally. A total of 13 newspaper printing machines have been produced during this period, and production is already underway. Sure enough, the rifle production line test was successful. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, take me to see you." Please, chief! Gao Rong said. ?The two of them walked out of the building together, and with Gao Rong leading the way, they walked towards the side of the factory. ?From a distance, you can see a row of factory buildings. This area was originally burned by the fire. Now that the weather has warmed up, it has been rebuilt into a factory area. It just looks a bit crude, with a red brick wall. Entering the factory, Gao Rong turned on the switch on one side, and the lights in the entire room turned on. The production chain exposing the mechanical structure. The machinery is not running, but it can be seen that it has been tested before. Gao Rong introduced: "Chief, here is the equipment for making gun barrels. The machine will drill out the inner bore, and then use a deep hole drill to drill a through hole in the center of the alloy rod, and grind the inner wall of the through hole smooth to become a "seamless steel pipe." " After all, I have information and drawings in my hands, even if I was not engaged in military machinery before. You can also describe the production process and features. Can it withstand bullet fire? Wu Hengbi asked. They are all high-quality steel, and they were purchased according to the records on the rifle drawings, so there is no problem. Gao Rong said. Where are the others! Gao Rong continued, Other factories are the production chain of other components. Is it difficult to operate? Its not big. Its all automated equipment. Once it starts, it will be produced by itself. If something goes wrong, it needs to be corrected. ?Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction, "It will be a day of start-up tomorrow. I will arrange for the skeletons to come in for production. You can follow and teach me." Okay. Gao Rong agreed. Then the two went to several other factories, and Gao Rong introduced the details of the equipment and accessories in turn. They all looked at each other before returning to the conference room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "You did a good job and worked very hard." It should be done. Gao Rong said modestly. How many of you are there in total? Gao Rong replied, "There are seven R&D personnel in total. If you include apprentices, there are 18 people in total." ?Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "You must have seen Qi Hancai''s owl, right?" Gao Rong''s eyes flashed with confusion, and he suddenly mentioned the owl. Still replied, "Yes, it''s Deputy Chief Qi''s pet. I also found wandering zombies through an owl before." It is an ability that can continuously enhance the physical condition. The ability displayed is similar to the ability of taking corpse core awakening, but without side effects. Wu Heng looked at him and explained. (End of this chapter) Chapter 634 , wrong decision Chapter 634, wrong decision Gao Rong''s pupils opened, his eyes full of surprise. Corpse without side effects. Isnt this something that the main station has been studying? Has the base already appeared? ?Thinking of this, Gao Rong''s heart beat faster. When Wu Heng mentioned this matter to him, he must have planned to leave it to him. The attitude was more respectful, "Chief, what do you have to say to me?" "No instructions. You performed really well this time. I plan to help you improve, of course, if you are willing." Wu Heng still looked at him. Gao Rong said: "Are there no side effects at all?" "No." "We are willing." Gao Rong hesitated for a moment, but agreed. Wu Heng took out three magic weapon master''s job transfer scrolls from the space ring, put them on the table and said: "These are called job scrolls. What I give you is slightly different from Qi Hancai''s scroll. Qi Hancai''s scroll tends to be different." For investigation, yours is for scientific research, which can be understood as mainly improving intelligence." Gao Rong looked at the scroll rolled up on the table. ?His eyes widened even more. Wu Heng continued, "There are only three at the moment. You use one, and I will replenish the rest later. As for your apprentices, they will receive some resource rewards." "Yes, Chief." Gao Rong nodded and looked at the scroll again, "Chief, how do you use this thing?" You pick up the scroll and open it, dont resist the power in your body. Wu Heng said. ?Gao Rong stood up, picked up a scroll and opened it directly. ?The light flashed and penetrated into the center of his eyebrows. The next second, Gao Rong frowned, "I feel it, it seems to be changing my body." Your career direction is to develop machinery. As long as you work hard in this direction, you will continue to improve. Wu Heng said. Thank you, chief. We will continue to work hard to help build the base. Gao Rong bowed deeply. Also, please tell the people under your command not to tell anyone about this matter. If it spreads, we will have countless troubles. Wu Hengs voice was serious. Gao Rong also knew the seriousness of it and nodded. Sit down and say, stop standing. Gao Rong sat down again, and Wu Heng asked, "Is there any recent news from the main station?" "After you and Deputy Chief Qi left, the main station came again. He has not been here for a while. The exchanged materials are all stored in the warehouse." Where are those Russian researchers? What are they doing now? A few of them have independently developed a research project, which is about electricity. They will continue to research in the direction of new energy and reduce their dependence on gasoline. Gao Rong explained. "Okay, let''s continue with normal development. You will still be responsible for the military factory." Understood. Gao Rong nodded. Theres nothing else to do, go and do your work! Gao Rong stood up, took the other two scrolls, and left the room. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the conference room and walked toward the room upstairs. Just walked outside a room. Then I heard the sound of women chatting inside. Knocked lightly on the door. After receiving a response, he opened the door and walked in. Zhao Yanqiu is wearing a black sports coat and is sitting on a chair. ?Seeing Wu Heng come in, he immediately said hello, "Chief." Xiaoxiao was also at the side, showing his figure, "Uncle, are you done talking over there?" Weve finished chatting, theres nothing else to do. Wu Heng said, then looked at Zhao Yanqiu, How did you learn the skills last time? ??Xiao Xiao flew over, lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder, and said, "My mother has learned it. Let''s collect some high-level books for her. It''s best if she can fight and protect herself." ?It seems that Zhao Yanqiu still has some talent. I really learned it. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Go back and have a look. If you have any, bring them over." ??Zhao Yanqiu said: "Thank you, chief. I''m sorry to trouble you." ?Xiao Xiao flew to Zhao Yanqiu''s side again, "No trouble, uncle is really powerful now, isn''t he?" Well, its no trouble. What trouble does the family have? Wu Heng said. ??Zhao Yanqiu was a little embarrassed, but Xiaoxiao smiled happily. ?Wu Heng and Zhao Yanqiu chatted for a while. I was concerned about my recent living situation. After all, I am a young mother. also relates to the unfinished business behind Xiaoxiao. Chatted with the mother and daughter for a while. ?Seeing that the sky was getting dark, he left the room. Take Xiaoxiao back to the original bedroom and walk through the boundary door. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and just in time to catch up with the skeleton chef, he brought dinner to the table. "Owner." ?Several maids all said hello. Minnie said: "Master, is there anything you want to eat? Ask the chef to make some more for you." "No need, these are good." Wu Heng sat down and ate together. After dinner. ??Wu Heng asked: "Weier, how is the island these days?" Andewil said: "Master, more ships and merchants are coming to the island, and the properties on the island are beginning to be purchased in large quantities, especially the several mansions in the central area, which are selling very quickly." It seems that this has also boosted real estate. Its just that those who came were all businessmen. House prices in the central area should be raised appropriately, and those guys are not short of money. Anderweil nodded with a smile, "Okay." Is Shanara not here? Wu Heng asked next. Minnie said: "You are not here, and sister Shannara is not here." Its okay, Ill go take a look tomorrow. Sitting in the living room and chatting for a while. ??The sky gradually darkened, and several people returned to the room to rest. ?Emerald Sea. A fleet of ships flying the red whirlwind pirate flag on a black background floats on the sea. ??On the deck, scattered pirates yawned and patrolled. ?In the sky, several banshees with human faces and harpy bodies circled back and forth around the ship, and from time to time they made cries like babies. ?Not long after, another pirate ship with the same flag approached. The harpy approaches quickly, observing and circling. After confirming that it is one''s own ship, they return to the original hull and stand on the mast. ??The pirate ship continued to approach, and one person pulled the rope and wandered directly to the main ship. ?Hello to the pirates patrolling the deck. Hurry towards the captain''s cabin. Standing at the door, you can hear the heavy breathing and the moans of women inside. Waiting at the door for a while. Waiting for the sounds of fighting to stop, he lightly knocked on the door and said, "Captain, I have obtained some information." ?The door opened, and a charming woman walked out slowly. He glanced at the other party and said softly: "I came at the right time." Ignoring the other party, he walked directly into the room. ??A tall, bearded man, naked, sitting carelessly on the bed, "What information, tell me!" The subordinate said: "According to the intelligence, the pirates in the Emerald Sea were all eliminated by the association. I heard that they were led to Treasure Island and wiped out all in one fell swoop." All? The captain frowned and was a little surprised. The vast majority, some who have slipped through the net, do not dare to show up now. The captain thought for a moment and then asked, "There have been more caravans on the route recently. What''s the reason?" ?The other party replied, "It''s also Treasure Island. Some kind of banquet or dance was held there, and many important figures from the chamber of commerce were invited." "Treasure Island..." the captain continued, and then added, "Who is in charge of Treasure Island?" I heard that he is a newly appointed island owner, and his level is less than 15. ?The sun rises high, and Treasure Island becomes lively again. The Island Lords Mansion has started selling pens, and the purchase quantity is limited. A person returned from the central area and casually said to an acquaintance. When did it happen? It started this morning, and now there is a long queue, all of them are people from the Chamber of Commerce. Really? Ill go take a look too. If its not expensive, Ill buy one too. 25 silver, its not cheap... I feel like this first batch was priced at those chambers of commerce, and they all want to take it back and imitate it. The price is indeed a bit expensive, but its good to see the excitement. In the central area, outside a building next to the city hall, it was already overcrowded. On the huge sign at the door, there are eye-catching characters: Pens cost 25 silver each, single person is limited to one purchase, and the Chamber of Commerce is limited to 100 pens. The price is not cheap, and the quantity is limited. It can be said that this is the first time I see someone selling things, and there are so many restrictions. ?But there was still a queue of tens of meters long. Especially the Chamber of Commerce. You have to buy it back and dismantle it to see if you can make it yourself. So no matter how expensive the first batch is, you have to buy it. The improvement made by Wuheng Island Master is really great. One person in the team said. I heard that he was ostracized in the Kingdom of Yeko, and it wasnt until he arrived at Treasure Island that he gradually showed his talents. Yeke Kingdom has been in decline for a long time. Now the borders are sealed and there is civil strife all day long. Anyway, if the Yeke Kingdom had left Wu Heng behind, it might have been able to regain its glory again. "If Wu Heng really stays in the kingdom, those people will only worry about whether it will affect them." (End of this chapter) Chapter 635 , we have seen Chapter 635, we have met Shanella Mansion. Mrs. Shannara, this exhibition was so successful. Your intuition and judgment in business are admirable. Yes, this is the first time that someone has thought of holding an exhibition of this kind. . In the living room, the representatives of the chamber of commerce praised him one after another. The pens have already been put on sale. If you queue up to buy them, you wont be able to use them. What I am more concerned about is the plan behind Treasure Island. Since the morning, people have been coming here to place them, and more and more people are gathering. ?Listening to the praise from everyone, Shannella smiled and said lightly, "You''re welcome. Thanks to everyone''s support, this exhibition can be a success." The tone was calm, but there was also some pride in my heart. The Wood Elves gave themselves an honorary president, and basically lost the right to speak over the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. ??Wuheng is still continuing to repay its debts. ??It was agreed with the wood elves that a certain number of orders per year would be the condition for returning Shannara. The success of this exhibition has been praised by all chambers of commerce. Also prove one''s ability. ??Things about the Treasure Island Exhibition will definitely be reported back to the Wood Elves. At that time, the Presbyterian Church will realize it. It is the Star Flowers loss and the Wood Elves loss to drive themselves out. Everyone was polite again. ?One of the dwarves touched his beard and said: "Ms. Shannara, now that the pens are on sale, do you have any inside information about the remaining two?" The rest of the people immediately fell silent. Shannara picked up the tea cup, took a sip gracefully, smiled and shook her head, "It''s hard to say, the island owner doesn''t allow it to be mentioned outside." When they heard that there was some inside information, the eyes of the others lit up. Lady Shannella, tell us something. Even though we are all so familiar with each other, if we reveal something, we wont tell anyone else. "yes." Shannara put down the water glass, pretended to have made some decisions, and whispered: "Then I will reveal something and don''t spread it to the outside world." ?Everyone nodded and looked serious. Shanela continued, In the next few days, watches will be sold, but the workmanship is very complicated and only a smaller number will be sold. The next few days. Estimated to be about three to five days. It seems that you need to prepare money and make a purchase first. Where are the strengthening potions? someone continued to ask. Shanara continued, "Everyone should know the significance of the potion, let alone us. As the news spreads, royal nobles from all over the country will arrange for people to come and buy it, and the quantity will be smaller, and it will most likely be sold at auction. " If there is an auction, more people should participate. Special potions are inherently valuable, but this kind of potion may fetch a sky-high price. At that time, the vampires, elves, and those old guys who have lived for a long time but cant break through will probably have to bid for their money. When you say that, I feel like there is no hope of buying it. After listening to Shannaras words, discussions began below. Shannara was still drinking tea and listening to the discussions on the other side. The matters about watches and potions would also be passed on through these people. Be prepared for the later price to be higher, as it is a scarce item after all. We waited for the people present to discuss for a while. Shannara put down the tea cup, "Since everyone is here, I also want to say one thing." Everyone looked over. Shanara continued, "I have some orders from Treasure Island here. Take a look, Treasure Island has a very good reputation, and even if we purchase in large quantities for a long time, we at Star Flower can''t eat them all in one go." The housekeeper behind him took out a stack of documents and handed them over. Shannara glanced at it and said, "This is an order for fine steel, this is an order for mesh cloth, this is for copper plates, white gunpowder, ordinary steel, fine iron..." The orders were placed on the table one by one, and the others got up one after another to get those related to their own chamber of commerce. The expressions were also somewhat surprised and curious. Treasure Island, need so many things? Town hall, conference room. My lord, the island owner. Five women in colorful long dresses bowed slightly, their loose collars drooping, revealing large areas of plumpness and whiteness. ??In the morning, Wu Heng received a notification from Anderweil saying that someone wanted to adapt the novel. I thought it was the same bard from last time, but so many women came in. ?Wu Heng glanced at the last person in particular. Different from the previous ones who were flamboyant, the last one covered herself more tightly and had a different temperament. ?? He looked back, looked at a few people, and said, "Sit down, do you want to change Beni''s story?" Several women sat down, and the leading woman smiled and said: "Your Majesty, the island owner, we are maids in the island tavern, and we don''t want to do this all our lives. I heard that the bard has your permission to adapt the detective story, and we also want to Give it a try. The woman said, her eyes looking here carefully from time to time. Looking a little timid. You also want to adapt the great detective story? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. We want to change Miss Pennys story, the woman said immediately. Bennys story, no wonder. ??I thought I was going to do a cross-dressing, where a woman disguises herself as a man. Seeing that Wu Heng did not speak, the woman immediately said: "Island Master, we..., we also want to be like Beni, with goals and directions." The story of the Great Detective tells the story of a low-level genius who uses his unique talents to solve cases one after another. And Pennys story more directly inspired the women on the island who came from poor backgrounds. Especially the maid in the tavern, regarded Penny as a target. What is your profession? Wu Heng asked. "We don''t have a profession, but we have contacted a few bards. They will teach us some and work hard to perform this story well." The woman said urgently, then stood up and saluted, "Please trust us. " Professional scrolls are not expensive, considering these maids. There shouldnt be any problem with changing jobs, but more likely there will be no goals. After changing professions, it will take a lot of time to move forward in the professional direction, and combat professions require a lot of weapons and equipment. Wu Heng looked at them one by one and said, "Okay, I promise you, study hard. If this path is suitable for you, I will prepare career scrolls for you." ?The women looked up suddenly, as if they couldn''t believe that this matter could be so simple. ?The other party agreed directly, and even sounded more supportive of doing so. Really? Sir! The woman in the lead said a little excitedly. Really, you should go back to rehearse. If you can really perform, come to the city hall to get the career scroll. Wu Heng said with a smile. Thank you, Lord Island Master. Several people thanked them again. Its okay, go back and practice hard. Wu Heng said. ?A few people nodded, saluted, and walked out of the room backwards. ?The rest of the people left, but the hooded figure at the end did not leave the room. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party in confusion, "Aren''t you and them together?" The figure took off his hood, revealing long golden hair and a delicate face. The image of a young and beautiful human beauty. Moreover, there is a certain momentum to that station. ?Made a lady''s salute and said: "Brittany, I have met the island owner." Do we know each other? ??The other party raised his head slightly, stared here and said seriously: "Island owner, we met in Netale City, and I exchanged the rare items in your hand for the potion." (End of this chapter) Chapter 636 , please join us Chapter 636, please join us Its her! ?The little rich woman who exchanged rare things with herself. The last time, when Wu Heng passed by, the tavern had been sealed, otherwise Wu Heng would still want to exchange with her. Its a pity that I didnt leave any contact information at that time. But I didnt expect that the other party would directly find this place. ?Wu Heng also inquired about the identity of the other party through the association and guessed that she was the princess of Yeke Kingdom. But its been a while, so I cant remember the name, and I dont know if its the same name as she just said. ?Wu Heng did not hide anything, and said with a smile: "Hello, this time we meet with our true faces." Brittany said in a solemn voice, "My lord, I am the fifth princess of the Kingdom of Yeko. I came here this time to ask for your help." She is indeed a princess. ?Wu Heng didn''t have much expression and asked: "What''s the matter?" Island owner, please help take back the Kingdom of Yeko and join my team. Brittany looked serious, with a heroic look on her brows. ?Wu Hengs brows instantly furrowed. Looking at the other person for a while, he asked: "You..., why do you want me to help you?" "I need my own team. With your ability, you can definitely become my most reliable force. As long as you get the Kingdom of Yeko, I will definitely give you everything you want." Brittany sounded a little excited, and then added, " You have also lived in the Kingdom of Yeko, and you definitely dont want the Kingdom to become what it is now. ?Wu Heng looked at her and felt that this little girl had read too many heroic stories. ??Moreover, I have no feelings for the Kingdom of Yeko, and even said that I went to Luntam City just to escape from there. Who is the enemy? My eldest brother and second brother! Are they two together? Wu Heng asked next. "No, they are competing for the throne. This situation occurs in the kingdom now because the officials and generals support different people." Brittany replied. Then if you join in, wont it become more chaotic? Brittany looked excited and said: "No, they are not worthy of sitting on the throne, and they are not worthy of being respected by all people. They colluded with outsiders and killed their father and many ministers. I want to take back all of this." According to what the other party said, Wu Heng almost learned some things about the Kingdom of Yeke. In other words, the only ones competing for the throne in the kingdom are the eldest prince and the second prince, and they have received support from different forces. Now lets see who can take the last position. ? And ''Brittany'', the fifth princess, is obviously not satisfied with these two people and also wants to form her own team. Wu Heng had previously sold her potions, making her think that she was a high-level pharmacist. If you want to get your own support, whether it is medicines or funds, famous pharmacists will not be in short supply. ?Now that I know through the exhibition that it is me who is exchanging potions with her, I want to help her even more. How many people do you have now? Brittany looked suffocated, "Three of you are included, but I will continue to look for and invite reliable companions." Holy shit, three people just want to seize the throne. ??How is this different from a drunk fisherman in a tavern? ??Wu Heng hesitated for a moment and reminded softly, "Princess Brittany, thank you for your recognition, but you should know that I am the island owner appointed by the association and the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." Brittany nodded. ?Wu Heng went on to say, The association shall not interfere in or change local government affairs and political power in any form. Brittany said: "I know, I have a reason. They are supported by the cult. The non-interference you said is normal. When it comes to the cult and local security, some special actions can be taken." "Where''s the evidence? Let me take a look." Wu Heng looked at her. Brittany looked a little anxious, "I haven''t yet, but I can find out if I check." "Princess, the association does not have a rule of killing first and reporting later." Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "I will report this matter to the headquarters and let the local associations in the kingdom pay attention to this matter." Brittany frowned and thought for a moment, the number of people was indeed small now. Once its determined, nothing can be done. It just so happens that the association can investigate the matter. Thank you, but dont mention that Im here, many people are looking for me. Okay. Wu Heng agreed. If the association investigates a cult, will you join my team? Brittany looked up again. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, but if you stay on Treasure Island for one day, I can guarantee your safety." Brittany looked a little disappointed and stopped talking a few times. Still he said: "I will convince you." ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Brittany put her hood back on, then turned around and left. After the other party left, Wu Heng also covered his face and left the city hall. Go out of the city hall. The entire central area is still extremely lively. There is still a long queue at the place selling pens in the distance. ?There were many people watching nearby, some carrying burdens and selling some fruits to people waiting in line. Since there have been more wealthy businessmen on the island, local residents have also made some money indirectly. At least the pubs and hotels are full of people. ??Wu Heng took a look and confirmed that there was no problem. Everyone was queuing up to buy things normally, and then went to the association. Since Xila Gui was not at the association, Wu Heng also went to the front desk. ??Purchased two artificer career scrolls and asked the other party to order more. Then took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. I bought a young owl with gray feathers at the animal training store and got back on the carriage. Return to the island owners mansion. Master, are you selling the pens well? Minnie helped him take off his coat. ?Robert took the cage from the skeleton attendant and put it aside. Annette brought herbal tea. Theres a long queue. If youre bored at home, you can go out and take a walk. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, took a sip of herbal tea. There are so many people outside, I dont really want to go out, Minnie said. ??The other two people also nodded in agreement. "It depends on yourselves." Wu Heng put down the teacup and continued, "Minnie, what level are you at?" I seem to have reached level 8. I havent tested it for a long time. Minnie said. Go upstairs and get the grade crystals for you to test. Wu Heng said directly. "Okay!" Minnie said, "Robert, go to Sister Wei''er''s room and get the level crystal." ??Luo Bei rushed upstairs, then ran down with a crystal stone and handed it to Wu Heng, "Here you are, master." Which of you will test first? Wu Heng put it on the table. "I''ll do it first!" Minnie picked it up and concentrated on it, and then the crystals lit up one step at a time. Finally stopped at level 9. Im at level 9, great! Minnie jumped up and cheered. Then Robert took a deep breath and began to hold the crystal tightly. The level has been improved until level 6. Finally, Annette picked it up carefully and only reached level three. Im sorry, Master, Im the lowest level. ??Wu Heng touched her little head and said, "You are the latest to change jobs. It''s normal to be lower." I will work harder. If you dont work hard, I will support you for a lifetime. Annette''s face turned even redder, and she quietly moved forward, shyly, and whispered, "Thank you, Master." As dusk approached, Anderweil rushed back. With a wave of the space ring, twenty wooden boxes filled with silver coins appeared in the open space in the middle. Master, a total of 7,300 pens were sold, and here are 182,500 silver coins today. (End of this chapter) Chapter 637 , who is correct Chapter 637: Who is right? 180,000 silver coins. ?Minnie and the three of them also widened their eyes. In other words, every box here contains more than 10,000 silver coins. ?Wu Heng was also somewhat surprised by todays gains. I knew the pen would be a best-seller, but I didnt expect it to reach such a high number on the first day. ??It feels like you are searching for pirate heritage, and the room is filled with silver coins and wooden barrels. Anderweil looked at the expressions of several people and said, "The store is closed, otherwise it can continue to sell." "Don''t be in a hurry. Sell slowly to avoid any problems." Wu Heng said. ? Maid Annette greeted several skeletons outside the door and walked upstairs carrying the wooden box. ??The island owner''s mansion has a special treasure house to store money, drawings, and some precious items. Ill listen to you, Master. Anderweil said with a smile. ?Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then said, "Weier, do you think pens can become our best-selling product?" "Judging from the current popularity, there should be no problem." After Andweil finished speaking, he hesitated and added, "I''m afraid they will buy it back and copy it." Its not that easy. Wu Heng replied with a smile. Then theres no problem, it will definitely become the best-selling product. Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Where''s Shanara? Why didn''t you come here today?" Minnie shook her head. Anderweil said: "When I came back, I saw that Sister Shanara''s mansion was very lively. There must be a banquet." It seems that she is quite busy there too. After chatting in the living room for a while, Wu Heng continued to test Anderweil''s level. Has reached level 11. When Wu Heng bought her back, she was only level 7. Now she is still 1 level short of being at the same level as the Association Deacon. The speed of improvement is not too slow, and Anderweil''s work is still quite busy. Have been working as assistants and clerical staff. After the test, Wu Heng took several maids with him to the training room for training. It was getting late, so everyone returned to their rooms to rest. The next day, zombie world. Meeting room. ??Wu Heng looked at Gao Rong opposite and asked, "Have you used those two job transfer scrolls?" "I have used them all and told them not to tell anyone." Gao Rong''s attitude was respectful. After returning, Gao Rong told the other researchers about the career scroll. When two of them used it according to the method, they really felt the effect of changes in their bodies. Everyone was surprised and in disbelief. Corpse can change genes, allowing people to have some special abilities, which they can barely accept. After all, breakthroughs in the human body, genetic improvement, have always existed in modern disciplines. But a scroll engraved with various words and symbols can provide the effect of changing the body. This is difficult to explain. ?Several people gathered together to discuss and examine the scroll. The final conclusion is summarized in theology and metaphysics. I even think that the base leader, who was originally called King Yama, was not chosen casually. Perhaps it really has something to do with it. ?Wu Heng''s identity is even more mysterious, and Gao Rong''s attitude is more cautious and respectful. After listening to Gao Rong''s words, Wu Heng took out two more scrolls from the space ring and said, "I''ll give you two more. Let your people use them when you go back. I''ll give you the rest when I have a chance." Thank you, chief. Gao Rong thanked him again. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Has production started at the rifle factory?" Production has started and there are no problems at the moment. Gao Rong replied. Yesterday, Wu Heng planned to come over to see the start of the production chain. Just because the pen was on sale and the tavern maid wanted to adapt the story, I didnt come. Lets go, take me there to have a look. Wu Heng stood up. ?Gao Rong led the way and the two walked out of the building. ?All the way to the factory building, when you walk inside, you can hear the deafening sound of mechanical operation. Rows of skeletons stood in front of mechanical chains, performing some simple operations. During the production process, if any problems are discovered, they will be improved step by step. Gao Rong followed behind, explaining some things as he walked. ?Wu Heng continued to watch. At the end of the production chain, there is a skeleton holding a linen cloth, wiping the produced accessories, and then packing them into wooden boxes. The skeletons are then moved to the warehouse for assembly. The whole process was arranged fairly well and there were no major problems. After looking at the production chain of the rifle. The two of them walked out of the factory. Gao Rong prepared the motorcade and headed to the airport with Wu Heng. Check out the situation over there. The role of the airport is still relatively large. As the number of shelters increases in the future, the territory expands, and traveling takes a lot of time. At that time, aircraft will be needed to transport various resources. It is approaching dusk. The convoy returns to the military factory. As soon as we drove into the factory, we saw another convoy loading and unloading materials at the warehouse in the distance. The most familiar figure is still the figure standing at the back and commanding. Li Yahong. ?Hair is combed into a ponytail, wearing a blue-gray jacket and black casual pants. Qi Hancais dressing style is more like that of a professional elite, while Li Yahongs style is more casual. Someone saw the convoy coming in. He said a few words to Li Yahong and pointed this way. Li Yahong turned around and saw Wu Heng getting out of the car, with a happy face on his face. Hitch opened the car door again, took out a suitcase, and dragged it this way. Still walking closer, "Are you willing to come back? I thought I was living with Qi Hancai outside!" ?Wu Heng looked at her funny, "You didn''t send her here, and now you''re still jealous." At that time, Li Yahong quietly sent Qi Hancai into the room. Contributed to this matter. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and lowered her voice and said, "I didn''t let you do that. You just stayed at her place. I don''t know who is upright." You are right, okay, dont be jealous. "Who''s jealous?" Li Yahong handed over the suitcase and said, "Inside are the collected gold and corpse cores." ?Wu Heng took it and put it directly into the space ring. At this time, Gao Rong also came over and said, "Deputy Leader Li." Manager Gao! Dinner is ready in the cafeteria, lets go eat first. Gao Rong said. ??Li Yahong comes over, Wu Heng doesn''t plan to return to Treasure Island tonight. Lets walk to the cafeteria together and have dinner. After dinner. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong opened the door and returned to the dormitory together. Turn on the switch and the room becomes brighter. ?Wu Heng handed the iron cage on the desk to the other party, "It''s for you." ?Li Yahongs eyes were immediately attracted to the little owl inside. Hand-sized, gray hair, fluffy. Wow, so cute. Wu Heng took off his coat, hung it on a hanger nearby, and said, "Owls like you belong to a special species. They can also conduct night vision reconnaissance. They also have good hunting abilities. They can go out to hunt without feeding them." How can that be done? There are zombie viruses outside. What if we eat the wrong things and mutate? Li Yahong immediately refused. ?Wu Heng gave her a funny look, "Maybe he has evolved." Forget it, just grow up properly. Li Yahong held the iron cage in her hands with a face filled with joy. Then he turned around and looked over, "What next? How to get the contract Qi Hancai mentioned?" ?Wu Heng finished hanging up his coat and sat down again. Contact the owl, sense the other person in your heart, and try to establish a connection. Wu Heng commanded. ? Ranger Contract Taming is a class ability. When Qi Hancai used it, it was almost the same way. It shouldnt be difficult. ?Li Yahong put her finger into the cage, and the owl immediately made dodging and pecking movements. But it is still in its infancy and has little offensive power. His fingers were still placed on the owl''s wings, and he began to sense according to Wu Heng''s method. ?Gradually, the little owl stopped resisting and his eyes lost their hatred. Looking at Li Yahong, there was a sense of dependence. Li Yahong opened her eyes with surprise on her face, "I succeeded." The iron cage opened, and the owl flew out and hovered over the room. ?Li Yahong showed some excitement and kept cheering. Wu Heng walked out of the bathroom, "Go take a shower." Li Yahong held the owl and said a few words, then walked into the bathroom. Not long after, he walked out of the bathroom wearing a bathrobe and climbed onto the bed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 638 , Storm Pirates Chapter 638, Storm Pirates Early morning. After washing up, Li Yahong felt a little reluctant to leave, "I''m going back." ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "After a while, it will be more convenient for our own plane to take off from the airport." I feel that the plane is not very safe. Li Yahong said directly. Dont be afraid, arrange a few more skeleton flying dragons to **** us. Its also a way. Li Yahongs eyes lit up. While speaking, Li Yahong''s walkie-talkie rang again. Sister Hong, its time to go. Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "I''m going downstairs." Hang up the intercom, hold his cheek and kiss him heavily, then go downstairs with the owl. Get on the truck and left the military factory directly. ??Return to Xinfu City base. ??Wu Heng watched the convoy leave from the window, and asked the ghost to call Xiaoxiao back. He also opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Beacon Street, pub. The bards were still telling stories as usual, and the drinkers below still cheered after hearing it several times. While the story pauses, the bard takes an intermission. The drinkers also started chatting. Ive been selling pens for three days, and theres always a queue every day. The ports are full of merchant ships. Two temporary ports were added overnight last night. How many people are here? The island owner is really powerful. The taverns and shops at this exhibition can make a fortune. I heard that house prices on the island are rising. Its better than Occams time. Shh~! Hes already dead, so why mention him? We are now the island of the association. Thats right! I havent seen the maid in the tavern lately. "Don''t you know? Several people have gone to the island owner to change the story into a stage play like the bards." "They? When they were in bed, their shouts were quite touching." I heard that the island owner agreed and promised that if they work hard and perform well, they will be provided with job transfer scrolls. The surroundings were silent for a moment. ?After a while, someone said: "The island owner wants to help them." Of course I want to help them, just like Miss Minnie. Association, Deacon''s Study. ?Wu Heng handed the two pens wrapped in gift boxes to the other party, "One for each of you, a special collection." Sheela Gui and Shi Yali looked at the gift, then took it and opened the gift box. The pen inside is different from the ones sold on the market. The pen body is made of black glass and looks more beautiful. Why are you giving us gifts? Sheela asked curiously. I thought it suited you better, so I sent it over. Do you like it? Wu Heng asked with a smile. "I like it! Thank you Wuheng Island Master." Shi Yali thanked her generously and put it away. Two people also purchased the pens on sale. But the one in hand is obviously better. The one you buy is for daily use, and the one in hand can be treasured. ??Wu Hengs gift to the two of them was also because of the recent exhibition. Hilagui is basically responsible for arranging patrols and security, and sometimes even goes out to patrol in person. ??Now that the pen is so effective, I can earn more than 100,000 silver coins every day. How to say it, I should also give some gifts to Sheila Rose. ?Furthermore, fountain pens are also ready-made, and more will be mass-produced in the future. Seeing that her sister had accepted it, Sheila Gui also thanked her, "Thank you, I like it too." "You''re welcome." Wu Heng said, sat down on the sofa, and said, "By the way, I saw the fifth princess of Yeko Kingdom the day before yesterday, named ''Brittany''." Sheela frowned slightly and looked away from the pen, "She went to the island? What are you doing here?" She plans to let me join her team to help her regain the throne. She..., what do you think? Sheela frowned deeper. Shi Yali brought tea and cakes, and then returned to her seat. ??Hands his chin, listening to the two talk about the Kingdom of Yeko. "Maybe she was in a hurry and randomly looking for someone to try her luck." Wu Heng said something, and then said: "She also mentioned one thing, saying that the old king was killed by someone, and the reason for the competition for the throne was Its become such a mess now because there are cults involved. Cult? Which sect? In the past, Wu Heng and Xila Gui might have been a little doubtful. But not long ago, Wu Heng had just destroyed the Tianming Sect. It is difficult to say whether there are other sects in the kingdom. She didnt say it. From what she said, I dont know which sect it is. Sheila Gui raised her head and looked at him, "What do you mean?" I promised her to help her report this matter to the association headquarters and let the resident association in Yeke Kingdom conduct an investigation. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "Okay, there''s no problem with this." Xila Gui looked at Shi Yali who was leaning on her chin and looking at Wu Heng, and said: "Shi Yali, write a report and say that the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom will provide the Treasure Island Association with Cult information, request the resident association in Yeke Kingdom to investigate. Okay! Shi Yali turned around and started writing directly. The pens sold outside are used. What is she doing on the island? Xilagui continued to look at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I feel like I''m planning to recruit some helpers, and I''m joining a story adaptation group, and I want to adapt Beni''s story into a stage play." Huh? Youre planning to take back the throne while also adapting the stage play? It feels like she is holding back a lot of energy in her heart, unwilling to let the kingdom become like this, but she has no motivation for this. Wu Heng analyzed. "may be." ???Finished talking about the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Is there nothing going on on the island?" "It''s okay, the island is quite safe." Sheila Gui flipped through the documents on the table, took up the page below, and said: "After a merchant ship docked, it came to the association to provide information, saying that there were people on the route. The pirate group was quite large and robbed the fleet on the route. ?Wu Heng frowned instantly, "Are there pirates again?" "There is no way. The caravans coming to Treasure Island are all connected, so it is not surprising that some pirates are attracted." Sheila Gui said calmly. What kind of pirate? Are you powerful? Judging from the information provided, its a pirate flag with a **** tornado. I checked the wanted order and its called the Storm Pirates Group. They were not in the Emerald Sea in the past. Sheila Gui explained. Pirate groups in other sea areas. This is because there are no other pirates here and there are many caravan ships. Come here directly. "What about the number of ships? Do you know the leader level?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Sheila Gui looked at the information, "Five pirate ships, the leader is level 17, and may have reached level 18. It is currently uncertain. There are flying units in the fleet, harpies, a cruel and imbecile species." The size of the fleet is not small. ?There are also units that can fly, which is not something that ordinary pirate groups can have among pirates. But Wu Heng felt that there was no problem. With the current maritime capabilities, unless there is a level 20 hero on the ship, there wont be much of a problem. There are heroes because we have never been exposed to them. I dont know what the strength is. "I''ll let Philippa prepare, and then go out to sea to kill them." Wu Heng said directly. Now the island has attracted so many business groups. We cannot let these pirates destroy the business environment. It is still necessary to destroy them as soon as possible. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said: "I will arrange for a deputy deacon and a small team to follow them to avoid any danger." Thats okay, Ill let someone notify you when its time to set off. "good." Wu Heng sat in the association until noon. Xila Gui was about to go out, so Wu Heng did not stay any longer. Put on your hood and walk out of the association. In the afternoon, the sun is shining brightly. After lunch, Wu Heng sat in the courtyard, opened the panel and took a look at his reputation. Fame: Level 19 (2955/66000) The exhibition was held, and a large number of merchants and followers landed on the island. There are also books about the great detective, which are taken out for sale by various chambers of commerce. ?His own reputation has only increased by more than 2,200. Compared with when newspapers were first launched, the effect is far worse. If this continues, it will be too difficult to reach level 20. "No, we have to think of other ways. It will really take ten or twenty years. That would be too long." ?Wu Heng muttered and began to think about other ways to improve his reputation. It should not be limited to Treasure Island, but should also focus on a larger area. ?Thinking in my heart. The door is opened. ? Shanara, wearing a long skirt, walked in with her housekeeper. He glanced at Wu Heng and gently sat on his lap. The lounge chair swayed slightly as it bore the weight of the two of them. Youre being evil again! Wu Heng looked at her and said. "No, I''m a little snoozy." Shanara replied with a smile, and then took out several lists from the space ring. He said: "The items that need to be purchased have been discussed with several chambers of commerce, and they will seize the time to transport them here." ?Wu Heng took it and looked at it. The names of several chambers of commerce were written on each one. Shannara continued to ask: "I have a question, what do you want oak sap for? And you still purchase such a large quantity." (End of this chapter) Chapter 639 , maybe feasible Chapter 639, maybe its feasible "Used as materials." Wu Heng held her waist, the recliner swayed slightly, and then asked, "Which chamber of commerce has it been arranged for?" Shanara lay on her side in the other party''s arms and said: "The agreement has not been signed yet, but there are only three families to choose from. The wood elves, elves and dwarfs all own large forests, and the prices will be more favorable, and the dwarfs also Good at taking this kind of collection orders. Especially for wood elves, plant orders are dominant. ??It also has medicines that can promote plant growth, and the price and quality are very good. Then leave it to the wood elves and elves to transport it as soon as possible. Wu Heng decided directly. The caravans of these two races have good reputation and scale. Collaboration will be safer. Shanara grabbed the opponent''s hand, which had climbed up to his chest, and put it back on her waist, "Then the Wood Elf''s Star Flower and the Elf Tribe''s Silver Leaf Caravan. When I return, I will sign an agreement with them as soon as possible. Collect and transport it. Thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng hugged the other person and exerted a slight force. Shannara smiled and said, "No, many people have come to visit me recently, and I feel very proud." ?Wu Heng also smiled, "Do you still care about this?" "Why don''t you care?" Shannella raised her head and glanced at him, "In the morning, the Presbyterian Church sent me a letter." What did you say? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Shanela was seized of power and an honorary president was appointed, which was the decision of the Presbyterian Council. ?From the perspective of a wood elf, we can actually understand it. After all, it is a racial chamber of commerce. The president is inseparable from a human man because of the effect of the strange object. It is difficult not to guess whether it will affect the interests of the entire race. But from Shannara''s perspective, her decades of hard work were directly taken away. I still feel very uncomfortable. It''s like planting a potted flower, but when the flowers are in full bloom, someone takes the flower and the pot away. Shanara was a little proud, "The first ones are some words of concern, and the second part is asking about the three exhibits at the exhibition, hoping that I can provide some convenience to the Flower of Stars." I thought they regretted it! I didnt say it directly, but I must have regretted that I didnt help us well at that time. Shanara said. How did you respond? Wu Heng asked. I didnt reply, I just threw it aside. With so many eyes staring at me, how could I give them convenience? Moreover, Treasure Islands business has just started, so external reputation is very important. Shanara said with a smile. ?Wu Heng smiled and looked directly into the other person''s eyes, and Shanara also looked back affectionately. He lifted her up hard and kissed her together. Beside the two of them, the housekeeper stood there intently. Shannara raised her head again and asked, "When will the watch be released?" It will be put on sale tomorrow, and the price should be as set before! Wu Heng said. A week has passed since the exhibition. If it is delayed again, the representatives of the chamber of commerce on the island will become impatient. Since they are all original inventory, there is not much difference if they are sold early and sold later. Shannara nodded and continued, "The strengthening potion will be held at an auction after the watch is released." "Okay, it''s up to you to arrange the auction. We don''t know anything about it," Wu Heng said. Okay, these are not difficult. The two of them settled the matter. ??Shanella yawned and got up from the recliner. ? He straightened his skirt and said, "I''ll go back to the Chamber of Commerce to sign the agreement first." ??Wu Heng helped her pull up the hem of her skirt at the back, "Are you coming over tonight?" Shannara turned back and blinked, "It depends on the situation." After saying that, he took his butler and left. After Shannara left. In the courtyard, Wu Heng took out the blueprint of the electromagnetic gun and continued to assemble the parts. About half an hour passed. The courtyard door was knocked again. ?Robert ran out of the room and opened the door. Philippa walked straight in with a green parrot standing on his shoulder. Looked at Wu Heng who was sitting on the recliner. The parrot who opened his shoulders also sat in the other person''s arms, "Dad, are you looking for me?" "Move up." Wu Heng patted her waist, asked her to move up, and then said: "Have you heard of the Storm Pirates?" Philippa frowned and thought for a moment, "Have you never heard of the recent pirate group?" "No, I heard from Xilagui, it''s a pirate group in the sea outside, and it''s not small, it''s also a large pirate group." Wu Heng explained. Philippa''s eyes suddenly lit up, and she turned around and said, "Can I go to sea?" I have discussed with Sheilagui and we really need you to go to sea and kill this pirate group. Its great, we can finally go to sea. Philippa clenched his fists with excitement on his face. "Currently, there are five warships, and the leader is level 17, and may have reached level 18. There is a flying unit called the Harpy on board, and the level should be around level 10." Wu Heng told the information he knew, Said it again. "Harpy?" Philippa looked at him and said seriously: "Do you want me to catch him alive? Come back and let you play with it." ?Wu Heng''s next words suddenly stopped, "I accept your wishes. I still prefer normalcy." Oh, let me see if its normal first. Philippa suddenly realized. ??Wu Heng then said, "Let''s set out tonight, drive that frigate, and take out more skeletons." Then Ill go back and prepare, and tell Millicent. "Before departure, go to the association. Sheila Gui will arrange for an archdeacon and a small team to go with you." Philippa was a little reluctant, "Why take them? I want to take Shannara out." "Shanara is responsible for the exhibition on the island and cannot let you go out. Sheila Gui arranged this because she probably wants to follow us and do some wanted criminals'' exploits. She will be her own person and lead them." Wu Heng said directly. Hearing what he said, he wanted to lead the deputy deacon to earn merit, and he felt a little proud for a moment. He reluctantly said: "Okay, I''ll give you some face. It''s okay to let them go with you, but they have to listen to me." Okay. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Which route? Ill prepare it when I get back. "Ling Jiaxi route, let me know when you get there, and I will help you find the location of the pirate ship." Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I''ll leave first, and I''ll be with you when I come back." Philippa swayed and jumped up. ?Hello the parrot to come back, and then skip away. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the drawings in the courtyard. ?It was getting late, so I went back to the room and had dinner. Night falls. Shanela didnt come either. ?Wu Heng lay on the bed, with his arms behind his head, and began to think about the next plan. Let Glenda be raised to level 20 first, and see what happens to the ghost when it reaches this level. There is also...the development of Treasure Island. There cannot be only one battleship in South Korea. There should be more, and they can all be transported to Treasure Island to enhance defense. I dont know if the fuel can be changed to electric. The fuel consumption is also a burden. Nowadays, various gas stations can be used at will, but it is still a bit troublesome to transport it to another world by yourself. ??It would be better if it can be changed to electric one and charged at that time. "No, my thinking is too limited. If a separate power plant can be built inside the ship, it can operate continuously without burning fuel." ?Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly lit up, "Maybe it can be done." (End of this chapter) Chapter 640 , can鈥檛 pretend to go back Chapter 640: Cant pretend to go back The ship is not small in size, and the furnace power station only retains heat and energy conversion. At least the equipment has been reduced by half, so there should be no problem loading it into the ship. Even if it is still large, it can be reduced appropriately. ?Wu Heng clapped his hands and said, "Yes, write this down and make preparations when the time comes." Then, the mind continues to ponder. In addition to the matters regarding Granda and the frigate, the pen and watch factories on Treasure Island must also start construction as soon as possible. In terms of equipment, Wuheng has already shipped it to the factory here. The skeletons have also been arranged, waiting for the skeleton artificer to assemble the equipment and then start production. The original material can support it for a period of time. By then, the ordered materials had almost been delivered, especially oak sap, which is a material for the pen case. ??It is also a material for many rubber products. In another world, it is not difficult to obtain. After mass production of these two items is completed, within a few years, they can become a stable income for Treasure Island. Continued to think for a while. And there are enemies. The Secret Order, the Divine Punishment Sect, and the exiled families of the Vampire Clan. Its easy to do on land and on ships, but its a bit difficult to deal with flying units, especially the vampires who can become invisible. Well, we should pay attention to this aspect and look for a solution. Think about all the issues. ?Wu Heng closed his eyes and fell into a deep sleep. Watches are on sale, next to the pen shop. One morning, someone shouted from a distance. With the spread of similar words, the whole city seemed to come alive, and figures gathered towards the central area. Looked at the price board at the door, and talked in low voices while queuing. The price is a bit outrageous. The regular version costs 4 gold coins. Whats the difference between this and robbery? Then dont wait in line. Im just saying, dont push me, I managed to get a front position. Whatever you want to grab, any chamber of commerce that develops something like this can sell it for a sky-high price. I feel like other chambers of commerce might just come up with something just for the royal family. "that is!" Beacon Street. ?In the open space behind a tavern, Brittany took the handed glass of water and took a sip to moisten her dry throat. Since the last time the island owner allowed the adaptation of the short story "Benny the Blushing Maid", she and several tavern maids began planning the rehearsal. ??Due to her good looks and good temperament, she was able to win a major role. ??It is not the protagonist Beni, but the male protagonist Wu Heng. Compared to the other maids who were replaced by Penny, Brittany admires Wu Heng more and is very lucky to have won this role. Why is it so busy outside? Brittany asked softly. "The island owner''s mansion has started selling watches. I heard that the cheapest one costs 4 gold coins." The maid sat aside, holding her chin, and couldn''t help but added, "Island owner, you are really amazing." Brittany''s eyes were a little wandering, and she continued, "I didn''t expect that he made the potions, pens, and watches all by himself. Layla, tell me why he didn''t help me." The maid glanced at her princess and said, "Princess, he has just become the owner of the island, and it is also the first time you have met, so you may have many concerns!" Brittany sighed, "Actually, thinking about it, my request was a bit naive at the time." The island owner is so kind and you are so beautiful, he wont blame you. The maid comforted with a smile. Brittany still looked a little depressed and said softly, "It would be better if we met earlier." Princess, let me help you queue up to buy a watch. I heard that there are mens and womens watches, the maid continued. Dont waste it, we have to live on the island for a while, and that kind of watch is of little use to us. "All right!" In a mansion. The window is open, and two light stones are supported on both sides of the desk. ??A dwarf artificer, wearing a single-sided glasses and holding a tool in his hand, carefully put the disassembled parts back into the dial. On one side of the desk, there are densely packed parts, large and small, and each part has its own number. As time went by, sweat appeared on the dwarfs forehead and kept sliding down his cheeks. Finally, he put the tools back on the table. Leaning back on the chair a little tiredly. How is it? Not far away, a man in a purple dress immediately stood up and asked. A few other people waiting for the results also looked over. In the morning, after I bought the watch, I started to arrange for the magician to dismantle it. ?This time I dismantled the third watch, the first two failed. ??The dwarf turned to look at him and said, "I still can''t pretend to go back." Cant you put it back? Havent you marked it all! ??The dwarf pointed at the table, "There are still 12 parts, and the dial we reinstalled no longer keeps time." this. In other words, I have lost 12 gold coins in one morning. If we dismantle it again, will there be any progress? the man asked. The dwarf artificer shook his head, "Not sure. I think we can send these parts back to the other party and let them assemble them as an after-sales service. I might be able to put them back after taking a look at them." Several people were stunned. If you take it apart like this and send it back, you will know that it will be copied. It''s okay to do it secretly and send it back, which is somewhat provocative. ?One of them said: "Why don''t you take a break first? I''ll go see how other chambers of commerce are doing. Then we can communicate together and maybe we can make some progress." "That''s okay, it''s too long, you might as well take a break." The other people also followed suit. ??The dwarf artificer said nothing and looked at his watch again. Walking towards the room. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng stretched his body and swatted away the bees swirling around the teacup. The scented tea of ??the elves has a strong floral fragrance, which can easily attract bees and butterflies. At this time, Granda flew back first, floating to one side, and said: "Those chambers of commerce really took your watch apart and analyzed the structure inside." ?This news was not surprising to Wu Heng, and he had even thought of it a long time ago. Which chamber of commerce? "Everything! Including the Flower of Stars, but Shannella definitely doesn''t know that she is still sleeping at home." Glenda said something, and then added, "There are several chambers of commerce that have not been dismantled and are also waiting for the strange equipment to arrive on the island. division." What about the effect? ??It should be the production of accessories. No, the most difficult thing for them is that they cant put it back together after taking it apart. Before I came back, no one could put it back together completely, Granda said. Is it so...difficult? "It seems to be quite difficult. They suffered a heavy loss. The price was not low, and a lot of them were demolished." Granda said with a smile. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "That''s good, it will increase their cost of imitation." "Hmm." Glenda nodded, and then suggested: "Don''t we have after-sales service in the store? You can change the rules and do not give after-sales service for things that are man-made damage. Otherwise, they will be repaired in the next two days." "That makes sense." Wu Heng motioned for her to become invisible first, and called the maid Annette, asking her to go to the store and change the after-sales rules. ?Annette nodded in response and walked out of the island owner''s mansion with the skeleton. Then, Beini and Xiaoxiao also flew back one after another. ??Beni said: "The store sells very quickly, and the best-selling ones are ordinary watches." Theres no problem with your position in the queue. Its okay, they all obey the rules. Penny said. ??Xiao Xiao raised his hand and said, "Uncle, I found a man who stole the wallet in the queue, and I had him arrested by the skeleton." ?Wu Heng and the other two ghosts looked at her at the same time. How were you caught? I possessed him and controlled him to punch the skeleton, and then the skeleton knife was put on his neck. Xiaoxiao said while gesturing. This is also a solution. Looking at Xiaoxiao, waiting for praise, Wu Heng said: "Xiaoxiao is so smart. He relied on his resourcefulness to catch the bad guy." No, it should be done. Xiaoxiao happily circled around his head. Overall, the sale of watches has been quite successful. Furthermore, it also proves that it is difficult for others to imitate. Modern technology is not the same as the development of this world. Even if you can put it back together and understand the operating principle inside, the production of those parts will be enough to study for a while. ?Wu Heng has enough time to continuously make money from sales. While talking, Minnie walked out of the house. He shouted to this side: "Master, Philippa has received news, saying that we are approaching the Lingassar route." So fast! According to the sailing time, we should be able to arrive tomorrow morning. But Philippa''s side was obviously much faster than planned. It set off yesterday afternoon and was close to the route this morning. The speed of the frigate is still faster than the ships in this world. "I know, I''m going upstairs now." Wu Heng returned to the house and went upstairs along the stairs. The three ghosts also flew directly back to the study to go about their own business. Enter the radio room. ?Picked up the frigates radio microphone on the same frequency band and said, Philippa, can you hear me? "Yes, I''m close to the route, which direction should I go now." Philippa''s voice came over. Wait a moment. ?Wu Heng took out the jade sand tray and looked inside. In the sand table, you can see the entire sea area and the passing ships. ?At a glance, there are a large number of ships on each route, and the number has increased several times than before. The flags of each caravan are flying. ?Wu Heng looked at the "Ling Jiaxi Route" and found traces of the pirate group. Seven pirate ships, flying black hurricane pirate flags, are chasing three merchant ships ahead. Although there is a certain distance between the two sides, the pirate ship is faster and gradually closes the distance. There are 7 pirate ships, these guys are looking for death. ?Wu Heng picked up the microphone and said: "You can see it if you sail forward for a certain distance." "Okay." Philippa agreed, and then heard the ordering voice, "Keep moving forward." Not long. Philippa''s voice came over again, "Dad, you can see it. Several ships are fighting together. I can''t tell which one is the pirate ship." Wu Heng looked at the sand table and said: "The first ship, three and four are merchant ships, and the rest are all pirate ships. Your distance is within range, so just fire." "clear!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 641 , so amazing Chapter 641, so amazing ?Emerald Sea. On the vast sea, three cargo ships flying the flags of the Chamber of Commerce were struggling to move forward like three lonely leaves. Behind the cargo ship, several pirate ships spread out and pursued each other, gradually shortening the distance between them. ??The pirates grabbed the ropes with one hand and hung them all over the deck. They waved their weapons with the other hand and shouted excitedly. The face shows greed about to reap the rewards. On a cargo ship. Captain, the pirate ship is faster than us. If we keep going like this, we will catch up sooner or later. The deputy walked over quickly, looking ugly. Throw away the cargo, half of the cargo, to reduce the weight on the ship. The captain ordered through gritted teeth. ?The deputy hesitated. ??The captain yelled, "If you want to survive, throw the cargo behind the ship." The deputy nodded, and while asking people to signal the ships on both sides, he gave orders to the crew to dump cargo. The crew sprang into action. Throw the goods in the warehouse into the sea to reduce the weight of the ship. The other two cargo ships also began to drop their cargo. Floating objects occupied the sea behind and also caused certain obstacles to the pursuing pirate ships. Damn it, didnt the Emerald Sea say there are no pirates? If we hold an exhibition on Treasure Island, we cant even guarantee the safety of the route. The association advocates that the island owner has cleaned up the pirates in the Emerald Sea. Its so stupid. Its all a lie. Its too harmful. The crew members were complaining and cursing, but still throwing the cargo out. The speed of the ship also began to increase. But just when I thought I could escape the pirates who were chasing after me. Suddenly, someone shouted: "Look at the sky, something is flying over..." Everyone suddenly raised their heads and looked at the sky behind them. In his eyes, the hope that had just risen instantly dissipated. ??I saw banshees with human faces and harpy bodies chasing after each other, their feet like eagle claws grabbing the rolling thunder with burning fuses. Flying enemies, be careful. The captain turned pale and warned loudly. Boom, boom, boom~! ??One rolling thunder struck the deck, and explosions sounded one after another. ?Thick smoke enveloped the deck. The crew members who were affected lay on the ground wailing in pain. After a round of thunder, the banshee began to hover in the sky, swooping down from time to time, grabbing the fleeing crew members, and throwing them from the sky into the sea. In the chaos, the pirate ship quickly approached. Handlocked three cargo ships in the middle. ~! ??The pirate ship shot iron spears with barbs into the hull, connecting the cargo ships, and there was no chance of escape. The pirates on the deck were holding weapons and looking at the people on the cargo ship jokingly. "What to do? We can''t escape." There was despair in the crew''s voice. Prepare to fight. The crew were armed and ready to deal with enemy boarding. "Haha! A bunch of poor guys, if you throw your weapons into the sea, a small boat will be prepared for you to leave here." The pirate captain wearing a captain''s hat said in a cold voice with a rough voice. Looking at the crew members holding weapons, he looked at the entrance to the cabin. Dont believe him, throw away the weapons, we will only die faster. The captain of the cargo ship said through gritted teeth. Hahaha~! The pirate captain grinned, and then directly ordered, Kill them all. Swish swish swish~! Following the pirate captains order. The crossbows on both sides began to fire at each other, and more pirates jumped up in the distance. Swarmed onto the cargo ship and started fighting. In an instant, the sound of metal collision, screams and painful wails intertwined on the sea. ??The harpy also let out an excited wail, swooped down again, and coordinated attacks on the enemies below. People kept falling down, and blood was flowing on the deck. Whoosh~boom~! ?Suddenly, a sharp and piercing whistling sound suddenly sounded. Then there was a deafening roar. A pirate ship at the front suddenly exploded. ?The hull of the ship shattered into pieces, and splinters of wood scattered like bullets, hitting the hulls of nearby ships. Swish swish swish~! The sharp whistling sounded again, more intense and harsh. Boom, boom, boom~! ?One pirate ship after another exploded, and broken sawdust fell like raindrops all over the sky. In the blink of an eye, all the pirate ships were attacked. The hull of the ship was broken, a raging fire broke out, and broken wood fragments were scattered all over the sea. Like a murky swamp. ?The pirates who were lucky enough to survive after falling into the water struggled in the sea and swam to nearby floating objects. There were only three merchant ships left on the entire sea, floating alone on the sea full of debris. On the merchant ship, the two warring parties were so frightened by the sudden bombing that they ran away with their heads in their hands. Hiding in a hiding place, he scanned the surroundings in panic, looking for the target. Its just that the surroundings are empty. See nothing, nothing at all. The attack just now seemed like it was shot from an invisible place. Damn it, drop the rope and pull us up. Kill them all and pull us into the boat. Under the boat, the shouts of other pirates were heard. ?The pirates on the ship reacted instantly and rushed to the edge of the deck. The merchant captain also shouted: "Stop them." In an instant, the two sides were fighting again. On board the frigate. The dwarf sub-deacon Gardain and members of the first-level team stood on the deck, looking at the thick smoke rising in the distance with horrified faces. Everything happened too fast, by the time they reacted. When the sound of artillery fires and thick smoke rises from the target in the distance. It took several people to realize that they had launched an attack and hit the target. Everyone stared blankly into the distance. Swallowing and spitting. Such a long distance and yet so accurate. How could it be so powerful? Its more terrifying than the armored vehicles and equipment on Treasure Island. ??The frigate quickly approached the direction of the pirate ship, while Philippa walked swaggering from behind, picked up the telescope and looked ahead. The dwarf subdeacon came over and asked: "Captain Philippa, did you just use a new instrument?" When setting off. ?Several people were already shocked by such a big ship. ?Looking at it now, it is obvious that it is not only big, but also has terrifying attack power. It can directly smash the ship, which also means that it can smash any person or building. ??As the dwarf subdeacon asked, the members of the first team also looked over. Philippa raised her head slightly and said with a bit of pride, "The weapons on the ship can attack anything you can see." Island Master, this is really amazing. The dwarf sighed. ?While several people were talking, the alarm on the ship sounded. Looking into the distance, he saw more than ten monsters with human faces and eagle bodies, flying towards this side quickly. Mercy, with bloodthirsty ferocity in his eyes. Harpies are rare on this side of the Emerald Sea. The dwarf subdeacon said immediately. "It''s the pirate''s flying unit, be careful." Philippa said and walked quickly towards the cab. The team members also put away their weapons. ??The green-feathered parrot and the ranger''s owl were also hiding in the cabin. Philippa returned to the cab and said to the skeleton: "Wu Heng said last time, what kind of anti-aircraft missiles can attack these?" The skeleton looked down at the radar dial, then shook his head. "Damn, it can''t be used." Philippa cursed, then picked up the microphone and said: "Archer Skeleton, come out and attack the flying targets in the sky." Hurrah la la la~! ??The sound of bones rubbing together sounded. Skeletons walked out of the deck holding rifles. Looking at the swooping harpy with empty eyes, he turned on the safety and directly pulled the trigger. A dense barrage of bullets shot into the sky. ??The harpy''s body was instantly pierced by bullets, and its feathers fell from the sky. ??The banshee that hit the deck was shot directly by the skeleton and killed directly. Soon, all the attacking banshees disappeared, leaving only a few scattered ones, dripping with blood, flying away into the distance. ??The frigate continued to approach the battle zone. The men and horses from both sides were still fighting together. Philippa took the microphone and spoke through the loudspeaker on the ship: "This is the frigate of Treasure Island. The people in the caravan who throw away their weapons and the targets holding weapons will be treated as pirates and killed." Huge sound resounded over the entire area. Looking at the magnificent warship docked next to it, everyone on the merchant ship swallowed their mouths and spit. Let us retreat and throw away our weapons, said the caravan captain. ?With some doubts in his heart, the caravan members stepped back to distance themselves, and then put their weapons under their feet. The pirates were holding onto their weapons tightly. The ship on Treasure Island also showed that it was necessary to clean up these people. If you put down your weapon, you will only die faster. On the deck, Philippa did not give them much time and directly ordered, "Kill all the people with weapons." The skeletons standing on the edge of the fence began to shoot downwards. On the deck of the merchant ship, the pirates struggling in the sea died in pieces under the bullets. Blood dyed the sea red. (End of this chapter) Chapter 642 , the loss is huge Chapter 642: The loss is huge Not long after, the battle ended. The frigate was surrounded by corpses. The rope ladder on the side of the ship was thrown down, and the merchant ship''s captain, dressed in embarrassment, climbed up. ? He ??carefully scanned the surrounding skeletons, and when he saw a few people in the middle of the deck, he immediately quickened his pace and walked up. Saluted and thanked, "Thanks to the adults for rescuing me." Philippa looked at his messy appearance and asked, "Which caravan are you from?" Of the Les Mills Chamber of Commerce. To Treasure Island? Philippa asked next. Yes, the destination this time is Treasure Island. The captain continued. Philippa continued: "The ones chasing you are the Storm Pirates. They were not in the Emerald Sea originally, but they were attracted here because there are more merchant ships recently. We have been catching them all the way. You are unlucky and were targeted early. " The captain also said: "Fortunately, I met a few adults and rescued us. After returning, I immediately informed the Chamber of Commerce and sent a letter of thanks to the island owner''s mansion." Philippa smiled and patted the other party on the shoulder, "If you have a promising future, don''t forget to write a letter to the association as well. These are all members of the association." Understand, understand. "Go back, make some simple repairs, and then continue to Treasure Island. The rest of the way is safe. We just came from there." Philippa said. Thank you, captain, and the adults of the association. The man thanked him again and climbed down the rope ladder. The merchant ship below carried out emergency repairs, waved goodbye and gradually moved away. Philippa continued to order, "It''s our turn to salvage all the treasure, cargo, and corpses from the sunken ship." Hurrah! The skeletons jumped into the sea and began to salvage valuable items from the sea. Treasure Island, the island owners mansion. After confirming that Philippa destroyed the pirate ship, Wu Heng opened the door and left the room. The frigate does not carry many weapons, but in this world, it is still an absolute advantage. There wont be any problems. Master, is everything okay with Philippa? Minnie saw him coming downstairs and came over and asked. Its okay, its just an ordinary maritime patrol, there is no danger. Wu Heng said. "That''s good." ?Wu Heng casually took off the coat from the hanger at the door and put it on his body, "Minnie, I''m going out for a while." Are you coming back for dinner tonight? Come back and prepare normally. Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng put on his coat, changed his face with a phantom veil, and walked out of the island owner''s mansion. Go towards the area where the factory is established. On Treasure Island, Wuheng established a total of three factories. The first one is a garment factory, which mainly undertakes two businesses. One is the production of regular clothing, that is, clothes sold to ordinary residents for daily wear. The second business is the production of stab-proof clothing. It is still a method developed by Hadron. Iron plates are sandwiched in clothes to form a defensive effect on the upper body. ?This method is superior to high production efficiency. The iron plates are delivered according to size, and more than 200 pieces can be completed in one day. Gradually arming the skeleton warriors of the zombie world. ??Wu Heng arrived at the factory. In the dim factory building, a large number of skeletons were operating sewing machines to make clothes. There was a clicking sound. ??Wu Heng looked around the factory area, walked out of the garment factory again, and continued to the next factory. The second one is the pen factory. Entering the factory, the machinery has been installed and is running. At that time, fountain pens can also be produced normally. Furthermore, the original pen factory had enough materials left over for production for a while until the newly ordered materials were delivered. The last stop is the watch factory. The machinery is still being assembled, and the skeleton wearing an electrician''s clothing is also connecting the lines. When will it be completed? Wu Heng asked a skeleton weapon master. The skeleton artificer turned his head and stretched out three skeletal fingers. Three days? Wu Heng looked at it and asked. The Artificer nodded. "Okay, there''s no need to rush. Be careful when assembling it and don''t break it." Wu Heng instructed. The Artificer nodded again. In a mansion. In front of the wooden table, sat an artificer carefully assembling a watch. On the table, there are various styles of watch parts that have been disassembled and cannot be assembled, as well as several dials that have stopped timing. On the sofa behind him, several chamber of commerce representatives accompanied him, drinking tea while waiting for the results. Tap tap tap~! hurried footsteps sounded from outside. Then there was a knock on the door. Come in. The door opened and an attendant hurriedly walked in. ?Someone glared at the other person and warned in a low voice: "Didn''t you see that they are assembling watches here? What are you doing in such a hurry?" ??The attendant glanced at the serious artificer and whispered: "Sir, the watch sales office has changed the after-sales rules." Everyone in the room frowned. Have the rules been changed? It was just released in the morning and was changed in the afternoon? What has been changed? The attendant said: "I added one more thing, saying that watches that are damaged by man are not covered by the warranty." The moment these words were spoken, everyones hearts skipped a beat. A bad feeling arises in my heart. What is man-made destruction? The attendant replied, According to their explanation, deliberately opening the inside of the watch, dismantling it, and damaging it is considered man-made sabotage. grass~! ?A few people looked at the watches that were disassembled and disassembled all over the table. Cold sweat broke out. Its over, the loss this time is huge. ?Wu Heng returned to the island masters mansion after dinner. Looking at the new edition of the newspaper in the study room According to time calculation, tomorrow is the time when the new issue of the newspaper will be released, and mass printing has already begun. Im going to the Zombie World tomorrow, and the newspaper will be on sale as usual. Wu Heng put the newspaper back on the table. The sale of newspapers has now become a relatively common thing in Treasure Island. You dont have to pay attention to it like you did at the beginning. Just follow the normal issuance process. ?Granda said: "There are at least ten issues of Detective Story, so I''m not worried." Ive written so much, can we print the stories in the separate volumes in advance and then release them simultaneously with the end of each story? Wu Heng said. No problem, it depends on how you arrange it. Its best to design a separate cover for each volume to give people a sense of freshness. Granda suggested. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Okay, I''ll let Shanara help me design it when I have time. I''ll get the cover out first and get a few more pictures." ?Glenda smiled and nodded. ~! ?While one person and one soul were talking, there was a knock on the door. Opening the door, he saw a six-armed skeleton alchemist standing at the door. ?Hold a tray in his hand with three bottles of medicine on it. Powerful strengthening potionPowerful intelligence-enhancing potion. Two bottles of powerful strengthening potion and one bottle of intelligence-enhancing potion. Level 3 corpse core potion has been produced again, and this time there is also intelligence-enhancing potion. ?Wu Heng was immediately happy. He took the potion and said, "Thank you for your hard work. Let''s continue making the potion when we get back. Take the time." The alchemy skeleton bowed slightly, turned and left. ?Wu Heng closed the door again. Alchemy Skeleton? Glenda asked. Well, a new corpse core potion has been sent. Wu Heng put the potion on the table. ?Glenda floated over and took a look, sighing: "Now I know why you necromancers are so hated." How to say? "Once you are allowed to develop, it will be difficult to restrain you." Glenda floated to the other side and continued, "You have a profession, and now you can complete the work of all professions by relying on the transformed skeleton, just like a A king who is not afraid of betrayal by his subjects. Wu Heng smiled and said, "So, do you think this is good?" "From my point of view, of course it''s good. The more powerful you are, the better it will be for us, Xiaoxiao. If someone is on the opposite side of you, knowing your current development, I''m afraid they won''t be able to sleep." Glenda Float back to the desk. "If I were the king, you would be a concubine." ?Glenda rolled her eyes at him, "Teasing a woman whose husband just died, the necromancer is indeed the representative of evil." ?Wu Heng glanced at her and mentioned that her husband was dead, but nothing changed. said: "I will take the potion first and then race with you later." ?Glenda nodded, picked up the pen and continued to rewrite the story. ?Wu Heng glanced at the three bottles of potion aside. Choose [Powerful Intelligence-enhancing Potion] and hold it in hand. ?Take a deep breath, open the cork and drink directly. Side effects appeared instantly, including dizziness, tinnitus, and dizziness. ?Wu Heng gritted his teeth and persisted, firmly holding the armrest of the seat next to him. After persisting for a while. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Intelligence +2, Perception +4, Charisma +2. Unlock feature: Hate Sense. (End of this chapter) Chapter 643 , rely on, break again Chapter 643, Damn, broken chapter again Is Wu Heng okay? It looks worse than last time. Beni looked at Wu Heng, a little worried. ??Xiao Xiao said: "It''s okay, uncle is used to it. It just hurts a little. It''s not dangerous." Penny flew to Glenda''s side again, "Mrs. Glenda, do you need to inform those maids?" "No, they can''t help much if they come in." Glenda said. Seeing them both saying this, Penny said nothing more. Just floating to the side, looking over with still worried eyes. The spinning dizziness gradually eased, and Wu Heng also felt much clearer. Different from the physical pain caused by strengthening drugs, the mental pain is as if the soul has been stirred, and it is the kind of mental pain that is blurred and confused. Let out a heavy breath and sit upright in the chair again. Looking at Penny in front of him, "Don''t worry, it''s normal." Xiaoxiao and Glenda were both quite nervous when they saw themselves using potions for the first time. As you do it more often, you will get used to it. ?Furthermore, ghosts cant help much in this situation. You can only keep anxious. Its okay. Beni nodded, flew back to Xiaoxiao, and continued to watch the movie on the tablet. ?Wu Heng took out two bottles of psychotropic potion and drank it. When the mental discomfort disappears, check the unlocked features. Hate Sensing: Having a keen sense of hatred and malice. The content introduction is a bit brief, but the description is fairly clear. Be able to capture hatred and malice towards oneself. This kind of ability should be regarded as a perceptual ability. Furthermore, some, like the [Field Premonition] of the 18th-level prophet, can predict imminent dangers. My own [Hottest Sensing] is certainly not that strong, but if someone is hostile to me, being able to sense it can be regarded as an early warning. ?In Wu Heng''s opinion, spiritual awakening abilities are more effective than strengthening potion awakening abilities. After all, I am a mage, and I mainly rely on skeleton attendants for melee combat. He glanced at Xiaoxiao not far away, wanting her to stare at him secretly and test her abilities. Think about it and forget it. You can sense ghosts yourself, and coupled with your own ghosts, it is difficult to generate hatred. Close the panel and look at the remaining two bottles of strengthening potions again. Pick up a bottle, uncork it, and drink it directly. ??The heartbreaking pain came again. Cold sweat broke out in waterfalls, and the body curled up into a ball. ?This time, Penny just glanced this way and did not fly over to ask about the situation like she did at the beginning. Constitution +2, Strength +3, Agility +3. ?System prompts appear, and the side effects gradually fade away. ?Wu Heng continued to take therapeutic drugs to relieve the burden on his body. After resting for about five minutes, he opened the last bottle again and drank it down. ?Your body tensed up again, and you gritted your teeth to endure the pain. Constitution +3, Strength +2, Agility +3. ?System prompt appears. Attributes increase, but no new abilities are unlocked. Its not bad, three bottles of potion unlocks one feature, which is pretty good. The last two potions both enhance physical attributes. Feeling like I am going beyond my intelligence again. ?? Still opened the panel and took a look at the properties. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 19 (174538/355000) Fame: Level 19 (3142/66000) Attributes: Strength 53, Agility 41, Constitution 60, Intelligence 56, Perception 37, Charisma 36. The experience value at the level has reached 170,000, which is close to half of the required experience value for upgrading. The effect of the skeleton army arranged is quite remarkable. It is estimated that the experience value can be fully increased within a month. Fame has become 3,001, which cannot keep up with the increase in experience points. Still need to find a way. In terms of attributes, physical fitness once again became the highest attribute, reaching 60 points. also represents my physical condition, which has reached a terrifying level, although I still have some residual soreness. But once you have fully recovered, the impact on yourself when encountering toxins in the future will be greatly reduced. The second ranked one is intelligence, reaching 56 points. After all, he is still a mage. This item cannot be too low. The latter ones are strength and agility, which are actually not bad. They are also helpful in dealing with crises and emergencies. In short, none of the attributes is useless. Most professionals can only specialize in the few items that will improve them the most, and are basically unable to improve in all aspects. I also rely on potions to keep so many attributes improving. Anyway, its pretty good. After taking the potion, Wu Heng also stood up and said to the three ghosts beside him. Im going back to rest. Three ghosts nodded. "Good night." Goodbye, uncle. Have a good rest and dont tire yourself out. ?Wu Heng nodded with a smile, walked out of the study, and returned to the bedroom to rest. The excitement of the exhibition continues, and today its time to release a new issue of the newspaper. For ordinary residents on the island, the exhibition is just a place to join in the fun in their ordinary life. The exquisitely carved wine glasses and the bright and gorgeous wool carpets are all prepared for the aristocratic gentlemen. It has little to do with ordinary people. Even the pens and watches sold by the island owners later are not affordable to ordinary people. It can be seen, but it does not belong to oneself. But todays newspapers are different. The sale of newspapers is like a storytelling session every seven days. There is no need to spend money, and no matter the status, everyone can hear wonderful stories. On this day, everyone has the same topic. And enjoy it. "Selling newspapers, the new issue of the newspaper is out, the detailed list of exhibition samples, the latest warship on Treasure Island, the destruction of a large foreign pirate group, and the latest great detective story... Take a look, take a look ! The voices of newspaper sellers resounded in every street. The bards and residents who had been waiting for a long time rushed forward and began to rush to buy newspapers. ?Golden Sail Tavern. Wearing a black wig and a dark blue slim-fitting robe, Saban stood on a wooden platform and read loudly about the latest issue of the newspaper. ?This outfit is also imitating the attire of the island owner Wu Heng. Firstly, it is the costume that I practiced during my rehearsal, and secondly, it is to give the drinkers a sense of immersion. "On the night of his death, both Thaddeus brothers were watching over him, when suddenly Major Sholto screamed and pointed tremblingly out of the window." The brothers Thaddeus turned around quickly and saw an elongated, fierce face on the window. Commander Sholto was frightened and died before he could reveal the whereabouts of the treasure. "The next morning, they found that the window of their father''s bedroom was open, all the cabinets and boxes had been turned over, and a piece of torn paper was stapled to the box with "Four Signatures" written on it." After saying the last sentence, Saban bowed slightly and walked off the wooden platform. ?At this time, the quiet and attentive drinkers realized that the story was over. Swear loudly. Fuck! Its over again. Damn it, he broke the chapter again Smelly and shameless. Port. The captain who was about to go to sea stood on the wooden box and shouted loudly. "Be careful. These are sent to the association headquarters and placed in a dry cabin. No open flames are allowed." Below, workers carried sealed newspapers and books toward the ship. (End of this chapter) Chapter 644 , the owner of Wuheng Island sent a gift Chapter 644: The owner of Wuheng Island sent a gift Zombie World, conference room. ?Wu Heng was sitting on one side, opposite Gao Rong who was holding a pen and paper. ??Wu Heng handed him the last magic weapon master scroll and said: "I will go back today, and you will still be responsible for this place." Gao Rong''s attitude was serious, "Don''t worry, chief, I will definitely arrange the work here." Wu Heng was quite satisfied with Gao Rong''s attitude. Then he said: "I will give you several tasks that need to be carried out." You said it. Gao Rong picked up the pen and prepared to record it. Tiancheng Group continues to develop the remaining weapons production, giving priority to the research and development of machine guns, machine gun shells, and machine guns. Gao Rong nodded and recorded it on paper. Wu Heng continued, "Didn''t those Russian research institutes say they were developing electricity before? Let them continue to research in this area. The main direction is vehicle power. Cars, ships and even airplanes will all need to be researched in the future. Electricity replaces fuel. "Tell them that if there is a breakthrough in technology, provide them with professional scrolls. They may not understand these, so I will help them improve their physical fitness, which is the effect of the corpse core." Gao Rong raised his eyebrows slightly and continued to write down this sentence. ??Wuheng''s direction is very clear. One is the mass production of weapons, and the second is to get rid of dependence on fuel. Now, the power plant in the base can convert electricity into electricity without fuel. This technology is difficult to understand, but it also means that there is no shortage of electricity in the base. As long as fuel is replaced, various equipment and vehicles can be used at will. Reduce the hassle of collecting fuel. Ive written it down, are there any other arrangements? Gao Rong continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then added: "Speak to Li Yahong and ask her to arrange for people to publicize the base externally, recruit more talents to join, and increase the publicity of the leader and deputy leaders internally to increase the cohesion of the base." Speaking of cohesion, Wu Heng wanted to improve his reputation among the survivors. Although the number of people in each base is not large, it can be increased as much as possible. A little adds up to a lot, and you can also add some. Gao Rong thought for a moment and said, "It''s hard to tell on the radio. I''ll arrange for someone to go to Xinfu City later to bring the news." Wu Heng thought for a while and felt that there was nothing missing. "The rest will be left to you. We will arrange for people to produce any accessories we need. We will strengthen our strength as soon as possible. We will continue to trade at the main station. Please tell them the important thing." , the matter of training pilots. "clear." "Then let''s go, let''s go out." ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the conference room with Gao Rong. Lets go downstairs together. ?Passing a room, Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, "Zhao Yanqiu, are you ready?" Ready. A voice came from the room. ?Following that, the door opened and Zhao Yanqiu walked out dragging a large suitcase. ??After discussing it with Xiaoxiao this morning, we decided to take Zhao Yanqiu with us and leave together. First, the mother and daughter have been apart for a long time and miss each other. The second point is to pay attention to Zhao Yanqiu''s career improvement. Strive to find the key point to solve the small "unfinished business". Different from Glenda. ?Glenda knew exactly what her last wish was, and her small goals were very vague. Let her mother take it with her, maybe she can find a way. Leader, Manager Gao. Zhao Yanqiu said immediately. ?Wu Heng grabbed the opponent''s luggage and put it directly into the space ring. Then he said: "Let''s go, the car is waiting outside." ?The three of them walked to the door together. ?Wu Heng and Zhao Yanqiu boarded the truck. Farewell to Gao Rong, the truck left and headed to the train station. After getting on the train, we rushed to Binhai City together. Three days later, at noon. ??Wu Heng took Zhao Yanqiu and the skeleton attendants to Shanfu Port. It must have rained last night, and some water can still be seen in the entire port. But it also makes the whole area look cleaner. ??He briefly introduced the place to Zhao Yanqiu, and walked toward the grand hotel in the center of the base together. Enter the hotel and arranged a room for Zhao Yanqiu. After waiting for a while in the conference room, Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. Back! Qi Hancai smiled. Well, is there nothing going on here? Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said: "Nothing is wrong. The skeleton army is still expanding outwards. The convoys are constantly going back and forth every day, transporting the looted supplies and survivors. The number of people in the base is now close to a hundred." Yes, Im most relieved to leave the base to you. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "No way, I didn''t do anything." ??Wu Heng continued: "As long as there is no problem with the base, by the way, what have the two South Korean naval forces been doing recently?" Their daily task is to teach skeletons how to sail a ship, as well as some knowledge on ship repair and maintenance. Qi Hancai answered. Let them come over. "Okay." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked someone to go to the port to call them. The two chatted in the room for a while. ?There was a knock on the door, and two Korean navy soldiers walked in directly. ?When he saw Wu Heng sitting in the room, his body trembled and he immediately lowered his head. Wu Heng asked directly: "I have transferred the frigate to other ports. Why can''t the anti-aircraft missiles on the ship lock on the target?" ??Although the Storm Pirates were easily killed, Philippa still sent back some news. Among them, the anti-air missile cannot attack the Harpy. Finally, let the skeletons beat the air units into sieves with rifles. ?Although the endings are the same, it still makes Wu Heng feel a pity that this weapon cannot be used. Come here today and ask about this as soon as possible. The two people on the opposite side looked at each other, and one of them asked carefully: "Chief, what target do you mean?" You can understand it as a deformed flying beast. Wu Heng said. The person on the other side thought for a while and said: "Chief, it should be the cause of electromagnetic waves. Radar is exactly the same as a bat. It emits electromagnetic waves and bounces back when it hits something. Radar is both a transmitter and a receiver. According to the difference in waveforms, , can roughly calculate the shape and position of this thing, in order to avoid the missile being interfered by the birds, so it will not lock on these targets. " Will you adjust? Adjust to lock these targets. Wu Heng asked. The person who answered the question shook his head, "I can''t." After speaking, he looked at the other person. ?The other party also shook his head, "Neither can I. The equipment on the ship has been tested, and we can''t adjust it casually." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "Is there any other equipment that can quickly capture this kind of flying target?" "Yes, you can install ship-based close-in defense guns, 7-barreled Gatling cannons, 4,200 rounds per minute. Whether it''s an aircraft missile or the distortion flying beast you mentioned, it can be broken into pieces as long as it is started, especially the beast. The flying speed is definitely not as good as that of missiles," the other party said immediately. Close-in defense artillery, Wu Heng saw it on the military channel on TV. It rotates very fast and can intercept incoming missiles. It is mainly used for defense. ??Wu Heng also has several kinds of cannons in his hand, but they are all controlled by his own hands to kill pirate ships and the like. ?This kind should be more powerful. Is there a port like this? Wu Heng asked. No, but there is a military port where shipboard weapons can be replaced. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, there was an unexpected surprise. Are there frigates too? Its normal, but I dont know if its docked or not. ?Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and said, "Give him the map and mark the location." Qi Hancai handed the map to the opponent. ?The two people on the opposite side carefully identified it and marked a location on it. Headquarters of the association. The empty corridor is deep and dark, with huge stone pillars supporting the dome, and dim yellow light stones hanging on both sides of the wall, providing soft light. ??A middle-aged man in a black dress and a stern face walked to the door with a steady pace. Knocked lightly on the door. Then, the door slowly opened, revealing a luxuriously furnished room. Red carpets covered the ground, and black velvet curtains fell to the ground, blocking the sunlight outside the window. ?In the center of the room is a black coffin with the lid tightly closed. The middle-aged man bowed slightly to the coffin and said softly: "Miss, Treasure Island has sent the latest issue of the newspaper, the detective story has been updated, and the owner of Wuheng Island has specially sent you a gift. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 645 , what gift Chapter 645, What gift? Shasha~! A heavy friction sound sounded. The tightly closed coffin lid was opened little by little, and then it landed on the carpet with a bang. ?Snow-white fingers grasped the edge of the coffin and slowly sat up. The brown long hair drooping the shoulders, the faces are clear, exquisite and beautiful, and the eyebrows are slightly raised, and there is a pair of blood red eyes under the eyebrows. The skin is as pale as snow, as delicate as porcelain, and has a luster. ? Wearing a black high-necked long dress, the collar and breast are decorated with exquisite red embroidery, and you can distinguish patterns such as roses and thorns. Leader of the Blood Tribe, Hero of the Association, Leader of the Whisperers - Lilith Ann Beshmit. ?Lilith exhaled softly, her voice cold, "What''s the matter with him?" The butler stepped forward, took out the exquisite black gift box, and repeated what he said just now, "The owner of Wuheng Island has sent you a gift, along with the new issue of the newspaper." Gift? Lilith turned her head and glanced, stretched out her slender green-white hand to take it, and held it in front of her. ??Twisted his head slightly, he casually opened the ribbon on the gift box. As the leader of a race, he has taken the position of a hero again. Havent seen anything. Let alone gifts from a small place like Treasure Island. ??But I am really curious about what Wu Heng will send me. After all, he always does things by surprise. The ribbon is placed aside, and the gift box is unfolded to both sides. At the same time, the items inside also appeared in sight. On the left side is a book with an exquisite cover. It shows a man with black hair and black eyes, and the words "The Complete Works of the Great Detective Part 1" are written on it. Needless to say, it is a story serialized in a newspaper. ??This was the first time Lilith saw Wu Heng''s appearance. Looked carefully twice, the corners of his mouth raised slightly, "A narcissistic guy." The second item is a slender cylindrical item, and the third item is a disc with a leather strap. There are numbers inside the disc, which make a subtle clicking sound. Lilith picked it up and looked at it, "It''s a boring gadget." The housekeeper on the side raised his head and glanced slightly, and reminded softly, "Miss, the last two items are the latest products from Treasure Island, and they are recorded in the newspaper delivered." What product? Lilith asked. "The first item sold by Treasure Island is called a fountain pen, which can replace the writing method of quill dipped in ink at any time. The second item is called a watch, which is worn on the wrist and can accurately measure time." The housekeeper said softly, and then added : "It''s a little different from the one I gave you. Yours is obviously better and more precious." ?Lilith raised her eyebrows slightly. Just by listening to the introduction, you can understand the functions of these two items. If it can really achieve the effect mentioned. Its really good stuff. ?At the same time, I was even more doubtful. Is he really that smart? The housekeeper said again: "The newspaper said that Treasure Island also has a potion that can directly improve physical attributes." Liliths eyes narrowed. Wheres the newspaper? Let me take a look. The steward stepped forward and handed over the newspaper. Association training ground. Elf Moya quickly walked into the training ground, and Imiro sheathed his sword and walked out. Moya said: "Wu Heng has sent you a gift." A gift? Imiros face remained unchanged, Let him focus on improvement. Take a look first, its actually not bad. He said, taking out the gift box and handing it over. When he raised his hand, Imiro noticed the items on Moya''s wrist, took the gift box, opened it and looked at the three items inside. Moya introduced with a smile, "The second item of Wu Heng''s novel is a pen and a watch. The newspaper said that various chambers of commerce are selling well and they are hot sellers." Speaking, he demonstrated how to use the next two items and adjusted the time on his watch. ???Imiro was surprised by the two items and said with emotion: "He does have some talent." There is also a potion mentioned above, which looks more powerful. Moya handed the newspaper to the other party. ?Hall of Glory. ?People passing by the lobby picked up newspapers at the front desk and read the contents. Ever since Lu Ans incident, Treasure Island has sent a batch of newspapers every time and distributed them here for free. Following Treasure Islands newspapers has gradually become a habit here. Treasure Island held an exhibition, with more than 300 chambers of commerce participating. Its a false report. Where can I find so many chambers of commerce? The pens and watches mentioned above are quite interesting. Its not unfair at all for Lu An to lose to the other party. Treasure Island moves so frequently, is he preparing for level 18? Its too early, he just joined the association less than a year ago. Why are you so early? Lu An is level 15, and this guy must be above level 15 as well. "That''s right." Another person said: "Didn''t you see the third item mentioned above? A potion, notarized by the association and consortium, that can improve physical attributes." The rest of the people also looked at the newspapers again. Is it really true? He researched it? How come there is such a potion? The newspaper said that there will be an auction at Treasure Island for bidding. Farewell, I have to go back to prepare and go to Treasure Island to see. Im going back too, so I wont accompany you. With that said, everyone dispersed in a hurry. Hongwenhui, research tower. An old man read the newspaper and ordered: "Go to Treasure Island, arrange some courses for the local association, and at the same time check the sale of this medicine." "Yes, chief." Hongwen Hui''Virgil nodded in response. By the way, when you come back, buy some pens and watches. These things are just right for us. "yes!" ??Virgil nodded again, after confirming that there was nothing else. Exited the room. In a room. Teacher, is there anything else we can do? Lu An looked frustrated. Moffat finished reading the newspaper and put it aside. He closed his eyes and pondered for a moment, then said: "I will write a letter and you can send it to the head of the Baddeley family of the Blood Clan. Remember that this matter must be kept secret. No one can be discovered, especially if you are a small secret." Whisperer. ?Lu Ans eyes narrowed and he nodded. Zombie World, conference room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the location marked by the other party, which was an area east of Shanbu Port. It is not drawn on the map and should be a confidential port. The South Korean Navy said: "I''m not sure what''s going on there, but in the past ships were docked and repaired there." ?Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and said, "Put the map away. Let''s go there tomorrow." ?Qi Hancai nodded. ??Wu Heng looked at the two people opposite him again, "You guys should follow them too." ??The two of them were startled, and they raised their heads suddenly to speak, but when they saw Wu Heng''s eyes, they held it back, and then nodded in agreement. Okay, you go out first. The two of them saluted again and left the room directly. In the room, only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left. Qi Hancai stood up and leaned over gently, "Is there any problem at the military factory?" ??Wu Heng put his arms around the other party''s waist and said, "It''s still the same as before. I have arranged the subsequent development plan for them. Just follow this direction." Where is sister Yahong? I will pester you for several days. ??Wu Heng patted the opponent''s buttocks lightly and said, "I just stayed here for one night and thought everyone was like you." "No way." Qi Hancai coquettishly said. ??Wu Heng continued: "Assign some work to Zhao Yanqiu, don''t make it too difficult, just manage some things." ??Zhao Yanqiu and Qi Hancai have met in the old factory area of ??Xinfu City. ?At that time, Qi Hancai was in charge of the management of the old factory area, and Zhao Yanqiu was in charge of the radio station. I also know that Zhao Yanqiu is a little mother. Xiaoxiao, a member of the base whom I have never met but is often mentioned. "Let her be responsible for logistics management. Just like the old factory in Xinfu City, the work is not stressful, and it is safer to arrange people we trust." Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said directly. Okay, lets arrange it this way first! The two chatted for a while, and Qi Hancai asked someone to bring over all the gold, silver and corpse cores that they had collected during this period. ?Wu Heng took in the space ring. He also returned to his bedroom, opened the door, and returned to the other world. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemist''s room and opened the refrigerator and freezer nearby to take a look. Inside are neatly arranged corpse core potions. The rest of the freezers and constant-temperature storage boxes are stocked with finished medicines. There is no statistics, but the number is at least in the thousands. ??As more and more evolved zombies appear in the zombie world, the number of first-level corpse cores is also increasing. Enough for the auction. (End of this chapter) Chapter 646 , you pretend to be a bird at night Chapter 646: You pretend to be a bird at night If they are released for sale, the reserves of these medicines will definitely not be enough. However, if it is sold at auction, it will be enough to sell for a period of time. At that time, using the marketing methods of the modern world here, it is estimated that it will have good results. At the very beginning, Wu Heng also considered using zombie core potions to improve base members in the zombie world. ??It was indeed implemented. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, and even Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi were all distributed pharmaceuticals. But with the emergence of the main station, Wu Heng began to change his plan. The corpse core, which has no side effects, is second only to the elixir of attraction for people in the apocalypse. Once the distribution is released and members of the base have radio stations, the message will definitely be spread. At that time, if it is really targeted by various forces and threatened with missiles, things will become very troublesome. The best thing is not to disclose this matter to the outside world. After closing the freezer, Wu Heng walked out of the alchemy room and walked downstairs. ?Going downstairs, several maids were drinking tea and chatting in the living room. Hearing the footsteps, he turned around and looked over. Master Annette and Robert greeted immediately. Minnie said directly: "Master, Philippa came once and asked you to go to the port. The body you brought back is still there." It took me two and a half days to rush from the arms factory in the zombie world to Sanbu Port. Philippa has returned from going to sea. "Well." Wu Heng then asked, "Is there nothing going on on the island these two days since I left?" "It''s nothing. Sister Wei''er has brought back a lot of gold and silver coins in the past two days. She also said that there are many people on the island, so we should go out less often." Minnie said as she thought. Wheres Shannella? Sister Shanara came here yesterday and didnt say anything happened. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go to the port to have a look." Will the master come back for dinner tonight? "return." Okay. Minnie smiled and waved. ??Wu Heng left the island owner''s mansion with his skeleton attendants. The carriage picked up Philippa on the way and arrived at Port No. 2 together. ??Stepping onto the deck of the frigate, you can see a large number of corpses lying neatly on the deck. The equipment on the corpse has been stripped clean. If it werent for the skeletons guarding the area. I am afraid that it may attract some carnivorous birds to come and peck at the corpse. The morgue cant hold so many corpses, so well leave them here for now. Philippa explained with a shrug. Wu Heng didnt say much and asked, Where is the leaders body? Here it is! Philippa took him aside. A corpse covered with sawdust, lying flat on the ground, like a hedgehog. Have you verified your identity with the coroner? Philippa replied, "Checked, the pirate leader of Level 17, Level 2 Merit, and 4 key members are also on the wanted list, Level 3 Merit, and the members of the several associations who followed us are all involved. It seems that the body was sent to the association and then brought back by Philippa. ??Wu Heng faced the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Swordsman (Level 17). The information is still accurate, its a pity that I havent reached level 18. Are you a swordsman? I dont know, he was killed by the ships cannon. I didnt see him take action, Philippa said. Okay! Give him a name. Wu Heng said. Me? What do you mean? Look at you, make it simple and easy to remember. Wu Heng walked to the side. Philippa scratched his head hard and said, "Can I call him Iron Shark? Shark''s shark." Okay. Wu Heng said to the skeleton swordsman: From now on, you will be called Iron Shark, and you will be responsible for protecting her safety. I heard that you can arrange for a level 17 swordsman to protect you. Philippa''s eyes lit up instantly, "Damn it, level 17 is protecting me?" Cover him tightly outside so as not to cause any panic, Wu Heng said. Understood. Philippa said with a happy face. ?Wu Heng continued to walk toward the back. Philippa took out clothes and weapons from the space ring and put them on his skeleton attendants. Then he ran over again. He looked at the corpse on the ground and said, "I''ll look at the harpy for you. It''s not good-looking, a little scary, and its teeth are jagged. You can''t use it, so I won''t leave you alive." ?Wu Heng frowned, and when he saw the snickering look on her face, he knew it was against him. He glanced at her and said, "It''s okay if you don''t stay. You can wear feathers and pretend to be a bird to accompany me at night." Philippa''s eyes widened, "Are you serious..." Why, Captain Philippa is afraid? Philippa raised her head and said, "What am I afraid of? I''m afraid you won''t be able to bear it." ?Wu Heng smiled and transformed the harpy in front of him. Skeleton Banshee (Level 9). There are not many skills left. Only retains the basic attributes, as well as the characteristics of flying. Continuing to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], all the corpses on the ship turned into skeletons and stood up. Clean this place up, Philippa ordered. The skeletons began to clean the deck, and the transformed filth was thrown directly into the sea. After everything was settled, the two of them took a carriage and returned to the island owner''s mansion together. Night falls. In the bedroom. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, and Philippa was squatting on his waist, spreading his arms, imitating the flying posture of a bird. After doing it twice, he said: "The action is like this, and the scream is so unpleasant, it''s not that I won''t bring it back to you." "Harpy, can you swing your waist like this?" Wu Heng held the opponent''s waist and looked at her with a smile on his face. Philippa put her head to the side, a little shy, "I don''t know, maybe that kind of banshee is friendly with the pirates on the ship, unlike me who is only friendly with you." ??Wu Heng gently patted the other party''s thigh, "Come here." Philippa leaned over, stuck out the tip of her red tongue, and said softly: "Dad, you smell so good, I love you so much." The next day, in the morning. After having breakfast at the island owner''s mansion, Philippa returned to the tavern with his new attendant. There have been more and more ships on the island these days. Treasure Island''s ships were also arranged to patrol along the route. Lest any pirates appear again and damage the safety of the route. ??Wu Heng also went to the zombie world after finishing the arrangement. ?? Today I made an agreement with Qi Hancai to visit the hidden military port. After arriving in the zombie world. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs. The convoy and skeletons were already waiting at the entrance of the base. Open the car door and get in the passenger seat, "Let''s go!" Qi Hancai also picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go and let the two Koreans show us the way." The convoy started, drove out of the base gate, and left towards the distance. In a military port. ?Several figures were sitting around a round table, discussing. The leader was a middle-aged man with a Western face, wearing a U.S. military uniform. The Sanbu Port area has been quite lively recently. The person below said: "It''s really lively. The rescue information is broadcast on the radio every day. I really think of myself as a person of this country." "It''s not without its benefits. I asked someone to check it out. The road outside has been cleared by those skeletons. It still has some strength." Another person said hesitantly: "They won''t find us, right?" "What? Do you want to join them?" The Western soldier looked around at the other people and reminded: "No matter how many skeletons they have, can they still attack us? The machine guns and artillery outside are enough to break them into skeletons." Thats right. The others nodded. While speaking, a low voice came from the intercom. Discovered a large number of skeletons and escorted the truck closer to the base. Those who had been calm just now suddenly stood up from their seats, with a trace of surprise and suspicion in their eyes. Whatever you say comes from what you say. ?Those guys really found themselves here. What should I do? someone asked eagerly. "No hurry!" The man in military uniform at the head picked up the walkie-talkie, "How many skeletons and how many cars?" The number of skeletons is about three thousand, and there are five modified trucks. Hearing this number, several people in the room suddenly felt relieved. If you just rely on this number, it will be difficult to break through your own defense. ??The man in military uniform pondered for a moment, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said: "Prioritize the search for those with powers that control skeletons, and kill them directly if there is an opportunity." "yes!" The convoy, escorted by skeletons, moved forward slowly. Approaching the target location, the voice of the lead car came over the intercom, "We saw the port. There are no zombies nearby. The wall has been rebuilt. There should be survivors here." ?Wu Heng looked forward along the glass. ?Through the gaps in the steel bars, you can see a wall of about three meters. The wall is equipped with metal barbs, and the top is barbed wire. You can also see machine guns and some heavy weapons. There are indeed survivors. Stop the convoy. Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and gave an order, and Wu Heng also ordered the big-headed skeleton to stop its advance. In the distance, shouts in Korean came from the wall. This is an important base, please indicate your intention. (End of this chapter) Chapter 618 , naval gun (an update today) Chapter 618, Naval Guns (Updated today) As he spoke, the old man glanced upward, as if he was recalling the past. What happened next? the middle-aged man asked curiously. "An accident..." The old man''s voice seemed to be blocked by something, and he paused for a while before continuing: "An accident took her away, and it was also in order to avoid missing her that I left Luntam City. , left there." She is so kind and so smart. I often think that if all this had not happened, maybe everything would be different. The old man said, picking up the wine glass and taking another sip. ?The two fell into silence again, and the boat''s hull was still gently swaying with the waves. The middle-aged man also picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "This is not your fault, and she doesn''t want to see you trapped in pain." I hope so. The next day, Shanara got up and took out a new bra from the space ring. After passing it through her arms, she patted the man beside her and said, "Tie it on for me. I don''t have any eyesight." I dont like this piece. Wu Heng sat up and helped her fasten the buckle at the back. Shanela rolled her eyes at him, "I''m wearing something to go out, not to show you." "That''s right." After Wu Heng tied it up, he gently kissed the elf''s unique ear. "Not enough kisses." Shanara touched the other person''s cheek with her backhand, her face full of doting. Then, he asked curiously, "How come your skin has become so good?" I dont know when Wu Hengs skin became so good. It was not only white but also had a kind of luster. I feel that the level of resilience has also been improved to a certain extent. Is there any? Wu Heng asked. In fact, I also understand in my heart the changes that occurred after I took the third-level corpse core potion and awakened the [Hornous Armor]. Even if the skin is not covered with black keratin, the skin itself becomes more delicate. "Of course there is, it''s so obvious, how do you do it? Teach me." Shannara was a little envious. "It''s a function of your own ability. You can try it when you are more mature in the later period." Wu Heng said. Shanelas eyes lit up. Sure enough, she had a way to improve her skin. Listen to you. After saying that, she looked him up and down again, "I feel like your growth rate is a little too fast." Thats not good, I can protect you better in the future. Okay, I like it! As the two of them talked, they also got dressed and went downstairs together. The skeleton chef has prepared breakfast. ?Several people came down one after another and sat at the dining table, chatting and eating. Have breakfast. ? Anderweil went to the city hall, and Shannella took Minnie and the three of them to the exhibition to supervise some decoration matters. ?Even if I cant help you, you still have something to do. Its much better than being bored at home. All the people in the family left. ?Wu Heng went upstairs to the study and headed to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. ?Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai, but received no response. ??Go to the window and look outside. The skeleton is guarding, and there is no change. Open the door and go downstairs. ? Walking out of the hotel door, he asked the skeleton guarding the door like a sculpture: "Where is Qi Hancai? Point it out to me." The skeleton pointed directly in the direction of the sea. It should be going to the ship. ?? He took the skeleton and walked straight towards the direction where the ship was docked. From a distance, he could see figures walking around on the warship. ?Wu Heng walked over and attracted the attention of several people. Qi Hancai waved his hand, and then walked over, "The two Korean soldiers are teaching the skeleton to sail a boat. I looked at it for a while. They are all automated equipment, so it is not difficult." Lets go and take a look. Wu Heng took the lead on boarding the warship. Qi Hancai also followed behind. Seeing Wu Heng coming up, the two soldiers and Xin He immediately came over and saluted. ??Wu Heng nodded and said, "Tell me about this ship." Two Korean soldiers pushed for a while from below, and the man named "Li Chengxun" was pushed out. They said carefully: "The total length of the ship is 114 meters, the width is 14 meters, the standard displacement is 2,300 tons, and it can carry 145 people." Just like memorizing a book, I recited it all in one breath. ?Wu Heng looked puzzled, "Can it hold more than 140 people?" The entire ship is designed with so many beds. If it doesnt involve beds and is just for people, more people can be accommodated. Li Chengxun explained immediately. In other words, the ship is designed with berths for 145 people. If you just want to hold skeletons, you dont need a bed, you can hold more skeletons. The warships on Treasure Island can hold three to four hundred people. How could such a large ship have fewer people? ?Of course, in modern warfare, the interior of a ship is more complex, and combat effectiveness is no longer measured by the number of people. It was all artillery fire. Continue talking. Wu Heng said. Li Chengxun went on to introduce, "The ship is equipped with a 127mm naval gun, RAM range anti-aircraft missile launcher... There is a carrier-based aircraft platform at the stern of the ship. A helicopter was originally parked, but when the zombies broke out, it was driven away." ?Several people walked from the bow to the stern. ?Introduce each other one by one. The machine gun in Wu Heng''s hand is filled with 23mm machine gun shells. ??The ship-borne gun on this ship reaches 127 mm, which is truly a powerful shell. As for anti-aircraft missiles, they may not be that useful in other worlds. There are not many people who can fly. Even if they encounter a flying dragon again, they will be able to deal with it more easily. There is no need to actually use anti-aircraft missiles. At the stern of the ship is a platform with a circle drawn on it. According to "Li Chengxun", it is used to park carrier-based aircraft. It was just that when the zombies broke out, they were driven away. But the problem is not big. Parking a skeleton flying dragon yourself can also play the same role. There is no need to consume energy. How far is the range of the 127mm naval gun? Wu Heng then asked. The other party replied, "The effective range is 10,000 meters." 10,000 meters. is considered far enough. ?Wu Heng nodded and continued walking around the cabin. After coming out, he said: "Within three days, we will teach the skeletons how to operate the ship, as well as inspect and repair some equipment." The two ship soldiers following behind had some sweat on their foreheads, "Time is too tight." There is not much time to train slowly, hurry up! Wu Heng walked outside. Okay, okay. The two of them wiped away their sweat. ??Wu Heng looked around and pointed at a few high-level skeletons, "You guys, protect them both and don''t let them make any dangerous moves." Hearing that the naval gun had a range of 10,000 meters, Wu Heng arranged for skeletons to keep an eye on them. Lest you actually control the naval gun and fire a shot at the shore. The two men immediately promised, "We will not do anything extraordinary. Please trust us, chief." Come on, I wont treat you badly when the time comes. Wu Heng patted the other partys shoulder. The two of them saluted again and thanked them softly. ?Wu Heng stepped off the ship and walked toward the base with Qi Hancai. On the ship, Li Chengxun and his two men immediately began to explain the operation of the ship to the skeletons who were following them. Then, Qi Hancai took him around the base. In the afternoon, we returned to the port and waited. Not long after, a cargo ship appeared in sight. Slowly approach and dock at the port. More than 20 people got off the boat, both men and women, all from the original base. Chief, Sister Qi! Everyone saluted and said hello. Thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai also smiled and said, "Let''s go back and have a rest first, and then assign tasks to everyone." After the capture of Sanbu Port. Management is still somewhat difficult. First, there are no trustworthy people. Second, communication is also a problem. ??For a translator like Xinhe, it is still a bit difficult. ?Now that our people are here, things will be much easier to handle. Several people entered the base together. Qi Hancai first arranged a room for them, and then arranged some work. From now on, whether it is distributing food or taking care of the warehouse. Leave it all to your own people. Wait until everything was arranged before returning to the hotel. Come outside Wu Heng''s room and knock on the door. After receiving the response, he opened the door and walked in. Inside the room. ??Wu Heng said: "First set up the logistics team. I plan to use this as a base to attack inside." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, "Are you going to lead the team yourself, or arrange a skeleton attack?" I will handle the important places by myself, but the skeletons will still handle the other places. Wu Heng replied. The place here is not as big as in China. The entire national construction is not much different than that of one province. ?You can almost find the military factory or military merit research institute here as long as you walk all the way. It is not like in China where it is difficult to find these locations. Qi Hancai thought for a while and said: "Then I will ask someone to find a map and mark out all the important places here as much as possible, so that we can have a clear goal." Ill leave these things to you. Wu Heng smiled. Qi Hancai also smiled lightly, "This shouldn''t be the case!" ?Wu Heng waved, and Qi Hancai came over and leaned gently into his arms. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemy room and took a look at the finished potion. There are many first-level and second-level medicines produced. Level 3 Corpse Core Potion, there is no new finished product yet. But theres no rush, its just a matter of time. ??Wu Heng walked downstairs, and Minnie came in from outside. She rushed over happily, "Master." So happy. Wu Heng caught her and spun her around in mid-air. No, I spent the whole day with Sister Shanara at the construction site today. Im so tired, but I feel so happy when I see the owner. Minnie coquettishly said. How is the decoration over there? Wu Heng sat down aside and let Minnie sit on his lap. Minnie thought for a moment and said: "It''s going very smoothly. When the designer was chatting with Sister Shanara, I heard that it can be completed in two or three days." The speed is pretty good. Minnie seemed to suddenly remember something, and added: "By the way, the designer also said that the preparations for Beacon Street have been completed, and the street lights will be erected tomorrow and electrified by then." "If you have time tomorrow, go to the design institute and ask them to work early tomorrow to erect all the street lights. Try to make the island look better before the exhibition." Wu Heng patted Xiao Tuzhi''s butt. . I know, Master. Minnie said softly. At this time, the door opened. Andewil walked in with a much larger owl on her head, glanced at the two of them, and said with a smile: "Minnie is pestering the master again." No way, you bad fox. Minnie raised her head and retorted. ??Wu Heng also opened his arms, "Come to Weier, let the master hug you too." ??Weier, who was still laughing at Minnie just now, blushed slightly and walked over slowly. He leaned into his arms and shouted softly: "Master." So good! Not long after, dinner was served on the table. ?Robert and Annette also walked back from the courtyard and saluted Wu Heng. Sit at the dining table obediently. Having dinner together. Zombie World and Treasure Island are both developing in the planned direction. In three days, the exhibition can start. By then, the skeleton will have almost learned the battleship and will find a way to bring it to the city. Early in the morning, Wu Heng went directly to the port No. 2. The dwarf designer Yousef followed beside him, Island owner, what are your orders? ??Wu Heng pointed to the gap next to the port, "I plan to build a larger dock there. I mainly need a large enough door." Are you referring to the kind of dock where ships are repaired? "Yes, the length should be controlled at two hundred meters, the width should be more than thirty meters, and the draft should be at least five meters." Wu Heng recalled the size of the frigate and began to speak. ?Yousefs hand that was originally recording the numbers paused slightly, and his eyes widened. After thinking for a moment, he reminded in a low voice, "Sir, the length of the warship is only sixty meters. Are you sure you need one this big? Instead of building a few more?" "There is no problem with the numbers, just build it as I said." Wu Heng said with a determined tone. Yes, sir. The dwarf quickly recorded. "It will be completed within three days. If time is tight, make the door first, with a door lock." Three days are a bit tight, Im afraid we have to redeploy workers from the construction site. Transfer here and finish the things here first. Wu Heng continued. The dwarf designer nodded, "I will complete it for you within three days." Leave it to you. Wu Heng said, and left in the carriage again. After returning to the island owners mansion. Thinking about it for a while, he took out the [train conductors hat] and put it on his head. The ghost train appeared and Wu Heng boarded the train. Beacon Street. Hurrah! ? Groups of skeletons, carrying metal iron poles, strode into the main road. With the rest of the people watching, the slender iron pole was erected, and the electrician skeleton began to connect the wires and install the light bulbs and lampshades. The island owner has built street lights for us. Someone recognized that it was the same as the street lamp in the central area and immediately shouted out loudly. Immediately afterwards, the crowd around him also started to get excited. The island owner really built street lights on Beacon Street, just like the ones in the central area. The island owner built street lights for us, and he didnt lie to us. From now on, it will be as bright as daytime here. The news of the street lights spread quickly with shouts and shouts. The whole street was gradually filled with people, looking up. Watching the street lights being put up. Happy the lampshade, and hung a Treasure Island flag on the lamp post as decoration. ??The island owner really turned on the street lights in ordinary residential areas. What was announced in the newspaper was indeed true. City Lopez. ?Wu Heng put on the mask and still became a mask recording the appearance of a fisherman. Sat for a while in the VIP room of the consortium. ?The door opened, and the local person in charge, Retili, walked in directly. Smile and say, Good afternoon, my guest. ?Wu Heng smiled and asked: "Did the last commission have any results?" ??Retili smiled confidently, "Of course!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 619 , somewhat powerful Chapter 619, Somewhat awesome ??Retili clapped her hands behind her. ?Staff came in carrying two wooden coffins. ?With the bumps, dirt was scattered in the gaps between the wooden coffins. ~! ?Two dull sounds of landing, and the wooden coffin was placed in the middle space. The staff turned around and left, closing the door. ??Retili glanced at the wooden coffin and said: "I collected the corpses of two mages for you. It took some effort and took some risks." Thank you for your hard work, Wu Heng said. For the risks that Retili mentioned. ?Wu Heng didnt care too much. For a force whose business direction is mainly in gray industries, there is no such thing as no risk. ?Of course, the other party''s meaning is also more obvious. The corpse of a mage is more difficult to obtain than other professions. ?Wu Heng waved his hand towards the skeleton, and the skeleton attendant beside him quickly walked over. The coffin was opened, revealing two corpses with different degrees of decay. ???Retili said, "The first corpse is a level 11 illusion mage, and the second corpse is a level 7 mage. The faction has not investigated, and it may be a conjuration or evocation type." "I''m very satisfied. How much more money do I need to give you?" Wu Heng said calmly. You also need to pay 2 gold and 150 silver. The price of corpses is much more expensive than in the past. The reward for a level 10 wanted criminal is only three to four hundred silver. The corpse actually received gold coins. ?Wu Heng nodded, casually took out 2 gold coins and a leather bag of silver coins and handed them to the other party. ??Retili took it happily and then asked: "Continue to fill in the entrustment?" Continue to fill in. ??Retili went out to get the commission. Wu Heng asked the skeleton to cover the two coffins and put the space ring into himself. Not long after, Retili came back. Holding a plate of pastries in his hand, he picked up a piece with his green-white fingers and brought it to Wu Heng''s mouth, "Try the pastries I just ordered from outside." ?Wu Heng did not open his mouth and said, "I''m getting older and can''t eat anything too sweet." It sounds like you are very old. Leitili didnt feel embarrassed and put it into her mouth casually. Human beings have a short life span, so they will naturally age faster, Wu Heng said. While filling out the request, Leitili said: "No matter how old you are, you are not as old as me." I dont know how many people are envious of you elves, because you are so good-looking and have a long lifespan. Wu Heng sighed with emotion. In other words, all races will envy the elves. A race that looks elegant and beautiful and lives a long time. ??Retili continued to talk casually, "There are some ways to extend your life. When you really need it, I will issue a commission for you." "It can''t be that easy. Even the old king of Yeke Kingdom has not escaped the fate of death, let alone ordinary professionals like us." Wu Heng said, his eyes fell on Leitili''s white chest exposed when she bent over. . "Do you have any misunderstandings about ordinary professionals?" Leitili seemed to notice the other person''s gaze, looked up with a smile, and then leaned over to fill out the entrustment again, "The royal family needs to be replaced. It has its own rules and does not allow others to do so. Extreme way to extend your life. But there are still many ways to extend life, such as the living corpses of the Necronomicon faction and the Secret Order. They have been collecting ways to survive. " Happiness in life is indeed a direction that the Esoteric Order has been studying. These people have money and status, and all they want to do is how to live longer. ??Wu Heng came into contact with two strange objects, one of which was the [Sacrifice Wooden Staff]. ??Yazd, the former deacon of Blackstone Town, wanted to use this rare item to "seize" himself, but he didn''t expect that he would improve faster, so he failed. The second item is the [Blood Cup], a rare item of the Vampire Tribe. You can gradually transform into the Vampire Tribe form by drinking blood. ?Later, I handed it over to Lilith, which was considered to be a connection with the other party. There are indeed many such things in the Esoteric Order. As you said, its not a bad idea to join the Secret Order. It might help extend your life. Wu Heng said. "It is not something that ordinary people can join. Moreover, the Secret Order attaches great importance to obedience and will often put forward some conditions that break the bottom line to verify your obedience." Leitili said with a smile, and filled out the order form. Set aside. It sounds like Retili still knows something about the Secret Order. At least, I know that there is an obedience test. Its better not to join this kind of organization. ??Retili nodded and continued, "In addition to the Secret Order, I have also heard some rumors, such as replacing internal organs or blood, becoming a believer of a certain god, and letting people regenerate themselves." Hearing the last one, Wu Heng''s eyes widened a bit, "How did it happen?" I dont know, its just some news that came out. Leitili replied with a smile. Then he rolled his eyes, looked at the other person carefully, and took out a book from the space ring, "Have you read a new book that arrived in the city recently?" On the cover, there is an image of Wu Heng wearing a windbreaker. You can tell at a glance that it is a great detective novel. Wu Heng didn''t expect that she had read it, "I heard that it is a best-seller on Treasure Island. It was written based on the personal experience of the new island owner." Yes, what a magical person. He seemed to appear suddenly, and then everyone around him knew him. Leitilis eyes flickered. You like this story? Anyway, its better than those heroic stories. I heard that Treasure Island also sells autographs. I asked someone to buy it for me. I dont know if I can buy it. Retili said seriously. It shouldnt be difficult to spend some money and ask him to sign one for you. That makes no sense. Leitili raised her head again, looked straight into the eyes with a smile, and asked: Do you think this Wuheng Island Master will become a hero? ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, his gaze unchanged. When the other person told me about this, there was a kind of temptation in his tone. Collect the corpses by yourself, accompanied by guards who are suspected of being undead attendants. The time of appearance was very close to that of the island owner who was in the prime of his life. ??Retili sits in a local consortium. Even though she acts like she takes money to do things, she is definitely a smart person. It is estimated that he has been guessing his identity for a long time, or has already determined it. ?It doesnt matter if you guess or not. Now that I am level 19, and with the association as my backer, not everyone is a threat to me. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "If he is as powerful as you say, he should be able to become a hero." Now that youve said it, we may be close to becoming a hero. Return to Treasure Island. The time has arrived in the afternoon. Take a carriage back and pass by Beacon Street. The road becomes a little crowded because of the crowds. ?The street lights were erected one by one, and the crowd moved forward little by little along with the street lights. There is no electricity and no light can be seen. I dont know what the crowd around is looking at. The carriage moved slowly, and the chatter of the surrounding crowd began to enter the carriage. In the past few months, Treasure Island has changed more than in years. The island owner is not an ordinary person. He is so powerful. He is also a mage. He must be better than those before. I have a daughter at home, who is about the same age as the island owner. Isnt your daughter just 6 years old? Shes almost there. Lets get along first, and a few years will be enough. I heard that the island owner likes orc girls, the one who often brings escorts to Beacon Street. I like orcs, but they are rare. Somewhat awesome! (End of this chapter) Chapter 620 , what happened Chapter 620, what happened? ?Wu Heng sat on the carriage and raised his eyebrows while listening to the discussion. Why are you talking about yourself? ??Moreover, what I like is not the kind of orc that is close to three meters tall and has a thick build. Have these people misunderstood something? Guest, the road ahead is too congested. Lets go another way! the coachmans voice came from the front. Lets change the way. Wu Heng said. The carriage began to slowly turn around, avoiding the main road and continuing towards the island lord''s mansion. Waiting for arrival at the nearest neighborhood of the Island Lords Mansion. ?Wu Heng got out of the car and continued walking for a while before returning to the island owner''s mansion. Go through the door. Three maids went out to greet him. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat and said, "Master, street lights have started to be installed on Beacon Street." I saw it when I came back. "The people in the Beacon Street residential area are very happy. I heard someone shouting something like thanking the island owner." Minnie looked very happy. "Really? I came back late and didn''t hear this sentence." Hey! Minnie smiled, Master, do you want to have lunch? No, lets eat together in the evening! "good!" Minnie and the other two maids returned to the living room, while Wu Heng went directly to the corner of the courtyard. With a wave of his hand, two coffins appeared in the open space in front of him. Let the skeleton open the coffin lid. Looking around, he released [Dead Corpse Battlefield] on the two corpses. The power of the dead swayed away. The two skeletons stood up from the coffins, shook their bodies, and pieces of flesh and rotten clothing fell off. Skeleton Mage (Level 11) Skeleton Mage (Level 7) ??Wu Heng opened it and looked at the attributes. Among the characteristics, [Hollow Skeleton] and [Intermediate Soul] are retained. The specialties retain [Cloth Armor Specialization] and [Wand Mastery]. The skill position is completely blank, and not a single skill has been retained. ?Wu Heng also knew what was going on. ??A mage from any faction will have all his skills disappear after being transformed into a Necromancer. Even if he learns them later, he can only learn the Necromancer faction. It can be regarded as restricting the direction. Come out first. Wu Heng ordered. ?Two skeletons stepped out of the coffin and stood aside in a dignified manner. ?Wu Heng asked other skeletons to clean up. ??Continue to say to the two mage skeletons: "Let''s go upstairs with me. I have a task for you." The skeleton follows behind. Go all the way upstairs and enter the study. ?Wu Heng walked to the bookshelf and took out two skill books from it. ?? Walked up to the level 11 skeleton mage and handed it the [Dead Skeleton Field], "Read this book first and learn the skills as soon as possible." Then, he walked to the level 7 skeleton mage and handed over the [Bone Skeleton Technique], "Look at this book. You two can find a place to study separately!" The two skeletons found their respective places and began to look through the books. ??Wu Heng sat down aside and continued to release the three ghosts, allowing them to move around freely ~www.mtlnovel.com~ or watch cartoons. "Uncle, that''s my place over there." Xiaoxiao pointed pitifully to where a skeleton was. ?Wu Heng took a look and saw that the level 7 skeleton was where Xiaoxiao usually watched animations. On the window sill, there are also colorful dolls and various small objects with strange shapes and little value. "clear!" ?Wu Heng nodded, took a sip of water, and said to the two skeletons: "You two, follow me to the next door to read." Thank you, uncle, you are the best. Xiaoxiao cheered from the side. ?Wu Heng walked out with the skeleton. In the next room, let the two of them start reading. Skeletons dont need lights, so it doesnt matter whether they turn on the lights or not. As long as you have a quiet place. ?Wu Heng sat in the study for a while, when Minnies shout came downstairs for dinner. Open the door and go downstairs to eat with the maids. ttle As the sky darkens, the street lights on Beacon Street light up one after another. Let the entire main road of Beacon Street be brightly illuminated. The crowd surrounding him instantly burst into cheers. Shuttered stores reopened. Vendors also carried goods and began to walk through the streets, selling various items. A young bard looked up at the street lamp as bright as the sun, his eyes filled with dizziness. Looked at the position under the light. Then he shook his fist. Squeezing into the front row, he brought a wooden box and placed it under the street lamp. Getting on the wooden box, he released two states in succession. Said loudly: "The bard ''Gavier'' will take this opportunity to read the great detective story to everyone." After saying this, bow first and then start the story. My name is Watson. I was sent back to China because of an injury to recuperate from my injuries. The crowd watching was suddenly startled. Looking at street lights is really not interesting. ??Someone tells stories here, which is also a way to kill time. Start reading the story as you go. The crowd also began to gather and became more and more crowded. At this time, another person stood under the next streetlight, and the lights converged, like a spotlight on a stage. ?Haunted loudly: "I will also tell you a story." Not long after, figures one after another stood under the light along the road. Its like a small stage. Perform a show for everyone. In the crowd. "This place is much more lively than the central area." Shi Yali took her sister''s hand, turned around and said. When there are street lights in the central area, a lot of people gather. But there is no excitement here. Xilagui said: "I guess Wu Heng didn''t expect that this kind of street lamp would become a stage for low-level bards." The newspaper story is hot. But low-level bards do not have the opportunity to enter the tavern to tell others. And here, so many people gathered. ?Although there is no reward, you can also improve your level and professional skills. "Could he have thought of it a long time ago? Didn''t he say before that he wanted to support the bard and change the stage play?" Shi Yali said. Huh..., you may not be able to imagine it. The other side. Philippa was wearing a beige dress, with a green-feathered parrot standing on her shoulders. Looking at the brightness of the whole street, I felt excited. Wu Heng is so awesome, he really lights up Dengta Street. "I said I didn''t think bad of him, and I was not disappointed." Silly bird! Philippa turned around and flicked the parrot on the forehead, "You are not allowed to say that about him." The parrot glanced at her, turned around and flew away. "Philippa..." Millicent, who was wearing a cloak, came over and took her hand, "Why are you wandering around? What should I do if I get separated?" "Beacon Street! Can I still find my home?" Philippa asked, looking at her. There are so many people, its always good to be careful. Pah~! ??Philippa slapped her on the **** hard and said, "The captain of my Treasure Island fleet, whoever is blind dares to mess with me." Millicents face turned red instantly. ?Looking around carefully, he grabbed his daughter''s hand hard. Philippa continued: "Tomorrow I will go find Wu Heng and ask him to press one on our door." Dont bother the adults. The next day, morning. After breakfast, Anderweil went to the city hall. ?Wu Heng went downstairs from the room where the skeleton studied books. One night passed and the skill was not unlocked. It seems that we still have to wait a few more days. Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and at the corner of the stairs, Catwoman Robey was running into her arms. He rubbed his nose and said immediately: "Master, some people are coming from outside. They are representatives of the caravan. They came to visit you specially and brought some gifts." Come to visit yourself? Wu Heng has basically seen all the caravan representatives stationed on the island. Many of them have cooperated. ?The people who came here this time should have just arrived on the island and were preparing to participate in the exhibition. How many people are here? Wu Heng asked. There are three representatives of the caravan, as well as some followers, bringing gifts. Robert replied. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Take them to the living room. You go to Shanara''s side and ask her to get up quickly and invite her over." Okay! Robert agreed and trotted downstairs. Not long after, Minnie walked in with three people in gorgeous clothes, while all the entourage stayed in the courtyard. ?Looking at the skeletons all over the yard, I felt a little nervous and uneasy. My lord, the owner of the island. Ive met the island owner... The three of them bowed slightly. Youre welcome, sit down and talk. Treasure Island, inside the tavern. The story of "Pennie the Blushing Maid" is finished. The tavern fell into silence again. Even though I have heard it many times, I still feel an unspeakable gloominess. In the private room on the second floor, a richly dressed old man and a middle-aged man sat opposite each other, and several accompanying guards and attendants sat near the door of the private room. Its really touching that the story is told from the perspective of the maid. said the middle-aged man. The old man nodded slightly, remained silent for a moment, and then spoke slowly, "My wife also writes some short stories about little people." His eyes instantly turned sad. We used to sit together and listen to the stories she wrote. In the private room, the atmosphere became even more gloomy. The middle-aged man pondered for a moment, and then asked: "Excuse me, what happened at that time?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 621 , what is your ex-husband鈥檚 name? (Updated today.) Chapter 621: What is your ex-husbands name? (Updated today.) Hearing the middle-aged man''s question, the old man leaned back on his chair and looked at the roof of the shed, his eyes cloudy. As if recalling the past. He said softly: "She rarely went out. She planted some favorite flowers in the courtyard and basement, or she was in the study room, reading the books she bought. We were very happy at that time." "Once she went out and was attacked by wild beasts in the mountains and forests. Fortunately, she was saved by the mercenaries who passed by. However, since then, her whole person has become more and more strange." The middle-aged man frowned as he told the story, and the guards behind him also remained quiet. Waiting for his next story. The old man continued: "I didn''t notice it at first. I just felt that she was frightened and in a trance. But as time went by, the situation became more and more weird. She lost her hobbies of growing flowers and reading books. Sometimes she talked to herself in the air, and sometimes she danced. " "One night, Gran... she went completely crazy. She ran and screamed like crazy. She rushed into the basement and knocked over the oil lamp. She stood in the fire and looked at me and smiled, as if she had finally succeeded. The devil. "The fire is getting bigger and bigger. I want to go down and save people, but there is no other way." I can only watch it being engulfed by the fire and disappearing. "My level was too low at the time. If I could have been higher, maybe the outcome wouldn''t be like this." The old man''s tone was full of regret and unwillingness. It sounds like the story is not being told for the first time. The causes and processes are explained very clearly. Seeing that the story did not continue, the middle-aged man''s eyes showed some sympathy, "It''s not your fault." ?There are many monsters that confuse the mind, and similar stories can be heard in past stories and rumors. Low-level humans are most likely to have this kind of thing happen in the wilderness. The old man nodded, "Everything is over. I just hope she doesn''t blame me." "How could she blame you for such a dedicated gentleman?" the middle-aged man comforted, seeing that the atmosphere in the room was too depressing. I found a new topic, "In the afternoon, I will visit the island owner. Do you want to come with me?" The old man pondered and shook his head, "I want to visit my friends on the island first, and then I will visit the island owner." Thats fine too. While the two were talking, the place below fell into chaos again. Look down through the open window. ??The bard, who had rested, walked up again, applied two states to himself, and said loudly: "The following is a great detective story,..." Finally the great detective story. Miss Pennys story is so depressing, Im still willing to listen to it. No matter how many times I listen to it, the plot of finding the murderer through details is still as exciting as ever. No one can deceive the island owner, no matter how good he is at lying. Amidst the discussion among the drinkers, the bard also began his own story. In the private room upstairs, a middle-aged man listened carefully to the story. The old mans eyes flickered. The island lords mansion. The three caravan representatives sat down respectfully. The maid brought tea and cakes. The first person said: "My lord, I am the vice president of the Bucks Chamber of Commerce. This is a gift for you. I hope you don''t dislike it." As he spoke, three exquisite wooden boxes were taken out from the space ring. Open them one by one. The top one is a pair of silver cups with exquisite patterns. In the wooden box in the middle is a porcelain plate with a similar enamel technique in the center. At the bottom is a jade-white hollow ivory sculpture that resembles ivory. Everything is exquisite. Belongs to the rich and powerful and is a favorite collection. Island owner, I am the regional representative of Erlevi Chamber of Commerce. This is our gift. They are all items produced by the Chamber of Commerce. I hope you dont dislike it. The second chamber of commerce representative spoke. He also took out a gift from the space ring. There are two in total, one is exquisite jade, and the other is also porcelain. Sir,..., this is the gift I brought. ?Following this, the third person also brought out a gift, which was a fine rolled-up carpet and several bolts of brightly colored cloth. These should be products of their chamber of commerce. The shape and style are very exquisite. They are also luxury accessories that are preferred by the rich and powerful in this world. But for Wu Heng, he actually doesnt like it that much. He feels that it has no use other than to look good. Its better to get yourself some copper and melt it down to make bullets. Thank you, I like the things very much. Wu Heng thanked him with a smile, turned around and said, Minnie, take these down first, then go to the study and bring over three copies of the exhibits I prepared. Yes, Master. Minnie put away the gifts and put them on the cabinet shelf at the back. Then he walked towards the study room upstairs. Wait for Minnie to leave. One of them, the vice president of the Bucks Chamber of Commerce, spoke respectfully and said directly: "Island owner, in addition to being invited to participate in the exhibition this time, I also want to open a store on the island." Treasure Island is expanding, and you are welcome to open a store on the island. Wu Heng said directly. The other party continued: "I just want to ask you in advance, will the street lights on Dengta Street and the central area be used in the newly developed streets? You also know that the shops on the main road have been sold. If we want to open a store, we can also Cant choose a spot over there. ?One person said, and the other two nodded. It sounds like I want to choose a location with street lights to open a store. Wu Heng said with certainty: "You can rest assured that the street lights will cover all the commercial streets developed later. Just don''t choose too remote places." Then well be relieved. The three of them smiled and nodded. While talking, Minnie came down from upstairs. ?Hold three thin gift boxes in his hand. Master. Minnie called out obediently and put the gift box on the table. ?Wu Heng waved his hand and said: "This is for you three. It is also our latest gift." ??The three of them said a few polite words and still took it in their hands. Open the gift box to reveal a round object. ?The surface is smooth and shiny, and it looks very finely crafted. Wu Heng said: "This is a fountain pen. The product we improved from the quill pen can be more convenient to carry and write. It will replace the quill pen in the future." The three of them looked at the pens in their hands with some doubts in their eyes. After careful observation, I opened the cap of the pen with a slight force, revealing the pen tip inside. ?Seeing the lines on the pen tip, his eyes froze. ?So delicate! ??It also has patterns on it. Let me demonstrate it to you. Seeing that several people couldn''t use it, Wu Heng took out a pen from the space ring. In the eyes of the three people, the demonstration began. This is the pen cap. You can write after opening it. Then he unscrewed the back end of the pen holder to reveal the position of the ink sac. Here is the ink sac. Just **** up the ink and you can write normally. You dont need to prepare it with you every time like a quill. ?Just a little demonstration. Three people have already understood the purpose and characteristics of the pen. They looked at each other with surprise and disbelief in their eyes. It doesnt look difficult, but it is definitely a very clever design to improve from a quill pen to the current pen. Not everyone has a space ring to hold quills and ink. ?This fountain pen solves all the shortcomings of the quill pen very well. Looks like its just an improvement. The practicality has improved linearly. It goes without saying that this product will definitely become popular and become the best-selling writing instrument. And the workmanship is very fine, especially the soft ink sac. If you want to imitate it, you dont know what materials to use. Did you design this? My Lord, have pens been sold in the market? I think we can talk about agency sales. The three of them were slightly excited and spoke. ??Wu Heng smiled, "It has not been sold to the market yet, but it will be displayed at this exhibition. When we determine the price later, it will not be too late to discuss cooperation. There are many styles, and they are quite good-looking." ?The three of them were stunned and immediately nodded in agreement. It seems that this exhibition will really have some new items that will subvert the past. While several people were chatting, footsteps sounded from the courtyard. ?Robert walked in with Shanela in a luxurious dress and the accompanying housekeeper. He glanced at the people in the room and saluted slightly, "My lord, the island owner." ??Wu Heng nodded and introduced: "This is ''Shanara'', the president of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. She is also the consultant of this Treasure Island exhibition. She is responsible for the layout of the venue and the selection of items." Three people came from outside. But apparently I have also heard of Shannaras name. Immediately stood up, "Mrs. Shannara." Sit down! Shannara said lightly. The three of them sat down, and Shanara asked with great aura: "Does your chamber of commerce all want to participate in exhibitions?" One person replied, Yes, it has been registered at the city hall. Shannara then asked, "What kind of goods were included?" We are some beautifully crafted silverware, very popular among the powerful and the royal family. We have prepared some cloths and tapestries here, and they are of good quality. We are jade jewelry. Shanara nodded, "The daily necessities exhibition area is on the first floor. You can bring your goods in tomorrow afternoon. Don''t go too early. Give the upstairs exhibition area time to enter." Yes, yes! The three of them nodded immediately. ??Shanellas joining officially turned chatting into work. They are all talking about the exhibition. Sitting in the room and chatting for a while. The three of them stood up and said goodbye. ?Wu Heng and Shanara sent them outside the door together and waved goodbye. Returning to the room, Shanara said: "It''s nothing big. Why did you come to me?" "With you here, I feel confident." Wu Heng stepped forward and put his arms around the other party''s shoulders. "Just be lazy and leave everything to us." Shannella complained a little. I just said two sentences. Minnie went to open the door again, then came back and said, "Master, two more caravans are coming." ?Wu Heng glanced at Shannara. He kissed her **** the face, then pulled away and said, "Bring them in!" Dusk. After having dinner, Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the study. Today I originally wanted to go to the zombie world to upgrade Penny, but many of the people who came to the island one after another came to visit me at the island owner''s mansion. ?It is not easy for him to just stay behind closed doors and receive guests. One day has passed. Having so many people come to the island is not a bad thing. The arrival of these powerful businessmen on the island is a publicity for the island and is also expanding their reputation. In the future, it would also be good to create a place for vacation and travel. As for the exhibition, tomorrow is the time for all products to enter the exhibition, and it will be open to the public the day after tomorrow. ?Wu Heng walked back to the study. Sitting aside, Glenda put down the pen in her hand at the desk and said, "Tomorrow is the time to distribute newspapers, and it coincides with the exhibition. Do you want to postpone it a little longer?" Its time to publish newspapers again. ??Wu Heng shook his head, "No, just sell it normally. It just happens to be when the caravans arrive on the island, and it can also show the popularity of the newspaper." Yeah, thats okay, Im much more thoughtful than before. Glenda praised with a smile. Xiao Xiao also pinched his waist, "Yeah, uncle, he''s made great progress." Penny snickered. ??Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao, "Xiaoxiao, when this time is over, let''s go back to your mother''s place and see how you are doing with your skills?" Okay, I miss my mother too, but when it comes to skills, uncle, dont have high hopes. Xiaoxiao looked like I knew the outcome. Have faith in your mother. Well, I hope she can succeed. Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "When your mother has learned the skills, how else do you want to help her?" "Me?" Xiaoxiao fell into deep thought and circled two or three times in mid-air before saying, "Let her level up, or find her a boyfriend, I don''t know... we''ll talk about it then." Good guy, quite avant-garde. ??I also want to find a boyfriend for my mother. Then well talk about it then. "Then I''m going to watch a movie." Xiao Xiao said and left directly. ??Benny also left and went to watch a movie together. ?Wu Heng stood aside and poured himself a cup of tea. ?His eyes fell on Glenda, who continued to read books. asked curiously: "Glenda, I haven''t asked you yet, what is your ex-husband''s name?" "Ex-husband? What a strange title. It sounds like I have had several ex-husbands." Glenda looked over angrily. Call him whatever you want, I dont know how to call him. Wu Heng took a sip of tea. Magnoro, a bard. "How are you sure it was him who set the house on fire, or whether you turned into a ghost and saw him." Wu Heng continued to ask. ?Glenda instantly became a little cold and panicked. Even in a translucent state, a kind of panic can be seen. No one would want to recall a bad experience, especially death. Granda said: "I was still conscious at the time, and he tied me to a chair in the basement, broke the oil lamp, and watched me being engulfed in fire." "I became a ghost. I don''t know how long it took. My home has been in ruins. It must have been a long time." ?Wu Heng nodded, it seemed that the other party really wanted to kill her. Took him to the basement and broke the oil lamp. ?In that kind of environment, there is no way to escape. "I understand. Think about where he might go. After the exhibition, we will go find him. We will see people dead or corpses." Wu Heng said directly. ?This kind of hatred is also good. There is little room for relief. "Okay." Glenda forced a smile, "If you had taken over Wrentam City earlier, these things might not have happened." "Don''t think too much, I will help you get revenge." Wu Heng said seriously. Yeah. Glenda nodded. Im going to rest. "Okay, take care of yourself and tell your little maids to keep their voices down." Glenda teased. You must be eavesdropping! The night passed. The streets in the early morning are filled with heavy humidity. Gradually, the number of people on the street gradually increased. At this time, the newspaper sellers appeared in everyone''s sight. Hurry and stand at various intersections. Hold the newspaper in your hand high. Shouted: "Take a look, take a look, a new issue of the newspaper, the West Street Exhibition will officially start tomorrow, all caravans will display their products, a new story of the great detective is out, a new case, a new story, the same excitement, 65 coppers, First come first served Almost at the same time, almost the same number of shouts rang out from every section of Treasure Island. Hurrah. The dense crowd instantly overwhelmed the newspaper seller. There are several layers inside and outside. There are new stories, and the great detective is not finished yet. Great, I have a new story to listen to. I dont know what the case is this time. Dont squeeze, theres nothing to squeeze for. (End of this chapter) Chapter 622 , let鈥檚 stop fighting! Chapter 622: Lets stop fighting! ?Golden Sail Tavern. ??The bard Saban stood on the wooden platform and told the latest serialized story vividly. ?The place below was full of drinkers, and even the busy bartender stood aside, listening to the stories instead of receiving the guests. Saban continued, "So, I took out my pocket watch and handed it to Wu Heng, with a bit of teasing in my tone: Well, don''t you often say that any item leaves traces and you can identify the characteristics of the user? "This is my new watch. Let''s see if you can find out the personality and habits of the original owner." Let me tell you here, a pocket watch is a timekeeping prop that can determine the time more accurately. There is a picture here, which is probably what it looks like. Saban said, and asked someone to draw a rough shape on a piece of wood according to the pattern on the newspaper. ?Everyone nodded. The story continues. Wu Heng took it and looked at the dial first, then opened the cover, looked at the parts inside, and then took out a magnifying glass to observe for a while. Looking at his frustrated and busy look, I felt a sense of revengeful pleasure in my heart and concluded that he couldnt see anything. "''Although there are very few traces left, I still observed something.'' Wu Heng squinted his eyes and leaned on the recliner and said, ''This watch belongs to your brother, and it was left by your father..., I conclude It is a relic from the previous generation. Most precious things are passed down to the eldest son, so it should belong to your brother. " I was a little surprised, but I nodded, yes. "Your brother had a bohemian character...because he loved drinking, his life was miserable, and he eventually died of drinking." I jumped up suddenly and shouted: Wu Heng, you are not interested anymore. You have investigated my brother a long time ago and then used this method to tease me. "Wu Heng said flatly, ''I just made an inference based on observation and didn''t investigate you. This is not polite.''" I couldnt help but ask, Tell me, how did you deduce it? Look, there are many scratches on this watch, which means that he often puts coins or keys with it. If he doesnt care about a pocket watch of high value, it means that he is not too bohemian. There are still traces of the number recorded at the time of redemption, indicating that he was often in embarrassment. Wu Heng analyzed. I nodded involuntarily. Wu Heng went on to say, look at the inner cover for winding the watch. There are thousands of marks around the holes. By the way, there are no watches made by drunkards that do not leave similar marks. Im sorry, you are absolutely right. I was surprised that his reasoning was so accurate and he apologized sincerely. "Why did you provoke him?" Someone slapped the table, "You knew the island owner could see it, but you took the initiative to send it up." "You can''t say that. I don''t really believe it, so I want to test it." Its quite scary when you think about it. Anyone who has such a person next to him will be able to find out who he sleeps with at night. I feel that he is more suitable for the prophet profession. No, no, the prophets combat ability is not very high. No matter how smart his brain is, he cant do it without combat ability. The necromancer is also suitable for him. "Don''t talk, don''t talk at all! Keep listening." One person stood up and helped maintain order. ?Saban continued to speak. The landlady sent a business card, it was a woman named "Merry Morstan". ?Wu Heng and Watson received the lady. ?Meili also began to talk about the problems she faced. She received a rare pearl anonymously on the same day every year for six years. Her father disappeared mysteriously ten years ago. Today, the person who sent the pearl asked to meet Meili. For a while, Meili ran out of ideas and came to ask Wu Heng for help. "Mr. Wu Heng, what do you think I should do? Meili asked with a frown." Go, we must go! Wu Heng answered seriously. Okay, Ill come back at six oclock in the evening. Miss Meili smiled quietly, said goodbye and left. "Wu Heng, who had just said goodbye to his guests and was still a little listless in the morning, was like a lion waking up, whistling happily and going out." Speaking of which. Saban''s tone paused. Everyone in the audience also had a bad feeling. The following story will be serialized in the next issue The drinkers reacted immediately. Holy shit, it ends like this again. Its so uncomfortable to tell half of the story. The last issue was about checking the dead, this time were going to check who gave the pearls? Is this worth writing a story? Who knows who the ghostwriter is? Im going to break his hand. Is it just the beginning, will there be deaths later? Association, Deacon''s Study. Sheila opened the door and walked in. She wiped her sweat and lowered the temperature of the air conditioner by two degrees. ??This time a product exhibition was held on the island, with representatives from some business groups and royal dignitaries from various places. They all also gathered on the island. ??The island is very lively now, and the big and small taverns and hotels are full of people. But the security work has also become busy, and now she, the deacon, has to go out on patrol sometimes. The workload has more than doubled than before. Im looking at the release of a new newspaper! Sheela took off her armor and put away her space ring. Shi Yali raised the newspaper in her hand and said, "I went to the city hall to buy it. The newspaper men at the intersection couldn''t even buy it." Xila Gui poured herself a glass of water and said: "Tell Wu Heng next time and ask him to put some newspapers in the association. Just say that as a website, it is convenient for us to read." Good idea. Shi Yalis eyes lit up. Sheila Gui sat down and took the handed newspaper, "Is it a new story?" The new story is a little different from the one I told last time, Shi Yali said. "What''s different, a story?" Sheila Gui first looked at the information about various places posted above. Treasure Island''s intelligence network was gradually established. ?Caravans traveling from various places will send some information from various places here. We will select some information that can be confirmed and have no negative impact and be published. As a deacon, Sheila Gui also needs to get some things through newspapers. ?? Shi Yali walked aside, made a cup of tea, and sent it to Xila Gui, "Wu Heng said last time that it was a royal scandal story, but it doesn''t look like it now." "It''s just the beginning, how can it be so fast!" Sheela Gui said, and then added, "Maybe I am afraid that you will participate in some gambling games again, so I am deliberately telling nonsense." Shi Yali frowned, "I''m not going, don''t keep talking about it, as if I''m a gambler." Sheila Gui stopped talking and began to read the following story. Wait until you read it carefully. He put the newspaper aside and said, "The writing style is the same as the previous story, and the location of the fragments is also the same, which makes people uncomfortable." "Have you seen Meili in the story? Will there be another one coming?" Shi Yali raised her eyebrows and asked suddenly. Sheila Gui was stunned, "What do you mean?" "Kawina, Beni, and those little maids, none of them are here with you." Shi Yali said in a serious tone, "Sister, I''m a little worried for you." Sheila Guis heart moved. ?Looking at the other person''s smiling eyes, his face was stern and he said, "Work, name the position." "Deacon Xilagui, if you don''t fight for it, there will be more and more women around him." Shi Yali said along the way. I think you like him quite a bit too. Sheila Gui asked back. Sisters, lets stop fighting! (End of this chapter) Chapter 623 , somewhat familiar Chapter 623, somewhat familiar Beacon Street. All the taverns were surrounded by people. ?There are also many bards on the streets everywhere, standing on wooden boxes, stone bricks, or simple stages, reading loudly the stories in the newspapers. The whole street was overcrowded. The island seems to be enveloped in a literary atmosphere. ?Those dignitaries who came to gold and silver for the first time. Looking at the scene in front of me, I felt unspeakable surprise. The whole island felt like it was a festival, and everyone''s emotions were aroused. Its just because of the newspapers that cannot be distributed. "I found out. The newspaper is published by the island owner''s mansion. It is published every seven days. In addition to publishing some information from various places, it mainly contains serialized detective stories. I heard that the stories are written based on the island owner''s personal experience. On the island Very popular." One of the attendants said softly after returning from inquiring about the information. The several dignitaries gathered together also frowned. You mean, this happens every 7 days? The attendant shook his head, "I heard that the first few issues were released in three or five days." ?Everyone looked at the crowd with their eyes widened. I know about the newspaper. Our caravan has sold it to other countries, but the effect was average. I didnt expect it to be so popular on the island. Didnt you say this is a pirate island? Why do you like to read this kind of book? This island owner is really powerful. The island has changed a lot. I heard that you can still buy the first issue of the story at the city hall. Lets go and take a look. I want to see what experiences he has had before. Lets go, lets go together. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng was sitting on a stone bench in the courtyard, holding a blueprint in his hand. On the opposite side is an open crack and a stone door. In the stone gate, parts are created out of thin air, and then continue to form new parts to form larger parts. Even if you look at it being generated out of thin air, it is quite complicated. ??If I hadnt been comparing it to the drawings, page by page, I wouldnt even know where Id gotten it. I hope it will succeed. Wu Heng said. In order to use the electromagnetic gun, I canceled all the forts and hiding holes that I had built, and the previous combat effects were no longer available. Now its more like a large warehouse. If it is unsuccessful or cannot achieve the expected results, then you will really have wasted so much energy and time. The parts were being spliced ??here, and three ghosts flew back one after another. Uncle is building blocks. Build me a castle! Xiaoxiao said from one side. How about fighting weapons, modern high technology! Wu Heng patted the drawing in his hand, and then asked, How is the effect of this issue? Its almost the same as before, the tavern is full of people. Xiaoxiao replied. ??Beni also said, "We are all guessing what the plot will be like!" ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda, "Glenda, as an author, haven''t you done some research?" ?Glenda came back to her senses as if in a trance, "Yes, it''s the same reaction as before. The number of words in the beginning of the story is limited, and the murder will appear later." ??Wu Heng gave her a strange look, nodded and said: "As long as the effect is good, you can go and do your work. There have been a lot of people on the island recently, and there may be some with higher levels. When you go out to play, be careful." Okay. Xiaoxiao agreed, Sister Beni, lets go watch a movie. ??Benny nodded and flew towards the study. ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda, "Glenda, what''s wrong with you?" ?Granda hesitated for a moment, and then said: "When I went out, I saw a very familiar figure from behind, but disappeared in the blink of an eye. Maybe I thought too much about the past two days while talking about the past." Yesterday, Wu Heng inquired about his husband in detail. Whether to the outside world or to myself, all this has passed, and life is very good now. You can read books and write stories. My husband rejects writing stories, and it is also extremely popular on the island. ?Of course, the welcome may not be so positive. ?However, after mentioning it again last night, I could no longer calm down. I could always imagine myself being dragged into the basement and watching the other party knock over the oil lamp. The pungent smell of oil enveloped the entire basement, and then a fire filled the room. ??His husband was blocked at the top of the stairs, watching her struggle for help and watching her being swallowed up by the fire little by little. Are you sure its him? Wu Heng asked with a frown. ?Glenda thought about it seriously, "Maybe not. He doesn''t have your abilities, and he won''t live for long. Maybe it''s just his back and figure." ??Wu Heng said: "Don''t put too much pressure on yourself. When this exhibition is over, we will go find him." "Actually..., it doesn''t matter whether you can find it or not." Granda said. There must be a result. Give yourself an explanation and leave the rest to me. Wu Heng promised. ?Glenda smiled, "Okay." Come, let me hug you! Wu Heng opened his arms. If you are sick, ghosts will also tease you. ?Glenda flew down and was surrounded by void. Association, doorway. ??The old man, dressed in straight aristocratic clothing, slowly stepped out of the carriage. This journey has been difficult. From time to time, the road would be blocked, waiting for the carriage to squeeze through the crowd before it could move forward slowly. Im afraid its not much faster than walking. He looked around and walked directly into the hall with his attendants. After asking the staff, he walked directly to the subdeacon''s study. Knock lightly on the door and hear the response. He smiled and walked in directly. Behind the desk, Deputy Deacon Skeeter was reading the newspaper in his hand. He frowned and glanced at the figure who came in. He raised his eyebrows and said, "Mr. Magnoro, I almost didn''t recognize you." The old Magnolo showed a gentle smile and gave a noble salute, Deacon Skeeter. Skeeter put down the newspaper, immediately stood up and walked out, "Sit down quickly, let''s not be so polite." Magnoro straightened up and sat down beside him, and Archdeacon Skeeter also sat opposite. Mr. Magnoro, are you here for the exhibition? Skeeter asked. Magnoro nodded, "The owner of Wuheng Island is a young talent and is valued by the association. The Chamber of Commerce asked me to represent him in the exhibition and to build closer relationships." Is this coming back from the island owner? Skeeter asked. He who has not gone over yet, came here first. Skeeter was stunned, "Magnoro, that''s too polite!" Logically speaking, you should go to the island owner first, and then visit your friends after finishing your business. Magnoro smiled and said: "I do want to visit the island owner, but I am not familiar with the island owner of Wuheng. I want to ask the deputy deacon about his preferences or give him something to express his feelings." Skeeter also realized that he was here to get information. "Actually..., I haven''t had much contact with the owner of Wuheng Island. Why don''t I introduce you to the deacon, who is more familiar with her." "This is too troublesome." Magnoro shook his head, "I''ll just ask." ?Leaned forward, "I heard that the owner of Wuheng Island was a captain in Luntam City. Is this true?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 624 , genius improvement (an update today.) Chapter 624, Genius Improvement (Updated today.) Skeeter poured tea for the other party and said casually, "I heard that he served as captain from Luntam City. During this period, he received a second-level meritorious service and was promoted to deputy deacon. Hey~! He is much better than us. " At the end of the sentence, there was still a kind of envy in his tone. Magnoro stroked his beard, seeming to be thinking about something. Seeing that the other party was silent, Skeeter asked, "Why do you ask about this?" Magnoro came back to his senses, "I also lived in Luntam City for a while, and I was wondering if there would be anything to talk about when I meet the island owner." Skeeter smiled and said: "Mr. Magnoro is joking. With the financial resources of your caravan, you can just pay a normal visit and send some gifts. Why do you think so much?" Its better to be prepared. Magnoro said, reaching out and taking out a gift box from the space ring. After opening it, a dagger with a gem-encrusted scabbard inside was revealed. He pushed it forward and said, "I accidentally got a dagger made by a dwarf. It is different from my profession. It is of no use if I keep it in the space ring. Come here this time." , just as a congratulatory gift for you to become an archdeacon." this. Skeeter was immediately attracted by the dagger in the box. From the appearance of the materials, it is definitely of high value. But most of these weapons are decorations, used to decorate study rooms or collections, and are a bit flashy when used as combat weapons. "Mr. Magnoro, what do you want to ask? We are old friends, just ask." Skeeter looked away and continued. Magnoro smiled and said directly, "Is the island owner really as magical as he said? You can guess many things with just a little observation?" "It should be true. If the deacon has any difficult cases to solve, he will go to the island owner''s mansion. When he comes back, he can arrest people directly, and he will be sure to catch them." Skeeter looked serious. Magnoros eyes widened with disbelief. I had doubts about the content of the story before. ?Even the deputy deacon of the association actually says this now. ?It seems to be as powerful as the story says. The island owner is a necromancer, so he should have a spiritual servant, right? Skeeter thought for a moment, "There seems to be one, the Miss Penny in the story." Afternoon, Island Lords Mansion. ?Wu Heng continued to assemble the parts of the electromagnetic gun. Made pieces piece by piece and then assembled into larger parts. Wu Heng still has great expectations for this weapon. ??If it can really be simulated through the ''Mansion Technique'', then in the current different world, you can really kill the enemy thousands of miles away. What kind of level 18 professionals are there, what kind of heroes are not heroes. All beings are equal! Tap tap tap~! ?The sound of footsteps sounded, and Minnie, Annette, and Robert came over carrying large and small packages. Minnie poked her head out from the side of the gift box and said, "Master, a few more people from the caravan came to give these gifts." In the past two days, people from the chamber of commerce have been coming to the island to visit me. For the powerful people in this world, it is relatively normal to visit each other and hold dance parties. But in Wu Hengs opinion, time should be spent on receiving these people. I still feel a little stressed. Simply ask Minnie to tell the outside world that she is not here and come back another day or leave her name and the name of the chamber of commerce. I knew someone from the other party was coming. Take it into the house, take out what you need and use it, put away what you dont need and give it to someone else another day, Wu Heng said. Okay, Master. After dinner. ?Wu Heng, Shannara, and Anderweil sat around the table. Continue to discuss tomorrows exhibition. Shannella said: "The exhibition has been arranged. We will only receive representatives from the chamber of commerce and some powerful representatives on the first day to avoid danger caused by too many people." ?Wu Heng nodded and looked towards Anderweier, "Weier, is there no problem with the patrol?" "Everything has been explained, and a certain number of patrols will be mobilized to maintain order." Anderweier replied, and then added, "Deacon Sheilagui has also arranged for manpower to go to the exhibition. In terms of security, we should Not a big problem. Then proceed according to the normal plan. ?Wu Heng said something and then looked at Shanara, "Are you going back tonight?" Shannara thought for a moment, "There are quite a lot of people on the island now, so I won''t stay." "Okay, after this matter is over, let''s build a secret passage." Shannara rolled her eyes at him, "That''s really not nice to say." The night is getting cooler. At Beacon Street, the street lights come on one after another. ?The shops were still open, and vendors came out from both sides carrying goods and began to shout and sell goods. Crowds poured into the streets to enjoy the cool air and chat. ?The whole city seemed to have come to life again and was even more lively than during the day. ??A bard stood under the street lamp carrying a wooden box and began to read the latest issue of the newspaper. The residents also began to sit in groups, listening to stories seriously, or sitting in the distance chatting. Today, the new businessmen and nobles who arrived on the island opened the windows of tavern rooms or walked onto the streets. ?Looking at the scene happening in front of me in surprise. What a magical island. The next day, the exhibition site. A large number of people have gathered outside the exhibition. According to the plan, the first day of the exhibition will only be open to registered chambers of commerce and dignitaries to avoid any dangers and conflicts. After all, the universal professionals in another world are still very different from the modern world. When the first day passes, it will be open to the public normally and anyone can come in and watch without so many restrictions. Mr. Magnoro, you are too late. As soon as he got off the carriage, a figure came towards him with a guard. It was an acquaintance who came with him on the same boat. "Mr. Ludiu, this hasn''t started yet, and it''s not too late for me to come." Magnoro said with a smile, his behavior mature and elegant. ??Rudiu smiled and nodded, "You''re right, we came early." A lot of people were invited this time, from all races, which is really rare. Magnoro looked around. In addition to human caravans, caravans from other races can also be seen. Elves, dwarves, and gnomes all exist. ?It is not a big deal to invite the Chamber of Commerce to come over, but it is really not an easy thing to invite so many Chamber of Commerce members of different races to gather together. It is also enough to prove that the island owner is not as simple as he appears. ??Rudio then said, "Did Mr. Magnoro visit the island owner?" I was delayed because of some things. When I have time later, I will visit the island owner. Magnoro said softly. ??In fact, Ludiu didn''t care whether the other party went or not, and continued, "I heard that the first few people who went were given a gift called a pen in return, but those who went later did not receive this kind of treatment." Magnoro didn''t care at all, "It''s just some insignificant little gifts, why bother about these." "That''s what you said." Lu Diu looked forward and said immediately: "The exhibition has started, let''s go in too!" While the two were talking, the exhibition officially began. The railing blocking the front was opened, and everyone walked inside in groups. ?Even though today we only received representatives of the Chamber of Commerce and some important dignitaries, they all brought guards or attendants with them, so it seemed that there were quite a lot of people. Go through the corridor and enter the first floor of the exhibition hall. ?Tall ceilings, bright chandeliers, and well-designed booths are arranged in an orderly manner. The exhibition area on the first floor is for daily necessities. Beautifully crafted tableware, intricately carved handicrafts, brightly colored and tightly woven cloth. ?There are also exquisite carvings that are rarely seen on the market. As soon as you enter the hall, you will feel as if you have entered a palace. For a time, everyone who came in was dazzled. ?Continuing to move forward, there was a sudden exclamation from the front. Wow, what a genius idea. It has actually improved to this point... Noisy cries of surprise and disbelief sounded one after another in the central area. It seems to be some great design, displayed in front. Everyone began to gather toward the center. In the middle of the hall, there is a booth that occupies a small area. In the glass showcase, there are several pens of different styles, and on the large screen in the middle, an elegant elf girl is playing a loop, using a pen to write words smoothly. I actually changed the quill pen to look like this. Its a commodity from Treasure Island. Whoever thought of this method must be a genius. I feel like it was invented by the island owner. He must have discovered the inconvenience of the quill pen and made improvements. It must be, it must be made by the island owner. What a terrible young man. Yeah, Im afraid the era of quill pens is about to pass. ??Everyone whispered. Similarly, some people walked into the counter and started asking about the price and the conditions of cooperation. ??More and more people gathered in the center, and they had already surrounded several floors. ?Some people saw that they couldn''t squeeze in, so they simply went to the second floor first. The exhibition hall on the second floor is dimly lit and displays weapons and equipment. Swords, bows and crossbows are placed on the weapon racks, and various styles of armor and leather are also hung on the walls. Different races, different types. ?There are also many types. Just when everyone walked along the booth and walked around to the booth in the middle. Everyones eyes opened wide again. The products on display are placed in the glass display cabinets, while the screen above shows an image of an alchemist refining potions and counting time. "It''s a pocket watch! The pocket watch mentioned in the new story." The great detective story is indeed true. Its not a pocket watch, it says its a wristwatch. It must have been improved. Able to accurately calculate time, really suitable for an alchemist. Its also a product of the island owners mansion. Why does he have so many things? Go up to the third floor and see whats on the third floor? Lets go to the third floor. Everyone cheered and headed to the stairs, heading towards the third floor. The types of goods sold on the third floor are potions, magic scrolls and magic props. Everyone rushed up to the third floor. Scan the rest of the products on the booth at a glance. ??Go directly to the central area. As soon as they got closer, everyones footsteps stopped. The booth in the center area is even smaller, only about four to five square meters in area, with a bottle of medicine placed in a glass cabinet. Behind the counter, stood a beautifully dressed lop-eared bunny girl in a long skirt. And all around, there were two layers of skeletons. ?The whole body is covered with armor and a long sword is hung on the waist. Ill go, what kind of medicine, such a big battle? Everyone hesitated for a moment, seeing that nothing dangerous happened, and there were loud urgings coming from the stairs behind them. Still moved forward, frowning and looking at the potion carefully. The medicine is wrapped in a glass display case, and the medicine bottle used is also a common treatment medicine bottle. It doesnt look special, even a little too ordinary. There are two identification certificates placed on one left and one on the right. The one on the left is from the association. The name of the potion is [strengthening potion]. Its effect is to improve physical fitness, enhance body functions, and strengthen its own effects. On the right is the appraisal certificate from the Snake Emblem Consortium. The name of the medicine is [Strengthening Medicine], which has the effect of strengthening the body, including but not limited to strength, physique and other attributes. It is different from the boiling of the two exhibits downstairs. The crowd of onlookers was silent, except for the people behind who didnt know what was going on. Keep asking what''s going on, what''s for sale, and the like. For these wealthy businessmen and powerful people in front of them, their own improvement or survival is the most important thing at the moment. ??Looking at each other, one of them said: "This potion is sold by the island owner''s mansion? How to sell it?" In front of the display cabinet was a lop-eared rabbit girl. She smiled and said: "It is a product sold by the island owner''s mansion. It is only for display at the moment. The method of sale will be announced later." ?This reply surprised no one. ?It even feels reasonable. If it can be produced in large quantities, then this potion will not be a scarce thing. "If it is sold, from which channels should we get the news?" Another person asked politely. The rest of the people also remained quiet. They are all waiting for the answer. The girl with rabbit ears still kept smiling, "You can leave a message and we will notify your chamber of commerce in advance to give all guests enough time to prepare." Okay, thank you very much. Where can I leave the message? This way. Everyone came forward one after another, filled in the information, then turned around and left quickly. ?This show is terrible. The items displayed by the rest of the chamber of commerce have completely become a foil. No matter how gorgeous the shape is and how expensive the materials are, they are still common items on the market. The three items displayed on Treasure Island are each enough to change the current market. Pens, watches, and potions that can directly improve physical fitness. ??What is going on with this island owner? Hunting to show off so many things at once, this is at an exhibition like this. Today is only the first day. Once the news spreads, it will shock the world. ?Every person who went up to the third floor hurriedly left with their heads lowered, their steps even faster than when they came. The people who just came in had doubts on their faces. Swear a few words in a low voice. ?Three ghosts kept traveling through the exhibition. ?While watching the excitement, I also observed the expressions and reactions of the participants. When they arrived, Wu Heng also reminded them that there might be some high-level professionals coming to the island, so they should try to keep a certain distance. Don''t let others notice that there is a ghost, as it may lead to misunderstandings. Most creatures are still hostile and wary of undead creatures. Problems may easily arise at first sight. ?Of course, as long as a certain distance is maintained, the perception of living beings is also limited. Be careful and you can avoid a lot of trouble. Observed for a while from the exhibition. ?Glenda thought about going back because she still had a novel to rewrite. Cant be as free as Xiaoxiao and Beni. ?Of course, rewriting stories and writing new ones are also my hobbies. I enjoy it, especially because the work has been welcomed by many people and even sold outside the island. Just as he was about to leave, he saw a familiar figure walking outside with the flow of people. Then, get on the carriage outside the exhibition and leave towards the distance. The back of the body, the way they walk, everything is the same. Are you not dead yet? Why are you still alive? ?Glenda''s eyes widened instantly, and a strong anger and fear rose in her heart. The facial features of the soul body began to distort, and it was on the verge of mental collapse. ?Glenda forcibly suppressed her twisted and manic emotions and flew in the direction the target left. How was it? Wu Heng looked at Xiao Xiao who came back and asked. ??Xiao Xiao floated in the air and said: "It''s so popular. There are so many people in the whole exhibition, and they are very interested in the products we display and are asking how to buy them." Its just as I expected. Wu Heng smiled confidently. ?Xiao Xiao also gave a thumbs up in approval, "Uncle is so awesome." Thats it! While speaking, Penny also flew back and said: "There was a fight in two places at the venue. The patrolling skeletons passed by and they separated themselves. Nothing happened." ??Wu Heng nodded, "It''s just a small matter if it doesn''t make a big deal. They don''t dare to make too much trouble on the island." As he spoke, footsteps sounded. Two ghosts disappeared. Minnie came over with a piece of paper and said, "Master, Annette sent the first list, and they all left their names on the pharmacy side." The layout of the exhibition, the first and second floors are staffed by the city hall to act as shopping guides. The third floor is arranged by Annette. For the strengthening potion, today is just a warm-up to let more people know about this thing. As for the subsequent sale method, Wu Heng plans to hold an auction and conduct bidding. After all, there is no way to mass produce, but we must also consider maximizing profits. And what those nobles and businessmen are most in need of is money. Let me take a look! Wu Heng took it. A piece of paper with names and names of chambers of commerce filled in box by box. ?Some even wrote down the city where they lived. ?Wu Hengs eyes fell on the name Magnolo. So familiar! ??Wu Heng frowned, took out a piece of paper from the space ring, unfolded it, and looked at the name on it. Exactly the same! ?What a coincidence? Minnie left and went to the front yard. ??Wu Heng said to the air: "Xiaoxiao, Beni, why isn''t Glenda back?" I dont know, maybe I went somewhere to play! Xiaoxiao said. Penny also said, "I didn''t see it either. Mrs. Glenda was not at the exhibition when I left." The ex-husband''s name appeared on the list, but Glenda did not come back. This made Wu Heng feel nervous. Seeing Wu Heng''s frown deepening, Beni said: "Let''s go out and look for him. If he''s not at the exhibition, we might go to Beacon Street." "Aunt Glenda is in danger? She is so powerful..." Xiaoxiao didn''t believe it. In her small heart, Glenda is also quite fierce. ?At that time, Treasure Island faced an attack by pirates. ?Glenda is holding a sword and chasing people to slash. That kind of momentum is not something ordinary people can achieve. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "No, don''t wander around yet." Speaking, he walked directly into the house and went upstairs to the Skeleton Prophet''s room. The Skeleton Prophet is sitting by the window, looking out the window. ??Wu Heng walked over with the two ghosts, "What are you looking at? If you want to go out, you can go downstairs for a walk." The Skeleton Prophet stood up and saluted slightly, with a respectful attitude. Skeletons with high intelligence can think independently. ??Wu Heng said directly: "I have a ghost that is missing. Show me where it went." The Skeleton Prophet grabbed his arm. The next second, Wu Heng''s pupils dilated instantly, and countless broken pictures began to appear in his mind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 625 , I can also sleep peacefully Chapter 625, I can sleep peacefully In a private room of a tavern. "Mr. Magnoro, why are you suddenly leaving the island? Is there any special news?" Ludiu asked curiously. After attending the exhibition, everyone paid attention to the three exhibits on Treasure Island. ?Only Magnoro will leave the island when he comes back suddenly. Magnoro replied calmly, "Something happened temporarily and it has nothing to do with the exhibition, so don''t worry." With the announcement of the enhanced potion this time, I dont know how many people will come to Treasure Island. We may gain more if we stay. Ludiu continued. Magnoro smiled and shook his head, "I will come back to visit the island owner after a while. The gift has been sent in the name of the Chamber of Commerce. In fact, it is no different from me being there in person." Hearing what the other party said, Ludiu couldn''t persuade him any more. I originally thought that the other party left in a hurry because he discovered something was wrong with the island, so I followed him back. Now it seems that it is entirely because of the other party''s personal affairs. Having nothing to do with Treasure Island. When is the ticket? Ludiu asked. Before dusk. "It''s quite urgent." Ludiu said, and then brought the topic to the exhibition, "This time Treasure Island has released three products, which will soon be spread among various chambers of commerce. If any chamber of commerce can get it, If you get first-hand goods, you can definitely make a lot of money and even raise the chamber of commerce to a higher level. Even a person who is not sensitive to the market can see the importance of this exhibit. ??The pen will definitely replace the quill, and the watch will also become a prop for accurate timekeeping. Not to mention other professions, alchemists absolutely need watches to keep time, and artificers will probably buy them back for dismantling and research. ??And the current artificer has another characteristic. It is possible to make large items, but it is basically impossible to make small and precise mechanical items. In other words, if you buy it back and disassemble it, you wont be able to reproduce it in a short time. As for the final strengthening potion. ??It''s simply a big deal. Once the news spreads, not to mention the Chamber of Commerce, the royal family and nobles will come to discuss the purchase. Competition will only get greater. Magnoro also nodded in agreement, "Yeah, it depends on how Treasure Island will be arranged. If we only choose a few separate companies to sell, the remaining chambers of commerce may not even be able to drink soup." I also want to say this. If this happens, several of our chambers of commerce can try to unite and get a share of the cake. Ludiu said. "No problem, I will discuss it with the superiors when I get back and finalize the matter." Magnoro said with a smile. After finishing the matter, Ludiu also stood up with a smile, "I won''t disturb you anymore. I just happened to go to a few other chambers of commerce to see if there is any news. We will discuss it later." Magnoro sent the man to the door, "Walk slowly. If you have any new news, you can write to me." Okay! Ludiu said, went downstairs and left. Magnoro returned to the table and fell into silence. Beacon Street, on the road. Sir, the road ahead is blocked again. The coachmans voice sounded, and the carriage began to move forward at a high speed. ??There are newspapers published on the island in the past two days, plus today''s exhibition. The whole island was as lively as a festival. After entering Beacon Street, there were already three traffic jams along the way. The closer you get to the port, the more pedestrians there are on the streets. Uncle, lets go take a look first! In the carriage, Xiaoxiao hung on his shoulder and whispered. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, shook his head and said, "Don''t worry, we already know the location. Let''s rush there." ?Glenda is level 18. If she really finds her ex-husband, she can directly possess her and kill her. There is no result. Either the opponent is of high level and difficult to possess, or there is some way to fight against the ghost. ?Glenda had nothing to do, so Xiaoxiao and Beni went there and basically gave them away. Pull over and lets walk over. Wu Heng said directly. Okay. The carriage stopped directly, Wu Heng got off and paid. ??Haunted the patrolman not far away and said: "Follow me!" Hurrah! ??The patrol skeleton squeezed through the crowd and walked over quickly. ?Wu Heng took out the flying carpet and flew directly into the sky to continue on his way. Below him was a small group of patrol skeletons, running quickly behind him. Looking at the flying carpet in the air and the skeletons running below. ?There were exclamations from the crowds along the road. Tavern hall. Ever since she saw that familiar figure, Glenda did not leave and followed her to the tavern. The appearance has become old, but the movements and walking posture have not changed from before. She wanted to know why she wanted to kill herself. ?At that time, the two of them clearly had a good relationship, so why did they torture themselves in such a cruel way. She needs to ask clearly. Anyway, I was already dead. There is nothing to be afraid of. ??The bard in the tavern is telling the story of "Penny the Blushing Maid". As the content of the story was told, the drinkers sometimes sighed, but also cursed the cult angrily. It seems that since arriving at Treasure Island, she has truly lived the life she wanted. ?Thinking in my mind, I opened the door to the bakery. ?The businessman who followed took his attendant downstairs and left. Glenda''s eyes became cold again. Flying straight towards the opposite bungalow. Today, there must be a result. In a private room. Magnoro sat alone at the wine table, pouring glass after glass into his mouth. ?His eyes were wandering, as if he was remembering something. Ever since arriving on the island, he had a premonition. I was very reluctant to go to the island owner''s mansion, especially after hearing the stories in the newspaper, the uneasiness in my heart became even stronger. Now that I have participated in the exhibition, I will give an explanation to the higher-ups when I return. At that time, it doesnt matter who you are willing to arrange to go to the island, it will no longer have anything to do with you. Wu Heng! Perhaps the adults above will be very interested in this body. ?Magnoro murmured softly. While speaking. Suddenly I felt a cold chill filling the room. Waiting for him to make any move. Click~! The pendant on the chest exploded suddenly, turning into a honeycomb-shaped shield, and bounced away a soul body. Suddenly attacked, Magnoro''s drunkenness quickly dissipated. ?Looking into the air, he saw the ghost showing his body. His eyes revealed fear, suspicion, and dodge, "Glenda!" "It''s me, Magnoro, I''m here to kill you." Glenda''s soul was a little unstable in mid-air. ?That protective pendant is obviously a good prop. Have the effect of ghost possession. Then, Glenda pounced directly on him again, like a ferocious ghost. ?Magnoro took two steps back in a panic, and his body once again emitted a sacred light, blocking the approaching ghost. ?Glenda has reached level 18, and various attributes have been greatly improved. ??But this light was like a powerful force specially designed to restrain the undead, and the entire soul flew out instantly. The soul body is unstable. If the level is low, it may be directly dispersed by this energy. Magnoro saw that the opponent could not attack him. The somewhat flustered face quickly turned into disbelief and relief. He looked into the air and said softly: "Glenda, is it really you? You have become a soul." ?Glenda quickly stabilized her soul body and looked at the other person with slightly narrowed eyes. Dont call me my name, its disgusting! Magnoro still smiled. ??He still behaves elegantly like an old noble. He said softly: "My dear, you are no longer here, and I have been wandering around every day. Now that you come to me, it is really great." If I kill you, I can have a good sleep. (End of this chapter) Chapter 626 , why didn鈥檛 you die? Chapter 626: Why didnt you die? The battle between one person and one soul in the private room still attracted the attention of the guard at the door. ?Humbling open the door and rushing in, he glanced at ''Magnolo'' standing inside, then widened his eyes and looked at the soul floating to one side. Ghost. Mr. Magnoro..., are you okay? The guard immediately leaned over and protected the other person behind him. Magnoro quickly turned his eyes and said directly: "A ghost suddenly appeared here, trying to kill me, so that he can be a witness for me so that the murderer behind it can be traced." Glenda appears on Treasure Island, and there is no second possibility. It was this island owner who had been a captain in Luntam City who brought her here, otherwise she would not be able to fly here just by relying on ghosts. So, you must control the right to speak, otherwise the problem will be more difficult to solve. After Magnoro finished speaking, he immediately took out a scroll and tore it open. Whoosh~! The spear formed by the holy light thrust out. ?Glenda hid in hiding, and the energy spear hit the wall behind her, scattering countless light points, forcing ''Glenda'' to be revealed again. Huh~! Then, the second scroll was opened, and the powerful holy light formed the shadow of the sword and shot forward again. Bang~! ?Suddenly, a silver-white thunder snake shot in from the door. Colliding into the shadow of the sword, the two magics collided. ?Various elements entangled and wreaked havoc in the air, and finally dissipated in the air. At the same time, two figures rushed in quickly from the door, one with tiger fingers in both fists, and the other with a long sword. His body transformed into two bolts of lightning, and he was already in front of the opponent. Bang~! The two guards fell to the ground in response. Downstairs, the patrol team that followed them began to enter the tavern to maintain order. At the same time, guard the position of the stairs to prevent other drinkers from coming. Magnoros eyes were fixed on the person in front of him. ?Black hair and black eyes, the owner of Treasure Island. ??The relief and coldness that just appeared immediately disappeared and transformed into a gentle businessman. With a slight salute, he said, "Magnoro, the representative of the Cuigu Chamber of Commerce, has met the island owner." ?Wu Heng looked at the other party, looked up and down, and asked: "Do you know that Glenda can turn into a ghost? You have prepared so many props to deal with ghosts." Magnoro''s eyes were wandering and he immediately explained, "It is indeed because of Glenda. Back then, she went deep into the jungle and was deceived by evil spirits. She broke an oil lamp and burned herself to death. Since then, I have brought many tools to deal with the undead. " ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda who was standing aside. The latter is floating to one side, with a sad look on his face. ?The other party almost killed me just now, and what he said was completely devoid of emotion. Looking at the other person, he suddenly smiled and said, "Magnoro, how can a person like you deserve to be alive? Why are you still alive?" Dont get excited. Wu Heng turned around and said. Magnoro continued: "Master Wuheng Island, I accept your investigation. I hope to follow the association''s procedures and notify our Chamber of Commerce so that I can know my current situation." No need to go to such trouble. Wu Heng smiled and glanced ahead. Two skeletons shot at the same time. ?In ''Magnolo''s'' horrified eyes, the shield was broken again, but the newly formed shield did not stop the gradually enlarging shadow of the fist. Kasheu punched him and shattered his throat. Magnoro took two steps back and fell down in pain with a look of reluctance and fear in his eyes. ?Glenda looked at the body lying on the ground and wanted to speak, but held back. Just got back into Wu Heng''s body without coming out. What is this? Glenda has left. You are in unlocked status. In fact, the battle between the two just now saved Wu Heng a lot of trouble. Magnoro''s intention to kill Granda''s soul was enough to prove the opponent''s attitude and make Granda give up. ?Especially for people like Glenda, who always want to ask the other person why. ?Wu Heng didnt believe it when he said he didnt have any thoughts in his heart. ?It''s okay now, let''s kill people first to avoid any trouble later. But, there are also troubles. Its really hard to explain that a representative arranged by a chamber of commerce to attend an exhibition was directly killed by him in a tavern. If that doesn''t work, you should also use a mask to pretend he''s boarding the ship and leaving. When it disappears, it will have nothing to do with Treasure Island. Pull off the corpses equipment. Wu Heng said. The skeleton bent down and took off all the clothes and space rings on the corpse. Pious priest''s robe (Description: Etch protective inscriptions, increase bewitchment, confusion, and possession effects.) It seems that he is really afraid of ghosts coming to take revenge on him. A bard actually brought a set of church equipment. ??Wu Heng continued to pick up the space ring and check the items inside. Pannel supplies, a bag of gold coins, three large bags of silver coins, some props, and several scrolls. ?Wu Heng frowned. ? Flipping his hands, two rings appeared in his palms. A ring with an image of eyes. The Secret Order! My ex-husband is a member of the Esoteric Order. ?Wu Heng had seen this kind of ring before. People with a certain status in the secret cult would wear this kind of ring. Represent your identity when you meet someone. The other one is a ring with a cats head. Looks like the style of the Esoteric Order. It seems to be some kind of organization. How could he be associated with the Tantric Order? For people from the Esoteric Order, it would be easier. Just hand it over to the association directly. Take out the straw mat, wrap all three corpses, and put them into the space ring. Then he opened the door again and walked out. In the tavern. As soon as they came downstairs, the patrol and the guests in the tavern looked up at the same time. Island Master. Everyone saluted. ?Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "Sorry to disturb everyone, I just received news that a prisoner pretended to be a merchant and came to the island." ?Everyone was shocked, they had just come to catch the criminals. No wonder there are so many skeletons. Sir, are you okay? The boss was a little worried. Wu Heng consoled him and said, "It has nothing to do with you. The association will announce this matter when the time comes. Don''t worry, everyone, just keep listening to the story!" After saying that, he led the people outside. A large number of skeletons also evacuated the tavern. Until everyone leaves. The tavern became noisy again. The island owner is quite kind. We havent committed any crime, so we can be arrested together. Much kinder than those noble gentlemen. Association, meeting room. Close the door. All three ghosts were released. ?Glenda was floating aside, a little distracted. ?Wu Heng took out the secret order ring and another cat-head ring. said: "Glenda, it was found on my ex-husband. Is he a member of the Secret Order?" ?Glenda came back to her senses and looked carefully. I dont know about this. (End of this chapter) Chapter 627 , I love you Chapter 627, I love you Glenda''s expression revealed confusion. As for the secret cult, she gradually came into contact with it after following Wu Heng. Before, whether alive or as a ghost in the basement, I had never heard of the secret order. Even if someone from the Secret Order appeared, she didnt know who it was. Unexpectedly, her husband had come into contact with the other party. ??Wu Heng continued: "Things may not be as simple as we think. He is a member of the Secret Order and his status is relatively high." ?Glenda said doubtfully: "He is just a bard, how can the Secret Order like him?" Ask him when the time comes, and everything will be clear. Wu Heng said. Then, his eyes fell on the second ring. The style is very close to that of the Esoteric Order, and the pattern is indeed the image of a cat head and mouse teeth. It still looks a little strange. Do you recognize this ring? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda still shook her head. ~! While he was talking, there was a knock on the door. Come back first. Wu Heng waved, and the ghost returned to his body. ?The door of the room opened immediately, and the deacon Sheila Gui peeked in, "Are you looking for me?" When Wu Heng came back, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were not in the association. ??I also went to the exhibition to coordinate patrols and sit there. After all, there are so many dignitaries on the island, so we still have to ensure the safety of the scene. Then she received the news that Wu Heng asked her to go back, and rushed back directly. ?Wu Heng smiled and pointed at the two rings on the table, "I captured a member of the Secret Order on the island, and I thought we would investigate the matter together." The Secret Order? Sheela frowned and looked at the ring, Where are the people! Its in the space ring. Lets go to the morgue together and bring the associations recorder with us. Wu Heng stood up. Are they all dead? Wu Heng said: "The resistance was quite fierce, and I was afraid that he would cause trouble, so I killed him directly." Sheila Gui nodded and said nothing more. He turned to Shi Yali behind him and told her to call the association investigator over. ?Wu Heng also stood up, and the two of them walked towards the basement together. Sheila Gui asked: "What is the identity of the other party?" Representative of a business group. "What''s the purpose? What are you doing on the island?" Sheila Gui held the hilt of the sword at her waist with one hand, her armor making a sound as she walked. Im not sure yet, Ill ask about the situation when the time comes. Wu Heng said. The Secret Order is really lingering, and now it has appeared again. Sheila Ge gritted her teeth and said. Yeah, endless. The two of them walked down to the basement morgue together, talking as they walked. In an instant, a cold feeling enveloped me. My lord, my lord, my lord butler. The two coroners immediately stood up and saluted. Borrow this place for a while. Wu Heng said directly. Your Majesty, please, the coroner said politely. ?Wu Heng continued to walk inside, followed by Xila Gui. Dont you want to ask about the corpse? Sheila Gui asked curiously. Wu Heng chose an empty room at the innermost side and released a dancing light spell on the roof. While illuminating the room, he replied: "The Secret Order has encrypted the personnel and cannot directly interrogate the corpse. I plan to wake them up." Lets ask about the other persons soul. ?Hiragui leaned against the door frame and raised her eyebrows. The word "encryption" always feels a little strange when used on corpses, but I understand what I mean. The corpse has been restricted, and this restriction will be triggered once the internal intelligence is intended to be revealed. ?This kind of thing is not unusual. Just do it, as long as there are no problems. ?Wu Heng took out the body and placed it in the middle of the room. Then he began to take out various ritual materials and place them around the corpse. After everything is arranged. ?Hold the wooden staff, condense the magic power, and raise it to the ground with all your strength. Huh~! Avoke the Soulis released, and a ritual circle gradually spreads out with the corpse as the center. The ceremony began. Wu Heng once again took out the magic soul pot and put it into the ceremony''s formation. ??The soul in the magic soul pot was pulled out by the magic circle. Reveal the silhouette of a man. ??This is one of the level 18 vampire exiles killed by Wu Heng, and he has always been stored in the magic soul pot. I have forgotten the name. The ghost appeared and looked around in horror. Necromancer, what are you doing? Damn it, you cant do this, the vampires wont let you go. Amidst a burst of curses and shouts, the ghost was pulled into the body of the corpse. Then, the magic power gathered towards the corpse like a tide. A ferocious ghost emerged from the corpses brow. ?The appearance is blurry, and he looks out and lets out a deafening roar. Having had the experience of waking up Beni last time, Wu Heng was already prepared and waved his hand casually. ?The Bone Cage appeared, instantly trapping the soul in front of him. Magnolo! Wu Heng shouted. ??The ghost is still roaring and struggling, like a mad beast or a ghost without consciousness. ?Wu Heng frowned and continued to shout, "Magnolo, wake up." Magnoro, representative of the Green Valley Chamber of Commerce. Magnoro, the Secret Order promises you immortality. ?Haunted several times in succession. The struggling ghost began to pause, and gradually appeared to have the same appearance as the corpse. Looking at Wu Heng with a horrified expression. ?Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. If he couldn''t wake him up, he would release Glenda and shout after her. "Master of Wuheng Island, I think we need to have a good talk. For a woman, there is no need for this." I have some assets outside, and I am willing to dedicate them all to you. I hope you can raise your hand... The door of the room. ?Hilagui stared at the scene in front of her with her eyes widened. The skill of [Calling Souls] was transferred to Wu Heng through her hands, so she naturally knew about this ability. He also knew that Wu Heng used this ability to awaken Beni in the story. But I didnt expect that the process would be so complicated. The magic circle, ritual materials, and a complete soul are also required. Without any one of them, the ceremony cannot be completed. This set of procedures is much more complicated than interrogating corpses. Unless its a big deal, even if it costs so much, its a loss-making business. But from another perspective, as long as there are enough materials, you can transform the opponent into a soul body and keep asking questions. Find out everything you want to know. It turns out that the methods of interrogation are also improving. The sound of footsteps sounded from the stairs. ?Hilagui leaned back slightly and glanced. ??Shi Yali came over with two association investigators. The investigators are here. Sheila Gui reminded. Just let them in. While talking, Shi Yali and the investigator walked to the door and saluted to Sheela Gui. "Go in, the people inside are members of the Secret Order, you can just record it normally." Sheela Gui said. Two investigators walked directly into the room, and Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were also standing on the other side of the room. Wu Heng, lets start! Xila Gui said. ?Wu Heng nodded and looked at the soul body in the bone prison, "Magnoro, what is your status in the secret order?" Magnoro''s eyes narrowed and he defended: "I don''t know what you are talking about. I ask the association to protect me." ?Wu Heng took out two rings and said, "The rings of the Secret Order, do you think we are asking you these things casually?" With a wave of his hand, the undead energy turned into a vine whip and struck the soul body. ??The ghost howled loudly, and its body collapsed over and over again. I said, stop fighting. Magnoro shouted loudly. The whip stopped and Magnoro rolled his eyes, "You want to investigate the Secret Order. I will cooperate with you, but you must promise to let me go." ?Wu Heng snapped his fingers and swung the vine whip again. Magnoro''s body collapsed again, "Stop fighting, I said, I said!" ??Wu Heng reminded, "If I whip you two more times, your soul will be completely shattered. Don''t make yourself uncomfortable." Magnoros face was full of fear, I am from the Esoteric Order, from the Esoteric Order. ?Wu Heng waited for two seconds. Magnoro has no problems. It also means that the prohibition of the secret order has no effect on the soul''s questions. There was no such thing as the brain exploding during the interrogation of the corpse. ?Wu Heng turned his head and looked behind. Sheela Gui said to the investigator: "Record it truthfully." Shuashuashua~! The investigators started writing in their notebooks. ?Wu Heng then asked, "What are you doing on the island?" I am also a businessman when I participate in the exhibition, Magnoro said. And whats more, the purpose of the secret order. Magnoro''s eyes kept changing, and he knew that he would be beaten if he didn''t tell her, and if he was beaten a few more times, his soul would be completely broken. ??Said in a deep voice: "I want to investigate the situation of Treasure Island, and I also want to get back the lost rare objects from your hands." Besides you, are there any other members of the Secret Order coming to the island? "No more..." Magnoro said and immediately changed his mind, "Maybe there is, I don''t know, the Secret Order is very confidential." ?Wu Heng paused briefly to give the investigator time to record. Then he asked, "What power does the other ring with a cat''s head represent?" Magnoro replied, "Cat and mouse." ?Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, who also shook her head. What is it for? Wu Heng asked. Magnoro said carefully, "It is an organization under the Secret Order, including gangs, small chambers of commerce, and some state employees with less high positions. It is called the Cat and Mouse Society." Sounds a bit like the Society''s Whisperers. Distributed in all walks of life, providing intelligence, or providing help from the dark when needed. ?Wu Heng continued to ask, "What is your position in the Cat and Mouse Club?" I..., I can mobilize a certain amount of power. The status is not low. Ive finished asking, do you have anything else to ask? Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui. Xila Gei took a step forward, while Wu Heng retreated a distance. Magnoro immediately said: "Deacon Shiragui, I wanted to visit you when I came to the island, but time is a little tight. I am willing to cooperate with the association. You must protect me, Wu Heng will definitely kill me." Xila Gui said calmly, "It depends on your performance." You say it! "I have a question. Tell me all the members of the Secret Order and the Cat and Mouse Society that you know." Sheila Gui said. Magnoro''s eyes changed again and he said: "Deacon Shilagui, these people are in my mind. I can help you catch them and get merit. Please take me with you. I am willing to be your assistant." " ?Wu Heng flicked his fingers and swung the vine whip again. ?This time, Magnoro identified the member''s name and could save himself. Even though he cried loudly, he did not let go. Sheila Gui glanced at the other party, turned around and walked out, "Okay, let''s just record these things and leave the rest to you." Shi Yali and the investigator also walked outside. Magnoro immediately panicked and shouted: "Deacon, save me, Wu Heng will definitely kill me, I can help you." There was no response from the corridor. Hiragui took the people and left directly. In the room, only Wu Heng and the trapped ghost were left. With a thought, Glenda flew out of her body. ?Looking at the ghost in the bone prison, his eyes were full of anger and hatred. Hate myself to death for this man. Magnoro faced Granda again, his soul quickly retreating, his eyes evasive, and he was at a loss. ??Wu Heng asked directly: "Magnolo, why did you kill Granda? The matter is over, tell the answer like a man." Grant did not curse or react in any way. Just staring at the other party, waiting for the other party''s answer. I have been waiting for the answer now. Magnoro was filled with panic, but facing Glenda, he found hope of living. It is much better than facing a person like Wu Heng. He floated forward again and said sincerely, "It was my fault. I didn''t know what got me into my mind at the time, and I actually did something like an animal. "Glenda, I love you. Think about how I treated you in the past. It can be said that I was very considerate. I even wrote you love poems. Have you forgotten?" "I know I was wrong, please let me go." Lets be husband and wife. I am willing to surrender to you and Wu Heng and use my time to repay my debt to you. I have been feeling guilty since you died, and I didnt even look for another woman. Glenda, I love you. (End of this chapter) Chapter 628 , why are you unhappy? Chapter 628: Why are you unhappy? ??Wu Heng glanced at ''Magnoro'' who kept repenting, and then looked at Granda whose expression did not change at all. ?No matter how infatuated a woman is, facing two consecutive deaths, the feelings in her heart will probably dissipate. Not to mention that Glenda''s intelligence is not low, and it can be seen at this time. Not a word of truth. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda also said directly: "Let him out!" ?Wu Heng waved his hand, and the bone prison that trapped the ghost disappeared. Magnoro regained his freedom, his expression showed joy, he turned around and planned to leave through the wall. The next second, he was controlled by Glenda again. Fly over quickly and start to devour the opponent''s soul. In the entanglement between the two ghosts, Magnoro''s soul was constantly being eaten away. "Glenda, please, don''t kill me. I was really wrong. Please..." While begging for mercy in terror, the soul was completely devoured and disappeared. ?Glenda flew back again and froze in the middle of the room. He looked up at the ceiling, floating in a daze. ?Wu Heng did not wait for the system prompts and was a little worried about the opponent''s status. She shouted with concern: "Glenda?" ?Glenda turned her head, with a somewhat complicated look on her face, "Wu Heng!" Are you okay? Wu Heng asked. ?Glenda smiled stiffly, "I took revenge, and I know why he wanted to kill me." "Why?" ?Glenda did not answer directly, but got into his body. The next second, broken and fragmented images appeared in my mind. In a dimly lit room, a well-dressed middle-aged man sat at the dining table and ate elegantly. He glanced this way and said softly, "Magnoro, your test has come. It''s up to you whether you want to accept it or not." Magnoro saluted respectfully and showed sincerity, "As long as I can join the Esoteric Order, I am willing to give everything, including all my wealth." Haha! the middle-aged man smiled, The Secret Order doesnt look down on that little thing about you. What we want is your sincerity and obedience. Magnoro lowered his head, indicating that he was willing to obey the arrangements. The middle-aged man put down his knife and fork and looked at him, "I heard that you have a very gentle and smart wife. I have seen her. She is indeed young and beautiful." ?Magnoro trembled and said nothing. The other party continued: "The Order of the Secret Order is for you to kill her..." The screen changes again. ??In the mansion in Luntam City, Magnoro lit the magic incense burner. ?The beautiful woman on the bed lost consciousness in her deep sleep, and was dragged into the basement by Magnolos arms. ??Kicked over the oil lamp and watched it disappear in the fire. The man stood at the door, looking at the flames rising below. He murmured: "My dear, don''t blame me. It''s all your fault for blocking my upward path. If we can meet in the next life, I will definitely repay you well." Change the perspective again. Magnoro told everyone he met that his wife was bewitched by evil spirits in the mountains, and she knocked over the oil lamp and burned him to death. The picture ends here, and the rest will not be shared. ?Wu Heng released Granda again. Its a bit funny, its just a secret order. Glenda suddenly smiled. ?She thought of many reasons, but she never thought of the secret order. In the hands of Wu Heng, batches were killed, and even the secret cults who did not dare to go to the island for a long time. My husband burned himself alive in order to join. ?Wu Heng comforted him: "Don''t be unhappy. Our great revenge will be avenged. This is a good thing." "you''re right." ??Wu Heng still looked at the other person and said, "Smile, let me take a look." ?Glenda rolled her eyes at him angrily and forced a smile. Go back first, and well talk about the rest later. Wu Heng said. ?Glenda nodded and slowly disappeared. ?Wu Heng collected the body, walked out of the room, and walked toward the stairs. When passing the coroner''s room. The coroner came out and said, "My lord, the deacon asked us to wait for you to finish, conduct an autopsy on the body, and then record and report it." ?Wu Heng took out the body and said, "I leave it to you. Just tell Sheila Gui the result." Yes, island owner! Two coroners worked together to lift the body to the iron bed and began the autopsy. ?Wu Heng returned directly to his residence. Return to your residence. ??The island master''s mansion received more gifts, which were piled up into a hill on one side of the living room. ?Judging from the number, there must be a lot of people coming to visit. But judging from the expressions of the maids, they still prefer it. There are many things that I have never even seen. It is approaching dusk. ?A few people ate together in the restaurant. Shannara sent a message back, received the banquet, and went to attend the banquet. Didn''t come over to have dinner together. ? Anderweil talked about the exhibition and the city hall, and Annette also talked about the situation at the pharmacy. The representatives of the chamber of commerce in the past basically left their names and addresses. Attach great importance to medicines. Overall, todays exhibition went very smoothly. "Weier, we will open as normal tomorrow. Send more manpower to avoid problems." Wu Heng said. The people of Treasure Island love to join in the fun. You can imagine how popular the exhibition will be tomorrow. It would be bad if there was a real fight or a stampede. Anderweil nodded, "Okay, Master, do you want to continue to display the strengthening potion on the third floor? I think it will be safer to take it down first." ?Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it was right. Then the potion will not be displayed for now. "good!" ?A few people chatted for a while and finished their dinner. The maids went to the flower bed in the courtyard together. ?Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the study. In the study room. ?Glenda floated by the window, looking at the scenery of the garden. Magnoro is dead. ?Him himself also took revenge. Everything in the past seems to have no meaning, and even this world is a bit boring. ?????????????????????????????????? The door opened and Wu Heng walked in. He glanced at Xiaoxiao and Beni, who were not far away, and turned their voices to the minimum, then looked at Glenda. ??Wu Heng said: "Have you not come out yet?" Nothing. Glenda smiled. Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and spoke slowly, "Have I told you about my first deacon?" ?Glenda looked at him with some confusion in her eyes. Wu Heng continued: "My deacon in Blackstone Town made an exception and recruited me into the association. He taught me the rules of the association and took great care of me during the mission." At that time, some people in the association said that I was the illegitimate son of the deacon. If my appearance hadnt been too different, a letter of report would have been sent to the associations headquarters. I thought at that time that he was the most responsible deacon I had ever seen, and I would seriously consider and implement his orders. ?Glenda frowned and said, "Then, what kind of water are you going to drink at this time?" ??Wu Heng drank the water and continued, "Until one day, he asked me to go to his office and study. I was not prepared at all. He opened the magic circle and planned to take my body and live on my behalf." "It was only then that I connected all the clues. Everything he did before was for this purpose, including my later transfer to Luntam City, which was also the escape route he arranged for himself." To the side, Xiaoxiao raised his hand and said, "I know about this. My uncle was frightened at that time." Glenda and Penny''s eyes were full of surprise. Unexpectedly, Wu Heng had experienced this in Blackstone Town. ?Wu Heng looked at Glenda and said, "Glenda, you have read more books than me and your experience is no less than mine." I just want to say that everyone will meet a few rotten people in life. They are rotten to the core and want to drag others down with them. What we have to do is to get rid of them and not be disturbed by them. Leaving Blackstone Town, I met you, Minnie, and Deacon Imiro behind. The most important thing is, those rotten people are dead, but we are still alive and will get better and better in the future. ?Glenda was still where she was, a little at a loss. ?Wu Heng looked at the time and stood up and said, "It''s a little late. I''ll come back tomorrow to advise you. If you''re still not happy, go out for a walk and see the Treasure Island we built." After saying that, Wu Heng turned around and left the study. ?Glenda was still looking out the window. Yeah, who hasnt met a few bad people? Bedroom. Huh~! After taking a shower, Wu Heng lay on the bed and exhaled. I really dont know how to enlighten others. I thought of comforting words before, but I felt a little unable to say them out. Finally, he told his story about Treasure Island. I dont know if it has any effect. Furthermore, why has [Unfinished Business] not been unlocked yet? When a person dies, his soul is destroyed. It stands to reason that there should be other possibilities. ?????????????????????????????????? ?The door opened, and Minnie and Andweil walked in directly after taking a shower. He gently took off his clothes and climbed onto the bed. The night is getting darker. ?Wu Heng hugged the two girls and just closed his eyes. ??Ding~! ?System prompt appears suddenly. Ghost Unlocked: Unfinished Business. The eyes that had just been closed suddenly opened. Unlocked. ?Glenda figured it out on her own. the next day. After a day of silence, Treasure Island completely exploded. Even more enthusiastic than a newspaper sale. What? The island master improved the quill and produced a pen! Pocket watches really exist, they were displayed at the exhibition, and the story is indeed true. I heard from the coachman that the merchants who went to the island owners mansion to place goods were all lined up at the end of the street. The island owner is so awesome. The publicity of the exhibition allowed the news inside to spread as quickly as possible on the island. Even if you are illiterate, you have little culture. But we can also see the role of the improved pen and watch. So many caravans participated in the exhibition. Its actually not as good as Treasure Islands own stuff. (End of this chapter) Chapter 629 , I should have thought it was him Chapter 629, I should have thought it was him The island lords mansion. ??Wu Heng walked into the room next to the study and looked at the two mage skeletons standing in different positions. ??These two skeletons were corpses purchased from the Snake Emblem Consortium in Lopez City. After transformation, put it here to learn skills. The level 11 mage skeleton has unlocked [Dead Bones Field] and [Bone Skeleton Technique]. Level 7 skeletons have only unlocked [Bone Slave Technique] and are learning [Dead Bones Battlefield]. Finished checking the skills of the two skeletons. ?Wu Heng pointed at the level 11 skeleton and said, "Come out with me. There will be a task for you later." ??The skeleton walked directly to Wu Heng and followed him out together. The door is closed again. ?Wu Heng walked into the study with the skeleton. ?Glenda was editing a novel at her desk, while Xiaoxiao and Penny were chatting about cartoons. ??Whether it is a movie or a cartoon, Glenda also watches it, but she doesnt pay that much attention to it. Xiaoxiao and Beni seem to be able to watch it together. ?Wu Heng glanced at Glenda, who seemed to have returned to her former self. Last night, Glendas unfinished business was unlocked. It seems that I have thought about it in my heart. ??Wu Heng casually opened her panel and checked the attributes. Ghost Level: 18 Attributes: Agility 37, Constitution 35, Intelligence 45, Perception 42, Charisma 38. Characteristics: Invisibility, incorporeal movement, telekinesis, phantom, enhanced possession, soul binding, supernatural phenomena. Skills: Spiritual Vision, Sword Holding with Telekinesis, Touch of Blight. Sure enough, the constraints of unfinished business disappeared. It also means that Glenda can continue to upgrade. ?According to the sufficient remnant souls in the zombie world, Glenda may be one step ahead of herself and reach level 20. It seems that I have never heard of level 20 ghosts. Even in the promotional stories in the association, the level 20 ghosts and their names did not appear. Other attributes have no changes. Actually, from Glendas unfinished business this time, we also understand some directions. Its not just about fulfilling the ghosts last wish. More importantly, it is better to let go of this matter in my heart. ?Glenda has always wanted to know why her husband wanted to kill her, after devouring his soul and watching the memory fragments. In fact, I already understand the reason. In the end, it was Wu Heng who gave some advice, and Granda figured it out on her own before prompting her to cancel the decision. The Unfinished Business option also disappears from the panel. In this way, Xiaoxiao has not completed his unfinished business, and it may not be because his mother has learned the skills or not, which base she stayed at. Maybe you are still worried about the future. The guess may not be accurate, but the possibility is still high. Why are you standing there in a daze? Glenda looked up. ??Wu Heng said with a smile: "Seeing that you have come out, I feel happy." I dont feel any change in what has come out but not come out, Granda said. Its good if there is no change. Wu Heng said, and then clapped his hands to the two little souls not far away, Girls, we are going to the zombie world. Two souls flew over. Xiao Xiao lay on his shoulder, "Uncle, do you want to be my father?" ??Beni also floated over, "What a weird name you have!" Wu Heng said: "Let''s go to the zombie world first and kill zombies today." ?Granda asked: "Don''t you pay attention to the exhibition? It''s open to the public today, and there must be a lot of people going." "Everything has been arranged. The patrols and associations will send out manpower. We can''t help much if we stay here." Wu Heng replied. You just have to make arrangements. Glenda nodded. Lets come back first. I havent been to the Zombie World for a few days. Lets take a look at the situation there. As Wu Heng spoke, three ghosts entered his body. Open the boundary door on one side and walk in directly. Sanbu Port, hotel suite. ?Wu Heng walked out of the gate and looked out the window. The number of people in the base has increased, and some old people in the base can still be seen. After a quick glance, he took the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Soon, there was a knock on the door. Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. ?Wearing a white shirt on the upper body and a blue-gray coat on the outside, a little owl that has gained a lot of weight rests on the shoulder. ? Wearing blue tight jeans on the lower body, she looks very smart. "What''s wrong? Don''t you look good?" Qi Hancai noticed the other person''s gaze and turned around. It suits you very well, it looks better. Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai also smiled, walked to the other party, and leaned over gently, "Thank you." ??Wu Heng pulled her to sit on his lap, and then asked: "How is it here?" Qi Hancai said: "Some of our people have been transferred over in the past two days, and there are no problems in the operation of the entire base." All the original temporary houses have been demolished, and rooms have been allocated to everyone. Canteens and collection points for daily necessities have also been established. There is still a power supply missing from the original base. The radio station has also been restored, and it has begun to promote our work. When we carry out rescue operations later, when we see skeletons, we will know that they are our team. ?A few days have passed and the progress has been quite fast. After hearing this, Wu Heng said: "We will go to the nearby power plant to check the situation later. If thermal power is used, restoring power supply will not be a big problem." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. Cooking requires burning firewood, and the power from solar panels also needs to be provided to some equipment. It is actually quite uncomfortable to have no electricity. ??Wu Heng then asked, "How is the frigate training going?" Qi Hancai replied, "I think there is no problem. The skeleton also conducted a navigation test yesterday. It can drive normally and control weapons and equipment. The only thing is that there is no live ammunition firing." ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Able to fully drive and control weapons, there is basically no problem. All that''s left is to send the ship to another world. Increase Treasure Island''s maritime combat capabilities. Later, let them continue to train the skeletons, and also arrange for some of our people to follow them. Wu Heng ordered. I will make arrangements then. Qi Hancai continued, Shall I take you to the port? ?Wu Heng thought for a moment, "You don''t need to look at it. Do you know the location of the power plant at the port?" There is a power plant address. Lets make some arrangements. Lets go and clean up the zombies first. Okay! Qi Hancai stood up and picked up the walkie-talkie to explain the task. Just saying that, I felt the strong palm. He turned his head slightly and looked back, tilting his head back to make it easier for the man behind him to touch her. Treasure Island, exhibition site. At the exhibition at this time, there was a sea of ??people, shoulder to shoulder, and a dark crowd at a glance. ? Patrol members and association members loudly maintain order. Divide the flow of people into several batches to avoid stampedes and confusion. There are no novel activities in this world. An exhibition, especially an exhibition held for wealthy merchants and nobles from all over the world, is open to ordinary people, so it is even more important to come and take a look. In the exhibition hall, people looked at the displayed products along the passage and exclaimed in amazement from time to time. Things used by nobles are really exquisite and beautiful. A little bit stupid again. The wine glass is actually carved with such complicated patterns. If it is dropped on the ground while drinking, the pattern on it will be shattered. We stopped by the middle booth. It is even more besieged and impenetrable. ??People stand on tiptoes and crane their necks to see pictures of words written with pens on the screen. ification! This is a pen! How on earth did you come up with the idea of ??storing ink at the end of the pen barrel? What an awesome idea. Island owner, I feel more powerful than the hero in the story. Its a matter of time, how old is the island owner? Everyone was talking, surprised by the novelty of the pen. Then, guards crowded over and urged people to keep moving forward and not to stop at the same place. Exhibition Hall on the second floor. Different from the pen area on the first floor, the watch area is a bit quiet. Armagists from various races such as elves, humans, and dwarves gathered around the booth. Everyone takes a pen and paper and starts drawing and recording the details played on the screen according to the style of the watch. ?From time to time, I would sigh with emotion. Great invention. He should change his profession to Artificer. Yes, a good talent for an artificer was delayed by a mage. Exhibition Hall on the third floor. The physical strengthening potions have been removed, leaving only the potion certificates from the association and consortium in the glass counter. The crowd of spectators took a quick glance as they passed by, and there was no congestion on the two floors below. Outside the counter, there were two figures who were not too tall, wearing black cloaks. ?Standing in front of the counter in a daze, staring at the certificate inside. "Miss, the alchemist master you are looking for..." the maid standing behind whispered. A firm voice came from the figure in front, "I should have thought of him earlier." (End of this chapter) Chapter 630 , frigate Chapter 630, Frigate Association. Perhaps its the reason for the exhibition. The association hall that used to be bustling was not crowded today. The civilian staff were all in a daze, and most of the internal guards had assigned tasks to maintain order outside. Sheela Gui and Shi Yali came back from outside. As soon as they entered the corridor, they saw the deputy deacon "Skeeter" waiting at the door of the study, pacing back and forth. Hear the sound of approaching footsteps. Skeeter raised his head and saw the two of them, and bowed slightly, "Deacon, Assistant Shi Yali." You came to see me for something? Sheila Gui asked. There are some things I want to report to you. Skeeter said immediately. Hilagui opened the door, "Come in!" The three of them entered the room together. Sheila Gui walked to the desk, while Shi Yali went to the side, preparing to make tea. Whats the matter? Sit down and talk. Skeeter was still standing at the door. He took out an exquisite wooden box from the space ring, took two steps forward and placed it on the table. He said, "Deacon, Magnoro came to me in the name of a visit the day before yesterday and said he wanted to I was going to visit the island owner and asked me something about the island owner. This was a gift he gave me at that time. " ?When he came to the association and learned that Magnolo was dead, Skeeter had a bad premonition in his heart. ?Go to the morgue and ask the coroner about the specific cause of death. When he heard that he was killed by Wu Heng, he broke into a cold sweat instantly. Even if you dont analyze it, you can understand what happened. ?The other party came to him the day before to inquire about the island owner''s information, making circumstantial inquiries about his identity and about ghosts. ??This is not preparation for a visit, I''m afraid it''s preparation for an assassination. After returning to my study room, the more I thought about it, the more uneasy I became. If it were anyone else, this matter might have been concealed, but the other person was Wu Heng. How could it be concealed? ?After thinking about it, I brought my things to the deacon''s study, intending to talk to Sheila Gui about it first. After all, Xila Gei is obviously easier to deal with than Wu Heng. He is also his direct leader. Hearing Skeeter''s words, Sheila Gui and Shi Yali looked up at him at the same time. Killing a member of the Secret Order, I didnt expect it to be related to the associations deputy deacon. Sheela opened the wooden box on the desk and took a look, revealing the beautifully shaped dagger inlaid with gems. It is indeed beautiful. Happiness is quite attractive to professionals who use swords. He closed the box again and said, "What did he say to you then? Tell me in detail." Yes! Skeeter agreed, recounting the story while recalling it. Try the key points and tell them all the things the other party asked. Be serious and sincere. After hearing this, Shilagui said, "Is there anything else? Think about it carefully and make sure there are no omissions." Skeeter bowed again and said, "Deacon, I dare not make any omissions." Sheila Gui nodded, "What time are you patrolling?" There will be another patrol at dusk. "Leave the rest of the patrol to others first, and don''t talk about it outside, so as not to delay your subsequent promotion." Sheela Gui said. Skeeter immediately saluted, "Yes." Okay, go back, dont be too stressed. Thank you, Steward. Skeeter saluted again, turned and left the room. Wait until the door is closed again. Shi Yali brought the brewed tea to her, "Do you believe him so much?" Xilagui took a sip, picked up the wooden box and said, "I''ll go to Wuheng, and you can lead the patrol in his place." "Why me..." Shi Yali shouted. Sheela opened the door and left directly. Outside the island lords mansion. The carriage has just approached the island owners mansion. There was a burst of noise. He opened the curtain and looked over, and saw a long and slender queue outside the island owner''s mansion. Everyone in the team is dressed luxuriously and is obviously either rich or noble. They are not ordinary people. The carriage stopped at the door of the island owner''s mansion, and Sheila Gei got out of the carriage. Someone on the opposite side immediately said hello, and Shiragui also waved. In the island lord''s mansion, there were many skeletons guarding the door, and three maids were also busy. One received the gifts and thanked them, one recorded the name and the name of the chamber of commerce, and the other sorted the gifts. Sheila Gui was speechless. ??Had I not known that Wu Heng was not short of money, I would have suspected that the exhibition was held to receive gifts. We did not reject anyone who came, and we accepted everything that was offered to us. ?Suddenly, I felt that it would be okay if Skeeter put away the dagger. Deacon Sheilagui. Minnie came over, smiled and saluted. Miss Minnie, is Wu Heng here? Xilagui asked with a smile. "The master is not here. When he comes back, I will ask him to find you!" Minnie said directly. Sheela frowned and whispered: "I have something to do here and I need to see the prophet." "I''ll take you there." Minnie responded and took her directly into the residence. Go all the way upstairs and enter the prophet''s room. Faced with the skeleton prophet, Shilagui still maintained her courtesy, took out the gift box and said, "Prophet, I need to check what happened the day before yesterday." The prophet turned his head and looked at her with empty eyes. ?Taken the wooden box, one hand floated above the wooden box, and the other hand grabbed Sheila Gui''s arm. The next second, broken images appeared in Xilagui''s mind. It is a conversation between Skeeter and Magnoro in the study. It can be proved that what Skeeter said is true. I just came to visit him and asked about the situation in Wu Heng. It only takes three or four seconds. All scenes end. ??The Skeleton Prophet let go of her arm, and after Shiraz bowed, she and Minnie exited the room. Then leave the island owners mansion and return to the association. Zombie world. Hahhhhhh~! The corpses hit the spear array like a tide. ??The sound of roaring and grabbing sounded, and at the same time, zombies died one after another under the spears, and the zombies behind were still rushing towards them. Then, ghosts rose into the sky one after another. ?Wu Heng looked to his side and said, "Glenda, Beni, go and absorb the remaining souls." The two ghosts looked at each other, rushed forward one after the other, and began to chase and devour the remaining souls in the sky. Only Xiaoxiao was left, floating to one side and watching the excitement. Having no part in the remnant soul, I dont care at all. The rear of the team. ?The old members of the base acted very calmly and were busy following the orders. ??And some of the newly joined Korean survivors have never seen such a scene before. ?Just listening to the continuous roars and the chopping sounds with sore teeth, my legs were already shaking, and I felt a little uneasy in doing things. "Cheer up, everyone, we are the logistics, there will be no danger." An old member of the team who can speak Korean shouted loudly. Why do you want to fight the zombies head-on? This is so unwise. Someone said loudly. The old member glanced at each other and said, "What''s all the fuss about? How many people are there on your side? When we were fighting over there, we couldn''t even see the end of the corpses. Stop talking nonsense." Others looked carefully at the fighting area in the distance. After confirming that the corpse group could not be attacked for the time being, he also started to work. At the same time, I prayed in my heart that nothing would happen. Time passes little by little. ?System prompts also appear. The ghost has been upgraded to level 16,. ??Beni has been upgraded again. Although Glenda has devoured more, it has no tendency to upgrade. Everyone, move forward. Wu Heng ordered again. Hulala~! ??The skeleton army on standby stood up and began to advance along the road relying on a tight phalanx of spears. Kill all the remaining zombies. Next, Wu Heng transformed the special corpse and collected all the corpse cores. Continue to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], transform all zombies into skeletons, and add them to the queue. Then, the skeleton army moved forward. Charge into the power plant, kill all the zombies inside, and occupy the power plant. ?Wu Heng went in and took a rough look. It is certain that thermal power generation is still used here, and my own set of ''smelting furnaces'' can still be used for power generation. Took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. After he came over, he said: "Assign people to measure the dimensions, and then I will restore the power supply here." Okay! Qi Hancai agreed. Then the survivors jumped out of the truck and began to scavenge for supplies. The team did not return until it got dark. After the convoy returns. ?Wu Heng returned to the bedroom and returned to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. Place the open position of the boundary gate on the huge wooden gate built in advance in Port No. 2. Then, he returned to the zombie world and headed to the port with a large number of skeletons. After confirming that there are no other people around. Use a bronze ring to open the door built in advance here. The light curtain of the world gate appears, like a huge light curtain. ?Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton on the frigate, "Drive in!" Huh~! ??The frigate was activated and rushed directly into the gate. ?Wu Heng saw the entire ship entering, took out the key, and went back to his room to sleep. (End of this chapter) Chapter 631 , why can it float on the sea? Chapter 631: Why can I float on the sea? The next day, Jinfan Tavern. The second item displayed in the Island Lords Mansion is called a watch, and its function is the same as the pocket watch in the latest issue of the Great Detective Story. Can be worn on the wrist, does not affect movement, and can provide accurate time... The bard, standing on a high platform, talked alone about the exhibits of the island master''s mansion. The third item, there is no physical object on site, is an alchemical potion called strengthening potion, its function is to improve a persons physical attributes without upgrading. These three items eclipse the rest of the merchandise as soon as they are displayed. Whether it is a gorgeous vase or exquisitely carved silverware, they are all gorgeous and ordinary things. Countless people are vying to see the island owner, and the outside of the island owners mansion is filled with visiting dignitaries every day. The third day of the exhibition. In the tavern, in addition to the normal telling of the great detective story, there is also room in the tavern to talk about the popular exhibition. Especially the three products displayed by the Island Lords Mansion at the exhibition. Due to some circumstances, people who did not go to the exhibition also learned something about it through this method! Even though he knew that Wuheng Island Master was powerful, he never expected that he could reach this level. Writing, timing, and medicine can break through the shackles of the body. Such a huge leap was actually realized in one person. Its too scary. ??Great detective, it can also be said that Wu Heng is thoughtful and has a naturally high sense of perception. He is able to observe details that others cannot notice. But directly producing these things cannot be explained by talent. Especially a necromancer. Cross-border, beyond the work of artificers and pharmacists. This is only the third day of the exhibition. As the news spreads, more people will come to the island. Treasure Island will only become more lively. Association, Deacon''s Study. I went to the island owners mansion yesterday! Wu Heng walked into the room and sat down on the sofa nearby. Shi Yali brought the tea and returned to her seat. Sheila Gui said directly: "Skeeter came to me yesterday and said that the member of the Secret Order you killed had come to see him the day before." ?Wu Heng cast a curious look, not expecting that there would be a follow-up story. Do you still have something to do with the association? Listen to me. Sheila Gui motioned him not to worry and told the whole thing in detail. I asked the Skeleton Prophet to sense the gift, and I can confirm that the two of them were just having an ordinary conversation and were not accomplices of the Secret Order. There are two deputy deacons in Treasure Island. ??The human archdeacon is called Skeeter, and the dwarf is called Gardain. ?Wu Heng didnt have much contact with them, and he only said hello when he met them occasionally. I dont know much about my own information, so if I want to disclose it, its only the things that are made public. Its good to have a clear investigation. This kind of thing is inevitable. Wu Heng said with a smile. "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded, and then asked, "What did you do yesterday? The exhibition started, and you went out to run around again." I went out to do some errands. Wu Heng replied with a smile. ??Shi Yali also came over and sat on the armrest next to Sila Gui, "Wu Heng, did you invent both the pen and the watch?" I brought it here, you can hardly see it here. Wu Heng said. "What about that potion? Is there a real one? When I saw it, there were only certificates from associations and consortiums." Shi Yali put her white and tender arms on her sister''s shoulders. There were real objects, but I was afraid of causing any trouble, so I put them away. Did you also introduce it? This is not. Shi Yali smiled and said, "Did someone else send it to the exhibition? It''s already great with a pen and a watch." Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, the potion was developed by my organization." The two sisters'' brows widened instantly, and they looked at each other, and they both saw surprise in each other''s eyes. Arent you a mage? Shi Yali asked. I discovered a material that has an effect on the human body, so I organized people to start developing medicine. Wu Heng explained. The potion has been made public, and some things no longer need to be kept secret. The two women were even more surprised, and for a moment they didn''t know what to say. It took a while. Sheila Guicai said, "Aren''t you afraid of causing trouble?" Dont worry, with the current defense strength of the island, there will be no problem. Wu Heng said. Shi Yali''s eyes lit up again, and she suddenly said: "Last time you made a bet with Sheila Gui and said something shocking enough, was it this potion?" Sheila Gui suddenly raised her head and looked at her, with a look in her eyes like "Why are you bringing this up?" Shi Yali noticed her sister''s gaze and said, "This can''t be counted. You said it was a strange weapon, not a medicine." Wu Heng also remembered this matter when he was mentioned in this way. ?Last time, when the three of them chatted, they talked about betting. Sheila Gui asked him not to focus on the development of magical weapons, but to concentrate on spells. ??Wu Heng mentioned the bet, saying that if he really came up with a shocking enough weapon, he would have to agree to one of his requests. ?Of course, Shi Yali also joined. ??Wu Heng looked at the two sisters who had similar looks but different temperaments, and said in a confused tone, "You two won''t deny it, will you?" Sheila Gui said: "We agreed that it is a fancy device. The watch is also good, but it is not as exaggerated as you said before." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "What if I bring out a strange weapon?" Then I have nothing more to say. Sheela shrugged. Then I will convince you that you have lost. Wu Heng said, stood up and said, Lets go to the port with me. Go out now? Sheela was curious. Then look at what a magic weapon is. Wu Heng raised his head slightly. Sheila Gui stared at him, "Do you really want to go out?" Come on, put on your hood, and lets go quietly. Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui was a little skeptical, but she still took a hood from the space ring, put it on and walked out of the office desk. ?Wu Heng looked at Shi Yali again, who was leaning on her chin and smiling, "You also participated in the bet, won''t you forget it?" ?Shi Yalis smile froze and she wanted to retort. He held it back again, put on his hood, and left together. Port No. 2. Silla Gui and Shi Yali opened their eyes wide and looked up at the behemoth docked at the port, their eyes full of shock and confusion. Even the largest warship is not as huge as it is in front of you, like a hill sitting in the sea. ??Wu Heng looked at the expressions of the two and smiled, "How is it? This should be regarded as a strange weapon!" The two women were already full of surprise. Shi Yali swallowed and asked, "Is this also an exhibit?" What kind of exhibit is this? The frigate of our small island protects the safety of the sea. Wu Heng said. "You are exaggerating! You rushed out like this." Shi Yali said again. Sheela Gui also said: "Just to win us?" ??Wu Heng rolled his eyes at the two women who had never seen the world before and said, "By the way, I''ll win with you." Is this iron? Sheela asked next. "Um!" Why can it float on the sea? Shi Yali also asked. (End of this chapter) Chapter 632 , test firing Chapter 632, test firing Simply put, through design and structure, the ship has enough buoyancy to float on the sea. Wu Heng explained. The two frowned, but nodded. While talking, another ship docked from a distance. ?Philippa ran down with the green parrot and said hello from a distance, "Sheila Gui, Shi Yali, you are here too." The two of them smiled and nodded. ?Then, Philippa urged Wu Heng: "Everything is ready, let''s go quickly, I want to see the new ship." ?Wu Heng nodded, "Come on the boat, let''s go test it out." ?Several people followed him onto the boat. The ship is still equipped with modern equipment. ?Wu Heng introduced the names and functions of each cabin on the ship to several people. The three women listened carefully and were even more surprised. It is completely different from the one in this world. It is clean and tidy, and it does not have such a strong smell of rotten wood. After taking a rough look at it. ??Wu Heng walked to the control room and ordered to the skeleton, "Leave the port and move toward the southwest." ??The rumbling sound of operation sounded, and the frigate began to move. After exiting the port position, move toward the southwest at an increasingly faster speed. Arriving all the way, Philippa arranged the position in advance. The frigate began to slow down and came to a slow stop. Philippa pointed to the black spot at the end of her sight, "That''s the boat that was just launched. Do you want to test weapons?" ?Pick up the telescope and look in the direction of the target. You can see a fishing boat with a black flag, swaying with the waves. ?Wu Heng said to the control room: "Destroy the target fishing boat ahead." Turn the muzzle. Boom~! There was a loud roar, and then a huge wave exploded from the position of the fishing boat in the distance. When the waves disappeared, the sky above the sea was empty. The three women opened their eyes even more and looked at the position where the fishing boat disappeared in the distance. Wu Heng said to Philippa: "The beds on the ship can accommodate 145 people. It is equipped with anti-air missiles and can attack targets in the sky. What was just fired was a naval gun with a range of 10,000 meters. Once the target is discovered, there is no need to get close. , just attack directly. Philippa nodded subconsciously, "Ah, I understand." From now on, this ship will be handed over to you, and the other ships will be handed over to the deputy captains for route patrol. Wu Heng said to Philippa. Holy shit, hes so handsome! Philippa jumped up and cheered. ?Wu Heng is also very satisfied with this ship. At least in this world, it is definitely the overlord of the sea. When maritime trade begins, safety on routes can also be ensured. Return to Hong Kong. Wu Heng ordered. The ship began to return and slowly docked at the port. Philippa stayed to continue studying the ship and transferred some skeletons over. ?Wu Heng, Xila Gui and Shi Yali returned together. en route. Wu Heng said: "I am willing to admit defeat. You two owe me a request." Xila Guis face was a little red and she emphasized: Dont go too far. Okay, wait until I think about it. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shi Yali raised her eyebrows and said, "It''s okay to go too far." The carriage dropped them off at the entrance of the association. ?Wu Heng continued to return to the island master''s mansion. Return to the island owners mansion. ?Minnie helped him take off his coat, and Robert brought herbal tea. Are there many people coming to visit? Wu Heng asked. Two more people came in the morning, and there were almost no people in the afternoon. Minnie answered softly. Thats good. Wu Heng said. ??Robert said with a smile, "Those people are very polite and cautious when talking. They are completely different from the merchants in Luntam City." They are all the same, but we are different. Wu Heng reminded him softly, tilting his head. Yes, we are the maids of the island master now, its different. Robert puffed up his chest. ?Wu Heng also smiled, took a rest, and went to the back courtyard to drink tea while continuing to assemble the electromagnetic gun. Dusk. ? Anderweil and Shanara also rushed back from outside and had dinner together in the restaurant. Shannara asked: "When will your exhibits be put on sale? Those people couldn''t find you, so they all came to me." The pens will be sold first, the quantity is limited, and they cannot be released for takeout yet. Then, as for the watches and potions, I plan to auction them at an auction. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. When will the pens go on sale and how many can be sold? Shannella asked. There can be about 70,000 in number. Shanara calculated the number of chambers of commerce in her mind and said: "Then let the chamber of commerce limit the number to 100, and let them take it back to test the market. We will sell it later." He continued to be silent for a while, and then said, "The price If so, its better to be between 20 silver and 60 silver. Its more expensive than those special quill pens, but its not too outrageous. People who often use it for writing can also afford it. ??Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "Isn''t the price too expensive? When the factory is built later, it can be mass-produced." 20 silver, enough to buy a good crossbow. In the modern world, the pricing gap of pens is somewhat large. Shannara shook her head, "It''s not expensive. The price must be determined for the first batch, and the first purchasers are not short of money. Later, when mass production occurs, bargaining will be more convenient, and the market can be gathered again." What you said makes sense. Wu Heng nodded. "What price are you going to set?" Shanara put down the tableware and looked at him curiously. Fountain pens are also divided into different styles and qualities. Ordinary pens cost 30 silver, and others are higher. Wu Heng said. Where are the watches and potions? Shannara asked next. "The number of watches is even smaller, more than 20,000, and the number of medicines is even smaller." Wu Heng recalled. The number of potions is actually more than the number of watches. It cant be said to be mass-produced, but the skeletons that expand outward can deliver a large number of corpse cores every time. Enough to sell for a while. However, due to the special nature of the medicine, it is necessary to tell the outside world that it is very rare, so as to maintain the importance of the medicine and its good selling price. As for pens and watches, as long as the production line is moved over, normal production can be resumed. Thats okay, well discuss it when its sold, Shannella said. ?At present, Shannara is still nominally the president of Star Flower, but in fact she has focused her energy on Treasure Island. Especially the success of the exhibition. Bringing together big business associations of all races, no country or force has been able to do it in the past. Furthermore, the exhibits presented by Wu Heng indeed achieved good results. "It''s not urgent." Wu Heng said with a smile, and then added, "Will you go back in the evening?" Shannara carefully glanced at the maids out of the corner of her eye and said, "I''m not going back." Night falls. Shanela walked out of the bathroom, her long wet hair falling on her shoulders. He was wrapped in a white bathrobe and his belt was tied loosely. He walked over lightly on the carpet. Sit down in front of the dressing table and wipe your hair. ?Wu Heng walked over, took out two bottles of medicine from the space ring, and placed them on the table. "Strengthening medicine, the side effects will cause a certain amount of pain. You take it, and I will help you keep an eye on it." Shannara looked at the potion and raised her eyebrows, "You''re not going to auction it, why don''t you just give me two bottles?" I will give it to you again in the future, just dont tell anyone about it. Wu Heng said with a smile. Shanara turned her head, held his cheek, and kissed him **** the lips, "Sister, my love for you is not in vain." Take it quickly, you still need to rest after finishing the work! "Okay!" Shannara nodded in agreement. After opening the potion, she drank it without hesitation. As a side effect, her body began to convulse. ?Wu Heng comforted him and told him that the pain would be a little more severe the first time and would lessen later on. After the first bottle was finished, Shanara took a rest and then continued to take the second bottle. Youre lying... Shanela said and huddled up on the bed. It took a while before things got better. But he was already sweating profusely. Shannara exhaled heavily and said, "I feel that I have changed a bit, but I can''t tell what." Strengthening of muscles and bones. Wu Heng explained. Ill go wash it again. ??Shanela washed it again, wiped her hair, glanced at the other person seductively, and slowly got into bed. ?Wu Heng hooked his fingers on the belt and pulled, and the bathrobe slowly spread out like a soft cloud. Reveals delicate, white and tender skin. With the other party''s reluctance, he knelt down on the bed. Gently hold your waist. The next day, it was dawn. Shanela left early in the morning and continued to deal with the exhibition. And disclose some of the pen pricing to various chambers of commerce to test their reactions. For pens and watches, there are factories in Yangtong City, and production can be resumed. ?It''s just that Wu Heng has to go back, move the factory to Treasure Island, and then purchase materials from various chambers of commerce. After confirming that nothing happened to you. ?Wu Heng also opened the gate and went to the zombie world. Go out of bounds. Picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Not long after, Qi Hancai walked in directly and said: "There is news from the military factory. Gaorong has completed the test of the production chain. He didn''t say much on the radio. I think it should be the production chain of rifles." (End of this chapter) Chapter 633 , rifle production chain Chapter 633, Rifle Production Chain The rifle production chain has already begun research and development after Tiancheng Group joined the base. ?Wu Hengs idea is also very simple. The two worlds complement each other, fighting zombies with cold weapons, relying on the number of skeletons to clear out the corpses, regaining the city and rescuing survivors. Firearms are used in other worlds. ??Ordinary professionals cannot withstand bullets, which is enough to handle most battles. At that time, a skeleton army will be armed, not afraid of death, equipped with modern weapons, and its combat effectiveness will definitely not be weak. Now the good news finally comes. Its just that Im not at the military factory. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Are the ships returning to Binhai Port at the port?" Here, there are two ships transporting back and forth. Qi Hancai replied. "I will go back today to see what''s going on there." Wu Heng decided directly. Then Ill get the cargo ship ready. Qi Hancai said, picked up the walkie-talkie, and started to contact the survivors in charge of the cargo ship. After saying a few words, he hung up the intercom and said, "The arrangements have been made. There is no problem at the port. You can go back at any time." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Has the logistics fleet been assembled?" "It has been formed. Some of them were brought over from the base, and the rest are survivors from Shanfu Port. There are still some difficulties in communication," Qi Hancai said. It is not possible to support all of these people in the base. There must be some work assigned, but communication is still a bit difficult. Its all physical work. Anyone whos not stupid can do it. When the time comes, let Xinhe start a language class and teach them Chinese in his free time. Wu Heng said directly. Okay. Qi Hancai smiled. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go and arrange the skeleton team. During my absence, I can continue to clean up the zombies." The two of them walked out of the room and went downstairs together. ??Wu Heng mobilized the skeletons in the base, and except for the skeletons who daily defended the city walls and ports, they all formed a pioneering team. It is equipped with a big-headed skeleton and a level 11 skeleton mage. Two skeleton flying dragons and twelve vampire skeletons. You follow the main road and clean up the zombies. The skeleton mage is responsible for transforming the corpses. Corpse cores and gold, collected together. ?Wu Heng explained to the big-headed skeleton and the skeleton mage. ?After thinking about it for a while, I felt that there was nothing more I needed to say, so I said directly: "Okay, let''s go!" The gate to the wall opens. The skeleton army left the base in a mighty manner and continued to move forward along the road. Behind the skeleton army was the logistics convoy arranged by Qi Hancai. Responsible for the transportation of some weapons and loot, as well as rescuing survivors along the way. The teams plan is also very simple. That is to attack all the way to the interior of South Korea. This area is equivalent to the area of ??a province in China, so it is easier to clean up. Some scientific research institutes and military factories are also easier to find. The place is small after all. Looking at the army gradually disappearing, the door was closed again. ?Wu Heng took Qi Hancai and walked back together to the port. This is the size of the boiler of the power plant. Qi Hancai handed over the recorded list. ??Wu Heng opened it and took a look, "Next time I come back, I''ll restore the power here." Qi Hancai lowered his head, with a bit of reluctance in his tone, "Then when will you come back." Why are you so reluctant to let go now? Im afraid Ill think about it after a long time. Qi Hancai said. ?Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''ll come back when I''m done with it." The two of them talked and came to the car parked on the side of the road. The modern port is quite large and you need to take a car. After closing the door, the skeleton driver drove directly. ?Qi Hancai moved the passenger seat forward to create an empty space. Kneel down in front of Wu Heng and start to pull the belt. Now? Wu Heng said in surprise. "There''s enough time." Qi Hancai said and buried his head in the other party''s waist. ?Wu Heng stroked the other party''s hair gently, enjoying the diligent service. The car arrives at the port. After stopping at the roadside for a while, the two of them walked down with the skeleton. Say hello to sister Yahong for me. Qi Hancai said with a smile. The mood is better than before. "If something happens, tell me immediately. Don''t put yourself in danger and arrange for the skeleton to do it." Wu Heng instructed. "I know, as long as the skeleton is there, there can be no problems." Qi Hancai said confidently. Okay, Ill leave first and Ill be back early. Qi Hancai nodded and waved goodbye. ?Wu Heng boarded the cargo ship. The captain in charge of controlling the ship saluted slightly. Lets go! The ship started and sailed away from Sanbu Port. Two and a half days'' journey. ?Wu Heng rode the flying dragon and arrived above the military factory. Leap off the flying dragon and release [Light Feather Technique] before landing. He and the two skeleton attendants slowly landed on the ground. Chief! The passing survivors immediately saluted and said hello. ?Wu Heng nodded, "Is Gao Rong at the base?" I didnt seem to see him going out. "Ask him if he is here. If he is, ask him to go to the conference room." Wu Heng said directly. "clear." The survivor picked up the walkie-talkie to contact Gao Rong, while Wu Heng walked towards the conference room. ?Wu Heng sat in the conference room and waited for a while. ?There was a knock on the door. Gao Rong opened the door and walked in, seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room. ?? Bowed slightly and said, "Chief, you are back." Sit down! Gao Rong sat down aside, and Wu Heng continued: "Qi Hancai said you have achieved results here?" "Yes, leader." Gao Rong smiled confidently and said: "The production chain of the rifle has completed the production test. As long as the materials are sufficient, it can be produced normally. A total of 13 newspaper printing machines have been produced during this period, and production is already underway. " Sure enough, the rifle production line test was successful. ?Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, take me to see you." Please, chief! Gao Rong said. ?The two of them walked out of the building together, and with Gao Rong leading the way, they walked towards the side of the factory. ?From a distance, you can see a row of factory buildings. This area was originally burned by the fire. Now that the weather has warmed up, it has been rebuilt into a factory area. It just looks a bit crude, with a red brick wall. Entering the factory, Gao Rong turned on the switch on one side, and the lights in the entire room turned on. The production chain exposing the mechanical structure. The machinery is not running, but it can be seen that it has been tested before. Gao Rong introduced: "Chief, here is the equipment for making gun barrels. The machine will drill out the inner bore, and then use a deep hole drill to drill a through hole in the center of the alloy rod, and grind the inner wall of the through hole smooth to become a "seamless steel pipe." " After all, I have information and drawings in my hands, even if I was not engaged in military machinery before. You can also describe the production process and features. Can it withstand bullet fire? Wu Hengbi asked. They are all high-quality steel, and they were purchased according to the records on the rifle drawings, so there is no problem. Gao Rong said. Where are the others! Gao Rong continued, Other factories are the production chain of other components. Is it difficult to operate? Its not big. Its all automated equipment. Once it starts, it will be produced by itself. If something goes wrong, it needs to be corrected. ?Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction, "It will be a day of start-up tomorrow. I will arrange for the skeletons to come in for production. You can follow and teach me." Okay. Gao Rong agreed. Then the two went to several other factories, and Gao Rong introduced the details of the equipment and accessories in turn. They all looked at each other before returning to the conference room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "You did a good job and worked very hard." It should be done. Gao Rong said modestly. How many of you are there in total? Gao Rong replied, "There are seven R&D personnel in total. If you include apprentices, there are 18 people in total." ?Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "You must have seen Qi Hancai''s owl, right?" Gao Rong''s eyes flashed with confusion, and he suddenly mentioned the owl. Still replied, "Yes, it''s Deputy Chief Qi''s pet. I also found wandering zombies through an owl before." It is an ability that can continuously enhance the physical condition. The ability displayed is similar to the ability of taking corpse core awakening, but without side effects. Wu Heng looked at him and explained. (End of this chapter) Chapter 634 , wrong decision Chapter 634, wrong decision Gao Rong''s pupils opened, his eyes full of surprise. Corpse without side effects. Isnt this something that the main station has been studying? Has the base already appeared? ?Thinking of this, Gao Rong''s heart beat faster. When Wu Heng mentioned this matter to him, he must have planned to leave it to him. The attitude was more respectful, "Chief, what do you have to say to me?" "No instructions. You performed really well this time. I plan to help you improve, of course, if you are willing." Wu Heng still looked at him. Gao Rong said: "Are there no side effects at all?" "No." "We are willing." Gao Rong hesitated for a moment, but agreed. Wu Heng took out three magic weapon master''s job transfer scrolls from the space ring, put them on the table and said: "These are called job scrolls. What I give you is slightly different from Qi Hancai''s scroll. Qi Hancai''s scroll tends to be different." For investigation, yours is for scientific research, which can be understood as mainly improving intelligence." Gao Rong looked at the scroll rolled up on the table. ?His eyes widened even more. Wu Heng continued, "There are only three at the moment. You use one, and I will replenish the rest later. As for your apprentices, they will receive some resource rewards." "Yes, Chief." Gao Rong nodded and looked at the scroll again, "Chief, how do you use this thing?" You pick up the scroll and open it, dont resist the power in your body. Wu Heng said. ?Gao Rong stood up, picked up a scroll and opened it directly. ?The light flashed and penetrated into the center of his eyebrows. The next second, Gao Rong frowned, "I feel it, it seems to be changing my body." Your career direction is to develop machinery. As long as you work hard in this direction, you will continue to improve. Wu Heng said. Thank you, chief. We will continue to work hard to help build the base. Gao Rong bowed deeply. Also, please tell the people under your command not to tell anyone about this matter. If it spreads, we will have countless troubles. Wu Hengs voice was serious. Gao Rong also knew the seriousness of it and nodded. Sit down and say, stop standing. Gao Rong sat down again, and Wu Heng asked, "Is there any recent news from the main station?" "After you and Deputy Chief Qi left, the main station came again. He hasn''t been here for a while. The exchanged materials are all stored in the warehouse." Where are those Russian researchers? What are they doing now? A few of them have independently developed a research project, which is about electricity. They will continue to research in the direction of new energy and reduce their dependence on gasoline. Gao Rong explained. Okay, lets continue with normal development. You will still be responsible for the military factory. Understood. Gao Rong nodded. Theres nothing else to do, go and do your work! Gao Rong stood up, took the other two scrolls, and left the room. ??Wu Heng also walked out of the conference room and walked toward the room upstairs. Just walked outside a room. Then I heard the sound of women chatting inside. Knocked lightly on the door. After receiving a response, he opened the door and walked in. Zhao Yanqiu is wearing a black sports coat and is sitting on a chair. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he immediately said hello, "Chief." Xiaoxiao was also at the side, showing his figure, "Uncle, are you done talking over there?" Weve finished chatting, theres nothing else to do. Wu Heng said, then looked at Zhao Yanqiu, How did you learn the skills last time? ??Xiao Xiao flew over, lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder, and said, "My mother has learned it. Let''s collect some high-level books for her. It''s best if she can fight and protect herself." ?It seems that Zhao Yanqiu still has some talent. I really learned it. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Go back and have a look. If you have any, bring them over." Zhao Yanqiu said: "Thank you, chief. I''m sorry to trouble you." ?Xiao Xiao flew to Zhao Yanqiu''s side again, "No trouble, uncle is really powerful now, isn''t he?" Well, its no trouble. What trouble does the family have? Wu Heng said. ??Zhao Yanqiu was a little embarrassed, but Xiaoxiao smiled happily. ?Wu Heng and Zhao Yanqiu chatted for a while. I was concerned about my recent living situation. After all, I am a young mother. also relates to the unfinished business behind Xiaoxiao. Chatted with the mother and daughter for a while. ?Seeing that the sky was getting dark, he left the room. Take Xiaoxiao back to the original bedroom and walk through the boundary door. Treasure Island. ?Wu Heng walked downstairs and just in time to catch up with the skeleton chef, he brought dinner to the table. "Owner." ?Several maids all said hello. Minnie said: "Master, is there anything you want to eat? Ask the chef to make some more for you." "No need, these are good." Wu Heng sat down and ate together. After dinner. ??Wu Heng asked: "Weier, how is the island these days?" Andewil said: "Master, more ships and merchants are coming to the island, and the properties on the island are beginning to be purchased in large quantities, especially the several mansions in the central area, which are selling very quickly." It seems that this has also boosted real estate. It''s just that those who came were businessmen. House prices in the central area should be raised appropriately, and those guys are not short of money. Anderweil nodded with a smile, "Okay." Is Shanara not here? Wu Heng asked next. Minnie said: "If you are not here, sister Shanara is not here." Its okay, Ill go take a look tomorrow. Sitting in the living room and chatting for a while. ??The sky gradually darkened, and several people returned to the room to rest. ?Emerald Sea. A fleet of ships flying the red whirlwind pirate flag on a black background floats on the sea. On the deck, scattered pirates yawned and patrolled. ?In the sky, several banshees with human faces and harpy bodies circled back and forth around the ship, and from time to time they made a cry like a baby. ?Not long after, another pirate ship with the same flag approached. The harpy approaches quickly, observing and circling. After confirming that it is one''s own ship, they return to the original hull and stand on the mast. ??The pirate ship continued to approach, and one person pulled the rope and wandered directly to the main ship. ?Hello to the pirates patrolling the deck. Hurry towards the captain''s cabin. Standing at the door, you can hear the heavy breathing and the moans of women inside. Waiting at the door for a while. Waiting for the sounds of fighting to stop, he lightly knocked on the door and said, "Captain, I have obtained some information." ?The door opened, and a charming woman walked out slowly. He glanced at the other party and said softly: "I came at the right time." Ignoring the other party, he walked directly into the room. ??A tall, bearded man, naked, sitting carelessly on the bed, "What information, tell me!" The subordinate said: "According to the intelligence, the pirates in the Emerald Sea were all eliminated by the association. I heard that they were led to Treasure Island and wiped out all in one fell swoop." All? The captain frowned and was a little surprised. The vast majority, some who have slipped through the net, do not dare to show up now. The captain thought for a moment and then asked, "There have been more caravans on the route recently. What''s the reason?" ?The other party replied, "It''s also Treasure Island. Some kind of banquet or dance was held there, and many important figures from the chamber of commerce were invited." "Treasure Island..." the captain continued, and then added, "Who is in charge of Treasure Island?" I heard that he is a newly appointed island owner, and his level is less than 15. ?The sun rises high, and Treasure Island becomes lively again. The Island Lords Mansion has started selling pens, and the purchase quantity is limited. A person returned from the central area and casually said to an acquaintance. When did it happen? It started this morning, and now there is a long queue, all of them are people from the Chamber of Commerce. Really? Ill go take a look too. If its not expensive, Ill buy one too. 25 silver, its not cheap... I feel like this first batch was priced at those chambers of commerce, and they all want to take it back and imitate it. The price is indeed a bit expensive, but its good to see the excitement. In the central area, outside a building next to the city hall, it was already overcrowded. On the huge sign at the door, there are eye-catching characters: Pens cost 25 silver each, single person is limited to one purchase, and the Chamber of Commerce is limited to 100 pens. The price is not cheap, and the quantity is limited. It can be said that this is the first time I see someone selling things, and there are so many restrictions. ?But there was still a queue of tens of meters long. Especially the Chamber of Commerce. You have to buy it back and dismantle it to see if you can make it yourself. So no matter how expensive the first batch is, you have to buy it. The improvement made by Wuheng Island Master is indeed amazing. One person in the team said. I heard that he was ostracized in the Kingdom of Yeko, and it wasnt until he arrived at Treasure Island that he gradually showed his talents. Yeke Kingdom has been in decline for a long time. Now the borders are sealed and there is civil strife all day long. Anyway, if the Yeke Kingdom had left Wu Heng behind, it might have been able to regain its glory again. "If Wu Heng really stays in the kingdom, those people will only worry about whether it will affect them." (End of this chapter) Chapter 635 , we have seen Chapter 635, we have met Shanella Mansion. Mrs. Shannara, this exhibition was so successful. Your intuition and judgment in business are admirable. Yes, this is the first time that someone has thought of holding an exhibition of this kind. . In the living room, the representatives of the chamber of commerce praised him one after another. The pens have already been put on sale. If you queue up to buy them, you wont be able to use them. What I am more concerned about is the plan behind Treasure Island. Since the morning, people have been coming here to place them, and more and more people are gathering. ?Listening to the praise from everyone, Shannella smiled and said lightly, "You''re welcome. Thanks to everyone''s support, this exhibition can be a success." The tone was calm, but there was also some pride in my heart. The Wood Elves gave themselves an honorary president, and basically lost the right to speak over the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. ??Wuheng is still continuing to pay off its debts. ??It was agreed with the wood elves that a certain number of orders per year would be the condition for returning Shannara. The success of this exhibition has been praised by all chambers of commerce. Also prove one''s ability. ??Things about the Treasure Island Exhibition will definitely be reported back to the Wood Elves. At that time, the Presbyterian Church will realize it. It is the Star Flowers loss and the Wood Elves loss to drive themselves out. Everyone was polite again. ?One of the dwarves touched his beard and said: "Ms. Shannara, now that the pens are on sale, do you have any inside information about the remaining two?" ?The rest of the people immediately fell silent. Shannara picked up the teacup, took a sip gracefully, smiled and shook her head, "It''s hard to say, the island owner doesn''t allow it to be mentioned outside." When they heard that there was some inside information, the eyes of the others lit up. Lady Shannella, tell us something. Even though we are all so familiar with each other, if we reveal something, we wont tell anyone else. "yes." Shannara put down the water glass, pretended to have made some decisions, and whispered: "Then I will reveal something and don''t tell anyone else." ?Everyone nodded and looked serious. Shanela continued, In the next few days, watches will be sold, but the workmanship is very complicated and only a smaller number will be sold. The next few days. Estimated to be about three to five days. It seems that you need to prepare money and make a purchase first. Where are the strengthening potions? someone continued to ask. Shanara continued, "Everyone should know the significance of the potion, let alone us. As the news spreads, royal nobles from all over the country will arrange for people to come and buy it, and the quantity will be smaller, and it will most likely be sold at auction. " If there is an auction, more people should participate. Special potions are inherently valuable, but this kind of potion may fetch a sky-high price. When the time comes, the vampires, elves, and those old guys who have lived a long life but cannot break through will probably have to bid for their money. When you say that, I feel like there is no hope of buying it. After listening to Shannaras words, discussions began below. Shannara was still drinking tea and listening to the discussions on the other side. The matters about watches and potions would also be passed on through these people. Be prepared for the later price to be higher, as it is a scarce item after all. We discussed with the people present for a while. Shannara put down the tea cup, "Since everyone is here, I also want to say one thing." Everyone looked over. Shanara continued, "I have some orders from Treasure Island here. Take a look, Treasure Island has a very good reputation, and even if we purchase in large quantities for a long time, we at Star Flower can''t eat them all in one go." The housekeeper behind him took out a stack of documents and handed them over. Shannara glanced at it and said, "This is an order for fine steel, this is an order for mesh cloth, this is for copper plates, white gunpowder, ordinary steel, fine iron..." The orders were placed on the table one by one, and the others got up one after another to get those related to their own chamber of commerce. The expressions were also somewhat surprised and curious. Treasure Island, need so many things? Town hall, conference room. My lord, the island owner. Five women in colorful long dresses bowed slightly, their loose collars drooping, revealing large areas of plumpness and whiteness. ??In the morning, Wu Heng received a notification from Anderweil saying that someone wanted to adapt the novel. I thought it was the same bard from last time, but so many women came in. ?Wu Heng glanced at the last person in particular. Different from the previous ones who were flamboyant, the last one covered herself more tightly and had a different temperament. ?? He looked back, looked at a few people, and said, "Sit down, do you want to change Beni''s story?" Several women sat down, and the leading woman smiled and said: "Your Majesty, the island owner, we are maids in the island tavern, and we don''t want to do this all our lives. I heard that the bard has your permission to adapt the detective story, and we also want to Give it a try. The woman said, her eyes looking here carefully from time to time. Looking a little timid. You also want to adapt the great detective story? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. We want to change Miss Pennys story, the woman said immediately. Bennys story, no wonder. ??I thought I was going to do a cross-dressing, where a woman disguises herself as a man. Seeing that Wu Heng did not speak, the woman immediately said: "Island Master, we..., we also want to be like Beni, with goals and directions." The story of the Great Detective tells the story of a low-level genius who uses his unique talents to solve cases one after another. And Pennys story more directly inspired the women on the island who came from poor backgrounds. Especially the maid in the tavern, regarded Penny as a target. What is your profession? Wu Heng asked. "We don''t have a profession, but we have contacted a few bards. They will teach us some and work hard to perform this story well." The woman said urgently, then stood up and saluted, "Please trust us. " Professional scrolls are not expensive, considering these maids. There shouldnt be any problem with changing jobs, but more likely there will be no goals. After changing professions, it will take a lot of time to move forward in the professional direction, and combat professions require a lot of weapons and equipment. Wu Heng looked at them one by one and said, "Okay, I promise you, study hard. If this path is suitable for you, I will prepare career scrolls for you." ?The women looked up suddenly, as if they couldn''t believe that this matter could be so simple. ?The other party agreed directly, and even sounded more supportive of doing so. Really? Sir! The woman in the lead said a little excitedly. Really, you should go back to rehearse. If you can really perform, come to the city hall to get the career scroll. Wu Heng said with a smile. Thank you, Lord Island Master. Several people thanked them again. Its okay, go back and practice hard. Wu Heng said. ?A few people nodded, saluted, and walked out of the room backwards. ?The rest of the people left, but the hooded figure at the end did not leave the room. ?Wu Heng looked at the other party in confusion, "Aren''t you and them together?" The figure took off his hood, revealing long golden hair and a delicate face. The image of a young and beautiful human beauty. Moreover, there is a certain momentum to that station. ?Made a lady''s salute and said: "Brittany, I have met the island owner." Do we know each other? ??The other party raised his head slightly, stared here and said seriously: "Island owner, we met in Netale City, and I exchanged the rare items in your hand for the potion." (End of this chapter) Chapter 636 , please join us Chapter 636, please join us Its her! ?The little rich woman who exchanged rare things with herself. The last time, when Wu Heng passed by, the tavern had been sealed, otherwise Wu Heng would still want to exchange with her. Its a pity that I didnt leave any contact information at that time. But I didnt expect that the other party would find this place directly. ?Wu Heng also inquired about the identity of the other party through the association and guessed that she was the princess of Yeke Kingdom. But its been a while, so I cant remember the name, and I dont know if its the same name as she just said. ?Wu Heng did not hide anything, and said with a smile: "Hello, this time we meet with our true faces." Brittany said in a solemn voice, "My lord, I am the fifth princess of the Kingdom of Yeko. I came here this time to ask for your help." She is indeed a princess. ?Wu Heng didn''t have much expression and asked: "What''s the matter?" Island owner, please help take back the Kingdom of Yeko and join my team. Brittany looked serious, with a heroic look on her brows. ?Wu Hengs brows instantly furrowed. Looking at the other person for a while, he asked: "You..., why do you want me to help you?" "I need my own team. With your ability, you can definitely become my most reliable force. As long as you get the Kingdom of Yeko, I will definitely give you everything you want." Brittany sounded a little excited, and then added, " You have also lived in the Kingdom of Yeko, and you definitely dont want the Kingdom to become what it is now. ?Wu Heng looked at her and felt that this little girl had read too many heroic stories. ??Moreover, I have no feelings for the Kingdom of Yeko, and even said that I went to Luntam City just to escape from there. Who is the enemy? My eldest brother and second brother! Are they two together? Wu Heng asked next. "No, they are competing for the throne. This situation occurs in the kingdom now because the officials and generals support different people." Brittany answered. Then if you join in, wont it become more chaotic? Brittany looked excited and said: "No, they are not worthy of sitting on the throne, and they are not worthy of being respected by all people. They colluded with outsiders and killed their father and many ministers. I want to take back all of this." According to what the other party said, Wu Heng almost learned some things about the Kingdom of Yeke. In other words, the only ones competing for the throne in the kingdom are the eldest prince and the second prince, and they have received support from different forces. Now lets see who can take the last position. ? And ''Brittany'', the fifth princess, is obviously not satisfied with these two people and also wants to form her own team. Wu Heng had previously sold her potions, making her think that she was a high-level pharmacist. If you want to get your own support, whether it is medicines or funds, famous pharmacists will not be in short supply. ?Now that I know through the exhibition that it is me who is exchanging potions with her, I want to help her even more. How many people do you have now? Brittany looked suffocated, "Three of you are included, but I will continue to look for and invite reliable companions." Holy shit, three people just want to seize the throne. ??How is this different from a drunk fisherman in a tavern? ??Wu Heng hesitated for a moment and reminded softly, "Princess Brittany, thank you for your recognition, but you should know that I am the island owner appointed by the association and the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea." Brittany nodded. ?Wu Heng went on to say, The association shall not interfere in or change local government affairs and political power in any form. Brittany said: "I know, I have a reason. They are supported by the cult. The non-interference you said is normal. When it comes to the cult and local security, some special actions can be taken." "Where''s the evidence? Let me take a look." Wu Heng looked at her. Brittany looked a little anxious, "I haven''t yet, but I can find out if I check." "Princess, the association does not have a rule of killing first and reporting later." Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "I will report this matter to the headquarters and let the local associations in the kingdom pay attention to this matter." Brittany frowned and thought for a moment, the number of people was indeed small now. Once its determined, nothing can be done. It just so happens that the association can investigate the matter. Thank you, but dont mention that Im here, many people are looking for me. Okay. Wu Heng agreed. If the association investigates a cult, will you join my team? Brittany looked up again. ?Wu Heng shook his head, "No, but if you stay on Treasure Island for one day, I can guarantee your safety." Brittany looked a little disappointed and stopped talking a few times. Still he said: "I will convince you." ?Wu Heng didnt say much. Brittany put her hood back on, then turned around and left. After the other party left, Wu Heng also covered his face and left the city hall. Go out of the city hall. The entire central area is still extremely lively. There is still a long queue at the place selling pens in the distance. ?There were many people watching nearby, some carrying burdens and selling some fruits to people waiting in line. Since there have been more wealthy businessmen on the island, local residents have also made some money indirectly. At least the pubs and hotels are full of people. ??Wu Heng took a look and confirmed that there was no problem. Everyone was queuing up to buy things normally, and then went to the association. Since Xila Gui was not at the association, Wu Heng also went to the front desk. Purchased two artificer career scrolls and asked the other party to order more. Then took a carriage and went to Beacon Street. I bought a young owl with gray feathers at the animal training store and got back on the carriage. Return to the island owners mansion. Master, are you selling the pens well? Minnie helped him take off his coat. ?Robert took the cage from the skeleton attendant and put it aside. Annette brought herbal tea. There is a long queue. If you are bored at home, you can go out and take a walk. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, took a sip of herbal tea. There are so many people outside, I dont really want to go out, Minnie said. ??The other two people also nodded in agreement. "It depends on yourselves." Wu Heng put down the teacup and continued, "Minnie, what level are you at?" I think Ive reached level 8. I havent tested it for a long time. Minnie said. Go upstairs and get the grade crystals for you to test. Wu Heng said directly. Okay! Minnie said, Robert, go to Sister Weiers room and get the level crystal. ??Luo Bei rushed upstairs, then ran down with a crystal stone and handed it to Wu Heng, "Here you are, master." Which of you will test first? Wu Heng put it on the table. Ill do it first! Minnie picked it up and concentrated on sensing it, and then the crystals lit up one level at a time. Finally stopped at level 9. Im at level 9, great! Minnie jumped up and cheered. Then Robert took a deep breath and began to hold the crystal tightly. The level has been improved until level 6. Finally, Annette picked it up carefully and only reached level three. Im sorry, Master, Im the lowest level. ??Wu Heng touched her little head and said, "You are the latest to change jobs. It''s normal to be lower." I will work harder. If you dont work hard, I will support you for a lifetime. Annette''s face turned even redder, and she quietly moved forward, shyly, and whispered, "Thank you, Master." As dusk approached, Anderweil rushed back. ?With a wave of the space ring, twenty wooden boxes filled with silver coins appeared in the open space in the middle. Master, a total of 7,300 pens were sold, and here are 182,500 silver coins today. (End of this chapter) Chapter 637 , who is correct Chapter 637: Who is right? 180,000 silver coins. ?Minnie and the three of them also widened their eyes. In other words, every box here contains more than 10,000 silver coins. ?Wu Heng was also somewhat surprised by todays gains. I knew the pen would be a best-seller, but I didnt expect it to reach such a high number on the first day. ??It feels like you are searching for pirate heritage, and the room is filled with silver coins and wooden barrels. Anderweil looked at the expressions of several people and said, "The store is closed, otherwise it can continue to sell." "Don''t be in a hurry. Sell slowly to avoid any problems." Wu Heng said. ? Maid Annette greeted several skeletons outside the door and walked upstairs carrying the wooden box. ??The island owner''s mansion has a special treasure house to store money, drawings, and some precious items. Ill listen to you, Master. Anderweil said with a smile. ?Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then said, "Weier, do you think pens can become our best-selling product?" "Judging from the current popularity, there should be no problem." After Andweil finished speaking, he hesitated and added, "I''m afraid they will buy it back and copy it." Its not that easy. Wu Heng replied with a smile. Then theres no problem, it will definitely become the best-selling product. Anderweil said. ?Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Where''s Shanara? Why didn''t you come here today?" Minnie shook her head. Anderweil said: "When I came back, I saw that Sister Shanara''s mansion was very lively. There must be a banquet." It seems that she is quite busy there too. After chatting in the living room for a while, Wu Heng continued to test Anderweil''s level. Has reached level 11. When Wu Heng bought her back, she was only level 7. Now she is still 1 level short of being at the same level as the Association Deacon. The speed of improvement is not too slow, and Anderweil''s work is still quite busy. Have been working as assistants and clerical staff. After the test, Wu Heng took several maids with him to the training room for training. It was getting late, so everyone returned to their rooms to rest. The next day, zombie world. Meeting room. ??Wu Heng looked at Gao Rong opposite and asked, "Have you used those two job transfer scrolls?" "I have used them all and told them not to tell anyone." Gao Rong''s attitude was respectful. After returning, Gao Rong told the other researchers about the career scroll. When two of them used it according to the method, they really felt the effect of changes in their bodies. Everyone was surprised and in disbelief. Corpse can change genes, allowing people to have some special abilities, which they can barely accept. After all, breakthroughs in the human body, genetic improvement, have always existed in modern disciplines. But a scroll engraved with various words and symbols can provide the effect of changing the body. This is difficult to explain. ?Several people gathered together to discuss and examine the scroll. The final conclusion is summarized in theology and metaphysics. I even think that the base leader, who was originally called King Yama, was not chosen casually. Perhaps it really has something to do with it. ?Wu Heng''s identity is even more mysterious, and Gao Rong''s attitude is more cautious and respectful. After listening to Gao Rong''s words, Wu Heng took out two more scrolls from the space ring and said, "I''ll give you two more. Let your people use them when you go back. I''ll give you the rest when I have a chance." Thank you, chief. Gao Rong thanked him again. ??Wu Heng then asked: "Has production started at the rifle factory?" Production has started and there are no problems at the moment. Gao Rong replied. Yesterday, Wu Heng planned to come over to see the start of the production chain. Just because the pen was on sale and the tavern maid wanted to adapt the story, I didnt come. Lets go, take me there to have a look. Wu Heng stood up. ?Gao Rong led the way and the two walked out of the building. ?All the way to the factory building, when you walk inside, you can hear the deafening sound of mechanical operation. Rows of skeletons stood in front of mechanical chains, performing some simple operations. During the production process, if any problems are discovered, they will be improved step by step. Gao Rong followed behind, explaining some things as he walked. ?Wu Heng continued to watch. At the end of the production chain, there is a skeleton holding a linen cloth, wiping the produced accessories, and then packing them into wooden boxes. The skeletons are then moved to the warehouse for assembly. The whole process was arranged fairly well and there were no major problems. After looking at the production chain of the rifle. The two of them walked out of the factory. Gao Rong prepared the motorcade and headed to the airport with Wu Heng. Check out the situation over there. The role of the airport is still relatively large. As the number of shelters increases in the future, the territory expands, and traveling takes a lot of time. At that time, aircraft will be needed to transport various resources. It is approaching dusk. The convoy returns to the military factory. As soon as we drove into the factory, we saw another convoy loading and unloading materials at the warehouse in the distance. The most familiar figure is still the figure standing at the back and commanding. Li Yahong. ?Hair is combed into a ponytail, wearing a blue-gray jacket and black casual pants. Qi Hancais dressing style is more like that of a professional elite, while Li Yahongs style is more casual. Someone saw the convoy coming in. He said a few words to Li Yahong and pointed this way. Li Yahong turned around and saw Wu Heng getting out of the car, with a happy face on his face. Hitch opened the car door again, took out a suitcase, and dragged it this way. Still walking closer, "Are you willing to come back? I thought I was living with Qi Hancai outside!" ?Wu Heng looked at her funny, "You didn''t send her here, and now you''re still jealous." At that time, Li Yahong quietly sent Qi Hancai into the room. Contributed to this matter. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and lowered her voice and said, "I didn''t let you do that. You just stayed at her place. I don''t know who is upright." You are right, okay, dont be jealous. "Who''s jealous?" Li Yahong handed over the suitcase and said, "Inside are the collected gold and corpse cores." ?Wu Heng took it and put it directly into the space ring. At this time, Gao Rong also came over and said, "Deputy Leader Li." Manager Gao! Dinner is ready in the cafeteria, lets go eat first. Gao Rong said. ??Li Yahong comes over, Wu Heng doesn''t plan to return to Treasure Island tonight. Lets walk to the cafeteria together and have dinner. After dinner. ?Wu Heng and Li Yahong opened the door and returned to the dormitory together. Turn on the switch and the room becomes brighter. ?Wu Heng handed the iron cage on the desk to the other party, "It''s for you." ?Li Yahongs eyes were immediately attracted to the little owl inside. Hand-sized, gray hair, fluffy. Wow, so cute. Wu Heng took off his coat, hung it on a hanger nearby, and said, "Owls like you belong to a special species. They can also conduct night vision reconnaissance. They also have good hunting abilities. They can go out to hunt without feeding them." How can that be done? There are zombie viruses outside. What if we eat the wrong things and mutate? Li Yahong immediately refused. ?Wu Heng gave her a funny look, "Maybe he has evolved." Forget it, just grow up properly. Li Yahong held the iron cage in her hands with a face filled with joy. Then he turned around and looked over, "What next? How to get the contract Qi Hancai mentioned?" ?Wu Heng finished hanging up his coat and sat down again. Contact the owl, sense the other person in your heart, and try to establish a connection. Wu Heng commanded. ? Ranger Contract Taming is a class ability. When Qi Hancai used it, it was almost the same way. It shouldnt be difficult. ?Li Yahong put her finger into the cage, and the owl immediately made dodging and pecking movements. But it is still in its infancy and has little offensive power. His fingers were still placed on the owl''s wings, and he began to sense according to Wu Heng''s method. ?Gradually, the little owl stopped resisting and his eyes lost their hatred. Looking at Li Yahong, there was a sense of dependence. Li Yahong opened her eyes with surprise on her face, "I succeeded." The iron cage opened, and the owl flew out and hovered over the room. ?Li Yahong showed some excitement and kept cheering. Wu Heng walked out of the bathroom, "Go take a shower." Li Yahong held the owl and said a few words, then walked into the bathroom. Not long after, he walked out of the bathroom wearing a bathrobe and climbed onto the bed. (End of this chapter) Chapter 638 , Storm Pirates Chapter 638, Storm Pirates Early morning. After washing up, Li Yahong felt a little reluctant to leave, "I''m going back." ?Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "After a while, it will be more convenient for our own plane to take off from the airport." I feel that the plane is not very safe. Li Yahong said directly. Dont be afraid, arrange a few more skeleton flying dragons to **** us. Its also a way. Li Yahongs eyes lit up. While speaking, Li Yahong''s walkie-talkie rang again. Sister Hong, its time to go. Li Yahong pressed the intercom, "I''m going downstairs." Hang up the intercom, hold his cheek and kiss him heavily, then go downstairs with the owl. Get on the truck and left the military factory directly. ??Return to Xinfu City base. ??Wu Heng watched the convoy leave from the window, and asked the ghost to call Xiaoxiao back. He also opened the gate and returned to Treasure Island. Beacon Street, pub. The bards were still telling stories as usual, and the drinkers below still cheered after hearing it several times. While the story pauses, the bard takes an intermission. The drinkers also started chatting. Ive been selling pens for three days, and theres always a queue every day. The ports are full of merchant ships. Two temporary ports were added overnight last night. How many people are here? The island owner is really powerful. The taverns and shops at this exhibition can make a fortune. I heard that house prices on the island are rising. Its better than Occams time. Shh~! Hes already dead, so why mention him? We are now the island of the association. Thats right! I havent seen the maid in the tavern lately. "Don''t you know? Several people have gone to the island owner to change the story into a stage play like the bards." "They? When they were in bed, their shouts were quite touching." I heard that the island owner agreed and promised that if they work hard and perform well, they will be provided with job transfer scrolls. The surroundings were silent for a moment. ?After a while, someone said: "The island owner wants to help them." "Of course I want to help them, just like Miss Penny." Association, Deacon''s Study. ?Wu Heng handed the two pens wrapped in gift boxes to the other party, "One for each of you, a special collection." Sheela Gui and Shi Yali looked at the gift, then took it and opened the gift box. The pen inside is different from the ones sold on the market. The pen body is made of black glass and looks more beautiful. Why are you giving us gifts? Sheela asked curiously. I thought it suited you better, so I sent it over. Do you like it? Wu Heng asked with a smile. "I like it! Thank you Wuheng Island Master." Shi Yali thanked her generously and put it away. Two people also purchased the pens on sale. But the one in hand is obviously better. The one you buy is for daily use, and the one in hand can be treasured. ??Wu Hengs gift to the two of them was also because of the recent exhibition. Hilagui is basically responsible for arranging patrols and security, and sometimes even goes out to patrol in person. ??Now that the pen is so effective, I can earn more than 100,000 silver coins every day. How to say it, I should also give some gifts to Sheila Rose. ?Furthermore, fountain pens are also ready-made, and more will be mass-produced in the future. Seeing that her sister had accepted it, Sheila Gui also thanked her, "Thank you, I like it too." "You''re welcome." Wu Heng said, sat down on the sofa, and said, "By the way, I saw the fifth princess of Yeko Kingdom the day before yesterday, named ''Brittany''." Sheela frowned slightly and looked away from the pen, "She went to the island? What are you doing here?" She plans to let me join her team to help her regain the throne. She..., what do you think? Sheela frowned deeper. Shi Yali brought tea and cakes, and then returned to her seat. ??Hands his chin, listening to the two talk about the Kingdom of Yeko. "Maybe she was in a hurry and randomly looking for someone to try her luck." Wu Heng said something, and then said: "She also mentioned one thing, saying that the old king was killed by someone, and the reason for the competition for the throne was Its become such a mess now because there are cults involved. Cult? Which sect? In the past, Wu Heng and Xila Gui might have been a little doubtful. But not long ago, Wu Heng had just destroyed the Tianming Sect. It is difficult to say whether there are other sects in the kingdom. She didnt say it. From what she said, I dont know which sect it is. Sheila Gui raised her head and looked at him, "What do you mean?" I promised her to help her report this matter to the association headquarters and let the resident association in Yeke Kingdom conduct an investigation. Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "Okay, there''s no problem with this." Xila Gui looked at Shi Yali who was leaning on her chin and looking at Wu Heng, and said: "Shi Yali, write a report and say that the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom will provide the Treasure Island Association with Cult information, request the resident association in Yeke Kingdom to investigate. Okay! Shi Yali turned around and started writing directly. The pens sold outside are used. What is she doing on the island? Xilagui continued to look at Wu Heng. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I feel like I''m planning to recruit some helpers, and I''m joining a story adaptation group, and I want to adapt Beni''s story into a stage play." Huh? Youre planning to take back the throne while also adapting the stage play? It feels like she is holding back a lot of energy in her heart, unwilling to let the kingdom become like this, but she has no motivation for this. Wu Heng analyzed. "may be." ???Finished talking about the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom. ?Wu Heng then asked, "Is there nothing going on on the island?" "It''s okay, the island is quite safe." Sheila Gui flipped through the documents on the table, took up the page below, and said: "After a merchant ship docked, it came to the association to provide information, saying that there were people on the route. The pirate group was quite large and robbed the fleet on the route. ?Wu Heng frowned instantly, "Are there pirates again?" "There is no way. The caravans coming to Treasure Island are all connected, so it is not surprising that some pirates are attracted." Sheila Gui said calmly. What kind of pirate? Are you powerful? Judging from the information provided, its a pirate flag with a **** tornado. I checked the wanted order and its called the Storm Pirates Group. They were not in the Emerald Sea in the past. Sheila Gui explained. Pirate groups in other sea areas. This is because there are no other pirates here and there are many caravan ships. Come here directly. "What about the number of ships? Do you know the leader level?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Sheila Gui looked at the information, "Five pirate ships, the leader is level 17, and may have reached level 18. It is currently uncertain. There are flying units in the fleet, harpies, a cruel and imbecile species." The size of the fleet is not small. ?There are also units that can fly, which is not something that ordinary pirate groups can have among pirates. But Wu Heng felt that there was no problem. With the current maritime capabilities, unless there is a level 20 hero on the ship, there wont be much of a problem. There are heroes because we have never been exposed to them. I dont know what the strength is. "I''ll let Philippa prepare, and then go out to sea to kill them." Wu Heng said directly. Now the island has attracted so many business groups. We cannot let these pirates destroy the business environment. It is still necessary to destroy them as soon as possible. Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said: "I will arrange for a deputy deacon and a small team to follow them to avoid any danger." Thats okay, Ill let someone notify you when its time to set off. "good." Wu Heng sat in the association until noon. Xila Gui was about to go out, so Wu Heng did not stay any longer. Put on your hood and walk out of the association. In the afternoon, the sun is shining brightly. After lunch, Wu Heng sat in the courtyard, opened the panel and took a look at his reputation. Fame: Level 19 (2955/66000) The exhibition was held, and a large number of merchants and followers landed on the island. There are also books about the great detective, which are taken out for sale by various chambers of commerce. ?His own reputation has only increased by more than 2,200. Compared with when newspapers were first launched, the effect is far worse. If this continues, it will be too difficult to reach level 20. "No, we have to think of other ways. It will really take ten or twenty years. That would be too long." ?Wu Heng muttered and began to think about other ways to improve his reputation. It should not be limited to Treasure Island, but should also focus on a larger area. ?Thinking in my heart. The door is opened. ? Shanara, wearing a long skirt, walked in with her housekeeper. He glanced at Wu Heng and gently sat on his lap. The lounge chair swayed slightly as it bore the weight of the two of them. Youre being evil again! Wu Heng looked at her and said. "No, I''m a little snoozy." Shanara replied with a smile, and then took out several lists from the space ring. He said: "The items that need to be purchased have been discussed with several chambers of commerce, and they will seize the time to transport them here." ?Wu Heng took it and looked at it. The names of several chambers of commerce were written on each one. Shannara continued to ask: "I have a question, what do you want oak sap for? And you still purchase such a large quantity." (End of this chapter) Chapter 639 , maybe feasible Chapter 639, maybe its feasible "Used as materials." Wu Heng held her waist, the recliner swayed slightly, and then asked, "Which chamber of commerce has it been arranged for?" Shanara lay on her side in the other party''s arms and said: "The agreement has not been signed yet, but there are only three families to choose from. The wood elves, elves and dwarfs all own large forests, and the prices will be more favorable, and the dwarfs also Good at taking this kind of collection orders. Especially for wood elves, plant orders are dominant. ??It also has medicines that can promote plant growth, and the price and quality are very good. Then leave it to the wood elves and elves to transport it as soon as possible. Wu Heng decided directly. The caravans of these two races have good reputation and scale. Collaboration will be safer. Shanara grabbed the opponent''s hand, which had climbed up to his chest, and put it back on her waist, "Then the Wood Elf''s Star Flower and the Elf Tribe''s Silver Leaf Caravan. When I return, I will sign an agreement with them as soon as possible. Collect and transport it. Thank you for your hard work. Wu Heng hugged the other person and exerted a slight force. Shannara smiled and said, "No, many people have come to visit me recently, and I feel very proud." ?Wu Heng also smiled, "Do you still care about this?" "Why don''t you care?" Shannella raised her head and glanced at him, "In the morning, the Presbyterian Church sent me a letter." What did you say? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Shanela was seized of power and an honorary president was appointed, which was the decision of the Presbyterian Council. ?From the perspective of a wood elf, we can actually understand it. After all, it is a racial chamber of commerce. The president is inseparable from a human man because of the effect of the strange object. It is difficult not to guess whether it will affect the interests of the entire race. But from Shannara''s perspective, her decades of hard work were directly taken away. I still feel very uncomfortable. It''s like planting a potted flower, but when the flowers are in full bloom, someone takes the flower and the pot away. Shanara was a little proud, "The first ones are some words of concern, and the second part is asking about the three exhibits at the exhibition, hoping that I can provide some convenience to the Flower of Stars." I thought they regretted it! I didnt say it directly, but I must have regretted that I didnt help us well at that time. Shanara said. How did you respond? Wu Heng asked. I didnt reply, I just threw it aside. With so many eyes staring at me, how could I give them convenience? Moreover, Treasure Islands business has just started, so external reputation is very important. Shanara said with a smile. ?Wu Heng smiled and looked directly into the other person''s eyes, and Shanara also looked back affectionately. He lifted her up hard and kissed her together. Beside the two of them, the housekeeper stood there intently. Shannara raised her head again and asked, "When will the watch be released?" It will be put on sale tomorrow, and the price should be as set before! Wu Heng said. A week has passed since the exhibition. If it is delayed again, the representatives of the chamber of commerce on the island will become impatient. Since they are all original inventory, there is not much difference if they are sold early and sold later. Shannara nodded and continued, "The strengthening potion will be held at an auction after the watch is released." "Okay, it''s up to you to arrange the auction. We don''t know anything about it," Wu Heng said. Okay, these are not difficult. The two of them settled the matter. ??Shanella yawned and got up from the recliner. ? He straightened his skirt and said, "I''ll go back to the Chamber of Commerce to sign the agreement first." ??Wu Heng helped her pull up the hem of her skirt at the back, "Are you coming over tonight?" Shannara turned back and blinked, "It depends on the situation." After saying that, he took his butler and left. After Shannara left. In the courtyard, Wu Heng took out the blueprint of the electromagnetic gun and continued to assemble the parts. About half an hour passed. The courtyard door was knocked again. ?Robert ran out of the room and opened the door. Philippa walked straight in with a green parrot standing on his shoulder. Looked at Wu Heng who was sitting on the recliner. The parrot who opened his shoulders also sat in the other person''s arms, "Dad, are you looking for me?" "Move up." Wu Heng patted her waist, asked her to move up, and then said: "Have you heard of the Storm Pirates?" Philippa frowned and thought for a moment, "Have you never heard of the recent pirate group?" "No, I heard from Xilagui, it''s a pirate group in the sea outside, and it''s not small, it''s also a large pirate group." Wu Heng explained. Philippa''s eyes suddenly lit up, and she turned around and said, "Can I go to sea?" I have discussed with Sheilagui and we really need you to go to sea and kill this pirate group. Its great, we can finally go to sea. Philippa clenched his fists with excitement on his face. "Currently, there are five warships, and the leader is level 17, and may have reached level 18. There is a flying unit called the Harpy on board, and the level should be around level 10." Wu Heng told the information he knew, Said it again. "Harpy?" Philippa looked at him and said seriously: "Do you want me to catch him alive? Come back and let you play with it." ?Wu Heng''s next words suddenly stopped, "I accept your wishes. I still prefer normalcy." Oh, let me see if its normal first. Philippa suddenly realized. ??Wu Heng then said, "Let''s set out tonight, drive that frigate, and take out more skeletons." Then Ill go back and prepare, and tell Millicent. "Before departure, go to the association. Sheila Gui will arrange for an archdeacon and a small team to go with you." Philippa was a little reluctant, "Why take them? I want to take Shannara out." "Shanara is responsible for the exhibition on the island and cannot let you go out. Sheila Gui arranged this because she probably wants to follow us and do some wanted criminals'' exploits. She will be her own person and lead them." Wu Heng said directly. Hearing what he said, he wanted to lead the deputy deacon to earn merit, and he felt a little proud for a moment. He reluctantly said: "Okay, I''ll give you some face. It''s okay to let them go with you, but they have to listen to me." Okay. Wu Heng smiled and nodded. Which route? Ill prepare it when I get back. "Ling Jiaxi route, let me know when you get there, and I will help you find the location of the pirate ship." Wu Heng said. "Okay, then I''ll leave first, and I''ll be with you when I come back." Philippa swayed and jumped up. ?Hello the parrot to come back, and then skip away. ?Wu Heng continued to look at the drawings in the courtyard. ?It was getting late, so I went back to the room and had dinner. Night falls. Shanela didnt come either. ?Wu Heng lay on the bed, with his arms behind his head, and began to think about the next plan. Let Glenda be raised to level 20 first, and see what happens to the ghost when it reaches this level. There is also...the development of Treasure Island. There cannot be only one battleship in South Korea. There should be more, and they can all be transported to Treasure Island to enhance defense. I dont know if the fuel can be changed to electric. The fuel consumption is also a burden. Nowadays, various gas stations can be used at will, but it is still a bit troublesome to transport it to another world by yourself. ??It would be better if it can be changed to electric one and charged at that time. "No, my thinking is too limited. If a separate power plant can be built inside the ship, it can operate continuously without burning fuel." ?Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly lit up, "Maybe it can be done." (End of this chapter) Chapter 640 , can鈥檛 pretend to go back Chapter 640: Cant pretend to go back The ship is not small in size, and the furnace power station only retains heat and energy conversion. At least the equipment has been reduced by half, so there should be no problem loading it into the ship. Even if it is still large, it can be reduced appropriately. ?Wu Heng clapped his hands and said, "Yes, write this down and make preparations when the time comes." Then, the mind continues to ponder. In addition to the matters regarding Granda and the frigate, the pen and watch factories on Treasure Island must also start construction as soon as possible. In terms of equipment, Wuheng has already shipped it to the factory here. The skeletons have also been arranged, waiting for the skeleton artificer to assemble the equipment and then start production. The original material can support it for a period of time. By then, the ordered materials had almost been delivered, especially oak sap, which is a material for the pen case. ??It is also a material for many rubber products. In another world, it is not difficult to obtain. After mass production of these two items is completed, within a few years, they can become a stable income for Treasure Island. Continued to think for a while. And there are enemies. The Secret Order, the Divine Punishment Sect, and the exiled families of the Vampire Clan. Its easy to do on land and on ships, but its a bit difficult to deal with flying units, especially the vampires who can become invisible. Well, we should pay attention to this aspect and look for a solution. Think about all the issues. ?Wu Heng closed his eyes and fell into a deep sleep. Watches are on sale, next to the pen shop. One morning, someone shouted from a distance. With the spread of similar words, the whole city seemed to come alive, and figures gathered towards the central area. Looked at the price board at the door, and talked in low voices while queuing. The price is a bit outrageous. The regular version costs 4 gold coins. Whats the difference between this and robbery? Then dont wait in line. Im just saying, dont push me, I managed to get a front position. Whatever you want to grab, any chamber of commerce that develops something like this can sell it for a sky-high price. I feel like other chambers of commerce might just come up with something just for the royal family. "that is!" Beacon Street. ?In the open space behind a tavern, Brittany took the handed glass of water and took a sip to moisten her dry throat. Since the last time the island owner allowed the adaptation of the short story "Benny the Blushing Maid", she and several tavern maids began planning the rehearsal. ??Due to her good looks and good temperament, she was able to win a major role. ??It is not the protagonist Beni, but the male protagonist Wu Heng. Compared to the other maids who were replaced by Penny, Brittany admires Wu Heng more and is very lucky to have won this role. Why is it so busy outside? Brittany asked softly. "The island owner''s mansion has started selling watches. I heard that the cheapest one costs 4 gold coins." The maid sat aside, holding her chin, and couldn''t help but added, "Island owner, you are really amazing." Brittany''s eyes were a little wandering, and she continued, "I didn''t expect that he made the potions, pens, and watches all by himself. Layla, tell me why he didn''t help me." The maid glanced at her princess and said, "Princess, he has just become the owner of the island, and it is also the first time you have met, so you may have many concerns!" Brittany sighed, "Actually, thinking about it, my request was a bit naive at the time." The island owner is so kind and you are so beautiful, he wont blame you. The maid comforted with a smile. Brittany still looked a little depressed and said softly, "It would be better if we met earlier." Princess, let me help you queue up to buy a watch. I heard that there are mens and womens watches, the maid continued. Dont waste it, we have to live on the island for a while, and that kind of watch is of little use to us. "All right!" In a mansion. The window is open, and two light stones are supported on both sides of the desk. ??A dwarf artificer, wearing a single-sided glasses and holding a tool in his hand, carefully put the disassembled parts back into the dial. On one side of the desk, there are densely packed parts, large and small, and each part has its own number. As time went by, sweat appeared on the dwarfs forehead and kept sliding down his cheeks. Finally, he put the tools back on the table. Leaning back on the chair a little tiredly. How is it? Not far away, a man in a purple dress immediately stood up and asked. A few other people waiting for the results also looked over. In the morning, after I bought the watch, I started to arrange for the magician to dismantle it. ?This time I dismantled the third watch, the first two failed. ??The dwarf turned to look at him and said, "I still can''t pretend to go back." Cant you put it back? Havent you marked it all! ??The dwarf pointed at the table, "There are still 12 parts, and the dial we reinstalled no longer keeps time." this. In other words, I have lost 12 gold coins in one morning. If we dismantle it again, will there be any progress? the man asked. The dwarf artificer shook his head, "Not sure. I think we can send these parts back to the other party and let them assemble them as an after-sales service. I might be able to put them back after taking a look at them." Several people were stunned. If you take it apart like this and send it back, you will know that it will be copied. It''s okay to do it secretly and send it back, which is somewhat provocative. ?One of them said: "Why don''t you take a break first? I''ll go see how other chambers of commerce are doing. Then we can communicate together and maybe we can make some progress." "That''s okay, it''s too long, you might as well take a break." The other people also followed suit. ??The dwarf artificer said nothing and looked at his watch again. Walking towards the room. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng stretched his body and swatted away the bees swirling around the teacup. The scented tea of ??the elves has a strong floral fragrance, which can easily attract bees and butterflies. At this time, Granda flew back first, floating to one side, and said: "Those chambers of commerce really took your watch apart and analyzed the structure inside." ?This news was not surprising to Wu Heng, and he had even thought of it a long time ago. Which chamber of commerce? "Everything! Including the Flower of Stars, but Shannella definitely doesn''t know that she is still sleeping at home." Glenda said something, and then added, "There are several chambers of commerce that have not been dismantled and are also waiting for the strange equipment to arrive on the island. division." What about the effect? ??It should be the production of accessories. No, the most difficult thing for them is that they cant put it back together after taking it apart. Before I came back, no one could put it back together completely, Granda said. Is it so...difficult? "It seems to be quite difficult. They suffered a heavy loss. The price was not low, and a lot of them were demolished." Granda said with a smile. ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "That''s good, it will increase their cost of imitation." "Hmm." Glenda nodded, and then suggested: "Don''t we have after-sales service in the store? You can change the rules and do not give after-sales service for things that are man-made damage. Otherwise, they will be repaired in the next two days." "That makes sense." Wu Heng motioned for her to become invisible first, and called the maid Annette, asking her to go to the store and change the after-sales rules. ?Annette nodded in response and walked out of the island owner''s mansion with the skeleton. Then, Beini and Xiaoxiao also flew back one after another. ??Beni said: "The store sells very quickly, and the best-selling ones are ordinary watches." Theres no problem with your position in the queue. Its okay, they all obey the rules. Penny said. ??Xiao Xiao raised his hand and said, "Uncle, I found a man who stole the wallet in the queue, and I had him arrested by the skeleton." ?Wu Heng and the other two ghosts looked at her at the same time. How were you caught? I possessed him and controlled him to punch the skeleton, and then the skeleton knife was put on his neck. Xiaoxiao said while gesturing. This is also a solution. Looking at Xiaoxiao, waiting for praise, Wu Heng said: "Xiaoxiao is so smart. He relied on his resourcefulness to catch the bad guy." No, it should be done. Xiaoxiao happily circled around his head. Overall, the sale of watches has been quite successful. Furthermore, it also proves that it is difficult for others to imitate. Modern technology is not the same as the development of this world. Even if you can put it back together and understand the operating principle inside, the production of those parts will be enough to study for a while. ?Wu Heng has enough time to continuously make money from sales. While talking, Minnie walked out of the house. He shouted to this side: "Master, Philippa has received news, saying that we are approaching the Lingassar route." So fast! According to the sailing time, we should be able to arrive tomorrow morning. But Philippa''s side was obviously much faster than planned. It set off yesterday afternoon and was close to the route this morning. The speed of the frigate is still faster than the ships in this world. "I know, I''m going upstairs now." Wu Heng returned to the house and went upstairs along the stairs. The three ghosts also flew directly back to the study to go about their own business. Enter the radio room. ?Picked up the frigates radio microphone on the same frequency band and said, Philippa, can you hear me? "Yes, I''m close to the route, which direction should I go now." Philippa''s voice came over. Wait a moment. ?Wu Heng took out the jade sand tray and looked inside. In the sand table, you can see the entire sea area and the passing ships. ?At a glance, there are a large number of ships on each route, and the number has increased several times than before. The flags of each caravan are flying. ?Wu Heng looked at the "Ling Jiaxi Route" and found traces of the pirate group. Seven pirate ships, flying black hurricane pirate flags, are chasing three merchant ships ahead. Although there is a certain distance between the two sides, the pirate ship is faster and gradually closes the distance. There are 7 pirate ships, these guys are looking for death. ?Wu Heng picked up the microphone and said: "You can see it if you sail forward for a certain distance." "Okay." Philippa agreed, and then heard the ordering voice, "Keep moving forward." Not long. Philippa''s voice came over again, "Dad, you can see it. Several ships are fighting together. I can''t tell which one is the pirate ship." Wu Heng looked at the sand table and said: "The first ship, three and four are merchant ships, and the rest are all pirate ships. Your distance is within range, so just fire." "clear!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 641 , so amazing Chapter 641, so amazing ?Emerald Sea. On the vast sea, three cargo ships flying the flags of the Chamber of Commerce were struggling to move forward like three lonely leaves. Behind the cargo ship, several pirate ships spread out and pursued each other, gradually shortening the distance between them. ??The pirates grabbed the ropes with one hand and hung them all over the deck. They waved their weapons with the other hand and shouted excitedly. The face shows greed about to reap the rewards. On a cargo ship. Captain, the pirate ship is faster than us. If we keep going like this, we will catch up sooner or later. The deputy walked over quickly, looking ugly. Throw away the cargo, half of the cargo, to reduce the weight on the ship. The captain ordered through gritted teeth. ?The deputy hesitated. ??The captain yelled, "If you want to survive, throw the cargo behind the ship." The deputy nodded, and while asking people to signal the ships on both sides, he gave orders to the crew to dump cargo. The crew sprang into action. Throw the goods in the warehouse into the sea to reduce the weight of the ship. The other two cargo ships also began to drop their cargo. Floating objects occupied the sea behind and also caused certain obstacles to the pursuing pirate ships. Damn it, didnt the Emerald Sea say there are no pirates? If we hold an exhibition on Treasure Island, we cant even guarantee the safety of the route. The association advocates that the island owner has cleaned up the pirates in the Emerald Sea. Its so stupid. Its all a lie. Its too harmful. The crew members were complaining and cursing, but still throwing the cargo out. The speed of the ship also began to increase. But just when I thought I could escape the pirates who were chasing after me. Suddenly, someone shouted: "Look at the sky, something is flying over..." Everyone suddenly raised their heads and looked at the sky behind them. In his eyes, the hope that had just risen instantly dissipated. ??I saw banshees with human faces and harpy bodies chasing after each other, their feet like eagle claws grabbing the rolling thunder with burning fuses. Flying enemies, be careful. The captain turned pale and warned loudly. Boom, boom, boom~! ??One rolling thunder struck the deck, and explosions sounded one after another. ?Thick smoke enveloped the deck. The crew members who were affected lay on the ground wailing in pain. After a round of thunder, the banshee began to hover in the sky, swooping down from time to time, grabbing the fleeing crew members, and throwing them from the sky into the sea. In the chaos, the pirate ship quickly approached. Handlocked three cargo ships in the middle. ~! ??The pirate ship shot iron spears with barbs into the hull, connecting the cargo ships, and there was no chance of escape. The pirates on the deck were holding weapons and looking at the people on the cargo ship jokingly. "What to do? We can''t escape." There was despair in the crew''s voice. Prepare to fight. The crew were armed and ready to deal with enemy boarding. "Haha! A bunch of poor guys, if you throw your weapons into the sea, a small boat will be prepared for you to leave here." The pirate captain wearing a captain''s hat said in a cold voice with a rough voice. Looking at the crew members holding weapons, he looked at the entrance to the cabin. Dont believe him, throw away the weapons, we will only die faster. The captain of the cargo ship said through gritted teeth. Hahaha~! The pirate captain grinned, and then directly ordered, Kill them all. Swish swish swish~! Following the pirate captains order. The crossbows on both sides began to fire at each other, and more pirates jumped up in the distance. Swarmed onto the cargo ship and started fighting. In an instant, the sound of metal collision, screams and painful wails intertwined on the sea. ??The harpy also let out an excited wail, swooped down again, and coordinated attacks on the enemies below. People kept falling down, and blood was flowing on the deck. Whoosh~boom~! ?Suddenly, a sharp and piercing whistling sound suddenly sounded. Then there was a deafening roar. A pirate ship at the front suddenly exploded. ?The hull of the ship shattered into pieces, and splinters of wood scattered like bullets, hitting the hulls of nearby ships. Swish swish swish~! The sharp whistling sounded again, more intense and harsh. Boom, boom, boom~! ?One pirate ship after another exploded, and broken sawdust fell like raindrops all over the sky. In the blink of an eye, all the pirate ships were attacked. The hull of the ship was broken, a raging fire broke out, and broken wood fragments were scattered all over the sea. Like a murky swamp. ?The pirates who were lucky enough to survive after falling into the water struggled in the sea and swam to nearby floating objects. There were only three merchant ships left on the entire sea, floating alone on the sea full of debris. On the merchant ship, the two warring parties were so frightened by the sudden bombing that they ran away with their heads in their hands. Hiding in a hiding place, he scanned the surroundings in panic, looking for the target. Its just that the surroundings are empty. See nothing, nothing at all. The attack just now seemed like it was shot from an invisible place. Damn it, drop the rope and pull us up. Kill them all and pull us into the boat. Under the boat, the shouts of other pirates were heard. ?The pirates on the ship reacted instantly and rushed to the edge of the deck. The merchant captain also shouted: "Stop them." In an instant, the two sides were fighting again. On board the frigate. The dwarf sub-deacon Gardain and members of the first-level team stood on the deck, looking at the thick smoke rising in the distance with horrified faces. Everything happened too fast, by the time they reacted. When the sound of artillery fires and thick smoke rises from the target in the distance. It took several people to realize that they had launched an attack and hit the target. Everyone stared blankly into the distance. Swallowing and spitting. Such a long distance and yet so accurate. How could it be so powerful? Its more terrifying than the armored vehicles and equipment on Treasure Island. ??The frigate quickly approached the direction of the pirate ship, while Philippa walked swaggering from behind, picked up the telescope and looked ahead. The dwarf subdeacon came over and asked: "Captain Philippa, did you just use a new instrument?" When setting off. ?Several people were already shocked by such a big ship. ?Looking at it now, it is obvious that it is not only big, but also has terrifying attack power. It can directly smash the ship, which also means that it can smash any person or building. ??As the dwarf subdeacon asked, the members of the first team also looked over. Philippa raised her head slightly and said with a bit of pride, "The weapons on the ship can attack anything you can see." Island Master, this is really amazing. The dwarf sighed. ?While several people were talking, the alarm on the ship sounded. Looking into the distance, he saw more than ten monsters with human faces and eagle bodies, flying towards this side quickly. Mercy, with bloodthirsty ferocity in his eyes. Harpies are rare on this side of the Emerald Sea. The dwarf subdeacon said immediately. "It''s the pirate''s flying unit, be careful." Philippa said and walked quickly towards the cab. The team members also put away their weapons. ??The green-feathered parrot and the ranger''s owl were also hiding in the cabin. Philippa returned to the cab and said to the skeleton: "Wu Heng said last time, what kind of anti-aircraft missiles can attack these?" The skeleton looked down at the radar dial, then shook his head. "Damn, it can''t be used." Philippa cursed, then picked up the microphone and said: "Archer Skeleton, come out and attack the flying targets in the sky." Hurrah la la la~! ??The sound of bones rubbing together sounded. Skeletons walked out of the deck holding rifles. Looking at the swooping harpy with empty eyes, he turned on the safety and directly pulled the trigger. A dense barrage of bullets shot into the sky. ??The harpy''s body was instantly pierced by bullets, and its feathers fell from the sky. ??The banshee that hit the deck was shot directly by the skeleton and killed directly. Soon, all the attacking banshees disappeared, leaving only a few scattered ones, dripping with blood, flying away into the distance. ??The frigate continued to approach the battle zone. The men and horses from both sides were still fighting together. Philippa took the microphone and spoke through the loudspeaker on the ship: "This is the frigate of Treasure Island. The people in the caravan who throw away their weapons and the targets holding weapons will be treated as pirates and killed." Huge sound resounded over the entire area. Looking at the magnificent warship docked next to it, everyone on the merchant ship swallowed their mouths and spit. Let us retreat and throw away our weapons, said the caravan captain. ?With some doubts in his heart, the caravan members stepped back to distance themselves, and then put their weapons under their feet. The pirates were holding onto their weapons tightly. The ship on Treasure Island also showed that it was necessary to clean up these people. If you put down your weapon, you will only die faster. On the deck, Philippa did not give them much time and directly ordered, "Kill all the people with weapons." The skeletons standing on the edge of the fence began to shoot downwards. On the deck of the merchant ship, the pirates struggling in the sea died in pieces under the bullets. Blood dyed the sea red. (End of this chapter) Chapter 642 , the loss is huge Chapter 642: The loss is huge Not long after, the battle ended. The frigate was surrounded by corpses. The rope ladder on the side of the ship was thrown down, and the merchant ship''s captain, dressed in embarrassment, climbed up. ? He ??carefully scanned the surrounding skeletons, and when he saw a few people in the middle of the deck, he immediately quickened his pace and walked up. Saluted and thanked, "Thanks to the adults for rescuing me." Philippa looked at his messy appearance and asked, "Which caravan are you from?" Of the Les Mills Chamber of Commerce. To Treasure Island? Philippa asked next. Yes, the destination this time is Treasure Island. The captain continued. Philippa continued: "The ones chasing you are the Storm Pirates. They were not in the Emerald Sea originally, but they were attracted here because there are more merchant ships recently. We have been catching them all the way. You are unlucky and were targeted early. " The captain also said: "Fortunately, I met a few adults and rescued us. After returning, I immediately informed the Chamber of Commerce and sent a letter of thanks to the island owner''s mansion." Philippa smiled and patted the other party on the shoulder, "If you have a promising future, don''t forget to write a letter to the association as well. These are all members of the association." Understand, understand. "Go back, make some simple repairs, and then continue to Treasure Island. The rest of the way is safe. We just came from there." Philippa said. Thank you, captain, and the adults of the association. The man thanked him again and climbed down the rope ladder. The merchant ship below carried out emergency repairs, waved goodbye and gradually moved away. Philippa continued to order, "It''s our turn to salvage all the treasure, cargo, and corpses from the sunken ship." Hurrah! The skeletons jumped into the sea and began to salvage valuable items from the sea. Treasure Island, the island owners mansion. After confirming that Philippa destroyed the pirate ship, Wu Heng opened the door and left the room. The frigate does not carry many weapons, but in this world, it is still an absolute advantage. There wont be any problems. Master, is everything okay with Philippa? Minnie saw him coming downstairs and came over and asked. Its okay, its just an ordinary maritime patrol, there is no danger. Wu Heng said. "That''s good." ?Wu Heng casually took off the coat from the hanger at the door and put it on his body, "Minnie, I''m going out for a while." Are you coming back for dinner tonight? Come back and prepare normally. Okay, Master. ?Wu Heng put on his coat, changed his face with a phantom veil, and walked out of the island owner''s mansion. Go towards the area where the factory is established. On Treasure Island, Wuheng established a total of three factories. The first one is a garment factory, which mainly undertakes two businesses. One is the production of regular clothing, that is, clothes sold to ordinary residents for daily wear. The second business is the production of stab-proof clothing. It is still a method developed by Hadron. Iron plates are sandwiched in clothes to form a defensive effect on the upper body. ?This method is superior to high production efficiency. The iron plates are delivered according to size, and more than 200 pieces can be completed in one day. Gradually arming the skeleton warriors of the zombie world. ??Wu Heng arrived at the factory. In the dim factory building, a large number of skeletons were operating sewing machines to make clothes. There was a clicking sound. ??Wu Heng looked around the factory area, walked out of the garment factory again, and continued to the next factory. The second one is the pen factory. Entering the factory, the machinery has been installed and is running. At that time, fountain pens can also be produced normally. Furthermore, the original pen factory had enough materials left over for production for a while until the newly ordered materials were delivered. The last stop is the watch factory. The machinery is still being assembled, and the skeleton wearing an electrician''s clothing is also connecting the lines. When will it be completed? Wu Heng asked a skeleton weapon master. The skeleton artificer turned his head and stretched out three skeletal fingers. Three days? Wu Heng looked at it and asked. The Artificer nodded. "Okay, there''s no need to rush. Be careful when assembling it and don''t break it." Wu Heng instructed. The Artificer nodded again. In a mansion. In front of the wooden table, sat an artificer carefully assembling a watch. On the table, there are various styles of watch parts that have been disassembled and cannot be assembled, as well as several dials that have stopped timing. On the sofa behind him, several chamber of commerce representatives accompanied him, drinking tea while waiting for the results. Tap tap tap~! hurried footsteps sounded from outside. Then there was a knock on the door. Come in. The door opened and an attendant hurriedly walked in. ?Someone glared at the other person and warned in a low voice: "Didn''t you see that they are assembling watches here? What are you doing in such a hurry?" ??The attendant glanced at the serious artificer and whispered: "Sir, the watch sales office has changed the after-sales rules." Everyone in the room frowned. Have the rules been changed? It was just released in the morning and was changed in the afternoon? What has been changed? The attendant said: "I added one more thing, saying that watches that are damaged by man are not covered by the warranty." The moment these words were spoken, everyones hearts skipped a beat. A bad feeling arises in my heart. What is man-made destruction? The attendant replied, According to their explanation, deliberately opening the inside of the watch, dismantling it, and damaging it is considered man-made sabotage. grass~! ?A few people looked at the watches that were disassembled and disassembled all over the table. Cold sweat broke out. Its over, the loss this time is huge. ?Wu Heng returned to the island masters mansion after dinner. Looking at the new edition of the newspaper in the study room According to time calculation, tomorrow is the time when the new issue of the newspaper will be released, and mass printing has already begun. Im going to the Zombie World tomorrow, and the newspaper will be on sale as usual. Wu Heng put the newspaper back on the table. The sale of newspapers has now become a relatively common thing in Treasure Island. You dont have to pay attention to it like you did at the beginning. Just follow the normal issuance process. ?Granda said: "There are at least ten issues of Detective Story, so I''m not worried." Ive written so much, can we print the stories in the separate volumes in advance and then release them simultaneously with the end of each story? Wu Heng said. No problem, it depends on how you arrange it. Its best to design a separate cover for each volume to give people a sense of freshness. Granda suggested. ??Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Okay, I''ll let Shanara help me design it when I have time. I''ll get the cover out first and get a few more pictures." ?Glenda smiled and nodded. ~! ?While one person and one soul were talking, there was a knock on the door. Opening the door, he saw a six-armed skeleton alchemist standing at the door. ?Hold a tray in his hand with three bottles of medicine on it. Powerful strengthening potionPowerful intelligence-enhancing potion. Two bottles of powerful strengthening potion and one bottle of intelligence-enhancing potion. Level 3 corpse core potion has been produced again, and this time there is also intelligence-enhancing potion. ?Wu Heng was immediately happy. He took the potion and said, "Thank you for your hard work. Let''s continue making the potion when we get back. Take the time." The alchemy skeleton bowed slightly, turned and left. ?Wu Heng closed the door again. Alchemy Skeleton? Glenda asked. Well, a new corpse core potion has been sent. Wu Heng put the potion on the table. ?Glenda floated over and took a look, sighing: "Now I know why you necromancers are so hated." How to say? "Once you are allowed to develop, it will be difficult to restrain you." Glenda floated to the other side and continued, "You have a profession, and now you can complete the work of all professions by relying on the transformed skeleton, just like a A king who is not afraid of betrayal by his subjects. Wu Heng smiled and said, "So, do you think this is good?" "From my point of view, of course it''s good. The more powerful you are, the better it will be for us, Xiaoxiao. If someone is on the opposite side of you, knowing your current development, I''m afraid they won''t be able to sleep." Glenda Float back to the desk. "If I were the king, you would be a concubine." ?Glenda rolled her eyes at him, "Teasing a woman whose husband just died, the necromancer is indeed the representative of evil." ?Wu Heng glanced at her and mentioned that her husband was dead, but nothing changed. said: "I will take the potion first and then race with you later." ?Glenda nodded, picked up the pen and continued to rewrite the story. ?Wu Heng glanced at the three bottles of potion aside. Choose [Powerful Intelligence-enhancing Potion] and hold it in hand. ?Take a deep breath, open the cork and drink directly. Side effects appeared instantly, including dizziness, tinnitus, and dizziness. ?Wu Heng gritted his teeth and persisted, firmly holding the armrest of the seat next to him. After persisting for a while. ?System prompt also appears immediately. Intelligence +2, Perception +4, Charisma +2. Unlock feature: Hate Sense. (End of this chapter) Chapter 643 , rely on, break again Chapter 643, Damn, broken chapter again Is Wu Heng okay? It looks worse than last time. Beni looked at Wu Heng, a little worried. ??Xiao Xiao said: "It''s okay, uncle is used to it. It just hurts a little. It''s not dangerous." Penny flew to Glenda''s side again, "Mrs. Glenda, do you need to inform those maids?" "No, they can''t help much if they come in." Glenda said. Seeing them both saying this, Penny said nothing more. Just floating to the side, looking over with still worried eyes. The spinning dizziness gradually eased, and Wu Heng also felt much clearer. Different from the physical pain caused by strengthening drugs, the mental pain is as if the soul has been stirred, and it is the kind of mental pain that is blurred and confused. Let out a heavy breath and sit upright in the chair again. Looking at Penny in front of him, "Don''t worry, it''s normal." Xiaoxiao and Glenda were both quite nervous when they saw themselves using potions for the first time. As you do it more often, you will get used to it. ?Furthermore, ghosts cant help much in this situation. You can only keep anxious. Its okay. Beni nodded, flew back to Xiaoxiao, and continued to watch the movie on the tablet. ?Wu Heng took out two bottles of psychotropic potion and drank it. When the mental discomfort disappears, check the unlocked features. Hate Sensing: Having a keen sense of hatred and malice. The content introduction is a bit brief, but the description is fairly clear. Be able to capture hatred and malice towards oneself. This kind of ability should be regarded as a perceptual ability. Furthermore, some, like the [Field Premonition] of the 18th-level prophet, can predict imminent dangers. My own [Hottest Sensing] is certainly not that strong, but if someone is hostile to me, being able to sense it can be regarded as an early warning. ?In Wu Heng''s opinion, spiritual awakening abilities are more effective than strengthening potion awakening abilities. After all, I am a mage, and I mainly rely on skeleton attendants for melee combat. He glanced at Xiaoxiao not far away, wanting her to stare at him secretly and test her abilities. Think about it and forget it. You can sense ghosts yourself, and coupled with your own ghosts, it is difficult to generate hatred. Close the panel and look at the remaining two bottles of strengthening potions again. Pick up a bottle, uncork it, and drink it directly. ??The heartbreaking pain came again. Cold sweat broke out in waterfalls, and the body curled up into a ball. ?This time, Penny just glanced this way and did not fly over to ask about the situation like she did at the beginning. Constitution +2, Strength +3, Agility +3. ?System prompts appear, and the side effects gradually fade away. ?Wu Heng continued to take therapeutic drugs to relieve the burden on his body. After resting for about five minutes, he opened the last bottle again and drank it down. ?Your body tensed up again, and you gritted your teeth to endure the pain. Constitution +3, Strength +2, Agility +3. ?System prompt appears. Attributes increase, but no new abilities are unlocked. Its not bad, three bottles of potion unlocks one feature, which is pretty good. The last two potions both enhance physical attributes. Feeling like I am going beyond my intelligence again. ?? Still opened the panel and took a look at the properties. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 19 (174538/355000) Fame: Level 19 (3142/66000) Attributes: Strength 53, Agility 41, Constitution 60, Intelligence 56, Perception 37, Charisma 36. The experience value at the level has reached 170,000, which is close to half of the required experience value for upgrading. The effect of the skeleton army arranged is quite remarkable. It is estimated that the experience value can be fully increased within a month. Fame has become 3,001, which cannot keep up with the increase in experience points. Still need to find a way. In terms of attributes, physical fitness once again became the highest attribute, reaching 60 points. also represents my physical condition, which has reached a terrifying level, although I still have some residual soreness. But once you have fully recovered, the impact on yourself when encountering toxins in the future will be greatly reduced. The second ranked one is intelligence, reaching 56 points. After all, he is still a mage. This item cannot be too low. The latter ones are strength and agility, which are actually not bad. They are also helpful in dealing with crises and emergencies. In short, none of the attributes is useless. Most professionals can only specialize in the few items that will improve them the most, and are basically unable to improve in all aspects. I also rely on potions to keep so many attributes improving. Anyway, its pretty good. After taking the potion, Wu Heng also stood up and said to the three ghosts beside him. Im going back to rest. Three ghosts nodded. "Good night." Goodbye, uncle. Have a good rest and dont tire yourself out. ?Wu Heng nodded with a smile, walked out of the study, and returned to the bedroom to rest. The excitement of the exhibition continues, and today its time to release a new issue of the newspaper. For ordinary residents on the island, the exhibition is just a place to join in the fun in their ordinary life. The exquisitely carved wine glasses and the bright and gorgeous wool carpets are all prepared for the aristocratic gentlemen. It has little to do with ordinary people. Even the pens and watches sold by the island owners later are not affordable to ordinary people. It can be seen, but it does not belong to oneself. But todays newspapers are different. The sale of newspapers is like a storytelling session every seven days. There is no need to spend money, and no matter the status, everyone can hear wonderful stories. On this day, everyone has the same topic. And enjoy it. "Selling newspapers, the new issue of the newspaper is out, the detailed list of exhibition samples, the latest warship on Treasure Island, the destruction of a large foreign pirate group, and the latest great detective story... Take a look, take a look ! The voices of newspaper sellers resounded in every street. The bards and residents who had been waiting for a long time rushed forward and began to rush to buy newspapers. ?Golden Sail Tavern. Wearing a black wig and a dark blue slim-fitting robe, Saban stood on a wooden platform and read loudly about the latest issue of the newspaper. ?This outfit is also imitating the attire of the island owner Wu Heng. Firstly, it is the costume that I practiced during my rehearsal, and secondly, it is to give the drinkers a sense of immersion. "On the night of his death, both Thaddeus brothers were watching over him, when suddenly Major Sholto screamed and pointed tremblingly out of the window." The brothers Thaddeus turned around quickly and saw an elongated, fierce face on the window. Commander Sholto was frightened and died before he could reveal the whereabouts of the treasure. "The next morning, they found that the window of their father''s bedroom was open, all the cabinets and boxes had been turned over, and a piece of torn paper was stapled to the box with "Four Signatures" written on it." After saying the last sentence, Saban bowed slightly and walked off the wooden platform. ?At this time, the quiet and attentive drinkers realized that the story was over. Swear loudly. Fuck! Its over again. Damn it, he broke the chapter again Smelly and shameless. Port. The captain who was about to go to sea stood on the wooden box and shouted loudly. "Be careful. These are sent to the association headquarters and placed in a dry cabin. No open flames are allowed." Below, workers carried sealed newspapers and books toward the ship. (End of this chapter) Chapter 644 , the owner of Wuheng Island sent a gift Chapter 644: The owner of Wuheng Island sent a gift Zombie World, conference room. ?Wu Heng was sitting on one side, opposite Gao Rong who was holding a pen and paper. ??Wu Heng handed him the last magic weapon master scroll and said: "I will go back today, and you will still be responsible for this place." Gao Rong''s attitude was serious, "Don''t worry, chief, I will definitely arrange the work here." Wu Heng was quite satisfied with Gao Rong''s attitude. Then he said: "I will give you several tasks that need to be carried out." You said it. Gao Rong picked up the pen and prepared to record it. Tiancheng Group continues to develop the remaining weapons production, giving priority to the research and development of machine guns, machine gun shells, and machine guns. Gao Rong nodded and recorded it on paper. Wu Heng continued, "Didn''t those Russian research institutes say they were developing electricity before? Let them continue to research in this area. The main direction is vehicle power. Cars, ships and even airplanes will all need to be researched in the future. Electricity replaces fuel. "Tell them that if there is a breakthrough in technology, provide them with professional scrolls. They may not understand these, so I will help them improve their physical fitness, which is the effect of the corpse core." Gao Rong raised his eyebrows slightly and continued to write down this sentence. ??Wuheng''s direction is very clear. One is the mass production of weapons, and the second is to get rid of dependence on fuel. Now, the power plant in the base can convert electricity into electricity without fuel. This technology is difficult to understand, but it also means that there is no shortage of electricity in the base. As long as fuel is replaced, various equipment and vehicles can be used at will. Reduce the hassle of collecting fuel. Ive written it down, are there any other arrangements? Gao Rong continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then added: "Speak to Li Yahong and ask her to arrange for people to publicize the base externally, recruit more talents to join, and increase the publicity of the leader and deputy leaders internally to increase the cohesion of the base." Speaking of cohesion, Wu Heng wanted to improve his reputation among the survivors. Although the number of people in each base is not large, it can be increased as much as possible. A little adds up to a lot, and you can also add some. Gao Rong thought for a moment and said, "It''s hard to tell on the radio. I''ll arrange for someone to go to Xinfu City later to bring the news." Wu Heng thought for a while and felt that there was nothing missing. "The rest will be left to you. We will arrange for people to produce any accessories we need. We will strengthen our strength as soon as possible. We will continue to trade at the main station. Please tell them the important thing." , the matter of training pilots. "clear." "Then let''s go, let''s go out." ?Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the conference room with Gao Rong. Lets go downstairs together. ?Passing a room, Wu Heng knocked on the door lightly, "Zhao Yanqiu, are you ready?" Ready. A voice came from the room. ?Following that, the door opened and Zhao Yanqiu walked out dragging a large suitcase. ??After discussing it with Xiaoxiao this morning, we decided to take Zhao Yanqiu with us and leave together. First, the mother and daughter have been apart for a long time and miss each other. The second point is to pay attention to Zhao Yanqiu''s career improvement. Strive to find the key point to solve the small "unfinished business". Different from Glenda. ?Glenda knew exactly what her last wish was, and her small goals were very vague. Let her mother take it with her, maybe she can find a way. Leader, Manager Gao. Zhao Yanqiu said immediately. ?Wu Heng grabbed the opponent''s luggage and put it directly into the space ring. Then he said: "Let''s go, the car is waiting outside." ?The three of them walked to the door together. ?Wu Heng and Zhao Yanqiu boarded the truck. Farewell to Gao Rong, the truck left and headed to the train station. After getting on the train, we rushed to Binhai City together. Three days later, at noon. ??Wu Heng took Zhao Yanqiu and the skeleton attendants to Shanfu Port. It must have rained last night, and some water can still be seen in the entire port. But it also makes the whole area look cleaner. ??He briefly introduced the place to Zhao Yanqiu, and walked toward the grand hotel in the center of the base together. Enter the hotel and arranged a room for Zhao Yanqiu. After waiting for a while in the conference room, Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. Back! Qi Hancai smiled. Well, is there nothing going on here? Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said: "Nothing is wrong. The skeleton army is still expanding outwards. The convoys are constantly going back and forth every day, transporting the looted supplies and survivors. The number of people in the base is now close to a hundred." Yes, Im most relieved to leave the base to you. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "No way, I didn''t do anything." ??Wu Heng continued: "As long as there is no problem with the base, by the way, what have the two South Korean naval forces been doing recently?" Their daily task is to teach skeletons how to sail a ship, as well as some knowledge on ship repair and maintenance. Qi Hancai answered. Let them come over. "Okay." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and asked someone to go to the port to call them. The two chatted in the room for a while. ?There was a knock on the door, and two Korean navy soldiers walked in directly. ?When he saw Wu Heng sitting in the room, his body trembled and he immediately lowered his head. Wu Heng asked directly: "I have transferred the frigate to other ports. Why can''t the anti-aircraft missiles on the ship lock on the target?" ??Although the Storm Pirates were easily killed, Philippa still sent back some news. Among them, the anti-air missile cannot attack the Harpy. Finally, let the skeletons beat the air units into sieves with rifles. ?Although the endings are the same, it still makes Wu Heng feel a pity that this weapon cannot be used. Come here today and ask about this as soon as possible. The two people on the opposite side looked at each other, and one of them asked carefully: "Chief, what target do you mean?" You can understand it as a deformed flying beast. Wu Heng said. The person on the other side thought for a while and said: "Chief, it should be the cause of electromagnetic waves. Radar is exactly the same as a bat. It emits electromagnetic waves and bounces back when it hits something. Radar is both a transmitter and a receiver. According to the difference in waveforms, , can roughly calculate the shape and position of this thing, in order to avoid the missile being interfered by the birds, so it will not lock on these targets. " Will you adjust? Adjust to lock these targets. Wu Heng asked. The person who answered the question shook his head, "I can''t." After speaking, he looked at the other person. ?The other party also shook his head, "Neither can I. The equipment on the ship has been tested, and we can''t adjust it casually." ?Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "Is there any other equipment that can quickly capture this kind of flying target?" "Yes, you can install ship-based close-in defense guns, 7-barreled Gatling cannons, 4,200 rounds per minute. Whether it''s an aircraft missile or the distortion flying beast you mentioned, it can be broken into pieces as long as it is started, especially the beast. The flying speed is definitely not as good as that of missiles," the other party said immediately. Close-in defense artillery, Wu Heng saw it on the military channel on TV. It rotates very fast and can intercept incoming missiles. It is mainly used for defense. ??Wu Heng also has several kinds of cannons in his hand, but they are all controlled by his own hands to kill pirate ships and the like. ?This kind should be more powerful. Is there a port like this? Wu Heng asked. No, but there is a military port where shipboard weapons can be replaced. ?Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, there was an unexpected surprise. Are there frigates too? Its normal, but I dont know if its docked or not. ?Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and said, "Give him the map and mark the location." Qi Hancai handed the map to the opponent. ?The two people on the opposite side carefully identified it and marked a location on it. Headquarters of the association. The empty corridor is deep and dark, with huge stone pillars supporting the dome, and dim yellow light stones hanging on both sides of the wall, providing soft light. ??A middle-aged man in a black dress and a stern face walked to the door with a steady pace. Knocked lightly on the door. Then, the door slowly opened, revealing a luxuriously furnished room. Red carpets covered the ground, and black velvet curtains fell to the ground, blocking the sunlight outside the window. ?In the center of the room is a black coffin with the lid tightly closed. The middle-aged man bowed slightly to the coffin and said softly: "Miss, Treasure Island has sent the latest issue of the newspaper, the detective story has been updated, and the owner of Wuheng Island has specially sent you a gift. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 645 , what gift Chapter 645, What gift? Shasha~! A heavy friction sound sounded. The tightly closed coffin lid was opened little by little, and then it landed on the carpet with a bang. ?Snow-white fingers grasped the edge of the coffin and slowly sat up. The brown long hair drooping the shoulders, the faces are clear, exquisite and beautiful, and the eyebrows are slightly raised, and there is a pair of blood red eyes under the eyebrows. The skin is as pale as snow, as delicate as porcelain, and has a luster. ? Wearing a black high-necked long dress, the collar and breast are decorated with exquisite red embroidery, and you can distinguish patterns such as roses and thorns. Leader of the Blood Tribe, Hero of the Association, Leader of the Whisperers - Lilith Ann Beshmit. ?Lilith exhaled softly, her voice cold, "What''s the matter with him?" The butler stepped forward, took out the exquisite black gift box, and repeated what he said just now, "The owner of Wuheng Island has sent you a gift, along with the new issue of the newspaper." Gift? Lilith turned her head and glanced, stretched out her slender green-white hand to take it, and held it in front of her. ??Twisted his head slightly, he casually opened the ribbon on the gift box. As the leader of a race, he has taken the position of a hero again. Havent seen anything. Let alone gifts from a small place like Treasure Island. ??But I am really curious about what Wu Heng will send me. After all, he always does things by surprise. The ribbon is placed aside, and the gift box is unfolded to both sides. At the same time, the items inside also appeared in sight. On the left side is a book with an exquisite cover. It shows a man with black hair and black eyes, and the words "The Complete Works of the Great Detective Part 1" are written on it. Needless to say, it is a story serialized in a newspaper. ??This was the first time Lilith saw Wu Heng''s appearance. Looked carefully twice, the corners of his mouth raised slightly, "A narcissistic guy." The second item is a slender cylindrical item, and the third item is a disc with a leather strap. There are numbers inside the disc, which make a subtle clicking sound. Lilith picked it up and looked at it, "It''s a boring gadget." The housekeeper on the side raised his head and glanced slightly, and reminded softly, "Miss, the last two items are the latest products from Treasure Island, and they are recorded in the newspaper delivered." What product? Lilith asked. "The first item sold by Treasure Island is called a fountain pen, which can replace the writing method of quill dipped in ink at any time. The second item is called a watch, which is worn on the wrist and can accurately measure time." The housekeeper said softly, and then added : "It''s a little different from the one I gave you. Yours is obviously better and more precious." ?Lilith raised her eyebrows slightly. Just by listening to the introduction, you can understand the functions of these two items. If it can really achieve the effect mentioned. Its really good stuff. ?At the same time, I was even more doubtful. Is he really that smart? The housekeeper said again: "The newspaper said that Treasure Island also has a potion that can directly improve physical attributes." Liliths eyes narrowed. Wheres the newspaper? Let me take a look. The steward stepped forward and handed over the newspaper. Association training ground. Elf Moya quickly walked into the training ground, and Imiro sheathed his sword and walked out. Moya said: "Wu Heng has sent you a gift." A gift? Imiros face remained unchanged, Let him focus on improvement. Take a look first, its actually not bad. He said, taking out the gift box and handing it over. When he raised his hand, Imiro noticed the items on Moya''s wrist, took the gift box, opened it and looked at the three items inside. Moya introduced with a smile, "The second item of Wu Heng''s novel is a pen and a watch. The newspaper said that various chambers of commerce are selling well and they are hot sellers." Speaking, he demonstrated how to use the next two items and adjusted the time on his watch. ???Imiro was surprised by the two items and said with emotion: "He does have some talent." There is also a potion mentioned above, which looks more powerful. Moya handed the newspaper to the other party. ?Hall of Glory. ?People passing by the lobby picked up newspapers at the front desk and read the contents. Ever since Lu Ans incident, Treasure Island has sent a batch of newspapers every time and distributed them here for free. Following Treasure Islands newspapers has gradually become a habit here. Treasure Island held an exhibition, with more than 300 chambers of commerce participating. Its a false report. Where can I find so many chambers of commerce? The pens and watches mentioned above are quite interesting. Its not unfair at all for Lu An to lose to the other party. Treasure Island moves so frequently, is he preparing for level 18? Its too early, he just joined the association less than a year ago. Why are you so early? Lu An is level 15, and this guy must be above level 15 as well. "That''s right." Another person said: "Didn''t you see the third item mentioned above? A potion, notarized by the association and consortium, that can improve physical attributes." The rest of the people also looked at the newspapers again. Is it really true? He researched it? How come there is such a potion? The newspaper said that there will be an auction at Treasure Island for bidding. Farewell, I have to go back to prepare and go to Treasure Island to see. Im going back too, so I wont accompany you. With that said, everyone dispersed in a hurry. Hongwenhui, research tower. An old man read the newspaper and ordered: "Go to Treasure Island, arrange some courses for the local association, and at the same time check the sale of this medicine." "Yes, chief." Hongwen Hui''Virgil nodded in response. By the way, when you come back, buy some pens and watches. These things are just right for us. "yes!" ??Virgil nodded again, after confirming that there was nothing else. Exited the room. In a room. Teacher, is there anything else we can do? Lu An looked frustrated. Moffat finished reading the newspaper and put it aside. He closed his eyes and pondered for a moment, then said: "I will write a letter and you can send it to the head of the Baddeley family of the Blood Clan. Remember that this matter must be kept secret. No one can be discovered, especially if you are a small secret." Whisperer. ?Lu Ans eyes narrowed and he nodded. Zombie World, conference room. ?Wu Heng glanced at the location marked by the other party, which was an area east of Shanbu Port. It is not drawn on the map and should be a confidential port. The South Korean Navy said: "I''m not sure what''s going on there, but in the past ships were docked and repaired there." ?Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and said, "Put the map away. Let''s go there tomorrow." ?Qi Hancai nodded. ??Wu Heng looked at the two people opposite him again, "You guys should follow them too." ??The two of them were startled, and they raised their heads suddenly to speak, but when they saw Wu Heng''s eyes, they held it back, and then nodded in agreement. Okay, you go out first. The two of them saluted again and left the room directly. In the room, only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left. Qi Hancai stood up and leaned over gently, "Is there any problem at the military factory?" ??Wu Heng put his arms around the other party''s waist and said, "It''s still the same as before. I have arranged the subsequent development plan for them. Just follow this direction." Where is sister Yahong? I will pester you for several days. ??Wu Heng patted the opponent''s buttocks lightly and said, "I just stayed here for one night and thought everyone was like you." "No way." Qi Hancai coquettishly said. ??Wu Heng continued: "Assign some work to Zhao Yanqiu, don''t make it too difficult, just manage some things." ??Zhao Yanqiu and Qi Hancai have met in the old factory area of ??Xinfu City. ?At that time, Qi Hancai was in charge of the management of the old factory area, and Zhao Yanqiu was in charge of the radio station. I also know that Zhao Yanqiu is a little mother. Xiaoxiao, a member of the base whom I have never met but is often mentioned. "Let her be responsible for logistics management. Just like the old factory in Xinfu City, the work is not stressful, and it is safer to arrange people we trust." Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said directly. Okay, lets arrange it this way first! The two chatted for a while, and Qi Hancai asked someone to bring over all the gold, silver and corpse cores that they had collected during this period. ?Wu Heng took in the space ring. He also returned to his bedroom, opened the door, and returned to the other world. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng sent the corpse core to the alchemist''s room and opened the refrigerator and freezer nearby to take a look. Inside are neatly arranged corpse core potions. The rest of the freezers and constant-temperature storage boxes are stocked with finished medicines. There is no statistics, but the number is at least in the thousands. ??As more and more evolved zombies appear in the zombie world, the number of first-level corpse cores is also increasing. Enough for the auction. (End of this chapter) Chapter 646 , you pretend to be a bird at night Chapter 646: You pretend to be a bird at night If they are released for sale, the reserves of these medicines will definitely not be enough. However, if it is sold at auction, it will be enough to sell for a period of time. At that time, using the marketing methods of the modern world here, it is estimated that it will have good results. At the very beginning, Wu Heng also considered using zombie core potions to improve base members in the zombie world. ??It was indeed implemented. Li Yahong, Qi Hancai, and even Wang Chenggang and Qiangzi were all distributed pharmaceuticals. But with the emergence of the main station, Wu Heng began to change his plan. The corpse core, which has no side effects, is second only to the elixir of attraction for people in the apocalypse. Once the distribution is released and members of the base have radio stations, the message will definitely be spread. At that time, if it is really targeted by various forces and threatened with missiles, things will become very troublesome. The best thing is not to disclose this matter to the outside world. After closing the freezer, Wu Heng walked out of the alchemy room and walked downstairs. ?Going downstairs, several maids were drinking tea and chatting in the living room. Hearing the footsteps, he turned around and looked over. Master Annette and Robert greeted immediately. Minnie said directly: "Master, Philippa came once and asked you to go to the port. The body you brought back is still there." It took me two and a half days to rush from the arms factory in the zombie world to Sanbu Port. Philippa has returned from going to sea. "Well." Wu Heng then asked, "Is there nothing going on on the island these two days since I left?" "It''s nothing. Sister Wei''er has brought back a lot of gold and silver coins in the past two days. She also said that there are many people on the island, so we should go out less often." Minnie said as she thought. Wheres Shannella? Sister Shanara came here yesterday and didnt say anything happened. ?Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go to the port to have a look." Will the master come back for dinner tonight? "return." Okay. Minnie smiled and waved. ??Wu Heng left the island owner''s mansion with his skeleton attendants. The carriage picked up Philippa on the way and arrived at Port No. 2 together. ??Stepping onto the deck of the frigate, you can see a large number of corpses lying neatly on the deck. The equipment on the corpse has been stripped clean. If it werent for the skeletons guarding the area. I am afraid that it may attract some carnivorous birds to come and peck at the corpse. The morgue cant hold so many corpses, so well leave them here for now. Philippa explained with a shrug. Wu Heng didnt say much and asked, Where is the leaders body? Here it is! Philippa took him aside. A corpse covered with sawdust, lying flat on the ground, like a hedgehog. Have you verified your identity with the coroner? Philippa replied, "Checked, the pirate leader of Level 17, Level 2 Merit, and 4 key members are also on the wanted list, Level 3 Merit, and the members of the several associations who followed us are all involved. " It seems that the body was sent to the association and then brought back by Philippa. ??Wu Heng faced the corpse and directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique]. The flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton slowly stood up. Skeleton Swordsman (Level 17). The information is still accurate, its a pity that I havent reached level 18. Are you a swordsman? I dont know, he was killed by the ships cannon. I didnt see him take action, Philippa said. Okay! Give him a name. Wu Heng said. Me? What do you mean? Look at you, make it simple and easy to remember. Wu Heng walked to the side. Philippa scratched his head hard and said, "Can I call him Iron Shark? Shark''s shark." Okay. Wu Heng said to the skeleton swordsman: From now on, you will be called Iron Shark, and you will be responsible for protecting her safety. I heard that you can arrange for a level 17 swordsman to protect you. Philippa''s eyes lit up instantly, "Damn it, level 17 is protecting me?" Cover him tightly outside so as not to cause any panic, Wu Heng said. Understood. Philippa said with a happy face. ?Wu Heng continued to walk toward the back. Philippa took out clothes and weapons from the space ring and put them on his skeleton attendants. Then he ran over again. He looked at the corpse on the ground and said, "I''ll look at the harpy for you. It''s not good-looking, a little scary, and its teeth are jagged. You can''t use it, so I won''t leave you alive." ?Wu Heng frowned, and when he saw the snickering look on her face, he knew it was against him. He glanced at her and said, "It''s okay if you don''t stay. You can wear feathers and pretend to be a bird to accompany me at night." Philippa''s eyes widened, "Are you serious..." Why, Captain Philippa is afraid? Philippa raised her head and said, "What am I afraid of? I''m afraid you won''t be able to bear it." ?Wu Heng smiled and transformed the harpy in front of him. Skeleton Banshee (Level 9). There are not many skills left. Only retains the basic attributes, as well as the characteristics of flying. Continuing to release [Dead Corpse Battlefield], all the corpses on the ship turned into skeletons and stood up. Clean this place up, Philippa ordered. The skeletons began to clean the deck, and the transformed filth was thrown directly into the sea. After everything was settled, the two of them took a carriage and returned to the island owner''s mansion together. Night falls. In the bedroom. ?Wu Heng was lying on the bed, and Philippa was squatting on his waist, spreading his arms, imitating the flying posture of a bird. After doing it twice, he said: "The action is like this, and the scream is so unpleasant, it''s not that I won''t bring it back to you." "Harpy, can you swing your waist like this?" Wu Heng held the opponent''s waist and looked at her with a smile on his face. Philippa put her head to the side, a little shy, "I don''t know, maybe that kind of banshee is friendly with the pirates on the ship, unlike me who is only friendly with you." ??Wu Heng gently patted the other party''s thigh, "Come here." Philippa leaned over, stuck out the tip of her red tongue, and said softly: "Dad, you smell so good, I love you so much." The next day, in the morning. After having breakfast at the island owner''s mansion, Philippa returned to the tavern with his new attendant. There have been more and more ships on the island these days. Treasure Island''s ships were also arranged to patrol along the route. Lest any pirates appear again and damage the safety of the route. ??Wu Heng also went to the zombie world after finishing the arrangement. ?? Today I made an agreement with Qi Hancai to visit the hidden military port. After arriving in the zombie world. ?Wu Heng came down from upstairs. The convoy and skeletons were already waiting at the entrance of the base. Open the car door and get in the passenger seat, "Let''s go!" Qi Hancai also picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Let''s go and let the two Koreans show us the way." The convoy started, drove out of the base gate, and left towards the distance. In a military port. ?Several figures were sitting around a round table, discussing. The leader was a middle-aged man with a Western face, wearing a U.S. military uniform. The Sanbu Port area has been quite lively recently. The person below said: "It''s really lively. The rescue information is broadcast on the radio every day. I really think of myself as a person of this country." "It''s not without its benefits. I asked someone to check it out. The road outside has been cleared by those skeletons. It still has some strength." Another person said hesitantly: "They won''t find us, right?" "What? Do you want to join them?" The Western soldier looked around at the other people and reminded: "No matter how many skeletons they have, can they still attack us? The machine guns and artillery outside are enough to break them into skeletons." Thats right. The others nodded. While speaking, a low voice came from the intercom. Discovered a large number of skeletons and escorted the truck closer to the base. Those who had been calm just now suddenly stood up from their seats, with a trace of surprise and suspicion in their eyes. Whatever you say comes from what you say. ?Those guys really found themselves here. What should I do? someone asked eagerly. "No hurry!" The man in military uniform at the head picked up the walkie-talkie, "How many skeletons and how many cars?" The number of skeletons is about three thousand, and there are five modified trucks. Hearing this number, several people in the room suddenly felt relieved. If you just rely on this number, it will be difficult to break through your own defense. ??The man in military uniform pondered for a moment, picked up the walkie-talkie, and said: "Prioritize the search for those with powers that control skeletons, and kill them directly if there is an opportunity." "yes!" The convoy, escorted by skeletons, moved forward slowly. Approaching the target location, the voice of the lead car came over the intercom, "We saw the port. There are no zombies nearby. The wall has been rebuilt. There should be survivors here." ?Wu Heng looked forward along the glass. ?Through the gaps in the steel bars, you can see a wall of about three meters. The wall is equipped with metal barbs, and the top is barbed wire. You can also see machine guns and some heavy weapons. There are indeed survivors. Stop the convoy. Wu Heng said. ?Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and gave an order, and Wu Heng also ordered the big-headed skeleton to stop its advance. In the distance, shouts in Korean came from the wall. This is an important base, please indicate your intention. (End of this chapter) Chapter 647 , join or die (one update today.) Chapter 647, Join or Die (Updated today.) The room on the top floor. A sniper rifle poked out from the gap in the window, aiming at the group of skeletons marching in the distance. ? Skeletons wearing different styles of armor and weapons gathered around the slowly moving convoy. ??The skeleton army in Sanbu Port has been spread on the radio. ?Even, promotional broadcasts will be released at fixed times every day. They stopped advancing, said the sniper. ?The companion of the telescope said: "Don''t worry, let''s find the person with the supernatural ability to control the skeleton first, and try to kill him directly and let him escape back. We will be in more trouble." I know, dont bother me. The two began to look for targets below. Suddenly, one person among the skeletons was seen turning his head to look this way. It was as if he was looking at his own eyes through a scope. What the hell? He found me? Convoy position. As soon as Wu Heng got off the truck, a sense of crisis suddenly arose in his heart. His expression changed slightly, and he suddenly turned his head to look towards the distant roof. With enhanced perception, his vision was several times that of ordinary people. As soon as he glanced at it, he could see the reflection of the sight in the window. The instinctive side of the body. Pah~! ?At almost the same time, a bullet hit the modified steel plate of the truck, leaving a depressed bullet hole. Sniper rifle! Only a sniper rifle can maintain such accuracy at such a long distance. ?Wu Heng raised his hand and released [Cloud and Mist Technique]. Dense clouds and fog instantly covered and obscured the surrounding area. ?At the same time, he ordered, "All skeletons attack and kill everyone." Hulala~! In an instant, the skeletons on standby all started running together, giving up protecting the convoy, rushing out of the smoke, and heading towards the wall. Wu Heng continued to speak to his three ghosts: "Xiao Xiao is going to kill the sniper, Glenda is occupying the wall, and the most important thing is not to let the cannon fire. Beni is with me. If there is any danger, notify me in time." "clear!" Be careful. Uncle, please dont die. If you keep wasting the conversation, I will be in real danger. "Understood!" Xiao Xiao said and flew to the roof of one side of the building, while Glenda went straight to the wall in front. ??Wu Heng opened the car door and said directly: "The team retreats and keeps distance." Qi Hancai gave orders through the walkie-talkie. The convoy backed up directly and hid behind the building at the intersection. ?Bang bang bang~! The machine gunners on the wall began to fire. ?The bullets were like a net, crackling and hitting the skeletons in the front row. The skeleton can reduce the damage of bullets, but the armor on the body still withstands the force of the bullets. The skeletons that were hit fell backward piece by piece, and then staggered back up. Continue to charge forward. The soldiers on the wall gradually widened their eyes. Looking in disbelief, the skeleton got up again after being hit by the machine gun. ??This thing can''t be killed? What''s going on? Xiba, these skeletons are not afraid of bullets. Use machine guns, machine guns have no effect. Hurry up, dont let the rush come over you. As the skeleton got closer and closer, everyone began to panic. Turning his head to look at the position of the cannon. ??However, he saw that the face of the person controlling the cannon was red, and the veins on his neck were bulging. Save, save me! Click it~! The next second, with everyone watching, his neck turned 180 degrees to the back, and his body fell softly. Everyone looked horrified. For a moment, I couldnt react, what exactly happened. Help, my body... is moving on its own. ?Another soldier holding a rifle, his body moved stiffly like a puppet, pointed the rifle in his hand at several machine gunners, and pulled the trigger. ?Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired at the companions on the wall, and whines and curses rang out in the base. In an instant, the heavily defended base fell into chaos. The skeletons trampled and climbed on each other, like a swarm of ants, swarming up the wall and pounced on the enemies inside. And the soldiers had no way to defend themselves. In the front is a group of skeletons coming, and in the back are companions who randomly mutiny and shoot at their own people. Then, the skeleton who entered the base opened the closed door. More skeletons poured into the base. The side attic room. The sniper and his companions began to gather their equipment and planned to leave. The current scene was somewhat beyond their expectations and preparations. A person who can discover their location in advance and dodge bullets is a situation that only TV dares to do. But it really happened before our eyes. ?????????????????????????????????? Suddenly, the window beside me was pushed open. What are you doing? the sniper said with a frown. Looking up, he saw that his companion''s face was stiff, he stood directly on the window sill and jumped down. With a bang, he fell downstairs. Blood spread beneath the body. The snipers eyes were full of surprise and confusion. The next second, his body seemed to be controlled by some kind of force. ?His body leaned forward uncontrollably, and he also fell down the window. Woooooooo~! A roaring sound broke through the air. A helicopter flew into the sky with a gust of wind. ?Just after flying into the sky, the driver''s neck suddenly turned backward again, and the headphone cord was wrapped around his neck. The plane began to spin in the sky. Finally, it fell to the ground with a bang. All persons on board the plane died directly. The battle did not last long. Granda''s voice came to Wu Heng''s ears, "The base has been captured. I have checked the rooms and corners. There are no living people. I can confirm that it is safe." ?Wu Heng nodded slightly and turned to look at Qi Hancai. The fighting inside is over, let the convoy go in. ?Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and ordered that the convoy restarted, turned around the intersection, and drove directly towards the camp. Some scattered skeletons can be seen along the road. Even though the skeleton had the characteristics of the bullet itself, it still caused a certain amount of casualties. But the number is not large. Judging from the number of broken bones, they only look like five or six. Passing through the gate of the camp, the convoy drove straight in. The skeleton warriors had already begun to clean up the battlefield, and nearly forty corpses were laid flat in the open space in the middle. ??Wu Heng got off the bus. The survivor members behind him also got out of the car. ??Qi Hancai issued an order to check the surroundings, and at the same time called the two Korean navy men who were guiding the way. ?Seeing the corpse on the ground, the two of them looked serious and their eyes were a little straight. They didnt expect that it would turn out like this. Destroy this place directly, or kill everyone without leaving any one behind. Lets go to the port. Wu Heng said directly. The two took Wu Heng all the way to the coastal port. Chief, this is where ships are parked in the port. Frigates and military ships will be parked here for repairs and supplies, one person said. ?Wu Heng looked over and raised his brows slightly. ?In the distance, you can see a frigate similar to the one in the other world, three ordinary ships, and more than a dozen military speedboats. Just one? Wu Heng asked. If no one escaped by boat just now, then this is the one. The other party continued to answer. ?Wu Heng ordered to the big-headed skeleton, "Arrange the skeletons to guard this place." Hurrah! ?More than a hundred skeletons ran over quickly and blocked the entire port. After checking the port. Return to the central area of ??the base. Qi Hancai walked over excitedly and said, "Come on, take a look here." What did you find? Wu Heng smiled and walked over. Qi Hancai took him towards a warehouse. The door opened, revealing a helicopter inside. Chief, deputy leader, this is a Lynx carrier-based helicopter. It is mounted on a frigate and can be used normally. The South Korean navy following behind him immediately took the initiative to introduce it. Wu Heng nodded, "Can you two know how to drive?" "You know how to do some inspections. Normal driving work is performed by the naval aviation force." The other party replied. ?Wu Heng didnt say much, Lets go in and see if theres anything else. ?Several people entered the warehouse at the back together. Inside were found stored missiles, artillery shells, three 7-barreled Gatling cannons, and various special equipment on the ship. The two marines followed behind them and introduced them in the same way. After looking through all the equipment and weapons in the warehouse. ??Wu Heng collected all the ordinary firearms and ammunition into the space ring. Lead a few people out of the warehouse and return to where the body was parked. The two Koreans accompanying him felt an inexplicable fear in their hearts when they looked at the corpse. He whispered: "Chief, if there is nothing else, we will go over there to help." Dont leave. Please identify the corpses and see which ones are technicians. Wu Heng said. The two glanced at the corpse and didn''t understand what the other meant, but they still started to identify it. More than 40 bodies were found, and a total of 7 people were identified. The bodies of three of them were still intact. Belongs to technical personnel in electronic communications and shipboard equipment. "Okay, you go down first." Wu Heng said directly. The two nodded and left quickly. What are you going to do? Qi Hancai asked. ?Wu Heng looked at the corpse, "Let''s see if they are willing to join us?" "Join us? Become a skeleton?" Qi Hancai was a little curious. Youll find out later. When fighting, since the opponent had powerful thermal weapons, Wu Heng was also afraid that he would take out something big and kill him. The order given to the skeleton was to kill them all and leave no one behind. Now that safety has been determined, we have begun to consider the issue of technical personnel. ?The ship-mounted 7-barreled cannon is not manually controlled like ordinary cannons, but has an integrated structure. Still need some professionals to install this kind of thing on the ship. ?The only pity is that the pilot among the corpses died miserably. The body was twisted and half of the head collapsed. ?In this case, even the [Resurrection Spell] cannot resurrect the person. What can be satisfied are these three relatively complete corpses with obvious knife marks on their bodies. ?Wu Heng walked to the first corpse, released the [Resurrection Technique], and the power of the dead slowly entered the corpse. Cough~! ??The corpse trembled suddenly, coughed dryly, and vomited out a large mouthful of blood. Qi Hancai was startled and subconsciously took a step back. A body that has been dead for a while. ?Just like that, he came back to life? What a true king of hell! It matters whether you live or die. ?Wu Heng continued to release [Life Sustaining Technique] to maintain the opponent''s life state. The technician who had just come back to life and was seriously injured looked at the two of them in horror, with blood still flowing from the corner of his mouth. Wu Heng said: "We are from the Shanfu Port Base. We are giving you a chance. If you want to live, join us and work for us. If you don''t agree, you will have to die." The technician''s pupils shrank for a while, hesitating and hesitating, and nodded with difficulty. "Welcome to join, you don''t have to die." Wu Heng took out a bottle of healing potion, opened his mouth, and poured it in directly. The injuries have improved visibly, and the patient will not die even after removing the [Life-Sustaining Technique]. Wu Heng continued to use [Resurrection Technique] on the second person. After switching to a seriously injured state, he used [Life Sustaining Technique] to maintain his life state and asked directly: "We are from the Shanbu Port Base. We give you two choices. Join us." Us, work for us, the second is death. The second man looked at him angrily, and looked at the corpses around him out of the corner of his eye. ?He turned his head to the side and remained silent. I respect you. Wu Heng said, releasing the [Life-Sustaining Technique]. He vomited out a large mouthful of blood and gradually became silent. ?Wu Heng came to the third person. The woman in front of him was a woman with some white temples. She looked close to 50 years old. It is not easy to still live to this day at such an old age. Release [Resurrection] and [Life-Sustaining] in succession. said: "...Join us, or die." The woman frowned and looked at him, "You..." Answer the question directly. Wu Heng said directly. I, I will join. Finally, he sighed. ?Wu Heng opened the potion and gave her a drink, and her injuries improved significantly. There are medical staff accompanying us. Let them come over and treat these two people. Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai. ? Qi Hancai nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and ordered to go down. Two people immediately ran over, a man and a woman, both old people from the original base. Take them to the medical room, keep an eye on them, and notify me if there is any danger. Qi Hancai ordered. "Yes, Sister Qi." The two went back to get a stretcher, ran twice, and carried the seriously injured two people into the medical room in the base. The rest of the corpses were all transformed into skeletons when Wu Heng released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Joined the queue of skeletons. Spacious conference room. Qi Hancai said: "The facilities here are much more complete than those in Shanbu Port." Garage, medical room, conference room, dormitory. Rooms with different functions have been prepared in advance, but some rooms have been abandoned or filled with clutter due to the end of the world. But this place is still much better than Sanbu Port. The military base must be more complete. Wu Heng took out two bottles of mineral water and handed one to the other party. Qi Hancai took it, took a sip, and said, "Keep it here?" Keep it for now, and well see how to coordinate the two ports later, Wu Heng said. ?Shanbu Port and this military port have the same functions and are not far apart. ?Furthermore, the population is not large, so both of them are preserved, and they are not of much use. Lets discuss it then. Okay. Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng continued, "Keep a close eye on those two people and don''t allow them to go out to avoid any problems." Ill have people watching them. The rest is nothing, just arrange it. Qi Hancai smiled and nodded, "Would you like to choose a room?" The two people walked out of the conference room again and headed to the dormitory building. ?Wu Heng chose a room, while Qi Hancai chose the next door. Have finally settled down here. Leave the rest to Qi Hancai. Wu Heng opened the gate in his dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. The island lords mansion. ?Wu Heng waited for a while on the first floor, and dinner was served. ?A few people sat around the dining table, chatting about the situation on the island in the past two days while eating. The sales of pens and watches sold on Treasure Island are not as popular as they were at the beginning, but there are still many people queuing up to buy them every day. Furthermore, pen and watch factories also began to produce. The purchase restrictions of the chamber of commerce will also be relaxed later, and sales can increase. Master, Bard Saban, do you still have any impression? Anderweil raised her head and asked. What happened to the one who adapted the great detective story? Wu Heng asked. ?Wu Heng still has some impression of this name. When the other party introduced me, I also thought of the video of someone calling Saipan in a short video before the end of the world. Thats how I remember it. Andewil said: "Their team is ready and will perform at the Gem Flower Opera House. You are invited to come and watch." Is it public? "No, I performed it specifically for you to see if you are satisfied or not before considering performing it externally." Andwyer thought for a moment and said. The other party has considered it carefully. Then lets go and have a look tomorrow morning. Weier also has time, so we can go there together. Wu Heng said directly. Minnie and Annettes eyes lit up, and their faces immediately became happy. Anderweil also nodded in agreement, "Okay, Master." Have had dinner. ?A few people chatted in the living room for a while, and Wu Heng just wanted to go upstairs and assemble the electromagnetic gun. The courtyard door was knocked directly. ?Minnie went to open the door, and when she came back again, she was followed by ''Sheila Rose'' who was wearing armor and had a long sword hanging on her waist. ?Wu Heng was also a little surprised when he saw the other party coming at this time. Have you eaten? Wu Heng asked. Ive eaten. Sheela casually sat down opposite. He took off his helmet and sword from his waist and put them aside. Minnie brought tea and cakes, and then ran to the training room, leaving the place to the two of them. What do you want from me? Wu Heng looked at the exquisite beauty elf in confusion. Sheila Gui picked up the tea cup and took a sip, and said softly: "Remember, the representative of the Chamber of Commerce that you killed last time was a member of the Secret Order." Its talking about Glendas ex-husband. Remember, did the Chamber of Commerce solve the problem? Wu Heng was curious. Xilagui said: "There is nothing going on with the Chamber of Commerce. To clarify the relationship, I want to talk about the Cat and Mouse Society." A cat-and-mouse game? Any news? (End of this chapter) Chapter 648 , Qilin Road Chapter 648, Qilin Road The matter of Glenda''s ex-husband is actually over as far as Wu Heng is concerned. The reason why I had been chasing after Glenda so far was because I wanted to undo Glendas [unfinished business]. Finding out about the Secret Order and the Cat and Mouse Society was a matter of incidental investigation. But I didnt expect that Sheila Gui would focus on the investigation. Xila Gui pondered for a moment and said: "The headquarters sent us some corresponding information." Wu Heng said nothing and listened carefully. Sheila Gui continued, "According to the intelligence, the Cat and Mouse Society was established earlier than the Secret Order. It was a private force formed by gangs, caravans, and thieves. It was later absorbed by the Secret Order as an affiliated force. "Through some file records, many members of the Cat and Mouse Society did not know that they were working for the Secret Order, and the people contacted by the Secret Order were also high-level people in charge of the Cat and Mouse Society, such as the one you killed." Magnoro''. Last time, when the ex-husband Magnoro was interrogated, he could make some guesses in his words. As a member of the Secret Order, he is responsible for managing and conveying orders. The people in the Cat and Mouse Society below are very complicated. It is normal not to know the Secret Order. It is enough to get commissions according to the tasks. "Is there a threat to us?" Wu Heng asked. Both he and Sheila Gui belong to Treasure Island. They can''t control things in other places, as long as nothing happens here. "Treasure Island used to be the territory of pirates, and it may not be possible to penetrate here." Sheila Gui said, and then added, "In the intelligence, there was also a vague mention of another conspiracy of the Secret Order." Wu Heng frowned, another conspiracy? The Secret Order does nothing all day long, instead thinking about plotting against others. "What''s the meaning?" Xila Gui seemed to be very satisfied with the other party''s reaction. She smiled slightly and continued: "The Kirin Plan can also be called the Kirin Way. It is a plan used to start a local revolution and support one''s own people to sit on the throne and have the right to speak." "You think it''s also a kingdom?" Wu Heng subconsciously said it. At the same time, I immediately thought of my own understanding of the Esoteric Order. A group of wealthy people who pursue immortality constantly want to gain greater influence through money, and occupy their own interests by instigating coups and promoting war between neighboring countries. Now it seems that these are not random guesses, but clear plans. What happened recently is the Yeke Kingdom. "This is also what I suspect. The fifth princess you met last time also mentioned the interference of outsiders in the throne." Sheila Gui said directly. At that time, the fifth princess mentioned a cult, and for this reason, she wanted the association to get involved. But it doesn''t rule out that it was done by the secret cult. "It is indeed possible." Wu Heng said. "Not only that, the powerful are even more afraid of death. It''s hard to say that no leader of any country would secretly cooperate with the Secret Order to keep themselves alive." Sheila Gui looked like she could see through people''s hearts. Wu Heng nodded in agreement, then looked directly at the other party, "Is there any action from the headquarters?" Sheila Gui replied, "We should let the local association investigate and wait for news then!" "Let the association handle the matters over there. We just need to keep an eye on Treasure Island." Wu Heng leaned back on the sofa and smiled. Xilagui lost her seriousness when she spoke, "You are the owner of the island, don''t wait until you get old and be bribed by them." Wu Heng said angrily, "Who are you looking down on? I am a necromancer. I can use them to renew my life. I can do it myself." Sila Gui''s tone was choked, "You''re so cruel." Seeing that Xila Gei had nothing else to do, Wu Heng continued, "A bard will invite me to watch a stage play tomorrow. If there is nothing else, you can go and join in the fun." "The fifth princess?" "No, it''s an adaptation of the first story of the Great Detective by a bard named Saban." Wu Heng explained. "Are there many people?" "There is no one else. I plan to take Minnie and the others to see it." Sheila Gui thought about it for a while, but she was also quite interested. Asked: "Okay, then I will make arrangements tomorrow and let the rest of the team take a look." Wu Heng nodded, "Okay." "Speaking of which, you really have talent as a magician..." After the conversation was over, Sheila Gui brought up the pen and watch again, and the two chatted casually. Wait until it gets dark. Sheila Gui put on her sword again and said, "I''m going back. I''ll take someone there tomorrow morning." Wu Heng also stood up, "You two sisters still owe me one more time for the last bet." Xila Gui paused, staring with big eyes, a little surprised, "You don''t even say it, but you always bring it up." "Waiting for a chance." Wu Heng said. "Think about it first. Shi Yali wants to treat you to dinner in two days. Then you can tell her so that it doesn''t look like we are cheating on you." Xila Gui said, her face visibly turning red. "Then I''ll think about it carefully." Wu Heng nodded and sent her out. Sheila Gui said as she walked, "You can''t go too far..., you can''t do anything bad, and you can''t..." "If you regret it, just say so. You are a deacon, and I can''t do anything to you." Sheila Gui paused and said, "Okay, just think about it." Walking her out the door, waving goodbye. Sheela walked out of the alley, called a carriage, and slowly disappeared from sight. Wu Heng also returned to the house and walked upstairs. When they came to the study, the three ghosts were busy with their own things. Wu Heng sat down on the side and said: "Sheila Gui came just now and brought some news about ''Magnolo''." Glenda, who was revising the draft, looked up and asked, "What''s the news?" "About the cat-and-mouse association behind him." Wu Heng repeated to her what Xila Gui had just said to him. In the news, there are more matters related to the forces behind it, and Granda''s side is not involved. Glenda, after a brief reflection, said: "Based on what I know about him, the Cat and Mouse Society should be arranged by the Secret Order. He helped deliver some orders. As for the Kirin Road, this is my first time." I heard that, as Shiragui said, he is very likely to be involved in the battle for the throne of the Kingdom of Yeko. "We have similar ideas." Wu Heng nodded. Glenda said: "You and Sheila Rose''s perspectives should be different. The lifespan of elves makes it difficult for them to stand from a human perspective and experience the fear of life gradually coming to an end. The Secret Order can come up with ways to extend life. It has a strong appeal to the human royal family. That''s right. But anyone who has power will want to enjoy privileges forever and live forever. But not only humans, the leaders of other races may not be so great. It''s nothing more than a matter of dying early and dying late. "That''s what happened. In fact, the Cat and Mouse Society told Qilin that it has nothing to do with us. It''s just a matter of guarding Treasure Island." Wu Heng stood up and stretched. "That''s right." Glenda agreed. "I''m going to rest, you can play." Wu Heng said, walked out of the study and returned to the bedroom to rest. Gem Flower Opera House. A huge newly built building on Treasure Island, with white stone pillars and an exaggerated semicircular dome. The opera house has become a landmark building in this area. In the translated name of the elves, Shannara represents the gem flower. The real owner of this opera house is also Shanara. The interior of the building is equally magnificent, with a strong wood elf decoration style. Wu Heng led the maids into the hall and sat down in a seat in the middle. Minnie and the others were chatting away, looking forward to the next performance. After sitting in his seat and waiting for a while, footsteps came from the entrance, and Andwyer walked in with several people from the city hall. "Island Master." Anderweil took the lead in saluting. The city hall staff at the rear also saluted, "Your Majesty, Island Master." "Find a place to sit!" Wu Heng said. Anderweil led everyone to the side and sat on one side. Robbe said softly: "Sister Wei''er is so powerful." Minnie also lowered her voice, "It turned out to be the young patriarch, so it''s nothing to care about such a small number of people." (End of chapter) Chapter 649 , you won鈥檛 lie to us, right? Chapter 649: You wont lie to us, right? "That''s right." Robert nodded in agreement. Minnie added, "When she is with her master, she acts like a good baby." "Hehe!" The other two people also laughed. Anderweier looked over here as if she felt something. Minnie shut up with a guilty conscience and started talking about the decoration style here again. Not long after, Xila Gui came in with Shi Yali and several team members. After saying hello, she found a seat and sat down. Then ''McIntosh'' from the Old Barrel Tavern also walked in with someone. After saluting, he sat at the back. When the others were almost here, Wu Heng said to his side: "Tell them they can start." Robey walked out of his seat and spoke to the staff guarding the aisle. The other party quickly walked down. On the stage, the huge red curtain slowly opened. When the scene behind them was revealed, the stage began to become noisy, with guides holding high signposts, vendors carrying goods, and women carrying baskets mumbling. Everyone on the stage is performing, forming a street-like scene. Then, a cloaked figure appeared, and a clear narration sounded. "I am a doctor. After being introduced by a local friend, Mr. Wu Heng and I rented this house together." The scene changes and the actor playing Watson walks towards a house. Saban, who played Wu Heng, rushed out excitedly with a potion in his hand, shouting, "I found it, I found it..." Behind the stage. Several women were gathering together, watching the performance on the stage from the side. "They were so well prepared and restored the scene on the street." A woman lifted her lower skirt and said in surprise. They are another group of people who got the adaptation of "Benny, the Blushing Maid" from the island master''s mansion. Today I heard that the performance has started here. After talking to Saban and others for a long time, I was allowed to follow them and watch the performance from the side. "Yes, the props are all prepared. If we don''t perform well, will we make the island owner angry?" Some people started to worry. "No, the island master won''t do it." The fifth princess, ''Brittany'', said softly, with a firm tone. The others also nodded and continued to look at the performance above. Brittany leaned forward again and looked toward the audience. Look at the figure in the middle of the crowd. It''s exactly as rumored outside. This island owner particularly likes the orc maid. "Wow, the acting is really good, but the person who plays Wu Heng is a little older and his temperament is much worse." Shi Yali praised, and touched her sister with her arm, "Xila Gui, do you think so?" Sheila Gui glanced at the members around her and said with a straight face: "Just watch, don''t talk all the time." After saying that, he still unconsciously looked at the figure diagonally ahead of him from the corner of his eye. His temperament is a little worse, but it''s not for nothing. The performance lasted for more than 40 minutes, and the entire story was fully performed. It seems to be the way the narrator explains and the actors perform. It is a little different from modern stage plays. But it can also be seen that these people are very serious about what they do, whether it is the performance or the props, they really put their heart into it. Saban led all the actors in salute, and the curtain slowly fell. Wait until it''s completely over. Saban ran over from behind and saluted, "Lord of the Island." "Yes, the story is well acted." Wu Heng praised. Although there are some shortcomings, some things need to be changed as we go along, and nothing will be perfect at once. Saban beamed with joy when he heard the island owner''s affirmation, "Thank you, sir." "Keep working hard!" Wu Heng encouraged him again, got up and left with the others. As they approached the exit, violent cheers rang out from behind. And, we were able to perform and so on. All the way out of the theater, Sheila Gui led the team to go back for rotation. Others also said hello and walked towards their respective offices. In the afternoon, in a pub. The bard finished telling the story in the newspaper on the stage, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Different from the past, I did not go to rest during the interval, but still stayed on the stage. With a slight cough, everyone below immediately fell silent. Look at him curiously. The bard smiled and said: "Everyone, let me tell you some news. In the morning, our stage play has been approved by the island owner. It will be performed at the opera house in three days. Guests who like stage plays can also I hope many people will support me. Everyone in the audience frowned, and then became noisy. "The stage play came out so quickly." "It''s been more than half a month, not too short." "I''m really looking forward to the effect of the stage play." "The island owner is really different from those nobles. He allowed the stage play to be adapted and even went to see it in person." "I feel like I can act..." Listening to the discussion in the audience, the bard also smiled. Most of the taverns on the island are promoting stage plays in their free time. And this incident spread quickly on the island. The stage play was discussed on the island, but Wu Heng didn''t pay much attention. In the afternoon, I stopped by the factory. Several factories were also busy, and the products could basically maintain the current supply. Moreover, the people guarding the factory are skeletons, and the workers are also skeletons. I dont know if it is considered a modern unmanned workshop. Modern machinery, without living things, feels like all conditions are met. The first pens and watches sold on the island have been shipped by sea. Ill see how the feedback from the caravans comes back later. I think it shouldnt be too bad. After all, there are no substitutes in the current market. In the next step, the output will be stable and a large number of products will be sold to the outside world. After dinner, the sky gradually darkened. Wu Heng sat in the bedroom and waited for a while. Shanela came in wiping her hair, sat down aside, and said softly: "How was the stage play today?" After watching the stage play, Wu Heng asked someone to notify Shanara. I just had to process some orders in the morning, so I didnt go there. Wu Heng said: "It''s better than expected." "Then I''ll take a look if I get the chance." Shanara said, and then added, "The potion auction will be the day after tomorrow. A total of five bottles of potion will be sold." "No problem, just take care of it." Wu Heng said. Shanara said in a serious tone, "Since there is going to be an auction, you have to withstand the pressure. If someone comes to buy it privately with you, you are not allowed to sell a bottle." Wu Heng frowned slightly, "So strict?" "Of course, the decisiveness of your refusal will be more beneficial to the auction, especially the pressure from the association. There are many who cannot become heroes and are waiting for a breakthrough." Shannara said softly. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Okay, I won''t be at home tomorrow and the day after tomorrow, you have the final say." Shanara smiled and nodded, gently touched his head, and said in a doting tone, "You''re so good." "Is there any reward?" "What other rewards do you want from your auction?" Wu Heng hugged her gently and put his red lips in his mouth. Lie on the bed and rest together. The next day, overwhelming publicity began to be released. The Opera House will hold a pharmacy auction tomorrow, and members of the Chamber of Commerce, invited persons, and people who have registered from the association and the city hall can participate. Yesterday, most of the bards on the island were just informed that they would perform in three days. There''s another auction going on. Time is grasped tightly. This made the opera house even more popular. Many people ran to the location of the Opera House to watch this newly built tall building. "It''s an auction for the exhibits on the third floor. Sure enough, there are real objects." "In the past few days, the dignitaries from the island are all waiting for this potion." "It''s great to have money. You can take medicine when you upgrade, so you don''t have to train anymore." Association, Deacon''s Study. Several high-level professionals with different clothes and different races were sitting on the sofa. "Where can that kid run to at this time?" "You little girl won''t join forces with that kid to lie to us here, will you?" "Can we old guys still bully him? It''s just a meeting and a chat." Opposite me, Sila Gui had sweat on her forehead. (End of chapter) Chapter 650 , how about 500? Chapter 650, how about 500? Zombie world, medical room. Wu Heng sat on one side and looked at the two patients in the room. The man was about 40 years old, with a pale face and messy sparse hair. He had an infusion tube inserted into his arm and transparent liquid was dripping down. On another hospital bed not far away, there was a woman in her 50s. Her hair was white and dry, scattered casually on her shoulders, and her lips were chapped. Both of them were looking here, with a little uneasiness in their eyes. Opposite each hospital bed, two skeletons holding weapons stood, their empty eyes staring straight at the hospital bed, motionless. These two people were the two Korean technicians who were rescued by Wu Heng. I had a day of rest yesterday, so I came over today to check on the two of them. "Are you feeling better?" Wu Heng asked in Korean. The two are not trustworthy, but the base needs talents in all aspects. If they are willing to work honestly, Wu Heng is still willing to let them join. The man replied, "Recovered somewhat." "You should have some understanding of the base. My attitude is also very simple. In the current environment, we should help each other and survive in the end of the world, instead of hurting each other because of the concepts of race and camp. What do you think?" Wu Heng said flatly. said. The two looked at each other, and it was the man who spoke again, "You are right." "Since you have chosen to join the base, work hard in the future and we will ensure your life and safety." Wu Heng still said. "Don''t worry, we are just technicians at the base. The attack on your Skeleton Team has nothing to do with us. We will try our best to complete the work you asked us in the future." The man said seriously. Hearing the other party''s assurance, Wu Heng nodded and looked at the woman inside, "What about you?" The woman also said: "I will also do what you ask, but I hope that the assigned work content will be in the areas we are good at." "What were you originally responsible for?" Wu Heng asked. The man said: "I am responsible for the control of the equipment on the ship, and also command the installation and deployment as required." "Can close-in defense guns be mounted on frigates?" "able!" Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "What about other places? For example, I want to attack the ground or protect the safety of a building." The man replied, "It''s possible, but you need to make some arrangements in advance, such as the auxiliary system, the ammunition supply system, and the base. They all need to be properly arranged." It''s not a loss to save him. The matter of close-in defense artillery is finally settled. "I understand." Wu Heng looked at the woman on the bed inside again, "What aspect are you responsible for?" The woman replied, "I''m a communications technician." Communication technology. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "With the current environment, can an independent communication system be established? For example, calls between several bases." "You can lay telephone lines, arrange conversion equipment in advance, and maintain telephone communication with each other." The woman paused, and then said, "You can understand it as an old fixed landline. The difficulty is the laying of power supply and telephone lines." Wu Heng nodded thoughtfully. It is not difficult to supply power and lay lines. "Old-fashioned telephone lines, easy to find?" "It''s not difficult. The current ones also have the original functions. It''s easy to find some places that sell this kind of phone lines." The woman said. "I understand. I will recover from my injuries in the next two days. I will arrange some students for you later and you will be responsible for teaching them." Wu Heng said to the two of them. They both breathed a sigh of relief when they heard that it was just teaching. The teacher''s status is not low. Once the students have learned something, they will be placed in various areas of the base, and they will also have their own connections. Not a bad job. "Understood." The two responded immediately. Wu Heng stood up and left with Qi Hancai. In the corridor. Qi Hancai said: "Should we arrange a place for them to attend classes?" "Prepare the classroom. Then I will arrange for some skeletons to come over to study with them, and also arrange for some of us to come in." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll make arrangements later." Qi Hancai said. Finished talking about the two wounded. Wu Heng then said: "Is the team here?" "exist!" "Get ready, let''s go clean up the zombies today." "Okay." Qi Hancai agreed, picked up the walkie-talkie and started mobilizing the fleet. Not long after, the motorcade and skeletons gathered at the door. Leave the base and head forward. Hohoho~! The dense group of corpses collided with the spear array of skeletons. The sounds of tearing and biting each other resounded throughout the area. As the zombies fell one by one. Wisps of remnant souls slowly floated up, like cotton wool fluttering in the wind. Glenda shuttled among the remaining souls, devouring the ferocious souls one after another to increase her experience. "Can Aunt Glenda also be a hero?" Xiaoxiao floated to one side and asked curiously. Penny thought for a moment, "We are ghosts, so we shouldn''t be heroes!" "That''s right." Xiao Xiaofei came to Wu Heng''s side, "Uncle, what is the name of the level 20 ghost?" Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know, there seems to be no similar record." "So Aunt Glenda will be the first?" "It''s possible. You''ll know what level 20 is called by then." Wu Heng said with a smile. Xiaoxiao said again, "Oh, can you reach level 20 today?" "We should be able to reach level 19 today, and 20 is behind 19." "I know!" When one person and two souls were talking, system prompts also sounded from their ears. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 19, agility +1, intelligence +2, perception +2, and charm +1.] Upgraded. Wu Heng looked up and saw that Glenda was still devouring the remaining soul. The number of remnant souls is not as dense as it was at the beginning. When all the corpses below were dead and injured, the ghosts in the sky were also swallowed up by Glenda. Wu Heng continued to order, "Advance the entire army." Wow~! The skeleton army stood up and moved forward, killing all targets in its path. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai to come with a convoy to search. Not long after, the battle ended. Bodies were dragged out from everywhere, Wu Heng began to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield], and a large number of skeletons stood up and joined the skeleton team. When the convoy finished collecting the loot, the transformation of the corpses was over. Wu Heng got back on the co-pilot and returned to the base together. Leave the rest to Qi Hancai. Wu Heng returned to his room and returned to another world. The island owner''s mansion. Minnie and others were counting the gifts in the room. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, they all said hello. "Is someone coming?" Minnie said: "Many people came, and Deacon Sheila Gui arranged for people to come twice to ask if you were at home." "Is it all because of the auction?" "I don''t know the purpose, but it''s definitely not a case." Minnie said directly. Wu Heng glanced at the gift box in the living room, "Is there anything good?" "A lot of good things." Minnie took out a beautiful sculpture from the gift box. Robert took out glasses with a gem pendant in another gift box, stretched out his finger and passed through the lens, "Empty." It is similar to what was sent last time, and they are all things that reflect the elegant life of the nobles. In Wu Heng''s opinion, it would be better to give him two self-heating bathtubs, which can be used in the newly occupied base. "See where it is suitable to put it. If you don''t need it, put it in the warehouse first." Wu Heng said. "Okay, Master." Minnie nodded. The three maids opened it one by one, their faces full of enthusiasm as if they were opening a blind box. From time to time, he would let out an exclamation and show off the gifts he had given out. Wu Heng sat aside and watched several maids choose gifts, with a smile on his face. Sometimes people come to visit outside the door. Minnie used the excuse that Wu Heng was not at home and asked him to come back another day. It''s approaching dusk. Anderweil and Shanara also came back from outside. Sitting at the dining table together, eating dinner together. After eating a little, Shanara picked up a handkerchief and wiped the corners of her mouth, and said softly: "You are not here today. There are many people there." Wu Heng said with a smile: "I feel that we can make a living by reselling these gifts in the future." "Without your current status, who would give you a gift?" Shannara glanced sideways at him. "That''s right." Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. Shanara continued: "The venue has been decorated. The number of potions for sale has been set at five bottles, and the base price is five hundred gold coins. What do you think?" (End of chapter) Chapter 651 ,poisonous Chapter 651, poisonous "Five hundred, isn''t it a bit high?" Wu Heng asked. After the lowest price, there will be a bidding process, and the final price will increase several times. Shanara smiled, "What you are selling to now are those wealthy merchants and nobles, and the medicine is drunk into the stomach. If it is cheaper, will those wealthy merchants and nobles believe it? They don''t lack money, but they lack reasons to believe. " "Uh..., your angle makes sense." Wu Heng said. Minnie smiled and said, "Sister Shanara is a rich woman and has experience in this field." Shanara stretched out her arm and nodded at her pretending to be angry. Wu Heng also nodded, "Then according to what you said, those people are so poor that they only have money, and they don''t care whether it''s expensive or not." Shannella looked at him, "Hate against the rich." "No, I also hate talented people." Wu Heng added. Then came Anderweil, who also said: "The patrol team will increase the number and frequency of patrols near the opera house. One of the deputy deacons of the association will be responsible for external security, and the other will be responsible for the inside of the venue." "Just make the arrangements." Wu Heng nodded. A few people chatted for a while, and the table was cleaned by the skeleton. When night falls, everyone returns to their rooms to rest. The night was like ink, and the whole city was immersed in silence. The opera house, which was magnificent during the day and was watched by everyone, looked particularly eerie in the darkness. Brush~! A tame beast shuttled through the night sky and hovered above the building. Then, there were three figures, quietly approaching the opera house like ghosts. Under the moonlight, a black cloak and a black mask can be vaguely seen, revealing only a pair of cunning eyes. One person stood on guard, one controlled the tamed beast to hover in the sky, and the other skillfully took out a tool and began to carefully pick the lock. The three of them were extremely cautious and did not dare to make a sound. Just carry out your work according to the plan. Treasure Island is so rich, I just want to steal something today. Even if the auction items are not here, they can still make a lot of money. If the auction items are here, then their lives will change. Click~! There was a crisp sound and the door lock suddenly opened. The moment the lock was opened, several explosions rang out in the night sky. Bang bang bang~! The bullets penetrated the heads of the three people front and back, blood exploded, and the bodies flew backwards. Immediately afterwards, several figures walked out of the building opposite. With straw mats, mops and buckets in hand, he rolled up the body, locked the door again, and then began to clean the scene. "What wave is it?" "This is the third wave, a group of thieves who are crazy and poor." "Do you need to speak to eldest sister?" "No, there may be more in the middle of the night. Search the corpses and keep the valuable ones. The corpses are piled in the backyard." "good!" The scene was almost tidied up, and several people left again. Only puddles of water were left on the ground. The next day, Gem Flower Opera House. The magnificent hall is like a shining pearl, exuding an atmosphere of luxury and mystery. The dome of the hall hangs high, and the bright crystal chandeliers cast soft light, shrouding the entire space in brightness and dreaminess. Guests dressed in gorgeous costumes entered the venue one after another. The acquaintances chatted with each other, discussing the magic of Treasure Island and what price the sale would achieve. After a while of noise. The seats gradually filled up, and the exhibition started directly after the bell rang. On the auction stage, a wood elf in a black dress walked onto the stage. After a brief self-introduction, he said directly: "There is only one item on the auction, a physical strengthening potion. It has been certified by associations and consortia. Due to the scarcity of materials, it is difficult to make. Very high, a total of five bottles were auctioned this time. Wow~! There was a commotion in the crowd. "Only five bottles, so few." "There are at least hundreds of people at the scene. Just grab these five bottles. What a joke." "It looks like the competition will be fierce." The auctioneer on the stage waited for the chatter to subside before continuing: "Bring up the first bottle." The elegant wood elf maid walked up, carrying a tray and swaying lightly. The silk opened to reveal a bottle of potion. "The starting price is 500 gold coins, and each increase must not be less than 20 gold coins. You can start now. By the way, if you don''t have enough money to bring in customers, you can ask the staff at any time to apply for a mortgage loan." After the auctioneer finished speaking, he took a few steps back. Let the potion appear in the middle of the stage. When the people below heard 500 gold, their eyes widened. Just asking for 500 gold, is this like drinking immortality? After a while of discussion, there was a brief silence. Then, a human noble raised his number plate and said, "520 gold." "There are really people buying it. Aren''t you afraid of being cheated?" "It can improve one''s own abilities. It is a miracle medicine for people who are hindered in their improvement." "That man is wearing an alchemy robe. He should be buying it back to study." "That''s right. In addition to buying something to drink, many people also want to buy it and study it." Amid the discussion, another dwarf raised his sign. "540." 600. . "1080." One bid after another, the bidding price skyrocketed. In the private room on the second floor. Wu Heng looked down along the window. When I heard someone making a bid, and the bidding price kept rising, I was relieved. I''m really afraid that no one will make an offer, which will make it ugly. Now it seems that Shannella''s judgment is still accurate. Shanara sat aside and said softly: "What are you worried about? Don''t you believe my judgment?" "I''m afraid they don''t know the goods." Wu Heng said with a smile. "You don''t know them. Our high prices are in line with their impression of rare medicines. The second thing is that even if the suspicion is false, there is a possibility and there are still people willing to take a gamble. For them, making money is more important than It''s easier to improve yourself," Shannella explained plainly. "What you said makes sense." Wu Heng agreed. While the two were talking, the transaction for the first bottle of potion was completed at a price of 3,480 gold coins. The man who won the bid took out bags of gold coins and paid directly on the spot. Rich and wealthy. Shanela continued, "This is the first bottle, and the last bottle can be doubled several times." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly and continued to look down. Auction house, side. Sheela was wearing armor and a helmet, leaning against the wall and watching the auction on the field. When he heard that a bottle of potion was sold for three thousand gold, the eyes under the helmet widened instantly. The money comes too quickly! Judging from this price, the protection of this exhibit at the exhibition was obviously insufficient. Fortunately, no problems occurred. Sheela pushed her helmet and muttered: "How many good things does this guy have?" "Really, I''m already a deacon, and I don''t get any limelight at all." The auction continues. The second bottle sold for 3,260 gold coins. The third bottle cost 3,680 gold coins, and when it came to the fourth bottle, the bidding became fierce again, and the final transaction price reached 6,840 gold coins. This price has eliminated most bidders. Even if they are all merchants or nobles, there are still differences in strength. When many people heard this price, they shook their heads helplessly and gave up the subsequent bidding. Finally got to the last bottle. The auctioneer reminded softly, "Everyone, the starting price for the last bottle is still 500 gold. If you miss today, I don''t know when the next auction will be held. Maybe there won''t be one in the future. Please start!" The whole place was silent for a few seconds, and then someone spoke. "Everyone, I am getting old. Please be accommodating. I will offer you 520 gold coins." "Whoever is young, I will pay you 600." "If we continue to argue like this, we will only give the island owner an advantage. I will pay 3,500. Let me see if the potion is real or fake first." On the second floor, Wu Heng frowned. You buy something, tell me what to do. "4000, I don''t accept the increase." "Staff, I have some gold items here. I''ll exchange them for some gold coins from you." "I just bought the mansion from the city hall yesterday, and I mortgaged the deed." "You are really sick, I will pay you 5,000." For a time, in the entire store, people were scolding the island owner for being sick whoever bought it. But one by one they started bidding again. Prices have also skyrocketed. The auctioneer is smiling. Wu Heng and Shanara were also on the second floor with happy faces. I have thousands of bottles of this medicine at home. "32860 gold once." "The second time" Boom~! The gavel fell, "Congratulations to Guest No. 465, this bottle of potion is yours." "Damn it." The person who was named gritted his teeth and was not happy at all. Most of the artifacts in the space ring have been mortgaged. I''m really not sure whether this potion will work or not. The bidding is completely over. Amid the auctioneer''s thanks, everyone left the venue one after another, talking about the sky-high price of the potion. In a mansion. The auction dispersed, and many people followed. They all sat in the hall, looking at the old man drinking tea leisurely in the middle. "Mr. Ultramar, don''t be so pretentious. Take the potion now and tell us what the effect is." "That is, it also gives us a sense of whether it is of any use." "Stop drinking water. What should I do if I can''t drink the potion for a while?" The old man glanced at everyone. With a smile on his face, "Are you using me as a testing stone?" "It''s dangerous to keep the medicine on you. Let''s bear witness. If you take it, you''ll save yourself a lot of trouble." Someone reminded softly. If you drink it, it belongs to you. If you keep it on your body, someone will remember it after all. The old man nodded and took out the potion. Several alchemists beside him were also ready for rescue, as well as several scrolls with healing effects. Once in danger, rescue immediately. The old man took a deep breath, opened the cork and drank directly. The next second, the exposed arms and neck were instantly covered with purple and black veins, which quickly spread to other locations. The old man also fell to the ground instantly and began to struggle in pain. A moaning sound came from his mouth. The others were shocked. He stood up suddenly and fell backwards. "Damn it, it''s poisonous!" I spent several thousand gold to buy a poison. (End of chapter) Chapter 652 , great value for money Chapter 652, great value for money The sudden situation was beyond everyone''s expectation. The black and purple veins that appeared on the body and the painful appearance were obviously signs of poisoning. It is definitely not an ordinary toxin that can cause such a violent reaction to a professional immediately. "I just said there was something wrong with the potion." "That''s how it is possible for that kid to research this kind of potion." "The credentials of the association and consortium are probably also fake." "What are you looking at? Save people quickly. It will spread all over the body and there will be no way to save them." The whole place was in chaos. Some people urged to save people, while others shouted that they wanted to go to the island owner''s mansion to settle accounts. The whole island is here, and there is no fear of the other party running away. Under the urging, the alchemist waiting aside stepped forward to investigate the situation. The butler who was standing by his side stretched out his hand to stop the approaching people, "Wait a moment." Everyone frowned and looked at each other in confusion. "What are you waiting for? If you wait any longer, there will be no one left." "Bold, you dare to stop saving people." The old man''s former friend denounced him angrily. The butler bowed and explained, "Everyone, please wait a moment. When the auction was completed, the store said in advance that the medicine had side effects. Just grit your teeth and get through it. Try not to use any other medicine during the process to distract from the effect of the medicine. " side effect? Disperse drug effect? With such a strong reaction, are you sure it won''t poison people directly? When everyone doubts whether this matter is true or false. The veins on the old man''s body gradually subsided, and his trembling body stopped. All the bad performances are disappearing little by little. He was helped to sit on the chair. At this time, everyone looked at the old man again and saw some differences. My physical condition has improved a lot. Even the dense wrinkles on my face have been reduced a lot. I feel several years younger. Someone asked impatiently: "How is it? Is there anything uncomfortable?" The old man twisted his neck, and under everyone''s expectant gaze, he leisurely picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "Fuck, you are talking and drinking water." "If you are willing to drink it, I have some tea over there for you. You can tell me how it feels first." "Does that medicine have any effect?" Seeing that everyone started to urge, the old man smiled and said lightly, "I can only say that it is well worth the money." Wow~! The rest boiled again. It really works. "I still have something to do, I''ll go back first." "I''ll go back first and come back at another time to congratulate Mr. Ultramar." The guests present said goodbye one after another and all left. Pass back the fact that the medicine is indeed effective. Similar scenes occurred in several other mansions. Under the gaze of a room full of wealthy businessmen and dignitaries, those who purchased the potion opened the cork and drank it directly. The strong side effects made everyone think they had bought a fake. He even suspected that the whole thing was a scam. But as the side effects disappeared, people who took it said it was indeed effective. It turned into wonder and praise. It is now confirmed that the potion works as advertised. This kind of thing has really been researched. Potions that increase attributes without upgrading the level. The dignitaries who investigated the situation left one after another, and the news that the medicine was really effective was spreading rapidly. The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng sat in the study and looked at the drawings in his hands. Not long after, Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew back. Xiaoxiao said: "I took the medicine, and when I had side effects, I frightened the people next to me. I even said I wanted to settle the score with you, uncle." "What happened next?" Wu Heng asked. "It got better later. The old noble who took the medicine also said it was effective. They also praised you for your talent." Xiaoxiao flew aside with arms crossed. "It''s okay." Wu Heng said. It goes without saying that the potion is effective. I have taken it myself, and so have the maids from another world and several women around me. The effect is definitely no problem. But I am also afraid that something unexpected might happen, for example, the person taking it is too old or has some heart disease. The side effects of medicines can induce diseases and lead to death. That''s really unlucky. While talking, Glenda and Penny also flew back. Granda said: "The two people I observed took it normally and had no problems." Penny also said, "The people I followed also took it. The businessmen who followed to see the effect of the medicine wrote letters on the carriage back saying that the medicine was indeed effective and sent them out." It seems that many people are still in a wait-and-see state. I don''t quite believe that medicine can have such efficacy. Now everyone who bought the medicine has taken it, and the effectiveness of the medicine has basically been confirmed. "It seems that this time it was quite successful." Wu Heng said with a smile. Glenda floated towards the desk, "Thanks to your wood elf, she handled the whole thing very well." Wu Heng said: "After all, he is the president of Star Flower, so he is more familiar with this aspect." "So, you should treat others well, and they will help you in the future." Glenda said softly. Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "It''s like I''m taking advantage of Shanara." "Of course not, but it feels like sometimes, your brain can''t react. It''s not your fault. Men and women think about problems in different directions." Glenda still said. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "You are right, I will pay attention to it." Xiaoxiao couldn''t stand it, so he floated over and lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder, "Who said that? Everyone likes uncle very much." Granda smiled and said, "Some aspects are indeed better." "Not only in terms of women, Wuheng has developed so fast after leaving Blackstone Town." Penny also said. "I know." Xiaoxiao raised his hand, and then said: "Yeke Kingdom rejects the Necromancer, the deacon of Blackstone Town, and wants to take over his uncle''s body. All of them are bad guys." "That''s right." Penny thought it was right. The environment in Blackstone Town was indeed not suitable for his development, and it left the scope of the Kingdom of Yeko. Wu Heng seemed to have found his own direction and improved at an astonishing speed. Dong dong dong~! While talking, there was a knock on the door. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, are you there?" Wu Heng let the ghosts go about their business, opened the door and walked out, "What''s wrong?" "A gentleman named ''Virgil'' came to visit and said he was a member of the Hongwen Society of the Association." Minnie said. Virgil was the association mage who invited himself to join the Hongwen Society when he came to Treasure Island last time. It feels like not much time has passed, and Im back at Treasure Island again. "Take him to the living room." Wu Heng followed Minnie downstairs. After waiting in the living room for a while, Minnie walked in with someone. The leading mage followed into the living room, while the two attendants stayed at the door. "Master of Wuheng Island!" A man with a ruddy face and wearing a mage''s robe walked in. Wu Heng stood up and smiled, "Mr. Virgil, I haven''t seen you for a while." Virgil also smiled and said: "I didn''t expect that so many wonderful things would happen to Treasure Island not long after I left. If I had known, I wouldn''t have left." "It''s not too late to stay." Wu Heng extended his hand to signal, "Please sit down." The two sat down in the living room, and the maids brought tea and cakes. Then Minnie, headed by them, stood aside politely, like a professional maid from a noble family. Virgil praised: "Compared to the last time I came here, Treasure Island has undergone new changes. I have been to many major cities in many countries, and many of them are not as prosperous and lively as Treasure Island is now." Wu Heng said politely: "When the exhibition and auction incident is over, it will return to its original appearance." Virgil continued, "You are too modest. I know that many wealthy businessmen have bought mansions on the island. As long as the exhibition continues and the auctions of potions are held regularly, the heat on the island will not pass, but will only get worse." The better. "I hope it will be as you said, and things will get better and better in the future!" Wu Heng smiled. Virgil nodded with a smile, and then asked in a serious tone: "I won''t sell it to you. Did you make that potion?" (End of chapter) Chapter 653 , Rich people have bad brains Chapter 653: Rich people have bad brains "The potion at the auction? It was developed and funded by me." Wu Heng replied. "Is there any more? I can buy it at the price at the auction." Virgil said solemnly. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and shook his head, "This kind of potion is difficult to make. It took us half a year to prepare five bottles." "Not a bottle left?" "There is no more bottle. The previous one has been used, and the rest have been put up for auction." Wu Heng said with certainty. "I can''t stay on Treasure Island, you see..., next time I have a chance..." Virgil said in a long tone. Wu Heng pondered for a moment and said: "I only organized and funded the research and development. There are other people inside. What I can do is get the news and write you a letter in advance to make preparations." Virgil hesitated to speak. No matter whether what the other party said was true or false, he had already said this, and he would definitely not be able to get the potion. As for using status to oppress others. Now with this kid''s attention, I may not be able to suppress him. If it gets too big, it will only make Master and Disciple Lu An very embarrassed. Moreover, there is some truth in what he said. This medicine could not have been developed by him. Either there are skeletons under his hands who understand alchemy. This is the most perverted thing about the Necromancer. The second point is that what he said is true. He cannot make full decisions on potions developed in cooperation with others. If the method doesn''t work, forget it. "Please inform me before the next auction." Wu Heng nodded, "Okay." Finished talking about potions. Virgil picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then said, "This time, the chief reason for coming here is ''Claudio'', the leader of the Hongwen Society. He is very satisfied with the pens and watches sold on Treasure Island. He asked me to come over to purchase them. This matter is very powerful." Island Master Heng should be fine, right?" The name of the leader of Hongwenhui was already mentioned, and Wu Heng really couldn''t refuse anymore. The other party mentioned the potion first, fearing that he might have thought up his words before coming. Its hard for me to reject the opponent twice, so the potion has no chance. Its impossible and impossible to get the pen and watch that have been on sale for so long! Moreover, he himself also joined the Hongwen Society and became a member of it. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, glanced at Minnie beside him, and said, "Minnie, go to the factory and ask how many pens and watches you can get. I need an accurate quantity." "Yes, Master." Minnie nodded and left quickly. Wu Heng looked at the opposite side again, "Wait a moment, wait for the inquiry to come back." Virgil nodded, "There''s no rush." While waiting. Wu Heng also took this time and said, "Can you report to Hongwen that the professional scrolls are more inclined here." Within the association, professional scrolls are inscribed by scholars from the Hongwen Society and then distributed to resident associations in various places. For some reason, the number of scrolls on Treasure Island has never been very large. This time I just brought it up. Virgil said: "This matter is easy to handle. After I return, I will coordinate with the association and make adjustments." "Also, can we hold some courses on Treasure Island, such as literacy, alchemy, and weapon mastering courses? Originally, this place was full of pirates and their culture was not high. It would be better if there were some courses to improve them." Wu Wu Heng said again. "I can tell the superiors that with the current security and development of Treasure Island, there should be no problem." Virgil still happily agreed. This level of exhilaration made Wu Heng a little unable to react. He smiled and thanked, "That''s really troublesome Mr. Virgil." "These are all normal arrangements, no trouble." Virgil was still polite. The two chatted for a while, and Minnie hurried back from outside. He whispered a few words in Wu Heng''s ear, and then stepped aside again. Wu Heng said: "I can give Hongwen Huiyun 500 pens and 20 watches, but I need you to promise not to tell anyone. These are all from orders from other chambers of commerce. If the news spreads, it will not be good for me." credibility is affected. Virgil nodded, "That''s no problem. After I get it, I will take it back to the association and it will not have any impact on Treasure Island." "That''s good." Wu Heng glanced sideways. Minnie stepped forward again and took out the fully packaged pen and watch from the space ring. Wu Heng smiled and said: "Mr. Virgil, check it out." Virgil nodded and took out the corresponding gold coins from the space ring. Both parties began to inspect the goods and count the coins. After confirming that there were no problems, I collected them all. Virgil stood up and said, "I won''t disturb the island owner anymore, and I will go back as soon as possible." Wu Heng also stood up, "When there is news about the potion, I will write to you in advance." "good." The two of them walked outside together, and Virgil said casually: "Recently, Hongwen Club is excavating an ancient site. It won''t take long before some ancient stone slabs will be distributed." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, "Do you have any explanation?" "There is no explanation. If you can decipher some, it will be regarded as a meritorious service. It doesn''t matter if you can''t decipher it. Just think of it as gaining some knowledge. It is difficult to decipher this kind of thing." Virgil said with a smile. "I understand." Wu Heng nodded. Send the other person out the door and wave goodbye. Virgil got into the carriage and left directly. Wu Heng also returned to the house, asked the maids to send the money back, and then returned to the study. dusk. Shanara came back from outside. With a wave of his hand, a wooden box fell on the carpet. The lid of the box opened, revealing golden gold coins. "Don''t lose the gold coins from the auction, as well as some mortgaged objects, property deeds, and ship orders. Someone might come back to redeem them later." From this transaction, Wu Heng made a lot of money. Five bottles of first-level corpse core potion were sold for a sky-high price. Wu Heng stepped forward, picked up Shanara, and spun her around, "It''s great to have you." Shanara exclaimed, and out of the corner of her eye she saw the maids looking over here, their faces a little red. "Don''t make trouble, everyone is watching." Shanara gave him a light hammer. Wu Heng smiled, put her down, and said, "Leave the money with you. Just use it to make whatever arrangements you want." Shanara sat down aside, "Let it go to you. It won''t be good if I put too much money there. It will be treated as an asset of the Star Flower, and it will cost a lot of money." "That''s okay." Wu Heng continued to ask: "When will the next auction be held?" Shanara thought for a moment, "Let''s take a look at the feedback first. The longer it takes, the more precious the medicine is and the more stable the price. During this time, you can research some new products to keep Treasure Island popular." This exhibition and auction gave Shanara some interest in doing business again. Treasure Island is different from Star Flower. Star Flower is a chamber of commerce supported by a race, with a vast land and rich resources. But the products sold are similar to those of other chambers of commerce. The means of competition are quantity and price. Treasure Island is different. The three items on sale are revolutionary products, unique and very practical. Treasure Island''s harvest in the past few days has equaled the money earned by the Great Chamber of Commerce in a year. Unless Wu Heng dies, Treasure Island will definitely become the center of commerce. Your own status in business will also improve accordingly. Wu Heng scratched his head and said, "I''ll go back and think about it to see if there are any other popular products." "It''s okay if you can''t think of it. These are already amazing." Shannella said with a smile. A few people chatted for a while, and it was getting late. Wu Heng picked up Shanara and walked upstairs. The maids followed and started cheering behind. Shanela said: "What are you doing? I have to go back to rest today and go to the opera house tomorrow morning." "Get up early tomorrow, don''t delay." With that said, they entered the bathroom and sat in the tub together, laughing and playing around. At dawn, Jinfan Tavern. Today there is a young bard. He told a newspaper story and then slapped the table. "The wealthy businessman took the potion, and veins popped up all over his body, and his skin turned black and purple, which quickly spread all over his body. Seeing this, other people around him stood up and backed away one after another, looking frightened." "Through the symptoms, everyone concluded that the medicine was poison, and the island owner set up a trap to defraud money and kill people." "We need to gather a crowd, go to the island owner''s mansion to ask for an explanation, and also report it to the association." "Just when everyone was in chaos." "The wealthy businessman who took the potion stood up from the ground and shouted, ''Wait a minute.''" "Everyone turned around and saw that the wealthy businessman had stood up. The black and purple veins on his body had faded, his wrinkles had faded, and he seemed to be more than ten years younger." "At this time, the wealthy businessmen and dignitaries present realized what kind of treasure they had missed, but it was already too late." "I regret it so much!" "This is what happens after the potion is auctioned." As the bard tells it. Everyone seemed to have seen the wealthy businessman fall to the ground after taking the potion, and then changed from old to young. This potion actually works. It can also make people younger. Then selling tens of thousands of gold coins seems not expensive. And those wealthy businessmen who still suspected that the island owner was cheating were regarded as ignorant outsiders by the residents of the island. That''s a great detective. He was the one who saved Miss Penny and joined the cult alone to avenge her. Would I lie to you about something like this? He actually doubted the island owner. Sure enough, rich people''s brains may not be easy to use. Zombie world. Wu Heng stood outside the classroom and looked at the female technician with a bandage on her head. Standing in front of the blackboard, giving lessons to the twenty or so white skeletons below. The scene was a little scary. The voice of the female technician lecturing also kept trembling. (End of chapter) Chapter 654 , the killing is over Chapter 654: The killing is over Wu Heng and Qi Hancai stood in the corridor outside the window, looking at the female technician whose movements were stiff and her words were trembling. They looked at each other with somewhat amused expressions. Giving lessons to skeletons is no longer an unusual thing in the original base. But here, these new members should take some time to adapt. It''s not a big problem, I got used to it slowly. I can accept the end of the world, but there is nothing unacceptable about teaching skeletons. "Let''s go, let''s go to the next one." Wu Heng said. The two continued to walk outside the next classroom and looked inside through the window. Another male technician was also standing on the podium, holding a component of a device in his hand and talking about its function and function. The expression is more natural than that of the female technician. But his behavior was a little sneaky and his eyes were erratic and cautious. "The classroom is good, much better than the original base." Wu Heng said in a low voice. Qi Hancai stood beside him, "These are the original classrooms. After tidying up the rooms, we used them directly. There are a few more rooms in the back that can also be used." "We''ll see and arrange some courses then," Wu Heng said. While the two were talking, a voice came from Qi Hancai''s intercom, "Sister Qi, the convoy is ready and can set off." "Okay, I''ll go down now." Qi Hancai pressed the intercom and looked to his side, "The motorcade is downstairs." "Come on, let''s go down." The two of them went downstairs together, and the motorcade was already waiting at the door. Qi Hancai took over the position of a truck, and Wu Heng followed him into the truck with his skeleton attendant. After everything is ready, the convoy starts. Heading towards the outside of the base. The convoy got off the main road and continued moving to one side. The skeleton army will move forward along the main road to kill the corpses. The nearby area has been cleared relatively clean. Therefore, if Wu Heng wants to kill zombies, he needs to go to some remote villages and towns. It can be regarded as leaving a place for myself to upgrade the ghost. The convoy left the main road for some distance. You can see zombies wandering aimlessly in the distance. Wu Heng got out of the car and said to the big-headed skeleton who was following him: "Skeleton comes forward, prepare to fight." Wow~! The skeleton army marched neatly to the front, squatting down and moving their spears forward. "Let the skeleton hound lure the monsters," Wu Heng said. Behind the team. The skeleton dog wearing a simple vest quickly rushed out of the team. After approaching the location of the corpses in the distance. The horn inside the sternum makes a shrill noise. Hohoho~! The zombies instantly turned their heads to look at the skeleton dog''s position, and the zombies roared in unison. The skeleton dog turned around and ran away, the horn in its belly making a continuous sound. The zombies behind are boiling. They gathered into a dense group of corpses, baring their teeth and claws, chasing the skeleton dogs. Immediately afterwards, the skeleton flying dragon flew into the sky and reached the top of the corpse group. The solid iron bullets were dropped, like iron rain, hitting the corpses. Boom boom boom~! Smoke and dust rose, and the earth shook. "Uncle, the corpses have dispersed." A small voice sounded in his ears. Wu Heng looked forward intently. The smoke and dust gradually thinned, and the corpses could be seen spreading out in separate streams, pouring into the alleys on both sides. Is there a big skull? Still the King of Corpses! Wu Heng glanced around and quickly looked around, but found no target close to the two. The hostility sensor didn''t work either. "Xiao Xiao, tell Glenda and Beni that you go look around and look for big-headed zombies or zombie kings. The zombies must be acting according to orders." Wu Heng said to Xiao Xiao in mid-air. "Don''t I need to stay to protect you?" Xiaoxiao glanced at the group of corpses. "If it''s just zombies, it won''t be a big problem." Wu Heng said. "Okay, you hide first." "No!" Xiaoxiao flew directly into the sky, passed the message to the other two ghosts, and quickly split up. Start looking for goals. Wu Heng continued to order, "Mobilize the troops to defend at the intersections on both sides." The skeleton team continues to move. Block all the forks on both sides of the team and wait for the corpses to approach. Soon, countless small groups of corpses rushed towards the skeleton army from various forks on both sides. More zombies climbed up the building and broke out of the window. Falling into the middle of the group, he was hacked to the ground by the axe-wielding skeleton waiting below. ..."Uncle, we found it. It''s a corpse king." Xiaoxiao flew back first and said. Tiny can see the level, so finding targets is easy. "Let me take a look." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao got directly into the body, and the picture was shared in his mind. The picture starts from a building. It went straight through the wall, making Wu Heng feel dizzy. Soon, two figures could be seen in a room. A deformed zombie was kneeling on the ground, and another female zombie in professional clothes was sitting on the back of the deformed zombie. Corpse King. And it was the same type as the suit zombie that I had killed. The head is covered with mushroom caps shaped like "Ganoderma lucidum", which are stacked on top of each other. In the gaps between the caps, a pair of gray-white eyes can be seen. I have encountered two kinds of corpse kings in total. One is the one in front of you, with high intelligence, strong resilience, and the ability to command huge groups of corpses. There is almost no sense of the numerical limitations of controlling the corpse swarm. The other kind of zombie king is a zombie with wings and looks like a beetle. It is characterized by the ability to fly and has strong defense and recovery power. It seems that the amount of control of the zombie group is not as large as that of the first kind of zombie king. But no obvious difference can be seen. After Xiaoxiao took a look, he flew back directly. The shared scene also ended at this time. Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again, and in the sky, Glenda and Beni also flew back from two different directions. "Found it, it''s a corpse king." Wu Heng said to the two ghosts who had just returned. Show off a little, "I found it." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "It''s not a big problem. Beini continues to monitor the movements of the zombies. Glenda and Xiaoxiao are responsible for taking the skeletons to surround the zombie king. Don''t let her escape." With my current strength. The threat posed by the Corpse King is already very low. The only thing you need to pay attention to is don''t let it run around. Corpses and corpse cores are still very important. After saying that, Wu Heng took out the [Silent Blade Evil Sword] which he had not used for a long time and threw it to Granda. "What about me?" Xiaoxiao raised his hand and waited for the task. Wu Heng said: "Xiao Xiao takes the vampire skeletons, waits for the opportunity, and goes straight in." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao nodded. Wu Heng continued to give orders to the big-headed skeleton on the side, "Assemble a team of vampire skeletons and follow Xiaoxiao." Huh~! Several vampire skeletons flew over. Xiaoxiao, with the skeleton and Glenda, quickly flew towards the location of the Corpse King under the cover of the building. Wu Heng also directly ordered, "Let the skeleton army attack." Wow~! The defensive skeletons began to fight back. Fight with the zombies and attract the attention of the zombie king. In the distance, outside the building. Snap~! There was a crisp sound, and the glass of the building suddenly exploded. Then, he saw a long sword floating in the air floating in from the window. The zombie king suddenly stepped back, and the distorted zombie that was kneeling on the ground quickly stood up. The long sword is unsheathed. Swish~! Two rays of sword light flashed out of thin air, the deformed zombie''s head rolled down as it stood up, and a deep bone-visible scar instantly appeared on the corpse king''s neck. Thick dark red blood slowly flowed out. The Corpse King covered his wound, let out an angry roar, grabbed the chair beside him and threw the long sword in the air. The chair flew up and the sword light flashed again. Another sword hit his neck. The newly healed wound was dripping with blood again, and his head was drooping to one side. The corpse king''s anger turned into fear. His body ran wildly towards the door. Trying to escape from this floating sword. The third sword light slashed through again. The drooping head fell completely, and blood splashed all over the surrounding walls. The female corpse also staggered and fell to the ground and did not get up again. Glenda sheathed her sword, floated out of the window again, revealed her figure, and pointed downwards. Xiaoxiao''s expression immediately became excited, and he shouted to the vampire skeleton following him: "Kill." After shouting, he rushed in with the vampire skeletons. Just seeing the corpse with the head falling off, his expression immediately collapsed, "Huh? He''s dead now." Glenda followed beside him, "He''s dead, let the skeleton carry the body back." Xiaoxiao said helplessly: "Take the body back." (End of chapter) Chapter 655 , and think of other ways Chapter 655, think of other ways War zone. The group of corpses instantly became chaotic. They no longer dispersed and attacked in a roundabout way. They all gathered on the main road and rushed toward them. The skeleton flying dragon started bombing again, the roar was deafening, and smoke and dust were everywhere. After two rounds of bombing, the corpse group approached the skeleton army and rushed directly towards the spear array. The fight started. At the same time, the soul-catching flashlight was turned on above, the magic circle appeared, and wisps of residual souls floated into the sky. Glenda and Xiaoxiao flew back, followed by vampire skeletons carrying corpses. The Silent Blade Evil Sword was thrown back, and Glenda said: "We have killed them, and no other high-level zombies were found." Xiaoxiao pouted, "I haven''t shown my full potential yet!" Glenda smiled and coaxed softly, "Next time, let Xiao Xiao show off." "It doesn''t matter, we are a substitute, no matter who we kill, it will be the same." Xiaoxiao said. Glenda looked at Wu Heng in confusion, and the latter explained, "Another language, meaning team." Wu Heng continued, "Glenda, go ahead and absorb the remaining souls in the air." Glenda nodded and flew directly towards the remaining souls in the sky. The plan is to upgrade Glenda to level 20 first, and then continue to help Penny improve. Therefore, the remaining souls during this period will be arranged for Glenda to absorb. Glenda rushed directly into the remnant souls and quickly devoured them one by one. Wu Heng looked at the corpse on the ground. One is a zombie king, and the other is a second-level deformed zombie that serves as a human seat. Moreover, she is also a female corpse king. Looking down, Wu Heng directly released the [Bone Slavery Technique] on the female corpse king. The power of the dead wrapped the corpse, the flesh and blood fell off, and the skeleton slowly stood up. Shaking off the dirt on his body, he bent down to pick up the clothes on the floor. "There''s no need to wear them now. I''ll get you a new one later. From now on, you''ll be called Bone Demon No. 2." Wu Heng said directly. The skeleton straightened up and walked aside to wait. [Skeleton Demon (Level 18)] Wu Heng took a look at the attributes and found that there was not much difference in ability from the last corpse king in suit. Then, Wu Heng bent down and began to search for the corpse core, frowning slightly. Anything else? He took out his iron sword and picked it out. A purple corpse core appeared, as well as two large breast prostheses. "Damn, I thought there were three corpse cores!" Wu Heng put away the corpse king''s corpse core and continued to use the [Bone Spell Technique] on the other second-level deformed zombies. After transforming into a skeleton, the corpse core is also put away. And the battlefield location. The skeleton army began to advance, and the remaining souls in the sky were absorbed by Glenda. Next, it was time to clean up the battlefield. Qi Hancai brought a convoy over to search and mark the map, while Wu Heng continued to release the [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] to transform skeletons on a large scale. It was getting late and the convoy returned. Return to base and get out of the car. Wu Heng said: "This is the newly transformed Bone Demon No. 2, helping you defend the base here." Qi Hancai looked at the new skeleton with slender bones. The name of Bone Demon No. 2 proves that it is a skeleton transformed by the Corpse King. Then, Wu Heng said to Bone Demon No. 2: "From now on, when I am away, she will be the leader of the base and assist her in defending the base." Bone Demon No. 2 nodded. Wu Heng continued, "The Bone Demon is very intelligent. Take it to find clothes it likes and leave the rest to you." Qi Hancai nodded and was not afraid of the Bone Demon. He said directly: "Come with me, you take your pick." The bone demon followed and left. Wu Heng also went upstairs and returned to his dormitory. The island owner''s mansion. Send the obtained corpse core to the alchemy room. I washed up in the bathroom and walked downstairs. Walking down the hall, I saw Shanara and Minnie sitting in the living room, eating fruit and talking about the stage play. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Minnie obediently called out to her master. Shanara winked a little mischievously as a greeting. Wu Heng walked over, sat down between the two of them, and hugged the two girls on the left and right. "How was the opera today?" "It''s not bad. The story of the great detective is not bad. The main reason is that the story is good and the plot of solving the case is very attractive to the audience. This makes up for many shortcomings in the performance." Shanela analyzed. But Shanara was the president before, and the actors she watched must be top-notch actors. The stage show that Treasure Island put together temporarily could not compare with those people. "Can this kind of opera house make money?" Wu Heng was curious. Shanara said with a smile, "Many dignitaries on the island have settled there, and there must be a place that suits their preferences. Moreover, the opera house is not just for stage plays. Future auctions and some important meetings can be held there." , its definitely useful. "That''s right, it would be good to use it as a movie theater in the future." Wu Heng said. "What is a cinema?" Shannella asked. Minnie also looked over curiously. "It''s a place where movies are played. You haven''t seen it yet. I''ll build one for you in the future." Wu Heng said with a smile. Another idea came to my mind to make a movie to spread the word. A few people chatted for a while, and Andweil came back with a white owl on her head. After dinner was prepared, we sat down at the dining table to eat together. Had dinner. Shanara went to the courtyard to play shuttlecock with the maids again, while Wu Heng went upstairs and entered the study. In the study, Glenda was still revising the manuscript. Xiaoxiao and Beni went to play somewhere. Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water and sat down on a chair nearby. He looked through the window at the darkening night sky, and began to think about the plan behind him. Zombie World, got itself a frigate and some modern ships. The defense against the Emerald Sea has been greatly increased. Moreover, after the skull training in communication is completed, telephone lines can also be laid on Treasure Island, making contact more convenient. "The next direction is to obtain equipment. It is best to move the shipyard to Treasure Island." "Also, continue to increase experience for Granda and reach level 20 as soon as possible." This side of Treasure Island. Successful holding of exhibitions and auctions. It can be regarded as completing all the goals set before, and the effect is better than expected. Pens and watches are widely welcomed by people around the world and have become the pillar industries of Treasure Island. As for strengthening potions, because they have to cooperate with Shannara''s business plan, they can only be sold at auctions. The effect is already very good, dont be too greedy. Even though his reputation has not improved significantly. According to the current speed, I won''t reach level 20 in a year and a half. "We still need to find a way!" Wu Heng muttered in a low voice. Glenda floated over from not far away and asked, "What are you doing? Sighing." Wu Heng joked: "Seeing that you are reaching level 20, I am jealous." Glenda rolled her eyes at him and said angrily, "It''s a mess, isn''t it?" "I''m thinking of ways to improve my reputation so that I can meet the conditions as quickly as possible." Wu Heng said, picking up the tea cup and drinking water. Glenda thought for a moment and said directly: "It''s not difficult to be famous, it just depends on the price you have to pay." "What price?" Wu Heng looked at her. "For example, if you agree to the request of the fifth princess and intervene in the Yeke Kingdom war on the pretext of helping her restore her kingdom, within a month, various races and forces will start investigating you." Granda said. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, a little surprised. Participating in a war is not a good decision. I own Treasure Island, and now that it has developed to this extent, there is no reason to get involved. "Treasure Island is developing so well, there is no need to drag myself into trouble, and the association does not allow interference in the internal affairs of various countries. I am the flag bearer appointed by the association. If I get involved, the losses will be even greater." Wu Heng said directly. Its hard to say whether it will be effective if mixed in. But the identity of Treasure Island and the flag bearer will definitely be affected. "I''m just giving you an example. Do you remember Lu An? That fool who challenged you when he came to the island." Granda drifted forward. "It seems that he didn''t understand the situation and challenged you openly. In fact, he was using his best skills to challenge you. Its a simple and efficient way to grab fame, but I didnt expect you to hide your strength. After Lu An came to the island, he saw Wu Heng''s high reputation and directly challenged him openly. Normal people would be more impulsive after watching it. But from Lu An''s point of view at the time, it should be the most efficient method, and at that time, it was rumored that Wu Heng''s level was still level 12. Luann had no reason to think he would lose. "Is there any other way?" Wu Heng asked next. "I''ll think about it again." (End of chapter) Chapter 656 , bet Chapter 656, Bet Zombie world. When Wu Heng came out of the dormitory building, he saw a skeleton wearing a colorful dress and a pink sunhat entering the office building opposite. It should be the Corpse King who just transformed yesterday. The skeleton transformed by the Corpse King has strong intelligence. It seems that the requirements for appearance are relatively high, and the clothes and hats chosen are relatively bright colors. At this time, the team drove over from the garage. The car door opened and Qi Hancai said: "Ready, let''s go." Wu Heng got on the passenger seat, and the skeleton attendant and the big-headed skeleton also opened the door and sat in the back seat. "Let''s go!" The convoy started directly, left the base, and headed to the location where the zombies were killed today. On the way, Wu Heng mentioned, "Bone Demon No. 2, chose a floral skirt?" "Well, you saw it." Qi Hancai glanced sideways and continued, "I didn''t bring any clothes. I just found them in a nearby store. He picked that one and a sun hat." Qi Hancai smiled, "Actually, it looks quite cute, not as scary as ordinary skeletons." "The undead are more frightening when they wear bright clothes." Wu Heng put forward his own opinion. "Are you scared?" Qi Hancai looked sideways again. "My skeleton, what am I afraid of." "Then I''m not afraid of my man''s skeleton." The convoy arrives at the target location. The corpses rushed over like a tide. After two bombings, the skeleton flying dragon let the remaining corpses collide with the skeleton''s spear array. The sound of roaring, pulling away, and chopping flesh resounded throughout the entire area. Wisps of residual souls floated into the sky. Glenda rushed forward and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. With Glenda''s current level, the efficiency of devouring ghosts has been greatly improved. It can be swallowed up as soon as it passes by. There is a sense of dj vu as in a movie, where evil cultivators chase living souls all over the sky. The fight lasted until four o''clock in the afternoon. Not many zombies were killed, so Wu Heng continued to order the advance and began to clean up the remaining zombies along the way. Then, the skeletons clean the battlefield on their own and identify the types of corpses. Wu Heng released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the way and collected the corpse core into the space ring. The motorcade drove over from behind, and Qi Hancai also walked up to Wu Heng. Wu Heng looked around, found a convenient hotel, and said, "It''s a waste of time to drive back and forth. I''ll stay here for the time being and won''t go back with you." Qi Hancai frowned slightly, but said, "I''ll stay with you." "No, the conditions here are not very good. You go back to the base first." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded, "Then I''ll leave a truck. If you have any arrangements, contact us via radio." "good." The two continued to enter the hotel and found a clean room. Qi Hancai helped tidy it up and it was cleaner again. Downstairs, the convoy has also finished searching. The two went downstairs again, and Qi Hancai left a truck behind. He whispered a few instructions, waved goodbye, and left with the convoy. Wait for the convoy to disappear. Three ghosts also appeared beside him. Glenda said: "Actually, there is no need to be in such a hurry. You can improve slowly." "If there is a chance to improve, try to get you to level 20 as soon as possible." Wu Heng said. "Thank you." Glenda said with a smile and leaned closer to her. Penny then said, "Mrs. Glenda may go down in history as the first ghost to reach level 20." "That doesn''t matter." Glenda said with a smile. It''s not important to be recorded in the history books, but I still have some expectations for reaching level 20. In fact, looking back, I was lucky. After following Wu Heng out of Luntam City, everything became better. I also hope to reach level 20. In Luntam City, level 20 is a level that is only mentioned in legends, and I have almost reached it. Xiao Xiao thought for a moment, then lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder and said, "When Auntie reaches level 20, can we occupy the association headquarters? Then let them help uncle promote it, and his reputation will rise." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "It makes sense. When your Aunt Glenda reaches level 20, let her attack with a knife. Anyone who refuses to obey will be chopped down." "Really? We can''t kill them all, otherwise no one will work for us." Xiaoxiao said in a serious tone. Glenda stared at the big one and the small one who wanted to kill her. "If I were to go there, I would also say that you are the mastermind." Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao and said with a smile, "Give me some face and stop attacking our headquarters." Xiaoxiao also agreed, "Then we won''t fight. We will fight again when we are all level 20." Glenda stared at Wu Heng, "Look at the children you taught." Penny snickered from the sidelines. The skeleton army outside the hotel began to adjust its formation. The hotel was completely surrounded from front to back, and the big-headed skeleton in charge was also sitting in the center of the hall, protected by several high-level skeletons. After everything was taken care of, Wu Heng also returned to the packed guest room. Opened the boundary door and walked in. Go downstairs. Minnie also came over. He said: "Master, during the day, Deacon Sheilagui came to see you, but he didn''t say anything. He only said that if you come back, go to the association to find her." "Didn''t you say anything?" "No, it shouldn''t be a case, and I don''t seem to be in a hurry." Minnie thought about it and said. Its okay if its not a case. "I''ll go over and take a look." Wu Heng said something, went back to his room, washed up briefly, and then went out with the skeleton. Go to the association. Deacon''s study. Wu Heng knocked lightly on the door, opened the door and walked in. There was only Sheila Gui in the study, gathering documents and getting ready to get off work. "Are you looking for me today?" Wu Heng took off his hood and asked. Sheila Gui raised her head and looked at him, "What did you do during the day?" "We''ve gone to training, is there anything urgent?" Sheila Gui put the documents in her hands aside and continued, "Are you free tonight?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s nothing." "The elves brought some ingredients, and Shi Yali said she wanted you to try them too." Sheela Gui said a little embarrassed. This is about treating yourself to a meal. Sheila Gui mentioned this matter last time and it was really arranged. "Going to your house?" "If you feel inconvenient, you can book a private room in the tavern, but there are more people on the island recently, so it may be chaotic." Sheila Gui said thoughtfully. "Then let''s go to your place. It''s not convenient to go to the tavern to talk." Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui glanced at him angrily, stood up and packed her things, "Let''s go there together, you haven''t been to my place yet!" "No, you didn''t inform me in advance to prepare some gifts for you." "It''s not like I don''t know him." The two of them said and walked out of the study together. He left the association and walked towards Sheila Gui''s residence. Sheela''s residence is located in a mansion behind the association. Belongs to a separate special building. It''s not that big, the house is a four-story building with a courtyard at the front and back. The courtyard door opened, and Wu Heng followed Xila Gui into the gate. As soon as I stepped into the courtyard, I smelled a faint fragrance of flowers. Looking around, there are all kinds of gorgeous flowers planted in the courtyard, with butterflies and bees flying above the flower beds. "They are all planted by Shi Yali. She prefers flowers and plants, but she doesn''t take care of them very much." Xila Gui introduced casually. "Don''t you have a housekeeper or guard here?" Wu Heng didn''t see anyone. "How can we have these? It''s not like you, the big island owner." "I''ll arrange some guards for you. You two are not at home during the day. What will happen if a thief comes?" Wu Heng said. "Where there are thieves who dare to steal the deacon''s home, the public security will be very bad." Sheila Gui said with a smile. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "Consider your sister too. It''s better to be careful. Listen to me. I will arrange for a few of you to come over tomorrow. I won''t disturb you and will stay at the entrance of the courtyard." When it came to Shi Yali, Sila Gui started to hesitate. Still nodded, "Okay, just arrange two." The two chatted and walked towards the residence. As soon as she stepped into the door, Shi Yali came over wearing a light blue house dress with fluttering skirt. Seeing Wu Heng coming back with him, a smile appeared on his face. "Wu Heng is here, dinner will be ready soon, go to the restaurant and wait for a while." Shi Yali said with a smile. In the past, I used to call him the owner of the island, but today I am more casual. "You go sit down first and I''ll change clothes." Sheila Gui also walked upstairs. When she came down again, she put on an apricot-yellow dress and walked down too. Under the skirt, you can see your fair and slender ankles. After sitting aside and waiting for a while, the dining table was filled with all kinds of delicacies. There were many styles, and everything was beautifully made. Shi Yali also came back and took down a bottle of wine from the cabinet. Pour it for Wu Heng, "Authentic nectar wine, this one is real." "Thank you!" Wu Heng thanked him. "Eat it quickly and see if it suits your taste." Wu Heng used chopsticks and ate together. The food of the elves was relatively sweet, and the taste of fruit could be tasted in most of the dishes. But it''s delicious and the aroma is in your mouth. I have to say that Shi Yalis craftsmanship is indeed good. The three of them chatted and ate. The pot of nectar wine was bottomed out, and his face was a little red. This wine tastes sweet but has a lot of staying power. Wu Heng was better, with a high constitution and resistance to abnormal conditions. However, Xila Gui and Shi Yali had blushes on their pretty faces. "What are your plans for the island later? More people have come to the island recently, and security costs are constantly increasing." Sheila Gui put down her wine glass and asked directly. Just as Wu Heng was about to speak, Shi Yali interrupted and said, "You can talk about these things tomorrow. We finally come to our house for dinner. Why do you keep bringing up these things?" Sheila Gui stared back, "Then what are you talking about?" Shi Yali glanced at Wu Heng and said with a smile: "Have you thought about the bet I owed you last time?" (End of chapter) Chapter 657 , say hello Chapter 657, say hello Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui, whose face seemed to be more rosy. After thinking for a moment, he said, "Forget it, just a joke." Shi Yali rolled her eyes, then spoke close to her sister''s ear. Wu Heng leaned forward and wanted to eavesdrop. As soon as he heard a sound, the other party immediately separated. Shi Yali stood up and walked behind Wu Heng, "Don''t move, let''s fulfill our bet." As he spoke, a pair of cold and smooth palms covered his eyes. The perception spreads instantly. Hearing it slightly, Sheela stood up and walked to her side. Then, he felt a warm touch on his left cheek, and then the same touch on his right side. They separated immediately with a light touch, but you can still feel the moisture that has not dissipated on your face. "Shi Yali, what are you doing?" "I also participated in the bet." She opened her blindfolded hands, Shi Lagui stood beside her, and Shi Yali was still behind her. Seeing Wu Heng''s gaze, Xila Gui''s eyes were shy, wandering around, and she didn''t dare to look over. Shi Yali smiled and said, "How is it?" "It doesn''t count! I didn''t even feel it." Wu Heng said immediately. "Why, we are all like this." Sheila Gui exclaimed. Wu Heng said: "I''m not even ready. If I try it again, I''ll stay for at least five seconds." Shi Yali sat down on his right side, moved forward, and said, "For the last time, don''t cheat." "You just agreed to him?" Sheela''s eyes widened. Wu Heng nodded, "Okay!" "Close your eyes." Wu Heng closed his eyes obediently. Then, there was a moist and gentle touch on the left and right cheeks again. This time the stay was longer, and one could clearly feel the lip prints on the cheeks, the faint breath, and the sisters'' seemingly calm but violent heartbeats like drums. In almost five seconds, the touch on his face left. Sheela blushed and shouted, "It''s okay this time, we don''t owe you anything." Wu Heng smiled and said, "No more debt, I''ve made a lot of money." Sheila Gui glared at him angrily, with a slight smile on her face. Shi Yali was more cheerful and looked at him with gentle eyes. Had dinner. The three of them continued chatting for a while. Perhaps because of the bet we just made, the conversation was a little stiff. It was getting late, so Wu Heng got up and left. The two sisters walked him outside the courtyard gate and waved goodbye. The entire road was brightly lit, and many residents were still outside enjoying the cool air. I''m not worried about any danger. I watched the bard''s performance under the street lamp on the roadside for a while before returning to my residence. Return to your residence. After a simple bath, Wu Heng returned to the bedroom to rest. The food for this dinner was really a bit dreamy. I didn''t expect that the sisters would use this method to fulfill their bet. He and Sheila Gui were appointed as deputy deacons of Treasure Island together, and they experienced many life and death tests together. There is a feeling of teammates trusting each other. Moreover, Wu Heng could also feel that Xila Gui did not dislike him. When he saved her last time, he secretly touched her **** without saying anything. But what happened to Shi Yali. The two have not known each other for a long time, and their relationship was through Sheila Gui. I cant tell you how deep the friendship is. How do you feel more proactive? "I won''t suffer anyway." Wu Heng said this and stopped thinking about it, turned around and continued to rest. "Selling newspapers, the latest issue of the newspaper, surrounding information, opera house performance catalog, the latest serialization of the great detective,..." The loud voice of the newspaper seller woke up the morning on Treasure Island. Countless bards and residents who were watching nearby rushed forward, surrounded the newspaper seller, and bought the latest issue of "Gold and Silver Express". The businessmen who came to the island recently also brought some news from the outside. Some people want to copy the model of "Gold and Silver Express", collect surrounding intelligence, and then serialize some stories in the corner. Of course, the story is different, and I am afraid of causing any trouble. But it is obvious that people outside have not succeeded, the printing efficiency cannot keep up, and the stories compiled are not that attractive. After two random issues, there was nothing more to say. Treasure Island''s "Gold and Silver Express" has been on sale to this day and remains as popular as it was at the beginning. Many businessmen are also comparing the two sides to see what the differences are. Snap~! At the Golden Sail Tavern, Saban slapped the counter. The latest story was told vividly, and the drinkers were attentive. The bartender and maid also leaned against the pillars and listened to the story. "Watson, there is a footprint here and a round mud print over there. These are good evidences." "I looked at it and said, ''That doesn''t look like a footprint.''" "Yes, it''s the mark of a wooden stake. Next to it is the mark of a thick boot with a wide iron heel. He must be the man with the wooden leg on his right leg!" "It''s a pirate. I know a pirate who replaced one leg with a wooden leg. Could it be him?" A drinker reacted immediately and speculated. "At the time of this story, the island owner has not yet arrived at Treasure Island. Is he the only one with wooden legs?" someone retorted. "Don''t argue, don''t argue. Keep listening to the story, and I''ll throw it out to you after I speak." The dwarf beside him interrupted the argument and motioned to the bard to continue speaking. Sabans story continues again. In the story, Wu Heng began to take out a tape measure and a magnifying glass to examine carefully. The local patrol captain, Ethelney Jones, concluded that Thaddeus had a quarrel with his brother, killed his brother, and escaped with the jewelry. After the analysis, Captain Jones will take Thaddeus back for interrogation. "Thaddeus yelled in frustration, ''I knew this was going to happen.''" "''Don''t worry, I will clear your grievances.'' Wu Heng said." "Captain Jones scoffed, ''Okay, great theorist, don''t just say yes to others.''" "Wu Heng said with a smile, ''I''m not saying this casually. The murderer''s name is Jonnozan Simao. He is a middle-aged man with very tanned skin. He was once a prisoner. In addition, he has a wooden stick installed on his right leg. Legs, the left boot has a rough square forefoot and an iron paw on the heel.''" At this point, everyone in the audience frowned. What did I miss? Why did he suddenly reveal the murderer''s name and appearance? But everyone also knows it. Something wonderful is about to come, and this time Wu Heng can definitely analyze it again, a reasonable and unexpected wonderful inference. Just when everyone was attentively waiting for the next story. Saban bowed slightly, "The rest of the story will have to wait for the next issue." The tavern was silent for a moment, and then it reacted. "It''s out of context again, **** it..." "I feel bad. Who is going to give this writer a beating?" "The plot is so slow, but the fragments are used so skillfully." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng was unaware of the scolding outside. He went upstairs and walked into the radio station, picked up the microphone and said directly: "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" Soon, a woman''s voice came from the other side, "Master, wait a moment, I''ll call my wife." After a while, Wen Mansha''s gentle voice came over, "Come, say hello to daddy." There was a sound of a baby babbling from the other side. (End of chapter) Chapter 658 , will you not like me anymore? Chapter 658: Will you not like me anymore? Hearing the sound of a baby coming from the radio, Wu Heng reacted immediately. He said in surprise: "The baby is born?" On the other side, Mansha Wen''s gentle voice was still there, "We have a baby." "Blame it on me. I promised to go back to accompany you." Wu Heng blamed himself. "It''s okay. It''s a little early. I don''t blame you." Wen Mansha said calmly. Wu Heng then asked, "Is everything okay?" "It''s all good." "Boy or girl?" Wen Mansha said with a smile, "Guess!" "Boys and girls love it." Wen Mansha said, "It''s a girl. I''ll try to give you a boy next time." "No matter how girl you are, I will be as beautiful and gentle as you in the future." Wen Mansha smiled even more, "Master is really good at talking. I hope she can be as smart and far-sighted as you, and can read many books." "You can act like anyone, you are not an outsider." Wu Heng said, without continuing the topic, and continued, "I will prepare in the past two days, and I will go back to see you when the arrangements are made." Treasure Island has experienced a large influx of people in recent times. Mainly due to exhibitions and auctions, as well as the good environment of Treasure Island and the good public security, many wealthy people have purchased houses as a temporary residence. If Wu Heng wants to leave, he must make arrangements in advance so that the entire Treasure Island can operate normally after he leaves. "There''s no rush. When you are free, just come back and see our mother and daughter." Wen Mansha said casually. "It''s okay, just make arrangements." "Then wait for you to come over and give the child a name." "Well, how is your recovery going?" "I''m fine. I didn''t feel much the next day and my milk supply is plentiful." Wen Mansha said in a teasing tone. While chatting, three ghosts flew back. Wu Heng also didn''t want to talk too openly, so he said, "I know this, and I don''t worry about the baby getting hungry." Wen Mansha still smiled, and then said: "I will take the baby to sleep, so I won''t tell you anymore." "Go ahead, I''ll go back in a few days." "Good master." Hang up the phone. He looked at the three ghosts again, "How is it outside?" "Everything is normal, the story is still welcome," Granda said. Xiaoxiao said: "There is no problem here, everyone is very happy." Penny nodded too. "That''s good. It proves that our story is still very successful." Wu Heng said with a smile, and he was in a good mood. Glenda continued, "Mansha Wen gave birth?" "Girl is born," Wu Heng said. Glenda made a quick calculation in her mind, nodded and said: "Well, the time is right, it''s yours." Wu Heng didn''t expect that she would say such a thing, so he rolled his eyes at her and said, "You have a lot on your mind." Penny floated to Xiao Xiao''s side, "Wen Mansha, is she the female city lord of Luntam City?" Penny was transformed into a ghost in Luntam City and stayed for two days before leaving. I have some impression of Wen Mansha but not much. Xiaoxiao said: "She''s an aunt from Luntam City. She was originally from a gang, but later she joined her uncle." "Oh!" Penny nodded, then looked at Wu Heng with strange eyes. Wu Heng explained: "At that time, the gang wanted to harm me. Wen Mansha was the gang''s sister-in-law and provided me with information." "Sister-in-law? She has a husband?" "It''s not what you think. I''ll tell you when I get the chance." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Penny nodded with a smile. Wu Heng looked at the time and saw that it was already past 8 o''clock in the morning. He said directly: "You guys come back first, let''s go clean up the zombies today." The three ghosts flew directly back to the body. Wu Heng went out and went upstairs into the study, heading to the zombie world. Walk out of the hotel. There are still an army of skeletons on standby all around. There was a dense crowd surrounding the hotel, and several dead zombie corpses could be seen on the ground. It must have been at night, wandering here from somewhere. Behind the skeleton is a convoy of people searching for supplies. Generally, in areas cleared by skeletons, a large number of survivors will be arranged to carry out search work. This is also the main job that most ordinary survivors need to undertake. Wu Heng glanced into the distance and did not find Qi Hancai''s figure. Get in the truck you left for yourself. Mobilize the skeleton army and move on. The sound of intensive bone friction sounded. The skeleton army continued to move forward along the road in a mighty manner. Wait until you get out of a safe area. Wandering zombies began to appear in the distance, and further away, the number of zombies became denser. Wu Heng did not get out of the car and said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "Let the deformed dogs attract the zombies, and the skeleton flying dragons are ready for bombing." As soon as he finished speaking, the skeleton dog rushed out. After attracting the corpses, they turned around and ran away. The corpses gathered into a torrent from behind, roaring and chasing after him. The skeleton flying dragon passed overhead, and after one round of bombardment, the corpses collided with the queue of skeletons. Zombies fell in droves, and their remaining souls rose into the sky. Glenda flew directly out to absorb the remaining souls, and Penny also flew above the team, alert to the movements of the corpses. In the truck, Wu Heng glanced at Xiao Xiao, who was floating to one side, absentmindedly. Asked: "Xiaoxiao, are you worried?" "No, uncle!" Xiaoxiao looked up and said with a smile. "I won''t tell others what I''m hiding from my uncle." Wu Heng promised and leaned forward. Xiaoxiao hesitated, "It''s nothing to worry about, it''s just..." As he spoke, he raised his head and glanced at him, and said with some trepidation: "Uncle has a daughter. Doesn''t he like Xiaoxiao anymore..." Wu Heng was stunned, not expecting that Xiaoxiao would suddenly have such an idea. It seems that he is afraid that his love will be divided, so he is a little uneasy. He screams and kills all day long, but after all, he is still a child. Wu Heng looked up. There was doubt, uncertainty, and a bit of hope in his small eyes. Wu Heng said softly: "Of course not. My uncle has promised before that he will always be good to you. Let alone a child. There will be more in the future and he will also be good to you." "What''s best for me?" "The best!" Wu Heng promised, and continued, "Besides, Xiaoxiao will be my sister in the future, and I must teach her the knowledge I have learned." "Ah? I have nothing to teach you!" Xiaoxiao floated to the other side again and said softly, "Uncle, do you want to be my father?" Forehead. Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, then thought for a moment and said, "Why don''t you ask your mother''s opinion first? Let''s make a decision directly. What should we do if she gets angry?" "I''ll go and tell her that if mom agrees, I''ll just call you dad." Xiaoxiao was obviously very happy. "Okay, I can have a daughter as smart and beautiful as Xiaoxiao. It''s not too late to be happy." "Uncle is so kind." Xiaoxiao came over affectionately, and then said, "There is also sister Philippa. Is she also your daughter?" Wu Heng frowned slightly, "Her name is not between father and daughter. Don''t tell others." "Oh, okay!" Xiaoxiao nodded, his expression no longer showing the initial unhappiness, and he became a child without any pressure again, "I''m going outside." After saying that, he flew out without even waiting for me to say anything. For Wu Heng, Xiaoxiao is his first ghost, and they have been together all the way until now. We have known each other earlier and closer than anyone else. Although she actually feels a bit older when she is said to be a daughter, she does regard her as a younger sister in her heart. Xiaoxiao wants a father, and it doesn''t matter to him. It''s just a different name. Not long after, the battle ahead ended. Instead of directly cleaning the battlefield, they continued to give orders to move forward. After passing through an empty area, zombies appear again in the distance. The skeleton dog rushed over to attract the zombies, and the skeleton warrior replaced the skeleton flying dragon in the magazine, and bombed again. The zombies once again fought against the skeleton army. The remnant soul rose, and Glenda continued to fly out, swallowing the remnant souls all over the sky. The night was dark. The skeleton army advances to the end of the road. In the distance is the dark wilderness. The withered yellow weeds were as tall as half a person, mixed with new green leaves in the middle. The night wind blew through, making the whole wasteland rustle, and it looked a little cautious. "Uncle, there is no danger nearby." Xiaoxiao quickly flew over and said solemnly. Penny also flew over, "There are no buildings ahead." Ghost vision is not affected by the dark night and can see farther. To say there are no buildings really means the end. "We''ll go back later." Wu Heng said. At this time, Glenda also flew back, "There are no remaining souls." Wu Heng nodded and ordered to the big-headed skeleton, "Clean the battlefield and ask the truck to turn on its lights." Card~! The truck''s headlights were turned on, illuminating the area ahead brightly. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield, and the corpses of aberrant and evolved zombies were dragged over individually. Wu Heng began to release the [Death Skeleton Field], and a large number of skeletons stood up from the ground. Then, the convoy returned, escorted by an army of skeletons. Along the way, the uncleaned battlefields were cleaned again, the corpse cores were put away, and all the corpses were transformed. In the early morning, the army returned to the base. Rested for a while in the dormitory. Wait until the window is completely bright before heading to the conference room. Wu Heng was sitting on one side, with Qi Hancai next to him and two Korean technicians opposite him. "How''s it going? Are the courses going well recently?" Wu Heng asked directly. The two technicians looked at each other, and the male technician smiled stiffly and said, "Chief, in the course, we are basically the ones teaching, and there is no feedback below. Why don''t we let some base members come to study?" Give the skeleton a lesson, what kind of feedback do you want? Its even scarier now that theres real feedback. Wu Heng said: "We will talk about the other members later. These skeletons have intelligence no less than that of humans. If you try your best to teach them, there is nothing they can''t learn." Skeletons can learn to repair cars and operate power plant equipment. It also represents the ability to learn knowledge. It may be a bit tedious to really learn theoretical knowledge, but if you just learn how to operate and install it, there is basically no problem. "Okay, okay!" The male technician wiped the sweat from his forehead. He glanced at his companions beside him, his eyes seeming to say, I''ll just say no. Wu Heng then asked, "Can your skeletons independently install the equipment on the ship?" "Not yet. I have just started to learn the basic knowledge. It will take some time to practice on the ship later." The male technician shook his head again. "Hurry up." Wu Heng continued to look at the female technician, "Where are you?" The female technician said: "My side has not met the requirements, but the lines can be laid in advance, and the line connections and equipment deployment can be done later." "I''ll sort out all the phone lines in the warehouse later. You don''t need to do any work. Just go and direct the selection. I''ll take them away later." Wu Heng ordered. "Understood." The female technician nodded. "Okay, you go out first and work harder on teaching." Wu Heng said. The two stood up, bowed, and exited the room. Only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left in the room. Wu Heng said: "If you have time, supervise them." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng also walked out of the room, returned to his dormitory, and returned to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng had someone call Anderweier back from outside. The four maids sat across from each other, staring at him curiously. Wu Heng said: "Wen Mansha has given birth to a baby, I''ll go back..." "Wow! It''s a boy or a girl." "Sister Wen Mansha, are you okay?" "Bring her over so that you can help take care of her." The maids began to discuss. "Girls, they are all fine. Don''t worry. I''m going to Luntam City to see them." Wu Heng continued, "Before I leave, I will arrange the situation here." Several people became serious and waited for his arrangements. Wu Heng continued: "The rest of the work is going on normally. Wei''er will remember to click on the release time of the next issue of the newspaper. The updated content is in my study. You can just publish it according to the serial number. There are also lines that need to be laid. I drew the map to connect several important buildings and asked the design institute to lay it out. " "Okay, Master." Anderweil responded. Wu Heng continued to look at Minnie, "Minnie, you three, continue to take care of the island master''s mansion. If someone comes, just say that I am temporarily going to sea and will be back in the next two days. Don''t reveal the specific time and content." Minnie, Robert and Annette also nodded to express their understanding. "If Shanara comes over, contact me on the radio if you have anything to do. If nothing happens, just ask her to wait." "Okay!" Minnie nodded again. "That''s it for now. If anything happens, please contact me on the radio station in time." "Master, wait a moment. I''ll prepare something for you. The climate over there is different from here, so I won''t get used to it." Minnie got up and hurried upstairs. After a while he came down with a package in his hand. Inside are some change of clothes and thicker coats. Wu Heng put the package away and touched her head, "She''s so good." Wait until everything is ready. Wu Heng walked to the courtyard, waved goodbye to several people, took out the [train conductor''s hat] and put it on his head. The train appears, just get on the train and dive into the void. A few days later, the car door opened. Wu Heng walked off the train with two skeletons. There was a wilderness all around, and the breeze blew through the dense woods, making a rustling sound. Wu Heng released all the ghosts and said, "Help me identify the direction." The ghost flew into the sky, while Wu Heng faced the tree to relieve the pressure in his bladder. Not long after, Penny took the lead and flew back, "Over there, there is a city." "Where are Glenda and Xiaoxiao?" Wu Heng asked as he lifted up his pants. "I just flew over there, and I seem to have discovered something." Penny pointed in the direction of the other side. While talking, two ghosts flew back from afar. Xiaoxiao exclaimed, "Uncle, there is a temple over there, and many people are walking that way." Glenda also nodded, "It seems like I am going to attend some kind of rally, but the location is a little remote and it doesn''t look normal." "You guys come back first and let me take a look." Wu Heng said. "We both see the same thing, just look at the small one." Glenda said. Xiaoxiao got directly into the body, and the picture was also shared. In the distance, a group of people appeared, wearing different clothes. Some were carrying packages, and some were driving carriages. Gathering towards a building in the distance. At the door of the building, there were several voluptuous women standing, some of them looked like bold and slutty ladies, some were shy and cute girls next door, and some were solemn and slutty nuns. Everyone is wearing light gauze material, and their **** and buttocks are looming, attracting the attention of outside men. And those who rush over will be welcomed into the building by charming women. (End of chapter) Chapter 659 , Dark Sisters Coven Chapter 659, Dark Sisters Gathering After the screen sharing ended, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again. Floating to one side, he asked curiously: "Uncle, are they bad people?" "Not sure, but something feels wrong." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement, "I feel like there''s something wrong with that too." Glenda said: "Want to take a look?" "Let''s go and take a look. After all, it''s around Luntam City. If anything happens, let''s handle it so as not to leave any hidden dangers to Wen Mansha." Wu Heng said directly. The ghosts had no objection either. The skeleton attendant opened the way in front, Wu Heng followed behind, and the ghost above his head helped point the way. Walking through the dense forest, my body was covered with grass clippings. Following the gaps in the trees, you can see the tall buildings ahead. The building is clearly an abandoned house that has undergone some tidying up. A woman dressed coquettishly stood at the gate, welcoming the men into the house. Wu Heng did not go over, but looked at Granda beside him and said, "Go and see what''s going on inside?" It''s a little inconvenient. There are a lot of adult scenes in it. Penny''s level is 16, which is not low, but there is still a risk of being discovered. Glenda is the most suitable. Glenda didn''t say much, she just disappeared and flew out. Not long after, he returned again. He said in a deep voice: "They are all transformed by hags. You can see through the phantom effect if you get close to them. Those men all died after they were done. There is another room in the back room where a hag is buying children." It was indeed a hag. There are actually so many of them, entrenched near Luntam City. "What does it mean to buy a child?" Wu Heng asked. "Literally, you can see for yourself." Glenda said and got into the body. The screen was shared. In a room on the back side of the building. A man handed the baby in his arms to the hag in black robe opposite. In Glenda''s sight, the other party was an old hag with abscesses on her face, but in the fiery gaze of the man in the room, she should have a different appearance. The hag took a look at the baby''s wrapper, nodded with satisfaction, took out a bag of coins from under the table and handed it to the other party. Then he shouted to the side. Another witch with a coquettish appearance walked out slowly, carrying the man affectionately, and walked to the next room. The screen ends here, sharing ends. Wu Heng released Granda. After thinking for a moment, he asked, "What are the witches gathering here to buy children for?" Xiaoxiao and Penny both shook their heads. This was the first time that Penny had even heard of such a thing as a hag. Granda recalled for a moment and said: "I have read some books about this. The hags in a certain area will hold some dark gatherings to exchange information or arrange some plans. The internal hags are also called Dark Sisters Gathering. "What about buying children?" Wu Heng asked next. "This should involve the inheritance of hags. I remember it seems that hags cannot pass on the inheritance directly. Instead, they need to devour human babies and then give birth to them again themselves." Glenda explained. Wu Heng frowned, and the other two ghosts shivered involuntarily. What a perverted way. On my side, the Necromancer and the Necromancer all feel a bit abnormal. Wu Heng then asked: "What''s the highest level inside?" "Level 12, almost the same level as a deacon. There are a lot of people. There can be more than 20 people inside." In Luntam City, level 12 is the level of a deacon, which is actually not too low. But considering the current level of Wu Heng and the few undead around him, it is nothing. "Get ready, let''s go straight in and then enter the city." Wu Heng said. Since they are here, and the behavior of these hags is too weird and cruel, I will take advantage of this gathering to kill them all. To avoid doing bad things around here in the future. The three ghosts nodded, and the two skeleton attendants also got ready. Wu Heng released [Bone Armor] and [Default Protection] for himself. Then he walked directly out of the grass, taking the skeleton attendant with him, and walked towards the building in front of him. Just near the gate. "Hey~! What a handsome gentleman, is this a new type of armor? It''s so powerful." The lady in transparent tulle walked over directly, swaying her waist. Bang~! As soon as she got close, Wu Heng kicked her in the abdomen. The huge force caused her to fall a distance of four to five meters, and rolled several times before stopping in embarrassment. The somewhat noisy hall also fell silent for an instant. The transformed hag and the men who were introduced into the house all looked at the scene in front of them in surprise and horror. "what you do?" "Is your wife here too? Look away, there are so many women, just release them." "If you don''t want to play, get out and don''t cause trouble." The men spoke first. Wu Heng casually hit the woman who was kicked away with a [Lightning Beam]. The lightning flashed and the ghost woman who was staggering and trying to get up was instantly killed. The body collapsed to the ground, and the originally charming and **** appearance turned into a short and ugly hag. The voices of complaining and cursing all around stopped. "Ghost, these are hags." Someone shouted and the men started running around. The remaining hags also reacted immediately, bowed slightly, and transformed from beautiful young women into ugly hags. "Damn boy, how dare you destroy our gathering." "You''re not bad, stay with us!" The two nearest hags waved their hands, and two negative attribute rays shot towards this side. Ka Xiu took a step forward and blocked the ray. Didn''t show any effect. Then, the nails of the two hags turned into sharp claws, and they roared and charged towards them again. Kerimu drew out his long sword, walked out, and fought towards the opposite side. Ka Xiu still stayed by Wu Heng''s side to protect his safety. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! The sound of dense footsteps sounded, and hags dressed in different costumes, all of them changed into ugly and ferocious appearances, began to gather here. On the second floor platform, behind the pillars and on the roof of the shed, countless gazes were cast. And in Wu Heng''s perception. A series of hostile glances came towards him from all directions, and they were extremely clear and obvious in the limited building. Wu Heng turned his head to avoid an incoming arrow. Turning his hand over, a military rifle appeared directly in his hand. Relying on the feeling of hostile gaze, he quickly pulled the trigger in all directions. Bang bang bang~! Bullets were fired in different directions around, and fire burst out. As the bullets were fired, painful wails could be heard from everywhere. "No need to protect me, go kill all the hags." Wu Heng gave the order to Kaxiu. Ka Xiu shook his neck, put on his finger tiger and rushed out. With a punch, he broke the neck of a hag. Then, he approached the next one at a faster speed, and still punched out, causing the body to fly backwards. Wu Heng blocked the gate, holding a rifle and firing at the hags around him. The three of them blocked more than 20 hags in the room and killed them. As time passed, the house was filled with a strong smell of blood. The number of hags also decreased rapidly during the killing. After a while, the house gradually became quiet. "There''s one left in the back room," Penny came over and said. "No kill?" "The child was taken as a hostage, and the skeleton didn''t take action." Penny explained. Wu Heng followed and walked into a house inside. Then he saw a hag wearing a black tattered robe, with curved horns on his head, and a baby-sized skull on his belt. He held a dagger in his hand, holding it gently against the chest of a swaddled baby. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he smiled. "Are you from Luntam City? I know you have been checking me recently? Why bother..., we will not threaten your city." The hag''s voice was shrill. Wu Heng said nothing and still looked at her. The hag continued: "Let me go, I swear I will stay away from here and never come near Luntam City again." Wu Heng did not answer her words, but said: "Stop delaying, kill her." The words fell. The hag''s body suddenly stiffened, and the dagger in her hand moved away from the baby''s chest and pressed against her own chest. "Ghost~! Let your ghost stop, I am willing to surrender to you." The ghost woman looked a little flustered. Poof~! The sound of flesh penetration was heard, and the dagger pierced directly into the heart. The hag was still not dead, struggling to regain control of her body, while shouting, "You are a necromancer, you need a slave, a slave to help you, I can do it." Poof~! The second sword stabbed into his chest again, and the third sword stabbed directly into his throat. The next words were suppressed directly, and a large mouthful of blood was vomited out and splashed around. Then, with eyes filled with unwillingness and hatred, he fell back and turned into a corpse. Wu Heng walked to the hag''s position. I glanced down and saw three baskets with babies under the table. They were all brought to the table and spread all over the table. The baby remained awake and looked at Wu Heng with wide eyes. He didn''t cry or fuss, but his eyes were a little lackluster. "Are they okay?" Xiaoxiao showed his figure above and made a face below. The babies were still unresponsive. Wu Heng checked briefly and said, "It''s okay. He must have been given some medicine to keep quiet for the time being." "What should I do? Uncle, do you want to adopt him?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. "After we go back, let Wen Mansha investigate the family members. If it was stolen, send it back." Wu Heng said directly. "That''s right, they still have parents." Xiaoxiao nodded. The baby is put here first. Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton: "Collect all the corpses and remove all valuable items." The two skeletons began to move. All the hags were placed in rows in the middle space, along with the corpses of several men who had been sucked dry. Then began to sort out the trophies on the corpse. Money bags filled with coins were placed aside, followed by armor, weapons, and some daily necessities. These were not very attractive to Wu Heng, and his eyes fell on two items placed alone. The first one is a stone that shines with black light. The surface is smooth, like a toy that has been kept by an old man for several years. [Hearthstone (wonderful item)] [Effect: Touching the hearth stone can enter the soul state. [Side effects: discomfort to living beings. (Description: The gems that are constantly being nurtured by the hag have special abilities.) Able to enter the soul state! Looks like a nice oddity. The soul body has advantages that living creatures do not have. For example, in the soul body state, it cannot be attacked by physical attacks, can pass through walls, and can fly. Either way, it is a very practical ability. Even if it is not used for attacking and fighting, it can still be used for escaping. Not bad indeed. I dont know why these hags didnt try to escape. But the enemy is himself, and he can''t escape even with this strange object. Three ghosts were monitoring the scene and could pass through walls. How could they let her escape? His eyes continued to look at the second item, an old-fashioned oil lamp. Bronze stand, crudely crafted glass cover. [Nightmare Oil Lamp (Wonderful Object)] [Effect: Using the organs and body tissues of living beings as a medium, the target is haunted by nightmares. [Side Effect: Consumes a drop of living creature''s blood. (Description: An oil lamp surrounded by a curse. Anyone who touches it will be haunted by nightmares.) A cursed oil lamp. Such strange objects or props that impose negative status on the target through the medium belong to the curse category. Moreover, this kind of thing is relatively rare and difficult to prevent. It is difficult to detect a curse being placed on it, and even if it is detected, it is difficult to determine the identity of the person who released the curse without knowing what item it is. It''s a secret trick. Not bad either. Wu Heng is quite satisfied with this harvest. Not to mention that this is near Luntam City, even if it is placed on Treasure Island, props with this kind of effect are rare and good things. Wu Heng put away the rare objects, the money bag and valuable items on the side. Beside, three ghosts were floating above the four babies, chatting in low voices. Wow~! Suddenly one of the babies burst into tears, and the other three suddenly started crying too. Wu Heng walked over quickly, "Why are you crying?" "I don''t know, I started crying all of a sudden. It must be because the hag made the method of not crying disappear," Glenda said. Wu Heng glanced at the baby, walked to the corpse again, and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. Skeletons stood up from the ground. Wu Heng ordered, "If you know how to coax a child, go and coax the child." Four hag skeletons walked out, picked up the child, and began to rock it gently. Apparently, children have no concept of skeletons. Being gently shaken, the crying became much quieter. Wu Heng continued to open the [Mansion Technique] and pointed to the open space next to various accessories. "You go in first and stand over there. Those holding the child also go in to ensure the child''s safety." All the skeletons entered the [Mansion Technique]. After Wu Heng closed, he walked out of the building directly with the skeleton and ghost. The men who had escaped before had disappeared, and no one said they were staying to help. They all ran away. He took out the motorcycle from the space ring, got on it, and held Kaxiu and Kerinmu in his arms. Drive towards Luntam City. Luntam City, in a mansion. Two figures were sitting at the dining table, enjoying a sumptuous dinner. One person had gray hair and was wearing a warlock''s robe. There was a wooden staff leaning against the table. The other person was wearing leather armor and was probably a middle-aged man in his forties. The warlock wiped the corners of his mouth and asked softly: "Tell us about Wen Mansha and what you think is the success rate." The middle-aged man also put down his tableware and looked serious, "There were rumors before that she was pregnant. Wu Heng should have been transferred away by the association..." Say whats useful and dont say these things. The middle-aged man said: "This is useful. She is probably about to give birth and has no time and energy to manage the city. If you be tougher at this time, you might be able to succeed." The warlock raised his eyebrows, "Maybe it will succeed?" "Do you think that somewhere in Luntam City can be taken away by you with just a few words? If that''s the case, then it won''t be your turn." The middle-aged man said with a smile. The warlock was stunned, but not angry. He sneered, "She''s just a woman from a gang!" The middle-aged man shrugged and said nothing more. The warlock continued: "I''m going back and will visit the gangster city lord tomorrow." After Wu Heng entered the city, he rushed all the way to the city lord''s mansion. The guarding skeleton opens the door. Wu Heng walked directly in and took off the human skin mask. The butler who greeted him immediately recognized him and said, "Master, you are back." "Well, where is Wen Mansha?" Wu Heng asked. "Madam is in the room," the housekeeper said. Then, he led the way from the front and took him into the lounge on one side. As soon as she entered the room, she saw Wen Mansha sitting on the wooden couch, breastfeeding the child in her arms. He saw the housekeeper and Wu Heng behind him. Wen Mansha''s eyes flashed with surprise, she stood up and shouted: "Master." (End of chapter) Chapter 660 , grown bad Chapter 660: Bad growth Seeing Wen Mansha, Wu Heng quickened his pace, put his arm around her shoulders and sat down next to the chair, "Thank you for your hard work." "No way!" Wen Mansha said softly, leaning her head on his shoulder. Wu Heng looked at the child drinking milk in his arms, who also looked at him with wide eyes. Big eyes, fair and tender skin. "Still looks like you." "Really?" Wen Mansha nudged the child gently, "Dad is here to see you." The child was still sucking milk, with milk leaking from the corners of his mouth. There was no reaction to the conversation between the two. "Be good!" Wu Heng smiled and gently touched the baby''s face with his fingers. The baby girl stopped for a moment while drinking milk, let go of her mouth and let out a burp, looking at him with wide eyes. Then he said "Wow" and burst into tears. The sudden cry startled Wu Heng, who was a little at a loss. He looked at Wen Mansha and explained, "She...I didn''t do anything about this." "It''s okay. I''m full. She must be sleepy." Wen Mansha handed the child to the housekeeper aside, "Take her back to her room to rest!" The housekeeper took it, coaxed softly, and took it upstairs into the bedroom. There were only two people left in the room. Wu Heng continued: "Let me talk to you about business first." "What''s wrong?" Wen Mansha cast a curious look. "Outside of Luntam City, I met a gathering held by the hags and rescued four babies from the hands of the hags. Please arrange for someone to find the family members to find out who was lost or sold." Wu Heng said, opened the [Mansion Technique] and ordered to the skeleton inside, "You four, come out." Four hags holding children walked out of it. The kids were all asleep and seemed fine. Wen Mansha stood up and took a look. Perhaps because she had just become a mother, there was an angry look on her face about selling her child. He said coldly: "Okay." Wu Heng took out the milk bottle and cans of milk powder, "These are milk powder. If those children are hungry, just drink it with water and give it to them. Don''t make it too hot." Wen Mansha picked up a baby bottle and lightly touched the **** with her finger, "It really looks like it." "Like what?" "Don''t you feel the same?" Wen Mansha said with a smile, picked up the bottle and milk powder and went upstairs, "I will settle the child first, and then come down to accompany you." After saying that, he took several hags and children upstairs and arranged them in a bedroom. Not long after, the housekeeper came down again. Arrange the task of investigating the baby. After dinner. After Wen Mansha fed the child, she opened the door and came back. I sat in front of the dressing table and tidied it up briefly. He opened the thin quilt, got directly in, and leaned against his chest gently, "We have all fallen asleep. The families of those children have already started investigating. It won''t take long to find out some information." "This is best. The sale and purchase of babies in the city must be strictly investigated to prevent similar things from happening." Wu Heng said. "I was negligent in this matter. I will pay attention to it later." Wen Mansha said softly. "I can''t blame you for this kind of thing." Wu Heng said with a smile. One side of Wen Mansha''s clothes hung low, and Wu Heng pressed against her chest to help deal with the excess milk. Wen Mansha gently held the other person''s head and said, "Master, the baby doesn''t have a name yet, please give it one." Wu Heng moved his head back and took out a piece of paper with several names that he had thought of in advance. "It doesn''t matter which one you like. As long as you can be healthy and happy." Wen Mansha opened the folded paper and looked at several names. "Wu Mengsha is too disgusting. When the child grows up, you can tell at a glance that this Wu Qin looks quite good." "Then let''s call it this name. It also contains the meaning of cheerfulness, brightness, and luck." Wu Heng muttered to one side and explained. "Master must have done well." Wen Mansha said softly. Wu Heng then asked: "Is there any news from Slater?" Wen Mansha shook her head and said: "The border blockade in the Kingdom of Yeko is quite serious. Letters from the association are not allowed to pass through. There is no news from Deacon Slater." Yeke Kingdom doesn''t know what to do. It''s been so long and there''s still no result. I arranged for Slater to be protected by a level 18 skeleton. As long as he did not commit any danger, in a place like Blackstone Town, a level 18 professional would be the top expert. There should be no problem. When leaving Luntam City, I will go to Blackstone Town to take a look. "How is the newspaper sales going?" Wu Heng then asked. "The effect is very good, and the sales are also very good..." The room next door. A pink baby lay on a small bed, with a guarding skeleton beside it. Three ghosts floated above, slowly revealing their figures. "Is this my uncle''s child? It''s pink." "Children are like this, their skin is pinker." "Like Wu Heng?" "The eyebrows are somewhat similar." Xiaoxiao got a little closer and said, "They seem to be similar. Much cuter than uncle." "Maybe, your uncle was very cute when he was a child, but he can''t be anymore when he grows up!" Glenda said. "Hey! Uncle looks bad." Penny smiled and said, "I wonder what the two of them would name." As he spoke, the sleeping baby opened his eyes. He frowned and looked at the three ghosts floating in the sky. Wow~! Cries arose. The skeleton immediately picked up the baby, and the housekeeper also woke up from the side. Take it into your arms and shake it gently. The next day, early morning. After Wen Mansha fed her child, she went downstairs to deal with matters in the city. Wu Heng watched the child fall asleep, then entered the study and opened the door to the zombie world. He walked out of the boundary door, opened the window in the dormitory, and looked outside. Inside the base, some survivors were using steam spray to spray smoke into the sewers to eliminate insects. Wu Heng took out his walkie-talkie and called, "Is Qi Hancai here?" "Here, tell me." Qi Hancai''s voice came from the intercom. "Go to the conference room." "receive!" After sitting in the conference room and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in with a smile on his face. Wu Heng said: "Every base is fine, right?" "There is no problem. The military factory has started to make the production chain of machine guns and shells. It may not take long before the results are available." Qi Hancai said. This is good news. If machine gun shells can be mass-produced, it will be a great improvement for our side. No need to calculate the quantity to use. "When the time comes, praise Gao Rong and the others for me." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng then asked: "Is there any progress on the part of Russian scientific researchers?" Qi Hancai recalled it and said, "It seems that electric vehicle testing has begun." Wu Heng didn''t say much and continued to listen. "There are also two Korean technicians. The male technician has started shipboard practice, and the female technician has been able to lay lines and connect them. The only problem is that Binhai Port and our side are across the sea, and the lines are difficult to connect." Qi Han Cai said. "When the time comes, let her think of a solution." Wu Heng said. "I''ll tell her then." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng continued, "Let the convoy prepare, and let''s go clean up the zombies." Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and conveyed the mission directly. Not long after, the team was ready. The two went downstairs, got into the truck and left the base. Luntam City, the city lord''s palace. The housekeeper led the way, followed by an old man with gray temples wearing a warlock''s robe and walking in behind. "Ma''am, Mr. Robin is here." The warlock glanced at Wen Mansha''s belly without hesitation, smiled and saluted, "Representative of the Kingdom of Yeke, Robin has met the Lord Wen Mansha. You are as beautiful as the rumors." (End of chapter) Chapter 661 , the wealthy city lord Chapter 661, the wealthy city lord Wen Mansha also smiled and stretched out her hand, "Please sit down, Mr. Robin." The warlock sat down opposite. A maid brought tea and placed it in front of the other party. The warlock turned over his hands, took out a pair of exquisite jade carvings from the ring, and placed them on the table. "City Lord, this is a gift I got by chance. It should be relatively rare in Luntam City. I hope you like it." There was a hint of showing off in the words. It seems that Luntam City is a small place, and there are many things outside that even she, the city owner, can hardly see. "Thank you." Wen Mansha looked down, turned her head and shouted, "Harter." "Madam!" the housekeeper took a step forward. "Put the gifts away and place them on the fireplace, next to the elven carvings." Wen Mansha ordered. "Yes, ma''am." The warlock was slightly startled, the carvings of the elves? Can we still get things from the elves? As the housekeeper took away the jade and placed it on the top of the fireplace, the warlock also frowned. When he first came in, he focused all his attention on the city lord''s belly, suspecting that he had used a substitute, as the rumored signs of pregnancy were not visible at all. Now when I looked around, I realized that the entire hall was filled with luxury accessories of different styles, each of which was valuable. Carved ornaments, bright tapestries, exquisite oil paintings. He was also born into a noble family and had some knowledge of these matters. Judging from the elements displayed on the items, they are indeed the carvings of the elves. Not only that, there are dwarves, gnomes, and humans too. There was a little surprise and suspicion in the warlock''s eyes. Is this Luntam City? Isn''t it some prince''s palace? Wen Mansha looked at the other party''s expression and was very satisfied, and waved her hand casually, "Mr. Robin, you like it? If you like it, just pick one." "No, no, I''m just curious." The warlock immediately recovered and said casually. This time I came here to persuade the other party to give up the city. If he acts like he has never seen the world, wouldn''t he be inferior to others? Wen Mansha didn''t say much. If he had come a day earlier, she wouldn''t have had these things, but he came at the right time. As soon as he became rich, he came. If he really had a choice, he wouldn''t be able to part with it. I heard that in Treasure Island, these are only things that the powerful people of the big chamber of commerce can use. "Is Mr. Robien here for something?" Wen Mansha asked directly without any nonsense. The warlock regained his composure and said softly: "I came here this time to tell Lord Wenmansha a good thing. It will be a great good thing for you and Luntam City." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes and already had some guesses in her mind. He was still curious and asked: "What good thing?" The warlock said seriously: "Yeke Kingdom plans to divide Luntam City into the national territory, and retain your identity as the city lord for generations to come. At that time, the kingdom will also support this city, and a steady stream of resources will be sent to it. Come here, you also have a huge backer. Anyone who wants to covet this city must consider whether he has the ability to go against a country. " As he spoke, the warlock''s tone gradually became more excited. It seems to have given Luntam City great benefits. Wen Mansha picked up the tea and took a sip. The content was the same as what I guessed. Someone had come to test this matter before. Seeing that there was no change in the other person''s expression, the warlock calmed down a little in his excitement and asked: "How does the city lord feel?" Wen Mansha asked: "Who do you represent?" "His Royal Highness the Great Prince." Wen Mansha pondered for a moment, then whispered: "Has the eldest prince already sat on the throne?" The battle in the Yeko Kingdom has always been a topic of discussion among the outside world. Many people are speculating who will become the new king in the end, or whether these princes will lose both sides and be robbed of their position by others. The warlock raised his brows, stuttered twice, and said, "The eldest prince has already controlled most of the army, and it is only a matter of time before he takes the throne." "I also support the eldest prince." Wen Mansha nodded. The warlock''s eyes lit up, "You agree?" "That''s not what I meant." Wen Mansha immediately shook her head, organized her words, and said: "Thank you to the eldest prince for your attention. Humans and orcs live together in Luntam City. If it is really divided into the Kingdom of Yeko, the city will definitely There will be chaos, and the entire city will be in danger if the orcs rebel." The warlock frowned and said: "How will the orcs be arranged then? That is the question above. You just need to agree to join first. Then the kingdom will arrange resources and support for you. What''s wrong? You can also He will become the lord of the kingdom and be respected by everyone. "You don''t understand the situation in Luntam City. Orcs account for half of the population, which is not as simple as it sounds." Wen Mansha still said. "The city lord does not have to worry about this. Nearly 10,000 troops from the Kingdom of Yeke have already gathered at the border. Your nod will not only avoid a war, but it will also be enough to protect the entire city." The warlock said again. Wen Mansha frowned instantly and looked at the other party coldly. All coercion and inducement were used. First, he promised benefits. Seeing that he had no plans in this regard, he told the news about the gathering of nearly ten thousand troops. This is saying that if he disagrees, he will attack the city directly. He really bullied people to the point of bullying. Staring at the other party, he smiled again and said, "I won''t consider this matter. If the eldest prince truly sits on the throne, he will be sent congratulatory gifts." "Don''t you think about it? None of my conditions are bad for you." "I''m a little tired, so I won''t leave you to eat." Wen Mansha still said. "City Lord, look..." The housekeeper took a step forward and said, "Sir, Madam is going to rest. Please come back!" The warlock frowned, looked at the skeleton with the sword, and walked over. He stood up and said: "Well, I will stay in the Windclutch Tavern in the city for a few days. If you change your mind, you can come to me at any time. It is a thing that is beneficial to both parties. No one wants to Watch him go to a bad place." "Please!" the housekeeper signaled again. The warlock turned and walked out. Wen Mansha sat on a chair and watched the other party''s back as he left. The other party obviously didn''t understand Luntam City, and the conditions and promises offered were more like the impression of Luntam City in the past. In other words, Wu Heng and Wen Mansha had not yet occupied this place, and Erno was still the lord of the city. For the ''Elno'' at that time, he would agree with this matter to a large extent, and he was happy that he would find the Kingdom of Yeko as a backer. But it''s different now. The city owner is Wen Mansha, and behind her is Wu Heng. It is destined not to join any country. On the return carriage. The warlock closed his eyes and began to think about what had just happened. There are huge errors in the rumors about this female city lord. From her current appearance, it is not possible to tell whether she is pregnant or not, and it cannot be ruled out that she has given birth to a child. The second point is that this female city lord is extremely rich. The items placed in the residence are not something ordinary powerful people can own, and some of them cannot even be bought with money. Represents the friendship of a race. Not simple. Moreover, this person is also very courageous, which is not something that a small gang leader can achieve. After the eldest prince and Yeko Kingdom said it, the other party did not show any difference, as if they just said two titles. "When we go back, we must send the news back." Zombie world. A group of survivors rushed over from an alleyway holding national flags. The survivor, armed with a stun baton and machete, examined it. Qi Hancai walked over, and Korean translator Xin He followed behind. "Who is the leader?" Qi Hancai asked. Sinh followed and translated. A middle-aged man came out, "I am." "How many of you are there?" "There are 11 in total. We are all nearby residents." the other party replied. After Xin He translated, Qi Hancai nodded and continued, "Tell them that we are from the Shanbu Port Rescue Team. They can go back to the base with us, but they must follow the arrangements in the future. If they don''t want to, they can leave and Sanbu Port will be given." Heavens ration. Sinh translated again. The people on the other side fell to their knees with cheers. Xinhe said, "Sister Qi, they are all willing to join, please don''t ignore them." "Okay, register them and follow the convoy." Sinh continued. Everyone nodded. Skeleton team position. Large areas of corpses were transformed into skeletons, and corpse cores were collected into space rings. These are all dealt with. Wu Heng walked into the maternal and infant store on one side and took a look at the products in the store. The items inside are well preserved, and are basically brand new in sealed bags. Simply put the stroller and crib into the space ring. Wait until everything is taken care of. Return to base with the army. Luntam City, the island owner''s mansion. Wen Mansha was downstairs, arranging tasks for her men. Wu Heng was in the bedroom upstairs, swinging around with his child in his arms, calling his name softly. Its different from the first time we met yesterday. The baby was no longer so afraid of strangers and didn''t cry. He looked at Wu Heng and smiled. Xiao Xiaofei was flying in the air, "Quick, let me play with you for a while." Wu Heng said angrily: "How can we talk? What do we mean by playing for a while?" "You put her on the bed first, and I''ll put her to sleep." Xiaoxiao still said. Wu Heng put the child on the crib. Xiaoxiao used his ability and wandered gently. (End of chapter) Chapter 662 , Wrentam Alliance Chapter 662, Luntam Alliance "What''s your name?" Glenda and Penny also flew over. "Wu Qin!" "It''s weird, but it fits your naming style." Glenda read it twice and then said, "Next time there is a good theme, I will adapt it for your daughter." "Then you, a great author, should be merciful and write a better character." Wu Heng said with a smile. The protagonist of a book is also the basis of future fame. Glenda has this idea, which is also a good thing for the children. "Okay." Glenda nodded in agreement. There were footsteps at the door. The ghosts disappeared, and Xiaoxiao stopped teasing the baby and disappeared. Immediately afterwards, the door opened and Mansha Wen walked in with the housekeeper. He glanced at the child with a smile on his face and gently picked him up, "I''m going to bed." With that said, he gave the child to the housekeeper and took him out of the room. Wen Mansha continued: "The parents of those children have been found. Two of them were taken away by their father and have not come back yet. They should have died in the hands of the hag. The remaining two are said to have been stolen. Yes, the child will be sent back, and someone will be arranged to follow up and investigate carefully. " "The efficiency is quite high." Wu Heng said. "Intelligence work is our strength, and this kind of thing can be easily investigated." After Wen Mansha finished speaking, she sat down and continued, "In the morning, a messenger from the eldest prince of Yeke Kingdom came. "What are you here for?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "I want Luntam City to join the Kingdom of Yeko, promising that I will still be the city lord, and there will be some verbal promises of resource support later. Another point, he said that tens of thousands of troops have been deployed on the border. If he doesn''t agree, he will Attack directly and capture this place." Wen Mansha''s tone gradually became serious. Wu Heng''s brows furrowed. This Yeke Kingdom is really eyeing this place. The last time I came back, the enemies I killed were related to the Kingdom of Yeko, and I haven''t given up yet. I can''t figure out what''s going on in my own country, and I always want to drag this side into trouble. After thinking for a moment, he asked, "Do you know where that person is?" "I live in the Windweed Tavern, called ''Robin''. He is a man in his fifties, tall and thin, wearing a warlock uniform." Mansha Wen recalled, giving a general description of his appearance, and then added, "Don''t kill him yet. , there are many such messengers, they cannot be killed, and it will also have an impact on the reputation of Luntam City. " Wu Heng glanced sideways, and the invisible ghost flew out directly. Then, Mansha Wen talked about the situation in the lower city. This kind of thing happens often, and it is also due to temptation within the kingdom and the wooing of some sects and forces. With a city, it is difficult to avoid this kind of thing. Wen Mansha is also somewhat used to it. Moreover, with the strength of the skeletons in the city, no one can really threaten Luntam City so far. After chatting for a while, Mansha Wen went downstairs to deal with things again. Only Wu Heng was left upstairs, sitting in the study, casually looking through the city''s accounts. After a while, the ghost returned from outside. I saw no one in the room. Glenda said: "I found that person. I was drinking with a person in the tavern. From what I heard from the conversation, it was indeed the eldest prince. He also sent a letter to him about what he had talked to Wen Mansha." Penny added on the side, "After they finished eating, I followed the other person. He had a residence in the city, but judging from his clothes, he looked like a mercenary." Xiaoxiao nodded along. "There aren''t any troops near the city, right?" "No? If there is an army, we can see it at a glance." Granda said. The effect of spiritual vision is to see level beams of light. The army presents a dense beam of light that is easily detected. "There should be no problem." Wu Heng nodded. Glenda thought for a moment, "Do I need help killing him? Just pretend to commit suicide." "No, he poses no threat to the city. If he dies, something might happen. Just ask Wen Mansha to arrange for someone to keep an eye on him." Wu Heng said. What threatens Luntam City is the army mentioned by the opponent. Killing him won''t change anything. "You have the final say." Glenda nodded. Sit in the study for a while. The shout of eating came from downstairs, and Wu Heng went downstairs to eat. Wu Heng''s fifth day in Luntam City. In the past few days, the time spent going to the zombie world has been reduced a lot. I usually accompany Wen Mansha and her daughter, and arrange ghosts to keep an eye on the situation in the city. Except for the last time, when the messenger mentioned the news of troops gathering at the border, no news about the troops came back. Wu Heng even took the ghost train to the border. The atmosphere in the city was relatively serious, and no tens of thousands of troops were found. It''s more like Wen Mansha rejecting the other party''s proposal and thinking up a temporary excuse to increase her momentum. "Master, Eskar Shaman is here." The housekeeper went upstairs and said softly. "I''m going down now." Wu Heng put away his things, went out and went downstairs. When I walked to the lobby on the first floor, I saw some old orc shaman standing in front of an oil painting, looking up. Hearing the footsteps, he turned around and looked over, with a smile on his wrinkled face, "Deputy Deacon Wu Heng." "Mr. Eskar, long time no see." "It''s not too long." "Please sit down!" Wu Heng motioned. The orc sat down opposite, and the maid brought tea and cakes. "What''s wrong with Eskar here?" Wu Heng asked directly. The orc has a straightforward character and said straight to the point: "I heard that a messenger came from the Kingdom of Yeko, saying that Luntam City will be divided into the territory of the Kingdom of Yeko." "That''s what happened." Wu Heng nodded to confirm. The orc''s eyes widened a bit, and then asked: "What did you and Lord Wen Mansha think about it?" Wu Heng pondered for a moment and said, "Of course we don''t believe what they say." The orc picked up the water cup and took a sip. His huge fangs made the water cup seem much smaller. Putting down the water glass again, he said: "In the past few days, several tribes have met with me and expressed their recognition of Luntam City and their respect for Lord Wenmansha. If there is really a danger, the orc tribe will show their respect to Luntam City." Provide support. Wu Heng looked surprised and then said, "How many tribes are there in total?" The news about Yeke Kingdom was released by Wu Heng. Compared to his own side, the people who are least willing to let Luntam City join the Kingdom of Yeko are definitely the orcs in the city. In a city, half of the orcs depend on this place for survival. Several tribes, including the Maoliu Tribe and the Black Stone Tribe, all rely on this city. Join the Kingdom of Yeko and become a subsidiary city of humans. The orcs will face unbearable losses. This is also true after the news is released. The orc shaman came directly. "There are currently five tribes. In terms of numbers, there can be thousands of people." The old orc said directly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Wen Mansha and I have the same opinion. We trust the orc brothers even more. During this time in the city, the orcs have also been provided with many positions and conveniences." "I know this, and that''s why we are willing to help Luntam City." The old orc said seriously. Wu Heng said: "Yeke Kingdom''s plan may not be implemented when it will be implemented. It may also instigate our relationship in advance, or defeat them one by one. The orcs must be particularly careful about this." "We will." Wu Heng continued, "Actually, Luntam City and the orc tribe can be closer." The old orc narrowed his eyes slightly, "What do you mean?" "I also came up with it on the spur of the moment. You can hear it first if it''s feasible." The old orc nodded. Wu Heng continued, "Why don''t we establish a Luntam Alliance? Whether it is fighting against foreign enemies, material transactions, or other cooperation in the future, if we unite, things will become easier." (End of chapter) Chapter 663 , Island owner, do you want a flying dragon? Chapter 663: Island owner, do you want a flying dragon? The old orc''s eyes lit up. "Can you help the ministries build houses? They are too backward." "Of course." Wu Heng nodded with a smile. The old orc also became interested, "Tell me more carefully, I think this idea is good." Unlike human countries, the orc tribe outside Luntam City exists in the form of a federation. Each tribe exists independently and belongs to the same race. Except when facing a common enemy, at other times, tribes also fought with each other. Therefore, in the eyes of humans, orcs are rude and barbaric. However, the orcs are also very rich in materials and have a large population base, which Wu Heng is interested in. I want to take advantage of the pressure brought by the Kingdom of Yeko this time to connect the orcs with Luntam City. Wu Heng told the other party his thoughts. The old orc also nodded frequently. After finishing speaking, the old orc continued: "I will go back and discuss with each tribe and give you an answer as soon as possible." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. The old orc drank the tea in the cup, stood up and left. Wu Heng sent her out of the city lord''s mansion and waved goodbye. Night falls. Wu Heng told Wen Mansha the conversation he had with the orc shaman. "Are you worried that we won''t be able to defend the Yeke Kingdom from attacking?" Wen Mansha asked curiously. "No, the troops I have arranged are enough to resist the Kingdom of Yeko, but when confronting them head-on, the orcs must also consider joining in. If you are not smart, it will be troublesome to imitate the Warhammer Party and seize the city. Wu Heng replied with a smile. "It makes sense." Wen Mansha agreed. Wu Heng continued, "The second point is to use this opportunity to give Luntam City a greater voice among the orcs, and use its resources and population to help our development." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, nodded and said, "I understand." Finished talking about the orcs. Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha and said softly: "I''ll take you to Treasure Island. I''ll hand it over to Harter first, and then I''ll send you back after a while." Wen Mansha shook her head with a smile, "I like it here. Let''s go there when the baby grows up. Just come back to see us often." Seeing that the other party was serious, Wu Heng said nothing more. From the space ring, he took out three rare objects, "These rare objects are left for you to use." He picked them up one by one and introduced, "This is a phantom veil. After wearing it, you can change your appearance. Professionals below level 15 will definitely not be able to detect it. Above level 15, there is a chance of seeing through some flaws. The side effect is that it can be done to men unconsciously." Some ogling moves, please be careful. "The second item is called the ''Nightmare Oil Lamp''. To see who doesn''t like it, you can collect the other person''s hair and dander to give them nightmares. The side effect is that every time you use the first drop of living creature''s blood, you can just find any animal." "The third one is reserved for our daughter. It''s called the ''Good Dancer Veil''. After wearing it, she can show her superb dancing skills. The side effect is that she has to dance for two hours. If she likes it, she can Wear it and practice, if you dont like it, put it away. Wen Mansha looked at the three rare items and said, "It seems like they are all useless." "Keep it for now. Maybe you will need it sometime. I will arrange some high-level skeletons for you tomorrow." Wu Heng said. Originally, she wanted to leave the church''s [Innocent Holy Glory] to Wen Mansha, but Wen Mansha came from a gang and was afraid of any side effects. There''s no need to take the risk. "Okay then, thank you Master." Wen Mansha said softly. It was getting late, so he asked the housekeeper to carry the sleeping child to the next door, and the two of them went to bed to rest. the next day. Wu Heng passed through the warehouse door and opened the connecting door. Following the order, a large number of skeletons walked out directly. Each skeleton has reached level 10 or above, wearing blue stab-proof clothing, a tactical helmet on its head, and carrying a rifle. Like a modern army. Behind the team is a skeleton wearing a colorful dress and a sunhat. Wait until everything comes out. Wu Heng closed the gate and walked to the front yard with all the skeletons. Wen Mansha also came over holding the child. Wu Heng said: "It''s called Bone Demon No. 2. It''s a level 18 skeleton warrior. Its characteristic is that it can control all skeletons from a long distance. It will be responsible for protecting you in the future. If you have any plans, you can talk to it." Then, he continued to introduce to the skeleton, "She is Wen Mansha. From now on, I will be responsible for protecting her safety and at the same time obeying her orders." Bone Demon No. 2 walked up to Wen Mansha. Wen Mansha nodded, smiled and said, "Look after me in the future." Bone Demon No. 2 nodded slightly. After everything is arranged. Wu Heng and Wen Mansha whispered a few more words. Then I put on the [train conductors hat], boarded the train, and waved goodbye. The train passes through the border of the kingdom. Wu Heng still got out of the car to check, and all three ghosts were released to investigate the location of the city and the garrison. The border does have a certain number of troops, but it is still not enough to attack Luntam City. Either the plan was postponed, or the other party said it casually. After confirming that there is no problem. Wu Heng continued to get on the train and headed to Blackstone Town. In the deacon''s study, I met Slater, Yuri, and the level 18 skeleton attendant who was arranged beside me. After confirming that there was no danger to the two of them, I felt relieved. This time we didnt stay too long and had dinner together. After telling the two to be careful, they put on their hats again and returned to Treasure Island. Treasure Island, outside the association. "The association also has such a course? Why haven''t you heard of it before?" The young dwarf squeezed into the crowd with a backpack on his back. The companion next to me said: "I heard that the island owner obtained it for us as a condition for joining the Hongwen Society." "He is a necromancer, why is he like this? I don''t believe it." "I think differently from you. I wouldn''t believe it if it were anyone else. I do believe that the master of Wuheng Island can do such a thing." While talking, another person came up. "Today is an open class for alchemists, and there will be classes for artificers and bards later. They are all free. Where else can you get these benefits?" "Treasure Island, things have changed so much." During the few days I left. All the lectures promised by Hongwenhui have been arranged. Different types of public lectures are held in classrooms provided by the association. No money required, all free. But you also need to register in advance. If it is full, you will have to wait for the next time. When this matter was announced, it caused quite a stir on the island, and the popularity was not much lower than that of exhibitions and auctions. After all, there is such a thing as free teaching. It is actually very clear who benefits. The nobles and wealthy businessmen looked down upon these, and the people who benefited the most were ordinary residents. Although I know that the owner of Wuheng Island and Deacon Xilagui are also very kind to the ordinary people on the island. But I didn''t expect that it would reach this point. There are even some rumors that in exchange for these courses, the owner of Wuheng Island was forced to join the Hongwen Society. What a good man! For the people on the island, he actually did this. Those people in Hongwenhui are also disgusting, they actually threaten people with such things. I want to think about it, but I still have to take the course. After all, everyone is working hard for their own improvement. "Master, you are back!" Entering the courtyard gate, the maids went out to greet him. "You''re back. Is there nothing going on at home?" Wu Heng took off his coat and asked casually. Minnie said: "It''s okay. Hongwen Club''s lectures have been arranged. Today is the second day of the alchemy course. We also went to listen to it. The only bad thing is that we have to buy the medicinal materials ourselves. The material store is making crazy money." Wu Heng said with a smile, "The course is free. You must prepare the materials yourself, and you cannot let the association provide them all." "That''s right, these are all earned by the master." Minnie followed up and asked, "Is Sister Wen Mansha okay? Is the child cute?" "It''s cute. My name is Wu Qin. I''ll take you to see it if I have the chance." "Okay, but it''s a little too far!" Sitting in the living room chatting with Minnie. The knock on the door sounded again. Catwoman Robert ran out quickly, asked a few questions, and then ran back, "Master, there is a man outside the door. He said that he had been to the city hall before and wanted to talk to you about cooperation." "How many people?" "Just one person." "Bring him in." Wu Heng said. Robert nodded and walked out quickly. Wu Heng sat in the living room and waited for a while. Robert walked in, followed by a strong man wearing brown leather armor. Messy hair and a thick shaggy beard. This image does not look like a businessman who comes to discuss cooperation. The man entered the hall, swept through everyone quickly, and finally landed on Wu Heng. He bowed and saluted, and said in a rough voice: "Dragon Selling Team, Gregor, I have met the island owner." Dragon hawking team? Wu Heng frowned slightly. Was the matter of him killing their fleet being investigated? It shouldn''t be, not a single person was left alive. Even the flying dragons only had three alive, and they were locked up in the backyard. "Sit down! You said you came to me to discuss cooperation?" Wu Heng asked. The man sat down opposite and said directly: "Island owner, we are in the business of selling flying dragons. Flying dragons, you should know that there used to be a fleet of ships in the Emerald Sea for escort." It seems that he just came to sell Feilong to himself. Wu Heng nodded, "Flying dragon, but for now, the island has no idea of ????purchasing flying dragons." "No, no, blame me for not explaining it clearly." The man immediately waved his hand and then explained: "What our leader means is that we want to ask you if you have any idea of ??acquiring the bones of the flying dragon. We have many pairs of dead flying dragon corpses in our hands. " (End of chapter) Chapter 664 , hello, can you hear me? Chapter 664, Hey, can you hear me? Flying dragon bones for sale? Wu Heng did not expect this. In societies and in some countries and races, there are protection laws for corpses and skeletons. But it does not include Warcraft and beasts. Among the exquisitely carved ornaments sent by those merchants were ornaments made of animal bones. Its hard to tell whether the flying dragons corpse is included or not. If it is really inside, it should not fall under the Corpse Protection Act, but should be classified under the Necromancer Restriction Act. The Dragon Traffickers are also quite interesting. Recently, Treasure Island has become quite popular in the surrounding area, and it has even taken the initiative to do business with myself, a necromancer. With such clever brains, no wonder they can make money. Wu Heng also became interested and asked: "How many flying dragon corpses do you have?" "A lot. If you need more, we can dig out all the corpses that were buried in the past." The man said excitedly. The pirates in the Emerald Sea disappeared, and the business of the dragon hawking team was also affected. If you can connect with Treasure Island, it will definitely be a good business line. The flying dragon can be sold normally, and the corpse can continue to be sold, which can be regarded as additional income. Wu Heng nodded and glanced at the other party, "Can you make the decision on this matter?" "When I came, the leader had already given me the right to make the decision, so the island owner can rest assured." The other party said seriously. "Okay, let''s talk about the price." "An adult flying dragon can reach level 13, has the ability to fly, is very strong, and has a certain deterrent effect." The man talked about the characteristics of the flying dragon, and then quoted, "700 silver per body. For corpses that have not reached level 10, Ill charge you 500 silver. Wu Heng frowned when he heard the price. I remember that last time I bought a batch of corpses from Retili of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Orders that did not belong to the consortium were intercepted just because the transportation team of the consortium tried to rob it on the way. The most expensive level 15 corpse at that time was only 600 silver coins. Of course, Leitili was traded to him privately, which was regarded as a friendly price. But the price given by the dragon sales team in front of me is still a bit expensive. After picking up the tea cup and taking a sip, Wu Heng said lightly: "It''s expensive." "How can it be expensive? Sir, if you transform into a skeleton, you can definitely dominate the sky. Think about it, the sky will be filled with flying dragons, which will also be a guarantee for the safety of Treasure Island." The man said immediately. Wu Heng''s tone was still calm, "Killing a level 10 wanted criminal in the association is a reward of about 500. You don''t need to take any risks for a corpse, but it costs 700 silver coins. You decide whether it is expensive or not." "Sir, you can''t calculate it like this. The flying dragon can fly and is of high value in your hands." Wu Heng looked up at the other party and said directly: "300 silver coins for corpses above level 10 and 100 silver coins for corpses below level 10. This is a price I can accept." The man looked embarrassed and said, "This is too low." "This is a price I can accept. If you can''t make the decision, you can go back and ask your leader." Wu Heng said. The man fell silent, did not speak, and had no intention of leaving. Just sitting on the sofa thinking. After a while, he suddenly raised his head and said, "We have one more condition." Wu Heng smiled and said, "Tell me about it!" "You want to buy all our bones. If there are any in the future, you will also buy them." The man said in a serious tone. Wu Heng nodded, "Yes, at this price, I can agree to it." "I still need to collect some deposits." "This won''t work. When the goods arrive, I will settle the settlement for you according to the quantity. Treasure Island is here, I can''t run away, and I don''t know where you are." Wu Heng said. "That''s okay, I want to sign the agreement." The man said. Wu Heng glanced at his side and said, "Minnie, go and draw up an agreement to ensure that the flying dragon bones are mature, the body is intact, and it can be transformed into an undead force." The man immediately added, "We will settle the payment in full at that time, and we will not accept any equivalent substitutes. Gold coins and silver coins are acceptable." Minnie looked at Wu Heng, who nodded, "Write in what''s for him too." "Yes, Master." Minnie went directly upstairs to draw up an agreement. The agreement from the town hall is ready, that is, fill in the name, quantity and price of the purchased items. And some supplementary clauses do not need to be rewritten. In the hall, the man picked up the teacup and took a sip, clicking his lips. Then he leaned forward and said, "My lord, is there any news about our fleet in the Emerald Sea about two months ago? One of our fleets disappeared in the Emerald Sea." "Oh? A caravan?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "Uh..., merchants, caravans." Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment, "I have never heard of such a caravan. If it never returns, it may encounter some danger." The man said: "No news has been sent back." Wu Heng looked at the other party and said, "Let''s talk about the characteristics of the caravan''s ships. Then I will help you investigate and see if I can find anything." "Thank you, Lord Island Master." Wu Heng continued, "Annette, please note the characteristics of the fleet." Annette, the lop-eared rabbit, took out a piece of paper and began to record it. The man also described the type of missing ship, flag style and other characteristics. Annette also wrote it all down. Soon, Minnie also took the agreement down from upstairs, and after letting the other party confirm that there was nothing that needed to be changed, she signed it directly. Wu Heng continued to ask: "When can it be shipped here?" "After I return, I will immediately arrange a fleet to transport it to you. It will take about two weeks." "Okay, then prepare as soon as possible!" Wu Heng said. The man drank the tea in one gulp, stood up and said, "Then I won''t disturb you, sir. I''ll go back and arrange this matter now." "good!" Wu Heng sent him to the door. Outside the courtyard gate, there were several people waiting for each other. After seeing it coming out, he confirmed the situation in a low voice and walked outside. After seeing each other off, Wu Heng sat in the living room and drank tea again. The dragon selling team came to sell the flying dragon bones, which was unexpected. But it is also a good thing for myself. Especially the zombie world. The official bases of various countries are likely to have aircraft. And with the expansion of our side, we should encounter it later. Having air superiority is a very important thing in the game of modern power. Compared to airplanes, skeleton flying dragons also have their own advantages. It is more flexible and can make any movements in the air. Wuheng feels no worse than an airplane. A large number of purchases and conversions are still very useful. "The bones of some Warcraft are not restricted by the law, but can be purchased directly." "Other than the flying dragon, it seems like there''s nothing I particularly need." Wu Heng thought. "Master, would you like some cakes?" Minnie asked. "I''m not going to eat anymore. I''m going upstairs. You go to the radio room and tell Wen Mansha that I''m back safely." Wu Heng stood up and said as he walked. "Okay, Master." Minnie agreed with a smile and took the other two people to the radio room to chat with Wen Mansha. Returning to the study, Wu Heng opened the door and went to the zombie world. He walked out of the gate and asked the skeleton to clean his room. At the same time, he took out the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai to the conference room. After sitting in the conference room and waiting for a while, Qi Hancai walked in with an owl on his head. Wait until the other person sits down. Wu Heng asked: "Is there nothing happening at the base?" "No, everything is normal." Qi Hancai replied. "What about the two technicians? Is there any progress?" Wu Heng asked directly. At the military factory, some progress is quite significant, but the people taking classes here always give the impression that there is little progress. Qi Hancai said: "On the communication technology side, a group of skeletons have been trained and can be arranged to lay out lines." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and continued, "According to what the female technician said, how many people are generally needed to control the equipment and connect the lines?" "About five people are enough in an area." "Then leave five skeletons and send the rest to Gao Rong and Li Yahong first." Qi Hancai nodded, "Okay, I will arrange a ship to send the skeleton over later." "Have new skeletons been added?" "That''s it, class has started." Wu Heng asked again, "Where is the male technician?" "The male technician is debugging the equipment on the ship. I heard from him that it will be ready for work in a few days." Qi Hancai continued to answer. "Tell him to hurry up." "Okay." Qi Hancai responded, reaching out and touching the owl standing on the table. Wu Heng also looked at the owl. Asked: "Have you been training recently?" "I''m following the skeleton training you arranged for me!" Wu Heng turned over his hand, took out the crystal to detect the level, and handed it to her, "Hold it and try to sense it. Let me see if you are lazy." Qi Hancai looked at him confused, but still held it in his hand, trying to sense the crystal in his hand. With the movement, the crystal gradually lit up. It didn''t light up much and then stopped. Level 3. It''s a bit low, but it''s true that Qi Hancai didn''t change jobs for a long time. But he still kept a straight face and said: "I said I''m not lazy. After such a long time, I''m only at Level 3." Qi Hancai frowned and looked at the crystal in his hand, "Is this thing accurate?" "Every morning and evening, we must take time to train. Li Yahong will also notify us." Wu Heng said seriously. "I know, don''t be angry, I''ll just work hard later." Qi Hancai leaned over and coquettishly. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai chatted for a while. Wait for Xiaoxiao to come back from her mother''s stay. Wu Heng walked into the gate with the skeleton who had graduated from school. Head to Treasure Island. dinner. Wu Heng sat on one side of the dining table, opposite Anderweier who was reporting while eating. "Master, after you left, we released a new issue of the newspaper, and the response was very good. It was a hot topic on the island in the next few days. The association has started teaching. Today is the second course. A large number of students have gathered to sign up. The patrol team specially increased its manpower to maintain order at the scene. There is also the sale of houses. The newly built locations have also been sold in advance, and the demand for houses is relatively large. " Everything was said once, and Wu Heng nodded. There were no special circumstances on the island, and everything was developing as planned. The only difference is that I didnt expect that the associations open classes would be arranged so quickly. When I first returned to the island, I was still a little unresponsive. After eavesdropping on some conversations, I found out what was going on. "Are all the lines laid out?" Anderweil said: "It''s laid." "I''ll arrange for the skeleton to go over and debug the phone tomorrow morning, so I can be prepared." "Okay, Master." After dinner, we chatted in the living room for a while, the maids went to train, and Wu Heng began to assemble the electromagnetic gun. When it gets dark, everyone returns to their rooms to rest. Association, Deacon''s Study. In the morning, as soon as Sheila Gui walked into the study, her footsteps paused. In the study, a skeleton wearing a yellow vest was busy at the desk. On the back of the yellow vest, there is also the word "communications maintenance" written on it. It looks like a technical skeleton responsible for some kind of maintenance. Xila Gui looked puzzled and looked at Shi Yali, who had come in advance, "What do you mean? I arranged a skeleton all morning. What are you doing here?" Shi Yali shrugged, "Wu Heng arranged to install something. He has been busy here all morning. I haven''t seen the things he took out. It is probably something new." Sheila Gui glanced at the skeleton again, walked to the desk, and said, "Go over there and get busy." After saying that, he sat down on the chair and took out a stack of documents from the space ring. The skeleton was pushed aside and squatted on the ground to continue working. Shi Yali moved a chair for the skeleton, "Wu Heng saw you bullying his skeleton, so be careful to blame you." "Whoever bullied his skeleton, I also work." Sheila Gui said casually. After a while, the phone was assembled. Placed directly on Sheila Ge''s desk, the skeleton turned around and left. Sheela frowned and looked at it, "Then what? What''s it for? Are you leaving now?" I can''t talk about it. Jingle bell bell~! The object on the table suddenly rang a bell. The two sisters were startled, with speculation in their eyes. Sheela picked up the microphone anyway, imitating how she saw Philippa using it on the ship, and put it to her ear. A familiar voice immediately came from the phone, "Hey~! Can you hear me?" "Wu Heng?" Xila Gui exclaimed. Shi Yali also immediately came forward, and the two women''s faces were pressed together, listening to the voice coming from the phone. "This is the phone I installed for you two. It''s very convenient to call you directly if you need anything in the future." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui looked at the base of the phone and asked, "Can I contact you by picking it up?" "You need to dial a number. Isn''t there a row of numbers on it? The phone is also connected to the city hall and the patrol. You can write down the number and call wherever you want to find it in the future." As Wu Heng explained, Shi Yali wrote down all the numbers in several places. After hanging up the phone, the two tried to contact the city hall and the patrol. Sure enough, they can all be connected, and it''s very convenient. There''s something magical about this. The phone was put aside, and the two sat in their respective seats, both falling into silence. After a while. Shi Yali said: "Tell me, is Wu Heng really an old monster who was resurrected with the help of a new body?" Sheila Gui glanced at the pen and phone on the table and said: "I understand what you mean, but his character is not like an old monster at all. When he first came to the island, he asked me many things, and just Its like walking out of a small place. "Then he is too powerful." Shi Yali said. "Perhaps they are all things from his hometown. He knew these and used them directly." Xila Gui guessed. "sister." "what?" "We can''t let him run away now, we must capture him." Silla rolled her eyes at her, "Again, what''s more, why did you kiss him last time?" "I''ve explained it to you. I didn''t mean it. Why are you always jealous?" "Who is jealous?" Port, a docked cargo ship. The cabin was dark, with the hanging light stone emitting a faint light. A man with pale skin and short hair, wearing a black robe, sat at the dining table, gently shaking a wine glass filled with red liquid. Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the door. "Come in." The door opened, and a figure came in quickly, closing the door tightly at the same time. After saluting respectfully, he said in a low voice: "Sir, the news about Treasure Island has been returned. Now there are many wealthy merchants and nobles from the surrounding area gathered on the island." The man''s eyes narrowed slightly, and red light flashed in his eyes. The wine glass in his hand was still shaking, as if he was thinking about something. With so many people gathered, if we take action directly, I am afraid it will have a serious impact. Then he asked, "Are there any high-level professionals on the island?" The subordinate sniffed the faint blood in the air, swallowed the spit, and continued: "No strong person has been found in the investigation. The deacon is Sheila Gui, about level 15. Recently, the Hongwen Club has also arranged for someone to teach on the island. There is no investigation yet. Are there any high-level experts out there? The man became a little dull and drank the blood wine in one gulp. "Continue to inquire about information. Hongwen Club has arranged courses. They will be accompanied by high-level professionals. I have confirmed how many people there are. There is also Wu Heng. I want his information." "Yes, sir." The subordinate responded respectfully, and then withdrew. The man sat in the room and thought for a while. Get out of your cabin and head to the larger warehouse next door. The cabin door opened, and a pair of blood-red eyes looked directly over. Zombie world. After arranging the phone call in the morning, Wu Heng went to the zombie world. When I walked down the dormitory building, I saw a male technician passing by. "Chief!" The male technician suffocated and immediately saluted. Wu Heng nodded and asked, "How are the students teaching?" The male technician had a serious face and said, "I''ve almost taught you everything, and I can install and control the equipment normally." (End of chapter) Chapter 665 , can it be distorted in batches? Chapter 665: Can mass distortion be achieved? "Have the equipment on the ship been adjusted?" Wu Heng asked. The male technician immediately replied, "The ships at the port have been equipped with close-in anti-aircraft guns, and the electromagnetic waves of anti-aircraft missiles have also been adjusted to capture the distorted flying creatures you mentioned." Wu Heng then asked: "Can those skeletons be debugged and installed independently?" "Yes! Skeleton and skeleton students can complete it independently, but the installation of large equipment requires the assistance of equipment." The male technician explained. "Okay, I understand, you can continue with class." "Yes, chief." The male technician saluted respectfully and walked quickly towards the classroom office building. Wu Heng watched the other party leave and also walked towards the convoy''s position at the gate. He opened the door and got into the passenger seat, and the skeleton attendant also got into the back seat of the vehicle. "Let''s go, it''s getting late." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and gave the order to set off. The convoy drove directly out of the base and headed into the distance. In the truck. After driving for a certain distance, Qi Hancai casually adjusted another radio station in the car to a channel. As the sound of electricity disappeared, a singing voice came from inside. "Zhao Yanqiu?" Wu Heng listened carefully and was sure that the person singing was Zhao Yanqiu. Little mother. Qi Hancai said with a smile: "We discussed and selected a separate frequency band as the main radio station of the base. Zhao Yanqiu is responsible for radio broadcasts in the afternoon and evening. He mainly talks about the development direction of the base, sings for everyone, or even mics chat." "How''s the effect?" "The effect is good. I will soon become a star here at the base. It is very popular." Qi Hancai said casually. "What about this talent? I never discovered it before." Wu Heng was also a little surprised. Qi Hancai turned to look here and asked, "Isn''t it the professional scroll you gave me?" Wu Heng did not deny it, "I gave her a scroll." "No wonder, why did it change so much?" Qi Hancai looked as if it was true. "The scroll can''t directly change a person. It should be that she had some talents before, and she improved a little with the help of the scroll." Wu Heng said thoughtfully. The career scroll is definitely important, but it only determines a growth direction. Zhao Yanqiu''s popularity on the radio is largely due to her own talent in this area. Coupled with the bard''s enhancement of her voice and some aspects, she has achieved the current results. Qi Hancai muttered: "I knew I would have chosen this profession." Wu Heng stretched out his hand and pinched her face, "Career development is different, and each has its own benefits. How can I give you bad things?" Qi Hancai nodded, "That''s right, I''m just a little tired from training." "The higher the level, the better it is for your figure and physique." "Are you concerned about your figure?" Qi Hancai subconsciously puffed up his chest. "Yes! Work hard!" "Suddenly I felt motivated." Qi Hancai said with a smile. While driving, the two chatted casually. Zhao Yanqiu''s changes were somewhat unexpected by Wu Heng. Xiaoxiao knew her mother well, so the career scroll she chose was more suitable. The subsequent upgrades should not be too slow. Soon, the convoy got off the main road and headed towards the remote road. The convoy stopped, and zombies wandering around could be seen in the distance. Wu Heng got out of the car and led the skeletons to attack the group of corpses. The deformed dog ran over quickly, attracted attention, then turned around and ran away. The dense group of corpses began to rush towards this side. Dong dong dong~! There was a loud and heavy running sound. The group of running corpses suddenly went into chaos, and a group of deformed black pigs rushed out from the alleyway on one side, knocking over a large number of zombies. Each black pig is as strong as a bull. The walls and wooden fences along the road were all smashed into pieces. This strength and momentum may be able to directly smash through the skeleton''s spear array. "Uncle, there are wild boars coming," Xiaoxiao warned, pointing in the distance. "I saw it. How high are these wild boars?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s available at levels 7 and 8." Less than level 10, its not a big problem. Wu Heng said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton flying dragon bomb." Huhu~! As the words fell, a series of sounds broke through the air, and the skeletal flying dragon passed overhead. Flying above the group of corpses, dense iron bullets fell along the road like a heavy rain. Boom boom boom~! A violent explosion sounded, and the black pigs rushing at the front fell to pieces in an instant. Then, the second wave of bombings fell again, and the black pigs and corpses were covered by bombs at the same time, with blood and broken limbs flying all over the sky. After two rounds, the remaining black pigs and corpses collided directly with the spear array. A fierce fight began. Wisps of remnant souls floated into the sky again, and Glenda flew directly up and began to devour the remnant souls all over the sky. It would take a few days to upgrade Glenda alone. But so far, there is still no sign of an upgrade. It feels like level 20 is more demanding than the previous levels. There is still a zombie world on my side that provides remnant souls. For ordinary ghosts, it is probably more difficult to reach level 20. No wonder I only hear about professionals becoming heroes. Ghosts also have levels, but there is no record of reaching level 20, or even a title after reaching the level. After a while, all the zombies below were killed and injured, and the remaining souls in the sky were also absorbed. A deformed black pig was dragged to the open space in front of him, occupying a large space. [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] was released, and the wild boar skeleton stood up and staggered to the side. "Pick out all the corpse cores." Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton walked in, picked out all the corpse cores, and threw them into the plastic bag in Wu Heng''s hand. After all the corpse cores were picked up, Wu Heng continued to release the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] along the road. A large number of skeletons stood up and joined the queue of skeletons. Then, Qi Hancai brought a convoy over to search. After the search is completed, get back in the car and start returning to the base surrounded by skeletons. When they came back, there were more than 300 strong skeleton pigs on both sides of the convoy. Shaky and attention-grabbing. Not long after, the convoy arrived at the base. This was handed over to Qi Hancai, and Wu Heng went to the port and asked the skeleton to drive the frigate to Shanbu Port. Go through the previously built gate and send it to Treasure Island Dockyard. Treasure Island, Harbor. Wu Heng stood at the port and looked at the two huge frigates leaning against one side. The frigates in the modern world are not the largest ships, but in this world, they are exaggeratedly grand. All the other warships were compared. The first warship has been given to Philippa. The hull of the boat is very clean, and it can be seen that the boat is taken care of, but after some special decoration, it looks a bit nondescript. The ropes on the ship were hung with flags of different colors, and a row of shields of different styles were hung on the sides of the ship. The waves rocked the ship''s hull, and the shields jingled. I stood at the port and waited for a while. Philippa walked over with a parrot on his shoulder and a skeleton attendant behind him, "Looking for me?" As soon as he finished speaking, his eyes saw another new frigate, and he exclaimed: "Damn, you got another one?" Wu Heng said: "This ship has more complete functions. From now on there will be two frigates..." "Wow, he''s so handsome!" Philippa cheered and ran over. Before Wu Heng finished speaking, he also walked over and boarded the second frigate together. Philippa looked around, even though it was no different from the first ship, his eyes were full of surprise. Finally, my eyes fell on the ship-borne close-in defense gun. "The machine gun, it''s a bit cool." Philippa said, patting the close-in defense gun. "This is called a close-range defense cannon. It can hit air targets." Philippa curled his lips and said, "Forget it, the air defense you mentioned last time didn''t work." "It works this time. When there are air units, just give the order to the skeleton." Wu Heng said. Seeing that he was serious, Philippa also nodded, "Next time there is a flying target, try again. You will basically never meet it on the Emerald Sea." "The best you can''t meet." "That''s right." Philippa looked at the boat for a while and fell in love with this kind of boat. It''s like being a race car driver and getting an incredible car. "Let''s go. If you have a chance, you can go out on patrol. Let''s go back and eat first." Wu Heng put his arm around the other person''s shoulders and walked down. At the same time, a large number of skeletons were arranged to guard this place. Although you dont have to worry about being driven away, you should be careful. After walking out of the port, we called a carriage and returned to the island owner''s mansion together. Had dinner. Wu Heng returned to the study. He glanced at the three ghosts who were busy with their own affairs and sat down aside. My mind couldn''t help but think about the group of black pigs I met today. These deformed black pigs are obviously from nearby pig farms. When Qi Hancai and others were searching and inspecting, there were also many ordinary pig carcasses in the pig farm, and the number was larger. But the conversion rate of aberrant beasts is much higher than that of humans. Almost half open. This also gave Wu Heng an idea. Is it possible to use wild animals or poultry to transform aberrant zombies in batches? "If I can mass-produce it, the first-level corpse core will not be a problem, and the strengthening potions will not be out of stock." "Maybe it can." The more I think about it, the more worth giving it a try and seeing which beast or monster is suitable. Take it to the zombie world for experimentation. After thinking about it for a while, the sky gradually darkened. Wu Heng stood up and said, "I''m going back to sleep." "Good night." "Good night." "Goodbye uncle." "Xiaoxiao has time to learn to write. Don''t watch cartoons all the time." "I know, uncle." Xiaoxiao agreed. After Wu Heng left, he stuck out his tongue at the door, "I don''t." (End of chapter) Chapter 666 , docked ships Chapter 666, docked ship Morning, Opera House. As the melodious music played, the huge curtain of the stage slowly opened. The scene behind the curtain was a noisy tavern, with drinkers chatting and drinking. A maid in a blue dress kept moving between the wine tables, delivering the drinks ordered by the guests. The maid''s voice was clear and ethereal, instantly attracting everyone''s attention in the cluttered scene. Squeak~! The sound of a door opening sounded. A figure wearing a black cloak appeared, glanced around, walked to the corner of the scene, and sat down slowly. The maid walked over quickly. "Sir, what do you want to order?" The man casually took out two silver coins and threw them on the maid''s tray gracefully. "I want a cocktail and another one for you. It depends on what you like to drink." "Thank you, guest." The maid smiled and quickly went down to prepare. Audience stand. "They started in the tavern," Minnie said softly. Robbe continued: "The beginning of the original story was an introduction to the identity, which was omitted." "Well, that''s good." Minnie nodded. Annette said: "The lady who plays the host feels that every line and action she takes is very serious." "But the performance is pretty good, but I feel a little shorter than the master." Minnie looked sideways. Wu Heng turned his head and glanced at the other party, "Keep your voice down, it''s not good for others to hear you." "oh oh!" Association members, viewing positions. Shi Yali watched the performance, "Is the fifth princess playing Wu Heng?" "Yes, I asked someone to investigate. I have been rehearsing stage plays during this period, which is quite honest." Sheela Gui said. "Looking at how young she is, she''s quite pitiful." Sheila Gui turned to look at her, "What Treasure Island can do is to protect her safety on the island, and will not involve Treasure Island in political battles just because she is pitiful or not." "I know." Shi Yali looked back at the stage, "I have to say, she acted pretty well. Why do you think she acted so much like Wu Heng?" "Stop talking, it''s critical time." The performance on the stage still continues. As the plot progressed, everyone stopped talking and watched the subsequent performance seriously. As the raging fire raged, the character playing Penny stood quietly in front, dressed in simple clothes, with firm eyes and no trace of fear. Looking at the cult followers in black robes. He showed a sarcastic smile and said loudly: "Wu Heng will come back to avenge me and avenge the dead villagers." After saying that, without waiting for the cult members to approach, he walked directly into the fire and was swallowed up by the fire. The scenes are all represented by props. But seeing this, there were still a few sighs coming from the stands. Even if I have seen and heard this story, it still makes me feel sad to see it here. Then, the role of Wu Heng appeared. At this time, he was wearing more gorgeous mage robes, and the attendants behind him were also tall and mighty. The image is obviously different from the one in the tavern. Wu Heng found Beni''s body and resurrected it. Later, the pace of the story begins to accelerate. Wu Heng began to seek revenge on the cult and killed all the villains in the story. The story is a short one and can be completed in thirty minutes. The actors bowed and thanked them, and the curtain fell. The show is over. The maid who first approached Wu Heng to discuss the adaptation of the story quickly walked over from the stage. He saluted and said, "My lord, the island owner, ladies and gentlemen." Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "The performance is very good. You are very talented in this area." Although they are not as good as those real bards, it is pretty good for a group of tavern maids to perform as they are now. The woman looked a little excited, "Thank you, sir." "Minnie." Wu Heng said to the side. Minnie took out a few bard scrolls and handed them to the other party, "The island owner has prepared them for you. I hope you will continue to work hard." The maid subconsciously took it and said, "Thank you, sir. Thank you, miss." Wu Heng led the people away, and behind him came the cheers and sobs of the women. Afternoon, Jinfan Tavern. The bard Saban finished reading the latest issue of the Great Detective Story, picked up the teacup and took a sip. The adaptation of the Great Detective stage play made them even more famous on the island. Moreover, we have also reached a cooperation with the Opera House, and the Great Detective stage play will be performed there every three days. It can be regarded as giving them a lot of income. But on weekdays, I still read newspapers and chat with people in the pub. Not only because the tavern gave him this job when he was in trouble, but also because he wanted to keep himself popular, and also because he wanted to be familiar with the latest detective stories. Prepare for subsequent adaptations. "Everyone, tomorrow the association will hold a class for magic weapon masters. If you are interested, don''t forget to sign up. This is an opportunity given to you by the island owner." Everyone in the audience nodded. "I heard it is a condition for joining Hongwen Club." "I''ve also heard about this, and I want the island owner to hand over the potion formula." "It''s too much to deceive others. It''s a bit different from being a robber." "The island owner is a good man..." "It''s the writer who always breaks chapters. Don''t let me know who he is." "Indeed, it would be best to keep him hidden." At this time, someone walked into the tavern and whispered something next to Saban. Saban nodded and waited for the other party to leave. He said directly: "I have the latest news. Let me tell you." Everyone fell silent and looked forward at the same time. Saban continued, "The stage play adapted by the maids of "Benny the Blushing Maid" has been approved by the island owner at the opera house. It will be performed at the opera house in a few days. I hope you will come and support it." "They really succeeded." "I was asked to play a cult role before, and I...hey! I would have agreed if I had known." "I want to act too." Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng returned to the study and turned on the air conditioner. He glanced at Penny who was standing aside, "How''s your story? Are you satisfied?" The ghosts followed the performance of the stage play, but they were in a state of invisibility and did not appear. Moreover, today''s story is adapted from Beni''s incident. The real owner is floating aside. Hearing Wu Heng''s words, Beni smiled and said: "It''s all based on Mrs. Glenda''s story, and I''m not that great. I was scared at the time." "Fear is a normal reaction. You are already very brave." Wu Heng said. Glenda also said, "Yes, he is much braver than those high-level professionals." "Yes, I also feel that Sister Beini is so brave and like a hero." Xiaoxiao also said. "Thank you everyone." Penny thanked her and flew to Wu Heng again, "Thank you Wu Heng for taking me out of Blackstone Town." "Why are you so polite?" Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, Mrs. McIntosh called and said she has something to see you." Wu Heng opened the door and went downstairs, picked up the phone and put it to his ear. "Hello." "Island owner, I am ''McIntosh'' and I have special information to report to you." A deep female voice came from the opposite side. "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng asked. The other person said directly: "We have received information that there is a cargo ship at the port. It will send a lot of food up every day. It can probably feed nearly a hundred people. We suspect there is a problem." (End of chapter) Chapter 667 , heads left Chapter 667: Head left behind "Say it again from the beginning." Wu Heng frowned slightly and asked. On the opposite side, McIntosh replied: "After receiving the suspicious news about the ship, we began to collect some intelligence. The ship was docked in the port for four days. Except for the first day when it docked, it carried a large amount of cargo. , just docked at the port. But every day, people would send a lot of supplies to the ship. After some investigation, they found out that they were fixed amounts of food and fresh water. Based on this alone, it can be concluded that there are many people on the ship who have not disembarked. They cannot be tame animals or slaves, and they cannot eat so well. There are many people hiding inside, and the purpose is still unclear. I''ll just give you a call and say something. " McIntosh spoke faster, but understood the meaning. The ship has been docked for four days, and food and fresh water are delivered to the ship every day. Based on this alone, you can conclude that there is something wrong here. Nearly a hundred people with unknown purposes parked at the port are really a problem. "Who delivers meals to the ship?" Wu Heng asked. "The identity of the servant of a mansion on the island is still being confirmed. He should be a powerful person who recently came to the island to buy a house." McIntosh said directly. Wu Heng was silent for a moment, then continued, "What number is the ship docked at the port? What are the characteristics of the ship?" McIntosh replied, "Ship No. 5, a large commercial cargo ship, flying a flag with a red beak pattern on a blue background." "I understand, there are people watching over you, so don''t alert them yet." "clear." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and pondered. It was obvious that the people on board had no idea of ??what was going on along the coast. I dont know that any porter on the island can infer that someone is hiding inside based on the amount of food sent to the boat. Of course, it is also possible that the other party thinks that the port is chaotic, or that the time is short and no one will notice them. In short, it can be determined that there are nearly a hundred people hidden in the ship, and the purpose is still unclear. It may be related to several products recently sold on the island. Potions, in particular, represent a very important meaning. Wu Heng thought about it quickly and concluded a few points. They are foreigners and do not understand the characteristics of the coast. There are more than a hundred people in total, they have strong discipline and are confident to do something about Treasure Island. The only thing missing is that they still don''t know their purpose. "Master, is there any danger?" Minnie, standing aside, asked softly. Wu Heng collected his thoughts and said: "It''s not dangerous. There is a ship parked in the port. McIntosh suspects that there is someone hidden inside. He asked Annette and Robert not to go out if they have nothing to do today to avoid any danger. " "Okay Master, we understand this." Minnie smiled and nodded. Wu Heng didn''t say much and went directly upstairs to the study. In the study, the three ghosts were still busy with their own affairs. Wu Heng said to Granda: "There are some things that require you to go." "What''s wrong?" Glenda looked over in confusion. "McIntosh called just now, saying that a suspicious ship was found in the port. Food and fresh water are purchased for nearly a hundred people every day. No one has appeared yet. It is suspected that someone is hiding inside." Wu Heng sat down aside. What I heard from ''McIntosh'' was roughly recounted. Glenda asked: "Which ship knows?" Wu Heng said: "The ship in position 5 is a large cargo ship flying a red beak flag. Confirm the identity and purpose of the people inside. It is best not to be discovered." Glenda nodded, "Okay, I''ll go there now." After saying that, he walked directly through the wall and left. Xiaoxiao, who was eavesdropping on the side, also flew over and said, "I''ll go take a look too." "Don''t go." Wu Heng immediately called to the other party. "Ah? Why." "You and Beni check around the island master''s mansion to see if there is anyone suspicious." Wu Heng ordered. "Oh, good!" Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew out and started checking near the island owner''s mansion. I sat in the room and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao and Penny flew back. "Nothing was found." Xiaoxiao said. Penny then added, "I stopped by Mrs. Shannara''s residence on the way. There is no danger there." While talking, Glenda also flew back. He said directly: "The blood clan, and their level is not high. From the conversations they heard, it can be confirmed that the target is you, waiting for the opportunity." Blood clan? Hearing this news was not a surprise. He helped Lilith kill some members of the vampire clan, and it was normal for the families of those people to take revenge on him. Of course, the vampire''s revenge in his imagination was more arrogant and arrogant to kill him. Now it seems that I am also afraid. Plan to kill yourself in a more secretive way. "What''s the highest level?" Wu Heng then asked. Granda shook her head, "There are several level 15 vampires in the cabin. I didn''t see any higher professionals. They are most likely in a separate cabin. If they dare to come to Treasure Island to kill you, there will definitely be a level 18 leader." "You take me seriously." "There are rumors that you are level 15, but after killing so many high-level people, you must know there is something wrong. I suspect that this time, more than one level 18 is present." Granda analyzed. "That makes sense." Glenda continued: "What are you going to do?" "Now that we know they are ready, we can''t wait and wait. It''s best to lure them out and kill them directly." They don''t want to draw attention to themselves when they kill, and they don''t want to make things a big deal. They both have the same idea. "What are you going to do?" Wu Heng stood up, took out his armor and put it on while saying, "Let''s go to the port." In the dark cabin. The man with shawl curly hair and a pale face was holding a newspaper and reading the story on it. "He''s a really interesting guy. It''s not unfair that Luke lost to him." Dong Dong~! At this time, there was a slight knock on the door. A figure quickly flashed into the room. The man said unhappily: "What''s wrong? It''s so reckless." The figure who came in quickly said: "Sir, the island owner has appeared at the port." The man put down the newspaper, frowned and looked directly at the other person, "What are you doing here?" "We boarded a ship larger than a warship and left towards the east." "Going to sea?" the man murmured, and then smiled, "He actually dares to go to sea at this time. Go notify the captain, follow him directly, and break his head if you lose him." "Yes, sir!" Just as the men were about to leave, the man continued: "Wait a minute." "Sir, you say." "Go tell Radwan that we will kill the island owner. Let him lead people on the island to the island owner''s mansion tonight and kill everyone." The wind picked up, and the sound of roaring and waves filled my ears. Driving a certain distance. The skeleton took off the human skin mask and returned it to Wu Heng. The person who had just boarded the ship at the port was a skeleton wearing a human skin mask, also to avoid a direct attack from the opponent on the way to the ship. Then he will have time to fight back. Fortunately, the other party didn''t make any move. It seemed that he still didn''t want to do anything in a crowded place. Have their own concerns. Philippa picked up the telescope, glanced behind him, and said, "I''m not following you. These guys won''t be lost." After saying that, he walked into the cab again and said to the skeleton: "Slow down, driving so fast, you are in a hurry to be reincarnated." "How are you talking!" Wu Heng said from the side. Philippa pursed her lips and explained in a low voice, "No, I''m afraid that their broken boat is slow and lost." Wu Heng glanced at the turned on radar, and indeed saw no target following him. When I left the port, I saw the ship following me. With the current sailing speed, I shouldn''t have missed it. He took out the emerald sea sand tray and looked at it. Behind the ship, there was indeed a ship approaching quickly. "They are following, waiting for dark." The sky was dark, and the entire sea area seemed to be shrouded in darkness. A vampire man wearing a black dress stood on the deck with his hands behind his back. The blood-red color seemed to be able to see the scene in the distance clearly through the dark night. Behind him, a large number of vampire members came out. Some people also dragged several corpses that had been drained of blood, along the fence, and threw them directly into the sea and disappeared. "Sir, we can see the other side''s ship." On the mast, the lookout shouted loudly. The man nodded and said calmly: "He has some skills. He will attack with all his strength. No one on the ship will be spared. Also, don''t destroy his appearance. I will take his head to find Moffat." "Yes, sir." Everyone nodded. "Speed ??up." The ship moved forward at full speed, and the distant target got closer and closer. A sneer gradually appeared on the man''s face, as if he had seen the island owner, who had a high reputation on the island, kneeling miserably in front of him. And he was rewarded by the family patriarch for taking off his head. And in front of Moffat, he insinuated the incompetence of their master and apprentice. All that''s left is to get closer. Suddenly, flames flashed across the distant ship. The waves beneath my feet suddenly exploded. (End of chapter) Chapter 668 , minced meat Chapter 668, minced meat Boom~! Suddenly, there was a huge explosion from the sea on the side of the ship, and the waves exploded, raising waves several meters high. The hull of the ship swayed violently, and the vampires in the cabin fell over. The vampires on the deck spread their wings in panic and flew into the air. A large number of vampires flapped their wings in the air. Looking down in horror and disbelief at the violently swaying ship. What the **** was launched that caused such a big wave? Whoosh~! Two more sharp sounds broke through the air. Boom~! As everyone raised their heads, the bow and hull of the ship below suddenly exploded. The sturdy and huge cargo ship is as fragile as a loose sand brick. Under the gaze of his eyes, it turned into pieces. Fragments all over the sky were flying around like bullets, shooting at the vampires flying above. The spikes penetrated the body and wings, and a piece fell off while wailing. After the deafening roar. The remaining Vampires looked down and saw that the sea was in a mess, and the hull of the ship was gradually sinking, covered with broken wood and debris on the sea surface. There are also corpses of dead vampires, as well as seriously injured people soaked in the sea and wailing. In the sky, there are only more than twenty vampires who can possess fighting power. This is because the vampires on the deck reacted quickly and flew into the sky in advance, otherwise they would be eaten up in one fell swoop. "Sir, the ship is coming." someone shouted. The ships in the distance are approaching here quickly. Anger and killing intent appeared in the eyes of the leader of the vampire team, and he said coldly: "Be careful with the heavy equipment just now, kill it from the air, and avenge the others." "Yes!" Everyone drew their weapons. They quickly raised their bodies and hid themselves in the dark night. When they got close to the ships, they swooped down in groups. Kill towards the target. "They are coming from the air." Philippa ran back to remind. Wu Heng said directly: "Adjust the automatic mode of the close-in defense gun." Click click click~! Skeleton adjustment switch. The ship''s close-in defense gun began to rotate its barrel rapidly. Buzz~! A continuous roar sounded, and a barrage exploded in the sky in the blink of an eye. The vampires swooping down instantly turned into blood mist that filled the sky. Tiny broken limbs of flesh and blood rained down from the sky like raindrops and fell into the sea around the ship. In just a few seconds, none of the vampires disappeared. Philippa''s eyes widened, and the parrot on her shoulder shivered. It''s so scary. This beat the man to a pulp. Philippa turned her head to the parrot and said, "Stop flying, it''s a little scary." This time, the parrot didn''t talk back and nodded heavily. "Turn off the close-in defense guns, send the speedboat down, and kill all the enemies." Wu Heng then ordered. The close-in defense gun was turned off, and the barrel slowly lowered. In just a few seconds, a lot of shells were fired. This is the most luxurious time when I am not able to produce. Speedboats were mechanically lowered into the sea from the side. The skeleton controlled the speedboat and the machine gun on it, and began to shoot at the vampires who were not dead in the sea. The dense bullets roared out, killing all targets. Under the boat, only half of the vampire leader who led the team was left, and he quickly sank to the bottom of the sea. Watching bullets being fired into the water, all the tribesmen brought there were killed. There was only deep fear in his eyes. He didn''t know what happened just now. All he knew was that in the blink of an eye, all his people were turned into pieces of flesh. If he hadn''t reacted quickly and released the ability of the blood mist, he would have been killed. When did this kind of equipment exist? High-level professionals are as fragile as ants. Gritting his teeth and enduring the pain, he took out a scroll and slowly tore it open. The teleportation array gradually takes shape under your feet. "Are you going to run?" Suddenly, a ghost appeared in front of him and penetrated into his body. He was in a daze for a moment and threw the scroll in his hand directly. "Damn! Damn the Necromancer." The man gritted his teeth and swam towards the thrown scroll. Then, there was a sound of falling water above the head. The skeleton plunged into the sea like dumplings and pounced on the man. Fight together. ...Soon, a ghost emerged from under the sea. Trying to escape far away. But as soon as he came out of the sea, his body was fixed in mid-air by Glenda using [Soul Binding]. Wu Heng took a speedboat and quickly approached. The vampire ghost''s eyes were full of fear and unwillingness, and he shouted: "Wu Heng, Wu Heng, let''s talk carefully. I apologize to you and let me go." Wu Heng looked at him, "Don''t worry, you will have time to atone for your sins when you get back." "Don''t, don''t do this..." Wu Heng took out the magic soul pot and directly took the ghost into it and put it into the space ring. "Clean the battlefield, collect all the bones, and see if there are any good things in the sea." Wu Heng said again. The skeletons immediately sprang into action. Swimming loaded the bodies and valuables on a speedboat and took them aboard the ship. Philippa tilted her chin, looked at the busy skeletons, and said to the parrot: "You said, when we were pirates, it would be so awesome to have such a ship. We can hit whoever we want." The parrot jumped over from a distance and nodded. Treasure Island. The street lights are brightly lit. Sheila Gui was wearing armor and led the association team through the streets quickly. Some drunkards who were wandering around late at night sobered up immediately when they saw the people with strong murderous intentions and carefully returned to the tavern. "Deacon, what are you doing?" The guards on patrol at night asked carefully. Xila Gui flicked her hand, and the island master''s palace issued an order. "All patrols along the road, listen to my movements." "yes!" The patrolman nodded immediately and followed the team with the skeleton. A mansion. "The skeletons in the city are still patrolling." In the courtyard, a ranger monitors the movements of skeletons outside by taming animals. "Wait a little longer, there''s no rush." ??Radwan said, but he began to feel uneasy in his heart. It''s been this hour, and the vampires haven''t killed each other yet. This can''t go wrong! I once again reviewed the number and strength of both sides in my mind. No matter how I thought, the vampire side would not fail, especially after leaving Treasure Island, the boy had no advantage at all. Am I worrying too much? Bang~! Suddenly, there was a heavy knock on the courtyard door. Radwan, as well as the attendants and mercenaries in the courtyard were all shocked. They all drew their weapons and stared at the door. Bang~! There was another crash, and the door opened. Then, I saw a large number of skeletons pouring into the residence, followed by an elf deacon wearing armor and a long sword hanging from his waist. Sheila Rose! "You..., no, Lord Deacon, you are." Radwan realized something was wrong and planned to hide it. Xila Ge drew her sword in an instant, and white wings sprouted from her back, turning into a stream of light and flashing in front of the opponent. The sword light flashed across, and the whole head fell to the ground. Wow~! The mercenaries around were shocked and immediately drew their swords to confront the association. Xila Gui flicked the blood on her sword, glanced at everyone with cold eyes, and said coldly: "Come back with us and accept the investigation. Those who resist will be killed on the spot, and those who escape will have a wanted order." this. Everyone stood there, a little at a loss. He glanced at the headless corpse on the ground. The employers are all dead and there will be no point in their fighting. They all threw their weapons on the ground. At dawn, the ship returned again. Wu Heng rushed directly to the association. In the study room, Xila Gui leaned on the chair and yawned. She was slightly relieved when she saw Wu Heng coming back. Said: "Is everything okay?" "It''s okay. Has Treasure Island been dealt with?" Wu Heng asked. "The person has been killed, and the remaining mercenaries and personal attendants are interrogating." Sheela stood up and said. Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go to the morgue. There is a ghost that we can interrogate." Sheila Gui stood up and walked out of the study. They walked towards the morgue together and asked: "Who was killed?" "The vampire." "A vampire again?" (End of chapter) Chapter 669 , special goods (an update today) Chapter 669, Special Cargo (Updated today) Arrive at the morgue. The two coroners immediately saluted, "Lord of the Island, Deacon." Sheela asked: "What happened to the body last night?" "The autopsy has been completed." As he spoke, an autopsy report was handed over. Xila Gei glanced at it and said to Wu Heng: "The vampire agent I killed last night was a human. He didn''t have many characteristics, and his identity is still under investigation." Wu Heng nodded, and then took out the corpse of the vampire, "This corpse will also be autopsyed and reported to the headquarters. The records will be more detailed." "Yes, sir." The coroner nodded and lifted the body with only half of its body onto the iron bed. Then he took out various tools from the cabinet shelf on the side and began to perform an autopsy. After the body was handed over to the coroner, the two also exited to the door of the room. "What happened yesterday?" Sheela crossed her arms and asked directly. Now, it is known that the vampires want to kill Wu Heng, and internal agents have been arranged in the city. But what exactly happened is still a bit unclear. Wu Heng collected his thoughts and recounted everything from yesterday''s discovery of the suspicious ship to his subsequent efforts to lead the target out of Treasure Island. It was relatively brief, but the matter was explained clearly. "Why did you run out again? It''s so dangerous." Sheela complained in her tone. "We''ve calculated that nothing will happen, don''t worry." Wu Heng said. Having a frigate will give you an even greater advantage at sea. No need to worry about hurting others. A few rounds of artillery shells, plus close-in defense artillery, make it almost invincible. Last night''s loss was actually due to the use of close-range defense artillery. This kind of weapon fires too fast and is very short of ammunition. It even feels like using this weapon to kill ordinary vampires is a waste. Silla rolled her eyes at him and said, "Tell me in advance next time." "I know." Wu Heng smiled. Sheela Gei leaned over and asked softly, "Is it because you killed the Vampire Exile last time?" Wu Heng said thoughtfully: "Probably, I''ll ask you later when I interrogate the ghost." "Vampires are actually not common in the Emerald Sea. I don''t know why they appear here so frequently during this period." Sheela Gui muttered. While talking, footsteps came from the corridor. Shi Yali walked over directly with two investigators. "My lord, the island owner, butler." The investigator saluted. "Let''s go. We need to interrogate the ghosts of criminals here. You can record them." Wu Heng said. The investigator nodded and walked together towards an empty room inside. In an empty room. Wu Heng set up a magic circle inside, and the other people stood at the door. Interrogating ghosts had been carried out when Imiro was a deacon, so it was not a new thing. Not long after, the magic circle ended. Wu Heng took out the magic soul pot, and a male vampire ghost appeared. A pair of eyes quickly glanced around. Try to escape in the opposite direction. After confirming that he was trapped by the magic circle and unable to leave, he looked at the people outside. Finally it fell on Sheila Gui. The one asking for help said: "You are the deacon of Treasure Island. I request to contact the vampires and protect me at the same time." Xilagui glanced at the other party''s face and said, "This matter will be reported to the association. What will I ask you next? What to say." The vampire''s eyes changed and he said nothing. Sheila Rose then said, "Name." The vampire hesitated for a moment, then glanced at Wu Heng beside him, and replied: "Kelby Baddeley." Sure enough, he is a member of the Baddeley family. They belong to the same family as the vampire Wu Heng killed. When Glenda swallowed a vampire soul before, she also got some pictures. It seems that before Lilith became the leader of the vampire clan, the Baddeley family had always been in charge of the vampire clan. Therefore, this group of people have great opinions on Lilith''s rule. He kept making little moves in secret, but he didn''t dare to go against Lilith openly. The investigator was recording from behind, and Sheila Gui then asked: "How many days have you been here at Treasure Island? Where have you been all this time?" The vampire''s eyes were wandering, and he said hesitantly: "It''s been four or five days, and I''ve been on the boat the whole time. I haven''t even gone to the island, and I haven''t done anything bad." "Why attack the ship where Wu Heng is?" "No, I didn''t attack... I was just passing by..." The vampire argued loudly. Wu Heng waved his hand slightly, and the power of the dead soul turned into a vine whip, crackling on the ghost''s body. The soul body kept disintegrating and reorganizing, and at the same time, there were wailing sounds. "I said, I do intend to attack him." The vampire said loudly. The beating stopped and the investigator behind him recorded normally. Sheela waited for a moment and then asked, "Why did you attack him?" "He killed a member of our vampire clan before, and it was a personal grudge." The vampire said something, and after seeing the records that the investigators reviewed, he quickly added, "Also, Moffat from the association came to me and provided some information about Your information tricked me into killing you." Wu Heng raised his head and looked over, and Xila Gui''s brows instantly wrinkled. Moffat is Lu An''s master, the prince who openly challenged Wu Heng. I had guessed before that the vampires would take revenge on their clansmen, but I didnt expect that it would also involve the master and the apprentice. After all this time, I am still thinking of ways to trick myself. "Record it," Sheela said. The investigator wrote immediately. The vampire then shouted: "The association will definitely investigate this matter later, and I will also help you testify." Sheila Gui glanced at Wu Heng, then looked over again, and said, "Tell the truth about what Moffat came to you about. This is your last chance to make a contribution." "Okay." Then, the vampire told the story. The main thing is that Treasure Island is also relatively famous at the association headquarters, so Moffat wrote him a letter. I hope he will kill Wu Heng and provide detailed information about Treasure Island. "Wu Heng, I was also bewitched by him before I came here. To be honest, we don''t have such a big hatred. I don''t ask you to let me go, but give me a chance to catch Moffat and the others." The vampire said. On the edge of the magic circle, he said seriously: "It can''t be that all my people are dead, they are fine." Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, who said, "I''ve finished asking questions. Let''s put him away first." As Lu An''s master and apprentice are involved, this ghost cannot be killed for the time being. Wu Heng activated his magic power, and the souls of the vampires were pulled into the Demonic Soul Pot bit by bit. As it gradually disappeared, a cry came, "Wu Heng, give me a chance. If I die, the master and the apprentice will find others..." Before he finished speaking, he was already put into the Demonic Soul Pot. "Come on, let''s go out together." Sheila Gui said. Wu Heng put away the Demon Soul Pot and walked out with a few others. Deacon''s study. Sheila Gui sorted out the documents and said, "Do you think Moffat''s story is true?" "It should be true, otherwise he wouldn''t be able to bite the opponent out at this time." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui nodded, "Then I will write it to the association. Moffat and the others are at the association headquarters. No matter whether it is true or false, I can''t make it easy for them." Moffat and the others are in the association, and they cannot go to the headquarters to take revenge. Moreover, whether this kind of thing is true or false, it must be reported to the headquarters so that there will be a record. If the two sides really take action in the future, it is also because the other side is always provoking. There can be a reasonable reason. "Write it down. I will also write a letter to Leader Lilith and tell you about the matter here." "Okay!" Sheila Gui began to write the report. Shi Yali sent over the letter paper and envelope, and Wu Heng also started writing a letter. After finishing writing, give the letter to Shi Yali and ask her to help deliver it to the front desk and mail it out. That''s the end of things here. Wu Heng stood up, made himself a cup of tea, sat down on the sofa again, and asked curiously: "Are heroes very powerful?" Sheila Gui raised her head, "Why are you asking about the hero?" "I''m just curious." Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then continued, "After coming to Treasure Island, I have met level 18 professionals one after another, but I have never seen a hero." "The heroes are all at the association headquarters, where can I meet them? Come to us." "Are they all at headquarters?" "I don''t know, but heroic deeds are distributed through promotional materials. It is true that I have never seen heroes appearing outside." Sheila smiled, "We are all young, so it is normal that we have never seen them." Wu Heng nodded, "Are heroes powerful?" Sheela thought for a moment and said in an uncertain tone, "The world''s top powerhouses have more resources and more rights? Everyone must listen to them." "No, I mean reaching level 20, is it that powerful? Everyone seems to respect heroes and regard this as the ultimate goal." Wu Heng said. Everyone knows that level 20 is the top player in the world. If the hero only has physical attributes reaching a higher level. In other words, if they are just stronger professionals, then modern weapons are still effective against them. If the cannon is not good, use missiles; if the missile is not good, then use missiles with larger tonnage. If you dont believe it, theres no way to kill him. Sheila Gui said: "Of course, a hero is the strongest person in the world." "Where is the strength?" Sheila Gui''s tone was choked, and she hesitated and said: "Strength, I don''t know the specifics. I will tell you when I reach the hero." Wu Heng scratched his face, "Can you live forever?" "Is immortality that important?" "If you are a human being, your body functions will begin to decline over the course of a few decades, and you will know that weight is no longer important." Sheila Gui looked at him and said: "Heroes will also die, but they will live for a long time, and there are many ways to continue living." Even if you die, you are still a human being. It has not reached the transcendent level of a god. Wu Heng did not continue to question the hero. Sheela Gui looked a little unable to answer and was getting angry. Changed the question again, "Can other things become heroes? For example, can skeletons, ghosts, or beasts reach level 20?" "This..." Sheela Gui was stunned again, unable to answer. "What races have heroes?" Wu Heng changed again. Sheila Gui organized her speech and said: "Let''s put it this way, the main races you can see now are all races that have heroes, or have heroes. For other races with intelligence, you can register them in the Rare Races Protection Act Find them." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It turns out that this is how the protection bill came about. Heroes are more like nuclear weapons in the modern world. The countries they own have a certain say in the world. Countries without it will decline more and more over time. "Hey, why are the vampires included in the protection bill?" "I told you last time that the race is already rare, and there is also the condition that the vampires cannot develop blood servants wantonly." Wrentam City, central district. A tall stone building stands majestically, with huge stone pillars supporting the four-meter-high gate, and the windows on both sides are also unusually wide. Two orc skeletons wearing iron armor guard the door, giving people a solemn feeling. Inside the building, a spacious room. Both sides of the slender wooden table were now filled with orc leaders or representatives of various tribes wearing different clothes. These people gathered here, looking at each other coldly, or taunting each other in low voices. But he still maintained restraint and sat in his seat honestly. After waiting for a while, rhythmic footsteps came from outside the door. Wen Mansha walked in wearing leather armor with two skeletons on her left and right sides. All the orcs immediately stood up and said, "Mrs. Mantha Wen." "Lord City Lord." "Lord Wen Mansha." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Everyone, please take a seat. You''re welcome." The orcs took their seats again, and at the same time, their eyes fell on the skeleton on Mansha Wen''s left side. Wearing a purple dress and a lady''s hat. If it weren''t for the terrifying skull image, I might have thought it was an aristocratic lady going to the ball. Got a new skeleton? I remember that the previous skeleton was a two-handed sword skeleton. Why are you dressed like this? Can you fight? The orcs were puzzled. Wen Mansha looked around and said directly: "The Eskar shaman didn''t come, but we still have to carry on with the matter." "Yes, we are here just to listen to you." An orc said. Wen Mansha nodded and continued, "I won''t say more about the matter. As long as it is signed, from now on, Luntam City and the six tribes present will confirm the alliance relationship, prohibit all forms of fighting, and maintain the safety of alliance members. Cooperate and unite with each other to develop better. This matter has been discussed since Wu Heng left. Today finally everyone is gathered together. An orc frowned and glanced at the agreement. After signing his name crookedly, he took the initiative and said, "Don''t worry, Mrs. Wen Mansha. If anyone attacks Luntam City without the foresight, our tribe will tear them apart." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Thank you, Luntam City''s army will also protect the safety of alliance members." The orc chuckled and said, "Well, can you build a house for our tribe first, and we will exchange the minerals for it." "It''s not that simple. We need to arrange for someone to go over and inspect it first. If you don''t understand, just listen to me." Wen Mansha said. "Yes, yes, it''s up to you." The other orcs followed suit and signed their names. Agreements were handed back one after another. Wen Mansha looked at them and signed her name. Luntam City and six orc tribes officially became an alliance. "Okay, the alliance has been established. A luncheon is prepared outside. Let''s all finish before leaving." "I''m already hungry, but you''re so considerate." "Mrs. Wen Mansha, we have some young guys, can they be sent to the city to join the patrol?" . Afternoon, Treasure Island. Wu Heng came out of the bedroom and yawned. After resting for about two hours, he walked out of the bedroom. With my current physique, even if I don''t sleep for a few days, it won''t be a big problem. But after all, it is the human body, and mental fatigue will also affect one''s state. As Shiraqui said, heroes are not immortal. I still have to protect this body, even if the end is approaching and when I transform into a ghoul, my body will be in good shape and I will look taller and taller. When Wu Heng walked downstairs, Minnie greeted him and said, "Master, wait a moment, I''ll ask the chef to prepare lunch." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded with a smile and sat down aside. Not long after, lunch was prepared. Wu Heng sat at the dining table, thinking and eating lunch. Had lunch. I said hello to the maids, put on my [train conductor''s hat] and boarded the train directly. Lopez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. Wu Heng sat in the VIP room and waited for a while, when the door was knocked open twice. The local person in charge, Retili, strode in wearing a long red dress. With a smile, "Good afternoon, guest." "Good afternoon, is there any news about my order?" Wu Heng asked directly. Leitili said softly: "There is news, but it is a little different from before. I hope you are prepared." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at the other party curiously. All I ordered were corpses. What difference can this kind of thing make? "It''s okay, take it out and let me take a look!" Wu Heng said directly. Retili said hello to the door. The door opened and four coffins were carried in. Behind the coffin was a dying human old man. (End of chapter) Chapter 670 , your new maid? Chapter 670: Your new maid? The old man walked in behind the coffin. He was holding a wooden crutch in his hand, his body was stooped, and his steps were very difficult. Wu Heng looked at the other party, guessing his identity and the purpose of following him in. Although the consortium does all kinds of business, when it comes to the commission of corpses and skeletons, it will not bring in outsiders at will. As for Wu Heng, he came all the way here to buy corpses to prevent the news from leaking out. This kind of thing cannot be taken openly, especially when a stranger is brought in. Wu Heng needs a reasonable explanation. Leitili noticed Wu Heng''s gaze, first smiled, and then explained softly, "Mr. Costas Alvarez, a level 17 weapon master in the Kingdom of Celtic, will be able to break through to level 18 in a few years. It just so happens that you have talent in this area. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at the other party again. On my orders, I always wrote about corpses, but I never wrote about talents. Moreover, talents are uncontrollable, so how can skeletons be safe? The old man looked here with somewhat cloudy eyes, and tried his best to behave like a noble, "Costas Alvarez, I have met the mage. Please forgive me for coming here, but you also saw that my time Not much left, I can feel the limit of my body, maybe just for a few days." "Hello." Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Does this have anything to do with my order?" The old man said directly: "Master Mage, I am willing to give up all my wealth, please help me survive." Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly, and it was exactly what he had guessed. He planned to let himself prolong his life. Level 17 Artifact Masters are even rarer than combat professions of the same level. They should also be people with a certain degree of power, otherwise Leitili would not personally arrange a meeting between the two parties. Wu Heng said calmly: "In the restriction laws of the association and various countries, it is illegal to force life extension in special ways, regardless of whether I have the ability or not." Forcing people to live requires paying a corresponding price. For example, for the vampire''s blood cup, one needs to kill people to obtain blood and drink it for a period of time before they become light-blooded. It can be said that if you want to survive, to a certain extent, you need more people to die. Once this kind of thing is found to be carried out in an organized manner, it will be regarded as a cult, and individuals will also be put on a wanted order. The old man continued: "Master Mage, according to the Association Act, the undead creatures transformed by the Necromancer will also have a compliant identity with reasonable reasons and supervision." This article is based on the Necromancer''s subsidiary act. In other words, for a necromancer with a legal identity, the ghosts and skeleton attendants around him also have legal identities. Will not be considered undead. The other party has studied it more deeply and has thought of this. Wu Heng then asked, "Then what can I get? I am not short of money." Wu Heng also has several ways to extend his life. For example, the ritual of transforming into a ghost or a corpse. And the [sacrifice stick] that can take other people''s bodies. But you can''t just introduce someone here and help him. Otherwise, there are so many creatures in the world, how can I help everyone survive? The old man said again: "The greatest value is myself. I am a level 17 magic weapon master. I will be loyal to you and undertake the corresponding work for you." Leitili also followed and said: "Mr. Costas, who holds the position of deputy director at the Kingdom of Celtic Magical Weapon Research and Development Institute, has very high skills and organizational skills. It is also because you need such talents. I I just recommended it to you. Vice dean? Wuheng does need high-level professionals, especially weapon masters and alchemists. But there are also concerns. Will it bring trouble to yourself if you recruit living people? Regardless of this matter, Treasure Island is still developing according to the plan. Regardless of this matter, there may be some changes. "You have such a status, but there is no internal way to help you survive?" The other party replied, "I am too old and there is no time to find other methods for me." "Do you have any enemies?" "No, you don''t need to worry about that." Wu Heng then asked, "How do you plan to live?" The old man shook the wooden stick in his hand and said, "I have prepared the materials for the ghoul. If you have better suggestions, you can tell me." Wu Heng looked at him and thought for a moment. He nodded and agreed, "I can promise you, but you won''t be so free in the future and you have to do things for me." "As long as you still let me work as an artificer, I don''t have many hobbies in my life." "Okay, I agree." Wu Heng said calmly. A smile appeared on the old man''s face, "Then I''ll wait for you outside." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. The old man saluted again and then exited the room. There were only two people left in the room again. Leitili came over in a flattering manner and said, "You have always emphasized that you want a high-level artificer, and I just got the news that he wants to live, so I will bring it to you." Wu Heng understood what she meant. It is difficult to meet a level 17 weapon master. If Wu Heng does not agree, the other party may find other necromancers or some sects to cooperate. Maybe the body won''t be available either. Therefore, both parties made a smooth favor and arranged to meet today. "You have to be considerate when doing things and don''t cause unnecessary trouble to us." Wu Heng still reminded. Leitili coquettishly said, "I know, next time something like this happens again, I will kill him and bring it to you." "Tell me about the body in the coffin!" Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the coffin beside him. Leitili said: "There are four corpses in total, two alchemists, level 15 and level 10 respectively, and two blacksmiths, around level 10." The alchemist is pretty good. Currently, the blacksmith''s biggest demand is to make solid iron bullets for flying dragons to drop. As well as fixes to Skeleton Army weapons. There are too many skeleton armies, and the number of people needed to repair them is not a small number. So it is quite useful. "Let''s settle!" Wu Heng said. Leitili calculated the balance, and Wu Heng took out the corresponding gold coins. At the same time, he took out the first volume of the Great Detective novel, put it on the table, and pushed it to the other person, "I didn''t say I wanted this novel last time. A friend has been to Treasure Island and just brought you a copy." Leitili picked it up and looked at it. When I opened the first page and saw the signature inside, my eyes instantly lit up and curved into a crescent moon. Still signed by the island owner. Some things are more precious when they are rarer and harder to get. "That friend of yours who brought the island owner''s autograph is really capable." Leitili looked at the other person and praised him. Then, he leaned forward again and gently held the other person''s arm, "I heard that pens and watches are still sold on the island. Your friend, please help me bring one of each next time. I admire the island owner very much. of." "You can''t be too greedy." "No way, when people give you money, it''s not for nothing." "There is a chance. I''m not sure if he can get it." Leitili smiled and said, "If you want to give it to me, there''s no way you can''t get it." Wu Heng didn''t say much, stood up and put all the coffins into the space ring. Then he said: "I''m going back first, you can continue to help me collect the bones!" "Okay, guest." Retili nodded. Walk out of the room. The old man just now walked out of another room, saluted, followed behind him, and walked out of the consortium building together. Wu Heng called a carriage and left the city, arriving at an uninhabited wasteland. He casually opened the [Mansion Technique] and said: "This is the space I created. You can live normally. You go in first, and then I will take you out when I return to the place where I live." "Yes, Master Mage." The old magic weapon master nodded and walked directly in. Wu Heng then waved, and tables, chairs and refreshments appeared in the mansion, "Don''t touch other accessories." "yes." The mansion spell is closed, and the stone doors and cracks disappear. Wu Heng summoned the ghost train and returned to Treasure Island. The island owner''s mansion. When Wu Heng returned, it was already approaching dusk. Three maids went out to greet him, "Master." "Well, everything is okay at home!" Wu Heng said with a smile. "It''s okay. Sister Shanara came here just now and went back when you were not there." Minnie helped him take off his coat as he walked. "When it''s dinner time, go call her and ask her if she will come over to eat with you?" "Okay." The maids nodded. Wu Heng continued: "I will introduce you to a new member." The three of them frowned. Robert subconsciously asked: "Does the master have a new maid?" (End of chapter) Chapter 671 , master it Chapter 671, master it "No, we''ll find out later." Wu Heng said, casually turning on the [Mansion Technique] again. The old magician walked out slowly, leaning on his wooden staff. The three maids frowned, looked at the old man, and then at Wu Heng. Now that everything is like this, can I still work? Im afraid you didnt come here to retire! After the old magic weapon master came out, his slightly cloudy eyes looked up and down at Wu Heng and the three maids beside him. Bowed and saluted, "Master of Wuheng Island." Then he saluted Minnie and the other three, "I''ve met a few ladies." The three maids returned the favor. In the Snake Emblem Consortium, they knew Wu Heng''s appearance and disguised it. The appearance and characteristics shown now are the owner of Treasure Island. Wu Heng introduced: "These three are my maids, responsible for the operation of the entire island master''s mansion. When I am away, if I have anything to do with them, I will come to them." Then, he introduced the old magic weapon master, "Magic weapon master, you will join us in the future and you will be considered one of them." After getting to know each other. Wu Heng continued, "Let''s prepare dinner and wait until we finish eating." "yes." Minnie went to the kitchen, and Robert went out to call Shannella. It won''t be long until dinner is ready. Several people sat at the dining table to eat together. Had dinner. A warehouse in the courtyard. It was dark outside, but the light bulbs in the warehouse were still bright. The old artificer was sitting on a chair and resting. Wu Heng said: "Is there anything else you want to eat or drink?" "No, sir, the dinner just now was very rich." The old magician said with a smile. Wu Heng continued: "Before we start, I need to sign a slave contract with you. To protect you is to protect me." "You''re very considerate and I have no objection." Wu Heng took out a slave contract, and the old magician pierced the collapsed finger belly, squeezed out a drop of blood, and dripped it on the scroll. A ball of energy flew out from the scroll and penetrated into the old magic weapon master''s eyebrows. Immediately afterwards, the old magician rolled his eyes and lay back. The skeleton attendant on the side grabbed his arm while he was lying on his back. Placed flat on the ground. Wu Heng was also shocked. After checking the situation, the breath was weak, and the body was really weak. He was given psychotropic and therapeutic potions. Only then did he slowly wake up. It would be really interesting if he died at this time. "Don''t delay, let''s transform into a ghoul tonight." Wu Heng said directly. With regard to this physical state, it is not certain when a person will pass. Although Wu Heng also knows the resurrection technique, it is best to perform it in its original state. "Can." Wu Heng began to prepare for the ceremony and drew ritual patterns on the ground. The old magic weapon master also took out all the required materials he had prepared and placed them in the formation according to their positions. Wu Heng also has a copy of the corpse ghost materials. At that time, the deacon of Blackstone Town prepared the ring for himself, but he did not use it and kept it in the space ring. "Go in and stand in the middle." Wu Heng said. The old magician took a deep breath and straightened his back to make his body look more upright. Then, Wu Heng released the power of the dead and began to activate the magic circle. The array pattern gradually lights up, and various ritual materials turn into a torrent of energy, spinning and wrapping around the old body. Ah~! A low roar of pain came from the magic circle. The flesh and blood began to shrink and shriveled, as if it had been drained of moisture and nutrients. Gradually forming a shriveled body. It lasted about 20 minutes. Huh~! The magic circle spread suddenly and the energy disappeared. After stagnating for a few seconds, the shriveled body curled up in the middle of the magic circle slowly unfolded. Then he stood up and walked out. "Sir, it seems to have been successful." "Successful. This body still needs the warmth of the power of the dead. I will find a way for you when the time comes." Wu Heng said. "Thank you, sir." Wu Heng nodded, and then said: "Stay here for one night today, and I will ask someone to find a place for you tomorrow. From now on, you will be responsible for all the magic weapon masters here." "Okay, thank you for your trust." The old magician took out a new set of clothes and a hood from his space ring and put it on. Throwing the crutches aside, he followed Wu Heng out of the warehouse. We walked upstairs together. Night falls. After Wu Heng simply washed up, he returned to his bedroom. Shanara sat in front of the dressing table and looked behind the dressing mirror, "Has the transformation been completed?" "The transformation is complete. His body is too weak and cannot be delayed any longer." Wu Heng sat down by the bed. Shanara yawned, got into bed, and said, "Tomorrow, I plan to put the bicycle at the exhibition to maintain the popularity of the exhibition. Can you mass produce it?" Shannella had mentioned before that the exhibition needed new products. But when I went to Luntam City, the matter was delayed. The second point is that some people dont know what kind of products to come up with. The popularity of pens and watches is a bit too high. It''s hard to surpass. "It should be possible for mass production. I''ll think about it then." Wu Heng said. Shanara nodded, "That''s good. As long as we publicize it a little, the effect should be pretty good." "You have the final say." Wu Heng said with a smile. The night gradually darkened. The two embraced each other and fell asleep. Exhibition. As word spread about the new exhibits, people flocked to the exhibition area. Whether it was a pen, a watch, or a strengthening potion that only sold five bottles, it had a huge impact on everyone. It was also the appearance of the Treasure Island exhibit that replaced the quill overnight. Watches have changed people''s timekeeping habits. Instead of calculating approximate time, they have begun to accurately control time. This time, I dont know what kind of revolutionary product it is. By the way, this Treasure Island is really magical, one thing comes out one after another. The crowd crowded into the lobby on the first floor. The middle booth was already full of people. A new video was playing on the big screen hanging above. A handsome elf man was riding a two-wheeled vehicle, and in the back seat sat a beautiful elf girl. Her long hair fluttered in the wind, and she had a happy smile on her face. "Bicycle, what a strange name." "It''s a little strange how the two wheels maintain balance." "Only those with high agility can use it. Other professions may fall down." "It looks so romantic, so suitable for the elves." The crowd of onlookers talked a lot. While I was curious about this new product, I also wondered how the side-by-side wheels could maintain balance. Are there any career requirements? On the other side of the booth, a row of magicians were drawing with pens and paper based on the promotional videos and samples on the counter. Unlike pens and watches. The exhibit this time seems to have a much simpler structure, with two wheels supported by one shelf. It seems that it can be copied. The last time the watches were dismantled, each chamber of commerce lost a lot of money, and in the end they found that they couldn''t be copied at all. If it can be copied this time, it might be able to make up for some losses. As for plagiarizing the products of the Island Lord''s Mansion. Ha~! Business competition is cruel, and what matters is speed and skill. Other chambers of commerce also competed in this way. For a time, the whole place was filled with the sound of drawing. other side. Wu Heng took the newly joined veteran weapon master to a four-story building not far away from the island owner''s mansion. After touring the building, he said: "This will be your office from now on, and those skeleton weapon masters will also be at your disposal." "Thank you, sir." The old magic weapon master saluted. Wu Heng waved his hand, and boxes of blueprints appeared. "Here are some drawings. Take a look." The old magician picked up a blueprint, and as soon as he opened it for the first time, his eyes suddenly froze. "There are so many drawings... and I have never seen them before." A kind of surprise gradually arose in the heart of the magic weapon master. It seems that my choice is correct. If these technologies that the outside world does not have mastery are in your own hands. It will definitely be enough for him to reach level 18 and reach a new level. (End of chapter) Chapter 672 , The Whisperer of Death (Updated today.) Chapter 672, The Whisperer of Death (Updated today.) Wu Heng glanced at the old magic weapon master who carefully looked through the drawings. Said: "These drawings stay with you, be careful not to spread them out. If there is a danger, they can be burned directly and cannot be taken away by others." The magic weapon master nodded seriously and put all the space rings into his hands, "I understand, sir." Wu Heng continued, "If this place is okay, let the skeletons clean it first. From now on, it will be your work place. If you need anything, tell me. The remaining skeleton weapon masters will also be left to you in the future." manage." "It''s quite good here. It''s enough for office work at the moment. If it''s the development of large-scale equipment, some space may be needed." said the old magician. "I will make arrangements for you then." Wu Heng nodded. Then, a large number of skeletons came in to clean the room, and Wu Heng led the old magician to the courtyard. He continued casually: "The drawings I gave you are all drawings of equipment and machinery. You should familiarize yourself with them as soon as possible. Especially there is a drawing called a power plant. The power supply for all the equipment on Treasure Island is generated by power generation. To use the energy provided by the factory, you must first familiarize yourself with this drawing. I am unfamiliar with the words power plant and power supply, but I can understand their meaning. The refrigeration props in the Island Lord''s Mansion and the street lamps lighting up at night must all be the energy provided by the power plant. "Okay, when this place is ready, I will start studying the drawings." Wu Heng continued, "You should understand first. I have some plans later. I want to combine magic buildings with machinery to improve a device that can continuously run energy, and then put it on a ship or vehicle." The old magician frowned and thought for a moment, "Understood." The two stood in the courtyard chatting for a while while the building was cleaned. Then, the skeleton weapon master from the island owner''s mansion walked in carrying various equipment and instruments. Wu Heng continued to mobilize some skeletons to guard this place. This place is right next to the Island Lord''s Mansion, so there shouldn''t be any problems with safety. Return to your residence. Minnie smiled and said: "Master, Mr. Costas, has he settled down yet?" "It will be arranged in the building next door. If the machinery and equipment breaks down in the future, go to him and arrange for the skeleton to be repaired." Wu Heng pointed to the direction to the next side. "Then I''ll let the skeleton sort out the artificer''s original room," Minnie said. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. The maids directed the skeleton to go upstairs and clean. Wu Heng sat in the courtyard and basked in the sun for a while. Not long after, three ghosts flew back from outside. "Uncle, the bike is not very popular. No one is fighting at the scene." Penny said: "The heat is still there, I saw many people painting over there." Glenda continued, "It''s not surprising that you want to imitate it. The last watch was even more exaggerated. A group of people stared at it every day." When Wu Heng arranged the work location for the magic weapon master, he asked the three ghosts to go out to see what was going on at the exhibition. So far, it seems that the response to the bike has been good. As for imitation. It''s actually a bit difficult to draw just by looking at it. At least you have to wait for the product to be sold. There is also the production of some things like tires. For people in this world, there is no corresponding technology at all. "It''s okay, don''t worry about them." Wu Heng stood up, "You guys come back first, let''s go to the zombie world and level up Granda." The three ghosts nodded and all got into the body. Wu Heng returned to his residence, told the cleaning maids, and went directly into the study. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. Zombie world. After walking out of the dormitory building, Wu Heng glanced at the entire base. It feels a little quieter today, not as lively as in the past. Follow the side path to the open field outside the base. With a wave of his hand, four coffins and a pile of corpses wrapped in straw mats appeared in sight. The four coffins were corpses bought from the Snake Emblem Consortium, and those on the straw mat were members of the vampire clan killed at sea. The main guns and close-in defense guns beat some of the vampires into minced flesh, and they fell into the sea and could not be found. But there are still many corpses that have met the conditions for transformation. The only pity is that the body of the level 18 vampire was also affected by the close-in defense cannon, leaving only the upper body and half of the body. At that time, it will be sent back to the association in accordance with the Protection Act. Otherwise, there will be one more level 18 skeleton. [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and the flesh and blood of all the corpses in front of him began to fall off. Skeletons stood up from the ground. According to rough statistics, there are almost more than 30 vampire skeletons transformed this time. The quantity is pretty good. By the way, Sheila Gui has always said that the vampire population is not large, and she must have killed hundreds of them before and after. Judging from this speed of death, it doesn''t seem like there are too few people. "Follow me." Wu Heng ordered and walked towards the base. Huhuhu~! The vampire skeletons flew into the sky, circling overhead and following. After returning to base. Wu Heng pointed to the location where the army was stationed, "Go and stand by there. Don''t fly around if nothing happens. The four of you will stand by in the room on the first floor. I will take you away at night." The vampire skeletons went to their stationed location, and the four skeletons from the living professions entered a room on the first floor. Enter standby mode. See the skeletons all leaving. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and pressed the call button, "Qi Hancai, I''m downstairs in the dormitory, come over here." There was a brief silence on the intercom. Then Zhao Yanqiu''s voice rang out, "Chief, Deputy Chief Qi is not at the base and has gone out." Out? "What are you doing?" Wu Heng asked. Zhao Yanqiu said: "I heard that there were some problems outside, and Deputy Chief Qi went out early this morning to lead the team to deal with them." Something went wrong? "Come here." "good!" Not long after, Zhao Yanqiu ran down from the office building on one side. It seems to be the effect brought by the professional scroll, the complexion looks much better, and it has a kind of temperament. More beautiful than before. When he saw Wu Heng, his eyes were a little dodgey, but he still saluted, "Chief." "What are Qi Hancai doing out there?" Wu Heng asked directly. Zhao Yanqiu thought for a moment and said: "Before leaving, he told me that a group of survivors appeared in the area we cleared, and they encircled that area as their own territory, and deliberately blocked it. Our team went over to discuss this matter. "You mean, someone built a base in our place?" "Yes, the most important thing is that they set up checkpoints and our transportation was blocked." Zhao Yanqiu emphasized. Wu Heng was speechless that such a thing could happen. The transport team was made up of survivors. If it was the skeleton team and they dared to intercept, they would be destroyed before the news could even reach this side. He stood there and thought for a moment. My plan today is also to clean up the zombies and upgrade Glenda. I just happened to go over to check on the situation. "Prepare a truck and I''ll go over and take a look." Wu Heng said. Zhao Yanqiu nodded, "Okay, I''ll prepare immediately." Not long after, a modified van drove over. Wu Heng mobilized the skeleton army where the army was stationed. Then he got into the passenger seat of the vehicle. "Chief." The driver greeted. "Let''s go to Qi Hancai''s side." The vehicle started, carrying a large number of skeletons, and left the base directly. Stone Beam Bridge. In the middle of the bridge with scrapped cars piled on both sides, Qi Hancai and another middle-aged man were sitting on two chairs. Behind each, stood several subordinates. The middle-aged man in camouflage uniform glanced at Qi Hancai and said, "The ones coming out of the big base are different, they all look good." On Qi Hancai''s side, Xin He, who was accompanying him, translated in a low voice. Qi Hancai said directly: "Tell him not to talk nonsense. We have cleared this area. Let them make room to avoid any casualties." After hearing this, Xinhe immediately spoke in Korean. The man across from me stared at him for a moment, then smiled, "This is our country, why should I say that it is your territory after you clear it out? And I didn''t see you occupying this place." "There are hundreds of survivors in our base. It''s not your country or you who save them, but us people." Qi Hancai sneered and continued, "Seeing as it''s not easy for the survivors to survive, I''ll give it to you." One night, if you dont leave tomorrow morning, you dont have to leave. After saying that, Qi Hancai stood up and left. Xin He translated quickly, looked at a few people with a sneer, and left. Behind him, the middle-aged man''s smile faded, he frowned and looked at the backs of several people, and shouted: "Give us two carts of food, otherwise your convoy will never get past this." Qi Hancai and others did not respond, but just walked further and further away. The middle-aged man cursed and got up to return. At dusk, inside a building. There were several people sitting around the dim round table. "They have skeletons over there. If we really fight, we won''t be able to hold on for long." "They should be the ones who occupied Shanbu Port. They seem to have thermal weapons. It''s really for the sake of survivors, otherwise we wouldn''t be able to stop them." The greedy middle-aged man put out the cigarette **** in his mouth during the day. He said directly: "I want us to leave without taking food. We will still starve to death when we go out. Two trucks of food is the final bottom line. I also want everyone to survive." No one said anything, but it was true. All the zombies here have been cleaned up, and they can survive well by searching for supplies. If they are driven away, food will become a problem again. Some people sighed, "We shouldn''t have stopped their convoy. They might not even notice if we are here." "Who knew it was them." A few people were chatting, and there were rapid footsteps outside the door. Then, the door burst open and a figure rushed in, "Their reinforcements have arrived. Are they going to kill us?" As soon as the words fell, everyone in the room suddenly stood up. "What reinforcements? How many people?" "There are so many, there is no end in sight, and there are still flying ones in the sky." The messenger wiped his sweat, "We are finished." "No end in sight? What do you mean?" "Go and see for yourself, we are dead, really dead." Everyone quickly left the room and looked across the bridge. They saw densely packed skeletons on the straight road with no end in sight, and there were large flying skeletons in the sky. Everyone looked into the distance in horror. Damn, its really over. Qi Hancai here. Wu Heng stepped out of the truck, and Qi Hancai also brought someone to greet him. "How was the talk?" Qi Hancai shook his head, "It''s not easy to talk. I''ll give them one night. If they don''t evacuate tomorrow morning, I will arrange for the skeletons to attack them." "What''s a bad way to talk?" "If we don''t admit that we occupied this place, we still need two trucks of food, otherwise our convoy will not be allowed to pass." Qi Hancai said solemnly. Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, then smiled, "This kind of person is really rare." The others also smiled. It''s been a while since I''ve seen this kind of survivor who just wants something regardless of his own concerns and wants to grab it directly. I didn''t expect to meet such a person in this place where the skeleton army had swept away. "Wait until tomorrow morning?" Qi Hancai asked. "No need." Wu Heng shook his head, and then said to the big-headed skeleton behind him: "The army is pressing forward. If anyone dares to attack, we will kill them directly." Wow~! The skeleton army moved like a boil. The army rushed towards the other side of the bridge. The vampire skeletons in the sky flew directly over the bridge and hovered above the opponent''s buildings. Soon, the army surrounded the opponent''s building for several floors. There was no sound of counterattack or fighting. Wu Heng walked over with Qi Hancai and others. Across the way, the door opens. The middle-aged man in camouflage looked at the people coming over and his pupils shrank. He quickly stepped forward and knelt on the ground with a thud, "Deputy Leader Qi, we are willing to leave here, but don''t be like us." Behind him, the other members also knelt down. Loudly begging for mercy. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng. Wu Heng said directly: "Take them all back, then break up and arrange the work. Anyone who resists will be killed directly." Qi Hancai waved his hands behind him and ordered: "Tie them all up and take them back to arrange work." The personnel on his side quickly stepped forward, took out ropes and tied the person tightly. All were escorted out of the building. The original supplies of these people were also taken away after being counted. Wait until all these people are taken down. Qi Hancai continued to ask: "Are there any other plans next?" Wu Heng said: "Tonight, I will take the skeletons to clean up the zombies and find a place that has not been swept away." "Clean up at night?" "Well, prepare the vehicle." Qi Hancai didn''t ask any more questions and immediately assigned the tasks. Some people will follow Wu Heng to clean up the zombies, while others will **** the people just back to the base. Another world, Treasure Island. The dark and damp alleyway was filled with a faint smell of blood. The patrolmen closed the alleys on both sides, but a lot of people still gathered around, standing outside watching the excitement. At this point, the patrol moved out of the way. Sheila Gui came in with a small team. He glanced at the corpse on the ground and asked to the side: "What did the investigation find?" The dwarf deputy deacon walked up and said in a deep voice: "The male is over 30 years old. A sword to the heart and a sword to the throat. The identity of the other party has not yet been determined." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and looked at him curiously. If it was just this kind of case, just investigate it directly without her being a deacon. The dwarf glanced at both sides, blocked the outside view with his body, and then said: "I found this emblem in his mouth. When he died, he hid the emblem in his mouth, probably because he was afraid that the murderer would find it." Sheila Gui''s eyes fell on the emblem on the dwarf''s palm, and her eyes shrank slightly. Coat of arms of the Society''s Whisperers. This corpse is the secret whisperer of the association, or someone''s spy. "Is there anything else on you?" "Nothing is left, only this emblem." Sheela frowned. The deceased had a message to deliver to the association, but was killed on the way. (End of chapter) Chapter 673 , heroic spirit Chapter 673, Heroic Spirit "Are there any witnesses nearby?" Sheela continued to ask. "Still investigating, no witnesses have been found yet." The dwarf subdeacon replied. Sheila Gui knelt down and checked the body. The situation was basically the same as what the dwarf said, the fatal injuries were on the chest and throat. The scar on the throat looked more like cutting off the head. The wound is much deeper than a normal throat cut. He stretched out his hand to open the corpse''s mouth and took a look. The tongue was still there. The emblem had been in the mouth before, so it was normal that it had not been damaged. Standing up again, "Go find the straw mat and wrap the body." The members on the side immediately took out straw mats. Roll up the body. Xila Gui put all the corpses and emblems into the space ring. These should be preserved to prevent the murderer from coming back and destroying the body again. "You continue to investigate. When it comes to the Association''s Secret Whisperers, you need to be more careful. Ask the shops on both sides. It seems that there were signs of fighting, but you didn''t hear any movement?" Sheila Gui stood there and said. The dwarf deputy deacon nodded, "We have arranged for people to interview the store. I will report to you the results." "Well, I''ll leave this to you." Sheila Gui said and walked out of the alley. Called a carriage and left slowly. The carriage stopped outside the island owner''s mansion. Xilagui got out of the car and knocked on the door of the island owner''s mansion. Not long after, the bunny-eared maid Minnie opened the door and looked over. "Butler!" Minnie saluted slightly. Xila Gui nodded, "Where is Wu Heng?" "The master is not here. If you have anything to say to me, you can convey it to the master then." Minnie said with a smile. Sheila Gui pondered for a moment and then said, "I want to see the Skeleton Prophet." "Please!" Minnie opened the door directly and led Sheila Rose into the residence. According to Wu Heng, Xila Ge can see the Skeleton Prophet at any time. The two walked across the courtyard. I saw the skeleton prophet sitting on a stone bench in the back garden. Minnie stopped, and Sheila Rose stepped forward and said, "A body was found over there at the Guards. I need you to help me see what happened." As he spoke, he waved his hand casually. The corpse and the emblem appeared in the open space in front of him. The Skeleton Prophet walked over. Crouching on the ground, one hand floated on the body, and the other skeletal palm grabbed Sheila Rose''s arm. Silla''s eyes suddenly went blank, and images flashed through her mind. After a few seconds, his eyes refocused. "Thank you, I understand." The corpse was put away again, holding the hilt of the sword with one hand, and walked quickly outside. Zombie world. The dark night covered the earth like thick ink. The skeleton dog with a trumpet hanging from its chest ran wildly into the depths of the night. Suddenly, a harsh trumpet noise sounded, and in the dark night in the distance, it was like boiling, and the roars of corpses joined together. In the darkness, countless figures surged in like a tide. Click~! A crisp switch opens. A strong flashlight shines through the soul-stirring jade and casts the array of light onto the street below. The scope is larger and clearer. Sure enough, the effect is better in the dark. Swish swish~! Arrows fell intensively, and the corpses fell in large numbers. The group of corpses that followed trampled on the bodies of their fallen comrades and continued to charge forward. Then, the remaining souls floated into the sky in the soul-catching array. Glenda rushed forward and quickly devoured them one by one. Xiao Xiao floated to one side, "Aunt Glenda, can you reach level 20 today?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It should be almost done. After such a long time, it''s time to meet the upgrade conditions." "Aunt Glenda will be even more powerful then." Xiaoxiao said. "You work hard, I still count on Xiaoxiao to protect me." Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao hugged his arm, "You ask someone to collect some cartoons for me, and I will protect you from now on." "You''re going to draw a pie for me, right?" "What kind of cake? I''ve never eaten it." A few people were chatting casually, and more corpses crashed into the skeleton''s spear array like waves. The corpses fell one by one, and the remaining souls rose into the sky more densely. Glenda speeded up her devouring again. Constantly traveling through the remnant souls in the sky. Wu Heng chatted with the two ghosts, planning the future development, and doing some interesting things. The battle is left to the skeletons, and their help is not needed to devour the remaining souls. It''s just killing time. While speaking, the system beep sounded. [The ghost level is increased to level 20, constitution +2, agility +3, intelligence +5, perception +3, charm +2.] [Unlocked features: Legendary Heroic Spirit. [Unlocked features: legendary invisibility, legendary mind control, legendary possession. [Unlock ability: Steal the body. Listen to the prompts. Wu Heng suddenly felt happy. Finally upgraded. After so many remnant souls were swallowed up by Granda, if he still couldn''t upgrade, Wu Heng wondered if there were any restrictions. Fortunately, this time it was finally upgraded, and the previous efforts were not in vain. At this time Glenda also flew back from a distance. On the outside, it is still in the state of a soul, but it looks more solid, without the light and airy feeling of a ghost. "I seem to have upgraded." Glenda floated to her side and said. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s been upgraded. Congratulations." Glenda''s expression was also filled with joy. She wanted to say something, but she didn''t say it. Then he said softly: "Thank you, Wu Heng." "You''re welcome." Wu Heng said with a smile, and then looked at Beni on the other side, "Beni, Glenda has been upgraded. Go and devour the remaining soul." "Okay." Penny glanced at Glenda, "Congratulations, Mrs. Glenda." "Thank you, Penny." Glenda smiled and thanked her. Penny didn''t waste much time and rushed directly into the sky above the battlefield. Start devouring the remaining souls in the sky. Xiaoxiao flew over and said, "Auntie, how do you feel?" Glenda smiled and said, "It feels pretty good. I am stronger than before. Xiaoxiao, I have to work hard." Xiaoxiao tilted his head and looked at her, "Can you call the association headquarters?" Glenda''s smile froze, "It doesn''t seem possible." "Then...where did it become more powerful?" The two ghosts were chatting aside, and Wu Heng opened Glenda''s attributes and took a look. I am also a little curious about what changes have taken place after level 20. Heroic Spirit Level: 20 [Attributes: Agility 42, Constitution 37, Intelligence 50, Perception 45, Charisma 40.] [Characteristics: Legendary Heroic Spirit, Legendary Invisibility, Legendary Mind Control, Legendary Possession, Phantom, Soul Bound, Supernatural Phenomenon. [Skills: Spiritual Vision, Sword-holding with Mind Power, Withering Touch, Stealing the Flesh Body. [Legendary Heroic Spirit]: This unit breaks through the shackles and achieves miraculous results. It is washed by the power of death and darkness, and can learn to cast corresponding spells. [Legendary Invisibility]: Your tricks have reached its peak. When you are invisible, it will be difficult for the target to detect your presence. [Legendary Mind Power Control]: The use of mind power has made breakthrough progress, making it easier to use. [Legendary Possession]: The possession ability reaches the legendary level, possessing ''humanoid'' creatures, and the ghost takes control. [Steal the body]: You can parasitize the dead body. Successful parasitism will take control of the body and speed up the decay of the body. (The stolen body will no longer be able to cast necromantic spells such as conversation with the dead and bone manipulation.) After reaching level 20, the name really changed. From a ghost to a heroic spirit. The name is quite appropriate. In addition to the improvement of attributes, a total of four characteristics and one ability appeared. [Legendary Heroic Spirit] actually represents the achievement of the ghost reaching level 20. But the last sentence is still a bit special. As mentioned above, it has the ability to learn and cast corresponding spells. This made Wu Heng a little doubtful whether Granda could also cast spells. After returning, you can let her try it. If this effect can really be achieved, then the level 20 ghost will really become a mobile turret. Others cannot hit the ghost, but the ghost can release spells to bomb the enemy. Ouch~! What should Xiaoxiao do then? Let her read a book, which is like killing her. Lets talk again! The next three characteristics are [legendary invisibility] [legendary telekinesis control] and [legendary possession]. It is obvious that the original invisibility, telekinesis and possession have been strengthened. It just improves the effect. Then, Wu Heng set his sights on the last skill [Stealing the Body]. (End of chapter) Chapter 674 , the deacon is dead Chapter 674, Deacon is dead Stealing the body, the name sounds full of stealing. It doesn''t look like a serious ability. After reading the introduction again, I can possess the dead body. This... seems to be of little use. The possession is not permanent and will speed up the decay of the body. In other words, it won''t last long before the possessed corpse will break down and cannot be used forever. I really can''t think of any specific effect. Check it out then! Not necessarily where it can be used. Not long after, Penny also flew back. "The battle is over." Wu Heng looked up at the battlefield. Almost all the zombies had been killed, and the skeleton army was doing some finishing work. "Clean the battlefield." Wu Heng ordered. The skeletons began to clean up the battlefield. Wu Heng put away the corpse cores, and then began to release the [Dead Corpse Field] along the way, turning all the corpses into skeletons. Wait until the battlefield is all sorted out. Wu Heng asked the convoy to come over, got in the car and returned to the base. Return to Treasure Island. Its also time to have breakfast at the island owners mansion. Wu Heng washed himself briefly and sat down at the dining table. Minnie said: "Master, Deacon Shilagui came over yesterday. It seems that someone died on the island. He asked the Skeleton Prophet to help investigate the murderer." Another death on the island? "Do you know the identity of the deceased?" Wu Heng asked. "I heard her talking to the Skeleton Prophet. She seemed to be a member of the association. I couldn''t hear her clearly." Minnie said, and then added, "The deacon also said that if you come back, tell her that she has something to do with you." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Breakfast will be over soon. Anderweil went out to the city hall, and the three maids also started doing their own business. Wu Heng picked up the phone and dialed the landline in the association''s deacon''s study. After two rings, Shi Yali''s voice came. "This is the association." "Shi Yali, I am Wu Heng, Xila Gui asked to find me? Is she in the association?" Wu Heng asked. "Here, come directly." Shi Yali said. "I''ll go over now." Hang up the phone and put on some clothes. He also took the skeleton out of the island owner''s mansion and headed to the association. Deacon''s study. Wu Heng walked into the study, where the two elf sisters were sitting in their respective places. Seeing Wu Heng come in, they all smiled. Wu Heng looked at Xila Gui, "I heard that someone died on the island?" "A corpse was found in the alley behind the Beacon Street Tavern. He had the emblem of the Secret Whisperer of the Association in his hand. The identity of the other party has not been found yet. He should not be the Secret Whisperer of Treasure Island." Sheila Gei said directly. Wu Heng frowned, reacted and said, "He went to the island to deliver information? And then he was killed?" Sheila Gui nodded immediately, "That''s what I guessed, otherwise it would be unreasonable for a foreign Whisperer to die as soon as he arrived on Treasure Island." "Has the murderer been caught?" "Through the information provided by the Skeleton Prophet, we have determined who the murderer is, but we arrived a step too late. We have already left Treasure Island by boat. We have now drawn up a wanted poster and will send it to various associations." Wu Heng nodded, "Do you need my cooperation?" Sheila Gui asked him to come over, there must be some arrangement. "Go to the morgue and ask about the corpse. Shi Yali is going to call the investigators to find out what happened to the Whisperer on the island." Sheila Gui stood up and walked out, saying casually. Wu Heng and Shi Yali also stood up and walked outside together. Go down the stairs and arrive at the morgue. Two coroners came out to salute and handed over the autopsy report. Xila Gui glanced at it and said to Wu Heng: "There is nothing special. The cause of death was two fatal injuries." Wu Heng nodded. Soon, Shi Yali came down with two investigators. Sheila Gui said directly: "Let''s start." Wu Heng walked into the morgue, faced the corpse on the iron bed, and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The next second, the corpse suddenly sat up and looked here with empty eyes. Wu Heng indicated that it was time to ask questions. Sheila Gui asked directly: "What are you doing here at Treasure Island?" The corpse replied, "I brought important information to be handed over to Treasure Island." Several people looked at each other. As expected, he brought some information. Sheela then asked, "Tell me the information you brought." The corpse replied, "In Netale City, the deacon of the association was assassinated and members of the association were also killed one after another. The sea near the city was filled with corpses, and the blood stained the sea. The kingdom also blocked the news and did not allow any news to be spread or Come in." After the corpse finished speaking, the entire morgue seemed to be at a standstill. The deacon of the association died, and the members were like lambs waiting to be slaughtered, unable to leave the city and unable to send out news. There are also a large number of corpses that can dye the sea red, and it is feared that civilians have been involved. It''s even a little unbelievable that something like this would happen in the Kingdom of Yeko. But corpses don''t lie, not to mention the Whisperer who risked his life to go to the island to deliver the message. Sheela frowned, looked back at the investigator who was stunned by shock, and reminded: "Record it truthfully, and don''t change a word." The investigator immediately came to his senses and began recording quickly. Shiragui also took a deep breath and asked the third question, "Who killed the deacon of Netale City?" "Not sure." "Why did Netale City become what you said?" "There is a civil war going on in the city, and both the military and high-level professionals are involved." One last question. Sheila Gui pondered for a while, but decided to confirm again, "What is your status in the association?" "Netala City, the deacon''s spy." After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the iron bed with a thud. After asking the last question, you can confirm the authenticity of the message sent by the other party. The deacon''s spy is also the secret whisperer of the association. Sheila Gui looked at the body and waited for a long time before she said: "The body is embalmed and ready to be transported to the association headquarters. The coroner will compile the autopsy report, and the investigator will summarize the records and hand them over to me before the afternoon." "Yes." Several people nodded in unison. "Let''s go back!" Xila Gui led the way, followed by several people walking out. Return to the office study. Xila Gui''s face was extremely ugly, and Wu Heng''s expression was also very solemn. There was a depressing atmosphere throughout the room. A resident deacon was killed and the Whisperer who reported the news died on the island. This is no small matter. To put it bluntly, it is challenging the authority of the association. If the association handles this matter lightly, it means that deacons from other places will be threatened. The same is true for Sheila Gui. There is no way she can let this matter go by easily. On the Wuheng side, Netalei City belongs to the Kingdom of Yeko, but within the scope of the association, it belongs to the Emerald Sea Surrounding Residents Association. He is the flag bearer and is responsible for conveying the association''s important ideas and development direction, but a deacon died inexplicably. Don''t appear too aloof. To put it more seriously, the surrounding associations are within the scope of their own flag-bearing work. If the deacon dies, he will also be affected. Furthermore, Wu Heng did not want this kind of thing to happen to his colleagues in the association. "What should I do?" Sheila Gui suddenly raised her head. Wu Heng said: "The matter was reported truthfully. The kingdom also blocked the border on the grounds of internal affairs. We had no choice. The association''s deacon died during this period and the news was not allowed to be released. There is reason to suspect that it is related to Netale City and requested Go directly to the island to investigate this matter." "Okay, I will report it normally." Sheila Gui said, and then asked: "Should you also write a report to the association? After all, you are the flag bearer." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I can write it, but I have to think about it. I can''t just write it and send it over." The report sent by Xila Gui, Uncle Chen only needs the facts. Wu Heng needs to write down some relevant matters, preferably also the follow-up direction. At least it seems like they are paying more attention to this matter. Sheila Gui nodded in agreement. "When will you send the report?" Wu Heng asked next. "The sooner it gets done before dark, the better." "Then I can''t catch up on my report. I''ll send it up alone." "Alright." The two briefly discussed it, and Wu Heng got up and left. When he walked out of the door, he saw a team captain opening the door and walking in. Then came Sheila Rose''s voice. "Go and bring over the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom." Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng said hello to the maid and went directly upstairs into the study. I originally planned to catch up on some sleep after returning from the association. Now that this matter is happening, I have no sleep at all, and my mind is full of association matters. Glenda flew over and asked: "What''s wrong, the one sitting there with a sad face?" "A secret whisperer of the association died on the island. When we were talking to the deceased, we got the news that the deacon of Netale City was killed. It was within the scope of my flag bearer''s responsibility." Wu Heng gave a rough summary of the news he got. Again. Glenda listened carefully. After thinking for a while, he said, "It has no impact on you? It seems to be a good thing." "Why is this a good thing? Over at the association, I don''t know how many people are waiting to catch me." Glenda smiled and said, "Is the handle important? If this happened, wouldn''t it give you the opportunity to interfere with the Kingdom of Yeko?" (End of chapter) Chapter 675 , there is a new theme Chapter 675, there is a new theme Take advantage of the chaos in Yeko Kingdom to gain a reputation for yourself. Glenda had mentioned this matter before. But in Wu Heng''s thoughts and plans, he was reluctant to participate in this matter. He guarded the development of Treasure Island and brought some modern products here for sale. Gradually, Treasure Island is turned into an area mainly focused on commerce and trade. In addition, these products are hung on one''s head, and the reputation is gradually increasing. If you get involved in the matter of Yeke Kingdom, it is actually easy for many uncontrollable factors to arise. Therefore, according to Wu Heng''s principle of waiting and watching the situation, there was no action. But this time, whether I wanted to or not, I was forced to participate. Wu Heng asked: "What do you think should be done?" Glenda floated back and forth in the air twice, and after thinking about it, she said: "Actually, it doesn''t have to be too troublesome. The association''s deacon was killed. This incident is enough to generate huge heat. Then you just need to be more proactive and participate according to the association''s procedures. After investigation, the reputation will naturally be improved." Wu Heng picked up the teacup, took a sip, and said, "I feel a little sorry for using the dead deacon to increase my reputation." "Helping him find the murderer to avenge him is not considered use. I have died before and I have more experience than you." Glenda said with a smile. "Well...if you say that, I really can''t refute you." Wu Heng said, stood up and sat down at the desk. Start writing the report. First, he briefly described how he discovered the body and the information he received. Sheila Ge also writes about these, so it doesnt take up too much content. Then, there are the countermeasures and next steps. "One, set up an investigation team. In order to investigate the murderer in depth, it is recommended that Emerald Sea set up an investigation team and go directly to Netale City to investigate the matter. 2. Protection of association members. . " Wu Heng finished writing quickly and then checked it carefully. Sheela Gui is better at reporting this kind of thing. I just wrote down what came to my mind, about three hundred words. It mainly talks about the establishment of the investigation team and the idea of ??entering Netale City to protect other association members and the plan to avoid similar things from happening. The writing is quite detailed. After all, if he wants to investigate Netale City, he needs the support of the association. After reading it himself, he gave it to Glenda to read again. "You are quite suitable for writing this kind of report." Glenda praised with a smile. "I practiced it before." "I feel there is no problem. I can send it to the association." Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Wait a moment, and I will write a letter to Imiro and Lilith to tell them about this matter." Glenda nodded. Wu Heng continued to write two letters and recounted the incident. Then he walked out of the study and asked Robert to send it to the association together with Sheila Gui''s report. After things are arranged. Wu Heng called McIntosh, who was in charge of intelligence on the island, and asked her to pay special attention to the people who came to the island recently. If anything happens, report it to yourself in time. Night falls. Shanela finished taking a shower and walked in from outside. He said softly: "I heard from Minnie that something happened again on the island?" Wu Heng lay on his side beside the bed and stretched out his hand to caress the other person''s smooth thigh, "The Whisperer from Netalei City died just after he landed on the island, and the murderer even ran away." Shanara raised her eyebrows and said, "Died on Treasure Island?" "Xila Gei asked me to interrogate the corpse during the day. She came to the island to deliver information. The deacon of Netale City was killed, and the Kingdom of Yeko did not allow the local association to send the news." Wu Heng said. Shanara''s eyes widened instantly, filled with disbelief. "Why do you do this? Has the kingdom gone crazy?" "It was also said that the corpses along the coast dyed the sea water red, and the whole city was in chaos." Wu Heng said directly. "This..." Shanara didn''t know what to say for a moment. Wu Heng continued, "I have already reported it to the headquarters. I will probably handle the matter by then, so don''t worry." "Hey~! The stability of a region is really important." "Yes, if the old king of Yeke Kingdom knew what was happening now, he would probably be angry." Wu Heng said. Wu Heng had a bad impression of the Kingdom of Yeko because of the kingdom''s restrictions on necromancers. But in fact, the Necromancer is indeed prone to losing control, and the development direction of the entire kingdom is still moving in a good direction. Moreover, the residents in the country are living a pretty good life. When the old king died, the whole kingdom became like this, and the whole country was almost gone. "Then please pay attention to safety. There must be many high-level professionals in a kingdom." Shannara turned around and touched his cheek. "I''m fine. Take more guards with you when you go out." Shanara nodded, and then continued, "The island is increasing the supply of pens and watches, and nearly 10,000 gold coins are received every day. When will the bicycles be released?" Forehead. When I was upgrading Granda before, I didn''t go to the bicycle manufacturing factory. Wu Heng thought quickly in his mind and said: "New ones may not be available yet, but a batch of old bicycles will be shipped over in a few days. They will be repaired and refurbished, and they can also be sold." "Old one? Problems will affect the credibility accumulated before." Shannella frowned. "When the goods come, you can see if they can be sold. If not, change them into three-wheeled trucks, and I will quickly get the production chain." Wu Heng said. Shanara nodded, "Okay, I''ll listen to you." It was getting late, and the two of them lay on the bed to rest. The next day, have breakfast. Wu Heng dialed the phone, and Shi Yali''s voice came from the other side, "This is the deacon''s study." "I am Wu Heng. Have the reports and letters been sent out?" Shi Yali said: "It was sent out yesterday afternoon, don''t worry." "Do you have any arrangements with Sheila Gui?" Shi Yali''s voice came from the opposite side asking about Xila Gui, and then came back and said: "There is nothing wrong at the moment. The fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom has been arranged in the association dormitory, and she was also told to pay attention to safety." "Then if anything happens, come find me again." "good." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng thought again. No matter how chaotic the Yeke Kingdom is, there is no way it will spread to Treasure Island. The rest depends on how the association headquarters arranges it, and I will participate in this matter according to the association''s arrangements. "Minnie, I went upstairs to the study. If someone came looking for me, they said I was out." Wu Heng shouted to Minnie who was passing by. "Okay, Master." Minnie smiled and nodded. Wu Heng went directly upstairs and took several ghosts back into his body. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate, Wu Heng went downstairs and picked up the walkie-talkie to call Qi Hancai. Waited for a while in the conference room of the office building. Qi Hancai walked in with his little owl. Wu Heng motioned for the other party to sit down and said, "Are the people we brought back the day before yesterday still obedient?" The day before yesterday, a survivor base occupied the cleared area and intercepted the transport team''s vehicles. He was directly captured and brought back. Qi Hancai said: "After registration, we arranged some jobs. Most of them joined the transportation team and did some physical work. There was one person with superpowers in the team, and another one also took the corpse core, but did not awaken the superpowers. of." "No wonder he''s so crazy, there are two masters inside." Wu Heng suddenly realized. "In addition to these two, there are two other people who belong to the management of the base. They are currently locked up. I plan to lock them up for a few days and then release them based on the situation." Qi Hancai said. "Just arrange it." Wu Heng nodded, and then continued, "I have a few things that I need you to arrange." Qi Hancai immediately became serious, "Okay." Wu Heng said: "Collect some ships at the port, even if there are no ships or cargo ships. The second one is bicycles. I remember when we were cleaning up zombies before, there were many places where shared bicycles were piled. Collect them all and transport them to the coastal port. Thats it. Lets ask people from all bases to look for bicycle manufacturers and make statistics. After listening, Qi Hancai nodded seriously, "I''ll remember it, and I''ll pass it on later." "There is nothing left to do. Prepare the vehicle and find a nearby village to clean up the zombies." The two walked out together, and Qi Hancai continued, "Can we build water wells like those in Xinfu City here? The transportation of water sources is a bit troublesome." "Okay, I''ll make arrangements then. If you need anything else, just tally it up and tell me." "good!" The two walked out together. Get on the truck and head to a nearby village with your skeleton army. Killing zombies, Beni devoured the remaining souls in the sky. Wu Heng also took out the [Innocent Holy Glory] that he had not used for a long time, released the Light Knight, and also killed zombies to gain experience. Shasha~! Two skeletons came over carrying a human corpse. The body was found on the upper floor of a building. It was decomposed and must have been dead for some time. Wu Heng looked into the air, "Glenda, try it!" Glenda floated to one side and frowned at the corpse, "Isn''t it a little too disgusting? Why not find an ordinary corpse to test?" Wu Heng glanced at the corpse and said, "Forget it, wait until we return to Treasure Island to see if there are any better corpses." Glenda rolled her eyes at him, then turned around half a circle and got directly into the corpse on the ground. Click, click, click~! The sound of bones rubbing together sounded, and the corpse on the ground began to move its limbs, trying to stand up. But every movement was a little stiff. Finally, he stood up slowly, opened his shrunken mouth, and said with a sound like sandpaper: "Wu Heng, hello." "Eh~! It''s so scary." Xiaoxiao hid behind Wu Heng in an instant. The corpse took two steps forward again, "Xiaoxiao, come watch cartoons with me." "Auntie, please come out, it''s too scary." Xiaoxiao shouted. Glenda flew out of the corpse and floated aside with a smile, "You are not afraid of these zombie skeletons. What are you afraid of corpses?" Xiao Xiao shivered, "It just feels so weird. I definitely won''t be able to sleep at night, oh! I don''t need to sleep." The corpse lost its life again and fell to the ground instantly. Wu Heng looked at the corpse again and waved the skeleton to the side. It can be confirmed that it is not difficult for Glenda''s [Stealing Body] to occupy the body of a dead person. Not only can it move, turn its eyes, express expressions, and speak. It is also different from the false life in necromancy. It''s more like reviving a corpse, but it can''t occupy the body for a long time. After standing in the middle of the skeleton team and waiting for a while, the battle on the battlefield gradually ended. Continue to order the battlefield to be cleaned. Nautilus Tavern. After the bard finished telling the latest episode of the Great Detective Story, he still had no intention of leaving. He picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then took two deep breaths. He waved his hands to signal everyone to be quiet. Then he said: "According to the city hall, the local deacon of Netale City was assassinated. The Kingdom of Yeke prohibited any information from being sent out, and the person who sent the information to Treasure Island was killed on the way to the association after landing on the island. Take everything you have on you. As the bard narrated, the audience fell silent for a moment. Everyone frowned in unison, with surprise and suspicion in their eyes. The deacon was killed. Such a rare word. The bard continued: "Fortunately, Deacon Xilagui took care of the body immediately. The island owner used the power of the necromancer to conduct an interrogation of the body, and got the news that the deacon was killed, and..." "The sea water in Netale City was dyed red with blood, and corpses piled up like mountains." At this point, everyone in the tavern''s pupils shrank. It was like a mountain of corpses and a sea of ????blood appeared before our eyes. Ordinary combat cannot achieve this effect. Either the army is fighting in the city, or civilians are being massacred. "So, the deacon was killed by people from Yeke Kingdom, otherwise it would be impossible not to let the association spread the news." "This is the only explanation." "They''re not massacring the city, are they?" "It depends on how the association handles this matter later." "What else can we do? I''ll definitely finish it in one go." "I wonder what the owner of Wuheng Island is like. Isn''t he the flag-bearer of the association?" Everyone was talking. The news was released after discussion between Wu Heng and Xila Gui. When the body was being investigated, many people around him saw it. When the headquarters releases the matter, the news will spread. The two discussed it for a while, but decided to release the news in advance as a warm-up. Lest Treasure Island starts to force Neta Le City, the outside world will think that the association is interfering in the internal affairs of other countries. Newspapers already have this function. It can let everyone know the facts and guide public opinion. Now everyone on the island knows that the deacon of the association is dead, and the Kingdom of Yeke deliberately blocked the news. No matter what, it was their fault. If the association doesn''t retaliate, everyone will feel that the association is too cowardly. The news will not stop at Treasure Island, but will follow the caravan to various places. Another group of people focused the topic on Wu Heng. Wu Heng''s reputation on the island is too great, and someone died. No matter what, he should appear in the hunt for the murderer. Moreover, the murderer''s fate has been decided. "The great detective story has a new theme." Someone suddenly said. The eyes of the others lit up, it was true. The theme of keeping things new. port. On a huge black ship. Wu Heng took the skeleton attendant and Andweil aboard the ship. A strong man wearing leather armor saluted, "My Lord, Miss Andweier." "Captain Gregor, you are quite fast." Wu Heng walked onto the deck and said with a smile. Gregor was the representative of the dragon sales team who went to the island owner''s mansion last time to discuss the sale of flying dragon corpses. Almost two weeks passed in a flash. The ship docked at the port today. Wu Heng received the news and came to check it out in person. "This is the first time we have cooperated with Treasure Island, so we should show the utmost sincerity." The man said with a smile, reaching out to gesture to the cabin, "I will take you to see the body of the flying dragon." The ghost flew back and confirmed that there was no danger inside. Wu Heng nodded and walked down together. Stepping into the cabin, a damp and rotten smell hit us. Vision adjusts to darkness. Then I saw that the entire cabin was densely packed with grass like cargo piled up. When you roll up the edge of the mat, you can still see the exposed skeleton of the flying dragon. (End of chapter) Chapter 676 , let鈥檚 see how they end up Chapter 676, lets see how they end up The man from the dragon sales team said with confidence on his face, "There are a total of one hundred and twenty-three flying dragon bones." More than a hundred. There was no change in Wu Heng''s face, but he was still a little surprised. The last time I killed the dragon traders pretending to be pirates, I got a total of more than twenty flying dragon corpses. The effects shown are all overwhelming. At that time, they also intimidated the rescue team from the main station who came with fighter jets. There are now over a hundred of them, plus the size of the flying dragon is quite large. I''m afraid the effect will be even better. The sky full of skeleton flying dragons is enough to reduce many unnecessary troubles. "Check it." Wu Heng said calmly. The skeleton attendant behind him immediately stepped forward and casually opened a few wrapped straw mats, revealing the pale and thick bones underneath. This is true for each one. What is wrapped in the straw mat is bones, not a complete body. Without waiting for Wu Heng to ask, the man from the Dragon Traffic Team explained, "To save you from trouble, we shaved all the flesh and blood in advance to reduce the weight of transportation and be able to transport more." Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood the other party''s intention. Weight reduction is one way of saying it. It is estimated that the skin and flesh were reused to make leather goods or as food for wild animals. "It''s hard for me to accept it like this. A complete corpse can confirm that it meets the transformation conditions. How can I confirm the integrity of such a roll of bones?" Wu Heng said. The expressions of the dragon dealers froze and they suddenly fell into silence. It seems that I have not thought of this question and I don''t know how to answer it for a while. After muttering for a long time, he didn''t come up with a solution. He scratched his head and said, "We can ensure the integrity of the bones." Wu Heng said: "I will give you two solutions. One is to settle the settlement for you now, but 20% of the money will be deducted, and the settlement will be settled when you come next time. The second one is that you stay on the island for two days. We convert it first and then settle it for you. "Second, we are not in a hurry, we are not in a hurry." The man said immediately. When I heard that the money was going to be deducted, my face turned ugly. I immediately chose the second option. "Okay, arrange for people to move the bones to my ship." Wu Heng said. The man nodded, immediately walked onto the deck to greet his people, and moved along the connecting ship planks to the cabin of a wooden cargo ship on Treasure Island. Wu Heng and others stood aside and watched silently. The captain of the dragon selling team came over again, "Island owner, we want to order some goods from the island to take back in the next few days." "Okay, now there are all kinds of goods on the island. I can bring them back to you on the way." Wu Heng said. The other person smiled and said, "I''m waiting for the money to be settled." "Don''t worry, as long as there is no problem with the bones, Treasure Island will not be short of your money." "Yes, we definitely trust the island owner." Several people chatted casually. Workers are still moving goods. Near noon, all the flying dragon corpses were moved to the cargo ship on Treasure Island, and the first step of the transaction was completed. The number was one hundred and twenty-three as mentioned by the Dragon Selling Team, so there was no problem. "When I finish the transformation, I will arrange for someone to notify you to get the money." Wu Heng got off the boat. "Okay, Lord Island Master." The man saluted. At the port, Wu Heng asked Anderweil to go back first, while he boarded the cargo ship on Treasure Island with his skeleton attendants. Wu Heng asked the skeleton attendant to guard the entrance to the cabin. Open the gate, mobilize the skeletons, and move the dragon bones here to the zombie world. In fact, the flying dragon''s body was delivered at the right time. In a few days, the headquarters'' plan for the Kingdom of Yeko will be released. When these skeleton flying dragons are transformed, they will also be able to provide some assistance. Their power alone can reduce the occurrence of many troubles. He stood at the door and waited for a while. After all the bones in the cabin were transported, Wu Heng closed the gate. Disembark and return to the island owner''s mansion. Back to the island owner''s mansion, I had lunch with the maids in the restaurant. Minnie said: "Master, sister Shannella said that the opera house has a new stage play in the afternoon, and she has reserved a seat." "You go ahead, I won''t follow you, and I will bring some skeleton attendants with me." Wu Heng said with a smile. Wu Heng has also seen several stage plays in this world. Most of them are **** love stories and not interesting. Robert asked while eating, "Master, didn''t you say there was a movie that was better than the stage play?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I''ll take a look at the situation and get some for you to see." Whether it''s a home theater or a real movie theater, it''s not difficult. The only thing is the translation of the film. Xiaoxiao can watch cartoons and translate them for Penny, but Minnie and Robert can''t understand the content. "Oh, okay." Robert nodded. After lunch. The three maids began to dress up, and then went out to find Shannella. Wu Heng also returned to the study and headed to the zombie world. Zombie world. In the open space of the port, the bones of the flying dragon were neatly placed in the grass. Several skeleton warriors, holding iron swords, cut the ropes of the straw mats one by one, revealing the bones inside. Wu Heng held the staff and released [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. A gray-white halo of light swayed amidst the sound of dense bones rubbing together. The skeleton flying dragon stood up, flew into the sky, and circled densely. Wu Heng glanced at the ground. All the skeletons had been transformed, and not a single one was left. The people in the dragon hawking team were quite honest and didn''t make any messy bones to fool themselves. A large flying dragon appeared in the sky, attracting the attention of the survivors of the base. Groups of survivors gathered in the distance, looking at the flying dragons circling in the sky in surprise. Even if he knew that this was the skeleton soldier transformed by Wu Heng. But this kind of formation that blocks out the sky and the sun still makes people feel frightened. "Everyone is gone, go do your own thing." Qi Hancai came over and dispersed everyone. Then he walked over directly and looked up at the sky, "So many skeleton flying dragons." "Let the flying dragon come down and wait in the open space." Wu Heng ordered to the big-headed skeleton beside him. Swish swish swish~! More than a hundred skeletal flying dragons filled the open space, swaying their heads and tails, and lined up in the open space. Qi Hancai: "It''s best not to let so many fly in the sky. Just now there were some people kowtow and make wishes in the crowd." "It''s not like I haven''t seen it before. What are you wishing for?" "There are new survivors, that''s normal." Qi Hancai continued, "There are a lot of bicycles collected at Binhai Port." "So fast?" "They are everywhere, so it is not difficult to collect some, and we have also found the production factory." Qi Hancai said. "The efficiency is quite high." Wu Heng then asked: "How is the collection by the ships going?" "There are fishing boats and cargo ships, including a particularly large cargo ship parked at Shanbu Port." Qi Hancai replied. Wu Heng stood there and thought for a moment. Said: "Arrange a skeleton that can drive a ship, and I will go to the coastal port." "Okay." Qi Hancai didn''t say much and immediately arranged the matter. Not long after, a ship docked at the port. Wu Heng boarded the ship and headed to Binhai Port. Association headquarters. "You are so bold that you dare to block the news of the assassination of the deacon." "I think this must have something to do with the inside of the Yeko Kingdom. Maybe they did it." "They don''t have the guts to block the news. They are probably afraid that the association will intervene at this time and want to delay time." "I think there is no need to fight for the royal family of Yeke Kingdom. We can just replace them." "It depends on what the leader thinks about it." When the news arrived at the association''s headquarters, it spread quickly. When they learned about the death of the local deacon who had been sealed off by the Kingdom of Yeko, everyone was first angry and then laughed at these stupid guys. If the commotion gets too big, the royal family will need to be replaced. The rest depends on how the Kingdom of Yeko ends up. (End of chapter) Chapter 677 , let Wu Heng check Chapter 677, let Wu Heng investigate Bright room interior. Around the heavy oak table, the five leaders of the association sat. The leader of the field envoy, the hero of the elves, and the sword of justice - Hadarai Liaton. Religious leader, human hero, holy arbiterSeydu Livingston. The leader of the Hongwen Society, the hero of the elves, and the shining scholarClaudio Abbott. Leader of the Whisperers, Hero of the Vampire Clan, Light of the MoonLilith Ann Beshmit. Hunter leader, dwarven hero, rock warhammerBruno Baldek. The five people read the report sent from Treasure Island one by one. After the last person has finished reading, he puts the report aside. Then the room fell silent again. The leader of the Elf field envoy, Hadarayi, had a low and serious voice, "Everyone has read the report on Treasure Island, let''s share our opinions!" "There are obviously many suspicious things here. The kingdom has always supported and believed in the association and would not do such stupid things." The religious leader said indifferently. The dwarf leader touched his beard and said, "When talking about the death of the local deacon, don''t lead the topic to other places." "Obviously someone did this deliberately to send us a wrong message." "Then you mean to leave it alone? From now on, you can kill the association''s deacons anywhere, as long as you find an excuse for others to frame him?" "You misinterpreted what I meant. I was just saying, don''t jump to conclusions." Lilith stretched out her thin white fingers and tapped on the table, "What''s there to argue about? Isn''t Wu Heng from Treasure Island good at investigating cases? Let him investigate. Once he finds out, he can deal with it as he should." Hong Wenhui, the elf mage who had kept his eyes closed, also slowly opened his eyes, "Give him some support. The association''s attitude must be made clear. It is not just the death of the deacon. I have read the report and the massacre of civilians must also be investigated clearly." " The religious leader stopped talking. The hunter dwarf leader touched his beard and said, "Okay." The leader of the field envoy nodded and said, "Then Wu Heng will investigate this matter and arrange for several association elders to protect him so that no problems will arise." "I have no problem with that." "I have no objection either." Binhai City. After moving all the collected shared bicycles to Treasure Island. Wu Heng went to the bicycle factory he found, arranged for the mechanic to record and dismantle the equipment, and also opened the gate to send everything to Treasure Island. In an established factory, assembly begins and preparations are made for re-production. Similarly, a large number of skeletons have been arranged to repair old shared bicycles. Reassemble the usable parts and paint them to see if you can sell them. Wait until everything is busy here. Wu Heng returned to Shanfu Port from Binhai Port and sent the ships prepared by Qi Hancai to Treasure Island. The next day, the association. Deacon''s study. Wu Heng took the scented tea sent by Shi Yali, and the other party quietly blinked, with a mischievous look on his face. "The Elf Caravan came to me yesterday and said it wanted to order a batch of bicycles from the exhibition." Sheela suddenly spoke. Wu Heng turned to look at her, "The new ones haven''t been produced yet, don''t worry." "The screen who told you to play it is quite attractive. The elves are looking forward to bicycles." Sheela said with a smile. "I will notify you in advance when the finished product comes out." "Okay." Sheela nodded. Wu Heng then asked: "Is there any news from the association?" "Not yet, mainly because the distance is relatively long." Sheela Gui said and glanced at the phone. Speaking of long distances, information transmission is difficult. She had to think of Treasure Islands phone number. In addition to the first few important departments, it is now connected to Sheila Gui''s residence. In the future, important news can also be received at home. If it can be installed at the association headquarters, the news will be transmitted too quickly. Of course, she is not stupid enough to tell anyone. These are currently only owned by Treasure Island. "I''m just worried about the other members of Netalei City. The longer it takes, the more dangerous it will be." Wu Heng said. "Just wait, the association will definitely make arrangements." Sheela Gui said. Wu Heng nodded, picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then leaned forward and asked in a low voice: "How many heroes are there in the association?" Sheila Gui glanced at him and said, "Just ask, why are you so secretive?" "No." Sheila Gui thought for a moment and said: "The association has 12 heroes, and there are a total of five heroes who manage the association, which are the leaders we always mention." "Does Lilith count?" "Forget it, everyone who reaches level 20 is a hero." Sheela Gui replied. After joining the association for so long, the five leaders Wu Heng also knew about it. After all, the five of them appear the most in the associations promotional stories. The most awesome ones are the elves. Occupied the position of two heroes. To put it bluntly, if you live longer and your race develops well, it will be easier to level up. It''s like cheating. Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "12 heroes, what do the rest do?" "I don''t know about that. My guess is that some heroes of the older generation have retreated behind the scenes and only come out at critical times." Sheila Gui explained. "Oh." Wu Heng nodded. That is, the sect elder of Xiaoli. Only when the sect is in danger will they come out to rescue the sect. As for the association, including the older generation, there are 12 heroes. But there were only five people in charge. He has some connections with Lilith and is a member of the Hongwen Society. Among the five heroes, two can be matched up. On her side, Glenda reached level 20 and became a Heroic Spirit. Later, Xiaoxiao and Penny would also reach Heroic Spirits. Then you have three levels of 20, and you will reach level 20 later. That''s four people. The man who lives in seclusion does not take any action, and is only one person away from the association. "Why are you asking this? Are you almost level 20?" Sheela Gui said casually. "There is a goal." Wu Heng then asked, "Is there anyone above level 20?" Sila Gui frowned instantly, and Shi Yali on the side also cast a look. "I...not sure." Sheila Gui said, and then looked at Shi Yali. The latter shook his head, "I haven''t seen the corresponding records either." "Oh!" Wu Heng nodded, then stood up and said, "Would you like to follow me to see the new ship, our own aircraft carrier on Treasure Island?" Sheila Gui and Shi Yali frowned and looked at him, "What aircraft carrier?" "Ship, if you want to bet, just bet on the one last time." "You are so beautiful, once is not enough." Silla rolled her eyes at him, stood up and put on her coat. Shi Yali also stood up and walked outside together. Get on the carriage and head to the exclusive port. port. The eyes of the two elf sisters were firmly attracted by the huge and majestic ships in the port. The huge and wide hull is like a fortress floating on the sea. "Let''s go up and have a look." Wu Heng took the lead and walked up. Pull the elf sisters onto the boat. After boarding the deck, the two women''s eyes opened even wider. On the deck as wide as land, skeletal flying dragons were neatly arranged. Like soldiers on standby. "Ship-based flying dragon, what do you think? Be creative!" (End of chapter) Chapter 678 , I guarantee it with my life Chapter 678, I guarantee it with my life Ship-borne flying dragon! The two sisters looked at the rows of skeletal dragons with dull expressions. The frigate introduced last time is already twice the size of an ordinary ship, and the ship under your feet is almost like an island. It is almost four or five times the size of commonly used warships. Coupled with so many skeletal flying dragons, it was indescribably shocking. After a while, Shi Yali turned around first and said, "Do you mean to rely on these skeleton flying dragons to fight?" "Yeah, smart." Wu Heng praised, then patted the body of a skeleton flying dragon beside him and introduced, "I divide the flying dragon into two types, one has anti-air combat capabilities, and the other is placed in the chest cavity Throwing objects, bombing the ground, and in addition to being used as a sea platform, this ship can also carry a sufficient amount of projectile supplies in the internal space. " It is said to be an aircraft carrier, but it was actually named by Wu Heng himself. The real name is the Changfan cargo ship, a large ocean-going cargo ship found in a Korean port. The entire cargo ship is 400 meters long and 60 meters wide. The frigate obtained before was only 144 meters long and 14 meters wide. The entire cargo ship is large, and the entire deck is unusually open and wide. After Wu Heng saw it, his first thought was to serve as an aircraft carrier from another world. The deck of this ship might not meet the requirements for taking off and landing aircraft, but the Skeleton Flying Dragon does not need such harsh conditions. Just a wide platform will do. Xila Gui also recovered from the shock and said: "It is still necessary to install some equipment to avoid any emergencies." "Philippa is going to prepare." Wu Heng said. The two sisters walked around and looked around, still asking casually, "Where''s the speed?" "It''s definitely faster than traditional warships." Xilagui nodded and said: "I feel good. There is no problem in defending the entire Treasure Island." Wu Heng said with a smile, "Ships that serve as platforms are used to go to sea. In the future, battles outside the Emerald Sea will be able to achieve better results." The two sisters raised their eyebrows and looked up at him. Wu Heng continued, "By the way, make a larger association flag. It''s too small to be seen on the boat. We at Treasure Island will make it ourselves." Xila Gui said: "Shi Yali, please estimate the size and go back to make one for him." "Okay." Shi Yali nodded and walked aside. Wu Heng continued, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to the cabin below." The two walked towards the cabin. The cabin under the ship is even more empty. In the corridor leading below, some skeleton warriors were mopping the floor with mops. Wu Heng took her to visit one by one. "Inside are the rooms, where people live, and below is the warehouse. In addition to transporting goods, it can also transport troops." Sheila Gui nodded, "Well, it''s really a sea base." The two of them walked through several cabins in succession, but there was no special place. In the dark cabin. Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui beside him and whispered: "Is there a reward this time?" Silla rolled her eyes at him, "I didn''t make a bet." "What if." Wu Heng looked at her. Silla Rose''s face turned red visibly, and she muttered: "Greedy." After hesitating for a moment, he whispered: "Close your eyes." Wu Heng smiled, lowered his body slightly, and then closed his eyes. Then, I felt a cool and moist feeling on my cheek. With just one click, it separates quickly. Wu Heng opened his eyes, and Xila Gui looked at the door cautiously. "Okay, okay, let''s go quickly, I always think about this kind of thing every day." Sheela blushed and walked outside. Wu Heng grabbed the opponent''s wrist and pulled him back. The two looked at each other. Sila Gui''s voice trembled, "What, what are you doing, Shi Yali is still outside!" Wu Heng leaned forward, holding his waist with one hand and supporting the back of the other person''s head with his other hand. Kissed him directly. Silla''s eyes widened instantly, her face full of surprise. He clenched his fist and lightly punched the opponent''s chest, but didn''t dare to use too much force, for fear of hurting the fragile mage. If the force was too small, it would feel like coquettishness. He opened his teeth and responded gently to the other party. His body was weak, his arms were draped on his shoulders, but his eyes were looking at the door warily. Afraid of someone coming down from above. After a long time, footsteps were heard upstairs. Sheila Gui immediately pushed the other person away, straightened her clothes, and wiped away the water droplets hanging from the corners of her mouth. He took out the mirror from the space ring and checked his clothes. The footsteps are getting closer. Then, a skeleton carrying a bucket walked in. Go to the end and start mopping the floor. Both of them were stunned for a moment, then smiled. "There is still some time." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui frowned, "Who has time with you?" After saying that, he ran outside and climbed all the way to the deck. Wu Heng also walked out. Shi Yali came over and said, "I''ve finished recording it. I''ll find someone to customize it when I get back. It''ll be out in two days." "Let''s go, the tour is over, let''s go back." Wu Heng said. The three of them disembarked together. Shi Yali looked at her sister, "Why are your lips swollen?" "I bit it accidentally just now, it''s okay." "This can bite, too." The three of them walked out of Port No. 2 and called a carriage to return to the central area. On the way, the two got off the bus at the entrance of the association, and Wu Heng also returned to the island owner''s mansion. Return to the island owner''s mansion. "Master, you are back!" Minnie smiled and came over to open the door. "Well, what are you doing? You''re wet." Wu Heng put his arm around the other person''s shoulders and walked inside together. "Here, I''m giving the skeleton dragon a bath." Minnie smiled and raised her head to indicate the location not far away. Next to the fountain in the middle of the front courtyard. Four skeleton flying dragons were sitting on the ground waiting. Several ordinary skeleton warriors, carrying buckets and brushes, were cleaning the bones. Robert and Annette were also involved, directing the skeleton to work. "They are all bones. Is it necessary to brush them again?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "Clean it. A leather craftsman will come to make leather armor for the flying dragon later. This will also help you distinguish the island master''s mansion from the skeleton flying dragon outside." Minnie said. Some skeleton flying dragons were placed in important locations on Treasure Island. Of course there is one in the Island Lords Mansion. Minnie''s idea is not bad, she can rely on the dragon''s armor to distinguish the skeleton dragon in the island owner''s mansion. "Okay, you guys do it." Entering the living room, Minnie made Wu Heng a cup of tea, then ran out to give the skeleton dragon a bath. Wu Heng was sitting on the sofa, thinking about the association. "The association''s order should be coming soon. I wonder how it will be arranged?" Several days have passed since the report was sent out. It is estimated that the association''s arrangements will be finalized in the next few days. The death of a deacon is definitely not a trivial matter. Even if he has nothing to do with the Yeko Kingdom, this deacon really just died in a vendetta caused by someone else. The association will definitely make Yeke Kingdom pay some price. After all, the news of the blockade is still true. A statement must be made to prevent this behavior from being copied elsewhere. "No matter how you arrange it, you must follow the past and strive to gain fame." "With the size of Yeke Kingdom, if I can reach the level of heat like Treasure Island, I can definitely reach level 20." Wu Heng was thinking in his mind and just thought of going upstairs. There was another knock on the courtyard door. Minnie walked over to open the door and saw Philippa walking in with a parrot on her shoulder. After saying a few words to Minnie, he entered the house directly. He smiled and said: "The port has made arrangements. A level 15 skeleton captain has been arranged, as well as many skeleton crew members. All equipment and equipment will be on board tomorrow." Wu Heng took Philippa to see the dragon-carrying cargo ship before Xila Ge. However, he asked her to make other arrangements, and he took Xila Gui and Shi Yali on board the ship to take a look. "Just be ready. The association''s decision on Yeko Kingdom should be finalized in the past few days. It is very likely that these ships will be used." Wu Heng said. "Don''t worry, I will arrange it." Philippa sat directly in his arms, and then praised, "Your idea of ??using flying dragons is good. Did you come up with it yourself?" "It''s a normal thought. There have been pirates with flying dragons on their ships before!" "This is completely different. The pirate''s flying dragon is used to find targets and scare people. Its combat effectiveness is average, but your idea is better." Philippa still said. Wu Heng patted the opponent''s waist lightly, "Thank you for your recognition, Captain Philippa." "You''re welcome." Philippa smiled, and then moved closer to his arms, "Well, can I drive that aircraft carrier and go out on patrol at night? Just along the route." "No, there might be some action in the past two days. What if the ship leaves?" Wu Heng refused. Philippa raised her hand and promised, "I will use my tame animal''s life to promise that I will definitely come back in two days." The parrot turned its head suddenly and looked this way in surprise. (End of chapter) Chapter 679 , who attacks Chapter 679: Who attacks? Wu Heng glanced at the parrot and said, "Don''t swear on other people''s lives." "I swear on my life, I will come back after a short walk." "No, you are unreliable." Wu Heng said directly. "Please, I''ll go out for a walk and I promise to come back. I''ve been a pirate for so many years. Integrity and benevolence are my synonyms. You believe me." Philippa said coquettishly. Wu Heng still said: "No, your words are not reliable at all." Philippa looked suffocated and stood up angrily. After looking at him for a while, he said: "Huh! The air here is not good. I won''t tell you anymore. I''ll go find Minnie." After that, go to the courtyard and bathe the skeleton flying dragon with the other maids. Wu Heng frowned. "What''s wrong with the air?" A small voice rang in his ears. "Uncle, she said you farted." The next day, central area. News of the bicycle sale spread from the island again. A long and slender queue formed at the door of the sales point, and more people gathered around, watching the excitement. I have experienced this scenario twice. Moreover, people still line up to buy pens and watches every day. But I have to marvel at the goods sold at Treasure Island. Everyone is really hot. It''s simply a money-making machine. Of course, the chamber of commerce that can resell and transport these things will also make a profit. After all, there are still only a few people who can come to Treasure Island. "The detailed drawings of the bicycle have been pulled out, and many chambers of commerce are making the frame." "I know that no one has done this, otherwise they wouldn''t be lining up here." After bicycles, I dont know if there will be other new products. "This island owner is really powerful. One thing after another, so many chambers of commerce are surrounding Treasure Island." "Didn''t you read the newspaper? He is not an ordinary person." A mansion courtyard. The machinist took the tools and carefully disassembled each part. A complete bicycle turned into parts all over the floor. The investigator beside him followed suit and took notes. After all the disassembly was completed, the magic weapon master slowly stood up and said: "The structure is not difficult." Several chamber of commerce representatives not far away looked happy, "Is it difficult to produce components? Can the R&D and production expenses be enough to compete with Treasure Island in the market?" When imitating a product, it also depends on the size of the profit derived from it. If it is made with great effort, the price is not advantageous, and the product is defective, then it is better to resell it from here. "This layer of leather with special toughness on the outside of the wheel needs to be carefully studied. If this can be made or replaced by other items, it should be able to compete with Treasure Island in the market." The magician said. The representative of the Chamber of Commerce nodded with satisfaction, "Yes, let''s go and get it. Doesn''t the sales point provide some kind of cheering business? Go there and find out the information." "Okay, I get it." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng returned from outside and took out a plastic bag from the space ring. It contains two yellowed biological eyeballs. [Owl Eagle Eyeball], the ritual material used by the ghost to unlock the [Spiritual Vision] ability. After this period of time, Penny''s level has reached level 17. Compared with Xiaoxiao and Granda, it is a bit lower. But in the entire professional system, it is already a very high level. And Beini is a ghost who was forcibly transformed by Wu Heng, and has few natural characteristics. This should be the drawback of forcibly transforming ghosts. I ordered such materials at the material store before, and they arrived when I passed by today, so I brought them back directly. I greeted the maids downstairs and went directly upstairs. As soon as he walked into the study, Xiaoxiao flew over, as if he had discovered a secret, and said, "Uncle, those people dismantled the bicycle and said they could make it and compete with you for the market." "Are they moving so fast? Can they also make tires?" Wu Heng was curious. Wu Heng is not surprised that the car frame, even the bearings and chain inside can be made. After all, there are many precision instruments in this world. But can tire rubber and tires be made? Im afraid it will take a lot of effort! "The tires said they should be replaced with other materials." Xiaoxiao said. Beni also added: "Some magicians said that the structure of a bicycle is simple and you can try to make it. It''s hard to say whether it can really achieve this effect." The construction of a bicycle is indeed not difficult, but neither is it to meet modern bicycle standards. It was enough for them to study for a while. Even if it is actually produced, we have a bicycle factory here and can mass produce it. Quantity and price wars can also bring them down. Not a big problem. "It''s okay, everything is as planned." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao and Penny nodded. Wu Heng then raised the ritual materials in his hand and said, "Benny, I bought the ritual materials. Go downstairs and prepare for the ceremony." "Okay." Penny nodded and slid down the floor. Xiaoxiao also followed, and Wu Heng went out and went downstairs. In a vacant room. Wu Heng drew the magic circle and placed the required materials according to their positions. "Go in." Penny flew in. Wu Heng activated the power of the dead. All the materials turned into a torrent of energy, entangled with Penny in the air. Wrentam City. In a mansion. Dong Dong~! There was a violent banging sound from the heavy courtyard door. The next second, the door hinge fell off, and with a bang, the door panel fell to the ground inward. Swish swish~! Countless arrows roared towards the gate. Ding-ding-ding-ding. There was a sound of metal hitting. The tall orc skeleton, holding a heavy shield, entered the gate against the rain of arrows. After the first round of arrows. A dark iron pipe protruded from behind the shield, and the next second it spit out tongues of fire. Heavy bullets were fired at the courtyard and the houses inside. Bricks and stones exploded, doors and windows shattered. Everyone inside was instantly beaten into pieces, and the entire courtyard was like a ruin. "Fight in." A faint female voice sounded. The shield skeletons got out of the way, and human skeletons holding iron swords poured into the courtyard and rooms, killing all the remaining enemies. Wait until the mansion is completely quiet. The housekeeper of the City Lord''s Mansion, wearing leather armor, walked in slowly. "Collect the bodies." The skeletons arranged the corpses neatly in the courtyard. The housekeeper briefly identified one of them and pointed to one of them, "Ask the corpse!" The accompanying skeleton mage stepped forward and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse on the ground suddenly sat up and looked this way. The housekeeper asked: "What is your purpose of bribing the city defense army?" The corpse replied, "When we attack Luntam City, we will open the city gate from the inside." The housekeeper''s face suddenly changed, and then asked: "Who is attacking the city?" "Yeke Kingdom Army." Damn it! (End of chapter) Chapter 680 , the earth is round Chapter 680, The earth is round The island owner''s mansion. After the last ray of energy was absorbed by ''Benny''. The energy instantly swayed away, kicking up fine smoke and dust. Beini returned to her original form, looked around with some doubts, and then looked at Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao in front of her. Before Wu Heng could say anything, Xiaowei flew up first and said in a strange tone, "Sister Beni, are you okay?" "It''s okay, it feels a little different, but I can''t say exactly what is different." Beni floated out of the magic circle. Xiaoxiao looked at her and continued to ask: "What is 38 plus 24?" Penny was stunned. Xiaoxiao turned to look at Wu Heng, "It''s over, something went wrong." Penny immediately said: "62, I know, what''s the problem with this?" Xiao Xiao breathed a sigh of relief and said to Wu Heng, "Don''t worry, it''s okay." Wu Heng glanced at the naughty Xiaoxiao, then looked at Beni, "This ritual can increase the ghost''s ability to see other people''s levels. Try it and see if it has any effect." Penny looked at one person and one soul, stared at it for a while, and looked happy. "I can see that you two are emitting different lights." Wu Heng said: "Yes, this ability is very helpful for investigation and can also avoid conflicts with high-level professionals." "It seems to be quite useful." Penny said. "Let Xiaoxiao tell you how to use it specifically." Xiaoxiao flew to Beini''s side and said, "Come on, let''s go to the island. You''ll be able to see the difference at a glance. It''s actually very simple." Beni looked at Wu Heng. Wu Heng said: "Go ahead. I have nothing to do in the afternoon. Let''s go for a walk and see what those people have done with the bicycles." The two ghosts nodded and went straight out along the wall. Disappeared. Wu Heng opened the door and let the skeleton come in to clean the room. Go upstairs again and return to the study. Return to the study. Glenda, who was floating in the air reading a book, turned her head and looked over, "Where are they two?" "I went outside to test my abilities." Wu Heng walked in and sat down aside. "Spiritual vision?" "Well, there''s no way to test other abilities casually." "That''s right." Glenda nodded. Wu Heng used [Activation Object] to get a cup of tea into his hand. After taking a sip, he looked at the book in the other person''s hand. "How''s it going?" "No results yet, are you sure I can learn these skills?" Glenda asked doubtfully. "It should be no problem, it''s a matter of time." Wu Heng said. It is certain that she can learn skills from the [Legendary Heroic Spirit] on the panel. As mentioned in the introduction, you can learn and release the corresponding abilities. It is impossible to learn all skills, but those from the Necromancer faction should have no problem. Moreover, since I unlocked the panel, there have been no errors in the above prompts. It said that Granda can learn skills, so there should be no errors. Moreover, learning skills also takes a certain amount of time. Glenda is definitely smart enough, after all, she has reached level 20, but if she wants to learn, it will take a certain amount of time to understand the above knowledge. Following Wu Heng, everyone developed the illusion that they should learn the skills after reading the skill book once. "It''s up to you." Glenda returned her gaze to the book. I sat in the study and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back from outside. "No problem." Beni also said: "The effect is quite good, you can see everyone''s level at a glance." "The notes in my hand, as well as several rituals, I will find materials to increase your abilities later." Wu Heng said. "Didn''t I say that you can learn skills at level 20? There is no need for rituals!" Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, "You have so many skills that you can''t overwhelm yourself." "Yeah, that''s right. From now on, Aunt Glenda, Sister Beni and we will all reach level 20 and learn powerful skills. We will be like three carriages, driving our uncle forward." Wu Heng drank tea and said with a smile, "Aren''t you going to run in the opposite direction?" "Then don''t worry, the earth is round." Chatted with three ghosts for a while. Xiaoxiao and Penny turned on their tablets to watch movies, while Glenda was still studying books. The maid''s voice calling for lunch came from outside the door. Wu Heng also followed downstairs. In the afternoon, Wu Heng was also looking through the drawings. Robert sat sideways on the handrail of the stairs, slid down from it, and said after landing: "Master, there is news from Sister Wen Mansha. It seems that she wants to see you for something." "I understand." Wu Heng closed the drawing and walked upstairs. Entering the radio room, she picked up the microphone and asked, "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" "I can hear you, Master." Mansha Wen''s voice came over. "Do you have a problem with me?" "When I was questioning the corpse today, I received another news that the Kingdom of Yeko has begun to gather troops and plans to attack Luntam City." Wu Heng frowned instantly. When I went to Luntam City last time, I heard the news that the Kingdom of Yeko was going to attack. But when I checked in the past, I didn''t find any increase in troops at the border. Now it''s happening again. "Tell me more about it." "Okay." Wen Mansha agreed and explained the matter carefully. After Luntam City formed an alliance with the orc tribe, there were reports in the city that some businessmen contacted officials in the city. It was already a period of alarm in the city, so some investigations were launched. It was discovered that some people were bribing officials and city defense personnel. After investigating the opponent''s identity, he directly arranged for someone to come and kill him. After all, this is Luntam City, so there is no need for such detailed procedures, and the style of conduct is relatively straightforward. After the personnel were killed, the skeleton mage conducted a [Conversation with the Dead]. After receiving news that the Yeko Kingdom''s army was preparing to attack, these people entered the city in advance as internal agents. After listening, Wu Heng was silent for a while. Then he said: "Can you confirm the number of troops and the time?" Wen Mansha replied, "I''m waiting to leave the city. I think there will be accurate news back in the next two days." "Have arrangements been made in the city?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "The city has started searching for relevant suspicious people. At the same time, the city defense team and patrol team have increased the number of skeletons. So far, there is no problem." Now the importance of the skeleton is reflected. Whether it''s the city defense or patrol, or the officials of the city hall. As long as he is alive and has not signed a slave contract, there is a risk of being bribed and exploited. But the skeleton is different. Mansha Wen can completely trust the skeleton. It is even said that the entire city of Luntam relies on these skeletons. "There has been something going on on Treasure Island recently. I asked Minnie to pick you up. You will live on the island for a while and your housekeeper will handle it there. The radio station will also facilitate communication." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Mansha Wen had just given birth, and her physical strength and energy were definitely not as good as before. Wu Heng was really worried about something going wrong between mother and daughter. Wen Mansha seemed to have thought that Wu Heng would say this, and quickly replied: "Thank you, Master, for your concern, but it is still too early to leave now. I am not sure whether the army is really gathering. It may be a cover-up, and in the end With the current strength and layout, Luntam City is not that easy to bully. Wu Heng wanted to say a few words of advice, but stopped when he reached his lips. Wen Mansha was right. Although corpses did not lie, the enemy might also use corpses to convey false news. It cannot be said that once the city is attacked, the city lord will leave once. Then its better not to have this city. Wu Heng took a deep breath and said, "That''s okay. You need to confirm the accurate information first. If there is any danger, notify me in advance and I will arrange for someone to pick you up." "Okay master." Mansha Wen responded with a smile. "How is my daughter?" Wu Heng asked next. "Everyone is fine. He eats well and sleeps well. He is white and fat." "Thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng said softly. Wen Mansha''s voice became gentler, "There''s no need to worry, this is my daughter too, our daughter." "When she gets older, we will choose a career for our daughter, something more powerful." "Let her choose. As long as she likes it, it doesn''t matter what career she has." "Okay, it''s up to you." The two chatted for a while. Wen Mansha went to deal with the problems in the city, and Wu Heng also hung up the communication. Left the residence. In the afternoon, I took Skeleton to the factory and rearranged Skeleton''s defense. And arranged for the skeleton flying dragon to participate in the defense. Late at night, Wu Heng returned to the bedroom. Lying on the bed, looking at the ceiling. My mind started thinking about recent problems. Treasure Island needs to deal with matters in Netale City, and the report has been handed in. It is impossible to ignore it now. Wrentam City also faces some unstable factors. Although Wen Mansha said that she was not sure whether there was a build-up of troops at the border, the news kept coming and it was very likely that it was true. "This is because the kingdom is seeking death. It cannot handle things well internally and is always thinking of starting a war outside." "What''s going on in your head?" Muttered something. Wu Heng opened the panel and took a look at his reputation. [Level: Level 19 (293741/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (5972/66000)] The experience required for the level is close to 300,000, and the rest is experience value, which can be completed by skeleton pioneering teams from various places. Most of the experience is also provided by them when they expand. Calculated at this rate, the required experience value can be achieved within a month. It is also possible that it will take less than a month. The rest is a question of fame. Currently there are only 5,099, which is only a fraction. "Damn it, why do you need reputation to upgrade?" (End of chapter) Chapter 681 , the order arrives Chapter 681, the order arrives "We really need to rely on the Kingdom of Yeke." Judging from the current reputation, it is really necessary to rely on the population size of the Kingdom of Yeko in order to meet the requirements of fame. Otherwise, just relying on Treasure Island and the reputation conveyed by the caravan to the outside world, there is no way to upgrade. Population size is really an important thing. If you think about it carefully, how can you say that there is a zombie world. In addition, various modern inventions and equipment can be brought over and passed off as one''s own products to enhance one''s reputation. Heroes who have reached level 20. It''s really quite powerful. Even under such harsh conditions, one can reach the level. "No! It doesn''t seem to be difficult for some people." The perspective Wu Heng stood on was the perspective of ordinary people improving their levels. But some people are born at the pinnacle of power. As long as they are talented at level, fame is not a problem. As I thought about it, the sky gradually darkened. He adjusted his posture and fell asleep. The next day, morning. The family was having breakfast when the phone rang nearby. After Minnie walked over and answered the phone, she came back and said, "Master, Deacon Sheilagui asked you to come over and say that the arrangements for the association have been finalized." Has the association issued an order? This time is really close to what I calculated. "Okay, I''ll go there after dinner." After several people sat together and finished breakfast, Wu Heng tidied up and followed Anderweil out of the island owner''s mansion. After getting off the bus in the central area, Wu Heng walked directly into the association. The entire association hall is still lively. In other words, after the island exhibition started and the products were sold out, the association hall became very lively. Chambers of commerce and individuals will issue some commissions here. Mercenaries and freelancers also began to increase in number. Covering his hood, Wu Heng quickly headed to the deacon''s study. Knocking lightly on the door, after getting a response, he opened the door and walked in. When Shiragui saw him coming in, her face instantly turned red, she coughed lightly and said, "The association has made arrangements. Appointing you as the chief inspector of the Netale City case will not only investigate the truth about the death of the local deacon, but also Investigate the massacres of cults and civilians mentioned in previous intelligence. Wu Heng''s heart moved, and he was a little surprised by the headquarters'' decision. Knowing that the headquarters would definitely send someone to investigate, he also made plans to follow him. But I didn''t expect that I would be made some kind of chief inspector. "Let me take responsibility? Why, there is no one in the headquarters?" Wu Heng asked after being stunned. Sheila Gui looked at him, "Isn''t it right for a great detective like you to go investigate the case? If you ask anyone on Treasure Island, they will all think that you should go." Damn~! Not only did the people on the island take it seriously, but the heroes of the association also believed it. It is also my purpose to follow the past, but I am fully responsible for this matter, if I cannot find a satisfactory result. His own personality collapsed. I''m afraid the association won''t be satisfied either. "Don''t you have any support? I remember the last time the association came to inspect and there were tools to distinguish truth from lies." Wu Heng said. "Just perform normally, like before." Sheila Gui said calmly. Holy shit! Then, Sheila Gui continued: "If you support me, I have arranged for several members of the association to follow you. They are the people arranged for you." "Who are they?" "I''ll take you to see them later. There are three level 18 professionals and four level 15 professionals." Xila Gui said. This battle is really quite big. It is a bit redundant for three level 18 professionals to investigate a case in a city. But it can also show that we attach great importance to this matter. Wu Heng nodded, "I feel a little confident about this." Xilagui said: "Among the level 18 professionals, one is an investigator of the association. He has the ability to see into every detail. When doing things, you must follow the association''s procedures. Don''t get caught with any problems. Record them." She didn''t believe Wu Heng would do anything bad. But the way he behaves, he always uses some small tricks. It''s usually fine on Treasure Island. As long as the ending is good, no one cares about it. But this time we must abide by the association''s procedures, lest a good thing turn out to be a bad thing. "Aren''t you going to follow me?" Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui looked over with soft eyes, "I am the deacon of Treasure Island. I can''t leave here casually. Moreover, we both left. What if there is chaos here?" Wu Heng was right in thinking that they couldn''t all leave. Even so, Wu Heng was somewhat uneasy about Treasure Island. "You are right. I can rest assured if you stay at home." Wu Heng said. "We''ll talk about it then." Xila Gui looked at Shi Yali, "Go and invite those people from yesterday to the conference room, and tell them that the owner of Wuheng Island has also gone there." Shi Yali put down what she was holding, "Okay." After saying that, they walked out of the study together. In the conference room. Wu Heng and Xila Gui waited for a while. Footsteps sounded, and several people walked in. Then they sat down on the other side of the conference room. Xilagui stood up and said, "Guys, this is Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, and the chief inspector of the case appointed by the headquarters this time." Among the people opposite, some saluted and some nodded slightly. Shiragui then introduced the other side, "Mr. Tapani, the level 18 swordsman, Mr. Gianvito, the level 18 mage, Mr. Sim, the level 18 investigator, and Mr. Sim, the level 15 priest..." From level 18 to level 15, Xila Gui introduced each other''s profession and level one by one. Wu Heng sounded big-headed. Even if his level increased, his concentration and memory had reached a very strong level. But when I heard so many names appear at the same time, I still couldn''t remember them. After the introduction, Wu Heng said with a smile: "It''s an honor to handle this case with you all. I need to take more care of you later." Everyone nodded and took their seats together. After sitting down, the person opposite looked at Wu Heng, and Wu Heng also looked at the people opposite him. Among the level 18 professions, swordsmen are elves, with obvious elven characteristics. The mage Wu Heng knows the old mage, Gianvito, who wears robes with white beards and holds a wooden staff in his hand. The last time Treasure Island rushed to rescue, he was the one who led the team. Xiao Xiao named him Gandalf. The third person is a short dwarf, wearing gold-rimmed glasses, who looks a bit like a scholar. Among the remaining four level 15 professionals, two are humans, one is a vampire and one is a dwarf. "Master of Wuheng Island, when do you plan to set off? The situation in Netarei City is unknown, and it is not advisable to delay for too long." The leader of the level 18 swordsman said directly. Wu Heng glanced at the few people and said directly: "We really can''t delay it for too long. We will set off directly tomorrow morning." The old mage Gianvito glanced here and asked: "Don''t you need to communicate with Netale City first?" "It is not ruled out that Netalei City is the murderer." (End of chapter) Chapter 682 , South Korea National Team (Updated today.) Chapter 682, South Korean National Team (Updated today.) As soon as these words came out, the conference room fell into silence. Obviously, the great detective island owner in front of him is more inclined to think that there is a problem in Netale City itself, and he must deal with this matter with a tough attitude. Of course, the kingdom is currently in internal chaos and is blocking news from getting out. Most people also think there is a problem. Several people arranged by the headquarters looked at each other, and the accompanying 15th-level priest casually asked: "Will doing this cause misunderstanding in the Kingdom of Yeke?" Wu Heng looked at the other party and replied: "We are going to investigate the case, not to establish good relations between the two countries. When we arrive at the port soon, we can just give you a notice in advance." "Although this is true, it is not rude. After all, we represent the association headquarters." The priest still said. Swish swish swish~! Just as Wu Heng was about to refute, the sound of writing notes came from the other side. A level 18 investigator, I dont know when I started recording. The pen in my hand is a mass-produced mass-produced pen. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly, making his words softer, "Etiquette is for treating friends, not suspects. It is not too late to show etiquette when the matter is investigated and the dance is held." "I agree with the leader of Wuheng Island. Tell the other party in advance. Isn''t it a tip-off? The leaders must also be serious and serious." The vampire member who was wearing a heavy cloak and couldn''t see his face spoke. The voice was low and neutral, and it was somewhat difficult to tell the difference between male and female. The priest snorted coldly and said no more. The old mage ''Gianvito'' continued: "I also agree with the arrangement of the Wuheng Island Master. Where is Elder Tapani? Do you have any other opinions?" The level 18 elf swordsman on the side nodded, "As long as the arrangements are made, we will take the headquarters'' ship to the Kingdom of Yeko tomorrow, and Treasure Island will be responsible for the **** fleet on the way." Wu Heng said: "There is no problem with this. The **** fleet is ready and can set off tomorrow morning." "Okay." The elf swordsman nodded, and then said: "The matter has been discussed. If there is nothing else, we will go back to make arrangements first." "good." Several people stood up and walked out, and Wu Heng, Xila Gui and Shi Yali also stood up and saw them off. After all the people from the headquarters left the conference room. Wu Hengcai asked: "Is that elf swordsman the elder of the headquarters?" "Hearing what Dean ''Gianvito'' is called, he should be the elder of the association. It''s not surprising that an elder is arranged to lead the team in this matter." Sheila Gui replied. "That''s right." Sheila Gui asked: "Why are you so anxious?" Wu Heng replied, "The longer this matter is delayed, the more difficult it will be to crack the whole incident. Now that everyone is here, the most important thing is to get over it as soon as possible." The two sisters didn''t know whether this conclusion was correct, but Wu Heng obviously had more say in solving the case. Shi Yali also thought for a moment and said, "The more anxious you are, the more likely you will be negligent." Wu Heng said with a smile, "It''s not a big problem. If there are any omissions, I can deal with them." Sheila Gui glanced at her sister and said, "Let Shi Yali go with you. She is good at some administrative work and can also help you with some." Shi Yali''s eyes flashed and she looked at Wu Heng without saying anything. The latter shook his head, "There may be some danger over there. You two sisters just need to keep an eye on Treasure Island. Don''t let someone steal our house while I''m away." "Why, our family is so weird." Sheila Gui glanced at her side, complained in a low voice, and then added, "The association team doesn''t bring it with us either?" Wu Heng fell into thinking. I will definitely bring some skeletons there. After all, there is internal strife in the army there and there is danger. As for the association team, they really need people who are willing to follow their own arrangements to handle things. There are some things about skeletons that are not as useful as living beings. "Lead the fifth team, Kavina''s team." "Okay, I''ll let her get ready later and go out with you tomorrow." Sheila Gui nodded and agreed. Dong dong dong~! While talking, there was a knock on the door. The three of them immediately stopped talking, and Shi Yali stood up and opened the door. A figure wearing a thick hood, with his face and body completely hidden under the hood, appeared outside the door. Among the members of the association, members of the vampire clan. The representative should be Lilith, also known as the Whisperer. "Master of Wuheng Island, Deacon Xilagui." The vampire member said calmly to the room. "Is there anything else?" Sheela asked. "I want to talk to Wuheng Island Master about something alone." The vampire said. Xila Gui frowned slightly and glanced at Wu Heng. This is the association, and Wu Heng is accompanied by two high-level skeletons. The opponent is a level 15 professional who should not be able to do anything dangerous. Seeing that Wu Heng had no intention of refusing, he nodded, "Then let''s go back to the study first." "Thank you, Deacon Sheilagui." The vampire said. Xila Gui and Shi Yali walked out of the room directly, leaving only Wu Heng and the vampire who walked in. The door is closed. The vampire took a step forward and saluted slightly, "I''ve seen the Lord Punisher." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "What''s going on? Sit down and talk." The vampire sat down opposite and took off his hood, revealing a female face. With short hair, the forehead appears broad and smooth, and the eyebrows are thick, some close to sword eyebrows. Blood red eyes, firm and sharp eyes, clear lines on the face, with a sense of hardness and softness. The facial features are quite good-looking, but she gives off a tomboyish feeling. After sitting down, the vampire spoke directly, "Leader Lilith has brought you news. Due to your performance in fighting for the honor of the vampire several times, you have been promoted to the position of the Sinner in the Holy Ash Church. There will be supervision and execution." The rights of all members of the Vampire Clan, and the rewards given to you. After saying that, he took out a new emblem and a piece of Linbing jade from the space ring. The pattern of the emblem is a blood-red moon, and a long sword with a bat-wing-shaped guard. I have been promoted. Wu Heng looked at the [Linbing Jade Talisman]. This kind of jade talisman is a one-time prop made by the hero. When encountering danger or crisis, the jade talisman can be crushed and the hero can help. According to Shilagui, heroes will give these as rewards to their cronies or subordinates. But Wu Heng has never used it until now. It''s not clear what this kind of support means. It is better to give yourself two skill books, or some rare items and props as rewards. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "Thank you, Leader Lilith, for your trust. It is also an honor for me to work for the vampire clan and the leader." The vampire opposite smiled and nodded. Wu Heng continued, "Let me ask you something." "You said." "Do you know about the Hundred Soldiers Set? It''s a rare item set." "I''ve heard of it." "Are there several parts in total with the association?" Wu Heng asked curiously. The vampire sword frowned, shook his head, and said seriously: "I don''t know about this, I just heard about this suit." "Oh, it''s okay." Wu Heng said with a smile. The vampire then stood up and said: "Then I will go back and prepare. If you have any instructions on the way, we can arrange for us to handle it." "Thank you." "It should be." The other party saluted again and left the room directly. Wu Heng watched her leave. Put the things on the table into the space ring. I seem to remember that in my last letter to Lilith, I mentioned that I asked about the robes and accessories of the Hundred Soldiers. The other party shouldn''t be unable to see what you mean. Or rather, she thinks her jade talisman is more important than her jewelry. "Next time just write a letter and ask for it. It''s a lot of work going around and around." The emblem of another vampire has changed from a law enforcement team to a crime-killing officer. It should be that his position has been upgraded, but it is not clear what the difference is. Mainly, I don''t know the hierarchy in the Blood Church. I dont know what level it has reached, but it seems to be not low, at least higher than the law enforcement team. After thinking quickly in his mind, he stood up and left the conference room. Just walked out the door. Another soldier wearing iron armor walked over directly. He saluted and said, "Master Wuheng Island, Zhanvito would like to ask you to come over." Wu Heng paused. Why don''t we talk about it together in the conference room. I also have a lot of things to arrange here. But ''Gianvito'' himself couldn''t help but see each other, not to mention that the two had a good relationship, and this operation also required him to mediate the relationship between the two parties. "Where is the dean?" "In the dormitory." "Lead the way!" The soldier walked in front, and Wu Heng followed behind with the skeleton attendant, all the way to the association dormitory. The other party whispered a few words outside the door. The door opened and Wu Heng walked in with the skeleton. "Master of Wuheng Island." "Dean Gianvito." Wu Heng smiled. "Please sit down." Gianvito picked up the kettle, poured him a cup of tea, and continued, "Your Treasure Island has changed so much that some people can''t believe it''s still the same Treasure Island." "The association has entrusted Treasure Island to me, so naturally it will try its best to do a good job." "Don''t talk to me in such a scene." Wu Heng smiled, "It comes from the bottom of my heart." "The association takes this matter more seriously, so there must be a result." Gianvito said seriously with a solemn expression. Wu Heng frowned, "What result does the association want?" "The murderer was also committed by the Kingdom. What exactly are they going to do?" Gianvito said. "What if we can''t find out?" "I''m afraid those heroes will be dissatisfied, and it will also have an impact on your future." Gianvito said, picking up the tea cup and taking a sip. "What about you?" "Of course we will fully cooperate with you. The heroes above trust your ability as a great detective." Gianvito replied casually. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I see that some people in the team seem a little aloof." "Don''t worry about level 15. As for that Elf elder, just think of him as being in charge for you. Given his level and strength, it''s not easy to arrange for him to do things." Wu Heng nodded. Although I don''t care about the opponent''s level in my heart, from the outside world, I am only level 15. Hiding levels is not a bad thing. You can''t tell anyone anything just to make people look down on you. If the other party is an elder, it doesn''t matter if he wants to be aloof. If something happens, he can be used as a shield. "Thank you, Dean, for reminding me. How about I build a building on the island, and your Mage Research Association can come to the island to do research." Wu Heng said directly. Gianvito frowned for a moment and looked at him suspiciously. Wu Heng said sincerely, "Really, the learning atmosphere on the island is very strong." "Let''s talk about it later." Gianvito picked up the tea cup and took another sip, "I want to buy a few of the pens you have here, but there are so many people in line and I have to leave tomorrow." "If you didn''t tell me, I would have forgotten. The ones outside are all ordinary models. I have prepared a collection for you, which you can''t buy outside." Wu Heng said, taking out a gift box and pushing it in front of the other party. The old mage''s eyes flashed with joy, he stroked his beard, smiled and nodded. I took a look at it in my hand and found that the style and shape were indeed different from those sold outside. It feels smooth and round. "Well, not bad." The old mage praised and looked up. Then he saw Wu Heng looking at him with a smile. Gianvito frowned, "What''s the matter with you?" "You taught me the skills last time, won''t you forget it?" "When will I..." Gianvito paused and looked at the pen in his hand, "What do you want to learn?" "The last time the sun shone down from the sky, all the fog beasts summoned by the witch were killed." "You''re not at a high level and you''re from a different faction, so you can''t learn." "Lend me the skill book and read it. If you can''t learn it, I''ll recognize it." Gianvito drank tea and said flatly, "Change." "It shouldn''t be too much to flash that one!" Gianvito thought for a while, "Should I teach you, or should I read the skill book?" Wu Heng said: "Skill book, I have strong self-learning ability." Gianvito took out a yellowed book from the space ring and pushed it over. "I''ll lend it to you for a few days. You can read it when you''re on the ship. Don''t lose it." Teleport (Description: This spell teleports you and up to three willing creatures within casting range to a location of your choosing.) "Okay." Wu Heng put away the skill book, "Dean, did you bring any other skill books? The watches and bicycles on our island are also good." "No, let''s talk about it later." Gianvito refused directly. Wu Heng also smiled and said: "Then wait until this matter is over." "Okay, I still need to prepare. You can go back first." "Then we''ll see you tomorrow." Wu Heng stood up and left directly with the skeleton. Gianvito was in the dormitory and carefully began to study the pen. On the way back. Sheila Gui is not in the deacon''s study, she should go to arrange tasks. Wu Heng immediately left the association and returned to his residence. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Minnie helped him take off his coat and asked casually: "Master, why have you been gone for so long?" "The reinforcements from the association headquarters have arrived. We will go to Netale City together tomorrow." Wu Heng said casually. Minnie paused with her hand movements, "Is it dangerous?" "Don''t worry, there are three level 18 professionals accompanying us, and there are many level 15 professionals. It''s just a city, there won''t be any problems." Wu Heng touched her hair. Minnie shrank her shoulders, "Then I''ll go with you." "Wouldn''t it be a joke to bring a maid over to solve a case? Besides, Treasure Island still needs you to take care of it." Wu Heng said. "Oh well." Wu Heng continued, "I will go upstairs first, and in the evening, I will inform Mackintosh and Philippa to come here for dinner." "Okay, Master." Minnie responded. Wu Heng continued to ask Minnie to prepare the items she needed to go out. Then walked directly upstairs. Enter the study and open the door. Travel to the zombie world. Wu Heng walked out of the boundary gate. Then I heard the patter of rain. The sky outside the window was gloomy, and raindrops fell in succession. Release Xiaoxiao and let her find her mother. She may not be able to see her mother for a while. Take this time to stay for a while. Wu Heng picked up the charging walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai over. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. Qi Hancai put on a coat and walked in. Wu Heng motioned for her to sit aside and asked, "What happened in the past two days?" Qi Hancai said: "Something''s wrong! We have contacted South Korea''s national rescue team. They will arrange for someone to come over tomorrow to discuss things with us." tomorrow? (End of chapter) Chapter 683 , buy her some books Chapter 683: Buy her some books Tomorrow is the time for me and the association team to head to Netale City. They collided in time. The national rescue team in South Korea is still a little different from the main station rescue team over there. The main station quickly opened the main station at the very beginning. Radio frequency bands are divided into each region, and some survival knowledge and skills are taught throughout the day. There is a sense of obscurity here. Originally I thought there was no general rescue team, but now that the skeleton team has expanded to a certain extent, a rescue team has actually appeared. It was somewhat unexpected. "What do you want to talk about?" Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai said: "They should have heard about some of our things. I feel like they are maintaining peace with each other and exchanging materials. I don''t know if there are other things." In this case, it is not much different from the main station over there. The main thing is to establish a peaceful relationship. After all, the skeleton army is expanding all the way, and even with thermal weapons, it is difficult to stop the skeleton attack. Peaceful friendship is the right choice. Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "You are responsible for this meeting, just like the front desk, see what they have to say." Qi Hancai looked at him and said, "Okay, if there is anything I can''t make a decision on, just say that we need to hold a meeting to discuss it and inform them later." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. After saying this, Qi Hancai took out a small book from his arms and continued: "Several factories making pens and ballpoint pens, as well as bicycle factories, have been found in various places. The nearby areas have been marked." Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go over and have a look when I get the chance." In the modern world, the most commonly used pens are ballpoint pens, which are more convenient to use. On the other side of the world, since they had just converted from quill pens, they still prefer fountain pens. As for the introduction of ballpoint pens, it should be delayed for some time. Lets digest the fountain pens first, and then wait until other companies start to come up with fountain pens, and then sell ballpoint pens myself. Another critical hit, replacing the pen. "Also, sister Yahong has occupied the pharmaceutical factory and is organizing people to collect information there, looking for some relevant talents, and is preparing to resume the production of some commonly used drugs first." Qi Hancai continued. This is a big deal. Although medicines can be collected outside, most are within their shelf life. But after all, there will be time for them to be used up or expire, and it is still necessary to resume production of drugs. "At that time, we will also ask around here to see if there are corresponding talents and gather them together." "Okay." Qi Hancai agreed, "The rest is not a big deal." "Where''s Gao Rong?" "There is no new news from Gao Rong." "Let''s go, take me to the base to have a look." "Okay." Qi Hancai took out his umbrella and the two walked out of the dormitory together. Go to the office building opposite. 4pm. The two came back from outside. Qi Hancai went to arrange a meeting with the Korean rescue team tomorrow, and Wu Heng also returned to the dormitory. Sitting aside, he flipped through the latest skill book he got and read the contents carefully. The old mage Gianvito definitely still has many high-level skills in his hands, but he is not willing to use them. Of course, this is not because the other party is stingy. Every profession has its own inheritance. Especially among mages, they also pay attention to masters and apprentices, factions, and inheritance. No one will just show their past to others casually. The skill books collected by Wu Heng are also placed in his study. After a few glances, Xiaoxiao flew back through the wall, "Uncle is reading?" "Well, I''m done talking to your mother!" Wu Heng closed the book in his hand. "I stayed with her for a while. She still had to work and didn''t have much to talk about." Xiaoxiao said casually, half lying in the air. "It''s pretty good. I feel like your mother likes her current job." "Yes, she seems to like it quite a lot." Xiaoxiao turned over and flew over, "How about buying her a few more skill books." "Okay, when we go to Netalei City, there should be more skill books for bards there." Wu Heng said. "good." "Let''s go back first." Xiaoxiao got back to his body, Wu Heng opened the door and walked in. After a simple freshening up. Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and when he was halfway there, he could hear the noisy chatter. He glanced towards the living room. In addition to Minnie, Andewil and several other maids in the island master''s mansion, Philippa and ''McIntosh'', who was in charge of intelligence, were also sitting on the sofa in the living room. Lets chat about the recent events at Treasure Island. Minnie and Philippa were young and chatting excitedly. McIntosh sat aside, holding the latest newspaper of the Island Lord''s Mansion in one hand, and feeding the green parrot and the small white-feathered owl with the other hand. Saw Wu Heng coming down. Several people stood up and said hello. "Master, dinner is ready, I''ll ask the skeleton to bring it." Minnie said, walking quickly to the kitchen. Then, the chef skeletons brought the sumptuous dinner to the table. Several people sat around and started eating. After some feeling of fullness. Wu Heng said: "The association''s reinforcements have arrived. Tomorrow I will follow the headquarters staff to Netale City to investigate the murder of the local deacon." No one spoke, still looking at him. Minnie told them about this matter when they arrived, and she was already prepared in her heart. Wu Heng continued: "Andweier is still responsible for the government affairs of the entire Treasure Island. Pay attention to the time when newspapers are distributed. There are manuscripts of serialized stories in the drawer of my study. Just sell them according to the number." "Understood, Master." Anderweil nodded. "McIntosh, remember the number of the association''s deacon''s study. For ordinary cases, contact the patrol. For things that may be dangerous, please contact Sheila Gui directly and she will make arrangements to handle it." "Yes, Lord Island Master." McIntosh also responded. "Minnie, Robert, and Annette, you are still staying at the Island Lord''s Mansion. If you want to go out, take more skeletons with you." "OK." "Okay, let''s eat. Pay attention to safety when I''m not around. Nothing is more important than life." Wu Heng asked again. "It''s the master." "Yes, Lord Island Master." Philippa frowned, "Damn, why are you without me?" Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You will follow me to Netale City. Didn''t I tell you before?" "I thought you had changed your mind!" said Philippa. Wu Heng looked at everyone again, "That''s how it is, just be careful." Several people nodded again. After dinner, the maids helped pack away the items. Association, dormitory. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and a figure quickly flashed into the room. "Princess, I found out. Team 5 will follow to Netale City tomorrow. The association headquarters has arranged for several level 18 professionals." The little maid said. The fifth princess sitting on the bed looked up and asked, "Who will lead the team on Treasure Island?" "Master of Wuheng Island, the association seems to have no intention of hiding anything. The announcement has been posted." "Wu Heng!" the fifth princess murmured, and then said: "Take care of yourself, I will follow you." "We finally escaped, and you are going back. This is not..." The maid hesitated, and then said: "Princess, they didn''t say they would take us." "I have a way. Pack your things and hurry up." The fifth princess urged in a low voice. Night falls. Wu Heng sat in the study for a while and heard a knock on the door from outside. Opening the door, she saw Shanara standing at the door. Wu Heng asked with a smile, "What are you busy with? We didn''t even come over to have dinner together." "Discuss some exhibits with several people from the chamber of commerce," Shannella said. Wu Heng hugged her and walked towards the bedroom on one side, "I want to go to Netale City with the association to deal with the local deacon''s affairs." "I heard Minnie say, be careful when you go there, you are the owner of Treasure Island, there is no need to stand out." Shanara reminded softly. "I know that there is an association elder in the team, and it''s not my turn to take the lead." "It''s good that you know." "Then the business on Treasure Island will be left to you." "Don''t worry." Shannella said confidently. "I can rest assured if I leave it to you." Wu Heng said, pulling her towards the bathroom. Shanara rolled her eyes at him, "We''re leaving tomorrow, why don''t we rest early." Wu Heng helped her take off her long skirt and unbutton her bra, "I''m afraid I''ll miss you." "Disgusting." Shanara rolled her eyes at him angrily, and then sat in the tub. Shanara squeezed into her arms again, "Although you have the association as your backer, you have to be careful. The detective story has been sold outside, and the murderer won''t want to see you enter the city." "I''ll be careful." Wu Heng pinched his soft cheek. "Let''s go back to bed and rest." The two of them got out of the tub and simply dried themselves off. Wu Heng picked up the other person and walked to the bedroom bed. (End of chapter) Chapter 684 , your ship? Chapter 684, your ship? In the early morning, the sun shines on the sea, making the waves sparkling. The crew members heading to Netale City Association boarded the ship early. The newly recruited sailors and accompanying attendants are making final preparations. Several high-level representatives of the headquarters also gathered on the deck, waiting silently, with a little impatience in their eyes. "What''s going on with Wu Heng? He doesn''t stick to the time he set." The dwarf in the team said dissatisfiedly, his rough voice exceptionally clear. "I''m afraid I have forgotten the time." The priest chuckled. "Wait a little longer. If he doesn''t show up yet, ask someone to call him." The old mage said softly. "No need to wait, let someone go find him, and Sim will record this matter." The 18th-level swordsman elder said indifferently. The dwarf investigator took out the pen and paper from the space ring. Be prepared to write this down. The owner of Treasure Island does not seem to be as reliable as what is written in the newspaper. Drop~! Just when writing records. A harsh noise came from the sea. Then, exclamations came from the mouths of other people on the boat. "What a big boat." "Flying the flag of Treasure Island and the flag of the association, it is a ship of Treasure Island." "This is too exaggerated!" "A strange object vehicle, right?" The deck fence position was instantly filled with people. Several people from the association also looked towards the sea in the distance. On the distant sea level, there is a huge and strange ship that has never been seen before, floating like a small island on the sea. The small boat guarding him looked unusually small. Three level 18 professionals and four level 15 professionals. They all stood by the fence, eyes wide open, looking at the scene in front of them in surprise. In addition to being amazed at the giant ship, my heart was also full of doubts. What''s going on with Treasure Island? Even if pens and watches are invented and improved, where did such behemoths come from? Such a huge instrument cannot be made by anyone with brains. Does Treasure Island have such a deep heritage? "Elder, they have signaled, let us pass." On the mast, the sailor on the lookout said. The elder swordsman nodded, "Lean closer." Everyone took action immediately, and the ships slowly approached the fleet where the giant ship was located. The closer you get, the more you can feel the majesty of the giant ship. And the insignificance of the ships on his side. On board the dragon-carrying giant ship. The magic circle gradually took shape, and the figures of three level 18 professionals appeared. Look around. His face instantly turned ugly. On the wide deck, rows of skeleton flying dragons were swaying their bodies. There are ordinary skeletons guarding the surroundings. Bringing so many skeleton dragons? This ship has really become an island, carrying so many troops. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Footsteps sounded. Kavina, captain of the fifth team of the association, walked over with the team members, "Elder, Dean, what are your orders?" The three of them looked at each other, and Gianvito asked: "Where is Wu Heng?" "The island owner is not on this ship, but on the ship below." Kavina said directly. "Which ship?" the three of them were confused. Kavina pointed to the blue-and-white frigate below, "That one." "Okay, got it." On the frigate. Philippa ran over and said: "The headquarters'' ship looks too ordinary, and it has a lot of people with it." It is different from the ships on our side. The ship of several members of the headquarters carried many living sailors and logistics personnel, escorts and attendants, and several association teams. In total, there were more than 200 people. Of course, there are also a lot of people on Wuheng''s ship, but they are basically skeletons. There is no need to eat or drink, the main thing is to be an accompanying escort. "If nothing else happens, our kind of ship is unique, and no one else will be able to study it within a few years." Wu Heng said. "It''s a pity. If I had been a pirate back then, I don''t know how majestic a ship like this would have been." "Can pirates still be as powerful as you, the captain of the Treasure Island fleet?" Wu Heng asked. "That''s right." Philippa nodded in agreement. Wu Heng turned his attention to the parrot that jumped in and asked, "Is its wing injured? Why is it running around?" "Ah? Let me take a look." Philippa picked up the parrot and inspected it. As he spoke, a magic circle suddenly lit up on the frigate deck, rapidly taking shape at a speed visible to the naked eye. Wow~! The skeletons on the ship quickly swarmed up and formed a circle with rifles in hand. Then, the figures of the three level 18 professionals gradually became clear. "Go back to your post." Wu Heng said. The skeletons immediately dispersed and returned to their posts. Gianvito came out and said, "Why aren''t you on the biggest ship?" "What happened to that ship used to transport troops?" Wu Heng asked. Normally, the safest is the frigate. There are main guns and close-range defense guns on it. In the current world, unless heroes come over. Otherwise it would be difficult for anyone to board the ship. Although the aircraft carrier carrying the flying dragon has arranged a large number of skeleton defenses, it has not yet installed defensive weapons such as close-range anti-cannons. The defense is somewhat worse than that of a frigate. Plus, others would assume the commander would be on the largest ship and ignore the smaller ships nearby. I just went to that ship and it was quite shocking, Gianvito said. "It can''t be compared with the headquarters." Wu Heng said politely, and then asked: "Do you have any orders for the three of you?" The elder swordsman said: "Come up and check the ship. There is no problem now. Let''s go directly!" Wu Heng nodded, glanced at Philippa, and said directly: "The fleet set off." The flag signal continued, and the fleet began to move towards the depths of the Emerald Sea. The Treasure Island behind became smaller and smaller and gradually disappeared. "Both ships are yours?" Gianvito asked. The other two people also looked over, waiting for his answer. Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "It''s from Treasure Island." "It''s really magical here." Gianvito said with a smile. Wu Heng stretched out his hand and said, "Go to the cabin to chat. It''s windy outside." Several people followed him into the cabin. Philippa brought in tea and sat beside him. The elder swordsman said: "How many days will it take to reach Netale City?" "Four to five days." "Based on your understanding of the entire case, do you have any thoughts?" Association elder Tapani asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It''s too early to start inferring the murderer now. It''s nothing more than random guessing, which may affect our subsequent judgment. It''s not too late to discuss it after we get to the island." Gianvito also smiled and said: "Elder Tapani, do you want Wu Heng to predict the murderer in advance? If he really has this ability, we can just arrest him." "That''s true, it''s indeed a little early." Treasure Island, Association. Wu Heng''s departure will have no impact on Treasure Island. Just after leaving like this, Deacon Sheila Gui felt a little empty in her heart, as if she had lost her backbone. He patted his face hard and said, "You are focused on work, why do you always miss him?" Taking a deep breath, he began to look through the documents that were sent to him. Bang~! The door was pushed open directly. Shi Yali strode in with a low voice, "The fifth princess is missing." Xila Gui frowned for a moment, "Why is it missing?" "Originally, this time was the time for her to go to the opera house to perform. Seeing that she hadn''t come over, the actors came here to look for her. I just asked someone to see her. All the luggage and belongings were there, but the person was gone." Shi Yali He spoke quickly. Silla''s eyes narrowed slightly, and she had some guesses in her mind. But it''s not certain yet. "Get something from her room." Sheela put on her armor. Shi Yali walked out again and handed over two pieces of clothing when she came back. Xila Gui took it and went directly to the island owner''s mansion. Go to see the prophet. On the boat, in the kitchen. In the dim room, two figures with dirty faces in sailor uniforms sat on wooden boxes washing vegetables. "Princess, we won''t throw ourselves into a trap! I feel like it''s no different than having it delivered to your door." "The investigation team from the association headquarters, how dare they take action in front of the association." "If there is any danger, go to the island owner and he will definitely save you." "Don''t worry, let''s go up and check the situation, and then we''ll follow the association ship back. They won''t dare to do anything." "Princess, we are almost out of money." "When this matter is over, we can go back to perform in plays and earn some money, which will be enough to live on." The two chatted quietly. Other sailors shouted from behind, "You two are doing embroidery, you''re so slow, you can''t do it well, so go wipe the deck." "It''s washed, it''s washed." The maid responded immediately. afternoon. The three association personnel returned to their ships, and Philippa also took the dragon to the large cargo ship. Wu Heng sat in the cabin, took out the [Teleportation] skill book, and planned to read it. The book isn''t too thick, so you should be able to unlock it in about an afternoon. Judging from the use effect of the old mage Gianvito, it is quite useful. Except mobile. Even if you are trapped in any trap or terrain, you can use this skill to escape. "Want to read a book?" Glenda''s figure appeared at the side. "Well, where are Xiaoxiao and the other two?" Wu Heng asked. "Flying with the ship." Glenda explained and said: "Bring me the book of pathogenic rays, and I will take a look." Wu Heng took out another skill book from the space ring and handed it to Granda. One person and one soul began to watch in the room. (End of chapter) Chapter 685 , the role of teleportation Chapter 685, The role of teleportation [Teleportation] In the mage faction, it belongs to the conjuration faction skill. But it is mixed with knowledge about formation rituals. This point is very close to his [Awakening Soul]. Mana is needed to activate the formation to achieve the final skill effect. He calmed down again and began to focus on the contents of the skill book. The first is the teleportation destination, which must be in the same plane. In other words, Wu Heng was not surprised by the fact that he could not be transported from this world to other worlds. Being able to truly travel through planes is not a skill book that can be borrowed with just a pen. Secondly, the book mentions several requirements for the transmission destination, as well as examples. The first one is the position that is visible and can meet the transmission requirements. This kind of transmission is basically error-free. This is the way the old mage Gianvito teleports between several ships. Once you see the location and know exactly where you want to go, you can teleport directly there. The second type is places that you are familiar with and often visit. The success rate of this kind of transmission will be higher, but there will be deviations or dangers. The last one is more exaggerated, from descriptions heard from others, or seen in books or patterns. You can also teleport, but the deviation will be greater, and you may even teleport yourself to a very dangerous place. Although it is not enough to teleport out of this world, some traps and dangerous terrain are enough to kill a mage. The maximum deviation recorded in the book reached 120 kilometers. This deviation is somewhat exaggerated. Moreover, it is still recorded, but the number that is not recorded may be higher. "Holy crap! The deviation is so big." Wu Heng was surprised. Then I felt that this skill was magical. Being able to see pictures and then send them, although the deviation is large, is still amazing. "Sure enough, advanced skills are not simple." The first time I saw ''Gianvito'' use this skill, I only thought it was teleporting between two places. Now that I see the introduction and examples in the book, teleportation can teleport over a wider distance. "Can I return to the island master''s mansion at any time?" The teleportation is faster than the ghost train. I must be familiar with the island master''s mansion. According to the introduction of the skills, it seems that I can go back at any time. "wrong!" "If it were so easy to teleport, Gianvito wouldn''t be able to still take the boat." Last time Treasure Island was besieged by pirates, Gianvito led a team to support them, coming by boat. And when I left, I also left by boat. If this skill is really useful, Gianvito can use teleportation to reach a certain location. Even if you are not familiar with Treasure Island, wont you still be familiar with it when you return to your own home? There must be some hidden danger here. Next time you see Gianvito, ask about it too. Continue to look through the skill book. The following content is all about the knowledge and application of spells. The records are still very detailed, and there are some small-note annotations left by some people who have read this book before. Wu Heng looked at page after page and could get a rough idea in his mind. After finishing the last page, the system prompts also appeared in my ears. [Unlock skill: Teleportation. Unlocked. His eyes glanced at Glenda, who was still reading a book not far away. I''m glad I have this ability, otherwise I might have to spend a lot of time learning skills like Glenda. He closed the book and put it into the space ring, took out the water bottle he had prepared in advance, and took a sip. Then he looked at Glenda, who was still reading a book seriously. If the latter felt something, he turned around and said, "Have you finished reading it? Did you learn it?" Glenda knows the secret of learning skills by watching them once. We are together every day, and there is no way to hide it. "I have learned it, but there are still many limitations in using it. I will try it more when I have the opportunity." Wu Heng said flatly. Glenda hesitated to speak, then looked at the books floating in front of her, "Are you sure I can learn." "Yes, you have to have confidence." Wu Heng''s tone was very sure. "How about you tell me about it?" Granda said, placing the book on the table where Wu Heng had just been reading. Wu Heng looked at her, "How can I say this?" "Okay, let me see for myself." While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back. "Uncle, there is no problem with the fleet, not a single ship has been lost." "How about the ship at headquarters?" Wu Heng asked. "Sister Beini and I just looked at it from a distance. If you don''t say there are high-level professionals, you won''t let us pass." Xiaoxiao said. "Yes, it''s better not to let them find out." Wu Heng nodded. Xiaoxiao then said, "Uncle, give me the tablet, sister Beni and I can watch a movie." Wu Heng took out the tablet and said, "Go over there and read. Don''t disturb your Aunt Glenda''s reading." "Okay, don''t bother." Xiaoxiao and Beini flew aside, and Wu Heng also opened the door and walked out of the cabin. After standing on the deck and enjoying the sea breeze, Philippa rode the flying dragon and flew back from the dragon-carrying cargo ship. Yawning, he said, "There''s nothing going on over there. Do you want to go back and rest? I got up too early this morning." "Let''s go." Wu Heng led her towards the lounge. Philippa took out the prepared quilt and spread it on the floor. "You lie here..., today I want to ride a unicorn." Philippa said, letting Wu Heng lie on the ground. "Didn''t you say you were sleepy?" Wu Heng asked curiously. Philippa held his chest and climbed up to his waist, "Let''s exercise for a while before going to bed. If you want, let me know in advance." "Move." Wu Heng held her waist. Philippa began to swing her waist slightly. After a while, his breathing gradually became rapid, and his whole body collapsed on his chest. Wu Heng pulled the blanket and covered the two of them. Philippa said softly: "I want to change Millicent to a larger tavern. That one is too small and a bit remote." The location of the Nautilus Tavern is indeed a bit remote. Wu Heng was still a deputy deacon when he bought it. He spent money to buy it at the city hall. In addition, it was used to collect intelligence at the time, so he chose this tavern. The situation is different now. Wu Heng has become the owner of the island, and Philippa is the captain of the island fleet and lives in the tavern. Its basically a famous brand, and its Philippas industry. Naturally, no information could be collected, and it was completely run as a Millicent tavern. "Let Wei''er pick a better place for you in the newly developed location." Wu Heng said with a smile. Philippa pouted and said coquettishly: "You tell me, Weier will listen to you." "Okay, I''ll help you when you get back." "Thank you, Dad!" Philippa immediately smiled and stretched out the tip of her tongue to gently lick his chest. The sky is getting darker, and I did get up early today. The two soon fell asleep. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng woke up early, the ship was shaking, and his sleep was not peaceful. The two got dressed and left the cabin directly. Philippa gave the skeletons a task, and Wu Heng was in the cab, taking out the drawings and looking at them. 7am. Just after breakfast, a burst of electricity came from the radio in the cab. Then Minnie''s voice came out, "This is the island owner''s mansion, call the Treasure Island fleet." News from Minnie. Wu Heng stood up and walked to the radio station, picked up the microphone, "Minnie, this is Wu Heng, what''s wrong with you over there?" Minnie''s voice was filled with joy, "Master, you got up so early." "The boat was bumpy and some people couldn''t sleep well." "Then just wait until you get ashore." Minnie said, and then said: "Master, Deacon Xilagui has sent news, asking me to inform you that the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom and her maid are missing. It is suspected that they are gangsters. Entered the fleet." (End of chapter) Chapter 686 , the formation that will make it rain Chapter 686, the formation that makes it rain The fifth princess is on board? Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and quickly thought about the possibilities in his mind. Most of the ships on our side are skeletons, and there is no external recruitment of personnel. The only possibility is the association''s own ship. Stayed on the island for a day and recruited some sailors and support staff. "Did you just discover it today?" Wu Heng asked. "Deacon Shilagui started investigating this matter yesterday. It was only this morning that it was confirmed that the person left the island. The deacon also said that she should have props or rare objects on her body that can block detection. The Skeleton Prophet cannot find her." Minnie recalled. Said the side. Its not surprising that props are used to block detection. After all, he himself escaped. "I understand. Please notify me in time if there is any news later." Wu Heng said. "Okay master, take care of yourself and come back early." "Go back and bring you gifts." "Hey, thank you, Master." Hang up communication. Wu Heng went to the cabin where the ghost was. Two ghosts are watching a movie, and one is still reading a book. "Glenda, help me find someone." Wu Heng said. Glenda has reached level 20, and the legendary invisibility provides better effects and is less likely to be discovered by others. "What''s wrong?" Glenda asked. "That fifth princess, do you still remember? Xila Gui said that she might have sneaked into the fleet. Let''s see if she is on the ship of the headquarters!" Wu Heng said. "Yeke Kingdom, who plays you?" "Yes, there should be some disguise." "Okay." Glenda agreed and flew outside. Wu Heng continued to sit in the cabin and chat with the other two ghosts. Glenda flew back directly, "There seems to be some trouble in the kitchen on the ship." Association vessel, kitchen house. The fifth princess ''Brittany'' and her maid stood on one side, with a little dust on their bodies. Surrounded by others from the kitchen were some sailors. Directly opposite, there sat a man with a beard on his back. A sailor leaned over and said close to his ear, "Sir, these two are women, disguised." The bearded man''s eyes narrowed and he looked at the two of them up and down. He said directly: "Tell me something." The sailor immediately said: "I saw them holding watches. I suspected that they stole them from some adult." As he spoke, a watch was held in the palm of his hand and handed over. At the same time, it attracted the attention of everyone in the cabin. Such a watch is worth several gold coins. Ordinary people can''t afford it, let alone people who work in kitchens. "Where did the watch come from?" asked the bearded man. "We bought it ourselves. We just looked at the time and he saw it." The maid immediately retorted. "How dare you say that if you could afford this thing, you would still do this kind of work on the ship?" the sailor retorted. The crowd around him also started talking. Obviously, I don''t believe it. The maid still wanted to speak, but the fifth princess stopped her directly and said: "You said I stole it, you can ask the gentlemen of the association if anyone has lost a watch, and you will know!" "You can meet the gentlemen of the association casually? Maybe you stole it on the island and planned to use this ship to escape." After the sailor finished speaking, he once again sent the watch towards the beard, "It''s better to put it on Your Majestys side is the safest. The bearded man smiled approvingly and took it in his hand. "Ha~! You want to grab something? Are you on the association''s headquarters ship?" the fifth princess reminded coldly. The bearded man said: "Okay, go back and do some work, make sure it''s not stolen, and then return it to you." "Bring it here, I don''t want to do anything here." The fifth princess took a step forward. The bearded face also turned cold, "You dare not listen to me?" "Give it back to me..." "Hold her down, I want her to know today that the sky is high and the sky is high." As the bearded man spoke, the surrounding sailors and kitchen helpers also gathered around him. There were only a few helpers recruited from Treasure Island to board the ship, shouting words such as "Don''t be impulsive. If the situation gets too big, the association bosses will be angry." But apparently no one wanted to listen. The fifth princess reached into her arms and touched the hidden space ring. If a fight really breaks out, I have no choice but to take action. Lets talk about the rest, but the watch cannot be taken away by the other party. Otherwise, you may not necessarily worry about anything later. Just when both sides were about to take action directly. Dang~! There was a loud noise and the door was opened directly. "It''s a meeting, everyone is gathered here." Philippa strode in with the parrot on his shoulder and looked around. The fifth princess and the maid immediately lowered their heads. Moved to the side. The bearded man immediately stepped forward, "Captain Philippa, how many association masters are you looking for?" "No, I''m here to find you two." He said, looking at everyone in the room. It finally landed on the two people with their heads pressed very low. Philippa stepped forward, grabbed the fifth princess''s chin and lifted it up, "You can pretend, come with me, Wu Heng wants to see you." After being recognized, the fifth princess had no good solution. Moreover, the situation here has become like this. If we continue to stay, there will be a fight. "I''ll go with you." He said, grabbing his maid and walking outside. When approaching the door. The maid said: "Philippa, they are taking our watches." Philippa looked in the direction of the other person''s finger. The crowd moved to both sides in an instant. Bearded looked around and handed the watch over. "Well, some people suspect that someone else lost it. I plan to keep it for now." Then he looked to one side and said, "Come here and apologize to the two ladies." The sailor just came over and smiled a little ugly, "Well, I was wrong, ladies, please forgive me." Philippa took the watch and threw it to the maid. Then he said to the bearded man and the sailor: "If I see you bullying others again, I will take your skin and make it into a sail." "Yes, yes." Philippa turned around and walked away, leading the two of them to the deck. Get on the dragon and return to the frigate. Frigate cabin. Wu Heng frowned as he looked at the servants dressed up and their faces covered with dust. "You really followed me." The fifth princess took a deep breath and raised her head stubbornly, "I want to go back and have a look." "The association solved the case. What did you go back to see?" "I know Netale City and can help you investigate the case. Afterwards, you can help me regain the kingdom." The fifth princess looked like she was negotiating. Wu Heng frowned and looked at her. These are completely unequal conditions. How could she say it so confidently? Help her investigate the case and help her take back the kingdom. Is catching a murderer the same thing as fighting against the national army? Wu Heng pondered for a while and then said: "I don''t need your help, and I won''t help you fight for any kingdom." "I know it''s a bit far-fetched, but I saw the news from the island master''s palace, and I want to go back and have a look. I don''t want the kingdom to become like this." The other party said, his voice a little depressed. It is indeed impossible to send her back to Treasure Island now. After thinking for a moment, he said, "I can take you with me, but you have to agree to my request." "You say it, but don''t go too far." "For the rest of your trip, you have to listen to my arrangements for everything, no matter what." Wu Heng emphasized. "I promise you." "Remember what you said." Wu Heng looked at Philippa, "Take them to take a bath first, and then arrange a room." "Okay!" Philippa nodded, "Let''s go, I''ll teach you how to take a bath." How to take a bath? The master and servant frowned and followed each other towards the cabin. In the bathroom. The dense water sprays out from the top of the head like a goddess scattering flowers. The fifth princess, who was accustomed to royal life, was startled, her eyes widened, and she subconsciously stepped back. His mouth opened wide, his face full of surprise. He stretched out his hand and felt the splashing water, gently hitting his palm. The maid next door exclaimed, "Princess, is it raining above your head?" "It''s the same thing, don''t yell, let them think we haven''t seen it before." "Princess, I really haven''t seen it before. It seems to be a rain formation. It''s so comfortable." In a flash, the fleet sailed for four days. Although there is nothing else to worry about, the journey is also tiring. Only Philippa was very happy at sea. Over the past few days, she had a good relationship with the fifth princess and the little maid. They gather together every day and play the backgammon that Wu Heng taught them. Wu Heng stood on the deck, blowing the sea breeze, thinking about where to start the investigation after arriving in Netale City. Although he wanted to join the Yeko Kingdom, he still had to investigate the case clearly. The identity of the great detective must still be maintained. If she had known earlier, she would not have allowed Glenda to lift herself up so high. Its a bit difficult! I was thinking in my mind. Three ships appeared in the sea ahead. The naval flag of the Kingdom of Yeko is hoisted, and crew members in navy uniforms can also be seen on the deck. He came towards me excitedly. When they saw the giant ship and the flag hanging, they immediately began to slow down, and the people on the deck were instantly confused, running back and forth. Also a Kingdom ship? Didnt they block the port? Wu Heng turned his head slightly and said to the air beside him: "Xiaoxiao, Beni, go see why those ships are here." "Okay uncle." "good." The two voices agreed, and the ghost flew out directly. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Beini flew back one after another. "Xiaoxiao, tell me." Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, it''s a bad guy''s ship, with many people imprisoned inside, like slaves." A slave ship flying the flag of the Kingdom of Yeko? "Let me see!" Make a small circle and go straight into the body. A picture was also shared. The dim cabin was divided into separate iron cages. In the cage, there are women and children who look depressed and embarrassed. (End of chapter) Chapter 687 , rotten to the root Chapter 687, rotten to the core Most of the slaves in the cabin were women and children, which made Wu Heng begin to doubt the identity and purpose of the ship. Release the little one and float it aside. "Uncle, are you a bad person?" Wu Heng glanced at the hanging Kingdom flag and the somewhat panicked Kingdom sailors on the deck. "It''s not completely certain yet, maybe they are the family members of the pirate village that was wiped out." Wu Heng said. Pirate islands and pirate villages also exist. After the pirates were killed, the women and children also needed to make some local arrangements. Basically they won''t be killed together. "I don''t feel like a good person." Xiaoxiao muttered to the side. "Then let them stop the ship for inspection." Wu Heng said, and then said to the skeleton behind him: "Let Philippa come over." The skeleton left quickly, and then came over with Philippa and the fifth princess ''Brittany''. He followed Wu Heng''s gaze and looked forward, "Yeke Kingdom''s ship." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask: "Is it possible that the bandits came back?" "Are you talking about pirates?" Philippa put his hand on Wu Heng''s shoulder, "We are almost at the kingdom''s port. Have you seen the pirates at the door?" "Then there should be something wrong with this ship." Wu Heng looked at the other ship and planned to go around and leave, and said to Philippa, "Go and shout to have the three ships stop for inspection." Philippa was stunned for a moment, and then his eyes lit up, "Damn, I love the official ship." Then he quickly walked into the cab, picked up the microphone and said: "There are also Kingdom ships ahead. Stop the ship for inspection. Repeat, stop the ship for inspection." The sound was carried through the ship''s speakers and echoed across the sea. Everyone on the headquarters ship walked out of the cabin and looked at the kingdom ship in the distance. The sailors on the Yeko Kingdom ship were startled by the loud shouts. The movements of his hands were a little faster, but he had no intention of stopping. He seemed not to hear the nod, but instead sped up and left. At this moment, everyone felt that something was wrong. Normal ships, even if they did not want to contact the association, would not do such a thing. Seeing that the ship had no intention of stopping, Wu Heng rolled over onto a bone dragon and said, "Stop the ship." Huhuhu~! There was a sound of breaking through the sky, and several bone dragons flew into the sky with people. Forced to land on the opponent''s ship. Then, the magic circle flashed, and the old mage Gianvito teleported over with two other level 18 professionals. The faces of the people on the deck instantly became ugly. They held the weapons at their waists and their eyes wandered for a while, but they still did not draw their weapons. "Several adults from the association..." A burly man walked out of the cabin quickly, wearing a captain''s uniform and a standard saber at his waist. He shouted, then looked around at the people on the deck, his pupils shrank again, and he stepped forward and asked, "Is there something wrong with this?" Wu Heng also looked at the situation on the ship. Kaweina, the captain of the fifth team, said, "Are you from the Yeke Kingdom''s fleet?" "We are the fleet of the Yeko Kingdom and are on a cruise mission." The burly man replied. The uniforms of the Navy of the Kingdom of Yeko have wave patterns, which also represent the identity of the Navy. "I just asked you to stop the boat, why didn''t you stop?" Wu Heng came over and asked. "This..." The burly man licked his chapped lips, and then said: "We have never seen such a big ship. We thought it was a pirate and wanted to leave first." "Can''t you see the association''s flag?" The man hesitated for a moment, and then suddenly realized, "I understand, it''s because we are ignorant, adults, please don''t be surprised." He said and handed over a bag full of coins. Wu Heng and others frowned instantly. There is absolutely no logic in what this man said. First he pretended not to hear, then he said he thought he was a pirate, and now he gave money directly. Obviously the lyrics were not well composed. "What''s on board?" Wu Heng asked next. When the burly man saw that no one took the money bag, his face became even more ugly, "I didn''t pull anything." As he spoke, he put away his money bag and subconsciously took a small step back. One hand was behind his back, gesturing to his own people. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s small movements and said directly: "Search the ship." The burly man''s eyes suddenly condensed, and he shouted loudly, "Do it." Zhi~bang! The words were not spoken yet. A bolt of lightning hit the burly man''s chest, and his body flew backwards. He vomited blood and didn''t wait to stand up. Then the skeleton attendant Kerimu rushed to the opponent''s side and slashed across his neck with his long sword. The head fell and blood spread out. The battle is basically completed in an instant. Before the others could react, they saw the head rolling down to their feet. All the sailors froze in place, looking frightened and struggling. "The association handles cases, and those who cooperate with the investigation will survive." Wu Heng said coldly. "I, we surrender." Someone said and threw away the weapon. With the first one, the rest also threw away their weapons and chose to surrender. There was a continuous sound of weapons being thrown on the deck. Wu Heng said: "Tie them up." Kavina and others immediately took out ropes and **** all the others. Everyone on the ship, including the dead burly man, had reached level 12. The rest are also at level 10, or even lower. In the eyes of the association headquarters investigation team in front of them, beating him was no different from beating a child. Even if they resist, the outcome will not be different. "Is there a problem with the ship?" Association elder ''Tapani'' asked directly. These three ships are official ships of the Kingdom of Yeko. They can be stopped and inspected. Now that people are killed, things will be different. If there is no justifiable reason. At that time, it may be possible for the Kingdom of Yeke to strike back. "There is a problem." Wu Heng said. Elder Tapani asked, Whats the problem.? Several people from the headquarters looked over. Wu Heng said calmly: "We will know after the ship is searched." While talking, the people inspecting the ship also came up. One of them saluted and said: "Elder, some adults, there are a large number of women and children detained in the cabin. It is initially understood that they are people from nearby villages. They have been arrested and we don''t know where they are being transported." The deck fell silent for an instant. He glanced at Wu Heng with surprise in his eyes. There is really a problem. "Elder, what do you think of the arrangement?" Wu Heng asked the elf elder. "Since it is determined that there is a problem, the identities of these three ships need to be investigated clearly. First, let the people from the Holy See deal with the emotions of the prisoners. All these crew members and sailors will be detained and await investigation." Tapani said directly. "Yes!" The association members immediately took action. Wu Heng also said to Philippa: "These three ships merge into the fleet and continue to move forward." It takes about one day to get to Netale City. The fleet cannot stay too long. "Okay, I understand." Philippa also started to take action. Wu Heng took the flying dragon and returned to the frigate. Just landed on the deck. The magic circle lit up again, and the three of Gianvito followed closely and teleported up. "How did you find out there was a problem?" Elder ''Tapani'' asked. The dwarf investigator also took out his notebook and began to prepare records. Facing this investigator, Wu Heng always felt as if he was being watched by a camera and would be taken out to collect evidence at any time. "I asked the ghost to explore the interior and found the people imprisoned inside." Wu Heng replied. None of the three of them were surprised that the Necromancer had a ghost. It is a professional characteristic. But the ghost cannot always find the target. At least it must first detect that there is a problem in the fleet, and then arrange for the ghost to investigate. "Then why are you talking so much on board the ship? Just arrest people." Tapani said again. Wu Heng continued, "I can''t completely confirm the identity of the other party. There are some small islands and villages controlled by pirates in the Emerald Sea, and sometimes some pirate family members are transferred away for investigation or resettlement. So, stop and see their reaction. After boarding the ship, their words were obviously inconsistent. One moment they thought we were pirates, and the next they were giving us money. However, they did not explain the escorts on the ship, which was obviously a problem. " The elder nodded, "Yes, very keen insight." The old mage Gianvito asked: "So, they are not the fleet of Yeke Kingdom?" "Not sure yet, I will ask the corpse later!" Wu Heng replied. The dwarf investigator was recording the conversations between several people. While talking. The skeleton flying dragon fell from the sky. Philippa jumped off the dragon''s back and said, "Those people were imprisoned. A total of twelve people were killed, and they are all here." With a wave of his hand, several corpses wrapped in straw were taken out. Among them was the burly man who was killed. Wu Heng glanced at the corpses and directly released [Conversation with the Dead] on one of them. The dead body suddenly sat up and looked here with cloudy eyes. Wu Heng asked directly: "What is your status in the force or organization?" "The members of the White Wings Gang are now part of the Tarle City Defense Army in the Kingdom of Yeko." The corpse replied. Several people frowned. A gang member and also the kingdoms city defense army? Moreover, how did the White Wings get their name? It sounds like none of the members are very smart. "How did you join the army?" "We don''t know, but the army is recruiting people, and gangs are also on the recruitment list." That makes sense. When Wrentam City was in chaos, gang members in the city were also used. The gang leader is appointed as the leader or captain, and all his gang members become thugs. Wu Heng then asked: "Where are you going to take the people in your cabin?" "Bring it to Bejaia City, and someone will receive it there." "What are these people used for?" "Not sure." Wu Heng thought about the last question. Then he asked: "Did you arrest these people?" The corpse replied solemnly, "I heard from the leader that these were arranged by Netale City officials. There are prepared clothes on the boat. We can just wear them and **** these people." Five questions over, the body fell back to the ground with a thud. But Wu Heng and others all frowned. Although it is not fully understood yet, the general outline of the matter is already clear. These people were originally members of the White Wings Gang. Netale City began large-scale recruitment and divided the gangs into them. From a gang member, he turned into a soldier in the city. Originally they were responsible for city defense, but this time officials from Netale City arranged for them to **** the population and transport them outside. Association elder Tapani, old mage Gianvito. Even Philippa and the dwarf investigator looked serious. Apparently, this was a case of human trafficking by local officials. The Kingdom of Yeke is pretty bad. Human trafficking began. Wu Heng glanced at the investigator behind him, "Mr. Sim, have you recorded it?" The dwarf investigator nodded, "The recording is complete." Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], and the second corpse sat up. Who is the official whom the Lord has given you to transport people? "Not sure." "Are there any other ships doing this besides you?" "Not sure." "What''s your leader''s name?" "Patrice." "What is the cause of the chaos in the city?" The corpse replied, "The troops stationed in Netale City fought a war with an outside army, and many people died." One last question. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "Do you know about the death of the local deacon of the association?" "have no idea." Wu Heng then continued to question the three corpses, and asked about the White Wings Gang and the civil unrest in the city. Wu Heng stood there and sorted out the information he had obtained. Regarding the transportation of women and children, the identity of the officials behind the scenes was not revealed, but after entering the city, you can start from the leader of the White Wings Gang. He must have known who the officials were who arranged all this. The second point is the problem of Netale City. The previous chaos was caused by the battle between the city lord''s palace and the city defense army and an external army trying to take over the city. Until the end of the fight, it was impossible to tell who was who on both sides. The person currently in charge of this city is still the original city lord. These people did not know much about the death of the local deacon. They only knew that for a long time, the local association hall was closed and it was difficult to see association members. After the information is compiled. Wu Heng looked at the three level 18 professionals, "Elder, Dean, do you have any questions?" "Not yet. Don''t destroy the remaining corpses. They might be used later." Elder Tapani said. Wu Heng nodded and said: "Dispose of these corpses after questioning, and sweep up the remaining grass." The corpse that had released [Conversation with the Dead] was thrown into the sea, the rest was wrapped in straw mats, and Wu Heng put the space ring away. Elder Tapani asked: "How long does it take to reach Netale City?" "It''s only one day away." "Okay, let''s go back first and let us know when it''s almost here," Tapani said. The old mage Gianvito released [Teleportation] and returned to his ship. Wu Heng took Philippa and returned to the cab. The fifth princess stood up, frowned and asked, "What happened? Why did you kill the navy?" Philippa looked at her, "How do you feel?" Faced with Philippa''s confident rhetorical question, the fifth princess frowned, feeling unsure of herself. Said: "I believe Wuheng Island Master, I just want to know the reason." Philippa calmly sat aside and said: "Your officials, members of the United Gang, wear navy clothes, traffic in women and children, they are more ruthless than us pirates, and we will not sell our own people." The fifth princess frowned deeper, her eyes full of suspicion, and she looked at Wu Heng fiercely, "Island Master, is it true?" Wu Heng said: "The current situation is like this." The fifth princess stopped talking and sat down on a chair nearby, her face gloomy. Wu Heng also fell into thinking. We will arrive in Netale City tomorrow, and the purpose of this trip for our group will also begin. Will being in the city bring danger to myself? Can the murderer of the local deacon be caught? These are all problems to be faced. Even if these two are solved, how should I enter this political struggle and improve my reputation? Somewhat difficult to handle. Wu Heng frowned and began to think deeply. Noon the next day. The fleet arrived in the waters near Netale City. Three level 18 professionals, together with Wu Heng and Philippa, stood on the deck of the frigate. Looking at the well-organized but unusually deserted port from a distance. I didn''t see the mountains of corpses and seas of blood in the intelligence, but it still looked like an empty city. No one could be seen. Soon, the empty port began to bustle with activity. The stationed navy spotted the approaching ship. Ships formed a tight defense line, covering the port tightly. "Send the letter first and see what they say." Elder Tapani said. Wu Heng also said, "Send the letter to them." A member of the team sent the letter over by speedboat. Not long after, the team members returned quickly with ugly faces, "They said that Netale City does not accept any ships to dock at the port now, including us." Tapani''s eyes narrowed and he asked, "Did you say that the headquarters would come to investigate?" "As I said, it has no effect." The member nodded. (End of chapter) Chapter 688 , no body Chapter 688, no body Hear what the team members brought back. On the association''s side, all faces turned gloomy. The name of the headquarters has been mentioned, but this is not giving any face. Tapani''s face instantly darkened, and there was anger in his eyes. "Arrogant!" Level 18 professionals are the top experts in this world. Not to mention these people, in the past, the royal family of the Kingdom should have come to receive them in person. Now he is being treated like this by the troops stationed in one place. The old mage Gianvito touched his beard and said with a smile: "They are just some soldiers guarding the port. They are acting under orders. Why bother with them?" Tapani then said: "Then what do you think we should do? It''s not easy for us to kill them." Gianvito looked to the other side and asked, "Wu Heng, what do you think?" Wu Heng said directly: "Netali City is already under suspicion. It is impossible to act based on their mood. We are here to handle cases, not to make friends, so our attitude must be tough." Tapani raised an eyebrow. This means they have no courage. "Then you handle it. If something happens, the elders and I will naturally support you." Gianvito said directly. Wu Heng nodded and said to his side: "Philippa went to shout, and said that the association''s elders would lead a team into the city to investigate the case. Any behavior that blocks ships from docking will be regarded as a provocation to the association and will be punished by the association. Assault and arrest warrant." "Okay." Philippa walked quickly to the cab, picked up the microphone and started shouting. The sound of the trumpet instantly swayed on the sea. It was transmitted to the ships on the opposite side and the port of Netale City. "Crash it over!" Wu Heng continued. The fleet began to restart and forced its way towards the port. The huge freighter moved forward at full speed, causing the waves that caused the blocking fleet to sway violently. Seeing the huge ship like a mountain colliding head-on, the navy ships could not withstand the pressure and quickly fled to both sides. The association''s fleet ran rampant, and the kingdom''s fleet also tried to avoid it. The two sides passed each other, but they still maintained restraint, and neither side used weapons to attack. Just watching the association''s fleet break through the defense line and finally dock in the port. The connecting board fell, and a large number of skeletons wearing armor and holding weapons poured into the port, surrounding the entire area. Next, there are the various teams accompanying the association, level 15 professionals and followers. On the battleship, Tapani and Wu Heng also stepped off the ship. Wow~! At this time, a large number of troops gathered on one side of the port. No one came close, they were just watching from a distance. Tapani looked gloomy and said, "Go and capture their leader." A group of team members ran over quickly. After a quick exchange, a man in charge of dressing up was brought over. Tapani remained calm and stared at the other party coldly. The commander was feeling frightened, his eyes were wandering and he lowered his head. "What''s your name?" "Gnaeus! My lord." Tapani looked to one side and said, "Write it down for him. If there is a second time, put him on a wanted notice." In an instant, cold sweat covered the forehead of the still calm commander. "Sir, we are just following orders, it has nothing to do with me." "It''s my fault that your superiors are making a fuss about you. The port is taken over by our association. If anything goes wrong, just wait and take your family to escape." Tapani said, turned around and left. Only the commander was left, wiping his hands in cold sweat. Standing there, a little at a loss. Wu Heng began to arrange tasks for Philippa. Regardless of the association in the city, the port fleet must still be guarded by personnel. If we really encounter any problems, this is also the retreat for those in the association. After the fleet is arranged. Wu Hengcai walked towards everyone in the association and rushed towards the association hall together. The whole street was unusually empty. There are basically no residents to be seen, and the shops are all closed. There were only some soldiers in guard uniforms, rushing to the port quickly. On the way, I saw the aggressive people from the association, but no one came forward and just watched from a distance. "Wu Heng, aren''t you from Congyeke Kingdom?" Elder Tapani said. Wu Heng shook his head, "I worked as a team member in the northern part of Yeko Kingdom for a while, and I came out within a few months." "How are you feeling?" Tapani asked. Old mage Zhanvito also said: "I heard that Wu Heng was suppressed very hard here." Wu Heng also smiled and said, "It''s not considered suppression. There are many restrictions on necromancers in the Kingdom. I didn''t know much about these at the time, so some troubles occurred." After a pause, Wu Heng added, "The Kingdom of Yeke at that time may not have been a good place for necromancers, but it was indeed pretty good for the residents of the kingdom." Everyone nodded and said nothing more. He continued to quicken his pace. City Lord''s Mansion. City Lord Dasil is in his forties, a level 16 ranger, wearing a purple robe, and looks like an upright and peaceful bard. At this time, I was standing in the courtyard, listening to the people who came to deliver the message, reporting the news that the association''s headquarters fleet had entered the city. As he narrated, his originally calm expression gradually became serious. "Who are the people on the island?" Dashil asked. "I saw elves, dwarves, and mages. I don''t know their specific identities." The subordinate said, and then suddenly said: "By the way, there are a large number of skeletons in the fleet guarding the port, and there is also a black-haired and black-eyed man. The man should be Wu Heng from Treasure Island." Dashil narrowed his eyes slightly and stood there pondering for a while. Said: "Since they have entered the city, forget it and tell them to go down and not to conflict with them." "Yes." The subordinate nodded and left quickly. Dashil, who was sitting on a stone chair in the courtyard, suddenly turned his head and looked to the side. After waiting for a few seconds, footsteps sounded, and a man wearing the uniform of the commander of the Yeko Kingdom walked in. The man is tall and tall, with a square face and a beard, and walks with a steady pace. "People from the association headquarters entered the city and forced their way into the port." said the square-faced man. Dashil nodded, "I also received the news. There are people from the association headquarters and Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island." "I saw their ship. It''s very exaggerated. It looks like a small island. It''s pretty good..." "Luchana..." Dasil interrupted solemnly, "Don''t say this, it will damage the relationship with the association." The man sneered, "Afraid of what they will do." But he did not continue to say anything more, but said more vaguely: "What are you going to do?" "The headquarters is here to investigate, so of course we have to cooperate." Dasil said. The man raised his eyebrows slightly and said, "Take care of it." Association Hall. Everyone in the headquarters sat on one side, and on the opposite side stood members of the local association. Elder Tapani asked: "Tell me the situation of the association." A local deputy deacon took a step forward and said softly: "Netale City is in turmoil, and all outward news cannot be sent out. Currently, the deacon and the two teams are missing." Several people''s eyes narrowed slightly. Missing. The greater probability is that the information obtained is already dead. Moreover, it is even more difficult than death. Without a body, there is no clue to the next step. "Where did he disappear? Is there any investigation?" Tapani asked. "The city was too chaotic at that time. Many people died every day, including gang members, outside troops, and cults. It was too chaotic and there was no way to investigate." The deputy deacon looked bitter. Tapani glanced at Wu Heng, and seeing that he had nothing to add, he said directly: "Starting today, I will be in charge of the association, and Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, will investigate the disappearance of the deacon and the team. You will spare no effort to cooperate. , investigate and find out the truth as soon as possible." "Yes." Several people nodded. "Go back to your respective posts. We are here, and you will no longer be in danger." "Thank you elders, thank you to the master of Wuheng Island, and all the adults." They saluted in turn and then retreated. After meeting the local members. Tapani brought several people from the team to the conference room to discuss again. His eyes fell on Wu Heng and he said, "What are your plans?" The identity of the great detective allowed the association to hand over the investigation of the case to Wu Heng. The rest of the people are also here to support him and deal with some emergencies. At present, the difficulty is still relatively large. The Whisperer who went to Treasure Island to deliver news said that the local deacon was dead and Netale City deliberately blocked the information. After arriving here, there was not even a body, nor was there a target for the murderer. Moreover, Netale City itself is a target of suspicion. For a while, there was no direction to proceed. Wu Heng said: "I need to go to the archives first to check the situation." "Okay!" Tapani looked around, "Dean Gianvito, Mr. Sim, two people selected from level 15 professionals, plus two teams, will follow Wu Heng to investigate, and the rest will follow me. association." "Yes." Everyone nodded. Two level 18 professionals were assigned to him. Sim was an investigator and had limited combat capabilities. The main one who protects himself is Gianvito. Wu Heng chose the dwarf and the vampire wearing a heavy cloak among the level 15 professionals, and walked out of the conference room together. After asking about the location of the archives room, the group walked over quickly. Gianvito reminded: "The files of the Whisperers are generally not recorded and can only be transferred from the headquarters." "I know, check it out first and try your luck." Wu Heng said. When you go to the archives, you are not looking for secret whisperers. This kind of person will basically leave no information locally. Instead, check the files of local deacons. Generally, the exclusive Whisperer will leave a vague record in the file. He didn''t know about this until he arrived at Treasure Island. At that time, Philippa was acting as an informant and did not have his own file, but he would make a vague mark under Wu Heng''s file. If something happens to either party, they can use this record to make a preliminary confirmation. Take a few quick steps to the associations archives. The caretaker immediately came over and said, "Several adults." "Bring me the deacon''s file." "Okay, my lord." Soon, a thick file was taken out. Opening the file bag, Wu Heng began to look through it carefully. In the file, three different names were recorded, all of whom were released due to errors in arrest or meritorious service. Not sure if the informant is inside, but there is still a certain chance. Wu Heng took out his tablet and took pictures of the files one by one. Then write three names on the paper, "Kaitan." "Master of Wuheng Island." The dwarf walked up. "Remember the names of these three people and take people to the city hall to investigate whether there are any properties or records. Bring more people. They may not cooperate. Be tougher." Wu Heng said. "Understood." The dwarf nodded, nodded a few people from the team, and left quickly. Wu Heng also walked out of the archives room, took the remaining people, and continued to the deacon''s residence. Deacons need to sit in the association. Often the residence is not too far from the association. The residence of the deacon of Treasure Island is connected to the association. It can be regarded as a separate mansion built behind the association building. In Netale City, the deacon''s residence was not built like this, but it was also in a residential area at the back. As you walk over, you can see several guards guarding the place. Not a member of the association, a guard of Netale City. When the guards saw the aggressive group of people approaching, they immediately became panicked. He yelled, "Who is that?" "The association headquarters is investigating the case. Who asked you to guard this place?" Wu Heng asked. Association, headquarters? The guard obviously hadn''t received the news from the city, and he looked a little confused. "You are not allowed to enter here. Sir, please go and talk to our captain." The guard said. Wu Heng was too lazy to talk nonsense and said directly: "Catch him." The people behind him swarmed up and immediately arrested the guards here. "Sir, what are you doing? You have something to say." "This is Netale City." Several people were a little flustered and spoke loudly. Wu Heng said: "Let one person go and report the news. If anyone else is talking, keep their mouths shut." Let one of them go and let him leave to report the news. Wu Heng took the rest of the people and directly entered the deacon''s residence. The door was opened easily, and shoe prints walking back and forth could be seen on the dusty ground. Wu Heng said: "Someone has been here recently, and the shoe prints are clear and not covered by dust." The investigator behind him started recording. Wu Heng continued to look at the room, including carvings, calligraphy and paintings, and some daily necessities and ornaments. The life of a deacon in Netale City is pretty good. Locally, it should be considered a high-level life. "Something is missing. It must have been taken away." The investigator continued to record. Wu Heng walked directly into the bedroom and found a piece of clothing that he obviously wore frequently. Then he took out the [Tracking Pendant] from the space ring, squeezed out a drop of blood, and dropped it on the skull. Then, the skull began to come to life. Passing the corner of the clothes over, the skull bit it and began to chew hard. Under Wu Heng''s gaze. The skull seemed to have lost its vitality and dropped directly. This strange object can track all living targets. Before there was a prophet skeleton, finding people or solving crimes relied on this strange object. If there is no target that can be tracked, it means that the person is dead. "If this deacon doesn''t have the tools to shield strange objects, he should be dead." Wu Heng said to several people. The investigator continued to record. While several people were talking, a middle-aged man wearing the uniform of a guard captain walked in quickly. Several patrol members followed behind him. The captain''s eyes quickly swept over several people, looking at the clothes and the aura exuding from their bodies. His eyes narrowed slightly. He took a step forward, saluted and said, "Captain of Team 7, I have met several adults from the association." After saying this, he took out a cloth bag from his arms and said, "Here is the recovered money. All of it is already here." Wu Heng looked at the cloth bag handed over. He shook it in his hand and asked, "How do you know that the association''s deacon will not come back?" "Ah? What do you mean?" The captain frowned. Wu Heng looked directly at the other party and asked again: "People in the association only speculate that the person is missing. How can you confirm that he will not come back and dare to take away the contents?" (End of chapter) Chapter 689 , no trace at all Chapter 689, no trace at all The status of deacons in the local area is not low. Before it is confirmed that they will not come back, these ordinary guards dare to guard and steal? Pocket the valuables in the room? Wu Heng felt that this statement was untenable. The other association members behind him also stared at each other. Waiting for a reasonable answer. The captain of the guard looked a little ugly. He didn''t expect that he would be targeted when he came back to give money. After hesitating for a while, he replied: "Sir, you have misunderstood, really misunderstood." "What''s the misunderstanding? Let me hear it." Wu Heng still looked at him. The captain immediately said: "We did not take these things, but someone took advantage of the chaos in the city. Because it involved the local deacon, we recovered some things, but..., the people below were not honest, and they were divided. Some." He looked up carefully and continued, "I learned that the adults from the headquarters were here to investigate. I was afraid of causing trouble, so I arranged for people to recall these belongings and delivered them to several adults." Wu Heng and others frowned. I didn''t expect him to be able to say such a thing. In other words, the items were not taken by them, but the recovered dirt, and part of it was deducted and divided. This time, people from the association headquarters came to investigate. They felt a little unsure, so they took the initiative to send it over. "We''ve taken everything. If we don''t send it back, we won''t know." Wu Heng said. "Sir, the city lord''s palace has ordered not to have any conflicts with the association. Everyone doesn''t have much money to divide, and they are afraid of causing trouble." The captain continued to speak, and he said all the things in the team. Dividing dirty things is not uncommon in any era. When the association team is dealing with problems, the items seized can be directly divided by the own team, and only important and special items will be handed over. "Is all the stuff that was separated here?" Wu Heng asked next. "I couldn''t find some of them, so I gave you the price difference. Please forgive me, adults." Hum~! The old mage Gianvito snorted coldly. The rest of the association members also looked ugly. The people in front of me are either of high rank or have a rich background, who would be short of this little money. And these unrecoverable items may very well be of help to the entire case. Wu Heng also looked at the other party up and down, and had no intention of asking anything more here. He said directly: "Please ask the captain to come back with us so that we can explain the matter clearly." "Ah? Sir, I don''t know the rest of the matter. I''m afraid there''s nothing I can do to help." The captain''s expression changed. "Don''t worry, it''s just a simple inquiry." Wu Heng glanced behind him. Several members of the association team stepped forward and walked towards the captain. The guards behind the captain also began to become a little restless and prepared to fight. "Don''t move, don''t move, I''ll go back with you." The captain said, and then said to the men behind him: "I will go to the association, and you will bring this matter back." Seeing that the other party was quite honest, Wu Heng nodded, "Just cooperate." There are not many methods Wu Heng can use to deal with living beings. The only [Sincerity Clay Doll] was obtained by killing the association''s inspector in private, so it definitely cannot be used. Just because you can''t do anything, doesn''t mean that others in the association can''t do anything. Among the accompanying personnel, the 15th-level priest has the ability to [detect lies]. According to what Sheila Gui told herself before leaving, not everyone can detect this ability. But the team leader in front of him was obviously only level seven or eight. It''s not really a big problem to identify his words. It was determined that there were no clues here, so two association members were arranged to stay behind for the time being, while the rest walked towards the opposite association. As soon as they reached the gate, the dwarf ''Keitan'' who had arranged to go to the city hall also came back. "Give him to the elder and explain the matter by the way." Wu Heng said. The team members walked into the association with the guard captain. Wu Heng walked towards the returning Kaitan and asked, How was it? "No property or information was found on the names of the three people." The dwarf said directly. Wu Heng frowned, the matter was more difficult than imagined. There are no clues in either direction. The old mage Gianvito asked: "What should we do next?" Wu Heng said: "Go and call the local deputy deacon." One member walked right in and came back followed by the local archdeacon. "Several adults." "You all said that many people died in the city. Where are the bodies buried?" Wu Heng asked. "It was burned. Black smoke was rising into the sky for several days, and the smell of burning people filled the city," said the local deputy deacon. "So many corpses, all burned?" The deputy deacon thought for a moment and said: "The bodies of some local residents with family members should be buried over there in the cemetery." "Take us there to take a look. By the way, prepare a carriage for Dean Gianvito." Wu Heng said. "Yes." The deputy deacon nodded and started to go down to prepare. Not long after, the carriage and horses were brought over. The old mage and the investigator rode in a carriage, and the rest of the people rode horses, following the local deputy deacon out of the city. At the city gate. The guard guarding him simply asked and then let him go. Completely opposite to the attitude before docking in the morning. Wu Heng and others did not stop and went all the way to the cemetery outside the city. At a glance, there are densely packed graves. He took out a few masks from the space ring and distributed them to the others, and ordered to the skeleton, "Dig a grave, from front to back." The skeleton picked up the shovel and dug out all the corpses inside. The coffin lid was opened, and the strong stench of rotting corpses instantly filled the air. Many people subconsciously took two steps back and distanced themselves. Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead] on a corpse. The corpse sat up, its head turned, and its eyeballs fell to the ground. "How did you die?" The corpse replied hoarsely, "Two waves of people fought and killed me." "Do you know anything about the association''s deacons?" "have no idea." "During the civil war in the city, is there any news that you think is special?" The corpse was silent for a while and said: "The city lord''s palace announced that it has reinforcements and will help defend the city..." Association, Deacon''s Study. Elder Tapani sat behind the desk and looked through some previous information. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and two level 15 professionals in the team walked in. The priest said: "Elder, he was taken away by the people from the City Lord''s Mansion. I didn''t ask anything from his mouth." "Is everything he said true?" Tapani frowned. "With his level, he can''t lie in front of me. A few people shared some things privately. This time we came over and the city lord''s palace was not allowed to conflict with us, so we sent the things back." The priest answered. "Did the investigators take notes?" "Recorded." While talking, the door knocked again. Wu Heng, Gianvito and others all walked in. Tapani''s eyes lit up, "What did you find?" "I checked the deacon''s residence and dug the grave outside to interrogate the body. So far, nothing has been found." Wu Heng asked, "Where is the captain?" The priest said: "I told the truth. I divided the things privately." At this point, everyone fell silent. The coming of association personnel into the city cannot be concealed. Therefore, Wu Heng and others immediately started investigating. But after walking around, I couldn''t find any clues. "Something went wrong." The elder muttered, and then said: "Wu Heng, what are you going to do next?" "The first thing is to collect information about other Secret Whisperers. If necessary, we can also make the reward information public." Wu Heng said directly. An association cannot have only one Whisperer. Maybe other secret whisperers can send some useful news. There is no other way to make the bounty information public, and of course it will damage the image of the association. "Could it be that there was an accident and it was not the murderer?" said one person. Wu Heng did not answer immediately, but found a place to sit down. After thinking for a moment, he said, "I''m thinking about a question." "What''s the problem?" "There is no body, the place of death cannot be found, and the things in the house have been tampered with. If there is no Whisperer who went to Treasure Island to deliver the news, it would be fine if he said that the deacon left due to the war in the city." (End of chapter) Chapter 690 ,satellite Chapter 690, Satellite If there is a local war or danger, the team of deacons and professionals can leave. No need to stay and wait to die. The association does not interfere in local internal affairs, nor does it coexist with the city. When Wrentam City was attacked by the Warhammer Party, the local deacons, deputy deacons, and even team members disappeared. He waited several days after the war ended before returning from outside. The same is true here today. If the association had not received news of the death of the local deacon, and no traces had been left, would it have been considered a chaotic time and left the city. As time goes by, no one can be seen alive and no one can be seen dead. I''m afraid this matter will be over. Everyone in the room narrowed their eyes and understood what Wu Heng meant. "Catch the city lord and ask?" the dwarf said. "At least there is evidence pointing to it, otherwise the city lord of a city can''t be arrested at any time." The priest retorted. Dong dong dong~! The door knocked again, followed by the voices of the team members, "Elder, dinner is ready." "Eat first, and we''ll talk about the rest later." All the people walked out of the room. The priest tested the poison and purified the dinner, and then they began to eat dinner together. On the fleet side, cargo ships and frigates have their own kitchens and skeleton chefs, so there is no need to go out of their way to deliver food. It also reduced the number of others who appeared dangerously close to the fleet. After everyone has had dinner. After arranging the dormitory, Wu Heng also returned to the room early. Inside the dormitory. Wu Heng took out the radio and installed it. After adjusting the frequency band, he said: "Minnie, this is Wu Heng, is there anything wrong with Treasure Island?" After saying that, Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique] and summoned a skeleton investigator from it, asking him to sit in front of the radio station and listen to the information. As soon as the skeleton sat down, a voice came from the radio, "Master, are you there?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, Minnie moved quite quickly. The radio station on Treasure Island is also guarded by skeletons. Under normal circumstances, the maids will watch it morning and night and will not stare at it at any time. "We have arrived at Netalei City, don''t worry." "That''s great." "How is Treasure Island?" Wu Heng asked. Minnie said: "Everything is normal on Treasure Island. Some problems have arisen in the past few days since you have been away, but Deacon Sheilagui has solved them." Sheila Gui is quite capable. "Where''s Shannella?" "There are more and more people buying goods on the island, and Sister Shanara can send several boxes of gold coins every day." Minnie said, and then added, "By the way, Sister Shanara said that when you come back, we will hold the first For the second auction, the venue has also begun to be re-established. "Just let her arrange it." Wu Heng nodded. "Master, has the case been investigated?" Minnie asked. Wu Heng replied, "Not yet, some are difficult to investigate." Then, it was Robert''s voice, "Master, has he missed us?" "I thought about it, I even dreamed about it." Then, it was Annette''s voice, "Master, be safe, Philippa is careless, take care of yourself." "Well, I will. You should also pay attention to your safety and wait until I get back." "I understand, Master." The three maids responded in unison. "I arranged for the skeleton to stay here at the radio station. If you have any questions, tell him directly." "OK." "I won''t tell you anymore, there''s something else going on here." The maids responded, and Wu Heng also hung up the communication. I sat in the room and waited for a while. Glenda also flew back from outside. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Granda said: "The city owner is in his 40s and is a level 16 professional. He summoned the guard commanders and officials in the city and asked them not to conflict with the people of the association. There are many people stationed in the military camp, and one of them has reached level 18. It is initially determined that he is a great boxer. The army has not taken any action against your entry into the city. " A level 18 professional, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. Such a high level was arranged in the military camp. I remember when I was interrogating the corpses at the cemetery, one of the corpses mentioned that originally Netale City could not defeat the external army. Later, a group of reinforcements appeared to help defend the place. It seems to be this level 18 professional. If this level 18 guy had been in the city, he wouldn''t have said that he couldn''t beat him. "Did you find anything wrong?" Wu Heng asked. Granda replied, "I haven''t found any big problems. Neither the city lord nor the 18th-level commander talked too much about the association. The only problem is that the level gap is relatively large. The highest in the army Level 18, then level 12 professionals, or even lower. Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s pay more attention to it later." "good." "You come back first, let''s go to the zombie world and have a look." Wu Heng said. Glenda nodded and got directly into the body. Wu Heng locked the door, opened the boundary gate, and walked in directly. Zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate, Wu Heng came to the window and opened it. Let some fresh air come into the room. Outside the window, you can see the patrolling skeleton team, some busy survivors, and even children playing football on the platform in the distance. It seems that a new survivor has been added. Pick up the walkie-talkie and call Qi Hancai. Not long after, footsteps sounded, and Qi Hancai, wearing blue jeans and white short-sleeves, walked in directly. "Chief!" Qi Hancai shouted with a smile. The relationship between the two has become closer, but they are still called leader instead. "Is the Korean rescue team here?" Wu Heng asked. Before leaving, Qi Hancai mentioned the Korean rescue team. "When we came, we brought a modern army. It looked like that." Qi Hancai said. "What did you say when you came here?" Qi Hancai took out the record book from his trouser pocket, opened it, glanced at it, and said: "He said two things in total. One was that he wanted us to withdraw from their country, and he talked about a lot of national land, the United Nations Charter, etc. I didnt understand either, so I refused directly. The second point is that I hope to control the movements of the skeletons and avoid conflicts with them. The two parties can reach a peaceful relationship and return the land. I plan to have an opportunity to discuss it with you in detail later. The third point is the exchange of food. They must have heard about our domestic affairs and directly made a request to exchange weapons for food. I did not agree to this, mainly because we dont have much food now. The last one is satellite sharing. They plan to lease the right to use satellites to us, which can provide communication, positioning, and some image observation. " Upon hearing the last one, Wu Heng''s brows instantly furrowed. "Satellite? Is this thing still working?" "From what they said, it should still be able to operate and provide some functions." Qi Hancai said. This is quite unexpected. The satellite can actually still be used, and it seems that it can be used by others. Wu Heng then asked, "What are the lease conditions?" "They have gone back to discuss it and will contact us through the radio then." Qi Hancai closed the book in his hand. "First ask how to rent it, and then see if this thing is helpful to us." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "We have also made some progress here." Wu Heng poured two glasses of water and placed one in front of Qi Hancai, "What''s the progress?" "Gaorong has started trial production of the artillery shell production chain. It is estimated that the finished product will not be far away." "Well, that''s a good thing." Wu Heng nodded. The efficiency at Gaorong is very high. First the production chain for rifles, and now for artillery shells, was surprisingly fast. Qi Hancai smiled and continued, "And sister Li Yahong, didn''t she say she had occupied the pharmaceutical factory before? She wanted a few alchemy skeletons to go over and see if the medicine could be produced in the form of tablets or capsules. " (End of chapter) Chapter 691 , all used on me Chapter 691: Its all used on me Make medicine from another world into pills. This is not a bad idea. Whether they are therapeutic drugs or psychotropic drugs, they all have effects that modern drugs do not have. Especially the treatment potion, as long as you are not dead, most injuries will be effective immediately as long as you take it. However, this potion also has some shortcomings. For example, liquid medicine and glass bottles. Its good to have a space ring, you can carry it. And more people don''t have space rings, so carrying potions is a problem. It would be more convenient and practical if made into tablets. Maybe it can become the next product of Treasure Island. "It''s a good idea." Wu Heng praised it first, then thought about it, "In a few days, I''ll arrange for the alchemy skeleton to come over and see if I can research it." "Okay, I will go to Binhai Port and talk to sister Yahong on the phone." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng added, "At that time, we will also inform each base about the local factories and industries. We can count them and try to resume production." "clear." After talking about the important things, the two chatted about some small things in the base. Qi Hancai looked at the other party carefully, "Will you stay tonight?" I just arrived in Netale City today, maybe there will be something going on in the evening. Its really hard to stay. Looking at Qi Hancai''s expectant eyes, he coughed lightly and said, "We don''t have to wait until night, we have plenty of time." Qi Hancai''s face turned red, "Then I''ll take a shower." "Let''s get together!" The two of them walked into the bathroom together. The mist was hazy, and soon a soft moan could be heard. Return to Netale City. The sky here has darkened. The skeleton investigator in front of the desk was still sitting upright in his chair without any movement. The doors and windows were closed tightly, and there was no problem with the mark caught in the crack of the door. No one has been. With a thought, all three ghosts were released. I looked around to determine the location. "Uncle, has there been any progress in the case?" Xiaoxiao asked. "not yet." "What did you find? Let me analyze it for you." Xiao Xiaofei came over and asked. Wu Heng looked at her and hesitated, "Is it necessary?" "Yes, I''ll help you catch the bad guys." Xiaoxiao was very excited. Glenda also said: "What information have been collected? Let''s talk about it. We are also prepared in mind." Wu Heng nodded and collected his thoughts. He told all the things he had investigated along the way after entering the city. The three ghosts were all lost in thought. "In other words, there are no clues at all." Granda concluded. Xiaoxiao floated over and said in a worried tone, "Uncle, you won''t reveal your secret, will you?" "Ah? What''s the secret? I didn''t kill the person." "No, by then we will know that you, the detective, are fake." Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her angrily, "When I first came here, how could I know that the case couldn''t be solved? And you also agreed to change the name?" "I didn''t, don''t talk nonsense." Xiaoxiao hugged his arms and distanced himself. Granda continued, "The fact that it can be so clean must have something to do with the top management of this city." "I think so too, so I want you to help me keep an eye on these two people." Wu Heng said directly. "City Lord?" Penny asked. "Well, Beni went to keep an eye on the city lord and write down who he met or what orders he gave. Glenda went to the military camp to keep an eye on the 18th-level commander and what he was doing." Wu Heng He sat down by the bed and said to the two ghosts. "What about me?" Xiaoxiao raised his hand. "Xiao Xiao, stay and protect me." "Oh, okay!" Xiao Xiao nodded, and the other two ghosts left directly through the wall to monitor the target. Wu Heng simply tidied up, lay on the bed, and began to review today''s investigation. Think about everything. It can be said that there was really no progress at all after entering the city. I cant really keep my reputation as a great detective, right? I also hope that this book will continue to be serialized and increase my reputation. Looking at the ceiling, suddenly the little head dived down from the ceiling, as if hanging upside down on the ceiling, staring at each other. "Didn''t it scare you?" Xiaoxiao smiled. "I''m not scared. It''s not easy to scare me." Wu Heng put his arms behind his head. Xiaoxiao floated aside again, "I told my mother that it''s up to you to be my father." "What did she say?" Wu Heng changed to lying on his side. "What else can you say! You''ve been scolding me for a long time." Xiao Xiao sighed and said: "If I had known, I would not have allowed her to change her job as a bard. She could talk for a long time in one breath, and she would have spent it on me." "I just said your mother wouldn''t agree. In fact, it doesn''t matter what we call it. We will always be a family." Wu Heng said with a smile. Until now, Wu Heng felt that his small unfinished business might be that he needed a father. But it involves Zhao Yanqiu again. Moreover, I feel like having a good chat with Xiaoxiao and calling me daddy and uncle are just the same titles. "No, she mainly wants to train me, and she doesn''t seem to be that resistant to this matter." Xiaoxiao looked like she was thinking, "I''ll talk about it then, and maybe it can be done." Wu Heng looked at her and didn''t say much. It was getting late, and Wu Heng said, "Xiaoxiao, I''m going to bed." "Okay, I want to watch cartoons." Wu Heng took out the tablet and said, "Look again, don''t forget to keep a lookout, my life depends on you." "Don''t worry." Xiaoxiao flew to the other side of the room and started watching cartoons. the next day. Five slender flags hang from the association building. There are different patterns printed on it, representing the factions represented by the five different leaders. This represents the arrival of people from the association headquarters, and different flags represent the personnel arranged by different factions. Below are some small flags, headed by the flag of Treasure Island. Everyone in the association had breakfast. Elder Tapani sat upright and asked, "Wu Heng, what are you going to check today?" Wu Heng had thought up today''s plan last night. Said: "At present, the city is not as chaotic as we thought. At least no one will attack us openly. The efficiency of gathering together is too slow. I want to separate people for investigation." "How to separate?" Wu Heng continued, "Some people went to the city hall or the Guards to retrieve some records from this period to check if there were any cases related to this matter in the city. They also contacted other secret whisperers in the city and visited some Residents, investigate the situation. "Which one do you choose? The rest will be divided among the others." "I need to go to the fleet to deal with the city hall and the guards. It''s best to leave it to Dean Gianvito, which will make things smoother." Wu Heng replied. Elder Tapani nodded and quickly assigned the tasks. Then everyone dispersed and headed to the locations they needed to investigate. Wu Heng led the skeleton attendants out of the association and headed to the port where the fleet docked. On the frigate. Philippa stood at the door of the kitchen, urging the skeleton chefs to speed up breakfast. Since there are prisoners on board, as well as the women and children who have been rescued, the amount of food will increase. Women and children also put on sailor uniforms if they wanted to go out on the deck. Do some deck clearing for camouflage. As for the case of human trafficking, the association has no intention of handling it directly. At that time, as long as you capture the leader of the White Wings Gang, you will be able to get the officials behind the scenes. It''s a case that has been solved. But now that the White Wings Gang has been recruited into the army, arresting people now involves disputes with the army. It is easy to delay the investigation on the association''s side. Wu Heng walked onto the battleship, where Philippa, the fifth princess and the maid were eating in the cab. Saw him walking in. Philippa asked: "Have you eaten? You skeletons are very good at craftsmanship." "They are all level 10 chefs, so they must be pretty good." Wu Heng said. "Go back and open the shop, give me two." "I want everything. You have almost emptied the island owner''s mansion." "Hehe." Philippa chuckled. The fifth princess put down the tableware and asked, "How is the investigation in the city?" "There are no obvious clues yet. I checked his residence and asked other people in the local association, but there are no obvious clues. It''s like the person suddenly disappeared." Wu Heng said. "Is it possible that someone has left?" the fifth princess asked. "No, I have used strange objects to check his traces, and I can confirm that the person is dead, and the Whisperer will not risk his life to deliver false news." The fifth princess refused to give up and said, "That may not mean that he will die in the city. Who would be stupid enough to kill the local deacon?" Philippa picked up the wine glass and took a sip, "So, someone pretended to look like he was leaving." Wu Heng was a little surprised that Philippa reacted so quickly this time. "You have lived in the city, tell me what the city lord is like?" Wu Heng looked at the blond and blue-eyed fifth princess. The fifth princess frowned, "Do you doubt him?" "Let''s talk first." "Dasier, he is probably in his 40s. He is humble and very capable, otherwise he would not be given such an important place as the port." The fifth princess took a deep breath, "My lord, if you have any doubts, As for him, I can guarantee that he will be fine and will not do such a stupid thing. Wu Heng nodded, but he didn''t care about her guarantee. When she was here, her identity was the fifth princess. Who among the officials in the city would dare to be discourteous to you? "Where is the defensive commander in the city? Just say the president." Wu Heng continued. "The president''s name is Herson. He is a level 15 warrior. He is a veteran general of the kingdom and has strong defense and combat experience." The fifth princess replied while thinking deeply. (End of chapter) Chapter 692 , the woman is still alive Chapter 692, the woman is still alive Level 15? This is different from what Glenda found out. According to the information Granda investigated, the city lord is level 16 and is the same person as the fifth princess, but the president is definitely not the same person. "The current leader of the city is a level 18 boxer. Can you guess who he is?" Wu Heng said. "Boxer?" The fifth princess frowned and thought for a moment, then shook her head, "I have no impression. I was not very interested in these things before. I don''t know many of them, and I don''t know their level. If there are portraits, I might know who they are." "He is very burly and has a beard." Wu Heng gave a rough description. "No impression." The fifth princess shook her head again. "Okay, it''s okay if you don''t know. It''s not a big problem." Wu Heng nodded. The fifth princess then said, "I will go into the city with you, and then I will ask you about Dashil in person. He is still very polite to me." "It''s not time for you to show up yet. If you come out now, you will only make people in the dark notice you." The fifth princess hesitated to speak, "Well... then, okay." "Don''t worry, if you are of any use, I will let you come forward." The fifth princess nodded and said nothing. Wu Heng continued to look at Philippa, "Is there anything wrong on the ship?" "Don''t worry, I have clearly arranged the fleet." Philippa patted his chest. After all, he has been a captain, so these things are not a big problem. "Then I''ll go back. I''ve arranged a radio in the room. If anything happens, I''ll be notified in time." "good." After confirming that nothing happened. Wu Heng disembarked. Walk back along the road. The once bustling streets were still deserted. When I first went to Treasure Island, I purchased a lot of weapons and armor here, and I was considered a big purchaser at that time. Now, the shops on both sides are closed. There are only some grain stores and daily necessities shops with half doors open for business. Wu Heng saw an armor shop in the distance. The store has been closed. Wu Heng once bought armor there. At that time, he also chatted with the other party''s proprietress about things in the city. Wu Heng turned into an alley and asked Xiao Xiao to confirm that no one was watching him nearby. He took out the human skin mask and put it on his face, and the two skeleton attendants also used the [Mansion Technique]. Walk out of the alley and come to the front of the armor shop. He knocked **** the door, and not long after, an old woman in her 50s opened the door a crack and looked him up and down, "What''s the matter?" "I''m looking for the proprietress of this store. I''ve ordered goods here before," Wu Heng said. The other party''s eyes moved slightly and he said coldly, "If I''m not here, the store won''t be open." After saying that, he closed the door. Wu Heng resisted and pushed the door open with a little force. He walked directly in and said, "Is it okay to leave the goods after selling them? Let your landlady come to see me." The old woman still wanted to shout to stop her. A woman''s voice came from the room, "Sir, please go to the living room." The old woman glared at Wu Heng and said directly: "Come this way, I really thought that if there were fewer men in the family, everyone would want to bully him." Wu Heng ignored the other party''s curse and followed him into the lobby of the store. There were no goods inside, and only some tools were left on the counter. Not long after, footsteps sounded. A woman who deliberately acted ugly came out. She was slovenly and her face was oily. "What did the customer buy?" "I''ll talk to you alone," Wu Heng said. The landlady narrowed her eyes slightly and said to her side: "Wait for me at the door." The old woman and several other women who followed her walked out together and closed the door. Hearing the footsteps, he didn''t go too far, and stood guard at the door. "We have a lot of things to do about the guests," the landlady urged. Wu Heng took off his mask and revealed his original face, "Does the boss lady still remember me?" The other party''s eyes narrowed, "Gold and silver..." When you are halfway through speaking, stop immediately. He walked to the door and said, "This guest was introduced by a friend. You can go and do your own business." "Okay ma''am, call us if you have something." After saying that, he came back and sat opposite Wu Heng. "Sir, why are you here?" Wu Heng said: "I came here with the association. When the association enters the city, it should not be as chaotic as before." "That''s good, otherwise this life would really be impossible." Wu Heng then asked: "Tell me about the things in the city. We have also been investigating things here recently." The landlady pondered for a moment, then started telling the story. At the beginning, there was a battle between two armies in the city. The men in the city were all recruited and forcibly joined the army. "Later, when Netalei City could no longer be defended, reinforcements came and drove the enemy back. I heard that those people were quite fierce, and their combat effectiveness was no worse than that of the army." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Aren''t the reinforcements also the Kingdom''s army?" "It''s not military uniforms when you enter the city." The proprietress thought for a moment, "Like mercenaries, they wear everything." "Do you know anything else?" Wu Heng asked next. "No, these are what we saw when we were recruited to repair their armor. I don''t know the rest." "Have you met the leader of the reinforcements?" "I''ve seen a very burly man with a square face, a beard, and less hair than a beard." The boss''s wife replied in retrospect. This is the same person as the military camp commander Granda saw. In other words, the city defense commander in the memory of the fifth princess was replaced and became the reinforcement commander. In fact, it is reasonable. This world level is the most direct way to divide levels. There is no problem if level 18 replaces level 15. "Thank you, I understand." Wu Heng nodded. The landlady hesitated for a moment and then said: "Island owner, when you leave, can you take us with you? We also know some skills and can help you when we go to Treasure Island." "You want to get out of here?" "It doesn''t have to be how long the fight lasts. Everyone who can leave has left. If you stay here, you will die sooner or later." The landlady said in a somewhat anxious tone. "Okay, I promise you this, but you can''t talk about it everywhere. I will inform you before leaving." Wu Heng agreed. The landlady''s face lit up, "Thank you, sir." "If you have any information, please send it directly to the association." "Understood, my lord." Wu Heng put on his mask again, "I''m leaving first, and you should also pay attention to your safety." The landlady nodded and followed him to the door. After saying a few words about coming back if the armor is broken, he waved goodbye. Wu Heng left directly. Return to the association. Wu Heng just walked into the hall. Someone came over and said, "Master Wuheng Island, Dean Gianvito has a clue. Let me wait here for your return." Got a clue? It''s more efficient than my own. Wu Heng asked: "What clue?" "We checked the files of the city hall, compared the portraits, and found the residence of the whisperer." "Let''s go and see together." The other party led the way and rushed towards the Whisperer''s residence. After arriving at the location, several people from the association had already searched the room. "There are no helpful clues, but it is certain that there are two people living here, and there should be a woman." Gianvito said. Wu Heng glanced inside and said, "Bring me some women''s clothes." A piece of close-fitting clothing was sent over. Wu Heng took out the [Tracing Pendant], and immediately after dripping blood, the skull began to bite the clothes. Then a faint blue soul struggled in one direction. Wu Heng, Gianvito and others'' eyes lit up. This man is still alive! (End of chapter) Chapter 693 ,woman Chapter 693, woman "Are you sure the person is alive?" Gianvito asked. "Only when people are alive can strange objects have an effect." Wu Heng explained. The other people who came over also looked happy when they heard this explanation. Since entering the city, the entire case has been obscure and difficult. It seems that the members of the association are investigating the case smoothly and no one from the local area intervenes, but it keeps going back and forth without any progress. There seems to be a turning point today, as the family members of the murdered Whisperer have been found. There may be some important clues. "Don''t delay, lest something goes wrong with this clue," Gianvito said. This is because they are afraid of being found by others in advance and silenced in advance. Wu Heng glanced at the pendant and said behind him: "A few of you will stay and guard here, Gianvito. The rest of you will follow me. Do you have a horse? Bring the horse over." "Yes!" everyone responded, gaining some morale. At this time, two horses were led over. Wu Heng and the old mage got on their horses, flicked their whips, and ran in the direction pointed by the pendant. The skeleton attendant also ran quickly and put some distance between them. Further behind were the association members who were trotting behind. A team was divided into three groups and ran wildly on the street. Attracting everyone''s attention along the way. Residential area. The association team entered aggressively. Residents on both sides of the road left quickly, and half of the doors of open grain stores were closed. From the gap, he looked at the team that suddenly broke in. Huh~! Wu Heng pulled the reins and the horse stopped quickly. The old mage also stopped and stroked his gray beard to maintain his image. Wu Heng pointed to the private house in front and said, "This is it." The house is a two-story building made of brick, stone and wood. After all, it is a port city, and the living conditions are much better in comparison. "It seems that we are not very popular, right?" Gianvito looked around, "Where''s your little ghost? Check the area to see if there is any danger." Perceive letting go. You can feel the sounds behind the doors of some houses, and the eyes looking through the gaps. You can feel the slight clanking sound of the equipment, and you can feel the vigilance towards people like you. "There is no danger. We have captured young men in the city before. It is normal to be wary of us. Don''t worry about them." Wu Heng said directly. While the two were talking. Skeleton attendants and other association members also arrived one after another. "Don''t delay," Gianvito urged. Wu Heng also gestured to the house in front of him, "Knock on the door." A member of the association came forward and knocked on the door. There were subtle footsteps inside, but there was no response. "We are from the association and want to ask something." It was still quiet inside. "Break the door." Gianvito said directly. Bang~! The team member who knocked on the door kicked the door. The door panel shook violently. Bang~! The second foot landed, and the door instantly opened inward. Inside a dimly lit house. Three women and a child were holding each other, and some had their hands behind their backs as if they were holding some sort of weapon. "What are you going to do? We are very united. If you dare to act recklessly, you won''t be able to make it easy." A woman said forcefully. "We are members of the association who came to the city to find someone." Someone explained. "Looking for someone? We don''t have what you are looking for here." "Who has an association member at home?" a member of the team continued to ask. No one in the house spoke. Wu Heng glanced at the pendant in his hand and pointed at a woman hiding behind. She was less than 30 years old, with a black and gray face, and her facial contours looked pretty good. "You come with us to the association." "No, no, I don''t know anything." The woman dodged. "We are from the association headquarters. Not long ago, an informant of the association died on the way to report the news. We got the news and came to investigate, and we happened to find you." Wu Heng looked at the other party and said calmly. The woman''s eyes were wandering, and after a while, she said, "Why should I trust you?" "Go to the association. You will know our identities when we get there." Wu Heng continued. The woman glanced at the people gathered outside and saw that she had no choice but to leave. He nodded and said, "I''ll go with you." "Please!" The woman nodded, picked up the package behind her, and walked out directly. The rest all retreated. Wu Heng took out a few silver coins from the space ring and handed them to the remaining people in the room, "Excuse me, take it to repair the door." Put the silver coins in a pile on the side cabinet at the door and leave with the others. When I returned, I wasnt in such a hurry. The group of people escorted the woman and returned directly to the association. Inside the association building. The elder Tapani was sitting on the chair, but his face was extremely serious. There was some progress today. But I''m not sure what the final result will be and whether it will help the entire case. "Elder, do you need to arrange for someone to go out to pick them up?" Tapani glanced at the people in the room and said, "No need, we just stay here and wait for them." "What if we don''t have accurate information yet?" Tapani glared at the person who asked the question, but still said: "If there are no clues yet, it will not be us who are worried, but the Kingdom of Yeke and the city of Netale. Will there be any results by then? The city lord They all have to be replaced. "That''s right, the city lord here should be the most worried now." "To prevent us from entering the city, and there are doubts in this case, he can no longer be the city lord." "It depends on Wu Heng and the others whether there will be any results this time." Everyone was discussing in low voices, and footsteps sounded outside the door. The door of the conference room opened, and Wu Heng and others strode in with a woman. Gianvito and Elder Tapani exchanged glances quickly. The serious expression on Tapani''s face relaxed slightly. "Wu Heng, how are you?" Tapani asked directly. Wu Heng said: "I briefly learned about this wife on the way, who claimed to be the messenger of the secret messenger. Something happened in the city. She didn''t have time to leave the city, so she hid in the homes of ordinary residents." The elder nodded, looked at the woman in coarse linen clothes, and asked, "What is your name?" The woman''s eyes dodge and she steps back. Wu Heng said: "This is the elder of the association headquarters. He is the strongest in the city. Answer whatever you ask. You will not be in danger." The woman bowed lightly and said, "My name is Flora." "Did your husband leave you any message before he left?" "Yes!" The woman nodded. Everyone in the room looked moved. "What was left behind?" Tapani asked. The woman took off her coat, opened the inner piece of clothing along the seams, and took out a note from the Snake Emblem Consortium in the mezzanine. This kind of bill is relatively common in the Snake Emblem Consortium. This is what it means to recognize the vote but not the person. Wu Heng took it and checked it. There were no problems with the imprints on the bill and its anti-counterfeiting. Turn around and hand it over to the level 18 investigator on the side for another look. Also confirmed that there is no problem. Wu Heng then asked, "Besides this note, what else did he say to you? What instructions did he give you?" "This..." the woman fell into silence, and then said: "I can''t remember. The last thing I remember is that he asked me to hide when I was in danger and wait for people from the association headquarters to come here." "What kind of person is he usually?" Wu Heng asked next. The woman was stunned, and the others looked at him strangely. Then, the woman started sobbing softly and talked about how the two met and what responsible people they were. After talking for a while. Seeing that he couldn''t get any answers, Wu Heng continued to ask: "Does anyone else want to ask anything?" "No, arrange a dormitory for her and go rest." Tapani said. The woman was taken out of the room. After the door closed, Wu Heng looked at the priest, "Are you telling the truth?" "It''s hard to judge. There are only two sentences, and the rest is crying." The priest said. Tapani looked at her, "Do you suspect there is something wrong with her?" "I can''t say for sure." Wu Heng continued, "I''ll go to the local Snake Emblem Consortium to have a look. It was closed before. I don''t know if I can still find anyone." "I''ll go with you. Dean Gianvito, please stay here. If the information is useful, we''ll arrest him directly." Tapani stood up and said. (End of chapter) Chapter 694 , arrest people Chapter 694, arrest people The old mage stroked his beard and said, "What do you mean, I can''t catch anyone if I follow you?" "That''s not what I mean. If it really involves the local city lord or the army, the identity of the association elder will be more of a deterrent." Gianvito didn''t say much, "Go ahead and don''t forget to arrange for someone to come back and report the news." "Okay, let''s go." The team was adjusted, and Wu Heng, Tapani and others went out to the Snake Emblem Consortium. On the battleship. The fifth princess stood on the deck, leaning on the railing with both arms, looking in the direction of Netale City, her long golden hair flowing loosely in the wind. It will take a few months to leave the kingdom. Now that I''m back, I didn''t expect that Netale City, which was the most prosperous in the past and occupied the main maritime trade of the kingdom, has become like this. It''s like a city, a lifeless and dead city. She didnt know what Treasure Island looked like before, but the current Netale City was definitely not as good as Treasure Island. One is becoming more and more prosperous, while the other is becoming more and more declining. Two completely opposite directions. "It can''t really be related to Netale City!" The fifth princess muttered. She has absolute admiration and trust for the owner of Wuheng Island. But I was worried that it was actually found to be related to the officials in Netale City. If this is the case, then it is really rotten to the core and there is no cure. "Brittany, what are you doing!" Philippa came from behind holding the fruit and looking into the distance. "Look at the scenery." Philippa handed her a piece of fruit, "Why do you believe that the killing of the deacon was not done by this city lord?" The fifth princess looked over and said: "I don''t believe him, but I know his way of doing things, the advancement of the kingdom''s system, and the development of the entire Neitale City. He has his suggestions. It is impossible for him to kill a deacon." Philippa chewed the fruit and muttered, "People''s consciousness will change. How can you be sure that he has not changed, or is forced by the situation to take action." "You don''t understand me." "What do you mean!" "He will change, but he is not a fool. The death of the deacon will have serious consequences. A local manager will not allow this to happen, let alone do it himself." The fifth princess said. Philippa thought for a moment, bit off the pulp and fed it to the shoulder parrot, "What if it was him!" "Why did you identify him?" "Intuition, if someone is going to die on the ship and there are no traces left, then the person who is most convenient to clean up the scene is the murderer or an accomplice." The fifth princess turned to stare at her, "Let''s make a bet!" "What bet?" "Bet on that tavern on your island." The fifth princess said directly. Philippa raised an eyebrow and said, "Okay, so what if you lose?" "As you wish." "Those who have been my subordinates for a month, as well as your little maid, must obey me." "Okay, just wait until you cry!" "I''m not a down-and-out princess who has never left home." The original site of the Snake Emblem Consortium. The door was closed, and the tavern sign on the door had disappeared. Everyone in the association stood at the door. Wu Heng said: "The Snake Emblem Consortium here originally opened underground in this tavern, but now they are all closed." Elder Tapani glanced up and down and said, "Knock on the door." Dong dong dong~! Association members came forward and knocked on the door, and the sound spread. It lasted several times. Still didn''t get any response. "Stop knocking, open your eyes." Wu Heng said directly. The thieves in the team stepped forward, took out their tools and began to pick the door lock. After a few moments, they were all opened, revealing a fairly clean hall. Wu Heng and others walked in and raised their brows slightly. This kind of environment looks like it has been cleaned by someone, not that it has always been uninhabited. "Downstairs." Wu Heng led several people downstairs. Walk along the stone steps towards the basement. Just halfway through, I saw a figure standing at the bottom of the corridor. Under the light of the light stone, it looked a bit eerie and scary. Looking carefully, I saw a man in a straight suit standing over there. "Guys, it''s not convenient to receive guests now." Wu Heng glanced at the other party, took out the receipt and handed it to the other party, "Excuse me, come to pick up the things, and leave after taking them." The man took the bill and looked down, "Wait here a moment." The man in the suit left and returned again with an extra gift box in his hand. "Please come back, please!" He immediately issued an order to expel the guests, and everyone turned around and left without staying. Walk out of the tavern. The door to the tavern that had been pried open was also re-closed. I heard a clattering sound, as if there were two more locks. Outside the pub. "Open it and take a look!" Tapani said. Wu Heng opened it directly, and a letter appeared in the wooden box. Everyone''s heart moved. A letter, not a property or valuable item, means that there is information left behind. Open the letter and look at the contents inside. Everyone''s brows also furrowed. The content of the letter was indeed related to this incident, and it also told the complete story and the murderer. mentioned inside. The leader of the Double Dragon Gang is the pirate group that attacked the caravan half a year ago. The two of them have been investigating this case during this time. As soon as they achieved results, they were ambushed by the opponent, and the deacon died on the spot. Then there was chaos in the city, the local association was blocked, and gangs from all sides were recruited to join the army, and they began to investigate and hunt him down. He left this letter and left the local area to seek support. After reading the content of the letter, everyone frowned. He actually died at the hands of a local gang. They checked for so long. We are all prepared for a head-on confrontation with the city''s army, so what does this mean? The investigator on the side began to transcribe and record it verbatim. "Elder!" Wu Heng shouted. Tapani came back to his senses and said, "Let''s go to the city lord''s mansion to ask for someone." Wow~! The sound of bones rubbing against each other resounded throughout the street. Members of the associations, plus more than a hundred skeleton soldiers, headed to the city lord''s mansion in a mighty manner. I saw the army approaching from a distance. The direction of the city lord''s palace also became chaotic. A large number of soldiers climbed onto the wall, with swords, bows and crossbows fully prepared. "Who are you? The city lord''s palace is forbidden to approach." The guard yelled angrily. The association also shouted: "The association arrests wanted criminals, kills those who obstruct them, and places arrest warrants on those who escape." The two sides confronted each other for an instant, and tension filled the air. At this time, a cry came from the city lord''s palace, "Put down the crossbow, don''t be impulsive." City Lord Dashil appeared on the city wall, looked down with some surprise, and shouted: "Masters of the association, what is happening?" Tapani walked out with an upright posture, holding the hilt of his sword, and said in a deep voice: "Lord Dashil, we have investigated the murderer, and we hope you can cooperate." "The investigation is out? I will naturally cooperate." Dashil said immediately. "Open the city gate and I''ll tell you in detail." Dashil looked hesitant, stared at Tapani, and said, "Okay, I''ll go down, but please restrain my men." The door to the city lord''s palace opened, and Dashil walked in directly, "I wonder who he is?" "You should have heard of the leader of the Double Dragon Gang. He is currently serving as the captain in your army." Tapani said. Dashil''s eyes widened instantly, "This is impossible!" Tapani sneered, "Isn''t it possible? Wouldn''t it be clear after calling him out for a confrontation?" "I need to ask first," Dasil said. "Call out and we''ll ask together." Ta Ta Ta Ta~! While he was talking, a group of troops came quickly from a distance. Surrounding the association team, the number of people and momentum instantly reversed, and the association members were at a disadvantage. "The Lord of Dashil is waiting for reinforcements?" Tapani touched the hilt of the sword, his eyes cold. "No way." Dashil immediately called to the commander in the distance and asked: "Is there anyone from the Double Dragon Gang in the army?" Double Dragon Gang? The team leader thought for a moment and replied, "Yes." "Where are the people? Their leader brought them here." "Your Majesty the City Lord, the last time we fought with the rebels, the leader was dead. It will take more than a week." The commander replied. The expressions of everyone in the association changed again. People are gone again? The city lord glanced here and continued to ask: "The leader is dead, are there any of his subordinates still alive?" "There should be." "Go and check and bring over everyone who is alive." (End of chapter) Chapter 695 , the decision can be finalized Chapter 695, the decision can be finalized The city lord issued the order, and the commander responded and returned to the army to investigate. As for the association, everyone''s expressions were not as relaxed as before. The clues that were finally found were traced to this point, but the target was actually dead. And he still died within half a month. Wu Heng came over and asked: "Lord Dashil, the city is recruiting gang members. Are any gangs allowed to join?" Dasil looked at Wu Heng carefully, and his appearance and features could clearly explain his identity. He replied: "They will all be recruited, but some investigations will also be conducted. Gangs with a good reputation in the city and no criminal records will be appointed leaders or captains, while those who are parallel will be dispersed into the army." In other words, gang members will all join the army, it is just a matter of how to arrange it. "The leader of the Shuanglong Gang has been appointed as the captain. He should have a good reputation in the city?" Wu Heng asked. "Based on the opponent''s level and file records, it is indeed consistent with the position of captain." Dashil''s tone remained calm. That is, from the perspective of Netale City. The leader of the Double Dragon Gang, he fits the position of captain. Wu Heng took two steps forward and then asked: "When did the battle with the enemy take place?" "A month ago, the enemy retreated, and the two sides faced off and fought for a longer time." "How many people died?" "It''s a secret in the city and it''s not convenient to reveal it." "Are there any bodies left behind?" "To prevent the plague, the corpses will be burned together after their identities are confirmed." The city lord still replied. One question and one answer, while talking. The commander who left came back. Behind him were three soldiers wearing armor but no weapons. "City Lord, these three people are members of the Double Dragon Gang. It will take some time to investigate the remaining people." The three people who were brought here were a little at a loss. He looked around and saluted proactively, "Your Majesty the City Lord." City Lord Dashil looked at the three of them and said: "These are the investigation team of the association headquarters. You will cooperate with whatever is asked. Don''t feel any pressure on things that have nothing to do with you." "Yes." He said, looking towards the association, his eyes wandering. Elder Tapani said: "Then I will take these three people away. If they have nothing to do with them, I will naturally let them back." Dashil nodded, "Yes, I also hope you can solve the case as soon as possible. The city is not a safe place now." "Take them and let''s go back," Tapani said. Association team, with three gang members. Following the large team, we began to return to the association. On the way, Tapani whispered: "Does this city lord have any problems?" "Not sure yet." Wu Heng shook his head. "The rest depends on what these three people say." Tapani said. Wu Heng also nodded and turned around to ask the team to speed up. Return to the association. I briefly explained it to the remaining personnel and prepared directly for the interrogation. The three Double Dragon Gang members were separated for interrogation. Wu Heng interrogated one person with a level 15 priest and an investigator. The remaining two were interrogated by Elder Tapani and Dean Gianvito respectively. He also believed that Wu Heng was the lowest level and arranged for a priest to follow him for interrogation. In the interrogation room. Wu Heng looked at the stern and somewhat bewildered gang members and asked, "What''s your name?" "Virut." "From Netalei City?" "Come from the small village to the east." Wu Heng nodded and then asked: "How long have you been joining the Double Dragon Gang?" "It''s been three years." The other party answered carefully. After a few questions, Wu Heng said fiercely: "Virut, the leader of the Double Dragon Gang assassinated the deacon of the association, were you involved in this matter?" The sudden harsh words made the other party''s body tremble. Then, the faces of the gang members changed drastically, and their eyes were full of horror. "I didn''t, I don''t know." "You don''t know?" Wu Heng looked directly at the other party, "You''d better tell the truth, otherwise I won''t care if you both are executed for the same crime." The gang members were even more flustered, "S-Sir, I will definitely cooperate, but I don''t know anything about this matter." "Were the Double Dragon Gang pirates before?" The other party hesitated for a while, then nodded, "It was called the Sea Dragon Pirates two years ago. Later, it sold its ships and took the money to the city to form a gang. Although I am a member of the Double Dragon Gang, my rank is low and I have never been reused." Wu Heng glanced at the official, who nodded slightly without leaving any trace. The investigator sitting aside recorded everything. In other words, the Double Dragon Gang did serve as pirates, and the scale seemed to be quite large. Later, for some reasons, they went ashore to form a gang. Compared with the information provided in the letter, it is quite mild. "I know there has been chaos in the city recently, but the killing of the deacon has nothing to do with me. Sir, sirs, what level am I at? I don''t even know how to be in the gang, how can I be qualified to deal with the deacon." The other party was anxious. explain. This sentence sounds aggrieved, but it is also very convincing. It is difficult for an ordinary gang member like him to have the qualifications and courage to kill a local deacon. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and guided him, "I believe what you say, but those outside are the association elders and dean. It will not be easy for you to clear your name from them." The gang member said: "Sir, is it possible that someone else did it, but it can''t be me. There are so many masters in the gang!" "Then tell me who in the gang is likely to kill Deacon." The gang members were silent for a while before speaking: "Our leader, he is level 14 and has very rich combat experience. He dares to do anything. Maybe he did it." Pirates have always been brave. Not to mention finding them and killing the deacon. When they were in the Emerald Sea, the pirates planned to lure the association members out to surround and kill them. The identities of hunter and prey are fluid. Wu Heng looked at the priest again, and the latter nodded again. "Is there anyone else in the gang?" "I don''t know. The people were dispersed and some of them probably ran away. We didn''t have time to run away." Wu Heng saw that he couldn''t find any answer, so he continued, "Before things come out, you should stay in the association and continue to cooperate." "Yes, yes." People were taken down. Wu Heng and others also went to the conference room. Entering the room, Tapani and Gianvito were already sitting inside to discuss the case. Seeing him come in, Tapani asked: "How is it?" "It can be confirmed that the Shuanglong Gang was a pirate before, and the leader is a level 14 professional." Wu Heng said directly. "It''s basically the same as what we asked." Tapani picked up the tea cup and took a sip, with a smile on his face. Gianvito also said: "Let the city lord''s palace know when the time comes, and these people will be brought back to the headquarters." "Well, it''s not difficult at all. Pirates and gang members will not offend us and protect these people." Tapani said with a smile. "I see, they are eager for us to finish quickly and leave here early." Gianvito stroked his beard. The others also echoed, "It is also a meritorious service to solve the case with the elder and dean this time. "And the owner of Wuheng Island, when new stories are added to the book, don''t forget to add them to us." "Yes, let us also become famous." Wu Heng also smiled and said: "If we really want to make it into a story, if everyone is willing, it will naturally appear in the story. After all, it is the result of our joint efforts." "Of course I do." Its best to write exaggeratedly to attract readers. Everyone gathered together to discuss, and seemed to have accepted the end of the case. The investigation of cases in this world is simpler and rougher in form, with the motive of murder, witness testimony, some clues from the scene, or the guidance of some auxiliary props. Now things have basically been able to sort out the case. The murderer is a pirate that the association has been investigating. He is of high rank and brutal. He later joined the army in the city and can use some convenience to destroy traces. At least for now, we can have a reasonable explanation with the headquarters. For everyone involved in this investigation, the merit has been achieved. "Okay, let''s eat first and summarize all the clues in the afternoon." Tapani said. (End of chapter) Chapter 696 , there is a problem Chapter 696, there is a problem Had lunch. The rest began to sort out the case, and Wu Heng left the association and headed to the location of the fleet. On the way, Xiaoxiao was lying invisible on his shoulder, "Uncle, is the case closed?" "We have started to sort out the clues, which means we have accepted this ending." "Aren''t you afraid of arresting the wrong person?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. "There are no other clues in the city, and this is the only one. Even if there are loopholes, as long as the case can be clarified, the case must be closed." Wu Heng explained softly. "They are not here to investigate, they are here to earn merit." "Well, most of them are here to earn merit." Arriving all the way to the port, Wu Heng boarded the ship directly. "How''s it going? Did you gain anything today?" Philippa came over from the side. The fifth princess and the princess maid also followed behind. Wu Heng said: "We found out. The leader of a gang was originally a pirate. The deacon of the association found out the clues and killed people directly. Then the army in the city fought, and the matter was covered up." Upon hearing the news, the three of them were stunned. "Look, I said it has nothing to do with Netale City. Philippa, you lose." The fifth princess sounded excited. Philippa frowned, "Did you catch the leader? Did he admit it?" "He died in battle half a month ago. The source of the clue is the letter left by the Whisperer." Wu Heng explained. Philippa''s eyes changed, and he asked for confirmation: "Did he kill him?" "There are no new clues. The elder believes that he did it." Wu Heng replied. "I know Dasil. He is not a pirate and would not do such a stupid thing." The fifth princess put her hands behind her hands and raised her chest slightly. "What do you mean? Pirates at least won''t sell their own people." Philippa countered. "Humph, you lost this time, don''t be so shameless." The little maid followed. "It''s not certain who will lose." Philippa looked at Wu Heng, "Why don''t you arrest this city lord and question him directly? I remember that the association asked you directly last time and even used props. Why did you go to such trouble this time? " What I''m talking about is last time, the inspector went to the island to investigate Wu Heng. There was no evidence at all at the time, and based on his identity as a necromancer, he directly conducted an investigation and used rare objects. Wu Heng said: "Can this be the same?" "What''s different? Aren''t there two level 18s in the team? I''m afraid he won''t cooperate." Philippa asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment and organized a verbal explanation, "The two are different. The supervisor''s investigation of me is an internal investigation, and both belong to the same system of the association. This city lord is from Yeke Kingdom, so there must be evidence when doing things." Philippa thought for a moment and said, "I seem to understand." "The association is already relatively strong." "Okay! What should we do next?" Philippa continued to ask. "The fleet is starting to prepare. We will have another day of rest tomorrow before returning to Treasure Island." Wu Heng explained. Philippa nodded, "Okay, I will be ready." Wu Heng continued, "I''m going back first." "Okay." Philippa nodded. Wu Heng got off the boat, and the strange voice of the little maid came from behind him, "Princess, what do you think the name of the Nautilus should be changed in the future?" On the way, she went to a leather goods store and promised the proprietress to take her away. I still have to say it in advance. Return to the association. Everyone seemed much more relaxed and no longer as busy as when they were investigating the case. Wu Heng sat down on the resting seat beside him and looked through the letters stranded in the association. They haven''t been sent out for a long time, they are all detained here. Footsteps sounded, and Kavina walked over, "While you were away, the city lord came over." "What are you here for?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "I came to ask about the situation of those people who were arrested. I learned that it was definitely related to the killing of the deacon, so I didn''t say much." Kavina narrated, and then added, "By the way, they also said that they would hold a banquet for everyone. The elder refused." "I should be here to get some news." "Well, let''s stay in the city. I feel like he is more nervous than the murderer." "really." While the two were chatting, Kavina''s team members came over from behind. "I''m going to work." Kavina also stood up. "Go." Wu Heng nodded. Kavina left, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory. Night falls in the bedroom. Xiaoxiao poked his head out from the wall, "Uncle, I called them back." While talking, Glenda and Penny flew in front and back. "What''s wrong?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng closed the drawing in his hand and asked, "What''s wrong with those two people?" Glenda stared at the level 18 army president, while Penny was responsible for staring at the city lord''s palace. The two of them have a clear division of labor. Glenda said: "I have been keeping an eye on his movements since I passed there. They must have arranged for someone to keep an eye on the association. They continue to hear about your actions, but there is no news about the assassination of the deacon or any extraordinary actions." "Benny, where are you?" Penny also followed up and said: "I didn''t find anything going on here at the City Lord''s Mansion. Some letters were written to the outside, but some props must have been used. I can''t see the content on them. The letters were sent outside the city." Wu Heng nodded and said: "This morning, I found the wife of the Whisperer, and based on the clues provided by the other party, I found the letter left behind and found out who the Double Dragon Gang was." "Case closed?" "If there is no new information, we will deal with the White Wings Gang issue tomorrow, then return to Treasure Island, and the rest will return to the association headquarters." Wu Heng said. The two ghosts were a little surprised. "How?" Glenda asked. "Auntie, I know, I''ll tell you." Xiaoxiao raised his hand. Glenda nodded, "Okay, let''s talk a little bit." Xiaoxiao flew aside and told everything that happened today. Unlike the participants, Xiaoxiao looked at the entire case from the perspective of a bystander and spoke in great detail. After listening, the two ghosts nodded. Xiaoxiao then said, "Auntie, can you include me in the new story? I also want to be a big star." Granda said: "The whole case only happened in two days, and there is no story. It may not be suitable for writing a story." "Huh? Is it because it''s too fast?" "There is no story." Wu Heng tidied things up briefly, "I''m taking a rest, don''t go too far." The three ghosts nodded. Wu Heng went to bed to rest. The next day, early morning. The association''s underground morgue. Wu Heng stood on one side, followed by the rest of the association. "Wu Heng, take out the body and deal with it quickly so that we can go back and recover," Tapani said. Wu Heng took out two straw-swept corpses from the space ring. These two corpses were members of the White Wings Gang who were killed at sea when they arrived. They thought they would be useful, so they were not transformed into skeletons, but kept. [Conversation with the Dead] was released, and the corpse sat up instantly. Wu Heng asked: "What level is your leader?" "Level 13." "Did you hold any important positions in the army?" The corpse replied, "Mainly responsible for some transportation arrangements in the city." Wu Heng then asked, "What are the characteristics of his appearance?" "Very burly, with no earlobe in his left ear." Wu Heng then asked, "Where can I find him?" The corpse answered directly, "There is a dispatch hall in the north of the city, and he lives there now." A total of four questions were asked. The elder said directly: "No need to ask, Wu Heng asked you to go to the mobilization hall to check the ghost inspection. The rest of the people are waiting for the news. Once the target is found, arrest them first, and we will talk about the rest later." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. The magic dissipated, and the questioning corpse lay back on its back. Everyone left the basement and gathered in the lobby on the first floor. Wu Heng walked aside and whispered a few words. Let the ghost go out to investigate the situation. The ghost went out to investigate. The rest were waiting inside the association. The city is also monitoring every move of the association. If it takes action, it must catch the target as quickly as possible. Otherwise, you may give the other party time to react. As for the attitude towards the leader of the White Wings Gang, Elder Tapani has a tougher attitude. We need to arrest the person directly, and we will deal with the rest after we catch the person. "The wife of the Whisperer left this morning." Gianvito came over and said. "Leaved?" Wu Heng turned his head, curious, "Where can she go at this time?" "Last night, I asked Tapani to leave. He said that someone from my mother''s family picked me up. With the association here, I planned to leave the city first." Gianvito said softly. "Don''t you need to take her back to headquarters?" "After all, she is not a prisoner, and she played a role in providing clues in the case. Just record it, and let her go if she is crying." Gianvito said. "Has the pension been given to her?" "Can you give her that little money? Tapani gave it to him. He is an elder who only knows more than less." As if he heard what the two were discussing, the elder Tapani not far away turned his head and looked over. He walked over straight and said, "What are you talking about?" In terms of appearance and form, the elves are indeed a favored race. Still young, and tall and well-proportioned. "Let''s talk about the woman leaving this morning." Gianvito said. Tapani nodded, "It doesn''t matter if she left voluntarily, it looks like her mood is not very stable." The three of them got together and chatted for a while. The ghost who arranged to go out to investigate the situation also flew back. "I''ll go over there." Wu Heng said and walked to a position slightly further to the side. "What''s wrong? Have you found the target?" Xiaoxiao lowered his voice and said, "I found it. There is another person. He looks familiar to me." "who?" "Look, I''m talking to the idiot leader." Xiaoxiao said and got directly into the body. Immediately afterwards, a picture was shared into my mind. In the dim room, two figures were sitting. One man was tall and tall, wearing commander''s attire. His left ear was injured and there was no earlobe. The person opposite him was an old man, upright and drinking tea. Wu Heng''s heart moved. Snake Emblem Consortium, the old man who received the brocade box in exchange for the note. (End of chapter) Chapter 697 , they are crazy Chapter 697, they are crazy Grass! Sure enough, it was the old man from the Snake Emblem Consortium. Wu Heng''s memory of him is relatively clear. Except for the difference in clothing, his appearance is exactly the same. Next, there was a conversation between the old man and the leader of the White Wings Gang. "Not ready yet?" The leader of the White Wings Gang shook his head, "Soon." "Don''t make any mistakes." "Don''t worry." After that, the two stopped talking and just sat on the chairs drinking tea. Xiaoxiao also turned around and flew back directly. Wu Heng frowned. People from the Snake Emblem Consortium appeared in the dispatch hall of the city guard and had tea with a gang leader. Various speculations arose in his mind, and the whole case became more suspicious at this time. It is even said that the entire case is wrong. "What''s wrong?" Gianvito came over and asked. Wu Heng still frowned and said: "Elder, dean, let''s talk inside." The smiles on the faces of the other two people also became serious, and they followed into a separate room. "The gang leader is also dead?" Tapani subconsciously guessed. "Not dead, but another person was found. Maybe there are some problems with the results of our investigation." Wu Heng said in a deep voice. The eyes of the other two people narrowed instantly. Tapani said in a deep voice: "If you find something, just tell me." "Ghost found the leader of the White Wings Gang. His appearance matched the results of the interrogation, but he also saw an acquaintance there, the old man who gave us something from the Snake Emblem Consortium yesterday. The two of them seemed to have something to do with each other. Whats the plan? Im waiting for the arrangement from the leader of the White Wings Gang. Wu Heng told the two of them about the investigation. After listening, the two frowned, looking confused and suspicious. The people from the consortium that I met yesterday got together with the target to be captured again today. What else needs to be done? No matter how I think about it, there are problems, but I can''t figure it out for a while. Tapani looked serious, "Tell me what you think?" Wu Heng pondered for a moment and said: "There are only two possibilities. One is that the White Wings Gang has some connection with the Snake Emblem Consortium and they are temporarily discussing things there. If this is the case, it will have some impact on our arrest. The second is that There may be a problem with this old mans identity. "Which one do you prefer?" "The second type." Wu Heng said. The two looked at each other for a moment. If it is the second type, there is a problem with the identity of the Snake Emblem Consortium, which means that all the cases detected yesterday will be overturned. "Why?" Wu Heng said: "The elders and deans may not know this place, and the Snake Emblem Consortium is illegal in the kingdom. Moreover, after the conflict, it was forcibly closed. Even if the Snake Emblem Consortium left people to look after the store, it would not be legal." I wont sit in an official department and drink tea openly. It''s a very straightforward inference. Gianvito touched his beard and said in a puzzled tone, "The gang members have all been recruited. It is possible that people from the Snake Emblem Consortium will come out." Before Wu Heng could speak, Tapani said: "Impossible. The biggest promise of the Snake Emblem Consortium is only to protect important customers and will not get involved." "So, you also think there is a problem with the other party''s identity?" Gianvito asked. Tapani did not answer. Wu Heng said, "Didn''t you feel that yesterday''s investigation progressed too fast? In the morning, I learned the information about the family of the Secret Whisperer. Through the bills in the hands of the other party''s wife, I got the other party''s letter about the existence of the Snake Emblem Consortium, and found the murderer along the way. , and several gang members from the Double Dragon Gang." Gianvito said: "In other words, someone was afraid of making the matter bigger, so they made a piece of evidence and sent it to us." It seems that the association is strong, forcing its way into the opponent''s city, and arresting people for investigation in the city. But this is still their home court. "The Snake Emblem Consortium has closed down a long time ago. Someone arranged for a fake person to wait there and hand over the clues to us." Tapani concluded. "Is it possible that all the people who showed up yesterday were acting with us?" Wu Heng pinched his eyebrows and said, "I want us to leave here as soon as possible after we are done." Tapani also nodded, "It makes sense to speculate like this. If the case cannot proceed, this department will only pay more attention to this matter. After all, many places are watching the association''s actions. No matter what, there will be a result." "So what next?" Gianvito asked. With that said, the two of them looked at Wu Heng together. The plan of the headquarters is that Wu Heng is responsible for investigating the case, and the key clue this time was also discovered by his ghost, so we want to hear his thoughts. "It''s useless for us to speculate now. I think we should arrest people first. Just arrest the two of them for interrogation. As for the woman who left in the morning, arrange for people to chase her along the road to see if she can be found." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. "Okay, let''s do it this way." Tapani agreed with Wu Heng''s idea and continued, "If the two people really have an ordinary relationship, we will maintain our previous speculation that the murderer is the leader of the Double Dragon Gang." "I have no objection." Gianvito also nodded. "Okay, without further ado, Wu Heng, Gianvito, you go arrest the person immediately, bring the person back before the army moves in the city, and interrogate the result." Tapani said directly. The task of arresting people was handed over to Wu Heng and the old mage. The two nodded in response. He walked out of the room directly and ordered two level 15 professionals, two association teams and more than a hundred skeleton warriors at the door. He walked out of the association gate in a mighty manner and rushed towards the dispatching hall. At the same time, several tame animals were flying in various corners, following the team forward quickly. The dispatch hall is a four-story building. Bang~! The door was violently broken open, and members of the association rushed directly into the building with the skeletons. All soldiers who resisted and tried to report were subdued on the spot. This is not a military camp, just a functional department. There weren''t many soldiers inside, so it wasn''t that difficult. Wu Heng led the team all the way into the building hall. The leader of the White Wings Gang, who was missing an earlobe, stood there and looked at the people who came in in surprise. After hesitating several times, he said, "Guys, this is a place of dispatching. I''m afraid it''s not in compliance with the rules." No one paid attention and started searching everywhere. Soon, the old man from the Snake Emblem Consortium in the shared picture was escorted back. "What are you doing here?" Gianvito looked directly at the other person. The old man''s eyes were a little flustered, but he still said: "Let''s deal with some problems. These have nothing to do with the association." Wu Heng glanced at the other party, then looked around, and said directly: "In the case of human trafficking in the Emerald Sea, the leader of the suspected White Wings Gang and his accomplices have been identified and brought back for investigation." The members of the association quickly stepped forward, forcibly detained the two men, and quickly rushed towards the association. At the same time, figures one after another quickly left. Go to the city lord''s palace and the military camp to report what''s going on here. Return to the association. Wu Heng and Gianvito walked in the front, with the association members behind them escorting the leader of the White Wings Gang and an old man in dark clothing. Elder Tapani stood in the hall, looking at the two people who came with the deposit, and said in a serious tone, "Have you confirmed your identity?" Wu Heng nodded, "I''ve verified my identity." "Separate the interrogation. Wu Heng will interrogate the White Wings gang members faster." Tapani said. "Understood!" Wu Heng nodded and pointed at the leader of the White Wings Gang, "Take him to the interrogation room over there." In the interrogation room. Wait until the investigators are ready. Wu Heng said directly: "To be honest, you can still survive. If you go around in circles with me, you will only die." The gang leader''s voice was low, "What do you want to ask? I have never done anything against the association." "At your level, you are not qualified to go against the association." Wu Heng continued, "Who asked you to transport people to ''Bejaia City''?" The leader of the White Wings Gang was stunned, "I don''t know what you are talking about? Someone must be slandering you. I can confront him." His tone was high-pitched, as if he was being desired. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s performance and felt a little funny. This information was obtained through questioning the corpse. Compared with the living, the dead cannot lie. Before Wu Heng could say anything, the priest on the side said, "You''re lying." "Here, cut off one of his fingers." Wu Heng said directly. There was no need for anyone from the association to take action. The accompanying skeleton drew out his dagger, and when the other party was frightened and struggling, one of his fingers flew away. Wails of pain echoed from within the room. "Stop his bleeding." The priest releases his skills and the wounds heal quickly. "Don''t lose your finger." Wu Heng said, and then said, "Who is behind the scenes." The other party suddenly raised his head and stared at him fiercely. Pretty tough. "Cut two..." Wu Heng was about to speak, but his tone suddenly stopped. I just felt that my ghost flew back from the outside and got directly into my body. Wu Heng sat upright in his seat. Images are shared from the mind. In the sky above, dense graded light beams converged into a band of light, approaching from a distance. Wu Heng''s eyes condensed for an instant. "Fuck, they''re crazy." (End of chapter) Chapter 698 , it鈥檚 him Chapter 698, its him "What''s wrong?" The priest on the side turned around curiously. "The troops in the military camp are gathering here." The light beams that the ghosts can see represent the level of the target, and if they are so dense and their actions are unified, they can only be the army in the city. It also proves that there must be important secrets between these two people. Being able to get involved in this city forced them to have a hard time with the association. Hearing these words, several people in the room were stunned. "Where did the Wuheng Island Master get the news? They didn''t want their lives and rallied to the association." The priest still didn''t believe it. Not to mention whether the other party dares to do this. Even if it succeeds, the people in this department will not let this city go. Unless the city is no longer available, people will live a life of escape. Wu Heng said directly: "Go and inform the elders and tell them exactly what I said." "Yes!" The team members immediately walked out of the room. Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the leader of the White Wings Gang, and the unconcealed joy reappeared on the other man''s face, a secret joy that he was about to be rescued. "Kill him and interrogate his body," Wu Heng said. The gang leader''s expression suddenly changed, and he looked at him with wide eyes, "You are crazy, don''t say goodbye. What are you asking? I will tell you, don''t be impulsive." The skeleton attendant stepped forward and stabbed the short blade directly into his chest. The drum''s blood gushed out. Two more swords were added in succession to speed up death. Soon, the smell of blood filled the air, the priest frowned, and the investigator recorded normally. Wu Heng stood up and [Conversation with the Dead] was released. The corpse got up, knelt on the ground, and looked here, "Who is the official behind the scenes of sending to the population of ''Bejaia City''?" "Home Secretary Morris." What is the purpose of transporting people? "I don''t know, but I guess it may have something to do with religion." Wu Heng turned to look at the priest, who didn''t look sideways. As if to say, look what I do. Its not our churchs doing. After thinking quickly in his mind, the direction of the question began to change. "Who was the old man in dark clothes when I arrested you?" The corpse replied, "The people Morris arranged to come here need us to arrange for them to leave the city." "Is he from the Snake Emblem Consortium?" "I don''t know. I don''t think so. The Snake Emblem Consortium left here long ago." After five questions, the body fell down with a thud. Wu Heng looked at the investigator, "Has it been recorded?" "Write it down." "Let''s go to the elder''s room." Walk out of the room. Elder Tapani was giving orders, and all the rangers in the team were arranged to go out. The remaining members are also ready for battle. Seeing Wu Heng come out, he glanced at the corpse dragged out from behind and asked, "What did you ask?" "The person behind the **** of women and children is the Secretary of the Interior, named Morris, and another person. He said that there is a high probability that he is not from the Snake Emblem Consortium." Wu Heng said. Tapani nodded, "Kill the corpse directly, and then rush out of the port." It seems that the other party has also made up his mind. There is no such thing as association procedures anymore. The two of them entered the house directly, smelling of blood. In the room, Gianvito was still interrogating, and it didn''t look like it was going well. Glanced over here. Tapani said directly: "Wuheng trial, investigator''s record." Wu Heng glanced at the room, picked up the investigator''s notebook, looked at it, and said directly: "Kill him, and interrogate the body." The expression of the old man opposite him changed and he immediately shouted: "You have to do things according to the procedures." Kerimu''s two swords pierced his chest, his body slowly softened, and he died tragically on the spot. Wu Heng did not dare to delay and directly released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up again and looked at several people. Wu Heng asked: "Are you from the Snake Emblem Consortium?" "No." "Who asked you to pretend?" The corpse replied, "Presidential collar, Luchana." The room fell silent for a moment. Everyone frowned. Wu Heng felt a little surprised, but it felt reasonable. According to the rules, the entire city is under the management of the city lord, but he rarely shows up. It is not surprising that the only level 18 professional in the city does this. "Does the City Lord''s Palace know about the entire incident involving the association?" "Know." Now it seems that the whole plan was arranged. In order to give the association a wrong clue, the matter should be resolved as soon as possible. Wu Heng then asked, "Is the death of the local deacon related to these two people?" "related!" The eyes of several people condensed again. Anger flashed in Tapani''s eyes. From now on, I''m acting with myself. In the end, the murderers turned out to be these two people. One last question remains. Wu Heng asked: "Tell me what you know about killing the deacon." The corpse replied, "I only know that the president arranged an ambush, killed the local deacon and several members, and burned the corpses mixed with those who died in the battle." After the five questions were over, the body softened again. Tapani looked at the investigator, "Has it been recorded?" "It''s recorded." The investigator nodded. "Wrap the body." Someone took out the straw mat and wrapped the body, and Tapani directly put it into the space ring. After the interrogation. The ranger walked in quickly. "Elder, we found that the enemy army is fully equipped with bows and crossbows and is coming this way." "How many people?" "The number is large, I''m afraid it''s more than five thousand." Several people had ugly expressions on their faces, "Let''s go to the port, get on the boat and we''ll leave directly." "yes." Everyone acted and left directly. Wu Heng quickly returned to the dormitory, picked up the radio and called Philippa, but there was no response. Then he said: "The army in the city is going to attack us and is ready to get us on board and then leave." When you''re finished, put the device away. Jumped down from the building and followed the team to quickly evacuate to the port. port. A group of city guards stood on the title board, glanced at the female captain and the skeleton diagonally above, smiled and said: "Is he the captain of the headquarters? The elders of the association asked us to come here to inform you to go to the association, saying that you need something Discuss things. Philippa''s eyes suddenly became sharp. He glanced at the soldiers below and asked, "Elder, are you looking for me?" The soldier who was delivering the message also had his eyes narrowed slightly. I immediately realized there was something wrong with what I said. A short sword slipped from his sleeve and stabbed Philippa in the chest. Philippa was also on guard and quickly retreated. At the same time, the skeleton attendant behind him stepped forward and struck the opponent''s head with the long sword in his hand. Clang~! A harsh metallic chime sounded, and the soldier below took a few steps back. The soldiers behind them drew their weapons one after another and shouted: "Get on the boat and lead the army to receive the reward." Saying that, he continued to charge forward. At the same time, below the port, a large number of people rushed out from the alleys on both sides, and several ships on the sea also quickly surrounded it. Philippa narrowed his eyes and looked at the large number of soldiers rushing out. Something happened. This is going to be a fight with the army. "Prepare to fight." "By the way, lock up the fifth princess and that maid." (End of chapter) Chapter 699 , why is it you (an update today.) Chapter 699, Why is it you (Updated today.) The attempt to assassinate Philippa fails. Immediately afterwards, noisy footsteps sounded. A large number of patrols and city defense troops were all assembled in front of the road, with swords unsheathed and bows and crossbows strung, all looking towards the fleet. On the sea behind, 12 Yeko Kingdom Navy ships appeared one after another. They quickly formed a fleet and threw wooden barrels from the deck into the sea one by one. Floating on the sea, blocking the escape route out of the port. Philippa looked at the people gathered with sharp eyes, scanning everyone''s movements. Whether he was a pirate or had killed enemies with Wu Heng, he had seen **** and bigger scenes without any panic. "Philippa, why are you arresting me?" The fifth princess broke free from the skeleton holding her and shouted loudly. Philippa turned around and looked over, "Just stay there." The fifth princess looked at the fleet blocking the sea behind her and the troops gathered at the port, and her face turned a little pale again. From the scene that appeared in front of me, I could already guess what happened. If the murderer is just the gang leader investigated yesterday, then the entire case is almost over. The army suddenly and abnormally gathered here, and on behalf of the association''s investigation team, they found new clues. And it is also a clue related to the leader of the entire city. These people want to harm this city, and also want to harm the entire Kingdom of Yeko. After looking around at the others, the fifth princess looked back at Philippa and said, "I lose this time. I will pay you my life. You will **** me to rescue Wu Heng and the others. After all, I am also a member of the royal family." Philippa looked at the other party''s serious look and said: "There are elders in the association. Don''t say that you are an escaped fifth princess. Your father may not be able to function well even if he is alive." "Why do you speak so harshly?" "Tch!" Philippa smiled. Behind him, large numbers of skeletons began to gather at the edge of the deck. Naval armor, holding firearm. Using the fence as a cover, they were ready for battle. Below, the army quickly assembled, with infantry in the front row, soldiers holding crossbows and crossbow carts pushed out from behind. A chilling atmosphere instantly filled the air. This feeling is something that bandits and pirates cannot achieve. At this time, two soldiers came out carrying the chair and placed it in the middle of the army. A tall and thin man wearing the uniform of a city defense commander came out, sat down on the seat carelessly, crossed his legs and looked forward. Then, he whispered a few words. Then some soldiers quickly ran to the ship and shouted loudly: "Crews above, listen, all ships must accept our control unconditionally. All personnel should disembark now." "That''s a lot of nonsense, give him a shot," said Philippa. Bang~! The skeleton on the side raised his hand and fired a gun. The gunshot was piercing, and the soldier who shouted instantly fell into a pool of blood. The troops in the distance were also startled by the sudden sound of gunshots. Then, the Yeko Kingdoms army suddenly blew the horns. The dull and rumble of the horn sounded instantly. Kill~! The cry of killing resounded throughout the surroundings. The troops below began to charge directly, flocking to the port. The infantry pressed forward, and the crossbowmen in the rear followed, preparing to start an attack within the range. As the army got closer, preparations began to be made to mount the board. Philippa looked over and ordered: "Shoot them for me." After the words fell, a skeleton stood up from the edge of the deck, the black muzzle of the gun pointed towards the crowd below. Bang~! Bang bang bang~! The rifles began to fire, and then the machine guns mounted high up spewed tongues of fire below. In an instant, bullets were fired from several docked ships, and the bodies of the soldiers pouring in from the front row fell one by one. Boom boom~! Before the ballista could be pushed to a fixed position, it was hit by a cannon shell. The car body exploded instantly, and the soldiers controlling it were torn apart. "The warlock team over there was blown up by me." Philippa pointed. The cannon turned its muzzle. The team of warlocks below immediately showed fear and panic. Then the team exploded, and the slow-moving warlock was instantly blown into the sky. The fifth princess and the maid hid behind the fence, covering their ears and huddled together. What is going on? The seemingly menacing kingdom''s army turned out to be so unbearable. They rushed over like crazy, and then fell down piece by piece. Such a weapon~! "Princess, what is this?" the little maid shouted. "The mysterious weapons of Treasure Island, the ones used to repel pirates." The fifth princess answered subconsciously. Watching armies die in large swaths. She felt an indescribable sadness in her heart. Even though she knew that Netalei City was the one who did the wrong thing, after all, the people who died were the people of the kingdom. But if we dont do this, the people in the association will really die here. The consequences will only be more serious. "Boom that commander~!" Philippa said again. The muzzle of the machine gun turned again, and the muzzle was raised upward. The commander who was already horrified in the distance saw the muzzle of the cannon pointing towards him. His heart tightened and he ran away to the side. Boom boom~! The next second, there was a sudden explosion behind him. Along with the broken limbs and broken walls all over the sky, the body was also thrown away and fell far away. "Damn, it was almost." Philippa slapped the fence hard. As long as he wasn''t killed by the blast, he would most likely be able to recover by taking potions, that''s all. Philippa turned his head and looked behind him. In the direction of the Emerald Sea, a large naval fleet of the Yeko Kingdom was still lingering, not approaching. "They dispersed," cried the little maid. Look towards the port again. The charging army retreated in disgrace, leaving only corpses on the ground. There were some who were seriously injured but not dead, lying on the ground wailing loudly. "What to do next?" asked the fifth princess. Philippa looked around and said to the big-headed skeleton wearing leather armor next to him: "The skeleton flying dragons are divided into two groups. One group attacks the enemy ships at sea, and the other group attacks those who are hiding. The remaining ones are ready to kill and give them to Wu Heng and the others cleared the road." There are many enemies below. Although they retreated, they only hid behind the building outside and did not really evacuate. Moreover, Wu Heng has not returned yet. I have ships on my side and rely on the sea for defense. Wuheng is in the city itself and may be more dangerous. It doesn''t matter whether the people in the association''s headquarters die or not, but nothing can happen to Wu Heng. As the order was issued, a roaring sound came from the giant cargo ship. Skeleton flying dragons jumped down from both sides, flew into the sky and circled twice before flying separately towards the sea and the port. reach a certain height. The magazine in the chest opened, and dense rain of iron fell from the sky. Smoke and dust rose all over the sky, covering the sky and the sun. On the main road leading to the port. Everyone in the association quickened their pace again. Not only Wu Heng and everyone in the headquarters, there are also members of the local association and some family members in the team. The attitudes of both sides have been made clear. For anyone who stays, the only fate waiting for them is to be killed. "Uncle, there is poisonous smoke." A voice came to Wu Heng''s ear. At the same time as he spoke, billowing smoke suddenly rose from both sides. It was as black as ink, with a pungent smell, and filled the air in this direction. "Poisonous smoke, take precautions." Wu Heng shouted, putting on a gas mask. Others also began to respond, wearing protective gear or covering their mouths and noses with hoods. The priests in the team quickly walked to the side of the elder and the old mage, put one hand on each other, and covered them with a layer of light to drive away the poisonous gas. The two most recognized combatants in the team must ensure that nothing happens to them and the rest will survive. The mage Gianvito waved his staff fiercely, causing strong winds to rise. The poisonous smoke blew away and filled the air again. "I''ve given you a murderer, why don''t you just leave and seek death yourself." Cold words sounded from the other direction of the smoke. You can vaguely see figures behind the smoke. "It''s the 18th-level president." Granda''s voice came to his ears again. Wu Heng stepped forward and whispered: "He is the president of the city, a level 18 professional. I have investigated him before." Elder Tapani narrowed his eyes. No wonder, there are level 18 professionals in the city. He nodded slightly and said to those in front: "Do you know the consequences of killing members of the association headquarters? Not only will you not be able to survive, but the entire Yeke Kingdom, including your family, will be implicated." As he spoke, the people behind him fell poisoned one after another. Antidote potions cannot remove the ongoing poison, and the priests in the team can only provide a few high-level professionals with continuous replenishment of shields against poisons. After finishing speaking, he whispered to the side: "If there is danger, take Wu Heng and Sim away and teleport out." Gianvito said: "Where are the rest of them?" "It depends on fate." "good!" Several people whispered. There was also a sneer from the other side, "Haha! If someone comes again, just kill them, just like you." "Arrogant!" Tapani shouted loudly, tapped his foot, and rushed into the smoke. Along with the movement, wind and thunder roared. Then, in the smoke, Tapani''s figure was seen fighting with others, swords and fists splashed everywhere, and exploded everywhere. "Kill~!" At the same time, sounds of killing were heard from all around. A large number of Kingdom soldiers came out from both sides. Although they covered their mouths and noses, they were obviously not afraid of the poisonous smoke. It should be a specially made detoxifying potion. "Meet the enemy!" Gianvito said loudly, pointing forward with the staff in his hand, boom~! A platoon of thunder struck from the sky. The enemies who were affected along the way fell to the ground with their bodies scorched black. The members of the association rushed out their weapons and faced the enemy head on. Bang bang bang~! On Wu Heng''s side, several skeletons beside him raised their machine guns and fired at the front, killing a row of enemies. Use [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to release [Corpse Sending Technique]. The dead corpses that fell to the ground were transformed into rotten corpses, and they pounced on the enemy with their teeth and claws open. The corpse was killed and turned into a spider the size of a bowl. The spider dies and Fel Explosion is triggered. The poisonous gas of death spreads all around. An isolation zone was formed in the direction of Wu Heng''s defense. "Don''t kill, go find who is commanding." Wu Heng said to the air. The three ghosts no longer killed the enemy. Quickly spread out and fly in other directions. Wu Heng glanced at his side. The number of rotting corpses could withstand them for a while, and he immediately went to support the others behind him. Shoot with a rifle, then transform the corpse to attack. Necromancer is suitable for this type of battle. There are enough corpses and they can be continuously transformed in the rear. "Wu Heng, the island owner is in that building, and he is directing the battle here." Beni flew back from outside and whispered in her ear. Found the conductor. "Let Glenda kill him." "If you can''t kill, you should bring some props." Granda said. This guy is really well prepared. "I''ll go over and kill him." Wu Heng said. "There''s an ambush in the building, and it looks like they''re waiting for Gianvito to teleport in." "Yin!" Wu Heng whispered, quickly walking towards Gianvito''s position, "The island master is directing the battle." "Where?" Gianvito asked curiously. "In the building over there, orders are given through the messengers." Wu Heng pointed to the distance. Gianvito glanced at the building in the distance and said, "I''ll go over and kill him." "Let me go. Skeleton and I are more suitable for fighting in buildings." Wu Heng said. "You kill him?" "Let everyone hold on until I come back with his head." Wu Heng said, asking Ka Xiu and Keran Mu to stand beside him. The formation patterns under his feet lit up, enveloping Wu Heng and the skeleton. Gianvito''s eyes widened, "You... learned it?" It disappeared in the next second. Gianvito was a little stunned, "Why did you join the Necromancer School?" He muttered and waved the staff in his hand again. Dense energy arrows fell from the top of their heads and fell into the crowd, killing a large number of enemies. Squeak, squeak, squeak~! A harsh sound sounded. Bang~! Arm-thick crossbow bolts were fired from a distance, the corpses along the way were shattered, and an association member was carried backwards and flew out. Gianvito looked over there, and thunder and lightning shattered the ballista. The magic circle flashed. Wu Heng appeared in a dark corner with the skeleton, and opposite was the building that the ghost had just explored. You can vaguely see guards hiding on rooftops and in some dark places. I stood there and waited for two or three minutes. The three ghosts returned from exploring again. Granda said: "The city lord is in the room, the person in the hall is a substitute, and the real lord is in the room inside. There are many agencies and several high-level professionals in it. He seems to be a thoughtful person." Lao Yin Bi! This guy was hiding in the dark and commanding, and also arranged for stand-ins and ambushes. It seems that some assessments have been made on the combat effectiveness of the association''s personnel. Then Penny said: "There are more than fifty heavily armored soldiers in the courtyard, and there are horses ready at the back door." Then Xiaoxiao, followed by: "There are five secret sentries at the door and three on the roof." Wu Heng quickly simulated the attack plan in his mind. I don''t think the problem is too big. There are no high-level professionals, and the main leader is only level 16. He has a ghost, and he can''t run away even if he wants to. "Are you ready to kill everyone?" Wu Heng handed two heavy machine guns to Ka Xiu and Keran Mu. The two skeletons skillfully opened the safety and held it to one side. "Ready!" Xiao Xiao shouted, raising her arms. The other two nodded as well. "You are responsible for clearing the hidden sentry, and we will fight in." In the house, in the back room. "City Lord, the port has been severely damaged. The opponent has equipment that we have never seen before. All the troops were repelled and the city defense commander was seriously injured." said the soldier who reported. Dasil''s eyes widened, his face showed anger and he quickly suppressed it. An army can actually fail when it attempts to capture a ship where the main force is not present. Are the people at the association headquarters so powerful? "Let the water ghost build the boat." "Yes, sir." The soldier responded and left quickly. Then another person said: "Sir, the fighting in the city is fierce. The president is fighting with the other party''s elders, and the army is continuing to advance." Compared with the port, the location of street fighting is smoother. "What about the old mage? The one with white beard." "He is still in the team and his fighting ability is very strong." Hearing that the other party was still there, Dashil was relieved. "Keep attacking, no matter the cost." "yes!" Everyone left, and Dashil sighed and said, "It''s you who didn''t leave, don''t blame me." Wu Heng took the skeleton out of the dark alley. The [Hate Sensing] took effect immediately, and it was the glances from the surrounding whistlers. "If someone comes near, kill him." Someone spoke in the dark. Click~! Suddenly, there was a sound of broken bones, and mid-sentence, his neck was twisted into a twist. Wu Heng strode towards the door with the skeleton. The surrounding secret whistles had their necks broken one after another, and their bodies fell limply. All the way to the courtyard gate. "Break the door!" Wu Heng said. Bang~! Kashiu kicked him away. In the courtyard, heavy infantrymen wearing bright silver heavy armor all turned their heads to look over. (End of chapter) Chapter 700 , looking back, there is only one way Chapter 700, Looking back, there is only one way In the courtyard was a soldier wearing heavy armor, with a shield or sword in front of him, like a humanoid machine made of steel. The door was kicked open with a bang. Everyone looked at the three figures who broke in. "It''s the enemy!" someone shouted. Swish swish~! The soldier picked up the crossbow and fired. Two skeletons stood in front of Wu Heng, their arrows piercing the leather armor and nailing them. "kill!" "Kill them all." Both sides issued orders almost simultaneously. The heavy armored infantry picked up their weapons and charged towards the door. Kaxiu and Kerimu separated to the left and right, and started shooting at the rushing crowd with the machine guns in their hands. Bang bang bang~! There was a deafening explosion and the sound of bullets tearing through armor. resounded throughout the area. At such a close distance, the bullet''s lethality reaches its maximum. The seemingly indestructible armor was torn into holes and embedded in the soldiers'' bodies. Some people tried to raise their shields to defend themselves, but under the intensive fire like raindrops, the shields were shattered, and the heavy armored infantry fell down in batches, lying all over the courtyard. Everyone died and the heavy machine guns stopped firing. The air was filled with the burnt smell of gunpowder and the pungent smell of blood. Wu Heng raised his staff, and a gray-white halo of light spread out. The heavy armored infantry who had just died in the courtyard stood up unsteadily and walked towards this side. Molten flesh and blood kept leaking from the holes in the battered armor. It dripped all over the floor. "Uncle, they are still inside, guarding the door, waiting for you to go in." Xiaoxiao said. "That city lord, didn''t he escape through the back door?" "No, Aunt Glenda is watching him. He can''t run away." Xiaoxiao replied. Wu Heng nodded and looked at the closed door and window building in front of him. In the gap, you can feel the eyes looking over you. There was no immediate escape through the back door. Do they think they still have the ability to fight, relying on the mechanisms and ambushes in the building? Squeak~! The door of the building was opened a crack. It seems to be a provocation. If you have the ability, come in. "You guys are dying, but I still want to be a hero!" Wu Heng took out the machine cannon directly from the space ring. Fastened to the ground, the shell chain was placed with the muzzle facing forward. The next second, like a **** roaring, dense tongues of fire shot towards the building in front. Doors and windows were as fragile as pieces of paper, and masonry and rubble were scattered everywhere. The solid walls were reduced to rubble by the rain of shells, and dust rose like smoke. A bullet belt was polished off, and there was a bullet casing at his feet. The wall was crumbling, and then collapsed with a roar, stirring up countless smoke and dust. The scene inside the building is also completely exposed to the line of sight without any obstruction. The floor was littered with bomb-killed corpses, with broken limbs and arms scattered throughout the room. Several soldiers who were seriously injured but luckily survived were vomiting blood. When the wall collapsed and they looked at the machine guns outside, their faces were filled with horror. While vomiting blood, he shouted, "Spare your life, it''s none of our business." "Don''t kill us." "If you are willing to cooperate with the investigation, please spare your life. Please spare your life." One person shouted, and the others followed suit. He begged loudly for mercy and is now willing to cooperate with the investigation, as long as he doesn''t kill them. Wu Heng glanced inside and saw no living person, the city lord Dashil. Wu Heng waved his hand, "Kill them all." The heavily armored skeletons on standby swarmed forward. Kill the wailing wounded in the room. What time is it now? The army outside is still besieging association members. Keeping prisoners will only cause trouble for yourself. "Uncle, that person is inside." Xiaoxiao said immediately. In a room inside. City Lord Dasier was covered in blood, one arm was hanging weakly, he took out the potion and poured it into his mouth. Listening to the begging for mercy and the last wailing outside. Dashil''s face became even more ugly, and he was also a little flustered. After obviously holding back two level 18 professionals, the only thing left was to kill them all. But the most inconspicuous thing is that the owner of Treasure Island, who just followed here to investigate, would show such a strong fighting ability. Instead of the old mage, he killed himself. wrong. Even if the 18th-level mage came over, he probably wouldn''t be able to destroy a building into what he was looking at in a few seconds. "Damn, what a monster are these." Dasil cursed, feeling a little regretful again. I shouldn''t underestimate him. Alternatively, the plan should not have been agreed to. With difficulty, he took out the scroll and pulled it open. The teleportation magic circle gradually lit up beneath his feet. Brush~! Suddenly, a sharp sword flew over out of thin air. Dashil subconsciously avoided it, and the magic circle disappeared. Immediately afterwards, the door was kicked open. Wu Heng strode in with his skeleton attendants. Dasil had a broken arm, was covered in blood, and looked miserable. Seeing Wu Heng walking in, he smiled bitterly and said, "I misjudged you." "I''m a little curious, what do you think? This city lord no longer wants to be the person who kills the association?" Wu Heng looked at the other party and asked. Ever since the local deacon died, he had been suspicious of the city lord. As Philippa analyzed, whoever is easiest to clean up the scene is either the murderer or an accomplice. The only thing that makes everyone in this department uncertain is that no one will be stupid enough to use everything they have to confront the association head-on. "If you stand in my shoes and look back, you will find that there is only one way." Dashil said with a wry smile. "Maybe, Brittany was sure you wouldn''t do this, but now it seems she''s still mistaken." Wu Heng nodded. "The fifth princess? She is the smartest in the royal family, but she views things too idealistically, like an overprotected child. But I am still very happy to hear that she is alive." Dasil said, and then Said: "Can I survive if I surrender? I am no longer a threat to you and can cooperate with you." Wu Heng looked at his severed arm and shook his head, "No, I want to use your head to quell the war outside." "Then let''s see who among us can survive." Dashil''s eyes were sharp and he took out a dagger in his only remaining hand. Wu Heng glanced sideways, "Kill him, don''t ruin his appearance." "Arrogant~!" Dasil shouted loudly and rushed towards him. Ka Xiu also turned into a stream of light and rushed out. In the blink of an eye, he rushed in front of the opponent and smashed his throat with a punch. Dashil''s body flew backwards and slid down the wall. His eyes widened and his body slowly collapsed. "Roll it up." The skeleton took off the tapestry on the side, rolled up the body and put it into the space ring. Wu Heng came to the hall, and the [Dead Skeleton Field] was released again, and several skeletons stood up from all around. "Follow me." We walked quickly outside together. One place in the city. The wind howled, and the sound of fighting and collision was deafening. Elder Tapani holds a sword in one hand, with sharp eyes. The sword is like a smart silver snake, and he attacks constantly with speed and tricky angles. Opposite him was a burly, bearded boxer. The pace is steady and the punches are continuous. Each punch is like an erupting volcano, with roaring sounds and spitting flames. The two of them fought, and the surrounding trees were broken in half, leaving cobweb-like depressions on the ground and surrounding walls, as well as slashes of sword marks. "The elves are a favored race and can spend more time honing their sword skills." The boxer stepped back and briefly distanced himself. "It''s not your turn to judge me yet," Tapani said coldly. "All of your people are going to die, and you''re not worried at all? You will be the only one left, and you won''t be able to leave." The boxer put his hands behind him, calm and calm. Tapani also forced a smile and said, "The investigation team endorsed by the five leaders, do you think you can survive? You want to be a coward, but you can''t escape the investigation of the leaders." "Haha~! I dare to kill you, and you are still trying to scare me with this? All that is left for you is death..." As he spoke, Boxer suddenly looked forward. Smoke and dust billowed from a building in the central area. How did you find it there? Street fighting area. The sound of rows of bowstrings is clear. The army found the front difficult to penetrate and began to surround it, using long range to consume the Association''s manpower. Arrows rained down, and the members of the association were in a panic. Outside the association, corpses had piled up into a hill. The old mage Gianvito showed the terrifying strength of an 18th-level mage, but it was difficult to withstand such a large-scale attack. Wind, thunder and flames burst out. Thousands of targets to kill. Similarly, the continuous casting of spells also made his face become paler and his expression was sluggish. "Protect the priests and treat the wounded." Gianvito, with a messy beard, turned around and said. He raised his head and drank the potion, waving the staff. A strong wind blew up, and most of the falling arrows were blown away. The priest reached into his arms, took out a jade talisman and crushed it suddenly. The next second, holy light descended from the sky, and the choir sang. The injuries of the wounded are healing, and the physical strength of the combatants is also recovering rapidly. Under the holy light, some of the corpse attendants transformed by Wu Heng let out painful wails and turned into wisps of ashes and scattered away under the holy light. "Damn it, keep these undead away from the Holy Light." (End of chapter) Chapter 701 , you look down on me Chapter 701, you look down on me Cursing in a low voice, he grabbed Gianvito who was about to rush out, "Dean, take Mr. Sim out and teleport out." Gianvito shook his head, "It''s not time to leave yet." "Don''t wait, Wu Heng should be gone. We will die if we drag him on. Remember to report the truth to the association and take revenge on us." Another person said. Huhu~! As he spoke, a series of piercing sounds sounded from above his head. Several crossbow arrows as thick as forearms suddenly fell from the sky. Puff~! The sound of meat entering sounded. The crossbow bolt penetrated the association members who could not escape, causing casualties again. Beside Gianvito, the attendant''s chest armor was torn, his body was pierced and nailed to the ground, and his blood and internal organs were flowing gurglingly. A large mouthful of blood gushed out from his mouth and nose. "Yabo!" Gianvito shouted. The attendant gritted his teeth in pain, his gums covered with blood, and said intermittently, "Sir, hurry up and get out of here first." "Stop talking, drink the potion first." Gianvito opened the potion and poured it into his mouth. Blood and medicine flowed down the corners of his mouth. Kill~! At this time, the army launched another attack, with iron shields in front and bows and crossbows as cover. Like a wave, it quickly gathered around. "Sim, Mor!" Gianvito shouted. Two investigators walked over quickly while taking notes with pen and paper. "Take care, everyone, I will bring the matter to the association in its entirety." Gianvito said. The magic circle gradually lit up beneath his feet. "And Wu Heng, he escaped before the battle, help us beat him up." The priest shouted. The words just fell. Gianvito, who was casting the spell, suddenly stopped the spell and looked up suddenly. Then I saw a flying carpet flying towards this side. "Escape from the battlefield? A necromancer who will run away from the dead on the battlefield? You look down on me!" Wu Heng''s body was stained with blood and dusty. As he spoke, he looked down at the somewhat miserable association members. Seeing Wu Heng appear, everyone''s eyes widened instantly. Unexpectedly, he really didn''t run away, and he didn''t expect to come back. "Wu Heng, why are you back?" "Have you found the city lord?" "That''s what I said, why are you really back?" There was a lot of noise. He didn''t come back for a long time, thinking that he was cowardly and ran away. But seeing him come back now, I felt like I had fallen into a trap again. Isn''t this another way to die? The magic carpet was raised again. Wu Heng held the body in one hand and a loudspeaker in the other, shouting loudly: "The city lord Dashil is dead. Those who leave on their own will be exempted from responsibility. Those who persist will be issued a wanted order by the association." The sound of the loudspeaker spread rapidly. The advancing troops were also attracted by the huge shouts and looked upward. When he saw the figure holding it in his hand like a dead dog, with his brocade robe stained with blood, his forward pace began to slow down. City lord? Dead? It is different from the professionals on the association side. The soldiers who were forcibly recruited in the city only considered the city lord as the person with the highest position. It represents the Kingdom of Yeko and the highest power of this city. The city lord is dead! So is this battle still necessary? "Throw down your weapons and go home, don''t leave your lives here." The sound from the speakers spreads. At the same time, a large shadow suddenly enveloped me. I turned around and saw a skeleton flying dragon flying from the direction of the port, covering the sky and the sun. There was a large army of skeletons behind them, holding weapons and rushing towards this side. The soldiers of the Yeko Kingdom had begun to hesitate when they saw the death of the city lord. When they saw the arrival of Feilong and the Association''s reinforcements, they lost all morale. Immediately afterwards, some people began to run away, and some struggled with the supervising team behind them. The flag was thrown to the ground. More and more soldiers followed and dispersed. In the blink of an eye, the combat effectiveness is gone. The association also breathed a sigh of relief. Wu Heng fell from the sky, and the city lord''s body was put away. The ground was littered with wounded and several dead attendants and members. Wu Heng walked over and released the [Resurrection Technique] one after another, and several dead members were seriously injured. The priest began to release the Holy Word spell and take potions. "The city lord is dead?" Gianvito asked. "Dead." Wu Heng replied, and the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released. The mountains of corpses piled up around him instantly transformed into skeletons, and stood up swaying. Corrupted flesh and blood flowed out from the gaps in the protective gear. "Take the wounded to the fleet, don''t go alone, follow the skeletons." Gianvito said, and then looked at Wu Heng aside, "Wu Heng, mobilize some skeletons, let''s go help the elders, and bring the skeleton to the side." Killed by a level 18 professional." "It''s the dean." Members of the associations responded. Wu Heng also nodded, "Okay." He mobilized some skeletons and ran quickly in the direction Tapani was chasing. Since the location of the two level 18s fighting is still uncertain, there is no way to teleport, so I can only run and look for them. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! The two of them ran along with a large number of skeletons. Wherever they passed, some soldiers could be seen abandoning their helmets and armor. They looked at the skeleton team in horror and hid in nearby alleys. Halfway through the journey, I saw Elder Tapani running back. Gianvito frowned, "Killed?" Tapani looked at the two of them and the skeleton army behind them, "I saw him escaping from the city and coming back to help you. What''s going on?" Escaped? It seemed that the boxer knew something was wrong with the plan. There is no way to win anymore. If you stay, you will only face two level 18 professionals. So I chose to run away. "Wu Heng killed the city lord, and the reinforcements from the port also came." Gianvito explained, and then looked at Wu Heng sharply, "You brought so many skeletons here?" "The biggest ship has a flying dragon on the deck and skeletons in the cabin." Wu Heng explained. "You...really expected that they would attack us?" Gianvito said. "in case." In fact, that ship, Wu Heng, was originally used as a troop transport ship. Battleship, inside the cabin. Wu Heng, Tapani, Gianvito, and several level 15 professionals were each sitting on their chairs, eating to replenish their strength while discussing the following matters. Due to the presence of Wu Heng, the dead people were rescued. But for some people who are missing limbs, the broken parts cannot be restored. Fortunately, his life was saved. "Has the cause been found out?" Tapani asked. "The city lord''s body has been brought back. Let''s ask about the body later. We will all know by then." Wu Heng replied. The others also nodded. Although I can only ask five questions, it''s almost the same. I can ask all the ins and outs of the future. Gianvito took a sip of water, took out a wooden comb, and combed his beard, "What will happen to this city? There is no city lord, and the city is full of soldiers. Once we leave, this place will become a gangster''s den." Now this city is still a problem. The association is here and has some deterrence, at least it won''t do anything too extreme. But once the association members leave and really evacuate this place, it will become completely different in the blink of an eye. Moreover, due to the current situation of the Kingdom, there are ongoing fights, and it may take some time to bring in a new city lord. "Will the association be managed first?" the dwarf said. "Also, let Wu Heng''s skeletons patrol first to stabilize order in the city." "The case has not been fully investigated yet. I wonder if the Kingdom will suspect that we deliberately killed someone and then occupied the city." "They attacked and killed association members, and we still need to hold them accountable." "Historically, there is no precedent for an association to occupy a city under an independent regime." Everyone was talking to each other. Tapani looked at Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, what do you think?" Wu Heng ate his meal and looked up, "The association must not leave now, otherwise there will be chaos in the city. I feel that I should report this matter to the association headquarters first and see how the leaders arrange it." "Yeah, that''s right. It just depends on how the leader arranges it." Tapani nodded. "Excuse me." Philippa suddenly raised her hand. Everyone looked at the little girl captain next to Wu Heng. I heard that she was the one who guarded the fleet and decisively ordered the skeleton army to enter the city to rescue people. It can be regarded as saving everyone''s life. "Little girl, what do you think?" Gianvito asked. "The fifth princess of the kingdom is on the ship. She can stabilize the officials here." (End of chapter) Chapter 702 , were all young Chapter 702: They were all young The fifth princess of the kingdom? Philippa''s words made everyone present frown, and then they all looked at Wu Heng. It was originally a city in the Kingdom of Yeko that was being investigated. There is a princess hidden on your ship. Everyone looked at him, and Wu Heng also paused while eating, and explained: "There was a war in the Kingdom of Yeke, and the fifth princess fled to Treasure Island. Deacon Sheila Gui and I wrote a report on this matter to the headquarters." "How did you come here?" Tapani then asked. "I heard that the association was going to investigate the city of Netale, so I got into the fleet. The ship was already sailing at sea, so I had to let her follow. I thought it was nothing big this time, so I didn''t tell you. "Wu Heng then added, "Don''t worry, the actions in the city have nothing to do with her, and she is not involved in the battle in the kingdom." When she came back, Philippa briefly talked about the fifth princess. Facing the army''s attack, he had to use himself as a hostage to rescue these people in the association. How to say it. This fifth princess is more like an idealist who has rarely been exposed to the dark side and still retains faith and a sense of justice in her heart. Gianvito touched his beard and said, "Hey~! Be more careful next time. Why do people get in with this kind of thing?" "That''s right, it''s a little unreasonable for an outsider to sneak into a fleet that is on a mission." "Wuheng Island Master, you are such a great detective, how can you not notice it at all? It''s not because you see the other person''s beauty, right?" "After all, Wuheng Island Master is still young, there is nothing strange about him." "You''ve been young, you''re a beautiful girl!" Everyone laughed and joked about it, and the atmosphere in the room became much more relaxed. He has a look that we can all understand, no matter how young he is. "Ah?" Wu Heng realized that they had misunderstood him and immediately said: "No, she came here on the headquarters ship. The ships on Treasure Island are full of skeletons. How could there be a living person sneaking in?" Everyone''s joking words were instantly choked. Damn, after talking for a long time, someone from the headquarters ship sneaked in. They looked at each other, feeling a little embarrassed. Tapani said: "Okay, it''s okay to come here, as long as there is no other purpose. What do you think, do you want this fifth princess to manage the city?" Gianvito stroked his beard and said, "I have no objection. The fifth princess came forward and saved us a lot of trouble." The others followed suit. "I think it''s okay too." "It''s a good thing for us to have her take charge. Others may be in danger." Tapani nodded and looked at Wu Heng again, "Wu Heng, what do you think?" Wu Heng said: "Maybe I need to ask her for her own opinion." Tapani drank the wine in one gulp and said: "Okay, now I will assign tasks to everyone. Each team will start planning patrol times to maintain order in the city. Wu Heng will explain the situation to the fifth princess to see if she can manage it. The idea of ??a city. "Yes!" the members responded. Wu Heng also nodded to express his understanding. "Okay, eat less now and have a good meal peacefully at night." Tapani patted her palms and said again. Everyone stood up and left the cabin together. Start taking action according to the assigned tasks. Door location. "Wu Heng." Tapani shouted again. Wu Heng looked over. "After talking to the fifth princess, come over and ask about the corpse. Our mission is not over yet." "clear." Wu Heng agreed and walked towards the cabin inside. Philippa walked onto the deck and arranged for the skeletons to clean up the explosive barrels floating on the sea. A cabin. The fifth princess, ''Brittany'', sat on a chair and looked at the table in a daze. Association personnel return. Some information was also brought back. It was also confirmed that the city lord Dashil commanded the army to attack and kill the headquarters investigation team. Trying to trap the whole team in the city. The association headquarters will definitely pursue this matter. The city of Neitalei is over, and the kingdom of Yeko is also over. Why did the kingdom become like this after his father died. It sucks. Dong dong dong~! At this time, there was a knock on the door. "Fifth Princess, I am Wu Heng, are you in there?" Brittany''s dead eyes regained some of their energy, "Master of the island, please come in." The door opened and Wu Heng walked in directly and glanced at her. "Where is your little maid?" "I want to be alone for a while and let her go for a walk outside," Brittany replied softly. Wu Heng could not see the agility in her eyes. It was even more lifeless than when I was on the island. "In a bad mood?" Wu Heng sat down on a seat next to him. Brittany didn''t answer. Wu Heng continued: "Why things happened like this will be investigated later, and I will tell you the results when the time comes." "Thank you!" Brittany said without any emotion in her tone. Wu Heng looked at her and frowned slightly. It felt like something wasn''t right with her. In fact, Wu Heng could also feel her mood. I went to another world and returned to the modern world to find that my home was gone and the world was full of zombies. For a long time, I was enveloped in an extremely gloomy atmosphere. The kind of gloom that can''t be shaken off. "Are you disappointed with the current kingdom?" "Yes!" Brittany replied decisively. I originally wanted to say something about taking over the city, but I didn''t say it. Saying this might make her think. The association plans to use her to control the city, and given her mood at this time, she is likely to be repelled by this. After thinking for a while, he asked: "Last time you talked about forming your own force and restoring the country, are you still going to do it?" Brittany looked at him confused. I originally thought I would comfort myself and tell some truth. Unexpectedly, he would mention what he said when the two met for the first time. Wu Heng continued, "Don''t you just feel that the kingdom is getting worse and worse?" "yes." Wu Heng said, "In the final analysis, the person who controls this country is not good. Looking at it now, I think you are good." Brittany was stunned and said subconsciously: "But I..., do you support me in taking back the kingdom?" "Then it depends on whether you have this determination." Wu Heng glanced at her, "We saw Netale City, maybe other cities, or the royal city where you live, have become like this." "I..., what should I do?" Wu Heng leaned forward and said in a low voice: "There is no city lord in Netale City now. The elders and others are discussing candidates. I will go and talk to you and see if you can take over the city and gradually develop it." Go down." Brittany''s eyes wandered for a while, and she began to hesitate again, "I''m afraid I can''t do it well." "It''s not okay to be like this now? Brittany, you are smart and kind, so you seem a little too emotional. As long as you want to do well, you will never be worse than your brothers." Wu Heng said seriously with an elevated tone. "Really?" Brittany looked up suddenly. "Don''t you believe it when I say it?" "I believe that I am willing to manage this city and stabilize the situation." Brittany nodded seriously. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Get ready. I''ll talk to the elders first. If there''s no problem, I''ll take you to the City Lord''s Mansion." "Thanks." Wu Heng nodded, opened the door and walked out. Brittany was still in a daze, so she took out the mirror again and looked at her haggard face. After walking out of the room, Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. What happened in Netale City almost caused the fifth princess to suffer from depression. Using the kingdom''s army to attack and kill the association''s investigation team should have a big impact on her. Go out of the room and onto the deck. Elder Tapani and the others were standing aside chatting. Seeing him coming out, he asked, "How''s it going?" "This incident has been a big blow to her, but she accepted our proposal and will take over the city as a princess." Wu Heng said. Several people nodded, "That''s fine, let''s ask the corpse first!" Wu Heng took out the body of the city lord Dashil, and opened the tapestry to reveal its original appearance. [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the corpse suddenly sat up. Look at the people here. Wu Heng glanced at the people on the side and saw that no one wanted to ask questions, so he said, "Who killed the local deacon?" The corpse replied, "Luchana." The name Luchana has appeared before. During the interrogation of the old man who pretended to be the Snake Emblem Consortium, he mentioned that the person who arranged the matter was the Presidential Leader ''Luchana''. Wu Heng then asked the corpse, "Why did you kill him?" The corpse replied, "He found out the identity of the Luchana sect''s apologist and was afraid that the news would spread to the association." Several people in the association frowned. related to sect. Sects are quite radical in what they do, and many sects are preaching all over the place. They don''t care what will happen if the local deacon dies. At worst, they will continue to preach in another place. The fifth princess really got it right, there are people in the kingdom who are colluding with the sect. Tapani turned to look at the investigator beside him, "Has it been recorded?" "Recorded." The investigator nodded. Wu Heng then asked the corpse, "Why did you attack the investigation team of our headquarters?" The corpse replied, "You have found important evidence. Luciana said that if you leave, people from the headquarters will come directly to arrest you and kill you. The headquarters will re-investigate. There is still a chance." The important evidence he mentioned also refers to the old man pretending to be a member of the consortium. The other party indeed said that this matter was related to the Presidential Territory and the City Lord''s Palace. For the fourth question, Wu Heng asked: "How did he become the president of Netale City?" "The eldest prince''s reinforcements arrived in time when the enemy attacked the city, preventing the city from being captured." One last question. Wu Heng asked: "Which sect does he belong to?" "Zun Shengjiao!" (End of chapter) Chapter 703 , I went over Chapter 703, Ill go there Five questions over, the body lay back on the deck. Wu Heng waved his hand, and the skeleton on the side rolled up the body and carried it down. "Elder, have you ever heard of Zun Sheng Cult?" Wu Heng asked. Here, the name of the sect also comes into contact with several. Just like the Destiny Sect we met last time, all level 18 professionals have formed sects to enhance their reputation in this way. It sounds like there are quite a few sects. I just dont know if the association has heard of this sect. Tapani shook his head, "Many sects are well-known in some places, and it is difficult for the association to fully reach them." Gianvito said: "In other words, the person behind this incident was the apologist of this sect." "Yes." Wu Heng nodded, went through the whole incident in his mind, and said: "The city lord Dashil is a supporter of the faction of the eldest prince of the Kingdom of Yeke, and the eldest prince has the support of the sect and arranged for protection. Come and support Netale City." "After this guardian became the president, due to some reasons, the identity of the sect or some things were discovered by the local deacon. Once the news was passed back to the headquarters, it would be classified as a cult and cleaned up, and the other party would directly kill and silence him." "The local deacon died, and Dashiel had to help him cover up the matter whether he wanted to or not." "Afterwards, we arrived and got accurate clues that the other party planned to kill again to delay time." "In other words, ''Dasil'' was coerced into doing this. After taking the first step, he had no choice but to continue." Wu Heng combed through the case and recalled what ''Dasil'' said before his death. Looking back from his perspective, there is only one way, and he has to go down it. Several people in the association also nodded in agreement, and Tapani said: "Write down what Wu Heng said." The investigators took notes quickly. It was all written down. Tapani continued, "Let''s go write a report. Wu Heng, you take the fifth princess and go directly to take over the city. The Patrol Association will proceed first." "good!" Dong dong dong~! Wu Heng knocked on the door. "Come in!" The voice of the fifth princess came from inside the room. Wu Heng pushed the door open and walked in. Brittany and the maid were both in the cabin. "The case has been sorted out clearly. The whole case is related to the cult." Brittany asked, "What''s going on?" "From the information we have received so far, the eldest prince has the support of the cult. The person who killed the local deacon was the president arranged by the cult..." Wu Heng told her the collected intelligence. . "He really colluded with the cult." Brittany was a little surprised, but somewhat expected the result. Wu Heng said: "You said that Dasil would not do such a stupid thing as killing the deacon, which is actually correct, but the problem is that there are some things that he has no say in, and can only help the cult wipe the butt." Brittany took a deep breath and sighed slightly. The little maid also sighed. Wu Heng continued, "I told the association that you will be responsible for managing this city. Get ready. I will send you to the city lord''s palace. Then you will go to the city hall to hold a meeting with the officials. Be energetic and don''t be so decadent. " Brittany looked up, her eyes flinching, "I''m afraid I can''t do it well." "No matter how bad it is, it''s still better than the current Neita Lei City. Cheer up." Wu Heng said. The little maid also advised: "Princess, the owner of Wuheng Island will help you. The treasure island like pirates can be built so well, and the inner city can be built as well." "Let''s go, let''s discuss it if there are any problems." Wu Heng continued. Brittany nodded, "Okay." The three of them walked out of the room together and took some skeletons to the city lord''s mansion. City Lord''s Mansion. When several people arrived, the entire city lord''s mansion was already empty. No servants, guards, or even family members could be seen, leaving only an empty house. Most of the belongings that were easy to take away were taken away, and the rest were things that were difficult to take away. Fortunately, the chandeliers, tables, chairs, cabinets, etc. are all still there, so it won''t be uninhabitable. "You''re late." The little maid looked at each room and said angrily. "It''s good for these people to leave, so that we don''t have to chase them away and make things complicated," Brittany said. Wu Heng said to the little maid: "The fifth princess and I are going to the city hall to meet with local officials. I will leave some skeletons here for you. You can take them with you to clean up." "Ah? I''m scared!" The little maid lowered her head. "What are you afraid of? They are all dead." "I am not a necromancer." The little maid muttered. Brittany said, "Come with me and clean up together when you come back." "Yeah, I listen to the princess." Wu Heng didn''t say much and arranged for skeletons to guard the place to prevent people from moving things again. Then they went to the city hall together and summoned local officials for a meeting. In other parts of the city, Philippa occupied the naval port, the city wall position was taken over by the association, and the streets in the city were also patrolled by skeletons. Let the whole city gradually become quiet. In the evening, after dinner. Wu Heng was sitting in a study room in the City Lord''s Mansion, putting the written letter into an envelope. Opening the door, shouting: "Philippa!" Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Philippa trotted over, "What''s wrong?" "Send the letter here to the association, and send it to the headquarters together with the report from Elder Tapani and the others." Wu Heng ordered. "Oh, okay!" Philippa took the letter and then asked, "Shall we stay at the city lord''s mansion tonight?" "Let''s live here to avoid any danger." Wu Heng said. It''s not that he''s in danger, but that of the fifth princess, Brittany. He showed up in the city today and planned to officially take over the city. But I am also afraid that there are still some supporters of the original city lord or members of the cult in the city. If he kills her at night, that will be the end of it. Therefore, Tapani and others from the Habitat Association, level 15 professionals, took turns guarding the city and patrolling the city. Wu Heng lives in the city lord''s mansion. He will search the former city lord''s residence to see if there is any other evidence and at the same time protect the safety of the fifth princess. "Okay, I''ll be right back." Philippa ran directly down. After going out, he took out his bicycle and rode on it, followed by the skeleton attendant who was trotting all the way, and headed to the association. Wu Heng returned to the room. He took out the radio, assembled it briefly, then picked up the microphone, "Minnie, can you hear me?" After waiting for a while, Minnie''s voice came from the radio, "Master, where are you?" According to the plan, we will return today. "Some changes occurred. In the morning we found new clues involving the city lord and the cult, and there was a battle with the local army." Ah~! Upon hearing the news, there was a noise from the other side. Not only Minnie, but also Robert, Annette, and even Shannella could be heard exclaiming. Then, Shanara''s voice came over, "Is it safe now?" "It''s safe. Now the fifth princess of Yeke Kingdom takes over the city. In fact, it is also controlled by the association." Wu Heng explained. Shanara continued, "Tell us in detail." "Okay!" Wu Heng told the other party in detail what happened along the way. After a while. Shannara then said: "In other words, the population of Netale City is now running away to death, and there are not many left?" "Yes, it will probably be difficult to recover in a few years," Wu Heng said. Unlike Treasure Island. Those who died on Treasure Island were pirates, and the population of the island itself was not so seriously affected. But Netale City is different. Previously, the conscripts fought against other armies of the country, and this time they fought against the association. A lot of people died. "Most of the valuable things in the City Lord''s Mansion have been moved, and there is only one city left in the whole city. If you want money, there is no money, and if you want people, there is no one." Shannara confirmed again. "I think what you said is a bit serious, but that seems to be the case." Wu Heng said. Shanara said again: "I''ll go there tomorrow." "Ah? What are you doing here? It''s quite dangerous." "I''ll go with the money to acquire local assets. You don''t understand. Just wait for me to come over." (End of chapter) Chapter 704 , let her accompany you Chapter 704, let her accompany you Come here to acquire assets? After hearing Shanara say this, I understood what it meant. Nowadays, high-quality assets and real estate in Netale are vacant and at low prices, which is also a good opportunity to acquire them. Of course, there are also some risks involved. If the war starts again and the city is occupied by others, it is very likely that this method of purchase will not be recognized. The money spent then will be wasted. Now, the association is here. In addition to the attack on the investigation team of the headquarters this time, more high-level professionals from the headquarters will come later. If news of the blockade appears again, the chance of large-scale battles is not high. "Wouldn''t it be a little bad to do this?" Wu Heng said. Shanara''s voice came again, "When the news spreads, all the caravans will go there to look for opportunities, and merchants will pursue profits. Who cares if it''s good or not? Besides, let''s buy it. If the fifth princess has any plans, you can tell us." If the arrangement is bought by someone else, it is not so easy to negotiate. " Then, Shannara added, "Everyone else in the investigation team has their own power and supporting chamber of commerce, and they will definitely send the news out." That is indeed correct. It is better to hold it in your own hands than to be bought by others. "Then come over and see what you can buy." Wu Heng also agreed. "I will gather funds tonight to avoid being overtaken by other chambers of commerce." Shannara said directly. "good." A few people chatted for a while, and Wu Heng also listened to the maid and Shanara talk about the situation of Treasure Island. Overall, Treasure Island has not changed much. The newspaper is still serializing it, and now the third detective story has begun. Several best-selling products are also continuing to be sold. The production of pens and watches has gradually increased, and the bicycle factory has also begun production, but the efficiency has not yet improved. After chatting for a while, both parties confirmed that the other party was safe. And hung up the call. Hang up the microphone and arrange for skeletons to guard the radio station. Wu Heng picked up the water glass and took a sip, then sat back on the chair. His mind couldn''t help but start thinking about what happened today. The original plan was to capture the leader of the White Wings Gang last. But he didn''t expect to find the old man pretending to be the Snake Emblem Consortium, which also triggered a battle with the army. If he hadn''t killed the city lord himself and the skeleton army entered the city, it''s hard to say what the final outcome would have been. Wu Heng, Tapani, and Gianvito will definitely be able to escape, but it''s hard to say for the rest. There will definitely be attrition. "I thought it was Qilin Dao, but finally came up with the Zunsheng Sect." Wu Heng muttered while holding the tea cup. When they were on Treasure Island, Wu Heng and Xila Gui analyzed the affairs of Yeke Kingdom. Coupled with the fact that the plan of the Kirin Dao of the Secret Order was discovered at that time, it was speculated that the internal strife in the Yeke Kingdom was largely related to the Kirin Dao. We are also looking for corresponding clues in this case in Netale City. In the end, when the corpse was interrogated, it was discovered that the people who supported the eldest prince were from a sect. "Come on! If you dare to kill our investigation team, you will definitely be labeled as a cult." "The eldest prince, I''m afraid he has no chance of being crowned king." As long as the association begins to investigate the great prince, whether it is officials who support him, other sects or powerful families. I will also hesitate to continue supporting him. After all, the royal family was nothing if it found a reason for the association. Then, Wu Heng began to think about his subsequent plans. The fifth princess will come to manage this place, and Shanara will also come here, which can create opportunities for herself to increase her reputation. I want to be tied to the fifth princess as much as possible. When the time comes, the five princesses joining the fight for the throne will definitely cause a sensation in the kingdom. You can also follow and get a boost in reputation. Thinking in his mind, he opened the panel and took a look. [Level: Level 19 (347585/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (9582/66000)] There is no need to worry about the level of experience. The only thing missing is fame. "I''m level 19, Granda is level 20, and I have some capital." "Seize this opportunity." I was thinking in my mind. Glenda flew back through the wall from outside and glanced at the study, "Aren''t they both back yet?" "No, maybe he went to watch the excitement." Wu Heng closed the panel and asked, "How is the city?" When he returned to the city lord''s palace, Wu Heng released all three ghosts. The main thing is to check if there is any danger in the city. After all, the 18th-level boxer from the Zun Sheng Cult had escaped. He might be able to give people like him a carbine, and even the investigation team dared to kill him. It wouldn''t be surprising if he came back to sneak attack on two people. There is also the disbanded army in the city to see if anyone has gathered to do bad things. "I haven''t found any other high-level professionals. There is a bit of chaos in the city, and there are a lot of gang fights. But the association is also stepping up patrols, so there won''t be any big problems." Granda replied. Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Shanara will come from Treasure Island tomorrow and plans to acquire some real estate assets here." "No wonder she became the president of the Chamber of Commerce. She is very sharp." Glenda praised her, and then said, "Why don''t you pick her up? She came back in half a day." It''s about the ghost train. "It''s better to come by boat. Appearing suddenly will easily attract the attention of the association''s personnel. What we do next may require a time difference to cover up." Glenda nodded thoughtfully, "That''s right. Anyway, there is enough time. She must be the first one to get the news and come here." While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back. "Uncle, it''s okay outside. I didn''t find any high-level people." Xiao Xiao floated on his shoulder and said. "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng then asked, "Why are you back so late today?" "Sister Beini and I saw the fight, and it was so intense." Xiaoxiao said, waving his fist. "Because of what?" "It seems to be about arresting people or something, but I don''t quite understand." Good guy, just for fun. Because I dont know anything. Beni said: "I heard a little bit, and it seems that the people who were beaten were previously part of the forced labor force. Some people were taken away by force. Their families came over before they came back. Several families beat them. It was quite miserable." "Oh, that''s it." Xiaoxiao suddenly realized, and then asked, "What is a forced expedition team?" "For example, your uncle doesn''t want to go to the battlefield, and then these people come to arrest him, force him to go, and beat him if he doesn''t go." "Oh, I understand." Xiaoxiao nodded. Forced expedition team, after the death of the city lord, these people will lose their privileged status. Now that the battle is over, it''s good to say that those who were captured can come back alive, and they can only curse a few words at most. But the family members who have not returned will definitely come to settle accounts with them. "Are you still fighting?" Wu Heng asked. "No more fighting, we''ll separate after the patrol passes." Penny said. "It''s okay." Wu Heng nodded, moved his body, and said, "I''m going back to rest. Today''s battle was a bit exhausting." "Give me that skill book." "I have a tablet, please charge it for me!" "Come on, I''ve watched those two cartoons over and over again." Wu Heng took out everything. "Then find me a new one." "Wait until you can find it." Wu Heng said, opened the door and went downstairs. Go to the first floor. Then she saw Philippa sitting on the sofa in the living room, behind her was the fifth princess ''Brittany'' rubbing her shoulders, and the little maid was sitting on her knees and beating her legs. "Try harder, you haven''t eaten yet!" Philippa still said. Wu Heng walked over and pinched her face, "Bullying people, right?" "If I lose, the tavern will be theirs," Philippa said. Brittany gritted her teeth and said, "I''m willing to admit defeat. It''s true that Philippa won. We admit it." The two had made bets before. If the murderer is the city lord, then Brittany loses and becomes Philippa''s maid for a month, and can do whatever she wants. If the murderer was not the city lord, the Nautilus Tavern would lose to the fifth princess. Although it was finally confirmed that the real murderer was the 18th-level sect guardian, the city lord was indeed involved. To say he was an accomplice was an understatement, and he should be one of the masterminds. In the end, Philippa won. Seeing that the two parties were willing to fight or suffer, Wu Heng could not say anything, "Don''t go too far." Philippa shook her head and said, "Go, you go pour me some water, and Brittany goes to prepare the bath water." "Tch~!" Brittany said, turned and went upstairs. The little maid also went to pour her water. Philippa said, "How about I let Brittany spend the night with you? I have the final say now." Brittany stumbled as she went upstairs and almost fell. Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her, "Don''t always scare people, just make a joke." "That''s not possible. She really wanted me in the tavern. She wanted to be my maid for a month no matter what." Philippa said. (End of chapter) Chapter 705 , selling satellites Chapter 705, Selling Satellites Wu Heng couldn''t say much. The two of them had agreed in private on things like bets. If they lose, they lose. Then he said, "Has the letter been sent to the association?" "Sent it over. When I arrived, they took it away and sent it to the headquarters." Philippa said. "Didn''t the elder say anything?" "As I said, I was praised for my decisiveness and strong awareness in fighting today, and I also wrote my performance in the report." Philippa said happily. "Well, today is really good." "Then you don''t even praise me." "Why are you bragging? Your ability is a talent. It is innate. Do you need others to recognize you?" Wu Heng said solemnly. Philippa was stunned and said, "Damn, you really know how to speak." Not long after, Brittany came downstairs and said the bath water was ready. Philippa got up and went upstairs, and the master and servant breathed a sigh of relief. Wu Heng also followed him upstairs, "She has only been fresh for two days. After the freshness has passed, she can''t even remember it." Brittany said: "We did lose, and it almost affected your judgment, we admit it." "Go to rest early and don''t think too much." "Thank you, island owner!" Brittany saluted slightly. Wu Heng returned to the room he had chosen, and the master and servant also went to the floor where they lived. As night falls, rest begins. The next day, early morning. The fifth princess was assigned skeleton attendants and began to formally take over the entire city. Wu Heng went to the association and listened to Elder Tapani''s meeting all morning. The main thing is to open the port and arrange city defense and patrol tasks in more detail. "Okay, everyone should follow the mission and don''t act alone to avoid any actions by the cult members." "Yes!" everyone responded, then turned and left. Wu Heng also got up and walked out. As soon as he reached the door, Tapani shouted, "Wu Heng, wait a minute." "Elder, what are your orders?" Wu Heng turned around and looked over. Tapani said: "Is there no problem with the Fifth Princess?" "It''s nothing. I have started taking over some affairs in the city this morning, but we still need our help in city defense." Wu Heng replied. "Well, that''s it for now. Let''s see what arrangements the headquarters will make after getting the news." "clear!" Tapani continued, "Write a letter to Treasure Island and bring some food and daily necessities. We will stay in the city for a while and the association will reimburse you for the expenses." "Okay, I''ll explain it later when I get back." Tapani nodded. Seeing that he had nothing to do, Wu Heng also walked out of the conference room. Arrangements are made for the entire association. It seemed that he felt much more relaxed. Apart from writing a letter to Treasure Island, he did not arrange any tasks. He stood at the door and thought for a moment, then walked towards the commercial street. Armor shop. Wu Heng looked at the closed door and knocked hard. Not long after, the door was opened a crack, and someone looked through the crack. Then, the door opened, and the old woman said respectfully: "Master of the association." "Where''s your boss lady?" "My lord, please come inside. I''ll call her." The woman introduced Wu Heng into the room. After waiting in the store lobby for a while, the proprietress came out. Compared with last time, I have returned to my original appearance. There is no oil on my face, and I dont need to deliberately look ugly. "Sir, are you leaving?" the landlady asked directly. When she came last time, Wu Heng promised her to take the people in their shop to Treasure Island when he left. "Come here this time, and I will talk to you about it." "You said." Wu Heng glanced at the other party, "You should also know about the changes in the city. The elder ordered to stay in the city for a while, so I will not return to Treasure Island at the moment." The landlady frowned and asked, "Some people who came back said that the city lord is dead. Is it true?" "It''s true. The association''s notice will be posted later. The fifth princess is taking over the city now," Wu Heng explained. She doesn''t seem to care who takes over the city. Instead, he asked: "Is the city still dangerous?" "At present, there is no danger. If something happens, I will take you away again." Wu Heng said. The landlady immediately thanked her, "Thank you, sir." "Come here this time, and I''m here to tell you, don''t worry too much." "OK." After Wu Heng finished speaking, he stood up and left. The proprietress walked to the door and closed the door again. Return along the commercial street. Association members have begun to appear along the route, posting notices at the door. The city lord died, and the entire city was taken over by the fifth princess, with the assistance of the association. All that''s left is to encourage the city to restore order. If there are cases, you can ask the patrol team for help, or go to the association for help. "Uncle, there is a bard''s shop over there. Would you like to go and see if there are any skill books?" A small voice came from my ears. Wu Heng looked up and saw that diagonally opposite was a shop selling bard props. "It''s closed, go and ask." Wu Heng walked over and knocked **** the door. Not long after, the door also opened a crack, and someone looked over. "What''s wrong with you guys?" "Let''s take a look at the bard''s skill book." "Whatever you want to buy, just tell me your name and I''ll see if it''s available." The other party said directly. Wu Heng really didnt know what the bards skill book contained. He simply said: "I want everything below the second level." "Okay, wait a moment!" The gap in the door was closed. Not long after, he opened it again and said, "There are four books in total. I will charge you 170 silver coins." Wu Heng gave him money, and the other party also stuffed four skill books out. The transaction method is very cautious, and it feels like buying and selling contraband. After taking them all over, the four skill books also appeared in front of me. [Messaging Technique] [Heroic Spirit] [Loud Voice] [Good Speech Technique]. The communication technique can transmit information to a designated target within a certain range. The remaining three books all have amplifying effects. The release of heroic spirit increases courage, a loud voice increases the range of sound transmission, and good speech skills increase language skills. They are also relatively common bard skills. "Are there any props? It''s more suitable for beginners." Wu Heng continued. Just as he was about to close the door, he paused, "Wait a moment." Returning again, a ring was handed out, "230 silver." General language ring (Description: A ring etched with special effects that can make the user''s speech and voice more impactful, and can also be used with performances instead of deception or disguise.) Its still a ring that adds language, theres nothing special about it. Perhaps, the bard pays more attention to appearance, and the shape of the ring is very beautiful. At least it''s more gorgeous than the rings of other professionals. "Okay, I want it." Wu Heng took out the money and closed the gap in the door. Wu Heng didn''t say much and walked back directly. "I bought a lot this time." The little one was invisible, hanging on one shoulder. "Will you translate when you get back?" Wu Heng said. "Isn''t there a skeleton who can translate?" "Don''t you practice writing? You can''t always pinyin." "You still expect me to go to college?" Go all the way back to the City Lord''s Mansion. The fifth princess has not returned yet, and there are only skeletons guarding the whole building inside and outside. Wu Heng simply tidied up, opened the door to the study room, and walked in directly. Zombie world. After walking out of the boundary door, I walked to the window as a habit and looked outside. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and asked, "Qi Hancai, are you there?" Soon, Qi Hancai''s voice came over the intercom, "Here, today is the time agreed with the Korean Headquarters. I am planning to go there with the motorcade." "Where to meet?" Wu Heng asked. "The chosen location is in a building in the city center." Qi Hancai replied. "Wait for me a moment, I''ll follow you today." Wu Heng said, changed the leather armor into a body armor, and then went downstairs. The motorcade is already waiting at the door. Wu Heng opened the door and got in as the co-pilot, "Let''s go!" Qi Hancai ordered, "Let''s go." The convoy started and left the base directly. In a building. Qi Hancai sat on a chair, and Wu Heng stood to one side as a bodyguard. Not long after, three figures walked in. The leader is a Westerner, followed by two Asian faces, both of whom should be Korean. The Westerner smiled and said quickly. The translator on the side said: "Chief Qi, we meet again." Qi Hancai also smiled, "Yes! Mr. David, you are so confident in calling us here this time. I wonder what exchange items you have prepared?" The translator immediately spoke in English. David smiled confidently and answered directly, "Of course, last time I heard that you were interested in satellites, we plan to sell one to you directly. The price needs to be discussed." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows. Wu Heng was also stunned. Hey guys, here comes the satellite for sale. (End of chapter) Chapter 706 , can locate iron bumps (an update today.) Chapter 706: The iron lump that knows how to locate (an update today.) Qi Hancai also became interested, "How to sell it?" David, a Westerner, said with a smile: "Don''t worry, Deputy Chief Qi, we are not selling the right to use the satellite, but individual satellites." "A separate satellite?" "Yes! We can provide unlaunched satellites and help you launch them into the corresponding orbits and subsequent use." David explained. No satellite launched! Last time, Qi Hancai mentioned the other party''s satellite, but he was talking about providing some corresponding functions. So he was rejected by Qi Hancai. This time it is more direct, and it wants to sell a separate satellite to itself. For ordinary people, this kind of thing is really high-tech. The firearms and bullets may have finished products, and the blueprints can be produced according to them. Even if they are killed by satellites, they will not be able to produce them. Qi Hancai was slightly surprised, but returned to normal and said calmly, "In the current environment, having such an extra satellite doesn''t seem to be of much help to us." David immediately said, "How could it not be helpful? Communications, television, terrain mapping or positioning are all very practical functions. Various countries are constantly launching satellites. This shows the importance of satellites. " Qi Hancai listened without any change in his expression, "Let''s talk about the price. I''m not optimistic about this kind of thing." "Five thousand tons of food, or resources of equivalent price, we are responsible for launching and teaching you how to use it." David quoted in a serious voice. As soon as the price came out, the room went silent for a moment. This means that a lifetime of food must be released this time. The grain provided by the base is 50 kilograms per bag. One ton is 20 bags of rice. Five thousand tons! In the world right now, the numbers are extremely exaggerated. Qi Hancai was stunned for a while and then said: "Are you kidding? No base can produce so much food." "This is already very cheap. It used to cost hundreds of millions." David emphasized. "You also know that it was placed now, but now it is just an iron lump that can be located." Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said directly: "Forget it, we don''t need such a thing." David''s face turned anxious, then he smiled and said, "Don''t worry, Deputy Chief Qi, you told me your price." "10 tons of grain." Qi Hancai reported the number directly. That is 200 bags. The price is so low that a truck can deliver it. The people on the opposite side frowned. Listening to the quotations, the transaction volume is not as high as the previous times when the two parties exchanged basic materials. David emphasized, "Deputy Chief Qi, this is a satellite." "I know that at this time, if you don''t have food, you will starve to death. Without satellites, you can save some food." Qi Hancai said. this. David wanted to say more. Qi Hancai interrupted directly, "For this price, you can also ask other bases if anyone has bought this thing." "I need to go back and discuss it." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded. David continued: "One more thing. We have established a research and development base with multiple foreign bases specifically for the research of superpowers and antiviral agents. I wonder if you are interested." "Oh? Want to invite us to study together?" David smiled and said, "The researchers are all senior talents in related majors. They are not accessible to ordinary people, but you can become one of them, and the results will be shared with you." Qi Hancai glanced at Wu Heng out of the corner of his eye, then quickly looked away and asked, "What do we need to provide?" "It''s also very simple. Some material supplies and the cooperation of special powers. Being able to control the powers of so many skeletons is a very powerful ability. If we cooperate with the research, it will definitely be of great help." David said a little bit Excited. Neither Qi Hancai nor Wu Heng showed surprise. Its almost the same as the last time the main stations superpower training plan. However, the main station needs some blood samples, and their research requires the cooperation of real people. Let yourself provide food supplies and cooperate with research. Reach out and ask for something confidently. "How about it? We are just cooperating with some experiments, but when the antidote is developed, it will be shared among all our members." David still said. Qi Hancai replied, "I will go back and discuss it with the leader, and I will tell you later." "Yes, that''s fine." Qi Hancai didn''t want to talk to him any more and said, "Have you brought any items for exchange this time?" "Bringing some military equipment." "Let''s go, I''ll have someone do the counting, and then I''ll pay you for the food." "well!" Everyone got up and walked towards the door. Then, arrange for people to count the supplies brought over, and then pay the other party the corresponding amount of food. After the transaction was over, the other party talked about satellites and research bases. Then they each got into the truck and left in opposite directions. Returning to the car. Qi Hancai said while driving: "Do you want to exchange satellites?" "Let''s see what they say. If the price you offer is acceptable, we will take it." Wu Heng replied. "I deliberately lowered the price. They shouldn''t be able to accept it." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I don''t think so." "What''s wrong?" "Except for us, no base can afford the price. We are the only buyer, and the pricing power is not in their hands." Wu Heng said. "It seems to make sense." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It depends on what they say. I don''t think it will have much effect." "Well, let''s wait for news from them." The convoy continued to drive back, and the journey was relatively smooth. At three o''clock in the afternoon, the convoy returned to the base. Wu Heng waited in the conference room for a while, and Qi Hancai went back to the room to get the notebook and came back. He sat down opposite and said: "Sister Yahong, there are several related professionals in the pharmaceutical factory. I want to ask you when you will bring the alchemy skeleton there. I feel that asking for the skeleton is an excuse, maybe because I miss you. " Its true that I havent seen Li Yahong for a while. Wu Heng said: "I will go back in two days, and the skeleton will be brought to her when the time comes." "Okay!" Qi Hancai continued, "The other thing about Gaorong is that the cannon production line has been successfully tested, and now the entire industrial chain has begun to be built. It is expected that there will be news soon. The second thing is to send The skeleton who went to the main station to learn to fly a plane is back, and he can use the plane as a means of transportation." The successful test of the cannon production chain is a good thing. If mass production can be achieved, the combat capabilities of both worlds will be greatly improved. Other bases, even if they have complete production chains, do not produce raw materials. Wuheng is different here. Everything you want can be purchased from another world. The matter of the aircraft pilot has been going on for some time. Now that I have completed my studies, I can use airplanes for transportation. "Let every place count the number of planes." "Understood." Qi Hancai nodded, "There''s nothing else going on. Everything is normal." "Come on, take me around the base and show my face to everyone." "good!" The two got up and went out again. Treasure Island, Deacon''s Study. Shilagui returned from the outside, took off her helmet and put it into the space ring, and smoothed the hair stuck to her forehead. Shi Yali said: "Minnie came just now." "What are you here for?" "Brought news about Wu Heng." Xila Gui''s eyes lit up, "How is it? Did you find out anything?" Shi Yali smiled and said, "I see that you are not in a hurry these days. I thought you two were in contact alone." "There is no connection." Silla rolled her eyes at her, returned to the desk and sat down, "What did Minnie say?" Shi Yali poured her a cup of tea and said, "The murderer has been found. Who do you think it is?" "Let me guess, I don''t know anyone." Sheila Gui said dissatisfiedly. "Guess, I think you can guess it." "City Lord?" Shi Yali raised her eyebrows, "I said you could guess it." Hearing that she had guessed correctly, Sheela Gui showed a surprised expression. Because apart from the city lord, she couldn''t name anyone else. "What''s going on? Stop making trouble and tell me quickly." Xila Gui urged. Shi Yali stopped teasing her and recounted what she heard from Minnie in detail. When she heard that the association''s investigation team was blocked in the city and was besieged by the army, Sheela''s face showed surprise and fear. Crazy. The whole city went crazy. He actually dared to kill people from his headquarters. What are the consequences of this that they dont know? "Why did he do this? The city lord didn''t want to do it?" Sheila Gui asked. "Listen to me." Shi Yali continued to talk about what happened next. Cong Wuheng went to kill the city lord alone, carrying the dead man, frightening off the army that besieged the investigation team, and the results of the interrogation of the corpse. "In other words, the person who killed the local deacon was the 18th-level boxer. The city lord was caught in the middle and had to follow." Shi Yali concluded. Sheela''s eyes widened, and she pondered for a while before digesting the news. This news is really exciting. The president leader in the city is a cult, and he is coercing the investigation team of the City Lord Killing Association. It almost succeeded. If it hadn''t been reported from Wu Heng, she wouldn''t have believed that this would happen. After hesitating for a moment, he still asked: "Is Wu Heng not injured?" "Minnie said no." Shi Yali replied, and then said, "In the evening, let''s go to the island owner''s mansion for a meeting? By the way, we can talk to Wu Hengtong. There are props there that can make calls." Sheila Gui hesitated, "It''s not good!" "What''s wrong? Wu Heng''s safety involves the entire Treasure Island, and you are the deacon of Treasure Island. It''s very reasonable to ensure the safety of each other." Shi Yali naturally found a reason. Xila Gui picked up the water cup and took a sip, "Okay, prepare some flower tea sent by the clan, and we will go there together in the evening." "I had prepared some for him, so I just happened to bring them over this time." Sila Gui paused and said, "Shi Yali, you..., why is something not right?" "What''s not right?" "Why do you feel that you are so proactive towards Wu Heng?" "She saved both of our lives, shouldn''t she be nice to him?" "But I still feel weird about you." Sheela stared at her suspiciously. Shi Yali turned her head to the side and did not look at her. After walking around the base, Wu Heng returned to another world. It was almost the same time on both sides, and it was dusk at this time. When he opened the door and went downstairs, he heard the sound of conversation coming from the hall on the first floor. Philippa, the fifth princess Brittany, and the little maid, gathered together to chat. Seeing Wu Heng coming downstairs, the three of them stood up and said hello. "Island Master, dinner is ready. I''ll have someone bring it to you." The little maid stood up and walked quickly to the kitchen. Not long after, the skeletons brought the dinner, and several people sat at the table, chatting and eating their dinner. Wu Heng looked at the fifth princess, "How are you today?" ''Brittany'' said: "In the afternoon, Dean Gianvito accompanied me to the military camp, where he reorganized the remaining troops and appointed new commanders." Philippa also said, "I went with him. The old man was very imposing and kept a straight face all the way. Those people are all honest." "How many people are there in the military camp?" Wu Heng asked. "There are only more than 300 people left. The current commander is Hilde. He was the deputy commander of city defense before." Brittany said. "Is it trustworthy?" Brittany shook her head, "Not sure, but I don''t have anyone I can use, so I can only use him for now." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Since Dean Gianvito has come forward, the problem should not be big, but we still need to be careful and train some of our own people as soon as possible." "I see!" Although the army is not trustworthy, there are only more than 300 people left and it is difficult to pose any threat. Not to mention using the skeleton army, the people on the association''s side could be killed by three hundred people. It is estimated that Gianvito felt that there was no threat, so he just took a look and did not say to disband the army or install association members. Brittany continued, "Work has resumed at City Hall and the port has reopened to the public." "Where are the women and children rescued before?" Wu Heng asked. "I have settled in the city for the time being. In the next two days, we will arrange for people to visit the villages to see what is going on in these people''s homes." Brittany answered. Wu Heng nodded, "Isn''t this good? It''s much better than when I first became the island leader." Brittany''s face showed joy, "Really? I will continue to work hard." "Take your time, don''t rush." "Yeah!" Brittany nodded obediently. Wu Heng then looked at Philippa, "Is everything okay over there at the fleet?" "It''s okay. The skeletons are repairing some damaged parts. They were all bumps and bumps. The **** rebels almost damaged my ship." Philippa said angrily. "Treasure Island''s fleet will come over in a few days and arrange some ships to cruise nearby." Philippa nodded, "Okay, I''ll make arrangements tomorrow." After dinner, the skeleton cleared the table. Wu Heng got up and went upstairs. The three women and the parrot walked to the courtyard. Philippa took out bicycles, shuttlecocks and other things commonly played in the island owner''s mansion and taught them how to play. Wrentam City. In the city lord''s palace, a ranger wearing leather armor and taming animals standing on his shoulders rushed in with quick steps. Bowing and saluting, "City Lord, there is news from the front line." Wen Mansha was sitting on the throne of the city lord, with the skeleton mage and pink-skirted Bone Demon No. 2 beside her. "What news?" Wen Mansha asked. The ranger immediately said: "The army of the Yeko Kingdom has set off, with infantry, chariots, and equipment." Wen Mansha''s eyes narrowed. Sure enough, there was still no way to escape, and the Kingdom of Yeke had identified Luntam City. No matter what, I have to drag this side into the water. "Approximately how many people?" "Nearly ten thousand people." The ranger said solemnly. Wen Mansha pondered for a moment and said, "Continue to explore their movements." "Yes!" The ranger nodded and left quickly. Wen Mansha sat on the chair and thought for a moment, "Harter!" The housekeeper stepped forward and said, "Mrs." "Let the tribes that have signed the alliance arrange for representatives to come over tomorrow to discuss fighting with the Yeko Kingdom''s army." Wen Mansha said in a deep voice. "Yes, madam." The housekeeper clicked on a few skeletons and quickly left the city lord''s mansion. Wen Mansha took out the map and looked thoughtful. Wu Heng returned to the study. Glenda reminded: "Someone called you on the radio just now." "who?" "The voice sounded like Minnie, and the tone didn''t seem to be in a hurry, so I didn''t go down to call you," Glenda said. Wu Heng walked to the radio station and looked at the record book. There was indeed a record written on it. Picking up the topic, he asked: "Minnie, do you have anything to do with me?" Soon, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "Master." "Well, I just went to eat, what happened?" Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and asked curiously. "Deacon Sheilagui and Assistant Shi Yali are here. I heard that you are in danger and want to talk to you." Minnie said with a smile. Then, I heard Sheila Gui''s voice vaguely, "What are you talking about? Ask about the progress of the case." "Deacon Sheilagui said, asking about the progress of the case." Minnie said into the microphone. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Give the microphone to Sheila Gui." There was a burst of noise, and Xila Gui''s voice came over, "Master Wuheng Island, how is the situation over there?" Good guy, you speak quite formally. (End of chapter) Chapter 707 , what did Xiaoxiao tell you? Chapter 707, what did Xiaoxiao say to you? "Deacon!" Wu Heng also said the position. Shiragui continued: "I heard from Minnie that the investigation team was attacked by the Netale City army. Were they not injured?" "No, the investigation team is all safe, and some injured members have also been treated," Wu Heng replied. "That''s good!" Sheila Gui breathed a sigh of relief. Then, Shi Yali''s voice came from the other side, "Ask him when he will come back." Xila Gui said: "Shi Yali asked you when you will come back." Shi Yali said immediately, "I asked it for you." "I think you are more anxious than me." Ignoring the sisters'' stubborn words, Wu Heng said: "It may take some time. What the elder means is to wait until the order from the association headquarters is sent, and then mobilize according to the order." It is not the idea of ??Tapani alone, but the result of discussions among all association members. This also includes Wu Heng. Otherwise, once the people from the association leave, the whole city will probably become more chaotic and more people will die. "Then please pay attention to your safety." Sheila Gui instructed. "Don''t worry, it''s the elders and the others who will take care of the danger." Wu Heng said, and then asked, "Is there nothing wrong with Treasure Island?" "It''s okay. Several wanted criminals came to the island during this period, and they were all arrested by the association. Everything is safe." Sheila Gui said with a smile. "I''m always at ease with you in charge." There was a smile in Sheila Gui''s tone, "Try to say something nice, and I''ll ask you about your situation. As long as it''s not dangerous, I''ll talk about it after you come back." "Okay, I''ll bring you gifts when I get back." There was no answer from the other party and the call was hung up. It was a bit surprising that Xila Gei went to the island owner''s mansion to call herself. It doesn''t feel like her character. But I was still a little happy, which proved that the other party was still worried about me. After sitting on the chair for a while, the sky became darker. Wu Heng said hello to several ghosts and returned to the room to rest. early morning. The third day when the fifth princess took over Netale City. The city is still depressed, but it is slightly better than before, and some shops in the commercial street are open for business. It''s just that there aren''t many goods, and most of them are just opening the door and cleaning the room. The fifth princess herself also has many things to do, appointing officials, processing information in the city, and presiding over the overall situation. They say they havent done it yet and are afraid that they wont do it well. But I''m doing pretty well. I have a clear plan for what to do first and what to do next. After all, he comes from a royal family, so he understands these processes under his influence. Wu Heng also arranged skeleton guards for her, and they followed her around every day. On the association''s side, Elder Tapani once again assigned tasks to everyone in the morning. Level 15 professionals, plus team members from the association, were all assigned tasks. In addition to normal patrols in the city, teams were also arranged to carry skeletons to surrounding villages for investigation. Wu Heng still has not been assigned a task. It can also be understood that tasks related to him are assigned to Skeleton and Philippa. If nothing happens to him, the entire city''s skeletons are enough to deal with most emergencies. I wish he could just stay in one place and stop running around all day long. The meeting is over. Wu Heng followed the crowd and walked out. The old mage Zhanvito followed quickly, "Wu Heng, you have learned all the skills, please return the book to me!" Wu Heng immediately took out the [Teleportation Technique] and said, "Thank you, Dean." Gianvito put the books away and looked at him again, "Have you studied conjuration-related knowledge before?" Wu Heng was stunned, "I know one or two basic spells of the conjuration schools." "No wonder, there are some basics." Gianvito touched his beard, and then asked, "How come you, a necromancer, have studied the spells of other factions?" Wu Heng replied as he walked, "In the Kingdom of Yeko, although I was transferred to the Necromancer profession, I didn''t have the opportunity to learn the corresponding skills, so I just learned a little from here and there, and pieced together what I could." Gianvito nodded, saying this was in line with his upbringing. But it still has to surprise people, this learning ability is really not low. When Wu Heng saw that the other party did not speak, he continued, "Dean, are there any other books? Lend them to me." Gianvito looked at him again, "What can I exchange for this time?" "Watch!" Wu Heng lowered his voice, "It''s the same model as the heroes, but the style is different." Gianvito narrowed his eyes, "How do I know what heroes are like?" "I made all these watches, there''s no need to lie." "Yeah, that''s right." Gianvito flipped his hand and took out a skill book from the space ring, "Here you go, return it to me after reading it." [Thunder Summoning Technique] (Description: Generate thundercloud weather within the casting range, specify a point under the thundercloud that you can see, and cause one or more beams of lightning to shoot from the cloud to that point. If you are in the thundercloud area, the effect will be turned over. times, consumption is reduced). Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The old mage''s signature spell can rain down thunder and lightning from the sky to strike people. I have seen Gianvito use this skill several times while fighting together. The difference is, chop one person, or chop a row of people. In fact, in terms of attack type, Wu Heng feels very similar to his own [Lightning Beam]. [Lightning Beam] releases a horizontal lightning beam that hits the target and produces a lightning effect after hitting the target. [Thunder Summoning Technique] falls from the sky, which has the same effect as thunder on a rainy day. Gianvito relies so much on this skill, it must be easier to use. Wu Heng put away the skill books first, and then said, "Dean, do you have any more? We are all so familiar with each other. We are in danger of life and death. Please lend me two more books." Gianvito hesitated for a moment, then took out another book and handed it to him, "Don''t always think about learning everything. Your energy is limited. These two books are not easy to learn. If you can''t learn them, forget it." Summon Arrow Rain (Description: You shoot a non-magical projectile into the air or throw a non-magical throwing weapon, and use it as a prototype to shoot a weapon of the same type in a cone in front of you, and these created weapons will attack disappears after completion). Um? Seeing this second skill book, Wu Heng''s eyes froze. Non-magical ammunition or non-magical thrown weapons, prototypes of a weapon of the same type are fired forward. What skill is this? I dont think Gianvito has ever used it. "Thank you!" Wu Heng put it away directly. Gianvito still urged, "Don''t break it, don''t lose it, return it to me before we leave." "Don''t worry, when I look at it, turn it over gently." "Okay, be careful." The two walked through the corridor together and then separated. Wu Heng walked out of the association directly and returned to the city lord''s mansion. Back to the city lord''s mansion, no one was home. Wu Heng returned to the study, took a few ghosts with him, and went directly to the zombie world. As the temperature rises, the dormitory becomes a little stuffy. Open the window to let some air out and let out the ghosts. Those who are looking for their mother go to find their mother, and the other two also go to the nearby areas. He picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Qi Hancai, are the ships ready?" "Ready, ready to go at any time." Qi Hancai''s voice came over. Yesterday Qi Hancai reported on the development of the remaining bases. At the military factory, the machine gun production chain was being assembled, and Li Yahong was also waiting for the skeleton alchemist to come over and develop the pills. Plus, its true that I havent shown up for a while, so I need to go back and take a look. "Okay, I''ll go down later." Wu Heng said. "clear." I sat in the room and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back first, "Uncle, have you finished translating the newly purchased skill book?" "The translation is finished." "My mother just finished work, I asked her to pick it up." After finishing the novel, he turned around and left through the wall. About three or two minutes later, there was a knock on the door. Wu Heng opened the door and saw his little mother, Zhao Yanqiu, standing at the door. A white shirt, a dark blue skirt, light makeup, and a single pearl necklace on her fair and slender neck. Lowering your head gives people a gentle and mature feeling. The profession of bard is special, and it is more elegant than before. "Your Majesty, Xiaoxiao asked me to get the skill book." Zhao Yanqiu still lowered his head. "Come in, I''ve prepared some skill books for you." Wu Heng got out of the way. Zhao Yanqiu walked in with small steps. Wu Heng took out a few skill books and said, "Sit down, I will tell you the functions of these skill books." Zhao Yanqiu put away her skirt, sat down on a chair nearby, and said softly, "Okay." Wu Heng said: "These four skill books, the first communication technique, can deliver messages to designated targets. It can be understood that you are sending a voice message to the other party, which cannot be heard by outsiders. The remaining three books are all used to increase your own status. This book is to increase courage, this book is to increase the range of sound transmission, and this book is to increase language skills. " Zhao Yanqiu was stunned for a while. It can also transmit messages privately, as if this kind of scene has been performed in fairy tales. The remaining three books can also improve one''s own status. "Are you eager to learn?" Zhao Yanqiu hesitated. Xiaoxiao immediately said: "If you are an uncle, he is very easy to learn. Mom, you..., um..., work hard." Zhao Yanqiu rolled her eyes. Wu Heng said with a smile, "You are new to it, so it is normal for you to learn slowly. Take your time. It doesn''t matter if you can''t learn it." Xiaoxiao pouted. "Thank you, Your Majesty." Zhao Yanqiu thanked him. Xiaoxiao turned over from the lying position and continued: "Uncle, where is the ring? The ring you bought for your mother." Wu Heng took out the [General Language Ring], "This is for you. It will also be helpful for your profession." Xiaoxiao immediately said: "Mom, my uncle specially selected this one for you. It is the most beautiful." Zhao Yanqiu suddenly raised his head and said, "Xiaoxiao, you go out for a while, and I will have a few words with your uncle." "Why are you carrying me?" Xiao Xiao said dissatisfied. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Xiaoxiao, we are going to the military factory later. You go and call them back." Xiaoxiao glanced at the two of them and said, "Okay." After that, leave through the wall. Zhao Yanqiu still lowered her head and said softly: "I know your kindness to our mother and daughter. I don''t know what is the right choice." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What did Xiaoxiao tell you?" (End of chapter) Chapter 708 , turned into shotgun Chapter 708, turned into shotgun Zhao Yanqiu''s face began to turn red, "She said that we can live together. If you agree to be her father, it depends on my opinion." I did talk to Xiaoxiao about being her father before. Zhao Yanqiu''s consent is needed, but judging from the other party''s expression, it should be more than just changing the title. More like, really want to live together. "What do you think?" Zhao Yanqiu still shook his head, "I don''t know." After this period of observation, Wu Heng suspected that Xiao Xiao''s "Unfinished Business" wanted a father. It''s not just a change in name. I really want to be her dad. Wu Heng thought for a while, and the most important thing was to solve small problems, and said: "For children of Xiaoxiao''s age, reality is a bit cruel." After a slight pause, he continued, "Let''s just get in touch with her first and see what she has in mind, and we''ll discuss it later based on the situation." Zhao Yanqiu raised her head and said, "Okay?" "Try it." "good!" "You go back first, then Xiaoxiao and I will come." Wu Heng said directly. Zhao Yanqiu nodded and stood up. "Don''t forget the skill book." Wu Heng said. Zhao Yanqiu picked up the skill book and ring, saluted again, and left the room. The door closed and Wu Heng also sat back on the chair beside him. As the level increases, so does the insight. In fact, it can be seen that Zhao Yanqiu seems to be well prepared and has obviously dressed up specially. Maybe you are not mentally prepared, or maybe you feel the environment is not suitable. There are still some concerns. She is different from Li Yahong and Qi Hancai. They were never married and had no family. Its normal to think more. Of course, Wu Heng''s plan was not to ask for Zhao Yanqiu, but more to fulfill a small wish. "Take a step and see what happens!" Not long after, Xiaoxiao flew back with Glenda and Penny. As soon as he entered the house, he asked, "Where is my mother?" "She went back first." Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder, "How are you doing?" Wu Heng said with a smile, "You have to get in touch first." "That''s right, my mother always hesitates when doing things." "Let''s go downstairs first. Don''t let the ship wait too long. We''ll talk about the rest when we come back." Wu Heng simply packed up, opened the door and went downstairs. The three ghosts disappeared and walked out together. After walking downstairs, Qi Hancai also walked over from the opposite side, and the two of them chatted while heading to the port. "Say hello to sister Yahong for me." Qi Hancai said with a smile. "Okay." Wu Heng smiled and walked onto the cargo ship. The skeleton pilot starts the ship. Left the port. On a cargo ship. The skeleton sailed the ship, while Wu Heng was in the cabin, making a bed for himself. Xiaoxiao and Penny followed the boat outside, while Glenda floated aside and asked: "How far have you and Xiaoxiao''s mother... reached?" Wu Heng glanced at her, lowered his voice and said, "We just discussed it and fulfilled the child''s wish." "Her mother is good, and she is very cute. She can be my daughter." Glenda said with a smile. "Stop grabbing it now!" Wu Heng made the bed and sat down opposite. "Just saying." Glenda floated across the desk, "Bring me paper and pen. I plan to write down the story of Netale City first." "It''s not that I don''t want to write the story because it''s not attractive!" "The city lord is hypocritical and secretly plotting, the cult infiltrates the army, and finally besieges the association investigation team. All of these are exciting. Just the fact that the army kills the association investigation team will make this story a hit." Granda said with a smile. . Wu Heng took out a pen and paper and put it on the opposite side of the desk, "Focus on the wisdom of the leader of the association and the bravery of the association members. They will definitely read it when the time comes." "Okay!" Glenda nodded and began to think about the content of the new story. Wu Heng also took out the skill book he got and started to look through it. [Thunder Summoning] is a high-level skill in the conjuration faction. Judging from the narrative in the book. The power is definitely sufficient, the only thing that needs attention is the enemy''s avoidance. The formation of dark clouds and the process of thunder falling may cause the skill to fail due to the movement of the enemy. Therefore, controlling the timing has become a requirement for hitting the enemy. I watched it intently for more than an hour. I also turned to the last page, and the system prompt appeared immediately. [Unlocked skill: Summoning Thunder. This kind of learning skill is convenient. After finishing the first book, I immediately switched to the second one. [Summon Arrow Rain] This was Wu Heng''s unexpected gain. I don''t know if it is the same as his own idea. The thickness of the book is twice that of the thunder summoning technique just now. It is filled with dense magic terms, symbols, and magic applications. Complex and profound. Summoning a rain of arrows is not a literal rain of arrows, but refers to non-magical ammunition or throwing objects. After the ammunition is shot into the sky, a field of the same ammunition is formed through magic to attack. In this world, the most common shooting ammunition refers to arrows and crossbow bolts, so it is called Arrow Rain. I feel that if used well, it can have greater effect. Wu Heng watched carefully. He was not only reading the content and turning pages according to the program, but his brain was also working hard to absorb the knowledge inside. Turning through page after page, analyzing and studying the content page after page. Finally, I finished reading the last page. The prompt also appears again. [Unlock skill: Summon arrow rain] Unlocked. Wu Heng put away his skills and stretched. "Have you learned?" Glenda asked. "I''ve learned it." Wu Heng stood up, "You write in your room, I''ll go out and try my skills." "Well, go ahead!" After saying that, he opened the door and walked out. Walking onto the deck, Xiaoxiao and Penny flew over. "Uncle, why are you out?" Xiao Xiaofei came over. Wu Heng looked at her, "Get some air and try out your skills." "What skills." "You''ll find out later." Wu Heng took out his pistol and released the magic in advance. Then he fired at the sea far ahead. Bang~! A gunshot rang out. In his sight, fan-shaped bullets were shot out and fell into the sea with clatter. Holy shit! The effect is good. Then he continued to shoot the second shot, and with a bang, a splash was made on the sea. Each magic spell can only take effect on the first bullet. Of course, you can also release the spell and then shoot. Xiaoxiao and Beini also widened their eyes. "Wow, it just turned into a shotgun." Xiaoxiao exclaimed. "Is this magic?" Penny was also a little surprised. "Magic is a magic that can increase the number of weapons fired." Wu Heng explained. "How amazing." Wu Heng smiled, continued to take out a powerful crossbow, released [Summon Arrow Rain] again, and shot towards the sky. The arrows shot out a certain distance, suddenly increased in number, and fell into the sea densely. The effect is really good. "The test is over, let''s go back to eat." Wu Heng was very satisfied with the result. Say hello and return to the cabin. A few days later, at noon. Wu Heng rode the skeleton flying dragon and landed directly in the courtyard of the military factory. At this time, the factory has undergone great changes. The walls are higher and connected to the grid. Skeletons holding firearms stood guard behind the iron fence. Some survivors wearing work clothes walked toward the canteen while chatting. It''s time for lunch. As soon as he got off the skeleton flying dragon, Gao Rong ran over from a distance. "Chief, you are back." "Well, I heard that the cannon production chain has been assembled? Take me to see it." Gao Rong nodded immediately, "Okay." (End of chapter) Chapter 709 , help with construction (2-in-1, 5,000 words.) Chapter 709, Helping with Construction (2-in-1, 5,000 words.) Gao Rong led the way to a factory building. The door opened, and a cool breath rushed in. Gao Rong turned on the switch at the side, the lights came on, and the entire factory became brighter. Several mechanical production chains also appeared in front of us. Gao Rong introduced, "Chief, the main parts of the machine gun are divided into two parts, the gun body and the gun mount. This workshop mainly produces accessories for the gun body part, including the barrel, breech, breech and other devices. The factory next door produces gun mount components, including upper racks, height machines, balancing machines and other accessories. After all are produced, they all need to be transported to the next location for assembly. " Gao Rong introduced as he walked. It was very detailed and professional. Even if you don''t know much about machine guns in peacetime, the production chain must have been created, and a lot of effort must have been put into it. Whatever accessories there are, I will naturally keep them in mind. Wu Heng nodded and looked at the production machinery. It is much larger than the machine gun production chain. "How many barrels have been developed?" "Double-barreled machine cannon." Gao Rong replied. After Wu Heng asked, he immediately responded. The base''s contacts are all double-barreled cannons, and the drawings Wu Heng gave him are also double-barreled. Although the rate of fire is not as fast as the Gatling minigun, for now, the double-barreled cannon is enough for both worlds. By then, if you are more armed in another world, your strength will be greatly improved. "Where are the cannonballs?" "The artillery shell production chain came out earlier than the machine gun, and it can be produced at any time." "What''s missing now?" Gao Rong replied, "We need to arrange skeleton workers in the production chain, and also need to continuously supply materials to maintain production." So far, any production chain developed has been dominated by skeletons as the labor force. First, it is safe and controllable. Second, the skeleton does not need to rest or turn on the lights and works all day long. Efficiency is greatly improved. "Have all the materials been listed?" "It''s listed. I''ll give you the list when I get back." "Well, let''s go. I''ll arrange for the skeleton first, and then arrange for someone to teach the skeleton how to use the machine." Wu Heng said. "good!" The two walked out of the factory and headed to the military camp where the skeletons were stationed. Wu Heng selected skeletons above level 10 and ordered them to be placed in the workshop, where they would learn the corresponding work. As for the materials, they will need to be purchased from another world. After arranging the workshop issues, Wu Heng continued to visit the rifle and bullet production workshops. Put all the previously produced inventory into the space sachet and belt. Then they returned together. Wu Heng continued, "Let Qiangzi and the Russian researcher come to the conference room for a meeting." "Understood." Gao Rong nodded and picked up the walkie-talkie to contact the two of them. In the conference room. After chatting with Gao Rong for a while, the doors opened one after another. Hadron and the Russian scientific researcher Kadyrov walked in together. "Your Majesty." "Mr. Chief!" The two saluted, and this time ''Kadyrov'' spoke Chinese, although his tone was a bit strange. "Sit down!" Wu Heng said. After the two sat down, Wu Heng continued, "Has there been any progress on the projects you are responsible for during this period?" Qiangzi is responsible for the research and development of stab-proof clothing and the flying dragon machine gun. However, the project of the flying dragon machine gun was suspended. After many changes, it was better to arrange a humanoid skeleton to ride on the back of the flying dragon and hold the machine gun. Its simple, saves effort, and makes it easier to give orders. Kadyrov is responsible for the research and development of vehicle batteries. Originally, the tram technology was relatively mature. All they needed to do was to restore it or see if they had the ability to develop it further. I heard Wu Heng ask. The two looked at each other, and Qiangzi was the first to say: "Recently, we have recruited relevant professional talents. The anti-stab suit has been updated to the fifth generation. The surface material is double-stitched, which is more tough and not easy to tear. An alloy steel plate is added inside. The anti-stab effect is also better. All updated to the fifth generation. This speed. "Do you have any samples?" Wu Heng asked. "Yes." Qiangzi picked up a dark blue stab-proof suit from his handbag. Put it on the table, take out the dagger, and stab it twice. Then he stroked **** it. Clear marks were left on the anti-stab suit, but there was no large-scale collapse of the thread. "Hang it on the wall, Kerimu, go and try it." Wu Heng said. Qiangzi hung the stab-proof suit on the wall, and Keranmu drew his knife and slashed at him diagonally. The sound of metal tearing sounded again, and huge cracks appeared on the surface and steel plate again. The surface could not be cut, but it still did not collapse. Much better than before. "If there is progress, write down the craftsmanship." "good." When Qiangzi heard the approval, he immediately smiled and agreed. After talking about the stab-proof suit, it was the turn of the Russian technician Kadyrov. Said: "Mr. Chief, we have made a breakthrough in batteries, which can be used in vehicles." "Is there a finished product?" "Not yet. If necessary, we can try to change the vehicle to an electric system." Kadyrov said. "Gao Rong, prepare a truck for them and cooperate with them in refitting it." Gao Rong nodded, looked at Kadyrov and said: "There are many in the truck base, and they will be assigned to you for research." "Okay!" Kadyrov nodded. Wu Heng then said to Kadyrov, If it can be developed, my previous commitment to you will still be valid. "We will do our best." Kadyrov said seriously. All the things about these people have been said. Wu Heng continued to look at Gao Rong, "Are there any needs or difficulties?" "No, everything is sufficient here at the base. Thank you to the leader and deputy leaders for their protection." Gao Rong thanked him. Wu Heng nodded, "The research and development of the base still depends on you, continue to work hard." "Yes, chief." "Okay, you go and do your work! Qiangzi will sort out the craftsmanship and give it to me." Wu Heng said. Qiangzi nodded and left the room with ''Kadyrov''. "Is there anything you want to eat, chief? I''ll have someone prepare lunch." Gao Rong asked immediately. Wu Heng looked at the time and said, "I won''t eat here anymore. Ask if the train is at the station. I''m going to Xinfu City later." "Okay, I''ll contact you now." Gao Rong said and walked out. Not long after, Qiangzi sent craft materials, and Gao Rong also arranged a vehicle to take him to the station. Take the train to Xinfu City. At dusk, Wu Heng finally arrived in Xinfu City. As the number of zombies decreases, the railway becomes safer and the traveling speed increases. In about four hours, we arrived in Xinfu City. Followed all the way to the Central Trade City. Compared to the other bases, Xinfu City is more lively. As the city where Wu Heng and Li Yahong started, the zombies were cleaned up the cleanest, and some facilities were more complete. When the skeleton army expanded, most of the survivors rescued were sent here. Allocate residences and jobs, gradually restoring the vitality of the entire city. The central shopping mall now serves as the office building of the government affairs hall. Addressed some issues in the base. Wu Heng didn''t meet any acquaintances along the way, let alone Qi Hancai. Go upstairs and pass by the radio station''s room, tap twice and walk in. The girl guarding the radio turned her head and looked over. She was stunned for a moment, and then shouted: "Your Majesty." Those who can be called king are all old people in the base. Wu Heng then asked, "Where is Li Yahong?" "I asked Sister Yahong to come over." The girl picked up the walkie-talkie and called to Li Yahong. Soon footsteps sounded from the stairs, and Li Yahong walked over. He glanced at Wu Heng and said, "Let''s go to the office and talk." Leave the radio room and follow Li Yahong upstairs. Enter the room. Li Yahong closed the door, opened the drawer, took out five backpacks, and pointed to several large freezers nearby, "In the backpacks are collected gold, and in the freezers are corpse cores." Wu Heng opened his backpack and took a look. Every backpack was filled with gold jewelry. A lot has been gained. He put the gold away and continued to open the freezer. Inside were corpse cores sealed in cans and bottles, neatly stacked together. There are the most first-level corpse cores, and there are also many second-level corpse cores. Wu Heng focused his eyes on the third-level corpse core, and there were also twelve bottles. A lot has been gained. He put away the corpse core and said casually, "You manage it well." Li Yahong glanced angrily, "Why didn''t you tell me in advance so that I could pick you up?" "I came here with the transport convoy. It will be troublesome to pick me up back and forth." Wu Heng explained, and then said, "How about here?" "Everything is normal. Farming will be arranged at the beginning of spring. The autumn harvest should be enough to satisfy everyone," Li Yahong said. "Well, that''s good." Wu Heng nodded. Li Yahong looked at the skeleton behind him, "Didn''t you bring the alchemy skeleton?" "I''ll arrange it for you in these two days, don''t worry." "How many days will you stay here?" "Stay for a few days." Li Yahong''s face softened, "You have a conscience." Zizzi~! While talking, the intercom rang. Li Yahong pressed, "What''s wrong?" "Sister Hong, the cafeteria is open for dinner." Li Yahong glanced at Wu Heng and said, "I won''t go to the canteen. I''ll have someone bring some over." "Oh." "For two." "good." dinner. Wu Heng sat at the dining table, reached out and touched his face under the table, "Let''s eat first!" Li Yahong patted her thigh lightly, looked up with her big eyes, and signaled you to leave it alone. Wu Heng pinched the other person''s cheek and continued eating dinner. When the food was almost done, he pulled Li Yahong out from under the table. Go into the bathroom together. The next day, early morning. Li Yahong went out to work, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory. The room was obviously cleaned regularly and seemed to be fairly clean. After letting the skeleton guard the door, he opened the door and walked in directly. Behind the realm gate is still the study room of the City Lord''s Mansion. Opening the door and going downstairs, Philippa was scrubbing the wing feathers of her parrot. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Philippa said: "Shanara is here, and she also brought some alchemy skeletons. I arranged them in the room on the first floor." Shannara is here! His own skeleton was also sent over. "Where is she?" Wu Heng came over, touched the parrot''s little head, and sat down beside him. Philippa was about to speak. The parrot''s thin voice shouted: "Great, Chief." Philippa grabbed the parrot by the neck and shook it hard, "What are you shouting? It scared me." "Idiot, Captain." The parrot cursed, flapped its wings and flew away. Philippa continued to look at Wu Heng, "I went out with ''Brittany''. I felt a little uncomfortable today, so I didn''t go out with him. I arranged for skeletons. Don''t worry, nothing will happen." Wu Heng stood up and touched her forehead, "What''s wrong? Have you taken the medicine?" "You don''t understand how girls feel uncomfortable." Philippa shook off his hand. "I understand, don''t catch a cold." Wu Heng said with a smile, and then asked, "I won''t be here for the next few days. Is there nothing going on in the city?" "It''s okay, just like it was before, it will be like now." "Where''s the headquarters? Isn''t there any news?" Wu Heng asked next. Philippa scratched his head, "No news from the headquarters has come yet, and there are no arrangements from Tapani, nothing has changed." Wu Heng sat on the sofa and thought for a while, then stood up and said, "Okay, I''ll go to the association to have a look." "I won''t go with you." "Have a good rest at home." "Um." Make your way to the Guild. Residents going out can be seen on the road. Although it is not as good as when the old king was still alive, it is still much better than some time ago. At least it gave the city some vitality. "Master of Wuheng Island." "I haven''t seen you in a few days." Walking into the association hall, some members passing by took the initiative to say hello. "I studied magic at my residence and didn''t go out." Wu Heng explained with a smile. After the last battle. Wu Heng was obviously very familiar with the staff of these headquarters. It can be considered a life and death crisis. Saying hello all the way, we arrived in front of the deacon''s study. There is no deacon in the local area, and the office study is Tapanis room. Knock lightly on the door and get a response. He opened the door and walked in directly. "If you don''t show up, we will all think you are missing and we will search the city for you." Tapani saw him coming in and joked with a smile. Wu Heng sat down aside, "I borrowed two books from Dean Gianvito, and I have been studying them at home these past few days." Tapani stood up and poured him a cup of tea, "You mages are so serious~www.mtlnovel.com~ that you can stay away from home for several days." Wu Heng took the tea and did not intend to say more on this topic. He asked directly: "Elder, haven''t the orders from the headquarters come yet?" "According to the time, the news from the headquarters should be on its way, don''t be anxious." "I''m not in a hurry." Wu Heng took a sip of tea, "The city is much more lively than when we came here." "It''s getting better gradually. The team visited the homes of the women and children rescued last time. The villages are also in a bit of chaos. For the time being, they are still arranged to live in the city." Tapani said seriously. Wu Heng nodded, "Just let the elders make arrangements." "Well, if you don''t have anything to do in the past two days, go out on patrol with the team and walk around. Don''t stay at home and get sick." Wu Heng drank water, his mind turned quickly, and he said: "After I finish reading these two books, Dean Gianvito will lend me a loan for a few days. Time is a bit tight." "Same goes for Gianvito, it''s just two books, it''s like a treasure." Wu Heng smiled and said nothing. After sitting in the study and drinking tea, Wu Heng also made some insinuations to learn something about the headquarters. Not long after, someone asked Tapani to go out. Wu Heng also left the association and returned to his residence. Return to your residence. Wu Heng sat in the study and continued to assemble his own electromagnetic gun. The entire [Mansion Technique] is already filled with various electromagnetic gun accessories. Judging from the thickness of the drawings, it is almost at the final stage. "If you can''t use it, I''ll be in trouble." Wu Heng muttered. A lot of time and energy was spent on this electromagnetic gun. Moreover, the entire [Mansion Technique] was vacated to assemble the electromagnetic gun. If the fort and fortress in the original mansion technique were still there, the last time the army surrounded and killed members of the headquarters, it would definitely have shown greater power. But I still have some expectations for the electromagnetic gun. It took a while to assemble. There was a knock on the door, and the voice of the princess''s maid came in, "Island Master, dinner is ready." "I understand, go right away." Close the mansion spell, open the door and go downstairs. In the restaurant. In addition to the fifth princess, Philippa, and the little maid, Shanara was also sitting at the dining table, with the personal housekeeper standing behind her. Seeing Wu Heng, Shanara blinked. Wu Heng sat down at the dining table and asked while eating, "What did Shanara do during the day?" "Walking around the city with Princess Brittany, and discussing some cooperation." Shannella replied calmly. "How was the talk?" "Not bad, I plan to acquire some real estate and mines, and we are drawing up an agreement." Shannella looked up. "You two just have to discuss it." Shanara smiled and nodded. Brittany continued: "Master Wuheng Island, Sister Shanara and I talked about assisting defense during the day and planned to sign a defense agreement with Treasure Island." Wu Heng glanced at Shanara again and saw that she was still eating calmly. Asked: "What''s the best way to help?" Brittany said: "With the strength of Netale City alone, if the association and Treasure Island troops withdraw, there is no way to defend the city. I plan to use 15% of the city''s annual tax revenue to assist in the defense of Treasure Island." military spending." Wu Heng looked at her in surprise. Brittany still has a clear understanding of the strength of this city. If the association leaves and the skeleton soldiers on Treasure Island evacuate, this city will still belong to others in the end. Therefore, no matter what, let Wu Heng''s skeleton soldiers stay. "I have no objection. The city lord needs you to provide the defense facilities and weapons and equipment." Wu Heng agreed after thinking briefly. There is no other way, Shanara is already planning to buy property. If you want to withdraw, the money will be wasted. What Shannara spent was not the money from the Star Flower, but the money from Treasure Island. Brittany looked happy and said, "Thank you, island owner." Then, Brittany continued: "One more thing, I would like to ask Treasure Island to help us build the city, including the construction of houses, city walls and roads, as well as the kind of street lights. I also want to ask Neta to help us build the city." The city becomes a city that never sleeps. This is to recreate the next Treasure Island. "Yes, but the projects you mentioned are not small in size and will cost a lot of manpower and energy. We still need to discuss them." "OK." Had dinner. Phillip pulled Shanara and talked about what happened along the way. Shanara seemed to be listening to the story and was quite curious. When it got late at night, they each returned to their rooms to rest. Shanara chose a room on the same floor and opposite. After all, she was still the president of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce in name only, so she couldn''t live together directly like she did in the Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng was in the study, reading for a while. Use the teleportation array and appear in Shanara''s room the next second. Wu Heng looked up and saw Shanara and the housekeeper, looking nervously. The housekeeper stood in front, holding a sword and buckler. Shanara stood behind, holding the pistol Wu Heng gave her, pointing at her position. When the magic circle disappeared, it was clearly Wu Heng. The two of them relaxed slightly. Shanara complained: "Scare us! We thought someone was coming." "I want to try my newly learned skills. I''ll put the gun away first." Wu Heng said with a smile. Shanara put the gun into the space ring and whispered a few words to the housekeeper. The housekeeper nodded, "Sir, madam, I''m next door. Call me anytime if you have orders." "Um." The housekeeper left the room and closed the door. Wu Heng stepped forward and picked up the wood elf who had not seen him for almost half a month. Shannara was also very skillful in hanging on his body. (End of chapter) Chapter 710 , fighting Chapter 710, fighting They haven''t seen each other for half a month. Although there is some contact on the radio, they are full of longing for each other. The butler left and the two embraced. Shanara was picked up and placed beside the bed, her hands subconsciously holding the edge of the bed. Hmm~! Whisper softly. Yinya bit her red lips tightly and hummed rhythmically, "Slow down, so that others can hear you." "We''re all asleep, what are we afraid of?" "Be careful." Shanara''s whole body turned red. "Bear with me." "Slow down." Shanara said softly. Shanara hit him with her backhand, picked up a handkerchief on the bedside, and bit it gently in her mouth. Letting out a soft whimper in time with the rhythm. The night is getting darker. The two were naked and sitting on the bed opposite each other. Wu Heng stood up, and Shanara exclaimed, wrapping her legs around her waist like a spider, and wrapping her arms tightly around her neck. "What are you doing again!" "Drink some water." Wu Heng hugged her, walked to the table in the room, sat down again, picked up the water glass and took a sip. "I''m thirsty too." Shannella said softly. Wu Heng took a sip, held the other person''s chin, and fed it into the other person''s mouth. Continue the unfinished joy. After a long time, Shanara exhaled heavily, and Wu Heng carried her back to the bed. They hugged each other and got into the thin quilt. "Philippa didn''t even accompany you? Why are you working so hard?" Shannella leaned against the other person''s chest and whispered. Wu Heng played with the wood elf''s plump body and said, "I miss you." "You can say flattering things." "Did you give ''Brittany'' the idea to garrison Treasure Island?" Wu Heng hugged her into his arms. Shanara''s green-white fingers gently touched the other person''s chest, "Yes, I saw that she was pretty good, and she really wanted to build this city better, so I mentioned this matter to her." After a slight pause, he continued, "I have bought several local properties. I can''t just let her lose the city as soon as I sign the agreement!" Wu Heng said: "I said you must have helped her come up with the idea, otherwise I wouldn''t have mentioned this matter suddenly." Shanara smiled and nodded, "If you think about it from another perspective, the entire city''s troops belong to you, and you have the real control over the city." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and understood what the other party meant. Gently kneading the other person''s body, he said casually: "We have agreed to each other anyway, just take it one step at a time!" "Okay, you have the final say." Shanara nodded. Wu Heng continued, "I need to order a batch of goods. It''s urgent. Can you contact some sources of goods?" "What do you need?" He took out a list and handed it to the other party, "It''s mainly steel. It''s best if the finished product can meet the specifications on the list." Shannara took out the light stone and looked at the contents on the list, "Netale City cannot meet the requirements. It will definitely take a certain amount of time, especially as there are specifications." "If there is no other way, then order it!" Wu Heng said. Shanara nodded, "Okay, tomorrow I will contact Minnie by radio and tell her which chamber of commerce to find and sign the order directly to shorten the time as much as possible." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. Shanela is a businessman herself and attaches great importance to time efficiency. Following her arrangement will definitely save more time than negotiating with each chamber of commerce. "One more thing." Shannara looked up at him. "What''s wrong?" "I plan to hold a second potion auction in Netale City to alleviate the decline of the entire city." Wu Heng frowned, "It''s not as safe here as I thought." "We don''t plan to hold it now. We''ll wait for news from the association." Shanara said. "That''s fine, we''ll see what happens then!" After chatting for a while, they hugged each other and fell asleep. Zombie world, pharmaceutical factory. One morning, Wu Heng took three level 10 alchemy skeletons and followed Li Yahong to the pharmaceutical factory. In the pharmaceutical workshop, a middle-aged woman came over with more than 20 people wearing uniform white coats. "Deputy Leader Li!" The middle-aged woman bowed slightly. Several people behind him also bowed. Li Yahong nodded and pointed to Wu Heng sideways, "This is our leader." Everyone cast curious eyes and looked up and down for a while. Then they all saluted, "Chief." Wu Heng also smiled and nodded, "You''re welcome." Li Yahong said: "Sister Yang, please stay, and the others can go about their own business." Everyone leaves. The woman named Sister Yang stayed where she was and asked curiously: "What are your orders?" Li Yahong said: "These skeletons are good at making very effective potions and will stay here to conduct drug research. The main direction is to make them into pills." "Making potions?" Sister Yang frowned. Wu Heng took over the words and continued, "Sister Yang." The woman immediately saluted, "You''re welcome, chief. You can just call me Yang Qiu." Wu Heng said directly: "The next step is to teach them how to make the medicine into tablets. As for how much potency is retained, just let them study it on their own." Rather than letting the survivors develop potions, Wu Heng felt that it would be faster to let the skeletons learn how to make pills. The potions and formulas are all ready-made, and it is nothing more than adding some materials to form pills. It shouldn''t be difficult. Yang Qiu looked at the skeletons, hesitated to speak, and nodded, "Understood, then take them to the laboratory first, and staff will be arranged to teach them the production process later." Wu Heng looked at the three skeletons behind him and said, "You stay and learn from them." The three alchemy skeletons walked directly behind Yang Qiu. The latter shivered, and then took the skeleton to the laboratory inside. Not long after, he came back quickly and said, "Chief, deputy chief, I''ll take a walk inside and introduce the arrangements behind it." Wu Heng and Li Yahong nodded and walked towards the workshop. The junction of Luntam City and the Kingdom of Yeko. "go ahead!" The human army, wearing uniform armor and holding swords, marched forward in an orderly manner. The flag was flapping in the wind, and his eyes were full of courage and determination. Woo~! Suddenly, the horn sounded. A halo of courage gathered on the soldiers. "kill!" "Kill!" Violent shouts of killing rang out, and the human army, like a tide, charged towards the undead enemies on the opposite side. Right in front of the human army, the skeleton army was neatly arranged. Skeletons in queue. A ranger quickly shuttled among the skeletons. Arriving at the middle of the team, he immediately said: "Commander Jeffrey, the enemy is close to 300 meters." Jeffrey, an 11th-level warrior, the former backbone of the Spike Gang, is now the commander of Luntam City and is responsible for some auxiliary and investigation work. Wearing bright silver armor, he is tall and strong. But when he heard the shouts of killing getting closer and closer, he couldn''t help but feel chills running down his spine, and beads of sweat kept flowing out from under his helmet. He was just from a gang, and he followed Wen Mansha and assumed the identity of a city leader. They were all on tenterhooks when facing a force like the Warhammer Party, let alone facing an army. Even though he was well prepared, his heart was still pounding, and he felt like his head was pounding with murderous cries. "Continue to inquire." Jeffrey said. "Yes." The ranger left. Jeffrey turned around and walked quickly to the carriage on the side, saluted respectfully, "President, the enemy is close to 300 meters." The car door opened and a skeleton wearing a pink sunhat stepped out. Standing on the carriage, he looked into the distance. The next second. The skeleton army, which had been on standby, moved forward with stiff and neat steps. There was no cry of killing, only the sound of neat steps and the friction of armor. The two sides were close to 200 meters apart. The skeletons in the front row were holding giant shields on the door panels, and they quickly stood loosely. The shields that were close to each other separated into gaps, and black muzzles poked out from behind. Bang~! The first gunshot rang out, and a human soldier on the opposite side suffocated as he rushed forward and slowly fell down. (End of chapter) Chapter 711 , appoint an inspector Chapter 711, Appointment of Inspector Bang bang bang~! Immediately afterwards, the muzzles of all the guns spit out tongues of flame from the gaps in the shields, and bullets were fired intensively forward. The human troops charging at the front were instantly covered in bullets and fell backward piece by piece. The skeletons continued to move forward, holding submachine guns in their hands, shooting as they advanced. And the entire front began to move as the skeletons advanced. The originally clear sky became dim and dull. The skeleton army advanced in the smoke, with blue soul fire flashing in its eyes, and holding instruments that breathed out fire, like demons harvesting human lives in hell. Before the two sides actually fought, human beings had already suffered heavy losses. I couldn''t get close at all, I could only watch pieces of them falling down. More people, with horrified faces, turned around and ran away to the rear. From behind, orders to retreat also came. The already chaotic army collapsed in an instant. Everyone abandoned their helmets and armor and ran away without looking back. Leaving behind corpses on the ground and discarded weapons. There were also deserters rolling and crawling. The gunfire stopped. Woo~! The dull horn sounded again. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Countless running sounds sounded from both sides of the war zone. "For the tribe, for the Luntam City Alliance!" A four-meter-tall orc with dark green skin and huge fangs raised his battle ax high and roared loudly. "For the tribe, for the alliance!" A majestic falcon flies overhead. Behind them were countless strong orcs holding battle axes and hammers. They shouted loudly and rushed out of the forest on both sides, rushing towards the fleeing Yeko Kingdom soldiers. Orcs are stronger in melee combat and go on a rampage. Enemies who are currently running away and have no fighting will are more suitable for them to perform. The army that was killed was unable to fight back. Orc rear. The old shaman held a wooden staff and stared at the battlefield below. Behind him are the clan leaders or senior leaders of several other tribes. "Master Shaman, what kind of weapons did they use? This is too exaggerated!" "I have seen this kind of equipment on skeletons in the city, but this is the first time I have seen it used. If we can buy some, we can also exert this kind of combat effectiveness." "It''s the association''s props, I guess they won''t be sold to outsiders." "Next time, be careful when you speak and don''t make Mrs. Wen Mansha angry." The old shaman looked back at the several orc chiefs. Said: "This is Wu Heng''s weapon. At present, only he has the blueprints and methods for making it. I just didn''t expect that so many have been made." In his impression, Wu Heng used this weapon to defeat the armies of the Warhammer Party and the former city lord Elnor. But there were definitely not that many at that time. It can be worn by dozens of people. But now it seems that there is only so much left for Luntam City, and there will only be more on his side. "Luntam City has so many weapons, why does it still need to fight against the Kingdom of Yeko with us?" asked an orc. The old shaman looked back at him and said, "Wen Mansha has become more cautious after having a child. She definitely doesn''t want any danger to appear behind her when facing the enemy." "Is she guarding us? Now we can also let the tribe send troops to attack Luntam City." An orc said. The old shaman glared at him, "Use your stupid brain, our main force is here, and the rest, Wen Mansha is not afraid of your attack." After a pause, he continued, "Next time you say such nonsense that undermines unity, you will go back to the tribe and withdraw from the alliance." "I was just talking nonsense. I won''t do it next time." The orc immediately admitted his mistake. The old shaman then asked, "It will be good for us to have our clan members be more honest in the city and maintain a good relationship with Luntam City." "Understood!" the orcs replied. Netale city. During the day, Wu Heng and Li Yahong visited the pharmaceutical factory and left the alchemy skeleton there. In the afternoon, he returned to the city center shopping mall, left the remaining matters to Li Yahong, and passed through the boundary gate to return to the city lord''s palace. The rest depends on when the Alchemy Skeleton learned how to make pills. By then, it should also become a new product of Treasure Island. After walking out of the gate, he released the three ghosts and allowed them to move freely. He also changed his clothes and washed himself briefly. When he returned to his seat, his eyes fell on the skeleton investigator''s record book beside him. She raised her eyebrows slightly, and there was a record on it, which was the content of Wen Mansha''s message to herself. Picked up the radio microphone and said, "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, you can hear me." "I saw your message. Did something happen?" Wu Heng asked. The person on the other side pondered for a moment, then continued, "The army of Luntam City has already fought with the army of the Kingdom of Yeko..." Wu Heng''s brows instantly furrowed, and they really started fighting. "How about it?" He asked this question, but from the other person''s tone, he could guess some results. Wen Mansha said with a smile: "The news coming back from the front line is that there were no casualties in the skeletons. Some people were injured by the orc coalition. Some of them charged downhill and couldn''t hold their feet and rolled down the mountain." "This is good news!" "Of course that''s good news." Wen Mansha said with a smile. Wu Heng then asked, "What arrangements will be made after the victory?" "Now the skeleton army is still advancing, and it will arrive at the border of the Kingdom of Yeko in about a day." Wen Mansha reported, and then asked, "Does the master have any instructions?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "I don''t know the situation here. Just make your decision on the spot. The main thing is to ensure the safety of you and your daughter. It doesn''t matter whether you want it or not." "Don''t worry, I didn''t even go out. Now the city lord''s palace is surrounded. There is no problem with safety." Wen Mansha said with a smile. "That''s good." Wu Heng calculated the time in his mind, "When my affairs are over, I will go over to your side to take a look." The order from the headquarters will be issued in the next few days. It sounds like Wen Mansha is in an advantage, and she is just a day or two away. "No, if there''s any danger, I''ll tell you later." "Alright." Then, Wen Mansha introduced the Orc Alliance, and the initial plan has been implemented. The entire city of Luntam is tightly tied to the orc tribe. After this battle is over, people will be arranged to go to the orc tribe to promote newspapers and the story of Wu Heng Detective. Come and collect fame. After chatting for a while, Philippa knocked on the door and asked him to eat. Speak to Wen Mansha. Hang up the communication and go downstairs to eat. The next day, morning. Wu Heng walked into the association hall with his skeleton attendants. Knocking lightly on the door of the office and study room, after receiving a response, he opened the door and walked in. Elder Tapani is still sitting behind the desk. "Elder, are you looking for me?" Wu Heng asked. Tapani nodded, "The association''s instructions have come down, praising and rewarding our actions this time. We will also conduct an investigation into the Kingdom of Yeko in the future." Wu Heng''s eyes flashed and he finally came down. In fact, it wasn''t even a few days away. Yesterday I asked why there was no news from the headquarters, but it was already delivered today. "What did you say?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Tapani took out an appointment letter from the side, handed it to him and said: "Wu Heng, the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea, performed outstandingly and made a major and irreplaceable role in the investigation of the Netale City case. Remember. First-class meritorious deeds, appointed association inspector, can inspect various places. (End of chapter) Chapter 712 , the hero enters the city (an update today.) Chapter 712, The hero enters the city (first update today.) Inspection? Wu Heng is no stranger to this position. When I was at Treasure Island, I had been subject to the key questioning of the inspector. Later, the matter was also found out, and he was targeted for investigation. Someone bribed the inspector and wanted to find out something about him. When the other party left the island, Wu Heng also secretly killed the other party to avoid any further danger. But it also proves that inspectors do have some real power. As long as evidence can be found, anyone in the local association can be directly suspended from office and subject to investigation. Likewise, having this kind of power will definitely offend people. Wu Heng took the appointment letter, opened it and took a look. There was also an inspector''s emblem inside. "Being an inspector will not affect your status as the flag bearer of Treasure Island, right?" Tapani said: "If it is not written in the appointment letter, it proves that it will not be affected. You have two identities at the same time." "Thank you, elder." Wu Heng thanked him. "You don''t need to thank me. This is the respect that this department places on you, and you deserve it." Tapani said with a smile. Since the last time, Wu Heng killed the city lord and saved everyone in the investigation team. The entire investigation team''s attitude towards him has also changed, which is very different from the business-like attitude before coming here. Even the priest can smile, say hello, and chat a few words when we meet now. He can be considered a comrade in times of trouble. Wu Heng put the appointment letter and emblem into the space ring, returned to the sofa and sat down, and then asked: "Elder, didn''t the headquarters say anything about the follow-up investigation?" The department must have some arrangements, but they obviously have no plans to make them public. Otherwise, someone should have started discussing it outside. Tapani took a sip of tea and said, "This department attaches great importance to this matter. More people will arrive in Netale City later to investigate and investigate the Kingdom of Yeko." "So there''s nothing wrong with us!" Tapani shook his head, "You can''t say that. The defense of the entire city still needs these skeletons of yours, and your ability to solve crimes is relatively strong. You may also need to go with me to investigate, and wait for other elders to come later." Other elders? This means that there are other elders coming. The elder''s assessment, level and strength will definitely be higher. It seems that high-level professionals are gathering together to put pressure on the Kingdom of Yeko. Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Yesterday the fifth princess also told me about the defense forces in the city. She wants to sign a mutual defense agreement with Treasure Island and increase the number of troops stationed in the city." "This is your business, just discuss it yourself." Tapani said casually. Everyone can see what the whole city looks like. Letting Wu Heng''s skeleton stay is the best choice for the fifth princess. Its actually a bit funny when you think about it. The Necromancer, who was once rejected, is now invited back to assume the defense of the city. "Okay." Wu Heng said, and then asked: "By the way, elder, when will the rewards for first-level meritorious service be released?" "It should be later, what''s wrong?" "I want to write to the headquarters to specify the type of reward before the reward comes. Many of the rewards given before will not be used," Wu Heng said. "Then you write it earlier. Once the reward is registered and distributed, there is no way to change it. If you send it in advance, it might still work." Tapani said. "I''ll write it now and send it straight away." Tapani took out the association''s letter paper from the drawer. Wu Heng took it and wrote it down directly. The first half is a thank you to the association, and the second half is the designated reward. I have already thought about the reward I want. The remaining accessories of [Hundred Soldiers Set]. If the other accessories are still in the association, they should be rewarded to themselves. After all, they have the robes in their own hands, so there is no use keeping the others. If not, there is no loss in giving yourself other rewards. After writing it quickly, put it in an envelope. Wu Heng continued, "Elder, if there is nothing else to do, I will go back first." Tapani nodded, "Don''t wander around recently. When other people from the headquarters come, you will also be present." "good." "Also, this matter has not been disclosed to the outside world. After all, it involves negotiations with the Yeko Kingdom. Don''t talk about it outside." Tapani asked again. "Understood." Wu Heng agreed. "Go back." Wu Heng nodded and left the study directly. After delivering the letter he had just written to the front desk, Wu Heng also returned to the city lord''s mansion. Return to your residence. Go straight upstairs and return to the study. In the study, Glenda was writing a new story at her desk. Xiaoxiao and Penny, who had followed her out, also flew to her viewing area. Open the tablet and start looking for movies inside. Glenda asked: "How is it? Are the arrangements for the headquarters ready?" Wu Heng said: "I''m here. In a few days, new association elders will come over to continue investigating the affairs of the Yeke Kingdom. I myself have received a first-level meritorious service and the status of supervisor." "That''s right, you''ve become an inspector too." Glenda said with a smile. "There will be reasons to investigate some people in the association in the future." Wu Heng sat down on the chair. Glenda then asked: "Why didn''t you let you continue the investigation behind the Yeko Kingdom?" Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know. I just said that I may be required to cooperate when the time comes." "It''s fine if I don''t need you. Some trivial matters will not help you improve much." Granda said. Wu Heng also agreed with this statement. By binding the fifth princess, he has entered into the disputes in Yeke Kingdom. Later, there will be no need to negotiate with the Kingdom internally, and there will be no loss. Especially, there have been a lot of things lately. "I think so too," Wu Heng said. Glenda continued, "In the next few days, new stories will be released. Then you can arrange to sell them in Treasure Island and Netale City." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Glenda flew back to her seat and continued her work. Wu Heng continued to walk to the radio station and looked at the record book. There are no new records above. Picked up the phone and said, "Mansha Wen, are you there?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, I''m here." "How is it over there in Wrentam City?" "News came back from the front line that the skeleton army has successfully captured the border defense line of the Kingdom of Yeko and taken over the city." Wen Mansha said. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "So fast? Didn''t you say we would arrive at the border today?" "There were some errors in time. The skeleton army marched overnight, and the speed was faster than calculated. The entire army had already fallen a long way behind the orc army. Before the orcs could see the city wall, the skeleton army captured the city." Wen Mansha said directly. There was also some surprise in the tone. He probably didn''t expect that after waking up, he would directly enter the Kingdom of Yeko. "How about the captured city?" Wu Heng asked next. Wen Mansha continued, "There are almost no people around. I have also ordered not to disturb local residents. I am preparing to arrange for people to communicate with the local association to clarify our identity." Very thoughtful. "There is no other way, and I''m afraid of being accused of some bad charges, so it''s better to be careful." Wen Mansha replied helplessly. After conquering the city and leading an army of skeletons, to a certain extent, the army of Luntam City was more like the villain in the story. Without a clear explanation, Mansha Wen could easily be put on a wanted warrant. "Write another letter and ask the local deacon of Luntam City to send it to the association headquarters to explain the situation in advance." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. "OK." Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said: "I originally wanted to go over there to protect you, but the association has new arrangements, and we may have to postpone it for some time." Wen Mansha said: "No need, Master, if you come back if we are at a disadvantage, the skeleton army is advancing all the way, and there is no need for you to come back." "Well, I''ll check the situation here first, and you and our daughter should also pay attention to safety." "I know, Master." Wen Mansha said softly. "Then let''s do this for now, tell me if you have anything to do." "Okay." Wen Mansha agreed, and then said coaxingly, "Come, see dad again." The faint sound of a baby''s babbling could be heard. Wen Mansha said, "She will see you again." Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Goodbye, my dear daughter." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng returned to the seat beside him and sat down. In my mind, I also started thinking about the whole thing. He has to wait for the new elders of the association to come over and cannot go to Luntam City immediately. As for the battle over there, if I pass it now, it will actually not help much in the entire battle. On the contrary, the association''s new investigation team arrived and began to put pressure on the inside of the Kingdom of Yeko, which might be a boost to Luntam City. After thinking for a while, he stood up again. He looked at the ghosts and said, "Girls, come back first and go back to Treasure Island in the afternoon." Glenda glanced at him angrily, "What you call... is boring." Xiaoxiao also flew over, "Uncle, what are you going back for?" "Go back and take a look. We just happened to pick up some purchased supplies." We dont have enough time to go to Wrentam City, but theres no problem going to Treasure Island. Anyway, we have to wait for the new elder. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao nodded. Three ghosts entered the body. Wu Heng also left the City Lord''s Mansion and headed to an open space in the wild. Wear the [Train Conductor Hat] and board the ghost train. The train appears in the wilds of Treasure Island. Wu Heng wore the ''Faceless Mask'' and walked a certain distance before entering the urban area of ??the island. The atmosphere of Treasure Island is in sharp contrast to Netale City. It was bustling and lively, and some people were riding bicycles, speeding through the roads. There was also a young girl sitting in the back seat of the car. I still remember the first time I saw Netale City, I was surprised that there was such a prosperous city in this world. Treasure Island now is no worse than Netalei City at that time. Wu Heng called a carriage and rushed directly to the island owner''s mansion. He took off his mask at the door, opened the door and walked in. "Master?" Minnie came over with two other maids. But he didn''t get close, and there was some vigilance in his eyes. In the morning, Shanara explained the ordering of supplies through the radio. Wu Heng came back in the afternoon? "Well, come back to get some things." As he spoke, two skeletons, Kaxiu and Kerimu, came in behind him. The maids were sure that Wu Heng was really back. He rushed forward excitedly, "Master, we miss you so much." Wu Heng hugged the three of them and said, "I miss you too." "Master, are you going back today?" Robert asked curiously, holding his thigh. "Go back tomorrow morning." Minnie said, "Then I''ll have Skeleton prepare some sumptuous dinner." "Well, let''s go, let''s talk in the room." Several people entered the living room together. Wu Heng talked about what happened after the last battle. When they heard that Wu Heng had become an inspector and had the power to remove local deacons from their posts, everyone exclaimed in admiration. "Wow! Master can take care of the butler now." "Master is so awesome." "Besides heroes, you are the greatest, right?" You can always get super high emotional value from your own little maid. I didn''t think it was that powerful at first, but after being shouted out so loudly, I felt that this inspector was quite awesome. He smiled and said: "What you said is too exaggerated. In addition to heroes, there are many elders below the association. Moreover, the position of supervisor is more useful in various places and cannot be found in the headquarters." "That''s enough. I don''t like the deacon from Luntam City. Master, go check on him." Minnie said immediately. When we were in Luntam City, the local deacon made some decisions that were indeed not very friendly. Minnie remembers it to this day. "There''s no need to worry about him, Mansha Wen is still over there." Wu Heng said with a smile. "That''s okay." Minnie said helplessly. After Wu Heng finished talking about the matter, he also stood up and said, "I''ll go to the Magical Weapon Master to have a look. I''ll be back during dinner." "Good master." The Artifact Master''s building is not far from the Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng took the skeleton over. The corpse weapon master Costas came out with several skeletons, Island Master! This magic weapon master was recommended to him by the Snake Emblem Consortium Retili. Level 17, originally the deputy dean of the Celtic Kingdom. Because his lifespan was about to come to an end, he asked Wu Heng to perform a transformation ritual, transforming himself into a corpse and joining Treasure Island. "Are you still used to living in the city?" "It''s quite adaptable. Treasure Island is a small island with great potential, and it will get better and better in the future." Costas said directly. "How are you studying the power plant drawings?" Wu Heng asked next. Costas nodded and said: "The drawings are very clear. Simple assembly and testing were carried out in the test area, and the assembly and construction can be completed." "Not bad." Wu Heng continued, "After some time, we will take over some construction projects in other areas, including the construction of power plants. We can prepare in advance what formations and equipment are needed." Costas said: "Okay sir, what is the approximate population of the city we need?" "It''s similar to Treasure Island. You can just make a replica." "Understood, we will start preparations tomorrow." Costas said directly. Then, one person and one ghoul talked about some local factory matters. Wait until dusk approaches before leaving here and returning to the island owner''s mansion. Dinner, on the table. Wu Heng said: "Weier, where are the materials sent by the various chambers of commerce stored?" "In the warehouse area of ??Port 2, I have carried out detailed registration." Anderweil replied. "Take me there tomorrow and take some of it with you." "Good master." The few people continued to eat, and Minnie told Weier what Wu Heng had just said. Wait until after dinner. Minnie and Anderweil took Wu Heng back to his room to rest. The next day, Wu Heng and Andeweier went to the warehouse. Put some purchased supplies into the space sachet. Near noon, I said goodbye to the maids, put on my train conductors hat, and returned to Netale City. The train still stops in the wild. Wu Heng entered the city gate with the skeleton. Today, the atmosphere in the city is better. Some chamber of commerce ships can be seen at the port, and many workers are carrying supplies. Just like Shanara said, some chambers of commerce also came to Netale City. I plan to see if there are any business opportunities or acquire some high-quality assets. Wu Heng glanced at it and planned to call a carriage to return to the city lord''s palace. "Wuheng, there are heroes." Glenda''s voice came to her ears. hero? This sentence came suddenly, and Wu Heng had not yet reacted. Glenda continued, "The man in the white cloak opposite is a level 20 professional and has reached the hero level." Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and he raised his head and looked forward. Then I saw a group of three people walking towards us. The leader was two meters tall, with a clear-cut face and slanting sword eyebrows. There is a white cloak on the outside and a purple dress underneath, which fits her strong body. Wu Heng frowned. The hero is in town? The association''s new investigative team? Or people from other forces, or members of cults. The possibility of a cult is unlikely. It was a little too ostentatious to come out so arrogantly. Even people who are not afraid of the association should not do this. Wu Heng pondered, and the man in the white cloak seemed to notice something and turned his head to look over. When their eyes met, a strong sense of oppression swept over them. Wu Heng frowned slightly. Nodding to the other party, the man was also stunned and nodded. They looked away from each other and passed by each other. (End of chapter) Chapter 713 , the strongest hero Chapter 713, The Strongest Hero Heroes are the strongest people at the top of the pyramid in this world, the most powerful people. In the hearts of ordinary people, heroes are also the entities closest to gods. Powerful and mysterious. Wu Heng also thought about the scene when he saw the hero, but he did not expect that he would see him on the way back to his residence. He looks like a fitness instructor. "Uncle, he is gone." A small voice sounded in my ears again. Wu Heng didn''t look back and walked straight forward. [Hate Sensing] did not appear, which proved that the other party had no other ideas. There is no need to look for trouble yourself. Although the other party did not target himself. But I was also curious about the hero''s purpose in coming to Netalei City at this time. After thinking for a while, he did not return directly to the City Lord''s Mansion, but changed his route to the association. Today''s association hall is much busier than the past few days. They should all be people from ships docking at the port. He walked all the way through the corridor and came to the elder''s office and study and knocked on the door. After two sounds, a response came from inside, Wu Heng opened the door and walked in. "Either I don''t see anyone for several days, or I come here every day," Tapani said. Wu Heng smiled and said: "Elder, I see a lot of ships coming to the port. Are others from the headquarters here?" "Not yet. When they arrive, I will ask someone to notify you." Tapani said. The hero just now was indeed not from the association. Where did this wild hero come from? What is there about a city on the coast of a kingdom that attracts heroes? Or is it just passing by, the real purpose is inside the kingdom. Seeing him suddenly fall into silence, Tapani asked: "What''s wrong? Is it important for people from our department to come here?" Wu Heng came to his senses and said, "I saw a lot of people coming on the road just now. I''m afraid something might go wrong." Tapani smiled and said, "There are several ships that have docked at the port. They have all been inspected and the places where the ships belong have been registered. They will not cause trouble for themselves." "Wouldn''t someone from a cult sneak in?" Tapani frowned and explained: "What are you doing sneaking in? We are the hunters, and they will only do some small tricks in the dark, and reinforcements from our headquarters will arrive in two days, unless they don''t want to live anymore." Seeing that the other party was so confident, Wu Heng said no more. At that time, pay more attention to the hero''s movements. If there is really any action, it will not be too late to tell Tapani. If you talk too much now, it will be easier to expose some of your abilities. Wu Heng nodded, as if curious, "Elder, is it difficult to be a hero?" Tapani raised his brows with a smile on his face, "Of course it''s difficult. Do you think there are so many level 18 professionals because you don''t want to improve?" "What''s the difficulty?" Tapani thought for a moment, "The difficulty lies in the state, the state of mind, and the reputation. In short, heroes are not easy to improve. When you reach level 18, you will naturally understand the difficulties." With the foreshadowing of the first two sentences. Wu Heng nodded in agreement and asked: "Apart from the Association, are there no heroes left in other forces?" The association can influence the direction of various countries and even investigate the royal family. At least it means there are no heroes in the royal family. Just like the prince ''Luan'' of the Celtic Kingdom, he still needs to let the association''s 18th-level mage be his master, occupying the association''s training resources. It seems that even though the kingdoms occupy the land, they still cannot compare with the association. "Of course not." Tapani immediately rejected it and looked over with a smile, "The association does have the most heroes, but it doesn''t mean that other forces don''t." "The elders talked to me. I like to hear this. It can be regarded as gaining some knowledge." Wu Heng also became interested. Tapani puffed up her chest, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. Then he said slowly: "It''s a little early for you to understand this, but there''s no harm in hearing it in advance." He took another sip and said: "In addition to a few heroes from the association, I also know about the Immortal Emperor of the Endless Desert, the Bishop of the Twelve Heavens Holy Sect, and the Dragon of the Snake Emblem Consortium... Most of the heroes, because For some reasons, it rarely appears in the outside world, so it is basically impossible to see the real person. " "dragon?" Tapani looked at him, "Your focus is quite accurate. The leader of the Snake Emblem Consortium is called Long, and he is also recognized as the strongest hero." Damn, I finally have an easy-to-remember name. "What does it look like?" "Looks like? I heard he has the appearance of a middle-aged man, with a very burly body. He gives the impression that he is like a boxer who only trains muscles." Tapani replied while thinking. Judging from Tapani''s simple description, it is very likely that the person he saw was the leader of the consortium. The strongest hero. No wonder the consortium can be run to such an extent. Although it is not as good as the association, no one dares to provoke it. Tapani said with a smile, "Speaking of which, the Immortal Emperor relied on the body of a ghoul to achieve his status as a hero. I feel that you will surpass him while this body can still maintain vitality." Hearing these words, Wu Heng seemed to have thought of something. Said: "Does he have the skill book of the Necromancer faction over there?" Tapani nodded, "If you ask that, there must be a lot of them over there. After all, they are all dominated by the necromance faction, and they have become heroes. Their attainments in necromancy must be quite high." Wu Heng touched his chin and asked, "Is there any way to contact the other party and exchange something?" "I don''t know that." "Oh." Wu Heng nodded, looked at the time, and said, "Elder, I''m going back first. I''ll come back if anything happens." "Well, don''t run around these two days." "clear." Wu Heng agreed, stood up and left. Dark tavern basement. The ornately decorated corridor has a somewhat gloomy atmosphere. The burly man in a white cloak walked along the corridor and walked inside, reaching out to touch the intricately carved walls. The hanging light stone gradually lengthened his figure. This is the former site of the Snake Emblem Consortium. After the civil strife, the entire building was empty for a long time. This is also where the fake snake emblem members provided wrong information to the association''s investigation team last time. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Footsteps sounded from upstairs. A subordinate came closer and lowered his head slightly. "Chief, the person you are talking about is the owner of Treasure Island. He will lead the investigation of this case." "It turns out it''s him." The man raised his eyebrows, with a slight surprise in his eyes. But he didn''t say much, he pondered for a moment and said: "Don''t worry about him, get ready, let''s leave now." "Yes, leader." The subordinate nodded. Several people walked out of the tavern together and closed the door tightly again. Then we walked towards the outside of the city. City Lord''s Mansion, Study Room. Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while. Granda flew back from outside. "Let''s go, that man is out of town." "Out of town?" "Well, we left in the direction of the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko." (End of chapter) Chapter 714 , new investigation team Chapter 714, New Investigation Team Wu Heng nodded, feeling relieved. Just leave. It proved that the other party was only passing through Netale City. Fortunately, the association didn''t bother him. Wu Heng then asked: "Where were you before?" "I didn''t get close, but I saw them coming out of the tavern of the Snake Emblem Consortium." Granda said directly. As expected, he was the leader of the Snake Emblem Financial Group. In fact, from my own perspective, the Snake Emblem Consortium has been of great help to me. Starting from Luntam City, the support received from the Snake Emblem Consortium was even greater than that of the association. Of course, the relationship between the two parties is a transaction. You spend money and the other party provides services. This is not a favor, it can only be said that everyone asks for what they need. But I also like this kind of cooperation. If you have money, you can buy what you need. "Now that he has left, it has nothing to do with us, and we may not be able to meet him again in the future." Wu Heng served tea and drank water. Glenda continued, "It doesn''t look that domineering." "I just met him once. I can''t even look at him in the street and come here to kill us. If this is true, he is not overbearing, but has a mental illness." "It makes sense." Glenda agreed. "Okay, let''s go about our own business. The association''s new investigation team will arrive in two days, and our mission will be over." "Yeah." Glenda floated aside and continued writing a new story. Wu Heng sat in the room, drinking water from a teacup. Near noon, Philippa''s voice came from the window, shouting. He walked to the window and looked outside, and saw Philippa walking back from outside with her arms around Shannella''s shoulders. He kept saying something. After saying hello to the ghosts, Wu Heng also opened the door and went downstairs. Go to the living room. After walking downstairs, Shanara and Philippa also stopped chatting and looked over. "What are we talking about?" Philippa said: "People from other caravans are entering the city today. We will accompany ''Brittany'' to meet those people and help them come up with ideas." Shanara also said, "They all come to the city to pick up properties to buy, but they are still a little unsure about the situation, and they mainly want to inquire about information." It''s different from Shannara''s side. These chambers of commerce are still unclear about the development plans for the entire city. They want to seize this opportunity to make money, but they are afraid that something will go wrong and the money spent will be in vain. So before buying, its important to get some information. Decide if its worth the investment. "Are there any good properties? Buy as many as possible." Wu Heng sat down aside. "I bought it, but it also left a small amount of middle-to-high-end industries, and also gave other chambers of commerce some opportunities to increase their popularity." Shanara said. Wu Heng nodded, "That''s good. When you go out recently, take more guards with you. Don''t stay too long." "Are you in danger?" Shanara asked with her eyes wide open. "I see there are a lot more people at the port to prevent any enemies from sneaking into the city." Wu Heng said without mentioning the hero. Speaking of this matter, whether the other party leaves or not, the impact will still be relatively large. Philippa came over and put her arm around his shoulders, "Don''t worry, I''ll protect Shanara, there''s no problem at all." "You protect me so I don''t worry about anything happening." Philippa looked suffocated, "What do you mean, you don''t believe in the great Captain Philippa?" "Trust." Wu Heng shook his shoulders. "You are discerning." Philippa stood up and asked, "What do you want to eat for lunch? I''ll let the chef do it." "Just be casual." Shannella said. Wu Heng also nodded, saying there was nothing important to say. Philippa skipped to the kitchen, and soon lunch was ready, and they sat down at the dining table to eat lunch. In the afternoon, the two women left the city lord''s mansion again. Wu Heng also went upstairs, opened the door in the study, and went to the zombie world. Walked out of the original dormitory, went to the warehouse, and put in all the supplies he brought back. After standing at the door and waiting for a while, Li Yahong came over, looked at the grain and materials piled up in the warehouse, and asked, "What are they used for?" This is not the first time Li Yahong has seen the ability to conjure food and supplies. Although I don''t understand what the superpower is, I also know that it is Wu Heng''s ability. "Food will be distributed to various places, and these copper plates and steel will be transported to the military factory." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay." Li Yahong took out the walkie-talkie and began to explain the task. Not long after, trucks drove in, and the survivors began to move the goods and load them all onto the trucks. The two of them stood aside and watched silently. "Do you have any new cartoons or movies here?" Wu Heng suddenly remembered and asked. "Yes, I collected some for Xiaoxiao, and they are all in the computer. I just want to copy them to you." Li Yahong said with a smile. The previous cartoons were all found for Xiaoxiao by Li Yahong. Whenever she finds new cartoons or movies, Li Yahong usually collects them for her. "good." After speaking, the two went to Li Yahong''s residence together. Copied movies and cartoons on the computer. "Is Xiaoxiao nearby?" Li Yahong asked. "No, are you looking for her?" Li Yahong lowered her voice subconsciously and said, "No, there are some short movies on the computer, do you want them?" "Do you still have this hobby?" "What are my hobbies? I''m saving them for you. At your age, why don''t you watch a few movies to learn from them?" Li Yahong said with a smile and winked again. "Look at how boring it is. If you have a chance, show it to me." "Disgusting." Li Yahong rolled his eyes, but was not angry. "Be careful, don''t copy the short movie into it." "I''m kidding you, I don''t have that thing." "I also learned to lie." The two sat on the edge of the bed chatting, waiting for the copied video to end. The sky also darkened. Wu Heng returned to another world. Two more days passed. Wu Heng was sitting in the study, and Xiao Xiao flew back from outside. "Uncle, the Port Association''s ships have docked. There are five ships in total, four level 18 professionals, and many level 15s." Xiaoxiao exclaimed as if he had discovered a major secret. The headquarters ship finally arrived. Four level 18 professionals have been arranged, plus multiple level 15 professionals. In addition, ''Tapani'' and ''Gianvito'' here in Netale City can be said to pay enough attention to the investigation of the Kingdom of Yeko. But the heroes of the Snake Emblem Consortium also went to the Kingdom of Yeko. I wonder if the two sides will meet, and whether these level 18 professionals can intimidate the other party. "Where are you going?" "We went to the association building. When we were at the door, the elf elder came out to greet us." Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. Dong dong dong~! At this time, there was a knock on the door, and Philippa''s voice came in. "Wu Heng, are you here? Someone from the association has come and asked you to come over." "I''ll go over now." Wu Heng picked up the leather armor on the hanger and put it on, opened the door and walked out. At the door, Philippa stepped forward and took his arm, "I''ll go with you. It''s so boring at home." "Reinforcements from the association headquarters have arrived. Don''t talk nonsense. The rest of the matter has nothing to do with us." Wu Heng warned. "Don''t worry, I''ll wait for you at the door. I won''t go in." Philippa also put on the leather armor and whistled to the side. The green parrot flew over and stood on the shoulder. They walked out of the city lord''s mansion together and headed to the association. In the association conference room, Wu Heng met the new investigation team of the headquarters. The space was limited, and not everyone was present. Instead, four 18th-level professionals sat across from the conference table. Two elves, one human and one dwarf. There were several investigators sitting behind them with pens and papers, of two races: humans and dwarfs. Wait for the door to close. Tapani introduced: "Wu Heng, these are the investigation team arranged by the headquarters, led by Elder ''Daniel''..." Wu Heng glanced at everyone and saluted, "I have met the elders and several adults from the association." Several people on the opposite side were also looking Wu Heng up and down. Whether it''s newspapers or the detection of this case. A member of the association who suddenly appeared became a popular figure in the department in just a few months. I cant name all the people in this department, including some of the elders, but when it comes to Wu Heng, Im afraid everyone knows who they are and what they have done recently. This ability to promote oneself is really unmatched by others. His level is low now. When he reaches a higher level, his reputation will definitely increase very quickly. The most important thing is that the heroes seem to value him. As long as you reach level 18 and become the elder of the headquarters, it won''t be a problem. "Tapani has already written down the matter in Netale City in the report, but I want you to tell the matter again in more detail." Daniel withdrew his gaze and said directly. Wu Heng nodded, sat down across from him, organized his words, and slowly told the whole incident. From the discovery of a suspicious fleet on the way, to the White Wings gang who abducted women and children, and then after entering the city, they found false evidence of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Finally, when arresting the leader of the White Wings Gang, the old man pretending to be the Snake Emblem Consortium was discovered. During the interrogation, the city''s army began to attack. I told you everything in detail. Mainly because I have told it to Shannella, Minnie, Sheila Gui and other girls, and it is somewhat smooth. Daniel showed no expression and asked, "How did you find the man pretending to be an old man?" "I have a ghost." "Do you have any clues or additional information about the Zun Sheng Cult?" "This is the first time I have heard of this sect, but according to the results of the interrogation, it is clear that the Zunsheng Sect was secretly supporting the eldest prince and planned this incident." Daniel nodded and glanced at the investigator behind him. Seeing that the content had been recorded, he continued: "Come here this time, the headquarters has made arrangements, let me tell you about it." Wu Heng and Tapani became serious and waited for the arrangements from the headquarters. Daniel continued, "Tapani and Gianvito are still stationed in Netale City to ensure the smooth flow of the port and the safety of our survey team''s rear. The owner of Wuheng Island ensures the safety of the route, as well as the transportation and supply of logistics materials." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows slightly. Does this mean that I can return to Treasure Island? (End of chapter) Chapter 715 , he seemed relieved Chapter 715, he seemed relieved Tapani and Gianvito, two level 18 professionals, stayed in Netale City. Wuheng needed the safety of the entire route, as well as the transportation and supply of later materials. It sounds like the follow-up investigation within the Yeke Kingdom and the cult no longer requires the participation of Tapani and Wu Heng, as long as logistical safety is ensured. This kind of direct substitution is still a bit surprising. When Elder Daniel finished speaking, the conference room fell into a brief silence. Tapani frowned slightly, hesitated for a moment, and then asked: "Why didn''t Wu Heng be included in the team? He has a strong talent for analyzing and solving cases." Daniel glanced at Wu Heng and explained: "We don''t know this either. The subsequent investigation involves a cult. There may be some dangers in following Wu Heng. Let''s go to see the situation first, and then we will see the leaders. arrangement. Tasks are all arranged by several leaders, and no matter how much discussion they have, nothing will change. Tapani could only nod and said nothing more. Daniel continued, "Tomorrow we will go to Chelu, the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko. We need you to prepare the carriage and some necessary supplies." Tapani nodded, "We will prepare immediately to ensure your subsequent plans." A few people discussed it quickly and roughly decided on the rest of the matter. When the discussion was over, everyone left the conference room. In the corridor, Tapani said: "Wu Heng, come with me." Wu Heng nodded and followed him towards the office and study room. In the study room. Tapani poured him a cup of tea, and then said: "The leaders have their own considerations, so don''t worry too much. With your merits and abilities in the association, level 18 is enough for you to become an elder." This is because he is afraid of being too worried. The results of the investigation by my team were finally replaced by a new team, and I did feel like I was being robbed of the credit. But in Wu Heng''s view, it actually doesn''t matter. Anyway, his goal has been achieved. Based on the five princesses, he participated in the battle of Yeko Kingdom. When the time comes, the association will trace the connection between the eldest prince and the cult, and it will be safer and more convenient for him to remain hidden behind the scenes. And the most important point. The heroes of the Snake Emblem Consortium were leaving in the direction of the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko. It might be more dangerous than imagined. Not to mention that he was not assigned this time, even if he was actually assigned to the investigation team, he would still want to find a reason to get out. After listening to Tapani''s words, Wu Heng said with a smile, "I''m not worried. The leaders must have their own considerations. We are behind and are also contributing to the association." "Not bad." Tapani glanced at him approvingly, and then said: "The defense of Netale City still needs your skeleton soldiers to be responsible for it. I feel that there is little chance of problems with the sea routes that the headquarters is worried about. Arrangements Just a few ships patrolling, without spending too much force. Wu Heng nodded, "When I get back, I will arrange the task. When the investigation team leaves, I should return to Treasure Island. I have been away there for a long time, so I am afraid something will go wrong." Tapani said: "It''s a good idea to go back and take a look. Then supplies can be better delivered from Treasure Island." "In terms of materials, Treasure Island can completely guarantee it. Elders can rest assured about this," Wu Heng said. Tapani smiled and said, "That''s good. I have nothing to do. I''m just afraid that you will be under some pressure. I''m not the best." Wu Heng also stood up, "Then I''ll go back and arrange the tasks first." Tapani nodded, "Go back!" Go out of the room and go to the lobby. Philippa was sitting in the seating area of ??the hall, with the parrot standing on the table looking around, and the skeleton attendants standing behind him. The sitting position and the skeleton position give people a pirate feel. Seeing him coming, Philippa looked up and said, "He''s back!" "Let''s go back." Wu Heng waved. Philippa stood up and walked over with the parrot, holding his arm and walking out together, and asked: "How is it? What tasks has the headquarters assigned to you?" "There are too many people here, let''s go back and talk." "That''s a good word. I''ll write it down," said Philippa. After walking out of the door, Wu Heng continued, "Go find the fifth princess and Shanara, and ask them to return to the city lord''s mansion after their busy work. I have something to do." "Okay, you go back first." Philippa took out his bicycle and left directly. Wu Heng walked towards the city lord''s mansion. conference room. "How about this Wu Heng?" Daniel asked. The dwarf on the side touched his beard and said: "You can''t tell much from the outside. I don''t know if it is as powerful as the story in the newspaper." "If you talk about your ability to solve crimes, there should be no lies. Tapani''s report also recorded the details of this case in detail. Overall, it is pretty good. Catching the murderer within a few days is not something ordinary people can do. Arrived." Daniel continued. The others nodded in agreement. It''s hard to say anything else, but he is really good at solving crimes. The dwarf continued, "They don''t think that we are here to take their credit!" "Tapani probably won''t. Wu Heng may think so. According to human age, he is only in his 20s, which is too young. He has not yet reached adulthood among the elves." "Yeah, I''m too young, so it''s normal to think so." "Everything that needs to be explained has been explained, and we are just following orders." "No matter how talented he is, he is just an island owner now. What can he do if he doesn''t misunderstand him?" Several people spoke one after another and discussed this matter. At this time, an 18th-level investigator closed the record book and said: "I feel that this Wu Heng may not care very much." There was silence in the room. Daniel asked: "How to say?" The investigator said: "When you said just now that he was not in the investigation team, he seemed to be relieved and didn''t feel like he wanted to get involved in the investigation kingdom." The others were stunned for a moment, and then they all frowned. Thinking back on it now. The other party seemed to feel a bit relieved. The dwarf hesitated for a moment and said, "Does he know something about the Kingdom of Yeke?" Daniel also frowned, "Wait a minute, I''ll talk to Tapani again to see if there is any other information!" "That''s fine. If something happens, just take that kid with him by force." The dwarf said. "Don''t say that, the leaders value him very much." Daniel continued, "If there are really special circumstances, just write to the headquarters and ask him to join in." The others nodded in agreement. Daniel stood up and continued, "Go back and get ready. Let''s set off tomorrow morning." Everyone stood up and walked out of the conference room together. City Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng returned to the study, took off his leather armor and put it into his space ring. Glenda flew back from the desk. Asked: "What are the arrangements at the headquarters?" Wu Heng poured himself a glass of water, sat down and said, "The new investigation team will go to the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko to investigate the collusion with the cult. Tapani and Gianvito will be in Netale City, and I will be in charge of the sea routes. security, and material delivery. Glenda was stunned, "I won''t need you anymore?" "I can''t say that it''s not necessary. I can only say that it has been changed from the front to the logistics." Glenda then asked, "Why such a change?" "I don''t know, but I feel it''s not a bad thing. The heroes of the Snake Emblem Consortium just passed by yesterday, and it must be more chaotic than imagined." Wu Heng took a sip of tea. When Glenda heard it, it made some sense. Judging from the combat effectiveness of Wu Heng, they may not be afraid of heroes based on their level. But there is absolutely no need for conflict. Once they really get entangled, it will not only be dangerous, but also waste time. You should focus more on collecting reputation and reach the hero as soon as possible. "What are you thinking about next?" Glenda then asked. Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "We still have to follow the headquarters'' plans to ensure the safety of sea routes. In my own words, I will continue to develop Treasure Island and collect more fame in Netale City." "That''s fine." Glenda nodded. Dong dong dong~! While the two were talking, there was a knock on the door. Immediately afterwards, Philippa''s voice came in, "Wu Heng, Shanara and the others are back." (End of chapter) Chapter 716 , go call Wu Heng Chapter 716, go call Wu Heng Living room on the first floor. Shanara, the fifth princess, the housekeeper and the maid were all gathered in the living room. When they saw Wu Heng coming down, they all cast curious glances. Shanara asked directly: "Is there any news from the association?" "Well!" Wu Heng walked down and sat down across from several people before saying: "The headquarters has arranged a new investigation team to go to the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko to continue investigating the royal family''s collusion with the cult. Elder Tapani and I, as well as the original The members of the first batch of investigation teams were assigned to logistics work. There is nothing to hide in this matter. The investigation team will set off tomorrow, and the rest of the people will stay, so they can figure it out at a glance. Moreover, there are no outsiders in the room, even the fifth princess is now tied to him. The fifth princess, ''Brittany'', hesitated for a moment and said, "Then..., what are your plans next? Will the troops remain in the city?" Shanara also cast a questioning look. Wu Heng said directly: "The cooperation between Netalei City and Treasure Island is still effective. Skeleton soldiers will also be arranged in the city. In the future, I will also arrange for technicians from Treasure Island to come over to help Netalei City build street lights, and Some restoration work. These were all discussed before. Netale City and Treasure Island are tightly tied together. Hearing Wu Heng''s words, Brittany also breathed a sigh of relief. It proves that the other party has not abandoned you, and the promises you made before will still continue. "Then what aspect of work are you mainly responsible for?" Brittany asked carefully. "I am responsible for the safety of the route, as well as the transportation of supplies. Any logistical supplies the investigation team needs will be sent from Treasure Island." Brittany then asked, "Will you stay in Netale City in the future?" Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said: "I will return to Treasure Island, and I will contact you from there if there is anything." "Oh!" Brittany suddenly lowered her head a little lonely. Wu Heng then looked at Shanara, "Shanara, will you go back with me?" "When do you plan to go back?" Shanela asked. "The people from the investigation team will leave tomorrow and will probably go back in the afternoon." Shanara pondered for a moment, then looked at the fifth princess on the side, and said: "I will stay first and accompany ''Brittany'' for a while. The businessmen who come to the city are more shrewd. If we encounter something, we can also discuss it." one time." "It''s okay, but you have to be careful. If there is danger, go directly to the association. Tapani and the others will protect you." Wu Heng said. "I know." Shanara said with a smile. Philippa put the parrot aside and said, "What about me?" "You are responsible for the safety of the route. When you have time, you can stroll along the route and mainly **** some supplies sent by Treasure Island." Wu Heng said. "Oh, okay." Philippa nodded. These are all her old skills, and there is nothing special about them. Finished talking. Brittany and Shanara left the City Lord''s Mansion again to attend to the affairs of the Chamber of Commerce. Wu Heng also returned to the study. night. There was a sound of insects chirping outside the window. Wu Heng stretched and was about to go back to his room to rest. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. "Who?" "My lord, this is me, Brittany." A small voice came from outside the door. The fifth princess is here? Wu Heng opened the door and walked out, and saw ''Brittany'', who was wearing the same dress as during the day, standing at the door with her head lowered. "What, are you being bullied?" Wu Heng looked at her. Brittany said softly: "My lord, I want to tell you something. Can I go to the study room?" Wu Heng did not give up his position and said: "Go next door, there is a bit of chaos in the study." In the study, the three ghosts were busy with their own affairs, and there was a radio on the table. It''s best not to let ''Brittany'' see it. "Oh, okay!" Brittany nodded immediately. The two walked into the next room together. Wu Heng looked at the slightly nervous Fifth Princess and asked, "What''s wrong? We are all so familiar with each other. If you have anything to say, just tell me." Brittany suddenly raised her head and said, "Master Wuheng, if the new investigation team goes to Chelu, will it have any impact on the kingdom? If it is really found to be related to a cult, then the kingdom will have no chance." Chelu is the name of the capital of the royal city. The association arranged other investigation teams, and Brittany began to worry about whether there would be other changes. When he heard the other party ask this, another guess appeared in his mind. Could it be that the report mentioned the fifth princess and some of the current situation in Yeko Kingdom, which changed the leader''s arrangement for the investigation team. All the original personnel were assigned to the logistics department. A new investigation team, with personnel not closely related to the Kingdom of Yeko, continues the investigation. This is somewhat possible. Wu Heng sat down on the side and motioned for the other party to sit down, and then said: "Don''t think of the worst. Once the investigation team passes, the various places will not dare to mess around again. Maybe it will change the current situation of the entire kingdom." "But, I''m afraid there''s something really wrong." Brittany muttered quietly. Judging from all the evidence, the eldest prince definitely had the support of the sect. The Zun Sheng Cult killed the local deacon and attempted to kill the entire investigation team, so the association would never let them go. Even if it is disbanded now, all the original people must be found and killed to prevent similar things from happening again. Similarly, if the royal family is involved, they will definitely be implicated. It depends on how to deal with it. "Everyone must be responsible for their own actions. Since someone wants to gain benefits through a cult, they must bear the corresponding consequences." Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "Don''t you want to take back the kingdom, why are you still worried about these things. " Brittany continued: "If it really involves members of the royal family, can you give them a chance?" "It doesn''t matter what I say. If they don''t do something stupid, the investigation team will follow the association''s procedures, and they may not be killed." Wu Heng said. When he was on Treasure Island, he even lobbied for restoration and regained the kingdom. Just like this, it doesn''t look like the country can be restored at all. "I just don''t want them to die." "Brittany!" Wu Heng said in a deep voice. Brittany looked up. Wu Heng said seriously: "You are the fifth princess now, guarding a city, and you may have to fight for the throne if you have the opportunity in the future. Being so indecisive will only harm those who support you." Brittany looked stunned, then nodded, "I, I know." "You must be mentally prepared to turn the Kingdom of Yeko into what it was before, what it was like when your father was still alive." Brittany''s eyes widened and she went from confused to serious, "I will always remind myself." "That''s good. If anything happens, tell Shannella. She has communication tools to contact me." "Thank you, sir." Brittany saluted again. Wu Heng nodded. Brittany said again: "Then I''ll go back first. When you leave, I''ll see you off." "Um." Brittany left, and Glenda slowly revealed herself from the side. "This little princess is somewhat dependent on you." Wu Heng looked at her, "You eavesdropped again." Glenda didn''t pay attention to what he said, and said to herself: "It''s better to rely on you more, and it will be easier to control whatever happens in the future." "It''s like I''m taking advantage of someone else''s little girl." Glenda walked around to his left shoulder, "If you don''t care about her, she will only die more miserably and be used even more." "Maybe, we have already made an agreement with the other party, and Netale City has been tied to Treasure Island." Glenda continued, "Other necromancers, who have so many necromancers like you, have already started a war. It''s not like you care about whether you lie to a little girl or not." "I want to be a good person." "Go talk to the people in the Holy See and see if they believe you." Wu Heng didn''t say much, returned to the study, cleaned up briefly, and released [Teleportation] to appear in Shanara''s room. Shanela was wearing a gauze nightgown, lying on her side beside the bed, looking at the book in her hand. Wu Heng walked over directly and took off his clothes. He hugged the wood elf and went to bed to rest. The next day, at the city gate. A gentle breeze stirred up a cloud of dust. The new investigation team gathered at the city gate, with horses and carriages fully prepared. "We''re going, and there will be messages along the way via letters," Daniel said. Tapani nodded, "Don''t worry, if there is any problem, we will provide support as soon as possible." "No, if we have a problem, your most important thing is to send the message back and don''t take any risks." Daniel looked serious. Tapani nodded and said nothing more. Daniel continued to look at Wu Heng, "If there is any information then, we will write back and you can help analyze it." "I''m naturally willing to help you wherever I am useful." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Well, it''s getting late, let''s set off." Daniel waved his hand slightly, and the motorcade moved forward. Everyone in the back waved. After it gradually faded away, the group of people walked back. Tapani asked: "When will you return to Treasure Island?" "afternoon." "Well, don''t forget to arrange the cruise mission." "good." After a brief chat, they separated in front of the association. Treasure Island, Association. Deacon''s study. Shi Yali tilted her chin and said in a low tone: "It''s so boring. Let''s go to the island owner''s mansion tonight and call Wu Heng." Sheila Gui put down the pen and paper and frowned at her. (End of chapter) Chapter 717 , please pass it to Treasure Island (5000 words, two in one.) Chapter 717, please pass it to Treasure Island (5000 words, two in one.) Shi Yali noticed the other person''s gaze and looked over in confusion, "What''s wrong?" Silla''s brows were still frowning, "Do you miss him so much?" "Who are you thinking of? What did I just say?" Shi Yali was a little confused. "You said you wanted to go to the island master''s mansion to chat with Wu Heng in the evening." Xila Gui said directly. Shi Yali opened her eyes, paused slightly, and then said: "Yeah, don''t you feel that there is nothing new on the island when he is away? When he was here, there were exhibitions and stage plays, but now there is nothing new. Its over. Sheila Gui still looked at her with squinted eyes. That''s what I said, but I always felt that there was something wrong with Shi Yali''s attitude towards Wu Heng. Still said: "Shi Yali, I feel something is not right with you." Shi Yali stood up, walked to the counter nearby, and made tea for herself, "What''s wrong?" "I feel like you''re weird. You don''t like him anymore, do you?" Shi Yali came back with tea, leaned on the armrest of Xila Rose''s chair, and put one hand on her shoulder, "Don''t worry, sister knows your feelings for him and won''t take him away from you." Silla rolled her eyes and said, "What kind of feelings? That''s nonsense." "Should we go to the Island Lord''s Mansion that night? We have nothing to do at home anyway." Shi Yali then asked. Sheila Gui frowned and thought for a moment, then shook her head, "Let''s wait for two more days. It won''t be good to get there anyway, and Minnie also said that with that kind of communication tool, you can''t always receive the news immediately. Let''s get there. He may not get it either. "Okay, you are the deacon, you have the final say." Shi Yali shrugged. "Don''t the opera houses have programs every day? You can go and see them yourself." "They are all the same old shows, not good to watch." Shi Yali took a sip of tea and said softly: "Why aren''t you back yet?" "It should be soon." Sheela picked up her water glass and said, "Go and pour me a glass of water." "The shelf is not small." Shi Yali took the other person''s water glass and walked aside. The train door opened, and Wu Heng came down with the skeleton attendant. Facing the direction of the sea, he took a deep breath. The moist air fills the lungs and brings a refreshing feeling. Treasure Island is better. Even in the port of Netale City, there is no such feeling as being on Treasure Island. The ghost was released and walked toward the city on foot. "Are you back to Treasure Island?" Glenda asked. "Back." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''m home." Xiao Xiao cheered. Penny floated to one side and said, "Treasure Island looks better, like a living city." "Even so, I''m not afraid of bad people." Three ghosts floated above the head, feeling as if they were returning from a long journey. Glenda floated down and said, "How''s the situation over there in Luntam City?" "I chatted with Wen Mansha yesterday and said that I have captured two cities." Wu Heng has also been paying attention to the battle situation in Luntam City. However, the battle showed a one-sided trend. The skeleton army pushed forward all the way, but the army of Yeke Kingdom continued to retreat. Under the attack of the skeleton army, two cities and several surrounding villages and towns have been occupied. If the battle line had not been drawn too long, more cities might have been captured if the enemy would attack Luntam City in a roundabout way. Skeletons coupled with modern thermal weapons show strong combat effectiveness. The firepower is fierce, the speed is fast, and there is no need for baggage or rest. Marching all night, when we meet, we fight. It felt like a blitzkrieg. People in this world have never seen this kind of combination and fighting method, and they can''t accept it. They can only retreat step by step. "Perhaps, Wen Mansha will help you do what you don''t want to do," Glenda said. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "You said we would rely on force to occupy the kingdom?" "Well, when the kingdom is conquered, the population base increases, and the reputation is spread through newspapers, it will be enough for you to upgrade." Granda continued. If it were really as big as a kingdom, I wouldn''t be afraid of not being able to level up. But the territory of the Kingdom of Yeke is vast, and a variety of forces are mixed in it. It''s not as simple as you think. "It depends on the situation." Wu Heng said. "But I have to say that skeletons are really good at fighting." Glenda sighed. While walking and chatting, we directly entered the noisy street. Some residents gathered on the roadside to chat, and they talked about things in Netale City. The fleets of various chambers of commerce have arrived at the port of Netale City. Various intelligence and news also spread to surrounding cities and small islands through some ships. It has also become a hot topic on Treasure Island. "I heard that the association is going to change the royal family." "Who said that? Judging from the time, the people from the association haven''t gone to the main city yet. Besides, the association doesn''t interfere in the internal affairs of the kingdom, so how can it arbitrarily replace the royal family." "People outside are saying this. They colluded with the cult to kill the investigation team of our headquarters. The royal family must have changed." "I heard that the current prince is a member of a cult, a child who was exchanged a few years ago." "You are so fake. The news I got is that the ministers of the kingdom are secretly members of the cult, and the prince who controls the kingdom has become a puppet." "Didn''t you say that the royal family''s living sacrifices are looking for ways to extend their lives?" "Which one is true?" Wu Heng and San Youhun slowed down and listened. Hearing what everyone was discussing, his brows also wrinkled. Where does this information come from? There are so many versions? Moreover, at present, the information about the cooperation between the eldest prince and the sect was only obtained through interrogation of corpses. How could he obtain a living sacrifice to extend his life? This span is quite far. Listening to the rumors becoming more and more outrageous, some people began to say that Wu Heng was the illegitimate son of the old king and also had the right to compete for the throne. It''s just a little scary. Seeing that there was no useful information, Wu Heng quickened his pace and continued to move forward. "Uncle, sister Beni and I are going to the tavern to listen to stories." A small voice sounded in my ears. "Go and come back early." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Xiaoxiao agreed, took Penny to the tavern opposite, and got in directly. Wu Heng also called a carriage and returned directly to the island owner''s mansion. When he was still some way away from the island owner''s mansion, Wu Heng gave him money and got out of the carriage. He took off his mask and walked a certain distance with the skeleton attendant. You can see patrolling skeletons along the way, and you can also see skeleton sentries on the roofs of some buildings and alleys. It is the most heavily defended place on the entire island. Pushing open the courtyard door, Wu Heng walked in. Minnie ran out with Robert and Annette. When she saw Wu Heng, a smile appeared on her face, "Master, you sneaked back again?" "What do you mean by sneaking back? I have nothing to do with Neita Lei City." Wu Heng said. "Is it over?" Wu Heng put his arm around Minnie''s shoulders and walked into the residence, "It''s over. I''m not happy when I come back." "Happy, we will be happy when the master comes back." Minnie then asked: "Is the master still leaving?" "Probably not leaving. The association has arranged some tasks that can be carried out on the island." Wu Heng said. Several people entered the living room together. The maids helped him take off his coat and hung it aside. "Master, do you want lunch?" Minnie asked. "Prepare lunch, and prepare bath water." "Okay." The three maids agreed and jumped down to prepare. I took a comfortable bath and went downstairs to have lunch. After chatting with the maids for a while, she returned to the study upstairs. Opening the door, Xiaoxiao and Beini also came back from outside. "Uncle, now it''s a new detective story. I''ve never heard of a devil hound story." Xiaoxiao floated over and said directly. After this time passed, the third detective story was released. "Your aunt wrote it. There is a manuscript in the drawer. You can read it yourself." Wu Heng said. "I don''t, I want to listen to others tell me that I hate reading things with a lot of words." Xiaoxiao half-lyed in the air. "Where''s Penny, what do you think of the new detective story?" Wu Heng looked at Penny on the other side. "The story is quite exciting. When Xiaoxiao and I went there, we were in the middle of the story and the story was a bit unconnected." Penny replied. "You can make up for it by walking around for two days." "Well, when the street lights come out at night, we can go outside and listen to the whole story." Penny also said. One person and three souls chatted for a few words. Everyone went about their own business separately. Wu Heng also took out a drawing and looked through it. dusk. The voice of a maid calling for dinner came from downstairs. Wu Heng went downstairs, and Anderweier also came back from outside. Minnie and others were already waiting in the living room. "Master, you are back!" Andweier greeted with a smile. Wu Heng nodded, sat down at the dining table, and started eating dinner together. After simply eating some. Wu Heng said: "Weier, the investigation team needs to purchase some supplies from Treasure Island and transport them to Netale City. You can arrange this." As he said that, he took out a list. Anderweil took it and looked at it, "I''ll prepare it tomorrow." "No need to rush, just wait three days and then prepare." "Understood, Master." After dinner, the skeleton put away all the tableware. Several people were sitting in the living room, and Minnie asked softly: "Master, why did the association replace you? Didn''t you investigate the murderer?" "Maybe there is some special arrangement!" Wu Heng opened his mouth to take it, chewing the fruit Annette brought to his mouth and said, "I''m fine without any arrangement, but within the kingdom, it may not be that simple. " "Why is it not simple? Tell us about it." Several maids looked like they were waiting for a story. "I saw heroes in Netale City. Level 20 heroes also went to the direction of the main city of the kingdom." The four maids'' eyes widened instantly. "Hero!" Blackstone. Slater rubbed his brows and put the documents in his hands aside. Recently, a large number of refugees have fled from the north, and the entire Blackstone Town has become chaotic. In addition, the undead army is about to attack here, and the rumors that no chickens or dogs will be left behind have caused many residents and dignitaries to start packing their things and preparing to leave here. There are fights and murders every day. The association team is a bit busy. "What is Mansha Wen doing? Why did you start attacking?" "Women who come from the gang just can''t do it." Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. "Enter!" The door opened, and four figures stood at the door, "Deacon Slater, am I not disturbing you?" Slater raised his head and looked over suspiciously. I thought it was Yuli who was looking for me to go home, but it was several famous dignitaries from the city who came. "Come in!" Slater extended his hand to signal. Several people walked in and sat down on the sofa nearby. They looked carefully at Slater''s figure standing upright beside him. The body is wrapped tightly. But I heard from some rumors that this was a high-level skeleton attendant. It was reserved for Slater to keep her safe. "Is there something wrong with you guys?" Slater looked confused. A middle-aged businessman with slightly curly hair and a bloated body said softly: "Deacon Slater, I wonder if the skeleton army is coming. Is it true?" Refugees come one after another. It can''t be fake. But people always want to have a glimmer of hope. Slater glanced at a few people and said, "Several members of the association have also passed through Blackstone Town recently. Judging from the intelligence, the news is true." "Hey~!" The middle-aged businessman sighed softly, and then continued, "Deacon Slater, will you leave Blackstone Town by then?" Slater was a little confused about the purpose of these people. He sat upright and replied: "I''m not sure. There is a high probability that they will not leave, and neither will the other members of the association." "Because you know Luntam City?" Slater raised his eyebrows but did not answer. The other party immediately explained, "Deacon, don''t get me wrong. We came here this time just to ask if you have any connection with Luntam City. If so, can you protect us?" The Money Cat in Blackstone Town has closed and moved to Wrentam City. At that time, there was some excitement locally. Many believe Slater has ties to Wrentam City. "Why don''t you leave here?" Slater asked. "The direction of the royal city is not safe either." The other party said roughly, and then said, "If there is a way to protect us and our families, your efforts will not be in vain." As he spoke, he took out a small wooden box and opened it on the table. The golden gold coins appeared in front of me. In a place like Blackstone Town, this is already a huge sum of money. The first one took out the gold coins, and the other merchants also began to express their opinions. "Sir Deacon, from the mine under my name, I am willing to give 20% of the profits to the deacon." "I also have some savings here, so I''d like to ask the deacon for help." . Several people spoke one after another, and gold coins and agreements were all placed on the table. Slater watched calmly. The Luntam City Money Cat also made a lot of money some time ago, so it is not that attractive to those in front of it. He glanced at it, pondered for a while, and said: "I can''t ignore this kind of thing. Let''s do this. If there is danger, you bring your family members to the association, and I will do my best to protect you." With Wu Heng''s relationship, Wen Mansha''s team would definitely not kill her. It should not be like what the escaped residents said, saying that the chickens and dogs will not be left alone, which is completely inconsistent with Wu Heng''s character. There is no problem in protecting these people. "Thank you, deacon." Everyone looked happy. "Okay, you can take your things back. If there is any danger, just come here." Slater continued. "How can that be done? There is no way to take things back." As they talked, they didn''t take anything, and left the study directly after saluting. Slater glanced at the items on the table. He also put it away casually. Reorganized the files. Slater was just about to get home from get off work. Dong dong dong~! The door knocked again without waiting for words. Yuri opened the door and poked her head in, "Aunt, there is a letter from you." Slater glared at her, took the letter and looked at it. His brows also furrowed, his eyes serious. "Aunt, what''s wrong?" Yuli asked curiously. Slater put the letter aside and said: "Information about the cult indicates that the kingdom has indeed become a gathering place for cults." "What''s going on?" Slater took a deep breath and said, "Do you still remember the Treasure Island spy who was released last time after killing the Destiny Cult?" "Ah? That person from the Flying Fish Pirates?" Yuri was a little surprised. She didn''t expect that this person would write a letter after such a long time. "Well, the news he sent said that several sects have gathered in ''Erjiluo City'', seemingly in a cooperative way. If they have any plans against the Kingdom of Yeko, and the information cannot be sent to other directions, let us find a way to Message sent to Treasure Island. sect? Sent to Treasure Island? Yuri''s brows also wrinkled. It sounds like it''s no small matter. "Then let me go to Luntam City? There are props there. Can I contact Wu Heng?" Slater shook his head, "No, we can''t go there now. The army is on tight guard. It''s in danger if you go there." Before, it would have been okay to sneak out and send a message. Now that the army is fighting, everyone is on tight alert. Yuri turns into an eagle and flies over, fearing that she will be beaten into pieces. I have seen the power of that kind of equipment before. "What should we do?" "Wait, wait until the army from Luntam City comes, and we will tell them the news." Slater said. "That''s okay. I miss Wu Heng a little. Why doesn''t he come back?" Slater frowned, "You miss him?" "No?" Slater put the letter away, "You are not suitable." Treasure Island, Deacon''s Mansion. The air is filled with a faint floral fragrance. The entire courtyard was beautifully decorated by the two elf sisters, with flowers of various colors blooming and butterflies flying around. Sheila Gui sat in the pavilion, staring at the flying butterflies in a daze. Although she was refuting Shi Yali with her mouth, she really missed Wu Heng in her heart. If I had known earlier, I would have followed her words and went to the island owner''s mansion to have a look. Maybe I could contact Wu Heng so that we could chat and get information from each other. Shi Yali still got some things right. Wu Heng is not on the island, so there is nothing new. "If I could come back earlier, the island would be more interesting." Sheila Gui whispered. He muttered and his eyes instantly narrowed. In the open space in front of him, a magic circle suddenly lit up and took shape quickly. Teleportation scroll or teleportation array? Someone dares to come here. Xila Gui''s eyes suddenly became sharp. She stretched out her hand and the evil sword [White Phoenix] instantly appeared in her hand. The body was instantly covered with a light white mist. "How brave you are to break into the deacon''s mansion." When the figure in the magic circle gradually solidified, Xila Gui''s figure burst out, and the long sword slashed towards the solid figure. (End of chapter) Chapter 718 , what are you doing Chapter 718, what are you doing? The sword blade broke through the air and chopped off the head. The show off smile on Wu Heng''s face instantly turned into horror. Xila Gui also saw the other party clearly, her expression was suffocated, and she forcibly withdrew her strength. Wu Heng reached out and grabbed the opponent''s sword-holding wrist. The sword blade stopped in mid-air, and cold sweat slowly flowed down Wu Heng''s forehead. Both of them stared wide-eyed. There was a kind of fear in his eyes. After looking at each other for several seconds, Wu Heng asked: "What are you doing?" Sheila Gui said: "Why are you coming here like this?" Wu Heng let go of her wrist, Xila Gui put away the evil sword, and the frost mist on her body slowly dissipated, "You''re not hurt, I didn''t know it was you. I thought someone used the teleportation scroll." Wu Heng also wiped his sweat and said, "It''s okay. I just used the new skills I learned." Sheela quickly checked and said, "Next time, call in advance. If you come here like this, who knows if some enemy is coming." Wu Heng took the other person''s hand and said, "I just came back and wanted to give you a surprise." Sheila Gui was a little nervous, but she still let him hold her hand and whispered, "Be frightened!" "Miss me?" "Whatever I want you to do, I haven''t left you for long." "I missed you so much, but you didn''t miss me." "Tch~! Only a ghost will believe you." Sheila Gui turned her head aside. While the two were talking, rapid footsteps sounded. Shi Yali, who had short golden shawl hair, hurried over with two skeleton guards. It seems that the movement here was heard from the room. "What''s wrong?" Shi Yali shouted from a distance. Xila Gui took out Wu Heng''s hand and said, "It''s okay, Wu Heng is here." When Shi Yali saw Wu Heng, her anxious eyes calmed down and she said with a smile, "When did you come back?" "I came back this afternoon." Shi Yali frowned again, "Did you climb over the wall to get in?" The Deacon''s Residence is connected to the association, just by the front door. Wu Heng appeared directly in the back courtyard, making her curious about how he got in. "I was afraid that others would see me, so I came from behind and happened to see Xila Gui here." Wu Heng explained with a smile. "I''ve never seen any island owner climb over the wall when going to someone else''s house." Shi Yali also laughed amusedly, and then said: "Come into the house, and some new scented tea just came. It''s the best to drink now. time." "Thank you." Wu Heng thanked him. Shi Yali led the way, and Xila Gui kept a distance from Wu Heng with some guilt, walking side by side with Shi Yali at the front. Wu Heng followed behind, walking alone. Viewed from the back, the two elves are somewhat different in shape and back. She is about the same height, but Xila Gui''s hips are bigger and fuller. After all, she has a childlike figure from the front, and the back is not bad either. Shi Yali''s legs are slender, and her temperament is closer to that of the elves. She looks at things with an indifferent elegance, giving people the feeling of a royal sister, and making men have a desire to conquer. Xila Gui''s thighs were rounder, probably because of her melee profession. Wu Heng even doubted whether she had abdominal muscles. I cant say which one is better, they all have their own beautiful places. If placed in the modern world, these two sisters are definitely qualified to enter the entertainment industry, and they can become popular on the Internet just because of their appearance. After thinking about it, the elves are not bad in appearance, and they are naturally in line with human aesthetics. Soon, the three of them entered the living room together. The skeleton guards brought by Shi Yali also returned to their posts and guarded the door. The living room is not much different from last time. Some decorations and paintings were changed on the walls and surrounding areas. Wu Heng still has some impressions of two of the paintings. He had seen them at an exhibition on the island and probably bought them there. Shi Yali walked aside and started making tea, and asked casually: "Is it over in Netale City?" Wu Heng replied, "It''s over. The association will arrange a new investigation team to conduct subsequent investigations." Sheila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "Why is there a new investigation team?" Wu Heng explained what he had explained to Minnie and the others to the elf sisters again. Shi Yali came over with scented tea and said with a smile, "It''s okay to come back. It''s so chaotic outside, how can it be as good as Treasure Island." Wu Heng took it and took out two gifts from the space ring. One portion per person, pushed in front of you. "It''s a bit messy over there, and I didn''t find a very good gift. Let''s see if you like it?" What Shi Lagui held was a dagger inlaid with gems, while what Shi Yali held was a long bow prop. No arrows were needed, and magic arrows could be formed by pulling the bow. It''s a very good prop. Both were obtained from the space ring of the Lord of Netale City. After all, after being a city lord for so many years, there are still some good things. The two sisters'' eyes lit up, and they picked up the gift and looked at it curiously. Shi Lagui is good at using a sword, while Shi Yali''s weapon is a bow and arrow. They are also corresponding weapons. "Thank you!" Sheela said with a smile. Shi Yali also said, "I like it very much. I have never used such a good bow." "Why are you so polite?" Wu Heng picked up the tea and took a sip. The scented tea of ??the elves is just like the fragrance of flowers, and it tastes very good. Shi Yali sat down on the other side of Wu Heng, leaning against him, "How does it taste?" "Delicious." "As long as you like it, come often when you are free. There are many at home." Shi Yali said with a smile. Sila Gei looked past Wu Heng, frowned at Shi Yali who was smiling, and changed the subject and said: "Wu Heng, what are your plans next?" Wu Heng took another sip of tea and said: "According to the requirements of the headquarters, we need to transport some supplies to Netale City. I asked Weier to prepare them. When the time comes, you can arrange one or two teams to send them with the ship." Sheela nodded. Wu Heng continued, "For the rest of the work, the association will basically have no need for me. As for Treasure Island, I plan to electrify the entire island and make every household use electric lights." Sila Gui and Shi Yali narrowed their eyes at the same time. She looked at him strangely. Electrical facilities and street lights are special magic props in the minds of people in this world. Providing lighting to the central area and main roads is an incredible feat. Also because Treasure Island has no night, many powerful people have been attracted to settle on the island. The housing prices of mansions in the central area of ??the island have also reached a high price. It is even more surprising that electric light should now be provided to everyone. "Is this... necessary?" Shi Yali hesitated for a while before speaking. Sheila Gui also said, "The cost is too high, and we have rested at night, so putting on these lighting props is of little use." "It''s just a preliminary idea. We will pre-print it in newspapers to see what residents think." Wu Heng said. The two sisters poked their heads in, exchanged glances with each other, and said nothing more. After all, some of Wu Heng''s previous ideas sounded exaggerated, but after implementation, they brought considerable benefits to Treasure Island. This time, it might be a well-thought-out plan. "What about you? Has anything changed on the island during this time?" Wu Heng looked at the two sisters and asked. "We are fine in Gold and Silver. We are in the association on weekdays and don''t have anything else to do." "Yeah, the island is so boring when you''re not here." "Wait until I build a theater for you to watch movies." "Huh? What is that?" The two women were a little curious and began to ask questions. Wu Heng smiled and explained to them what a theater was and how it was different from the TV at the exhibition. Wu Heng chatted with the two girls for a while, and the sky gradually darkened. "It''s nothing, I''ll go back first." Wu Heng said. "Okay, if you stay on the island, you can come here often." Shi Yali said with a smile. Sheila Gui also stood up and said, "I''ll see you off." Shi Yali walked him to the door, and Sila Gui followed him out. Cross the courtyard and arrive at the door. Sheela Gui felt the other person''s stretched out hand and did not dodge, "Okay, go back and don''t let outsiders see it." "Then let''s go to a place where no one is around." Wu Heng grabbed the opponent''s waist, flicked his fingers with the other hand, and a magic circle was formed under his feet. Xilagui opened her eyes, "It''s dark, and there are people outside. Where are you going?" At this time, the central area is the busiest. Residents and vendors will come out to form a noisy market along the street lights. As they spoke, the two figures disappeared and appeared in the deacon''s study. The room was dim, with some light coming from the street lights outside. Sheila Gui found herself back in her study. When he turned around, he saw Wu Heng''s fiery eyes, and he felt a little panicked, "What are you doing!" Wu Heng grabbed the figure who was about to retreat and kissed her moist and cold lips. Silla''s eyes widened, still a little at a loss. But slowly, his eyes became blurred. Embracing each other, becoming more and more obsessed with each other. Also becoming more and more involved. Wu Heng reached into his clothes and caressed his waist, flat and tight abdomen. "Woo~!" Xila Gui''s eyes were a little flustered, and she wanted to grab the opponent''s flailing palm. Snap~! A crisp sound sounded in the study room. Wu Heng spanked the other person''s butt. Sheila Gui looked a little aggrieved and placed her arms on the other person''s shoulders again. Wu Heng took off the other party''s shirt, opened the buckles on the corset one by one, and threw it aside. (End of chapter) Chapter 719 , all big news Chapter 719, all big news Under the dim light, Wu Heng looked at the exaggerated bust and was a little obsessed. The outer armor and corset belie its size. "What are you doing!" Sheela hugged her chest with both hands. "So beautiful." Wu Heng continued to kiss her lips gently, followed her lips to her neck, and went down a little bit. Wu Heng gently held the tip, and Xila Gui let out bursts of soft moans, and her body became hotter and hotter. Holding the other person''s hair, he said softly: "Wu Heng, is this okay?" Wu Heng raised his head and looked into the other person''s eyes, "Xila Gui." "ah!" "Say you love me." "How can there be such a request?" Sheela blushed, but still whispered, "I love you." "I love you too." Wu Heng continued downward, all the way to his lower abdomen, and Xila Gui held his cheek, "If you can''t do it down below, isn''t it enough above?" Seeing that the other party was serious, Wu Heng didn''t force it. Kiss the other person''s red lips again and rub the heavy object in front of you. Late at night. Sheila Gui returned home cautiously. The moment she turned on the light, she saw Shi Yali sitting on the sofa waiting for her. "Ahem~! Why aren''t you asleep yet?" Sheila Gui asked first. Shi Yali glanced at her and said, "Sent him to Netale City? It took him so long." "I''m going back to the association''s study to handle some documents. He has already gone back." Sheila Gui puffed up her chest. Make your words sound more credible. Shi Yali stood up and walked around her, then held Sheila Gui''s chin and looked left and right at the clear red mark on her neck. "It''s all over your neck. It depends on what you will do if other people in the association see you tomorrow." Shi Yali said. There is no need to say more now. His sister was taken down by the other party. Judging from the position of the hickey, the armor and top were no longer there at that time. Sheela touched her neck, pretended to be calm and said, "I''ll be fine tomorrow morning. I''ll take a shower. You can go to bed first." After saying that, he walked to the bathroom. In the bathroom. Sheila Gui soaked in the tub, breathed a sigh of relief slowly, touched the marks on her neck, took out a bottle of potion, raised her head and drank it. This kind of trace will disappear tomorrow morning, so don''t worry. But recalling the scene just now, his face immediately turned red. Squeak~! The bathroom door opens. Shi Yali walked in wearing a scarf. Sheila Gui said angrily: "You must wash it when I wash it." "What''s the matter? We''ve been taking baths together since we were little." Shi Yali also entered the tub and sat down behind Sheila Gui. He gently pulled Xilagui into his arms and said, "Time flies so fast. You have grown up and you have someone you like." "We were born together, okay." Sheila Gui muttered, and then said, "Human life is short, I don''t know what will happen in the future? If he... ugh!" Shi Yali hugged her sister and said softly, "He is already very powerful. He will reach level 18 before the age of 50, and his lifespan will increase. He may really become a hero, and we can all benefit from it." Sheila Gui muttered, "You believe in him too much. A hero needs fame. How many people in the association are waiting in line to arrange publicity, how can he get his turn." "There is still hope. Has he not brought us enough miracles? I believe you say he will become a hero tomorrow." Shi Yali said with a smile. "You''re getting worse and worse." Shi Yali smiled, hugged her sister, and grabbed the heavy object on her chest, "Does he like you the most? I heard that men like this." Sheela Gui was startled and hugged her chest, "What nonsense!" "Tell me sister, you told me everything when you were little." Sila Gui was a little shy, but she still whispered: "I feel like I quite like it." "How do you like it?" "It took a long time to eat." There is a light mist in the morning air. The residents of the island got up early and started their busy day. Among the crowds, a famous newspaper seller was riding a bicycle through the streets. A green package filled with newspapers hung on the bicycle seat. The newspaper seller stood at a fixed intersection, raised the newspaper in his hand, and began to shout loudly. "Selling newspapers, the latest newspapers, Treasure Island''s plan to popularize electric lights for residents, short stories, the case of the missing deacon in Netale City,..., the quantity is limited, come and buy it." "Quantity is limited, first come first served..." The shouts rang out, causing the already noisy streets to become silent for an instant. Everyone looked over in unison, with surprise and suspicion in their eyes. "Electric light? Is it the kind of street light you use at night?" "Are you going to use this kind of prop for ordinary people? Is the island owner crazy?" "The case in Neitalei City really turned out to be a story. This is to provide material for the owner of Wuheng Island." "Is the island owner back? Why are there so many big news?" If it were an ordinary newspaper, people would just be more interested in serialized stories. But this time, there is obviously more than one big news. In an instant, the crowd gathered around him. The news also spread on the island, and more and more people gathered at the newspaper seller''s location to snap up the first issue of the newspaper. Golden Sail Tavern. In the past half month, the popularity of the pub has begun to diminish. The enthusiasm of the residents is not as great as it was at the beginning, partly because of the many bards performing for free under the street lights. Although these people are not of high level, they may not be as good as the tavern bard. The point is not to waste time during the day, and its all free. Now, the tavern will only have more drinkers sitting in the tavern when the story is at its most critical, waiting to know the real murderer in the story as soon as possible. The resident bard reduces the time he spends telling stories to only three times a day. Those who want to hear the story can come according to the time. At other times, its just normal business. All morning. The bartenders were cleaning the store when they suddenly heard a burst of noise coming from outside the door. Someone opened the door and took a look, and saw a large crowd of people rushing this way. With a little excitement on their faces, they were talking to each other. "Boss, it''s bad, the crowd is coming." The bartender turned around and shouted. The boss ran downstairs in a hurry and glanced outside the door. He walked out quickly and stopped at the door, "Everyone, what''s going on?" "The new issue of the newspaper is on sale, boss, don''t you know yet?" The boss nodded, "According to the time, it is indeed the time to sell newspapers, but it''s not like this, right?" One of them said: "The story in this issue is ''The Case of the Disappearance of the Deacon in Netale City''. Come on, let the bard tell the story." With that said, he pushed the boss away. They rushed into the tavern with a roar and filled all the empty seats. The bartender immediately hung a fully occupied sign at the door. The boss yelled, "Go get Mr. Saban." Not long after. The bard Saban walked in from the outside, wearing brocade clothes and a red face. He saluted around him and said, "Good morning, everyone." "The latest newspaper is on sale today, Mr. Saban, hurry up and tell us about it!" "Yes, you focus on the stage play, but you can''t delay talking about the report. We just want to hear what you have to say." "Mr. Saban, let''s get started!" Saban listened to everyone''s chaos with a smile on his face. You must know that when he first came to the island, he didn''t dare to think about the popularity of this matter. Walking all the way up to the high platform, he motioned for everyone to be quiet. Then he said: "Today is the latest newspaper from the Island Lord''s Mansion. I have read the contents first. Among them, the ''disappearance case of the deacon of Netale City'' is also the most bizarre. Among them, there is also the rescue team of the headquarters, which was attacked by tens of thousands of troops. The content of the siege and almost everyone''s death can be said to be extremely tense and exciting. " He paused slightly and said word for word, "This is not a story, but something that actually happened." After finishing a paragraph, a voice came from below. "Oh shit, come on, I''m so anxious." "If any of the island owner''s stories is not true, you are wrong to say so." "We''re just here to hear the story, tell it now!" Saban slapped his palm on the table with a snap. Everyone shut up instantly. Saban continued, "Old rule, let''s talk about the intelligence first, and then tell the story later..." "Oh, shit!" (End of chapter) Chapter 720 , Like a Hero (Today鈥檚 first update, 5,000 words.) Chapter 720, Like a Hero (Todays update, 5,000 words.) Saban was not angry when faced with the following curses. After quickly recounting the information about the surrounding area in the newspaper, he continued, "The Island Lord''s Mansion plans to popularize electric lights, which are the same lighting equipment as street lamps, and plans to provide lighting for shops and residents'' homes. The city hall will conduct this later. Opinion poll. The drinker who was casually listening to the chat was suddenly startled. "What are you investigating?" someone shouted. Saban shrugged, "It wasn''t mentioned in the newspaper. Someone should come down to investigate in the next few days, and everyone will know by then." There was a brief pause in the tavern, and then there was discussion. "Electric lamps, like street lamps, are magic props. They are much more effective than light stones." "The street lights are too bright. If they are turned on in the house, no one can sleep." "Don''t you know how to turn on a lampshade? When it''s time to sleep, the lightstone needs to be covered, so there will be no light." "Damn! I''ve never used the light stone before." "It shouldn''t be in vain for us! After all, there are so many people." "I can''t afford it if I charge money. These are things used by noble men." "Yes, the island owner understands what he wants. A gadget costs several gold coins. Who can afford it?" It was a mess down there. Compared with the information from other surrounding areas, I am still more concerned about matters involving myself. Things like electric lights are definitely good, but it depends on how much they cost. It''s like a magic prop. It costs several gold coins. Who can afford it? Keep it at home like a treasure. Of course, this kind of thing should be provided to some stores first. Let them increase their business hours, after all, the island is also lively at night. Saban waited for a while to discuss. He patted the table again, signaled everyone to be quiet, and then said: "Today is the latest short story of the Island Lord''s Mansion "The Case of the Disappearance of the Deacon of Netale City". Everyone should have heard of this case, so I will share it with all the guests. Let us tell you the true details of this whole story. Its time to tell a story. Suddenly there was silence below. Saban reapplied two buffs to himself and said: "The deacon of Netale City was killed. When the news reached the headquarters, it attracted the attention of the five leaders. They arranged an investigation team and sent three 18th-level professionals. , went to Treasure Island to assist the great detective Wu Heng in investigating the case..." "Damn it, no wonder we set out from Treasure Island to pick up the island owner." "Three level 18 professionals are assisting us. The island owner is so powerful." "The heroes of this department all know that the island owner is a great detective." As soon as it started, the discussion started again. Association, Deacon''s Study. Dang~! The door was suddenly pushed open, and Sila Gui, who was looking in the mirror to check the marks on her neck, was so frightened that she trembled. He straightened his collar upward. Looking up, he saw Shi Yali coming back from outside, holding the latest newspaper in her hand. "It''s so hot outside. Let Wu Heng think of a way to cool down the whole island." Shi Yali picked up the remote control and turned down the air conditioner two more degrees. Silla rolled her eyes at her, "You think he can do anything, right? Let the island cool down. You dare to think too." Shi Yali looked at her and clicked her tongue twice, "After things get better, it''s just different. She helps outsiders say she is her biological sister." "Boring." Sheela said, and then added, "Let''s see what the newspapers say." Shi Yali half-leaned on the armrest and opened the newspaper. "I took a look when I came back. He really planned to turn on the light for everyone." "He said he would definitely do it." Golden Sail Tavern. "Soldiers are very fast! After the investigation team received the information, they were directly led by level 18 professionals and rushed to the city lord''s mansion to capture the important people. At the same time, the surrounding armies were also rushing to the city lord''s mansion to help, and the two sides faced off." "The city lord ''Dasil'' walked out of the gate directly. He still behaved politely and modestly and asked about his purpose." "Wu Heng took out the evidence and asked, ''Lord Dashil, your subordinates killed the local deacon. Please hand him over and we will take him back for investigation.''" "Dasil frowned, but he also said: ''If it is really my people who did it, don''t worry I will never cover it up.''" "With that said, he sent people to the military camp to find the manpower mentioned in the intelligence." As Saban spoke, there were murmurs below. "Sure enough, it has something to do with the army in the city." "Originally it was a military camp where pirates were recruited when there was a shortage of soldiers in the city." "This city lord is quite sensible and has always been willing to cooperate." "The level 18 professional is following him. Even if the army is surrounding him, he can be killed directly. How dare you not cooperate!" The drinkers discussed a few words. Saban continued, "Not long after, the soldiers rushed back and said: ''City Lord, the person the investigation team is looking for did serve as a commander in the army, but he was killed in a battle with the enemy, and his body was burned. .''" Later, in order to appease the investigation team, the city lord asked for two surviving members of the original gang. The investigation team took the person away from the opponent and escorted him back to the association for interrogation. Under the strong pressure of a group of high-level professionals, the two gang members did not hide anything and told everything. It was also confirmed that these people were pirates. Although there are still many unreasonable places, it is basically consistent with the intelligence. "With the efforts of everyone, the two truthfully confessed the identity of the pirates and the purpose of hiding in the city." "Although there are still some unreasonable aspects in the case, it is enough to explain to the headquarters and complete the case." "The investigator recorded that Elder Tapani ordered to take the criminals and return tomorrow." "These gang members are so ruthless, they even dare to kill deacons." "I didn''t listen carefully. I was a pirate before." "The main thing is that Netale City appointed these gangs to official positions and used these to destroy clues in an attempt to hide the past." "Yes, but the murderer has been caught, and the headquarters can recover." "Why did I hear that the investigation team and the army were at war? This is not a fight." As the story came to a close, the drinkers started discussing again. The pace of the entire story accelerated significantly after getting clues about the Snake Emblem Consortium. He went directly to the city lord''s palace to ask for someone, followed by interrogation and closing of the case, which was surprisingly fast. The drinkers discussed it for a while. He looked up and saw Saban still standing on the wooden platform, looking at everyone with a smile. "Mr. Saban, are you okay today? Do you want to talk for a while?" Then lets talk about the latest devil dog story! "I would also like to hear Mr. Saban''s story." The original story ended. The bards will all leave, but Saban is still sitting on it, seemingly going to talk for a while longer. "The story is not over yet." Saban said, stretched out his hand to press down, and continued, "The investigation team of this department has checked the intelligence. Although there are still many doubts in the mind, according to the existing evidence, the murderer is The dead gang leader." The audience fell silent for a moment, and their brows also furrowed. The story is not over yet? Or, there will be a reversal later. Then, Saban continued. The investigation team began to prepare to arrest the leader of the White Wings Gang, the leader of the abduction and trafficking of women and children. But before the arrest, the old man from the Snake Emblem Consortium was discovered. Everyone in the association realized something was wrong and directly arrested the leader of the White Wings Gang and the old man. When the leader of the White Wings Gang and the old man of the consortium were arrested, troops from all over the city began to gather towards the association. The island owner conducted an interrogation and learned that the president in the city was a member of a cult. He also killed the local deacon and arranged the clues that confused everyone. The local city lord also cooperated in completing the praise. Following the interrogation of corpses, the army also surrounded the association. The drinkers'' eyes were wide open, full of surprise and disbelief. Sure enough, there was a reversal. Presidential Land is a cult. The seemingly humble city lord is also an old fox. How is this possible? The largest port city on the coast of the Kingdom of Yeko has become the den of a cult. If it weren''t for the fact that the entire island knew about the investigation team, they would all think that this story was false, even more false than the previous serialized stories. But we all know that this is true. Saban''s voice became more serious and his speaking speed began to increase. "The army surrounded everyone in the association. Elder Tapani shouted: ''Gianvito, take the investigators and Wu Heng and leave first to keep the evidence.''" "Immediately, he drew his sword and faced the leader of the 18th-level cult president opposite." "Gianvito was about to leave with Wu Heng and the investigators. Wu Heng said directly: ''Hold on, I can find the location of the city lord. I will kill him. Wait for me.''" "After saying that, without waiting for the others to react, he rushed out and left first." Then, the investigation team fought hard for a while. And Wu Heng arrived at the location where the city lord was hiding and rushed in alone. As Saban spoke, the audience let out waves of exclamations. "Just when the investigation team members could no longer hold on and were about to be overwhelmed by the army, the owner of Wuheng Island flew into the battlefield on a flying carpet." "Holding the body of the city lord in his hand, he shouted loudly: ''The city lord is dead, but those who retreat can live.''" "The army below, seeing the death of the city lord, began to become confused and restless. They threw away their weapons and dispersed." "Thankfully, the owner of Wuheng Island came in time and saved everyone." "At this point, the association has officially taken over Netale City." After the story was told, the whole place was still silent. The leader of the cult president, pretending to be an upright and kind city lord, dared to surround and kill the troops of the headquarters investigation team. this. What an exaggeration! This was even more exaggerated than the Pirate King''s attack on Treasure Island. At that time, he killed the local deacon and deputy deacon, but this time it was the entire investigation team. Of course, the most impressive task is that of the island owner Wu Heng. However, unlike the previous cases where he relied on his mind and observation to solve the case, the most impressive thing this time was to kill the city lord alone and save all the members of the investigation team. As if following the story, everyone saw the island owner with black hair and black eyes charging into the enemy''s lair. The scene of dragging the city lord out. The crime-solving story turned into a passionate story. It also made everyone feel admiration in their hearts. No worse than those level 18s. "Saban, is it over yet? There''s no follow-up, right?" Saban stood up and saluted, "No follow-up." "The island owner is so fierce!" Opera House, backstage. Several dressed-up women were gathering together, listening to the literate woman reading the contents of the newspaper. When reading one of the names. The women instantly became lively. "Brittany? Why do you have the same name as the fifth princess?" "It should be her. The time she disappeared happened to be when the association''s investigation team left the island." "Oh my god, we actually rehearsed with the Fifth Princess for so long." "Yes, we always said at that time that she would not come back to retaliate against us!" "How is it possible? If she felt bad about us, she would have stopped practicing with us a long time ago. Why would she wait until now?" "Too." "It would be nice if she could inherit the kingdom. It says that she secretly shed tears when she saw Netale City like this." Several people gathered together to discuss. An urging voice came from the front, "It''s your turn to perform, get ready." Everyone hurriedly tidied up for a while, adjusted their condition, and walked onto the stage. The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng was sitting in the radio room, holding a radio microphone in his hand. Opposite her was Mansha Wen, who was coaxing her children and talking on the phone. "Master, our army continued to advance two more cities. Basically all the defenders in the city fled without much resistance." Wen Mansha said softly. The decision of Yeko Kingdom to challenge Luntam City now seems to have been settled. After the skeleton army crossed the border, it became even more unstoppable, basically pushing them flatly along the way. In this world, the population of each city is limited, and tens of thousands of people make up a big city. The population of villages and towns is basically in the hundreds or thousands. The resistance of some wavelets is like providing soldiers for the skeleton army. After the killing, all the accompanying skeleton mages were transformed into a skeleton army. The current situation seems to have formed a closed loop. The more you resist, the more skeletons you get. If you don''t resist, you can only run away. "Restrict those orcs, don''t let them act like bandits and harass the residents everywhere." Wu Heng said. With things developing like this, it is impossible for Wu Heng to say that he will withdraw his troops. When the time comes, the Kingdom may see that you are so weak and may make some provocative moves again. All we can do is kill all the way and see what happens next. But facing ordinary residents, Wu Heng still didn''t want to make it too bad. I dont really want to kill many people. After a skeleton is given an order, it will not do anything other than what is ordered, except those who follow the orc coalition. They were very rude to begin with, and if they were allowed to run amok, they would probably be even scarier than bandits. Wen Mansha said: "Master, don''t worry, a supervision team has been formed to investigate and restrict everyone. Once any bad behavior is discovered, they will be controlled first and brought back for processing." "You are still thoughtful." Wu Heng praised with a smile. Wen Mansha also smiled and said, "Master upgrades so quickly, I won''t give you a bad reputation." "So good." Wen Mansha continued, "In two days, we will go to Blackstone Town. Let''s see what Deacon Slater''s expression will be then. When I first took the position of city leader, she always talked about being a gang leader. "In the Yeko Kingdom, there are some stereotypes about gangs, so you don''t have to worry about them." In fact, Wrentam City gangs are more serious. Not really a stereotype either. They weren''t all good people to begin with. Wen Mansha said stubbornly, "Then I want to see if she is afraid. Then I will have the skeletons circle her association three or four times to scare her." Wu Heng advised: "Farewell, Slater is a bit serious in her work. Don''t really think that you want to deal with her." "I knew the master was looking towards her." "No, I''m just afraid that your relationship won''t work out." Wen Mansha wanted to continue talking, but the cry of a child came from the other side. All I can say is: "Master, I will take the child to rest first. I will report to you if there is any new news." "Okay, if something happens, let''s contact you again." The communication was hung up, and Wu Heng returned the location to the skeleton investigator. Leaning on the edge of the desk, thinking about what happened this time. In the direction of the skeleton army''s advance, the defenders began to flee, so it would not be difficult to capture the city. As we advance all the way, it will depend on when the Yeko Kingdom will gather its forces and resist. On our side, we must also provide Luntam City with sufficient ammunition. "Who has the news?" Thinking in her mind, Glenda flew down from the roof. "Wen Mansha, her army is pushing all the way, almost reaching Blackstone Town." "So fast?" Glenda was also a little surprised. She floated to one side and said, "Would it be faster to give Wen Mansha more support and let her fight all the way to the main city and capture the Kingdom of Yeke?" Forehead. Wu Heng also thought about this issue just now. "The Yeke Kingdom is not small. Even if there is no resistance in every city, it will take at least several months to get from the current position to the royal city. This requires ensuring sufficient skeletons and weapons and equipment." Judging from the current battles, the skeleton army does have the advantage. But it is still relatively difficult to capture Luntam City by force. The closer to the center, the more intense the resistance will be, which may allow the disintegrated royal city to reunite. It will only make it take longer. There is also the intervention of the association. Maybe at some point, the association will intervene. It''s not as simple as imagined. Of course, you can also try it. The Luntam City army continued to advance, and the fifth princess was still supported here. Whichever end works best, thats fine. Glenda felt that what she said made sense, "You are professional when it comes to skeletons." Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "How about the new issue of the newspaper?" "The effect is quite good, especially the part where the army surrounds the investigation team and you kill the city lord alone, the response is very good." Granda said with a smile. "Your writing is better." "You did indeed do that, you didn''t make it up." Glenda responded with a smile. While talking, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back. "Uncle, we are back." Xiaoxiao cheered. Then, just look at him with big eyes. Wu Heng looked at her waiting look and asked again what he just said, "How is the effect of the newspaper?" Glenda smiled slightly. Xiaoxiao said: "Those people spoke highly of you for saving people, saying that you killed the city lord alone and came back to save people, just like the hero in the story." Beni added, "No one believes the heroic stories in the association''s brochure, but everyone will believe it after hearing about you, and the effect is very good." Ah this. He actually compared himself to the story in the brochure. Some think too highly of themselves. "You think highly of me." "Uncle, you are just one level behind. Don''t be discouraged. In my heart, uncle, you are the best." Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder again. "It''s so heart-warming to talk so little." "hey-hey!" Wu Heng then asked, "Does the electric light thing have any effect?" Penny said, "I paid attention, and everyone seemed to accept it. It just depends on how the money is charged. Everyone is worried that the magic props are too expensive and they can''t afford it." "That''s it. That shouldn''t be a problem." The lights are charged according to the electricity fee, and a reasonable price is set. In addition, the Yanhuo Furnace is powered and does not require fuel, so there is basically no cost. "Uncle, I also went to the port, and the newspapers and books were shipped out." "Well, they''re all pretty good." Wu Heng said, then looked at the time and said, "Let''s go to the Zombie World and come back early in the afternoon." "OK." The three ghosts agreed. They got into the body one after another. (End of chapter) Chapter 721 , Home Theater (Today鈥檚 update, 5,000 words.) Chapter 721, Home Theater (Todays update, 5,000 words.) Zombie world, conference room. Li Yahong handed over a list and said: "This is a statistical factory in Xinfu City. The priority in the plan to restore is animal husbandry, including grain cultivation, livestock breeding, and the production of feed and chemical fertilizers." The outward expansion of the skeleton can determine the safety within the base. The next step is to solve the problem of food and meat, and Wu Heng cannot always be ''changed''. We must also find ways to achieve self-sufficient productivity as much as possible. Whether you use it yourself or sell it to other bases, it is what is most needed right now. Wu Heng said: "There is no rush in terms of chemical fertilizers for the time being. I will research and see if there are other methods. I will let you know in the next two days." The wood elves have a potion that promotes the growth of plants. I think you can research it. Even if the pharmaceutical formula is unavailable, buying some pharmaceuticals will be more effective than chemical fertilizers. "Okay." Li Yahong nodded. Wu Heng turned his attention to the list again and asked, "What does the aquatic products processing plant mentioned here do?" Li Yahong also took a look, "It''s a cannery, canned seafood." can! This kind of factory can be used in other worlds. Seafood from the Emerald Sea can be processed and transported to the inland for sale. For example, the orcs in Luntam City should be able to sell it at a good price. Wu Heng nodded, "Food factory, paper factory, and aquatic products processing factory. Do these three factories have survivors who can operate them?" "Yes, they are all modern equipment. As long as they understand the operating procedures, they are not considered technicians." Li Yahong said. "The relevant survivors will teach the skeleton how to operate it." Li Yahong nodded again to express her understanding. Wu Heng looked at the list again and found no factory he needed yet. He stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to these factories and arrange the people there." Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and ordered the personnel and the convoy to gather downstairs. After everything is in place. Wu Heng got on the truck and headed to the selected factory together. One afternoon. Wu Heng and Li Yahong went to several selected factories one after another. After inspection, all the skeletons were arranged. There are also many high-level skeletons in the base now. Although it is just a false soul constructed by necromancy magic, its attributes are no lower than those of living creatures, including intelligence and learning. As long as you demonstrate or explain it to the skeletons, they will learn it quickly. "The survivors have made arrangements to teach the skeleton how to control the machine tomorrow." Li Yahong walked over. "It''s best to let the skeletons learn it within three days." Li Yahong calculated in her mind, "It''s almost the same. They are all simple controls. You can learn them after just one or two demonstrations." "By the way, do you still have a complete set of equipment for that kind of home theater?" Wu Heng asked suddenly. "Yes. If you need it, I''ll find it for you when you go back. How many sets do you need?" "Just one set is enough. I''ll take it away later." Li Yahong curled her lips and said, "Bring it back to Qi Hancai? There are no such things in Korea that won''t make you poor!" Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "Why are you so jealous?" While talking, a voice came from the intercom, "Sister Hong, everything is ready." Li Yahong replied, "Return to the city center." The convoy started and headed towards the city center. After returning to the central mall. Wu Heng followed Li Yahong and went to the warehouse to get a complete set of equipment. The two chatted for a while. Li Yahong went to do her own business, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory and headed to Treasure Island. Return to Treasure Island. After Wu Heng released the ghost, he walked out of the study and went downstairs. In the island owner''s mansion, I looked at all the rooms on the second floor and chose a room with a wider bay, about 50 square meters. I took out all the projections, screens, and audio equipment I just got. I promised the maids to watch a movie, but I have been putting it off until now. All the electrician skeletons in the island owner''s mansion were called in and began to install the equipment and connect the lines. There was a noise from upstairs. The white owl flew up from downstairs first, followed by the four maids. Holding the door frames on both sides, they looked at the busy skeletons in the room. Wu Heng also walked to the door and gave enough space to the skeletons installed. "Master, what are you doing? There are so many boxes." Robert the Cat Er asked curiously. "Home theater, as promised to you before." Wu Heng said with a smile. The girls'' eyes lit up, "This is a theater, why is there nothing?" "The installation is not finished yet! Let''s go downstairs to eat first and let the skeleton install it here." "Okay, Master." Several people went downstairs together, and the skeleton chef brought dinner up. "Weier, let the person in charge of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce come over tomorrow and I will discuss some things with him," Wu Heng said. "Okay master." Anderweil agreed, and then said: "All the materials needed by Netale City have been arranged, and ships can be arranged to be transported there at any time." Wu Heng calculated the time. "Let''s arrange ships tomorrow. In addition to supplies, we will also arrange engineering teams to help Netale City repair damaged buildings." Andweil then asked, "There is also the matter of electric lights. The personnel have been arranged and we can go down to investigate." "Let''s arrange everything." "Okay." Anderweil nodded with a smile. Perhaps because they were waiting to watch a movie, the maids ate quickly, and after putting down the tableware, they just looked at him quietly. Wu Heng turned his head and looked upstairs. After the skeleton was installed and he came down from upstairs, Wu Heng said, "Robin, go prepare some snacks." "Weier went to the layout room and brought over the video disc. It''s just this big round one." "Minnie is going to call and ask Sheila Rose and ''McIntosh'' if they have time. If you have time, come over and watch a movie together." "Good master." Several maids ran away and prepared as he said. Wu Heng went upstairs and checked the equipment. It could be used normally and there was no problem. The only bad thing is that the wiring is exposed and it doesn''t look very nice. Then, he asked the skeleton to move in the sofa and seats. Be prepared. Waited for a while in the island owner''s mansion. McIntosh, covered in a cloak, walked in from the outside, followed by the skeleton attendant responsible for protecting her. "Lord of the Island." McIntosh saluted slightly. Wu Heng nodded, "Wait a moment for Xila Gui and the others, please find a place to sit." McIntosh nodded and sat down at the back. Robert brought him fruit wine and pastries. After waiting for a while, the two elf sisters, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali, walked in. The maids saluted, and the two sisters smiled and nodded. Shi Yali glanced at the room, "Is this the theater you''re talking about? How do you see it?" "Start now, find a place to sit!" Wu Heng said with a smile. The two sisters sat down on the left side, and the other maids also sat in a group on the other side. Wu Heng adjusted the equipment and started playing. The huge opening music sounded instantly, causing everyone to tremble. Sheila Rose and ''McIntosh'' had already drawn their weapons. Wu Heng immediately said: "Movie effect, put the weapons away and start immediately." After saying that, he came to the seat next to Sheila Gui and sat down directly. The movie officially started, and the words "Lord of the Rings" appeared on the screen. Of course, the font is from another world, changed by the skeletons in charge of newspaper layout. After such a long period of study and practice, I have become familiar with the characters of the two worlds, as well as some computer typesetting software, and some application software. The end of the name is the beginning of the story. The Demon King Sauron used the flames of the volcano to forge 19 rings, 3 of which were given to the three elves, 7 to the seven dwarf kings, and 9 to the human lords and nobles. Each ring has magical power and can protect its own people. And Sauron made himself a Supreme Lord of the Rings to control the other 19 rings. After everyone realized Sauron''s conspiracy, humans and elves formed an alliance and started a battle with Sauron''s demon king. When the war drums hurried and sang loudly, accompanied by the dense army of demons, all the girls in the room widened their eyes with unbelievable fear. Kitten Girl Robert was even more like his hair was fried. Her hair stood up and she quietly hid behind Anderweil. But his eyes were still looking at the movie in front of him. After a fierce battle, the human prince used the broken sword that he stepped on to cut off the devil''s finger and the ring on it. Finally, after a few turns, the ring fell into the hands of the Hobbit. The story also officially begins. But the opening paragraph alone was enough to grab the attention of all the women in the room. After all, these people have never seen such a thing. The entire clan combined would probably only have the opening scene in the movie. Everyone''s attention was attracted by the movie. Wu Heng has watched The Lord of the Rings, and of course its quite shocking now. He picked up the fruit wine and took a sip, then looked quietly at Sheila Rose beside him. The lights in the room were dim, and the shadow screen reflected a faint light. I looked at the others carefully and found that they were all watching the movie seriously. One hand reached down along the hem of Xila Gui''s clothes and touched her smooth belly. Xila Gui''s body stiffened suddenly, she glanced at Wu Heng, and then quickly looked to both sides. Seeing that no one was paying attention, he stretched out his hand to take out the causing trouble. But that strange hand seemed to be on target and would not leave his clothes no matter what. Sheela Gui didn''t dare to make any big moves, for fear of being discovered by the people around her. The two struggled for a while, then took out a blanket from the space ring and covered their legs as much as possible. "Is the air conditioner turned on too much?" Shi Yali came over and asked in a low voice. "It''s a little, cover it a little." Sheela replied stiffly. "If it''s cold, I''ll turn it down a little." "No need!" Shi Yali nodded, and the highlight of the movie appeared again, and her attention was drawn to it again. Sheila Gui just breathed a sigh of relief. Suddenly, he felt that the hand on his lower abdomen stretched down along the waistband of his pants, and his hot fingers were gently placed between his legs. Shiragui''s eyes widened and she suddenly looked to her side. Wu Heng made a small gesture, but had no intention of showing it out. Her fingers began to rub gently. Sheila Gui felt her body was hot and her legs were slightly opened, allowing the other party to explore. The nearly three-hour movie ends. The lights in the room were also turned on again. "Wow, that''s exciting." "Deacon Sheilagui, do you elves still have rings now?" Minnie asked. Sheela stood up, pulled down her wrinkled pants, and said, "I don''t know, I haven''t heard about this." Wu Heng warned, "This is a movie, just like a stage play. It is a created story. Don''t tell it as the truth after you get out." "Oh, it''s fake." "This kind of movie is so beautiful, and it''s much more shocking than the stage play." "It''s just that I suddenly felt that the stage play was so boring." "Master, are there any other movies? Can I watch them tomorrow?" Wu Heng said: "I will show you when there are new ones, but they are not available yet." "All right!" It was getting late at this time. Wu Heng said to the skeleton attendant: "Arrange two teams to **** Deacon Sheilagui and ''McIntosh'' back." Immediately, two skeleton teams ran out and stood behind them. Sheela''s face was still a little swollen, and she coughed lightly and said, "There are people outside and the street lights are on. Let''s arrange a small team. On the way, Shi Yali and I will return to the mansion and let the skeleton send ''McIntosh'' back." "Okay, just be careful on the road." "Um." Several people waved goodbye and left the mansion directly. The maids discussed the movie and returned to the room to rest together. Day 2, port. Rows of workers carry supplies to ships ready at the port. These supplies are provided to the association and transported to Netale City. Of course, in addition to the parts provided to the association, more are provided to the daily necessities of ordinary residents in the city. According to the current situation of Netale City, I am afraid that it will not be able to restore its original prosperity within a few years. "Island Master." A voice sounded. The dwarf designer Yousef came over with several designers from various ethnic groups. Further back, there are a large number of skeleton workers wearing orange vests. "This time, I will go over to help restore some facilities in Netale City. Just listen to the arrangement of the fifth princess. If you have any problems, just go to Philippa. She will help you solve the problems that cannot be solved." Wu Heng said directly. "Yes, I will definitely complete the task you assigned." Yousef saluted again. "Have you brought all the machines?" "I brought it with me. They are all stored in several larger space rings." "Be safe on the road." "Yes, sir." While he was talking, all the goods had been loaded onto the ship. The designers and skeleton workers all boarded the ship and waved goodbye. Wu Heng also took a carriage and left the port, heading to the building where the weapon master was located. Blackstone. The once bustling town was now in a state of depression. There was no one on the street, and the doors and windows of the shops on both sides were closed. The members of the Slater Association stood on the city wall, watching the dense army appear in sight, and little by little they arrived under the city wall. "Aunt, are you okay?" Yuri asked worriedly. Slater looked at the oppressive army, and suddenly felt uncertain. There are too many. After pondering for a moment, he said softly: "I hope he will remember our feelings." The skeleton army arrived at the city, and a leader approached on a skeleton horse. "Is that Deacon Slater?" the commander shouted. Slater glanced at the other party and said, "Yes." "Please also open the city gate. The city lord has ordered that the residents in the city will not be harassed and property will not be plundered." The commander said again. Slater glanced at the few lonely people on the wall. The city lord, officials, and guards all escaped. These people stayed because she promised that nothing would happen. Even if you want to defend it, you can''t. "Open the city gate!" With a piercing sound, the city gate opened wide, and the skeleton army entered the city in an orderly manner, heading all the way along the streets to the central area. Slater walked down from the city wall, followed by association members and several dignitaries who gave gifts, and a tense leopard followed at his feet. The commander stepped forward and saluted: "Deacon Slater." Seeing this scene, the people behind Slater also breathed a sigh of relief. It seems that he respects Slater, and as long as he doesn''t seek death, there should be no problem. "Mansha Wen didn''t come?" Slater asked. "Not in the team." "How is her recovery going? The border is closed and I don''t have time to see her." "The city lord is in good health." After a few polite words, Slater continued, "I can guarantee that there will be no danger in the city, and I hope you will not harm the remaining residents in the city." The commander nodded, "Don''t worry about this. The city lord has issued an order not to do anything to harass the residents after entering the city." Slater nodded, thought for a moment and then continued. "I have an important piece of information that needs to be delivered to Treasure Island through Wen Mansha." The commander narrowed his eyes and waved behind him. A skeleton cavalry came over and said, "If you have any information, you can give it to it, and it will be sent to Luntam City day and night." Slater delivers a letter to the Skeleton Knight. The skeleton stuffed the letter into his backpack, flicked the reins, and walked away. The letter was sent. Slater felt a little relieved and stretched out his hand to signal, "Let''s go to the association to chat." "Deacon please." The island owner''s mansion, in the study. Wu Heng looked at the drawing in his hand and had already turned to the last page. According to the requirements of the drawing, the last component of the electromagnetic gun in [Mansion Technique] was gradually assembled. Accessories of different sizes are scattered around the main body. Wu Heng put the drawings aside, and with a thought, the remaining parts began to be assembled. At this point it''s more like assembling Lego, simple and quick. At the same time, I began to look forward to the final effect in my heart, and prayed that nothing could go wrong. I followed the drawings and assembled it for several months. It cannot be in vain. When the last step was completed, Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. Regardless of whether it can be used or not, for now, it is exactly the same as the finished product on the drawing. "Did you get it out?" Glenda floated over. Xiaoxiao and Penny also came over. "It''s assembled, but I don''t know if it can be used." Wu Heng said. "You''ll know if you try it!" "That''s right." Wu Heng put on his coat, "Go and give it a try." After walking out of the house, he said hello to the maids, put on the "train conductor''s hat" in the courtyard and went directly to Jiwei Island. Emerald sea. Dragon caravan vessel. "Chief, this island owner will settle the entire amount directly. I think we should maintain a transactional relationship with him." On the deck, a shirtless man bowed slightly and spoke respectfully. In front of him, stood a taller middle-aged man with a dragon fang pendant around his neck, standing on the bow of the ship with his hands behind his hands. He said coldly: "According to the clues, the missing fleet is largely caused by Treasure Island. You can continue to trade with us if you want, but you must give us an explanation." "A statement that satisfies me." (End of chapter) Chapter 722 , the shawl of the Hundred Soldiers (one update today.) Chapter 722: The Shawl of a Hundred Soldiers (Updated today.) The car door opens. Wu Heng came down from the train with two skeleton attendants. At this time, we have arrived at Jiwei Island, surrounded by a few scattered trees. When Wu Heng first came over, the greater use of Jiwei Island was to provide a place for pirate groups to rest and wait for their prey. After all, it is close to the shipping route, and merchant ships passing by can be found on the island. Nowadays, pirates in the Emerald Sea have basically disappeared, and even if they exist, they are wandering around the Emerald Sea. As a testing ground, it''s pretty good. The three ghosts were released and floated above their heads. "Jiweidao, do you want to come here to test the cannon?" Xiaoxiao looked around and asked casually. "Electromagnetic gun, with your abbreviation like that, it loses any sense of technology." Wu Heng looked at her and said. "Hehe!" Xiaoxiao smiled mischievously, flew over immediately, hung it on his shoulder and stopped talking. Glenda continued to come over and asked: "Have you figured out how to test it? Prepare a scrapped ship in advance, which can be used as a target." Wu Heng shook his head, "No need to go to such trouble, we can attack Jiwei Island from the sea. It is a desert island anyway, so if we attack it from a boat, we won''t see much power." The ships in this world are not that strong. A few shots from the machine gun can dismantle the wooden ship. There is little point in testing the electromagnetic gun. Moreover, the recorded range of the electromagnetic gun is 150 kilometers. If it were to be a ship on the sea as a target, the position would not be visible to the naked eye, and there would be no satellite or radar assistance. It would be difficult to hit the target. . It would be better to fight directly against this island. Glenda thought it right and nodded in agreement. Wu Heng took out several pirate flags and two barrels of lime powder from the space ring, "Go to the hillside in front to make an obvious mark, make it bigger, and put these flags on it too." Carrying the lime powder, the skeleton climbed up the hillside in the distance and drew a huge circle on the ground with a cross in the middle. Several pirate flags were also randomly inserted in the middle of the circle. After everything was ready, Wu Heng took out the flying carpet, sat on it with the skeleton, and flew towards the depths of the sea. The other side of Jiwei Island. On board the fleet of dragon hawkers. The man stood behind and thought for a moment, then reminded softly, "Chief, Treasure Island is the association''s island, and we are also cooperating with Treasure Island." The leader didn''t speak, and still looked ahead. The man continued, "Chief, I also heard that Treasure Island is equipped with equipment provided by the association, which can smash ships to pieces from a long distance. The pirates in the entire Emerald Sea are also eliminated in this way. We''d better get it first. Be aware of the situation and dont **** them off. "Hmph~! What a **** device. If the association really has such a thing, how can it still let the pirates go for so long? It''s just an exaggeration to scare the people around them." The leader sneered. He immediately reached level 18 and learned more and more about the world. The disappearance of the pirates in the Emerald Sea is most likely because they have angered the high-level professionals of the association and killed all these fools who robbed ships at the sight of them. Finally, I got a human child to guard Treasure Island. He also fabricated rumors of powerful weapons to intimidate the remaining people. While the two were talking. From the observation deck of the mast, the sailor''s voice came, "The front is near Jiwei Island." Looking up and looking ahead, a small island appeared in sight. "Lean closer." The leader gave the order and the crew began to get busy. The fleet slowly approached Jiwei Island. On the sea. Wu Heng rode on the flying carpet and looked into the distance. Jiwei Island had become a little candlelight. But the body has been strengthened and the vision has been greatly improved. Even at such a long distance, if you look carefully, you can still see the location marked with lime powder, but the pirate flag planted on the ground is difficult to distinguish from the trees. After confirming the situation, Wu Heng waved his hand and activated the [Mansion Technique]. Behind the huge stone door is the assembled electromagnetic gun. And a skeleton sitting nearby. "The island ahead, load the shells." Wu Heng said directly. [Mansion Technique] was opened in the air, and the skeleton inside took out the prepared shells and loaded them into the electromagnetic gun. The skeleton was selected by Wu Heng alone. The profession is ''Level 12 Guard'', which has characteristics such as [Long Range Shooting], [Precise Positioning] and [Fixed Target Hunting]. After being selected by Wu Heng, he took up the position of gunner. Adjust the direction and aim at the small island in the distance. Wu Heng glanced at the electromagnetic gun, then at the island in the distance, and ordered, "You can shoot at any time." The moment the order was given, the skeleton activated the electromagnetic gun. Woohoo~! A sound similar to charging sounded, and the machinery behind the electromagnetic gun was running violently. Huh~boom~! As it got closer, a dull roar sounded. The cannonball crossed the trajectory and shot out rapidly. The surrounding air was torn apart, and a powerful shock wave spread in all directions. Boom~! There was another roar in the distance, but it was far enough away that it was not as deafening as when it was launched. The shell successfully hit the island, and huge plumes of smoke rose into the sky, making the entire Jiwei Island seem to tremble. Huge waves were also stirred up on the surrounding sea surface, spreading in all directions. "So powerful?" Glenda''s eyes widened. "Wow! Sandstorm!" Xiaoxiao also exclaimed and suddenly said this. Penny also looked surprised. Such a long distance can still produce such a big effect. It''s no longer a matter of crushing the ship, I''m afraid there won''t even be any scum left behind. Seeing that the electromagnetic gun was successfully launched and hit the target, Wu Heng''s face also showed joy. It seems that the long assembly time was not wasted. The effect is still there. Listening to the discussion of the three ghosts, he smiled and said, "In the experimental record, it was mentioned that it can penetrate 5 meters of concrete and raise this little smoke. Are you surprised?" Xiaoxiao floated to his side and pointed at his face with her transparent little finger, "You even talked about us, and your face lit up with joy." "I''m happy, not surprised." "If you had known it a long time ago, what would you be happy about? Or be happy after being surprised." Wu Heng was stunned and felt that it made sense. Changing the subject, "Let''s go over and take a look." After saying that, he took the skeleton and ghost on the flying carpet and approached the island. "Adjust the hull and prepare to fight the waves!" On the dragon-trafficking team''s ship, the leader and captain shouted orders. But behind him, waves exceeding the height of the ship were already approaching the ship. "Hold on to the hull!" Snap~! Huge waves crashed on the deck, the ship''s hull swayed violently, and there was a squeaking sound of squeezing the ship''s hull. Large swaths of sailors were swept overboard. There was a howl of ghosts and wolves. After the huge waves passed, the ship gradually stabilized. Looking up, you can still see the thick smoke rising over Jiwei Island. "Damn, why did the island explode?" "The rumors are true. Treasure Island''s weapons can attack targets from long distances." "Damn it, he wanted to hit us, but Jiweidao stopped him. They heard what we were saying." "Shut up, who has such powerful equipment?" The leader cursed and continued: "Shut up, everyone, and rescue the people who fell into the water." Chicken tail island. Wu Heng fell from the sky and found the location where the shell hit. It was far away from the position circled by lime powder, but the splashed mud and stones also hit the trees and pirate flags over there into a mess. A huge crater was formed where the shell hit. In the center of the crater is a deep hole that penetrates downwards. It was pitch dark inside the cave, and I didnt know how many meters I had fallen. He took out his flashlight and looked inside. He could faintly see the deformed shells in the depths. "The effect of drilling into the ground is good. I heard that there is a kind of caveman that is good for beating them." Glenda said at the side. Penny said: "When I was in the tavern, I heard someone say that some of the caves for hiding soldiers are also underground, and maybe they can be used to fight them." Damn it, what kind of caveman and Tibetan Soldier Cave? They didn''t mess with me. "There is no explosion effect. The initial impact force disappears and it begins to penetrate downward." Wu Heng explained at the side. Glenda frowned and thought for a moment, "You can consider etching magic on the warhead, that is, magic arrows, fire effects, thunder and lightning effects, there are many types." Hearing these words, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. What a great way! It is written in the experimental records that the electromagnetic gun''s launch is softer than gunpowder launch and is not launched by impact force. In the direction of extension, it was mentioned that precision equipment can be installed inside the warhead. In this regard, etching magic may also have an effect. "Your idea is quite good. I''ll find someone to try it out after I get back." Wu Heng said. while talking. Xiaoxiao flew back from a distance. Pointing in the direction behind the hillside, "Uncle, there is a fleet of boats over there, surfing!" "Fleet? What ship?" "The kind of ship that sells skeleton dragons, their flags are shabby and ugly." Dragon hawking team? The second batch of flying dragon bones has been delivered? "Don''t worry about it here, let''s go over and see them." With that said, he took the skeleton and ghost and walked towards the back of the hillside. On board the ship. The crew members who fell into the water were rescued one after another. The waves that were turbulent just now have calmed down, and apart from the fleet being a little embarrassed, there was not much damage. Just as everyone was tidying up the deck and treating the wounded. Suddenly someone shouted: "There is a magic circle." Everyone was startled and turned to look over, and saw a magic circle quickly forming on the deck. "Get ready to fight!" shouted the leader. The aperture quickly formed a complete array. Three figures appeared. Whoosh~! The arrow shot through the air. Kaxiu grabbed the arrow, broke the shaft and threw it aside. The two people closest to them drew their swords and were about to kill them, but after taking only one step, they froze in place, feeling as if they were unable to control their bodies. "No, don''t do it, it''s the owner of Treasure Island, don''t do it." The captain of the Dragon Traffic Team, who had made the deal, immediately stood between the two parties. Wu Heng''s appearance is so special that he can be easily recognized. Both sides immediately stopped fighting. The captain of the Dragon Selling Team said: "Island owner, don''t get me wrong, we are just a little too nervous." Wu Heng nodded. The highest level person in the entire ship was the burly man at the front. He should be the leader of these people, but he was only level 17. Of course, it is considered a very high level if placed outside. "Chief, this is the owner of Wuheng Island, the owner of Treasure Island, and the buyer of our flying dragon''s body." The captain turned to the leader again and said. The opponent''s teeth were clenched and veins popped out in his neck. He was fighting for control of his body with Glenda. "Let him go!" Wu Heng said softly. The next second, the leader''s body relaxed and he almost fell to the ground. His brows were furrowed and his eyes were full of fear. "Are you passing by here?" Wu Heng asked first. "Yes, we have brought the flying dragon corpse and are rushing to Treasure Island." Seeing that the leader did not speak, the captain took over the answer, and then asked, "Island owner, why are you here?" "Come to test the weapons. I happened to see your fleet and came over to say hello." The whole ship went silent for a moment. Everyone''s eyes showed fear. It is indeed Treasure Islands secret weapon. Seeing that no one was speaking, Wu Heng said, "Okay, you can continue moving forward. You can dock at Treasure Island then." "Okay, okay, island owner." The captain nodded while wiping his sweat. The magic circle under Wu Heng''s feet lit up again and disappeared with two skeleton attendants. After a while. The captain then walked over and said, "Chief, what should we do next?" The leader''s eyes wandered for a while. The weapon that can blow up the island and set off huge waves is definitely not low in strength. At least it leaves him no room to fight back. If the weapons are not good, their own strength is not as good. What a nonsense to ask for. If you take the initiative to bring this up, you are looking for death. He coughed lightly and said directly: "I just met the island owner. For the rest of the transaction, your ship will take the goods to Treasure Island, and the other ships will return to me." Everyone was stunned! Are you about to return? But he immediately realized that he no longer planned to hold Treasure Island accountable for the disappearance of the fleet. "Okay chief." The captain responded immediately. The leader also nodded and said: "There is no need to mention the disappearance of the fleet. It is impossible to say who is the murderer. Continuing the investigation will only deepen the conflicts between us." "clear!" "Get ready, the rest of the ships will return." Chicken tail island. Wu Heng teleported back to the island. Let the skeleton simply fill in the original crater. The electromagnetic gun experiment was relatively successful. The range and power are no different from the experimental records. I feel like the warhead etching mentioned by Granda might be achievable. Find someone to try when you get back. "Uncle, the fleet has lost two ships, and only one is left." Xiaoxiao floated down from the sky. "Don''t worry about them." From the attitude of everyone in the Dragon Selling Team, as well as some of what Ghost heard when they left. These people should have found out some information about the missing fleet and planned to go to Treasure Island to hold them accountable. But the electromagnetic gun just now, and Glenda''s possession. It was obviously a deterrent to them and they gave up their original idea. With the current strength. It doesn''t matter to these people. They don''t bother themselves and don''t bother to pay attention to them. "Let''s go back first." Let the ghost come back, Wu Heng put on the [train conductor''s hat] and boarded the train. dusk. Wu Heng appeared at the port with Anderweier. The dragon hawking team''s ships also slowly docked. Wu Heng got on the ship, counted the number of flying dragon bones, and paid the corresponding coins. After everything is over, return to the island owner''s mansion. Had dinner. The maids gathered in the cinema and watched the movie. The next day, the association. Wu Heng knocked on the door and received a response. Opened the door and walked in. In the room, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali were each sitting in their own seats. Everyone smiled when they saw him coming in. "You got up so early today?" Sheela asked with a smile. "I heard that you had something to do with me, so I came here earlier." Wu Heng sat down aside. Shi Yali made a cup of scented tea and brought it over, complaining and saying, "I''m still here." Wu Heng took the scented tea, took a sip, and then asked, "Do you have anything to do with me?" "You have a first-level meritorious service, and the reward has been distributed to Treasure Island, so you can come here." Sheela Gui said directly. First-level meritorious service? Rewards for solving crimes in Netalei City. "What reward?" Wu Heng asked. Sheela took out a shawl and handed it over. Wu Heng stood up and took it, staring at the items. The Hundred Soldiers'' Shawl Accessories for Hundred Soldiers! Finally to myself. (End of chapter) Chapter 723 , complete set Chapter 723, complete set It seems that the letter he wrote to the headquarters still had an effect. This time, the rewards were not distributed randomly, but were designated for the [Hundred Soldiers] set. Including the one in front of me, the set is basically complete. There are no accessories left on the body, and there is no place to wear them. Sitting back on the sofa, I looked at the shawl carefully, and the attribute introduction appeared. The Hundred Soldiers'' Shawl (Rare Item) [Effect: Adapt to body changes, imprint and exorcise evil spirits. [Side effects: heavy. (Description: A shawl made of special materials, like an accessory of some kind of suit.) No surprise, it is one of the accessories of the set. The effect is [imprinting to exorcise evil spirits], and the side effects can only be described as heavy. The specific effect still needs to be tried. Shi Yali followed and walked over, opened the record book in her hand, leaned on the side of the sofa, and introduced: "The Hundred Soldiers Shawl, an accessory to the Hundred Soldiers'' robes, has the effect of [engraving to exorcise evil], a rare item of the headquarters. File records, have insect repellent and self-defense, and are not affected by curses, disease possession and other effects. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at the shawl again. It sounds more like a self-defense prop, and its effect is widely used. In addition to repelling insects, it can also block some abnormal effects. It functions more like a talisman. Amulets containing many types of protection. Shi Yali paused slightly and then continued, "The side effect is that after wearing it, I feel a heavy feeling that does not match the fabric. The weight is almost the same as a piece of heavy armor. For a mage, it is still a bit burdensome." Armor is divided into three types. Light, medium and heavy armor. Light armor refers to some lighter weight armor such as cloth armor, single-sided leather armor, lining jacket, etc. Medium armor is scale armor, leather armor, chain mail shirt, etc. After Wu Heng became the deputy deacon, the [Ink Scale Leather Armor] issued by the association was a medium armor. It has good defense and is heavier than light armor. Heavy armor usually refers to iron armor, or armor made of some thick materials, which requires a certain amount of physical strength to wear. If a mage''s equipment weighs as much as heavy armor when worn, it means that most mages cannot wear it. In other words, it cannot fight normally after wearing it, but it becomes a burden. Wu Heng nodded and then asked: "It says Hundred Soldiers Set, how many pieces are there in total?" Shi Yali looked through the information and said: "The Hundred Soldiers robe, the Hundred Soldiers boots, the Hundred Soldiers belt, and the Hundred Soldiers cape. That''s it. One main body and three accessories. You''ve almost got it all, right?" " Wu Heng nodded. If he said that, he had indeed collected all the suits. "Once the set is collected, won''t there be any additional effects?" "Yes, it is recorded above that when wearing a complete set of equipment, the side effects of all parts of the set will be halved." Shi Yali continued. Halved, it can be considered a practical effect. "Yes, I''m quite satisfied with this shawl." "Let me try it on for you to see if you can bear the weight?" Shi Yali said. Wu Heng stood up, and Shi Yali picked up the shawl, helped him put it on his head, and hung it on his body. The shawl is very loose, covering most of the upper body, and has a hood at the back. When worn, it can block the wind and sand, or simply cover the face. After wearing it, Wu Heng felt a heavy feeling on his shoulders. But it''s not as heavy as expected. It''s like the weight of half a bag of rice is pressing on my shoulders. In addition, my current physique is very strong, which is higher than that of the melee profession. Theres nothing wrong with wearing this gear. I havent put on the entire suit yet, but once I put it on, the side effects will be reduced by half. "How is it?" Wu Heng turned around. "It''s pretty good." Sheila Gui sat behind the desk and said with a smile. Shi Yali helped him straighten his front, "It looks good, and it feels mysterious when wearing a hat." "I feel pretty good too." Wu Heng walked to the mirror and took a look. The confirmation is pretty good, but there is no way to experiment with the magic object effect now. He took it off first and put the space ring away. After reading about the first level reward. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa again, picked up the tea cup and took a few sips. Shi Yali sat aside and asked, "Are there any new movies?" "It''ll be in a few days. When new ones come out, I''ll ask you to come over." Wu Heng has indeed collected several movies suitable for viewing in this world, but they are still in the stage of alphabetical translation. If you want to be able to show it, you still have to wait for a while. "Is it still the same story as before?" Shi Yali asked. "There is a follow-up to The Lord of the Rings and several other types of movies. Don''t worry. When they can be screened, you will be the first to watch them." Wu Heng said. The two girls also smiled and nodded. Sheila Gui then asked: "Is there any news from our investigation team?" "No, after I came back, there was no information coming over there. I guess Elder Tapani knew something." After returning, there was no news from the investigation team. Moreover, based on the distance, we should not have reached the royal city of Yeko Kingdom. "The investigation team should first go to various cities along the way, which can be regarded as giving the local associations a sense of security, and then go to the royal city." Sheila Gui analyzed. "It makes sense." Wu Heng continued, "I hope everything goes well for them." "It''s not necessarily a bad thing that I didn''t let you follow me," Sheela Gui said. "Either I don''t want to go. Where can I find Treasure Island so comfortable?" Wu Heng said, then looked at the time and said, "I''ll go back if I have nothing to do. I''ll come see you when I have time." "Well, go back!" Sheila Gui nodded. Shi Yali also stood up and escorted him to the door. "In a few days, the elves'' fleet will send some nectar wine and ask you to come to our house for dinner." "Okay, call me then and leave first." After waving goodbye, Wu Heng put on an ordinary hood and walked out of the study. Go outside. Walked out of the association building, called a carriage, and returned to the island owner''s mansion. Originally, I wanted to spend some time alone with Sheila Gui. But Shi Yali was also in the room, so she couldn''t do anything in front of the other party, so she could only wait until later. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng entered the living room all the way. Minnie came over, helped him take off his coat and hung it aside, and then said: "Master, Sister Wei''er just called and asked if you are at home. The local representative of Star Flower wants to come over to discuss plant growth medicine. " "Tell her I''m back and ask the Star Flower representative to come directly!" "Okay, Master." Minnie agreed, walked to the phone and started dialing. When the call was connected, he relayed Wu Heng''s words. "Master, the people from Star Flower will be here soon." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. Minnie went down to do her own thing, and Wu Heng took out the [Hundred Soldiers Shawl] he had just obtained. The shawl is dark gray with some intricate embroidery on it. There are still some differences from the bright colors of the Hundred Soldiers suit, and it seems much more low-key. Actually it''s not bad, the color is ordinary so it doesn''t attract attention. The effect of the shawl is [Engraving to Exorcise Evil]. According to Shi Yali, it can repel insects, protect the body, and block some abnormal effects such as curses and possessions. Unlike other accessories, there is no increase for spells. It seems to increase the defense type. Personal safety and good spell-casting status are indeed things that mages need to pay attention to. Blocking curses and possessions, the effect is somewhat similar to the [Innocent Holy Glory] obtained before, but it is definitely better than the ''Innocent Holy Glory''. This thing will spontaneously ignite after being worn, which is quite scary. As for the insect repellent body protector, it can block the mosquito repellent effect and wear it while sleeping to avoid buzzing in your ears. "No! This should refer to the plague technique, or some raised insect swarms." Wu Heng immediately remembered this matter. The necromancer''s pestilence technique, the spider swarm raised by the spider people, and the props that can release insect swarms seen in Blackstone Town all belong to the category of bugs. "That''s definitely the case." "How is it possible? Strange things appear because of ordinary mosquitoes." The more I think about it, the more reliable it seems. At this time, the sound of conversation came from the courtyard. The cat maid Robert led a wood elf over. Wu Heng put his shawl into the space ring, and the two of them entered the living room. "Master, the representative of the Star Flower is here." Robbe said. "Island Master." The wood elf saluted slightly. "Sit down!" Wu Heng said with a smile. The wood elf sat down opposite, sitting upright. Robert brought tea and placed it in front of the other party. "Island owner, I heard from Miss Anderweil that you want to order some plant growth potions." The wood elf spoke again. "Well, how do you sell this potion?" Wu Heng asked. The wood elf replied, "Which type of plant do you need? There are several types of this potion, and some of them are different." "Tell me everything." (End of chapter) Chapter 724 , next step plan Chapter 724, next plan "Flowers and ordinary green plants are the cheapest, priced at 12 silver coins per bottle, food items at 25 silver coins, and herbs at 50 to 100 silver coins." The Wood Elf representative said flatly. This medicine is not cheap. The potions for the plants in the residence were all brought from Shanara. Unexpectedly, one bottle was sold for 12 silver coins. Its enough to buy some finished green plants. Wu Heng nodded, "I plan to buy food-based potions, and I want you to take the news back. I want to buy the potion formula so that I can guarantee that I will use it myself and will not sell it to anyone else." Wu Heng had discussed this matter with Shanara in advance. Plant growth potion is a potion unique to the wood elves, and they also rely on this potion to undertake most of the food foreign trade in the surrounding sea areas. The potion will be sold to a certain extent, but the formula has not been sold. Shannara said that the wood elves would never agree to the sale. But Wu Heng still wanted to give it a try. The wood elf representative was stunned for a moment, and then said, "I need to consult the tribe on this matter, and I may not be able to give you an answer for the time being." "Treasure Island and Star Flower have always cooperated well. Because the planting location is not in the area around the Emerald Sea, there is no way to continuously purchase food from Star Flower. I want to buy the potion formula. I hope you can Can provide some help." Wu Heng explained roughly. It proves that he is not coveting the other party''s formula, but the planting location is not convenient for transportation. "I will convey your message back." "You convey it first. I''ll order some potions first and arrange for them to be delivered." "Okay, how many do you need?" The wood elf took out the list and began to write it down. "Based on 100 acres, let''s see how much medicine is needed." "Okay, sir..." Chatted with the wood elf for a while. Wu Heng first settled on the purchase of the medicine. The zombie world has been cultivated for some time, and the matter of potions cannot be delayed any longer. The matter of purchasing the formula may not be postponed until when. Even if the other party has the intention to sell, half a year may pass after a lot of back and forth and bargaining. Elves have long lifespans, and some things are done more slowly. Normal potions still have to be purchased first, and the formula can be adjusted slowly. After chatting with the wood elf for a while, he asked about the recent caravan. The other party just got up and left. After the wood elf left, Wu Heng put on a complete set of the Hundred Soldiers suit, felt it, tried the effect, and felt the intensity of the side effects. The suit does have the effect of reducing side effects, but it is unclear whether it has been reduced by half. But it should be similar. Late at night. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom, lying on the bed and looking at the ceiling, thinking about the next plan. In the past few days, the previous plans have been completed one after another. The assembly of the electromagnetic gun has been completed, and the test firing has achieved the desired effect. As long as the target is determined, the target can be destroyed at a position of 150 kilometers. Of course, the accuracy is a little worse, but the power can make up for this shortcoming. "The target must be large enough to destroy buildings. It will be difficult to hit a single target." "There are also etched cannonballs. I''m going to the Snake Emblem Consortium in the next two days to see if they can be completed." The second completed plan is the Hundred Soldiers Set. The suit that I have been longing for has finally been collected. It feels like playing a game in the past. I am just one or two short of a set and I am rushing to collect it. When I get them all, it doesnt feel so exaggerated. Just add a defensive shawl. Also, the side effects of the entire set have been somewhat weakened. "My mage''s suit is complete. The hero didn''t have to think about changing it before." "The next plan..." Wu Heng muttered. The set is complete, in terms of own strength. The next step is to collect skills and take third-level potions to improve one''s attributes as much as possible. "In terms of level, it''s still about reputation." "I should be more proactive and take advantage of the situation in Yeko Kingdom to gain fame for myself." Especially the fifth princess and the association were all involved. As for the zombie world. The focus is still on restoration and construction. There are also modern equipment, lets see what else is suitable for this other world. I thought about both sides in my mind. The subsequent plans were finalized. Dong dong dong~! There was a slight knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in. "Master, are you asleep?" "Come in!" Wu Heng said. The door opened, and Minnie in black gauze pajamas, and Andwyll in light blue silk pajamas walked in one after another. Minnie said coyly: "Master, Sister Wei''er said she wanted to punish the bad fox." Anderweil''s eyes widened, but she still didn''t say anything when the words came to her lips. Wu Heng lifted the quilt and said with a smile, "Come on, it''s cold outside!" "Punishing the bad fox!" Minnie cheered and climbed onto the bed. Anderweil glared at her and climbed onto the bed. The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng sat in the conference room and waited for a while, and Li Yahong came back from outside. Holding a tablet, looking at the content on it, he said: "The copper plates and steel have been transported to the military factory. The production of machine guns and artillery shells has begun. The skeletons are arranged in the food factory and the cannery. They have already learned Its almost the same and can be produced normally independently. Then, he immediately added, "By the way, there''s also the receptionist who said he met a very powerful ghost and asked us if there''s anything we can do to deal with it. We can pay a certain amount of money." ghost? "Why did you meet the ghost?" The modern world has a variety of technologies that are far superior to other worlds, but when it comes to things like ghosts, there is still no way or ability to solve them. Especially in the current stage of post-apocalyptic reconstruction. There is no time or energy to study how to deal with ghosts. "I don''t know how I met them, but it sounds like they were tortured a lot. I really had no choice, so I contacted us to see if there was any way to solve it." "Where''s the reward?" Li Yahong said: "I didn''t mention it. I think I can try to ask for more reward. After all, no one else can deal with the ghost except you." She is aware of the small existence. He also knew that Wu Heng was capable of dealing with ghosts. Therefore, if the main station wants to deal with the ghost, Wu Heng needs help, and the price will follow him. "Contact the main station and tell them that I can help them solve it, and then we will discuss the remuneration issue." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll have someone notify the main station later." Li Yahong nodded. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go to the factory and have a look." Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and began to prepare the motorcade. Then we went downstairs together, got on the truck and headed towards the factory. Netale City, Association. In the deacon''s study, Elder Tapani and Old Master Gianvito sat one behind the desk and the other on the sofa, each looking at the newspapers in their hands, their faces glowing red. "Gianvito, look at Wu Heng, he published it in the newspaper without asking for our consent!" Tapani sighed and said: "We are two eighteenth-level people, blocked in the city by a cult, and also by the army. Siege, what will happen if this spreads out? "You don''t want to?" Gianvito looked up and said, "If you don''t want to, write a letter and ask Wu Heng to erase your story and replace it with someone else." "What are you talking about? When did I say I didn''t want to?" "Look at the smile on your face." Tapani put the newspaper aside, "Wu Heng moved very quickly. He finished the story and sent it over." "There should be someone around him who specializes in writing stories. He definitely doesn''t have the time to write it himself." Gianvito said. "Yeah." Tapani nodded, thought for a moment and then said, "I have to order some more newspapers from Treasure Island and send them back to the elves, and let them read the story of the great detective." Gianvito raised his eyebrows and said, "You have a good idea. I will also send some back. How many copies do you plan to have?" "I want at least five thousand copies." "Then I also want five thousand. I will go directly to Philippa and ask her to urge Wu Heng to deliver it as soon as possible." "good!" The two discussed it and called the staff to find Philippa. They have reached level 18 and are in need of fame. Newspapers about the great detectives have been put on sale, and the descriptions of them are quite good. If we don''t take the opportunity to publicize it, it will be wasted. I even felt like the quantity I ordered was too conservative. At least 20,000 copies. City Lord''s Mansion. The fifth princess, ''Brittany'', looked at the newspaper and her face turned slightly red. Wood Elf Shanara smiled and said, "You read the contents of the newspaper. How do you feel?" "I feel pretty good, Mr. Island Master, he described me pretty well, but it''s just a little too weak." "Ordinary people will prefer a princess like you, a soft and frail person who is willing to shed tears for them." Shanara said with a smile. Brittany puffed out her chest, "I didn''t cry." Shanara still smiled and said softly, "How do you feel about Wu Heng?" Brittany''s face turned red again, "Why do you ask?" "If you want to get the throne back, just letting him station troops here is not enough." "What do you mean?" (End of chapter) Chapter 725 , discuss remuneration (an update today.) Chapter 725, Negotiating Remuneration (Updated today.) Shanara sat down aside, picked up the tea cup and took a sip. He said calmly, "You have also seen the content in the newspaper. Wu Heng obviously wants to help you gain some advantages in the competition for the throne." Brittany frowned slightly, "What do you mean?" "You should tie yourself to him to have any hope of getting the throne back." Brittany shook her head, "I talked about this with the owner of Wuheng Island, but he didn''t seem to have any intention of helping me fight for the throne. He only said that as long as I stay on Treasure Island, he would protect my safety." Shanara smiled softly, "You can promise more. With his age and the speed of level up, he will definitely reach level 18. Any country and royal family will recruit him. It will be better for you if you make some promises in advance." There is nothing to lose, after all, those are yours only when you sit on the throne." Brittany''s eyes widened, but she didn''t say the words that came to her mouth. After hesitating for a moment, he still said: "I understand, thank you Madam Shannara for reminding me." Zombie world. Wu Heng took the truck and began to return to the shopping mall in the central area. In the afternoon, Li Yahong took him to several factories to check the learning results of the skeletons. After confirming that normal production was possible, some machinists were arranged to start labeling and recording the machinery. It will be disassembled and packaged and will be transported to the factory in another world. After all, where the raw materials are purchased, it will save a lot of trouble. "Is there any progress in the development of pills?" Li Yahong replied while driving, "No news has been sent back yet. I''ll ask when I get back." Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. The skeleton alchemist is conducting research there, and there is no possibility of slacking off. So there is nothing to do to urge it. "At the reception desk, should we make an appointment directly or postpone it later?" Li Yahong asked again. "Ask their opinions, we can do it at any time." "I''ll ask them what they think first and try to get them to come over as much as possible." "good!" The two chatted casually and started to return to the central area. Li Yahong went to do her own business. Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Out of bounds. Wu Heng released the three ghosts to move freely, and then went downstairs and walked outside. Before she even reached the first floor, Minnie came over and said, "Master, Philippa has contacted you on the radio." "I''ll go take a look." Wu Heng went upstairs again and walked into the radio station''s room. I looked at the record book of the skeleton investigation, and there was a string of ''Are you there?'' written on it by Philippa. As soon as I saw these words, I knew that there was nothing serious. Still picking up the phone, he asked: "Philippa, can you hear me?" Soon, Philippa''s voice came over, "I''m here, what were you doing during the day?" "I went out, did something happen?" Wu Heng asked. "Today, Tapani, Gianvito and the dwarf investigator came to see me. They asked me to contact you and order some newspapers." Philippa said directly. "They want to subscribe to newspapers? What''s the use?" "I heard that they want to transport it back to the clan. They probably want to use the popularity of the newspaper to increase their reputation." Philippa replied and followed the analysis. This matter is not difficult to guess. There are also roles for the three of them in the story. Especially this time, the Kingdom''s army surrounded and killed the Association''s investigation team. This incident itself was huge news, plus it was a great detective story. It will definitely generate buzz and increase their reputation. Of course, this also helps me. Wu Heng is the protagonist, and his reputation will increase even more. "How much do you want to order? I need to print more overnight." Wu Heng asked. "Tapani and the dwarf both want to order 10,000 copies, and Tapani wants to order 20,000 copies," Philippa said directly. "I will print it today and arrange for a ship to be sent there. The price is calculated as 55 copper coins, which is the price of cooperation with the large chamber of commerce." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, I''ll talk to them later." Philippa agreed, and then whispered: "Can I go back? It''s so boring here, and I miss you a little." "Is there nothing going on over there?" "It''s okay. There are no problems on the route. The association has also arranged a naval cruise. Now it''s none of my business. Give me some free time. It''s even more boring than when I was on Treasure Island." Philippa complained. Philippa stayed there, mainly responsible for route safety. It seems that no one will cause trouble on the route at this time and attract the attention of the association. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "There''s nothing going on over there. I''ll just come back and stay for a few days." Wu Heng "Really! Then I''ll go back after I finish talking to them about the newspaper." "Tell Tapani in advance and just go patrol the route and don''t come back to rest." Wu Heng asked again. "Don''t worry, I''m not stupid." Philippa continued, "I won''t tell you anymore. I''ll go tell them about it." Before Wu Heng could answer, the other party had already hung up the contact. Wu Heng looked at the communications from several other radio stations and confirmed that no one had left any messages for him. He left the room and walked downstairs. The next day, morning. Wu Heng and the corpse magic weapon master stood in front of the island factory, looking at the busy skeleton weapon masters inside. This morning, various equipment passed through the boundary gate and was transported to the factory here. The magicians also began to assemble according to the previous markings and records. "Island owner, do you also have blueprints for these instruments?" the corpse weapon master ''Costas'' asked flatly. "We don''t have these. You can study them and don''t break them." Wu Heng said directly. Learning blueprint knowledge is also helpful for the improvement of magic weapon masters. Especially the machinery in the modern world is still very different from the equipment in other worlds. It is easier to bring enlightenment or learn new relevant knowledge. "Thank you, island owner." Costas thanked him. "Are all the equipment at the Netale City Power Plant ready?" Wu Heng asked again. Costas nodded, "Still preparing. It is expected to be fully ready within a week." "Let me know when you''re ready and I''ll arrange for you to go there." Within a week, Philippa was almost back from there. At that time, we can arrange for them to go there together, and things will be handled more safely. "Okay sir." "I''ll leave this to you, just go find me." Wu Heng said and called a carriage to return to the island owner''s mansion. After returning to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng returned to the study, opened the door and returned to the zombie world. On the other side of the gate, there is a factory in the zombie world. The factory has been evacuated, leaving only a mess. After walking out of the factory yard, Li Yahong and the motorcade were waiting not far away. "Let''s go!" Wu Heng walked over and got directly into the passenger seat. Li Yahong also got on the bus, and after giving the order, the convoy started slowly. "There was news from the radio just now that the people from the main station are already on their way. They will arrive at the train station around two o''clock in the afternoon." "So urgent?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. "I guess the ghost has no solution at all, so it''s so anxious to come over." Li Yahong said with a smile. "Let''s go, then let''s go directly to the train station. There isn''t much time left." Wu Heng said directly. Li Yahong picked up the walkie-talkie and gave the order. The convoy turned at the intersection ahead and headed towards the train station. Around 2:30 in the afternoon. The train arrives at the station. These two trains are trains from the Xinfu City base and are used to transport materials between Yangtong City. The car door opened and the three of them walked out quickly. The first person was Lu Changan, whom he had met several times. The third-level commander of the main station specializes in handling Wu Heng''s transactions. The latter two are also young and strong, and they should be acting as bodyguards. Someone came out of the platform and led the three of them. He walked directly into a room in the station. When the door opened, he saw Wu Heng and Li Yahong sitting on the inside. "Chief Wu!" Lu Changan forced out a smile. "Commander Lu!" Wu Heng stood up and shook hands with the other party. "Chief Wu, I heard that your superpower has the effect of restraining ghosts. I need your help in this matter." Lu Changan got straight to the point and said directly. "Commander Lu, anyone who encounters ghosts is in danger." Wu Heng looked troubled. "Leader Wu can make conditions. If it''s within his authority, I can directly agree to it. If it''s outside his authority, I have no choice." Lu Changan continued. Completely different from the previous transactions, Lu Changan didn''t say a word of nonsense after he came in. It''s all about dealing with ghosts. "I need modern technology, give me some high-tech talents." Wu Heng said directly. Lu Changan frowned for a moment, "Chief Wu, I have absolutely no way to promise you, and I can''t tie anyone up for you." Wu Heng continued, "Just tell me what your authority is." "I''ll give you five hundred first-level corpse cores and two armored vehicles as payment for this time." Lu Changan said. Wu Heng shook his head, "I want five level three corpse cores, ten armored vehicles, and what kind of technology I need. You must provide me with corresponding training and help." "I promised you about the training. You need too many armored vehicles. I will provide you with up to five. I can give you two more level 3 corpse cores, for a total of seven." Lu Changan said. Seeing that the other party was happy, Wu Heng didn''t intend to say anything more and agreed directly, "Okay, I don''t have any objections." "Then let''s see if we can leave now. This matter is quite urgent. When we get back, we can pay you the reward first." Lu Changan said. Wu Heng glanced at Li Yahong, then looked at Lu Changan and the others, "Commander Lu, you go back to the car and wait for a while. I need to make some arrangements here. We will go there together then." "Okay, then we''ll wait for you in the car." Lu Changan stood up and walked out directly. Li Yahong said: "Go directly, will there be any danger?" "It''s unlikely, but we have to be careful. I''ll ask Xiaoxiao to keep an eye on them. When we get to Yangtong City, we''ll use our plane to get there." "I''ll go with you!" "No, you stay here to look after the house. I can ask you to do anything if I need it." Li Yahong thought for a moment and nodded. After Wu Heng prepared for a while, he walked out of the building, got on the train and rushed to Yangtong City together. On the train. Lu Changan and the other three sat across from each other, while Wu Heng sat alone on one side, with two skeleton attendants standing beside him. "How did you meet the ghost?" Wu Heng asked directly. Lu Changan sighed, thought for a moment, and said, "We have a base that was attacked by ghosts. The personnel wanted to retreat, but they found that the ghosts were still following the team." It seems that this group of personnel is relatively important. Let the main station pay such a big price to let me help. Wu Heng nodded, "Where are the attack methods?" "The attack method is to seize control of a person''s body and attack others. We basically have no means to deal with it." Lu Changan replied. Possession is a basic characteristic of ghosts, and there is nothing special about it. But at this point, for humans in this world, possession is basically unsolvable. Even if you control the possessed person and the ghost immediately possesses the next one, you still have no way to solve it. Being targeted means waiting to die. "We also invited a few people from Taoist temples, the kind with certificates." Lu Changan added. Wu Heng raised his head curiously, "How''s the effect?" If you can come to yourself again, there will definitely be no solution. But he was also curious about whether some of the Taoist priests'' spells or talismans had any effect. "It doesn''t have much effect. I''m not sure whether it''s a real effect or a psychological effect. The news coming back is that it reduces the intensity of the ghost''s control of the body." Lu Changan answered. Judging from what the other party said, the Taoist priest had no obvious effect. Even if it is really effective, it does not meet the requirements of professionals. Wu Heng also stopped asking about this matter. Instead, he said: "Where are the people you mentioned trapped?" "There is an airport over there in Xinggu City where we can land. Since there are ghosts following us, this team is stationed in the wild and should not have changed its location yet." "Okay, I understand." Wu Heng nodded. "Is Leader Wu sure?" Lu Changan continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "For now, it shouldn''t be a big problem. Let''s see what happens then!" The train keeps going. A few hours later, we entered Yangtong City. Gao Rong was already waiting at the airport, arranging planes for the base and more than a dozen skeleton flying dragons. The aircraft pilots at the base are trained skeletons and have completed several flight experiments without any problems. Prepared a bit. Lu Changan also boarded his own plane and took another one at the same time. Soon, the plane from the main station left. The plane at the base also took off and left, accompanied by several flying dragons. Wrentam City. The skeleton knight galloped all the way, rushed directly into the city gate, and headed to the city lord''s mansion. After entering the courtyard of the City Lord''s Mansion, he got off his horse and handed the letter in his hand to Wen Mansha. Wen Mansha sat on the city lord''s throne, feeding her child and receiving the letter. letter? Or the letter used by the association. He handed it to the steward aside and said, "Open it and take a look. Who wrote it?" The housekeeper tore open the envelope, glanced at the content and said, "It''s a letter written by Deacon Slater. It says that Mr. Wu Heng arranged for an informant to investigate the cult''s intelligence. He recently passed the news to her. I hope you can Pass the message to Wu Heng. "Cult? Where did the news come from to Slater?" Mansha Wen still frowned. "The city of Ergilo in the Kingdom of Yeko." The Netali city army surrounded and killed the headquarters investigation team, which was related to the cult. This time, news of a cult came again, and it turned out that the kingdom had truly become a cult den. He gently calmed the child and said, "When you''re full, go and take a nap. I''m going to tell dad the news." He handed the child to the housekeeper and wiped his chest covered with the child''s saliva with a handkerchief. He tucked his clothes back, turned around and walked upstairs. He came to the radio room and picked up the microphone, "Master, Deacon Slater sent a piece of information about the cult in Ergiro City." I sat in front of the radio station and waited for a while, but no news came back. So he got up and went downstairs. "Chief Wu, the convoy is ready. We can go there at any time." Lu Changan said directly. In just two hours, we arrived at the city that ''Lu Changan'' mentioned. It is different from the city recovered by Wuheng. This side looks more like a modern battlefield, which has been baptized by artillery fire. Collapsed houses, craters and broken walls. Still a little miserable. Wu Heng said: "No, you come with me on the Flying Dragon. There is no need for others to follow. Too many people will cause problems." With a gesture of his hand, several skeletal flying dragons squatted down and lowered their heads, and Wu Heng sat directly on them. Then he motioned for Lu Changan to follow him. Lu Changan''s eyes widened and he looked at the skeleton flying dragon, but he didn''t move for a long time. (End of chapter) Chapter 726 , who is a Taoist priest? Chapter 726, who is the Taoist priest? "Any more questions?" Seeing that Lu Changan had not sat on the flying dragon for a long time, Wu Heng asked. Lu Changan smiled bitterly, "Isn''t this a bit unsafe?" "It''s okay. As long as you don''t jump down, there will be no problem." Wu Heng said, took out two more radio headsets and handed one to the other party, "It''s windy in the sky, use this to speak." Lu Changan subconsciously took it and said, "Are you really going to sit down? The same thing happened to the team in the past." Wu Heng looked to the other side, "Kaxiu, sit with him." Ka Xiu jumped off the dragon''s back, and Lu Changan''s face looked a little ugly. "No, no, it''s too dangerous." Ka Xiu lifted him up by the shoulders and placed him on the dragon''s back. He also turned over and sat on the dragon''s back. "Let''s go, don''t forget to show the way." Wu Heng said and patted the dragon''s back. The Skeleton Flying Dragon kicked its feet, and its body rose directly from the ground, with the sound of howling wind in its ears. Several other flying dragons followed closely behind. Lu Changan let out a mournful cry and flew into the sky. After reaching a certain height and starting to fly sideways, it became much more stable. Wu Heng said through the radio headset: "Commander Lu, don''t forget to give directions." Lu Changan''s voice came over, "Go forward, the name is Lantian Machinery Factory." Broken cement walls and exposed rusted steel bars. There are some domestic garbage piled up in the corner, and the broken walls and windows are sealed with iron plates and bricks, forming a simple space. There is a crooked sign hanging on the outside of the building, Lantian Machinery Factory. At this time, a group of more than ten people gathered in the factory building, chewing shriveled noodles, sitting in a circle, watching their surroundings and their companions. Everyone was in bad condition, with bloodshot eyes and dark bags under their eyes. It was like staying up so late that I was on the verge of sudden death. "The new rescue team hasn''t arrived yet, so they don''t care about us." The people gathered in a circle turned their attention to one of them. If the rescue team ignores them and has no solution to the ghosts, they will die here sooner or later. The person being stared at said: "Hang on, the main station has already sent for someone who can solve this matter." "Who did you invite?" The man glanced around, then shook his head slightly. It means that ghosts may be around, but this cannot be said. The others also understood and just sighed softly. "Can it really be solved?" someone murmured. Now that the matter has come to this, everyone is aware of the current situation. Two groups of people came, the first group was the rescue team and they brought some equipment. The second group brought Taoist priests. After a while of operation, there was no significant effect. Dead and wounded, just like Calabash Baby saving grandpa, a batch of them will be trapped here. Nothing was done about the ghosts, the only thing that changed was the bringing of food and supplies. We can all get through this together. Fortunately, ghosts cannot directly kill people. They can only commit suicide or kill their ''companions'' by snatching their bodies. Just keep an eye on each other and still hold on. Huh~! While he was talking, there was a whistling sound that broke through the window. Everyone turned around suddenly and looked at the window. "Save me~!" Suddenly, a fearful voice came. I saw a middle-aged woman among the people, her face turned red instantly and her eyes widened. "Hold her down!" someone shouted. Boom~! The person next to her just moved, and the woman hit the wall beside her. Blood splattered everywhere, and the body fell down. "I, I am being controlled." Another person shouted. The people around him immediately went to hold him down. "It''s my turn, save me!" "Hold me down!" The scene instantly became chaotic. People kept getting possessed, and people around them came to the rescue. From time to time, there was a heavy sound of landing outside the door, and the sound of approaching footsteps. There is no time to take care of it. At this time, the door was suddenly opened. Several figures walked in directly. The chaotic scene suddenly looked back at four people. The next second, the crazy man shrank and regained control of his body. The rest of the people no longer had their bodies controlled. They were still wary of each other, retreating a little bit. Reform the circle so everyone is in sight. "Commander Lu, is there any way?" someone said excitedly. Lu Changan did not answer, but asked: "Chief Wu, can you deal with it?" "I''ll handle it." Wu Heng said, went out again, and chased after him. The moment Wu Heng entered the door. The haunting ghost turned around and ran away. Three of his ghosts chased after him, and Wu Heng immediately followed after seeing that there was no other danger. In the backyard of the machinery factory, in an alley covered with mud and moss. Three ghosts appeared and gathered around to watch another one, the trapped blue ghost. "How is it?" Wu Heng walked over. "Uncle, it can talk." Xiaoxiao said. The trapped ghost has no obvious facial features and looks more like a wild soul. Constantly struggling, trying to break through the control. "What did you say?" Wu Heng asked. "The one who cursed and asked Auntie to let it go." Xiaoxiao said as if complaining. Can you still curse? This means that its intelligence is not low. At least it knows what to say to express its anger. "How many levels is it?" "Level 8." Level 8 is also the level of squad leader in another world. This ghost upgrades quite quickly. The location where it appeared should be a place suitable for the improvement of ghosts. Wu Heng walked over and looked at the trapped ghost, "Say a few words and listen." The ghost has no eyes, but it is facing Wu Heng''s position, as if staring at him. Seems to be suspicious. Why would the other three ghosts help this human. "If you can''t speak, I will swallow you up." Wu Heng said. "Yeah~!" Xiaoxiao faced inside and made a fierce face. Then he turned around and made silly fun of himself behind him. The ghost inside seemed to be really scared, and quickly backed away, a little panicked. "You deserve to die, let me go, or I''ll kill you~!" Ghost said stiffly. "That''s it?" "Ah! What I just said is similar to this." Glenda also said. "Do you still remember what happened before you died?" Wu Heng then asked. The ghost subconsciously attacked and bounced back from the trapped barrier. It seems that the intelligence is not very high, unlike a ghost like Xiaoxiao who has retained his original intelligence. It should be a wild ghost, and then gradually developed intelligence. "What should I do?" Glenda asked. "Open it, I will put it into the magic soul pot first and use it as ritual materials." Wu Heng said. Upgrade the little ones, and the remnant souls of zombies can achieve the effect. This produces low-level spiritual intelligence and can be used as ritual materials. "Okay." Glenda let go of the ghost. Wu Heng immediately raised the [Bone Cage] to continue trapping the target, then took out the Demonic Soul Pot and took the ghost directly into it. "Let''s go, say hello to them, and then go back." "The promised things haven''t been given to us yet?" Xiaoxiao followed and flew back, reminding him softly. "They still need to exchange food with us, and they don''t dare to default on the payment." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao nodded. Go all the way back to the previous building. More than a dozen people gathered together and waited. Seeing Wu Heng walking in, they all stood up and stared at him without saying a word. These people are really in bad shape. It is estimated that if I dont come, these people will almost collapse in two days. "Where is Commander Lu?" Wu Heng asked. "We are talking inside, please wait a moment." A middle-aged man said, and then asked: "Has the ghost been solved?" "It''s solved. When they come out, we can go out together." "How to solve it?" another person asked. The others all followed suit and looked over. It''s not that he doesn''t believe him, after all, Lu Changan said that it can definitely be solved. The people slowly came back again, whether they were driven away or killed, as long as they didn''t follow them. Wu Heng thought about how to explain it, then smiled and said, "Superpower." Everyone nodded to show understanding. Sure enough, metaphysics defeated metaphysics. Wu Heng glanced at several people and asked, "Who is the Taoist priest?" Several people looked in the same direction at the same time, and a young man wearing glasses came out, "I have a Taoist certificate, but it has no effect on ghosts." Wearing dirty sportswear, he doesn''t look like a Taoist priest, but more like a college student who is a little weak after staying up late. "How do you deal with ghosts?" "talisman." (End of chapter) Chapter 727 , what is saved is the data Chapter 727: Whats saved is the information "Any more? Show me." The young Taoist priest took out a wrinkled yellow talisman from his inner pocket. Runes were drawn with cinnabar on it, "It is used to ward off evil spirits. This is how it is drawn in the book." Wu Heng took it, looked at it, and said, "Can you give me this?" "I can give it to you, but it''s useless against ghosts." The other party said. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. The two chatted. Lu Changan and several others walked out of the inner room. Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he immediately came over and asked, "Chief Wu, how are you doing?" "It''s settled, let''s go back now." Wu Heng said directly. Now that the sky has darkened, Wu Heng still wants to return to Yangtong City overnight. Lu Changan pulled Wu Heng aside and asked in a low voice: "Did the ghost escape or was it killed?" "Killed." "real?" "Really, I can''t talk nonsense about this kind of thing!" Wu Heng said directly. Lu Changan was obviously relieved. But he still confirmed it again, "Leader Wu, we will reward him even if he escapes. It is confirmed that he was killed, right?" The matter of ghosts has obviously become a worry. "I killed you, and I will never harass you again." Wu Heng nodded and said. "That''s good." Lu Changan showed a smile on his face, and then said to everyone: "Get ready, evacuate here in 10 minutes, and drive to the door." "Yes." Everyone responded and began to prepare. Lu Changan looked at Wu Heng again and was about to speak. A voice came from the door, "Fuck! I''m hallucinating." "There are monsters." "Quickly alert, there is a monster at the door." Lu Changan immediately became nervous. He walked over and took a look, and saw the skeleton flying dragon falling on the ground or on the surrounding roofs. Said: "What are you shouting for? This is Chief Wu''s special ability. Just go do your own thing and don''t attack them. It will be fine." Everyone was already frightened. The Skeleton Dragon''s superpowers were still all over the roof. He lowered his head and looked over. This is much scarier than zombies. He went out hesitantly, leaning against the wall and leaving little by little, preparing the convoy as ordered. Lu Changan came back and said, "Chief Wu, I''m going back by car, how are you going back?" "I''ll take the Feilong back first and try to get back to our place before late night." "So urgent?" "There are still some things to do at home." Wu Heng replied with a smile. Your level can handle most dangers, but try not to spend the night in a strange place. Lu Changan nodded, "That''s okay, I promise you the reward, I will prepare it in the next few days and send it to you when the time comes." "good!" The two said briefly. The modified passenger bus and two armored vehicles avoided the flying dragon waiting outside. Stopped further away. Lu Changan said, and got on the bus with his people, and Wu Heng also turned over and sat on Feilong''s back. He soared directly into the sky and flew towards the airport. "Commander Lu, who invited this leader Wu?" On the way back to the car, someone asked curiously. Lu Changan opened the car window a crack, blew out a smoke ring, and said, "King Yama, haven''t you heard of it?" "It''s him!" Everyone looked at each other, but no one was surprised. When I saw the skeleton flying dragon, I also thought of him. The reputation of King of Yama and Xinfu City Base is too great. In terms of actual ranking, its hard to say which one is safer and more complete, the main station or the Xinfu City base. The front desk actually invited him over. "The type of superpower fits his title, right?" Lu Changan said again. King Yama, over the age of 20, would not give himself such a name. Just like when I was a kid, my QQ signature was a non-mainstream signature that I thought was cool. Now it seems that this ability really fits this title. "It fits pretty well," someone replied. "It''s a pity that they are not our people, otherwise it wouldn''t be so troublesome to clean up various places." Lu Changan sighed again. An old man in the back row carrying a handbag said, "Isn''t his help in vain?" "Seven level three corpse cores and five armored vehicles." "The lion opens his mouth." Lu Changan took a deep breath and said: "The previous cooperation was good, otherwise he might not be able to help no matter how much we get." After that, he added, "It''s all worth it if you can come back safely." Enter the flying dragon. Glenda floated to one side and said: "What he wants to save is not the person, but the information in the old man''s hand." Wu Heng frowned, "What did you find?" "After solving the ghosts, I went inside and listened to their conversation. They were talking about experiments and data, and I also confirmed the information." Granda said. It seems that the information in hand is very important. No wonder, there are 7 corpse cores and five armored vehicles. Everyone is willing to agree. "What type of information?" "I took a quick look at the sick bodies and looked at the corpse core research," Granda said. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "About the corpse core?" "It should be something related." "When you get somewhere, try to find a way to see it." Wu Heng said. Feilong speeded up again and flew towards the airport. Arriving at the airport, the flying dragon fell from the sky. Lu Changan and the convoy had not returned yet, and the personnel guarding the airport walked out of the building. After looking at Wu Heng and Fei Long, a middle-aged man asked: "Chief Wu, how is the progress?" "It''s solved. Commander Lu and the others came back by car. They will probably be there soon." Wu Heng turned over and got off the dragon''s back. "This is great." Several people on the other side looked happy. "I''ll stay here for a while and wait for Commander Lu to come back before I leave," Wu Heng said. "Please come this way, we have prepared a room for you to rest." One person led the way, and Wu Heng followed to rest in a room on the second floor of the station hall. After waiting for about half an hour, the door was knocked again. "Chief Wu, Commander Lu invites you to come over for dinner." Wu Heng walked out and followed the other party to the restaurant. There were some people sitting around the dining table, but none of the rescued personnel were present. "Chief Wu, this is a last-minute preparation. Don''t be dissatisfied." Wu Heng sat down with a smile, "No way, it''s already very rich." We took two bites together. Lu Changan then said: "Commander Wu, do you have anything else to tell me?" "I suddenly remembered some training matters when I came back, so I just want to tell you about it." "Just say it." "It''s still some technical matters. I plan to arrange for some people to go over and learn about it." Providing some training was one of the conditions for talking before the rescue. Lu Changan had no reason to refuse, especially since Wu Heng''s strength was stronger than previously estimated. Peaceful friendship is the best way. "Of course, no problem. What do you need?" "What''s needed is ship building, the construction of large ships, and the design and construction of modern buildings." Lu Changan glanced at him and said, "Okay, or are those skeletons here to study?" "A few humans and some skeletons will be sent over then." "Okay, then when we go over next time, we will bring those people over directly to train them." Lu Changan agreed happily. "good!" Wu Heng nodded in agreement, took two bites, and then said goodbye to the other party and left. Return to the room on the second floor and wait for a while. Through the gap in the open window, a mobile phone flew in, and then the three ghosts of Glenda, Xiaoxiao and Beni were revealed. "I''ve taken pictures of all the information. There are a lot of pages, so it took some time." Glenda said in a low voice. "Hasn''t it been discovered?" Xiaoxiao said: "They were sleeping soundly and didn''t notice it. After finishing it, I put it back for them." Wu Heng opened the photo album on his mobile phone and took a look. The photo was relatively clear. "Well done, let''s go back." Wu Heng put all his things away and walked out of the room. Say hello to Lu Changan and get on the plane. Just left here. After returning to Yangtong City, we stayed one night in the military factory and spent the next morning. Follow the train to Xinfu City. "It''s over so soon?" Li Yahong was a little surprised. "Isn''t it weird? That kind of wild ghost can be beaten even by a small child." Wu Heng said with a smile. Xiaoxiao also floated on Li Yahong''s side, "Yes, I can also beat the **** out of it." Li Yahong said: "It''s not that I don''t believe you, I just feel that the speed is too fast." Most of the time is spent on the road. Killing the ghost is just a matter of convenience. "Next time if there is such a thing in any base, we can also clearly mark the price." Wu Heng said. "Let me give you a rough idea. If we directly talk about paid rescue, many people will scold us for not being united and making money from disasters." Li Yahong continued. "That''s okay, I also have good intentions." Wu Heng said. Li Yahong smiled and said, "I know, but some people don''t think so." As he spoke, the intercom rang with a burst of electricity. Then a voice came over, "Sister Hong, the convoy is ready." "I want to go out." Li Yahong said. "Go, I''m going back to my room to rest. I''ll find you when I come out." Wu Heng also stood up and moved his body. Li Yahong nodded and walked out of the room, and Wu Heng also returned to his dormitory. After walking out of the gate, Wu Heng returned to another world. The maids had already eaten breakfast and went to the kitchen to ask the skeleton chef to make a separate portion for themselves. Seeing Wu Heng, Minnie walked over quickly and said, "Master, there is news from Sister Wen Mansha. She seems to be in a hurry." Wu Heng frowned. Luntam City is still at war, something happened! "I''ll go upstairs and have a look." Wu Heng said, went upstairs and entered the radio room. Picked up the phone and asked, "Mansha Wen, are you there?" The first thing that came from the other side was the voice of the housekeeper, "Sir, wait a moment, I''ll call my wife over." Not long after, Mansha Wen''s voice sounded again, "Master." "Mansha Wen, do you have anything to do with me?" "Deacon Slater sent a message. There is an informant from Treasure Island who is investigating the affairs of the cult in the Kingdom of Yeko. It was found that several cults gathered in Erjiluo City and are preparing a plan against the Kingdom of Yeko." (End of chapter) Chapter 728 , corpse core research report Chapter 728, Corpse Core Research Report Ye Ke Kingdom, an informant investigating the cult. Needless to say, I also know that the leader of the Flying Fish Pirate Group who arranged the trip is called "Babuqi". Wu Heng didn''t have a good impression of him, especially when he was asked to investigate the Destiny Sect. Penny was killed directly for passing on information. He ate freely in the cult and became the backbone of the church. If he hadn''t gone over to destroy the Destiny Sect, he might have become a guardian or some higher position. It gives the impression that this kid is not just an eyeliner, but is enjoying the blessings. This time Wu Heng didn''t pay attention to what was going on there, but he sent back the news. After listening to Wen Mansha''s words, Wu Heng then asked, "Is there any other information?" "There are two detailed pieces of information. There are quite a few sects. There are many level 18 professionals stationed in the city. The second point is the Destiny Sect. The Destiny Sect is still waiting for the bishop to come over. The bishop has not appeared within half a month. Small sects will be broken up and merged into large sects." Wen Mansha finished the rest of the information. "Being stationed in the city means that you have obtained local permission." Wu Heng noticed the word stationed. There are so many people in the city, and they are all high-level professionals, so it is impossible that the local people are not aware of it at all. Either they acquiesce to their existence, or the two parties have already reached cooperation. As for the multiple level 18 professionals, this is not surprising at all. Forming a sect has its own purpose, and more importantly, it is to collect faith and lay the foundation for becoming a hero. Only those at level 18 are eligible to form a sect. The second point is the Destiny Sect. Babuqis information said that the murder of the bishop was not clear there. After all this time, they haven''t gone back to look for clues? See why the bishop didn''t go there? "It should be like this." Wen Mansha said. "Is there no problem with Slater?" Wu Heng then asked. Wen Mansha said: "Master, don''t worry. Deacon Slater is very good there. Now our army has also entered the city to garrison. There will basically be no danger." "Where is the attacking skeleton army?" "The battle went well." Wen Mansha said with a little pride in her tone, "We captured several mines and important industries along the way. No wonder some countries always expand their territories and can capture resources along the way." "Mark the location. I will arrange skeletons for you to mine." "Okay, and there is not much ammunition left for me." Wen Mansha reminded softly. The crushing advance of the skeleton army not only has the characteristics of undead creatures, but also has the lethality of firearms. Once the firearms are gone and replaced with ordinary cold weapons, the strength will be greatly reduced. Wu Heng said: "Use it first, I will send it to you when the time comes." The ammunition production chain produces batches, and Treasure Island really doesnt use many of them. When used in Luntam City, it can be considered to have a certain effect, and it will not just increase the inventory and leave it to gather dust in the warehouse. "Hmm, come back and take a look when you have time. My daughter misses her father a little bit." Wen Mansha''s tone softened. "How old is your daughter?" "Okay, I miss Dad too." Wen Mansha said softly. Wu Heng said with a smile, "Let my daughter hear it, and I won''t be embarrassed." "My daughter is sleeping next door." Wen Mansha asked again, "Does the master like it?" "I like it. I''ll go over and see you when I have time." "Okay, Master.!" After the two of them finished speaking, they hung up the phone. Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and began to think about this matter. The sect is stationed in the Kingdom of Yeko, which seems to have no direct impact on him. But the other partys purpose. Want to kill the association investigation team? "The time doesn''t match up." If it is said that these sects gathered to kill the investigation team of the headquarters, the time does not match. Babuqi must send the news to Blackstone Town earlier than the investigation team. Therefore, the original plan of these sects was not to be a headquarters investigation team, but more likely to be related to internal matters within the kingdom. It''s probably still related to the eldest prince. But there are some things that dont make sense. Even if the eldest prince wants to fight for the kingship, is it necessary to take risks and use a cult to participate? Moreover, there are so many level 18 professionals, who are they going to fight? But these people gathered inside the kingdom, and our investigation team went to investigate at this time, so some danger may have occurred. "I still need to tell the headquarters and the investigation team." It would do no good to oneself to hide this kind of thing. It is actually necessary to allow the investigation team of our headquarters to reduce some losses. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, followed by the voice of the cat maid Robert, "Master, breakfast is ready. If you don''t eat it, it will get cold." "Here we come." Wu Heng opened the door and went downstairs to the restaurant for dinner. I took a simple bite. The skeletons took down the plates. Wu Heng took out his coat and hood and put them all on. "Minnie, I''m going out." "Good master." After leaving the island owner''s mansion, Wu Heng took a carriage and headed to the association. Along the way, there were noisy streets, vendors shouting loudly, and long queues in front of shops. The entire Treasure Island no longer looks like a pirate island. If you didn''t know what happened here before, you wouldn''t think it was related to pirates. Right now, there is a brand new island, the commercial center of the Emerald Sea. Arriving at the entrance of the association, Wu Heng got off the car and walked into the association. The hall was still lively, with small groups gathering together to talk about some of the latest hot topics. He walked all the way through the corridor and came to the deacon''s study. He knocked on the door and walked in directly. The room was filled with a faint floral fragrance. The two sisters were at their respective desks, processing the documents on the table. Seeing Wu Heng come in, his eyes lit up. "Why is the big island master so free today?" Sheela Gui said with a smile. "Of course there is business." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui asked: "What''s wrong?" "Remember ''Babuqi''? Let''s release that one to find out information about the Destiny Sect." Wu Heng said. Sheela thought for a moment and nodded, "Remember, he has information?" Wu Heng went to Blackstone Town to kill the Destiny Cult and met Babuqi once. Sheila Gui saw this person when the Pirate King captured Treasure Island, which was a bit long ago. It seems that I still remember it deeply and have not forgotten it. "He has now become the backbone of the sect." Silla frowned, "He''s really good at this." "Yes." Wu Heng nodded and continued, "He sent information, saying that many sects are stationed in a city called Erjiluo, waiting for other sects to arrive to discuss plans for the Kingdom of Yeko." "What kind of plan?" Sheela asked with a frown. Wu Heng shook his head, "I didn''t say anything. I feel like it''s just about the throne or the division among the sect." Sheela frowned and thought. Shi Yali, at this time, brought a cup of scented tea and handed it to him. "What do you think?" Sheila Gui spoke again. "What I mean is to write two letters, one to the headquarters to mention this matter, and the second letter to the investigation team heading to Yeko Kingdom to let them have an idea and pay attention to the related dangers." Wu Heng also expressed his thoughts directly. Sheila Gui nodded, "Tell me the complete story, starting from when he got the information, so that I can write a report." "Okay." Wu Heng told the whole story, including why Babuqi would spread the news to Blackstone Town. And now it has been passed on to myself. After finishing speaking, Sheela thought for a while and began to write a report. After everything was written, he handed it to Shi Yali and said, "Send it to the front desk and mail it to the address." Shi Yali picked up the letter and left the room directly. Sheela then asked, "Do you feel there is any danger in this matter?" "I don''t know, but it may have something to do with the throne." "Well, that makes sense." Sheila Gui nodded, and then said: "Fortunately, the headquarters didn''t arrange for you to join. There are so many level 18s, we can''t deal with them." "Yeah, luckily I didn''t go." While the two were talking, Shi Yali also walked back from outside. "It''s been sent out. It will be sent out in the afternoon." Seeing that the conversation was over, Wu Heng also stood up and said, "I''m going back first. If anything happens, I''ll come back to you." "Yeah." The two nodded. Shi Yali smiled and said, "If you have time, go home for dinner." "Okay!" Wu Heng agreed and walked out again. Leave the association and go to the base factory where production is taking place to inspect it. When we returned to the island owner''s mansion, it was already dusk. After dinner. Wu Heng returned to his study, holding the printed information in his hand. The information was about the survivors who were trapped by ghosts, and Glenda and the others secretly photographed it. The photo taken with the mobile phone is very clear, and after a little adjustment, it can be printed directly. Glenda saw only part of it. There are two types of reports. [Report on the Types and Time of Animal Growth Corpse Cores], and [Directions for Experiments on Controllable Superpowers of the Human Body]. (End of chapter) Chapter 729 , shared kingdom Chapter 729, Shared Kingdom Two reports, totaling more than 100 pages. They are all densely written records. Wu Heng opened the information on the growth of corpse cores of animals. The content above is the time for animals to complete their transformation and form corpse cores after corpse poisoning. Among them, bats, orangutans, dogs, domestic pigs and other experimental subjects that can be found were used for experiments. In some cases, corpse cores will appear in 30 to 50 days, while in many cases, corpse cores will appear in more than four months or even longer. Moreover, not everyone will have corpse cores. The success rate of bats is 45%, and a total of two orangutans were tested, and corpse nuclei were successfully produced in both cases. However, the note stated that the number of experimental subjects was small and it was impossible to determine the exact success rate. Dogs and domestic pigs are around 27%. Wu Heng flipped through the pages and realized why Lu Changan was so anxious to save these people. A group of professional scientific researchers also have these materials. It''s a treasure no matter where you put it. Wu Heng was also a little unfamiliar with various professional terms and drug names. Turning to the last page, there is a summary: the production of corpse cores often occurs in organisms with strong virus adaptability. Adaptable! "This kind of corpse core is more likely to appear after the corpse transformation." This is really important. Wu Heng continued to open the second piece of information, [Experimental Directions for Human Controlled Superpowers]. Mainly talked about some experiments on supernatural powers. This reminded him of the first time he came into contact with the main station. Lu Changan brought an agreement, wanting to invite him to participate in some superpower development project, and also wanted him to draw blood for experiments. He rejected it directly. In this other world, there is a way to cast a curse through blood. Who knows if similar powers will appear. Now it seems that this experiment has really progressed. And it was also written down. Wu Heng looked at page after page, reading the entire information. The last direction I wrote seems to be to study the development of superpowers. "Can supernatural powers appear in batches? It''s really an exaggeration." Wu Heng closed the document and put it aside. Glenda floated over, controlled the information to fly into the air, and turned the pages to take a look at the contents. Then he closed it and asked, "How is it? Is this information useful?" "It''s more like a report. It''s written with some conclusions after experiments." Wu Heng continued, "It is still somewhat helpful to us." "You can go to the headquarters and we will help you steal the information back." Granda said. "No rush, let''s wait and see." Wu Heng then took out a wrinkled yellow talisman, "Let''s see if this thing is useful?" "What is this? A magic circle drawn on paper?" Glenda asked curiously. Xiaoxiao and Penny also flew over. "The talisman can be understood as a magic circle drawn on paper. Let''s see if it has any effect on ghosts!" Wu Heng said. "That Lu Chang''an, is this the method that a Taoist priest would use?" Granda also reacted. "Yes, that''s it." Glenda didn''t say much, and floated over to feel it. Her tone was a little uncertain, "It seems there is, but I can''t quite feel it." "Don''t you need to put it on your forehead?" Xiaoxiao asked back. "Your aunt, you don''t have any forehead left. Xiaoxiao, can you see the effect?" Wu Heng continued. Xiaoxiao also flew over and felt it carefully, "It seems to have a feeling, as if it is being pushed outward." Penny also approached the talisman, "like a feeling of repulsion." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, is the talisman really effective? Although the effect is not obvious, if you can feel it, it means it has an effect on the soul. There is still some skill in the things of our ancestors. I just dont know whether its the material of the talisman that has the effect or the pattern. As for the lack of effect on ghosts, there are many reasons. Maybe the ancient ghosts were different from the current ghosts, or maybe the drawn talismans did not achieve the original effect. "If you can make this talisman more effective, it can replace the current ghost-protecting props." Granda said again. Drawing it down is definitely faster than etching props. If you find the right method and let the skeletons start painting day and night, you will definitely be able to mass-produce them. At that time, expensive props would be uncompetitive. "I will study it then to see if this direction can be taken." "Yeah." Glenda didn''t say much. The sky was getting darker and darker, Wu Heng also stood up and moved his body, "I''m going to sleep. Ghost is so good, I don''t need to sleep." Glenda said angrily, "It''s not easy to die. I can help you." "Thank you, no need." Wu Heng waved his hand, "See you tomorrow." "Goodbye uncle." "Good night!" Walk out of the room and go downstairs to sleep. Return to the bedroom. Wu Heng lay on the bed and began to think about the past two days in his mind. First, the main station rescues people. It''s not difficult to save people and catch ghosts. The main thing is to obtain the corpse core information and the talisman. Superpower research may be a bit difficult for me, but I should be able to try the cultivation of animal corpse cores. "Bat and orangutan! They don''t seem to be easy to deal with. We can''t arrange for skeletons to catch them." "If it doesn''t work, just buy some substitutes first." The success rate is limited, and some animals that can be purchased in large quantities must be required. The second thing is the talisman. It seems that the talisman is effective to some extent and can be studied. Even if the desired effect is not achieved in the end, maybe the battle method or ritual can still provide some inspiration. This other world. The only thing is a cult gathering place. But I have already written a report to the headquarters, and the rest depends on how the other side handles it. And whether Netalei City and the fifth princess can help him improve his reputation. As I thought about it, I felt sleepy. Just close your eyes and fall asleep. Ring ring ring~! At breakfast time, the phone rang. Minnie picked up the call, listened, and then said to the restaurant: "The owner is Mr. Costas." Kostas is the wightful artificer on the island. Wu Heng walked over and took the phone, "Costas." "Island owner, all installations have been completed at the factory and production can be arranged." The factory is ready. Wu Heng moved from the zombie world to three factories, a paper mill, a bakery and a cannery. These three raw materials can be easily purchased on the island. Moreover, large-scale processing in factories can also make some money for themselves, especially in terms of paper. For newspaper and book printing on the island, the paper consumed is an expense. "Okay, I''ll have someone come over and take a look later." Wu Heng said. Costas continued, "Some parts of the power plant are also ready. The remaining large equipment can be customized locally in Netale City and can be set off at any time." "Wait for two more days. When Philippa comes back, you can go there together." "Okay, my lord." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng returned to the dining table and looked at Ander Weier, "Weier, if you have time, go to the new factory and order the raw materials." "Understood, Master." Wu Heng glanced at the other maids and said, "If you are too busy, let Annette and Robert help you. You can also learn to deal with the outside world." "Annette come with me and help me with some work." Annette raised her head and said, "Okay." Robert scratched his head, "What about me?" Andweier said with a smile, "If you are still too busy, you can come over again." "All right." After breakfast, everyone went about their own business. Until the afternoon. Wu Heng was watching the report from the city hall in the living room. The courtyard door opened with a bang. Philippa swaggered in and shouted, "I''m back!" "Why are you shouting? It''s so scary." Minnie complained. "Minnie thought I didn''t." "Think whatever you want." Philippa wasn''t angry either. He walked over, picked her up and spun her around, "I miss you so much." Minnie said: "Oh, stop making trouble, go take a bath, and I will take you to a movie later." "What is a movie?" "You''ll know then." Minnie smiled mysteriously. Robert also poked his head out of the room, "Philippa." "Robert, I miss you too." "Thank you!" Philippa continued to enter the room. When he saw Wu Heng in the living room, he ran two steps and jumped directly towards him. Wu Heng caught her and said, "What kind of moves are you doing?" "I missed you!" Philippa coquettishly leaned into her arms. "It''s like a child who hasn''t grown up." Wu Heng patted the other person on the back. Philippa got off her arms and said again: "By the way, Brittany wrote to you." As he spoke, a letter was taken out. letter? Wu Heng opened it and took a look. There are large words of gratitude written on it, followed by development plans for Netale City. Wu Heng looked down. When I saw the end, my eyes froze. "If I sit on the throne, I would like to share the kingdom with you." (End of chapter) Chapter 730 , fame project Chapter 730, Fame Plan Share the kingdom! Seeing the other party make this decision, I was still a little surprised. That''s the kind of promise Brittany would make, and it''s not like she could come up with something to say. It''s possible that someone gave her the idea, or something made her think of writing a letter to herself and making a promise. But I have to say that this decision makes Brittany look more mature. Be able to recognize the current situation, instead of believing in heroic stories. Just wave your hand and someone will follow you to explore and fight. "What did Brittany say?" Philippa came around and looked at the content above. "Netalai City''s development plan, and she wants us to help her win back the throne." Wu Heng handed the letter directly to her. Philippa glanced at it and threw it aside, "How can you help this thing? It sounds like robbery, how can it be so simple?" "She said that when the time comes, the kingdom will be divided between us and we will manage it together." The careless Philippa looked suffocated, and then said word by word, "Then we have to help!" "Don''t worry, don''t go out and talk nonsense." Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took a sip, "Is Netta okay?" "It''s okay! The association is stationed and there are so many skeletons patrolling and guarding. Who will come to die?" Philippa continued, "Tapani asked you to deliver the newspaper as soon as possible, and Gianvito said he would lend it to Keep your skill book safe and bring it back to him when I go back." Gianvito''s two skill books are still in his hands. The skills have been unlocked, one is [Call Thunder] and the other is [Call Rain of Arrows]. He left in a hurry and didn''t have time to return the books to the other party. In fact, its better to delay it for a while. Otherwise, unlocking skills in two or three days, or two books, is somewhat exaggerated. "Remind me when you go back and bring him the skill book back." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Philippa stood up and said, "Now that we''ve finished talking, I''ll go back to the tavern." "Aren''t you going to stay for dinner?" "I''m here to deliver the news first. I''ll go back and see Milis. I haven''t seen her for a long time. I''ll come back later." Philippa snapped his fingers, and the parrot flew over and landed on his shoulder, and smiled slightly at Wu Heng. Nod and salute. "Go back." Wu Heng said. Philippa walked out of the living room and shouted to Minnie in the courtyard: "Minnie, let me go back and watch the movie you mentioned in the evening." "Go! Don''t be too late." Minnie also said. "Okay!" After saying that, he left the island owner''s mansion directly. Wu Heng was the only one left in the living room. He picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then his eyes fell on the letter from the fifth princess. A shared kingdom. This is also the biggest commitment the other party can give. Yeke Kingdom has a large territory and a large population, which is indeed conducive to future development. Whether it''s in terms of resources or the increase in one''s reputation. Moreover, now I am indeed stuck on fame and have been working hard in this regard. "But it''s a bit dangerous now." Wu Heng muttered. Recently, all the information from all parties has been sent, and it feels like the danger index of the Yeke Kingdom has increased sharply. Several cults, many of them level 18 professionals, and the leader of the Snake Emblem Consortium, also headed towards King Yeko''s royal city. Plus past association survey teams. It feels like there''s going to be a big fight. It involves level 18 professionals and brawls between heroes. Obviously participating in this contest may lead to the war on Treasure Island. "It''s difficult to handle." Wu Heng drank a cup of tea, stood up and walked upstairs. Went directly into the radio station room. Picked up the phone and asked: "Shanela, are you there?" After standing aside and waiting for a while, Shanara''s voice still didn''t come. It seems no one is there. Wu Heng continued, "When you see the message, please reply to me." After saying that, he hung up the phone and went upstairs. Had dinner. Wu Heng went upstairs again. The maids prepared snacks and drinks and walked into the home theater room together. After everyone found a place to sit down. "What? It''s mysterious," said Philippa. "The movie is really exciting," Robbe said directly. "A stage play? I don''t like watching that thing the most. It''s so fake and the movements are weird." Philippa crossed his arms, looking unconcerned. But I still have some expectations for the movie that will be played next. Boom~! When the sound effects started playing on the speakers, Philippa''s body trembled. Soon, the opening scene appeared, when the figure of the devil Sauron appeared and the Lord of the Rings was forged in the magma. Philippa exploded instantly, holding the machine gun in his hand. The green-feathered parrot fled backwards in panic. "I was really scared." "You see, she is so bold with her words." "whee!" The maids all laughed, and Philippa immediately realized that this was probably a movie, and there was no danger. Anderweil explained softly, "Put the gun away first, don''t let it go off and damage these props." Philippa put away the machine gun, coughed slightly and sat down, "This is an emergency response to danger." The others snickered. Anderweil continued to explain, "It''s okay. It''s just like the promotional videos played at the exhibition. They are all pre-recorded videos. Eat something and watch it slowly." "Oh." Philippa nodded. Robert also leaned his head over and said, "There will be something even more shocking later. After reading it, Deacon Shiragui doubted whether this was the history of the elves." "Such an exaggeration." "certainly!" "Stop talking and watch the movie first." Several people stopped talking, eating snacks and watching movies. Radio room. Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table, and Shanara''s voice came from the radio, "Philippa has gone back?" "Just arrived this afternoon." "The speed of your boat is really fast, it reduces the distance by half." Shannara said. It seemed that she was still counting the time when Philippa left. Wu Heng said: "Brittany wrote to me, do you know about this?" "I know she wrote you a letter, but I didn''t read the content. What did she say?" Shanara asked curiously. "Promise me that if you can sit on the throne, you will share the kingdom with me." "She''s quite smart, and she understands everything." "I knew it was you who taught her." Wu Heng said. Shanara smiled and said, "I didn''t teach her this. I just told her that your achievements will be higher in the future. If she wants you to help, she must be sincere." Wu Heng said: "What do you think of the proposal?" "If you have the ability, you can help her as much as possible. Even if you only occupy part of the city in the end, it will be beneficial to you and Brittany." Shannara was a businessman, and she cared about the outcome of her work. As long as you do this, even if you capture a few cities and territories, it will not be a loss. It will be beneficial to future development. If ''Brittany'' can really be sent to the throne, it will be a huge gain. The support of a kingdom from behind is not something that Treasure Island can compare with. "What you said makes sense." Wu Heng said, and then said: "Send a message to ''Brittany'' for me. I will help her, but it''s hard to say what will happen in the end." "We are the only ones willing to help her now, and it is quite difficult for her." Shannella said. Wu Heng reminded again, "This matter is something we have decided privately. We should not publicize it outside. You should be more careful when going out recently and do not leave the city." "Is there something wrong?" "We got some information. Many cults have gathered in Yeke Kingdom, and there are also level 18 professionals. Try to be careful." Wu Heng said. Shannella''s tone also became serious, "I know, and I will tell Brittany to be careful." "Also tell Brittany not to worry, wait for me to make plans then, and then we''ll see what happens." "good." Then, the two chatted for a while and hung up the communication. Wu Heng also left the radio room, glanced at the maids watching a movie, and went upstairs into the study. Chatted with the ghosts in the study for a while. It''s getting late, go back to your room and rest. In the bedroom. Wu Heng was lying on the bed, and he couldn''t help but think about the letter Brittany wrote to him. I really dont have much interest in Yeke Kingdom. But one''s own reputation also needs a certain population to improve. Helping Brittany get the throne will also be helpful to herself. "Now is not the time to get involved." "In the next few days, let''s send some bullets to Wen Mansha first, and then we''ll see what happens." Wu Heng finalized the subsequent plan. Go to Luntam City first, deliver the ammunition to Wen Mansha, and stay with mother and daughter for a while. Then look at how much land the skeleton army can occupy in the northern part of the Kingdom of Yeko, as well as the internal situation, and then consider the matter of ''Brittany''. "Well, let''s do this first." (End of chapter) Chapter 731 , is there a pirate movie? Chapter 731: Are there any pirate movies? Squeak~! The door opened and Philippa came in from the outside. Wearing pajamas, hair wet, just got out of the shower. She climbed into bed, rested her head on his arm, and said, "The movie is really nice." "In two days, a cinema will be built on the island. Do you think it can make money?" Wu Heng said. "I can definitely make money. This is much better than a stage play. The stage play made me want to sleep after watching it." Philippa said. "Then try it then and see if it works." Wu Heng nodded. Philippa thought for a moment, "If there is a pirate movie, if it is released around the Emerald Sea, it will definitely become a hit." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. There really are pirate movies. And the story and production feel good too. "Won''t it bring back professional memories of the people on the island?" "What do you mean?" Philippa was stunned. "That is, we will not let them have their past memories stimulated by stories and then go to sea to become pirates." Wu Heng said. Many of the natives of Treasure Island are pirates. "With the few ships we have, whoever dares to be a pirate, just prepare. It''s my mother who has the final say." Philippa felt it for a while and smiled, "That''s almost it. Let''s ride a unicorn." "Don''t be too late, I''m a little sleepy." "Who are you talking about? Wouldn''t it be over if you hurry up?" The next day, zombie world. In the conference room. Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while. Li Yahong walked in, put his owl aside, and began to report, "The main desk came once, and first sent five level three corpse cores, armored vehicles and remaining The corpse cores will be delivered to us one after another." "The main station still has its credibility." "Is it possible that I just don''t want to ruin the relationship with you? I''m not so friendly to the outside world." Li Yahong looked at him and said. "Why do you say that?" Wu Heng was curious. "It''s not so easy to talk to ordinary shelters. Now strength is the rule." Li Yahong raised his head and glanced. "You''re right." It''s hard to tell which one is stronger than the main station in Wuheng''s base. But in a real fight, Wu Heng is sure to destroy the opponent. Both sides have a certain degree of strength, and to maintain this friendly relationship, they especially need to purchase food and other supplies from here. It is the best choice for the main station. Whatever you promise, as long as you don''t want to fall out with this person. Give what is due. Wu Heng nodded and said, "Have you followed the arrangement of the skeleton?" "I''ll go with you next time I come over." "Just make arrangements." Li Yahong continued, "Qi Hancai also received news, saying that the Korean rescue team has set the final price of food and needs 50 tons of food. They are willing to teach us some operations of the Skeleton Satellite and help us launch the satellite." 50 tons, which is the quantity of 1,000 bags of grain. "Tell Qi Hancai that you can agree to them, but don''t give them food in a hurry. Let them understand the training of skeletons before giving them food." "Okay." Li Yahong nodded. After explaining the matter, Wu Heng said: "Let''s go downstairs and take a look. I will make some adjustments to the skeleton team." The two got up and walked outside together. In the following time, Wu Heng used the door of a warehouse. The military strength of the two worlds has been adjusted. The skeletons on Treasure Island have all been replaced by skeleton warriors of level 10 or above, and some important locations are guarded by level 15 skeletons. The low-level skeletons who were transferred to the zombie world continued to level up with the skeleton army. Once you level up, you will be assigned to take on some jobs in another world. Now the entire Treasure Island can be regarded as improved. If there are really high-level professionals coming to the island, they have to measure their own strength. After everything was adjusted, Wu Heng returned to his residence. Another day passed. Renovation of movie theaters began in the city. Some of the equipment was taken from shopping malls in the modern world, including the seats. As for sound insulation on the walls, or stereo sound effects. It doesn''t matter. People from other worlds are exposed to movies for the first time, and they don''t have such high requirements. Wu Heng stood at the door and watched the decoration team busy inside. "Master, Mr. Saban and Mrs. Siska are here." Robbe said softly. "My lord, the island owner." "Good morning, my lord." A man and a woman salute respectfully. Saban is the island''s minstrel, and the stage play performs the story of the first issue of the Great Detective. Siska is a maid on the island, and the stage play tells the story of Penny, the blushing maid. Wu Heng nodded, "Luo Bei, keep an eye on this side. You two come with me." "It''s the master." Robert nodded. Wu Heng took the other two people into a building nearby. Sit down in a separate room. "You guys should sit down too, you''re welcome." The two of them saluted again and sat down opposite each other politely. Wu Heng got straight to the point, "I plan to shoot a movie on the island. The story of the drama between you two is included in the plan. If you are interested, you can give it a try." "Sir, what is a movie?" "You must have seen the screen that plays advertisements at exhibitions. After it is made into a movie, it will be played on that screen. As long as you perform it well once, you can continue to collect money in the future." Wu Heng explained roughly. Their eyes lit up. In other words, instead of charging one performance at a time, they can save their energy and time. "I do." "We would like that too." The two expressed their opinions one after another. Wu Heng nodded, "You can give it a try first. The standard of the movie is not low. Then you take people to the city hall and I''ll ask Anderweil to show you the movie requirements." "It''s your lord. Thank you for your trust and cultivation." Saban thanked him immediately. The woman was not very good at saying these words, so she stood up and bowed deeply. "Go back and prepare, Siska will wait a moment." Wu Heng said. Saban saluted and left, while Siska stayed put. Siska is the representative of the tavern maids. She took a group of maids and formed a drama troupe. The maids on Treasure Island are, to put it bluntly, no different from prostitutes. There may be some who are unwilling to sell meat, but they are only a minority. After the performance of "Blushing Maid Beni", Wu Heng provided them with career scrolls. It can be regarded as encouragement and recognition for their willingness to take a new step. "Sir, what are your orders?" The woman was a little cautious. "How are you doing lately?" Wu Heng asked with a smile, as if chatting with a friend. The woman replied, "Everything is fine, and the sisters all have jobs that look good." "For the movie, take more care of the other maids on the island. Those kinds of jobs are for youth, and there is no guarantee in the future." Wu Heng said directly. The woman''s eyes widened a bit, as if she heard wrongly. The owner of Treasure Island, the great detective, the young professional who defeated the prince. He actually said these words, but when he thought about it, the owner of Wuheng Island was different from other nobles, and it was not strange to say these things. "I will gather the maids on the island and mention this matter, if they are willing." The woman said immediately. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "As long as they work hard to change the old rules, the island master''s palace will provide them with job transfer scrolls and help find more performance opportunities in the future, so that everyone can compete while they are young." "Yes, sir." The woman lowered her head and said, but her voice was choked. "Okay, go and do your work, I have nothing to do." "Sir, thank you for becoming the owner of Treasure Island." "Thank you for supporting me, too." The woman bowed again and left the room. Wu Heng also got up and went to the cinema to direct for a while. When dusk approached, he took Robey back to the island master''s mansion. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Minnie said: "Master, Assistant Shi Yali just called and said that the Elf fleet has arrived and invites you to be our guest." Shi Yali did mention this matter before. He said that the elves would send a batch of nectar wine. In a few days, Wu Heng plans to go to Luntam City. It would have been more than half a month since I arrived, and I happened to go there to spend a little more time with Sheila Gui. "Okay, you give them a call and tell her I''ll be there tonight." Wu Heng said. "Okay, Master." "By the way, I have a game console here. I will put it in the video room for you. You can play when you have time." Wu Heng said. Upon hearing that there was something new, Minnie and Robert immediately became happy. "Master, if you''re not here, we might not do it." Minnie smiled. "Come on, I''ll teach you." Wu Heng took Minnie upstairs, installed the game console, and handed the other party a controller. Played with control. In fact, the operation is very simple, and Minnie has learned some Chinese characters in order to watch One Piece. The above options and content can also be seen clearly. You will quickly become proficient. After the game console is assembled. Wu Heng cleaned up briefly, and Minnie also greeted Shi Yali in advance. Then he took the skeleton out and went to the residence of the elf sisters. The maids are playing games at home. (End of chapter) Chapter 732 , pretending to sleep (Today鈥檚 update, 5,000 words.) Chapter 732, Pretending to Sleep (Todays update, 5,000 words.) Golden Sail Tavern. In the evening, when the tavern is busy, the drinkers sit in the hall, chatting and waiting for the bard to appear. Tell some new things about the island, or tell a great detective story. In a private room on the second floor. The weather was a bit hot, but in order to isolate the noise outside, the doors and windows on the inside were still closed. "Sisters, this is what it is, are you interested?" Siska stood in the middle, looking at the people sitting around, with seriousness and solemnity on her face. Gathering around, except for a few bards, most of them were maids and prostitutes from the island, all gathered here. Before the successful stage adaptation of Penny the Blushing Maid, Siska might not have had such high prestige to bring so many women together. But now that the stage play is successful, she has gained the attention of the island owner, and she has naturally become a representative figure in the ranks of the island''s maids. Calling these people over will make things much smoother. "Mrs. Siska, I have a few questions." A seductively dressed woman suddenly spoke from the front seat. The woman does not look young, but it can be seen that her appearance is not bad. "you say!" The woman cleared her throat and said: "Sisters are all here to eat. What a man wants can be seen at a glance. The island owner took the initiative to mention this matter, so he has no other requirements?" All the women turned their heads and looked at Siska. Siska smiled and said: "Sisters, if you want to lower your status, our bodies are not looked down upon by the island owner. If he really has any purpose, he will not discuss with us, capture and kill him, nothing more. Its just a matter of writing an announcement. "We have to eat on a daily basis. If we go to rehearse movies and stage plays according to the island owner, we will lose our income." Another woman, who was much younger, said softly. Siska looked at her again, "Would you like the island owner to feed you food? He will arrange everything for you." "If he can feed me, of course I will." The woman said coquettishly. There was a burst of laughter all around. Siska continued, "According to the island owner, movies are much more difficult than stage plays, and the scripts need to be rewritten. Anyone with talent in this area can give it a try." "The second point is the number of people. Movies require a lot of people to cooperate. They may be supporting actors or passers-by in the atmosphere. So as long as everyone wants to participate, there will be a place, and there is no need to worry about being busy until the end and not gaining anything. "Last point, as long as we can shoot it, the movie will be broadcast on its own. We can get the money as long as we are at home, and the island owner will help us with the sales and broadcasting." "Actually speaking, the island owner has fed the food into our mouths. All we have to do is open our mouths to catch it. I''m afraid you are used to stuffing food into it and are not used to feeding it into your mouth." Siska made dirty jokes and the women were not shy, but laughed. The woman who asked the first question asked again: "We all make money while lying down. Can the script you mentioned be written?" Siska continued, "If we can''t write it, we''ll ask someone to write it, a bard or a scholar. In short, it must be done, for the trust of the island owner and for ourselves." The sudden display of strength and determination stunned the others. No wonder she was able to lead a group of people from being dependent on men to now being the captain of the drama troupe. Indeed more courageous than most of them. When no one spoke, Siska raised her voice and said, "Okay, if you are willing to change, come to me and sign up for yourself. Tell me what you are good at. Coaxing men doesn''t count." The women rose noisily. Walk up to Siska''s location to sign up. Deacon''s Mansion. The magic circle gathered in the courtyard, and Wu Heng''s figure also appeared soon after. "Come here! Shi Yali''s dinner is ready." Not far away, Sila Gui was looking at him with a smile. This is waiting for him here in advance, Wu Heng also smiled, "It''s so embarrassing to always invite me to dinner." Silla rolled her eyes at him, "Let''s go, if you''re sorry, just eat more." The two walked into the house together. In the restaurant, Shi Yali, dressed in light blue home clothes, was serving various dinners to the table. He smiled and said: "It came just in time, the last thing has just been finished." "Your skills are so good." Wu Heng praised. "What can I do? I have a sister who wants to be a hero, but she can''t do anything except training." Shi Yali said, and then said, "Sit down, you can eat right away." Wu Heng sat down on one side, while the two women found their own seats, one on the left and one on the right, and sat on both sides. "Try this, you haven''t tried it last time." Shi Yali recommended several new dishes to Wu Heng. Sheila Gui glanced at her sister, her face full of reluctance. Wu Heng, on his side, sent over various dishes, tasted them carefully, and praised them repeatedly. Shi Yali''s craftsmanship is really good, at least not worse than the skeleton chef of the island owner''s mansion, and the taste has a fragrant aroma. "Try this nectar wine." Shi Yali filled Wu Heng''s glass with wine again. "The stamina will be greater, don''t drink too much." Sheila Gui reminded softly. Shi Yali also noticed her, filled her cup and said, "What are you afraid of at home? Let''s drink some with Wu Heng." Sheela looked at the filled nectar wine and drank it in small sips. "I see there is another building being renovated in the central area. What is it for?" Shi Yali tilted her chin and asked casually. "Cinema, the movies you have watched will also be shown there in the future." Wu Heng said softly. Shi Yali continued, "Do you want to show it to the outside world?" "Well, if there are new ones in the future, you guys can watch them first. If they feel good, then they will be shown to the public." "That''s a good idea." Shi Yali nodded with a smile, glanced at him and Sheila Gui again, and asked: "How far have you and my sister progressed?" Ahem~! As soon as Xila Gui took the food into her mouth, she started to cough violently. Looking at Shi Yali in surprise, "What are you talking about?" Shi Yali looked at Wu Heng, "How many women do you have?" Wu Heng felt a little embarrassed and hesitated, "There are a few." "How many maids?" "Yes!" Wu Heng replied, carefully looking at Xila Gui beside him. The other party''s eyes were also full of curiosity, but when it came to the maid, there was no strange expression. After all, Sheila Gui knew about her relationship with Minnie and the others in advance. If you are in conflict, you will not be on good terms with yourself. "You don''t have to be so careful. With your current status, it''s not surprising that some maids take care of your daily life." Shi Yali said with a smile, and then added, "Will you reach level 18?" Wu Heng looked at her with serious eyes. "Does level matter?" "We have a long lifespan. The higher your level, the longer we can spend together, so level is more important." Shi Yali explained. Sheila Gui looked at her sister in surprise. When the two were alone, she said that Wu Heng would definitely reach level 18, and she said a lot of good things. It sounds a bit harsh today. Sheila Gui whispered, "Don''t put too much pressure on me, I don''t care about this." Wu Heng glanced at the two girls. There was some expectation in his eyes. "Don''t worry, level 18 is not difficult." Wu Heng said confidently. "I just said you are confident." Shi Yali said with a smile. Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and changed the subject, "Do you guys think that releasing a pirate movie will cause any bad atmosphere?" "What does bad culture mean?" Sheila Gui asked. "For example, I think pirates are very handsome, and some people on the island have returned to their old professions and become pirates again." Wu Heng gave an analogy. "It''s possible..." Several people chatted while eating, and the atmosphere became lively again. The nectar wine tastes more like fruit wine, but after waiting for a while, the stamina gradually comes back. The faces of the three of them were a little red. After having enough wine and food. The three of them cleared the table. Shi Yali then said, "What''s the point of just chatting? Let''s play King''s Command! Wu Heng, can you do it?" Wu Heng frowned, "A game?" "Wait a minute." Shi Yali stood up, walked to the side and took out a deck of cards, and picked three from it. He said directly: "The game is very simple. Each person draws a card. The king can give orders to the civilians, and the civilians must obey." The rules are quite simple. Sheila Gui glanced at it and added: "You can play, but the orders you give can''t be too excessive." "Okay, let''s draw the cards!" The three of them drew cards and placed them in front of them. "Okay, everyone, let''s look at the cards! Let''s see who will be our king today." The three of them turned over the cards in their hands at the same time. Shi Yali raised the cards in her hands with excitement and shouted: "I am the king, and Sheila Gui is a commoner." Xila Gui took the lead in looking at Wu Heng, with a look of helplessness in her eyes. Shi Yali said with a smile on her face: "Commoner, I order you to get up and give us a dance." Sheila Gui frowned, "How can I dance?" "Wu Heng, do you want to see it?" Shi Yali looked at Wu Heng. "I want to see it!" Wu Heng nodded seriously. "Wu Heng wants to see it, so you can just jump twice." Sheila Gui had no choice but to stand up, gently swing her waist, and start jumping. After the end. The three of them continued to draw cards, it was still King Shi Yali and Wu Heng commoner. The two of them looked at Shi Yali at the same time, who smiled and said, "I have ordered that the civilians imitate Xila Gui and dance another dance, and it must be exactly the same." "Holy crap! You''ve gone too far." Wu Heng said. Xilagui''s eyes lit up, "Follow the rules and I''ll jump." Wu Heng hesitated to speak, but also stood up and imitated Xila Gui''s movements just now. It started to twist and there was a burst of laughter from the two sisters. After playing a few games, I lost interest. The nectar wine became stronger and stronger, and Shi Yali leaned on his shoulder. Regarding Shi Yali''s intimate behavior, Sila Gui just glanced at it, did not continue to say more, and leaned on the other side. The two of them were leaning on his shoulders, one on the left and the other on the right. Wu Heng had a strong constitution, but his cheeks felt hot and he felt a little drunk. Xilagui''s melee profession has reached a high level again. It also has high resistance to abnormal conditions. But for Shi Yali, she felt a little groggy and started talking nonsense. "I''m so dizzy, I need to lie down for a while." Shi Yali said softly. Xila Gui walked over from the side and said, "It''s just that the wine is very strong. You have to drink so much, but you don''t have the capacity to drink." Shi Yali was laid flat on the carpet in the living room and covered with a thin blanket. After settling in Shi Yali. Wu Heng and Xila Gui sat down facing the window. Sheila Gui leaned gently on his shoulder, and the two of them looked at the night outside the window. "I will leave in two days, and you will still be on the island then." Wu Heng said softly. Sheila Gui paused, "Why are you going again?" "There are some things outside. It''s not dangerous. I''ll be back in two days." Wu Heng said calmly. "It''s so dangerous outside recently, it''s best not to take risks." Sheela Gui was still a little uneasy. "knew." Wu Heng stretched out his hand to caress her cheek, and the two looked at each other. Looking at the red lips, getting closer and closer. Silla Gui pushed his face away, "Shi Yali is here." "She''s already asleep, so I''ll give her a gentle kiss." Wu Heng coaxed softly. "no." "Just once, gently, this time is over." Wu Heng said again. Sheila Gui couldn''t resist him, so she slowly retracted her hand and let the other party kiss her. What he said was a gentle kiss turned into a long and delicate entanglement. Sheila Gui''s eyes were full of vigilance and fear, and she kept scanning towards her sister lying beside her. "Lamp..." Sheila Gui muttered. Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and the slippers on the side hit the switch, and the room instantly fell into darkness. Only the window reflected a little light. In the darkness, Xila Gui was no longer so shy. She hung her arms on Wu Heng''s shoulders and gradually forgot her feelings. The two fell to the floor hugging each other. Wu Heng lifted up the other party''s clothes, and Xila Gui shyly put her hands into the other party''s clothes, stroking the muscles timidly. In a burst of rustling sounds. The two hugged each other tightly and lay on their sides on the floor. Suddenly, Wu Heng noticed that he was being looked at. Looking past Sheila Gui who was hugging him, in the dim space, a pair of bright eyes were looking at him. Shi Yali''s body was wrapped in a thin quilt, with a drunken blush on her face. Just look straight at them. Holy shit! The whole body trembled. "Don''t move!" Sheela whispered in her ear. Wu Heng''s body froze, holding the delicate body in his arms. Less than one meter away, Shi Yali looked straight at him. I was about to explain. Shi Yali showed a smile, stretched out her green-white fingers, and slowly stretched them out. She touched his lips lightly and then put it into her mouth. Wu Heng''s eyes widened and he didn''t dare to move, not knowing what she was going to do. Shi Yali took out her finger and put it into her mouth. What''s going on? Is she asleep or awake? Isn''t it sleepwalking? There''s something wrong with the development of the plot, it''s weird, and it''s a little exciting. Sheela Gui was still leaning on her arms, completely unaware that the person behind her had woken up and said softly: "Move." Come on, how can you do anything in this situation? At this time, Shi Yali slowly closed her eyes, as if she fell asleep again because of her drunkenness. Wu Heng moved subconsciously, and Xila Gui moaned softly. Shi Yali opened her eyes again, took his hand outside, and intertwined their fingers. Late at night, Wu Heng walked out of the room. Xila Gui arranged her clothes and followed her out. "I still have to take care of Shi Yali, I can''t leave you here anymore." Xila Gui helped him tidy up his clothes and said softly. "I know, let''s go live with me when we have the chance." Wu Heng gently touched her cheek. "I''ll see you off when you leave Treasure Island." "You send me off, doesn''t everyone know that I''m leaving? I''ll be back in a few days, and I''ll see you then." Wu Heng said softly. It made sense when Xila Gui thought about it, "I''m going back, and I have to take care of Shi Yali. I don''t know what happened, but I drank so much." Wu Heng smiled stiffly. Xila Ge returned and used teleportation to return to the island owner''s mansion. Return to your bedroom. Wu Heng washed up briefly, returned to the bedroom and lay on the bed. Think back to the scene just now. The heart beat violently again. "What''s going on with Shi Yali?" Shi Yali just looked at the two of them and completed the entire process. A little scary, but also a little exciting. Also because she was being looked at, she was still the biological sister of Sheela Gui, so the experience ended a little prematurely. When he left, he glanced at Shi Yali. The other party closed his eyes again, but he could also feel that the other party was pretending to sleep. "Did she do it on purpose?" He had a meal by himself, prepared nectar and wine, and was the first to get drunk. How do you think this is all arranged? Even if Wu Heng doesn''t feel anything, both sisters will fall in love with him. But in the current situation, it was also felt that Shi Yali had an exaggerated emotion for herself. "Actually, Shi Yali is pretty good too." "I just don''t know if Sheila Gui can accept this relationship." The next day, early morning. The family was sitting in the restaurant, and Philippa also came over early to eat. Wu Heng said: "Today I will go to Luntam City. Wei''er will still be responsible for the affairs on the island." "Okay, Master." Anderweil nodded. Wu Heng continued to look at Philippa, "Stay a few more days and take the magic weapon master on the island with you when you leave." "Okay!" Philippa continued, "Where''s Gianvito''s skill book? If I didn''t bring it back, the old man would definitely be angry." Wu Heng took out two skill books and said, "Tell him that Treasure Island plans to establish a mage research institute and invite him to live on the island." "Okay! I''ll tell him then." Philippa put the book into the space ring, and then said, "Take me to Luntam City sometime. I haven''t seen the orcs... Minnie and the others haven''t Calculate." "There may be a chance in the future." Wu Heng said with a smile. Then, he looked at Minnie and the others, and each said a few words. After breakfast, I brought some items prepared by Minnie that could be used on the way. I just put on the [train conductors hat], waved goodbye to the maids, boarded the train and left. Wood Elves, House Hall. The hall is spacious and bright, with smooth marble floors and light green slender carpets filled with patterns such as vines and curling grasses, all the way to the depths of the hall. At the front, on the high steps, there are many seats placed in a semi-arc shape. The seats were not full, and there were four wood elves wearing different styles of brocade robes sitting here and there. An older wood elf said, "Treasure Island has brought news that Wu Heng wants to buy the formula for plant growth potion." Another wood elf said: "What is there to discuss? Just like with other countries, just refuse. He is not qualified enough to make an exception for us." "Don''t refuse in a hurry. Take a look at this." The elder wood elf waved his hand slightly. Several newspapers flew to the other people. The elder wood elf reminded, "Just read the detective story in the lower left corner, and read the others when you go back." Everyone watched attentively again. His brows also wrinkled. The investigation team of our headquarters was attacked in the Kingdom of Yeko. I only found out about it after reading the newspaper. "What do you mean?" Another person said. The older wood elf''s tone remained calm, "That city lord has established trade with our chamber of commerce and is at level 16. Wu Heng can go and kill him alone. His level and strength are higher than we expected." "Do you want to agree to him? Let''s let him and Shanara go. This is already an exception." Someone reminded. Another person echoed, "We can sell them the liquid medicine, there is no need to give them the formula." The old man shook his head and said: "Of course I won''t sell it to him now. I just think that our clan has not had a hero for a long time. Do you think a person in his twenties who is close to level 18 will become a hero?" Everyone raised their eyebrows and instantly understood what he meant. Cultivating a hero from one''s own clan and a hero from a foreign clan can also help the development of the race. Especially since both sides were pretty good before. Shannella has a deep relationship with the other party again. "Are you sure he can become a hero? The formula was sent out, but I can''t control where it goes." "No, wait until he proves that he can reach level 18." Everyone nodded in agreement. The car door opens. Wu Heng got off the train with two skeleton attendants and released three ghosts at the same time. "Confirm the direction of Luntam City." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao flew up into the sky, looked around, and then flew down quickly. Pointing to the distance, "Uncle, the city is over here, and there is a skeleton cavalry running over from behind." Skeleton cavalry? "What about over there?" "Go this way, there is a way." Wu Heng walked through the bushes and saw the road leading to Luntam City. And behind the road. A skeleton cavalry is galloping towards you from a distance, with a cloud of smoke rising behind it. "Wu Heng, don''t go out. Someone is approaching. The target seems to be the skeleton cavalry." Granda''s voice also sounded in his ears. Xiaoxiao also said, "There are people, five people, around level 10, who came across." The two ghosts said. When the skeleton cavalry approached, a group of men dressed like a mercenary team rushed out. The leading warrior held a shield and crashed into the horse''s belly. The few people behind also began to prepare for the battle. (End of chapter) Chapter 733 , the enemy outside the city (first update, 5,000 words.) Chapter 733, Enemies outside the city (first update, 5,000 words.) The warrior came with a shield. The skeleton knight pulled the reins, and the skeleton horse took a sharp step forward, barely avoiding the impact from the side. But several people rushed out one after another, blocking the road ahead. The skeleton knight''s empty eyes looked at the shield-wielding warrior behind him, and then at the people blocking the way in front. Slowly he drew out the long sword from his waist. The skeleton horse kept tapping its hooves on the spot, ready to charge. In the distance, Wu Heng saw the skeleton knight avoiding the side impact. Said: "Control them." The three ghosts flew out directly and rushed towards the people blocking the road. When the ghost entered the body, the team, who was ready for battle, suddenly stiffened. There was fear in his eyes. One person threw the weapon aside and smashed his fist into his nose. Click~! The bridge of the nose was deformed and blood spurted out. The other person suddenly turned around, faced his companion next to him, and kicked him in the crotch. The soldier holding the shield threw away his shield and hit the tree next to him while shouting in terror. The skeleton knight, who was ready for battle, looked at the enemy who suddenly became confused. The skull tilted. With a flick of the reins, the skeleton horse jumped over several people and flew away. Wu Heng came over with his skeleton attendants. The few people who were troubled by the ghost looked at the three figures who suddenly appeared warily. "Did you do it?" The soldier with a **** head stared at Wu Heng. "Tie them up." Wu Heng said behind him. "You are looking for death!" The thief at the front jumped up instantly, holding two daggers in his hands. Bang~! When the person was in the air, he was kicked in the abdomen by Kaxiu and flew four to five meters away. Vomiting bile and blood. The rest of the people were also surprised, including the high-level professionals. "Sir, there is some misunderstanding. We were just passing by." Wu Heng was too lazy to listen to their explanation, "Tie them up and break their limbs dishonestly." Kaxiu and Kerimu quickly stepped forward. In the hands of the two skeletons, the five people who were already injured had no ability to resist. They were **** into a ball. Wu Heng casually opened the [Mansion Technique], "Push them in, and you stay inside and watch them. Don''t damage the equipment." Seeing a space crack suddenly open, the eyes of the five people widened instantly. Even if you have no experience, you still know that this is definitely not an ability that ordinary professionals can unleash. Its over, Im in trouble this time. "My lord, please spare my life." "We want to grab something and go to the city lord''s mansion to exchange for some wine money." "Wrong, give me a chance." "No, no, I don''t want to go in..." Among the five people, four shouted for mercy and the other was vomiting blood. The two skeletons carried several people and went directly to a corner of the mansion, putting some distance between them and the electromagnetic gun equipment. After everyone goes in, turn off the mansion technique directly. The cries and pleas for mercy disappeared, and everything was quiet. "Uncle, they don''t look very smart." Xiaoxiao said from the side. "Maybe they are from local gangs, there are few who are illiterate." Wu Heng said. Glenda asked from the side: "Aren''t you going to ask them about their purpose?" "Let Mansha Wen ask after we get back. She is responsible for the Skeleton Army. She can also arrange a new delivery route by asking in person." Wu Heng said. "That''s right." Glenda nodded. Wu Heng took out the motorcycle from the space ring. After sitting on it, he galloped towards Luntam City. The three ghosts also flew quickly. Flying and chatting at the same time. Soon we approached the outer area of ??the city. Wu Heng put away his motorcycle, put on his hood, blended into the crowd and walked straight in. When we arrived at the city wall in the outer area of ??the city, the search began to become stricter. Everyone entering and leaving must identify themselves. Residents of the city, or foreign caravans, Wu Heng has the emblem of the association, and they can easily pass in. The search was quite strict. After all, it was time to fight with Luntam City, so as not to be in any danger. Wuheng walked all the way into the inner city. There weren''t many changes in the city, and people didn''t feel nervous about fighting. Arriving at the City Lord''s Mansion, I walked in. "Master, you are back!" The housekeeper ''Harter'' was wearing a black housekeeper''s uniform, pushing up the frames of her glasses, and walked over quickly. "Where''s Wen Mansha?" Wu Heng asked directly. "Madam is in the lobby. The Skeleton Knight has just sent information." Hartle said. "Is there anyone else?" Wu Heng walked into the building from a side door. Hartel stepped forward, helped him take off his coat, and hung it aside. "No, it''s just Madam herself. We haven''t summoned other commanders yet." "Take me there. I also saw this skeleton knight on the way." Wu Heng said. "Master, please come this way." Harter took him directly to the hall and saw Wen Mansha sitting on the city lord''s throne, with the skeleton knight he just saw below. Hearing the footsteps, Wen Mansha turned back in confusion. Seeing Wu Heng walking in, his eyes flashed with surprise, "Master." Mansha Wen is in good condition and seems to be recovering well after giving birth, with a rosy complexion. Wearing a beige embroidered long skirt, she looks like a lady enjoying her time. "What news was sent?" Wu Heng asked. "Two pieces of news. The skeleton army met an enemy group that planned to take a detour and killed all of them. However, it is not ruled out that a small team will detour and attack Luntam City." "The second news is that the skeleton army is about to arrive at Fortress Seted. Some scattered intelligence indicates that the army of the Kingdom of Yeko is likely to gather there, waiting for a decisive battle with the skeleton army." Wen Mansha said slowly With. The number of enemies that have been bypassed is limited, so it is actually difficult to threaten Luntam City. There should be more assassinations targeting leaders. He happened to be in Luntam City, so he wasn''t worried about Wen Mansha''s safety. The second point is the Seted Fortress, where the forces of the Kingdom of Yeko are being assembled for a decisive battle with the skeletons. In other words, the previous retreat of the kingdom''s army was not a blind escape, but an adjustment and gathering of troops, intending to use this fortress as the decisive battle point. Stop the skeleton army. "Can this fortress stop the skeleton army?" Wu Heng asked. Wenman pulled him and sat down together on the city lord''s seat, saying: "Setted is the name of a person. In the early days, the kingdom was at war with the orc tribe. At that time, the orcs launched a massive attack. It was the general Seted who led the human race. Defeating the orcs with this fortress established the current dividing line. "Later on, this fortress was named the Seted Fortress. For the people of the Kingdom of Yeko, this fortress also represented a will that could repel the orcs and the undead. Of course, it was indeed a will. Its an easy-to-defend but difficult-to-attack position. The army of skeletons moved downwards, and humans were retreating steadily. Really need a reason to revive the decline. "I understand." Wu Heng nodded. "Master, didn''t you hear about this fortress when you were in Blackstone Town?" Wen Mansha asked with a smile. "No one told me, and I''m a necromancer, so I''m not very popular there." Wu Heng said helplessly. In Blackstone Town, I have only been a member for more than a month. Not to mention this fortress, I came out of Blackstone Town without even understanding it. What''s more, at that time in Blackstone Town, I was also the object of attention, so who would mention this matter to me. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said, "Do you have any plans?" "Just continue as planned. I''m mainly here to bring you ammunition." Wu Heng said directly. Wen Mansha nodded, "Hatter, go get the letter paper." The housekeeper brought the letter paper, and Wen Mansha wrote down the next plan. The main thing is to stabilize the currently occupied city first, and then consider attacking the ''Thetted Fortress'' after supplies and ammunition are delivered. "Is that okay?" Wen Mansha looked at Wu Heng. "I have no objection. I don''t know much about fighting, so you can make arrangements." Wu Heng continued, "By the way, I came here just now and saw a team intercepting the skeleton knights who were delivering letters. Isn''t there something wrong with the delivery of letters along the way? Danger." "What''s going on? Where is it?" Wen Mansha''s expression immediately became serious. Wu Heng immediately told what happened when he first arrived, "I have brought those five people back, and you will interrogate them then." "Where are the people?" Wen Mansha asked. Wu Heng stepped down from the high platform and opened the [Mansion Technique], revealing two skeletons and five **** figures, "Bring them out." The five people were dragged out by the skeleton. He collapsed on the ground and looked at his surroundings in horror. When he saw Wen Mansha, he looked up and down specifically. A sharp look flashed in his eyes. Wen Mansha said: "Don''t rush to deliver the letter yet, take these people under custody and I will interrogate them later." The housekeeper waved, and several skeletons guarding the room came in and walked out with a few people on the ground. In the hall, there were two people left again. "Where''s my daughter?" "I''m taking a nap upstairs. I''ll take you to have a look." Wen Mansha smiled and led him upstairs. The two walked into the room quietly and saw the child in the crib. And in the room, there were four skeleton hags standing by. "Slept well." "So many skeletons coax her to play every day, and she will sleep when she is tired from playing. It must be delicious." Wen Mansha said in a low voice. "Aren''t you afraid of skeletons?" "Follow dad, don''t be afraid at all." Wen Mansha said with a smile. "I was a little scared before, but I''m not scared anymore." "That daughter is braver than her father." Wu Heng smiled and nodded, and kissed the child''s fair face gently, "Let''s go, don''t disturb her rest." Wen Mansha nodded and told the skeleton standing next to her. The two walked out of the room again. "Master, I''m going to interrogate those people. Give me the ammunition you brought later. Arrange the time and I''ll have someone send it out." Standing in the corridor, Wen Mansha said. "I''ll go to the radio room to say hello to Minnie and the others, and then I''ll go find you." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded and hurried downstairs. Wu Heng went to the room where the radio station was played. Mansha Wen''s radio station is placed in the room next to the bedroom. Wu Heng walked in, asked the skeleton standing beside him to get up, and sat in his original position. Picked up the phone and said, "Go get Minnie over." Not long after, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "Sister Wen Mansha?" "It''s me!" "Master, are you over there!" Minnie''s voice also sounded much higher. "We''re here, is there nothing going on at Treasure Island?" Wu Heng asked. The journey is so long that it takes several days each time. After coming out, I was still a little worried about the safety of Treasure Island. "Nothing happened. Philippa took the artificers on the island to the city of Netale. The day before yesterday, the movie theater on the island showed it to the public, and the whole island started a new topic. It was very lively." Minnie said with a smile. "There''s no problem with safety, right?" "It''s okay. Deacon Sheilagui is in charge. He came over yesterday to have afternoon tea with us." After he became close to Sheila Gui, he also began to interact with several maids in the island master''s mansion. This is a good thing. Wu Heng also hopes that their relationship can be better. "It''s okay." Wu Heng said. "Okay, Master." Minnie agreed, and then said, "Master, there is a new movie over there that has been translated. Can we watch it first?" "Look, call Sheila Rose and McIntosh." "Okay." Minnie said excitedly. The cheers of Robert and Annette also came from behind. "Okay, let me know if anything happens, and I''ll get busy first." "Goodbye, Master." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng called the ghost back again. Went to the zombie world. I heard Li Yahong report the situation here. Nothing important happened during the few days I left. The skeletons to be trained have been sent to the main station, and the process of making alchemy potions into pills is still in progress, but there is no result yet. All in all, nothing much has changed. Wu Heng sat with Li Yahong for a while and then returned to the other world. Come down from upstairs. Wen Mansha was sitting in the hall breastfeeding her child. Seeing Wu Heng come down, he took out the other side and raised his eyebrows. "No, thank you." Wu Heng declined, sat down and teased the child, and then asked, "How was the interrogation?" "I''m not a gang member in the city. I need you to ask the corpse later to make sure." Wen Mansha said softly. "What''s going on?" "Hatter, let''s talk." Wen Mansha gently caressed the child. Hartle, the housekeeper on the side, said: "The five people were interrogated separately, and the final conclusion was that they were active soldiers of the Kingdom of Yeko. Their mission this time was to intercept the skeleton horse delivering the letter and confirm the content of the letter. " He is really a member of the Kingdom of Yeke. "How did they determine the time and route of the Skeleton Knight?" The housekeeper continued, "According to what they said, they calculated the time for these two days and stayed nearby." I recall what I saw when I saw these people. It was indeed running from a distance. The warrior hit the horse with his shield, which was also a little hasty. "Where are these people now?" The housekeeper glanced at Mansha Wen and replied, "Dead." "Let''s ask the corpse later!" Wu Heng nodded. Soon, the baby spit out the pacifier and burped. Wen Mansha handed her to the skeleton hag beside her, "Coax her to play for a while and then let her sleep." The hag immediately cast a spell, and her appearance immediately changed into that of Wen Mansha. She took the child and wandered around gently. Apparition! The skills retained by the Skeleton Hag. Illusion is an illusion-like ability that high-level professionals can see through, but it can only take the form of a woman. The hag picked up the child and walked upstairs while gently wandering around. What a good idea. A natural confinement nanny. Wu Heng followed Wen Mansha and walked outside together. dungeon. Then he saw five corpses that had been covered with straw mats. Compared to a normal interrogation, I feel that it would be more humane to kill and interrogate the corpse. "Think about what you want to ask, and just ask directly when the time comes." Wu Heng said. "good." Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead], and the first corpse suddenly sat up, and the straw mat on his body fell aside. Wu Heng took half a step back and signaled to Wen Mansha that it was okay. Wen Mansha asked directly: "What is your true identity?" The corpse replied, "Yeko Kingdom, member of the Fourth Light Infantry Regiment." Sure enough, it was the same as the information that was asked at the beginning, and he was from the Kingdom of Yeko. Wen Mansha then asked, "What is your purpose here?" "As ordered, create some chaos and perform tasks in Luntam City." "According to whose orders." "Command of this operation." And conductor. The two looked at each other. Wen Mansha asked again: "Where is this conductor?" The corpse pondered for a moment, "I don''t know." The last question is, "Is this commander within the three districts of Luntam City?" "exist!" After answering the five questions, the body lay back on its back. Wen Mansha''s face was also a little serious and she said, "It seems that many people have come around one after another." "Ask the other bodies." Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead] again, and the second corpse sat up. Wen Mansha also followed and started asking questions. Several corpses were questioned one after another. The basic situation is pretty much understood. As they had guessed, these people bypassed the skeleton army and gathered around Luntam City. To keep their operations secret, they would go into town wearing blue hoods and red sashes. At that time, someone will determine the location where they will stay and use the animal taming to give them tasks. The Skeleton Knight in the path of this attack was also passed down in this way. As for who the commander is, and whether there is anyone else, there is no clue. Unilaterally assign tasks. It''s really hard to find each other. "Order a city-wide search?" Wen Mansha looked at Wu Heng. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "Don''t worry, if there is too much noise, the city may be in chaos first, and it may also remind them that they have been discovered." "Do you have any good ideas?" Wen Mansha then asked. "The blue hood and red belt are a helpful clue. Tomorrow, arrange for someone to pretend to be this image and go to the city to see if they can find any clues." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, then just do as the master says." Wen Mansha smiled, "Go back to eat first. I asked someone to cook a very sumptuous dinner." "Let''s go." Returning to the city lord''s mansion, Wen Mansha went upstairs to see the baby, and the housekeeper went to see how the dinner was going in the kitchen. Outside the city, inside a grocery store. A figure walked in quickly and looked around. Approaching the counter, he lowered his voice and said: "The team that went to kill the Skeleton Knight has disappeared. Let everyone hide for a while. All previous identification features have been cancelled. Notify them immediately. If you cannot notify them, please do not continue to contact them." After saying that, he turned around and left. (End of chapter) Chapter 734 , like a magic scroll Chapter 734, Like a Magic Scroll I sat in the study and waited for a while. Three ghosts flew back from outside one after another. Xiaoxiao said: "I didn''t find anyone in the blue hood over there, but I saw two orcs dueling, and all their teeth were knocked out." Beni said: "I didn''t find anyone dressed similarly in the area I checked." There are no clues about either ghost. Wu Heng continued to look at Glenda. The three ghosts are responsible for different areas. Granda has a higher level and higher attributes, so the area she is responsible for is larger. Found the eyes looking over. Glenda said: "I found a man dressed like this here. He is a swordsman. He lives in the Giant Tail Tavern in the outer area of ??the city, in the innermost room on the second floor." Sure enough, I got some clues here in Glenda. "Will any tamed beast send a message to this person?" Wu Heng then asked. There is no point in finding these people, the main thing is to find the commander hiding in the dark. Glenda shook her head, "I stayed there for a while, but I didn''t see any trace of the tame beast, nor did I find that he had received any information." "Let me check the situation." Wu Heng said. Glenda got into the body, and the shared image appeared in her mind. He has a blue hood and a red cloth hanging around his waist. It''s not a belt, but it should be the target he''s looking for. We visited a few stalls along the way and then headed straight back to the pub. There were a total of five people in the tavern room, sitting silently in the room, casually chatting about some of the discoveries they had just made here, and then just waiting. Until Granda left, it was not discovered that these people had received any news or intelligence. When the shared scene ended, Glenda took the initiative to fly out of her body. "Are you going to catch them?" Glenda asked next. "There''s not much use in catching him." Wu Heng glanced at the already darkened window and said, "You guys should work hard, leave one to keep an eye on the city lord''s palace, and the rest will take turns to monitor those few people. If there are any tamed animals, Send the letter and follow the beast to find the person behind the message." Glenda said: "Xiao Xiao, stay here and protect your uncle. Penny will follow me to the outer area of ??the city." "Okay." Penny nodded. Xiaoxiao patted his chest and said, "Leave it to me, don''t worry." After saying that, the two ghosts flew out. Wu Heng also stood up, "Xiao Xiao, I''ll leave it to you, I''m going to rest." "When you have nothing to do, can I go see my sister?" Xiao Xiaopiao stood beside her. "Okay, but don''t wake her up. It will be troublesome if she starts crying." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll take a look from a distance." Xiaoxiao nodded. Wu Heng waved to her and walked directly to the bedroom. In the bedroom. Wen Mansha was wearing a red lace dress, lying on her side on the bed, with the fabric hanging on her body, showing off her exaggerated waist-to-hip ratio. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he put the documents in his hands aside. "Master, did you find anything?" Wu Heng got on the bed and gently held the other person in his arms, "I found someone dressed like this, and let the ghost keep an eye on it. If I find someone sending a message, I will follow up and investigate." "Having the master around gives people a sense of security." Wen Mansha said softly, and began to put her hands into his clothes, groping randomly. Wu Heng continued: "There are not many of them. They are unlikely to cause danger to you and the city. It should not be difficult to detect them." Wen Mansha nodded and lifted up his clothes, "The master can arrange these things. What you have to do now is to comfort your little maid." Throwing the clothes he took off aside, he smiled charmingly, "Don''t you want to teach the sinful gangster sister-in-law, the boss''s wife, a lesson?" "Stacking BUFFs!" "Ah, what did you say?" Wu Heng held her chin and patted her cheek, "It''s okay, turn around." Wen Mansha turned around slowly with her charming eyes. early morning. After breakfast, Wen Mansha went to the lobby to give tasks to the city officials. Wu Heng also walked out of the city lord''s palace and called a carriage to go to the commercial street in the inner city. Not long after, the carriage stopped in front of a prop shop. Wu Heng, wearing a human skin mask, opened the door and slowly got out of the car. Behind him were two accompanying skeleton attendants. He looked up at the plaque above. It says Hui Ling Props Shop, five words. After confirming it is here. Wu Heng walked directly in. There were several customers in the store looking around at the products. A clerk immediately came forward and said: "Guest, what type of props do you need, life-style or combat and defense, I can help you introduce them." Wu Heng said: "I was introduced by Miss Hartle, the housekeeper of the City Lord''s Mansion, and I have already said hello to your rune master." Upon hearing that it was someone introduced by the City Lord''s Mansion, the clerk''s attitude became even more respectful. "Mr. Malcolm has already given instructions, please come this way." Wu Heng nodded and followed the other person through the hall and to the room at the back of the store. After knocking on the door, the clerk said: "Mr. Malcolm, the customer introduced by the City Lord''s Mansion has arrived." "Let him in!" "Guest, please." The door opened and Wu Heng walked in. The interior area is about thirty square meters, surrounded by cabinets and shelves filled with various items. A middle-aged man who looks to be in his forties is sitting at an old wooden table, playing with a ring. It looks like they are repairing a broken prop. "What prop is broken? There are certain risks in repairing it. It may not be repaired well, which will also affect the possibility of subsequent repairs." The man said directly. Wu Heng sat down aside and said, "It''s not about repairing things. I have an item here that I would like you to help me take a look at." Looking at items? The man turned around, looked up and down, and said, "What is it? Let me take a look." Wu Heng took out the talisman and placed it on the table between the two of them. "Yellow paper?" The man had some doubts in his eyes and looked up at Wu Heng. The city lord''s palace introduced him, and judging from his dress and grooming, he probably wasn''t here to make fun of himself. "What do you need me to see?" "I got this piece of paper by chance. It can protect ghosts. Let''s see if we can find the reason?" Wu Heng said directly. The purpose of this trip is also very simple. The rune master who came to the city took a look at the talisman. It is still unclear whether the effect on ghosts is due to the pattern on it or the materials used. The middle-aged man''s brows furrowed even deeper, he picked up the fluffy yellow paper and unfolded it carefully. The mark on the talisman appeared before his eyes. "Prop? Or a strange object?" "I don''t know!" Broken down, neither of the two should match. The other party turned around, took several tools from the operating table behind, and placed them in front of the table. Pour a potion, or some liquid, into a copper basin. Then he picked up the talisman and moved it slightly closer to the copper basin. The ink inside seemed to be driven by energy, slowly spreading into the distance. "It''s really effective." The man said with some surprise in his tone, "The effect is too small, it''s basically useless." With that said, he put away the copper basin and potion. He put on the magnifying single-sided glasses and began to carefully examine the lines on it. Then he said: "It should be a strange item. The effect is very low. It basically doesn''t have much effect on ghosts." Strange object! Wu Heng was a little dissatisfied with this result, and then asked, "Is there any way to experiment? Is it the material that works? Or the graphics?" "Do you suspect that this is an engraved magic scroll?" the middle-aged man said. (End of chapter) Chapter 735 , let them out Chapter 735, let them come out Wu Heng''s eyes lit up. Relatively speaking, this kind of thing drawn on paper is closer to a magic scroll. However, the magic scroll is much larger than the talisman and needs to be unfolded when using it. "Is it possible?" "These two strokes can have the effect of blocking ghosts. It''s really not simple. It may be the work of a certain master." The middle-aged man continued, "If you want to verify the material, you need to get some. Its very possible that this thing will be destroyed. "It''s okay, the effect is so small, it''s just bad." The middle-aged man nodded, took out a carving knife, and gently scraped off a layer of the drawn pattern. Then he turned around and started experimenting. "The material does have an effect. It may be a rare object, or it may be an experimental product of a certain master and scholar." The middle-aged man said without looking back. "What''s the meaning of this graphic?" Wu Heng asked again. "The deliberate drawing of this pattern obviously has a purpose, otherwise it would be simpler to just pile up the materials." "That makes sense." The middle-aged man put the things in his hands aside and continued, "This piece of yellow paper works well, but its effect is too low. If you are willing, I can buy it with two silver coins and use it as a collection." This item is definitely unique in the current environment. Whether it''s a rare object or some master''s experimental product, it actually doesn''t matter anymore. It is already a rare item with great research value. Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, this is also my collection. I just came here to ask." "It''s easy to talk about the price. If you tell me the price in your mind, if it''s not an exaggeration, I will consider it." The other party spoke again. "I have no intention of selling it. I will sell it to you when I have a chance to get a second one." The middle-aged man wanted to say a few more words, but he endured it. The other party doesn''t look simple, and he was introduced by the city lord''s palace. If you don''t want to sell it to yourself, there''s nothing you can do about it. "That''s a pity. If you change your mind at any time, you can come to me at any time. I am willing to buy it with 100 silver coins." After saying that, he handed the talisman back, Wu Heng put the space ring away, stood up and said, "Thank you very much." "polite!" Leaving the backyard, there are still many guests in the front hall. The previous clerk came over quickly and respectfully sent him out of the store. Walk out of the shop. Wu Heng did not leave immediately. After walking along the street for a while, I walked into a pub on the side of the road. There were not many guests at this time. On the wooden steps, a human bard was loudly telling the great detective story in the newspaper. Wrentam City also sells newspapers and publishes detective stories. But the progress of the story is one version slower than that of Treasure Island, and it is still in the second case stage. "Master Wu Heng is so smart, I feel like I''m going to fall in love with him." "Stop making trouble, we orcs and humans can''t get along." "I don''t care about this. I can accept him being ugly." Wu Heng raised his head and glanced at the female orc who was speaking. She was nearly three meters tall, with green skin and huge fangs. The wine glass with a thick mouth was poured into the mouth in large gulps. The muscles in her arms are almost as thick as her maid''s waist, and she is as strong as a bodybuilding coach handing out flyers. Good guy, the aesthetics of orcs and humans are really different. He withdrew his gaze and did not pay attention to the orcs chatting opposite him. Opened the panel and took a look. [Level: Level 19 (598537/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (13837/66000)] The experience value has almost doubled, and the reputation has just reached 13,000. Luntam City should have contributed a lot to the subsequent increase in reputation. But the distance to upgrade is still far behind, and we need to continue to find ways to improve. He drank all the wine in the glass, left the tavern directly, and called a carriage to return to the city lord''s palace. Return to the city lord''s mansion. Wen Mansha was still in the lobby, giving tasks to the leaders in the city. Wu Heng didn''t bother her either. Say hello to the housekeeper and go directly upstairs. After coaxing the child for a while in the baby''s room, he returned to the study and took out the talisman. Today I went to the prop shop to ask about talismans. Although I didn''t understand the matter clearly, I still gained something. It is confirmed that the materials used have certain effects. The patterns on the talisman are very likely to be matching. When the time comes, I will ask someone to contact the main station and ask about the materials used to draw the talisman, and then study it. The second point is the inspiration of the magic scroll. Rather than thinking it was a rune pattern, the middle-aged man said the magic scroll was closer to a talisman. They were both drawn and recorded on scrolls or paper. "You should ask a scholar who specializes in magic scrolls for advice." "No, I''m a member of the Hongwen Club. I''m going outside to ask for advice." After thinking for a moment, he opened the door and walked downstairs. The location of the side hall. Hartle, the housekeeper, was directing the skeleton to move some furniture outside. The last time I came here, there were still a few maids in the City Lord''s Mansion, but after coming here this time, all the maids in the City Lord''s Mansion have been replaced by skeletons. "Sir!" Hartle saluted. Wu Heng said: "Harter, go get a piece of letter paper and an envelope and send them to the study." "Okay, sir." Wu Heng returned to the study, sat at the desk and waited for a while. Harter knocked on the door and walked in, "Sir, the envelope and letter paper are ready." "Wait for me for a moment. It will be sent to the association later." "Yes, sir." Harter stood straight to the side and looked here. Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment before starting to write a letter. The letter was written to Claudio, the leader of the Hongwen Society. He first reported on the recent development of Treasure Island and thanked the Hongwen Society for providing public lectures on the island and helping the islanders career advancement. Then he mentioned magic scrolls and professional scrolls. I am more interested in this aspect and would like to borrow some books to increase my knowledge. At the end, he wrote that he would return to Treasure Island, and any letters could be mailed directly to Treasure Island. To avoid leaving Luntam City later, mail it directly here. After finishing writing, Wu Heng re-checked the above content. Confirm it is correct and seal with hot wax. "Harter!" Wu Heng looked up and saw the housekeeper looking at him. The two looked at each other, and Harter immediately responded, "Master." "Send it to the association and have them mail it directly." "Yes, sir." Hartle picked up the letter and left quickly. afternoon. Glenda came back and said, "Benny is still watching over there, but so far, no one has contacted them, and no one has sent any information." It''s been a day, and these people still have no information. "Did you find anything else?" Wu Heng then asked. Glenda thought for a moment and answered, "There are only two possibilities. One is that there is no mission to be assigned to them, and the second is that the killing of those five people has been exposed, and the mission will not be assigned." Basically the same as what Wu Heng thought. These people must be people arranged by the Kingdom of Yeke, there is no doubt about this. The rest is why there is no connection behind the scenes. Wu Heng continued, "The second possibility is more likely." "Why?" Glenda asked. "You searched such a large area in the city and found this small team. The number is too small. They should know that we are investigating this matter again and the original characteristics have changed." Wu Heng said. "What about these ones we''re staring at?" "Maybe they didn''t have time to notify them, or maybe they were released for us to catch and kill." Wu Heng said directly. "It''s possible!" Glenda nodded, "Are these people still watching?" "We''ll keep an eye on it for now. If there aren''t any clues tomorrow, we''ll find a way to lure them out." "Okay, I''ll go keep an eye on Beni and let you know if there''s any news." "Thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng said with a smile. Glenda smiled at him, "We don''t feel the hardship." After saying that, he turned around and left in the distance. Continue to sit in the study, thinking about how to find these people. From the door came Hart''s voice calling him to eat. He got up and left the study and walked out directly. During dinner, Wu Heng and Wen Mansha talked about this matter again. Patrols began to gradually increase in the city. Wu Heng is also trying to find a way to find the other party. In the blink of an eye, two more days passed. During the past two days, the ghosts stared at the few people they had discovered before, while also searching for other suspicious targets in the city. But the other party seemed to not exist at all, and no useful clues were found. Moreover, in order to give the impression that they were unaware of the existence of these people, they did not dare to let the guards conduct a large-scale search. So as not to alert the enemy. Two days passed like this. Late at night today, when there were no more pedestrians on the road, a convoy escorted by more than a dozen skeletons slowly left the city from the east gate. After passing through the outer area of ??the city, they took a roundabout way and started heading towards the Kingdom of Yeko. And just after this convoy left the outer area of ??the city. Figures one after another also walked out of the surrounding buildings. After identifying the direction, teams of five people left the city one after another and followed the direction of the convoy. "Go this way, those skeletons have taken a detour, we can stop them by rushing over." Wow~! Everyone ran directly through the woods to catch up with the carriage. Soon, I saw a convoy that was not very fast. "Kill~!" A roar was issued. Everyone rushed out of the dense forest and rushed towards the skeleton escorting the goods. After some killing. The skeletons all fell to the ground, and one of them lifted the oilcloth on the carriage, revealing arrows and some leather fodder underneath. "What do they do with these?" "Whatever! Burn it, and then we go back." Soon, the fire broke out and there was a crackling sound all around. "Come on, let''s go back." Afraid that the fire would attract the guards, everyone left quickly. City Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng was sitting in the study, and Penny flew back from outside. He said directly: "Those people did follow him out of the city. Mrs. Glenda secretly killed one of them, took over his body and followed him away." "good." (End of chapter) Chapter 736 , we have the final say on how to play Chapter 736: We have the final say on how to play Wu Heng felt relieved when he heard that Glenda had already sneaked into the team. Everything is going according to plan. Wu Heng said: "Keep watching and let me know if there is any news." "Okay!" Penny turned around and left through the wall. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then opened the door and walked downstairs. In the hall, Mansha Wen was sitting on a chair, and the housekeeper was rubbing her shoulders. Seeing him coming down, Wen Mansha asked, "How is it?" "It''s going well. We''ll arrange another operation tomorrow. As long as the commander dares to use the beast taming to convey the message, he can be caught." Wu Heng said directly. "Fortunately, the master is here, otherwise it would be really difficult for me to handle this matter." Wen Mansha also showed a relaxed smile. "Okay, let''s go back and rest. Harter should rest early and leave the rest to the skeleton." Wu Heng said. "Yes, sir." The housekeeper saluted. Wen Mansha took his arm affectionately and returned to the bedroom together. Outer city area. A large number of skeletons began to walk quickly through the streets. Although there was no door-to-door search, the sounds of dense footsteps, bones rubbing, and weapons clashing still made residents panic. I''m afraid that something will happen and involve me. Inside a house. "It''s okay. These skeletons didn''t choose to search. They probably didn''t want to make the matter a big deal." A person looked out along the crack in the door and said at the same time. After waiting for the wheel-seeking guards outside to go away, he came back and sat down at the table. There were five people sitting around the old wooden table, a regular five-person team configuration. The person who came back said softly: "This operation went very smoothly. The skeletons escorted were not of a high level." The person on the left continued, "It looks like a test. There are not many supplies transported, and they are not urgent things for the army." "It''s normal. They rely on skeletons to fight. They don''t need heavy baggage in the first place." "Actually, it doesn''t matter. As long as we create some chaos for them from the surrounding areas, we can delay the delivery of supplies." "That''s right. It might as well delay their progress." Several people chatted in low voices. At this time, the person who had just explored the situation outside the door looked up at the silent swordsman on one side and said, "Oliver, how do you feel?" "Oliver? Oliver!" After shouting several times, when everyone else looked at the swordsman, the swordsman realized, "Much better, just a little dizzy." The others also frowned at him. "Where''s the injury? Why haven''t you said anything?" someone asked. "I have a headache. How can I have the energy to tell you this?" the swordsman replied. The others still looked at him and touched their weapons. It seemed that he was not satisfied with his answer. The swordsman frowned, "What do you mean?" The others still looked at him and glanced at each other. They always felt that something was wrong with Oliver, but they couldn''t tell. Silence fell in the room. When they were all thinking about what was wrong. There was a slight banging sound from the window. One person stood up, opened the window a crack, and the gray-brown bird''s beak clamped the note and sent it in. He took the note, unfolded it, and read softly, "Leave tomorrow morning and wait for other teams two kilometers away to let them change their clothes." After saying that, put the paper ball on the candle and burn it. "Oliver, what''s wrong with you?" Suddenly, someone asked. Several people looked back and saw that Oliver''s body fell limply to one side. Fell to the ground. The people who were nearby came forward to check, and their bodies suddenly stiffened, and they said, "He''s dead!" Dead? Everyone''s eyes widened. The gray owl, using the cover of darkness, made its way into the sky over the outer city. After evading two waves of patrolling beasts, he swooped down and got into the open window of a shop. In a dark room. A tall and thin man wearing a wide robe took out the dried meat from the space ring, fed it into the owl''s mouth, and said, "Well done." The owl didn''t respond, just swallowed the dried meat that was passed into its mouth. On the opposite side of the room, another bloated man whispered: "Sir, will killing the transport team cause chaos in the city? Since the fighting outside, Wen Mansha has become more and more ruthless." "What we want is for them to become confused. As long as they can''t find our location, it''s not up to us to decide how they want to play." The tall and thin ranger said with a smile. Compared to people like myself. The real headache should be the woman sitting in the city lord''s mansion. When they are desperate, they cannot bear to cause some trouble in the city or set fire to dense residential areas outside the city. Of course, these things are all later plans and will be implemented one after another. "Follow your Lordship''s arrangements," the fat man said immediately. "Okay, that''s all for today. They can''t find anything even if they want to find out. You should go back and rest. Tomorrow will be normal..., open, open..." The tall and lanky man''s words suddenly stuck. His face turned red and veins popped out in his neck. The owl on its arm suddenly exploded with feathers and flapped its wings to leave. But he was grabbed by the neck, and his head was twisted off with a click. The bloated man''s eyes widened, "Sir, what are you doing..." Before he finished speaking, the tall and thin ranger''s neck turned 180 degrees in a harsh click sound and looked at him again. Only the neck is twisted like a twist. The bloated man''s face was full of fear, he fell to the ground, turned around and wanted to run away. The next second, his body froze in place, his neck spun in a circle under an uncontrollable force, and his heavy body fell to the ground. There was a dull sound like a drum. The room became quiet again. Only the footsteps of passing patrols could be heard outside. Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes. Look at the ghost floating in. Glenda waved, Wu Heng glanced at the sleeping Wen Mansha, carefully pulled out his arm, and followed him out of the room. Went into the study room next door. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Granda said: "The person behind the scenes has been found." "So fast?" "This guy just sent a message to the team I sneaked into. I found his location and was hiding in a shop in the outer city." Granda said directly. "How are you doing?" Wu Heng took out his armor and put it directly on his body. "If you''re afraid he''ll run away, just kill him. You can just collect the body." With Glenda''s level, Luntam City is a novice village for torture, and no one can resist her possession. "Come on, take me there." After putting on the armor, Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Go down the stairs. When they arrived on the second floor, a gap opened in the housekeeper''s room, and a pair of eyes looked over cautiously. Only when he saw it was Wu Heng, Harter, wearing a loose nightgown, came out. Bowing and saluting, "Master, are you going out so late?" The loose and drooping skirt shows the proud bust. Wu Heng said: "I will go out. If Wen Mansha wakes up, she will say that I am out to arrest people." "Yes, sir." Hartle nodded immediately. Wu Heng didn''t say much and quickly walked downstairs with the skeleton. Left the city lord''s mansion. The streets were deserted. The doors and windows of the surrounding houses are also closed. A skeleton patrol passed by, and Wu Heng immediately stopped them, "Follow me." The skeleton team stopped and followed Wu Heng. "Auntie, didn''t they find you?" Xiaoxiao asked. "I have some doubts. After all, I don''t know what their names are. They just controlled the body." Glenda answered. "Why do you suspect you?" "It seems that the possessed person and I have different speaking tones or accents. In short, they started to become suspicious when they talked to me." Granda thought about it and said. Originally, being in this team was going quite smoothly. But after speaking a few words, the entire team clearly felt something was wrong. Xiaoxiao continued to ask, "What happened next!" "Before I found anything, the tame beast sent the message, and then I went to chase the tame beast. It doesn''t matter whether they will find out later." Granda said casually. "Auntie, you didn''t kill them. Aren''t you afraid that they would escape?" "I''m afraid I''ll lose the tame beast, and the streets outside the city are full of patrolling skeletons. If they go out, they''ll be caught and won''t be able to escape," Granda said confidently. "oh oh!" Following Granda''s guidance, Wu Heng came to a shop in the outer city. I checked the door and window of the store and found that the window was open. Let the skeleton enter through the window, open the door, and rush in with a large number of skeletons. The store was dark. On the ground were two human corpses. (End of chapter) Chapter 737 , the human race will win Chapter 737, Human Race Will Win Glenda said: "The thin one is the commander behind the scenes, and the fat one should be the owner of the store, or someone under his command." "Where''s the owl?" Xiaoxiao came over. "The owl is his tame animal." "There''s no need to ask Owl!" Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao. Attention is always placed on strange and weird places. "You have to be careful when solving crimes, uncle." "The murderer is your aunt. Why solve the case?" Wu Heng said something and said to the skeleton: "Check the room upstairs. You two go find some sheets and wrap the body." The skeletons began to move. Some skeletons went upstairs to search, and two of them found sheets to wrap the bodies tightly. Wu Heng directly put in the space ring. I stood at the door and waited for a while to make sure there was no one else in the store. Close the shop door again and return with the team. Back at the City Lord''s Mansion, the sky was already bright. Wen Mansha also put on a suit of armor, and in the courtyard was an army of skeletons assembled. Seeing Wu Heng coming back, he took two steps forward and said, "Master, how are you doing?" "The man has been killed. Let''s go outside and interrogate the body." Walking to the courtyard together, Wu Heng took out the body. The sheet is opened. Wen Mansha frowned, "I know these two people!" "know?" "No, we don''t know each other, we have met once." Wen Mansha continued, "This man is a shop owner in the outer city. This man is a businessman from outside. I met with a business representative once before to ask for their development plan. He also Asked some questions. Wu Heng frowned, "In other words, he entered the city very early." "Yes, but I didn''t expect him to have this identity." Wen Mansha sighed. "Take off his space ring." The skeleton stepped forward and took off the ring from the man''s hand. Wu Heng explored it and took out all the items. Weapons, props, some daily necessities, and certificates for shops and real estate. He really looks like a businessman. "Ask the corpse first!" Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded. [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the tall and thin man sat up directly and looked here with a pair of empty eyes. Wen Mansha looked at the corpse, "Who is your highest commander in Luntam City?" The corpse replies, "It''s me!" Sure enough, there was no wrong target this time. Wen Mansha continued to ask, "Why do you insist on attacking Luntam City?" The corpse replied, "According to the plan, we need more funds to fight against the great prince''s army." Wen Mansha suddenly looked at Wu Heng. Fight against the great prince. This is not the eldest prince''s person. Seeing that Wu Heng also looked confused, he then asked: "Which prince do you support?" The corpse replied, "Second Prince." The army that attacked Luntam City was only the troops that the second prince could mobilize. It does not represent the entire Kingdom of Yeko. No wonder they didn''t show much fighting power and their cohesion was not strong. They were defeated all the way by the skeleton army. Wu Heng said: "Wen Mansha, first ask about the location of other people in the city." Wen Mansha nodded and asked the corpse, "Report to me the locations of all of you in your city." The corpse was silent for a moment and began to tell the locations one by one. The housekeeper took out a pen and paper and wrote down all the places mentioned. Judging from the hiding place. These people were hiding in taverns and some residential buildings outside the city. A small number of them sneaked into the outer city. Wen Mansha took a step back and said, "Master, there is one question left. Do you have anything to ask?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked, "Tell me about the princes and daughters of the Kingdom of Yeke now." The corpse paused again, and then said: "The eldest prince occupies many areas in the southern part of the kingdom, and the second prince occupies several cities in the north. There is no definite news about the remaining princes and princesses. Some should have their own cities and teams, and some are dead, but they are all Theres no way to compare with these two. After saying that, the body fell back with a bang. From the corpse''s words, we can still get a lot of information that we have not collected before. It was the second prince who attacked Luntam City, but the other party obviously overestimated his own abilities. Not only did they fail to capture Luntam City, they were beaten and lost so many cities, and they no longer had the confidence to compete with the eldest prince. It was tightly closed step by step by the army of skeletons, plus the army of the southern prince. Maybe these two teams could finally crush the second prince''s army in the middle. Speaking of which, the second prince was also unlucky. Neither side can be defeated, and both have become enemies. There was another corpse, but Wu Heng still released [Conversation with the Dead]. The bloated body sat up and looked this way. Wen Mansha asked a few questions again, and the corpse answered them one by one. This man obviously didn''t know much, and his role was just that of a shop owner, helping him cover up or collect some intelligence about the city. As for who is in the city and where they are. This person doesnt know any of them and cant tell. The body lay back down again. Wen Mansha said: "Throw the bodies out and bury them. Harter mobilizes the guards to arrest people according to their addresses. Anyone who resists or escapes during the arrest will be killed." "Yes, sir." Hartle responded and left with two teams of skeletons. She would go to the guards, mobilize her troops, and start arresting people according to the list. "The master is very efficient and caught them so quickly." Manman Wen took his hand and returned to his residence together. "It''s all the work of ghosts." "If you have the chance, please introduce us to each other. I haven''t seen the master''s ghost yet!" Wen Mansha glanced around. Wu Heng said with a smile, "Next time, I will also ask for their opinions." "Okay! I''ll have someone prepare some breakfast. After we finish eating, we can rest for a while and leave the arrest to Harter." Wen Mansha said, calling the skeleton chef to prepare breakfast in advance. "What do you think of Hartle?" "Which way?" "Besides me, let her accompany you. She has a good figure and is trustworthy." Wen Mansha said with a smile. Accompany yourself? "Why do you suddenly remember to say this?" "I just thought of it suddenly." Wen Mansha smiled, "Let''s eat first." Had breakfast. Wen Mansha went to breastfeed her child, and Wu Heng waited until it got a little brighter before heading to the radio room. Picked up the phone and said directly: "Minnie, are you there?" After waiting for a while, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "Master, I''m here." The radio station of the island owner''s mansion is guarded by skeletons. When there is news, he will go downstairs to inform Minnie or other maids, so usually the maids will come after a while. "Is there nothing going on on Treasure Island these days?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s okay. It''s just that Deacon Sheilagui came yesterday and used the Skeleton Prophet to capture a wanted criminal on the island. He seems to be a second-level meritorious person." Minnie said while recalling. Level 2 meritorious deeds are for level 15 professionals, which is not a low level. "What did you do on the island?" "Murder, a wealthy businessman." Good guy, the business environment that we have finally created has the guts to go to the island to kill people. "Let Xilagui pay attention to this matter, and at the same time strengthen patrols on the island and investigations of people on the island." Wu Heng said directly. "Understood, I''ll talk to the deacon later." Minnie said, and then added, "By the way, master, Deacon Shiragui also brought a piece of news, which is to report to the headquarters where the cult gathered in the Kingdom of Yeko. thing. "Ah, what news." "The headquarters has arranged personnel to go to the Kingdom of Yeko. I heard that there is a hero who will pass by Treasure Island. He may go to the island to have a look." hero? The second hero enters the Kingdom of Yeko. It''s really going to be a big fight. "Which hero?" "I heard it''s called Shenghui." "Holy Arbitration." "Yes, that''s the name." Holy shit! Religious leader. "Go and contact Xila Gui and tell me to talk to you on the radio tonight." Wu Heng said immediately. "Okay, Master." Fortress of Thetedt. The earth trembled, and the dense army of skeletons rushed towards the iron-grey fortress. Dense arrows shot down from the top of the wall, hitting the shield raised by the skeleton below. The arm-thick crossbow arrow shot down from the wall. The hit skeleton was instantly shattered, and the scattered magic affected the surrounding skeletons. The skeleton shooter also entered the shooting range and started shooting at the wall. Bullets crackled against the wall. After the two sides exchanged shots for a while. The walls were already covered with bones. Seeing that the siege of the city was hopeless, the skeleton army began to retreat, like an ebbing wave, evacuating the fighting area. "The skeletons have withdrawn." "The human race will win..." Cheers sounded on the city wall. (End of chapter) Chapter 738 , probably going to the island Chapter 738: Probably going to the island After confirming the call time with Minnie in the evening, he hung up the communication. Wu Heng sat on the chair and began to think about the information he had just received. There is a level 15 wanted murderer on Treasure Island, and this incident may have some impact. But it''s not a big problem. Before leaving, I made adjustments to the skeletons on the island. All have been replaced with skeletons above level 10, and many of the important positions have reached level 15. Moreover, the skeleton team is also equipped with a certain number of thermal weapons. Let alone arresting level 15 criminals, level 18 wanted criminals will only end in death as long as the target is discovered. The zombie world is like a training ground. High-level skeletons appear in batches, and it is not a problem to defend several Treasure Islands in numbers. What concerned him more was the heroes arranged by the association headquarters. "The religious leader seems to be biased against himself." Holy Arbitration - Saidu Livingston, leader of the Orthodox Church, is the only human hero among the ruling heroes of this tribe. It seems reasonable for him to investigate this matter as it is also a kingdom matter. After all, they are all human races, and they involve many sects. But for Wu Heng, he didn''t have a good impression of this leader. Last time, my first-level reward [Innocent Holy Glory] was a religious wonder. It must also come from the religious side. It looks like a reward, but it''s actually more of a deterrent and a warning. Wearing this magical object can protect the spirit and summon a knight of light. The side effect is that sinful people will spontaneously combust. If you give it to a necromancer, you will be lucky if you don''t die. "He will pass by Treasure Island and then go to the Kingdom of Yeko..." "Why is it him!" Treasure Island is full of skeletons. Its hard to say whether the leader of the orthodox religion will find fault when he sees them. There is also the Kingdom of Yeke. It''s actually quite good for him to deal with the gathered sects, as he can deter and attack those sects. The main skeleton army in Luntam City is also attacking the Kingdom of Yeko. Will you finish investigating the cult and then pay attention to the battlefield here? "We still need to keep an eye on him so we can adjust the battlefield." At least you can''t let him find fault. "Is there a **** in this world?" If there really is a god, and there is a conflict with this religious leader, it is not easy to kill him. The legends of gods are quite scary. I dont know how Gods power is defined. "That''s not right. Warlocks are also related to gods. The association will also put the perpetrators on the wanted list. It seems that they are not afraid of the threats from the gods behind them." I can''t figure it out. It is better not to conflict with the other party. If there really is a god, it''s best not to attract the other person''s attention. The rings in one''s own space and the zombie world still need to be kept secret. After thinking about the matter, he gave up his position to the skeleton investigator and got up and went downstairs. I didn''t see Wen Mansha, nor did I go to look for her specifically. He stood in front of the gate and looked around, then walked towards the courtyard behind the city lord''s mansion. Some flowers and plants were planted in the back courtyard of the City Lord''s Mansion. Probably out of fear of any danger, the plants planted are relatively low and will not block the view. Wu Heng found a warehouse and used the gate to open the boundary gate. Three skeleton flying dragons were transferred. The skeleton flying dragon stood in the courtyard, swaying its head and tail, knocking over the rockery on the side, and the flowers and plants in the flower bed were also trampled down. The sound of destruction immediately attracted new skeletons. There was also Wen Mansha who was following behind and hurried over. When she saw three ferocious and huge flying dragons, fear instantly appeared on Wen Mansha''s face, and she subconsciously stepped back to hide behind the skeleton team. The next second, he saw Wu Heng standing in front of the huge monster. It seemed that he was scolding the monster, and his tail knocked over the rockery in the courtyard. "Master, this is...!" Wen Mansha asked in a low voice. After calming down a little, he also reacted. These skeleton flying dragons should be the undead soldiers of their master. It''s just that this size is much larger than the previous undead types. "Wen Mansha, come here!" Wu Heng waved. Wen Mansha walked over carefully and hugged his waist, "Are these dragons?" "The Skeleton Flying Dragon will stay here to protect you from now on." Wen Mansha explained softly. Skeleton dragon? It''s really a dragon, a scary monster that often appears in stories. Now he actually uses it to protect himself. "You..., is this your summon?" "Well, the Skeleton Flying Dragon is about level 13. It is characterized by flying and carrying weight. From now on, we will use it to deliver letters and special supplies. We can also ride it to escape or rush." ??Wu Heng introduced with his arm around her shoulders. Wen Mansha whispered, "Use it to protect the master. This kind of undead spirit must be very rare." "It''s very common over there in the Emerald Sea. I brought it here to protect you." Wu Heng explained and said to the skeleton flying dragon: "Follow her orders from now on." The skeleton flying dragon stepped on the spot and once again trampled a large area of ??flowers and plants. Wen Mansha looked at the messy back garden, took a deep breath, calmed herself down, and said, "Then I''ll stay." Then, she looked at the three skeleton flying dragons, "You go to the open space over there. Dont move, Ill find a place for you later. Feilong went to the open space on one side, but still shook his head and tail. Wen Mansha felt a little sad for the flowers and plants that she had finally grown. The Skeleton Dragon no longer wanders around. The two of them returned to their residence. At noon, Wu Heng looked at the nursing child in Wen Mansha''s arms, stretched out the back of his hand and gently touched her fair cheek. "She eats really well, three times a day." Wen Mansha wandered around the child and said with a smile, "Not just three meals, sometimes several times a day." "It''s okay. Your mother has a strong foundation and can drink enough for you." Wen Mansha rolled her eyes at him, "I have to feed the big baby at night. No matter how thick it is, it won''t be enough to feed you two." "Don''t ruin the relationship between our father and daughter. What''s wrong with having a drink? The baby is willing to share it with his father, right!" Wu Heng continued to tease the child. Wen Mansha curled her lips and smiled as she caressed the child. The two coaxed the child together, and there was a knock on the door. Then the voice of the housekeeper came in, "Master, madam, all the commanders who went out to arrest people are back." "Wait a moment." Wen Mansha said softly. "Yes, ma''am." After Wen Mansha fed her for a while, the skeleton hag transformed into Wen Mansha again and continued to play with the child. The two walked out of the room together. Butler Hartl was still waiting at the door, bowing slightly, "Master, madam, several commanders of the city defense are waiting in the living room!" Wu Heng said: "Go ahead. It''s best not to let too many people know about my stay here." Wen Mansha nodded and said, "Okay, I''ll report to you then." After saying that, he followed the housekeeper downstairs. On the way, the housekeeper whispered, "Madam, there are several dragon-like skeletons in the backyard." "Don''t worry, the master has arranged to come here to protect us." "Okay, ma''am." Wu Heng did not come forward. But still using the [Divine Arrival] feature, divine consciousness descended on a skeleton guard in the hall. [Divine Presence] is a feature unlocked at level 15. You can let your own consciousness descend on the ''attached'' summoned object. Previously, this ability was used to control skeletons and take some suicidal actions. For example, use the Evil Sword Silent Blade. After successfully arriving, you can see the scene in the hall through the skeleton''s vision and hearing. In the hall, there were four commanders wearing different armors, three men and one woman. Wu Heng met two people who were the backbone of the gang under Wen Mansha. The remaining two were not familiar to each other, and it was not certain whether they had joined later or were members of the original gang. At this time, Wen Mansha and the housekeeper came back from behind. He sat down in the front seat very impressively. She is much more imposing than the gangster sister-in-law, like a powerful queen. "Have everyone been captured?" Wen Mansha said coldly. "City Lord, we started to arrest the people on the list according to the city area. More than half of them were killed and the rest were captured." One of them stepped forward and said. "Where are the casualties?" "Due to the enemy''s resistance, some skeletons were lost, probably more than ten." Wen Mansha nodded with satisfaction and continued, "What happened this time can be regarded as a wake-up call for us. Let''s talk about what to do next to prevent enemy spies from entering Luntam City again." The four of them pondered for a moment, and one of them continued, "We can add checkpoints along the road and arrange to increase the patrol team at the same time..." Wu Heng listened to the conversation of several people through the perspective of the skeleton. After confirming that all the eyeliners were caught. Wu Heng also released the [Godly Presence] state, and his consciousness returned to his original body. Go up the stairs and return to the study. The three ghosts of Glenda also talked about the capture of all the enemies. After all, they are all involved, and we should let them know the results. After dusk. Wu Heng sat in front of the radio and contacted Treasure Island again. "Looking for me?" From the opposite side, the voice of the elf deacon Sheela Gui came. "Well, I don''t think I have!" Wu Heng asked with a smile. "Ahem~! Let''s get down to business." Sheila Gui coughed lightly, her tone serious. It looked like there were other people in the room opposite. Wu Heng said directly: "The headquarters is going to arrange for a hero to go to Yeke Kingdom?" "The headquarters sent a letter in advance, asking Treasure Island to send additional supplies. The person leading the team is the hero Saidu." "Is that the religious leader?" "yes!" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Is there anyone else?" "I haven''t mentioned it. It''s possible that the leader will lead the team and bring some professionals around level 18. It''s also possible that there will be other leaders following, but it hasn''t been announced." Xila Gui added: "The second possibility is unlikely. But to deal with those sects, you dont need so many leaders. It was really the religious leader who led the group. Wu Heng then asked, "Will you go to the island?" Xilagui said: "If you pass by here, there is a high possibility of going to the island. After all, Treasure Island is still very famous now, especially at the headquarters. If you pass by here, there is a high chance that you will go to the island to take a look." (End of chapter) Chapter 739 , fortress of seted Chapter 739, Seted Fortress Damn it! Listening to Sheila Gui''s analysis, I feel that the religious hero will definitely come to the island. With the current reputation of gold and silver, anyone passing by here must come up and take a look. Join in the fun and see with your own eyes the new things published in the newspapers. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Are you worried that he will come to the island to cause trouble for you?" "As you said, my family''s wealth is all on the island, so why don''t I worry?" Wu Heng said in a helpless tone. Sheila Gui continued, "When he goes to the island, I will follow him a little bit so that the skeleton will show up less often. The kingdom is waiting there, and he can''t stay on the island for too long." "Some important locations, such as factories, the island owner''s mansion, and power plants, don''t let them get close to these places. Just say they were given by me." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said it. "Okay, I will pay attention to this." Sheela agreed. In fact, there is no good way to deal with religious leaders. The other party represents one of the ruling heroes of the headquarters and has considerable rights. Moreover, it only passes through Treasure Island, so there is no reason to deny the other party access to the island. If we really forcefully prevent them from going to the island, it will arouse the curiosity of the other party. Just like Shiragui said, compared to going to the island, the Kingdom of Yeko was more anxious. We only stay for one day at most, so we dont have time to find anything wrong. Moreover, there is nothing to check on Treasure Island. "By the way, I have written a letter to the Hongwen Club in my headquarters. A reply or something will be sent to Treasure Island. Please pay attention to it for me." Sheila Gui asked casually, "What did you write?" "Asked about some knowledge about the engraved scroll." "Are you starting to study magic scrolls again? What are you going to do this time?" Shi Yali''s voice suddenly came from the opposite side, and the pitch was much higher. "You scared me." Sheila Gui complained and asked into the phone: "What are you going to do this time?" In the eyes of the two elf sisters, Wu Heng was not a qualified necromancer. He had no experiments, and did not study magic or read books. On the contrary, amazing products have been developed in terms of strange weapons, formation patterns, etc. I don''t know whether I should say that he is not doing his job properly or that he has chosen the wrong career. Now we have to study the inscribed scroll again, which makes people wonder if they are trying to get something new. There is still some expectation in my heart. Wu Heng said: "I can''t say yet. It''s just some ideas at the moment. I''ll tell you when I''m sure it can be put into practice." "Mysterious!" Sheila Gui muttered. Wu Heng looked at the time and said, "I won''t talk to you anymore. If you have any news, remember to inform me." "good." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng also opened the door and walked out. When I came downstairs, dinner was ready. Wu Heng sat down at the dining table, and dinner was all served. Wen Mansha asked: "Who have you been chatting with for so long?" "Deacon of Treasure Island, ask about the situation there." "That female elf?" Wen Mansha raised her head and glanced at him, then asked, "Master has some feelings for her too?" "What do you call it? There seems to be a lot to say." Wen Mansha then asked: "Will she be our wife?" "We haven''t reached this stage yet. She still has a sister. I always feel that something is not right with her." Wu Heng said while eating. Wen Mansha seemed to have heard some secret, her eyes lit up, "Tell us, what''s wrong?" Wu Heng told everything about the other party. Of course, there was no mention of the other partys small actions from behind when he and Sheila Gui were on good terms. After listening, Wen Mansha put down the tableware and said softly, "She must like you too. If you are not bad looking, you can be bolder next time. She probably won''t reject you." "Most likely, the gambling element is a bit high." "A woman''s intuition, what are you afraid of? If she doesn''t agree, just say you got the wrong person. Anyway, they are sisters and they look alike." Wen Mansha said with a smile. Good guy, Ive thought of all the reasons for myself. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "Forget it, you guys are enough to keep me busy." "You are really easy to satisfy. The families of those wealthy businessmen have more women than yours." The next day, early morning. Hartl came downstairs with some packages in his hands. "Sir, your luggage and some necessities are all ready." Wu Heng nodded and put the things into the space ring. After staying in Luntam City for a few days, Ghost confirmed that there was no danger in the city. I plan to leave today. Wen Mansha had a child in her arms, her voice a little frustrated, "When will the master come back next time?" "I will come back to see you when I have time." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha smiled tenderly and shook the child in her arms, "See you again, daddy!" The baby in his arms stared at him curiously. Wu Heng touched his cheek with his hand, "Goodbye, my dear daughter, grow up quickly." Then, he kissed Mansha Wen on the cheek again and said, "I''m leaving." "Master, come here earlier. Harter and I will wait for you." Wen Mansha said directly. Wu Heng was stunned and glanced at the respectful housekeeper beside him. Her face turned red, but her body remained upright. She subconsciously pushed up her glasses. "You talk nonsense every day!" Wu Heng pinched her face. I walked out of the hall and put on the [train conductors hat] in the courtyard. The ghost train appeared, waved goodbye to Mansha Wen, and got on the train directly. Disappeared from view. Late at night, the sky was dark. Fortress of Thetedt. The skeleton army came like a tide, put up the siege ladder on the city wall, held a shield, and started climbing along the wooden ladder. Huh~! Fire oil poured down the wall, forming a dazzling waterfall of flames. It enveloped the climbing skeletons and the group of skeletons gathering below, forming a large sea of ??fire. Above the city wall, the human defenders kept lowering their heads to avoid the bullets fired at them. They took the time to glance down, and then threw down stones, rolled logs, or hot oil and bombs. The entire battlefield was covered in thick smoke. Curses, orders from the commander, explosions under the city walls and the crackle of fire burning bones resounded throughout the area. The battle lasted for a while, and the skeleton''s offensive began to slow down, and then it held a shield and retreated little by little. The skeletons retreated again. On the city wall, cheers erupted again, and humans also showed joy. On one side of the wall, the commander with a gray beard looked at the retreating skeletons and walked down. "Don''t let your guard down, be careful of the undead attacking again." "Yes, all soldiers responded." Then, several commanders followed the old commander down. Someone said: "After all, they are a group of brainless skeletons who only know how to rush forward." "How many waves are they in? Once these skeletons are almost exhausted, we can counterattack and take down Luntam City in one fell swoop." "Don''t be careless." The old commander said, but there was a smile on his face. These undead were just like that. Then, he continued: "Let those who have escaped go pick up arrows and fallen weapons outside the city." One person said: "Sir, a group of people died last time, and those people were unwilling to go out." "Don''t want to? No one can survive if the undead destroy the city. Everyone has to go out and pick up enough before letting them in." "yes." Outside the fortress. The Luntam City coalition stood in the distance, looking at the towering fortress in the distance. It stands between the valleys like a majestic boulder, unbreakable. At this time, the gate of the fortress opened. The hunched and timid figure was driven out of the city gate and began to spread out to pick up arrows and crossbows on the ground, as well as some stones that could be reused. "What should we do? Let the cavalry charge?" "Forget it, let them pick it up. Those who are kicked out are women and children." "What''s next?" No longer paying attention to the people picking up arrows, someone brought the topic to the current situation. How smooth the battle was before, how difficult it is here. Moreover, the current strength of the troops is constantly decreasing with each attack. "Has Mrs. Wen Mansha''s order not arrived yet?" "Continuing to attack in this way will only continue to consume our troops. Go talk to the skeleton president and stop fighting now." "Yes, let''s take a detour. It will only take longer, but it is better than being stuck here." (End of chapter) Chapter 740 , no way to explain Chapter 740, no way to explain Everyone believed that continuing to forcefully attack the fortress would only increase casualties. The best way is to take a detour and attack the city behind. There is no need to consume too many troops in a place where you have no advantage at all. "Jeffrey, go and make a suggestion to the President to let the skeleton go around, so that you can explain it to Lord Wen Mansha later." Someone said immediately. Jeffrey is the commander-in-chief of the army and is responsible for some coordination and communication issues. The rest of the people couldn''t express their opinions, and they were not qualified to make any comments to the Skeleton President, but Jeffrey still had certain rights. Jeffrey pondered for a moment and nodded, "Okay, I''ll go and mention it to the president. If that doesn''t work, I''ll write to the city lord to tell him about the situation in advance." The other people also nodded in agreement. Then they walked together toward a building in the back. Stand in front of the building. He knocked lightly on the door, then pushed it open and walked in. The building was dark, with only the open doors letting in the silvery moonlight. A skeleton wearing an aristocratic dress and a sunhat is sitting in the room, looking at the door with empty eyes. Jeffrey and the others forced a smile. "President, we have something we want to report to you." other side. "Holy crap, where did this come from?" After getting off the train, Wu Heng looked at the dark woods around him. There were rustling sounds from both sides from time to time, as if some wild beast was moving through the jungle. After getting on the ghost train from Luntam City, the itinerary filled out by Wu Heng was to go to the ''Thurted Fortress''. After all, some ammunition and supplies from Luntam City need to be delivered by themselves first. It was just pitch black when I got off the car. There is still some psychological pressure. Releasing a [Dancing Light Technique] around his body, Wu Heng released the ghost. "Wow, the food is glowing, it''s your uncle." Xiaoxiao exclaimed. "What are you talking about?" Wu Heng looked at her and said. "I''ve never heard of this." Glenda looked around, "Are you there?" Wu Heng said: "We should have arrived at the fortress. The train has not made any mistakes yet. Fly a little higher to identify the direction." "Okay." Xiaoxiao agreed, straightened up and looked around. Glenda and Penny conducted some exploration into the jungle on both sides. I''m sure the rustling noise is just some small animals. Nothing dangerous. Then, Xiaoxiao flew down from the sky and pointed in two directions, "Uncle, there is a city over there, and the firelight should be the fortress you mentioned. There are very dense light pillars over there, which should be the skeleton army. "Well, let''s go there." Wu Heng dispersed the dancing light technique, took out his flashlight and rushed towards the location of the skeleton. Seeing the skeletons gathering in the distance, he put on the mask of the Faceless Man and transformed into a brown-haired fisherman. inside the house. Jeffrey sat on one side and said seriously: "President, in attacking the fortress in the past few days, we are the only ones who have been reducing our troops. The other side is also taking advantage of this and intends to consume our troops." "Since we can''t capture it, we can choose to take a detour. The biggest advantage of the skeleton army is that we don''t need excessive baggage. We can go around it." Jeffrey placed a map on the table and traced the detour route with his hands. Judging from the map, the detour is half a circle. The distance and consumption will definitely increase exponentially, but there is nothing we can do about it. This city is already very famous, and the skeleton army cannot attack it. The skeleton president, with empty eyes, just glanced at the map. He stretched out his bone-like palm and waved it towards the door, indicating that they could leave. The faces of Jeffrey and others turned ugly. After hesitating for a moment, they still said: "If you think about it, you can also report the situation here to Luntam City first and listen to the arrangements there." The skeleton still waved his hand, motioning for several people to leave. Several commanders still frowned, but there was nothing they could do. They looked at each other, stood up and walked out. Squeak~! As soon as the few people reached the door, the door suddenly opened. A middle-aged man with brown hair and rough skin opened the door and walked in with two followers. "Who?" several commanders asked immediately. The person who came in was Wu Heng who had changed his appearance. He glanced at the people in the room and said, "I came from Luntam City and brought orders and supplies from Lord Wenmansha." "You? We were all Skeleton Knights before, why did you change?" Now at war with the Kingdom of Yeko, except for the original members of the Spike Gang, some humans are rarely assigned any important responsibilities. Why did a stranger come to deliver orders and supplies? Several commanders questioned, and the skeleton president in the room, who was wearing a long skirt and a sun hat, pushed aside the people in front of him and let Wu Heng sit in his seat. Then like an obedient servant, she gently rubbed his shoulders. Everyone''s eyes widened and they looked at the scene in front of them in horror. Not just skeleton shoulder rubs. There is also a feeling of disbelief, how can this skeleton leader who behaves particularly strangely be so obedient. It was like a ghost. Faced with Skeleton''s shoulder rubbing, Wu Heng was also a little uncomfortable, but it was also obvious that Skeleton''s action. He made the people in front of him believe in his identity. It saves the nonsense of explanation. Wu Heng asked directly: "Who is ''Jeffrey''." "I''ve met you, sir. I don''t know what I should call you?" Jeffrey took a step forward. "I am the inspector appointed by City Lord Wen Mansha. Let me tell you about the current situation." Wu Heng said calmly. Jeffrey nodded and continued, "The skeleton army has been attacking for several days and has lost a lot of manpower and weapons. At present, it seems that it is just a unilateral attrition on our part." "Is it difficult to attack?" "This fortress has been fully prepared, and the wall itself is tall and solid, and there are a lot of equipment on it. It is difficult to attack the skeleton army with the current attack method," Jeffrey said directly. Then, he continued to add, "We want to take a detour and are discussing this matter with the President." "Detour? Do you have a map?" Wu Heng looked at him doubtfully. Jeffrey took out the map he had just put away and drew a route with his hands. "You can take a detour here to avoid fighting with the fortress and directly attack the city behind." Wu Heng looked at the map and asked, "Why didn''t the orc army go around it back then?" Forehead. Jeffrey turned and looked at the several orc representatives behind him. The orcs scratched their heads, looking confused. Jeffrey replied, "It should be a matter of baggage and time. Detouring will increase the consumption of baggage." Wu Heng nodded, "How many skeletons are left?" "About twenty thousand," Jeffrey replied. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Okay, you go down and have a rest first. I will tell you what to do later." "Yes." Everyone turned and left. Before leaving, Jeffrey hesitated for a moment, then stopped near the door, "Inspector, if the skeleton soldiers consume too much, the other side will definitely take the opportunity to counterattack. If it is serious, it will threaten Lunta." Mu City, I wont be able to explain it to the city lord at that time. "I will consider it." Wu Heng still said. Jeffrey said no more and left with the others. (End of chapter) Chapter 741 , what kind of weapon is this? Chapter 741, what kind of weapon is this? After several people left. Wu Heng said to the skeleton: "Well done, everything has been pushed here in such a short time." The skeleton held up the skirt and bowed slightly. These high-level skeletons have their own character background, and their behavior can show what they liked before they were born. Wu Heng motioned the skeleton to sit aside first, and then said to the air: "Go to the fortress and take a look at the situation. What are the levels of the high-level professions, and what is the strength of the troops? Are there any defensive measures or dangers?" "Okay." The three ghosts agreed and flew out directly. Wu Heng turned his gaze to the map on the table that he had not taken away. The detour mentioned by Jeffrey was also an idea that came up after several strong attacks failed. But here, he doesn''t consider this matter at all. If he wants to capture this fortress, there are actually many ways. It just depends on how to choose. After sitting in the room for a while, he complimented Bone Demon No. 2 casually. Xiaoxiao flew back first, "Uncle, I checked the location of the city wall. There are many strange equipment on it, and there are many people carrying things." "Let me see!" Xiaoxiao got into the body and the scene was shared. Above the towering city wall, torches were connected together, and a large number of workers were carrying bundles of arrows and items similar to oil drums. On the city wall, there are crossbows, crossbows, and oil pans set up. After looking at the city wall, Xiaoxiao continued to fly a distance into the city. Many people were exchanging the collected arrows and equipment for some food. The scene is somewhat like a zombie world, a refugee area waiting to receive food. After the screen sharing ended, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again. Immediately afterwards, Glenda and Penny also flew back one after another. Granda said: "The city''s president is a level 17 professional. Judging from the weapons he wears, he should belong to the swordsman profession. Among the ordinary commanders below, three are level 15, and the rest are around level 10. " "So many high-level ones." Granda continued, "They all retreated from the north. These people have all fled the city they attacked before, so it is normal for them to gather here." "That''s right, Beni, where are you?" Wu Heng looked at Beni. The latter said: "I walked around the city and the recruiting team was arresting people for recruitment in the middle of the night. Ordinary people who fled here can''t change the fate of being pushed to the battlefield." It would be better for these people not to escape if they escape. For those who stay, the skeleton army will not harass them, as long as they don''t cause trouble. Those who escape will be forcibly recruited to join the battle against the evil undead. Of course, from a human perspective, if an army of skeletons attacks the kingdom, anyone would run away. Escape yourself. After reporting on the investigation. Glenda asked, "What are you going to do?" "What else can we do? Wait for the attack and capture this city tonight." Wu Heng said directly. "What do we need to do?" Glenda continued to ask. Penny also nodded. "After the war, Granda went to kill several commanders in the city, Beni went to spread some panic news, and Xiaoxiao was responsible for protecting me." Wu Heng quickly assigned the tasks. "good." "Understood." The ghosts nodded and quickly dispersed. Wu Heng walked toward the door with two skeleton attendants and Bone Demon No. 2 in the lady''s skirt. Wow~! An army of tens of thousands of skeletons began to take action. The sound of bones rubbing against each other and weapons clashing resounded throughout the area. Jeffrey and the others, who were just looking for a place to rest, hurriedly walked out of the room with their clothes on. Looking at the army gathering again. His eyes also widened a bit. "You still want to attack? Isn''t this a way to get yourself killed?" "We have also done what we should have done with persuasion. Then Mrs. Wen Mansha will really be blamed and it will have nothing to do with us." "After all, there is the island owner behind us. If we really attack Luntam City, we can''t ignore him." "Well, let''s just take care of our own affairs." Several people sighed, as if they had concluded that the progress had failed. Wu Heng glanced at his watch, it was already 3 o''clock in the morning. The sky is starting to get a little brighter, and this is also the time when life is at its weakest. Even those who can stay up in the first half of the night will start to lose their energy by this time. He glanced at the farthest fortress and directly opened the [Mansion Technique], revealing the sophisticated equipment inside and the thick barrel of the electromagnetic gun. At this distance, the entire fortress looks like a miniature model. "Aim at the city wall in front and fire a shot to test the accuracy." Wu Heng said. The skeleton shooter in the mansion reloads the shells and adjusts the angle of the electromagnetic gun. Boom~! A deafening roar suddenly sounded, and the city wall in the distance exploded instantly. Boom. The loud noise was like a tsunami, spreading from the city wall to the fortress, and the entire earth was shaking. Everyone in the city was awakened by the loud noise, with horror on their faces. "The city is broken, run away." "The city wall has been breached. If we don''t run, we won''t be able to escape." Suddenly, shouts came from the street. I couldn''t see who was shouting, only the sound dispersed on the street. The city is broken? The roar just now was the city''s destruction. Damn it! Everyone started to pack their belongings, rushed out of the house, and rushed towards the other city gate. Inside the fortress, the combat conference room. There was a roar, and the chandelier above the head also swayed violently. Several leaders in the meeting stood up suddenly and looked outside suspiciously and warily. "It came from the direction of the city wall." "The skeleton army indeed chose this time to attack again." "Someone outside is shouting that the city is in ruins. Please hurry up and stop them to avoid causing panic." "President, let''s go to the city wall quickly!" There were whispers here, but the president didn''t speak for a long time. Everyone turned around and saw the president sitting stiffly on the chair, his face flushed and veins bulging on his neck. The teeth were clenched tightly. "We surrender, please let me go..." The president squeezed out these words from his throat. surrender? Let him go? Everyone was shocked. "The president''s collar has been disturbed, use the sacred scroll." Before he finished speaking, there was a click. The neck of the president''s collar suddenly turned 180 degrees. His body fell onto the conference table with a loud sound. In the conference room, all the commanders and captains opened their eyes in horror. The president with the highest rank in the city and the most experienced combatants died in front of them. "Damn it, it''s the tricks of the undead, get out of here!" The president''s leader is dead, and they have no power to resist. Someone yelled, and the rest of the people in the room immediately reacted and began to flee toward the door together. But then, one by one, the bodies began to stiffen. Hit the wall, or have your neck broken. Soon, everyone in the room fell to the ground, covering the ground. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! A small team came quickly from the city wall. He rushed into the room and shouted: "President, it''s not good, the location of the city wall has been..., has been..." The words were stuck in his throat. In his eyes, he looked at the scene in the room with horror. Presidents and commanders filled the room. The twisted necks proved that these people were afraid that they would not survive. Damn it! All the higher-ups were killed. The city cannot be defended. outside the city. The cannonball penetrated the top of the city wall and passed directly through it, causing sand and stone to fly. The entire city wall was shaking violently in a way that was visible to the naked eye. But only the location where it was hit collapsed, and the city wall still stood in front. "Wow! It''s so powerful." Xiaoxiao exclaimed. In [Mansion Technique], the skeleton continued to load the second cannonball, and then readjusted the angle of the barrel. Wu Heng faced the electromagnetic gun and released a [Summon Arrow Rain]. Then he said: "When you are ready, let''s fire!" Boom~! A deafening loud noise sounded again, and the cannonball, driven by electromagnetism, left a dazzling trace of light in the air. Then, the effect of [Summon Arrow Rain] takes effect, and one cannonball turns into countless cannonballs, like shotgun shells, dense and rapid. Boom~boom~! Cannonballs hit the city wall intensively, penetrating craters and being riddled with holes. Enshrouded in streaks of smoke and dust, the city wall barely held up for a few seconds, and then like a fragile sand castle, it quickly collapsed downwards, raising even more smoke and dust that covered the sky. Wow~! The skeletons on standby began to charge. Like a surging tide, there is no formation or coordination. It spreads out instantly and rushes forward wildly. The walls have collapsed and the only obstacle is gone. The rest is simpler, and the skeleton army is better at fighting. And behind the skeleton army. Jeffrey and others'' eyes widened. The Seted Fortress collapsed. This fortress had resisted the orc attacks in the early years, but this time the skeleton army failed to capture it after several consecutive attacks. It''s right under your nose, like a wall made of stones. So unbearable. Damn it, who did my sister-in-law invite over? It seems that the Spike Gang has climbed to an astonishing position since the death of its original boss. "The city is broken and the army has entered the city." Glenda and Penny flew back. Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go, let''s go into the city." Under the **** of the army, they stepped over the ruins at their feet and entered the city directly. At his feet were scattered skeletons and dead human soldiers. Once a war starts for some reason, it is destined to end with countless lives. "Where''s Jeffrey?" "Sir." Jeffrey rushed over from behind. "Place the people down and tell the residents in the city that the army will not harass them, do not attack the skeletons, do not leave their homes, and accept the surrender of the kingdom''s army." Wu Heng said directly. "Yes." Jeffrey immediately made arrangements. Several human soldiers immediately ran down and started shouting slogans. Wu Heng looked in the direction and asked in the air: "Is there an association here?" "Yes, I saw it just now, but there didn''t seem to be anyone inside." Glenda pointed in a direction. Wu Heng nodded and walked towards the local association. (End of chapter) Chapter 742 , where is the second prince? Chapter 742, where is the second prince? On the roof of the association building, several tamed animals were staring at the approaching figures. Wu Heng stopped at the door. A small voice came to my ears, "Uncle, there are many people inside. There are guards from the association near the door. Many of them are holding crossbows. There should be businessmen inside. They all look quite wealthy." There are indeed many people hiding in the association. Generally speaking, if a riot occurs in a city, the association will not be affected. The people in the association themselves have some fighting capacity, and secondly, they are held accountable by the headquarters. It is not a good thing to attract the attention of the association headquarters. "What''s the highest level inside?" Wu Heng asked. "Level 14." Xiaoxiao said softly. "Yes, I understand." Wu Heng agreed, looking at the skeleton following him, "Go and knock on the door." The skeleton stepped forward, raised his fist, and knocked twice on the door. Wu Heng shouted inside: "The battle is over." It was quiet for a few seconds, and then a low and serious voice came out, "The association will not participate in any rights struggle, you can handle it on your own." This also shows attitude. The representatives have nothing to do with the fortress, and the association will have nothing to do no matter which side wins. It seems that the other party is quite nervous. After all, it is an army of the undead, so it is not surprising that they really killed the association as well. Wu Heng said: "Come out and talk, and I can guarantee that I won''t threaten you. Besides, you can''t stay locked in there forever." The building fell silent again. Now that the undead have taken over the city, how can they hide there for the rest of their lives? It''s better to take this opportunity to talk to the person in front of you and see what the other person''s purpose is. After a brief silence. The door opened a crack, and a middle-aged man wearing silver armor walked out. The sun shines into the building, and you can vaguely see the crossbows behind it, facing the direction of the door. The man looked around and asked in a low voice, "What do you call it?" Wu Heng said: "Brother Harry Potter!" "Laowen, local deacon." The man also introduced himself. Wu Heng continued, "Who are the people in the building? It''s not just people from your association, right?" The deacon said: "The businessmen in the city and the families of some members have nothing to do with the army in the city. I can guarantee this." Wu Heng nodded, continued to take out a document from the space ring, and handed it to the other party, "This is a report document submitted by Luntam City to the association headquarters. It records that the Kingdom of Yeko has harassed Luntam City many times. As well as the time and details of the army''s attack, you can take a look." The man raised his eyebrows, could it be the war started by the kingdom? This is somewhat different from the undead declaration of war preached in the city. I took the document and looked at it. It had the seal of the Wrentam City Association on it, so there should be nothing wrong with it. "This is a matter between you two and has nothing to do with us." The other party still said. "Let you know why." The man nodded, "Do you need us to do anything else?" Who is right and who is wrong on both sides of the war, local associations can''t change anything. What''s more, the undead army has entered the city, and all they can do is ensure the safety of their own people. Try not to conflict with the other person. Wu Heng continued: "The association can open its doors normally, but you''d better not go out to perform any tasks these days, and don''t make any moves to attack skeletons, otherwise I won''t be able to save you." That''s it? The man glanced at the other person and said, "What will happen to the residents of the city?" "Ordinary residents will not be in danger, and the military will not disturb them, as long as they do not take any dangerous actions." "Okay, I will follow your instructions." The man nodded. "As well as those family members and businessmen who have taken refuge, we must also restrain them." "I will." Wu Heng didn''t say any more, turned around and left with the skeleton. Local deacons are also back in the building. After the door was closed again, people gathered around, including members of the association and businessmen and dignitaries in the city. "Deacon, what did that person tell you? It won''t affect us." Someone asked impatiently. The deacon said: "Let''s not go out these days, and don''t conflict with the skeletons outside. Try to avoid them as much as possible." Listening to this, those skeletons will not harm people like myself. It was a bit of a relief. The association is still an association, and it also has a deterrent effect on the undead. "Will the Skull and Bones always occupy this place?" "When will they let us leave?" "Why are the undead attacking the kingdom? These **** undead and **** necromancers actually killed so many people." There were questions and curses all around. Then, there were more and more scoldings, blaming the Necromancer Skeleton for killing so many people, scolding the Necromancer as the most evil profession, and scolding the city lord behind the scenes for actually attacking when the kingdom was unstable. The deacon looked out the window and at the angry-looking people. He handed the report with the seal of the association in his hand to the assistant beside him, "Put it on the bulletin board. If you want to die, go out and scold me, and don''t hurt other people." The assistant posted the report on the notice board. People also looked around curiously and looked at the content above carefully. After carefully reading the content above and the stamped seal. There was an incredible look in their eyes. The Kingdom of Yeko harassed Luntam City many times and gathered troops to attack. Was it the kingdom that attacked the opponent first? They forced the opponent into a panic and attacked all the way here, killing so many people. "Why do you do this?" "It''s obvious that the inside is already in such chaos, yet we still have to attack the outside." "It sucks, so many people died because of them." "The deacon posted the report, and people started to curse the kingdom." Penny chased after him. "It seems he knows what he should do." Wu Heng said. "Yeah." Penny nodded. Xiaoxiao also floated over and hung on one of his shoulders, "Uncle, what are you going to do next?" "Go to the City Lord''s Mansion and leave it to the skeletons and the commanders to handle the outside," Wu Heng said. "Over here," Glenda said, pointing to one side. Wu Heng took the skeleton and three ghosts and walked in the direction pointed. Along the way, a large number of skeletons were running and gathering on the road. The living soldiers of Luntam City were also shouting that the skeletons would not take the initiative to attack and that ordinary residents should not go out. Following Granda''s guidance, we came to a building. This is called the Commander''s Mansion, not the City Lord''s Mansion. Glenda said: "The front is where the commanders meet, and the back is where they live. I have explored it before." Some are like associations, with offices in the front and the chief''s residence in the back. Wu Heng walked in with the skeleton. As soon as I stepped into the door, I saw several corpses on the ground. Granda continued to explain, "The one who died inside is the president, and those outside are ordinary commanders or captains." "Wow, Auntie is so amazing." Xiaoxiao exclaimed in admiration. "You''re not even a high level, you can do it." Glenda said to Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng walked in, looked at the corpse of the president, and then took off the space ring on his hand. After a brief inspection, we found weapons, living supplies, and some letters. Wu Heng took out the letter and looked at the contents. His eyes also narrowed slightly. All the letters left behind were written by one person to him. Arrange the next move, as well as the mobilization of troops and personnel. It seems that he is probably the second prince mentioned in the previous interrogation. The troops in the north of the kingdom were basically loyal to the second prince. "Tear off their equipment." The skeletons began to take off all the equipment from the corpse and put it aside. Wu Heng took the corpse of the nearest president and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way with turbid eyes. Wu Heng asked: "Do you still have troops to support Seted Fortress?" The corpse replied, "Three days later, an army of three thousand men arrived at the fortress carrying supplies and baggage." Sure enough, there are still troops coming to support. The other party probably didn''t expect that this impregnable fortress would suddenly fall. Wu Heng then asked, "We want to ambush them, is there anything we need to pay attention to?" The corpse replied, "I will confirm the situation in the city in advance and I will personally receive the supplies." It seems that the people in the fortress cannot be released yet, at least until these reinforcements arrive with supplies. Then, there is the third question. "Who are you loyal to?" "His Royal Highness the Second Prince." "Where is he now?" The corpse pondered for a moment, "I don''t know the specific location, but judging from the transmission speed of the letter, it is probably in several towns near Bojiao City." (End of chapter) Chapter 743 , build a church Chapter 743, Building a Church Wu Heng wrote down this location. The second prince is different from the eldest prince. The eldest prince is related to the association. He colluded with the sect to kill the local deacon of the association, and then solved the case and investigated on his own. The second prince has always been eyeing Luntam City, which is his private property. It''s a personal vendetta. As for the last question, Wu Heng then asked: "Are there any high-level professionals around the second prince?" "Yes, I guess it may have reached level 18." After saying this, the corpse lay directly back on its back. Another level 18 professional. Why are high-level professionals appearing one after another? The eldest prince has the support of the sect, and in the chat with the fifth princess, the main ministers and generals in the kingdom also support the eldest prince. Where did this second prince find so many high-level professionals? Also a sect? Or some other force? Why didn''t these level 18 people participate in the battle in Luntam City? There may be some missing information here. Maybe if we catch the second prince directly, we can know the answer. After asking questions about the corpse led by the president, there is nothing more to ask about the rest of the corpses. [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released, and all the corpses turned into skeletons and stood up. Wu Heng said: "Put on your original equipment and stay here." The skeletons began to put on their equipment, while Wu Heng took the ghost and his personal attendants and walked towards the mansion behind, "Let''s see if there is anything good left inside." Penny said: "I just took a look. No one was inside, but nothing was taken away." "As long as you don''t take anything away." Treasure Island, Harbor. "Look, what kind of fleet is that?" someone suddenly exclaimed. The crowd around him also looked towards the sea. On the vast sea, with the sun high in the sky, a fleet of dark wood ships appeared in everyone''s sight. The sun shines through the clouds and casts golden light, as if it has given the fleet a sacred coat. Then, the fleet gradually approached, the sails were raised high, as white as snow, with huge emblems symbolizing religious beliefs embroidered on them, and they made a hunting sound in the sea breeze. "It''s the Holy See''s fleet, is it going to attack Treasure Island?" "The Holy See cannot defeat the maritime defense power of Treasure Island! Think of the pirates at that time." "The owner of the island is appointed by the association. The Holy See doesn''t even use its brain to attack Treasure Island." "This battle must be coming from the higher-ups of the Holy See." "Would it be interesting if the Holy See went to the island and saw all the skeletons?" "When you say that, I''m still looking forward to it." People gathered at the port, speculating on the identity of the Vatican personnel and discussing the purpose of going to the island. No one would be surprised to see a ship from the Holy See anywhere, but coming to Treasure Island would make people curious about the other party''s purpose. After all, skeletons are everywhere on the island. When the Holy See sees this kind of undead soldiers, they will shout and kill them. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! At this time, footsteps sounded behind him. Xilagui came over with many people from the association, glanced at the approaching ships, and said: "Evacuate the crowd, and coordinate the ships docked at the port to allow the ships of the Holy See to dock." Association members responded and began to get busy. People were evacuated to make way for the roads, and the ships congested in the port also made way. The Holy See''s ship docked slowly. A neatly dressed and gorgeously dressed Vatican team slowly walked off the bridge and stood at the port. Then, a figure that seemed to be composed of holy light appeared in front of people. He couldn''t see his appearance clearly, but he could vaguely make out that he was wearing a crown, a gorgeous robe, and a bright halo surrounding him. Shiragui came forward with the deputy deacon, city hall and other personnel, and bowed slightly, "Chief Saidu. "Well, you must be Sheela Gui." Saidu said calmly in the golden light. "Yes, leader." Sheela''s tone became more respectful. Saidu spoke again, "Where is Wu Heng? Didn''t he come?" Xilagui lowered her voice and said: "Chief, the owner of Wuheng Island is not on the island. The letter has been sent out and he should be back in the next few days." Saidu didn''t care, "I just passed by the island to have a look. I don''t have to wait for him to come back. He will leave in the afternoon." "Here comes the leader, the carriage is ready." Sheela Gui signaled. Saidu nodded, got into the carriage together, and rushed towards the center. All around, among the isolated crowds. There was discussion again. "Who is that? His whole body is glowing." "Elemental clone! He is at least a level 18 priest." "This ability is much easier to use than street lights." "Treasure Island has also grown up, and it can be inspected by the 18th-level Holy See." "What you''re saying is that it''s not like you''ve never killed a level 18 island owner before." Everyone was still talking. Vatican personnel, accompanied by Sheila Gui and the city hall and others. We visited the citys cinemas, exhibition centers, and pen and watch shops. It was smooth sailing all the way. It also made Sheila Gui and others secretly relieved. It seems that he is really curious about the island and came to visit, not to find any trouble. It will be easier to explain to Wu Heng then. When returning, the carriage passes through the central area again. The carriage stopped, Saidu got down from it, and Shilagui and others also got down from the carriage behind. What is this building for? An official from the city hall said: "In accordance with the island owner''s request, we plan to build a building for the Mage Research Association." Saidu ignored the official and said to his side: "Go and follow the city hall and buy this place." "Yes." A priest nodded and walked directly to the city hall to go through the formalities. Xila Gui felt something was wrong and asked, "Does the leader like this place? I''ll ask Wu Heng to arrange a residence for you." Saidu shook his head slightly. Not long after, the priest who handled the formalities came back and said, "It has been completed." Saidu glanced at it casually and said, "You stay here first and convert this place into a church." "Yes!" The people from the Holy See nodded. The eyes of Sheila Gui and others opened wide instantly, "Chief, this..." Saidu''s body turned into a stream of light and returned directly to the port. Xila Gui and the others were all shocked. Treasure Island, the church where the Holy See was established. Its over! When Wu Heng comes back, he will start fighting with the Holy See sooner or later. Fortress of Thetedt. Wu Heng assembled the radio station. Picked up the phone and contacted Wrentam City, "Mantha Wen, can you hear me?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s smiling voice came from the other side, "Master, do you miss me so soon?" Ignoring the other party''s mischief, Wu Heng leaned on his chair and said, "The Seted Fortress has been captured. Do you have any plans?" "So fast? Did you kill it?" Wen Mansha shouted in surprise. When we were in Luntam City, we also gave Wu Heng Kepu the significance of this fortress and how strong it was. The plan is to station troops first and then attack after a certain level. But as soon as Wu Heng left for one night, he said that he had already captured them. "When I got here, I happened to catch up with the skeleton attack, so I helped out." Wu Heng said. "Master is so awesome." Wen Mansha said blankly, and then asked, "How do you plan to arrange it?" "Let me hear your plan first." Wen Mansha paused and said, "Continue to attack downwards. Fortress Seted can be used as the nearest resource point to provide more convenient material support." Wu Heng also thought for a moment, "I think we can take a break first and make use of the railway tracks here." "Master, you want to stop the attack? Now that the fight is at this level, it will be difficult for both sides to make peace." Wen Mansha said softly. Both sides have been fighting until now, and both sides are getting angry. Now that the kingdom is in chaos, it is impossible to focus all its energy here. After the kingdom stabilizes, the first thing anyone who sits on the throne will consider is taking back the lost land. Whether it was because the second prince coveted Luntam City first, or for whatever reason. There will be a war. It is somewhat unrealistic to stop the war. Of course Wu Heng also knew about this and said: "That''s not what I meant. In a few days, the religious heroes from the association''s headquarters will come to the Kingdom of Yeke. They are biased against the undead. Let''s suspend the attack for two days first. The second point is to The rails connect to the nearest location in Wrentam City. After a slight pause, he continued, "Let''s take a look at the situation first, and then continue our downward attack." "hero?" Hearing Wu Heng mention heroes, Wen Mansha let out a suspicious exclamation. What a hero. The world''s highest combat power is actually coming to Yeke Kingdom. If we continue to attack, we are not afraid of the Yeke Kingdom. But being targeted by a hero may be more troublesome. (End of chapter) Chapter 744 , Yeke Transportation Team (One update t Chapter 744, Yeke Transportation Team (Todays update, 5,000 words.) "Coming for us?" Wen Mansha said with panic in her voice. After all, we have an army of undead on our side, and if the Holy See is involved, it''s hard not to suspect that it will favor humans. If that were the case, it would be too frustrating. The Kingdom of Yeko had no one to care about when it hit itself, but as soon as it hit back, a hero from the Holy See came. Moreover, speaking at a deeper level, if a religious hero comes to take care of this matter, it also represents the attitude of the association headquarters. Before the war started, this matter was reported to the headquarters through the local association. Arranging for heroes to intervene is to contain their own side. Hearing the uneasiness in the other party''s tone, Wu Heng said: "It''s okay, it''s not aimed at us. Didn''t Netale City kill a local deacon? This matter involves the great prince and the sect. We are going to investigate this matter." of." "Hoo~! The master is disgusting and scared me." Wen Mansha squeaked. "Even if it is not directed at us, we must avoid attracting attention from the other party." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha also understands this truth. After all, it was the undead army that occupied so many cities along the way. "Okay, then we will do as the master said. We will stay at the Fortress of Seted first and wait until the hero leaves before we can discuss the rest of the matter." Take some time off to avoid being noticed by religious heroes. We can also use this time to re-adjust the entire front and restore the smooth flow of railways to transport supplies. "Yes." Wu Heng agreed. "Master, do you want to stay there?" Wen Mansha asked next. "I still have a lot of things to do, so I can''t stay here for a long time." Wu Heng replied. Wen Mansha thought for a while and said softly: "I can''t go there. After all, the baby still needs to eat. I asked Harter to go over and take over first. You wait for her for a few days to avoid problems in this city." "Let her come here. Arrange more guards on the way and pay attention to safety." "I will arrange for her to leave today." Wen Mansha confirmed. "That''s it for now, we''ll contact you if anything happens," Wu Heng said. "good." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng stood up and gave up his position to a skeleton. Let him receive the radio. "It seems that we will stay here for a few days, waiting for Hartl to come over." Walk out of the room. Then he saw Granda, directing a row of skeletons to carry wooden boxes down. Granda smiled and said, "I found a treasure house with a lot of coins and jewelry. This presidential collar is quite rich." Wu Heng opened the box carried by the skeleton and took a look. Inside were piles of gold and silver coins, and some gold and silver jewelry. "With such great power, it would be strange if I didn''t get anything." Wu Heng put all the boxes away and continued, "Look again, maybe there is something good." "Xiao Xiao and Penny are looking for it." Glenda said with a smile. "I just contacted Wen Mansha. We will stay here for a few days and wait for her to arrange for someone to come over before we leave here." Wu Heng said directly. Glenda nodded, "It''s up to you, we don''t have any objections." Wu Heng continued walking towards the first floor and asked casually: "Do you really think there is a god?" "Of course." "How can you be so sure?" Glenda floated aside and said, "Some professions require the blessing of gods, and the Holy See is also recognized by the association. There seems to be no doubt about the existence of gods!" "Then why is the Holy See not above all forces?" Wu Heng asked the question again. Glenda''s tone was suffocated, and after a while, she said: "I don''t understand these things. If it weren''t for you, I wouldn''t be able to reach level 20, and I wouldn''t be able to give you an answer." After a slight pause, he added: "Maybe the gods have some restrictions, otherwise there would be no pagans or undead spirits like us." "It''s possible." Wu Heng nodded. God may be different from what we have understood in the past. Wu Heng had also thought about this matter before and concluded two possibilities. One is that gods are not as powerful as the legends say, but they are just higher-level professions with special abilities and are called gods. The second possibility is that God is very powerful, but cannot directly affect the world, otherwise divine power would have already overridden all powers. No matter which one it is, it represents the current world. God needs the priests and believers of the Holy See to help him deal with most things, and there is no way to intervene directly. Walking down the first floor, there was a sound of voices coming from the front hall. "We want to see the inspector. Either let us in, or you go find someone." "Why can''t you understand, you skeleton!" Glenda flew over invisible and took a look, then came back and said, "Those accompanying commanders." Wu Heng nodded, put on the human skin mask, and walked out directly. When I walked to the doorway connecting the front hall, I saw the army commander ''Jeffrey'' and two orcs standing in the hall waiting. When he saw Wu Heng coming out, he immediately saluted, "Master Inspector." "Is there something going on in the city?" Wu Heng came over and sat down aside. Several people looked at each other, and Jeffrey said, "Let''s come over and report the situation to you." "Say it!" Jeffrey said, "The last rebels in the city have been wiped out. Some people who took advantage of the chaos to escape may have hid in the homes of residents, and they will need to be searched later." "Are there any prisoners?" "There are more than 200 prisoners, what do you think should be done with them?" Jeffrey asked again. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Check their identities. If they are forcibly recruited residents, let their families come to pick them up. If they are from the army, let them clean up the collapsed city walls and arrange more skeletons to guard them. If anyone causes trouble, they will be taken care of." Just kill him." "I''ll make arrangements later." Jeffrey nodded. Wu Heng continued, "Increase the number of patrols in the city and guard several city gates at the same time. No one is allowed to leave the city. Grain stores and daily necessities stores need to open normally tomorrow." "Understood." Jeffrey looked up at him, and then asked, "Sir, do you want to continue marching and prepare to attack the next city?" "There is no rush. We will stay in the city first. Miss Harter will be here in the next two days. Everything will be handled after she comes." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, we get it," Jeffrey said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "I won''t be here these days. You can just deal with things in the city as normal. I will look for you when I come back." "Yes, sir." "Go ahead." Several people saluted again and left the hall directly. Glenda revealed her figure again, "It''s okay if you show your appearance. The news won''t reach the association." "Be careful and wait until we become heroes." "At level 20, it is still a little difficult to increase your reputation. You can raise Xiaoxiao and Beni to level 20 first. Then the three of us can provide greater help." Granda suggested again. Granda''s current position is more like her own adviser. Make up stories for yourself to enhance your reputation, and discuss some important matters with her. In terms of strength, after reaching level 20, the ghost''s lethality is also terrifying. Level 17 professionals can be directly possessed and killed. If there are three of them, the combat effectiveness they can display will be even greater. "To be honest, there are still some restrictions. You can upgrade Beni''s level in the next few days." Wu Heng said. Glenda said: "Xiaoxiao, please think of a solution. We have all been promoted, and she is the only one left to be sulky again." "I''m also looking for a way, don''t worry, we''ll coax her then." Wu Heng smiled bitterly. As he spoke, Xiao Xiao flew down excitedly, "Uncle, we found some good things. It''s too troublesome to move the skeletons away. Come and put them away." Wu Heng and Glenda both looked at each other. With my small personality, I may not feel disappointed because I upgraded late. "What a good thing." "Here, follow me upstairs." Xiaoxiao took the lead and flew up. Wu Heng followed and went upstairs. Xiaoxiao rushed into several rooms and pointed at paintings, sculptures, swords inlaid with gems, and various exquisite jade carvings. As long as they looked valuable, they were all collected into the space ring. Some large items were put into the [Mansion Technique]. It''s like collecting all the valuable money. "I don''t need a bed or anything else. People who come later will have to stay there." Wu Heng said. "Then it''s okay to leave some for them." Xiaoxiao said. This president is really quite rich. More like the local emperor here. After looking out the window, Wu Heng said, "It''s all set up. Come back first and let''s go over there and have a look." "good." The three ghosts agreed and got directly into the body. Wu Heng was in the room where the radio station was arranged, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Walking out of the boundary gate, it is still the dormitory in Xinfu City. Open the windows and let the air exchange in the room. Then he picked up the charging walkie-talkie and pressed call, "Li Yahong, are you at the base?" "I am here." "Come to the conference room." "receive!" Wu Heng released the ghost and acted on his own first, and then went out to the conference room. As soon as he reached the corridor of the conference room, he saw Li Yahong walking in from the other side with her little owl. Both of them smiled and entered the conference room. After sitting down on both sides, Li Yahong took out a form and said: "This is a statistics. For some factories in various cities, what is recorded in the form are factories with relatively complete equipment preservation." Wu Heng took it over and looked at it. There were a lot of factories recorded on it. Food processing, tool and supplies manufacturing, as well as some auto parts, agricultural machinery and other factories. The names of some factories are relatively familiar to me. Wu Heng said: "We will count the survivors who are familiar with production, and then let them teach the skeletons how to use the machines, and then gradually resume production." "We are already counting, and we are also gathering relevant types of survivors at various times in the surrounding areas. We will then arrange to enter the factory to train the skeletons." Li Yahong said. It is not unusual for the Statistics Factory to teach skeletons to use it. Li Yahong also knew Wu Heng''s purpose of doing this. When he was counting the factories, he had already looked for the corresponding survivors. "Not bad." Wu Heng praised, and then said, "I will go back to the Shanbu Port base later." "Are you going back today? It''s so urgent!" Li Yahong''s eyes flashed with disappointment. Wu Heng waved, and Li Yahong came over and leaned into his arms. "There are still things to deal with urgently over there." "You really miss Qi Hancai. If I had known, I wouldn''t have let her enter our house." Li Yahong said angrily. "I remember you asked her to bring her in last time, right?" Wu Heng said with a smile. "Huh, I regret it. You like her more." Li Yahong tilted her head. Wu Heng said with a smile, "There is a plane now, and the distance is not far. I will go there first, and you can come back in two days." Li Yahong looked at him seriously, "As promised, I will go there." "Well, you can come over anytime you want." "Okay then." Li Yahong nodded. Wu Heng also said, "I''ll go to the cafeteria with you to have something to eat, and then go to Yangtong Airport." "Let''s go! The canteen has been opened. I will take you, the leader, to check the canteen." Li Yahong said with a smile. The two got up and walked towards the cafeteria. The food in the base canteen is a bit ordinary. There are very few types of meat, mainly noodles, dumplings and the like. Wu Heng ordered a bowl of fried noodles. Because of the leader''s reasons, two pieces of luncheon meat were put in it. Li Yahong said while eating, "Last time you said you had the medicine that can speed up the growth of grain, have you got it?" "It should be almost done. I will give you news in the next two days. If it doesn''t work, we will study chemical fertilizers." Wu Heng said while eating noodles. "Also... can you ask from other bases if there are any livestock that can be bought and bred? As you can see, we basically have no source of meat." Li Yahong continued. "I''ll go back and figure it out!" Wu Heng is indeed considering animal matters. It is not only the livestock that is provided for the zombie world, but also the cultivation of corpse cores. "good." After lunch, the two of them didn''t stay any longer. Wu Heng and Li Yahong said goodbye and went directly to Yangtong Airport. By plane, it was only about 3 hours away and landed at Sanbu Airport in South Korea. When getting off the plane. Qi Hancai and some people from the base were already standing at the airport waiting. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Chief!" The others also followed suit and saluted, "Chief." "Let''s go, let''s talk as we walk." Wu Heng led a few people and walked outside. The convoy has assembled at the door. Wu Heng is sitting in a truck and Qi Hancai is sitting in the driver''s seat. "Is sister Yahong okay?" Wu Heng replied, "It''s pretty good. It''s much whiter than before." Qi Hancai looked at him, "I thought she was haunting you and would never come back!" "You two are always jealous of each other. When she comes over in two days, you two will eat her in front of her." Wu Heng said angrily. "Who is afraid of whom?" Qi Hancai puffed up his chest, started the vehicle, and then said, "Go back to the base?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "We won''t go back to the base. Let''s see if there are any places nearby that haven''t been cleared of zombies. Let''s go and clean up the zombies." Qi Hancai nodded, opened the map, looked at it, determined the route and said: "This is a county town. The skeletons did not go to this location. There should be a lot of zombies." "Bring all the skeleton troops with you. The convoy doesn''t need so many people. Let them go back first." "Okay!" Qi Hancai picked up the walkie-talkie and gave instructions, and half of the convoy returned to the base. The rest of the people, escorted by the skeleton team, rushed towards the location on the map. At dusk, a sunset reflected in the sky. The convoy stopped far away in a safe area, while Wu Heng led the skeleton army forward. Not long after, three ghosts flew back from different directions. "Uncle, there are no special zombies." "Neither do I have one here." Penny said: "I have a second-level zombie here, a big one." If you''re a big guy, it won''t be a big problem. Wu Heng looked to the side and said: "Arrange a skeleton to lure the zombies over, and Beni will prepare to absorb the remaining souls later." "Okay." Penny nodded. When Penny reached level 18, [Unfinished Business] did not appear. It was also because Wu Heng had fulfilled all her unfulfilled wishes ahead of schedule. When she reached level 18, she only upgraded her level without any restrictions. This time I came here with the intention of raising her level first. Wow~! A skeleton dog walked out of the team and ran forward quickly. As soon as it approached the range of the corpse group, the ferocious zombies immediately discovered its traces, and their roars spread out like ocean waves. The zombies gathered in a black tide. The magic circle of [Soul-Capturing Jade] shines down from the sky, and at the same time, the corpse group also crashes into the skeleton army formed into a spear formation. The two sides fought together instantly, and the remaining souls floated into the sky. "Benny, go ahead!" Penny nodded and flew out directly. Wu Heng and Glenda looked at Xiaoxiao at the same time. The latter was looking forward to it. After noticing his gaze, he asked curiously: "Uncle, auntie, what''s wrong with me?" "It''s okay, where is the deformed zombie?" Wu Heng asked. "Give me the evil sword, and I''ll go and kill him directly," Glenda said. Wu Heng handed her the evil sword, and Granda flew over with it. "Uncle, sister Beni, can you reach level 20 today?" Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder. "How can it be so fast? You have to kill four or five corpses before it''s almost the same." Wu Heng said, and then asked, "When Xiaoxiao lifts the restriction, we will upgrade immediately." "It doesn''t matter. I''m level 18 and can protect my uncle enough." "Uh..., that''s right." The sky is getting darker and darker, and the battle between the corpses and the skeletons is gradually coming to an end. The skeleton army continued to advance and cleared out all the remaining zombies. Beni came back after devouring the remaining souls, and Wu Heng also collected all the corpse cores. Then, Qi Hancai drove over with a motorcade. "Do you want to go back?" Qi Hancai asked. Wu Heng said: "You just clean up and go back first. I will rest in a nearby building for one night and continue to clean up the zombies tomorrow." "Are you so anxious?" "It saves me running back and forth." Wu Heng replied. "Let me help you tidy up your room." The two found a hotel, and Qi Hancai helped them clean up the room. After the others roughly searched the surrounding area. The convoy began to return. After Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to be guarded, he also returned to the gate. Return to Thetedt Fortress. Out of bounds. Wu Heng appeared in the study room of the Commander''s Mansion. Glancing out the window, I saw that the entire fortress was unusually quiet and dark, like a dead city. After all, there had just been a battle, so it was normal for the city to be completely silent. Wu Heng released the ghost and found a bedroom to rest himself. I lay on the bed and thought for a while, feeling sleepy. Then he fell into a deep sleep. The next day, Wu Heng ate something. I just wanted to go to the zombie world and continue to level up Penny. Glenda flew back first. Said: "The commander named Jeffrey is here again, in the hall." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Go and have a look." He put on his mask and walked downstairs. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, Jeffrey felt happy and said, "Sir, the reconnaissance team discovered that a transport team from the Kingdom of Yeke is approaching here." Transport team? It was the president who brought up the logistics team to transport defense supplies. (End of chapter) Chapter 745 , where is the second prince? Chapter 745, where is the second prince? During the transport team''s interrogation of the body, the presidential leader mentioned this matter. But the Seted Fortress was destroyed, and this transport team didn''t get the news? Are you still delivering supplies here? Wu Heng turned his head and glanced in the air. The ghost beside him flew out in an invisible state. His eyes fell on Jeffrey again and asked: "How many people? Where did you see them?" Jeffrey replied, "There are about 40 people and five carriages. They are two kilometers outside the south city. The ranger has brought back the news. It is estimated that they are almost at the fortress now." Five carriages? Given the importance of the Fortress of Seted, this amount of supplies should not be sent during peacetime. The first batch of supplies, or does it have some other purpose? Wu Heng asked: "Did they not receive the news that the fortress was destroyed?" Jeffrey continued: "Maybe I didn''t receive it. When the city was breached yesterday, the remaining three city gates entered the battle before they had time to open. It is possible that the news was not disclosed." "The city gate is not open?" "It''s not open. The fortress is different from Luntam City. Without the order of the president and commander, the city gate is not allowed to be opened. The skeletons fought all the way through, and it was already too late when they tried to open the door." Jeffrey explained. The senior officials in the fortress were caught in the crossfire by Granda, and there was no chance they could issue any order to open the city gate. It seems now that the fortress was like a cage, trapping everyone inside. By the time it was discovered that the city wall was really broken and the skeletons arrived, it was already too late to open the city gate. "So, the transportation team has not received the news and is still sending supplies." Wu Heng said. "Yes!" Jeffrey continued, "Sir, give me a skeleton team, take them out, kill those people, and bring back the goods." "No hurry, wait a moment," Wu Heng motioned him to sit down and wait for a while. Jeffrey was a little confused, but he still sat down aside, but his eyes were a little anxious. After a while, everyone from the transport team arrived at the fortress. Wu Heng is still waiting. Soon, Glenda, who went out to explore, flew back from the outside and got directly into the body. Immediately afterwards, a picture was shared. On the road south of the fortress, a team appeared, wearing the uniforms of the Kingdom''s army, escorting five carriages. "Ajax, the fortress is really gone. Shouldn''t we go there and die?" "They are deserters. They must have said that the fortress was broken, otherwise they would be the first to be killed." In front of the transport team, two soldiers on horseback were talking in low voices. Glenda flew closer and listened to the two men continuing to talk. "Why is it so cold suddenly!" "I''ve been touching women too many times recently. There are so many refugees escaping. It''s strange that you''re catching women every day. It''s strange that you''re not cold." "Fuck, I''m not so cold." The man who spoke cursed, and then said, "What will we do if the fortress is gone?" The other person glanced sideways behind him, "What do you think our team is doing? If there is danger, we will ride back and send the news back." "Commander, let us explore the way?" "What do you think?" Hearing this, Glenda stopped listening and straightened up, looking along the road into the distance. Some distance away from the team, more levels of light pillars can be vaguely seen, moving forward at a slow speed. Seeing this, the picture ends. There are two waves of transport teams. The first wave is fake and acts as a decoy. Once someone attacks or it is discovered that the fortress has been breached, they will rush back immediately. Pass the message to the real team behind and then retreat. The fact that Jeffrey mentioned that the city gate was closed and no one escaped is not accurate. There are still people who use some methods to escape out of the city. After all, there are professionals in this world, and it is not impossible to climb the city wall along the rope. These people escaped along the road, met the transport team, and told them the news. But the people in the transport team obviously didn''t believe it and planned to take a look at the situation here. He raised his head again, looked at Jeffrey on the side, and said: "Go and choose a few people, put on the uniforms of the Yeko Kingdom army, follow me then, and don''t talk nonsense." "Huh? What do you mean?" Jeffrey asked doubtfully, and the next second, his eyes widened, and his body suddenly stood up and took a few steps back. I saw the appearance of the person opposite began to change. From a man with brown hair and rough skin, he turned into an old man with a lacy beard. He was the president of the fortress who was killed before and his body was carried away. "You..." Jeffrey was a little wary. Wu Heng said: "This is an illusion, don''t make a fuss. The transport team is divided into two batches. The first batch is fake. Once they are attacked, the ones behind will turn around and run away." "Really? How did you know?" Jeffrey was even more confused. He came to inform us about the transportation team. How did he know about the first and second batches? "Go and get ready. Meet at the South City Gate in ten minutes. It''s too late. I''ll report to Lord Wen Mansha and withdraw your commander." "No, no, I''ll be ready right away." Jeffrey turned and left. South City Gate. A transport team of more than forty people and five carriages appeared on the road. After the team marched for a certain distance, they did not continue to move forward. They just looked at the city wall in front of them from a distance, looking up and down. The flag of Yeke Kingdom, guarded by human soldiers. No problem! There is absolutely no sign of being breached. The cavalry waved to the back, and some people escorted the carriage close to the city wall. Without waiting for a shout, the city gate opened. Wu Heng, disguised as the president, walked out with several people dressed as Yeko Kingdom soldiers. Wu Heng glanced at the people in the transport team indifferently and seriously. "Your Majesty, President!" Seeing the president of the fortress leading him out, the cavalrymen immediately dismounted and saluted respectfully. The other soldiers followed suit and saluted. "Why just these five cars?" Wu Heng asked solemnly. "Sir, someone has spread rumors that the city has been destroyed. Our commander asked us to come here first, and the rest of the supplies will be behind." The cavalryman replied immediately. "Let the team behind them speed up. Those who spread rumors to undermine the city will be killed directly." Wu Heng said. "Yes, President, I will take the news back immediately and ask them to deliver it as soon as possible." The cavalryman said immediately. "Go!" The cavalryman saluted again, mounted his horse, and left. The rest of the people brought the carriage into the city gate, and then the city gate closed. Groups of skeletons rushed up from all sides and killed all the people in the transport team. In Wu Heng''s ears, Granda''s voice came again, "The cavalry who spread the news didn''t find anything. The second batch of teams is coming." Not long after. The second convoy arrived. This time Wu Heng stood on the city wall, and everyone in the transport team below saluted him slightly. The city gate opened and Wu Heng waved. The transport team also entered the city immediately. After the last carriage entered the city gate, the gate also closed. Wu Heng ordered, "Kill them all." In an instant, gunshots rang out all around, and dense bullets were fired at the transport team that did not react. The soldiers of Yeko Kingdom fell to the ground instantly, and the smell of blood floated in the air. Jeffrey said: "My lord, they are all dead." "Send supplies to the warehouse and check the city wall to see where people can get out." Wu Heng ordered. "Yes, sir." Jeffrey led the people to pull the carriage and supplies away. Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry the corpse of the leader of the transport team away. The rest of the corpses were all transformed into undead skeletons by the skeleton mage, and they stood up from the ground again. Presidential Palace. Wu Heng took out the body he brought back. [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the corpse suddenly sat up and looked this way with turbid eyes. Wu Heng asked: "What will be the consequences if your transport team doesn''t go back?" The corpse replied, "We should arrange for someone to come over to investigate and confirm the cause." Wu Heng then asked, "How many troops do you have left?" "Not sure." "What else do you guys have going forward, what are your plans against the skeleton army in Luntam City?" "Not sure." Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Where is the second prince?" The rest of the people don''t know where the second prince is, but the one responsible for transporting supplies to the surrounding cities might know something. "Not sure." Damn, I think too much. There is one last question left, I feel like there is nothing special that needs to be asked. He simply asked: "Where do you think the second prince will be?" The corpse replied, "Nilali City." (End of chapter) Chapter 746 , obviously aimed at Chapter 746, obvious targeting After answering, the body lay back on its back. Wu Heng used a human skin mask to record his face in case he needed it later. Then have the skeleton throw the body out. At this time, Jeffrey also came back from outside, "Sir, the supplies have been delivered to the warehouse and are being tallied now." "Okay, I''ll leave the rest to you. Let me know if anything happens." "Yes, sir." Jeffrey left, but Wu Heng was still sitting in his seat. The fortress was occupied, and the news did not spread too much. Looks pretty good. Next, it depends on the attitude of the second prince. On his side, he must be planning to wait for the association to finish investigating the Yeko Kingdom before continuing to attack. But the second prince is still looking for trouble, but he doesn''t know what will happen. "If we can find the location of the second prince..." "We can get rid of him first." Wu Heng was thinking in his heart, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back from outside. "What''s wrong? I heard gunshots." Xiaoxiao looked around in confusion. "We just had a fight, what were you doing?" "We went to see the city wall being built. Who hit whom?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. "A transport team from the Kingdom of Yeke." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao nodded, and then asked, "What is a transportation team?" Penny explained softly, "It''s the team that transports supplies." "Express delivery." "It seems that you are right to understand it that way." Ta tap tap~! While one person and three souls were chatting, footsteps sounded from upstairs. The skeleton responsible for guarding the radio station hurried down and pointed to the location upstairs. News came from the radio. Wu Heng got up and went upstairs, following the skeleton into the radio station''s room. The record book says, Master, there is something important to report to you here. Please reply after receiving it. Picking up the phone, Wu Heng asked, "Is someone looking for me?" "Master, it''s me, Minnie." Minnie''s voice came over. It seems that he is still staying by the radio station. "Minnie, what''s the matter?" Wu Heng asked. Minnie represents Treasure Island. I also began to wonder in my mind what the problem was on Treasure Island. Minnie said: "Master, Deacon Sheilagui is here, she will talk to you." "Wu Heng, Master Saidu came to the island yesterday." Xila Gui''s voice came over. Saidu is a religious hero. Sure enough, he went to the island. "How''s it going? Did you find anything wrong on the island?" Wu Heng asked. "I didn''t look for trouble. After arriving on the island, I went to the exhibition and the Opera House, some of the more famous places on the island, and then left in a hurry." Sheila Gui said softly. Wu Heng was a little surprised. "It seems that he is a hero and doesn''t care about my little necromancer at all. I''m overthinking it." "No!" "Huh?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. "When he left, he asked someone to buy the building where you stayed to study as a lawyer, and planned to set up a church on the island." Sheela''s voice also became serious. church! On an island run by a necromancer? This is more insidious than going to the island to find fault. "Tell me what happened." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Sheila Gui told her what happened after the other party came to the island. After arriving on the island, they took him to visit the island, but when Sheila Gui and others thought that the other party was just visiting and were about to leave. Someone bought a shop in the central area on the island, and some people were left to decorate it and use it as a church on the island. Wu Heng said nothing and sat in a chair, deep in thought. Instead of checking and searching, the other party wanted to build a church. Wrong~! He is a hero with more abilities and items. Maybe the island has been searched, but nothing was found, so this church was built with the intention of keeping an eye on the island. Very likely. "I''m sorry, I should have been tougher at that time, or asked the city hall not to sell the building to the Holy See." Sheila Gui sounded a little self-blame. Everything happened very quickly at that time. When she reacted, the other party turned into a golden light and left. There was no time to do anything I wanted to do. Wu Heng also recovered from his meditation and said: "It''s not your fault. If he wants to do this, you can''t stop him. If the house is not sold to him, he will have other ideas. It will be worse than now." That way, you know his purpose. The other party is a hero, and his authority is far greater than that of the people on the island at that time. Even if Sheila Gui refuses forcefully, she cannot stop the other party. Instead, she may be doing something secretly. Sheela then asked, "What should we do now?" "How long will it take for them to build the church?" Wu Heng asked. "I don''t know. I heard that the statues and some decorations need to be transported from the church. It will probably take a while." Sheela Gui said. "It''s okay. They can do whatever they want with decorations and stuff. As long as they don''t misbehave on the island, don''t worry about them." Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui said: "Okay, I understand." "Okay Master." Anderweil''s voice came from the other side. It seems that everyone is listening on the other side. Wu Heng then asked, "By the way, what is the attitude of ordinary residents towards the Holy See coming to the island?" Sheila Gui replied, "The people on the island have no idea about the Holy See. After all, the aboriginal people on the island maintain the attitude of not being offended if they don''t believe." Its pretty much what Wu Heng thought. Treasure Island is a pirate island, so its good if it doesnt create a cult. Even a true believer in the Holy See cannot be a pirate. "That''s fine, the Holy See has no foundation." Wu Heng then asked, "Are there other things going on on the island?" "No, everything on the island is quite normal. Ever since the hero appeared on the island, listen to ''McKin Tosh said that some thieves and magicians on the island left overnight. Wu Heng was a little surprised, "It also has this effect." "Well, I guess there won''t be any wanted criminals on the island for a long time." Sheila Gui said with a smile. This is actually correct. Regardless of whether you admit it or not, the island run by the Necromancer will subconsciously be considered less well-behaved. Some special professions and wanted criminals may come to the island to take a look. A hero from the Holy See came to the island. Even if he didn''t know he was a hero, so many experts from the Holy See showed up at that time, so he still had to run when he should. "It makes sense." Wu Heng nodded. Sheila Gui continued, "That''s what I want to tell you. Then we will follow what you said and ignore them for now." "Don''t worry about it for now. We''ll see what happens later." Wu Heng confirmed. "When will you come back?" This was Shi Yali''s voice. Wu Heng made some calculations in his mind and said, "It will take a few days. If nothing happens, I will go back." "I''ve learned a few new dishes, and I''ll let you try them later." "good." After chatting for a few words, we hung up the communication. Wu Heng was still sitting on the chair, thinking deeply about what Xila Gui had just said. The Holy See is indeed hostile to him. A level 20 hero went to the island in person and decided to build a church. Somewhat too obvious. Religious heroes. You can''t kill, and you have no reason to fight. It''s really a troublesome thing. "He is a hero, and there are other heroes in the association." Wu Heng muttered. I also have some connections in my headquarters. Lilith, the leader of the vampires, and Claudio, the leader of the Hongwen Society. Can you win these people to your side? "If necessary, we can see if we can get these two people to help us, or at least limit each other." "When I reach level 20, there may be a new turning point." "This Lao Deng... is very bad!" "Uncle, what does Lao Deng mean?" Xiao Xiaopiao asked from the side. Forehead. Glenda and Penny also looked at him. "It''s not a nice thing to say, don''t imitate it," Wu Heng said. "Swear words?" "Forget it!" Wu Heng stood up, stretched, and said, "Let''s go to the zombie world and upgrade Beni first. Strength is the last word." "That''s it, we''ll hit the association headquarters sooner or later." "Association headquarters, let your Aunt Glenda fight. It''s too dangerous for us to go." "Boring." Glenda rolled her eyes at him and got into her body. Xiaoxiao and Beini also entered the body. Wu Heng opened the gate on one side and walked in. When you step out of the gate, you are in the hotel of your choice. There is nothing to deal with. A convoy will come from behind to search together. Wu Heng released the ghost again and walked out of the door. Outside the door, there are skeletons surrounding each other. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, the base''s convoy is over there searching for supplies." "Don''t worry about them, let''s move forward and clean up the zombies." After finishing speaking, he said to the big-headed skeleton in charge: "Let''s go forward." Wow~! The surrounding skeletons immediately took action and continued to move forward. All the way forward. When the army walked out of the cleared area, scattered zombies began to appear in the distance. "The skeleton dog goes to attract monsters." The skeleton dog ran directly away. As soon as he got close, he attracted the attention of the corpse group, and then a tide of corpses gathered into a torrent, coming from a distance. The soul-stirring jade was opened, and zombies rushed into the army of skeletons. The sound of fighting sounded. One after another, the remaining souls floated into the sky. Penny flew out directly and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. dusk. The battle between skeletons and zombies is coming to an end. When Penny reaches level 19, her experience level has reached three-fifths. She will be able to level up after clearing out the corpses twice more. The skeletons began to clean the battlefield, Wu Heng put the corpse cores into his backpack, and then began to transform more skeletons. Seeing that the sky was getting darker. After finding a shop nearby, I asked the skeleton to guard it. Return to another world. Fortress of Thetedt. Wu Heng walked downstairs. Then I saw a figure sitting on a chair in the hall, holding information in his hand and watching carefully. Slim-fitting black butler uniform with a white shirt underneath. Her long hair was neatly pulled back into an elegant bun, and she used her black-rimmed glasses on the bridge of her nose from time to time. Hearing footsteps going downstairs, he looked up. "Master!" The butler stood up and saluted slightly. (End of chapter) Chapter 747 , the plan behind Chapter 747, the next plan Hartle arrived. Wearing professional attire gives people a solemn and capable feeling. Wu Heng walked down and asked, "When did you arrive?" "Just arrived in the afternoon." Hartle replied respectfully. Unlike Treasure Island''s Minnie, Hartle behaves more like a professional butler. As for Minnie, she was born a slave and didn''t quite understand this. They are all learning while taking care of the island master''s mansion. "What are Wen Mansha''s plans later?" Wu Heng sat down on the chair and asked casually. "Madam said that if you want to leave, I will temporarily take over the Seted Fortress, and the army will be temporarily stationed in the city. We will wait for the results from the headquarters before making the next plan." Hartle answered seriously. He and Wen Mansha discussed this matter together. It seems nothing has changed. Wu Heng continued, "Do you know what happened to the transport team this morning?" "I saw Jeffrey when I came here, and he told me about it." Hartle replied. "Well, the people in the transport team were killed by us, and we may arrange for people to come over later to investigate. Please pay attention to this." "Yes, sir!" Hartle nodded. After the discussion is over, Hartle will be responsible for this from now on. "Have you got a meal yet?" "not yet." "I haven''t eaten either. Prepare some food and let''s eat together." Wu Heng said. Hartle glanced at the skeleton guarding the doorway from the hall to his residence. Wu Heng also reacted and said to the skeleton, "There is no need to stop her in the future." The skeleton guarded the doors of the hall and residential building to prevent anyone from breaking in when he went to the zombie world. Hartle was sitting in the hall and was also blocked from outside. "What do you want to eat, sir? I''ll have someone prepare it." Harter asked. "Just be casual, it doesn''t matter." "Okay, I''ll make arrangements now." Harter said and was about to leave. Wu Heng reminded: "From now on, the management of the fortress will be left to you. Don''t let outsiders know that I am here." "Yes, sir!" Soon, dinner was ready. Due to Hartl''s status as a butler, the food was quite good. "You sit down and eat together. I don''t have so many rules here." Wu Heng looked at Harter who was standing by. "The master eats first. The butler has the rules of a housekeeper." Hartl''s voice was calm. Wu Heng said no more, ate casually, and continued: "Are you originally a resident of Luntam City?" "No, my family is from a small city in the Kingdom of Yeko, and I followed my husband to Luntam City." Hartle stared straight ahead. "How does it feel? Life in Wrentam City?" "Very good, better than ever." Hartle said directly. Wu Heng continued, "This place is different from Luntam City. There may be some dangers. When you go out, take more skeletons with you." "Understood, thank you for your concern, sir." Wu Heng nodded, stood up and said, "I''m done eating. You should rest early after eating." "Master, the bath water is ready upstairs. You can take a bath first and then go back to your room to rest." "Well, you should also go to bed early." Wu Heng said something and walked upstairs. After taking a shower, Wu Heng returned to the bedroom. There is no electricity here at night, and the illumination of the light stone is still much worse than that of electric lights. The whole room was also dim. Wu Heng lay on the bed and looked at the ceiling, thinking about what had happened in the past two days. The first was to build a church on Treasure Island. There is no rush to do anything about this matter. After all, the other party has just said that he wants to renovate and has not shown any malicious behavior. It is not easy to fall out directly. The second thing is to improve your reputation. The original plan was for the five princesses to participate in the battles in the Kingdom of Yeko and seek opportunities to spread fame for themselves. But the current development has obviously exceeded the plan. The investigation team of our headquarters entered the Kingdom of Yeko, and many sects gathered. The heroes of the Snake Emblem Consortium and the religious heroes of our headquarters also went to the kingdom. In particular, the hero of the Snake Emblem Consortium is recognized as the strongest hero and the religious hero of the headquarters, and they dislike each other. No matter how you think about it, its not appropriate for you to get involved. It''s easy to get yourself stuck in this muddy water. Not to mention reaping benefits and spreading fame. "Now it seems that the second prince''s line is more suitable for me to play." Luntam City fought with the territory occupied by the second prince, and it has been pushed all the way to the present, and it has occupied a large area of ??land. As long as some order is restored, fame can spread. Moreover, it was Yeke Kingdom who took action first, and there was a legitimate reason. "Being able to occupy the land occupied by the second prince is enough for me to upgrade myself!" With a murmur, he opened the panel and took a look. [Level: Level 19 (785351/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (15244/66000)] Fame is only fifteen thousand. Compared to upgrading, it is still far behind. "The transport team said the second prince is probably in Nilali City." "I wonder if there are any masters around him." If he can be captured, the battle in Luntam City can be resolved, and there will be enough territory for him to collect fame. "Wait until Beni reaches level 20 and see if there is any chance." Then, I thought about the scattered things again. Feeling sleepy, I fell into a deep sleep. the next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng opened the gate and headed to the zombie world. When I walked out of the shop where I lived, I saw a motorcade parked on the roadside in the distance. A large number of survivors, carrying skeletons, searched around for supplies, electrical appliances, and tools that were still usable. Those with a certain value were loaded onto trucks and transported to the base. The efficiency is still very high. Zizzi~! A slight sound of electricity came from the walkie-talkie on his waist, and then Qi Hancai''s voice came out, "Chief, I brought the copy sheet you need." Wu Heng looked in the direction of the motorcade and saw Qi Hancai waving from a distance. "Bring it here!" Wu Heng said through the intercom. The skeletons surrounding the building moved out of the way, and the truck drove directly to the door of the building. Qi Hancai jumped out of the car and said with a smile, "You got up quite early." "I''m right here. You guys came too early. You don''t have to work so hard to search for things." Wu Heng said. "You, the leader, are leading a team to kill zombies outside. It would be outrageous if we in charge of logistics are not more diligent." Qi Hancai said seriously. "Schedule your time and don''t get tired." Qi Hancai smiled, walked to the back of the truck, opened the green canvas, "Look at the printing list, okay?" Inside the carriage are stacks of bundled paper slips. Wu Heng took out one and glanced at the content on it. It was written in words from another world, and part of it was about the Kingdom of Yeko''s attack on Luntam City, and it was stamped with the seal of the association. The other part is follow-up planning and the promise not to harass people and only attack intruders. Wu Heng asked Qi Hancai to print these, and they would be posted in the captured cities and villages later. There were hundreds of bundles on the truck, enough to distribute to the captured cities and villages. "Is it okay?" Qi Hancai asked. "It''s good, as long as the handwriting is clear." Wu Heng put the paper back and put it all into the space ring with a wave of his hand. Qi Hancai put the canvas down again, "What''s written on it? Is it the writing from the Middle East?" "No, it''s also for Westerners." Wu Heng explained vaguely. "Oh, is the food good here? How about I pick you up, go back to rest at night, and come back during the day." Qi Hancai looked at him with wide eyes. Wu Heng pinched her cheek and said, "It''s too troublesome. The journey will take most of the day. It will be fine in a few days. Don''t worry." Qi Hancai nodded and continued: "I brought you some clothes and quilts. The things here are not clean. I will take them back and wash them." As he said that, he took down some packed bedding from the passenger side. Wu Heng didn''t say much and put away the space ring. Qi Hancai continued, "I have two things on my side. One is the Korean headquarters, which wants to invite us to kill the Corpse King, but the distribution of the spoils is too vague. It feels like drawing a pie. I Rejected first. There are also bases in the United States and several European countries that have contacted us through the radio and want to exchange materials for food. " (End of chapter) Chapter 748 , the second prince Chapter 748, Second Prince If you want to kill the Corpse King yourself, it is very likely that you intend to use the skeletons as cannon fodder to reduce the number of corpses controlled by the Corpse King. The second thing is that more national bases have begun to contact their side. This is not surprising. Gold and silver are exchanged for food. Under the current circumstances, they will choose to exchange. "Inquire about the location of the Corpse King. Then we can kill him ourselves. We can also agree to the food exchange. We have discussed the transaction method and I will prepare enough food then." Wu Heng said. "Understood!" Qi Hancai agreed, and then said, "Then I will go back and lead the team to search for supplies." "Leave me a truck as well. The cleanup here is almost done so I can drive back then." Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll leave this one here for you." "good." Wu Heng nodded, Qi Hancai waved goodbye and headed to the motorcade. A skeleton was arranged to drive and lead the army of skeletons forward. After walking a certain distance. Zombies begin to appear ahead. The skeleton dog ran over to attract the zombies, and the skeleton group and the corpse group collided. Penny also flew out directly and began to devour the remaining souls. When night falls, the battle is over. Wu Heng found a building on the roadside and returned to Seted Fortress. The commander''s office, the room of the radio station. Wu Heng held the microphone, and Shanara''s voice came from the other side. "You weren''t at Treasure Island?" "Not here, I''m dealing with some things outside." Wu Heng replied. "Why are you running around so casually? You still look like the owner of the island. Moreover, the situation outside is in chaos." Shannara said in a serious tone. Wu Heng was speechless. His tone sounded like a mother lecturing her child. Are you taking advantage of yourself? "I know, there''s no danger here. I''ll go back in two days." Wu Heng said, and then asked, "How is it over there in Netalei City?" "Everything is normal. The construction team of Treasure Island has started construction, and the artificers are also constructing the power plant. Brittany seems to be relying on you a little, and always asks you when you will come over." Shannella said with a smile. Wu Heng ignored the topic of the fifth princess relying on him and said: "The Magical Weapon Master is there to look after us, there are only a few of them on our island." This group of magic weapon masters have all learned modern knowledge and spent a lot of time training it. If he died outside, it would be a heavy loss. Especially there is a zombie artificer inside who can communicate. "Don''t worry, I know." Shanara continued, "Elder Tapani asked Philippa to pick up the fleet. It seems that the headquarters has arranged for some big shot to come over. Do you know who it is?" Big shot? The religious hero has arrived. Wu Heng said: "Saydu, a religious hero." "He''s here? Do you need to avoid the skeletons in the city?" Shannara sounded a little surprised. "No, he has already gone to Treasure Island and wants to establish the Holy See on the island." "The Holy See? On an island managed by a necromancer?" Shannara said in a serious tone. "Yes, before Xila Gui and the others could react, the other party decided the matter." Wu Heng said helplessly. Shanara said: "What he wants to do, Xila Gui and the others can''t stop him. If he really blocks it, it will easily affect her. When Saidu returns to the headquarters and transfers Xila Gui from Treasure Island, it will be even worse." trouble." "That''s what I think too. Let them not worry about it for now and wait until I get back." Shanara continued to urge, "Don''t be impulsive. What you have to do now is to reach level 18 as soon as possible. Once you level up, many things will be solved naturally." "I know, I won''t do anything obviously." Wu Heng agreed. "You..., it''s best not to be caught by them." Shanela said. Wu Heng continued, "I ordered a batch of plant growth potions from the wood elves. If you have time, help me ask where they are. Also, help me order a batch of grain. It doesn''t matter if there is more. It will be delivered to Treasure Island when the time comes." "I''ll ask tomorrow." Shanela replied. "good." The two chatted for a few words and then hung up the communication. Wu Heng stood up and left the radio room. I put it back in the study and sat there for a while. Dong dong dong~! "Sir, dinner is ready." There was a knock on the door, followed by Hartle''s voice. "Come in!" The door opened, and Harter walked in with dinner and placed it on the desk. Then stood aside respectfully. When Wu Heng started to eat, Harter spoke softly, "Master, all the shops in the city have been opened, and there are no people in some shops, so we have arranged for our people to go in temporarily, and the city hall is also open. But there are still some shortages of personnel. "The cleaning work of the collapsed city wall is expected to be completed in about five days, and then it will be rebuilt." "Across the border, the extension of the railway tracks to Luntam City has started. Most of the people used are skeletons. The construction speed should be faster." After Hartl came over, everything started to go smoothly. After all, Wu Heng didn''t have that much time to deal with matters at the fortress. More energy is put into improving the strength of the ghosts and themselves. With Hartl in charge, many things would be much simpler. "Have the residents in the city changed their attitude towards us?" Wu Heng asked casually. "At present, there is not much improvement." Hartle said flatly. Wu Heng wiped his mouth, took out all the leaflets from the space ring, and said: "Post these notices in the city we occupy." Harter picked up one and looked at the content on it, and knew Wu Heng''s intention. Publicizing the reasons for the war between the two parties would also show that it was the Kingdom of Yeko that took the initiative to stir up trouble. Reduce the resistance of ordinary people. "Okay, sir, I will make arrangements tomorrow morning." Harter said. "Yeah!" After dinner. Hartle put away all the tableware. Wu Heng also returned to the bedroom to rest. Another day passed. Zombie world. The corpses surged in and collided with the skeleton army. Penny rushed into the sky and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. As he devoured it, system prompts also appeared from his ears. [The ghost level is increased to level 19, agility +1, perception +3, intelligence +2. Penny upgraded. Wu Heng looked at Beni in mid-air, his body became slightly more solid, and he devoured the remaining souls faster. The next step is to prepare for level 20. Wu Heng looked ahead and saw that the corpses and skeletons were still fighting. But the location at this time was also at the end of the town, and the zombies in the entire town had almost been cleared away. Fortunately, he has reached level 19, otherwise it would take some time to find a new upgrade location. Seeing that the battle is still going on. Wu Heng walked to the truck behind where Qi Hancai left him, used the radio, and said: "Call Shanfu Base." "This is Shanfu Base, please tell me." "I''ll find all the deputy chiefs." "Wait a moment." The other person said, and not long after, Qi Hancai''s voice came over, "I am Qi Hancai." Im done here and need to find a new location. Qi Hancai could recognize Wu Heng by the voice, and immediately said: "Okay, I will go there tomorrow morning. There is one more thing. The first thing mentioned yesterday, there is news." First thing? The matter of the Corpse King. "Let''s talk about it tomorrow!" "good!" After hanging up the call, Wu Heng got out of the car and continued to wait for the battlefield ahead to end. Yeko Kingdom, Nilali City. In the somewhat dim mansion, the illuminated stones cast shadows. Sitting on the main seat in the middle was a handsome man with blond hair and blue eyes, tied back in a short ponytail. Wearing a blue brocade robe, the collar and cuffs are embroidered with exquisite patterns with gold thread. At this time, he was leaning on his seat, but his face showed some fatigue, and the thick dark circles under his eyes were very clear. The second prince of Yeke Kingdom, Clifford. Around the seats, some ministers were sitting. "Everyone, what should we do next?" the handsome man on the main seat said. An older but luxuriously dressed old man stood up, bent slightly and said, "Your Highness, there have been some rumors recently that the Fortress of Seted has been lost. I feel that I should confirm this first." "Falled? That fortress couldn''t be broken by the orc coalition back then. How could it be possible with Luntam City alone?" The second prince said with disdain while leaning on his forehead. Although the previous battle had failed, there was absolutely no way that Fortress Seted could be lost. Unless the defensive soldiers open the city gate. Surrendering the undead skeletons is even more impossible. "I feel that a small team should be arranged to go over and check it out, so as to show His Highness'' concern for the frontline generals." The old man continued. The second prince nodded, "Since you are worried, arrange for a small team to go over and ask what supplies are needed." "Okay, Your Highness." The second prince continued, "Let''s talk about Ditaglio, the traitor, and what should we do next." (End of chapter) Chapter 749 , does she know about us? Chapter 749, does she know about us? Zombie world. The battle between skeletons and zombies is gradually coming to an end. Wu Heng ordered the skeletons to move forward, and a dense formation of spears began to advance forward, killing all the remaining zombies. Then, the skeletons automatically dispersed to clean the battlefield. Evolved zombies and aberrant zombies were all dragged together, and the corpses of ordinary zombies were also piled into hills. "Sister Beni, you are level 19!" Xiaoxiao looked at Beni who was flying back. "Level 19, thank you Wu Heng, thank you Mrs. Glenda and Xiaoxiao." Penny smiled happily. Level 19 was something she had never dared to think about before. In Blackstone Town, a level 12 deacon is a great master. Now she has reached level 19, and in Wu Heng''s plan, she will be raised to level 20 in the next few days, the same level as the legendary hero. If he hadn''t really died. They all suspected that this was all their dreams. "We are a family, why are you being so polite?" Wu Heng said with a smile. Xiaoxiao also said: "Yes, we are a gang and a family." "Team~!" Wu Heng corrected immediately. It is originally a combination of necromancer and ghost, and with the word gang, the sense of substitution is quite strong. "Oh, it''s the team. I made a mistake." Xiaoxiao continued, "Next, Sister Beini will be promoted to level 20. Plus, I will also be level 20 in the future. We will be invincible, right, Auntie." Glenda glanced at her and said, "Ask your uncle, I don''t dare to say." "Invincible in the world, be alone and seek defeat." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao also shouted, "I want to lose..." The battlefield has been cleaned. Wu Heng looked forward and saw the corpses of evolved zombies and deformed zombies lying alone on the ground. As time goes by, the proportion of evolved zombies in the corpse group is still increasing. Even the number of deformed zombies is increasing. This, for ordinary survivor bases, is a disaster that continues to grow. It also forces surrounding shelters to merge or move to larger shelters. Similarly, as the number of evolved zombies increases, the chance of obtaining corpse cores also increases. [Dead Skeleton Battlefield] was released, and the flesh and blood of each corpse began to fall off. Wu Heng asked the standing skeleton to find the corpse core that he had dropped. Then put them all in a plastic bag and put them into the space ring. Its been so long since I came out on my own. Treasure Island should have a new level three corpse core potion! If you have time, you should go back and drink the potion first, and then go out to wander around after improving your attributes. After the transformation of the evolved zombies was completed, Wu Heng continued to release the [Dead Skeleton Field] along the road. Skeletons stood up one after another, and the sound of bones rubbing against each other resounded throughout the entire area. Wait until the entire battlefield is processed. "Glenda, Xiaoxiao, Beni, stop nagging, we are going back." Wu Heng shouted. The three ghosts flew back from a distance and got directly into the body. Wu Heng found a building on the roadside and used the door of the room on the second floor to go to a different world. Out of bounds. After releasing the three ghosts to move freely, Wu Heng opened the door and went downstairs. Harter had already prepared dinner, and Wu Heng listened to his introduction to the situation in the fortress while eating. It took a few days to capture the fortress. Residents have been going out to buy necessities one after another. "Sir, the deacon of the association came here once during the day and wanted to let the people in the association leave the city." Hartle said again. Association steward? The figure of the middle-aged deacon appeared in Wu Heng''s mind. At that time, the other party was quite cooperative, at least able to understand the situation, and did not say anything about his status as a deacon of the association. Wu Heng asked: "What are you doing out of the city?" Hartle replied, "He said he had written a report and wanted to send it to the association headquarters." Wu Heng thought for a while and then said: "Just say that you can''t make the decision. I have already reported it to him. The main thing is to delay him for a while." "Okay, sir." Hartle replied. After Wu Heng had dinner, he picked up the table flag, wiped his mouth, and said, "Let''s do this. I will install a prop for you that can communicate with Luntam City, so that you can communicate directly with Wen Mansha." Hartle''s eyes lit up. With this kind of prop, he could save the time spent on sending letters. "Thank you sir, just install it in my room." "Let''s go. The props still need to be installed. You don''t know how to do it yourself." Wu Heng stood up. "This way please." Hartle led the way to her room. The two pushed the door open and entered Hartle''s room. The room was very clean, with light blue sheets and a white plush carpet on the floor. On the bedside dressing table, there are several books and glasses of the same style. I can have four or five glasses, like a glasses collector. "Master, just install it on the bedside." Hartle said softly. Wu Heng glanced at the room and said, "Don''t put it in the master bedroom. When you''re not here, it''s best to arrange for the skeleton to guard the radio and put it next to the bed. Can you rest?" Hartle was stunned, but he had forgotten this. Then I go to sleep, and there is a skeleton sitting there staring at the radio station, which is a bit scary when I think about it. "You''re right, let''s put it in the next room." The two went back to the next room. Wu Heng assembled the new radio station and adjusted it to the frequency band connected to Luntam City. "You should know how to use it, right?" "It works!" Wu Heng ordered: "This prop is very precious. Take it with you when you leave. If there is a real danger and it is really impossible to take it away, just destroy it directly." Hartle said seriously: "Okay, sir, I will protect this prop." "Well, let''s try contacting Wen Mansha. I''ll go back first." Wu Heng waved and walked out of the room. Harter sent him out, looked at his room, and then at his back heading upstairs. I went back to the radio station room and tried to contact Wen Mansha. Wu Heng just walked upstairs. Penny also flew down and said, "The skeleton from the radio station is looking for you. Someone should have contacted you." "I''ll go take a look." Wu Heng went to the radio station''s room and looked at the record book. It''s Treasure Island''s radio station. "Hello!" Soon, Xila Gui''s cautious voice came from the other side, "Wu Heng, what are you doing?" Xila Gui came to the island owner''s mansion again. "You just finished dinner, are you alone?" Wu Heng asked. Listening to her careful tone, it felt like she was alone in the room. Sheela''s voice was still very low, "They were watching a movie. I felt bored, so I asked Minnie to take me to the radio station to chat with you. Minnie went out first, and it was just me." What a sneaky guy. "Miss me!" "What do you think?" Sheila Gui continued, "Didn''t you say I would be away for a few days? How come I have been away for so many days." Just a few days after confirming the relationship with Sheila Gui, she left Treasure Island. We haven''t been together for long. Wu Heng said: "I will go back after finishing my work here, don''t worry." "I''m not in a hurry. You should pay attention to your safety. It''s still a bit chaotic over there in Yeke Kingdom. If you can''t, come back. Treasure Island isn''t enough for you!" Sheela Gui nagged. "Okay, I understand. I''ll go back in a few days." Wu Heng said immediately, and then added, "Have you missed me?" "I miss you so much." "It''s okay to shit, it''s part of me." "You must be sick!" Xila Gui said, and then said, "We were discovered by Shi Yali last time." "ah?" "The last time I went to my house to drink, Shi Yali drank too much. Did she wake up in the middle of the night?" Xila Gui explained. (End of chapter) Chapter 750 , the superpower is also ours Chapter 750: Superpowers are also ours I woke up halfway. This guy watched the entire show for free! Wu Heng felt that she was not that drunk at all and was pretending to be asleep. But it was hard for me to tell. The other party was awake at the time and completed the handover with Sheila Gui. All I can say is: "I don''t know." "I guess you don''t know. You were so involved at the time. It feels like Shi Yali also likes you." Xila Gui muttered. "There''s no need to eat your sister''s jealousy." "Yes, she is my sister anyway..." Sheila Gui said. At this time, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "Butler, a new one has been released. Do you want to come and watch it together?" Xila Gui''s voice immediately became serious, "Wu Heng, this is the information on Treasure Island. I will inform you if there is any new information." "Oh, okay." Wu Heng replied. Then, the person on the other side hung up the communication and probably went to watch a movie. What''s going on with Shi Yali? What on earth were you thinking? With nothing else to do, Wu Heng walked out of the radio room. After chatting with the ghosts in the study, he returned to the bedroom to rest. the next day. A city occupied by skeletons. A new notice was posted on the notice board, and a bard stood on the wooden box and read the content aloud. "A message to all the residents of the city: Luntam City has always maintained peaceful coexistence with the border of the Kingdom of Yeko, and there has been no cross-border harassment of the Kingdom''s border. However, after the death of the old king, the kingdom began to become turbulent, repeatedly crossing the border and frequently invading Luntam City. Half a month ago, tens of thousands of troops were assembled to cross the border and attack Luntam City, attacking the residents in the city... His various misdeeds have caused wars on the border to ignite again and again, and the people are panicked. The city of Luntam hereby gathers its troops to drive the enemy back. All this has nothing to do with the residents and businesses in the city. Wherever the army passes, they will not harass residents or rob property. An announcement is hereby made to show the reason. " the bard read aloud. The surroundings fell into silence again. As they got closer, there was a burst of discussion. "It said above that the kingdom attacked first. Is that true?" "It''s stamped with the seal of the association, so it should be genuine." "Isn''t that a buffer zone with the orcs? There''s nothing to attack." "I heard there''s a lot of money there." "Damn it, which general gave the order and so many people died." "O sinner of the kingdom!" After the discussion, everyone knew the reason. The claimed undead invasion of the country turned out to be a counterattack. He is the bad guy on his side, and he is the bad guy who started the war but cannot defeat it. The crowd quickly dispersed, spreading the news. And the same notices were posted in all the cities and villages occupied by the skeletons. Whether people believe it or not, it has caused quite a stir. Blackstone Town, Assoc. The door to the deacon''s study was opened. Yuri rushed in directly, "Aunt, a notice has been posted in the city. I took a copy." Slater, who was handling the documents, raised his head and said, "Let me take a look." Yuri handed her the document, sat down on the side, and said casually, "These guys must think that Luntam City has money, and want to go and grab it. They are not worthy of pity at all." Compared to the outside world, Slater and Yuri knew something about the situation in Luntam City. After all, Money Cat''s industry is over there. And there were more than one incident where the Kingdom of Yeke tried to infiltrate and arranged for people to cause trouble in the city. However, now that this notice is posted, I know that the Yeke Kingdom has mobilized its troops to attack. Only then did Wen Mansha use her skeleton army to fight back and advance all the way into the kingdom. "Yeke Kingdom, these stupid people." Slater also cursed. She is now extremely disappointed with the Kingdom of Yeko. The cult killed the villages and towns around Blackstone Town, but no one took care of it. Instead, it mobilized so many troops to attack the cities outside. In the end, not only was he not beaten down, but he was beaten into what he is now. It would be an understatement to call them idiots. Yuli leaned forward and said with a smile: "Aunt, so we are in Wuheng''s territory now! I don''t want to be the captain anymore, tell him to let me be the city lord, and I will take over all our clan members. " Slater rolled his eyes at her and said, "What will happen when the Kingdom of Yeko calms down and counterattacks? Do you think this is just playing house? Whoever grabs it belongs to you." "I see, I will write a letter to Wu Heng later. I want to be the city lord." Yuli cheered excitedly and ran out jumping. Slater glanced at Yuri''s leaving figure. Sigh softly. Zombie World, Sanbu Port Base. The skeleton army escorted the truck slowly into the base. Wu Heng got off the car, and Qi Hancai came over from a distance with several key members of the base, "Chief." Everyone behind him also saluted, "Chief." Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s go to the conference room!" Went to the conference room together. Several technicians reported one after another on the training of skeletons on the island during this period, as well as some changes in the base. Wu Heng listened and asked them to continue. Everyone saluted again and left the conference room. Only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left. "Tell me about the news about the Corpse King." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai nodded and said: "Yesterday, I mentioned this matter again with the Korean rescue team. After all, we need to arrange our troops. I asked in detail about the location of the Corpse King and the time of the march, and then came back to inquire again. Come on, we almost know where the Corpse King is." That''s a pretty good idea. It is estimated that the Korean rescue team did not want to hide it. After all, it wouldn''t be a bad thing if the Corpse King was killed here. "Is it far from our place?" Qi Hancai took out a map and said, "About this location." Wu Heng took a look and found that it was indeed not close to the base, but the territory of South Korea was only so large, so it wouldn''t take long. "The distance is okay." Qi Hancai continued: "One more thing. The skeleton army is advancing all the way. Almost half of South Korea belongs to us. The Korean rescue team has been talking about this matter. I feel that some conflicts will occur sooner or later." "What do you mean? What are you talking about?" Qi Hancai reorganized his words, "That is to say, this is their country. Thank you for helping them regain their land, and we will provide compensation later." Wu Heng suddenly realized, "That is to say, we are helping them lay land." "Yes, that''s what it means. It also says that your supernatural energy comes from a Korean god. It says that you have Korean blood. I want you to go there..." "Holy shit, you won''t even let me go." What Wu Heng used was a profession, not a special ability. Its already this time, and youre still talking about this. Qi Hancai chuckled, as if he had already thought of his reaction. Wu Heng said: "Don''t worry about them about the land. Once the remaining land is recovered, we will incorporate them." South Korea''s land is small, unlike our own country, which covers a large area. Once the skeletons completed cleaning up the entire country, the headquarters rescue team was also surrounded. The only way out for them is to join themselves, there is no other way. This is probably why they are anxious. "Okay, I understand, but on the surface, we need to be more friendly. There are many skeletons there still learning about satellites." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng also nodded and said, "Just take care of it. I''ll go check the location on the map tomorrow. It doesn''t matter if the Corpse King is there or not. Let''s clean up the zombies first." "I''ll follow you!" "No, Skeleton can just drive. I''ll let you know on the radio if anything happens." Qi Hancai pondered for a moment and nodded, "Okay." The two chatted in the conference room for a while, and Qi Hancai took him on a tour of the base. Wu Heng then returned to the dormitory and spoke to Harter through the boundary gate. He returned to the zombie world and waited for Qi Hancai to come over. the next day. The skeleton army escorted the truck all the way to the location on the map. The team got off the main road and headed towards the side road. After all, the skeleton army is advancing on foot, so the truck cannot be allowed to go too fast. Until dusk. The convoy just started to slow down, and zombies could be seen wandering on the road ahead. Wu Heng said to the skeleton in the driver''s seat: "You stay in the car." The skeleton made no move, Wu Heng also jumped out of the truck and slowly approached with the skeleton army. At the same time, he said to the ghost next to him: "You guys go check first to see if there is a Corpse King here." "good." "Okay, uncle." The three ghosts immediately nodded and rushed forward. Netale City, Association. There was a subtle tension in the atmosphere in the spacious conference room. Inside were a group of religious personnel wearing religious costumes, and near the door were the fifth princess ''Brittany'' and the wood elf Shanara who had just entered. "I have met Hero Saidu, and I have met all of you sirs." Brittany saluted respectfully, with caution and doubt in her eyes. When the religious hero docked at the port, she, as the administrator of the city, went to greet him. But he didn''t expect that the other party would be the first to see him alone. She does not belong to any religion or association. In front of the clergy, the hero Saidu was wearing a gorgeous sky blue gold silk robe and a crown. When the other party finished the salute, he showed a soft smile and said, "Brittany, you have become so big in a flash." "My lord, you still shine like a star and are great." Brittany praised softly. Saidu seemed quite satisfied with this answer, nodded, and then said softly: "I heard about the incident in Netale City. You have done quite well. If you are willing, I can give you the status of regional bishop. Your city will also be protected by the Holy See." His voice was low and magnetic, echoing in the hall as if it had a magical power. The magic that makes people unable to refuse and makes them excited. Following Shanara who was standing behind, her eyes changed instantly. This hero wants to recruit ''Brittany''. You must know that Treasure Island is carrying out the construction of this city from the beginning to the later stage. If she becomes a member of the Holy See, then the ownership of the city beneath her feet will become a disputed issue. Not only did he build a church on Treasure Island, he also came here to poach people. He really bullied Wu Heng and had no backer. Time seemed to stand still, and Shanara''s heart began to beat rapidly. He wanted to speak to remind Brittany, but found that he couldn''t. At this time, after deep thought, Brittany responded softly, "Thanks to the leader for his love and concern, but I am responsible for the fate of the Kingdom of Yeko. I respect the Holy See and welcome the Holy See, but there is no way to join the Holy See." The room fell silent again. The clergy looked at each other, as if they did not expect that this little girl would refuse the invitation of a hero. For anyone else, it would have been a huge opportunity. Saidu nodded, his expression still kind, "I have indeed grown up and have a sense of responsibility. This is a good thing for the Kingdom of Yeko. If you have difficulties, you can still come to the church for help." "Thank you, Lord Hero." "You guys go out first and let Tapani and the others come in." Brittany and Shannella saluted and left the conference room directly. (End of chapter) Chapter 751 , the evolutionary physique of zombies ( Chapter 751, The Evolutionary Physique of Zombies (One update today. Deletions, deletions, changes, only one update.) "Uncle, we didn''t find the Corpse King." Xiao Xiao came back from the investigation and shook his head. Wu Heng said: "You share the picture, and I will take a look at the situation inside." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao agreed and got directly into the body. Shared images also come to mind. Xiaoxiao flew all the way forward, with a dense group of corpses below. Flying all the way and passing through several buildings, no deformed zombies were found. Indeed, no corpse king level light beam was seen. He released Xiaoxiao again and floated aside, "No, I am so good to you, how can I still lie to you!" "I''m afraid you were careless and didn''t see it." "Humph! Uncle is so careless, he has a huge heart." Xiaoxiao muttered to the side. One person and one soul said, Glenda and Penny also flew back. "I didn''t find the Corpse King here." Glenda said. Penny also said, "I didn''t find it here either." None of the three ghosts were discovered? Is Qi Hancai''s analysis wrong? "Uncle, are we looking in the wrong place?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously, lying on his back. "Not necessarily, it''s possible that we didn''t find him hiding somewhere," Wu Heng said. Modern cities are much larger than those in other worlds. The search for ghosts is also a rough search at a close range. If a large number of zombies are found gathered, then enter the building and search carefully. No trace of the Corpse King has been found, nor any group of corpses gathered to guard the building. There is indeed a high possibility that there is no Corpse King here. "Share the picture with me." Wu Heng said. Glenda and Penny got into the body and shared the scene. After Wu Heng read it, he released the two ghosts again. Said: "There is a problem." "What''s wrong?" Glenda asked. "I saw the screen shared by the three of you. The zombies here are very dense, but the number of evolved zombies and aberrant zombies is very small. It shouldn''t be." Wu Heng expressed his doubts. As time goes by, the number of evolved zombies is increasing. The zombies here are more like ordinary zombies during the initial outbreak. "When you say it like that, it seems like it''s really like this." Glenda said after recalling it. Penny said, "Then let''s look for it again?" "There''s no need to look for it. They''re all here anyway. Kill the zombies first. If the zombies move abnormally, it proves that there is a zombie king. Let''s look for it carefully." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay!" Three Ghosts nodded. After deciding on the next step plan. "Let the skeleton dog pass!" Wu Heng said. Wow~! The skeleton dog rushed out of the formation and ran wildly into the distance. When approaching the zombies, the city in the distance instantly boiled, and dense roars and roars sounded. The zombies gathered into a black tide of corpses, rushing towards this side. Huh~! The skeleton archers'' arrows fell from the sky, and the skeletons with spears also lowered their bodies, waiting for the impact of the zombie tide. At the same time, the skeleton pigeon with the [Soul-Absorbing Jade] tied in its chest flew up to the roof of the building on one side. The jade formation is reflected below. The next second, the corpses were like waves hitting the spears, and the sounds of roaring, grabbing, and stabbing echoed throughout the area. In the war zone, residual souls also floated into the sky. "Benny, go and devour it!" "good!" Penny nodded and rushed forward. "The corpse group is starting to change its route." Glenda said in the air. Wu Heng frowned. Immediately release [God''s Presence], focus on the skeleton pigeon on the roof, and look at the corpses in the distance. Behind the group of corpses, they had begun to disperse, entering behind the surrounding buildings, using these tall buildings and buildings as bunkers, and rushed this way in a roundabout way. Sure enough, there is a corpse king. After releasing [God''s Presence], Wu Heng said: "Go find the Corpse King. They will definitely let some zombies guard where he is hiding." "good." "Okay, uncle." The two ghosts agreed, dispersed one to the left and the other to the right, and flew out. Wu Heng continued to say to the skeleton: "Seal the intersections on both sides to resist the detouring group of corpses." The team began to adjust, and the skeletons behind them blocked the intersections on both sides. Soon, there were dense footsteps on both sides, and zombies rushed over from all the forks on both sides. Bang bang bang~! There was a burst of cracking sound, and a large number of zombies broke through the glass from the upper floors of the buildings on both sides and fell into the middle of the skeleton team. The axe-wielding skeleton among the skeletons moved quickly. Slash at the zombies that jump in. Wu Heng still looked at the battlefield in the distance and waited silently. Soon, Glenda flew back, "We found the Corpse King. It''s a Corpse King with a deformed head and a human body." "Where?" "In the tall building over there, some guards have gathered around. Give me the evil sword and I''ll kill it." Glenda said directly. Before Wu Heng could say anything, Xiaoxiao also flew back from the other side and said hurriedly, "Uncle, have I found the Corpse King?" Um? Wu Heng and Glenda looked at each other. Xiaoxiao also found the Corpse King. "Where?" Wu Heng asked. "Inside the community over there." Xiaoxiao pointed to the direction on the other side. Two corpse kings! And the range of appearance is so close. Xiaoxiao looked at him and Glenda and asked curiously: "What''s wrong? Is there something wrong with the Corpse King?" Glenda said softly: "I also discovered the Corpse King, which means there are two Corpse Kings here." "Wow, I can kill two of them." Xiaoxiao exclaimed, and then said, "By the way, uncle, there are zombies gathering in the community I''m investigating, and they seem to be about to take action." At this time, Glenda flew into the sky again. Said: "They are already moving. There are quite a few of them, but they are not targeting us. They are rushing towards the corpse king I found." Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, then released [God''s Arrival] again, using the perspective of the skeleton pigeon to look into the distance. From the left direction, a zombie group rushed directly towards the location where Granda found the Corpse King. The opponent''s zombies also began to return support. The number of zombies faced by the skeleton instantly decreased. They really got into a fight. After releasing [God''s Presence], Wu Heng frowned and looked ahead. This is the first time I''ve seen this happen. Zombies will also fight among themselves and take advantage of the opportunity to attack their enemies. Good guy. "Uncle, let''s take the opportunity to kill him." Xiaoxiao said. "Let them kill first, otherwise they will be too scattered and it will be difficult to gather the remaining souls." Wu Heng said something, and said to the big-headed skeleton: "Let the skeleton pigeons go to open the magic circle above the zombies." The skeleton pigeon that landed on the roof flew to the top where the corpses were fighting in the distance. Standing on the roof of a tall building, a circular array is mapped in the battle area. Pieces of remnant souls flew into the sky. Penny looked back here, then flew to the location where the zombies were fighting, and began to devour the remaining souls. "Uncle, what should we do now?" "Sit on the mountain and watch the tigers fight, watching them fight." "Oh! Is this an idiom?" Xiaoxiao said. The sky was shrouded in darkness. The group of fighting corpses had a winner and a loser. The zombie king discovered by Xiaoxiao was obviously more powerful. The zombies he commanded successfully overwhelmed the opponent''s zombie group and continued to attack the opponent''s building. No more large-scale battles. Penny also flew back from the fighting position. "There must be a lot of remnant souls today." Wu Heng said. "Well, I''m so busy. I''m afraid that if I move too slowly, these remnant souls will disappear on their own," Penny said. Wu Heng opened Beini''s panel and took a look. The experience value reached one-third, and he had indeed absorbed a lot. "It''s almost time. I''ll reach level 20 in a few days." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Thank you! I will protect you then too." "Okay, let you and Granda attack the headquarters together." "Hate!" At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back directly from the opposite side. He said anxiously: "Uncle, one of the corpse kings won. It ate the corpse core of the other corpse king. It feels like it is about to evolve." "Evolve? Level up?" "It seems that Aunt Glenda asked me to inform you that she is watching over there." Xiaoxiao said anxiously. "Let me take a look first." Xiaoxiao got into the body, and the shared screen was transmitted again. In a dark and damp room. Two different types of deformed zombies were fighting together. One is a corpse king who looks like a unicorn, and the other is a corpse king in human form with a deformed head. The two corpse kings were tightly entangled with each other, clawing and biting the carrion on each other''s bodies. Dark red and sticky blood spattered. As time passed, the battle became more intense, and items in the room were staggered. Suddenly, the insect zombie hugged the enemy tightly, broke the glass, and fell downstairs. Paji~! The two corpse kings fell to the ground at the same time. The Insect Corpse King bit the opponent''s neck, biting and shaking it. He bit the opponent''s muscles abruptly and tore off the head directly. The insect-like Corpse King let out an ecstatic roar, followed the Death Corpse King''s mouth with his hand, and took out the corpse core. He glanced at the corpse core, which contained rotten flesh and blood, then put it into his mouth and swallowed it whole. Then, the original body of the Corpse King seemed to be pulled by a force, and the bones made a crisp sound of ''click, click, click''. The muscles squirm and become tighter and tougher. The Corpse King roared outside, and the scattered and broken zombies all around moved closer to protect the building again. The Corpse King returned to the building, suffering the pain of changing his body in the corner. Screen sharing is completed. Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again. "Uncle, is the Corpse King evolving?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. "It seems so." Wu Heng felt the same way. Devouring the corpse cores of other deformed zombies has been seen several times before. But this was the first time that the body showed enhanced changes like this. Like a small novel, it seems to be evolving to a higher level. In other words, these two corpse kings intend to devour each other to enhance their own strength. The appearance of Wu Heng''s team just gave the opponent an opportunity to take advantage of. "Uncle, go kill it quickly, otherwise it will evolve successfully." Xiaoxiao reminded from the side. "Let''s see what it can evolve into first." Wu Heng said, but still ordered the army to enter the city directly. As he walked, Wu Heng released [Death Skeleton Field], and skeletons stood up from the ground. The whole group of troops is getting bigger and bigger. Filling all the surrounding streets. Just as they got closer, the ordinary zombies surrounding the building and the Corpse King inside noticed the movement. The Corpse King stood at the window on the first floor and roared at the advancing skeleton team. Bang~! Gunshots rang out, and the Corpse King fell back into the building. Wu Heng put away the sniper rifle and "shoot with the machine gun to kill the zombies on the periphery." Two tall skeletons carried machine guns and fired at the ordinary zombies guarding the building. After a hail of bullets, all the remaining zombies were shattered. "Kaxiu, Kerimu, see if you can capture them alive. If not, just kill them." The two figures behind them rushed into the building instantly, followed by a fierce battle. Soon, the battle ended. The corpse king, who looked like a horned fairy, had his limbs broken and was dragged out alive. Angry roars kept coming from his mouth. Pfft~! Keranmu thrust his sword and pierced the corpse king''s mouth, making him shut up and unable to make a sound. "Do you want to study it?" Glenda appeared from the side. "Well, we happen to need a test subject. By the way, what level is he?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s level 19. When I discovered it before, it was only level 18. After absorbing the corpse core, the light of the level became even richer." Granda said. Devouring corpse cores can really level up zombies. Wu Heng took out a few iron chains and handed them to Ka Xiu, "Tie it up tightly." Ka Xiu stepped forward and **** the Corpse King tightly. Wu Heng, on his side, released the [Bone Slave Technique] on the dead corpse king. The transformed skeleton was still level 18, but without a corpse core. The remaining ordinary zombies are also transformed through the [Dead Corpse Battlefield]. After everything was over, I chose a building that looked pretty good. Pass through the gate and return to Seted Fortress. It''s late at night here too. Wu Heng did not disturb the housekeeper Harter. After a brief wash, he went back to his room to rest. Lying in bed, thinking about today''s findings. Zombies can complete level improvement by devouring corpse cores, which in a small way is evolution. In this case, can I cultivate a batch of level 20 zombies in this way, and then kill them and transform them into skeletons? "That''s not right. It''s just an improvement in attributes, but the effect is not good." The fighting method of zombies seems to be based on instinct. Even the zombie king is acting as the commander of the skeleton army in Wu Heng''s hands. The combat power is not as powerful as the skeletons transformed by professionals. Card repair is at level 18, and he can beat the corpse king at level 19 in a duel. Put your hands behind your head. After thinking for a while, he said: "We can cultivate some level 20 zombie beasts, which will have an advantage in terms of size." The size of the aberrant dogs has increased several times, and the increase in the size of the animals is still significant. Reaching level 20 seems to be more effective than reaching level 20 for humanoids. "It looks like we need to go back to Treasure Island first to finalize the mass production of corpse cores." After thinking about it in my heart. Lying on the bed and falling asleep. The next day, the radio room. Wu Heng sat in front of the radio, and Shanara''s voice came from inside. "Seydu has already entered the city. He met Brittany last night and wants her to join the Holy See and become the local bishop." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. This old guy went to Netale City to poach himself again. "What did Brittany say?" "I don''t agree yet." (End of chapter) Chapter 752 , power bullying Chapter 752: Power bullying "What do you mean you don''t agree temporarily?" It sounds like this is a bit unfounded. Shanara sighed softly, "" It felt like there wasn''t much confidence in the other party''s words. Shannella said: "Brittany''s refusal was decisive, but the Holy See has a certain influence on mankind, and it was a matter raised by the leader of the Holy See personally, so she may be allowed to compromise in the future." Brittany was helped up by Wu Heng. They also arranged for skeletons to guard the city, and helped restore damaged buildings and build power plants. It can be said that they are tied to Treasure Island. However, from the current comparison between the two parties, Treasure Island is not as good as the Holy See, and Wuheng is not as good as the superior religious leader. If it were any other prince or princess, I am afraid they would be happy to agree to the proposal of the Holy See Hero. "Do you have any suggestions?" Wu Heng asked. Shannella said: "It''s nothing more than making Brittany think that relying on you is the best choice. This little girl is also easier to deceive. You are good at this." "Don''t spread rumors." Shanara smiled and continued, "The most direct way is to improve your strength. If you also reach the level of a hero, all problems will no longer be a problem." In the final analysis, everything depends on strength. As long as you show enough strength, external threats and allies'' choices can be solved well. He has reached level 19. Considering his age and the time he changed professions, he is already considered a genius. I''m afraid no one doubts that he can become a hero in his lifetime. Level is your trump card. It is also a danger signal. After revealing it, in addition to causing a sensation, it also made the enemy even more afraid of him. Just like the hero of the Holy See this time, building a church on Treasure Island and recruiting Brittany can be considered a form of suppression. After all, it is rumored that he is just a young genius who has reached level 15. Although rare, there are still a lot of them. It is hard to say whether they can reach level 18, let alone threaten him as a hero. Arrange some local bishops or level 18 professionals to deal with you. But if you know that you are level 19, it will increase the possibility of a head-on confrontation between the two. It will be difficult to survive the upgrade at that time. Wu Heng pondered for a moment and then said: "I will try my best to be promoted as quickly as possible. You also give Brittany some promises. I will help her sit on the throne instead of being a bishop." "I will convey it to her." Shannella said calmly. Wu Heng asked again, "Then the hero is still in the city now?" "I led the team to King Yeke''s Royal City this morning. I won''t contact you until we get back." Shannara replied. "Just leave." I wish he had gone, met the sect, and fought with the heroes of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Shanara yawned and continued, "It''s time for the second potion auction. Let''s go to Treasure Island. We need to warm up in the past few days. I will write to the person who left the message last time. Dignitaries, please also arrange for the newspaper of Treasure Island to publish it." "Just use the radio and talk to Anderweil!" "Tell me, I can''t speak as well as you, the master." Shannara''s tone was slightly teasing. Wu Heng also smiled and said, "It feels good to call me master." There was a pause on the other side, and then Shanara said in a lighter tone, "That depends on your ability." "When we meet next time, I''ll talk to Treasure Island and publish it in the newspaper, and also release some information to increase publicity." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Shannella agreed, and then said: "I won''t talk to you anymore, I''ll go talk to Brittany." "It''s up to you, my love." "Hate!" After hanging up the call with Shanara, Wu Heng continued to contact Treasure Island. Lets explain the matter of holding the medicine auction. After all, you still need to advertise in advance, and the last potion auction was very successful. As long as it works well, this time it will attract more wealthy businessmen and powerful people to buy potions. In the current world, potions that directly improve attributes are no different from magic pills that extend life. After explaining the newspaper matter to Minnie. Wu Heng also hung up the call and sat in his seat, thinking about what happened this time. The reason why the Holy See Hero wants to recruit Brittany must be because of the cooperation between Treasure Island and Netale City. But everything we do now can be regarded as a kind of bullying between forces. Use the Holy See and his status as a hero to suppress himself. In fact, Brittany is considered smart and knows that the Holy See recruits her to suppress Wu Heng. Otherwise, he would have given her a helping hand when she was having difficulty escaping. Why bother now. "Brittany trusts me very much and will not agree to her easily." Wu Heng muttered. Then my mind began to think quickly about how to deal with it. "The corpse king caught yesterday may be a method." If it can be verified that corpse cores accelerate the evolution of aberrant zombies, a batch of level 20 skeletons can be cultivated. It can be regarded as improving one''s own strength. "The Holy See has a suppressive effect on the undead, but thermal weapons can make up for it." "There is also the matter of cultivating the Corpse King." This time it was discovered that the Corpse King could evolve, which was also a direction for improvement. "The direction is feasible!" "It seems that we should go back to Treasure Island first." The original plan was to stay at Seted Fortress and watch the actions of the second prince and the eldest prince. Look for opportunities and prepare yourself for fame. But everything has been quiet recently, so just let Wen Mansha and Harter keep an eye on it. Take care of the zombie matter yourself first. Moreover, there is also the potion auction that Wen Mansha mentioned, which happens to be handled on Treasure Island together. After thinking about it in my heart. Wu Heng stood up and walked out of the room, heading to the study. The three ghosts were all busy with their own affairs. "Is something wrong?" Glenda asked. "The heroes of the Holy See have arrived in Netala City and want to recruit Brittany to become the local bishop..." Wu Heng said carefully what Shannara said. Tiny turned her head, "Who is Brittany?" "Fifth Princess." "Oh, she, that princess sister." Xiaoxiao said with a smile. Glenda asked: "What do you think?" "We don''t have anything to do here for a short time. I plan to go back to Treasure Island first to settle the purchase of animal cores and the potion auction." Wu Heng answered with his hands behind his head. "That''s fine." Glenda nodded in agreement, and continued, "You can write to the leader of the Hongwen Society and the leader of Lilith to invite them to participate. It will also be good for you to maintain a good relationship with them." "It''s a good idea, and there''s also the Sword of Justice. When I was the field envoy, he was also considered my immediate hero." Wu Heng said. "It feels a bit like a deadlift relationship, but you can also try it." Granda said with a smile. Wu Heng took out the letter paper and began to write a letter to the three of them. It is still necessary to report the investigated case first, and then invite the other party to participate in the auction. After finishing writing, he asked Glenda to check it again for him. Then put it in an envelope and seal it with wax directly. Take the three letters, open the door and go downstairs. The lobby on the first floor. Harter stood up and saluted respectfully, "Sir, breakfast is ready." Wu Heng handed her the three letters in his hand, "Arrange for someone to send them to Blackstone Town and send them through the association there." "Yes, sir." Hartle took the letter and left. Wu Heng sat at the dining table and started eating breakfast. Harter returned from outside and stood straight aside, "Master, we have already arranged for someone to send him out." "Well! I will return to Treasure Island tonight." Wu Heng put down the tableware. Harter frowned and looked a little anxious, "Did I fail to take good care of you?" "No, I have to go back to deal with some things, and I will come back to see you when it is done." Wu Heng said, and then asked, "Please pay attention to your own safety here. If they cannot capture the fortress, they may use some assassination methods. Let''s leave. I will pick a few level 15 skeletons to protect you." (End of chapter) Chapter 753 , can you kill him? Chapter 753: Can you kill him? Hartle''s eyes were still a little dim, and he subconsciously replied, "Okay." "Is there any news from the south recently?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Hartle said: "Yesterday, I captured a few people who came to investigate for information. After questioning the corpses through the skeleton mage, I found out that they were the reconnaissance team of the Kingdom of Yeko, who came to investigate the fact that the transport team did not return." The investigators have arrived. "Kill them all?" "Kill all those found. I''m not sure if anyone else has investigated." Hartle replied. "Is there any other information?" Hartle continued, "The corpse also said that the army had received orders from above and was shrinking its formation to avoid some wars recently." The second prince''s army also started to become low-key? I guess I also received news about the association''s investigation team. "Do you have any information about the second prince?" "There is no relevant information." "Well, pay attention to collecting information in this area. If there is any news, please inform me directly." "Yes, sir." Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go and pick some high-level skeletons for you. Are there any professional requirements?" "As the master arranges." The battles along the way left many skeletons above level 15 in the team. Wu Heng deployed the entire command house for defense, and then transferred six level 15 skeletons from different professions to serve as Harter''s personal guards. After all, this is the front line, and there may be more dangers. Wait until everything is arranged. Wu Heng walked upstairs again, returned to the study, and headed to the zombie world. Out of bounds. Wu Heng released the three ghosts. We walked outside together. It was dark last night and I couldn''t see too clearly. Looking at the entire road now, I saw a carpet of rotting flesh and blood. Some of the transformed skeletons fell off, while others remained after the two waves of zombies fought. "Go find some tools and sort out the rotten meat on the road." Wu Heng said. The skeletons took action, looked for tools, and began to clean the surrounding environment. Wu Heng took Ghost and two skeleton attendants into a room next door. The room is more than thirty square meters in area. The corpse king, who had horns on his head and whose skin was wrapped in insect beetles, was tied tightly in the middle with layers of iron chains. There was blood splattered on the surrounding walls. It seemed that he wasn''t honest last night either. The skeletons being guarded had a lot of holes poked in them. Saw Wu Heng coming in. The corpse king''s mouth was restrained by the iron chain, and he roared, his eyes full of hatred and fierceness. Like a beast that has been hungry for a long time and is very angry. "Aren''t you going back to Treasure Island? Do you need to bring this thing back to the base first?" Glenda asked. Xiaoxiao carefully hid on Wu Heng''s shoulder, "Its eyes are so scary." "Don''t worry, let''s keep it here for two days of observation." Wu Heng looked at the skeletons around him again, "Watch it carefully and don''t show any mercy to any action." The skeletons all around gathered inside. They formed a circle, staring motionlessly at the Corpse King in the middle with empty eye sockets. After the Corpse King stared back in all directions, his eyes swelled and he closed his eyes. Leave the house. At the door, there was a mountain of rotten flesh and internal organs. Wu Heng released [Grease Technique] and then [Fireball Technique] to set the meat mountain on fire. Thick black smoke rose, and the fire covered the mountain of meat. "Let''s go, there''s still some time, let''s go upgrade Penny." Wu Heng waved his hand, and the surrounding skeleton army gathered towards this side. Leaving a part to guard the Corpse King, Wu Heng sat in the truck and continued to move forward along the road. After walking a safe distance, zombies began to appear in front of you. Wu Heng got out of the car and let the skeleton dog attract the zombies. The spear formation fought with the zombies. Wait for the remaining soul to rise into the sky. Penny rushed forward again and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. Korean rescue team headquarters. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and the closed door was opened a crack. A woman in business attire walked in and said softly: "Reporting to the Chief, the Ministry of Information just called and said that the satellite captured some information." In the room, a middle-aged man sat at the table, holding a cigarette in his hand, "What information?" "The location of the Corpse King that was previously detected has been completely occupied by skeletons. There are no traces of zombies in the entire area, and they have been completely replaced by skeletons." The deputy reported in a calm tone. "So fast?" The middle-aged president frowned, with surprise and fear in his eyes. There is no need to guess the identity of the other party. After all, they were the ones who revealed the news to those in Sanbu Port, but they did not expect that the cleanup would be so fast. Almost a day. Even if the bombing is to use bombers to cover it, I''m afraid it won''t end so quickly. He took a deep breath and waved to the deputy, "You go back first. I''ll have a call with the Information Department about this matter." "Yes." The female deputy left. The director picked up the phone on the table and dialed it directly, "Let''s talk about the satellite thing again." "You''re pretty sure they''re all skeletons, right?" An affirmative voice came from the phone, "It was captured by satellite, it''s very clear." "Can you identify the superpower?" The commander lowered his voice sharply. "We did find a human target, but we can''t confirm whether it''s someone with the ability to control skeletons," the phone call said. "What weapons can be used at this distance?" "The KTS-1 guided missile is enough to destroy the target." The chief fell silent. Do you want to take a gamble? If the opponent is that superpower, you can kill the opponent directly. But what if not, passing the missile off to other countries? No, it''s hard to cover up this kind of thing. The commander took a deep breath and said: "No rush, don''t make any moves yet." At dusk, Wu Heng returned with the skeleton. The number of skeletons increased again, and Penny devoured many remaining souls. Although there is no upgrade, if you do it a few more times, you will almost reach level 20. He looked at the locked corpse king again. Looking at it this time, it was covered with scars again, probably because it had been beaten again. After confirming that there is no problem. Wu Heng returned to the room, passed through the boundary gate, and returned to Seted Fortress. After having dinner in the restaurant, Wu Heng said goodbye to Harter and put on the "train conductor''s hat" in a deserted place outside the fortress. We boarded the train directly and returned to Treasure Island. Inside the radio room. Hartle said: "Madam, the master has returned to Treasure Island." From the opposite side, Wen Mansha''s voice was heard coaxing the children while talking, "There should be a new plan. Just take care of the fortress." "Okay madam." Hartle said, and then added, "The master said that he will come back to see you when he is done." There was sudden silence on the other side. Wen Mansha said with a slight smile: "Next time I come back, I will let you serve the master." "I don''t dare, I belong to you, madam." Hartle was frightened. "It doesn''t matter. Although I have signed a contract with you, I still treat you as my sister. When I come back next time, you can serve me together." After Wen Mansha finished speaking, she asked teasingly, "If you don''t want to, forget it. Well, theres no need to force you on this kind of thing. Hartle''s tone was choked. Then he said softly: "Thank you, madam, I am willing." A few days later. Association headquarters, Hall of Glory. A group of people carried bundles of newspapers and entered the hall. "The latest issue of Treasure Island''s newspaper has arrived." Wow~! The hurried crowd turned around and walked over at the same time, picked up newspapers at the front desk, and dispersed. "Treasure Island will strengthen its management. Except for association personnel, no force is allowed to deploy armed personnel. This is aimed at the Snake Emblem Consortium." "I guess they are trying to find a reason to clean out the Snake Emblem Consortium." "Look at the following item. The second potion auction will still be held at Treasure Island, and it will still be five bottles of potion." "No, I want to go to Treasure Island." "I''m going too. Let''s go together so we won''t be lonely on the road." The association headquarters, which was originally calm and unchangeable, became lively again because of the newspaper. People walked out together, each holding a newspaper. Discussing the above content. Inside the dim castle. There was a slight knock on the door, and the heavy carved wooden door was gently pushed open. An old man in a neat butler''s uniform walked in slowly. He bowed slightly to the wooden coffin in the center of the room, and then slowly said, "Miss, Treasure Island has sent the latest issue of the newspaper, which serializes the new issue of the great detective story, and the owner of Wuheng Island, here for you Letters written. After he finished speaking, the room fell into silence again. Just when the housekeeper was about to leave and close the door again. Swish~Dang~! The coffin lid was slowly pushed aside and fell on the carpet. Green-white fingers rested on the edge of the coffin, and Lilith sat up slowly, "What was written in the letter?" "It hasn''t been opened yet." "Bring it to me!" (End of chapter) Chapter 754 Chapter 753, three times a day (one upda Chapter 754 Chapter 753, three times a day (one update today.) The butler handed over the newspaper and letter respectfully. Lilith only took the letter, opened it and read it. As the content goes down, the brows are slightly furrowed. Surprise appeared on his face. "Miss, what''s the problem with the letter?" The housekeeper noticed something unusual and asked softly. Lilith threw the letter aside and asked in a cold voice: "Is Treasure Island going to hold the second potion auction?" The housekeeper nodded, "The newspaper did mention this matter, and they still sold five bottles of potion." "Give me the newspaper." The housekeeper continued to hand over the newspaper, and Lilith took it and saw the huge title at the first glance. [The second phase of the pharmaceutical auction is about to begin. [Magical potion, subverting the continuation of alchemy, breaking through the limitations of the body, missing it once, and falling behind for a thousand years! Thousands of years behind. Lilith''s eyelids twitched. Who came up with these words, and they are so targeted. Not many races can live for thousands of years. No, the undead can indeed reach a thousand years. It fits his future plans. "Wu Heng invited me to attend the auction." Lilith leaned on the side of the coffin. The housekeeper organized the items in the room and said softly, "After Wu Heng Island Master became the captain, he has been keeping in touch with you through letters and helped you deal with some things that were inconvenient for you to come forward. If you are invited to participate, you will also be a good friend to him." kind of encouragement. After saying that, the butler added, "Of course, everything depends on what you want." Lilith raised her eyebrows slightly. After pondering for a long time in the wooden coffin, he stood up with a yawn and said, "Get ready and go to Treasure Island." "Yes, miss." The housekeeper responded and exited the room. Lilith picked up the newspaper again and looked at the great detective story above. Scholar Tower. "Chief, the owner of Wu Heng Island of Treasure Island has sent you a letter." The door opened and the deputy came over with the letter. The leader of the Hongwen Society, Claudio, was deciphering an ancient stone slab. He still lowered his head and said, Look at what it says. The deputy tore open the envelope, took a quick look, and then said: "Treasure Island is holding the second potion auction, and you are invited to participate in the auction." Auction? Claudio raised his head slightly, took off his gloves, "Show me the letter." After reading the content of the letter again. He looked thoughtful, and then said slowly: "You will go to Treasure Island on my behalf to participate in this auction." "Yes, chief." The deputy nodded and left the room. training ground. The Sword of Justice Hadarayi raised his eyebrows slightly after reading the letter in his hand. He never expected that the famous owner of Treasure Island would write to him and invite him to participate in the auction. interesting! This guy is quite clever. As a former field envoy, I wrote this letter to myself. From the space ring, he took out a pen and paper and wrote a letter. Get up and walk out of the training ground. An association member saluted, "Chief Hadalay." "This letter is delivered to the front desk and mailed." "Yes, chief." After getting off the train, Wu Heng appeared in the wilds of Treasure Island. After taking a look at the surrounding situation, he released the three ghosts. "Go home!" Xiaoxiao cheered. The other two ghosts also showed smiles, and Glenda said: "Treasure Island is better." "Well, it''s still lively here." Penny also said. "Let''s go, we will sigh after we get back." Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the city. Treasure Island is still bustling. Vendors selling goods, lively crowds, and some dignitaries visiting the island. Busier than ever. In the entire coastal area, it is probably difficult to find a place that can compare with Treasure Island. I called a carriage on the side of the road and rushed towards the central area. The carriage traveled some distance. The speed began to slow down, and the coachman tapped the wall of the car and shouted loudly: "There is some traffic ahead, sir, don''t worry." "There''s no rush." ??Wu Heng opened the curtain and looked outside. At this time, we have arrived at the cinema area. A long and slender queue had already formed at the entrance of the cinema. Coupled with the vendors carrying goods and the crowds chatting and gathering, the entire street became extremely crowded and chaotic. The carriage moved forward at a rapid pace. Some chatter sounds also came in. "I wrote a letter to the tribe, and they said there was nothing about the demon king casting the ring, and they said I was out of my mind." "It''s posted on the door. It''s purely fictitious. There''s no need for you to write this letter." "It''s so real, I feel like it''s real." "This is called a movie. It''s something new from Treasure Island, and it''s not available anywhere else." "The elves in the movie are as elegant as us." The crowd gathered together and talked about the movie. Movies are really popular. At least the scene before me proves how popular the movie is. The carriage passed the confines of the cinema and began to move smoothly. Keep rushing towards the inside. When passing through the central area, Wu Heng glanced at the location where the church was built in the distance. The building still hasn''t changed much. There are already some clergy at the door, preaching doctrines. Then, Wu Heng glanced out the window, and three ghosts penetrated the carriage directly and flew towards the church. The carriage didn''t go far before the ghosts flew back. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, there are some people cleaning inside. There is nothing." Penny added, "I checked the single rooms in the building and they have all been converted into bedrooms. There is nothing special about them." Glenda flew back last and said: "Seven clergy were discovered, the highest level is 18." Good guy, I assigned an 18th-level cleric to this little broken island. The last time I investigated Neitalei City, the accompanying priest was only level 15. You arrange level 18 on the island. Damn it~! "It''s probably still being renovated. Keep an eye on it if you have nothing else to do," Wu Heng said. "Okay." Three Ghosts nodded. Soon, the carriage stopped at the alley outside the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng gave the carriage money and the carriage left directly. Enter the island owner''s mansion. Minnie and Robert ran out of the room. When he saw Wu Heng taking off his mask, his expression showed surprise, "Master." The two shouted and rushed over. Wu Heng caught the two of them, one on the left and the other on the right, "I''m not afraid of falling." "Master, we miss you so much." Minnie said coquettishly. Robert also hugged his waist and rubbed his head hard, "I miss him too, Master." "I miss you too, be good." He rubbed their hair and walked towards the room together. "Master, do you want to eat?" Minnie asked. "Just prepare something simple and let''s eat together in the evening." Wu Heng said casually. "Okay." Minnie agreed and headed to the kitchen. Robert helped him take off his coat and got his slippers very diligently, and then stood aside with his tail wagging back and forth. Wu Heng thought she was cute and touched her little head. Robert narrowed his eyes happily. Soon, the skeleton placed the prepared meal on the dining table, and Wu Heng started to eat after a simple wash. On the train, your senses disappear and you wont feel hungry, but you still have to count your time to replenish some. So as not to starve to death in the car. It tastes tasteless and just keeps eating. So every time I eat after getting off the bus, I feel very hungry. While Wu Heng was eating, the two maids sat on either side of him. Minnie looked at him and said softly, "Sister Wen Mansha, are you and the baby okay?" "It''s good. The baby is getting fat." Minnie said with some envy: "Sister Wen Mansha is so lucky. If I were also a human being, I could also give birth to a baby for my master." Robert also said, "Well, Sister Wen Mansha is so happy." "You two are also my babies, be good!" Wu Heng pinched their faces respectively. "Master is so kind." Minnie hugged his arm and continued to coquettishly. "Master is so gentle." Robert also said. Wu Heng asked while eating, "Is there anything going on on the island during this period?" Minnie shook her head, "It''s nothing. Deacon Sheila Gui said that if the Holy See doesn''t cause trouble, no one will dare to come to the island to cause trouble." After all, the hero just left. Although the other party targeted Treasure Island, it indirectly brought some stabilizing factors. "That''s good." Wu Heng nodded. I took a simple bite. He stood up and said, "Minnie, I''m going back to my room to rest. Let''s have dinner together tonight." "Okay, Master." Minnie and Robert took down the tableware, and Wu Heng got up and went upstairs. After returning to the study, let all three ghosts return to the body. Open the gate and go to the zombie world. This is still the temporary store I chose when I left. Walk out of the room and go out to check on the skeleton team. The area was still densely packed, with no end in sight. After confirming that nothing happened here after he left. Entered the room where the Corpse King was imprisoned. "Make a way." Wu Heng said. The skeletons surrounding the room moved out of the way. As soon as the skeleton moved, the corpse king, who was tightly bound by the iron chain in the middle, trembled violently. He was relieved to find that these skeletons did not hit him with an axe. Then he looked at Wu Heng who came in, his expression became ferocious again. "Has its level changed?" Glenda shook her head, "Nothing has changed. If you want it to continue to improve, you can continue to eat corpse cores for it." Wu Heng nodded, took out a plastic bag from the space ring, and handed it to the skeleton beside him, "Feed it three times a day, and feed it at different times." "You eat it as food?" Granda was a little speechless, and she still eats it three times a day. "They are all first-level corpse cores. We will build a laboratory later and increase the number of them when the time comes." Wu Heng explained. "Yeah." Glenda nodded. Wu Heng asked Kaxiu to re-strengthen the chains of the Corpse King, and then commanded the skeleton to continue moving forward along the road to clear a distance. When it gets dark, we return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng came down from upstairs and dinner was ready. A few people sat at the dining table and ate, and Anderweil reported on the island''s income during this period. Pens, bicycles, watches, newly opened cinemas, and developed properties. A large number of gold and silver coins are delivered to the island owner''s mansion every day, which is exaggerated. The maids, who were surprised at the beginning, are now more numb. Money~! Very profitable. After dinner, several people went to the warehouse underneath the island owner''s mansion. Go to the second underground floor, pass through the rooms guarded by skeletons, and find yourself in the innermost room. Its a treasure chest packed neatly. Anderweil opened a box at random, which was full of gold coins. "Master, the warehouses next door are all filled with silver coins, which are simply packed in wooden barrels." Minnie said calmly. Minnie is the housekeeper of the island lord''s mansion, and she will also re-count everything that is put into storage. Wu Heng looked at the treasure boxes filling the room and nodded. It seems that moving to factories one by one during this period has played a big role. At least the benefits are significant. "Arrange more skeletons to guard them. I''ll take a look then and let''s build a treasure house." Wu Heng said. "good." Several people watched in the warehouse for a while and then left the basement. The night gradually darkened. Wu Heng lay on the bed, thinking over the plan in his mind. I looked at the time and saw that it was already past ten o''clock in the evening. The sound of maids playing and laughing came from the door. "Master, have you rested? We are here to chat with you." Minnie''s voice came in. "Come in!" Wu Heng said. The door opened and four maids walked in one after another. Andwyer wears a white gauze skirt with Minnie-colored suspenders, Annette wears black underwear, and Robert is the smallest, wearing a small black skirt. The four people were standing at the door. They were laughing and joking just now, but after entering, they all started to feel a little shy. Wu Heng smiled and opened his arms, "Come on, don''t catch a cold." The maids smiled and cheered, and all four of them hugged her. The five of them lay on the bed together. "Let Sister Wei''er take the first bite." "OK." "OK." Wu Heng patted the remaining people, "Aren''t you here to chat? Don''t be idle." The next day, morning Town hall, conference room. Wu Heng sat in the conference room and waited for a while. Anderweier knocked on the door and walked in. He handed over the information in his hand and said, "Master, this is the chamber of commerce that I selected." Wu Heng took it and looked at it. Tick ??and mark the selected chambers of commerce respectively. Sifang Chamber of Commerce, Human Chamber of Commerce, 100 giant-tusked pigs. Ernan Chamber of Commerce, Dwarf Chamber of Commerce, White Rabbit, and Colorful Tail Chicken each receive 2,000. Yuexi Chamber of Commerce, Elf Chamber of Commerce, Star Spotted Deer 500. Nightingale Shop and Beast Taming Shop can purchase Hyena, Giant Bat, and Iron-billed Crocodile for 500 each. After filling it out, he returned it to Anderweil, "That''s it first. Sign an agreement with them and send it over directly. All of them need to be able to breed." "Okay master, I''ll ask them to make arrangements as soon as possible." Anderweil nodded. Pigs, rabbits, chickens, and deer are all raised for the zombie world. Hyenas, bats and crocodiles were used to conduct experiments on corpse cores. This matter has been delayed for a long time, so I will finalize it as soon as possible when I come back this time. Anderweil put the receipt away. The door was knocked again. The staff from the city hall said softly: "Miss Wei''er, the owner of the Shining Arrow Props Shop has come over and made an appointment with you to meet here." Anderweier explained to Wu Heng, "This is the boss of Magic Arrow." Wu Heng suddenly realized that he needed to engrave the cannonballs, and asked Anderweil to notify the boss on the island. "Let him in!" Anderweil also repeated it to the outside world. The door opened and a bearded dwarf walked in. He glanced at the room, was slightly startled, and immediately saluted, "My lord, Miss Underweil." (End of chapter) Chapter 755 , detailed explanation of scrolls Chapter 755, detailed explanation of the scroll "Sit down!" The dwarf sat down opposite and asked directly: "Miss Anderweil said that you have needs for magic arrows. I don''t know what type of arrows you need?" "It''s not really an arrow. Take a look first." Wu Heng took out a few electromagnetic gun shells and arranged them in a row on the table. The dwarf frowned, his eyes puzzled, "What is this?" Wu Heng said: "I need to inscribe magic on it to achieve the effect of increasing the power after impact." The dwarf''s eyes fell on the iron lumps on the table again. Then, an idea flashed in my mind. This is probably prepared as a throwing object for the Skeleton Flying Dragon. That''s for sure, otherwise there would be nothing that could throw such a thing out. Why not just use rolling thunder? The technology is mature and the cost is low. The dwarf calmed down and said, "Island Master, what kind of magic do you need?" "Do you have any recommendations?" "Explosive flames, thunder and lightning, and poisonous gas are relatively mature and are less likely to cause problems." The dwarf answered. "Take two of each kind and I''ll try the effect then." "Yes, sir." The dwarf replied with a smile. Wu Heng then asked, "How to calculate the price?" The dwarf hesitated for a moment, then looked up at Wu Heng and said, "How can I ask for your money for something so casual?" "Just give me a normal quote, so I can know the cost of using this weapon." The dwarf pondered again and made a direct quotation, "Then each one will cost you 380 silver coins, which includes material and labor costs." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded, and then said to Ander Weier: "Weier, sign an agreement with him." Anderweil took out an agreement and signed it with the dwarf. After the agreement is signed. Wu Heng said: "Go back and prepare. If you have any questions, just come to the city hall." "Okay." The dwarf put away a few cannonballs. After saluting again, he left the room. Anderweil also walked out, and returned a short while later, saying, "Master, the representatives of the Chamber of Commerce who participated in the exhibition, and the two heads of the stage troupe are also here." "Let the Chamber of Commerce representatives come in first," Wu Heng said. Then, the door opened and several representatives walked in. "My lord, the island owner." "Sit down!" The rest of the time. Wu Heng also met with representatives of the chamber of commerce on the island who participated in the product exhibition, as well as the heads of the two stage drama teams preparing for the movie. The island''s exhibitions have formed their own standards. It needs to be reviewed by Treasure Island. After passing the application, it will be arranged for display in the exhibition hall. After chatting with the Chamber of Commerce representatives for a while, Saban and Siska, two heads of the stage team, walked in. Wu Heng chatted with them about the progress of the film shooting. Movies began to be screened on the island, which still put a lot of pressure on the two teams. They never expected that the movie Wu Heng described would end up looking like this. Immersive sound effects, intense plot, and exaggerated visual impact. Especially the scene where the overwhelming orcs are fighting with the dwarves and elves. If we say, the movie the island owner mentioned is like this. They couldn''t gather so many people, and they couldn''t achieve this effect. You may not be able to do it in this life. Seeing that both of them had the idea of ??giving up, Wu Heng comforted them and made some promises. People will be arranged to help them later. Even if the movie cannot achieve the effect of Lord of the Rings, they will help them sell it. It certainly wont be without gain. Seeing that Wu Hengdu had made a promise, the two of them felt a little relieved and continued to plan the movie. After these two people left, Wu Heng breathed a sigh of relief. During this period, all the things that had been accumulated together were finally completed. After thinking about it again, and feeling that nothing had been left behind, he said hello to Anderweil and left the city hall. Standing at the door and looking at the busy streets. Continue walking towards the association. There was a lot of excitement in the association. Association guards wearing silver armor and spears could be seen all around. The local association is also getting better. Even the number of guards has been expanded so much. It seems that the level standard has also been improved. He was wearing a mask, and no one paid attention to him along the way. Go through the long corridor and knock on the door in front of the deacon''s study. After hearing the sound coming from inside, he opened the door and walked in. The air conditioner is on in the study room. When the elf sisters saw Wu Heng taking off his mask, their eyes lit up. "When did you come back?" Sheela said with a smile. "I came back yesterday." Wu Heng sat down aside. Shi Yali brought over scented tea and said in a complaining tone, "You came back yesterday, why did you come to see us today?" "There are too many things to deal with. I just finished my work." Wu Heng took a sip of tea. Shi Yali sat down opposite and looked at him with her chin raised. Sheila Gui then asked: "Is there any new information outside this time?" "There is no special information. The eldest prince and the second prince are almost equally in control of Yeke Kingdom." Wu Heng leaned on the sofa. Second prince? Shi Lagui frowned, Shi Yali didn''t listen to this at all, didn''t care, and just stayed in a daze. "This second prince can still occupy half of the land?" Sheela Gui was a little surprised. "If the information is correct, it should be like this." Sheela Gui pondered for a moment and asked, "Then who is supporting the second prince?" The eldest prince occupied the royal city, and it can be said that he had the support of the main ministers and dignitaries. Later, it was found that some sects were involved. He even dared to kill the deacon and the investigation team. There are so many level 18 experts with a very arrogant style of doing things, and the second prince can still occupy half of the land. Prove that the other party also has certain strength. Wu Heng was also a little confused, and as the army attacked all the way from Luntam City, he felt that the second prince had no masters. "It''s not clear yet, there may be some means and helpers!" "The Kingdom of Yeke is really in chaos. It will be difficult to recover within a few decades after this incident is over." Xila Gui sighed with emotion. Wu Heng continued, "This news is not accurate. It is just what I heard. Don''t tell anyone else or report it to the headquarters, so as not to mislead them." "Well, this matter has nothing to do with us anymore, I''m too lazy to get involved." Sheila Gui said with a smile. Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took another sip, "Will Hongwen write to me?" When he was in Luntam City, Wu Heng wrote a letter to the leader of the Hongwen Society, mainly mentioning his interest in inscribing scrolls. Even if you don''t plan to provide yourself with any information, you should still reply to the letter. "There are books and letters, give him something." Sheila Gui said. Wu Heng was overjoyed and indeed provided something. Just say it! Watches and pens were not given away for free before. Seeing that Shi Yali didn''t move, Sila Gui shouted again, "Shi Yali, what kind of nymphomaniac are you doing?" Shi Yali came back to her senses, "Ah? What kind of flower?" "Hongwen will mail something to Wu Heng. I really can''t stand you." Xila Gui said helplessly. "I didn''t hear you." Shi Yali stood up, walked to the cabinet nearby, took out books, records and a letter, and handed them back to Wu Heng. Then go back to your place and continue to be in a daze. Wu Heng looked at the book in his hand, which was called Elementary Introduction to Scrolls, and the other one was a somewhat old manuscript. Put these two things into the space ring, directly tear open the letter and look at the content above. It was a reply from the leader of Hongwenhui. It mainly talked about some things about the inscribed scroll and asked him not to distract too much. Concentrate on magic research and level improvement, reaching level 18 early. The leader of Hongwenhui is an elven clan. In the eyes of elves, human lifespan is too short. Only by focusing on improving the level can we achieve certain achievements. People like Wu Heng could make a watch today and improve a potion tomorrow. Although they both caused quite a stir, in the eyes of the other party, they were still a bit unprofessional. Level is the way to go. He quickly read the contents of the letter and put it into the space ring. Sheila Gui asked: "What did the other party say?" "Let me stop paying attention to everything and concentrate on improving my level." (End of chapter) Chapter 756 , learn everything Chapter 756, learn everything Sheila Gui immediately felt that she had found a teammate and said, "Look, the leader said the same." Wu Heng said with a smile, "I just want to understand it, and I don''t really want to engrave the scroll. I am so rich, I can just buy whatever I need." "Big rich man!" Xila Gui muttered. Shi Yali still tilted her chin and said, "Will you come home for dinner tonight?" Wu Heng glanced at Xila Gui, then glanced down at the heavy object placed on the edge of the table. The latter noticed the gaze, first wanted to dodge, and then stepped forward. The chin was raised slightly. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Come to my place tonight, and you can watch a movie after dinner." Sheila Gui looked at Shi Yali, "What do you think?" "I can do it!" Sheila Gui said: "We will go directly there that night." "No need to buy anything." "Buy you big-headed ghost." Silla rolled her eyes at him. Wu Heng stood up again, shook his stiff neck, and said, "I''m going home first. I''ll be there early." "We''ll go there when it''s almost done." Sheela Gui said. Wu Heng nodded, put on the mask again, and left the study. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng hung his coat aside and said, "Minnie, Shi Lagui and Shi Yali will come to our house for dinner tonight." "Okay, Master." Minnie agreed with a smile. Wu Heng turned around and went upstairs. From the first floor, Robert''s questioning voice came, "Deacon Sheila Gui, you have been here a lot recently." Minnie said: "It should have some relationship with the master, right?" "With the master?" "The last person who always came to our house for a meal was the wood elf president of Star Flower." "Mrs. Shannara, you always came here to have lunch before?" "Well, they''re all in the bedroom now," Minnie said. Wu Heng paused as he went upstairs. Forehead. Although it is not reliable to say that there is a relationship between eating and drinking, it seems to be correct. It seems that Shannara always came to have a meal at that time. I always find reasons to go to her place to eat, which is a bit like Sheela Gui now. It doesn''t matter, I will tell my maid in the future. Continue to walk upstairs and enter the study. Glenda was the only one in the study, reading a magic book. In terms of attributes, ghosts can also learn the spells of the necromantic faction, but they have not been unlocked yet. Xiaoxiao and Penny are not in the room, they should go outside to play. "Has everything been taken care of?" Glenda looked over. Wu Heng sat down at the desk, "I settled on the purchase of livestock and met with several representatives of the chamber of commerce." "Have you thought about the place to cultivate zombies?" Glenda continued to ask. Wu Heng said: "There was a prison before, and the facilities and equipment there were very complete. It felt good there." When they occupied Xinfu City Prison, Granda had not yet become her ghost. So she didn''t know that side. "I''ve heard from Xiaoxiao that it''s okay over there." Glenda nodded. "The wild animals haven''t been shipped here yet. There may not be any changes in the process. It depends on the situation." "That''s right." Glenda said and turned her gaze back to the books in front of her. Wu Heng also took out the magic scroll book he brought back and placed it on the table. The name of the book is "Basic Introduction to Scrolls (Revised. There is no text on the surface of the manuscript, and the sky blue cover is already a bit old. Wu Heng opened the book first and began to examine it. The first few pages are full of famous quotes from past leaders of the Hongwen Society and some scholars. It feels like it was forced on me to gain fame. After a brief glance, he looked past this part of the content and looked at the content behind it. The title of the first part is also quite interesting. It''s called [Casting a Spell from a Scroll]. It is written above that all material expenses are provided when the scroll is created. When using the magic scroll, there will be no need to provide any material and external expenses again. If the scroll requires some kind of props, you need to match the props to complete the use of the scroll. This point is relatively simple and clear. This means that the scroll is a one-time consumable. If you tear it open, you can use the magic inside without any other consumption. Wu Heng continued to look down. Then there is the inscription of the magic scroll, the tools required in advance, and the selection of the scroll style. This is also a cursory look at this point. After all, I dont really plan to make a scroll. Just understand it. Next, there is the knowledge of scroll making. Packing patterns, the production and proportion of magic ink, and the rules that need to be followed in painting. A large number of symbols and technical terms appear in books. Even if you have never seen it, you can still understand what you want to express. After reading the entire book, Wu Heng waited for a while. There was no system prompt to unlock any skills. It seems that it is not a skill book and cannot unlock any skills. "Is there anything gained?" Glenda turned her eyes away, exchanged books for him, and asked casually. "One thing that is certain is that the production of magic scrolls is related to the ink mixed with materials. The energy contained in the ink acts as the magic power needed to release magic." Wu Heng replied. "Does your kind of talisman help?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "I think so. Then we can try to change the materials and copy the talisman again. I remember that there are scrolls that can resist ghosts. It should be about the same with that kind of material." Glenda rolled her eyes at him and said, "Don''t get involved with the Holy See." "If you want to find out the information, you don''t have to go to the Vatican to ask." Wu Heng said with a smile. Glenda nodded and said no more. Wu Heng continued to take out the manuscript and once again entered a focused state to read it. The contents recorded in the notebook are just some experimental results. It''s also relatively elementary and doesn''t have much advanced content. After reading it all, he put the space ring away again. Then he raised his head and looked out the window. The sky darkened. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Beini flew back together. "Where are you going?" Wu Heng asked. Xiao Xiao smiled and said, "I went to the island tavern to listen to stories, and then went to the church to see it." "How''s the church?" "There''s nothing, it''s still the same few people, it''s empty inside." Xiaoxiao said. Then, he and Penny floated aside, found the tablet and started playing the movie. Wu Heng also got up and went downstairs. When I walked down the stairs, I saw the elf sisters coming over and chatting with the maids. Saw Wu Heng coming down. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Let us come to eat, and you haven''t come downstairs yet." "I was just reading the magic scroll book, and I forgot about the time." Wu Heng smiled apologetically. "I forgive you." Sheela said. Shi Yali raised the cloth bag in her hand and said, "I brought honey wine." "Okay, I also have some wine here, you can try it then." Wu Heng said. Minnie went down to let the skeleton serve the meal, and every sumptuous dinner was served on the table. Several people sat in a group, and Shi Yali poured a full cup of nectar wine for everyone and encouraged them to drink. "Don''t drink too much again." Sheela whispered. Shi Yali smiled and said, "I know, today I mainly let Minnie and the others have a taste." Xila Gui nodded and looked at Wu Heng again, "How do you like the books on the scroll?" "Something gained." Shi Yali also said, "You don''t want to improve any new scrolls, do you?" "I just took a look. I''m new to this area, so it''s not that easy to improve." Wu Heng shrugged. "I say so. No matter how talented you are, you can''t know everything." Wu Heng glanced at the provocative short-haired elf, "If you say that, it will arouse my man''s pride." "What can you do to your self-esteem?" "Forget it, it''s just for fun and research," Wu Heng said. "Humph, I knew it." Shi Yali said, then turned to chat with Minnie and the others. Wu Hengye and Xila Gui chatted about some things that happened in the association when they left while eating. Had dinner. Several people went to the theater room together. The lights turned off and the movie screen began to display scenes from Lord of the Rings 2. Even if they had seen it before, everyone once again focused their attention on the screen in front of them. Wu Heng leaned close to Xila Gui''s ear and said, "Where''s the blanket? Cover your legs." Sila Gui looked suffocated and looked at the other person in surprise. After hesitating for a moment, he took out a blanket and covered his legs and waist. Wu Heng smiled, stretched his hand along the blanket, and gently touched his lower abdomen, all the way down the waistband of his trousers, and stroked it gently. Sheila Gui let out a cry, opened her legs slightly, found a comfortable position, and slowly breathed a sigh of relief. "I''m going to the bathroom." Shi Yali on the other side suddenly stood up. Xila Gui''s body stiffened, and Wu Heng''s movements also stopped. Not long after, Shi Yali returned from outside. He glanced at Wu Heng and Xila Gui, and then sat down on the other side of Wu Heng. Then, in Wu Hengs doubtful eyes. He also took out a blanket and covered his legs. (End of chapter) Chapter 757 , small movements under the blanket Chapter 757, small movements under the blanket A blanket of the same style was also covered on Shi Yali''s legs. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked carefully at the other party who was not squinting. When you are stunned. Sheela Gui on the side felt that his movements suddenly stopped. She twisted uneasily and touched her legs to indicate that he could continue. Wu Heng continued to coax Xila Gui, and then glanced at Shi Yali on the other side. In fact, it can be felt that Shi Yali is somewhat attracted to herself. But when he was covered with a blanket, it was because the air conditioner was really a bit cold, or he noticed his and Sheila Gui''s little actions and gave him a hint. I doubt it is the second type, but I am afraid that I am overthinking it. As Wu Heng thought about it, he felt a smooth and cool hand slip into his palm and scratch it lightly. Turning her head and taking a look, she saw Shi Yali''s face full of smiles and a mischievous smile. Wu Heng held the other person''s hand and did not take it away. Shi Yali also breathed a sigh of relief, and the smile on her lips became more obvious. Then, Shi Yali pulled his hand under the blanket and put it on his lap. The two sisters look similar, but there are some differences in body shape. Shi Lagui''s legs are more rounded, while Shi Yali''s legs are slender and straight. Even though they are wearing pants, they feel very elastic. Wu Heng sat on the opponent''s lap, thought for a moment, and like Xila Gui, groped for his flat belly, and then moved downwards. Feeling the hands suddenly downward, Shi Yali''s body stiffened suddenly, her legs clamped tightly on the offending hand, her eyes were filled with confusion. Looking at the situation on his sister''s side, his eyes became even more surprised. Wu Heng was also shocked, it was over, it was too much. Shi Yali glared at him with a red face, pinched the back of his hand hard, took it out and put it on her lap again. Wu Heng smiled awkwardly. This is okay, step by step. The movie ends. The room lights are also on. The maids were chirping and talking about playing games. The two elf sisters both had red faces and put away the blanket with a guilty conscience. "Deacon Sheilagui, Assistant Shi Yali, stay and play games! I''ll teach you, it''s very simple." Robert jumped out and said. Sheila Gui glanced at the sky outside the window and said, "It''s too late, maybe next time." "If it''s late, it''s okay to stay here. There are a lot of rooms anyway." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui said angrily, "It will have a bad impact if people know that I, a deacon, stayed at the island owner''s house." "Tomorrow morning I will teleport you back and no one will know." Wu Heng said. "No, my sister is still here, let''s talk about it later." Sheila Gui said firmly. Shi Yali stood aside, folding her arms and watching a few people talking, without making any comment. Seeing that the other party insisted on going back, Wu Heng didn''t try to persuade him to stay. Anyway, we both live on the island and can see each other every day, so we dont have to leave each other behind. He sent the sisters to the door and arranged for a team of skeletons to take them home. Wu Heng and the maids returned to the house. The maids went to play games, and Wu Heng simply washed up and went back to the room to rest. Lying on the bed. In his mind, he couldn''t help but think of the scene just now. If Shi Yali acted exaggeratedly last time, it was because of the effects of alcohol. But this time, although I drank a little, it was within the tolerance range. You can already express what the other person thinks. This elf sister also likes me. Moreover, he is quite courageous. The relationship between myself and Sheila Gui has always been a cooperative battle. Mutual trust gradually turned into an emotion between men and women. When did Shi Yali start paying attention to herself? Its not like he has any hobbies! Shi Yali also likes herself, but she is actually happy in her heart. Who doesnt like such a pair of beautiful elf sisters! But Sheila Gui can accept that she has a maid, but I don''t know if she can accept that she has taken over her sister. "It''s unlikely that Sheila Gui will accept it." "Oops! Say no to Shi Yali. What are you touching with your hands?" Deacon''s Mansion. Sheila Gui soaked in the tub and exhaled heavily. The nectar wine has a strong stamina and will make you feel restless while watching a movie. Disgusted to death. Squeak~! The bathroom door was pushed open, and Shi Yali walked in wearing a white bath towel. Sheila Gui glanced through the hazy fog and complained: "You are so slow." After saying that, she moved forward in the tub, letting Shi Yali sit behind her and lean into the other person''s arms. The two grew up together and have been good friends since childhood. Shi Yali is the older sister, and she came to Treasure Island with her. Even though she died once on the island, she still stayed and helped process documents, cook and clean. She was a considerate older sister. Xila Gui also cares about her sister very much. Everything she has now was done by her, even with her own life. Shi Yali hugged her sister and said softly: "It''s so soft. No wonder Wu Heng likes to touch her." Sheela Gui slapped her hand, "What nonsense." Shi Yali leaned close to her ear and said, "It''s not like I couldn''t see all the little moves you made when you were watching the movie." Silla Gui''s body trembled, "What, what a little move." "Just little moves under the blanket." Xila Gui''s face and body were visibly red, and then she said quibly: "It''s just holding hands. You don''t have a man, so I don''t know how normal it is." Shi Yali smiled, put her arms around her sister''s waist, and continued, "I didn''t say anything, why are you so nervous." "I''m not nervous." Shi Yali leaned forward again, "Tell your sister what else you do besides holding hands." "Why are you talking about this? You must be sick." "What are you hiding from my sister? My sister will keep it a secret for you..." Sheila Gui said angrily, "You are lying to children with these words again." "Then why don''t you tell your sister?" "Oops! This is annoying, so I just touched it." Sheela said shyly. "Where did you touch?" "Don''t go too far, Shi Yali." Early the next morning, Wu Heng came down from upstairs. Robbe trotted all the way and diligently brought the bowls and chopsticks, "Master, you can eat now." Wu Heng rubbed her cute little head, and Robbe giggled. Then, the other maids also came over. Sit down at the table and start eating. Anderweil said while eating, "Master, if you want to participate in the auction, please go to the dignitaries. The time is almost up. I want to discuss with the association to strengthen the security of the island and shipping routes." "You and Sheela Gui arrange to arrange for all the skeletons on the island." Wu Heng said. Anderweil nodded, "Okay, when we get to the city hall, I''ll have a phone call with the deacon to arrange this matter." Wu Heng added: "If a ship from the association headquarters docks at the port, please remember to notify me." No one responded to the letters I wrote to the headquarters. I wonder if any heroes will participate. Whether there is or not, it actually doesn''t matter, the main thing is to keep in touch with the other party. At critical moments, it is possible to speak for yourself. "Okay." Anderweier agreed again. After a brief chat, breakfast was finished. Anderweil and Annette went out to the city hall, while Minnie and Robbe also packed up and prepared for daily training. The maid in the island owner''s mansion has a pretty good life. There is no heavy hard work. The most tiring thing every day is training to improve myself. In terms of life, there is air conditioning and a separate room. They eat what Wu Heng eats. According to Philippa, this is the life of a princess and queen. The maids all went about their business. Wu Heng also went upstairs and returned to the study. Enter the study, call your three ghosts, and go to the zombie world. Walking out of the boundary door, he looked at the environment outside the window. Nothing has changed. At a glance, there is still an army of skeletons filling the streets and open spaces. He released the ghost and went to the room where the Corpse King was imprisoned to take a look. The Corpse King was still firmly tied to the spot, and his eyes when he looked up were the same fierce and resentful as before. Like a trapped beast, waiting for a chance to retaliate. "Take him and go out together." Wu Heng gave the order, turned and left the room. The skeletons dragged the corpse king and followed them all the way to the back of the truck. "Put it in the carriage." Wu Heng then ordered. The Corpse King felt that he was about to be taken away and began to struggle violently. After countless spears were thrust down, the corpse king''s struggle turned into painful twitching, and he was thrown into the back of the truck. "Are you going back to the base?" Glenda asked. "There are no zombies here. Let''s go back and find a new place first, and then upgrade Beni''s level." Wu Heng said. "Thank you for your hard work, everyone." Penny said with a smile. Little novel, "It''s not hard, we are ghosts, we can''t feel the hard work." Wu Heng reminded, "Xiaoxiao, I''m still alive." (End of chapter) Chapter 758 , inquiring about your information Chapter 758: Inquiring about your information "Uncle, thank you for your hard work, hehe!" "Let''s go back first. Xiaoxiao hasn''t seen your mother for a while!" Wu Heng opened the door and got into the passenger seat. The big-headed skeleton and two skeleton attendants also sat in the back of the car. Xiaoxiao flew in through the car door and said, "Yes, I miss her a little." "We can go back soon." Wu Heng continued, "Let''s see if the Corpse King is loaded up?" Xiaoxiao penetrated the back of the truck, glanced at the body of the truck, then flew back and said: "It''s installed." "Let''s drive back to the port base." The skeleton drives the truck and returns to the base surrounded by an army of skeletons. The journey back is not far. It was approaching dusk when we entered the base gate. The truck stopped, and Qi Hancai came to greet him with several managers from the base. "Chief." Qi Hancai took the lead in saluting. The others also followed suit and saluted. Wu Heng nodded, "You''re welcome. Let''s go and do your own business. Qi Hancai is coming with me." Everyone dispersed, but Qi Hancai stayed. Wu Heng took her to the back of the truck, lifted the canvas, and the pungent smell hit her face. In the darkness, a huge beast could be seen tightly bound and held in a car by a skeleton. It was like a ferocious beast hiding in the darkness, its ferocious eyes also looked over. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Qi Hancai''s expression changed drastically and he stepped back. Corpse King. Wu Heng said: "It''s not like I''ve never seen him before." Qi Hancai quickly hid behind him and whispered, "Why did you bring the Corpse King into the base and kill him outside?" "This is what I want you to tell you. I need a place for the time being, not too far from the base, to lock the Corpse King in and observe the situation." Wu Heng said. Observe the Corpse King? Qi Hancai frowned, thinking of things like zombie research mentioned at the reception desk. But those studied are also ordinary zombies. How could anyone bring the Corpse King back for study? He took a deep breath and didn''t ask any more questions. Wu Heng always has a clear purpose in doing things, and he just needs to arrange a place that is safe and does not let the Corpse King escape. Research as much as you want. He quickly thought about the location where the Corpse King should be imprisoned, and then said: "I know a basement outside the base. It is quite strong and can be used to imprison the Corpse King." Outside the base. According to Wu Heng''s opinion, there is no need to be so troublesome. Just find a room, let the skeleton watch the corpse king, feed it some corpse cores every day and wait for it to evolve. But for Qi Hancai and the others, there is indeed some psychological burden. And if the Corpse King really reaches level 20, its hard to say whether there will be any new abilities. It''s also safer to put outside. "Is it far?" "Not far away, it''s in a building behind the base. I found it during the previous search." Qi Hancai said. "Come on, let''s go take a look." "Drive over there." Qi Hancai got into the driver''s seat and left the base with Wu Heng. After not walking far, they stopped in front of a building that looked like a hotel. Walking all the way under the building, I saw the basement in question. The area is about thirty square meters, with a metal iron door and concrete walls inside, covered with ceramic tiles. Looks like a privately prepared vault. "Is this okay? When we found it, it was open." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng walked in and took a look. There was a ventilation duct at the top to prevent him from being suffocated. The surrounding walls are indeed solid, so it''s definitely better than just finding a room. "Very good." Wu Heng nodded, and then said to the skeleton next to him, "Bring the Corpse King in." The skeleton dragged the tied corpse king into the room. "Feed six corpse cores every day, and keep an eye on it." Wu Heng instructed, and then exited the room. Wow~! A large number of skeletons squeezed in and gathered in a circle, their empty eyes staring at the Corpse King again. After the guarding skeleton entered, Wu Heng locked the door again. "Let''s go back," Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai held his arm, "Is this Corpse King the one mentioned on the Korean radio station?" "Yes, there are two of them over there. One is dead. Bring the remaining one back for study." Wu Heng said with a smile. "There are not two of these guys." Qi Hancai complained. Return to base again. Wu Heng sat in the conference room and listened to the progress reports from the rest of the base. The construction and facility repair of the base, and the training of skeletons by several experts. Now, there are already a lot of skeletons in various majors. When the cities occupied by Luntam City stabilize, we can arrange for some to go there. After everyone else finished reporting, they all bowed and left the conference room. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left again. Qi Hancai said: "Sister Yahong told the domestic headquarters that all the remuneration owed has been settled. Everything is normal at the military factory, and five hundred double-barreled cannons have been produced." The remuneration owed by the main station was negotiated between the two parties for helping to kill the ghost last time. Five armored vehicles, seven level three corpse cores. It seems that all the payments have been made one after another. Qi Hancai asked curiously, "What''s the reward? Why don''t I know?" "Last time, a group of people at the main station were trapped by ghosts. They asked me for help and the promised reward." Wu Heng explained. "Oh, no wonder." Wu Heng continued, "By the way, you tell Li Yahong and ask him and Lu Chang''an, the commander who contacted us from the main station, to ask him if he has any books on talismans. Just say that I want to take a look." "Okay, I''ll talk to Li Yahong later." Qi Hancai wrote it down in his notebook. Then, Qi Hancai seemed to remember something again and said, "One more thing. When we traded food with the Korean Headquarters last time, someone from the other party asked people from our base for information about you." "Who did you ask about?" "There are a lot of Koreans in our base. We''ll ask them, but no one is stupid. We have food and drink here, so tell me when you get back." Qi Hancai said. Food needs to be exchanged from here, and the main station is obviously not doing well. Autumn is approaching again, and if food does not meet supply requirements, many people in various bases may starve to death again. Wu Heng then asked, "What information did you ask me for?" "Appearance, behavioral characteristics, where you are, and I want your photo." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng frowned deeper. Its not weird to be interested in yourself. In the eyes of outsiders, his powers are really abnormal. The current scale of the skeleton army is enough to destroy the base of any force, and it is still growing. It''s normal to casually inquire about yourself, but when asking where the person is, you also need a photo. It''s obviously more than just curiosity. "Do you know the purpose?" Qi Hancai shook his head, "I don''t know yet." This Korean rescue team has been quite unstable recently. First, they said that this was their country and asked them to return the territory occupied by the skeletons to them. Later, they asked for their cooperation and provided the location of the Corpse King, and also asked about their appearance and where they were. What to do. After thinking quickly in his mind, he said, "Look for any reason to talk to them again, and I will follow you there." Qi Hancai''s eyes were confused, "Do you really want to show up? I feel like there''s something wrong inside." "What I have to talk about with them is to see what they want to do." Wu Heng said. "Okay, after I get back, I will contact them and try to meet them within the next two days." Qi Hancai agreed, then hesitated and asked, "Are you staying tonight?" "When the time comes, go to your room." Qi Hancai also smiled, "Okay." The two went out to the cafeteria to have dinner, and then returned to the dormitory bedroom together. Wu Heng sat on the bed and flipped through the books on the magic scroll. Qi Hancai also walked out of the bathroom. "Look, I won''t disturb you." Qi Hancai said with a smile. Laying the bathrobe on the floor, he knelt down beside the bed and kissed his lower abdomen. Wu Heng touched the other party''s head and continued to look at the book in his hand. The next day, Treasure Island. A new team of patrolling skeletons has been added to the island again. The port location is also more lively, with many wealthy businessmen and dignitaries bringing their families to the island. Looking at the clean streets, rows of street lamps, and colorful advertisements hung on the street lamps. Their eyes widened. "This is Treasure Island!" "Those poles are street lamps, they will glow at night, and there will be no night in the whole city." "True or false." "Of course it''s true." The men showed off softly to some women. central area. Anderweil led the skeleton guards directly into the church. A group of clergymen were cleaning the house, and their eyelids trembled when they saw a large number of undead soldiers coming in directly. Skeletons swaggered into Orthodox churches. They have probably never appeared before in any period. At this time, the person in charge of the local church came out. He glanced at the fox girl in the front, and then at the skeleton in the back. Frowning slightly. (End of chapter) Chapter 759 , if you have something to say, go talk Chapter 759: If you have something to say, go talk to the leader Inside the church. The local bishop, wearing a miter and a long white coat, walked over. "Bishop Dirk Gavin." Andwyer saluted. Dirk Gavin, local bishop of Treasure Island. When Wu Heng came back, he told her that he was an 18th-level priest. To actually arrange level 18 on Treasure Island seems exaggerated when you think about it. The bishop changed from a frown to a smile, "Miss Anderweil, what happened?" Anderweil said seriously: "Your Majesty, the number of people coming to the island has increased recently. Let''s see if there is any problem." "Oh! Everything is fine. The security on Treasure Island is still very good." The bishop replied with a smile. "As long as the bishop has confidence in the security of the island, there is one more thing to do when coming here this time, that is, the various forces on the island cannot station too many people." Anderweil mentioned this matter. The bishop''s smile faded, and he understood the other party''s intention. The new newspaper did mention that the forces on the island did not allow too many armed forces to be stationed. But I didn''t expect that I would actually come to the Holy See to mention this matter. With the influence of the Holy See in various places, it is the second force besides the association that is not subject to the management of local political power. But it seems that Treasure Island doesn''t think so. The church has not yet been established, and only a few priests are left here, and there will be protective knights coming to the island later. The number of priests must meet the other party''s requirements. When mentioned now, it should be referring to the subsequent guardian knights. "Miss Anderweil, our Holy See should not be included in the forces you mentioned!" the bishop said. "There is nothing we can do. We have also been to the Snake Emblem Consortium. They will also evacuate their personnel in the near future. Please don''t make it difficult for me, Lord Bishop." Anderweil said helplessly. this. "Miss Anderweil, let the island owner and Chief Saidu come to an agreement." The bishop''s tone was still calm, but his attitude was very tough. In other words, you Treasure Island can''t control us. If you have something to say to the leader, if he agrees, we will do it. If he doesn''t agree, there''s nothing we can do. Anderweil also said: "I am only notifying you in accordance with the regulations. Why don''t you go tell the island owner and he will agree. Naturally, we don''t want to disturb you." The scene fell silent for a moment. Both sides asked the other to find the person above them. The bishop suddenly smiled and said: "I will visit the island owner. I heard that he is a rare genius." "This is best." Anderweil agreed with a smile, and continued, "The auction is coming soon, large-scale construction is prohibited, and the decoration in the church will be suspended for a period of time. Let''s wait until the auction is over before continuing." The bishop narrowed his eyes again and said nothing. Anderweil saluted again and left directly with the skeleton. Only the bishop was left, standing there with a gloomy expression. Zombie world. A town off the main road. A large group of corpses collided with the spear formation, and the sounds of screaming and grabbing resounded throughout the entire area. Wisps of remnant souls floated into the sky, and Penny quickly rushed forward to devour the remnant souls. this morning. Wu Heng got the location where the zombies were to be cleaned up from Qi Hancai, and then led an army of skeletons to arrive here to clean up the zombies. The situation in the other world is becoming increasingly unstable. Only by accelerating the improvement of one''s own strength can one better ensure one''s own safety. It''s still a bit difficult to level up 20 levels by yourself. But when the ghost reaches level 20, he can still work hard. The fighting ahead was fierce, and Penny was busy devouring the remaining souls in the sky. Xiaoxiao flew down and said, "Uncle, a car is coming." Wu Heng grabbed the car and looked toward the rear, and saw a modified off-road vehicle parked outside the skeleton team. A survivor got out of the car and was adjusting the frequency band of the short-frequency walkie-talkie. The people around Qi Hancai came out from Dong''an Village and joined the Xinfu City base. Considered his own team. Then, a voice came from the walkie-talkie hanging on the skeleton at Wu Heng''s side, "Chief, I have brought news." "Come here." Wu Heng pressed the intercom. Then, he looked at the big-headed skeleton and said, "Let the skeleton make way for him." The skeleton army blocking the back made a way, and the survivors of the base quickly walked through the group of skeletons and came to Wu Heng. "Chief, Sister Qi didn''t say anything on the radio. Let me come and tell you that a new type of pills were sent from the Xinfu City base, saying they were made by alchemy skeletons." The survivor said quickly. The pills were finally produced. This is good news. "I understand, you should go back first and don''t talk about it outside." Wu Heng said. "Okay, leader." The survivor nodded, passed through the skeleton army again, got on the off-road vehicle and left. After the people left, Xiaoxiao and Glenda appeared next to them, one on the left and one on the right. "What pills?" Xiaoxiao thought. "It''s the medicine from another world developed into tablets, which is easy to carry and use." "Oh, I remembered it." Glenda continued: "In your world, there is little chance of using this kind of medicine, and selling it to others can easily cause trouble." Wu Heng nodded, "It was originally prepared for Treasure Island. In the past few days, wealthy people from all over the world have come to participate in the auction. Let''s display the pills and let them know what the reform of pharmaceuticals is." "It''s definitely an opportunity." Wu Heng continued to cast his gaze on the battlefield. As time passes, the number of zombies begins to decrease. Give the order to move forward and start killing the remaining zombies along the way. Then, the army continued to move forward. After reaching the next area, start fighting a new group of zombies. Speed ??up as much as possible to clear out the zombies and devour the remaining souls. Wait until it gets closer to dusk. After converting the corpses on the ground into skeletons. Get in the truck and return to base with the skeleton. Back to base, it was already 10pm. The dormitories in the base were lit up with lights, and someone could be seen standing at the window smoking. Let the skeleton drive the truck to the garage and enter the dormitory building. "I came back a little late today." Qi Hancai was wearing pajamas and leaning against the door frame. "The skeleton army has been trotting back all the way." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "If the skeleton had any thoughts, he would definitely scold you, a black-hearted slave owner, and get in the car yourself and let them run with you." After saying that, he slowly came over and hooked his neck. Wu Heng said: "I just came back, be careful of any viruses that may be transmitted to you." "I will become a zombie, will you still love me?" Qi Hancai stared at him. "I''m afraid you''ll stick your tongue out of my mouth." Wu Heng spanked her on the buttocks, "Don''t say any unlucky words. There are pills sent by Li Yahong." "Here!" Qi Hancai returned to the room and took out a white medicine bottle. Then he said: "Sister Yahong said that two tablets are equivalent to the effect of one bottle." Wu Heng put away the medicine bottle, "Okay, I won''t accompany you today." "Go to bed early when you are tired. How can you, a leader, work so hard every day." Qi Hancai helped him straighten his collar. "For our future." "Yeah." Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng returned to his dormitory and asked the ghost to see the Corpse King. After confirming that it was restored to its original appearance, he took the ghost back into his body and returned to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s mansion. After washing up in the bathroom, the gatekeeper went downstairs. There was silence in the entire island owner''s mansion, except for the chirping of insects outside the window. He walked to the kitchen, asked the skeleton chef to prepare some midnight snacks for himself, then sat at the dining table and started eating. Upstairs, Anderweil came down wearing a white suspender pajamas. Seeing Wu Heng sitting on the first floor eating, a smile appeared on his wary face, "Master!" Wu Heng patted his thigh, and Anderweier sat on one side obediently. The fluffy fox tail sways gently behind. Wu Heng continued, "Have more people come to the island?" Anderweil replied, "A lot of people have come. Deacon Sheilagui and I have rearranged the island''s defenses. The Association Guard and the island''s patrol have increased the number of patrols." Then he added, "I also went to the Snake Emblem Consortium and the church today. The church was a little uncooperative. They asked you to talk to the religious leader about reducing the number of troops stationed. The local bishop also came to talk to you personally. (End of chapter) Chapter 760 , one after another came to the island Chapter 760: Coming to the island one after another Wu Heng made this plan mainly to restrict the people in the Holy See so as not to leave too many protective knights or priests on the island. The Snake Emblem Consortium was also in bad luck. But the local bishop is quite arrogant. All the leaders of the Holy See were carried out directly. "Don''t worry about them, wait until the auction is over." Wu Heng said. "Okay, Master." Anderweil nodded. After Wu Heng had eaten, he wiped his mouth, pulled off the sling on the little fox''s shoulder, and continued, "The Alchemy Skeleton has produced another pill. I will get it to the association tomorrow to prove its efficacy, and then put it on display at the booth. " "Which one should I replace?" "Just a pen." "Okay, Master." Wu Heng patted the little fox''s **** and said, "I''m going to brush my teeth. Wait for me in the room." Anderweil smiled, "Okay, Master." After saying that, he jumped upstairs. Exhibition. The fountain pen booth was removed and replaced with new exhibits. Soon, the news that the island owner''s palace was displaying new products quickly spread around the island. Watches and pens have become best-sellers everywhere. Regardless of race or country, this product is highly recognized, and the various transport chambers of commerce also make a lot of money from the price difference. Nowadays, there is basically no news about replica products. They are increasing the number of purchases and continuing to sell them. This time, I dont know what new product I have come up with, and I want to display it before the auction. The dignitaries on the island, representatives of various chambers of commerce. Residents who join in the fun. Rushing to the exhibition head-on. Crowded gathering hall. The booth in the middle was already full of people. Advertisements hanging on the screen above were playing new videos. An injured soldier quickly took out a medicine bottle, poured two white pills from his hand and swallowed them. The next second, the wounds on the body stopped bleeding and the flesh and blood closed. "The exhibits this time are medicines and treatments." "It is indeed more convenient to carry it into this small round shape." "Good guy, the owner of Wuheng Island is going to get involved in the alchemy industry." "Island owner, after you make money, the first thing you will do is to improve the medicine for us." "Your Majesty the Island Master, you really still consider us." The crowd of onlookers began to discuss violently. Products such as pens, watches, and bicycles, even if they are designed, are not relevant to most ordinary people. The price is too high and it is not a necessity. But medicine is different. Medicine is something that affects everyone. If it is not a liquid medicine, it will be more convenient for mercenaries and adventurers who do not have space rings to carry this medicine. It would be better if the price could be lowered and everyone would benefit. Therefore, this time the improvement of the medicine is more like research and development and production for ordinary people. For a moment, everyone present became excited. Who is the owner of the island? He is a human genius who owns the entire island. He still thinks about ordinary people like himself. The previous products were probably designed to make money first and then come back to research and develop pharmaceuticals. What a good man! Great guy. Near the booth, a row of alchemists gathered around the counter. No one discussed whether the island owner was a good person. The alchemists all lay down in front of the counter, observing the appearance of the pills, then gently fanning them with their palms, trying to smell the smell on them to identify the ingredients. But all I smell is sweat. And the stench of the people around you. But all the alchemists present also knew it. After this time, the alchemy industry may undergo huge changes. And it''s even more serious than the mechanic''s watch or bicycle. If you can''t keep up with the progress, you may be eliminated altogether. other side. Wu Heng was sitting in the deacon''s study, looking at the upright elf scholar opposite him, wearing a straight long suit and silver-rimmed glasses. Sheela Gui introduced: "This is the deputy of the leader of Hongwen Society''s Claudio, Mr. Kelmik." Then he introduced Wu Heng, "The owner of Treasure Island, the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea, the owner of Wu Heng Island." "Master of Wuheng Island." "Mr. Kelmick." The two smiled and said hello. Wu Heng himself is a member of the Hongwen Society, but he has never been to the headquarters or participated in research related to the Hongwen Society. This is the first time I have met the leader and deputy. This is the first time I have heard of this position. The elf deputy still smiled and said: "Chief Claudio has been studying ancient slates recently. He really doesn''t have time to come here, so he asked me to come instead and participate in this potion auction." "I didn''t take the leader''s schedule into consideration, and I hope it didn''t interfere with the leader''s research." Wu Heng said with some regret. Whether the other party comes or not is actually not a big problem. Arranging for a deputy to come over can also reveal the attitude the other party wants to express. He still takes himself relatively seriously, and the leader is here in person. "In the past, I only learned about the development of Treasure Island in newspapers. This time I came here and it was really surprising." The deputy said calmly. Wu Heng was curious, "When did Kelmik come to the island?" "This morning." "The island will be even more lively at night." "You mean the kind of street lights that light up at night?" the deputy asked. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s a street light. Of course, the excitement refers to the state of the residents. If you have time, you can go out for a stroll at night." "I''m looking forward to tonight." The deputy said, and then asked: "Island owner, when will the auction start?" "The event will be held the day after tomorrow. I will arrange for someone to pick you up and take you to the venue." "That''s good, our residence will be handed over to the island owner and Deacon Xilagui for these two days." The deputy''s words were still polite. Sheila Gui nodded, looked to the side and said, "Shi Yali, take Mr. Kelmik and several members of the headquarters to the association dormitory." Shi Yali stood up and stretched out her hand to signal, "Mr. Kelmik, let me take you to see the dormitory." "Okay, then I''ll go take care of my accommodation first." Kelmik stood up. Wu Heng walked to the door and waved goodbye. Return to the room. Shilagui took out another letter from the space ring, "This is a letter from leader Hadarai to you. How many leaders did you invite?" Hadara''i is the Sword of Justice and the leader of the field envoys. Wu Heng stood up and took it, "Just three." Sheila Gui glanced at him angrily and said, "What do you mean it''s just three? It''s true." There are only five ruling heroes in total. Putting aside the somewhat contradictory Vatican heroes, only one was not invited. It seems like there are very few words to say. Wu Heng smiled, opened the letter and looked at it. The content of the letter was that he was stationed at the headquarters and could not come over. He expressed his praise for Wu Heng''s improvement during this period, followed by words of encouragement to continue working hard. Looking at the above content, I still recognized Wu Hengs identity as a former field envoy. It seems that if you report to the leader more often, it will be useful anywhere. "The leader also wrote me a letter, affirming the development of Treasure Island during this period, and praising me for my good work." Silla said happily. "Do you know each other?" Wu Heng asked. "A fellow of the same clan, he is also the leader of the field envoy, so there is no problem, right?" Sheila Gui asked back. They are all elves. As long as the tribesmen are promoted through the association, they will naturally be divided there. The main reason why religious heroes dare to bully themselves is because they have no backing. Not even a country. "When the auction is over, I will prepare a gift for Chief Hadarai and deliver it to him when the time comes." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui frowned, "Giving gifts directly? Will this have a bad impact?" "I won''t tell anyone, it''s okay." Wu Heng said. While the two were talking, the door suddenly opened. Shi Yali quickly looked in, glanced at the two people sitting in their respective seats, and said with a smile, "Let''s see if you have done anything bad." "What nonsense are you talking about!" Silla rolled her eyes at the other party. Shi Yali smiled and then asked, "Should I go to your place to watch a movie tonight?" "Okay, if it''s too late, just stay at my place!" Wu Heng said without giving up. Xilagui frowned and looked at the two people who were singing together, and said, "Let''s wait until the auction is over. There have been a lot of people coming to the island recently." "Alright!" Wu Heng nodded. Shi Yali muttered, "These guys are so annoying." Sheila Gui said, "You live on the island. You can''t go to the movies anytime." "I just sighed, let Wu Heng teleport here for dinner at night, as long as he is not discovered." Shi Yali continued. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "I''ll look at the situation." After the conversation was over, Wu Heng also stood up and said, "I''m going back first and making arrangements for the rest." "Well, let''s go back." Sheela nodded with a smile. After leaving the association, Wu Heng also walked towards the island owner''s mansion. Returning to the island master''s mansion, Wu Heng walked into the study. I poured myself a cup of tea and took out the letter I just received and looked at it again. Of the two leaders, one wrote a letter to himself and the other arranged for his deputy. What''s going on with Lilith? If you think you have a good relationship with the other party, you can''t ignore yourself. It seems that I have never replied to myself when I wrote letters in the past. "So cold?" (End of chapter) Chapter 761 , for the future of alchemy (an update t Chapter 761, For the Future of Alchemy (Updated today.) Think about it carefully. In fact, it doesn''t matter whether Lilith comes or not. As long as the message is sent, it''s fine to stay in close contact with each other. Just like when I first came to Treasure Island, I found out that people from the Secret Order had arrested girls and held a blood feast. He wrote a letter to her on the grounds of destroying the reputation of the vampire clan. At that time, the other party did not reply to the letter, and no news was sent back. But not long after, news came from outside that there were searches and arrests of the Secret Order in various places. It''s probably about the same this time. The cold blood clan leader. Thinking in his mind, he took out the magic scroll book from the space ring and looked through it again. Be prepared first and wait for Li Yahong to borrow the talisman book so that you can try to draw it yourself. Regardless of whether you can succeed or not, give it a try anyway. After watching carefully for a while, Xiaoxiao and Beini flew back from outside together. "How was the exhibition?" Wu Heng put the books away. Little novel, "It was very successful. Many people gathered at the exhibition, and they all said that uncle, you are a good person, different from other rich people." "Why do you say that?" Wu Heng was a little confused. Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and said in an uncertain tone, "It seems that they can use these medicines." Penny said from the side: "They think that the pills you are producing now are designed and improved for them. After all, rich and powerful people have space rings. Only ordinary people will feel the importance of such pills." That''s right. I am thinking about the pills, which are indeed prepared for those who do not have space rings. "That''s right, I am a good person." Wu Heng gave a thumbs up. "Uncle is so stupid!" "It''s really stupid." The two ghosts nodded in agreement with each other. Wu Heng was speechless, "What are you talking about?" While speaking, Glenda also flew back and glanced at the two souls, "What are you talking about?" "Uncle says he is a good person." Glenda nodded and said in agreement, "This aspect of him is indeed not in line with his profession. It might be better to be a priest to pray for people." Xiaoxiao''s eyes widened, "Auntie, you don''t really think so, do you?" "Of course." Glenda said with a smile. Wu Heng also smiled and did not let Xiaoxiao continue. He interjected and asked: "Glenda, how are you doing here?" Glenda looked over and said: "The island is very lively, and you can see many rich people on the street." Seeing Wu Heng and Glenda starting to talk about business, Xiaoxiao and Beini flew aside. Take out your tablet, turn down the volume and start watching a movie. Wu Heng picked up the tea cup and took a sip, then said, "By the way, I just came back from the association. The leader of the Hongwen Association arranged for his deputy to come over. Judging from Sheila Gui''s attitude towards him, he should be an 18th-level professional." "The deputy should be a close confidant, and he seems to care about you." Glenda flew to the side of the desk and asked, "Where are the other leaders? Didn''t you write three letters?" "The Sword of Justice wrote me a letter, saying that it was inconvenient to come because he was stationed at the headquarters. He encouraged me later, but there was no news from Lilith. No one came and there was no reply." "Didn''t Lilith arrange for someone to come over? It seems that your charm has decreased." Glenda joked with a smile. Wu Heng glanced at her angrily. I have never even met the other person, how can he be charming or unattractive? "Have you gone to see the exhibition?" Glenda said: "I walked by and took a look. Many alchemists were observing the pills from there, looking and smelling them." "It shouldn''t be difficult to make pills. They should be developed after they are released. Then there will be a quantity and price war. We have large machines, which gives us an advantage." Granda took out a book at random, opened it and said, "You can tell me that fountain pens are not difficult to copy. No one has imitated them now. On the contrary, the purchase volume has been increasing." "It''s really not difficult. Who knows why they gave up on research." Of course, it is definitely a good thing to only produce your own products, as you can sell them to others better and occupy the exclusive market. But the pill has changed the form of the medicine, and all alchemy organizations may have to change accordingly. If you dont change, you will be eliminated by the market sooner or later. Therefore, unlike pens and watches, the market will force them to change. The advantage of Wu Heng is the large-scale pharmaceutical machine. There may not be the need for an alchemist to prepare the medicine later, and the machine can directly produce it. Labor savings will naturally reduce costs. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, followed by Catwoman Robert''s voice, "Master, there are several alchemists coming outside with Shannara''s invitation and want to see you." Alchemist? Invitation? The invitation should be an invitation to the auction. Take this thing and come to the island owners mansion to see yourself? Wu Heng opened the door and walked out, "Take them to the living room!" "Okay, Master." Robert agreed, turned around, jumped onto the stair railing, and slid down. Wu Heng also followed downstairs and waited in a living room. Not long after, the noise started. Through the window, you can see three people following Robert, two humans and one dwarf, all wearing alchemy robes, standard alchemist attire. Following Robert, he glanced at the skeleton guards around him as he walked through the courtyard, cautiously and cautiously. Enter the lobby. Robert said: "Master, people are here." The three of them looked at Wu Heng, and then bowed slightly, "My lord, the island owner." "Sit down, you''re welcome." Wu Heng nodded with a smile. A few people sat down, and Robert brought some refreshments and placed them in front of them. Wu Heng looked at the few people curiously and asked, "Why do you guys come to see me?" One of the middle-aged alchemists introduced with a smile, "Island owner, this is the vice president of the Fumoli Alchemy Association, Mr. Sid. He came to participate in the auction this time and happened to see the medicines on display. , it feels like a great reform. The person introduced was the old human race man sitting in the middle. He looks about 50 years old. "Thank you!" Wu Heng said politely first, then looked at the old man, "Vice President Sid, do you have anything to do when you come here this time?" The old man looked here and there, and then said: "The way of presenting potions into pills is indeed a good innovation, but after all, you are not an orthodox alchemy organization, and there must be many flaws in it. We can work together to transform this The medicine particles will be developed and produced. Continue research and development with them? It has been verified by the association and can meet the standards of pharmaceuticals. How can it be concluded that there are defects. "Vice President, the potion is not defective, and the association''s alchemists are also very professional." Wu Heng said. The other party''s eyes narrowed, he leaned forward, and his tone became more serious, "Every potion is the result of continuous improvement and research and development by generations of alchemists. Only then have we become the current alchemists and have the production methods in your hands." , It is indeed something new, but it will also bring crisis to the entire alchemy industry. Sighing slightly, there was also sincerity in his eyes, "If you can disclose the improvement method, you will write a rich and colorful stroke in the history of alchemy, and you will also be a hero in the history of alchemy." After hearing the end, Wu Heng''s eyes widened instantly. After talking for a long time, it turned out that I wanted to disclose the production method. This is much faster than robbery. Just open your mouth and ask for something. Seeing the other party still looking righteous, I felt a little funny. Wu Heng said: "Indeed, we will naturally invite some masters who have made great achievements in alchemical research to study together." The other party''s eyes lit up and he coughed lightly, "I still have some achievements and prestige in alchemy." Wu Heng said with a smile, "I will report this matter to the leader of the Hongwen Society, Claudio. I think with the achievements of Vice President Sid, he will definitely appear on the other party''s list." The eyes of the three people opposite them widened instantly. Association leader? It actually involves the association. He also appeared on the list. He, the vice president, didn''t even know who he was. "Since the island owner has made arrangements, we have nothing more to say, but the island owner can also consider our proposal so that alchemy can go further and benefit more people." "Okay, I will consider it." Wu Heng nodded with a smile, and then said to the side: "Robin, send these gentlemen away." Robert was also a little angry and said in a bad tone, "Let''s go, leave here." The three of them got up and followed the maid outside. When Robert came back, he continued: "Tell Minnie, and if anyone comes, they will tell me that I am not here, especially the alchemist." "Okay master." Robbe agreed. Wu Heng nodded, got up and went upstairs again. I thought I was looking for something, but it turned out that I wanted to get the formula for free prostitution. As for Hongwen''s nomination, it is just a rhetoric to give both parties a step down. The Alchemists Association, which they had never heard of, had no connection with the leader of the Hongwen Society. Went upstairs and waited until the afternoon. Wu Heng put on his mask again and went out to see the layout of the auction venue. Shanara didn''t come back from Netale City, so he needed to keep an eye on these things. Of course, the details were all arranged by Shannara, so Wu Heng would see if there were any adjustments. It was approaching dusk. Several personnel from the headquarters were waiting at the gate. Someone said: "I learned from the local staff that street lights are lighting props that emit light. In the eyes of ordinary people, they are even rarer." "You can''t say that. Being able to decorate the entire island proves that this kind of prop can be produced in batches. This is better than the light stone." Well find out when we see it then! During the chat, the sky began to darken. Kakakka~! The street lights came on one after another, and the whole area suddenly became bright. Then, there was a whoop. Large crowds of people emerged from all around. The bard carrying the wooden box stood under the street lamp, cleared his throat and began to tell the detective story. Vendors carrying goods sell goods with a smile. Chasing playful children and residents gathering to chat. There were also outsiders with equally surprised faces standing on the other side, looking at the city that suddenly came to life. "It''s really different from other places." "The people here seem to be happier than during the day." church. In the bishop''s room. On both sides of the round wooden table, sat the local bishop ''Dirk Gavin'' and another burly man. The street lights outside the window turned on, and the noise came in. Dirk Gavin took a sip from the water glass and said, "Tomorrow, come with me to the island owner''s mansion to meet the young island owner." "What''s wrong? You can''t even handle a level 15 kid?" the burly man said softly. Dirk Gavin''s tone remained calm, "After all, we are on Treasure Island, and there are some things I can''t do." "You want me to kill him?" "He issued a decree limiting the number of troops stationed on the island. Let''s go talk to him so that he can know what can and cannot be done." "Okay." The burly man nodded. The next day, Jinfan Tavern. The first floor of the tavern was already filled with drinkers. Unlike in the past where it was filled with nearby residents, today it was also filled with people dressed in gorgeous clothes. The bard also performed harder. Very lively. A private room on the second floor. There was a knock on the door, and a well-dressed old man walked into the room. After saluting, he said: "Miss, please check clearly. The auction will be held tomorrow. The busiest thing today is the exhibition on the island. It is said that there is an update at the exhibition." The new medicine is in the shape of a round tablet and has the same effect as a normal medicine. In the room, sitting in front of the wooden table was a woman with brown hair and a purple dress. She looked absolutely beautiful, but her face gave people a cold feeling. She said calmly, "Wu Heng did it too?" "The residents on the island said that he did it, but it is not certain whether it was the owner of Wuheng Island who did it." The old man said again. "Let''s go, let''s go see the exhibition too." The woman got up, put on her hood and walked outside. When he walked to the door, his body shrank slightly and his appearance became younger. Looks like a girl. After going downstairs and walking to the door of the tavern, the old man put on his hood, opened a black parasol to shield the girl from the sun, and walked out directly. A carriage was called at the roadside. Go to the show. Exhibition entrance. Several figures sat in a circle. Someone said: "Boss, I haven''t gained much today. There are so many patrols arranged, it''s hard to start." "Wait a minute, let''s change the port. There are many rich people there." "Look carefully when you start. There is nothing to steal if you have a space ring. It can easily cause trouble." "Understood, we are not stupid." Hiss~! Suddenly, a person made a noise and gestured not far away. Several people looked back and saw an old man getting out of the carriage with a young girl. Holding a parasol and dressed in rich and luxurious clothes. "She''s from a certain family." "It looks like we can gain something." "Be careful when you attack. The old man next to you may be a high-level professional. If there is a problem, he will infiltrate into the crowd." "I know, boss." The speaker was full of confidence. A combination of a little girl like this and an old servant is the best to deal with. The other party has little strength, and more benefits can be obtained by threatening it. If you are strong and carry a burden, you won''t make things too bad, and it will end in nothing. "Go!" The man known as the boss nodded. The two jumped off the wall, followed directly, and took advantage of the crowd to touch the target girl''s waist. (End of chapter) Chapter 762 , Lilith is coming Chapter 762, Lilith is coming Looking at the target in front of them, the two of them secretly rejoiced. Then touch some valuable things and feel the slender waist of the noble lady. Taking advantage of the cover of the crowd, they approached an old man and a young man. One person cooperates, and the other person takes advantage of the chaos and reaches forward. However, as soon as he stretched out his hand, the man felt something was not right. He looked down at his outstretched palm. His eyes suddenly opened wide. The outstretched palm turned purple at some point, and he couldn''t feel the existence of his palm. Woohoo~! His face looked horrified, and he was about to scream, but found that he could only make a whining sound. The other hand frantically touched his mouth. His eyes looked even more panicked. The mouth is missing. Through the skin, you can vaguely feel the outline of the teeth. The man''s heart was trembling, his hands could not move, and his mouth was missing. He fell to the ground, turned around and stumbled outside. Behind him, the companion who was responsible for covering looked at the running figure and immediately chased after him, "Why are you running? I touched something good." In the crowd, the girl and the old man turned their heads slightly to look at the people leaving. Continue to follow the crowd and walk towards the exhibition. In the bathroom. "Wu Heng, a level 20 hero has arrived on the island." Granda said directly through the wall. Wu Heng''s hand movements paused, and his brows instantly wrinkled. Are there any level 20 heroes on the island? "Who''s on the island?" Glenda''s tone was a little uncertain, "It looks like Lilith, but her image is a little different. I''m not sure if it''s a disguise." Lilith? Wu Heng had killed the Vampire Exile, and when Glenda was devouring the enemy''s ghost, she saw some broken memory scenes. Among them is the scene of Lilith, which can be regarded as seeing what a person looks like. Later it was also shared with Wu Heng. When Glenda said something was different now, she probably meant it was different from what she saw in her memory. "Let me take a look." Wu Heng said. Glenda got into her body, and the scene of the exhibition location was shared. In the square outside the exhibition, a person was running wildly. Glenda looked at the direction in which the other person ran. Then he discovered the level light pillar soaring into the sky. Flying over quickly, two figures, an old man and a young man, appeared in front of him. The person at level 20 is that girl. Judging from the appearance, it is indeed Lilith. A girly version of Lilith. If she didn''t have a sister or a biological daughter, it would be her. Granda followed and flew a short distance away. Seeing that the other party was just here to visit the exhibition, she flew back directly and told Wu Heng about the matter. "Is it her?" Glenda asked after reappearing. "Probably, I haven''t heard that she has any sisters or daughters." Wu Heng wiped his face. Glenda said angrily, "You were confused by those elf sisters. How can you get so many twins and still become a hero?" "That''s what I''m saying." Wu Heng walked outside and said casually: "Next time I''m in the bathroom, can I not just come in through the wall and respect my privacy?" "Tch~! I haven''t seen anything on you." Glenda curled her lips. "Peeping Tom." "You said me, don''t come to me if you are in danger." Glenda was a little angry. Wu Heng smiled, "No, no, I''m teasing you. I love you." "Hmph~!" Returning to the bedroom, I was getting dressed while thinking about this matter. I originally thought that Lilith would not send any news, but unexpectedly, on the last day before the auction, the other party came directly. It seems that among the many heroes in the headquarters, Lilith still trusts her. "What are you going to do next?" Glenda flew aside. "Go and pick her up. If anyone messes with her outside, what will happen?" Wu Heng put on some more formal-looking clothes and went out and went downstairs. Lilith''s character is still a bit cold and domineering. On the island where pirates once gathered, anyone who offended her without looking back was killed on the spot. Maybe things will get serious. Go downstairs. The maids were sorting the gifts in the hall. The release of new products seemed to be back to the original exhibition, when people from the chamber of commerce came to give gifts and inquire about the release time of the products. For this kind of thing, the sooner you get the goods, the sooner you can make money in one batch. There are very few alchemists like those yesterday, who need recipes and production methods as soon as they arrive. "Master, see if you like the new gifts!" Minnie said. Wu Heng walked downstairs, "You take your pick. If you don''t like it, send it to the warehouse. Customers may come over later." "Good master." Minnie responded. The maids opened it one by one like they were opening blind boxes, their little faces turning red. Wu Heng walked to the phone and dialed the number in the deacon''s study. "Hello?" Shi Yali''s voice came from the other side. "Shi Yali, I am Wu Heng." "Wu Heng, what''s wrong?" Shi Yali asked with a smile. "Where''s Sheila Rose?" "She''s in the conference room, giving tasks to each team. What''s wrong?" After thinking for a moment, he then said: "Let her prepare. I will go to the association later and pick someone up together." "Who are you picking up? Do you need to prepare anything?" "Prepare two teams and carriages, and I will tell you when I arrive." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, I''ll tell Sheila Gui when she comes back." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng said to Minnie: "Minnie, I''m going out for a while. Don''t look at it. These are all yours. Clean up the house and prepare some tea and snacks." "Is this the guest you said is coming?" "Well, it''s possible to come over. If not, we can eat by ourselves." Minnie smiled and said, "Okay, Master." Wu Heng took the two skeletons and left the island owner''s mansion directly. Ghost took Glenda with him, while Xiaoxiao and Penny stayed in the study first. . Arrival at the association. From a distance, I saw Xila Gui, Shi Yali, and two teams waiting at the door, with two carriages parked beside them. Seeing Wu Heng coming, Xila Gui waved and got into one of the carriages. Wu Heng also sat on it. "Go to the exhibition." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui tapped the car wall, "Go to the exhibition." The carriage started moving and moved slowly towards the exhibition. "Who''s coming?" Sheela asked. Shi Yali also looked over curiously. Even the 18th-level professionals in this department didnt ask him to call so many people to pick him up. Wu Heng lowered his voice, "The leader from our headquarters." "Chief? Lilith?" Sheila Gui exclaimed. Shi Yali was even more exaggerated, her whole body trembling, "Why is it Lilith?" Although when chatting, heroes and leaders can always be mentioned. But the two sisters have never seen a real person at level 20. Now we are actually on the island. Xilagui glanced at her sister, calmed down, and explained: "Wu Heng wrote invitation letters to the three leaders, but there is no news about leader Lilith." The leader of the field envoy wrote a letter, and the leader of Hongwenhui arranged for his deputy to come over. Lilith was the only one left with no news. Now that a leader is mentioned, it is naturally Lilith. "Oh, then let''s pick her up now. Isn''t it too late?" Shi Yali was inexplicably nervous. Sheela''s face also began to turn red. "It''s okay. We have helped her leader clean up the exiles several times, and the relationship is pretty good." Wu Heng held Sheila Gui''s hand. Shi Yali also extended her hand to his other side. "Yeah." Sheila Gui nodded. Soon, the carriage arrived at the exhibition location. The coachman said: "Deacon, there are too many people ahead, do you still want to go through?" Sheila Gui looked across. Wu Heng said: "Just wait here." outside the exhibition. Lilith and her entourage slowly walked out of the exhibition. The old man opened his umbrella to block the sun above the girl''s head. "How do you feel about improving the potion into pills?" The girl''s voice was calm. The old man said seriously: "It should have good effects, and it will also make those alchemists who are conservative and unwilling to change lose their original advantages." "So, you are very optimistic about this exhibit?" the girl asked. The old man replied as he walked, "The things made by the owner of Wuheng Island have never disappointed anyone." The girl nodded but did not speak. This sentence is indeed true. Several items produced by Treasure Island all show market value beyond imagination. Its hard to judge other aspects, but in terms of innovation, its really great. The old man continued, "The residents here are all talking about medicines. With his prestige on the island, I am afraid he can easily surpass the 18th level of fame requirement." "It''s very possible, maybe this is what he is preparing for." The girl said softly. Walk all the way out of the crowd. The two of them looked at the intersection ahead. Two association carriages were parked there, and several members wearing field envoy armor were standing there waiting. (End of chapter) Chapter 763 , looking for trouble Chapter 763: Looking for trouble The two of them paused. The association is waiting for someone? You are not waiting for yourself! The girl glanced and said softly, "Let''s go this way." "Miss, aren''t you going to the association?" "Go to the cinema first and then go there when it gets dark," the girl said. The two of them turned around and wanted to leave. Opposite to the position of the association team, an elf girl quickly walked over with the association members. Sure enough, it was for myself. "Leader Lilith, the carriage is ready." The leader of the elf bowed respectfully. The association members behind him also immediately saluted. Wow~! The people around him immediately looked over. Perhaps the word leader was not heard clearly, but the deacon took the lead in saluting, which also proved that the status of the old man and the young man in front of him was extraordinary. "Whose family does this little girl belong to?" "I guess the princess of someone''s family is here to participate in the auction." "He came from the headquarters, otherwise it wouldn''t be the deacon''s turn to pick him up." "The identity is definitely not ordinary." There was a lot of noise all around. Gradually, a circle formed, and people were discussing around here. Now it is impossible for Lilith to go out for a walk. He looked at the people in front of him expressionlessly and asked, "Is it just you?" "The owner of Wuheng Island is in the car. If he comes down, he will attract more onlookers. Please forgive me." Xila Gui said again. At this point, with so many people watching, there is no way to proceed with further plans. "Let''s go, lead the way." Lilith said. "This way please." Walk to the carriage together. Sheila Gui opened the car door for her, "Chief, please." Lilith got on the second carriage and said, "Let Wu Heng come over." Xila Gei nodded, quickly walked to the first carriage and said something. Wu Heng walked over with a hood on, and the door opened, revealing the girl Lilith. "Leader Lilith." "Come up, I have something to ask you." Wu Heng got on the carriage. Sheila Gui asked: "Are you going to the association?" Lilith did not speak, but Wu Heng said: "Let''s go to the island owner''s mansion first. I''ll treat Leader Lilith to dinner." Lilith still didn''t speak. Sheela returned to her carriage and moved forward slowly. Inside the dim carriage. Lilith sat on one side and Wu Heng sat on the opposite side. The old man who followed him stayed outside with the coachman, seemingly not worried about any danger to Lilith. Wu Heng looked at each other, and Lilith also looked at him carefully, and the two looked at each other for a moment. They all looked away again. "Before the leader comes, why don''t you tell him in advance so that I can pick you up at the port." Wu Heng spoke first to break the deadlock. "The intelligence work on the island is good. I just came to the island today and you discovered it." Lilith said. As expected, Glenda was not noticed. In other words, it is difficult for professionals of the same level to detect a level 20 ghost as long as they keep a good distance. "I also felt that you would come over and let my subordinates pay special attention to it." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Did you also make that kind of medicine?" "It''s my idea. The alchemist realized it. It''s not my fault alone." "People at the exhibition think highly of you." Helping more people is also the purpose of the association. The carriage stopped at the association on the way. Sheela and her team members returned to the association midway. The carriage on Wu Heng''s side continued to move forward to the Island Lord''s Mansion. Enter the island owner''s mansion. Lilith looked around at the skeletons holding guns with interest. There was no fear of the undead in her eyes, only deep curiosity. Entering the living room, Wu Heng asked her to sit down. The maids immediately brought tea and various pastries. Then he stood aside politely. There was confusion and surprise in his eyes. Is this little girl the honored guest mentioned by the host? Its not the princess of another family! Lilith sat on the sofa and said, "The island is well managed. It can be seen that you still have some talent in this area." "Everyone worked hard together, but I, the island owner, didn''t do anything." "Well, modesty is also a good virtue." Lilith nodded in praise. Wu Heng continued, "Where did the leader go on the island? Let me see if there is any place I haven''t been to, and I can take you there to see it." "There''s not much on the island, except that I haven''t been to the cinema." Lilith thought for a moment and said. Wu Heng said: "It''s really not suitable for you to go there. There are many people and the environment is a bit chaotic. The island owner''s mansion has a home theater, which has a better viewing effect. I will ask the maid to prepare it later." "It depends on your arrangement as the island owner." Dong dong dong~! While several people were chatting, there was a knock on the courtyard door. Minnie went to look at the door, and soon ran over, "Master, Bishop Dirk Gavin of the Holy See is here and said that he has something important to discuss with you." Wu Heng frowned. Bishop of the Holy See! Lilith on the side also cast a doubtful look. Wu Heng looked aside, "Chief, look..." "It doesn''t matter, you guys can chat, I''ll just sit next to you." Lilith sat directly at the tea table next to her. Robert brought all the tea, cakes and pastries over very attentively and softly introduced each flavor. Wu Heng couldn''t say anything, so he said to Minnie: "Bring them in." Soon, footsteps sounded, and Minnie walked in with two figures. The first person was Bishop Dirk Gavin of the local Vatican, followed diagonally behind by a burly man, nearly two meters tall and with a broad build. Compared with Minnie leading the way, it looks like a giant moving slowly. As the two of them moved around, the bodies of the skeletons guarding them on both sides began to make a ''click-click'' sound. It was as if the machinery had been disturbed and was in an unstable state. Glenda flew back and got into the body. From the shared picture, it can be seen that there are two level 18 professionals. Enter the lobby. The bishop and the two of them glanced around the room. His eyes glanced at Robert and Lilith who were gathered together, and then he glanced at Wu Heng. "My lord, the island owner." "Your Majesty, please take a seat." The two sat down opposite each other. Wu Heng asked: "You two come here, what''s the matter?" "It''s still the decree of the people stationed on the island. Our Holy See is in a special situation. We also hope that the owner of the island will make adjustments according to the corresponding situation." The bishop got straight to the point. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The day before the auction, he brought another level 18 person over to discuss the matter. I know how to choose the time. "If the Holy See has any special circumstances, you can tell them and listen. If the situation is really special, it is not impossible to adjust." Wu Heng said. The bishop smiled, "Due to the special nature of the Holy See and its deterrence against cults and heretics, many situations are dangerous and require a certain amount of armed force to maintain the safety of the priests." Wu Heng said: "Don''t worry, Treasure Island is very safe." Another burly man''s eyes narrowed and he asked in a cold voice, "Where do so many undead souls on your island come from, far more than the number of pirates you kill? You keep looking for excuses to reduce our personnel, don''t you do this?" Is there something wrong on the island? Wu Heng frowned, he was really here to cause trouble. Lilith was present and did not want to make the matter too ugly. She still said: "This island has always had an association that reports to the headquarters at any time. There is naturally no problem with the origin." "The headquarters is so far away, who knows what you have done or not." The burly man snorted coldly, and then said: "I think there is something wrong with this island. Today I will search your island master''s mansion first." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and understood the purpose of their visit. This is not here to talk, but to give yourself authority. In their opinion, two level 18s were enough to suppress the entire island owner''s mansion, especially after they had already entered the room. His expression became serious, he stared at the other person and said with a smile: "What do you do?" "You don''t need to know who I am!" Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the bishop, "Your Majesty Bishop, did you bring a bandit to rob the residence of the flag bearer of our association?" The bishop still said nothing. The burly man said again: "I''ll give you two options. One is to revoke the decree limiting the number of people, and the second is to explain clearly the origin of the skeletons on the island one by one." "Can''t explain it." Wu Heng shook his head. Ha~! There was laughter from the side. The burly man with an ugly face suddenly turned to one side and said angrily: "Little girl, are you laughing at us?" (End of chapter) Chapter 764 , evil profession Chapter 764, Evil Profession The burly knight suddenly changed his target and scolded angrily to the side. Wu Heng frowned and looked back. Then I saw Lilith''s eyes looking this way, her eyes narrowed on her indifferent face, as if she didn''t expect that she would be involved in the excitement. Lilith looked at the burly man and said in a very high-quality voice, "Are you talking to me?" "You don''t know how high the sky is, yet you dare to question me." The knight''s voice became more severe. Wu Heng also immediately expressed his attitude, "This is my distinguished guest. You can talk about your business and don''t disturb other people." After all, we were in the island master''s mansion, so if I didn''t say a word, it would be hard to explain. "Oh?" The man''s eyes fell on the girl again, and he looked at Wu Heng again, "Your distinguished guest doesn''t come from an evil profession, does he? Come back with us and come back after investigating clearly." Wu Heng glanced at the other party and his guess was quite accurate. Ta tap tap~! Lilith jumped off the seat and walked down slowly. "You still want to catch me?" Seeing that the other party dared to step down, the burly man also stood up abruptly. His body was more than two meters tall, with a sense of oppression like a giant mountain. "If you dare to talk nonsense again, I will..." Before he finished speaking, he saw the girl in front of him, waving his green-white index finger casually. The next second he felt that his mouth was getting smaller and smaller, and he was gradually unable to speak. When I touched it with my hand, I found that there was no mouth. Then the vision became blurry and the eyes disappeared. Woohoo~! The burly man''s face changed drastically, and relying on his memory, he suddenly jumped up and punched the girl''s position. Bang~! There was a muffled sound. The man''s body flew upside down instantly, smashing the tables and chairs behind him. The bishop''s face changed drastically, and the holy light suddenly lit up, but at this time, an object similar to an emblem was thrown over. Subconsciously, he wanted to dodge, but when he was flying, he could vaguely see the appearance of the emblem. He reached out to catch it and looked at it carefully. Headquarters, the emblem of the ruling leader. Represents the right to govern now. His voice was trembling, but there was still some disbelief in his tone, "First, leader." Although he has never been to the headquarters, he has reached level 18 after all and still has enough knowledge. This emblem has been recorded in the association''s books and is the emblem of the ruling leader. The burly man stumbled to his feet in the distance, his mouth and eyes disappeared, but he could clearly hear what was being said here. His expression also changed. Association leader? Here? Lilith looked at the bishop, still expressionless, and asked, "What is your name?" Cold sweat appeared on the Bishop''s forehead, "Dirk Gavin!" Lilith nodded and sat down on the sofa again, "This is the first time we have met the leader of assault and abuse in so many years. Do you think Saidu will fight against me if this leader kills you two?" "This..." Beads of sweat fell from the bishop''s forehead, "Leader, spare your life." There is only one ruling female leader, so there is no need to guess, and the relationship with the Holy See is indeed not good. Now I take the initiative and give the other party a suitable reason. Lilith said faintly: "Take him to the headquarters to be punished." After saying that, he waved his fingers gently again. The bishop''s mouth also disappeared in an instant, and he could only make a whimpering sound. "Go back and get ready!" The bishop still wanted to speak, but could no longer speak. He honestly put the emblem back on the coffee table, then supported the burly man and left. Arrive when you come, be careful when you leave. Just like that, he left the mansion, and Robert followed him and closed the door directly. Leaving the island owner''s mansion, both the bishop and the burly knight put on their hoods. Supporting each other, they walked towards the waiting carriage in the distance. "Bishop, where are you going next?" the priest asked softly, standing outside. His arm stretched out from the window and pointed in the direction of the Holy See. The priest nodded, "Return to the Holy See." The carriage began to move slowly. In the carriage, the bishop still had unconcealed fear in his eyes, and the burly knight also had an unusually solemn expression. He was obviously looking for trouble with the other party and planned to use his strength to warn the other party. But I didn''t expect it to turn out like this. Why did a leader appear in the island owner''s mansion of Treasure Island? Doesn''t that mean he doesn''t have any backers? Damn it! The burly man continued to cough dryly, his mouth disappeared, and a stream of blood poured out of his nose. The bishop released the Holy Word spell to stabilize his injuries. The burly man took out a pen and paper from the space and fumbled to write, "Really the leader? Lilith?" The bishop also wanted to write a reply, but his mouth was also sealed, and the other person''s eyes were invisible, so he could only write on the other person''s palm, "It should be her." "What''s next?" The bishop continued, "First write to the leader of Saidu, and then go to the headquarters to be punished." The two remained silent again. My heart is filled with bitterness and regret. Feng Feng Huo Huo went there without causing any damage to others, but the two people on his side ended up like this. It''s easy to say, but when I get to this headquarters, I won''t necessarily be able to arrange any kind of punishment for myself. Moreover, with the two of them like this, there is probably no way they can stop the reduction of personnel stationed on Treasure Island. Unless Chief Saidu comes back, the whole situation can be suppressed. The rest of the journey remained quiet. The carriage slowly passed towards the church. The island owner''s mansion. After the two left, Wu Heng glanced at Lilith who was sitting on the sofa drinking tea. His expression remained unchanged, as if nothing had happened. I originally thought Lilith would kill one directly. After all, Lilith was more ruthless in devouring the exile''s memory. It seems that he is still giving face to the Holy See, or he does not want to have an intractable conflict with the Holy See because of this matter. That''s fine. If he really dies on the island, he will be in trouble. "Thank you, chief, for your help in relieving the siege." Wu Heng thanked him. It was the burly man who provoked Lilith. But you still have to say some polite words so that you can help yourself out next time something happens. Lilith asked: "How did you allow the establishment of the Holy See on the island?" "Hey~!" Wu Heng sighed first and told the story about how the leader of the Holy See aggressively purchased shops and built churches when he was not on the island. His tone was a little aggrieved, as if he was not at home and was bullying the people on the island for not seeing the world. It was as if this matter had been decided directly. After listening to this, Lilith''s expression didn''t change much and she said, "So, you are also targeting them when you issue a restrictive decree?" Wu Heng immediately denied it and said: "In order to restrict local gangs, this was originally a pirate island. The residents are used to forming gangs, but I didn''t expect that the Holy See would react so strongly." Lilith glanced at him with her beautiful eyes, and then said to the old man''s entourage behind her: "Choose a building on the island to establish the Gray Saint Church." "Okay, miss," the old man replied. Holy shit! Here comes another one. What are you gathering on your own island? By then, the two sects will no longer be in chaos on the island. Wu Heng said: "What are you buying? The island is being expanded recently. When the time comes, I will leave you a better building. It can''t be worse than the Holy See''s. The Holy See has been compared to it, and they think we are inferior to him." "Hmm~!" Lilith nodded with satisfaction, "Then I''ll wait for your news." "No problem." Wu Heng immediately dropped the subject, "Minnie, is the theater ready?" Minnie responded immediately, "Ready." "Leader Lilith, sir, let''s go watch a movie first. Don''t let those impolite people disturb your interest." Wu Heng stood up and made a gesture of invitation. "Okay." Lilith nodded. Wu Heng led the way, followed by Lilith and the old man, who walked into the theater room. Sit down at your chosen spot. Minnie went to play the movie, while Wu Heng sat next to Lilith and introduced, "This is a movie. The content is arranged according to the story script. The scenes that appear in it are all recorded in advance, so don''t be too nervous." Lilith glanced at him and waved her hand, indicating that she knew this and didn''t need to say anything. Wu Heng stopped talking and the movie started. When the sound effects and pictures appeared, Lilith''s body still trembled suddenly. From the corner of her eye, she saw that Wu Heng and the other maids did not respond, and her eyes continued to fall on the picture. association. Shilagui returned from her inspection, took off her helmet and exhaled heavily. He walked aside and turned down the air conditioner a few degrees before saying, "Is there any news from Wu Heng?" Shi Yali brought her herbal tea, "No, there has been no news since I went back." Sheela sat down at the desk. Shi Yali leaned on the side of her seat and said in a very low voice: "Sister, you said she won''t use her status as leader to force Wu Heng to do anything, right?" "do what?" "A man''s favorite." (End of chapter) Chapter 765 , want to learn? Chapter 765, Want to learn? Poof~! Sila Gui took a sip of herbal tea and squirted it out. She wiped the table in a panic and said angrily: "What did you say?" "There are many romantic stories about this leader among the people. There are many male pets raised in the castle, and they will be walked around the courtyard like a dog." Shi Yali whispered in the other person''s ear. Xila Gui frowned, and the image of Wu Heng wearing a collar appeared in her mind. "You believe this too. Which leader doesn''t have these rumors?" Shi Yali put an arm around her shoulder, "Then let''s go and see him tonight, and also pay another visit to Leader Lilith." "Isn''t it a little too deliberate?" "Silly sister, what should I do if my man is snatched away?" Sheila Gui took a deep breath and said, "Okay, let''s go over and have a look that night." "Yeah." Shi Yali also smiled. Two and a half hours later. The first movie is over. Lilith frowned, still not recovering from the previous episode. After a while, he asked: "What is this made of?" "A strange device called a camera. Leader, do you think the story is okay?" Wu Heng looked sideways at her and asked with a smile. "It''s not bad. It''s very innovative. It should be very popular on the island!" Lilith took the tea and put it to her lips and took a sip. If she didn''t look like a little girl, judging from her body movements, she would look more like a lady enjoying afternoon tea. "It''s not bad. In front of the cinema, there are people queuing up every day, waiting to watch movies. Of course, the ones who go the most are men and women in love." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Love, who is your wife here? I haven''t seen you introduce me yet!" Lilith asked again. Forehead. "I don''t have a wife yet. They came out with me from a small place and they are all family members." Wu Heng said with a smile. Lilith glanced aside. Kitten Girl was wearing a maid outfit, her tail already wagging like a rattle. After retracting his gaze, he continued, "Whatever you like, I will help you introduce someone who matches your status, so that you can have a backer." "Let nature take its course. Wait until I become a hero." Lilith raised an eyebrow, "What? Are you so confident about becoming a hero?" Wu Heng leaned to one side and said, "I am a necromancer. If I can''t do it, I will become a corpse. If I don''t die, I will show up sooner or later." Lilith rolled her eyes at him, "I thought you were confident of being promoted before your death." Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie came in with the brocade box and handed it to her. Wu Heng took it and placed it on the table between him and Lilith. He opened the lid of the box and revealed the exquisite potion inside. "This is the strengthening potion we have developed. I hope the leader can accept it." The potion bottle has been redesigned and shaped like a prism crystal. It looks more precious than ordinary medicine bottles. This was also Shannara''s suggestion. They had already been sold for a sky-high price, so naturally they had to have a matching appearance. Lilith looked at the potion, "Is this the strengthening potion you are talking about? How about mass production?" "It''s very rare. On average, four to five bottles can be made in five months, and that''s if things go well." Lilith nodded, "I''ve accepted the item. I won''t bid on it tomorrow." Wu Heng said: "This potion is to thank you for your continued care. It has nothing to do with the auction. You can bid as you like at the auction. You can buy it all. I can also make more." "Oh? You make me more and more satisfied." A smile appeared on Lilith''s cold face. If she wasn''t too young now, she would be very good-looking. The potions were put away. Minnie brought some more snacks and pastries. Wu Heng continued, "Leader!" "Um!" "Is that a skill of yours that makes people shut up?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "What, you want to learn? It''s not suitable for your undead faction." Lilith picked up the dried fruit and put it into her mouth and said lightly. "I can''t learn but also gain knowledge. I think it''s quite cool." Wu Heng said, and then asked tentatively: "Can you lend me the skill book?" Lilith did not answer directly, but asked: "What else do you want to see?" "If there is a high-level skill book for the Necromancer faction, or a way to improve the ghost, I would like to take a look." Wu Heng said directly. Lilith was silent for a moment before continuing, "I''ll help you take a look when you get back." "Thank you, chief. There is a second movie. Do you want to continue watching?" "What''s part two?" "It''s just like a novel book, divided into upper and lower volumes." Wu Heng explained. "Let it go, we just finished watching it together, and we will go back to the association." Lilith continued. Compared to when I first came here, I obviously talk a lot more. "Aren''t you going to stay for dinner tonight? I asked the maid to prepare it." "No." The room also became dim again. The movie plays again. It''s approaching dusk. Shi Lagui and Shi Yali came out of the association. As they walked, they discussed how to compete with this female leader for a man. As soon as he reached the gate, he saw a carriage slowly stop, and Wu Heng and the girl in purple skirt walked down together. Back? Bai prepared the excuse for visiting. "Leader Lilith." The two men immediately stepped forward. "Well, have you prepared the room?" "It''s ready. I''ll take you there." Sheela Gui led the way and said as she walked, "There are a few elders from the headquarters over there in the dormitory." "It''s okay, don''t tell them about my coming." "Understood. There is air conditioning and lights in the room. Let''s see if there is anything else needed. I''ll have someone prepare it..." The figures of several people gradually disappeared. Wu Heng also turned around and walked towards the auction house. The location of the venue is Shannella''s Opera House. The venue is large and the facilities are complete. As soon as they entered, several wood elves walked out directly, "My lord, the island owner." "Has the venue been set up?" Wu Heng asked. "Everything is ready. You can start normally from tomorrow." The wood elf replied calmly. Wu Heng continued, "There are many high-level professionals here this time. Let the attendants be careful and don''t get yourself into trouble." "Understood." The wood elf nodded in response. "Prepare a VIP room, it will be useful tomorrow." "OK." "Go and get busy! I have nothing to do." Wu Heng said. The wood elf nodded, went to prepare the VIP room, held a meeting with his subordinates, and explained the matter again. At this time, footsteps sounded. Shi Lagui and Shi Yali also came back from outside. "Has the room been arranged?" Wu Heng asked. Sheela looked at him and said, "I thought she was going to live with you." "What are you thinking about? Why is she, a woman, living in my place?" Shi Yali whispered, "They say she likes male favors and thinks you have bowed your head for power." "I''ll tell Lilith." Shi Yali''s expression changed and she hugged his arm, "You are crazy, she must not kill me." "That''s right." "Wrong! Okay." Shi Yali said softly. Wu Heng continued, "The people from the Holy See went to my place. They mocked me in front of me and were beaten by leader Lilith." "What''s going on?" Wu Heng told the story again. The two women raised their eyebrows and said, "What a relief." "They were unlucky. Seeing that Lilith didn''t recognize her, she opened her mouth and started mocking her." Wu Heng said with a smile. Shi Yali continued, "Now that the mouth is gone, Leader Lilith won''t be able to go back for a short time. Let''s see how they eat and drink." "You won''t starve to death!" "No way, high level shouldn''t be enough." Wu Heng said: "Keep an eye on it and see where the body is buried after death." "You won''t let go of the corpse either." Wu Heng smiled and said: "Let''s go to my place for dinner. Today''s meal is quite rich. Let''s chat while eating." The three of them walked out together. "Or, we plan to visit you today." In the Holy See room. A group of priests chanted devoutly, and the holy light slowly fell on the two people in front. After the holy light passed, I immediately touched my mouth and eyes, but it had no effect. The bishop immediately stood up, walked aside and began to read quickly through the books. In the end, his expression became depressed. On the palm of the burly man''s hand was written, wait for the leader to come back, or wait for that person to calm down and remove the effect. Bang~! The burly man punched the ground, causing the stone slab to crack. night. The girl in the purple skirt returned to the room from outside. To be honest, she loved it here. The nights are still bright, and there''s still no that pesky sun. There are also lively crowds all around. Even the gangsters fighting on the street are much more interesting than the main department. From Beacon Street we walked back to the central area. When it gets dark, there are almost no people outside, only a large number of patrolling skeletons walking through the streets. Then he returned to the dormitory with his entourage. After entering the room, take out the wooden coffin from the space ring and prepare to lie down in it to rest. Just as he was about to close the coffin lid, he looked directly to one side of the room. He said calmly, "Are you Wu Heng''s ghost?" A little head poked out and asked curiously, "Sister, were you the one who fought off those bad guys today?" (End of chapter) Chapter 766 , don鈥檛 you have a father too? Chapter 766: Dont you have a father too? Lilith watched the ghost appear in confusion. Judging from his body shape and vague appearance, he was young when he died. At such a young age, he became a ghost after his death. To a certain extent, he was considered gifted. "Are the bad guys referring to those from the Holy See?" Lilith came out of the coffin and sat down aside. Defining the Holy See as the bad guys and the necromancers and ghosts as the good guys, I''m afraid this is the only place to do it. Xiaoxiao moved forward, then timidly retreated to the corner of the shed, saying, "Yes, they always come to trouble uncle, but uncle doesn''t dare to hit them." Lilith raised her eyebrows, "Your uncle refers to Wu Heng? Does he still want to attack people from the Holy See?" "Humph! They are just average." The little arms floated in the air. Lilith took out the drink from the space ring and filled it for herself. Xiaoxiao flew forward again, "Sister, if you hit them, aren''t you afraid of getting into trouble?" "Not afraid." "Hmm..." Xiaoxiao thought for a moment, looked at the other person again, and then said, "Then do you want to live on the island? The scenery here is very good." Lilith took a sip of the fruit wine and said, "You want me to help your uncle keep beating up people from the Holy See?" "May I?" "Then what can I get? I can''t let my efforts go in vain." There was a smile on Lilith''s lips. "I asked my uncle to give you a house, a game console, and everything you want." Xiaoxiao promised. Lilith shook the wine glass in her hand and asked, "I still don''t know what your name is?" "You can call me Xiaoxiao, your name is Lilith, right?" "Xiao Xiao!" Lilith repeated her name, and then asked, "How many ghosts does your uncle have?" "Uh..." Xiaoxiao immediately became alert and stepped back a distance, "Uncle didn''t let me say anything." "Oh, who does your uncle like the most?" "Of course you like me the most." Xiaoxiao said firmly. Lilith picked up the wine glass and took another sip, then said, "If you promise me a house, games, etc., will your uncle agree?" Xiao Xiao paused, thought for a moment, and said, "Then tell him yourself, he won''t let me come out and run around." "He is very strict with you?" "It''s okay, I just always want me to learn to write, but I''m already dead." "You can''t even write?" Xiaoxiao was a little unhappy and hugged his shoulders, "Each one has his or her own strengths." Lilith thought for a moment and said, "I can go check out the house tomorrow, and I don''t need your uncle to send me off..." "Really?" Xiaoxiao was a little happy. Lilith looked at her and nodded, "Well, does your uncle really not have a wife?" wife? Xiaoxiao looked at her strangely, with a confused tone, "Sister, don''t you have a father too?" The next day, the Opera House. The grand hall sheds bright light, and huge crystal chandeliers hang from the ceiling, shrouding the entire space in brightness and fantasy. The luxuriously dressed guests, guided by the staff, walked to their respective seats and took their seats. While chatting in a low voice, they lamented the wealth of Treasure Island. After everyone has sat down one after another. A bronze bell rang at the exhibition, and the gorgeous wood elf auctioneer in formal dress stepped onto the high platform. The auctioneer bowed and said, "Dear guests, welcome to the second potion auction of Treasure Island." Click~! As he spoke, the big screen behind him suddenly lit up. Play the entire scene in real time so that people at any location can see and hear it. "Holy crap, what kind of technology?" "The Treasure Island stuff, the exhibition has small promotional products." "It''s too exaggerated!" It''s messy down there. The auctioneer clapped his hands gently to signal everyone to be quiet. Directly announced, "Then the auction will officially begin." The staff member came up with the tray and lifted the silk in his hand, revealing the exquisite potion in the glass bottle. "The physical strengthening potion has been certified by the association and consortium. It is still five bottles. The starting price is 500 gold coins. Each increase in price must not be less than 20 gold. Dear guests, you can start." After the auctioneer finished speaking, he stepped aside and left the potion in the middle of the stage. In the stands, after a brief silence, someone raised the number plate in their hand and said, "520 gold!" "540 gold..." "800." "1,000 gold." After raising the minimum price several times, he immediately started to increase the price quickly, exceeding one thousand gold. But the price still did not stop and continued to soar. "1500 gold." "2000 gold." The prices were raised one after another, and they began to ignore the minimum increase and began to increase the price by a few hundred gold. Prices skyrocketed. And below, listening to the rapidly rising prices, many powerful people began to sweat on their foreheads. This auction is really exaggerated. The price of gold coins is the same as that of copper coins and silver coins. If I had known earlier, I would have yelled something out at the beginning so that I could have a sense of participation. VIP room on the second floor. Lilith sat on one side and looked at the bidding below with interest. In just a few rounds, it reached more than two thousand gold, which surprised her. It''s not that the potion isn''t worth the price, but it''s rising too fast. This Treasure Island really allowed him to manage it into an island that matches its name. "The price is being raised next door," Wu Heng said. Lilith came back to her senses, "Is the person next door also from the headquarters?" "They are the deputy of the leader of Hongwenhui, as well as several elders and level 18 professionals from the headquarters." Wu Heng explained softly. "It seems that everyone approves of your potion." Lilith''s face remained calm. "Everyone is cheering!" Wu Heng said with a smile. While talking, the first round of potion bidding ended. Finally, the potion was purchased for 7,260 gold coins. "It''s really an exaggeration." Lilith sighed after hearing the transaction price. Next door room. "Deacon Xilagui, didn''t you say that the transaction price was 3 thousand gold? This is a big gap." An Elf elder''s face turned red. It wasn''t that he was angry with Xila Gui, but that he was bidding with the person downstairs, and some of his anger and blood surged up. Xila Gui said: "In the last auction, the transaction price of the first item was a little over 3,000 gold. I didn''t expect it to be like this today." Wu Heng accompanied Lilith, and Xila Gui was responsible for receiving the other elders of the association. After all, they are all members of the association, and I had inquired about the price with Xila Gui before. I just didn''t expect that the difference was a bit bigger than expected. The first item doubled. The elder took a deep breath to calm himself down, and then asked, "Based on the last experience, will the price increase or decrease in the future?" The other people in the room also looked over. They all came all the way here for the potion, hoping to take a bottle back. Under everyone''s gaze. Xilagui said awkwardly: "It will only get more expensive." (End of chapter) Chapter 767 , sold at a sky-high price Chapter 767, selling at sky-high prices The first item was sold, and then the second bottle of potion was brought up. The auctioneer did not introduce it, but just lifted the silk and announced, "The rules remain as usual, everyone can start bidding." "600~!" "1200." . 7000. The price went straight to 7,000, and the number of bidders began to decrease. Lilith glanced beside her. The old man walked to the window and raised the wooden sign in his hand, "8,000 gold." "The distinguished guest on the second floor bids 8,000 gold. Is there any increase in price?" the auctioneer repeated. "9000." The old man continued to increase the price, "12,000..." When the price reached 12,000, no one started to increase the price. The auctioneer asked three times, and finally Lilith bought it. Wu Heng listened and did not stop this matter. She has already given her one bottle, and now she wants a second bottle. It is her own choice. Follow the rules of the auction. Helping her secretly would only reduce the value of the potion in her heart. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and the staff brought the medicine over. Seeing Wu Heng in the room, the staff was also slightly startled. Wu Heng gestured to the side, "This adult bought it." "Sir, your potion." The staff''s attitude became more respectful. Lilith put away the potion, and the old man took out pieces of gold bricks and began to pay the auction price. Several staff members began to check the money. Downstairs, the auction continues. The third bottle cost 36,000 gold coins and belonged to an old man in the middle downstairs. The price of the fourth bottle was 37,000 gold coins, and it was bought by a woman. Then, the last bottle was brought up. The auctioneer reminded softly, "Everyone, the starting price for the last bottle is still 500 gold. If you miss today, I don''t know when the next auction will be held. Maybe there won''t be one in the future. Please start!" The whole place was silent for a few seconds, and then someone spoke. "7,000 is just a bottle of potion. There is no need for everyone to fight like this." "Indeed, this gentleman is right. Treasure Island has made so much money, we can''t let him make any more, 8,000." "For the race with long lifespan, please don''t take it from us, 9,000." "We can''t let this kid Wu Heng earn too much. Everyone, calm down, 9,050." The whole place started to become noisy. People are shouting not to increase prices randomly, but prices are still rising rapidly. The final price was set at 50,000 gold coins. "Fifty thousand gold at a time, has anyone mentioned it further? Any expenses are not worth investing in yourself..." "Fifty thousand for the second time. Guests on the second floor. Potions are rare. This is the last chance to increase the price." The whole place remained quiet. It seems that the price has indeed reached its peak. Seeing that the price couldn''t be increased, the auctioneer immediately dropped the hammer. Boom~! The gavel fell, "Congratulations to Guest No. 387, this bottle of potion is yours." The guest who was named did not have any smiling faces. Gritting his teeth, he took out the gold bricks and some notes from the Snake Emblem Consortium from the space ring. The rest of the people walked out one after another while chatting about the auction. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. Then, Shilagui walked in from the door, first saluted Lilith, and then said, "Several elders from the headquarters will leave directly by boat." "So fast?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. "I''m a little anxious." Wu Heng looked at Lilith and said, "Chief, I''m going to see off the elders. The carriage back to the association is still waiting at its original location." Lilith waved her hand gently, and Wu Heng took Xila Gui and walked out of the room. In the carriage. Wu Heng was sitting on one side, and opposite him was Kelmik, the leader and deputy of Hongwenhui. "Mr. Kelmick, are you in such a hurry to go back?" Kelmick said with a smile: "There are still many things that I need to deal with in this department." "It''s not too late. I''ll take you for a walk around the island." Wu Heng once again persuaded him to stay. After all, we are all colleagues of Hongwenhui, so we still need to be more enthusiastic. "Let''s have a chance next time!" Kelmick said. Wu Heng then asked, "Did you get anything from the auction?" "Originally, the leader asked me to bring back a bottle, but the price was a bit unexpected." Kelmik was a little embarrassed. For the leader, the price of the medicine is a bit high, but it is not out of reach. I just didn''t expect the price to be exaggerated. Hearing that the other party did not buy the potion, Wu Heng looked hesitant. Then he gritted his teeth and took out a bottle of potion and a watch from the space ring, and said: "Mr. Kelmik, this watch is the latest product from Treasure Island. I hope you don''t dislike it. This bottle of potion is reserved for myself. Yes, now to Chief Claudio." Kelmik raised his eyebrows and said, "That''s not the case. Just wait until next time." "I don''t have the ability to take care of all the others. The leader must take them back." Wu Heng said. Kelmik saw that the other party was serious and couldn''t shirk anymore, "Okay, thank you, island owner. I will also convey your thoughts to the leader." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. Soon, the carriage arrived at the port. Kelmik and several other people from the headquarters greeted Wu Heng respectively after getting off the carriage. Just boarded the scheduled cargo ship. The ship slowly left, and Wu Heng also boarded the cargo ship again. The matter of giving the potion to the leader of Hongwenhui was originally planned. This first-level potion is only valuable in this world, and is used to establish relationships with the higher ups. It still feels worthwhile. Especially the leaders of the Holy See are very prejudiced against themselves. Relying on Lilith alone, it may be difficult to have any say among the five ruling leaders. Return to the island owner''s mansion. After returning, Wu Heng called Xila Gui. Asked about Lilith''s situation. Confirm that the other party has returned to the dormitory and currently has no intention of going out. It seems that this person has no plans to leave. Wu Heng scratched his nose. Lilith was in charge of the Secret Whisperers Association. It was still intelligence work. Isn''t she so busy? Do you want to remind her that there is nothing to do on the island and she can almost go home. But I just thought about it and couldn''t really say it. It can be said that in the entire association headquarters, the relationship between myself and Lilith is the best. Keep it up. After discussing with Sheila Gui for a few words, she hung up the phone. Afternoon time. The gold coins after the auction were escorted to the island owner''s mansion. The maids and city hall staff began to count them, and then sent them to the underground treasure house together. Wu Heng continued to talk to Shanara. He told the other party about the success of the auction and that the prices of the medicines were all sold at sky-high prices. Zombie World, Korean Rescue Team. In the chief''s office. The middle-aged man held a cigarette in one hand and a phone in the other. As he talked, his face became more serious. After putting down the phone, he took two heavy puffs of cigarette and dialed a number again. Immediately afterwards, there was a knock on the door, and a woman in professional attire walked in, "Chief." "In the intelligence department, is there no news about skeletons with superpowers?" the chief asked. The woman shook her head, "I have secretly asked several survivors at the other side''s base, but no accurate information has been sent back." The chief took another two puffs of cigarette, and then said, "Notify me and contact the Sanbu Port again. This time I want to know the other party''s appearance and whereabouts." "Yes, Chief." Early the next morning. Inside the tavern on Treasure Island. Bard, describing the situation in the auction house. When they heard that the highest price was 50,000 per bottle, everyone in the tavern was stunned. Fifty thousand gold coins... to buy a potion. This is crazy! "With so much money, it would have to fill a cabin!" "It sounds like you''ve seen so many." "I''ve never seen so much money, and I haven''t caught so many fish! There are definitely so many." "Oh my God, how many times can I find women with this money?" "A woman cast from gold will last a lifetime." Everyone sighed with emotion. Then someone else said, "By the way, the Holy See is closed. You can''t even see the priests when you pass by there." "Maybe it''s because there are so many people on the island recently, so we should close it temporarily." The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng had breakfast and walked back to the study. He glanced at the three ghosts in the room and asked, "Xiao Xiao, why do you keep going out these two nights?" Xiao Xiaoban held his head high, "Uncle, you don''t want to say that it''s dangerous outside at night, do you?" "There are still some high-level professionals on the island who are afraid of discovering you and doing something to harm you." Wu Heng said. "I''m level 18, okay, I can go to college." Xiaoxiao continued, "I made a friend and chatted with her." Wu Heng glanced at Beni, who shrugged and said he didn''t know. "Is she... okay?" Wu Heng wanted to ask, but the other party was not afraid of ghosts. When the words came to my lips, I asked, "Is everything okay?" "It''s okay. We had a good chat. She probably doesn''t have a father either." Forehead. Hearing this, Wu Heng felt sad, and then said: "It''s a good thing for Xiao Xiao to have friends, but we must not tell her our secrets, and don''t let her lie to us." "What do you mean by clich?" "He just went around the corner to inquire about our affairs." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao nodded, "Don''t worry, I feel like she''s not as smart as me." Wu Heng didn''t say much, and said hello: "Okay, you guys come back first, let''s go to the zombie world to see it, it''s been a few days." Three ghosts entered the body. Wu Heng also opened the gate and walked in directly. After walking out of the boundary door, it is still the bedroom of the base. After sitting on the bed and waiting for a while, Penny flew back from outside. Said: "There seems to be some changes in the Corpse King. I''m not sure if this is a sign of an upgrade." "Let me take a look." Wu Heng said immediately. Penny got back into her body, and the scene was shared in her mind. In the dim room, the original corpse king had swelled, and the swollen muscles made huge dents under the restraints of the iron chains. Even the iron chains made a tightening sound. The corpse king''s skin has clearer blood vessels and beating muscles. It really looks like it''s about to evolve. On the side, there were not many corpse cores left in the plastic bag. Release Penny again. "How is it? Do you want to evolve?" Penny asked. Wu Heng said: "It seems so. Let''s feed it for a few more days and see how it goes." "oh!" After confirming the corpse king, Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and called Qi Hancai. Soon, there was a knock on the door, and Qi Hancai walked in with his owl. After sitting down, he said: "The Korean headquarters has contacted us and wants to exchange supplies as soon as possible. We do not rule out the possibility of trying to find out your information." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and said, "Then let''s make a decision tomorrow." (End of chapter) Chapter 768 , and others (one update today.) Chapter 768, there are others (Updated today.) "I''ll inform you now." With that said, Qi Hancai adjusted the frequency band of the walkie-talkie and handed over the matter to the radio station, asking the radio station to directly contact the Korean shelter to settle the matter directly. Soon a reply came from the other side, confirming that the Korean Headquarters had also agreed to this time, and a material exchange was scheduled for noon tomorrow. After hanging up the intercom, Qi Hancai asked: "Do I need to prepare anything in advance?" Wu Heng also thought for a moment and said, "Didn''t you say that you are collecting my photos? Find someone to give them to them, preferably someone who is no longer here." "Understood, I will make arrangements later." Qi Hancai agreed. After this matter is settled. Wu Heng then asked, "Is there any new news coming from the other bases?" Regarding the auction, I havent come over for several days. Still want to confirm if there are any changes. Qi Hancai took out his notebook from his trouser pocket, glanced at it and said, "There''s nothing wrong with it. Sister Yahong mentioned the talisman book to the front desk. The other party may think there is some secret in this book." , I agreed, but never sent it. It seemed that my desire to borrow this book aroused suspicion at the reception desk. Maybe he thinks that the talisman books can have some special effects. After all, zombies and ghosts have appeared, and the talisman can also work, so it doesn''t feel strange. "Let them study it, and there is no need to ask about it." Wu Heng didn''t care. The effect of the talisman is not great. If you use it yourself, you have to combine it with the magic scroll technology and give it a try. The front desk was exhausted and couldn''t research anything. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Understood, let me talk to sister Yahong." After everything was said, Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go to the Corpse King." Qi Hancai hummed, then stood up and walked out together. After walking out of the dormitory building, Qi Hancai drove an off-road vehicle. Pull him along to the room where the Corpse King is imprisoned. basement. Qi Hancai was waiting outside the door. Wu Heng opened the metal door, and a strong rotten smell hit his face. The skeletons are still gathered in a circle, and the corpse king in the middle is in the same state as the one shared by Penny, and is beginning to show signs of evolution. A pair of eyes stared at Wu Heng who walked in. There was no longer the initial impatience and anger, but a bloodthirsty hatred. It seems that it also knows that it may evolve to a higher level. Then you will have the opportunity to break through the shackles and take revenge on the enemies here. Wu Heng glanced at the Corpse King and then looked away. Continue to hand a plastic bag of corpse core to the guarding skeleton, "Continue to feed it on time and increase the amount appropriately." Seeing the corpse core that was taken out again, the corpse king''s eyes became fiery. The skeleton calmly took the plastic bag and placed it on a nearby cabinet shelf. Wu Heng glanced at the room again, confirmed that there was no problem, exited the room, and closed the door. "Let''s go back." Wu Heng walked out. Qi Hancai quickened his pace, followed a few steps and said, "How is the Corpse King?" "Still like that, nothing has changed." Qi Hancai then asked, "Can it evolve into a higher aberration zombie?" "Not sure, but for now it''s just a matter of time." Wu Heng replied. Qi Hancai could think of what to do by locking the Corpse King here and arranging the skeletons to feed the corpse cores. After all, all the skeletons in front of me were transformed from zombies. The higher the level of zombie distortion, the stronger the skeleton will be. They must be planning to cultivate zombies above the zombie king and then transform them into skeletons. Although I understand the intention, my heart still beats loudly just thinking about it. I haven''t heard of any zombies above the zombie king, but I want to cultivate one here. It''s just a little scary. Moreover, it is already called Corpse King, so there is no way to continue to name it higher. "Then keep an eye on it and don''t run out." Qi Hancai said again worriedly. The two walked out of the building together, got on the SUV and returned to the base. Afternoon time. Qi Hancai gathered people in the base for a meeting, and Wu Heng also attended. Until five o''clock in the afternoon. After dinner was served in the cafeteria, Wu Heng returned to the dormitory and returned to Treasure Island. Return to the island owner''s mansion. After Wu Heng simply washed up, he walked downstairs. Minnie and Robert were still sifting through the gifts sent today. It seemed that another Chamber of Commerce representative or someone else came to visit with gifts. Now there is no need to buy daily necessities for the island owner''s mansion. Some exhibition samples or some gifts sent are enough for the island owner''s mansion. "Master." The two shouted sweetly. Wu Heng walked downstairs and said with a smile, "Well, is there anything going on on the island?" "Nothing came back," said Minnie. "Where''s Lilith? She''s the little leader who came to our house before." Wu Heng continued to ask. Minnie shook her head, "I didn''t hear anything." "Okay, get busy." Wu Heng said something, continued to walk to the phone, and dialed the number in the deacon''s study. After two calls, the phone was connected, and Shi Yali''s voice came over, "This is the deacon''s study." "Shi Yali, I''m Wu Heng! Is Leader Lilith still in the association?" Wu Heng asked. Shi Yali''s voice was low, "Leader Lilith, I went to the cinema to watch a movie today and stayed in the dormitory in the afternoon." Going to the cinema to watch a movie again? There were only two screenings of The Lord of the Rings on the island, and she watched both at the island owner''s mansion. I went to the theater to watch it again. "No one messes with her." "No, Sheila Gui followed." Shi Yali continued. Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief and continued, "Where''s Xila Gui? Are you coming to dinner tonight?" "Okay, Sheila Gui is out. We will go there when she comes back." Shi Yali said happily. "Waiting for you." "good." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng continued to call McIntosh, first asking about the situation on the island. Then ask her to come to the island owner''s mansion for dinner. dusk. Anderweil and Annette, coming back from outside. Sisters Shiraz and McIntosh, who was in charge of the island''s intelligence work, arrived at the island owner''s mansion from the outside one after another. Sitting around the dining table together, chatting and eating dinner. Due to McIntosh''s participation, Shi Yali did not drink the nectar wine she brought, but put it aside on the shelf, planning to continue drinking it next time she came over. Wait until after dinner. Several people sat around the living room, waiting for Wu Heng to tell them about coming to them. "What''s going on?" Sheela asked curiously. Shi Yali and McIntosh also cast curious glances. Wu Heng took out three bottles of medicine and said, "You three have one bottle each, don''t tell anyone." Seeing the familiar shape of the potion, the pupils of the three people shrank suddenly. Although I have drunk this potion before, at yesterday''s auction, a bottle was sold for 50,000 gold. The association''s level 15 wanted criminal only has a reward of 600 silver. 50,000 gold coins, enough to buy all of their lives. Xila Ge frowned and stared for a while, then said: "For us? Why not sell it at the auction together." Shi Yali also said, "Yes, we are not in a hurry." Wu Heng said with a smile, "The money has been spent enough. What we have to do now is to improve our strength and be able to hold on to the money." "That''s what I say, but I feel it is better to sell it. For 30,000, the news It will definitely be sold if it is released," Sheela Gui said again. McIntosh glanced at a few people and said calmly, "I am not a combat professional. Deacon Sheila Gui and Assistant Shi Yali can just drink it. The island owner can sell mine." The propaganda of pharmaceuticals is that the materials are expensive and the output is low. Except for Wu Heng and a few maids in the island master''s mansion, everyone else thought so too. Wu Heng continued, "Money is important, and our strength and security are also important. Listen to me, and you will have one bottle each." The three of them looked at each other and saw that Wu Heng was serious, so they didn''t say any more. The entire island has been able to develop to the present level because it is operating according to Wu Heng''s ideas, which is naturally more than what they thought. They each picked up the potion in front of them, opened the cork and drank it. A sour feeling flowed into his stomach, followed by the side effects of the medicine. His body curled up and endured the pain. Soon, the pain gradually eased and the three of them straightened up. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. "You can feel that your body has strengthened." Sheila Gui said. Shi Yali wiped the sweat from her forehead and said, "50,000 gold is just gone." McIntosh also shook his shoulders and stretched. Wu Heng warned: "Remember, don''t tell anyone." "clear." The three of them nodded seriously. Association, dormitory. Lilith sat on the chair and looked at the two bottles of potion on the wooden table in front of her. Wu Heng gave her one bottle and bought the other bottle at an auction. After thinking for a while, he opened a bottle of potion and drank it directly. The moment the potion was swallowed, her beautiful eyebrows instantly wrinkled. She reached out and turned over, and a bottle of special antidote potion appeared in her hand. But soon, the discomfort disappeared, and a sense of power filled my body. "It''s really effective." Even though she knew whether the auction was fake, this clear feeling still surprised her. Then, he opened the second bottle and drank it. The same feeling came again. This Treasure Island is really a special place. "Sister, let''s go outside and play!" On the side of the wall, Xiao Xiao poked his head in. Lilith put away the potion bottle and asked, "Where are we going to play?" "Let''s go to the tavern and listen to stories. It''s not closed yet." "Wait while I change clothes." Lilith changed her clothes and jumped directly from the window. Walk towards the main road. The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng followed the convoy and arrived with the Korean rescue team before noon, deciding on a location to exchange supplies. Near noon, Qi Hancai''s walkie-talkie sent a slight electric current, and then a voice came over, "Sister Qi, the Korean convoy has arrived." "Take them to the conference room." "receive!" After hanging up the call, Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "Do you have any explanation?" "You deal with them normally, and I will handle the investigation." Wu Heng said. "Don''t you need to record it? It would be nice to have some evidence." Wu Heng said with a smile, "There is no chance of going to court. There is no need to record." "good!" Qi Hancai nodded, straightened his clothes, and walked out of the room directly to the conference room next door. After sitting in the room and waiting for a while, the door opened and the Korean representative walked in. "Deputy Chief Qi!" "Commander Li." The South Korean representative sat down opposite and said with a smile, "Deputy Chief Qi, I still want to buy some food from you this time." "This is not our first transaction, so why should we be so polite." Qi Hancai glanced sideways and said, "Go and check the supplies, and then settle the food settlement." "Yes, Sister Qi." The person behind him nodded and walked out directly. Qi Hancai''s eyes fell on the other party again, and asked with a smile: "Commander Li, how is the study of the skeleton I arranged for you?" "Still learning, are you sure these skeletons can learn?" Another room. Wu Heng sat in the room, closing his eyes and listening to the conversation next door. The five senses are enhanced. Even if there is a wall, as long as you concentrate and stay quiet, you can vaguely hear the other party''s conversation. It''s all normal business talk. Isn''t it the other party''s rescue team''s job to collect appearances? How do you speak and have such a normal attitude? Thinking in her mind, Glenda flew back and said, "I''m here to get my phone and photos." Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly narrowed, "Let me take a look." Glenda got into her body, and the image was shared in her mind. After the Korean convoy arrived, the main people entered the building and discussed the material transaction with Qi Hancai. Glenda followed the survivors who were assigned to collect Wu Heng''s appearance. Soon, a person walked over directly. After confirming that no one was around, he asked, "Anything gained?" "Yes." The base member patted his pocket and continued, "First tell me what the purpose of this photo is. I don''t want to cause trouble." The person on the other side took out two chocolate bars and stuffed them over him, "Your leader is so famous outside, who doesn''t want to know what he looks like, and now he doesn''t have any portrait rights, so what are you afraid of?" The base members frowned, "Do you have a name? What does it have to do with the photo?" "Don''t ask. I don''t know the details. Anyway, the people above are more interested in him." "Then I can''t give it to you. Who knows what you are going to do?" The person on the other side became anxious and said, "Don''t worry, I won''t hurt you." The two of them whispered for several times, fearing that others would find out if they talked too much. The base member still handed a mobile phone to the other party, "It''s in the photo album, there''s no password." "Thank you, brother." After saying that, he stuffed in two more boxes of cigarettes, then turned and left. Glenda followed the opponent all the way back to the convoy. Neither the other party nor anyone else mentioned this matter. Then he flew back directly. When the sharing screen ended, Wu Heng released Granda again. "What are image rights?" Granda asked. "It''s my appearance and characteristics. Others can''t use them indiscriminately. If they do, it''s illegal." Wu Heng explained. "The laws here are indeed relatively complete." Granda said, and then asked, "Did you find anything?" "No, but he mentioned that the people above are investigating, which should mean the top management of the main station." Wu Heng said after thinking for a while. The mobile phone given to the other party was arranged by Qi Hancai in advance. The people in the photo are no longer there, and whatever they want to do has nothing to do with them. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Beini also flew back one after another. "Uncle, how many people will you arrange to take photos?" Wu Heng looked at her, "One, what''s wrong?" Xiaoxiao said: "Sister Beini and I also found that someone was exchanging mobile phones. Did they also take photos?" Wu Heng looked at Beni, who also nodded, "There are more than one, and they seem to be related to this matter." There are others. (End of chapter) Chapter 769 , didn鈥檛 know it was so serious Chapter 769, I didnt know it was so serious The news brought back by Xiaoxiao and Beni changed things again. Others have also provided photos to the other party, so the fake photos arranged by oneself are of no use. "How many people provided photos?" Wu Heng asked. Xiaoxiao said: "I found one, and Sister Beini found two." Penny also said, "I checked around the area and found two people who provided information, both of whom were given mobile phones." The other side is indeed doing this in an organized manner. Glenda said: "It seems that not everyone in the base is optimistic about you." "It is inevitable that people are the most unstable." Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao and Beini again, "Let me see who these people are." Xiaoxiao and Beini also got into the body, and the scene was directly shared. The people in the picture conducted transactions in different locations. The method is also to hand the phone to the other party. There is nothing special about the picture, just open it and take a quick look. He released Xiaoxiao and Penny, walked to the window and looked out. The transaction between the two parties continues, each counting the other''s supplies. "Uncle, are you afraid that they will do bad things in your face?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. Wu Heng looked outside and said casually: "Do you always spend your mother''s money in this way?" Xiaoxiao hugged his arms and said, "I don''t have one." At this time, Wu Heng looked down, smiled, and said, "Let''s go down and have a look." "As for the people, they disappeared in the blink of an eye." "You **** thing, you used fake pictures to trick me into giving me something, what the hell..." In the carport, a person was muttering and looking around. Wu Heng walked over and the other person''s expression was instantly suffocated. "Come here and have a cigarette." He explained. When he saw the sudden appearance of the person, he frowned at first, and then showed an expression of surprise, "Skeleton..." When the words come to your lips, stop them immediately. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go, I will take you to a quiet place to smoke." "I, I don''t smoke..." The man said, and his body suddenly stiffened. He walked over uncontrollably. As soon as Wu Heng put his shoulder, the magic circle appeared, and the two of them disappeared instantly. Return to the original room. The man looked at the suddenly changed scene, his pupils widened, and he couldn''t understand what happened. His body was still unable to move, as if his hands and feet were tied, and he said in a confused voice, "Don''t, let''s trade and live together in a friendly way." "Search him." Wu Heng said. The skeleton waiting in the room stepped forward and began to search him. Walkie-talkies, pistols, cigarettes, and mobile phones were all placed on the table. "This is a bit against the rules. If there is any problem, you can negotiate with our commander." The other party''s face looked a little ugly, and he forced himself to calm down and tried to negotiate. Wu Heng glanced at the things on the table, opened the collection and started checking. "If anything happens, we can talk about it." "You can let me go first. Whatever you want to do, I will directly cooperate with you." "Don''t you, Sanbu Port, advocate helping each other? It''s not good for your reputation if you treat me like this." Seeing Wu Heng flipping through his phone, the other party began to feel more and more guilty. He started talking non-stop. Wu Heng threw the phone aside, looked at him, and then said: "Kill him and interrogate his body!" Click~click! Without waiting for the other party to beg for mercy, his neck suddenly turned in a circle and then turned back again. The body also fell directly to the ground. [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the corpse sat up again. Cloudy eyes looked this way. Wu Heng asked directly: "Why confirm the appearance of the leader here?" The corpse replied, "I don''t know, there was an order from above." I really dont know. Wu Heng then asked, "Based on your feeling, what might be the purpose of investigating this matter?" The corpse was silent for a while, and then slowly spoke. "The skeleton army is constantly occupying national territory. Because of this incident, several meetings were held in the base, and several methods were mentioned to get the skeleton leader to give up the land. It may be related to this aspect." It has something to do with skeletons occupying land. South Korea believes that the skeletons clearing out zombies and occupying the land are invading their country''s land in a different direction. I had negotiated with them before, hoping that all the territory they had occupied would be returned to them, and I had also promised my official position and identity. I didn''t remember it, it sounds like it belongs to an honorary position. Wu Heng couldn''t understand the brain circuits of these people. If the skeletons didn''t clean up the zombies, they wouldn''t go either, waiting for the trapped survivors to starve to death bit by bit. Having cleared themselves, they mentioned land and country. If you don''t have the energy to think of a way to clean up the zombies and rescue survivors, just come here and collect your own appearance. I don''t know what to think. Wu Heng sat in his seat and thought. Three ghosts floated to one side, quietly guessing each other''s purpose. One was younger and the other two were from another world. After talking for a long time, they still cast curses through their appearance, or used technology to change their faces, or used Wu Heng''s appearance to spread some false news to the outside world. It''s possible, but I feel like if that''s the case, the risks are not equal. After thinking for a while, Wu Heng then asked, "Who knows the purpose of collecting photos?" "The chief, or several department heads at the base." "Where are these people you mentioned?" "In the base." With the last question left, Wu Heng asked, "What''s your name?" "Shin Dongmin." After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. Glenda asked curiously, "Why are you asking? We still need to erect a monument for him." Wu Heng took out the Faceless Man mask from the space ring, put it on the corpse''s face, and said: "Go to their base and have a look. We don''t have time to waste arguing with them." It is also the plan of the Kingdom and the target of the Holy See. I don''t have so much time here to investigate this matter bit by bit and guess the other party''s purpose. Moreover, modern technology can kill people from a distance more powerfully than in other worlds, so this matter must be resolved as soon as possible. "Going to their base? Lilith is still on Treasure Island." Glenda said. "It''s okay, Lilith is not as dangerous as we thought, and it''s only for one night." Wu Heng replied. "Yeah, he''s a nice person." Xiaoxiao nodded. As he spoke, the mask collected the appearance of the corpse. Wu Heng also began to change into the corpse''s clothes, and put his cell phone, cigarettes, and pistols back into his clothes. "Wu Heng, it seems the transaction is over outside." Beni said at the window. After walking to the window and taking a look, Qi Hancai and the others walked out of the building and stood at the door talking. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Sister Qi, come over here." Then, Qi Hancai''s voice came, "Well, wait a minute." Waited in the room for a while. Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. He glanced at the corpse on the ground and then at Wu Heng who had changed his clothes. "You killed someone? Is it so serious?" "They also arranged for others to collect photos and found three people. You can deal with them." Qi Hancai''s face became serious, "Who, I will kill them." "Three of them are Koreans. One has a square face with a mole on his lip, one has a red shirt under a stab-proof suit, and one has long hair tied into a ponytail at the back, as if he is wearing lip gloss. He is also a man." General Wu Heng I told you what I saw. "I''ve written it down." Qi Hancai nodded and looked at his outfit again, "What are you doing?" "I will follow them to the base to investigate and see what they are going to do." Wu Heng said. "Go with them?" Wu Heng nodded, put on the mask and turned into a corpse lying on the ground. This was the first time Qi Hancai saw him, and his eyes widened, "I''ll go, disguise." "I''ll follow you there. You can handle it here and wait for news from me." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, left the room and walked downstairs. Wu Heng stood at the window and looked down, released the teleportation technique, and appeared at the previous location of the carport. Then he walked quickly towards the Korean convoy. "Damn, what are you doing?" One person said cursing. Wu Heng lowered his voice and said, "You used fake photos to trick me into two packs of cigarettes. I won''t be able to sleep well all night unless I beat him up." "Okay, get in the car quickly, we''ll go back later." The other party stood in front of the car and urged. Wu Heng walked to the truck, opened the door and walked in. Several other people also got on the bus and waited for the commander outside to finish speaking to Qi Hancai. Soon, the Korean commander outside separated from Qi Hancai, returned to the convoy, and got into an armored vehicle near the front. The intercom began to confirm the number of people. After confirming that there were no problems, the convoy started and left directly. Door location. Qi Hancai looked at the fleet of cars going away, and the smile on his face gradually turned cold. Turning around and walking back, his voice was serious and cold, "Close the door. All Korean personnel will gather in the square." The people behind them looked at each other, as if something big had happened. Still nodded in agreement, "Yes." Soon, everyone gathered in the open space in the middle. In addition to the Koreans accompanying the base, there were also survivors transferred from the old base. Divide into two square teams and stand in the open space. "Sister Qi, everyone is here." The subordinate whispered. Qi Hancai nodded, walked directly into the Korean crowd, and started to look at everyone. "You come out." "And you two, come out too." The three people whose names were called were standing outside. Those with poor psychological quality were already sweating profusely. Qi Hancai stared at the three of them and asked, "Do you know why I called you out?" "I don''t know, leader!" one person said through gritted teeth. Qi Hancai smiled and said to the skeleton beside him: "Take him down and kill him." Everyone''s eyes were fixed. Is this going to kill people? Wow~! Several skeletons came over from a short distance away and carried the three of them towards the flower bed. At this time, the three of them also became afraid. "Deputy chief, I know why, I...gave him a photo." One person shouted, and the other two followed suit and begged for mercy. "Chief, I was wrong too. I won''t dare to do it next time." "Please let me go, I didn''t know it would be so serious." (End of chapter) Chapter 770 , total length Chapter 770, Chief The three of them shouted loudly and struggled violently. But no matter how much he resisted, he couldn''t break free from the skeleton''s grasp and was dragged away little by little. At this time, the rest of the people basically understood what happened. These three people provided some photos to outsiders, which was similar to betraying information about the base, and Qi Hancai discovered it. Under everyone''s gaze. The three of them were dragged into the flower bed, and there was a sound of swords piercing flesh. The pleas and screams for mercy also stopped. Really killing. Everyone''s face turned pale, and fear arose in their hearts. Qi Hancai looked at the others again and said coldly: "Don''t forget, who rescued you from the zombies. At that time, you couldn''t even have a bite of food. Now that you can have a full meal, you just want to betray the base information. There is only one consequence for eating inside and outside, and that is death. "You also know the situation outside. The general rescue team is also buying food from us. Of all the bases in the world, this is the only one that can have enough food. Use your brain when doing things. If you don''t want to eat, you want to be a dog in the base outside. Dont bother everyone. "The rules are here. Anyone who betrays the base or members will be executed. No matter what you did before, there will be no exceptions." Qi Hancai spoke loudly, his tone still cold, and someone was translating next to him. Some particularly long sentences still require translation by others. The rest of the people listened silently, and could also hear Qi Hancai''s anger at this time. Lowering their heads, they responded in unison, "Yes!" At five o''clock in the afternoon, the convoy slowly approached the shelter base. The first thing that catches the eye is a towering wall made of concrete, with mottled marks on its surface. Sharp barbed wire can be seen on the top of the wall, as well as guards patrolling with guns. "Damn, I''m finally back. I was so nervous outside." "It''s great to live another day." "The food exchanged this time is quite a lot, and it should last for a while." "There are so many people in the city, how can we exchange enough for this? I don''t know where those guys get the food, so they can exchange it out like this." "Dongmin, what''s wrong with you? Are you pretending to be serious? You talk so little today." "Don''t mention it. The photo is messed up. I won''t be able to explain it when I get back." "There are several people arranged, and you are not the least of them." While talking. The convoy approached the gate of the fence, and the guards guarding it began to check each vehicle one by one. After confirming that there were no problems, the gate opened and the convoy went straight in. Entering the base, there was a noisy scene inside. On both sides were various temporary tents and simple shacks. Women and children in ragged clothes followed the convoy, kneeling down and begging for food. In his eyes, he looked tired and numb, with no confidence in life. Is this the main base? It''s not much better than when I first arrived on the island, or it''s an enlarged version of Sanbu Port. The convoy did not stop and continued to move forward. Then, they entered another city wall, with the same tall walls, barbed wire, guarded guards and heavy weapons. The women and children, after following for a while, no longer dared to approach the inner wall. The gate opens and the convoy enters. Houses, basketball courts, armored vehicles and some special vehicles can also be seen in the distance. It turns out that this is the real base. Some, like Luntam City, are divided into an inner city and an outer city. A military base. The outside is more like a slum. The convoy stopped in front of the warehouse. Someone immediately came up to carry the supplies. The rest of the people got out of the car one after another. "Let''s go to the cafeteria to eat." Someone greeted. Wu Heng shook his head, "You go first, I''ll report the situation here." "Why are you so weird today? It''s up to you. If you go late, there won''t be anything to eat." The others said and walked to one side. Wu Heng looked at the conductor in the convoy and winked, and Beni immediately followed him. I sat on a chair outside the basketball court in the distance for a while. Xiaoxiao flew back to check the situation, lay on his shoulder, and whispered: "Uncle, there are many weapons here, they feel more powerful than ours." "Let me see what''s there." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao got into the body and shared the picture. Xiao Xiao quickly walked through the large warehouses, seeing armored vehicles, helicopters, and missile vehicles with thick cylinders in sight. missile! There is such a thing here. After releasing Xiaoxiao, Beini also flew back and said, "They met the chief executive and showed him your photo. The chief executive was very happy and promised that they would all be promoted. I feel it is very detrimental to you." Wu Heng nodded and looked at the building not far away, "The chief is over there, right?" "Um." "Let''s go, let''s go see what the chief wants from me." Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the building in front. All the way upstairs, with Penny''s secret guidance, we arrived at the floor where the chief executive was. The woman who looked like an assistant or deputy looked at him curiously and asked, "What''s wrong with you?" "It''s about the photos. I have important information to report to the commander-in-chief." Wu Heng said immediately. The female deputy looked at him carefully again, "Wait, let me ask." Soon, the female deputy came back and said, "Come here." Wu Heng followed him into the chief''s office. The room was not small and the furniture inside was complete. The middle-aged president was sitting behind his desk, looking at his cell phone. "If you have any information, tell me!" "Commander, those people knew our news and the photos they gave us are fake." Wu Heng said immediately. "Fake?" The other party frowned. "It''s false. That''s what the people at their base told me." Wu Heng stepped forward and said. When the female deputy saw the two talking normally, she closed the door and walked out of the room. The chief asked: "Are you serious?" "Of course." Wu Heng glanced at the door, took out the soundproof pot and placed it on the coffee table, then said, "Control him." The next second, the commander''s body froze, and his expression changed drastically, "You are not from our base." Wu Heng took off his mask, twisted his neck, and said seriously: "Commander, why are you investigating my appearance? Let me tell you!" "Wu Heng! It''s you." The commander looked horrified, and then shouted, "Someone, come quickly." Wu Heng sat down across from him, picked up the mobile phone on the other party''s table, and looked at it casually. There is actually a photo of myself on it. He casually threw his cell phone into the space ring, and looked at the commander, whose face was getting more and more ugly, and began to think deeply. Seeing this chief, the entire base has a large population. What to do next! How can we control this base more simply and better? "Wu Heng, you can make any conditions, and I will agree to them all." The commander was tired of shouting, and when he saw that it had no effect, he immediately started talking. Wu Heng also raised his head and said directly, "Kill him." Click~! The chief''s neck also turned around again, his body went limp, and he fell to the floor with a thud. (End of chapter) Chapter 771 , night battle (one update today.) Chapter 771, Night Battle (Updated today.) It seems that the living conditions of the chief are not bad. The body fell to the ground, its fat flesh spread out to the sides. "Kill him directly, will it be difficult to deal with later?" Glenda asked softly. With Wu Heng''s character, it was impossible to kill everyone in the entire base. If we kill the leader here directly now, it will be difficult to continue to deal with many things later. Wu Heng kicked the corpse aside and sat down on the seat. "First ask the corpse and see the situation before talking." [Conversation with the Dead] Released, the corpse sat up awkwardly and looked over with turbid eyes. Wu Heng asked directly: "What is the purpose of collecting my photos?" The corpse replied, "Use satellite images to capture and carry out precise strikes." Holy shit! Hearing this answer, Wu Heng''s heart trembled. Precise strike. Words that were only heard in the news have now become targets for themselves. profound! The missiles I saw in the warehouse before were prepared for myself. Fortunately, this matter did not drag on, otherwise if they got the photo, they might do this to themselves one day. No matter how many skeletons you have, no matter how high your level is, they can''t withstand the power of modern missiles. Seeing Wu Heng''s ugly expression, Glenda asked, "What do you mean?" Xiaoxiao and Beini also looked over curiously. Wu Heng explained: "It is a kind of information technology that can capture the location of the target and then carry out precise strikes. That is, artillery shells, missiles, etc., can be thrown directly over to kill the target." The three ghosts nodded in unison to express their understanding. Xiaoxiao flew close to the corpse and said, "You are so bad for eating our food, you big bad guy." Wu Heng also looked at the corpse again and continued to ask: "How many main departments does your base have?" "Logistics support, equipment development, combat formations, information and communications..." I said several words in one breath. It is indeed more professional than my own. But the two are also different. Wu Heng''s main technology and combat power are provided by skeletons, and there is no need for so many departments. Wu Heng continued to ask the third question, "Are you the supreme commander of this base?" "Yes, but making a decision requires consultation with several other departments." The fourth question is, "How did you become the supreme leader here?" The corpse replied, "I have primary armed command." In the final analysis, whoever has the force can be the leader. The rest, whether they have skills or have been high-ranking officials. There are no troops in hand, and they dont even have the right to speak. For the last question, Wu Heng said directly: "Name the heads of each department here." The corpse was silent for a while, and then began to name each department one by one. Wu Heng used the pen and paper on his desk to write down all the names. After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. Wu Heng continued to open the desk drawer. In the middle, there were pistols, bullets, watches and two boxes of unsealed small umbrellas. Below is the diary. Wu Heng opened his eyes. It contains records of some accounts. Continuing to open the remaining drawers, several piles of documents were taken out. One of the file bags contains the reorganization of various departments and the list of responsible persons. As well as the distribution of firearms in the city, the layout of the city, and the distribution of lines near the base. They all took a quick look. Wu Heng continued to get up and rummaged through the bookcase at the back. In the middle of the bookcase is a hollow shelf, and on both sides are symmetrical wardrobes with vertical doors. The vertical door on the right is a false door. Inside is a separate bedroom with a bed, TV and shower room. There is a small door at the back of the single room, leading to another emergency exit. Good guy, from this matryoshka, there are layer after layer. Wu Heng found a suit of clothes similar to the ones just now in the other party''s closet, and then used a human skin mask to record the appearance of the corpse. "Are you going to pretend to be the chief?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng began to change clothes, "I feel that my acting skills have improved greatly now." "You can use the deputy outside the door to slowly replace all the people on the list and then occupy this place." Granda looked at the list on the table and said directly. Wu Heng said while buttoning up, "I don''t have time to waste time with them from here, and I can''t sit here pretending to be the chief every day." "Then what do you want to do?" "Take care of it as much as possible tonight." Wu Heng rolled up the body in a carpet and put it into the space ring. Dong Dong~! There was a knock on the door. Wu Heng put on a human skin mask and his appearance began to change. With a hook, the soundproof pot flew into his hand and was put away. "Enter!" The female deputy walked in, glanced at the room, and frowned, "Where was the person just now?" "I''m going out after I finish talking. What''s the matter with you?" The female deputy continued, "Chief, the cafeteria asked if they would like to bring your dinner." "Send it over." "Okay." The female deputy turned and left. Not long after, he came in carrying dinner plates and placed them one by one on the coffee table in front of the sofa. "You sit down first and I''ll tell you a few words." Wu Heng said. The female deputy''s eyes narrowed and she said, "Chief, we agreed that I will only be responsible for administrative work." "Where are the skeletons arranged by Shanfu Port now?" Wu Heng ignored the other party''s words and asked directly. The female deputy was stunned, first bowed and apologized, and then said: "They are all arranged in a warehouse and let them look at several computers." "Aren''t you scheduled to learn satellite knowledge?" "According to your order, no knowledge is passed on to them, only some videos of satellite launches are played every day." Grass! These guys. I have been acting with myself since then. They said they were selling satellites and teaching skeletons. After they were delivered, they were arranged in the warehouse. Wu Heng took a deep breath and said: "Go, call all the heads of each department for a meeting, as well as several armed leaders in the base, call them all over and go to the conference room." "What is the content of the meeting?" "Kill the leader of Sanfu Port." "yes." The deputy responded and left the room. conference room. A famous minister and military commander walked into the conference room one after another. I sat down on a chair, crossed my legs, smoked a cigarette, and talked about things. "It''s so late. What''s going on? I just rescued some members of the girl group over there and they want to watch the performance." "Anything else? It''s about the skeleton superpower. I''ve already got the photo." "Don''t worry, as long as we can confirm his appearance and body characteristics, we can complete a targeted strike. No matter how powerful his powers are, missiles can still penetrate his bed." "Are you sure that when a person dies, the skeleton will disappear?" "According to the rules of superpowers passed back from the United States, when a superpower user dies, the superpower effects created will also disappear." "The words you should use make me feel a little unsure." "There aren''t many areas left, so we can just clean it up ourselves. What we have to consider is how to deal with the Sanbu Port Base and the Huaguo Main Station by killing people." "Wu Heng is dead, they are bullshit." A group of people were talking excitedly, puffing out smoke, and the whole room was covered in smoke. Squeak~! At this time, the door opened. Everyone looked up and saw the chief and his deputy walking in, followed by two figures wearing round helmets. Everyone frowned and looked at it curiously. Why is there something different about the commander-in-chief? His whole body posture and temperament are obviously different from before. Awakened your superpower? I secretly took the corpse core to change my physical condition. "I heard that I got the appearance of a skeleton with superpowers? Are you sure what it looks like?" A person near the door blew out a smoke ring and asked directly. Wu Heng ignored it and asked the deputy beside him, "Is everyone here?" The female deputy confirmed again and nodded, "Everyone is here." Wu Heng stepped aside and said, "Do it faster." As soon as the voice fell, the helmeted skeleton behind him rushed out. "What are you doing?" the first person asked with a frown. The next second, his throat was shattered by a punch, and his body flew upside down and fell against the wall. Blood mixed with smoke flowed out of his mouth and nose. "Fuck, you''re crazy." Someone immediately reached for the gun in his waistband. Just as he raised it, his hand and the gun were slashed away, and a second sword light appeared, slashing through his throat. The rest of the people were also startled by the sudden attack, and became confused and embarrassed. The two figures rushed towards the chaotic figure again. "Chief, please tell me something." "No, no, the rights are all yours." "Spare your life, sir, spare your life." The cry for mercy sounded, but still could not stop the attacking figure. "Help~!" The female deputy''s eyes widened, she yelled and turned around and ran outside. As soon as he opened the door, he saw a group of ministers and guards waiting outside the door, all lying on the ground. The last figure broke his own neck while escaping up the stairs. The steps he wanted to take out suddenly stopped, and his legs kept shaking. The fighting in the conference room has also ended. The air was filled with the smell of blood, and all the upper floors of the shelter died here. "You want to die?" The female deputy trembled and said, "Chief, Commander, I don''t want to." "Come back." Wu Heng sat down on the chair. The female deputy came back stiffly, knelt on the ground, and said respectfully: "Please don''t kill me." "Raise your head." Wu Heng took off his mask. The female deputy raised her head tremblingly and saw Wu Heng''s true appearance. "Do you know who I am?" "I don''t know you?" The female deputy looked away. "I am the skeleton leader you are looking for. If you want to kill me, it shouldn''t be a problem if I kill you." Wu Heng continued, "I still have a place to get you. If you are smart, just cooperate honestly. If youre not smart, just go down and accompany your leaders. The woman''s body was trembling, and she continued, "I can help you win this place. I am very familiar with this place and the business here. I will definitely be able to help you." "As expected, you responded quickly. Just wait aside." Wu Heng praised. Then he took out the information found in the office and started to compare the identity of the corpse through photos. Use [Speak with the Dead] on one of them. The corpse sat up suddenly and looked this way. The woman behind him curled up in the corner and hugged her head. Wu Heng looked at the corpse, "I want to cut off the power, what should I do?" "There are two sets of power supplies. After the normal power supply is shut down, there is a backup system that needs to be disconnected." "Where are they all..." . After the interrogation, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to carry back the woman huddled in the corner. "Do you know where the location I just mentioned is?" "Know, know." "Take me there. Whether you can survive or not depends on your performance." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll take you there." The woman responded, leading a group of people outside. By this time it was getting dark. Occasionally, when I meet someone on patrol, I salute slightly and then pass by. Wu Heng came to the room where the electric switch was located and pulled it down directly. The entire base suddenly went dark, but the next second the backup power box was activated, and the searchlights and street lights outside turned on again. Then, the backup power switch was pulled down. The entire base instantly fell into darkness. Wu Heng locked the woman in a room. Then, when the gate was opened, a large number of skeletons poured out and rushed towards the armory, dormitories and city gates. wall. All power was cut off, and the world seemed to be covered by a thick curtain. The guards guarding the wall were plunged into darkness and began asking what had happened. Just when everyone was discussing what was going on and why there was still a power outage, there was a creepy "click, click, click" sound faintly heard in the darkness. It''s like leaves rubbing against the ground, or teeth that are constantly grinding. "Flashlight, shine in this direction." Someone shouted. The light beam swept across and saw a dense army of skeletons, wearing armor and holding weapons, rushing under the wall. "Damn it, it''s a skeleton monster." "Sanfu Port is calling." "Shoot, shoot quickly." The gunfire exploded like a thunderstorm, and tongues of fire shot out from the muzzle. The shot left holes in the skeleton''s body, but it staggered to its feet again, and with the skeletons behind them, they rushed up to the wall in a crowd. "The wall and armory have been captured. It''s not difficult. Mrs. Glenda will stay at the armory to prevent anyone from approaching." Penny flew back from outside. "Then what''s going on with the gunshots outside?" "There are still some teams resisting. It''s not a big problem and the number of people is not large." Penny answered. The most dangerous ones are those heavy weapons, but the problem is not big. The existence of ghosts has no way to limit the people here. Even if you are hiding in an armored vehicle, you can kill people directly. Wu Heng nodded and pulled out the female deputy who was locked in the next room. "Lead the way to the radio station''s room." Scattered fighting continued throughout the night. When the sky is dark and bright. The skeleton moved the body to the open space in the middle, while the rest of the people were all locked up in the dormitory. As long as they don''t come out, the skeletons won''t take the initiative to rush in and kill them. If you come out to resist, you will only die. Eight o''clock in the morning. The convoy from Sanbu Port Base arrived at the main station base. Passed through the civilian area outside and entered the military camp area inside. Qi Hancai asked his subordinates to wait at the door and walked into the office. Looking at Wu Heng sitting at the desk, his eyes widened, "You..., you wiped out the general rescue team? One night?" (End of chapter) Chapter 772 , missile vehicle Chapter 772, missile vehicle Qi Hancai was stunned when they received the news from the radio station last night. Wu Heng asked her to organize a departure immediately and come over to take over the main station. She was stunned for a long time. The changes in appearance during the day are followed by the main station, but you have to go there and take over at night? If you change units, the handover of work will not be so fast! Facing Qi Hancai''s exclamation, Wu Heng signaled her to calm down and explained: "There is no way. They collected photos and planned to use satellites to carry out precise strikes. They used missiles to lock on me and kill me." Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed and his face calmed down instantly, "What''s the reason?" "It''s still about the land. If I die, all the skeletons will collapse and disappear. The land that has been cleared of zombies is still theirs." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai gritted his teeth, "These people really deserve to die." The two sides have kept the deal going. We can''t say that the relationship is very close, but they are also providing a steady stream of food to each other. Judging from the current situation, being willing to accept their gold to provide food is considered to be providing aid. Many bases around the world are trying to contact us and want to exchange food. In the end, these guys almost bit him back and killed his leader. "Don''t worry, I''ve already killed the person." Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai sat down opposite, with his calves raised, his expression still serious, "This place is different from our base. There are some deep-rooted hierarchies and powers, which may not be easy to manage." "No, I''ve killed all the management. It''s all in one pot. Half of the army is dead. You just need to re-promote some people and put them to more important use." Wu Heng picked up the water glass and took a sip. "Kill them all?" Wu Heng nodded, "The commander-in-chief, ministers, and the commanders of the guards are all inside, and now I have turned them into skeletons and went to sweep the streets." Qi Hancai took a deep breath, calmed himself down, and asked: "What should I do next? The configuration of the army may be a little different from ours." Wu Heng leaned back on the chair and said, "It''s okay. I''ll arrange a deputy for you. She will assist you." "Deputy?" Qi Hancai raised an eyebrow. Wu Heng pressed the phone and said, "Li Zhenying, come here." The door opened, and the female deputy opened the door and walked in. She looked a little tired, but her eyes were alert and cautious. "Chief!" The female deputy bowed to Wu Heng, and then bowed slightly to Qi Hancai. Wu Heng introduced: "This is Qi Hancai, who will be the person in charge of the base besides me from now on. If you serve as her deputy and do a good job, you will definitely not be worse than the commander-in-chief you follow." The female deputy looked at Qi Hancai and said in Chinese: "Chief Qi Hancai." "Do you know Chinese?" Qi Hancai looked at the other party. "I can speak Chinese, English, and German." The female deputy replied respectfully. Qi Hancai nodded, "From now on, call me deputy leader, and call him leader." "Yes, Deputy Chief Qi." Qi Hancai then said, "You go down first and take me to get familiar with the various departments here later." The female deputy saluted again and exited the room. The door closed and Wu Heng said: "She was originally the deputy of the commander-in-chief. While familiar with the territory through her, she also needs to be careful. We are not sure if there is any problem yet." "Okay, I''ll pay attention." Wu Heng smiled, stood up and gave up his seat, stretched out his hand to indicate the seat, "Come on, sit here and give it a try." Qi Hancai also smiled and sat in the chief''s position generously. After feeling it for a moment, he said, "That''s all. It''s not as comfortable as my chair." "This is the feeling of power. Who asked you to evaluate the chair?" Qi Hancai smiled and said, "From now on, we are the only ones who have the final say here, right, husband." "Yes, you are the boss." Wu Heng held her chin and kissed her condescendingly. The two of them separated. Qi Hancai''s eyes were a little reluctant to leave. He licked his lips and said, "Let''s deal with business first." "Let''s go, I''ll go take a look at the weapons arsenal too." The two walked out of the office together. Several people at the door and the deputy saluted and followed behind. Qi Hancai asked his deputy to take him to see several important departments, while Wu Heng went directly to the weapons warehouse. After taking a look at the guns and ammunition in the armory. Wu Heng took the skeleton to the garage of special vehicles. Armored vehicles, vehicles with special functions, appeared in front of them. This is more than any previous single harvest. No wonder I dare to say that I am the general rescue team, and I do have some capital. After viewing the armored vehicles, continue to the garage where the missile vehicles are stored. There are three missile trucks in total, stored in separate garages. Like a giant steel beast, it exudes a sense of cold majesty. The tires are as tall as a person, and the surface is painted in camouflage. The body is made of thick armored steel plates, and a long and thick missile launcher is pulled on the back. With the size of this launch tube, even if it is loaded with ordinary gunpowder, it can still cause huge damage. Wu Heng glanced at the car body, which read Xuanwu-3. He didn''t know much about this, and wasn''t sure whether it was the vehicle number or the missile number. When the base is completely under control, let Qi Hancai find someone to ask. Three ghosts appeared next to them. Granda asked: "Is this a precision strike missile?" "That should be it." Three Ghosts have seen cannonballs and bullets. I have heard some principles from Wu Heng. The power of the artillery shells is so great. This kind of exaggeratedly large missile may destroy an entire city. Xiaoxiao got directly into the missile and stuck half of his head out, "There are many circuits in it." Wu Heng looked at her and said, "Xiao Xiao, come out quickly. My heart is not good. Don''t make trouble." "What are you afraid of!" Xiaoxiao said, but still flew out obediently. "You''re not afraid, I''m afraid." Wu Heng covered his heart. "Hey, I''ll just go there. Uncle is so timid." Xiaoxiao chuckled, then thought of something, half lying in the air, and analyzed: "Uncle, are you not going to be able to go out in the future? There are other bases like this What about missiles? This is indeed a problem. It is hard to say whether this kind of thinking will also arise in China and other countries. But it is not easy to achieve this. Missiles alone are not enough. We also need to ensure that satellites can be used. You should also pay attention to it in the future. "Try to be as low-key as possible, and now that we also have satellites and missiles, we will not take action easily when we are constrained by each other." Wu Heng said. "Oh, I didn''t understand." Xiaoxiao said. After looking through the armory, Wu Heng transferred a large number of skeletons to seal the place. Wait until it is processed. Wu Heng also followed Qi Hancai, blended into the crowd, and looked at several departments here. The skeletons that he had arranged to study before were also rescued from the warehouse. When he opened the warehouse door, Wu Heng felt sad. The skeleton was covered with dust, standing in the warehouse, watching the looped video projected on the wall. Damn it, if you dont kill them, you wont be able to bear the injustice suffered by your own skeleton. Busy until dusk. Wu Hengcai handed everything over to Qi Hancai and returned to the high-rise dormitory. I chose a single room in a suite, opened the gate, and returned to Treasure Island. Go out of the gate and release the three ghosts to go about their own business. Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and the skeleton chef just brought dinner to the table. The maids looked over and greeted with a smile, "Master." "What happened on the island these two days?" Wu Heng walked down the stairs. Andweil said: "Master, Leader Lilith bought a property on the island. You were not here and you didn''t have time to report." (End of chapter) Chapter 773 , hold an umbrella Chapter 773, holding an umbrella Real estate? Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. Lilith plans to live on the island permanently? Why don''t you want to leave after you come here? "It''s okay. You can''t stop her from buying things as a leader. You don''t have to worry about what she wants to do in the future. Just remember to report to me afterwards." Wu Heng said. "Good master." Several people walked to the restaurant together and sat down at their seats. Wu Heng then asked, "What property did you buy?" "A mansion, over at Snowbourne Street," Andwyll replied. The Snowborn neighborhood is the area where Wu Heng rented when he first came to the island. They all belong to separate mansions, and some wealthy businessmen and dignitaries live nearby. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. He has a pretty good relationship with Lilith, and among all the leaders, he is the closest. In dealing with the Holy See, it is more beneficial to one''s own side. In the past few days of contact, although he was indifferent, he was not as domineering as he seemed on the surface. Still relatively easy to talk to. If you settle on the island, the possibility of discovering your secret is unlikely. The main thing is the possibility of danger. Robert held up the steak and asked while eating, "Master, does it have any influence on us if Chief Lilith lives here?" "It''s okay, Lilith is our ally. I''ll go talk to her tomorrow." Wu Heng said with a smile. Several people continued to eat. Anderweil continued to talk about the situation on the island. The auction has ended for a few days, and the people who came to the island to participate in the auction have begun to leave the island one after another. Although commercial streets and movie theaters are still busy, the number of people has begun to plummet. It is estimated that in another week, it will be almost back to normal. After dinner, Wu Heng called Xila Gui. Mainly asking Lilith about buying real estate. Sheela knew about this. In her opinion, this was just Lilith''s temporary residence. Won''t stay here long. After all, he is a ruling leader and has his own race. Why do you always live on Treasure Island? The two chatted for a while, whispered some love words, and hung up the phone. Wu Heng went upstairs and went to the bathroom to take a shower. After washing, Wu Heng lay on the bed in the bedroom. He stared at the ceiling, contemplating what happened yesterday. The Korean Broadcasting Corporation wants to use satellites and missiles to kill itself. This is really unexpected. In the past, the tactics shown on TV were used to kill heads of hostile countries in the Middle East, and I almost used them on myself. "You really think highly of me." Fortunately, he followed directly and destroyed that side, otherwise it would be a problem sooner or later. "Korea Radio has been absorbed and some plans have changed, but it''s not a big problem." Wu Heng''s brain turned quickly, and he recalled the plans he had thought of before and sorted them out. The first point is that Beni''s upgrade has now reached level 19. She strives to reach level 20 in a short time to improve her overall strength. The second point is that the plant growth potion ordered from the wood elves is used to increase the income of the grain fields in the zombie world. After this period of time, it should have results. "This matter cannot be delayed. We will ask the local representative tomorrow." The third point is that the evolution of the Corpse King and the corpse core mass production plan must also be implemented. In the zombie world, we must first determine these three points. But this side of the world. The biggest problem in encouraging yourself is still the improvement of reputation. After a while of hard work, I made a lot of money, but the improvement in reputation was still limited. "I have nothing but money." Putting his arms behind his head, he once again thought about ways to improve his reputation. Is there any way to buy it with money? After thinking about it, I couldn''t find a good way. From the current point of view, we still have to start from the Kingdom of Yeko. The fifth princess''s occupation of Netale City meant that she was in conflict with the eldest prince''s plan, while the city of Luntam in the north was already at war with the second prince. The two princes who are most promising to sit on the throne have conflicts with themselves. "As for the eldest prince, the association has already intervened. It''s best not to make any big moves." "For the second prince, it is best to wait and see for the time being. If the war continues, it will easily attract attention." That said, we can''t move over there for the time being. We''ll wait until the association''s investigation comes back with results. On Treasure Island, Lilith bought a house on the island. A level 20 professional is indeed an unstable factor, but if handled well, it may not be a bad thing. At least Lilith lives here, and the leader of the Holy See will not come to cause trouble again as long as he is not looking for trouble. Maybe it can also promote Treasure Island. "We still need to think carefully about this." "And satellites and missiles..." In the modern world, South Korea has its own satellites, so can it launch one in another world? Used to observe the enemy''s movements and strike with precision if anyone provokes me. As long as the hero is still in the flesh, he cannot survive the missile. It''s really doable. It''s not difficult to join the headquarters now. It''s nothing more than a missile issue. This is feasible and we need to find a way to implement it. Think about everything. Feeling sleepy, he lay on the bed and fell into a deep sleep. In a dark mansion in Snowbourne neighborhood. The girl in the purple dress slowly fell from the sky and said to the air, "This is my new property, how about it?" "Why do you want to buy it? There are so many rooms in the island owner''s mansion." Xiao Xiaopiao stood aside. Lilith stared straight ahead and explained in a calm tone, "We adults cannot live in other people''s homes." Xiaoxiao nodded and continued, "It would be great to let uncle give you a house, closer to the island owner''s mansion." "Is your uncle rich?" The little head raised up and said, "It''s just average, just piled up in a mountain." Lilith felt a little funny and continued, "If you run out every day, won''t your uncle find out?" "I told him that I made a new friend, and uncle asked me to get along well with you." Xiaoxiao floated forward and added, "Uncle loves me very much." "You can see, I''ll take you to the room to have a look. It''s not decorated yet and it''s a bit messy." "OK!" One person and one soul enter the house. The next day, City Hall. Wu Heng sat in the conference room and waited for a while. There was a knock on the door, and a representative of the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce walked in. With a slight salute, "Island Master." Wu Heng nodded and asked directly: "Is there any news from the wood elves about formulas and potions?" There are two types of transactions with wood elves. One is a potion. Wu Heng directly ordered a batch to increase the food income of the zombie world. The second is the formula of the potion. Wu Heng wanted to purchase the potion formula, but he needed the Wood Elf Elders Council to discuss the matter. The representative of the wood elf said respectfully: "My lord, the finished potion will be delivered in the next two days. I will arrange for someone to deliver it to the warehouse. As for the formula, the elders said that we still need to discuss it and cannot give it to you for the time being. You reply." In other words, I don''t agree with the recipe being given here. Wu Heng nodded, "Notify me in time after the medicine is delivered." "Okay sir." Wu Heng continued: "A pharmaceutical factory will be built on the island soon. Do you have any medicinal materials for sale?" The wood elf representative''s eyes lit up. The pill exhibit has spread around the island, and it seems that the purchase of medicinal materials will begin and mass production will begin. "Of course, grain and medicinal materials are our main export goods. If you place an order, we can arrange the lowest price for you." "There will be bids from other chambers of commerce. Then you will submit your prices to the city hall and we will screen them." "Okay, let''s calculate the price as soon as possible." The wood elf said immediately. Now Treasure Island has almost become the wood elves'' largest customer. The purchase volume of items is larger than that of previous major customers. Fortunately, we did not expand the conflict with Treasure Island before, but both parties took a step back and resolved it properly. "Okay, go back and prepare." Wu Heng nodded. The wood elf saluted again and exited the room. Wu Heng also stood up and walked out, told Anderweil what happened, put on his hood, and walked out of the city hall. Go to the association. The association is still lively. The hall was filled with mercenaries and team members checking out tasks and handling business. Wu Heng bypassed the hall and headed to the association''s dormitory building. Stand in front of the door and knock lightly. After waiting for two seconds, the door opened automatically, and a cold voice came from inside, "Come in." Entering the room, I saw Lilith sitting at the table, looking at the book in her hand. "Leader Lilith." Wu Heng saluted. Lilith raised her eyes and glanced, "Come and sit." The room was a bit dark and the curtains were tightly closed. Wu Heng walked in, sat down on a chair opposite, and said, "I heard that Leader Lilith bought a mansion on the island." "It''s nice here. It will be better to live here after buying a house." Lilith said calmly. Wu Heng said: "The people living there are chambers of commerce and dignitaries. I will arrange a suitable residence for you, and I can arrange for people to decorate it later." Lilith said calmly, "The one I bought is pretty good." "You may not know much about the life of wealthy businessmen and powerful people. There are always some dances and night activities, which are not so quiet." Wu Heng changed his approach. Lilith raised her eyebrows, seemingly moved. "I have arranged a more suitable place for you, which is close to the island owner''s palace and more suitable for your identity." Wu Heng said. "You are indeed very rich," Lilith said. "This has nothing to do with money!" Wu Heng was stunned, why did he mention the money, "I will show you the new house." This time, Lilith did not refuse, "You go out first, and I will change my clothes and go out." "good." Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while. The door opened again, and a girl in a loli skirt stepped out, "Let''s go!" "Where''s the old gentleman?" "He went to deal with some things, we can just go." Walking to the door, an umbrella was handed over, "Umbrella." Wu Heng put on his hood and opened his umbrella to block Lilith. The two walked out together. He got on a carriage waiting at the door and rushed towards the arranged mansion. (End of chapter) Chapter 774 , Infinite Ark in the Emerald Sea (Updat Chapter 774, The Infinite Ark in the Emerald Sea (Updated today.) The two of them were sitting in the car, with the noisy streets outside the window. There was a brief silence in the carriage. Lilith was not a talkative person. Wu Heng thought for a moment, took the initiative to find a topic, and said: "The church is closed, and the two 18th-level bishops should leave Hong Kong." At this time, Lilith raised her head slightly, her fair and tender face still expressionless, and her tone was gentle, "I went to the association to find me before, but I didn''t see them." It turns out that I went to the association to find Lilith. "The sealed mouth was untied?" Wu Heng was curious. "Unless Saidu comes back, they alone will have to do this for the rest of their lives." Lilith said with a smile. Saidu is the name of the religious leader. From Lilith''s tone, she felt that this religious leader was quite powerful. "Did they go to headquarters to receive their punishment?" Wu Heng asked next. "When you go to the headquarters, someone will arrange punishment according to the rules." "Is it heavy?" Lilith raised her head and glanced at him, "It''s guaranteed by the Holy See and there''s no substantial loss, so it won''t be heavy." "What a pity." Lilith glanced at him with her beautiful eyes before saying, "So, having backers and power is a necessary condition in any environment." Wu Heng also understood this truth. He belongs to the human race, and the heroes of the human race belong to the Holy See. So there has always been no real backer. Lilith is actually one, but they only have some private correspondence with each other. Of course, now that I am level 19 and the ghosts have reached level 20, I am about to become someone else''s backer. With his current strength, as long as he doesn''t provoke too powerful a target, there is no problem in self-preservation. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. Perhaps, Lilith also felt that she had said too much, and asked curiously: "How many detective stories are there in total?" "There are several unit stories, and there will be several more in succession." Wu Heng said. Lilith looked at him carefully, "At your age, can you have so much energy to solve crimes?" Wu Heng said: "I have rich life experience." Lilith smiled and said nothing more. Wu Heng then asked, "Leader Lilith, also likes to read great detective stories?" "Have a look once in a while to kill time." The carriage walked for a while and then slowly stopped. The two stepped out of the carriage, and Lilith turned her attention to the building in front of her. This place is very close to the Island Lord''s Mansion, and you can see the wall of the Island Lord''s Mansion when you look up. According to the original layout of the island, the island owner''s mansion was the residence of the pirate king, and the row of mansions here were the residences of important members of the fleet. However, after Wu Heng became the owner of the island, the place was not sold. It has been empty until now. Wu Heng introduced: "You will live here first, the city is still expanding, and I will arrange to build a larger mansion for you." She was deliberately separated from the living area mainly to ensure the safety of other people. If there was a dance party next door, if this person was disturbed, the entire party would be silenced. Then the chaos will be huge. Lilith did not speak, but walked straight into the building, Wu Heng followed behind with an umbrella. The layout of the building is relatively simple, not much the same as the mansion in Snowbourne Block, but it occupies a larger area and is wider. There are some weeds growing in the courtyard, and a fruit tree on the left is unusually lush. The two stood in the yard and looked at each other. There was a slight knock on the backyard door behind you. Then, the door opened, and two dwarfs carrying briefcases walked in at a tight pace. He saluted and said, "My lord, the island owner." Then, he looked at the delicate girl under the umbrella, and his eyes narrowed for a moment. The island owner held the umbrella himself. He immediately saluted and said: "Miss" "Miss." He immediately followed with another salute. No matter who you are, there is definitely nothing wrong with saluting first. Wu Heng introduced: "These two are designers on the island. If you have any needs at that time, you can ask them and decorate it together." The two dwarfs still bowed to show their humility. This little girl is indeed a big shot, and the island owner uses her honorific title when speaking. The island owner dares to fight even the prince, and even the princess of the kingdom wants the island owner''s help. This little girl must be above the royal family of the kingdom. Lilith nodded, "Come in with me." Several people entered the room together, and Lilith explained to the two designers according to her own ideas. Wu Heng stood at the door and waited for a while. Lilith came out again with two dwarves. Returning to Wu Heng, he said: "They will arrange the basic decoration. I will arrange some furniture and accessories myself." "I will have people install the lighting and cooling props for you then." "Okay." "Do you want it at the theater where you can watch movies?" "Prepare an extra set of these, I will take them away when the time comes." Lilith said softly. Forehead. Wu Heng explained, "These cannot be used outside. They are all driven by an energy source that only Treasure Island has." Lilith narrowed her eyes at him, looked forward again, and said nothing. Wu Heng said: "Really." At this time, two dwarf designers walked out of the room. He saluted in front of the two of them and said, "Island owner, Miss, the dimensions have been taken. When we get back, we will carry out the work according to the requirements and arrange the furniture and facilities to be brought in." "How long will it take to complete the decoration?" Wu Heng continued to ask. The designer replied, "Three days will be enough." "Hurry up, there may be things that need to be modified later." "Yes, Lord Island Master, let''s go back and prepare first." Wu Heng nodded, and the two turned and left. "Chief, I''ll take you back." Wu Heng still held his umbrella and got back into the carriage with Lilith. Wait for Lilith to be sent back to the dormitory. Wu Heng will take the carriage again and return to the island owner''s mansion. On the carriage, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. In today''s plan, the one most prone to problems is Lilith''s side. It seems that there are not many requirements for housing. It feels that the other party will not live here for a long time and will only serve as a temporary residence on the island. In short, it would be beneficial for Lilith to stay. It would be better if the house stays here and the people are gone. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Minnie helped him take off his coat, shook it on the empty spot, and asked: "Master, is everything going well with Lilith?" "Everything goes well. There will be a decoration team decorating the mansion outside in the next few days. If you have time, go and help take care of it." Wu Heng said. "Okay, let Robbe watch later." Minnie said directly. "No, just take a look sooner or later. There is a decoration team there to supervise the work. Our island master''s mansion occasionally shows up to show that we pay more attention to it." Wu Heng said. Minnie nodded. Robert also breathed a sigh of relief and just showed up to see, it was okay. I chatted with the two maids and asked them to prepare lunch. Wu Heng called the deacon Xila Gui. Telling her about Lilith''s change of house made her feel better. The two chatted for a few more words and hung up the phone. Had lunch. Wu Heng returned to the study, called three ghosts, opened the door, and headed to the zombie world. Walking out of the gate, on the other side is the suite dormitory where you left. After releasing the three ghosts, he walked to the window and looked outside. Among some busy people, old people from the original base can be seen. It seems that Qi Hancai has transferred more people. I stood at the window and waited for a while. Three ghosts flew back. "There is no problem in the armory. The warehouse is closed and the skeletons are guarding it." "Uncle, the missiles are all here too, it''s okay." "Your little girlfriend is managing things well. Everything in the base is normal. There are no problems." The ghosts floated overhead, reporting their respective situations. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go down and take a look, and then arrange a vehicle to upgrade Beni''s level." Go downstairs and go straight to the chief''s office building. Skeleton guards have been arranged at the entrance of the stairs. When I walked up the stairs, I saw the female deputy sitting in her seat. Seeing Wu Heng going upstairs, the female deputy trembled, saluted and said, "Chief." "Is Qi Hancai inside?" "Here, you can just go in." Wu Heng nodded, knocked on the door twice, opened the door and walked in. In the office, Qi Hancai was immersed in some documents. When he heard a knock on the door, he looked up and immediately smiled. "How''s it going?" Wu Heng sat down opposite. Qi Hancai put the document aside, "The heads of each department have been re-appointed, and our people have also been arranged to go in, especially the satellite communications side. I went to see it, and it is indeed clear who I want to find." "So, I almost didn''t survive." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said: "I specifically consulted these people, and I can indeed find the target clearly, but the territory is too big and it is not that simple." "But being watched all the time is very dangerous after all." "That''s true." Qi Hancai nodded, and then said, "All the troops in the base were disbanded. All city defense and armed forces were replaced by skeletons. The disbanded people were dispersed and placed in the transportation team and rescue team. I I plan to send some people to Sister Yahong and enter the factory." "Okay, you can discuss it with Li Yahong." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai glanced at the documents aside and said, "There is one more question." "What''s the problem?" "The living environment in the slum area is too bad. Once there is a fire or chaos, bigger problems may arise. I am considering whether to build more houses in the winter or move the population to the city center like Xinfu City. Then The buildings nearby are all ready-made." Qi Hancai expressed his concerns. The places where refugees live outside are no different from shacks. It''s actually pretty good now, except that there are more mosquitoes. In winter, a large number of people may freeze to death. Therefore, the living environment needs to be changed. Wu Heng said: "We have also cleaned up the urban area. Then let the skeletons check it carefully again. It can also be placed in a community." "I think so too." Qi Hancai nodded. Finished talking about the base. Wu Heng said: "Several technical departments will resume operations as soon as possible, especially satellite launch and control. The skeletons previously arranged will continue to be trained, and they will be given time to teach the basic operations of the skeletons." "Okay, I''ll make arrangements right away." Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai saw that he had finished speaking and said, "Do you know about the girl group?" "You know, the singing and dancing team." "Are there a few members of the original girl group that interest you?" Qi Hancai raised an eyebrow. Wu Heng looked at her sideways, "You think about me so much?" "Interested?" Qi Hancai said directly "Do you have any photos? I really don''t know what the girl group looks like?" Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai came out with the tablet, sat on his lap, and started to pull up the photos inside. Several women, wearing pajamas, making some seductive poses. Wu Heng took a look, he was young and had a good foundation. But in terms of skin condition and temperament, women from other worlds are completely incomparable, not even Qi Hancai, Li Yahong or even Zhao Yanqiu. Nutritional aspects, as well as pharmaceutical aspects, can change a woman''s state. "How about it?" "It''s quite beautiful, but you are enough for me." Wu Heng patted his waist. Qi Hancai smiled and touched his face, "You speak so nicely." Wu Heng continued: "Okay, prepare a car, and I will take the skeleton to clean up the zombies." "Okay." Qi Hancai agreed. After arranging the vehicle, he took out a thick and sturdy touch-tone phone, "With a satellite phone, you no longer need to use the public channel of the radio station." "It''s really convenient." Wu Heng took it and shook it. It still has some weight. "Then I''m leaving. If you need anything, call me." Wu Heng went downstairs, and a truck was already waiting downstairs. Sitting in the passenger seat, a large number of skeletons came from the military camp area to gather. Then, escorted by the skeleton army, they rushed out of the city. Leaving the inner city gate, trucks and skeletons entered a messy, narrow street flanked by shacks. The emaciated survivors scattered back into the shacks, their eyes exposed in the gaps. Some survivors in ragged clothes knelt down along the road, kowtowed to the convoy, and shouted words of thanks. It seems that Qi Hancai''s propaganda is still effective. His reputation should still increase. Leave the base. Leave all the way to the distance. When you get closer to the location on the map, you can see zombies wandering in the distance. Wu Heng put on a mask, changed his appearance and got out of the truck. Skeleton dogs lured monsters, and skeleton spear formations faced the group of corpses. The fierce fighting began, and the remaining souls flew into the sky. Penny rushed forward and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. Amid the violent devouring, Penny''s experience was also rapidly improving. It is estimated that after one or two more operations, the upgrade can be completed. Gradually, the battle ended. Wu Heng commanded the skeletons to clean the battlefield, and he also began to transform the skeletons. Wait until everything is processed. We found a place to stay nearby and returned to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. It rained lightly last night, and the streets in the early morning were filled with heavy moisture. People get up early and go about their business, and the streets gradually become lively. At this time, Bao Lang, who was riding a bicycle, quickly arrived at his fixed intersection. The leader''s newspaper was held high and shouted: "The latest story of the great detective, the highest price of the potion auction is 50,000 gold coins. The hero of this department praised the outstanding people of Treasure Island and bought a mansion on the island..." The busy crowd suddenly stopped, and the whole street seemed to be silent. Today is the latest story of the Great Detective, and you can read a new story again. The story of the 50,000 gold coins at the potion auction has been circulated before. But..., the hero buys a mansion on the island? What''s the news? Is there a hero on the island? Will level 20 heroes appear here? Wow~! The crowd rushed forward to buy newspapers again. Golden Sail Tavern. Newspapers were on sale and a lot of people gathered in the morning. Waiting to hear the latest story of the great detective. After sitting in the seat and waiting for a while, I saw the bard Saban in brocade clothes walking out with a newspaper. "Is Mr. Saban telling stories today?" "I love nothing more than listening to Mr. Saban tell stories." Everyone was talking in low voices. "Good morning, everyone." Saban came on stage with a smile and full of energy. "I know that everyone who came here early in the morning wanted to hear the great detective story, but before telling the story, we should read the news in the newspaper first, especially the most important one in the middle." Saban said, and there was a buzz in the audience. "When I came here, I heard that there were heroes coming to the island." "It seems I still bought a house." "Mr. Saban, please tell me if it really has anything to do with heroes." "Yeah, we haven''t met the hero yet." While the audience was talking about it, Saban tapped the table. Taking a deep breath, he said slowly: "It has been confirmed that the leader of Lilith has settled on Treasure Island and will work together to ensure the safety of the island." Everyone in the audience was stunned. "Who is Lilith?" "The leader of the association headquarters, you don''t even know this." "Have all the level 20 heroes come to live on the island?" "Oh my God, is Treasure Island so powerful?" Inside the association dormitory. Lilith was reading the newspaper in her hand, and her eyelids twitched when she saw the huge headline in the middle, "Head of the headquarters moves into Treasure Island and builds a supreme ark in the Emerald Sea." At this time, I really dont suffer at all. Yesterday I gave a house as a gift, and today I used myself to advertise for real estate on the island. As a hero, you have to be responsible for the safety of the island, right? The old man''s entourage stood aside and said with a smile, "The owner of Wuheng Island does have a unique business acumen." Lilith threw the newspaper aside, "Childish." (End of chapter) Chapter 775 , level 20 Chapter 775, Level 20 Deacon''s study. Sheila Gui held the phone and her tone was full of seriousness, "You are crazy, using Leader Lilith to advertise!" Wu Heng''s voice came from the other side of the phone, "I only said that the leader settled on the island, and didn''t say anything else." "Have you discussed this matter with Leader Lilith?" "No." Sheila Gui covered her forehead and said, "You are finished. I can''t save you. Your mouth will also be sealed by then. What will you do?" "No way. There was a vague mention in the newspaper that my mouth should be sealed. It''s so cruel." Wu Heng''s voice also became much louder. "I''ll find a sign language teacher for you. It shouldn''t be difficult to learn." "Damn it, you don''t have to think about it so comprehensively. I don''t think it''s that serious." Wu Heng continued. Sheila Gui took a deep breath and said: "Things have happened, it depends on what Leader Lilith thinks." "If the leader is really angry, I will apologize then." Wu Heng continued. Sheela Gui had no good solution, so she could only say: "Let''s look at the situation first!" After the two of them finished speaking, they hung up the phone. Shi Yali tilted her chin at the side and said, "Whatever you do to be so angry, I don''t think it''s anything." Silla rolled her eyes at her sister, "You have been brainwashed by him, and you feel fine no matter what he does." "Isn''t it? The entire Treasure Island is managed well by him, and living there is more comfortable than the elves." Shi Yali said with a smile. Sheela curled her lips, said nothing, and returned to her seat to sit down. The island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng put down the phone and sat back on the sofa. The newspaper published the content of Lilith settling on the island, which was something that had been planned before. The purpose is also very simple, to convey some signals to the outside world. When a leader settles in a place, he must be very satisfied with the comprehensive conditions here. This is exactly what Treasure Island needs. Not only did they increase publicity on the island and sell houses to the rich and powerful at high prices, but more importantly, they also engaged in some high-level professionals and cults who had enmity with themselves. If the Holy See builds a church on the island, it can reduce the number of wanted criminals coming to the island. The hero settled on the island, enough to scare more people. This also prevents me from worrying about the safety of the island every time I go out. Another point is the Holy See. The closer the connection between Lilith and Treasure Island is, it also sends a signal to the Holy See. When the leader of the Holy See comes back and wants to deal with him, he must also consider Lilith''s side. Thinking about it, he was also unlucky. He had to guard against cults and enemies in the front, and he also had to guard against sneak attacks from the Holy See in the back. The profession of Necromancer is so stressful. After sitting in the living room for a while, it was calm and Lilith didn''t arrange for anyone to come find her. There seems to be no problem. He stood up, stretched out, and said, "Minnie, I went upstairs. If anyone comes looking for me, just tell me I''m out." "Good master." Minnie answered from the other side. Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the study. After the three ghosts returned, they checked out the situation outside and confirmed that there was really no problem. Let the ghost come back and open the door to the zombie world. Zombie world. He walked out of the gate and released the three ghosts from his body. We walked outside together and chatted casually. "Sister Beini, are you almost level 20?" Xiaoxiao asked. Beni said: "I heard from Wu Heng that it should be soon. It feels like it will be almost the same in the past two days." "Uncle, are you about to upgrade?" Xiaoxiao lay on Wu Heng''s shoulder. Wu Heng glanced at Beini''s panel and said, "It''s almost time. Nu Ni will be almost done today." "Sister Beni is level 20, our team has grown again." Xiao Xiao cheered. "Yes, I will be 18 levels short of you by then." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao flew aside, turned his head and said, "Uncle is also level 19, and he still talks about me." One person and three souls chatted and walked outside together. Wu Heng got on the co-pilot of the truck and directly ordered, "Keep moving forward." The vehicle started, and the skeleton army followed suit. After driving for some distance. Corpses began to appear again in the distance. The skeleton dog ran over to attract the zombies, and the zombies rushed towards them and collided with the skeleton spear array. The sound of fighting echoed across the sky. Ghosts one after another slowly rose from the ground. Penny didn''t waste any time, flew up and started to devour the remaining souls in the sky. Time passes. At this time, the sky had completely darkened, and the entire area was shrouded in darkness. Only the blue firelight in the skull''s eye sockets was flickering. A fierce fight was still going on outside the car. Since Beni was about to upgrade and her speed was also increasing, Wu Heng didn''t even have time to eat and kept moving forward to clean up zombies along the way. This is already the third wave of corpses cleared today. Beni is also constantly devouring the remaining souls, but until now, there is no upgrade prompt. Wu Heng just wanted to open the Beini panel and take a look. The system prompts suddenly rang in my ears. [The ghost has been upgraded to level 20, with agility +5, intelligence +3, perception +4, and charm +3.] [Unlocked features: Legendary Heroic Spirit. [Unlocked features: legendary invisibility, legendary possession. [Unlocked ability: mental push. After hearing the prompt, Wu Heng was also happy. Looking forward in the air, I saw that Penny''s figure was still shuttled between the remaining souls, and her speed was even faster. Beini also felt her improvement and flew back from a distance with a somewhat excited tone, "Wu Heng, I seem to have been upgraded." Wu Heng nodded, "Congratulations, Beni, you will be level 20 from now on." There was unconcealable excitement in Penny''s eyes. Level 20 is a level that only appears in stories in taverns. I can actually reach this level one day. The same level as those superior leaders. Although he was excited in his heart, he still managed to smile, "Thank you Wu Heng, thank you Mrs. Glenda, Xiaoxiao." "That''s great, I also want to reach level 20." Xiao Xiao muttered. Beni smiled and said, "When you unlock the unfinished business, you can reach level 20." "I don''t know what this is now." Xiaoxiao pouted. Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay, take your time." "I''m not in a hurry, uncle can''t level up either." "Thank you for staying with me." "Who is the best between us?" Wu Heng pointed to the remaining souls in the sky, "Swallow up the rest, and then go back and rest." All three ghosts flew out and began to devour the remaining souls in the sky. Wu Heng opened Beini''s attributes and took a look. Heroic Spirit [Level: 20] [Attributes: Agility 50, Constitution 34, Intelligence 41, Perception 45, Charisma 38.] [Characteristics: Legendary Heroic Spirit, Legendary Invisibility, Legendary Possession, and Telekinesis Propulsion. [Ability: Spiritual Vision. After reading the attributes, he frowned slightly. He opened Glenda''s level 20 attributes again and checked them. When Glenda reaches level 20, her telekinesis push becomes legendary telekinesis control, while Beni only unlocks telekinesis push when she reaches level 20. In terms of abilities, she also lacks the body-stealing ability compared to Glenda. It seems that there is not as much improvement as Glenda. Think about it carefully. In fact, it''s not a big problem, as long as it reaches level 20 and its attributes can suppress the enemy. The simplest and most efficient way for ghosts to kill people is to possess them and kill them. Legendary Possession and Legendary Invisibility are enough. Now that Beni has been promoted to level 20, she is just one step behind. Next, we have to find ways to solve the small unfinished business. The three ghosts devoured the remaining souls, and there were not many zombies fighting below. Wu Heng directly ordered the skeleton army to move forward and kill the remaining zombies along the way. Then, it was the usual cleaning work. Wu Heng collected corpse cores and released the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] to transform all zombies into skeletons. Wait until everything is taken care of. I still found a house on the roadside, opened the gate and returned to rest. Back at Treasure Island, it was already dark. After a simple wash, he went downstairs and asked the skeleton chef to prepare some midnight snacks. In order to upgrade Penny, she didnt even have lunch. While eating, I was thinking randomly. Now I am level 19, three ghosts, two are level 20, and one is level 18. On the other side of the world, it can already be regarded as a force that cannot be underestimated. But now it seems that the level of his Skeleton Attendant is a bit lower. Kaxiu is an 18th level boxer, and Kerimu is only level 17 although he has the blessing of the evil sword and his ability to kill enemies is not low. "The Corpse King still needs to speed up." After dinner, Wu Heng carefully returned to the bedroom. Rest in bed. (End of chapter) Chapter 776 , Angry Lilith Chapter 776, Angry Lilith The next day, the port. Wu Heng took Anderweil and several skeletons onto the Star Flower cargo ship. When the wood elf representative saw several people boarding the boat, he quickly walked over and saluted, "My lord, Miss Underweil." "Has the potion arrived?" "The potion is on this ship, and the other two ships carry the food ordered by the island." The wood elf said. "Weier, go check the food and have it moved to the warehouse." "Yes, sir." Anderweil nodded, and took her skeleton attendants to board another ship through the hatch board. Wu Heng followed the wood elf representative and continued to the cabin. In the dim cabin, there are wooden boxes that are fixed and neatly stacked. The wood elf representative waved his hand, and immediately a crew member opened the wooden box, revealing the medicine bottle inside. "Island owner, the goods you ordered are all here. When using them, just add water according to the measured amount and then water them." Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeleton alchemist who came behind him, "Pick out a few bottles to check." The skeleton alchemist stepped forward to inspect. Wu Heng then asked: "What do the elders think about the formula?" The wood elf was a little embarrassed, "I just said that we are still discussing." Still discussing. It feels like I am dragging myself down. Wu Heng said: "Speak to the elders and speak out directly if you have any concerns. After all, the cooperation between us has always been good." Compared to buying finished potions, Wu Heng prefers to buy the formula. By then mass production will be much easier to use than chemical fertilizers, and the food problem in the zombie world may be solved by then. It also saves you from transporting supplies back and forth yourself. The wood elf said: "I will write a letter to the elder personally, but the result depends on the clan''s plan." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. The skeleton who checked the potions also came back, and the potions that were randomly checked were put back, which meant that there was no problem. Wu Heng put all the potions into the space sachet and said: "For the final payment, you can go to the city hall to settle as usual." "Understood, sir." The wood elf nodded. Walked out of the cabin and waited on the deck for a while. Andweier also came back and said that there was no problem with the food there, and arranged for workers to move the food. The goods have been confirmed. Wu Heng and Anderweier got off the cargo ship together and took a carriage back to the central area. On the carriage, Wu Heng asked: "Weier, is there any news about the livestock and animals you ordered?" "I have contacted several companies that placed orders before, and we can deliver them in the next few days," Anderweil said. "When it''s time, tell me." "Okay, Master." Andweier smiled. Wu Heng said with a smile, "With Weier taking care of it, everything will be in order." "Master is teasing me again." Anderweil pressed against his palm, coquettishly. The carriage stopped in the central area, Anderweil got off and returned to the city hall. Wu Heng continued to the island owner''s mansion. The carriage stopped outside the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng got out of the car and saw workers coming in and out of the mansion in the distance. I walked over and looked inside along the door, and saw the old man and the petite Lilith standing under the tree. The old man is still wearing a straight suit, like a straight pillar, holding a black parasol in his hand, and underneath is Lilith in a princess dress. Wu Heng looked over, and the two people under the tree also looked sideways. "Leader Lilith." Wu Heng greeted softly. Lilith raised her eyes slightly, but didn''t respond. The old man seemed to have seen Lilith''s gaze. He looked at Wu Heng again and handed over the parasol. "The master of Wu Heng Island came just in time. I have something to deal with here. Please wait here with me for a while." Wu Heng took the parasol, stood behind, and continued to hold the umbrella for Lilith. "Is the leader still adapting to the island?" "There''s a new movie coming out soon. I''ll send the carriage to pick up the leader when the time comes." "Did you drink the potion? The effect of the potion is quite obvious." Wu Heng found several topics in succession, but Lilith still stood where she was. There was no thought of talking to myself, and I couldn''t even move. He just stared straight at the busy workers in front of him. The workers were frightened, sweating profusely, and worked extremely quickly. Wu Heng also felt the pressure. It''s over. So angry. The only leader who had a good relationship with him was even annoyed by him. "Didn''t the leader want to leave with some equipment from Treasure Island last time?" Wu Heng said suddenly. Lilith tilted her head slightly and still said nothing. "There is definitely no way to take away the equipment at home." Lilith turned her head back. "But I have a special... handsome weapon that I plan to give to you. I''m sure you haven''t seen it before." Wu Heng said immediately. "Please, chief, let''s go take a look and give me a chance to correct my mistakes." Lilith pondered for a moment, then took steps towards the outside. Walk out of the gate and come to an empty street on the side of the Island Lord''s Mansion. There was no one around, only some patrolling skeletons passing by. Wu Heng took out a black motorcycle from the space ring, patted the body, and introduced: "Treasure Island''s latest vehicle, and it will not be sold to the outside world in a short time." Lilith frowned and glanced at the motorcycle standing in front. There are bicycles for sale on the island, so its not surprising that the two wheels can be moved. But what''s in front of me... is a little different. "Let me demonstrate it to you." Wu Heng sat on it. As soon as the accelerator was turned, a buzzing sound suddenly erupted. Lilith''s eyes also suddenly condensed, and the hem of her skirt was slightly lifted by the air current. Then, Wu Heng rode back with another buzzing sound and stopped in front of her. "Come up and try, I''ll teach you." Wu Heng got out of the car. Reach out to indicate. Lilith''s eyes were full of surprise and curiosity. She glanced at the other person, then took his hand and sat in the car. With just two legs, no matter how hard I try, I can''t reach the ground. Lilith looked down and saw Wu Heng holding back his laughter. His body gradually grew bigger, from a petite **** to a long-haired lady. The skirt on her body also turned into a short skirt, revealing her white calves. It was indeed Lilith from Memory Fragments. After so many years, the appearance has not changed at all. "What''s next?" Lilith said coldly. The voice also changed from that of a cold girl to extremely textured. "I''m telling you, don''t move yet." Wu Heng began to tell her about the accelerator, brake, and how to control it. Then, let her slowly turn the throttle. "Slow down, get used to it first." The motorcycle began to move forward slowly, and Wu Heng followed, helping to hold the motorcycle and slowly circle in the open space. After walking around for a few times, I slowly became familiar with it. The speed also gradually increased rapidly, traveling quickly on the road. The hem of the skirt was unnaturally hanging down, and the picture I wanted to see did not appear. After riding for a while, Lilith turned over and got off. She shrunk in size and returned to her **** appearance, then put the motorcycle away. Then he walked back without looking back. Wu Heng immediately opened an umbrella and quickened his pace, "Don''t like the color? If black doesn''t work, you can change it to other colors." Lilith quickened her pace again angrily. "You can also change it to a pink one. It will definitely look the most beautiful when you ride it out." "That''s all I have. I''ll give you all the good stuff. I promised not to be angry." Wu Heng chased after him, mumbling. Lilith stopped suddenly, stretched out her finger, and pointed at his mouth. Wu Heng grabbed the other person''s finger and said, "No more, no more." Return to the mansion. After standing under the tree again and waiting for a while, the old man returned in a carriage. Take the parasol and return to the association with Lilith. The carriage left, the curtain of the carriage was opened, and he looked over. Wu Heng waved goodbye to her. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng said a few words to the maids before heading to the zombie world. Penny has reached level 20, so there is no need to stay here anymore. The rest of the cleaning work can be left directly to the skeletons. Walking out of the building, while organizing the skeletons to prepare for retreat, he took out his satellite phone and contacted Qi Hancai. Soon, the call was answered, "Hey, tell me." Wu Heng said: "I have to go to Shanfu Port first, and then arrange a flight. I will return to Xinfu City tomorrow." Qi Hancai said: "Okay, I will make arrangements now. There are still people stationed at Shanbu Port. You can go directly." "Um." Hang up. Wu Heng got on the truck and, escorted by the skeleton army, returned directly to Shanbu Port. The sky was dark. The convoy and the skeleton army arrived near Shanbu Port. The heavy door opened, revealing the corpse king huddled inside. "Still level 19." Glenda inspected the Corpse King and said. The corpse king''s body had swelled, and his limbs were frighteningly strong. Even the chains tied to his body left deep marks on his muscles. Like a steamed bun that swelled up after being tied up. The Corpse King suddenly raised his head and looked at this side fiercely. He didn''t scream or struggle, he just looked at it. Wu Heng didn''t say much and directly released the [Mansion Technique]. The stone door opened, revealing the electromagnetic gun behind it and the remaining empty space. "Drag it in." Wu Heng ordered. The skeleton immediately grabbed the chain and pushed it into the mansion. At this time, the Corpse King began to struggle violently, and the chains creaked as they collapsed. After being dragged into the mansion, Wu Heng thought, and thick iron plates on all sides immediately appeared out of thin air. The corpse king was tightly wrapped inside, leaving only the ferocious roaring head. Then, forts appeared out of thin air around the iron plate. The densely packed machine guns were loaded and aimed at the corpse king in the middle. The Corpse King looked suffocated and closed his mouth. (End of chapter) Chapter 777 , returned to Xinfu City (an update toda Chapter 777, Return to Xinfu City (Updated today, I cant hold it back anymore.) I saw the Corpse King showing fear because of the machine cannon. Wu Heng was also a little surprised. It seems that with the feeding of corpse cores, the corpse king''s intelligence is getting higher and higher. You may not know the machine gun, but you should know that it is a weapon that can kill it, so you can keep quiet to avoid irritating yourself. No, this corpse king may not have seen a machine gun before. The South Korean rescue team arranged for the army to storm the place where it was captured, and they must have used corresponding modern weapons. Maybe he knew the power of the weapon and chose to stay quiet. Either way, it proves that the corpse king''s intelligence is increasing. I dont know if it will eventually evolve to have intelligence that is not weaker than that of humans. By then, will they also belong to a new race? Like various strange races in another world. Various thoughts flashed through his mind, and the guarding skeleton also entered the mansion technique and guarded the surroundings of the Corpse King. After confirming that there were no problems, he directly turned off the mansion technique. All processed. Wu Heng walked outside, Xiao Xiao floating to one side, "Uncle, are we going back to Xinfu City?" "Flight back tomorrow morning." "Oh, I have to go and talk to my mother first then." Xiaoxiao said. "good." Returning to the Sanbu Port base, there are still people stationed here. After Wu Heng returned, the skeleton army went to the location where the army was stationed. After explaining a few words to the person in charge of the station, he returned to his bedroom. Return to Treasure Island. It was getting dark again. When I came back these days, it was already dark, and the maids also went back to their rooms to rest. Wu Heng ate something, took a bath in the bathroom, wiped his hair, and returned to the study. Glenda is reading a book, and Penny has unlocked telekinesis and can control the stylus to play movies on the tablet. "Where''s Xiaoxiao?" Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea. "Going to play with her friends." Penny said. Wu Heng sat aside, drinking tea and frowning and asked: "What industry does her friend belong to? Why can he still hang out with her so late?" The other two ghosts were stunned. "How about I go with you tomorrow to take a look, so as not to bring the child down?" Glenda said. "It''s not good. I have time to ask Beni, what are you doing at night?" Wu Heng said directly. Penny also nodded, "Okay, I''ll ask when I have time tomorrow." Wu Heng continued: "Benny, after level 20, ghosts can try to learn some skills. There are spells from the necromantic faction on the bookshelf. You can take a look when you have time." "Really? I can also learn spells." Penny said with a smile. "Theoretically, it''s possible." Wu Heng said, glancing at Granda who was reading a book. Glenda noticed the other party''s gaze and said to Penny: "It''s possible according to Wu Heng''s theory. I haven''t learned any of it until now." Penny looked a little flinched, "Mrs. Glenda didn''t even learn it. It''s even harder for me." In terms of attributes, Glenda has higher intelligence, while Penny has higher agility. Moreover, Glenda was born well and read various books at home during her lifetime. Although Penny was literate but worked in a tavern, there was still a big difference. "Just take a look, there''s plenty of time anyway." "That''s right." Penny nodded. "You guys get busy, I''m going back to rest." Wu Heng drank all the water in the cup, stood up and stretched. "Good night." "Go to bed early." Wu Heng nodded, walked out of the study and went back to the bedroom to rest. I lay on the bed and waited for a while, then fell asleep. the next day. After breakfast, I listened to the maids report on the situation on the island. Wu Heng went upstairs to the zombie world. There was no **** of skeletons, but he got on the truck and headed all the way to the Korean General Rescue Team base. A room in the base. Wu Heng said to Qi Hancai: "I took away the corpse king of Shanfu Port." "It''s quite dangerous. I think it''s better to kill him." Qi Hancai was still a little cautious. There are reports of zombie research in some large shelters. But with a corpse king locked up, fed with corpse cores every day and waiting to evolve, I''m afraid he''s the only one on his side. I can''t figure out a new monster. "Don''t worry, it''s okay." Wu Heng said comfortingly. Qi Hancai said no more. He took out two generous satellite phones from his backpack and said, "The satellite phones are for Li Yahong and Gao Rong. If you need anything, you can call them." Domestically, several bases have already connected telephone lines. However, the only way to communicate with Qi Hancai was by radio. The problem with radio is that everyone can enter the frequency band and hear the message, just like a chat group. Nowadays, with satellite phones, you can also say some secret things. Wu Heng put away the satellite phone and continued, "I''ll leave it to you to handle. Be careful about everything." "Aren''t you coming back?" Qi Hancai raised his head, his eyes full of reluctance. Wu Heng patted his leg gently, and after Qi Hancai sat in his arms, he said: "There is a plane, and the round trip only takes three or four hours. If you miss me, just fly here." Qi Hancai pouted, "It makes it look like a long-distance relationship." "How about you come back with me? Just be a little daughter-in-law?" Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai''s chest puffed up, "I don''t want to be raised by others every day. I have a group of brothers under me." "Look." "Okay, I''m just afraid that I''ll miss you, so I''ll take a plane to find you." Qi Hancai said with a smile. Not long after, the sound of the plane being ready came over the intercom. Wu Heng also went downstairs with Qi Hancai. Walked downstairs. After waving goodbye, Wu Heng got on the plane directly. After waiting in the plane for a while, Xiaoxiao flew back and said, "Uncle, you''re already on the plane." "Did you say goodbye to your mother?" "Well, that''s it." Xiaoxiao nodded. Wu Heng said with a smile, "Let''s go there first. If we stay there for a long time, we will take your mother over." "Okay." Xiaoxiao smiled. With the three ghosts by his side, Wu Heng said directly to the front: "It''s time to take off, go to Yangtong City Airport." The plane started to start, and with a slight tremor, it flew into the sky. About three and a half hours away. The plane landed at Yangtong Airport. Wu Heng continued to ride the Skeleton Flying Dragon and went directly to the arsenal. The flying dragon fell from the sky and instantly stirred up a cloud of smoke and dust. Wu Heng turned over and jumped off the dragon''s back, walking directly to the office building on one side. At the same time, he took out the walkie-talkie and called Gao Rong. As soon as he reached the door, Gao Rong walked out. "Chief!" Gao Rong saluted. Wu Heng nodded and said, "How many finished cannons have been produced?" "In terms of quantity, there should be 72 finished products." Gao Rong replied. "Take me there." "Chief, please come this way..." Gao Rong led the way, followed by Wu Heng towards the warehouse. On the way, Gao Rong also talked about the progress of the base during this period. Wu Heng didn''t say much, but he could also tell that since the last time he came back, there had been basically no breakthroughs or progress. The significant developments are also the increments of previously developed devices. Arriving all the way to the warehouse where the cannons are stored, the door opened, revealing wooden boxes containing brand new double-barreled cannons. Gao Rong said: "It only needs to be assembled and it can be used normally." "Is it difficult to assemble?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s not difficult. The gun body is all assembled. You just need to connect the bracket and the ammunition chain." Gao Rong explained. Wu Heng nodded, put away all the cannons, and then said, "Take me to the ammunition warehouse to have a look." Gao Rong continued to lead the way to the warehouse where ammunition was stored, and various types of bullets and artillery shells appeared in front of him. Wu Heng didn''t say much and just put it away. At the same time, he handed the satellite phone to him and said, "This is a satellite phone. If you have important matters, you can contact me or other bases by phone." Gao Rong held it in his hand and said, "I know the leader." "Is the train at the station? Take me to Xinfu City." "I''ll make arrangements now." Wu Heng took an off-road vehicle and continued to the station, rushing to Xinfu City. On the train. There was a roaring noise in my ears. Wu Heng took out the meatloaf that Minnie had prepared for him in the morning and ate it while lying on a chair. "I went to several research labs and the people there just weren''t as motivated as they were before," Granda said. Penny also said, "It''s the same here, it seems quite relaxed." "Let me take a look." Wu Heng said directly. The ghost entered the body and the scene was shared. In the research room, the equipment was roaring, but no one was at their posts, chatting and drinking tea, and some people were even having sex. No wonder Gao Rong''s report made little progress during this period. It seems that life is getting better, and I have started to fish out of fashion again. After reading it, Wu Heng released the ghost. "Are you a little slack?" Granda said. "It seems that life at the military factory is so good that they should reduce some personnel and supplies." Wu Heng said. When this base was first built, the situation was very different from today''s situation. At that time, everyone was working hard. If you continue to explain things, you will have results within a few days. Of course, Wu Heng was also at the military factory at that time, and no one dared to be too lazy. Although Wu Heng also understands the matter of fishing at work. But now is not that time. People outside are responsible for dangerous and physical work, and military factories also have their own tasks. High-quality resources are provided to you, not just for you to be lazy in the office. "Just arranging work is not enough. It will still be like this after a long time. You can learn from the association''s model and arrange one or two inspections or business ratings." Granda suggested. "You can indeed consider it." Wu Heng nodded. At three o''clock in the afternoon, the train arrived in Xinfu City. Continue on the off-road vehicle to the downtown office building. Unlike other locations, Xinfu City is more like the city it was before. People''s clothing was no different from before the end of the world. Some people chatted with each other and had smiles on their faces. Wu Heng walked into the central office building. In the lobby building, survivors lined up in a long line, signing and receiving cans in front of a wooden table. Wu Heng stood behind the crowd and took a look, then continued walking upstairs. When he arrived at the office, he knocked lightly on the door, opened the door and walked in. In the office, Li Yahong sat at her desk and looked up at the door. She frowned and looked him up and down, "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng took off his mask and revealed his original face, "You don''t even recognize me now, right?" When Li Yahong saw him, her eyes suddenly lit up and she rolled her eyes at him angrily, "Wear a mask, who knows who you are." "Now I am careful when I go out so as not to be discovered." Wu Heng sat down opposite. "You''re not a big star, yet you''re still cautious." "Really." Wu Heng continued to tell what happened in South Korea. Hearing that South Korea was going to hit him with missiles, Wu Heng destroyed the opponent''s base in one night. Li Yahong''s mouth was open with surprise and disbelief on her face. After a while, he said: "I''ll go, your side is so fierce, just use missiles in the fight." "Yes, so my whereabouts are kept secret as much as possible." Li Yahong also nodded seriously, "Well, don''t bring the missile over either." "Ruthless woman." Li Yahong smiled and continued, "The main desk hasn''t sent the talisman books over yet." "They really treat it like a treasure." Li Yahong also asked seriously, "Does the talisman tube work?" "It''s no use if you''re talking about that book!" "Where''s the talisman?" "How should I put it? It can give me some psychological comfort. After all, it can give me some sustenance." Wu Heng said with a smile. The effect of the talisman is too small, and it really has no effect. It''s more like a kind of psychological safety, similar to praying. Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him and said, "You must have done it on purpose. I guess the people at the main station are researching like crazy, looking for the purpose of this book." "I''m just interested, who knew they thought so much." Wu Heng said with a shrug. The two talked about the situation, and Li Yahong then asked: "What are the plans next? I can prepare in advance." Wu Heng said: "I have brought a medicine to induce food growth, as well as some purchased food, just for you." Li Yahong looked delighted, "Really, that''s great." "Let''s go and prepare a warehouse for me." "good!" The two stood up and walked out together. Wu Heng first took out boxes of medicines and placed them in a warehouse. At the same time, he wrote down the usage instructions on paper for Li Yahong. Then, Li Yahong arranged for people to carry it. Wu Heng continued to the warehouse next door and directed the skeletons to transport the food from the warehouse in another world. After everything is taken care of, leave this place to Li Yahong and return to the dormitory. the next day. Three trucks were speeding down the road. The motorcade slowly slowed down as it approached the Xinfu City Prison. The motorcade stopped at the gate of the prison, and Wu Heng and Li Yahong got out of the car. "I miss this place a little bit." Li Yahong said suddenly. This place used to be their base, and they were snatched from prison criminals. The number of skeletons was not large at that time, and they suffered a lot of losses when they attacked here. Now there are no survivors here, only a group of skeletons are left to guard them. "Let''s go in and take a look." Wu Heng led Li Yahong and others forward. He approached the gate and shouted to the wall to open the door. The heavy iron door was slowly opened. Wu Heng walked in directly. The interior is still tidy, with a large number of skeletons holding spears on one side, and a huge black-haired giant spider can be seen among them. There were densely packed little spiders on his back. "You go check the vehicle first, and I''ll go in and take a look." Wu Heng said. Li Yahong nodded and directed the vehicle to drive through the gate for inspection. Wu Heng walked directly into a prison and activated the mansion technique. "Drag the Corpse King out." (End of chapter) Chapter 778 , the investigation team seems to be fig Chapter 778, the investigation team seems to be fighting (first update today.) The corpse king in the mansion technique was dragged outwards by the skeleton. The moment he was dragged out of the mansion''s stone door, the iron plate wrapped around his body disappeared, leaving only circles of wrapped chains. The iron plate disappeared, and the Corpse King seemed to see hope. He suddenly rose up and began to struggle violently, throwing the skeleton who had unchained it in all directions. It crashed against the surrounding walls. The skeletons quickly stood up, carrying axes, and rushed over to chop them. The Corpse King was still bound by the iron chain and could not even take a single step. In the blink of an eye, he was slashed by the skeleton and fell to the ground, letting out an angry roar. After being hit with more than ten axes in succession, the Corpse King calmed down and was dragged **** into a single cell in the prison. The single room was about twenty square meters, and all the supplies and utensils inside had been cleared out. The Corpse King was thrown in the middle, and the skeleton followed him in, continuing to guard closely. Wu Heng took out the corpse core and handed it to the skeleton, "Continue to feed it the corpse core." The skeleton took it, took one out of the plastic bag, and stuffed it into the corpse king''s mouth. "Close the door." Wu Heng exited the single room and said directly. The iron door is closed, and the scene inside is isolated from the outside. Unlike the iron bars of prisons in other worlds, prisons in the modern world have solid iron doors. There is a narrow horizontal viewing opening in the middle. When you open the viewing opening, you can see the scene inside. The degree of firmness should be safer. After the corpse king is processed. Wu Heng took the skeleton with him and walked around several prison areas along the road. The prison is divided into different prison areas. Each prison area has more than a dozen cells of different types, and the cells are divided into single rooms and multi-person rooms. Wu Heng is not sure what kind of criminals live with multiple people and what kind of criminals live alone. What I am thinking about may be whether they are serious criminals or ordinary criminals. After opening each prison building and taking a look, I had a rough idea in my mind. After walking out of the prison area, he used the satellite phone to call Li Yahong over. At the same time, he also called in electrician skeletons and welding skeletons. Inside the office. Wu Heng took a map of the prison area and explained the transformation plan to several technical workers. After the explanation is completed, let them go down and prepare, ready to start work at any time. After the technician skeleton left, Wu Heng looked at Li Yahong again. "What do I need to do?" Li Yahong asked. Wu Heng said: "You will arrange for people to deliver the materials needed for the skeleton work when the time comes. The personnel will be reliable and able to keep secrets." "Don''t worry, the clay doll you gave me is still there. I can find out whoever talks nonsense." Li Yahong said directly. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "Are there many cameras in the warehouse?" "Quite a lot." Li Yahong said. "Bring some here and let the skeletons install one in each cell. It will be easier to observe when the time comes." "Okay." Li Yahong agreed, and then added, "By the way, do you need a smart home? Electric curtains, sweeping robots, etc. I got a lot of these and put them in the warehouse to gather dust." "It''s okay to bring some. I''ll also experience smart life." Wu Heng said. Li Yahong nodded and continued, "Aren''t you going back with me? Just let the skeletons do the work here." "I won''t go back now, so as not to waste time on the road." Seeing that he had already thought about it, Li Yahong continued to talk, stood up and said, "Let''s go to your dormitory to help you clean up. Maoli is so frizzy and doesn''t look like a leader at all." Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulders and walked out together, "You are the best." "You have a smooth tongue. I don''t know who I learned it from." The two went upstairs, and Li Yahong helped tidy up the room that had not been occupied for a long time. Until the afternoon, Wu Heng stood in front of the gate and waved goodbye, and Li Yahong gradually drove away with the motorcade. Wait until there is no trace. Wu Heng returned to the prison and asked the skeleton to close the door tightly. In the following time, Wu Heng rearranged the defense of the entire prison. Machine guns and cannons were added to each wall, with some facing the outside to defend against enemies and the other facing inside in preparation for cultivating corpse cores in the future. Stay with the skeletons until near dusk. Only then did he let the skeleton continue working while he returned to the dormitory and continued to return to Treasure Island through the dormitory. Come downstairs. Minnie and Robert were directing the skeletons and collecting quilts that were drying in the courtyard. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, he immediately said: "Master, wait a moment, dinner will be ready soon." "Well, has anything happened on the island these two days?" Wu Heng sat down on the sofa. Robert ran over immediately and brought a cup of tea. Minnie said: "There is nothing going on on the island, but in the morning sister Shanara sent news via the radio." Shannella? Since the auction ended, Wu Heng has not contacted Shanara for a while. This time I took the initiative to contact myself. What happened to Netalei City? I havent seen Shanara for a while, but I still have some thoughts in my heart. "I''ll go upstairs and take a look." Wu Heng said. Minnie continued, "Master, is there anything you want to eat? I''ll ask the chef to add a few more dishes." "There''s nothing you want to eat, just make arrangements." "Good master." Go all the way upstairs and directly into the radio room. I looked at the record books in front of each radio station one by one. Except for Philippa''s side who left some complaints, only Shannella''s side left messages. Wu Heng picked up the microphone and tried to say: "Shanara, can you hear me?" Soon, Shanara''s voice came from the other side, "I''m here, why weren''t you here this morning?" "I went out to do some errands and just came back. How are you doing there?" Wu Heng explained and asked directly. "Everything is fine. I just accompany the fifth princess to deal with some things every day." After a slight pause, Shanara then asked, "The association''s investigation team seems to have made some progress. Do you have any information over there?" Wu Heng said: "Treasure Island is a bit far away from there. If there is news, it cannot be transmitted here immediately, and the investigation team may not disclose any information to me." Shannara said in a serious tone, "Withdrawing a group of resident association members from the direction of the Kingdom. There are rumors that our investigation team, sects, and some hostile forces have taken action." Take action! Wu Heng''s eyes also condensed. "Is the news reliable?" "Not sure, it''s just some gossip, but judging from the actions of the association in Netale City, there is a possibility of this. ''Brittany'' asked me to ask you if you have any information." Shanara Said. Wu Heng''s brows were still frowning. In terms of time, the investigation team should have also come into contact with some forces within the kingdom. However, if there is a real fight, there is really no way for me to receive news. The only leader of the Flying Fish Pirate Group who was arranged to enter was also in a state of letting go, and he never paid much attention. Moreover, there are sects lurking there, so it is difficult to convey any news. "Where is Brittany with you?" Wu Heng asked. Brittany is the fifth princess and is now responsible for managing Netale City. "No, if there are any arrangements, I will convey them to her later." Shanara said. Wu Heng continued, "I have also received some news here. The main thing depends on whether you can get any useful information." "Isn''t Leader Lilith on the island? She is responsible for the association''s intelligence, so there should be some news!" Shanara suddenly mentioned. "Lilith..." Wu Heng suddenly hesitated. Hearing that the tone here was wrong, Shanara asked doubtfully: "What, she left the island?" "You''re still on the island, but you''ve been angry with me recently." Wu Heng told what happened here. Although the motorcycle was given away, the other party still looked angry. Wu Heng felt like he was giving away his motorcycle for free. Shanara was a little speechless, "You should be the first one who dares to promote the leader like this." "Didn''t you tell me to expand the publicity of Treasure Island?" "Don''t talk nonsense. I didn''t let you just use the leader as propaganda." Shannara immediately denied it, and then said, "How about making a will first and giving the island to me." "Ruthless woman." Wu Heng snorted. Shanara stopped joking and continued, "You should pay attention to your relationship with the leaders. The religious leaders have some prejudice against you. If you add another one, it will be even more difficult." "It''s not that serious. I gave him gifts at that time, and the relationship has eased," Wu Heng said. Shanara didn''t say much, and continued to give instructions: "Let''s do some research on both sides. If we have any relevant information, let''s tell each other." "Okay." Then, the two communicated in a low voice. I also hung up the communication. Wu Heng returned the position to the skeleton, opened the door again and went downstairs. Go down the stairs. Anderweil and Annette also came back from outside. When dinner was served on the table, a few people sat at the table and began to eat dinner. Waiting to fill some stomach. Anderweil put down the tableware and said softly: "Master, Chief Lilith will check in at the mansion you arranged this afternoon." The decoration in this world is still simple, and the decoration was completed in a few days. "Have all the equipment been installed?" Wu Heng asked. "It has been installed and tested, and it can be used normally." Wu Heng also put down the tableware and asked curiously, "Leader Lilith, are you satisfied with these?" "I didn''t say anything, I must be satisfied!" Anderweier said with some uncertainty. Lilith does give the impression that she rarely talks. Fortunately for Wu Heng, he was only one level behind, and he didn''t think a level 20 hero was that high. But from the perspective of ordinary professionals, it is a heaven-like existence. "It''s okay, Minnie will pick out some gifts later, and I''ll go visit Leader Lilith tomorrow." "Good master." Had dinner. The maids went to the training room to continue their training. Wu Heng thought for a moment, then picked up the phone and dialed the number of Sheila Gui''s residence. From the opposite side, Sheila Gui''s voice came, "I am Sheila Gui." "I''m Wu Heng." "Wu Heng, what''s wrong?" Xila Gui''s tone immediately softened, losing the seriousness at work. Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table and asked, "Have you received any information about Netale City recently?" "No? Did something happen in Netale City?" Sheela Gui also became a little serious. "I just asked, but I didn''t receive any news." Sila Gui''s tone relaxed and she said complainingly, "I thought there was something wrong again." Wu Heng said with a smile, "Chief Lilith has moved into the mansion. Shall we go together tomorrow to congratulate her on moving into her new home?" "Okay, let''s make it in the afternoon. Do you want to bring any gifts?" Sheela agreed happily. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let me help you prepare. There are still many things given by those merchants before." "Okay, then I''ll leave it to you." "Let''s call tomorrow afternoon." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng was still leaning aside. With his relationship with Sheila Gui, it would be impossible to hide the news from him. There should indeed be no news reaching Treasure Island. Let''s see if there is any information from Lilith tomorrow. He glanced in the direction of the training room. Wu Heng went directly upstairs and returned to the study. In the study, Glenda and Penny were busy with their own affairs, but the little figure was still missing. Wu Heng sat down on the side and said to Granda: "There is news from Shannella, saying that our investigation team may have started fighting with the sect, but the authenticity of the news cannot be determined." Penny looked over a little. Glenda said: "Is it an investigation team led by a religious hero?" "It''s very possible that there is no accurate information." Wu Heng said. Granda said: "If he was really a religious hero, he wouldn''t have the energy to target Treasure Island." Wu Heng lowered his voice, "Do you think he will be beaten to death outside?" Glenda also understood what he meant and lowered her voice, "It''s unlikely. At most, she''ll be injured." Both of them spoke softly, as if they were afraid of being heard at home. "How about a prayer?" "Who are you praying to? Are you a bit trapped?" "That''s right." Wu Heng looked at Beini again, "Xiao Xiao went out to play?" Penny said: "After we went out, I asked about her friends. Xiaoxiao said her friends also like to go out at night because of racial reasons." Prefer nighttime? Race? Wu Heng frowned and looked at Glenda aside. The latter also looked over in surprise. Treasure Island is suitable for evening races, plus time to make friends. Glenda said: "Do you want to talk to Xiaoxiao?" "No need, it''s good for them to make friends, as long as they are not bad people." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. It is basically certain that it is most likely Lilith. I dont know how the two ended up hanging out together despite such a big age difference. But that''s not a bad thing. Wu Heng initially prevented Xiaoxiao and Beini from avoiding Lilith because he was afraid of any danger. After all, both ghosts were slightly lower at that time. Now I feel like Lilith is pretty nice, and Xiaoxiao has no problem contacting her. Another point is that Xiaoxiao can really get along well with Lilith, which is also good for him. To bring each other closer. After confirming that there was no problem, Wu Heng stood up again and said, "Okay, I''m going back to rest." the next day. In the morning, Wu Heng directed the skeletons in the prison to renovate the prison. Li Yahong also transported various supplies from outside. When it comes to work, skeletons who are skilled in using tools are more efficient than humans. Under some special circumstances, normal construction can also be performed. After staying in the prison until the afternoon, Li Yahong left with the convoy, and Wu Heng returned to Treasure Island. I agreed with Sheela to visit Lilith. Waited for a while at the island owner''s mansion. Xila Gui and Shi Yali came over in a carriage, and Wu Heng distributed the prepared gifts to them. Then they went to Lilith''s mansion together. Stand at the door and knock lightly on the door. Not long after, the courtyard door opened, and an old man in straight clothes looked out, "Master of Wuheng Island, Deacon Xilagui, Assistant Shi Yali." Wu Heng smiled and said, "Is Leader Lilith here?" "Wait a moment, the lady is resting. Let me ask for permission." The old man said, then turned and returned to the house. Soon he walked out again, the door opened, "Please come in." Wu Heng followed the housekeeper all the way into the building. Stepping into the door, you saw Lilith sitting on a red classical chair. A pair of eyes also looked outside. (End of chapter) Chapter 779 , you won鈥檛 give me a knife, will you? Chapter 779: You wont give me a knife, will you? Lilith''s face was cold, and she didn''t forget to glare when she glanced at Wu Heng. Wu Heng pretended not to see it and followed the old man''s servant into the living room. "Leader Lilith." The three of them bowed slightly. Lilith nodded slightly, "Sit down." The gift was handed to the old man, and the three of them found their seats and sat down. The old man walked aside with the gift and began to prepare tea again. "Chief, are you used to living here?" Sheila Gui, a local deacon, was the first to speak. Lilith said calmly, "It''s just a temporary residence, so it''s not bad." Sheela nodded and continued to look for topics to chat with Lilith. Wu Heng and Shi Yali, one was not favored by Lilith, and the other was just an assistant, so they could only smile at the side and rarely spoke. After chatting for a while, the scene suddenly became quiet. Sheila Ge found no new topic, and Lilith also sat in silence. Xila Gui glanced at Wu Heng. The latter picked up the tea cup and took a sip, "This tea tastes good. Did the leader bring it from the headquarters?" Lilith held a cup and drank tea. After a while, she slowly said, "If you like some tea leaves collected from various places, you can take some with you when you leave." "Thank you, chief." Wu Heng thanked him, feeling relieved. Lilith is willing to talk to herself, and her anger seems to have subsided a lot. Taking advantage of the situation, he said: "Chief, Treasure Island has been supplying necessities to Netale City. I don''t know how long it will continue to supply. We can also arrange follow-up material purchases here." Lilith glanced at him with her beautiful eyes and said softly, "Supplies will continue to be supplied, and things over there are not over yet." She was indeed able to receive information about Netale City. Wu Heng then asked, "How is the progress of the investigation team?" "What do you want to know?" Lilith said calmly. She looks like a lolita, but behaves like a high-ranking queen. There is a sense of contrast. Wu Heng didn''t talk nonsense. Too much insinuations would make people feel hypocritical. He simply asked directly: "I just want to ask the investigation team, how is the progress there? Does the royal family have anything to do with the cult?" Lilith replied: "The investigation team has had contact with some sect members." Contact the sect! Lilith didn''t say it directly, but combined with Shannara''s news, it was very likely that the two sides would take action. The association arranged for a leader to lead the team and mobilized so many high-level professionals, which was not reasonable in the past. In addition, the previous Zun Sheng Cult dared to kill local deacons, so it was not something to mess with. "Where''s Chief Saidu?" Wu Heng asked. "Interested in him?" "Just ask, so that you can wait for him to come back or be prepared." Wu Heng said. "I won''t be able to come back in a short time. He is busy over there." Lilith said calmly. Wu Heng smiled, "That''s good." Lilith hesitated to speak, and the look she cast towards her seemed to say, look at your potential. "You elves should know more about plants. Help me plant some flowers and plants in the garden." Lilith spoke again. Several people went to the courtyard together and discussed planting some flowers and plants in the front and rear courtyards. Shi Yali is better at this aspect. She also selected and planted the flowers and plants in the deacon''s mansion. When they arrived in the courtyard, it was Shi Yali who was talking, describing the selection of some plants. Lilith also listened carefully. Chatted for a while in the mansion. Lilith asked the old servant to pack some tea for everyone, and the three of them said goodbye and left. Walk out of the mansion. They all breathed a sigh of relief. Lilith''s cold personality is still a bit stressful to get along with. Sheila Gui and Shi Yali were very nervous when chatting with the leader. After all, they had to be careful with their words to avoid negative effects caused by inappropriate words. Wu Heng felt that Lilith was no longer so angry, but the anger in her heart was not completely gone. Fortunately, I found out some news about Netale City. The investigation team that went to the Kingdom of Yeko indeed came into contact with the sect there. Moreover, it is very likely that a battle has already occurred. But the religious leader seemed fine and was still leading the investigation. If she is injured or the enemy is too powerful, Lilith will not say that the other party is busy there and cannot come back in a short time. Neither can this religious leader. I thought that if the leader went over, he could directly scare off those sect members and just be tough. How about providing them with some weapons and killing someone with a borrowed knife? Forget it, in the current situation, it''s better not to drag yourself into the water. Sitting on the mountain and watching the fight between tigers and tigers is the best choice. "Wu Heng, come to our place for dinner. Don''t go back to the island master''s mansion." Shi Yali suddenly said. Sheila Gui also looked up, with some questioning eyes. Wu Heng thought for a moment and realized that he really had nothing to do, and it was already dinner time. "Okay, let Shi Yali cook again." Both women smiled, and Shi Yali said: "What''s the trouble? If you want to eat, you can come every day. Let''s go. Go back early and eat early." Wu Heng waved and said, "Come here, I''ll teleport over." "Ah? How to teleport?" Shi Yali was curious. Both women have also seen Wu Heng teleport, but they are still a little unclear on how to do it. "Stand next to me, closer." The two women were on the left and right, Shi Lagui hugged his arm, and Shi Yali hugged his waist directly. Wu Heng lightly snapped his fingers, and a magic circle emerged at the feet of the three of them. The moment the formation was formed, the three figures disappeared in an instant. Reappeared, having returned to the deacon''s mansion. Shi Yali exclaimed, "Wow, it''s so convenient." Sheila Gui pushed her and said, "Go and prepare dinner." "I know, is there anything Wu Heng wants to eat?" Shi Yali asked with a smile. "You can do whatever you want. With your skills, anything you make will be delicious." Wu Heng said. Shi Yali smiled even brighter, "Wu Heng still knows how to talk, unlike some people who choose what to eat and drink every day." Sheela curled her lips and pretended not to hear. The three of them entered the house together, and the two sisters went back to the room and changed their clothes. Shi Yali went directly to the kitchen, and Sheila Gui accompanied him to chat in the living room. "Recently, the association has updated some wanted criminals. Let me show you." Sheila Gui said, taking out the tablet from the space ring and pulling out the wanted pictures in the album. Wu Heng pulled her in front of him, resting his chin on his shoulder, and looked at the wanted criminal above. "The level is not high." "There are basically no wanted criminals on the island. It will still be useful if you publish the matter about Leader Lilith in the newspaper." Sheela Gui said. "I knew it would do something." Wu Heng stretched his hands along the elf girl''s clothes, untied the corset, and held the exaggerated perfection. Sheila Gui glanced at the direction of the kitchen warily and said, "You are crazy, Shi Yali saw you." "Be careful and keep an eye on it." Wu Heng kissed the neck gently and touched every inch of the elf girl''s skin with his hands. Sheila Gui wanted to stop her, but was afraid that she wouldn''t be able to defeat him. His eyes were looking in the direction of the kitchen, and his body was tense. After a while of tenderness, Shi Yali''s voice came from the kitchen to announce the meal. Silla jumped up suddenly, straightened her clothes, glared at Wu Heng, and walked towards the restaurant together. Time is tight, so its not that rich. But it''s not bad either. Shi Yali took out the fruit wine from the wine cabinet, sat down on the other side of Wu Heng and helped him fill it up, "There are many at home. When you leave, take some back." Seeing that a full glass was being poured, Xila Gui complained in a tone of voice, "You are so bad at drinking, but you still want to drink." "Wu Heng finally came here once, and nothing happened. Why are you feeling so distressed?" Shi Yali said with a smile. "Nonsense again." Silla rolled her eyes at the other party. Everything is ready and dinner officially begins. The three of them chatted while eating, and occasionally the laughter of the two sisters could be heard. After dinner, the two sisters were also slightly drunk, one on the left and the other on his shoulders. This kind of nectar wine tastes sweet, but after drinking it, the alcohol will rise, and Wu Heng also feels that his face is swollen. It seems that I drank a little too much today. He gently touched the rose on his right shoulder and said, "How are you? Are you okay?" Sheela raised her head, her tender cheeks flushed like a ripe peach, with a drunken blush. Hearing Wu Heng calling her, he hummed slightly, raised his head slightly, closed his eyes gently and waited. Wu Heng gently lifted the other person''s chin and overlapped the other person''s lips. Sheila Gui also became more and more emotional, moved forward more and more, stretched out her hand through his clothes, and began to touch his chest. Wu Heng moved slightly away and said, "Shi Yali is still here." "It''s okay, she sleeps very deeply." What a shit. Wu Heng said: "Send her back to her room first, it''s not comfortable to rest here." Sheila Gui nodded, "Let''s go, send her to the room first." Wu Heng picked up Shi Yali and followed her upstairs to a room. After settling in. The two walked out, and Sheila Gui pulled him into the opposite room, and the two kissed each other directly. Soon the two of them took off their clothes and lay on the bed. Late at night. Squeak~! The sound of opening the door sounded, and Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes and looked at the door. I saw Shi Yali, wearing a light blue lace nightgown, opening the door and walking in. It''s over. Sila Guifei said that Shi Yali slept deeply and it would be fine to stay one night. I was stuck in bed in the middle of the night. I feel like I did something bad with the other girl and my parents caught me. Wu Heng still had his eyes closed, feeling a little nervous. Perception, Shi Yali''s footsteps stopped in front of the bed, as if she was standing beside the bed looking at herself. You wont give yourself a knife! (End of chapter) Chapter 780 , congratulations to the city lord Chapter 780, Congratulations to the City Lord No way, I feel like Shi Yali likes me quite a lot, so she probably won''t kill her. Just as he was about to open his eyes, he felt hair falling down his cheeks. Then, cold and soft lips kissed her lips. Wu Heng opened his eyes, and Shi Yali sat beside the bed and kissed him gently. When the two separated, their eyes met. "Shi Ya..." Shh~! Shi Yali made a silent gesture, then got on the bed and got under the quilt from the outside. Sheila Gui felt a little crowded and looked outside in a daze. Shi Yali also stiffened, and then said softly, "It''s okay, it''s my sister." "Yeah." Sheela continued to sleep on the other side. Shi Yali leaned on the other side and said, "I don''t know what''s good about you." "Another act of drunkenness." Wu Heng also said softly. "What else can we do?" Shi Yali said helplessly, her cold fingers lightly tracing the muscles of her chest. Wu Heng hugged the other party and said, "How to explain to Xila Gui." "My sister, I''m not afraid of anything." Wu Heng glanced again, turned around to the sleeping Xila Gui, and lifted up Shi Yali''s top. Move carefully. When her hand reached down, Shi Yali shook her head and said, "It''s all yours from now on." Wu Heng didn''t force her, he let her rest on his other shoulder and fell asleep. early morning. Sheila Gui''s eyes widened and she yelled angrily: "What are you doing?" Shi Yali also shouted: "What did you say I did? I am your sister, and I am still at a disadvantage!" "I think you are crazy, and I want to tell your mother." Sheila Gui said still angrily. "Look who Mom said, you let a man stay at home overnight." Shi Yali continued, "Why didn''t you say Wu Heng just now." Xilagui said: "He is a mage. He drank so much wine and I didn''t even wake up. How could he react?" Shi Yali said again: "What should we do now?" Sheila Gui also sat there in a daze. Shi Yali sighed softly and hugged Xila Gui in her arms, "I''m sorry, sister, it''s my fault, and I don''t want this to happen. Please help me kill him, for the sake of my sister''s innocence." Sheela''s angry eyes instantly turned into surprise, "What are you doing! Why are you killing him!" Wu Heng left the deacon''s residence, his heart still beating. When they got up in the morning, as expected, the two of them started quarreling in the room. Wu Heng also wanted to stay and break up the fight, but Xila Gui and Shi Yali unanimously told him to leave it alone and leave first. I can only leave in dejection, feeling like I just put up my pants and leave. "Drinking is harmful to people." Wu Heng muttered. He also returned directly to the island owners mansion. As soon as she walked into the living room, Minnie said: "Master, Sister Wei''er said that the last batch of beasts purchased have arrived." "Okay." Wu Heng walked to the phone and called the city hall. Soon, Anderweil''s voice came from the other side, "Master, the last batch of animals purchased last night was sent over, and they are all stored in the warehouse at Port 2." "I''ll go over now." "Okay, Master." After hanging up the phone, briefly washing up, he left the island owner''s mansion again. Arrive at the warehouse area of ??Port 2. The door opened, and the stench of animals hit us. The warehouse is filled with various iron cages. Some were covered with canvas, and some were left open. Revealing the tired and languid animals and beasts within. Wu Heng made a general inspection, then asked someone to close the door, and opened the boundary gate from the prepared door inside. Let all the skeletons be moved to the other side of the gate. Wait for all the iron cages to be moved. Wu Heng also came to the zombie world and took out his phone to call Li Yahong. The person on the other end quickly answered, "Hello!" "It''s me." "What''s wrong?" Li Yahong asked. Wu Heng looked at the iron cage and said, "Last time you said that the poultry you raised has arrived. When will you come and pick it up?" Li Yahong said directly: "The convoy is already on the way. I will arrive there at noon." "Okay, let''s talk about it then." "clear." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng looked at the cages again. There are two types of animals purchased. The survivors were raised with white-haired rabbits, colorful-tailed chickens, star-spotted deer, and giant-tusked pigs. Of course, these are purchased in large quantities, and some of them will be reserved for experiments on corpse cores. There are only three kinds of beasts, hyenas, giant bats, and iron-billed crocodiles. It''s purely for experimentation. "Carry them and follow me." Wu Heng walked towards the prison cell and began to assign cells to these beasts. Wrentam City. Wen Mansha was sitting on the throne, holding the baby in her arms, humming softly while breastfeeding. At this time, an announcement came from one side of the corridor, "Madam, there is someone outside the door, and they say they are representatives of the Kingdom of Yeko." Wen Mansha raised her eyebrows. Representative of the kingdom? During this period, it was rare for any representatives to come over. He handed the burping baby to the skeleton hag aside, straightened his clothes, and said, "Take him to the living room and let the skeletons guard him and strengthen the guard." "Yes, ma''am." Not long after, the servants of the city lord''s mansion came in with two people. The person walking in front was tall and thin, wearing a gorgeous dress, and looked more like a powerful person. The person following behind had a serious expression, bulging body, and looked like he was wearing armor. He should be a bodyguard. The two were taken to the living room and bowed, "Your Majesty the City Lord." Wen Mansha reached out and gestured to the sofa opposite, "Please sit down." There is a certain distance between the sofas, so both parties can talk normally without any danger. "I visited Luntam City a few years ago, but it was not as big as it is now." The tall and thin man said with a smile. Wen Mansha didn''t want to talk to him about this and asked directly: "Do you represent the Kingdom of Yeko?" "yes." "The eldest prince or the second prince?" Wen Mansha asked. The two people opposite them frowned for a moment, as if they didn''t expect that Wen Mansha would know this. After all, the eldest prince''s power is in the south and it is difficult for him to spread here. "Second Prince." The other party said. Wen Mansha nodded, "What do you want to say? You can say it." In fact, there are some guesses about the other party''s purpose. It''s nothing more than peace talks. Wu Heng asked himself to suspend the attack, but he could talk to the other party first, stall for time, and listen to what the other party wants to do. The tall and lanky man smiled and said excitedly: "We are here this time to tell you a great thing." "Oh, tell me?" The other party said directly: "His Royal Highness the Second Prince is obsessed with you and wants to marry you as his wife. From now on, he will also be the king and queen." Wen Mansha frowned instantly. Zombie world, prison. Wu Heng was sitting at his desk, surrounded by a group of skeletons who had been arranged. Among them, there are alchemy skeletons and more than a dozen skeleton investigators with slightly higher levels. Wu Heng explained the experimental tasks to the skeletons, but he was not sure whether it would work, so the instructions were quite detailed. Didi~! At this time, the sound of a car horn came from the gate. Glancing out the window, he saw that the convoy had arrived. "Okay, that''s how it is. The equipment and rooms here are at your disposal. Remember to complete the records." The higher-level skeletons bowed and left. Wu Heng also followed downstairs and walked towards the motorcade. (End of chapter) Chapter 781 , conspirator Chapter 781, Conspirator Approaching the convoy, Li Yahong also walked over and said, "Where are the poultry you mentioned?" "Here, you have people sort out the carriages." Wu Heng said. Li Yahong turned around and waved her hand, and the survivors who were accompanying them began to tidy up the back compartment of the truck. The delivered materials were moved into the warehouse, and some things that were temporarily unused were also transferred to a vehicle. Wu Heng took Li Yahong and continued to walk to another open space behind. As soon as I got closer, I saw iron cages filling the open space, as well as various animals inside. What remains are poultry suitable for raising. Seeing so many animals, Li Yahong''s eyes suddenly lit up and she said, "Are these prepared for us?" In the base, the food is all flour provided by Wuheng, and chemicals to promote plant growth have also begun to be used in the fields. Meat is the only thing missing. Many people have not had meat for a while. During the holidays, some canned food will be distributed, many of which have passed their expiration date. Wu Heng smiled and said, "They all belong to you. Have you arranged the place to keep them?" "It was arranged before. Experienced survivors will be arranged to raise the skeletons for a period of time. Once the skeletons have learned enough, they will be completely handed over to the skeletons for breeding." Li Yahong looked at the iron cage in front of her and said. Make your own arrangements. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded and continued to order to the skeleton on one side, "Move these iron cages to the garage." Wow~! The garrisoned skeleton army began to take action. Two skeletons carried an iron cage and walked outside. The animals didn''t weigh much, and they looked half-dead from being bumpy and hungry along the way, but the iron cages were still relatively heavy. The two stood aside, and Wu Heng continued: "I found that many survivors in the base have slacked off." Li Yahong frowned, "What''s wrong?" General Wu Heng told everything he saw at the military factory. Li Yahong sneered, "Think of it as a retirement home!" "Any suggestions?" After all, there are still only a few people who understand technology, and the relevant technology cannot be replaced by others, and these people cannot be really dragged out and killed. Although the base is stable, it is not the time to retire and lie down. Li Yahong continued, "Arranging for people to go there frequently for inspections should have some effect. I will think about it when I get back and let you know then." Wu Heng said: "You and Qi Hancai discuss this." "good." The two stood at the door and chatted for a while. All the iron cages were also moved to the truck. Wu Heng took Li Yahong and continued to walk around the prison, briefly talking about the subsequent plan. Li Yahong listened attentively, but she was still a little unfavorable about this corpse core cultivation plan. Unlike other rescue teams in the headquarters, there are basically no relevant scientific researchers here, so they just use corpse cores to feed them crudely. It always feels unreliable. But it''s hard to say, after all, the things Wu Heng did didn''t feel reliable before. After the visit. The convoy stayed until the afternoon and then left the prison directly. After sending Li Yahong away, Wu Heng returned to the prison office. Through the installed monitor, he could observe the situation in each prison cell. The Skeleton Alchemist has begun injecting viruses into animals. Soon, the animals in the footage began to appear zombie-like. The body also began to gradually change. On the side, the skeleton investigator and the skeleton alchemist also began to record. Document all changes. Through surveillance, Wu Heng saw that it was approaching dusk and waited for the three ghosts to come back from outside. Leave this place completely to the skeleton, pass through the gate, and return to Treasure Island. The island owner''s mansion. After washing, Wu Heng came down from upstairs. As soon as she reached the first floor, Minnie said: "Master, Deacon Sheila Gui called several times today, but you are not here." When it came to Xiela Rose, Wu Heng was a little nervous for a moment. You don''t have to think about it, you know what the other person is calling about. "I know, I''ll call her back later." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Okay, Master." Minnie also smiled slightly and followed Robert to the courtyard. Seeing that there was no one in the living room, Wu Heng picked up the phone and dialed the number of the deacon''s residence. After two rings, Sheila Gui''s voice came from the other side, "Hello!" "Sheela Rose, it''s me..." As soon as the words came out, a low-pitched scolding came from the other side, "What''s the matter with you? You haven''t called me all day." "You are a mage. You know you are not good at drinking. Why do you drink so much?" "I can''t wait to go over and chop you down." Wu Heng held the phone and waited for the other party to vent for a while before saying, "It''s my fault." Xila Gui''s tone was choked, and she sighed softly, "Don''t come here recently, avoid Shi Yali." Wu Heng frowned, "What''s wrong with her? You said that, but I''m worried." There was some helplessness in Sheila Gui''s tone, "Now that the matter is over, there is nothing more to say. You also know my sister''s temperament. She is usually carefree, but she has a lot on her mind." "After some time, she has calmed down a bit. You buy some flowers and come over to apologize. Just say that you were confused because you drank too much. In fact, it can be seen that she also likes you. If you are sincere, it won''t be a big problem." Wu Heng was stunned, unable to react for a moment. What''s going on? These two sisters, what happened during the day? No, how did Shi Yali explain it to Sheila Gui? Damn, what a negotiator. Wu Heng didn''t say anything, but Sheila Gui urgently warned her, "Don''t be so playful when you come here, and don''t be afraid of her getting angry. I''ll talk to you again after she lets her anger out..., but you must not do it this time." Something went wrong, otherwise... I really can''t forgive you." Wu Heng pondered for a moment before asking: "Should I go there tomorrow?" "No, don''t come here for the next few days, and hide away from her. If she attacks you, hide away. She just loses her temper. Don''t hurt her. She is my sister. We have been together since childhood. We all grew up together." Sheila Gui still said. "Shi Yali wants to kill me?" Wu Heng''s eyes widened. "She''s angry. Don''t hurt her, you hear me." "I heard that, if she makes a move, I will turn around and run away." Wu Heng continued, "Then when will I go there?" "I''ll call you then. Don''t eat what she cooks, so as not to poison you." Sheila Gui emphasized again. "Okay, where is Shi Yali now?" Wu Heng asked in a low voice. Sheila Gui said: "She likes you when she''s cooking, but she always thinks that you are a human and not suitable for the elves. I will help you speak. She has accommodated me since she was a child. It will be okay and she will accept you." " "I''ll be good to you both." "Huh!" Sheila Gui snorted, and then said: "Okay, I won''t tell you anymore, if she hears it, we will start a fight again." "Well, if she wants to fight you, run to me." "How is that possible? Let''s not talk about it." Sheila Gui said hastily and hung up the phone directly. Wu Heng also put the phone back and stood there thinking about what Xila Gui had just said. It seems that the direction of development of the situation is somewhat different from what I thought. Xila Gui thought that the three of them drank too much, Wu Heng stayed and did not leave, and Shi Yali went to the wrong bed. The three ended up sleeping together. Now that Shi Yali is angry at home and wants to kill herself, Xila Gui feels that she is also responsible and is mediating the matter. In his words, there was an intention to accept the three of them being together. Holy shit! Shi Yali is a conspirator. (End of chapter) Chapter 782 , poaching your corner Chapter 782: Poaching your corner What''s going on with these two sisters? They are both civil and military. No, this Shi Yali is obviously more difficult to deal with than Sheila Gui. You can''t mess with her in the future. Anyway, things are still good. There were no major problems with the three of them. I sat in the living room and waited for a while. Anderweil and Annette came back from outside. The family was sitting at the dining table eating and talking about the recent changes in the city. The security on Treasure Island is getting better and better, and pirate ships are rarely seen in the entire Emerald Sea. It is completely different from the previous pirate era when pirate ships were seen everywhere on the route. Of course, in addition to the efforts of Wu Heng and others during this period, Lilith''s settlement on the island must have also played a role. At this time, the level 20 hero is the leader of the association again. From the perspective of ordinary professionals, it is like a gun to the forehead. Who dares to come here and act wild. Just after dinner, the skeleton guarding the radio station hurried down. He pointed upstairs to prove that someone had sent a message. Wu Heng also followed him upstairs and walked into the radio room. "Wen Mansha, do you have anything to do with me?" Wu Heng asked softly, holding the microphone. From the radio station, Wen Mansha''s soft voice came, "Master, how are you doing lately?" "Very good. How are you and the baby?" Wu Heng leaned on the back of the chair. "It''s also very good. Besides missing his father, the baby eats well and sleeps well." "I think she''s the baby''s mother. She misses her father!" "That''s an accurate guess." Wen Mansha smiled, then got straight to the point and said, "Today, the second prince of Yeke Kingdom has arranged for an envoy to come over." The second prince arranged for someone to go to Luntam City? "Come to reconcile?" Wu Heng asked. The battle situation between the two sides is obvious. The skeleton army is pushing forward all the way, and the human army is retreating steadily. Even if there are level 18 professionals in the team, it will be difficult to change the situation of this large-scale war. Let''s talk now. I guess we may want to reconcile. "It doesn''t seem like a reconciliation, but the purpose is a truce between the two sides. Master, guess what the other party said?" Wen Mansha said with a smile in her tone. Wu Heng said uncertainly, "Apology, compensation?" "He said that the second prince wanted to marry me as his wife and promised that after regaining the kingdom, I would be the queen." Wen Mansha said directly. "Holy crap, he must be sick." Wu Heng exclaimed. He was beaten like this by the army of Luntam City, and he still wanted to marry Wen Mansha. In fact, if you think about it, you will understand the purpose of doing this. Mansha Wen was a gang member and gave birth to a child for herself. According to the royal family''s criteria for selecting a spouse, she would definitely not be chosen. But now the second prince needs support, and he is somewhat unable to defeat Luntam City. If he could really marry Mansha Wen, not only would he have one less enemy, Luntam City would also become his support. What a good calculation. "What did you say?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha said with a smile, "I didn''t kill the envoy because I was afraid it would affect the balance of the truce between the two sides, but I kept people watching until the investigation team left and hung my head on the city wall." Then, in a leisurely tone, he said, "What else can I do? People and hearts belong to the owner, and we have a baby, so we can''t live without him." Wu Heng nodded subconsciously. Wen Mansha had a contract with him and would not betray him under any circumstances. Of course, I also have a very good relationship with Wen Mansha. This ruthless gangster sister-in-law is extremely clingy in private. "This second prince is not worthy of you. I will let you be the queen from now on." Wu Heng also said. "No, it''s very tiring to manage Luntam City. Only a ghost wants to be the queen." Wen Mansha said, and then added, "I''m contacting you to ask about the situation of the association''s investigation team. The second prince Obviously he still doesn''t give up on Luntam City. If he drags on, he may find a way to turn the tide of the war. " The skeleton army in Luntam City is good at blitzkrieg. When the other party doesn''t react impatiently, move forward as much as possible. Coupled with the modern weapons equipped by Wu Heng, it showed a crushing trend. This stop is indeed to avoid the association''s investigation team, but it also gives the other party time to find a way to counterattack. Trying to get married is one of the methods, and it may also be a kind of temptation. Wu Heng said: "According to intelligence, the association''s investigation team has entered the capital of the Kingdom of Yeko and has clashed with some sects, but there is no specific intelligence." There was also a brief silence on the other side, and Wen Mansha then asked: "Then let''s continue the truce?" "Stop for a moment, wait for me to inquire about the specific information, and then discuss the next step." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. "Yeah, I understand." Wen Mansha nodded. Wu Heng then asked: "How is the railway construction going?" "It''s still being laid. It won''t take long before it can be laid to Luntam City." "Okay, you can arrange for people to promote our detective stories in the captured cities, and also arrange for bards to perform there." Wu Heng arranged directly. Now that we have captured quite a few cities, we can also try to increase our reputation. "OK." Wu Heng took the microphone and continued, "Notify me immediately if there is news, and pay attention to safety. Don''t let those messy envoys enter the city lord''s palace." "I know, Master." "That''s it for now, keep in touch." "Um." After hanging up the radio, Wu Heng sat in a chair and thought for a while. How come this second prince always jumps out suddenly. If he didn''t show up, no one would pay much attention to him. This time, I actually thought of marriage, and I felt like I was forced to do nothing. The only thing missing now is the information from the association''s investigation team. Lilith definitely has it, but she won''t provide it directly to her. Get up and walk out of the radio room. Several maids went to the video room to play games. Wu Heng told them not to play too late, and went upstairs to return to the study. In the study room. The three ghosts are all in the room today. Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea, and Xiao Xiao flew over with some trepidation. "Uncle, are we okay?" "You say something first, and I''ll tell you later, okay?" Wu Heng said. snort! Xiaoxiao snorted, and then added, "My friend is leaving, and I want to give her a tablet that can take photos. When she comes back, she can take photos of the outside and show them to me." Lilith is leaving? We have indeed been on the island for a while, and the dignitaries who came to participate in the auction have almost left. "Yes, but you have to teach her how to do it. She may not be very good at it." Wu Heng agreed directly. In the zombie world, there are a lot of tablets. Probably the most loot. When Wu Heng gave gifts to Xila Gui and Yimi Luo, they were also given tablets. "Yeah! Uncle is the best." Xiaoxiao cheered. Wu Heng took out a new tablet and said, "Let the skeleton follow you there. Outsiders will be scared when they see the tablet flying in the sky." Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and felt it made sense, so he nodded and agreed, "Okay." Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton and followed Xiao Xiao out. Wait until Xiaoxiao leaves. Glenda said: "Lilith is leaving?" Wu Heng said: "It should be that they have been on the island for a while. Leaders like them should not be able to stay outside at will." "That''s right." No one mentioned Lilith again, Wu Heng continued, "Wen Mansha just gave me news, saying that the second prince had arranged for an envoy to marry her as his wife." The two ghosts suddenly turned their heads and looked here in surprise. Glenda said in surprise, "Have you been poached?" "What are you saying? Wen Mansha will definitely not agree to this, and the other party''s goal is not Wen Mansha, but Luntam City." Wu Heng glanced at her angrily. Glenda thought for a moment and said, "Doesn''t he know that Mansha Wen is yours?" "You should know that you may also be testing Wen Mansha''s thoughts. The identity of the second prince is more attractive than me as a member of the association." Wen Mansha said: "If you ask me, you should speed up your plan against the Kingdom of Yeko." "It depends on the situation." Wu Heng said, and then added, "I heard that the eldest prince is in his 40s, but I don''t know how old the second prince is." "The fifth princess should know!" Glenda said. Penny added from the side and said: "I heard that the second prince is in his early 30s and has a very outstanding appearance. I heard about it when I was in the tavern." "What about career?" "The occupation is even less clear, but according to those people''s descriptions, the second prince is a representative of the kingdom''s literature and art. He likes poetry and painting. Some people also say that he likes men." Glenda smiled and said, "It makes sense. This second prince wants to contact you through Wen Mansha." He looked at Wu Heng seriously and said, "Have you ever considered a man?" "You should read the normal books in the store. Recently I found that there is something wrong with the books you read." Wu Heng countered. Glenda smiled and said nothing. Penny continued, "I heard from people in the tavern that people like the second prince were not the king''s choice from the very beginning. I don''t know why it developed to the point it is now." "Maybe there are some other reasons." If it is true that the second prince likes literature and art as rumored, it means that he has never had the idea of ??competing for the throne since he was a child. Otherwise, I wouldnt be particularly focused on these. But for some things, external rumors may not be reliable. "When things here are resolved, let''s go back to Luntam City and have a look." Wu Heng said something, stood up and said, "I''m going back." "Good night." The two ghosts waved. After walking out of the study, Wu Heng returned to the bedroom to rest. The next day, morning. In the study room. As soon as Wu Heng walked in, Xiao Xiao controlled a piece of jade to fly over and landed in Wu Heng''s hand. "Look at her gift in return. I said my uncle was rich and had everything, but she insisted on giving it to me." Xiaoxiao said with some pride. [Ban Shen Yin Jade (wonderful object)] [Effect: Increase the power of the dead and nourish the spirit servant. [Side effects: Cold. (Description: A natural jade stone that can provide corresponding necromantic power.) Wu Heng had received a piece of Yin Jade from the association before. But the one in front of me is more than double the size of the reward. That piece is a second-level meritorious service, but this one may reach a first-level meritorious service. No need to guess, the other party must be Lilith. There will definitely be no second person on the island who can take out this thing and give it as a gift. Rich woman! When she is leaving, should she give her some gifts? "This is expensive." Wu Heng said. "Aunt Glenda said this is a good thing." Xiaoxiao said with a smile. Wu Heng nodded, "Just keep it as a gift from your friend. Don''t damage it." "Put it on the desk. My aunt and sister can also feel the effect of jade." "Xiao Xiao is so good." Wu Heng praised. The other two ghosts also smiled. Xiaoxiao also followed with a smile on his face, controlled the jade, and hung it on the copper stand on the desk. Wu Heng also said: "Let''s go to the zombie world." The three ghosts entered the body, and Wu Heng also opened the door and walked in. Wrentam City. In a tavern room. The tall and thin figure turned the ring on his finger and said, "There is no news from Wen Mansha?" "There''s no news." The burly figure opposite replied coldly. "This despicable woman actually thinks she has changed her class." The tall and thin figure cursed in a low voice. I originally thought that with Wen Mansha''s knowledge and status, she would easily agree to the idea of ??becoming the second prince and the queen. Unexpectedly, there was really no news. After a moment of silence, the tall and lanky man continued, "Send the message to the second prince so that we can make the next plan." "yes." (End of chapter) Chapter 783 , work at Treasure Island Chapter 783: Work at Treasure Island Zombie world. After walking out of the gate, Wu Heng observed the situation in each prison cell through the surveillance system. The animals in the first batch of experiments have all completed the transformation into zombies. In the video, the bodies of hyenas and iron-mouthed crocodiles have begun to rot and become ferocious, and their sizes have obviously begun to grow. But it still hasn''t reached the exaggerated point of Teddy turning into a lion. Of course, this was only the second day after the virus was injected. Judging from the experimental reports at the headquarters, it would take about 30 days for the abnormal transformation to appear completely, and it would take three or four days for more. months, or longer. Wu Heng is not in a hurry. He has enough time to conduct research slowly. Wu Heng continued to pick up the experimental records on the side and read them. It records the time when the virus was injected, as well as the plan for the experimental subjects. Wu Heng looked at it once and then looked at the corpse king''s cell on the other side. The corpse king''s prison cell was still quiet. The skeletons holding axes and guarding inside were gathered in a circle and motionless. The corpse king in the middle was also bound by iron chains and stood quietly on the spot. "Uncle, Aunt Li is here." Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. Wu Heng adjusted the camera so that he could see a truck parked in the parking lot from outside. Li Yahong jumped out of the car, picked up the phone, and dialed the number. Then, Wu Heng''s phone rang, and after it was connected, Li Yahong''s voice came, "I''m here." "I''ll go down now." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng walked out. Glenda and Beni got directly into the body, while Xiaoxiao followed. After walking out of the building, Wu Heng got into the passenger seat of the truck, left the prison, and rushed towards the pharmaceutical factory. In the afternoon, Li Yahong took him to the pharmaceutical factory. Through the glass partition, you can see the workshop where the machinery is running. A skeleton wearing a white coat with clean and reflective bones is walking back and forth between the machinery, glancing at the control panel from time to time. Li Yahong said: "There are now two production chains that can produce 24 hours a day. The problem we are facing now is that there is not enough raw materials. If we continue to produce for one week at most, we will stop production due to lack of materials." Machinery replaced the alchemist, greatly improving efficiency and cost. This requires an adequate supply of raw materials. Originally, Wu Heng wanted to move the pharmaceutical factory to Treasure Island to save the trouble of transporting materials back and forth. However, the various production workshops here in the pharmaceutical factory are different from ordinary factories. The requirements for the workshops are relatively high, and it is still difficult to move to a different world. It can only be produced here first. "I will find a way to solve the problem of raw materials. I will also get some medicinal seeds and arrange for the skeletons to be planted." Wu Heng said while looking at the workshop. "It''s best to have seeds. We have a lot of land now. If we plant them, we will definitely be able to use them ourselves." Li Yahong said confidently. "Well, I''ve been replenishing the materials in the past few days." Wu Heng then asked, "How much has been produced now?" "There are more than 10,000 bottles in the warehouse, and each bottle contains 10 tablets." Li Yahong replied. 10 tablets per bottle is what Wu Heng requires. Easier to sell. More than 10,000 bottles can satisfy the sales of Treasure Island. "Go to the warehouse." Li Yahong led the way, and the two continued to the warehouse. The door of the warehouse opened, and boxes of neatly arranged medicines appeared in front of him. Wu Heng waved his hand and put them all into the space ring. "Let''s go back," Wu Heng continued. The two got back into the truck. Send Wu Heng back to the prison, and Li Yahong also returns to his central square. The next day, port. The sea breeze whistled across the deck, and the air was filled with a salty smell. The sails of the ship were rustling, and the workers were busy carrying the goods and making final preparations before departure. Lilith stood on the deck, her long hair tied up, and a few strands of hair flying in the wind. The old man in straight clothes was already standing on one side, with one hand behind his waist and the other hand holding a parasol for Lilith. Ta tap tap~! The sound of stamping on the deck was getting closer and closer. Wu Heng wore a hood and walked over, "Leader Lilith, are you leaving now? Why don''t you stay a little longer." Lilith squinted her eyes, and the old man said: "Master Wuheng Island, I''ll leave this to you. I''ll go check out the cabin." "Okay." Wu Heng took the parasol and continued to stand next to Lilith and said, "The leader is still angry because of what happened last time. I will apologize to you and stay longer." Lilith said calmly, "It''s time to go back." What a cold answer. It''s the same as not saying anything. Wu Heng continued, "Is it because of the association''s work? You can also put the work location on Treasure Island." He really didn''t want Lilith to leave. After Lily came to the island, the island became safer and the matter with the Holy See was resolved. The church is still closed now, and there are no plans to open for preaching. Before, I was worried that Lilith would cause some trouble if she came to the island, but now I want her to stay a little longer. I feel more at ease when I go out to do whatever I want. Lilith said calmly, "Let''s wait until next time." Wu Heng did not continue to persuade her to stay, but just stood aside with her under an umbrella. The sound of wind continued to blow around the two of them. It was dull for a while. Wu Heng took out a fixed-frequency radio station and a portable solar panel from the space ring, and said: "Chief, this is a prop that can be used for remote communication. If anything happens, I can use this prop to report to you. " Lilith looked over with some doubts, her eyes full of curiosity. The props with various functions on Treasure Island had never appeared before Wu Heng. Now one thing after another appears, and each function is very useful. He said that the green iron box in front of him could communicate over long distances, and he had no doubt in his mind. "How to use it?" Lilith asked. Wu Heng put the two items on the wooden barrel aside and began to explain, "It is divided into two parts. Here is the speaker. When I report to you, the sound will come out from here. If you have any tasks, take You can talk when you pick up this microphone, and I can hear it over there. "Island Lord''s Mansion, I will arrange for skeletons to guard the props. If you don''t receive it at that time, I will get back to you later." "This is called a solar panel. You can use it by placing it under the sun and connecting it to communication props. If you have other props from Treasure Island, you can also use it to replenish energy." Lilith listened to him carefully. When I heard that solar panels could provide energy for the props on Treasure Island, I thought of the tablet that Xiaoxiao gave me. At that time, Xiaoxiao told himself that after taking it back, the battery might run out. Its time to go back to Treasure Island to recharge. Now this solar panel is a prop used to provide energy. "Okay, I''ll take it." Lilith took it and put it directly into the space ring. Wu Heng continued to take out another space ring and said, "This is a gift for you. I hope you like it." Lilith''s eyes fell on the space ring again. After thinking about it, she stretched out her white and tender hands and grabbed it, "I accept it." Wu Heng watched the other party put the ring away, but did not see any intention of returning the gift. At this time, the crew''s urging voice came from behind. The ship is about to sail. "I''m getting off the ship. I wish the leader a smooth journey. Come to Treasure Island often when you have time. I will also arrange for someone to guard your residence." Lilith waved her green-white fingers, "Go back." Wu Heng nodded and disembarked directly from the boat with his skeleton. Standing on the dock. Watching the ship disappear little by little, he turned and left. Lilith walked downstairs. The old man opened a cabin and said, "Miss, it''s been sorted out. Do you want to rest now?" "There''s no rush, you can go out first." Lilith said. "Yes, miss." The old man saluted and exited the cabin directly. Lilith sat down at the table. She first took out the solar panel and radio and took a look at them. Then she took out the tablet that Xiaoxiao had given her last night and studied it. I found a place where I could charge it, and after connecting it, I saw a signal that the battery was increasing. It really works. Then, Lilith raised her eyebrows. Wu Heng might have known that Xiaoxiao was in contact with him, so he specially sent this thing today. By the way, he also gave himself the props for maintaining communication. This guy is probably the only one who dares to plot against the leader every day. Thinking in his mind, he continued to take out another space ring. Conscious communication rings, various items were taken out. Three different styles of helmets with very cool looks. Lilith frowned again. The helmet was not metal. It was very light and strong. It had a light-transmitting mask on the front. This kind of thing has been seen in Wu Heng''s skeleton attendants. Lilith studied it and put it on her head directly. Through the mask, I could see things very clearly. I picked up the manual on the side and looked at it. I didn''t understand the text, but according to the picture, I reached out to touch the button on the side and pressed it lightly. Click~! There was a crisp sound, and the transparent mask opened upward instantly. Keep pressing, click~! The lower jaw position also opened, and with the third click, it all lowered and returned to its original appearance. Lilith''s eyes widened, this... A deformable helmet. Lilith continued to look at the other two helmets. They were both beautiful in style, but did not have any changes from the first one. "If you focus all your energy on these things, no wonder you can''t improve your level. You deserve to be bullied by the Holy See." (End of chapter) Chapter 784 , ways to improve your reputation Chapter 784, Methods to Improve Fame Then he put the helmet on again and clicked it several times. Continue to look at other items. There are two sets of clothes, one is slightly larger and the other is smaller for girls. The material is somewhat like a leather jacket, black. So snug? "Night-walking clothes?" Read everything again. Lilith started flipping through the tablet again and took a few photos. Collected them all again. "Putting your work place on Treasure Island is also a good choice." Three days passed in a flash. In the past few days, Wu Heng traveled back and forth between Treasure Island and the prison in the zombie world. After Lilith left, Wu Heng arranged for some skeletons to guard and clean up. This is to prevent the house from being emptied out the next time they come. The church is still not open. It''s possible that she still doesn''t know that Lilith has left and is keeping a low profile. Over in the prison, the experiment is still continuing, and there is no obvious progress. The worlds on both sides are developing normally according to plan. central area. A controlled store opened its door today, and a price list was hung at the door. The treatment pills are sold in limited quantities, with ten pills in a bottle priced at 10 silver. Each person is limited to one bottle. "The pills are on sale." "Treasure Island pills are on sale." "Notify the representative immediately." In an instant, the entire Treasure Island seemed to be on fire, and the news was spread outwards. People from major chambers of commerce, mercenaries or some ordinary people all flocked to the sales points in the central area and started queuing up to buy pills. The association and guards also began to send additional manpower here to maintain order. "Ten pieces and ten silver coins, cheaper than normal potions." "I just don''t know how effective the medicine is?" "I think the island owner wants to get rid of the normal medicine. It''s cheaper than the market price and easy to carry." "Unfortunately, the purchase quantity is limited." Not the same stuff as the previous sales. Pens, watches, or bicycles are not necessities, and most of the people who buy them are businessmen and powerful people. But pills with the effect of healing medicine are needed by everyone. Especially the mercenaries who live off bounties all year round. All of a sudden, the outside was filled with people, more people than ever before when products were on sale. The whole central area was packed with people. And the crowds that gathered kept gathering. In a room of a mansion. Several old alchemists were busy in front of the experimental table. Some people were experimenting with the efficacy of the medicine, some were analyzing the materials, and some were recording on the sidelines. Time passed little by little. When several people had sweat on their foreheads and were about to collapse, they covered all the utensils. Open windows for ventilation. An old man said: "The materials are the same as normal medicines. It is not difficult to experiment with the method of making pills. The formula and method can be produced within a week." Behind them, several chamber of commerce representatives looked at each other, without any joy on their faces. The same thing was said for the first few products. But so far, none of them have been copied. A representative from the Chamber of Commerce asked, Can we compete with Treasure Island for the market? The pharmacist thought for a moment, shook his head and said, "It''s not difficult to make, but the important thing is the price. With Treasure Island''s current price, we are completely uncompetitive." The Chamber of Commerce representatives all had expressions that said, "Sure enough, that''s true." Town hall, conference room. Wu Heng was sitting on one side, next to Anderweil and Annette, and across from him was the dwarf chief designer ''Yousef'' who had just returned from Netale City. Yousef reported on the progress of Netale City, and then said, "After we left two designers behind, the rest returned to Treasure Island in accordance with Madam Shannara''s instructions." "Thank you for your hard work," Wu Heng said. Yousef stood up flattered, "This is what we should do." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "I plan to build a large-scale entertainment venue on the island. It should occupy a large area and gather some entertainment projects. I need you to design the venue." Wu Heng had thought of this matter before. The reason is also very simple. The auction attracted the top dignitaries in the surrounding area, but because Shannara only allowed the sale of five bottles of potions, she could only earn five people''s money. Wu Heng then thought about building a place on the island specifically to earn money from other people, and earn all the money from the remaining people. I also discussed this matter with Shanara, and the other party agreed with me. Yousef came back from outside today, and he just happened to explain the matter. Yousef looked serious and asked: "Island owner, what specific facilities are needed for this building, so that I can arrange it." Wu Heng handed the list he had prepared in advance to the other party. After the other party read it over, he said: "The water park inside, including related magic buildings, has been prepared in advance, and the decoration style should be as luxurious as possible." "Okay, sir." Yousef nodded as he looked at the list. Wu Heng continued to look at Anderweil, "Weier, please cooperate with Yousef and start construction as soon as possible after the design plan comes out, so that it can be built before the next auction." "OK." Wu Heng continued, "Okay, let''s do this for now. Yousef should also pay close attention and come up with a plan first." "Yes, sir." When the matter was over, several people bowed again and exited the room. Wu Heng also walked out of the city hall and went to the sales point to take a look. From a distance, you can see the crowds gathering and the association members maintaining order. After taking a quick look and confirming that there were no problems with the sale, Wu Heng returned to the island owner''s mansion. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng returned to his study. Not long after, three ghosts also flew back from outside and stopped beside him. "Uncle, the pills are selling well this time. It seems that everyone on the island has gone to buy them." Xiaoxiao said. Penny also said, "This time, ordinary people and mercenaries also went over and lined up. There were so many people. Some chambers of commerce bought it back and started to study it." Wu Heng said with a smile, "This is a good thing, it proves that everyone recognizes the pills." Glenda thought for a moment and said, "The pills are so effective, can we use them to promote our reputation?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "Elaborate." Glenda rolled her eyes at him and said: "The price of pills is lower than that of potions, and this improvement is very practical and will soon be spread to all countries and regions. Just let people know that you developed it for ordinary professions." , it will be spread to the greatest extent, which will be enough for you to reach level 20." This idea is okay. As long as you bind the pill to yourself, if the pill becomes popular, everyone will know about you. Treasure Island has raised itself to level 19. By then, all regions will know that it will definitely reach level 20. "Why didn''t you tell me earlier?" "I also thought of it when I saw the sale site today. Don''t you think about it yourself!" Granda continued, "This matter is actually not easy. After leaving Treasure Island, it is difficult to get those chambers of commerce to help You promote it. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s not difficult. Just put an instruction manual inside. Write down the instructions for use and information about me." Glenda thought about it and nodded, "Well, you can definitely try it." "Uncle, do you want level 20?" Xiaoxiao said. "It''s just around the corner." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Hehe!" Xiaoxiao also smiled. Wu Heng feels that this matter is very feasible, and even if the effect is not good, it will not cause any harm. I''ll let people arrange it later, make a batch first, and try it out. Dong dong dong~! As I was thinking about it, there was a knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in from outside, "Master, Deacon Sheilagui called." Sheela called. During this period of time, I didn''t dare to contact Sheila Gui and the others. "I''ll go down now." Wu Heng said. He went downstairs, picked up the phone, and said carefully: "Hello?" Sheila Gui''s voice came from the opposite side, "Come to dinner tonight, don''t forget what I told you." Wu Heng asked in a low voice: "You can''t poison me, can you?" "I''m watching, it''s okay." "Okay, I''ll be there as soon as I''m ready." Wu Heng put down the phone. Minnie stood aside with doubts in her eyes, "Master, what''s the poison?" "It''s okay, I was joking with Xila Gui. I won''t come back to eat at night." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Oh, okay." At dusk, Wu Heng used teleportation and appeared in the deacon''s mansion. When you walk in the door, you smell a strong aroma. It looks like dinner is ready. "Xila Gui, Shi Yali, I''m here." Wu Heng shouted inside. Footsteps sounded. The two sisters came out with serious expressions and eyes full of scrutiny. Wu Heng turned over his hand, took out two bouquets of flowers, one red and one yellow, and handed them to the two girls, "For you." (End of chapter) Chapter 785 , a little early Chapter 785, its a little early The setting sun shines through the open door, casting a patch of light and shadow. Wu Heng stood there, holding the prepared bouquet in his hand, feeling a little uneasy. This feeling is even more nervous than when facing a hero. The two elf sisters stood at the door. Silla was wearing a light green house dress, and Shi Yali was wearing a blue dress, with her hair tied behind her shoulders. Wu Heng handed over the flowers and forced a smile on his face. Sheila Gui glared at him, took Shi Yali''s hand and walked forward, took the flowers, kept one for herself, and put the other into Shi Yali''s arms, "He still has a heart, he knows you like flowers." Wu Heng took out two more exquisite cakes, "I made them myself, let you try them." Shi Yali glanced at Wu Heng, with a hint of imperceptible tenderness in her cold eyes, and said, "Come in, dinner is ready." "Okay." Wu Heng walked in carrying the cake. Two bouquets of flowers were placed in vases in the living room. Then, the three of them walked to the dining room, where the table was already filled with prepared dinners. Xila Gui sat in the middle and asked the two of them to sit down. She dug out a piece of pastry with a silver spoon and brought it to Shi Yali''s mouth, "Ah~! Try it. Wu Heng specially prepared it for us. He knows he was wrong. Forgive him. Okay?" Shi Yali glanced at Wu Heng, and finally opened her mouth, took the cake that was brought to her mouth, and chewed it gently. The atmosphere in the restaurant became more relaxed as Shi Yali ate the cake. Xila Gei turned around and pinched Wu Heng''s thigh. Wu Heng grinned and said sincerely, "Shi Yali, I will be good to you two." Shi Yali raised her head, met his eyes, and said softly: "Are you confident that you can reach level 18?" "have." Shi Yali said: "There is a natural difference in lifespan between humans and elves. Even if you reach level 18, you will only increase your lifespan." "Okay, Wu Heng is confident, let''s eat first." Xila Gui stopped in the middle and continued. Shi Yali stopped talking, and the three of them started eating. The atmosphere was a bit depressed, not as relaxed as the previous times. Xila Gui tasted every dish carefully, and after eating it to confirm that there was no problem, she asked Wu Heng to eat it. He was afraid that his scheming sister might plant some bad news and send the mage away. The meal was finished in a slightly awkward atmosphere. Had dinner. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door of the courtyard. Sheila Gui glanced at the kitchen, then at Wu Heng, and said, "I''ll go over and take a look. Don''t quarrel." With that said, he walked out. Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, while Shi Yali walked out of the kitchen and looked at the courtyard. "Come here and help me pick up the bowl." Wu Heng stood up and walked over, helping to carry the tableware to the kitchen. Shi Yali said with a smile while cleaning up, "You weren''t scared, were you?" "I''m just a little confused." Wu Heng put the tableware on the cupboard. Shi Yali said, "What can I do? You are with my sister, and I don''t want to lose you." With a serious expression, he said, "It doesn''t matter whether you can reach level 18 or not, but you must be good to me and my sister, as you just promised." "I will be good to you two all my life." Wu Heng promised. Shi Yali''s smile became even brighter, "I remember what you said." Wu Heng shrugged, "I am a human being anyway, and my life is short." "You said you could reach level 18." Shi Yali raised her voice. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t worry, I will become a hero sooner or later and let you become heroes too." "I believe in you, and Sheela believes in you too." Shi Yali smiled and leaned directly over, her water-stained hands hanging on her sides, her head slightly raised, and her eyes facing each other. Wu Heng lowered his head slightly and took his lips, which were a little cold and tasted like cakes. "Wu Heng, Shi Yali?" A voice came from the living room. "Where''s the kitchen!" Xila Gui quickly walked to the kitchen and saw Wu Heng helping to pack things. "Wu Heng, go sit in the living room." Shi Yali said. Wu Heng returned to the living room, and Xila Gui asked: "Are you okay?" "It''s okay, Shi Yali forgives me." Wu Heng continued to ask: "What does the association want from you?" "It''s still a matter of medicines. The store is still open now, so we need to send more manpower for patrol work." Xila Gui said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "For these two days, the sale will be suspended tomorrow. After adjustments are made, the sale will continue." "Why is it still suspended?" Sheela asked curiously. The effect of the pills is so good, I am a little curious as to why I should stop taking them. "One is that it needs to be repackaged, and the second is the safety of the medicine. I am afraid that someone will buy it back and mix some strange things in it, which will damage the reputation of the pills." Wu Heng said. After all, it is medicine, if someone slips one or two pills out of the package. Very likely to kill someone. Sheela Gui didn''t quite understand it, but she knew it was a good adjustment, "Okay, then send some more people tonight, so there won''t be any need to transfer people to the central area tomorrow." "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. Then, he glanced at Xila Gui, then looked in the direction of the kitchen, and said: "I''m going back first. When Shi Yali calms down, go to my place to eat. We haven''t eaten together for a long time." "It depends on the situation! We''ll talk about it then." Wu Heng stood up and walked out, and said to the kitchen, "Shi Yali, I''m going back first, and I''ll come see you in two days." Shi Yali walked out of the kitchen and said, "Well, let''s go." Wu Heng walked to the courtyard, and Xila Gui followed behind. Before going out, he told her: "I know that my sister likes you. It''s okay now. If we can be together, you must reach level 18, you know! I don''t want to live with a ghoul in the future." " Wu Heng held her waist and said softly, "Don''t worry, I can reach level 18 and I will love you well." "Eh~! It''s so disgusting." Sheila Gui shuddered. Wu Heng hugged her, kissed her, and said softly, "I''m going back and will come to see you in two days." "Um." The two separated and Wu Heng walked out of the door. Shi Lagui returned to the room and saw Shi Yali putting bunches of flowers in different vases. Looks like he''s in a good mood. "He left?" Shi Yali turned around and asked. "Let''s go." Sheila Gui sat down aside and continued, "How should we explain to mom?" "You think about this solution." Shi Yali said, and then added, "In my last letter, I said I would come over and have a look. You''d better think about it as soon as possible." Sheila Gui picked up the pastries and ate them one bite after another, "You think! You are the sister." "You know I''m your sister now?" "No matter what, you want." "You want to." "Let Wu Heng think..." "Then you go call him." After leaving the Deacon''s Mansion, the street lights came on. Groups of residents poured into the streets to enjoy the cool weather and watch the performances under the street lights. Now, in addition to the bards reading stories, there are also some simple performances, like a huge market, extremely lively. Wu Heng passed through the crowd and returned to the island master''s mansion. The maids were playing games in the video room, and Wu Heng walked into the radio room. Start contacting Shannella. Soon Shanara''s voice came from the other side, "I''m here." "How about Netalei City?" "Same as before, nothing has changed." Shanara replied. "Any news from the investigation team?" "No, the investigation team''s information has basically not been disclosed to the outside world, and it is not convenient for us to inquire." Shannara said helplessly. Wu Heng said: "It''s okay. If there is any major matter, it will be reported." "Yes." Shanara simply responded without saying much. Wu Heng continued to talk about selling pills. Shanara was not surprised at the popularity of the pills. "Your improved pills are the most successful product and will gradually occupy the market in the future. Likewise, you should also be careful. With your pricing, I''m afraid it will be a lot." People want to kill you." "This..., it''s not serious, you''re still risking your life." "The market is also a war. You are on Treasure Island. If you were in any other place, for just the first few commodities, you would be put under house arrest or signed a slave contract." Shannara said solemnly. "It''s scary." Wu Heng continued, "Those alchemists who are unwilling to change and only want to sell low-level potions at high prices are not worthy of pity. What we did was correct and can benefit more ordinary people." Shanara sounded a little surprised, "You are quite confident, um... I have to say, your tone just now was very charming, like an adult." Ignoring the other person''s words. Wu Heng continued, "I plan to suspend the sale of pills and bind them to myself to increase my reputation." Then, he told Shanara his plan. The other party fell into silence. After a while, he slowly spoke, "I don''t object to you preparing for the future, but is it too early? You have just reached level 15. If you start such a big move now, it will attract some people''s attention." (End of chapter) Chapter 786 , Im here to pick up my people Chapter 786, Im here to pick up my people "I feel like it''s not too early. We should lay it out as soon as possible. After a few years of accumulation, it will be just in time to upgrade. Later, when your level increases, we will also promote it in this way." Wu Heng said seriously. "Now that you''ve thought about it, I don''t have any objections, but for sales channels, it''s best to find a few cooperative chambers of commerce and designate goods to them. This can not only control the production demand, but also control the quality to avoid being hoarded by others. Finally, selling at a higher price affects your reputation. Wu Heng felt it made sense, "You are very thoughtful, I will pay attention to this matter." After the conversation is over. We continued chatting casually for a few words and then hung up. Wu Heng returned to the study, said a few words to the ghosts, and then returned to the room to rest. Lying on the bed. Wu Heng began to think about pills. By tying your reputation to the pills, you might be able to meet the upgrade requirements faster. The method is also very simple, that is, add an instruction manual to the medicine box, and part of it will describe how to use the medicine and some applicable environments. In the other part, the producer Wu Heng and some related deeds are written. Things like fame can be improved very quickly. "I feel that this method is faster and safer than occupying the Kingdom of Yeko." Compared to occupying the Kingdom of Yeko. This is business expansion, not a life-and-death battle. Moreover, I dont worry about the Holy See finding fault with it. Everything you do is good. As for what Shannara mentioned being noticed by others, she can''t care so much about it. As long as I can reach level 20, all difficulties will no longer be difficulties. Then, Wu Heng thought of the two sisters Xila Gui and Shi Yali. Through a series of operations by Shi Yali, Shi Lagui also accepted the three of them being together. It can also be seen that the relationship between the two sisters is indeed good. And Shi Yali is also very fond of herself. It seems that after coming to another world, my charm has really improved a lot. In the original world, there would not be such a girl who would be so determined to be with him. If it is true, I feel like there is some kind of scam in it. After thinking about it over and over in his mind, Wu Heng felt sleepy and fell into a deep sleep. The next day, City Hall. The door to the conference room was pushed open, and representatives of various chambers of commerce in gorgeous clothes filed in. They glanced at the room, and saluted to the people inside, "My lord, Miss Underweil." Wu Heng nodded, "Everyone, sit down." The representatives each found a seat and sat down, still looking towards the opposite side. The sale of tablets has been stopped today. This is a little different from previous product sales, and they all want to gather information and prepare for their own chamber of commerce. "Island owner, is there something wrong on the island?" "Yeah, why have the pills stopped being sold?" "If you need any instructions, our Chamber of Commerce is willing to help the island owner unconditionally." "So are we." Everyone spoke one after another, and then waited for Wu Heng''s answer. Wu Heng waved his hand to signal everyone to be quiet, and said: "The sale of pills will indeed be suspended. Some post-release issues have also been taken into consideration and changes need to be made." Everyone remained quiet, waiting for Wu Heng to continue speaking. Wu Heng continued, "After all, it is medicine. In order to avoid problems, in addition to the sales on Treasure Island, we will choose several chambers of commerce with good reputation and willingness to abide by the rules of Treasure Island to cooperate. Of course , if we later find that the cooperative chamber of commerce is not trustworthy, we will also cancel the cooperation. Everyone was shocked. "What!" "This is not in line with the interests. Only by letting go will the interests be maximized." "Island owner, our Chamber of Commerce and Treasure Island have always cooperated closely." From a profit perspective, freeing up sales will maximize the benefits of Treasure Island and allow large quantities of pills to be sold. Now I only cooperate with a few fixed ones. It will obviously reduce the interests of Treasure Island. This is not something a qualified businessman would do. Wu Heng continued to explain, "Pharmaceuticals are different from ordinary commodities. If someone hoards the goods to increase the price, or replaces the pills, it will cause damage to our reputation, so we will choose the chamber of commerce to sell. Of course, if you are all willing to comply and cooperate There is no limit to the number of chambers of commerce. "Oh, that''s it." Everyone nodded and breathed a sigh of relief. Just make yourself sell. After all, you can make a fortune with Treasure Island. Then, Wu Heng told everyone about Treasure Islands criteria for choosing cooperative chambers of commerce and the prices they would pay them. When everything will be clear. Wu Heng looked at everyone and said: "That''s the way it is. It''s still some time before the official sale. You can send the news back and ask. If you are willing to cooperate, just come to the city hall to sign up." "Okay, Lord Island Master." Everyone stood up, saluted again and hurriedly left the city hall. The message needs to be delivered as quickly as possible. Wu Heng also returned to the island owner''s mansion and asked Granda to write a promotion manual for him. Yeke Kingdom, in a city. The church was filled with pungent blood and smoke. The thick pillars collapsed, and the religious murals were covered with sword marks and charred blackness after the fire. The religious leader had a gloomy face, wore gorgeous robes, and sat on the throne above. Below, bare-chested men and women were kneeling on the ground, with iron hooks pierced through their blades, their hands raised, holding lit hot wax in their palms. The wax flowed downwards, spreading a circle of marks on the palm of my hand. The kneeling people did not feel any discomfort at all, and their eyes showed piety and fanaticism. "What''s your next plan?" A Vatican priest began to question the first person. "All the way to the north." The kneeling man replied stiffly. The investigator following behind him started recording quickly. "What''s the plan?" "Not sure." "Who is your leader? Does he have anything to do with the royal family of the Kingdom of Yeko?" . The same questions began to ring out from other directions. The priest led the investigators and began to interrogate people all over the place. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! At this time, footsteps sounded at the door. A tall figure wearing a hood stepped in. "Who dares to break into the church without permission..." The guardian knight guarding the door shouted loudly and struck him on the head with his sword. Bang bang~! In an instant, the two guardian knights flew out. His body went limp and he didn''t get up. The hall instantly became tense, and the burly man took off his hood and said coldly: "Seydu, you captured my man?" The leader of the Holy See, ''Seydu'', narrowed his eyes and said in an equally cold voice, "Dragon, why are you here?" "I came to pick up my people, but I heard they were arrested by you." "Are your people, the Snake Emblem Consortium, also involved in this matter?" Saidu asked sharply. Long''s face remained cold, "Does your attitude in speaking to me represent the identity of your association or the identity of the Holy See?" Saidu''s eyes suddenly condensed, his body glowed brightly, and a shadow of an angel holding a sword appeared from behind. Long''s eyes suddenly turned into vertical pupils and he continued: "I will only take away my people. I will not be involved in your affairs. Please think carefully." Saidu looked at him coldly and said, "Who are your people?" Long glanced aside, and someone immediately came out and began to identify the staff of the Snake Emblem Consortium. "That''s all." "Let go of them and you can take them away." Saidu said directly. For those who were identified, the iron hooks were pulled out and the hot wax was taken away. The eyes of several people suddenly became clear, and they quickly walked to Long''s side. Long nodded, turned and left. Saidu said: "Where are you going next?" "Why do you want to go to the north with me?" "Hmph! I still want to investigate what''s going on here, so please go." Long turned back, stared at the other party, and said: "Remember, investigate your own affairs. If I find out that you are touching someone from the Snake Emblem Consortium again, I will destroy your church." "How dare you!" Long didn''t say much, turned and left. Just as the investigator was about to put pen to paper, Saidu waved his hand, and the angel behind him sang melodiously. The eyes of everyone in the field were distracted and then focused again. The priest looked around and asked the kneeling people: "What is your next plan?" "All the way north." The investigator following him frowned. Why did you record it yourself? Asked questions one by one. Saidu also waved his hand, and the sword blades fell one after another. The kneeling man''s head fell to the ground, and the **** smell spread instantly. Treasure Island. Wu Heng sat in the island owner''s mansion until the afternoon when he received Anderweil''s call again. Arrive at the city hall. After sitting in the room and waiting for a while, a bearded dwarf walked in. "My lord, the magic throw you ordered has been made." As he spoke, electromagnetic gun shells with patterns engraved on them were placed on the table. (End of chapter) Chapter 787 , experimental shells Chapter 787, Experimental Cannonballs "Did it go well?" Wu Heng asked. The dwarf touched his beard and said respectfully: "It went very smoothly. There will be no problems on our side. You can rest assured." This means that there is no problem on their side. If there is any problem, it is also his problem. Wu Heng nodded, picked it up and looked at it. The front end of the cannonball is engraved with complex lines, and you can feel the fluctuations of magic with subtle sensitivity. "I will conduct experiments, and if the effect meets my requirements, I will contact the city hall and continue to order goods from you." "Of course there is no problem. It is our honor to work for the island owner." The dwarf said politely. "I will send someone to find you then." "Okay, sir, I won''t disturb you anymore." The dwarf saluted again and left the room. Wu Heng put away all the cannonballs and walked out of the room. He stood at the door and thought for a moment. Take a boat on Treasure Island and go directly to the sea to experiment with the new electromagnetic gun. On the sea. Wu Heng rode on a flying carpet and floated in the air. In the distance is the shrunken Jiwei Island. The next second the [Mansion Technique] opened, and behind the stone door was a thick electromagnetic gun. Wu Heng sent the cannonballs engraved with red lines into the mansion. The shooter inside controlled the cannon barrel and began to load the cannonballs and adjust the angle. Xiao Xiaofei stood aside and asked curiously: "Uncle, is this drawing useful?" "If the store can be opened normally, the effect will definitely be there. It just depends on whether it can be effective when placed on the cannonball." Wu Heng answered while sitting cross-legged on the flying carpet. This kind of inscription is quite popular on the island, and professions such as rangers and guards will buy some. The effect is definitely there. But if the electromagnetic gun is fired with such great power, I don''t know if it will affect the stability of the patterns on it. Engraving one is also expensive. If the effect is not good, it is necessary to stop the loss in time. Just relying on the impact force of the electromagnetic gun itself is actually quite powerful. Penny flew on the other side and said: "When we are in the tavern, the mercenaries like to buy some magic arrows. In some special environments, they can have good effects." Xiaoxiao lay on his side and asked, "What is a special environment?" "In some unusual environments, such as places filled with poisonous gas, or places where fire is spreading, the corresponding magic arrows can provide some relief, but they should not be as effective as the mage''s magic." Penny thought. He paused and explained softly. "Oh, my uncle is a mage, so he won''t need these." "Your uncle is a necromancer." "But uncle also knows the fireball technique, which is very convenient when setting fire to the corpse." Xiaoxiao continued. Forehead. Wu Heng''s expression immediately tightened and he said, "Xiaoxiao, you can''t say this outside. Others will think that I am a murderer." "Okay, hehe." Xiaoxiao smiled and made a circle in the air. Penny was also smiling. One person and two souls chatted, and the cannonballs were loaded in the [Mansion Technique] on the side. The muzzle of the gun also traced towards the small island in the distance. "You can fire." Wu Heng said. Boom~! The electromagnetic gun roared suddenly, and a stream of light broke through the air and disappeared. Then, from Jiwei Island in the distance, there was another ear-splitting roar, the island trembled, and huge waves arose around it. Wu Heng and the two ghosts stared closely at the island in the distance. At this time, the island was covered in smoke and dust, blocking the view, and no magic was triggered. Failed? Or rather, the method is not quite right. Sure enough, this method doesn''t work. Thinking in his mind, a red light suddenly lit up in the smoke, and then violent flames appeared. With the unstable airflow at the bombing position, a rotating flame is formed. "Wow, a tornado." Xiaoxiao exclaimed. "The effect looks good." Penny was also surprised. Wu Heng looked at the effect with joy in his eyes. It worked. The electromagnetic gun''s shooting has no effect on the magic lines. After the hit, it takes effect about two to three seconds later. Wu Heng continued to stare at the flames rising in the distance. Unlike artillery shells and missiles. This flame effect is more like throwing a flame like a burning bottle, rather than the impact of an explosion. But the power is indeed not small. The lethality of the flames is enough to make the enemy peel off a layer of skin. On the sea. A fleet of merchant ships left together along the route. The white sails were swollen by the sea breeze, like white clouds floating overhead. Several representatives of the chamber of commerce stood at the bow of the ship, holding wine glasses in their hands, discussing the matter of Treasure Island choosing a cooperative chamber of commerce this time. An old man, stroking his beard, said: "The island owner is looking for a permanent chamber of commerce. I feel that there is a deeper meaning. Could it be that he just wants to cooperate with a few chambers of commerce with which he has good relationships?" Another middle-aged man shook his head and said: "You may be overthinking. If the island owner only plans to cooperate with individual chambers of commerce, why bother calling all the representatives over and just negotiate with those who want to cooperate in private?" Seeing that the two were about to have a dispute. The person next to me immediately said: "No matter what, we still have to fight for it. As long as we establish cooperation with Treasure Island, coupled with our business operations, within a few years, we will distance ourselves from other chambers of commerce and become completely like no one can." A shaking business giant. No one denies this statement. Any chamber of commerce that has resold goods with Treasure Island has experienced rapid growth in status after returning, and has quickly distanced itself from other chambers of commerce. Everyone nodded and praised the magic of Treasure Island. "The pill business on Treasure Island is impossible, so I think you guys shouldn''t follow suit." The sudden sound caused a sudden silence in the surrounding area, and everyone turned to look. Then he saw an old human man walking over with two other people. He looks confident and doesn''t look like an ordinary person. A businessman asked: "Who are you?" The old man smiled and said, "Let me introduce myself. My name is Sid, the vice president of Fumoli Alchemy Association." Everyone suddenly realized that there was also a vice president on the ship. "It turns out to be Vice President Sid, why did you say that?" the businessman then asked. Sid clasped his hands and said, "I have received news that alchemy associations from all over the country have united. His medicine cannot be sold." The chamber of commerce representative immediately retorted, "Why can''t it be sold? You can also make pills?" Sid shook his head, "No, but chambers of commerce everywhere will face a problem. Those who cooperate with Treasure Island pills will be boycotted by all alchemy associations. There will not be any bottle of potion handed over to you. Treasure Island only has this Which pill would you choose?" Everyone was stunned. At the same time, there was a sense of contempt in my heart. These alchemists are really used to being pampered. Instead of thinking about how to improve, they want to suppress potions that have made breakthroughs. "I think there will still be people who choose Treasure Island to cooperate with. After all, the products this time will definitely sell well." Another chamber of commerce representative said. Sid looked at him seriously, as if trying to remember his appearance, and there was a faint hint of threat. "The Alchemy Association''s financial resources are not necessarily lower than yours. The entire Emerald Sea will be in chaos and no one will be able to transport these things. Of course, you don''t have to worry. The pill technology is not difficult. It just takes a year to wait. , they will be produced one after another. So cruel! This is to support pirates. The only ones who can cause chaos in the Emerald Sea are pirates. "The Emerald Sea has just settled down. Are you going too far by doing this?" Sid looked at the few people with disdain, "The weak prey on the strong. If you want to blame it, blame this kid. He got into the wrong profession." Everyone''s expressions darkened. When the news is brought back, this matter must be reported to the superiors to prevent the real alchemists from joining forces and causing the Chamber of Commerce to suffer losses. But I was unwilling to do so. Pills can be sold and can definitely change the market. Damn idiots, that''s what they do. Boom~! The expressions on everyone''s faces changed uncertainly, and suddenly a terrifying roar exploded. Everyone on the deck was startled and ran away with their heads in hand. At the same time, looking in the direction from which the sound came, I saw a bright light suddenly appearing on the small island in the distance. Immediately afterwards, a huge tornado filled with flames and dust rose from the ground and reached into the sky. (End of chapter) Chapter 788 , Skeleton hits people Chapter 788, Skeleton Beating People The representatives of the Chamber of Commerce were hiding in the corner, their eyes widened, their mouths wide open but they could not make any sound. What? The flames rose into the sky. Before anyone could see clearly, the waves rolled, the ship swung violently, and everyone rolled into a ball. Vice President of Alchemy, Sid, saw everyone''s expressions. He stood up holding on to the railing and shouted with excitement on his face: "Treasure Island has offended the gods. This is a warning from heaven. The next one to be swallowed by the fire dragon is Treasure Island." Everyone''s expressions became even uglier. At this time, the mast lookout shouted: "The Treasure Island Navy is coming." Looking back, I saw a ship flying the Treasure Island flag approaching. After reaching a certain distance, a loud voice came over, "Jiwei Island is experimenting with weapons. The Chamber of Commerce fleet should not stop and continue moving forward." Treasure Island is experimenting with new weapons? Was that loud sound just now a weapon? Bullshit that offends the gods is the weapon of Treasure Island. Everyone looked at Sid, who also stood there blankly, looking at the navy ship with evasive eyes. The ship avoided the area. Representatives of the chambers of commerce gathered together again to continue discussing cooperation with Treasure Island. As for the suggestion, it was Sid. Let''s forget it, now I don''t know where to hide and tremble. Chicken tail island. Wu Heng fell from the flying carpet and looked at the deep pit left on the ground. The electromagnetic gun''s shells are still penetrating deep into the ground. Just now, a total of three types of cannonballs were tested. Flame, poison gas, and thunder and lightning can all work normally. It still looks very good. Then well see what scenarios its used in. "I think the flames still look better." Penny smiled and said, "The lightning one is pretty good, but the poisonous one doesn''t look good, and it''s green." Xiao Xiao agreed, "Yeah, poison gas is not good." Wu Heng was too lazy to pay attention to them. After checking the scene, he flew to the navy''s position on a flying carpet. Return to Treasure Island together. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Dinner is ready. Minnie greeted, "Master, come over for dinner." Wu Heng sat down at the dining table, and Anderweier asked softly: "Master, why didn''t I see you this afternoon?" "I went to experiment. Cannonballs engraved with magic. You can continue to order some from the dwarf magic arrow shop." Wu Heng explained. "Okay." Anderweil nodded. "Sister Wei''er is here, so she only talks about work." Minnie picked up shrimps and put them into Wu Heng''s mouth, and then sucked her fingers. "I thought I was like you. I blow the air conditioner at home every day." Andweier glared at her. "The bad fox is bullying again, let the master teach you a lesson." Minnie curled her lips, picked up two more pieces of shrimp, and put them into Wu Heng''s mouth, "Master, eat more and teach her a lesson tonight." "Yeah, let''s get together tonight." Wu Heng said with a smile. Minnie smiled and nodded, and Anderweil looked away cautiously, a little shyly. Had dinner. The maids went outside to train, and Wu Heng returned to the study. Glenda controlled a document to float over, "I''ve written it for you, see if it works." Wu Heng took it, and there were instructions for the pills on it. The content is also divided into two types, the first is precautions, and the second is Wu Heng''s personal information and the original intention of developing pills. The content is relatively simple and more convenient for ordinary people in this world to watch. Glenda''s writing skills are still very good, and it feels like reading a story. "How was it?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "It''s so well written. I like this sentence. Potions are no longer exclusive to the rich and powerful, but will serve everyone." Glenda smiled and said, "Really? Your perspective on things is really the same as ordinary people." Wu Heng said: "If you were in my era, you would definitely make money writing novels." Glenda rolled her eyes at him, "Do you still want me to write a book to support you?" "Is that okay? Feed us three." "It''s okay, are you a devil? I''m already like this, and you still let me raise you." Glenda said fiercely. Wu Heng stopped joking with her. Said: "There are no changes in the manual, it''s pretty good." "That''s good, just arrange for someone to print it." Granda returned to her seat with a smile, took out a book and continued reading. Wu Heng put the instructions into the space ring. Wait until the night gets dark. He said hello and left the study, calling Minnie and Andwyer back to the room to rest. The next day, we had breakfast. Wu Heng went directly to the zombie world. Sitting in the monitoring room, observing the status of the experimental subjects in all cells. The first batch of animals have all completed their abnormal transformations and are roaring and struggling in the prison cell. Each time a new virus is injected, several high-level skeletons are required to cooperate and hold down to complete the injection. After looking at the ordinary prison cell, he continued to look at the corpse king''s single room. At this time, the corpse king was obviously bigger. Compared with the skeleton guarding on the side, he looked like a giant curled up on the ground. The knotted muscles and enlarged insect wings all looked extremely ferocious. I''m afraid it''s over two meters high, almost three meters high. Sure enough, it grows bigger and bigger. Wu Heng watched as the skeleton took out the corpse core and fed it to the corpse king''s mouth. The Corpse King didn''t struggle, he just opened his mouth and swallowed directly, and then continued to squat on the ground. Do you admit it? Or wait for evolution, and then escape in one breath. Didi~! Outside the door, the sound of a car horn came. Wu Heng glanced at the surveillance camera and saw that Li Yahong arrived with a convoy. He got up and went downstairs, asking Skeleton to load the raw materials for pills brought from the warehouse into the truck, while he took Li Yahong into the office. The two sat down on the chairs, and Wu Heng handed the instructions to each other, "These are printed and put in each box of pills. The work is done by the skeletons, and all the unused machinery can be put into operation." This batch of materials shipped over is enough for production for a period of time. Li Yahong glanced at it and then put it away. Then he said: "Qi Hancai and I discussed it and planned to form an investigation team to start investigating all bases." During this time, Wu Heng was also considering this issue. As time passed, individual survivors began to become restless. Wu Heng and Li Yahong cannot take care of everything, so the investigation team, or inspection team, is very necessary. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "At that time, I will arrange skeletons in various places, record the scene, and collect complaint letters, which can also serve as a warning to others." People cannot stand the test. Anyone left unchecked will begin to drift off course. Moreover, those who survived and saw zombies and blood are no longer people from peaceful times. "That''s an idea." Li Yahong nodded. "You will arrange for someone to send the skeleton to the military factory tomorrow. I also have a task here. I need you to give it to Gao Rong and let them handle it." Wu Heng continued. "Okay, I''ll make arrangements tomorrow." The two chatted until the afternoon. Li Yahong left with several trucks of materials. Wu Heng stayed in the prison for a while and returned to Treasure Island. Radio room. Wu Heng picked up the radio and contacted Wen Mansha. "Have those people been looking for you again recently?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha replied, "No, but the envoy is still in the city. I doubt that the other party has any purpose. He didn''t really come to the City Lord''s Mansion to talk about this matter." Wu Heng also felt that there was a problem with the other party staying. "He must be waiting for the second prince''s next order if he stays. He has been more careful recently." "That guy can''t beat us now." Wen Mansha said confidently. Wu Heng said seriously, "It''s just because he couldn''t beat me that he would think of side things." "I will pay attention. The skeletons you arranged for me have been arranged and there will be no problems." Wen Mansha said softly. "Well, that''s good." "Is there any news from Yeke Kingdom?" Wen Mansha continued to ask. "I haven''t received any specific news. Please wait for a while." Wen Mansha could only reply, "Okay." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng returned to the study. Sitting in the room, the sky was getting dark. Return to your room and rest. Zombie world. Military factory, the sun is high. The investigation team arrived, Gao Rong gathered everyone together to finish the meeting, and the rest returned to the office. Gao Rong stayed and accompanied Li Yahong, chatting about the inspection. In an office area. "Is the skeleton that Manager Gao said so evil that it can be used to record laziness?" one person said. Another person said with a smile, "You don''t know what those skeletons are. They are all very dazed. I think they are just to scare us." Ta Ta Ta Ta~! While the two were talking, a skeleton in a suit came upstairs. Standing upright on the side of the office area, holding a small notebook in his hand, intending to take notes. "I''m really recording things." "How can it be possible to write? If the skeleton is so powerful, why do we still need to sit here?" With that said, he grabbed the record book of the skeleton investigation and looked at the words on it. A bunch of unfamiliar symbols that look a bit like characters from the Middle East. "Cao, there is something really written on it." Bang~! The next second, a fist suddenly swung out and hit his chest directly. The man staggered, couldn''t breathe, and lay on his back. The rest of the people were also startled, and immediately rushed to save people, while also looking warily at the skeleton in front of them. "What''s going on?" During the chaos, Gao Rong and Li Yahong walked up with several people. Someone yelled: "Skeletons hitting people." (End of chapter) Chapter 789 , related to the eldest prince (an updat Chapter 789, related to the Great Prince (Updated today.) Skeleton hits people! Hearing these words, the people gathered around also showed anger. No matter what, you can''t hit someone for no reason! Li Yahong narrowed her eyes slightly and looked at the skeleton who picked up the record book again and started recording again. He said, "Send the wounded down for treatment. You come with me to the office and talk about the situation." The man who had just called the skeleton to hit someone was suffocated and looked at Gao Rong, looking a little nervous. Said: "The injured will be sent to recuperate first. You can follow me to the office to learn about the situation." Gao Rong didn''t say much and said to the onlookers: "Stop looking and go do your own thing." The wounded were taken away, and the others returned to their office seats. Li Yahong, Gao Rong, and several key personnel from both bases walked into the office nearby. The man who was brought in stood to one side and said nothing. Li Yahong glanced at the other party and said directly, "Tell me how the fight started." The man rolled his eyes and said, "When we were returning to our seats after getting the water, we happened to see this skeleton writing something from the side. Li Xiang went over to read the content. The skeleton suddenly punched him and knocked him unconscious." Several people in the room raised their eyebrows. Skeletons were ordered not to attack survivors. Especially the people on Li Yahong''s side who came from Xiaodong Auto Repair Factory have been exposed to skeletons for the longest time and have never had any problems. I dont believe it, it will get out of control for no reason. Li Yahong asked seriously, "Didn''t you make any other moves?" "No, no." The man shook his head. Gao Rong also looked at Li Yahong and said, "Deputy Chief Li, I think it''s better to separate the skeleton investigators from the work area." Li Yahong sat on the boss''s chair, looked at Gao Rong, then at the man standing in front of her, and said to the side: "Take out the clay doll." The person behind him opened his backpack and took out the wooden box from inside. After opening it, a strange and weird clay doll was placed on the table. Amid everyone''s confusion, Li Yahong said directly: "Move a chair, sit on the opposite side, and look into the eyes of the clay sculpture." The man''s brows were still frowning, a little at a loss. But he did as he was told, brought a chair and sat on the opposite side. Li Yahong said: "Tell me about the conflict with the skeleton." The man spoke: "Li Xiang was a little dissatisfied with the arrangement of the investigation, and then snatched the notebook from the skeleton. The skeleton suddenly fought back and knocked Li Xiang unconscious." As he told the story, the man''s eyes gradually widened. I can''t believe that I would say such a thing. Li Yahong smiled and covered the eyes of the clay sculpture with her hands. The man stood up suddenly, his eyes full of fear and sweat on his forehead. The room fell into silence again. As expected, it was Li Xiang who made the first move and snatched what was in the skeleton''s hand, which was considered a provocation or attack. This was the first day the investigators were scheduled to come, and this happened. No one spoke, and the room was quiet for a minute. Li Yahong''s negative state disappeared and she spoke softly, "Manager Gao, please explain." Gao Rong replied, "Deputy leader, young people are dishonest. I will teach them a lesson when I get back." "My hands are dishonest, and my mouth doesn''t tell the truth." "Let them write a review and apologize to you in person." Li Yahong still looked at him directly and said: "Manager Gao, if you **** the record book today, you will protect them. If he snatches the skeleton''s gun tomorrow, will you protect them too?" From the perspective of the skeleton, there is no difference between snatching the skeleton investigator''s record book and snatching the patrol skeleton''s gun. They both trigger counterattacks. The behavior is the same. Gao Rong said: "No one dares to grab the gun. The deputy leader gives them a chance." Li Yahong glanced at him again. In the past, Li Yahong would definitely give Gao Rong some face. After all, there was nothing to lose. But this time it was different. Wu Heng specially asked her to investigate here. This happened as soon as the skeleton was arranged to enter the office. It was hard for her to say anything, so she just let him go. "I''ll ask the leader." Li Yahong said. The man opposite panicked, "Deputy Chief, Manager Gao, I was wrong, and I accept the punishment." Li Yahong dialed the phone and was quickly connected. I told him what was going on here, and then he said yes several times. He hung up the phone again and said, "Gao Rong has arranged everything here, and you, follow me to Xinfu City later." Gao Rong''s face also darkened, "Okay, I understand." "Get ready, we''ll wait for you in the car." Li Yahong stood up and left with her people. Gao Rong stayed in the office with a gloomy expression. The man who just lied turned pale. Why did he get involved in this matter? "Manager Gao, this... I just want to help us." Gao Rong raised his head suddenly, with anger in his eyes. The man held back what he said and whispered, "I''m sorry." "What just happened has been made public. Li Xiang provoked the skeleton investigators to evacuate their original positions. Anyone who is slacking off or incompetent for their current positions will be evacuated from their original positions as a warning." "Yes!" the person behind him said immediately. One thing can also be understood through Li Yahong''s attitude. I''m afraid the leader of the base has already had opinions about this. "Okay, let''s all go and do our own things. The original work plan has been accelerated." Gao Rong said, opened the door and walked out. Following the lying man, he hesitated, opened the door and followed him out. prison. After hanging up the phone, put it aside. Li Yahong brought a group of skeleton investigators over today, thinking that some problems would be exposed after a while, but something happened that day. The Skeleton Investigator, a civilian professional, knocked the person unconscious with one punch. What kind of physique is this? It doesn''t matter if it''s exposed earlier, it can also serve as a reminder to others to do their jobs well. In the jail, I sat there until the afternoon. It''s true that nothing happened. The deformed animals are still changing, and they don''t need to stay here every day. Then he returned to Treasure Island. Out of bounds. After releasing the ghost to roam freely, Wu Heng went downstairs from the room. After chatting with Minnie for a while on the first floor, Anderweil and Annette also rushed back from outside. The family sits at the dining table and eats. Wu Heng asked: "Weier, is there any news from the representatives of the Chamber of Commerce?" "There are already several chambers of commerce that have decided to cooperate with us, and their attitudes are very sincere. Master, how many chambers of commerce do you plan to choose to cooperate?" Andweier said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "First select among the 10 companies with good reputations and who are willing to let us arrange for people to follow them for supervision." Selling goods is one aspect, but it also involves improving your reputation. Therefore, the number of cooperation cannot be too small, otherwise the effect will not be so good. Ten major chambers of commerce are about the same. "Okay, Master." "Let me know if you''ve made your choice, and I''ll talk to them then." "good." Had dinner. The maids went to the training room to train, and Wu Heng also stretched and walked directly upstairs. Enter the radio room. He picked up the radio station that contacted Lilith and said directly: "Leader Lilith, can you hear me?" I sat on a chair and waited for two or three minutes. Lilith came from the other side and responded coldly, "Yeah!" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Lilith was quite smart and seemed to be able to use the radio. "Has the leader returned to headquarters?" "Back." "It''s going well along the way." "smoothly." Still a short answer. Wu Heng frowned. If he didn''t know her personality, he would have felt that the other party was not willing to talk to him. It''s also possible that you really don''t want to deal with it. Wu Heng asked: "Does the leader still like the helmet in the space ring? It is quite sturdy. It can prevent wind and protect the head when riding a motorcycle." "Did you also design the helmet?" Lilith''s voice was still calm. Wu Heng did not answer directly, but said casually: "If you don''t like this color, I will give you some helmets in other colors when you come next time." Lilith continued, "I like helmets very much. In terms of weight and toughness, they can replace metal helmets and leather helmets." Lilith''s words made Wu Heng raise his eyebrows. The quality of modern helmets is indeed good, mainly due to their light weight. It can be said that it has better defense than leather helmets, and even better than ordinary iron helmets. "The materials are relatively scarce, so I can only use them privately." Wu Heng said directly. Lilith didn''t say much about this matter, and then asked, "What are the other two night clothes used for?" Night clothes? Wu Heng frowned and immediately reacted, "That''s a cycling suit. It''s windproof and warm when riding a motorcycle." The other person fell into silence for a while, and Lilith said slowly: "Well, it''s very similar to Ye Xingyi." After a few simple polite words. Wu Hengcai said: "Chief, did the two people from the Holy See on Treasure Island go to the headquarters to receive their punishment?" "Here he is, he has been arranged to go to a far away place to change. He won''t be going to Treasure Island in a short time." Lilith replied casually. This was assigned to Lingnan. Lilith is still reliable, and the big reason for doing this is that she is definitely helping Treasure Island. If you want to arrange for a new level 18 professional, you have to wait for the religious leader to come back. During this time, the island will be more stable. "Thank you, chief." There was no answer from the other side. Wu Heng continued, "Chief, where are the religious leaders from the Netale City investigation team?" "When it comes to the leader, don''t ask too many questions." Forehead. This is not telling yourself. But it makes sense. "Is there a cult?" The other side remained silent. Wu Heng thought for a moment and asked: "Chief, do the affairs of the sect have anything to do with the eldest prince? Can you tell me this?" After a while, Lilith said, "It''s definitely related to the eldest prince." really. On my side, I have long determined that this matter has something to do with the eldest prince, or was arranged by him. But I think it is useless. The main thing is to find evidence from the association. Now it''s time to get important evidence. "Does that mean we can arrest him?" Lilith''s slightly meaningful voice came from the other side, "The appointment and dismissal of the royal family is not as simple as you think. It has something to do with the sect, so it may not allow him to come down." "The local deacons died at the hands of the sect." Lilith did not answer, but said: "You want the fifth princess to inherit the throne." Wu Heng did not hide anything. He arranged for skeleton soldiers to help with the defense. This was an open matter. Lilith may have more detailed information here. He simply said: "At least the fifth princess''s actions are not so ridiculous." "Why do you think she has the talent to manage the country?" Lilith asked. "Not to mention that the fifth princess was born in the royal family and received relevant education since childhood. Even without these, a beggar who came to the royal capital would still be able to secure this position." Wu Heng said directly. Lilith''s voice was filled with inquiry, "You are very optimistic about this fifth princess." "From my personal point of view, I naturally want the fifth princess to sit on the throne. Based on your information, is there a chance?" Wu Heng asked directly. "Maybe." Lilith obviously didn''t want to say more. Wu Heng did not continue to ask any more questions. The other party didn''t want to say anything, and no matter how much he asked, he couldn''t get anything out. Wu Heng still wanted to talk, so Xiaoxiao poked his head down from the roof of the shed. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "What''s wrong, Xiaoxiao?" Xiao Xiaofei came down and said, "Uncle, after you finish talking, let me and sister Lilith talk." "Do you know Lilith?" On Xiaoxiao''s side, she didn''t know yet that she and the other two ghosts were friends with Lilith. It is estimated that Lilith also knew about this. After all, it was easy to guess that such a big jade was given away. "Ah?" Xiaoxiao suddenly remembered that this matter must be kept secret, and then said coyly: "Yeah, can''t I have a very powerful friend?" Wu Heng pretended to be angry, "Then next time you make friends, you have to tell me first." Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder, "I know, uncle and I are the best." "It''s okay to talk, but how to say it?" Wu Heng said. Even if the ghost shows his body, electronic equipment cannot capture the figure, and recording and communication tools cannot capture the sound. Only a burst of electricity will be left behind. After thinking for a while, he looked at Xiaoxiao''s expectant eyes and said, "Well, let''s wait for you to possess me and then have a chat with Lilith." "Uncle, it''s the best. I''ll just say a few words." "Wait a moment, I''ll have a few words with your Aunt Lilith." "Okay." Xiaoxiao floated aside, waiting silently. Wu Heng asked: "Chief, when a necromancer transforms a high-level skeleton, it will produce very unstable factors, which will lower the final level of the skeleton. Is there a way to avoid this?" Lilith said: "How many levels do you want to transform?" "Level 18." Wu Heng casually compiled. "What level are you now?" "Level 16." "It''s not a big problem. I''ll give Xiaoxiao a jade stone. Holding it when casting a spell can increase your spellcasting intensity. If it''s one or two levels, it''s about the same. If it''s too high, it won''t be effective." Lilith said. Wu Heng was delighted, that piece of jade was really a good thing. Wu Heng remembered another thing and added: "Chief, don''t forget the trick you taught me last time to seal people''s mouths. I''m still waiting to learn." "Yeah." He said softly. Seeing that the other party agreed, he said: "Thank you, chief. I''m fine here. Xiaoxiao wants to say a few words to you." "Okay." Lilith''s calm voice came over. "Xiao Xiao, you can possess me." Wu Heng released his [Divine Appearance] consciousness and left. Xiao Xiao immediately possessed Wu Heng''s body, picked up the microphone, and said, "Sister Lilith." Lilith on the other side shivered suddenly, "Xiao Xiao?" "Ah, sister, did you take a picture of me?" In the state of divine presence, Wu Heng possessed the skeleton in the deacon''s mansion. This skill, as its level increases, the distance it can reach also increases. There was nowhere to go, so we came directly to the Deacon''s Mansion. A small group of skeletons patrolled along the path in the courtyard. Wu Heng was among them. I have to say, this ability to secretly monitor some places is really good. Following the skeleton team forward, through the window, you can see Shi Yali reading a book and Sheila Gui practicing swordsmanship inside the house. There was faint chatter. "What did Mom say?" Sheela wiped the sweat from her forehead and sat aside. Shi Yali didn''t even raise her head, "Didn''t you say let Wu Heng find a way? What did he say?" "What can he do? What should I do if I scare him?" "Then you think of a way!" Shi Yali said again. Xila Gui said: "I thought about it, we just don''t talk about it. We will talk about it when Wu Heng reaches level 18." "Why didn''t you say wait until he becomes a hero?" "He! It''s hard work. He studies this and that every day. Even if I become a hero, it''s hard for him." Sheela Gui said. Shi Yali looked back at her sister and said, "Be careful when the time comes and don''t expose the secret." "Don''t reveal your secret." Sheila Gui said, suddenly turning her head to look at the window. Then I saw a lone skeleton, continuing to move stiffly, to catch up with the skeleton team in front. "There was a skeleton just now, it seemed to be looking at us." Shi Yali didn''t even raise her head, "I think he''s going crazy. He''s hallucinating." "Really." Sheela said seriously. Shi Yali stood at the window and took a look, then said, "Let the skeleton patrol outside the mansion tomorrow and don''t come in." "Alright." Wu Heng followed the team stiffly forward for a certain distance. The skeleton was replaced again and patrolled outside with the patrol. It took almost half an hour before the divine presence was lifted and he returned to his body. Release the presence of God. The body lies flat on the floor. Wu Heng turned over and sat up, sitting back on the chair. Next time I tell Xiaoxiao, dont just lie down on the ground. After thinking for a moment, Wu Heng contacted Shanara again and told her the news he had just learned from Lilith. The other party thought this was good news, even if it could not directly pull the eldest prince from the throne. As long as he goes out in public, his reputation will be damaged, and some supporters are beginning to waver. The two discussed it for a while. Shanara left and told the fifth princess about this. Wu Heng also got up and returned to the room to rest. The next day, morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng returned to the study and headed to the realm gate. Sitting in front of the surveillance camera, he checked the situation of each prison cell. At this time, Beini and Xiaoxiao flew in from outside. Said: "Wu Heng, the level of that corpse king has reached level 20. Go and have a look." (End of chapter) Chapter 790 , Lingke (one update today, restored tom Chapter 790, Spiritual Remains (One update today, resume tomorrow.) Wu Heng turned up the monitor in the Corpse King''s prison cell to cover the entire screen. In the picture, the Corpse King is still curled up and squatting on the ground in the middle, seemingly unchanged from before. Wu Heng looked at the monitor and asked, "Has there been any change in the Corpse King now?" Penny replied, "No, it''s just that the level has reached level 20, and there are no other changes." Xiaoxiao asked: "Uncle, has evolution failed?" "The level has been improved. It can''t be considered a failure. It''s just that the appearance has not changed much." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. There''s no way a ghost can go wrong with its ability to check levels. Lilith''s level can be seen on Treasure Island, and it is impossible to underestimate such a corpse king. It should be that the appearance has not changed much, and the main improvement is its own attributes. "Oh, that''s right." Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement. "Where''s Glenda?" Wu Heng asked. "Mrs. Glenda, stay in the prison cell and guard the Corpse King," Penny said. Wu Heng then asked, "Is this Corpse King always like this? Doesn''t he do anything?" Normally, if the Corpse King feels that he has been promoted to a new level, he should have some resistance. After all, he is always looking for opportunities to escape. It shouldn''t be so quiet. "Isn''t it? It doesn''t know that it has been upgraded." Xiaoxiao said. Penny also guessed, "Otherwise it''s just a habit, just like a pet." "Ah~! Then uncle doesn''t need to transform into a skeleton, he can directly command the zombie king to fight, like a beast tamer." Xiaoxiao said while touching his chin. Wu Heng stood up and said: "Forget it, it won''t be able to stand it if it slaps me someday." To date, no antidote to the virus has been developed. If you raise zombies like tame animals, it will be troublesome if you slap yourself one day or get infected by blood. My physique is stronger now, but I won''t cause trouble for myself. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he walked out and casually said to the big-headed skeleton following him: "Let the troops gather in the prison area and bring heavy machine guns." Wow~! There were noisy sounds outside the door, and the skeleton team stationed on standby began to take action. Gather towards the prison area. Prison area. The skeleton army has begun to gather and prepare for battle. The army surrounded the door. Various firearms and set-up heavy machine guns were all aimed at the door. Walk to the prison door. Then he saw Glenda floating at the door. Seeing Wu Heng coming over, he said, "The Skeleton Alchemist just arrived. I let him leave first. The Corpse King inside is waiting to open the door." Wu Heng frowned and immediately understood what Granda meant. During the surveillance, the Corpse King was squatting obediently, not becoming more obedient, but waiting for the skeleton alchemist to come and feed the corpse core. When you open the door, something will happen. Intelligence improved so much? Zombies are characterized by low intelligence and rely on instinct to hunt creatures. Now you know how to be patient and wait for the opportunity, and your intelligence has improved a bit exaggeratedly. Moreover, even if the Corpse King breaks out of the prison cell, there is still a prison area outside, separated by iron doors, and he still cannot escape. Unless it breaks concrete. "How did you discover it?" Wu Heng asked. "He''s ready to break free, and he''s always watching where the gate is," Granda said. "Auntie is so smart, uncle didn''t even notice." "I was not at the scene." Wu Heng defended. Glenda glanced sideways and said, "Next time you promote something, write it yourself." "Wrong, wrong, you are the smartest, with both beauty and wisdom." Wu Heng said immediately. Penny and Xiaoxiao snickered on the side. Glenda continued to ask: "This Corpse King seems to be ready. What are you going to do?" "Just kill him." "Open the door and it will rush out. You have to be prepared." Wu Heng nodded and said to the skeletons: "Open the door and shoot when you see the target." Click~click~! A handful of firearms, all with their safety on. "Open the door!" Wu Heng retreated to the rear. The skeleton stepped forward and opened the door. The sound of the door opening made the corpse king in the prison suffocate. A pair of bloodthirsty and ferocious eyes stared at the door. Dang~! The iron door is fully open. Roar~! The Corpse King let out a deafening roar, and its body began to grow rapidly while struggling. The muscles swelled and twisted rapidly like a python, breaking several iron chains in an instant, and the broken chains scattered all over the ground with a crackle. Bang~! Bang bang bang bang~! However, the corpse king has not yet made his next move. Gunshots suddenly rang out. The dense bullets poured into the room like a barrage. The corpse king''s body was continuously hit by bullets, and he retreated step by step, with blood and flesh splattered all over the walls of the room. Hoo~ho! Roars sounded in the room. It was quickly covered by gunfire. Experience +5. [Skeleton Guard Experience +95. [The skeleton guard level has been increased to level 14, with strength +2, agility 1, and perception +2. Experience appears, proving that the Corpse King is dead. But Wu Heng was not sure. After all, the skeleton army outside was also killing zombies. "Look, are you dead?" Wu Heng said to the side. Xiaoxiao flew in and quickly flew back, "It seems to be dead, lying on the ground motionless." Wu Heng nodded and immediately ordered, "Stop shooting." The deafening gunshots stopped, and the air was filled with thick smoke. Kaxiu and Kerimu walked into the prison cell first. After confirming that there was no danger, Wu Heng also followed. The prison cell was in a mess. There were black blood and claw marks on the walls of the prison cell, and on the ceiling overhead, this meaty mud fell downwards. The several axe-wielding skeletons that originally guarded the Corpse King were still alive and clinging tightly to the wall near the door, without being affected. Directly opposite, at the base of the wall, a giant with insectoid features sat slumped, with a huge, ferocious black horn on its head, and beetle wings spread out on its back. The chest had been smashed, but fortunately it was not beaten to pieces like ordinary professionals. "We looked at it just now. It''s not that big, right?" Wu Heng asked doubtfully. According to the surveillance, the size has not changed that much. Looking at it now, it can be seen that it is at least 3 meters tall, and its body shape is like that of an orc, exaggeratedly burly. "It was originally a normal size, but it got bigger when it broke free from the chains." Glenda said. "It seems that it is a characteristic of its evolution." Wu Heng said. "It would actually be more convenient if the size could be changed. If it''s too big, it might not be convenient." Glenda raised an eyebrow. "The child is here, what are you talking about!" Wu Heng rolled his eyes at the other party. Glenda smiled and then asked, "Transform now? Let''s see how the ability is." Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao, "Xiaoxiao, where is the piece of jade that Lilith gave you?" "It''s on the desk." "Lend it to me." "Okay, uncle, just use it as long as you don''t break it." Xiaoxiao said generously. Glenda and Penny had some doubts in their eyes. Xiaoxiao told Erhun that Lilith said yesterday that jade could prevent skeletons from being downgraded, and Glenda and Beni finally understood. Normally, when Wu Heng transforms a corpse with a higher level than his own, the summoned object will be downgraded. Therefore, if level 19 is transformed into level 20, it is very likely that the skeleton that will eventually be transformed will be reduced to level 19. It seemed that Wu Heng still remembered this incident and asked Lilith about it. Lilith is responsible for the association''s intelligence, so this method is definitely more accurate. Wu Heng asked Sanhun to come back first, opened the door of the prison cell on the side, and returned to Treasure Island to get the jade. Wrentam City, Union Hall. City Lord''s Lounge. Wen Mansha wore a fiery red dress, opened the door and walked in. She was about to sit down in front of the sofa. Swish swish~! Three blasts suddenly sounded through the air. The crossbow bolt pierced the air and made a sharp whistle. Wen Mansha''s eyes widened. Before she could react, the crossbow arrow hit her chest, and then a figure rushed out from the shadows, with a dagger piercing her chest. Pressing Wen Mansha down, she fell backward. The killer covered Wen Mansha''s mouth tightly and said with a ferocious smile: "City Lord, don''t blame me. I also want to be a master, so don''t blame me." As he spoke, his brows furrowed. Looking down, he saw Wen Mansha turned into a skeletal hag with a stooped body. The empty eye sockets were shining with fire, and the dagger stuck out was stuck in his chest. "Grayson, your level is not low." A cold voice sounded outside the door, and Wen Mansha, also wearing a red dress, stood at the door with a skeleton. The killer''s eyes narrowed, he turned around and ran towards the window. "Kill him, don''t damage his head." Wen Mansha spoke again. Bang bang bang~! Gunshots rang out, blood spattered on the killer''s body, and he stumbled to the ground. "City Lord, don''t kill me. I''ll tell you who ordered me." "I was wrong. Give me another chance. I was really wrong." "City Lord, please." The killer moved backwards and begged loudly for mercy. There was a fear of death in his eyes. Wen Mansha said softly, "We have all been in gangs, and we all understand the coexistence of benefits and risks. If you fail, you must be prepared to accept the consequences." "No, I''ll tell you who it is..." Bang~! A gunshot rang out and a bullet penetrated his forehead. Wen Mansha glanced at the lifeless body and then said, "Search the room." The skeleton searches the room. Then, a woman was dragged out from the inside of the partition. Wen Mansha frowned for a moment and said coldly, "Look up." The woman raised her head slightly, her face full of fear, but her eyebrows and appearance were very similar to Wen Mansha. She was wearing a red dress, exactly the same as she was dressed today. Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes and knew today''s plan. Kill yourself in the lounge, and then this woman will take her place as the city lord again. Such an old trick. "Who are you?" Wen Mansha asked. The next second, the woman''s eyes suddenly became distracted, and then she threw her head back and fell down. Dead! Slave contract, soul wiped. So cruel. Wen Mansha said softly, "Roll up the body." The skeleton took the carpet on the ground and rolled the two corpses together. Wen Mansha put away the space ring. After everything was settled, Wen Mansha straightened her long skirt and walked out again. At the stairs, two commanders and guards were guarding the entrance. "Sister-in-law, are you okay?" Wen Mansha said as she walked, "It''s okay. Are all the orc chiefs here?" "We''re all here, waiting for you to pass." "Well, let''s go." Several people walked to the conference room together. Zombie world, prison. Wu Heng held the goose egg-sized [Ban Shen Yin Jade] and looked at the corpse on the ground. "Uncle, what are you waiting for?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously when he saw that he had not moved yet. "Bring it together for a while." Wu Heng replied. The method Lilith told him was to use yin jade to amplify magic, but she was talking about herself being at level 16 and converting her level 18 corpse. Level 20 has reached the hero level, and I am really not sure whether it can achieve the effect. I muttered a few words in my mind. Use the jade in your hand to release the [Bone Slave Technique] directly. The rich power of death flows through the jade to the corpse on the ground. The flesh and blood began to slowly fall off, gradually turning into a huge, weird-looking skeleton that looked like a unicorn. However, the color of the skull bones is not the normal white, but a metallic black. Some are like the 12th level boxer Bawudong who was transformed for the first time before. Its bones are iron gray, but the color of the skeleton in front of him is heavier, close to the black paint on the outside of the gun. The huge skeleton stood up slowly. With a height of more than three meters, it reached the ceiling of the prison cell and then squatted down. There was a bright fire burning in the empty eye sockets. [Spiritual Corpse (Level 20)] Wu Heng was delighted. Sure enough, he reached level 20. According to Lilith''s method, he really didn''t lower his level. It is still necessary to have someone who can solve the problem. This is also the reason why many people want to become disciples. If you have anything to do in the future, you can ask Lilith for more advice, and you can also get closer to her. His eyes returned to the skeleton. The name became Lingke, which was more concise than the original name. The original name format was called Skeleton Warrior, Skeleton Demon and the like, but this time it was just two characters. Continue to view properties. [Spiritual Corpse (Level 20)] [Attributes: Constitution 57, Strength 62, Agility 60, Intelligence 38, Perception 37, Charm 12.] [Characteristics: Hollow skeleton, flying, advanced soul, **** outer armor, brood realm, dual form. [Experts: biological aberrations, physical aberrations. The attribute points are so high. Constitution 57, approaching 60. Moreover, both strength and agility have reached 60 points and above. A meat tank. Wu Heng looked at all the attributes and landed on the [Dual Form] that appeared for the first time. [Dual Form]: It has two forms: normal size and gigantic form. When gigantic, all attributes increase. No mention was made of the increase. This is somewhat difficult to judge. In terms of attributes, Wu Heng felt a little surprised. It can be said that this skeleton is more like a tank, and its strength and physique have reached beyond the standard. Even without skills, just relying on this attribute can crush all most professionals. "Uncle, is it powerful?" Xiaoxiao flew around the skeleton several times and then came back and asked. Penny and Glenda also asked curiously. Now it seems that the professional level on my side is already very strong. Two level 20 ghosts, and now there is a level 20 skeleton. As long as they are not enmity with a force with a large number of heroes like the Association, they basically have no opponents. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s quite powerful. It can be regarded as a warrior profession. The warrior profession that can fly is smaller." On command, the skeleton shrank in size and became slightly taller than a human. "Wow, a warrior who can fly." Xiaoxiao was curious. "Show her your wings." Click~! The carapace behind the skeleton opened, and cicada-like wings appeared in front of several people. Wu Heng smiled as he watched the three ghosts circle around the skeleton and said, "Xiaoxiao, give the skeleton transformed with your jade a name." "Me? What should I do if it doesn''t sound good?" Xiaoxiao said nervously. "It''s okay, as long as you like it." Wu Heng said generously. Fortunately, Xiaoxiao made friends with Lilith and got this jade. If it were Wu Heng, Lilith really might not give him this thing. Therefore, Xiaoxiao is the hero of this incident. In the future, when level 20 zombies are cultivated, jade will still be used to give Xiaoxiao a sense of participation. "Okay then!" Xiaoxiao flew around the tall skeleton several times, and then said, "Call it Sparkling, Sparkling Sparkling." "Where did you get the inspiration?" "Its wings are very beautiful and sparkling, don''t they sound nice?" "Uh... that sounds good." Wu Heng looked at the skeleton, "From now on you will be called Winky." The skeleton nodded. (End of chapter) Chapter 791 , the laugh is so scary Chapter 791, the smile is so scary According to Wu Heng''s naming convention. It will definitely be based on appearance characteristics. For example, it''s called Unicorn No. 1. The single horn is his original characteristic, and the word "fairy" sounds a bit taller. A little sparkle is fine, as long as you can remember a name. After confirming the name of the skeleton, Wu Heng began to search for the corpse core on the ground. I havent seen a level 20 corpse core yet. After rummaging around on the ground for a while, he finally picked out a purple-red corpse core where the corpse king''s head had been, and rolled it aside. With a plastic bag on his hand, he picked up the body core and examined it. The size of the corpse core has not changed at all, but the feeling in the hand is a little different. The original corpse core was like pectin, but this time the corpse core was harder, and some looked like bones covered with blood vessels, or jade. "Corpse?" Glenda flew over and looked at the corpse. "Well, let''s take the level 20 corpse core back and let the alchemist continue to study it." Wu Heng put it in a plastic bag and put it away in the space ring. Granda said: "The development speed of your corpse core potion is too slow. I feel that it is more efficient to use this corpse core to experiment with cultivating aberrant zombies." Wu Heng was stunned for a moment, he had never thought of this idea. Currently, the potion has only developed level three corpse cores, which are the corpse cores of level 15 zombies. Level 18 has not been researched yet, let alone level 20 potions. According to the current research and development speed of the Skeleton Alchemist, even if he becomes a hero, he may not be able to develop a level 20 finished potion. That''s why Granda mentioned using corpse cores for distortion experiments. "It''s not easy to get one." Wu Heng was a little reluctant to part with it. "Judging from the current experimental base, there will be no shortage of such things in the future." Granda followed. Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it made sense. "Let the alchemist formulate a plan first." Glenda shrugged, "Look at you, I''m just expressing my thoughts." Wu Heng nodded and walked out of the prison cell with the ghost and skeleton attendants. He said to the big-headed skeleton guarding the door: "Let the skeleton army go back and stand by, and this prison building should also be cleaned." After the order was given, the skeleton army began to evacuate. Several skeletons also walked into the prison cell and began to clean the inside. Wu Heng chatted casually with Ghost and walked towards the office. Return to the control room. Wu Heng continued to check the conditions of other prison cells under surveillance. Xiaoxiao was a little excited and was explaining some rules to the newly added skeleton, Shining. It seems that Xiaoxiao prefers the skeleton he named himself. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. "Come in." The door opened, and the skeleton alchemist and skeleton investigator walked in from the outside. Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton''s record book, which recorded the time and changes in the deformed animals. In terms of records, it is quite detailed. Putting the record book aside, Wu Heng continued to take out several corpse cores and said: "These corpse cores will be handed over to you for analysis and experiments. There is only one of these at level 20, so use it with caution. " The skeleton alchemist took it and carefully sorted it. Then he saluted and exited the room. Wu Heng continued to stay at the prison until the afternoon. He had nothing to do, so he went back to the dormitory, opened the door, and walked in. Release the ghost and put the [Ban Shen Yin Jade] on the desk again. Wu Heng opened the door and walked out of the room, taking the skeleton down to the first floor. Minnie and Robert were pruning the flower branches of potted plants in the living room, and immediately smiled when they saw Wu Heng. Just as he was about to run over and say hello, he saw a skeleton shaped like a unicorn walking down behind him. The expressions of the two maids changed and they subconsciously took two steps back. He asked softly: "Master, is that your new skeleton?" Wu Heng looked back and said, "Well, the new skeleton, go bring the skeleton cutter over and customize a cloak for it." "Yes, Master." Robert agreed and trotted away. Not long after, the skeleton cutter was brought over. Wu Heng told the request to the skeleton cutter. The skull was shiny and looked too weird. It had huge horns on its head, and behind it was a huge black carapace with wings inside. Not to mention ordinary people, even a few maids were shocked when they suddenly saw it. Moreover, if you want to carry it with you in the future, you still need to cover it up. After hearing the request, the skeleton cutter began to give the skeleton a flashing ruler. Minnie sat next to Wu Heng, folded her arms, and asked softly: "Master, what race is this skeleton from? It''s so strange." Robert also said, "It''s like a big insect on the tree." Wu Heng didn''t know how to answer, "I don''t know what race it is, anyway, you can''t see it normally." Minnie said: "Is it a rare race? The master will transform it, will there be no problem?" "Don''t worry, they are not among the association''s rare races." "Master, what level is this skeleton?" "Level 20!" Minnie and Robert''s eyes widened instantly, both showing expressions of disbelief. Level 20 skeleton. The superior leader is only level 20. The owner of his family suddenly produced a level 20 skeleton. It''s incredible. Wu Heng hugged the two girls and said: "Level 20 skeleton, don''t tell anyone, this is our trump card." "Okay." Minnie replied subconsciously. Robert also nodded. At this time, he looked at the strange skeleton in front of him, his eyes still filled with surprise. No wonder it''s so weird. It turns out to be a level 20 skeleton. Soon, the cutter completed the cutting and produced a huge dark gray trench coat. It was put on the skeleton unicorn fairy and put on an elongated hood, covering the entire body tightly. It''s just that the horn propped up on the top of his head looks like a pointed helmet under the hood. The back is arched high, giving the impression of an old man with an extremely exaggerated arch. "Go outside and experiment." Wu Heng said. The skeleton unicorn walked to the courtyard and suddenly grew in size, forming a giant skeleton with a height of 3.5 meters. The thick robe on his body also hung on his upper body like a shawl. Shrinking again, the robe is still on the body and has not been torn by the changed body shape. not bad. "Okay, come back." The skeleton unicorn came back and stood aside politely. There was only the head, sweeping around from time to time. It seems that I am more curious about the environment here. Minnie asked: "Master, what is the name of this skeleton?" "Sparkle, sparkle, sparkle." "There''s something wrong with the name," Robert said. "It sounds pretty good, just call it a habit." Wu Heng said with a smile. Forehead. The two maids looked at each other and said nothing. Hanging on Wu Heng, he casually talked about some interesting things on the island recently. Near dusk, Andweil and Annette also came back from outside. Dinner was served on the table, and we sat at the table and ate our dinner together. Wait until after dinner. Everyone went about their own business. The sky is getting dark. After Wu Heng washed up, he also returned to his bedroom. Looking at the ceiling, I thought about corpse cores and level 20 zombies. In the original plan, the cultivation of level 20 zombies has been successful, and the effect is pretty good. This set a direction for myself. You can continue in this direction and get yourself more level 20 skeletons. No matter how few zombie kings there are in the zombie world, there are still more heroes than there are in other worlds. Collect these corpse kings and cultivate them in a few days, and they will reach level 20. As long as you wait a year and a half, you can cultivate a batch of level 20 skeletons. By then, the Holy See will be nothing. The association is nothing. Who can stop so many level 20 skeletons? Thinking in his mind, Wu Heng also had a smile on his face. On the other side of the world, there is a solution to the problem of reputation. All we have to do is wait for the pills to be produced in sufficient quantities. As long as it is shipped to various races and countries for sale, it will be enough to upgrade yourself to level 20. Then you will be a hero. Ghosts are heroic spirits, and skeletons are also level 20 spirit corpses. All dangers and difficulties are nothing. Thinking of the future scene, a smile appeared on his face. "Uncle, your smile is so scary." Xiaoxiao suddenly poked his head in. (End of chapter) Chapter 792 , somewhat adventurous Chapter 792, some adventure The smile on Wu Heng''s face faded and he asked: "Xiao Xiao, what''s wrong?" "Uncle, if you''re not asleep, I want to tell Sister Lilith about the skeleton called Shining." Xiao Xiaofei came in and whispered. If the ghost wants to communicate through the radio, he also needs to use his body. Wu Heng sat up and said, "Say yes, but don''t mention the skeleton level or our level." Xiaoxiao asked curiously: "Uncle, doesn''t he trust my sister?" "It''s not that I don''t believe her. This is our secret. The fewer people know about it, the better." Wu Heng explained. "Oh, I understand." Xiaoxiao nodded. Wu Heng got up and put on his clothes, and said as he walked, "We can''t talk too late, I''m a little sleepy." Xiaoxiao followed, "Okay." "You can''t lie down on the floor after chatting. It''s too unlucky." "Uncle, you are a necromancer." "This is my profession, and I''m not dead." Xiaoxiao asked again: "What should I do if Sister Lilith asks how many levels?" "Just talk about the 18th level of transformation. If you''re not sure about other things, just say I won''t let you talk." "good." Come to the radio room together. Wu Heng picked up the microphone and asked: "Leader Lilith, can you hear me?" Not long after, Lilith''s voice came from the other side, "Well, what''s the matter?" "Xiao Xiao wants to chat with you." "Leave it to her!" Lilith said. Wu Heng winked at Xiaoxiao again, and then said, "We can only chat for a while." "I know!" Wu Heng released [God''s presence] and left, while Xiao Xiao possessed Wu Heng''s body and said: "Sister Lilith, today my uncle used your jade to transform a big skeleton. The name my uncle asked me to give is Shining." "The skeleton is called this name, it seems less murderous." "Uncle said it sounded nice, and he liked it very much." "How many levels of skeletons are there?" "Um, level 18,...that''s what uncle said." "It''s enough to protect his safety." Central square. Wu Heng controlled a skeleton patrol and followed the guard on the streets. At this time, people basically go home to rest and sleep. There were only some drinkers who walked out of the pub in a daze, or bargained with the women waiting outside, and went into the dark alleys to exchange feelings. Wu Heng followed the patrol for almost half an hour. Only then was the effect of [God''s Presence] lifted and he returned to his body. This time, Xiaoxiao let him lie down on the table. Wu Heng got up and returned to the room to rest. the next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng went to the zombie world again. Taking the truck left in the prison, we arrived at the shopping mall in the central area. In the conference room. Wu Heng was sitting on the first floor, and Li Yahong was sitting next to him. On the opposite side, there was Gao Rong, the head of the military factory, and several key personnel and researchers. Li Yahong explained the matter in detail, and then said: "The person who snatched the skull record book and lied was brought to the search team. He will practice for a few days. If he performs well, he will be arranged to go back." Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Gao Rong, with a few people around him, bowed and apologized, "Chief, it was my fault for not making good arrangements. I had a meeting with all the staff before I left. This kind of thing will never happen again." Wu Heng looked at the other party and said: "Last time I came back, I found that the staff was scattered and there was no one in the office. Gao Rong, you are responsible for this matter. When the military factory was first handed over to you, it was not like this. " Gao Rong''s heart tightened. Sure enough, he was already dissatisfied with his side, so he arranged for the skeleton investigators to go there. "I''ll correct it immediately." Wu Heng continued, "A group of technicians will also come from South Korea, and the internal system will also be adjusted. You will cooperate with us and a new system will be formulated by then." Gao Rong felt sweat on his forehead, "He is the leader. I will not let you down this time." Wu Heng was quite satisfied with Gao Rong''s attitude. Except for this problem, the military factory performed very well before. Including machine guns, the production chain of machine guns, and various machinery manufacturing. It can be said that it does provide a lot of convenience for development. The hero of the base. We will check the situation later and make arrangements. "Well, sit down." Wu Heng said. Gao Rong sat down again. Wu Heng continued to look at Li Yahong and asked, "How is the situation at the pharmaceutical factory?" "All the machines are running. The daily production quantity is 70,000 pieces." Li Yahong replied, and the figures were very accurate. It seems that he is also paying attention to this matter. Wu Heng nodded with satisfaction. At this speed, it will take less than a few days to transport the first batch of goods. "Is there anything wrong with the manual?" Wu Heng asked next. Li Yahong said: "We are also printing, and there is no problem with the quantity." Wu Heng nodded and continued: "Give orders to the skeleton teams that are developing. If you encounter aberrant zombies, capture them alive if you can." "Deformed zombie?" "Well, you can just take him to the prison when the time comes, and there will be skeletons to help him." "I understand." Li Yahong didn''t say much and nodded in agreement. After the meeting, Li Yahong took Gao Rong to visit several factories. Some damaged accessories and machines need to be produced. Wu Heng, on his side, took an off-road vehicle and returned directly to the prison. In the afternoon, return to Treasure Island. Before Wu Heng walked downstairs, Minnie said: "Master, Sister Wen Mansha has sent you a message." "I know." Wu Heng turned around and walked upstairs again. Entering the radio room, he saw that Mansha Wen had left a message in the skeleton investigator''s notebook asking if he was there. Wu Heng picked up the phone and said, "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, I have some trouble here." Compared with before, Wen Mansha''s tone sounded a little restless and tired this time. "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng also became serious. Wen Mansha recounted the recent events in Luntam City. The thing is also very simple. During this period, Wen Mansha and Luntam City officials were assassinated one after another. Although Wen Mansha relied on the city''s intelligence system and the well-arranged skeletons, there was no danger. But the enemy was in the dark, and the assassinations continued. I started to feel uneasy. Especially if I have children, I am afraid that this kind of danger will happen to my children. "Did the second prince do it?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s not clear yet. The Skeleton Mage followed the army to the fortress. None of the corpses he killed were interrogated. The second prince''s messenger is still in the city, and he came to visit me today, but I didn''t see him." After hesitating for a moment, Wen Mansha said softly: "Master, why don''t you take the baby with you? It will be safer." It seems that he is really worried. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Don''t go out for the next few days. I''ll take care of it here, and then I''ll go over to see you. We''ll discuss this matter then." Wen Mansha said helplessly, "I made you run around again." Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay. I, the owner of the island, don''t have anything important to do. No one noticed me after I left for a few days." "Then I''ll wait for the master to come over." Wen Mansha whispered. "Be good, it''s okay. Everything will be fine when I get there." "I know Master." "How''s the baby doing lately?" Wu Heng asked. Wen Mansha''s tone became much more relaxed, "Everything is fine, I''m getting fatter now." "Prove that your food is nutritious, and I will say that you are rich in capital." Wen Mansha smiled and didn''t refute. The two continued to chat for a while, and Wu Heng told the other party to pay attention to safety before he went there. He hung up the communication and walked downstairs. Wu Heng went downstairs and dinner was already served on the table. "Weier, have you chosen the Chamber of Commerce?" "We have already chosen, there are ten companies in total, including sister Shannara''s Star Flower Chamber of Commerce, Deacon Sheila Gui has guaranteed an Elf Chamber of Commerce, and the rest are all those we have cooperated with and are relatively powerful in various places. Chamber of Commerce." Anderweier said directly. Wu Heng nodded, "Tomorrow, call together these chamber of commerce representatives and I will hold a meeting for them." "Okay master." Anderweil nodded. Several people were chatting while eating. Things on the island were also arranged. Had dinner. The maids went to the training room to train together, while Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the study. Wu Heng sat down aside. Asked: "Where''s Xiaoxiao?" Glenda smiled and said, "Benny came back just now and said there was a fight in the central district tavern, and then the two of them flew out to watch the fun." What a good guy, he even came back specially to drag people out to watch the fun. Wu Heng said: "Wen Mansha has received news. There are constant assassinations in Luntam City, and she can''t cope with it." Glenda put down the book and said, "Actually, in terms of the pill plan, the Kingdom of Yeke is not that important anymore." Wu Heng nodded and said: "If there is no problem over there, I also plan to wait for the pills to help me become a hero, but now it seems that I can''t ignore it." "What do you think?" Glenda asked. "Let''s see where the investigation team has found, and then deal with the second prince first." "Would it allow the Holy See to find any excuses?" (End of chapter) Chapter 793 , to serve as a shield for you Chapter 793: Used as a shield for you "I don''t care about so much anymore." Wu Heng leaned on the back of his chair and said helplessly. The original plan was to wait until the association completed its investigation, but now Wen Mansha has been assassinated one after another. Judging from the words, she feels threatened. Especially the threat to my daughter. This matter cannot be delayed any longer to avoid uncontrollable events. "Kill the second prince directly?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "We may not be able to find his specific location. Let''s check the situation first. If we really find him, kill him." The second prince is definitely inferior to the eldest prince in terms of strength. But like a dog-skin plaster, it keeps causing trouble for Luntam City. Glenda floated to one side and said softly, "With our current strength, it is not difficult to kill him. The main problem is that of the investigation team. We have only upgraded our level, and our background is still not as good as those heroes." "Understood, I''ll ask Lilith later." "She probably won''t tell you, so why don''t you let Xiaoxiao ask?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, shook his head and said, "Don''t let Xiaoxiao get involved. It''s not easy to make a friend." "It''s up to you. I''ve put all the subsequent detective stories in the drawer. When you leave, just ask your little maid to publish them in the newspaper in order." Glenda said. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. One person and one soul talk. Xiaoxiao and Penny flew back from outside. He walked directly through the wall into the study, and excitedly discussed the battle outside just now. Wu Heng frowned and listened for a long time, but he didn''t understand anything and asked, "What was the reason for the fight?" Penny said: "The two drank too much and started fighting at the wine table. Then they went back to find helpers, and then it turned into a group fight again. A large area of ??tables and chairs fell down in the pub." "Are there still people drinking and fighting now?" Wu Heng was curious. "Later, the deputy deacon led a team over and took these people away," Penny said. Xiaoxiao also added on the side, "Sister Beini and we were fighting, otherwise we would have fought even more fiercely." "How did you start the fight?" Xiaoxiao crossed his arms and said, "Someone wanted to do something evil. Sister Beni and I possessed us and scared them away." Beni explained, "Someone wanted to use weapons, so Xiaoxiao and I stopped them." Wu Heng nodded, "Yes, you did the right thing." "Hehe!" Xiaoxiao smiled. Wu Heng also stood up and said, "You guys can play, I''m going back to rest first." The ghosts said good night and flew to their respective places. Wu Heng walked out of the study, thought for a moment, and gave up the idea of ??contacting Lilith at night. Return to the study to rest. Early in the morning, have breakfast. Andwyll and Annette went to the town hall, while Minnie and Robert conducted their daily training in the courtyard. Wu Heng sat in the yard for a while and looked at the time again. Then he went upstairs and walked into the radio station''s room. After checking the records one by one to confirm that no one had contacted him, Wu Heng sat down in front of Lilith Radio. In fact, with Lilith''s living habits, it would be okay to contact the other party last night. After all, there are still some differences between me and Xiaoxiao. It is still somewhat impolite to chat with each other in the middle of the night. Picked up the phone and said directly: "Leader Lilith." After a brief silence, Lilith''s emotionless voice came from the other side, "Yeah!" Wu Heng said directly: "Chief, I would like to ask Chief Saidu how the investigation in Yeko Kingdom is going?" Saidu is the religious leader and is still leading the team to investigate the Kingdom of Yeko. Lilith''s voice was calm, "You are still in the kingdom, are you afraid that he will come back and cause trouble on Treasure Island?" Still investigating over there in the Kingdom of Yeko. Moreover, according to Lilith, she won''t be able to come back in a short time. Wu Heng said: "I am just asking about the progress of the investigation team. Chief Saidu is magnanimous and will not cause trouble on Treasure Island." There was a smile in Lilith''s voice, "I don''t believe you think so! The Holy See''s actions are the most extreme, and deep-rooted ideas are difficult to change. If he comes back, I will tell you in advance and make some preparations." Tell yourself this in advance. No matter how much Lilith is, she will still take care of herself. "Thank you, chief." Wu Heng thanked you and said, "Chief, actually I have one more important thing to ask." "Tell me and listen!" Wu Heng stopped beating around the bush and said directly: "The city where I was the captain previously had a battle with the rebels of the Kingdom of Yeko. I would like to ask if the fight between the two parties will affect the association''s investigation." Association, Deacon''s Study. The door opened after a knock, and an elf businessman in light green robes walked in lightly. He glanced at the two sisters in the room, saluted and said, "Representative of the Cuiying Chamber of Commerce, I have met Deacon Xilagui and Assistant Shi Yali." Sheila Gui glanced at the other party and nodded, "Mr. Helian, please sit down." Cuiying Chamber of Commerce is the resident elven chamber of commerce on Treasure Island. Some of the items needed by Xila Gui and Shi Yali were also transported through the ships of the Cuiying Chamber of Commerce. The elf representative did not sit down, but took a step forward, took out a letter from the space ring and handed it over, "This is a letter from the Presbyterian Council." Sheila Rose took it. The other party took out another letter, "This is Mr. Silveren''s letter." Silveran is the name of Sheila Rose and Shi Yali''s father. Sheela continued to take it and opened the letter. Shi Yali also walked over from the side and sat on the armrest of her chair. Their eyes fell on the text of the letter at the same time. The content all talks about the same thing, so Sheela Gui must promote cooperation with Treasure Island. Sheila Gui read the letter, re-folded it and put it aside, and said: "Last time, we introduced the Cuiying Chamber of Commerce to the city hall." They were originally from the same clan, and even without this letter, they would have helped facilitate this matter. Now it seems that it is not going so well. The elf representative said: "Deacon, I learned that some chambers of commerce have been notified and went to the city hall to discuss the matter, but our chamber of commerce has not received any news." Maybe he felt that he was a little too anxious, so he coughed slightly to slow down his voice and said, "The clan attaches great importance to this transaction. Please pay more attention and help us talk about this matter. The Cuiying Chamber of Commerce is not as good as the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce." If the difference is good, it will definitely meet the requirements of Treasure Island, and I will also be willing to give 20% of the profit to the deacon. " From the tone of the other party, you can feel some anxiety. I recommended it to the city hall before I ordered it, but it didn''t seem to have any effect. The two sisters looked at each other with some doubts in their eyes. Wu Heng couldn''t deny him this little face. "Call the island owner''s mansion and ask about the situation." Xila Gui said. Shi Yali stood up and walked aside, using the phone to call directly. The elf raised his eyebrows. Are you starting to contact him now? It seems to be some kind of prop. The relationship between the deacon and the island master is so close, they can talk directly. Soon, Shi Yali put down the phone and said, "Let''s go to the city hall now. They are preparing for a meeting over there." The elf businessman looked overjoyed and immediately stood up and saluted, "Thank you, deacon, and thank you, assistant Shi Yali. I''ll go over first and come back to say thank you when everything is done." "Well, go ahead!" Sheila Gui nodded. The elf merchant turned around and left, taking his people with him to the city hall. Wait for people to leave. Xilagui said: "I heard that 10 chambers of commerce are to be selected, so there should be the Cuiying Chamber of Commerce." Shi Yali returned to her seat and said with a smile, "Minnie answered the phone and said that the Chamber of Commerce will give us a share and then let us go to the city hall." Xila Gui raised her eyebrows and said, "What are you doing? How can you really want this money?" Being a deacon from Treasure Island naturally made him rich. Shi Yali held her chin, "We don''t have to. It will also make the elves pay more attention to us and make our parents better." "Wu Heng came up with it?" "It must be him, how could anyone else think of this." "Humph, he has a conscience." Shi Yali smiled and remained silent. Island owner''s mansion, radio room. The association headquarters must have recorded what happened in Luntam City. Especially since I have attracted more attention during this period, I don''t believe that the Whisperer in Luntam City has no information to pass on. Instead of going around and around, it is better to say it directly and show that you trust the other person. Lilith pondered for a moment and then said: "The headquarters has records of the war in Luntam City. Don''t let Saidu get caught on what you are doing." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It means that the association will not care about this matter, but don''t let Saidu find any excuse. "Thank you, Chief. The construction of the Chief''s Mansion prepared for you has begun. A large entertainment venue is also under construction on the island. You can consider settling on the island by then." Lilith said calmly: "You want me to be your shield?" (End of chapter) Chapter 794 , dont be caught Chapter 794, dont get caught "No way, I just want you to come and live on the island." Wu Heng said. The person on the other side became dull again and said, "We''ll talk about it after the construction is completed." "Okay, I''ll let you know then." "Is there anything else?" "No, I won''t disturb the leader''s rest." "Um!" The person on the other end hummed slightly and hung up the communication. Wu Heng put the microphone back, leaned on the chair, and began to think about this matter. Judging from the conversation with Lilith just now, the investigation team led by the leader of the Holy See is still conducting investigations within the Kingdom of Yeko, and they may not be able to come back in a short time. In this case, Treasure Island should have no problems. As for Luntam City, the association knows about the war between Luntam City and the Kingdom of Yeko. According to Lilith''s attitude, the association will not care about this matter. It''s up to both parties to fight however they want, and it''s their own dispute. As long as they don''t harm association members, there won''t be any problem. He also specially reminded himself not to be caught by the leaders of the Holy See. The Yeko Kingdom has a large territory, and the association''s investigation team mainly conducts investigations near the royal capital, while Luntam City involves the northern part of the kingdom, where the second prince is located. No matter what, the other party won''t be able to catch anything unless the other party comes to check on you. Even if you check, it''s hard to find anything, as long as you do it quickly enough. Anyway, lets go to Luntam City first and solve Wen Manshas trouble. After thinking about it in my heart. He gave his position back to the skeleton investigator, got up and walked downstairs. Go downstairs. Minnie said: "Master, Assistant Shi Yali just called and asked about the Cuiying Chamber of Commerce. I asked them to go to the city hall." Wu Heng walked down and said, "What benefits did you promise to Sheila Gui?" "Shi Yali didn''t say anything. There should be someone on the other side, but when I asked if he had promised anything, the other person said yes." Minnie said with a smile, and then came over to help him put on his armor and coat. "With Xila Ge''s character, she won''t want these things, but the elves will definitely value each other and won''t just think of them as a local deacon." Wu Heng said. The local deacon is nothing among the elves. But this matter was linked to the Treasure Island transaction, which raised his status a bit. To secure the deal, you must maintain a good relationship with Shirazuki. "Master is still worried about the butler." Minnie straightened his collar. Wu Heng pinched her cheek and left the island owner''s mansion with the skeleton. town Hall. The atmosphere in the spacious and bright conference room was somewhat serious. On both sides of the slender conference table, ten distinguished chamber of commerce representatives in formal attire sat around, talking to each other in low voices. After a while, the door opened. Wu Heng took Anderweier and walked in from the outside. The representatives stood up with a roar and saluted one after another, "Your Majesty, Island Master." "Sit down." Everyone sits down. Wu Heng also sat down at the head and said: "Everyone, I have called you here today. It is still a matter of Treasure Island''s treatment pills. After our consultation and consideration, we plan to initially cooperate with your chamber of commerce, but we still need to Some corresponding requirements. As soon as these words came out, everyone present showed excitement and joy on their faces. In the past two days, I have learned something through some channels, but today I received confirmation from the island owner that my chamber of commerce was selected. In this way, it can be regarded as being ahead of most other chambers of commerce and can make a fortune from the very beginning. "Thank you, Lord Island Master, for your trust." "We must do this well." "Island owner, please rest assured." Everyone spoke up, promising to fulfill Treasure Islands release requirements. Wu Heng nodded, took out a sealed medicine box from the space ring, and introduced it to everyone: "In order to avoid problems with the medicine, I will first talk about the design and requirements of the medicine box, and then I will tell you about it later. Some matters related to the sale. Everyone remained quiet, waiting for him to continue. Wu Heng continued: "Prior to sale, the medicine bottle cannot be opened. Once opened, it cannot be determined whether anyone has replaced the medicine in the medicine bottle. This is to ensure the safety of the medicine and to ensure our mutual credibility." At this point, everyone nodded after hearing this. It is true and reasonable. There are many pills in a bottle of medicine. If someone opens and replaces one pill, or does anything else, problems may easily occur. This sealing method is really simple and effective. Wu Heng continued, "The second point is about hoarding medicines. All chambers of commerce that Treasure Island cooperates with will arrange for an accompanying representative. They cannot control the market price because of hoarding, nor can they sell more than one-third of the quantity. To the same force or individual." After saying this, there was a slight discussion below. Various chambers of commerce were whispering among themselves, discussing this matter. Not being allowed to open the seal and arranging for Treasure Island representatives are understandable, but stipulating the quantity and not selling it to one person is a bit too rigid. A middle-aged representative with a fat figure and a shrewd face frowned and questioned: "My lord, our Chamber of Commerce has cooperation with various kingdoms, and we will definitely make some large purchases. I''m afraid your request will damage the business." Our mutual interests. Wu Heng nodded slightly and said calmly: "This representative asked a very good question, and my meaning is very clear. We must ensure that ordinary people can buy it. Of course, the quantity is controlled at the moment. When the subsequent production is increased, we will There are no regulations in this regard, just buy whatever you want. Everyone understood clearly that an elegant female elf representative asked softly: "Island owner, what about the supply and price of goods? I don''t know if we can guarantee sufficient supply for so many families." Wu Heng said: "A bottle costs 9 silver, and each chamber of commerce can provide up to 20,000 bottles. Chambers of commerce that do not have such a large purchase demand can order according to their own ideas." The ten chamber of commerce representatives looked at each other and nodded slightly to express their understanding. The matter of the pills has been discussed with the respective headquarters, and the goods must be purchased, not to mention that it was difficult to obtain them in so many chambers of commerce. The price will be determined as soon as possible. "Island owner, when can I get the goods?" someone asked again. Things are basically settled as it is now. The price is cheaper than the market price, the chamber of commerce will make a profit, the supply is sufficient, and it is sure to sell well. The various chambers of commerce don''t have any problems, they just hope to get the goods faster. Wu Heng said: "In the afternoon, you will report the quantity you ordered to the city hall, and you can arrange for someone to pick up the goods tomorrow." So efficient! People also showed joy. "It''s my lord." Everyone nodded. "Okay, you go back and prepare. The ships and personnel are ready first." Everyone saluted again and exited the city hall. Everyone leaves. In the conference room, only Wu Heng and Ande Weier were left. "Master, provide goods to the Chamber of Commerce. Do the sales points on the island have to sell them simultaneously?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Let''s start the sale in two days, staggered from the Chamber of Commerce." "good." "Go and prepare. They should come back later to confirm the purchase quantity." Wu Heng said. Anderweil nodded, and the two left the study. As soon as he walked out of the door, he saw a representative of the Chamber of Commerce waiting at the door. He said directly: "Miss Anderweil, we can determine the quantity directly." Anderweier glanced at Wu Heng and nodded, "Come with me." Several people walked to the side room to register. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng went directly upstairs, took the ghost back into his body, and headed directly to the zombie world. Take an off-road vehicle directly to the pharmaceutical factory and transport the boxes of treatment pills in the warehouse to Treasure Island through the boundary gate. It was carried until it got dark. All these goods have just been moved. Fortunately, the skeleton has no physical strength, otherwise it would have consumed more time. Take the off-road vehicle back to the central area shopping mall. Wu Heng returned to his room. Not long after, Li Yahong knocked on the door and walked in. Said: "Did the plant medicine you sent grow too fast?" It seems that the plant medicine given to her has shown effects. The effect of growing food is not yet clear, but it can take two or three days to grow all kinds of food in the yard. speed visible to the naked eye. Wu Heng said with a smile, "When the time comes, the skeletons will grow whatever vegetables are lacking and slowly restore all the varieties." "Okay!" Li Yahong agreed, and then looked at him blankly. Wu Heng touched his face and said, "What are you looking at? Like a gangster!" Li Yahong rolled her eyes at him, and then said, "I''m thinking about one thing. Is there a **** who calculated that the world is going to end and asked you to save us?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What you said, the credit should still go to the gods." Li Yahong smiled and hugged his arm, saying coquettishly, "You saved me, you are our benefactor." (End of chapter) Chapter 795 , there is level 18 to kill her (an upda Chapter 795: Level 18 came to kill her (an update today.) The next day, the port, the large warehouse area. The heavy iron doors of each room were wide open, and workers arranged by various chambers of commerce, under the loud urging of the stewards, entered the designated warehouse and began to move goods. Boxes of goods were carried out, and clear fonts could be seen on the wooden boxes. Treasure Island Healing Pills. At the location of the Cuiying Merchant Guild''s cargo ship, the elegant wood elf ''Helion'' stood on one side of the connecting board, holding a ledger in his hand, with excitement and excitement on his face. The cooperation with Treasure Island has finally been implemented. Moreover, the order in which the chamber of commerce picks up goods is also ranked first among the chambers of commerce. It seems that Deacon Sheila Gui still played a big role in this. It''s busy here. On the road outside the port, a carriage slowly stopped. Butler Sheila Gui and the girl with white rabbit ears stepped out of the carriage one after another. Behind them were a group of people, mainly humans and dwarfs. The elf representative looked suffocated and immediately got off the boat and greeted the two of them, "Butler, Miss Annette." Sheila Gui said: "The city hall will arrange for accompanying representatives of the Chamber of Commerce. You will take care of them then." The elf representative nodded immediately, "Of course." Annette gave a few instructions behind her. A dwarf saluted and walked to the side of the wood elf representative. Sheila Gui continued to nod and followed Annette to the remaining chambers of commerce. "It is said that the island owner likes orc girls." The wood elf watched the few people leave. Outside the port, residents gathered around, whispering and discussing. "Why are you moving goods today?" The literate one said, "It says Treasure Island Healing Tablets." Everyone immediately understood that this was Treasure Island''s pills starting to be sold to the Chamber of Commerce. "With so many chambers of commerce buying it, how many alchemists are needed to make it?" "The island owner must have his own method." "Island Master, you are so powerful." The island owner''s mansion. On the road outside the mansion, the chambers of commerce that had not obtained the cooperation qualifications lined up in a long line outside the mansion. Everyone looked solemn, thinking in their minds whether there was any chance of getting further cooperation opportunities. The door to the island owner''s mansion opened. Kitten Girl Robert, under the protection of the skeleton, recorded the name and representative name of the chamber of commerce that came to give gifts. "Miss, when will the island owner come back? Our Chamber of Commerce is here with sincerity, and we also want to talk to the island owner in person about cooperation." The man in gorgeous clothes said with a smile. Robbe shook his head and said: "The island owner went out in the morning. I don''t know when he will come back." The man looked inside along the door, and then suddenly shouted, "Island owner, the Falcon Wing Chamber of Commerce comes with sincerity." Robert was not surprised at all, and it was obviously not the first time he saw it. He said softly: "Stop shouting, the master said that the number of cooperative chambers of commerce will be gradually increased in the future. Just wait for a while, and someone will contact you then." The yelling man still wanted to speak. The people behind him immediately pushed him aside and said: "Shuguang Port Chamber of Commerce, please help us write it down. Our chamber of commerce has a history of 70 years. I hope we can be elected next time." Robert nodded and took note. Representatives from behind continued to come forward, presented gifts, and registered the name of the chamber of commerce. In the study room. "Uncle, someone stood at the door and shouted that he wanted to cooperate with us. His nose was full of tears." Xiao Xiaofei came back and said with a smile. There was a lot of excitement outside today, which also brought a lot of interest to Xiaoxiao. Starting from the morning, he went out to watch the excitement. Then bring the news back from outside. "Let them shout. Don''t give up until they shout twice." Wu Heng said. Pills cannot be supplied to so many chambers of commerce, and the sales of goods are too scattered, and uncontrollable things may occur. After all, this is the first time for this kind of cooperation, so it is necessary to be cautious. While talking, Penny also returned from outside. He glanced at the people in the room and said: "Over at the port, the entourage from the city hall has been assigned to various chambers of commerce, so there is no problem." "Who brought it there?" "Annette and Sheila Rose," said Penny. "That''s good." Wu Heng also said with a smile. Pills are an important part of your plan to gain fame. Regardless of whether the desired effect can be achieved in the end, there must be no problems on Treasure Island. I chatted with the ghost for a few words and confirmed that today''s plan will be implemented normally. Wu Heng also stood up and walked outside. Go downstairs. Minnie has prepared all the items she needs to leave. At the same time, he said: "Master, Sister Wei''er called. Our people have been arranged to enter various chambers of commerce." "I understand, just let Weier handle it." Wu Heng said, put the prepared package into the space ring, and then asked: "Is there any news from the association?" "No news," said Minnie. Wu Heng walked to the phone and dialed the association''s number. After two rings, Shi Yali''s voice came from the other side, "Hello!" "I am Wu Heng." Shi Yali''s voice suddenly became softer, "I haven''t been here for several days." "I''ve been a little busy lately. Is there nothing going on with the association?" Wu Heng asked. "Nothing''s wrong. Sheila Gui went out to patrol. What''s the matter with you?" Shi Yali asked. Wu Heng said directly: "I''m going out for a trip later, and I won''t be staying on the island for a few days. You will have to worry about safety issues then." "Why go?" "Deal with some trouble." Shi Yali''s tone was a bit complaining, "After Sila Gui accepted us, you haven''t been here for a day." "When I come back, I will stay with you every day." "Who cares?" Shi Yali said, and then added, "Be careful and don''t take risks." "I know, Treasure Island is left to you." "Um!" After saying that, Wu Heng hung up the phone. Minnie stood aside and said, "Master, are you leaving now?" "Leave now. If anything happens, let me know via the radio." Wu Heng walked out. Wen Mansha couldn''t delay, so he had to go there as soon as possible. "Okay master, say hello to Sister Wen Mansha for us," Minnie said. Walk to the courtyard. Wu Heng directly put on the [train conductor''s hat], waved goodbye to the maids, and boarded the train. The next second, he disappeared directly. Association headquarters, inside the castle. The heavy wooden door was slowly opened. The old man walked into the room carrying a wooden box with both hands and saluted the dark wooden coffin in front of him, "Miss, Treasure Island has sent the latest pills." There was a brief silence in the room, and then the coffin lid opened. Lilith sat up leaning on the edge, looked at the box in the old man''s hand, and asked, "Is this all?" "There is only one box." The old man continued: "I also saw that the same boxes were delivered to Hongwen Club and the Field Envoy Hall." Lilith raised her eyebrows, it seemed like she was sending a box to everyone she knew well in the association. "Bring it here." The old man moved the wooden box over, and Lilith took out the medicine bottle and opened it. The first thing that appeared in front of her eyes was a folded instruction manual. Lilith looked at the content above and raised her eyebrows slightly. Then, he looked thoughtful. "Miss, did the owner of Wuheng Island write you a letter?" the old man asked with a smile. Lilith handed the instruction manual to the other party and said, "He is really confident in laying out his plans so early." The old man looked at it and said with a smile, "The master of Wuheng Island is really unexpected." Lilith smiled and said, "You''re clever." Ta Ta Ta Ta~! Footsteps sounded again from the direction of the corridor. A man stood at the door and said softly: "Chief, someone is coming outside. Chief Hadarai invites you to go to the lobby to discuss matters." "I know." Lilith stood up, packed up briefly, and headed to the meeting hall. In the bright meeting hall. The four leaders entered the room one after another and sat down in their respective positions. Except for the religious leaders who were still outside, the remaining ruling leaders were all summoned here. Wait until everyone arrives. Head of the field envoy, Hadarayi said: "Alchemy groups from various places sent letters of complaint to the headquarters, saying that the pills from Treasure Island have affected the interests of various places, and requested the association to ban the sale." The leader of Hongwenhui and Lilith both glanced here, and there was indeed such a look in their eyes. Only the hunter leader, the dwarf Bruno, frowned and stroked his beard and said: "Have the pills like those in the newspaper started to be sold? When did it happen, why didn''t I know?" No one paid attention to him, but Lilith glanced at the people present and said: "The market is about survival of the fittest, and the association has no precedent of suppressing other people''s innovation." The hero of Hongwenhui glanced here and said, "The term survival of the fittest fits the situation this time. I don''t recommend that the association intervene in this matter." Hadarayi nodded and looked at the hunter dwarf leader, "Bruno, what do you think?" "I have no objection." Bruno said directly. Hadarayi said directly: "Then I will let the headquarters issue an announcement directly and will not interfere in this matter." The others nodded yes. Lilith looked at two of the elf heroes. My heart also moved slightly. No wonder, in addition to giving away two boxes of pills, he seemed to have thought that someone would come to the headquarters to complain. Once the pills are delivered, you will know the characteristics and efficacy of the pills, instead of just seeing the content in the complaint letter. Good or bad can be seen at a glance. This guy is really thoughtful. When the meeting ended, everyone left the meeting hall. The door opened and Wu Heng stepped off the train. I looked around and saw that it was still a wilderness. Wow~! From next to a tree, just pulling up my pants. Three wild wolves as big as calves sprang out from the grass behind them and pounced directly on this side. Bang~dong! The sounds of fighting rang out, and Kaxiu punched quickly, knocking the three wild wolves away in the blink of an eye. He followed closely and broke the necks of the wild wolves one after another. "Wrap it up." Wu Heng took out a straw mat. Ka Xiu wrapped up the bodies of the three wild wolves, and Wu Heng directly put the space ring away. Then, the three ghosts were released. "Are you there?" Glenda asked. "We''re here, let''s identify the direction." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao straightened up, then flew down again, "Uncle, over there." "Let''s go." After determining the direction, he walked directly through the woods. When he saw the city in the distance, Wu Heng released [Teleportation] and approached the city directly. He strode in. Not much can be seen in the city. You can see orcs and humans shopping on the road, which is very lively. It seems that the assassination plan only targets the city lord and some important officials, and will not have much impact on ordinary people in the city. Maybe the outside world doesn''t know about the assassination of the island owner. All the way to the city lord''s mansion. "Open the door." Wu Heng shouted to the skeleton guarding the wall. Squeak~! The door opened and I walked in directly. Walking into the courtyard, I saw Wen Mansha walking out with her child in her arms. When she saw Wu Heng, her face showed surprise, "Master." Wu Heng hugged the other party and said, "I''m here. It''s okay." "It makes the master worried." Wen Mansha said in a low voice. Just as Wu Heng was about to speak, another figure walked out of the house. Her long brown hair was tied up, her eyes were bright, her embroidered eyebrows were long and she was wearing leather armor, and she walked over slowly. A leopard with shiny fur follows at its feet. Slater! Blackstone Steward. "Slater." Wu Heng''s eyes lit up. Wen Mansha explained: "Deacon Slater was worried about me and the children, so he stayed." Slater said, "I just came here to see Money Cat and help Mansha Wen take care of the kids." Wu Heng opened his arms and said, "Come." Slater stood there, watching him quietly. Only Leopard walked over and rubbed his trouser legs to show his kindness. Wu Heng hugged Golden Leopard and said, "It''s better for both of us." "Let''s go inside first!" Wen Mansha said. After entering the room. The three of them sat down in their respective places. Wen Mansha coaxed the child for a while, then handed it to the skeleton hag beside her and took it to a nearby room. Then, Wen Mansha told the story of her successive assassinations. They were being assassinated constantly, and there were already high-level professionals among them. After Wu Heng heard this, he asked, "Are you sure it''s related to the second prince?" Wen Mansha shook her head, "The second prince''s envoy also came to visit me. It felt like he was severing ties, but other than him, I can''t think of anyone who would spend such a high price to assassinate me." "Where does he live?" "In the fourth private room on the second floor of the Iron Ax Tavern in the outer city, he looks like a tall and thin middle-aged man, dressed more like a businessman. His entourage is a burly warrior. Judging from the weapon, it looks like a heavy sword. Warrior." Wen Mansha said while thinking. Wu Heng nodded, glanced sideways slightly, and the ghost flew out directly. In a private room of a tavern. The burly man said softly: "There are more people staring at us. I''m afraid that in a few days, they will attack us without evidence." So many days in Wrentam City. It also has a new look at the legendary female city lord. The city is well managed and is very good at control and intelligence work in the city. No wonder they defeated the second prince''s army relying only on such a border city and chose some not-so-glorious little moves. The tall and lanky man turned the ring on his index finger and said softly, "Hasn''t Wen Mansha left the City Lord''s Mansion yet?" The burly man said: "I must be scared out of my wits." "For the time being, she won''t take action against us." The tall and lanky man continued, "In a few days, a level 18 professional will come over on the ghost train, and he will deal with Mansha Wen then." Hearing the level 18 professional, the burly man''s eyes instantly showed surprise. (End of chapter) Chapter 796 , the kingdom鈥檚 Kirin plan (one update t Chapter 796, The Kingdoms Kirin Plan (Updated today, changed again and again, time is running out.) The city lord Wen Mansha was from a gang and was only around level 10. It was somewhat surprising that a level 18 professional was actually arranged to come over. But judging from the current situation, there is really no way to solve this problem without arranging for level 18 professionals to come over. Now that Wen Mansha is staying behind closed doors, she must have her own plans. If the delay could continue, the owner of Treasure Island was called back. When the association gets involved, it will only become more troublesome. "When will this level 18 master arrive?" the burly man calmed down and asked again. "It''s just these two days," the tall and lanky man said. The burly man sighed, "If it weren''t for those people, it wouldn''t be so troublesome." "It''s really a bit troublesome." The burly man thought for a moment and then said, "Let''s go to the outer area of ??the city. It''s easier to deal with any dangers. Here in the outer city, you won''t be able to escape once the city is closed." The tall and lanky man looked up and said softly, "Wen Mansha didn''t take action because we haven''t left the city yet. Once we make a move to leave, we will take action immediately. Don''t anger her first and wait for our people to come." The burly man nodded to express his understanding. The two chatted in the room for a while and drank a lot of tea. Seeing that the time was almost up, the burly man stood up and said, "I''ll go out and take a look." After saying that, he was about to leave, but his legs still stood in the same place. There was a look of horror and disbelief in the strong man''s eyes. He suddenly raised his head and looked at the opposite side, gritted his teeth and squeezed out two words, "Quickly go." However, the tall and thin man also froze in his seat, the veins in his neck popped out, and his face turned red as if he was wrestling with something. Using all his strength, he said: "It''s not us, let us go see Wen..." Click~! The tall and lanky man took the lead in turning his head 180 degrees and back again. The burly man''s eyes narrowed, and the next second, his neck suddenly turned back. The two bodies collapsed softly. In the room, three ghosts appeared from mid-air. Xiao Xiao said angrily, "It was indeed them." Glenda said: "I will go back and inform Wu Heng, and you two will stay here first." "Okay!" Penny and Xiaoxiao nodded. Glenda becomes invisible again and leaves through the wall. City Lord''s Mansion, back courtyard. Corpses were placed in the open space in the middle. Wen Mansha said: "They are all killers who were killed in the past two days. Master, help me interrogate the corpses to see if there are any clues." In fact, it is unlikely that these people can ask for information. But the bodies have been kept until now, so there is no harm in asking. [Conversation with the Dead] was released, and the first corpse sat up directly from the ground. His eyes were empty, looking at the people here. Wu Heng glanced at Wen Mansha, who nodded and asked, "Who ordered me to assassinate me?" The corpse replied, "I got a letter from Ronnie to assassinate you in the lounge of the Alliance building." Wen Mansha frowned, "Who is Ronnie?" "Yeko Kingdom, the master of the Azir family." A member of a family in the Kingdom of Yeke. Wen Mansha''s eyes were full of doubts. It seems that he has no impression of this name or family. "Is Ronnie loyal to the second prince?" "Not sure." Wen Mansha continued to ask: "When did you receive the letter?" "The middle of the month." As for the last question, Mansha Wen continued to ask: "Do you know any other informants?" The corpse replied, "Longyi Grocery Store in the outer city. Letters will be delivered there. I will go there regularly to see if there are any letters." After five questions, the body suddenly fell down. Wen Mansha looked at Wu Heng and said: "The middle of the year is the time when the second prince''s messenger comes, which is correct, but it sounds like the person who gave him the order was not from the second prince, but from the Yeke Kingdom. The letter was sent." Slater crossed his arms and said, "Is that messenger''s name Ronnie?" "That''s not the name." Wen Mansha shook her head. "It may not be the letter he delivered, or it may be that in order to avoid being traced to him, he deliberately made it look like the letter was delivered from outside." Slater analyzed. "Well, that makes sense." Wu Heng nodded in agreement. Wen Mansha continued: "Master, ask the next one!" Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead], and the second corpse sat up from the ground. Wen Mansha asked: "Who ordered you to assassinate me?" The corpse replied, "Kendall!" "When did you receive the order?" "Mid." "Are you loyal to the second prince?" "yes!" "..., are your actions related to the messenger coming from the city?" "I don''t know!" . The bodies were questioned one by one. The three of them basically understood the whole thing. All the killers are related to the Yeko Kingdom. In fact, if you just think about it, you will know that the only one who wants Wen Mansha to die now is the second prince. The three of them returned to the living room together. Wu Heng sat on the sofa, holding the leopard in his arms and stroking its soft fur. Next to him was Mansha Wen, and Slater sat opposite, his face still a little cold, and he glanced at Wu Heng and the Leopard in his arms from time to time. Wen Mansha said: "It has something to do with the Kingdom of Yeko. Regardless of whether it has something to do with the messenger or not, there is reason to kill him." If you think about it carefully, you can understand the second prince''s intention of doing this. The army of the Yeko Kingdom obviously cannot defeat the skeleton army. Therefore, we should take advantage of the truce period to try to kill Wen Mansha and see if it can change the situation of the war. However, several assassinations were unsuccessful, but instead made Wen Mansha alert. Wu Heng touched the golden leopard and said: "It doesn''t matter to us whether the messenger dies or not. What matters is whether we can find the second prince behind him through him. If we kill one messenger, we will arrange for other messengers to come over in the future." Wen Mansha nodded and agreed with this sentence. There had been an assassination attempt on Wen Mansha in Luntam City before, and a group of people were cleaned up in the city at that time. Housekeeper Hartle''s husband was among them and was immediately kicked out. It didn''t take long for another group to appear in the city. Unless the people behind the scenes are resolved, there will always be an endless stream of messengers and informants. Slater said: "Even if you find out where the second prince is, it will actually be a troublesome matter. If you kill him, any prince or princess who returns to the throne will use this as an excuse to continue attacking Luntam City. The end is inevitable." Wen Mansha narrowed her eyes, and it stuck to her. Wu Heng said with a smile, "If we don''t kill the second prince, the kingdom will find a way to occupy the land we occupy. It has nothing to do with whether we kill him or not. It just depends on which reason we use." Slater also nodded, agreeing with this statement. Luntam City has occupied all the cities north of the Seted Fortress. After the Kingdom of Yeko calms down, it will definitely find a way to try to occupy them back. "I feel that we can arrest the second prince first and wait until something happens later to use it as a bargaining chip in negotiations with the Kingdom of Yeko." Slater said again. Catch them first. Wu Heng felt that a second prince might not be that simple. The most effective thing is to kill quickly, otherwise you will give the opponent a chance to escape or make some dangerous counterattack. But it was only in the discussion stage, so I still followed Slater''s wishes and said, "That''s okay." After chatting for a while about this matter, Wu Heng looked at Wen Mansha and asked, "What''s going on with Fortress Seted?" Wen Mansha said: "I heard from Harter that the city has been repaired and the residents have gradually returned to normal life. There will be many spies outside the city monitoring the fortress." "There''s no army attacking, right?" "There is no army, but there are some mercenary groups under the banner of cleaning up the undead. They wandered around for a while and were killed directly by the skeletons coming out of the city." Wen Mansha said with a smile. Wu Heng continued to look at Slater opposite and asked: "Blackstone Town has no losses, right?" Slater said: "There is no loss. The people who left are mainly the officials and guards in the city. The ordinary residents are relatively honest. Plus you have some reputation in the city, and everyone is not so resistant to skeletons." "What do you think of this matter?" Wu Heng asked next. "The notices posted in the city and the bards Wen Mansha arranged to go there have caused public opinion to favor Luntam City. At least they know that the war was initiated by the Kingdom of Yeko, but there are still some people who still stand. On the side of Yeko Kingdom, but I wont say it out loud. Slater thought for a moment and answered. Wu Heng had stayed in Blackstone Town, which was very repulsive to necromancers. Not to mention that the city is now occupied by skeletons, and he can''t expect everyone to be on his side. Just wait for a while and it will get better. Wu Heng still wanted to speak, but the ghost flew back from outside and got directly into his body. What happened in the private room of the tavern was also shared. That is to say. The two men did not leave, and waited for the level 18 professionals arranged by the second prince to come over and continue to kill Wen Mansha. This is really a gamble with your life. "I will go out and bring the messenger back, and then I will conduct an interrogation of the body." Wu Heng stood up. "I''ll arrange for someone to go there," Wen Mansha said. "No, the person is already dead. It would be faster for me to go out." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha didn''t say much, and Wu Heng walked out of the city lord''s mansion with the skeleton. Wu Heng arrived at the tavern. When I walked into the tavern, I saw many people gathered around the stairs on the second floor. "Oh! What a tragic death." "How can you kill someone like this? Twist a person''s neck so many times." "It''s not like robbing money, there''s still plenty of stuff on me." Everyone was talking and discussing the dead person in the private room on the second floor. At this time, a small voice sounded in my ears, "Uncle, the bartender just helped them buy something, and when he came back, he found the body." "It''s okay!" Wu Heng said, then squeezed through the crowd, took out the association emblem and said: "Okay, everyone should disperse, the boss stays." The rest of the people heard that the people from the association were coming, and they dispersed while talking. Wu Heng walked into the private room and saw two bodies on the ground. "Wrap the body." The skeleton rolled up the two corpses with straw mats, and Wu Heng put the space ring away. Behind him, a middle-aged man followed, still lowering his head respectfully, "Sir, what are your orders?" "Are you the boss?" "It''s the boss!" Wu Heng glanced at the other party up and down and asked, "They live in this private room?" "Yes, I have been staying in this private room for several days." The boss replied. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Has anyone come to see them recently?" The boss recalled, "I don''t know, it seems like they don''t have any, and they rarely go out." "Go back and think about it, and if you remember anything, tell the city hall." "Okay, sir." The boss nodded. "Let''s continue business. It''s okay. The murderer has been caught. We also found the body based on the murderer." Wu Heng walked out of the private room and went downstairs. "Thank you, sir." After saying that, he stuffed two silver coins into Wu Heng''s hands. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and walked out of the tavern directly. Return to the city lord''s palace. The two corpses were stripped clean. The items in the space ring were also placed on the table. In the ring of the tall and lanky man, there are money bags, house deeds, daily necessities, scrolls, bills from the Snake Emblem Consortium, bills from the ghost train, and a ring with an eye pattern. In the strong man''s space ring, there are money bags, daily necessities, spare weapons and armor, scrolls, and potions. Looking at various items, Wu Heng narrowed his eyes. Set your sights on the ghost train ticket and the gold ring. Ghost train. This guy actually has a ticket for the ghost train, so he seems to be well prepared. If there is really danger in the city, as long as you time it right, you can leave the city even if you tear up the ticket. No wonder he is so confident. The second ring is a secret order ring. Is the secret order related to the second prince? In the initial investigation, Wu Heng suspected that the eldest prince was supported by the Secret Order. Later, various intelligence showed that the eldest prince was related to the sect. And now this information points the Secret Order to the second prince. Wu Heng thought for a moment. In other words, the Secret Order''s Kirin Dao plan was used on the second prince. The Kirin Plan is a plan used by the Secret Order to support its own people to sit on the throne and have the right to speak. It turns out that they really took action against the Yeke Kingdom. After reading these two things, Wu Heng continued to look at the armor among the burly man''s many items. One of them was the protective gear for the commander of the Kingdom of Yeke. This man is the leader of Yeko Kingdom. Wen Mansha said that the burly man was the messenger''s attendant. In fact, he was only arranged to protect his safety, and his status was not low. "People from the Secret Order." Slater also recognized the ring at a glance. Wu Heng nodded, "It seems that things are more complicated than we thought." Wen Mansha picked up the ring and looked at it, "Could it be that it only represents his personal support for the second prince and has nothing to do with the Secret Order?" Wu Heng shook his head, "There have always been clues that the Secret Order was involved, and now it seems that they are supporting the second prince." Wen Mansha nodded, and Slater said, "Can I report this news to the association?" "Don''t worry, let''s ask the corpse to see the situation first, and then we can discuss it." Wu Heng said directly. Slater nodded. Come to the body. Wu Heng faced the tall and thin man and released [Conversation with the Dead]. The corpse sat up and looked this way. Wu Heng asked: "Did you do this assassination of Wen Mansha?" The corpse was silent for a moment and said, "No, he is from the eldest prince." Um? The three people frowned instantly. (End of chapter) Chapter 797 , the whole plan Chapter 797, the whole plan The corpse continued, "No, it was the eldest prince''s people who made the move first, and a few times later it was our people." The three of them looked at each other. In other words, before the second prince arranged to take action, the eldest prince''s people took action first. There''s something not quite right about this. It is not surprising that the eldest prince has placed his own people in the city, but there is no direct conflict between him and Wen Mansha. On the contrary, it would be more beneficial to maintain the struggle between Luntam City and the second prince. Wu Heng then asked, "Tell me the entire incident that you know about." The corpse replied, "We made a plan to assassinate Wen Mansha, but before the plan could be carried out, the eldest prince''s people took the lead, causing our subsequent plans to fail and reach a deadlock." After listening to the corpse''s answer. That''s why I figured out why the previous killer corpses couldn''t answer the questions correctly. People who take orders are different. Wu Heng continued to ask, "The level 18 professional who is coming over soon, tell me everything you know." The corpse was silent for a moment, and then said, "There is no special information. After he comes, he will go to the tavern to find me, and then cooperate with the remaining people in the city to assassinate Wen Mansha." Mansha Wen and Slater on the side had their eyes fixed. They actually arranged for level 18 professionals. What a generous move. For the fourth question, Wu Heng asked: "Where is the second prince?" "In Nilali City." Nilali City! This place was mentioned by the corpse when he was interrogating the corpse at the Fortress of Seted. Some orders came from this city. Wu Heng thought about the last question, and then said to Wen Mansha: "Go get a pen and paper and prepare to record it." Wen Mansha nodded and took out a pen and paper from the space ring. Wu Heng continued to look at the corpse, "Tell me all the people you know who have been placed in Luntam City." The corpse was silent again. Then she started to say the names one by one, and Wen Mansha quickly wrote them down. After all five questions were completed, the body lay directly back on the ground. "It seems that there is something about the eldest prince here." Slater said. Wen Mansha said: "When Erno was still the lord of the city, the Kingdom of Yeko had spies in the city. This is not a strange thing, but I don''t know why he suddenly took action." Erno was the previous city lord. It has a close relationship with the Yeke Kingdom. When Wuheng divided control of half of the city, the Kingdom of Yeke also arranged for troops to come over to help. I was given a pot of food at that time. "Don''t worry about the eldest prince''s affairs. Let''s figure out the second prince first." Wu Heng said, focusing on the other corpse. Wen Mansha said: "This corpse should be of a high level. Doesn''t it need to be transformed into a skeleton?" "No, the information is more important to us." This corpse was a level 15 professional. For the current skeleton, it was not considered a high-level corpse. "Okay, follow the master''s arrangements." Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead] on the second skeleton. The burly man sat up and waited for questions. "Where is the second prince?" "Nilali City!" "What kind of support does the second prince get?" The corpse replied, "We have the support of wealthy businessmen and dignitaries from all over the country, and there are quite a few of them." "What is the relationship between the second prince and the Secret Order?" "I don''t know!" "How many high-level professionals are there around the second prince?" "There should be several level 18 professionals." There is one last question left. Wu Heng continued to ask: "How high is the second prince himself?" "Not sure, but I feel it''s between level 12 or 15." After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. Wu Heng waved his hand, and the two corpses were carried directly down by the skeleton. Wen Mansha turned around and left, arranging people to start arresting people according to the list. Wu Heng still stood there, thinking about the information he got from the two corpses. In other words, the second prince had two plans. The first one is to marry Wen Mansha to test the attitude of Luntam City. If successful, they may consider using this method to avoid war with Luntam City and obtain the required funds. If Wen Mansha disagrees, it will be an assassination operation. However, something went wrong in the middle. The eldest prince''s people took the lead, and several actions in succession made Wen Mansha aware of the danger and stopped going out. All the assassination plans of the second prince were disrupted. Now that I really couldn''t find any good solution, I prepared a level 18 professional to come over and plan to kill Wen Mansha directly. The second prince''s motive is simple. Once the association''s investigation team leaves, the two sides will continue to fight. They began to be unable to defeat the skeleton army. But why did the eldest prince take action? With Wen Mansha alive, it would be more beneficial to him to contain the second prince. After thinking about it, Wu Heng thought of another possibility. The eldest prince knew about the second prince''s plan to assassinate Wen Mansha, and was afraid that Wen Mansha would really die in the hands of the other party. Therefore, several unsuccessful assassinations were arranged in advance. Wen Mansha stayed behind closed doors, which naturally reduced the possibility of being killed. These two people also brought the fight to Luntam City. "What are you going to do next?" Slater said from the side, and the leopard at his feet yawned. Wu Heng turned around and said, "Let the level 18 professional come over first." "The other party arranges for level 18 people to come over, so be careful." Slater said with some worry. Wu Heng glanced at the other party, nodded and said, "Don''t worry, it''s okay." With his current strength, it would not be a big problem to kill some level 18 professionals. On my side, there are three level 20 professionals. Slater nodded and walked back. Wu Heng walked over and wanted to hold the other person''s waist. Slater turned away and said in a sarcastic tone, "I thought the island owner had forgotten me!" "How is that possible? I couldn''t show up last time because something happened, otherwise I would have gone to see you." Wu Heng still leaned over and forcibly held the other person''s arm. Slater didn''t break free after trying twice, so he let the other party hold him, snorted, and walked towards the building. Enter the building. Slater accompanied Mantha Wen to deal with the capture issue. Slater has just reached level 12, which is the level of a local deacon in a remote area, but the skeleton attendant assigned to her by Wu Heng is a level 18 Swordsman. It was also because of this skeleton that he stayed to protect Wen Mansha. Wu Heng went directly upstairs and entered the room where the radio station was located. Get in touch with Treasure Island. "Minnie, are you there?" Wu Heng said through the radio. After a minute or two of silence, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "I''m Minnie!" "Minnie, I am Wu Heng." "Master!" A delighted voice came from the other side. Wu Heng said: "I''ve arrived at Luntam City. Is there anything going on at Treasure Island?" Minnie paused and thought for a moment, then said: "The several chambers of commerce that we cooperated with have already shipped the goods away, and the retail stores on the island have also started selling them. There are many people queuing up to buy them every day." "Those chambers of commerce that didn''t get cooperation didn''t cause any trouble, right?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Minnie said: "No, I heard from Sister Wei''er that there are several companies that always arrange for people to go to the city hall, but they only ask when they will choose another chamber of commerce to cooperate with." "Well, let Wei''er observe it first and wait for the next batch to add some chambers of commerce here." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll tell Sister Wei''er in the evening." Minnie said, and then added, "By the way, Master, Deacon Sheila''s parents are here. They are very elegant and beautiful elves." Sure enough, Sheela''s parents went to Treasure Island. Sheila Gui and Shi Yali didn''t tell them about this matter. They overheard it while Xiaoxiao was chatting with Lilith and strolling around while possessed by the skeleton. I didnt expect to go to Treasure Island at this time. "Have you been in contact?" "She speaks very elegantly, more like an elf than Sheila Rose. Sister Weier chose gifts in the warehouse and gave them to them." Minnie said as she thought. From what Minnie says, it should be easy to get in touch with. I just dont know if I will still be so graceful after knowing that my two daughters have reconciled with me. Finished talking about Treasure Island. Minnie then asked, "Sister Wen Mansha is fine, right? Why didn''t you come and talk to her?" "Wen Mansha is busy. Everything is fine here. Don''t worry, it''s just some minor problems." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Yes, that''s right. The master has passed away, so there must be no problem. Let''s take Sister Wen Mansha to Treasure Island to save the master from running back and forth." "It still depends on Wen Mansha''s opinion. I will ask her then." Wu Heng said. "Yeah, then we can live together again, just like in that little house in Wrentam City." Minnie said with a smile. "Okay! I''m going to get busy. If you need anything, please contact me." "Good master." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng walked out of the radio room directly. Mantha Wen and Slater are still dealing with the matter of capturing the second prince''s informant. Wu Heng glanced along the stairs, then went directly upstairs to the baby''s room. La la la~! Above the crib, three ghosts appeared, Xiaoxiao controlled a streamer, and was teasing the baby to reach out and grab it. On the side, some skeleton hags were sweeping the floor, while others were sitting on the edge of the bed folding baby wraps. Seeing Wu Heng walking in, Xiaoxiao said, "What''s your sister''s name?" "Wu Qin!" Xiaoxiao immediately flew back and controlled the streamer again, "Xiao Qinqin." Then, there was a burst of laughter from the baby. Wu Heng walked over, teased him twice, and then sat down aside. Wait until the child is tired of playing and yawns. Wu Hengcai said, "Xiaoxiao, let my sister sleep. Let''s go to the zombie world to take a look." "Okay! I''ll play with her again tonight." Xiaoxiao threw the ribbon aside. Whoever plays with whom will make you happier. "You have to wait until she wakes up before you can play." Wu Heng instructed. "I know!" Xiaoxiao flew aside and said, "Uncle, please bring my mother over. I haven''t seen her for a long time." "Okay, let her come by plane then." Wu Heng went out and went upstairs again. Xiaoxiao followed and said, "Uncle, do you want to give your sister a nickname?" "It depends on what Wen Mansha says. You can think about it first and I''ll ask you later." "My name is Xiaoxiao, what should I call my sister?" Xiaoxiao touched his chin, thinking deeply. (End of chapter) Chapter 798 , the money is really good in a small pl Chapter 798: Its so easy to make money in a small place "Let your Aunt Glenda help you think about it. She is the most educated." Glenda glared at him. Entering the study, Wu Heng took all three ghosts back into his body, opened the door and walked in. When he walked out of the gate, it was still the dormitory he had left. Standing at the window and looking outside, he took the walkie-talkie and called Li Yahong to come over. Not long after, there was a knock on the door. Li Yahong walked in directly with her owl. "How have you been these days?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. Li Yahong sat down on a chair nearby and said, "There is nothing special. The pharmaceutical factory is in full production, and the military factory has also strengthened its management." Wu Heng nodded, "Is there nothing going on in the prison?" "I went to the prison and saw no changes from the outside, but I didn''t go inside the prison cell. I couldn''t understand what the skeletons wrote, but I didn''t feel there was any problem." Li Yahong continued. The prison side is entirely operated by skeletons. No one is needed to direct it. Wu Heng was there just to look at the records or see what the skeleton needed. What''s more, Li Yahong didn''t understand the operation of the skeleton even after he went there. "Is there any news from Qi Hancai?" Li Yahong said: "The South Korean base has begun to change its base. I heard from Qi Hancai that the slum area was demolished and the personnel moved to the city center to settle down. It is almost the same as ours." "Well, let Qi Hancai pay close attention to training Skeleton, especially on satellites, to see if he can launch another one, and let Zhao Yanqiu come back if nothing happens. Just now Xiaoxiao said he missed her." "Okay, I''ll call her later." Li Yahong agreed, then looked at her notebook and said, "By the way, the main station also agreed to lend us the talisman books for the next transaction. Bring it here when the time comes. The matter of Fu Lu has been going on for some time. I probably didn''t research anything, so I decided to lend it to myself. "Don''t worry. If they want to borrow it, just take it for a look. If they don''t want it, don''t push it." Li Yahong nodded, "Nothing will happen next. Everything is quite normal." Wu Heng also stood up and said, "Let''s go, take me around the base." "Okay." Li Yahong also stood up, and they walked out of the room together. Wandered around the base. As dusk approached, everyone went to the cafeteria to eat. Wu Heng also returned to his bedroom and returned to Luntam City through the boundary gate. Come down from upstairs. The skeletons have already brought dinner to the table. Wen Mansha said with a smile: "Master came down just in time to eat." Wu Heng sat down at the dining table, and Mansha Wen and Slater also sat on their chairs. Just took two bites. Wen Mansha then said: "All the informants mentioned by the corpse have been arrested, and interrogation is ongoing." "These people probably don''t know much, so just ask around." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha took a sip of water and then asked, "Master, what are your plans next?" "Don''t make any big moves in the city. Let''s wait for the level 18 professional to come over first, and then we can talk." Wu Heng said. Slater thought for a moment and said: "The messenger and other informants in the city have been cleared out. This level 18 professional may discover this immediately when he comes, so be prepared." "It''s okay. As long as he enters the city, I can find him faster." Wu Heng motioned to the two of them not to worry. Slater nodded. Since he said so, he must have his own way. Wu Heng also put down the tableware and asked: "Wen Mansha, are ghost train tickets common in Luntam City?" Wen Mansha looked over and said, "It''s not common, but some tickets do appear occasionally." "How did you get it?" Wu Heng asked next. This second prince''s messenger has a ticket in the space ring. According to the intelligence, the level 18 professional will also come through the ticket. If the second prince also has such a ticket, he must be prevented from escaping. If you use the ticket in front of yourself, you can use the [Conductor''s Hat] to follow you on the train, but if you get any information, leave early. It will be really difficult to find the other party then. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said, "I don''t know, but there should be some way or some way to get such a ticket. Doesn''t the owner know the reason?" Slater sat listening and looked at Wu Heng again. Obviously, Mansha Wen knew more things, and as the deacon of Blackstone Town, she was lagging behind in terms of intelligence. Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know about the ticket either, but I feel like the Second Prince or the people from the Secret Order will know something." "It''s also possible." Wen Mansha also agreed. "Forget it if you don''t have any clues. There may be answers later." Wu Heng said. Mansha Wen nodded, looked at Slater, and said, "Deacon Slater, the master is here today, do you want to come with us tonight?" Slater''s face turned red, but his demeanor remained calm and he said calmly, "I still live in the next room." "It''s okay, we both know each other." Wen Mansha glanced at Wu Heng and said with a smile. "Get some rest, and remember not to be too loud at night." Slater stood up and walked directly to his room upstairs. Wu Heng said: "Don''t tease Slater, she is a deacon and doesn''t like to make such jokes." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "I see Master, you were a little bit excited just now." "No." Wen Mansha smiled, stood up and said, "Let''s go, feed the children, and let''s go back to the room to rest." The two walked into the children''s room together and played with the child for a while. Return to your room and rest. Squeak~! Late at night, in the dark room, there was the sound of the door opening. Slater lay on his side on the bed and opened his eyes suddenly. The leopard beside him looked up at the door, then curled up on the carpet again and closed his eyes. Slater didn''t turn around, just waited quietly. Then someone climbed onto the bed and put his hands around his waist, "I''m here to accompany you." Slater said softly, "Aren''t you going to accompany your good maid?" "She is asleep. I am here to accompany you." Wu Heng hugged her from behind. snort! Slater snorted and bumped his body backward. "I''m sorry, I didn''t go over to see you because of something that happened some time ago." Wu Heng apologized softly in his ear. Slater sighed softly, then turned around and said, "If you don''t want to see me, why don''t you write me a letter." "I think so too. Last time you asked me not to write letters for fear of being seen by Yuli." Wu Heng said. "You still blame me?" Slater glared at him. The two looked at each other, and a pair of big hands were already moving around their bodies. Slater stretched his feet under the bed and kicked the leopard beside his feet. The golden leopard stood up and understood the look in his master''s eyes. He sighed softly, opened the door and walked out. Then, the two embraced each other. Two days later. A train stopped in the woods in the distance. A man wearing dark leather armor with two short blades hanging on each side stepped off the train. He glanced at the city in the distance, put on his hood, and walked towards the location of the city. 200 gold, kill a city lord around level 10. Its really easy to make money in such a remote place. (End of chapter) Chapter 799 , damn, it鈥檚 a skeleton Chapter 799, damn, its a skeleton City Lord''s Mansion, Radio Room. Wu Heng sat in front of the radio and recounted what happened in Luntam City. After finishing speaking, the voice of the wood elf Shanara came from the other side, "It seems that the eldest prince got the news earlier and ruined the second prince''s plan." "I think so too," Wu Heng said. Shanara''s thoughts are not much different from Wu Heng''s. The eldest prince learned about the plan to kill Wen Mansha through some channels, and then made some arrangements. Shanara continued, "Perhaps, they both have spies around each other. What we can see about the struggle for power between the royal families is just the tip of the iceberg." "By the way, there is another news. The supporters of the second prince are probably members of the Secret Order." Wu Heng suddenly remembered this matter. "Secret Order? Qilin Dao?" Shannara said subconsciously. "Yes, I thought so too." Qilin Dao is actually easy to understand, which is to use various methods to make the people you support become the leaders of the region. Techniques include starting local revolutions and empowering others to rise to power. The method is not fixed, but the effect pursued is the position of leader. Shanara was silent for a moment, then continued, "If you put it this way, it makes sense. The eldest prince himself has the advantage and has already occupied the royal city. Under such circumstances, he is still connected with many sects. He should be fighting against the secrets. Order." "Why not report it directly to the association?" Wu Heng asked. If Wu Heng were the eldest prince and had the upper hand, he would definitely not contact these sects. I will write a letter to the association, and then continue to write a letter to each leader to let them contain the secret order. Shanara smiled and said, "Maybe from the perspective of the eldest prince, waiting for the association to handle it is not the best way." "That''s right." Wu Heng agreed, and then asked: "Is there any news from Netale City?" Shanara said: "There is some news. The road from Netale City to the Royal City has been restored to smooth flow. I heard that the investigation team has temporarily settled in the Royal City to continue the investigation." "Religious leader, are you staying too?" "The reason why the news was passed on like this is that the leader should have stayed there." Shannella said. Good guy, with the coaxing behavior of the people in the Holy See, it is probably enough to give the eldest prince a headache. This also verifies what Lilith said a few days ago that the connection between the eldest prince and the sect has been found and will continue to investigate. But then I thought about it. This is a good thing for myself. If you focus on the eldest prince, you won''t have much energy to pay attention to the situation here. Coupled with the speed of message transmission in this world, when the other side gets the news, I can also solve the matter of the second prince. Wu Heng said: "It''s good this way, and it saves me having to keep an eye on Treasure Island." Shanara seemed to know what he wanted to do, and said: "The second prince is originally from the royal family, and with the support of the Secret Order, his strength must be high, otherwise the eldest prince would not be allowed to contact these sects." "Be careful and don''t be impulsive. What you have to do now is to continue to level up and get the position of the association''s elder." Wu Heng listened quietly and waited for the other party to finish speaking. Then he said: "Don''t worry, I won''t do anything impulsively. He is getting beaten everywhere, but I still have Treasure Island." "It''s good that you know." "You should also be careful over there. If there is any danger, just return to the ship with Philippa. Our ship can be handled by an army." "I''ll be careful. If anything happens, let''s get in touch. I''ll go get busy first." Shanara said softly. "good," After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng was still sitting on the chair. Judging from the information provided by Shanara, the religious leader Seydu led the investigation team to stay in the royal city. There must have been some clear clues along the way. High-level priests can already detect lies, let alone this religious leader. "It''s a good thing he''s staying over there." "You can also see if you can solve the troublesome problem of the second prince." The second prince, Wu Heng didn''t take it seriously at first. But now that he is found to be involved in the Secret Order, his danger level has increased to a higher level. No wonder the Secret Order hasn''t caused trouble for me for a while. It seems that they are operating the second prince''s side to play a big game. If you really wait for the secret cult to support the second prince, even if it only occupies half of the Yeke Kingdom, it will be a threat to yourself. We still need to resolve this matter as soon as possible. However, if he really killed the second prince, would he be taking advantage of the eldest prince? I felt that he was secretly not too friendly towards me. Thinking of the great prince. Another idea suddenly appeared in my mind. The religious leader stayed in the royal city, so where were the many members of the sect gathered by the eldest prince? The captain of the Flying Fish Pirates who arranged the undercover operation mentioned in the last news that there are many level 18 professionals in the sect. Even if there is a conflict with the association, it is impossible for everyone to be killed. Where have these people gone? If you go all the way north, wouldn''t it be your own direction? Wu Heng was thinking in his heart. Beni flew back from outside and said directly: "Wu Heng, there is a level 18 professional in the city. He went to the tavern where we killed the messenger. He should be the person we are looking for." Wu Heng looked suffocated. After waiting for so many days, it''s finally here. Needless to say, the level 18 professional who came to Luntam City at this time was also a high-level killer as described by the messenger. "How many people?" "There''s just one. Mrs. Glenda is staring at him. She''s afraid that she won''t be able to kill him if she possesses him, so she wants me to come back to you." Penny said. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go there together." He walked out of the study, followed by the skeleton attendant waiting at the door. Walking downstairs, Mantha Wen and Slater were chatting. Looking back, Wen Mansha asked, "Master wants to go out?" "Well, I''ll tell you when I get back." Wu Heng said as he walked. The two girls also felt something was wrong. Slater said, "I''ll go with you!" "No, don''t worry it''s okay." Wu Heng said something and walked out of the city lord''s mansion with the skeleton. Outer city, tavern. In a separate private room on the second floor. A middle-aged man wearing black leather armor sat at the dining table and waited silently. From the windows facing the tavern hall, there was the noise of quarrels and fistfights. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door. The man raised his collar and said, "Come in." The door opened and the bartender walked in with a smile, "Guest, what would you like to order?" "A glass of beer and some side dishes." As he said that, a silver coin flicked over. The bartender''s eyes lit up, he held it in his palms, and the smile on his face became even brighter, "Guest, please wait a moment, I will prepare it for you immediately." The man waved his hand and the bartender walked straight away. Next time. The man''s fingers tapped on the table rhythmically, counting the elapsed time, and mentally calculating a plan to kill the target. A woman from a gang. Because a young man who rose rapidly in the association sat in the position of city lord. "Treasure Island...!" Ha~! The man smiled. He had also heard a bit about the owner of Treasure Island, and his detective books were also sold in the city. No matter whether it is as powerful as written in the book or not. If he really kills this woman, can he still find him? Money for a small place~! So **** profitable. Thinking in his mind, the rhythm of tapping on the table also accelerated a lot. Suddenly, the man''s tapping movements stopped. The noise and quarrels coming from the hall had stopped at some point. Get up and stand at the window and look down. The tavern was deserted. Damn it~! The man was shocked. Even though he thought that no one here was his opponent, he still felt a sense of crisis in his heart. He turned around and turned into an afterimage, running towards the window that opened outward. Just a pause in his steps while running. The body instantly lost control, as if it was snatching away the body. Bang~! The door was suddenly opened. After the two figures entered the room, they rushed over directly. The man regained control of his body, swung his cloak forward, and a large cloud of poisonous mist spread out and filled the room. The body quickly faded in the poisonous mist and disappeared. As soon as he stepped onto the window sill, his body was out of control again and he lay back. Behind him, the figure rushing in had already reached him. A huge force hit his body. His body instantly flew backwards and hit the wall behind him. I only felt the pain of broken muscles and broken internal organs. High-level strength profession. "Damn it!" It''s not easy to make money here. Before he could stand up, another figure pounced directly on him. The man instantly pulled out the two daggers from his waist, and like poisonous snakes, they stabbed at the vital points of the approaching figure at a tricky angle. Unless the other party wants to die, avoid it. You can also take the opportunity to leave. However, in the man''s surprised eyes, the target figure did not dodge, and the dagger directly pierced the body without any signs of dodge or pain. Undead creatures! Damn it, the skeleton of the City Lord''s Mansion. (End of chapter) Chapter 800 , Wu Heng, don鈥檛 be impulsive Chapter 800, Wu Heng, dont be impulsive The opponent''s fist also hit his body. Poof~! Blood spurted out. Then came the fists that fell like raindrops, hitting various parts of his body, making his bones rattle. outside the door. The sounds of fighting and wailing made the boss and bartender waiting at the door tremble. "Sir, this..." The boss stepped forward but hesitated to speak. Wu Heng turned around and looked at the other party, "The losses to the tavern will be calculated and sent to the city hall, where they will verify and compensate you." A smile appeared on the boss''s face again, and he pushed the bartender beside him, "Go and move a chair for your Excellency." Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "No, you can just stay here for now." "Okay, my lord." The boss and the bartender were a little confused, but they still stood there and listened to the fighting inside. After a while, the sound of fighting subsided. The pervasive poisonous gas also dissipated. "You guys wait outside, I will call you if something happens." Wu Heng ordered the boss and bartender. "Okay sir." Wu Heng walked into the private room and saw the man pinned down by Ka Xiu on the messy ground. The man is not dead yet. His chest collapsed and his limbs were twisted. In the middle of the blood-soaked hair, a pair of eyes seemed to contain malicious and forbearing ferocious beasts, staring coldly here. Level 18 professionals have really strong vitality. Not to kill the opponent was Wu Heng''s initial order. Of course, the premise is that the other party cannot escape. Wu Heng lifted a chair and sat down, looking at the other party, "Will there be killers coming later?" The man''s eyes were wide open, his mouth was vomiting blood, and he said vaguely, "If you kill me, you will get into more trouble. I am the Shadow Brotherhood, and I will kill everyone around you." "Do you know who I am?" Wu Heng said with a smile. "I will kill the female city lord and then ask who you are." "Professional!" Wu Heng nodded in praise, and with a wave of his hand, [Mansion Technique] opened beside him, "Push him in." Card Xiu picked up the man and walked into the mansion. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, iron cage shackles appeared out of thin air and locked the man tightly inside. Before the man could speak again, Mansion Technique blinked and disappeared. Three ghosts also appeared from beside him. Wu Heng made a silent gesture and pointed outside. The three ghosts nodded, and Glenda got into the body and shared the other party''s actions after entering the city. Wait until you have read them all. Wu Heng walked out of the private room and looked at the boss and bartenders who were waiting at the door. "Okay, I''ll take the people away. I''ll tell the city hall about the loss then." The reason why they were allowed to stay here was because they suspected that the tavern was working with these people. But after looking at the footage Granda shared, I found that there was no information exchange with the people in the tavern. It can basically be confirmed, it doesnt matter. "Sir, can we still operate normally?" "It''s tidied up. You can plan the business for yourselves," Wu Heng said. "Okay, thank you, sir." The boss thanked him again. Wu Heng took the skeleton and walked out of the tavern directly. Return to the city lord''s palace. Mansha Wen and Slater went out to greet him at the same time. Seeing Wu Heng walk in directly, nothing happened, and he felt relieved. It seemed like he was just going out to do some ordinary things. After returning to the living room, Wu Heng said: "I have killed the level 18 killer, so don''t worry." The two of them had a focused look in their eyes. Killed at level 18? It''s like killing a local gang member. Slater had seen Wu Heng fight. The last time he killed an 18th-level member of the Destiny Cult, he had used a lot of force. Was it solved quietly this time? "Are you sure it''s level 18?" Slater asked in a low voice. "Level 18. Judging from his attire, he should be a thief or a killer." Wu Heng said. Slater held back the words as he spoke. Wen Mansha came over and asked softly, "Is the master not injured?" "I didn''t even enter the house, and the skeleton was taken care of." Wu Heng said with a smile. The two of them also frowned. Slater said: "The Necromancer has allowed you to discover the secret." "It''s fine. Master should do this. There will be no danger." Wen Mansha then asked, "The skeleton has no damage, right?" "No, the tavern suffered some damage. I asked him to go to the city hall to get some compensation." "These are nothing," Wen Mansha said. Wu Heng continued to look at Slater and asked: "Slater, have you heard of the Shadow Brothers?" Slater frowned and said, "I''ve heard that there is an assassination organization, mainly composed of thieves and killers, and they also do assassination work." "This man is from the Shadow Brotherhood, and he threatens me with this. If he dies, will anyone take revenge?" Wu Heng then asked. "I don''t know about this. I''ll check it out when I get back." "good." Slater continued, "Where''s the body? Do you want to ask about the body?" Wen Mansha said: "It would be a pity to interrogate the body of a level 18 corpse." Wu Heng also said: "I will be useful by then, and he will not appear again." "Yeah!" The two women nodded. Wu Heng looked at the time, it was already past two in the afternoon. He stood up and said, "You guys, let''s talk. I''ll go upstairs to rest for a while and then come back down during dinner." "Good master." Wu Heng went upstairs and returned directly to the study. Zombie world. Walked out of the room and asked Li Yahong for an off-road vehicle. Let the skeleton do the driving and head straight to the prison. After arriving at the prison. Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique] and dragged the seriously injured man out. The man had scars all over his body and still looked like he was dying. He was held up by the skeleton and walked inside. Looking at Wu Heng who took off his mask. The man''s eyes widened, he knew who this was. Wu Heng! The owner of Treasure Island. He is in Luntam City, and he is not the necromancer who has just changed jobs as rumored. At least he is not inferior to himself in terms of level. Damn it! Why did I take such a job? Hoho~! Caracara~! Walking into the corridor, there were roars like wild beasts coming from each room, as well as the scraping of bones from patrolling skeletons, as if this road was the passage to hell. Necromancer''s research base. Sure enough, he has a place for studying necromancy. "Wu Heng, where are you taking me?" "You are a member of the association and cannot conduct experiments on human beings. You have a better future and cannot do these things." "Wu Heng, I can tell you whatever you want to know. We don''t have that much grudge. Don''t be like this." The man was vomiting blood and talking as he walked. He was taken to a separate cell and put on the prepared shackles and chains again. "Wu Heng, if you win, I will admit defeat. I will help you kill the person who hired me, and we will write it off." The man said still unwilling to give up. Wu Heng looked at the other party and said, "You are more valuable to me if you stay here." "You are a member of the association and must abide by the rules." The man shouted. "Don''t shout, it''s not good for your injury." The man continued, "Don''t you want to know who hired me? I know a lot of information that you don''t know." "Wu Heng, I''m level 18. I can do a lot of things for you. Please think about it carefully and don''t be impulsive and cause trouble for yourself." Wu Heng ignored him. Seeing that he had been **** tightly, he continued to arrange for skeletons to guard him. He walked out of the cell directly and closed the door. Outside the door, Wu Heng said to the skeleton alchemist: "Let him recover for two days, and then try the virus experiment." The skeleton alchemist nodded to express his understanding. Return to the control room. Through surveillance, you can see the behavior of men in the prison cell. After he left, the other party began to study how to open the shackles on his body. The identity of the thief can basically be determined. Lockpicking is a thief''s skill, and most professions will not study this. If there is a room that needs to be entered, they will also choose to break open or climb through the window. It took Guqiu a long time and the skeleton gave him several sticks before the thief calmed down. He lay on the bed and began to recover from his injuries. Wu Heng took out his space ring and took out everything inside. Weapons and armor, money bag scrolls, lockpicks and daily necessities. There are also various bottles of medicine with unknown effects, which should be poison. Wu Heng focused his attention on the last one, the ticket for the ghost train. "There are still tickets." There is definitely a way to get a ticket. (End of chapter) Chapter 801 , green toad cloak Chapter 801, Green Toad Cloak Another ticket to the ghost train. Now it seems that the other party must have a way to obtain the ticket. I just dont know what the cost is. After all, tickets are rare items and cannot be exchanged casually. After reading the ticket. Wu Heng turned his attention to the remaining items again. The wealth of level 18 professionals is quite rich. [Green Toad Cloak (Rare Item)] [Effect: Reduce the sense of presence and release poisonous mist. [Side effects: shed skin. (Description: A cloak with poisonous mist effect, which can provide the user with an environment full of poisonous mist.) It seems that this strange object was used to put poison in the private room. There are two effects in total, reducing the sense of presence and releasing poisonous mist. It is indeed a more suitable item for thieves. Just like the previous battle, the room was filled with poisonous mist, making it difficult for any living creature to fight in that environment. Unfortunately, skeletons are not afraid of poison. Keep looking down. [Poison-quenching double blades (magic props)] (Description: A dagger etched with poison, which ignores certain defenses and is poisonous.) [Crocodile scale leather armor (magic prop)] (Description: Armor made from the skin of swamp creatures, which greatly increases defense and improves the user''s ability to resist poison.) Weapons and armor are all magic items. Among them, the crocodile scale leather armor also has the ability to resist poison. It should be because he is afraid that the poisonous mist will poison him. The rest of the items are not too rare. Several life-saving scrolls and bottles of poison. It can be seen that this guy really likes to use poison, and several things are related to poison. After looking at them all, I put the space ring away. Sit back in your chair and think about your next plan again. The problem of level 18 killers has been solved, and the informants in the city have been almost wiped out. From the Second Prince''s side, there shouldn''t be anyone coming over in a short period of time. No, there are people from the eldest prince. The other party has also arranged many informants in the city, and it is not certain that the eldest prince has no ill intentions towards Luntam City. "This guy might be in the dark, trying to hide his big move!" "Anything gained?" The three ghosts flew back, and Glenda asked from the side. "With one rare item and two props, a level 18 professional is quite rich," Wu Heng said. Glenda said with a smile, "Actually, you can attract a few more. Once you have the experimental target, you can also send a lot of equipment." Wu Heng looked at her in surprise. What does that sentence say? Advanced hunters often appear as prey. This is still thinking of tricking people into coming over and then continuing to kill them. "Forget it, this time the level 18 died here, the other party will be alert. Let''s not take risks first." Wu Heng immediately objected to this statement. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, with us, what are you afraid of?" "I''m not afraid, I''m cautious." Xiaoxiao pouted, his face full of disbelief. Glenda then asked, "What are your plans later?" "Now we roughly know the location of the second prince. Let''s go there and see if we can deal with him at once." Wu Heng leaned back. Glenda said: "You said calmly, did you kill the second prince in the past?" "We are not afraid of the enemy in the front now. If we find him, I will go up and give him a railgun. Even if the leader of the Holy See comes, he cannot be saved." Wu Heng said directly. Regarding combat, Wu Heng felt that he was not afraid of frontal targets. But some are not sure about some hidden enemies. He was afraid that he would be assassinated one day, or that there would be some strange object that could kill him directly. So I plan to find the second prince. If I can determine the target, everything will be easy to talk about. Glenda and Penny''s eyes widened, and they nodded and muttered, "Uncle is right." Beni then asked, "Would it damage the current situation of the Kingdom of Yeko?" "Their situation has little to do with us." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said. Xiaoxiao echoed, "That''s right, what does it have to do with us." Penny was helpless, "Okay, I don''t understand these." Wu Heng looked at the surveillance camera again, and after confirming that there was no problem, he stood up and said, "Let''s go back, it''s time to have dinner." The three ghosts returned to their bodies. Wu Heng opened the gate on the side and returned directly to Luntam City. Return to the city lord''s palace. Dinner is ready. Wu Heng simply cleaned up, sat at the dining table, and ate dinner together. Almost full. Wu Heng asked: "There are no changes in the city, right?" "No change. The tavern went to the city hall in the afternoon, lost some money, and has now reopened." Wen Mansha replied. The level 18 killer who entered the city died so quickly that it hardly attracted any attention. Even the guests in the tavern only knew that the association had brought skeletons to arrest people. It was unclear who they arrested and what the outcome would be. Moreover, in a place like Luntam City, fighting is not a big deal. Wu Heng continued, "Wen Mansha, come with me to Fortress Seted tomorrow and come back after the matter is resolved." Wen Mansha was a little surprised, "Everyone was killed, so there should be no problem, right?" "It''s better to be careful and come back after this matter is resolved!" Wu Heng said. The other party has a ghost ticket. In other words, people can be quickly sent to Luntam City. At that time, Wen Mansha may still be in danger. He couldn''t always stay by Wen Mansha''s side. But it''s different when you go to Fortress Seted. It is a fortress over there, and the population is not as chaotic as Luntam City. The number of people in the city is fixed. If there are outsiders, it is easy to find out. The main army is over there, as well as the level 18 Bone Demon No. 2 and the level 16 Skeleton Mage, which will be safer. Wen Mansha thought for a moment and nodded, "Follow the master''s arrangements." After all, she still had children, and she didn''t want anything dangerous to happen. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Who do you plan to hand over the management of the city?" "As long as the city operates normally, as for the City Lord''s Mansion, the three new maids have signed soul contracts. I will teach them how to use the radio. If you have any questions, report them directly to me. There should be no impact." Wen Mansha replied. "Okay." Wu Heng continued to look at Slater, "Come with me to Seted Fortress and stay for a few days!" Slater shook his head, "I''ve been out for a while. Something might happen if I don''t go back for a long time. Do you still have your talking props? Give me one. I''ll let you know when I have news." "Okay, I''ll teach you how to use it later." Wu Heng said. Slater nodded. After dinner, Wen Mansha began to summon some trustworthy subordinates to make arrangements for the city. Wu Heng took Slater back to the room. Teach her how to use the radio and sun panels. The next day, morning. In the courtyard. Wu Heng was flanked by two skeleton attendants, and behind Slater was a skeleton swordsman and a golden leopard. Wen Mansha walked over with her child in her arms, followed by a skeleton warrior and two skeleton hags. "Master, everything has been arranged." Wen Mansha said. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s okay. The distance isn''t too far. If you have any questions, you can come back in time." "Well, listen to the master." Wen Mansha smiled. Wu Heng waved his hand, the [Mansion Technique] was opened, and the scene inside began to change. On one side of the electromagnetic gun, tables, chairs and sofas appeared, which was spacious and bright. "You go in first, and I will release you when you get there." Wen Mansha held the child and walked in with the skeleton behind her. "Don''t forget, I''m going to Blackstone Town." Slater said and walked in. The mansion spell is closed and the scene inside disappears. Wu Heng continued to look at the three maids of the City Lord''s Mansion behind him. Two humans and one orc were all Wen Mansha''s new recruits. "I''ll leave this place to you. Wen Mansha will be back in two days, don''t worry." The slave contract was a somewhat exaggerated and overbearing restriction. If the master dies, the signed slaves will also suffer heavy soul damage. People with high soul strength will be damaged and stupid, while those with low levels, such as maids, will die together with their masters. The three of them saluted, "Yes." "Don''t reveal a single word about what''s going on here. It''s related to the safety of all of us." Wu Heng asked again. "Don''t worry, sir, we will never tell anyone what happens here." The leading maid said directly. Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Take out the [Conductor''s Hat] and put it on your head, and the train will appear. After Wu Heng sat down, he disappeared. At noon, the train stopped outside Blackstone Town. Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique] and released Slater and Golden Leopard. "Blackstone Town has arrived. When it''s over, I''ll take you to Treasure Island to see it." Wu Heng said with a smile. Slater put on his shawl, "I''ve been talking about it for so long, but I still haven''t put it on yet." "There''s no other way. The two places are too far away. If that doesn''t work, don''t be a deacon. It''s not bad to run a money cat on Treasure Island. You can''t make much money as a deacon because it''s dangerous." Wu Heng said. Slater rolled his eyes at him, "You said it simply. It''s not easy to let go of something just by saying it casually." "That''s right." Slater tapped his lips lightly and said, "Come back and see more when you have time." "Yes." Wu Heng nodded, and then said, "Don''t report this matter to Lilith yet." Slater frowned, "Don''t worry, I can still tell the difference between the inside and the outside." "Be safe and don''t do anything dangerous." Slater nodded again and walked towards Blackstone Town. (End of chapter) Chapter 802 , prepare in advance Chapter 802, prepare in advance At dusk, the train stopped again. The door opened and Wu Heng got off the train. Looking around, he saw the Seted Fortress in the distance and the skeletons patrolling the walls. The city wall in the north that was destroyed by its own electromagnetic cannon was still being repaired. The skeletons and workers were busy and looked extremely lively. Release the three ghosts, float around, and look into the distance. "You''re so fast!" "Are you there?" "Uncle, where is the second prince?" The three ghosts spoke one after another, coming from the left and right. "I just arrived at Seted Fortress, where is the second prince?" Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao lazily lay half in the air, "Uncle, it''s so hard to remember the name here. It''s easy to bite your tongue when you say it." "There is no way, the culture is different." Wu Heng walked towards the direction of the fortress. "Change your name!" "How to change it? After we change it, what should we do if the ghost train doesn''t recognize it? We still have to remember the original name." "That''s right." Xiaoxiao agreed. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Help me look around the fortress to see if there are any enemies." "good." The three ghosts nodded, discussed the direction of the investigation, and flew out directly. Wu Heng put on a mask, changed his appearance, and walked into the city faster. Enter the fortress. Scattered people can be seen on the streets. Shops and pubs on the roads are open for business. Temporary platforms have been set up at some intersections and central areas. There was a bard reading aloud the announcement issued by Luntam City. Basically no one listened, and people passing by acted as if they hadn''t seen it. The occupation took a long time, and the residents in the city knew what they were talking about. In short, the city seems to have regained some of its popularity, unlike when it was first occupied, it seemed like a dead city. I walked around and looked around, but I havent reached the central area yet. The three ghosts flew back one after another. Wu Heng stayed away from people, and the ghost''s voice came to his ears, "Wu Heng, I found some people here, five of them are around level 8." "Uncle, I have some here too." Then came Glenda''s voice, "There are a little more outside the city to the south. I can confirm that they are all scouts from the Kingdom of Yeko, collecting intelligence." As expected, the Yeke Kingdom is watching the fortress. This is not surprising. It is like a ceasefire between the two armies, but they also have to arrange for people to keep an eye on each other. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Clean it up." "good!" The three ghosts agreed and flew out again. Wu Heng continued to walk forward. Cross the street and walk into the Tongling Mansion in the central area. The commander''s office was guarding the skeleton. When he walked into the hall, the first thing he saw was Bone Demon No. 2 in a long skirt and a lace lady''s hat on his head. When he saw Wu Heng coming in, he stood up and bowed slightly. Beside him was a skeleton mage wearing a mage robe, also sitting not far away. Wu Heng nodded and asked, "Where is Harter?" Bone Demon No. 2 pointed to the location upstairs. Wu Heng went upstairs, looked at the room guarded by the skeleton, knocked on the door lightly, and after hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. Hartle, who was sitting behind the desk, looked up and frowned instantly behind his black-rimmed glasses, "Who are you?" Wu Heng touched behind his ears and took off the mask. Reveal your original face. "Master!" Hartle shouted, stood up and saluted. "Well, Mansha Wen is here too." Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique], Mansha Wen walked out with the child in her arms and the skeleton hag. "Madam." Hartle saluted again. Wen Mansha nodded, looked at her surroundings, and said with a smile: "Your place is pretty good, no worse than the City Lord''s Mansion." "If you like it, madam, you can live here so that I can serve you." Hartle said with a smile. Wen Mansha didn''t answer, sat down aside and asked, "How does it feel to manage a city by yourself?" "I understand how difficult it is for you, madam." At this time, the child in his arms screamed and reached out towards Harter. Wen Mansha handed the child to her, "She misses you too." Hartle took the child with a smile and coaxed her gently, "Miss seems to have grown up." "Children grow up fast." "How is the fortress?" Wu Heng sat down aside. Harter held the child in his arms and continued: "The northern city wall is still being repaired, and everything in the city has returned to normal. There are more and more spies outside." "Don''t worry about the spies. Someone has already taken care of it. You arrange for someone to bring the body back." Wu Heng said. Harter''s eyes were a little confused. Did he bring reinforcements? Outside the fortress. Around the fortress shrouded in light mist, rangers and thieves in different costumes, hunched over, stared at the fortress in the distance with the help of the cover of grass and trees. "Look! The skeleton above has changed." A ranger with a stubble on his face said in a deep voice. The rest of the people looked forward and saw that the number of skeletons on the tall and thick city wall began to increase. "It should be that the number of skeletons has increased in the city, and the number of defenses has also increased." Another person also let the tamed beast fly into the sky and looked at the wall from a distance. The stubble ranger said: "The skeleton has no time to change defenses, so we can''t find anything if we stay here." "We only need to piece together the deployment of the troops inside and then recapture the fortress. It will be a great achievement for us." Hu Stubble snorted and said with a smile, "When the time comes, let that woman pay the price. She is a traitor to mankind. Then she will definitely..." Before he finished speaking, the sound of dead branches being trampled was suddenly heard from the side. Look sideways. In his gaze, the head of the companion beside him suddenly turned in a circle, and turned 180 degrees back to the front amid the harsh bone friction. The body fell to the ground, and the tame beast fell aside. Click it~ click it! The sounds of bones rubbing together sounded one after another. The surrounding investigators had their necks broken one by one and fell to the ground. Damn it! "Enemy attack, escape..." Click~! The bearded man stopped talking, turned his eyes around, and then fell to the ground. In the distance, the fortress gate opened. A large number of skeletons rushed out from the city wall. He walked into the grass and dragged the corpses back to the fortress. The commanding office. Harter hurried back from outside with the skeleton. He said directly: "Master, Madam, everyone outside is dead. The Skeleton Mage has selected a few for interrogation. After the spies collect the information, they will be sent to Kaidi City." "Kai District City?" Harter explained, "Lincheng in the south, if the army continues to attack downwards, the next city will be Kaidi City. The corpse also said that Kaidi City has gathered a lot of troops and established a defense line to stop the skeleton army. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding, and then asked: "Do you have any information about the second prince?" "No, they were just some reconnaissance teams and didn''t ask for any information in this regard." Hartle shook his head. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s okay. There''s no need to let Wen Mansha and I come over. I have my own plans later." "Yes, sir." "You guys chat, I''ll go upstairs and take a rest." Wu Heng went straight upstairs. Return to the study. Only Wen Mansha and Harter were left, continuing to chat about Luntam City. I sat in the study and waited for a while. The three ghosts also flew back from outside. All the spies around were cleared and the city was checked, but nothing suspicious was found. Wu Heng asked the ghost to come back first and open the gate to the zombie world. On the other side, directly is the control room. Wu Heng asked the skeleton sitting on the seat to zoom in on the prison cell where the 18th-level thief was located. In the footage, the thief''s injuries have already recovered. Not like the dying look yesterday. People from other worlds, because of their occupations and levels, are in far better physical condition than people from this world. Wu Heng also looked forward to what he would become in the end. Will it bring you any surprises? After confirming that there was nothing wrong in the prison cell, Wu Heng walked out of the monitoring room and headed to the prison cell. Wow~! The door to the prison building opened. The thief who was trying to study the shackles suddenly looked up at the door. His eyes widened when he found Wu Heng walking in with a skeleton. Suppressing the anger in his heart, he asked: "Wu Heng, why are you locking me here?" In this single room, a rotten smell could be smelled in the air. Instead of killing him, he gave him medicine. What on earth is going on? Take charge of the house. Hartl was holding a toy in his hand, and the baby''s laughter could be heard in front of him. Wen Mansha sat aside, drinking tea, and said softly, "Harter!" "lady." "Get ready, come with me to accompany the master tonight!" Harter''s face suddenly turned red, and he said with some trepidation, "I will listen to Madam." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "I have that outfit in my room. If you put it on when the time comes, the master will like it." Hartle lowered his head, "Thank you, madam." (End of chapter) Chapter 803 , Ill catch them and come over to accom Chapter 803, Ill catch them and come over to accompany you In the dark prison cell. Wu Heng sat down opposite and asked straight to the point, "Who gave you the ticket for the ghost train?" The thief''s eyes narrowed with ferocity, and he asked: "I tell you, can you let me go?" "Do you think it''s possible to walk out after everyone has come in here?" Wu Heng said directly. The ferocious light in the thief''s eyes became even more fierce, and he gritted his teeth and said angrily: "Then what are you talking about!" "Whatever I ask, what you say can make you feel more comfortable during this time." "Hehehe~!" The thief grinned and stared at this side, "How can you say it feels comfortable if you fall into the hands of a necromancer? I will commit suicide so that you can''t do those experiments. " "I know the resurrection technique and can save you." The thief''s voice suddenly became silent, and his eyes were bloodshot. Wu Heng continued, "I will still awaken the soul. Even if you die, I will continue to experiment with your soul." "You deserve to die!" the thief gritted his teeth. "Let me change the condition. You tell me something useful, and then I will capture those people to accompany you." Wu Heng spoke again. The thief''s eyes narrowed, and then he sneered, "Just you? A necromancer who just transferred to the profession less than two years ago?" In his mind, his failure was not all due to the gap in strength. It was because Luntam City''s spy information was leaked and the enemy was the first to prepare and wait for him to come over that he failed. If you really allow yourself to assassinate this kid, you will never lose. "How will you know if you don''t try! They gave you wrong information and asked you to be captured. They should eat and drink." Wu Heng leaned back, looked at him and said: "Even if you can''t be caught, let them Take off a layer of skin. The thief narrowed his eyes and suddenly smiled, "Ask me! The previous condition must also be included." "Did you betray your client like that?" The thief said calmly: "You think too highly of my professional ethics." Wu Heng asked directly: "Who gave you the train ticket?" "Bryce, a veteran businessman from the Yeko Kingdom, killed Wen Mansha for 200 gold and two tickets." The thief replied. Wu Heng glanced at the other party. Continued to ask: "Do you know how he obtained the ticket?" "I don''t know where to go." "Where did you hire you?" "Nilali City!" "Have you met the second prince?" "I use money to do things and see what he does." The thief sneered. Wu Heng then asked, "How many high-level professionals do they have there?" The thief''s eyes suddenly condensed, and he stared at him and said: "There are many, they are very rich, supported, and hired, but they are not comparable to skeletons like you. How about it? Are you still as confident as just now?" "Are there any level 20 heroes?" Wu Heng asked flatly. The thief was stunned, "How is that possible?" "Just give me an accurate estimate, how many can there be at level 18? It''s probably OK." Wu Heng asked directly. "I don''t know, but I''m sure there are many of them, and there are also troops." The thief replied. Wu Heng nodded, "Who do you want me to capture?" "You really want to go? Bryce, this old guy just gave me 200, he deserves to die." "I understand." After Wu Heng said that, he turned around and walked out. The thief''s voice continued to come from behind, "If you are timid, you can just pretend you don''t know. You look like you have no idea." The iron door closed and the sound was isolated again. Wu Heng walked out along the corridor, and the ghost followed him. Glenda said: "Can he be trusted?" Penny said, "I don''t think it''s credible. It''s too easy to ask." Xiaoxiao leaned on Wu Heng''s shoulder and added, "He always laughs, like a psychopath, he won''t be beaten stupid!" Wu Heng walked in the direction of the monitoring room and said: "I can''t believe it all, but the location he told about the second prince is the same as the location obtained by questioning the corpse. There should be no problem in this." "Really going to deal with that second prince?" Glenda asked. "Go there and take a look first. If there is no chance, forget it. If there is a chance, kill him." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Okay!" Glenda nodded. The other two ghosts had no objections either. Even if he passed the city where the second prince was, there should be no problem with Wu Heng''s disguise ability. If something went wrong, he would still have the means to ensure his own safety. Go all the way back to the control room. Wu Heng called up the prison cell where the thief was and took a closer look. The thief was still sitting on the iron bed, leaning on his knees, meditating on something unknown. Reduce the screen size. Sitting on the chair, I began to think about the plan behind it. The location of the second prince can basically be determined. As long as he is killed, the assassination of Wen Mansha can be solved. But it is only a temporary solution. If the second prince dies, there will still be the eldest prince. Killing the second prince and occupying the land of Yeko Kingdom, any reason can allow him to continue to attack Luntam City. Its really endless. But there is no better way at the moment, so we can only take it one step at a time and deal with the second prince first. The eldest prince is being pestered by the association''s investigation team, so he shouldn''t put too much thought on this in the short term. Drag it as far back as possible. By the time he faces the big prince, he might have reached level 20 and have a new solution. After thinking about it, Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go over there." The three ghosts flew back and got into the body. Wu Heng asked the skeleton to keep an eye on the thief, opened the door, and walked in. Returning to Seted Fortress, it was almost dusk. Come downstairs. Wen Mansha was chatting with Harter. When she saw him going downstairs, she smiled and said, "The master is downstairs. Harter, please bring dinner over!" "Yes, ma''am." Hartle walked out and arranged for the skeleton to deliver dinner. Along the way, there was no shortage of corpses from various life occupations in the skeletons. After being transformed into skeletons, they were also assigned to corresponding positions. The level may not be high, but it can avoid some troubles such as being poisoned. Dinner was served on the table. After Wu Heng and Wen Mansha sat down, Harter still sat aside like a butler. "Master, eat more so that you will have strength at night." Wen Mansha picked up the slices of meat and put them in his bowl. During the time I lived with Wu Heng, I basically learned to use chopsticks. Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, "Pay attention to the impact, you are now the city lord." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "What are you afraid of at home? Harter is not an outsider, right, Harter." "Thank you, madam, for your trust." Hartle stood up straight and looked straight. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded. After continuing to eat for a while, Wu Heng also wiped his mouth and put down the bowl and chopsticks. Wen Mansha continued, "Master, let''s go see the child. Harter, you should also prepare after eating." "Yes, ma''am." Hartle saluted. Wu Heng stood up and walked upstairs with Wen Mansha. After feeding the child. Return the baby to the skeleton hag. But Wen Mansha was a little strange. She heard the child''s laughter just outside the door. The laughter stopped after opening the door. It was the same when I was in Luntam City two days ago. The baby''s eyes also widened, and he stretched out his hand to grab it, as if he was playing with someone. Some are worried about whether there will be any problems. Of course Wu Heng knew what was going on. Sanyouhun didn''t have much entertainment here. Apart from hanging out, he just entertained the children at home. I can only give a vague explanation that the child may be in a better mood and will get better gradually. The sky was dark. In the bedroom, the moonlight shines through the gauze curtains, giving people a quiet and soft feeling. Wen Mansha leaned into her arms and said softly: "Master, there are so many cities now. I''m afraid I can''t manage such a big place." The battle has reached this point, and now there is more than just one city. To the north, he signed an alliance with the orc tribes, responsible for coordinating management and helping them build infrastructure. To the south, he occupied a large area of ??land and cities in the Kingdom of Yeko. In terms of the current territory, it is already quite large. Wu Heng put his arm around her shoulder, put it into his clothes, rubbed it gently, and said, "Don''t underestimate yourself. You have managed Luntam City very well, and you will manage the rest well as well." "Sometimes when I think about it, it feels like a dream. I was in charge of so many people in the gang, and now they are all sitting in this position." Wen Mansha said with some emotion in her tone. "Yes, time flies so fast!" Wu Heng hugged her again. Wen Mansha smiled, looked at the sky outside the window, and said with a smile, "Will Master always like me?" "Of course, you are so good and obedient." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Then I also prepared a gift for the master." Wen Mansha smiled, her eyes narrowed into crescent moons. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and signaled that she could start. Wen Mansha sat up slightly and called in the direction of the door, "Harter, come in." The door was slowly pushed open, and housekeeper Hartle walked in quietly. Wu Heng glanced at Wen Mansha in confusion, pulled the quilt and covered himself. Hartle''s long brown hair was tied up, with a black cat-ear hairpin on her head, and her signature black-rimmed glasses. She was wearing a woman''s brown coat, which completely wrapped her body. After walking over, she slightly saluted, "Sir, Madam." Wen Mansha nodded with a smile, took Wu Heng''s hand, and said softly: "Master, there have been a lot of things going on in Luntam City recently, and people are worried about us. Harter has always been safe, and letting her help can also make people worry about us." You feel more comfortable." After speaking, he patted the back of his hand gently. (End of chapter) Chapter 804 , assassinate the prince? How come I don Chapter 804: Assassinate the prince? How come I don''t know Wu Heng also instantly understood what the other party meant. The matter of Harter coming to accompany him was mentioned last time when he was in Luntam City. But Wu Heng was anxious to go back at that time, so he mentioned it in the chat. Wu Heng didn''t say anything. Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Hatter, aren''t you hot?" Hartle nodded slightly, unbuttoned his coat one by one, and gradually opened the placket, revealing his fair and smooth skin. Then, the coat came off and Hartle appeared in a bold set of lingerie. The black corset fit gently against her skin, outlining her slim waistline. The proud double peaks are held high, with eye-catching rhinestones hanging from the top, shining brightly under the light. The lower body is still made of simple cloth, and the legs are tied with black ribbons. Hartle lowered his head, like a shy and charming cat. Wen Mansha looked at her and Wu Heng with a smile in her eyes and said softly, "Don''t take off your glasses, your master likes the way you look wearing them." Hartle, who wanted to take off his glasses, put them back on and still stood where he was. "Go around and let your master take a good look." Hartle stood there and turned slowly in a circle, the rhinestones on his body shaking slightly. Wen Mansha smiled and asked, "Master, do you still like it?" Without waiting for Wu Heng to answer, Wen Mansha suddenly said, "She seems to like her very much." "Just be cool!" Wu Heng patted her waist. Wen Mansha still kept smiling, lifted the thin quilt from the two of them, and carefully straddled her waist. He glanced at Hartle, who was still standing there, and said softly: "Harter, come here and give me some support." "Yes, ma''am." Harter responded, holding Mansha Wen''s shoulders from behind. Wu Heng glanced at Harter, reached over Wen Mansha in front of him, gently touched her shoulders and collarbone, and picked up the dangling rhinestones with his index finger. Hartle''s body trembled, and his face turned even redder. Wu Heng continued to touch the other person''s cheek, while Harter tilted his head and pressed against the other person''s palm, his eyes moving. Next, put **** in your mouth. "Phew~! I''m so tired, Hartle, hold me a little bit." Mansha Wen exhaled heavily and leaned back into Harter''s arms. Hartle smiled and said, "Ma''am, take your time, the night is still very long." "Yeah." Wen Mansha hummed, turned her head and asked, "Compared with your husband, how does your figure compare to yours?" Hartle glanced secretly, "Madam, you are lucky." Nilali City. The night was like thick ink, covering the entire mansion heavily. A few bright torches swayed on the wall, trying their best to cast a small halo of light. "I heard that His Highness has ordered the recruitment of troops again. I feel like I won''t be able to calm down for a few more days." A soldier leaned against the wall and whispered. The companion beside him also nodded, "Yeah, I just don''t know whether to fight with Luntam City or with the Royal City." "I hope it''s those skeletons. There may be some former comrades in the royal city." "Those **** skeletons are nothing if not a mess inside." The two were chatting in a low voice. Suddenly one of them looked at the bottom of the city wall and frowned, "Who is it?" Huh~! The next second, the figure in sight turned into a rolling gray mist and rushed towards the wall. The guards on the city wall all noticed something strange. Before the alarm bell sounded, one of them had already drawn his sword and slashed at Gray Fog. The gray mist was cut through in an instant, then reunited, turning into a tall woman on the wall. "Damn it, shoot the arrow," the guard captain yelled. "I don''t know whether to live or die!" The woman sneered, spitting out a large amount of gray mist from her mouth, and in the blink of an eye, she turned into a group of falcon beasts and pounced on everyone in front of her. The cry of killing rang out, and more black figures jumped onto the city wall from outside and landed silently. "Have you found any trace of the second prince?" one person asked. A figure in a black cloak tightened the wooden staff in his hand and said: "If you don''t find the target, go towards the mansion in the middle and you will find it naturally." "It''s also a way." The leading man agreed with a smile and said directly: "Fight in." The remaining people all moved past the guards fighting the gray mist, fanning out like cheetahs looking for food, and headed towards the mansion. "Looking for death! Kill all these enemies." Suddenly, a loud shout came from the mansion. More torches lit up, guards poured out from all directions, arrows shot out like a rainstorm, and swords shone with cold light. The two sides fought instantly, and the sounds of collisions and roars filled the night sky. Then, silhouettes rushed out from all over the mansion, directly attacking the men in black who rushed in. The battle instantly became more intense. Early morning, restaurant. Wu Heng sat at the dining table and took two simple bites. Said: "Wen Mansha, I will leave today, you continue to stay here and wait for my notice." Wen Mansha frowned, "Master, stay a few more days so that Hart can serve you more." Harter, whose body was still upright on one side, looked cautiously at Wu Heng from the corner of his eye. "It''s not time to enjoy it yet, let''s wait until the business is done!" Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha thought for a moment, "Are you going to deal with the second prince?" "Let''s go take a look first. It''s hard to say whether we should take action in the end." Wen Mansha''s eyes showed worry, and Harter also looked over in surprise. Even if he is just the second prince, he is still someone who can occupy half of the kingdom''s land. How can he be so easy to kill? "Is it dangerous?" Wen Mansha asked cautiously. "I won''t take action if there is danger, don''t worry." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded, even though she believed in Wu Heng in her heart, she still said: "Don''t take risks, even if he doesn''t die, we can win in a head-on battle." "I know." Wu Heng nodded with a smile, and then said, "Kerimu, you stay to protect Wen Mansha." Kerimu, holding the hilt of the sword with one hand, walked directly to stand behind Wen Mansha. Wen Mansha had some doubts in her eyes, "Master, there''s nothing wrong with me. Kerimu, please stay by my side to protect you." "I have a new skeleton attendant. Kerimu is level 17. The weapon is an evil sword. Whatever you do, let it protect you." Wu Heng said. Seeing that he was serious, Wen Mansha could only nod, "Okay, let the master arrange it." After dinner, Wu Heng continued to give a few instructions to the two of them. He didn''t stay any longer and left the fortress. In a deserted place in the wild, put on the [train conductor''s hat] and board the train. Outside the city of Nilali. The train appeared and Wu Heng stepped off the train slowly. Looking around, he saw the city in the distance. According to the information, the location of the second prince is located. With a thought, all three ghosts were released. Floating in mid-air. Glenda flew into the sky and glanced at the city, "It seems that this is the city where the second prince is. Many of the people guarding the walls and city gates are high-level professionals." Wu Heng put on a mask and transformed into the appearance of a fisherman, "How many levels are there." "Level 10, interspersed with many level 15 people." Granda continued. Wu Heng frowned, using such people to guard the city wall? Sure enough, the treatment is different. "Let''s go, let''s sneak into the city and have a look." Wu Heng walked down. The three ghosts disappeared and followed behind, chatting in low voices. As he approached the city gate, Wu Heng felt something was not right. A checkpoint has been set up some distance from the city gate, and the guards are conducting careful inspections. The crowd had formed a long and slender queue, and many people were complaining in low voices. "Wu Heng, the guards are searching your body one by one, checking your pockets and packages, and they seem to be checking whether there are any storage items." Penny flew back and spoke. Did you know I was coming? The inspection was so detailed. "Do you know why?" Wu Heng asked in a low voice. Penny said: "It seems like something happened in the city and they are arresting fugitives." If something happens in the city, it has nothing to do with you. Xiaoxiao asked: "Uncle, do you want to go in directly?" "Let''s check the situation first." Wu Heng looked around, changed the road directly, and walked towards the forest on one side, and then said: "Benny, go find a corner in the city that is more spacious." "Okay!" Penny agreed and flew out quickly. Not long after, it flew back quickly. Get into your body and share the scene just now. Through the shared screen, Wu Heng saw the route Beini took and the open space she chose. Release [Teleportation], the magic circle gradually takes shape, and the body disappears. His sight returned again and he had already appeared in the open space chosen by Penny. Three ghosts flew in from outside. "Wow, it can still be used like this!" Xiaoxiao exclaimed. "It also came to mind suddenly." Wu Heng smiled and continued, "Glenda and Beni went to the city to check the situation, the strength of the troops, and where are the high-level professionals? Xiaoxiao stayed with me, and informed me in advance if there was any danger. I." "Okay." The three ghosts agreed and began to prepare individually. Wu Heng walked out of the alley and blended into the crowd. Along the way, guards kept walking on the streets, questioning suspicious people. Wu Heng was alone, with a simple face and very ordinary clothes. People were questioned from time to time along the way, but they only looked at Wu Heng and waved to him to leave quickly. Wu Heng walked for a while, walked directly into a tavern, and sat down at an empty seat in the corner. "Guest, what do you want to drink?" "A glass of wine, bread and vegetable soup." "Okay, guest, wait a moment." Wu Heng sat at the dining table and waited for a while before the food was served. As we ate casually, guests began to sit at the neighboring tables one after another. One person said: "Luntam City attacked His Highness''s mansion last night." "I''ve also heard that the troops in the city have been mobilized. It''s such a big scene." "How does it end?" "What else can we do? There must be high-level professionals around His Highness. They should be beaten away. Now these are the only people being searched throughout the city." "These **** undead." Wu Heng listened and tore the bread with his hand. The city is under martial law and people are being searched one by one. Are they arresting people from Luntam City? Even broke into the prince''s mansion? Holy shit! Who said that. (End of chapter) Chapter 805 , the mansion is fake (Updated today.) Chapter 805: The mansion is fake (Updated today.) "How did those undead sneak into the city? Are there spies in the city defense army?" "That''s hard to say." Then, in a lower voice, he asked: "How was the loss last night? Is Your Highness okay?" "Why don''t you think about it? If something happens, we will search the whole city. I''m afraid we will start a war directly." "The undead deserve to die." "May the gods bless your highness the prince!" The number of guests in the tavern gradually increased, and the tables next to Wu Heng were gradually filled with people. The topics discussed at every table were basically related to what happened last night. Although each table tried to lower their voices as much as possible, Wu Heng could still hear it clearly. It is basically certain that a battle did take place in the city. Others saw the assembled troops and the prince''s mansion billowing with black smoke. This is not fake news to confuse people. It''s just... why is it being publicized in Luntam City? It should be easy to identify whether it is the moving hand of the dead. Wu Heng raised his head, and the bartender led the two of them over, looking at the remaining empty seats. "Guest, if you don''t have a companion, these two guests would like to sit here." "There''s no one around, sit down!" Wu Heng said. The other two sat down on the chairs. Wu Heng ate the last bite of bread and looked at the bartender, "Is there any room available?" "Yes, guest, do you want to stay in the hotel? There are ordinary guest rooms on the second floor, and the third floor is slightly better." The bartender said immediately. "I want the room on the second floor at the back." "I''ll take you to see it." The two of them went upstairs together. The two people who had just sat down saw Wu Heng leaving on his own initiative, and began to whisper about the attack on the prince''s residence. Walking up to the second floor, Wu Heng looked at paying the rent and then decided directly. The bartender took the money, said not to disturb the guests, and closed the door directly. The room is very basic. In the middle is a round table, with a bed inside. A window on one side looks out onto the street. Wu Heng sat down in front of the round table, and Glenda and Beni, who had gone out to investigate, appeared from beside him. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Penny took the lead and said: "I went to the place where the army is stationed in the city. The highest level is level 18, and there are also several level 15 professionals." Glenda continued, "I went to the prince''s mansion in the central area. A large number of troops were deployed there. I saw three level 18 professionals." Wu Heng frowned instantly. When I first came here, I found four level 18 professionals. "Where is the second prince? Is there anyone with the corresponding appearance?" Penny shook her head, saying she didn''t see it. Glenda also said, "No, that prince''s mansion is not a place to live at all, it is more like a trap to lead people in." It turns out that the prince''s mansion was originally a fake place. No wonder everyone in the city talks about the prince''s mansion, that place is a trap. Penny floated aside, pondered for a moment and said: "The mansion is all fake, so is the information about the second prince here also fake?" When he said this, Wu Heng and Granda were both stunned. Glenda nodded, "It''s possible." "I think it''s unlikely." Wu Heng pondered for a moment, and under the questioning gazes of the two ghosts, explained: "The number of troops and level 18 professionals he can mobilize is limited, and the main forces are gathered here. He must be in this city. If he is outside, he will die if the news is leaked. " There is a profession of exploration in this world. The prophet can find the location of the person through the items. I dont have anything that the second prince has used, and the eldest prince doesnt have anything? Therefore, it was impossible to use the main combat power to set up traps, especially in the battle with Luntam City, even level 18 professionals were not used. It is enough to prove that the combat power in his hands is not sufficient. The possibility of him hiding elsewhere is even smaller. Wu Heng continued, "It should be that the mansion is fake, but he is hidden in other locations in the city." "Your analysis makes sense." After hearing this, Granda also agreed with this statement. Penny then said, "So, our next step is to search the whole city for him? This city is a bit big." "Now that the whole city is on alert, it''s harder to find him." Granda was also a little helpless. Wu Heng said nothing, thought for a moment and said: "We are not in a hurry to see if there is anything suspicious. As long as he is in the city, we will find him sooner or later." "Then I''ll go out and take a look." Penny said, becoming invisible again and flying out. Glenda glanced at Beni who was leaving, and said to Wu Heng, "Be careful yourself. There may be some exploration tools in the city. If you are in danger, go out first." "Okay, I will pay attention." Wu Heng said with a smile. Glenda nodded and flew out directly. The two ghosts left. Wu Heng took out a new set of bedding and laid it on the bed. There was noise outside the window. I stood outside the window and looked out, and saw patrols walking on the street, starting to drive away some lingering residents in preparation for the curfew. "Uncle, hurry up and disguise yourself. The boss is coming up with the guards." Xiaoxiao flew back from outside and said hurriedly. Wu Heng listened carefully and heard footsteps and noise coming from the corridor outside the door. He took out the mask and put it on, put the space ring in his arms, and asked: "What are you checking?" "I asked if there were any outsiders. The boss said yes and brought them up," Xiaoxiao said. Bang~! There was a muffled sound, and the door opened wide. The patrol team in uniform uniforms walked in directly and checked the situation in the room. The leader looked around the room and asked coldly: "Alone?" "one person." "What are you doing in the city?" "I heard that His Highness is recruiting soldiers, so I would like to come and make a career." The captain looked him up and down, "You know how to choose your time, are you a mercenary?" Wu Heng said: "After being a hunter for several years, I still have strength." "Besides!" the captain sneered, "all those who die are strong." At this time, other people who were briefly searching the room said, "Captain, there''s nothing." The captain nodded, motioned to go out, and said to Wu Heng: "Don''t wander around." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. The guards all left. The hotel owner walked in with an apology on his face, "I''m sorry, guest, I will check once or twice every day." "fine." The hotel owner smiled, closed the door for him, and continued to chase the guards out. "Uncle, they left and went to the next tavern." Xiaoxiao flew back. "Well, the inspections in this city are really strict." Wu Heng hung up the curtains and took off his mask. "Uncle, will they come again?" Xiaoxiao continued to ask. "It''s just a search for outsiders in the tavern. One search is enough." Wu Heng replied. Xiao Xiao floated over and said, "Oh, then do I still have to stare outside?" "No, if there is any danger, please notify me immediately." "Okay, uncle, give me the tablet and I''ll watch animation tonight." Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng handed the tablet to Xiaoxiao, turned on the [Mansion Technique], washed himself inside, and then came out and lay down on the bed. Looking at the ceiling, I was thinking about my plan this time. Someone attacked the prince''s mansion last night, putting the entire city on high alert, which also hindered his actions. The assassin should be someone from the eldest prince. "Why do you have to publicize it to the outside world that it''s from Luntam City?" "The **** pots are all pushed this way!" Take a deep breath and put your arms behind your head. The next plan is to find the location of the second prince. We can''t open the gate and start a war with the entire city! After all, his original plan was to kill the second prince quietly, and he really relied on skeletons to massacre the city. At that time, the association and the Holy See will come to trouble us. If the ghost cannot find the other party, he can find two corpses and ask the corpses. Or if there are items used by the second prince, use the [Tracking Pendant] to find his location. Thinking in his mind, he checked Xiaoxiao who was watching the video. He closed his eyes and fell asleep. early morning. Wu Heng washed up in the [Mansion Technique] and came out. Three ghosts were chatting about last night at the round table. Seeing Wu Heng come out, Granda handed over a piece of paper and said, "This is the map of the city drawn. It looks like this from the air. I have marked several suspicious locations." Wu Heng. Heng took a look and saw the general outline of a city. Several locations are individually circled. "Let''s go, eat first, and then walk around according to the location on the map." Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Went downstairs and ordered breakfast. The bartender came over and asked: "Guest, do you still need to stay in the guest room?" Wu Heng paid for another day''s accommodation and said, "Stay." "Good customer." The bartender took the money and walked him to the door with a smile. Wu Heng also walked out directly, blended into the crowd on the street, and walked according to the location on the map. Along the way, several areas are guarded by guards. After wandering around, we came to a lively area. The noisy market had just dispersed, and there were still scraps of fruits and vegetables and livestock excrement on the stone pavement, and a mixed smell filled the air. Wu Heng walked along the road, still thinking about the next plan in his heart. I need a breakthrough to get more information about this city. As they walked forward, they gradually deviated from the main road and wound into a dark alley. Stop, look back and wait. Soon, several figures followed and walked in, blocking one side of the alley. The leader was a man in his 30s, with a fleshy face and a horizontal scar on his fleshy head, like a centipede lying on it. Four people followed behind them, all wearing weapons on their waists, with mocking eyes. "Can you feel us following you, professional?" The scarred man grinned and showed his yellow teeth, looking up and down at him. Wu Heng asked calmly: "Guys, follow me in broad daylight. I have called the guards." The strong man with the scar sneered, and a person behind him said in a strange voice: "Shout and see if the guards will come, or come and collect the body for you." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "I haven''t offended many people, right?" Another person said: "This is the territory managed by our gang. It''s bad luck for you kid. For two silver coins, we''ll go drink. You can do whatever you want." This city is really chaotic. On the street in front, the guards conduct strict inspections, while in the back alley gangs randomly select lucky passers-by to collect tolls. "His Royal Highness is recruiting an army. Your gang is capable, so why don''t you share your worries for His Highness?" Wu Heng asked. Wu Heng is not sure what the earth looked like in ancient times. But in this world, if something goes wrong in the city, gangs will basically be drafted into the army. "Your kid is very lenient, go! See how much money he has, take it all away, strip him naked and throw them into the street." The strong man with the scar said. The man behind him walked over with a ferocious smile and a wooden stick in his hand. "Boy, please be more careful in the future." "Break your hands and feet, you will never forget it for the rest of your life." "Hmph~! Then let''s kill him." As they spoke, several people smashed their heads with wooden sticks in their hands. Wu Heng grabbed the wooden stick with one hand and saw it in the eyes of the other party in disbelief. Bang bang bang~! After a violent hammering sound, he fell to the ground. The face of the scarred man in the distance suddenly changed, "You, you, you can leave. We in the Chifeng Gang respect the strong." After saying that, he turned around and wanted to run away. The next second, his body froze in place, and then step by step, he retreated back to the depths of the alley. Bang~! The half-broken stick hit his neck. The neck bones were broken, the head drooped unnaturally to one side, and then the body fell. "Hmph! Little thief." Xiao Xiao said. "There''s no one around," Penny said. Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead] on Scar''s corpse, and the corpse sat up again. His head was still hanging to one side, but his eyes were open and looking this way. Wu Heng asked: "Why weren''t you recruited into the army?" The corpse replied, "The city needs us to help manage some places and deal with things that are inconvenient for the army to come out." Wu Heng then asked, "Who assassinated the prince''s residence?" "The killer of Wrentam City." It seems that the outside world thinks he is the killer of Luntam City. This **** basin is sealed. "Where is the second prince?" "At the prince''s residence." After three questions, basically no useful information was obtained. These people are gang members in the city and it is difficult to get useful information. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Who is your leader?" "Sid!" "Where is he?" "It''s in the gang''s base at the back." After the five questions were over, the body lay back on the ground. Wu Heng said to the ghost beside him: "Benny, go and have a look in the courtyard." "Okay." Penny agreed and flew out. Wu Heng took out the space ring, rolled up the body, and put it all away. Wu Heng finished cleaning up the scene. Penny also flew back from outside and said: "Two professionals around level 5 are in the lobby, and a professional at level 10 is counting money in the room. He should be the boss of the gang." "I''ll take a look at the venue. Let''s go in directly." Wu Heng said. Penny got into her body and shared the scene. The distance was not too far. After Wu Heng determined the position, the magic circle emerged from under his feet. The next second, he appeared directly in a courtyard. "Who?" "How did you..." The two people drinking tea in the hall immediately noticed Wu Heng''s sudden appearance. As soon as the words came out of his mouth, his body froze in place. Click, click, click. He broke his neck directly. Immediately afterwards, a figure rushed out from the inside carrying a long knife. He looked at the corpse on the ground and the figure walking over, and was about to speak. The body was stiff. Click~! The sound of broken bones was heard, and the neck was twisted into a twist. "No biggie!" Xiaoxiao said excitedly. Three ghosts also appeared from mid-air. The ghost kills low-level professionals, which feels like a dimensionality-reducing blow. That''s not right. In any profession, killing them at level 20 is a dimensionality reduction blow. Wu Heng cast his eyes on the gang leader on the ground. Directly releasing [Conversation with the Dead], the corpse sat up again and looked this way. "Where is the second prince?" The corpse replied, "Prince''s Mansion." This answer again. It seems that most people think that the second prince lives in the mansion. After thinking for a moment, he asked, "Where is Bryce?" "Not sure where it is?" Um? Does he know Bryce? The name Bryce was suggested by the 18th-level thief he captured. He said that this person gave him two tickets and hired him to kill Wen Mansha. "Who is he?" "He is a level 18 professional who is responsible for intelligence work in the city." Not a businessman? The thief is lying to himself. Outside the city, inside a wooden house. An old figure came back from outside. In the wooden house, people looked at each other, and one of them asked: "How is it?" "The city is under total martial law. It will be difficult to enter again in a short time." The old figure said. "Where is the second prince? Can he be found?" "I didn''t find any trace." The old man sat down aside. The inquiring figure remained silent, and his eyes fell on the corner again, "Viola, can you find him through your profession?" "I know a prophet can." (End of chapter) Chapter 806 , the agreement is voided, normal experi Chapter 806: The agreement is void and the experiment is normal (an update today.) The cabin fell silent again. The prophet can find the location of the second prince, but where to find the prophet now. After a while, the leading man in a cloak said: "Contact the informants in the city. Once the target location is determined, we will arrange the next step." The rest did not respond. After a while, someone finally said, "If the information is still so outrageous next time, I will leave directly." "Don''t worry, this kind of problem won''t happen again next time." The leading man replied. Everyone nodded and said no more. In the corner, Viola raised her eyes slightly, glanced at everyone in the room, then wrapped her body in a cloak, closed her eyes and rested. When I mention the prophet, I think of Treasure Island again. This **** profession is more difficult than imagined. Ever since the last Treasure Island plan failed, I could feel the feeling of being spied on from time to time. Needless to say, he also knew that the owner of Treasure Island was staring at him. snort! Endless boy. When this thing is over, I will go back and kill you. "I hope you can make some progress." Chifeng Gang, in the courtyard. Listening to the corpse''s answer, Wu Heng also frowned. The name provided by the thief was true, but his identity was not that of a businessman. Instead, he was an 18th-level professional in charge of intelligence in the city. In other words, if you go to the city and try to find out the name according to the information provided by the thief, you will be targeted immediately. He even did this to himself. Really dishonest. Wu Heng looked back at the corpse and asked, "How do you know this person?" The corpse replied, "The Red Wind Gang is responsible for collecting some intelligence in this area, and some of the intelligence will be sent to him." In other words, this guy can be regarded as the immediate boss of the Red Wind Gang. He must know the location of the second prince. With one last question left, Wu Heng asked: "How can I see him with your identity?" "I can''t see him, I just heard about him." After five questions, the body lay back down with a thud. Wu Heng bent down and groped for a while on the corpse. In addition to the money bag, there was a stamped pass. It says, you can enter the patrol It seems that the Chifeng Gang really has some status. He put what he found into the space ring, put the mask on the corpse''s face, and started to carve the appearance. Glenda floated aside and said, "That thief doesn''t tell the truth." "It''s just that he''s not a good person at first glance." Xiaoxiao said angrily. The thief only mentioned this one person in total, and in the end it was still a trap. If I were to enter the city with other professions, without ghosts and zombies, I am afraid that I would probably end up here. Wu Heng said: "It''s not without gain. We can be sure that this ''Bryce'' is also a professional in the city, and his status is not low. If we can find him, we will definitely find the position of the second prince." "The city is on alert. If you attack high-level professionals, you may be besieged." Granda said. "Don''t rush to take action, let''s check the situation first." Wu Heng said, taking the mask back into the space ring. "Well! As long as the target can be determined, it is not difficult to kill the second prince." Glenda also said. Wu Heng nodded and was about to speak. Beni flew over from outside and said: "Wu Heng, some gang members are back. Three of them are carrying a sack. They must have kidnapped someone." Are the gang members back? Wu Heng glanced at the scene, thought quickly in his mind, and said, "Glenda, you possess a corpse, and I pretend to be the leader." Glenda raised her eyebrows and understood what the other party meant. He glanced at the body lying on the ground, with a look of disgust in his eyes. But he still flew over and got into the corpse. Click, click, click! The broken neck turned back, and the body walked over like a puppet on strings. After taking a few steps, my movements started to become smoother. Wu Heng put on a mask and transformed into the gang leader, and the two corpses were rolled up and put into the space ring. Outside the courtyard gate, voices could be heard. Wu Heng glanced at the target possessed by Glenda, "I''ll go in first." Squeak~! The courtyard door was pushed open, and three slovenly-looking figures walked in hurriedly. The two people behind were working together to carry a twisting cloth bag, and the whining sound clearly indicated that someone was being tied back. "Where''s the boss?" "The money is being counted inside. Who is inside?" Glenda asked expressionlessly. Upon hearing this, the gang members shouted excitedly inside, "Boss, you have captured me, he is alive and kicking." Wu Heng walked out of the room and looked at the bag, "Open it, let me take a look." "Okay!" The leader stepped forward excitedly and opened the bag, revealing a gray-faced girl. "Boss, I''ve brought it back to you. After you''re done, can you let your brothers try it too? This little girl is very spicy." A younger brother rubbed his hands and smiled. The girl''s eyes were full of fear. His mouth was blocked, and he seemed to be cursing. Wu Heng glanced at her and asked, "Is it going well to catch her?" "Don''t worry, boss, just bury it when the time comes and no one will notice." The younger brother said hehey. Wu Heng then asked, "Why are there only three of you, and where are the others?" The younger brother''s eyes were a little confused, "The others are still over there in the market." "Come in with me. If you do a good job, I''ll give you a reward." Wu Heng walked into the room. When the three of them heard this, their eyes lit up. He walked into the study and looked at the bags of silver coins on the table with some anticipation in his eyes. Wu Heng waved his hand and the door closed instantly, "Kill them." Click, click, click! Their necks were instantly broken. The last person looked at his fallen companion in confusion. In the next second, his neck became twisted and he fell down. "Beini, help me guard the outside of the courtyard. There are gang members who come back to tell me. Xiaoxiao go and replace your Aunt Glenda and watch the girl in the sack." Wu Heng said. "good!" "Okay, uncle." The two ghosts flew away directly. Glenda possessed the body and came back. "Kill him directly!" "It''s most convenient to ask about the corpse," Wu Heng said. Glenda nodded in agreement and sat down aside. At the same time, all the other corpses were taken out. Six bodies in total. Release [Conversation with the Dead] on the first corpse, and the corpse sits up. Wu Heng asked: "How many people are there in the Chifeng Gang?" The corpse replied, "27 people." The number of people is not large, smaller than the number of gangs that is normally understood. Wu Heng then asked, "What are you mainly responsible for in the city?" "Manage this market area and also collect some private intelligence." "What does the leader need to do every day?" The corpse was silent for a moment and replied: "The leader will arrange the tasks. If something happens in the evening, we will meet again. If nothing happens, we will disperse." "What is the money in the room used for?" "Money will be sent to the Guards in accordance with the amount every seven days." The fifth question. Wu Heng asked: "How to divide it?" "The minister of state is 40%, the president is 30%, the guards are 20%, and the gangs are 10%." Good guy, the entire gang only gets 10% of their income. No wonder there is still such a Red Wind Gang left in this city. Wu Heng continued to release [Conversation with the Dead] on the second corpse. Asked: "How many days are left before sending money to the guards?" "Send it to the guards tomorrow." "Have you ever heard that besides the prince''s residence, there is any special place in the city...?" The corpse pondered again, "I don''t know." . Next time. Wu Heng conducted interrogations on all the corpses. I also have a general understanding of the Chifeng Gang and this city. The main thing of the Chifeng Gang is to run the nearby market, which is somewhat like a contracted market in the modern world. At that time, the money will be sent up and divided with the people above. It can be regarded as being able to have some say in the current situation of martial law in the whole city. The Chifeng Gang will send money to the guards in this area, and the person they can contact is the leader of the guards. If you go any further, you won''t be qualified to continue contacting them. The best the Chifeng Gang can do is to get rid of the thugs below. Instead, you can let the ghost follow the direction of the money and find out the location of each official. "Are you going to investigate with the Red Wind Gang?" Glenda asked. "Well, in places like gangs, the intelligence collected is mixed, and it is safe for us. Even if someone discovers something, there is no threat to us." Wu Heng said. Gang membership is low-level. You can be more bold here, and there is no psychological burden in killing these people. "Try it, there is no better way at the moment." Glenda could only say. Wu Heng nodded and put away all the corpses. Then I started rummaging in the study and bedroom. In a place like a gang, some accounts and agreements have been rummaged through. There are also various drugs in the drawer, but there is no more intelligence information. After looking at each one. Wu Heng said, "Bring the girl in." Glenda stood up, went out, and carried the bag in together with the girl. The empty room made the little girl frown. The people who kidnapped him all came in, why are they not here! The little girl was thrown in the middle, and Glenda sat down beside her. Wu Heng also looked at her and said, "I ask you to speak, but you must promise not to shout or make trouble, otherwise I will cut out your tongue." The girl''s eyes widened in horror, but she nodded. Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and the rag that blocked his mouth flew up and hung precariously on the chair. The girl''s eyes were full of surprise, Wu Heng said: "Why are you being targeted by these people?" These people? The girl was stunned for a moment, and her voice was trembling, "You, you are not Sid?" Sid is the name of the gang leader. "No, he was killed by me. This is my disguise." Wu Heng replied calmly. "You, you lied to me, you must want to tease me in this way." Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and several silver coins on the table were flying and spinning in the air, "What do you mean by Sid, is he capable of such a thing?" "You...you are the bad guy who assassinated His Royal Highness the Prince, from Luntam City!" This little girl reacted quite quickly. "You guessed wrong." Wu Heng lifted the magic, and the silver coins dropped back to the table with a clink, and said: "It doesn''t matter who I am, who you are, how come they are targeting you." The girl said: "I came to the city to sell goods. They wanted me to sleep with Sid. This time they kidnapped me directly." "Are you on your own?" "one person." "They arrest people randomly, won''t the city guards take care of them?" "I have no idea." Wu Heng chatted with the other party for a while and basically understood the girl''s situation. There was no one at home, so she came to the city to sell some things. People from the Chifeng Gang usually focused on her. But this time there was more chaos in the city, so he took the opportunity to kidnap her. But for Wu Heng. How to deal with this girl has become a troublesome matter. The girl shrank back, "Will you let me go?" Wu Heng said directly: "If you leave, you will cause a lot of trouble for me." The girl''s eyes widened with fear, "You said you wouldn''t kill me! You can''t go back on your word." Glenda on the side smiled. Wu Heng said: "If you promise to be obedient, I won''t kill you." "You are Sid!" The girl crossed her arms. "I''ll send you to a place, and you can stay there for a few days. If there are no problems, I won''t kill you." "Where?" The girl was horrified. "You don''t need to know, just tell me whether you want to live or not, right?" The girl hesitated and said: "I want to!" Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique] to reveal the scene inside, and then said, "Bring her in. As long as she doesn''t get close to the electromagnetic gun, there is no need to interfere with her." With the girl''s ashen expression, the skeleton walked out and was dragged into the mansion. The mansion technique, when closed. The girl''s look as she looked over seemed to say, you are indeed from Luntam City. A human traitor who can control skeletons. Next time. Wu Heng continued to search and inspect items in the room. As dusk approached, a group of gang members returned. Wu Heng sat in the living room. After listening to their reports, he asked them to go back to rest. The rest will be discussed later. When it gets dark and the gang building is completely deserted. Wu Heng then let the ghost return, opened the gate, and walked in directly. On the other side, directly is the prison''s monitoring room. "Adjust the surveillance camera to the thief''s room." Wu Heng said to the skeleton. The monitor shows the thief''s room and zooms in. The thief was resting in bed and seemed to be living a pretty good life. "He lives quite comfortably!" Glenda said with a smile. "That''s right." Xiaoxiao agreed. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Let''s go and see him." After walking out of the monitoring room, Wu Heng took the skeleton to the prison cell. The iron door opened and the thief sat up suddenly. He looked towards the door with cold eyes. When he saw Wu Heng, his eyes wandered again. "You are very adaptable. Can you sleep here now?" Wu Heng said with a smile. "You promised me you would give me a comfortable environment, so I will naturally have a good rest." The thief said calmly. "Yes, if you don''t sleep well now, you may not have the chance in the future." Wu Heng stood at the door. The thief''s eyes narrowed, but he still said, "Master Wuheng Island came to chat with me again? Aren''t you afraid that the second prince will send others to kill that little woman of yours?" According to his calculation, the prison where he was imprisoned must have been built somewhere around Luntam City. After all, the area north of Luntam City belongs to the orcs, and the land is vast and sparsely populated. It is not surprising to find a place to set up a laboratory. Wu Heng appeared here again today, which also means that he has not left Luntam City yet. He didn''t go to the second prince either. Wu Heng looked at him with a smile and said, "Have you studied acting in your spare time?" "What''s the meaning?" Wu Heng explained, "I got news that the person you told is not a businessman, but an 18th-level professional in charge of intelligence, so... the comfortable life I promised you before will no longer work." The thief''s eyes contracted violently, "You want to cheat, I didn''t lie to you." Wu Heng didn''t bother to explain to him, so he walked out and said, "Let''s sleep one more night. We won''t be able to live like this tomorrow." "Why do you say it''s false? You didn''t even go there." "Your information is wrong." "Damn it, Wu Heng, come back and explain it clearly." The thief''s rapid roar came from behind, and the iron door closed with a clang. Inside the prison cell, the shouts of thieves were still heard. Wu Heng walked out of the building and walked outside. The skeleton alchemist walked over from one side and saluted slightly after seeing Wu Heng. Wu Heng glanced in the direction of the prison building out of the corner of his eye and said, "No need to wait. We will carry out normal experimental procedures on the thief tomorrow and arrange more skeletons. He is not a low level." (End of chapter) Chapter 807 , what the winner says is the truth Chapter 807: The winner tells the truth Return to the control room. Let the skeleton zoom in on the surveillance of the prison cell where the thief is located. At this time, the thief was not as sleepy as before. Sitting in bed, anxious. "It seems that he can''t sleep at night." Granda said. Judging from the state of the thief in the picture, he may not be able to sleep tonight. "Huh! Get scared, let him lie to us." Xiaoxiao said angrily from the side. Penny also smiled and said, "He won''t live long anyway, so why bother being angry with him." "Yes!" Xiaoxiao nodded. Wu Heng said: "That''s fine. He is so cooperative with us that I am embarrassed to kill him." Glenda said angrily, "He is a killer, why are you embarrassed?" "After all, it''s my first time to do an experiment with living people, so I still feel a little stressed." Wu Heng said helplessly. Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder, "Uncle, they are bad people, it''s okay." "Young people understand." Glenda said. "If I just say this, I can really let him out." Wu Heng said, leaning on the chair and stretching. He looked away from the screen, thinking about how he could get more information about the city. It may not be the position of the second prince. Other level 18 professionals, or whether there are members of the Secret Order in the city, can be targets for collecting intelligence. He is now the leader of the Chifeng Gang and will send money to the guard commander tomorrow. Is it possible to use this to get any useful information? The three ghosts began to discuss Wu Qin''s nickname on the side, while Wu Heng looked at the time, and it was already 11 o''clock in the evening. Picked up the satellite phone and dialed Li Yahong. The phone rang twice and was answered, and Li Yahong''s voice came from the other side, "Hello!" "It''s me!" Wu Heng said. "Miss me?" Li Yahong said with a smile. Hey~! The three ghosts on the side all shrank their shoulders. Wu Heng waved his hand to signal them not to cause trouble, and then said, "I want to ask you something." "Say it!" "Is there any locator that can track the location in the movie?" Wu Heng asked. The person on the other side was silent for two seconds, and then said: "Yes, some less formal mortgage cars have this kind of locator." "Are there any usage requirements?" Li Yahong said: "There are no requirements. Now that we have satellites, we can just locate them directly." Satellite positioning is needed. There is no use for that other world. Does it have to be a satellite? "What I know is GPS positioning. If you don''t need satellites, how can you determine the location?" Li Yahong continued. It seems that the locator is not currently available. Wu Heng said: "Okay, I understand." "Then do you need it? If so, I''ll look for it tomorrow. Most car dealers have it." Li Yahong asked. "No need for now, I''ll contact you if necessary." "good." "You can rest, I have nothing to do." Hanging up the communication, Wu Heng put the satellite phone aside. It seems that the locator method is not feasible either. Satellites are also needed. That would be of no use in another world. It seems that I still mainly rely on ghosts to help me find my target. It was getting late, Wu Heng got up and returned to another world with the three ghosts. Return to the Red Wind Gang. The doors and windows are still closed, no problem. Wu Heng released the ghost, opened the [Mansion Technique] and looked inside. Except for the other side of the electromagnetic gun. The dirty little girl huddled in the corner, trying to keep her distance from the skeleton inside. The stone door opened and he looked here with tears in his eyes. There was doubt and fear in his eyes. Wu Heng took out a bag of bread snacks, walked in and placed it on the counter in front of her, and then said, "You should know how to eat." The girl''s eyes evaded and she said tremblingly, "You want to turn me into a skeleton?" Wu Heng frowned, "Your level is too low. Let''s wait until your level increases in the future!" The girl frowned and thought about this sentence for a moment, "I don''t want to upgrade, I don''t have a career." "Why do you think Luntam City is a bad guy?" Wu Heng sat down opposite. "That''s right, they are obviously the bad guys." Out of nowhere, it seemed like a child was talking again. The girl trembled, and then said, "I didn''t say you were bad people, don''t kill me." "Tell me, how did the second prince publicize it to the outside world?" Wu Heng asked next. The girl lowered her head and said softly, "Let''s just say that Luntam City led an army of skeletons to attack the border, killing all the living people, and the occupied cities were all undead." It seems that the second prince has put a lot of effort into publicity. "Are you really not going to kill me?" the girl asked again. "Why are we killing you? We have no grievances." Wu Heng stood up and walked out, saying: "Stay here for a few days and let you out then." "Don''t, don''t lie to me." Wu Heng didn''t say much, and walked out of the mansion technique directly, and the crack disappeared. "Lies don''t change much," said Penny. At the Fortress of Seted, this was the official propaganda. Luntam City took advantage of the chaos to attack the Kingdom of Yeko, turning everything in its path into undead. Of course, there is no need to make any changes, this set of words is enough. Wu Heng made the bed and said, "We talk about him behind our back, it''s normal!" "We are telling the truth, he is lying." Xiaoxiao said. "Only what the winner says is the truth." Wu Heng lay on the bed and continued, "I''m going to rest first. Help me look outside." The three ghosts nodded. Wu Heng looked at the ceiling, pondered over things, and fell asleep. The next day, morning. Glenda controlled the body, sat in front of the mirror, looked left and right, and said: "The level of this body is too low, there are corpse spots." "Try to cover up as much as possible. If you don''t meet a high-level professional, there is little chance of being discovered." Wu Heng continued, "Also change your movements. Don''t look like a woman." "I am a woman." "You are playing a gangster now." Wu Heng emphasized. "I know." Glenda nodded. Dangdangdang~! There was a knock on the courtyard door. Then, six or seven gang members came in and said, "Boss, the carriage is ready." Wu Heng nodded and said: "Go move things, let''s set off now." Several members entered the house, took three leather bags with silver coins, and placed them directly on the carriage. Then, like escorts, the gang members escorted the carriage into the main road and walked towards the target direction. We walked for about ten minutes. Penny flew back from outside, "I saw the guard building. The highest level is level 14, and the rest are level 9 and 10." Wu Heng nodded, "Wait a minute, you and Xiaoxiao keep an eye on where these silver coins are sent, and write down the location." "Okay." Penny agreed and flew out to find Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng opened the car window a crack, watched the carriage leave the main road, and then entered the guard building through the back door. "Boss, we''re here." A voice came from outside. "knew." When he got off the carriage, he saw a small group of fully armed soldiers standing in front. The leader was wearing the commander''s standard armor, with a long sword hanging on his waist, and his eyes were fixed on the carriage. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''ve kept you waiting for a long time." The commander narrowed his eyes and looked him up and down. His brows furrowed slightly. (End of chapter) Chapter 808 , Minister of State Chapter 808, Minister of State Wu Heng''s heart moved. Without waiting for the other party to speak, he waved his hand behind him and opened the car curtain, revealing several bags of coins inside. When the commander saw the money, his eyes softened and he waved behind him. The soldiers behind him quickly went over and took the money. After confirming that it was correct, the commander did not continue to stare at him. He said calmly, "You''re doing well, keep it up. The president has said that if you do well in the future, you will be responsible for the Nancheng District." Wu Heng nodded, "Thank you very much, President, for your recognition, and thank you, Lord Commander, for your promotion." The commander also frowned, "Where did you learn the word? It''s not suitable for you." "Listen to the bard." "Go back and do your own thing." "Okay." Wu Heng waved his hand, and everyone in the gang reorganized and began to disperse. Make your way back to the gang building. Wu Heng said to several people in the gang: "You have heard what the commanders said. As long as we do well, Nancheng District will also be our territory in the future. When there are more people, you will all be the backbone. Get more money and work less." live." Everyone''s eyes showed enthusiasm, "Don''t worry, boss, we will do a good job." "Go ahead and go about your own business. You''ve been more honest recently, don''t cause trouble, and curb your bad habits in the past." "Yes, boss." Everyone responded and dispersed. Wu Heng also returned to the room and took off his mask. Waiting silently. After noon, Penny flew back first. "Wu Heng, I have found the Minister of State. He is a level 13 professional and a member of the Secret Order." Level 13 professional? The gang share is divided, but 40% is given to the minister of state, and 30% is given to the president. Only level 13? "Let me take a look!" Wu Heng said. Penny nodded, got directly into her body, and shared the scene just now. After the gang members left. At noon, someone came to take money, and Penny followed him into a mansion. In the mansion, I saw a woman with long white hair, a pearl necklace, and very gorgeous clothes. The money bag was handed to the woman, who put it away. Still sitting at the table, he turned the gold ring that represented the secret order in his hand. Penny was also a little surprised when she saw the ring and flew back directly. The shared screen ends. Wu Heng released Beni. Glenda asked: "Is it from the Secret Order?" "Wearing the ring of the Secret Order, and judging from his attire, he should be a member of the Secret Order." Wu Heng said. Penny also said, "She always wears a ring, and those people in the mansion should know her identity." "It seems that the Secret Order is no longer satisfied with the role of businessmen and has begun to occupy some important positions." Granda thought for a moment and said. "It''s not surprising that spending so much energy and financial resources to support the second prince must occupy an important position." Wu Heng said. "What agreement the Secret Order has reached with the second prince is not important to us." Glenda looked over in a womanly manner, "Wu Heng, what are you going to do next?" "What else can we do? Capture it and interrogate the body!" Wu Heng said. Glenda said in agreement, "I think so too. If time goes on, it will not be good for us or Wen Mansha." "We''ll do it at night." Glenda and Penny also nodded. At dusk, Xiaoxiao flew back from outside. Somewhat surprised, she said, "Sister Beni is back. I thought I would be faster!" "If you find something, come back soon." Penny said. Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao, "Did you find anything over there?" "No, the other money was collected by the 14th-level commander. Now he is going on a date with a woman, so I will come back first." Xiaoxiao was a little nervous, "Uncle, will it delay your plan?" ah!" Looking at her appearance, Wu Heng smiled and said, "No, your sister Beni has brought back the information. We will take action at night." "Oh, fortunately sister Beni is here." Xiaoxiao smiled again. "Then let''s prepare and take action at night." "good!" Night fell heavily, covering the entire city. The patrol with torches passed by, and the surroundings were once again plunged into darkness. Wu Heng stood in the dark alley, with muddy and smelly debris at his feet. From time to time, his eyes looked at the mansion in the distance and the guards guarding the wall. Not long after, the ghost flew back. "People are dead," Penny said. Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll check the location and teleport in." Penny got into her body and shared the scene in the mansion. After confirming the location, [Teleportation Technique] was released, the magic circle gradually took shape, and the next second it appeared directly in a dark bedroom. I opened the curtains and looked outside. The guards were still guarding the place normally, and no one seemed to notice anything unusual. Penny also flew back from outside. Pointing to the bed, "He''s there, I asked Xiaoxiao to stay outside." Wu Heng looked at the bed. Two naked bodies were lying on the bed, with their necks twisted into twists. An old woman, and a young and muscular man. "Who''s the other one?" "I didn''t know that they were together when I came here." Penny said. Wu Heng nodded, threw the surrounding clothes on the bed, then wrapped the body together in a quilt, and put away the space ring. Snap your fingers again and use [Teleportation] to leave. The magic circle appeared, and Wu Heng''s figure returned to the room where the gang was stationed. Glenda was still sitting in the room and asked, "Is it solved?" "It''s not difficult for a level 13 professional." Wu Heng said, taking out the two corpses. Glenda frowned and looked at the naked corpse, "You killed the person in the middle of the process?" "Am I still waiting for her to finish?" Wu Heng continued, "You put cloth sheets on them until Xiaoxiao comes back." "She is a ghost, and she will be exposed to this sooner or later." Glenda simply put two sheets on the body. "Wait in a few years, she''s still young." "Do you expect Ghost to grow up?" Without saying anything, Wu Heng took out the space ring of the female minister of state, put it on her hand, and took out the items inside one by one. Jewelry, potion scrolls, lots of gold and silver coins. Then came the secret order ring, some letters, and a letter of appointment. The letters were opened one by one. The contents written are all planned plans, including actions against Luntam City and the Great Prince. Correspondence with people outside? Did you guess wrong? Is the second prince really not in the city? He continued to look through the clothes on the floor. There were several defensive items on the female minister''s clothes, but in the situation at that time, these were all thrown aside. At this time, Beini and Xiaoxiao also flew back from outside. The corpse was simply wrapped in a loose cloth sheet. Wu Heng directly released [Conversation with the Dead], and the corpse suddenly sat up. Wu Heng asked directly: "Where is the second prince?" The corpse replied, "His Royal Highness the Second Prince was placed in a hidden location by the adults. I don''t know where he is." Even the Minister of State doesnt know? Wu Heng thought for a moment and then asked, "Is it in this city?" "In town!" (End of chapter) Chapter 809 , determine level 18 professionals Chapter 809, Determining Level 18 Professionals The second prince is still in the city. Wu Heng wanted to ask, why was he so sure that he was in the city when he clearly said he didn''t know where the second prince was. But when the words came to his lips, he swallowed them back. It doesn''t matter why, just get the news. Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask the third question. "Who are the adults you speak of?" The corpse fell into silence, and then said: "Including the Secret Order and some high-level professionals who gathered through various channels." Wu Heng frowned and looked at the corpse again. Members of the Secret Order have their own confidentiality mechanism. As long as they ask for some relevant information, it will cause the corpse to collapse and directly cancel the interrogation state. This has been verified in several previous contacts. Now it seems that just mentioning the words Esoteric Order will not touch the secrets and lead to collapse. It was confirmed that there was nothing wrong with the body. Wu Heng changed direction and continued to ask: "How many professionals above level 18 are there in the city?" The corpse replied, "I know six of them." Damn it, this city is really crouching tiger, hidden dragon. Six level 18 professionals, no wonder they forced the eldest prince to collude with the cult. Maybe I can really fight back to the royal city and replace the eldest prince. There was one last question left, and he asked: "Tell me the location of these level 18 professionals." The corpse fell silent again, and then answered, "The President is sitting in the Commander''s Mansion, the Minister of Intelligence is in the building behind the City Hall, three professionals are sitting in the Prince''s Mansion, and one person is following Clifford." The name Clifford is the second prince. It sounds like the corpse doesn''t respect the second prince as much as he thought. After the five questions were over, the body lay back down again. After the interrogation, Glenda said: "It seems that His Highness the Second Prince is not as simple as we thought." Luntam City pushed hard all the way, and everyone in Wu Heng thought that the second prince had no ability. If so many level 18s are put into the battlefield. The situation in the war may very well turn around. But it can also be seen that the eldest prince pushed him very hard. With so many level 18s in the city, they also had to build a fake prince''s mansion. "Yes, it''s not easy for anyone to compete for the throne." Wu Heng said. Then, Glenda looked at the other male corpse, "Do you still ask about this?" "Ask, everyone is dead." Wu Heng released [Conversation with the Dead] again, and the corpse sat up. There were five questions in total, Wu Heng asked them quickly. The identity of the corpse was that of an official under the Minister of State. After being promoted, he had to take time out to accompany him at night. It sounds like an ancient version of the unspoken rules of the workplace. As for some secrets in the city, or some information about the second prince''s location and high-level professionals, there is not much information. He is considered an innocent person who was implicated this time. All the questions about the two corpses were finished. Wu Heng wrapped the body again and put it away, and sat down on the chair again. Glenda asked: "What are your plans next?" Beini and Xiaoxiao also looked over. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s not without gain. At least I know the identity and position of these level 18 professionals." Glenda looked at him, "Do you want to attack these level 18 people first?" "If you have a chance, you can try it." Wu Heng said. Whether or not to take action and clear out a few high-level professionals first depends on the timing. In fact, it was a good cover for someone to attack the prince''s residence. If you do it yourself, it is very likely that those people will also be blamed, rather than Luntam City or yourself. "The role you play now, it''s hard to have access to those people," Granda continued. "No rush, take your time." Blah blah blah~! While several people were talking, there were sounds of dense footsteps and the clash of weapons outside the door. The words stopped abruptly, Xiaoxiao walked directly through the wall, flew out to take a look, and then flew back in a hurry, "Uncle, the city guard is here, there are many people." At this time, the guards came here. Revealed? It shouldn''t be done secretly. Even if they were investigated, it would be impossible to find him so quickly. He put away all the things of the minister in the room and whispered: "Be prepared. If there is any problem, just go out." "Okay, uncle." Xiaoxiao said. Penny and Glenda also nodded. Bang bang bang~! There was a violent knocking on the courtyard door. Glenda controlled the possessed body, walked over and opened the door a crack, and saw a large number of heavily armed guards outside the door. Without waiting to ask. The captain of the guard then said: "The commander has ordered that all members of the Chifeng Gang gather together to cooperate in the search for key criminals. They must gather at the alley as soon as possible without delay." Glenda said immediately, "We will gather people immediately." The guards left immediately and the courtyard door was closed again. In the courtyard, Wu Heng also breathed a sigh of relief. It was not him who was discovered, but the Chifeng Gang who wanted to follow him and cooperate with the search. "Benny, follow me out and see if there is any news. Glenda goes to find the gang members. Xiaoxiao follow me." Wu Heng said quickly. Penny nodded and flew out directly. Glenda said: "I know where these two people live." "Then let the two of them find someone." "Okay." Glenda also opened the door and walked out. Wu Heng stood at the entrance of the courtyard, looking at the noisy streets outside the alley. "Uncle, has the missing minister been discovered?" Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder. "It''s possible, but it''s a little too fast." Wu Heng said. "They definitely don''t have a great detective and can''t find us." Wu Heng said softly, "The Great Detective is a story we copied." "That''s right, I would have forgotten it if I didn''t tell you." Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. At this time, gang members came over one after another, and Xiaoxiao stopped talking and floated in the air to check the situation. There were more and more gang members, filling the entire alley. Wu Heng said a few simple words, then led all the members out of the alley and joined the guard. Divide into several groups, hold torches, and follow the guards to search house to house in the area under their jurisdiction. There was a long queue of torches. The residential area was noisy and chaotic. Wu Heng stood at the back of the team and shouted one or two times from time to time to increase the sense of participation. At this time, Penny flew back from behind and whispered in her ear: "It''s because the Minister of State has disappeared." Wu Heng took two steps back and asked in a low voice, "How did you find out?" "I heard that the housekeeper went to ask the man to leave. When he entered the bedroom, he found that both of them were missing. If he couldn''t find them, he notified the guards to search the whole city." Penny answered. "Did the housekeeper say that?" Penny said, "Everyone is lost. I guess I can''t say anything." That''s quite right. Everyone is missing, and the housekeeper is probably being interrogated. If you don''t say anything, you might be regarded as a suspect. There was still time to do this, and I thought it would at least be discovered tomorrow morning! "Did you say anything else?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Penny said: "They all guessed that it was done by the people who attacked the prince''s mansion last time. They just searched briefly and didn''t think they could really find any clues." "The whole city is searching?" "They are all searching, and torches are also lit in other city locations." Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. In other words, the guards believed that it was the person who attacked the prince''s mansion before. After all, being able to sneak into a minister''s mansion and take the person away without a sound is not something ordinary people can do. Now there is a large-scale search, that is, a general search. If they really found those people, the guards wouldn''t be able to stop them. Search all the way down. The sky gradually brightened, and the guards began to give orders to withdraw. A group of gang members, all slovenly, gathered together and listened to the guards'' lecture. Wait for the guards to finish. The captain who informed him before came over and said: "We can disband. The order of the market must be maintained. You should know what to do." "I know." Wu Heng said. The captain glanced here, turned and left. After they were far away, the gang members cursed from behind. "Fuck, they can rest when they get back, we still have to work." "These grandsons really treat themselves like nothing." "Forget it, the other gangs have been sent to the front line. Let''s just do some work in the city." "We paid for that. What do you think the money you sent there was for." Wu Heng listened to the discussion behind. He clapped his hands and said, "Don''t cause trouble for yourself. After all the fuss last night, there will definitely be no one here today. Just walk around for a while and then go back to sleep." Everyone was overjoyed and said, "Okay, boss." "Okay, let''s disperse!" The members chatted and dispersed, preparing for the market behind them. After explaining the matter, Wu Heng also walked to the gang station. After walking a few steps, he saw a carriage parked outside the alley of the station, with two guards guarding the carriage. Wu Heng paused and frowned. With a slight tilt of his head, the ghost next to him immediately flew out to investigate the situation. "The leader of the Red Wind Gang, right? The president is waiting for you inside, go in!" A guard said coldly. Wu Heng nodded and walked directly in. On the way, Beni returned and shared the scene of getting into the body''s house. In the hall, there were six commanding guards, all at around level 12. This kind of hierarchical configuration is also the level of deacons in the local area. In the bedroom, a burly man of level 18 wearing iron armor was casually looking through the things in the room. Level 18 Presidential Leader. (End of chapter) Chapter 810 , didn鈥檛 you guess it right? Chapter 810, didnt you guess it right? I didn''t go to him, he came to me first. Released Penny and walked in directly. In the hall, there were six personal guards wearing standard equipment and hanging swords on their waists. When they saw Wu Heng coming in, they all looked over, causing a chilling atmosphere to rise in the entire room. "Sir, what is this...?" Wu Heng asked cautiously. At this time, a low voice came from the room, "Sid! Come in." Sid is the name of the gang leader. Wu Heng signaled Granda to stay outside, and he opened the door and walked in. Weak sunlight shone into the room through the half-covered window. A burly figure wearing commander''s armor was sitting at the desk, staring at him coldly. "Sid! The Minister of State disappeared last night, and it happened to be when you were delivering money. There is something suspicious about your Red Wind Gang." The other party''s voice was like a bell, buzzing and echoing in the room. Wu Heng frowned and looked at the other party suspiciously. The President didn''t wait for him to speak, and continued, "The Minister of State took away 40% of the profits each time. Is it because you were dissatisfied that you colluded with the killers in Luntam City?" Thats what it meant. He didn''t suspect himself at all, but wanted more profits from this street. By holding this matter to yourself, you are threatening yourself. The Minister of State will get 40% when he reaches level 13, and he will get 30% when he reaches level 18. Now that the Minister of State is missing, he definitely wants to adjust the figures. "President, your guess is really accurate." As soon as he finished speaking, Wu Heng took action instantly, and the [Lightning Beam] turned into a silver-white electric python, exploding into the opponent''s chest with a bang. The incident happened suddenly, and the president''s body was instantly hit, and he fell backwards and fell on his back. Wu Heng put his hand into his pocket, put on the space ring, and took out his rifle. The president stood up from the ground, shouted angrily, and saw a strange iron pipe pointing this way. Bang~! Bullets with [Summon Arrow Rain] fired like a shotgun. The presidential collar flew backwards again, the armor was full of craters, and the areas not covered by the armor spattered with blood. Wu Heng continued to shoot at them, and the bullets shot past. At the same time, opening the [Mansion Technique], Ka Xiu and Winky rushed out and pounced on the fallen figure. Lobby location. The moment the sound of fighting rang out, the guards outside the door immediately started to move. The figure flashed, appearing like a ghost in front of the gang member possessed by Glenda, and the sword thrust out, piercing the body. And in the sight of the other guards. The gang members who were pierced did not show any pain or struggle. His face was still looking at them calmly, and only thick blood was flowing out from the wound location. The personal guard didn''t think too much. He drew his sword and was about to walk towards the back room when his footsteps suddenly stopped. Click~! Click, click~! The sound of bones rubbing together was heard, and one after another, their necks were broken, and they fell to the ground with a look of horror on their faces. "There are two more outside," Penny said. Glenda shook her head, "Xiao Xiaoshou stay here, Beni and I will go help your uncle." "good!" In the bedroom. The two ghosts flew in and saw Wu Heng who had already begun to wear each other''s clothes. "Is it over?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s over. Is anyone running away outside?" "Everyone in the hall is also dead, but the gunfire was a bit loud, and the guards outside may have heard it," Granda said. Wu Heng took off the mask from the corpse and put it on his face. "All the corpses at the door were dragged into the back room." Card Xiu and Winky began to drag the bodies, dragging them all to the inner room. "Uncle, the two guards are here." The courtyard door was knocked open, and two guards looked over with weapons in hand. He just stepped into the room and said, "President! Are you okay?" Wu Heng stood in the hall, glanced at the two of them, and said, "Stay outside, no one is allowed in." "Yes!" The two glanced at the courtyard and found nothing wrong. He closed the courtyard door and guarded the outside. "They didn''t find anything, they were still guarding outside." Xiaoxiao said. Wu Heng nodded, returned to the room, turned on the [Mansion Technique] and dragged all the corpses in. The girl detained in the mansion huddled in the corner again. He looked at the bodies thrown in one after another in horror. The guards of the Kingdom of Yeke. Judging from the equipment on his body, he is no longer an ordinary guard. He simply closed his eyes and buried his head between his knees. Wu Heng followed him into the mansion, looked at the corpse of the level 18 president, and released the [Resurrection Technique]. Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. The cold corpse began to cough violently. A large mouthful of blood sprayed out from the mouth. [Life-Sustaining Technique] maintained his life, and at the same time asked the skeleton to stuff him with a few healing pills. The president was vomiting blood and looking at him with wide eyes and fear and suspicion. Everything happened so fast. He was level 18 and was killed just like that. Wu Heng said: "Don''t die, I''ll keep you useful." "You''re not..., you''re not Sid!" He spat out such words amid the blood foam. Wu Heng looked at him and said, "Didn''t you guess it before?" "You... from Luntam City..." He made up a lie casually, but he didn''t expect that he would meet the real owner. Damn it. After taking a few pills, he got slightly better. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, heavy shackles appeared out of thin air, locking the opponent firmly in place. Then he ordered to the skeleton: "Watch him, if he makes any movement, break his limbs." Card Xiu and Twinkle took two steps forward and stared at the presidential collar in the middle. Wu Heng walked out and turned off the [Mansion Technique] Exit the gang mansion. The two people guarding the door immediately saluted, "President, sir!" "It''s okay, let''s go back." Wu Heng walked out. One of them glanced into the building. Wu Heng said: "They stay to handle things, let''s go back first." "Yes, sir." The guard didn''t ask any more questions, and there were some things they couldn''t ask. Walking out of the alley together, Wu Heng got into the carriage. The other two people escorted the carriage and left directly. Returning to the presidential palace, Wu Heng walked in grandly. The soldiers along the way saluted one after another. Entering the presidential palace, Wu Heng sat on the chair again. The room door is closed. The whole room fell into silence again. Glenda appeared from the side and said, "Your identity may not last long." Wu Heng thought for a moment. It really feels like it won''t last long. Then a few personal guards disappear, and as soon as you investigate, you can be suspicious of yourself. And I couldn''t accept Tai''s careful interrogation. After all, I didn''t understand the president''s habits and memories. "If we can''t maintain it, we''ll find a way to kill one more." "That Minister of Intelligence?" Granda asked. "Okay, I''ll listen to you." (End of chapter) Chapter 811 , collecting hobbies Chapter 811, collecting hobbies Intelligence Minister Bryce mentioned this person in both interviews and intelligence. Since the disguised identity can''t last long, it''s better to deal with him before he is exposed. And, judging from some signs. This Minister of Intelligence, Bryce, was most likely a helper hired by the second prince. It is not yet certain whether he is a member of the Secret Order or a powerful member of which organization. Wu Heng shouted to the door: "Here comes someone." The door opened and the guard guarding outside came in, "Sir!" "Go and ask Intelligence Minister Bryce to come over." Wu Heng said directly. The guard stood at the door and asked hesitantly, "Should we just go and invite you?" It sounds like I, as the president, may not be able to invite the other party. Wu Heng said: "Just tell me that I have clues about the disappearance of the Minister of State and ask him to come over and discuss it together to catch the murderer." "Yes!" The guard closed the door and left directly. He listened to the footsteps and walked downstairs. Wu Heng continued to say to the side, "Benny, follow him and see where the Minister of Intelligence is and what he looks like." "Okay!" Penny agreed and flew out directly. There was only one person and two souls left in the room. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, are you planning to ambush him here?" "How about it? As soon as he comes in, let''s close the door and let the dogs out." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Who''s a dog?" asked Glenda. "Uncle Dang!" "Close the door and beat the dog. I was wrong." Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, "Sir, breakfast is ready." Wu Heng signaled the two ghosts to be silent, and then said: "Bring it in!" The door opened and a waiter came in carrying breakfast. The life under the president''s leadership seems to be good, and the food brought in is enough to feed the Treasure Island family. The dinner plate was placed on the wooden table aside, and the attendant had no intention of leaving, standing aside politely. Wu Heng said: "You go out first and wait for someone to come." "My lord." The attendant saluted again, left the room and closed the door. The door closed, and Xiaoxiao floated over and took a look, "Wow, he''s so edible." "This is the life of aristocrats. Luxury and waste are ways to demonstrate status and wealth in their eyes," Granda said. "You still know this?" "Some scholars have written about it in their travel notes and read it in books." Granda said. Wu Heng glanced at the breakfast and did not eat any of it to avoid any problems. He took out some to make it look like he had eaten it, and asked the attendant to take it all down. Wu Heng said: "Search around to see if there is anything good." "good!" The two ghosts dispersed and began to search everywhere. Outside the city, in the jungle. A cheetah formed from gray mist quickly walked through the woods and stopped in front of an abandoned hunter''s cabin, transforming into a charming and alluring woman. Slender fingers, put on the hood. He pushed open the door of the wooden house and walked directly in. In the wooden house, the other figures squatted or sat, all looking towards the door. "Viola, you are the last one." Someone inside said. Viola closed the wooden door and plunged the room into darkness again. "I rushed over as quickly as possible. Tell me! What''s the matter?" No one is looking into the issue of coming early and coming late. A person near the door said: "Last night, the guards searched the whole city. Does any of you know why?" Inside, the old man holding a wooden staff said, "I got information that the political minister in the city was missing, which led to a city-wide search." Minister of State? The rest of the people who had not received the information frowned. One person said: "I know something about this Minister of State. She is an old woman who has passed the test of the Esoteric Order, inherited her husband''s inheritance, and is also a member of the Esoteric Order." "Did one of us do it?" Standing at the door. The people looked inside. The most likely possibility of a disappearance is that the person was killed and the body was put into a space ring and taken away. The rest of the people also looked at each other, looking at others suspiciously. No one acknowledged it, causing the scene to fall into silence again. They came here to kill the second prince and important personnel. If they did it, there was no need to hide it. "Didn''t we do it?" Another person said: "But the city has already blamed us for this matter." "Is there anyone else in the city who is taking action?" "Besides us, the most likely one is Luntam City. Didn''t the second prince arrange a killer to kill the female city lord? It''s probably a revenge arranged by them." "It''s very possible. Can we cooperate with this person?" Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. "We still don''t know the other party''s purpose. It''s possible that they were fighting for power internally and killed people!" The person at the door said: "You think too highly of Luntam City. Their main fighting force is the skeleton army. There are no high-level professionals to carry out assassinations." "That''s right. I heard that it is very backward and barren." "It seems that someone else should have done it." At this time, Viola''s voice sounded, "As far as I know, the owner of Treasure Island has grown very fast." The others also looked at her. "You mean, the island owner is here?" "I heard that he has just reached level 15, right? What? Do you have some information about him?" Viola said calmly: "This kid is a little clever and has made some money. He may have hired someone." "It''s possible." The man at the door said. The rest of the people looked at each other, but there was not much belief in their eyes. Treasure Island is too far away. Moreover, who would accept employment at this time and get involved in this kind of thing. As for the owner of Treasure Island, it is even more impossible. They believe that he will have great achievements in the future, but to say that he can sneak into a city that is difficult for them to enter and kill important ministers now is to think too highly of him. When no one spoke, the man at the door continued, "That''s it. Pay more attention when you continue to inquire about information, and pay attention to this murderer." Everyone nodded and then left. Presidential Palace. "Uncle, there is a room inside, and there are many treasures in it." Xiao Xiaofei came back and said with some surprise. Glenda followed behind and said with a smile, "There is a room inside, which should be the presidential collection room." "Isn''t he the second prince?" Xiaoxiao continued. "The age and appearance don''t match, and the second prince can''t go to the gang to collect money." Wu Heng said, and then said, "Where is the collection room? Can he still be richer than me?" "This way!" Xiaoxiao led the way. He led him to the fireplace on one side of the back room, "It''s behind here." If you look carefully, you can find a hidden keyhole in the wall. Wu Heng took out the space ring received by the president, found a key from it, and briefly tried it. With a click, the secret door opened. Behind the door is a space of about fifty square meters. The four light stone chandeliers on the ceiling emit dim light, but it is enough to illuminate the room. There are weapons hanging on the wall. There were exquisitely carved bayonet swords and daggers studded with precious stones. There were many types. Wu Heng glanced at them. I also saw several expensive magic swords. "Uncle, are these valuable?" Xiaoxiao followed him and asked while looking at the various weapons on the wall. "It''s quite valuable if you leave it outside." "Does our family have money?" "Can you compete with us?" Wu Heng said casually. "Hehe!" Xiaoxiao smiled. Glenda rolled her eyes at the two of them. Wu Heng was walking and looking, and his eyes fell on a weapon, and his eyes suddenly condensed, [Fire Lin Evil Sword (Strange Object)]. (End of chapter) Chapter 812 , the dragon arrives at the fortress Chapter 812, Dragon Arrives at the Fortress Evil sword! This man has a collection of evil swords. [Fire Lin Evil Sword (Rare Object)] [Effect: Fire attribute damage, body homogenization, increased fire resistance. [Side effects: Bewitching the mind. (Description: The evil sword with fire attributes and reverse scales gives the user powerful abilities, but also gradually makes him lose his mind.) An evil sword with fire attributes. The effect is increased fire damage, body homogenization, and increased fire resistance. This reminded him of the evil sword ''White Phoenix'' owned by Treasure Island''s deacon Sheela Gui. The effect is ice damage, and when used, wings grow behind it. The difference seems to be that that weapon is only effective when used with elven blood, while this one doesn''t have any special requirements. Look at the evil sword on the wall again. The side effect is to confuse the mind. This point, I think it might be good to use it on skeletons. Skeleton battles don''t have fear, anger, and many other emotions, so they shouldn''t affect much of the mind. "What''s wrong? Is this sword good?" Glenda asked. Xiaoxiao also flew back and continued to look at the long sword on the wall. "The evil sword is called Huolin, and it can provide fire attributes." "Oh! What an unexpected bonus." Glenda said with a smile. "Indeed!" Wu Heng continued to look at the remaining weapons, and then put them all into his space ring. Return to the outside room. Wu Heng continued to check everything in the president''s space ring. The weapon owned by the president, the heavy sword called [Lishan], is a magic weapon in itself and has the effect of increasing its weight when slashing. Armor is a magic item that increases defense and restores physical strength. The rest include boots that increase movement speed, helmets that clear your mind, and horns that increase soldiers'' courage... Magic props with various effects are placed in the space ring. The rest are scrolls and various potions. Everything is piled up on the table. "This guy...is it a hamster? There are so many things." Glenda said in surprise. "Maybe I like to save things." Wu Heng said, pulling out a few documents from a pile of miscellaneous items and starting to read them. It is the property deeds and properties in the city and other cities. Still a big player. Huh~! At this time, Beni hurried back from outside and said: "Wu Heng! The Minister of Intelligence is here. The carriage is parked at the door. He seems to be a thief by profession." Sure enough, it came. If he refused to come over, he would consider looking for him. "How many people did he bring?" "There can be more than 20 people." Penny replied. Wu Heng nodded and said, "Okay, let''s make arrangements and kill him here." "How to do it? As soon as the fight started, people from outside rushed in." Granda said. Wu Heng casually opened the [Mansion Technique] and let Kaxiu and Shining walk out directly. He handed the [Shroud] to Kaxiu and said: "Kaxiu, wait a moment and stay invisible at the door. Go to the back room in a flash. I will lead him into the dark room inside, and we will kill him quickly." Ka Xiu put on the [Shroud] and disappeared instantly. Then he hid in the corner next to the door. For high-level professionals, even if they can''t see with their eyes, their senses will detect clues. Even if they are invisible, they still have to keep some distance. At this time, there was a sound of footsteps outside the door. Then there was a knock on the door, "Mr. President, Mr. Bryce has arrived." "Let him come in, and the others will wait outside." The door opened, and a man wearing a purple brocade robe, with the outline of his inner armor vaguely visible, walked in. His brown hair is pulled back, his skin is fair, his eyebrows are slender and raised, and there is no trace of stubble. He walked in with a cold face and looked him up and down several times with his eyes. "If you have any information, you can tell me directly." There was a feminine tone in Bryce''s voice. Wu Heng said: "I have sorted out a complete clue, which is related to the Chifeng Gang in the east city." "Red Wind Gang? Don''t they give you money every week?" Wu Heng ignored his question and said: "The Chifeng Gang recruited a new member this time. Yesterday, they went to the Commander''s Office through a money delivery team. You should know that part of the money was sent to the Minister of State. " "Now that you''ve found it, why don''t you arrest him?" Bryce still looked at him. "What''s the use of catching one person? I need you to cooperate with me to catch all the rest, or determine their identities." Wu Heng stared at the other person and said. "When did your city defense team become good at this?" Bryce asked with narrowed eyes. "They threaten everyone in the city. Don''t you think it would be better to catch them as soon as possible!" "Tell me, what is your plan?" Wu Heng stood up and walked inside, "Follow me. I have compiled a detailed relationship network here, which also involves some officials in the city, so I need your help." Bryce hesitated, then stood up and followed. Wu Heng walked to the secret room door, took out the key and opened it, walked in first, and said: "The city has been penetrated very seriously..." Bryce stood at the door, looking at the sealed room inside, with no intention of entering. "You said..." Suddenly, his body seemed to stumble out of control and he entered the private room inside. The door is closed. In the dim room, two figures stood in front of him and looked straight at him. "Twinkle, get him." Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. Buzz~! There was a sound like the flashing of wings, and the next second, a figure from the opposite side was seen rushing towards him like lightning. Bryce''s expression changed drastically and he wanted to dodge, but his body suddenly suffocated. Its over! Bang~! I just felt that my body was instantly pressed to the ground. He reached for the dagger at his waist in panic, and the opponent''s fist hit his chest like a giant hammer under the wheel. Wu Heng stood behind him, with a staff with a white spine in his hand. [Pathogenic Ray], [Debilitating Ray], [Severe Injury Technique] are shot out in unison, engulfing the opponent''s body. Bryce''s eyes widened in disbelief. A high-level melee professional. Necromancer! How could it appear here, how could it be in the presidential territory? Damn it! Click~! The sound of bones breaking was heard, and a large mouthful of blood spurted out from the mouth. Damn it, this guy is no lower than me. Bang~! The last punch directly broke his neck. The room became quiet again. Penny flew in from outside, "It''s okay, everyone is sitting outside in the rest area in the hall, no one noticed what''s going on here." "That''s good, it saves you the trouble." Wu Heng activated the mansion technique and dragged the body in. The imprisoned president''s eyes widened. Looking at the Minister of Intelligence being dragged in. Wu Heng released [Resurrection Technique], and after rescuing the person, he continued to use [Life Sustaining Technique] to maintain the opponent''s life characteristics. After feeding it two pills, put it in a cage. He walked out again. The skeleton was also retracted into the [Mansion Technique]. He transformed into the Minister of Intelligence again and walked out of the room. Huh~! The guards waiting at the door all stood up. Wu Heng said: "Let''s go back." After that, he took everyone downstairs, got into the carriage, and left slowly. Setted Fortress, Commandery Mansion. Wen Mansha sat in the room, coaxing the baby in her arms. There was a knock on the door, and Butler Harter opened the door and walked in. He said with a serious face: "Madam, there are several people from the Snake Emblem Consortium coming outside." "Snake Emblem Consortium?" Wen Mansha frowned. "Yes, they have proof of the consortium, and the guards did not conflict with them and let them enter the city." Hartle said. "Who is it, do you know?" Harter hesitated for a moment and said softly, "Madam, the leader seems to be the hero mentioned by the master, and I can''t confirm it." The hero of the Snake Emblem Consortium? "dragon?" "Um!" (End of chapter) Chapter 813 , is the city haunted? Chapter 813: Is the city haunted? Wen Mansha''s face was ugly, and her eyes showed suspicion and fear. They heard Wu Heng tell about what happened in Netale City, including meeting the hero of the Snake Emblem Consortium on the way. It was also at that time that they learned that the leader behind the Snake Emblem Consortium was a hero. Even the association recognized him as the strongest hero. In a place like Luntam City, ordinary heroes are god-like existences. Not to mention this person. Just why does he appear here. Didn''t you mean to show up in Netale City? Why? A pressure that far exceeded that of the Yeko Kingdom enveloped the whole body. Wen Mansha stood up and wanted to contact Wu Heng. She took two steps and stood still. Asked: "Did you say anything after entering the city?" Hartle said: "The guards did not know the identity of the other party. They just followed your order and did not interfere with the people of the association and consortium. They just let them in." "How many people came?" "There are six people entering the city." Hartle said: "Madam, the train to Luntam City will leave at noon. You can take Miss and go back to Luntam City. It has been a while. Go back! This is to let her go back and avoid it. Even if the strongest hero is really in danger, as long as he leaves here, he still has time to contact Wu Heng. Wen Mansha stood there and thought for a moment, then sat back and said, "Go and prepare the gift. You will visit the other party on behalf of Luntam City, and I will contact the owner." "Madam! You''d better go to the station first!" Harter still said. "It''s okay. The other party probably doesn''t have any malicious intentions. If we react too much, it may cause the other party to feel disgusted." Wen Mansha said directly. In the entire fortress, no one except Harter knew that Wen Mansha was here. If you move like this, you will easily attract the other person''s attention. "Madam, what can you prepare?" Hartle asked. "Choose from the gifts brought by the master, especially watches and pens. Don''t take out the potions." Wen Mansha said softly. "I understand." Hartle nodded, turned and left the room. Wen Mansha looked at the child and walked towards the radio station''s room with a serious expression. Local, Snake Emblem Consortium building. Luxuriously decorated room interior. The hero ''Dragon'' was sitting on the double sofa. The loose seat seemed extremely narrow and crowded. He took the drink that was handed to him and took a sip. At this time, the door opened, and a middle-aged man in a dark blue dress walked in quickly, kneeling on one knee and lowering his head slightly. "The person in charge of Fortress Serted, Raymond, has met the leader." Long glanced at the other party and said in a low and dignified voice, "Tell me about the situation here." The local person in charge still lowered his head and said softly: "Two months ago, the army of Luntam City broke into the fortress overnight. The person in charge of the city was the head of the city, named Harter. He has never oppressed the residents of the city. At present, The stores are operating normally and all taxes have been waived. Long raised his eyebrows slightly, a trace of surprise flashed in his eyes, "Suddenly breaking the city overnight?" Mentioning this matter, the middle-aged man''s voice was extremely serious, "The city was suddenly destroyed! The entire north wall collapsed, and it has not been repaired yet." Long nodded, lost in thought. Destroying the entire city wall, what kind of power was used. Continued to ask: "What''s your attitude towards the consortium?" "The attitude towards us is very friendly. After the other party occupied it, they divided a building in the central area for the consortium''s construction." The subordinate said seriously. The Yeke Kingdom does not recognize the Snake Emblem Consortium. Although it still exists within the territory, it appears in the form of some ''ghost markets'' and underground markets. It was only after Luntam City was captured that we could have such a building in the city. Long nodded, picked up the wine glass and took another sip. At this time, there was a knock on the door. A subordinate walked in quickly, saluted and said respectfully: "The leader, a steward named Harter, said that he heard that the backbone of the consortium was here, and specially sent a gift." "Oh? Bring it here and let me take a look." Long said with curiosity in his tone. A brocade box was delivered, and after opening it, a shiny and exquisite watch and pen were revealed. Watch, pen! As expected, it was the territory over Treasure Island. "Tell her that the gift has been accepted and we are just passing through here." "Yes!" The men left quickly. Long Ze took out his watch and looked at it carefully. I didnt expect that I would get Treasure Islands best-selling product in this way. Squeak~! The carriage slowly stopped in front of the building. Wu Heng got off the carriage and returned to the study where the Minister of Intelligence was based on the road that Beni had followed. The door closed, and I felt a little relieved. Said: "Benny, go and keep an eye on the outside. If there is any movement of the army, please notify me immediately. Xiaoxiao and Glenda, search here to see if there is any dark room." "Okay!" The three ghosts immediately dispersed and took action. Wu Heng opened the drawers and bookcases one by one and took out all the information inside. As expected, he was the Minister of Intelligence and recorded various file information. I returned to the desk and sat down, starting to look through the information one by one. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Glenda also flew back. He said with a pity tone: "Uncle, I didn''t find the secret room! He seems to be very poor." Glenda said with a smile, "You''re level 18, how can you be poor? This should just be his office, the good things may be at his home." "Then let''s go to his house and have a look?" Xiao Xiao suggested. "Forget it, we don''t have that much time." Wu Heng handed some of the information to Glenda, "You should also see if you can find out the location of the second prince." "Okay!" Glenda flew over and started watching from the side. Time passed little by little. One person and one soul read a lot of information. Xiaoxiao collected some valuable-looking ornaments from around and planned to take them with him when he left. At this time, Beini flew back from outside and said in a hurried tone, "Wu Heng, the army is coming here. We have given orders to kill you immediately when we see you." The latest chapter of this novel was first published on 6@9#. Please go to Liujiu Book Bar to read it! It seems that the secret is still exposed. If you pretend to be the Minister of Intelligence, there will be no one in charge of the President. As long as we combine the disappearance of the Minister of State last time, we can roughly deduce the whole thing. Granda said: "There is still a certain danger in being surrounded by the army." The other two ghosts also turned their heads and looked over. Wu Heng said: "Let''s leave first. Catching two level 18s is already a big gain." With that said, he put all the items and all the information collected by Xiaoxiao into the space ring. The noise outside the window is getting closer. After changing his appearance, [Teleportation Technique] appeared and disappeared in the next second. appears again. It was in a deep alley, surrounded by domestic garbage from the opposite side. There were swarms of flies and the stench of urine permeated the surrounding area. Outside the alley, there was a large gathering of people, talking and gathering towards the distance. Wu Heng said to the chasing ghost: "Xiaoxiao, follow me, Glenda and Beni, and keep an eye on what''s going on in the city. Two level 18s have been lost in the city. The second prince may move somewhere." Xiaoxiao followed beside him, and the other two ghosts flew directly into the sky to check the changes in the entire city. Wu Heng walked out of the alley, followed the noisy crowd, and walked back to the building where the Minister of Intelligence had his office. Watching the brigade of guards rushing in, there was a burst of chaos. "What''s going on?" "Why are we arresting all of our own people?" "Who knows! Ever since the second prince came here, he has been coming and going in the city." "Were those people hiding here and were discovered today?" "It''s also possible, it depends on who is brought out." The crowd was talking and wondering who the guards were arresting for such a big move. Then, the guards began to disperse the onlookers. The patrol teams responsible for different areas gathered again and began to conduct door-to-door searches. Wu Heng gradually moved away from here. Teleporting back to the area searched by the patrol team, he walked out of the alley. "Uncle, where will you stay tonight?" Xiaoxiao asked. It was already dusk and we needed to find a place to spend the night. You can''t really live on the street for one night like a homeless person. Wu Heng walked forward along the street, and his eyes fell on the tavern where he lived when he came. The tavern was closed by this time. "Xiao Xiao, go take a look in the private room of the tavern." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao nodded and flew up directly. Not long after, he returned from above and said, "Uncle, the private rooms are all empty." "Let me take a look at the location." Xiaoxiao got into the body, Wu Heng determined the position, walked into the dark corner and used [Teleportation]. The figure disappeared in the magic circle and appeared in the private room. In the central area, there is a slightly dark room. The second prince, dressed in a luxurious purple dress, stood in front of the round table in the room, holding the table with both hands, his knuckles turning slightly white from the exertion. On the desktop, there is the latest report, which records the information of the missing officials. "Three people disappeared silently, two level 18s. Is this city haunted?" The second prince''s voice trembled, with anger in his tone. The faces of the people gathered below also had serious and worried faces. People at level 18 can disappear inexplicably, and there is no telling who will be next. One of the old men in brocade robes touched his beard and said, "Your Highness, the guards have searched the whole city. We still want to see if they have any clues." The second prince narrowed his eyes and said, "What else is there to check? It''s just the people before. The main thing is the methods they used." (End of chapter) Chapter 814 , how long do you have to hide? Chapter 814: How long should I hide? "Your Highness, don''t be anxious. Their purpose is to expose our weaknesses because of our impatience." Another person said. The second prince stared at the speaker and asked in a serious voice, "Don''t be anxious. How long will I have to hide here? Like a mouse." Facing the anger of the second prince, the people below remained calm. It''s not even as tense as mentioning missing officials. The old man who spoke first said calmly again, "This is just a short-term patience. As long as the lord of Luntam City dies and we occupy that place, we can **** back everything that was lost before and send you back to the throne. " The others also spoke one after another, saying similar words. The second prince took a deep breath and glanced at everyone''s faces, "I know this matter well and will not ruin the original plan, but what should I do now? Let them kill the officials in the city?" A tall and thin man stood up and said, "Your Highness, I think we can set up a trap to lure the other party out." The second prince looked at him, "What do you think?" "The purpose of those thieves is, after all, Your Highness. Why don''t we release a substitute and expose him? Once the murderer shows up, we will kill him." The tall and thin man said. "It''s another trap. It was used at the mansion last time. They won''t fall for it easily." The second prince said. "No! Even if there is suspicion, they still have to confirm whether the substitute is real, and they will definitely take action." The man was determined. The others also nodded, indicating that this method could be tried. The second prince straightened his body, glanced at everyone, and said: "Then prepare according to this plan. All the elites in the city will be deployed, as well as Luntam City. It has been several days, why has no news been spread? Come back? Let someone go and take a look." "Yes." Everyone nodded, then stood up and left. The second prince looked at everyone and walked towards the back. Residential area. In the dilapidated houses, the plaster on the walls is mottled and peeling off, and the wooden tables in the corners are also covered with scratches. Two men dressed as patrol guards sat around the wooden table, crossing their legs and chatting. "If you''re lazy here, nothing will happen to you!" "It''s just a formality. The President and the Minister of Intelligence are gone. If we really find out something, aren''t we looking for death?" "What level are these people at? The president led them and disappeared without any movement." "Could he be a hero?" "If you are a hero and still kill people secretly, then come out in the open. Be careful later and follow the search. Don''t make any mistakes." While talking, the sound of gathering came from outside. The two looked at each other, hung their swords back on their bodies, opened the door and walked out. Wait for the footsteps of the team to fade away. In the shadow of the corner, a line of smoke slowly floated out, condensing into a woman with a voluptuous posture. Leaning against the window, he frowned tightly as he looked at the guards who were searching house to house in the distance. The President and the Minister of Intelligence in the city also disappeared? "Who the **** is in the city!" It is certain that they are not from my side. There was a meeting in the morning to speculate on who killed the Minister of State. In the afternoon, two more disappeared, and they were both high-level professionals. The other party was more terrifying than they expected. "I hope it''s not that kid''s person." In a dark private room. Because of the city, there are no outsiders staying in the tavern. As long as Wuheng doesn''t make too much noise, there shouldn''t be any problem staying here for one night. I sat at the window and waited for a while. Glenda and Penny flew back from outside. "No special findings." Penny also said, "I didn''t find anything here. The city is too chaotic, and the streets are full of moving beams of light." "It seems that we have underestimated him. He can achieve great things if he is not alarmed." Wu Heng said. Glenda thought for a moment and said, "Is the second prince dead and these people are just doing things in his name?" Wu Heng and the other two ghosts all looked at her. This was a new guess. "The second prince is dead!" Xiaoxiao''s eyes widened. Wu Heng also thought about this possibility and said: "It is possible, and it is also possible to be controlled and used as a puppet." "Yeah, that''s right," Glenda said. At this time, the sound of the second round of searches came again outside the window. Wu Heng stood up and said: "Come back first, let''s go to the zombie world." The three ghosts returned to their bodies. Wu Heng opened the door to a room inside and walked in directly. After walking out of the boundary gate, it is still the prisons monitoring room. Release the ghost, walk to the surveillance camera, and "zoom in the thief''s room." Separate surveillance footage filled the screen, with the thief huddled on the iron bed and remaining quiet. "No experiment?" Glenda asked. "I don''t know." Wu Heng said, and then said, "Xiaoxiao, go see where the alchemy skeleton is and ask it to bring over the experimental records." "Okay, uncle." Xiaoxiao flew out. Not long after, he flew back and said, "The skeleton is coming." There was a knock on the door of the monitoring room, and the alchemy skeleton walked directly in, holding the record book he carried with him. "Let me see the experiment records." The record book was handed over, and Wu Heng opened it and looked at it. Looking beyond the ordinary animal experiments, my eyes fell on the records of [Single House Room 202]. The latest chapter of this novel was first published on 6@9#. Please go to Liujiu Book Bar to read it! The front is the thief''s level and physical condition. What follows is the record of the experiment. In the morning, after being dosed with Level 1 Corpse Core, the target showed signs of obvious pain and struggle. Externally, his skin turned blue and his eyes were congested. After 10 minutes, the condition improved, and after half an hour, it returned to normal. At 8 o''clock in the evening, the second time I took the first-level corpse core, the performance was the same as the first time. But the recovery speed is faster. There are only two records in total, after all, only one day has passed. Wu Heng glanced at the alchemy skeleton. The experimental method it uses for thieves is to take corpse cores instead of injecting viruses. This experimental method is in line with the Corpse King''s experiments. When the Corpse King is being cultivated, it is fed with corpse cores. "How was it?" Glenda asked. The other two ghosts also looked over. Wu Heng said: "I fed a corpse core in the morning and evening, but the level was high and the antibodies were high, so there was no sign of zombie transformation." Little novel, "You won''t feed him superpowers!" "Maybe!" Wu Heng said. Glenda also looked through the records and said, "If that doesn''t work, just inject the virus. Your powers are uncontrollable. If you really awaken a special one, you may be in danger." "That''s right." Wu Heng said: "Tomorrow we will switch to injecting the virus." Feed the corpse core first and awaken the superpower. Maybe the skeleton transformed later will be more powerful. But for now, I have cultivated a few controllable level 20 skeletons, and I am not in a hurry to experiment with supernatural powers. The Skeleton Alchemist nodded and refilled the record book with tomorrow''s plan. "Let''s go, there are two more experimental targets, we will experiment together tomorrow." Wu Heng said directly. Get out of the control room. Come to the prison area together. Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique], revealing the President and the Minister of Intelligence imprisoned in iron cages. Seeing Wu Heng appear, both of them had fear and suspicion in their eyes. Carefully identify Wu Heng''s current appearance. The Minister of Intelligence shouted: "You are Wu Heng, Wu Heng of Treasure Island." "Wu Heng! It''s you, you actually dare to attack us." The president also reacted and shouted loudly. With a thought in Wu Heng''s mind, two palms appeared out of thin air in the Mansion Technique, and they were slapped forward and backward on their faces. Tell them both to shut up immediately. "Bring them out." Card Xiu and Twinkle walked out with the two of them. "Wu Heng, you are from the association and kidnapping a minister, do you know the consequences?" "According to the rules among nobles, I can pay my own reward in exchange for my freedom." The two were being pushed around, still talking loudly. "Go in, don''t cause trouble for yourself." Wu Heng opened the two nearby cells and asked the skeleton to take them in. In prison cell 202. The thief clung to the side of the iron door, eyes widened, listening to the conversation outside. He actually brought people back. (End of chapter) Chapter 815 , how did you get caught so quickly? Chapter 815: Why was he caught so quickly? The two were dragged into different prison cells by the skeletons and put on heavy shackles while being pushed. Then, skeletons walked into the prison cell one after another. Holding a one-handed ax, his empty eyes stared at the surveillance subject. The Minister of Intelligence shouted: "Wu Heng, you have forgotten the kingdom''s protection for you. If it were not for Blackstone Town, you would not even have a chance to grow." "Thanks to the grace, you have the opportunity to stand out. You should be grateful to the kingdom and His Highness." "You can come back with me and help His Highness return to the throne. Then we will have the kingdom as a foundation to help you reach level 18. Even being a hero won''t be a problem." Next door, the president''s voice was also heard, "Yes, Wu Heng, you can go back with us, you are also a member of the kingdom." The intelligence minister knew a lot about Wu Heng''s identity and knew that he had lived in Blackstone Town for some time. However, it seems that he didn''t know what he was going through in Blackstone Town. It can also be seen that the Minister of Intelligence responded quickly. He found his relationship with the Kingdom of Yeko and tried to convince himself to help the second prince regain the throne. Wu Heng stood at the door, watching the skeletons put shackles on them and guard them. He said casually: "Forget it if you go back, but I can tell you why I went to arrest you." The two men shouted in silence. Wu Heng continued, "In Luntam City, we captured an 18th-level killer. During the interrogation, he mentioned you ''Bryce'', otherwise I wouldn''t know who you are." The Minister of Intelligence''s expression changed, "Damn it!" Next door, the thief who had been quietly listening to the conversation outside suddenly changed his expression and immediately shouted at the door: "You fart, that''s not what I said!" "Bryce, don''t believe him. He is trying to sow discord between us." "Wu Heng, stop using these tricks." The thief said loudly, coming from next door. Wu Heng shrugged and said to the two people who just came in: "By the way, he is next door." The Minister of Intelligence and the President narrowed their eyes. It seems that Luntam City''s plan has failed long ago, but it has not been reported back to them. "Wu Heng, what do you want to do?" the Minister of Intelligence asked coldly. Wu Heng looked at the two of them, "Where is the second prince? Tell him his exact location, and I can make your life more comfortable." The two of them remained silent at the same time. The Minister of Intelligence said: "We don''t know. Even if you interrogate us, you won''t be able to find out the result." "Then who would know?" The Minister of Intelligence immediately shut up and stopped talking. "Those gentlemen from the Secret Order?" Wu Heng asked. The Minister of Intelligence''s eyes narrowed, and he was even more surprised that Wu Heng knew this. Wu Heng did not continue to ask about this, but said: "A simple question for you! Where do the ghost train tickets come from?" The Minister of Intelligence hesitated, but said: "The people above have a tool that can produce such tickets, but the quantity is limited. One or two can be distributed every month or so." "The person above refers to the second prince?" "I''m not sure about this. Anyway, it was sent from above. I don''t know who owns the props to produce the tickets." said the Minister of Intelligence. Wu Heng nodded, "Your answer is not very credible, but I am very satisfied with your attitude. I will prepare some food for him in the evening." After saying that, Wu Heng exited the room directly, "Close the door and watch them carefully. If they try to escape or break free from the chains, kill them directly." Dangdang~! The two iron doors were closed, cutting off the outside. The skeletons guarding the prison cell all took a step forward, staring directly at the target with their empty eyes. After Wu Heng left and the footsteps faded away. The Minister of Intelligence said to the door: "Chryses, are you locked up here too?" Separated by several iron doors, the sound can still be transmitted weakly. They are all high-level professionals, and their hearing is far beyond that of ordinary people. The thief next door said, "I was caught in Luntam City." "Tell me about the situation here." The Minister of Intelligence said again. The thief took a deep breath, and then said, "This is the research base of the Necromancer. Sometimes the roars and sounds of animals can be heard. I suspect that this is a location around Luntam City. There are many skeletons guarding it outside." , where were you arrested? "Nilali City!" said the Minister of Intelligence. "How is it possible? He was still here last night." The thief said loudly. The Intelligence Minister''s tone was still calm, "It should be that the ghost train tickets were used. He is very concerned about this." The thief still said, "No, I mean, if you use the ghost train to go back and forth, it will take most of the time. What is going on with you two?" Regardless of the distance, you may not even have half a day in Nilali City. Did you capture two level 18s? "He can disguise himself and deceive us." The president said in a deep voice. In the Mansion Technique, they talked about this matter and analyzed the other party''s disguise methods. It''s really easy to use, and it can deceive level 18 professionals, who are even scarier than the rumors say. "Were you being experimented on?" the Minister of Intelligence asked. "I was forcibly given a kind of meat, like the brain of some animal. It contains very strong poison inside, but it will greatly improve the body after being absorbed." The thief said something, and then said: "I suspect that he is Use my experimental materials. This result reminded the other two people of the strengthening potions sold on Treasure Island. Although their location is a bit far away from Treasure Island, they have also heard of this weird potion. It seems that the materials for the potion were developed from this place. Maybe you can find the recipe here. By then, with this potion, it will be enough for me to eat and drink without worries. The Minister of Intelligence continued to ask, "Is there a way out?" Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. "Not yet, but we can be sure that the experimental method will not make us die so quickly. We can find a way bit by bit." The thief said. Squeak~! At this time, the door to the Minister of Intelligence''s room was opened, and the skeleton brought in bread and sausages. It was the reward that Wu Heng had just promised for the other party''s intelligence. The door closed again. But no one continued to speak, and the three prison cells fell into silence at the same time. Return to the control room. Xiaoxiao also flew back after him, as if he had overheard something secret, and said, "Uncle, they said the prison was built near Luntam City, and they were discussing how to escape." "Have we discussed any method?" Wu Heng asked. "No, the thief said there is no danger for the time being, and he can slowly find a way out." Xiao Xiaofei said to the other side. He was wrong. Tomorrow it would not be the corpse core, but the virus would be injected directly. Whether he can survive or not is really uncertain. "Ignore them, as long as they can''t escape." Wu Heng said. "Yeah!" Xiaoxiao nodded. Then, Wu Heng took out the space ring of the Minister of Intelligence, put it on his hand, and took out all the items inside. Perhaps because of the clerical job, the things in the space ring are not as messy as those in the president''s ring. Money, daily necessities, some documents, and weapons and equipment. Wu Heng turned his attention to weapons and equipment. [Whirlpool Crossbow (Rare Object)] [Effect: The arrow hits the target and screams, causing the target to fall into a state of dizziness and confusion. [Side Effect: User loses hearing. (Description: A weapon that inflicts excruciating pain on both the user and the target.) This is a powerful crossbow with an exquisite and simple appearance. It can be seen that the Minister of Intelligence took good care of this weapon. The effect can cause the target hit by the arrow to fall into dizziness and confusion. It feels like a magic arrow. The side effect is that the user loses hearing. This side effect is quite serious on the battlefield. Others are letting go of their five senses, for fear of any danger, but here one sense is directly lost. But it is still a rare item. Go back and see who can use it. The remaining armors, boots, and shawls are all magic props. They all have some defensive and amplifying effects, and they are all pretty good. In addition to these, there are two tickets for the ghost train in the space. There is indeed no prop to produce the tickets. "Is there no magic item for making tickets?" Glenda asked from the side. "No, he said it is more likely to be in the hands of others, probably the second prince." Wu Heng said. "It''s possible! A rare item that can produce tickets seems to be of great use, so it''s best to get it." "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded. He casually put away all the things on the table, and took out all the information he brought back from the Minister of Intelligence''s office. He smiled attentively and said, "Glenda, Beni, it''s up to you to see if there are any important clues." "Then what are you going to do? You are a clone, and the six of you can watch together." Glenda said. "It''s dark, but I''m still alive and want to sleep." (End of chapter) Chapter 816 , the prince wants to give a speech Chapter 816, the prince wants to give a speech Glenda looked at him suspiciously, "You just want to delay the task until night and leave the task to us, right?" "No way." Wu Heng scratched his head. Beini said with a smile, "Wu Heng has been running away all day long, which is indeed quite exhausting." "Look, the people''s eyes are sharp." Glenda said angrily, "Go ahead and we''ll tell you everything tomorrow morning." "Okay, thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng said with a smile and left quickly. Glenda and Penny divided the information into two piles and began to look at it. Xiaoxiao hid aside, carefully opened the tablet, and watched cartoons at the lowest volume. bedroom. Lying on the bed, I couldn''t help but start thinking about what happened this time. I have been in the city for three days. In terms of the speed of killing targets, it is actually not slow. But the target he had set was the second prince, but he never had a clear clue. Glenda began to wonder if the second prince had been killed, and the secret order behind the scenes was using his identity to order the guards in the city. This possibility is possible, but I don''t think it is very likely. If he is really killed, what will happen if he succeeds to the throne? After all, the second prince is still needed to sit on the throne. This is in line with the entire Qilin Road plan. "The greater possibility is that he is locked up or protected." If he kills the second prince, can the Secret Order create a fake second prince and continue to issue orders? No, if it can be replaced so easily, then the second prince is not important anymore. The matter of the throne has little to do with me. We still have to find him and solve the problem in Luntam City first. He was thinking quickly in his mind about how to find the other party''s location. Suddenly, an idea flashed out. The second prince arranged for a messenger to meet Wen Mansha. Is it possible to use this method and arrange for a messenger to come over to see who will come to receive him? "Give it a try!" There might be no chance. As he thought about it in his mind, he felt sleepy and fell into a deep sleep. The next day, early morning. Sunlight shines through the window into the room. After a simple wash, go to the monitoring room. The two skeletons were still sitting in front of the monitor, while the three ghosts were chatting aside. "Good morning, beauties and girls." Wu Heng greeted with a smile. "Good morning, uncle!" Xiaoxiao waved happily, still full of energy. Glenda and Penny also smiled at this side. Then Glenda flew over and said, "I have read all the information and screened out some useful ones. Let me tell you about it." "Okay!" Wu Heng sat down aside. Glenda continued, "There are two types of intelligence. One is the intelligence from the Kingdom of Yeko. The second prince is preparing for the personnel he will deploy. He is secretly trying to convince the association that the eldest prince is colluding with the cult." "The second one is over in Luntam City. We have planned a group of people to be stationed in the city, as well as some people they know from the eldest prince. Then you can ask Wen Mansha to clear them out. It seems that this information is still helpful. The specific situation in the Yeke Kingdom is unclear. Apparently the second prince is also using the association to intervene and contain the eldest prince. The main thing is the personnel installed in Luntam City. This information should be able to help people in one fell swoop. "Thank you for your hard work. I''ll tell Wen Mansha when I get back and let him take care of it," Wu Heng said. "Yeah." Glenda nodded. At this time, the skeleton in front of the surveillance camera magnified the image in the video. The Skeleton Alchemist, pushing a cart with several skeletons, was walking in the corridor of the prison cell. Syringes, glass bottles and other tools can be seen on the cart. It seems that the virus is going to be injected into the people in the prison cell. "Kaxiu, Twinkle, you guys should follow him. If the other person struggles, help hold him down." Wu Heng said. The two skeletons on the side opened the door and walked out. Soon, he appeared in the surveillance camera and walked over with the alchemy skeleton. 202 prison cell. The thief sat on the edge of the bed, waiting for breakfast to be served. Only when the cell door is open, do you have time to briefly observe the scene outside. Wu Heng cannot stay here for a long time, and the skeleton is dull and imbecile, so he can slowly find opportunities to escape. When the things here are revealed, the Holy See will be able to kill him. And that formula, I must get it myself. Ta tap tap~! Footsteps sounded from the corridor. Then, the iron door opened, and several skeletons pushed a metal cart and slowly walked in. There were sealed syringes on the car, as well as some containers containing dark red viscous liquid. The thief''s eyes narrowed, and a bad feeling arose in his heart. Without waiting for a reaction, two tall skeletons from behind walked up directly and pressed him down on the bed with their hands like iron pliers. "What are you doing? What are you doing?" the thief roared loudly. "Wu Heng, what on earth are you going to do?" "You can''t do this." No matter how loud he shouted, no one paid him any attention. The skeleton alchemist picked up a syringe, flicked the needle with the skeleton''s fingers, and plunged it into his neck. The thief''s shouts stopped abruptly. His body twitched violently, and his exposed skin was covered with veins, like angry little snakes. Gradually it spread all over the body, turning the whole body into a bluish-purple color. Roar~! A fierce zombie roar sounded, and the thief completed the transformation into a zombie. He struggled, roared, and kept trying to pounce on the target in front. The skeleton alchemist made a note and continued to the next prison cell. People from the other two cells. By this time, he had become restless, with chains clashing and roaring sounds constantly coming from the next door. It didn''t take much to think about it, but something bad had happened. Why is this different from what I said yesterday? Its not that just taking a normal meat material can improve your physical fitness! How could there be such a big reaction? Squeak~! Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. The iron door opened and the skeletons walked in pushing the cart. "I want to see Wu Heng. I am responsible for all the intelligence of the second prince. I will definitely be able to help him." The Minister of Intelligence said immediately. The skeletons didn''t respond, and roughly stepped forward to hold him down while the virus was injected. About 3 minutes. The Minister of Intelligence also turned into a zombie. The skeletons continue to the third room and continue to inject the virus. Monitoring room. Wu Heng watched the whole process. The resistance of level 18 professionals is still much stronger than that of ordinary people. After a normal person is bitten, his body will transform into a zombie within a second or two. The transformation was almost instantaneous. The three people were injected with the virus extracted by the previous corpse king. After the injection, it took 3 to 5 minutes to complete the transformation. It seems that high levels of virus resistance are still high. It''s not a direct injection, but if ordinary zombies bite them, they might be able to survive longer, or they can just survive. Xiaoxiao flew back excitedly, "Uncle, I saw that they are still level 18, but they just haven''t grown shiny wings." It''s still level 18, which is directly the corpse king level. "The transformation probably hasn''t been completed yet. Let''s wait and see again in a few days," Wu Heng said. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao nodded. "Let''s go back first and continue looking for the second prince. It''s not that troublesome to chase the eldest girl." Wu Heng stood up. The three ghosts smiled and got into his body. Return to the other world and appear in the private room of the tavern. The room was still empty. The bartender complained and the sound of cleaning came from downstairs. After all, it''s morning, and there won''t be any guests coming now. Three ghosts were released, "Xiao Xiao, keep watch around the area, while Glenda and Penny go wandering around to see if there is any new information." "Okay!" The three ghosts flew out directly. Wu Heng stayed in the back room, took out the soundproof pot, and connected the radio. "Mansha Wen, are you there?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s urgent tone came from the other side, "Master, the hero of the Snake Emblem Consortium, came to Seted Fortress yesterday." Wu Heng frowned instantly, "Long? Are you sure it''s him?" "It should be him. Fortunately, the other party has no ill intentions. I asked Harter to represent Luntam City and gave him some gifts, and the other party accepted them." Wen Mansha said directly. Hearing that there was no malice and accepting the gift, Wu Heng felt relieved at first, but also a little scared. Isn''t he in the royal capital? Why did you go to Seted Fortress? "It''s too dangerous. I''ll send you to Treasure Island." Wu Heng said directly. Wen Mansha said in a relaxed tone, "It''s not that dangerous. The other party also gave me a emblem as a gift in return. It''s the member emblem of the Snake Emblem Consortium. It''s colorful and pretty." Colorful? Wu Heng also had one in his hand. The other party gave it to him after spending a certain amount of money. The highest member emblem. In addition to discounts and taking consortium transportation, you can enter consortium buildings when dangerous, and we will do our best to protect safety. It''s a kind of guarantee. "This kind of emblem means that you are an important customer of the consortium. I spent tens of thousands of gold coins to get one. If you are in danger, you can go to the consortium and your safety will be guaranteed." Wu Heng explained. "Right, so it''s not that dangerous." Wen Mansha said with a smile. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "Then I''ll give you a ticket for the ghost train. If you''re in danger, take the train and leave." "Okay, listen to the master." Wu Heng continued, "I have two things on my side." "Say!" Wen Mansha said in a serious tone. "The first thing is to get a list of the spies installed in Luntam City. I''ll tell you later." "Okay! This is exactly what I need." "The second thing is, I don''t have any information about the second prince here. You arrange for a messenger to come over and ask to meet the second prince to discuss the armistice agreement. I''ll see if I can find the other party''s location based on this." There was a brief silence on the other side. Wen Mansha then said: "Okay, I will choose two smarter ones to do this. You can give me the list first." Wu Heng read over the list written by Granda. There was a rustling recording sound coming from the other side. "That''s all." "Okay, I''ll make the arrangements now. Master, be careful." "You should also pay attention to your safety." After the two of them finished speaking, they hung up the communication. I sat in the room and waited for a while. Beni flew back from outside and said directly: "Wu Heng, a notice has been posted in the city. The second prince will give a speech in the square in three days." (End of chapter) Chapter 817 , the secret code of cultural people Chapter 817, the secret code of cultural people "Is he coming out to give a speech at this time?" Beni''s information surprised Wu Heng. The prince''s residence was attacked, and he had recently killed several officials. It was not a suitable time for a public speech. How many people are waiting to find his location. Penny said: "The notice is posted outside like this, and the residents in the city are also very excited. They think that His Highness the Prince has the spirit of a king who will not admit defeat and fight bravely." Good guy, there must be someone out there setting the pace. "You''ve been hiding for so long, and you still have the courage to do so!" Wu Heng was speechless. "How can ordinary people know this? They don''t even know that the prince''s mansion is fake." Penny floated beside her and said casually. "That''s right." Wu Heng nodded. While one person and one soul were talking, Glenda also flew back from outside. He glanced at them and said, "I went to the Minister of Intelligence. A new minister has already started working." "This arrangement is quite fast." Wu Heng said. The people were arrested yesterday and new people were arranged today. Such efficiency! Glenda nodded and continued, "The new minister is level 15, and he has arranged secret codes when handing over some work." "What''s the secret code?" Wu Heng asked. Granda recalled for a moment and said: "There are two types. The first one is the secret signal when handing over information. The bell of Chelu Cathedral is late. The reply is, but the pigeon still returns home on time." "The second one is the secret signal for the guard rotation. The West End Gallery has a new exhibition. The reply is that I went to the appointment with admiration." Holy shit! So cultured. Is this wording so artistic? Chelu mentioned in it was the royal capital of the Kingdom of Yeko. It seems that these people are still obsessed with the royal capital. Even in the secret code, the place Chelu is mentioned. "What a culture." Wu Heng sighed. Penny thought for a moment and said, "Could it be that the second prince made it up? Rumor has it that he likes these literary and artistic things very much." "It''s possible!" Wu Heng also felt that he might have made it up. The rest of the people may not have such great feelings for the king. Glenda still smiled and said, "Would you like to sneak in again? We already know the password anyway." "Without a very clear goal, there is little point in sneaking in." Wu Heng said. "What are you doing today?" Glenda continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "I just contacted Wen Mansha and gave her the list of Luntam City''s informants. She mentioned the dragon of the Snake Emblem Consortium and went to the Seted Fortress." Both ghosts frowned. Glenda asked: "What''s going on?" Wu Heng repeated what Wen Mansha told him to Erhun. Erhun also listened carefully. The further north you go, the more remote the territory becomes. The local deacons in each city are all level 12. The previous highest level city lord in Luntam City was only level 15. But recently, a level 18 professional went to assassinate Wen Mansha, and now a hero has gone. It seemed that all of a sudden, high-ranking people were gathering there. Even though Wu Heng said it easily, you can still feel the oppression that Wen Mansha felt at that time. After Wu Heng finished speaking, he continued, "I plan to go back and give the train ticket in my hand to Wen Mansha so that I can escape if there is danger." Obtained a ticket from the thief and two space rings of the Minister of Intelligence. It just so happened that Wen Mansha, Hartle, and their children had tickets for the three of them. "What about the prince''s speech? Do you want to see it?" Glenda asked next. Everyone can feel that there is something wrong with the speech. But there have been no clues about the second prince. Even if he knew it was fake, he still had to take a look. "Come back then." Wu Heng said. The two ghosts also nodded. After the serious talk, one person and two souls continued to talk about other things. Changes in the city, some plainclothes guards hidden among the residents. You may not be able to tell much from the outside, but in the eyes of the ghost, you can see the level, observe the surrounding conditions, and report the situation. They can all be seen clearly. There has been some progress in the city. Instead of just letting the guards conduct blind searches, a large number of plainclothes officers were deployed to secretly collect intelligence. Then search and arrest. While chatting casually. Xiaoxiao also flew back from outside, "Auntie and Sister Beini are both back." Then, he pointed in the direction of the door and said, "Uncle, they are coming up to clean up." "Let''s go, let''s leave first, don''t hinder others'' work." Wu Heng stood up, put on a mask and changed his appearance. Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. At the same time, put away the radio and soundproof pot. Release [Teleportation] and disappear. Squeak~! The door opened and two bartenders walked in together. The moment the door opened, the person in front paused. The one following behind asked in confusion, "What''s wrong?" "It seems like something suddenly disappeared." "I can''t take some supplements, I''m hallucinating." The person behind said something and walked past the other person into the room. Start cleaning the room. The magic circle condenses. Wu Heng appeared in the alley outside. Walking to the street, he followed the crowd and stood at the notice board, looking at the posted notices. The content of the notice is simple: His Royal Highness the Second Prince will deliver a speech of extraordinary significance in the central square of the city at noon three days later. Nothing else is superfluous. In front of the crowd, a bard wearing a green cloak and holding a lute stood directly on the wooden box. His fingers gently plucked the strings, and the pleasant sound made the crowd stop talking and all looked at him. "Today, when the evil cult controls the capital and the undead in the north are invading the land, His Highness the Second Prince has saved us from the brink of destruction with his courage and strategy." "This time, His Highness will stand up again, guide us in the direction, and regain everything we have lost." The bard spoke loudly, his green cloak fluttering in the wind like a flying flag. As the story was told, there were scattered applause from the crowd, but they didn''t feel very inspired. "The great prince Ditaleo colluded with the sect, killed the old king and occupied the throne. We must not let him continue to harm his compatriots." "...The evil Lord Wen Mansha of Luntam City is a notorious hag who eats young children alive and releases plagues." . The bard, continued speaking, told of the cruelty and evil deeds of the two enemies. When I heard Mantha Wen eating young children alive and releasing the plague. Wu Heng''s eyelids twitched. Now is the time when Wen Mansha''s motherly love breaks out. If she knew that she was being arranged like this outside, she would probably get angry. After a while of silence, not many people in the crowd listened to what he said. The discussion started in whispers. "Has the assassin been caught? I heard that two ministers were missing yesterday." "We should have caught him, otherwise His Highness the Prince would show up at this time." "I suspect it''s another call for conscription." "Let''s see what happens then. If it doesn''t work, just leave the city and hide for a few days." (End of chapter) Chapter 818 , evolve to level 19 Chapter 818, Evolution Level 19 Wu Heng stood behind the crowd. A small voice came to my ears, "Among the bards on Treasure Island, why doesn''t anyone have a piano?" Beni said: "Maybe it''s not popular. Different musical instruments are popular in different places." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao nodded, and then said to Wu Heng: "Uncle, he said bad things about Aunt Wen Mansha, should we beat him up?" "It''s not necessary. They are all unified terms. Let''s talk about him when we go back to the territory." "good." After standing there and watching for a while, he passed the crowd. He found a dark corner, asked the ghost to confirm a location outside the city, and released [Teleportation] to leave the city directly. Then, take the ghost train in a deserted place and return to the Fortress of Theted. The ghost train reappeared and had arrived in the woods outside Seted Fortress. I looked at the time, it was already four forty in the afternoon. He released the ghost, checked the direction of the fortress, and walked forward. The outline of the fortress gradually appeared in the line of sight. "Wu Heng, there were a few spies over there, but I killed them directly." Beni flew back and said directly. "The spies keep sending here from afar. They are really not afraid of death." Wu Heng changed direction and walked towards the location Beni said. Two corpses were lying on the ground, and records of the levels around the fortress were also found on them. "The number of people arranged is much less than at the beginning, but it still has some effect." Penny said from the side. Wu Heng nodded and put the body back into the space ring. Continue walking towards the fortress. The guarding skeletons did not stop them, and the residents of the city were walking and chatting on the road. Except that there were fewer people, there was nothing different about them. Enter the presidential palace. Hartle, who was working on the first floor, looked up when he heard footsteps. Seeing Wu Heng coming in, his eyes lit up instantly, "Master, you are back!" "Well, I heard that the hero came to the fortress, are you okay?" Wu Heng said with a smile. "Thanks to you and your wife, nothing happened." Hartle saluted again. Wu Heng nodded, "Wen Mansha?" "The madam and young lady are upstairs. I will take you there." Harter led the way from the front, and Wu Heng followed behind and went upstairs. Knocking twice on the door of a room, Harter said: "Madam, the master is back." "Come in!" Pushing open the door, Wu Heng walked directly in. Seeing Wu Heng and Wen Mansha holding the child, she first softly called her master, and then said to the child, "Daddy is back to see you." The baby in her arms stopped sucking and reached out towards this side. Wu Heng took it in his arms and held it gently. Wen Mansha wiped her chest with a handkerchief, and then asked, "Master, why are you back?" If they communicate in the morning, they will be back in the afternoon. "I''m a little worried about you guys. Come back and have a look, and then go back after making arrangements." Wu Heng sat down aside, playing with the child in his arms. Harter brought tea, placed it in front of the two of them, and then stood aside politely. "I''ve made you worry again." Wen Mansha said with some remorse. Wu Heng asked: "Where did the dragon go?" At this time, the child reached out for Wen Mansha to hold again. Wen Mansha took the child and said while breastfeeding, "Harter, tell the owner, what did the consortium tell you at that time?" Hartle said: "Sir, they said they would go north along the road until they reach Luntam City." "What''s the purpose?" Hartle shook his head, "I didn''t say that, but when I was in the fortress, I just stayed in the consortium building for half a day, and then went to the next city." Wu Heng fell into thinking. The last time I met a dragon was in Netale City. I walked all the way just to see the consortium buildings in various places? Is it necessary to read them one by one? Wen Mansha then continued, "We have already been notified. All cities along the route will avoid conflicts. There should be no problems." "Yes, the arrangements are very good." Wu Heng nodded, and then asked, "Did the messenger arrange it?" During the morning call, she asked Wen Mansha to arrange a messenger to find out the location of the second prince. "It has been arranged that a civil servant from the city hall will serve as the messenger, and he will arrive by train in the next two days." Wen Mansha said. "Okay, let''s act more realistically then." Wen Mansha nodded, and Harter also kept smiling, glancing here from time to time. After finishing the business conversation, Wu Heng took out three tickets from the space ring. "Each of you has one. If you are in danger, tear it along the gap. The ghost train will appear. Then fill in Treasure Island on the itinerary to save your life." Currently, there are two types of ghost trains. Wu Hengs [Conductors Hat] will be the conductor by default after wearing it. After the train appears, you can bring two conductors on board. The second type is [ghost train ticket], one person, one vote, no one else is included. "Master, my life is cheap, I''d better leave it to my wife!" Harter hesitated and spoke softly. Wu Heng glanced at her and said solemnly, "You are not allowed to say such things in the future. You think so yourself, let alone others." Wen Mansha looked back and said with a smile, "If I don''t apologize to your master, I''ll just stop saying it in the future." "Yes, I''m sorry, sir, I won''t say it again." Wu Heng nodded and continued, "In the ghost train, all senses will disappear. This is a normal phenomenon. Don''t be afraid. The watch given to you can calculate the time. Remember to eat, drink and take care of yourself. There are also children, who may not be able to adapt to that environment. Take good care of it too. Both women nodded to show their understanding. Wen Mansha put away two of them, handed the other to Harter, and said, "If you don''t obey me, I will ignore you tonight." Hartle bowed again and put the ticket away. "That''s it for now. I''ll go back to my room and take a rest. Call me during dinner." Wu Heng stood up. "Master, is there anything you want to eat?" "Just be casual." "good." Wu Heng walked out of the room, went to the study, opened the door, and walked in. After walking out of the boundary gate, he looked up at the clock hanging on the wall. It''s half past five in the afternoon. I can''t stay here for long. Ask the skeleton to bring up the monitoring of prison cells 202 to 204. The original three level 18 professionals have all been transformed into zombies. But from the outside, it still looks like a human being, with no signs of exaggerated distortion. Huh~! Three ghosts flew back from outside. Xiaoxiao shouted loudly, "Uncle!" "Ah! What''s wrong? You''re shouting so loudly." Xiaoxiao pointed at the screen and said in surprise, "He''s level 319." Wu Heng looked at the screen and frowned, "You said all three of them have reached level 19?" "Yes! It''s so fast." Xiaoxiao said. Glenda also said, "Judging from the level, it has indeed reached level 19. It seems that the transformation from professional to professional is faster than we thought." Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. "Indeed!" Wu Heng was also a little surprised by the result. Although I also expected that professionals would have better results in transforming zombies, I did not expect that the virus injected in the morning would be upgraded to a higher level in the evening. All three were promoted at the same time. Penny smiled and said, "It feels like it won''t be long before all three of them can reach level 20." Xiaoxiao thought about it and said, "In this case, the Holy See will never dare to bully us again." "Ask your uncle to call the association headquarters." Granda said first. "That won''t work. My uncle still wants to be my father. What if he dies outside?" "Xiao Xiao is so partial. That''s not what you said about me last time." Glenda said pretending to be angry. Xiaoxiao immediately approached and said, "No way, auntie, we are the best." "What about me?" Penny asked. "We three are the best." Wu Heng sat on a chair, thinking about the transformation of professionals. This is a shortcut to cultivate high-level skeletons. Just like in a small novel, the threat from the Holy See to you will be reduced by then, and it will even be said that no one will come to trouble you again. Of course, try not to have too serious conflicts with them. After all, God is real. It''s not easy for me to develop like this, to anger the gods, and to be wiped out in ashes all of a sudden, but it''s not worth it. Is there any path to becoming a **** in this world? In other words, gods are born gods, and ordinary professionals can only be heroes in their lifetime. "Uncle, do you think the four of us are the best!" Xiao Xiaofei came over. Wu Heng looked up and said, "It''s good to be invincible." "Hehe!" Xiaoxiao smiled. Wu Heng looked up at the time, stood up and said, "Let''s go back to eat." The three ghosts flew back into the body, and Wu Heng walked into the gate. Fortress of Thetedt. Wu Heng had a good dinner. Those who have been hiding here and there these past few days really dont eat well either. Even when he was pretending to be a gang leader or the president, he was worried that the food delivered would be poisonous, so he didn''t eat a bite and only ate the bread he brought with him. After a good meal. Wu Heng asked him to prepare some more, opened the mansion technique, and sent it to the little girl inside. Wen Mansha followed the open door and looked inside, "Master, the new maid you chose? She''s just a little thinner." After the mansion was shut down, Wu Hengcai said, "I saved a little girl from the gang. I was afraid that she would reveal my whereabouts, so I locked her up inside." "You plan to keep her locked up? Don''t suffocate her." Wu Heng said: "There is nothing we can do. She thinks we are human traitors. What if we let her out to reveal the news?" Wen Mansha thought for a moment, "It''s not convenient for you to take her with you. Leave it to me first and arrange a job for her. After you finish there, let her go back." Wu Heng thought about it, but it was also a solution. He opened the [Mansion Technique] again, "Come out!" The little girl walked out cautiously and looked down at her toes. Wen Mansha raised her chin, looked at it and said, "Master said he saved you from a gang. Is that true?" "Please don''t kill me." The girl couldn''t stand the pressure and knelt down and said. "You''re quite obedient." Wen Mansha continued, "How about staying in the city for a few days and letting you go back later?" "Stay, stay for a few days." "That depends on your performance. If you are obedient and smart, you will be able to go back soon." "I''m obedient," the girl said. Wen Mansha nodded, "Harter, arrange a job for her." "Yes, ma''am." The girl was taken down, which solved a problem. "Come on, let''s feed the baby and then go to bed early." The two of them went upstairs together to feed the baby. After feeding the child and handing it over to the skeleton hag, they returned to the room together. bedroom. Moonlight penetrated into the room through the carved window lattice. There is a faint fragrance in the air. Wu Heng lay lazily on the bed, still thinking about the fact that the three zombie-transforming professionals had reached level 19. No wonder Necromancers are suppressed and restricted, some experiments are really abnormal. At this time, the door opened, and Mansha Wen walked in from the bathroom wearing a black suspender nightgown. Her long red hair was wet and hung down to her waist. The skirt hugged her graceful figure. Behind her came Harter, who came in with her. Her hair was **** high, with a few strands of hair hanging down on both sides of her face. She was still wearing her own black-rimmed glasses, her upper body was in black lace underwear, and her **** were half exposed. Wen Mansha walked over, sat down by the bed, combed her wet hair, and said with a smile, "Master, Harter specially prepared this outfit, how about it?" Wu Heng looked at the other party again, "Hatter is interested." "Thank you, sir." (End of chapter) Chapter 819 , it turned out to be her (today Chapter 819, It turned out to be her (todays chapter) Nilali City, wild. The darkness shrouded the surroundings heavily, and the sounds of insects and the roars of wild beasts could be heard from time to time in the jungle. In the abandoned hunter''s wooden house, a dim yellow light stone hung on the roof, barely opening up a halo of light. Around the wooden house, there were several figures sitting. After a simple exchange of information. The man sitting at the door with eyes like a falcon said, "The prince is about to give a speech in the central square. You should know about it, right?" "The speech was chosen at this time, saying that it was to appease the people. In fact, it was to attract the person who secretly killed the officials." The speaker paused and added: "Of course, the prince suspected us." Someone asked: "So, is this speech true or false?" "It''s definitely not the prince himself. He must have arranged it and is waiting to lure out the person in the dark." "It depends on whether the real one will be fooled." "I don''t think he will show up and steal two level 18s silently. How could he not see such a trick?" Several people whispered. The woman opposite said: "The second prince really wants to calm down his subordinates, but not ordinary people, but the dignitaries in the city." As he spoke, he took out a piece of crumpled parchment, lifted it up in the smoke, and landed it on the wooden table in the middle. "This is the list of noble businessmen leaving the city today. He is safe in hiding. Other officials don''t think so. If the speech double is killed, more officials and dignitaries will leave the city, and then the city will be gone. The method works." Several people in the wooden house were stunned, not expecting that she would come up with such a thing. Everyone took turns looking at the list. Someone said, "It''s risky, but I agree with the idea." "You can try it." The rest of the people also spoke one after another, thinking that this matter was feasible. The figure at the door also spoke: "Then prepare. If the time is right, kill this substitute." Everyone nodded. The door opened, several people left the wooden house, and disappeared into the night. The next day, morning. After breakfast, Mansha Wen and Harter went directly to the radio station''s room. Give orders to Luntam City and clean them up secretly according to the list of informants. Cleaning up this time should make Wrentam City peaceful for a while. Wu Heng did not participate in the affairs of Luntam City. Instead, he opened the boundary door in the study and walked in directly. On the other side, there is still the control room. Release the ghost and sit down on the seat in front of the surveillance camera. "Bring out the monitoring of prison cells 202, 203, and 204." The skeleton controlled the surveillance and called out the surveillance in the three prison cells. Within the surveillance system, the three zombies had nothing to do with humans. Their skin was blue-black, like soaked rotten wood, with large pieces peeling off, revealing the dark red texture underneath. Struggling restlessly, trying to get rid of the chains on his body, or roaring at the guarding skeleton. Huh~! Xiaoxiao and Penny flew back from outside. Said: "Uncle, I''m still at level 19. I haven''t improved even after one night." It seems that the two ghosts went together to see the level. "Don''t be in a hurry, feed slowly, and you will reach level 20 sooner or later." Wu Heng said. Being able to break through level 19 in one day is already a good start. As long as you continue to feed corpse cores, it shouldn''t be difficult to reach level 20. Moreover, based on his own guess. Zombies transformed by such professionals are easier to evolve than ordinary zombies. "Oh! Should I choose the name this time?" Xiaoxiao said with a smile. Wu Heng said: "Glenda, one of you." "That''s okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed. Beanie said from the side: "Let''s start with Xiaoxiao, I don''t have a nice name." "The important thing is to participate! It''s so ugly to let uncle take charge of the job by himself. It''s like being number one or number two." Xiaoxiao floated over and said. I went and tried to find a name because I disliked the bad name I gave it. "Then I''ll start thinking about it now so that I won''t be able to figure it out by then." Penny said. Glenda, who was on the side, also looked away from the book and glanced this way. Wu Heng continued, "Xiaoxiao, go and bring the skeleton alchemist over and let him bring the record book." "Oh, okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. I sat in the monitoring room and waited for a while. Xiaoxiao came back through the wall and pointed to the door, "Here we come." Squeak~! The door opened, and the skeleton alchemist walked in with a record book. Standing not far away, he saluted slightly. "Flat body!" Xiao Xiao floated in front and said with his chest raised. Wu Heng glanced at her angrily, and then said to the alchemy skeleton, "Give me a look at the record book." The record book was handed over, and Wu Heng opened it and started reading. The text is written in the language of another world. Even if the record book is lost, it will probably be difficult to decipher in this world. Scroll directly to see today''s latest record. "Basic information on the experimental subject: Laboratory 202. 1. Appearance: The skin is blue-purple, darker than that of ordinary zombies, and the skin is shedding and replacing. Localized areas, such as the elbows, knees and along the spine of the back, are slightly darker in color, appearing as almost black patches. The height increases to 2 meters, the limbs are thick, the muscle outline is obvious, and the muscle tissue is swollen. The outlines of wings of about 5 cm began to appear on the backs of the three experimental subjects, which were close to the wings of the Trichomonas experimental subjects. It is speculated that after the growth is completed, they will have functional organs capable of flying or gliding. Note: In the 203 prison cell experimental subject, new eye contours appeared above the eyebrows of both eyes. The direction of evolution is currently uncertain. 2. Behavioral performance: Irritable, cruel, unable to communicate. 3. Follow-up experimental plan. Virus samples can be prepared in advance and dissected before transformation to study the internal organ structure or medicinal value. " Looking at the experiment records, Wu Heng frowned. All three zombies have grown wings. This should be related to the injected virus. The corpse poison itself was extracted from the body and stored when ''Sparkling'' was still the Corpse King. Twinkle''s characteristics are the appearance of a rhinoceros and the ability to fly. That''s not a bad thing, being able to fly is also a nice advantage. As for the experimental subject in the 203 prison cell, it was written that the eyebrow bone position and the outline of the eyes appeared, which direction the time evolved in. "How was it?" Glenda asked. Wu Heng handed her the experimental record. Glenda and Beni watched it together. Xiaoxiao let her read it. She didn''t understand the words on it. After reading it, return the report to the alchemist. Wu Heng said: "Continue feeding the corpse cores. As for the autopsy, I will arrange for the coroner to come over before they transform to level 20." The skeleton alchemist nodded, saluted again, turned and left. "It seems to be going well," Granda said. "Well, I guess it won''t be long before our strength can be raised to a higher level." Wu Heng nodded. Xiaoxiao asked: "Uncle, how will you explain this kind of flying skeleton to the Holy See when the time comes?" "I have so many level 20 skeletons, do I still need to explain to them?" Wu Heng straightened his clothes. "Hey, uncle is so stupid." "What are you talking about?" Wu Heng continued, "Wait for a while. I''ll ask Li Yahong if there is anything going on here. Let''s go back." The three ghosts nodded and flew aside to chat. Wu Heng took out his satellite phone and dialed Li Yahong''s number. The phone rang twice and was answered. "Hello!" Li Yahong''s voice came over. "It''s me, where am I?" Wu Heng asked directly. Li Yahong said: "It''s at the pharmaceutical factory! Do you need me to go there now?" "No, it''s the same as what I said on the phone. Are there any changes in the base recently?" Wu Heng leaned back and asked casually. In the past few days, they have been investigating the second prince and arresting level 18 professionals, but the base did not pay much attention to it. Now that I have time, I just want to ask about the situation. Li Yahong was silent for a moment, and then said, "There are two main things. One is that Qi Hancai''s Korean base has already conducted grain transactions with several bases in the West. Over in Yangtong City, the main station has sent The talisman book is just not the original, but a copy. If you want the original, you still need to negotiate. " We have been in contact with Western bases for food transactions on the radio before. However, there are still some difficulties in transportation. It has been delayed until now, and it seems that we can come over and trade. I also sent him the talisman books. It''s just a copy, so it''s actually not a big problem. The main thing is to see if there is any knowledge that can be used in it. Photocopies are also available. "It''s okay, just a copy." Wu Heng said. "I will send it to you after it is delivered from Yangtong City." Li Yahong said. "Okay!" Wu Heng then asked, "How about the pharmaceutical factory?" "It''s very good. The output can be guaranteed to be 50,000 tablets per day, and this medicine also has a therapeutic effect on some basic diseases. Everyone calls it the miracle medicine." Li Yahong sounded excited. Read the error-free version at 69 Book Bar! 6=9+Book_Bar debuts this novel. "As long as it works, are there enough raw materials?" "At present, it looks like it can last for about a week, and then it will need to be replenished." "Continue to maintain production, and I will find a way to use the materials." "Understood. When the copy is delivered, I will go find you." Wu Heng smiled, "Okay!" After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng stood up and called the ghost back. Open the gate and return to Thetted Fortress. dinner! Wu Heng sat at the dining table. Wen Mansha took two simple bites, then put down the tableware and said softly: "Master, the messenger arranged is already on the way. We will discuss it here and then we can go to the city where the second prince is. " When the messenger arrives, he probably won''t be able to catch up. After all, I still have to go back and watch the second prince''s speech. "You can make arrangements then." "Okay, and the little girl you gave us yesterday has been arranged to help in the city association. Although she is just a staff member and not a member of the association, she can still get in touch with some professionals and learn to read from her." Wen Mansha said. Since having children, Wen Mansha''s character has become more gentle and kind. We were also arranged to join the local association. "In her eyes, we are human traitors." "It''s all promoted over there. What can a child understand? Slowly he will understand what''s going on." Wen Mansha said with a smile. "You can arrange it. Just don''t cause us any trouble." Wu Heng didn''t want to meddle in these matters. Wen Mansha nodded, "Master, what are the plans for the future?" "I''ll go back and listen to the Second Prince''s speech then. I''ll let you know if there are any changes." Wu Heng also put down his chopsticks. Wen Mansha smiled and nodded, "We can still stay with you for two days." Hartle''s eyes also glanced this way slightly. Spent two days at the Fortress of Seted. Wu Heng put on the [train conductor''s hat], and the ghost train appeared in front of him. "If there is danger, use the ticket to go to Treasure Island. It is important to save your life." Wu Heng told him again. "I know, Master." Wen Mansha said with a smile, then dragged the child in her arms, "Goodbye, daddy." Wu Heng smiled and said, "Goodbye." After saying that, he got on the train and disappeared. Arrive at Nilali City. Transported to an empty private room, waiting for tomorrow''s speech. Nilali City! The high platform built of pure white marble shines with a warm luster in the sun. Not long after, a large group of guards appeared. After ensuring the safety of the scene and surroundings, a blond man wearing a gorgeous golden robe and a jeweled crown appeared below the high platform. A group of bards began to release amplifying magic for him. to amplify images and words. Wait until everything is ready. As the passionate horn blast pierced the sky, the square fell silent for an instant. The second prince in the audience steadily walked to the edge of the high platform, his posture was as tall as a pine tree, his face showed confidence and a smile, and he waved to everyone. Then, under everyone''s gaze. "Looking back at the past, our kingdom has gone through ups and downs, and countless difficulties and obstacles have tried to block our progress..." The second prince stood on the high platform with a smile on his lips and started speaking loudly. Wu Heng was sitting in the private room of the tavern. Use the [Divine Presence] ability to watch the speech in the distance through the skeleton sparrow under the eaves. Knowing that it was a conspiracy, there was no need to take the risk. Not long after, three ghosts flew back, and Wu Heng also released the [God''s Presence] state. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Granda said: "A level 12 professional speaks with great power, and the people are easily inspired to get excited. I''m not sure if he is the second prince." Beni continued, "Judging from the appearance, it matches the description of the prince. But if it is a stand-in, he will definitely look like him or use props to change his appearance." Xiaoxiao frowned, "Is that him?" Wu Heng said: "It must be a substitute who came to give a speech." "Well, that should be the case." Glenda also said. "Let''s take a look at the situation behind first." Wu Heng released [Divine Appearance] again, and his divine consciousness fell on the skeleton sparrow. The three ghosts also passed through the wall and flew into the air to continue watching the lively square. When the speech was over, the second prince walked off the high platform amidst shouts of "Long live the prince and prosperity of the kingdom" and left slowly in a carriage. "Xiao Xiao, stay here to protect me, Glenda and Beni, follow the carriage." Wu Heng explained quickly. "Okay!" Three Ghosts nodded in response. Xiaoxiao stayed by his side, while the other two flew out directly. The meeting began to disperse in the square, and the crowd cheered and walked back. With the addition of various magical effects, the people were also excited and excited, discussing how to clear out the rebels and defeat the undead to regain the land. Wu Heng listened along the window. Boom~! Suddenly, there was a loud shout outside the window. Wu Heng immediately entered into battle preparations, and Xiao Xiao also flew back and said, "Uncle, this is the direction the Second Prince''s motorcade left. Has anyone been fooled?" "I don''t know!" Wu Heng shook his head and looked through the gap in the window in the direction of the explosion. In sight, a burst of smoke has risen. "Want to go over and take a look?" Xiaoxiao continued to ask. "No, it should be the people who attacked the prince''s mansion before. Glenda and Penny are just over there, we don''t need to get involved." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao nodded, still raised to a certain height, and looked in the direction of the rising smoke from a distance. Half an hour later. Glenda flew back. Glenda said: "The carriage was attacked by a group of men in black robes. The substitute is dead, but it seems that he met an acquaintance." "Acquaintance?" Wu Heng frowned and looked at her. "See for yourself." Glenda flew into the body and the scene was shared. In a chaotic battle. The woman in a cloak slowly exhaled a cloud of smoke, turning into a group of running beasts in the air and charging toward the guards. It''s her! A witch from the Divine Punishment Cult. (End of chapter) Chapter 820 , the war is imminent (Today鈥檚 update, d Chapter 820: The war is about to begin (Todays update is full of deletions, deletions, and changes, and Im sweating profusely.) Divine Punishment Witch-Viola! Wu Heng was still very impressed by this witch who could control smoke to fight for herself. When the Pirate King attacked Treasure Island, the witch was the means to hold off Deacon Imiro. Later, the witch and an 18th-level boxer from the Divine Punishment Cult went to the island to try to assassinate her. However, Imiro and the old dean Gianvito plotted to kill the boxer, and the witch escaped. The boxer''s body was transformed by Wu Heng into the current skeleton attendant ''Kaxiu''. In the following time, because he was afraid that the witch would come to retaliate against him, Wu Heng also used the prophet''s detection ability to check her location several times. I didn''t expect to meet you here. The shared screen still continues. There were a total of five men in black robes who assassinated the second prince''s stand-in on the spot, and each of them was of a high level. The city was also a trap set by the second prince. The moment the other prince appeared, the windows along the street opened, and arrows etched with magic were shot out intensively. Explosions, thunder and lightning filled the entire area. Then, there was a battle between level 18 experts, and groups of armies began to appear from the surrounding streets and poured into the fighting area. The sounds of fighting, skills, magic scrolls and other dazzling effects filled the entire street. Boom~! There was another deafening roar. The carriage that the second prince''s substitute was riding in was instantly blown to pieces. Under the broken wooden boards and horse corpses, a corpse wearing a brocade robe could be seen. "Withdraw~!" someone shouted loudly. The surrounding men in black robes immediately dispersed, some jumped over the building, and some rushed directly towards the crowd in the square. People from the kingdom began to chase around, making the scene even more chaotic. In the original fighting area, a large number of corpses of soldiers were left. And the body of a man in black robes. The killer is dead! Under the gaze, a ghost floated out from the body of the man in black robe, quickly disappeared in the chaos, and fled into the distance. Glenda said to Penny: "You go and eat that ghost, and I''ll chase that person." Penny nodded and chased directly in the direction where the ghost escaped. Glenda followed the figure that turned into smoke and chased him all the way outside the city wall. The other party continued to flee deep into the woods, then stopped chasing. He hesitated for a long time while looking at the direction of disappearance, then turned around and flew back. The shared screen ends. Wu Heng released Granda again. Glenda asked: "Is it that woman?" "Judging from the appearance and skills, it should be the witch from before." Wu Heng recalled it in his mind. In the prophet''s induction, when the witch left Treasure Island, she was heading in the direction of the Kingdom of Yeko. It seems that the Divine Punishment Sect has made contact with the Yeke Kingdom a long time ago. Xiaoxiao listened a little confused, "Who is it? How do we know the witch?" Glenda explained on the side, "When your uncle was the deputy deacon, there was a woman who could spit out smoke and turn into a beast." Xiao Xiao''s eyes lit up, "It''s her! Why is she here?" Glenda continued, "She must have accepted the employment of the eldest prince and came here to assassinate the second prince." "Don''t they know it''s fake? Even my uncle can tell." "Since we took action, I probably didn''t find out that it was fake. It''s also possible that I acted according to the order. If I found out, there was nothing I could do." Granda analyzed. Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "It''s okay. It doesn''t matter whether she is here or not. If we meet later, we can solve it together." Glenda smiled and said, "I am becoming more and more confident." "Yes, uncle is more courageous than before." While talking, Penny also flew back from outside. He glanced at one person and two souls, and then said: "Wu Heng, I devoured the ghost of a man in black robes and got some scattered memories. When I came back, I found someone asking about the corpse. It might be a secret cult or two. The people around the prince used teleportation to leave after checking the body." Penny''s tone was a little urgent, and she spoke a long paragraph quickly. Devour the ghost of the man in black robe! From Glenda''s perspective just now, Penny chased the escaping ghost. There is nothing strange about swallowing up ghosts. But when he heard someone asking about the corpse, his expression changed. Are there necromancers here too? Wu Heng said: "Don''t worry, I''ll take a look at the situation." Penny nodded, circled in mid-air, and got directly into her body. The first thing shared was the memory fragments of the level 18 black-robed man. When he was young, the man in black robe was a bandit. He robbed villages and raped women. He was a famous green forest leader. Later, a sect called the ''Tianzhe Sect'' appeared in the village to preach. The bandits attacked and looted at night, but were easily defeated by the Tianzhe Sect. They knelt in front of the strange statue and worshiped. In the days that followed, because of his high talent and cruelty, he gradually became the backbone of the church. After the death of the previous generation of bishops, he became the new bishop. Then, there are some recent scenes that are more profound in my memory. In a gorgeous room. The thick velvet curtains were drawn tightly, completely blocking out the outside light. There was only a faint light, giving the room some brightness. Opposite him, a middle-aged man with short brown hair, thick eyebrows and cold eyes, and a resolute face was sitting on a gorgeous chair. Wearing a purple robe with intricate patterns embroidered with gold thread. "Since you are here, you should have agreed to the conditions I set out." "Your Highness, as long as you keep your promise, I will help you secure this supreme throne." The man in black robe said softly. The man opposite raised his lips slightly and said with a smile: "As long as you do well, the land area of ??Yeke Kingdom will be enough to collect fame for you." The man in black robe stood up slightly and saluted, "Tianzhe Sect will do its best to help His Highness achieve hegemony." "Go down and prepare. You will be stationed in Erjiluo City first and wait for others to come." "yes!" The picture changes again. In the dim wooden house, there were five figures sitting or standing. The woman sitting in the corner took out a piece of wrinkled parchment, placed it on the wooden table in the middle, and said: "This is the list of noble businessmen leaving the city today. If the speech double is killed, then everyone in the city will be free." It''s so dangerous that it''s difficult for the whole city to function normally. The parchment was passed around one by one. After the last person read it, they all agreed with this opinion. The burly man sitting at the door said: "Then prepare yourself, go to the speech in the city, and kill the substitute if you have the chance." Everyone nodded and agreed with this plan. Click~! The last memory image was shattered. Then, the scene of the battlefield was shared. After Penny devoured the escaped ghosts, she returned to the scene of the battle. The guards began to move the corpses and clean up the mess. The body of the man in black robe that was left behind was carried alone to a nearby house. After a while, a hooded figure appeared in front of the body. Penny walked around to the front and took a closer look. Only a pair of eyes were exposed on the entire face, which was completely covered. Judging from the old eyes and wrinkles, he should be an old man. The old man walked up to the corpse and pulled off the other person''s hood, revealing a face with scars. After looking carefully several times, he asked his entourage to guard the door while he took out a magic scroll and tore it open. As the scroll was opened, the rich power of the dead enveloped the body. Then, the corpse suddenly sat up. His cloudy eyes looked at the person using the scroll. Not a necromancer, but an ability unleashed through a skill scroll. It seems that the other party is well prepared. At this time, a deep and old voice sounded from under the hood, "Did the eldest prince arrange for you to come here?" The corpse replied, "Yes." "How many of you are there in total?" The corpse replied, "Five." "Where is your gathering place?" The corpse replied, "In an abandoned hunter''s cabin to the north outside the city." "What are the follow-up plans?" The plans are all short notice and there are no firm plans. One last question. The old man using the scroll was dull for a while and then asked: "Did you do the missing of the previous officials?" "no!" After the corpse answered, he lay back directly. But when he heard these two words, the old man''s eyes suddenly froze. It wasn''t these people who did it. In other words, there are other high-level professionals in the city who are also targeting him. The old man''s eyes changed. He stood there and waited for a while, then moved and came to the body and groped around on it. After taking off all the equipment and space rings, he put them into his own ring. "Come in!" the man shouted toward the door. The attendant guarding the door came in. The man continued to tear open a scroll, and the teleportation circle emerged under his feet, and then disappeared. The shared screen ends. Wu Heng released Beni again. Read the original text in Liu#9@/! Glenda asked: "What information do you have?" Xiaoxiao was on the side, also waiting to hear what happened. Wu Heng told the other two ghosts what he saw. Including the man in black robe from Tianzhe Sect, he reached an agreement with the eldest prince and helped him secure the throne. The corpse was interrogated by a stranger. A total of five people came. The previous gathering place was an abandoned wooden house in the north outside the city. Finished in one breath. Glenda nodded, "It''s a pity that the body was interrogated." Penny frowned and asked: "In the picture, the person called His Highness is at least in his 40s and has brown hair. Why is the hair color different from the second prince and fifth princess?" It was certain that that person was the eldest prince, but his appearance was different from what he imagined. Glenda said: "It''s normal. Maybe he wasn''t born by a woman. There are so many women in Wu Heng, let alone an old king." "Don''t always use me as a comparison." Wu Heng said dissatisfied. Penny smiled, "That''s right, I didn''t think about it." Wu Heng pondered for a moment and then said: "The teleportation scroll was used when they finally left. I''m not sure whether they are in the city anymore." Penny also said, "I hesitated at that time, so I should kill him first." "It''s okay. If we kill him, we may not be able to go in and get the body, but it will easily attract attention." Wu Heng said. "Then what to do next?" Penny then asked. "Don''t worry, let''s see what they do." Ta Ta Ta Ta~! There were heavy footsteps outside the window. On the first floor of the tavern, there were also sounds of knocking and searching. Wu Heng glanced down the window, and then said: "Let''s go back, let''s go back first and come back when the time comes." Zombie world. After walking out of the boundary gate, it is still the control room. Wu Heng sat down at the table and his eyes fell on the A4 bound books on the table. The outermost cover reads "Secret Book". Li Yahong''s efficiency is quite high, and the talisman books have been delivered. Three Ghosts also looked over, "Uncle, what is this?" "The books on Fu Lu were borrowed from the main office before and were sent here this time." Wu Heng said casually. "Can it be useful?" Xiaoxiao then asked. "I don''t know, just take a look." Wu Heng continued, "Go and see if those three zombies have been upgraded?" "Oh, okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Glenda and Penny were curiously floating on his shoulders, looking at the books in their hands together. Turn to the first page, and on the right is the style of the talisman. On the left are instructions and uses. It still looks a bit like a fantasy picture book, with words such as Jade Emperor''s Gift and Taoist Yuanjun appearing in the text. Somewhat lofty. In this world, the Jade Emperor should be on the same level as gods from other worlds. I dont know who is stronger in a fight. "How to use it?" Glenda asked. "We may not be able to figure it out through research, so we''ll ask the formation master to take a look at it." Wu Heng glanced at it, but couldn''t see anything, so he just put it away. Xiaoxiao also flew away from outside, "Uncle, it''s still level 19, nothing has changed." "The upgrade has become slower." "Yeah!" Three Ghosts nodded. dusk. In the middle of a collapsed wall in the wild, four figures in black robes looked gloomy. "If we kill such a substitute, one of us will die." No one died during the attack on the prince''s mansion, but one person died after killing a stand-in. For the dead companions, a few people did not feel any regret in their hearts. After all, they were all recruited from some sects. They did not know each other before and had no feelings at all. But the death of one person also caused losses to the strength of the entire team. "Don''t blame others for your death. If you want to blame, blame your own lack of strength." One person said coldly. "I''m not pitying him, but I''m afraid that it will delay our later plans. Maybe a substitute will appear tomorrow. How many of us can die?" The strong man at the door said directly: "We know that the person who died is the substitute, but other people in the city don''t know. There will be chaos for a while. Let''s not take action for the next few days. Your Highness will call in support, and then we can go further." Intend." The others narrowed their eyes slightly and looked this way. After pondering for a while, someone said, "Okay, no objections." "Then let''s wait for news from His Highness." The strong man also said, "Recuperate first to prevent any danger." Three days later. Wu Heng returned to the private room of the tavern. Let Ghost go out and take a look, and the entire tavern is closed. Wu Heng put the soundproof pot away, took out the radio and started to contact Wen Mansha. "Mansha Wen, how are you doing there?" Soon, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, the arranged messenger has already set off and will take the train to the city where the second prince is." "Okay, the second prince may also arrange assassins and the like, so be careful over there." Wu Heng warned. "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng told what the other party did yesterday when he asked the corpse and found out that the official you were missing was not the eldest prince. Wen Mansha also understood the meaning, "Okay, I will arrange it." After saying a few words in a hurry, he hung up the communication. Sit for a while during the holiday. Penny flew back from outside and said, "We found the wooden house to the north. There is nothing left inside." Wu Heng nodded, "They are so cautious in doing things, so it''s normal that they didn''t leave anything behind." Then, Glenda also flew back from outside and said: "The prince''s mansion is empty. From the outside, it is still guarded by guards, but all the level 18 professionals inside have left. It is almost like an empty city." Now that things have developed to the current point, the prince''s mansion no longer means much. It is normal for the high-level people inside to evacuate. Wu Heng frowned and thought for a moment. It''s empty inside. Can we go and see if there are any clues? After all, it is the prince''s palace. It used to be the place where the prince lived, but later it was made into a trap. "Let''s go and take a look at the mansion." Wu Heng stood up. The ghost also looked over. In a village. Three men and one woman appeared at the entrance of the village. Stepping into the village, two figures walked over. There was no politeness to each other, and a copper-green oil lamp was sent over. He said: "The strange object will consume the user''s energy and blood. This is his hair. If you throw it into the oil lamp within a certain range, it will help you find the target." (End of chapter) Chapter 821 , the second prince ran away (Update tod Chapter 821, the second prince escaped (first update today.) Inside the prince''s residence. The magic circle appeared, and Wu Heng''s figure also appeared in the room. He looked around, the doors and windows were closed, and the room was unusually stuffy. Perception spreads out in all directions. The adjacent room was silent, and even outside, there was no sign of anyone''s presence. After standing there and waiting for a while, three ghosts flew over. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, let me check for you. The guards are all on the other side of the wall, and their levels have been changed to people around level 5." "Well, let''s search here to see if there are any clues." Wu Heng said directly. The three ghosts went to different rooms and began to search for evidence that might be related to the second prince. Wu Heng walked into the bedroom nearby. Opening the closet and looking at the neatly stacked clothes inside, he raised his eyebrows slightly. It seems that there were people living here before, and it was later used as a trap to attract enemies. I randomly found two pieces and took out the [Tracking Pendant] from the space ring. Blood dripped on the pendant, and the originally cold and dead skull came to life, grinding its teeth. Bringing the clothes he took out closer, the skull bit the edge and started chewing. After chewing it twice, it immediately became unresponsive and returned to the state of a dead thing. This also proves that the clothing cannot track the target. "Wu Heng, try these two." Penny came from one side and controlled the handkerchief and the belt hanging with rubies. Wu Heng dripped blood and approached the skull. No response from either piece. Xiaoxiao controlled two beautifully carved ornaments and flew over, "Uncle, put this away, I like it." Then, Penny controlled several items to fly over. Wu Heng helped her put the space ring away, and then said: "Xiao Xiao, be serious, Beni, don''t take them all. Rare objects come with a price. I''m almost anemic." Penny shrugged, saying that this was the only way to find it. Then, various items were tested again. "Wu Heng, I found a secret room outside with a ghost trapped inside." Glenda flew back and said directly. Secret room? ghost? "Why are you trapped?" "The Necromantic Array is in the building outside." Granda said. Wu Heng kicked aside the things piled up in front of him and said, "Let me take a look at the place." Glenda got into the body and shared the secret room she discovered. Wu Heng released [Teleportation Technique] and his figure disappeared. West of the city. In a residential house. Four figures stood in front of the window, looking out through the gap in the window. The leader had a stern gaze, holding a lantern with red flames in his hand, and the lanterns in the lantern were facing toward the window as if they were being pulled. It was a residential area for wealthy people, with several mansions in a row. Originally they had also checked here, but now they saw secret sentries and frequently patrolling guards, and the second prince should be hiding here. "Let''s investigate." The leading man turned around and said. A person behind him took out a wooden stick covered with feathers and shook it gently. A spiritual owl appeared out of thin air, then disappeared and flew out. Not long after, the owl flew back and landed on the table, forming a clearly drawn map on which the guards and equipment could be seen. The four of them looked at each other for a few times. The leading man said: "Before the army and high-level professionals arrive, kill the target, and then retreat according to their own abilities." "Understood!" The others nodded. "Let''s go. If you can come back alive, I''ll treat you to a drink." No one spoke. The door opened, and several people pushed it open and walked out. The person in the middle holds a lamp and looks in the direction pointed by the flame, while the others keep a certain distance and protect the surroundings. "Who?" As soon as he crossed the street, a guard immediately noticed him and shouted. The two people walking in the front raised their hands, and the flying knives and darts shot out with a whistling sound, accurately hitting the throats of several guards. The guard didn''t even have time to say a second sentence before he fell to the ground. Then, three giant wolves formed from smoke suddenly appeared, roaring and rushing into the alley on one side. Screams and wails sounded, and the whistle was cleared. The man holding the lantern stopped and looked in the direction the flames were pointing, "He is here, go in." The lantern was put away. There was a long sword in his hand, and with a loud shout, he and the remaining three people climbed up the wall, jumped into the building, and started fighting. Corpses fell one after another, and blood flowed on the ground, gathering into dark red streams. Swish swish~! Several flares screamed into the sky, and then exploded suddenly. The whole city also seemed to be boiling, and troops stationed everywhere gathered here. "Fight in, don''t delay." The two-handed sword warrior roared, split the guard in front of him in half with his long sword, smashed through the building door, and rushed in. Just stepped into the building. Swish swish~! Face to face were countless crossbow arrows, which were fired densely. The warrior''s long sword was instantly blocked in front of him. Boom boom boom~! The arrow exploded, and the body flew backwards in the explosion. Then, smoke poured into the room from the window and turned into pythons with thick arms, biting the crossbowman''s neck. In an instant, the battlefield shifted from the courtyard to the building. The dark basement was filled with the smell of decay and dampness. Wu Heng took out his flashlight and walked down the stone steps. Going down the steps, you can see the ferocious ghost looming in the center of the dark circle in the open space in front of you, struggling constantly. It looks like misty smoke, and the outline of a human figure can be seen, but there are no facial features. This means that the ghost form is just a mindless ghost that only retains resentment and is constantly colliding with the magic circle that traps it. It collapsed again and again in the collision, and reunited again and again. "Level 5 ghosts, I don''t know if they are naturally formed, trapped here, or artificially cultivated." Glenda explained at the side. Ghosts can be cultivated. When we were on Treasure Island, the ghost babies in Mining Village were ghosts cultivated through magic circles and dark environments. Wu Heng looked around and said: "There are only trapped magic formations, but no formations that condense the power of the dead. If they were cultivated, they shouldn''t be here." In this regard, Wu Heng believes that he is relatively authoritative. Glenda asked: "What should I do?" Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "Let it out, Glenda, just devour it and see if you can receive any memories." "Okay." Glenda nodded. Wu Heng waved his hand casually, and the majestic power of the undead instantly dispersed the formation in front. The ghost broke free from the restraints, roared ferociously, and rushed forward. Glenda directly faced him, wrapping his soul around him and devouring him completely in less than a minute. He regained his original soul body and said: "There are some memories, including the second prince. The ghost is trapped here. It should be driven by resentment and comes to avenge the second prince who was killed." Is it related to the second prince? It seems that even the ghost wants to kill him. "Let me check the situation." Wu Heng said. Glenda nodded and got directly into her body, memory fragments appearing in her mind. At dusk, the setting sun dyes the sky red. Wu Heng saw the sumptuous food in front of him, a gentle woman next to him, and opposite him were a young man with brown hair, a blond woman, and a young child. At the dinner table, we talked about recent events in the city and the recent unstable situation in the kingdom. It seems that the ghost''s origin is unusual. "Father, Bock has loved reading books since he was a child. I want to send him to the royal capital to see if he has talent as a mage, so as not to miss out on his current age." At this time, the young man opposite said and touched the head of the child next to him. Read the original text in Liu#9@/! From the perspective of the ghost, he smiled and said, "Well, I have some friendship with the mage in the palace. When the time comes, you can bring my letter over and ask him to help see if he has any talent. If he really has this talent, our family can also come up with it. A master mage. "Thank you, father." The man thanked him with a smile. The child also came over and hugged his arm to express his gratitude. Then, the picture shattered. Soon it was night. There was a heavy knock on the door, and a guard in light armor said in a hurry: "Sir, the second prince led the guards into the city late at night and is already on the way here." The man was startled, "Let the guards be ready." "Yes!" The guard left. In the hall. The second prince, who looked a little embarrassed, appeared in the hall with his guards. "Your Highness? I didn''t know that Your Highness was in the city. Please forgive me." "Lord Burns, there is no need to be polite." The second prince sat down naturally and continued, "Luntam City attacked the border, and the undead soldiers massacred the people of the kingdom. I need you to organize troops immediately." City Lord! Wu Heng was a little surprised when he heard the conversation between the two. The ghost that was just swallowed was actually the lord of this city. this. The city lord hesitated for a long time, frowned and asked: "Nilali City is naturally willing to send troops to protect the kingdom''s territory, but... why did Luntam City suddenly attack here?" A person beside the second prince said: "Lord Burns, would it be more appropriate to hand over the command of the city to His Highness?" "This is not in keeping with the laws of the Kingdom." The words just left his mouth. Suddenly, I saw several people beside the second prince, rushing to protect them. Poof~poof! The long sword pierced his body, and all the guards around him were killed in the blink of an eye, falling into a pool of blood. "What do you mean? You want to seize power." The city lord shouted in panic. The second prince closed his eyes, and the person next to him directly ordered, "Kill them all, and don''t let the news spread." More and more people rushed in and massacred everyone in the city lord''s mansion. "Father, this is..." The young man from the second floor walked down with his female family members. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! The armed team rushed up the stairs, and there was a round of fighting. The women and children were hacked to death, and the young man''s body was penetrated by a spear and nailed to the wall behind. Huh~! The scene ends and the memory is shattered. Glenda also broke away from her body and said: "The legendary second prince who loves literature and art is also very decisive and cruel in his actions." The reason why the ghost is here is to seek revenge on the second prince. The whole family was killed by the second prince and others. "The conversation in my memory shows that the second prince was forced back by the Luntam City army. Maybe he was really desperate and had no other choice," Wu Heng said. Glenda nodded in agreement. Beini and Xiaoxiao looked over in confusion, "What''s wrong? What did you see in your memory?" "The ghost just now was the city lord here, and he was killed by the second prince." Glenda explained. Xiaoxiao''s eyes widened, "Kill all your own people." Glenda explained, "The kingdom is divided into parties, which is different from the Treasure Island managed by your uncle." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao glanced at the place where the ghost was trapped before, and said solemnly: "Don''t worry, we will avenge you." Wu Heng and Glenda also smiled when they saw Xiao Xiao''s confident look. After Xiao Xiao finished his novel, he turned back to look at Wu Heng, "That''s right, uncle!" "If you agree, then we will repay it for him." The ghost matter was resolved, but there was still no information about the second prince. It''s still a pity. "Let''s go back, let''s search again." Wu Heng walked up again. Just close to the entrance. I heard a loud and rapid sound coming from above. It seemed like a large number of troops were gathering outside and passing by. Wu Heng stopped and asked, "Look what''s going on outside?" Ghost flew out, took a look, and came back and said: "The army is gathering to the west of the city, and all the high-level professionals in the team have been mobilized." Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, "Those people have found the second prince." "Probably." Glenda nodded in agreement. When no one was outside, Wu Heng walked out of the basement. Follow the street in the direction where the army is gathering. At this time, the city was already in chaos, with crowds gathering in panic and troops quickly running and gathering everywhere. Wu Heng walked forward quickly, with constant reminders in his ears to avoid encountering the assembled army. "In the west area of ??the city, the army is gathering there, and you can see several high-level professionals fighting there." Granda flew back and said. "How many are level 18? Have you seen the second prince?" Wu Heng asked as he walked. "At least four or more. I''m not sure if there are any inside the building. I haven''t seen any trace of the second prince, but attacking like this should confirm that he is inside." Granda said firmly. In the memory of swallowing the ghost of the black-robed killer, the last time he acted, he knew that the other party was a substitute. But in order to suppress the morale of the army in the city, he still chose to take action and kill the double. In the days after the incident, the city was indeed in chaos for a period of time, and many officials sent their family members to leave the city. This time, if we take action directly, we must have determined the location of the target. Woohoo~! A horn sounded from behind. Wu Heng retreated into a side alley and saw a group of elite cavalry galloping quickly through the street. The war horses are armored and have scimitars hanging from their waists. In front of the other side, there were shield-wielding infantrymen, running forward quickly, also rushing to the residential area where the battle was taking place. Glenda said: "Before the army gathers, we cannot kill the second prince. They will have to kill a few more people." "It depends on who is faster." Wu Heng said. Glenda looked at the distance again, "Isn''t it a bit dangerous for you to go over now? It''s better to wait until they finish fighting and find the second prince. Penny and I will go over and kill him!" Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, this was indeed a method. While talking, Penny also flew back from a distance. He said directly: "Wu Heng, the second prince used the ticket to escape." (End of chapter) Chapter 822 , kill the second prince (First update, Chapter 822, Killing the Second Prince (First update, I will correct the typo tomorrow, my back hurts.) Used the ticket to escape? Wu Heng and Glenda both frowned. I was still discussing whether to get involved at this time, but now I received the news that the second prince escaped on the ghost train. So decisive? No wonder it''s so hard to catch. Glenda asked: "The troops are gathering over there, why are they still running away?" Along the way, cavalry and infantry gathered in groups over there. You shouldnt just run away! Beni said: "The targets of those killers were very clear. They should have some directional props. They had already entered the building. Maybe because they felt that they could not stop those people, the second prince took a few old men and ran away on the train." That''s right. The army and the second prince are two different things. Staying at the scene will only increase the risk. Leaving there as soon as possible is the right choice. Wu Heng asked: "How many people got on the bus?" Penny recalled for a moment and said: "Four, the levels are not high, and they don''t seem to be good at fighting." Wu Heng nodded and said, "Call Xiaoxiao, we are leaving the city." Penny flew up into the sky and called back Xiaoxiao who was observing the surroundings. Wu Heng turned around and left. Xiao Xiao floated to one side and asked, "Uncle, aren''t we going to watch the fun? There''s smoke over there." "The second prince ran away on the train. Let''s catch him first. The others are not important." Wu Heng said as he walked. "Oh, he ran away. It''s so embarrassing." Xiaoxiao muttered to the side. While talking, a patrol team walked by and looked into the alley. "You, stand there!" Wu Heng stopped and took a look, and a small voice came to his ears, "Uncle, the highest level is level 7." "Is something wrong?" Wu Heng looked at the patrol team that suddenly appeared. The captain of the guard staggered over and said coldly, "How did you come from that direction?" Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, "I''m planning to go home!" "Go home? I take it you are not from the city..." The team member stepped forward and glanced up and down. "I''m really just going home, please don''t embarrass me, adults." Wu Heng said directly. "Hmph!" The captain snorted coldly and said behind him: "Search yourself to see if there are any weapons." The team members behind him immediately understood and walked towards Wu Heng with a smile. Hey~! Wu Heng sighed and said directly: "Do it." Click it~ click it! The necks of the team members who came over were broken one after another. The captain of the guard standing behind also opened his eyes wide with fear. Several of his team members died right in front of their eyes. It''s over, the real owner has been found. He turned around and wanted to run back, but found that his body was out of control and he was frozen in place. "No, sir, I don''t know anything. You go and do your business." The captain''s eyes were panicked, and big beads of sweat appeared on his forehead. Wu Heng said: "Stop making trouble, there are still business matters." Business? Talk to yourself? The captain''s eyes flashed with confusion, and the next second he felt a huge force coming from his neck. He turned his eyes around and looked forward again. The body fell down, and Wu Heng took out a few straw mats from the space ring, rolled up the body, and put it away. These corpses were not of high grade, but leaving traces behind would leave traces behind, so it would be safer to take them away. So as not to interfere with subsequent actions. In fact, I don''t want to conflict with these low-level people. But there is no time to spend with them, so they can only be considered unlucky. Let the ghost look around again. Release [Teleportation], teleport directly out of the city, and find a deserted wilderness. Wu Heng took out a rifle, checked the bullets, and said to the ghost: "You guys come back first, let''s get ready to get in the car." The three ghosts crawled directly back into the body. Wu Heng took out the [train conductor''s hat] and put it on his head. The next second the whistle sounded and the ghost train appeared out of thin air. On the train. There was chaos outside the window, blurring into a blur. In the simple carriage, the lights were dimly cast, reflecting four nervous and frightened faces. The four of them sat around a simple table with a pen and a piece of paper on the table. The ghost train blocks all senses except sight, so paper and pen become the only way to communicate. One of them, with beads of sweat still dripping from his forehead, took the lead in picking up a pen and quickly wrote on the paper, "How did they find out the location?" Another person took the pen and paper and wrote, "What kind of rare objects or special professional abilities should be used? There is absolutely no problem with our confidentiality work. As long as His Highness the Prince is not in danger, we will not be considered a failure. It will be fine!" The old man sitting in the corner took a handkerchief and gently wiped away the sweat. Without any sense, he wiped it casually and wrote, "When we go back this time, we have to make new arrangements. This will never happen again." The blond second prince turned the paper over and wrote: "There is news that a messenger has been sent to Luntam City. He will arrive in the next two days. We still have to consider occupying it to increase the number of people with Dita. Leo''s bargaining chip." "The main power in Luntam City comes from the owner of Treasure Island. He is growing very fast and is supported by the association. He will also be our resistance in the future." "I suspect that he was responsible for the previous disappearances of officials." "It''s impossible. He doesn''t have a ghost train. It''s not easy to get here from Treasure Island." "Last time there was news that the Holy See and Treasure Island have some differences. We can arrange something for the Holy See to target the skeletons in Luntam City. We just need to concentrate on dealing with the female city lord and find a way to control the city. " "Will involving the Holy See affect our plan?" "These are just preliminary ideas. We will discuss it carefully after it is safe." The paper kept turning, and words were written down one after another. Also determine the general direction behind. As the train left, the anxiety and vigilance eased slightly. The person who attacked the mansion this time also gave them a warning. They should pay more attention in the future and choose a safer place. Paper passed. The four of them stopped writing and waited to reach a safe destination. Huh~! Suddenly, light came from the dim and chaotic window. The four of them opened their eyes and looked outside with some confusion. Even if most of the perception was blocked in the car, it would not be possible to get there so quickly. The train shook slightly. Then, the door of the carriage opened and a figure walked in. Looking at each other, they were all stunned. The car door closed again, and it entered the void again, continuing to move in an unknown direction. The two sides just stood erect on the spot. Looking at each other, the four people opposite had doubts, surprise, and disbelief in their eyes. Can anyone still ride the train? Look at the other person''s appearance carefully. Fortunately, it seems that they are not the ones who just attacked the mansion. wrong! Black hair, black eyes, the associations ink scale leather armor! The owner of Treasure Island? Damn it! How come he is here and why does he have a ticket? Could it be that the official who disappeared in the city some time ago was really his doing? How is it possible. Thoughts appeared in my mind one after another, making me feel more panic and fear. Wu Heng was not wearing a mask. Wearing the association''s ink-scale leather armor, he held a rifle in his hand. He also looked at the four people opposite. Three of them were gorgeously dressed and looked like wealthy businessmen. Judging from the appearance, the other one was the second prince himself. After all, there were rumors about the second prince''s appearance, and he had seen the double, so he could be recognized at a glance. The four people on the opposite side exchanged quick glances, and then each pulled out the weapons at their waists. The mouth is open as if roaring loudly. But no sound came out. Before the others could make any move, Wu Heng raised the rifle in his hand and aimed it forward. Without the physical touch, he was not sure whether he could pull the trigger accurately, so it was better to play it safe. He opened the safety and pulled the trigger one after another. The bullet silently shot out of the barrel and flew forward. Under the horrified gazes of several people on the opposite side. It hit the forehead and chest respectively, and came out through the body. There were no senses on the train, so they couldn''t feel pain. Several people''s expressions showed confusion, and then their bodies slowly fell down. The second prince was hit in the chest. He did not die directly. Instead, he crawled to the table beside him and reached out to grab something on it. Wu Heng walked over, put his gun to his back and fired three times. The second prince collapsed completely and did not get up again. After everyone in the carriage died, Wu Heng picked up the paper on the table and looked at it. It seemed that he was communicating in this way before he came up. When they saw that it said "use the Holy See to deal with skeletons" and they concentrated on dealing with Wen Mansha, they still raised their eyebrows. It seems that I came to the right place this time. Unless these people die, things in Luntam City will never end. Moreover, it can also be seen that the second prince is unable to confront the eldest prince head-on, and can barely resist the assassination arranged by the other party. He continued to pick up the pen and looked at it. It was an ordinary pen produced on Treasure Island. This guy actually got a pen too. Read the original text in Liu#9@/! He casually put the two items directly into his pocket. The train is still running. Wu Heng walked to the car door and looked at the itinerary above. Destination: Sid City. Never heard of it. But it should be a city within the Kingdom of Yeko. Wu Heng returned to his seat, stepped over the body and sat down on the seat. He waited for the train to arrive and began to ponder the issues behind it. The second prince was killed, and the purpose of the trip had been achieved. If I had known that I would kill him in the ghost car, I would not have bothered to investigate before, and even arranged for a messenger to come all the way. But here''s the thing, no one can tell which way it will happen. Now that the second prince is dead, it''s time to consider what to do next. The city controlled by the second prince is the largest resource at the moment. A large-scale attack would still draw the attention of the Holy See, but if left unchecked, the eldest prince would soon take it back. At that time, Luntam City will still face the new opponent of the Great Prince. As I thought before, no matter who takes the throne in the end, he will find a way to take back the land previously occupied by Luntam City, and he will do so well. Disguising yourself as the second prince? You can try this method. But I dont know much about the second princes past, and its easy for him to reveal his secrets. Moreover, I can''t stay here for a long time. After all, I still have to return to Treasure Island. How can the entire territory be transferred to Wen Mansha naturally, or a new person be arranged to manage it? I dont know how much time passed. The empty scene outside the window began to include mountains, forests and dirt roads. The train also slowly stopped. There was a crash. The car door opens. Hearing and touch restored. Weve arrived! Wu Heng looked at the time and saw that almost half an hour had passed. The distance should be to a nearby Lincheng. Dragging two corpses with one hand, they got off the train directly. The car door closed again and disappeared. In front of them was a woodland, and looking into the distance, one could see the outline of the city. Wu Heng released the three ghosts. The three ghosts were floating in the air, staring at the four corpses in front of them with wide eyes. "Just kill him like that?" Glenda asked. "I''m also afraid that they might use some props or strange objects, so it''s better to be careful," Wu Heng said. One is a prince, and the remaining three are also members of the secret order. Wu Heng would not be surprised if he could take out any weird props or weapons in his hands. On the train, the ghost couldn''t be released, and the skeleton was not there. As a fragile mage, it was better to be careful. "It''s better to die, so as to avoid any accidents." Glenda said. Xiaoxiao urged from the side, "Uncle, look at what good things he has. Prince, there should be a lot of good things in him." Wu Heng walked over and started groping around the body. The weapons and armor of the four people, gorgeous brooches, gold and silver jewelry, and four space rings. Wu Heng first put the space rings of the three secret cults on his hands respectively, and took out the items inside. Wu Heng continued to wear the space rings of the three secret cult members on his hands. Bags of gold and silver coins, credentials of the consortium, shop deeds, magic scrolls, protective props, and gold rings representing the identity of the secret order. The seven bags of gold coins in front of him, plus the shops and house deeds in various places, are a huge amount of money. The people in the Secret Order are indeed gold coin babies. Killing one will yield a lot of gold coins. I took a casual look and put these things aside. Then he picked up the second prince''s space ring and put it on. Gorgeous clothes, exquisite jewelry hangings, money bags, magic scrolls, and many documents and information. I took them out one by one and finally selected three items. [Human Bone Nail (Wonderful Object)] [Effect: Extract the remaining soul of the corpse. [Side Effect: One''s own soul is affected. (Description: A bone filled with ominous power. Nailing it into the forehead of a corpse can extract the remaining soul of the corpse.) From the appearance, this strange object is a finger bone. I dont know which ruthless persons fingers turned into strange objects after he died. The surface is dry and yellow, and it is as straight as a nail. "Finger?" Glenda floated closer, and the other two ghosts also looked over curiously. Xiaoxiao stepped back and said, "It''s so disgusting." Wu Heng explained, "It''s called a human bone nail. It''s a strange object that can be pierced between the eyebrows of a corpse to extract the remaining soul." Xiaoxiao said: "It doesn''t seem to be of any use. We have the soul-stirring jade." The function of human bone nails is the same as that of soul-stirring jade. The difference is that the effect of the soul-absorbing jade is to extract the remaining souls in pieces, and the side effect is the sacrifice, that is, the "person" who is extracted. Wu Heng used the soul-stirring jade to extract the remaining souls from zombies, and it was very useful. As for this human bone nail, it needs to be driven into the forehead of the corpse. It must be extracted one by one, and the efficiency must be slower. The side effect is still impacting the user''s soul. There are still serious side effects. In comparison, it is far worse than the soul-stirring jade. "It is indeed not as useful as our jade." Wu Heng said. Glenda thought for a moment and said: "In the basement, we saw the imprisoned ghost. Was it extracted with this?" Wu Heng was stunned and thought of the ghost of the local city lord. There is no relevant memory in the memory fragments, and I am not sure if it has anything to do with this. "Not sure." Wu Heng shook his head. Penny looked at the corpse and asked curiously: "What does he, a prince, do by studying ghosts?" "I don''t know." They all shook their heads. Unable to figure it out, Wu Heng continued to look at the next prop. [Saydus Honor (Wonderful Object)] [Effect: Attacks all carry sacred damage, and words are more influential. [Side Effect: Piety that wont fade away. (Description: The glory of a hero brings you supreme glory.) This is a pendant, engraved with common patterns of the Holy See. The name Seydu is a hero of the Holy See. The one who monitors the eldest prince in the royal capital. And his rare items? How could it appear in the second prince? Wu Heng glanced aside. Sanhun''s attention was not focused on him, and he began to classify the scrolls and props on the side. Continue to look at the last strange object. [Ghost Train Ticket Vending Machine (Wonderful Object)] (End of chapter) Chapter 823 , doesn鈥檛 he like men? Chapter 823, Doesnt he like men? Ghost ticket machine. Sure enough, there is such a thing. I have lived in a different world for a while, but I have never seen how train tickets come out. The last time he took the Yeko Kingdom train, Slater gave him the ticket directly. The ghost train ticket machine in front of me is more like an old typewriter dug out from an abandoned corner. The fuselage is a thick military green, with friction and bumps on the surface and corners, and some internal parts are covered in rust. Below is the typing area, with a row of round keycaps neatly arranged and a slender slider on one side of the fuselage. Wu Heng watched carefully, and the attributes of the ticket vending machine were also displayed. [Ghost Train Ticket Vending Machine (Wonderful Object)] [Effect: Print the ticket. [Side Effect: Sacrifice the soul. (Description: A long-standing ticket vending machine with a special function. If you are willing to sacrifice your soul, you can start a special journey.) Look at the properties. Wu Heng''s brows wrinkled again. The side effect is to sacrifice the soul... which is a bit too costly. But then I thought about it. He immediately realized that something was wrong. It was impossible for the second prince to sacrifice his own soul. The soul would be injured, which could cause him to become stupid at the least, or lead to the collapse of his soul in severe cases. The second prince himself is not of a high level, and his soul strength is even less likely to withstand the side effects of strange objects. Coupled with the fact that among the three strange objects, the human bone nails were the first to be seen, everything can be explained clearly. The effect of human bone nails is to absorb the remaining souls. He should also be using this strange object to exchange tickets with the ticket vending machine. As for the ghosts trapped in the basement, there may be some things they don''t understand. The three little ghosts picked through some other things and each chose something they liked. After all, it belongs to the prince, and even ordinary items that are of no use are still very gorgeous in style. After carving up the dirt. The three ghosts flew back and gathered around to look at the strange objects. "Uncle, are there any other special items?" Xiaoxiao asked directly. Wu Heng said: "There are two more. This is the pendant of the Holy See. It can bring sacred damage during fights and make words more influential, but the side effect is piety that will not fade away." He looked at the pendant again and explained the information. "What is piety?" Xiaoxiao''s eyes widened. Penny also looked over, waiting for his answer. "It means that they are very respectful and sincere. Being placed in the Holy See means that they recognize their beliefs." Wu Heng thought for a moment and explained. "Oh, what does this sentence mean?" Wu Heng scratched his head, "It should be said that when you use this strange object, you will become more and more reverent and obedient." "Brainwashing?" "It can be understood this way, and it is difficult to correct it." Wu Heng agreed with this conclusion. "Where''s that! The keyboard?" Xiaoxiao pointed to the ticket vending machine again. Wu Heng brought the ticket vending machine in front of him and said solemnly: "This is the ticket vending machine we have been looking for." The three ghosts looked at the machine in surprise. Glenda suddenly realized, "It''s really in his hands." "The ticket sales captain is like this. It''s so ugly." Xiaoxiao looked at it twice and felt a little disgusted. Penny smiled and asked: "Can it really produce a ticket?" "It can be produced!" Wu Heng continued to introduce, "The function is to sacrifice souls and produce tickets." As soon as the words were spoken, Glenda and Beni both stepped back half a meter, a beat too slow in hindsight. The three ghosts all looked at the ticket vending machine in front of them warily. Rare objects in this world are relatively special props. Some rare objects with strong side effects may even be sealed away. When it comes to sacrificing souls, the three ghosts are afraid that it will affect them. Wu Heng looked at the three souls and said: "It needs to be used to be effective. Otherwise, whoever sees him dies, the second prince will also be dead long ago." The three ghosts felt right and flew back again. Xiaoxiao asked: "Are those tickets exchanged for ghosts?" Wu Heng nodded, "The last human bone nail should be the method for the second prince to absorb the soul. I just don''t know that the remnant soul has the same effect as the normal soul body!" Glenda raised her eyebrows and said, "If the effect is the same, Zombie World can produce tickets at will." "I thought so too." After viewing all the rare objects and trophies, Wu Heng put them all into the space ring. Glenda floated aside, watching him put away the trophies, and asked casually: "What should we do next? The second prince is dead, what else should we do?" Wu Heng glanced at the city in the distance and said, "Xiao Xiao stays with me, Glenda and Beni go to that city to investigate. The second prince coming here should also be a place of refuge." "Okay!" Glenda and Penny nodded and flew directly into the distance. Xiaoxiao floated in the air and said: "Uncle, I think we should go to the second prince''s residence to have a look. There must be a lot of good things there." "We''re just trying to assassinate people, and if we still go to get things, we''re just throwing ourselves into a trap." "That''s right." Xiaoxiao said, and then said happily, "That''s enough anyway. I will give it to my mother when I get back. She must have never seen these things." "Xiao Xiao is such a good boy." "hey-hey!" Wu Heng continued to take out the straw mat, wrapped all the corpses, and put them into the space ring. He sat on a rock and thought for a while, then took out the portable radio and started assembling it. After the connection was established, he said into the microphone: "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" After three or two minutes, Mansha Wen''s voice came from the other side, "Master, I''m here!" "How are you doing there?" The person on the other side paused for a moment, with some confusion in his tone, "Did something happen over there, Master? We just spoke in the morning." If it weren''t for this kind of prop, no one else would know how to use it, and they were familiar with Wu Heng''s tone and rhythm of speaking. Otherwise, you would suspect that someone on the other side was pretending to be talking to you. Wu Heng immediately said: "It''s a bit chaotic here, let me ask you about the situation there." Riding a ghost train always gives people a sense of time chaos. I did contact Wen Mansha in the morning and talked about the messenger. "Everything is normal here. Master, please be careful outside. If there is any danger, come back first. There is no rush in this matter." Wen Mansha said in a serious tone. "It''s okay, the second prince has been killed by me." Wu Heng said. Read the original text in Liu#9@/! The other side fell into silence again. After a while, Wen Mansha''s slightly skeptical voice came, "Really?" We were still discussing in the morning whether the messenger could lead the second prince out. Now the second prince has been killed? A prince of a kingdom. There are so many high-level professionals around me and absolute protection. He really died in the hands of his master alone. This... is really surprising. "The body is under the feet." Wu Heng said. "Uh..." Suddenly, Wen Mansha didn''t know what to say. It seems that he still underestimated his master''s strength. What kind of luck did I have back then? In a poor place like Luntam City, he found such a master. "What plans does Master have next? I will try my best to cooperate with you." Wen Mansha suppressed her excitement and said immediately. Wu Heng said: "The second prince is dead, but there is still no way to resolve the war between the two parties. Is there any gentler way to transfer the rights of the second prince to you?" Hearing the transition, Wen Mansha''s heart beat violently again. In terms of the area it currently occupies. It is not an exaggeration to say that she is the queen of a place, and now she wants to expand even more area. Wen Mansha thought for a while and said, "Last time you came back, didn''t you say that the second prince had a substitute outside? Can we use that substitute to replace the second prince as our puppet?" "The substitute died earlier than the second prince." "Uh..." Wen Mansha frowned, "How about controlling the minister?" "The division of labor among the ministers here is complicated. It''s not as simple as controlling one or two people." Wu Heng also denied this idea. Wen Mansha said: "Master, I need to think about it carefully and let you know when I think of a solution." "Okay, don''t disclose this matter to the outside world. No one knows that he is dead yet." Wu Heng asked again. "Understood!" Wen Mansha continued, "The messenger is already on his way. Will it ruin your subsequent plans?" "It shouldn''t be a big problem, but letting him come back now will arouse some suspicion." "Then let him continue as planned." Wen Mansha continued. "The fortress is also prepared. If the news leaks out, they may be attacked by their army." Wu Heng said. Although I dont think I will be exposed, I still need to be prepared. Prevent possible dangers. "Okay, I understand, we''ll make arrangements later." Wen Mansha said in a serious tone. "I''m fine. I''ll let you know when there''s any news." "Okay master, please pay attention to your safety." "Um!" Wu Heng hummed, hung up the communication, and put away the radio. Sitting on the stone, waiting for Glenda and Penny to come back. It was already dusk. The orange afterglow shines mottled through the gaps between the branches and leaves. Occasionally, some wild beasts came around and were chased by Xiaoxiao. They all hid deep in the jungle. Chatted casually with Xiaoxiao for a while. When the sky darkened, Glenda and Penny, who were responsible for investigating the situation, flew back. Beni said: "I walked around the city. The highest level in the city is a level 18 professional. It''s like a small fortress." No wonder the second prince ran here, it seemed to be a second refuge point prepared in advance. A city of this size would not be garrisoned by level 18 professionals. "How is the military strength?" Wu Heng asked. "They should be considered elite, but there are not as many people as in the previous city." Beni replied thoughtfully. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Then, Glenda also said: "I went to the mansion in the center, and there was a woman taking care of her. She should be the second prince''s princess." princess? The wife of a prince is called a princess, and will be changed to queen only after she becomes a king. Both of them frowned. Penny subconsciously said, "Didn''t it mean that he likes men?" (End of chapter) Chapter 824 , new plan Chapter 824, new plan Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her angrily. "You heard what those people in the tavern said, and you took it seriously!" Most of Penny''s information came from working in the tavern. I really believe that the second prince likes men. Glenda smiled and said, "I don''t know if I like men or not, but there is indeed a woman called the princess in the mansion over there. This second prince can''t capture other princes'' women and protect her!" "She should be his wife. The second prince is not young anymore. According to human lifespan, it is normal to have a family." Wu Heng analyzed and continued to ask: "Is there only such a princess?" It''s actually not difficult to guess that the princess is here. The second prince is in Nilali City, and his family members are here to avoid danger. "Only she and a few maids were found. As for whether there are other family members, it''s hard to say. After all, just by looking at her appearance, we can''t tell whether she is related to the second prince." Glenda said. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. Glenda then asked, "What should we do next? It''s getting dark and you want to spend the night outside?" "I didn''t think much about what to do." Glenda floated in the air and pondered for a moment, then said: "You can try pretending to be the second prince. If it doesn''t work, then consider other methods." "Disguise yourself as the second prince and escape back to this city?" "Well, just as the second prince was attacked in ''Nilali City'' and escaped back, the normal distance between the two cities is three days'' journey, and the news is not transmitted that fast." Glenda floated back and forth in the air. Two laps and say what you think. Wu Heng thought for a while and felt that he could give it a try. "Inquire about the corpse first, and then enter the city after you have inquired clearly." The three ghosts nodded. Several corpses that had been put away were taken out again. First, use the mask of the Faceless Man to recreate the face of the second prince. Then, facing the corpse of the second prince, release [Conversation with the Dead]. The dead body sat up and looked this way. Wu Heng asked: "What agreement did you reach with the Secret Order?" The corpse replied, "They paid people to help me sit on the throne. After I become the king, we will jointly manage the kingdom." Sure enough, it was the Kirin Tao plan of the Secret Order. The Secret Order uses various methods to put its own people or the people it supports into the leadership of the country or power to gain the right to control the country. I remember that Beni had said before that it was rumored that the second prince was not very interested in the throne. All the energy is put on some literature and art. But he suddenly competed with the eldest prince for the throne, and there was a back-and-forth fight. It was the Secret Order who was operating from it. For the second question, Wu Heng asked: "Besides the members of the Secret Order who just got in the car with you, are there any other members of the Secret Order?" "In Nilali City, financial officer, municipal minister." Wu Heng then asked, "I want to disguise you and enter Sidi City. What do you think I should pay attention to?" The corpse replied, "According to the established method, I will wear the kingdom''s emblem on my chest and enter the city as a relative of Minister Edwin." Wu Heng thought for a moment and continued to ask: "Who are the main people in charge in Sidi City?" "Minister of Management Edwin, the president leads Russell!" One last question. "What are the names of your family members in the city?" The corpse replied, "My wife, Natalia." After the five questions were over, the body lay directly back on its back. Glenda asked: "Why didn''t you ask Nilali City officials for information?" "There are still three corpses of the Secret Order. They have been officials in the city for such a long time, so they must know that they will continue to question the corpses when needed." Wu Heng answered directly. "Just think about it." Glenda said nonchalantly. Wu Heng found a new brocade robe from the clothes carried by the second prince and put it on. While putting on the mask, he said, "Glenda, you are possessing the body of a secret order. Let''s cooperate." Glenda glanced at the remaining corpses and directly [stealed the body]. Amid a harsh rattling sound, he stood up slowly, standing there with his bones twisting for a while. It makes the movements look more adaptable. He reached out and touched the dent on his forehead and said, "If you want to possess me next time, don''t hit your head. It''ll be easy to reveal your secret." After [Stealing the Flesh], the bullet hole in his forehead was repaired. But you can still find an obvious dent. It''s like the bones have been broken and wrapped in a layer of skin. "I''ll pay attention next time." Wu Heng said. The rest of the corpses were put away, their clothes were messed up, and they hurried towards the city wall. Whoosh~! Two arrows were shot from the city wall and nailed into the ground in front of him. "Who is it? The city gate has been closed. If you want to enter the city, come tomorrow during the day." the guard shouted. Wu Heng now wore the appearance of the second prince, holding the emblem in one hand and the light stone in the other hand, and shouted loudly: "We are people from the kingdom and relatives of Minister Edwin. Go and invite him to come over." trip." Several people on the city wall began to whisper. One person shouted: "Wait!" The two stopped and remained silent. After waiting for more than half an hour, I saw more guards walking up the city wall. Among them was a middle-aged man, holding on to the edge of the city wall and looking down hard. Read the original text in Liu#9@/! Then shouted: "Bring the lightstone closer and let me see your face." Xiaoxiao leaned into his ear and said, "Uncle, he is level 12." Level 12 is not low anymore. In the city there is the rank of local deacon. Wu Heng raised the light stone to illuminate his appearance, showing an anxious and tired look. Squeak~! The city gate opened and guards poured out. Then the middle-aged man who was just above to see his appearance walked over quickly, carefully identified Wu Heng, and then looked at Granda who had stolen the body of a member of the Secret Order. "Go to the city first." Wu Heng said in a deep voice. "Okay." The middle-aged man waved his hand slightly. A large force escorted them into the city. Get on the carriage and arrive at a mansion in the center. Immediately afterwards, another burly commander wearing armor walked in quickly. "Your Highness!" The commander saluted. Wu Heng sat on a chair, rubbed his brows and said: "Nilali City was attacked by many level 18 professionals. Arrange people to go to Nilali City immediately to inquire about the situation of the battle. At the same time, inform them that I am fine to avoid chaos. Military spirit. Hearing the siege from multiple level 18 professionals, the two people below felt their hearts tighten. Hearing it again, he arranged for people to go to Nilali City and dispelled his doubts about the prince in front of him. The commander immediately said: "Okay, I''ll let people set off immediately." With that said, he went down to explain, and then came back again. The civilian minister then asked, "Your Highness, who is the enemy? Do we need to strengthen our vigilance here?" "The identity of the enemy should have been arranged by the Royal Capital. When I came back, I would be relatively secretive. They shouldn''t have guessed that I was here. Please don''t make it too obvious to increase your vigilance." "Okay!" Both of them nodded. Wu Heng took a deep breath and said: "Don''t worry, they won''t catch up here. I''ll go back and have a rest first. We will discuss the countermeasures in detail tomorrow." "Yes, Your Highness." The two stood up and saluted. Wu Heng stood up and discussed the matter with Glenda, who was possessed by the members of the Secret Order, while walking towards his residence. Inside the mansion. Wu Heng asked the maid to prepare bath water and walked into the study on the side. With ghosts scouting the way for you in advance, you can know the function of each room in advance and you don''t have to worry about walking into the wrong room. Exhale in the study. He loosened the tight collar again. This kind of aristocratic dress feels very uncomfortable after being worn for a long time. The door opens. A young brown-haired woman walked in slowly. She was tall and had an outstanding appearance. "Your Highness!" Wu Heng took a look at the other party''s clothes and the space ring on his hand, "Natalia!" The other party''s eyes narrowed slightly, "I heard that His Highness was in danger. He was not injured, right?" Wu Heng just wanted to speak. There was a long sword in the woman''s hand. His body flashed lightly, like a falcon hunting for prey, and he slashed with the long sword. (End of chapter) Chapter 825 , is it to satisfy any special hobbies? Chapter 825: Is it to satisfy some special hobby? (An update today.) A few minutes ago, just after Bostaff jumped out of the airship. The shuttle-type airship parked in mid-air immediately hung up more than ten rappel ropes, and many fully armed personnel slid down from the airship one after another. Judging from their clothing, some of them seemed to be members of the slave-catching team. Led by a strong man, they were planning to surround the pure-blood elves and centaurs who had just been rescued. However, the battle situation in front of them made them all dumbfounded! Many people rubbed their eyes repeatedly in disbelief. Because they saw that Lord Bostaf, who had almost never suffered a defeat, was shot to the core by the enemy and nailed to the ground. For those of them who were familiar with Bostaf, this was an unparalleled shock! You must know that Bostaf also spent several years in the slave catching team, and his record was brilliant. Later, he was transferred to the imperial capital. Not long after, I heard that he had reached the epic level! But now, such a well-known figure was killed on the spot. How to do this? Especially Zoile, one of the captains of the slave-catching team, looked livid at the moment, the corners of his mouth were twitching faintly, and his whole body was numb! He is more informed than the subordinates behind him, so he can better understand the terror of Ren''s combat power. Those are Lord Bostaff and the Vice-Pope Quileute of the Secret Serpent Religion! The two epic powerhouses joined forces, but they didn''t even manage to kill Ren. Zoyle, who was stunned for a long time, finally came back to his senses. He glanced around uncertainly, and then quietly retreated to the back of the team. He plans to run away immediately! If you stay, you will inevitably die. But at this time, a slightly teasing voice sounded: "Your Excellency, where are you going?" The speaker was none other than Lambert, who had just taken the medicine given by Renn. Under the dual effects of the special antidote and super healing medicine, his injuries had basically healed. "Huh!" The subordinates, including the slave-catching team, simultaneously looked at their captain with horrified eyes. "This is all a misunderstanding! A misunderstanding! We are from the slave-catching team and have nothing to do with everyone here." Zoile laughed twice and said repeatedly. "Oh? Just wait. By the way, there are still some of your people on the airship, right? Send a message and have the airship land quickly." "Otherwise, I would be embarrassed. I don''t know if this long-distance airship can withstand my sword." Lambert swung his sword like lightning, and with a dazzling sword light, he cut a member of the slave-catching team in half who was about to escape. "Quickly, let the airship land next to it!" Zoyler watched Lambert''s eyes twitch. From just one sword strike, he still couldn''t see Lambert''s strength. Another extremely powerful guy, he is probably one step away from becoming an epic. Mudd, what the hell! Characters that are usually rare to see appear one after another! "very good!" "Then let''s just wait aside. Lord Ren will be finishing the next battle soon." Lambert saw that the opponent was still taking the initiative, and the airship was slowly landing beside him. He immediately smiled and nodded, resumed his posture with his arms crossed, and continued to watch the battle from the side. At this moment, only Ren and Quileute were left in the field. Just now Quileute was planning to save Bostaff, but he didn''t expect that he would die so quickly! This made him rush out of the huge snake body half way, retracted again, and entrenched itself. Quileute could naturally feel that after Ren transformed again, the intensity of the energy fluctuations was already higher than his. The irregular energy rings surging like electric current on the opponent''s body were the opponent''s energy. field. At this moment, even if he uses Absolute Domain again, there is no possibility of suppressing the opponent. But what about hand-to-hand combat? Quileute looked at Ren''s increasingly thick figure again and found that he was not sure! "In this case, it seems that is the only way!" Just as Quileute was making a decision, his face suddenly froze. Because he saw that after Ren killed the weird dragon man named Bostaff, he did not immediately turn around and attack him. Instead, he took a step forward again and came to the dead dragon man. "What is this for?" Quileute looked puzzled! The next second, Ren''s sharp dragon claw pierced the dead Bostaff''s chest with a ''puff'', and blood spattered everywhere! Seeing this scene, many people around, whether they were enemies or friends, screamed in fear. Because the other party is obviously dead, this kind of behavior of whipping the corpse after death is really too cruel. "Your Excellency Ren, are you trying to confirm whether the other party is completely dead? You shouldn''t. It''s unnecessary." Lambert thought to himself. After all, when their strength reaches their level, they can tell whether the opponent is dead or not at a moment''s notice, so there is no need to do this. Anna, who was holding Asia on the side, didn''t think there was any problem with this. She naturally believed that there must be a reason for Ren to do this, such as that the other party was not dead or something, and he did this to ensure safety. wait. Beauty is in the eye of the beholder, so that''s it. Will find various reasonable or unreasonable explanations for the other half. When Quileute saw this scene, he felt a chill in his heart, feeling that Ren was becoming more cold and cruel. His pair of huge snake eyes flashed, and a hint of cruelty flashed across his face. I saw him taking advantage of this opportunity to secretly move his figure, and slowly snaked his way to the center of the huge ritual track on the side. Since the ritual was far away from the core area where the battle had just taken place, it was basically intact. On the other hand, Rennes. His move of piercing Bostaff''s heart naturally had his intention. Sure enough, the system prompt appears: bite! It was detected that the host was in contact with the unknown dragon blood essence, and some absorbable dragon gene fragments were found. Yes/no? (Note: After absorption of this dragon gene fragment, it can enhance the blood concentration of the host dragon.) really! Renn smiled and immediately chose "Yes!" In an instant, Ren felt a warm current coming from the huge dragon claw he had pierced, and it quickly seeped into his body from the dragon claw. The whole process only lasted about a second or two and ended quickly. Although Ren could feel some changes and improvements deep in his body, he glanced at the attribute panel and found that the mutant dragon''s bloodline still showed ''high'', which meant that there was no change in the bloodline level. He had already anticipated this situation. After all, the higher the bloodline level, the more difficult it is to improve. "Moreover, as the body absorbs more and more dragon genes, the blood essence of the giant dragon''s descendants that is not pure enough will have less and less effect on itself." "In other words, after repeated absorption, those dragons that are not strong enough or pure enough have too many repeated genetic fragments." "However, it is always good to have an improvement, especially the increase in blood concentration, which will correspondingly increase the power of Dragon Soul Heavy Strike!" Since Renn remembers it very clearly, the system panel''s remarks about Dragon Soul Heavy Strike: "The power of true damage is directly proportional to the concentration of dragon blood, the intensity of mental power, and the power of witchcraft." The correlation between real damage and dragon blood concentration ranks first! This is why Renn chose to absorb the essence of Bostaf''s dragon bloodline as soon as possible instead of turning around to deal with Quileute. "Huh?" At this time, Ren suddenly felt a strange energy wave coming from behind. He immediately turned around and stared at Quileute, who was not far away. "This is." I saw that within a few seconds of him absorbing the essence of Bostaf''s bloodline, Quileute, the deputy pope of the Secret Serpent Cult, was quite able to seize the opportunity. At this moment, the other party was relying on the previous huge ritual to launch a certain a prayer ceremony. "Great Devouring Snake, your loyal believer Quileut. I would like to use my body in exchange for the blessing of your power, so that I can defeat powerful enemies in this difficult battle and spread your supreme glory." Three The scene of a giant snake more than ten meters long, swaying and chanting prayers in a low voice, gave everyone a very weird feeling. But no one dared to laugh. Because people near the huge ritual, whether they are the remaining members of the Secret Snake Cult or the centaurs who have not had time to run away, at this moment, there are blood lines, with Quileute''s giant snake body as the center, Pierce into their bodies. If the centaurs showed fear because of the piercing of the blood line and the issue of faith, then the followers of the Secret Snake Cult were suffering from some kind of overdraft while showing an expression of obsession and fanaticism. I saw these members of the Secret Snake Cult kneeling on the ground one after another, and singing loudly along with the prayers of their Vice-Pope Quileute. In an instant, a majestic and majestic force seemed to descend through the layers of space, onto the huge ritual track, and over Quileute, who had transformed into a giant python. Suddenly, invisible pressure swept around like a tsunami! I saw those centaurs clearly showing expressions of fear, panic, anger and unwillingness at this moment, but they were crawling down towards the center of the Secret Snake Cult''s ritual. However, Anna and most of the pure-blood elves were not affected because they had escaped in time and were far away. "No, this is summoning the power of the gods to come." Lambert''s expression on the side changed, and he struck out a sword towards Quileute at this moment like lightning. However, the swift and dazzling sword light was blocked by invisible force in mid-air, and its speed became slower and slower. After lasting for two seconds, it suddenly dissipated in mid-air. Seeing this scene, Ren was about to step forward and interrupt, but suddenly a flash of light flashed through his mind. 69BookBar "It seems. This is not a bad thing" "Because based on past experience, as long as I can defeat it, it seems that the residual energy of these gods'' projections or incarnations can be used and absorbed by the system." "The level and quality of this energy are extremely high, and it can greatly improve your crystallization progress!" If we say that before, Ren was a little unsure, but since he obtained Dragon Soul Blow, a core skill that can cause real damage. When he faced projections or incarnations of gods, he had so much confidence! "However, before that, I need to add some energy to restore my mental strength." But Ren''s hesitation made Quileute mistakenly believe that Ren was frightened by the huge power of the god''s arrival! This made Quileute feel happy. Although the cost of praying this time was extremely high, as long as he could defeat his opponent and survive, he could still make up for it later. Quileute, who transformed into a giant python, suddenly laughed: "Hahaha, interrupting my prayer? It''s too late!" "Soon, you, and all of you, will feel what true despair is." Before he finished speaking, Quileute''s figure skyrocketed again, from more than thirty meters to more than fifty meters. The python''s body also began to suddenly turn red, and with two "puff puff" sounds, two thick human hands suddenly stretched out from the front third of the giant snake. And then, the same sound sounded from two-thirds of the giant snake, and two short and thick human legs suddenly grew out. This weird four-legged snake appearance gave everyone present a feeling of fear and trembling. Even though Ren''s fourth-stage dragon beast form is nearly twenty meters tall, it still looks quite small given Quileute''s current size. From a physical combat point of view, with such a big difference in body size, it is naturally very disadvantageous. But what shocked everyone was that Ren had no intention of stepping forward. Instead, as he raised the dragon''s claw, six silver metal rings suddenly appeared in front of him and attacked Quileute, who was in high spirits. Come! Seeing the buzzing silver metal ring, Quileute felt a tinge of fear. But in the next moment, he realized that with his current size, the metal ring in front of him could cause him much less damage than before. There is absolutely no need to dodge! "Pfft! Pfft!" As the silver metal rings pierced into the huge snake''s body, Quileute instantly felt a sting and dizziness, but he quickly resisted. "Hey, this is your trump card, but how many times can you use it?" "Once, or twice?" "I will repay you double the pain you have caused me!" Faced with Quileute, whose face became increasingly ferocious and rushed towards him, Ren smiled. Logically speaking, Quileute''s judgment was accurate. With his mental strength at the peak of his physical strength, he could perform the crystallized ultimate move ''Zigzag Cutting Net'' three times. But the key is, he can restore his mental power by adding points! In addition, and more importantly, his remaining attribute points are far more than just one. If once is not enough, do it twice. If two times are not enough, then ten times! So, as Ren raised his hand, six silver metal rings appeared again and struck at Quileute like lightning. Seeing this scene, the corners of Quileute''s eyes suddenly twitched. Although he could resist it, it didn''t mean it wouldn''t hurt. This is like people. Although most people can resist a wasp sting, it hurts! Even if he could hide, Quileute still wanted to hide at this moment, but after becoming gigantic again, even if he wanted to hide, he couldn''t dodge the super-fast metal ring. "Pfft! Pfft!" As the six metal rings penetrated again, Quileute''s pair of huge snake pupils shed tears of pain. "Ah! Ah! I want you to die!" Just when Quileute thought that this should be the last time that Ren was able to use this killer weapon, his pair of snake eyes suddenly widened! Because at this moment, six more metal rings were attacking him! "How can you use this kind of attack without limit?!" Quileute roared! The other party did not hold any prayer ceremony! He didnt use any witchcraft either! He didnt even take any mental recovery potion! So how did the other party do it? Quileute, he can''t figure it out at all! However, the metal ring would not wait for him to communicate. "Pfft! Pfft!" Six silver metal rings pierced into his huge snake body again. The scales of the snake were shattered and blood splattered everywhere! But Quileute discovered at this time that the real **** time will come next! Because as Renn repeated the process of adding points and performing spells in his mind, he saw six more metal rings heading towards Quileute! Twelve ways? No! Far more than that! Because after adding points and performing three crystallization killing moves, Ren added points again and used them again. He added points eight times in a row! For a moment, through the reflection of Quileute''s pair of huge snake eyes, he could see nearly fifty metal rings attacking him! At this time, Quileute''s huge snake body, which was nearly fifty meters long, also trembled in fear! People are not afraid of a wasp, because even if they are stung, driven by anger, they will think about killing the wasp. But people will be afraid of a swarm of wasps, because even if they are lucky enough to be stung by a swarm of wasps, their fearful mind will immediately think of running away. So Quileute turned around and ran away! But he forgot that the attack of this metal ring was not a pure witchcraft attack, but was accompanied by terrible real damage that could directly hit the soul! In terms of external manifestations, once hit, there will be a slight stiffening effect. Therefore, after being hit by a metal ring, Quileute fell into continuous stiffness and severe pain. After Quileute had eaten the forty-eight metal rings, the huge snake body continued to twitch, and then, like a landslide, it fell to the ground with a ''boom'' sound, and smoke and dust were everywhere. Quileute didn''t say a word during the whole process! It''s not that he is stubborn, but that his soul is now shattered like glass that has been hit hard! (End of chapter) Chapter 826 , exaggerated fighting power Chapter 826, exaggerated combat power When they saw the target clearly, both parties were shocked. A skeleton that was over three meters tall and looked like a giant insect stood in the middle of the field. The iron-gray bones glowed coldly in the night, as if they were coated with a layer of iron armor. The two pairs of wings vibrated rapidly, setting off a gust of wind in place. The other side''s reinforcements? This thought came to both sides'' minds at the same time. "Kill~!" In the battlefield, someone shouted loudly. The stagnant battlefield once again fell into chaos, with shouts of killing and the sound of weapons chopping filled the entire battlefield again. Buzz~! Shining''s empty eyes glanced around, and the blue soul fire revealed a chilling aura of death. Then, he focused on a man in black robes holding a short sword in each hand. He tapped his feet lightly, and his figure burst out again, like a fleeting stream of light. "Damn it!" The man in black robe cursed and blocked two daggers in front of him. Bang~! The next second, huge force hit his chest, and his body flew backwards like a cannonball. Everyone in the Yeke Kingdom was stunned. Your own reinforcements! There was no time to show joy. The tall insect skeleton appeared in front of a kingdom leader again. Bang~! The 18th-level commander, who was wearing kingdom armor, spurted a mouthful of blood from his mouth. His body flew upside down and fell into a pile of rocks. Smoke and dust rose into the air. The skeletons continued to attack, like marbles, among the many level 18 professionals. Those who were fighting or who had just staggered up would be knocked away again. Like a marble going back and forth. By this time, everyone had reacted. This is the third force joining in, and its identity is not difficult to guess. Skeletons of Wrentam City. That small outer city that captured several cities in less than a month. When did such a powerful skeleton appear over there? One can suppress the level 18 professionals on both sides. "Protective Commander..." "Spread out, don''t gather." "Lock it with an iron lock!" The scene became even more chaotic. Everyone was in a mess, avoiding the impact of the giant skeleton and trying to find a way to fight back. The two sides, who were originally facing each other, had to put aside their grudges at this moment and work together to deal with the immediate threat. "A suspicious person was found in the rear. He should be the Necromancer." The rear of the battlefield. Wu Heng and the two ghosts opened a certain distance from a distance. Glenda did not follow because she used the ability of [Stealing the Body] to possess a dead body in the Secret Order. If disabled, the body cannot be used again. One person and two souls were looking at the battlefield ahead in surprise. "Wow! Twinkle is so powerful, bouncing around like a marble." Xiaoxiao said excitedly. After all, it was the one who named him, and he was able to defeat several level 18 players, as if he was that powerful. Penny also said, "Is Shining''s fighting ability so exaggerated?" Flash had taken action a few times before, but all of them were sneak attacks on individual enemies. He defeated the enemy within two or three moves, but it didn''t show much strength. According to Wu Heng''s idea, if it is so difficult to upgrade to level 20, there will definitely be a leap in ability. But now, a skeleton was running rampant on the scene, dragging down six level 18 professionals. I was still a little surprised. At this time, Kaxiu also joined the battlefield and fought with the enemy. "Uncle, there are guards coming." Xiao Xiao reminded. Swish swish~! As soon as he finished speaking, several crossbow bolts roared towards him. Wu Heng dodged slightly and penetrated the tree behind him. Directly in front, a large number of guards rushed towards this side, shouting words such as killing the necromancer and killing the human traitors, and rushed directly towards them. It seems that he is not stupid, he knows **** himself, a necromancer. The skeleton itself dies. "Kill~! The undead will win." Xiaoxiao yelled and rushed out, possessing a soldier and breaking his neck. Penny also rushed forward, choosing the ones with higher levels in the middle to kill alone. Wu Heng took out a machine gun from the space ring, applied the [Summon Arrow] magic, and pulled the trigger. In the first shot, under the action of [Summoning Arrows], the bullets shot out in a fan shape like shotguns. The soldiers in front instantly flew upside down and fell to the ground, killing and injuring them all. Then, the muzzle spit out tongues of fire again, although it no longer had the effect of ''summoning arrows''. But still sweeping forward. The soldiers who came in fell one by one. In less than a few minutes, the open space in front of him was already covered with corpses, filled with blood. Wu Heng glanced at the battlefield, and the [Dead Corpse Battlefield] was released. The whole area resounded with the sound of rustling bones. Skeletons wearing armor and holding swords stood up. "Surround the front..." Wow~! The skeletons instantly dispersed, surrounding the pile of rocks in front of them. 69BookBar A pile of rocks. There are only four level 18 professionals left who can stand up. Of the remaining two, one was buried in the rocks, and the other was trampled under the feet of a tall insect skeleton. At this time, all the soldiers around had turned into skeletons, and in the dark night, the blue soul fire was connected together. Densely flashing, making people feel chilly. Behind the skeleton, a young man wearing a luxurious robe stood looking silently in the dark. Like, the **** of death in the dark night. Among the men in black robes, the eyes of the witch Viola widened under her hood, her face full of astonishment and surprise. It''s really that kid. Treasure Island just makes some shady subdeacons. It turned out that he was responsible for the disappearance of officials a few days ago. But why does it grow so fast? Was that skeleton given to him by the association? Being able to fight against so many level 18 professionals. "Let''s cooperate and break out together." The level 18 warrior wearing a black cloak threw away the potion in his hand and said solemnly. On the side, the leader of the kingdom, who was holding on to the wall, nodded, "Whoever makes a small move midway will suffer a terrible death." "Okay!" The soldier nodded. The commander took a deep breath and said coldly: "Charge out from the left." After the words fell, several people started to break out directly to the left. Wu Heng looked at the people who suddenly rushed to kill him and ordered: "Attack!" Wow~! All the skeletons around him rushed towards the center. As for the skeleton one-horned fairy, Shining, his figure turned into a stream of light, which directly scattered the four people, and launched a siege with the rest of the skeletons. The four level 18 professionals couldn''t care less about anything else. Each used their own abilities and continued to try to break out. "Uncle, that cloud of smoke has escaped." Xiaoxiao exclaimed and pointed into the distance. Wu Heng looked attentively. In the chaotic battlefield, a cloud of gray-white smoke rushed towards the outside through the gaps between the skeletons under the cover of night. After crossing the range of the skeleton, it transformed into a running smoke wolf and accelerated its escape again. That witch! Wu Heng looked suffocated. It must be her, I have such a deep impression on her. We must not let her escape this time. Looking at the fighting area, the only three professionals left were surrounded by skeletons. Unless you also have some special ability, you can''t escape. "Stop her!" Wu Heng shouted at the escaping smoke, and then took out the flying carpet from the space ring. The body was wrapped by the flying carpet and hung down to a certain height, and then chased in the direction where the smoke escaped. The two ghosts also accelerated their pursuit and kept trying to possess him. But in the smoke state, it is different from normal creatures. Neither Xiao Xiao nor Penny, who has reached level 20, can complete the possession. Penny flew back, her tone anxious, "We can''t possess you, it''s up to you." Wu Heng sat on the flying carpet, took out his machine gun and fired several shots at the smoke. The bullets penetrated the smoke and showed no signs of injury except for raising some smoke and dust. "Uncle, what should I do?" Xiaoxiao also flew back. "Follow her, I don''t believe how long she can last in this state." Wu Heng said directly. Then, Wu Heng raised his hand to focus on [Thunder Summoning Technique]. Huh~! The sky is covered with dark clouds. Click, click~! Rows of thunder and lightning fell from the sky, striking the smoke running below. (End of chapter) Chapter 827 , test Chapter 827, temptation The body of Yanlang, who was running fast, instantly drifted away. He looked back in fear at the chasing figure in the sky, and the smoke instantly dissipated. He turned into several smoke animals again and ran away in different directions. [Lightning Beam] deflected and defeated two of them one after another, and then continued to chase the one in the farthest direction. After just two steps, the chasing animal disappeared on its own. Completely disappeared. Wu Heng''s face looked ugly. Lost it! "See if there is a witch''s level beam of light." The two ghosts rose up again and began to observe the direction in which the others left. Then he came back and said, "Uncle, no." "I don''t have one here either, I''m probably hiding." Penny also said. "Let her run away again." Wu Heng gritted his teeth. This is already the third time the witch has escaped. The first time he faced Deacon Imiro, the second time he was surrounded by Imiro and the old mage Gianvito, and the third time he escaped from his own hands. This witch''s ability is really special. Not to mention her fighting ability, this kind of self-protection ability is extremely rare in the profession. "Uncle, it''s okay! We defeated five, and it doesn''t matter if we lose one. Don''t be sad!" Xiaoxiao floated over and comforted softly. "Okay, give me some face and catch her next time." Wu Heng controlled the flying carpet and flew back. At this time, the battle in the rubble area has ended. The skeleton entered the standby state, and several corpses were placed in the open space in the middle. The flying carpet was put away, and Wu Heng fell from the sky. The surrounding skeletons retreated and gave way to an area. "Tear off all the equipment from the corpse." The skeletons immediately took action and began to remove the equipment from the corpse. After pulling them all out, Wu Heng put the space ring away. Then open the [Mansion Technique], "Drag the body in." Five corpses with different injuries were dragged into the ''Mansion Technique''. Wu Heng came to the first corpse and released the [Resurrection Technique]. Huh~cough cough cough~! The corpse opened its eyes suddenly, and a large mouthful of blood spurted out from its mouth and nose. Wu Heng used [Life Support Technique] to maintain his vital signs, and then fed him two pills. With a thought, a cage was automatically assembled in mid-air, trapping the ''resurrected'' professional in it. Then, Wu Heng continued to use the same method to save all the remaining corpses. Iron cages appeared one after another, and all five people who were seriously injured and dying were imprisoned inside. "You all come in and watch them." Wu Heng ordered outside. Skeletons outside began to enter the mansion one after another. "You are Wu Heng of Luntam City! Ahem~! Your target should be the second prince. We have the same purpose and we can cooperate." One person coughed heavily and said. "We can also cooperate. The war between us is just a misunderstanding." Another person also said. "I can buy my own life with money. You decide the price. Wu Heng, please think about it." "Even if I leave, I won''t tell anything about what happened here." "Wu Heng, you decide the conditions." Everyone started talking, and skeletons came in one after another, making the whole space noisy. Wu Heng looked at the few people without any surprise. Anyone who comes in will try to say a few words to themselves. "Keep an eye on them. If you are dishonest, stab them a few times, but don''t stab their vital parts." Wu Heng said and walked out directly. The mansion spell was closed, and the shouts inside disappeared. He stood on the pile of rocks and looked around. After letting the ghost come back, put on the [Train Conductor''s Hat] again and return to Sid City. Half an hour later, the train stopped. Wu Heng took advantage of the night and released several [Teleportation Techniques] to return to the ''Princess''s Mansion''. Mansion, side house. The magic circle gradually took shape, and Wu Heng''s figure also appeared soon after. Two ghosts also flew in immediately. This is the place where members of the Secret Order of Possession by Glenda live. After all, they are outsiders and can only be arranged in a side room outside. In the dark study room, Glenda sat at the desk, looking at the books in her hands with the help of the light of the light stone. Seeing Wu Heng coming over, he asked, "What were you doing just now?" "I went back to Nilali City. I planned to go back and have a look. I happened to see people on both sides still fighting, so I defeated them both." Wu Heng said casually. "Five, that witch turned into smoke again and ran away." Wu Heng said helplessly. Glenda''s brows twitched and she looked at him strangely, "Are you letting your guard down?" "What kind of water should I put in? Her ability to transform into smoke is somewhat special. Xiao Xiao, we chased her through half of the jungle but couldn''t catch her. Xiaoxiao also testified very cooperatively, "Yes, we can''t possess Sister Beini. My uncle couldn''t catch her even though he struck her with lightning in the air." Hearing what Xiaoxiao said, Glenda also nodded. He pondered for a moment and said: "Now that she has run away, you have to consider that some of your information will be revealed by her. At least the eldest prince will know your strength, but you don''t have to worry. With your current strength, that The prince may not be able to threaten you." Wu Heng is not the same as before in Blackstone Town. I am also worried about the policies of the Yeko Kingdom and the bills of the people above. Knowing his own strength, or knowing that he killed the killer he hired, it is difficult to pose any threat to him. Attack Treasure Island? Or report it to the association. The cult killer he hired, would he mention this matter to the association? Unless he''s stupid. 69BookBar "Well, I''ll pay attention." Glenda continued, "Next time you ride the ghost train, you better not leave us outside." "What''s wrong?" "I just asked you what you were doing. I just felt disconnected from your connection twice. It must have been when you took the ghost train. Although there was no real harm, you should be careful." Glenda explained. said. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Glenda continued, "My body is too old. It will probably last two or three days before obvious abnormalities appear. You still have to make plans." Wu Heng said: "I will find a reason to arrange for you to go out tomorrow, and then find a wild place to dispose of the body." "Okay." "Then I''ll go back first." "Yeah." Glenda nodded, picked up the book next to her and continued reading. Wu Heng used [Teleportation] on the side and returned to the main building of the mansion. Go upstairs and enter the study. When he opened the door, he saw the princess resting in front of the desk. Her hair was messy and she was wearing a relatively neutral outfit, like a female mercenary on a mission. The sound of the door opening made the princess suddenly open her eyes. Seeing Wu Heng coming in, his expression calmed down again. "Have you finished your work?" the princess straightened her hair and stood up. After signing a contract, the person being signed will trust and obey from the heart. Therefore, the words are more respectful than before. "It''s taken care of. Are you ready?" Wu Heng walked over. The princess gave up her seat in front of the desk and said: "I have sorted it out. In addition to the movement habits, there is also the second prince''s diary. You need to be familiar with the contents and handwriting." A stack of notes was taken out. The princess continued, "You''d better find a reason to take a day off tomorrow. It may be difficult to master all these things in one night." Wu Heng looked at it and said, "It is easier to be suspected if you find reasons." "If a minister tests it, there may be problems." Wu Heng looked at the things on the table, thought for a moment, and said, "It''s okay, it''s not a big problem." Then, he found a wide position and his body began to sway at a high frequency. In the blink of an eye, six identical figures appeared. Gather in a circle and start discussing. "Come, tell me some of his habits and little moves." Another Wu Heng said: "After you finish telling her, tell me some of his speech habits." The two on the right tore the note open, each holding half and started looking at it. For the rest, start imitating notes. The entire study became lively in an instant. The princess stood there and rubbed her eyes to make sure she was not dazzled or hallucinating. Who is this person! The next day. In the solemn hall. Wu Heng was dressed in splendid clothes and sat upright at the top. Below are the Minister of Administration, Edwin, and the burly President, Serduan. The Minister of Management kept scanning the top with his eyes. Then he bowed slightly and saluted, straightened up again, his eyes were soft but alert and suspicious, and he smiled and said, "Your Highness, you haven''t talked to us like this for a long time since you went to Nilali City. I see you today." , and it reminds me of the time when I was studying and literacy with you, Your Highness, do you still remember, when you first learned to sword, who was the one who corrected Your Highness''s posture so that your sword skills improved?" After saying that, a pair of eyes suddenly looked over, staring closely here. (End of chapter) Chapter 828 , turned out to be an experimental produ Chapter 828: It turns out to be an experimental product really! Just like Princess Natalia said, a short period of contact might be enough to get by. But it''s not that easy to pretend to be the second prince for a long time. Early this morning, these two people came to see me. In words, it is a direct temptation. Wu Heng showed a hint of embarrassment and replied with a smile, "Of course I remember, the instructor ''Zygmunt'' was the one who taught us at that time. I didn''t like this at all and was a slow learner. It was you who helped me find a helper. I secretly secretly Practice and complete his assessment. The Minister of Management Edwin nodded slightly, and he was able to answer the first question. Don''t wait for him to continue asking. Wu Heng sighed again, trying to bring the topic back to the current situation, "If I had known earlier, I should have worked harder. It might have made the current situation better." "Everyone''s growth situation is different. Your Highness shoulders the important responsibility of restoring the country, so don''t worry too much about it." The Minister of Management advised, and then asked another question, "Then Your Highness still remembers that one time we were walking in the courtyard and met Did you name that squirrel? " Zoe, she ran away later and couldnt find her after searching for a long time. Wu Heng replied softly. The Minister of Management already understood the two''s inquiries. He sat back down in his seat, glanced at the presidential collar beside him, and nodded slightly. The questions I asked were all secrets from previous years, and I could tell them casually. It can prove that there is nothing wrong with the prince in front of him. The relief of temptation ends. The President spoke in a deep voice, "Your Highness, please tell me in detail about Nilali City. Who attacked it?" When Wu Heng mentioned this matter again, he felt a little relieved. It seems that the test against him has been passed. I read the diary last night and listened to the princess talk for half the night. Remembered most things. But I''m also afraid that the other party will suddenly ask something I don''t know. Wu Heng held his forehead and said bitterly, "Ditalio, he colluded with the cult and arranged for multiple level 18 professionals to attack Nilali City." The two ministers below looked at each other. Sure enough, they were still from the eldest prince''s side. The president asked: "What was the situation like at that time?" Last night, soldiers were arranged to go to Nilali City overnight. But it will take a few days to get a concrete reply. We can only get a preliminary understanding of some situations by asking. "I only know that there were four killers in total. I don''t know what method they used to find my residence. The scene was quite chaotic at the time, and I escaped under the cover of my personal guards." After Wu Heng finished speaking, he sighed again. It was as if he was recalling something embarrassing. "What plans does Your Highness have?" the President asked again. Wu Heng took a deep breath and spoke slowly, "The news about me here must be kept secret to prevent killers from posing a threat to this place. Let''s wait for detailed information from Nilali City, then we will discuss the follow-up plan. " "Okay Your Highness, then I will strengthen the city''s defense and wait for the news to be delivered before making other plans." The President said in a deep voice. Wu Heng nodded to express his understanding. At this time, Glenda stood up slowly. She was still possessed by the old man from the Secret Order, wrapped tightly, but serious signs of aging could already be seen on her skin. First he bowed and saluted, and then said: "Your Highness, please allow me to leave and bring in more funds." Don''t wait for Wu Heng to speak. The management minister below took the lead and said: "Leaving at this time may attract some people''s attention." To put it mildly, he was worried that the second princes information here would be leaked. "I have my own method to ensure that I will not be discovered by the enemy." Granda said calmly. The two ministers looked at Wu Heng at the same time, waiting for the other party to make arrangements. Wu Heng said: "Since you are sure, then choose a time to leave and don''t attract other people''s attention." "Yes, Your Highness." Glenda nodded and sat down on the chair again. Finished talking. A few people sat down and chatted about some things casually. The two ministers stood up, bowed and left. Wu Heng still sat on the chair and waited for a while. Then, Penny flew back from outside. Said: "No problem, they took the carriage back to their residence, and when they were chatting, they also said you were fine." Glenda said: "It can be regarded as saving their own lives." "That''s right." Xiaoxiao agreed. Wu Heng loosened his collar and said, "They believe it is best and they will save us trouble. Granda, please leave the city now and take care of this body." "Yes." Glenda stood up, left her things behind, and walked out directly. Glenda leaves. Wu Heng also stood up and walked towards the back. When I returned to the princess''s mansion and walked into the building, I saw the princess sitting in the living room waiting, and several maids busy beside her. "Your Highness!" The princess stood up and saluted. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. The princess said to her side: "You go down first. Don''t come in unless there is something important." "Yes!" the maid replied, and they all left. At this time, the princess came over, helped him take off his coat, and asked in a low voice: "Is everything going well, sir?" "The Minister of Management did ask two questions. There were no questions and he answered them both." Wu Heng sat down aside. "Last night''s efforts should be helpful to you." The princess was still standing opposite. After saying that, I suddenly felt that the meaning of the words could easily be misunderstood, and my face turned slightly red. Wu Heng said: "Thanks to those materials, there may be some things that need attention later. Please think carefully about whether there are any omissions and let me know when the time comes." 69BookBar "Okay, sir." The princess nodded. Wu Heng stood up again and said: "I went back to the study. If someone comes to me, they say they are tired and are resting. I will come back for dinner in the evening." "Yes!" The princess lowered her head and responded. Wu Heng went upstairs and walked into the study. After sitting at the desk for a while, Glenda flew back in the form of a ghost. He stretched out in the air and said with emotion: "The ghost is better, that body is too bad." Hearing this, he felt a bit disgusted with living beings. Wu Heng asked: "How to deal with the body?" "Not long after we left the city, we met a pack of wolves and fed them. Now I think even the bones have turned into molar sticks." Glenda explained. Xiaoxiao shivered on the side, "What Auntie said is so scary." Glenda smiled and said, "The wolves were also stunned at that time. It was probably the first time they saw a human walking over on their own initiative and lying on the ground to die." "It''s very picturesque," Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao and Penny also nodded in agreement. "What''s next?" Glenda continued to ask. "I asked the princess to inform me if there is anything. Let''s go to the zombie world first." The three ghosts penetrated directly into the body. Wu Heng opened the gate at the side and walked in directly. On the other side is the prison''s monitoring room. The skeleton sat in front of the monitor, his empty eyes staring motionlessly at the screen in front of him. Wu Heng released the three ghosts first. Then he walked up to the skeleton, put his arm on its shoulder, and said, "Bring out the surveillance cameras of the three prison cells: 202, 203, and 204." The three surveillance images were enlarged, and the restless zombies could be clearly seen. There is no obvious change in the body shape. The wings behind him have grown to about 20 centimeters, which can be seen clearly through the surveillance camera. From time to time it flapped its wings twice, raising a cloud of smoke and dust all around. "I feel like nothing has changed!" The little face was glued to the screen. "Don''t get so close, it''s not good for your eyes." "Uncle, do you want to say something to me on purpose?" Wu Heng smiled and said: "Let''s go, let''s imprison those people we arrested yesterday." Walk out of the monitoring room and go directly to the prison area. On the way, I saw an alchemist skeleton pushing an iron cart. "Follow me." Wu Heng said to the alchemy skeleton. The skeleton turned the cart around and followed him into the corridor of the prison cell. The [Mansion Technique] was opened, revealing the skeleton army wearing Yeke Kingdom standard armor and long swords hanging on their waists, all turning their heads to look over. On the inside, there are five iron cages. Inside were five level 18 professionals who were still weak. "Bring them out." Wu Heng ordered to the skeleton. Wow~! The skeletons inside began to move and dragged all five people out. The five people were dragged out of the [Mansion Technique], and they were anxiously confirming the situation around them. When I saw skeletons everywhere, I heard the roar of wild beasts coming from a separate cell. Everyone''s expressions changed again. Necromancer''s experimental base. It must be a place where necromancers study necromancy. Damn it, he wanted to use himself as a guinea pig. (End of chapter) Chapter 829 , it鈥檚 not just a matter of words Chapter 829: Its not just a matter of words Puff~! Just as someone was about to struggle, the skeleton in custody had two swords pointed at its abdomen. Blood spurted out, and the already seriously injured body became even weaker. Wu Heng glanced at it and said directly: "Starting from 205, one person will be detained in a room." The skeleton is in action again. Dragging a few people into the prison cell. "Wu Heng, the Necromancer Laboratory violates the association''s regulations." "Let''s talk. Our goal is to play the second prince. Cooperation is the best choice." "I was hired here. Your grudges have nothing to do with me. Let me leave here and I can give you a large sum of money." "If you offend so many people, nothing good will come of it." "Wu Heng..., you can''t do this..." Several people shouted loudly and it was noisy. During the resistance, the skeleton was stabbed several times before being dragged into the prison cell and put on shackles. The iron gate is closed. The noise subsided. Wu Heng said to the alchemy skeleton: "Let them recover from their injuries for a day today, and start transforming zombies tomorrow." The alchemy skeleton nodded and recorded it in the record book. Then turned and left. The matter of five level 18 professionals is over. The three ghosts flew back, Xiaoxiao pointed to the cells in front, and said with a pity, "Uncle, those three zombies are still level 19." Wu Heng opened the narrow observation opening of the iron door and looked inside. The roar of zombies was immediately heard. After closing it again, he said: "Wait and see, we have only been out for two days, maybe we will reach level 20 in a few days." "Okay." Xiaoxiao shrugged. Return to the control room. Xiaoxiao was a little excited and told Glenda about the scene last night when the skeleton "Sparkle" beat six people one by one. Glenda was possessed by members of the Secret Order at the time and did not see the fighting. After hearing the little narration, Glenda looked at Penny. The latter also nodded, indicating that this was indeed the case. This surprised Glenda even more. Wu Heng told her about the victory over six level 18 professionals last night, mentioning that the only witch used the smoke to escape. Unexpectedly, the main combat power is Winky. This one looks like a giant insect skeleton. Even at level 20, it''s too exaggerated for one person to be able to fight six. What''s more, she and Beni have both reached level 20. In addition to being able to suppress and devour other ghosts, they cannot directly kill level 18 professionals. Wu Heng sat down on the chair. After listening to the three souls chatting for a few words, they stopped paying attention. He began to think about the three level 19 zombies in cells 202 to 204. At first, the three of them were only level 18 professionals. After being injected with the virus, they were promoted to level 19 the next day. The speed of improvement shocked both Wu Heng and San Youhun. I thought I found a card level bug and could quickly cultivate a batch of level 20 skeletons. But over the past few days, it seems like nothing has changed. It has not reached level 20 as imagined. Wu Heng thought for a moment and came up with two possibilities. The first type is that professionals have a high foundation. Different from the situation of ordinary people after being exposed to the virus, there will be a step-by-step improvement. So it was directly upgraded from level 18 to level 19. The second type is because of fame. These level 18 professionals have already reached the limit of level 19, but due to insufficient reputation conditions, they are limited to level 18. After being injected with the zombie virus, he transformed from a professional into a zombie. The rules of fame were also cancelled, and it was naturally directly upgraded to level 19. Think about it this way. Wu Heng felt that the second possibility was more likely. This meets the criteria for level promotion. "If this is true, then it can only be upgraded to level 19." In other words, after being transformed into a zombie, the improvement speed from level 18 to level 19 is fast. If you want to reach level 20, you need to use corpse core cultivation. "We will observe and observe when the time comes." Wu Heng said something, and once again thought about the combat effectiveness of the skeleton one-horned immortal ''Shining''. A level 20 skeleton can defeat six level 18 professionals, which is quite powerful. Although it is not as exaggerated as in the novel, it has always been able to withstand the pressure of the enemy, but it is already very exaggerated to be able to hold down six opponents. Of course, the shortcomings of Shining are also obvious. All battles rely on brute force and the speed provided by wings to dash forward, knocking or smashing enemies away. Basically no skills at all This is the disadvantage of transforming zombies into skeletons. There is no professional foundation in itself, so the fighting method is more like an attack by wild beasts. But it''s not impossible. The few people detained in the prison cell at the back include several professional zombies who have reached level 19. They were all professionals originally and had the foundation of fighting. It just depends on whether it will be preserved when transformed into a skeleton. If you have the same strength and speed as Shining, you still retain the combat experience or skills you had as a professional. 69BookBar Then this is really unimaginable fighting power. As I thought about it, I still had some expectations. Wu Heng glanced at the time, then picked up the radio to collect and dialed Li Yahong''s number. In a different world, the scorching sun is high. On the winding path, a cloud of smoke appeared from the forest, and gradually stared in the middle of the road, turning into the witch ''Viola'' wearing a shabby black robe, with the corners of her clothes stained with dust and blood. Viola''s face was haggard, her complexion was pale, and her eyes were scanning the surroundings warily. "Damn boy, if I had known I should have killed you first last time." Viola gritted her teeth and muttered viciously. At the same time, I was also surprised at the other party''s growth speed. In just a short time, the strength has been improved to this point. Even if it is supported by the association, it cannot be so fast. I originally planned to end the matter this time and return to Treasure Island to seek revenge from him. Now it seems that he has really gone, and it is hard to say who will kill whom. He took two big breaths and took two more bottles of potion. Wait until your breathing stabilizes. Take out a set of clothes from the space ring and continue along the dirt road. After walking for a while, I heard a "click" sound coming from the side. Through the woods, I saw three men bundling firewood and preparing to leave. Suddenly seeing Viola appear, the three of them were stunned and subconsciously picked up the ax in their hands. Viola immediately said: "Don''t be nervous, I was just passing by." "Why are you here?" one person asked. Viola said: "My family suffered a change, my relatives were separated, and I lost my way in the mountains. I am looking for the location of a nearby town." Her idea is also very simple. Now I dont know whats going on outside, and Im a little confused in the woods. You still need to find a place to rest first and recover from your injuries before making any plans. If that kid really chased him, he would have no time to run away. The three people opposite looked at her again. From their appearance and skin, she didn''t look like someone from a remote place. Must be the lady from town. Then he asked: "Where do you live from?" "From Cyrus City." "I never heard of it, where are you going?" "Nilali City." "That''s far away, and you''re going in the wrong direction." The man looked at her again, his face turned red, and he coughed lightly and said, "It will get dark in half a day, and our village is down there. You can follow her first. Lets go back and leave tomorrow. Viola looked happy and said, "Thank you so much, gentlemen." The three of them scratched their heads and laughed. Walking out of the woods together, the three of them tried to introduce some information about the village to her, and soon they saw the outline of the village. As soon as I stepped into the village, I heard a commotion inside. Only three guards and six gang members wearing leather armor were seen gathered in the center of the village. Several villagers, including some half-grown children, had been tied up, and the whips in the guards'' hands rose and fell, making a sound of whips. "Professionals above level 5 must join the army to resist the undead in the north." "You are falsely reporting your numbers and levels. I think you are seeking death." The old people in the village immediately stepped forward and kept bowing, "Stop beating me, adults. If you beat me again, you will die." The other villagers also shouted for mercy. The captain of the guard stopped talking and cursed: "It doesn''t matter if you die, this kind of crime is enough to be beheaded." The old man said: "Sir, sir, we are willing to follow and leave a few professionals in the village. There are wild beasts outside the village, and autumn is coming soon." "What use are you old guys?" A gang member who followed him cursed and pulled the old man, "You old man is so ignorant. Is there anyone in your village who can''t even say a word to the captain?" Something?" (End of chapter) Chapter 830 , Puppet (one update today.) Chapter 830, Puppet (Updated today.) The old man understood the meaning of the other party''s words and turned to say a few more words to the villagers behind him. They all went home, each took out some copper coins and silver coins, and put them together. The old man took the money and sent it over. The captain of the guard stretched out his hand to take it, counted the silver coins, weighed the bag containing the copper coins, and said, "Let it go!" Several villagers on the ground were let go, and others took them down with their bodies covered with whip marks. The captain took out several wanted notices from his arms again, threw them to the old man who handed over the money, and said in a cold voice: "These are the wanted notices issued by the superiors. Two men and one woman, height and features. Pay attention to the outsiders." The old man picked it up immediately and nodded in agreement. He had several wanted posters posted on prominent walls of the square. There is no clear portrait on the wanted poster, only the body outline of the black robe with different heights and skill characteristics. The matter has been explained. The guards led the gang members outside, and the villagers followed behind. After a chaotic walk to the village gate, I saw three men and one woman carrying dry firewood. The guards and gang members all stared at each other, especially the woman, who glanced carefully several times. "There are still those who have slipped through the net, give them a test level, and take away professionals above level 5." The captain waved his hand behind him. The faces of the villagers following him all looked ugly. Why did you come back at this time? Isnt this delivered to your door? After hearing the order, a guard led a gang member and walked over with a test grade crystal, "Hold it." The three people had ugly expressions, but they still held the spar despite being coerced. Two people are at level 5 and one is at level 6. The guards and gang members all sneered, "There are still accidents." Then, he brought the crystal to the woman and said, "Hold it." Looking at the handed crystal, Viola''s eyes narrowed. The three villagers who were thrown into the firewood and detained said loudly, "She is not from the village, why are you arresting her?" "She is from the city, you can''t control her here." From the city? The captain suddenly looked up and looked over with some scrutiny. Out of the corner of his eye, he glanced at the wanted notice posted behind him, and his eyes changed slightly. He said, "Forget it if you''re not from the village. It''s not peaceful outside recently, so don''t wander around." "Thank you for reminding me, sir." Viola responded with a smile, and then took out some silver coins, "These are their money." The captain collected the money and said, "Let him go." The guards and gang members were stunned and looked at him strangely. When did the captain become so easy to talk to? Three villagers were let go. The guards also strode away directly. After the guards left. People in the village immediately gathered over and began to ask about the three people. When they learned that Viola had met on the road, they all looked puzzled. The old man who had been talking to the guard, who must be the village chief, forced a smile and said, "Thank you for your help, Miss. We will collect the money and return it to you as soon as possible." Viola smiled and said, "I want to rest in the village for one night, and these will be used as accommodation expenses." "How can such a small place be used so much?" "Then wait until I come here next time and you can give it back to me." The village chief forced a smile on his wrinkled face, "I''ll prepare a room for you to rest." "good!" Walking all the way to the center of the village, the village chief prepared a separate room for her. Then he sent people down to prepare dinner. After sending away the villagers, Viola closed the door tightly, opened the window and opened her eyes. It turned into a ball of smoke and flew directly out. In the dense forest. Once out of sight of the village, the team left the road and headed straight through the dense forest. The road was difficult to walk, and the speed was getting faster and faster. Several lower-level gang members began to have beads of sweat on their foreheads. "Captain, why are you in such a hurry?" someone shouted. "Go back early and divide the money early." The captain looked back and sped up again. Thinking back to the woman at the entrance of the village, I felt more and more wrong. They are coming this time. They said they were here to arrest the villagers and send them to the army, but in fact they were posting wanted notices in each village. The city of Nilali was attacked, and it was said that there were serious casualties. These people bully ordinary villagers and it''s okay to extract some oil and water. Who would really want to catch those people? Indeed, he doesn''t have the ability. However, the woman she met at the entrance of the village at this time made her somewhat suspicious. It shouldn''t be such a coincidence! Hope not. Shashasha~! While he was talking, there was a sudden sound of grass moving through the grass behind him. Everyone stopped and looked back. The next second, several beasts made of smoke jumped out from the grass, killing everyone. Then, the smoke turned into ''Viola'' and glanced at the corpses on the ground. "My mother is unhappy, so you are in bad luck." He bent down and put away the money bag on the corpse, then rolled up the corpse and put it into the space ring. It turns into smoke again and returns to the village. Zombie world, surveillance room. On the other side of the satellite phone, Li Yahong''s voice came, "Hello!" "It''s me, where am I?" Wu Heng asked. "In the central square, do you need me to go there?" Li Yahong said directly. Wu Heng glanced at the time. By the time she came over, it would already be dark. Moreover, he has to return to another world and continue to act as the second prince. At least for this period of time, he needs to stay there. Wu Heng said: "I will visit you in two days." "Alright." Wu Heng continued to ask: "Let me ask you something, is there any place in Xinfu City that can clean up zombies?" In addition to successfully killing the second prince, the biggest gain from this operation was the ''Ghost Train Ticket Vending Machine''. Even if you have a ''train conductor''s hat'', the tickets generated by the ticket vending machine can be used by your subordinates. Therefore, the plan is to collect some residual souls and study how to generate tickets. The person on the other side was silent for a moment, and then said: "There is no one in the city, but you can look for a place in the surrounding villages. I will let someone search for it and let you know then." As the first city, Xinfu City has the cleanest zombies. Now I can''t find anything I missed. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. Then, the two chatted about the base for a while. After the conversation was over, he hung up the phone. Then, Wu Heng continued to take out five space rings and took out the items inside one by one. The space ring belonged to the five level 18 professionals who were imprisoned, and they didn''t have a chance to check it after they got it. There are many types of daily necessities, money bags, house deeds, scroll potions, etc. Push the rest aside. His eyes fell on a portable oil lamp covered with patina. [Soul-chasing lantern (wonderful object)] [Effect: Track the target. [Side effects: Consumption of Qi and blood. (Description: When the user blows out the wick, blood droplets, hair and other body tissues are dripped into it, which can reflect the location of the target.) Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. It seems that the black-robed killers found the location of the second prince through this strange object. In fact, the effect is similar to that of my own ''Tracking Pendant'', which is a rare item for finding targets. The side effects are somewhat similar. The pendant needs to drip blood, and the oil lamp consumes the user''s blood. Why are you looking for people''s things? They all need blood. The difference lies in the way of tracking. The ''Tracking Pendant'' requires the target''s personal clothing or items, while the ''Soul Chasing Oil Lamp'' requires blood, hair or body tissue. It can be regarded as providing myself with a means to track the target. However, the description of "blowing and burning" the wick feels a bit strange. Others blow it out and it blows it on. "What is this, uncle!" Xiao Xiaofei came over and asked. The other two also looked over. Just now, Sanhun was sorting other trophies on the side, and the scrolls and coins were divided into several piles. "A strange object that can track the target by burning the target''s hair and blood." Wu Heng held up the oil lamp and showed it to the three ghosts. Glenda suddenly said: "The killer used this thing to find the second prince?" "Probably." "Then where did they find his hair?" Xiaoxiao asked. Wu Heng shook his head, "I don''t know." Glenda said: "It doesn''t matter where you found him. This also reminds you to be careful outside in the future. Don''t even lose your hair." "You can just seal it with cement and don''t let your hair fall out." Wu Heng said angrily. "Pick it up if you drop it," Glenda said again. Xiaoxiao and Penny were laughing at the side. See all the loot. Wu Heng collected all the space rings according to their types. "You guys come back first, we are going back." The three ghosts entered the body, Wu Heng opened the door and walked in directly. Check out the 16-9 book bar to see the correct version! Back at the princess''s residence, it was already dusk. After releasing the three ghosts to roam freely, Wu Heng washed his face, put on a mask and walked downstairs. After going downstairs. The princess stood up and said, "Your Highness, dinner is ready, including some of your favorite dishes." "Let''s go." We walked into the restaurant together, and dinner was already served on the table. Wu Heng always wore a mask as he was always accompanied by his servants. The conversations between the two of them were all simple chats, nothing too serious. Wait until dinner is finished. After the servants collected all the tableware. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom with her. Two maids, making the bed in the bedroom. The princess said: "Go back and rest. You are not needed here tonight." "Yes!" The maids all retreated. There were only two people left in the bedroom. Wu Heng took off his mask, sat at the table and poured himself a cup of tea. He looked carefully at the princess who forcibly signed the contract. He looks young, about 20 years old, and about the height of Wu Heng''s shoulders. He has a well-proportioned body and a good-looking face. If she can become a princess, she must look good. Across the way, the princess saw the other person staring at her, and lowered her head with a red face. Wu Heng looked back and asked, "How old are you?" "twenty two!" "Where is the second prince?" "34 years old." The princess replied. The second prince is already 34. In fact, it doesn''t really look like it. Thought he would be younger. Wu Heng then asked: "How old is the eldest prince?" The princess said: "I don''t know exactly how old he is, but he may be over 45 years old." The eldest prince is in his 40s, the second prince is 34, and the fifth princess should be in her 20s. The old king has good energy. Such a big age range. "What exactly happened in the kingdom? It has become like this." Wu Heng asked the doubts in his heart. Information obtained from the outside world can be learned by piecing it together. But whether it is correct or not, and what the truth is, we really cant be sure. The princess frowned and thought for a moment, then said: "I don''t know the specifics. I just know that suddenly there was news that the eldest prince killed the old king, and Clifford took us out of the royal city and occupied this place." Wu Heng paused for a moment before realizing that Clifford was the second prince''s name. "You are a princess and you don''t know anything?" Wu Heng was surprised. "They need a princess, and I just fit this identity." The princess smiled bitterly, and then said, "If one day these things are over, please allow me to go outside and get out of here." "Accompany me to play the role of the second prince, and you can go wherever you want from now on." The other party nodded. After knowing what I wanted to know, I didnt expect to have anything else to ask. He got up and planned to go back to rest. Seeing him getting up, the princess''s body trembled, she lowered her head and grabbed the quilt on the bed with her fingers. After a while, I heard footsteps approaching the door, and then I raised my head and glanced. Wu Heng said: "Get some rest, I''ll sleep next door." "Are you going next door?" Wu Heng looked at her and asked, "Are you ready?" "No, no!" She also knew what would happen in the end when a man and a woman signed a slave contract. For more than a day, I have been doing psychological construction. In particular, there is no way to harbor any ill will towards the master, everything will happen sooner or later. "Then get ready and rest early." Wu Heng opened the door and walked out directly. The princess also walked to the door, opened the door to the next door, and walked in. At this time, my heart was still beating loudly. It seems that the person he signed the contract with is not as cruel as imagined. Buzz buzz~! The penetrating roar of the engine broke the silent night. Under the silver moonlight, a black motorcycle passed quickly and stopped in front of an ancient house. Lilith was wearing a black leather jacket and a pair of black boots. After taking off her helmet, she threw her messy long hair back. Hanging the helmet on the handle, he stepped directly into the ancient house. Jingle bell bell~! The door opened and a pleasant bell rang. Then a woody smell hit his face. Ta Ta Ta ~! Footsteps sounded, and the wooden stairs leading to the upper floor sounded. A dwarf wearing a single-sided glasses walked down slowly and saluted respectfully, "Leader Lilith." As he spoke, he snapped his fingers. The eight-legged round table crawled over from a distance, followed by the stiff puppet, who brought teacups and cakes and placed them on the round table. Lilith nodded and said, "Are the goods I ordered ready?" "Of course!" The dwarf took out a huge gift box and placed it on the table. The black satin was opened, revealing the exquisite-looking doll inside. "I will certainly do my best for your customized goods. It can fully meet all your requirements, including carrying ghosts." The dwarf said, his words a little crazy. Bang~! Lilith threw out a bag of gold coins and put the gift box away, "It would be best if it is as successful as you said." "No matter how bad my reputation is, I would not dare to deceive Leader Lilith." Seeing that the other party was about to leave, the dwarf quickened his pace and followed behind him, and a large number of puppets also followed suit and walked out. He continued, "Chief, I don''t know if the vehicle you parked at the door is a rare object or the latest prop. I''m sorry, let me study it. It seems to have a very special structure." "I will introduce you to the producer when I get the chance." Lilith walked out of the ancient house without looking back. Under the gaze of the other party and various weird puppets, put on your helmet and sit astride the motorcycle. Buzz~! After a buzz, the motorcycle sped away. It disappeared into the night in the blink of an eye. Two days later. Parliament Hall. The Minister of Management and the President rushed over in a hurry. The president saluted and said: "Your Highness, the soldiers who went to Nilali City to deliver intelligence are back." "How''s it going over there?" Wu Heng asked. The president frowned and said seriously, "On the day you left, three level 18 professionals in the city led the army out of the city to pursue the enemy. They have not come back yet. The level 18 professionals who stayed in the city also reported that they had something to do the next day. He left the city for this reason, and all his valuable belongings were evacuated from his residence. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, first surprised, then angry and frightened. His voice trembled, "How could this happen!" The three people who left the city were taken into prison by him. The remaining one probably got scared and ran away. The Minister of Management immediately said: "Your Highness, don''t worry, stay calm and you can find a way." Wu Heng took a deep breath and sat down again. The president continued, "Your Highness, there is another message. The courier from Luntam City has arrived and has been arranged at the tavern in Nilali City." (End of chapter) Chapter 831 , this is impossible (Update today.) Chapter 831, This is impossible (Updated today.) The news about the Luntam City messenger finally reached here. In the original plan, the role of the messenger was to find the location of the second prince. But the speed of the messenger was not as fast as Wu Heng''s. People had been killed for so many days before the messenger''s negotiations were officially conveyed. Of course, when killing the second prince on the train. The message the four of them exchanged on paper mentioned the matter of the messenger, but at that time it was still a transmission of information, and the person had not yet arrived in Nilali City. "How can I have the energy to deal with things over there now?" Wu Heng played the role of the second prince, with an impatient look on his face. The level 18 professionals in Nilali City were running to death, how could they keep calm. The two ministers below looked at each other. The Minister of Management took a step forward and said again: "Your Highness, please contact the messenger from Luntam City. Maybe there will be some changes." Wu Heng looked up at the other party and asked, "What''s the turning point?" "Can we use Luntam City to jointly contain the threat from the royal capital?" the management minister said softly. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed slightly, and he was a little surprised that the other party would take the initiative to propose this decision. "How to use it?" The Minister of Management continued: "Luntam City arranged for a messenger to come here, and it is certain that it is for peace talks. If we fall, they will directly face the army of the royal capital." He paused slightly, observed Wu Heng''s expression, and then said, "We are willing to negotiate peace with them, but we need them to help us resist the threat of the royal capital." Unknowingly, the situation on the second prince''s side had developed to this point. No one said it clearly, but it was obvious that he could no longer compete with the eldest prince. Let alone regaining the throne, wait until the news here reaches the ears of the eldest prince, and then arrange for the second batch of killers to come over. No one here can survive. Of course, the real second prince had died in Wu Heng''s hands. Wu Heng said: "We have just arranged for a killer to kill the female city lord." "So, we still need to resolve misunderstandings in this regard." Good guy, the assassination can still be called a misunderstanding. Wu Heng looked at the president''s collar, "What do you think?" The President said: "Getting their support is our best result. We just need to arrange who will talk about this matter. His Highness cannot go there due to security issues, and we have to choose someone who can make a decision." After speaking, he looked directly at the Minister of Management. The latter frowned, but walked out and said: "I am willing to go and talk to the other party''s messenger." "How many days will it take to get the results?" "The journey will take three days. I will inform you of the news as soon as possible." said the Minister of Management. "Then you should set off as soon as possible and negotiate cooperation as much as possible." Wu Heng''s voice immediately became serious. "good." Then, the three of them sat together and talked about the bargaining chips they could bring to the table and the conditions they would accept. It also gave the management minister greater authority in negotiations. Wait until some details are sorted out. The Minister of Management and the President stood up and left. The two left, and Wu Heng was still sitting in his seat. I was thinking about the cooperation mentioned by the two ministers just now. Judging from the attitudes of the two, the disappearance and escape of all level 18 professionals in Nilali City is also a huge pressure on them. If the identities of these two people were not completely bound to the second prince, he might have considered leaving with the money. High level, and made enough money. You can have a good life wherever you go. The threat brought by the eldest prince forced this side to cooperate with Luntam City. To put it bluntly, I want to seize the city of Larentam and have a direct conflict with the eldest prince. But for my own side. As long as it works well, this cooperation can be regarded as a way to transfer the rights in hand. Downplay the role of the second prince and give all the territory and power to Wen Mansha. "It''s an opportunity!" Thinking in their hearts, Glenda and Penny flew back from outside. Granda took the lead and said: "The president has arranged a guard to send the management minister out of the city." Beni also said, "The management minister I followed went home to pack his things, and he also explained the funeral arrangements to his family. It seems that this minister is really good to the second prince." "I heard from Natalia that he is the second prince''s teacher, and there should be some teacher-student relationship in him," Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao muttered to the side, "The second prince must have been a good student before." Glenda continued, "Are you planning to transfer the rights to Wen Mansha through this negotiation?" "Based on the current situation, any conditions proposed by Luntam City will be accepted here. If the operation is good, the transition can be made faster." Wu Heng said what he had just thought. Penny nodded, "Yes, indeed." Xiaoxiao followed suit, "Yes, indeed." Glenda also thought quickly, and then said, "There is one more thing that needs to be added to the negotiation." "Which point?" "The second prince is required to live in Luntam City, whether as a hostage or in the name of protecting him. You can''t always stay here and be the prince. After you go to Luntam City, you will be free." Glenda said seriously. Wu Heng''s eyes lit up, "I really didn''t expect this. I asked Wen Mansha to add it." "Can." After the conversation was over, Wu Heng continued, "Xiaoxiao, help me look outside. Someone will come and notify me." "Okay." Xiaoxiao flew to the door. Wu Heng took out his portable radio, connected it, and tuned it to Wen Mansha''s frequency band. "Mansha Wen, can you hear me?" After about a minute or two, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, I''m here." "You''re doing well lately, right?" "Everything is fine, master, don''t worry!" Wen Mansha said with a smile in her voice. "The messenger has arrived. I have also discussed some situations here and will let you know." "You said it!" Wu Heng recounted the results of the discussion here. After finishing speaking, he continued: "Relying on Luntam City is the best result here right now, so the conditions must be stricter." Wen Mansha asked solemnly: "What kind of harsh law?" "You guys can discuss the rest of the matter over there. I have two things that need to be arranged." "You said it!" "The Minister of Management will ask the army of Luntam City to help defend. You will ask for the right to jointly manage the city with the second prince, that is, equal command rights. He will also mention the request to protect the second prince. You will say that , the second prince needs to go to Luntam City to settle down," Wu Heng said directly. "Aren''t you the second prince now?" "Yes, by allowing me to settle in Luntam City in this way, I will avoid exposing my secret, and everything will be under your management from now on." Wu Heng explained. These are the two most important parts of the plan. By jointly managing the city under the second prince''s name, the rights can be transferred directly. Gradually, the second prince''s influence gradually faded, and slowly gathered on Wen Mansha. The second point requires the second prince to go to Luntam City, which is to let Wu Heng pass. You can''t stay here and pretend to be the second prince for the rest of your life. Wen Mansha suddenly realized, "I understand. I have someone go and notify the messenger now. Is it too late?" "If you have time, it will take three days to arrange for the people to negotiate in the past." "That''s enough." Wen Mansha continued, "Let''s do this. I''ll just ask Hartel to negotiate, so as not to relay this plan to too many people." "Okay." Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Hatter has prepared a lot of new clothes, waiting to be worn for you to see!" Wu Heng glanced at Glenda and Beni, who were looking at them, and said, "We''ll talk about it when we get back. Let''s arrange this matter first." "Okay Master, I''ll go down and make arrangements first." "good!" After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng put the radio away. Glenda said: "It depends on how the negotiations go?" "It''s just a delay for a few days. In terms of the current situation, there is no other way for the second prince." Penny added, "What about the Secret Order? Will anything be done from it?" "Everyone from the Secret Order around us is dead. When they react, both parties will have reached cooperation. It won''t be a big problem." "That''s right." "Call Xiaoxiao, let''s go back." Penny flew out and called Xiaoxiao, who was on guard, and together they followed the back door back to the princess''s mansion. Walk through the door. Then he saw the princess with her maid pruning the flower branches. Wearing a colorful floral dress, a few butterflies were flying around her. "Your Highness!" The princess and the maid saluted together. "Yeah!" Wu Heng nodded. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! "Come to the study with me." Wu Heng walked straight ahead. The princess sent the maids away to do their own business, and she followed them upstairs and into the study. The door closed, and then stood aside, "Sir, what can I do?" Wu Heng took off his mask, motioned for her to sit down, and then said, "In a few days, I will settle in Luntam City as the second prince. Do you have any ideas?" The princess looked over with some surprise, "Are you willing to let me go?" "We have no grudges to begin with. You can leave then, but you can''t mention this matter in the future." Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea. The grudge between himself and the second prince has little to do with this princess. In other words, this princess is more like a canary in a cage. The identity of the second prince requires a princess, and she happens to be the most suitable. He had indeed helped himself before, and since he had signed a slave contract with himself, he would not do anything harmful to himself subjectively. Therefore, if she is willing to leave, she will not be forced to stay. "I will go to my relatives at home and won''t cause you any trouble." The princess said with a smile. "Well, if you get into trouble in the future, just go to Luntam City. The people there will protect you." The princess smiled and nodded, and then said, "You look very young, why are you so powerful?" After two days of contact, this was the first time I had the idea of ??chatting with myself. "It''s okay, talent." "People like you shouldn''t be so unknown." "Actually, I''m somewhat famous outside. Maybe it''s because you haven''t had any contact with the outside world during this period." "Can you tell me about it?" Wu Heng took a sip of tea and said, "It''s a little embarrassing to talk about myself. I have two books here for you to read." Two detective books were taken out and placed on the table. The princess raised her eyebrows, looked at the book, and then at Wu Heng, with a suspicious tone, "Your book?" "Write mine." "Oh, I believe you are famous outside." He said, picking up the book. The two chatted for a while. The princess also left the room. Wu Heng also sat back at his desk, discussing some arrangements with the three ghosts. Two more days passed, and it was the zombie world. Within the surveillance room, the five newly sent in level 18 professionals also completed the transformation into zombies. After watching the surveillance, Wu Heng took the skeleton alchemist''s record book to check it. The wings of the zombies in cells 202, 203, and 204 are half a meter long. The growth rate is still relatively fast. The remaining zombies also had the prototype of wings on their backs. It seems that the zombie virus used includes wings, and the transformed zombies all have wings. Has wings and can fly. In Wu Heng''s view, it is also an advantage. Whether it''s aerial combat or, like Winky, super fast movement. They all increase strength. "Uncle, I''m back." Xiaoxiao came in through the wall and saluted. Then Glenda and Penny also flew back. Wu Heng returned the record book to the skeleton and asked, "How was it?" Xiao Xiao said: "There are three level 19s, and two of them are not very impressive, and they are still level 18." This made Wu Heng more certain of his previous conjecture. Zombies that can be directly promoted to level 19 have reached the standard for improvement in ability before transformation, but are restricted by reputation. After transforming into a zombie, this layer of shackles is canceled and he reaches level 19 directly. "It''s okay. Even if it''s still level 18, it should be not far from level 19." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao half-lyed in the air, "Then when will they reach level 20?" "I don''t know. Anyway, if you continue to provide, it will arrive sooner or later." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao shrugged. After reading this. Wu Heng stretched and said, "Let''s go back and pretend to be the prince." Three ghosts entered the body, and Wu Heng returned to another world. Nilali City. In the solemn hall, on both sides of the long oak table, negotiators from the two forces were sitting. On the left is the administrative minister ''Edwin'' who represents the second prince and some officials. On the opposite side is the city manager of Luntam City ''Hartel'', who is wearing a straight dark dress and black-rimmed glasses. He is a very official. . The scene became slightly quieter. The Minister of Management was the first to speak, and said solemnly: "Miss Hartle, this war has lasted for too long, and the people have suffered terribly. Your Highness hopes that we can end this dispute peacefully, let the fields return to farming, and let the trade routes reopen. Prosperity." There was a hint of sincerity in his words. Harter straightened his body and said unhurriedly: "The end of the war is what we want to see. If you have no objections, we can directly sign an agreement and use the current city as the boundary to end this meaningless war. The Minister of Management raised his eyebrows. He did not expect that the other party would be so decisive. Even when he had the advantage, he did not make any demands. They are simply asking for ownership of the land they occupy. In the past, they would not agree to this, but the current situation does not allow them to ask for too much. Those lost lands cannot be regained even if they disagree with it. The Minister of Management continued, "Don''t worry, Miss Hartle. We have no objection to your idea, but we would like to discuss further cooperation with you." "Oh? What kind of cooperation?" Harter looked confused. The Minister of Management carefully explained what he had discussed here. There are only two main points, let Luntam City resist the eldest prince''s army and killers together, and the second point is to protect the safety of the second prince. Hartle only showed surprise on his face because he knew about this in advance. Several officials who accompanied the Minister of Management also showed signs of surprise. It seems that this is not known in advance. Hartle said: "Are you planning to drag Luntam City into trouble? Or are you going to let us be cannon fodder for you?" He could hear the dissatisfaction in the other person''s tone. The Minister of Management immediately explained, "No, we are sincerely cooperating with Luntam City. Of course, you can raise any conditions you have. Let''s discuss it together. Everything is for better cooperation." Hartle fell silent. Then he said: "Peace is what everyone hopes for, but when you talk about cooperation to resist the threat of the royal capital, verbal promises alone are not enough, and I have no way to go back and explain." The Minister of Management''s expression dropped. Harter discussed in a low voice with the people next to him, then raised his head and said: "It''s okay to let us help you defend, but we need the second prince''s joint governance rights to govern the city at the moment, so as to ensure the rights and interests of both parties. What you said is the first Two points, protect the safety of the second prince. After hesitating for a moment, he continued, "His Royal Highness the Second Prince needs to come and settle in Luntam City. This is not only a sign of trust, but also a solid foundation for subsequent cooperation." The Minister of Management opened his eyes. "It''s impossible to go to Wrentam City." (End of chapter) Chapter 832 , do you like heavy hair? Chapter 832, Do you like people with heavy hair? The Minister of Management stood up suddenly, holding his hands on the table with an angry expression. The second prince represents the leader of his side. What''s the difference between sending the leader over and defeating him? Facing the anger of the Minister of Management, Harter still kept his face as usual and said softly: "The second prince plans to use us to contain the eldest prince. When we both lose, will you continue to take action?" After saying that, everyone in Luntam City looked over with anger in their eyes. You can''t beat both sides, and you are still playing this kind of tricks. The Minister of Management immediately explained, "We have no such idea at all, and we sincerely want to restore peace between the two sides." "Words of peace are completely unconvincing." Hartl pushed up his glasses, "The war between us was not started by Luntam City." The other side fell into silence again. To put it nicely, the two sides came to negotiate for peace. To put it lightly, the forces on the second prince''s side need the help of Luntam City. He is unreasonable on his own, but he also wants to ask for help from the other party. Let the negotiation become completely passive. From negotiation to bargaining, we try to minimize our own losses and save some face. Thinking quickly in his mind, the Minister of Management continued, "If His Royal Highness the Second Prince goes to Luntam City, it will have an impact on the entire situation and the morale of the army in the territory. It is better to replace him with a member who can also represent the royal family, which can also maintain our situation. Trust from both sides. Harter''s eyes were puzzled, "Who is it?" "Princess Natalia, His Highness''s official wife." The Minister of Management said in a serious tone. Hartle raised his eyebrows. This person was not mentioned in any contact with Wu Heng. It sounds like he is also a relatively important person among the entire force on the Second Prince''s side. However, the original plan had been made in advance, and the princess was not mentioned, which meant that she was not needed in the plan, or was not that important. He simply shook his head and said, "This princess may be more important in your kingdom, but what we need is for the second prince to settle in Luntam City." The Minister of Management''s face was still gloomy, but he did not speak immediately. Hartle continued: "You still need us to protect the safety of the second prince. How do you want us to protect him? Arrange a few level 18 professionals for him? Or let the skeleton army surround him." "Is it the best way to arrange him in Luntam City? Or do you think you are more concerned about face than the second prince''s life?" "The threat from the Royal Capital cannot be dealt with through simple discussion. You should know this better than me." Hartle spoke slowly, and the other person wanted to speak several times, but could not find a reason to refute. That''s the truth, and there''s no better way to say it. "How do you ensure the safety of His Highness?" the Minister of Management continued to ask. Hartle said, "We are willing to talk. If we really want to be disadvantageous to you, it is better to contact the prince directly." "You won''t do this. The leader of the Holy See is in the royal capital. Once you make a big move, it will attract attention there." Maybe he found an opportunity to fight back, the Minister of Management said immediately. "Then what? Do you still expect them to be on your side?" Hartl said with a smile, and then said: "Our only two conditions are the joint governance rights of your land, and the second prince''s right to stay in Luntam. If you dont agree, there is no need to continue this negotiation. The Minister of Management took a deep breath and shouted, "Miss Hartle, please, these gentlemen will stay in the tavern for two days. I will report this matter to His Highness immediately, and we will discuss it again then." "Okay, you probably don''t want to delay the time too long!" Harter said coldly. "Of course!" The Minister of Management nodded. Harter and others did not stay, got up and left with their own people. The negotiation hall fell into silence again. The other ministers who accompanied the negotiation also looked very ugly. Whether it was voluntary or forced, he was now bound to the second prince. Judging from the recent negotiations, the second prince has reached its limit and needs peace talks with Luntam City to deal with the threat from the eldest prince. This made everyone feel uneasy. I even started thinking about some ways to save myself. No one wanted to die, and they had no intention of dying with the second prince. After pondering for a while, an official said, "Lord Edwin, what is your highness''s plan?" The rest of the people also looked at the Minister of Management. The latter hesitated for a moment and then said: "We lost some masters in the last attack. His Highness meant to cooperate with Luntam City to contain the eldest prince." Everyone frowned, obviously not satisfied with this answer. "Sir, tell me! We still have a few level 18 professionals. How many troops can we mobilize?" Another official said. The Minister of Management looked at the other party and said, "I can''t tell you the specific number, but it is enough to stabilize the situation at the moment." "Where''s the army?" "Defensive enough, but offensively lacking." Even with this answer, many people still had doubts in their eyes. There is talk of joint management rights, how can it be defensive enough? An official in the distance said: "Will His Highness choose to go to Luntam City?" On this side, an official said: "Sending His Highness to Luntam City is not like becoming a human being..." The hostages didn''t tell them everything, but everyone understood what they were talking about. Everyone fell silent. If they cooperate with Luntam City, there may be a turn for the better. If the negotiation fails, they will have to find a way to protect themselves. The Minister of Management immediately said: "You don''t need to worry too much. I will inform His Highness of the situation here through a letter. Let''s wait for a few days and see how His Highness plans to deal with it." Check out the 16-9 book bar to see the correct version! The others nodded in agreement. The Minister of Management took out a pen and paper and wrote down the contents of the negotiation and the attitudes of the officials. Then he handed it to the attendant on the side and said, "Have someone send it back." "Yes!" The attendant took the letter and left. The princess''s residence. Wu Heng came down from upstairs, and a sumptuous dinner was already prepared on the dining table. Compared with the previous two days, today has become richer since the morning. The princess was wearing a beige embroidered long dress, her hair was tied back, and her fair and straight calves could be seen under the skirt. "Your Highness." The princess saluted with her servants. "Well, let''s eat!" Wu Heng said. The princess sat down again and said to the maids behind her: "You should go down to eat too. I will call you if anything happens." The maids bowed and left. There were only two people left in the restaurant. The princess took two simple bites, put down the tableware, and looked at him like this, "Do you use two wooden sticks to eat?" "Chopsticks, don''t you find it very convenient?" Wu Heng skillfully picked up the pieces of meat and put them in his mouth. "I''ve only seen you use it like this." The princess continued, "My lord, are you married?" Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I have several maids who gave me a daughter." "How many?" The princess looked curious. "Counting you 7." The princess''s eyelashes trembled and her face turned a little red, but she didn''t make any excuses. After signing a slave contract, there is no problem in calling her a maid. It sounds better than a slave. "So, you are a mage, and a very strong mage." The princess said directly. Signing a slave contract not only restricts the slave, but also increases the burden on one''s own soul. There is a limit to the number of contracts each person can sign. Someone like Wu Heng, who signed his seventh contract, is a high-level professional no matter how you think about it. Wu Heng did not answer. The princess continued, "Your daughter must be very cute, right?" "Cute, I''ll take you to see it if I have the chance." Wu Heng said. The princess said ''hmm'', and then said: "What about the rest? Do you only like that one maid?" It sounds like she is more interested in herself. "More orc maids." The princess''s eyes widened and she suddenly said: "So you like women with a sense of strength." Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her, "There are also orcs who are close to humans, but they retain some of the characteristics of orcs." "You like hairy ones?" (End of chapter) Chapter 833 ,Attend Chapter 833, attend "It''s just like people. Where did you hear these things?" "Oh!" The princess still smiled, "Sir, you should also consider starting a family." "No rush, wait until I reach level 20." Hearing that level 20 was mentioned so calmly, the princess looked a little confused, but didn''t say anything. He pointed to a few dishes and introduced how to make them. Had dinner. The two sat in the living room and chatted for a while. They each returned to their rooms. It can be seen that the princess talks more and more. He is not as cautious and indifferent as he was at the beginning, but also a bit naughty and gossipy. After all, he is not very old. In the modern world, I am still in college. Return to the bedroom. Glenda was reading a book and Penny was reading a tablet. Before Wu Heng could ask, Glenda said directly, "Xiao Xiao went out to play. Wen Mansha contacted you at the radio station. Seeing that you were happily chatting with the princess, I will wait for your return." Wu Heng nodded and said, "Didn''t Wen Mansha say anything?" "We couldn''t talk over the radio or ask." "That''s right." Wu Heng sat next to the radio, put back the solar panel outside the window, then turned on the radio and asked, "Wen Mansha, are you looking for me?" From the opposite side, Wen Mansha''s voice came, "Master, Hartle used a radio prop to contact me in the afternoon and said that the negotiations have been completed." "How about it?" "Hatter told them everything you told them. The minister who negotiated said that he would write a letter to ask the second prince. It is estimated that a letter will reach you in the next few days." As soon as Wen Mansha finished speaking, Hartle''s voice came over, "Master, Madam!" Harter had a portable radio provided by Wu Heng in his hand. He should also be on this frequency band and heard the conversation between the two. Wen Mansha said: "Since Harter is here, you can talk to your master." "Yes, madam." Then, Hartle told the story in full, and then said, "Judging from their attitude, they have accepted the joint management rights of occupying the city. The only difference is that the second prince settles in Luntam City. on something. Wu Heng said: "The minister who negotiated is the second prince''s teacher. The two of them have a certain teacher-student relationship. I definitely don''t want the second prince to enter Luntam City as a hostage. I will handle it well and the conditions will be settled by then. Come forward in the name of the second prince and we sign an armistice agreement." Wen Mansha said: "Do you need me to go over to finally sign the agreement? It seems that it will be taken more seriously." Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "We will take a look at the situation first. It would be best not to have you step forward." "Okay, then let''s wait for the good news from the master." Wen Mansha said with a smile. The overt and covert fighting between Luntam City and the second prince also continued for a period of time. Even though this side has always had the advantage, I feel a little tired mentally. It also affects the development of the entire Wrentam City. Now that the second prince is dead, and the subsequent plans are completed, this matter will be completely resolved. "Then let''s do this for now. Harter should be careful. Maybe the eldest prince''s people will arrange for someone to sabotage the negotiations between the two parties." Wu Heng continued to instruct. "It''s Master, I will be careful." Wen Mansha also laughed, "Harter''s voice is soft when talking to the master." Hartle did not refute and remained silent. Wu Heng said, "That''s it for now. If there is any information, please contact us in time." "Okay, Master." After ending the communication, Wu Heng put the microphone back. Glenda flew over and said, "It seems that the negotiations are proceeding as expected." "From the perspective of the people on the second prince''s side, there is no other way except cooperation with Luntam City." Wu Heng leaned back and stretched. Beni added, "There is also the Secret Order. Didn''t the second prince cooperate with the Secret Order before?" Glenda explained: "No, the Secret Order only cooperates with the second prince, and their identities are not allowed to be known to too many people, so those ministers may know that the businessmen are paying for help, but they do not necessarily know that it is the Secret Order. " Wu Heng added, "It is impossible for the second prince to let the ministers know. The Qilin Dao plan of the Secret Order is not a secret, and many people will think of it." "Wu Heng, you also know?" "What''s wrong with me? My intelligence is close to 40." Wu Heng rolled his eyes at her. "No, I know you are smart." Penny waved her transparent hand and said with a smile. Huh~! Xiao Xiaofei came back, looked at the two souls chatting, and asked: "Uncle and aunt, what are you talking about?" "Talk about your uncle''s intelligence." Xiaoxiao pinched his waist and said, "Auntie, you are so stupid, you know your uncle is stupid and you still tease him. Glenda and Penny both smiled and flew back to their respective positions. Wu Heng looked at the little girl standing in front of him and pinching her waist. He wanted to defend himself, but didn''t know what to say. "Thank you, Xiaoxiao!" "It''s okay." Xiaoxiao turned around and gave him a thumbs up. Wu Heng didn''t want to continue the quarrel with Sanhun anymore. He stood up and said, "I won''t tell you anymore. I''m going back to rest. Remember to notify me in time if there is any danger." "Goodbye uncle." "Good night!" Wu Heng waved his hand, walked out of the study and returned to the bedroom to rest and sleep. Two days later, the messenger who worked around the clock arrived at Sidi City. The president, who was dressed in iron armor, did not dare to stop for a moment. Take a horse-drawn carriage and arrive directly at the meeting hall. When the messenger entered the city, the ghost caught the other party''s figure and came back early to tell Wu Heng what happened. Wearing a mask, Wu Heng appeared in the meeting hall. "Your Highness, a letter has been sent from Nilali City." The president said and delivered the letter directly. Check out the 16-9 book bar to see the correct version! Wu Heng tore it open and carefully looked at the contents. There is no discrepancy with what Hartl mentioned. In addition to retelling the original content of the negotiation, you also have your own views on the entire negotiation and the other party''s attitude. Judging from the information written by the Minister of Management. If the talks fail this time, officials there will take action, and the whole situation is likely to collapse quickly. Wu Heng frowned and looked at it. The president''s leader was a little anxious. After Wu Heng read the letter, he couldn''t wait to ask, "Your Highness, what does the letter say?" Wu Heng handed the letter to him, "Take a look for yourself." The other party took it, and as he looked at the content above, his eyes instantly narrowed. He said with an angry tone: "They really dare to mention it." Wu Heng sat down on the chair again and said, "I plan to agree to their conditions." "Your Highness, how can this be done?" The president took a step forward. "For the future, and for the safety of all of us, I have to talk to the city lord of Luntam City." Wu Heng said directly. Could they do something bad when you get over there? "It''s unlikely, and we have no other choice. If we continue to delay, it will only make the situation worse." Wu Heng sighed softly. "Then..." the president said in the middle of the sentence, then swallowed it back, "How do you plan to arrange it?" "I''ll write a letter, and you can arrange for someone to send it to Teacher Edwin first, and tell the people in Luntam City that I will sign a cooperation agreement with them in person, and I hope they will keep their promise." The president sighed, "Well, if something really happens to you, I will lead the army and fight them to the death." "Don''t worry, it won''t happen." Wu Heng wrote a letter, sealed it with wax, and handed it to the president. The latter took it, bowed and quickly retreated. Then Penny flew back, "The letter was delivered." "Well, let''s pack up and go back in the next two days." Wu Heng walked towards the back. Return to the princess''s residence. The princess is taking care of the flowers and plants in the courtyard. Wu Heng asked: "How many people here do you want to take away?" The princess was stunned for a moment, with some doubts in her eyes, "Are you leaving?" "Leave in the next two days. Take your people with you. If not necessary, give them more money and send them away directly." Wu Heng walked towards the room. The princess followed behind, "I have no money. Lend me some and pay you back later." "You, a princess, don''t even have this little money?" "I''ll just pay it back to you later." Wu Heng took out some silver coins and handed them to her, "You are a princess and you don''t even get a salary." The princess curled her lips and left directly to dismiss the staff at the princess''s residence. Wu Heng also walked towards the room. Inform Wen Mansha and Harter of this news. Two more days passed. Autumn has entered. A train departing from Sidi City moves along the railway tracks. Wu Heng and the princess were escorted by the guards and sat in the carriage, with the rumbling sound of the train in their ears. The princess knelt on her seat and looked out the window, her eyes full of smiles. Wu Heng was thinking about what happened next. After arriving in Nilali City, the agreement was signed on behalf of the second prince. The fighting between the two sides will cease completely. The second prince will gradually fade away from everyone''s sight. (End of chapter) Chapter 834 , an agreement was reached (5,000 words, Chapter 834, Agreement reached (5,000 words, one update today.) The train was speeding, whizzing past the mountains, making a clanging sound. A bumpy feeling and a noise in my ears. Its a completely different feeling than riding the ghost train. In the long and narrow carriage, the light stone sways gently. Normal negotiations between the two countries. Before the leader comes forward to sign an agreement, it has to go through many rounds of negotiations and discussions with officials. But the current situation means that the overall situation on the Second Prince''s side does not have much time to delay. Coupled with Wu Heng''s quick decision, it directly accelerated the progress and entered the stage where the leader signed the agreement. "Is there any danger on the road?" The princess sat back on the chair and looked this way. "Are you scared? You still have the guts to go out? It''s more dangerous outside." Wu Heng said with a smile. The princess looked solemn, "I''m not afraid, I just asked casually to see if it can go smoothly." "The itinerary is confidential, and there is little chance of danger." Wu Heng replied. "Oh! You should be more careful." The princess whispered, looked at him again, and asked softly, "I read the great detective story. It''s really you who is written in it? So powerful?" A few days ago, Wu Heng gave her the first two volumes of the Great Detective Story. Wu Heng glanced at the other party''s fair and tender cheeks and said, "You have a layer of calluses on your palms and fingertips, which are evenly distributed. You have a habit of training on weekdays." "The calluses at the base of your index finger and thumb are the most serious. These are the marks left by holding the sword handle tightly for many years and rubbing it to exert force. It proves that your sword technique tends to be stable and your force is accurate." "The callus under the palm of your hand, close to your wrist, means that when using the sword, you often need to flexibly twist the sword body to quickly reach the target." "The one that meets these characteristics should be Gray Eagle Sword Technique. Is this sword technique your best?" After Wu Heng finished speaking, he looked at her with a smile. At this time, the princess''s eyes and mouth were wide open, with an expression of disbelief on her face. You, you and I wanted to say something, but they seemed to be choked and did not say it. After a while, he put his palms back into his sleeves and said, "You have seen me do something to you. You must have known it at that time." "Then am I right? Are you learning Gray Eagle Sword Technique?" "Yes!" the princess said, "Do you know this sword technique, or did you infer it?" "Is there any difference between the two?" Wu Heng said. The princess''s eyes changed. At that time, she swung a sword at him and was subdued. How could she accurately locate the fixed sword technique in such a short time. Unless he also knows this swordsmanship. But, he is a mage. "What I know is indeed Gray Eagle Sword Technique." The princess said. Wu Heng glanced at the other party''s profile, and then said, "Who did you learn it from?" The princess hesitated and said, "I learned it from my family when I was a child." "Is your family the only one who knows this kind of swordsmanship?" Wu Heng then asked. The princess raised her eyebrows. After hearing this, he really didn''t know much about this sword technique. I dont even know if its the familys swordsmanship. "Well, Gray Eagle Sword Technique is an inherited sword technique of the family. It is passed down from the previous generation to the next generation." The princess said, then turned to look at her, "You want to learn? I can teach you." "Isn''t it about family inheritance?" "As a mage, it''s okay for you to exercise in your spare time." The princess said with a smile. "Forget it." Wu Heng shook his head. The Gray Eagle Sword Technique was already unlocked when he was in Blackstone Town. It doesn''t feel like a profound swordsmanship, and the combat effectiveness that can be demonstrated in actual combat is limited. The princess also looked enlightened, "With your status, it should be easy for you to learn swordsmanship." "What do you want to do when you are free in the future?" Wu Heng continued to ask. The princess''s eyes were confused for a moment, "I want to be a mercenary or open a small shop, but I haven''t thought about it yet. Do you have any recommendations?" "Being a mercenary is hard work. You have to go to many places when you take on a mission. It''s better to open a small shop." "Really, now that you tell me, I want to be a mercenary even more." Wu Heng shrugged and didn''t say much. Wait until it gets late, after dinner. Then rest on the bed prepared on the train. Put the soundproof pot away and chat with the ghosts. The princess next door was still looking out the window at the dark night. The train traveled for another day and a half. Ta Ta Ta Ta~! The sound of footsteps sounded, followed by the sound of armor and weapons clashing. The man wearing the commander''s armor strode in, "Your Highness, you can see the station of Nilali City." The accompanying commander is called Vaughn and was arranged by the President. 37 years old, level 15 professional. It is the highest-level occupation that can be arranged except for the presidential position. "Well, get ready to get out of the car!" Wu Heng wore ordinary clothes and a hood on his head. The rest of the guards also put on cloaks outside to cover their large pieces of armor. Then the train began to slow down. Stop slowly. Wu Heng and others stepped out of the train, and the three ghosts flew out quickly to investigate the surrounding situation in advance. Under the arrangement, Wu Heng and the princess got into a carriage together and continued to the city center. The carriage drove slowly on the road. Approaching the center, the roads become increasingly congested. Occasionally, shouts of ''sinner'' and ''traitor'' can be heard. "What''s going on?" Wu Heng opened the curtain on one side. Commander Vaughn came closer and said softly: "It''s the residents of the city who are resisting the peace talks. Someone must have deliberately spread the news and arranged for people to gather here." "Go to the association and notify Edwin to come over." Wu Heng said softly. "Yes!" The commander waved his hand, and the convoy began to move in the direction of the association. On the way, there was a lot of people. Wu Heng opened the car window a crack and looked outside. The old man, leaning on a wooden stick, followed the crowd and muttered, "You can''t give away the land to others." The woman hugged the child, with anger in her eyes, and shouted in tears, "My man is dead, why do we need peace talks now?" Young people and children, under unified command, shouted, "Fight to the end and never negotiate." Residents who used to be numb and never cared about political affairs. This time everyone gathered together and shouted slogans of no peace talks. United together. "It is easy for the people to be moved by some remarks. The royal family has its own bard. His skill direction is to get support for his policies. He is extremely excited, but the duration is limited." The princess explained at the side. "I know." Wu Heng nodded. The last time the fake prince gave a speech, there were various spells used to add appeal to his words. What the princess wanted to express was that these people were also inspired. In fact, with the strength of the skeleton army, it can completely crush them. But more people will die. Therefore, Wu Heng spent a large part of his time on a gentler approach to occupation. "Your Highness, we have arrived at the association. We have made an agreement with the local deacon to borrow the conference room," the commander said. Wu Heng took the princess out of the car, walked through the hall, and walked into a nearby conference room. Waited in the conference room for a while. The Minister of Management, Edwin, came in with several officials, glanced at Wu Heng and the princess who followed him, saluted and said, "Your Highness, Princess." "Well, what''s going on outside?" Wu Heng asked. The Minister of Management looked ugly, "Someone spread the news, saying that you ceded the land to save your life. The land fell into the hands of the undead, and the living people will become experimental subjects and slaves." Um..., it''s really nothing new. These were the folk rumors when we were in Blackstone Town. When Luntam City occupied half of the city, the original city owner also used similar rumors, saying that the people living there would become experimental subjects. This is still the case. Human imagination is really lacking, and these are the only things that go over and over again. "It''s okay. They will know the real situation later." Wu Heng continued to ask: "Are the negotiators from Luntam City still there?" "They''re all in the tavern. They brought their own guards." "Go and notify them and come directly to sign the agreement." Wu Heng said. The Minister of Management looked around, then pulled him aside, glanced at the princess, and said softly, "Your Highness, do you need to delay for a while, even if you arrange for the princess or others to go to Luntam City!" "Luntam City will not agree to this condition. Instead, it will make them doubt our sincerity. We should follow the previously planned plan." Wu Heng said directly. Seeing that he had already decided, the management minister stopped trying to persuade him. He said: "I will lead a team to go there in person. There is some chaos in the city, so as not to cause trouble on the way." "Okay, Vaughn, take someone with you." Wu Heng also said. "Yes!" The commander nodded and left with a few people. The rest leave. Wu Heng walked to a room on the back and began to change back into the prince''s clothes. At the end of the day, we still have to play the role of the second prince. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and the princess walked in directly. Leather armor on the upper body and a hood. It looks more like a mercenary who came to the association to take over a mission. The princess pushed up the brim of her hood and looked at him with complicated eyes. "Are you leaving?" Wu Heng asked. He promised her that he would let her go after playing the role of the second prince. Although it''s not officially over yet, she won''t be needed in the future. "Well, come here to say goodbye to you." The princess stood there with a soft smile on her face. Wu Heng took out two heavy money bags and said, "Find a place you like and open a shop." The princess looked suffocated, looked at the money bag and put it away, "Thank you, I will pay you back when I have money later." Check out the 16-9 book bar to see the correct version! "We have a great cause, so we don''t need this little money." The princess smiled, waved her hand and said, "Then I''m leaving." "Go!" Wu Heng nodded. The princess looked at him again and then exited the room. He took the maid who followed him and walked outside together. Wu Heng changed his clothes. The guard''s voice came from the door, "Your Highness, the people from Luntam City have arrived and are in the conference room." Wu Heng opened the door and walked directly to the conference room. In the conference room, the atmosphere was a bit solemn. On both sides of the long oak table, there were two distinct groups of people sitting. On the left are officials from the Second Princes camp, and on the right are a group of Luntam City negotiators headed by Harter. One of them is a deacon of the local association. As a third-party observer, it is also a witness. Squeak~! The door opens. Wu Heng walked in wearing a dark blue brocade robe, glanced at the room, and looked at Harter for a moment. The corners of Hartl''s mouth raised slightly, then lowered them, with a cold expression. "Your Highness." The officials saluted. Wu Heng nodded, and then nodded to the local deacon as a greeting. Sit down on the main seat on the left and get straight to the point, "I accept all the proposals proposed by Luntam City, and we can sign the agreement today." "This is best." Harter said, taking out an agreement directly. Without waiting for Wu Heng to speak, the Minister of Management said directly: "Why won''t your leader come over?" Harter looked calm, "There is no change in the agreement, and I can take full responsibility for this matter. Besides, it will take at least half a month for the city lord to arrive from Luntam City. I am sure I won''t waste my time on this kind of thing." The Minister of Management fell silent for a moment. They really didn''t have time to waste. Wu Heng waved his hand to signal the others to stop talking, and looked at Harter again, "I agree to your request, just sign an agreement to cease the war." "Okay!" Harter directly took out an agreement. Wu Heng took it and handed it over to the Minister of Management for inspection, and he began to discuss with the other party some matters about resuming production after the armistice. Soon, the Minister of Management and several other officials reviewed the agreement and said, "No problem." Wu Heng picked up the pen and directly signed his name and stamped it. After Hartle took it, he also signed his name. After the two parties confirmed, they stood up and shook hands. "Your Highness, when do you plan to go to Luntam City with us?" Wu Heng said: "I will leave with you when this is done." "Okay, then we''ll wait for you outside." After Harter finished speaking, he stood up and took his own people with him, and walked out of the room directly. The armistice is only the first step, and the subsequent step is to jointly resist the threat of the great prince and the sect. Of course, you need to take your time. Wrentam City personnel leave. The Minister of Management looked unbearable, with tears in his eyes, "Your Highness." "Okay, I''m not going to die. I will negotiate with the other city lord over there, and you must protect your own safety," Wu Heng said. "What if they..." "They are not stupid. Since everyone is gone, they can''t kill me. Don''t worry." "Your Highness must protect yourself." Wu Heng nodded and continued, "You arrange for someone to issue an announcement to announce the truce. All the forcibly recruited soldiers will be sent back and military expenses will be paid in full." "Okay, Your Highness." The Minister of Management immediately arranged for officials to do it. Then, he looked at Wu Heng and said, "How many people do you need to arrange to follow you to Luntam City?" "Vaughn and the others just come with me," Wu Heng said. Vaughn is the **** commander who came with him. "Yes, Your Highness." Vaughan responded from the side. The Minister of Management also said, "Is there anything else I need to prepare?" "No, if you delay for too long, it will cause trouble. Let''s leave now." "Your Highness, remember to write to me." Wu Heng nodded, "I understand." After walking out of the room, meeting Hartle and others, he left directly through the back door. Three carriages left under the **** of guards. There were still a lot of people gathered in the square, shouting chaotic slogans. At this time, an official squeezed onto the high platform, holding the armistice agreement tightly in his hand, and big beads of sweat rolled down his forehead. Before he could wipe it off, the bard on the side released three amplification spells. The official shouted: "Quiet, now read the prince''s decree." With the blessing of magic, the sound echoed over the square, instantly drowning out the noise of the crowd. The official continued: "We in Luntam City have reached an armistice agreement! The war is over!" This time, the angry crowd looked stunned and their voices lowered unconsciously. The official continued, "Not only that, immediately release all the forcibly recruited soldiers and let them go home to reunite with their families!" "Moreover, the land and city are still ours. We have not ceded the land to them, and we will not become the experimental subjects of the undead. This is an agreement signed by His Highness the Prince and Luntam City. Don''t be deceived by the rumors outside. the official yelled, his voice blasting through the crowd. In an instant, the square was silent, and everyone looked up at the sky, some of whom couldn''t believe their ears. There was no cession of land, but an armistice. That said, no one will die in the future. "It was all rumors before." "Without ceding the land, I said how could a prince do such a thing." "My son can come back? There is no need to fight." The crowd was noisy again. And more people posted notices at various intersections. On the carriage. Penny whispered: "The protests of the crowd have stopped. People are praising the prince." Glenda followed suit, saying, "An opportunity to grow in fame was missed." "Don''t worry, there will be plenty of opportunities in the future." Wu Heng continued. The carriage continued to move forward slowly. When they were near the city gate, Xiaoxiao poked his head in from the outside and said, "Uncle, the princess is at the city gate." Wu Heng opened the curtain and looked out through the gap. Then he saw two figures standing there in the bustling crowd. Didn''t leave the city, didn''t go back. Natalia longed for freedom and a life outside, but when all of this was really before her eyes, she suddenly felt like she had no direction. Perhaps, I simply no longer have the ability to live outside alone. Return to the family? The fight between the princes continued. It was very likely that after he returned, he was sent to the eldest prince to interrogate information about the second prince. He just stood there blankly, watching the people coming and going. "Lost?" A familiar voice suddenly sounded from one side. Natalia and the maid saw the guards, several carriages, and familiar faces behind the curtains. Natalia''s expression condensed, "No, no, I was thinking about where to go. There are many places I want to go, and I didn''t think about it for the moment." Wu Heng glanced at her and then at the maid with a bitter expression. He could also make a guess in his mind, "How about you go back with me first, and then you can go there after you decide where to go." Natalia''s eyes changed and she forced a smile, "Listen to Your Highness." "Get in the car." (End of chapter) Chapter 835 , how about Treasure Island? Chapter 835, How about Treasure Island? After running all the way, the carriage finally returned to Seted Fortress. Standing on the towering city wall were skeletons wearing blue armor and holding weapons, their empty eyes flashing with blue soul fire. Connected on the city wall. As the carriage moved forward, the guards'' faces began to look ugly. "Why so many?" "What kind of weapons do those undead have?" "It was mentioned in the news that the skeletons in Luntam City have a prop that shoots marbles, it should be that kind of thing." "Don''t you think all the people in this city have been transformed into skeletons?" The guards moved forward, talking in low voices. They were the rear guards and did not participate in the undead war in Luntam City. Although they had heard some news, they did not expect that there would be so many undead skeletons standing on the city wall. The guarding skeletons were all lined up. Wouldn''t everyone in the whole city be killed? Inside the carriage, the guards'' discussion could be vaguely heard. The princess raised the curtain and looked at the city wall with frightened eyes. He looked at Wu Heng opposite in surprise. He wanted to ask, but closed his mouth again. There was only some unconcealed worry on his face. As the carriage moved forward, it approached the city gate. After negotiations and a brief inspection, the city gate opened and the convoy walked in. After entering the city. Completely different from the imagined scene. There are no corpses lying around, lifeless. All the shops along the road were open, and people going out could be seen on the street, as well as some people looking over from a distance and gathering together to talk in low voices. Except for the skeleton patrols passing by on the street, there is not much change from a normal human city. "Your Highness, your residence has been arranged for you. In the mansion opposite the Commander''s Mansion, our city lord has also prepared a dinner." Harter came over, kept a certain distance, and spoke. Returning to Seted Fortress made Wu Heng feel like he was home. He stepped off the carriage and took a deep breath. Then he said: "Vaughan will go to the banquet with me, and Natalia will take the others to the residence first." "Yes, Your Highness." Everyone saluted. The crowd parted where they stood. The guard commander and Wu Heng followed Harter to the presidential palace, while the princess and the remaining guards went directly to the temporary residence arranged opposite. After arriving at the Presidential Consulate. Wu Heng met Wen Mansha, the two smiled at each other, and then sat down at the dining table after Harter''s introduction. Later, the two of them chatted about some follow-up arrangements while eating. After all, the captain of the guard also attended. The play still has to go on. We will finish talking about the defense assistance and official arrangements. Wen Mansha glanced at the commander aside, and then said, "How does the Second Prince plan to go to Luntam City? We have a tool that can return to Luntam City in a short time, but we can only take you alone. If you go there normally, you can take the train, but Im afraid youll have to spend most of the month traveling. Wu Heng pretended to be surprised and asked: "How safe is this kind of prop?" "I will also use this prop to go back, and I will definitely not take my own life as a joke." Wen Mansha said. "Okay, I''ll go with you tomorrow." After Wu Heng finished speaking, he looked at the accompanying commander, "Vaughn, you lead the team and then take the train there." "Your Highness, isn''t this a bit..." Vaughan came closer, his tone hesitant. "It''s okay, there won''t be any problem, just follow the instructions." "Yes, Your Highness." Vaughn nodded directly. Wen Mansha still kept smiling, "Then tomorrow morning, when I leave, I will have someone pick up His Highness." "Okay, then I''ll take my leave first." Wu Heng stood up. With Wen Mansha seeing her off, Wu Heng and the guard commander left the presidential palace directly and returned to the mansion arranged for themselves. After returning. Vaughan followed behind and continued to persuade him. Wu Heng also insisted on his plan to leave early tomorrow with Wen Mansha on the grounds of increasing trust between the two parties. Vaughn felt that it was a bit risky and unnecessary, but the prince insisted that he had no good solution. I can only agree. When he saw the princess, Wu Heng suddenly thought of her. She also couldn''t leave her behind. Since she was going to Luntam City with her, she was also required to carry out some subsequent plans. When I leave tomorrow, I have to find a reason to take her with me. As for the princess''s maid, just go with the guards. Then, he chatted with the princess for a while before returning to his room to rest. When the sky darkens completely, he makes sure that no one will come looking for him again. Wu Heng released [Teleportation Technique] and returned to the Presidential Palace. The magic circle gradually became complete in the hall, and Wu Heng''s figure also appeared soon after. As soon as his vision recovered, he saw two figures not far away. Wen Mansha was sitting on the chair, and Harter was standing aside. "Master, come here!" "master!" Wu Heng also smiled and said, "Come here." "You pretend to be so similar. If it weren''t for the familiar eyes, I would have felt that you were really the second prince." Wen Mansha walked over with a smile. "I deliberately learned his movements and tone. It''s quite tiring to pretend to be someone." Wu Heng took off his coat, and Harter took it and hung it aside. "Master, thank you for your hard work. I blame Harter and I for not being able to handle this matter well." Wen Mansha said in a frustrated tone. She is in charge of everything in Luntam City. But in the end, Wu Heng came all the way to handle the major issues he encountered. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! "It''s okay, you guys have worked very hard," Wu Heng said with a smile. If he doesn''t have another world and modern weapons, no one can handle this kind of thing well. For someone like Wen Mansha who came from a gang, it would be impossible to fight against the second prince without outside help. "Thank you, Master." Wen Mansha said again, and Harter also bowed and saluted. "Let''s go and see our daughter." Wu Heng put his arm around Wen Mansha''s waist and walked upstairs. Enter the children''s room together. Several hags were sorting away the scattered toys. "Shh, I''m asleep." Wen Mansha made a silencing gesture. The three of them watched carefully. Wu Heng lowered his voice, "It seems that he has grown up a lot." "Children grow up fast." "That''s right." Wen Mansha continued, "You said, when the child is older, would you like to follow you to see if he has any magic talent?" "How can I know these things? I''ll ask a teacher to take a look at it then." "You''re just lazy." "No, I really don''t know how to teach." We chatted in a low voice for a while, fearing to disturb the child''s rest. Then he quietly left the room. Back in the corridor, Wu Heng said: "I went to the radio room to ask about the situation on Treasure Island. Harter helped me prepare bath water." "Okay, sir." Hartle turned and left. Wen Mansha also returned to the bedroom. Inside the radio room. Wu Heng picked up the phone and asked, "Go find Minnie." Not long after, Minnie''s voice came from the other side, "This is Treasure Island." "Minnie it''s me!" "Master!" Minnie exclaimed, her tone full of surprise. Then, the sound of footsteps came from behind, and the voices of Robert, Annette and the maids calling for master also came. "Well, you are all doing well, right?" "Everything is fine. How''s it going, Master?" "I''m basically done here. I''ll go back in a few days." Wu Heng said directly. "Really, we all miss you so much." Minnie said coquettishly. From the opposite side came the laughter of several other maids, and words such as ''We miss you too'' came one after another. It seems that the maids are happy every day. Among the many maids. It seems that the few who followed me to Treasure Island were relatively relaxed. Andwyer was assigned a job in the city hall. Minnie and Robert had good living conditions and had nothing to worry about. Wen Mansha often said that she envied the lives of Minnie and others. Wu Heng continued, "How about Treasure Island?" When it came to business, the other party also stopped laughing. Minnie said: "Everything is normal on Treasure Island. Deacon Sheila Rose has come twice and asked the Skeleton Prophet to help find two wanted criminals. The church on the island has resumed operation. I heard from the deacon that several high-level people have come. Priest." Is the Holy See open again? Last time, Lilith beat up two level 18 professionals from the Holy See and sent them to the headquarters to be punished. When I left, the church was still closed, and high-level professionals were added to the church. Do you attach so much importance to Treasure Island? Moreover, he has a level 20 skeleton, and there are several zombies being cultivated in the prison. I''m not afraid of these people anymore. "They didn''t do anything, did they?" "No, they are just carrying out some missionary work on the island, but there is a problem with their church. The skeletons can''t get close. The bells that ring every day will also make the nearby skeletons unstable. Deacon Shilagui said, what does the church have? A tool for restraining skeletons." (End of chapter) Chapter 836 , If he doesn鈥檛 die, we will be more and Chapter 836: If he doesnt die, we will be in more and more danger. A tool to restrain skeletons? Aimed at me, right? Damn it! "Don''t worry about it, wait until I get back." "Okay Master." Minnie pondered for a moment and then said: "Master, during this period, Leader Lilith and Sister Shanara have also contacted you." "What did you say?" "Leader Lilith only left a paragraph in the skull record book. Sister Shanara, I had a chat with her and talked about the situation in Netale City, as well as some of the original officials and families. , come to seek refuge with the fifth princess. The fifth princess had previously made a plan to participate in the Kingdom of Yeko. But things are always changing. Now that he owns the second prince''s territory, it is enough for him to collect fame. Chat with Shannella when the time comes and see what should be done next. "I''ll contact her when we get back." Then, Anderweil''s voice came over, "Master, the inventory of pills is gone. Now the chamber of commerce on the island is speculating that we have no intention of continuing to sell them." "I will go back in a few days and restock the inventory then," Wu Heng said. Inside the castle. The dim light shines through the stained glass, casting a patch of light and shadow. The eldest prince Ditalio was holding a heavy sword and training in the hall. A waiter walked in quickly with his head lowered, stood at the door, and whispered: "Your Highness..." The eldest prince occupied the royal capital. However, the land was divided into several pieces, the princes and princesses were entangled, and some ministers and associations did not recognize him. Even if he takes over all affairs, he still has the status of a great prince and cannot yet be called a king. The eldest prince slowly sheathed his sword, "What''s the matter?" The waiter bowed and said: "Commander Viola is back and is outside, waiting for your summons." The eldest prince frowned and asked, "Just her?" "Just one person." The eldest prince narrowed his eyes, guessed the result, and said slowly: "Let her go to the hall." The waiter turned and left. The eldest prince put on a coat and walked directly outside. Viola stood at the door and waited for a while. Then he saw the waiter coming out, "Please come this way." Follow him and walk directly into the building. Entering the hall, you saw a tall prince with brown hair tied back and wearing a purple and gold robe. Serious and indifferent, giving people a sense of calm and self-power. Viola glanced at the other party and saluted: "I have met His Highness." There was only superficial respect in his tone. After all, the kingdom cooperated with the Divine Punishment Sect. "How was the mission?" The eldest prince''s voice was calm. "The mission failed, and I was the only one left, relying on my professional abilities to escape." The eldest prince''s pupils suddenly condensed, and there was doubt and uneasiness in his eyes. After arranging so many level 18s to go there, not only did the mission fail, but only one person came back. Has your younger brother grown to this point? "I received the news from the front and sent the tracking rare objects. How could the loss be so serious?" The eldest prince stared into the other person''s eyes. Viola herself sat down on the side and said directly: "In this operation, Luntam City also participated, and in the end I was the only one who came out." After speaking, the tone became much more serious. It can be heard that when leaving, it was not so smooth with words. "What''s going on?" The eldest prince frowned. He knew about Luntam City, so why did he get involved in this matter. Viola took a deep breath and said seriously: "Do you know the owner of Treasure Island? When we were fighting three 18th-level professionals and hundreds of elites from the other side, he appeared..." After a slight pause, his tone became more solemn, "A man with a skeleton killed everyone except me." Suddenly heard the news. The eldest prince''s face was stunned at first, and it took him a long time to react. His expression changed, and he lost the calmness and indifference he had just now, "Why, how is that possible?" Viola still said, "That''s the fact. I can accept the strange objects to verify the authenticity of the words." The eldest prince looked at the opposite side blankly, and then said: "So where is ''Clifford'', and where is my younger brother?" "When we attacked him, we used the ghost train to escape." "Run away? So many high-level people died, and he ran away?" Viola still said: "No, I think he was also killed by Wu Heng, and the purpose of Wu Heng''s trip was to kill him." The eldest prince held his forehead for a moment, looking dazed. Hey~! Finally sighed. Viola said: "Your Highness, Wu Heng is growing too fast. If he doesn''t die, we will be more and more in danger." The eldest prince''s eyes were cold and stern, and he said in a deep voice, "Tell me about him." After taking a shower. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom wearing loose pajamas. Wen Mansha sat on the edge of the bed, taking a sip of juice in her hand. When she saw him coming in, a smile appeared on her lips and she said: "Master, I heard from Harter that you also brought back a princess? Is it also your trophy? " "I have also signed a contract with her. She is not a threat to us. I plan to let her go to Luntam City and continue to pretend to be the second prince." Wu Heng handed her the towel, and Wen Mansha stood up and wiped his hair. "She''s pretending?" Wen Mansha said curiously. "After I send you to Luntam City, I will return to Treasure Island, and the second prince''s identity needs to be maintained for a while, at least not to be discovered by the guards who are passing by." Wu Heng said softly. "Can she disguise herself well?" "She is familiar with the second prince''s movements and habits. I was able to deceive the second prince''s teacher because she told me some characteristics in advance. It will not be a big problem to deal with the guards in Luntam City." Wu Heng explained. Wen Mansha pondered for a moment, "What about your voice? That mask of yours can also change your voice? How is your figure? Can your **** be disguised as well?" "So let''s go back first and see if we can find a prop to change the voice. As for the breasts, let her be **** so that she doesn''t show up." Wu Heng said directly. "Have you thought about it from the beginning?" Wen Mansha put the towel aside. Wu Heng shook his head, "No, she wanted to leave before. There seemed to be no place to go behind, so she followed her." "Oh!" Wen Mansha agreed with a smile. At this time, there was a knock on the door. Butler Harter came in carrying a fruit plate. Wearing a translucent tulle nightgown, her graceful figure is looming. On each plump chest hung a crystal rhinestone. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! Wen Mansha smiled and said, "Harter, this fruit comes just in time." Hartle lowered his head, his face a little red. "Put the fruit here first. Go back and bring the glasses." "Yes, madam." Hartle saluted and walked out directly. When coming back again. Standing at the door a little helplessly, looking at the two people on the bed. Wen Mansha waved and said in a gentle voice, "Come here, it''s not the first time. What''s the point of being shy? I''m tired." Harter walked over carefully and took over Mansha Wen''s original position. Wu Heng caressed the other person''s cheek, "Are you still shy?" Hartle looked back with tenderness on his face and shook his head slightly. Wu Heng held the dangling rhinestone with his fingers, "I like you wearing this." "Thank you, sir!" Hartle smiled. The next day, morning. Wu Heng once again played the role of the second prince, and explained the following events to the accompanying commander Waughn. He and Wen Mansha will head to Luntam City first. The commander and the remaining people will take the train and go to Luntam City along the newly built railway. Harter will continue to stay in Fortress Seted, maintaining contact with the second prince and making follow-up arrangements. After everything was ready, he left the city directly. "This is Wen Mansha. She is in charge of Luntam City. The one in her arms is our daughter." Wu Heng introduced Wen Mansha, and then introduced the person opposite, "Princess, Natalia." The princess looked at Mansha Wen curiously, and from time to time looked at the baby in her arms. It turns out that the daughter I mentioned before was born to the Lord of Luntam City. No wonder they came from Treasure Island. The second prince''s plan has threatened his family. "Lord Wen Mansha." "Princess Natalia." Wen Mansha said, looking up and down, "From now on, we are all the master''s maids, and we still have to get along well." Hearing the maid, the princess looked a little unnatural, but she still nodded, "You are right." "No quarreling." Wu Heng said, and opened the [Mansion Technique] again, "You go in first, and I will let you out when you get to the place." Wen Mansha walked directly in with her child in her arms. The princess glanced at the two of them and followed them into the mansion. Turning off the skill, Wu Heng put on the [Train Conductor''s Hat], boarded the train and disappeared. Near dusk, the train arrived at Luntam City. Wu Heng stepped off the train and could see the outline of the city in the distance. "The train is still faster." The biggest drawback when pretending to be the second prince is wasting time on the road. Luntam City has not changed much. The crowds were bustling along the way, and you could also see spitting orcs standing on the roadside and roaring loudly. Returning to the city lord''s palace, Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique], and the two women walked out holding their children. "Sir, madam." The maids looking after the house bowed slightly. Wen Mansha handed the child to the maid, "Is there anything going on in the city?" "It''s nothing. It''s just the officials from the city hall who said you need to notify them when you come back." The maid said respectfully. Wen Mansha nodded and said, "Go and inform the city hall that I''m back and you can come over if you need anything." "Yes, ma''am," "Also, go to the consortium and ask their person in charge to come over." Wen Mansha added again. "yes." The maids left quickly. The princess was still looking around with her eyes wide open. Butterflies shuttle among the flowers, the courtyard is filled with the rich fragrance of flowers, and the ground is covered with soft green grass, like a green carpet. In such a beautiful courtyard, the walls, corners, open spaces, and roofs of buildings are all filled with skeletons wearing armor. Holding a weapon, his empty eyes were filled with soul fire. Nature and death are intertwined together, creating an inexplicable sense of dissonance. Watching Wen Mansha assign tasks naturally and skillfully. The princess looked even more confused. Arrived in Luntam City? So fast? (End of chapter) Chapter 837 , stay and pretend Chapter 837, stay and pretend Wu Heng walked forward, looked back, and saw the princess who was still standing there looking around. Shouted: "Natalia, eat first, and after dinner arrange for someone to take you to the city for a walk." "Oh!" The princess quickened her pace to follow, and then asked: "Sir, is this Luntam City?" "Well, does it feel any different from yours?" Wu Heng asked. The princess took a deep breath and said, "The smell of freedom." "When you go out on the street and smoke it, you can still smell the stench of orc sweat." The princess was stunned, "Orcs stink?" Wu Heng shrugged and said nothing, while the princess continued to follow him into the hall. The hall of the City Lord''s Mansion is still luxurious, with all kinds of gorgeous decorations and artworks designed by top craftsmen filling the entire living room. These are all sent by wealthy businessmen and dignitaries of various races on Treasure Island. Regarding Wen Mansha, Wu Heng is also more inclined in all aspects. Wen Mansha went to see the officials summoned. Wu Heng arranged maids and guards for the princess and took her to visit the city. Before going out, the princess had the excitement of a little girl going to an amusement park on her face. She seemed really looking forward to what it would be like outside Luntam City. Wu Heng himself went directly upstairs and took a look at the child who was put to sleep by the skeleton hag. Then pass the study room and head to the zombie world. Out of bounds. Opposite is still the prison''s monitoring room. He released the three ghosts and looked around. Xiaoxiao said: "You''re back!" "How long has it been..." Glenda also asked. Wu Heng replied, "When I returned to Luntam City, I came directly over to see what level those zombies were." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao said and flew out with Penny. Wu Heng walked directly to the monitoring position, patted the skeleton looking at the monitoring, and said, "Call out the monitoring from 202 to 209." The skeleton opened the monitor directly and opened it on two screens. Wu Heng and Glenda looked at the pictures on the screen carefully. The zombies in cells 202, 203, and 204 have completely grown backs and wings like beetles. As for the zombies in Cell 203, when they occasionally face the camera in the surveillance camera, they can see a second pair of eyes growing at the brow bone. "Sure enough, they are new eyes." Glenda said. Previously, a record was written in the skeleton alchemist''s record book. After this period of time, he completely turned into an eye. "The possible direction of evolution is related to his original occupation." Wu Heng said. 203 was originally the intelligence minister beside the second prince. When Penny observed the other party, she suspected that he was a thief and the weapon was a dagger. But his profession is a garrison, and the characteristics of this profession are observation and defense. Any disturbance will cause this profession to notice, and the crossbows are very accurate. "What''s the point of having long eyes?" Glenda asked. "Better eyesight!" "What about transforming into a skeleton?" "That shouldn''t be of much use." Wu Heng thought about it and felt that it wasn''t of much use. Then, he continued to look at the remaining prison cells. The zombies in each room were walking back and forth restlessly, trying to break free from their chains from time to time, and roaring at the air from time to time. In appearance, the wings on the backs of these zombies are more obvious, almost half the length of their backs. Not long after, Xiaoxiao and Penny flew back from outside. Xiaoxiao said: "Uncle, all zombies have reached level 19, but there are no level 20." Some of the previous zombies have not reached level 19. After this period of time, he also reached level 19. "Don''t worry, we will arrive sooner or later." Wu Heng said. "They are too stupid to be zombies." Xiaoxiao muttered. Beni said from the side, "These zombies have grown wings. Do you want to see what kind of zombies can be cultivated by another zombie king in the next batch?" There are two types of corpse kings discovered so far. An aberrant type, like a unicorn with horns on its head and wings on its back. The second type is the corpse king in a suit. The body has not changed much, only the head seems to have blossomed, like a ''mushroom cap'' stacked on top of each other. "I think having wings is more practical, but next time you catch another zombie king, you can keep some viruses for experimentation," Wu Heng said. "Try it, there are so many professionals anyway." Penny said. Xiaoxiao said from the side, "Hey~! Sister Beini is becoming more and more like the big devil." "Stupid child, surrender to me..." "Down with the female devil!" Xiaoxiao shouted and flew into the distance happily. Penny followed behind. Glenda glanced at the two chasing ghosts, reached out to the side, and a book flew out, and she began to turn the pages and read. Wu Heng sat on the chair in the control room, picked up the satellite phone and dialed Li Yahong''s number. After two beeps, the other party connected. After briefly asking about the situation. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Have you found a place where you can kill zombies?" "We found it. It''s a nearby village. I''ll pick you up tomorrow?" Li Yahong asked. Wu Heng quickly thought about arrangements in his mind. Said: "It''s in two days. I have something to do these days." We have to return to Treasure Island tomorrow, and we still have to put off cleaning up the zombies. "That''s okay, the zombies can''t escape anyway." "I''ll call you then." "good." After a few simple words, Wu Heng hung up the phone. He stood up, glanced at the three ghosts, and said, "Stop making trouble, we are going back." Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! The three ghosts flew directly over and got into the body. Wu Heng also reopened the gate and returned to Luntam City. Inside the city lord''s palace. Wu Heng returned and released the ghost. The three ghosts discussed it and went downstairs to see the child. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, followed by Mansha Wen''s voice, "Master, are you in the room?" "Come in!" The door opened, and Wen Mansha, wearing a long blue house dress, walked in directly, "Master, we found a prop that can change the voice." In Wu Heng''s plan, he wanted the princess to stay and continue pretending to be the second prince for a while. You can use [Faceless Man''s Skin] for appearance, but the difference in a woman''s voice is too great. Even if she has high attributes, it is difficult to match the voice of a man. "Where did you collect it from?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. You just came back and you found the props? Wen Mansha came over, sat directly in his arms, and said: "The side of the Snake Emblem Consortium, I''ll let people go there first. After all, the Snake Emblem Consortium has done a good job of keeping secrets. I didn''t expect them to just take it out." got this prop. "From the Snake Emblem Consortium, I asked someone to ask if they had any similar props, and they brought out this one directly." "This is a little too fast." Wu Heng put his arms around her waist. Wen Mansha rolled her eyes, lowered her voice a little, and said, "This involves another piece of gossip. Many props and funds have been transported to Luntam City for reserve." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and understood the meaning of her words. The Snake Emblem Consortium withdrew from the Kingdom of Yeko, and funds, props, and items stored by customers from various places were transported out. Where did these things go? A few days ago, the leader of the Snake Emblem Consortium, Dragon, appeared. It is enough to prove that the Snake Emblem Consortium transported all the items from Yeke Kingdom to Luntam City. Wen Mansha was good at intelligence work in Luntam City and captured some relevant information. "Where are the props? Let me take a look." Wen Mansha reached out and found a pendant in her hand, swinging it gently. [Voice imitation pendant (magic prop)] (Description: A magic pendant etched with the ''Sound Recording Technique'', which can record voice lines when used for the first time. The wearer will speak with the same voice and tone.) Magic props. This is not a strange object, but a prop etched with magical patterns. In other words, you should be able to buy it in some prop shops. The effect is actually very simple, it is to ''record'' a voice, and when the next person uses it, they can start speaking with the same voice and tone. It''s a simple and easy-to-use magic. In this world, the development of magic is like the technology of the modern world. Involving various fields. "How much does Master guess?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "It shouldn''t be too expensive, about 100 silver?" Wen Mansha smiled and said, "It''s a free gift. They also said that someone asked them to help me as much as possible. If you have anything to do in the future, you can go to them." "Dragon''s instructions?" "I feel like the gift last time was not in vain." Wen Mansha said with a smile. "It''s also good to maintain a good relationship with them." Wu Heng said, and then said, "Is Natalia back?" "I came back and arranged a room for her. I will find a building to serve as the prince''s residence tomorrow." Wen Mansha replied. Wu Heng patted her **** and said, "Ask her to come here and talk about pretending to be a prince." Wen Mansha stood up and walked to the door to explain something to the maid. Not long after, the princess, who had changed into a long house dress, also walked in from outside. "Sir, Lord Wen Mansha." The princess bowed slightly. Wu Heng motioned for her to sit down, and then said, "I can''t stay here for a long time, and I plan to let you continue to pretend to be the second prince for a while." The princess looked suffocated, her eyes wandered for a long time, and then she said carefully, "Sir, you said you wouldn''t lock me up!" Wu Heng said with a smile, "I either lock you up forcibly, or when necessary, you pretend to be the second prince and walk around. You can go shopping if you want to, go play if you want, and no one will care about you." Wen Mansha, with a straight face, reminded solemnly, "You are just a slave in the name of the master now. The master is soft-hearted and will not care about you, but you must also recognize the current situation." (End of chapter) Chapter 838 , soaring fame Chapter 838, soaring fame This sentence made the princess''s face turn red. She wanted to defend herself but didn''t know what to say. After pondering for a while, he still said: "I don''t know how to pretend, I''m not good at this." Wu Heng took out the two props and said: "The mask is a strange object that can imitate the appearance of the second prince. The side effect is that it consumes energy and blood. The pendant is a magic prop that can imitate the sound." The princess looked up and said, It seems these are all ready. Wu Heng continued, "You know the habits and tone of the second prince, so the most suitable role for you to play when you come is to fool the guards. It shouldn''t be a big problem." The princess nodded, "I am willing to cooperate with you, sir." "Try the mask first." Wu Heng handed it to her. The princess held the human skin and did not show any timidity or abnormal behavior. She just looked at it and put it on her head. Then her face squirmed and turned into the appearance of the second prince. The princess asked, "How is it?" "It''s very similar, I can''t tell anything." Wu Heng said, and then he ''recorded'' the sound of [Voice Imitation Pendant]. Handed it to her again, "Put it on and try it." The princess put on the pendant, paced back and forth in the room, looked at the two of them, held it with one hand, and said loudly: "The dark cloud of the dead shrouded the land north of the kingdom. We must unite to repel the enemy and gain the final victory." victory." Wu Heng and Wen Mansha were both stunned. It''s really similar, especially the energy. "Like, I''ll say you are suitable." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha smiled and said, "The appearance and aura are quite similar, but your **** and **** are a little too obvious." Wu Heng also took advantage of the situation and glanced twice. The princess shrank and said, "There''s nothing I can do about it." Wen Mansha thought for a moment and said, "I have inner armor, you can give it a try." As he said that, someone brought him a suit of inner armor, which looked like a corset, and he wore it to wrap his body tightly. The princess went into the inner room, put it on and came out again. It looks like my body is a little bloated, but it''s obviously much better. "It''s pretty good. It''s enough to deal with the accompanying guards," Wu Heng said. "My lord, I will try my best to do a good job." The princess said again, taking off her mask and necklace. Wu Heng continued to urge: "Don''t lose the mask, it''s precious." The princess nodded solemnly, "I will take good care of this rare thing." "Go and rest. Don''t put too much pressure on yourself." Wu Heng comforted. "Then I won''t disturb the adults and the city lord." The princess said, turning and leaving. There were only two people left in the room. Wen Mansha said: "I asked someone to prepare bath water, and let''s go to bed early." "Let''s go." The two walked out of the room together. Late at night, in the bedroom. Wen Mansha leaned in Wu Heng''s arms, her face still rosy, and said softly: "I forgot to ask you, do you want to send back the little girl we sent last time?" "Which one?" Wu Heng put his arm on her shoulder, reached in from the collar, and played with it gently. "You said, I arranged for the little girl you saved when we killed the Chifeng Gang to work in the association," Wen Mansha reminded. Wu Heng immediately thought of this person. When he was disguised as the leader of the Red Wind Gang, he rescued a little girl. At that time, she was afraid that the news would be leaked, so she was brought here. I clearly remember that the other party even called me a traitor to humanity. "It''s up to her. If she wants to go back, go back. If she doesn''t want to go back, just stay in the association. It''s better than her going back to the village." Wu Heng said. Wen Mansha nodded, "I''ll talk to Harter then." "Um!" Wen Mansha looked up at him again, "Master, let''s have another son!" "I''m addicted. You need to recover first." Wu Heng looked down at her. Wen Mansha said: "I feel in good health." Wu Heng still said: "Raise your daughter first, and we will talk about it later." "I''m afraid I''m too old to have children." Wen Mansha buried her head in her arms. "Raise the level up." "Do you think anyone is as powerful as Master! I may never reach level 18 in my life." Wu Heng hugged her and said, "I will help you. Now that the second prince is dead, there will be a period of peace in the future. Your main task is to improve your level." "Yes, listen to the master." Wen Mansha arched her head into her arms again. The two lay down again and fell into a deep sleep. the next day. After breakfast. After Wu Heng explained a few words to Wen Mansha and the princess. He went to the courtyard and said, "I''m leaving. If you need anything, contact me in time." Wen Mansha hugged the child and whispered, "Goodbye, daddy." The child chuckled. Wu Heng walked over, kissed the mother and daughter on the face, and said, "Goodbye, I will pick you up to Treasure Island in a few days." "Okay!" Wen Mansha said with a smile. The princess also bowed slightly, "My lord, have a pleasant journey." "Well, I have something to discuss with Mansha Wen, and you two should get along well." Wu Heng said. The two nodded. Wu Heng didn''t waste any time, put on the [train conductor''s hat], and the ghost train appeared in front of him. After waving goodbye, we boarded the train directly. Disappeared. Wen Mansha and others also talked and returned to the building. Human city. There was a long queue outside the pill sales point. "The fourth batch of pills will be released soon. Those who have received the number will line up in an orderly manner, and those who have not been queued will wait for the fifth batch." Hurrah~! The sales point opened and the team moved forward noisily. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! After someone buys it. Immediately, mercenaries and others gathered around him, "Brother, there are so many in one box, so give me some." "We''ve already divided them up. You go and see others!" After saying that, the person who bought the pills hurriedly left. The remaining people immediately asked the next person. In this city, the pills went on sale two weeks ago. In addition to people still waiting and watching on the first day, more and more people bought in the later hours, leading to a certain amount of confusion. The city lord''s palace and the patrol came forward and demanded that they be sold in batches and the quantity should be limited. In the queue. Related topics are also discussed. "Where is the Treasure Island mentioned in the manual?" "I heard that the owner of Wuheng Island on the other side of the Emerald Sea is quite powerful." "Not only is he awesome, I heard that he also invented the pens used by some nobles." "I thought he was an alchemist, but it seems he may be a scholar who is good at improvement and research and development." "Um." Dwarf city. A dwarf wearing scale armor and a horned helmet met with the leader of the Dwarf Chamber of Commerce. "This pill is very effective. The leader asked you to hoard some of it." The person in charge of the Chamber of Commerce looked a little solemn, "Treasure Island has arranged a person in charge and does not allow large-scale hoarding." "It''s not like I won''t give you money. What''s the rule?" "Sir, I''m going to discuss it with him. At worst, if we increase the purchase volume, it''s impossible for them to make money without making money." "Okay." The dwarf in scale armor nodded. "Then I''ll go discuss it now." The person in charge of the chamber of commerce saluted and turned to leave. Wood Elves, Chamber of Elders. The sun shines through the tall colorful dome, casting mottled light and shadow. Several elders of the wood elves were sitting around a huge round table. One of the elders said, "pens, watches, strengthening potions, and these pills. The little island owner of Treasure Island is really impressive." Accident." "Indeed, he is a person who is good at creating miracles." Another elder stroked his beard and said, "Unfortunately, we did not grasp the relationship with him. The number of Star Flowers could have been more." The words were about Tishanara. No one spoke, but the elder sitting in the main seat said, "When will Shannara come back?" "She is not at Treasure Island. Maybe there is no news for a long time." The elder in charge thought for a moment and then said, "I propose to appoint Shannara as the acting elder to see if she has the ability in this area." The others raised their eyebrows. The Presbyterian Church had a say in the development of the entire race. Appointing her will go beyond easing the relationship between Treasure Island. There is a feeling of being bound. "Vote!" "I agree!" "I object!" "I agree, it''s just an agent, there''s nothing wrong with trying." "I object..." Among the five elders, including the elder who proposed this matter, a total of three agreed and two opposed. The presiding elder said: "Send the proposed appointment letter to Elder Shannella." Several people nodded. On the train. The senses are indeed that there is also chaos outside the window. Wu Heng sat on the chair and began to think about the subsequent plan. After the second prince''s matter is resolved, the next step is his plan to break through to level 20. With a thought in his mind, he looked at the reputation value. [Level: Level 19 (1987438/355000)] [Fame: Level 19 (54135/66000)] Seeing the fame, Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed. Its gone up so much. (End of chapter) Chapter 839 , you heretic Chapter 839, you heretic When leaving Treasure Island and heading to Luntam City. The number of reputation was more than 15,000, and now the value reached 54,000, which was just shy of meeting the upgrade conditions on the panel. The reason why it has improved so much is actually not difficult to imagine. Selling pills from various places played a key role. I put instructions in every medicine bottle, and part of the instructions is used to promote my information. It seems that the impact of pills is still huge. In the zombie world, I own several bases, and I also occupied a Korean refuge, but the effect is not as obvious as this time. If this continues, as long as the second batch of pills are released, it will be enough for me to reach level 20. When I return to Treasure Island, I will expand the number of cooperative merchants, start selling the second batch of pills, and strive to reach level 20 as soon as possible. After deciding to upgrade to level 20, he opened his eyes and looked at the car. There was still chaos outside the window, so I closed my eyes again and continued to think about the development of the two worlds. On Treasure Island, construction is still the main focus. At present, Treasure Island has been developed into a maritime trade center by itself. Pens, watches, pills... have all achieved good results. Do you want to think of some new things to enrich Treasure Islands products? Then go back and think about it. There are also film industries and large entertainment centers. The film industry arranges for those minstrels to rehearse, and a period of time has passed, and I dont know what happened to the progress. In fact, movies don''t matter anymore. The reason for arranging movies in the first place was to enhance one''s reputation. Now you can reach level 20 no matter what, so its not that important anymore. The large entertainment center was the plan I made before leaving. Build a large entertainment venue to earn money from the powerful people on the island. candidates in this area. I feel like Slater is more suitable. She has run Money Cat before and has quite a lot of experience. Over there in the zombie world. The next step is to experiment with how to use the [Ghost Train Ticket Vending Machine]. In this incident of dealing with the second prince, in addition to occupying a larger land, another gain is this strange object that can also summon the ghost train. Now that this rare object is in his hands, it means he has exclusive control of the ghost train. You can also give tickets to some of your people to reduce the time it takes to get to a certain place. Of course, the method of use is to devour ghosts and produce notes. How to operate it specifically still needs to be experimented. Random thoughts in my mind. He began to think about the Holy See, the Kingdom of Yeko, and Minnie on the phone, mentioning the books Lilith had sent to him. If only I had learned her skill that makes people''s mouths and eyes disappear. In fact, he is also handsome. I dont know how many days passed. Light began to appear outside the car window. We''ve arrived! The door slowly opened, Wu Heng stepped off the train and his senses instantly recovered. The sound of crashing waves could be heard in my ears, and the smell of salty humidity lingered in the air. Finally back! Wu Heng took a deep breath and felt that Treasure Island was more comfortable. With a thought, three ghosts flew out of the body. In mid-air, looking around. "Yeah! Back home!" Xiaoxiao cheered. Both Penny and Glenda also smiled, "Treasure Island has a better environment." "In the city where the second prince lives, the roads are also full of horse manure. It''s too dirty." "It''s okay, we can''t smell it." "Wu Heng can smell it." "It''s okay. My uncle even dares to eat corpse cores. He''s not afraid of these." The three ghosts were discussing in mid-air. Wu Heng took out a hood that could cover his head and face, put it directly on his head, and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the port first, and then take the carriage back." "Okay, it must be lively over there." The three ghosts slowly disappeared and flew forward with them. Close to Beacon Street. The surroundings began to become noisy. People were coming and going on the street, sailors, vendors, richly dressed dignitaries and their female companions, or chasing playful children. When different races come together, there is no sense of disharmony. Wu Heng stood at the intersection and watched for a while, then walked towards the carriage waiting on the roadside in the distance, intending to take the carriage back to the Island Lord''s Mansion. Just as he was about to talk to the coachman, a small voice rang in his ears, "Uncle, there seems to be a fighting over there, and there are many people surrounding it. Why don''t you go and take a look?" Wu Heng looked in the direction and saw a crowd gathering in one direction in the distance. "Go and see what''s going on?" Wu Heng said. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! It should be a quarrel or a fight. Only this kind of thing would attract onlookers. If a wanted criminal is being arrested or there is a serious armed fight, the crowd will disperse instead of gathering forward. Soon, the three ghosts who were inquiring about information flew back. Xiaoxiao said: "It''s the people from the Holy See who are arresting people." Penny added, "There are five people in total, wearing the attire of the Holy See. The highest level is level 12, and the rest are around level 8." People from the Holy See! Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. He told Minnie not to have any conflicts with the Vatican for now, and to deal with it after he returns. Now they dare to arrest people on the street. Granda added: "I listened to the conversations of the onlookers, and it seems that the person who was arrested was following the Holy See and was caught red-handed." "Let''s go over and have a look." Wu Heng stepped forward, squeezed through the crowd, and saw the open space in front of him. Three people wearing the uniforms of the Holy See Guards suppressed a slovenly middle-aged man. Although they did not punch or kick him, they also used some small tricks secretly. The man let out a cry of pain. Beside them, there were two priests, one of whom was of medium build, commanding them to search the sloppy man''s body. The other man was tall and thin, and judging from his clothing, he was a high-level priest. He was flipping through a notebook in his hand. The slovenly man had a ruthless look in his eyes. He suddenly broke away from the guard and threw himself at the tall and thin priest. But the level of the priest is not low either. Weiwei avoids the other party''s movements, but the notes in her hand fall aside. The guard pushed the man down again, and after two punches, the man curled up like a shrimp and had no strength to resist anymore. Just as the priest was about to pick up the fallen book, Wu Heng picked it up first. I looked through it and saw a bunch of random words written on it. "Bring it here!" The Vatican priest''s voice was cold. Wu Heng asked: "Why does your Holy See beat people?" The priest narrowed his eyes and looked at the other person carefully. He was wearing a gray hood and a dress. He didn''t look too gorgeous. He sneered and said: "Not only did I meet this guy who is looking for death on the road, but now you are here again. It seems that you two are the same." Guys?" Wu Heng said: "You arrest people on the street, why don''t you ask?" "You ask?" The priest saw that his identity was not a deterrent, and looked a little annoyed, "What a pirate island. You must be this person''s accomplice. Your behavior is blasphemy against God. You must go back and face trial." As soon as the words fell, three Holy See guards walked directly towards Wu Heng. The nearby crowd dispersed to both sides with a roar, keeping a distance from this side. Bang bang~! As soon as the Vatican Guards approached, Wu Heng moved faster, stepped forward with two kicks, and kicked the two of them upside down. The strong guard held his abdomen and retched twice. Wow~! Then he stood up and drew out the weapons from his waist. "You heretic..." The priest roared loudly and drew out his staff. Several rays of light fell on the guards, and the light surrounded them. (End of chapter) Chapter 840 , catch them all back Chapter 840, catch them all back "Uncle! The people from the association are here." A small voice sounded in his ears. The tall and lanky priest opposite him narrowed his eyes slightly. He looked at Wu Heng with some surprise. Just when a fight was about to break out, noisy running sounds suddenly came from outside the crowd, and someone shouted: "Whoever is making trouble here, blocking traffic, surround them all." Then, the crowd was pushed away, and the association team and two teams of skeleton patrols appeared in sight. The person leading the team is the dwarf deputy deacon on the island. The dwarf deputy deacon led the team to push through the crowd, glanced at the people in the Holy See, then looked at the sloppy man being detained, and frowned. Some things will become very troublesome when it comes to the Holy See. "What''s going on?" the dwarf asked solemnly. The Vatican put away their weapons, and a priest of medium stature walked over and said, "Deacon Gardein, these two followed us and injured one of our people later." "I didn''t..." the sloppy man yelled. "Shut up!" The guard of the Holy See interrupted his words with another punch. The dwarf said: "Two choices, either leave, or go back with me to ask questions." The negotiating priest turned back and looked at the tall and thin 12th-level priest behind him. The latter looked at the sloppy man''s appearance carefully, and then nodded. "Let him go." The guard let go of the sloppy man and resumed his position behind the priest. The dwarf waved his hand, "Okay, if you don''t have anything to do, just leave. Don''t be stuck here." "Wait!" At this time, Wu Heng said. "What''s wrong with you?" The dwarf raised his eyebrows. The security on the island has always been very good. Except for some port workers fighting over life, fighting in the market area is rarely seen. Moreover, the association has also told them not to have conflicts with people from the Holy See recently. If something really happens, go back and talk to the deacon first before dealing with it. The people from the Holy See sneered, "Deacon Gardein, he is in the same group with that person. I think he is a wanted criminal who sneaked into the island. He doesn''t listen to your words very much." The dwarf''s eyes instantly became sharp. Just as he was about to speak, he saw an object thrown over him. He stretched out his hand to catch it subconsciously, saw the object clearly, and frowned for a moment. Association inspection emblem. "You..." The dwarf''s expression changed. The person in front of him turned out to be an inspector of the association. He had to tell the deacon about this matter quickly. Wu Heng said: "The people from the Holy See and that man were brought back to the association to investigate and find out what happened." Before the dwarf could speak, the tall and thin priest of the Holy See said with a smile: "Who do I think it is, the association supervisor? It is indeed a big position, but the supervisor supervises the internal affairs of the association. When will he be able to take care of the external affairs. " "Sir, will you and I go to the association first?" the dwarf said immediately. I was also thinking in my heart, first take what happened here and tell Deacon Sheila Gui. Then, Wu Heng took out the flag-bearer''s emblem and waved it in front of the association personnel. Then he said: "Catch him." Before the people in the association could react, the skeleton guards who followed them started to move. Surround the people from the Holy See and narrow the encirclement little by little. After the dwarf saw the emblem of the flag bearer, he immediately reacted, came closer, and whispered: "Sir, people from the Holy See..." "Take it back, I''ll go to the association later." Wu Heng said directly. The dwarf nodded, waved his hand to signal the skeleton to suspend the attack, and then said to the priest: "Come to the association with me, it won''t look good if you do it outside." The priest''s face was ugly, and he glanced at Wu Heng, and there were more and more skeletons around. Said: "I will go to the association with you." "Let''s go!" The dwarf nodded to this side and led everyone away. "People from the Holy See have been captured." "The association didn''t pay much attention to similar matters a few days ago." "What did that man take out just now? Let the deputy deacon arrest him." "It seems to be an emblem. The identity should not be simple." "There has been no news from the island owner for a long time. If he knew, he would definitely not let this happen." "Maybe it can reach his ears this time. Let''s see how it is handled in the end." "A battle between the undead and the Holy See?" The people who were discussing were all stunned. Yes! It seems that the undead and the Holy See have nothing to deal with in the first place. Let''s see who can win the final victory. Wu Heng walked out of the crowd and got on the carriage at the intersection. Rush towards the island lord''s mansion. After walking forward for a while, Xiao Xiaofei came back and said: "Uncle, I left someone on the way. Go, let me inform the Holy See of this matter." Wu Heng nodded, "Are those two priests the ones who were released?" "No, those two are still walking to the association." Xiao Xiao replied. "It''s okay, as long as those two are here, the remaining three guards are obviously thugs and won''t be of much use." Wu Heng explained. "Oh, I thought they were in the same group!" Xiaoxiao muttered. Glenda floated aside and said: "People will leave a way out for themselves to avoid things ending badly, and the deputy deacon will not want to offend the Holy See to death because of this matter. There are several Like your uncle." "What do you mean? What''s the way out?" Xiao Xiaobaobang looked like he didn''t understand. "You''ll understand when you grow up." "I can''t grow up anymore!" While one person and two souls were talking, Beini also came in from the outside, "Wu Heng, we have arrived at the Holy See." The other two ghosts stuck their heads out from the roof of the shed, and Wu Heng also opened the curtain on the side and looked in the direction of the Holy See. The Vatican has opened the door, and you can see the priest standing at the door and the residents who entered the church sporadically. Penny said: "When I fly near the Holy See, I will feel a layer of obstruction and a sense of crisis. There should be something inside." Wu Heng frowned. Penny is level 20 and has reached the level of Heroic Spirit. There are basically very few props and rare objects that can limit the actions of ghosts of this level. It actually made her feel a sense of crisis. There should be something set inside. "Do you need me to go in and take a look?" Penny asked. Wu Heng put down the curtain, "No, there is no need to take this risk. If you want to know what''s inside, there are many ways." "Okay!" Penny smiled, floated in the car, and did not fly out again. The carriage passed through the central area and stopped at the intersection outside the Island Lord''s Mansion Lane. Wu Heng paid the fare. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! The carriage left and headed towards the island owner''s mansion. Squeak~! The door to the island owner''s mansion opened. Wu Heng took off his hood, walked through the flowers, and walked toward the building. Facing us, Rabbit Girl Minnie and Cat Girl Robert ran out happily, jumped four or five meters apart, and rushed over, "Master!" Wu Heng caught it, saw Luo Bei again, and took off from a further distance. The other hand caught Kitten Girl, and the two girls were buried in his arms. Minnie muttered, "Master, I miss you so much." Robert echoed, "Me too, me too." "You are so old, and you are still acting like a baby." Wu Heng patted the two girls. "By the way, Mrs. McIntosh called just now and said she had something to ask you." Minnie raised her head and said directly. "just?" "Well, you came back just as the phone was hung up," Minnie said. Wu Heng walked towards the building, "I''ll make a call first." "Okay." The two women went to do their own things. Wu Heng walked to the phone and dialed McIntosh''s number. Soon, the call was answered, "McIntosh, did you just call?" "Sir, my people were taken away by the association, as well as people from the Holy See." McIntosh''s voice came over. Is that slovenly guy from McIntosh? McIntosh is a prophet by profession. He left for a while before, and after returning to the island, he was responsible for helping Wu Heng collect intelligence on the island. Before Wu Heng could ask, McIntosh explained the matter in general. In fact, the content is also very simple. McIntosh arranged for some people to keep an eye on the movements of the Holy See. The method of staring does not require actual tracking, but collects some items left behind by the target. The prophet will naturally sense what the other party did and what they talked about. This time I don''t know what went wrong, but the other party discovered it. But when they were at the scene, the people from the Holy See found no evidence, and instead focused on the sloppy man''s notebook. Its just that what is written above has nothing to do with the Holy See. "Want to release him?" Wu Heng asked. McIntosh said: "I want you to save his life first and then release him in a reasonable way so that a line will not be used later." This kind of eyeliner is always placed in the dark. If it is really released directly, or if it is suspected to be related to Treasure Island, it will be difficult to collect useful information. Therefore, it should be more reasonable to release it. Wu Heng is also good at this. This is how ''Philippa'' was released before. "His matter is not serious to begin with. I will ask the association to investigate and then release him," Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''m fine." Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Come for dinner tonight." "good." After hanging up the communication, Minnie also prepared bath water. "Master, the bath water is ready. Please wash up first." "Well, prepare some clothes, I will go to the association later." "good." church. The sunlight shines through the stained glass painted with religious stories and creates a colorful scene on the ground. The bishop, wearing a gorgeous robe, knelt in front of the statue, bowed his head and prayed devoutly. At this time, rapid footsteps sounded. A priest walked in quickly and saluted: "Your Majesty, Archbishop, I have found out." "Tell me about it." The bishop slowly raised his head and looked at him calmly. "The person who asked Gardein to arrest the person at that time was a young man. The first one he took out was the association''s inspector''s emblem, and the second one he took out was the flag-bearer''s emblem. It should be confirmed that it is the island owner Wu Heng." The archbishop frowned slightly, with some surprise in his eyes, and then asked: "Did he arrange for that person to go out?" The priest shook his head, "From the news, it''s more like we met in passing." "Get ready, let''s go to the association and have a look." "yes!" The priest responded and quickly went down to prepare. (End of chapter) Chapter 841 , confronting the Holy See Chapter 841, Confrontation with the Holy See The island owner''s mansion. After Wu Heng washed up briefly, Minnie walked in with a dress. While helping him put it on, he said: "I heard from Sister Wei''er that after the church reopened, things became more and more excessive. First there were conflicts with surrounding shops, then conflicts, and recently she even dared to confront the guards." It seems that during the period of his absence, the Holy See felt that Treasure Island was relatively weak and became more and more aggressive in its actions. "Let''s test the bottom line here!" Wu Heng straightened his back, and Minnie took the ironing machine and swept away the wrinkles on the clothes. "Ah? Do you mean they are getting more and more excessive?" Minnie had never heard of this word and asked curiously. Wu Heng explained: "It''s about experimenting again and again. Where is your tolerance level? The more you can tolerate it, the more they will push forward." "I understand, the master is still educated." Minnie helped him put on his clothes, then stood in front and looked at it carefully, with a smile on his face, "the master is so handsome." "You are also very cute." Wu Heng pinched her face and said, "I will go to the association and ask Wei''er and the others to come back early for dinner in the evening." "Okay Master." Minnie smiled and went downstairs to call Anderweil. Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique], and Kaxiu and Shining walked out of it. Ka Xiu was still wearing a training robe, with a hood covering his head. Shining is a huge and loose cloak that covers the whole person. Because the wings on his back are arched, he looks like a stooped old man. "Let''s go out with me." Wu Heng said to the two skeletons, opened the door and walked out. He went to the study room and opened the door, and saw three ghosts chatting inside, "I''m going to the association, is anyone going?" "I, I''ll go!" Xiaoxiao immediately raised his hand. Glenda and Penny also flew out. Wu Heng took him downstairs with him, and in the courtyard, he used [Teleportation Technique] to disappear. When he reappeared, he had arrived at the deacon''s residence in Sheila Gui. There are only a few locations where he can teleport completely and accurately, and the Deacon''s Mansion is one of them. There was no one in the mansion, except for a few skeletons guarding the surroundings. Wu Heng took the skeleton and entered the association building directly from the back door. Enter the association. Wu Heng walked forward in the cold corridor. Halfway there, you can hear the noise and figures coming from the hall opposite. While playing the role of the second prince, he borrowed the conference room of the local association. The association over there is extremely deserted, with only a few staff members. Arriving at the deacon''s study, Wu Heng knocked on the door. "Come in!" A voice came from the room. Wu Heng pushed the door open and walked in, and saw the elf sisters sitting in the room. "I''m back." "Wu Heng!" Sister Shi Yali exclaimed with joy on her face. My sister, Sheila Gui, also smiled, "Jadein said just now that someone took the flag bearer''s emblem, so we suspected that you were back." Wu Heng sat down beside him and asked with a smile, "Did you miss me?" "Think about it!" Shi Yali said. Silla rolled her eyes at her sister, "Why do I miss you? There is an island and you are still running around." Shi Yali walked out of her seat and went to the counter to make tea for him. She said casually, "Don''t listen to her harsh words. She calls you by your name when you sleep at night." "Shi Yali!" Xila Gui shouted in embarrassment. Shi Yali turned around, smiled, and winked at Wu Heng. Just as Sheela Gui wanted to get down to business, her eyes fell behind him and followed the two figures who came in. One of them can be identified as the skeleton attendant Kaxiu, while the other. He looks taller, but he has a hunchback. "Is this your new skeleton attendant?" Wu Heng turned around, followed Xila Gui''s gaze, and said, "Yes, the newly obtained skeleton attendant." "Old man skeleton?" "Old man?" Wu Heng looked back again, "He''s not an old man, but his body structure is somewhat special." Xilagui then asked, "Where is Kerimu?" Kerimu was a famous bounty hunter before he was killed, and with the evil sword in his hand, his combat effectiveness was not low. Surprisingly, these have all been eliminated. "I was assigned other tasks." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui nodded and did not continue to ask any more questions. She brought the topic to this incident and said: "Our people interrogated the Holy See and the man. The people from the Holy See said that this man followed them all the way. We arrested people only after suspecting some motive. After a pause, he continued, "The man lives on Beacon Street. He has a daughter-in-law at home. He works at the dock on weekdays. He does not admit that he has followed people from the Holy See..." This kind of thing is not a big deal on Treasure Island. On the road, if anyone has something stolen, he will consider himself unlucky. If the thief is caught, he will be beaten and his belongings will be taken away, but the guards will not care. Before Wu Heng came back, the association team met him, asked about the situation, and released him. Wu Heng said: "Tell me first about the situation of the Holy See." "Shi Yali!" Xila Gui shouted. Shi Yali first placed the brewed tea in front of Wu Heng, then took out a notebook, flipped through two pages and said: "On the third day after you leave, the church will reopen. The archbishop stationed in the church is called ''Euan'', and in the Holy See He is also a relatively famous person, and there are three to four other Level 18 personnel. The exact number is not yet clear. " Level 19 Archbishop! During this period, Wu Heng dealt with the second prince''s affairs and met fourth-level professionals, but they all stayed at level 18. It gives people the feeling that level 18 is a big hurdle. Unexpectedly, when I returned to Treasure Island, I was actually assigned a 19th-level archbishop by the Holy See. In addition, there are three to four level 18 professionals. I really admire Treasure Island. I am afraid that there are few such configurations in the entire Emerald Sea. "Is the archbishop a priest?" Wu Heng asked. Sheila Gui and Shi Yali both looked at him curiously. Regarding the arrival of a level 19 professional on the island, he didn''t seem to show any strange emotions, but was instead curious. "It''s a priest." Shi Yali replied, and then said: "Did you know in advance?" "I don''t know!" "Level 19, you will become a hero soon. Aren''t you worried?" Shi Yali continued to ask. Sheila Gui also looked over. Wu Heng said calmly: "What are you worried about? If it doesn''t work, I will go to the association and file a complaint. We will make each other feel disgusted." The two women were stunned, and looked over again, as if to say, it is indeed you. Wu Heng then asked, "Weier said that sometimes when the Vatican rings the bell, the approaching skeletons will be unstable. Do you know the reason for this?" Sheila Gui shook her head, "I also talked with Anderweil about this. I suspect it is a tool to restrain the undead. The Holy See has many tools in this regard." "Don''t you know the specific effect?" Wu Heng asked. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! "I don''t know! Try to keep peace with them before you come back." Sheela Gui said. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that he understood. In addition to the impact of ringing the bell on the skeleton, the ghost also developed a sense of crisis when it tried to penetrate the church. In other words, the Holy See is fully prepared to restrain the skeletons and prevent ghosts from peeking into the church. Very professional. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and then a voice came in, "Deacon, the archbishop of the Holy See is here and is heading this way." The three people in the room looked at each other instantly and frowned. "Let him go to the conference room." Wu Heng whispered. Sheila Gui said to the door: "Please go to the conference room, Archbishop, we will go there immediately." "Yes!" The footsteps outside the door gradually faded away. Sheila Gui said directly: "It should be about detaining members of the Holy See. Are you going to come forward later? Or just let them go." "If we let him go today, they will still dare to arrest people on the road tomorrow." Sheela''s brows were still frowning, "The Holy See has the ability to identify lies, and can easily verify whether the man is following. When the two sides confront each other, it will only intensify the conflict." Let alone a level 19 archbishop, just arrange a level 15 priest to test whether that sloppy man is lying. At that time, the people from the Holy See will still be released, and the conflicts between the two sides will also intensify. Wu Heng shook his head and said, "Let''s go there first and see what they say." "Okay." Sheela stood up and straightened his clothes. We walked out of the office study together. corridor. The three of them, plus two skeleton attendants, headed to the conference hall in the corridor. Halfway through, the ghost flew into the body, and a scene was shared. People from the Holy See came in from outside. The leader walked in the front wearing papal robes, with 19-level light beams rising into the sky. There are two people behind him, one on the left and one on the right. On the left is a priest dressed as a priest, and on the right is a Vatican knight wearing Vatican armor. Both of them are level 18 professionals. Following them were six other professionals, with levels between 12 and 15. What a gorgeous lineup. "Try not to conflict with them. The Holy See''s heritage is beyond our comparison." Sheila Gui instructed as she walked. Shi Yali also said, "When you reach a higher level, you won''t be afraid of them anymore." Wu Heng smiled and said, "I know, don''t worry." There were some people standing at the door of the conference room. Four guards from the Holy See and several team members from the association. After the three people leaned over. After the team members saluted, they whispered, "The Archbishop is inside, and he seems a little uneasy." Sheila Gui nodded, "Well, you can just stay here." After saying that, he knocked on the door lightly. Taking Wu Heng and Shi Yali, they opened the door and walked in. conference room. Across the conference table, several religious personnel were already sitting. Sitting in the first position at the head was the 19th-level archbishop, followed by the 18th-level priest and the 18th-level Holy See knight. There were two other religious personnel standing behind. Seeing several people coming in, the archbishop looked at Wu Heng specifically, withdrew his gaze, and said with a serious expression on his face, "Deacon Xilagui." Sheila Gui introduced directly, "This is Archbishop Euan." Then, he introduced Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea, and the supervisor of the association." A series of names have firmly tied Wu Heng''s identity to the association. The Holy See has always been strong in doing things, but it must also abide by the rules of the association. You can''t really do anything to Wu Heng because of this incident. After all, the leaders at the association headquarters are paying more attention to him. The Archbishop was still sitting in his seat, without the slightest intention of making small talk, and said straight to the point, "Deacon Shiragui, our people were arrested for no reason, and I need a reasonable explanation." Seeing that the other party mentioned this matter directly, Sheila Gui followed suit and said: "Making trouble in the commercial street and beating others will have a serious impact on the security of the island and the reputation of the Holy See. Doesn''t your Excellency the Archbishop feel that they should be arrested?" (End of chapter) Chapter 842 , let鈥檚 sit down and talk Chapter 842, lets sit down and talk The archbishop stared at Sheila Gui, his voice was low and dignified, "What I understand is different from what you said. If someone follows one of our people and stops them before they commit an attack, can it be considered assaulting others?" "So, we are investigating, is it what you said? When the investigation is completed, we will naturally know it." Sheela Gui said. The archbishop said no more. The 18th-level priest beside him said: "Isn''t the investigation simple? We will find out if we bring everyone out and ask them." Sure enough, the topic came to this point. With so many high-level professionals present, it is too easy to check whether an ordinary professional is lying. In the past, there was actually no need to ask. A strong man can convict someone with just one word. Xila Gui didn''t know how to answer, so she glanced at Wu Heng beside her. Wu Heng said calmly, "The association will investigate on its own, and there is no need for your Holy See to intervene in this matter." The 18th-level priest''s eyes narrowed, "We are not here to negotiate with you. Let''s do it now. Release our people immediately. Second, hand over the person who is following us, and we will interrogate and handle it ourselves." Sheila Gui and Shi Yali both became nervous. As expected, he is strong and comes directly to ask for people. Wu Heng felt the pressure coming from all around and said flatly, "You, the Holy See, have no right to take away prisoners." The 18th-level priest said in a high-pitched voice, "That was a criminal. We just dealt with a thief who was following him." Wu Heng looked at the other party, "I''m talking about your people. Your Holy See guards attacked me on Beacon Street. Do you know what this means?" The expression on the other side was immediately suffocated. He actually used this as an excuse. "Wu Heng, what do you mean by this? Who knew you were there at that time!" The priest spoke again. Wu Heng shrugged, "You guys are of such a high level, and I didn''t even have any disguise at the time. How could I know it was me?" The archbishop said coldly, "Wu Heng, put away your childish tricks. Let''s focus on strangers stalking our personnel and let them go." Wu Heng said: "I can''t let it go." "Are you going to openly oppose the Holy See?" Wu Heng said calmly: "Let''s talk about matters, don''t bring everything into the Holy See." Speaking of which, the air in the entire room seemed to freeze. "court death." The Holy See knight sitting on the third chair let out a loud roar, jumped forward suddenly, spread out the five fingers of his armored gloves, and grabbed Wu Heng''s head directly. The other party is a mage, and he is so close. As long as we capture him, everything will be easy to solve. If words can''t solve things, force is the simplest and most effective way. The person opposite suddenly became violent. Silla Gui and Shi Yali''s expressions also changed. He looked horrified, but it was difficult to stop him. Buzz~! Suddenly, there was a buzzing sound. Bang~! A figure flashed quickly and hit the Holy See Knight''s chest directly. The knight in iron armor flew out instantly, hit the wall behind him, and slowly slid down. The sudden situation shocked everyone in the room. He didn''t expect that the Holy See Knight would suddenly take action, nor did he expect that the skeleton on the opposite side would be faster and directly knock the level 18 knight away. "How dare you..." the 18th-level priest roared, taking out a wooden staff in his hand. Bang~! The next second, his body was knocked out. Then, the figures of the Holy See flew out one by one and fell around. The archbishop''s body was filled with golden light, and just as he was about to take action, he saw Card Xiu and a skeleton that looked like a unicorn, staring straight at him. Squeak~! The door opened, and the members of the Holy See and the association team rushed in. Looking at the scene in the room, his expression changed. "Get out first." The archbishop said coldly. All the church personnel blocking the door retreated. Sheila Gui also said: "Go out and stay outside." "Yes." The people from the association also left directly. The light on the Archbishop''s body dissipated, and he looked at Wu Heng again and said, "Sit down and talk." "Okay, Twinkle, come back first." Wu Heng said. Whoosh~! There was a flash of light, and the skeleton flew back. Sparkle! That skull that bumps around is called Winky. Is there a child opposite, with such a name? The others stood up with difficulty and looked here with anger on their faces. After a brief stalemate. The archbishop then said: "The master of Wuheng Island is so clever. He is indeed a rare genius." "Look, you always look at me with hatred. This is also the reason why we have always had conflicts." Wu Heng said. "Tell me, how can we release him?" the archbishop asked. This time, no one spoke randomly except the archbishop. All remain silent, drink potions or cast healing spells on yourself. Wu Heng said: "Follow the requirements of the association, and I am not targeting you. The association has its rules. When the investigation is clear, there will naturally be a next step in handling it." The archbishop narrowed his eyes and said, "Yes, but our people need to watch. This should be okay, right?" "I can''t stand on the sidelines. Go and write an application with the headquarters. The Treasure Island Association does not allow onlookers." Wu Heng refused directly. The archbishop''s eyes became colder and he smiled again, "You are indeed young and confident. Then we will wait for the association''s investigation results." No one is talking here. The archbishop stood up directly and said, "Let''s go." Wow~! The others also stood up and planned to leave together. Check out the 16-9 book bar and see the correct version! Wu Heng''s eyes fell on the Holy See Knight again and said: "You can''t leave. Attack and assassinate the island owner. Stay and accept investigation." "You..." The Holy See Knight looked angry, glanced at the Archbishop, and suppressed the anger in his heart, "I apologize to you." "No need, either stay or don''t leave at all." Wu Heng''s tone became stronger. The archbishop glanced here and said, "Cooperate with the island owner and I will take you back in two days." The Holy See Knight nodded and said directly: "Okay, I''ll stay." The archbishop led the people away. Wu Heng shouted to the door: "Here comes someone." The Association team walked in. Wu Heng pointed at the knight of the Holy See and said: "Take him down and keep him in custody. If you have any plans, tell me directly." The people in the association team were in a daze, and then they said: "Lord Knight, let''s go!" "Hmph!" The Holy See Knight snorted coldly and walked out. The neat and clean conference room now became messy. Tables and chairs were tilted here and there, hanging paintings fell to the ground, and the walls were damaged in many places due to the impact. Both Sheila Gui and Shi Yali opened their eyes wide, full of surprise and disbelief. That''s not what I said in the corridor. Why did he get beaten up by someone from the Holy See? Not only did the other party agree with this opinion, but he also deducted an 18th-level Holy See knight. Oh my God! No, is he that powerful? Defeated two level 18s and intimidated one level 19. Wu Heng felt a little weak when they saw him, and said, "What are you doing? Are you going to eat me?" Shi Yali spoke slowly, "What level is your skeleton? Is it so powerful?" "It''s also level 19." Wu Heng said. Sheila Gui also said, "It must be level 19. Is it possible to transform a hero''s corpse into a skeleton?" "As long as you understand." Shi Yali said, and then asked a little worriedly, "If we fight the Holy See head-on today, will it be more troublesome later?" Things have reached this point, which is beyond the two sisters'' expectations. Given their level, they never expected that Treasure Island would have a head-on conflict with the Holy See, even to the point where it would be difficult to adjust. But this matter cannot be blamed on Wu Heng. After all, it was the opponent''s Holy See Knight who took the initiative. If he didn''t have this skeleton on his side, he might be the one who got beaten. Wu Heng said: "This is the result of their little trial and error. If they are not allowed to stop today, the Holy See will have the final say on the entire island in the future." "Why?" Shi Yali exclaimed. "Last time the bishop of the Holy See bumped into Lilith, he just went back to be punished, let alone take action against a little person like me." Wu Heng said. "These guys." Shi Yali gritted her teeth. The Holy See has a strong foundation. Especially the only Orthodox religion in this world. Although it can''t be said that it can cover the sky with one hand, many things are still very strong. And if something goes wrong, there''s really nothing you can do against them. Xila Gui took a deep breath, put her hand into Wu Heng''s palm, and asked softly: "What should we do next?" Wu Heng said: "These people are interrogating normally. As a deacon, you can write a report to the headquarters and talk about this matter. Just talk about it normally. I will write a letter to the leader of Hongwenhui and Lilith." "Okay, then it''s settled." Sheila Gui nodded. After the three people discussed it, they got up and left the room. Return to the church. The faces of the Archbishop and the others were gloomy, and some people clenched their fists, their knuckles turning slightly white. Wherever has the Holy See ever been so angry? Still in the hands of such a boy and two little girls. "Master Archbishop, this matter..." said the accompanying priest. "There''s something wrong with this kid. His skeleton level is not low, and he can''t tell the characteristics of his race. I''m afraid he''s the product of some experiment." The archbishop said something, then pondered for a moment and continued: "Write two letters, and send one to me. Go to the temple and send a letter to Chief Saidu telling the whole story." "Yes, then the association..." "Don''t conflict with the association yet. Our people will be provided with good food and drink, so we can wait inside for a few days." (End of chapter) Chapter 843 , bury each other Chapter 843: Lets bury each other Walk out of the conference room. There were still several members of the association team at the door, including ''Kawina''. Wu Heng''s teammate when he was in Blackstone Town. "Deacon, are you okay?" The captain of a small team came over. Xilagui said: "It''s okay. The detained Vatican personnel can be interrogated normally." "Then...where is that Holy See knight just now?" The captain of the first team hesitated for a moment, but still asked. The Holy See Knight is a level 18 professional. On the association''s side, no one really dared to interrogate them. "Lock him up first, and I will conduct an interrogation." Sheela Gui said, and then said: "Everyone is busy with their own affairs. Don''t spread today''s affairs to outsiders." "Yes!" Everyone nodded and dispersed to go about their own business. Shi Yali asked Wu Heng, "Where are you going?" "I will go back first and meet with some officials on the island in the evening. I will come to see you tomorrow." Wu Heng said. Shi Yali nodded, "Then come to dinner tomorrow and I''ll prepare delicious food for you." "good!" Shi Lagui and Shi Yali walked towards the office study, and Wu Heng also entered the deacon''s residence through the back door of the association. Release [Teleportation] and return to the island owner''s mansion. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Minnie and Penny, preparing supper. Wu Heng said hello to the two women and walked straight upstairs. After waiting in the study for a while, three ghosts flew back through the wall. Glenda was the first to say: "After the Archbishop returned, someone quickly sent a letter to the port, which should have spread the news." Penny said: "The letter hasn''t been sent yet, do you want to stop it?" Wu Heng shook his head, "It''s not necessary. Xila Gui can also write letters to the headquarters. There is no point in blocking such letters." Xiaoxiao said in a dissatisfied tone: "Who are you? You didn''t say anything when you bullied us. Now that you can''t beat us, you go find helpers, just like a gang." Penny smiled and said, "Actually, they''re all the same, they just have different names." "Same!" Xiaoxiao nodded in agreement, "The association is also like this." Penny continued, "I thought that Archbishop was so powerful! He was so scared that he didn''t even dare to take action." "That''s right, we are still the best at Shining." Xiaoxiao flew to the door and patted ''Sparkling'' on the shoulder with great appreciation with his transparent little hand. Wu Heng thought for a moment and then said, "It''s not a big problem. They write letters to the outside world, and I write to the outside world too. Let''s bury each other." "I knew you weren''t afraid of this." Glenda said. Wu Heng looked at her and said, "You can help me write it then." "You write it yourself, and let me write these too." "My handwriting is not good, and what you write is more in-depth. We are the best. Help me write it." Wu Heng said diligently. Xiao Xiao muttered, "It would be nice if my aunt was here when I go to school." Glenda looked at the big one and the small one speechlessly, and said helplessly: "Let''s wait for the results of the interrogation from the association first, and then send the letter." "Okay, let Xila Gui write it first, and then we can learn from it." Wu Heng said. Tiny and Penny flew aside to watch a movie. Granda thought for a moment and then said softly, "Wu Heng, your goal is level 20. Don''t put all your energy into fighting with them. If you become a hero, all problems will be solved." "I know." Wu Heng nodded. Glenda flew behind the desk, controlled a book to fly out, and started flipping through it. Wu Heng also stood up, opened the door and walked out. After going out, go into the radio room. Radios of different frequency bands are placed on a row of wooden tables. In front of each radio, a skeleton investigator sat, waiting to record information. Wu Heng looked at the skeleton investigators'' record books one by one, and then sat in front of the radio station that contacted Luntam City. Picked up the phone and said, "Mansha Wen, are you there?" About two or three minutes later, Wen Mansha''s voice came from the other side, "Master, have you arrived at Treasure Island?" "I just arrived today, what are you busy with?" Wu Heng leaned back and asked casually. "I just finished feeding the baby. Now that you''re gone, you have enough milk." Wen Mansha said with a smile. "What are you saying? You want to sow discord between our father and daughter." Wu Heng said in a pretentious tone. Wen Mansha''s laughter also came from the opposite side. Wu Heng then asked, "Has the second prince''s guard passed?" When it came to business, Wen Mansha''s voice became serious and she said, "The guards and the princess''s maid have arrived. The second prince pretended to be Natalia met with the commander. So far, there are no problems." When Wu Heng left, he asked Princess Natalia to continue pretending to be the second prince. Although the arrangements are relatively good, I am still worried about what problems may arise. Judging from the news sent back by Wen Mansha, it should be relatively smooth. Wen Mansha continued, "I discussed with Natalia today and have already started to transfer some officials and troops to the city south of Theted." "Just make arrangements and let Natalia continue to write a letter to the minister of management, and keep in touch with each other to avoid any problems." Wu Heng continued to give instructions. "Okay! Does Master need me to arrange anything else?" After Wen Mansha agreed, she continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I need you to increase your publicity for me. The newspapers and bards will arrange it to improve my reputation as much as possible." "Understood, I''ll make arrangements later." Wen Mansha agreed. There''s not much left to do. The two chatted for a few words and then hung up the phone. Then, Wu Heng contacted Shanara and the little pirate Philippa from Netale City. Of course, it''s not a pirate now, it''s the captain of Treasure Island. Please...you...Collect_69Book(Six\\\Nine\\\Book\\\!) Shanara has been staying with the fifth princess, helping her handle some affairs in Netale City. According to Shanara, Netale City has gradually returned to normal and has become a key port again. According to Shannella, the headquarters is still transferring personnel, and it is very frequent. Although no specific information has been transmitted. But it feels like they are still in a state of preparation for war, or have already started fighting. The heroes are all over there, and they are still dealing with such trouble. I have some doubts about who is found within the Yeke Kingdom. Wu Heng''s current goal is to solve the problem of reputation first, and he has no intention of getting involved. After asking Shannara to pay attention to her safety, she hung up the contact. On Philippa''s side, there wasn''t much going on. I just heard from her that she had recently wiped out several waves of pirates and proclaimed herself the Queen of the Emerald Sea. When he heard that Wu Heng had returned to Treasure Island, he said he would come back to see him in the next two days. Wu Heng also agreed. After they finished chatting, they also hung up the communication. He sat on the chair and thought for a while, then got up and left the room. On the stairs, you can hear lively conversations coming from downstairs. Walking to the hall, except for Minnie and Andwyll, McIntosh was wearing a blue dress and a dark shawl. Seeing Wu Heng coming down, several people stood up one after another. "Master." The maids greeted with a smile. McIntosh also saluted, "My lord." "Well, is dinner ready?" Wu Heng asked. "I''m just waiting for you, Master." Minnie said with a smile. "Then eat first and then talk after you finish." Several people walked into the restaurant together, and after sitting down separately, dinner was served. Since we were celebrating Wu Heng''s return, the dinner was quite sumptuous. After simply eating some. McIntosh picked up the wine glass, took a sip, and looked at Wu Heng, "Sir, I heard that the Archbishop of the Holy See went to the association." "Well, go ask the association for the person, but don''t worry. The association will not hand the person over. There will be a follow-up investigation, and I will arrange for the person to be released at that time." Wu Heng answered calmly. Hearing this, McIntosh looked obviously happy. When she received the news that the archbishop had come forward, her heart instantly sank to the bottom. No matter how fast Wu Heng grows, we are optimistic about his future. The archbishop of the Holy See cannot be suppressed now. In fact, when I came, I planned to give up on this person in my heart, so as not to cause Wu Heng more trouble. Just..., now listen to the other person''s tone. It seems that the archbishop failed to achieve his goal, and the association has no intention of handing over anyone. McIntosh hesitated for a moment, then said slowly, "Sir, I won''t bring you any trouble, will I?" "It''s okay, Treasure Island is not a place where the Holy See has the final say." Wu Heng said, and then said: "I need you to arrange people to release some news on the island." "Say!" McIntosh asked immediately. Then, Wu Heng briefly told what happened in the association. When it was heard that the knights of the Holy See took the lead and the skeletons on Wu Heng''s side defeated everyone, the entire restaurant fell into silence. Only the skeleton wearing a chef''s hat cutting fruit and the sound of the blade falling on the cutting board could be heard. Everyone looked here in surprise. There was some disbelief in his eyes. "It was said that the Holy See arrested people randomly on the street, and then wanted to use the Holy See''s identity to pressure the association to release them directly. The Association and Treasure Island withstood the pressure and insisted on investigating the matter clearly." Wu Heng said. (End of chapter) Chapter 844 , crazy ticket sales Chapter 844, crazy ticket sales McIntosh listened carefully and then nodded, "Do I need to mention you and Deacon Sheila Rose?" Wu Heng hesitated, "Don''t be too obvious." "good!" After talking about this matter, Wu Heng turned his attention to Ander Weier again and asked: "Weier, is there any problem here on Treasure Island?" Anderweier pondered for a moment, and then said: "The second batch of cooperative chambers of commerce has been selected. There are 7 chambers of commerce in total. You can notify them to pick up the goods at any time. The second thing is that the entertainment city you planned has entered In the finishing stage, decoration can begin. Things about the entertainment city were decided before he left. There is too little entertainment in this world. In order to better retain the money of the powerful people on the island, the entertainment city was planned. "I will arrange for someone to take over at that time." "Okay, Master." After a few people chatted for a while, the tableware was put away and replaced with fruits. We chatted until it was getting late. Wu Hengcai arranged the skeleton and carriage to send ''McIntosh'' back to his residence. I also went upstairs to take a shower and prepare to rest. Night falls. Wu Heng lay on the bed, pondering what happened today. He never expected that he would have a direct conflict with the Holy See as soon as he landed on the island. In fact, if I think about it carefully, I feel that there is no way to avoid the conflict between the two parties. The Holy See''s behavior on the island is becoming more and more aggressive, and he must find a way to suppress the other party''s strong attitude. Even if it doesn''t happen today, there will be a fight later. Moreover, this time he still had some authority. After all, during the negotiation, the other side''s Holy See Knight made the first move. It was self-defense anyway. The fighting power displayed also let the people in the Holy See know the strength gap between the two sides. The combat effectiveness shown by Shining is indeed quite satisfactory. Without even giving the other party much chance to react, he knocked down everyone in the room except the Archbishop in the blink of an eye. Fast speed is indeed an advantage. I am also looking forward to the remaining level 19 zombies. When they all reach level 20, wouldn''t their combat effectiveness be even more terrifying? "How about arresting that level 18 Holy See knight?" This thought flashed through my mind and was immediately rejected by myself. Too risky. Not bad for this one, and his disappearance on the island would easily give the Holy See a new reason. "Let''s be safe first!" Wu Heng muttered. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, we have finished taking a bath, can you come in?" Wu Heng put away his thoughts and said: "Come in!" The door opened and four maids walked in one after another. Wearing different styles of pajamas, she climbed directly onto the bed. Minnie asked with a playful smile: "Master, who do you want to be first?" Wu Heng put his arms behind his head and said casually: "Weier, she has to get up early tomorrow, so she should go to bed early." "I know the master likes Sister Wei''er the most." Robert said angrily. Anderweil''s face turned red after being told that, but she still raised her head, "Master likes me, shouldn''t he?" Deacon''s Mansion. Inside the warm and elegant bedroom. "Are you asleep?" Shi Yali said softly. Silla Gui, who was lying beside her, also opened her eyes and said, "Sleep!" "He told you, what level is he now?" Shi Yali asked again. Sheila Gui turned around and said softly, "I haven''t asked him, but according to the time when Lu An was defeated last time, he should only be at level 16 or 7, right?" The tone was also uncertain. Shi Yali took a deep breath, and there was still some uncontrollable surprise in her voice, "Then why is he so powerful?" "How do I know? Maybe, as he said, skeletons are special!" Sheila Gui said casually. During the day, the two discussed it. But it still feels incredible to discuss it again at this time. In the blink of an eye, all the professionals from the Holy See were knocked down. This was the first time they had seen that level 18 professionals were so fragile and could fly so far away after being hit. The level 19 Archbishop was also deterred from taking the next step. "I feel like it''s okay to tell my parents about us and him." Shi Yali turned around, looked at her sister''s face, and reached out to scratch her exaggerated chest. Sila Gui lightly slapped the other party, "How can it be! If the association knows about my relationship with him, I will probably be transferred. Don''t be stupid." Shi Yali smiled and said: "That''s what I meant, He seems to be improving faster than we thought." "Okay, don''t miss him. He will come to see you tomorrow night." Sheela said dissatisfied. Shi Yali pulled her into her arms and patted her twice gently like patting a child, "We can always live together in the future." "Um!" The next day, zombie world. Wu Heng sat in front of the monitor and looked at the pictures inside. The wings on the backs of the few zombies that were sent in had grown more than half a meter long. The outline of the wings can be clearly seen. The speed that Shining shows with its wings is quite remarkable. Please...you...Collect_69Book(Six\\\Nine\\\Book\\\!) If these zombies are transformed into skeletons and can have this speed, it will greatly improve their combat effectiveness. At this time, Xiao Xiaofei came back, "Uncle, they have all reached level 19, but none have broken through to level 20. They are not up to par at all." "It''s okay, take your time." Wu Heng said with a smile. Glenda and Penny also smiled. Didi~! At this time, two car horns sounded outside. Xiaoxiao flew over quickly, looked out through the wall, and then came back and said, "It''s Aunt Li Yahong. She drove to pick you up, uncle." Wu Heng also looked out the window. Li Yahong was standing below, directing the rest of the team to unload some materials. He looked up and waved his hand. Wu Heng went downstairs and walked towards the convoy location. Li Yahong said: "Do you want to clean up the zombies? It''s a long way to go. If we set out now, we won''t arrive until three or four in the afternoon." "Go over." Wu Heng said directly. "You get in the car first, and I''ll explain to the others." Li Yahong said. Wu Heng was sitting in the passenger seat. Li Yahong went to explain to the others. Then he drove an off-road vehicle, took Wu Heng and a large number of skeletons with him, left the prison directly, and headed into the distance. At half past five in the afternoon, the sky was already getting dark. In the distance, you can see dilapidated villages and groups of corpses wandering stiffly. Wu Heng said: "Please forgive me and wait for me in the car." Li Yahong smiled and said, "No matter what grievance you have, I used to wait for you in the car." "Yes." Wu Heng nodded, got out of the car, and rushed forward with the skeleton army. Roar~! As they approached the village, the zombies on the opposite side let out angry roars. Then they gathered into a group of corpses, roaring and baring their teeth and claws, and rushed towards them. "Spear formation!" Wow~! The spears moved forward, forming a tight square formation. Immediately afterwards, the strong light flashlight passed through the ''soul absorbing jade'', forming a very large magic circle on the ground. Bang bang bang bang~! The group of corpses instantly crashed into the spear formation, and their rotting bodies were penetrated. They still struggled forward, grabbing at the skeletons in front of them. In a flurry of clawing and thrusting sounds. Remnant souls began to float into the sky. "Uncle, the remnant soul has appeared." Xiaoxiao said immediately. Wu Heng reached out and took out the [Ghost Train Ticket Vending Machine]. "You guys stand back." The three ghosts immediately retreated to the back, and Wu Heng also handed the ticket vending machine to Kaxiu beside him, "Take it and go near the battlefield, and then pull the slider." Ka Xiu took it and strode toward the center of the battle. Then pull the slider directly. Click~! After the sound of mechanical movement, the ''ticket vending machine'' instantly developed a suction force. Suck nearby residual souls into the machine like smoke. Every time I sucked in five residual souls, the old and rusty keys began to make a clicking sound. A ticket starts to appear. Immediately afterwards, the ticket vending machine began to absorb large amounts of residual souls from the sky, and the ticket vending machine kept running. The bills were connected into thin strips and rolled out quickly. "so much?" (End of chapter) Chapter 845 , do you dare to question me? (Today鈥檚 u Chapter 845, Do you dare to question me? (Todays update is 5,000 words.) Tickets were spat out, swinging and flying in the air. After a while there was a pile of them on the ground. The three ghosts'' eyes widened, and Wu Heng was also a little surprised. I had discussed the ticket vending machine before, but I didnt expect that it would actually absorb the soul directly. It really fits the name of Ghost Train, the tickets are all converted using souls. In the direction of the battlefield, zombies fell in batches. It turns into wisps of remnant soul, and then continues to be absorbed by the ticket vending machine, and transformed into tickets. There are actually not many zombies in the entire village. Except for the zombies that rushed in in groups at the beginning, there were only a few dozen scattered ones left, continuing to tear at the skeletons. He continued to be pierced by the spear and fell to the ground. "Uncle, there''s smoke, there''s smoke from the ticket vending machine." Xiaoxiao pointed in the air. I don''t know if the ticket vending machine in the distance is operating too fast or has reached capacity. Some smoke can be seen floating out. "There aren''t many left." Wu Heng glanced at the number of zombies. Soon, the last zombie fell, and its remaining soul was absorbed. The ticket machines also stopped working. Card Xiu held the ticket vending machine, while the other two skeletons came over holding the tickets in their arms. First, I checked the ticket vending machine to make sure there was no problem. Then he looked at the ticket in the skeleton''s arms. [Ghost Train Ticket (Wonderful Object)] (Description: This ticket entitles you to ''one'' ride on the legendary Ghost Train.) As expected, it was a ticket for the ghost train, so there was no problem. "How many tickets are there in decimals? Glenda, Beni, are you guys checking to see if there are any zombies in the village?" Wu Heng put away the ticket vending machine and asked casually. When Xiaoxiao heard this, he immediately raised his hand, "Uncle, let aunty count. I want to find zombies." "Okay, just go faster and don''t play outside." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out in a swish. Penny also flew to the other side and began to circle the village looking for zombies. Wu Heng and Granda started counting the tickets all over the floor. "I have a total of 172 here, what about yours?" Wu Heng asked. Glenda said: "223." "395 pictures are a bit too few." Wu Heng was still a little dissatisfied. Glenda rolled her eyes at him and said, "It''s already quite a lot. The second prince probably has never seen so many tickets in his life." Based on the conversion of five remnant souls into one ticket, about two thousand zombies could be killed. It''s also comparable in terms of quantity. "He doesn''t have props like ours." Wu Heng took out a wooden box, put all the tickets in it, and then put it into the space ring. In terms of the rarity of the tickets. The tickets obtained this time are enough to be distributed to some of the people under my command. What''s more, this kind of ticket can only be given to people you trust. If the ticket vending machine is exposed, those who know that this rare object is in the hands of the second prince will probably infer that the second prince died in their own hands. At this time, two ghosts also flew back from outside. "Uncle, there are no zombies left." "Neither do I have one here." The zombies were cleaned up relatively cleanly, and no special aberrant zombies appeared. Wu Heng nodded and said, "Okay, let''s go back after I finish transforming the skeleton." "good!" Wu Heng walked towards the corpses piled up in front. Xiaoxiao and Penny flew to Granda''s side and began to ask how many tickets they had received in total. Skeletons stood up from the ground. The corpse cores collected by Wu Heng were also stored in the space ring. "All skeletons, get over to the SUV and get ready to go back." Hurrah~! The skeleton army rushed to the location of the off-road vehicle and prepared to return. Wu Heng got into the passenger seat, and Kaxiu, Winky, and the accompanying big-headed skeleton sat in the back seat. "Is it over? So soon this time?" Li Yahong cast a doubtful look. "There are not many zombies here, and why do your words sound so weird?" Wu Heng said. Li Yahong smiled and said: "In this small village, not many people stayed before. It would be great to have thousands of people. I will look for a new place." Wu Heng said: "Don''t worry now, we will talk about it when needed." Li Yahong then asked, "Where are you going now?" "Go back to the central area. Let''s go to the pharmaceutical factory tomorrow." Wu Heng said. "Um!" The vehicle started and drove forward. Behind him were densely packed skeletons, keeping running all the way. The car drove for a while. Xiao Xiao revealed her figure, "Aunt Yahong!" "Xiaoxiao, what''s wrong?" Li Yahong smiled. "Auntie, are you looking for new cartoons for me?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. Li Yahong glanced at her out of the corner of her eye and said, "I found it, and I also found some movies, enough for you to watch for a while." "Really, aunt is so kind." "Then do you like me more or Qi Hancai?" Li Yahong asked. "Aunt Yahong, we are the best." Xiaoxiao answered without any hesitation. Li Yahong smiled broadly and glanced at Wu Heng, as if to say, "Look, even children say that." Wu Heng ignored the other party''s showy eyes. Xiao''s "best" doesn''t refer to one person, she and Glenda, Penny, and even Lilith said they were the best. There was no response from Wu Heng. Li Yahong continued: "Xiaoxiao, go see your mother first when you go back. She is also over there." "Yes, I miss her too." Xiaoxiao continued, "Uncle, can I stay with my mother tonight?" Today I promised Sheila Gui and Shi Yali to go to their place for dinner. But it''s so late now, and obviously we can''t make up the time. "Okay!" Wu Heng agreed. Zhao Yanqiu''s working location changes based on Xiaoxiao''s location. Fortunately, the assigned job only requires a radio station. Its actually not easy for mother and daughter. But in the current environment, Zhao Yanqiu can be regarded as borrowing a lot of light. The two of them chatted casually. The off-road vehicle entered the central shopping mall directly. The skeleton army went to the area where they were stationed, and the off-road vehicle stopped at the door of the building. "Is my mother still in the previous room?" Xiaoxiao asked. "Here!" Li Yahong said. "Then I''ll go find my mother first." Xiaoxiao said before leaving. Wu Heng reminded, "It''s dark, don''t scare her." "Don''t worry!" Xiaoxiao said and left directly. Wu Heng and Li Yahong also returned to the bedroom to rest. The next day, morning. In the tidy warehouse, there are neatly stacked medicine boxes. These are all pills produced by the pharmaceutical factory during this period. According to Li Yahong, almost 220,000 boxes were produced. Enough to satisfy your second external sale. Rows of skeletons carried medicine boxes and walked into the open door inside. The harsh sound of bone friction echoed in the closed room. After all the medicine boxes were moved over, Wu Heng closed the gate, opened it and walked out. Walked all the way outside and got back on Li Yahong''s off-road vehicle. "Is it done?" Li Yahong asked. "It''s done, let''s go back!" Wu Heng said. "Go back to where?" Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Go back to the Central Mall first and pick up Xiaoxiao. I''ll let the skeleton drive back to the prison to prevent you from running away with me." Li Yahong nodded, "Okay, I''ll come find you in two days." "Um." Li Yahong drove him to the central shopping mall. Wu Heng asked Beini to call Xiaoxiao, and then asked Skull to drive directly back to the prison. After taking a look at the surveillance camera, return to Treasure Island. Wu Heng came down from upstairs. Minnie said directly: "Master, Deacon Sheila Gui called this morning and asked if you were here." Yesterday I promised to go to Xilagui''s place for dinner. The sisters won''t be angry anymore! "Did you say something?" Wu Heng walked down and asked. "It seemed like it was about interrogating someone, but they didn''t tell me the details." Minnie recalled. Interrogation, that is, those matters of the Holy See. Wu Heng said: "I''ll go over and take a look." "Master, don''t you have some lunch first?" Minnie asked. "Come back and eat tonight!" Minnie nodded, picked up the clothes on the side and helped him put them on. Wu Heng released [Teleportation Technique] and disappeared. Kitten Girl Robert looked at this trick and said, "Master, this trick is really useful. If a thief can do it, he will never be caught stealing anything." Minnie put her hand on her forehead and said, "Master knows how to do it. It must be an advanced skill. It can''t be used to steal things." "You don''t feel it. Stealing things is very practical." "Practical! Upgrade it well and let the master teach you." "Who are you kidding? That''s the skill of a mage." Please...you...Collect_69Book(Six\\\Nine\\\Book\\\!) Association, interrogation room. Incandescent lamps illuminate the room brightly. On the seat in front, the 18th-level Holy See knight changed into a purple robe. He was clean and tidy, and he didn''t look like he was being held in a prison. Even though he was being interrogated, he still had a tall and straight posture and sharp eyes. Opposite is a wooden table, and behind the chairs are sitting Deacon Sheila Gui, Deputy Deacon Gardein, Assistant Shi Yali, and two association investigators holding pens and papers. There was silence in the room, and Sheila Gui said coldly, "Tell me, why did you attack the owner of Treasure Island? What was the reason? What was the purpose?" Hearing the question, the Holy See Knight raised his head slightly, glanced at everyone present with his sharp eyes, sneered, and said: "There is no purpose, I just heard that the island owner is a rare genius, and I wanted to test his strength. I didn''t expect what would happen. Misunderstand." Even if this incident happened, he did not consider himself a criminal. An 18th-level professional has already reached the top of the profession. Coupled with his status as a Holy See knight, even if he makes a mistake, these people will not be able to interrogate him. If the Archbishop hadn''t asked him to stay here first and not delay eating and drinking, he would have walked out in a swaggering manner. Among these people in front of me, who dares to stop him? Sheila Gui continued, "It''s a little too far-fetched to test the opponent''s strength by making an understatement during negotiations." The Holy See Knight shrugged, as if what you think is your own business. Sheila Gui narrowed her eyes, and then said, "What? The majestic knight of the Holy See, dare not do it, and found such an excuse to fool people." The Holy See Knight''s expression turned cold for a moment, and his eyes suddenly looked straight at him, "You dare to question me?" "Association procedures, do you think you no longer need to abide by the association rules?" Sheila Gui counterattacked solemnly. The Holy See Knight looked here coldly, and a suffocating sense of oppression began to fill the room. The deputy deacon and two investigators on the side began to sweat on their foreheads. He wanted to say a few words to adjust the atmosphere, but he was afraid of directing the other person''s hatred towards himself. Sheila Ge is protected by Imiro, and she is also the native of the leader of the Sword of Justice. They don''t have so many identities. After thinking about it, he lowered his head. "Believe it or not, I will kill you right now..." The Holy See Knight suddenly stopped when he was about to speak. He glanced at the investigator and sneered: "By doing this, you are undoubtedly colluding with the evil profession. When his affairs are exposed, You will also clean up together." Xila Gui''s expression remained unchanged, she tilted her head and said, "Write it down. I will also add that you will not cooperate with the questioning and that you will also be verbally threatening." The investigator wiped his sweat while writing down notes in his notebook. The Holy See Knight stood up suddenly and said, "Then it depends on which of us has the last laugh." Squeak~! At this time, the door was pushed open directly. Wu Heng walked in directly with two skeletons. The demeanor of the originally sarcastic knight changed and he sat back in his chair silently. Saw Wu Heng coming in. Shi Lagui and Shi Yali both looked happy, coughed lightly, maintained the deacon''s demeanor, and asked calmly: "Is there something wrong?" Wu Heng glanced at the room, "I just came over to take a look, how about it?" Sheila Gui glanced at the investigator first and said, "That''s it for today. There''s no need to record the rest." The investigator, his face covered with sweat, closed the record book. He also breathed a sigh of relief slowly. Xila Gui looked at Wu Heng again and said: "He said he was just testing your strength. He threatened us just now and we will settle the matter together afterwards." There was silence in the room again. The deputy deacon and the investigator looked at their deacon, and the Holy See knight inside also cast a surprised look. This... Why does it sound like you are complaining! Wu Heng glanced at the silent Holy See knight who was sitting inside. He was wearing a brand new and neat uniform. He looked more like he was on vacation than being imprisoned. He said directly: "You go out first, I will talk to him." The Holy See Knight''s pupils shrank, he glanced at the two skeletons behind him fearfully, and said, "I''m not threatening you, it''s just a normal conversation." The archdeacon and the investigator turned to look at him again. The tone of the Holy See Knight also changed. Defending oneself. "Don''t you want to try my strength? We have plenty of time, let''s try it now." Wu Heng continued. The face of the Holy See Knight also became serious, "What, you want to sabotage this investigation?" Sheila Gui said: "Let''s follow the process. If he is unwilling to cooperate, I will notify you." Hearing what Sheila Gui said, the Holy See Knight also breathed a sigh of relief. He didn''t continue talking to irritate the other person. Wu Heng nodded and said nothing more. Sheila Gui said to the deputy deacon beside her: "Take him down and ask again tomorrow." "Yes!" Deputy Deacon Gardein replied and said, "Lord Knight, let''s go this way." The Holy See Knight left, followed by the two investigators. Wu Heng said: "Which room is he locked in? I''ll beat him up later." The association''s investigators were here just now, so it was hard to do anything. The investigator is a special person of the association, and what is recorded is not allowed to be changed even by the deacon. Sheila Gui smiled and said, "Forget it, let''s wait for the news from the headquarters. It doesn''t make much sense to ask these questions about him." In fact, there is no interrogation for the Holy See Knights. The reason for attacking the island owner is not important, it just depends on how the association handles it. What''s the attitude of the Holy See? The last time I collided with Lilith, I always went back to be punished, and this time I was just like that. Everyone knows it in their mind. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded. The three of them walked out of the room and returned to the deacon''s study. Return to the Deacon''s study. While making tea, Shi Yali said, "Didn''t you agree to go to our place for dinner yesterday?" Wu Heng scratched his head and said a little apologetically, "Sorry, I went out yesterday and didn''t calculate the time well, so I was delayed." "It can''t be..., are you looking for other women?" Shi Yali brought tea and stared at her. Wu Heng took the tea, took a sip, and said, "I''m not stupid. I''ll let you go find other people about rare objects." Shi Yali blinked at him, looking like she was letting you go. Sheila Gui brought the topic back to the main topic, "Except for the Holy See Knights, the remaining few people have almost done the investigation." "What''s going on?" Wu Heng asked. The cause of the incident was that the sloppy man was following the Vatican staff and had a conflict in the street after being discovered by the other party. After being met by Wu Heng, he was immediately captured by the guards. Sheila Gui said: "That man must have really followed someone from the Holy See and was collecting intelligence. The people from the Holy See can completely distance themselves from the relationship. The only reason to imprison them is to attack you." The association still has some skills and has basically deduced the whole thing. Wu Heng said simply: "That man is from McIntosh." Sheila Gui and Shi Yali both showed expressions that were indeed the case. "What are you going to do?" Sheela asked. "We''ll investigate first, and then find a reason to release him." "That''s fine. If you let him out, you might get retaliation from the Holy See." Shi Yali reminded. "At that time, arrange for them to go out and hide for a while." Wu Heng said his plan. Sheila Gui nodded, "That''s okay. Have you written a letter to the headquarters?" "I haven''t written it yet. Why don''t I take a look at what you wrote, lest we tell you something different." Wu Heng said directly. Xilagui said angrily, "You are still a mage, and you still have to look at us." "To avoid problems." Wu Heng said with a smile. Shi Lagui didn''t speak, and Shi Yali took out a piece of paper from the side, "Here, this is the plaintiff, the content is basically the same." "Okay." Wu Heng directly put the space ring away. Shi Yali then said, "Come for dinner tonight?" "Okay! I''ll go back and write a letter first, and then I''ll come find you." "Um." He said goodbye to the two girls and left the study directly. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng handed the letters he received to Granda and asked her to write two letters as a reference so that they could be sent out tomorrow. He went downstairs and sat in the room. After thinking for a moment, he picked up the radio to contact Lilith and said, "Leader Lilith, are you there?" After a brief silence, Lilith''s voice came from the other side, "What''s going on?" "I haven''t contacted you for a while. How are you doing?" Wu Heng chuckled. "What happened again?" (End of chapter) Chapter 846 , you don鈥檛 want to be drowned either, r Chapter 846: You dont want to be drowned either, right? Forehead. When the next words came to my lips, I suddenly didnt know what to say. After hesitating for a moment, he said: "What you said makes it sound like I can only come to you when something happens." Lilith''s tone was questioning, "Is everything okay?" "Uh..., not really!" "Hmph!" Lilith snorted coldly from the other side. Wu Heng felt a little embarrassed. He held the microphone in one hand and scratched his head with the other hand, and then said: "But it''s not my fault this time. It''s the Holy See that bullied people too much." When it came to the Holy See, Lilith seemed to be somewhat interested. In other words, I am very willing to listen to the conflicts between the Holy See and a necromancer. "Say it!" Then, Wu Heng told the story of what happened recently, and then said in a very dissatisfied tone: "They can''t afford to offend you. They are taking it out on me. They arranged for a level 19 archbishop to come over, and there are so many level 18 professions." Otherwise, ringing the broken bell every day in the church will affect the patrolling skeletons. After listening, the other person suddenly fell into silence. After a while, he said: "You intimidated the archbishop and detained the Holy See knight who attacked you?" Wu Heng said a lot. Lilith''s focus is on this. Wu Heng felt that he had said too much, but he could not hide this matter. After all, the Vatican had also written a letter, and sooner or later it would reach Lilith and the headquarters. He simply said: "That''s true." "How did you defeat them?" Lilith asked with great interest. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I told you last time that I used the ''Yin Jade'' to transform a higher-level skeleton. That skeleton had relatively strong combat effectiveness in special circumstances. Under the circumstances at that time, , does have some advantages. In order to better transform level 20 skeletons, and not let the skeletons be downgraded because of their low level. Wu Heng consulted Lilith about this matter in advance. Lilith is responsible for collecting information on the ''Secret Whisperer'' and knows quite a lot about it. Then he told him that when transforming the skeleton, use the accompanying Yin Jade to increase it. Afterwards, he was indeed allowed to reach level 19 and transformed into a level 20 Flash without being demoted. "Oh? So, you got a nice skeleton." Lilith seemed to have remembered this matter. The Holy See''s ability is to restrain the undead. With his own strength, he can suppress the archbishop and so many 18th-level clergy. Still surprising and unexpected. "It''s a little different. I''ll show it to you when you come over next time." Wu Heng said, then brought the topic back again and said: "The archbishop wrote several letters to the outside world. I''m afraid They will confuse right and wrong..." Lilith thought for a moment, and then asked, "Who else did you tell this about?" "The local association has written a letter to the headquarters, and I also plan to write a letter to the leader of the Hongwen Society, Claudio. Otherwise, I will tell you." Wu Heng said directly. Lilith said: "We don''t know what the Holy See''s plans are yet. Let''s wait for the news and see how things develop before we consider it. I will keep an eye on it for you." "Thank you very much, chief. What should I do with the Holy See knights I have detained? How about I take them to the headquarters." Wu Heng thanked him and then said. "I''ll put it on your side first. It''s useless to bring him to the headquarters. He might be released in advance. Just be careful and don''t escalate the conflict if you don''t take the next step in the Holy See." Lilith asked again. "Okay, listen to the leader." Wu Heng said with a smile. In the original plan, there was no real intention to conflict with the Holy See. The main task is to reach level 20. He has reached level 20, and the few zombies he has cultivated have also reached level 20. At that time, not only the local Holy See, but also the entire church will be less threatening to itself. "Is there anything else?" Lilith continued to ask. Wu Heng thought for a moment, "Want to chat with Xiaoxiao? She always mentions you." "Then let''s talk for a while." "I''ll call her." Wu Heng said, went upstairs and walked into the study and said, "Xiaoxiao, come and have a word with Leader Lilith." "Okay, I miss Sister Lilith." Return to the radio room. Wu Heng released [Divine Appearance], and his spiritual consciousness left. Xiaoxiao immediately came over and sat in front of the radio, "Sister Lilith, what are you doing?" "I just got up to rest. I brought you a gift, haven''t you received it yet?" Lilith''s tone also softened. Xiaoxiao said in surprise: "There are also gifts, what are they?" "You will know then, how did your uncle conflict with the Holy See?" Lilith asked again. There was anger in Xiaoxiao''s tone, "They bully people, sister, you have to avenge us..." on the streets. Wuheng''s "Shenlin" is a skeleton, patrolling the streets with the patrol. There are people coming and going on the road. When I saw the patrolling skeleton, I just passed by without any abnormal behavior. Occasionally, some outsiders who come to the island may stand in the distance and point, curious and wary. Dang~! Loud bells rang from the direction of the church. Click! The patrolling skeleton suddenly stopped. Under the influence of the bell, the skeleton began to tremble non-stop, and the soul fire swayed crazily. Wu Heng was possessed by the skeleton and felt violent shaking. It seemed like it would collapse at any moment. Please...you...Collect_69Book(Six\\\Nine\\\Book\\\!) It seems that this is the bell that Weier mentioned. Every time the bell rings, it has an impact on the skeletons on the island. The performance of the impact will also be related to the level. The higher the level, the lower the impact will be. It seems that I should find an opportunity to enter the church someday. Or, be more forceful and just dismantle the broken clock or something inside. The bell rang twice and then disappeared. The patrolling skeletons also returned to normal and continued to patrol along the road. Wu Heng followed for a while and looked around, feeling that it was almost time. Released the [Divine Presence] state and returned to his body. He got up from the table and walked out. Return to the study. Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea and sat down on a chair nearby. "Xiaoxiao, what did you talk about with Lilith?" Wu Heng asked casually. "Sister Lilith said she sent me a gift, which should be on the way now." Xiaoxiao said in a somewhat showy manner. "What gift!" Wu Heng asked curiously. "I don''t know~! She didn''t say anything, she just said that I would definitely like it and it would definitely be valuable." Xiaoxiao finished, and then added, "Next time I will ask my sister to bring a gift to my uncle." Wu Heng was stunned, "It doesn''t matter what others want. I will be happy if you have a small gift." "Uncle is so kind." Xiaoxiao flew over and laid on his shoulder affectionately. The other two ghosts also turned their heads slightly and glanced at the two of them. Part of Lilith''s gift was a sign of love for Xiao Xiao, and the other part probably also meant a gift in return. When leaving on the opposite side, Wu Heng gave some medicines, motorcycles and other things. According to the market pricing, it is quite expensive. The other party basically used the return gifts on Xiao Xiao. Of course, it doesn''t feel like the problem is big. Xiaoxiao is so happy, and he is happy too. Xiaoxiao finished a few sentences and then flew back to watch cartoons. When there was a pause, Penny was still waiting aside. Glenda sent the written letter over, "What do you think?" Wu Heng took it and took a look, feeling that there was nothing wrong with the content. Basically, it was a retelling of the situation of the Holy See on the island, plus the sudden attack by the other party during the discussion in the conference room. "Very good. I will take it to the association later and send it out as soon as possible." Wu Heng sealed the letter and put it into the space ring. Glenda then asked, "Did you tell Lilith about this?" "As she said, she told us not to be too anxious and to see what the Holy See''s attitude is first. She will also help us keep an eye on it at the headquarters." Wu Heng replied. "I feel like Lilith treats you well, and she always helps you if you need anything." Glenda said with emotion. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "You should know that I have always been very popular." "Don''t mess with her. Lilith is very cruel. Don''t forget that those exiled vampires were all imprisoned by Lilith." Glenda suddenly became serious. "How could I mess with her?" Wu Heng said directly. I am trying hard to maintain a good relationship with the other party. The relationship between Xiaoxiao and the other party is pretty good now, and there should be no need to anger the other party no matter what. Glenda''s eyes were full of meaning, "You know what I mean, feelings can make women more ruthless. I will seal you in a coffin and sink you into the sea, let''s see what you do!" "Stop talking, I''m already scared." (End of chapter) Chapter 847 , give away tickets Chapter 847, giving away tickets "Be brave!" Glenda flew back, found another book and started reading. Wu Heng looked at the time, it was half past four in the afternoon. He stood up and said, "I''m going to the association. You guys can play." The ghosts nodded, and Wu Heng walked out of the study. Go downstairs. Minnie smiled and said: "Master." "Well, I''m eating out tonight, so you don''t have to wait for me." Wu Heng said casually. "Okay." Minnie nodded. Wu Heng put on his clothes, walked to the courtyard, released [Teleportation Technique] and left. Appearing again, it was already the courtyard of the deacon''s residence. Enter the association through the back door. Knock on the door of the deacon''s study. After receiving the response, Wu Heng walked in directly. The two elf sisters have already started to pack their things, and it looks like they are getting ready to go home. "Is the letter finished?" Sheela asked. "It''s finished." Wu Heng took out the two letters. One is a letter addressed to the leader of the Hongwen Society, and the other is addressed to Lilith. Although the radio station told her in advance, the letter was more detailed and was sent out together. Sheila Gui said: "Shi Yali, please send the letter to the front desk, and then we will go back to eat." "Okay!" Shi Yali picked up the letter and left. When they came back, the three of them were chatting and laughing after get off work. Return to the Deacon''s Mansion through the back door. I sat in the room and waited for a while. Shi Yali brought various dinners to the table. In an instant, the whole room was filled with the aroma of dinner. The three of them sat down at the dining table, and Wu Heng said with a smile, "I can finally taste Shi Yali''s craftsmanship again." A smile appeared on Shi Yali''s face, "It''s not like I have a greedy and clumsy sister." Sheila Gui glared at her, "Who is clumsy? I don''t like these." Shi Yali then took out a bottle of wine from the side and filled it up for the two of them. "It was sent by the Elf Chamber of Commerce. How about trying it?" Sheila Gui said nothing this time. After pouring some, the three of them chatted casually while eating. As the sky darkens, the light inside the house becomes brighter. The two elf sisters drank some wine, and their faces became more and more rosy. Wu Heng glanced at the elf sisters, took their hands and walked to the window, and sat together in front of the window, looking at the stars in the sky. "The night is so beautiful tonight." Shi Yali looked at the night sky. Wu Heng said softly: "Just like you." The faces of the two women turned even redder, and Shi Yali looked over affectionately. Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. He held the sweet fruit wine in his mouth, pulled Shi Yali over, put it against her red lips, and entered her mouth. Sheela''s eyes widened, and just when she was about to speak, the other person turned her head and put the rest into her mouth. Shi Yali asked: "Are you going back tonight?" "I''m not going back." Wu Heng said directly. Sheila Gui twisted and said, "Forget it, I''m a little scared." Shi Yali glanced at Wu Heng, pulled Xila Gui and said, "Come on, I have a way." Sheila followed her into the room. Not long after, Xila Gui''s timid and cautious voice came from inside, "Wu Heng, are you still there?" "I''m in!" Wu Heng walked into the bedroom and his pupils condensed slightly. Inside the room, both elf sisters put on nightgowns and stood in the open space beside the bed, with black cloths tied on their heads to cover their eyes. Xila Gui said softly, "Wu Heng, are you there? If you weren''t there, I would pick it off. It''s a bit scary." "I''m here!" Wu Heng walked over. Pulling up the two sisters, one on the left and the other on the right, they came to the bed and sat down together. Lie on your back on the bed. the next day. After breakfast, Wu Heng went directly to the city hall. I met with several newly selected chambers of commerce and discussed in detail the details of cooperation in selling pills. With the experience from the last time, this time it will be smoother. After talking to the representatives of each chamber of commerce about the rules and precautions, we signed the agreement directly. We can arrange a meeting in the afternoon and go to the designated warehouse to transport pills. The chamber of commerce representatives took their number plates and left. His face was full of joy. Dong dong dong~! There was a slight knock on the door. A dwarf wearing gorgeous clothes and gold-rimmed single-rimmed glasses walked in carrying a briefcase. "Lord Island Master!" Wu Heng also smiled, "Yousef, sit down!" Yousef is the head of the island''s design institute, which is responsible for the expansion of the island and the construction of some key buildings. At this time, he seemed to be dressed much more expensively, and he also had an elite feeling about him. Yousef sat down on the wooden chair, opened his briefcase, and took out several design drawings, "Sir, this is the entertainment city you told us about. The basic building has been completed, and the next step is the interior decoration." Andweier mentioned the matter in the entertainment city to herself when she came back. It was said at that time that it would be completed within a few days. The efficiency is still good. Wu Heng said: "I will arrange for Shanara to come back and take a look, and let her discuss the overall decoration with you." "Yes, sir." Yousef nodded to express his understanding. Wu Heng continued to ask: "How is the construction of the leader''s mansion going?" "It''s basically finished," Yousef said. Wu Heng nodded, "Okay, I understand." Please...you...Collect_69Book(Six\\\Nine\\\Book\\\!) "Then I won''t disturb you, sir." Yousef jumped off the chair, saluted again and then exited the room. After coming out of the city hall, Wu Heng took the skeleton to the factory on the island, as well as the entertainment city and the leader''s mansion just mentioned. There were skeletons working inside the factory. I saw that there were no problems, so I didnt pay much attention to them. Skeletons are better in this regard. You will never be passive at work, and you don''t need to eat, drink, or mess around. The entertainment city is a three-story building covering a large area. Each floor is a large open flat floor. With the current construction capabilities of this world, it is easier to build on an open flat floor than to build higher up. As long as the floor space is large enough, it''s not a problem. The construction style of the leader''s mansion is very similar to that of Wu Heng''s island master''s mansion. After all, it is the place promised to Lilith. If she could settle on the island, she could also contain the Holy See. After checking several locations, Wu Heng returned to the island master''s mansion. Had dinner. He went directly upstairs and returned to the study. Glenda asked: "Who do you plan to hand over the entertainment city to?" "I feel it''s better to leave it to Shannara." Wu Heng said. "That wood elf? She is suitable for these." Glenda thought for a moment, and then said, "Is your lover deacon of Blackstone Town better at this aspect? Her money cat is pretty good." Wu Heng glanced at the other two ghosts watching a movie in the distance, "The children are here, don''t always be lovers." "Don''t you think she is more suitable?" Glenda asked. Slater runs Money Cat and is really good at this. But the situation on Treasure Island is different from that in Yeko Kingdom. There are many races here, and the people here are dignitaries from all over the world. To put it bluntly, Slater has Shannara, the president of Star Flower, who has seen the world. "Let Shanara do the decoration of the entire venue. Leave the singing and dancing part to Slater. I promised her to open a store on the island a long time ago." Wu Heng said casually. "You can just make arrangements. How do you plan to get Slater over? You can''t even send the ticket." Granda asked the question again. "Well, let me think about it first!" The two finished chatting. Glenda returned to her seat and opened a book to read. Wu Heng sat on the chair. Start thinking about how to bring Slater here. I have the ticket, but I can''t send it to the other party. When it comes to sending it there, it''s better to notify her by radio and let her come directly. "The ticket is a bit useless!" Wu Heng muttered. Obtaining tickets is not difficult now. However, it would be a bit troublesome to send it to everyone. After thinking for a while, I couldn''t think of a better way. He simply took out the ''ticket'' and some rare props in the space ring. Start organizing it by type. If you dont need it, you can give it to others to use. After slowly classifying them, his eyes fell on a strange object. Blackstone. The dim light of the morning was like a slender thread, passing through the gaps in the curtains. Following a few crisp bird calls, Deacon Slater slowly opened his eyes. The straps of her purple nightgown slipped off, revealing her white collarbone. As soon as she sat up, she saw an envelope on the side of the pillow from the corner of her eye. Slater paused and woke up instantly. Regarding the blank envelope, she knew it was Wu Heng''s method of transmitting information. The first time she wrote a letter to herself, she was read by ''Yuli''. From then on, the two slept in separate rooms and never slept together again. but. Last time Wu Heng left her a prop called a radio to exchange messages, and she started to use it. Why did she start writing letters again. Leaning against the bedside, he hesitated before picking up the envelope. The surface of the envelope was blank. I tore it open carefully and poured it into my hands. There are two tickets in a folded piece of letter paper. Dropped in the palm of your hand. (End of chapter) Chapter 848 , Elder Shannella (5,000 words, one upda Chapter 848, Elder Shannara (5,000 words, one update today.) Ghost train tickets! There have been rumors about the ghost train in the northern part of the Kingdom of Yeko. When I first saw it, I subconsciously thought of this ticket. Slater frowned suddenly. Open the letter and continue to look at the content above. "Slater: These two tickets are ghost train tickets. After being torn open, the ghost train can be summoned. You can use the tickets to take "Yuri" to Treasure Island to see it. Next, let me tell you the rules for riding the ghost train. Be sure to remember that it is not completely safe on the train. 1. Tear the ticket along the marked line, and the ghost train will appear by itself. After getting on the train, there is an itinerary on the left. Fill in the city you want to go to. My side is Treasure Island. 2. After the train starts, except for vision, all other senses will disappear. Look at your watch more, eat on time and take conveniences according to the time. You will not feel hungry or want convenience on the train. 3. The time is about 7 days. After arriving at the location, the train will stop in a deserted place. Pay attention to find the direction of the city... " Slater''s eyes widened as he read the above. "How did you come up with it?" Slater muttered to himself. To actually use this kind of letter to send tickets is really... quite thoughtful. But what is certain is that Wu Heng plans to let her take the ticket to Treasure Island to find him. By train, it will take another seven days. It''s been a long time. Bang~! Suddenly, the door opened, and Yuri, wearing a leather armor buckle, rushed in and shouted: "Aunt, I''m going to the association. I want to earn merit and become a deputy deacon..." Slater, who was reading the letter, was startled by the sudden shout, "I told you to knock on the door like a crazy girl." "Aunt, are you reading the letter?" Yuli asked curiously. Slater put the letter into the space ring, stood up and put on his coat, saying, "Eat first, and then go to the association after dinner." "Oh, who wrote you a letter?" Yuri asked, leaning against the door. "Things about Wrentam City." Slater said after getting dressed. Putting it aside, he said, "So many questions." He put his arm around Yuli''s shoulders and walked out, then said, "Will I take you out to play in two days?" "Ah? Where are you going?" Yuli''s eyes lit up. "I''m going to Treasure Island. I told you a long time ago that I''m going to open a Golden Cat. I''ll go over and have a look in the next few days." Slater said with a smile. Yuli looked at her suspiciously, "It couldn''t have been a letter written by Wu Heng just now, right? Why didn''t he write it to me?" "Do you want to go?" "think." Netale city. City Lord''s Mansion, in an elegantly decorated bedroom. "Ghost train?" Shanela''s eyes widened slightly after reading the content of the letter. When did Wu Heng have such a rare item in his hand, and why has he never heard the other party mention it? It can summon trains and have tickets delivered directly to the bedside. A rare item of this level would be at least a first-level meritorious service in the association, and even the first-level meritorious service cannot be exchanged for it. After reading the letter, I looked at the ticket in my hand. When his eyes moved back to the letter, the handwriting on it disappeared little by little. Only the blank paper and ticket in his hand were left to prove that he was not hallucinating just now. Just disappear when you look away? Interesting effect. "It''s true that I haven''t seen him for a while." Shanara smiled slightly, and put the letter and ticket into the space ring. Dong Dong~! At this time, there was a knock on the door, followed by the voice of my housekeeper, "Madam, two representatives of the Chamber of Commerce are downstairs. The fifth princess asked me to ask you if you want to go down and have a chat." Chamber of Commerce representative? "Come in and talk." Shannella said casually. The middle-aged housekeeper came in and helped her get dressed and comb her hair. Shanara asked: "Did you tell me which chamber of commerce it is from?" "Yes, the Jinhui Chamber of Commerce and the Morton Family Chamber of Commerce are both established chambers of commerce in the Kingdom of Yeko. The senior officials in the chambers of commerce seem to be somewhat familiar with the fifth princess," the housekeeper replied. The old chamber of commerce in Yeke Kingdom. Netale City stabilized and began to reflect the advantages and values ??of a port city again, and some chambers of commerce began to move closer. Businessmen pursue profits, but they must also know how to invest. I didnt invest in it in the early stage, so waiting until now to build relationships is actually a bit late. "Let''s go down and take a look." Shanara got dressed and went straight downstairs. Just stepped into the lobby. Then I heard some conversations. In the hall, the fifth princess sat on one side, and opposite to them sat two middle-aged men in gorgeous clothes. One was slightly fat, and the other looked thinner and had a mustache. Seeing Shannara come down, the fifth princess also smiled, "Mrs. Shannara." "Your Highness." Shannara saluted slightly. "Sit down!" The fifth princess smiled at her and then introduced: "These two are representatives of the Jinhui Chamber of Commerce and the Morton Family Chamber of Commerce. They want to cooperate with Netale City to conduct some commercial trade." "What kind of cooperation are you planning to do?" Shannella asked. The fifth princess said: "We also plan to export the army''s weapons and armor, food, and minerals to the outside world through the port in the city." Shanara glanced at the fifth princess and understood the reason for calling her down. These things are currently supplied by Treasure Island and do not require the cooperation of any other chamber of commerce. Moreover, it is estimated that these chamber of commerce representatives who suddenly appear cannot be trusted. For weapons and armor, the number of people and weapon configuration can be estimated almost through the order. How could it be handed over to them. Shanara smiled and said, "These are all provided by our Wood Elf Star Flower. Don''t you have other products? There is still a large demand for daily necessities for residents." There was a brief silence in the hall. The well-built representative of the Jinhui Chamber of Commerce glanced at the two women across from him, rolled his eyes, and said in a loud voice, "I heard that Mrs. Shannara has not attended business activities in various places for a long time. The control of this chamber of commerce is not afraid of being controlled by others. Control?" Various chambers of commerce cooperate, and some information will also circulate. Especially a president like Shanara, who is famous outside and whose appearance is very outstanding. It has a star effect and is more topical. Shanara''s face remained unchanged, "You don''t need to worry about this. I am still the president of the Chamber of Commerce." "Oh? How did I hear that you no longer have control over the Chamber of Commerce? Is it some rumor?" The slightly thinner representative of the Chamber of Commerce then spoke and looked at the fifth princess again, "Your Highness, the current situation is still stable. The Chamber of Commerce is more suitable for cooperation, and it cannot be controlled by just relying on passion and connections. " It has been more than half a year since Shanara became the honorary president and the Presbyterian Council took back control. It seems that the outside world has noticed something. In the past, the two chamber of commerce representatives did not dare to speak to him like this, because they were sure that their real power would be revoked. Shanara sneered in her heart, but still said on her face: "These are not things you can worry about. Go and do your own thing." The fifth princess glanced at the two of them and said firmly, "If you have other directions for cooperation, you can come up with them directly. As for the types of cooperation that we have already cooperated with, I have no plans to change the cooperation." The representative of Futai immediately said: "Her Royal Highness, I feel that you should choose a more trustworthy chamber of commerce. We can provide stable goods, but Mrs. Shannara no longer has the ability to guarantee your subsequent cooperation." Shanara looked unhappy, and the fifth princess was also a little impatient, "If there''s nothing else, please go back." The faces of the two chamber of commerce representatives froze. Even after talking to this point, the other party still had no intention of changing his mind. He stood up and saluted and was about to leave. There were footsteps at the door again. The servant said: "Your Highness, representatives of the Flower of Stars and officials from the Wood Elf Tribe are here, saying they are looking for Lady Shannara." Several people in the room were stunned. The two middle-aged chamber of commerce representatives looked at each other and sat back down again. The fifth princess didn''t believe it. Now that the people from the Flower of Stars are here, they have a way to prove it. Even if they can''t cooperate, the fifth princess can still see Shanara''s current status clearly. Without the status of President of Star Flower, she is just a good-looking woman. The fifth princess looked at Shanara, who said: "Let them come in." The servant left, and when he came back again, he was followed by several wood elf personnel. In addition to the representatives of the Star Flower Merchant Guild, there were also Wood Elf guards whose clothes were embroidered with flower and vine patterns. Enter the room. With a slight salute, "Your Royal Highness, President Shannara." "What''s the matter?" Shannara narrowed her eyes slightly and looked at the other party. The captain of the Wood Elf Guard glanced at the others in the room. "It''s okay, just tell me." The wood elf nodded, saluted again, and said: "After being appointed by the Council of Elders, you have become the sixth acting elder of the Council of Elders. This is your emblem and elder''s clothing. The appointment news will be announced to various places through the association." As he spoke, someone came out from behind and respectfully handed over the gorgeous brocade box. As soon as these words came out, the whole hall fell silent instantly. The expectations on the faces of the two businessmen instantly froze, revealing expressions of astonishment. Elder of the sixth seat of the Presbyterian Church. Damn it! This is not about being stripped of power, it is about joining politics, from businessmen to the decision-making level of the entire race. I just laughed at what the other person was doing. The fifth princess also showed surprise in her eyes. She looked around and then at Shanara. Something must have happened outside. After all, Shanara had been with him during this period and had never even left the city. Shanara took a deep breath, straightened her back, the doubts in her eyes flashed away, and said, "Okay, I understand." "Elder Shannara, the guard assigned to you is still outside. What do you think of the arrangement?" the guard captain said directly. Shannara asked: "Consult with Her Royal Highness the Princess''s guards to take charge of the perimeter security. During this period, I will live in the City Lord''s Mansion." "Yes, Elder Shannara." The wood elf captain saluted again and retreated. After the others leave. The fifth princess took her hand and said happily, "Sister Shanara, elder, you are now an elder." "Seat six, what''s there to be happy about?" Shanara said with a smile. "That''s an elder too. It sounds very powerful." The fifth princess was still very happy. Behind him, Shannara''s housekeeper and the fifth princess''s maid also smiled. Gudong~! A slight cough sounded. Please...you...collect 6...9...books...! The well-built representative of the Chamber of Commerce took a step forward and knelt down with a thump in the eyes of several people, "Elder Shannara, please forgive me for being rude before." Seeing this, another person also knelt down and saluted, "Please don''t see us like this." No matter what, businessmen cannot be compared with the powerful figures of the country or race, especially when they are only local representatives. If Shanara wanted to pursue it, she could easily make them lose everything they have now. Shanara sat back and said calmly, "It''s okay, you can go back." The two saluted again, "Thank you, Elder Shannara, thank you very much." Then he saluted the fifth princess and said, "Your Highness, we are going back first." The fifth princess nodded, and the two left dejectedly. After the two left. The fifth princess said in a surprised tone, "Sister, how come you have grown so old?" Shanara thought for a moment and said: "Based on time, it should be the sale of the pills that made the Presbyterian Church see the value." The fifth princess raised her eyebrows, "The kind of pills given by Wuheng Island Master? Can they directly make you an elder?" "The interior of the wood elves is not as elegant and stable as you think." Shannara smiled, touched her head, and continued, "Today I want to go back to Treasure Island." "Sister wants to go back? I also want to go back and have a look." said the fifth princess. What she said sounded like Treasure Island was her home and Netale City was outside. "I''ll go back first. When there''s enough time, you and Philippa can go there together." Shanara continued. "Okay then, say hello to the owner of Wuheng Island for me." "Yes." Shannara nodded, and then said to her housekeeper: "I have a way to go back. You stay here and arrange the affairs of the Elder Guard." "Yes, ma''am." The housekeeper saluted. Shanara chatted with a few more people, and then hurried upstairs to the bedroom to tidy up her things. When he saw the radio station in front of the dressing table, he picked up the microphone and said, "Wu Heng, are you there?" Two or three minutes later. Wu Heng''s voice came from inside, "Did you receive the letter I wrote to you?" "I got it, I''ll go back later." "Well, I miss you too." Shanara smiled, and then continued, "I also have good news." "What good news?" "Guess!" Wu Heng said in an uncertain tone, "Making money won''t make you so happy. The Elder General has returned the real power of the Flower of Stars to you? Only this kind of thing can make you so happy!" Shanara sounded a little surprised, "You really understand me, but instead of Star Flower, you appointed me as an elder." "I''ll go! So awesome." Wu Heng exclaimed. Shanara was also very satisfied with the other party''s reaction and said, "Okay, let''s talk about it after I get back." "Come back, I want to sleep with the elder tonight." "Another nonsense." We chatted briefly and then walked out of the room. From the deserted back garden, use your ticket and board the train. Treasure Island, radio room. After chatting with Shannara, Wu Heng leaned on the back of the chair. The combination of blank envelopes and tickets was suddenly thought of last night and then experimented. The method is also very simple, and it feels like a bug. After writing the text on the letter, continue to draw two strokes on the ticket, then put it in the envelope and seal it, and then send it out directly. When it was confirmed that this method could be effective, Wu Heng also felt a little surprised. I even thought of the method of ''dimension mailing''. Just draw a stroke on the item and it can be delivered to the other party instantly. But it turned out that this idea could not be completed. Except for tickets, even if you write something on a coin, you can never send it out after sealing it in an envelope. It seems that only paper-related things will be sent out directly with the envelope after leaving the pen and ink. In fact, it is right to think about it. If it were possible to send items out through the air, the Pirate King would have used it directly when he first owned it. It''s not your turn to try it. And its pretty good that Sentimental Quill can achieve this effect with Ticket on the Ghost Train. In the future, you can write directly to the other party and send the ticket to speed up the journey. He sat on the chair and stretched, then got up and walked outside. "Let''s go, let''s go get rid of the zombies." Wu Heng greeted. The three ghosts flew back directly. Then get into the body. Wu Heng opened the gate at the side and walked in directly. Sanctuary. The magnificent church hall, with its tall dome illuminated by bright crystals. The murals depicting holy miracles are solemn and solemn on the walls, telling the glory and majesty of God. An urgent letter was hurriedly delivered to the Pope. The pope''s eyes moved on the letter and his brows furrowed. In the hall, a group of senior clergy looked at each other and exchanged glances as they watched the change in the Pope''s expression. "Everyone." The Pope spoke softly, but his voice echoed in the hall and reached everyone''s ears clearly, "Euan has sent news that the owner of Treasure Island has a new situation." Treasure Island? Some people have heard of it, and some have never heard of this place at all. The Pope reached out and waved his hand gently, and the letter in his hand flew into the hands of the person below. Then, everyone passes it around in turn. But when they saw a human necromancer in his twenties who already had the ability to fight against a 19th-level archbishop and several high-level clergy, everyone''s expressions changed. An archbishop stood up, saluted and said, "Your Majesty the Pope, I feel it is necessary to take some action to curb the possible danger." Another person also stood up and nodded in agreement, "Yes, if we don''t restrict it now, I''m afraid there will be an extremely huge disaster." Another person stood up and said, "I heard that this person is relatively valued in the association, and he has made some achievements in strange weapons and potions during this period. I''m afraid it''s hard to do anything to him." "Since we are from the association, let''s let the association send someone to deal with it together." An archbishop suggested softly. The others also started to discuss. The Pope raised his hand slightly to signal everyone to be quiet, and said: "Then write a letter to the association first, suspecting that the other party is conducting necromancy experiments, and ask them to order the island owner of Treasure Island to cooperate with the investigation." "Yes." Everyone saluted. Treasure Island. Wu Heng returned from the zombie world, but Shannara hadn''t come over yet. After dinner, we walked into the radio room. Talk to Lilith. After telling the other party that the leader''s mansion has been built. Taking advantage of the situation, the topic was brought up to the Holy See. Wu Heng asked: "How many heroes are there in the Holy See?" Lilith''s voice came from the opposite side, "Two of them, one is the religious leader of the association, and the other is the pope of the church." Holy shit! Two heroes. "What''s the difference between them?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Lilith replied: "Does this still need an explanation? One is responsible for the affairs of the Holy See, and the other is responsible for the association." Sure enough... the Holy See''s heritage was more than what he saw. There are two heroes, one is internal and the other is external. "Is it necessary to get both of them out?" Lilith hesitated for a moment and then said, "Some people suspect that both of them are Saidu." Thanks 08a for the tip (End of chapter) Chapter 849 , Heroes cannot be killed (5,000 words, Chapter 849: Heroes cannot be killed (5,000 words, one update today.) Saidu is the ecclesiastical hero of the association. When I heard that the two heroes might be the same person. Wu Heng''s mind immediately thought of the clone effect of his ''Hundred Soldiers Robe''. One person becomes two people at the same time. It doesn''t seem to be that difficult in this world. Wu Heng asked: "Why do you doubt it?" Lilith thought about it for a moment, and maybe felt that this matter was not a big deal, so she revealed a little bit, "The appearance of Saidu was a bit unexpected. It was not that several archbishops in the Holy See were promoted to heroes, but that it was necessary at that time. One person, the leader of the Holy See appeared in the association headquarters, and there are some similar rumors in the church. " Lilith is in charge of intelligence in the association. Intelligence gathering is your job, and you shouldn''t say anything casually. Wu Heng suddenly fell silent. Lilith comforted her softly, "Don''t worry too much about the Holy See. You are now the inspector and flag bearer appointed by the association. They must provide evidence for whatever they want to do. You can also try your best to improve your level, and also Have influence within the association. It can be heard that Lilith is still on his side. If it were anyone else, they would probably want to keep distance from themselves. "Thank you, chief." Wu Heng thanked him sincerely, changed the subject, and continued: "Chief, there is something else I am curious about." "Say it!" Lilith said in a lazy tone. Wu Heng''s voice became more serious and asked: "What is the difference between a hero and a professional?" For level one to level four professionals, the most obvious change is the improvement in attributes and improvement in skills. The strength of level 18 professionals is several times that of ordinary professionals, so they have more advantages in combat. With the addition of higher levels, skills begin to become more diverse and powerful. Therefore, level has become the easiest way to distinguish strength. Not provoking professionals with a higher level than yourself is the surest way to save your life. However, the hero has been praised to his current status by people. What is so great about him? "Aren''t you a mage? Don''t you know this?" Lilith asked back, with a sense of ridicule in her tone. Wu Heng was also a little embarrassed. I took a shortcut by taking advantage of the characteristics of my own panel. He doesn''t have as much knowledge as a real mage. "I have only been a mage for a short time, and I have no teachers or inheritance, so I have no way to learn this knowledge." He paused for a moment and said in a pitiful tone, "If...it''s convenient, can the leader tell me something." There are probably very few things about heroes that are even recorded in books. Let alone being able to read such books. If you have a high-level master, you might be able to get some relevant knowledge. It''s a pity that I don''t even have a master. Lilith said ''hmm'', pondered again, and spoke slowly, "Before becoming a hero, professionals accumulate abilities in their respective fields and give full play to their professional characteristics, but they are also limited to their own limitations. After becoming a hero, what will happen Substantial change has a more powerful and incomparable power. Wu Heng scratched his head, "I don''t understand!" Lilith paused and changed to a more simple and understandable way, "You can understand that the power of ordinary professionals cannot kill heroes, but heroes can easily kill each other." As these words came through, Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed and his heart tightened. Professionals cannot kill heroes. this. How is this possible? They are all carbon-based organisms. How can there be such a saying that they cannot be killed? "Then the hero will not die?" Wu Heng''s voice was deep. Lilith replied, "I just said that professionals can''t kill heroes, but that doesn''t mean they won''t die. Heroes can also kill heroes. Even if their lifespan reaches the limit, they will die." Only heroes, or people more powerful than heroes, can kill heroes. "Chief, why can''t ordinary professionals kill heroes?" Wu Heng asked again. When I asked, it felt a little impolite. It''s like asking about the other person''s weaknesses. Just as she was about to explain, Lilith already spoke, "You should know that after reaching level 18, there will be a reputation limit on level improvement." "Um!" "You can understand that the power of a hero brings together people''s faith, courage, or fear, and it is different from the power originally used." Lilith said with a smile, "It is a little difficult to understand. Now you just need to try to increase the level. Thats good. With your potential, you can still become a hero. It is too difficult for humans to become heroes. The main reason is the limitation of lifespan. Being able to reach level 18 is considered to be the best among human beings. "Thank you chief, I can still learn real knowledge from you." "Hmph~!" Wu Heng smiled and continued: "Chief, when will you come to Treasure Island again? In addition to the mansion, I have also prepared a new type of motorcycle for you, as well as racing suits and helmets. They are all beautiful." "Don''t you have any plans to produce motorcycles?" Lilith asked. "It''s not on sale. I''ll give you a second one. Others don''t have it." Wu Heng explained. "Then send it over through the association!" Lilith said in a gentle tone. Wu Heng said with a smile, "In a few days, the next potion auction will be held on the island. You can come and stay for a few days and bring it back together." The other side fell into silence again. After a few seconds, Lilith said calmly, "Let''s wait until the auction. I''ll take a look at the schedule." "good." Lilith continued, "It''s okay, I''m going to rest." "Goodbye, chief." After hanging up the communication, Wu Heng also slowly exhaled. Still sitting in the chair, his mind was lost in thought. This time I talked with Lilith and got a lot of information that I didn''t know before and it was difficult for the outside world to know. The first one is the hero of the Holy See. According to Lilith, there are two heroes in the Holy See. One is the Pope who is responsible for the affairs of the church, and the other is the leader of the Holy See, ''Seydu''. Moreover, Lilith suspected that these two heroes might be the same person. Although the explanation given is rather vague. But Lilith has always been responsible for the association''s intelligence work, and it is impossible to say such a thing just by guessing. There should be relevant information proving that the two heroes may be the same person. The two heroes are the same enemy. "This seems to be a good thing for myself." No, there are still two heroes. The threat to themselves has not been reduced, so it is impossible to say whether it is a good thing or not. I thought about this matter again in my mind. Lilith said that there are two heroes, not necessarily the full power of the Holy See, and there may be other heroes. It''s like something Lilith said. When the association needed such a leader of the Holy See, Saidu suddenly appeared. Its hard to say whether there will be one or two more. You still have to be careful yourself. The second point is information about heroes. This piece of information was the thing that shocked him the most. Ordinary professionals cannot kill heroes, only heroes can kill heroes. The impact of these words on him was really great. Its too subversive of previous ideas. No wonder the hero has his current status. The Holy See hero dared to go to the Kingdom of Yeko to investigate the cult with so many people. You can''t kill him without reaching the level of a hero, but he can kill a normal professional. "This world is indeed different." I thought I had the world figured out, but it turned out that I was still far from it. According to Lilith, the power possessed by the hero is related to the fame requirement of level 18. Therefore, after becoming a hero, complex forces such as people''s faith and courage are gathered into the power. "Something like the power of sentient beings and the power of faith in novels." "It shouldn''t be considered a belief, at most it can be regarded as a prototype of belief, or the power of belief." Faith is those things collected by the church, which are belief and admiration for God, which are firm and extreme. The reputation of the 18-level network is more like the spread of deeds. "Can my level 20 skeleton kill them?" If he couldn''t kill the other party, he wouldn''t be able to deter the two heroes of the Holy See. "It seems that we should reach level 20 as soon as possible." Dong dong dong~! As he was thinking in his mind, there was a knock on the door. Then, it was Catwoman Robert''s voice, "Master, Sister Shannara is back and chatting in the living room." Shannara is back? It was dark outside the window, and the return was slower than expected. "Okay, I''ll go down now." Wu Heng stood up and gave up his position to the skeleton investigator. Exit the room and follow the stairs to the next floor. Then he saw Shanara, dressed in light clothes, sitting in front of the sofa, chatting with Minnie and several maids. Its been a while since we headed to Netale City. "Back!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Shanara heard the sound and smiled, "I''m back." "Master, do you think Sister Shanara is pretty?" Minnie asked with a smile. Wu Heng looked at it again and said, "It''s beautiful." "I knew the master would say that." Minnie smiled, and the others also laughed. Shannella lightly slapped Minnie and said, "What nonsense!" Wu Heng sat down aside and asked, "Have you had dinner?" "Eat some in the car." "Over there in Neita Lei City, there have been no problems lately, right?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Shanara said softly: "It''s okay, everything is developing normally, and the city is recovering well. This morning, two old chambers of commerce from the Kingdom of Yeko came to see the fifth princess to discuss cooperation." Please...you...collect 6...9...books...! "What aspect of cooperation?" Wu Heng asked. While we were talking, the maid brought tea and cakes. With her green-green fingers, Shanara picked up a piece of pastry and put it into her mouth, muttering, "Weapons and equipment, food and herbs, but we have contracted these, and we didn''t agree... By the way, the fifth princess asked me to bring them to you. Wu Heng also smiled, "The fifth princess is also pretty good?" "It''s good. In the city lord''s mansion, I sometimes rehearse detective stories. I really admire you in my heart." Shanara picked up another piece and put it in her mouth. "Charisma." Shannella pouted. Wu Heng continued, "The entertainment city has been built. You are well-informed and have good aesthetics. I have to leave the decoration to you." Shanela rolled her eyes at him, "Who are you lying to?" "Really, I feel most at ease if I leave it to you." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Do you have any drawings?" Wu Heng took out a simple blueprint from the space ring. Shanara took a general look and asked, "What do you want to do? What are your requirements?" Wu Heng thought for a while and said: "I want to combine the magic weapon with the magic array to create some indoor scenes of waterfalls, hot springs, and luxurious guest rooms..." Then, Wu Heng explained his thoughts, and at the same time took out his tablet and put several pictures of entertainment cities in the modern world. Shanara listened carefully and expressed some of her own opinions. After discussing for a while, the plan was roughly decided. Shanara also put away the drawings. Minnie came over with fruit and asked, "Sister, do you want to go to the movies with us?" Shanara glanced at Wu Heng and said with a smile, "I''m not going. I''m a little tired today. Let''s go to bed early." "Okay, the bath water is ready upstairs, go to bed early then." Minnie said. "Thanks Minnie." "You''re welcome." The maids took the snacks and went to the video room to watch a movie. Wu Heng and Shanara also walked towards the bedroom upstairs. In the bedroom. Wu Heng lay on the bed for a while. The door opened, and Shanara walked in wearing a bathrobe, holding a bath towel in her hand and wiping her hair. Sitting down by the bed, Wu Heng took the towel, sat behind and wiped her hair, and asked casually: "By the way, why did you suddenly become an elder?" Shanara sat upright and said casually, "I think it was about the sale of pills, plus the large orders you placed in the wood elves before, so you gave me such a position. I am just an acting elder, with no real power." "It would be great to become an elder. When I become more powerful, I will let you be the great elder." Wu Heng threw the towel aside. Pass your arms through your neck from behind and hold them in front of your chest along the open skirt. Shanara is also used to the other party''s movements. Gently turning his head to look over, his eyes were full of longing and love. The two looked at each other. Wu Heng gently lowered his head and pressed his lips against the other''s. The loose nightgown was completely opened, and the last piece of clothing on her body was thrown aside, and Shanara just lay on the bed. After waiting for a while, seeing that there was no movement, he opened his eyes slightly. Then she saw Wu Heng looking at her with admiration, Shanara''s face turned red, "Don''t look at it, you''re so shy." Wu Heng was not in a hurry and said with a smile, "Elder Shanara, do you want me to be gentle, fierce, or crazy?" Shanara rolled her eyes at him, "What tricks are you playing again?" "Choose one." "Try something a little more fierce." Shannella said softly. Wu Heng smiled, turned her over, slapped her on one buttock, and said, "Raise her up." "Why are you hitting me?" Shanara said dissatisfied. The hair swayed, and the bed swayed slightly. "Call husband." Shanara''s whole body turned red, and she softly shouted, "Husband..." The next day, morning. Shanara left the island owner''s mansion and the island''s designer early in the morning and headed to the entertainment city venue. Wu Heng sat in the study and told the three ghosts the content of yesterday''s phone call with Lilith. After everything was said, Xiaoxiao touched his chin in mid-air, "Windy has reached level 20, can''t he kill the hero?" Glenda analyzed and said: "If it is true what Leader Lilith said, when Shining and we reached level 20, we did not experience the fame restriction and might not be able to kill the hero." "Ah? Then we can only get beaten." Xiaoxiao exclaimed. I was still shouting before that when I reach level 20, I want to kill the association. Now when I look at it, its over and I cant kill the opponent anymore. Penny said: "Maybe it will have some effects!" Wu Heng also said, "We may not understand the immortality here. Moreover, after death at level 18, you can become a ghost. It is very likely that the hero will also become a soul. By then, you will be professionals." Xiaoxiao looked at the other two souls and chuckled, "Uncle has a point, we are still useful." Glenda nodded, "This analysis is correct." Penny asked: "Have you ever become a hero without a necromancer?" Wu Heng recalled for a moment, and then said: "I heard that there is a desert where the leader is called the Immortal Emperor. After transforming himself into a corpse, he became a hero." "Uncle, look at all the necromancers. They all learn the same thing. How can they become heroes?" Xiao Xiao hugged his arms, looking like you didn''t work hard. "He has become a ghoul. I have just transferred to another job two years ago. Who is better than me?" Wu Heng said, and then added, "We don''t know him, otherwise we will ask him." "Yeah, that''s right." Glenda nodded. Dong dong dong~! There was a knock on the door, and Minnie shouted: "Master, the association sent a box, saying it was sent from the headquarters." It seems that Lilith''s gift has arrived. Except for her, no one would give her anything in this way. "Bring it in!" Wu Heng said. The three ghosts disappeared, the door opened, and Minnie walked in with two skeletons and a wooden box. So big? The length is almost one and a half meters, and the width is half a meter. "The person who sent it only said it was from the headquarters and didn''t write what was inside." Minnie said. Wu Heng nodded, "I understand, call me during lunch." "Okay, Master." Minnie left again with the skeleton. One person and three souls were all staring at the big box in front of them. The box was slender and looked like a small, fully sealed coffin. "What is it?" "It won''t open, and something strange will pop out suddenly." As he said this, Xiaoxiao plunged his head directly in, then raised his head and said, "Scared me." "What''s inside?" "What''s there?" One person and two souls said almost at the same time. Little novel, "Like a doll." "Is there no danger?" Wu Heng asked. Xiaoxiao thought for a moment and said, "If the doll can''t stand up, there shouldn''t be any danger." "Good answer!" Wu Heng glanced aside. Glenda and Penny also looked through the wooden box to check the situation inside. Then he came out again and said, "No problem." Wu Heng nodded and said to Kaxiu who was guarding the door: "Kaxiu, open the wooden box." Ka Xiu opened it directly, and there was a layer of white cloth inside, followed by a beautifully shaped doll, a book, and an old notebook. Doll? "Do you like the taste?" Glenda looked over suspiciously. (End of chapter) Chapter 850 , Alchemy Doll Chapter 850, Alchemy Doll Wu Heng also cast his gaze on the doll. [Alchemy Doll (Magic Prop)] (Description: The works of senior puppet masters, in addition to being used as ''puppet control'', also have the function of carrying souls.) Magic props. It is made by a profession called Puppet Master. The entire doll is about 1.23 meters tall and wears an ordinary black skirt. The head has black hair and black eyebrows, and the face has clear outlines, delicate and lifelike, and the color and texture are somewhat like ivory white. The limbs are slender, and the metal material can be seen at the joints, as well as some subtle magic lines inside. The body part is a combination of metal and ivory materials, connected to each other with precision and precision. Wu Heng looked up at Xiaoxiao and said, "Xiaoxiao, this should be Lilith''s gift to you." Glenda and Penny also turned to look over. Xiaoxiao frowned slightly, and then said: "Although I am very happy to receive Lilith''s gift, this doll is too realistic and a bit scary. I still like teddy bears or big white geese." Wu Heng explained: "No, this is a magic prop. Lilith prepared it for you to possess." After saying this, Glenda looked at the doll and then at Xiaoxiao, "Now that you say it, the doll does look a bit like Xiaoxiao." "Really? Like me?" Xiaoxiao was also a little curious. Penny also nodded, "It looks quite similar. It should be made according to your appearance." Xiaoxiao looked at Wu Heng again, "Uncle, why are you possessed?" "Let me take a look first." Wu Heng looked at the several items held in the doll''s arms. A skill book [Deprivation of Laws] and an old notebook. When opened, the Necromancer''s thoughts and experiences are written inside. Finally there is a piece of folded paper, some wrinkled due to moisture. After opening the paper, there is an introduction to the doll. After all, Lilith didnt know that he could see the description of the props, so she still had to write down the purpose of the doll clearly. The content of the introduction is that the puppet is the work of a puppet master in this department, and it can be used as a soul-carrying effect. Puppet masters also commonly use this method, using a controllable soul body to combine with a puppet to form a puppet that can act independently. At the same time, this kind of doll will have memories of the soul it carries. Once a soul is carried, it will be difficult for other souls to use the puppet unless the internal formations are redrawn. Seeing this, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. In other words, once the doll is used, it is bound to the ghost. Even if it is placed there, other ghosts cannot use it. Is this a must-have for magic props, or is Lilith asking the other party to add it just for Xiaoxiao''s use? What follows are the steps to finish the puppet. Similar to the activation steps of the ''Magic Building'', it needs to be connected at several nodes with gold solution. Wu Heng looked carefully and raised his head after making sure there was no problem. The other three ghosts were still waiting beside him. Especially Xiaoxiao, with his eyes wide open and full of expectation. "Uncle, how are you?" "I understand, you just need to use gold solution to connect several array pattern connection points." Wu Heng explained. "Then hurry up, uncle!" Xiaoxiao urged. "Okay." Wu Heng opened the [Mansion Technique] and began to build a furnace inside. Then, he took out a gold nugget from the space ring and threw it in. A solution quickly formed. Wu Heng put the ''doll'' aside and constructed several tools that needed to be used. "Uncle, be careful, don''t break it." Ignoring Xiaoxiao, he began to use tools to tap the gold solution into the connection points in the logo. When the last location was completed, a magical stream of light surrounded the entire body of the puppet and then disappeared. "Okay, Xiaoxiao, go and try to possess him." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed and got directly into the doll''s body. Click~! Click~click! The doll in the wooden box suddenly opened its eyes, revealing eyes like black gems. His body also began to tremble violently, his knees bent, his body jerked up, and he stood up. Then the body began to move stiffly, like the lowest level of zombies, with slow and stiff movements. After taking a few steps, I gradually started to become more flexible. "Uncle, how are you?" The puppet''s mouth opens and sounds are made. Holy shit! Can still talk. Wu Heng and the other two ghosts also looked surprised. "Very good, how do you feel?" Wu Heng asked back. Xiaoxiao thought for a moment, "I feel pretty good, but my body''s reaction seems a little slow." "It will take a while to get used to it," Wu Heng said. "Yeah, it''s great, I have my own body." Xiaoxiao said happily. The other two ghosts also had envious faces, floating in the air and watching non-stop. Then, Xiaoxiao said, "Uncle, can I use the radio to talk to Sister Lilith?" "Okay, thank her properly." "Okay, I''m going to the radio station." Xiaoxiao cheered, opened the door and ran out. Dong dong dong~! "Master, it seems a little girl ran into the radio room." Minnie''s voice came in. Wu Heng opened the door and saw Minnie and Robert, and at the door of the radio room, several skeletons holding weapons were waiting. "That''s Xiaoxiao. He got a magic prop and can use the doll as his body." Wu Heng explained. The maid in the house knows about the existence of two ghosts. Read the error-free version in 69Book! 69 Shuyiba publishes a novel for the first time. Read at Liujiu Book Bar One is Xiaoxiao, who has known about this little ghost a long time ago. When he attacked Kerinmu last time, Xiaoxiao also reported to Minnie. The second ghost I knew was Penny. Although I had never officially seen it, I knew about the existence of this ghost from the story "Benny the Tavern Maid" in the newspaper. "Oh, I understand." Minnie looked a little surprised, but she still agreed. After waving his hands, the skeletons surrounding the door returned to their respective positions. "Let the skeleton tailor come over later and make two sets of clothes for Xiaoxiao." "Okay." Minnie glanced at the radio, and then said, "Little Xiao was running too fast just now, and he didn''t even see what it was like." "She went to use the radio. She''ll come out later and check again." "Okay, Master, we will take Xiaoxiao Shuttlecock with us from now on," Robbe said. "OK." Minnie and Robert smiled and went back downstairs. Inside the radio room. Xiaoxiao reached out and patted the skeleton investigator beside him, "You get up first, I want to talk." The skeleton investigator gave up his position, Xiaoxiao turned on the radio switch, picked up the microphone, and shouted excitedly: "Hey! Sister Lilith, what are you doing?" Soon, Lilith''s voice came from the other side, "Xiao Xiao?" "Yes, I received the gift, thank you sister." Xiaoxiao said very obediently. Lilith raised an eyebrow on one side. She secretly thought that she finally no longer had to listen to Yong Wu Heng''s voice to call her sister affectionately. I have become somewhat accustomed to the other party using this title. Then, with a smile in his tone, he said, "As long as you like it. When I have the opportunity, I will buy you other dolls of different heights and shapes. They will eventually grow up." "Sister, you are so kind." Xiaoxiao said coquettishly. In the study room. As soon as Wu Heng came back, he saw Glenda and Beni looking at him with wide eyes. There was some expectation in his eyes. Wu Heng said with a smile: "Don''t worry, when I reach level 20, I will find a way to customize this kind of doll for you. Our family has money, so this is not a problem." If you directly order different dolls, it is easy to guess the number of Wu Heng ghosts. Now that we are competing with the Holy See, it is not the time to order dolls yet. As for ordering the other two dolls through Lilith, to be honest, I didnt want the other party to know. Having too many secrets exposed is not a good thing. Glenda smiled and said, "You are right to consider it, and we are not in a hurry." Penny also said, "Just in time, let''s think about what we want." "What are you thinking about? Just be normal!" Wu Heng said. "It''s a rare opportunity, so of course I have to make a change." Granda said. Penny echoed, "I want my legs to look longer." I went, they both took this into consideration. Use it as a beautiful picture. "It''s up to you. Don''t get too weird then." Wu Heng reminded. The two ghosts nodded and flew aside to continue discussing the doll. It can be seen that the small doll body is also very attractive to them. It can be regarded as adding some interesting things to the ghost''s life. He saw the ghost going about his own business. Wu Heng sat down at the desk and took out another skill book and notes. Deprivation by law (Description: You release the power that contains the curse, which is enough to deprive the creatures you can see within the casting distance of their senses/organs. The ''deprived'' target will have different effects due to different physiques and resistances.) (End of chapter) Chapter 851 , let Wu Heng sell their personal favors Chapter 851, Let Wu Heng sell their personal favors Lilith''s magic that makes people''s mouths disappear. Sure enough, it was delivered to me. Wu Heng still remembers how Lilith sealed the mouth of an 18th-level priest of the Holy See with a wave of her hand, and sealed the mouth and eyes of a knight of the Holy See. Later, I heard that it was only after I went to the association headquarters that the problem was completely solved. This effect still gives people a different kind of shock. For example, if you directly seal the bard''s mouth, then the other party will basically lose its effect. Similarly, if any profession loses its nose, ears, or eyes, its combat effectiveness will be greatly reduced. Opening the skill book, Wu Heng looked at the content above. Law Deprivation is a high-level spell of negative energy curse. The corresponding level is level four or above, which is level 18 or above. The effect of the skill is not only to deprive the organs of the face, but also to achieve the effect of ''deprivation'' of some parts of the body. Of course, this skill effect can also be canceled. But the deprived organs are not permanently lost. Wu Heng glanced at the general content in front, and then continued to read the following text. Many of the symbols and knowledge were mentioned in the ''pathogenic rays'' and ''serious injury techniques'', so I could understand them. The book turned to the last page, and the long-lost system prompt sounded again. [Unlock skill: Deprivation of Law and Order. Sure enough, the panel is still easy to use. Successfully unlocked this skill. After the skill is unlocked. Wu Heng stood up to stretch his body, then sat down again and continued reading the second notebook. After opening it, the contents inside were the personal notes of a necromancer. It records some learning experiences, insights, and problems encountered in the necromancy experiment. It seems that this necromancer should have been wiped out by the association. The experiment mentioned some experiments on living people, and this notebook appeared in the hands of the leader of the association. The ending should be imaginable. Wu Heng flipped through it and found that the recorded content was relatively rich, but it was not of much help to him. After all, he was already level 19. The owner of this notebook probably had not even reached level 18. But there are some records required for ghost rituals that are somewhat helpful. The rituals recorded in the last Necromancer''s Notebook have not yet been fully used by my ghost. Materials should also be collected. Add the previous rituals to a few ghosts. After reading the notes. Wu Heng also took in the space ring, and then wrote down the required ritual materials with pen and paper. "How''s it going? Did you gain anything?" Glenda asked floating beside her. Penny also flew over, waiting for his answer. "The skill book is Lilith''s skill to seal people''s mouths. She has learned it now. The other one is the Necromancer''s notes. The useful ones are some ghost rituals. We can try them when we have time." Wu Heng said directly. Glenda raised her eyebrows and said, "I can''t tell, Lilith is quite nice to you, but you are really good at dealing with women." Penny also smiled and nodded in agreement, "He is quite popular with women in Blackstone Town." "Whatever, I gave her a lot of things, and it''s not about dealing with women, it''s about good people attracting each other." Wu Heng defended himself. "Whatever you say." Glenda shrugged. Squeak~! At this time, the door opened. Xiaoxiao walked in with a bound, then turned around in a circle, "How is it?" "It looks good!" Wu Heng said with a smile. "It suits you very well, Xiaoxiao." "It''s great. I want to have a body like this in the future." Faced with many compliments, Xiaoxiao became even happier, running around the room wearing small round-toe shoes. "What did you talk about with Lilith?" Wu Heng asked. "Let''s talk about puppets. The person who made the puppets is a puppet master from the headquarters. He has a very weird temper. Sister Lilith doesn''t even want to go. She wants to beat him when she does." Xiaoxiao waved his fist. "Talented people tend to have more individual personalities." Granda smiled and continued, "Perhaps in his heart, he thinks that if he could have the longevity or background of those leaders, his achievements would be higher." "I don''t understand." Xiaoxiao scratched his head and looked directly at Wu Heng, "Uncle, I want two new clothes." "Let Minnie call the skeleton cutter over. We have our own clothing factory." "Okay, then I''ll go down and find Sister Minnie." Xiaoxiao opened the door and ran downstairs. Glenda smiled and said, "Kid, I''m so happy." "Um!" Association headquarters, meeting hall. The door opened, and Lilith strode in wearing a purple dress. After finishing chatting with Xiaoxiao. Then he received a reminder from the housekeeper to go to the meeting hall to discuss matters. In the bright room, the other three leaders were already waiting. After Lilith sat down, the field leader said directly: "I asked you to come here this time because of the matter on Treasure Island. The local association there sent a report, which mentioned the conflict between the Holy See and the local island." With that said, he passed the letter to several people for review. After seeing the contents of the letter, except for Lilith, the other two people also frowned. Read the error-free version in 69Book! 69 Shuyiba publishes a novel for the first time. Read at Liujiu Book Bar During this time, there were many letters and reports about Treasure Island. Either there were complaints from local alchemy groups about the sale of pills, or reports from local associations. Meetings on Treasure Island are also held frequently. Wait until everyone has finished reading. The leader of Hongwenhui said: "The 18th-level Holy See Knight suddenly attacked the mage. His statement of trying the opponent''s skills is a bit far-fetched." The hunter''s dwarf leader said: "I''m more curious about Wu Heng. The last time he defeated Lu An, wasn''t he at level 15? How did he defeat him? He also detained someone." "It says that he has high-level skeletons. During the several battles on Treasure Island, he should have transformed several level 18 skeletons." The leader of Hongwenhui guessed. The leader of the field envoy casually took back the letter, and then asked: "When it comes to the Holy See, do you have any thoughts?" "Warn the Holy See, let people go. Saidu is still outside dealing with Yeko Kingdom and arresting others. I''m afraid there will be some emotions." The hunter leader said. The leader of Hongwenhui stroked his beard and said, "It doesn''t make sense that the people from the Holy See took action first and had to take care of his emotions." "Let the other party apologize and give Wu Heng some compensation. If the matter continues, it will only make things worse for Treasure Island." The hunter leader said helplessly. It''s not that he favors the Holy See, but that''s just the way it is. The Holy See has great influence and sufficient foundation. If it really targets Treasure Island, it will only be more troublesome. After saying this, the leader of Hongwenhui stopped talking. The field leader looked across, "Lilith, what''s your opinion?" Lilith gathered her skirt and said: "The Holy See is looking for trouble by setting up a church on Treasure Island. Either Treasure Island will return to the Holy See in the future, or it will definitely conflict with Wu Heng. The value generated by Treasure Island now, You should all know that too. This sentence is also said. Now Treasure Island, just like its name, shows the ability to collect money like crazy. The Holy See has identified this. Even if nothing happens this time, there will be conflicts next time. "What''s your opinion?" the field leader continued to ask. Lilith said: "Follow the association''s procedures, but you can ask Wu Heng to sell the other party a favor to avoid making the matter too ugly." The others were also stunned. The field leader nodded, "I think it''s okay." The hunter leader also said, "I don''t have any objection either." The leader of the Hongwen Association shook the wooden stick in his hand and added: "I agree with this statement, but I also want to remind the church in the name of the association that similar things will not happen again." "Okay, then I will convey the decision to Treasure Island. Claudio, as the leader of Hongwenhui, write a letter to Wu Heng and ask him to properly handle this matter." said the field leader. The leader of Hongwenhui nodded, "Okay." "Then go back and prepare." After this matter was over, several people stood up and walked out of the room. Treasure Island. After dinner. Xiaoxiao was outside, playing shuttlecock with Minnie and others, and there was a burst of laughter. Wu Heng sat in the room, listening to Shanara''s general plan. Then, Shannara said: "The whole plan requires many formation buildings. Where do you plan to find these formation masters?" "Where is the order from the Snake Emblem Consortium? It doesn''t matter if you spend some money." Wu Heng said. All the formation buildings before were ordered from the Snake Emblem Consortium, so there was nothing else to worry about except spending money. "Indoor buildings still need to be measured on site. If you don''t have a good candidate, you can transfer some array masters from the wood elves." Shannara leaned back. "Can you transfer it?" Shanara showed a smile and said, "I am an elder now." (End of chapter) Chapter 852 , wow, you all know Wu Heng (an update t Chapter 852, wow, everyone knows Wu Heng (an update today.) Now its time to use the elders privileges. Wu Heng took a look at the drawings and felt that there would be no problem in using the wood elf formation master. It is only used in artificial waterfalls, hot springs and other places in the entertainment city. It is not as confidential as facilities such as power plants. I will use it this time until I have the opportunity to go to the Snake Emblem Consortium and ask them to help collect the corpses of some array masters. When the time comes, just transform yourself into a skeleton. "Then let''s use the formation masters from the wood elves. The wages are easy to negotiate. Let''s make the work better and faster." Wu Heng agreed directly. "Then I''ll write a letter now and ask them to come over as soon as possible." Shanela said. After the formation master''s matter was settled, Wu Heng continued, "By the way, I plan to hand over the singing and dancing area in the Entertainment City to a former friend. She has run a similar business in Luntam City and is more experienced." "Is it a singing and dancing area?" Shannara glanced at the location on the drawing and said, "I also want to tell you that it will be changed into an opera house!" "The opera house still performs at Gemstone Flower. The entertainment city pays more attention to entertainment. Something that is too elegant will be a bit abrupt." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, then just stay in this area and wait for your friend to come over and hand it over to her." Shannara agreed. The biggest reason why Treasure Island can develop into what it is now is that it is developing in the direction arranged by Wu Heng. Not only has it completely transformed a backward pirate island, it has even surpassed the main cities of those kingdoms. So, just keep following his plan. Definitely not too bad. "Okay, I guess it should arrive in the next few days." Wu Heng nodded. "The affairs of the Holy See won''t have any impact on you, right?" Shannara picked up the tea cup and took a sip. "I''m also waiting for news from the association. Let''s take it for granted. It shouldn''t be a big problem." Wu Heng replied. Shanara hesitated for a moment, then said: "It''s not that I don''t support you, but I feel that we should ease the relationship with the Holy See. The Holy See has countless ways to delay your promotion. It will delay your best years and it is irreparable for you. loss." Humans have a short lifespan, and even if the Holy See is unreasonable, it can still find reasons to hold him back. All kinds of things have interfered with him for a few years. When he gets older, the threat will naturally disappear. "I understand! I will find a way." Wu Heng nodded. Ta tap tap~! While talking, the little girl doll ran directly in. He waved his fist twice on the spot, did a backflip again, and looked over, "Uncle, am I handsome?" Wu Heng smiled and said, "Handsome! Has your body adapted to it?" "I''ve adapted." Xiaoxiao replied with a smile. Behind her, the other maids also walked in. Minnie smiled and said, "The little one is really good at kicking the shuttlecock." "It''s okay, there are some basics." Xiaoxiao said, and then said, "Sisters, I''ll go up first and play again tomorrow." "Yeah." Minnie nodded. He ran upstairs three steps at a time. Minnie continued to look at Shanara and said, "Sister Shanara, will you go to the movies with us today?" Shanara glanced at Wu Heng out of the corner of her eye and said with a smile, "Look." "Master, do you want to come with us?" Andweier asked. Wu Heng shook his head, "Look, don''t look too late." "Okay!" Several people nodded, started preparing snacks, and then headed to the video room. Wu Heng also went upstairs and walked into the study. The doll was slumped on the chair, and Xiaoxiao was watching the animation on the tablet with Beini in a ghostly state. Wu Heng put the doll back into the wooden box, "Xiaoxiao, lie down in the wooden box by yourself from now on and don''t put it around." Xiaoxiao turned and looked over, "That wooden box is so ugly, I''m afraid it will get dirty." "Then let the skeleton make a new one tomorrow." Wu Heng put the doll aside. After a little thought, "I want to make a big cabinet. Sister Lilith will buy me dolls in the future, and then put them all in a cabinet, sitting in rows. I can decide which one I want in the future." select." Listening to Xiao Xiao''s words, a large display cabinet appeared in Wu Heng''s mind. It is filled with various small and different dolls. Looking up and seeing Xiao Xiao''s expectant expression, Wu Heng said, "Okay, let the skeleton build one tomorrow." "Hey, uncle is the best." Xiaoxiao happily took a half circle in the air. Glenda and Penny also glanced here. Wu Heng also sat down at the desk again and took out the necromancer''s notes sent by Lilith and read for a while. The night was getting late, and I said hello to the three ghosts. Return to your room and rest. In the early morning, the street lights are turned off. Every house opened its doors, and the streets began to become increasingly lively. Ring ring ring~! The bicycle bells rang, and newspaper sellers dragged the latest issue of newspapers to their respective intersections. Under the gaze of some passers-by, he raised the newspaper in his hand and shouted: "Take a look, take a look. The latest issue of the newspaper also reflects the great changes in the situation in the kingdom. Treasure Island is building an entertainment city, which is comparable in scale to the royal family." The palace Passers-by, who had no interest in selling newspapers at first, once again cast curious glances. Entertainment city? Sounds like a great place to hang out. "Have some." "I want one too." Crowds immediately gathered around to buy the latest newspapers. Association, Deacon''s Study. The door opened and Shi Yali walked in with a newspaper, "A new newspaper has been distributed. The entertainment city is almost completed." Sheila Gui took it and looked at it with a somewhat dissatisfied tone, "Really, I told him to focus on upgrading and want to get these things every day." Shi Yali said with a smile, "The development of Treasure Island is not all due to him." "You are obsessed." Sheila Gui said, and then added, "He is currently in conflict with the Holy See. It is important to upgrade his level as soon as possible." "Yes, let''s encourage him tonight!" Shi Yali said. Seeing her appearance, Sheila Gui said angrily: "Look at what you are like now." Golden Sail Tavern. The latest newspaper was released today, and the tavern was filled with drinkers early on. Before the bard came over, they chatted with each other about recent events and some interesting things about the island. "Have those people from the Holy See been released before?" A dwarf looked around carefully and asked in a low voice. "I heard that the island owner''s mansion won''t release anyone." "The island owner is so fierce, even people from the church dare to dunk him." "It depends on how it will be handled later. The association will definitely communicate with them." The topic of discussion was the imprisonment of church members in the island owner''s mansion a few days ago. In fact, everyone knew that in some disputes on the street, the church members would be released sooner or later. They were just curious about how long the island master would keep the other party in custody. At the same time, I also admire the island owners courage and courage. It has never been heard of someone doing this for ordinary people on the island. While the drinkers were talking, a bard walked up to the wooden stage with a smile, patted the wooden table, and then said energetically, "Good morning, everyone." After speaking, he bowed. The drinkers gradually became quiet. The bard unfolded the newspaper and continued, "Old rule, read the information in the newspaper first." "First, the situation in the Kingdom of Yeko has changed. The second prince has ceased war with Luntam City and signed a cooperation agreement to jointly defend against the enemies and dangers behind..." "Treasure Island''s latest project, the Entertainment City, is about to be completed and is recruiting employees from all over the island..." "The Star Flower Chamber of Commerce has revoked Shannara''s position as president and will no longer manage any corresponding affairs of the chamber. At the same time, Shannara takes over as the sixth seat elder." Wow~! The drinkers below instantly became noisy. When they heard that they had been revoked as president, everyone looked like this. After all, some rumors have been circulating for some time that Shanara will no longer attend any business events. The local representative of the Star Flower no longer mentioned the president Shanara. Everyone speculated that she was no longer managing the Chamber of Commerce and was just waiting to be announced. Today''s intelligence indeed verified that the other party no longer manages the Chamber of Commerce, but unlike the imagined power grab, he directly became an elder from the president of the Chamber of Commerce. From now on, it is qualifications that determine the development direction of the entire ethnic group. "She didn''t show up before. We are preparing to promote her to elder." "Yes, Shanara''s business acumen is outstanding. It''s not surprising that she became an elder." "That''s not what you said last time." "Last time was last time." Someone else lowered his voice, "Tell me, are the rumors about the island owner and Lady Shannara true?" "What are you thinking about? Shannara has a husband, and he is a wood elf official." "They also sell some romance novels about Shannara and the island owner over there on Beacon Street." "I think the two of them are quite suitable." Read the error-free version in 69Book! 69 Shuyiba publishes a novel for the first time. Read at Liujiu Book Bar "Forget it, Shannella is hundreds of years old." "Why should you look at your age? Just be good-looking." The drinkers did not listen too carefully to the information behind. They were all discussing in low voices the recruitment of workers in the entertainment city and the matter of becoming an elder with Shannara. Wait until all the information is read. The bard picked up the water glass and took a sip, and then said: "Okay, let''s tell the latest detective story." The drinkers fell silent for a moment. The story also begins immediately. Zombie world, prison. Wu Heng was sitting on a chair, holding the Skeleton Alchemist''s record book in his hand. In the record book, the time spent taking corpse core to the zombies every day was clearly recorded, as well as some physical changes. Several zombies have insect-like black carapaces on their bodies, and the wings on their backs are more obvious. It''s getting closer and closer to what it looked like when ''Twinkle'' was a zombie. Returning the record book to the skeleton alchemist, "Okay, you can go back and just give them the corpse core normally." The Skeleton Alchemist saluted and exited the room. Wu Heng stared at the surveillance camera for a while, then Xiaoxiao flew back from outside and said, "Uncle, they are still level 19 and have not improved at all." "Well, wait slowly." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao walked around to him and said seriously: "Uncle, let''s capture the 19th-level Archbishop of Treasure Island." Hearing these words, Glenda and Penny behind them turned their heads sharply and looked over. Afraid of really convincing Wu Heng to capture the archbishop, Granda quickly flew over, "Your uncle, you have to reach level 20 first. If what Lilith said is true, even a level 20 skeleton without the blessing of fame can''t kill the hero. Penny also said, "We are ghosts. Don''t always think about provoking the Holy See." Xiaoxiao was stunned and said, "Then wait until uncle reaches level 20 before arresting him." "When you reach level 20, let your uncle capture the Pope." Granda said directly. Xiao Xiao looked at Wu Heng seriously, "Is that okay?" "You can do anything. I feel that the most dangerous person is the Pope. He has lived for so many years and can be smashed to death by us with all kinds of strange objects and props." Wu Heng said directly. Ever since Lilith said that the Pope and the head of the Holy See might be one person. I feel that among these heroes, he is the most dangerous. "Okay." Xiaoxiao said, and then flew to the side with the other two ghosts. Wu Heng sat on the chair and thought for a while. Picked up the satellite phone and dialed Qi Hancai''s number. After two rings, Qi Hancai''s voice came from the other side, "Hey!" "It''s me!" Qi Hancai''s voice softened instantly, "You promised to come see me." "I''ve been a little busy lately." "In a few days, I''ll go to your place and luckily have some food." Qi Hancai said. "Okay." Wu Heng said, and then asked: "How are the skeletons you trained over there?" Qi Hancai replied: "Everything went relatively smoothly. Weapon research and development and communication technology have all improved significantly. Apart from not being able to speak, there are no technical problems." "What about satellites?" "The satellite went well too." "Completely controlled by skeletons, can it launch new satellites?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "There should be no problem." Judging from the tone of the other party, it seems that he is afraid to say this accurately. "During this period, hurry up and train them to launch satellites. They don''t need to know any technology, as long as they can control the equipment." Wu Heng instructed. "Okay, I''ll make arrangements later." Wu Heng continued: "If it is in a new location, such as a desolate island, can a satellite be launched?" Qi Hancai paused again, and then said, "It''s not necessary. We can launch the satellite to a fixed orbit. We don''t necessarily have to go to a small island to launch." "I need to meet this requirement, can I do it?" Wu Heng asked. Qi Hancai thought for a moment and said, "Wait a moment, I''ll call and ask." "good." The two hung up the phone, Wu Heng waited for a while, and the call came back. Qi Hancai said: "I''ve already asked. They said preparations need to be made in advance, and the island you mentioned needs to have sufficient power facilities and a site that can meet launch standards." Wu Heng felt happy. Treasure Island can meet both of these requirements. "These are enough. You can start making preparations. I will come over when you are ready." "Okay!" Qi Hancai said. "That''s it for now. If you need anything, tell Li Yahong and Gao Rong." "clear!" After chatting, the two hung up the phone. Treasure Island, Beacon Street. Two figures walked out of the tavern, putting on their hoods to cover their faces. Get on the carriage on the roadside and drive all the way to the central area. On the carriage, a person took off his hood, revealing his short, slightly curly hair. "Aunt, everyone in the tavern is talking about Wu Heng. He is so famous on the island." The figure opposite also took off his hood, revealing his long straight hair, and said casually, "He is the owner of the island, so he must be somewhat famous." "The dwarves are not short, and the elves are just average. They are not as good-looking as my aunt," the curly-haired girl said. The woman opposite rolled her eyes and said, "Stop talking nice and be obedient when I brought you here. Unlike ours, here are all high-level professionals." "I know, aunt!" The carriage creaked forward, and the two stopped talking, each looking at the scene outside the window on one side. Treasure Island is much more prosperous and lively than Blackstone Town. When they arrived at the street outside the Island Lord''s Mansion, the two got off the car and looked at the Island Lord''s Mansion in the distance. "Wow! He''s so impressive, he must live in the palace." Without waiting for the other person to answer, the girl instantly turned into a falcon and flew towards the island owner''s mansion. "Yuri, don''t go there." Another person shouted hurriedly, but the falcon was already close to the island owner''s mansion. Wow~! Just get close, guard the nearby skeletons, and turn their heads upward. The weapon in his hand also pointed upward. Yuli''s expression changed and she realized the problem. Bang bang bang~! Just as he was about to gain altitude and leave, gunshots suddenly rang out. (End of chapter) Chapter 853 , Cardcaptor Sakura is here Chapter 853: Cardcaptor Sakura is here Gunshots rang out. The falcon in the air shook violently and fell directly from the sky outside the wall. Yuri touched herself in panic. After confirming that no holes had been punched, he turned around and ran away. He threw himself into the arms of Slater, who was also running over anxiously. "How''s it going? Have you been hit?" Slater immediately checked her whole body. "No, I was just shocked." Yuri said softly. They had seen Wu Heng use this kind of weapon before. When I was at a low level at the beginning, I used this weapon to fight my way up to a high level. Not to mention them, even if a high-level one is hit, there will be a few holes. Fortunately, nothing happened. After confirming that Yuri had not been hit, Slater''s expression immediately became stern. He stretched out his hand and a wooden stick appeared in his hand, "Stand still." "No, aunt, I was wrong, she''s outside!" Yuli turned around and ran away, begging loudly for mercy. Squeak~! Wow~! The door to the island owner''s mansion opened in the distance. The rabbit-eared girl came out with several skeletons wearing blue stab-proof clothing and holding rifles. At the same time, large skeletons appeared behind and around the two of them, surrounding them. Slater and Yuri stopped arguing and looked over at the same time. "Minnie!" Slater called out the other person''s name directly. Minnie raised her eyebrows and recalled the other person instantly, and bowed slightly, "Is it Deacon Slater?" Although the two have not met a few times. But the impression on each other was quite profound. Minnie and Andwyer were the slaves Slater bought in Luntam City and gave them to Wu Heng. "Well, Wu Heng called us here." Slater put away the wooden stick and straightened his body. Minnie smiled and waved her hands slightly, and the skeletons around her moved away. Then he said: "Deacon, please come in. The master has gone out and will be back later." Slater nodded and walked straight towards the island owner''s mansion. Yuri rubbed her **** that had been hit with two sticks, looked around, and walked into the island owner''s mansion. When I saw the fountain, the flower bed, and the skeletal dragon wagging its head and tail. A pair of eyes stared at the boss. Zombie world, prison. After hanging up the phone with Qi Hancai, Wu Heng continued to call Li Yahong. When the call was connected, Wu Heng said directly: "It''s me!" "Any instructions?" Wu Heng said angrily, "You talk like a superior and a subordinate." "It depends on the occasion. You are the leader in the base and I am the deputy leader. Naturally, you have to obey orders." Li Yahong said with a smile. Wu Heng continued, "I asked Qi Hancai to prepare for the satellite launch. If we need any support then, please cooperate with me." "Okay, if you need anything then, I will fully cooperate with her." Li Yahong agreed easily. Although he is always jealous of Qi Hancai. But when it comes to serious matters, the two of them have never made any mistakes. In terms of work ability, he is even more outstanding than Gao Rong and others. Wu Heng suspected that it was related to his occupation or taking medicine. His physical condition, energy, and concentration had all been improved, making him stronger than ordinary people. "Besides this matter, I also need you to help me collect some entertainment facilities." Wu Heng continued with the second matter. "What entertainment props?" Li Yahong was a little confused. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said, "It''s just things from the entertainment city, game consoles, billiards and the like." Li Yahong thought about it and said: "If you say that, I know what I want. There are a few in the city but they are not very good. There are a few famous ones in Yangtong City. If you are not in a hurry, this Ill drive there in two days to collect some. "Okay, then I''ll leave this to you." "Yes." Li Yahong agreed and then said, "Qifeng is getting married the day after tomorrow. Do you want to come and say a few words about it?" Qifeng was an early survivor and was considered an old man at the base. "What am I doing on stage?" "Be a witness or something." Li Yahong said with a smile. "Forget it, just attend on my behalf." "Alright...!" Then, the two talked about some things about the base. Wu Heng also understood a little about the situation of the entire base. Autumn is about to begin, and the entire base is beginning to prepare for winter. Different from last year''s hasty winter, this year we have enough time and materials, so we naturally have to make good preparations. Especially food. The wood elf potion provided by Wu Heng has already shown amazing results. It takes about two months to harvest a round of grain, plus the skeletons are responsible for planting and the help of various agricultural machinery. There is no mistake in every song, one post, one content, one 6 one, one book, one book, take a look! It can basically meet the food needs of the base. Meat is not freely available at the moment, but it can still allow everyone in the base to eat some meat. It can be said that the people at the base have no problem spending this winter at all. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng hung up the phone. I looked at the time, it was past three in the afternoon. He stood up from his seat, stretched and said, "Let''s go back." "Uncle, take this basketball. I''ll play basketball with Minnie and the others later." Xiaoxiao said. "OK." Putting the basketball away, the three ghosts got back into their bodies. Wu Heng opened the gate and walked in. Island Lord''s Mansion, lobby. Slater and Yuri were sitting on the sofa, with pastries and tea in front of them. "These are the scented teas of the elves. Deacon and Miss Yuli have a try." Minnie sat opposite and said with a smile. The two took a sip, and Yuri continued to pick up the cake and put it in her mouth. Minnie continued, "Miss Yuri, when you enter the island master''s mansion in the future, be sure not to come from the air again. Skeletons sometimes cannot tell whether they are tame animals or not, and it may be dangerous." The druid''s changes are basically difficult to distinguish from normal animal taming. Just now, the skeletons on the edge were shot. If they really entered the center of the island owner''s mansion, all the skeletons everywhere would be shot, and they would be beaten directly into a sieve. Yuri glanced at her aunt, and then said: "I understand, no wonder there are no taming beasts flying above the island master''s mansion." Minnie smiled and said, "Not at the beginning. When the master first became the owner of the island, the tamed animals he killed every day could feed a tavern." "Huh? Such an exaggeration." "Yeah, it''s much better now. There are basically no tame animals coming here to die." Slater listened to the two talking about things here, put down his teacup, and said, "It seems that you and Wu Heng are living well." Minnie looked at Slater again, "Master takes good care of us, and I would like to thank the deacon for taking care of us before." Unlike when she was cautious when speaking in Luntam City, Minnie is still respectful in her words now, but she is more relaxed in her words. They are of equal status to each other, and I even say that I don''t feel inferior to her. "It seems that Wu Heng has given you a lot of confidence, which is good." Slater said with a smile. Minnie also smiled and nodded. "When will Wu Heng come back? Now that he is the owner of the island, do he still have to be busy outside?" Yuli asked curiously. "It should be soon..." The words are not finished yet. Ta tap tap~! There was a rush of footsteps coming from the stairs. Several people looked back and saw a porcelain doll-like figure, wearing a princess dress, running down the stairs two or three steps at a time. "Minnie, Rob, let''s play basketball." As soon as he ran into the hall, he saw Slater and Yuri sitting on the sofa. He paused and said, "Oh, we have a guest." Then, he looked at Slater and Yuri. Then he took a special look at Yuri''s curly hair, turned around and ran upstairs, "Uncle, Cardcaptor Sakura is here!" (End of chapter) Chapter 854 , you sell favors to the church Chapter 854: You sell the church a favor "Who is it? Don''t use random nicknames." Wu Heng said as he walked down. Xiaoxiao followed behind, holding a basketball in one hand and hiding behind Wu Heng. Wu Heng walked to the living room and his eyes lit up when he saw Slater and Yuli sitting there drinking tea. "Wu Heng!" Yuli shouted in surprise, swooped down from a distance and gave him a hug. Wu Heng patted the other party on the back and said, "Why are you still acting like a child?" "Who are you talking about! I''m the only one covering you in Blackstone Town." Yuri said dissatisfiedly, and raised her hand to punch her in the stomach. "Don''t be ridiculous." Slater said, and Yuri walked back obediently. Wu Heng sat down on the side of the sofa, and Luo Bei brought tea. "Sleeping upstairs?" Slater asked. "I just came back from outside. I just learned how to teleport without having to walk through the door." Wu Heng explained casually. Slater and Yuri arrived earlier than expected. It seemed that the day after he wrote to them, he boarded the train directly. "Was the journey smooth?" Wu Heng asked next. Slater picked up the tea cup and took a sip, "It went very smoothly. Having that kind of ticket can really save a lot of time." "The ticket matter needs to be kept confidential. If anyone asks, just say that you came by boat." Wu Heng instructed. "Don''t worry, we know the severity." Slater said, and Yuri nodded. "Yeah." Wu Heng nodded and picked up the water glass and took a sip. "When will you take me to see the venue?" Slater continued to ask. Wu Heng glanced at the sky outside and said, "Let''s wait for tomorrow. I will leave the overall decoration to the former president of the Flower of Stars, and the money cat part will be left to you alone." Hear the Star Flower President. Slater raised his eyebrows, "Shanara?" "Have you heard of her too?" Wu Heng was a little curious. "The whole tavern is talking about her becoming an elder." Yuri rushed to say something, and then said with some surprise, "No, you asked an elder of a race to be responsible for the decoration for you." "We had some friendship before. She has seen a lot, is good at art, and is good at decoration." Wu Heng explained. Slater nodded. She didn''t know much about the situation on Treasure Island. She glanced outside and said, "Then I''ll take Yuri to stay in the association first, and then come back tomorrow morning." "I''ll live in the island owner''s mansion. There are so many rooms." "The impact is not good. The association is not far from here, so there will be no delay in coming over when the time comes." Slater said. Wu Heng thought for a moment and said: "I made an appointment with Shanara to have dinner here in the evening. We can just talk about the venue then. Why don''t we stay one night today and stay at the association''s place tomorrow." Slater hesitated, glanced at Yuri, and nodded in agreement, "Okay, let''s prepare a room." "Minnie, prepare a room for them." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Minnie and Robert went upstairs to prepare. Wu Heng and Slater continued to chat about some things about Blackstone Town and Yeko Kingdom. Not long after, Minnie and Robert prepared the room and came down from upstairs. Xiaoxiao stood at the door and said, "Let''s go play basketball." The two of them glanced at the people chatting in the living room, then followed them to the courtyard, "How do you play this?" "There needs to be a basket." Xiaoxiao asked Skull to go upstairs and take down the basket. Then show it to the two of them. The three of them held basketballs and threw them into the basket. In the hall, Yuli listened to the conversation between the two and felt that it was not interesting, so she quietly went out. Joined the shooting team. dusk. Several people who had gone out came back. After having dinner together, we sat in the living room and chatted in detail about the location and scale of the entire building. When Shannara introduced the scale of the entertainment city, Slater''s eyes widened. I''m afraid it would be necessary to fit a commercial street into it. After being surprised, Slater also explained the business direction of his Money Cat and the decoration needs. After discussing for a while. The two of them have also decided to go to the venue tomorrow to check it out. Minnie said: "Master, the movie is ready." "Let''s go and watch a movie. You probably haven''t seen the movie yet!" Wu Heng stood up and said directly. Slater and Yuri also showed some anticipation and followed him upstairs into the audio-visual room. In the audio-visual room, the movie starts. Slater and Yuri, like everyone else when they first saw it, were shocked. After hearing that it was just a movie effect and would not crawl out of the screen. Then he sat back on his chair with hesitation and continued to watch the movie. The lights and shadows on the big screen flickered, and the plot was reaching its climax. Slater watched intently, his eyes following the picture, and suddenly glanced to one side from the corner of his eye. At some point, Wu Heng was no longer in his original seat. I have watched the movie many times, and I should have seen enough. After hesitating in his heart, he looked at the other people who were focused on watching the movie, then stood up, quietly left his seat, opened the door and walked out. Opening the door, the warm air from the corridor hits your face. Slater took a deep breath and walked downstairs. As soon as she reached the top of the stairs, the door to one side opened, and a hand suddenly reached out to hold her wrist, and she was quickly taken into the next room. The door clicked shut. Just as Slater was about to make a move, a familiar figure approached him. The hot breath approached, and then warm lips pressed heavily on her lips. Slater''s eyes widened, he put his hands on the other person''s chest, turned his head and said, "It''s crazy, there are so many people outside!" "Then you talk less and focus more." Wu Heng said. There is no mistake in every song, one post, one content, one 6 one, one book, one book, take a look! "I''m going back. What will happen when Yuri comes out and finds out?" Slater pushed him gently, but he didn''t use much force on his hand. Wu Heng smiled and said, "There is enough time for the movie. I miss you. You don''t miss me?" Slater''s expression was suffocated, and his eyes softened a lot. Wu Heng gently held her head, turned her around, and kissed her again. Slater stopped hiding and put his hands around the other person''s neck. Time passed little by little, and the two sneaked out of the room. Slater returned to the video room and continued to watch the second half of the movie. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom to rest. the next day. Shanara, Slater and Yuri went to the entertainment city venue together. Wu Heng lay on the recliner and looked at the report sent by the city hall. The development speed of the small island is relatively fast, especially the houses on Treasure Island have no worries about selling. Looking at the sales volume, Wu Heng began to consider building a residential building type of building to increase the number of residents. It shouldn''t be difficult to implement it. There were a group of skeletons sent out to learn modern architectural knowledge. After such a long time, it should be almost done. The only thing bad is the building materials. "Cement is made from limestone, right? Building a large fire furnace should be able to achieve the effect." It should be less complicated than a power plant. When you get back, ask someone who understands. "Uncle, Sister Lilith is looking for you." Xiaoxiao ran down and shouted from a distance. "I know." Wu Heng stood up and walked towards the room. He walked up to the stairs and walked up with Xiaoxiao, and asked, "Have you been chatting with Lilith all morning?" "No, we were talking last night." Xiaoxiao stretched out his hand and pulled his hand up. "Let''s talk all night?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. "Yeah, what''s wrong?" Xiaoxiao asked. "Uh..., it''s okay." What can I say, a vampire and a ghost. There seems to be no problem in chatting all night. Entering the radio room, Wu Heng sat in front of the radio and asked: "Leader Lilith, are you looking for me?" "The instructions from the headquarters to Treasure Island have been sent out. Let me tell you in advance." "How is it?" Wu Heng asked curiously. Lilith said: "The headquarters is to convict the person for attacking and killing the local flag-bearer. The person will be brought back to the headquarters for processing, and the highest possible penalty is execution. If he escapes, he will be issued a first-level arrest warrant." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "The association is awesome." "Listen to what I have to say. You should know that if ''Seydu'' knows about this, it will be easy to protect the opponent. The Holy See will not allow the loss of an 18th-level professional." Sure enough, the association also knew that it couldn''t kill the other party. As a leader, there is no problem if he wants to save one person. "So what does this headquarters mean?" Wu Heng asked directly. Lilith continued: "This is a normal conviction. I want you to sell a favor to the church to ease the conflict between you." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and understood what the headquarters meant. He wanted Wu Heng to change the crime of the other party. As long as he didn''t bite and assassinate the local flag-bearer, the crime would not be so serious. Give the Holy See a face and try to ease the conflicts between the two sides. Actually, Lilith didn''t say it directly, but she also meant to protect Wu Heng. If he really doesn''t let go, the Vatican will keep a close eye on him. "Where are the other ones who beat people on the street?" Wu Heng asked next. "That''s your local matter, just fine me some money." Lilith said directly. (End of chapter) Chapter 855 , heartbeat so fast Chapter 855, heartbeat so fast After Lilith finished speaking, Wu Heng fell into silence. There are two things about the Holy See. One is that the clergy had a conflict with local residents on Beacon Street and was arrested by the Wuheng guards. This incident is also the cause of the entire incident. What the association means is that this kind of local security incidents will not be dealt with by the association. Lilith''s idea was that after being detained for so many days, she would be fined a little more. The second thing is that the 18th-level Holy See Knight took action against him. Judging from the attitude of the association, they are still willing to stand on their side. The other party was convicted of trying to assassinate important members of the association, but several leaders of the headquarters did this to allow themselves to take the initiative to resolve the matter. Reduce the conflicts between the two parties. only. From Treasure Island''s perspective, Wu Heng didn''t think it was a good idea to let the other party go. During the time he left Treasure Island, the church had been testing the bottom line even more intensely. If you give in again this time, you may make the other party think you are weak. "Chief, I feel that even if he is released directly, the Holy See will not think of easing the relationship between the two parties." Wu Heng said. "What you need now is time. When your level is higher, these level 18 professionals will not be qualified to stand in front of you." Lilith said in her tone that she had high expectations for him. It was also telling him that the level 18 professional was insignificant. Their road has basically come to an end, and Wu Heng needs to focus his time and energy on improvement instead of wasting it on these people. The Holy See has enough manpower to fight him. He delayed it until he was older and missed the best time to improve. Wu Heng said: "I understand, then I will discuss it with Deacon Xilagui after the association''s order is official." "Let me know if you have anything to say." Lilith said again. "Okay, thank you very much, chief." "Yeah." Lilith hummed and hung up the communication. Wu Heng also put the microphone back. Sitting aside, Xiaoxiao asked curiously: "Uncle, are we going to let that bad guy go?" "It''s hard to say yet. We''ll discuss it with Xila Gui then." Wu Heng said. Xiao Xiao sighed, "If I can reach level 20, I can also help my uncle." Wu Heng smiled and touched Xiaoxiao''s head, "Xiaoxiao is already doing very well. I owe it all to Xiaoxiao for helping me along the way. Let things take their own course when it comes to level, and don''t put too much pressure on yourself." "Really? I helped a lot?" Xiaoxiao looked over with wide eyes. "Bigger than anyone else." "I am the great hero." Wu Heng smiled and nodded, "Go and play. If you go to the zombie world, I''ll call you." "Give me the badminton racket and I''ll teach them how to play badminton." Wu Heng took out the badminton racket and said, "We don''t know how to repair this body. Be careful not to damage it." "Don''t worry!" Xiao Xiao said, holding the racket and running away. In the room, little shouts could be heard, "Robert, let''s play badminton." After Wu Heng went out. Go directly upstairs and return to the study. Glenda was reading a book, and Penny was at the window, looking at Xiaoxiao and the maid playing badminton outside. "Why are you unhappy?" Glenda glanced here. Wu Heng said ''hmm'' and then sat down on a chair nearby. "The association''s decision has been made. The 18th-level Holy See knight will be convicted of assassinating important members of the association." "This is a good thing!" Glenda was already looking at the book in her hand and answered casually. Wu Heng stood up, took the book in front of her, closed it with a snap, and put it aside. Glenda glared, "Go home and get angry with women, right?" "Let''s see after we finish talking about business." "I don''t even remember which page I saw." Granda complained in a somewhat complaining tone, and then continued, "What''s wrong? The association made this decision and it''s not on your side! What''s the rush?" Wu Heng directly repeated Lilith''s words in detail. This means that the association handles the matter normally, but Wu Heng needs to compromise appropriately to resolve the conflict between the two parties. After listening to this, Granda analyzed and said: "In my opinion, there is no problem with the handling of this department, and it is also protecting you. If this person is really killed, the Holy See may behave even more extreme. Don''t Speaking of security issues, you will focus more on dealing with them. "If the conflict escalates to murder, it is hard to say whether the Holy See will take a more direct approach to deal with Treasure Island. The Holy See is a behemoth. No matter how outstanding Wu Heng is, in the eyes of the headquarters, he is just a rising star without even a backer. Beni flew over and said, "How about revealing some of your strength? If Wu Heng announces to the public that he is level 19, he will definitely be a genius, and we will protect you!" Granda shook her head and said: "Maybe the pope or the Holy See hero came first. You are such a genius, how could they let you become a hero." It takes a hero to kill a hero, this is a key message. Moreover, those who have achieved heroism will never allow their enemies to achieve heroism. Penny frowned, "Then let''s not talk about it yet." Wu Heng said: "So, this matter is a bit difficult to handle. We must follow the arrangements of the headquarters and let them think that we are weak. If we are tough, it is indeed not the time to kill him." "One more thing, if you don''t do what the headquarters wants, the leaders may not help you next time." Glenda paused slightly, then said, "Maybe you can choose a compromise method, no. Kill him, but the other party will also need to pay a price." Wu Heng nodded, "There is still time, we have to think about it again." "Yeah, okay!" The two ghosts nodded. There is no mistake in every song, one post, one content, one 6 one, one book, one book, take a look! Wu Heng sat aside and thought, and Glenda also looked through the books on the side again and began to look for the location he had seen before. He controlled the book to roll up, hit his head with a ''thud'', and said angrily, "If you dare to close my book again, I will smash your head." "Hierarchical bullying, right?" "I don''t understand what you are saying." Glenda said, and then continued to read the books. In the afternoon, Shanara, Slater, and Yuli came back from outside. Minnie and Yuri served tea to the three of them. Wu Heng also came down from upstairs, "How was it?" Yuri said in surprise: "You want to build such a big building? It will cost a lot of money!" Wu Heng puffed up his chest, "Don''t you understand what it means to be an island owner? The entire Treasure Island belongs to me." "Give me a house, I want to live here." Yuri raised her arms high. As he was talking excitedly, he suddenly noticed his aunt''s glare and immediately retracted his hand. Slater said: "Mrs. Shannella introduced me to the venue and the details of the decoration, which still need to be discussed carefully." "Well, you can just discuss it." Wu Heng nodded. Then, Shannara and Slater continued to discuss some details with the drawings. Wu Heng accompanied them and didn''t pay much attention to the conversation between the two. After chatting for a while, the plan was basically finalized. Slater looked out the window, and then said: "I will stay on the island for a few days, and then we will continue to discuss it." Shanara also nodded, "Well, the city hall is recruiting staff these days. We will make a statistics of what kind of people Money Cat needs, and we will help you recruit them together." "Okay." Slater nodded, "Then I will take Yuri back to the association first." Wu Heng said: "Let''s go back after dinner." "No, I have to visit the local deacon at the association first." Slater stood up directly. "That''s okay." Seeing that she had made all the arrangements, Wu Heng didn''t want to say anything more. He thought for a moment and then said: "When someone asks, just say that you come to the island to do business. I still have some enemies. , its best to be careful. "Understood." Slater nodded. Yuli also stood up and said, "Wu Heng, shall we go shopping together tomorrow?" "Let Minnie take you shopping. Come back early and I will teach you how to play the game console." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Yuri agreed happily, and then walked out of the island owner''s mansion with Slater. After the two women left. Wu Heng and Shanara sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Not long after, Anderweil and Annette also came back from outside. Sit down and eat together at the table. Night falls, bedroom. Shanela nestled in his arms, raised her head and asked, "What is the relationship between you and Slater? Why do you feel so different?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and did not wait to speak. Shanara frowned, "What are you doing? Your heart is beating so fast!" "When I was in Blackstone Town, Slater was the deputy deacon and Yuli was my teammate, and our relationship was pretty good," Wu Heng said directly. (End of chapter) Chapter 856 , Order Wu Heng to cooperate Chapter 856: Order Wu Heng to cooperate "So simple? Then your heart beats like a drum." Shanara continued, "Yuri is your lover? You two are of the right age." "How is that possible? And what do you mean by your indifferent attitude? Are you not jealous at all?" Wu Heng looked down at her. Shanela smiled and said, "If you were jealous, I would drown. I just hope you get better and better and don''t forget me." Wu Heng''s heart moved and he pulled her into his arms, "Don''t worry, I will be good to you all my life." "Um!" "Humans'' life is short anyway." "I''ll go back to sleep." Shanara stood up and left. "Don''t, don''t... I''m teasing you!" Association, dormitory. On the bed, Yuri hugged her aunt and said, "Aunt, it''s really nice here. I heard the weather is like this in winter, so let''s settle here." Slater looked at the collected issues of newspapers and said casually: "I am the deacon of Blackstone Town, unless I don''t do it anymore." "Then work hard and become a deacon here!" "You made me work hard." Slater pinched the other person''s face and continued, "You have also seen the deacon here. There are many elves with long lifespans and high talents. No matter how hard I try, I can''t compete with them. of." Yuli was silent for a moment, and then said slowly, "Aunt, I really like Wu Heng..." "No..." Slater''s tone suddenly became stern. "Why?" Yuri exclaimed. Slater was silent for a moment, "He doesn''t deserve you." "I''ve just reached level 9. Isn''t he worthy of me?" Yuli couldn''t believe it. But hearing that my aunt was so partial to me made me feel quite good. It''s better for her aunt to treat her well and choose a good person for herself. "That won''t work either." "Then what must he achieve before you can agree? There must be a requirement!" Yuli said, holding her arm. Slater hesitated and said, "Become a hero." "Aunt, are you suffering from heatstroke?" The next day, zombie world. Ghost checked the zombies in the prison cell and found that they were still at level 19, and none had reached level 20. Although I knew that these zombies would reach level 20 sooner or later, I felt a little anxious this time. The more strength you have, the more confidence you will have when facing threats from behind. Wu Heng picked up the satellite phone and dialed Qi Hancai''s number. After waiting for the connection, Wu Heng said directly: "It''s me, do you have the construction drawings of the cement factory and brick factory?" Qi Hancai replied, "Wait a moment, I''ll call and ask." "good!" The call was hung up and two minutes later, the call was dialed again. Qi Hancai said: "There are drawings." Wu Heng was overjoyed. It seemed that occupying the South Korean general base would bring a lot of benefits. "Arrange for someone to send it over to me." "Do you want an electronic version or a paper version?" Qi Hancai then asked. "Just send it electronically. I''ll print it out after you send it over." "Okay! Then I''ll get ready first." Qi Hancai agreed. "Um!" After finishing speaking, hang up the phone directly. I continued to wait in this world for a while to make sure nothing happened. He also opened the boundary door and walked out. Return to Treasure Island. Xiaoxiao controlled his body and ran downstairs in a hurry. Wu Heng also walked down. As soon as he stepped into the hall, Robert came up to him and said, "Master, the owner of the alchemy shop, has delivered the materials he ordered last time." With that said, he took out two organ jars from the space ring and handed them over. The materials were asked by Minnie a few days ago, mainly the materials for the ghost ritual mentioned in the necromancer''s notes. The shops on the island are also very efficient. I collected two items today. Wu Heng took it and asked, "Where''s Minnie?" "Minnie took Yuri shopping, and I''m looking after the house today." Robbe said with a smile. Wu Heng rubbed her head and said, "Go and play, there''s nothing wrong." "Okay master." Robert nodded obediently and walked aside. Wu Heng sat down on the chair and looked at the two organ jars carefully. On the outside of each organ jar, there was a label with the name of the material inside. The first one is the ritual material for the ghost skill [Psychic Sword Holding]. This ritual has been performed on Glenda before. Because of this skill, in subsequent battles, Glenda was able to chase and slash the enemy with a sword. And because she is a ghost, the enemy has no ability to fight back. The second material says Aboleth Guts. Wu Heng frowned. Have you ever needed this? He took out the Necromancer''s notebook and checked it. It turned out to be the ritual in the latest notebook. The ability that can be unlocked is called [Soul Splitting Technique]. When in danger, you can actively separate part of your soul body and escape. Sounds pretty good. Saving your life is very important at any time. After putting away the two materials, Wu Heng shouted to the door: "Xiao Xiao, come back first." Ta tap tap~! Xiaoxiao trotted all the way, and then glided over on the ground, "What''s wrong, uncle." "Tell Glenda and Beni to go to the room where the previous ceremony was held. Let''s discuss the ceremony." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Xiaoxiao agreed and ran upstairs. There is no mistake in every song, one post, one content, one 6 one, one book, one book, take a look! Wu Heng walked directly into the room on the second floor where the ceremony had been performed before. After waiting for a while, Xiaoxiao and the other two ghosts rushed over. Wu Heng took out two materials. After introducing the function. The three of them began to discuss who should be attached to the two rituals. After a while of discussion, it was decided to give Beini the power to hold the sword and the soul-splitting technique to Xiaoxiao. Glenda and Penny have both reached level 20. As long as they don''t actively reveal themselves, heroes will not be aware of their existence. Therefore, the possibility of danger is very low. Xiaoxiao, on the other hand, is still at level 18 and has had some conflicts with the Holy See recently. It makes more sense to leave the soul-splitting technique to Xiaoxiao. After discussion. He was the first to draw the ritual formation of [Psychic Sword Holding]. As Beni entered the formation, the entire formation began to glow. The material was crushed like fine sand, turned into energy, flew towards Penny, entangled with each other, and formed a rotating vortex. As time passes little by little. Penny absorbed all the energy and returned to her original appearance. [Ghost Unlocked Skill: Holding the Sword with Telekinesis. The system prompt appears, which also means that the ceremony was successful. "How is it?" Wu Heng asked. Penny flew out, "I don''t feel any change." Wu Heng took out a sword and threw it to her. Beni caught it in the air and waved it in the air. "It is indeed different from normal mind control." "It''s good to be familiar with it." Wu Heng asked the skeleton to clean the ground and continue to draw the second formation. After placing the materials into the formation, Wu Heng looked behind him and said, "Xiaoxiao, it''s your turn, don''t be afraid." "I''m not afraid." Xiaoxiao sat the puppet on the chair, and the ghost left the body directly and flew into the ritual circle. The magic circle began to glow. The material turned into energy and became entangled with the small soul body. This time, it lasted longer than Penny''s ritual. It took almost twenty minutes for Xiaoxiao to return to his original appearance. [Ghost Unlock Skill: Soul Splitting Technique. "Did I succeed?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. "Successful." Xiaoxiao got back into the doll''s body and said, "I went out to play." "Go!" Xiaoxiao ran out of the room, and Glenda and Penny also flew upstairs. Wu Heng stayed and directed the skeleton to clean up the dust and debris on the floor of the room. Association headquarters, martial arts training ground. The Sword of Justice Hadarayi danced a sword flower in his hand, put the sword into its sheath, and silently looked in the direction of the entrance. Two or three minutes later, a figure slowly appeared. After saluting, he said: "Chief, a letter has been sent from the Holy See, and it seems to be very urgent." This time, the letter of conversation? Hadarayi frowned and said coldly: "Open it and see what''s inside." The deputy tore open the envelope and scanned the contents of the letter first. Then he said in a deep voice: "Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, is suspected of necromantic experiments, corpse transformation and other experiments. Please ask the association to arrange an investigation team to accompany the investigation, and order Wu Heng to fully cooperate..." The deputy read aloud, and ''Hadarayi''s eyes widened instantly. The association''s punishment for Treasure Island''s level 18 Holy See knights had not yet been delivered, but the Holy See''s counterattack arrived first. To investigate Wu Heng, the association must issue orders to cooperate with them. (End of chapter) Chapter 857 , wait for me to pass (one update today. Chapter 857, wait for me to pass (one more today.) Hadaray was a little surprised by the content of the letter. With the volume of the Holy See, there is no need to target Wu Heng at all. The headquarters also wants to mediate the contradiction between the two sides, and now it seems more serious than expected. "Is there any more?" "Hadarai" then said. The deputy continued: "The Holy See''s investigation team has set off in advance, and the association''s team can go to Treasure Island on its own." Hadaray''s face was more serious. It takes a few days to send the letter from the Holy See to the headquarters, that is, when the other party sent the letter, the Holy See team set off first. Hadarai said, "Notify the remaining leaders to discuss the meeting." "yes!" Mowing The guards on both sides of the promenade saluted, Lilith walked forward quickly. Arrive in front of the conference room. Put the guards on both sides and open the door directly. In the bright hall, the three leaders were sitting in the position. After serving the tea, he retreated directly, and the door was closed. The sword of justice Hadarai, said directly: I just received a letter from the Holy See. After hearing this, the rest of the people frowned. It seems that today is still the Holy See and Wu Heng. I don''t know when it will start, the leader meeting is so frequently, and each time is related to Wu Heng. No one opened, and the sword of justice continued: "The Holy See suspected that Wu Heng conducted a necromating experiment on Golden and Silver Island, and asked the association to order him to cooperate with the investigation. The Holy See''s investigation team has also set off in advance." Several people looked at each other. At this time, it was suspicious that the other party was conducting a necromating experiment. The hall was a little quiet. The leader of the hunter touched the beard and guess, "Did the Holy See really discover something before always staring at him." The sword of justice looked at Lilith, "Lilith, have you ever been to Gold and Silver Island, what found?" Lilith, who was trapped, slowed down and said, "I have nothing to find on Tolds and Silver Island, and the local residents have a very high evaluation of him." Hongwen will take a sip of tea, interrupt the later discussion, and directly say: "Is there any problem with Wu Heng, and it is difficult for us to sit here. There is a problem, how to deal with it, there is no problem, do you want to keep him? " Now discussing whether Wu Heng has a necromancer experiment, it has deviated from the direction of the discussion. What to discuss is how to deal with this matter. Wu Heng is the most talented person in the new generation. Whether it is abilities, or some reform and innovation, it is worthy of the association. The Holy See is also an important part in the entire association system. To put it simply, do you want to take over the pressure of the Holy See and keep Wu Heng. The sword of justice, seeing no one speak, said, "Bruno, what do you think." The leader of the hunter said, "Let the Holy See investigate, and give it to the Holy See if there is a problem. "Lilith, what about your opinion?" Lilith took a deep breath and said, "I have no opinion." The sword of justice looked at the leader of the Guan Hongwen Association, and the other party nodded. "Then the investigation team caught up with the Holy See. If there is no problem, try to keep him as much as possible." If his title is the same, sitting in this position, try to maintain justice. The rest had no opinion and nodded. Mowing Gold and Silver Island, the association dungeon. In the dim corridor, the cold and humid, and the dim light cast the light and shadow through the narrow ventilation. Wu Heng took the skeleton and moved forward slowly, and his footsteps echoed in the silent space. "The island owner." The guard immediately got up and saluted. Wu Heng nodded and said to the opposite side, "Open, I have something to say to him." The guard immediately stepped forward, and opened the cage. "You are a little outside." Wu Heng said. "Yes, adult." The guard walked out and guarded at the entrance of the promenade. Wu Heng opened the door and walked in. On the iron bed, a sloppy man was lying. Look at the messy hair. Wu Heng took out the sound insulation pot, put it in the middle of the room, and then said, "Mcingtos said to me." The gaze of a sloppy man suddenly stood up and said, "Adults, those people are locked inside." "It''s okay, this is a prop that isolated sounds, they can''t hear." Wu Heng said. The sloppy man saluted again, "add trouble to adults." Judging from the opponent''s behavior, it is not like a beggar or beggar on the road. Wu Heng said: "You have to close it here for a few days, and you may be in danger to you now." The man smiled and said, "Those priests are kept in it, and I can always consume them." Wu Heng said with a smile, "It won''t take long, and it is only five or six days, and you will release you." "Thank you, Master." The man saluted again, and then said, "Adult, the Holy See came, and asked me to follow them, I didn''t answer them." Wu Heng browed up, and the Holy See asked separately. Basically, he can distinguish whether he has followed the Holy See. Of course, it is not important to be the cause of this matter. In the end, that is, a warning of money to warn it, and it is put. The most important thing is what the Holy See knight attacked himself. "It''s okay, you do well." Wu Heng said. "Yes." The man hesitated, and then said, "Adult, there is a wife in that family, I haven''t returned for so long, I am afraid it would be very anxious." "Mcingtosh has arranged to notify her, don''t worry," Wu Heng said. "That''s good." The man nodded with a smile. "Let me tell you a few days later." "Yes, adult." The man answered. Wu Heng put up the sound insulation pot, and the other party was paralyzed on the iron bed again, and his eyes looked out through the gap. Go out of the cell. The two guards in the distance quickly came over and locked the door again. Wu Heng also stepped out. From the dungeon, Wu Hengshun Road went to the deacon study. The door of the study was open, and Schiyali directed two staff members to clean up. Greek Rose was not there, and Wu Heng and Schiyali greeted him. Leaving the association. Mowing "Wu Heng ..." Back to the main house of the island, as soon as he entered the door, Yili, Xiaoxiao and Robert were in the courtyard. Seeing Wu Heng came back, he shouted in surprise. The kicking sister -in -law didn''t pick up, and ran directly, and it was another hug. It seems that shopping on the island today is pretty good, with some jewelry with the characteristics of the elves. These are not available in Heishi Town. "Don''t be afraid of Slyt said you!" Wu Heng patted the other''s back and responded to the other party. "Auntie and Mrs. Sanara went to the venue, not!" Yulitou had a reliable look. After going to the island, his aunt is indeed more than in Heishi Town. Everything should be found to find a man for my aunt. Wu Heng touched her head, and then said, "Is the island fun?" "It''s fun, much more lively than Heishi Town. Tomorrow Minnie said that he would take me to other commercial streets to play, do you have to go?" Yuli looked up at him. "Let Minnie take you strolling, and also ask Slyt if there is time, you and you." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Yu Li agreed and asked again, "How many levels are you?" "Why, do you want to sell my information?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. "Whoever buys your intelligence, just want to ask if you are sure to be a hero?" Yu Li muttered. Watching in my heart, if you are sure, you can wait for it. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I have confidence in myself." "That''s fine." Yu Li replied. During the two, Minnie also came out of the room and said, "Master, the radio is coming to the news." Wu Heng said to Yu Li, "Go to play." "Okay." Yu Li ran back, standing with Xiao Xiao and Robert. Little asked: "Yu Li, how do you like children, it is always hug." "I have a good relationship with Wu Heng, and you are welcome to come back." Yu Li said with a red face. Robbe said, "What do you blush!" There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! "Who blushed, kicked over, don''t talk." Yu Li greeted. Wu Heng walked into the architecture and asked, "Who comes the news?" "Lily leader, when you left, he passed on three or four news, and it looked very anxious." Minnie said aside. It seems that there are new situations in the headquarters. Lilith promised herself to help stare at some news. "Um." Wu Heng nodded. Mowing Radio room. Wu Heng was sitting in front of the radio, picked up the record book, and recorded three Lilise inquiries. With her high -cold personality, he could ask three times in a row, and Wu Heng was a little nervous. Pick up the microphone and ask, "Leader, found me?" "Well, why did it go during the day?" Lilith''s voice sounded. Squeak ~! The door opened, Minnie gave it in a cup of tea, and then quietly stepped out. Wu Heng sat in a chair and said, "I went out to do something, just come back." "I ask you, do you have any experiments to conduct necrosis of Wing Silver?" Lilith''s tone suddenly became serious. Wu Heng frowned, thinking in his heart, why the other party asked so. Still, what information has the secret of the secret tone that has been sent to the past, so that the other party suspects that he has conducted a necromating experiment. "No, how do you ask?" Wu Heng said directly. "You tell me the truth, otherwise no one will save you." Lilith''s voice was even more severe. Wu Heng took a deep breath and said solemnly: "I have become a professional for less than two years, and there must be no dead soul experiments, and I can''t!" After speaking, he asked in a puzzled tone: "What''s wrong with it?" Wu Heng did not have much interest in those necromancer experiments. The zombies trained in the zombie world prison are no different from the skeleton transformed by the defeated enemy. Anyway, it is dead, but just let the power be improved before death. The opposite breath took a deep breath, and his voice was low. "The headquarters received a letter from the Holy See today, suspecting that you conducted a necromancer experiment on Treasure Island and let the association order you to be investigated." Wu Heng''s eyes are also condensed, "What about evidence? Just find a reason to come to the island for investigation?" "Because I was uncertain, I just asked if you had a dead spiritual experiment. If you didn''t lie to me, then the Holy See was intending to suppress you clearly." Lilith said. Sure enough, the seller proposed by the headquarters does not work at all. "I really have no nadic experiments. You can rest assured that you will not lie to you." Wu Heng continued, "What attitude does this headquarters this time?" "The attitude of the headquarters is useless now. The Holy See''s investigation team has set off before sending the letter, that is, any attitude of the headquarters, and it can''t stop the other party''s actions." Lilith sighed. "They treat the association like this?" Lilith said: "The Holy See is the main force in dealing with cults in various places, so when the other party raised this problem, the association had no reason to stop it. If there is no problem in Told and Silver Island, we will keep you, rest assured." How can you rest assured. The relationship between the two sides has deteriorated. At that time, whether there are necromancer experiments on the island, it is not the final say. "I know, thank you the leader for notifying me." Wu Heng said with a deep voice. After two seconds of quiet, Lilith then said, "I will rush over, if it feels dangerous, leave the island first, and wait for me to pass." "I''m gone, given it to the Holy See, let alone." "Safety is the most important." Wu Heng didn''t answer immediately. After stopping for several seconds, he said softly, "Leader!" "Um?" "Doesn''t reach level 20, do you really kill the heroes? Was it?" Wu Heng whispered. Lilith''s voice is even more serious. "In your situation, killing heroes will not arrange the heroes, and you should not do stupid things." "I understand, I will be prepared." Back to the study. Granda and Benny stayed in the room. After Wu Heng came in, he talked with Erhun after the Holy See investigation team. Both ghosts have changed. Benny said: "Can you use the life of the Holy See Knight as an exchange and let the Holy See leave." Granda shook his head and said, "If that''s that simple, Lilith would not say those words. He really proposed to exchange the Holy See Knight. The other party may take this as a reason and think about the secrets on the island." "What should I do? The Holy See recognizes us." "From the perspective of what happened after we came back, the Holy See has stared here, and this conflict will happen sooner or later." "It''s a big deal. We have so many weapons and so many skeletons. It is not easy for the Holy See to go to the island." Benny said directly. Granda said, "We must not be afraid of ordinary clergy staff, mainly the two heroes of the Holy See." Wu Heng listened to the discussion between the two and said, "This time, we must never give up, otherwise the Holy See will only intensify." Mowing Dusk, dinner. Slyt and Yuli also stayed. Wu Heng sent two tickets to the people present, saying, "Will tickets use it? Keep it, and use it in the future." "Okay." Several people took over. Wu Heng continued to look at Slyt, "How about the venue?" "The progress is smooth." Slytcked beef, replied. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I have some contradictions with the Holy See recently. If I can end in advance, I will go back earlier. If the island is not safe, remember to take it directly by Li." Several people on the table were all stunned, Slyt also glanced here deeply, then nodded, "I know." After dinner, Slyt and Yuli returned to the association. Wu Heng continued to meet the maids, and said the later things, and left first. I have the ability to leave. Mowing Golden and Silver Island, local church. The Great Bishop You''an s sitting behind the desk, the side seat on one side, sitting on the high -level local clergy in the local area. "His Majesty the Pope sent a letter and gave the next direction." You An handed the letter in his hand to the priest on one side. The latter was carefully held and sent to the other clergy at the side. After everyone see it. You An continued: "Two days later, the investigation team of the Holy Church will arrive soon, and then the crime of the necromancer can be revealed." The 18th -level **** officials said excitedly, "It''s great, you should have been arrested for a long time." "His fame on the island is not small, should you release some news in advance?" "It should be prepared in advance." "Also related to those who bet on us, it is time to ask for people directly." The Bishop listener said, and then smiled and said, "Arrange people to inform, so that people who are still in the prison make some preparations." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 858 , I have money (Update today.) Chapter 858, I have money (I have more today.) In mid -autumn, it has passed more than half a month since the second release of pills. The chamber of commerce transported outward also transported the goods to their respective sales locations. Before the sales points of various races in various countries, a long team also lined up to buy pills and discuss news about the pills. "I wrote above, the island owner who improved the pharmaceutical patent pads, and it was not a alchemist in itself." "Golden and Silver Island owner, I haven''t heard this island." "The pens and watches popular before the aristocracy were also invented by him." "Also said, the reason for his improvement is to help ordinary professionals who have no space ring." "Forget it, just brag about yourself, you believe it, listen to the name of his island, you know that it is a person who is profitable." "I feel pretty good, the pills are better carried, and the price has dropped. It is a good thing for us." "I think this island owner is a good person, at least better than other merchants." People are used to the publicity of big people, but this time it is different from the past. The pills are held in their hands, and they are the same as promoting. It is convenient to carry and the price has dropped a lot. Buying a box is enough for the family to use it for a long time. Is he a good person hard to say, but the person who bought the pills did feel good. Not the kind of empty publicity before. Mowing At the same time, the original territory of the second prince of the kingdom. The officials of Lentem City began to enter the management, and the Skeleton Army also replaced the position of the station and the main defense. Over time, people also began to be familiar with the skeleton, and they are no longer as fearful as they were at the beginning. On the street, the blooming poet stood on the wooden box, holding a big detective book in his hand, and told the story above. The crowd surrounded by below followed the whisper to guess the murderer. Some people also talk about whether Wu Heng and Watson in the story really cracked a case. Mowing Golden and Silver Island, the main house of the island. Wu Heng was lying on the lounge chair and looked at the face change in front of him. [Level: Level 19 (4257534/355000)] [Famous Want: Level 19 (64733/66000)] In the past two days, the fame began to increase rapidly. From more than 50,000, reaching 60,000. No need to guess that the second batch of pills have been transported to all places and started to be released. At first, the rise was very fierce, and now it started to become a bit slow. "I don''t know if the Holy See can rush to level 20." Wu Heng whispered. At this time, Granda and Beni flew back from the outside. "The church has added the number of times of the bell, and the patrol skeleton must avoid the church''s position." Beni said deeply. "They should have received a letter from the Holy See, and they have a confidence in their hearts." Before the skeleton sparkled a meal, the church was really stable for a while. Today, the number of bells was suddenly added, and the news of the Holy See''s investigation team came over and made them confident again. "It''s okay, wait for me to deal with it." Wu Heng said. Granda continued, "The stalemate with the Holy See also has an impact on Golden and Silver Island. Basically, there is no representative of the chamber of commerce who came to visit. In the past, the island''s main government had always ushered in some visitors. Whether it is a wealthy or a wealthy business or a representative, it will come to the island''s main palace after going to the island. Since the conflict with the Holy See has intensified, no one has come. Wu Heng is not surprised, saying, "I''m afraid of causing the Holy See''s attention, no one wants to cause this trouble." "Now I feel that the Holy See is really annoying." Beni muttered. Granda said with a smile, "You didn''t know Wu Heng long ago, knew him early, and got revenge with the Holy See early." Wu Heng glanced at her and felt that the other party would slander herself again. Then he said: "Waiting for the Holy See will be resolved, everything will be restored, don''t worry." "Well, it''s mainly you, our money is enough, don''t worry." Granda''s rare soft comfort. Beni also said, "You surpass them sooner or later." Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t worry." Seeing that the two souls had nothing new, Wu Heng also got up and walked towards the living room. Pick up the number of the association over the association. After two sounds, Xiche''s voice came over, "Hey!" "It''s me." Wu Heng went on to say, "Let Xizhigu arrange someone to go to the church, and say that if the broken clock knocks again, I will give them directly." "Okay, I''m going to coordinate." Xichei said directly. Hanging up the phone, both ghost souls gave their thumbs up, "a bit courageous today." Mowing Another day. It has been more than half a month since the island owner''s arrest of the Holy See''s clergy. There is no complete announcement on how to convict the Holy See. Of course, local residents are not surprised by this. High -level clergymen and ordinary residents conflict in the Holy See. The guards on both sides were unusual. For other places, I am afraid that these priests have long been put on these priests. However, this morning, some special gossip news began to spread. Fast spread. "I heard, the island found the experimental base of the Nad Spirit Master, and the scale is particularly large." "It''s all about this, and I don''t know where it was circulated. It is related to the island owner. "Mo Fei, Wu Heng secretly treats the island as an experimental base? No wonder the Holy See targets him so." "It must be fake. The pharmaceutical auction will be held on the island. The leaders of the association, and the high -level professional in various places have come. If you are a necromancer, what will you build a experimental base and invite people to visit?" The discussion was static. Yes, the leaders have come to the island for a few days. If you change your head normally, you will not do this, let alone the detective! "What you said also makes sense." "I definitely believe that the island owner, just how these news came out." After Wu Heng became the owner of the island, the changes in the entire honeysuckle were obvious to all. It also changed the life of everyone on the island. The locals mentioned the owner of the island, and their words were full of pride. As if they were building Xiaoshima themselves like this. Naturally, I don''t want to believe that there is really a problem on the island. But people are always suspicious. Such a large -scale spread also makes people doubt whether it is really a problem. Mowing Church, in the hall. The Grand Bishop You An s sitting after the book case, below is a local local clergy. A priest was listed, and said indignantly: "Bishop, the island is circulating on the Nadchu experimental base, and the weird skeleton he saw, he can be sure that he is performing necromating experiments in private." Following someone attached to peace, "Master Dead Master belongs to evil occupations. After a long time studying the corresponding fields, it will make his heart darker and ignore his life. He should control him directly." "And the last thing, our people are still in the dungeon so far." "Local deacons are simply weak and incompetent. They are actually close to the necromancer, and she will be held accountable afterwards." The worse in the hall is expressing dissatisfaction with the island owner and local deacon. At this time, the door opened, and a servant walked in quickly, near the ears of the Great Bishop. With the other party''s speech, the expression of the Great Bishop began to show joy. After speaking, the attendant retreated. The wooden stick held tightly in his hand, gently stunned the ground twice, and quietly calmed down in the hall. Sweeping everyone, smiling, saying, "The fleet of the Halls is here, you go to the port with me, and also tell those who stay in the church, you can come out." Everyone showed joy and nodded to answer. Before leaving, the Bishop did not forget: "By the way, sing the clock!" Oh ~! The bell sounded and spread instantly. Mowing Island Main House. Wu Heng took the phone, and the voice of ''Mcing Tosh'' came opposite. "Adult, the investigation is clear, it is a news that a port laborer gang spreads. Someone gave money and asked them to spread the news. People. This morning, the island began to spread the death experimental base. Wu Heng heard some news. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! In fact, people who do not need to investigate. Those who emphasize the emphasis on necromancer are definitely paving the way for the Holy See investigation team. "No need to check it, seize the management of the labor gang." Wu Heng said directly. "Understand." After Mcingtosh said, he suddenly fell into a short silence, and then said, "Adults, the Holy See fleet appeared at sea, a total of five large ships." Sure enough, the death experiment was uploaded on the island, and the Holy See''s fleet appeared closely. "I know, people will arrange people to deal with them." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay, adult." Mcingtosh stopped, and then said, "Pay attention to safety." "Well, rest assured." Hanging up the phone, Wu Heng leaned on the edge of the table, his eyes narrowed, and opened the panel directly. [Famous: Level 19 (65642/66000). . The fame is still more than 300. Also almost. I don''t know, the Holy Hero is not on the boat. If not. It delayed with them for a few days and became almost a hero. Mowing association. The room of the Holy See Knight is just like a separate lounge. The room was neat, and there was only one guard at the door. It is said that it is more like a stare here. At the 18th Cavaliers, Wu Heng can stop him on the entire island. In the room, the Holy See Knight was wearing a blue casual clothes and lay on the bed to keep his eyes closed. At this time, I opened my eyes fiercely, and a sparrow stood in the window. Then he spit out, "Adults, the Shengtang investigation team is here, the bishop of the great bishop lets you deal with the things here, and then go to the port to welcome the fleet." After speaking, the sparrows are as if they lose their spirituality. Looking at the four weeks in doubt, shouting twice, flying towards the tree in the distance. Looking at the flying sparrow, the Holy See knight had a smile on his face. The investigation team came. Gold and Silver Island and Wu Heng have come to an end. Simply packed the things and walked directly out. Walk towards a distant dungeon. Mowing Entrance of the dungeon. The guard of the guards suddenly stood up and looked at the burly man who suddenly appeared. After careful recognition, the face became even more ugly. The Holy See, who was detained because of attacking the island owner a few days ago. Why did he come here? The two swallowed and vomited, and saluted: "Master Cavaliers." The Holy See knight nodded with satisfaction, "The Cavaliers suddenly thought of some details and needed to interrogate the prisoners. During this time, no one was approaching here, otherwise the same crime will be the same." After speaking, I walked in directly. The two guards looked at each other, and one of them ran out of the way quickly. They couldn''t handle this matter. Notify the deacon as soon as possible. No, to inform the island owner. Only the island owner can stop the other party. Mowing The Holy See knight covered his nose and nose, walking in the dungeon. After walking for a while. Standing in front of a door, he was slightly hard, opened the door, and walked in directly. The man who swept the eyes and the iron bed and said with a smile: "You are, it can adapt to the environment." The scrubbers appeared in the eyes of a man, and after swallowing and vomiting, he got up hard, "Adult, what do you have?" "Let''s take a look, what is the person who dares to slander the Holy See members," The man''s body trembled and stepped back halfway. "Adult, this matter has nothing to do with me. I just know what to say. If you have any dissatisfaction, I will change it. Don''t look at it with me." The Holy See took two steps forward. The face of a sloppy man changed his face, shouting to the outside, "Guard, guard?" "You should really thank Wu Heng, at least he let you live for so many more days." Then, the Holy See knight took out a hemp rope, his wrist trembled, and he wrapped around his neck and gradually tightened. Master Ling, for the trafficking population for experiments, was discovered by the Holy See and committed suicide by hanging up. How do you feel about this script? " "Do you feel, will that big detective avenge you?" The lady was struggling violently, but the gap in the level made him unable to break away. Then, his eyes were raised, and his tongue spit it out. At the end of life, the past life flashed quickly in his mind. Then he walked out of the dungeon. The generous island owner gave him a lot of bounty, Mrs. McCinkosh also praised him to complete a difficult task. Holding the money, he walked in the direction of his house. This road that has gone through countless times is very long today. Bang Bang ~! He knocked hard at the door. The door of the room opened, the man pinched his hair and smiled, "I have money, I said I can live a good life ..." The corpse no longer struggle. The Holy See Cavaliers released a method of surgery, and took out the writing letter from her arms, and stuffed it into the arms of the corpse. Mowing I don''t know how long, a loud noise broke the tranquility. Greek Geng rushed into the dungeon with a long sword. Following two deputy deacons behind him, members of a team, as well as investigators and assistants Schiyali. The investigators followed. Due to the cultural reasons, they were panting and holding the wall to breathe like a thunder. Several people walked into the cell, and their faces changed. In the dim room, there was a corpse hanging. Xizhiyuang took a deep breath and said coldly: "The investigator, recorded it truthfully! The Holy See knights broke into the association prison. After leaving, the witness died." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 859 , You are on the boat (6,000 words, one Chapter 859, You are indeed on the boat (6,000 words, one update today.) In the corridor, footsteps sounded again. Wu Heng hurried in with the skeleton. As soon as I arrived at the door of the cell, I saw the body covered with white cloth. "I''m sorry." Sheila Gui turned her head, her tone full of self-blame. She is in charge of the association. Because the system was different, and because the headquarters thought Wu Heng could interfere with the local association, no skeletons on the island were arranged internally. Moreover, before the Holy See came to the island, these people from the association were enough to guard the local area. But he didn''t expect that people from the Holy See would be so bold and break into the prison to kill people. "Has the body been examined?" Wu Heng''s voice was low. "When we came over, the body was hung from the beam with hemp ropes. The cause of death was also the strangulation marks on the neck." Sheila Gui introduced, then took out a written letter and said: "This It was a letter found on the body, and it should have been placed on the body after the murder. Wu Heng took it and opened it and took a look. His eyes were frozen. The above content is very simple. It reports the island owner Wu Heng for conducting necromancy experiments, as well as instigating him to do some serious sins such as kidnapping, human trafficking, and corpse disposal. In the end, he couldn''t resist the psychological pressure and committed suicide out of fear of crime. Wu Heng frowned. I thought to myself, what is the purpose of the other party putting the letter here? The first people to discover it must be people from the association, and they will not believe that the letter was written by the deceased. But after thinking about it again, I can roughly guess what the other person is thinking. There are strange things in this world that can make people tell the truth or detect lies. When there is a confrontation in the future, just ask if you have seen the report letter, and you will naturally have seen it. As long as there is a dispute about something, the Holy See will find a way to deal with it. Moreover, a person who looked like a beggar died, and after a while, no one would dig into it. Wu Heng put away the letter, then leaned over and looked at the body. Then the [Resurrection Spell] was released, but the necromantic magic did not take effect after wrapping the corpse. The undead magic power collapsed without any reaction. Sheela asked: "Is it past the time?" Wu Heng shook his head, "It should be the Holy See''s ability, and the necromancy spell cannot take effect." If the Holy See left the body, it would be impossible for Wu Heng to resurrect him or appear in any form to prove them. Wu Heng knelt down, reached out and brushed his eyes, and said, "I''m sorry, I made a mistake and couldn''t take you out of here." "Don''t worry, I will take good care of your family, and I will avenge you." The bulging eyes slowly closed, and the corpse didn''t look as ferocious as before. "wrap up." Two members of the association came forward and wrapped the body. Wu Heng put it into the space ring. Then he said: "Let''s go out first, I have something to talk about." Deacon''s study. Wu Heng dialed McIntosh''s phone number. Tell the other party the news that the informant is dead. After all, he was her subordinate, and Wu Heng had promised that he would release the other party. It''s a pity that I never expected that the Holy See Knight would kill him. After listening to Wu Heng''s words, the other side fell into a brief silence. McIntosh said softly: "The fate of those who work in this business is the same. In the past, we would die on the streets, at home, or simply disappear without being found. We all know what will happen to us in the end. It has nothing to do with the association or you. Just like mercenaries. When you plan to take on tasks and rely on bounties to earn income, the ending is basically determined. The same is true for eyeliners, they all know their own ending. They are also mentally prepared. Including McIntosh himself. "I will send the body back to you when the time comes. He also has a wife. Set him up well and give him more pension." Wu Heng said in a deep voice. "Okay!" McIntosh nodded in agreement. After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng continued to dial the number of the island owner''s mansion, briefly talked about the situation here, and asked Minnie to gather everyone together. If danger occurs on the island, follow his instructions and leave here first. Although the other party was worried, he agreed. After the phone call, Wu Heng sat back in his seat. Shi Lagui and Shi Yali also looked up at him, waiting for the next step. Wu Heng took out two tickets from the space ring and said: "These are the tickets for the ghost train. If there is danger, just tear off the tickets along the traces. A ghost train will come to pick you up and leave." "The side effect of being on the train is that all senses disappear except vision. Wearing a watch, eating on time and convenience, otherwise there will be danger," "By the way, let''s go to Luntam City first. That''s also our territory. We can ensure your safety." Sheila Gui and Shi Yali both frowned. This sounds like a tone of arranging funeral arrangements, which makes people feel uneasy and have to wonder what he is going to do. "Don''t be impulsive. If he dares to do this, he must have made arrangements. I will report this matter to the headquarters first, and I will definitely help us solve it." Sheila Gui said anxiously. Wu Heng glanced at her and said: "The Holy See investigation team will arrive at the port immediately. If nothing is done, Treasure Island will change its owner today, and a necromancer''s experimental base will appear out of thin air on the island." The two looked at each other for a moment. No wonder the Holy See knights dared to kill people. It turned out that the fleet had arrived. Shi Yali was also a little anxious, "What should we do?" "Don''t worry, I have a plan. You should do as I say first." Wu Heng forced a smile. Sheila Gui nodded, "Okay, then you must also pay attention to safety." Compared to the Island Lord''s Mansion, the Association is safer. Even if there is a real conflict with the Holy See, it is unlikely to take action against the members of the association. Give them tickets just in case. Wu Heng thought of another thing and asked, "By the way, have the orders from the headquarters been issued?" "Here he comes, with today''s letter delivered." Sheila Gui took it out directly and said: "The Knight of the Holy See, ''Hao'', assassinated important members of the association and executed them on the spot." An instruction document stamped with the seal of the association headquarters appeared in front of him. It was exactly the same as the message Lilith sent to him. The order from this department is execution. Wu Heng said: "I''ll take this first, maybe it will be useful later." "Okay." Xila Ge handed it to her directly. Wu Heng took it, and after nothing happened, he got up and left directly. Sheila Gui convened a meeting with all members to plan the subsequent actions. The island owner''s mansion. Shanara hurried back from outside. When I walked into the hall, I saw all the maids in the room and the empty room. All valuable things were collected, and it looked like they were preparing to move or run away. Shanara frowned and asked, "Minnie, what''s wrong?" "The master asked us to be ready. If there is any danger, use the ticket to leave immediately." Minnie said solemnly. "What happened? Tell me again." Shanara asked solemnly. "Okay!" Minnie carefully explained all the news she had received. And Shannara heard that the Holy See investigation team came to the island, and the 18th-level Holy See knight from the association killed someone after the association. His eyes widened instantly, with an expression of disbelief on his face. Have the conflicts intensified to this extent? At the same time, he could also guess in his mind what Wu Heng would do after arranging people like him. Shanara sat on the chair, thinking quickly about the situation on the entire island. It was she who convinced most of the Chamber of Commerce representatives to elect Wu Heng as the island owner of Treasure Island today. We can''t just leave now. In his mind, he quickly thought about the rumors outside, the actions of the Holy See, and the ultimate goal. He took a deep breath, and then said: "Minnie, Weier, it''s not time to leave yet, we can still help Wu Heng." Several maids turned their heads and looked over with serious eyes. Shanara continued, "Weier, arrange for someone to release the news, saying that the Holy See knights broke into the association and killed the witnesses. If the Holy See''s people kill without being punished, the lives of everyone on the island will be threatened. "Understood." Anderweier was stunned and immediately understood what the other party meant. ''McIntosh'' was dialed. Wait until the explanation is given. "Minnie, go and quickly visit the factories on the island. If the island is captured, all the production equipment will be set on fire." "Okay." Minnie nodded and left quickly with Robert beside her. After Andwell finished the call, she looked over again and asked, "Sister Shannella, what are you going to do next?" Shanara sighed and said: "Wait, wait for the next news, and we will make arrangements according to the news." The maids nodded. port. "Your Majesty Archbishop, everything has been taken care of." The Holy See Knight came over and said respectfully. Several clergymen who came out together also saluted and called out to the Archbishop. The archbishop glanced here indifferently and asked, "Where is Wu Heng?" "I don''t know where he is. When we left, we never saw him appear. Maybe we were scared. After all, the Holy Church''s investigation team will be on the island soon." The Holy See Knight showed a plain smile. Just waiting for the survey team''s ship to dock. No matter how powerful and courageous Wu Heng was, there was nothing he could do against them. The archbishop nodded with satisfaction, "Okay, follow me and wait for the fleet to dock." "yes." Several people stood in the queue, looking towards the sea in the distance. The fleet on the sea became clearer and clearer, the hulls were shrouded in holy light, and they were heading steadily towards Treasure Island. A total of five large ships were lined up in a pointed formation, their sails rustling in the wind, and the white sails were embroidered with the church''s symbol of holiness and authority. At the port, many believers knelt down. He muttered a prayer with words in his mouth. Deacon''s Mansion. After coming out of the association, Wu Heng did not leave immediately, but came to Xila Gui''s residence through the back door. After sitting in the living room and waiting for a while, Ghost Glenda flew back from outside. He said: "The man has been found. He has already gathered with the archbishop at the port. He is probably afraid that you will block him on the way." Wu Heng continued to ask: "Where is the Holy See fleet?" "It is estimated that we will be close to the port by noon." "Can you see the rank of the people on the ship?" Wu Heng then asked. "I can see some levels of light beams, but I''m not sure if there are heroes." Granda said. At this time, Beini and Xiaoxiao also flew back from outside. Penny said: "The armored vehicles and troops have been mobilized, and they are gathering at the door and waiting. Xiaoxiao comforted him: "Uncle, it''s okay. We can definitely defeat those bad guys, don''t worry." Wu Heng smiled and said, "Don''t worry." Then, open the panel and look at the reputation above. Still a few hundred to go. Why did it rise so slowly all of a sudden? The panel closed, then he stood up and said, "I hope the heroes of the Holy See are not on board." At noon, there were many people on the street. The guards opened the way in front, followed by thousands of skeletons holding weapons, plus a few armored vehicles, marching quickly on the road with great momentum. Local residents have seen Wu Heng and even armored vehicles. This mobile and powerful weapon left a deep impression on everyone. Almost all the pirates in the Emerald Sea died under this weapon. Those who survived by chance may have been scarred for the rest of their lives and would never dare to go to sea again. However, this kind of thing has not appeared for a long time since the Emerald Sea settled down. "Why does this kind of thing appear again? Is the one in the middle the island owner?" There is no mistake in every song, one post, one content, one 6 one, one book, one book, take a look! People sounded skeptical and surprised. "Is there another enemy? The direction is heading to the port." "In the morning, I saw that everyone from the Holy See went to the port to see if anything happened." "Huh? The Holy See and the Island Lord''s Mansion are both here. There must be enemies who are going to attack here." Even though various news is circulating, in everyone''s mind, they don''t think the two will really fight. The island owner is appointed by the association, and the Holy See is also an important part of the association. They only speculated that there was some danger, so the two parties united to deal with the outsiders. "The island owner has come forward, something big must have happened." "You guys look at the store, and I''ll follow you to see what''s going on?" "Get your weapons out. I just made some money this year. If anyone dares to attack Treasure Island, I will fight him." Treasure Island is more tolerant of skeletons. Seeing the island owner rushing toward the port with an army of skeletons, people one after another walked out of the street with weapons. Follow the skeleton army and walk forward together. The number of people gathered was getting larger and larger. port. There was a sound of noise and confusion. Countless people looked back and saw a team led by an army of skeletons appearing in the straight street. It was so dark that there was no end in sight. The archbishop frowned, surprise and solemnity flashed in his eyes, and he turned to look at the approaching fleet at sea. "Archbishop..." the Holy See Knight whispered. The Archbishop waved his hand, "Stand behind and don''t anger him yet." "Yes." The Holy See Knight and several other priests who came out of the dungeon took a few steps back. Standing at the end of the team. The skeleton army directly surrounded the port under everyone''s gaze. "Master of Wuheng Island, is this the fleet that is also here to welcome the Holy See? The Pope may also be on board. He will be very happy to see you coming in person." The archbishop had a soft smile on his face, and there was a hint in his tone. Wu Heng glanced at the ships shrouded in light on the sea, his eyes calm, "Where are the escaped Holy See knights?" The archbishop frowned, and the uneasy premonition in his heart became stronger. "The idea of ????jailbreak is serious. I just came to greet the fleet. After the matter is over, I will naturally return to the association to wait for further processing." Wu Heng glanced at the people on the opposite side, landed on the Holy See knight at the end, and said directly: "Dingying, Kaxiu, arrest them." Whoosh~! A stream of light flashed by, and a figure suddenly rushed out and crashed into the Holy See Knight behind. The other high-level skeletons in the skeleton queue also rushed out instantly. "Wu Heng, how dare you..." the archbishop roared. Wu Heng stretched out his finger and waved, and the archbishop''s mouth disappeared. The group of skeletons rushed towards the Holy See, instantly falling into chaos. Behind the team. The residents who followed had their eyes widened with frightened expressions. This... why is this fighting with the Holy See? "What, what''s going on? Didn''t you say there are enemies?" "The island owner said that people from the church escaped from prison?" "It''s over, we won''t be regarded as accomplices by the church!" "Go quickly..." People were in a mess, and they were afraid of being considered an accomplice by the Holy See and being implicated. Then I wanted to leave. At this time, another group of people squeezed into the crowd from all sides. The voice said unabashedly, "You know? The person who had a conflict with the Holy See last time is dead and was killed by people from the Holy See." "What?" "My friend is from the association guard. The news just came out that the Holy See knights forced their way into the dungeon and strangled people to death. The island owner should have come to arrest people for this matter." In an instant, the people leaving stopped, and everyone looked surprised. Level 18 Holy See Knight, forced his way into the association dungeon. These words are a bit unfamiliar, but they can be connected with what happened before. The crowd not far away was also saying similar things. "The island owner didn''t let him out because he was afraid of the Holy See''s revenge, so he died anyway." "Hey! If this continues, how can we ordinary people live?" "The news is true or false. I think it''s unlikely." There was no suspense in the battle at the port. Skeleton Shining broke up the team, and Ka Xiu and other high-level skeletons placed their swords on the necks of each cleric. Only the Archbishop was still standing, and the missing mouth did not seal him for too long before it returned to its original state. The Grand Bishop Shen said: "Wu Heng, don''t mistake yourself. The Holy See''s fleet is on the shore. How do you explain to the Holy Hall and how to explain to His Majesty?" "Our association''s flag hand, do you use to explain to you?" Wu Heng sneered, Shen said, "Over!" Well ~! The skeleton sparkled, dragging the Holy See Knight who was hammered, and the armor on his body rubbed on the ground, leaving traces of blood. Several other skeletons, dragging the other priests who ran out, also came over. The Holy See knight''s face was pale, Yu Guang looked at the ships close to, and roared: "How dare you? Why dare you dare to do this, are you crazy, are you really crazy?" He acknowledged Wu Heng. Whether it is the ability to build a small island or the ability to fight But that''s how. The genius of this world is like stars, and every country and race can bred a talented person. But only the genius who adapt to this world rules can be qualified to live. Like Wu Heng, there are no backgrounds, and they are not willing to bow their heads. There will be no good end. Wu Heng beckoned to one side. The skeleton carried a long sword and fell around his neck. "I plan to let you go, but don''t blame me for yourself." The Holy See Knight still said loudly: "I am the Holy See''s Cavaliers. You can''t kill me. The Holy See''s investigation team will go to the island immediately, which will cause you trouble." Seeing that the other party had no change, I continued, "You let me go, I will give you compensation, we can all live." Wu Heng ignored what he said, and asked coldly, "How did the witnesses holding the prison die?" The Holy See knight''s eyes condensed, and his teeth were closed. The cold blade cut through the skin, as if it was sticking to his throat, and the blood dripping down. The Holy See Knight trembled, and suddenly felt that the person in front of him really dared to kill himself and lowered his voice: "You are crazy, he is a beggar, what do you make for him, isn''t it crazy?" "Three, two ..." The Holy See Knight collapsed a bit, and the blood around the neck was more and more. "I killed it, I killed him, and then stuffed a letter to framed you in my arms. I did it myself." With a bang, the crowd of the crowd split the pot instantly. The news just came out is true. The Holy See knight broke into the dungeon and killed the previous witness. Go to see the expression of the Great Bishop. It seems that he also knows this. The Holy See Knight can force the witness to kill the witness, and the local church must cover up this matter. If there is one day, it is yourself who encounters things. Will it be killed like this? The Great Bishop was slightly narrowed, and a little disappointed looked at the Holy See Knight, and then looked at Wu Heng, saying, "Okay, he put him first, and welcome him first. Besides. "When did I say that he would let him go?" Wu Heng sneered. The Great Bishop Human, "Is it enough? You are the flagman of the association, not a gang rogue on the street. Even if he does something wrong, you have to go the process. Wu Heng woke up, took the instructions of the headquarters seal, and said loudly: "The instructions of the headquarters, the important members of the Holy See Knight assassination association, but the residents of the gold and silver island are performed today. die." As soon as the words fell, the long sword of the skeleton split directly. Oh ~! The sound of the bone is sounded. The split blade was stuck in the tibia, and the blood was sprayed. "Save, save me." The second sword fell and his head rolled down. Wu Heng knocked the body down, and a ghost appeared from the corpse. Want to escape at the sea. But as soon as it appeared, it was swallowed by a flashing ghost and disappeared. Wu Heng looked at the distant ships, "I have killed people, what can I do?" What can you do? " "Evil!" Suddenly scolding, sounding like a thunder. Then, there was a dazzling golden mang, with a magnificent power, the waves were burned to the sky, and the wide sea surface shot across the wide sea surface. When Wu Heng''s eyes are condensed, you can feel the majestic power contained in it. And, the power that gathers the emotions of all beings. It''s like Tianwei! Even if Wu Heng reaches level 19, under the power that crosses the sea, he felt the threat of death. Puff ~! The next second, the chest was instantly penetrated and the internal organs were dripping. After Wu Heng''s body, Jin Mang re -turned into a solemn man. Contemporary Pope. The Sanskrit sounds permeated, and the holy light came. Well ~! The skeletons around the skeletons were annihilated, and the formation of the bone was scattered. Wu Heng glanced at the big hole exposed by his eyes. Turn around to look at the figure behind him. "Pope! You are really on the boat." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 860 , Xinghui pouring (5,000 words, one more Chapter 860, Xinghui Pour (5,000 words, one more today.) pope? The crowds of the onlookers looked forward. On the open space at the port, the island''s chest is pierced, and the internal organs and blood flow constantly. Behind him, standing in a white robe, the robe embroidered with golden stars and various religious symbols with golden threads on the robe, and wearing a crown. It looks in his 40s, his face is calm and solemn. The chief of the Holy See? How can you come here? Why didn''t you stop the island''s killing of the Holy See Knight? People thought, but no one spoke. Just looked ahead. Puff ~ Puff! Suddenly, as the sky was singing like the singing class, it became clearer. In the crowd close to the front, he began to kneel on his knees involuntarily and bowed his head to worship. Tears were full of sorrows, and their inner pain and prayer were talked about. Mowing Well ~! The skeleton sparkled, the body skyrocketed three meters, as if the out of control of the truck hit it directly. Oh ~! The golden light appeared in front of the pope, such as a solid wall, stopped the impact skeleton. The Pope narrowed his eyes unexpectedly, "This skeleton ...? It really is a bit different." Responsible for him was the sound of the rear roof one after another. Bang Bang ~! The Barrett sniper arranged in the surroundings shot directly. The bullet was blocked by the golden light, as if hitting the shield and was blocked. The pope turned to look at the past, a few golden lights shot, and the skull of the skeleton shooter in the dark burst instantly. "Kill!" Wu Heng kept his blood in his mouth, whispered. Huhhhhhhh!! The skeleton with a slightly higher level of the surroundings raised the rifle and fired into the middle. The sound of the gun rang through the area, and the smoke covered the battlefield. Mowing The crowd of onlookers. It was also confused in an instant, kneeling in the front row, hoeing at the pope. Later, he wanted to escape here, so as not to be thrown here by waves. Screaming and shouting, letting you fall into confusion. Greek Rose led the members of the association and the guards to appear in the main road. "Evacuation, all go to the central square." The cold blond elves ordered. The association team and more than a hundred guards in the city instantly spread out, and began to evacuate the crowd towards the path on both sides. Then go to the central square. "Pacific, the people in front don''t go, and they are still there." The dwarf deputy deacon pushed the horn helmet and said directly. Greek looked at the pope in the distance, but he couldn''t do anything, and said, "Drag away, they are awake when they leave." The dwarves nodded and dragged the crowds of worship of the kneeling on the back with people. Personnel began to evacuate. The white wings behind Xiche Rose opened, flying forward, looking at the scene of the war. The eyes flashed worried and communication, gritted his teeth, and turned away without hesitation. The association has its own task. At that time, Wu Heng talked to her that if the Holy See''s fleet really appeared heroes. What she wants to do is evacuate the crowd, and the second point is to try to tell everyone about this matter as much as possible. "Pacific, the road is through, and the crowd is evacuating." The deputy deacon came back, sweating. The road below was completely unblocked, and the personnel left behind. Greek rose down, his wings were put away, and his mouth spit out a burst of white breath, saying: "Let''s withdraw, we can''t get started here." "Yes, deacon!" Everyone strode away. Mowing battlefield. The Pope squinted his eyes and frowned slightly, "Is this your little trick?" Under dense shooting, the tone is still bland. The holy light is like a sword, which is overwhelming. The soul fire of the skeleton went out and turned into a bone scattered. Wu Heng''s whole body is stained with blood. This body is doing the last support. While vomiting blood, he squeezed out the words in his teeth. "That''s it? It is really disappointing. You will not be the weakest among the heroes of the association?" "Oh ~! No wonder, dare to come here to bully ordinary professional." The Pope converged his expression and said coldly: "The tip of the teeth is profitable." Huh ~! A rocket shot directly. The pope disappeared into the luminous light, and the rocket screamed passed. The explosion of the sea in the distance rose, and the pope had already appeared in the position of Wu Heng. There was an extra rifle in Wu Heng''s hand and just wanted to pull the trigger. The pope screamed. Wu Heng''s brain was blank instantly, and obedience and loyalty rose from his heart. At the moment of loss, two inverted hooks shot in the pope, caught Wuheng''s shoulder bone. Wu Heng''s eyes were condensed, and the power [keratin foreign armor] was launched, and black keratin armor began to spread on the skin. The holy light is like a sword, but he did not insist on a few interest time, so he had a few more holes on his chest. Blood flows like a waterfall. The Pope was holding his neck and mentioned a little bit, and said disdain in his eyes: "You haven''t died in this kind of injury. It seems that you will also have some real skills. Go back with me and see if you have any you have any What secrets "" Click ~! The sound of a buckle sounded. When the Pope looked down, he saw a prop that was shared, and the two were connected directly together. Wu Heng showed a smile, in the mouth full of blood, gritted his teeth and said, "I also caught you." In the next second, a sense of crisis rose from his heart, his body wanted to flashed away, but he was bound by the shackles on his body. In the distance, scattered a few places, adjusted the armored vehicle, and spit out the hot fiery tongue in the cannon. The shells are running at full speed and covered in the position where the two are located. Boom ~! The entire port was completely overturned, sand and gravel splashed, and smoke was flushed. The island is also trembling. Stir up huge waves. The two of them have been completely drowned by the fire. Mowing Association dormitory. The gray Falcon flew back from the window, and changed into Yuli, her face pale. As soon as the face of Heishi Town''s deacon, Slyt changed, and pulled her and hit her **** several times. "Let you run around, why are you so disobedient." Yu Li did not resist, but his face was pale. He said, "Aunt, the pope of the church is coming, he will kill Wuheng." Slyt''s body is a sting. Pope! People who have only heard of it in the legend. Actually appeared here, and this time it was Wu Heng''s enemy. "Aunt, can he survive?" You Li asked pitifully. "Maybe!" Slyt returned to God, and then said, "Ready, let''s leave here first." "I don''t leave, I want to help him." Mowing Island Main House. On the phone -free phone call, the sound of McGonosh comes, The Pope is the island, and is fighting with adults in the port. You are ready to go first." Several people widened their eyes, and their faces were ashamed. Sanara was also paralyzed on the sofa, and she knew at this moment. In the face of heroes, there is no hope on my own side. Wu Heng has a talent and it takes time to grow. Now facing the Pope, there is only one ending. die! Mowing On the sea, the Holy See fleet. At this moment, all the clergy gathered on the deck, wearing a gorgeous and solemn robe, staring at the battle in the distance in the distance. When the fire was overturned, the smoke seemed to cover the entire island. The five giant ships were silent. Everyone was surprised to watch a scene that happened in the distance. "How could he have this power?" A **** official said to himself. In the crowd, some people who know some information replied, "Wu Heng, in the past two years, famous in the association, as if it was also from the kingdom." Wu Heng ... However, after a simple discussion. The sound of rebuke sounded again. "The association is actually to support this kind of rebellion, it is simply stupid." Mowing port. As the smoke gradually dissipates, the original position in the middle. Countless energy is entangled with water waves, and the fragmented body is reborn at a speed visible to the naked eye. The broken bone grows out, and the broken muscles gradually heal. After a while, the Pope stood in the center again, and Xia Guang screamed from the sky, and the Brahma sounded again. Crown and robes have disappeared. The pope walked out of the smoke naked, and the compassion in his eyes became difficult to hide his anger. Scan around. As soon as I wanted to rush towards the center, I saw a figure walking out, and there was still a large skeleton behind me. Wu Heng! Not only did he die. There was no injury on the body, and the robe was not stained with dust. "Heroes can''t die, it means that your dead body can recover? It''s really special." Wu Heng said directly. I heard Lilith said that the hero could not die. Wu Heng is thinking about this problem, how can there be such a statement that can not die. At first, it was speculated that after the hero was killed, he could use the ghost to resurrect. After all, the 18 -level professional can appear ghost after death. Or, it becomes a living body of similar elements, and physical attacks cannot hurt them. But seeing the resurrection of the Pope, I also understood the saying that it could not die, and the body was reshaped by some energy. Faced with such frequent bombardment of machine guns, even steel was beaten into mud. The Pope''s body will still be destroyed by machine guns, but they can grow again, and they can''t die in the real sense. The body is not dead. No wonder the hero has this status. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! This ability can be waved everywhere. "You know a lot." The Pope said coldly. Wu Heng went on to say, "Actually, I thought that these weapons would not hurt you. It turned out that it was just recovering fast. If you want to go to Myanmar, it must be very popular." The pope frowned, and seemed to understand what he said. The collar exposed after sweeping his leather armor with his eyes showed a smile, and said faintly, "Hundreds of soldiers robes, the association actually gave you this strange thing, that is, these are yours. Are you available? " "Yeah." Wu Heng didn''t mean to conceal, and simply said, "A total of seven, come to me!" "Oh, I think you can separate two or three, there is no truth to tell the truth." The Pope hummed, and then a little bit, "You are waiting for the headquarters? You can rest assured, who can''t keep you. " "You bragged ..." Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, and his body stepped back halfway. The skeleton rushed forward, and dense guns came from the heights. Began to shoot towards the target below. The dense bullets were hit on the pope, leaving a bomb mark, and quickly recovered. "Find to death!" The Pope waved. A golden armored knight formed by the famous golden light appeared out of thin air and killed the skeleton forward. Angels in the sky emerged, and the sword wielded the sword in his hand, and the sword mang killed the skeleton, leaving a crack on the ground. The pope turned into lit and killing forward. Wu Heng uses the power of the [explosive potential] of the body instantly, the body''s attributes are instantly increased, and the skin is covered with black keratin. The two fought together without five rounds. Wu Heng''s body was worn by Jinguang Cave, and his head murmured. The skeleton army did not disperse. It proves that Wu Heng has not really died yet. The Pope appeared in front of the skull, "I''m going to find you, I hope you have new progress." When the words fell, he disappeared again and rushed in another direction. Mowing The Pope leaves. Above the port, a large flying dragon passed through the air and flew towards the Holy See fleet. The fleet fell into chaos instantly. "It''s a skeleton flying dragon, ready to fight." "Quickly solve, avoid the damage to the hull." The priests began to sing, and the Cavaliers were also ready to welcome the enemy. Well ~! Flying dragon passed over the sky, and large boards, like the falling snowflakes, scattered on the deck of five large ships and the surrounding sea surface. Full of various paper. One person picked up the leaflet on the deck and looked at it. The middle position is the portrait of black hair and black pupils, with two lines below. Wu Heng, the association appointed the Emerald Sea Banner, the owner of Golden and Silver Island, the Detective of the Londam City, the pens, watches, bicycle inventors, and the recreation of the pill. People who picked up the publicity page frowned. What is this guy doing? Mowing In one building. The night light is bright, and Wu Heng was sitting on a chair. "Uncle, will we die? No, will you die? You can become a ghost when you die, what should I do?" Xiaoxiao said pitifully. Wu Heng said with a smile, "No, I won''t die, let alone die." "I''m a little scared." Xiaoxiao was worried. "Rest assured, even if we can''t fight, we will go back to the zombie world, and he still has the ability to run over to catch us?" Wu Heng said directly. The fleet may have heroes, in the scope of consideration. Level 19, except for heroes, there are really many people who can threaten themselves. However, the Pope was in the fleet. It''s a bit strange. As for the long -distance coming to destroy yourself? But I am also preparing for myself. If I really can''t be a hero, then I will return to the zombie world for more time. After becoming a hero, return here again. "It seems right, then when will we run?" Little was curious. Wu Heng said angrily, "Don''t worry, there is still time." During the speaking, Beni flew back from the outside. "It''s okay, we don''t lack skeletons." Although this is the case, I feel a little distressed. The gold and silver island is stationed with a slightly higher skeleton. The loss this time also gave himself a blood. At this time, Granda also flew in and said, "The Pope has killed you the third avatar, how much is the worse?" Wu Heng just wanted to open the panel, and the system prompted to sound in the ear. [Level increase to level 20. . [Promote hero. . [Unlock characteristics: Hero''s body. . At the moment of prompting, Wu Heng felt a majestic energy converging with himself. It seems that when you are just becoming a mage, you can feel and operate the elemental energy that is unusually caught. It''s just that this energy is extremely different from the magic, as if a strand of air machine peeled in the heavens and the earth. Turned into the shawl, jumping floating, and then pouring into his body. The magic of the necroma, and the broken light in rushing in, was intertwined at this time, turning into an extremely majestic energy, flowing all over the body. Outside of the building, the sky is like a piece of stars and shattered light, flowing to the building where Wuheng is located. Naturally vision. At this moment, Wu Heng''s breath began to rise slowly, and even the three ghosts around him felt the contractual relationship with him and the nourishment. Wu Heng opened his eyes and was still the room he had avoided. Behind him was the open door of the opening, and he could run away at any time. The three ghosts are also a faint fluorescence in the body, with a more aggressive and semi -physical feeling. "Wu Heng, you are a hero." Beni exclaimed. Little is even more happy, "Yeah! Uncle is a hero, we are not afraid of that big bad guy." Granda also said, "Congratulations!" Central square. The residents and merchants who fled, looked up at the distance with their heads. Even during the day, the galaxy like a ribbon is extremely clear. "What''s going on?" "Is this a leak?" "It seems to be on the north side of the island." "I won''t drop it again! I just made some money this year." "I hope it won''t be a big deal." There was a low voice in the crowd. Officer Slyt, Assistant Schiyali, and the sisters stood at the window of the association, frowned, and looked at the pouring Star River. Shi Yali said, "I remember that there was such a statement when I was a child. What happened to the vision in the sky?" Greek Ruki muttered, "Heroes are born." Well ~! Jin Guang condensed, the figure of the pope appeared, stood in the roof, and looked at the distance in horror. At this moment, a wave of glory hangs down from the sky like a waterfall, and is shining in the distant building. At this moment, his expression became dignified, and his eyes were incredible. The boy was not waiting for the association. It''s waiting for yourself to become a hero. only. How can this be possible, how easy it is to be able to achieve. It is still the newcomer professional in this association''s information for two years. At this moment, looking at the distant buildings, he hesitated. Damn kid. It should be faster, killing him before he became a hero. Mowing On the sea, a fast -moving giant boat. Lilith stood on the deck to look far away. You can arrive in Golden and Silver Tomorrow. Suddenly, there was a sense of feeling in my heart, and I looked at the direction of Treasure Island. Although I couldn''t see anything in my eyes, I could still feel the familiar power. What''s going on in Golden and Silver Island? Return to the cabin, turn on the radio, and say, "Wu Heng, how is your side?" "Lily leader, I am Minnie." Minnie''s voice came from opposite. "Minnie, what''s going on on the other side of Jinyin Island?" Minnie''s voice trembled, "Lilith leader, the pope started to do it as soon as he came up. Hearing that the port had blown up, the city was catching the owner, can you come to save him?" Is it on the island? Lilith hung up the phone and said directly, "I know, I''m catching it to your side." Go out of the deck. Lilith said directly: "Throw all the heavy objects, I want to see Gold and Silver Island before dawn." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 861 , The Holy See will not let you go (one Chapter 861, the Holy See will not let you go (one more today) In the room. Wu Heng closed his eyes and tried to examine himself. Different from the effect of looking at the panel, examine yourself and even feel the changes in the body. After becoming a hero, the ''broken light'' peeled from the heavens and the earth, like the streams in the mountains, slowly flowing throughout the body. After flowing through every place of the body, we gather in the state of their own consciousness. This is where the mage condenses the power and stores the strong power of the dead spirit. The broken light is like a river, and slowly integrates in. The blending with the power of your own dead spirit, calm like the lake''s dead spirit, permeate a little bit of light, forming a new force. In Wuheng''s inside, looking at the realm of calm lakes in the heart, it was calm and quiet. Is this a hero? Open his eyes and smile on his face. "No wonder only heroes can kill the hero. It turned out that the power in the power was the broken light in the world." However, this broken light can feel what is peeled by the world. But what is specific, but can''t talk about it. "Uncle, how is it? Have you killed the pope''s big move?" Seeing that he opened his eyes and immediately flew up. Because it is the Pope. When going out to investigate and convey the order, they were mainly handed over to Granda and Benny. Xiaoxiao is still stuck at level 18, so he stays with Wuheng and is responsible for surrounding investigations, so as not to have any danger. "It''s not playing games, how can there be any big move." Wu Heng said. "What''s the use of this upgrade!" Xiaoxiao muttered, Wu Heng ignored the little. At this time, Granda hurriedly flew in from the outside and said, "The Pope is over." Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and he also stood up and said, "Okay." Mowing Boom Rondon ~! The pope was rushed from the port, and a fiery was folded in the street, and the fire was burning in the building. All traps and ambush arranged along the way are removed in a very rude way. It can be seen that the Pope came in a hurry. The pope appeared from the golden light. "So, do you think you have the power to compete with me?" For human races, plus this age. Wu Heng can be said to be the first person in history to reach the hero. In his heart, he felt that God''s preference for him, but also strengthened the Pope''s determination to kill him. This person is too scary. Now just becoming a hero, if he grows up, it will only be more troublesome. The Pope stood on the collapsed wall, overlooking Wu Heng, and laughed: "Your hole card is becoming a hero? Speaking of which, I am really curious. Was you who use some means to reincarnate." "Waiting for you to die, I will burn the secret to you." "Tell you the hero who killed the hero, did you tell you that there is also a gap between heroes." The pope tone high, "I kill you, like killing a ant." Ant? Wu Heng also smiled. Mowing On the sea. The five Holy See ships moved at all speed. When the skeleton flying dragon placed the leaflet in the sky, everyone felt wrong. As the port is getting closer and closer, everyone standing on the deck can even smell the pungent smoke from the port. "Where did the Pope go? At that time, the explosion covered the boy." "That kid is a lot of tricks, here is his boundary, I''m afraid there is any arrangement." "After going to the island, the important buildings on the island in the first time, and the people related to Wu Heng, all controlled, do not believe he will run around." "There are also associations, they seem to have a different relationship with Wu Heng." "Then control it first." Everyone stood on the deck and discussed the plan after going to the island. Although the investigation was not as smooth as expected this time, the Pope is here just a small accident in the task. There will be no difference in the ending. What they have to do is to occupy the gold and silver island according to the original plan. After all, people in the headquarters may follow when they will follow. "The Golden and Silver Island Boat Team appeared in the north." Suddenly, the watched hand on the mast shouted loudly. Everyone looked north again. Seeing a hull of blue and white painting, a boat appeared in the sight of everyone. There is no one over the deck. Various weird equipment equipment is filled with the top of the hull. "Just a boat?" "I''m afraid it is an important person in Told and Silver Island in the vessels that escape." "Divided two ships sinking him." "Left rudder! Ready to welcome the enemy." The boat was immediately lively, two of which were preparing to approach the north. Woo ~! Suddenly, a shocking roar on the opposite ship sprayed out of the cannon mouth. Deductive pouring on the sea and hull. In the blink of an eye, the two ships that had just rotated instantly collapsed. Fultil. "Damn, they put that weapon on the boat." "Open the distance, avoid!" "God ..." Then, Huo tongue continued to sweep the remaining ships. The five sacred carvings are gorgeous ships, all of them collapsed on the sea. There are only floating wreckage on the sea, as well as survivors who sorrow for help. Mowing The pope turned into the disappearance of golden light, and the position of the residual shadow was passed by two bullets. In the next second, the body has appeared behind Wu Heng. After becoming a hero, Wu Heng''s perception was even more keen. As soon as he wanted to move, the pope screamed. A moment of lost God appeared in the brain. Oh ~! The punch fists tightly and smashed his chest fiercely. Wu Heng flew out, turned sharply in the process, and pointed at the pope who condensed the golden light, pointing to his eyes and nose. The Pope''s facial features disappeared instantly. It was just a moment, and it was lifted instantly. After becoming a hero, the technique can obviously take effect on him. But the effect is just a moment, without the effect you want to see. The disappearance of the facial features made the shot golden light also hid in the position of Wuheng. Bang ~! There were two more gunfires, the bullet hit the pope, and was blocked by the golden shield. The pope turned to look, the angels formed by energy appeared, killing the sniper ambush around. Wu Heng released the power [explosive potential] and [keratin foreign armor] at the same time. The skin surface is covered with black keratin, and the body attributes have also been greatly improved. Tap your feet, quickly pull closer to each other, [] in the middle, and the clouds appear from the sky. Click ~! Silver white and stout lightning fell from the sky. The pope''s figure flashed like a ghost charm, Wu Heng kept pointing at the place where he appeared, and the sky appeared. Then the Pope hummed softly in the air. Scenery appeared in the sky, and the neatly arranged ''singing poetry class'' chanting songs were arranged, dispeling the sky of the sky, and the skeleton blockbusters below were scattered into white bones. Wu Heng commanded him, and the Pope disappeared. The realm disappears. Mowing "It''s a new vision again!" "Who are you still playing?" In the square location, everyone looked up, watching a few visions that changed the sky, and discussed softly. Who is playing with the Pope? That is high, only the heroes in legends and publicity paintings. Even if the people on the island are more willing to see the island owner win. Moreover, I don''t think that the island owner did something wrong in this matter. But victory is not distinguished by right and wrong, but more or level and strength. No matter how powerful the island owner is, it is also a human in his 20s. In the future, Treasure Island was the jurisdiction of the Holy See. In the crowd, there were still some bold people who released the beast and stared at the battlefield in the distance. "Island owner!" Ranger said in surprise. "The island master?" He hasn''t died yet? In the port, isn''t it penetrated into the chest! Suddenly someone exclaimed: "In other words, isn''t the island owner level 15? When can you fight against the pope?" Also hit now. In the association building. The two sisters of Xiche also heard the discussion below. Shi Yali said, "So, is Wu Heng who has just become a hero?" "It should be him." Greek''s rose was helpless. Without this time, Wu Heng became a hero, and his life span increased. It is not a problem to admit their relationship with their families. It is just that he is a hero now, and it is not the opponent of the pope. He just hopes that he can escape. Shi Yali hugged him gently. "When he comes back, we must teach him well, and lie to us, saying that he has always been level 15." Greek Geori pillow his sister''s shoulder, gently whispered. Mowing On the battlefield. A skull flying dragon hovered over the fight. The skeleton on his back hugged the machine gun, rotated against the lower side, and shot without any room. Cracked bullets gathered in the middle. The shield of the pope collapsed under dense shooting, and the bullet crackled on his body. "Find to death!" The Pope drank. The holy light runs through the head of the sky flying dragon, the soul fire goes out, and the bones fall from the sky. Wu Heng raised his hand to release the [Death atmosphere], the thick clouds covered, rolling and surging, as if countless injustice struggled. Under the breath of death, Wu Heng''s state began to recover, and the quiet green phosphorus light falling in the clouds fell to the pope. The pope sang at the beginning, and was instantly blocked in the next second, and the scripture of the poems disappeared. Wu Heng approached quickly, fist smashed into the head of the pope. The pope turned into the ghosts behind him. Grasp Wu Heng''s head and shot towards the ground. Well ~! Wu Heng felt the surrounding surroundings quickly passed by, and his own landed on the ground, and was tough, plowing huge dentures on the ground and ruins. The flesh on the body was rubbed off, and it quickly healed. Oh ~! Wu Hengang opened the other''s arm, and his head hit the bridge of the opponent''s nose. The pope retracted two steps backwards, and the warlessness continued. Since becoming the Pope, he has not seen such arrogant rebellion. He was tried in the port of the Holy See Knight, and he had no awe of himself. He hasn''t seen anyone yet, and he is disdainful to the pope who is high in his heart. This **** thing. The Pope stood in place, rising, rippled up behind his head, and a golden sacred sword appeared from ripples. "Wu Heng, you don''t respect the gods, do not keep the teachings, and survive will only bring disaster." ~ Turn into a golden light and shoot forward. The sword is full of sky! Wu Heng''s feet flickered, and [Transmission] took him to constantly change the position, avoiding the sword of the sky, and quickly pulling closer to each other. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! Boom Rondon ~! The thunder bombed, and the silver -white thunder was falling towards the pope. The heavens and the earth are shocked, and the silver snakes are scattered. The pope''s body reappeared from the golden light. Behind Wu Heng''s body, there were countless golden swords who chased after. "Drink ~!" The pope snapped, and Wu Heng''s foot array suddenly collapsed. After chasing the Jin Jian, Wu Heng''s figure flickered and instantly became seven people. One person was instantly penetrated by Jin Jian, and the remaining six people pointed to the pope in front. [Activated object] Was it entangled with robes. [Dispelling of Laws] Let the facial features disappear. [Heavy injuries] [Fireball] [Sour Sympathetic Splash] ... and other spells throw it out. Mowing The Pope turned into a flowing light from the rear, and the sleeves were throwing and drinking angrily. "Enough!" Damn. Master Nad Spirit actually used so many other factions. What is going on! This person really couldn''t stay. At this time, the sky was still dark, and unknowingly, the two had reached dark from noon. You can''t drag it anymore, otherwise the fleet of the association will come over, which will only be more troublesome. The pope stepped on the floating sacred sword. "Time is almost the same, it should be sent to you on the road." As the voice fell, the body slowly increased. The sound of Wuming came from the center of the island, as if there was a sound of wind through the narrow valley. In the church, among the believers in the church, among the people kneeling, the energy quickly converged towards the battle zone. Countless forces gathered from the air. A huge and magnificent sacred sword is slowly forming. Everyone in the distance looked up at the distance, and the huge sacred sword was illuminated by the night. "This is the power of the pope." "It''s over, the island master is over." "This is not to kill us all." Mowing Countless people looked up, their eyes were fear and anxiety. In the crowd. A woman with a cloth skirt stood on a stone and looked at the vision that appeared in the sky. Occasionally a few times, letting her follow a few times. Women''s hands fist on their chests. Pray, hoping that the island owner is fine. In the association architecture. Greek''s brows frowned, grabbing the position of his heart with one hand. How to resist this power! How could it resist. Tears slipped, and whispered, "Run, don''t fight, they like to let them." Why is there no strong? Hugging Wu Heng didn''t want this island, went to remote places, and lived a peaceful life. However, everything is late. Shi Yali hugged her sister''s head, and her tears dropped. "It will be okay, it will be okay." Consolation of my sister, in her own eyes, full of despair. Mowing Island Main House. Several maids sitting on the roof, Sanala and McGonos, looked at the sky, everyone was nervous. "Sister Sanara, can the owner win?" Sanala glanced at Minnie and the eyes of the rest, complicated in her heart. What should I say? Can you win the pope? She doesn''t believe it herself. However, who can accept Wu Heng will die here. Squeezing a smile, "He is so smart, but he can''t beat it and he must have the ability to escape. When then, I will take you back to the Hui people for a while." Minnie said with a smile, "Thank you sister, we have a contract with the host. If it''s okay, we still want to go back to Lun Tam City to see." Under the slave contract, Wu Heng died, and they could not live. "He won''t happen." Sanala took a deep breath and whispered. It seems to be to the maids, and it is to themselves. Mowing The giant sword golden light shone, and the magnificence of the sword was wrapped like a silk ribbon. Ten flying dragons in the air flew over with machine guns. Just approaching, it turned into a flying ash scattered like thrusting into the furnace. There are really big moves! Unfortunately, it is not your own. This mouth. The Pope''s eyes were faint, anger and disdain emerged, and controlled the huge sacred sword, and drank: "You are so expensive to publicize. Cut your evil sinners. "" "." Wu Heng''s pupils were slightly shrinking, and he searched for the means he could use. The spell itself will not be so big, modern technology, missiles have not brought it. I knew that I had arranged the missile. The last ray of energy was incorporated into the Holy Sword, and the Pope no longer spoke nonsense. The fingers fell slightly down, and the holy sword fell into the air. "Judgment!" The pope yelled, and his face appeared pleasure. Wu Heng''s eyes widened, the last trial. Open your hand to the side, the huge cracks appear, the stone door opens, and a tough electromagnetic cannon appears. "fire!" Bang Bang ~! The sound of artillery sounded, and the shells shot at the Holy Sword. Blind the blink of an eye together. Boom ~! Roar, flames, explosions, instantly swinging. The neat area seems to be swept away from the power of destroying the earth, the house collapses, and the ground is sunken. The two were flying out of the huge explosion. Wu Heng''s mouth grew out and said, "Boom!" Oh ~! The shells were shot again, bombarded, and the huge power covered the position of the pope. After the explosion, it was a twist -entangled Thunderbolt. The magic shells are engraved with magic runes. After the bombing, magic effects will continue. Due to the explosion position, closer to the pope, the injuries they suffered are even more serious. Only the legs are standing in place, the flesh and blood are entangled, and the rest quickly grows. Good opportunity. Wu Heng [Transmitting] Under his feet, he appeared in front of the pope in a blink of an eye. First use [Call Lei]. Boom ~! The thick thunder and lightning fell and split on the only existence. After the thunder is fell, the flesh that grows is entangled by energy, making it difficult for the recovered flesh to grow and heal. Well ~! Only the pope of the lower body turned into a golden light and fled to the sea. How can you let go of this opportunity? Wu Heng [Transmitting] constantly emerging, chasing the figure closely, releaseing all kinds of thunder and lightning, "You are still running away, not afraid of shame." "If I am you, stay on the front and play a game, and it will not let people say that I am a coward." "You escape, but the Holy See''s face is lost. Are you shameless? Do you still shame?" Wu Heng followed closely, and kept talking in his mouth. "Is there a way to stop him!" Granda tried to possess it, so that the pope''s body again showed a lit. There was an extra sword in Wu Heng''s hand. The "broken light" in the realm of consciousness was poured into the weapon from the body, and the surface created a light light. Flashing to the side of the pope, the sword penetrated the light shield and pierced into the pope''s body. Wu Heng was also shot into the chest that was also shot, and blood was dripping. He didn''t care, holding a weapon, and a sword''s chopping on the other party''s difficult growth. "Let you stare at Gold and Silver Island and let you come to my island to knock on the bell." Wu Heng kept waved his sword. The Pope''s body was split, and the face shouted painful: "Evil, you will be tortured forever." Wu Heng Yijian runs through his eyebrows, "Consider yourself first!" In the eyes of the Pope revealed unwillingness and anger. Sitting firmly in the Holy See, brilliant and admired by 10,000 people, how can he end in this way? This should not be his ending. Wu Heng''s second sword, cut off his neck, his head rolled down. Next second. The pope''s ghost left the body and quickly fled to the distance. "Wu Heng, the Holy See will not let you go, everyone around you will be executed, so that you will never be peaceful." Ghost left, the roar of the pope came. Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, "Don''t let him run away." ~! Two ghosts rushed quickly from both sides, Instantly entangled the escape soul. "Wu Heng, you are crazy, you can''t do it, let them stop." "You dirty dirty." The pope screaming sounded "Wu Heng, wait ..." In the unwillingness and struggle, the soul body was eaten. The two ghosts flew back. (This chapter is finished) Chapter 862 You can cut your own Chapter 862, you can cut your own Finally died. Wu Heng exhaled heavy breath, highly tight spirit, and the body that kept fighting made him feel that he was going to die. Fortunately, it was yourself who finally won, otherwise you must consider escaping and return to the zombie world. The power of the hero began to feel terrifying. Especially the Pope has been killing from the island to the present. I am afraid that any professional who has not become a hero, I am afraid that I will be exhausted long ago. At the end of the Pope, he could also release a big move of a huge sacred sword, which was unimaginable. Looking back now, I am still a little lucky. Originally, the electromagnetic cannon was intended to blast the opponent''s fleet. In the battle, in addition to becoming a hero. The corpse nucleus has also played a huge role in the body''s increase. At the beginning, it was definitely the reason for the basic attributes to be so anti -fighting. Huh ~! Wu Heng spit out again. During this time, the backlog of dissatisfaction with the Holy See was soothing. Of course, things will definitely not end like this, and now the Pope is dead, even if he rolled his face with the Holy See. But there is no way, you can''t stretch your neck to let the other person cut it! "Wu Heng, are you okay!" Granda and Benny flew back, floating in the air, looking at him with some concerns. "It''s okay, it''s a bit tired." Wu Heng said. "Take a break first, let''s stare for you." Granda said. Wu Heng thought about it, and put a small little. Little looked at the four weeks and said curiously, "Uncle, are we escape?" Both Granda and Benny smiled and looked at Wu Heng. "Let''s win." Wu Heng smiled. Little curiously looked at the other two ghosts, "What do you mean?" "Your uncle defeated the pope, and the ghost was swallowed by us." Granda explained with a smile. "Wow!" Little exclaimed, "I said you can do it." Wu Heng glanced at her, not saying that before. "Little, you go back and tell Minnie that they do not have to leave, and then let Andevejier call some skeletons over and collect the weapons fell on the battlefield." Wu Heng said. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew out directly. Wu Heng lay back on the ground again, "Help me stare at it for four weeks, I will rest for a while." The two ghost nodded, Wu Heng closed his eyes and started to rest. Mowing Island Master House! At this point, Sanara was sitting on the roof, shawl and hair, and floating with the wind. Minnie and other maids evacuated to a safe position. If there is really danger, use the ticket to evacuate at the first time. Sanrala is the elder of the wooden elf. If he is not worried that the Holy See will be too difficult for himself, he stays at home. Looking at the night sky, I couldn''t help but think of the pictures of the two people. At that time, his ship was hijacked by pirates. He was a small deputy dealer who was blocked in amber by the effect of [Oak Amber]. From the deputy dealer, to the latter island owner, and the construction on the island. He never let himself down. I fell in love with each other because of the side effects of ''oak amber pendant'', and now I have a little worship in my heart. I hope this time will also create miracles. Even if it is really ..., really can''t fight, you have to come back alive. Sit on the roof and wait for the result, "Sister Sanara!" Xiaoxiao appeared from the side. Recalling the sweet Sanrala, the body trembled, almost fell from the roof. Seeing it was a little, I patted my breast, and then I was surprised again. "Little, are you okay?" She and Xiaoxiao also met recently. After getting a puppet, they went downstairs to play every day, and they naturally knew them. It''s just that there are not many opportunities to speak. "Of course it''s okay." Xiaoxiao continued, "Sister Minnie, what about them? Nothing in the room." Sanrala didn''t answer the other party''s words, and asked a hurry: "Is Wu Heng okay? The Pope left, what''s going on?" The novel said: "The pope was killed by his uncle, let me come back and tell you, don''t run away." Sanala''s eyes widened, and she was there. Will heroes die? How could a hero be killed ... It was still killed by Wu Heng. "Sister, what about them? Uncle is still waiting there, saying that letting Sister Weier take the skeleton to clean the battlefield." Xiaoxiao reminded. "Okay, I''ll call them back." Sanala returned to God and walked downstairs quickly. While walking, asking the little on the side, "Your uncle, how do you kill the hero!" Forehead. "I don''t know either." Mowing Is the battle over? In the center of the center, everyone looked at the quiet night sky. After the explosion in the distance. The world seems to be quiet. Night sky, stars, except that the street lights are not on, everything seems to return to normal nights. People waited for a long time and did not show signs of fighting again. "Who won?" Someone asked the ranger beside him. Ranger also shook his head and said, "It''s ruins, no one, I dont know who wins." "Is it possible to be the island owner ..." One person covered his mouth, "Don''t die, how is it possible." In the association. The elf sisters still stood in the window, and looked at the sky outside. After a while, Xichei said suddenly: "Go home and see, the skeleton is still not there." Shi Yali also reacted and ran out quickly. After a while, I ran back quickly, and my face was difficult to hide. "Still there, the soul fire is there." Greek''s eyes lit up instantly. The summoning object is still alive, it means Wu Heng is okay. In other words, did Wu Heng win? The sisters looked at each other, and their eyes widened instantly. "Wu and Wu Heng won?" Higong''s voice asked with inquiries. Shi Yali said, "Will it leave first?" Ling Ling Bell ~! The phone of the deacon study rang. After the sisters brightened, Schiyali opened and asked, "Hey!" "Don''t worry, the master won." Mowing The sky is slightly lit. Andville and Annte ran over with the skeleton. The high -level skeletons on the island were arranged to fight the battle with the pope. The slightly lower skull, even the holy light of the pope could not bear, did not participate in the battle. The two maids rushed into her arms, crying. Wu Heng patted the two backs and comforted it for several words before he began to clean the battlefield with the skeleton. It''s not just the broken bones on the ground, the most important thing is the remaining firearms and ammunition. If this kind of thing is spread, the mass production of which forces will be made in batches will bring a lot of changes to the entire world pattern. It''s better to put it on your own body. Mowing Wu Heng sat on a boulder and watched the skeletons busy. "Wu Heng, a hero is here, be careful." Granda''s voice sounded in his ears. Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, looking at one side, and saw that the bati of the bati flew over and fell from front. After the wings were put away, disappeared, swept the ruins full of eyes, and then looked at Wu Heng. Said indifferently: "How did you survive?" "Uh ..." Wu Heng scratched his head, "Is this concerned?" Lilith looked up at him up and down and said, "What about the pope?" "How do you know that the Pope is coming?" Wu Heng asked curiously. "The wounded of the two Holy See in the sea, they said." Lilith took a deep breath, and was a suppressing anger in his tone, saying, "This matter, I will report it to the headquarters. He dares to do such a thing like this. , I have violated the agreement with the association. " Wu Heng nodded, "Yes, he violates it first, I have a passive counterattack, how to say it is justified." "So, what did he let you go?" Lilise narrowed. Listening to his tone, it didn''t feel like he had been wronged. Wu Heng hesitated and felt that it couldn''t hide it. He still needed to explain clearly with the association. He organized the language and then said, "He died, I killed him after breaking through the hero." Lilith''s eyes were cold, "When is it? No one is kidding you." Well ~! The skeletons looked at them together. "Continue to work." Wu Heng waved his hand, and then said, "Really died, the fight last night, maybe he couldn''t hold it anymore, and was killed by me." Lilith frowned tightly, her eyes full of doubt and weird. She feels that Wu Heng is not like playing with this, but it feels impossible to happen. "Are you a hero?" "Well, a temporary breakthrough last night." Wu Heng said. "How old are you?" "You mean your age? 25." Wu Heng replied. Lilith frowned deeper, seeing he was watching a monster. Wu Heng continued, "Let''s go back to the main house of the island first, let me talk carefully with you." Lilith nodded and was going to walk towards the mainland of the island. Wu Heng walked over, grabbed her arm, and blinked in the fascism under his feet. It appeared again, and he had arrived at the main house of the island. Now Lilith really believes that he has become a hero. "Owner." Minnie and Robbe ran out of the room and rushed directly into her arms. Gently coquettishly began to crack down. On the contrary, Lilith felt a little embarrassed and turned her head aside. "What about Sanala?" Wu Heng asked. "Sister Sanara went out just now, and said that to see the local chambers of commerce, and try to spread some positive news as much as possible." Minnie replied. Sanara considers thoughtful. "Don''t cry, say hello to the leader." Wu Heng patted the two. The two maids salute, "Lilith leader." "Um." Lilith nodded. Wu Heng took Lilith and sat down in the living room. After the maid sent the tea, he roughly told yesterday''s battle. From the guards of the Holy See knights to kill the dungeon, to the pope rushed into the gold and silver island to start the war directly. It''s relatively detailed. In the back, he rely on the robes of the hundred soldiers to drag the other party and become a hero. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! The pope was strong and he was killed by himself. Of course, the details of fighting the pope, he did not say too much, the content is not important, so that the headquarters knows that the other party is wrong. Lilith took a sip of the tea cup, and my tone was puzzled. "Are you really a hero now?" She cares about this. "Well, heroes, otherwise I can''t kill him." Wu Heng answered carefully. Lilith looked at him like this and stared for a while, and said, "Okay, I know, I will write a letter to the headquarters. Do not leave the island during this time, and do not conflict with the Holy See during this time." "Okay." Wu Heng nodded and agreed. "Then I will go back to the place." Lilith got up and walked out. "Come and eat at night, give you the wind." Lilith looked back, "Let''s talk about it." Wu Heng sent her to the door, and Lilith returned to her mansion. After returning. Talking with the two maids two words and went straight upstairs. Mowing After taking a bath, Wu Heng returned to the study and sat down. From the speed of Lilith, it is also very anxious. The association pays more attention to this matter. At least from the perspective of action, it is necessary to keep themselves. That''s right, the association does not help the Holy See, and it is not so worried to face the religious leader. One -to -one, make some preparations in advance, may not be able to beat each other. I don''t know if the Holy See will be like the kingdom, the leader will die, and there will be a division of power. If so, then you don''t worry about it. Think in my heart. Look at the eyebrow again. Name: Wu Heng Level: Level 20 [Belief: 15/50000. . [Attributes: Power 51, Agile 44, Physical Fit 55, Intelligence 62, Perception 48, Charm 49.] [Features: Hero''s body. . [Specialty: .... . Wu Heng''s eyes condensed. The fame of the panel disappeared and replaced it with faith. Sure enough, the hero is not the end of the level, and the conditions of faith can be improved. Wu Heng''s heart beating violently. Staring at the "belief" column. [Faith]: Extremely pious awe, and the worship of the body can shape the gods. "Extremely pious awe, worship for body shaping." Wu Heng murmured with him. Sure enough, it is the way to become a god. The worship of the body ... will not have to set up a idol for yourself, right? Study then. Then, Wu Heng looked at the characteristics of the newly unlocked [Hero''s Body]. [Heroes'' Body]: 1, your body is no longer as weak as mortals, and the use of ability will also be newly improved. 2. You do not affect the surrounding things all the time. The items you often wear will have special effects. Seeing the characteristics, Wu Heng frowned. The "hero''s body" has two effects in total. The first is to say that the difference between your body and mortal people should refer to the general way of killing yourself. The use of abilities has been newly improved, and this is also deeply appreciated. All skills, opportunities can achieve the effect of instantaneous release. [Transmitting] The effect of this method array can also be completed instantly. Moreover, there is very little magic that it consumes, and ordinary battles basically have no consumption. Secondly, when Wu Heng saw the introduction, he knew what it meant. Strange! The energy emitted by the hero will affect the surrounding things. After a long time, some special effects may appear on items. In fact, Wu Heng has long understood some. There are three types of strange things, one is a hero of the hero, the other is produced by the natural environment, and the third is caused by the burial of some high -level professional after death. The third type of side effects is the largest, and the number is the most. There is basically no side effects produced by the natural environment. You can consider it yourself, can you create some strange things. Mowing After reading the newly unlocked attribute, Wu Heng closed the panel. With a wave, a wrapped body was taken out. The straw mats wrapped on the body were opened, the whole body was naked, and the body of the upper body was missing a body of an arm and chest. pope! This is the hero who almost pushes himself into a desperate. The equipment on his body was crushed by the fight, and his body grew out. Wu Heng thought about it, opened the door and shouted, "Minnie, adjust two skeleton corpses to come over." "Okay, master." Minnie responded. After a while, the door sounded, and the two skeletons with tools came in. Wu Heng did not intend to let them bring their bodies out. Open [Mansion] Mind, formed a operating table, saying: "Lift it in, the organs are taken down and stored." The coroner carried the body into the body and then began to pick up the organ. Three ghosts floated aside. "His organs are useful?" Granda asked. "Keep it first, if it is useful!" Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao touched his chin and said, "Isn''t your uncle die? If it is useful, you can cut yourself, you can grow back anyway." I rely on! Wu Heng stared at her with wide eyes, "You are a devil." "It''s a ghost!" Mowing The corpse was taken out of the organ and put it into the organ tank. Wu Heng looked at the remaining corpses, and thought about whether to transform into a skeleton. Unlike the normal occupation, their power mainly comes from the gift of the gods. Once they die, the power given will be retracted. This is recorded in the book of necromancer. Except for the priests, evil surgeons and witch belong to the power given by the gods. It is just an ordinary skeleton into a skeleton. But the corpse in front of me reached heroes after all, and maybe there will be some differences. Moreover, not to transform the skeleton, this corpse is useless, buried to cultivate strange things? Only the year of the monkeys can come out, but I can''t afford it. After thinking about it. Directly release [Bone Bone]. The flesh and blood on the body fell off, and the skeleton lacked a few ribs of the chest, stood up and stood up. Skeleton Master (Level 16) Level: 16 [Attribute: physical fitness 32, strength 22, agile 28, intelligence 35, perception 31, charm 17.] [Features: empty skeleton, senior soul, hero bones. . [Skills: Dead Sword Qi. . [Hero Bone]: The skeleton transformed after the death of the hero, the power of the hero is left in the bones. [Dead Sword Qi]: It can condense the power of the dead spirit. It looks pretty good. Level 16 levels, then you can be upgraded in the zombie world. The power of hero bones, residual heroes, seems to cause harm to the hero. The necromancer is the trick of the pope to condense the light sword. And after being converted into a skeleton, any occupation can only use the power of the dead spirit. It is also a way to kill. "You go out first, and then you will allocate you." Wu Heng said. Skeleton saluting, opened the door and walked out. After all, Wu Heng exhaled. Looking at the three ghosts, I went downstairs for breakfast. Mowing noon. Wu Heng took the skeleton team to the central square and entered the church. Stepping into the church, it gives a solemn feeling. The tall dome, painted with religious patterns, and the sunlight sprinkle with a color glass in the window. I have to say that the decoration of the church is still a sacred atmosphere. It is no wonder that when the Holy See intends to establish a church on the island, the decoration takes a long time. I didn''t see the idol in the church, which was a bit different from the body shaping mentioned in the panel. Wu Heng focused on the painting painting on the dome. In one of the contents, the gods with vague faces exuding a soft light, and holding a key in his hands. (This chapter is finished) Chapter 863 , Open the leader meeting again Chapter 863, Any Leader Meeting Wu Heng''s eyes condensed. That key, it seemed particularly eye -catching. An inexplicable emotion in my heart was inexplicable. Two steps, look up at the key in the painting carefully, which is very similar to the bronze key in my own, but the shape of the handle is obviously different. This made Wu Heng a bit not sure, whether the details of the painted did not show it, or the pressure at all or two different keys. After all, the keys in this world are similar, and each one is not much different. Wu Heng took out his phone and took a picture. When you have a chance, find someone to ask. What you can''t ask is too obvious, the bronze key is his biggest secret. After reading it here. Wu Heng passed through the building and went to the backyard. As soon as I stepped into the backyard, I saw the copper clock hanging in the middle. Walk quickly. Sure enough, item information appeared. [Shengming bell (strange thing)] [Effect: Disposal negative state, which has a different restraint on the necromancer and dirty evil. . [Side effects: pious confession. . (Description: Holy bell knocks daily to drive away evil spirits and disaster.) The church knocks on the bell every day, and the skeleton can be affected. The trembling, dull, the lower the level of the skeleton, the more effective. Needless to say, this bronze clock. From the perspective of the effect of strange things, it is indeed more beneficial to the creature. It can dispel negative effects and also have a restraint on the dead soul and dirty evil. But it is not suitable for places like Silver Island. The bell has an influence on the skeleton, and knocking on this copper bell on Told and Silver has a provocation. See where you can use it in the future. After putting the copper clock in hand, Wu Heng continued to go around the church again. Local clergy, yesterday only thought that it was a fleet to pick up the Holy See, and did not plan to leave. In the room, you can also see daily necessities and some scrolls and money. These clergy staff are still rich, and they searched casually, and they found more than a dozen gold coins and hundreds of silver coins. After confirming that there are no other valuable items. "Keep here and look at the things inside." Wu Heng said to the skeletons. The skeletons were all spread out and kept the entire church. Now that he and the Holy See have become like this, the local church must not allow him to continue. As for what to do behind this position. Wu Heng''s preliminary idea is to publicize his faith. After all, the 20 -level panel is updated. Without the needs of experience and fame, there is a requirement of ''belief''. According to the introduction of faith and your own understanding, it is likely to need a church. When I knew that when I first edited the story, I would not choose a great detective. I chose a story of the reincarnation of the gods. I may not be able to directly transform some beliefs. After the church was arranged. Wu Heng released [Transmission], the French array blinked, and his body disappeared. Mowing Leader''s residence. Lilith in the form of loli, sitting on a chair, gloating, looking ahead empty eyes. The shock brought her this time was too much shocking. Wu Heng became a hero overnight, a hero in his 20s ... Moreover, he also killed the Pope. Even if you think of it now, your heart is still stormy. Recalling the last time he asked the hero. He also thought that he was a bit high and persuaded him to work hard to reach level 18. At that time, it was estimated that he was preparing for becoming a hero. Detective stories and manuals in pills. At this point, everything can be said. "I really cheated everyone." Lilith muttered. In fact, don''t blame others. Whether it is the hero of the headquarters or the Holy Holy Holy Holy Hoor, Wu Heng''s talent is extremely high and the level is rising fast. But no one would have thought that it would be a hero in less than two years. Otherwise, what are the races of hundreds of years? What are the professional stuck at level 18? But everything happened, and she completely subverted her awareness of the level of level. "Hey ~!" Lilith sighed heavyly, "I don''t know, this is a good or bad thing." The pope died, and the Holy See would definitely not stop. I just hope that this incident will not be difficult to end. Moreover, Wu Heng can kill the Pope, which is surprisingly somewhat jealous. Reinventing thoughts. Lilith took out a beautiful velvet box and put it on the wooden table. Open the lid, a black crow is lying in the box, the dry body looks dead for a long time. Lilith looked at the crow, the nails of the little thumb, and gently gently. Passing his fingers, his fingers hanged above the crow. The first drop of blood dripped, the crow''s head opened one eye, the second drop of blood dripped, and opened one. The third drop, the fourth drop, a total of six drops of blood. The crow opened six eyes, stood on the table with wings, and looked at Lilith with green eyes. Lilith said: "The Pope and Wu Heng had a battle on Golden and Silver Island. Wu Heng was promoted to heroes, and the pope died. I was responsible for Wuheng''s side and you stabilized the Holy See." After speaking, he waved his hand slightly. The crow fans wings, drilling into the void disappear. Lilith exhaled heavily, took out the coffin again, and planned to lie in and rest. Outside the courtyard, there was a knock on the door and shouting, "Sister Lilith, are you here?" There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! "Come in!" Lilith said. The door of the courtyard opened, and the puppet walked in with a few skeletons. "Why didn''t you find me in the main house of the island?" Xiaoxiao said a little complaining. Lilith''s indifferent face showed a smile, "It''s not your uncle, there are so many things." "Go back to train him." Xiaoxiao said. Lilith smiled and looked at the items in the skull behind her, and asked curiously, "What did the skeleton take?" The novel said: "These are the racing clothes and helmets prepared by your uncle for you. This is the sound I found. When you sleep in the coffin, you can put some music when you sleep in the coffin." Lilith smiled, "Xiao Xiao prepared a gift for me." "Of course." Little head was up, "I teach you how to use it." Mowing Association headquarters. The sword of justice Hadarai is sitting in front of the desk and watching the documents sent. Winter is about to enter the winter, and many places need to be mobilized, and some personnel need to be mobilized after the year. Suddenly, Hardaray stopped his movement and looked aside. There was a ripple in the air, and a black feather crow flew out of the void and stood on the table. He stared at him several times. As if confirming the identity of the other party, and then, like the parrot learned the tongue, he said, "The Pope and Wu Heng fought on the Tolds and Silver Island, Wu Heng was promoted to the hero, the pope was in charge, I was responsible for Wu Heng''s side, and you stabilized the Holy See." After the news, the crow''s body was stiff and fell directly. After listening to the content of the crow said. Hadaray was surprised, stunned in place. Even if he heard Wu Heng''s death, he didn''t feel surprised, but Wu Heng became a hero and the pope died. This ... never. But the news was sent by Lilith, and she couldn''t make such a thing. What''s the matter! "Come." Hadaray shouted coldly, put the crow in his hand, and put it into a space ring. The door opened, and the deputy came in from the outside. Hadaray said: "Notify the rest, come to the conference room, and open the leader meeting." "yes!" Mowing Courage study. Wu Heng pushed the door and walked in, and the busy elf''s eyes were stunned. Schiyali immediately ran up and pierced it directly into her arms, "We are worried about you." Xi Xunmei''s eyes were also surprised. After looking at the elder sister in the arms of the other party, he hesitated and didn''t immediately rush up. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and beckoned. Greek Geng walked over a little, and buried his head in his arms on the other side. "Good, I''m fine, let you worry." Wu Heng patted the sisters'' back, soothing softly. The second woman was still buried in her arms and did not leave. Wu Heng squeezed Shi Yali''s jaw and raised her head. Schiyali was tears in her eyes, her eyes were full of affection. Wu Heng lowered his head slightly, smooth and cold. On the side, Xiche Yuguang glanced, and reached out his waist. Wu Heng let go of Shi Yali and lifted Xi''s head. "Hmm!" Xi Yan groaned coldly and skimmed his head aside. Wu Heng turned her back again. After the kiss, there was no resistance, and it took the initiative to cater. Shi Yali squeezed the tea and said softly: "Okay, let Wu Heng come to eat at night, do you really plan to start here?" Hearing the words of my sister, Greek Geori was separated. He hit the other person and reached out to tie the open placket. Wu Heng sat down on the sofa, and Schiyali asked directly, "Wu Heng, are you now a hero? Do you still kill the pope?" (This chapter is finished) Chapter 864 Is there any sequelae Chapter 864, will there be any sequelae Greek Rose is also curious to see clothes. Being a hero, the two are speculated by the sky vision. Whether this is the case is not good. The killing pope called the main house of the island last night to inform them. It is very likely to kill the pope. Wu Heng coughing lightly, holding his chest, "indeed become a hero, and the pope died." Even if the answer is guess. The two still showed incredible each other. Heroes in their 20s. Oh my god! The man who watched the two sisters suddenly became a hero. Especially Xiche, remember that at this time last year, the two were still venaries. It has reached this height now. Greek Geori was also trying to catch up with his steps. But now it seems that I am afraid I can no longer catch up. It''s okay, fortunately it is his own man. Shi Yali asked: "Teaching ..., the pope is dead, it is not even more dangerous, the Holy See will definitely not stop." Xi Xizhi''s retorted: "It''s all at that time, he is not dead, and the death is Wu Heng." "I don''t mean that, what should I do?" Schiyali stared at her sister. Greek Geori also looked at him again, waiting for the answer. There are two heroes in the Holy See, and as the only orthodox religion in this world, people who can use their men must be more than Wu Heng. Killing the pope is not over. May be retaliated. But as Higani said, the Pope and Wu Heng must have died one, there is no way. Wu Heng revealed a smile and said, "Don''t worry, the leader of Lilith arrived this morning, and it will show the incident with the association. Let''s see the situation again." Lilith is here! This speed is quite fast. "So, the association also knows this in advance?" Schiyali asked curiously. Wu Heng explained, "The Holy See asked the headquarters to arrange for the investigation. When the news was postponed, Lilith rushed over in advance. If the fleet, it is estimated that it can rely on Hong Kong in the afternoon." "Oh, Lilith is really good to Golden and Silver Island." Xizhigui nodded. Shi Yali continued, "Do you want to make it public if you become a hero? This time, the impact on Golden and Silver Island is not small. Heroes can be reversed in some situations." Wu Heng took the water cup and drank, and then said, "Let''s wait for the news from the headquarters, I guess it can''t be concealed, and I will know outside sooner or later." "Wait, look at the time." Xizhigui nodded, and then said, "Where is Lilith''s leader living? Wait for us to visit." "Still the residence prepared before, the new mansion hasn''t been renovated yet." Wu Heng said. Schiyali was not very concerned about Lilith. He chased, "After becoming a hero, how do you feel?" Wu Heng said with a smile, "There is endless strength." Shi Yali frowned, her eyes rolled, "Come to eat at home at night?" "No today, I will receive Lilith on the mainland''s main government. By the way, talk about the things behind. After two days, I will go directly." Wu Heng thought about it and said. The two women feel a bit pity, but there is no way. After all, Lilith''s leader just came, and he still had to entertain. "Also." Shi Yali nodded. Wu Heng continued: "Where is Slyt? It is the deacon to come to Heishi Town to the island." Shi Yali said, "I went to see it, and her room left a note, saying that I was worried that Yu''s safety had left first. If you ended, notify her." Leave! It was normal that Slyt could not let Yili take risks. Last night, I definitely regretted bringing her out. "Well, I will tell her at that time." Wu Heng said. Then, the three continued to discuss the development of the later Tolds and Silver Island. And some places to be changed. The killing of prison also made them awakened. The enemies that Wu Heng wants to face has already surpassed the local associations that can resist, and they have been killed in the prison. The results of discussing are two main points. The important position is to arrange a high -level skeleton to guard. The important thing requires deacon and the city hall to implement it. The second point is that Wu Heng''s information staying in the local association also deletes as much as possible to avoid any traces left. Now it has become a hero. To a certain extent, he no longer accepts the control of the association. It will not be adjusted, and I will take root in Treasure Island in the future. And the Holy See depends on how to deal with the headquarters. Sitting in the room and chatting for a while, after watching the time, I got up and left. When I went out, Shi Yali said, "Don''t forget, come to eat at home for dinner." "Okay, I miss you too." Wu Heng replied. Both women smiled. Mowing Island Main House. "The master is back?" Wu Heng entered the living room, and Minnie came over to help him take off his coat. "Well, haven''t Sanala not back yet?" Minnie shook her head, "No, wait for her to come back, I will ask her to find you." Wu Heng said: "No, Lilith leader came to the house to eat at night, prepared some delicious one, and told Sanara." "Good owner." Wu Heng nodded and walked upstairs. Mowing Come to the radio room. Wu Heng picked up the radio, "Slyt, can you hear it?" Slyt''s voice came opposite, "Can hear!" Don''t wait to finish, Yu Li''s shout, "Wu Heng, are you okay? I''m going to help you, my aunt will not let you let you." "You just level 9, go to death." Slyt said angrily. Yu Li no longer speak. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! Wu Heng asked: "I''m fine here, Lilith leaders are here." The death of the emperor''s death and becoming a hero with himself. After a while, it was not too late to tell them when they were announced. "Lilith leaders have passed?" Slyt was a little surprised. Wu Heng and Lilith knew the lines of Slyt. "Well, where are you two?" Wu Heng then asked. If you return to Heishi Town, according to time, the two should not be able to receive the message on the train. Slyt said, "I and Li are in Neita City!" Wu Heng said: "Is it smooth along the way?" "It''s all smooth," Slyt said. The shouting of Li from the opposite side, "I''m not good, my **** is painful." Wu Heng asked: "Ah? Why are you still painful?" "Go and go." Slyt said angrily, and then said, "I don''t obedient, I hit it." When Wu Heng heard the other person''s tone, he dared not say more, "Just eat pills." Slyt went on to say, "Will the Holy See still pass?" Wu Heng groaned and said, "The headquarters will coordinate this, the possibility of fighting is not high, and some are not allowed. Is the decoration on your side ends?" "not yet." "Then do you want to come and continue the renovation, or go back to Heishi Town first." Slyt hesitated, and then said, "Go to Treasure Island, I also visit Lilith''s leader, and the decoration is finished." Wu Heng nodded, "Then I will send you the ticket to you." "Okay, but it is estimated that tomorrow, we just wake up." "Not in a hurry." Mowing In the afternoon, the fleet of the association arrived. Wu Heng did not come forward, and Xixi Gui took the members of the association to reach the port to meet. Several large ships in the association stopped at the port, which can still bring a lot of security. After the association went ashore from the temporary port, when he passed the port area of ??the ruins, he was shocked. Normal professional battles, even the mage is playing against each other, cannot reach this point. In addition to being surprised and exaggerated, I also felt funny. It also hit this level. Leave the port. Greek Geng took everyone to the association and arranged the residence. Mowing dusk. In the island''s main palace, Lilise was received. Sanara also accompanied him, the person in charge of the business on the island, the elder of the wooden elf, and qualified to sit here. After dinner. Xiaoxiao pulled a few people to play in the courtyard. Wu Heng and Lilith sat in the living room and chatted. "Lily leader, do you feel that what will happen to the association over there?" Lilith glanced at him and said, "It''s hard to say, but also depending on Said''s attitude. After all, a hero died, and it was difficult to coordinate this matter." Saidd is the leader of religious. It is still dealing with the kingdom. The hero of his hometown died. "He didn''t die at the time, and it was me who died." Wu Heng said seriously. "I know that the headquarters will not favor them, but some things depends on the final result." Lilith took a sip of the tea cup. Wu Heng also smiled, "Just handle it fairly." "What will you look at then?" Wu Heng moved forward, Lilith felt that the other party was a little near, and glanced at him. "Leader, don''t you say that he and the pope are the same person? Will the pope die, what sequelae will follow in Saiddou?" (This chapter is finished) Chapter 865 You also warn me (now one more.) Chapter 865, you also warn me (now one more.) Sequelance? Lilise raised her eyebrows. Others are worried about the Holy See''s revenge on this side, and he is now remembered to ''Saiddu'' again. Shake his head and said, "I just guess that no one has a relationship if there is any association, and this kind of thing can be known in mind, don''t talk outside the outside." "I also asked you in private, how can I talk about it everywhere." Wu Heng said seriously, saying what he knew, what should not say. Lilith didn''t answer. Looking at her expression, she seemed to be thinking about Wu Heng''s words. In terms of their races and occupations. In the eyes of the Holy See, the blood race is not a positive race. Therefore, the two had no good impression of the Holy See, and they could say two words in the back. Moreover, the Pope and Religious Heroes, whether they are the same person, Lilise must be more interested. After all, she is responsible for intelligence, plus a woman, always likes to inquire about some secrets. After two or three seconds silent, Lilith then said, "After Saidd got the news, he would definitely rush back. Wu Heng asked, "Will he come directly to Told and Silver Island?" "You are also a hero, I guess he dare not come, let alone I am here!" Lilith replied directly. Now Wu Heng also has the means to kill each other. Naturally, I dare not go to the island with a few people like the beginning. Can kill the pope, you can kill him without any accuracy. Moreover, Lilith is here, and the bigger may not dare to come over. "I know, you will help me." Wu Heng said flatterly, and then inquired, "Why do he go back? Lilith frowned, and looked at him in doubt, "What to inquire about this? The headquarters will deal with this matter, don''t add chaos." "How can it! I just ask, if he takes a boat, I will let people escort, so as not to happen in the Emerald Sea, and rely on my head." Wu Heng avoided each other''s eyes and explained. If he goes back by boat, Wu Heng will definitely give him an electromagnetic gun. Now, he has also explored a method of killing heroes. First give him an electromagnetic cannon, and wait for his body to recover, [teleportation] past, and then use the hero''s power to kill him. The range of electromagnetic guns can also avoid fighting positively with the opponent. Of course, this is the method in my heart and cannot be said. Lilith gave him a white glance, revealing the strange look of me, muttering, "Children ..." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and said such a word without knowing each other. Moreover, you look like a little loli every day, and you play so well with Xiao Xiao, who is like a child. Wu Heng did not continue to talk about the Holy See. This vernacular vernacular, then asked, "After becoming a hero, which skills do you learn? "What about the skill book I gave you? Did you learn?" Lilith looked at him. That skill book has been unlocked, but the speed of learning is a bit fast and cannot be said. Simply said, "Still watching, is there any skill of the necromancer?" "You ..." Lilith didn''t know what to say. Nothing, don''t know anything, just upgrade. How can there be such a person. "I do nt have an example of a hero to become a hero. I do nt know if there are hero -level skill books. I will pay attention to it when I return to the headquarters." Lilith replied. "There are other factions'' skills, and the high -level all help me to see. I want to improve too much." "Know ..." Lilith said angrily. Looking at the sky again, it was a bit late to see it. Standing up and saying, "Okay, I''ll go back first, and I will go to a new residence tomorrow." "Don''t you leave to watch a movie? The chefs are ready for snacks." Wu Heng said. "Tomorrow." Lilith said, walking outside. Wu Heng didn''t stay too much. He sent her out of the other side of the other party, and said, "The leader will take a good rest and come again tomorrow." Lilith nodded and returned to her residence directly. Mowing Lilith returned to the mansion. Sitting in the bedroom and waiting for a meeting, ripples in the air, and the six -eyed crow flew out. Falling on the desktop, six green eyes glanced at her several times before they started to learn. "The leader meeting discussed. The Claud Olympics went to the Holy See. Will be processed normally according to the program "" " After speaking, the crow''s body was stiff and turned into a corpse. Lilith put the crow''s corpse back to the brocade box. Continue to sit in a chair and think about this. Judging from the attitude of the headquarters, it seems that there is no plans to favor the Holy See. Claudio is the leader of the Hongwen Council, and Wu Heng is the leader. He personally approves to join the Hongwen Society and arrange him to go to the Holy See to see some tendency. But this is also at present. Waiting for the religious hero ''Saidu'' back, will it change? It is not easy to say. As a leader for so long, Lilith also understands the guidelines for dealing with the headquarters. In the whole matter, the Holy See did not take advantage of it, and Wu Heng''s recent discussion in the headquarters was very high. In particular, the pharmaceuticals were improved into a pill, and the price was also pressed, and it has been spread in various countries and all ethnic groups. The news of becoming a hero now comes out, and it will definitely attract greater attention. And if the association is favored by the Holy See, the association can easily lose the fair image that has been maintained for so many years. On the contrary, if Wu Heng is favored, not only does the Holy See disagree, but the preachers in various places will resist the association. It depends on where the evidence is biased, and then open. "Promote herself everywhere, it won''t be to prevent today!" Lilise narrowed. This man was really afraid of death, and arranged so many things. But from the current point of view, it is not too bad for Wu Heng and Golden Island. ~! Thinking in my heart, knocking from the door again. The door opened, Xiao Xiao walked in with a box jumping in and said, "Sister, play the game!" Mowing Island Main House. After Wu Heng returned, Sanala and the maids came back to start preparing to rest. Especially Sanala, after all, she has her husband and the elder of the wooden elves. She needs to show a guest who comes here and wait for them to leave. Now that people are gone, they will get up at will. Go back to the room and put on pajamas to rest. After Wu Heng washed, he returned to the bedroom. Sanala was lying in the quilt, Wu Heng also drilled in, his lower abdomen was posted on the other side''s hips, his palm took the fiber waist, and stretched in along his waist. Sanala shaking a little bit comfortably. Then turn around and look at his eyes. Wu Heng looked at each other''s eyes and asked, "What''s wrong? It feels weird." Sudura suddenly had tears in her eyes, buried her head in the arms of the other person. "Yesterday, I thought you were going to die." Last night''s worry and grievances suddenly released when the two were alone. It is no longer a savvy chairman, more like a little woman who is worried about being afraid. Wu Heng patted the opponent''s back, "Okay, worry you, I''m a hero now, no one is afraid." "You are a hero. In the future, more women will look at you, you can''t don''t want me." Sanarla pumped his nose and said up. "Let''s say yes, I am nice to you for a lifetime." Wu Heng comforted softly. "Hmm!" Sanala squeezed a smile, and the sadness in her heart dissipated, and it was more sweet. His little lover has been developed by heroes. More pride. I really have a vision. "At that time, I thought you couldn''t come back, so there was such an idea. If we just have a race, we can give you a child." Sanrala said. Wu Heng smiled, "Try it now, maybe you can do it!" Sanarra looked up and wanted to say how it was possible, and saw the fiery eyes of the other person, a little red with a red face. Wu Heng touched the smooth cheek of the opponent, lifted all the nightdress, and exposed the skin -like skin. Kiss all the way down the shoulders. Pick up the white leg and press it directly. Sanala gently stroked the man''s chest and looked at his slender feet, and he was swaying on his shoulder. Mowing The night is deep. Wu Heng looked at a messy bed, as well as the mature and rich wooden elves around him. Sanrala fell asleep a little weird, and the white skin was still brilliant. After becoming a hero, the ability in this regard is even more scary. The steady stream of energy to supplement itself has a feeling of being able to fight all the time. If it weren''t, Sanara could continue to feel bad, he could continue. Turn Sanara over, the whole person has no response. Cover the quilt on the two, while playing the other person''s body, thinking about the plan behind. From the current point of view. I mainly wait for the association''s attitude. Judging from the speed of Lilith, the association intends to block the Holy See''s operation. It''s just late. When Lilith arrived, the battle between the two had ended. It feels that the headquarters still does not want to let myself die in the hands of the Holy See. Wu Heng took a deep breath and began to think about several possibilities in his mind. The worst one is that the association is standing on the side of the Holy See. At that time, the pressure faced by himself is many heroes of the association. On the contrary, the situation that is good for yourself is that the association stands on his own side and contains the remaining heroes of the Holy See. Wu Heng did not want to really fight with the Holy See. After all, the Holy See was just a **** of gods in this world. By the way, there are gods. It is also very dangerous to be stared at by the gods. In particular, faith also mentioned on the panel, which greatly proves that the gods exist. The plan behind it is also very simple. The first point is to complete the collection of ''belief''. "I just forgot to ask Lilith." As the Holy See, I forgot the faith. When you see it in the past two days, ask. The collection of faith needs to be established as a sectarian organization. Before, I always felt that those sects were not good people. I didn''t expect to collect faith now. The second point is the learning of hero skills. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! When fighting with the Pope, the skills released by the opponent are powerful and effective, and it is definitely not the skills learned by ordinary professional. Although his skills have also increased, the power and effect are much worse. "In the hero, there is an immortal emperor who is a necromancer. I don''t know if I can buy a few books to see." It''s okay to rent, and he will return him anyway. As for the zombie world. The main thing is that several zombies are cultivated to level 20, and there are satellites, and they must be launched as soon as possible. I thought about a few things in my heart. After it feels like a hero, it seems not easy. Pop ~! Sanara took a pat Holdings and said shamefully, "Touch it, what are you always scratching." Wu Heng glanced at the other party, "Wake up, is it okay?" Sanala frowned, "You want my life." Wu Heng lifted the quilt, separated her leg with her feet, and pressed it again. Sanrala, the whole person was on his body. Mowing The next day, early morning. Wu Heng walked downstairs. Minnie looked up and said, "Master, the breakfast is ready, hasn''t Sinara not getting up yet?" "Don''t wait for her breakfast, let her sleep again." Wu Heng came down and said. Minnie came over and carrying his arm. "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng asked back. Minnie said with a smile, "Sister Sanara called so loudly for the first time." Forehead. Wu Heng took her waist and said, "That''s a happy shout." Minnie smiled and expressed his understanding. There is no need to wait for Sanala, Wu Heng and the maid, sit down in front of the table and start eating breakfast. Andville said some progress in the battlefield last night. "Master, do you need to build a house directly in the ruins?" Andever asked. Wu Heng thought about it and said, "Don''t use it first, I cultivated a few skeleton builders, so that they can try it." "Understand." Andvrier agreed, and then said, "Master, also collected the body of some Holy See staff. Do you need to see it?" In addition to the Pope, there are also five vessels of the Holy See. Black by a cannon by the frigates of the Golden and Silver Island. At that time, it was easy to attract the fierce beasts in the sea, and there should be not many complete corpses that could be collected. "Where is it?" "My battle was ruined, and the skeleton was blocked nearby, and the corpse could not be preserved for a long time." Andever said. "I will go and see after eating." Wu Heng said. "good!" After talking about this, Wu Heng did not want to affect everyone''s appetite, so he didn''t say more about it. Instead, I talk about it casually. Golden and Silver Island originally expanded the residential area, and Andewr planned to arrange the person over there, and then consider the rest and wait. I ate while chatting, and I finished breakfast soon. Andville and Annte went to the city hall, Minnie and Robbe, who discussed planting some new flowers and plants in the courtyard. Wu Heng returned to the bedroom, and Sanara was still asleep. After walking over, I kissed each other''s cheeks, and the other party opened her eyes confused, "It''s dawn?" "I let people come in for breakfast!" Wu Heng said. "No, I will get up for a while, and I will go downstairs to eat." Sanala yawned. "Okay, I''m going to go out, you can rest for a while." "Hmm!" Sanala nodded. Wu Heng kissed her face and left the bedroom. Bring with a skeleton, called the ghost, and used [Transportation] to go directly to the ruins area after the battle. Mowing The figure appeared again and had already come to the ruins area. Only the broken walls were left in the eyes, and the scorching black masonry and beams were intertwined. The group of skeletons are moving the stone and fills some deep pits on the ground. Wu Heng walked over and asked to one of the skeletons: "Where is the corpse collected?" The skeleton turned his head, his bones fingers, pointing in a direction. When Wu Heng walked over, he saw a simple wooden frame in the distance and set up a temporary wooden shed. There is a corpse covering a straw mat. It''s just a miserable body, and the more complete is also missing the arms. "The number is a lot." Beni appeared aside. Granda read a book in the study, and when he didn''t know where to run, Wu Heng only took Bennie and was responsible for some alert work. Wu Heng said: "The five vessels, it is estimated that many people have been broken, and they have been eaten by sharks, otherwise they can still get more." "That kind of machine cannon has broken people, and it is useless to fish. This kind of complete one is good." Beni said. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded. "What do you plan to do? Directly transform? It looks like there is no arm broken leg. It is difficult to have any combat effectiveness." Beni looked at the body and was a bit unsatisfactory. "As a senior necromancer, I naturally have a way." Wu Heng said confidently. Then open [mansion], and said to it: "You come out first." In the mansion of the mansion, the skeletons transformed by the shining, Ka Xiu and the pope came out of the ground, standing on the open space outside the wooden shed. The glittering corner was broken, the incision was clear, and the left side and a leg were missing from the right. It looked like a unicorn to become a cockroach with black shell wings. Card Xiu lost his arms, and it was miserable. The pope skeleton is missing one arm and a few ribs. The three skeletons stood there and looked very miserable. Especially Ka Xiu is itself a boxer, and his arms are basically without combat power, even if the level is there. Wu Heng released [Bone Transplantation] in the three skeletons and said, "Go find you suitable for you." The three skeletons got up and walked out, and began to look for the corpse on the ground. The Pope Skeleton found a corpse wearing a bishop, removed his arms and ribs, and put it directly on his body. Flashing and card Xiu also found different parts, stitching on the body. The connection is completed by the power of the necroma. However, the bones of the post -stitching are obviously different from the original bones, just like the original clothes, different fabrics are sewn. There is no way to restore the skeleton spell, Wu Heng will only have this. After the three skeletons were selected, they released the more complete corpse below the [Bone Bone], and then let them go to the remaining corpses to find the location. After busy for a while, there were more than 20 more than 20 to 18 to 18 skull warriors. "You follow here to clean the battlefield." Wu Heng said directly. Well ~! The converted skeleton went out and joined the work of the work. Mowing Zombie World, South Korea General Base. Near the military airport, many survivors in the base gathered, a vehicle with a car with cargo. At this time, the aircraft landed in the sky. The door opened, and several men in the western hole came down from the plane. When they got out of the plane, they looked around. Ang''s head is upright, and there is no malnutrition like a survivor. After walking out of the plane, I looked at the people who were waiting to be welcomed not far away. When they saw that they were a woman, their eyes narrowed. "How to call it?" Westerners headed. "Qi Hancai, deputy leader of the base, what do you call?" Qi Hancai asked blandly. "The name is good, and I also like your Oriental, especially a beautiful woman like you." The other party glanced up and down. Qi Hancai''s eyes condensed and said, "Just once, I am joking, otherwise don''t blame me if you are polite." The smile on the opponent''s face also converged a lot, and asked, "I like hot women, what else do you wake up?" Speaking, a fire snake rushed out sharply and exploded ahead. "The deputy leader of a small base, do you also warn me?" (This chapter is finished) Chapter 866 , New type of grabbing food (now one mor Chapter 866, a new type of grant grasses (now one more.) The sudden release of the power in the base attracted the attention of everyone nearby. Kaka ~! Responsible for the skeleton, the muzzle of the black hole towards the opposite side. Several people who had just showed off, with an instantly suffocated, and did not continue to show any moves. Qi Hancai''s face was unchanged, and said indifferently: "We are indeed a small base here. If you plan to talk about cooperation and deal with trading, we welcome here, if you come to play with prestige, please go back!" The power released by the other party just has a good development among the fire -based power. However, in the eyes of Qi Hancai and others, this is the case. It has no great effect except to show off. After all, I have also seen the ability of Wu Heng to show. In addition to the skeleton, thunder, flames, and some things have changed some things, all of them are very ordinary. The Westerners frowned, carefully looked at each other, and laughed: "It seems that this deputy leader is not very concerned about my ability. Awakening Power " Qi Hancai asked blandly, "So, you have no cooperation to talk about? So you can leave here." "What attitude do you have?" Opposite, someone suddenly scolded. "Dare to speak with our captain, do you know what the consequences?" The man headed, waved his hand blandly, and said with a smile, "What do you scare a woman to do, I like the personality of the deputy leader, let''s talk about cooperation!" Qi Hancai stretched out his hand, "Please inside!" The hands on both sides walked in the building behind. Mowing Conference room. Without preparing any refreshments, the two people sat on both sides of the conference table. Captain headed, directly asked: "What is the deputy leader called?" "Qi Hancai!" The other party was suddenly, "It turned out to be the leader of Qi, who was always mentioned in the radio, my name was'' Engel", the person in charge of this negotiation. " This time passed. The base under the feet has also changed completely. Acts in various places not only exchanged materials, but also formed a large trading market here. Divided the market areas, set up various stores, and sell their products that have been refuge. The currency used in transactions is a food stamp issued by Qi Hancai. It can be directly exchanged for food, which is more convenient. These people in front of them are actively contacting the base a few days ago and mentioned that there are important cooperation to talk about. It was also determined today, Qi Hancai led someone to go out to meet. Qi Hancai''s attitude is still indifferent, saying, "Let''s talk about the content of cooperation." There is no interest in the other person''s name. As soon as Engel reached out behind him, someone sent a piece of information, and then said, "We Mous has established a dawn base, and has mastered advanced technologies and various military weapons in the asylum. You can easily destroy any existence of refuge ... " Qi Hancai''s eyes narrowed. Feel the threat of the other party''s words. After the other party introduced the situation of the refuge house. Continue: "This time, we have made deeper progress in the research and development of the power. We hope to cooperate with the difficulty of avoiding the difficulty and develop our abilities." Dawn base, Qi Hancai and others have heard it. This base mentioned that before the South Korean base had a conflict with its own side. I plan to introduce myself to Shuguang Base and add which alliance organizations are added. However, Wu Heng had never refused to cooperate with other refuge. I came here this time. Moreover, the power cooperation mentioned does not mention the other party when it comes to long -distance missiles. Obviously, a saying for robbery. Qi Hancai asked directly, "What are the conditions?" Engel looked at the document and said, "Conditions are not too harsh, but we are responsible for research. You need to provide some food and supplies. After signing Transport. As soon as the words fell, the people in Qi Hancai began to scold, "I am still a real thing, it turned out to be a beggar." "Why don''t you grab, not faster than this?" Food, the base can definitely be paid. But at the moment, it is still the last days. Food is a necessity, a hard currency, and no guns and ammunition. As long as the safety of the base can spend the next winter, there is no food without food. It takes 60 tons of food to open your mouth, and the specific effect is not clear. This is to treat myself as a big head. Moreover, when the plane came, the maximum carrier was about 70 tons, and the total was full. Engel said doubt: "Your base, sell so many foods every day, shouldn''t it be regarded?" The other party wants to continue talking. Qi Hancai interrupted, "What do you provide?" Engel''s eyebrows picked, "Provide you for your security, we will not hurt our companions, and at the same time, we can also use the power techniques of control to help some of your staff to improve the power." "Are you sure it will be improved?" Qi Hancai frowned. Engel laughed and said, "Who can say what the deputy leader says can definitely succeed? Even if the technology is mature, there will be risks in people. It is a very high success rate, and it will improve with continuing research. " It sounds like not much. Moreover, Wu Heng has always been not interested in development such as power and genes. Qi Hancai directly rejected, "The success rate is too low, we disagree." Engel''s eyes narrowed, and his attitude was instantly strong. He said, "Before coming, our leader has explained it. If you don''t agree, the missile will destroy several bases that fix you." Power development is just a speech on the bright side that makes each other look more civilized cooperation. In fact, it is the threat of force. In less than a month, it will enter winter. No food will die! Qi Hancai''s eyes were also cold, "Then I will kill you all first." "Since I dare to come, I am not afraid to stay here." Engel sneered. The purpose of the cooperation has been spoken, and the last hint of the cover is not needed. If you want food, you will hit you. It''s that simple. Someone Qi Hancai stood up and said directly: "Do you have a bag in your mind? We are also a military base here, and there are long -distance missiles, which can destroy your base at that time." Engel shrugged, "So, where are you going to fight? Do you know our base position? Or, do you know the location of our real base?" The room was quiet. Qi Hancai was silent here, but the person on the opposite side gradually relaxed. It seems that this meeting is simpler than expected. The strongest base rumored in the radio is just that. Qi Hancai swept across the opposite person with cold eyes and said, "There are many bases. As long as you launch a missile, you can capture your position as soon as possible. At that time, you can counterattack. Return, there is no food, all starve to death. " Engel was a little unexpectedly the courage of the other party, saying, "Deputy Leader Qi, really want to do this? Don''t plan to see your leaders'' opinions? Just some food, you are not without." In addition, Qi brushed Qi Hancai. Qi Hancai was cold and cold, without talking. This is different from the danger and difficulties in the past. The other party is naked to rob. The heart is the kind of humiliation, being despised and intimidating. Engels continued: "Don''t be crying, we have made breakthroughs in the development of the power. Maybe your leader can get deeper development through our method!" Qi Hancai said coldly: "Then I will discuss with the leader and notify you then." Engel smiled, "That''s right! You are a woman, why bother to resist this, and we don''t have much food." Then, continue to say, "One day, there is no exact answer at this time at this time, just wait for the crackdown of the missile. Secondly, in addition to the 60 tons that was transported back for the first time, before winter, we needed 3,000 tons of food to say hello to your leader in advance. Don''t think about evacuation. For a day, your people and supplies can''t escape. At that time, you will only be worse. " Qi Hancai''s hand was about to hold, and said directly: "Then you live here first, I contact the leader and ask him his opinion." "Okay, look forward to a result that we can be satisfied." Engel nodded with a smile, and then leaned directly with people. Mowing The meeting room was still quiet. "They are here to rob!" Someone said angrily. What **** cooperation. To put it plainly, it is to threaten to ask for food. Anyway, if they can''t get food in winter, they come where they have food, so everyone will die together. Even if it cannot be completely bombarded, as long as it destroys the built base and the food reserves. Moreover, the number of openings is also an affordable for the base. After all, it is exchanged for food to the world. "Sister, this gang is an blood -suckwhards, and you must not promise them." "We finally survived from the end and had to be angry with them? They are not afraid of death, we are not afraid of it." "They have missiles, we also have, ask the head station, and I still can''t find their position?" Several people spoke one after another, expressing the anger in their hearts. They all survived from the zombie mouth, with some blood. Naturally, I couldn''t swallow it. Qi Hancai was still sitting in a chair, listening to the anger of the rest. Said: "Let me talk about this with the leaders first, see the people and planes who care about them, don''t let them cause any mess." "Okay!" A few people nodded. Qi Hancai walked directly with a few people. Mowing In the afternoon, things were spread out. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! First of all, some large bases were discussing this, and then spread to the entire market area. The dawn shelter came to grab the food, and it was bombarded with missiles without giving it. It still caused a lot of sensation. "Do you still need to check? The style is very beautiful!" "Don''t fight, you can finally change some food to eat. If you fight, everyone must be hungry." "You go to persuade those robbers, they don''t listen to it." "Where is the leader of the base? I heard that he was very strong, and the all over him was destroyed." "Who eliminated, why don''t I know?" "How did you think of this Korean base under your feet?" "What can he do if he is strong? Can you still fight the missile? This group of people really **** it. "Just look at the end, how to negotiate." Mowing In the hotel. After Engel, he came back after making the phone call and said, "It''s already time to say to the base, let''s wait until tomorrow''s time." "Will they agree with this?" Someone asked. Engel exhaled and said, "The deputy leader couldn''t do the Lord, so the leader here came back. Let''s test his bottom line." One person said: "I heard, this leader is not easy to mess with, and the ability to develop power is more powerful." Engel turned on the air conditioner and said with a smile, "Our purpose has been achieved, and the rest is nothing more than bargaining. They have sufficient food. This is not bad. Credit. "How do you plan to test?" Engel touched his chin and said, "For example, the deputy leader just now, I think she is not young, and the outside world rumors are separate people. It will be as tough as today. " Several people in the room frowned, "This will cause trouble, and Orientals care about these." Engels went on to say, "I know, just say it casually." "Then it depends on what''s the situation tomorrow." Engels continued: "Just wait for that leader. Even if he has a big ability, he can turn the body of the world into a skeleton. He can only bow his head. The modern war is not his kind of skeleton holding the sword The era of chopping everywhere "" Mowing dusk. Wu Heng went to the prison of the zombie world through the boundary gate. Sitting before the monitoring, looking at the zombies in the prison. From the perspective of monitoring, it has not changed much. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Benny flew back together, and whispered in Xiaoxiao, "They are stupid, why are they still level 19?" Benny said with a smile, "You are too anxious, how can there be so fast." "Uncle is a hero." "The whole world is only your uncle alone, which improves so fast." The two said. Wu Heng listened to a sentence, confirming that he did not reach level 20, so he did not continue to pay attention to this. Pick up the call on the side and plan to ask Li Yahong Cement Factory''s drawings. As soon as I turned on the phone, I saw more than a dozen unread calls above. Is something wrong? Normally, you will not make so many calls for yourself. Wu Heng called back and waited after connecting, saying, "Qi Hancai, find me?" "I have some problems here, I don''t know how to deal with it." Qi Hancai''s voice was serious. "What''s wrong? Talk about it in detail." Wu Heng also noticed the uneasiness of the other person''s tone. "People who came in here came here to the dawn base. At first, I said to cooperate and talk about it in detail. When they came over, they said that they had missiles and asked us to provide food ..." Then Qi Hancai said in detail what happened in the morning. After listening to Wu Heng, he also widened his eyes, some incredible. "They ..., just grab it?" This is the second time he has been threatened by the enemy with a missile. The first time was the South Korean base. They collected Wuheng''s information, intending to fight precisely, and carried out beheading. At that time, the reason the other party gave was that the skeleton invaded their local land. This time, I did nt even have a reason. I wo nt give me food, and I will blow up you. Everyone is hungry together in winter. "There is also an excuse, saying that it is a development capacity. We provide food and maintain their development." Qi Hancai said: "Where are our missiles?" "They mean, we don''t know their position, we can''t hit them." Qi Hancai said impatiently. In this case, it really looks like a zombie outbreak. People with weapons, to grab the food of other survivors, even if they can''t grab, a fire will burn you, or pour the blood of zombies. The main one is one, and I can''t live well. You are not good. During that time, such people were often better than normal survivors, and others were afraid of such lunatic. Now it''s just that the weapon type has changed, and the method has not changed. Qi Han Cai''s tone was uncertain, "What should I do next? They said that when noon tomorrow, the missile was launched without news. Otherwise, I arranged for someone to evacuate. I don''t feel that they will really launch." Wu Heng has rarely called them recently, plus so many calls today. I feel that there is important things here to be busy. And at this time, this incident made Qi Hancai anxious. Wu Heng thought about it and said, "Don''t worry, you ... first talk with them, say that I will pass tomorrow, and then I will deal with it." "In terms of time, he may not meet his requirements." Qi Hancai said. "What they want is food, not really want to hit us. You say that I can agree with it, but I am not satisfied with the weight of the food that the other person said, and will arrive the next day and talk to him." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay!" Qi Hancai agreed seriously. When a man said so, there must be a way. Moreover, the listening tone was not worried about this matter, and she was relieved. "First of all, don''t let them go, the possibility of danger is not great, I will set off right away." "I know, then I''ll deal with this first." "good!" The two hung up the phone. Three ghosts came together, and they could hear the content on the phone. Granda said: "Are you staring at the missile again?" "Fighting on the base, bombard the base without giving food." Wu Heng said helplessly. "Uncle, you are all heroes, and you are always bullied." Xiaoxiao said aside. As a little like this, Wu Heng also came with a lot of anger. In a different world, the Holy See targets himself. In the zombie world, he has reached the level of immortality, and there are still people who dare to threaten themselves. This is too bullying. Wu Heng said: "I passed by and killed them." Granda reminded, "Just right, see if there is a chance to collect faith." "Um!" Wu Heng went downstairs and took the skeleton flying dragon to the central turntable. Mowing Li Yahong''s office. Li Yanhong, who was watching the document, looked up at Wu Heng, who came in, and asked, "Did Qi Hancai call you?" "Hit, I also said this, is the train here? I want to pass now." Wu Heng said directly. "Here, I now arrange the team to send you to the past." "You call and arrange, I will take the flying dragon." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 867 , Wait for me to go back to open Champag Chapter 867, wait for me to go back to open Champagne In addition to various modern transportation, Wu Heng can also use the skeleton flying dragon and his own [teleportation]. Transmission is the most efficient and can be transmitted to the place where you are familiar with. But the farther the distance is, the more unstable, and it is easy to have problems. The most secure way of transmission is to see the eyes, or the distance is not exaggerated, and more familiar. As for the ghost train. Wu Heng has not been used in this world, and is not intended to use in the case of a last resort. The reason is also simple. The first point is that this world is different from the different world. Not to mention whether you can summon it, even if you can come over, you are worried about problems on the way. The second point is the record of the ghost train on the place. The zombie world is the biggest card in its own. As long as this world is there, I always have retreating, and there are almost endless resources. Once the ghost train is summoned, the location is recorded, and it is difficult to say whether there are tickets outside. Or explore this world in some way and use a ghost train. And the plane is also very fast, as long as you get on the plane, the time is not too much. Mowing After leaving the central mall. Wu Heng took the train to Yangtong City. I started to think about it, this time. Judging from the current situation, it is already the richest base in the world. At the same time, some people must be jealous and stare at here. Even if there is no dawn base for grab food this time, it will be caught by others next time. There will be problems in the morning and evening. Wu Heng poured a cup of tea for himself, and Granda flew over to remind him, "The main energy is still on the Holy See, and the people here have no threat to you." The development of modern weapons in this world is only an increase in power. He has become a hero, no matter how powerful he is, he cannot kill himself. The real threat is still from different worlds. After all, the Holy See has not completely ended. "I know, it will deal with this matter as soon as possible." Wu Heng said directly. Granda didn''t say much, letting him take it out of the book he brought over and watched it aside. Ling Ling Bell ~! After a while, the satellite phone rang. Qi Hancai''s voice came over. "How is their attitude?" Wu Heng leaned on the chair. "There is no attitude, I will let people notify them, and I don''t believe it dare to throw a missile." Qi Hancai replied. It seems that this incident is not light for Qi Han Cai. "Don''t be angry, I''ll deal with it then." Wu Heng persuaded. "Okay." Qi Hancai also agreed. Hanging the phone, Wu Heng lay down on the sleeper aside. Waiting to reach the destination. Mowing Two days later. The negotiations between the two bases have been completely spread in the market area. Some gossip also know some internal information. The South Korean base has basically compromised. The reason why it was not determined, and wait for the leader to finalize. It is estimated that it is a bargain to see how much food can avoid this conflict. "It''s soft so soon?" "What else can you do? Take out the missile threat, bombard you if you don''t give food, who can do it." "Isn''t this the anger that encourages the robber! At that time, who has a missile bomb, it will come over and follow it. "After all, Qi Hancai is a woman, and it is okay to let her manage. This kind of thing about life and death is still more bloody!" "Look at the final result!" People whispered. Mowing Office in the office. Qi Hancai opens the files that are delivered, which are some details of the details of the "Dawn Federation". The first is to provide three thousand tons of food, and it will provide enough food transportation to them every year. The second is that the cooperation agreement is made public. The statement of the two parties is a cooperative relationship. The South Korean base is voluntarily provided food, not a extortion of rumors. Article 3, they interspersed their personnel into the management at this base. There are three in total. Except for the first one, the latter two were temporarily increased. "Sister, these guys will not give up, let''s promise, and will intensify later." A relatives said. The other person also said, "These days, they stroll around the base like a thief. Qi Hancai raised his head and looked at a few of his men, and said, "I have discussed with the leader, there will be no problem, I dont believe me, I dont believe in the leader!" A few men were embarrassed and hurriedly explained. "Sister, what are you, we must believe you." "Yes, we just can''t get angry." Qi Hancai waved his hand, "Don''t think too much, prepare the later negotiations, the rest of the things, etc. "Oh!" A few people nodded and exited the room directly. Qi Hancai picked up the phone and dial again. Ask Wu Heng''s specific location. Mowing There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! Hotel. Engel held the phone and said in his mouth, "The management of the base is a woman, and finally their leaders are required to confirm." "Here the food is sufficient, and you can bring back 50 tons of food when you go back, just wait for us to pick us up, open champagne!" Judging from the subsequent negotiations, the people here have basically compromised the transaction content. Engels were also very happy. This matter is simpler than expected. As long as they go back with food, they are the heroes of the entire base, and their status will be raised straight. At the other end of the phone, there is also a low voice of the man, saying in English, "It seems similar to what we think. It is estimated that they also want to ease the time, and then think about it." People here can build such a large base, and they will never be willing to pay food regularly as required. It was also a sudden incident, thinking about giving some food to procrastinate and find solutions. Engel laughed, "What can they think? We have marked all their bases, at least this winter cannot be migrated in a large range." "Even if we move, we are staring at our satellites, and we can be locked everywhere." "As long as they exist, don''t want to get rid of us." The opposite said with a smile, "You are right." Engels went on to say, "I feel that this deputy leader is a bit good. I don''t know if I can come as an additional condition." The opposite side said seriously: "Don''t destroy this transaction, the rest of the matter, wait for you to test their leaders in the future." Engel said, "Then wait for their leaders to come in the afternoon, and I am also curious about this leader, who is it." For the next negotiations. They still have a lot of expectations. The supplies that were grabbed were even more refreshing. Hanging the phone, Engel continued to look at the rest of the person aside, saying, "Ready, go to the final negotiation with them." Mowing Finally waited until the afternoon. Outside the market building, a lot of people came to other bases to see the lively people. There were three people in the Shuguang base, and they all swung through the crowd, with high toes, and their expressions were full of pride of the winner. Originally, others also speculated whether the news circulated outside was true. Now looking at the appearance of these people, it can be basically determined that the news outside is true. Enter the conference room. The three of Engel, swept away from Hancai. Amblisted: "Deputy Leader Qi, haven''t your leaders come yet? Don''t follow the time, it''s not a polite performance." Qi Hancai glanced at the other party, "The leader is already on the road, and it will arrive immediately. "Haha!" Engel smiled and sat down on the opposite side. "Since we are on the road, we can still wait." After speaking, he said, "By the way, yesterday, some people in your base publicly abused us outside us. I feel that I suggest that you should kill them. This kind of person who does not know the overall situation. Those who try to destroy our relationship will only increase the danger. " The people on Qi Hancai gritted their teeth and stared at each other. It really has to go in. Qi Hancai had no expression, and said casually: "Waiting for our leader, you tell him." "Actually, you don''t have to bother your leaders. As long as the deputy leader Qi said something, this matter is not a big deal, you say ..." Begel''s words have not been finished, and the door is pushed directly. Wu Heng walked in directly. Everyone in the room looked at the past, Qi Hancai showed his joy, and his men also got up together and shouted the leader. Engel frowned here, so young! Moreover, from the perspective of appearance, it is not like a person who lives in the last days. They looked at each other and smiled. Little white face. Engel was more assured in his heart, with Erlang''s legs, and said, "You are the leader of the base? This is our agreement and conditions, you''re sure." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 868 He just made me just now Chapter 868, he just teased me Speaking, he pushed the prepared agreement on the desktop. The above content is exactly the same as Qi Hancai saw in the morning. The first point is 60 tons of grain, and the second is to clarify that they are voluntary funding. The third point is arranged to enter here as management. Wu Heng sat down and picked up the agreement that came over just looked at the content. Engel kept in his mouth, "You little leader is really ignorant, and you don''t follow the time." "Do you know English? Don''t know let people translate it for you." Looking at each other again and watching, "You have contacted in advance, don''t waste time, just look at it ..." The other person was still chattering. Wu Heng raised his hand and pointed, and his mouth disappeared instantly. Engel found that he couldn''t speak suddenly, and panicked his mouth in a panic, and the rest of the people also showed a terrifying look. The opponent''s mouth suddenly disappeared? The appearance is really weird and scary. Someone got up and wanted to move, but found that the body was stiff, just like the body lost control. "Damn, what did you do?" Another person roared loudly. Wu Heng waved at hand, and the remaining two people disappeared immediately. Three people were sitting on the chair like this, motionless, and their faces were fear and panic. Mowing The people on Qi Hancai also showed a terrifying look. Is this a new power? Can be able to change the power of other people''s organs? From the end to the present, a lot of various abilities have also appeared, but no exception has developed its own development. For example, what ability to strengthen the body, or what ability it can release. This is the first time that the mouth of others has gone is gone. Even if it is exhibited in others, it still gives people a more scary feeling. After watching the list in his hand, Wu Heng looked at Qi Hancai and asked, "How many people are here?" "There are five people who get off the plane. There are also pilots on the plane, and there are not many people." Qi Hancai thought about it. "He is the captain you said?" Wu Heng glanced at the Engel opposite. "Well, he uses Chinese to talk to us. When he calls, he uses English." Qi Hancai then said, "Every time he takes about an hour, he will call back to the phone to report the situation here. When you come in, just finish it. " Wu Heng nodded and looked at a few people on the side of Han Cai, and said, "You are staying outside, don''t say something here." "Yes." Several men nodded and exited the room directly. In the meeting room, only Wu Heng and Qi Hancai were left, as well as three people sitting on the opposite side of their mouth disappeared and their bodies were stiff. Qi Hancai said, "He still teases me in his previous words." Several people across the opposite side opened. This was also sued, and the serious and indifferent deputy leader suddenly showed the expression of a little woman. "Go to him two knives to dispel gas ..." Qi Hancai laughed, "Forget it, what do I get to the dead." Wu Heng looked at the opposite side. The three of them disappeared, but there was still a decisive tough expression. It seems that Qi Hancai said on the phone, a group of mads who are not afraid of death. If you come to force food forcibly, you don''t intend to go out alive. Wu Heng looked at the ''Engel "in the eyes, and then looked at the other two. With a wave, except for "Engel", the two of them appeared again. "You are crazy, want to destroy cooperation, right?" "You just wait for death, die together." The two looked nervous, but still gritted their teeth. It is also Chinese, although there are some feet. Wu Heng said: "The two of them killed and asked the corpse." Click, click ~! The sound of the two bone friction sounded, and the cursing two people turned 180 degrees instantly, looking forward again. The "Engel" eyes in the middle are even bigger, and with some black skin, it seems that the eyeballs are going out. Wu Heng sits suddenly to a corpse, released the corpse on the left, and sat up suddenly. The turbid eyeballs look at this side. Wu Heng asked: "Do you really have the ability to hit us?" The corpse answered, "Yes." Qi Hancai''s heart was tight. I also doubted whether the other party was lying, and now it seems that this ability has really been capable. The eyeball of ''Engel "was on the side. Damn! This is not a power, but an Eastern witchcraft. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Where is your base?" The corpse answered, "A base of the Specialty of Mexico Ge Shi Shi." Mexico? It is vaguely remembered that Mexico should be in North America and near the United States. Before the end of the end, it seems that news about gangsters can always be seen on TV. Mexico has such precise missiles with long -distance blows? Wu Heng thought, and then asked, "Where did you get this weapon?" The corpse replied, "I found it in the US military base." Sure enough, it was a weapon of a great country. The fourth question, then asked, "If normal, how can you contact the people in the base after the transaction is over?" "It will report to the base regularly by" Engel ". If it is long or if it cannot be contacted, it will be sure that we have happened." It seems that this Engel is a more important character. He needs him to stabilize the base of the enemy. The last question, "What are you talking about, do you have any secrets, or do you distinguish your identity?" "It''s not clear." The five issues were over, and the corpse lay down directly back. Wu Heng continued to release the next release [the deceased''s conversation], and the corpse sat up violently. After thinking, start asking the question. There is no mistake, one, one, one, one, one, one, one, one 619, one book, one, one, one, one, one, one, a book! After all the five questions were asked, the corpse lay back. The information is not too much. Dawn Base, in a base in Mexico, a base in the city, has advanced weapons and equipment, and a laboratory and scientific researchers, that is, the power development raised several times. The leader is the leader of the gangsters before, and has a certain armed force. Local is also the biggest refuge. Of course, Wu Heng did not think that he could hit his so many bases. It is probably the key point. But I have to admit that the other party is a real terrorist. Don''t give food, maybe he really threw the missiles. The two corpses are finished. There is the only survival of the Engel eyes with sweaty beads. Wu Heng looked at him, thinking about countermeasures. This person cannot kill, and he has to call the base over there. Let go of him and force him to cooperate with himself? Wu Heng was a little worried, and he told the other party directly. Find an English -speaking person to take the other party to call each other? Sound and accent, it is difficult to find a substitute person, maybe what secrets they have. It was a bit difficult for a while. "What to do? Kill him and ask the corpse!" Qi Hancai said aside. Wu Heng shook his head, "Don''t worry, I think about it." To put it bluntly, I immerse my consciousness in the space ring to see if there is a prop that allows the other party to cooperate with themselves. After all, during this time, so many 18 -level professionals were killed. The scrolls and props have gained a lot. Slave scrolls are a type, but if the other party resists, there is no way to sign for forcibly signing. Look at it one by one and take a scroll from it. Lost Magic Scrolls (Description: The memory of the user''s near time is blurred, the level is too low, and it is easy to cause damage to the soul.) Wu Heng looked at the opposite side, and had an idea in his heart. Take out the [Spirit Snake Bone Polar Stand] and say to the opposite: "Look at me!" Engel looked at it subconsciously. Wu Heng went on to say, "Sleep." Engel''s eyes turned, and he fell directly. Qi Hancai didn''t understand, frowned, "Then?" "Go to the curtains and wrap these two corpses." Wu Heng ordered. Qi Hancai took the curtain and wrapped the corpse on the ground. Wu Heng opened the [mansion], wrapped the electromagnetic cannon area, and built the same conference room on the other end. As soon as his mind moved, the two who had just been twisted by the neck appeared in the space. Sitting on both sides. Qi Hancai''s eyes widened, and he understood what Wu Heng was going to do. After the scene was built, Wu Heng used the [Magic Scrolls] to the coma''s "Engel". A light, drilling into his eyebrows. Mowing . The sound of knock on the desktop sounded. "Engel" opened his eyes from the table, touched his mouth subconsciously, and looked at the opposite side. Wu Heng handed the signing agreement to the other party. "I agree with your conditions." Engel''s eyes opened. I scratched my head and looked around again. Some of them are stunned. (This chapter is finished) Chapter 869 , Immortal Master, don鈥檛 kill us (I upda Chapter 869, Immortal Master, Dont Kill Us (Online Today.) Dongdongdongdongdong~! Wu Heng knocked on the table and pushed the signed agreement over, "I have accepted all the conditions. Do you have anything else to say?" Engel rubbed his temples, then looked at the two companions beside him in confusion, and asked in a low voice, "Why am I asleep?" Speaking in English with an accent. The companion said, "When they read the information, you fell asleep on the table." Engel only felt a little drowsy in his head, and it seemed like he had a dream. In the dream, the other leader was as terrifying as a demon. But seeing the agreement signed by the other party, the winner''s expression appeared again on his face, "You are pretty good." Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, not knowing what to say. Just sit in the seat and wait. Wu Heng continued, "The third article mentioned that people should be kept here. You plan to stay this time, so you should talk about it later." Engel spread his arms and patted the shoulders of the two companions beside him, "Of course I''ll keep it now, I''ll bring all the people here." Same as I guessed. These two people can speak Chinese and were brought to participate in the negotiations to satisfy the third person who stayed here. "Yes." Wu Heng agreed happily, and then said to Qi Hancai: "Take them out to get familiar with the environment first, Mr. Engel and I will say a few more words." "Okay!" Qi Hancai nodded and said to the two people opposite him, "Let''s go, I''ll take you there first." The other two stood up and followed them out. Engel did not stop it. As the matter has developed to this point, it is completely possible to completely determine the attitudes of both sides. This leader was even weaker than expected, and was even worse than that female deputy leader. The three left. Wu Heng and Engel continued to sit in the room. Engel asked, When will the food be ready? "I''ve already made preparations." Wu Heng said. Engel nodded and asked curiously, "Your superpowers can only change skeletons?" Wu Heng leaned on the back of the chair and said, "Well, how are your superpowers being developed?" Engel''s face showed some pride, "Of course our base will develop superpowers better. You do the agreement and let the base help you redevelop superpowers." "Okay." Wu Heng still maintained a plain smile. The two chatted for a while and confirmed that the time was almost over. Wu Heng stood up and said, "The food should be ready, let''s go out!" Engel also stood up and said as he walked, "I like you more and more. We will have more contact in the future. And your deputy leader, is she your sister? She looks good." Wu Heng ignored it and just took him out. Engel became more and more excited as he spoke, and kept muttering, ignoring another stone door outside the conference room door. Just followed it out. Outside the building. There are many people surrounding them. When I saw bags of food being moved to the plane, I guessed the final answer to negotiated in my heart. He must have agreed to the food he wanted, otherwise he would not have moved the food directly to the plane. "Qi Hancai has compromised." "No one can do anything about it. I hope that after blackmailing this place, don''t focus on our base." ! "See, missiles are more useful. When you go back, you will look for missiles. This is no faster than changing food. Engel walked out of the building, and when he saw the plane''s cargo hold full of food, his face was filled with unconcealed joy. What I felt before was completely gone because of the harvest. This trip went really smoothly. "team leader!" At this time, the other two left outside came over. The face is full of joy of getting food. Engel nodded and said, "Have you checked?" "I checked it, it''s all white, there''s no problem." One person whispered. "Okay." Engel suppressed the joy in his heart and continued, "I will call the base and say, "You check it again. It''s nothing, let''s leave here." The two went to check the warehouse, and Engel walked aside and called. He said, "They compromised and all 60 tons of grain were transported onto the plane." A man''s voice came from the opposite side, "I did a good job. When I come back, I will suggest that you be the third leader, specifically responsible for the food issues over there." "Thank you, leader, thank you." Engel thanked ecstatically. This is a lucky place for me. Not only did he get the food, he would also become the leader after he returned. "If you handle it there, come back as soon as possible." The man opposite urged. Obviously, I was also in a hurry to send this batch of food back. "I understand, I''ll set off soon." Engel said. "Keep in touch along the way, I can confirm your location and safety." "I understand." After a brief chat, Engel hung up the phone. Walk back to the plane, the final handover has been completed. He waved his hand at the people watching from afar with his head raised and then turned into the cabin. The plane started and began to move along the runway. . In construction. Wu Heng stood at the window, looking at the starting plane. Benny flew back from outside and said, "That person has finished calling, and there is no one in the cargo hold in the plane." "Let''s go, let''s follow us and see where their base is." Wu Heng said. Three ghosts crawled back to their bodies. Wu Heng glanced at the plane, and the magic circle under his feet quickly formed, and his figure disappeared. The next second, it appeared in the dark cabin full of cargo. There was a bumpy bump under my feet, and the bound grain was surrounded by the surroundings. Release the three ghosts again. Xiaoxiao asked, "Do you want to kill them directly?" "No hurry, wait until you get to the place." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao shrugged. Then, one person and three souls were in the cabin, reading a book and a tablet, waiting for the plane to arrive. After a few hours. Benny flew down from above and said, "Wuheng, they seem to be landing, but I can''t understand what they say." Wu Heng took a look at the time and found that almost 10 hours had passed. It should be above Mexico. "Let''s see if the plane is landing?" Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao poked her head down and then flew back quickly, "It''s landing, I see the airport." It seems that we really need to go to the place. At this time, you can vaguely hear the notification from the inside of the plane. It should be talking about what is about to land. Wu Heng put away all the books tablets and the full warehouse of the grain and began to assign tasks, "Xiaoxiao is by your side to protect me, Granda goes to the command room, Benny goes to the arsenal, especially the missile warehouse, They can''t be fired." "Okay!" The three ghost nodded immediately. The feeling of weightlessness of rapid decline came, followed by the violent bumps during landing. After the plane stopped, the roar of cars outside the hatch door and the noise of people. Step by step ~! A voice came from behind, and Engel walked down with the people. As soon as he stepped into the warehouse, he looked at Wu Heng in surprise, "You..., how did you get up?" "Kill them." Wu Heng said directly. Click~! Click~! After several crisp sounds, all the people who came down were twisted off their necks and their bodies fell down. The front door slowly opened. Expose the prepared forklift and the dark-skinned crowd with excitement on their faces! However, when I saw the empty warehouse and Wu Heng standing in the middle, the cheers came to an abrupt end. The whole audience was quiet. Wow! The strong man with black skin and bald head roared loudly and said something he couldn''t understand. Honey ~! The silver-white thunder snake shot out violently and instantly hit the opponent''s chest. Black smoke emitting from his body, flying backwards and knocking over a large crowd. In an instant, the surroundings became noisy. The people gathered outside began to take out their weapons in the chaos and prepare for the battle. In the sky, dark clouds obscured the sky. Click~! Thunder and lightning fell from the sky, and everyone outside fell to the ground. Immediately afterwards, a harsh alarm sounded inside the base. A small voice also sounded in my ears, "Uncle, there are so many people gathering over there." Wu Heng looked up. Then he saw four off-road vehicles carrying heavy machine guns rushed in first, with soldiers holding guns behind them. As the gun turned, Wu Heng''s figure disappeared instantly. The next second, it appeared in the middle of the crowd, with the thunder-summoning technique, centered on itself, and lightning spread from the air to the surroundings. In the blink of an eye, all the surrounding troops were submerged and turned into charred corpses. [Deadly Skeleton Battlefield] Released, the gray-white aperture swung open, and together with the target killed at the plane position, they transformed into rotten corpses and stood up staggeringly. "Pick up the weapon." The rotten corpses bent over and picked up some weapons nearby and held them in their hands. Follow Wu Heng and walk inside. The sky was filled with dark clouds and dense thunder and lightning fell like heavenly punishment. The troops that had been reinforced several times were all killed and turned into a necromancer. In a building. Granda passed through several buildings in succession. Finally, I found a room that looked like the one in power. The man in camouflage uniform was holding the walkie-talkie and kept roaring. From time to time, orders are issued. Granda didn''t understand and didn''t think much about it. The one who could be here was not an ordinary survivor. She directly possessed herself and controlled her body. Command the room. The roaring leader suddenly became quiet, then took out the pistol from his waist and pulled the trigger to the back of the heads of the people who were operating the equipment in front. Bang bang bang ~~! The gunshots were deafening, and everyone in the room was lying on the ground. Then, the door opened and the two soldiers looked in horror. The next second, his neck was broken again and the body fell to the ground. On the other side. Benny guarded in front of an armory. In the warehouse are several missile vehicles equipped with huge cylinders. Near the missile vehicles and the armory, dead bodies were also lying. After confirming that there was no one, he looked up at the silver-white thunder falling in the distance. "Kill some ordinary people, what''s the matter!" Benny muttered. War zone. Wu Heng walked along the way, dark clouds enveloped the entire base, and thunder kept slashing down. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! It''s like God''s punishment. At this time, no one continued to rush over. Wu Heng walked forward along the street with a large number of undead servants behind him. "Uncle, the door over there is open, and many people are driving away." Xiao Xiao pointed to the distance. "Why did you take away any weapons?" Wu Heng asked. "I just saw a few cars, they probably had machine guns!" Xiaoxiao said with some uncertainty. A car should refer to an ordinary vehicle. "It''s okay, as long as you don''t drive the missile car out." Wu Heng said nothing. A small ''oh'' sound. While speaking, Benny flew back and said, "Wuheng, the armory has been cleaned up." "Is the missile there?" "There are a few vehicles that are similar to the missile vehicles I saw last time. They should be the missiles you mentioned, and I didn''t find any other threatening things." Benny thought for a while and said. "Okay, let''s go first." Wu Heng waved his hand and rushed over with the army of necromancers. As we arrived at the warehouse, we saw the missile vehicle that Beni mentioned. There are also several multi-function vehicles. "Preserve this place." Wu Heng said. Hurry~! Half of the Necromancers gathered the armory in the middle. Then, Wu Heng continued to go to the building in the middle. As soon as he stepped into the gate, he saw the soldier with his neck twisted. Granda also flew out from it, "I can''t understand what they said, so I can only kill them all, so as not to be in danger." "Which room with the most equipment?" Wu Heng asked. "In a room on the third floor." Granda led the way in front, and Wu Heng followed him to the third floor. There was a smell of blood inside, and a man in the middle of the high-ranking military officer''s uniform was twisted and the back of his head was opened with a skeleton. Wu Heng released [Talk of the Dead] to the man in the middle. The body sat up. Wu Heng thought about it and tried to communicate in English, "Are there any other bases involved in the matter regarding the Korean base?" The corpse replied, No! The second question is, You have the ability to control satellites? The corpse replied, "This base originally had the right to use fixed satellites." In other words, this place was originally a military base of a great power that was installed here. Even if the end of the world breaks out, some of the equipment here can still be used. Wu Heng thought for a while and then asked, "What''s going on with the gangsters that others talk about?" "The base has two leaders, and the two leaders are the largest gang leader in the local area." Wu Heng didn''t understand the logic and asked, "Why did he still come up with a second leader?" "The base recruits a large number of people and needs someone who is good at this aspect to suppress and manage it." The corpse said. Some of them dont understand the role of the gang leader, but they dont care. The last question is, Where are the people who develop superpowers? The body replied, At the back of the base, there is a separate experimental area. Five questions ended, and the body lay back. Wu Heng took out the phone and dialed Qi Hancai''s number directly. After two sounds, Qi Hancai''s voice came out, "Hey!" Wu Heng said: "I have solved it here and I will issue an announcement to the public. The Dawn Base no longer exists." "You are not injured, are you?" Qi Hancai asked. Qi Hancai no longer felt strange about occupying the base alone. It has happened before. "Not hurt at all." Wu Heng replied with a smile. "That''s good." Qi Hancai continued, "Mexico has its own satellite? Or is it that someone has helped them and come to cheat us?" Wu Heng had this idea before. But the result of asking about the corpse was that it had control. "I asked about the body, and the body said that the base has control of the satellite and should be a base left by the United States, but this matter has nothing to do with the United States." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai said, "Okay, I''ll notify you." Wu Heng continued, "I have occupied this place. You can arrange someone to come here and see if you take over, or just abandon it." "Okay, send me the address, I''ll go there later." "Um." The two of them said a few words and hung up the phone directly. Just hung up the phone here. Xiaoxiao flew over, "Uncle, there are so many people gathered at the door." Wu Heng put away the phone and frowned, "I didn''t go to kill them, but I''m still here to die?" "It doesn''t look like an army!" said the short story. "Go out and have a look." Wu Heng walked out with the ghost. When I walked to the gate of the first floor, I saw at least a few hundred people standing in the open space outside, dressed in plain clothes and looked listless. Someone said something to this side. Then, a large area fell to his knees. South Korea base. Qi Hancai asked someone to write the announcement and posted it directly on the announcement board in the market. In the past, some announcements would be posted on the notice board. Lets announce some important things. I didn''t post it today, and there were still people shouting along the streets and shops with loudspeakers. It has attracted a lot of attention. "What announcement has been made?" "It''s probably a matter of giving food. Find a reasonable excuse, otherwise what will happen? It''s embarrassing to the house." "Yes, other bases will follow suit in the future, and this market will no longer be opened. Anyone can ask for some food." "Look at it!" Several people talked and walked towards the direction of the notice. As soon as I got closer, I listened to a lot of discussion. "It''s just a few hours? Is the base destroyed?" "So it''s a long-term move!" "Qi Hancai and the others are too domineering. No matter how you say it is, it is the end of the world, so you won''t destroy the base!" The people on the outside looked suffocated. They looked at each other, and their eyes were full of surprise. Are Qi Hancai and the others domineering? Destroy the base? Look at the contents on the notice board. "announcement: The Mexican Dawn Base blatantly violates the principle of base peace and threatens the food required by force, seriously disrupting the trust and cooperative relationship maintained between bases. Uphold the stance of maintaining peace and justice, the security and peace of this base will be eradicated. At this point, Shuguang Base has officially divided the ownership of this base. future! Our base will continue to work closely with each base to protect the hard-won... " People looked at it and their faces became solemn. What are the strengths of Qi Hancai and the others? In terms of distance, the other partys plane has just landed! Is this destroyed? All announcements were issued. Radio. Qi Hancai took the microphone and adjusted the frequency band to the world''s public frequency band area. Accompanied by the gentle singing, various bases in the world frequency band are discussing some cooperation matters. Qi Hancai said in a deep voice: "This is a Korean base, I will say something." The music stopped and some of the conversations remained quiet. Qi Hancai continued: "Mexico Dawn Base, which uses long-range missiles to threaten our safety, has taken corresponding measures to wipe out the base. In the end-of-day environment, peace should be the main focus." After saying that, the radio was still quiet. But while every person who listened to the radio station at the base was surprised, he hurriedly told the message to his respective leaders. The Dawn Base was destroyed. No one questioned the possibility of this matter and dared to say it on the radio, and the other party did not refute it, which proved the authenticity of the matter. At this time, someone coughed lightly and said, "Deputy Leader Qi, have you used long-range weapons?" "Not used, we found the other party''s location and removed the other party''s base." Qi Hancai replied, and then said, "We know that someone provides them with satellite support. This is the first time, if there is another second place. Second, we divide the forces behind it into the mastermind behind the scenes and take tough measures. The radio station fell into silence again. There are only a few satellites, and people are also guessing who provides satellite support. Of course, Qi Hancai also said it casually. Let the bases with satellite control be managed by yourself and do not use them for others. See the radio and play the music again. Qi Hancai put the microphone back and said, "Come and gather people, and the ministers of the Technical Department will also participate. I have something to say." "Yes." The subordinate replied and went down to call someone. Mexican base. Wu Heng frowned and looked at it, and there were people kneeling down below. At this time, a middle-aged man wearing glasses was pushed out directly, raising his hand to indicate that he had no weapons. After getting closer, I spoke Japanese, Chinese and Korean one after another. Wu Heng said, "What do you mean?" The middle-aged man looked happy and knelt down and said, "Immortal Master! We are not from the army, we are just ordinary people in the shelter. Please don''t kill us." Immortal Master? Why does a person with dark skin feel so strange when he speaks this word? (This chapter is finished) Chapter 870 , Metal Nerve (updated today) Chapter 870, Metal nerves (one more today) Wu Heng looked at the man who walked out again. His clothes and pants were dirty, he wore glasses and had a respectful attitude. "Isn''t the base gate open? Why don''t you escape?" The man''s expression was a little nervous, and he said in Chinese with a stiff sentence, "We can''t live long if we escape, so please allow me to stay here." Wu Heng understood what the other party meant. When they go out, they face a more dangerous environment. If they dont want to leave, they gather here to see his attitude. "What''s your name?" Wu Heng asked. The man replied, "Valentin Portillo!" "You can speak so many languages?" Wu Heng continued. "Because of some reasons at home, I specially learned the language of some countries, but I didn''t speak well." The other party continued to answer. "Do you still know the name of Immortal Master?" Wu Heng asked curiously. The man was more respectful and said carefully: "I have read some books in your country, and the records on them are indeed true." I know a lot. Wu Heng didn''t pay much attention to these things. He looked at the remaining people below and said, "Go and tell them. Those who don''t want to leave can stay, but don''t make any dangerous moves, otherwise they will be with the soldiers. Same." The man looked happy and immediately turned around and shouted to the person below. The people who were kneeling down below also showed some joy and whispered. Wu Heng continued, "Let them go back to their residence first. I will arrange for someone to take over the place in the next two days, and there will be a curfew to be imposed at night, that is, they are not allowed to go out at night. If there is no problem, they can go back." "Yes!" The man immediately agreed and explained to the crowd below again. At the beginning, I wanted to stay, after all, the base is still safe. Now, there is only one more night and it is not a condition for these people. After carefully standing up from the ground, he whispered to leave. "Don''t leave first." Wu Heng said directly. The man squeezed out a smile and said, "Master Immortal, what else do you have to explain?" "You follow me first, and you can go back when it''s okay." "Okay, OK!" Next, Wu Heng transferred a few undead attendants and took them to the base gate. The walls here are more than four meters high, every three or four meters away, as well as a watchtower and searchlights on them. The door was open, but the surrounding area should be cleaned up relatively clean, and no zombies rushed in. "Preserve here. Without my order, you are not allowed to open the door." Wu Heng ordered. There was a sound of bone friction behind me. The transformed skeletons and rotten corpses walked up from behind, closed the door, and part of them climbed to the wall to take over the watchtower and machine gun above. Following "Valentin" beside him, carefully looking at the skeletons and rotten corpses in action. These are definitely the underworld''s underworld''s underworld. The things recorded in their books are indeed true. After arranging the location of the fence, Wu Heng turned around and walked backwards. He asked casually, "Do you know the location of the laboratory?" "I know, I know!" Valentine followed carefully. "Take me over!" "Okay, there''s a long way here." Valentine began to lead the way forward like a guide. Laboratory, a separate area behind the military base. At this time, the building was empty, and no experimental staff saw it, and the building was also robbed. It seems that the battle ahead made these people realize the danger and escape with their things. I originally thought of gathering a group of scientific researchers, but it seemed that there was no hope. "What do you know here?" Wu Heng asked. Valentine scratched her head and said in a low voice, "I heard that it was developed by superpowers. In other aspects, ordinary people like us have no chance to contact us." Wu Heng walked into the building and looked around. Some equipment was left but they stayed. It''s just that it''s different from the props in another world, and after reading it, there is no corresponding prompt explanation, so I can only guess some uses. After Qi Hancai comes, you can ask the relevant personnel to check it to see if it is still useful. Walking up the second floor, Valentine followed behind him from afar. Benny''s voice sounded in his ears, "Wu Heng, there is a corpse here, you can ask the corpse to see the situation." "Where?" Wu Heng turned his head and asked in a low voice. Benny put it in her ear and whispered, In the innermost room on the first floor. Wu Heng turned around and went downstairs directly. Walking to the room at the end of the corridor on the first floor, the door was open, and inside was a room similar to an observation room. On the outside are tables and chairs, messy papers and instruments, and in the middle is a glass partition, and inside is a corpse tied to the hospital bed. "Immortal Master, it''s not a zombie!" Valentine stood at the door and looked around. "Didn''t you say that you are studying superpowers here!" "Who knows if anything else is infiltrated?" Valentine said with some uncertainty. Wu Heng ignored him and walked directly into the room inside. On the hospital bed, a woman with brown skin was lying, her hair was shaved, her eyes were closed, and her body was wearing a restraint, and she was tied to the hospital bed. Judging from the skin, it is not the rotten and grayish-white kind of zombies. On the exposed head and neck, you can see traces similar to needle eyes. It seems that when I was alive, I also suffered some special treatment. "Immortal Master! She was killed by injecting poison." Valentine walked in, holding the report found from the room outside. "What was written?" "Death report, after injection of barbiturate, there was no life characteristics, and death was confirmed." Valentine said directly. "Is there any other information?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Valentine flipped through the other papers again, "No more, there are words on this one." It seems that the person who died of the virus was the one who died of the hospital bed. The world is so chaotic that all the criminals are released as population, and they even want to kill one before leaving. Wu Heng looked at the corpse and asked before the corpse that he was planning to try the resurrection technique. The corpse died not long, and he became a hero and should be able to be resurrected. After thinking about it, the [Resurrection Technique] was released, and the corpse tied to the hospital bed trembled violently, and then began to tremble and struggle. Wu Heng took out a bottle of antidote, pinched her mouth and poured it directly. With the maintenance of [Sanitation Technique] and potions, the woman on the hospital bed also became quiet. A pair of blood-covered eyes staring at this side with hatred. "Valentin, come here to translate." Wu Heng looked back. "Valentin" wearing glasses was standing outside the door, staring at the scene that happened. "Valentin!" Wu Heng shouted again. Valentine came to her senses and walked in immediately, "Here!" "Ask her who she is? Why is she here?" Wu Heng said. Valentine immediately translated, and the person on the hospital bed still stared at him, but still said something. "She asked who we are!" Valentine looked over and said. Wu Heng said: "I am the leader of the base in China. The people at this base have conflicts with me and have been cleaned up. If she wants to survive, she will answer the questions honestly." Valentine translated again. The woman''s eyes were a little suspicious, but she nodded and answered the question. It''s just a mental state, it seems to be a little problem. Tight, easy to get crazy and angry. After Valentine communicated, she turned around and said, "Her name is Tasha Allison. After being arrested, she will conduct some experiments as an experimental subject." "Experience of superpowers?" Valentine retells. After the woman answered, Valentine translated it into Chinese, "It''s an experiment of superpowers!" "What are your supernatural powers?" After Valentine retweeted, she replied, "She said that the effect of superpower is that she can control some metal." Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and said in confusion, "Electromagnetic King?" "She said that the experimenter named her metal nerves, which could allow some metal parts to be manipulated like normal limbs." Valentine replied. It sounds quite powerful. "Ask her why she was locked up here and let her tell the truth." Wu Heng continued to ask. "She originally had her own base that was destroyed, and she was caught and used as an experimental subject. She had a grudge against the gangsters here." Valentine continued to repost. There are gangs in this base, which corresponds to the previous one. Wu Heng asked Valentine, "Do you know her base?" "I haven''t heard of it, and I don''t know her." Valentine shook her head. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "Tell her that she has two choices now, one is to leave the base, and the other is to stay, but be honest." Valentine nodded and recounted to the woman. After hearing the other party say it, the woman''s expression also showed surprise. Then Valentine turned around and said, "She asked the gang leader here how was it?" "I don''t know! There are many people who die, I don''t know whether the person he said died or not." Wu Heng replied. Valentine tells the woman about the changes that took place in the base today. The woman made her own choice in surprise, "She wants to stay and promises to abide by the order here." Wu Heng nodded, "Unlock her!" Valentine went up and untied the rope on the iron bed. After the woman got down, her legs became weak and she adapted for a while before she could move normally. Wu Heng took the two of them to continue strolling in the experimental building. After confirming that there is no leftover information. Return to the command building in the center. Valentine returned to her residence, and the woman she rescued was also arranged to have a room. Inside the bedroom. Wu Heng continued to call Qi Hancai, who was already on the plane that was coming. After hanging up the phone, Benny flew back from outside and said, "That woman was not moving, she was stunned when she looked out the window!" "Stay at her." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Benny agreed and flew out with Xiaoxiao to monitor the target. The next day, early morning. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! The plane Qi Hancai took was successfully parked at the airport of Shuguang Base. The hatch door opened, Qi Hancai was the first to walk down, followed by the skeleton servant who was protecting her, and the people from the Korean base of about 100. The two walked to the base together, Qi Hancai said, "The market has issued an announcement, and I have also announced the news of the occupation here on the radio station in the world frequency band. I guess no one dares to come and cause trouble for us again." "After a while, new people will begin to become uneasy." Wu Heng said as he walked. "Only if you are strong, you will not be afraid of these people causing trouble." Qi Hancai said. Walk all the way into the office of the command building. Here you can see the monitoring of the entire base and many equipment. After the two sat down, Wu Heng told her the details of what happened yesterday. Qi Hancai listened carefully and asked, "What are you going to deal with here?" "I feel that I can keep it first. There are a lot of weapons and equipment here, and it is difficult to bring them all back. Secondly, I plan to use this place as a base to clean up zombies." Wu Heng said his own idea. Qi Hancai thought for a while, "Yes, what about language?" "We use Spanish and English here, and find some corresponding personnel in the base. There is one here that can help you translate for the time being, but it may not be reliable." Wu Heng said. "That''s all." Qi Hancai nodded and said. Wu Heng shouted to the door, "Valentine." The man wearing glasses walked in in an old suit, "Immortal Master, Madam." Wu Heng said, "She will be the leader of the base in the future, and you will be responsible for helping her translate." "Yes, the Immortal Master!" Valentine replied respectfully. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, I''ll take you to a few important places to see. By the way, I rescued someone yesterday, you can also pay attention to it." "Where?" "In the room on the first floor, I haven''t come out." "I''ll go and see it later." As the two of them said, they walked out of the door, called on the rest of the people who came over with them, and walked outside. Another world, association. The door was pushed open, Shi Yali strode in and said enthusiastically: "Guess what I found?" Xiragui looked solemn and said in a deep voice, "Is there any news from the Holy See?" "It''s not this!" Shi Yali said immediately, "I''ll go and read Wu Heng''s information. Today is his birthday." After becoming a hero. Wu Heng asked the two of them to clean up the information he left in the database. Shi Yali was also dealing with this matter and discovered her birthday. "Birthday?" Xilagui looked at the other person in confusion. Is it necessary to be so excited about this kind of thing? Shi Yali said, "Let''s celebrate him with a birthday! He will be very happy then." Xiragui looked at her sister angrily and muttered, "Look at you, it seems that you can''t live without him." Shi Yali brows up, "Then do you want to give it to him?" "Let''s go! You call the island master''s mansion first, don''t let it come again like last time, and you''re done that." Shi Yali smiled and said, "Then I''ll call now to ask." Lilith''s Mansion. Slater sat in the living room, sitting upright, reporting on work towards Lilith, who looked younger. She is a deacon in the association and is also a secret speaker. Lilith belongs to her boss. After a brief chat for a while, Lilith nodded and said in a plain tone, "Is Wu Heng so outstanding when he was in Blackstone Town?" Slater forced himself back to report later. It sounded like the other party was more curious about Wu Heng''s affairs. I also know why the other party asked that. When she returned to Treasure Island from Nettale City, she was stunned when she heard Minnie say that Wu Heng became a hero. I confirmed it from Sannara again before accepting this matter temporarily. Let''s see Lilith, the other party is still talking about Wu Heng. Slater smiled and said, "When the Lord of Wuheng was in Blackstone, his performance was not outstanding. Later, he was transferred to Rentam City as the captain, and his improvement speed became much faster." Lilith picked up the tea and took a sip, with a calm expression, "At that time, you were not a deacon!" "I was the deputy deacon at that time. After the original deacon died in poor health, I took over the position of the deacon." Slater recalled. Lilith nodded calmly again, and asked, "Did you find anything wrong with him or something that is worthy of doubt in Blackstone Town or during this period of contact?" Slater frowned and wanted to answer no immediately. I feel too impatient again. I sat in my seat and pondered for a while before shook my head, "No, when I was in Blackstone, I was confused and curious about many things, and I stole my proof of permission with Yuri and secretly investigated the case. Lilith nodded subconsciously. In this way, Wu Heng is really talented. However, no matter how tall he is, he has never been said to have become a hero in two years. "How long are you going to stay on Treasure Island?" Lilith continued. "Go back after renovation." "He is very good to you." Slater still kept a smile, "The Lord of Wuheng Island takes good care of his past companions." "Well, let''s handle the matter here, so go back early. The deacon at the resident has left for too long, which will easily affect future improvement." Lilith reminded. "Yes, I''ll be back in the past two days." Lilith nodded. The two continued to chat for a while, and Slater stood up and said goodbye. After handing over the Mexican base to Qi Hancai, Wu Heng found a room, opened the boundary door, and returned to another world. Walk down from the upper floor. In the lobby on the first floor, I saw several maids busy. "Owner!" Seeing Wu Heng come down, several maids greeted him with smiles. Wu Heng nodded with a smile and asked, "Isn''t it okay on the island?" I left for several days when dealing with the matter in the zombie world. Moreover, there are many things to be done on Treasure Island. Minnie said, "Master, Chief Lilith has found you, and Assistant Shi Yali called in the morning." Both of them look for themselves. Is there any news on this department? "I understand." Wu Heng walked to the phone and called the association''s deacon''s study room. Shi Yali''s voice came from the opposite side, "Hey~!" Hearing the sound, Wu Heng''s beautiful elf sister with short hair shawl and tall figure appeared in his mind, smiling and saying, "Call me!" "You promised to come for dinner. Come in?" Shi Yali said in a little complaining. "I''m going to visit Chief Lilith''s side later, and I''ll be there when I come back." Wu Heng said. After I really agreed to the two sisters, I never took time. "Okay, then we''ll go back and prepare." "Yes." Wu Heng agreed with a smile and hung up the phone. Then, I went upstairs to wash and then changed into clean clothes. Go out to Lilith''s residence. Standing at the door, knocking on the door. After hearing the response, he opened the door and walked in. In the hall, Lilith, in the form of a little loli, was sitting in the living room drinking tea leisurely. "Good evening, leader!" Wu Heng took the initiative to greet him after walking in. Lilith had a serious face and asked, "Didn''t you say you won''t leave Treasure Island? What have you been doing these few days?" "I went to test my skills on a small island where no one is nearby, and I came back after the test." Wu Heng said casually. Lilith glared at him and instructed, "Don''t go out sooner, so as not to have any problems." "Okay, I''ll stay at home tomorrow." Wu Heng answered honestly. Lilith poured him a cup of tea and continued, "Some news came from the headquarters." "What do you mean?" Wu Heng also became serious. "Saidu rushed back from the Kingdom of Yeko." (This chapter is finished) Chapter 871 , Birthday Cake (Happy New Year.) Chapter 871, Birthday Cake (Happy New Year.) Religious heroes are back? The movement is quite fast. I felt a little sorry and continued to ask, "Will it affect the judgment of our department?" "Saidu is one of the heroes, and it will definitely have a certain impact on the entire decision. Let''s wait and see the result!" Lilith replied lightly. In other words, when the other party goes back, it will make things tend to develop unfavorably to oneself. Wu Heng frowned slightly and just nodded. Lilith observed his expression, and saw that he didn''t have much anger in his expression, and his tone was a little curious, "Aren''t you worried?" "I''m worried, but I''ve thought about it carefully these days, and it doesn''t feel that serious." Wu Heng showed a relaxed smile. Lilith was even more curious, "What did you think?" When the two were chatting before, he still cared about the association''s attitude. I met again today and it sounds a little uneasy. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "I don''t think this kind of thing is good, but you asked, I can tell you what I think." Lilith nodded, "Just say it, I won''t spread it to you." Wu Heng leaned on the back of the chair, stretched his waist, and said, "Actually, I met the Dragon Leader of the Snake Hui Consortium, and Immortal Emperor. I heard that he had a lot of territory there, and he died. The Spirit Master will be more popular. Lilith''s plain face suddenly became serious, her eyes full of doubt and uncertainty. Although it was just a casual mention, I also understood the meaning of the words. If..., the association cannot make a fair decision on this matter, he can choose other forces. For example, the Snake Emblem Consortium or Endless Desert. The Dragon of the Snake Emblem Consortium is recognized as the strongest hero and has always been tough in doing things. If you join the Snake Emblem Consortium, you will definitely find a way to save him. The other Immortal Emperor is a representative of the Necromancer faction. If you join them, there will be no professional hatred. This was something Lilith had never thought of. Not only him, but also the other leaders of the headquarters, did not think of this. In history, no one would say such a hero produced by the association, or consider joining other forces. But Wu Heng is different, he is free. Apart from some ordinary shelter, there is no much support and help provided. Lilith guessed for a while before saying, "So, are you planning to leave?" "I just said that, leader, don''t take it to your heart." Wu Heng said with a smile. In fact, he had no contact with both forces. The Snake Hui Consortium itself is a big customer. The Immortal Emperor has heard of this name and he doesnt know where he is. But it is still no problem to take it out and add some bargaining chips to yourself. If things really come to this point, Wu Heng will really consider joining other forces. Lilith couldn''t laugh, and even felt that with Wu Heng''s personality, she would make such a decision. "The headquarters will make a fair decision, so you don''t have to worry." Lilith picked up the teacup and covered up her uneasy mood. "Of course I believe in the fairness of the headquarters." Wu Heng nodded and then asked, "When will it be possible to get out?" "I guess there will be a result in the next few days." Lilith replied. Wu Heng nodded, no longer talking about this matter, and continued, "Chief, the newly developed area to the west has no people yet, and the road conditions are quite good. If you have time, let''s ride a motorcycle together!" "Racing? Racing?" Lilith asked curiously without wanting to talk about the association. "Yes, it''s just on the fixed racing lane to see who rides faster!" Wu Heng explained. Lilith asked, "Who are you playing with?" Wu Heng smiled awkwardly, "We both." "What''s the comparison!" Lilith said angrily. "Just treat it as a leisure time," Wu Heng said. Lilith thought for a while and felt that there was no problem with riding a motorcycle, so she agreed, "Okay, wait for this matter to come to an end!" "Um!" Then, the two talked about Slater coming. When dusk approached, Wu Heng stood up and said goodbye. "Chief, I''ll go back first. In two days, I''ll have someone come to install the phone number for you and call me directly at that time." Lilith didn''t know what the phone was, so she nodded, "Yeah." Wu Heng waved his hand and left her residence directly. After Wu Heng left. Lilith''s expression immediately became serious. Although I dont think Wu Heng wants to leave the association, what he said just now also reminded himself and the association. Wu Heng is free, unlike other people bound in the association. If he really feels that the association is not suitable for him or is treated unfairly, he can leave. Have the strength of a hero, plus the ability to create and improve various items. It should not be difficult to join a force. Alas ~! Lilith sighed softly. The Holy See has indeed been a bit too radical in recent years. Of course, there are reasons for the Holy See and the Association''s willingness to let it go. Sitting on the chair and thinking for a while, he took out the brocade box from the space ring, revealing the shriveled crow''s corpse inside, his nails pierced his fingertips and dripped blood on the crow''s body. Deacon''s residence. Wu Heng''s figure appeared in the courtyard, taking out two prepared bouquets of flowers from the space ring. "Xilagui, Shi Yali?" Stepping into the building, I shouted at the quiet living room. Not back? Before going to Lilith''s side, he and Shi Yali were on the phone! Wu Heng walked into the building and heard a rustling sound from inside. He felt relaxed and could hear the subtle discussions of the two sisters. "I''m not at home, go to the association to have a look." Wu Heng said deliberately. Shi Yali''s voice immediately came from the direction of the kitchen, "Here, you sit on the sofa and wait for a while." "What are you doing? I''ll help you." Wu Heng walked over with flowers. After not seeing each other for a few days, Wu Heng missed them a little. "Don''t come over, it''s going to be done soon." Shi Yali''s tone became anxious. Wu Heng was a little confused, so he returned to the sofa and said, "I brought you flowers and put them in a vase for you." There was no response in the kitchen. Wu Heng put the flowers in his hand into the vase in front of the living room and the windowsill, and poured some water on it, waiting for the two sisters to mysteriously not know what they were doing. "Are you ready?" Shi Yali''s voice came from the kitchen again. "What are you preparing for?" Wu Heng asked immediately. As soon as the words were finished, the two sisters walked out of the kitchen. Wu Heng was about to say hello, but his eyes were condensed. Xirago walked in front, holding the carved tray on her chest, covered with cream and adorned with fruit. It was like carefully prepared food, solemnly presented. Xiragui''s pace was slow, lowering his head, and his whole body turned red because of his shyness. Shi Yali, who was following behind, wore a chef''s hat and an apron. "Happy birthday, Wuheng." Shi Yali spoke softly. Wu Heng''s eyes widened, surprised that the two sisters remembered their birthday, and were also a little moved, preparing for all this. Seeing that he didn''t say anything, Shi Yali smiled and said, "Do you like it?" "I like it, thank you." Wu Heng also smiled. "Try the cake, my sister will get angry later." Shi Yali reminded. Wu Heng walked over, Xilagui''s face turned redder. He did not dare to look directly into the other person''s eyes, and said softly, "Shi Yali''s idea..." "Thank you, it''s great to have you." Wu Heng said suddenly. Xiragui''s words suddenly stopped, his face was still shy and satisfied, and he said softly, "Do you want to try it?" Wu Heng lowered his head and began to enjoy carefully prepared pastries. The next day, early morning. Scream~! The bathroom door was pushed open, and Xiragui, who was wearing armor, glanced at the two of them and complained, "I am just such a sister. Do you want to kill her?" "Then you won''t help." Wu Heng gritted his toothbrush and muttered. "The association has a lot to do." Xilagui continued, "I''ll go to the association first. Shi Yali, please rest and come here at noon." Shi Yali, who was hanging on the other party, stroked the hair between her forehead and said, "Well, you go first, I''ll go there later." "I can''t stand you." Xilagui muttered and turned around and left. I don''t know when it will start. I also accepted this relationship and was willing to do some bold moves with my sister. It doesn''t matter, as Shi Yali said. They love each other, and Wu Heng became a hero again. If I hadn''t had a relationship in advance, I would probably have never had the chance to develop this relationship until later. I don''t think much about it anymore. Continue to walk towards the association. After breakfast, Wu Heng put Shi Yali back on the bed, kissed her forehead, and said, "Good rest, I''ll come to see you later." Shi Yali nodded softly, then closed her eyes and fell asleep. After Wu Heng put on his clothes, he walked out of the courtyard and released the [Teleport] and returned to the island master''s mansion. Wu Heng''s figure appeared in the courtyard. Luo Bei, who was watering the flowers on the side, shook his body. After seeing Wu Heng back clearly, he smiled, "Master." "Where are them?" Wu Heng asked. "Sister Weier and Annette went to the city hall, Sister Shannaira and Deacon Slater also went to supervise the entertainment city, and Minnie was cleaning the room." Robe said while thinking. "Deacon Slater, when did you come back?" "I came back the day before yesterday. You were not here. Now you have been living in the association dormitory." Robert replied. "Okay, I understand." Wu Heng nodded. Robe said with a smile, "Master, have you had breakfast? These days, the deacon has sent some elves butter cakes. Do you want to try them?" Forehead. When I heard the butter cake, I thought of yesterday''s scene in my heart. "You can eat it as a delicacy. I have tasted it at the deacon, and I get tired of it after eating too much." If you eat it again, you will feel that your blood sugar is getting higher. Robe also agreed with a smile. Wu Heng walked into the room, "I''ve gone upstairs. If you have any questions, please record them first and notify me at that time." "Okay, master." Robert nodded. Wu Heng entered the house, said a few more words to Minnie, and then went upstairs and walked into the study. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! In the study room. Granda was reading a book, Benny looked at the tablet. "Did you go to the Elf Sisters last night?" Granda glanced at this side. "Well, I promised them to go and have time last night." Wu Heng sat down aside and asked, "Has Xiaoxiao gone out to play again?" "Go to Lilith, let her go. For the sake of the child''s face, Lilith will help you." Granda said with a smile. "It''s weird to hear this." Wu Heng whispered. He didn''t object, Xiaoxiao played with Lilith. Moreover, I still haven''t figured out how the two of them can make friends. One is hundreds of years old and the other is a senior class in elementary school. Why can this be played together? The relationship is so good. I sat on a chair and rested for a while, and took out a few Spanish learning books brought by "Qi Hancai" from the space ring. Now that I have occupied the Mexican base, I need to know some languages. It will be convenient to communicate at that time. Divide several books into several parts. With a thought, the ability attached to the robe of the hundreds of soldiers was activated. Seven Wu Heng, who looked the same and wore the same clothes, appeared in the middle of the room. The two ghosts looked at each other and didn''t care. The 7 Wuheng each picked up the divided books and started learning when looking for a location to read. Now that I am a hero, my intelligence, concentration and learning ability are not comparable to those I had before. This knowledge is easier to learn, and it will be almost the same if you read it twice. Time passed little by little, and at noon, Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and ran back jumping. When he opened the door, he saw Wu Heng in the room and was a little stunned, "Why did uncle crack so much again?" Benny whispered, Learn a new language! "Why do some people like reading?" Xiaoxiao was a little puzzled. Controlling the doll''s body back to the display cabinet, returning to the ghost form, flew out and continued to watch the movie with Benny. I didn''t bother Wu Heng to read the book either. By the afternoon, I had almost mastered all the content. With the ability to be removed, all the clones returned to their own body. What followed was a lot of knowledge, and I felt a little dizzy. After a while of rest, my condition returned to normal. Wu Heng took a deep breath, got up and moved his body. "Did uncle learn it?" Xiaoxiao turned around and looked over. "I learned it." Wu Heng replied. Xiaoxiao looked at Granda beside her, "Auntie, do you want to learn too?" Granda said, "I don''t think it''s very useful to learn it, so I won''t learn it." "Yeah, uncle studies alone, just translate it for us." Wu Heng collected the books divided into several copies. Sitting in the study room, I continued to chat with a few people for a while. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The door knocked and Minnie''s voice came over, "Master, supper is ready." Wu Heng spoke to the ghosts, opened the door and hugged Minnie''s shoulder to go downstairs to have dinner. Inside the restaurant. Several women at home were already sitting at the dining table. Shannaira said angrily, "Where have you been there recently?" "Go out to do something." Wu Heng sat down at the dining table. After eating simply. Shannaira asked, Is there any new news on the Holy See? "I only know that the religious leader has returned to the headquarters, but there is no result yet." Wu Heng replied. Shannaira nodded and then said, "The powerful people on the island have left many people because of this incident, and this incident still has some impact on Treasure Island." Andvier also added, "Some of the residents on the island have left." The fact that Wu Heng became a hero has not been announced to the public. In addition to the association headquarters, the Holy See, and the closest people around us, people outside did not know the news. I only know that Treasure Island and the Holy See had a big conflict. I continue to stay on the island, afraid of causing trouble for myself. Wu Heng said, "It''s okay. When this matter is resolved, we will recover." Shannaira looked at him, "What are your plans next?" Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip, and then said, "I''d better wait for the association''s decision, and I plan to re-establish the building of the Holy See''s Church into a church." Several people looked over in confusion. "Who is worshipped?" asked Sannara. Wu Heng pointed at himself, "I!" "You?" Shannaira was a little surprised. "Ah? Am I not worthy?" The maids were a little curious, and Sannara pondered for a while and said, "There is indeed a building dedicated to heroes, but it is called the Hero Hall. Will it lead to bad things by directly establishing a religious form of churches?" "It should be fine. There are so many sects outside. If something happens so easily, there will not be so many. Please help me decorate the building first, and I will consider it later." Wu Heng expressed his own analysis of the thoughts. What Shannaira said about attracting bad things is mostly the attention of the gods. Wu Heng thought about this too. During this period, I have also come into contact with many sects. There are many such things as God''s Punishment Sect, Destiny Sect, etc. Many people started to establish sects at level 18, but they didn''t hear that any of them were destroyed by gods because of their establishment. They were all wiped out after being recognized as cults by the association and the Holy See. There should be no problem, otherwise so many sects would not have appeared. "Okay, I will make arrangements then." Shannaira agreed immediately. Wu Heng continued, "Also, I plan to speed up the serialization of the Detective Story in the newspaper, and then serialize the stories of others to help our people accumulate fame in advance." Shannaila raised her eyebrows, and several maids also looked over unexpectedly. This is to help them make arrangements in advance. Moreover, Wu Heng''s ability to improve so quickly also proves that this system is effective. "Master, our level..." Andrewer hesitated a little. I haven''t even reached level 18, it''s a bit too early now. Wu Heng said: "Plan this first, and then we will accumulate fame for you in the order of grades. Weier and Annette will also explain the work appropriately, seize the time to train and improve the level." "Okay master." The two women answered. Everyone was very happy, and everyone hoped that they would have a higher level. And now I see hope. After dinner, I sat in the living room and chatted for a while. Shannaira asked, Will you go back to your room to rest at night? "There is still something to deal with today, I will accompany you tomorrow." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Who said you were going to accompany me? Go ahead and you don''t have to worry about the matter on the island." Shannaira said. After the chat. Wu Heng went upstairs and called a few maids to go to the zombie world. The other side of the boundary gate. Still a Mexican room. Wu Heng looked at his watch and compared the time on the wall of the room. The two worlds were about 13 hours apart. It''s night on Treasure Island, and it''s early morning here. Wu Heng walked out of the room and went downstairs, and happened to see Qi Hancai coming out after giving the task. Beside him, he was also the arranged translator "Valentin". "Immortal Master!" Valentine shouted first. The rest of the people followed. Calling the leader. Qi Hancai signaled to the others to go and then asked with a smile: "Get up so early?" "Well, there''s nothing wrong here, right?" Wu Heng walked over and asked. "Nothing is wrong, I''ll report it to you." Qi Hancai opened the door again, and Wu Heng followed him in. The two sat down in the position, and Qi Hancai said, "There are a total of 742 locals in the base, technical jobs, medical staff and plumbing workers, and there are no very advanced scientific researchers..." "Just make arrangements." Wu Heng said, and then said, "I think about letting the base spread my identity as an immortal master, how do you feel?" "Immortal Master? That Immortal Master?" Qi Hancai''s eyes widened. (This chapter is finished) Chapter 872 , Magical Building Training Ground Chapter 872, Magical Building Training Ground Qi Hancai looked at the other party with some strangeness. I heard the name of immortal master call me yesterday. At that time, I just felt that a foreigner could speak this word, which was quite interesting. Unexpectedly, Wu Heng really wanted to spread this title. Looking back, the first King of Yama that was reported from the beginning seemed to be no different from the immortal master. "How do you want to promote this?" Qi Hancai asked curiously. When I was in Xinfu City. The nickname of King Yama is only mentioned by Li Yahong and the others, and Wu Heng himself has basically never mentioned it much. Later, the other people changed his name to the leader. Wu Heng didn''t know how to explain it, so he could only say, "Just try something and try to promote it for me." "Okay, I''ll make arrangements later." Qi Hancai didn''t ask much. "I mentioned the woman I rescued before, there is no problem, right?" Wu Heng asked. He resurrected a woman in the superpower laboratory. Superpowers can control metals, and among the superpowers he knows, they are quite special. "I talked to her. She was willing to stay in the base to live, but she also put forward a condition." Qi Hancai changed one leg and raised it. "What conditions?" Wu Heng looked up. "If the gang leader here is not dead, she hopes to help kill the other party." Qi Hancai said seriously. When the other party was rescued yesterday, although he mentioned that he had a grudge against the gangster, he did not mention the matter of taking revenge. Maybe I remembered it after I came back. "If the time allows, you can help her get revenge." Wu Heng replied. Wu Heng had a grudge against the other party, but if he could really meet him, it wouldn''t matter how he killed the other party. Qi Hancai nodded to show that he understood. Wu Heng continued, "Her superpowers feel that they have great potential. See if they can recruit your subordinates." "Okay." Qi Hancai agreed with a smile. Wu Heng continued to ask, "How is the satellite matter arranged?" "The satellite has been prepared almost all the time, and it can be arranged to launch at any time." Qi Hancai said directly. The satellite has been ready for a long time and it is time to prepare for launch. Wu Heng continued, "When the place stabilizes here, we will go back to the South Korean base first and handle the satellite matter first." "Okay, I can go back in the next two days." The two chatted in the office for a while, then got up and walked around the base. It''s different from Wu Heng''s casual stroll. Qi Hancai summarized the functions of different areas of the entire base, which is quite reliable. Stayed from here until the afternoon. Wu Heng returned to the room and returned to another world. The next day, in the morning. Island Lords Mansion! "Wu Heng, have you become a hero? How did you do it?" Yuri followed Slater in, shouting with an exaggerated expression. Fortunately, this is the island owner''s mansion, otherwise the neighbors would have heard the movement. Wu Heng sat on the sofa, his tone was relaxed, "Basic operation, just stay at home every day, read comics when you have time, and naturally he becomes a hero." Yuri frowned and was stunned for several seconds, "Are you laughing at me?" "I''m just teasing you. I think I''m the result of hard work. They said I''m a talent." Wu Heng answered seriously. "There are more people working harder than you, and I don''t see who will become a hero so soon." Yuri muttered, saying a little depressed, "When I was in Blackstone Town, I was still guarding you, and now you have become a hero." Wu Heng looked at the other person''s expression and felt a little funny, and said, "It''s wrong for you to think so. If you want to think, I will become a hero, and you will be the overlord of the Black Stone Town in the future. Who dares to bully you?" Yuli''s eyes lit up, she glanced at her aunt sitting not far away, and gave Wu Heng a wink. It seems to be saying that she bullies me. Wu Heng looked at the other party''s eyes and shook his head, saying that I didn''t dare to do this. Humph~! Yuri snorted coldly, saying that you can''t do this either. Then, he brought the topic to Treasure Island and said, "I want to apply to Treasure Island, and you will protect me when the time comes!" "Take it down, Slater won''t agree." Wu Heng didn''t believe it at all. "I''m discussing with her, or if the growth outside is fast, I want to become a hero." Yuri''s face said that I want to work hard. Wu Heng said, "You want to come out to play, and if you get hurt outside, she will have to tear me." "Don''t you want to cover me? How could you still be injured?" "I can''t take you with me every day, you''d better go from Blackstone Town. You can upgrade by training hard." "I don''t, I''m going to come out." Yuri said firmly. The two were chatting, and Shannaira and Slater not far away were also discussing things in accordance with the drawings. After a while, the two of them stood up, and Shannaira said to this side: "Dacon Slater and I go to the entertainment city." "Go!" Wu Heng nodded. Yuri also got up and walked out with her, turning her head and blinking at him. After a few people left. Wu Heng took a look at the time. He said hello to Minnie, walked to the courtyard, and put on the [Train Commander''s Hat]. The next second, the ghost train appeared, Wu Heng got on the train, and filled in the itinerary to "Lopez City". The doors closed, and the train entered the void and disappeared. The train appears again. It had already stopped in a wasteland outside the city of Lopez. Wu Heng confirmed the direction of the city and walked in directly. Snake Emblem Consortium, VIP Room. Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while. Soon the door opened. The beautiful elf Leidili walked in in a dark blue low-cut dress. Seeing Wu Heng sitting in the room, the smile on the beautiful elf''s face froze. After exiting the room, he looked at the door sign again, and then walked in again. After scanning his eyes and his appearance and dress, he asked in an uncertain tone, "Lord of Treasure Island?" Wu Heng smiled and said, "I don''t wear a mask, don''t know me anymore?" Retiri''s eyes lit up first, and then she showed that it was indeed yours. He walked over with a smile and said, "I''m just a little surprised. You hope I will continue to call you a guest in the future, or the island owner, or some more friendly name." Retiri is a person who is good at using her beauty. Blonde hair and blue eyes, coupled with the beautiful face of the elf, are indeed more lethal to treat the opposite sex. But last night, I fought hard with my own elves for a night and now I feel open-minded. He picked up the water cup on the table and took a sip, and said with a smile, "Just call me my name, Wuheng, you should know." "Then I will call your name from now on, and you can call me my name too." Seeing that the other party''s expression had not changed much, Retiri said coquettishly, "Last time I asked you to bring me the detective of Treasure Island to me, the last time I asked you to bring me the detective of Treasure Island. You are hesitating about the signature version of the book, too much." Before, Retirito brought Treasure Island''s Detective Books, which were the ones that he asked for the signature of the island owner. Wu Heng brought the first volume, but later he found some reasons not to bring the one. Its not that I cant bear to give it to her, but I feel that Retiri is using this method to test his identity. At that time, I was not a hero, so I should keep the actions as confidential as possible. Wu Heng''s expression was normal and said, "You still need to be careful at that time. If you still want it now, I will sign it for you now." "At that time?" A trace of surprise flashed across Retili''s pretty face. It was only two or three months since we last met. Why did it sound like it had been a long time and it changed a lot. Then he smiled and said, "Of course I want it, I especially like your story." "Do you have a book in your hand?" Wu Heng looked at her and asked. For a long time, Retili has indeed provided a lot of help to herself. Secondly, she also wants to get closer to the Snake Emblem Consortium. "Yes, wait a moment," Retiri said, turning around and instructing someone to get the remaining collection of detective stories. Soon, the staff came in again and brought in three collections of stories. They are the second volume, the third volume and the fourth volume respectively. "The first volume has the signature, and now these three are left." Retiri pulled the single sofa and leaned forward. The latest collection of stories has now been released in the fourth volume. She really likes detective stories. He took out his pen and signed the signature on each book, and Retiri, who was beside him, also had a smile on his face. Wait for the signature to be completed. Wu Heng didn''t chat with her too much, and brought the topic to the purpose of this visit. "How did I collect the commission I posted last time?" Retiri smiled and said, "Everything is ready for you, I''ll take you to see it." It has been a long time since the last commissioned release. At that time, Wu Heng went to Yeke Kingdom to deal with the affairs of the second prince. He had not come here for a long time, and Retili was also a little anxious when waiting, after all, all the orders were all corpses. It won''t last long in this weather. Storage props also need to be used to deal with other entrustments and cannot always be used to store corpses. "good!" The two of them got up, walked out of the room, and walked into the corridor. Continue to walk down the stone steps to the basement. In the cold and spacious space, there is a body wrapped in a coffin or straw mat. Retiri took out the document and said in comparison: "There are 72 corpses in total, three wizards, one of which is level 16, one of the corpses in level 11 and level 13, one of the corpses in level 3, one of the 3rd-level formation pattern masters, and three of the 2nd-level three, Alchemist. Wu Heng stood aside and listened, and it can be seen that a lot of corpses had been saved during this period. Among them, the mage and the formation master have special requirements, and they have obtained several of them. Although not many, they can also play some roles. There are quite a lot of corpses left, and they can all be used. After the other party finished introducing the article, Wu Heng said, "I''ll put it away first, and I''ll give you the money behind when I go back." "Of course." Retiri nodded with a smile. Wu Heng walked in and put all the corpses into several space storage props. After all the collection was completed, the two of them chatted and returned to the VIP room. Retilled in his seat again, Retiri smiled brightly, "Do you still need to continue filling out the order?" "Fill in two orders, one continues to collect corpses, mainly level 15 or above, special professions, and the second order is filled in to collect some props or strange things that can help train and improve levels." Wu Heng said it before he was ready to think about it in the future. . The corpses themselves still have to be collected, but they are not as good as all the corpses at the beginning. After becoming a hero, combat corpses have not helped me a lot. The main thing I collect is special professions such as array patterns and alchemy. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Props that can help train are prepared for people around them, allowing them to improve their level faster. Wu Heng didn''t want to be a hero, and the people around him grew old little by little, and then died. Hearing the request, Retili''s expression condensed. She could think that Wu Heng wanted to use it to improve the level, but how could this kind of thing be so easy to get. She whispered, "Wu Heng, props to improve training efficiency have always been very scarce things. , it is difficult to see outside, even if there is a consortium, it will acquire it itself." Wu Heng asked, "Is there any way?" Retiri thought for a while and said, "I heard that the association headquarters has a training ground that can improve the speed of practice." Training ground for this department? I haven''t heard of this, but when I recalled the beginning of the deacon "Imiro", I mentioned going to the headquarters to practice when I left Treasure Island. I was a little curious at that time. He was a prince of the Elf Clan and how comfortable he practiced in the Hui tribe. Going to the 18th level in the headquarters is not considered a high level, so why bother! Listening to Retiri''s words, it seems that it is the reason for the training ground. "Is it built or a strange thing?" Wu Heng asked. "It should be a magical building." Retirie replied in a scrutiny. Wu Heng looked at the other party, "Can you build it?" "No, I can ask for help, but this technology may be in the hands of our department, and I''m not sure if I can find someone." Retiri''s tone was a little unconfident. "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. "Then I''ll write a commission for you first." Lei Tili took out the commission form, leaned over and started writing. The already loose collar opened, revealing the large white and tender bra inside, and the red patterned bra. It is smaller than Xilagui''s, nor is it bigger than Shi Yali''s. Retiri belongs to the slender elf image, which is in line with the impression of fast traveling through the forest and agile body. After the order is finished, hand it over to the staff at the door. Retiri sat down again and opened the topic in a chat, "Wuheng, why don''t you entrust under Treasure Island? Isn''t that more convenient there?" Seeing her gossip, Wu Heng said, "I am the flag bearer of the association. It must be a bit bad for me to always go to the local consortium. Moreover, when I first went to Treasure Island, Treasure Island consortium was not on my side. . Retiri raised her brows and said with a glad tone, "So, I want to thank them, otherwise you wouldn''t come to me." Obviously, the Treasure Island consortium was in the wrong team. In some previous events, Wu Heng did not provide any help, and it may also cause some obstacles. "I''m very satisfied with you, too." Wu Heng answered appropriately. Retiri smiled even better, "Thank you!" Wu Heng took a look at the time and stood up and said, "I have to ask you to help you worry more, I''ll go back first." "Okay!" Retiri followed him out. He was delivered to the door of the hall, waved goodbye, and watched the other party slowly fade away. This time, Wu Heng appeared with a normal face, which was a bit surprising. Looking at the back that was leaving. Retiri had a feeling that the other party became more confident. It''s the kind of confidence that you don''t worry about the dangers around you at all. Moreover, the intelligence on the last Treasure Island was attacked by the Holy See. How did he survive? The whole person has also changed. Thinking in my heart, the figure in the distance disappeared and I returned to the consortium. After returning to Treasure Island, Wu Heng went directly to the association. The two sisters packed up their things and were about to go home. When they saw Wu Heng coming, they were a little surprised. Xiragui stared at her big eyes and asked curiously, "What''s wrong?" If you come here to have a meal, you usually go directly to their residence, and the work matters are more about you. Wu Heng said, "It happened to be passing by, come here to take a look." Shi Yali came over and sat down beside him, "You use teleportation back, this excuse is too bad." Wu Heng smiled and said, "I really miss you." Shi Yali hugged his arm with a happy face and subconsciously sniffed it on him, "The smell of Shanmenghua, the elves in the north like this smell. Do you have other elves?" Xiragui also looked up. Shi Yali usually likes flowers and plants, and she also has the unique skill of smelling it. Wu Heng hugged her and explained, "I just went to the Snake Hui Consortium and received a female elf. What''s the jealousy?" "Who is jealous, I''ll ask you casually." Shi Yali smiled again. Wu Heng looked at Xilagui and asked, "How many levels are you?" Xiragui replied, "Level 15, I feel like I''m almost at level 16." "Shi Yali?" "I''m just level 9." Shi Yali replied. Wu Heng said: "I plan to add a new position in the newspaper to add fame to you. You can have someone write some experience stories, which are more exciting." The two sisters looked at each other and knew that they were planning to help Xilagui prepare for the upgrade after level 18 in advance. It''s just that a little too early. But on Wuheng''s side, Xilagui is the highest among the girls. "I don''t have your experience in solving cases!" Xilagui couldn''t think of any experience he had to write into a story. Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s okay to make up some, there''s plenty of time, so prepare first." "Okay, thank you." Xilagui whispered. "You''re welcome, I''m kind to you, right?" Xilagui was moved and walked over to hug her other arm. Island Lord''s Mansion. After dinner, Wu Heng took out all the purchased bodies in the backyard. [Battlefield of Dead Skeleton] Released, the flesh and blood fell off, the skeleton pushed open the lid of the coffin and the straw mat and stood up. Wu Heng confirmed his profession and assigned these skeletons to the corresponding positions. Only three mage skeletons were left beside him. They are level 16, level 13 and level 11 respectively. "You guys come with me." Wu Heng ordered to take the skeleton to a room on the first floor, and take out three books, "The Battlefield of Dead Bones" and "The Bone Technique" and "The Bones" and "The Bones" to hand them over. "You guys are here to read and learn to come out." The three skeletons took the books and looked for their own locations. Walk out of the room. He greeted the maids and asked Benny to go out and call Xiaoxiao back. Open the boundary door and walked in. Mexico, base. Wu Heng sat in the room and waited for a while, and Qi Hancai walked in with his little owl. Qi Hancai said to the little owl, "Go and play by yourself, don''t eat randomly." The owl tilted his head and glanced at her, flew out along the window. "The affairs of the Immortal Master have been promoted in the residential areas, and there is also the matter of rescuing survivors at the original base." Qi Hancai sat down and said directly. "How is the effect?" Wu Heng asked. With a thought, I opened the panel and took a look. Faith: 17/50000. It did rise, from 15 points to 17, but it is not sure if it is effective for this publicity. If you think about it carefully, if you can promote your faith easily, the people in the association will not only stay in the hero stage. The heroes in this department, except for religious heroes, take the religious route. The rest of the heroes are not races that have long lifespans. It''s so easy to collect, and it''s all broken through the hero stage. "What does the effect mean?" Qi Hancai asked curiously. "Do they believe it?" "It seems that I believe it, but it is hard to say how many of them are truly believed." Qi Hancai replied thinking. Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Continue to promote it, you can prepare for it too, we will return to the Korean base tomorrow." "good." Sizzle ~! Qi Hancai agreed and a slight electric current came from the walkie-talkie on his body, followed by a serious voice, "Sister, I found someone fired a cold gun at the base in the dark, and a skeleton was injured." (End of this chapter) Chapter 873 , The Blasphemer (Online today.) Chapter 873, The Blasphemer (Online today.) Fire a cold gun? Qi Hancai said to the intercom, "I''ll go there right away." After saying that, he explained to Wu Heng, "Since last night, I found that some people began to wander around, maybe the people who escaped from the base." "How dare they come back?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. I was so anxious when I ran away, but now I''m back to make trouble? "I guess I''m not giving up, and don''t you feel that this is more in line with the style of a gangster?" Qi Hancai stood up and continued, "I''ll go and have a look first and find a way to solve this problem before we return to the Korean base. good." "I''ll go over and take a look with you." Wu Heng also stood up and walked outside. The two have already decided to return to the South Korean base to prepare for satellite launch. The escaped gang took away some of the weapons, which was indeed a certain danger. Before leaving, you still have to deal with this matter well. Qi Hancai nodded, and the two went out together and walked outside. Location of the gate. When Wu Heng and Qi Hancai arrived, some people had gathered here. In addition to some old people at the base, there are also the translation "Valentine" and the rescued woman "Tasha". I haven''t seen each other these days. Tasha''s shaved head has grown some hair, but it''s still very short. "Chief! Sister Qi." The old people at the base greeted him. Valentine came over, "Immortal Master! Deputy Chief Qi Hancai." Tasha followed behind and saluted slightly to the two of them. Wu Heng and Qi Hancai nodded and looked at the location of the gate. Several skeleton dogs were guarding not far away, and there was a corpse wearing combat uniforms and sniper rifles on the ground. The body was a little miserable, and the limbs were torn aside, and the body was also broken. Qi Hancai glanced at the corpse and asked, "The person who fired the cold gun?" One of the men replied, "There should be four or five people. They fired a cold gun at the skeleton on the wall, and immediately released the skeleton dog to search, and only one was brought back." The skeleton dogs came by plane with Qi Hancai and others. In addition to these skeleton dogs, there are also some skeletons with technical jobs. This time, someone fired a cold gun, and the skeleton dog rushed out and started looking for the target. He grabbed one, and the rest should be running after the gun. Qi Hancai nodded and then asked, "Is there any loss in the skeleton?" The subordinate replied, "Nothing was damaged, but there were some bullet marks on the clothes outside." After saying that, he also pointed to the skeleton not far away, with two broken bullet holes left on his clothes. Qi Hancai looked at Wu Heng, "I will arrange for someone to go out for search now." Wu Heng looked at the corpse and was also thinking about this matter. Going out for searching is not very effective. Even if you find the rest, the remaining people will still be in danger. He said, "I''ll ask about the body first." [Talk of the Dead] Released, the body suddenly sat up. The torn face, facing this side. The old members of the base had seen the body that suddenly sat up, but they did not react much. Only Tasha, who was standing behind, had a change in her face and subconsciously took a few steps back. The translation Valentin looked at her strangely and muttered to herself, What are you afraid of? Have you forgotten how did you survive? Fuss! Valentine took two steps forward and prepared to translate. Before he could walk over, Wu Heng asked in Spanish: "Are you those who escaped from the Dawn Base?" The corpse replied, Yes! Everyone turned to look over. I needed to communicate before, but today I can use this language to communicate? Wu Heng continued, "How many people are you?" "There are more than 40 people." "Who is your current leader?" "Second leader!" The second leader is the leader of the gang, and he is really alive. These people are really better at living than ordinary people. And behind, when Tasha heard the second leader, hatred appeared in her eyes. She wanted to go forward and say something, but she hesitated for a while, but still didn''t move. The fourth question, Where are you hiding now? In an old factory building to the east. After knowing this, I didn''t continue asking. The magic dissipated and the corpse lay back on the ground. Wu Heng bent down and put away the weapons on the corpse. Qi Hancai said from the side, "I will arrange the troops and I will go and catch them immediately." "There may be secret whistles on the road. They get the news to evacuate, so we are even more troublesome." Wu Heng continued, "I''ll deal with it. You can wait 10 minutes before you set off." Qi Hancai felt that what the other party said made sense. Nodded and agreed, "Okay!" Wu Heng didn''t say much anymore and used [Telection] to leave the base directly. Waste factory building. The broken cement wall was exposed with rusty steel bars. Behind the window and in the shadows behind the collapsed wall, you can see the protruding muzzle and the guards. It is said to be a local gangster, but its clothing and weapons are no worse than normal soldiers. Inside the factory. Several burly men sat together, eating canned food and bread. Communicate in local language. "I had known that I should have launched a missile directly and destroyed the South Korean base." The car had its own radio stations, and I also heard the news that the South Korean base had announced the occupation of the Mexican base. Needless to say, it is also known that it was the action taken by the Korean base. "This is our territory. As long as you keep an eye on them, they won''t even dare to leave the door, and they will give up here at that time." "Their superpowers are so terrifying." "When you have the chance, you will shoot him in the head with one shot. No matter how powerful it is, it will be useless." They really don''t dare to attack the base head-on, but they also have their own expertise. Familiar with the terrain, assassination and cold guns. If you persist for a few days, those people will not even dare to leave the door and will naturally leave here. Even if it really doesn''t work, it''s not too late to leave then. "Look at the people who have arranged it and what news can be brought back!" People eat and chat, waiting for the people who are arranged to come back. At this moment, one of the men suddenly turned the assault rifle that was mounted on the window and headed into the room. Without waiting for others to ask, pull the trigger directly. Bang bang bang ~! The bullet sounded in the factory, and the people beside him fell into a pool of blood. The rest of the people reacted and fired a hasty shot, knocking the person who raised the gun and shot it into a sieve. The next second, there were three more people, their faces full of horror and their guns began to shoot randomly in the room. For a moment, the entire factory fell into chaos. Wu Heng walked into the factory and a smell of gunpowder and blood mixed together came to his face. He looked at the corpses everywhere and asked, "Who is the second leader?" Xiaoxiao appeared from the side, pinched her waist, and said, "I don''t know! We can''t understand what they said, so we killed them all." Well OK. Wu Heng continued, "Are people here?" Benny said, "Some people hiding in the dark have also been found and killed. No one must have escaped." Wu Heng nodded. At this time, the roar of cars came from outside the door, and Qi Hancai and his people rushed over. When I stepped into the factory, I saw corpses all over the ground. Wu Heng looked at the few people who were stunned and said, "Please ask someone to put all the weapons together, and then look for them from the nearby area where their car was hidden." Qi Hancai immediately explained, the people scattered, gathered the bodies, and looked for hidden vehicles around the building. "Immortal Master!" Tasha walked over carefully. Wu Heng remembered her incident and said, "Discover who is the second leader." Tasha pointed to the body not far away and said in a low tone, "Can I go and shoot him twice?" Wu Heng took out a gun and handed it to her, "Should you wait a moment." As he said, [Resurrection Technique] was released, and the body shot in the chest suddenly woke up, vomiting blood, and looking at this side with horror in his eyes. "Go and kill him, your head will be ruined." Tasha took the pistol, with an excitement of revenge on her face, and walked closer under the other party''s gaze. I just stared at him tightly and stared at him for a long time, as if I had to say a lot, but I never said a word. Finally, he shot several times in the head and smashed his head. After a burst of gunfire. Tasha returned the gun to Wu Heng, walked to the side and squatted down and hugged her head and cried. Soon, the work of sorting was completed, and Qi Hancai said, "I found the car and hid it nearby." No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "These corpses are of no other use, right?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Qi Hancai shook his head, "No more." [Battlefield of Dead] Released, all the corpses on the ground turned into skeletons and stood up. Get some supplies ready and start returning to the base. After returning to the base, Wu Heng returned to his room. Dongdongdongdongdong~! Waiting in the room for a while, the knock on the door rang out. "Enter!" The door opened, Qi Hancai walked in and said, "The plane is ready and you can set off at any time." The original plan was to go back tomorrow or the day after tomorrow. Today, the gangster matter is resolved, so there will be no danger in the entire base. On the way back, the two decided to return to the Korean base in advance. Wu Heng had nothing to clean up himself, so he got up and walked outside, "Let''s go, go back soon." The two walked out together, boarded the plane and started going back. On the plane. Wu Heng sat on a leather seat, closing his eyes and resting. After more than 10 hours of travel, he could also give himself a rest. At this time, the cabins slowly opened and Wu Heng opened his eyes to look. Qi Hancai, wearing a blue and white stewardess uniform, walked in. The skirt wrapped around her plump buttocks, and the waistline was tied up. The ladies'' shirt was stuffed into the skirt, her legs were straight, and she was wearing black stockings. "Where did you find the clothes?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. "Don''t worry! Is it good-looking?" Qi Hancai walked towards this side with a smile and teasing look in his eyes. The steps are slow, the waist is swaying lightly, full of charm. He walked to one side of the seat, squatted down slightly, and asked softly, "Sir, do you need something to drink?" Good guy, and role-playing. "What''s there to drink?" Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai''s fingers stirred the ends of his hair and said with a charming look, "Beverage, orange juice, beer, and milk." Wu Heng glanced at the side. Granda took two other ghosts to another cabin to chat. Wu Heng gently stroked her hair and said, "Is the milk fresh?" "Preserve new, sir." "Then choose this." Wu Heng said with a smile. Before, Qi Hancai also played the role of the little fox, and this time he played the role of a flight attendant, and there were many tricks. Wu Heng himself enjoyed it and enjoyed this kind of treatment. "Sir, you know how to pick it." Qi Hancai said softly, then squatted in front of him. Wu Heng pulled his belt and said with surprise, "No, are you drinking mine?" "Sir, please cooperate with our work, otherwise I will call the flight attendant." Treasure Island, Association. Deacon''s study room. Soft sunlight shines through the window and sprinkles on the desk full of documents. After the elf sisters walked into the office, they chatted for a few days, sitting in their respective positions to prepare for today''s work. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The knock sounded, Shi Yali opened the door, and an association staff member said, "There are the latest instructions sent by the headquarters here." Shi Yali''s eyes narrowed. The only thing that could send instructions from the headquarters was Wu Heng and the Holy See. "Okay!" Shi Yali walked back to the room with a specially encapsulated letter. Xiragui also heard the conversation at the door, stood up, and waited anxiously. Shi Yali handed her the letter, Xilagui took a deep breath before tearing open the letter bag and took out the letter inside. As the letter opened, documents stamped with this seal also appeared in front of me. "After the association''s preliminary investigation, it was confirmed that the Pope''s fault was first, and Wu Heng''s counterattack was excessive, which caused serious consequences and required corresponding punishments and responsibilities. In order to make the entire incident clearer and more just, the association will send a second batch of investigation teams to Treasure Island for investigation, and the local association needs to cooperate fully... The association will make a final judgment strictly based on the investigation results and uphold the principle of fairness and justice. " Xilagui''s eyes gradually became solemn, and his face was full of thoughtful expressions. "How is it? What do we say from the other side of our department?" Shi Yali asked anxiously. Xilagui handed her the letter and said, "The initial result is to stand on Wuheng''s side. After all, the Holy See''s visit to Treasure Island to take action, but he arranged a second investigation team to come." Shi Yali frowned, "What does this mean in this section?" "I feel that if no loopholes were found in the second batch, our headquarters planned to help Wu Heng suppress the Holy See, but it was mentioned that Wu Heng had to take some responsibility if he had counterattacked too much." Xilagui leaned on the chair. The analysis said. "At that time, they had to die." "After all, a hero died, and the headquarters must also consider the feelings of the Holy See." Shi Yali quickly finished reading the command and said, "I''ll call him and tell him." Xiragui didn''t stop him either. After Shi Yali called, her brows were still frowning. Xiragui asked, "What''s wrong?" "Mini answered the phone and said he was not in the island owner''s house." "Then let''s talk to him later." "Um!" Lilith''s Mansion. In the study, Lilith was holding two letters in her hand. After reading the decision of this section, my expression did not change at all, but I just put the letter aside. Then, he took out the second letter and checked it out. Message from the Secret Speaker of the Church. The new pope succeeded and identified Wu Heng as a pagan and a blasphemer. Anyone who deals with Wuheng or the chamber of commerce that cooperates with transactions will be regarded as a blasphemous related person. The Holy See will impose severe sanctions and meet the scope of the crackdown. Seeing this message, Lilith''s eyes froze. Treasure Island is over. What entertainment city, auction. No one dares to have any connection with Wu Heng again. (End of this chapter) Chapter 874 , do you need to report to establish a s Chapter 874, Do I need to report to establish a sect? The plane landed at a South Korean base. The people who stayed here waited early on to greet the apron. Qi Hancai changed into his original clothes and the two got off the plane together. "Chief, Sister Qi!" Everyone came up to greet him. Wu Heng nodded, and Qi Hancai said, "Go to the conference room and say." The few people didn''t stop outside and went directly to the conference room. Sitting around the sides of the slender conference table. Qi Hancai asked with a serious expression: "There is no problem these days!" At this time, she lost her crazy baby on the plane and became the image of a serious deputy leader again. "It''s normal. The day after you left, some representatives from the large bases came to visit you. If you were not here, they would let them go back first." The subordinates reported immediately. The direct destruction of the Mexican base has brought considerable shock to other bases. If we destroy the Korean base, we may have used the skeleton army, after all, Qi Hancai and others had been developing in South Korea for a while. But the Mexican base is different this time. It is far away and the location is confidential. As soon as the person leaves, he reports that the base is destroyed. It means that you have the force to quickly solve the target in addition to weapons of mass destruction. It is likely to be a new abilities, a more direct and efficient abilities than summoning skeletons. Several people briefly talked about the situation of the base, and Qi Hancai looked at the middle-aged man in the second position on the left, "Minister Jin, how are you preparing for the satellite launch?" The middle-aged man solemnly reported, "It''s ready. As long as the launch pad is completed at the position where it needs to be launched, it can be launched." Wu Heng asked, "Can all be done by skeletons?" "Yes, the deputy leader gave us an order and cultivated a skeleton technician who was completely familiar with the process. There should be no problem with successfully launching it." The middle-aged man looked at Wu Heng with a more respectful attitude. He had met Wu Heng, and that night he killed all the senior executives of the Korean base with his skeletons. If they weren''t responsible for the technology. I''m afraid I''ll die at the other party''s hands. "Is the launch frame you mentioned made on-site? Or what should I do?" Wu Heng continued to ask. "Prepare in advance and assemble it then." The middle-aged man replied. Wu Heng was quite satisfied with the reply this time, "Okay, prepare everything in advance. Then I will take it to the launch area for launch." "Okay, leader." The middle-aged man replied. After Wu Heng''s affairs were finished, Qi Hancai continued to allocate the rest. Wait until the meeting ends. The two walked back together, and Wu Heng said, "I''ll go back to my room first. Come here tomorrow to get the equipment to launch satellites, so that everyone can prepare." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded. Wu Heng returned to his room, and Qi Hancai also went to deal with other things. Open the windows in the room and ventilate them, then close them. Open the world gate and return to another world. Treasure Island. After Wu Heng returned, he released the ghost out of his own movement and went into the bathroom to take a shower. Walking out of the bathroom door, I saw Minnie waiting at the door, holding two letters in her hand. "Master, the association has sent you a letter. Deacon Xilagui and Leader Lilith called you yesterday." Wu Heng''s expression immediately became serious, it must be that the affairs of the Holy See had a result. Looking at Minnie''s anxious expression, she touched her head, "It''s okay, I''ve become a hero, and they dare not do too much." "Yeah!" Minnie nodded seriously. Wu Heng took the letter and tore open the first letter and glanced at the letter inside. "After the association''s preliminary investigation, it was confirmed that the Pope''s fault was first, and Wu Heng''s counterattack was excessive, which caused serious consequences and required corresponding punishments and responsibilities. The association will send the second batch of investigation teams to Treasure Island to cooperate, and Wu Heng needs to cooperate with all his strength. " Seeing the content on the letter, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The association has confirmed that the Pope''s fault is first, but it has also set itself a counterattack. It feels like they play fifty boards each. But it is not a bad thing. As long as the association is not considered a major mistake, it will have no impact on you. Before, what I was most worried about was that the association was on the side of the Holy See. It is difficult for me to have the ability to face all the heroes of the Association and the Holy See. Now the association believes that it is not wrong, and the rest is to face the Holy See, which is not a big problem. Then, Wu Heng opened the second letter, which was written to himself by the leader of the Hongwenhui Association, "Claudio". The content is also very simple. First, I congratulated myself on becoming a hero, and then mentioned the incident of the Holy See. After all, the Holy See is an important part of the association. I hope Wu Heng can alleviate this matter and not continue to be serious. He has already gone to the temple and will help him to ease the conflicts between the two sides as much as possible. The two letters seem to be not bad for me. Looking up at Minnie, who was waiting for the result, said, "It''s okay, our department decided that the Pope was wrong first, so we will take a counterattack too much." Minnie also breathed a sigh of relief, "It''s great, the headquarters is still fair." "Let''s go down and call them." Wu Heng hugged Minnie''s shoulder and walked downstairs. As soon as he entered the hall, Shanara, Slater, Yuli, and several maids at home were all sitting in the living room. When he went downstairs, he looked at him in unison. Wu Heng handed the letter to the nearest Shannaira and said, "It''s okay, the association decided that the Pope was wrong first." Shannaira took the letter and glanced, her eyes lit up. Then, it was passed to several other people in turn to watch. As the letter was passed down, the somewhat depressing atmosphere in the room began to ease. A smile appeared again on his face. Wu Heng said, "I''ll call outside first and talk to you later." After saying that, he walked to the phone and called the deacon''s study room. After two sounds, Shi Yali''s voice came from the opposite side, "Hey!" "Shi Yali, it''s me!" Wu Heng said directly. Shi Yali immediately said, "I have written a letter from our department, and it is first to determine that the Pope is wrong..." Wu Heng listened, the content Xilagui received was similar to his own. "I also received the letter, and the content is similar to what you said. I will reply to the department later. It''s okay, don''t worry." Wu Heng comforted softly. "You have also received the letter. I still want to tell you in advance." Shi Yali looked like a pity that she was not the first to tell him. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I just received it." "When Xilagui comes back, I will talk to her, so that she can''t worry." Wu Heng continued, "Okay, I''ll call Chief Lilith and chat when I have time." "good." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng continued to dial the phone number from Lilith. A few days ago, someone was arranged to connect to the phone number for Lilith''s residence. After three or four sounds, the opposite side was connected. "Chief Lilith is me." "Have you received the news from the headquarters?" Lilith''s cold voice came over. Wu Heng said, "I received it. It seems pretty good to determine that the Pope is wrong first." Lilith''s tone was still serious, "Come here, I have something to tell you." Wu Heng also heard the seriousness in the other party''s tone and frowned, "I''ll go there now." Hang up the phone. Shannaira asked, "What''s wrong?" "Captain Lilith asked me to come over and I''ll see what''s going on." Wu Heng said. Minnie walked over quickly and helped him put on his clothes. He waved his hands with several people and released the teleportation technique to leave. The light flashed. The next second, he appeared in the courtyard of Lilith''s mansion. The door of the residence opened and the voice came out from it, "Come in!" When he entered the room, Lilith was still the image of a little loli. Pick up the tea cup and make tea for him. Wu Heng pulled a chair and sat down, "Is there any special news about the leader?" Lilith put the teacup in front of him and said in a deep voice: "The Holy See''s Holy Church has heard some news, which is not very beneficial to you." She is responsible for the association''s intelligence, and the secret speaker creates a system. More information and more credible. Wu Heng''s face was solemn, "Chief said it straight!" Lilith said seriously, "The new Pope of the Holy Church succeeded to the throne and issued a papal encyclical to designate you as a pagan and a blasphemer." As he said that, he put a letter on the table and dragged it to him, "The letter is here." Wu Heng picked it up and took a look, but the content was not much. But there is another half of the letter, Lilith did not say, ''Any person who deals with Wuheng, the chamber of commerce that cooperates with transactions, will be regarded as a blasphemous related person, the Holy See will impose severe sanctions, and it will be in line with the crackdown. Within range. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes and immediately realized the importance of it. The last battle with the Pope has caused most of the powerful people on Treasure Island to leave the island to avoid causing trouble. If this news from the Holy See is announced. Treasure Island will completely become an isolated island, and no one dares to do business with Treasure Island. There will be no luxury merchants coming to the island to spend money. New commercial streets, cinemas and entertainment cities will all become decorations. In terms of power, no one will offend the Holy See because of Treasure Island. After Wu Heng finished reading it, he returned the letter to her again, "Thank you, the leader for notifying me of this news." Lilith nodded and asked plainly, "What are your plans?" Wu Heng leaned on the chair and said casually: "Of course it is to cooperate with the association''s arrangements." Lilith glared at him, "I said to the Holy See, what official words do you say to me?" "Ao!" Wu Heng smiled and continued, "I haven''t figured out what to do, and I may find a way to deal with this." No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Lilith took a sip of tea and said, "I don''t like the Holy See either, but some things still depend on the forces behind it. We will endure it for a while and then help you adjust it. There should be room for ease." Easing! Wu Heng doesn''t think there is still room for ease. But Lilith must have good intentions. From her perspective, even if Wu Heng has the power to kill a pope alone, it does not mean that Treasure Island is qualified to compete with the Holy See. One has developed for less than a year, and the other has been passed down to this day. "I know, I will find a way to deal with this matter." Wu Heng nodded, then leaned forward, "Chief!" Lilis looked at him with a strange look, "What are you doing! Just say it directly if you have something to do." "What level is the new successor Pope?" Wu Heng asked what he was curious about. It was said that the Holy See announced to the public two heroes, one of whom was the Pope and the other was the religious leader. After killing one by himself, a new pope sat on it so soon. Moreover, in Wuheng''s worst plan, the Holy See will launch a large-scale attack on Treasure Island. But the other party didn''t react as much as they imagined. "The information is not yet confirmed, and it is not ruled out that the other party is a hero." Lilith answered casually. "It''s possible that it''s a hero, too?" Lilith replied, "It''s just a guess. Whether he has reached a hero or not has to wait for the specific information to be sent back." What a guy, this hero is endless! Satellites and missiles should be deployed as soon as possible. Wu Heng thought for a while and then asked, "Chief, is there anything to pay attention to when establishing a sect?" Lilith asked back, "You want to establish a sect?" "Is it OK?" Lilith did not answer immediately, but looked at him suspiciously. Say he doesn''t know anything! Every time he reaches a level, he has a clear development direction, allowing him to make arrangements in advance and directly promote a hero without hiding everyone. But he said he understood, and he always asked some basic questions. Judging from his appearance, he doesn''t seem to be pretending. Its like getting a guide and knowing what to do next, but not knowing why, and whether there are any problems. He stared at him several times, and then explained, "Yes, as long as the association is not recognized as a cult, and a reasonable religious activity will not interfere with you. Of course, the Holy See does not recognize the existence of other sects in name, but generally I won''t care." He paused for a moment and added, "It''s hard to say here." "Who is the Holy Ash Church worshipped?" Wu Heng hesitated and asked. The Holy Ash Church is the church of the blood clan. In the church, Lilith appointed the official position of a criminal punishment. Lilith glanced at him and said, "The first ancestor worshipped also has a heroic image of me." Then he asked uncertainly, "You don''t want to set up your hero like you, do you?" "Is that OK?" Wu Heng asked. Lilith widened her eyes, never seeing such a thick-faced person, "You are not of our race, and you have no reasonable identity unless...." He stopped suddenly at this point, looked away in panic, and coughed lightly, "Unless you become a blood clan." Wu Heng just wanted to tease her, or to establish his own sect, and then asked, "Does it take to report to the association to establish a sect?" "It''s okay to report. You can try to build a Hall of Heroes first, and wait until the matter of the Holy See stabilized, and then prepare for the sect." Lilith made her own suggestions. Wu Heng listened and nodded. Suggestions are suggestions. As for what to do, I will talk about it later. Wu Heng sat here and chatted with her for a while, and what Lilith wanted to tell him had already said. The two continued to chat for a while. Wu Heng continued, "Chief, go to the island master''s house for dinner tonight? I asked Minnie to prepare more delicious food to celebrate the decision of the headquarters." Lilith looked at him with some amusement, "How old is it? You still have to celebrate this kind of thing. Today won''t be over. Let''s wait for two days." Wu Heng didn''t say much, and after he went back, he really had to discuss the conversation. "That''s fine." Leave Lilith''s mansion. Wuheng returned to the island master''s mansion. Shannaila and others went out to deal with the matter. Wu Heng and Minnie greeted each other and went upstairs to return to their study. Xiaoxiao and Benny were not in the room, and Granda floated at the window, looking at the maid outside with her branches. "Go out for a walk, too, stay at home every day." Wu Heng walked in and said to Granda. Glanda turned her head and said, "There is nothing fun outside." "I''m afraid you''ll get depression." "What is that?" "It''s just that I''m in a bad mood and then I develop mental illness." Granda thought, "Is it a disease in your world? Is it a disease that is not a good mood?" Wu Heng shrugged, not knowing how to explain. Granda then asked, "Hometown wrote to you? What did you say?" Wu Heng handed her the latest letter and said, "It was initially determined that it was the Pope''s responsibility. We took on a counterattack too much. There is a second group of investigation teams coming to investigate. If they don''t find anything, the matter will be basically That''s it." Granda glanced at the letter and said, "The headquarters is still partial to the Holy See. The Pope launched an attack on Treasure Island. Everyone on the scene saw it. This is impossible to hide it, so his fault has been confirmed and he gave it to him. If you have decided to fight back too much, it will be a bit unreasonable." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and according to Glanda''s analysis, it seemed to be correct. The Pope''s responsibility is fixed, so many people saw it, and Lilith also arrived immediately, and she couldn''t even rely on it. It was more like giving Wu Heng an explanation to the Holy See. "It doesn''t matter. As long as the heroes in this department do not intend to attack us, the others are not important." Wu Heng said, and then said, "There is a new pope in the Holy See, and we are made up of pagans and blasphemers. , Anyone and force associated with us will be attacked by the Holy See." Glanda''s expression also changed and she cursed: "These robbers." "Write three letters for me later." Wu Heng said. "Three seals?" "Well, the headquarters wrote a letter, saying that it is willing to cooperate with the headquarters'' investigation, and invite religious heroes to lead a team to the island for inspection. The second letter is for the leader of the Hongwen Society, which means thanking for help. The third letter is for the Holy See, which means that they are interested in being involved. Others, we will also take corresponding countermeasures." Wu Heng expressed his thoughts. Granda nodded, "Yes, I''ll write it first, and you''ll see it later." "good!" dusk. The family sat at the dining table and Minnie prepared a sumptuous supper to celebrate that the headquarters did not favor the Holy See. Wu Heng did not tell the Pope''s encyclical about the incident. The news is still uncertain, and now it will only make them worry. "The church design is out, take a look." After dinner, Shannaira took out the hand-drawn drawings, which were very beautiful and had a very strong wood elf style. Wu Heng looked at it, then looked at the beautiful wood elf in front of him, revealing his white shoulders and collarbone. He said, "It looks very good, isn''t it very suitable for my identity?" "What is your identity?" Shannaira thought he was showing off. Wu Heng said, "I am a necromancer. Is such a life-filled style a little too abrupt from my profession?" "My idea is to dilute the uneasiness that your necromancer brings to people. You won''t think that the necromancer is very popular, right?" Shannaira asked back. Wu Heng scratched his face and said, "That''s a bit bad, so let''s change it again!" "Which direction is it?" Shannaira continued to ask. "Be more solemn, reduce the tendency of a unique style, and make it acceptable to other races." Wu Heng said thinking. "Okay, I''ll change it later," said Shannaira. After discussing for a while, the two of them. Minnie pulled her to the training room for training, while Wu Heng returned to the room early. After late at night, Shanara came back from outside and the two hugged each other. The next day, the world of zombies. Six business cars were parked in the street outside a platoon of warehouses, guarding a large number of skeletons nearby. Wu Heng, Qi Hancai, Minister Jin, and several scientific researchers came to the warehouse and opened the door. Expose all kinds of equipment inside and prepared satellites. Minister Kim said: "The leader, all of them are ready. As long as these equipment are assembled, the skeleton technicians can complete the entire launch step independently. We conducted 7 simulated launches, and the skeletons can complete it." (End of this chapter) Chapter 875 , Im afraid he wont understand Chapter 875, I''m afraid he won''t understand In the warehouse, there are containers already packed. It gives people the feeling of shipping from ocean. Minister Kim followed closely and said, "Chief, the equipment in each container is built and can be used after being shipped to the place by connecting and debugging." Thoughtful. "Can the skeleton be completed?" Minister Kim smiled confidently, "Can you finish it!" "It''s done well." Wu Heng praised casually. "Thank you, leader." Minister Jin immediately saluted in a regular manner, and then quickly followed. Wu Heng thought for a while and then asked, "How many days will it take to install it in total?" "If you install it at the same time and have complete equipment, it will take three days." "What equipment is needed?" Minister Kim said: "The main thing is to build the launch tower, which requires engineering vehicles, and they are all ready and parked outside." It sounds like every aspect has been considered. After all, this matter will take several months to be arranged, just to arrange the launch, not to produce satellites. If you can''t prepare well, it''s really unreasonable. "Is there anything else I want to tell me?" Wu Heng stopped and looked at Minister Jin. "No more, the skeletons will be completed normally by then, as long as they don''t interfere with their work." Minister Kim reminded him, and then said, "It''s better to bring some technicians over here, which is safer." Wu Heng glanced at him and continued, "I understand. I will consult you again if you have any questions." "Yes, leader." Minister Kim didn''t say much. Wu Heng took a few people out and said to Qi Hancai, "Take people back first. I will arrange someone to handle the transportation matters." "Okay." Qi Hancai nodded, took the rest of the people away from the warehouse area and left in a business car. After everyone left, Wu Heng looked at the empty area, hundreds of skeletons wearing vests of different colors gathered. The skeletons are wearing blue vests, the skeleton orange vests that are constructed on the launch tower, and the technical skeleton gray vests. Stand on the open space according to different divisions of labor. Wu Heng chose one of the warehouses, opened the border gate and walked in, and went from the island owner''s mansion to the base that had been prepared long ago. Then, use the warehouse''s wide boundary gate to connect the two worlds. The prepared vehicle begins to pull the numbered container into another world. In another world, there are skeletons dismantling goods and starting to assemble them. After all of it was arranged, Wu Heng had nothing to do. He took out a recliner in the warehouse and lay beside him and watched the skeletons busy. The three ghosts circled around the warehouse and flew back again. Xiaoxiao asked curiously, "Uncle, why are you transporting it to heaven for such a great effort? You have become a hero." "It still has a great effect. You can observe the movements of the fixed position. The location of our Treasure Island ships can make satellite phone calls. The most important thing is that some weapons also require satellite positioning." Wu Heng thought about it and explained. The function of satellites is more of an auxiliary function. It wont be like levels and skills, which will improve your own. Of course, in addition to satellite phones, the main thing is to locate missiles. The Holy See is his advantage, but it is also their weakness. Can the Holy Sees holy temple still withstand missile bombing? Of course, this is a means, and Wu Heng did not really intend to do so. If you do it, you will only kill ordinary believers, and heroes will never die. Moreover, at that time, I will definitely be defined as a dangerous element by the heroes of the association. If I am enemies of so many heroes, I will not be able to survive in another world. Not having to do it is one thing, not having it is another. Xiaoxiao thought for a while and said, "Uncle, can you watch TV?" Wu Heng said: "It should be possible to play TV." As each person and soul chatted, Granda and Benny also joined the chat, asking questions such as why they could hang in the sky and what magic they used. I asked him, but I don''t know how to answer. With the transportation of various vehicles, so many equipment was still transported until the early morning of the next day. The rest of the work is to start installing equipment and building launch pads for different jobs. Step by step ~! In the distance, dense footsteps sounded. Minnie walked over from a distance with a team of skeletons, "Master, the skeleton you need is being transferred here." Wu Heng nodded and ordered to the skeletons, "Preserve this place, do not allow anyone to get close to taming animals, and do not disturb the work of the skeletons inside." Hurry~! The skeleton acted instantly and surrounded the entire area. This area belongs to the wasteland behind Treasure Island, and is still a long distance from the central area. Normally, no one will come here. I was afraid that there were no trouble for the ranger to be idle, so the taming beast flew here. I am not afraid of seeing what I can understand. If the satellite is placed there, no one in the world here knows what it is. I''m just afraid that someone will do anything to destroy it, after all, they are all precision equipment. If there is any problem in any link, repair and replacement are very troublesome. After the skeleton surrounded the place, Wu Heng took Minnie back, "Let''s go, let''s go back first." afternoon. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Several maids train in the training room. The practice clothes outline a slender but powerful body. After Wu Heng made the plan, Andvier and Annette also handed over most of the work to the people below, who were only responsible for some major decisions. The rest of the time, you should be more inclined to train and improve your level. Moreover, Wu Heng also arranged for high-level skeletons to conduct special training for them. There are plenty of resources and time, and the rest depends on their own efforts. Wu Heng sat in the training room and watched the maids train, while thinking about the plans behind. A sound of footsteps sounded, and Slater and Yuri followed Shannaira and walked in from outside. Passing by the training room, I saw Wu Heng sitting here. Yuri waved her hand at this side, then ran out of the courtyard to find Xiaoxiao, who controlled the doll. Slater walked over and sat down. "Here you back!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Slyte''s head, slender legs raised in front of him, looked at the maid training in the distance, and said, "It''s so good here!" "Stay here, I am a hero now, and I can support you without being a deacon." Wu Heng said directly. With the current strength of Treasure Island, the income of the deacon in Slater Blackstone Town is nothing. Moreover, as if you become a hero, the identity of a deacon is not that important. Slater said plainly, "My identity is very important to the tribe, and you can''t be as casual as you." This is the first time she mentioned the tribe. It seems that Yuli and the others are from the same place, and Yuli''s druids and Slater''s beast trainers are also very tribal. Before Wu Heng could speak, Slater continued, "The matter here is basically over. I will take Yuli back tomorrow." "So fast?" Wu Heng looked at her with some surprise. Because of the Holy See, I have been a little busy during this period. I planned to take her to play on the island, but I didn''t take any time. It seemed that she had to come all the way, but she was here to work. "It''s been half a month." Slater glanced at him and then continued, "After going back, I will arrange for someone to come and run the Money Cat, don''t worry." "I can''t bear to leave you. Just arrange the matter of money cat." Wu Heng said. Slater took a deep breath and continued, "I plan to give the headquarters a new report and transfer Yuli to Treasure Island to be the captain, just as her merits are enough." Wu Heng frowned and looked at her with some surprise. Yuri mentioned this to herself, saying that she had improved too slowly in Blackstone Town and wanted to come to Treasure Island. At that time, Wu Heng said, your aunt would never let you go, but unexpectedly, Slater really mentioned this matter. Wu Heng said: "Yuli''s level is a bit low on Treasure Island, and she faces even greater dangers." "As long as you don''t let her be a pirate, and you have any comics, so don''t show her these." Slater stared at her. Why are you still angry? Wu Heng did not answer immediately, and he was still thinking about this matter in his mind. If it were before, Yuri would have come, but the conflict between herself and the Holy See is still serious. If you can''t kill yourself, it doesn''t mean you can''t kill the people around you. It was like he couldn''t do anything to Treasure Island and issued a pope encyclical to prevent any other forces from interacting with him. He looked at Slater and said, "After a while, the Holy See is crazy, Yuri may be implicated when she comes." Slater raised his eyebrows. You are a necromancer and say that the Holy See is crazy. "Isn''t this department a conclusion already!" Wu Heng said: "That is the result of the headquarters. The Holy See''s church also issued an encyclical, which has forces and people related to Treasure Island, and the Holy See will impose severe sanctions." Slater''s heart tightened and he said in surprise, "Isn''t it over?" "It''s the Pope who died, not your Black Stone Town lord, so it''s not that easy to get over." Slater said, "Then I didn''t say this." "I''ll take Youli over when it''s stable." "That''s fine!" dusk. Slater and Yuri stayed to have a meal. Talk about some things on the island these days. If there was no Vatican incident, this Treasure Island in Slater would definitely be a good vacation time. Unfortunately, the Pope broke into Treasure Island in the middle and saw a scene of high-level battles. After dinner, several people went to the movie. Wu Heng went back to the study directly. Granda flew over from behind the desk, hooked her hands gently, and three letters flew over, "Do you ask the three letters you wrote to see if there is anything to modify?" The three letters are letters to the leaders of the association headquarters, the leaders of the Hongwen Association and the leaders of the religious leaders. Wu Heng first read the letters from the leaders of the association and Hongwenhui. There is no problem with the content. The main letters of this department will fully cooperate with the second batch of investigation teams to conduct investigations. Although the whole matter is completely passively counterattacked, it also respects the decisions of this department. The letters from the leader of the Hongwenhui Association mainly expressed their gratitude. It is still beneficial to the entire situation to win over the other party to stand on his own side. Then, Wu Heng turned his attention to the third letter from the religious leader. "Chief Saidu: At present, the dispute between Treasure Island and the Holy See has become an obstacle to each other''s development path. We hope to resolve the dispute with the Holy See through a peaceful means rather than worsening the situation... The incident should be resolved peacefully and actively based on the association. " Saidu is the name of the religious leader of the association. The letter was passed by the association, and I didn''t know how to send it to the Holy See, so it must have been handed over to the religious leaders. And Granda''s words don''t seem to be a problem, and it looks like an official verbal that an assistant or secretary can write. Wu Heng looked at the letter and stayed for a long time. Granda said on the side, "I just wrote a few words, have you watched it for so long?" Wu Heng raised his head, "It''s very well written, can he understand it?" "What''s the meaning?" "The Holy See may not understand what we mean. I said you should write it, it''s simpler." Wu Heng said directly. "Okay." Granda floated behind the desk and controlled the pen, "Tell me, I''ll write it for you." No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Wu Heng thought for a while, looked at Glanda''s letter, summoned the content, and said, "I ask the Holy See to revoke the slander of my pagans and blasphemers, and at the same time, he does not allow any harm that has nothing to do with this matter. Force and individual. Otherwise, I would want to destroy all the church buildings of the Holy See, and any clergy is within the target range of my killings. In the first half of the sentence, Granda is still recording, and the words written in the second half are suddenly beaten. He looked up at him in surprise, "You''re just talking nonsense?" "I''m tactful, I''m afraid they will be in the face." Granda looked at the letter paper in her hand and continued, "You are all heroes, wouldn''t it be good to say that?" "You just write it, it''s simple and easy to understand." Wu Heng made it straight. "Okay, I wrote it in your name anyway." Granda didn''t say much, and according to what he said, the original sentence was written in the letter. Wu Heng smiled and said, "Let''s advance and retreat together, and be beaten together." "You''re depressed!" Granda gave him a blank look. "This word is not used that way." After writing the letter, put it in the envelope and seal it with wax. Granda continued to float aside and said, "Wu Heng, you have become a hero, what is the matter of possessing a doll..." Wu Heng said, "I''ll go and ask Lilith tomorrow. After I find out, I''ll customize the dolls for you and Benny." "Thank you!" Granda thanked with a smile. "I wonder if I can add a layer of silicone to the outside, it''s the soft touch, which is almost the same as the skin..." Wu Heng thought. Before the end of the world, someone in the Q group shared this product. Glenda brows up and pointed at him and warned, "Just normal, you are not allowed to be perverted!" Wu Heng nodded with a smile. While talking, Benny flew back from outside, saw the person and soul chatting, and asked, "What are you talking about?" "Wu Heng wants to customize a doll that can be possessed for us." Granda said. "Really! When you customize it for me, your legs will be longer." Benny said. "Okay, you can think about what you have to ask for, so as not to have any omissions." "Okay!" The two souls nodded. Benny then said, "I saw Deacon Slater sitting in the courtyard, wanting to say hello to her. I''d better forget it, for fear of scaring her." Benny was also from Blackstone Town, and they were familiar with each other in small places. Wu Heng walked to the window and looked out. From this angle, he didn''t see Slater. Didnt they watch movies in the audio-visual studio? Why did they run out by themselves? "I''ll go down and take a look and help you take care of it." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Benny nodded. Wu Heng released the teleportation technique and appeared directly in the courtyard. It was dark. Slater sat quietly on the stone bench in the pavilion, raised his head slightly, and looked at the bright moon hanging high in the sky. "Why are you sitting here alone!" Wu Heng walked over and asked softly. Slater withdrew his gaze and squeezed out a smile, "I''m not very interested in those movies, so I''ll come out to enjoy the cool air." "Beni just saw it and wanted to say hello to you, but she was afraid that she would scare you at night, so she asked me to take care of you." Wu Heng sat down next to her. Slater raised his eyebrows. She knew everything about Benny, whether it was the newspaper or what had happened. He squeezed out a smile and said, "I''m not that timid." Wu Heng took her hand and said, "Are you in a bad mood?" Slater pulled his hand back, his tone was gloomy, "No, I just want to leave, I''m a little reluctant." "Anyway, there is a ghost train ticket. Come here next time, or I''ll see you." Wu Heng took out the tea and placed it on the stone table in front of him. Slater glanced at him and said, "Yuli likes you very much?" "I like her very much, lively and just." "The kind of liking between men and women." Slater said directly. Forehead. Wu Heng suddenly didn''t know how to answer. After all, my relationship with Slater is not very ordinary, and now my niece likes me. "Just tell her, I am her uncle..." "You guys, you dare to say something, I''ll fight you." Slater glared at him like an outrageous look, and then said, "Actually, by age, you''re more suitable." "You are not old." Slater continued, "If you like Yuri too, I feel you can give it a try. As for us..., just treat it as a memory." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and found that Slater was depressed. "I''m going to talk to Yuli about our relationship now." "You''re crazy! I don''t mean that." Slater immediately stood up and grabbed her in panic. Wu Heng said in a serious tone, "If you dare to say such things again in the future, I will go to your tribe to communicate about this matter. I am a hero and the pope dares to kill you, but you may not come." Slater widened his eyes, not expecting that the other party would be so angry. I wanted to say something, but I didn''t say it. The other party is a hero, let alone want to ask for himself, the tribe is very willing to bring his relationship closer. This is a hero, he was a god-like existence before. Seeing that she wanted to argue, Wu Heng said, "It won''t work this time, stand up." Slater lost the seriousness of the deacon, stood up a little aggrievedly, "What are you doing?" Wu Heng raised his hand and slapped her ass, and the sound echoed in the courtyard. Slater gritted his teeth and was about to speak, "Others hear it." "Stand up!" Slater stood up again, Wu Heng raised his hand and slapped it twice, hitting it hard, warning, "Don''t say such words next time, do you hear it?" Slater muttered, "I understand." "Sit down!" Wu Heng said. Slater sat down again, Wu Heng held her hand and stopped resisting. We sat in the courtyard and chatted for a while. The maids and Yuri came out jumping out of the building. "Auntie, let''s stay here tonight!" Yuli solicited opinions. Slater glared at him, "No, let''s go back." "Oh, okay!" Yuri responded with a pout. "Come for breakfast tomorrow." Wu Heng arranged for the skeleton to take them back. "Okay." Yuri agreed happily. Slater and Yuli left, and Wu Heng also took the maids back to the room to rest. The next day, early morning. Slater and Yuli came here for breakfast. Wu Heng gave two people five ghost train tickets, "You have collected these. If you are in danger or wherever you want to go, use ghost trains, but keep this matter confidential to the outside world, especially Yuli." "I know!" Yuri was a little dissatisfied. "We will keep it secret." Slater promised, his eyes glanced curiously, and Shannaira, who was still tired in her nightgown. This Shannaira also lives in the island owner''s mansion? It should have nothing to do with Wu Heng. He has a husband and is also an orthodox wood elf nobleman. Had breakfast. Slater and Yuli stood in the courtyard, ready to use the ticket. Yuri ran back, gave Wu Heng a hug, and said softly, "Wu Heng, I have agreed with my aunt that I will transfer to Treasure Island then." Wu Heng touched her head, "After a while, the Holy See is targeting Treasure Island these days. If you come here now, it will be easy for them to be targeted by them." "I''m not afraid of them!" Yuri said dissatisfied. "Think about your aunt. There are heroes in the Holy See''s headquarters. Your aunt''s future promotion is related to them." Wu Heng explained. When it comes to Slater, it seems like he has grasped Yuri''s weakness. He said reluctantly, "Okay, it''s OK after a while." Wu Heng took out another space ring, "There are snacks prepared for you in it, go back and eat them." "Okay!" Yuli nodded. Slater looked at the two, took a deep breath, and said, "Yuri, I''m leaving." Yuri ran over and tore the ticket open. The ghost train appeared, waved her hand again, boarded the train, and disappeared. After the two left, the rest also dispersed and began to work on their own affairs. Wu Heng greeted the maids and released the [Teleport] to go to the association. Deacon Study Room. Wu Heng walked in, and both sisters bowed their heads and were busy with their own affairs. "I came here so early today!" Sister Shi Yali said with a smile. "I wrote three letters and sent them out earlier." Wu Heng took out the three letters. Xiragui, who had long hair tied up, asked curiously: "Three letters? Who did you write to?" "Association, the leader of the Hongwen Association, and the leader of the religious!" Wu Heng sat down aside. "Is it written for the religious leader?" "Well, just write something about hope to keep peace." Xilagui nodded, and Shi Yali walked out from behind the seat, "Thank you to me, I''ll send it to the front desk." Wu Heng handed it to her, and Shi Yali took it out directly. Xilagui said: "Recently, a fleet mentioned that there were ghost ships on the route. Have you heard of this?" "Ghost ship? What does it mean?" Wu Heng frowned. (End of this chapter) Chapter 876 Not for you to play Chapter 876: Not for you to play Xilagui said: "The news brought back by the harbor ship is said to be a shabby old ship in the fog, and the sailors all think it is a ghost ship." Wu Heng asked uncertainly, "Is it our Treasure Island ship?" When I hear the ghost ship, I always feel like I am talking about my ship. The cruise ships on Treasure Island are full of skeletons, so sailing on the sea is more like ghost ships! Xilagui shook his head, "The ships on Treasure Island have all hung flags, and the type of ship they mentioned is earlier than now, not your kind." In other words, I met other abnormal ships on the way. "Does there be ghosts on it?" Wu Heng looked at the blonde elf. Xiragui explained, "It may not be, it''s all a vague statement. In addition to the ships controlled by the undead, the sailors also called some incomprehensible or weird ships, ghost ships." Wu Heng nodded to show his understanding, and then said, "I''ll check it when I go back. If there is really this ship, I''ll let Philippa go over and check it." As long as this ship is physical, Philippa''s frigate can sink at a long distance. No big problem. "Okay, let Philippa be careful too." Xilagui instructed. Scream~! While the two of them were talking, the door opened and Shi Yali, who was going out to deliver the letter, walked back. "The letters will be sent out with the boat at noon." Shi Yali said with a smile, directly beside her. Wu Heng opened his arms and hugged her shoulders. Shi Yali continued to ask, "The second batch of investigation teams should be fine, right?" Wu Heng looked at Xilagui and asked, "Who will lead the investigation team here?" "I don''t know yet, is there any difference?" "It''s no difference. I''m so open and honest. If they do whatever they want to investigate, they are afraid of secretly slandering me." Wu Heng said confidently. "It''s not slander. After all, Chief Lilith is still on the island!" Xilagui thought for a while and said. Wu Heng also agreed with this statement and didn''t say much. After talking about this, the three of them started chatting. Shi Yali said as if she was complaining, "I asked Xilagui to give the task and spend more time on training, but she would not listen to me." Wu Heng looked at Xilagui and said, "I feel what Shi Yali said makes more sense." "When will you two unite the front?" Shi Yali hugged Wu Heng''s waist and said to her sister, "You don''t listen to me, and you don''t listen to Wu Heng. He has become a hero." Xilagui gave the two of them annoyedly, "Okay, listen to you, I will give you some tasks, and I will train the rest of the time." "Shi Yali also needs to train, and she must reach level 12 within half a year." Wu Heng looked at Shi Yali again and said seriously. "Ah? How could it be that it could be so fast? You want me to die!" Shi Yali exclaimed. This time it was Xiragui''s turn to smile, "What are you calling? Don''t you listen to Wu Heng''s words? He is all heroes." "I am your real sister." "Why didn''t you think of our real sisters just now!" Wu Heng and the two laughed and chatted for a while, then left the deacon''s study room. After leaving the association building from the back door, he stood in the courtyard of the deacon''s mansion and thought for a while, and released the [Teleport] and went to Lilith''s mansion. The magic circle was quickly formed, and Wu Heng''s figure also appeared in the courtyard. "Captain Lilith, I have brought you some flower tea from the elves." The door opened, and Lilith''s voice also came from the room, "Come in!" Walking into the living room, Lilith came down from the upper floor in the image of Loli. Wu Heng placed the prepared flower tea on the cabinet next to him. Then sit down on the single sofa, "Have the new mansion not yet renovated?" Lilith sat on the chair and said calmly, "It''s almost done these days." "I will ask the skeleton to install electrical appliances for you, so it will be more comfortable than living in the headquarters." Wu Heng said with a smile. Lilith nodded, but did not refuse. As the leader, Lilith is definitely not short of resources, but the special props provided by Treasure Island still provide a considerable level of comfort in life. Especially the air conditioning, electric lights, and showers in the bathroom. None of these leaders'' residences in the headquarters live comfortably. Seeing that the other party did not refuse. Wu Heng continued to bring the topic to the purpose of this time, "Chief, please consult you." "Yeah!" Lilith nodded calmly. Wu Heng said, "Who made it for the little doll? Can I customize it?" "I promised Xiaoxiao that you can customize different types of dolls for her according to the time, and you don''t have to worry about it." Lilith answered casually. For example, after divorce, robbing the custody of the child, everything has nothing to do with you. "Then I''ll thank the leader for Xiaoxiao." Wu Heng continued, "I still have ghosts, and I want to customize one for her." Lilith didn''t feel strange. The news of Beni being transformed into a ghost was made public by the newspaper. The only thing Lilith doubted was Benny''s level. She had also been to the island owner''s mansion and lived nearby. I could only feel the small existence and never notice other ghosts. I was a little curious, did this Beni never come out? Lilith picked up the teacup and took a sip, saying, "The 19th-level **** master in the headquarters is named ''Motimer''. He has a strange personality and does not accept orders from the outside world." Level 19 Strange Puppet Master! When I saw the small doll, the description of the wry puppet master was mentioned in the item information. But I didn''t expect the opponent to be at level 19. It''s one step away from a hero, and it''s the hardest step to take. "Don''t accept orders? I can give more money." Wu Heng said directly. I promised Glenda and Benny, and when I went back, I said that the other party would not accept the order, which was a bit unreasonable. Lilis glanced at the other party, deliberately delayed it for a few seconds before saying, "I''ll give you two suggestions, one I''ll help you deliver the order, the second is that you can wait for this department to recognize and disclose your hero''s identity. , he may consider accepting your order. In other words, this weird puppet master only gives face to the hero. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "If he doesn''t accept my order, please help from the leader." Lilith nodded. Wu Heng then asked, "What should I do if I look like that?" The little doll is very close to Xiaoxiao in the ghost state, and it is obviously not something the weirdo master did based on his feelings. Lilith replied, "I provided the portrait of the little doll, and also provided the scene to describe his characteristics. His craftsmanship is still good." portrait! With the original skills, you can use your mobile phone to take photos to provide your appearance. No, in ghost state, electronic products cannot be photographed. "I understand, I''ll leave the little doll to the leader. I''ll be responsible for other ghosts." Wu Heng said directly. "Um." Wu Heng continued to inquire about some of the sects. He left the other party''s mansion. In the afternoon, Wu Heng took the ghost to the place where the rocket was launched. The skeletons were working hard throughout the field. Wu Heng walked in and checked it, then sat under the temporary awning and watched the skeletons work. The initial choice of launch site was to be on several surrounding deserted islands. But the provision of electricity is still a troublesome thing. After thinking about it, I chose the current location. Although it may be seen by local residents during launch. But the problem is not big. I dont know what it is when I see it, it doesnt matter. Moreover, try to complete the rocket launch before the second batch of investigation teams arrive. In order to avoid being considered by those people, this is the experimental base of the necromancer. It is still a troublesome thing to come in to check. I stayed here until the afternoon before returning to the island owner''s mansion. Had supper. The maids went to train, and Sannaira followed them to the training room for regular training. Wu Heng became a hero and was inspired by them. In the past, level 15 and level 18 were unattainable goals. Since Wu Heng became a hero all the way, they also felt that they had hope to become heroes. Wu Hengs example is here. According to his method, it cannot be too bad. After watching a while, I went upstairs and returned to the room. When he passed through the room of the Prophet Skeleton on the second floor, he paused and walked in and took a look. On one side of the window of the room, there is a strange thing "Emerald Sea Sand Table". In the sand table, ships in the entire sea area are displayed. Wu Heng took a closer look and saw the fleets coming and going, some fishing boats in the offshore areas, and the fleet that Philippa was managing. After carefully identifying all the ships, he did not see the ghost ship that Xilagui said. If those sailors who went ashore were not topics made up after drinking, then this ghost ship might have left the Emerald Sea, or the ship could not be found in the Emerald Sand Table. I found no special ships. So he closed the door again and walked upstairs. Return to the study. Xiaoxiao was not in the room, but it was still Granda and Benny, who were busy with their own affairs. Wu Heng poured himself a cup of tea and sat down aside. Seeing that the two ghosts didn''t want to pay attention to him, he casually said, "I asked Lilith about making a doll." The two ghosts turned to look at each other at the same time, and Glanda said, "What do you say?" "He is a level 19-level straitor in the headquarters, named ''Motimer''." Wu Heng said. Granda continued, "And how do you order the doll from him?" "Lilith said that his personality is quite strange. Ordinary people don''t accept orders, but I have become a hero now. If the association announces this matter, he should accept our orders." Wu Heng followed Lilith''s words with two The soul said it once. "Oh! I just said you must have a solution." Benny flew over to praise him with great support. Wu Heng continued, "We must prepare our portrait first and send it to each other together." "Oh, do you want to hire a painter?" Benny asked. Granda thought for a while, "Please ask the painter to paint us, and it always feels a bit strange. Isn''t there anyone who is good at painting in the skeleton?" No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "Yes, there are so many skeletons, but none of them can draw yet?" Benny also agreed. Wu Heng glanced at the two souls. This was too dependent on the skeleton. "I thought about it when I came." [Housework Technique] Opened, Wu Heng looked at the translucent appearance of the two, and began to build the bodies and appearance of the two inside. Soon, there were some similar human figures standing behind the stone gate, like a model in a clothing store. Granda and Benny both stared wide and watched the two human figures appear in front of them. "Look at what to adjust?" Wu Heng said from the side. Benny said, "Madam Granda will adjust first, and I''ll think about it." Granda flew in, observed the doll close up, and whispered: "The eyes are bigger, and the side is a little thinner." Just like editing the picture, Granda began to make some adjustments inside. Dong~! Glanda controlled a book and smashed it on his head, saying angrily, "Whose chest is as big as a watermelon? Transfer it back to me." Wu Heng touched his head, "I feel so good." Glanda knocked her hard twice again, angry, "This is not something you can use to play with." "Stop knocking, I know." Wu Heng adjusted according to the other party''s request, and a somewhat elegant and beautiful lady appeared in front of him. In a blue long skirt, hair is folded up high, and a few curly strands of hair fall to the edge of the fair neck. Her eyes are bright, her face is soft, and her neckline is slightly lowered, revealing her collarbone and fair skin. Wu Heng looked at Glenda in the ghost state and then looked at the model in the mansion art, "Are you so beautiful?" "I''ll just think you praise me!" Granda said angrily. "Is this OK?" Wu Heng asked. Granda flew around and nodded with satisfaction, "It''s OK!" Wu Heng took out his cell phone and took several photos at "Kaka". "Bennie, have you thought about it?" Wu Heng asked. Benny glanced at Granda, who was admiring her model in the ''mansion technique'', flew over and whispered, "If you like it, I can be a little bigger." Wu Heng glanced at her with some surprise. Granda always drives with herself, so she always teases her about this. Benny really thought it was her hobby. He glanced at her and said, "It''s not convenient to make it fine-tune if it''s too big." The two discussed and began to make adjustments. Soon, a model with a look of Benny appeared in front of her, with a floral dress, a small brown belt, long hair drooped to her shoulders, a round face, with tenderness and enthusiasm. Wu Heng looked at her and missed the enthusiastic and cheerful Benny he met in Blackstone Town. "How is it?" Benny asked from the side. "It looks pretty good, exactly the same as you used to." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Did I look so good?" Benny felt a little embarrassed. "I was busy with work before, but my condition was not as good as I am now, and my foundation was still very good." Wu Heng praised seriously. "Thank you! I feel that this is pretty good, just like that." Benny took a look again and confirmed the plan in front of her. Wu Heng continued to take out his camera and took a few photos. After everything is done. The realm gate was closed, and Glanda began to write letters to the "Strange Puppet Master" in the headquarters. With Wu Heng''s identity and giving more money, the other party should not refuse the business, but he still needs to write a letter in advance to communicate with the other party. Discuss the price and some corresponding needs. Granda was busy writing letters, and Wu Heng looked at the sky outside the window and went back to his room to rest. Time flies, and another three days have passed. Wu Heng took the ghost and sat in a tower building, looking at the vast launching site in the distance. The huge rocket stood on the launch pad, emitting a cold and majestic metallic luster in the sun. The median position of the launch site, the skeletons of different colors of vests are undergoing the final inspection. "Uncle, what should I do if the launch failed?" Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and lay on the recliner beside Wu Heng. Wu Heng gently flicked her forehead, "At critical moment, don''t say unlucky words." "Hehe, it doesn''t hurt!" Xiaoxiao shook her head, said showing off, and then continued, "Then bless you will definitely succeed." "No! We have a grudge against the gods in this world, so we can''t make a wish." Wu Heng was too lazy to pay attention to her, and looked back at the distance, and the skeletons began to evacuate the ground. After everything is ready. Huh~! A raging flame ejected from the bottom of the rocket, and the huge roar was like an angry giant beast roaring, resounding throughout the sky. Under powerful thrust, he slowly left the launch pad and flew to the vast universe. Wu Heng and Sanhun both watched the rocket take off. It gradually became smaller, and then only the white tail flame could be seen. After completely disappearing from sight, he stood up and put away his two seats, "Let''s go, let''s go to the control room to take a look." [Teleport] Released, Wu Heng and Xiao Xiao appeared in the control room full of skeletons. All the skeletons are busy. It only took more than 20 minutes. On the huge screen, the picture is showing the ground. Wu Heng''s eyes froze and he succeeded. But it''s not very sure. He walked to a skeleton and asked, "Has it been successful?" The skeleton nodded its skull. Wu Heng clenched his fist and continued, "I''ve left it to you here. If you need it or have any questions, go to the island master''s mansion to find me." The skeleton nodded again. "Let''s go back and write a letter." Wu Heng walked back with his small hand. Glenda, who was floating beside him, asked, "Who are you writing for?" "Give it to the religious leader and ask him if he agrees." Association Headquarters. Religious leaders work in the study. The room is squarely arranged, with dark brown floors on the ground, and exquisite religious paintings hanging on the walls around it, depicting Saidu''s life and deeds and God''s revelation. The religious hero "Saidu" sat upright behind the desk, looking at the documents in his hand calmly, but his frown was as if suppressing the anger in his heart. Dongdongdongdongdong~! A knock on the door sounded. "Come in!" Saidu said in a deep voice. The door opened and a clergyman walked in and saluted slightly. "Some representatives of the chamber of commerce have been contacted and ordered them to stop dealing with Treasure Island." The clergy said softly. "What are their attitudes?" "The Elf Clan''s Chamber of Commerce and the Wood Elf''s Star Flower Chamber of Commerce said that the message needs to be passed back and then the reply is made. The remaining chambers of commerce have signed an agreement and stated that they will suspend all cooperation with Treasure Island." The clergy continued to answer. Saidu narrowed his eyes, "With Star Flower, dare to do this?" The elves dare to say this because two of the ruling leaders are elves. Wood Elf hasn''t had a hero in many years, and he dares to be like this. "Yes!" the clergy answered directly. "It seems that their Wood Elves'' Presbyterian Church is all confused, and it should be a different group of people." Saidu said sneered. Dongdongdongdongdong~! At this time, the door was knocked again. "Come in!" Another clergyman walked in with a serious face, "Chief, your letter." "Where did it come here?" Saidu waved. The clergy stepped forward and said, "Treasure Island!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 877 , the investigation team arrived Chapter 877, Investigation Team Arrives Treasure Island! Hearing these three words, the study room suddenly became quiet. Saidu frowned, and even the clergy who had just reported the situation of the chamber of commerce turned to look at the person who had just come in. Treasure Island represents Wu Heng, and even letters from local associations will not be delivered to you. Wu Heng wrote to him! What does this mean? Scared? Want to help mediate this matter? This thought immediately arose in Saidu''s heart. Even if Wu Heng became a hero, he was alone and had no way to compare with the Holy See. Now I know I''m afraid, hum! It''s too late. The letter was delivered to him, and Saidu took it in his hand, tearing open the envelope, and did not let the two clergymen in front of him go out. The letter expanded, and the eyes fell on the contents. Saidu''s expression suddenly became soaring, and anger arose in his eyes. Bang ~! A palm fell heavily, and the desk in front of him was split into pieces. The two waiting clergymen were also startled and looked at "Saidu". What exactly did Wu Heng write in the letter? It can make the leader angry like this. "How dare you!" Saidu gritted his teeth, and the letter was tightly held in the palm of his hand. "Chief!" a clergy shouted with concern. Saidu raised his head suddenly, his eyes covered with bloodshots, and said, "You go out, stop the Chamber of Commerce affairs first and wait for my news." The two of them did not dare to stay for a long time, and they directly left the room after giving the salute. Saidu sat back on the chair, unfolding the wrinkled letter in his palm, looking at the contents inside again. "I ask the Holy See to revoke the slander of my pagans and blasphemers, and not allow any forces or individuals who have no connection with the matter. Otherwise, I would want to destroy all the church buildings of the Holy See, and any clergy is within the target range of my killings. " Even if I watched it for the second time, it was hard to believe that someone dared to threaten the Holy See in this tone. Ordinary people dare not, and the heroes in power are also afraid. But only Wu Heng dares! Even Saidu thought he really dared to destroy churches everywhere and kill clergy. "Damn the pagan!" Saidu cursed. At this moment, I felt anger and regret. Why didn''t I kill him directly? Even if the headquarters will blame itself for this matter, it will die if it dies, and no one will offend itself for a dead person. But now he has become a hero and is still provoking the majesty of the Holy See again and again. Saidu''s mind was quickly spinning in her mind, and she found that the content of the letter was really not a good idea. Wuheng can do without Treasure Island. Can the Holy See still defend the Holy See? Suppressed the anger in his heart, opened the drawer, and wrote a letter to the temple. On the other side. Sword of Justice - Inside the study of Hadarai. After knocking on the door, the assistant walked in, "The leader, the owner of Wuheng Island from Treasure Island, sent a letter." Wu Heng? Since he became the island owner, most of the chief meetings of the headquarters were held because of him. Hadalay said in a deep voice: "Take it over and let me see." The letter was sent over and then tore it open and looked directly at the content inside. The eyes swept over the text. Hadarai raised his eyebrows, and the content of the letter mainly talked about two things. The first is that we think that the department is a little unfair to its counterattack, but we also understand that the department helps it in this matter. The second one is to express that it will cooperate with the investigation of the second batch of investigation teams. The letter was not long, so after reading it, I put it aside. Wu Heng is really hard to understand. Before, it was just newspapers and products, in the headquarters and everywhere, allowing this person to appear in everyone''s sight. This time, he was promoted to a hero directly and had the ability to kill the Pope. It''s really too special. But judging from the content of the letter, Wu Heng still trusts and has an emotional foundation for the association. In this incident, it is in sharp contrast with the attitude of the Holy See. Especially the Holy See was unreasonable, so it made Hadarai even more disgusted with the Holy Sees actions. He leaned on the chair and thought for a while, and said to the assistant waiting in front, "Write a letter to ''Claudio'' and ask him to remind the church not to do anything that violates the association''s regulations." "Yes!" the assistant nodded and exited the room directly. Hadalay leaned against the chair and continued to think about Wu Heng. Now that there is an extra hero and let him be the local flag bearer, it is obviously inappropriate. So what position should I arrange for him? Treasure Island. The light flashed, and Wu Heng held a small hand and appeared in the courtyard of the island owner''s mansion. Xiaoxiao pulled out her hand and ran upstairs. Wu Heng shouted, "Xiaoxiao, we are going back later, don''t go out and run around!" "Ah?" Xiaoxiao stopped suddenly, walked back, and sat down on the chair, "Oh, then I''ll wait for you, let''s go upstairs together." Wu Heng walked into the training room, and several maids and Shannaira were training in their respective positions. Seeing him come in, Minnie wiped her sweat and walked over, "Master, come and see us for training?" "Don''t be too tired, just take a break after a certain amount of training." "I know, Master!" Minnie said coquettishly. Wu Heng hugged her shoulder and said, "Captain Lilith is moving to the Hero Mansion. Arrange a few skeletons and arrange the appliances for them. Then ask what you need. We will prepare them all. . "It must satisfy Chief Lilith." Minnie said with a smile. Wu Heng continued, "I''ve gone upstairs, don''t call me for dinner." "Okay!" Minnie agreed. Wu Heng called Xiaoxiao upstairs, while Minnie returned to her training position. Shannaira looked at Wu Heng who was leaving and asked, "Mini, what did Wu Heng say?" "The master said, let the leader Lilith go to install the appliances and don''t go downstairs to have dinner at night." Minnie smiled and said, "The master is not here, will Sister Shannaira live with me?" Shannaira said, "Okay, let''s chat together tonight." Return to the study. Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and walked back into the display cabinet, then flew out in the form of a ghost. The three ghosts penetrated directly into his body. Wu Heng opened the boundary door and walked in directly. The other side. It is a warehouse area of ??a Korean base. Wu Heng walked out, the sky was blue, and the leaves on both sides of the road had turned dark brown, swaying with the breeze, falling from time to time. There may not be much feeling on Treasure Island, but here it has entered late autumn. The same season should be there in the other world. At the door of the warehouse, an off-road vehicle was parked there, and the driver''s seat was waiting for a skeleton. After Wu Heng sat on it, he "returned to the base." The vehicle started and rushed towards the base. After arriving at the base, Wu Heng took out his phone and dialed Qi Hancai''s number. After ringing twice, the opposite side was connected, "Hey!" "Are you not at the base?" Wu Heng asked. "I''m in the residential area. If you have any trouble, I''ll go back now." Qi Hancai answered directly. Wu Heng said, "No need to come back. Let me ask you, if the satellite is launched successfully, can an ordinary mobile phone call a satellite phone, or what operation is needed?" Qi Hancai replied, "Just install a phone card that supports satellite communication. Then the satellite activates the communication function and can make calls normally." "Do you have this kind of phone card in your hand?" Qi Hancai said, "There are many. I''ll arrange someone to send it to you now. How many do I need?" "Get me 20 first!" "Okay, wait a moment." Qi Hancai hung up the phone. Soon, the phone dialed back. After connecting, Qi Hancai said, "I have someone send it to you." "With you help me, things are much easier." Wu Heng praised with a smile. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "Or else, I, the chief, wouldn''t I behaved in vain?" Qi Hancai said, and then said, "So, have you gone out to launch satellites these days?" In Qi Hancai''s view, Wu Heng''s ability to teleport is also a supernatural ability. Now we need a satellite phone card, and it is obvious that the previously prepared satellite has been successfully launched. "Well, the launch has been successfully launched. You have made the most contribution to this matter." Wu Heng praised. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Is there any reward?" "Yes, I''ll give you a reward when I come back next time." "Ah? Are you leaving?" Qi Hancai''s tone changed. Wu Heng said, "I will go back to Xinfu City today!" Qi Hancai immediately said, "I will go back and give you it now." "The airport is right inside the base. If you have anything to send, I''ll see you next time." Wu Heng said while standing there. "Then call me if you have something to do." Qi Hancai replied. "Minister Kim is here, let''s not talk about it for now." "good!" After hanging up the phone, he saw Minister Jin jogging all the way, with the person following him holding a cardboard box in his hand. Minister Kim first saluted and said, "Chief, this is the phone card you want, and this is a program that is installed on your phone and can also send text messages and video calls." In addition to the phone card, there is also a USB flash drive. It is a bit difficult to send text messages in another world. After all, there is no relevant input method, but video calls should be quite useful. You can see Winmantha and her daughter. "Okay, thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng waved his hand and the box in his arms disappeared directly. "What we should do." Minister Kim saluted again. "You guys go back. I will discuss with Qi Hancai and reward your performance this time." Minister Jin was happy, "Thank you, leader." Wu Heng waved his hand and walked towards the airport. The plane was controlled by the skeleton pilot and it has been parked at the airport. After Wu Heng got on the plane, he arranged his itinerary and took off and left the Korean airport. The plane did not take the route to Yangtong City. Instead, he flew directly to the sky above Xinfu City. Wu Heng told the skeleton on the plane to get off the plane on a flying carpet. It landed in the city center. He looked around and walked towards the central building. "Uncle, are you going to go back to prison tonight?" Xiaoxiaopiao asked from the side. "I won''t go back tonight." Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll go see my mom." "Okay." Wu Heng agreed and Xiaoxiao flew in directly. He walked to Li Yahong''s office, knocked on the door, opened the door and walked in. When Li Yahong saw him coming back, she smiled, "I didn''t say anything in advance when I came back!" "Give you a surprise!" Wu Heng sat down aside. "It''s not that I don''t know you, what''s the surprise!" Li Yahong looked like you were something I had never seen before, and then asked, "Are you leaving tonight?" "Accompany you tonight and go to the prison tomorrow." "You have a conscience!" Li Yahong muttered, walked out openly, and sat sideways in his arms. Wu Heng took out the cardboard box he brought back and said, "By the way, prepare 20 mobile phones for me, install the phone card, and the software in the USB flash drive." "Is the satellite phone card? We have it here too." Li Yahong said. "Then use ours next time." Li Yahong nodded, picked up the walkie-talkie and explained the task. After arranging someone to take the things away, Li Yahong continued, "Now, Gao Rong is arranging someone to restore Xiao Ai''s smart library. It is estimated that it will take less than a few days to use the satellite to retrieve the information inside to help us. Resuming production. If modern networks still exist, all aspects can query relevant content through the network. It is also of great help to the current base development. Wu Heng frowned and thought for a while, and said, "There are also arrangements for some skeletons to learn from the smart library." "Does this also require skeleton arrangement?" Li Yahong was stunned. It doesnt hurt us to arrange some. "Okay, I''ll talk to Gao Rong tomorrow and arrange for the skeleton to go and study." Li Yahong agreed directly. I took a look at the time. He stood up and said, "Let''s go for supper first, and then go back to the room to chat." "Um!" The two walked out of the office and headed to the cafeteria! The next day, early morning. When Wu Heng rode a flying dragon, he jumped down directly and released the [Feather Falling Technique] in the air and landed on the open space in the middle. After dusting, he walked into the monitoring room. Just as they sat down, Xiaoxiao and Benny rushed in, and Xiaoxiao shouted excitedly: "Uncle! They have evolved, not..., they are at level 20." Benny also said, "There are two that have reached level 20." Wu Heng was happy, and Glanda, who did not follow the past, also showed some joy. During this time when people like me went out, zombies finally reached level 20. "Which two zombies?" Wu Heng asked. "Cells 202 and 204," Benny replied. "Change to 202 and 204." Wu Heng said to the skeleton beside him. The skeleton directly adjusts the surveillance, and the two jails appear in the screen. There was not much change in the two zombies. The only thing that can be seen is that it seems to be taller than before, and the wings behind it are also bigger. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s transform the skeleton." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao said excitedly. The other two ghosts also walked out along. Treasure Island, Association. Deacon Study Room. Lilith sat on the sofa, picked up the tea cup and drank the tea quietly. Shi Yali put down the phone and said, "Chief, Minnie said Wuheng was out. As for when she would come back, she didn''t know." Lilith said, "When will the survey team ship arrive?" Xilagui replied, "According to the news, it is in the afternoon, Wu Heng may be able to come back." "Hmph! Run around." Lilith''s tone was a little dissatisfied. (End of this chapter) Chapter 878 , the skeleton that inherits the profess Chapter 878, Skeletons who inherited their profession The second batch of investigation teams will greatly affect the subsequent decisions of our department. If this step is not handled properly, the previous efforts may be in vain. He clearly reminded Wu Heng to stay on Treasure Island for this period of time, and agreed, but turned around and stopped on the island. Lilith still looked dull, but she complained about this unreliable man in her heart. "Chief, Wu Heng may have important things to do." Shi Yali lowered her head and whispered to her man. Lilith glanced at this side and said, "Notify Andvier and ask her to come forward on behalf of the city hall. Then he will say that Wu Heng will be on the boat to patrol the route and is on his way back." "Yes, leader." Shi Yali called the island master''s mansion again and explained the matter. prison. Wu Heng walked out of the surveillance room with three ghosts. As soon as he stepped into the surveillance area, he heard the roar of zombies coming from inside. And, the rotten stench that permeates the air. After all, it is a place for experiments and zombies. No matter how you clean it, you will still have the rotten smell of zombies. When he arrived at the door of the 202 cell, Xiaoxiao put her head into the iron door and took a look. Then he retracted and looked at him, saying, "It''s still locked in chains, no problem!" "Open the door!" Wu Heng said to the side. Holding the key, the skeleton opens the door lock. Roar ~! The moment the iron door opened, a roar of rage came. The strong zombie roared at the people coming in, the iron chains on their bodies were tight and clattered. Wu Heng raised his hand [Lightning Beam] to release it, and a thick silver snake hit the zombie''s chest. A huge force knocked it away. Wu Heng waved his hand behind him, and several high-level skeletons rushed in directly. Before the zombie struggled to stand up, the weapons in their hands fell on the zombie over and over again. "It''s not dead yet!" Benny said. The **** zombie on the ground has lost its ability to move, and its strong vitality has not yet caused it to die, and its body is recovering from its injuries on its own. "Kill it." Wu Heng said to the back. A skeleton held a spear and directly pierced the zombie''s mouth. The zombie no longer struggled and its body collapsed. After confirming that he has died. [Bone Serving Technique] Released, the flesh and blood of the corpse fell off, and the winged skeleton stood up from the ground. He is over 1.9 meters tall, his bones emit a silver-gray luster, and strange fires flash in his empty eyes. Even though it doesn''t seem much different from ordinary soul fire, it feels cunning and dangerous. [Spiritual Rogue Thieves (Level 20)]. Seeing the panel naming the skeleton, Wu Heng''s eyes suddenly condensed. A career has appeared! The first level 20 skeleton "Sky", the name given to the panel is "Spiritual Bones". It means that the skeleton has entered a new stage. This time, it not only carries spiritual bones, but also comes with a professional "thief" before the transformation of zombies. An expectation also arises in my heart. Check out the Skull Panel now. Spiritual Rogue Thieves (Level 20) [Attributes: Physical constitution 48, 59, Agility 71, Intelligence 38, Perception 55, Charm 12.] Features: hollow skeleton, flying, advanced soul. [Speciality: biological aberration, physical aberration, long and short sword specialization (master), dagger specialization (master), leather armor specialization (master). [Skill: Dark Hidden, Weakness Surprise, Reflex Dodge. [Dark and Hidden]: In a crowd, corner, and dark place, your own sense of existence will be greatly reduced, playing a hidden role. [Weakness Surprise Attack]: It can quickly and accurately discover the weaknesses and defects of the target, and accurately grasp the opportunity and make the most effective attack methods. [Reflection Dodge]: It forms reflection conditions for dangers, and can greatly avoid sudden dangers. Looking at the panel, Wu Heng''s eyes lit up. Sure enough, it inherited some of the characteristics of the previous profession. In particular, the weapon specialization and armor specialization were inherited. It also means that this skeleton is no longer just an increase in level and attributes, but can truly use the original weapons and equipment. In terms of skills, three skills have been retained. [Dark Hidden] can reduce your own sense of existence. [Waste Strike] is to discover the target''s weakness and then attack. [Reflex Dodge] forms a neural reflex to the attack, which can quickly avoid some sudden attacks. Each one is very consistent with the profession characteristics of the thief itself, and it is more like inheriting the basic skills of the thief. The skills I learned after tomorrow have not been inherited. But the thief at level 20 has absolutely no bad combat power and has the ability to fly. "I agreed last time, who will give me a name?" Wu Heng looked at the three ghosts beside him. Last time I discussed it, the subsequent transformation of the skeletons will be named after the Three Ghosts. Granda said, "I''ll forget it, I''m not very interested." Benny also smiled and said, "I''m still very talented when I give a name." Wu Heng looked at Xiaoxiao, "Everyone wants to return, you can name it!" Xiaoxiao said directly: "It''s called Tiaotiao, and the 204''s is called the pot lid." Good guy! All 204 will be better. Wu Heng asked in confusion, "Where is the inspiration for the name Tiaotiao?" "It''s easier to move." Xiaoxiao said his answer, "Doesn''t it sound good? It''s called Bouncer, will it sound more powerful?" "You''d better call Tiaotiao!" Wu Heng looked at the skeleton and ordered, "You''ll call Tiaotiao in the future." The skeleton clicked a skull and walked out of the minced meat. Wu Heng took out an iron sword, picked out the core of the minced meat, put it in a plastic bag and put it away. This is a level 20 corpse core. Although the corresponding drug has not been developed yet, it is also a treasure. "Let''s go, let''s go to 204." Wu Heng said, walking out with the ghost and the skeleton. Benny followed behind and chatted with Xiaoxiao, "Have you thought about the names of other rooms?" "I just thought about the first three, but I haven''t considered the latter yet." said the short story. Granda asked, "204 is called "take the guru", what is the name of 203?" "Star eyes, or stars!" "Because it has four eyes?" Benny said. "Yes! Does it sound nice?" "It sounds nice." Benny said with a smile. Granda also added on the side, "It is probably only your uncle who can give this name to the undead." Xiaoxiao asked, "Really, then I''ll think more about it in the future." After coming to the 204th cell, the door opened and Wu Heng rushed in with the skeleton. After a quick kill, [Bone Technique] is released. It is two meters tall, with silvery bones and thicker. Behind it is the black carapace of insects, and the wings of cicada wings can be seen inside. The skeleton''s shell is even bigger, like a black door panel on its back. [Spiritual Warrior (Level 20)]. The second one also retained his career. good! Spiritual Warrior (Level 20) [Attributes: Physical constitution 68, Strength 62, Agility 55, Intelligence 35, Perception 41, Charm 12.] Features: hollow skeleton, flying, advanced soul. Specialties: biological aberration, physical aberration, two-handed sword specialization (master), shield specialization (master), heavy armor specialization (master), military/conventional weapon specialization (master), military sword technique (master). [Skill: Strong guard posture, raid and charge. It also inherits original expertise and skills. This skeleton belongs to the warrior category, and its weapons specializes in includes two-handed swords and shields. In terms of skills, [Standard Stance] strengthens both offense and defense, which is a relatively comprehensive ability. [Rapid Charge] is to attack the target and speed up the speed of progress. Wu Heng was quite satisfied with the skeleton. After finding the corpse core and put it away, Wu Heng asked, "Xiaoxiao, what is his name?" "Pot lid!" Xiaoxiao flew over. Wu Heng glanced at the black carapace covered with wings behind the skeleton. It feels like a skeleton, but after every level 20 zombie transformed into a skeleton, the big lid behind it seems like it is a skeleton. "From now on, you will call the pot cover." Wu Heng said to the skeleton in front of him. Granda muttered, "Just spoil it!" "Let''s go back first." Wu Heng waved his hand and walked out with the newly transformed skeletons and ghosts. After walking out of the door, he said to the skeleton outside, "Cleaning the room will be useful in the future." The rest of the skeletons rushed into the prison and began to clean. Return to the monitoring room. Wu Heng assigned the original weapons and equipment to the two skeletons. These are their own weapons and equipment during their lifetime, and Wu Heng did not move, and just fitted them again. The skeletons wear armor and put their respective weapons into the sheath. Stand on the side in a proper manner. It looks more like a guard than the ''shimmer'' in a cloak. Wu Heng looked at the skeleton and said, "Xiaoxiao, I''ll confirm with you again." "What are you confirm?" Xiaoxiao asked curiously. Wu Heng pointed to the skeletons in front of him, "The first one is called Shanshan, the thief is called Tiaotiao, and the warrior is called Pot Lid, right?" "Yes, the name is so easy to remember." Xiaoxiao nodded and agreed. Wu Heng continued, "What if there are new warriors joining in the future?" "Then give me a new name! Uncle, you won''t remember No. 2 and No. 3 again!" Xiao Xiaofei was on the side. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Granda said from the side, "Your uncle is the most lazy person, probably afraid that his name is difficult to remember." "They are all level 20 skeletons, don''t they deserve their own names!" Xiaoxiao stood up to the skeletons. Wu Heng wanted to speak but stopped, and this also talked about human rights. "Okay, you won." Wu Heng said immediately. After taking a look at the time, he said, "Let''s go, let''s go back to Treasure Island first. Lilith will move in the past two days. Let''s prepare a gift to check it out." "Yes, I''m going too." Xiaoxiao immediately remembered this incident. The three ghosts crawled back to their bodies, and Wu Heng walked into the Realm Gate with three skeletons. Treasure Island. In the wide port, the sea breeze blows freely with a salty and wet smell. Xilagui led the members of the association, and Andvier led the city hall officials, standing in the port waiting. On the sea, a huge fleet appeared in sight. The huge sails rose high under the agitation of the sea breeze, like white clouds floating in the sky, with flags from the headquarters of the association floating in the wind on the mast. The bow of the ship is carved with a majestic giant beast, hideous and terrifying. As the fleet got closer, a large number of local residents began to gather on both sides of the port. He whispered, who came here again, such a big battle. The hero of this department is the Pope of the Holy See. I dont know when it will start, it is no longer a strange thing for high-level professionals or people with special identities to come to Treasure Island. "What kind of bow is this? It''s like a monster." Some members of the association muttered. Shi Yali looked slightly sideways and said softly, "The bow totem of the hunter in our department. I heard that these people are straightforward and will not talk less at that time." It was tactful, but everyone could also hear that they were saying that these people had bad tempers and should not talk nonsense at that time. Not long after, the giant ship of the association slowly landed under the command. Several ships came down one after another with different races and different dresses of the association personnel. After quickly guarding the port, the ships in the center walked down again. The person in the lead, wearing a dark blue costume and dwarf embroidered with various patterns in gold thread, walked off the ship with his hands. His body is not short, but his body is extremely strong. Under his tight clothes, the outline of his muscles can be seen. The hair was tied backwards, and the red beard was long and dense, braided into several thick braids, decorated with glittering gems and metal jewelry. Xilagui and his men''s pupils shrank, and they also guessed the other party''s identity from their appearance and posture in front of them. He quickly stepped forward, and Xilagui said respectfully: "Xilgui, the deacon of Treasure Island, have met the leader Bruno!" This department, the leader of the hunter, the Rock Warhammer - Bruno Bardeck. When the person behind him heard the leader, his expression immediately became serious and saluted them together. The dwarf looked majestic and had a powerful and powerful pressure on his body. Some professionals with slightly lower levels are trying hard to control their legs and not be swayed, so as not to be ridiculed by their companions after they go back. His eyes glanced at everyone in the audience, and his brows frowned again, "Who is Wu Heng?" Andvier was a little nervous, but he still gritted his teeth and took a step forward, saying respectfully: "The Island Lord is on the way." The dwarf leader''s eyes narrowed instantly, and his frown made his face look even more severe. He snorted coldly, "Are you on the way to come or ran away?" The staff on the side of the city hall were already swaying their legs and their foreheads were covered with sweat. Xilagui wanted to go forward to help and speak, while Shi Yali grabbed the corner of her clothes from behind. One or two sentences can''t solve the problem. Speaking now makes it easier for the investigation team to feel that the local association has a very close relationship with the island owner''s mansion. It will be even more troublesome in the future. When talking about Wu Heng, Andvier''s tone became a little tougher, "The island owner has already run away. Since we have waited until now, we will definitely not be as you think." The dwarf leader looked at the fox girl in front of him with some surprise, and then a smile appeared on his face, "You have some courage. Lilith is guarding Treasure Island, and I don''t believe he will run away. Let''s go in first." The crowd walked towards the island together. Xilagui accelerated his pace and followed the dwarf leader, allowing Andvier to retreat a little. "Chief, the association has prepared its residence, I''ll take you there first." The dwarf leader ignored her and said directly behind her, "Go to their respective positions and go back to the association before dark." "Yes!" The rest of the investigation team following behind him immediately dispersed. Just like making a plan, investigate the places that each has arranged. The dwarf leader looked at Xilagui at this time, "Take us to the location of Xicheng District." Xilagui narrowed his eyes and said that these people had maps on the island, or they knew the general distribution of the entire Treasure Island in advance. I also know that the other party will investigate directly after going to the island. I couldn''t change anything, and after I asked someone to prepare the carriage, I said, "Chief!" The dwarf leader got on the carriage and rushed towards the location of Xicheng District. Treasure Island, Xicheng District. This is the factory area gathered on the island, including pens, watches, clothing factories, etc., several factory buildings transported by them are arranged in this area. The dwarf leader stood in the shade and waited for a while, and several members of the investigation team who had released the Exploration Scroll walked back. "Chief, there are a large number of necro creatures in these buildings." "We also found the dead spirits, and there were a lot of them." "It''s detected here, too." Report one by one. What he said was basically the same. A large number of undead creatures were found inside, and there was no sign of a single creature. This result made the dwarf leader''s expression look ugly. He didn''t believe that there would be a result on the first day of going to the island, but the place in front of him was also questionable. Behind the team, Andvier shouted, "Chief, this is a factory, and there are skeleton workers." Apart from the initial greeting at the port, the people from the Town Hall were no longer qualified to approach the leader and the investigation team. The dwarf leader looked at the factory directly in front of him and said, "Go in and check." "Chief, you won''t let you enter here." Andrew shouted from afar. Xilagui also said, "Chief, these skeletons guarded this place and never allowed anyone to get close to you in the past. Should we wait for the island owner to come back and let him take us with us..." The dwarf leader ignored it and continued to move forward with the rest. Bang bang bang ~! As soon as he approached the wall, gunfire sounded violently. The bullets shot into the ground ahead of several people as a warning. "Hmph! Control them." The dwarf leader ordered. Huh~! Someone threw out a vine whip, and after touching the wall, it turned into vines like tentacles, binding the skeletons that were equipped with machine guns and rifles in the wall. Whoosh~! Several more figures swept over the wall and controlled the skeleton. One of them looked at the rifle in the skeleton''s hand and put it away. Xilagui said to her side, "Go and invite Chief Lilith." Shi Yali nodded and left quickly. Step by step ~! More skeletons gather here. On one side of the investigation team, several figures rushed towards the skeleton quickly, intending to take action to control the other side first. Suddenly, a stream of light flashed across the sky. In the blink of an eye, a person rushing forward flew backward like a shell. Then, the other few people flew out around and hit the walls and thick tree trunks. Wu Heng''s figure appeared immediately, looked at the investigation team, then looked at the dwarf in front of him, and said, "Captain Bruno, have you found my evidence of guilt? You will kill my skeleton guards when you go to the island. ? The dwarf leader looked him up and down, "Wu Heng?" Wu Heng didn''t say anything, but his eyes were still looking at him, as if he was looking for a result. "What? I don''t want us to investigate." The dwarf leader looked at him and said. Wu Heng replied calmly, "I can take you in, you can''t force yourself." (End of this chapter) Chapter 879 , Have you ever had an experiment? Chapter 879, have you ever had an experiment? The sudden change caused the investigation team to quickly draw out their weapons and prepare for combat. But when I heard that the visitor was Queen Wu Heng. Everyone''s brows frowned again and stared at the figure ahead. Behind the investigation team, joy flashed in Xiragui, Andrew and others'' eyes, and were immediately replaced by anxiety. The conflict with the Holy See has not eased yet, so we will not have another conflict with this dwarf leader! "Wu Heng! You are so brave. The leader is here, you dare...." A member of the association scolded loudly. Halfway through his words, Wu Heng waved his hand and the other party''s mouth disappeared. His eyes were filled with fear and touched his mouth in place. In the outside world, Wu Heng became a hero and has not been made public. There are many different rumors about some related aspects. But the situation in front of us made the people on the investigation team look ugly. If you just seal a high-level profession, I am afraid that only Leader Lilith, who is good at changes and curses, can do it! The dwarf leader looked at him, and his eyes flashed with surprise. The ability to use is Lilith''s "rule deprivation". It is not difficult to obtain skills, but not many of them can be learned. His eyes looked at the tall figures of the members of the Flying Association again, and the skeleton body could be seen under the flying cloak. Necromancer? A necromancer who can easily knock out a level 19 profession! Moreover, Wu Heng has two skeletons that are almost the same. It''s indeed different from ordinary professionals. "It seems! The Lord of Wuheng Island is resistant to the investigation team!" The Dwarf leader''s voice was low and he was powerful without anger. Hunter''s positioning in the association is different from other departments. Responsible for exploring relics, discovering secrets, and hunting those monsters that are extremely harmful. Most of the members'' personalities are adventurous and straightforward. Wu Heng looked at him calmly and said, "If you investigate normally, I will naturally welcome you, but if you come a group of robbers, then please go back!" "Arrogant!" The dwarf leader shouted, his face turned red, and his momentum swept around like a surging heat wave. With a strong sense of oppression, everyone present trembled. Wu Heng also began to condense his magic power. As he released his breath, dark clouds in the sky were shrouded and thunder rolled. A series of bone dragons hovered above, and the skeleton army below was gathering here. The investigation team''s eyes were a little solemn. If the fight really starts, the leader may be fine, but he and others will definitely not be able to get out of this island. Wu Heng was still staring at the other party. This time, with three level 20 skeletons, I am more confident than facing the Pope. "Enough~!" Just when both sides were at a strife and were about to fight. After a shout, Lilith''s figure fell from the sky. The huge bat wings were closed and stood in the middle of both sides, with a cold voice, "Have you two made enough trouble?" "Hmph! Attack the members of the investigation team..." the dwarf leader said coldly. Huh~! Lilith waved her hand and a black sickle slashed at the other side. The energy of the dwarf leader burst out, shaking the black sickle away. She knew the temper of the dwarf leader, and coupled with what Shi Yali told him when she went to find her, she almost guessed it. Wu Heng was about to speak, but Lilith looked over with sharp eyes and waved her hand again. The mouth disappeared immediately. Wu Heng wiped himself and his mouth reappeared. "I still think things are not troublesome enough? Do you really want to fight among heroes?" Lilith stood between the two sides and scolded the leaders on both sides. The dwarf leader''s eyes changed, then the momentum was dissipated, and the scorching wind disappeared. Seeing the other party stopping, Wu Heng also dispersed the dark clouds in the sky. Regarding the second batch of investigation teams, Wu Heng took a friendly reception attitude. After all, this is the **** pot that the headquarters is helping him clarify the church. Tell me what kind of undead experiment I was conducting on the island. As long as those things are not investigated this time, it can prove that the Holy See is completely unreasonable, and the association has reason to protect itself. But the attitude of this group of investigation teams still made him a little angry. Now that Lilith comes forward, she doesn''t intend to let things go. "Chief Lilith...." Lilith glared at her cold eyes, and Wu Heng immediately raised his hand and said, "Someone has stolen the weapons from Treasure Island." As he said that, he pointed at a person behind the investigation team. Swish~! Everyone turned their heads and looked over. Then he saw a man standing there with wide eyes and panic in the rear of the team. He thought he was doing it in a secret way, but he never expected that the people from the investigation team did not find out, but Wu Heng, who came later, knew about it. Treasure Islands weapons are quite special, and everyone knows that they are powerful, and only Treasure Island can be made. "Did you get something?" the dwarf leader turned around and questioned. The other party saw sweat on his forehead and knew that he could not hide it. He stretched out his hand and a rifle was taken out and explained, "When controlling the skeleton, he subconsciously put it into the space ring. Please forgive me, Lord Wuheng." After saying that, he stepped forward and presented it with both hands. Seeing that he really took out the thing, the audience was in an uproar. What happened before can be explained by contradictions. But the situation in front of me is a bit unreasonable. Take someone else''s stuff. The dwarf leader stared at the person behind him with his fists clenched. Wu Heng, who is the one who wrote a letter to the headquarters if he has any grievances. If he doesn''t catch this person today, if he loses his weapon later, he may be directly on his head. The dwarf leader stared at the other party and said coldly: "Detain him, cancel the identity of the investigation team, and wait until he returns to the headquarters to investigate again." No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Wu Heng put away his weapons, and the person who stole the weapons collapsed and was dragged down by the other two people. The dwarf leader looked at Wu Heng again, led the topic to the scene, and said, "What should be dealt with is also handled. Can the owner of Wu Heng take us in for inspection? Or, we will wait until you have delayed enough time, then we will Go in and take a walk. "Please!" Wu Heng waved his hand, the factory gate opened, and he walked in directly with the investigation team. Walk through the courtyard and enter the factory directly. A large skeleton, standing on both sides of the assembly line, is doing its own work. At the end of the machine, you can see the finished assembly product, which proves that this is indeed a factory. The investigation team and others stared blankly. It was the first time Lilith came over, her eyes full of novelty. He actually used machinery and skeletons to match this working mode. "The undead you investigated are all workers here." Wu Heng said casually. The investigator followed, and began to record continuously. Some personnel from the investigation team used the probe scroll internally. But apart from the necro creatures here, no traces or clues of the necro experimental base were found. Wu Heng continued to introduce: "Treasure Island''s products, including pens and watches, are produced in these factories, involving commercial secrets on the island, so ordinary people will not allow them to come in." It turns out that this is really a factory. Before coming in, the fox girl from the city hall also said this, but no one was willing to listen. This is what some things are. Only when you have the qualifications to negotiate will the other party be willing to listen to what you are saying. If you dont have this qualification, the other party adopts interrogation or a more radical approach. After the inspection here, Wu Heng continued to lead the investigation team to the remaining factories, all of which were strolling around the factory courtyard and the factory buildings. Just take a look, and you are not afraid that they will steal the technology. After all, I have been studying outside for so long, but I have not really developed a substitute. I am not afraid of the people in front of me stealing any commercial secrets. I checked all the places I wanted to go, but I found no clues or suspicious places. The dwarf leader continued, "Master Wuheng Island, you still need to go to the association with us. There are some things to ask at that time." "Yes! I am willing to cooperate with a reasonable investigation." Wu Heng said. Everyone got on the carriage and returned to the local association together. Inside the conference room. On both sides of the slender conference table, several people from both sides were sitting. The Dwarf Chief, Lilith, and two members of the association, as well as two investigators from the headquarters. From the perspective of ghosts, except for the two leaders level 20, the remaining one is level 19, and the remaining one includes two investigators, both of which are level 18. It''s a relatively luxurious lineup. On the other side, Wu Heng, Xilagui, Shi Yali and two local investigators. In the middle of both sides, there was a hideous bronze mask. Take a mask (strange thing) [Effect: Distinguish lies. [Side Effects: Users tell the same number of secrets. (Description: By facing the target, you can see the mask smile at the speaker. After use, the user will satisfy the mask''s curiosity and tell the corresponding number of secrets.) Lie detector. It seems that this is a question to ask yourself. When the staff who brought the tea left, the dwarf leader said directly: "Let''s start!" The level 19 elf beside him turned the mask on the table towards Wu Heng and said, "Master Wu Heng, I need to ask you a few questions to complete this investigation." "Ask!" Wu Heng said. The elf asked, Have you ever conducted sacrifices about creatures or experiments on necromancy? "No." Wu Heng answered decisively. After saying that, his eyes looked at the mask, and there was no change. The elf then asked, "Why are there so many skeletons on your island?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 880 , spiritual love Chapter 880, Spiritual Love "This involves the secret of my promotion." Wu Heng hesitated for a while, and said, "I can only tell you that a large part of the body I bought outside." The elf looked at the strange thing without any reaction, it was the truth. "What''s going on with these strange-shaped skeletons around you?" "I can''t tell you, I can only say that this has nothing to do with the Necromancer experiment." Wu Heng said directly. On the fourth question, the elf asked, "Are you reincarnated? Or occupied this body in another way." "No!" Wu Heng replied. The elf looked at the dwarf leader and Lilith, nodded when he saw each other, and turned the mask back. The room fell into silence again, with only investigators from both sides constantly recording on paper. When the writing sounds ended, the dwarf leader continued, "Okay, the problem is over. We will stay on the island for two days and continue to investigate in some places." Wu Heng said, "I will take you in the place where there are skeletons guarding you." "Can!" Perhaps, I feel that Wu Heng is really fine, and the dwarf''s attitude has improved a lot. "You can go back." The dwarf spoke again, as if he was releasing the tone of a prisoner. Wu Heng took back the idea that he felt his attitude had improved. "Captain Lilith, let''s go back first." Wu Heng stood up and greeted Lilith. The other party nodded. Wu Heng took the people from Xilagui and left the conference room directly. Open the door and walk out. Some members were waiting at the door. "Is Wu Heng okay?" Kavina asked with concern in the crowd. As a teammate of Black Stone Town, Wu Heng was transferred here, and from the bottom of his heart, he didn''t expect something to happen to him. "It''s okay, I''m so open and honest, I''m not afraid of them investigating." Wu Heng said with a smile. Kavina breathed a sigh of relief, "It''s fine, that dwarf..." Wu Heng immediately made a gesture of silence. It''s right in the room. Kavina reacted, shrank her neck so scared that she didn''t dare to speak much. Wu Heng dares to fight the hero, but she is just an ordinary team leader, so she is not qualified to challenge. After saying hello to the people here. Just as Wu Heng was about to walk out, he saw a man wearing a hood that completely covered his face, standing in front, saluting respectfully at him, his eyes full of anxiety and pity. The hood is pulled down, and the closed mouth is. The professional who was sealed by himself at the factory. Wu Heng waved his hand and the other party''s mouth reappeared. "Thank you, Master Wuheng!" The other party bowed again. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded and walked away. The other party kept bent and waited until his figure disappeared before he stood up slightly. Inside the conference room. After Wu Heng and others left. Only the people from the headquarters were left in the room. Lilith said, "Bruno restrains your bad temper." "Why don''t you talk about that boy!" the dwarf asked with a glaring glance. "You are over 200 years old, and he is just over 20 years old. Do you want me to talk about him?" Lilith asked. Forehead. The dwarf leader touched his beard and felt that what the other party said was right. He said, "If Treasure Island is fine, of course I wouldn''t say anything." "I will pass on what happened today back to our office. In the next few days, you will also restrain yourself." Lilith said directly. "I know what to do, you don''t need to remind me." The dwarf stood up and said, "Let''s go out first, he will bear the side effects of the strange thing." Lilith also glanced at the elf man holding the mask, got up and walked out of the room. The door closed and the elf man vaguely heard the mask saying, "I have pursued his wife because of a man." Return to the island owner''s mansion. Shanara and the maids all surrounded her. "How is it? I didn''t make things difficult for you, right?" Shannara asked anxiously. Andvier came back early, and the matter must have been told to these people. Wu Heng said, "It''s okay, they asked me some questions in the association again, but there was no problem at all." Wu Heng was also a little strange about the Necromancer Experiment. When the other party asks if you have conducted a living sacrifice or a necromancer experiment. The first thing that came to Wu Heng''s mind was the prison in the zombie world. Although the answer was not answered, it was also done and the plan was discovered by the strange thing. But the strange thing did not respond. What is the mechanism for masks to identify lies? Mental fluctuations, or language, or perception. In short, there is no effect of seeing through lies. It is also possible that prisons do not fall into the category of necromancer experiments. "Then will they continue to investigate?" Andrewer continued. "I have to stay for two more days. I will follow any key place on the island." Wu Heng leaned on the sofa and stretched. Following the trend, he hugged Shannaira and Andvir''s shoulders on both sides. "It''s good that you''re fine." Andrewer leaned halfway in his arms. Shannaira said, "Fortunately, Chief Lilith is here, which greatly alleviated the conflict between the two sides." "I feel that way, too." Minnie brought a cup of tea and said, "Master, Mrs. McIntosh called before." "Yes." Wu Heng stood up, walked to the phone and dialed it back to the other party. Soon, the voice of ''McIntosh'' came from the opposite side, "Sir, the Association Hunter Fleet is on the island, you should know!" "I know, I just came back from there." McIntosh continued, "After they went to the island, they arranged some people to go to different places to investigate at the port. Some were inquiring about information in the tavern, some were in the residential area, outside Port 2, and There are several commercial streets that use reels similar to exploration. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. The dwarf leader looked rough and made arrangements for this in advance. "There is no need to intervene in these things. There is nothing they want to check on our island. Just let someone keep an eye on it." Wu Heng ordered. "I understand! Then I''ll make arrangements first." "good!" After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng continued to dial the association''s deacon study room. There, in order to avoid suspicion, I didnt go to the study with the sisters. Now I just call to inquire about the situation. After two sounds, Shi Yali''s voice came from the opposite side, "Hey!" "Is it convenient to speak?" Wu Heng asked. "It''s convenient, only Xilagui and me." "How are they?" Shi Yali lowered her voice and said, "I have arranged a dormitory for them and they have all returned to the dormitory." "Oh, as long as there is no problem." "Good intentions, I''ll tell you if you have something." Association, in a spacious and bright dormitory. The dwarf leader sat at the table and took off the snaps hanging from his beard. Behind him stood a dwarf deputy with thick beards, reporting on the arrangements of the members, most of whom lived on the boat, and the remaining part lived in the association dormitory. At this time, the door knocked. After the deputy walked over to open the door, several people who were out came in. "Chief!" Several people saluted. "How is the investigation?" The dwarf leader looked at this side. These people were investigated separately at the port. One person reported, "We conducted a separate investigation on the island. There were a lot of skeletons and no experimental bases or converted cemeteries were found." Another person followed, "We asked the local residents, who were very beloved on the island and the residents did not believe that he would conduct the Necromancer experiment." The other few people also reported their respective situations. The information is almost the same. Except for the exaggerated number of skeletons, no clues were found for the experiment. The Dwarf leader nodded. This result is not surprising at all. The island is clean and loved by residents. Such a person would actually be a necromancer! "Go back and rest, and continue to check the rest of the area tomorrow," said the dwarf leader directly. "Yes!" several people answered. "Let the people who go to the island be more disciplined. Whoever dares to cause trouble in this matter will leave the hunter by himself." The dwarf leader gave another advice. "Yes, leader!" After saluting again, several people left the room. The door is closed. The deputy hesitated for a while and asked, "Does the leader think he has a problem?" "There is little chance of a problem. Lilith is the woman who is best at intelligence. She has found out if there is any problem on the island." The dwarf said with a smile. The deputy said, "This island owner is indeed a bit courageous." The Dwarf leader smiled and said, "I didn''t really believe that he dared to kill the pope before, but now it seems that he does dare." Island Lords Mansion, Study Room. After Wu Heng came back, Glanda, who went out to investigate, flew back first. "The leader also arranged for others to explore the island, and he would leave the team tomorrow and continue to look for clues." "I asked McIntosh to arrange for people to keep an eye on it as much as possible. We have no problem in this world, and they can''t find out even if they are exhausted." Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took a sip. Glanda nodded, "Be careful, someone will do some frame-ups at this time." "Well, it will make people pay attention to this aspect." Wu Heng nodded. While speaking, Benny flew back. He said first: "Wu Heng, ask you the male elf. He told the mask about his secret in the conference room. He pursued spiritual love." "What does it mean? Are there any mental problems?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 881 , not limited to species Chapter 881, Not limited to species Spiritual love! What words are these? "You don''t know this?" Glanda looked at him, telling whether she really didn''t know or was pretending to them. Wu Heng shook his head, "I haven''t heard it before, what does it mean?" It sounds like Granda knows the word, too. Benny explained, "It''s just not relying on physical desires, it''s spiritual love. At the beginning, there were rumors in the tavern that the second prince had this view of love!" Wu Heng suddenly realized, "Stupid!" At that time, it was rumored that the second prince liked men. Later it turned out that the second prince was just more feminine and liked literature and art, and there was also a princess. The two girls were stunned. Glanda reacted first and said, "I''m vulgar, I''m going to be a mage!" Benny followed and understood the meaning, but she worked as a maid in the tavern and said with a smile, "No, love on this level is not just about gender." Well... it''s my limitation. It turns out that I don''t care about gender. After saying this, it feels like love is really on the spiritual level. Granda went on to say, Some books have been written, some are not limited to species. "Damn!" Wu Heng was shocked! I was still restricted by my thoughts. Not limited to species. The species mentioned here definitely does not refer to interracial feelings. Otherwise, I wouldn''t have taken it out and said this. Then, Wu Heng reacted and looked at Granda, "What books do you usually read?" "I watched it when I was in Rentam City before, but now I have time to watch it." Granda defended herself. Wu Heng also recalled the male elf who asked him a question. Level 19, and its status in the association is second only to that of a hero, it is actually this kind of sexual orientation. The elves have a long lifespan and have deeper pursuits in many things. Art, archaeology, aesthetics, and elves are all leading the trend, and now it seems that they are indeed quite advanced. Wu Heng continued to look at Benny and asked, "Where is that... male elf, where is his spiritual love?" Granda also looked over with gossip. Benny said: "He likes men, and because of a man, he has specifically pursued the other person''s wife." "Wait! The plot is a bit complicated!" Wu Heng stopped immediately. Granda helped him sort out his thoughts, "What''s wrong with it? He fell in love with a man, but the other party was already married, so he pursued the other party''s wife to approach him." Wu Heng didn''t care about the relationship between these characters and then asked, "What''s the end! Did it succeed?" "I didn''t say it! He was answering the side effects of the mask, so he mentioned this matter, but he didn''t say the result." Benny said. Wu Heng and Glanda both felt a little regretful. "Catch it back and ask about the body!" said Glanda. "Just ask about the corpse because of this? I want to report you to the Holy See." Wu Heng said. "I''m sick!" Granda gave him a blank look. "I won''t mention him anymore. Did the investigation team say anything else?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Benny shook her head and said there was nothing. Granda said: "It''s what I just told you that some people will investigate normally tomorrow, and some will investigate privately." Wu Heng nodded, "Try to keep an eye on them if you have time." "Okay!" The two souls nodded. While speaking, Xiaoxiao flew back and said, "I went to the fleet to see it. There is nothing special, it''s better to decorate it." "After all, the leader was on the boat!" Benny said. "Yes, but it''s not as good as our ship," Xiaoxiao said with a smile. Wu Heng sat in his seat and chatted with Sanyoushu for a while. Outside the door, Minnie called him to eat, so she went downstairs to have a meal. Had supper. Sitting in the living room, chatting with the maids for a while. The main thing is about the second batch of investigation teams. As he was chatting, the phone rang. Minnie answered and said, "Master, Chief Lilith is calling." Wu Heng stood up and took the call, "Chief is looking for me!" Lilith''s cold voice came over, "What''s wrong with you? You are not here during the day, and you come back and have a conflict with him again." "I don''t know that the investigation team came here today, and when I first arrived, he led people to attack the factory. I can''t stop it. If the equipment inside is broken, it will be difficult to recover." Wu Heng expressed his difficulties. Lilith took a deep breath, calmed her tone and said, "The second batch of investigation teams are very important. Don''t have conflicts with them anymore. You will only stay for a few days, and they will leave when the time comes." It can be felt that Lilith is still trying to prevent the situation from getting worse. I guess after persuading the dwarf leader, he came to persuade him to come again. "I understand. As long as he doesn''t take action, I will fully cooperate with the investigation team''s investigation." Wu Heng said assured. "I will deal with him if he dares to do something, you can do your own thing." Lilith said again. "Okay!" Wu Heng agreed. After saying this, the two hung up the phone. The maids went to the training room to train. Wu Heng sat in the hall for a while and went upstairs to go back to his room. Return to the bedroom. Wu Heng lay on the bed, thinking about what happened today. The biggest gain is that two level 20 skeletons were transformed this time, and it also proved that zombies who had professions during their lifetime would still retain their profession characteristics after transformation. Even if you dont have skills after transformation, your high weapon expertise will increase the combat effectiveness of the skeletons. Instead of like "Shining", the main attack methods are collisions and punches. "You can consider arranging one for Winmantha." Wimmantha is in the city of Rentham, safety is still relatively important. Then allocate a past to protect the safety of the mother and daughter. Level 20 is there, there should be no enemy that can be fought against. The second point is to increase the level of the remaining zombies, strive to reach level 20 as soon as possible, and transform them into skeletons. After roughly thinking about the arrangements of the zombie world, Wu Heng thought of today''s investigation team again. The first side of myself and the investigation team have neither good impression of each other. Fortunately, Lilith arrived in time and resolved the direct battle between the two sides. Later, I took the survey team to visit the factory and asked questions about using strange objects, which were quite smooth. Moreover, the investigation team definitely couldn''t find anything on the island. As Lilith said, they only stayed on the island for a few days. I will leave then and I will never have the chance to see you in the future. Why bother with them? Thinking in my heart. The door opened, and Shanara walked in from outside after washing up, "What are you thinking?" Wu Heng said, "I want to investigate the team''s affairs." Shannaira lifted the quilt and crawled in, lying on her side and said, "Go to rest early." "Yes." Wu Heng hugged her from behind and closed his eyes. The next few days. The investigation team conducted a more detailed inspection of the island, and I didnt know how many of the torn detection scrolls were used. Wu Heng was a little moved by the other party''s wealth and ambition. I really want to check the entire island. Wu Heng was also trying his best to cooperate with the other party, and accompanied the other party to inspect some important places on the island. Although the dwarf leader''s attitude was still the same, he also restrained a lot. Not too overbearing. On the third day of inspection, the areas developed on the island were basically inspected. The investigative team members returned to the association for a final summary. The dwarf leader sat in the main seat, listening to the reports of the people below. The accompanying investigators keep recording to ensure that no information is missed. After the information is completed. Everyone present frowned. No one found any information about the Necromancer Experimental Base or Transformation Pool. "Chief, is this a place he reserved specifically for us to inspect?" a member of the investigation team spoke. It''s not that I have to find out something. But the island is a little clean and abnormal. There is no Necromancer laboratory, no Necromancer''s magical building. He is loved by the islanders, and even feels that the association says that Wu Heng has a laboratory on the island to conduct evil necromancer experiments, and the residents on the island will not believe it. This kind of person is actually a necromancer. The dwarf leader touched his beard and said, "It is possible to guess reasonably, but the final decision still depends on the evidence and clues." The association''s investigation depends on what it was. Moreover, both the investigators and local investigators in the department are following the records. If no clues to the direction are found, the final decision will be based on the investigation records, rather than the feelings of these people. After everyone''s reports were summarized and recorded. The rest were still discussing in a low voice. "Okay, we have to take all these clues back." The Dwarf leader said, and continued, "Go back and prepare for it, and then return to the headquarters later." "Yes." Everyone answered and began to go back to pack their luggage. Followed, walk out of the association and head to the port. Island Lord''s Mansion. Granda flew back and said, "They have compiled it up and found no clues on the island." Wu Heng also smiled, "It was expected." "They are heading to the port, don''t you go to deliver it? At least it''s easy to get by." Granda said. Wu Heng thought for a while, "Look at if anyone notifies us, let''s go directly, as if monitoring them." While speaking, the door was knocked. Minnie''s voice came in, "Master, Deacon Xilagui called and said that the new leader was leaving and notified you to go and send him off." Wu Heng and Glenda looked at each other, then said to the door, "Go over now." port. Wu Heng led the city hall staff, and Xiragui led the association members. Appears at the port location. The people from the investigation team boarded the ship one after another. After saying a few words to Lilith, the dwarf leader also came over. Wu Heng said, "Captain Bruno waits for this matter to be over and stay on the island for a few more days." The dwarf leader looked at him and said, "Let''s talk about it then, your island is also a troublesome place." Damn it! I''ll be kind to you. How can this person always make people burst into fire when speaking? Anyway, I left today and I cant see each other anymore, so its better not to come. "Then I have the chance to go to the headquarters, and I will visit again." Wu Heng gritted his teeth and said again. Xilagui squeezed up and said with a smile, "Chief, I wish you a good journey." "Well, the association is well managed. If there is any problem here, you can write to me." The dwarf leader said to Xilagui, then turned around and took the boat. After everything is ready. The fleet of ferocious beasts hung on the bow of the ship slowly left the port. As we waved goodbye, we gradually faded away. "Let''s go, let''s go back too." Wu Heng led his way back. On the carriage. Wu Heng and Lilith were riding in one. "I talked to Bruno, but I didn''t find anything on the island. After I go back, there will be nothing wrong with Treasure Island." Lilith spoke with a calm face. "It made the leader worry." Wu Heng thanked him from the bottom of his heart. Lilith is really good to herself. In the conflict with the Holy See, she can clearly feel that she is biased towards herself. Lilith nodded and continued, "The Hero Mansion has been renovated, and I will move over tomorrow." "I will take Xiaoxiao to see you at that time, and I will also be able to share my new house and your nobleness." "Good and smooth-talking!" Lilith gave him a blank look. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! The carriage arrived all the way to the island owner''s mansion. The two of them also returned to their own residences. Island Lords Mansion! After Wu Heng returned, he told the news of the investigation team''s departure and the maid who was waiting at home. When I heard nothing was found, the women in the family breathed a sigh of relief. Wu Heng continued, I went upstairs, and Minnie called Mcintosh and asked her to come for dinner tonight. "Okay master." Minnie agreed and went to call immediately. Wu Heng also went upstairs and walked into the radio room. I looked at the record book in front of each station. After confirming that nothing was wrong, he sat in front of the radio station connecting Wimmantha and picked up the microphone, "Winmantha, can you hear it?" I waited for about two or three minutes. Winmantha''s voice came over, "Master, I''m here!" Hearing the other party''s voice, Wu Heng smiled unconsciously and asked, "How are you doing recently?" Wenmansha''s voice was gentle, "Take children with you every day and deal with some things in several cities. She is busy, and besides thinking about you, everything else is fine." Wu Heng leaned on the chair and then asked, "There is no problem with the Second Prince''s cities, right?" "No problem. Now the exchange of officials and the handover between the army has been completed. Natalia is still pretending to be the second prince. She has now completely taken up her role. She has summoned former officials several times, but she has not seen it at all." Wen Man Sha said with a smile. Natalia is the name of the second prince. When Wu Heng left Rentam City, the princess stayed in Rentam City, using masks and props to change voices to pretend to be the second prince to stabilize the situation. The original plan was to disguise for a while and then find a reason to leave to reduce the number of times the second prince appeared so as not to be exposed. Now it seems that the princess has been pretending to be there until now, and it is quite good. "That''s good. Is there any problem with the eldest prince?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Wimmantha thought for a while and said, "The eldest prince has recently started to increase troops to the border, and there are also high-level professionals in Rentam City recently." Wu Heng frowned and immediately thought of the reason for this change. The religious leader left the Kingdom of Yeko because of the death of the pope, and the eldest prince began to move again. In addition to heroes, it is difficult for ordinary members of the association to intimidate those people. "Is there any danger in Rentam City?" Wu Heng asked. "There is no danger at the moment," Wimmantha replied. Wu Heng thought for a while and comforted him, "It''s okay, I''ll arrange for high-level skeletons to protect you later." "Kranmu is on my side, which is enough to protect us from safety." Wenmansha said. Keranmu is level 17, plus an evil sword, and can also exert strength of level 18 or even higher. But after all, it involves the safety of Winmantha and her daughter. "I have a daughter, it''s better to be careful, just follow my arrangements." Wu Heng said directly. "I know, Master." Wenmansha''s voice became softer, and then she said, "The power plant you mentioned earlier can be arranged." The occupied Second Prince territory was originally planned to build some power plants. At the same time, develop minerals and other resources in various places. Now that some lands have stabilized, we can go there together. "Okay, I will arrange for the magical craftsman to go to build a power plant tonight. The other party is a ghoul, a level 18 magical craftsman. You can receive it at that time." Wu Heng introduced. "clear." "Then let''s do it first, I''ll arrange for someone to go there as soon as possible." "good!" After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng walked out of the room. After going downstairs, we have already started preparing supper. "Robe, go call ''Costas'' here," Wu Heng said. "Okay!" Robe agreed and ran out quickly. Soon, when he came back again, he was followed by the cloaked ghoul "Costas". Previously, Wu Heng arranged for him to go to Netalei City to help the fifth princess build a power plant. After returning, he optimized some of the equipment provided by Wu Heng in his own laboratory. There are also results. The power plant was simplified, and many complex steps were simplified, replaced by magical buildings. The mechanized part has been greatly reduced, as well as the area it covers, but it has also increased the demand for magical buildings. "Sir!" Costas saluted respectfully. Wu Heng said, "Sit down!" Costas sat down aside. Wu Heng told him in detail about Luntam City. The main thing is that there are several cities in the north of Yeke Kingdom, and he needed to build a power plant. "It depends on the arrangements of the lord." Costas agreed directly without any hesitation. "How many people do you need to bring?" "How many cities are there?" Costas asked back. Wu Heng thought about it, "There are a lot of things, but we have to push forward one by one, so there is no need to rush to build together." Costas thought for a while and said, "I will bring 10 magical masters, and the rest can be mobilized by local people to help." "Okay, you can transfer the personnel you need by yourself. I will arrange transportation for you. It will take seven days in total. You will set off later." Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll go back and prepare first." Costas immediately stood up. "good!" Costas leaves. After almost half an hour, Costas walked back with 10 skeleton mechanics. "Sir, I''m ready." Costas said directly. Wu Heng nodded, glanced at the side and said, "Capsule!" The tall skeleton, who was nearly two meters tall, was wearing heavy armor and holding a sword with both hands, walked out. Wu Heng said, "You go with them, and the mission is to protect and obey a woman named Winmansha. Then you will know who it is." The lid of the pot did not respond and walked directly behind ''Costas''. Wu Heng sent train tickets to all the skeletons, took out two satellite phones and handed them to him, "One for you and the other for Winmantha, you can contact me by dialing the number." As he said that, he demonstrated it directly to him. Costas was a little surprised to hold his phone, "Is this a magic weapon you invented?" "I didn''t invent it. When you come back, I''ll look for the drawings for you. Don''t break this." Wu Heng instructed. "clear." "Let''s go! Call me when you go." Costas led all the skeletons tore open the tickets and boarded the train one by one. After the last skeleton also got on the train, the train disappeared. I guess outsiders still have tickets. If you get on the train at this time, I''m afraid I really think it''s a ghost train. After Costas left. After returning to the hall and waiting for a while, McIntosh, who was in charge of the islands intelligence, walked in from outside. Wu Heng signaled everyone to have a meal and talked casually about some arrangements on the island. Wait for dinner. Wu Heng continued to gather everyone in the living room and took out his cell phone, "One of you will be the one, I will teach you how to use it then." The few people picked up one of them, and the catwoman Robe picked it up and looked at it and said, "We can use these." The island owner''s palace has tablets and mobile phones, including the maids, including Sannaira. But it''s just taking pictures. Wu Heng said, "You all know the phone number at home. Now every mobile phone is a separate phone, and you can call after dialing." After saying that, he demonstrated and called one of the numbers. Minnie''s cell phone was ringed. After connecting, Wu Heng spoke aside, and a sound came out of the phone. "Wow!" The eyes of several women lit up. New props! If you have any questions in the future, you can call directly. Shannaira took the phone, thought for a while, and said, "Outside Treasure Island, can you also use it to call you?" As soon as these words came out, everyone looked up at him. Wu Heng nodded with a smile, "In most cases, it''s OK. In the future, you can call me if you go back to the Wood Elf." Shannaira''s eyes widened for a moment. You should know that the conventional communication methods of all ethnic groups are still conveying letters. If Wu Heng''s props can be used like Treasure Island''s phone, you can send messages immediately without a distance. Then... the transmission of information is so convenient. Especially when used in military and war, it will show more terrifying effects. Wu Heng ignored the changes in Shannaira''s face and said directly: "There is another function called video phone." Introducing the introduction, the ordinary call with Minnie turned into a video call. In the video, Wu Heng and Minnie appear. The women started to exclaim and talk again. Wu Heng gave it to them to study it themselves. The function is very simple. After using a landline at home, this kind of mobile phone is also easy to understand. When the study was a little late, they all returned to their rooms to rest. The next day, the hero''s mansion. Wu Heng held his small hand and knocked on the door of the mansion. The door opened, and the old man in a well-manned housekeeper''s uniform looked at Wu Heng and the others, "Master Wu Heng Island, little lady." "Hello grandpa!" Xiaoxiao greeted him well. The housekeeper came with the second investigation team ship. "Is Leader Lilith here?" Wu Heng also said. "Here, please come from the island master." Island Lord''s Mansion. As soon as Wu Heng left, a sound came from the gate of the island master''s mansion. A wood elf representative walked in and saluted slightly to Shannaira on the sofa, "Elder Shannaira?" "Well, what''s wrong?" Shannaira looked at him curiously. I actually found this place, it seems that there is something urgent. The wood elf glanced at the maid around him. Shannaira said, "It''s okay, just say it." The wood elves spoke, "The news came from the Presbyterian Church, saying that the leader of Saidu summoned the caravan representatives of the headquarters and informed the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce to stop trade with Treasure Island. I would like to ask you what happened?" Not allowed to trade with Treasure Island? Or was it notified by the leader himself? Shannaira''s eyes narrowed instantly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 882 , everyone on the boat went crazy Chapter 882: Everyone on the boat is crazy The specifications of the Hero Mansion are similar to those of the Island Lord Mansion. The main building is also sixth floor, but the number of rooms is smaller. Walk through the front yard with fountains and flower beds and enter the spacious hall. The walls are hung with dark colored tapestries, depicting the aristocratic hunting oil paintings and antler hangings. The furniture in the living room is similar to walnut wood, and the wooden legs of the long table edges and sofas are carved with some complex and exquisite patterns such as vines and animal claws. The air conditioner was blowing cold air, while the sweeping robot was cleaning the ground. Given a classical and modern style of decoration. To be honest, it''s not very good-looking! "Chief!" Wu Heng greeted with a smile. Xiaoxiao said, "Uncle, where is the gift!" Wu Heng took out the several items he prepared, Xiaoxiao took them over, and said, "Sister, the demolition gift that my uncle and I have prepared for you." "Turning in a house!" Wu Heng corrected it on the side. "Oh!" Xiaoxiao sat directly beside Lilith, placed the gift in front of the two, and introduced, "The mobile phone I gave you, the phone case I chose for you." "Ah, my phone? I''ve given one to me last time!" Lilith looked at Xiaoxiao tear open the packaging. The short story, "This time I''m different. If you can call me, I''ll teach you." After unpacking, insert the phone card skillfully and then turn on the computer to debug. The housekeeper brought Wu Heng tea and pastries, and hung a natural yin jade in front of Xiao Xiao near the corner of the table. After assembly, Xiaoxiao showed it to Lilith and dialed a number. Immediately afterwards, the phone in Wu Heng''s pocket rang, and he connected very well, saying, "Who are you looking for?" Hearing the sound coming from the phone in real time, Lilith raised her eyebrows, "Radio!" "Yes! It''s similar to a radio station, and it can also be understood as a landline phone without a line." Wu Heng explained on the side. Lilith''s mansion also has a landline phone installed and has used radio, which is easy to accept. Xiaoxiao pulled La Lilith again and continued, "Sister, you can also make video calls. If you miss me in the future, let''s have video calls." By hand, ordinary calls become video calls. Wu Heng''s appearance can be seen on the phone. Lilith''s eyes widened, a little surprised. This kind of mobile phone is probably too useful. "Did you know?" Xiaoxiao asked. "Sure!" Lilith nodded. Xiaoxiao helped her put the phone case on and said, "I chose the phone case for you. If there are any good ones in the future, I will collect it for you." "Thank you Xiaoxiao, I like it very much." A smile appeared on Lilith''s plain face. After Xiaoxiao showed off for a while. Lilith looked at Wu Heng again and asked, "You have many such mobile phones?" "There are a few of them, mainly distributed to a few important people around you." Wu Heng said with a smile. Lilith glanced at him and said, "If I could give it to the headquarters..." "No!" Wu Heng knew what she was going to say and answered directly. It is nothing more than whether other leaders of the headquarters can also be equipped with such telephone numbers to better exchange information and communication in the future. Lilith''s eyes were puzzled. Wu Heng explained, "This kind of prop is very expensive and has no intention of being distributed to the public. Moreover, this kind of prop is a huge burden and cannot be handed over to others for use." The satellite is enough to support more people. But Wu Heng did not plan to hand over the phone to others. He was not short of money and now he did not need any major incidents to increase his reputation. It is enough to use it for your own people. Lilith didn''t understand, but nodded, "Okay, listen to you." He picked up the teacup and took a sip, then said, "After this time, our department will come forward to mediate the conflict between you and the Holy See, and then the matter of your becoming a hero will be announced to the public. Don''t cause trouble during this period." He paused and added meaningfully, "The Holy See, I would like to see you make mistakes at this time." Wu Heng''s eyes froze, "I understand! The leader has trouble." According to Lilith''s words, the department did not investigate anything, which means that the Holy See said that there is a Necromancer Laboratory on Treasure Island is a slander. The reason is not valid, and the Pope was killed in attacking Treasure Island. Death is in vain. As long as there is no accident before the announcement of the department to clarify, this matter will basically be determined. Lilith nodded and continued, "It depends on how you appoint you as the leader." "It''s good to hold the flag bearer of Treasure Island." Wu Heng said with a smile. "The identity of the flag bearer is not worthy of you, the owner of the big island." Lilith said angrily. "That''s the identity of the elder?" Wu Heng guessed. The former deacon Imiro, after returning to the headquarters, was the identity of the elder. "The elder is appointed at level 18, and you are not suitable. Let''s see how Hadalay and the others discuss it." Lilith said casually. "It doesn''t matter, as long as you can stay on Treasure Island," Wu Heng said. Lilith brought tea and water again, "You don''t have high requirements." "Satisfied and happy!" Then, the two talked about the sect again. Wu Heng plans to report to the association for the sect after this incident. Its also easy to explore and increase faith. After sitting here for a while. Wu Heng stood up and left, while Xiao Xiao stayed here, continuing to teach Lilith about other functions of the phone. Leave Lilith''s mansion. Wu Heng went to the association again and sent his cell phone to the elf sisters. At the same time, I taught them how to use it step by step. At noon, Wu Heng left the association and used teleportation technique to return to the island master''s mansion. The golden light flashed. Wu Heng''s figure appeared in the courtyard of the island owner''s mansion. Robe, who was watering the flowers, looked over and said, "Master, is Sister Shannaira looking for you?" "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng asked. Robe said: "The representative of the wood elves came in the morning, and it seemed that the Holy See would not allow them to cooperate with Treasure Island." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Where is Sannaira?" Upstairs! "I''ll go up and take a look, let the skeletons do it by watering flowers, and train more when there is nothing to do." "I know, Master, I just took a break," Robe muttered. Wu Heng touched her head and walked upstairs. Outside Sannara''s room. He knocked on the door and walked in directly. Shannaira looked up at him and asked, "Captain Lilith''s new family is good?" "It''s okay, but I don''t like the style of the blood clan very much. I still like the style of the wood elf." Wu Heng sat down aside. "It would be strange if you believe it." Shannaira said with a smile, and said directly: "The representative of Star Flower on Treasure Island is here and talked about the Chamber of Commerce." "Tell me, more detailed." Wu Heng also looked serious. Then, Shanara said the matter in full. Basically, representatives of the chambers of commerce at the association headquarters, including the local representatives of Star Flower, were convened by the religious hero "Saidu". All chambers of commerce do not allow any trade or other cooperation with Treasure Island. The wood elves did not directly agree. But it is not easy to reject the Holy See and the heads of the Ministry. Under a lot of pressure. Wu Heng frowned and listened to the other party''s speech. Lilith had told him before that the restrictions on cooperation between the chambers of commerce and Treasure Island. It was an encyclical written by the new pope. He also wrote a letter to the religious leader, telling him not to cancel the encyclical, and he demolished all the churches he knew along the way. It seems that the other party didn''t take his words seriously! The reason why the wood elves are under pressure is waiting for news. It''s easy to guess the reason. The first point is that he has always had a relationship with Treasure Island. In order to maintain friendship between the two sides, Shanara also arranged the identity of an elder for him. Second, the two sides signed various cooperation agreements for several years, including grain, chemicals, copper plate iron ore, and Wuheng also provided several products on the island. It is impossible for both sides to cooperate in this way, and it is impossible to cancel the cooperation directly with just a word. Looking up, Shanara was still sitting there, waiting for his reply. Wu Heng asked, "What do you think?" No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "From my perspective, I would like to tell the Presbyterian Church that you have become a hero and you will bet on you, and I am easy to do on both sides." Shannaira said, and then said, "But this is my thoughts." , its better to focus on yours and dont delay the things that follow you. When Shannaila thought about the problem, in addition to standing from her own perspective, she was more concerned about Wu Heng''s side. Wu Heng thought about it and said, "Then let me tell them that I have become a hero as you said. If other chambers of commerce do not cooperate with Treasure Island, the subsequent procurement and several Treasure Island products can be sold in larger quantities. Provide them." Shannaira''s eyes lit up, and then she was a little doubtful, "Will it affect you?" "Captain Lilith and I also talked about this. She said that after the investigation team returned, it would prove that there was no problem with Treasure Island. Our headquarters will cancel our investigation and announce to the public that I became a hero. The association will add a new hero. , it is also an improvement for the entire association." Wu Heng explained. "That''s great, then I''ll tell the local representative now." Shannaira smiled. She was really afraid that Wu Heng and the Wood Elf would break up, and it would be even more difficult for her to do in the middle. Wu Heng said, "Write a letter, write a letter to the Presbyterian Church. The verbal message may spread out in advance, so don''t let more people know." "Okay, then I''ll write a letter first." Shannaira said directly. "You write it, I''ll think about how to deal with the Holy See." Shannaira nodded and Wuheng walked out of the room. Return to your study. Only Granda floated from the side and looked at the book. Wu Heng released [Activated Object], and the kettle floated up and filled a cup of tea. After sitting down, he said, "Religious heroes have warned all the chambers of commerce to prevent them from continuing to cooperate with us." Granda looked over and said, "What''s going on?" Wu Heng told her what Shanara had just said again. Granda was a little surprised, "I wrote the letter last time and I''m not in charge!" "Yes! It seems that I didn''t take it seriously." Wu Heng said. Granda thought for a while and said, "The investigation team has just left, so don''t be impulsive. To destroy one or two churches, there will be no loss for the Holy See, but it will give them new reasons." "Well, at least it''s not the time to turn against each other again." Lilith just told herself that after the investigation team returned, the headquarters would clarify the slander of the Holy See on Treasure Island. It also means that all the reasons before the Holy See will be invalid. On the side of the association, I dont have to take responsibility for the dead pope. But if, now, destroy a church or kill clergy in the form of revenge. Things will become chaotic again. "What are you going to do?" asked Granda. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "I will mention this matter to our headquarters. The Holy See is obviously a revenge. Our headquarters should be responsible. If you write a letter for me, mocking him will only threaten ordinary people. Professionals, let him have the ability to come to Treasure Island and then send him the maps of churches from all over the country." "Okay, let''s take a look after I finish writing." Granda flew back and began to write. One afternoon. After Glanda wrote the letter, Wu Heng asked the maid to send it directly to the association. The sky was dim. Wu Heng had a meal with the maids, and then returned to the room to rest. Late at night, the port. In a clear port under the light, huge cargo ships were parked. Xilagui took the members of the association and quickly boarded the ship. The human deputy deacon of the association led the way and said, "The crew members were all there, but they were all a little crazy and confused, The food and fresh water on the boat were almost exhausted. Several people quickly entered the cabin. As soon as I stepped in, a damp and stinky smell came to my face. Let a few people in the team make dry retching. Several light stones were hung on the cabin. Xiragui looked inside and saw the corner full of ragged crew members muttering constantly. You can hear words like "can''t get out or escape". "Is the captain still there?" Xilagui and others did not walk in, but stood at the door. Compared to the inside, it can be ventilated and has a smaller smell. "Here, drag the captain out!" said the deputy deacon, and the two members of the association dragged a man out in a pull and dragged manner. Xiragui took out a scroll from the space ring and tore it open directly. A light blue energy penetrated into the other party''s eyebrows. The crazy struggling "captain" calmed down. When my pupils focused and I saw several figures in front of me, fear reappeared in my eyes. I sat on the ground, and said something loudly. "We are from the Treasure Island Association, you are safe now." The deputy deacon spoke. The captain raised his head carefully, confirmed the figure in front of his eyes, and said, "We... are you out?" "Tell me what''s wrong with you?" Xilagui asked directly. "We..., we were trapped in the fog and could not get out. We, we, we, were going to die." The other party hugged his head again in the memory. Everyone in the association looked at each other. An idea arose in my mind at the same time. Ghost ship! The ghost ship has been buzzing on the island recently. Early in the morning, Wu Heng washed his face and brushed his teeth, went back to the bedroom, patted Shannaira''s butt, "I''m up, I won''t get up until I''m not sleeping at night and I can''t get up during the day." Shannaira turned over and turned her back towards him, "I''m fine, go and do your own business." Wu Heng continued, "Let''s go to the church to take a look." "I''ll get up immediately and let me lie down for a while!" Shannara muttered, not knowing whether she was awake or talking in her sleep. Wu Heng walked out of the room and went back to the study to take a look. Benny was chatting with Granda, talking about the ghost ship circulating on the island. "Ghost ship? Found it?" Wu Heng sat down aside. Benny said: "Last night, I heard that everyone on the ship was crazy and scared by the ghost ship." "I''m crazy, who drove the ship?" Wu Heng seized the loophole inside. People''s rumors will exaggerate some things. Of course, just listen, it''s more interesting. "I don''t know! Maybe it''s not crazy!" Benny paused and said uncertainly. Granda said, "What kind of ghost ship? Do you both know?" Wu Heng explained: "I heard Xilagui mention it before, saying that a fleet saw a ship in the fog in the emerald sea, which was defined as a ghost ship. I thought this matter had passed!" Ring ~! While speaking, the phone rang, which was Xiragui''s phone number. Wu Heng connected, "Xilagui, what''s wrong?" "Come here and tell you something." Xilagui''s tone was a little serious. "What''s the matter?" Wu Heng asked. "The Ghost Ship matters, and other letters written by other associations to you for assistance." Xilagui said. (End of this chapter) Chapter 883 , the mist that appeared at night Chapter 883, The mist that appears at night Ghost ship? And a letter of help? Wu Heng glanced at the ghost who was also listening to it. Just now, she was discussing the Ghost Ship with two ghosts, and it was actually this thing that Xilagui called. "Is it the ghost ship you told me a few days ago?" "Yes! A boat was by the port last night, and everyone on the boat went crazy. We used the scroll to wake him up and asked about the corresponding situation." Xilagui paused slightly and continued, "They met. The ghost ship was trapped in the fog for about half a month. Wu Heng narrowed his eyes, "So, is there really a ghost ship in the Emerald Sea?" As he said that, he took out the [Emerald Sea Sand Table] from the space ring and looked carefully at every place in the sand table. There was no sign of any ghost ship or strange ship. No ship like a ghost ship was seen. Or is there any pirate ship or ship that disguises itself as a ghost ship and is planning something. One thought after another appears from the heart. "I feel that there should be. You come here first and let''s discuss it." Xilagui''s voice continued to come out of the phone. "Okay, I''ll go there now." Wu Heng replied. Hang up the phone and put your phone back in your pocket. Two ghosts were still floating on one side, and Benny said, "Look, the people on the boats by the port were crazy last night, you don''t believe it." "It''s not that I don''t believe in you, it''s that I don''t believe in those sailors." Wu Heng said, and began to change his clothes. Benny also said, "Actually, I also doubt that the ship is crazy, how come I came here!" Wu Heng put on his clothes and walked out, and two ghosts followed behind him. "You guys go out with me too?" Since becoming a hero, except for some special things, Ghost is not always following him like before. Now, more time will be busy with your own affairs. After all, with Wu Heng''s current strength, no ordinary people can threaten him. Granda said, Listen to the Ghost Ship. "Yes, follow you to see." Benny also said. "Okay!" Wu Heng didn''t say much and went out directly. Returning to Sannara''s bedroom, a plump wood elf with a sleepy eyes, wearing a burgundy silk nightgown, sitting in front of the dressing table with her hair combed. Seeing him come in, I thought I was coming to urge him again, and said, "Okay, it''s going to be fine soon." Wu Heng stood beside her, hugged her shoulders and said, "I can''t go." Shannaira looked up suddenly, her eyes glaring, "Reason!" "There was news from the association that a ship was harboring last night, and the crew members on the ship were crazy when they saw the ghost ship." "Ghost Ship!" Shannara''s eyes lit up, "You go, find out clearly, come back and tell us." Forehead. This attitude changed a little quickly! Wu Heng hugged her shoulder and said, "Let''s go to church together when you have time." Shannara got up, got back into the quilt, waved her hand, "Go, tell Minnie that I won''t have breakfast." Wu Heng glanced at her, opened the door and went downstairs. After saying hello to the maids, he directly used [Teleport] to go to the association. Deacon''s study room. The two elf sisters were sitting at the desk to process documents. Xilagui frowned, and Shi Yali yawned from time to time. Wu Heng knocked on the door and walked in. The two sisters looked up at the same time. "What''s going on?" Wu Heng sat down aside. Xilagui walked out from behind the desk, handed him the investigation record last night, and said from the side: "According to the awakened captain, there are three ships in the fleet, and they lose their direction after being shrouded in fog." Pause and look at him, and then said, "We suspect that the fog has a negative energy state, which will affect the direction of the creatures in the fog, and will gradually lose their minds. Those who go out to sea are veterans. Normal fog will not bring them. Forced to be like this." The crew members who go to sea all year round are very good at dealing with various situations at sea. Moreover, they will be equipped with rangers. If the fog range is not large, the beast can find its direction and will basically not be trapped by ordinary fog for so long. Shi Yali also walked over and took out her cell phone, "These are some photos taken last night." Wu Heng took the photo and looked at it. The dim cabin was filled with curled up crew members, plus the surrounding environment. It''s like a monster squatting together and eating something. "Didn''t you talk about three ships? Why did they come out one of them?" Wu Heng asked. The record is clearly written. The ship drifted to the north, was discovered by the patrolling ship, and was towed back to the port. Xilagui said, "I don''t know. Before he was crazy, the other two ships were still there, and now they are the only ones who come out." "Is there any monster in the fog?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Xilagui shook his head, "The captain who woke up said he didn''t see it, but he could hear some strange sounds, like the sound of sand and gravel rubbing." No monsters. That''s right, if there were any, the people on the ship wouldn''t survive. "Where is the ghost ship?" Wu Heng asked. "He said he saw a ship, and the fog moved with the ship, and he was convinced that it was a ghost ship." Xilagui replied seriously. In other words, a ghost ship really appeared in the Emerald Sea. Whether it is really a ghost or a profession, it does trap people in it for a long time. "I will make an announcement at that time, so that each caravan will go around when they find the fog, and ask for their approximate locations of being lost." Wu Heng returned the investigation records last night to her. "Okay!" Xilagui had the final say, and then took out a letter from the space ring, "There is another letter sent by Holt City to ask for assistance." Wu Heng is the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea. Although I did not do anything about the flag bearer during my employment, some places need assistance and need to coordinate and mobilize. Otherwise, deacons and deputy deacons from all over the country will not be allowed to leave the garrisoned territory at will. This is the association''s regulations. After taking the letter and taking it, Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. "What did you write?" Xilagui asked. Shi Yali also waited for him to speak with curiosity. Wu Heng handed her the letter, "A thing I said was that I found an unknown fog. A ship disappeared after entering. I applied to transfer people of a deacon or above to assist in the investigation." Xilagui and Shi Yali looked at each other. They are all a little surprised and feel a little reasonable. "So, the location of the fog has been determined, it is in the area of ??''Holt City''." Xilagui said directly. "Where is Holt?" "A coastal city in the Kingdom of Crete." Xilagui replied. In the Kingdom of Crete, I know the city of Lopez, and the snake emblem consortium that I have been there, and I have been ordering skeletons for a long time. Wu Heng thought for a while, "Is it close to Lopez City?" "It''s not far, but there''s a certain distance." Xilagui replied, sat aside and thought for a while, and then said, "I''ll take a team here for help." Shi Yali''s eyes froze, "Let Wu Heng tune the deacons nearby to come over!" The foggy incident caused a lot of controversy, and the local deacons all needed help and reinforcements, which was definitely in danger. In her opinion, her sister is indeed working harder, but being able to achieve her current achievements is largely due to her grip on Wu Hengs thigh. In actual combat and in dealing with sudden dangers, there may not be the level of a real deacon. Wu Heng frowned and thought for a while, and said, "Xilagui, you stay in the local area. I''ll deal with this matter." "You go directly? The Holy Seek..." Xiragui stopped halfway through his words, carefully glanced at the door, lowered his voice and said, "Let''s wait for the news from the headquarters to come back!" "It''s okay, it won''t take a few days, and Chief Lilith is on the island, so the Holy See will not come to cause trouble." Wu Heng replied with a smile. The Emerald Sea was not visible, and the local association asked for support again. Obviously this fog is a bit special. Moreover, in the information obtained by Xiragui, he also noticed a detail, the fog has negative energy effects, is disoriented and crazy. This forced him to be alert. Your own skill [Die Breath] will be released in a state of clouds and mist, which will cause the blood of the creatures that stay in it for a long time to decay and the wounds will be infected and rotten. The mist of the ghost ship is also very similar to the ability of the necromancer. Is there really a ghost ship, or is it someone who created a slander for himself? During the period when our headquarters investigates Treasure Island. Wu Heng even suspected that the Holy See had done something. "Are you sure you go?" Shi Yali also looked at him. Wu Heng nodded, "I''ll go over and take a look." "Be careful." Xilagui gave some worry. "I am a hero, there will be no problem." Wu Heng nodded with a smile. The sisters are quite at ease with his strength. After a few instructions, I didn''t say much. "Please write me a certificate of assistance and I will take it there at that time." Wu Heng continued. Shi Yali walked back, started writing a certificate of assistance, and then picked up Xilagui''s seal and stamped it on. After the conversation is over. Xirago continued, "I remember you have a magical thing that can restore your mind, and those sailors are still crazy." The two of them handled the matter of Pirate Village together. At that time, Wu Heng used a strange object to restore the entire silly secret speaker member. Xilagui still remembers this strange thing now. "Yes." Wu Heng took out the [Ring Staff] and handed it to the other party. After taking it, Xilagui said, "I''ll give it back to you later." After saying that, he walked out directly. Wu Heng sat in the study and chatted with Shi Yali for a while. After waiting for about 20 minutes, Xiragui walked back from outside and returned the rod to him, "When will it go?" "I''ll leave later. Don''t spread this matter to the outside world. I''ll tell you the result when I come back and tell you the result." Wu Heng stood up. "I understand." Xilagui squeezed out a smile and took two steps forward. Wu Heng held up the other person''s face and kissed her on the lips. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Shi Yali also walked over, and Wu Heng kissed her sister again. "Okay, come back and find you." "be safe." Wu Heng nodded and left the study directly. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng gathered all the women in his family together. I have completely told the story of the ghost ship. After everyone understood, he said, "If Chief Lilith comes to me, he will say that I have received a letter of help to support me." "Okay." Minnie nodded and continued, "Master, can you trap people in the fog? Will you be trapped in it too?" The rest of them also saw it. Although Wu Heng is a hero who is immortal, he is really trapped inside and cannot get out. It''s also a troublesome thing. "No, I have a strange thing I''m really lost my direction. I can point out the direction with strange things." Wu Heng replied. I have thought about this matter myself. I brought the [Stalking Necklace] and then I used the clothes on the maid to point in the direction and could come out directly. Moreover, he didn''t think that the fog could trap him. Heroes and level 20 ghosts can be controlled, and the ship cannot come out. "Oh, that''s good." Minnie nodded. After everything is explained. Wu Heng walked to the courtyard, put on the [Train Commander''s Hat], and the ghost train appeared in front of him. He waved to the back and boarded the train directly. I first wrote the words "Holt City" on the itinerary and waited for a few seconds, but the car door did not close. Prove that the train did not record this position. I had to write "City of Lopez", the door was closed and the train penetrated into the void. In the afternoon, the train arrived outside the city of Lopez, determined a direction with the city guards, and rode a motorcycle to the target city. Holt City, local association, conference room. On both sides of the long table in the room, there were many people from the local association. The first one was a human swordsman, in his 40s, with a beard and a strong face. Leather armor and leather boots, long sword hanging on the waist. It is the local deacon, the person in charge of this incident. The deacon looked at the deputy deacon and the other captains below, and said with a serious expression, "The mercenary team that received the commission yesterday did not come back. Now the relevant commission has been withdrawn to avoid anyone missing again. The city lord also goes to the kingdom. I applied for reinforcements, but it will take some time. Do you have any ideas? The mercenary team that accepted the fog exploration yesterday still did not come back. In order not to continue to cause losses, the commission issued by the association was also withdrawn. On both sides of the conference table were sitting local deputy deacons and a group of captains. One of them said, "These few entrys have not been completely rewarded. What is certain is that this fog was indeed released by the ghost ship. It''s not the skill of a profession." Another person said, "Don''t say anything that has been confirmed. Several famous mercenary groups in the city are trapped in it, which is also a loss for us." "Deacon, I think we should apply to this department for a prop that can distinguish directions or restrain the fog." "According to the procedures, we should wait for the arrangements from Treasure Island before applying for props from our headquarters." "When is it? Judging from the speed of the fog, I''m afraid that it has arrived near the sea at that time, and the losses will only be greater at that time." Everyone whispered, and some of them had bad tempers who had changed from talking to quarrel. The deacon took a deep breath, slapped the table hard, and asked, "How many days have you been sent to Treasure Island?" A female captain replied, "Deacon, if the fleet goes well, I was just sent to Treasure Island yesterday if it is better." Just arrived yesterday! Why is it so slow! One of the deputy deacons said: "Deacon, you can ask for help from the deacons of nearby cities associations. Some surrounding support should not be a big problem if you report it later." The deacon pondered and was about to speak. The door of the conference room was gently knocked, and everyone stopped talking immediately. "Enter!" the assistant spoke. A gap was opened, and the staff looked in and said, "Deacon, someone from Treasure Island is here, saying it is a member of the association who came to assist in the investigation!" As soon as these words came out, everyone in the room turned to look over at the same time. So fast? Didnt it mean that I just sent it to Treasure Island yesterday! What communication method was used? Or did someone intercept the letter? "Please come in!" The door was pushed open directly, and a figure with a hooded figure and a mage robe inside the leather armor outside walked in. "This is a letter that I''ll call here to help." The figure who came in handed the letter stamped with the association seal to the other party. The deacon took it and looked at it, stamped the seal of the Deacon of Treasure Island. It was indeed a member of Treasure Island. After reading the letter, he looked up at the other person again. I came here alone, but I was not very old. Who are you transferred here? "You yourself?" the local deacon frowned, his tone a little dissatisfied. It''s obviously such an important thing. He actually arranged only one person to come over, and he was still a young man. The person opposite did not answer, but took off his hood and revealed his original face. The dissatisfied discussion came to an abrupt end, and everyone looked at him. Black hair and black eyes? Treasure Island owner? I asked for support, but I didn''t expect that the Jade Sea flag bearer also called me. The local deacon looked at the entire Emerald Sea with a little curious look at the young people who had the most news and rumors. The deputy deacons and captains at the conference table also made a lot of discussion, curious and surprised. The local deacon put away the letter of assistance and said, "I am a deacon, Zachley." "Wu Heng, the Emerald Sea holds the flag bearer." really! Everyone nodded, there was no other person in this jade sea that looked like this. The letter of help mentioned that deacons or veteran professionals need to provide support. Wu Heng, in rumors from the outside world, has uncertain level. Judging from only some gossip and newspaper experience, he must be above level 15, after all, he has been published in the newspaper and defeated Prince Luan. "The Lord of Wuheng came earlier than I thought." Zachley''s tone became polite. Such a person has an incalculable future and will definitely become an elder in the future. There is no need to leave a bad impression on the other party. "I used some rushing methods." Wu Heng said vaguely and asked directly: "Tell me about the situation here!" "Okay, please sit down." The deacon reached out and said straight to the point, "A fog appeared on the sea recently...." "I know the fog thing. Do you have any clues?" Wu Heng directly interrupted the other party and started from the beginning. The deacon nodded with a solemn tone, "There is a ship in the fog. There are enemies like iron golems on the ship, and they will attack the nearby ships. At present, the only internal situation is the information provided by the lucky person. Now the fog is still In the expansion, the mercenaries who entered last night did not come out." In addition to the ship, there are iron golems. The iron golem of the association belongs to the second level reward, and the corresponding level is also level 12. No wonder we need support from deacon or above. "Why are you still letting me in?" Wu Heng asked. The commission has been revoked. The deacon continued, "Master Wuheng Island, don''t you know you have props to distinguish the direction? If you just go in rashly, we may also be at risk of being trapped." Wu Heng said, "I have a strange thing that distinguishes the direction. You can prepare it and we will get into the fog later." "Today? So anxious?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 884 , it is a tomb Chapter 884: It''s a tomb One of the deputy deacons hesitated for a while and said, "Master Wuheng Island, the fog may be more dangerous than the information we collected. Is it convenient to tell me what type of strange thing you are in your hand? We also have a question in our minds. , to avoid problems." In the eyes of these people, the biggest problem with the fog is losing its sense of direction. There are really dangers inside that are difficult to deal with. As long as you can find the direction, you can still escape. Without the direction, you dont even have a chance to escape. Wu Heng flipped through it casually and took out the [Search Pendant] and explained: "This is a strange thing looking for traces of people. At that time, as long as you carry the items of the people left behind, you can point out the direction of the other party." With this explanation, everyone also understood the function of this strange object. It is somewhat different from the imaginary effect of distinguishing directions, but it is indeed a method. The mage''s brain is easy to use. "You can put it away." The middle-aged deacon also felt a little confident in his heart and looked at the rest of the people, "Do you have anything else to say?" Everyone shook their heads. The middle-aged deacon said directly, "Then go back and prepare and gather in the association." "Yes!" Everyone nodded. "Everything goes back and prepare!" Everyone stood up and left one after another after saluting. The middle-aged deacon looked at Wu Heng and said with a smile: "Thank you, the Lord of Wu Heng for coming to support us." "It should be all in the Emerald Sea, and everyone should help each other." Wu Heng also responded politely. The middle-aged deacon glanced at him with some surprise. I just made a decision and entered the fog and thought I would be more proud. Of course, with the age and achievements of the island owner in front of him, he also has the capital to be proud. He talks privately, but is also very easy-going. "I''ll have someone prepare a dormitory for you. Let''s take a break first, and I''ll let you know later." "Okay!" Wu Heng nodded. The two walked out of the room together. The two tall skeletons waiting at the door still attracted the attention of the deacon. Wu Heng briefly explained his servant, so the other party didn''t ask much. He called the staff to arrange a dormitory for Wu Heng, and said a few more words to him, and then went to do his own business. Wu Heng followed the staff and walked into the dormitory. The dormitory has an area of ??about 40 square meters, with a double bed and a work desk. Two skeletons stood at the door. Wu Heng sat down beside the bed, took out his cell phone, and called out the satellite positioning to see if it was easy to use when he was about to enter the fog. It is also a means to distinguish directions. After studying for a while. Xiaoxiao and Benny flew back, and Xiaoxiao said, "Uncle, they all went down and prepared, there is nothing special." Benny followed, "I followed the deacon, and he also went to arrange the ship." After arriving here. Ghost is also in charge of intelligence work. I already doubt that there is something wrong with this fog, so I should be careful in all aspects. "How many levels is that deacon?" Wu Heng continued. "Deacon level 13, one deputy deacon level 11 and one level 10, and the rest are all level 8 and level 9." Benny replied. Just now in the conference room, the deacon, deputy deacon and captain were present. There are no ordinary members. The impact of the fog now is that ordinary professionals will die when they enter, and the captain level is a bit difficult. No ordinary members are required to participate. While speaking, Granda flew back and said, "There is no special place in the city, it should not be a conspiracy against you." Wu Heng nodded to show that he understood. Several people continued to wait from the room for a while. About two hours later, knocking and staff came from the door, "Sir, the deacon asked me to call you downstairs." "Okay, I''ll go down now." Wu Heng said to the door. Get up and go out with the skeleton. port. The ship was ready, and everyone boarded the boat and headed towards the deep sea. The ship that everyone in the association and Wu Heng rode was a warship, which was stronger and equipped with many equipment. When you walk into the cabin, you can also see a lot of fresh water and food, which is really trapped in the fog. They can also maintain these people for a while and wait for rescue outside. The deacon walked in from outside and introduced: "The fog spreads almost half of the city. A certain area on the periphery can be freely entered, and if you go deeper, you will lose your direction." "Our ship enters, and the rest of the ship stays on the periphery to assist. This is the item of the outer crew and the people who stay in the city. If you lose your way, you will still have to rely on your strange object." After saying that, he handed over the two items. The first is a sailor turban and the second is a women''s silk scarf. You can tell at a glance which one belongs to the outer crew and which one is the person who stayed in the city. "Okay!" Wu Heng put away the things he handed over. I also made preparations, but I pointed to the direction of Treasure Island. "Master of Wuheng Island, did Treasure Island also know about the fog?" The middle-aged deacon sat down opposite him and asked casually. "The news brought by the caravan said there was fog and ghost ship." Wu Heng replied. Looking back now, the association''s response to the entire situation was still slower. The news has been on Treasure Island for a while. Now, these people have discovered that the fog cannot be controlled. "Yes!" The middle-aged deacon said worriedly, without any idea of ??continuing to talk. At this time, Benny, who was exploring outside, flew back and directly penetrated into Wu Heng''s body. The screen after exploration was also shared. There was a large fog in the direction of the ship''s advance. At first glance, you can''t see the edge. It really has half the city''s scope, and from the deacon''s words, the fog will expand. If you do not control or investigate some useful information, it will expand to the offshore area sooner or later. Wu Heng took out his cell phone and confirmed his eye positioning again. It was still valid and there was no problem. Dongdongdongdongdong~! After a while, the door of the cabin was knocked, and someone said, "Deacon, you are approaching the fog." The middle-aged deacon raised his head and looked at Wu Heng, "Master Wu Heng, let''s go out!" "good!" Walking out of the cabin, the fleet has entered the brink of fog. A faint mist enveloped several ships, and the rest used some methods to cover their mouths and noses. "When we go in, they will stay outside. If we don''t come out the next day, we will search for a distance inside. If we haven''t found us yet, we will ask for help from the headquarters and ask for elder-level personnel to take action." After the deacon finished speaking. The other ships stopped, and the ships on their side directly fixed the rudder. Start moving upwards along the straight line toward the depths of the fog. As we move forward, the fog around us becomes more intense, and the visibility is no more than five meters. In addition to the visual range being affected, other senses and even hearing are greatly affected. Even the deafening waves became smaller. Wu Heng could feel the various negative energy contained in the fog. And this energy is still aggravating as it goes deeper. He looked at the others on the boat, and everyone prepared some corresponding props to resist the influence of the fog. The ship continues to move forward. You can see broken wooden boards, broken sails, and some wooden barrels and debris. Floating with the waves. "There are living people." Suddenly, someone spoke. Everyone looked at each other and saw a figure lying on a broken wooden board. He was probably a sailor in front of him. "Catch it up!" the deacon ordered. The rope was hanging down, and someone went down directly. As soon as he approached the floating wooden board, the sailor jumped up suddenly, roared in his mouth, and tried to drag the people who went down into the sea with his teeth and claws. The person who went down was the captain, and he punched the target directly fainted. Then he carried it back onto the boat. "The mind was affected by the fog, and someone came out before, and it was in this state." The middle-aged deacon explained to Wu Heng. Someone bent down and fed the medicine to the person who carried it back. After the other party woke up, he roared again and rushed over with his teeth and claws. This state is somewhat similar to the zombies, but the attack method is different. The zombie still stood upright and bit the other person. The man in front of him was half-squatting forward, like the "Gulu" in the Lord of the Ring. The man was controlled again, and the association used the scroll. The crazy sailor''s eyes became clearer, from aggressive to frightened rabbit, curled up and muttering something in his mouth. "We are from the association, how did you come out?" "You are safe now. Can you understand what I say?" The deputy deacon of the association asked several questions in succession, but the other party did not show a normal answer. Papa~! The two big mouths twitched directly, and the deputy deacon said coldly, "Why did you come out? Otherwise I''ll chop you up now." "I..., I don''t know." "What did you see inside?" the deputy deacon continued to ask. "We saw a ship and we wanted to avoid it and leave, but how could we go around that ship and appear in front of us." "Where are the others?" "I have no idea!" Papa~! Two more mouths slapped over, "Think about it!" The sailor said timidly, holding his head with his hands, "I don''t know." The deacon said, Closed him. "yes!" The man was taken down, and the deacon came over and explained to Wu Heng, "Everyone was under a lot of pressure and behaved a little roughly. I will tell them after the mission is over." Wu Heng nodded without saying much. I feel good, but for these people, they are facing life and death pressure. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! The ship continued to move forward. The rest of the people went to work, while Wu Heng sat down aside. A small voice sounded in my ears, "Uncle, is this a ghost hitting a wall!" According to the sailor who just salvaged the boat, as long as it entered a distance from the fog, it would approach the ghost ship no matter which direction it was. It''s somewhat similar to ghosts hitting walls. But this is a different world. It is said that ghosts hit walls in their own world. This is usually illusion. "Well, you really feel like that," Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao lay on his shoulder, "Is there really a ghost?" Wu Heng said, "What are you talking about? Our profession should be a ghost who is afraid of us." "Oh, that''s right! Then you can protect me later, uncle." said the short story. "You protect me." "I''m a kid." "I''m a college student!" Wu Heng didn''t give in at all. Xiaoxiao was responsible for Wuheng''s surroundings, while Benny and Granda checked around the hull. The fog has little impact on the ghost, and the energy contained in it makes the three ghosts feel more comfortable. Moreover, there is a sense between Ghost and Wu Heng, and there is no need to worry about not being able to find himself. After a few words with Xiaoxiao, I picked up my phone and looked at it again. The positioning was still there, but the position seemed not to be moving straight ahead. The ship continued to move forward and after rescuing the first person, the atmosphere in the team became even more serious. Everyone bowed their heads and did their own things, no one spoke. The impact of the fog on people is also aggravating. There have been team members who take some potions to dispel abnormal states to keep themselves awake. After a while, the ship entered an area surrounded by broken decks and several large and small ships with no figure on the decks. It can be seen that the kingdom''s cruise ships, merchant ships flying the chamber of commerce flags, and ships from the mercenary regiments. Dong~! The boat under his feet squeezed out a ship in front of him and forced himself to open the road. And with this collision. Hurry~! Countless figures surged out of the deck of the ship, roaring at this side in the fog. Then, there were a large number of people gushing out from all the ships around, standing on the deck densely, staring at the ship that broke in. One of the ships moved and approached here. Then, ships of all directions moved in unison and approached this side, as they were getting faster and faster, as if they were about to crash this side. "Damn it, we are here to save you." Someone shouted loudly to the outside. The rest of the people looked ugly, and they looked around to find a solution. If the boat is gone, it will not swim back even if there is direction. "Prepare to sink the nearest ship." The deacon kicked the member who was still shouting and ordered loudly. Now I dont care about so many people. If some people dont die, they will die here. Crack ~! The equipment on board began to rotate, aiming at the approaching ship. "Wait first!" Wu Heng pulled the other party. "Master Wuheng Island, I can''t take care of so much of the current situation. After I go back, I will write a detailed report and submit it to our department." The deacon shook his arm away and said anxiously. "I''ll try it first!" Wu Heng said, and a copper bell with wooden stakes appeared in front of him. bell? Everyone looked here. "Come here, ring the bell!" Wu Heng pointed to one of them. The other party didn''t understand why, so he came over, picked up the bell hammer, and hit it directly on it. Dong~! The low bell sound instantly swept away. The two skeleton servants beside him trembled slightly. The thick fog around the ship was blown away by air waves, and the crazy crew members on the ship trembled as soon as they heard the bell. From madness to curled up and fearful, they all crawled back into their respective cabins. [Sacred Bell] After ringing, exorcise evil and avoid disasters. Unexpectedly, it will come in handy at this time. The crazy crowd retreated to the cabin, and the local deacon and the rest of the people also showed surprises. This Treasure Island owner is more reliable than I imagined, and even has such props. I am also glad that it was him who came to support me. If it were other deacons, they would probably not be able to deal with this danger. Wu Heng said to the bell ringer: "The side effect is repentance. You just repent here. You don''t have to do other work. If someone crazy appears again, you can continue ringing the bell." After saying that, he looked at the others again, "Continue moving forward, it should be not far from the ghost ship." The members who rang the bell showed bitterness. Kneel down and confess to the bronze bell. The others also gained a lot of confidence because of this strange object and continued to speed up the ship. After the bell rang, the mist enveloped again. The visibility has also dropped to three meters. On this vast sea, only some debris around the ship can be seen in three meters. The sea was getting more and more debris, as if it had entered a swamp full of broken wooden boards. With the current, it hit the hull. "It''s the ship of the Golden Eagle Mercenary Group!" Among the broken ships all over the ground, the association and others saw the familiar flag floating on the sea. Everyone looked ugly. I only saw the flag, but I didn''t see any crew members or bodies. "There are words on the flag." said one person. "Catch it up!" The animal trained with a curved hook, hooked the flag in the sea, and was pulled up directly by the crew. Blanks outside the pattern on the banner. There are two sentences written. This ship is a tomb, and someone triggered some mechanism to release the ship. The ship has iron golems above level 12. Do not approach the ships that come in later, otherwise they will be attacked. The legendary ghost ship is a tomb? Wu Heng and the others frowned at the information left by the mercenary group. "Will the tomb be on the boat?" The deputy deacon was a little surprised. The middle-aged deacon replied, "If this is a tomb, it makes sense, so things like this are likely to appear in the tomb with such serious negative effects." Many strange objects with the effect of the undead came from the cemetery. Of course, not every cemetery has the strength of the tomb owner and the environmental impact. Anyway, it''s not easy. "Yes..., whether it is the Pirate King, the previous Pirate King, it is not clear where he was buried." A captain expressed his guess. "It is possible that the rumor that the association could not do anything about him at that time, and it was reasonable to die on the boat." Another person agreed with this statement. "What do the Lord of Wuheng Island think?" asked the middle-aged deacon. Wu Heng raised his head and shook his head again, "I don''t know either. I have just come to the Emerald Sea for two years and I only know about the Pirate King. I really don''t know what other strong people are there." It is really possible to have the Pirate King''s tomb. The last Treasure Island Lord found the treasure left by the Pirate King, but the corpse was not mentioned. The Pirate King''s lifelong glory is in this sea area, and it is very reasonable to find a way to bury it in this sea after his death. "Well, let''s just think it''s the pirate king''s tomb!" said the middle-aged deacon. At this time, someone shouted, "Look at the front!" Everyone looked up. Then I saw a strange ship floating on the sea in the distance. As we approached, the hull became clearer. The hull decayed, and the holes were broken. The wooden boards were covered with strange dark green moss, flashing with faint light in the thick fog. The originally majestic statue at the bow of the ship is now only a pair of empty eyes, and its open mouth, spitting out endless smoke. The sails were broken and drifted weakly in the dead air, making a ''rustling''" sound. Ghost ship! Someone took two steps back and almost fell to the ground. (End of this chapter) Chapter 885 , generals lead the tomb Chapter 885: Generals Tomb It''s really a ghost ship! Even though the ghost ship was mentioned in the information, I was mentally prepared. But when I saw it with my own eyes, I was still shocked by the weirdness and oppression brought by the ghost ship. The middle-aged deacon''s face looked ugly, his senses were affected, and the ghost ship was close to his face before he discovered the target. He said in a deep voice: "Prepare for the fight." The rest also acted quickly and prepared to deal with possible dangers. Wu Heng stood behind the team, beside him were Shining and Tiaotiao, two level 20 skeletons. Xiaoxiao flew out of the air and said in her ear, "Uncle, can the cemetery still be placed on the boat?" In special environments, Xiaoxiao can always focus on things that are not very important. "There is indeed a saying that the ship is buried. It is arranged on the boat as a cemetery, and then the boat is chiseled to let the boat sink to the bottom of the sea." Wu Heng replied in a low voice. "Wow! Uncle knows so much." Xiaoxiao cooperated and then asked, "Is this the Pirate King''s tomb? I think what they analyzed makes sense!" Since Wu Heng and others came to Treasure Island, the legends and events related to the Pirate King have never stopped. Now, Wu Heng has become a hero, and it is difficult to see pirates in the entire Emerald Sea again, and a cemetery on the ship that is suspected to be a pirate king appeared again. It''s like a curse that has been entangled in the Emerald Sea. "You will know when you go in later." Wu Heng replied. At this time, the middle-aged deacon leaned over and Xiaoxiao stopped talking. The deacon said with a serious expression, "Master Wuheng Island, judging from the information collected, it can be confirmed that there are iron golems on the ghost ship, but what I am most worried about is the owner of this tomb, the power of the undead is so strong...." The other party didn''t continue to say anything, and Wu Heng also understood what he was worried about. If this ship was really a tomb, and had such a strong power of undead, it was hard to say whether the tomb owner would wait for them to enter inside. "I am the necromancer, there is no big problem." Wu Heng said calmly. If a ghost appears here, or the tomb owner has become a corpse ghost, it is unlikely that he will reach level 20. Therefore, it is completely within your own scope of dealing with it. The middle-aged deacon was stunned. Unexpectedly, the other party was still so confident. After pondering for a while, he still said tactfully, "It''s better to be careful." While speaking, the ghost Benny flew back from the opposite side, got into her body, and shared a picture. Four concrete tall metal golems are walking towards the deck. Every step is the creaking sound of metal after collision. Wu Heng looked up and said, "The puppet is coming out, be careful." The middle-aged deacon was stunned. After two or three seconds, the ranger in front shouted, "The ghost ship has come out, it is a metal puppet." Immediately afterwards, I saw a figure two meters tall and covered in patina rusty armor, with a bronze sword in one hand and a spear in the other. "Attack!" The middle-aged deacon ordered directly. Bang ~! The crossbow roared, and the crossbow arrows as thick as their arms rushed directly towards the target area. Sand ~! The crossbow arrow struck the puppet''s shoulder armor, shooting a spark. Almost! At this time, the metal puppet on the opposite side, accompanied by the sound of "klala" and half-squatted. The next second, I took off and planned to jump directly to this side through the distance between the two ships. "Prepare to fight, please cooperate!" the middle-aged deacon still shouted loudly. The rest of the deputy deacons and the captains rushed tore the scroll open and the pills were contained under the tongue. Prepare to face the enemy with a serious face. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and was surprised to see the jumping iron golem. So flexible? Not to mention the metal all over the body, the rust on the body doesn''t look like you can do such a move. "Shan Shin! Go up and clean them up." Wu Heng said casually. Whoosh~! Everyone felt a strong wind passing by, and saw a figure suddenly growing in the air and hit the puppet directly. Bang ~! With the violent impact, the two-meter-high puppet body was knocked away and smashed the already broken ghost ship behind him. Then, the tall figure in a cloak quickly turned back in the sky and knocked the second and third puppets back to the ghost ship. Only the fourth fell on the deck here. Everyone was stunned, and one of the four iron golems came over. "Only one left, kill..." Honey~bang! The silver-white [lightning beam] shot out from behind and instantly hit the iron golem''s chest on the deck. The last iron golem also flew back half a meter back and hit the hull fence. The metal body staggered and got up. Boom boom boom boom~! Five lightning bolts slashed down from the sky, like heavenly punishment, submerging the puppet. The lightning disappeared, and the iron golem had no movement. The middle-aged deputy deacon and other members of the association all stared at the scene in front of them with wide eyes. Four iron golems. The three were knocked back, and the only one who came over was not yet standing firmly, and they turned into parts all over the floor. What about the crisis that promised! The iron golem has not reached level 12? No, the wreckage outside is full of the ground, it cannot be so easy. If it is so simple, it can be solved. The state of tearing the scroll yourself up, what''s the matter with the pills you take in advance. "Master of Wuheng Island." The middle-aged deacon came over and wanted to ask about his next plan. The fighting sounds on the ghost ship continue. Apparently he was still fighting the remaining iron golems. Wu Heng waved his hand and said, "Let''s go over and prepare to board the ship." "Prepare to board the ship!" The middle-aged deacon ordered loudly. The ship approached again, and hugged the hooks and locks, hooking the ghost ship''s fence, bringing the distance between the two sides closer. After the two ships were connected, everyone jumped onto the ghost ship directly. Three iron golems, one of which was broken, and the remaining two were also crushed and beaten by the skeleton servants. The middle-aged deacon waved his hand and took the people to kill him directly to speed up the speed of cleaning up the target. After all, it is not clear whether the owner of this ship is still alive. on board the association ship. Wu Heng looked at the dilapidated, full of holes and dark green moss. No panels and descriptions appear! Isn''t this ship a strange thing? I thought it would be a strange thing as special as the [Ghost Train]. Now it seems that this ship is not the one who has special effects. "Wuheng, there is a coffin inside, and there are many things similar to burial objects in other cabins." At this time, Granda flew back and said directly from the side. Xiaoxiao was surprised, "What a tomb. Is aunt the tomb of the Pirate King?" Granda showed a hint of surprise and said, "It''s possible that it''s the Pirate King. He fits the idea of ??treating it as a cemetery on the ship. Xiaoxiao is really smart." Xiaoxiao was a little embarrassed and said, "It was analyzed by the members of the association just now, not what I thought of." Wu Heng explained, "Just just now, the crew caught a flag in the sea, and wrote a clue left by investigating the mercenary group, and mentioned that the ship was a cemetery." "Oh!" Glanda nodded, then added, "The coffin is open and there are a lot of filthy things inside." "Opened? Is there a corpse inside?" Wu Heng asked. "There are some remains of the corpse. I''m not sure if it''s the original owner in the coffin!" Glanda replied. Wu Heng nodded, "Let''s take a look!" Granda got into her body, and the scene inside the ship was shared. The central area of ??the ship is built like a building, with eaves, beams and columns, as much as possible, showing the same feeling as a normal house. Granda''s perspective began to move, passing through several cockpits. In the cabin, the furniture was rotten, and the mud and debris were mixed together. There were only some exposed corners, which could be distinguished. That is, the burial objects in the tomb. Then, he passed through the wall and entered the main tomb of the ship. A sarcophagus is placed in the middle. When he saw the sarcophagus, Glanda was obviously a little surprised. She stood in the distance and hesitated for several seconds before she got closer and flew over. The coffin lid was placed one meter away, and a large amount of turbidity was accumulated in the sarcophagus. If you look closely, you can see black things and some broken bones. Then, Glanda went around again before flying back. After watching the shared screen, Wu Heng released Glenda again. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! Granda asked, How did you say the lid of the coffin was opened? "I can''t confirm yet. Go in and take a look at it." Wu Heng said. There are only two possibilities: one is the owner of the tomb opened it from the inside, and the second is that someone went in and opened the lid of the coffin. The message left by the mercenary group mentioned the cemetery. Maybe they had some way to avoid the puppets, and they couldn''t say it even if they opened the coffin. "Master Wuheng Island, the battle is over." A captain looked over and shouted. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded and walked directly onto the ghost ship. The skeleton flapped its wings and flew over. Several people from the association checked the puppets on the ground in the distance. Seeing Wu Heng coming up, the middle-aged deacon led the team over. He said: "I have never seen the puppet style before, it is not the style of association or mainstream puppet production." Wu Heng didn''t understand this either. He handed over the iron golem that he had exchanged for meritorious deeds to Andwier, but he had never observed it. "Let''s go, these puppets will study them when they go back." Wu Heng said. "Okay!" the deacon nodded and turned around to instruct, "You guys stay outside to guard the ships, and the rest follow me in." "Yes!" everyone answered. He was led away by Wu Heng along the way, and the pressure on everyone was greatly reduced. On the deck, the battle was like this, if there was still danger inside, it would have rushed out long ago. All that remains is to inspect the ships and investigate. The investigation task, which was originally expected to lose half of its manpower, was so easy that the rest of them were happy. Moreover, it must be a great achievement after returning. Everyone responded happily and acted according to the order. Wu Heng walked into the cabin with two skeletons and several members of the association. There was a creaking sound from the feet, and the three-meter-high corridor was corroded, wet, dripping water downwards. Wu Heng led a few people all the way to the main room. The middle-aged deacon took out two illuminated stone lanterns from the space ring and handed them to the two association captains behind him. Used for lighting. There are a few words written on the door of the main room. Those who open the door will die! Before, Glanda came in through the wall directly, but she didn''t see the words on the door. Some are not very lucky! "Open the door!" Wu Heng waved his hand. The two skeletons behind him went forward and pushed the door hard. Bang ~! The whole door fell into the inside and slapped it on the ground. Entering the tomb, there was a tall stone platform in the middle, and above it was the stone coffin that Glanda saw. The entire stone platform and the sarcophagus are connected together, as if they were made of a complete piece of stone, which was hewn into what they are now. The people from the association became nervous again, and the middle-aged deacon wanted to say something several times. I''ve been holding it back again. Following Wu Heng, he walked up the stone steps and approached the stone coffin. Wu Heng released a [Dancing Light] above the sarcophagus, and four light **** surrounded the sky, making the surroundings bright. The scene inside the sarcophagus is exactly the same as what I saw before. The coffin lid was placed aside, and it was turbid inside. The middle-aged deacon looked at the open sarcophagus, his eyes appeared solemn, he was alert to the surroundings, and said, "Has the person in the coffin come out?" As soon as these words were spoken, the few people behind them immediately became nervous. If the tomb owner becomes a dead spirit, he may be even more powerful than the puppets outside. Wu Heng said, "I was not on the ship. If I really came out, I would leave the ship." The association has a few people who have fully trusted Wu Heng now, but it is still a big deal for the tomb owner to leave. He said, "If he comes out, it will not be a trivial matter. After he goes out, he will report to our headquarters for detailed investigation." "Let''s take a look first." Wu Heng said, and said to behind him, "Liaolao, see if there is anything inside." The skeleton stretched out his arms and snatched them in the muddy mud. Some broken bones and armor fragments were taken out and thrown on the ground, and a stone slab full of words was taken out. Wu Heng took out a bottle of water, and the people from the association immediately reacted and stepped forward to take the rinsing stone slab. The words on the stone slabs are gradually becoming clearer. Wu Heng looked at the words above intently. The words on the stone slab should belong to the ancient words in this world. But in his eyes, it has been translated. It is written that a princess was cut off her head because of bewitching the king. The tomb owner received an order to **** the princess''s body back to her hometown and place her funeral with her whole body. After a dangerous journey, I finally returned to my hometown of the princess. Found that the dynasty had changed, there was no hope of saving the country, and there was no place for his home, so he built a tomb on this ship and buried him here forever. The translation of the text may be somewhat incomplete. But that''s probably what it means. Seeing Wu Heng looking seriously, the middle-aged deacon beside him asked curiously, "Master Wu Heng, what is written on it?" Wu Heng raised his head and repeated the content to them again. Not only these people, but also the three invisible ghosts, listened carefully. The middle-aged deacon smiled and said, "The Lord of Wuheng Island still knows these words." "I know Hongwen, I know a little bit." Wu Heng said, and then said, "The name of the tomb owner is not written on the stone slab, but the level of the generals of a certain kingdom should not be high." I heard him say that the level is not high. The rest of them raised their eyebrows. The puppets guarding the tomb outside are all at level 12 deacon level, and the level of the tomb owner will definitely be higher. It has reached level 15 or even level 18, which is not a good idea. Of course, everyone thought to themselves, and the deacon still said, "Yeah, what you said is right." Through this stone slab, we can confirm that the other party is not a pirate king, and if the level is not high, even if it is converted into a ghoul or ghost, the damage will not be that great. It can be safer. Step by step ~! At this time, footsteps came from behind. Everyone looked back vigilantly and saw the two people guarding outside walking in. "What''s wrong?" the deacon asked in a deep voice. One person said, "Deacon, found a corpse on the boat, it was a dwarf." (End of this chapter) Chapter 886 You are a fox demon Chapter 886, you are a fox demon A gnome''s body was dragged over. He was dressed as a sailor, and there were several tools similar to chisels hanging beside him. The middle-aged deacon frowned slightly, "Where did you find it?" Entering the depths of the fog, the sea was covered with wreckage of broken ships, and no corpse was seen. Some of the information obtained was also the handwriting left by the mercenary group on the flag, so it was preserved. After boarding the boat, a body was found. "In the floor mezzanine outside, it felt like it fell down and was killed by the puppet." The association member replied. The deacon continued to ask, Are you all here on your body? "Everything is here, and everything you can find nearby has been brought over." The member responded directly. The deacon turned around and said to Wu Heng: "Everyone is very abide by the rules in this kind of thing." This is explaining to myself that the people under my command will not hide anything privately. Wu Heng nodded and looked carefully at the corpse of the dwarf. The wound on his body has rotted severely due to soaking and looks like he has died for a while. He took a rough look and released [Conversation of the Dead] directly. The gnome corpse sat up suddenly, scaring the rest of the people, drew their swords and retreated, with a look of alert on their faces. Wu Heng asked directly: "Why are you here?" The corpse vomited a mouthful of sea water and replied, "Come and explore this ancient tomb." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and looked at the deacon, who said, "It''s not like a mercenary group." Wu Heng continued, "Tell me all about how you know about this ship." The body paused for two or three seconds and replied, "Ron got a news that there was such an ancient tomb under the sea. We used the water clock to explore the place. When we evacuated, I did not escape." Tomb robber! In an instant, this word appeared in everyone''s mind. In other words, these tomb robbers triggered a certain feature of the ship, allowing it to reappear on the sea. The third question, What did you get here? The body continued to answer, "Many burial objects were salvaged, and we don''t know what they are." The sarcophagus was opened, and other cabins, some valuable or seemingly valuable things, were taken away by these people. The tomb robbers in this world are completely different from those in the modern world. Archaeology and collection are not mainstream, so the ancient burial objects were not that high. The most valuable ones were the strange objects that appeared in the cemetery. For ordinary people, the worst strange thing is also the reward corresponding to the third-level meritorious achievements. Selling a few hundred silver is not a problem. Wu Heng glanced at the deacon beside him and asked him if he had anything to ask. The deacon said, Ask where the rest of them will go and see if they can find them! Wu Heng asked, "Where will your companions go after they leave?" The corpse pondered for a while and replied, "We should follow the clues to go to the next cemetery." There is also a cemetery? The last question left. He thought for a while and asked in a deep voice: "Tell me about the last tomb, what do you know and say?" The corpse replied, "The last tomb is a princess'' cemetery. It was loved by the king before, and there must be a lot of burial objects." The five questions ended, and the body lay on its back. The other party here should have found clues about the princess tomb again. The corpse did not mention the location of the second tomb, and he probably didn''t know the specific location. "These **** guys have killed so many people." "Be sure to catch them." Members, whispering. "Master Wuheng Island, if you don''t need the body, I''ll take it away first to see if I can find clues to this tomb robber." The deacon spoke. Wu Heng said, "You take it away, I''m useless." "Okay! Roll it up." The body was wrapped up and the deacon put it directly into the space ring. Confirm that there was nothing else in the room that needed to be investigated, Wu Heng said, "Let''s go out first and see how the fog is solved." "good!" Several people walked out of the cabin and returned to the deck. The person who was guarding outside immediately came over and asked about the situation inside. Wu Heng walked towards the bow of the ship. This ship is not a strange thing, that is the bow of the murderer hanging on the bow. The closer you get to the bow, the more fog becomes. You can even see the black particles floating around the "Dancing Light" . He walked to the bow of the ship and looked at the bow of the ferocious beast that was spitting smoke. Feiying Miasma and Misty Boat Boat (Strange Things) Effect: Spray miasma. [Side effects: erode living creatures. (Description: Hanging from the bow of the ship, it will spit out a fog full of negative energy, covering the area where it is located.) Sure enough, the strange thing is here. In other words, only the bow of this monster-shaped ship is a strange thing that creates miasma. Wu Heng walked over directly, used [Housework Technique] to conceive a lifting device, took off the bow of the ship, and put it into the space ring. And as the bow of the hideous monster disappeared, the fog began to fade gradually. Click~! The violent sound of breaking kept ringing. The ghost ship under his feet began to make a harsh breaking sound. "Master Wuheng Island, it seems that this ship will not last long, so let''s withdraw it first." The local deacon ran over and said. And the rest of the crew, along the ropes, returned to the association''s ship. "Go back." Wu Heng said. As everyone left, the entire ghost ship completely broke. Sinking to the bottom of the sea. There were only some fragments, the wreckage of moss, still drifting on the sea. "Let''s go, the fog is dissipating, let''s go back first." Wu Heng looked at the sea and said directly. The deacon nodded and shouted behind him, "Go back!" "It''s back!" people shouted. The rest of the people were also shouting loudly with excitement. This dangerous mission not only did not reduce staff, but the matter was surprisingly simple because of the addition of this island owner. These people were like crew members, just following them. After you go back, you will definitely get good achievements. I just hope that the meritorious service will not be demoted because it goes too smoothly. Outside the fog. The ship guarding outside looked at the fog that was endlessly dispersed in surprise. Someone rubbed his eyes and carefully identified several times. When he confirmed that the fog was really dissipating and the trapped ship gradually appeared in the distance, he immediately woke up. Turning around and shouting, "The fog has disappeared, the deacon and the others have succeeded." Hala ~! A large number of people poured out from the cabin. Staring at the fog gradually drifting with the wind. The other ships were also filled with people, cheering in the distance. Deep mountains, in an ancient tomb. In the dim tomb chamber, several tomb robbers held up light stones and looked at the sarcophagus in front of them with bright eyes. "Ron, there is a stone tablet here." One of the young men in glasses placed the light stone close to the stone tablet on one side and carefully identified the text on it. "What is it written on it? Is it the princess'' tomb?" Ron turned his head and said, his voice echoing in the empty tomb chamber. The young man pushed his glasses and could only recognize some of the text on it, but he could also understand the above content half-recognize and half-guess the words. He said, "The princess is a fox demon who bewitched the king, causing the people to resent, and the ministers to rebel. In the end, the kingdom was destroyed. She was cut off and sent back to her hometown." "Fox people?" One of them looked over curiously. "I didn''t write it. It should be the fox human race. I just don''t know which king it is. The human race likes fox humans, but I haven''t heard of this story." Another person said. "I really think of my own archaeological team. Turn on and see if there is any good stuff inside." Someone urged. I found this place through hardships, not to explore any **** stories. Whether one or two strange things can be made is the main thing. Several people made preparations and began to open the lid of the coffin. A cold breath emanated from the sarcophagus, and everyone skillfully opened the distance. When the smoke and breath inside dissipated, a few scrolls that slowed down the air and cleared away the miasma in the air. Several people quickly got up. There are various burial objects placed inside. The gorgeous cloth instantly lost its color and the corpse collapsed instantly. But there are still many funeral objects inside. "I''ve sent it!" The expression of excitement appeared on the faces of several people. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "So, are you here to get these funeral objects?" The man standing behind suddenly spoke, with a gentle and slow tone, like a woman. Everyone paused and looked back at the talking figure. Ron said coldly, "What are you doing? You''re talking nonsense at this time." "Nonsense?" The man narrowed his eyes slightly and said charmingly, his originally rough face showed a strange tenderness. Then he sighed, "I was woken up by you." As soon as these words came out, everyone present changed their faces, even though they were still guessing the previous second, and now they heard this, they were basically sure in their hearts. It turns out that he is from the ancient tomb. After doing so many times, he still encounters such a thing. Hurry~! Everyone took out the scrolls and props in panic, trying to protect them. The young man wearing glasses said in surprise, "You are a fox demon." Fox demon! The man who was still charming just now had a moment of dazed eyes, then his expression became serious and his voice was cold, "If you are the masters in the high hall, and say to me, I will recognize you, but you guys, I dare to call me that. The next second, the tomb robber fell to the ground instantly, his head was raised to the sky, and wisps of faint blue soul fire floated out of his mouth. All fell to the ground. Only the only man with glasses was left, kneeling on the ground, with a look of horror on his face. "Tell me about it outside!" The soft man''s voice sounded again. Holt City, Association dormitory. Wu Heng sat at the table with his cell phone on it, and was having a video call with Xilagui and Shi Yali. Xiragui said, "It''s good that you are not in danger!" After all, the foggy incident is quite a big deal. As soon as he came back, he contacted Xilagui and told the two sisters in detail about this matter. "You look down on me or heroes." Wu Heng asked back. The fog is indeed a bit difficult for local power, but it does not have any danger to itself. Those iron golems can''t beat them in their own skeletons. Xiragui just said ''um'' and then asked, "Have those tomb robbers investigated?" "The local association will check again. I will get the portrait and check Treasure Island too. There are dwarfs on the other side. I suspect that it may have been to Treasure Island too." Wu Heng thought for a while and said. "Okay!" Xilagui nodded. Wu Heng thought about it and continued, "By the way, is tomb robbing illegal?" He really doesn''t know whether tomb robbers in this world are illegal. All I know is that the excavation of corpses by the Necromancers is listed in the terms of each country. Thinking about it this way! It''s really unfair to treat the Necromancer. But this regulation is not surprising. Wu Heng believes that he is a decent figure among the Necromancers. I also bought a lot of corpses from the Snake Hui Consortium. Most of these corpses were dug out, and there was soil in the gap between the coffin. A normal necromancer, if you know a good corpse, you will definitely dig it. Xiragui said, "Since so many people died and their mental disturbances will definitely be pursued. Do you think these people are dead in vain!" That''s right! So many people died, and several ships of people all had mental abnormalities. These tomb robbers will definitely be put on a wanted warrant, and the wanted level may be higher. It depends on whether you can find detailed information. "You are right, why do you say you can be a deacon!" "Start talking nonsense again." Xilagui glared at him. Wu Heng continued to ask about Treasure Island, and there was no problem there, everything was normal. After meeting the important thing, we finished chatting. Shi Yali came up and asked, "When will you come back?" "I will hand over the deacon here again, and I will go back to confirm that there is no problem." Wu Heng replied with a smile. "Then come back, come here for dinner?" Shi Yali said. Xiragui hit her with her elbow, indicating that she should not be so straightforward. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''ll go see you when I go back. Do you have good training at home?" "Yes! We have already made a training plan." Shi Yali said showing off. "Awesome!" Wu Heng also applauded. After chatting for a while, the three of them hung up the phone. "Uncle, that deacon is here." As soon as he hung up the phone, Xiaoxiao flew in. Immediately afterwards, a knock on the door sounded. "Enter!" The door was pushed open, and the middle-aged deacon walked in directly with a smile on his face, "Master Wuheng Island, the fog has completely disappeared, the trapped ship was brought back for treatment, and some ships were also arranged, at the location of the ghost ship before Search to confirm if there are any other clues. Wu Heng was the flag bearer and personally participated in this operation. It''s okay to tell him the progress. "Just deal with it." The deacon continued, "The portrait of the tomb robber has been drawn, and people have been arranged to go down to investigate. We cleaned the puppet''s armor and the patterns on the helmet, and restored the original appearance. We happened to leave it to you to join the Hongwen Club. Confirm the time and kingdom of the cemetery. Some ancient cemeteries and ruins were found in various places, and they were reported to the Hongwenhui. If the information is important, it will also be considered a success. "Okay, just leave it to me." Wu Heng said with a smile. All the collected puppet fragments were taken out, and Wu Heng also directly put them into the space ring. The deacon smiled and said, "This time, thanks to the island owner''s help, we will be so smooth." "It should be! Even if it is not happening in the Emerald Sea, you can ask for help from Treasure Island if you have any difficulties." Wu Heng said directly. The deacon stood up again and bowed, "I would like to thank the island master." "You''re welcome." The two chatted in the room for a while, and the other party explained the rest. After confirming that there is no problem here. Wu Heng left the city and returned on the ghost train. This department, the chief conference room. Around the gorgeous round table, three ruling leaders of the headquarters sat upright. Sword of Justice - Hadarai. Saihui Arbitration-Saidu. Rock Warhammer - Bruno. The other two leaders, Lilith, was on Treasure Island, and the Hongwenhui leader was in the Holy See Church. Everyone in this department is busy with the affairs of Wuheng and the Holy See. From entering this room, the religious leader "Saidu" looked cold and sat on the chair without saying a word. Hadalay glanced at him, his eyes fell back on the dwarf leader Bruno and said, Bruno, you investigated Treasure Island, lets talk. Bruno spoke directly, "There is no problem with Treasure Island, there is no necromancer experimental base as mentioned, nor any related experiments, or an environment for cultivating the power of the necromancer." The religious leader''s eyes suddenly condensed. "Bruno, have you checked it carefully!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 887 , appoint a leader Chapter 887: Appointing the leader The fiery red-bearded dwarf leader asked back in a serious tone, "You want to say I protect a necromancer?" The religious leader looked straight at the other party, not believing that the Necromancer would have no problem. But as the "dwarf leader" who has the hottest temper and the most direct work, he will never hide it for the other party. Besides, there was no intersection between the two sides before. He said in a deep voice: "Have you checked carefully?" The dwarf leader raised his eyebrows, feeling that his ability to do things was questioned by the other party, and said in a deep voice: "Want to fight? The competition venue is still somewhere, you can choose!" "I''m talking to you about the serious matters. Have you checked carefully?" the religious leader still asked. "If you don''t trust us, you can go to Treasure Island to check it yourself." "you." In the past, he would have really gone to Treasure Island. But the other party became a hero, and the conflict between the two sides intensified to what they are now, so he really dared not lead the team to investigate. That kid always does something different from a normal person. "Enough!" The sword of justice, "Hadalay", slapped the table hard, calming the two argued leaders. There are five ruling leaders in total, and there are only three here now, so they can still make arguing like this. The two who were arguing no longer spoke, and Hadarai continued, Tell me the details of the investigation. He has read the report sent by the investigator. From the record point of view, there is indeed no problem with Treasure Island. But you still have to listen to the leader of the team. The dwarf leader slowly picked up the tea and took a sip, then said slowly: "After we went to the island, we directly inspected the important areas mentioned in the information, and several sites were factories on the island. The undead creatures that came out were all skeletons responsible for the production of the factory. "In the next few days, we divided into several teams and conducted detailed searches on the island, but no suspicious location was found." What hunters are good at is discovering and exploring. Finding hidden locations is also the most professional among several departments. Even if some places are covered or moved in advance in order to deal with the inspection, hunters can find corresponding clues. Such a detailed investigation, nothing was found, which was enough to prove that there was no place they were looking for on Treasure Island. The dwarf leader paused for a moment and then said, "When we left, we searched the surrounding islands again, but we found no results. Instead, we found some mines and money boxes left by the pirates." The religious leader narrowed his eyes and asked again, "How to explain so many skeletons?" The dwarf leader replied, "We asked questions with strange things, and according to his statement, the corpse purchased in the Snake Emblem Consortium." "Buy so much?" "I don''t feel surprised with the financial resources of Treasure Island." said the Dwarf leader. The association''s flag bearer and buying corpses from the Snake Emblem Consortium is indeed not a glorious thing. If he is still an ordinary professional, even at level 18 and 19, the association can use this as a reason and give some warnings or punishments. But now the other party is a hero, and the unreasonable things in the past are done, so you can do them. The Sword of Justice took over the conversation and said, "Have you ever seen Lilith?" "I''ve seen it, the house is well decorated." The dwarf leader touched his beard, and he seemed to have a special meaning in his words. "What did she say?" Sword of Justice continued to ask. Lilith is responsible for the secret speaker. If any venue was moved on the island in advance, she would also get relevant information. Moreover, the other party had contacted him before, and mentioned the information that Wu Heng had contact with the leader of the Snake Hui Consortium. "She said there was no problem on the island, and said that the direction Wu Heng was studying in his mind was all kinds of strange weapons, and he was not that interested in the undead magic." The dwarf leader spoke. Judging from the various strange weapons and the improvements of some items, they are indeed more successful than the undead magic. The only achievement that reflects his magic is the level of rapid progress. All three remained silent for a short time. The Sword of Justice looked at the two of them and asked, "Do you have anything else to say about this?" The religious leader said, "I have a problem." The other two looked at him. The religious leader continued, "The improvement of magic requires constant experimentation and learning. The necromancer faction is the rarest among the wizard faction, and even fewer people have achieved success. He became a hero so quickly that he did not even have any obstacles. Isn''t it doubtful? The Sword of Justice nodded slowly, "His growth rate is indeed surprising. Do you have any clues here?" The religious leader looked even more serious and said word by word, "I have long suspected that he was reincarnated or had his body stolen." "Lilith said this question, and it can be confirmed that the other party is not among these two." The Sword of Justice said directly. This is OK, either? The religious leader narrowed his eyes again and wanted to speak. The Sword of Justice took the lead in speaking, "The association''s investigation is based on evidence and records. We can make reasonable guesses, but we cannot make conclusions based on guesses alone." The religious leader''s words were stuck in his throat and did not say them. Now any questions he raises are based on the other party''s abnormality. There is no substantial evidence. "The matter has been investigated clearly, let''s make a decision according to the previous agreement, because this kid, the chief meeting has been held over and over again. I''m annoyed if you don''t bother me." The dwarf leader continued to speak. The Sword of Justice looked at the religious leader again and said directly: "From now on, any investigations on Treasure Island and Wu Heng will be cancelled, and the identity of the leader will be disclosed to the association and the association will be strengthened." A new hero has a significant impact on both external and internal to the association. "I have no objection!" The dwarf leader expressed his opinion. The religious leader remained silent. No one answered, and the matter was settled. The Sword of Justice continued to announce the second thing, saying: "From now on, Wuheng Treasury Island will be cancelled, and field leaders will be appointed, and all association leaders will be treated as leaders except for the ruling power." "No objection!" the dwarf replied. The religious leader still didn''t say anything, his face was filled with anger that was suppressed. The Sword of Justice nodded slightly, "Then it''s settled. First, the headquarters will announce it, and then release news to the resident associations, and post announcements one after another." "Okay!" the dwarf leader nodded. The matter ended, and the dwarf leader and religious leader stood up and left the conference room directly. The Sword of Justice sat on the chair and slowly breathed a sigh of relief. This matter finally had a result. The Holy See is an important part of the association and has a ruling leader. Wuheng is also quite special, with fast growth and strong ideas. It is also a loss to the association if it really forces the other party to the Snake Hui Consortium or the Immortal Emperor. This result is pretty good now. As for the conflict between Wu Heng and the Holy See, lets mediate again! After thinking for a while, he walked out of the conference room. The leader''s study. The religious hero "Saidu" came back from outside and sat on the chair with a gloomy face. Treasure Island didn''t find anything. Even if I dont believe that a necromancer will be so clean, the facts are right in front of me, and the rules of the association are mainly based on records and evidence. Even if he is the leader, it is hard to say anything about this matter. The announcement that Treasure Island has no experimental base indirectly proves that the Holy Sees judgment is wrong. The Pope and the two ships of the Holy See died in Treasure Island. how so! Dongdongdongdongdong~! Just when there was anger, the knock on the door rang out. "Enter!" The priest assistant opened the door and walked in, "Chief!" "What''s up?" The assistant took a step forward and carefully delivered the letter in his hand, "Chief, the letter sent by Treasure Island." Saidu''s eyes widened. He dared to write to himself at this time. "Take it! You go out first." The assistant sent the letter forward and turned and left. Saidu held the letter and felt that the envelope was bulging, much thicker than the normal letter. What did he write? It''s so thick! Is this a lot of words written to show off that the investigation team has not found anything? If it were just like this, Saidu would only feel that the other party was childish and ridiculous. He sneered in his heart, tore open the envelope and poured the letter into his hand. A letter, and a map of several folds. map? Expanded directly, Saidu frowned and stared at the extremely clear map in his hand. This is a map around the Emerald Sea. Other parts have been blurred, but the location of the church in each city is extremely clear. How to draw this kind of map. It''s like an oil painting, and it''s so clear and accurate. Want to threaten yourself again and clean up churches in various places? The Holy See is indeed more worried about this matter. After all, the two sides have different family backgrounds. The other party only has a Treasure Island. The Holy See is located in various places, but it took hundreds of years to reach its current scale. But the current situation is different. The association recognized his heroic identity. If it really destroyed the church and killed clergy with previous contradictions, it would be completely in line with the association''s definition of a cult. At that time, the heroes of the association, plus the heroes of the Holy See, will kill each other together. Moreover, he didn''t believe that Wu Heng dared to do so. That kid is crazy, but he is not stupid. After doing so much, he just waited for the association to recognize his identity. It''s nothing more than sending the map over and mocking yourself. I just feel that the other party is still so naive, and it is useless to use this little trick to vent emotions. Continue to expand the letter. When I opened it, a piece of paper clipped in the letter paper fell out and fell on the desktop. Saidu''s eyes froze, her eyes widened, and she looked at the piece of paper on the table. On the paper as big as a palm were colorful images, his appearance, and his naked body. The body was twisted and his hands were compared to his chest. Saidu''s eyes widened, and a feeling of shame and annoyance surged into his heart. What''s this? How could such a thing be there? My hands looked at the letter with a little trembling, with very little content. "I know the location of every church in your area, and I threaten the chamber of commerce that cooperates with Treasure Island. I will post this kind of photo all churches so that all believers can see your inner side. I will do what I say, but I don''t believe you. You can continue to try." This ~! Saidu stared at the letter tightly, bloodshot appeared on his eyes. A burst of shame and shame filled the whole mind. He couldn''t imagine what impact this kind of picture would have on himself. Damn it! This kid must have dared to do it. After hesitating for a long time, the voice said angrily, "Dare you!" Dingdeng~! In the conference room, the fire and the letter at this time, I felt that my qi and blood were on my head and my feet were unstable, and I staggered back to my chair. The violent friction of the chair made the assistant push open the door directly, "Chief~!" "Go out!" Saidu said in a deep voice. The assistant glanced at the other party and exited the room again. At this moment, he did not maintain the majesty and calmness of the leader. No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! This department is a mansion full of various dolls. The dwarf wearing purple and blue clothes and single-sided glasses looked at the letters in his hand. "Treasure Island flag bearer?" The dwarf sneered, tore the letter apart, and threw it on the ground, "Everyone wants to order it with me." There was a doll with a weird shape immediately, and stepped forward to sort out the shredded paper. "Go and get clothes, I''m going to visit the respected Chief Lilith." The dwarf stood up from the slightly short chair and greeted the side. Immediately someone came over and helped him put on his dress. Looking at Yin Jing, he confirmed his clothes and walked out of the room and headed to his destination. Dongdongdongdongdong~! Knocking on the heavy door, when it was opened, the dwarf said respectfully: "Motimer comes to visit Chief Lilith, please inform me." "The leader is not here. When the leader comes back, I will convey the news of your coming." The servant who opened the door was equally respectful. Not here? "Oh, thank you, I''ll visit you again next day." The dwarf was a little disappointed and said carefully. The door closed again and the other party turned around and walked out. "Is it Wu Heng from Treasure Island? Has he become a hero?" "The announcement has been released, it must be true." "Isn''t he a businessman? He sells pens and pills." "Who knows, but the other party is definitely a hero." The dwarf stepped on the stool and took one foot on the car and took it back. Treasure Island? The letter I just received seemed to be written by Treasure Island. After thinking about it, I got off the carriage and headed to the association hall. As soon as I entered, I saw countless people crowding in front of the bulletin board. The dwarf took advantage of his height disadvantage and squeezed into the front and looked at the bulletin. Treasure Island Takeheng became the field leader of the association. Enjoy all treatment of the leader. Wu Heng? Treasure Island? The dwarf widened his eyes and turned to his residence. Treasure Island. Wu Heng took back the two skeleton servants [Housework Technique], and wore a hood himself and appeared at the port location. After the Pope''s battle, the port was rebuilt and some facilities were much more complete. An announcement has been posted outside the room where the ship management is located. The content is that a ghost ship appeared in the Jade Sea, which has been lifted by Wu Heng, the flag bearer of the Jade Sea. The second is to collect relevant information about tomb robbers. "The ghost ship is indeed true!" "The ship at the port at that time came down a bunch of crazy people, I saw it with my own eyes." "At the critical moment, the island owner is still very powerful!" "He is all necromancers, and the ghost ship just fits his profession." "It makes sense!" People around the world who also read the announcement gathered together to discuss. Treasure Island was not affected by the fog and ghost ships, and at most some rumors spread from all sides. The more it spreads, the more scary it becomes, and there is no substantial loss. Moreover, Treasure Island has been sanctioned by the Holy See, and there are not many ships coming and going. Wu Heng stood in the crowd and eavesdropped for a while. He felt nothing was wrong, so he took a carriage and returned to the island owner''s mansion. Enter the door. The maids rushed out with joy. "Master, are you back?" Minnie asked. "Yes." Wu Heng hugged and rushed up to the four maids. Catwoman Robe said, "Master, has the ghost ship been solved? Is there really a ghost ship?" It seems that Xilagui hasn''t told them about the Ghost Ship''s affairs yet. "I''ll tell you when you enter the house!" Wu Heng walked towards the house. Shannaira also walked out of it and said with a smile, "Are you back?" "Well, don''t you miss me?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. "I miss you." "It''s okay to think about it, just think about it." "Childish!" Shannaira glared at him angrily, and her face was full of happiness when she saw her man coming back. Entering the living room, Minnie helped him change his clothes. Several women at home were sitting in the living room, preparing fruit wine and snacks, and staring at him with eager eyes. "What are you doing?" Wu Heng asked. "Didn''t the master tell us about the ghost ship!" Robe said. Wu Heng sat down aside and said, "The Ghost Ship is a tomb, a tomb built on the ship." "Tomb?" Everyone was even more interested. Then, Wu Heng talked to everyone about exploring the passage of the ghost ship. Several women in the family were surprised that someone had built the tomb on a boat, and they hated the tomb robbers for such a big deal because they killed many people. After the story was finished, Wu Heng said, "You guys talk, I''ll clean up and then go to visit Chief Lilith." Several people nodded, and Wu Heng walked upstairs. I tidied up briefly, took Xiaoxiao downstairs, and then released [Teleport] to Lilith''s mansion. Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao sat in the living room and waited for a while. Lilith walked slowly down from the upstairs in a dark blue dress. "Sister Lilith!" Xiaoxiao waved and greeted. Lilith smiled, When did you come back? "Just come back, my uncle asked me to come over." Xiaoxiao said directly. Wu Heng touched her with his arm, and then smiled and said, "Chief is resting upstairs?" "Yeah." Lilith sat down opposite him, and the butler brought tea and pastries. Lilith continued to ask, "So, what exactly is it that you, the hero, will make a special trip?" There was a little questioning in his tone. Tell him not to run around. Before the investigation team arrived, the person was not on the island. As soon as the investigation left, the person left again. After working on it for a long time, I just had a good attitude and didn''t do as I agreed. Wu Heng said: "The situation is indeed quite serious. There are more than a thousand people affected. I am the flag bearer, so I naturally have to go over and deal with it." Lilith raised her eyebrows, not expecting it to be so serious. She was collecting intelligence again and asked, "What''s the matter?" "Ghost Ship! There have been rumors on the island during this period." "Tell me about this!" Wu Heng told the story of the ghost ship again, and Lilith said, "I did receive information from the ghost ship, but I didn''t expect it to be so serious. I will arrange the wanted to be in the grave robbers. Don''t worry about this." "If you arrange it, they will definitely not be able to escape." Wu Heng politely asked, "Chief, is there any news from the investigation team?" Lilith glanced at him, "I thought you didn''t care about this!" "How could it be that I don''t care? This is my innocence!" "Yes, right." Xiaoxiao nodded. Lilith picked up the tea and took a sip, "Here comes out, wait for your announcement, you will be the leader in the future." Wu Heng reacted and was happy, "Thank you, leader." Come back from Lilith. Wu Heng called Xilagui''s sisters and decided to go for dinner tomorrow. Today I will stay at the island owners mansion and sort out some things. Wu Heng did not tell the news about the leader learned from Lilith, and it was not too late to say anything else. Had supper. Wu Heng returned to the study, Xiaoxiao was with Lilith, Granda and Benny, busy with their own affairs. Sitting down at the desk, I took out the iron golem armor that the local deacon gave him when he left. The armor was cleaned up, but it was still covered with heavy patina rust. But the pattern on it, the pattern looks like a monster in the middle of the armor, with big eyes and huge mouths, and fangs. On both sides are circumcision patterns characterized by clouds and thunder. It always seems that there is a kind of pattern that appears in mythological stories. "Do you want to leave these to Hongwen?" Granda glanced at this side. "Well, let Hongwen see which country''s armor style it is, I always feel familiar." (End of this chapter) Chapter 888 , Design of the New Church Chapter 888, Design of the New Church "Such a complex style is really rare when used on armor." Granda also agreed. The material of armor is bronze. Among modern armor weapons, bronze has long been eliminated, and the use of iron ore is also divided into many categories such as ordinary iron, refined iron, dwarf iron ore. It is also enough to prove that the tomb of the Ghost Ship has a long history. "If Hongwen will have any information there, let''s ask again." After taking a few photos, Wu Heng brought a box and put some parts of the armor and some fragments in it. "That''s fine!" Glanda nodded. Wuheng and Grenda are not very interested in history. If there is any relevant information, you can take a look. If there is no, it will not take a lot of time to crack the secrets of ancient times like Hongwenhui. But this time the ghost ship also made me sure of something. The older inscriptions can also be translated on the panel. If you stay in the hero stage, helping Hongwen can crack ancient documents, it may be a good way to retire. After packing them all, Wu Heng put the space ring in it. Wait until tomorrow someone will send it to the association. Granda returned to her position to read a book, while Wu Heng drank tea, thinking about the plans behind her. From Lilith''s side, we can confirm that the headquarters has recognized its identity as the leader. Lets see whats left, and the department has issued an announcement to the outside world. By then, all regions will announce it, and it will be a big event like becoming a hero again. Many people should know themselves. Unfortunately, fame no longer works for you. Open the panel and took a look. Faith: 21/50000. During this period, it has basically not increased much. In Mexico, not many people seem to believe in their identity as an immortal master. It seems that the focus should be on enhancing faith in the next step, and at least the church on Treasure Island will be built first. Try to collect some faith. This department has confirmed its identity as a leader, and the religious leader should have received the letter he wrote to him. I don''t know if he was angry. There are no big plans in the zombie world at present, the base is stable, and survivors can live normally. Moreover, killing ordinary zombies has not improved any of them. The next step should be to cultivate high-level zombies. You cannot always catch high-level professionals from another world. You can cultivate some original distorted zombies to promote their evolution. After reaching level 20, kill and convert into skeletons. I thought about all the plans behind me. It also roughly took one direction. Retracting his gaze, looking at Glenda beside him, and asking, "Glenda, have you not learned the skills yet after reading the book for so long?" "I haven''t read it for a long time, I can''t learn it, and it''s quite boring." Granda answered directly. Benny turned to look over. Level 20 Ghost, the panel writes skills that can learn the same attributes. Glenda has read a book for a long time, but has not learned the skills. Benny also reached level 20, but didn''t pay much attention to this matter. "You will not be affected by a small amount, right!" Wu Heng said curiously. Granda said, "I thought about it. Your skills are not very helpful to our combat effectiveness. Even if we can really learn **** the target, we will still possess it." Wu Heng glanced at the other party, and it made sense to say this. You can''t expect the ghost to fly over and release a bone-fighting technique or weak ray to the other party! If the target level is low, you will directly possess it and break your neck. The opponent is also at level 20. These skills are not very useful to the target, but will reveal traces. "I have collected higher-level skills." Wu Heng said. "With that time, it''s better to collect some rituals of promotion than any other skill that is not more useful than yours." Wu Heng was stunned by the other party''s words, and the ceremony was indeed easier to improve. Moreover, many effects are more suitable for ghosts. "Waiting for me to collect the materials." Wu Heng said. Granda no longer talked to him and her eyes fell back to the book. Wu Heng looked at the sky outside the window and went back to his room to rest. The next day, in the morning. After breakfast, Wu Heng sat in the living room and waited for a while, **** his long hair, and walked slowly down from the upstairs. High-top boots, tight trousers, trousers tucked into the boots, black inside, and a brown hood with a shawl on the outside. Unlike the old lady, today it looks like a ranger who is going to perform a reconnaissance mission. "Let''s go!" Shanaila said directly after she came down. The two agreed that they would go to the church to check the renovation today. They have no experience in this regard, so they can only make changes while doing it and gradually improve it. "Why are you dressing up today?" Wu Heng stood up and walked out with him. "Go to the construction site, this outfit is more convenient." Shannaira explained, and then said, "What? It''s not good-looking?" "It looks good, it''s different from before, it''s quite fresh." Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannaira glanced at him and said, "Let''s wear it for you tonight. Let''s go there first, don''t let others wait too long." The two of them got into the carriage and headed all the way to the church. Arrive all the way to the central area. Outside the church, the dwarf designer from Treasure Island was waiting outside with many people. Seeing Wu Heng and Sannaira get off the carriage, quickly step forward, and salute: "Master of the Island, Madam Shannaira." Wu Heng nodded, and Shannaira asked, "How is the progress?" "The progress is very smooth. If you determine the plan again, you can get the remaining materials in." The dwarf designer replied immediately. Shannaira nodded and continued, "Where is the design drawing, give Wu Heng a look." "Here." The designer took out the drawings and quickly delivered them to Wu Heng. Then, we began to compare the design drawings and talk about the solutions and effects of each location on the spot. The doors, windows and the tops of the corridor have been specially designed. Different from the semicircular arches of the Holy See, the church here uses pointed arches, which look stronger vertical. The type of column is composed of multiple thin columns, which looks more gorgeous and has a sense of line. In addition, there are stained glass painted with patterns such as young men improving magic weapons and expelling pirates. The lines are beautiful and carved patterns of vines and flowers that appear in wood elves buildings. It gathers together to form the Treasure Island Church in front of you. Wu Heng listened to the introduction of the dwarf designer and watched it all from the inside out. The lines that keep appearing, the vertical feeling of being as high as possible, gives the entire hall a sense of stability and majesty. The wood elf elements mixed in the details have a little vitality, making the building less depressing. It''s in line with that. Wu Heng and Sannaira proposed that reflects professional but not repressive style. Similarly, it can be seen that many designs are different from the "Holy See", allowing the two to be clearly distinguished from the difference. "How is it?" Shannaira asked. "It''s pretty good." Wu Heng said. Hearing this sentence, several designers on the side breathed a sigh of relief. Here in the church, I have edited the design draft many times. This time I have been renovated to this level. If I am still not satisfied, it will be even more troublesome. "That''s good. If the shape and style are fine, let them continue and finish the work as soon as possible." Shannaira continued. "good!" Shannaira nodded, continued to explain to the designer beside her, and then asked, "Let the subsequent materials enter the factory!" The dwarf designer agreed. Shannaira continued, How long will it take to complete the work later? "It will be completed in 5 to 7 days." said the dwarf designer directly. "Arranging people to keep a close eye on it." "yes." After watching the church, Wu Heng took the initiative to go to the association and handed them the wooden box he packed last night. Deliver directly to the macro conference in this department. Come back and return with Shanara in a carriage. On the carriage. Shannaira said, "The letter I wrote to the Presbyterian Church should have arrived. I don''t know what their attitude is there." Previously, the Wood Elf Representative came to the island owner''s mansion and asked about the Treasure Island of Sannaira and the Holy See. Shannaira wrote a letter to the Presbyterian Church, which mentioned Wu Heng''s becoming a hero. "Don''t worry! The result will definitely not be bad." Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannaira looked at him, and said in a leisurely tone, "I''m afraid I''ll believe you when I tell them that you''re a hero. They haven''t seen you before, and they''ve heard all the information they sent back." "What do you want to believe? The association''s announcement will be released in a few days." Wu Heng said calmly. Shannaila raised her eyebrows and said in surprise, "Is the result come out?" Wu Heng signaled her to lighten her voice, and then said, "Captain Lilith said that the headquarters has become my identity as the leader, and the announcement has been sent to various places. The Presbyterian Council will discuss it for a few more days, and it is estimated that it will be possible to receive the announcement from the association." Shannaira smiled and said, "I''m a little looking forward to it. The other chambers of commerce looked after the announcement. They gave up a hero because of a warning. They were afraid that they would slap themselves a few times if they woke up." "It''s not their fault, the Holy See is intimidating power!" Wu Heng didn''t care much about other chambers of commerce. The deterrence of the Holy See is there, especially ordinary chambers of commerce. Without the support of the state and race, the Holy See can easily crush them. Shannaira was a little surprised and stepped forward and pinched his face, "I didn''t see that there was a heroic demeanor." No mistakes, one song, one content, one in 6, one book, one bar, one reading! "I have always been generous." The carriage returns to the island owner''s mansion. Shannaira went to the training ground to train with the maids, and Wu Heng went straight upstairs and returned to the study. Ask Benny to call Xiaoxiao back and head to the zombie world. Go out of the boundary. Another world is still Xinfu City Prison. "Xiaoxiao, have you seen if there are zombies reaching level 20?" Wu Heng released the ghost and said directly. "Okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed and flew towards the cell with Benny. Wu Heng walked to the surveillance and confirmed the surveillance situation in the entire prison. Xinfu City Prison should be the most normal among all bases. It is still the original defensive layout, and all kinds of skeletons are busy with their own affairs. Granda asked, "The investigation team asked you why the strange thing didn''t respond when the Necromancer experiment was tested?" Wu Heng also thought about this question after the end of the matter. He replied: "I guess there are several possibilities. One is that there is a difference between the zombie world and the other world, and the effects of strange things are limited. The second point is that the cultivation of zombies does not belong to the undead experiment. The third point...." After a brief pause, he continued, "The third point is that I think the strange thing did not take effect at that time, and the side effect of the strange thing is that the user actively tells his own secrets, so there is no way to judge whether the strange thing has an effect. Granda narrowed her eyes slightly, "So, do you think the third possibility is the greatest? Then why doesn''t it take effect?" Third, Wu Heng said the most, obviously he prefers this statement. Wu Heng explained: "I remember when we first went to Treasure Island and I was a deputy deacon, an inspector came to the island and asked me about it with sincerity clay dolls? The strange things did not work at that time. . "Yes! I forgot about this." Granda also remembered this. At that time, the inspector went to the island and asked him about strange things. It is not that there is no effect, but that the spiritual interference of the strange thing is blocked by the [Strengthening Will] that one awakens. Strengthening will is the passive ability of Wu Heng to take the corpse core awakening when he was in Heishi Town. This time, Wu Heng believed that this ability was also the one that blocked the effect of the strange thing. "From then, you are not afraid of the association''s questions." Granda said thinking. Wu Heng had too many secrets, and this kind of strange thing could not produce any effect, which was really too important to him. "I am a hero, I''m afraid that he will ask, and it''s just a good thing to go through both sides." Wu Heng said dissatisfied. "Just blow!" While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao and Benny flew back. Xiaoxiao said excitedly, "Uncle, the zombies in Room 203 are at level 20, can be killed!" This is always strange when you say it from a child''s mouth. But another zombie reached level 20, which is indeed a good thing for Wu Heng. "Let''s go! Go and transform the zombies first." Wu Heng stood up and took the ghosts to the cell area. 203 cell. The zombies turned into corpses, and the [Bone Technique] was released. A skeleton slowly stood up from the ground. He is more than 1.8 meters tall and has wings behind him. Spiritual Guard (Level 20) [Attributes: Physical constitution 45, Strength 47, Agility 51, Intelligence 38, Perception 65, Charm 12.] Features: hollow skeleton, flying, advanced soul. [Speciality: biological aberration, physical aberration, heavy crossbow specialization (master), bow and arrow specialization (master), leather armor specialization (master). [Skill: Watcher, aiming to death. [Watcher]: You can guard and guard fixed locations. [Death Aim]: After aiming, the attack will be more lethal and attack the target''s weaknesses and fatalities. This time, the skeleton also shows his profession and is a guard. In the characteristics of the profession, the guards are similar to the ranger, and the use of weapons tends to be bows and arrows and strong crossbows. The difference is that the guards are good at guarding some fixed locations. In addition, in the defense area, you can discover the target and attack if there is any slightest movement. Actually, it''s not bad. Then see where it is arranged on the island and be responsible for safety work. Find the fallen corpse core and put it into the space ring. Wu Heng asked, "Xiaoxiao, what is its name?" "Xingxing Eyes, I plan to call Mengguo the next one!" Xiaoxiao flew over and said. Wu Heng scratched his face, and the name of his undead servant was getting more and more cute. "You call Xingxingyan in the future, follow me out!" Wu Heng walked out with the skeleton. Then let the skeleton guarding outside enter the cell to clean. Return to the monitoring room, hand over the original equipment to the "Star Eye". After all, he opened the boundary door and walked in. Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng walked out with the skeleton and arranged the work of guarding the island master''s mansion for the newly added "Star Eye". It can also be regarded as adding some defense to the island master''s mansion. When other places need it later, it will be fine. Wu Heng greeted the maids and left using [Telection Technique]. The next second, he appeared in the deacon''s residence. Stepping into the building, Xiragui came up happily, slapped his arm, and said with a little blame, "Didn''t you come back and have a meal!" "I will write a report first when I go back, and some of them will get armor styles from the cemetery. I will sort them out and report them to the Hongwen Club." Wu Heng explained to the other party. "The tomb on the ghost ship is very strange?" Xilagui was also interested. Wu Heng sat down in front of the sofa, took out the photos taken by his mobile phone, and flipped them out for her to see them one by one. Xilagui looked at it seriously, while Wu Heng hugged her shoulders and put his hands in the clothes and held them in front of his chest. The blonde elves with sharp ears were also used to these small movements, leaning against the other party, and continuing to look at their phones. At this time, Shi Yali also walked out of the kitchen, glanced at the two of them who were tired of each other, and said, "You can have a meal." Wu Heng walked over and sat down at the dining table, "Where is the skeleton chef I arranged for you?" The two sisters sat on both sides, one left and one right, and Shi Yali said, "I''m making some of them for you to eat, and they usually make them." "That''s great!" Wu Heng smiled. Shi Yali asked, "Will you go back tonight?" "I won''t go back." Rentham City. In the spacious and bright hall, Winmantha sat on the sofa in a coat. Not long after, footsteps came from the door, and the maid walked in with two figures. One was nearly three meters tall, wearing heavy armor, holding a two-handed sword, and a tight metal helmet, you could see the dark blue color. The soul fire. The other man was about 1.7 meters tall, with a hunched figure and a heavy cloak. "Treasure Island Armor ''Costas'', I''ve seen Lord Wenmansha." The hunched figure bowed slightly, and the sound made by the sound sounded extremely hoarse. Wenmantha''s eyes lit up and she immediately stood up, and her attitude was very enthusiastic, saying, "Mr. Costas, you are finally here." Whether he is from Treasure Island or his identity as a high-level magician, it is worth her enthusiasm. Costas stood up and said, "Lord of Winmantha, this is the phone that the island master asked me to give you, saying that you can use it yourself. This person is called the pot lid, and is a high-level skeleton servant, responsible. Keep your safety. Wenmantha looked to the side, wearing heavy armor, extremely tall skeleton. He looked back at the Keranmu who originally protected him. He took the cell phone handed over by the other party and said, "Please please in Mr. Costas, I''ll have someone prepare a dinner for you." "You are polite, I have turned into a ghoul." Costas continued in a calm manner, "If you are convenient for it, you can tell me the location and requirements of the power plant that needs to be built." "Okay, please come inside!" (End of this chapter) Chapter 889 , 200 tons of gold Chapter 889, 200 tons of gold Follow Wimmantha into the living room. Costas looked at the decoration of the entire building, the paintings of the elves, the sculptures of the dwarfs, the vases of the human race... Normally, these things will not appear in this remote town under your feet. Even the elves and dwarves had no chance to get in touch. These luxury accessories from each race can also be seen, the island owners love for the female city lord in front of him. Of course, when he came, the island lord also mentioned that the city lord in front of him had also signed a contract with him. He is a trustworthy person. After sitting down on the side, Winmantha asked someone to bring a map and unfold the coffee table between the two. "Mr. Costas, starting from this city, all power plants need to be built." Costas looked down and saw that the number was indeed a little large, and asked back, "Lord, where is the electricity demand?" "Currently, it mainly supplies street lights and some surrounding mines to develop." Wenmansha replied. Costas nodded, "Yes, I can set out tomorrow and go to the first city to take a look. If there is no problem, start planning. At that time, corresponding magical buildings and accessories are needed, and the city lord needs to make arrangements." "Magic buildings are the shortcomings of Rentham City. I will arrange for people to go to the Snake Emblem Consortium to order. You should try to be more detailed in the drawings here." Wenmansha agreed directly. Rentham City has experience in building power plants, and since the last time the leader of the Snake Emblem Consortium passed by here. The relationship between the two sides is more friendly. Many orders in Rentam City have begun to be ordered through the Snake Emblem Consortium, and the cooperation between the two parties has been relatively smooth. "The drawings will be drawn in a standard way, don''t worry," Costas said. Both of them were very polite. When speaking to each other, they also use respectful titles. Winmansha smiled and nodded, "Then I will arrange the train and guards tomorrow to protect you from here." "Can!" The main thing is over. The two continued to talk about Treasure Island. Wenmansha is still quite eager for Treasure Island. The weather is good there, there are many races and lively, so she can still be with Wu Heng. But now that children are young, even if they are ghost trains, the itinerary for several days is a burden for babies. Costas doesn''t know much about Treasure Island. He focuses more on his work. After going to Treasure Island, he rarely goes out to join in the fun. While speaking, the maid walked down and said softly, "Madam, the lady is awake, she should be hungry." Winmantha looked at Costas and said in an apology, Sorry, the child is still young and is more clingy. Costas suddenly realized that no wonder the island owner favored the other party, it turned out that he already had a child. He also cooperated and stood up and said, "Then I won''t bother the city lord. If you have any questions, we can contact us by phone." "Okay!" Wenmansha nodded and said to the maid, "Take Mr. Costas to the arranged residence." "Mr. Costas, please come here." The maid took the other party away. Costas nodded and left with the maid, and there were several accompanying skeleton artillery masters standing in the courtyard. Under Costas'' leadership, we head to the prepared accommodation together. "Go and carry the child down!" Wenmansha said to the maid. The maid went upstairs to carry the child down, and Wenmansar opened her clothes and breastfeeded her while observing the tall skeleton that she had arranged for herself. The orc, whose size is close to the burly, has been specially treated, and insect-like wings can be seen behind it. Is this also the race of Treasure Island? Never heard of it! "From now on, you will be by my side and be responsible for protecting me from safety." The skeleton lid walked behind her and stood aside. The next day, in the morning. Wu Heng came back from the elf sisters and had just sat in the living room for a while. A ringtone came from the satellite phone, and the caller ID was Winmantha. It seems that the mechanic Costas has arrived in Rentam City. The speed is still relatively fast. When he answered the phone, Wenmantha''s uncertain voice came from the opposite side, "Master?" "Well, Costas is here!" Wu Heng said. "I arrived yesterday afternoon, I didn''t disturb you to rest!" Wenmansha had a smile in her tone. "It seems like I always sleep in." Wu Heng retorted. "Minnie and Weier, don''t you bother you every day? You should be very tired!" Wenmansha quipped. Wu Heng fought back, "Come on, they said you are the clingiest." I was thinking in my heart that there were more than a few maids in the family now. There are also elves and wood elves inside and outside, but after becoming a hero, their bodies can be restored even if they are destroyed, so the consumption in this aspect is minimal. "Who said that I love them in vain." Wenmansha seemed to have returned to the gang sister-in-law. Wu Heng said, "Stop making trouble, have the matter been explained?" "It has been discussed. Before calling you, Mr. Costas had already taken the train to the first city for field inspection. The plan will be sent back at that time. I will cooperate." Wenmansha said seriously. In fact, most cities may not necessarily need power supply. But the advantages of power plants are also obvious. The fire furnace provides heat energy to convert electricity. After construction, there is basically no unnecessary expense. It does not require fuel consumption like modern thermal power plants, and it is not easy to break down. The converted electricity can extend residents'' activity time, increase city consumption, and develop surrounding resources. Later, Wu Heng also plans to provide residents with residential lighting. Of course, the light bulb factory needs to be built first. Wu Heng said, "Just discuss it, and then arrange someone to protect the point "Costas". We are just such a high-level magician." "People have been arranged to protect me, and I will pay attention to this issue," said Wimmantha. As long as you dont say its someone sent by Treasure Island, being low-key wont attract any attention. After saying this, Wu Heng continued to ask, "There is nothing wrong with Rentam City recently?" Wenmansha thought for a while and said, "It''s nothing big. It''s just some information that the eldest prince arranged some people to enter the city." Because of his own conflicts with the Holy See, the religious leader directly returned to the headquarters while investigating the Kingdom of Yeke. On the side of the eldest prince, some big and small actions began to take place again. Before Wu Heng could speak, Wenmansha continued, "I plan to give the skeleton you arranged for me to ''Natalia'' to protect his safety." Natalia is the second prince''s princess, using the mask given to her by Wu Heng, playing the role of the second prince. Used to stabilize the balance between the power of Rentam City and the Second Prince. If the second prince dies in Rentam City, it will still endanger the attitudes of both sides at present. "Yes, it''s okay to arrange one in the past." Wu Heng agreed. Wenmansha continued, Which one is better, Keranmu or this new pot lid? Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "The new past is amazing, a level 20 warrior." "20?" Wenmansha exclaimed suddenly. She thought of level 18 or 19, but she didn''t dare to think of level 20. Wu Heng said, "Don''t shout, the skeleton is indeed level 20. Except for facing heroes, the remaining enemies are not a problem." Now I remembered it. I haven''t told Winmansha yet, and he has reached level 20. But it doesn''t matter, the announcement will be made immediately. Wenmansha was stunned in the seat for a while before asking again, "Is it really level 20?" "Level 20, just know it yourself, don''t say it out." "Oh OK!" Wenmansha nodded subconsciously to agree. Several things have been arranged. Wu Heng continued, "Where is my daughter?" "I''ll let someone go and see if I''m sleeping," said Wenmansha. Not long after, across the phone, Wenmansha said softly, "Dad is across from you." Wu Heng clicked on the video call on the screen and said, "Winmantha, click on the accept, green button." "Oh!" Wenmantha pointed. The next second, the pictures on both sides appear on the screen. Wenmantha widened her eyes and subconsciously shouted, "Master?" "This is a video call, and we can meet like this in the future." Wu Heng explained, and then said with a smile, "Qinqin, do you think of dad?" The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! The child looked at the screen, then went into Winmantha''s arms to find food. Wenmansha smiled, "Children are young, and eating is more important than anything else." After saying that, he started feeding the child. The child ignored him, so Wu Heng introduced a video call to Wen Mansha. After chatting for a while, the two hung up the phone. He got up and walked out of the room and walked to the stairs, and heard Minnie''s maids calling out Sister Winmansha. Just after I finished the phone call with me, I went on the phone with Minnie and the others. Standing at the entrance of the stairs, he looked down. Go upstairs and walk into the study. In the study, three ghosts were all busy with their own affairs. Wu Heng said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the zombie world to have a look!" "Okay!" Granda and Benny got into their bodies. Xiaoxiao said, "Uncle, are you going to the central square today?" "You have something to do?" Wu Heng asked. "If you go over, bring the doll with you and I''ll show it to my mother." The short story said. Wu Heng thought about it and said that it was nothing to do anyway, "Okay." He put the doll into the space ring and Xiaoxiao also got into her body. Open the boundary door aside and walked in directly. Go out of the boundary. Release the ghost and see the levels of the remaining zombies in the cell. Now, I have four level 20 skeletons around me, and to some extent, I feel that they are no worse than some forces. The only difference is that the level 20 skeleton is just an improvement in combat effectiveness and cannot directly kill heroes. But there is still an advantage in fighting. For example, several skeletons beat up the hero, injure or limit the opponent, and kill them yourself. At this time, Xiaoxiao flew back from the direction of the cell, with a pity on her tone, "They didn''t reach level 20 this time, they are so slow!" Benny smiled and said, "It can be achieved sooner or later, you can name it first." "That''s right!" Xiaoxiao smiled again. Wu Heng stood up and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the central area." "Okay, I want to show my mother the doll." Xiaoxiao cheered. The weather here is already winter, and Wu Heng takes a skeleton flying dragon and flies towards the central area. Even though the body is strong, the bitter cold wind in the sky still gives people the feeling of shaking the face. The three ghosts flew along and chatted, while Wu Heng curled up and shut up to rush forward. Arrive in the central area. Wu Heng walked up the second floor, took out the doll in the empty corridor, and said, "Knock on the door first when entering the house, don''t scare your mother!" Xiaoxiao completed possession, and the doll stood up from the ground, "Uncle, what you said is like my doll is very ugly." Wu Heng said, "The people in this world have never seen these things. They are not like us who are knowledgeable. Take care of your mother." Little tilted his head and felt it made sense, "Okay, I get it." As he said that, he ran to the door of Zhao Yanqiu''s room, knocked on the door, and said, "Mom, are you here?" When he heard the response inside, Xiaoxiao gestured to this side with an OK gesture, opened the door and walked in. Seeing that there was no scream in the room, Wu Heng walked towards Li Yahong''s office. He knocked on the door, opened the door and walked in. In the office, Li Yahong was working in front of the computer, and there was music on the side of the speaker. Seeing Wu Heng come in, Li Yahong''s eyes lit up, "Are you willing to give up? I thought you were going to live a lonely life in prison!" "I miss you, come and have a look." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Hmph! It''s weird if you believe it." Li Yahong said, then said to the speaker, "Student Xiao Ai, please speak softly." The volume of the speaker is reduced and does not affect the two of them. Wu Heng said, "Is this thing still useful?" "Didn''t I tell you last time? We restored Xiao Ai''s program and connected to the satellite, so it can be used normally." Li Yahong said while making a cup of coffee for him. It seems that I have told myself about this. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "Is this procedure difficult?" Li Yahong brought the coffee to him and asked back, "Do you want to let the skeleton learn? I heard that there is a database, but it shouldn''t be difficult." "How do you feel?" Wu Heng said directly. "Let''s try it. We have all the staff anyway. Arrange some skeletons to learn, and there is no loss." Li Yahong said directly. "I''ll pick some skeletons at that time, and you can arrange it." "Okay!" Li Yahong nodded and agreed. Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took a sip, then asked, "Isn''t it okay at the base?" "It''s okay, everyone has relaxed in winter. They don''t have to worry about food and drink, and they have enough heating. It is definitely the best base." Li Yahong said a little proud. Even the official shelters in various places are difficult to have the conditions for their own base at the moment. In addition to exchanging food from here. Not every shelter can have sufficient and stable electricity. "It''s pretty good, it proves that we didn''t work hard before." Li Yahong smiled and looked at him seriously, "Are you the savior arranged in the end of the world? Many people say so." "Don''t kowtow!" "I didn''t kneel." Li Yahong leaned forward and continued, "By the way, survivors provided information not long ago. There were a large amount of gold reserves in the vault of Pujiang City, and the Skeleton Development Team had already put it there. It was cleaned up, but the door of the vault was of the kind of alloy and there were various locks that we couldn''t open." "Vault?" Wu Heng looked at her in confusion. The bank vault has also been searched for a lot of people like me, so it shouldnt be a big deal! "Well, the intelligence says, a reserve of more than 200 tons." Damn, 200 tons! (End of this chapter) Chapter 890 , appointment is issued Chapter 890, appointment is issued Before, I searched for gold, which was a few grams and kilograms. This time, a 200 tons came directly. I heard it suddenly, and it was a little surprised. "Where did you get the information? Is it accurate?" Wu Heng was a little curious. Li Yahong said: "The local shelter sold us. Originally, they wanted to use this batch of gold to exchange for our food. But when they found that they could not open the vault with their ability, they sold the information to us, including 10 bags of food. If we can take it out, we will pay them another 100 bags." Even in the end of the world, the door to the vault cannot be opened casually. A few tons of gold reserves like this are basically gold stored by the state, and it is estimated that even shells cannot open the door. The survivors who knew this place found that they could not get the gold inside at all, so they exchanged information for food. "Do you know the location?" Wu Heng asked. Treasure Island has already shown a strong ability to gather wealth, but 200 tons of gold is still a considerable amount of wealth. At present, there are many places to spend money on Treasure Island, and the sects will be developed in the future. It is still necessary to prepare more gold. "As long as we agree to the transaction, they will arrange for someone to take us there at that time." Qi Hancai said. Wu Heng reacted and asked for 10 bags of food on the other side''s intelligence. "You contact them and you will agree. Ask where is the location?" Wu Heng agreed directly. "Okay, I''ll do it later!" Li Yahong picked up another piece of paper from the table and handed it to him and said, "This is the factory that will be ready to resume work in the next few months. Take a look at it and you will see if there is any problem." Wu Heng took it and saw that there are still many industries that have resumed work. Including daily necessities, water pipes, wires and other supplies, chemicals and other corresponding items. It can be seen that the original plan was to speed up the restoration of modern living standards. Wu Heng took a closer look and felt that there was no problem. Xinfu City is already very stable and safe, and it is normal to resume production. "Yes, some skeletons are inserted in at that time." "Okay!" Li Yahong nodded. The two sat in the room and chatted for a while, then went out to the site where the skeletons were stationed. Select skeletons with relatively high intelligence, and Li Yahong will arrange them and learn the corresponding knowledge as a result. After selecting the skeleton. Li Yahong took the skeleton to arrange work, and Wu Heng returned to his dormitory. I told Granda and Benny about the principles of smart audio, and the two souls felt a little magical. Dongdong ~! The door was knocked twice, and Xiaoxiao walked in with a mask and hat. Wu Heng looked at her, "Why are you dressing up like this?" "There are many people outside, and my mother said not to scare others." Xiaoxiao took off her mask and said. "Your mother is quite thoughtful." Wu Heng also agreed with this statement. Xiaoxiao muttered, "What''s there to be afraid of? My doll is so beautiful, I really have no vision." For modern people, this has nothing to do with whether it looks good or not. The main reason is that the doll stands up, its very terrifying. Especially, it seems that in a ghost movie, I have performed similar scenes. "Have you finished talking with your mother?" Wu Heng asked. "After chatting, someone came from her side, I''ll come back first. Will the uncle go back tonight? If you don''t go back, let''s have dinner with my mother!" Xiaoxiao turned around and looked over. Granda and Benny also looked over at them. After so long, I have some speculations about the small [unfinished karma]. It depends on what Wu Heng thought. Wu Heng said, "Next time, I''ll prepare a gift." "Okay! Then I agreed, don''t regret it." Xiaoxiao said immediately. "I, a college student, don''t lie to children." Wu Heng slapped his chest. Ring ~! The phone in the small pocket rang, and after answering, he said, "Okay, I''ll go there now." Hang up the phone and Xiaoxiao looked over, "Will you go back tonight?" "Then I won''t go back, go and accompany your mother!" "Okay!" Xiaoxiao jumped out of the chair, walked out of the door, turned to look at the door, "By the way, uncle, my mother is level 6. Can you be the captain in the association?" "The captain needs to be level 8. Your mother can be a small leader in the gang." Wu Heng replied. "The boss is OK." Xiaoxiao said and turned around and left. Granda looked over and said, "Her mother is upgrading very quickly!" "It may be that the profession and radio are more in line with each other." Wu Heng said in a comment. Promotion of career means doing things related to this profession. Zhao Yanqiu''s profession is a bard, and her job at the base is through fixed programs on the radio channel. There is no need for a special venue, you just talk when you go every day. It is probably this aspect that makes her improve faster. "It''s possible!" Glanda nodded. Benny smiled and said, "The mother and daughter are both very talented." "By the way, how many levels are Li Yahong? Did you see it just now?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Benny said, "Level 3!" "If I had known it, I would have asked them to choose a life career as well." "Everyone is good at different things, you should let her become a magician," said Granda. "I can only repair cars, but I can''t be a magician." Dongdongdongdongdong~! The door knocked again, and Li Yahong opened the door and walked in. The two ghosts were invisible, and Li Yahong glanced at the room, "Who are you talking to?" "With Xiao Ai classmate." "I''m here!" the audio responded. Wu Heng continued, "Are you finished?" "All arrangements have been made. The base for providing information will be waiting for you tomorrow on Wanghai Street in ''Pujiang City''. He will take you there at that time." Li Yahong said. "Okay!" Wu Heng used his mobile phone to locate the map and found the corresponding location. Li Yahong continued, "Is it okay tonight?" "fine!" "Then I''ll lend you a bath here." Li Yahong blinked. Wu Heng glanced at her, and after the two ghosts went out, he said seriously: "Hold the table with both hands." "What''s wrong~!" Li Yahong felt a little aggrieved, and still held the edge of the table with both hands. Wu Heng picked up the fly swatter beside him, hit it with a bang, and said, "Did you not have any training?" Li Yahong showed a look of being discovered and defended: "I''m a little busy." "You dare to talk back and take off your pants outside!" The next day, at 2:00 pm. Wu Heng arrived at ''Pujiang City'' by plane and took the skeleton dragon to the agreed location. There are two years left in the end of the world. Most survivors are gathering in official bases or large bases, but there are also some small shelters that still maintain a state of survival alone. But the living environment should not be good without a large base, and the only benefit is freedom. Wu Heng opened his phone and looked at it. He pointed down and the flying dragon swooped down and landed in the middle of the empty road. Turning over and jumping off the dragon''s back, Glanda said, "There are three people under the front building." Three figures can be vaguely seen in the corridor of the building. Benny and Xiaoxiao flew over to check and flew back and said, "There are only three of them, no ambush or other dangers." While speaking, the three people on the opposite side also approached carefully, walked for a while, stopped and shouted, "Is it from the Xinfu City Base?" I saw him coming down from the skeleton dragon, and the skeleton dragon is currently only owned by Xinfu City. Wu Heng said, "Yes, Deputy Chief Li has contacted you!" After confirming each other''s identities. The three people on the opposite side walked over quickly. The person in the lead was in his 40s, with rough skin, a down jacket inside and brown leather armor on the outside, which was the kind of leather armor produced by tanners in Xinfu City. The other two people, a little younger, one in their 30s, and the other is younger, probably less than 30 years old, and they wear glasses. They are also dressed in warm clothes inside and leather armor on the outside. The weapons he wears with a big backpack are one-handed axes and machetes. The standard is dressed in a scavenger team. The man in charge came over and reached out and said, "Fu Hongen, the leader of the local base in Pujiang City." "Wang Qiang, from Xinfu City Base." Wu Heng shook hands with the other party and asked, "Where is the vault?" Hearing the name Wang Qiang, the few people looked up and down again. If you can ride the bone dragon, you must be the senior manager in the base, but you have never heard of the name Wang Qiang. "You are the only one?" Fu Hongen said in confusion. The treasury and the others thought of a lot of solutions, but they didn''t get the gold inside, so they sold the information to the Xinfu City base as favors. Unexpectedly, this one person was planning to go there. Wu Heng said, "I''ll come and have a look first." "Oh, come to the scene in advance." The three people on the opposite side suddenly realized. "Absolutely." Wu Heng said. Fu Hongen continued, "Then let''s set off. The vault is at the back, and there are some scattered zombies nearby. We still have a detour on the road." Wu Heng didn''t say much, "Okay, let''s go." The other three nodded and turned around and walked towards the back. The road was filled with scrapped cars and various waste. While rushing to the road, Fu Hongen also said, "The living conditions on your side should be good, right?" "It''s pretty good. Apart from the lack of the Internet, there is no big difference from before the end of the world." Wu Heng replied. Behind him, the bearded man said, "The temperature in Xinfu City is much colder than here." "It''s okay to have electric heating." Wu Heng answered casually. Hearing this answer, the three of them showed a little envious expression. The young glasses said, "Oh, I''m so envious!" "You guys are having a good life!" The man in glasses continued to inquire, "It is said that King Yama is a reborn person, and he was reborn before the end of the world. Isn''t it true?" Wu Heng turned his head and glanced, "It''s all like this outside?" "Otherwise? He will rise like a cheater, he will definitely be a reborn person." The man with glasses said with a firm tone. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng said, "I don''t know, maybe it''s right." Before the end of the world, there were still many science fiction end-of-day novels. The standard for the male protagonist is to come back and prepare in advance. If someone else is improving quickly, he should also suspect that the other party is a rebirth, or has a system to publish tasks! Several people walked a distance. Fu Hongen, who was in front, stopped and whispered, "There are zombies in front of you, and they should be wandering over." Looking up, there is an office building of the central bank in front of it. On the side of the road outside the building, four zombies were shaking back and forth. After the few people were hidden, Fu Hongen explained, "Your skeleton army swept it, but there were still some zombies left." "There should be no other zombies nearby. We will destroy them one by one." said the person behind. "Okay! Brother Wang Qiang, wait a moment, we will clear the zombies and let''s go in again." Fu Hongen said. Wu Heng nodded, and the three of them bent down and rushed out. Fu Hongen was the first to be affected. His exposed skin could be seen to transform into red and his muscles were highlighted. Power-type supernatural person. Puff~! The battle axe in his hand slashed directly on the other party''s head. The other two also quickly killed the remaining zombies, after the zombies fell down. Hum~! Suddenly, four zombies broke through the glass from the upstairs and rushed towards several people. Damn it! Pretending to be big. Fu Hongen cursed in his heart. This will be scratched and bitten, but that''s all. Whoosh swish swish swish! The sound of breaking through the air sounded, and four stones roared over, hitting the heads of the four zombies accurately and falling behind. Fu Hongen took people to quickly finish the attack and cut off the zombie''s head. Then he looked at Wu Heng who was walking over, "Thank you!" Wu Heng said, "It''s okay, there are no zombies inside, where is the vault?" "Here!" Fu Hongen led the way, walked into the building of the central bank, and then walked towards the basement. After passing through the front doors, we arrived at the last round metal gate. "There are gold bars inside." Fu Hongen said. Wu Heng nodded and said to the three of them, "I need to take a few photos and study them. You can wait for me at the door for a while." Fu Hongen and others raised their eyebrows and nodded, "Okay, there is danger to call us." "Um!" The three of them walked out directly. The small figure also appeared, "Uncle, there is really a lot of gold inside." Granda and Benny were also surprised, "They have all been completed." "It''s 200 tons." Wu Heng said, took out the bronze key, found the key hole in front of the sealed silver-white metal door. After inserting it, he turned it gently and slowly slowed down the door as thick as the wall. Open. The key was pulled out, and the light curtain connecting the other world disappeared, revealing the vault inside. On rows of metal cabinet shelves, gold bricks are neatly placed. Wu Heng took a rough look and put all the gold bricks and cabinet shelves into the storage space. After collecting everything, Wu Heng looked at the door. After confirming that it was impossible to remove it, it was useless to remove it, he turned around and walked outside. Walking out of the door, Fu Hongen and others stood outside and chatted. Seeing Wu Heng come out, he said, "It''s over? So fast." "It''s over, let''s go back!" Wu Heng walked out, and the three of them followed. Fu Hongen said, "Let''s stay at our base for one night first. The rest of you come here tomorrow and then come and find a way." Wu Heng said, "No, I''ll go back first. You just contact Li Yahong directly and get the remaining food." "Ah? Give it to us directly? You have the final say?" The man in glasses looked at him. "I will tell the deputy leader, and I can''t let you be in vain." Wu Heng said with a smile. "good!" Walking out of the building gate, Wu Heng stood in the middle of the road, waved to the sky, and the bone dragon fell. He rode on the back of the bone dragon and said, "Goodbye!" Seeing that the other party was really leaving, Fu Hongen had no intention of trying to keep him, and waved his hand, "Goodbye!" The bone dragon flew up and disappeared, and the three of them were still standing there. "What''s wrong with him?" said the young man among the three. "It should be that I feel that I can''t open it anymore, so forget it." Another person said. Fu Hongen looked at the direction of disappearance and said, "Let''s go back and take a look." The three of them walked back to the bank quickly and entered the vault. As soon as I entered, I saw the open metal door and the empty vault. "Damn it! Empty." "A thief! He put the things inside, but he didn''t see them." "It''s empty inside at all." The man in glasses thought for a while and said, "The outside world said that their leader has space powers. Did that person just now...?" The other two also widened their eyes. Wooden Elf, Elders'' Council Room. Around the round wooden table, five wood elves elders in the clan sat. The theme of this conference is still the Holy Sees warning to the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce. Wood elves have not seen any heroes for a long time, and the strength of the race has also decreased with time. In the early years, they have been spending all their resources to cultivate heroes. In recent years, even level 18 professionals have begun to break down. This year, Star Flower and Treasure Island began to work closely together, which made the deficits of the clan improve for many years. But at present, the Holy See''s warning still makes everyone feel pressured. "So, today''s meeting is still the matter between the Chamber of Commerce and Treasure Island?" The female elder sitting in the third seat spoke softly. "It''s related to this matter." The Great Elder spoke. One of the elders sighed softly and said, "Although it is a pity, Treasure Island and the Holy See still cannot be compared. You can ask Shanara and Wu Heng to say that the subsequent orders should be completed in these two times as much as possible. That''s fine." Another elder said, "Wu Heng is not a fool. Why should he do this? If he wants to terminate the transaction, there is still a penalty for liquidated damages in the agreement." "You can let Sannaira say it." Dongdong ~! The great elder in charge tapped the table, looked up and said, "Listen to me first..." Everyone shut up, and the Great Elder spoke slowly, "Shanaira sent a new letter, which mentioned something above, and maybe it is worth discussing again." "What''s the matter? The Great Elder will tell you!" said the female elder. The elder didn''t care and said directly: "The letter wrote something, Wu Heng became a hero!" As soon as these words came out, everyone looked straight at the Great Elder. After a long quiet time, someone said, "It''s interesting, is Sannaira already so fascinated by that kid? Even such unrealistic words dare to say them." Another elder said, "Shanaira is in charge of the Star Flower for so many years, how could she make up such a thing!" "Do you believe Wu Heng has become a hero?" The other party suddenly remained silent and stopped talking. The wood elf carefully investigated Wu Heng''s information, kept in touch with him, and let Sannaira have free contact with the other party. I also valued the other party''s potential and felt that I had the hope of reaching level 18, and even made a rush to the hero. But you say that humans become heroes in their 20s. This is simply like a fool. "No matter how smart a woman is, she will lose her ability to think once she comes into contact with love." "Hmph!" The female elder snorted coldly in dissatisfaction. "Of course not to say you." The other party immediately changed his words, and then said, "I don''t think there is any need to discuss it. The other party even said such words. Let''s end the cooperation based on his deception." The other elders remained silent, which was also a statement. "Oh~!" The elder sighed slightly. Just as I was about to announce it, a noise came from outside the door. "What''s wrong? Open the door and take a look." said the Great Elder. The door opens. Then he saw a group of elders or assistants standing at the door. Then, behind the five elders, there were people of their own standing, whispering something with their ears. When the other party said, the five people''s eyes widened instantly, full of surprise. (End of this chapter) Chapter 891 , the leader in his 20s Chapter 891, the leader in his 20s Listening to the assistant''s report, the five elders showed an incredible expression at the same time. All the assistants and servants left the conference room. The silence continued in the room for several seconds. After a while, the Great Elder said, "It seems that the news we have received is the same." The elder in the second seat said, "If you are also the headquarters appointing Wu Heng to become the field leader, then we hear the same thing." No one spoke, and he agreed to this matter. The middle-aged female elder in the three seats whispered: "It seems that the information sent by Sannaira is true, but we have some...." "Fortunately, the news was sent in time." The Great Elder interrupted, and then said, "Now the identity of Wu Heng''s hero has been confirmed, so let''s continue to discuss cooperation with Treasure Island." The result that has just been confirmed has now become a discussion. In the fifth seat, a man with long hair and heavy dark circles sat, looking like an artist who stayed up all year round. He rubbed his eyes and said, "Before discussing this, I was a little curious. Is the information we collected about Wuheng true? Did humans who became heroes in their 20s in history have appeared in history?" It sounds like an inquiry, and it is also a reminder for others that it is a bit abnormal to become a hero so quickly. "The Necromancer faction is a bit special, but the direction of specializing in magic and magic is related to death and life. Moreover, most of the ways to extend their lives are now studied by the Necromancer faction." The four seats were wearing green robes and faces. Some old elders whispered softly. "It''s indeed doubtful!" said the third elder, and added softly, "But these are not important after he becomes a hero." "The Third Elder is right." The Great Elder''s voice was calm, "Let''s continue to discuss the Treasure Island matter, not to mention that the association headquarters has not found anything. It''s meaningless to guess whether he has any problems here." In addition to the intelligence sent by Shanara, the wood elves are also collecting some intelligence. The Pope attacked Treasure Island and the Association investigated Wu Heng several times, and the Wood Elf also received news about these things. It is also possible that Wu Heng used some special magic to survive the old monster. However, neither the Holy See nor the Association found out that it was found, and they appointed the other leader. It was of little significance for them to discuss this again. Heroes are just a threshold. Once they step through it, ordinary rules can no longer bind them. The second elder coughed lightly and said, "Even if Wu Heng became the leader, his background is still not comparable to that of the Holy See. If there is no such thing, we can win him over through the relationship between Sannaira, but the Holy See is still the best choice now. . The female elder in the three seats said softly, "We need to consider two things. First, our headquarters appoints Wu Heng as the leader of the association and has the right to be the leader. Will we mediate the conflicts between the two parties in the future? I think our headquarters will not allow two people to The leader has such a big conflict, at least he will come forward to mediate." "The second point is that Wu Heng can become a hero in a short time. Do you have a set of methods to improve quickly? We have always had a good relationship with him. Is it possible to support a hero of the wood elf?" After the words came to an end, the rest of the people quieted down again. First, the issue of conflicts between the two sides, our department will definitely not allow the conflicts between the two sides to continue to deteriorate, and maybe mediation is already underway. They will now leave Wu Heng alone, and it will be even more difficult to repair it later. What''s more, the other party has become a hero and is no longer an ordinary island owner on Treasure Island. The second and most important thing is the method to become a hero. According to his promotion route, can we support heroes in a short period of time? If the hero can appear quickly, no matter how much pressure the Holy See put, the wood elves will seize this opportunity. And..., after saying this, everyone''s minds of whether they can become a hero. "What the Third Elder said makes sense." The fifth elder of the dark circle was the first to agree. "He distributed newspapers and improved various kinds of goods. Now that he thinks about it, he should be a means of accumulating fame. No one doesn''t know who Wu Heng is, he does have some ability in the entire headquarters or the senior management of various races. . The fourth elder also said. The second elder said, "The attitude of the Holy See cannot be ignored. Since the third elder has put forward his opinion, is there any solution?" The third elder looked at the other party, "Of course it''s up to everyone to discuss and decide. I can''t suggest any solution." The Great Elder looked up and his tone was gentle, "Just say whatever you want, right or wrong, it is the result of the joint decision of the Presbyterian Church." Hearing the Great Elder say this, the third elder''s eyes froze and he said seriously: "Standing on Wu Heng''s side may change the current dilemma of the Wood Elf. I agree that the Holy See has cut off contact with Treasure Island, which will only allow us to return to the past. Looks like." The rest pondered. The conference room was quiet for nearly a minute or two again. The fifth elder of the dark circle said, "Great Elder, I choose Wu Heng''s side." The elder in the fourth seat who rarely spoke also spoke, "It will be of great benefit for us to win over Wuheng, and the previous cooperation was also good." Five elders, three chose Wu Heng. The Great Elder looked beside him, "Second Elder, what about your opinion?" "I can ask someone to go to the Holy See to say that on the grounds that the signed order was not completed, try to delay for a while to see the future development." The second elder also said. The Great Elder nodded and said directly: "Okay, the Presbyterian Council will write a letter to Shannaira, willing to continue to cooperate with Treasure Island, and at the same time arrange a delegation to go to Treasure Island to congratulate Leader Wuheng." He glanced at the few people below, "Fifth Elder, you can go to Treasure Island." "Yes!" the fifth elder nodded. "Then let''s do it first, let''s go." The elder stood up. The other elders also stood up one after another and walked out. Treasure Island. The announcements of this department were posted on the associations announcement board. The mercenaries and association team standing in front of the bulletin board were all looking at the content above in horror. Wu Heng was appointed as the field leader and enjoy the corresponding rights of the heroes of the association. Has the island master become a hero? A human hero in his 20s? Oh my God! This is too exaggerated. At the same time, all the previous doubts can be explained. The Pope attacked Treasure Island, why did he leave on the way, and why did the association arrange so many leaders to come to Treasure Island for investigation. It turned out that the island owner also became a hero. Treasure Island also has its own hero. News spread quickly on the island, spreading from the central area to the residential area. Everyone was shocked by the news, but the announcement stamped with this seal had to be believed. Deacon''s study room. Shi Yali put down the phone and said angrily, "He is gone again." Xiragui put down the letter in his hand and said, "Did Minnie say where did he go?" "It''s still an excuse to go out to cruise." Shi Yali said helplessly. "Let him tell him when he comes back, don''t worry about this for a while." Xilagui also smiled. The announcement of this department proves many things. The representative investigation team did not find any problems, and it also means that Treasure Island is more rational in the conflict with the Holy See, which makes the Holy See there no reason to restrict the appointment of Wu Heng by the Ministry. Both sisters were very happy to see this result. Shi Yali came over, sat down aside, put her sister''s shoulder with one hand on her shoulder, and continued to ask, "What is written in the letter from this section?" "In addition to the appointment of Wu Heng, there is also the new flag bearer on the way." Xilagui said. "The new flag bearer?" Shi Yali frowned. "Yes! I hope there will be no new problems." Xilagui''s tone was a little worried. In the zombie world, Wu Heng returned to Xinfu City. Li Yahong drove him to the prison, "Fu Hongen has contacted me, I let him come over to get food at any time." After all, it was agreed before that I have received the gold and I have to pay the corresponding food. "Yes." Wu Heng continued, "You can also collect the locations of gold reserves from various countries from various places, and we exchange information for food." This incident also reminded me of myself. Ordinary people will definitely not be able to obtain large gold reserve locations in various countries, so they can collect some of them themselves. "Okay! Then I will tell you about it with each base. News about this should not be difficult to find." Li Yahong said while driving. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "In winter, living conditions in some small bases are relatively poor. Let''s see if we can recruit some talents." "Which talent in terms of?" Li Yahong continued to ask. "We can do it for R&D personnel of modern weapons and equipment, or technicians who can speed up the restoration of modern environments. I can''t say what they will say at that time," said Wu Heng. "After going back, I will do the two things together." Seeing that Wu Heng did not make any new requests, Yu Guang glanced at this side and said, "Is Xiaoxiao here?" "No, are you playing Superman outside? Are you looking for her?" Li Yahong continued, "Did you make an appointment with Sister Zhao for dinner next time?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "Who did you hear?" "Don''t be nervous. I don''t object to your visit to Sister Zhao. We had a good relationship." Li Yahong gave him a look you understand. Li Yahong showed great qualities in this regard. At that time, she covered her eyes, then changed into Qi Hancai, and gave herself a trick to guess who I was. I confirmed my relationship with Qi Hancai. According to her, it is impossible for a leader like Wu Heng to have her only. It is better to find someone else outside to find someone with good relationships, and they will lose a lot of trouble when they get along with each other in the future. "Don''t think too much. Xiaoxiao wants us to have a meal together. It''s hard to say what will happen in the end." Wu Heng replied. Li Yahong said, "Sister Zhao must have no problem, it depends on what you think." Wu Heng suddenly felt a little speechless. It only felt that Glenda and Benny, who were invisible in the back row, were almost facing each other, listening to the conversation between them. "Let''s talk about it then. You can train more after you go back. Next time I will see you and check your combat effectiveness." Wu Heng changed the topic. "I''ll work hard!" Li Yahong''s expression froze. When I mentioned this, I felt my **** hurt. He really beat him. The two chatted casually, and Li Yahong parked the car at the door of the prison. Wu Heng got out of the car, Li Yahong lowered the window and said, "I have time to call me." "Well, go back soon!" Wu Heng waved his hand to the other party. Xiaoxiao also floated aside and waved her hand and said, "Goodbye Auntie." The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "goodbye." The vehicle started and Li Yahong drove away. Wu Heng took the ghost into the prison, and Xiaoxiao went to the prison again to look at the zombies, complaining that it had not yet been upgraded. Return to Treasure Island together. Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng got down from the building and just stepped on the first floor when the maids at home rushed over. "Master, the association has issued an announcement to recognize your identity as the leader." "We don''t have to be afraid of the Holy See?" Now the island is talking about you becoming a hero. The maids said in a mess, with excitement in their tone. Wu Heng also understood the meaning of this. This is the official appointment of the headquarters has been announced. From now on, I have truly become the leader of the association. "Sedule, it''s not a big deal!" Wu Heng touched the heads of several people one by one. Andvier looked up at him and asked curiously, "Master is not surprised at all. Did you know this in advance?" The little fox is still smart. "I heard Chief Lilith talk about this before." Several maids nodded, showing a look of understanding. The sound of running "stepped" came from upstairs. Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and ran down. Looking at the few people gathered at the stairs, she asked in confusion, "What''s wrong, what''s wrong?" "The master was appointed chief by the association." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao answered, and then said to Wu Heng, "Uncle, I''m going to find Sister Lilith." "Go and let Leader Lilith come for dinner tonight." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Xiaoxiao nodded and ran out directly. Robe said, "Xiaoxiao knows it too?" "When Lilith said it, Xiaoxiao was there too." Wu Heng and a few people sat down in the living room. Minnie took out three letters from the space ring and handed them over, "Master, the association has also sent two letters." Two letters! Wu Heng took it, placed the two on the coffee table, and tore it apart and checked it out. The first letter of appointment is the department. The writing is quite complicated, the main content is that Wuheng''s level has been upgraded to level 20, and he has made outstanding contributions to the association, appointed as the field leader, and has the same treatment as the association leader except the ruling power. The second half is that after becoming the leader, the identity of the flag bearer and supervision was cancelled. After Wu Heng finished reading it, there was no surprise. If you become the leader yourself, the power you can use is naturally above the flag bearer and the supervision, so there is no need for these two identities. Moreover, the corresponding levels of the flag bearer and the supervision are not matched by oneself. It''s nothing to cancel. Continue to tear open the second letter. This letter is an ordinary letter. "Dear Chief Wuheng: I heard that you have become a hero that everyone admires. At this moment full of cheers and cheers, please allow me to offer my late congratulations. After I carefully considered the order you put forward, I am willing to help you complete the production of the order you made. But I have a special proposal for payment method. I hope you can help me promote my reputation and use it as a reward for making a fool... , looking forward to your response and hope that our cooperation will be successfully achieved. Motimer. " The reply from the weirdo master to himself. The little doll has now been handed over to Lilith for customization, but there are two ghosts at home who are somewhat expectant about their bodies. Judging from the words in the letter, it is not as weird and difficult to touch as Lilith said. Last time Lilith said that the other party reached level 19, and it seemed that he wanted to use his help to fight for a hero. Wait until the evening, discuss with Glanda to see how to complete this cooperation. Putting down the letter, several maids still looked here. Wu Heng said: "One is the letter from the headquarters, which is the appointment of his leader, and the second is the ghost master, who intends to customize the small dolls for the ghost." "Oh!" the maids suddenly realized. I thought there was something special, but it turned out to be this. Wu Heng asked, "Where is Sannaira?" "After knowing that you became a hero, Sister Shannaira went to meet a few chamber of commerce representatives who stayed on the island, and she hasn''t come back yet," Minnie said. Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Let''s celebrate tonight. Minnie calls Xiragui and McIntosh and come to the island for dinner later." "good." Hearing that he was about to celebrate, several maids got up to prepare for the dinner. Netare City, the residence of the Five Princess. Several figures in black robes rushed quickly in the skeleton guard room. Wherever you pass, a large area of ??skeletons were shattered by sword energy and magic, scattered into white bones all over the ground. "Here! Try to catch the ones alive." Someone shouted and rushed directly to the fifth princess behind him with the other two. The fifth princess''s face was solemn, holding the sword tightly in her hand, and her fingertips turned white due to the force. Huh~! At this time, the sky was covered with dark clouds, followed by lightning bolts falling from the sky. The figure rushing forward suddenly stopped. Then I saw an old white-bearded wizard, who came from a distance with several members of the association. "Director Javito!" The fifth princess shouted like a life after the disaster. He was dressed, like an old mage of Gandalf, with a floating beard and anger on his face, and he roared at the people opposite him, "You dare to break into this place, seek death!" Rumble~! Another large piece of lightning struck down from the sky, and several people were instantly lost to the black-robed man. The other association members also attacked and attacked the other personnel. Although the religious leader has returned to the headquarters, the investigation into the Kingdom of Yeko is still unspecified, and Netare City is an important location for the association. These people came here to kill the fifth princess, but they didn''t take the association seriously. Seeing that the mission failed, the leader shouted: "Retreat!" After saying that, he turned around and ran away. The association personnel and the surrounding skeletons began to encircle. "Only two were left, and the rest escaped." The members of the association walked back and said. "Planning up the characteristics of these people and issuing a wanted order in the city," said Janetto. "Yes." The member responded and turned and left. Janetto looked at the fifth princess, "Your Highness, let''s go to the association dormitory with us first, it''s safer." The fifth princess took a deep breath, "Okay, wait a moment, I''ll go back to get some things." After saying that, he took the maid upstairs. The radio that Shanara left her was put into the space ring. (End of this chapter) Chapter 892 , the trading conditions of the weirdo Chapter 892: The transaction conditions of the weirdo Island Lord''s Mansion. After the dinner to celebrate Wu Heng''s becoming the leader. The living room location, Shanara, Shirago, Shiyali, McIntosh, Minnie and Andrew, sat around the coffee table and chatted. The air conditioner whizzes the air conditioner, leaving the space at a relatively comfortable temperature. The dignified and mature wood elf picked up the teacup and took a sip, then said, "Deacon Xilagui, Treasure Island has changed to a new flag bearer. Is there any news? Who is the other party?" "There is no clear reply in the letter." Xilagui pondered for a while, and then said, "But I feel that people who have conflicts with Treasure Island should not be arranged to come and serve as the flag bearer." Although it was not stated explicitly, it can be heard that it was the Holy See. The priests of the Holy See are also a kind of profession, so they naturally hold some positions in the association. Minnie said unangrily, "I don''t believe in the Holy See dare to come here to be the flag bearer." Now is not the time for the Holy See to go to the island at will and make trouble. Shi Yali smiled and said, "There is nothing to worry about. Not to mention that Lilith is still on the island. Now Wu Heng has the right to be the leader. Even if he does not have the power to rule, can he still be afraid of the flag bearer?" "Assistant Shi Yali said it right." Shannaira also agreed with this statement. Wu Heng was not afraid of the pope when he was not the leader. Now he has been appointed as the leader and has the right to override all professions. It is even less likely to worry about a flag bearer. On the contrary, the new flagship bearer should be more careful, after all, doing things under the noses of the two leaders. Everyone agreed with this statement and felt relieved. Shi Yali looked at it and asked as if she was in her own home, "Sister Sannaira, still living in her mansion? Didn''t she even bring her servants by her side?" Xilagui also looked over curiously. The maids at home know the relationship between Wu Heng and Shanara, but they have not made it public. After all, Shannaira has a nominal husband. During this period, Shannaira always appeared in the island master''s mansion, and the elves sisters began to doubt their relationship. "I can''t stay for a few days and I''m going to go back to Netalei City. All the things in the mansion are left to Minnie and the others to take care of." Shannara replied. Minnie also cooperated and said, "Well, we''re all arranged some skeletons to do it, and it''s not troublesome." The elf sisters nodded and believed this statement. Shannaira continued to look at Shi Yali and Xilagui, and asked with a smile, "Do you two like people? They are both adults and have a certain status in the association. We should consider this aspect." The two sisters'' faces turned red. Xilagui glanced at her sister, as if saying, "Why are you messing with her?" Shi Yali said unyieldingly, "There are people you like, he is very outstanding." Shannaira showed an unexpected look and said, "It''s also from the island? I have time to introduce us to know each other." Shi Yali glanced at the distance, chatting with Lilith, and said, "He is shy if he has a chance." On the other side, Wu Heng and Lilith sat in the bar. Taste some wine brought by the modern world. Lilith put down her glass and said in a plain tone, "Did you write a letter to ''Saidu''?" Saidu is the religious leader. Wu Heng was not surprised that the other party knew about this. After all, the letter was mailed by the association, and it was normal that Lilith discovered it. He said seriously: "He threatened the chamber of commerce that cooperated with Treasure Island as the leader of the association. I wrote him a letter and asked him to withdraw the threat." "Didn''t say anything else?" Lilith looked at him suspiciously. "I didn''t say anything else. I can''t talk about anything else, just this and he or she can''t talk about anything else." Wu Heng picked up the wine glass and took a sip. Lilith withdrew her gaze and said, "Our department will mediate the conflict between you. The Holy See is a little stronger. Don''t have any problems here, just wait for mediation." "I understand!" Wu Heng agreed with a smile. Lilith continued to ask, "What are the plans next?" Wu Heng paused for two or three seconds and said, "There are several factories behind that will be built on Treasure Island, so that residential areas can also use lights and some equipment, as well as foreign trade to increase revenue." "You plan to use this kind of lighting prop to the residents of the entire island? Can they afford it?" Lilith felt that the other party was a little bold. Magic props have been developed for many years, and Light Stone is not a rare prop. However, the people who use it are still at high level professionals, and it is difficult for ordinary people to afford the cost of lighting stones. This is why the streets of Treasure Island at night are more lively than during the day. Everyone will come out to chat with the light of street lights and wait until late at night before going back to bed. The "electric light" props on Treasure Island are even better than those of the light stone. It feels like the price will be higher. "There will be a certain fee, but it will be kept within the range that ordinary people can afford." Wu Heng said. Lilith nodded, "You can try it." Only when Lilith heard Wu Heng say this can he feel that he really will do it. "Chief, does the blood clan need it? After Treasure Island tries to build it, we will help you build it too!" Wu Heng leaned forward. Lilith raised her eyebrows slightly, "Let''s see how it works here first." The vampire can also move normally at night, but it does not mean that lighting is not needed. But she also has to wait until the Treasure Island experiment is completed before she considers whether she needs these. "Okay!" Wu Heng continued, "Chief, I have two questions to ask you." "explain!" "I heard that this department has a training ground that can increase training efficiency. Isn''t it true?" Wu Heng asked directly. This news was heard from Retiri of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Lilith nodded, Yes! "How did it be built? Is there any chance to build one of Treasure Island?" Wu Heng asked. "You are planning to build it for Minnie and the others? I can''t tell, I''m quite concerned about your maids." Lilith said. The training ground only has some effect on the following heroes. Now that he has become a hero, he must be used by the maids at home. Wu Heng still looked at her, waiting for a reply. Lilith said, "You are the leader and can apply for construction, but the price is a bit expensive, and each piece is comparable to a second-class prop of merit." Treasure Island is now not short of money. You can buy strength with money, and you wont lose money. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Chief, the second thing, I want to ask what the sect reported, write a letter directly, or do I need other information?" Lilith said, "You just write a letter to the department normally, explaining the name of the sect and what the doctrine is." "How do you write the doctrine?" "Ask me? What is the idea of ??your doctrine!" Lilith looked at him again, "You don''t want to establish a sect just to be angry with the Holy See!" "How can it be!" Wu Heng scratched his head. Lilith still looked suspicious. While the two were talking, Xiaoxiao walked out of the training room, holding shuttlecocks in her hands, behind her were catwoman Robe and Annette of the white undulating rabbit. The three of them played shuttlecock in the training room. Throwing the shuttlecock to Robe, he ran over and said, "Sister Lilith, go to your house to play games?" Lilith looked at Wu Heng, "Do you have anything to do?" "It''s okay." Wu Heng said. "Then I''ll go back first." Lilith waved her hand and walked out with her small hand. In the living room, Xiragui, Shi Yali, and Mcintosh saw Lilith walking out. He also said hello and left the island master''s mansion. Wu Heng arranged skeleton escorts for them, while the maids began to clean up. The rest left and Wuheng returned to the study. Granda and Benny read books and watch TV shows in their respective positions. Seeing Wu Heng come in, Granda said, "I thought you would have to keep so many women to spend the night!" "Just come to celebrate becoming the leader." Wu Heng sat down aside. "You know how to clone it! You should be able to deal with so many people." Granda raised her eyebrows and said. Wu Heng ignored her words and said, "The weirdo master has replied. Does anyone want to listen?" The two ghosts immediately turned to look over, and Glanda asked directly, "How is it? How is it written in the letter?" Wu Heng took out the letter and handed it to the other party, and then said, "He agreed to make dolls for us, but he didn''t need money, but wanted us to help him promote his reputation." The letter unfolded in mid-air, and the two ghosts gathered together to look at the contents on it. After reading it, Benny said, "What did Chief Lilith pay for when he customizes the doll?" "Lilith must have given the money." Wu Heng said. Granda frowned and pondered, and said, "The other party''s request is a bit too much." "What?" Benny turned to look at Granda. She also felt something was wrong, but she couldn''t say anything about it. Glanda controlled the letter to float to the desk, and then said, "Because the income of both parties is not equal! Last time Lilith said that the other party was a level 19 wizard puppet master. If we agreed to his conditions, we would get a doll. It''s very likely to be a hero." He paused slightly, looked at Benny and Wu Heng, and said seriously, "No matter how many dolls there are, they are not as good as a hero." Benny also understood and said in surprise, "He really dares to think about it." Becoming a hero is the ultimate goal of every professional. Not to mention a few dolls, many countries and races have put all their resources into practice, but they have not cultivated a passing hero. Wu Heng also smiled and said, "This is also something I am considering. Let''s discuss with you and see how to deal with this matter." Benny frowned and said, "It''s impossible for him to be the only one in the weirdo master, just find someone else to customize it!" The weird puppet master is a profession, and it is not a unique skill to make that kind of doll. It should not be difficult to find a weird puppet master. Granda said, "Kill him and stay by your side to do it for us." Wu Heng paused, "You are possessed by Xiaoxiao, you speak so scaryly." "Caught you." Granda smiled and continued, "Beney''s words make sense, but I feel that I can tell you the way we can provide. If he doesn''t agree, we will go to other tricksters. It''s just that the craftsmanship is a little worse." Wu Heng asked, "What kind of way do you feel are providing in exchange?" "I think it can be used to use some of the newspapers to publish his business as a promotion of fame. As for the pill leaflet, don''t even think about it." Newspapers were originally intended to collect information from all over the country and publish it. There is no problem in choosing a position as a condition for exchanging puppets. "Then give him a few exchanges at a time?" Benny asked. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "I feel like I''m published a newspaper once, and I feel that three dolls are almost the same." Granda looked at Wu Heng, "Wu Heng, what do you think?" "You need 5, give the other party a bargaining basis." Wu Heng said directly. "I feel OK, where are you, Benny?" Benny also smiled and said, "I agree, let''s see what he says then. It''s not just him, he." After one person and two souls voted, Wu Heng made a decision directly, "Then let''s make it. Granda wrote a letter tonight and mailed it to the other party tomorrow." "Okay." Granda agreed. Wu Heng continued, "I need to write two more letters for me, one is to apply for a training ground for our department, and the second is to report our sect. The sect needs names and doctrines." "What is your name in the sect? What is the doctrine? How do you write it?" Granda asked. "Wait a little longer about the affairs of the sect. After we have discussed it, we will write a letter to the headquarters." Wu Heng said. "It''s OK," Granda said, and flew back to the desk position very happily and started writing. Wu Heng sat aside for a while and felt nothing was wrong, so he went back to the room to rest in advance. Return to the bedroom and turn on the air conditioner. Lying on the bed with both hands on the back of my head. The appointment of this department has been completed, which also proves that the information Lilith disclosed to her in advance is accurate. The Holy See is not good at making some small moves. I also took advantage of this gap to build the church. Find a better way to collect faith. There is also the conditions for the weird puppet master. When he reaches the other party''s level, money is no longer attractive to him, but based on fame, he reminds him of his own. Yes, newspaper promotion can also be a business. Having become a hero for two years will definitely cause a lot of topics among professionals. This kind of thing has never happened in history. As long as the newspaper can promote fame spreads, there should be many people who want to publish their own information in the newspaper. You can also use this in exchange for some skills and strange things. Especially the skills, those you know, there are no skills that match the hero. At least not as good as the Pope''s thousands of golden swords, and the giant sword that is like divine punishment. And there are people under your command. Apart from becoming a hero himself, the people under his command are the same as those who are out of range. The only thing that reaches level 18 is the Ghost Armored Master "Costas". The other party is not a combat profession. At present, to establish a sect, at least there must be some high-level professionals who can manage and take care of things. Those who cannot be of higher level are all skeletons. It gives people the feeling that all the masters in the sect were killed and turned into skeletons. Thinking in my mind, I decided on the follow-up plan. "First, establish the sect and find a stable way to collect faith, and second, collect skills and recruit some reliable high-level professionals." As for the zombie world. I feel that Li Yahongs rebuilding plan is quite good, and there is nothing to change it. What I want to pay attention to should be the zombie prison. We must continue to supplement high-level professions to cultivate skeletons of level 20. I thought about all my short-term goals in my mind. The door opened and Shannaira walked in in loose pajamas. He yawned and said, "I thought you were asleep!" As he said that, he got into the quilt and curled up in his arms. "Have you watched a movie downstairs?" Wu Heng hugged his soft and tender body. Shannaira said enviously, "I played games together. Robe is the most powerful, but he is better to be young." "It seems like you are so old." Wu Heng continued to ask, "How is the church built?" "The construction will be completed in two days, I will tell you when the time comes." Shannaira said. "Yes." Wu Heng also nodded in agreement. The two hugged each other, and just as Wu Heng closed his eyes and planned to go to bed, Shannaira suddenly spoke, "What''s wrong with Xiragui and Shi Yali?" Wu Heng was stunned, "What''s going on?" "Your heartbeats so fast?" Shannaira pressed against his chest, looking up in confusion, "Are you okay?" Forehead. Wu Heng scratched his face. "Which?" asked Sannara. Seeing that the other party did not answer, he frowned and said, "Sisters? Are you playing so big now?" "You won''t be angry, are you?" Wu Heng glanced at the other party. Shannara took a deep breath and slowly exhaled, "I''m still quite angry, but what can I do? You have become a hero, and it''s not too much for them." "Okay, I still love you the most." Wu Heng hugged the other person. "Hmph! If you dare to lie, I will join the Holy See and say bad things about you everywhere." Wu Heng hugged her again. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng checked the letters written by Granda. The first application for the training ground is nothing special. The second letter is a letter to the foolish master. Mainly speaking, Treasure Island newspapers can have a good publicity effect, but they cannot be published on the newspaper at will. Be willing to reach cooperation with the other party, 5 high-quality dolls can be exchanged for a chance to post on the newspaper. After confirming that there was no problem, he handed it over to Robe and asked her to send it directly to the association and mail it to the other party. Sitting in the living room on the first floor, watching the maids train for a while. At the stairwell, the skeleton guarding the radio walked down directly. Wu Heng glanced at the skeleton, which was the skeleton guarding the Shannaira radio station. But, Sannara is sleeping in her bed! "Let''s go, go to the radio room." Wu Heng followed the skeleton into the radio and sat in front of the radio. The recorded content is written on the record book. "Master Wuheng Island, can you hear it?" "Is it useful?" "Madam Shanaila, Lord Wuheng Island, can you hear it?" Three messages in succession. Wu Heng also roughly guessed the other party''s identity, and should be the fifth princess who stayed in Nettale City. He picked up the microphone and said directly: "I am Wuheng, is there anyone?" Soon, a surprise voice came from the opposite side, "Master Wuheng Island, I am ''Brittany''." "Well, what''s wrong?" Wu Heng asked. I hurriedly contacted myself, something must have happened. The other party said seriously, "At dusk yesterday, a group of killers attacked the City Lord''s Mansion. The other party''s level was very high, and the guards and skeletons arranged by the City Lord''s Mansion also suffered serious losses. Fortunately, the association''s director Zhan Weito rushed over. , knock the opponent back." Killer, attack the city lord''s mansion. And the level is very high. Netaile City is starting to become unstable again. "Are you injured?" Wu Heng asked. "Thank you for your concern to the island master. I was not injured and moved to the association''s dormitory." The fifth princess replied. "It''s good if you''re not injured." Wu Heng continued to ask, "Is it the one arranged by the eldest prince?" "I suspect it was them." (End of this chapter) Chapter 893 , I wont be able to steal people Chapter 893, I wont be able to steal people The fifth princess'' voice was a little disappointed. I had the idea of ??siblings before, but after this incident, it completely disappeared. Wu Heng asked, "Are you asking about the corpse?" The fifth princess took a deep breath to calm herself down and said, "Director Janetto used the scroll. These people were from the Shadow Brotherhood, accepted the employment of assassination of me, and came from the direction of Yeko''s Kingdom." Then he said, "The Dean said that this organization is a well-known organization within the human race, which is specially hired for assassination." Shadow Brotherhood? His own skeleton attendant, "Tiao Jue", is a member of the Shadow Brotherhood. He was caught in prison when he assassinated Winmansha in Rentam City and was trained to zombies. Judging from the information collected before, the supporters of the eldest prince were sects, the second prince was a secret sect, and the secret sect sect hired the Shadow Brotherhood to perform some tasks. The person who came to kill the fifth princess this time was the Shadow Brotherhood again. Either the eldest prince hired the Brotherhood, or the Secret Cultivation Society began to do something again. "What do you say from the association?" Wu Heng continued to ask. The fifth princess replied, "I just said that I would stay with the association, and I also said that I had written a letter to you and the headquarters, asking us to wait for reinforcements." Before the new flag bearer took office, Wu Heng was still the flag bearer of the jade sea. He is still responsible for dispatching reinforcements. Wu Heng continued, "Didn''t those killers leave?" "The association will have intelligence that the person is guarding outside the city and has not left too far. He is suspected of waiting for others, or is planning to take action." said the fifth princess. Wu Heng sat on the chair and thought about it, but there was no arrangement today. You can go over and help the fifth princess deal with this matter, and at the same time add high-level zombies to the prison. After thinking about it, he said, "I understand. Don''t go out first, wait for me to go over and deal with it." "Are you coming here?" The fifth princess said a little guilty, "I''m going to bother you again." "Then let''s do it first, wait until I''m over." "good!" After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng sat in the chair and pondered for a while. Then he gave the position to the skeleton investigator, got up and walked out of the door. Walking upstairs, he saw Sanara who had changed into clothes and went downstairs. "Go out?" Wu Heng asked. Shannaira said, Go to the church to see the progress. "The fifth princess sent a message using radio. Yesterday at dusk, the city lord''s mansion was attacked and now lives in the local association dormitory." Wu Heng said. Shannaila''s brows suddenly became clustered, "She wasn''t injured, right?" "It is said that it is not injured, but some skeletons were lost." Wu Heng said. "The eldest prince''s man?" "The Shadow Brotherhood is most likely the one hired by the eldest prince." Wu Heng leaned on the handrail of the stairs. Shannaira thought for a while and said, "What are your arrangements?" "I went there and the ghost train was very fast, so I will deal with this group of people first." Wu Heng replied. Shannaira is not in a hurry to go out now. She looked at him and said, "After going over, arrange a high-level skeleton protection for her. You are the leader, and it is not a big deal to run around everywhere." "Okay, listen to you." Wu Heng nodded with a smile. "I''ll go out first and come back early in the evening." Shannaira said, continuing to go downstairs. Wu Heng returned to his study. Granda and Benny were in the room, and Xiaoxiao should have gone out to play. He called two ghosts in the room and greeted Minnie again. Summon the ghost train in the courtyard and head to Netalei City. The train appears again. He has arrived in a wilderness outside Netalei City. Put on the hood and walked straight into the city. This period of time has passed. Netaile has recovered some of his anger. The streets became lively, and the taverns and shops along the street were also open normally. The most conspicuous one is the street lights erected on both sides of the road, and the flag of the Treasure Island Kazuo Kingdom was also hung on the lamp poles. To the outside world, Treasure Island and Netare City signed a defense agreement. In fact, the fifth princess promised him the common management of the territory. Looking at the extremely gorgeous street lights dressed in the lamp pole, Granda floated invisibly beside her and said, "The Fifth Princess is doing well." Benny also said, "Last time, it was like a ghost town, but it was still lively now." "After all, I came from the royal family and received different education from us. It is normal to be good at management." Wu Heng said. Benny said, "You can''t say that. I feel that the second prince is not as strong as the fifth princess. She occupied so many territories and was beaten by both sides." "The Second Prince is quite special." Granda also said with a smile. The Second Prince is considered to have a good hand of cards. There are officials following you, and the Secret Cultivation Council provides money, and some people have money. In the end, he was beaten by the eldest prince in the front and by Rentam City in the back. If the religious leader had not been investigating the eldest prince, he would have not waited for Wu Heng to pass, and the second prince would have probably disappeared. One person and two souls chat while walking. After entering the association hall, the two ghosts stopped talking to avoid attracting the attention of others. Wu Heng stood in front of the notice board and looked at it, but did not see the announcement from the headquarters that he had become the leader. Judging from the time, the message is still on the way to deliver. He took out the inspection logo and glanced at the guards guarding the dormitory. Go upstairs to the dormitory where the fifth princess is. Knock on the door. Soon, the little maid who the fifth princess had been carrying around her opened a gap and looked over carefully, "Who are you looking for?" Wu Heng took off his hood and revealed his original face, "It''s me, Wu Heng." "Detective." The little maid''s eyes lit up, then she turned around and ran into the room, shouting, "Princess, the island master is here to save us." Wu Heng glanced at the gradually opened door and felt that he should be allowed to enter. Then he walked in and closed the door. Soon, there was a sound of footsteps in the inner room, and the fifth princess in leather armor walked out, with her **** eyes full of surprise, "Are you so fast?" "Whoever uses props to rush on the road?" Wu Heng said directly. "It should be still outside the north of the city." said the fifth princess. "Let''s go, let''s go there now, and solve it earlier, so that you can save you danger later." Wu Heng said. The little maid who was making tea turned around, "Master Island, the tea is almost done." "Come back and have a drink!" Wu Heng walked to the fifth princess and held her shoulder with one hand. The aperture was formed in the blink of an eye under the feet, and the two disappeared. The little maid''s eyes widened. Is the princess just taken away? field. The golden magic circle appeared, and Wu Heng and the fifth princess appeared at the stop of the "Ghost Train". The fifth princess was still unresponsive and found that the room had turned into a wilderness and her body was trembling. Wu Heng asked, "It''s right?" "Yes! The last time I was told that they were in the north outside the city." said the fifth princess. Wu Heng took out the flying carpet, took her up, and rushed towards the north of the city. On the way, the ghost Benny flew back, got into her body, and shared a picture. In a stone house similar to a hunter''s hut in the wild, there are four figures wearing black robes. From Benny''s perspective, one person has level 18, two people have level 16, and one has level 15. It''s also a relatively luxurious lineup. After watching it, he released the ghost and asked, "The four people are all wearing black cloaks. Are there anyone else?" The fifth princess hugged his arm and said, "The four people escaped." "That''s them." The number of people is comparable, and with the content they are discussing, it must be these people. The flying carpet quickly approached the Hunter''s Lodge and landed on the ground, "You''re here to wait." After saying that, he walked towards the stone house. As soon as he got closer, he heard a scream and curse coming from the stone house, and then the 18th-level black-robed man broke into the door and rushed out. Honey~bang! The lightning beam shot out, and the figure who had just stepped out of the room flew backwards again. Wu Heng followed him in. There were three corpses on the ground with ghosts twisted their necks. The 18-level man in black robe, his chest was burnt and he was vomiting blood. The lightning beam was released again, and the figure who struggled to get up completely honest. The mansion technique is released, revealing the huge space behind the stone door and the few skeletons left inside. "Please these bodies in." The skeleton walked out, dragged a few corpses, and walked into the mansion. "Come on their heads, be gentle, don''t twist them off." The skeleton straightened the corpse''s head again. After everything was ready, the [Resurrection Technique] was released, and the corpse''s chest was undulating, and blood accumulated in the chest began to vomit. With a thought, four cages formed in the space, and all four of them were imprisoned. "You are not from here, what are you going to do?" "You are the island owner of Treasure Island. Are you the island owner of Treasure Island?" "I can give you money, let''s discuss it." "I''ll give you money, too." The four of them said loudly, trying to communicate and let them go. Wu Heng waved his hand and the four of them disappeared. He could only be in a cage, full of horror and anxiety. The mansion technique was closed, Wu Heng walked out of the stone house, and the fifth princess immediately came up, "Master of the Island." "It''s over, let''s go back!" Putting his hand on her shoulder, the magic circle appeared, and the two disappeared. In the dormitory. Wu Heng and the fifth princess appeared, and the little maid said blankly, "Princess...Princess, Lord Island, you are back!" The fifth princess also looked at Wu Heng. The man in black robe was knocked away at that time, but he must have all died! Wu Heng said, "All dead, don''t worry." Both the master and the servant breathed a sigh of relief. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Thank you, Lord Island." The fifth princess thanked him, and the maid also bowed. The two sat down again on both sides of the desk. The tea I made before was still steaming. Wu Heng said, "I will arrange a high-level skeleton to protect you, so that you can also make you safer." The fifth princess wanted to be humble, but she didn''t know what to say. I do need some protection, and I cant let the island owner come and save me every time there is a problem. This time I waited for reinforcements from the association, and the next time I might not even have the chance to wait for reinforcements. "Thank you, sir." The fifth princess thanked. The mansion technique was opened again, and Wu Heng said, "Ca Xiu, come out." Level 18 boxer Ka Xiu walked out of the mansion technique and stood honestly aside. "From the future, you will be responsible for protecting the fifth princess, and it is her." Wu Heng signaled the fifth princess opposite. Kashu looked at the opposite side of his hollow eyes, walked over and stood behind him. "Master of the Island, isn''t this your servant? Leave it to me..." The fifth princess hesitated a little. Ka Xiu has been protecting Wu Heng before. Now for yourself. "Protect you first." Wu Heng said. Seeing that he had made arrangements, the fifth princess also nodded gratefully, "Yes, Lord Island." Then, Wu Heng continued to take out two tickets, put them on the table and pushed them over, "These are two strange tickets. When there is danger, tear them apart and fill in the Treasure Island in the itinerary." "Ghost Train?" The fifth princess immediately reacted as she looked at the ticket. It seems that she has also heard of the Ghost Train in Yeko Kingdom, and it is not surprising that she has heard of it. "Yes, Ghost Train, remember to watch the time and eat and convenience when on the train, and don''t tell others that the enemy knows that you have a ticket, and may not even have the chance to use it." Wu Heng instructed. "I know." The fifth princess nodded as well. After the ticket is closed. Just like the municipal minister, the fifth princess introduced the development in the city during this period. Wu Heng heard it once and said with a smile, "You are doing well, you are still very talented in this regard." The fifth princess looked full of joy and said in a slight manner: "It''s all your support from your lord." Wu Heng didn''t say much on this topic, "Where is Philippa?" "Captain Philippa is on the harbor. I haven''t informed her about what happened last night," said the fifth princess. "If you are in danger, you can also contact Philippa by radio and ask her to provide support." "good." After chatting for a while, Wu Heng stood up and said, "I''ll go back first. If you have something to do, please contact me." "Thank you, the island master, for coming to save us." The fifth princess thanked. Wu Heng nodded, put on his hood again, and left the room. Port, naval base. At this time, most of the here are skeletons, and some other navy in the city. Of course, the main combat power is still the modern ships and skeleton navy led by Philippa. I asked briefly and came to the outside of Philippa''s room. He knocked on the door, heard the response inside and opened the door and walked in. In the room, Philippa sat on a chair, her legs in high-top leather boots were placed on the edge of the desk, holding toys sold on the street in her hands, constantly fiddling with them. The parrot on the desk was lying there to sleep. "What are you doing?" Philippa looked at him and asked casually. Wu Heng took off his hood and said, "Captain Philippa, now he is becoming more and more like a big captain." Hearing the familiar voice, Philippa raised his brows and jumped up in surprise when he saw that it was Wu Heng. Running up and flying, "Dad!" The sleeping parrot was frightened and looked around in horror. Wu Heng caught the other party and said, "A little bit of a sound, it was heard by people outside." "Why are you here? I miss you so much." Philippa kissed him **** the face. "The fifth princess was assassinated last night, so I''ll come and take a look." "You are biased, right? Come to see her." Philippa said angrily. Wu Heng patted her ass, "Nothing is wrong here, I''ll pick you up and stay for two days." "Okay! I''ll explain." Philippa got off from him, opened the door and went out to explain the work. Soon after, he walked back, "Let''s go, the boat is ready." "No need for a boat, it''s too slow." As he said that, he opened [Housework Technique], "Take the parrot in, I''ll let you out when I go to the place, and there are the prisoners inside, don''t let them go." "What race are they? Why don''t you talk?" Philippa asked curiously. "Human race, stop worrying." Wu Heng said, closing the mansion technique. Use [Teleport] to leave the city, board the ghost train, and return to Treasure Island. After returning to Treasure Island, he went straight back to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng opened up the mansion and released Philippa. "Uncle, why didn''t you call me when you went out?" Xiaoxiao ran out of the living room. Philippa pointed at Xiaoxiao, "What''s this?" "Philipa, you''re so bad." said angrily. "Do you know me?" Philippa was even more surprised. Wu Heng said, "This is Xiaoxiao, my ghost, possessed by a magic prop. Be careful when speaking, don''t be like a pirate." Philippa smiled awkwardly, "I''m sorry, Xiaoxiao, I''m used to being a pirate, I''ll apologize to you." "It''s okay!" Xiaoxiao said, then ran to Wu Heng and asked, "Uncle, why didn''t you bring me with you?" "Just go out to do something. Seeing that you are going out to play, I didn''t call you." "Next time, it''s important to do it." Xiaoxiao said with her waist. "Xiaoxiao is great!" Wu Heng smiled and touched her head, and pulled Xiaoxiao to walk inside. Philippa stood behind and looked at the backs of the two men, whispering to the parrot on his shoulders, "I won''t come to me and rob my daddy!" "Idiot, Captain!" Had supper. Philippa returns to the tavern to see her mother, Millison. Wu Heng told Shanara and the other maids about each other. The few people were also a little surprised. Wu Heng''s combat speed is now. I went out in the morning and came back in the afternoon. He also killed high-level professionals like level 18, and most of his time was wasted on the road. The hero is so terrifying. When the night gradually became late, they all returned to the room to rest. The next day, the world of zombies. Wu Heng took the ghost out of the boundary gate and went directly to the prison area where the zombies were imprisoned. Starting from the 205th cell, the 19th-level corpse king was imprisoned in the five connected cells behind. This period of time has passed, and it should be almost level 20! By then, there are so many level 20 skeletons around me, whether they are facing ordinary professionals or heroes, they will be underestimated in combat power. "Since 201, one person and one room, lock them in." Wu Heng opened the mansion and said to it. Several people who were already seriously injured were dragged out by Shanshan, pulled out their equipment and threw it into the cell. Wu Heng waved his hand and the sealed mouths of several people reappeared. "Your name is Wuheng. I remembered that as long as you can let me go, any conditions can be raised." "I can give you money, a lot of money." . Amid the noisy sound, Wu Heng asked the skeleton to close the iron gate. He said: "Just like before, let them raise their injuries for a day, and then directly train them for zombies." The Skeleton Alchemist nodded. After the task is explained. Wu Heng also returned to the cell, picked up the phone, and dialed Li Yahong''s phone number. "Li Yahong, how is the factory going?" Li Yahong said, "The lamp factory is almost ready for the lamp factory." "Okay, I''ll go there now." (End of this chapter) Chapter 894 , Wood Elf Shares Recipe Chapter 894, Wood Elf Sharing Recipe The skeleton dragon landed in the middle of the road, and Wu Heng jumped off the dragon''s back. The car door not far away opened, and Li Yahong came over with a long black down jacket, "I''m not afraid of colds, I''m also riding a flying dragon." Before Wu Heng could speak, Xiaoxiao appeared from the side and said, "Uncle is in good health and will not catch a cold!" Li Yahong smiled and agreed, "So amazing." "Really, uncle won''t die now." Xiaoxiao said with her chest straight, as if she was talking about herself. "Then who is better than you or your uncle?" Li Yahong turned her head and looked at her. Xiaoxiao paused, "The awesome places are different, we are both amazing." "Xiaoxiao is so smart." After walking a few steps forward, he saw the lamp factory that Li Yahong said. On the wall at the entrance of the factory, there are big words "Xinghui Lamp Factory". "Now there are satellites and databases, so it''s easy to find some previous factories." Li Yahong said. "Can the vault be found?" Wu Heng mentioned the vault again. "This one cannot be found on the satellite. I have already released the news on the radio. There should be some news later." Li Yahong said, and then said, "By the way, Qi Hancai mentioned a supernatural genius in Mexico who can control metals." "What''s wrong with her?" Wu Heng asked. "Qi Hancai said she should be able to open the safe lock through her ability, and suspect that the vault door could also be opened." Li Yahong said as she walked. The ability of the female superpower is called metal nerves, which can control metals through physical contact. Maybe it can really be opened. "Let her find a bank vault to try it." "good!" The two of them entered the backyard of the factory and could see a large number of busy skeletons. Li Yahong introduced: "This is an overall factory, and different workshops are responsible for producing different parts. The workshop in front produces lamp heads, and some workshops with chips and resin packaging are all packed with skeletons." The production of the complete set of lamps is still relatively complicated. Fortunately, the current factories are all integrated production, and there is no need to find other factories outside. Then I walked into a workshop where various packed machinery were included. On this side, Wu Heng specially left a group of skeleton magicians to regularize information and mechanical disassembly. There is no need to be too high in the grade, just be able to record and number well. After reading the workshop, the two continued to go to the tray warehouse behind, which contained various neatly arranged lamps. These are probably enough for some people in Treasure Island to install lamps. After taking a look at them all, Wu Heng said, "I''ll stay here to arrange transportation, you can go back first!" "What other factory is needed? Tell me then that those machines may not be able to use them over time." Li Yahong said. "Okay, I''ll get back together when I go back, and I''ll tell you what I need to do then." Wu Heng said. Li Yahong nodded, "Then I''ll go back first." "Um." Li Yahong left, walked out of the factory and drove away. Wu Heng opened the boundary door in a workshop, and then chose the location of the factory on Treasure Island to connect the boundary door. Let the skeleton start to carry equipment and finished lamps in the warehouse. It took until the morning to the second half of the night to move everything. Taking advantage of the night, teleport back to the island master''s mansion. The next day, early morning. The noise of Philippa and Robe came downstairs. Open the door and went downstairs, the two who were arguing closed their mouths, and Robe smiled and said, "Master, breakfast is ready." "Yeah! No matter how much you make a fuss, no fight is allowed!" Wu Heng hugged the two of them. Robe complained angrily, "Before the meal started, she would grab something to eat." "Wu Heng doesn''t care about you, let you care." "The master didn''t see it, and he would care about you if he saw it." "It''s not your turn to do it." Andvier walked out from the other side, holding the branches in his hand, and said, "Shut up and wash your hands." The two of them suffocated, glared at each other, turned around and washed their hands. Andvier smiled and said, "Master, don''t worry about them, you''re ready to have a meal." While speaking, Sannara also walked downstairs. He didn''t come back last night, and Sannara slept in her room. All breakfast was served on the dining table, and several people sat at the dining table for dinner. Wu Heng said, "Weier, I plan to install street lights for the chamber of commerce on Lighthouse Street first. You can arrange for people to count the merchants'' wishes and then set a charging standard." "Okay master." Andrewer agreed first, then said, "Is the charging standard charged according to each company?" "At that time, it will be charged according to the amount of electricity used." Wu Heng said. Shannaira glanced at the two of them and said softly, "Treasure Island is long during the day and short at night, and installing electric lights will not last long. If the price is too high, the merchants will feel repulsive, and you are still building a church recently." This is a reminder that the next step of the plan is to collect faith. Don''t negatively affect your reputation because of this incident. "Then don''t set the charge first, and see the merchants'' wishes." Wu Heng said. "Okay, master." Andrewer nodded. Shannaira continued, "The church is almost done, let''s go over and take a look later." "good!" Netare City, Association Hall. A new announcement was posted on the notice board. More and more people were watching, and the members of the association and the mercenary team were all surprised to see the announcement posted. Wu Heng became a hero and appointed Wu Heng as the field leader. That island owner who has been popular has become a hero this time? He was appointed as the leader by the headquarters? The old mage Zhan Weito was leaning on a wooden stick in his hand, his eyes wide open, full of disbelief. Compared to others, he has had many contacts with Wu Heng. A young man who grows very fast and speaks uniquely. But it still feels incredible to become a hero in such a short time. A few months ago, the other party was chasing him to borrow a skill book! Thinking about it now, I still feel a little regretful. At that time, I thought about accepting him as my apprentice, and the other party invited his magic research association to establish a research institute at Treasure Island. Even if you complete one, you can get closer to the other party. Oops~! I felt a little angry. Crush out of the crowd, walk to the counter, "Get a copy of envelope paper." "Okay, Dean." The city lord''s mansion. "Princess, where are you, princess?" the little maid ran in as she shouted. The fifth princess, who was looking at the document, immediately took out her weapon, thinking that another killer was coming. But looking at the other party''s excited appearance, you can be sure that it is not a killer, and scolded softly, "What are you doing when you scream?" The maid gasped for several times and said, "Princess, the association has issued a new announcement. The leader of Wuheng Island has become a hero and has been appointed as the field leader by the headquarters." As he said that, his face became even more excited. "What? You read that right?" The fifth princess stood up suddenly and her voice also rose. "It''s right, everyone is talking about this, the whole city knows it." said the maid. The fifth princess also widened her eyes. Thinking back at this moment, the opponent easily killed a level 18 profession, everything makes sense. A joy also arose in my heart. It seems that I have a better vision than my elder brother and second brother, so I found a hero to be my backer. "Princess! Princess?" the little maid shouted twice. The fifth princess came to her senses and said directly, "Let''s go, send a congratulations to the leader on the radio." City of Lopez. Snake Hui Consortium, the person in charge works in the study. Dongdongdongdongdongdong. The knock on the door sounded and the staff walked in. Retiri asked without raising her head, "What''s wrong?" The staff said respectfully: "The association has updated the announcement. Wu Heng, the owner of Treasure Island, reached level 20 and was appointed as the leader by the headquarters." The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Retiri looked up suddenly, and a figure with black hair and black eyes immediately appeared in her mind. "Are you sure you read it wrong?" "The association announcement has been issued and the seal of the department is stamped, so it shouldn''t be wrong." Retiri was full of surprise, pondered for a long time, and then said, "Write a letter to talk about the choice of the auction venue at the end of the year, and add a Treasure Island. I will discuss the venue with the leader Wuheng." "yes!" Treasure Island. Wu Heng and Sannaira got off the carriage together. In front of you is a towering and solemn church. The style of the entire building is still spire, towering columns, and some exquisite and life-filled carvings. Walking into the hall, the interior decoration is still gorgeous. It can also reflect the artistic and aesthetic attainments of wood elves. Shannaira asked, Are you satisfied? "I''m quite satisfied, it''s more beautiful than I thought." Wu Heng looked around the hall. "Just be satisfied, you can change it when you have any new ideas in the future." Shannaira continued. The two walked inside, and there was a white marble stone pier in the middle, which would later be used to erect a hero sculpture. "What are you going to do with the sculpture?" Shannaira asked again. "I''ll leave it to you, too." Shannaira glanced at him, "Then go back, I''ll draw you two portraits, and you can see which one is suitable." "Where are you taking pictures? The oil painting is too slow, and you have to stand for several hours when you pose." Shannaira painted him a portrait. Standing in front and motionless is actually quite painful. "Then take a photo first, and I will adjust it according to the photo at that time." Shannaira said, and then said, "Have you thought of the name of the sect? There are also priests and missionaries, do you need candidates?" "I''m not ready yet." Wu Heng was a little embarrassed. Shannaira looked like I knew she would be like this, and said, "I''ll arrange a few wood elves to act as priests for the time being? They are good at publicity and have good appearances." "Look at it again, there is really no one to choose. Please help me arrange the wood elf to come in." Wu Heng said. The two continued to walk inside. In addition to the church hall on the front, there is also a separate prayer area next to it. Behind is the courtyard and living area. It was basically renovated, and there was no such big renovation like the lobby. Ring ~! The two walked to the backyard. Shannaira''s cell phone rang. If you put your phone in the space ring, you wont receive signals, so you have to carry them all with you. He looked at the caller ID, "Mini is here." After saying that, I answered it directly. "Okay, I''ll go back now." Hang up the phone and explained to Wu Heng, "Mini said, the fifth elder of the Wood Elf is here, we are going back. Do you have any other arrangements here?" Five Elders? "Make sculptures and then recruit priests, that''s all." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I will arrange it. Let''s go back and see what the fifth elder is doing." Shannaira said. Wu Heng reached out and put his hand on her shoulder. The two disappeared. Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng and Sannaira appeared. Then he saw the two elder guards of the wood elves guarding the door. He saluted slightly to the two of them. As we entered the hall, a male wood elf in a purple gold pattern robe sat on the sofa, with long hair draped over her shoulders and thick dark circles. His figure and appearance are still as tall and handsome as a wood elf, but in terms of temperament, it feels like he is exhausted from qi and blood. The dark circle wood elf turned to look over and found Shannaira and Wu Heng. First, he took a closer look, then stood up and saluted, "I am honored to see you, Chief Wuheng!" It seems that the wood elves received news that they had become the leader earlier. The elders were also arranged to come. Shannaira introduced on the side, "This is Eldren, the fifth elder of the Presbyterian Church, who is mainly responsible for diplomacy." Wu Heng smiled, "Elder Elder, don''t be so polite, please sit down!" The fifth elder smiled and said, "To celebrate your promotion to the leader, we have brought you a gift." As he said that, gifts were taken out of the space ring and filled the open space in front of him. "This is a bit too polite." Wu Heng glanced at the gift. "Some gifts should be done." The fifth elder was still polite. Shannaira said, "Mini, take the gift first." Several maids walked out and moved the gifts to the room next door. The refreshment was brought up, and Wu Heng and the fifth elder chatted politely for a few words. Then, the fifth elder said, "This time I came here to bother you. In addition to congratulating you on becoming the leader, there is also the affairs of the Holy See. Shannaira should have told you that the Holy See warned several chambers of commerce." "I know this." Wu Heng nodded. The fifth elder continued, "The attitude of the wood elves has always been to stand with Treasure Island, but we cannot ignore the threats of the Holy See, so we plan to reply to the Holy See on the grounds that the order signed between us has not yet ended. I hope you don''t care." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and the wood elf really didn''t want to offend either side. To put it nicely, it''s just dragging both sides. Things did not get worse, the cooperation between the Wood Elf and Treasure Island continued, and an elder was arranged to explain the matter. But if the situation worsens, the two heroes of the Holy See targeting Treasure Island, and the wood elves also have excuses to deal with the Holy See. Although I thought of the other partys little thoughts at once, I didnt feel strange. Adults weigh the pros and cons when doing things, let alone involve a race. Shannaira glanced at Wu Heng, then looked at the fifth elder, with a little dissatisfied in her tone, "Captain Lilith said, the headquarters is adjusting this matter, what else can I worry about." The fifth elder also said helplessly, "You know the situation in the clan, and there are some things that the elders are helpless." The cooperation is good, and I am threatened like this. The wood elves were also very angry, but they had no choice but to fight and could not withstand the troubles of the Holy See. Then, the fifth elder said: "Captain Wuheng, the Presbyterian Council has another decision, intending to establish an alchemy research institute on Treasure Island, and some unique recipes of wood elves will also be shared with Treasure Island." Wu Heng''s eyes condensed. The wood elf took out the potion formula! (End of this chapter) Chapter 895 , dependency addiction Chapter 895, Reliance Addiction Wood elves are the most outstanding among all races in the plant system. It can be said that if all races want to increase grain production, they are all potions purchased from wood elves. Previously, in order to allow the zombie world to grow food by themselves, Wu Heng communicated with the wood elves to buy formulas, so that they could open it at will, and they would not sell potions and grain to the outside world. But the wood elves never agreed and only agreed to increase the supply of food and medicine. Now the wood elves take the initiative to mention this matter. Wu Heng''s mind quickly turned and he thought of two points. First, in the conflict between himself and the Holy See, the wood elves played the role of fence-bearing, and knew that Wu Heng would not be satisfied with their decision. So, come up with the racial core potion formula to prove that you are more inclined toward yourself. Another point is that Treasure Island is mass-producing tablets at a speed that is difficult for the world to understand, and the sale of "corpse-nuclear agents" is also on the market. Let them think that Treasure Island also has strong alchemy technology, and that the two sides can cooperate and absorb each other''s knowledge. The latter point is to guess, but it is not impossible. Two thoughts flashed through my mind quickly. He looked up at the other party again, and then said, "Treasure Island doesn''t need a recipe at the moment." The fifth elder opposite froze his smile. It seems that Wu Heng would refuse so decisively. A few months ago, Treasure Island was eager to get the recipe from the Wood Elf. The room was in tranquility. Shannaira looked at both sides and said to the fifth elder: "The Holy See has existed for so many years, and it has played a role in the wood elves. We all know that if we rely on them, we can get the strength of the race, we will not wait until today." "On the contrary, in the past two years, the cooperation between Star Flower and Treasure Island has allowed large quantities of goods to be sold." It''s implicit. But one thing is also being explained. If the Holy See had been helpful to the wood elves, it would have become stronger long ago and would not have been waiting for today. Being a good friend with Wuheng is the most favorable situation. The fifth elder smiled bitterly and said, "Of course we know this, but with the strength of the wood elves, we cannot get into evil with the ruling leader." Take a deep breath, then get up and salute to Wu Heng, "Captain Wu Heng, the wood elf comes here with sincerity. If you need it in the future, the wood elf will cooperate with you with all your strength." Wu Heng fell into thought, pondered for a while, and then said, "I plan to build a church on Treasure Island. Do you have any suggestions?" The fifth elder looked a little confused, glanced at Sannaira, and turned around, "What do you need? We are willing to support what you can do." I still didn''t understand what I mean when I saw the other party. To put it directly, "The site developed by Treasure Island is limited, and I plan to build more than 50 churches next year." The fifth elder raised his eyebrows, stood there and pondered for a while, and said, "On behalf of the Wood Elf, I promise to build 10 churches for you in the Wood Elf territory." "30 seats." Wu Heng said. The fifth elder shook his head, "Chief, you can''t promise so much. You still need to return to the Presbyterian Council for discussion, and the time may be delayed for a long time." "The 20 buildings, the construction site cannot be lower than the size of the town." Wu Heng said. "Yes, I can agree to you on behalf of the wood elf." The fifth elder also agreed happily. Wu Heng glanced behind him, "Mini, go and prepare an agreement." "Yes." Minnie quickly left and when she came back again, she took out the prepared agreement. The content is also very simple. 20 churches were built within the territory of the wood elves within a year. Both of them looked at the agreement and signed it on it. The Wood Elf Elder also breathed a sigh of relief. The signing of the agreement also means that the relationship between the two parties has been eased. After signing the agreement, the fifth elder continued, "What happened to the Alchemy Institute...?" Wu Heng said: "I will set up a research institute on the island, and you can arrange relevant personnel to come." "Okay, the alchemist in the clan will come here at that time." The fifth elder said with a smile. The topics behind are much easier. The two talked about the island and the sales of pills on the Wood Elf for a while. I sat until noon. The fifth elder also stood up and said, "Captain Wuheng, then I will go back and write a letter to the Elders Council first and implement the agreement we reached earlier." Wu Heng nodded and asked at the same time: "Does the Fifth Elder go back directly or plan to live here for a while?" "I plan to go to the city hall and choose a property to buy it," said the fifth elder. Shannaira said from the side, "The place where I lived before is still vacant. The fifth elder doesn''t mind that he can live there temporarily, and the furniture is complete." "This is the best. We really have no place to live." The fifth elder smiled. Shannara took out a deed and the key to her place of residence. Wu Heng looked at the address on the deed, which was next door to his residence at the beginning. At that time, she rented a four-story building with a courtyard in the Snake Emblem Consortium, and Sannara lived next door to her. That''s the property. After the fifth elder put it away, he said, "Captain Wuheng, I''ll go back first." "Well, come here directly if you have something to do. It''s okay to find me and Shannaira, and she has the final say on the island." Wu Heng said. The fifth elder saluted again and turned around and was about to leave. Shannaira said, I will take you to your residence so that you will not be familiar with Treasure Island. "Okay!" The fifth elder did not refuse. Wu Heng sent the wood elf to the door, and Shanara, the fifth elder and his personal guards left in the distance. After walking a distance from the island owner''s mansion. The fifth elder smiled and said, "You can see that your relationship is indeed good." "When we were together, he was only level 15." There are some special meanings in the words. When Wu Heng was not growing up, he pressed everything on him, and the choice of the Presbyterian Church was still hesitating to weigh the pros and cons. The fifth elder was also a little helpless. Who would have thought that a human would become a hero in such an exaggerated way. I dont know if Shannaira really saw the other partys potential or whether she was relying on her own luck. "You have vision and courage than us." The fifth elder said with a smile. Elf and wood elves are similar, and they are more avant-garde than other races. Although the Presbyterian Church revoked President Shanara''s identity, the reason is not that the wood elves are not allowed to fall in love with race. Shannaira continued, Will the Great Elders and others agree to Wu Heng establish a church within the territory? The fifth elder replied: "The Presbyterian Church has discussed it and will fully support Wu Heng. If it weren''t for the fact that the Holy See was under great pressure, we could directly help him build a church in an all-round way." Shannaila raised her eyebrows, her eyes a little surprised. She knew very well what Wu Heng lacked the most. He has no country or backing, that is, the location of Treasure Island is special. In addition, Wu Heng does have some ideas in business and has relied on trade to promote himself as a hero. But now it is necessary to build a church, and the land area of ??Treasure Island is only one. And more, it requires land, population, and the country or force that allows him to establish a church. In other words, the Presbyterian Council has made up its mind to bind Wu Heng. "Don''t worry, we won''t be the second Yeke Kingdom." The fifth elder continued, "At that time, I hope that Chief Wuheng can take care of our wood elves more." It will not become the second kingdom of Yeke. If the Kingdom of Yeke treated Wu Heng well, then the country would have a unique hero. Unfortunately, since the old king was old, the country has become so decayed. Shannaira glanced at the other party and continued, "He promised me that as long as the wood elves don''t do excessive things and will not get into evil with the wood elves, you can reassure the elders!" "It''s up to you here." The fifth elder nodded and said. Shannaira asked again, "I still have something I haven''t figured out. Isn''t I afraid that the people from the Holy See will know?" The fifth elder said, "It will take a certain amount of time to build the church, and the Holy See warned that the Flower of Stars does not include matters between the denominations." "Will the Holy See listen to this explanation?" "That depends on how our headquarters mediates their conflicts during this period, and the deterrent power of the leader Wuheng. I believe it should not be difficult at the leader''s growth rate." The fifth elder said, and then took out a brocade box from the space ring, "This is what the elder will give you. Be careful to protect yourself on the island." Shannaira looked at the gift sent and said, "No need." "The elders'' meeting approved it, you don''t want it, I''ll accept it myself." The fifth elder said directly. "Thank you." Shannaira took it and put it in the space ring directly. Then, the two casually talked about the situation on the island and learned about the specific situation of the last time the Pope attacked Treasure Island. While talking, he went to his booked residence. Island Lord''s Mansion. "Master, look at this, the leaves carved from gold!" "Wow! This gem is so big." "This one seems to be a feather, it''s pretty, I don''t know what it''s useful." The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng was sitting in the living room, and the shouts of maids came from the next room. Due to the lack of heroes, the overall strength and status of the wood elves are not as good as that of the elves, but the inheritance and craftsmanship, even aesthetics and culture are very close. The gifts sent are naturally exquisite and valuable. Ignore the shouts next door. Wu Heng was thinking about the wood elf this time. The biggest gain this time was that the wood elves were willing to build a church for themselves. As for whether the agreement will be torn apart by the other party, it depends on the situation below. They probably won''t do such stupid things. Thinking in his heart, Benny and Granda flew back from outside, and Benny got into his body directly. The conversation between the fifth elder and Shanara was also shared directly. After reading it, Benny was released again. Benny said: "It seems that the wood elf did come over with a friendly attitude." Granda reveals on the other side, Being a hero will make everyone treat you with a kind attitude. "Oh! Philosopher." Wu Heng said in surprise. Granda gave him a blank look and continued, "Treasure Island is still a little too small. Being able to connect with the wood elves is also a good thing for you." "Well, I hope everything goes well!" Wu Heng said. In the room in the inner room, the maids came out to decorate the room with a few items. The two ghosts shut up and disappeared again. In the afternoon, Sannaira returned from outside. He changed into a homely outfit and leaned against him lazyly. "Have the Fifth Elder handled it?" Wu Heng asked with his arms around her shoulder. "I lived in that house. If he hadn''t brought you so many things, I wouldn''t have planned to live there for him. That''s where we are together." Shannara pouted, looking like she disliked the other party. Wu Heng said, "Why is this fifth elder so dark circles so heavy?" "How could I know, I looked like this when I met him." Shannaira said, then took out a gift box from the space ring and said, "The gift that the Elder will give me, I haven''t seen yet." As he said that, he opened it directly, revealing the head ring inside like a woven vine branches. At the front, a green gem was inlaid. Oak Life Crown (Strange Things) Effects: treatment, antidote, plant communication, animal manipulation. Side effects: dependence addiction. (Description: The head crown made of oak vine branches, in addition to its own significance, also represents the wearer''s special status among wood elves.) Dependence Addiction: It will reach its peak on dependent organisms, and the effect will disappear over time. Four effects, and they are all practical. The value of this strange object has reached the level of first-level merit exchange. "Oak Crown." Shannaira said her name directly. "Do you know each other?" Wu Heng looked at the other party. "It''s in the same collection as my amber pendant." As he said that, he pulled out the amber pendant from the gap in his chest. Amber pendant! The big reason why Wu Heng and Sannara are together is the side effects of the amber pendant. The first person who opens his eyes in the amber will feel a sense of dependence, and this sense of dependence will become love in Shannaira. Of course, Shanara also did not reject this feeling of Wu Heng. Now, looking at the side effects of this crown, you will understand the meaning. The dependence in dependence addiction corresponds to oneself. It doesn''t seem to be a side effect. What else can you addiction if you sleep together every day? "This strange thing has a good effect." Wu Heng said. Shannaira nodded, "It''s also a relatively good strange thing among our race." "It seems that the wood elves are really concerned about Treasure Island." Shannaira leaned back on him, "If you allow it, you should take care of the wood elf." "Yes!" Wu Heng nodded. After chatting for a while, Wu Heng went upstairs and returned to the study. Shannaira went with the maids to check the gifts they had sent. As dusk approached, Philippa stood on his shoulder with a parrot coming to the island owner''s house for a meal. Looking at the gifts all over the ground, he screamed, "Wow! There are so many good things in it, I have never seen them as a pirate." Minnie said, "Don''t flip it around, what if it breaks it." "It''s not that easy to break. These are all wood elves. They are so rich." After Philippa finished speaking, Yu Guang noticed that Sanara looked over and immediately changed his words, "No, I mean, wood elves'' things are so beautiful." Wu Heng also came down from the building and said, "Please choose what you like." "Really!" Philippa picked happily. Dinner was served on the dining table. Wu Heng said: "Ville, tomorrow you and Shanara will go to the central area to choose a place as a venue for collaborating with the Wood Elf to develop potions." Andvier looked up and asked, "Are there any requirements for the venue?" Wu Heng looked at Shannaira, who said, "There is no requirement, the site is wider, it is best to need a basement to store materials." "The materials can be kept in the refrigerator." Wu Heng said. "There is no problem, the location is quieter, and they need a certain environment for alchemy," Shanara continued. "Okay." Andvier nodded as well. After a few people had supper, the women at home went to the training room. The next day, in the morning. Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and walked on the commercial street in the port area with Wu Heng''s hand. Wu Heng was dressed as an adventurer, wearing a hood on his head to cover his face, Xiaoxiao was also dressed as a local child, wearing a hood on his head. One big and one small, walking along the road. Apart from the little little jumping and jumping, he looked like a child, and there was no special place. He looked up at the sign above and walked directly into the store on one side. The shop is a bit deserted. Seeing the two of them coming in, the counter owner glanced at them and said with a smile: "Sir, I''ll introduce you to what you need." "Pick a gift for my mother, she is a bard." Xiaoxiao said first. "A new batch of goods has been received here. Mr. and Miss can choose." The boss kept smiling and walked back to the counter to take out the two props. "This is a new arrival from our chamber of commerce." (End of this chapter) Chapter 896 , dinner Chapter 896, Dinner Wu Heng held Xiaoxiao and looked at the props the boss took. There are two types in total, one is a dark green cloak and the other is a white wind chime made of unknown material. Inspiration Cloak (Description: The cloak containing revelation, draped on it, the bard is more sensitive to the surrounding things and weave it into his own stories and songs.) Melody Wind Chime (Description: The wind chime that has been blessed by the wind fairy. When the bard plays the instrument, the wind chime will automatically roar. When the breeze blows, the wind chime will spontaneously play a gentle melody.) Wu Heng swept past, and the information of two props appeared in front of him. At this time, the boss also began to introduce, "This first piece is one of the best-selling props in our chamber of commerce, called the Inspiration Cloak, which is engraved with a variety of complex inscriptions, which can make the bard more creative inspiration. The second item is called a melodic wind chime. Without the accompaniment conditions, you only need to hang the wind chime and you can make a harmonious sound. The boss also said the use scenario. The cloak is used as a prop to increase inspiration, and the other can be used as an accompaniment instrument. "Uncle, which one is better?" Xiaoxiao asked. Wu Heng said, "How much does these two cost?" The boss kept his professional smile, "The cloak is 172 silver, the wind chime is 45 silver. If you buy all two pieces, you will be charged 200 silver." "I want all these two things." Wu Heng said generously. "Okay, I''ll pack it for you." The boss folded the cloak and put the wind chime in a brocade box. Wu Heng continued to ask, "Do you have a skill book? High-level, easy to learn." "Yes, I''ll get it for you." The boss went to get the skill book again. Soon several skill books were taken out, and most skill books needed some thresholds, or were more suitable for another world. After filtering, I finally chose two skill books, one called [Ears of the Forest], which is the effect of using the friendly animal senses around me to observe the situation. Some of the shared vision abilities of rangers and taming animals should also be more useful in the zombie world. The second book is called [Ode to Vitality], and the music chanted is more emotional. It is a passive skill, and after learning it, it can provide you with augmentation. After choosing, Wuheng paid the corresponding silver coins. Wu Heng took Xiaoxiao away from the store, and bought a large handful of flowers from the flower shop along the way. He started walking back as he chatted with each other. After returning to the island master''s mansion, let the skeleton with two world texts translate the newly purchased skill book. In the afternoon, I explained to the maids, opened the door of the world in the study and went to the zombie world. Zombie World, on the way to the central square. The skeleton driver was driving, Wu Heng was sitting in the co-pilot, and the little control of the doll and chatted with two ghosts in the back row. Today is the time to promise Xiaoxiao to have supper with Zhao Yanqiu. Seeing that it was about to come, I suddenly felt a little nervous. Because of [Unfinished Cause], the small level has been stuck at level 18. As my first ghost, I lag behind Glenda and Benny. Xiaoxiao couldn''t tell what she wanted. He said he wanted a giant bear doll, and he also said he wanted his mother to become a professional. After all the several were satisfied, the restrictions on "unfinished karma" were still not lifted. If Treasure Island has been peaceful, it is actually not a big problem if it is promoted or not. As long as she can be happy, it would be great. But now I have reached level 20, and the level of enemies I have to face is also increasing. Especially during this period, there was a conflict with the Holy See, and it may not be possible that the two sides will fight one day. The Holy See''s skills have the effect of restraining the undead, and this small level may also be dangerous. Therefore, the unfinished karma still needs to be eliminated. Zhao Yanqiu is also a mature and beautiful woman. The two have been in contact with each other several times, and they are not opposed to each other. But what mainly connects each other is still small. Ring ~! "Hey! Mom, my uncle and I will arrive soon, don''t worry." "Well, I know!" Xiaoxiao said a few words in the back row with the phone, then hung up the phone. He said, "Uncle, my mother said the meal is not ready yet, so we don''t have to worry." "There is still a long way, and it''s almost done to get to the place." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao nodded and continued to chat with the two ghosts. The car parked all the way outside the building in the central area. Wu Heng wore a mask and took his small hand to walk towards Zhao Yanqiu''s dormitory. Dongdongdongdongdong~! Knock on the door. Soon, the door opened, and Zhao Yanqiu stood behind the door and looked out, with long hair neatly worn golden earrings, a light makeup on her face, bright eyes and bright red lips. It can be seen that he has dressed up very carefully. She wore a slim light blue turtleneck sweater on the upper body, which fits her body and outlines soft lines. The neckline is slightly opened, just revealing a small piece of fair skin. The lower body is covered with black slim trousers, which outlines the straight legs. Because I was at home, I wore a pair of light blue slippers. Perhaps because of his profession, Zhao Yanqiu seems to be younger, whiter and tender than when he met, and has the temperament of a little star. "Mom, you''re so slow to open the door." Xiaoxiao pushed open the door and walked in. Wu Heng followed behind and sent a large handful of flowers in his hand to the other party, "Give it to you." "Thank you!" Zhao Yanqiu''s face turned slightly red, and she whispered, and took it in her hand, "Come in!" After Wu Heng came in, Zhao Yanqiu smelled the flowers in his hand and inserted them into the vase beside him. Then he said, "You two sit there for a while, and dinner will be ready soon." After saying that, he walked straight into the kitchen. Xiaoxiao sat on the sofa, turned on the TV, and played cartoons inside. Then he said softly, "Uncle, where is the prop? Why didn''t I give it to my mother?" "Your mother is moving too fast, she doesn''t have time to go directly into the kitchen." Wu Heng said while sitting aside. "Then I''ll give it away later." Xiaoxiao said, and she was worried about this. Soon, Zhao Yanqiu brought the last dish. He said embarrassedly, "Chief, you can have a meal." Wu Heng took out the props and skills books, "These are prepared by Xiaoxiao and I for you, and they will be helpful to the profession." "There are also gifts, I feel a little embarrassed." Zhao Yanqiu said with a smile. The green cloak opened and Zhao Yanqiu looked at it, "Is the shawl? The patterns on it are so beautiful." shawl? In the modern world, no one uses a cloak, and a shawl can do it. Anyway, it can be effective if it is worn on your body. Then I looked at the wind chime again and planned to hang it in the window. Xiaoxiao said from the side, "Mom, these are props, they are all very useful." Then he repeated the words of the shop owner in the morning to Zhao Yanqiu. Zhao Yanqiu looked a little confused, and looked at Wu Heng with an inquiry in her eyes, "There is no problem with the short story, it is indeed used like this." "Thank you, leader, I like it very much." After saying that, he placed the props and skills books on the bookcase on one side and sat on the dining table together. Wu Heng sat opposite Zhao Yanqiu, while Xiao Xiao sat on one side. Zhao Yanqiu took out the red wine again and said, "What do you like to drink? I don''t have much here, I got it with my colleagues in the morning." "That''s fine, I don''t have the habit of drinking these." Zhao Yanqiu nodded and filled him with wine, "How about my skills?" Wu Heng took a few bites and praised, "It tastes delicious, it is a common taste at home." Zhao Yanqiu smiled and said, "Then eat more." The two chatted casually, and the atmosphere was still a little strange. Wu Heng wanted to say something to bring his relationship closer, but he felt a little embarrassed. In addition to sitting aside and accompanying Xiaoxiao, there are two invisible ghosts not far away, staring at this side as if they are watching a good show. The short story said: "Mom, do you think we look like a family." Zhao Yanqiu''s face turned redder and she whispered, "Xiaoxiao, don''t talk nonsense." Wu Heng put down his chopsticks, put his arm on the table, and said, "Last time I listened to the radio station, you also know how to play accordion, which sounds great." Zhao Yanqiu''s eyes lit up, "Is that so? I''m also a hobby." Wu Heng picked up the red wine and asked while drinking, "What kind of music is that? It doesn''t seem to be pop music!" Zhao Yanqiu said, "Well..., the song in a French movie is called Angel Aimei, and there is a backup of this movie in the base." Wu Heng looked up and his eyes met her, "I haven''t seen it before, let''s watch it together next time?" Zhao Yanqiu''s face turned slightly red. She glanced at Xiaoxiao and nodded slightly, "Okay!" After saying that, the two fell silent again. Xiaoxiao looked at the two of them, feeling that this continued and she didn''t know when it was delayed, so she said directly: "Uncle, do you want your own mother?" Zhao Yanqiu was shocked, "Xiaoxiao!" Wu Heng stood up, came to the other party, grabbed the other party and pulled it up directly. Zhao Yanqiu''s body was tense and she whispered, "We haven''t come into contact with each other a few times." Wu Heng said, "For the sake of the child." As he said that, he held the other person''s waist with one hand, raised the other''s chin with the other, and kissed him directly. Long and gentle kiss. Xiaoxiao also stood up and hugged the two of them. Buried his head between the two of them. "Dad, mom!" [Ghost Removal Skill: Unfinished Karma. Late at night, Wu Heng suddenly opened his eyes and glanced at the small panel. The unfinished karma was indeed unlocked. A burst of joy arose in my heart. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! The unfinished karma of ghosts is more like a knot in the heart. After fulfilling the "last wish", you still need to untie the knot of your heart by yourself. At that time, Granda''s unfinished career was only removed from her skills after helping her kill her husband. Xiaoxiao also followed the incident and it took several hours to unlock the "unfinished karma". Finally, I can upgrade with a small amount. Such a long time of hard work is not in vain. Thinking in my heart, I hugged my hair in my arms, and my delicate body that was still sleeping soundly. The other party murmured and couldn''t wake up. Wu Heng also closed his eyes and fell asleep. Close your eyes and fall asleep. The next day, early morning. Wu Heng woke up from his sleep, and Zhao Yanqiu was still sleeping in his arms. Help her gather her hair between her forehead and see her eyelashes shaking gently. "I''m awake!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Seeing that Zhao Yanqiu was discovered, she opened her eyes and said, "I''m awake, I''ll make breakfast for you." As he said that, he covered his quilt on his chest and sat up, revealing his white and slender back. Wu Heng reached out and touched the other person''s back and said, "When will you go to the radio station? Do you want to rest for a while?" Zhao Yanqiu looked back at him and said stubbornly, "Who is afraid of whom." Wu Heng spread his arms and said, "Come." Zhao Yanqiu blushed and crawled into his arms again. Had breakfast. Zhao Yanqiu went to the radio station to broadcast the program happily. Xiaoxiao and Wu Heng sat in the living room watching TV. Wu Heng said, "Xiaoxiao, you can continue to upgrade." "Really! That''s great." Xiaoxiao cheered, and then said, "Can I call you uncle again in the future!" "That''s not what you said before!" Wu Heng looked at her. "It''s so embarrassing." Xiaoxiao was a little embarrassed and said, "My mother also told me not to scream, for fear of affecting you." Zhao Yanqiu''s meaning should be that he doesn''t want to mention this matter in front of Li Yahong. After all, no one except Li Yahong has the opportunity to come into contact with Xiaoxiao. Wu Heng said, "Which title do you like?" "I feel like my uncle is making a little easier to scream." "Then you call uncle, I call you Xiaoxiao. As long as we live together, the name doesn''t matter." Wu Heng said with a smile. The short story says: "Uncle said it very well." Granda muttered, "This guy, you have a way to coax women of all ages." "Yeah." Benny nodded in agreement. Xiaoxiao continued to ask, "When will we go to upgrade? I also want to be a hero." "I''ll call and ask." Wu Heng took out the phone and dialed Li Yahong''s number. "What are the instructions?" Li Yahong''s voice came over. Wu Heng asked, "Is there a place to clean up the zombies nearby?" "Yes, in the neighboring city, you need to take a train to go there." Li Yahong said. I asked her to count some of the missing areas before. "Send me the map and I''ll go there later." Wu Heng said. "Do you need me and you?" "No need, help me arrange a train and I''ll just go there." "good!" The two of them said a few words, and the map on their phones was sent over. He probably had to take a look, stood up and said, "Xiaoxiao, say hello to your mother, we''re going to upgrade." "good!" Treasure Island, Association. A team of Hongwen Club and hunters from the headquarters went directly into the association''s building. The cool breeze from the central air conditioner was blowing, making the team feel a little novel. "The treatment of the association here is good, and there are such things to cool down in the hall." "It is probably also a magic weapon designed by leader Wu Heng." "I also heard that many of the magical weapons on Treasure Island are not sold to the public, only Treasure Island owns them." "Will it be very comfortable to work here?" Several people chatted and all the way over, they felt novel about many things on the island. At this time, the elf with short hair shawls came over and said softly, "Several, deacon, please ask me to go to the conference room." "Please lead the way!" The person in charge kept smiling. Several people came to the conference room. After knocking on the door, he walked in directly. "Deacon Xilagui, I am the elder Gal from the headquarters!" the elf led by him said directly. Elder! Xilagui and Shi Yali''s hearts moved. The elves are also a big clan, not everyone knows them. Xilagui saluted respectfully, "Elder Gal, do you know what instructions are there for coming to Treasure Island?" Gal said directly: "Hongwenhui received the picture records and written records sent by Chief Wuheng. Chief Claudio asked us to send a reply, and at the same time wanted to discuss some things with Chief Wuheng." Claudio is the name of the leader of the Hongwenhui. "Okay." Xilagui nodded and said to Shi Yali, "I inform the leader Wuheng to see if he is there?" Shi Yali nodded and walked out of the room. Xilagui continued to talk with the people. Kingdom of Crete, Lanyira City. On the noisy streets, pedestrians rushed around, stepping on the muddy and gravel roads, making a rustling sound. The fruit and vegetable boss was hawking at the top of his voice, and the workshop where he was naked and smacked with iron, sparks were splashing everywhere. A young man with slightly dark skin, wearing a brocade robe and glasses quickly walked into a tavern and returned to his booked room. Open the package and take out the magic soul pot. He bowed slightly and said, "Empress, your items have been replaced with gold and silver coins." A ghost appeared from the demon soul pot, forming an illusory female figure, and said softly: "Well, are there any props to nourish the ghost? "The order has been placed in the Snake Hui Consortium. They are the fastest-efficient force. As long as you give enough money, you will get results soon." The man still bowed and said. The ghost said lightly, "It''s done well, and it seems that keeping you is the right choice." The man did not answer the conversation, but continued, "When I came back, I went to the association to take a look. There were two messages, which should be interesting to you." "explain!" "The first one is those tomb robbers, three of whom were hung on the association''s wanted order, and a second-level reward was offered to look for traces. They have stayed in the city, and the association''s people might find something." The man said. "Are you there?" asked the ghost. "No me!" the man replied. "Where is the second one?" "The second thing is that the Treasure Island Lord has become a hero, the youngest and fastest-growing hero. Now everyone is discussing his deeds." The man said, with a little surprise in his tone. "He is also a tomb robber?" The ghost didn''t know what he was doing. The youngest hero is not important to her, and she leaves the cemetery environment. Maintaining the ghost state requires various props and strange objects to bless you. Where can I have the mood to care about these? The man pushed his glasses and glanced carefully at the other person. He spoke softly, "Empress, he is a necromancer, a necromancer hero." (End of this chapter) Chapter 897 , a brilliant but non-existent country Chapter 897, A brilliant but non-existent country The next three days. Wu Heng took Xiaoxiao to clean up zombies in remote places, absorbing residual souls to increase experience. Looking back now, choosing the profession of Necromancer is really the right choice. It''s not a choice, after all, in a place like Black Stone Town, I found a transfer scroll for the Necromancer, and there was no other choice. The world of zombies has a great help to one''s profession. This kind of help is not just about killing zombies to gain experience, from the initial batch conversion of skeletons to the later cultivation of level 20 skeletons, and now to upgrade the level of ghosts. Every item is used. If the mages from other professions or other factions were chosen at that time, they should have only been level-up. Unlike now, the development is still comprehensive. The battle between skeletons and zombies in the distance continued, and strands of remnants floated into the sky. Xiaoxiao made a superman flying posture, rushed towards one ghost after another, quickly absorbing the remaining souls. "A small unfinished career, in addition to wanting a father, should also be as safe as her mother." Granda floated aside and said softly. "What do you mean?" Wu Heng asked casually in the co-pilot sitting in the car. "When you were in the room with her mother that day, we were chatting outside. Xiaoxiao mentioned it, you don''t have to worry about her mother so much." Granda said. Granda and Benny are both lonely people, and their unfinished careers are all killing the murderer. Xiaoxiao is really different from them. She has relatives alive. Although I always complain about her, I have to go back to accompany her every few days. Moreover, the unfinished karma was not mentioned. There can only be one "last wish", maybe two, one is the father and the other is the safety of the mother. Now that Zhao Yanqiu is tied to her hero, she is indeed the safest and most reliable way to do it. "This child is still worried about the adults." Wu Heng said. "What a great kid." Granda said. Benny also said, "Xiaoxiao is really good." "What are you doing? You want to steal your daughter." Wu Heng said angrily. [Ghost level is upgraded to level 20, physique +1, agility +4, intelligence +4, perception +3, charm +3.] Unlocking Features: Legendary Heroes. [Unlocking features: legend invisible, legendary mind control, legendary possession. While speaking, system prompts rang one after another. Wu Heng sat upright and looked forward along the windshield. The little body that devoured the ghost also solidified a lot. Huh~! Xiaoxiao flew back directly, her head passed through the windshield, and her body left outside, "Uncle, am I level 20?" "It''s level 20, you''re a hero, too." Wu Heng said. "Okay! I''m so awesome." Xiaoxiao cheered. Granda and Benny also said, "Congratulations, Xiaoxiao, you are level 20." "I''ll just say, we have three carriages, and we''re going to run forward with our uncle." Xiaoxiao said excitedly. For Xiaoxiao, he felt a little disappointed when he failed to reach level 20. Now, I have reached level 20, and its all the same. Wu Heng said, "What does it mean to pull me away? I''m level 20." "Uncle''s level 20 is not as good as us." Xiaoxiao''s chest was straightened. "I don''t agree with this view." "What is the point of view?" Xiaoxiao''s eyes were confused. "That''s what it means." Wu Heng explained, opened the door, handed the ''Ghost Train Ticket Machine'' to a skeleton, and asked him to go down and convert the remaining remnants of soul into a ticket, which wasted no waste. Then the skeleton army advanced forward, speeding up the killing of zombies. Wait until the zombies are cleaned up. Ticket machines and converted tickets were sent here. Wu Heng put the space ring in and continued to go downstairs to transform the corpses all over the ground, while collecting the corpse cores. After the work was over, Wu Heng started to return with the skeleton army. Return to Xinfu City. Wu Heng did not return to the central mall and directly asked the skeleton to drive back to the prison. By the time we arrived at the prison, it was already dark. Xiaoxiao went to the cell area and looked at the zombie level, but there was still no change. Wu Heng opened the boundary door in the monitoring room and returned to Treasure Island with the ghost. It was late at night in the island owner''s mansion. Releasing the three ghosts out to act freely, Wu Heng simply washed up and went back to the room to rest. Lilith''s Mansion. "Sister, let''s go ride a motorcycle?" In the deep mahogany coffin, Lilith suddenly opened her eyes, and the momentum on her body burst out, and the wooden coffin made a squeaking sound like teeth. And the next second, when I saw Xiao Xiao passing through the coffin lid above my head, the momentum on my body quickly dissipated. "Xiaoxiao?" "Sister, have I disturbed you? Get up so hard." Xiaoxiao was a little sorry in her tone. "Get up? Did you invent the new word?" Lilith''s eyes softened, she pushed open the lid of the coffin and sat up. "I didn''t invent it, and I don''t know who invented it." The short story said. "Your uncle is back?" Lilith continued to ask. "I''m back." Xiaoxiao replied. Lilith stood up from the wooden coffin, tidied up her skirt, and looked at her carefully for several times, "Xiaoxiao, did you fly over?" "Well, it''s too late. The island owner''s mansion is closed, so I''ll fly over to play with you. I''ll bring the dolls here tomorrow and let''s play games." Xiaoxiao floated beside her. Lilith still frowned. Before, in the small invisible state, she could capture the other party, but this time she did not find her existence before the other party called her. I quickly thought about the reasons for this change. One is that Wu Heng performed a ghost ceremony for Xiao Xiao, adding the ability to enhance invisibility. The second one is the level of ghost, which has caught up with him and reached level 20. But this second point is a bit too exaggerated. Level 20 ghosts, there is no record in the book. "What have Xiaoxiao been doing these days? I haven''t even found you on the island." Lilith changed her clothes in the inner room. Xiaoxiao also followed and said, "I''ve gone to upgrade, I have to work hard too." really. Lilith''s heart moved. Although I dont know what method Wu Heng used, the level of the ghost was definitely improved. Wu Heng is a hero and has another level 20 ghost. This Treasure Island is a bit scary. After simply packing it up, Lily Ribbon took her out, "Next time, my sister customizes a high-level doll for you, and let''s ride a motorcycle together." The short story said: "Uncle doesn''t let me go, saying I''m afraid I''ll fall." "I broke it, I''ll buy you new ones, so don''t listen to him." "No, I can''t ignore it now." Xiaoxiao said, and then said, "Uncle said to get me a smaller motorcycle, which I can ride." A smaller one? Lilith''s eyes lit up and she coughed lightly, "Let him get one for me too, let''s ride together." "good." As each person and soul walked out of the mansion, Lilith spread her wings and flew into the sky, Xiaoxiao also flew with her. Hurry towards the newly developed areas that have not yet lived in. In the early morning, Wu Heng got down from the building. The maids had already prepared breakfast and greeted with a smile, "Master, you can have a meal." Wu Heng sat at the dining table, and the catwoman Luo Bei brought tableware. Minnie said, "Master, Assistant Shi Yali called you a few days ago and said that someone from Hongwenhui came to the island and wanted to see you." Macro Workshop? I did write a letter to Hong Wenhui and mailed the information and photos of the last time I explored the boat tomb. But I should have written back to myself and arranged someone to come. Is there any problem with the information I sent myself? "Have you said something?" Wu Heng asked. Minnie shook her head, "I didn''t say it, just tell her when you''re back." Shannaira said from the side: "There are wood elves accompanying you in the Hongwen Club. I mentioned this when I visited me yesterday." Wu Heng looked at the plump wood elf wearing home clothes, "What did you say?" "He said that Hongwen would say that an ancient ruin was discovered, which may have something to do with the information you sent, so he came here halfway." Shannaira said directly. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Relics related to information! "Okay, I''ll go and have a look later." Wu Heng said. Notify the association that it was back. The other party should visit the island owner''s mansion, but the family cannot always come, so it is better to go to the association. After all, it''s also about serious matters. After talking about this, the few people talked about the matter on Treasure Island again. After breakfast, I tidied up briefly, put on a dress that was very good, and went to the association using teleportation. Deacon study room. Wu Heng pushed the door and walked in, and the elf sisters looked at each other. Seeing his clothes, Shi Yali raised her eyebrows and asked, "Why are you wearing so beautifully today? Are you going to the dance party?" "Weier said, I am a hero now, I need to dress more decently." Wu Heng sat down with a smile. This sentence was said by Shannaira, but the sisters didn''t know their relationship with Shannaira. It was temporarily changed to Weier. "Well, Wei''er is right." Shi Yali said in agreement. Xilagui said, "I came to Hongwenhui and the hunters. You were not on the island at that time and I have lived here for a few days." "Do you know what?" Wu Heng asked. "I don''t know. The two elders are leading the team, and I don''t have the right to ask more questions." Xilagui replied. "Where are their people? I can see them now." Wu Heng said. Xilagui looked at Shi Yali, "Go and inform them and go to the conference room." "Okay!" Shi Yali nodded and walked out directly. There were only two people left in the room. Xilagui asked, "Has the fifth elder of the wood elves settled on the island?" She is now in charge of the island''s coordination and dispatch. She didn''t know about the Fifth Elder at that time, and she has also received news in the past few days. Wu Heng said, "I became a hero. He brought some gifts to him and went to the house later to see what he likes." "What I''m going to do with it, I don''t want it!" Xilagui raised his head and said without admitting defeat. "Whatever yours and mine are ours." "Just telling it." Xilagui glanced at him, but his face was full of smiles. While talking, Shi Yali opened the door and said, "They went to the conference room." Wu Heng also stood up and said, "Let''s go and listen to what they do." The three of them walked out of the study together and walked towards the conference room. Along the way, notify the staff to prepare refreshments and deliver them to the conference room. Inside the conference room. Wu Heng talked to the two elves and walked straight into the conference room. There were six people sitting around the slender conference table, and some differences could be seen from the dress. On the left are elves, wood elves and dwarfs, on the other side are two dwarves and a six-armed Bervira. When the door was pushed open, everyone''s eyes looked over. First, he swept over the elf sisters, and then looked at Wu Heng. Hum~! The sound of a chair passing through the ground sounded, and the people in the room stood up, saluting and shouting, "Captain Wuheng!" The voice is neat and the attitude is respectful. The two sisters were startled by the neat shouts and immediately realized that they were saluting Wu Heng. I dont feel much about living with Wu Heng, but outsiders should respect the leader. Not only because the other party is the leader recognized by the association, but also because they can easily take their lives. Now that I think about it, when I see the leader of the association, I will treat this kind of salute. The two sisters turned their heads to look at their men, their eyes full of light. "Sit down, sit down!" Wu Heng smiled. After Wu Heng and the two sisters sat down, the rest of the people sat down. At this time, the door opened and the staff brought tea and pastries, placed it in front of everyone, before retreating again. Wu Heng said, "You are from Hongwen?" The elf on the opposite side said first, "Sir, I am the elder of Hongwenhui, Gal." Then, an iron-gray bearded dwarf on the opposite side was introduced, "This is the elder of the hunter, Karak." The dwarf stood up again and saluted Wu Heng. Is this the feeling of power? It''s really good. Wu Heng nodded and the dwarf sat down again. "Hongwen will come with the hunter. Is there any mission?" Wu Heng asked again. The person who spoke was still the elf Gal. "This time, we need to go to a site for exploration and item protection. Judging from some relevant information, it is very likely to be related to the tomb of the ship you are exploring. Chief Claudio asked us to ask if you want to go there with you." Hunter represents adventure and excavation of remains and secrets, while Hongwenhui is the study of ancient documents. It turned out that when there was a site, the two sides had a joint operation. This time I came to Treasure Island because I wrote to them last time to ask about the pattern on the tomb of the ship. Claudio, the leader of the Hongwen Society, arranged them directly to come over and planned to explore the next site with him. Before Wu Heng could answer, the elf elder took out another letter and handed it over respectfully, "This is the reply letter written by the leader ''Claudio'' to you." Wu Heng took the letter, opened it directly, and looked at the content above. "Captain Wuheng: We checked the records and compared the letters and patterns on the armor, and we can confirm that these symbols and words also appear in other ruins and cemeteries. It can be confirmed that these symbols are from a country or civilization. According to the records and scale of burial objects in the ruins and ancient tombs, it can prove its former glory. But there is also a problem that we have not found the history of this country and race, nor any official records and folklore. This is the direction we continue to explore at present. This time, Elder Gal is leading a team to a similar ancient site. I am dealing with the affairs of the Holy See. If you are interested, you can go together and pay attention to protecting relevant records and burial objects. Claudio Abbott. " Looking at the content on the letter, Wu Heng''s eyes also condensed slightly. It has a brilliant history, but has left no record. In this world, due to the long lifespan of multiple races, ancient records were very complete, especially the elves were keen on recording these things. However, no records were left on the consent and information represented on the tomb of the ship. A brilliant and non-existent country. Combined with the cloud and thunder patterns I saw before, I further confirmed some of the guesses in my heart. After reading the letter. Wu Heng raised his head again and asked, "Elder Gal, tell me about the site." (End of this chapter) Chapter 898 , Archaeological Project Chapter 898, Archaeological Plan "Yes, leader." The elf elder corrected his sitting position and began to introduce, "The news about this site has been around for a while. At first, it was the local association of ''Kudha City''. Some antiquities sent by the fisherman and some items found on the coast...." The room was quiet and listened to the elf elder''s story. Putting aside the beginning, the remaining information is much simpler. The site is located on an island. The first archaeological team set out a long time ago, but there is no news yet. At present, this archaeological team composed of Hongwenhui and hunters belongs to the second group, led by two elders. Wu Heng listened and nodded. Although it was not stated clearly, the first archaeological team should have encountered danger. Even if the message delivered in this world is slow, it is impossible that there is no news coming back yet. "Chief, these are some records, you can take a look." The elf elder took out some information and records from the space ring. Wu Heng took it and looked at it, and his brows also frowned. In addition to the patterns that appeared on the puppets, there are also some carving patterns similar to birds, beasts, etc. Wu Heng felt more and more that this was related to the ancient dynasties in his own world. The reason why the two worlds are related is actually easy to calculate. Bronze key. This is obviously the key to ancient craftsmanship, and is by no means a product of modernity. Wu Heng looked up at the other party and said, "I have read the letter from Chief Claudio. He hopes that I will accompany you to avoid any danger." Now, I also know why this team has been waiting for itself on the island for three days. The first archaeological team did not get any news back, which made them feel dangerous. If the hero I can follow, this danger will be greatly reduced. The Elf Elder said: "There were level 18 professionals in the first archaeological team. There has been no news since it disappeared. There is indeed a dangerous possibility." Wu Heng nodded and continued to ask, "How long will it take to go?" "It will take about five days to start from Treasure Island, and there will be a complete preparation of fresh water for food and fresh water, and there will be no need to rely on the port to replenish supplies." The elf replied. Five days... It took ten days to go back and forth, and the journey was a bit long. Not necessarily. After arriving at the place, you can use the ghost train to come back early, just calculate the past distance. Wu Heng did not answer immediately, but began to think silently. There are clues related to one''s own world in another world, and it is impossible to be uncurious. However, following them, I still have some concerns. I would have brought any danger to Treasure Island after following these people to get archaeological knowledge. I couldn''t say that I had left, and the news came to the ears of religious leaders. He looked up again and said, "You stay for another day. I need to make some arrangements with the city hall and notify you if you want to follow me." The dwarf elder of the hunter stood up suddenly. When we met Wu Heng''s gaze, our attitude immediately became respectful and said, "Sir, we have delayed it for a few days than we originally planned." The dwarf is impatient and speaks straightforwardly. Similarly, it is easy to offend people. Wu Heng looked at him and asked, "Do you have any time requirements?" "There are no fixed requirements, but the first archaeological team was just missing. After passing earlier, there may be people who survived." The dwarf continued. Shi Yali said from the side, "This elder, do you still want Chief Wuheng to follow you as soon as he heard the news? No need to prepare at all?" The dwarf elder glared at him, trying to say something, but he didn''t say anything. Someone pulled him behind him, and the dwarf sat back. Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "Tomorrow I will inform you whether to go there. You can also prepare all the things you need on the island." "We''re waiting for your news." The elf elder agreed. Wu Heng also nodded and said, "This is the case first, let''s go back and prepare!" Several people saluted and left the conference room directly. Wu Heng also left and returned to the study with his elf sisters. Deacon study room. Shi Yali slammed the door, "That dwarf is inexplicable and wants Wu Heng to follow him directly. Normally, it is necessary to give people time to prepare!" Xilagui returned to his seat, "It''s like this. Those dwarves usually talk to me, but they didn''t get angry when they saw you." Shi Yali looked suffocated, and she held back the words afterwards. There is a deputy deacon dwarf in the association, and he speaks very annoyingly. "As well, all are angry." After saying that, Shi Yali sat beside Wu Heng, hugged his arm and asked, "Are you planning to go?" Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "The only thing I am worried about is whether the Holy See will do anything to Treasure Island after I leave." "They have two big ships. As long as you leave, the news will definitely spread." Xilagui said, and then said, "But there is no big problem. Leader Lilith is on the island and will not allow such a thing to happen." This department is mediating the conflicts between the two sides. If the religious leader came over, Lilith alone would be enough to restrain him, and the current pope would not be able to attack Treasure Island with him. Because the leader of the Hongwen Society was still in the Holy See''s temple, he would let a hero be there and come here to mix up a small island, so he would definitely not do so. As for the fact that it is even more impossible to arrange some high-level professionals to make trouble. Lilith was on the island, and when she came, her mouth and nose were blocked and she was punished when she went back. Thinking of this, it is not a big problem for me to leave. Moreover, the maids at home also have tickets to leave directly. "What you said makes sense, but you are smart." Wu Heng praised with a smile. Xilagui blinked, and Shi Yali said, "Can''t you go? Why are you involved in this with them?" Wu Heng said, "I am also interested in these ancient cultures, and the leader of the Hongwen Society wrote me a letter. He has taken good care of us before. If I don''t go, it will seem a bit unauthentic." "Okay then!" Shi Yali nodded. Wu Heng pulled out his arm and hugged the other person''s shoulder, "I will say to Chief Lilith at that time and let her protect some of the island." Shi Yali leaned into his arms, and said in a leisurely tone, "We are worried about you." "I am a leader, there will be no danger." Wu Heng hugged the other party. Xiragui glanced at the two of them and warned, "You two are not allowed to do anything here." Shi Yali snorted and didn''t say much. Wu Heng said, "I''ll go and talk to Chief Lilith and see her opinion." "Okay, whether you go or not, call us." Xilagui instructed. "Um." Wu Heng stood up and released the teleportation technique, and his figure disappeared. Shi Yali stood up, tidied up her messy clothes, and said, "These people are really troublesome." "You are too obsessed with him." Xilagui said. "By the way, he has become a hero if he wants to mention this matter to his parents, so there should be no problem." Shi Yali looked at him. Xiragui frowned, "What do you mean? Let''s have a good relationship with someone, I can''t say anything." "Too!" The magic circle flashed, and Wu Heng''s figure appeared at the door of Lilith''s mansion. After knocking on the door, the butler opened the door and saw it with a respectful attitude, "Captain Wuheng!" "Is Chief Lilith here?" "I''m playing games with Miss Xiao." The butler said, pushing the door open, and Wu Heng walked in directly. Enter the living room. Then I saw Lilith, who was in small and loli, sitting in front of the TV playing games. Seeing Wu Heng come in, he shouted, "Uncle!" Wu Heng stood behind the two and watched the two people fighting on TV. Xiaoxiao''s understanding of the game is obviously stronger than Lilith, and she can use some moves, and Lilith''s main attack method is to stumble. "Xiao Xiao gives in to the leader." Lilith, who had already lost a little annoyed, turned around suddenly and said angrily, "Go away, don''t stand and affect me." Wu Heng sat down behind, and the butler brought tea. After taking a sip, he said, "Claudio''s leader wrote me a letter and hoped that I would accompany the archaeological team to check a site." "They went to the island for this?" Lilith said without looking back, and the characters on the TV were still squatting down at high frequency. "Well, but I''m afraid that I will follow you and what''s wrong with Treasure Island." Wu Heng directly expressed his purpose. "You want me to help you take care of your family?" Wu Heng smiled and said, "I can''t believe others, but I will believe you, the leader." "I''m not those little maids in your house, I won''t eat your set." Lilith said calmly. "Really!" Wu Heng emphasized. Lilith continued, "I heard that you prepared a motorcycle for Xiaoxiao? Can a child drive it?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "I have prepared two for you, which are very beautiful. You can take Xiaoxiao out to play at that time, so it is safer to ride this one." Lilith looked at him, "I can''t always look at you here when I come back early." "I understand." Wu Heng agreed. Now it can be seen that Lilith is the best to speak. The two of them stopped talking, and Xiaoxiao shouted in her mouth to see my combos or something. Soon, the battle on TV ended and Lilith was defeated. Hearing the laughter coming from behind, Lilith suddenly turned around and looked at Wu Heng who secretly gave the little girl a thumbs up, "Can you play?" "Won''t!" The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Come on, let''s fight." Xiaoxiao gave up her seat and sat aside. Wu Heng sat in front and started fighting against Lilith. Lilith widened her eyes and watched her character get beaten up in the air and see the bottom of her blood. "Wow! Uncle is so awesome." said the short story. Lilith''s eyes widened, with anger and disbelief in her eyes. As he said that, he was about to pounce on him and tear him. Wu Heng immediately said, "I know this person, but I won''t know it later." Just like verifying one''s own statement, the person behind was defeated by Lilith. "The leader is so amazing." Wu Heng said with a smile. Lilith looked at him angrily, then said to the short story, "Let''s play something else." "good!" Wu Heng was squeezed down again, stood up and said, "Chief, I''ll go back first. I''ll leave with the boat tomorrow and help me see my house." Lilith waved her hand and signaled that he knew. Leave the mansion. Granda and Benny flew over from the direction of the association. "The dwarf elder and the elf elder chatted for a while. Whether you follow him or not, you will leave tomorrow morning. I didn''t find anything else," said Granda. After the meeting, the two ghosts went to investigate the information and determine whether these people had other purposes. Benny also said, "I went to the port ships and found nothing special. The things I talked about were related to the ruins this time." Wu Heng nodded, "It seems that there is no problem," Granda then asked, "Then are you going with me?" "Lilith and I agreed that she will take care of the Treasure Island, let''s go and go back quickly." Wu Heng said. "Lilith is pretty good to you," Benny said with a smile. Granda said on the side, "In addition to escalating, he is the best deal with relationships with women." Benny nodded in agreement, "Yeah." "I''ll sue you two for slander!" After hearing the conversation between the two, Wu Heng released the teleportation technique and returned to the island master''s mansion. During supper. Wu Heng told several women at home that he was leaving the archaeological team. No one has any objection to this decision. After all, Wu Heng has become the leader now, there is basically no danger. Wu Heng also told several people to call himself if he had something to do, and if he was in danger, he would use the ticket to leave immediately. Dont worry about the ticket, you have it. The maid and Sannara agreed. Night falls. The bedroom door was knocked, and Philippa walked in in a light long dress, sat down beside the bed, and said, "I''ll go with you!" Wu Heng reached out and put his hand on the other party''s leg and said, "You are too low." "Who do you look down on? I have much experience in sailing, and their ships are not as fast as ours." Philippa continued. Wu Heng was also thinking about this matter. Although the other party''s fleet was large in size, it was still not as good as his own ship. Seeing him hesitating, Philippa continued, "Please, I will listen to you after I go and take care of you." "You take care of me?" "Really, I must be honest. I will hide in your mansion and be obedient." Philippa raised his hand and sweared. "Okay then! You will drive a battleship tomorrow and follow us." "Okay!" Philippa clenched his fist, then took off his long skirt and got into the quilt, "It''s dark, I won''t go back." At this time, the door opened, and Shannaira walked in and looked at the two of them, "Is there anyone today?" After saying that, he was about to leave after closing the door. Wu Heng said, "Captain Philippa, I will interrogate the rich wood elf." "Yes!" Philippa shouted, and ran out to hug Shanaira who was about to leave. He dragged and pulled to the bed. The next day, the port. The two main ships docked at the port are making final preparations. Workers lined up and stepped on the bridge board to transport supplies to the ship. The dwarf elder looked at the direction of the island and said, "It seems that the leader Wuheng is not planning to come." The elf elder glanced at the time, "Not everyone is interested in archaeology and ruins. We will leave after the goods are moved." "Well, it''s just that I''ve been delaying so many days in vain." said the Dwarf leader. The elf elder smiled, "It''s not a waste of time. Haven''t you bought a lot of things on the island? You can make some money when you go back and sell it." The dwarf smiled and said, "I have to say, this island is really amazing." As he spoke, a huge horn sound came from behind the ship. Everyone on the boat was shocked and looked at the huge and strange iron ship that suddenly appeared. On the contrary, the workers who worked at Treasure Island Port all year round just took a look and continued to work. This is, someone walked over and said, "Elder, someone on the boat whispered the flag and said he would follow the boat." The two elders frowned, and the elf elder said, "Ranker, let the taming beasts get on the boat to see the situation." There was a falcon, landing on the iron ship, sharing vision, and then saying, "Elder, the Lord of Wuheng Island is on the ship. He will take the Treasure Island ship, so that our fleet can go to the ruins when it is ready." Both elders were happy, and the dwarf elder urged, "Hurry, speed up the transport." The elf elder said, "Cheer the flag, let''s wait a moment and you can set off soon." The crew on board accelerated. After half an hour, the ship set out and left in the distance. Huh~! The skeleton dragon landed on the deck, and Philippa took the wood elves from the archaeological team and jumped off the dragon''s back. He tapped the door of the cabin and walked straight in. "Captain Wuheng." The wood elf saluted respectfully. "Sit down." Wu Heng signaled. "Thank you!" The wood elf sat down. The wood elf sat down aside, looking at the arrangement of the cabin with curiosity. Unlike their boat, it doesn''t look much different from the room and it doesn''t sway too. Handing the other party a bottle of mineral water, Wu Heng asked, "Inquiry with you." "Chief, please speak." "Does there be many sites similar to this appear in archaeology?" Wu Heng asked. The wood elf pondered for a moment and said, "It''s rare, but it''s also attractive enough." "How to say it?" "Claudio''s leader believes that exploring this culture may overturn previous conjectures and explore the real lives of more ancient civilizations." (End of this chapter) Chapter 899 , Undersea Magic Array Chapter 899, Undersea Magic Array Wu Heng and the Wood Elf chatted for a while. The time was almost over, so the other party bowed and left. Philippa took him and returned to his ship in a skeleton dragon. Wu Heng was still in the cabin, sitting on a chair, drinking tea and thinking about the content of his chat with the wood elf just now. The history of this world is even longer. The reason why I value the remains this time is that I want to restore the real history of the vacant ones. More than a thousand years ago, the polytheistic sect form withdrew from the stage of history, and the Holy Church began to attack all other sects by cleaning up the pagans. To put it simply, it is to unify faith and destroy God and destroy religion. During the long-standing campaign to exterminate the religion, many sects of different beliefs gradually disappeared, and the association now dominated, and the Holy See is no longer so strong and domineering. But the new sect is still avoiding the church. It makes sense that the Holy See will be the first to investigate why the great princes of the Kingdom of Ke colluded with the sect. This is a historical feature. The objects exposed at this site are considered to be objects from the long-standing "polygod" period. It is possible to restore some unrecorded history. "Destroy God and destroy the religion! Unify faith." Wu Heng repeated this word again. The Holy See was so awesome. Thinking in my heart. Three ghosts flew back from outside. Granda said: "There are quite a few people on both ships, more than 10 people above level 15, and the remaining sailors are around level 10." Wu Heng said: "The first batch of archaeological teams are missing, so some high-level professionals will definitely be arranged." "That''s right!" Xiaoxiao piao was on the side and said, "Uncle, give me the doll, I''ll go find Philippa." Wu Heng took out the doll and instructed: "Don''t get close to the side of the boat, there will be no doll if it falls." "I understand." Xiaoxiao possessed herself and ran out directly. Granda continued, "Actually, whether the ruins have anything to do with your world is not very important to us. Your next step is to become a god. The Holy See knows that you have a fast upgrade speed and may not let you ignore it. You still have to focus on collecting faith." Wu Heng also understood what Glanda meant. The speed at which he became a hero made everyone unresponsive. The Holy See knows that its exaggerated speed of improvement will not continue to let itself collect faith. Exploring the ruins may help to unravel some secrets. But it cannot solve the threat from the Holy See. Compared to exploring secrets, improving and resolving threats is the main thing. "I know, the hero seems to be doing it. We will almost open the door when we go back to the church." Wu Heng replied. "It''s good that you know, I''ll let me bring you the book," said Granda. Benny also said, And my tablet. Wu Heng handed the Shu and Ping to the two souls, and he lay beside him. I also began to think about some of the things that followed. Day 3. Wu Heng stood on the deck, jumped with the skeleton, and conducted melee training for a while. Since the level has increased, the training of swordsmanship has become less. Part of the reason is that the power of spells has become increasingly obvious, and the other is that I no longer need to fight melee with zombies. The strange thing [Instructors Long Sword] was also left in the island masters mansion, increasing the training efficiency of the maids. Huh~! Wu Heng exhaled and reached out to signal the attacking skeleton to pause. "I''ll be here for today''s training." The skeleton "jumped" put away the dagger and stood beside him with a regularity. Wu Heng returned to the bathroom and took a shower and washed away the sweat from his body. Ring ~! In the locker room, the ringtone of the cell phone came. I put on the bath towel and picked it up and looked at it. It was Minnie''s video call. After it was turned on, Minnie''s appearance appeared on the screen. "Master, why are you not wearing clothes?" Minnie exclaimed. And the master, Robe, Andvier and Annette, also ran over, squeezed into the screen, shouting ''master''. Wu Heng sat down aside and smiled, "I just trained for a while and was taking a shower. You guys are all pretty good!" "We are all good at home," Minnie said, and then continued, "Master, the association sent two letters today, one from the headquarters and the other from the Lopez City Association." City of Lopez? Wu Heng was not surprised by the letters from this department, after all, he always had letters with him. In the city of Lopez, I seem to have only been to the local Snake Emblem Consortium. There is no intersection with the local associations there. "Open it and see what is written inside." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Minnie tore open a letter. After expanding, I began to read the content inside, "Dear leader Wuheng, I am very happy to receive your reply. Regarding the payment method for cooperation, I agree with the means of cooperation through newspapers. However, the production of **** is extremely complex and expensive. Each **** requires a lot of precious materials... ..., I would like to exchange three carefully crafted tricks for an opportunity to enter the newspaper, and I hope you can understand my difficulties. If you agree, I can start preparing for you immediately. Looking forward to your reply, Mortimer. Last time I wrote a letter to the Master of the Wizard, I mentioned five dolls to exchange for a chance to enter the newspaper. The reason why I decided on five is to give the other party a room to bargain. As I thought, I talked about three bargaining items. For myself, the newspaper itself is collecting external information and will not suffer any loss. "Master, do you want to listen to the second letter?" Minnie asked. "Tell me!" Minnie continued to tear the second letter apart and read it as follows: On this occasion, on behalf of the Lopez Snake Emblem Consortium, congratulations on your ascendance to the position of leader. , the annual auction of Emerald Sea is about to be held, and we hope this year''s auction can be held on Treasure Island. If you can agree to our auction on Treasure Island, we are willing to pay 5% of the final profit of the auction as a reward for the venue. If you are interested in this matter, we can discuss with you further, Snake Emblem Consortium-Retili. After listening, Wu Heng nodded subconsciously. Retiri is the head of the Snake Emblem Consortium, Lopez City. The cooperation between the two has been smooth. Moreover, the other party is a very smart and conscientious woman. Contacting her will not make people feel stressed. In addition to congratulating yourself on becoming the leader, I also want to hold this year''s end-of-year auction on Treasure Island. Is it unreasonable to ask the Snake Hui Consortium to hold an auction as the leader of his association? Wu Heng said, "Where is Sannaira?" "Sister Shannaira is going to work on the statue," Minnie said. "Then wait a moment, and I will tell you how to reply. Then you can write two letters to the association." Wu Heng said directly. Minnie whispered, "My handwriting is not very good, let Sister Weier write it for you." "It''s OK, I''ll call you back later." "OK." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng put on his clothes and returned to the cabin where the ghost was located. The doll was lying crookedly on the sofa, Xiaoxiao was watching TV series with Benny in the form of ghosts, while Granda was still reading books. Wu Heng wiped his hair, sat down aside, and said, "Mini called and said that the weirdo master has replied to us." The three ghosts turned their heads and looked over. Granda asked, "What do you say?" "The other party said that the price of 5 dolls is too high, and he is willing to exchange the price of 3 dolls for the opportunity to publish in the newspaper." Wu Heng said. "That''s the same price as our previous price." Benny also said. "Yes." Wu Heng nodded. Xiaoxiao asked anxiously, "What''s the matter, what''s the matter?" Benny whispered the matter. When she was writing the letter, she went out to play without knowing the details. When I heard the custom doll, I immediately understood. "3 dolls are OK, too," Granda said. Wu Heng nodded and said, "I''ll call, you guys discuss how to divide it!" The three ghost nodded and flew to the side to start discussing. Wu Heng took out the phone and continued to dial Shannaira''s number Two sounds later, Shanara''s voice came over, "See the ruins?" "It''s not here yet." Wu Heng continued, "The head of the Snake Emblem Consortium in Lopez City, wrote me a letter to me that the year-end auction will be held on Treasure Island." Shannaira said, "This is a good thing. After the incident in the Holy See, fewer and fewer people came to Treasure Island. It just so happened that a group of people could be attracted to the island, and the entertainment city could also be opened at this time." "I just became the leader of the association. Is it a bit bad to ask the Snake Hui Consortium to hold the auction?" Wu Heng asked out his concerns. "You dare to kill Pope, but you are still afraid of holding an auction now?" Shannaira complained, and then asked seriously, "Has the other party promised the benefits?" 5% of net profit. "This is a regional commercial activity, there is no problem. You can understand it as the Snake Emblem Consortium rented a shop for an auction. The association will not care about these matters." Shannaira said directly. Wu Heng felt that nothing was wrong after being said by Shannaira. Treasure Island has focused on commercial development. As long as the other party rents the venue, it will not be a big problem as long as it does not violate the prohibitions of the association. "I understand, then I will ask Weier to write a letter and agree to the other party''s request." Wu Heng said. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Shannaira continued, "You can also promote it in the newspaper in advance. After all, Treasure Island is not in good condition now, and there are many people coming, which is also good for the island." "Okay, I understand." Wu Heng nodded, and the other party asked him to pay attention to safety. If he came back earlier, he hung up the phone. Shannaira is good to herself, but she feels like she is a child. Always give instructions. The phone was put aside, and the three ghosts were almost discussed. "One of us is three, one of us," Granda said. Xiaoxiao said shyly, "I said no, and my aunt and sister Benny said, "I am not as cute as me, so let me make a new one." Benny explained, "Wu Heng, don''t you have a small photo in your hand? Make a little like a little, and then follow this one in the future." The doll that Lilith customized for Xiaoxiao was made by her memory. It was somewhat similar, but not only Xiaoxiao''s words, she could not recognize the same person. Wu Heng has a photo of Xiaoxiao''s life in his hand, which was given to him by Zhao Yanqiu. Just in time to make a more similar one again. "Okay, then one for each person." Open up the mansion technique and build a full-picture doll. After Xiaoxiao continued to make some adjustments, she determined the final style and took photos with her mobile phone. Then he sent it to Andrewer, marking his height and some waist circumference characteristics. Wu Heng felt that the waist circumference was not very important, but Granda and the others didn''t think so, so they just wrote it clearly. Anyway, customization is not bad. After sending it, she called Andrewer and asked her to print the photos and reply to the other two. After this incident, the maids should also know how many ghosts they have. But it''s nothing, it''s all my family. After all the matter is explained. The three ghosts began to discuss some things after having a body. Before leaving, I heard the idea of ??registering a mercenary group and going out to hunt monsters. Wu Heng listened aside for a while, feeling that he didn''t take him in the topic of the Three Souls, so he left the cabin and returned to the next door to rest. Two more days passed. Wu Heng was chatting with the ghost in the cabin, and Philippa''s voice came from the speaker, "Wu Heng, you can see that small island." The topic of Wu Heng and Ghost suddenly became quiet. Finally arrived? "Let''s go out and have a look." Wu Heng stood up and walked outside with his umbrella ghost. When I walked to the deck, it was already dusk. The sun is slowly sinking to the sea level, dyeing the sky orange-red. On the deck, Philippa was holding a telescope in his hand and looked ahead from afar. The association ship on one side was also full of people, gathering together and looking into the distance. At the end of the line of sight is an island, which suddenly appears on the open sea. In the middle of the island, facing the fleet, there was a huge crack, like a hideous wound, penetrated into the deep mountain. Is this where the first archaeological teams disappeared? No missing archaeological team''s ship was found, has it sunk? Or it''s going into the crack. "I don''t know that there is such a small island in Emerald Sea." Philippa said with his telescope. The pirate claims to be the master of the sea. In addition to bragging elements, he is also familiar with the terrain. Whether it is the navy or the association team of various countries, pirates can always use many ways to escape when facing their encirclement and suppression, and there are reasons for understanding the sea area. Wherever you can hide and where you can temporarily replenish supplies are all in their minds. Philippa''s eyes were still a little surprised when he saw this place he had never been to. Wu Heng walked over and said, "The pirates are wandering around the route. It''s normal that they have never been here." "It''s indeed a bit biased," Philippa said in agreement. Wu Heng took out three walkie-talkies from the space ring and said, "You use one, and the remaining two will be sent to the two elders." Philippa picked up one and stopped it on herself. She knew how to use the walkie-talkie. The other two hung on the neck of their own taming parrot, waved their hands and said, "Go, send it to those two elders." The parrot glanced at his master and then looked at the anti-aircraft cannon on the ship. Philippa said, "That weapon is not opened, go!" The parrot staggered into the sky and flew towards the two association ships in the distance. Wait for the parrot to fly back. Wu Heng picked up the walkie-talkie and said, "Can you hear it? Press and hold the button on the side and you can speak." The first one came from the dwarf''s rough voice, "Oh, this kind of prop is convenient." Then, there was the voice of the elf, "Captain Wuheng, I can hear it." "I, Philippa, all of us have this kind of props, so we can communicate directly." Wu Heng said directly with the walkie-talkie in his hand. "Yes, leader." "clear!" Philippa didn''t say anything, but when he heard the words on the walkie-talkie, he still stood up straight. I thought to myself that the elders of the association had never seen anything. You can also call Treasure Island and Rentam City on your own mobile phone, what is that? I don''t know when it will start. I feel that the headquarters is not as good as Treasure Island, and it is far from that. The voice of the dwarf leader continued to come and said, "Chief, the beast has inspected the front. There is no danger. You can continue to approach the island." "Be careful and follow your plan." Wu Heng said. "Yes." The elf elder replied, and then said, "Go forward at full speed and rest after docking." The three ships, advancing at full speed, began to approach the island. As the fleet got closer to the island, the wind and waves became bigger and bigger. The waves slapped violently on the boat, splashing several meters of water, and the boat under his feet began to shake violently. Philippa rushed to the deck, looked down a few times, and returned, "Wuheng, there is a problem with the current in this sea area, not in the same direction." Is there any problem with the flow of water? Danger is underwater? Wu Heng said to mid-air: "Xiaoxiao, go to the sea to see if there is any danger." "Okay." A small answer came from mid-air, then walked through the floor and drilled into the bottom. In perception, Benny also flew over. On the walkie-talkie, the sounds of two elders who knew each other came. "There is a problem with the wind and waves. Who has the ability to explore the sea? Go and check it." "I have used the scroll here and no trace of the monster is found." "Damn it, let the ship reduce its speed. If this goes down, the ship will sooner or later." The two elders were in a mess. The two ships had already put away their sails, but they still shook violently like tumblers. At this time, Xiaoxiao and Benny flew back from the sea. Xiaoxiao''s tone was a little quick and she said, "Uncle, there are many wrecks below, and then there is a particularly large stone platform array, which seems to affect the waves." Wu Heng and Philippa''s eyes were both shivering. "I''ll take a look!" Xiaoxiao crawled into her body directly, and the scene under the sea was also shared. Deep in the dark and turbid seabed are densely decaying shipwrecks and a huge magic array formed by a tall round stone slab. And with the magic circle, the sea water is rotating regularly. It''s really a magic array, and it''s such a large-scale magic array. "It''s a vortex, a vortex appears in front of you, turn around." The dwarf shouted in horror. At the same time, you can clearly feel the pouring of the hull and the pulling of the current. Philippa hurried back, "It''s really a whirlpool." Squeak~! The ship shook even more violently, and the metal hull made a tooth-acid sound. (End of this chapter) Chapter 900 , the loser carves the knife Chapter 900: The loser carves the knife The hull swayed violently, and Wu Heng and the skeletons driving the ship all grabbed the handrail tightly. Philippa asked with a serious face, "What did Xiaoxiao see under the sea?" After watching the shared picture, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao again and said, "A large magic array can affect the flow of sea water." "Using flow, a vortex formed?" Philippa confirmed incrediblely. It is too exaggerated to be able to affect such a large sea area. Xiaoxiao floated aside and said, "There are many broken shipwrecks below, which are more than the last time the pirates attacked Treasure Island." Philippa was not in the mood or short story, and looked at Wu Heng, "What should I do next?" "Retreat and withdraw from this area." Wu Heng said directly. Philippa turned around, staggered to the driving skeleton, and said, "Get out, hurry up." The battleship began to evacuate backwards in a violent shaking manner. Wu Heng pressed the walkie-talkie and said, "Let the boat exit and avoid here first." "I''m already turning around!" The voice of the elf elder came over. The ships in our headquarters were driven and rotated violently by the current. The ship should be equipped with special props, and both ships are wrapped in a silver barrier, working hard to reduce the impact of the current. "The vortex is getting stronger and stronger, and our ship cannot move at all." The elf elder said in a hurry. "The previous archaeological team may have had problems here." The voice of the dwarf elder also came. The elf elder complained and rebuked, "Is this the time to say this? If we don''t find a way, we will be in danger." Wu Heng looked towards the sea and the water flow became even more turbulent. In the center of the vortex, the sea water rotates rapidly at an astonishing speed, forming a deep, bottomless black hole. In order to reduce the weight, the two ships, the wooden barrel cargo that was thrown into the sea, was frantically stirred by the water flow, and were swept into it and swallowed it up. The large ships considered by humans are like fragile toys at this time, and are dragged by powerful forces and rotate towards the center. "The barrier is broken." There was another shout from the walkie-talkie. The barrier of the ship where the elf was located suddenly shattered, and at the same time, a huge gap was torn into the hull on the side. I dont know who uses the props or abilities, vines grow rapidly in the holes and climb and wrap around. barely blocked the broken hole. "Chief, my ship can''t hold on anymore." The elf elder said loudly in the storm. There is no longer the elegance of the elf and the calmness of the elders. The dwarf elder also said, "Chief, I am also pulling toward the center of the vortex. If this continues," Wu Heng pressed the walkie-talkie and said, "I''ll ask Feilong to pick you up. If you can fly, come to my ship directly." "OK!" "Understood." The two elders responded quickly. Wu Heng said, "Filipa, approach those two ships." "Okay!" Philippa looked outside, gave the skeleton a new order, and approached the other two ships. Wu Heng continued, "Skeleton Flying Dragon, Tiao Tiao, Shining, you go and pick up people, how much can you bring." Huh~! The flying dragon and two winged skeletons flew into the sky and flew quickly to the ships in the distance. After Philippa finished his assignment, he also walked to the edge of the deck and blew the horn in his hand. A shark formed by water elements condenses on the side of the ship. Philippa pointed, "Go and bring all the people who fell into the water." The water element shark swam quickly to the crowd who fell into the water, swallowed the person into his stomach, took it to the edge of the boat to spit out the water column, and sprayed the person onto the deck. Battleships approached. The two ships opposite began to move towards this side. Some use teleportation scrolls, some have wings on their backs, and some are props for short-term flights. It fell from the sky on the deck like dumplings. But more people still have no way to teleport and fly, and can only wait for the rescue of the flying dragon and the skeleton. After several trips, the struggling warship was still swept into the vortex under the stirring of the waves. The stern of the boat was raised high, and the entire hull was tilted almost perpendicular to the water surface. Sink downwards. Two large warships carrying various props from the association were swallowed by the vortex at a speed visible to the naked eye and disappeared. The skeletons flashed and jumped, and continued to salvage some struggling survivors in the sea, the battleship began to break through the waves towards the periphery, facing the whirlpool. When the battleship rushed out of the vortex area, the vortex behind also began to slowly calm down. Gradually calm. Only a piece of broken wooden boards and floating debris were left. On the deck, more than twenty corpses were lying. The scholars of the Hongwenhui took the scroll of [Resurrection] and rescued the corpses that were still in time. And more people stood on the deck and looked at the sea behind the calm. As soon as I arrived here, two ships were lost. The missing people have not been counted yet, so the number of people should not be small. I haven''t landed on the island yet, and I haven''t been docked yet. That''s what it is already like. Step by step ~! Wu Heng walked over from behind with Philippa, and everyone bowed and saluted, "Chief!" "Well, how about the personnel losses?" Wu Heng asked. The elf elder said: "The missing people in the two warships are more than 50 people... The specific number is still under statistics." In the situation at that time, how to rescue it in time will also cause losses. The person who was swept away by the whirlpool and was not caught in time has found the body now when he went to search. Wu Heng glanced at the surviving people and saw the wood elf following the team. I am cooperating with the wood elves, so I still have to take care of them. He withdrew his gaze and said, "The boat will dock at the edge and ask someone to search again. Maybe some people can be found." When the survivors heard this, they were moved and their attitude was even more respectful. If the newly promoted leader had not followed him, they would have sank to the bottom of the sea with the two ships. Now I plan to continue searching for those who fall into the water, even if I know that the hope is slim. "The beast has been arranged to be tamed and searched on the sea." The elf elder continued. Wu Heng nodded and continued, "Let''s go, let''s go to the cabin." "good." After saying that, he walked towards the cabin with him. The cabin is very clean and tidy, with conference tables and seats fixed to the ground. Wu Heng sat on one side, and the other two sat opposite each other, and Philippa made tea for several people in the water dispenser. The two elders were a little surprised at the arrangement of the ship, but they didn''t care much about it. The dwarf elder was still anxious to speak, "Chief, do you know what''s going on?" Wu Heng said, "There is a magic circle under the sea, which has created the vortex just now." Magic circle! The two looked at each other, and there was surprise in each other''s eyes. Philippa sat next to Wu Heng, and indeed saw the other party''s surprised expression and nodded subconsciously. The two elders were a little unbelievable, but at this moment, Wu Heng could not fabricate such a thing to deceive them. The elf elder asked, "Chief, what is this magic circle like?" Wu Heng said, "It was just a ghost who took a look. It seemed to be a circular magic array, made of stone, covered with mud and water plants, and it was a little difficult to see clearly." In his opinion, it gives people the feeling of a washing machine. The magic circle made the water flow rotate under the sea, gradually forming a huge vortex. The elf elder wanted to continue asking, but the dwarf elder interrupted the other party, "What''s the use of saying these? Let''s discuss whether to go around or go back." "If there are any strange formations in other directions?" said the elf elder. Philippa said, Ride the flying dragon. The three of them were stunned and looked at him at the same time. The vortex does have no effect on the air targets, but the air is a method. Wu Heng said: "In the future, this line must be unobstructed in archaeology. It will not be of any effect to bring three or two people over." "Oh!" Philippa said oh, as if he didn''t understand, and stopped talking. The dwarf elder continued, "What about destroying the formation? Just let it fail." "Is there any way?" Wu Heng continued to ask. There might be any danger at the bottom of the sea, and for a while, the other two remained silent. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng glanced at the few people and said, "You go down and ask, see if there are any formation pattern masters in the team, or any useful props. I''ll let the ghost go down and check it out." "Okay!" The two nodded, stood up and saluted and left the cabin. The two left. Wu Heng said to Miankong, "Xiaoxiao, go and see that magic array." "Okay!" A small reply came from the air and flew out directly. Philippa sat beside him and said, "Where are we rushing over to the boat?" "There are only two ships on our island, so it''s a big thanks to the loss here." Wu Heng said. Philippa put his arms behind his head and said, "I bet our boat can pass." Wu Heng gave her a blank look and waited for the ghost to bring it back to the result. At this time, the sky had dimmed. The members of the rescued association gathered in the canteen on the boat and started having supper. Most of the ship is on metal ships with skeletons, and it is actually equipped with a skeleton chef. Everyone took out the ingredients they brought in advance, and the chef made dinner for them on the spot. After exhausting their energy, they all started to eat voraciously. The two elders walked in from outside and took a supper and sat at the dining table to eat. With a huh, all the members of the blockbuster came up. Someone asked, "Elder, what do you say about the leader?" The dwarf elder said, "Captain Wuheng said that it was the magic circle under the sea that caused the vortex. Who has the props that can dive for a long time, or the props that can easily destroy the formation." "I have a scroll here that makes people dive," someone said. "The scroll time is too short." said the elf elder. "I have a strange thing here. When I put it on my body, it will turn into a fishman form and have vision under the sea." Another person said. Everyone''s eyes lit up. This strange thing is really suitable for the current situation. The dwarf elder asked, "What about the side effects?" "After removing the effect of strange things, you will be allergic to salty things for a long time." Everyone wrinkled quickly again, and there were such side effects. Then everyone looked at his plate, no wonder there was only a piece of bread inside. I''m afraid he used this strange thing just now. "You keep it first, where are the others?" the dwarf continued to ask. People talk about their props and strange things, and the scene was a bit chaotic. In the cabin, Wu Heng sat at the table and was eating. Philippa left and went to count the number of cabins so that the association could allocate rooms. Battleships are much larger than warships in this world, so it is not a problem to accommodate so many people. At this time, the three ghosts flew back from outside. Seeing that Philippa was not in the room, Granda and Benny also showed their figures. Xiaoxiao was the first to say, "Uncle, a lot of the mud on the formation has been blown away. It is made of stone and there are many symbols carved on it. I feel that it may be mathematics." I went, and mathematics appeared. "Just know it''s a stone." Wu Heng said. Granda also said, "Benie and I went to several other directions, and there were traces of array patterns under the water, which may not be able to get around." Benny said, "No wonder no one has noticed it here, and all those who have been here have sunk." There are also traces of array patterns in other directions. It seems that if you want to go to the island, you can only destroy the formation, or follow Philippa''s method and fly over to the island to see the situation. The short story said: "Or, Aunt Glanda, we can go to the island to help you see it. If you find something good, come back and tell you." Wu Heng glanced at the other party and said, "The leader of Hongwenhui, let us send the archaeological team to the island. Just let''s go over and take a look. Isn''t it a bit bad?" "Then I can''t get up, what''s the solution?" Xiaoxiao shrugged. Wu Heng said, "Look at that time, if you can''t let the skeleton go into the sea, and try to destroy the formation pattern." "The stone is so thick, it won''t be broken even if the skeleton goes down!" Xiaoxiao touched her chin and said in thought, "Uncle, if you go into the sea and then hit it with an electromagnetic cannon, it will probably be powerful enough." Electromagnetic guns are fired in the sea? Very thoughtful. Dongdongdongdongdong~! A knock on the door sounded, "Captain Wuheng." The voice of the elf elder came from outside. "Come in!" The door opened and the two elders walked in again. The dwarf elder was still the first to speak, "Captain, we have collected several props and strange objects, and I feel that it can be helpful to the next plan." As he said that, he took out the props. On the left are three items, including scrolls, diving mirror props, and a colorful fish scale the size of a palm. There are more on the right, one-handed axe, explosives, potions, hammers, and carving knives. Wu Heng swept it one by one. His eyes fell on the scales and the carving knife. Mermaid Skin (Strange Things) Effect: Mermaid characteristics. Side effects: Salt allergy. (Description: Covering the skin of a creature will give the user the characteristics of a mermaid and move freely underwater.) This strange thing has a pretty good effect. It''s just that the side effects are a bit uncomfortable. Of course, if you really want to go into the sea to destroy the formation pattern, you can also arrange the skeletons yourself, and you may not really need to arrange a creature to go down. The Loser''s Carving Knife (Strange Things) [Effect: The array base is fragile. [Side effects: Creative desire. (Description: A loser''s carving knife, the work made with it will always be accidentally damaged.) [Array base fragile]: Carved items are extremely easy to damage. [Creative Desire]: It will make users more focused and increase their creative inspiration. After reading the carving knife. Wu Heng frowned. Why do you feel the effect and side effects are reversed? Shouldnt the effect bring inspiration? Is the side effects easy to damage the carvings? When the elf elder saw him staring at the carving knife, he began to introduce it from the carving knife, "Chief, this is called the carving knife of the carving knife. As long as the items carved with it are used, they will be damaged and failed with a little force. In addition to sculpture, the formation pattern also has the same effect." "We think that using it can destroy the array pattern under the sea." (End of this chapter) Chapter 901 , long-haired monster Chapter 901, The Hairy Monster After introducing the Losers Carving Knife, the Elf Elder continued to introduce other props and strange objects. Wu Heng took a special look at the explosives again. Explosion Pack (Description: The package **** by multiple explosive stones. When the trigger condition is met, the thunderstone will release a powerful explosion effect, causing huge power to surrounding creatures and objects.) The shape is about the size of a parcel, with an **** cloth on the outside. The Explosion Stone is a type of magic prop. It is not gunpowder, so it can be used underwater, but the effect should not be better than that on land. After introducing the props, the elf elder continued, "The chief, the scroll that keeps breathing underwater can provide about 20 minutes of time, and the quantity is quite sufficient. When underwater, you need to calculate the time and continue to use the scroll." After the watches were sold among professionals, Treasure Islands name for time was also popularized outside the island. When communicating, it is no longer a vague concept of time, but a precise time such as 20 minutes is spoken. The dwarf elder added, "The premise of destroying the array pattern is that it is impossible to go around. It is not clear whether there will be other dangers under the water." "I have seen the ghost, and there are traces of array patterns on other routes." Wu Heng thought for a while, and then said, "And I suspect that the crack is the entrance to our trip. If we want to complete this archaeology, we cannot avoid this vortex." The two elders frowned and thought about Wu Heng''s words. There are also traces of array patterns, which means there may be danger. Now there is only this ship left, and I dare not bet on whether those array patterns have any effect. The elf elder sighed and said, "Then let''s choose a few people who go into the sea." Scream~! As he spoke, the door opened and Philippa walked in directly. Seeing the two elders in the room, put away their lazy appearance and said seriously, "Chief, the two elders, have arranged cabins for the people who boarded the boat, which can just meet the living conditions of everyone." "Yes." Wu Heng nodded. Philippa came over and sat down aside. The Dwarf Elder continued the topic just now and asked, "Chief, are there any dangers below?" "The ghost explored twice and found no danger, but it did not rule out some potential dangers." Wu Heng replied. The elf elder thought for a while and said, "There are two strange things to dive, and there are more scrolls. I think it is more appropriate to arrange five people to go down. Let''s arrange people above to respond." "We hunters arranged three people." The dwarf elder said directly. Hunters are good at exploring and dealing with dangers in some monuments. "Then we will give two of us, and we will respond in time if there is any danger." said the elf elder. Wu Heng glanced at the two people who had been discussed and said, "You don''t need to arrange someone, I''ll just let the skeleton go into the water." The two looked happy. Wu Heng didn''t mention it, and they couldn''t mention it. "Then I''ll bother the leader." The elf elder thanked immediately. Wu Heng continued, "You can take the strange things back first, and we will go into the sea tomorrow during the day." The two looked at each other, put away the props on the table, stood up and saluted, "Then we won''t disturb the leader''s rest." Then, he nodded to Philippa and left the room directly. Wait until the two of them leave. Philippa asked while making the bed, "Skeletons are not afraid of darkness, why do you go into the water tomorrow?" Wu Heng explained, "I just escaped and gave them time to recover, and their vision was better during the day. If there was really any trouble underwater, I could also discover it in time." "Okay, just think about it." Philippa quickly put the **** down, then sat at the table, and called Minnie and the others on a video call. As soon as the opposite was connected, Philippa said exaggeratedly, "Mini, we met the vortex. Both ships sank and many people died." There was also a crowd of people on the opposite side, and Minnie asked, "You and the master are not injured." Philippa slapped his chest twice, "You are not at ease if I am the captain? Wu Heng, I have a good protection, don''t worry!" Andvir''s voice continued to come, "What the **** is going on? Tell us." Philippa looked forward and said, We just arrived here today and originally planned to dock and rest. Just as the boat was approaching the island, the entire sea began to rotate, like an hourglass. I have a photo here, and I will send it to you later. It will be very shocking. Then the two broken ships of the association sank. We will save them and drag them down. Wu Heng reminded on the side, "Talk about yourself, don''t talk about these." "Oh!" Philippa agreed, then lowered his voice and said, "Small novel, there is a large magic circle under the water, which forms a vortex on the sea...." Philippa chatted with the women at home. Wu Heng went to the control room and asked the skeleton to move the ship a little away from this area. Wait until late at night, return to the cabin to rest. The next day, early morning. The deck was filled with mist, and the breeze blew the salty smell of the sea. After a night''s rest, the association''s personnel recovered almost the same and all gathered on the deck. "Chief, the strange things are brought here." The elf elder took out all the strange things. Wu Heng took a look and picked up the "burst flame bag", "loser''s carving knife" and "hammer", three items were stuffed into the backpack, and hung them on the skeleton who was about to go into the water. After almost the preparation, Wu Heng looked at the few people, "Do you have anything else to say?" The elf elder said, "The effect of the carving knife has a certain success rate. If you fail at one time, you need to try it a few more times." Wu Heng continued to look at the dwarf elder, who shook his head, "I have nothing to say." "Go down! Go down the road first." Wu Heng patted the skeleton''s shoulder. The skeleton jumped up directly and jumped into the sea with a "pop". Then swim down the water. Wu Heng said: "Philipa commands the ship, and the two elders take people to guard the surroundings. Any targets are approaching, and you can attack in advance." "Yes!" Everyone answered and quickly dispersed as ordered. Wu Heng returned to the cabin and said to the ghost in the room: "I use Godline to possess the skeleton, Xiaoxiao and Benny follow me to the bottom of the water, Granda protects my body, and there is danger of possession and running away." "good." "clear." Xiaoxiao and Benny disappeared directly through the ground, Wu Heng also released [Divine Land], and his spiritual sense descended on the diving skeleton. The spiritual consciousness woke up on the skeleton, surrounded by turbid sea water mixed with broken wood and debris. This skeleton is a level 12 ranger. He was a pirate during his lifetime. After being transformed into a skeleton, he still retains the swimming characteristics. Even if the body only has a skeleton, it can still swim in the water. "Uncle, is it you?" Xiaoxiao and Benny also flew down. Wu Heng nodded, indicating that it was him. "Where are here, follow me." Xiaoxiao waved and swam down the first. Wu Heng controlled the skeleton, followed closely behind, and continued to dive. I dont know how long it took, under the turbid water, you could see broken ships covered with sea beds. After a rough look, there were at least a hundred. Some are almost buried in mud and sand, some are covered with seaweed and barnacles, and some are updated for a shorter time. Philippa said that no pirates discovered the island. It is very likely that the pirate ships found are already under here. Near the seabed, there is no need to continue leading the way. Xiaoxiao and Benny followed the skeleton down while chatting about their guesses about this formation. The soles of the skeleton fell on the bottom of the sea, and suddenly a feeling of being hated came from the ruins of the shipwrecks standing on the side. [Hate Sensation] triggered. Wu Heng turned his head suddenly and saw a pair of dark blue eyes staring at this side in the cracked slit of the shipwreck. "Ah~!" Xiaoxiao turned her head, was startled, and hid directly behind Wu Heng. Benny also looked at the other party with caution. The human figure is covered with messy black hair, floating with the current like a sea urchin. The dark blue eyes are stuck on the claws of the broken hull, with the "webs" similar to animals. What? I have never seen such a thing, but I can actually live under the sea. Moreover, all three ghosts have checked the seabed, and there must be no such monster before last night. Is this a monster protecting the formation? Or, after each vortex, these things knew that there would be dead people, so they came to look for food. Thoughts arise from the heart. "Wuheng, a level 9 monster, there is no big problem." Benny said. No big problem? As if responding to her words, one after another of the abandoned ships around her appeared. At the rear, some jumped onto the top of the wreck and stared at this side. Now there is a big problem. There are at least 100 pieces, and the inconvenience of movement in Shanghai is difficult to say whether it will affect your destruction of the array pattern. "Uncle, I promise that there were no these long-haired monsters yesterday. They must have been coming from nearby." Xiaoxiao made a gesture of a primary school student raising his hand and promised. Benny also said, "It wasn''t yesterday." Wu Heng nodded, his eyes swept forward quickly, and the array patterns found by the ghost appeared in his sight. The exposed position outside the silt can be seen as the material of stone, with complex and dense patterns carved on it. It is a formation pattern. Even if you dont understand this aspect, you can see that it is an array pattern that works in association. At this time, a long-haired monster tried to approach. Wu Heng looked up at it, and immediately stopped approaching, but he just waved his arms and floated in place. Then, the long-haired monsters around them all moved forward together. He rushed towards his position quickly, like countless **** of yarn, dragging dense threads to gather here. Damn it! Wu Heng quickly pointed to the two ghosts, pointing to the monster approaching. "What does it mean?" Xiaoxiao looked around. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Benny said, "Let''s hold them back and Wu Heng will destroy the formation pattern." "Kill, no one is allowed to bully my dad." Xiaoxiao roared and rushed towards the hairy monster in front. After successfully possessing himself, his head slammed, the long-haired monster opened its mouth wide, and spit out a few bubbles, and his body sank down. But unlike humans, the long-haired monster did not die directly, but was twitching constantly and trying to stand up. So strong in body? My neck twisted and I haven''t died yet. But one thing is good, that is, these monsters can still possess them. Benny also rushed to the approaching long-haired monster and quickly twisted the other party''s neck. The skeleton swam forward quickly at the bottom of the sea, surrounded by monsters with long black hair. Before approaching the skeleton, they were blocked by ghosts one after another, and their necks were broken. Wu Heng swam hard, getting closer and closer to the formation pattern. A long-haired monster fell in front of him, and his claws were still holding forward with force. Finally, Wu Heng approached the formation pattern, took out the hammer and carving knife from his backpack, and smashed it towards the formation pattern. When ~! The carving knife left a white seal on the stone. Dangdangdang~! Click~! The stone cracked a gap in the middle, completely breaking the dense array patterns. A stream of energy swept away and the magic circle failed. Wu Heng turned around and swam upwards, grabbing the skeleton''s ankle with a sharp claw. Then, countless **** of yarn wrapped tightly around the skeleton. Benny said, "There are too many, we can''t kill." Wu Heng threw the carving knife to the side, put his skeleton''s arm into his backpack, and turned the mechanism button of the "Fire Burst Bag". Then, the [Divine Advent] is lifted and the divine consciousness returns. Inside the cabin. Wu Heng''s body stood upright again~www.mtlnovel.com~, Granda glanced at him and said, "Is it going well?" Boom~! Without waiting for an answer, a huge explosion came from outside, and a water column several meters high soared into the sky. The hull began to sway violently, and then stabilized again. Granda widened her eyes, poked her head out, looked at the explosion, shrank back, and said, "Is there any danger under the water?" "There are many black-haired monsters below, and they almost turned over." Wu Heng said. I still feel a little frustrated. According to Benny, these monsters are only around level 9 and level 10. Dont say that you are a hero now, even when you become the captain, you are not so powerless. It also needs to detonate bombs to eliminate those monsters. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The knock on the door in the cabin was heard, and Philippa''s voice also came, "Captain Wuheng, an explosion occurred in the sea, and there were many black-haired corpses on the sea." Wu Heng opened the door and walked out. Philippa and the two elders stood anxiously at the door. "The formation pattern has been solved. Let everyone be alert. There are black-haired monsters below, be careful to attack the ship." Wu Heng ordered as he walked. The command was passed. Wu Heng walked to the deck and could see some black-haired corpses floating up. At this time, the ghost flew back with the carving knife, and Wu Heng took the carving knife and returned it to the elf elder. Xiaoxiao crawled into her body and shared the subsequent pictures. The explosion killed most of the long-haired monsters, and the remaining few were also escaped in other directions after the explosion. After sharing the picture, Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao and said to the rest of the people: "Those hairy monsters ran away and probably wouldn''t lean over." Huh~! After saying that, a sigh of relief came from behind. The elf elder said, "Chief, I want to bring two monster corpses back to study." "Go, all the corpses are taken up." Wu Heng said to the side. The skeletons flashed and jumped out, salvaging the bodies in the sea and throwing them on the deck. Scholars familiar with some biology in the team began to check. Wu Heng said, "You keep two of them yourself. I will transform the rest of them into skeletons, and the latter may not be useful." The elf elder nodded, and someone wrapped the body up and put it into the space ring. Wu Heng released the [Deadly Skeleton Battlefield] and transformed all the corpses into skeletons. Skull Sea Monster (Level 10). Lost hair on the body. The level is only about 10. The characteristics include free underwater movement. "Put down the two small boats and try it in the vortex area." Wu Heng continued. The door behind the frigate opened, the small ship was released, and entered the area for a test. I tried it several times, and saw that there was no problem, the battleship wandered around the edge twice. Confirm that the array pattern had expired, Wu Heng ordered, "Go forward, approach the island." "Yes!" Philippa answered immediately. The archaeological team members also began to get a little excited. Finally, I can get close to the island. "Thanks to the leader, if you don''t come here, we''re probably going to explain it here." The dwarf elder leaned over and said very respectfully. When he was on Treasure Island, he complained that he had stayed for too long to wait for the leader Wu Heng. Now it seems that they have saved their lives these days. If Wu Heng hadn''t followed, let alone archaeology, he wouldn''t be able to go back alive. Wu Heng nodded, "Don''t be so polite. We are all from the association outside." The people around him were more respectful. Everything went very smoothly for the rest of the journey. The battleship is getting closer and closer to the island ahead. The crack in the middle of the island just faces everyone, and the cliffs on both sides are wet and mossy black stones. The sea breeze roared into the crack, making a sound like a ghost crying and howling. Soon, the ghost came back in advance and entered his body to share the picture. Deep in the crack, a flat building similar to a fortress can be vaguely identified by walls, watchtowers and other buildings. And behind the wall, there were a lot of iron golems kneeling. It is very similar to the puppet on the tomb of the boat. It is kneeling on the ground, with hands on its legs, and a long sword is placed beside it. Is this a military camp? (End of this chapter) Chapter 902 , What did you do just singing? Chapter 902, what did you do just singing? Walls, arrow towers, neatly arranged puppets. From the overall perspective of the architecture, it gives people the feeling of a military camp or a sea fortress. Xiaoxiao shuttled through the puppet and entered the dilapidated buildings on both sides. In the dusty and dilapidated house, scattered weapons could be seen everywhere, covered by mud and bryophytes. The rest of the items have rotted, and because the environment is damp, it is mixed with the silt. No special discovery, Xiaoxiao flew out directly. He met with the two ghosts of Granda and Beni and rushed towards the building in the center of the rear of the puppet. Entering the hall, the three ghosts paused and looked ahead in surprise. At the innermost position is a stone seat with moss growing. On the seat is a tall figure wearing rotten armor, which looks like a transformed corpse ghoul. Just when the three ghosts thought it was just a corpse, the figure in front of them suddenly rose like breathing. Without waiting for a reaction, the level light column quickly disappeared. After a few more minutes, the light beam flashed again and disappeared. It''s like breathing. Benny waved his hand, and the three ghosts bypassed the ghoul and went to see other rooms. There were a lot of items and weapons stored inside. After confirming that there were no other dangers, he turned around and left. The shared picture ends here. Wu Heng released Xiaoxiao from his body. I began to think about the picture I just shared. The size and style of the puppet are the same as those encountered on the tomb before, and it can also be proved that both sides are from the same culture. The puppets stationed in the courtyard are better preserved than those on the tomb of the boat, and should still be able to move. What surprised him the most was the body in the hall, which looked like a mummy corpse, with scales and armor hanging around him, and the weapons on the side were also covered with thick copper rust. And this body actually displays a level light column every few minutes. Wu Heng doubted the other party''s current state. Is this transforming the ghoul? Or other survival methods? I even doubt whether the other party still has the ability to act. But it can be determined that the light beam that appears briefly can be determined to be level 18. It doesn''t have much threat to yourself. "Chief, the taming beast discovered the building in front of it, and the ruins were indeed here." The dwarf elder said excitedly. The battleship advanced into the crack, and there was no danger along the way. The Ranger''s taming beast also found the location of the site, which made everyone excited. Wu Heng said: "There is a military camp inside, with nearly a hundred puppets stationed, each with the combat power of a profession of about level 12." The puppet has no level light column, and it is judged that it is about 12 levels, which is also the information after the actual combat in the ship tomb. The puppet styles here are exactly the same, and their combat power is not much different. When everyone heard nearly a hundred level 12 puppets, their joy was frozen on their faces. "I suspect this is a temporary fortress on the sea, and there is an enemy inside. I''m not sure if I''m still alive." Wu Heng said, and then said the body that sometimes appeared in the level light column inside. Both elders frowned. According to previous speculation, this site was before the Holy See unified faith. The puppet is preserved and the stone magic array can still be used, which is reasonable. There is another person living inside, which is really difficult to understand. "Corpsy ghoul?" said the dwarf elder, looking at Wu Heng. Cant you still be able to see a heroic necromancer? Wu Heng shook his head, "I''m not sure if it''s a corpse ghost." The elf elder thought for a while and said, "It may also be that he used some ritual to keep his body alive." "You Hongwenhui, don''t you have any records in this regard?" the dwarf elder asked. The elf elder said, "I haven''t paid attention to it. You can check it after you go back." "I''m back, what''s the point of checking him?" Seeing that the two of them had no clues, Wu Heng waved his hand to signal the other party to calm down and said, "Don''t argue about these things, let''s prepare according to level 18." Prepare! A man from Hongwenhui said, "Chief, two elders, I don''t believe in our strength, but now we only have this ship. If the next battle causes losses to the ship, we may be trapped on the island." Another said, "I think that since the underwater formation has been cracked, it is better to go back and notify the association first and make sufficient preparations before coming over." The others were also caught up in discussion after the two of them. They believe that one hero and two elders, and there are so many high-level pros, they will definitely be able to clear out the dangers inside in the end. But what if the ship is damaged? With so many people, can you still swim back? The best way is to notify the association, and it is best to prepare to come back. "Shut up, just protect the ship, there is no such danger." The dwarf turned around and scolded. But the discussion continued. Wu Heng glanced at everyone and continued, "Don''t worry, even if the ship is damaged, I have the ability to take everyone away." The discussion calmed down, and the member who had previously proposed the idea of ??returning also said, "I believe in the leader and I have nothing to say." "The leader said everything, then I have no objection." Everyone spoke one after another. At this time, the Ranger suddenly said, "There are puppets on the site, and there are so many puppets." Everyone looked forward. On the wall, a puppet with copper rust on her body and a long sword appeared, looking at this side from afar. "How did they survive so far?" "Back to his position, personnel below level 12 will form a team on their own, and each person above will be one." The dwarf elder issued an order loudly. Philippa sat in the cab, putting his feet on the table in leather boots, biting an apple in his hand, looking at the members of the association who looked solemn outside, as if facing a great enemy. He bit the fruit hard and said, "Change the gun and aim at the front." Lopez City, Snake Emblem Consortium. Retiri, the slender and elegant elf leader, looked down at the documents in his hand. Near the end of the year, the number of ordinary orders has dropped sharply, and both major forces and some mercenary groups are saving money to wait for the auction at the end of the year. But it was much better than last year. Last year, my indicators were much worse. It was Wu Heng who came over in a mask and helped him complete the remaining orders and gold reserves at that time. Thinking of this, Retiri also smiled on her face. Just like, the gods sent to save themselves. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The door knocked. Retiri put away her thoughts and said, "Come in." The door opened and a staff member walked in, "The association sent a letter to you." Retiri raised her eyebrows, took the letter, and said, "You can wait at the door for a while, and I have a letter to send it out then." "Yes!" The staff answered, opened the door and walked out. The door closed, and Retiri couldn''t wait to tear open the envelope and look at the content above. The eyes swept by the words. When he saw that he was willing to use the Opera House as the auction venue of the Snake Emblem Consortium, Retiri almost shouted out happily. A safe island with heroes in charge. It can reduce the consortium''s huge expenses. Take a deep breath and look at the content above again. In addition to agreeing to give the consortium auction venue, you can also ask whether other venues and facilities requirements are needed, and you can negotiate. "That''s great!" Retiri said. The letters are handwriting in a rather delicate manner, which shows that they are a woman''s ghostwriter. Moreover, the sentences in the text also contain a kind of pronunciation and words that are only available in the north. It seems that it should be the people who brought them from the area north of Yeko Kingdom. I heard that he likes orc women. Next time I meet, can I prepare a beast ear or some accessories to tease this young hero? After thinking about it randomly, I took out a few letters and started writing. After all of it was written, he said to the door, "Come in!" The door opened and the previous staff walked in. Retiri said: "These letters were sent to the heads of consortiums in various places, and this letter was handed over to the association and sent to Treasure Island." "Yes!" The staff took the letter and turned around and left. Treasure Island, Lilith''s Mansion. The housekeeper walked in front, followed by an elf man. He was wearing leather armor, a hood, and a long sword hanging around his waist, looking dusty. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Entering the hall, the old housekeeper said, "Miss, Elder Alinoer is here to visit you." The elf man stepped forward and saluted respectfully, "Elin Noel, have seen the leader." Lilith looked at the other person, waved her hand and said, "Sit down." The other party sat down on the side, took out the packaged gift, and said, "I brought you some elves fruit wine. Now is the best time to drink." Lilith glanced at the butler, who took it carefully and placed it aside. The elf continued, "The temperature on Treasure Island is slightly higher." The blood clan doesn''t like the sun, and Treasure Island is a place that is particularly long during the day. It''s hard to imagine why Lilith is willing to live here. Lilith said, "Occasionally, there is some storm, but it doesn''t have any effect. I''ve gotten used to living here, but it feels more comfortable." The elf didn''t expect to wait for this answer and raised his eyebrows, "Indeed, it''s the same everywhere, as long as you get used to it." Lilith picked up the tea and took a sip, and asked, "Do you have any plans to come to the island?" The elf immediately said, "Chief, our department appointed me as the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea. I just arrived here today." Hold the flag bearer! Lilith raised her eyebrows and looked at the other person again. Ailinor Elf Clan''s 18th-level swordsman, serving as an elder position in the association headquarters. He is an elves, but he is also a believer in the Holy See. He was arranged to come to the island to serve as the flag bearer. "Wu Heng did a good job when he was the flag bearer. You must do your job well when you come here." Lilith said. "I understand, I will go to the association later, meet the local deacons, and then start working," the elf said. Lilith glanced at the other party and said more bluntly, "The headquarters is coordinating the relationship between Wu Heng and the Holy See. Don''t get involved in it. He is far from the Holy See, but I can''t stop him from dealing with the people on Treasure Island." The elf''s eyes were condensed and he could hear the meaning. "I see." Lilith nodded and continued, Is there a place to live? Ill stay in the association dormitory these two days and then check out the price of the house on the island. Its more convenient to live in a better location. "yes!" The frigate continued to move forward. The walls in the distance were already full of puppets covered with copper rust. "Xiaoxiao, Benny, you guys continue to stare at the mummy and notify me of any situation." Wu Heng said to the side. "Okay!" A response came from mid-air, and the two ghosts flew out directly. All the members of the association were in chaos, and they found their own positions to scatter, forming a team to prepare for the battle. Philippa''s voice came from the intercom, "That..., leader Wuheng, the carrier-based gun has been adjusted. Should I give them a while?" The frigate mainly carries two weapons. One is a 127mm naval gun and the other is an air-defense near-defense gun. The 127mm naval gun has a range of 10,000 meters, which is enough to meet the current range, and it is even a bit too close. Wu Heng took a look at the adjusted gun barrel and applied a [Summoning Arrow Rain]. As we approached, the members of the association became more and more solemn and nervous. "When we arrive here, we will not retreat any more, let these broken iron see our will." The dwarf elder shouted loudly to cheer all members. "That deep cave has created hope for us." "The sledgehammer swung the sparks and perseverance was our eyes." "Now the horn of the battle sounds, courage is on the chest, and the bear is hot." Then, the hunter''s war song, and the entire ship, including members of the Hongwen Club, began to sing. Echoing in the broken valley. After the spell was applied, Wu Heng ignored the members who were ready for the battle and pressed the intercom, "Philippa, make some accurate." "clear." Dong~! The loud and deafening sound instantly covered the singing. The shells shot out from the muzzle, and with the addition of the "Summoning Arrow Rain", it was like shots, quickly dispersing countless shells. Before the rest could react to what happened. Boom~! The next second, the fortress in the distance seemed to explode, flooded by fire and explosion, and thick smoke rushed to the sky. The stone mountains on both sides began to shake violently. The stone rolled downwards with a ''rattle'', stirring up waves, and the frigate swung slightly. The singing on the boat stopped, and everyone who was ready for the battle widened their eyes and looked at the scene ahead in horror. What happened just now? A fortress disappeared like this? Then... what are the preparations made by me and others before? The dwarf elder patted his ears that were still buzzing, and walked over and asked in a suspicious tone, "Chief, what did we do?" "Well, save the casualties." Wu Heng replied. It''s not just about reducing casualties. The opposite side was razed to the ground. The elf elder glanced at the area that was still covered with thick smoke and raised his eyebrows. If it turns out like this, what else can I do? Philippa''s voice came from the intercom, "What did you sing just now?" Wu Heng and the elf elder both looked at the dwarf elder, who coughed lightly and pressed the intercom, "Singing and having fun." "oh!" In the fortress in the distance. Xiaoxiao and Benny floated in the inner hall. Staring at the figure ahead, the level light column still appeared rhythmically and disappeared again. The explosion sounded, and dense sand and gravel shot into the building like bullets, hitting the body of the stone chair. The shriveled body fell to the ground unbalancedly under the blow of sand and gravel. Xiaoxiao looked at Benny and pointed to her body, saying that he would not be killed by stones. Benny also shook her head, saying that she would have died long ago, otherwise she would not have been killed by stones. Just as the two ghosts were communicating in sign language. Suddenly, I saw the falling body, and the level light column did not disappear. He stood up staggeringly. A crack broke out on the top of his head, and a fleshy body, which was like molting his skin, drilled out from it. He became the image of a middle-aged man with black hair. The level light column has been increased again, reaching level 19. Then, the man turned his head suddenly, his eyebrows cracked, and his eyes stared at the invisible ghost. (End of this chapter) Chapter 903 , is a skill book Chapter 903, It''s a Skill Book Frigate. After a round of bombing, thick smoke soared into the sky, and the raised ground and broken puppet fragments could be vaguely seen under the smoke and dust. The puppets that I thought were difficult to deal with just turned into pieces under gaze. The members of the association looked at it and felt like they did nothing along the way and just walked around. Of course, this is not a bad thing either. It''s much better than fighting hard with these iron lumps. "There is a shallow in front of you, prepare to go ashore." Philippa''s voice came over. Looking from the deck, you can see a long shoal area from the shore. You can still see the reef below, and it is speculated that it will cover the ankle of the human knees. When people received the news, they showed joy and began to prepare to board the ship. Wu Heng stood behind, still waiting for news about the ghost. "Uncle, that corpse is alive, it is Uncle Baolian Ding." A small shout came from mid-air. Several professionals from the association on the deck were startled by the sudden shouts, and all kinds of weapons were pulled out. "I''m a ghost, don''t be nervous." Wu Heng explained, his brows frowned. The corpse must refer to the mummy that appeared and disappeared in the building at the same time. It was also expected that it would be resurrected. But how do you determine whose uncle it is? Huh~! Before he could ask, smoke and dust surged into the sky in the distance. Then he saw a stream of light coming like a cannonball, and it was approaching the ship in the blink of an eye. Everyone''s pupils shrank, and the dwarf elder twisted his waist and threw it out like a discus athlete with his hunter''s reaction to sudden danger. The shield flashed in the air, and a golden halo was crossed on the surface. Bang ~! A dull impact sounded. The shield collided with the flying object, blowing out dense Mars. Dang ~! The shield fell to the ground and split into pieces in an instant, and the object shot deviated from the direction, and a "date" sound penetrated into the ground in the shallow water area. Everyone looked at it intently and saw a spear covered with thick copper rust. The spear tip pierced into the black rock, accompanied by the sound of "kappa" breaking. The rocks cracked layer by layer, with dense web-like cracks. The bronze spear flew into the air again and flew towards the fortress ahead. And in the gradually drifting smoke and dust, a figure slowly walked out, grabbed the spear, and looked here from afar. He is about 1.8 meters tall, and his black hair grows visible to the naked eye. He starts with short hair and gradually grows to a shawl. He was naked on his upper body and had rotten and torn skirts hanging around his waist. The most special thing is the third eye between the middle of the eyebrows. I also know why Xiaoxiao said she was Baolian Dings uncle. "He is that corpse, and he can still see us." Xiaoxiao said with a very fast speech as if he was complaining. Black hair, three eyes! The elf elder looked at him without squinting and asked softly, "Chief, do you know him?" "I don''t know." Wu Heng replied. The Elder shouted loudly towards the front, "You live on the island? We are from the association." Roar ~! The three-eyed man let out a roar like a wild beast, kicked his feet, and shot with his spear. "fighting!" Whoosh swish swish swish! The arrows shot forward, and the scholars on the ship tore open scrolls, fireballs, lightning and other magic, and blasted forward. The three-eyed man waved his spear in front of him, swinging some arrows, and his body also made dodging moves. Everyone frowned. Why do I feel that I dont have any fighting skills and I dont seem very smart. But the other party''s steps still did not stop. "Cald with me." The dwarf elder shouted. Holding an axe in one hand and a shield in the other, he jumped onto the shallows, stepping on the sea water under his feet and rushing forward first, with the scorching air waves rolling around his body. Behind him, several hunter members also rushed forward with weapons. As both sides approached, the dwarf elder jumped high and slashed down with his battle axe. When ~! The three-eyed man blocked the spear horizontally above and caught the opponent''s attack. "Die!" Another hunter, even a long sword on his side stabbed towards his heart. The three-eyed man freed his hand, grabbed the stabbing blade, and kicked it out. The hunter''s body instantly flew backwards, rolling and falling into the deep sea. The spear in his hand flipped and smashed, and the sense of crisis arose in the dwarf leader''s heart, and instantly turned into a huge anger. The shield faced the smashed spear, and the battle axe slashed his waist. "die!" Bang~Puff! The sound of impact and flesh entering the sound rang almost at the same time. The shield raised by the dwarf instantly broke, the spear hit his shoulder like an iron whip, his entire shoulder collapsed instantly, and the bones pierced the flesh and blood and exposed it. The battle axe that slashed the three-eyed man''s waist also burst out with burning flames. The man''s body burned and burned. Everyone''s eyes widened. The Hunter Elder of the Association was smashed with his shield and half of his shoulder with one blow. Even if you take the medicine again, it will be difficult to return to the battle in a short period of time. Huhu~! The sound of flying through the air sounded, and two skeleton figures flapped their wings and galloped towards them. The skeleton''s body swelled up in the air, turning into a unicorn of more than three meters, and knocked the man out with a bang. The skeleton jumped, grabbed the dwarf elder on the ground and threw it directly behind. With a click, he fell into the deep water area in front of the boat. He was caught by others in the water, and the dwarf vomited water and shouted, "There must be a problem with his weapon." The rest opened the potion and scroll to restore his injury. clang clang~bang bang~! The violent fighting sounded still, with two level 20 skeletons fixed in front and waved their fists, while the other was looking for opportunities in the rear, stabbing the two swords in their hands and taking the key position. The skeleton has high attributes and some cooperation. The opponent was defeated step by step for a while, and wounds were constantly appearing on the flesh on his body. "Pretty, cooperate with the leader skeleton and directly kill the enemy." Seeing that the situation was favorable, Elder Hongwen took over the battlefield command and ordered the attack to continue. Everyone replaced the crossbow, and some negative props and scrolls, and began to take the opportunity to use them at the target. At this time, the three-eyed man roared, and the bodies of the two skeletons suddenly froze, and the soul fire swayed. At the same time, tapping lightly under your feet, and bypassing the skeleton, appearing among the crowd behind. "Retreat, retreat!" the elder shouted. The next second, the man pointed a spear in his hand, and the sea water condensed upwards, forming a series of "water prisons" to cover the members of the association. During a few breaths, someone''s eyes turned pale and his body gradually became limp. "He is a magician in the magic system. Save people, save people quickly." Someone shouted in horror. The scholars who stayed on the ship quickly searched for the scrolls they carried, hoping to find the ability to crack the spells or save people. "His level is still improving, almost reaching the critical point of level 19." Benny reminded on the side. Wu Heng''s eyes also condensed. The man in front of him became more and more skillful in his moves, and he also started using spells from the beginning of rampage. He is restoring his memory and his own strength. "Cooperate with me and kill him first." As soon as Wu Heng finished speaking, the magic circle appeared from his feet and his figure appeared on the battlefield. Before the other party could react, the "lightning beam" had hit the target''s chest. The body flew backwards backwards, and the lightning effect also spreads on the water surface under the opponent''s feet. Huh~! The "water prison" that imprisoned others was broken, and the man stood up again. The sea water floated up again, trying to form a water prison, trapping Wu Heng in the middle. The magic circle lights up, and the body changes to different positions before the water pin is formed. "Don''t let him run around." Wu Heng said directly. The ghost approached, and the man''s third eye instantly looked in the direction where the three ghosts came, quickly dodged, trying to avoid the other party''s possession. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! But the next second, Glanda was the first to possess it and threw the spear forward in his hand. Wu Heng took the space ring and released the [Thunder Summoning Technique] at the same time. The dense lightning is like the punishment of heaven falling. The lightning stopped, the man''s body was burnt, black smoke spit out from his mouth and nose, and he fell down with his head raised. "Diet?" asked Granda. "Isn''t he uncle Chenxiang? Why can''t even beat his uncle?" "Which group of you?" Wu Heng gave her a blank look. Benny said in a cooperative manner, "Wuheng is getting better and better." Just when one person has three souls and his face is full of joy. The next second, the face of the Three Ghosts changed. "Wuheng, look at him." Granda shouted. Wu Heng looked at it and saw the burnt corpse beginning to shrink, as if it was peeled off water, and its appearance became more and more like a corpse ghost. "The level light column began to appear from time to time again." Benny reminded. Wu Heng''s eyes narrowed, meaning he was still alive, and it was possible to live again by this method. Can''t keep him. "Jump, chop off his head." The long sword in the skeleton jumped and slashed out, and with a bang, it was as if draped on the tough leather, and the sticky black blood flowed out from the wound. Benny continued, "The frequency of the level light column is getting bigger and bigger, and he needs to come out in advance." The sword in Tiaotiao''s hand slashed down one after another. Gululu~! When the fourth stroke, the head completely broke away from the neck and fell off. Then, a hideous and confused ghost broke out and tried to escape to one side. But as soon as he escaped less than two meters away, he was surrounded by three ghosts and swallowed and disappeared. "We swallowed the soul body, it''s over." Granda Fei returned and said. "We are so powerful. Grandpa Dwarf can''t catch it with one blow. Let''s kill him directly." Xiaoxiao straightened her chest. Although I have experienced this kind of thing a lot together, it is still fun to win. Wu Heng took out the mat and "wrapped the body." Tiao Tiao picked up the head beside him and put it next to the corpse, then wrapped it in straw mat. Wu Heng put the space ring in. Sizzle ~! The voice of the elf elder came from the walkie-talkie, "Chief, is the battle over?" Wu Heng pressed the walkie-talkie and said, "It''s over, come here!" At this time, the rest of the people returned to the frigate, and in order not to be affected, the ship also distanced itself from here. Hearing the answer, cheers came from the opposite side, and the dwarf elder said hurriedly, "Then we go now." The frigate approached again, and the two elders quickly walked over. Among them, the dwarf elder was tied with a bandage. No matter how tall a profession was, his bones could not be directly recovered by drinking medicine. "Chief, you are not injured, are you?" the dwarf leader stepped forward and asked. I also sighed in my heart. This newly promoted leader is so fierce. He thunder slashed from the sky. He couldn''t resist such a slash at any level. Now it can be seen that the ghost reconnaissance ability is strong, and the equipment in his hand can overturn a fortress, making his own strength even more terrifying. The evaluation of this department is still based on evidence. If such people are not allowed to be the leader, it is even more dangerous to release them. "It''s okay, that corpse belongs to me, there''s no problem, right?" Wu Heng asked. The two elders looked at each other and raised their eyebrows. Who dares to say there is a problem with this? The elf elder smiled and said, "Of course there is no problem. Do you need to write the report truthfully?" "Write it, just a corpse, see if it can be considered a merit," Wu Heng said. Enemies above level 18 can be considered first-class merit. If you can beat the dwarf elder like this with one blow, it goes without saying that you are a professional at level 18 or above. But the situation this time is quite special, and Wu Heng accompanied him, so it is hard to say whether it would be so calculated. Both of them were also happy when they heard this, at least they still had the chance to count their merits. "Yes, leader!" the two answered immediately. "The building is inside, you can prepare and arrange for people to get an archaeological process." Wu Heng said. "Okay, I''ll organize the manpower now, prepare and go in." The elf elder said, then began to return to the ship''s position and greeted the rest of the people ashore to prepare for archaeology. Wu Heng took the lead in stepping through the ruins and entering the hall behind. Xiaoxiao was on the side, like a guide, "The body was sitting here, and then it exploded outside, and the splashed stones hit him." "By the way, then he still peeled off the skin here, like shrimp skin." Wu Heng looked to one side of the stone chair and could see the torn skin. "Is it useful?" Granda asked. Wu Heng took a look and found that no panel information appeared. The only possibility was to be used as ritual material. "Put it away first, it''s useless and throw it away." Wu Heng asked Tiao Tiao to wrap it up and put it in the space ring. Then the three souls continued to go to the innermost room. The interior layout is relatively simple. The dormitory and the outdoor room are separated. Some traces of furniture can be seen in the outdoor room, and the wood, cloth and other things have rotted. There are only some bronze artifacts and tortoise bones, which are barely preserved due to moisture. There are some patterns of birds and beasts carved on it. Wu Heng glanced at each one and confirmed that it was not a strange object or prop, so he didn''t go to get it. He left it to the people of Hongwenhui for archaeology. "Wu Heng, come inside and take a look." Granda shouted in the inner room. Wu Heng walked in, "What did you find?" "There are a few metal plates here, and what are the words written on it?" said Granda. Wu Heng followed the other party''s guidance and found the metal plate he mentioned. There are six pieces in total, connected together, and Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Oracle. He is indeed a senior in his own world. After Wu Heng turned on the first piece, the panel prompt suddenly appeared. Zeyin Technique (Description: Have the power to control water and water, and can control the water of rivers, lakes and seas for your own use.) Damn, it''s a skill book! (End of this chapter) Chapter 904 , Bronze Spear Chapter 904, Bronze Spear It''s right to think about it, and no one stipulates that skills must be recorded on paper. Recorded on iron plates can also be passed down. Skills of ancient professions! Wu Heng was still a little excited, but he didn''t know how effective the skill was. After becoming a hero, you do need some high-level skills to increase your combat effectiveness. Continue to look through the remaining iron plates, no new skill prompts appeared. These six iron plates record a skill. The corner positions of the iron plates have corresponding dots. A slight comparison can identify the order of the first and second pages. "What did you write?" Granda looked happy when she saw him, and knew it must be a good thing, so she asked from the side. Wu Heng wiped the mud on the iron plate and put it into the space ring, "Skill Book!" "Is this a skill book?" Granda was a little surprised and asked again, "Is the text on it from your world? Why is it different?" Granda has learned the text of the modern world, and she translated all the novels of the detective. "It should be an oracle bone inscription." Wu Heng said. Granda looked at Xiaoxiao, and the latter shrugged, "I haven''t heard of it!" "It''s a very early type of text, and the text used now has changed little by little," Wu Heng explained. Granda nodded, and Benny said in support, "Wuheng is still very knowledgeable." Xiaoxiao continued to ask, "This can be used as a book!" Wu Heng said: "It''s normal. In order to be able to be preserved for a longer time, ancient people would carve the content they wanted to pass on to stone or metal." "Oh!" Xiaoxiao nodded subconsciously. Wu Heng continued, "Look at it nearby and find out all the things with written records, so don''t leave anything behind." "Okay!" Xiaoxiao agreed. The other two souls also nodded and began to search in different directions. Wu Heng continued to look around in this dormitory. The dormitory is not large in size, about 30 square meters, and the whole is a rectangular structure. Clay pots can also be found everywhere, and some metal utensils are of no value. The Three Ghosts did not gain much after searching for the rest of the rooms. Some special-looking utensils did not show up in panels of strange objects and skill books. Just keep a skill book? How many people are disappointed. Step by step ~! The chaotic footsteps sounded, and the archaeological team walked into the hall from outside. Wu Heng also walked out of the room inside. The elf elder speeded up and said, "Captain, we are all ready. Now we can collect and organize cultural relics." Wu Heng nodded, "You are good at these, just assign tasks yourself." "Yes, leader!" Wu Heng thought for a while and continued, "If you find any utensils with words, please let me know and I will also study what is written on it." "Okay leader!" The elf elder agreed again and began to assign tasks to the others. Then everyone began to disperse. Hunters use exploration skills to find traps, secret rooms and some hidden places, while the people from the Hongwenhui began to divide into several teams and began to collect and record the objects. Wu Heng walked outside with his ghost and skeleton. Walking out of the fortress, using teleportation to jump over the shallow in the middle, appearing on the deck of the frigate. "Chief!" The members who stayed on the deck saluted immediately. "Well, you guys are busy, don''t care about me." Wu Heng said. "Yes!" The members continued to work **** their own work. After walking a few steps, Philippa came out of the cabin with his skeleton. After seeing Wu Heng, he said, "What''s above?" "Nothing special, many things are rotten." Wu Heng said. Xiaoxiao also flew out and said softly, "What might be a strange thing inside? Those archaeological teams entered too quickly." Philippa''s eyes lit up, "I''ll go and take a look, let Minnie and the others see." "Go, be careful," Wu Heng instructed. "good!" Philippa got off the boat with a skeleton and walked towards the ruins. On the way, he opened his phone and said, "Mini, Weir, we''re on the island. Let''s show you what''s going on." The stern of the frigate is the location of a tarmac. The original design was used to carry carrier-based aircraft, and now a skeleton flying dragon is arranged. The effects are not much different, both of which increase the air power of the ship. Wu Heng found an open space and took out the body of the three-eyed man. The straw mat opened and the head rolled aside. The battles of ancient pros still brought some shock to themselves. They can fight dwarf warriors with high physical strength and can release water-based spells. A complete hexagonal all-round warrior profession. The strangest thing is to be able to resurrect this ability. The best way to continue life now is the transformation of the Necromancer''s corpse ghost. Although it can extend lifespan, the cost is also huge, and it turns itself into a dead object. This is his resurrection, and it will feel better. I don''t know if it''s a skill or a special effect. The thoughts flashed quickly and the corpse was released directly [Bone Surgery]. The flesh and blood in front of him fell off, and the well-proportioned skeleton stood up slowly. On the head, you can see the flashing soul fire inside of the three eye sockets. [Spiritual Warrior (Level 19)]. Spiritual bone? The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Spiritual skeleton is the name of a level 20 skeleton. Sure enough, he was once a level 20 professional. Fortunately, I killed him decisively at that time. When he really recovered to level 20, I would be in danger. Spiritual Warrior (Level 19) [Attributes: Physical constitution 55, Strength 48, Agility 52, Intelligence 35, Perception 61, Charm 15. [Features: hollow skeleton, advanced soul, unyielding momentum, heart and eye. [Speciality: Long Sword Specialty (Master), Long Handle Weapon Specialty (Master), Chinese A Specialty (Master). [Indomitable Force]: Entering a state of combat, the body is not bound by any negative state. [Mind-eye]: Distinguish lies, see through illusions, and see invisible objects and void objects. The attributes are indeed relatively symmetrical and there are no outstanding shortcomings. In terms of characteristics, [Indomitable Force] is a state of one''s own. After entering the battle, the body is not bound by any negative state. This can still be a very important role in combat. The second feature is [Mind Eye], which is quite exaggerated. It can distinguish lies, see through illusions, and see invisibility. Except for being unable to see through, you can see everything you can see. If someone is interrogated in the future, you can bring him with you, and save what props to use. The only shame is that no skills are left. After releasing water-based skills in the battle, it can also smash the dwarf elder''s shield. After all, one or two skills should be left behind. Unfortunately, they didn''t stay. "Uncle, is he Chenxiang''s uncle?" Xiaoxiao asked as she looked at the skeleton standing up. "I don''t know, it''s unlikely." Wu Heng said. No other party''s identity information was found in the site, but Yang Jian was unlikely. The only thing he could meet was the three eyes, and the others were not suitable. "Whose uncle?" Benny asked afterwards. According to the timeline drawn up by Wu Heng, this ancient profession was at least 1,500 years ago, but Xiaoxiao kept mentioning whose uncle. It''s like knowing. The short story says: "Chenxiang, there is this cartoon. His mother was locked up after breaking the Heavenly Demon. Chenxiang wants to save her." "Sky Tie?" Granda asked in confusion. "It''s the law of heaven." The other two souls looked confused, and Xiaoxiao continued, "The Heavenly Court is where the gods live." "The **** is..., I''ll find this animation for you when I go back, I can''t explain it." Xiaoxiao gave up completely. The skeleton has finished watching. Wu Heng took out the bronze spear he obtained. At that time, Glanda possessed herself and threw the bronze spear directly at herself, and put it into the ring before she could see it. It should be a good weapon too. Bronze Spear of Breaking the Mountain (Strange Things) [Effect: breaking the martial arts, breaking the formation, and increasing the water control. [Side effects: Earth stagnates the veins. (Description: The spear cast with exquisite craftsmanship has undergone special smelting and forging processes, which gives this weapon a unique feature.) [Breaking Martial Arts]: Whether it is an ordinary iron sword or an exquisite armor carefully forged by the general, it will be easily shattered with one full force of the spear. [Riding Formation]: The spear enters and exits the ground and will cause breaking and disintegrating effects on the terrain or formation. [Water Control Amplitude]: The water system magic will increase by 20%. [Soil stagnation vein]: When holding a weapon, use the earth-based magic. The energy in the body will be restored like a mud and sand, becoming heavy and flowing slowly. If it is used many times, the limbs will be wrapped in soil blocks and move slowly. (End of this chapter) Chapter 905 , please explain to him Chapter 905, please explain to him "Damn!" After reading the attributes, Wu Heng was delighted. The biggest gain was this weapon. There are three abilities in total. [Breaking Martial Arts] Can break the collision weapons, which also proves the reason why the three-eyed man smashed several weapons with his spear at the beginning of the battle. It''s not his ability, but the effect of this weapon. The second ability is [Riding Formation], which is not reflected in the battle. It can be broken down by reading the introduction, which is a good effect. The third point is the increase in water system magic. The increase of 20% is quite large. Even the staff with specialized mage professions may not achieve such a large increase effect. His magic division here is somewhat different from the faction divisions of professionals today. If it were some strange things nowadays, he would use the "mantra" faction to increase the amplification, and the mantras include various magic moves. This weapon is increased by water system. It should be the difference between ancient professions and current professions. Just so happened that I also obtained an ancient skill book, which I could use. The side effect is [Earth Stagnation Vein]. Using this weapon to release the earth element skill will cause energy blockage and limbs will be like being wrapped in soil blocks. The main reason is that I dont know the earth-based skills, but Im not afraid at all. This weapon is really good, it''s a bit thick in copper rust. I''ll go back and let Minnie brush it for herself. "Do you want this spear to be used for your uncle?" Xiaoxiao flew over again. Wu Heng said angrily, "Don''t recognize relatives randomly, your mother will definitely tell you when she hears it." "We have a good front-line job, so we can''t talk to my mother." Xiaoxiao immediately grabbed the relationship and then quickly changed the topic. "He doesn''t feel that it''s too powerful with a spear, and I feel that I can beat him." Wu Heng said, "I want to use it myself! When I go back, I will buy him another long-handled weapon." The other two ghosts also watched. "You are a mage, why do you do with it?" asked Granda. Benny also said, "How long have you not practiced melee combat? It doesn''t increase the danger when you rush up!" "Give someone a head." A small summary. Wu Heng gave Sanhun a blank look and said, "This weapon also has the amplification of water-based spells. When I learn the skills I get today, it should be useful. And you think, we all know that the mage is weak in melee combat, and the enemy must also know that they will try their best to rush over for melee combat. I happened to have a gun like a dragon." Granda looked at him and said for a while, "Just be happy." "What''s your look!" Wu Heng asked. Xiaoxiao said from the side, "Uncle, I''ll give him a good name." "What''s the name? Let''s hear it." Wu Heng waved and walked back with the skeleton. "It''s called General Shedding." said the short story. "The molting sounds a bit bad." "That''s called General Bubble." "It''s called Bubble Bar, plus the words "General". The name is too long. After giving orders to call the name, the enemy rushed over." "Okay, that''s called Bubble." Xiaoxiao agreed. Return to the cabin. The ringtone came from the phone, which was a video call from Sannaira. After connecting, the plump wood elf was wearing a burgundy nightgown, and the lower neckline revealed a large piece of white skin. "Are you not injured?" Shannaira asked with concern. Three Ghosts go to work on their own affairs. Wu Heng stood the phone on the wooden table, "No, several members of the association were injured, I had nothing to do." Philippa''s live broadcast of the ruins to the maid at home, and Shanara must also know the news that the battle ended. "The flag bearer is here on the island. Have you told you two elves?" Shannaira said in a joking tone. "I didn''t say anything, who is that?" "A elves, I heard that they are elders in their headquarters." It really looks down on the Emerald Sea if you call the elders of the headquarters as the flag bearer. "The elves have a good relationship with us. I''ll see him when I go back." "Um!" The two chatted for a while and hung up the phone. At this time, the sky had dimmed, especially in the cracks of this mountain, which was even darker. The investigation team that went out returned, and Philippa also came back, talking about some of the archaeological team''s discoveries. When the night gets dark, I will just rest. The next day, in the morning. The archaeological team sent some utensils and stone slabs with written records. The meticulous search of the people still has effect. Wu Heng and San Ghost did not discover these things. Wait for the members who sent the stone slab to leave. The three ghosts showed their figure aside and asked, "What did you write about this time?" Wu Heng looked at the text above and said, "It is probably the meaning that in order to realize the ambition of expanding territory, the dynasty formed a naval force here to fight the enemy. The island is now selected as a strategic location." "The situation on the battlefield reversed, and this general used the ''Ghost Fang Shouyan Method'' to increase his lifespan." Xiaoxiao suddenly realized, "Oh! That''s also a skill." "Then this skill is not here." Benny continued to ask. This is a skill that has not been recorded, and it will definitely have a considerable effect if you get it. Wu Heng took a look again, "It''s not written above, it may not be in the ruins, or it may have been rotten long ago." Xiaoxiao thought for a while and suddenly said, "Uncle, let''s go to the museum to see it. Maybe there is something good." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. A small brain circuit can always find some special paths. "It makes sense, Xiaoxiao is smart." "Hehe, I learned it from my uncle." Xiaoxiao smiled. Wu Heng took out his cell phone, took all the text on it, and walked outside, "Take these back and let the two elders come over." "Yes!" The archaeological team put away the things and turned and left. Soon, the two and Philippa came over together. "leader!" The two elders, together with Philippa, also saluted. Wu Heng nodded and glanced at the dwarf elder, "How is the injury?" The dwarf elder smiled and said, "Little wound, it will be cured in a few days." The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng asked several people to enter the cabin, and after sitting down, he continued to ask, "What else do you have to make arrangements later?" The Elves said: "We will notify the nearest ''Kudha City'', and they will arrange ships and subsequent supplies locally. At the same time, relevant reports and letters will be passed on to the headquarters from there." Kudeha City was the first coastal city to salvage some fragments. Wu Heng nodded and said, "I don''t have a deep understanding of archaeology and I have also sent you here smoothly. I will go back later. Is there anything else you have?" The two elders looked at each other, and the elf elder said, "Chief, we don''t have ships now. We need to take your ship first and transfer new ships to ''Kudha City''." They didn''t know that Wuheng had a ghost train, so they naturally thought he would take a boat back. There is only one ship here. Wu Heng left, and they will still be trapped here. Wu Heng didn''t want outsiders to know about the ghost train, so he said, "I''ll let the ship send your people to ''Kudha City'' first, and I''ll leave after I''ve decided to coordinate the ship." The two elders discussed in a low voice. The dwarf elder said, "I will take people and go there with you." "Okay, get ready, we''ll leave later." "yes!" Wu Heng continued, "What progress has happened in archaeology later? Remember to write to me." "Yes, leader." The elf elder continued to nod. In fact, everyone also made some speculations. Wu Heng was interested in this site, and when the enemy appeared yesterday, he also had the same black hair. If both of them hadn''t been ruthless, what would have happened to me? Secondly, Wu Heng made the most efforts after occupying this location. He is also a member of the Hongwen Association, so there is no problem with reporting. After a simple communication. The two elders went down to prepare. Philippa said, "We''re going back?" "It''s time to go back after so many days," Wu Heng said. Philippa hesitated, "I''ll stay and protect them, they need a captain, too." "No, there are not necessarily many formations outside." Philippa whispered, "What era is it? It''s so strict." As noon approached, the ship set sail again and took the dwarf leader to the ''City of Kudha''. Treasure Island, Association. The study room of the flag-holder. This study did not exist originally, because the new flag bearer came over and needed an office place. So I arranged such a study room to come out. Behind the office desk in the study, the new flag bearer, "Elin Noel", was sitting behind the desk, looking at the information related to the Emerald Sea. Dongdongdongdongdong~! A quick knock on the door sounded. Elinnor looked up and said, "Enter!" The door opened, and the deacon Xilagui walked in with a dizzy face and asked directly: "Airinor holds the flag bearer. I have doubts about the content of the meeting just now. I suggest you not send this guidance out first." Alin Noel smiled and said, "Xilagu, your father and I are also friends for many years. It''s a bit too rude to call me by my name!" Xilagui was most annoyed by such aristocratic politeness and said, "I am discussing business with you, so I naturally have to call him a position." Elinnor nodded and continued, "What do you think is wrong with what I said?" Xilagui took out the documents sent from the conference room before. One line of characters was circled. In order to save the cost of maritime patrol, the Emerald Sea Association allowed local associations to issue ship inspection permits to private or group ships. Vessels holding licenses can legally inspect all suspicious vessels. "If you send it out, it will only be that the pirates will reappear on the Emerald Sea, and a large number of private ships will hold the association''s license to rob." Xilagui said directly. "The license is not issued at will, and the expenditures of various associations at sea are huge. I want to consider reducing the costs in this regard." Ailinor said plainly. "It seems you know what it means to do so." Xilagui narrowed his eyes. "You are still too young and have no idea about the development of the entire situation. I am the flag bearer, and you should understand this." Xilagui''s expression suddenly calmed down and said, "I hope Wuheng will come back, and you have a good reason to explain to him." After saying that, he turned around and left. Ailinor glanced at the closed door and his eyes fell back on the documents in his hand. After searching for a while, I couldn''t find any local information about Wu Heng. (End of this chapter) Chapter 906 , heroes Chapter 906, Heroes Kudha City. After the frigate approached the port, the identity of the leader and the dwarf elder made the local association in an instant. Everyone in the association dispatched to prepare the ships and supplies needed by the archaeological team. Within two hours, it was fully mobilized and parked at the port. Philippa sighed from the side that it is very useful to have power. The dwarf elder stood at the port with the members of the hunter who were accompanying him and said respectfully: "Sir, thank you for your help along the way. We will write to you if you have any news." Wu Heng said: "There are still array patterns around the island. Be careful when the ship passes. Archaeology has begun. Don''t be dangerous at this time." "Yes, leader!" the dwarf smiled. "Okay, you guys go. Next time I go to Treasure Island, I''ll invite you to drink." Wu Heng waved his hand. The dwarf saluted again, and many members behind him saluted respectfully. The newly arranged sailors in the local area all looked at the scene in curiosity. It can be seen that these people respect the people ahead. Wu Heng took Philippa away, and the dwarf elder also called everyone on the boat and left the port to go to the archaeological island. On the frigate, Philippa said, "How can we go back." In fact, she still wanted to stay outside for a while. But what I said doesn''t matter. Now Wu Heng''s management is getting stricter and stricter. "The frigate asked the skeleton captain to drive back, let''s take the ghost train back." Wu Heng said. The Emerald Sea is very safe now, and the flags of the Association and Treasure Island will basically not cause any trouble. Even if there were pirates, they were the ones who were sinking. "Okay!" Philippa went to the cab and explained to Captain Skeleton. Soon after, he walked back and said, "I''ve finished giving it." The two of them got off the ship, and the frigate set sail directly, heading towards Treasure Island. Wu Heng took her to eat in the city and then strolled around the commercial street. Then go out of the city and open up the mansion in the wild, "Go in, I''ll let you out when I go back." "I want to take a hot spring," Philippa said. With a thought, an open-air hot spring was built in the ''mansion''. Philippa cheered and said while taking off his clothes, "Close the door, it''s so shy." The mansion technique is closed, Wu Heng puts on the [Train Leader''s Hat], and the ghost train appears. Go straight up. The scenery appeared outside the window and the ghost train arrived at Treasure Island. Wu Heng got off the train and looked at his watch, and it was 10:30 in the morning. It''s still convenient for ghost trains. The time spent on archaeology this time was mostly wasted on the road. [Teleport] Released, his figure disappeared, and when he appeared again, he had returned to the courtyard of the island master''s mansion. The skeletons guarding around turned their heads and looked over. After seeing that it was Wu Heng, they turned back with the sound of bone friction. Wu Heng released the ghost, and at the same time reached out and waved his hand to open it. Philippa walked out with the parrot and said, "I''m back? This train is still fast." Step by step ~! The sound of rapid footsteps sounded, and the four maids at home ran out with joy on their faces. Philippa smiled and opened his arms to meet him, "I miss you too." The maids went around her and rushed into Wu Heng''s arms, "Master, you are finally back!" Wu Heng patted the waist and back of several people, "I haven''t been out for a few days, and it seems that I have been out for a long time." "I want to go out for a day," Minnie said coquettishly. Philippa hugged his arms and curled his lips, "A group of guys who value **** over friends." After saying a few words to the maids, he walked towards the room together. Minnie helped him hang his coat aside. At this time, the wood elf Shannaira also walked downstairs, saying like the hostess, "I''m back!" "Well, I''m staying in bed again, right?" Wu Heng said with a smile. "No, I''ll sort out some information in the room." Shannara walked down with a smile, leaning against his arms, and then said, "It seems that the hero has stood up in the church. I''ll take you to see later." The heroic statue is the statue of the temple, but in order to avoid the gods, the temple is called the Temple of Heroes, and the statue of the **** is also called the heroic statue. But this is the name of the association. Some sects outside are still called temples or statues. I haven''t heard of anyone being punished by God. It''s basically the Holy See who is going to cause trouble for the other party. "Okay, it''s over lunch." Wu Heng nodded. As he spoke, the rushing footsteps came down from the upstairs, Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and shouted, "I''m out to play." He went straight past the living room and ran out. Shannaira stood up and said, "I''ll go change my clothes, and we''ll go there after dinner." Wu Heng thought for a while and went upstairs with him. Robe looked at Philippa and asked, "Tell us about what happened after we went to the island. Isn''t it said that people with three eyes have black hair, but they also have black hair!" When talking about this, the rest of the people looked over with curiosity. Wu Heng has seen this kind of hair color alone. "Hmph! I think of me now." Philippa looked unhappy. Annette smiled and said, "We still like to listen to Captain Philippa''s heroic deeds, which is the most impressive." "You still have some vision," Philippa said, leaning forward and continuing, "According to the history of the Hongwenhui, this person is a person from 1,500 years ago." "1500 years ago! I can live so much..." Robe exclaimed. Philippa continued, "When Xiaoxiao found him, there was only one mummy left in her body...." Upstairs bedroom. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng followed in. Shannaira stood in front of the closet, took off her home clothes and paused slightly. When she saw Wu Heng walking in, she raised her eyebrows, "I''ll change my clothes and go down." "I''m waiting for you here." Wu Heng sat down aside. Shannaira gave him a blank look, turned her back to him, revealing her beautifully lined back. The shoulder straps slid off the white shoulders, and the long skirt slid to the ground like petals, revealing the snow-like skin. Wu Heng approached gently with his hands and gently wrapped his slender waist behind him. Shannara paused, her lips raised, and she showed a smile that she knew you were like this, and said coquettishly, "What are you doing!" "There is still some time." Wu Heng kissed the other person''s neck lightly, and Sannara closed her eyes, enjoying the other person''s tenderness. Cooperating with the slightest tilt, he let the other party stay on his lips and responded gently. The two moved to the dressing table, and Sannara subconsciously held the wooden table with both hands, raised her waist slightly, and the silver mirror reflected her blushing and hot expression. My face turned redder and my heart became more and more eager. Let go of yourself and don''t look at yourself in the mirror. Indulge in it. Lilith''s Mansion. Xiaoxiao jumped into the living room. Lilith turned to look at her, showing a doting smile, "When did you come back?" "I just came back and my uncle had nothing to do, so I ran out." Xiaoxiao sat on the sofa naturally. Lilith continued to ask, "How was going out this time? Have you noticed anything?" The short story said: "Yes, it''s so big." "Speak for me if you find something." Lilith added, "Say what your uncle said." "When we got close to it, a whirlpool appeared in the sea, and two ships were lost... Later, after we went to the island, we found a mummy. The mummy came back to life and then knocked everyone in the association overturned. My uncle was afraid that he would reach level 20, so he and the skeleton killed him. Now it is called Bubble, which I named him." Xiaoxiao said everything he thought of and quickly said it. Lilith raised her eyebrows, mummy in the ruins? It may also be at level 20. His eyes were full of surprise. After lunch, the two took a carriage to the central church. Shannara took out the small mirror she carried with her, looked at the kiss marks on her collarbone, and complained, "Don''t Philippa listen to you all the way? That''s what it means when she comes back." "Who makes you so fragrant!" Wu Heng said with a smile. Shannaira stood up her collar and continued, "Next time, no force is allowed to be used like this." "All of them are professionals, it will be fine in a while." Wu Heng said comfortingly. "That''s not possible." Shannara''s brows stood up. "good." The two chatted and the carriage arrived outside the church. Putting on the hood, the two got off the carriage. Several carving craftsmen stood at the door. When they saw Sanaila coming down, they immediately greeted and saluted and said things. Shannaira said a few words to the other party and took him into the church. The interior is still spacious and bright, and the sun shines through the stained glass of the window, intertwining colorful lights and shadows on the ground. There is no difference in decoration when I came last time. The only difference is the heroic image set in the center. The hero''s statue is carved from stone, with a tall and straight body, as if it supports the dome of the entire church. (End of this chapter) Chapter 907 , a different skill book Chapter 907, Different Skill Books The facial lines of the statue are hard, and you can see similarities to Wu Heng, with your eyes hanging slightly, as if you have a feeling of compassion. һĽɫԲ̣һĴ֦Ҷï֦Ҷӵ̵Ҳʮϸ£һֻһȣ˻ҰɫľʯʽӦýˡ񡯡 It was a thick robe with folds like waves, and ancient runes appeared and loomed. Wu Heng looked at the hero''s image with a little surprised look. He has read the original design draft. It is a hand-painted pattern. The disk of the growing tree held by the left and right hands, and the gray-white jade staff represent the front spell of the resurrection technique in the necromancer faction, as well as the necromancer magic that transforms skeletons and rotten corpses. All the heroes were reflected, and the effect was better than expected. Shannaira glanced at him and asked, "How do you feel?" "It''s pretty good, better than I thought." Wu Heng said directly. Shannaira also smiled, "It''s good to be satisfied. I have modified it several times in the middle. This version is the best." "Thank you for your hard work, fortunately," Wu Heng thanked softly, stretched out his hand and scratched her palm. Shannaira grabbed his finger and pinched it hard, warning of this small move. Then he asked, "Is there any place that needs to be modified?" "I think it''s pretty good, no need to modify it." Wu Heng said as if he looked at the hero. "I''ll talk about it if there are any modifications in the future." Shannaira said, then walked to the door, allowing the carving craftsmen waiting at the door to leave and go to the city hall to settle their wages tomorrow. The craftsmen left with joy on their faces, and Sannaira returned and said, "Wait a moment, I have arranged two priests for you, and I will come here later." "Okay!" The two continued to look around the church. When I returned to the hall again, I saw two young and tall wood elf women standing in the middle of the hall. The woman on the left has long brown hair, softly hanging behind her, with leaves-like hair accessories dotted between her hair, blue eyes, and delicate appearance. Wearing a light blue long skirt, the breeze blows by and the corners of the skirt flutters. On the right is emerald green hair, with some natural curls, a ponytail combed, a few strands of hair left on the forehead, and the two eyes are also green, like two gems. The upper body is leather armor, tight trousers on the lower body, and the legs are stuffed into high-top boots. The skin is a light bronze color, the skin tone that has been bathed in the sun for a long time. Seeing the two of them coming out of the inside, the two female elves walked over quickly and saluted, "Master of the Island, Elder Shannaira." Shannaira nodded and introduced the woman in the long-dressed dress on Wu Heng first, "Her name is ''Evelyn'', a level 11 bard." "Hello." Wu Heng nodded. Evelyn saluted again. Shannaira continued to introduce the second woman with green hair in leather armor and said, "Selia, Level 10 Ranger." Wu Heng continued to nod at the second person, "Hello, Selia!" "I''m honored to meet you, Lord Island." Selia said with a smile. It seems that his personality is more lively. Shannaira continued, "These two have both followed me before, they are capable and trustworthy. I have talked to them and are willing to help you in the church for a year. If they want to leave later, don''t stop them." Level 11 bard and level 10 ranger. The level is not low, at least on the association, you can be a local deacon at level 12. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I will leave the church to you in the future." "Yes, sir." The two of them were also polite. Next, the four of them walked around the church. Wu Heng also said his requirements. In fact, what he did, Shannaira explained to them in advance, and she was just adding it again. After chatting for a while, I left the church. Walk out of the church gate and get on the carriage. Wu Heng looked at Shannaira who took off her hood, "Are you a priest selected by your appearance?" "Why are you not satisfied?" Shannara looked up. Wu Heng said, "There are rumors outside that I have a scandal with many people!" "Hmph! The facts are not a scandal," Shanara continued. "I have considered this, and your profession still has an inherent negative impression in the outside world. Now that you have established a sect, you don''t want to take a strong route, two young and beautiful priests will relieve the pressure on others." The consideration was really thoughtful. Wooden elves, young and gentle women, can indeed alleviate the stereotypes given by necromancers. "What you said makes sense, thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng walked to the other party and sat down. "Just know." Shannaira also followed the trend and leaned against the other party''s shoulder. The carriage drove towards the island owner''s mansion. After supper. The maids went to the training room to train. Wu Heng thought for a while, picked up the phone and dialed Xilagui''s number. After ringing twice, the opposite side was connected, "Wu Heng!" "Well, what are you doing?" Wu Heng asked with a smile. Xilagui quipped, "Shi Yali is preparing for bathing water, are you going to go together?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and said, "It''s not possible today, I''ll see you tomorrow." "Are you back?" Shi Yali''s shout came from not far away. "I''m back, I just came back today." "Then you don''t come to see us." Shi Yali''s tone was a little resentful. "Don''t talk for now." Xilagui said, and then said seriously, "The new flag bearer is here. Do you know about this?" Hearing her tone become serious, Wu Heng was also a little serious, "I heard Minnie mention it, you are from the Elf." "It is the elder of our elves," Xilagui continued. "A few days ago, as the flag bearer, he sent development suggestions to all resident associations in the Emerald. One of them was to reduce the expenditure of local associations and allow the issuance of inspection ship permits to private or group ships." Wu Heng frowned and didn''t react for a moment, "Check the license? What''s the purpose?" "It is a ship with a license that can search suspicious ships at sea." That said, I immediately understood. In the future, ships with licenses will have the power to enforce the law at sea. Anyone who doesnt like them can be searched on the ship. If you want the other party to cooperate with your search, your fleet needs a certain amount of force. It may give the sea a fleet of real combating pirates and smuggling, but it is also possible that a large number of pirates with licenses will emerge. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! This license is a military order, and anyone who has problems will have problems. Guarantees from the association. "He didn''t consider the consequences?" Wu Heng asked back. Xiragui said, "I told him, but he was a little stubborn. This is the case with the older generation. I always feel that the method I used to work now." Wu Heng lay on the sofa and thought for a while, saying, "Don''t worry, you have to react when you get news from everywhere. When I go to visit Chief Lilith tomorrow, I will tell her about this problem." "Tell me about him then, don''t let him slap his head and come up with bad ideas." Xilagui was like complaining. "Okay, I''ll beat him up." "That''s not the case." After chatting for a while, Xilagui and Shi Yali were going to take a bath. So I hung up the phone and went upstairs to return to the study. In the study room. Xiaoxiao and two other ghosts are watching the animated version of the Lotus Lantern. Wu Heng opened the door and came in, just glanced at him and focused his attention on the animation. ɱǸˣûô˵ Benny said: "Wu Heng said he was recovering his strength at that time and might not have recovered yet." The short story, "Look, I''ll say they''re very similar. Maybe they''re the same person. The cartoons are fake, and maybe he''s so capable." Benny continued, "Is it useless to him? The corpses were transformed into skeletons by Wu Heng." "The dog will come to seek revenge on uncle at that time." Xiaoxiao said with a smile. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "It''s just right, you can reunite them." "Uncle looks like a villain." Granda said, "Nether, do you think he is so decent." Wu Heng ignored them and took out six metal plate skills books on the side and placed them on the desk. When Sanyouhu saw that he was going to read a book, he also floated aside with his tablet and turned the sound down. Wu Heng also focused on the content of the skill book. [Zeyin Skill]. The content explained at the beginning is that water is soft and overcomes hardness, and is like a mirror when it is still, and like a wave when it is moving. The Zegui technique is to guide and control this power, and to use the agility and moisturizing of water, and to be used by the performer. If you want to learn the art of zodiac signs, you must first understand the nature of water and understand the impermanence of water. Wu Heng frowned, and he still had to practice this. Yes, normal skill books also require repeated research and insight to learn. I don''t need it myself, I can unlock it after reading it once. The following describes several effects that the caster can produce after learning. It can turn water into a blade, cut gold and stone, condense water into a shield, resist attacks, or turn it into a water flow to bind the enemy. Wu Heng thought of a high-pressure water gun. This thing is cut into metal and tofu. Seeing this, Wu Heng also discovered the difference from the current skill books. The skills books passed down now are more like a concrete single skill, such as Cloud and Fog, Water Arrow, or Water Wall, all of which have fixed specific styles and effects. And this ancient skill book is a wider way to manipulate water. After learning, you can unleash any of these skills. "That means!" "I learned this one, is it considered that I have learned all the skills of the water system?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 908 How many skills have you learned Chapter 908, How many skills have you learned The more I think about it, the more excited I feel. If your guess is correct, then this skill book is too awesome. It cannot even be called a skill book, but a method that can control water, not limited to a single move. The skills of ancient people are really exaggerated. Thinking about it now, another skill with exaggerated effects is [Modern Ken Luxury House Technique], which was also discovered from a ruin. Later it was acquired by the Snake Hui Consortium and sold as an item for annual auction. It can open up a separate space, not only can the creature survive in it, but it can also build anything reasonable from it with its spiritual power. It is also a skill book that is different from conventional skills. Its just that Zeyin Technique is recorded on the iron plate, and House Technique is made of the skin of some creature. This kind of ''skin'' effect is much better than that of iron plates. After suppressing many thoughts in his heart, Wu Heng continued to look at the rest. The later mentioned the compatibility between the caster and the water element, the impact of mental power on water form, and the rest is the method of manipulation and the use of mental power. Unlike modern skill books, there are more obscure records on it. Even if the panel is translated, you can only guess the general meaning. Fortunately, I dont need to study too much, as long as I can read it carefully, I can unlock it. There is more content left, and Wu Heng is more focused. I dont know how long it took, but the system prompt appeared from my ear. [Unlocking skill: Zeyuan Technique. The moment the prompt appeared, an unspeakable feeling appeared from the body. I seemed to have established a wonderful connection with the water element, and the blood flowing in my body and the wisps of water vapor in the air were so clear. This feeling is not something he can see, but he can feel it, and mental power can also guide these water elements. The panel is as useful as ever. "Uncle, have you learned it?" Xiaoxiao floated over and hung it on his shoulder. "I learned it." Wu Heng replied with a smile. I looked up and found that it was pitch black outside the window. I looked at my watch and found that it was already late at night. It was obviously only six iron plates, and the content did not require deciphering it by yourself, but it took so long. "Uncle is so awesome." Xiaoxiao said exaggeratedly. Granda also said, "You really have a lot of talent in magic. I have never heard of anyone who can learn skills every time you read a book." Benny said, "This is Wu Heng''s characteristic, he is smart and has a strong personality charm." Wu Heng smiled and said, "Ji Cao Wu Liu!" ʲô˼ͱһã Xiaoxiao explained, "Uncle said he is very powerful, so you don''t have to call him Liuliu." Benny shook her head, "It''s even harder to understand." Glanda looked at Wu Heng and asked, "What''s the effect of the new skill?" Wu Heng stretched out his hand and the invisible water vapor quickly condensed into a substantial water flow, hovering around Wu Heng''s fingertips, and then winding a love shape under the gaze of the three souls. hey-hey! Xiaoxiao smiled, and Granda and Benny gave him a blank look. Experimental skills, and they also have such tricks. "How is the attack power?" asked Glanda. Wu Heng pointed casually, and with a whoosh, the water flow shot out like an arrow from the string. With a tingling sound, it penetrated into the wall panel of the wall, and a bullet-like hole drilled out. "Water arrow?" said Granda. Whoosh swish swish swish! The next second, countless water droplets condensed out of thin air and shot towards the wall on one side. In the blink of an eye, the wall panel was beaten like a beehive, full of holes. Now, the three ghosts were also a little surprised. Such a intensive attack could cause considerable damage. Hurry~! The sound of skeleton footsteps came outside the door, and Wu Heng opened the door and signaled that nothing was wrong. He said to the Three Ghost again, "Let''s go outside and try the skills." "Okay!" The three ghosts penetrated into their bodies, and Wu Heng released the [Teleport] and disappeared in place. It appeared again and had arrived at an unmanned beach by the sea. Release the three ghosts and look at the surroundings. Granda asked, "What are you going to try?" "Try whatever you want!" Wu Heng walked directly to the beach and began to pull the water elements in the sea. Gradually, the sea surface ahead began to surging wildly, forming a rotating vortex. Although it was not as exaggerated as the formation outside the site, the area of ??the vortex was dozens of meters in diameter. Then, the vortex quickly gathered, turning into thick water tornadoes, rushing into the sky. Benny exclaimed, How many skills have you learned? Wu Heng did not answer, but continued to let the sea water form a towering water wall, a water prison wrapped in stone, and a few different types of water element magic. At this time, the three ghosts all opened their eyes wide. I''m afraid I''ve learned all the water skills! After a while, Xiaoxiao said in support: "Wow, uncle is so powerful, even better than the Dragon King." Granda also reacted and asked, "Those iron plates have recorded so many skills?" "This is the effect of ancient skills. It allows users to form the effect they want based on the traction of their mental power. I am a hero now, so the effect will definitely be better." Wu Heng explained. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Granda sighed: "The ancient skills are so powerful." Benny said, "Congratulations to Wu Heng, for getting a powerful skill." "Congratulations to your uncle." Xiaoxiao also said. Wu Heng smiled and said, "It''s all for everyone." "Yes, I have made contributions, too." Xiaoxiao said excitedly. At this time, two skeleton dragons flew over quickly in the distance and searched at the location where the tornado had just formed. Then there were patrolling ships approaching quickly. Since the people driving are all skeletons, they dont even have a searchlight on, and they are sailing in the night like a ghost ship. "It seems that you have attracted the attention of the patrol skeleton." Granda Fei looked high and looked. Wu Heng said, "Go and say something to the skeleton, and we will go back later." The ghost flew out and brought the leaning skeleton back to his position. After returning, Wu Heng brought the three ghosts to return to the island master''s mansion using [Telection Technique]. In the early morning, Wu Heng got down from the building. The skeleton chef has brought the breakfast, and the women at home have also come down from upstairs and started eating. "Sister Shannaira is staying in bed again." Minnie said with a smile. Wu Heng said, "Now they are elders, so we dare not say anything." "Tsk, you''re still a hero!" Philippa sat across from the other side and complained. The Island Lord''s Mansion has her room, sometimes she lives in the Island Lord''s Mansion, and sometimes she goes back to her mother''s tavern to stay. No one paid attention to her, Philippa continued, "Where are you going in a while? Will I go with you?" "Wait until I go to Chief Lilith''s side, do you want to go with me?" Wu Heng ate and looked up at her. When Philippa heard Lilith, he shrank his arms. The two of them didn''t meet each other many times, but they also knew that they were cold and looked difficult to get along with. "Forget it, I''ll cause you trouble if I say the wrong thing." Philippa continued. Wu Heng nodded and said, "You stay in the island master''s house for training. If you can become a hero in the future, you will not be afraid of saying the wrong thing." Philippa curled his lips and said nothing. Who doesnt want to be a hero? But among the generations, Wu Heng has emerged. Andvier said on the side, "Master, the statistical results of the shop''s electric lights will come out today. I will get the results and report them to you." The problem of electric lights in the shop was explained before leaving, and it was time to have a result. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded. After breakfast, the maids took a break and went to the training ground to train. Step by step ~! Xiaoxiao also ran downstairs, "Uncle, when will it be over?" "I''ll make a call, it''s inconvenient to ask." Wu Heng called Lilith. The phone rang a few times, and a lazy voice came from the opposite side, "What''s wrong?" "Chief, are you at home? I''ll take Xiaoxiao to see you." Wu Heng said with a smile. Lilith was silent for two seconds, her voice regained her coldness and said, "Come on, come to the courtyard directly, don''t go outside." After saying this, Lilith heard the butler''s voice coming from outside the window, "Master Wuheng Island, little lady, you...." (End of this chapter) Chapter 909 , help me collect cultural relics Chapter 909, Help me collect cultural relics Lilith stood up and walked to the window, and saw Wu Heng and Xiaoxiao standing there in the courtyard, explaining to her butler. "I asked them to come here, and he can teleport them directly from now on. It is easy to attract attention when you are outside." Lilith said. The housekeeper turned his head and greeted him, "Yes, Miss." Lilith said to Wu Heng, "Come in and wait in the living room for a while." Wu Heng entered the room, Xiaoxiao sat casually on the sofa, picked up the remote control and turned on the TV, and played a cartoon. More familiar than my own home. Wu Heng whispered, "Don''t make it the same as your own." "It''s okay, my sister allows me." Xiaoxiao said directly. The housekeeper brought tea and pastries, and Lilith also walked downstairs and sat down aside. "Listen to the short story, isn''t the archaeology going well this time?" "There are some dangers on the road, but fortunately nothing happened. I successfully found the location of the ruins." Wu Heng said with a smile. "Tell me what I met." Lilith continued to ask. Wu Heng picked up the tea and took a sip, and then roughly talked about the dangers he encountered along the way. The archaeology was participated by members of the association, and the process and gains could not be hidden. After hearing this, Lilith continued to ask, "The person guarding the site is of the same race as you?" "The hair color is the same, but there are three eyes." Wu Heng said with a smile. This matter cannot be admitted. Once the archaeological team finds records about another world, or directly records information that can travel through two worlds, and talks about one race by themselves, it is easy to be associated with it. Although it is unlikely, it is better to be careful. "Yeah." Lilith nodded, and then said, "Is that weapon a strange thing?" "I think it should be a strange thing." "I''ll take a look!" Wu Heng took out the bronze spear. After taking a look, Lilith returned it to him and said, "The association can help you experiment with the effects and side effects of strange objects, which will be safer for you, but the disadvantages are also obvious, that is, the characteristics will be recorded and easily revealed." Strange things are as important as skills, and they are used as trump cards at critical moments. Of course, the fewer people know, the better. Wu Heng smiled and said, "I''ve already got some clues, I can experiment with it myself." "Don''t be stubborn. The side effects of strange things may be fatal. You may not be afraid of being a hero, but some side effects will harm people around you." Lilith reminded. "You also know that I have some research on the magical machinery, and there is no problem in experimenting with amazing things." Lilith nodded, "Just be confident." After talking about archaeology, Wu Heng brought the topic to the purpose of this time, "Chief, the new flag bearer from Treasure Island, do you know?" "Elin Noel, he was also a group of elders in the association very early. He was quite serious in his work. He came to visit me when he came to the island." Lilith said the other party''s name directly. Wu Heng said: "Yesterday, I found that the association issued an announcement on the development direction issued by the flag bearer. One of them is to allow associations across the Emerald Sea to issue inspection permits to private ships and have the power to enforce the law at sea." "I know this," Lilith said. Wu Heng''s eyes condensed, and he was a little surprised by the answer. ˿˵ǰ˵£Э⼸ѲϻѾ޴ֻнܹάַֿʽٺϵġ Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, there was a legitimate reason. He said directly: "The cruise range of Treasure Island has been expanding, reducing their investment in this regard, and can also coordinate with local navies. This method of directly issuing licenses will become more chaotic over time, and a new type of pirates will be cultivated." "He promised to strengthen management. Now he is the flag bearer of the Emerald Sea and has ideas. He always wants to let him try it." Lilith said with a smile, "And, we are in the Emerald Sea, how many people do you think dare to do too much?" Seeing that Lilith said so, Wu Heng said, "Then let him try it first." "Well, you are the leader, and you have to allow your subordinates to try some things." Lilith, like a senior in the workplace, whispered to guide her experience. Wu Heng glanced at her and said, "I just became a hero. Leader, please lend me some people. There is no one to use my skills." Lilith gave him a blank look, "You are causing trouble everywhere, I dare not lend it to you." After chatting for a while, Lilith and Xiaoxiao started playing games. Wu Heng left the mansion. Return to the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng called Xilagui. After the opposite side was connected, Wu Heng completely repeated Lilith''s words. Xilagui said, "It seems that he is ready. No wonder he is so tough." Wu Heng said, "Captain Lilith''s idea is to let him try it first, and if the effect is not good, then cancel it." "As soon as such things start to go in a bad direction, it will be very troublesome." Xilagui sighed and continued, "I can only look at it first. No one can say whether this direction is correct." "Yes!" Wu Heng nodded. Then, Shi Yali''s voice came from the opposite side, "Wu Heng, will you come to your house for dinner tonight?" Wu Heng smiled and said, "I can''t go to have a meal, but I''ll stay there tonight." "That''s fine." Shi Yali agreed happily. Xilagui said, "Okay, let''s have a hang up first, let''s talk about it when you come tonight." "good!" After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng was still thinking about this matter. Xiragui''s concerns are not reasonable. If such license is issued and strictly regulated, there should be no problems in the short term. Once time goes by, this kind of privilege will be difficult to control. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! There is a high probability that a group of new types of pirates with licenses will appear. Instead of pirate flags, you will hold a license. But what Lilith said makes sense. Some things are implemented and then corrected, and they cannot completely prevent the other party from trying, and they will directly reject the other party''s ideas. After all, the flag bearer has been replaced. I thought about it in my mind, but didn''t think too much about this issue. Release teleportation leaves again, head to the remaining factories to check the equipment and see if the materials are sufficient. At dusk, Wu Heng came back from outside. The family sat at the dining table and ate. Andvier said: "Master, the statistics of the electric lights have come out. All the owners of the shops agree to use the electric lights. Now I am waiting for the price. Sister Shannaira and I discussed it. Each kilowatt-hour of electricity will be collected. The time it takes for Treasure Island to be dark is short, and it is completely within the tolerance range of the shop." The lights will definitely be installed, and they are charged according to the amount of use. If you dont agree, at best, you wont need it. The owner of the shop is not stupid, so naturally no one is openly objecting. As for the electricity collected, the power plant does not lose much, and it cannot be collected too expensive. The price is about the same. "Yes, let''s continue to implement it tomorrow. Light up several major commercial streets as soon as possible." Wu Heng agreed directly. "good!" Had supper. Wu Heng released the teleportation technique and went to the residence of the elf sisters. The next day, in the morning. Xiaoxiao came back from Lilith''s residence, and Wu Heng took three ghosts to the zombie world. The other end is still the prison''s surveillance room. Xiaoxiao and Benny went to investigate the zombies in the prison and confirmed that they had not upgraded. Wu Heng called Li Yahong''s phone, rang twice and said to the other side, "I called you yesterday, but I didn''t even get through." "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng asked. "Qi Hancai has sent a lot of gold bricks. I want to notify you to come and get them!" "For exchange?" "I heard that it was the Mexican metal supernatural person who collected it in vaults everywhere. She can open the vault directly." Qi Hancai replied. "It''s really a good skill." Wu Heng sighed. Before, I really didn''t expect that the Mexican survivor''s superpower would be of great use now. "I''ll get it when I have time." Wu Heng said, and then said, "How about the skeletons who learn to build databases? Can they be completed independently now?" "It should be almost done. To cooperate with the corresponding service area, you can build your own database." Li Yahong said with confidence. It seems that this matter is arranged very well. "Help me prepare the service area and I will take it away together." "Okay!" Li Yahong agreed. Wu Heng thought for a while and continued, "By the way, help me collect some cultural relics, which are ancient artifacts, and some written items recorded on stone tablets and stone slabs." "Cultural Relics? Why do you want this thing?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 910 , Lingqi Teaching Chapter 910, Lingqi Sect Officials from various countries are also collecting cultural relics from their own countries. Xinfu City has always regarded itself as a large local shelter, and there are no relevant professionals, so it has not collected these. Li Yahong was a little curious. She had never mentioned this before, so why did she suddenly want cultural relics? In the current environment, except for some official ones, these things are not as valuable as two bags of instant noodles in ordinary small shelters. Then he said, "The headquarters has collected some cultural relics. We do not have relevant technicians and do not know how to repair them. If you come here, you may not be well preserved." When Wu Heng heard this, he knew that she had poor understanding and explained, "We don''t need to collect it, we just borrow it to take a look, and return it to them after reading it." Li Yahong suddenly realized, "There is no problem." Wu Heng thought carefully and then said, "The main thing is some utensils with text, don''t have photo copies, but real items." Last time I borrowed talisman books from the front desk, I delayed for several days and sent a copy. This time I have to say it in advance. If I really record my skills, I can also consider staying. After all, it is useful in your own hands. If you put it on their side, you can only place it as a cultural relic. "I understand, I will communicate about this matter later." Li Yahong agreed directly. Wu Heng paused for a moment and then led the topic to the skeletons that built the database and the server, "Where are the skeletons that built the data now?" "I''m still with Gao Rong. If I need it, I''ll arrange for someone to take the skeleton over the next two days." Wu Heng nodded, "Come on, let Gao Rong prepare all the equipment you need and the server you mentioned, and I will take it away together." "Okay!" Li Yahong said with a smile. After saying the serious matter, the two casually talked about what happened at the base these days. Li Yahong said in confusion, "You and Sister Zhao..., okay?" Forehead. ֻڶߣʶĿܣССͱݳȥˡ He just said directly: "Yeah! What''s wrong with you?" "The sixth sense of a woman." Li Yahong said. "Have you awakened this skill?" Li Yahong snorted and said, "Does this still need to be awakened? Sister Zhao has been talking to me these days, saying this and that, and when I think about it, I know it has something to do with you." "Is it okay?" "How do you want to tell us about our relationship?" Li Yahong paused and said, "We are getting along well." "I''ll go see you in two days." Wu Heng said with a smile. Li Yahong nodded and said, "Sister Zhao and I will accompany you at that time." "So good?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. Li Yahong''s tone was a little resentful, "What can I do? My man is guarding a bunch of skeletons and never comes to see me, and he doesn''t make any tricks." "Okay, I''ll go there these few days, I feel wronged." Wu Heng said jokingly. "Okay, I''ll go to communicate with the General Office about cultural relics. I''ll talk about it when you come in two days." Li Yahong said. Wu Heng agreed and hung up the phone directly. Hang up the phone and Granda flew over. He said, "Can you confirm that the cultural relics here have skills?" "I''m not sure, but I''ve read some archaeological news before and I can always find some ancient tombs with utensils engraved with cultural relics." Wu Heng continued, "Try your luck." There is no big expectation for obtaining ancient skills in this world. But it may exist, so try to find it, and maybe you will gain something. Granda nodded and floated aside to continue looking at her book. Wu Heng leaned on the chair, opened the panel and looked at the faith column. [Faith: 21/50000. It''s still blackjack. Faith and fame are still very different. Fame is known to you with some rumors or items sold on Treasure Island. Faith is even harder to obtain. And I feel like I have my own maid and some people from the base have provided some. There is still a long way to meet the upgrade requirements. It is obviously impossible to be fully prepared. You can start first and make improvements one after another. Also, the recruitment of high-level professionals. When you build your own church, you will need some relevant talents under your command, and it is impossible to arrange all the skeletons to spread their faith. You can use help to promote your reputation and recruit some high-level professionals, and the main point is that you can trust. Dont recruit those who come in, they are all eyeliners arranged by other forces. As for the zombie world, killing zombies has no experience in itself, and its main energy is to popularize modern technology into another world. Modern equipment still has a great effect. Lilith can stay on Treasure Island, which is mostly because Treasure Island is more comfortable to live. There are air conditioners, electric lights, and TV game consoles, all new things that people in another world have never seen before. We can continue to introduce some things, such as the Internet and short videos, and the clash between pagans and the Holy See online, which is interesting to think about. In terms of force, you can bring the missiles over. Now the satellite has been launched, meeting the requirements of precise positioning, and the missile can also exert its power from a long distance. Heroes are not afraid of death! How can his subordinates and their tribe members not be afraid of death? More means are not a bad thing after all. Sitting in the chair and thinking for a while, Xiaoxiao ran back while controlling the doll, with snowflakes hanging on her body, "Uncle, it''s snowing outside." "It snows and runs out." Wu Heng helped her take off the snowflakes on her body. "I have a snowball fight with Sister Benny." The short story was about. Wu Heng glanced at Benny who was floating beside him, "How can Benny fight?" "Sister Benny commands the skeletons. I also have several skeletons here, and they are very fierce." Xiaoxiao said excitedly in her tone. Granda also smiled and looked over. For adults, it is a bit sad to be a ghost after all. Only in Xiaoxiao can you feel that there is nothing wrong with ghosts. Benny smiled and said, "I can join the war when my doll is made." "The reply from the weirdo master should be on the way, don''t worry." Wu Heng said. "Yeah!" Benny nodded. After cleaning up the snow on Xiaoxiao''s body, Wu Heng continued, "Okay, let''s go back first." Little divorce from the doll. Wu Heng put the doll into the space ring, and the three ghosts also penetrated into their bodies. Open the boundary gate and return to Treasure Island. City of Lopez. The snake emblem consortium is decorated in a luxurious conference room, and the dusk light shines through the window and sprinkles on the oblong conference table. The people in charge of the consortiums in various parts of the country sat upright with serious faces. First, an old man wearing a gray-white robe said in a low voice, "At this auction, Retiri wants to set the venue on Treasure Island, everyone will share their opinions." The annual auction is an important finale for each region. Whether it can be held well will affect their future resources and promotions. The Snake Emblem Consortium and Association are different. They do not have so many free positions. If they do not do well, they will have to replace them. On the contrary, if they do well, their status will be improved faster. Especially outside, there are news that my leader is inspecting various places, so we should take it seriously. One person whispered: "I think the risk is too great. Since the Wuheng Island owner went to Treasure Island, he has never stopped talking about him. The topic of too high also represents many uncontrollable dissemination. And I got the news that the Holy See warned all chambers of commerce and fleets that were on the Treasure Island, and he agreed to go to the island to hold an auction, and it was not ruled out that there was an idea to pull us into the water. Another person said, "It''s a bit far-fetched to pull it into the water, but it''s still possible to take the opportunity to change the situation on Treasure Island, Rostander! Tell me about the situation?" Sitting on the third position on the right was a thin middle-aged man with long eyes, "Rostander", the head of the Treasure Island Consortium. Rostander said plainly, "Treasure Island has developed very well in the past two years. Wu Heng became the leader, and Lilith is also on the island with another consortium leader." It''s a bit funny to say. He didn''t propose it, but the city of Lopez, which takes five days to go. Of course, this has something to do with his initial sidelines, and the island''s consortium did not receive the attention of Treasure Island. But Treasure Island is developing better and better, and he can also achieve good results. The position was raised all the way and sat in the third position. The rest of the people heard that there was a leader on the island, and the rest raised their eyebrows and stopped their low discussions. Rostander continued to add, "I heard that the Dwarf leader also planned to settle on the island, but this is just a rumor. Lilith really has been living on the island." Good guy, three heroes are gathering together on an island. I think its too risky to hold an auction on Treasure Island. "I heard that Lilith is very cold. The tribe members who opposed her earlier were exiled. Let''s go and fall into the trap." "I think it''s better to hold an auction on the ship like before." "Well, I feel like there is no need to take risks near the end of the year." Everyone said, the first old man in the robe looked at Lei Tili in the first position on the left, "Red Tili, I want to hear your thoughts." Her status has improved rapidly in one year. From the middle position, I sat all the way to the first position beside me. No one believed that she had no chance. Retiri was wearing a red slim suit, like a burning flame, which was extremely conspicuous in the entire cool-toned room. His eyes glanced around and said solemnly: "I understand your concerns, but when did the consortium retreat because of fear of risks? Treasure Island is located in the center of the Emerald Sea, and it is the most suitable position for auction. Don''t forget that who has the final say on the Emerald Sea route now? We will hold an auction on the sea and we will also get the nod of the island owner." He leaned forward slightly and continued, "More importantly, I can directly contact the Lord of Wuheng Island, he can promise our safety, and the newspaper will promote it in advance for us." Everyone''s eyes showed surprise and jealousy. He was able to communicate directly with the hero, and it turned out that her backer was here. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! In addition, the others also noticed another problem, which is the matter on the Emerald Sea route mentioned. Treasure Island occupies a greater right to cruise. If you want to hold an auction at sea, you should say hello to the other party in advance. The first old man touched his beard and said with a smile, "Retili, can you guarantee that there is no problem with Treasure Island''s auction? Use your identity as a guarantee?" Retiri''s fingers under the table were tightly clamped, but she still smiled on her face, "I can, but the leader Wuheng also needs the cost of renting the venue and providing security." "This is what he deserves, how much does he need?" Retiri''s eyes froze, "40% of the profit." Everyone''s eyes widened. "This is a bit too exaggerated." "Yes, I haven''t given so much time in history." Retiri said: "You ask a hero to promise protection for this money. Do you think it''s too much? Why do I think it''s a good deal!" The old man narrowed his eyes and said, "At most, 30%, you can discuss it with the hero Wu Heng." Retiri smiled and said, "If it''s 30, I can agree to it for him. Everyone, go back and prepare!" The letter she mentioned to Wu Heng was 5%. But today, I feel like I dont think Im going to be a lions mouth again, and these people always feel like they are at a disadvantage. Now she directly demanded 30%. Anyway, she made a lot of money from Wu Heng. At worst, she would pay him back. These people would be bleeding. The old man looked at the others: "Tell me your thoughts." "I have no objection." "Since the auction is held at sea and you need to say hello to the other party, it''s better to be on Treasure Island." "I have no objection, either." The old man nodded and said to Retiri: "Write a letter to the hero Wuheng, the auction will be held on Treasure Island this year." The meeting ended and everyone left the room. I will take a boat back to prepare for the auction later. At the door, Treasure Island head ''Rostand'' accelerated his pace and caught up with Retiri, smiling, "Miss Retiri." Retiri glanced at the other party, "Mr. Rostander, what''s the matter?" "You have a good relationship with the hero Wu Heng?" "not bad." Rostander smiled awkwardly, "Hero Wu Heng and I have some misunderstandings. If you have the chance, please tell me a few words." Retili heard Wu Heng say last time that she was in a battle with the pirates. The local consortium stood on the pirates'' side. It is also for this reason that I got a large number of orders from Wu Heng, and it is my benefactor. Retiri smiled and said, "I will if I have a chance." "Thank you." Rostander thanked seriously. Island Lord''s Mansion. After dinner, Wu Heng returned to the study. Xiaoxiao was not in the room, and the remaining two ghosts were still staying at home. Granda flew over and said, "I have written the teachings for you, I really don''t know these." As he said that, a few pages of paper flew over directly. ɥʬʹƽ壬͢˳ų In short, just write it out first, regardless of whether it is useful or not, and whether anyone can read it. It seems that way. Wu Heng sat down aside, poured a glass of water out of thin air, and then flew to the side table. I also picked up the doctrine and looked at the content above. "Spiritual Enlightenment: 1. Theory of Heroes: The only great Wu Heng hero controls the overall situation. With his mysterious power, he created the order of life and death, which is the root of all things in the world. He already possessed three identities and came to the world: the Lord of Death, who planned the rules of life and death cycle with supreme authority. The Lord of Life comes to the world to give life and enhancement, guide life to use its power, and improve higher levels. The spirit enlightens the Holy Spirit, travels through the world, enlightens the hearts of believers, and guides them to follow the doctrine. The three are one and form the great heroic ruler. 2. Life and redemption. Human race is active in the sunlight. Life, career and redemption. The human race is active in the sunlight, and the elves shuttle through the secret realm of the jungle... Every life has a unique mark from its birth and has equal rights. Let us take the "Spiritual Enlightenment" as a guide to correctly practice the doctrine in life. " Wu Heng widened his eyes and looked at the doctrine written by Glanda with some surprise. "How is it?" Granda asked curiously. "It''s so good to write. I didn''t expect me to be so great." Wu Heng said in surprise. "Just be naughty, Xiaoxiao has learned bad things from you." Granda said, but the other party agreed that what he wrote was still quite happy. Wu Heng blinked at her and said, "Really, the writing is really good. I will use this. In our sect, I will give you the title of the archbishop in the personal sleeping room." "I''m sick!" Granda gave him a blank look, "Then let it be, I''ll copy it again." "Yes." Wu Heng handed her the teachings again. When it was getting late, Glanda finished copying, and Wu Heng asked the skeleton to bind it. I also went back to the room to rest. The next day, in the morning. Jinfan Tavern. As the new newspaper was released, drinkers came in one after another in the tavern, gradually filling up the seats on the first floor. People were talking and laughing loudly, and the sound of wine glasses colliding and the noisy conversation were intertwined. At this time, a figure wearing a blue brocade robe with delicate patterns embroidered on the cuffs of the clothes appeared in front of everyone. Saban! The bard of Treasure Island became famous on the island because of the adaptation of the stage play. Nowadays, it rarely appears in places like taverns. "Mr. Saban, are you here to read the newspaper today?" someone asked. Saban smiled and nodded, walked up to the front platform, cleared his throat, and the unique and magnetic sound penetrated the noise of the drinkers. "Old rules, let''s talk about the intelligence in the newspaper first. These intelligences are quite special and closely related to us." The tavern became quiet, and Saban unfolded the newspaper and said, "The shops on the three commercial streets of Treasure Island Lighthouse have been configured with circuits, and then they will be fully powered, and the shops will use electric lights." The first article came out and everyone started to discuss it. "Is electric light a street light? Can the store also use it?" "This means, the store will be open for one night? Who will go to the big night?" "If you don''t go, just close the door and delay it!" "I don''t know if we can use it in the future." "Hope!" Saban continued to knock on the table, and when the people calmed down, he continued to say, "The church on the island is about to open, and the sect is the ''spiritual enlightenment'', and the faith is the master who controls life and death, the leader of Wuheng!" Wow~! As soon as he finished speaking, the tavern exploded. The sect of the island master. (End of this chapter) Chapter 911 , Church storm Chapter 911, Church storm "No wonder the church is being renovated." "So, the island owner has established his own sect, and I have never heard of recruiting believers." "It''s not a sect related to the Necromancer profession, right?" "The Holy See cannot allow such a sect to be built." "A coincidence! The island owner is not afraid of the Holy See." "Too." No one mentioned the topic of electric lights, and everyone was discussing the sect. The church in the Holy See was driven away from the island, and the original building was renovated. Now it seems that the island owner has planned the idea of ??establishing his own sect very early. Even though Wu Heng had a high reputation on the island, a necromancer established a sect. You will still think of sects such as evil gods. After talking about the topic for a long time, the voice gradually lowered. Someone raised his hand and asked, "Mr. Saban, what are the differences between Lingqi Sect? Are there already members in it?" The others also looked up. Saban smiled and said, "The specific newspaper did not say it, but the time for the church to open is set the day after tomorrow. If you are interested, you can go and have a look." The drinkers nodded to express their understanding. Saban continued, "Okay, let''s go on to the next intelligence...." Church, conference room. The entire room still retains its original decoration style. Apart from the replacement of some furniture and added electric lights, there is no excessively complicated renovation. What''s more, the decoration of the Holy See was originally good. Wu Heng and Sannaira were talking on the inside of the oval conference table. Shannaira asked, "Don''t you need to wait for the news from this department? Will people find any more talk when they open the door and spread the teachings directly?" "I told Chief Lilith, and the headquarters will report it. As long as the sect does not conduct any illegal rituals," Wu Heng replied. "Yeah!" Shannaira nodded. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The knock on the door rang out, and then the door opened. Two wood elves wearing dark blue priest robes walked in directly. With a little shyness on his face, he stood in front of him, "Chief, elder, we''re ready." The two of them were wearing the latest design of the priest robe, and of course it was also designed by Sannaira. The top of the head is a priest, which can completely cover the head. The brim of the hat has lace embroidered with silver thread, like a flower crown surrounding the outside. The robe is made of dark blue satin as the main material, with a faint luster on the surface, the collar is a stand-up collar design, and the edges are still embroidered with silver thread. Several symbols and patterns commonly found in wood elves. The whole gives people a mysterious and serious tone, but the elements of the flower branches and vines on it are not that gloomy. "It''s pretty." Wu Heng nodded. Shannaira also smiled and said to the opposite side, "Sit down!" After the two priests sat down opposite each other, Wu Heng took out two copies of the "Spiritual Enlightenment Book" and placed them on the table and pushed them in front of them. "This is the doctrine of our sect. Let''s take a look first when you go back and try to get familiar with it." "Yes, leader." The two of them took it and placed it in front of them. Wu Heng continued to take out a book and several scattered props from the space ring. "Evelyn! This book is a ''Mission Book'', which is a strange thing. The effect is to make the words said more convincing. The side effect is that you need to repent to the book after use. If you don''t repent for 24 hours, you will be unable to speak for three days." Wu Heng introduced it and continued, "This strange thing is given to you and used when preaching." A surprise flashed in Evelyn''s eyes. This was the first time she had seen a strange thing. It was actually under this situation that the leader sent it to him. He glanced at Shannaira opposite, and saw the other party nodding slightly, and then he said respectfully: "Thank you, the leader, I must make good use of this strange thing." Evelyn''s voice was still gentle. Even if she was the priest of the Necromancer, she would not feel threatened even if she heard the voice and gentle appearance. Shannaira will still choose people. Wu Heng said "yes", and his eyes continued to fall on another wood elf girl, with green curly hair and wheat-colored skin. Selia also looked over boldly, with some expectations in her eyes. Wu Heng smiled and said, "There is no strange thing suitable for you for the time being. Sannaira said you don''t have a space ring yet. There are space rings here, and some props to improve your positive state, which are all for you." "Really, thank you, leader." Selia took it happily. I thought to myself, and it was true that I came quickly with my thighs. The props I have accumulated over the years are not as much as I get today. After the things were divided, Shannaira took over the topic and said, "Please keep the things, the church will open the door the day after tomorrow. Evelyn, you are responsible for the spread of faith, and Selia, you are responsible for some other guidance work. At that time, the association and the town hall will also arrange people to assist you, so don''t worry." "Yes, elder." The two answered seriously. Shannaira continued, "Do it well. As long as this is done well, the leader will not treat you badly. You will have wealth and rank in the future." The two of them looked over with hot eyes, and Wu Heng smiled and nodded. What a guy, I''ll draw big cakes when I come up. After all the things to be said, Sannaira said, "Okay, go back, look at the sacred scriptures more, and try to memorize them." "Yes!" The two stood up and saluted. "We''ll go back first." Wu Heng walked to Sannara''s side, released the teleportation technique, and the two disappeared. Two people were left in the conference room. Green hair and lively character Selia said excitedly, "Wow! The leader is so generous." Evelyn smiled gently, "Yes, let''s do it well, don''t miss this opportunity." Selia held her arm and whispered, "Chief and Elder Shannaira, are they...?" "Don''t talk nonsense." Evelyn immediately covered her mouth. Selia muttered, "I mean, they seem to be quite compatible." Island Lord''s Mansion. Wuheng and Shanara appeared in the courtyard. Shannail opened his eyes and said, "I''m going to the fifth elder to ask him about the church." In the agreement between the two parties, the wood elves promised him to establish 20 churches within the clan. Now all the churches on Treasure Island are about to open, and the wood elves will also check and ask about the progress. Wu Heng nodded, "Take good things for the fifth elder for me." "Yes." Shannaira nodded, greeted several skeletons, and left in the carriage of the island owner''s mansion. Wu Heng greeted the maids and returned to the study room upstairs. Pushing open the door, all three of his ghosts were in the room. Seeing Wu Heng walking in, Xiaoxiao flew over quickly and said, "Uncle, it''s so lively outside. Everyone is discussing the church affairs. It''s not so lively after being distributed for a long time." Wu Heng sat down aside, water condensed in the air flowed into the water cup, and asked, "What''s your attitude?" The short story said: "It''s pretty good, I feel very happy." Benny added, "On Treasure Island, most islanders plan to go and see it at that time. A small number of people feel that it will anger the Holy See and are more worried about this." "It seems that the residents on the island are quite supportive." Wu Heng picked up the water cup and took a sip. Granda said: "Life on the island has changed with the naked eye. These people will definitely support you. It is no better than living in a place like a royal city." "There are also the maids on the island taverns, who are your staunch supporters. I saw a few maids before, and I even prayed by your name before doing things." Benny said. The maid of the tavern was a rule set by Wu Heng at the beginning. Women who are from a relatively low-class and rely on flesh-related business can learn to perform dramas. As long as they can get started, the city hall will provide free transfer scrolls. For these people, Wu Heng is the one who really uses money to help them change their lives. Wu Heng also smiled, "It seems that everything makes sense." "The faction of Necromancer has become a positive image in your hands." Granda said from the side. "The heart is bright!" Wu Heng continued to ask, "What do residents think about the electric lights?" The short story says: "There is nothing to discuss, it''s all discussing the affairs of the church." "It''s good that there is no discussion." Wu Heng nodded. Talked with San Ghost in the room for a while. Shannaira brought the fifth elder to visit, and Wu Heng accompanied him to chat on the first floor. I also listened to the progress of the wood elves. The 20 churches have been selected and have begun to build one city after another in the back, near the Emerald Sea. They are now in the construction and decoration stage. When there is a result, you can arrange the priest to go over and spread faith. The second thing is that the Wood Elf and Treasure Island signed the joint development of the potion, and the alchemist on the Wood Elf''s side was already on the way. You will arrive at Treasure Island in a few days to carry out drug development. The fifth elder got up and left until dusk. After supper. Wu Heng followed the maids to the training room. Following the three-eyed skeleton "Bubbles", he trained for a long-handled weapon. I plan to use the "Bronze Spear" as the main weapon behind it, so I still have to be familiar with the spear, although there are not many opportunities to use melee combat. The weapon was jingling and the skeleton fought for more than three hours. The women at home sat aside and drank water, with a little surprised look in their eyes. "The master is so physically strong!" Luo Bei shook his calf and sighed. I wont say that the skeleton is not physically strong. Wu Heng was actually maintaining a high-intensity battle, and he didn''t even sweat. Minnie put her shoulder and said, "Okay, don''t you know yet?" Robe shook her hand away from her shoulders, and Shannaira said, "Wu Heng is now a hero, his physical condition is different from that of ordinary professionals. He can recover even if his physical loss is lost, let alone his physical energy is consumed." The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Minnie, listen to what Sister Shannaira said. You are talking like a hooligan from the Black Dog Gang in Rentam City." Robe said with a lip silence. "The rogue can''t live in such a big island owner''s mansion." Minnie said with a smile. Several people sat aside and chatted for a while, and it was already 9 o''clock in the evening. On weekdays, they just pack up and take a shower, play games, play chess, and go back to their room to rest. But Wu Heng''s training still made them stand up again, walk into the training ground, and train with their skeletons. 10:15. The system prompts it appears from the ear. Unlocking expertise: Long-handled weapon specialization (beginner). Wu Heng raised his eyebrows. On the first day of training, I directly reached the beginning. With my current attributes, my learning ability is indeed much faster than before. Putting away the weapons, the maids on the side also finished their training. "Don''t be exhausted, go back and have a rest." "Okay, master." The few people walked back together, washed up briefly, and returned to the room. Lying on the bed, Sannara also got into the quilt after taking a shower. He got into his arms, closed his eyes and fell asleep. Ring ~! Early in the morning, a ringtone came from the cell phone at the bedside. Wu Heng touched and looked at it. It was Shi Yali''s call. "Hey~! What''s wrong?" Shi Yali''s voice was serious, "I just came here today and received some letters from the island residents, saying that the association would dissuade you from establishing a sect on the island, and some people had gathered at the entrance of the church." Wu Heng frowned, and he became even more confused. No! The news brought back by the Three Ghosts yesterday was that most residents support themselves very much, and the wind direction changed this morning. Moreover, this speed is too fast. "What''s the reason?" Wu Heng asked. "Some believe that the sect established by the Necromancer will turn Treasure Island into a base for evil professions, while the other believes that if you establish a sect, you will start a war with the Holy See again, causing Treasure Island to fall into war again." Shi Yali said seriously. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What an evil profession base? It''s originally a small island where pirates are OK!" But the second one should be the concerns of some wealthy merchants on the island. After all, the Holy See is under pressure in their hearts, but in the hearts of ordinary residents, there is not much pressure. "Xilagui speculated that someone was spreading some related rumors and encouraging residents to stop this matter. People have already arranged for investigation to begin." Shi Yali said. "I''ll go there now, and then see the situation." Wu Heng said. "good." The two hung up the phone, and Shannaira, whose shoulder straps fell, looked over with her arms, "Residents protested against building a church? It shouldn''t be!" Wu Heng said, "Xilagui suspects that someone is spreading some rumors." Shannaila frowned, "Holy See?" "It may be that they arranged the eyeliner on the island, and they happened to find them out together." Wu Heng said while wearing clothes. Shannaira instructed: "In front of the residents, keep the demeanor of the leader, and even if those people are found, they will deal with them in places where no one is." "Okay." Wu Heng agreed and put on his clothes. Call your own three ghosts and use [Telection] to go to the association. Holt City! Deacon''s study room, Zachley, who is in his 40s and bearded deacon, is carefully looking at the documents in his hand. Dongdongdongdongdong~! "Enter!" The door opened and a team leader walked in and said respectfully: "Deacon, he found some cultural relics on the tomb of the boat. According to the buyer''s recollection, the one sold to them was a man named ''Becens'', who was less than thirty years old and wearing glasses." As he said that, he handed over the information in his hand. The team leader continued, "Our team also went to several nearby Lincheng to investigate, and found clues about his selling of cultural relics and selling gold at a low price. In terms of quantity, there should be more than one tomb." After the Ghost Ship incident, the local association is still investigating the tomb robbers. Many people died in the fog on the sea. If they were not found, the blame might fall on themselves. Zachley asked, "He''s the only one?" "He is the only one, and he is the only one in the tavern where he lives." "Is it black to eat black?" Zachley frowned. "It''s not clear yet, but we found out that he had been asking for information about the props that nourish the ghost and clues of the Necromancer for a long time." The captain continued to speak. "Captain Wuheng?" Zachley said subconsciously. The first idea of ??the necromancer in the Emerald Sea was the leader of Wuheng, the young flag bearer who helped them solve the ghost ship incident. Now the flag bearer of Emerald Sea has been replaced, and the other party has become the leader recognized by the association. The captain said, "No, I just inquired and speculated from the traces that I should have walked north." Zachley nodded and pondered for a while, and continued, "Your team continued to investigate. It seems that there was something wrong with this group of tomb robbers. If you find clues, you will send them back in time to avoid any danger." "Yes, then I''ll go out first." The captain retreated, and Zachley leaned on his chin, pondering about this matter. I always feel something is wrong, but I can''t think of it for a while. Church door. At this time, more than a dozen people gathered and stood scattered at the entrance of the church. In the crowd, a man with a hood kept shuttled through and said, "When this church was established, there will definitely be more evil professions. The island owner will not hurt us, and it is hard for others to say that they will not." "Even if the Holy See does not allow the Holy See to build a church here, we cannot establish this spiritual enlightenment. We must let the island master hear our voice. As long as he hears our opinions, the benevolent and great island master will definitely cancel this sect." His voice was gentle and penetrating, but it seemed to have magical power, driving the emotions of the people around him. People began to shout, and the voices came into the church hall. And the people around the neighborhood gathered more and more, and the sounds rose. Inside the church. Two wood elves priests listened to the shouts coming in from outside. The green-haired Selia frowned and said, "Would we open the door and explain it? Who said that the sect is going to enter an evil profession? Isn''t these people talking nonsense!" Evelyn shook her head as she heard the louder and louder shouts, "Let''s wait for news from the island master. Now, if you open the door, you may be in danger." "Those are the people? I can knock them all down by myself." Selia said coldly. Evelyn shook her head, "What might be wrong here? Just stay here. Those people really plan to rush in, and we will consider whether to take action." "Okay." Selia nodded. Deacon study room. "The one who protested to the association was the family of the wealthy merchants on the island. They also told me specifically that they should not tell you." Xilagui said. Wu Heng nodded and said, "You can tell them directly that the sect has been reported at the headquarters and the Holy See will not stop it." "Yeah." Xilagui nodded, and then said, "Where are the ordinary residents of the church?" "Wait first." While talking, the ghost flew back from outside. As I got into my body, the picture was shared in my mind. (End of this chapter) Chapter 912 , the church door is open Chapter 912, the church opens In the sight of the ghost. At the entrance of the church, some protesting residents gathered. These people gathered at the entrance of the Holy See and shouted in a messy manner about refusing to build a church. The ghost''s sight flew over the crowd and soon noticed a figure. He is a dwarf with a gray hood and a brown gown worn by ordinary residents. He wanders among the crowd and looks at the patrol opposite him from time to time. The ghost flew directly downwards and floated beside the other party. The dwarf first walked to the front position of the team and took the lead and shouted, "Treasure Island does not require a sect..." Then, he walked to the rear, and some people watching and lobbying, "If this church is established, we will not have a peaceful life, evil profession, extremists, and the hostility of the Holy See. Treasure Island will be even more chaotic than two years ago." The ghost followed him for a while, then he ended the sharing screen and flew back. Wu Heng released the ghost again and his expression relaxed a little. It was not as serious as expected, and there were not many people gathering at the church door. He raised his head again and looked at the elf sister opposite, "Finished, there is a grey hooded dwarf in the crowd, who is leading the instigation of the residents." The sisters looked at each other, as efficient as ever. As soon as the person sat down, the association found the person before it could explain it clearly. "Just one dwarf? How many levels?" Xilagui asked. "Level 9! There should be other people behind it." Wu Heng thought for a while and said. Xiragui didn''t say anything, leaned back and pondered for a while, and said, "Don''t come forward, someone may be waiting for you to lead the team and make other plans." Shi Yali raised her eyebrows, "It is possible that a level 9 person will dare to provoke you as a hero, it sounds strange." It is indeed possible to say so. Such a temporary protest has no effect at all. Wu Heng said, "Then do you have any plans?" Xirago smiled and said, "I will explain in the name of a deacon that I am not as famous as you on the island, but I am also very high." As he said that, he raised his head confidently. "Thank you for your hard work, I''ll wait for your news." Wu Heng nodded. "Yeah!" Xilagui agreed and got up and changed into his clothes. He took Shi Yali out of the study. Wu Heng continued to stay in the study, waiting for news. Church door. The protesters were still shouting slogans in scattered manner. As time went by, some people were motivated to join the protest ranks. Hurry~! At this time, footsteps came from the direction of the association, and the three teams of the association stood opposite the crowd. The shouting suddenly became quiet, and he looked at the opposite side with caution. In the crowd, the dwarf lowered his hood on his head and carefully retreated to the end. His eyes under the brim of the hat were looking forward to the gathering army opposite. It is one step away from your own purpose, as long as there is a conflict between the two sides. "This is Treasure Island, we are not afraid of you...." As the crowd took the lead in shouting, the crowd also shouted loudly. Xilagui glanced at the other party''s position, waved his hand to signal the association team and the skeleton guard to take two steps back, and said loudly: "I just communicated with the island owner and would like to listen to everyone''s opinions. Follow me to the conference room. I will record your ideas at that time." The voice was low and powerful, swinging through the crowd. The residents who had just been mobilized looked at each other and whispered to the deacon''s proposal. Xilagui continued, "Can you all believe it in the association? And this is not a place to talk about things." "Okay, let''s go with you." Someone shouted. Xiragui smiled and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the conference room." After saying that, he turned around and walked towards the association, followed by the crowd. The dwarf looked at everyone inside and turned around and was about to leave. As soon as he turned into the alley, five figures blocked both sides of the alley. The dwarf''s eyes froze, "What do you mean?" "Fifth Team of the Association, go back with us!" Association, dungeon. There was a smell of damp rot in the cold dungeon. The dwarf was tied behind his hands, the hood on his head and clothes on his body were stripped down and thrown aside. "Several captains, so many people protest, why did you catch me? I just joined in the fun. I firmly support the island owner." The dwarf said in a panic. "Who asked you to motivate the residents? Tell me and ask me, the ending is different." The captain of the team said coldly. The dwarf said firmly: "I''m really here to join in the fun. By the way, I''ll admit the punishment. I''m sorry to the island owner, I''m sorry to the association, I know I''m wrong." As he said that, he began to cry. Step by step ~! At this time, a slight sound of footsteps came from the entrance of the stairs. The team members turned around and saw Wu Heng coming over with a skeleton with a hole in his eyebrows. "Chief!" members of the association saluted. The island residents call him the island owner, while the association members need to call him the leader. He is the chief appointed by the Ministry. In the corner, the cried dwarf looked suffocated and glanced out carefully, with fear and uneasiness in his eyes. Wu Heng glanced at him and said, "What did you ask?" The captain said, "The name is Hayes, a level 9 bard. He carried a sachet-type prop on him. This kind of prop is sold in the store and can affect the emotions of people around him." "He did not admit the matter of encouraging residents, but just said that he was following the fun." The dwarf squatted on the ground, rubbed the tears on his face with his knees, and shouted, "I firmly support the island master to establish a sect. I am just a naughty mouth. Seeing that he was protesting and shouting a few words, I know I was wrong." Wu Heng also looked at him and said, "You are just level 9, and the establishment of a sect on the island should not have any impact on you. Tell me who asked you to do this, and you can leave after you say it." "I didn''t do it, I really didn''t do anything." The dwarf said firmly. The three-eyed skeleton bubbles beside him, the soul fire flashed in his eyes, and he shook his head slightly. Wu Heng turned around, looked at him again, and said, "For the last chance, let''s talk about it after you have thought about it, otherwise I will kill you and ask the corpse directly, who is the person behind the scenes?" The dwarf looked up and wanted to speak, but when he met the other person''s gaze, he held back his words. Fear and uneasiness flashed in his eyes, he hesitated, swallowed and spitted, and said, "Niclas, he is the captain of the Lingxi fleet. He has been kind to me and asked me to do this." Wu Heng looked at the Skeleton Bubble, nodded, and said to the team behind him, "Go and catch people." "Yes!" The team left directly. Wu Heng also walked out. Only the dwarf was left curled up on the ground, wanting to beg for mercy but not daring to speak. Inside the conference room. After hearing everyone''s opinions, Xilagui smiled and said, "I have recorded what you said, and the evil professions and pagans you mentioned are impossible. The sect of the Island Lord was reported in the association. It is impossible for these two problems to happen. I will also hand over the rest to the Island Lord." A slightly obese woman said, "How come some people say they will recruit bad professionals in." Shi Yali said, "There are all things you say outside, and everyone should also identify it. The island owner has made great contributions to the island. If he really forces him away, we will lose it." The people on the opposite side began to talk. Xilagui continued, "Okay, since it''s just a misunderstanding, let''s go back first. The church will open tomorrow, so you can go and have a look." The woman who spoke before said a little embarrassedly, "Deacon, our opinions are kept confidential, right? Just the island master, can''t you know that we said it, right?" Everyone was also a little confused, why were they so anxious before? Blocked at the door of someone''s church and opposed it. Xiragui smiled and said, "Anonymous, I promise not to tell him." "Thank you, Deacon." "Then we won''t bother..." The people on the opposite side stood up and walked out of the room. After waiting in the conference room for a while, the door was knocked again. A team member walked in and said, "Deacon, the leader personally interrogated. The person behind the scenes was the captain of the Lingxi fleet. The captain of the first team has already gone to arrest people." Xilagui and Shi Yali raised their eyebrows. The speed is really fast. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Was that dwarf dead?" Xilagui asked. If you can ask so quickly, you can only think of asking about the corpse. But the other party''s crimes are not actually killed. "No, people are still locked in the dungeon." said the team member. Xiragui raised his eyebrows, "The dwarf cooperates so much?" "The leader seemed to have some way to tell whether he said he was lying. I was on the periphery at that time and didn''t know what method I used." The team member said. Xiragui nodded, "Okay, I get it." The team members left, and Xilagui and Shi Yali also walked out of the room. In the afternoon, Deacon''s study room. The door opened and a team captain said, "The leader, deacon, and the captain of the Lingxi fleet are brought here." The door was completely opened and a middle-aged human walked in. Xiragui said, "Go and bring the investigator here." "Yes!" The captain left, and the middle-aged captain saluted slightly, "I have met the Lord of Wuheng Island, Deacon Xilagui." The tone is plain, no sign of it Wu Heng looked at him and said, "We''ve seen it?" "I''ve seen you, but you probably haven''t seen me." The man said. "So, we have no grudges, right?" "The policies you implemented on the island are the most outstanding manager I have ever met." The man said directly. Wu Heng and the elf sisters were surprised in their eyes. It sounds like he has a very high opinion of Wu Heng. The door opened and a team of captains walked in with two island investigators. "Deacon." The investigator saluted. Xilagui said: "This person involves issues such as agitating islanders and slandering the leaders of the association. You have recorded it truthfully." "Yes!" The investigator opened the record book and stood aside. Xira''s eyes fell on the middle-aged man again and asked, "Did you let the dwarf ''Hayes''? He incited the island residents to protest the establishment of the sect at the entrance of the church?" "It''s me!" the middle-aged man answered very directly. It seems that there is no idea of ??concealing or quibbling. "Slandering the Spiritual Qi Sect will recruit a large number of evil professions, criminals and pagans, and you asked him to say it?" Xilagui continued to ask. The middle-aged man shook his head, "I just asked him to organize people to protest the establishment of a sect. He would think about it himself, whatever he did or said." Xilagui glanced at Wu Heng, who nodded, indicating that he was telling the truth. "Who is instructing you to do this?" The middle-aged man smiled, "Maybe you think I don''t have the courage to go against a leader, but no one really told me." Xilagui looked at Wu Heng again and nodded. This sentence is true. Moreover, the other party said everything he said was true as soon as he entered, without any concealment. Xilagui was even more curious, "Why did you do this? What''s the benefit for you." The middle-aged man took a deep breath and said, "I am a devout believer in the Holy See. I firmly believe in the character of the Lord of Wuheng Island, but I can''t watch him establish a sect, a sect of Necromancers." Believers of the Holy See. Belief in such things can really make people act other than their personality. Xiragui looked at the investigator, "Has it been recorded?" "It has been recorded," the investigator said. Xilagui continued to look at Wu Heng, "Captain, do you have anything else to ask?" "It''s gone, let''s deal with it according to the regulations of the association." Wu Heng said. "Take it down first, all the ships of the Lingxi fleet are detained. You are not allowed to leave the island until there is no result." Xilagui ordered directly. "Yes!" The captain took the man away. Investigators also went back to sort out the records. Three more people were left in the room. Shi Yali said, "I didn''t expect it would be the result." Xilagui also said, "I thought it was related to the Holy See, but I didn''t expect that a believer would do it." "The Holy See is indeed quite powerful in spreading faith." Wu Heng sighed. The sisters nodded in agreement, and Xiragui continued, "I have arranged someone to guard the church door, so you can prepare to open the door tomorrow." Wu Heng smiled, "It''s you. In the future, our sect will arise. I will give you the title of a sect knight." "I don''t care." Shi Yali came up and said, "Where is me, I''ll give you one." "Let you be the archbishop." Wu Heng said directly. "Why should she be the archbishop? I have to be a combat profession?" Xilagui stood up suddenly and asked unwillingly. Bang~! Shi Yali slapped her ass, "I am your sister, what''s the point of fighting with me?" Humph~! Xilagui snorted and turned his head aside. Wu Heng chatted with the two sisters here for a while, and then returned to the island owner''s mansion. Prepare for the opening of the church tomorrow. The next day, early morning. The sun shines on the staggered roof, giving the entire island a light layer of light. Scream~! The door of the church was slowly opened. The news about Lingqi Sect had already spread on the island, and there were a lot of people gathered outside the gate. When the gate opened, he looked inside. Treasure Island is different from other cities. There is no strict hierarchy system, and several major changes have also caused considerable heat. The island owner''s own church naturally attracted many people to visit. Even if the tradition of Treasure Island does not believe in these religions. At the gate, Evelyn, wearing a priest robe, held ancient scriptures in her hands, stood at the door with a solemn expression, and said loudly: "The only great leader of Wuheng has created an order of life and death. He will give us a better life and guide us on the way forward." (End of this chapter) Chapter 913 ,database Chapter 913, Database In the afternoon, the island owner''s mansion. "Uncle, there are quite a lot of people in the church. Some of them are like my mother taking me to a temple fair, and there are people selling food at the door!" Xiaoxiao said from the side. The church of Lingqi Cult opened its doors, making the island lively again. From the morning, people gathered at the entrance of the church, one after another, and the entire road was blocked. The association and the city hall also dispatched a large number of personnel to go to the site to maintain order. Benny also said, "The scale is still too small, and I feel that the building at the exhibition should be used as a church." Granda said: "It''s not necessary yet. When Wuheng''s number of believers is too large, he can imitate the Holy See''s temple and build Treasure Island into a religious island." "It''s called Rainbow Skeleton Island." Xiaoxiao immediately thought of the name. The three ghosts discussed on the side, and Wu Heng did not speak, but opened the panel and looked at the position of faith. Faith: 21/50000. It didn''t rise at all. According to the Ghost Exploration, there must be many people going to church. But there was no change at all on my side. The last time I saw it was 21 o''clock, but this time it was still 21. Is this church built in vain? Granda Yu Guang saw Wu Heng''s eyes dazed in mid-air, and asked curiously, "What''s wrong?" Wu Heng closed the panel and said, "I feel that my faith has not increased!" "How did you feel it?" Granda floated over. Two other ghosts flew over as well. Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, "What''s in his heart." Granda thought about it and continued, "It just the first day, and the spread of doctrines will take a certain amount of time. If it were so easy to transform into faith, Lilith and the others would have lived for so long and had their own race, and would have already broken through the hero stage." Wu Heng nodded. I understand the truth, but I am still a little disappointed if I haven''t increased at all. I dont have any good ideas, I can only take one step at a time. He picked up his cell phone and called Xilagui, asking her to look at the church more and not have any problems because of the crowd. After explaining for a while, he continued to say to the ghosts, "Let''s go, let''s go to the zombie world to have a look." "Okay!" The three ghosts agreed and crawled into their bodies directly. Wu Heng opened the world gate and headed to the zombie world. Zombie World, Central Shopping Mall. Inside the office. Li Yahong sat behind the desk, looked at the documents in her hand, and said without squinting, "Sister Zhao, you don''t talk about him, and you two just happened to be coming to see you." On the opposite meeting chair, Zhao Yanqiu, who was fiddling with her cell phone, looked at her and said, "If you don''t talk about him, I''m not qualified to say this." Li Yahong continued, "You still have Xiaoxiao. I said that if you have too many, you will be beaten." "He still hit you?" Zhao Yanqiu widened her eyes. Li Yahong gave you a look you know, "Spanking hurts a lot." "You will talk about this kind of thing in two parts. I''ve called the police before." Zhao Yanqiu gave him an angrily and continued, "You two didn''t consider having a child, and they are just the same age." Li Yahong said, "The environment is just right. Let''s wait and see the situation later. Sister Zhao wants to give birth to him?" Zhao Yanqiu said casually, "If you have it, just have a child. There is still someone at home that is uneasy!" While the two were talking, a magic circle suddenly appeared in the middle of the office. Then Wu Heng''s figure appeared from the magic circle. Zhao Yanqiu was startled and bounced up from her seat. Li Yahong was familiar with this magic circle. "Everyone is here! What are you talking about?" Wu Heng glanced at the two of them and said with a smile. Seeing that it was Wu Heng, Zhao Yanqiu also breathed out and sat back on the chair. Li Yahong said, "Sister Zhao said she wanted to give it to you..." Before he finished speaking, Zhao Yanqiu immediately rushed to say, "Why haven''t we been talking about you these days?" "I''m busy with some things. Are you doing well here?" Wu Heng asked. "Everything is pretty good." Li Yahong didn''t mention giving birth again. Step by step ~! The sound of footsteps came from the door, and then the door opened, and Xiaoxiao controlled the doll to carefully probe her head. After seeing Wu Heng and Li Yahong, he smiled and then looked at Zhao Yanqiu, "Mom, you are here. I just went to your room and didn''t see you." Zhao Yanqiu stood up, held Xiaoxiao''s hand, and said, "I''ll take Xiaoxiao out, you guys talk about the important things." When the mother and daughter walked out of the room, they could hear Xiaoxiao showing off, "Mom, do you think my skirt looks good? Only the princess of the Kingdom can wear such a skirt." The door closed, and two more were left in the room. Wu Heng sat down aside, "How is the base?" "Everything is normal. Qi Hancai sent about 70 tons of gold, most of which were found in Mexico. The headquarters agreed to our request to borrow cultural relics records and was sorting out these cultural relics, but did not give specific time." Li Yahong said carefully about the matters during this period. After hearing this, Wu Heng asked, "Have you brought all the skeletons who are learning databases here?" "We''re all here, and there are many devices and servers." Li Yahong replied. "Take me over and see." "Okay!" Li Yahong stood up and walked out with him. Go down to the first floor and push open a hall behind. Neat skeletons, fifty or sixty skeletons sitting on the chairs in rows, the room was dim and the blue soul fire was flashing. "These are all skeletons that have been learned. The rooms inside contain equipment separately and they will install them themselves." Li Yahong introduced. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Can new content be entered? "If you can enter it, the skeletons will do it." Wu Heng nodded, "You go back to the study first, wait until my side is over, and go back to find you." Li Yahong did not leave and continued to ask, "Will you go back tonight?" "I won''t go back." "Then I''ll go and talk to Sister Zhao to see if it''s from my room or her room is better." Wu Heng smiled, "Don''t make things difficult for Zhao Yanqiu." "When will it be difficult for her? We have a good chat when you haven''t come. Let''s wait for my news." Li Yahong turned around and left. Wu Heng asked the skeleton to guard outside, opened the boundary door from another gate, and transported the skeletons and various equipment to Treasure Island. Then, in a mansion outside the island owner''s mansion, the skeleton was arranged in and the equipment was assembled. "What is the database?" Granda asked from the side. "It''s just a knowledge base that exists in those machines. You can find it directly when you need it in the future." Wu Heng told the two ghosts in the air according to his own understanding. Granda said inquiring tone, "Library?" "It''s almost the same, but the storage is more complicated, such as movies, novels, and pictures that can be stored in it." "Well, it''s quite amazing." Benny also said. There was no such plan to build a database in the original plan to transfer Treasure Island. Its not that I feel useless, but that I didnt expect this and only focused on the production of weapons and the production of some practical items. This time, Li Yahong and the others restored the database and happened to arrange it to Treasure Island himself. Standing aside and chatting with the two ghosts for a while, after they were all moved. Wu Heng closed the border gate and went back to find Li Yahong. The next day, Treasure Island. Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and ran down the stairs first. Wu Heng followed him and walked down the stairs. As soon as he walked down the first floor, Minnie came up and said, "Master, yesterday afternoon, the association sent a letter, and assistant Shi Yali called, saying that several formation tattooists had come to the headquarters. You were not here yesterday, and you are currently living in the association''s dormitory." If there is no other reason, these formation masters should have come to build the training ground. I talked about this with Lilith. The training ground in our department can speed up the training, but the price is very expensive. It should be this, and I have never mentioned the formation pattern to the headquarters. "I believe me and see." "Here!" Minnie took out a letter. He walked to the sofa beside him and sat down, tear open the letter, Minnie brought him a cup of fruit tea and placed it on the coffee table. The letter unfolded, and the eyes fell on the content. "Dear Chief Wuheng: I have received your letter and started to make dolls according to the appearance on the portrait. The letter is accompanied by my brief personal experience, which you can make a little change according to the situation and publish in the newspaper. , thank you for your cooperation. Motimer. " (End of this chapter) Chapter 914 , its better to listen to the story Chapter 914, Its better to listen to the story The reply from the strange master, the last time the other party''s reply was that he was still on the way to the Rift Site, and Andvier wrote for him. It seems that the other party is also anxious to promote this matter, so I replied to me so soon. Now the other party has started to make dolls. The letter mentioned personal information and reminded himself to publish it in the newspaper to help him increase his reputation. "Where is Wei''er?" Wu Heng asked with his head raised. Minnie shouted to the back: "Sister Weier, the master calls you." Andvier, dressed in white home clothes, walked in with a furry owl in her arms, "Master." "Please sort out the personal information of this letter and publish it directly with the next issue of the newspaper." Wu Heng handed the letter to the other party. The matter has been confirmed, so there is no need to discuss it with Glanda. "Okay!" Andrew took it and glanced at the content. Wu Heng picked up the phone and dialed Shi Yali''s number. After ringing twice, the opposite side was connected, "Wu Heng!" "Is the formation pattern master here?" Wu Heng asked. "Yes, I went to the island yesterday afternoon and said that I came to the island to build a pattern building according to the order." Shi Yali said. After hearing this answer, you can basically confirm that the other party is here to build the training ground. "I''ll go there now, you can let them go to the conference room!" "good!" Hang up the phone, Minnie helps him put on the complicated clothes of the nobles, and then releases [Telection] to go to the association. The next second, Wu Heng appeared in the deacon''s study and saw the elf deacon Xiragui sitting behind the desk. The latter was stunned and said, "What are you doing? You won''t leave now, right?" "I know there is no one here." Wu Heng smiled. Xilagui was curious, "What are these formation masters here to build?" She also knows what to build on the island. She needs to transfer the formation pattern master to the headquarters, which obviously has a different feeling. At least not an ordinary magical building. Wu Heng leaned forward and lowered his voice and said, "I don''t know if you have heard of it, the legendary building." "What?" Xilagui''s eyes widened, full of expectations. "The training ground can increase training efficiency." Wu Heng said. Xiragui''s wide eyes turned into a frown, and then she said ''Oh''. "You know?" "First I heard of it." "Then why are you so plain?" Wu Heng asked. "It sounds a bit average. You have become a hero. What are you doing for building this?" Xilagui turned his gaze back to the file. Wu Heng said, "For you to use it, speed up the level improvement." Xilagui raised his head again. Although he felt that the formation pattern master was transferred from the headquarters and it was a bit exaggerated to make the training ground, he was still a little moved when he heard it was for them. A hero has absolute voice, and the one he wants to be with is women the least. But Wu Heng is still as good as ever to them. The door opens. Shi Yali walked back and saw Wu Heng coming, she was slightly stunned, "Are you so fast?" "What are you saying? It hurts so much." Wu Heng turned to look at her. Shi Yali smiled, "Okay, you''re the best! Those people have gone to the conference room, are you going to the next one now?" "I''ll go over and take a look." Wu Heng walked out. Xilagui and Shi Yali also followed out, "Let''s follow you." When I entered the conference room, I saw three formation masters sitting opposite the conference table. The outermost are the elves, followed by the dwarves and humans. The three of them stopped carefully on Wu Heng, then stood up and said, "Captain Wu Heng, Deacon Xilagui." "Sit down!" Wu Heng waved his hand to signal. The three people opposite sat down, the leader of the elf took out a letter and handed it over, "This is the letter from the leader of the ''Hadalay'' to you." Hadalay is the chief of the field envoy, the sword of justice. Wu Heng took it and took a look. The content is also very simple. The summary is that these people will help him build a training ground, but he will bear the expenses he needs. After reading these, Wu Heng put away the letter and his eyes fell on the opposite side again. He asked directly: "What are the main expenses in the training ground?" The elf formation pattern master replied, "The material customization, the welding of the formation breakpoints, and our labor costs." "Is there no approximate cost?" "There is an accurate quote, and according to the flatness of the training ground, each square meter requires 35 gold coins." The elf formation pattern master said in a plain tone. The two sisters on the opposite side were breathing suffocating. There are 35 gold coins per square meter. Is this a piece of strange things put on the ground one by one? The reward for level 18 professions is only a few hundred silver coins. Not to mention that such buildings are not publicly publicly, even if they are publicly available, how many people can build them, the training ground cannot be built by a few square meters. Wu Heng did not change much, and Lilith told him in advance that the construction cost was very expensive. In fact, it''s not bad, it''s within your own tolerance. The three formation pattern masters on the opposite side were still observing his expression. Seeing that he had not changed at all, their brows raised slightly. Treasure Island is indeed rich and powerful. "Yes, I accept the offer. I will take you to see the venue." Wu Heng agreed directly. "Okay!" The three of them also stood up and walked out together. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Kudha City. In recent times, this coastal town has shown different hustle and prosperity. The residents of the city also heard that the "rift island" that was inaccessible has been occupied by the association''s archaeological team and the ruins were discovered from it. Every few days, ships will travel between the port and the ruins, transporting a large amount of supplies. Of course, for ordinary people in the city, they dont care much about the ruins and cultural relics. But these men in the headquarters have indeed increased some local consumption. "Didn''t that say that the island is difficult to approach? The archaeological team just went up?" At a location in the port, a man wearing a noble robe and glasses chatted with the resting workers. The worker said, "It was the leader of Wuheng from Treasure Island who took action to clear the danger there. Some people said that the seabed there were shipwrecks, and I don''t know how many ships have sunk over the years." The man with glasses looked puzzled, "Treasure Island is so far away from here, it''s true!" "The people from the archaeological team said it themselves, do you think I made it up!" the worker snorted. The man in glasses continued to ask, "Is there anything good on that island?" "I don''t know, some good things were taken away by those archaeological teams," said the worker. The man with glasses stopped asking more questions and turned back to the private room booked in the tavern. The door of the private room is closed. A ghost slowly floated out. The man saluted respectfully and said, "Empress, I''ll ask, I''m the leader of Wuheng of Treasure Island. I have cleared the fortress you mentioned, and nothing is left inside." The ghost showed anger on his face and forced himself to suppress it, "Which new leader in the association''s announcement?" "It''s him." Ghost gritted his teeth, "Why do we do this?" The man did not answer. After the other party complained a few times, he whispered, "Empress, the island is now left without anything. If we return it, it may be dangerous for you." "Then I won''t go." Ghost continued with anger in his tone, "Take out the newspaper I have collected recently and I want to take a look." The man took out the newspaper. The ghosts looked through one by one and circled several clues from it, including the development of Treasure Island, the cooperation agreement between Netale City, and the Holy See was driven away from Treasure Island. "Hmph! I''m going to make him pay." Treasure Island. In the end, Wu Heng set the "magic building training ground" at the venue where the maids in the island owner''s mansion often train. There is probably an area of ??a basketball court here, and these people are enough to train in it now. After explaining to the formation masters, let them start preparing materials and construction will be available tomorrow. The formation pattern master also agreed and returned to the association dormitory to prepare. When the maids heard that they spent so much money to build a training ground for them, they were moved. They hugged him and shouted at the master coquettishly. Two days passed in a flash. During supper, Shannaira said directly: "There is news from Evelyn that the situation on the church is not very good." "What do you mean?" Wu Heng looked up. In the past two days, he has mainly focused on the construction of the training ground and the construction of the database, but has not focused on the church. Shannaira said: "There are basically no one going to the church. The residents went there for the first two days, and they were mostly watching the fun." this. Wu Heng frowned. Philippa said, "It''s normal. This is Treasure Island and Pirate Island. Who believes this thing? It''s better to listen to the priests tell stories." (End of this chapter) Chapter 915 , is the solution you can think of Chapter 915: It''s the solution you can think of Originally, I only thought that faith collection was slow, but now new problems have emerged. Except for the first two days that were lively and there were more people going there, basically no one has passed in the past few days. The residents on the island regard this place as an exhibition, and they will watch the fun one by one. In fact, Philippa is right. Treasure Island is a pirate island. It is difficult for the Holy See to spread faith here, let alone the new sect established. For residents who have been in contact with pirate culture, it is better to drink and listen to stories from minstrels than to listen to priests spreading teachings. Wu Heng looked at Philippa and asked, "Are there any suggestions that everyone is willing to go to church?" Philippa knocked on the crab shell and ate the crab meat inside, saying, "It''s hard, they don''t like these, I can''t understand what your priest said, let alone them." "What about getting something they are interested in?" Minnie spoke. Philippa said, "Unless you two priests are not wearing clothes, it will be fresh for only a few days, and you will still not go after it is over." All the dining table fell into silence. Minnie, Robe and others all widened their eyes. It was Philippa who dared to say that he would let the priests in the church wear clothes. Shannaira gave Wu Heng a blank look, as if she was talking in her eyes, "What are you asking her for?" He said: "There is no rush to do this. The Holy See has developed for more than a thousand years to reach its current scale, so you don''t have to worry." Philippa muttered, "Wuheng can''t live that long." "Eat." Minnie stuffed the remaining half of the crab directly into her mouth. Philippa said dissatisfiedly, "I have to ask me, but now I won''t let me say...." After dinner, the whole family chatted in the living room for a while. The maids went to the courtyard to have bedtime training. The original training ground has been surrounded, and the formation pattern master from the headquarters has engraved formation patterns inside. The maids are also looking forward to the final effect when it comes to spending a high price to create a training ground. Wu Heng''s ability to become a hero also gave them hope that as long as they can reach level 18, they may be able to become a hero even if they replicate Wu Heng''s reputation. In the study room. Wu Heng sat on the chair, holding the "Spiritual Book" in his hand, dazed in a daze. The acquisition of faith is much more difficult than fame, and I even doubt who I got my niche belief from. What I have to solve now is not about spreading doctrines, but how to make residents willing to go to church and listen to the priests spreading doctrines. As long as you are willing to go, you can transform some faith over time. He looked up and wanted to discuss with Glanda. Then I saw three ghosts gathering together and smiling at the cartoons on the tablet. I swallowed the topic to my mouth. Sit down at the desk, take out paper and pen and write down the method you thought of and can quickly implement it. Let''s try it when it is implemented tomorrow. I looked up again and found that it was getting dark. Wu Heng drank all the tea in the cup, stood up and said, "You guys play, I''ll go to rest." "Good night uncle!" Xiaoxiao said obediently. The remaining two ghosts waved their hands. Wu Heng smiled and opened the door and walked out. the next day. Lighthouse Street, residential area. "Have you heard that you can take away 5 eggs by just going to church for an hour." "How long is an hour?" "It''s the large watch hanging in the church. The long needle can be returned after turning it around, very quickly." "Is it a waste? The church will send something?" "Why do you care about so much? Take it back to serve as lunch for my man. I will send it every day from now on, and I will come every day." The streets suddenly became noisy in the early morning. Those women and the elderly who do not need to get up early to work or take care of their children at home walked on the street early, chatting about the church''s eggs, and rushed to the church''s seat together. The news spread more and more, and soon a long queue was lined up at the entrance of the church. Waiting to verify whether the message is true, Inside the church. Evelyn looked outside and felt that the number of people was almost the same. If she gathered, there would be so many people in the church. Then he opened the door and let someone come in. At the door, the guards and skeletons will distribute eggs together. When the people in the queue got the eggs, their faces were filled with joy. "I really give it to you, the island owner is still generous." "If I give it back, I will come every day from now on." "How many eggs will be sent out on this day." The island owner is so nice! I really sent the eggs, and I gave them as soon as I came. I heard that churches and sects outside all require others to donate something to show their piety. The island owner built a church to send something to himself. Tomorrow, let your man come and sit for a while, anyway, its not that short of time to go to sea. People took the eggs and turned around and left. What''s more, there are also people from the association and guard here to maintain order. Then I sat down to the seat below and waited for what happened behind me. Moreover, as long as they walk the slender needles on the wall, they can go back and do not delay the daytime affairs. After Evelyn waited for the eggs to be released, she walked up to the front with a smile. Standing under the tall and majestic hero statue, I began to read the contents of the "Spiritual Enlightenment Holy Book". Island Lord''s Mansion. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Uncle, it''s full." Xiaoxiao flew back from outside and continued, "There are still some people who don''t have seats and temporarily added chairs." Benny also said, "You know these residents, and it''s really a good idea to give eggs." The short story said: "I know this. The grandmothers in the community always go to sift eggs, just like here." Sure enough, giving something is more effective than empty publicity. Wu Heng smiled and said, "It would be good if it can be effective. If no one goes to the church, we should consider closing the door." Granda then asked, Do you feel that your faith has increased? "How could it be so fast? It''s probably going to be effective in a few days." Wu Heng said. My own thoughts are also very simple. Let me pass by first. Then, if I go there for a long time, it will have some effect. If that doesn''t work then, go and follow the Holy See''s mode. Try to try as much as possible. "Send eggs a few more times, and the island is not short of this little money anyway." Granda said. "It''s too frequent and the eggs cannot be supplied. And then the residents will not be able to finish the eggs, so they will consider sending other things." Wu Heng said: "I plan to receive scattered believers once in the morning and evening, and for the rest of the time." Glanda nodded, "Okay, let''s see how the effect is!" After chatting with the ghosts for a while, Wu Heng said, "I''m going to Lilith''s side. Are you going to Xiaoxiao?" "I won''t go today, we agreed to watch a movie." Xiaoxiao said. "Okay." Wu Heng nodded and released the [Telection Technique] and left. town Hall. In the conference room, Andvier sat in the main seat, with the assistant character ''Annette'' standing behind her. Opposite is the owner of several shops on Lighthouse Street. After everyone arrived, Andvier took a photo of the booklet beside him and said, "Starting tonight, your store can use lighting props normally. These are the safety manuals for you. This kind of prop is dangerous. If you go back, take a closer look and dont be in danger of life because of this. Everyone''s eyes froze when they heard that life was in danger. It gives people the feeling that this is not an ordinary prop, but more like a strange thing, with great side effects. But the street lights have been used for so long, and I have never heard of any dangerous things. Several people nodded to show their understanding, while Annette distributed safety manuals to everyone. Andvier continued, "The island master also said that the church is open now. If you take one person to the church and insist on listening to the priests'' teachings three times, you can exempt you from the electricity bill for three days." Everyone raised their eyebrows. This is someone who is trying to attract people for the church. The rest were still thinking, and suddenly one person stood up and said, "Miss Andvier, our Jinfan Tavern has always been the supporter and supporter of the island owner. He will take people to the church every day to listen to the teachings." Andvier smiled, "I have recorded your store, run it well, come to me if you have any difficulties." "Thank you Miss Andvier." The middle-aged man thanked him and sat down. The others also immediately reacted and secretly scolded themselves for their slow reaction. "Miss Andviel, I will take people to the church, too..." So too. One after another, everyone stood up and said the same thing. Lilith''s Mansion. Wu Heng teleported over and sat in the living room for a while before seeing Lilith wearing a bed skirt and walking slowly downstairs. The naked white feet stepped on the stairs and ground, crystal white. Recognizing Wu Heng''s gaze, Lilith accelerated her pace and walked down the first floor to sit on the sofa, covering her skirt. But a few white toes were still exposed. Lilith spoke first, "The church is very lively today." Wu Heng sighed and said, "I sent eggs at the entrance of the church. As long as someone comes over, I can get 5 eggs to leave. The effect is pretty good." Lilith''s mouth curled up, "It''s the solution you can come up with." (End of this chapter) Chapter 916 , a shiny island Chapter 916, a glowing island Wu Heng smiled. Then he asked, "Chief! How did the Blood Clan''s Hero Hall be run at the beginning?" Lilith glanced at him, "The Vampire is different from you. This is a sect passed down from the race. When I became a hero, it had been established for many years and it was not suitable for you. Your plan today is actually not bad. Take your time, you are still young." Yes, the blood clan is a race and has a certain foundation. "I have a short lifespan!" Wu Heng said helplessly. Lilith glanced at him, her voice was plain, "You have become a hero, and you are still worried about your life span? If you don''t want to transform a zombie, you can join the blood clan." Wu Heng was stunned at first, and leaned forward with a serious expression, "Good idea~! At that time, we are heroes, so we are not afraid of the two heroes of the Holy See. Let''s destroy the Holy See. Then that god..." Lilith''s expression changed, and with a casual wave, Wu Heng''s mouth disappeared immediately, and the words behind him also ended abruptly. Warning, The more you know, the more you need to be careful and dont talk nonsense. Wu Heng lifted the ''curse'', restored his mouth, and said, "Is it feasible?" Lilith looked at him angrily, "Forget it, you''d better be a zombie." "No, why do we still have Xiaoxiao, for the sake of the child..." Lilith glared, "What are you talking about?" At this time, the housekeeper brought some pastries, and Lilith said, "When those formation masters came here, they brought more pastries, eat less and talk more." The old leaders are respected. Those people have not brought any pastries except to talk to themselves about money. Wu Heng picked up the pastry and tasted it, but did not continue to tease her. I have a panel myself and after becoming a hero, living for hundreds of years is not a problem. Be confident to break through the limitations of faith before death and reach the next stage. After tasting two pieces, he talked casually about other things on the island. Wu Heng led the topic to the purpose of this trip, "Chief, has the secret speaker collected some knowledge besides intelligence?" "What kind of knowledge do you want?" Lilith looked up, her eyes a little confused. "That''s, it''s like the recipe of medicine, some minstrel poems, music scores, etc." Wu Heng asked directly. Lilith still looked at him, wondering why she suddenly asked these questions. "Why do you think the Secret Speaker will record these instead of the Hongwens!" Wu Heng was stunned, "Hongwen will have it. Then I will write a letter to the leader of ''Claudio'' and ask him." Lilith was even more curious and thought for a while and said, "In fact, the secret speaker also collects potions and formulas, poetry and other things, but after getting them, they will be handed over to Hongwen to preserve them. We also have hub fortresses from all over the country, and some inheritance stories. What do you ask about these?" Wu Heng raised his eyebrows, and it turns out that the secret speaker collects everything. When he was in Blackstone, the local deacon Slater introduced the characteristics of the secret speaker, from the old stories of the kingdom to the nobles'' love history. The secret speaker collects information from all aspects. Once something happens, he will clear clues based on various information details. At that time, Wu Heng''s impression of this organization was the intelligence station of a group of aunts at the village head. A few people gathered together and collected all kinds of information. Wu Heng leaned forward again and immediately said, "Chief, I have a super good suggestion. We can cooperate to build a database. Any data we need in the future can be easily found." Lilith raised her eyebrows, "What does this mean?" Wu Heng thought about how to explain it, and then said, "You should know how to use the mobile phone. I will store all the data in my mobile phone. In the future, if you want to find some corresponding information, you can check it with your mobile phone." "What''s the difference between this and archives? I can also ask someone to go to the library to find it." Lilith continued. Wu Heng explained: "Of course the difference is big. For example, you vaguely remember that someone in the Yeke Kingdom used the Holy Grail of the Vampire in the intelligence, but you don''t remember who that person is. If you want to search through all the files, it will definitely take a lot of time and manpower, but you can find it in a few seconds after entering the knowledge base I mentioned." "This is a simple clue, more complicated. The old king''s niece''s third husband has several lovers, which lover has a relationship with a gangster. This complex relationship is more difficult to sort out. Regular manpower may take several days or longer. In the database, it takes up to a few minutes to find the corresponding person." Lilith raised her eyebrows and understood what he wanted to express. I feel that the advice he said is good, so that useful information can be quickly screened out. The Secret Speaker has collected intelligence for hundreds of years. The entire intelligence system is too heavy. It is better recently. It takes too long to sort out and find clues. Moreover, she doesn''t think it can be achieved if others say such things. But Wu Heng said she wanted to do it, and she subconsciously thought that she would definitely succeed. After all, so many novel things have appeared. He looked him up and down and said, "The secret speaker''s information is not disclosed to the public." "I am also the leader of the headquarters. Don''t you treat me as an outsider!" Wu Heng said aggrievedly. Lilith looked at his appearance and said, "The ruling leader can only retrieve the corresponding files when he needs to check it. Too much disclosure of this information will cause chaos in the entire situation." Damn, the ruling leader cannot check it casually. Wu Heng said, "Then I don''t want those secrets, I just need some public information, or formulas." Lilith thought for a while and said, "You said that, there is no problem. I will say to ''Hadalay'' and I will give you an answer at that time." "Okay, it''s best if you talk about Hongwenhui." Wu Heng continued. Lilith nodded and picked up the teacup to drink tea. After the main talk, the two continued to chat for a while, and saw that nothing happened. Wu Heng also released [Teleport] and returned to the island master''s mansion. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! It was getting late. After dinner, the residents walked out of the house and sat on the side of the road to enjoy the cool air. The slightly lower-level bard took their own wooden benches and waited for the street lights to light up, find a good place to improve their skills. Suddenly, a strange light suddenly lit up from one end of the street. People turned around and saw the dim shops in the past, reflecting the brightness of the day. The shop owner stood at the door and greeted with a smile: "The shop continues to open the business hours. If you need it, you can come here at any time." Crack ~! Then, shops lit up one after another, and the entire street became bright in an instant. The crowd reacted instantly. "It was the newspaper that I mentioned that I pressed the lights on the shop, and I pressed them all." "It''s brighter than street lights." "The island owner is still very efficient." The crowd became noisy in an instant. At the same time, street lights on the street also illuminated one after another, illuminating the entire island. People on the street no longer gather under street lights and have more time to shop on the street or go shopping. More lively than during the day. On a passenger ship heading to Treasure Island. The blonde elf with leather armor on the upper body and long pants on the lower body opened the door of the cabin and looked out. The guards guarding the door saluted slightly, "Miss Retiri." "Why is it so messy outside?" Leitili asked. "I heard from them that it seemed that I could see Treasure Island and people were on the deck," said the guard. Retiri frowned, "Can you see Treasure Island? Didn''t you say there is still a day''s itinerary?" "I''m not very clear." "Go and go over and take a look." Retiri put on her hood and walked out with her. There were already many people gathering on the deck. Crushing through the crowd and looking into the distance. Her eyes widened in an instant as sighs and exclamations beside her. In the dark night sky, at the end of your sight, you can see a small island. A small island shrouded in light. (End of this chapter) Chapter 917 , you deserve to die Chapter 917, you deserve to die early morning. In the courtyard of the island owner''s mansion, a sound of metal clashing sounds came from the mist. Wu Heng and the three-eyed skeleton "Bubbles" are undergoing spear training. The friction of the skeleton joints and the crisp sound of the spears fighting each other kept ringing in the morning mist. Unlocking features: Long-handled weapon specialization (proficient). The moment the system prompt sounded, more insights into the spear and the techniques used appeared in my mind. "Master, it''s time for breakfast." Minnie shouted at the door. "Stop!" Wu Heng stretched out his hand, and the attacking skeleton instantly stopped his movements, pointed the spear diagonally on the ground, and stood straight aside. Wu Heng took the towel, wiped the sweat from his forehead, and walked towards the restaurant. These two days are enough to prove that my previous guesses, the improvement of levels and attributes have greatly improved my understanding of any knowledge. Even if the expertise and proficiency of this type of weapon can be improved faster. Returning to the restaurant, the maid brings tableware. The family sat together and started eating. After taking a few bites, Andvier put down the tableware and said, "Master, all the shops have been powered on, and the response yesterday was pretty good, even more lively than during the day." Treasure Island is hot, and the temperature is more comfortable at night. Now that the store has powered up, it is no different from the daytime, and it will definitely be more lively. Just like a modern pedestrian street, peak hours are all at night. Wu Heng nodded and said, "Let them adapt first, and then arrange for residents to use electricity." Andvier nodded to show that he understood. Shannaira continued, "There are many people in the church, and the idea of ??sending eggs is quite good, it is very suitable for here." More than just suitable here. This trick will probably work in most places. Only a president like her who is not short of money will think it is useful in Treasure Island. "Stay for a while first, help me get from the Star Flower Chamber of Commerce and order a batch of eggs." Wu Heng picked up the teacup and took a sip. "Okay, I''ll sign the order after that." Shannaira nodded. Had breakfast. Everyone was going to work on their own affairs, and Wu Heng also walked upstairs. Walk into the study. The three ghosts were also in the room. Wu Heng sat down aside and asked casually, "Is there a lot of people in the church today?" "More! More than yesterday." Benny flew over first, and said happily, "It was squeezed like cans. I said the church was built smaller, and it should be built a larger one." "Take it slow, the church is enough now." Wu Heng said, opening the panel and looking at Faith. It''s still blackjack, no changes. But this time is different from the previous few days. Now there are many people entering the church every day, and the trend is still good. Some faith can be transformed sooner or later. The churches of the wood elves behind and the churches in Rentam City all started in this form, and faith will definitely be greatly improved. "When the morning is over, I will take the decoration team to the church to check it out and add some new seats and equipment." Wu Heng said. Granda reminded on the side, "There are eggs. If this continues, the eggs on the island will not last for a few days." "Shanaira has already ordered eggs." Wu Heng nodded. "The wood elves have borrowed the light from Shannaira. The orders from Treasure Island can probably account for more than half of the Emerald Sea." Granda continued. Wu Heng said: "There is no way. The rest of the caravans are threatened by the Holy See, and only the wood elves cooperate with us." Granda nodded, pondered for a while, and said, "Why is there no news about the auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium? If this auction can be carried out on the island, it should be able to reverse some situations. How dare the Holy Seek trouble with the Consortium?" The consortium is not small and is called a small association in the outside world. If you dare to compete with the association for business, will you be afraid of the Holy See? Wu Heng leaned against the side and said, "Wait a little longer. Even if you don''t cooperate, Retiri will reply to us." "Yeah!" Granda agreed. Xiaoxiao listened, and flew over and said, "Uncle, a grandmother in the church said, "Eggs are more realistic than communion bread, what is communion bread?" "Is the food from the Holy See? I haven''t eaten it before," said Wu Heng. Granda said, I have read the book and said it is a communion made up of bread, ham and vegetables, which represents Gods blessing. "I have learned new knowledge." Wu Heng sighed. Benny nodded as well. It doesn''t sound very tall. Xiaoxiao thought about it and asked back, "Is it a hamburger? My mother doesn''t let me eat it." Granda and Benny looked at Wu Heng. The latter was also a little surprised, "That''s true, it''s like a burger." Lilith''s Mansion. The butler quickly walked upstairs, knocked on the door in front of the bedroom, and then opened the door and walked in. The air conditioner was blowing air conditioning, and the sound was playing soothing music. The housekeeper saluted slightly and said, "Miss, there are more people in the church today than yesterday, and many people even had disputes over the location issue." A gap was opened in the wooden coffin in the room, and Lilith''s voice came out, "Or how to send eggs?" "Captain Wuheng is indeed good at this...." The butler said with a smile. No one expected that the newly established church would have improved so significantly in the past two days. Lilith said softly, "I understand, don''t pay attention to the church." "yes!" The housekeeper saluted again and exited the room. Association Headquarters, Hall of Valor. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! The spacious and bright hall, piles of tied newspapers, were placed at the front desk. The staff cut the tie rope with a dagger and placed the newspaper in a corner of the front desk. When people waited for a long time, they gathered from all around and picked up the newspaper and looked at the contents on it. It has become a habit to come to the hall to get newspapers from Treasure Island at a fixed time. "Lingqi Sect! Did Wu Heng establish a sect?" "He has become a hero, and it is normal to establish a sect." "Then the speed is too fast, it''s like I''ve been ready and just waiting for myself to become a hero." "Or else there will always be people saying he has a problem!" At this time, someone lowered his voice and said, "He is a necromancer. Now that he has established a sect, it depends on what the Holy See says." Another person said, "He dares to publish it in the newspaper, but I don''t think he is afraid at all." "Young and energetic!" A few discussions on establishing a sect. Continue to look at other content. When I saw the character introduction on the side of the title of the main subject, someone said in confusion, "Motimer, the dwarf and ghost master in the ghost house? How did his information be put on the newspaper." "It''s really him. He''s a bit weird, and the dolls he made are also weird." "How did he ask Wu Heng to publish it for him?" "Speaking of this, the profession of the weirdoist master is also a bit strange..." "He is level 19, he wants to become a hero." It is indeed possible. Behind the crowd, the lounge area in the lobby. Mortimer sat at the table, his eyes covered under his hood, staring at the contents of the newspaper. When I saw the introduction about myself above, my eyes became excited. Wu Heng really kept his promise and released information about himself in this issue. Not far away, those people began to change from discussing the profession of a fool''s master to how to enter the newspaper. In my words, I began to envy myself. Mortimer read his message several times, then looked at the rest of the content, jumped off the table and chair, and planned to leave with satisfaction. Just as I was about to move, I stopped again, took off my hood, and the newspaper personal information in my hand looked outward, and strided through the crowd. Walk to the gate. Someone shouted, "Mr. Mortimer, your message is on the newspapers of Treasure Island." Mortimer turned his head and said, "Yes, I saw it in the newspaper just now." "How did you get into the newspaper? I mean, is it necessary to get into the newspaper?" the man asked. Mortimer replied, "We need to contact Chief Wuheng in advance." When I heard that there was indeed a way, the eyes of the people in the hall changed slightly. "Is it convenient? I''ll treat you to a drink." "If you want to ask for a method, we can talk while talking. I still have some work to do," Mortimer said. "Okay, let''s talk as we go." Several people followed the dwarf, asking about the newspaper while walking. The leader''s study room. The religious leader, Saidu, held the newspaper tightly with his fingers, clamping the edges of the newspaper into a ball. In the middle of the newspaper, there is news that Treasure Island established the Spiritual Qi Sect. A few days ago, a letter from Treasure Island came from the sect. I thought that if the other party wanted to establish it, it would take a year or two, or even longer. I never expected that in a few days, the newspapers would be published. "You deserve to die!" Saidu gritted his teeth, his voice exuded anger. (End of this chapter) Chapter 918 , the consortium is here Chapter 918, the consortium is here In the afternoon, the church. In a separate room, Wu Heng was discussing with the designer about adding seats and big screens in the church. The big screen is used to play some promotional videos or missionary videos. Of course, there is no preparation yet, and people will be able to record it later. Ring ~! The cell phone rings. After connecting, Minnie''s voice came from the opposite side, "Master!" "Well, what''s wrong?" Minnie said, "Master, the Snake Emblem Consortium has arrived. It is said that it is the head of the city of Lopez, named Retiri, a lady from the Elf." City of Lopez? Retiri! She actually came to Treasure Island. "She is still in the island master''s mansion?" Wu Heng asked. "I''m chatting with Sister Weier in the living room. Do you need to let her wait for you?" Minnie continued to ask. Wu Heng said, "Let her wait a while, and I will go back after the end." "OK." Hang up the phone. Wu Heng continued to work with the dwarf designers to make up the remaining plans and will carry out construction after the church is closed. After this, Wu Heng did not stay and released [Teleport] to return to the island master''s mansion. Island Masters Mansion, living room. Retiri, dressed in exquisitely, sat on the sofa. As the head of the local consortium in Lopez City, this time I came here to see if there is any legendary good on the island, and the second point is to decide the auction. The first request was confirmed when she went to the island. The construction of the island is the cleanest and most complete city she has ever seen. Putting aside these, the clear island last night was enough to be a place for the auction. "Miss Retiri, have you been shopping on the island?" Andvier began to talk. "When I went to the island, I took a look at the carriage. The island was well built. It is hard to imagine that this was once a pirate island." Lei Tili looked at the little fox girl opposite, and Yu Guangzhong also had a rabbit girl and a cat girl. It seems that the rumors outside are true, and the owner of Wuheng Island prefers the orc clan. Fortunately, they are all orcs that are close to humans, not strong orcs with huge mouths and fangs in the northern region. "Just have just watched it along the road? The cinemas and exhibitions on the island are all good places." Andrew continued to introduce. Retiri nodded, "I also asked for it before coming. After visiting the island owner, I will go and take a look, especially in the cinema. The rumor outside is very powerful." "Yes, it''s important to do things." The two chatted casually, and the sound of footsteps rang out from the door. After looking at him, he saw Wu Heng walking in. Andvier, Minnie and others stood up to salute, and they still had to show the maid''s etiquette in front of outsiders, "Master." Lei Tili also looked back and when she saw Wu Heng, her eyes lit up and she saluted, "Sir, please don''t be surprised by this, Chief." "Why are you polite? Let''s sit down!" Wu Heng said with a smile, and sat down opposite him. Catwoman Robe, obediently, brought tea, and Retiri also sat back on her seat. There was a sudden trance in Retiri''s mind. I remember when I first met the other person, Wu Heng had to wear a mask to cover up his identity. In less than a year, he had become a hero. The status of both sides is getting bigger and bigger. Wu Heng asked, "Or it was the auction at the end of the year?" Retiri nodded and said, "Representatives from various consortiums in Emerald Sea held a meeting and agreed to hold an auction on Treasure Island. This time I came here mainly to completely decide this matter with you." "I have no objection. You can decorate the venue yourself or have any requirements, just ask for it." Wu Heng said directly. Treasure Island also needs a consortium auction to rejuvenate. Both sides agreed last time, and there was no idea to change. Retiri glanced at the other party with a little show of flaunting in her eyes, "Last time I told you that I would pay 5% of the Treasure Island after cooperation. I discussed it with them again and raised the price of the venue rental to 30%. After saying that, his chin raised slightly. Wu Heng was stunned and took the initiative to increase the money. "How to increase so much?" Retiri said helplessly, "5% is the cost of a normal venue. Treasure Island has two leaders in charge, and I don''t think it''s too much to get more money. In addition, the price is low, so those guys will not care, so I just mentioned 30%. Good guy, this woman is more ruthless than anyone else. "I will naturally accept the extra money. Leader Lilith is just staying on the island temporarily, so don''t publicize her affairs everywhere." Wu Heng reminded. Lilith must know that if you take her name and charge money outside, you will definitely get angry. The last time she came to Treasure Island, Wu Heng used her to promote it on the island, and he was angry with herself for a long time. Later, I sent a motorcycle and a racing suit to relieve myself. "I know that I have never mentioned Chief Lilith''s matter from beginning to end." Retiri continued, "Captain, I have one more thing, I want to discuss it with you." "What''s up?" Retiri leaned forward, with a shallow gully on her collar, and said seriously, "I don''t know if Treasure Island''s potions can be added to the auction. I can promise that the auction will be given to Treasure Island in full, just to increase the momentum of the auction." The potions from Treasure Island are not quite the same as those of the consortiums auction. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! The consortium is a regional auction, with the main customer group being the powerful and wealthy merchants in the surrounding cities. The potions on Treasure Island are different, and the price of the last time has been sold for several thousand gold coins. Those who can participate are all characters above level 18, or even hero level. They are all auctions, not on the same level. Retiri was doing this, and she was also attracting traffic to the auction. The top powerful people or heroes who would not have participated in the auction in the region were attracted to this auction. Retiri is really smart. In his original world, he is probably a person who is the same as a sales champion. He is good at using both sides'' chips to exchange and obtain conditions that can make profits for both of them. "I don''t have to take responsibility for the drug. I have to discuss it with the people under my command and give you an accurate reply tomorrow." Wu Heng said directly. "It''s OK." Retiri smiled. If you dont refuse, it means there is still hope. Wu Heng continued, "Are you going to take a day off or just go and see the venue?" "I came here directly. Let''s go to the venue tomorrow. I will live on the island during this period." Retiri replied. "Yeah." Wu Heng turned his head and looked back, "Vier, tomorrow you will take Miss Retiri to see the venue, write down any needs, and try to cooperate with the consortium to complete this auction." "Yes, master." Andrewer nodded. Seeing that the topic was about to be discussed here, Retiri stood up and said, "I have nothing to do. I still need to arrange my residence. I won''t bother you, the leader, and I''ll wait for your news tomorrow." "Okay!" Wu Heng stood up and sent her to the door. Retiri bent down to salute again, and then returned to the local Snake Emblem Consortium with the attendants waiting outside the island owner''s mansion. The door is closed. The maids walked back while discussing the consortium auction. Wu Heng asked, "Where is Sannaira?" "Sister Shannaira has gone out and is not at home," Minnie said. Wu Heng picked up the phone and dialed Shannaira''s phone number. After two sounds, Shannaira''s voice came from the opposite side, "Are you not at home?" "What''s wrong with filling out the order at the Chamber of Commerce?" Shannaira asked. "The people from the Snake Hui Consortium are here, let''s talk about it when you come back." Wu Heng returned to the living room and sat down. "Okay, I''ll go back later." "Um." After hanging up the phone, Wu Heng took a look at the time and walked straight upstairs. Snake Emblem Consortium. Retiri walked into the hall with a smile on his face. The head of the local consortium, ''Rostand'', came towards him and asked with a smile, "Miss Retiri, how is the matter going?" "It''s not bad. The island owner asked him to go to the venue tomorrow. Let''s go there together then." Lei Tili said with a smile. Rostander raised his eyebrows. The island owner did have some friendship with the person in charge, and he decided on the matter so quickly. He smiled again and asked with a smile, "Miss Retiri, in the middle..., did you say a few words for me?" (End of this chapter) Chapter 919 , surely has a purpose Chapter 919, there must be a purpose Rostend mentioned this matter when he was in Lopez. Give Retili the opportunity to say a few words to help him to ease the relationship between Wuheng and the local consortium. In the heart of "Rostand", I never thought that Wu Heng was just a deputy deacon when he went to the island, and became the leader in more than a year. If I could guess, even if there was a slight possibility, I would have taken action long ago and tried my best to ease the relationship. Unfortunately, when I knew it, the other party had already become the leader. Retiri slowed down and her high heels fell rhythmically on the marble floor. "Today I just met the leader in a hurry, but I just decided on the auction, but don''t worry, I will never forget what I promised." Rostander was a little disappointed, but still kept his graceful smile. "With Miss Retiri''s words, I feel at ease." Wait for the two of them to walk through the hall and into the empty corridor. Rostander continued to ask, "What do you say about the auction?" "Captain Wuheng agrees to the auction. I will follow Miss Andrewer tomorrow and take a look at the venue." Retiri replied. "Miss Retiri is really amazing. She decided to do the matter as soon as she came." Rostander flattered and then asked, "Do you want to notify the local consortiums and start sending invitations in advance." Retiri thought for a while, and then said, "The leader and I suggested that the island''s strengthening potion be sold at auction. The leader explained that we would reply to me tomorrow. After the reply, we would write letters to various places. It would not take this half day." "Okay." Rostander raised his eyebrows. This Retiri was indeed very close to the island owner. All the medicines can be brought up. The two stood in the corridor and said a few words, and Rostander said again: "The residence where you rest is ready, I''ll take you to see it." Retiri nodded and followed her to the prepared residence. In the afternoon, 4:30. Shannaira rushed back from outside. While taking off his hood, he asked, "Is it because of the auction?" "This time I came to Lopez City''s consortium representatives, and they decided to completely the auction...." Then, Wu Heng said the content of the conversation between the two after Retiri came. When hearing about providing 30% of net income to Treasure Island. Shannaira also showed a surprised expression, "30%? Could that elf woman want to use gold coins to open your heart, right?" "How do you know it''s a woman?" Wu Heng waved. Shannaira walked over, sat sideways in his arms, hung her hands on his shoulder and said, "The person in charge of Lopez City, I remember it is an elf woman. Does she have any purpose? She specially gave an exaggerated number." Wu Heng hugged her soft waist and said, "Unlike, the reason she gave was that there were two heroes on Treasure Island. The Snake Emblem Consortium waived the previous security investment, and was angry with representatives from other places, and the lion spoke up a lot." "That''s right, it''s really saved a lot of safety expenses." Shannaira nodded and then asked, "You have made a reservation with her, why are you still anxious to ask me to come back?" "There is another thing. She wants us to take out the enhancement potion and put it into the goods. The price for sale belongs to us, mainly to build momentum for the consortium." Wu Heng said what to discuss with her. ǿҩ顣 Treasure Island has been limiting the number of sales, not about hunger marketing, but mainly giving the outside world a feeling of scarcity of materials and difficulty in making them. Otherwise, if sold in batches, the price will definitely be suppressed very low. The second point is safety issues, a drug that can be mass-produced and directly improves the user''s attributes. It is hard to say that it will not be coveted by the outside world and cause unnecessary trouble. Shannaira thought for a while and said, "I feel there is nothing wrong with it. It will not cost us any money to provide two bottles of potions to the consortium. If we have a good relationship with the consortium, it may be helpful in the future." To put it bluntly, Wu Heng is currently tied to the association, so it is hard to say whether he will continue to do this in the future. It is still necessary to maintain friendly relations with some other major forces. "Okay, then when Weier takes her to the auction house tomorrow, tell her directly." Wu Heng nodded. "The auction is set in the opera house?" Shannaira continued. Wu Heng nodded, "Well, your opera house." The largest opera house on the island, Gem Flower, is an industry under the name of Sannaira. Yes, the gift Wu Heng gave her. After her president was removed, a group of people who followed her were also arranged to work in the opera house. Shannaira continued, "I will follow you to talk to her about the rest, and you don''t have to worry about the rest. You may have some self-destruction in such business matters." "Okay, I''ll feel more at ease when I leave it to you." Wu Heng also smiled. The two chatted for a while. Catwoman Robe jumped in from the restaurant and said, "Master, Sister Shannaira, I''m going to have supper." Shannaira stood up from his arms, tickled clothes on his body, walked towards the restaurant with her arms around Robe''s shoulder, and asked, "Does that elf have any intention?" Robe said, "When she talked to her master, her collar was opened here, so she must have intentions." Wu Heng followed behind and said, "You are all at the waist of your pants, it''s too exaggerated." Luo Bei laughed, "But the master reacted slowly but couldn''t see it, we all saw it." Shannaira turned her head and glanced at Wu Heng, who explained, "It''s just a normal dress, I didn''t see any intention." "What else?" Shannaira looked at Robe again. The two chatted and walked into the restaurant together. Wu Heng also walked in and talked about the consortium auction. The maids had never participated, so Sannara told them about the auction at the end of the year. Wait for dinner. Wu Heng continued to train the spear, and the maid and Sannaira also conducted their own training. It seems like I went back a year ago and I would train every day. It was getting late. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Wu Heng brushed his teeth and washed up. Benny said from the side, "In the afternoon, I saw the female head of the consortium shopping on the island." "Where have you all gone?" Wu Heng asked. "When I saw her, I listened to stories in the tavern, and then went to church to listen to the teachings for an hour, and now I''m going shopping again," said Benny. Retiri is very energetic. She talks with herself as soon as she goes to the island and goes shopping after she goes back. "Have she still gone to church?" ʱЦ˵ "I''m here to get some wool!" Wu Heng said, and then said, "If you want to go shopping, just go shopping. I guess I want to learn more about this place." "Yeah!" Benny nodded and flew back to the study. Wu Heng also washed up and returned to the room to rest. The next day, in the morning. A carriage was parked at the entrance of the Jewelry Opera House, and Retiri got off the carriage in a fiery long dress. Immediately a wooden elf came up, "Miss Retiri?" "It''s me!" Retiri maintained the elegance of the elves. "Please, the elder is waiting for you." The wood elf stretched out his hand to signal. Elder? Retili raised his eyebrows. Do you have any positions like elders in Treasure Island? "Which elder?" Retiri asked. "The sixth elder of our wood elves, Mrs. Shannaira." The wood elves discovered the other party''s misunderstanding and immediately explained. Mrs. Shannara. The president of Star Flower was later directly appointed as the sixth elder of the Wood Elf. The other party''s information quickly appeared in Retiri''s mind. The period when Sannaira was promoted was also the period when Wu Heng became the leader. It seems that this Wood Elf Six Elder has a special relationship with the island owner. Thinking in my mind, I took out a shawl from the space ring, covering the large area of ??skin on my shoulders and collar. Through the corridor, he followed the staff to park in front of a room on the second floor, "Old, Miss Retily arrived." "Let her come in!" A voice came from the room. The door opened, Retiri walked straight in, looked into the room, and saluted with a smile, "Elder Shannaira, Miss Andrew." Andvier smiled and nodded, and Sannara looked her up and down, and said, "This is my industry. See what needs to be adjusted for the auction. I can ask for someone to arrange it." "Thank you, elder." Retiri was still polite. When interacting with women, you should pay more attention to your proper attitude. Especially for such smart and capable women. Shannaira nodded and said to the person standing at the door, "Open the first floor lobby and let Miss Retiri take a look." "Yes." The staff left. Crack ~! Soon, a sound of the switch turning on sounded. (End of this chapter) Chapter 920 , Dawn Alliance Chapter 920, Dawn Alliance The hall on the first floor suddenly lit up, and the roof covered with lights illuminated the hall below, and it was as bright as stars. The tall stage at the forefront is hung with a huge screen hanging above. Below are rows of seats, and under the feet is a red carpet with flowery vines. Retiri''s eyes widened, the opera house under her feet was more luxurious than the venue used in previous auctions. I am afraid that the year-end auctions in other regions will not be held at venues of this size. This Treasure Island has developed too fast. "The screen above can play the situation on the stage, and the audience behind can also see it. There is also a speaker here, and what you say can be amplified, and you don''t need to shout and say it like before..." Shannaira glanced at her and explained with a smile. After introducing it, I asked, "Look at what needs to be adjusted." Retiri smiled and said, "Elder Shannaira was joking. The venue was far beyond my expectations and there was nothing to adjust." "That''s good." Shannaira nodded. Retiri looked at Andvier again, "Miss Weier, have the leader considered the medicine?" Andwiel said, "The master promised to give you two bottles for auction." Retiri was even more happy, "It''s great. I''ll go back and write letters to various places now, and strive to hold an auction this week." "You go back and arrange it. If you have nothing to do, you can come out in the afternoon. We will take you to stroll around the island." Shannaira continued. Retili raised her eyebrows, and the other party''s tone really looked like the hostess here. ɱЦݣãʱҪ鷳ϺͰޱСˡ A brief chat. Retiri returns to the Snake Emblem Consortium and sends the message out. Island Lord''s Mansion. Wu Heng sat in the study and waited for a while. Glanda flew back first, and then Xiaoxiao controlled the doll and ran into the room from outside, "Uncle, I''m back, are you going there?" "Well, when Benny comes back, we will go to the zombie world." Wu Heng said. Even if there will be no major danger in the zombie world, I will have to go over and take a look every few days. "Oh, okay!" Xiaoxiao left the doll and flew out in the form of a ghost, "Uncle, please help me put the doll away." Wu Heng put the doll into the space ring. Benny flew back from outside, "The church is fine, it''s still full." New seats were added yesterday, and it looks like they are still full today. The temptation of eggs is even greater than expected. "That''s good." Wu Heng glanced at the time, "Let''s go, let''s go there and take a look." The three ghosts crawled back to their bodies, and Wu Heng opened the world gate and walked in. On the other end, is the dormitory of the central mall. I left here last time. Releasing the ghost, the short story said, "Do you want to leave now?" "Wait for a while, you can chat with your mother for a while, and I will call you when I leave." Wu Heng said. "Okay." Xiaoxiao jumped into the wall and left. Wu Heng took out his phone and dialed Li Yahong''s number, "Where is it?" Li Yahong said, "I''m walking back. You go to my office and I have something to tell you." "Okay, I''ll go there now." As he said that, he released [Teleport] and his figure disappeared. After his vision recovered again, he had already arrived at Li Yahong''s office. Click ~! The door opened, Li Yahong walked in with her cell phone in her neck. Seeing Wu Heng who was already sitting on the sofa, he was stunned at first, and then he realized, "You are faster than me." "Is something wrong?" Wu Heng asked. Li Yahong said: "In a few days, a United Nations meeting will be held to discuss the subsequent development plans and cooperate with several large shelters." United Nations! "Where does this thing still exist?" Wu Heng was a little surprised. "That''s it, now it''s called the ''Dawn Alliance''. It was rebuilt after several major shelters discussed it." Li Yahong sat back on his desk and explained. Wu Heng was silent for a moment and asked, "Is it any help to hold this meeting?" The world in my own country is developing relatively fast. The big reason is that "Xinfu City" sells food to various places and some operations to clean up zombies. Keep many survivor bases in place. Otherwise, the reconstruction work in various places will be delayed for at least five years or even more. Now it has developed to resume joint meetings. Li Yahong took out a document and handed it to him, saying, "The main topic is to follow-up cleaning of world zombies, assisting various bases in restoring order, including sharing of core technologies from various countries." ţоΨһԼõģǸļ The data and technicians that can be retained in various countries are very limited, and it is indeed a good thing if they can be integrated. Li Yahong continued, "This year''s Dawn Alliance Conference was held at the Qi Hancai base. Do you want to attend? If you don''t want to go, you can tell Qi Hancai about your ideas and let her coordinate." The venue is still at the South Korean base. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! Its right to think about it. Now the Korean base has become a trading area for selling grain to the world. All major bases have opened shops there and have been operating for a long time, so there is no problem choosing there. Ring ~! At this time, the landline on Li Yahong''s desk rang. Li Yahong answered a few words, put down the phone, and said, "I''ll go out and come back later." Wu Heng nodded and Li Yahong left directly. He was the only one left in the room, and Granda and Benny showed off from the side. "What is the United Nations! A federal country?" Granda asked. Benny was a little confused when she heard the federal state''s eyes. Wu Heng explained: "You can understand it as the association of this world, most countries have joined this organization and formulated some order." "Huh? There are associations here too?" Granda was even more curious. She has made up for a lot of knowledge about this world, but this is the first time she has heard that there is also an association. Wu Heng nodded, "It''s almost the same, but the United Nations does not have the same rights as the association." The two ghosts nodded and understood a little more. Benny said, Is it necessary to go over and attend this meeting? Granda also said, "Your hot weapons cannot kill heroes, and you should indeed focus on the spread of faith." Wu Heng thought for a while and then said, "Where is at the South Korean base, you can see what technology can help the skeleton learn." The two ghosts looked at each other, and Granda said, "It''s okay if you think about it. This time, you can consider collecting more corpses and living corpse kings with them to cultivate more level 20 skeletons." "Yes, that''s OK." Wu Heng nodded. While speaking, the door opened, Li Yahong walked back and said, "Go out and mobilize the convoy." Wu Heng said, "I''m going to the Korean base. When will this meeting start?" "Tomorrow." Li Yahong said. "Time is still a little hurry." Li Yahong continued, "I''ll arrange a convoy and take you to the airport." "good!" afternoon. The plane landed in the airport of the Korean base. Qi Han Cai brought people to greet him and said with a smile, "I thought you wouldn''t attend this meeting." Wu Heng followed her into the building, "Look at it casually, just come and see you too." Qi Hancai blinked at him with a smile on his face. Walk into the office together. Qi Hancai handed him a document, "This is the name of the current official shelter." ӹݡ Domestic: Chang''an Qiong (located in Anxi Ancient City.) Yan Luo Hall (Xinfu City Base.) United States: New Eden (Rocky Mountains Military Base.) Russia: Vulcan Furnace (Kamchatka Volcano Base.) EU: Noahs City. Wu Heng looked at him one by one and found that his new Fu City was also divided into a large base. This is not surprising. Judging from the current situation, my base is more influential. (End of this chapter) Chapter 921 , the meeting proposed (first update.) Chapter 921, Meeting Proposal (One Update.) Wu Heng looked at the name of the base on the paper list. Except for his own Hall of Yama, it seems that the names of other large bases are quite nice. Of course, the name of Yan Luo Palace was said casually, and no one expected that it would spread to this day and become the general term for the base. Qi Hancai made a cup of coffee for him and delivered it to him, saying, "The meeting will be held at 10 a.m. tomorrow, and the content of the meeting will be broadcast publicly to the world through the radio public channel." It will also broadcast live on the radio, and it seems that it is more formal than before when discussing cooperation at the base. "Who proposed the Dawn Alliance?" Wu Heng asked curiously. The Mexican base that I destroyed last time was called Dawn Base. If he is not destroyed, wouldnt he be named? Qi Hancai said: "The name was founded from the EU, but the proposal to establish an alliance has been mentioned a long time ago, and major bases also agree with this statement." Wu Heng picked up the coffee and took a sip, and continued, "What are you talking about?" Qi Hancai replied, "It is mainly to cooperate with each other and sign a treaty that will not cause war." "Last time, when the Mexican base was going to threaten us with missiles, why didn''t anyone mention this?" Wu Heng looked up. Qi Hancai smiled and said, "Who knows, I feel that if you hadn''t destroyed the other party''s base alone, those people wouldn''t have thought of establishing this alliance." Wu Heng nodded to show his understanding. When they feel you are in danger, they will take the initiative to engage in peaceful coexistence. Qi Hancai continued, "The Dawn Alliance will definitely be established. At that time, the large base can propose a resolution. What do you think is better for us to propose?" "What do you think?" Wu Heng asked her. Qi Hancai said: "If you don''t come, I will propose sharing of scientific and technological resources or establishing a larger trade in exchange for gold according to the plan you explained before." The plan for my base is also very simple. One is to recruit talents, and related talents such as machinery, information and communication are very needed. The second is to sell grain and collect gold. This has never changed. If Wu Heng did not come this time, Qi Hancai would definitely not make any mistakes according to this requirement. "It''s really what we need." Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai continued, "Do you have any new ideas?" "I want to share the technology of each base and develop together at that time to avoid the equipment competition in the past. The second point is the collection of the corpse king. For what reason to give it to the earth to help collect the living corpse king...!" Wu Heng said thinking. Qi Hancai''s eyes widened, hesitated for a while before saying, "It seems that neither of them is easy." It is probably difficult to convince them to share technology at all bases, but it is even more difficult to let each base capture the corpse king. Not to mention the strength of the Corpse King himself, the corpse tides around him are not so easy to deal with, let alone catch them alive. "So, we need to plan well." Wu Heng drank all the coffee in one go. With a hooked finger at the coffee machine, the coffee turned into a stream of water and floated from the air into the tea cup. Qi Hancai''s eyes froze, "Your new ability?" It was just a moment of surprise, but it was actually a little strange. "I learned it new." Wu Heng stretched out his hand and another stream of water penetrated directly into her mouth. Qi Hancai hurriedly put it in his mouth and swallowed it, "Study?" "If you have a chance, it''s a skill book." Wu Heng explained. "Oh!" Qi Hancai realized that she knew about the career scrolls and skills books. Wu Heng brought the topic back to the meeting and said, "Is there any way to implement the two points I mentioned?" Qi Hancai also frowned and pondered for a while, and then said, "Based on my understanding of these guys, if they don''t feel good, I will definitely be very resistant. I should think about how to make these two things sound helpful to them." "Well, it''s true. There''s still some time left. Let''s think about it together." Wu Heng nodded. Qi Hancai put away his phone and continued, "I''ll take you to the base for a walk? There are also some elderly people, do you want to give me some comforts?" "Okay, you can make arrangements!" Wu Heng agreed. For the rest of the time, Wu Heng followed her around the base. Then, Qi Hancai called over one by one the backbone and heads of important positions in the base. Wu Heng met these people as the leader and expressed encouragement. After meeting them all, they followed Qi Hancai to have supper in the cafeteria. Night falls. The moonlight shines through the glass and sprinkles in the bedroom. Qi Hancai pillowed on his belly, and his fingers were drawing randomly on his chest, "The dependence on food in each base will gradually decrease. I feel that I should look for new ''commodities'' and exchange for gold and technology." "How to reduce it?" Wu Heng stroked the other person''s hair. Qi Hancai said: "Some bases have stabilized. Grain will be prepared for the beginning of spring, and the food that can be exchanged by the end of the year will definitely decrease." It turned out that I was worried about this. Wu Heng thought for a while and said, "It is difficult for them to rely solely on their own planting in a short period of time, so there is no need to be so anxious." "Is that so? There are not many people in each base now, and the mechanical equipment is developed, so planting some is enough." Qi Hancai continued. Wu Heng said: "It may alleviate their demand for food, but to completely solve it, I feel that it will be difficult for only one year, but you are thinking right. You can try to find new alternatives first." "Well, I''ll think about it then." Qi Hancai nodded with a smile, then looked up in surprise, "Why are you energetic again?" "You always fiddled with him, how can you not be energetic?" Wu Heng patted her **** lightly. Qi Hancai sat up in a hesitant manner and said, "You are a bit too cruel." The next day, Treasure Island. The skeleton team escorted the city hall staff and posted new notices on the notice board. As soon as I finished posting, a large crowd immediately gathered around me. A bard walked up and read the above content to the illiterate people, "The city hall noticed that in seven days, the Treasure Island Gem Flower Opera House will hold an end-of-year auction for the Snake Emblem Consortium, and then people from all over the country will go to the island to participate...." Hum~! The crowd started talking again. "Wow~! The consortium really has an auction at the end of the year, I thought it was a rumor." "Now Treasure Island is getting better, and it can be chosen as an auction venue." "You said it was wrong! The two heroes on the island, no matter how you think about it, the consortium took advantage." "So, I feel." "The island will definitely be more lively in a few days." Residents were talking about it, and some shop owners hurried back to their shops, considering whether to decorate the shop before the auction was held. Every activity on the island can make a big profit. In particular, now all stores have electric lights, which has increased the duration of opening a store. Association, office study. Shi Yali walked in from outside and said, "The consortium auction is held on the island." Xiragui nodded, "I saw it too. Yesterday I received information that the people from the consortium were on the island. It seemed that it was for this." "He didn''t tell you either." Shi Yali sat down aside and hugged her sister''s shoulder. "He is the leader, why are you talking to me about this?" Xilagui gave her sister annoyed. "Hmph! He always told us before." Xilagui glanced at her and said, "Do you miss him? Call him to ask him to come to your house for dinner." "Okay." Shi Yali smiled. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The door knocked, and Shi Yali walked over and opened the door. Outside the door, the elf holding the flag bearer "Elin Noel" in a blue brocade robe stood at the door. Shi Yali said respectfully: "Mr. Elinnor." "Well, is Xilagui in the study?" Alin Noel agreed with one hand, with a tall figure. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! "Here, please come in." Shi Yali made way out of the position and the other party walked in directly. After entering the study. Alin Noel''s eyes fell directly on Xilagui behind the desk, "Deacon Xilagui, you should know that the Snake Emblem Consortium Auction is going to be held on the island, you should know too!" "Just saw the announcement posted." Xilagui said calmly. For this elf clan''s flag bearer. She didn''t know why, but she always felt a sense of repulsion. Even if I ask normal questions, I feel a little impatient. Ailinor sat down on the side and said, "The Island Lord is the leader appointed by the headquarters. Treasure Island has special significance in the Emerald Sea. Is it a bad impact to hold an auction for the consortium?" Xilagui raised his eyebrows, and Shi Yali''s hands also made tea. It''s because of this. Xilagui said: "The opera house is the property of the wood elves Elder Shannaira. The Snake Emblem Group rents the opera house as a venue. No matter how you look at it, it won''t have any impact!" "After all, it was on Treasure Island and the announcement was issued through the city hall with great fanfare. It was somewhat inappropriate." Alin Noel looked at her, "Deacon, what do you think?" Xiragui looked at him and suddenly remembered what Wu Heng said to her. If there is something, let the flag bearer tell him directly. Immediately, nodded, "You are right." Then he looked back at Shi Yali and said, "Call Wu Heng and say that Mr. Ailinor has something to say to him." Ailinor raised his eyebrows, he didn''t quite understand what it meant to call. But it is obvious that we need to contact Wu Heng directly. Seeing that Shi Yali was about to contact the other party, she immediately said, "Wait, I will talk about this with the leader, so you won''t have to notify me." "That''s OK," said Xilagui. Ailinor glanced at the two girls, stood up and said, "I''m back." "Let''s go!" Xilagui said. The door closed and Shi Yali poured out the tea, "What''s the matter with him? Neither of the leaders said anything. It''s a bad thing for him to say." "I have been in the headquarters for a long time and my mind is broken." Xilagui spoke even more rudely. Zombie world. The spacious and bright hall is slightly solemn. On the walls of the hall, huge murals are hung, depicting the once beautiful and prosperous city. There is a high platform in the middle and an oval seat below. Representatives of each base were dressed in formal clothes and sat in their respective seats one after another. The first row was representative of several large bases, and the rear rows were representative of small and medium-sized bases. Wu Heng''s seat is arranged on the first one on the left, and the bar on the seat next to him says [Chang''an Qiong], which is the name of the domestic headquarters. The third position is the Russian [Vulcan Furnace]. The first seat is the United States [New Eden], the second seat is the European Union [City of Noah], the third seat is the Australia [South Dome], and the fourth seat is the South African position is called the Sun Ladder. Wu Heng took the lead in the stadium and brought an accompanying assistant beside him. It was the secretary of the chief when he first occupied the Korean base and was proficient in multiple languages. "Who are you?" After taking the seat, the middle-aged man from the domestic base beside him looked over in confusion. He looked up and down, then said, "My name is Huai Zhixing, the representative of Chang''an Qiong this time." "Wu Heng!" Wu Heng shook hands with the other party. "Chief Martial Arts?" The other party''s eyes widened. Wu Heng nodded with a smile, "Yes." "Oh, we thought it would be Deputy Chief Qi to attend, but we didn''t expect it was Chief Wu. If I had known that you were at the base, I would have visited him." Huai Zhixing said enthusiastically. "You''re welcome." Wu Heng also smiled. While the two were chatting, several representatives of the base opposite also looked at each other. Among the representatives of several large bases, only one side of the EU is a female representative, who is wearing a neutral suit in middle-aged people. At 10 o''clock, the bell rang. Qi Hancai stood on the stage and said to the microphone, "Time is up, let''s start." The microphones and headsets of each representative are powered up and real-time translations can be heard. Qi Hancai continued, "First of all, the Dawn Alliance. In order to better restore and build, major bases should play a corresponding leading role. One of the main themes of this meeting is to sign an agreement, peacefully and mutually assist, and establish trade." "After signing the agreement, any base or force provoking a war without reason will be considered an enemy of the Dawn Alliance Base. Raise your hands to vote!" The speech is very short, and this matter has been negotiated on the radio. Its nothing more than a formal process. After all, the radio station will also broadcast to shelters around the world. Below, everyone raised their hands together. Qi Hancai said, "Pass, sign the agreement!" The prepared agreement was sent and everyone signed it directly. After the agreement was signed, Qi Hancai continued, "There are some resolutions next, starting with the representatives of the Hall of Hell." The first one is Wu Heng. The content was discussed before, but it was expressed in that way. Turning on the switch of Mike, Wu Heng said: "Our base puts forward two points. The first is the exchange of knowledge and technology. The bases have suffered serious losses and technology must be missing. I suggest that the bases with the conditions provide technical support and training for the bases that lack corresponding technologies. The second point is to focus on zombie cleaning. Small and medium-sized bases are difficult to solve for zombies of corpse kings. You can record the location and information, and the capable large base will take the lead in solving it... I''m done. (End of this chapter) Chapter 922 , a power station that cannot be explain Chapter 922, a power station that cannot be explained by science Wu Heng put down the microphone and began to get into discussion below. After a brief noise, the representative of the New Eden Shelter opened the microphone and said, "Technology Sharing is indeed a beautiful vision, but for the large base, unconditional support may not be implemented for a long time. I think at least it needs to be exchanged with equivalent rewards, or some other conditions." The representative of Chang''anqiong said: "In the current situation, even if equivalent exchange is not supported, I think the boundaries can be appropriately relaxed and more population and bases can continue to develop." Wu Heng said: "I have no objection to provide corresponding remuneration." The representatives of the other bases nodded after discussing in a low voice. Then, the new Eden representative continued, "As for the second point you mentioned, the large base came forward to help small and medium-sized bases clean up the corpse king. I think what I said is a bit too simple. The corpse king itself has strong attack power and there are corpses around him. It is difficult for the large base to clean across regions." The representative of Noah City also said, "It is indeed difficult. Instead of thinking about cleaning up the Corpse King across regions, it is better to help the personnel from these small bases evacuate." "Yes! Helping evacuation can reduce losses better, and it is safer than killing the corpse king." This proposal is good. After the representative of Noah''s City finished speaking, he immediately received the approval of several bases. More people think that helping evacuate is easier than cleaning up the corpse king. The representative of Chang''anqiong looked beside him and said, "Don''t worry, everyone, let''s listen to the thoughts of the representative of the Yan Luo Palace." Wu Heng nodded, "It is also a good idea to help evacuate, but intelligence collection between the corpse king and the dangerous zombies is equally important. Each base can summarize the information of the corpse king and special zombies found. Those with the ability can help clean up so that the zombies can not continue to evolve." When it comes to evolution, everyone raised their eyebrows. Zombies can evolve, and as time goes by, there are more and more high-level zombies. "I have no objection to this," said the New Eden representative. Those who have the ability to help clean up, and those who are not able can only provide information. This is not harmful to the bases. If you object, it would not be a wise decision not to say that the content of the meeting would be made public on the radio. These big shelters still have to rely on the food provided here to solve the problem of food and clothing. Qi Hancai, who acted as the host, said directly: "Representatives will raise their hands to vote!" Everyone raised their hands together and passed directly. "The second person, Chang''an Qiong''s representative spoke." Huai Zhixing said: "What we are proposing is the acceptance of small and medium-sized shelters in large shelters and support for other shelters." Everyone still raised their hands to pass... Then, the other bases also began to make their own proposals. The proposal of the New Eden representative is to jointly develop virus vaccines, and the proposal of the Vulcan furnace representative is to recover lost heat weapons to avoid being too dispersed and posed a threat. The proposal of Noah''s City is the development of the psychics, and the southern dome is to preserve the diversity of some animals. The Sun Ladder wants to divide diamonds into important currency exchanges. All the proposals for these large bases, except for the proposals for the Sun Ladder, were passed after the proposals for the Sun Ladder were rejected unanimously. The New Eden representative continued, "We have a shelter that can provide bases and equipment for vaccine development, and we also have very good technology." The rest looked at him. The Vulcan Furnace representative said, We can also provide venues. "Your skills are not good." "Then I don''t agree to build on you." Because of the site, several shelters began to disagree. Only Wu Heng has been quiet. Several of my own bases have been cleaned up, and there will be basically no virus crisis, so I dont feel that important. Seeing that the stalemate was in stalemate, Chang''an Qiong said, "Since this matter cannot be decided, let''s discuss it later and settle the rest first." The representatives nodded. Qi Hancai made a summary, "This proposal has been recorded. If the representatives of each base have no doubts, sign the proposal and can be implemented after returning." The secretary distributed the compiled proposal documents. Representatives from each base also signed their own names and established them. In the following time, everyone discussed the subsequent development, and the meeting ended here. The representatives packed up their things and walked out, and shouts came from behind. "Chief of Martial Arts..." Wu Heng looked back and saw Huai Zhixing rushing to chase after him with his assistant, "Representative Huai." "Captain Wu is polite, just call me my name." Huai Zhixing was still very polite, "I have some things here. Does Chief Wu have time? Let''s talk about it alone?" "Okay, let''s go to the conference room." Wu Heng nodded. While speaking, the representative of New Eden also came over, and the middle-aged man in a well-decorated suit smiled, "You are the martial leader of the Hall of Yama? My name is Rex!" "Hello!" Wu Heng shook hands with the other party. "Is it convenient for Chief Wu? I want to talk to you about increasing grain production." said the middle-aged man. Then, several representatives of the City of Noah, the Furnace of Vulcan, the Dome of the South, and the Sun Ladder all came over. Wu Heng glanced at the few people and said, "Let''s go, let''s go to the conference room." "good!" Several representatives followed to the prepared conference room together. Simple conference room. The secretary brewed tea for everyone, then took out the pen and book, and sat behind Wu Heng. Wu Heng looked at the others and asked, "What''s the matter with me?" Several people looked at each other, but Huai Zhixing from Chang''anqiong was the first to speak, saying, "I want to talk to you about the power station." Wu Heng raised his eyebrows and turned out to be this. No wonder when I mentioned technology sharing and support, Huai Zhixing showed special support. When the representative of the New Eden mentioned that he wanted to provide the base for technology, Huai Zhixing gritted his teeth. I wish I could pass directly. It turned out that he was targeting the technology of his power station. After listening to the translation, the other representatives showed some doubts in their eyes. Except for Chang''an Dome, the other bases do not know much about the power station. Wu Heng said: "This technology may be different from what you think. Except for the base I am in, the rest of the base is difficult to achieve." Huai Zhixing asked curiously, "What''s the difference?" "Let''s put it this way, the way it operates is largely unexplainable by science," said Wu Heng. Huai Zhixing''s eyes showed surprise, and the representatives of the other bases also frowned. Science cannot explain it, so the direction pointed out is easy to think about. After all, after the outbreak of the end of the world, all kinds of difficult things appear one after another. New Eden still couldn''t help but interrupted the conversation between the two and asked, "Captain Wuheng, can you introduce to us the power station you mentioned?" Wu Heng said: "There is nothing special. The main feature is that it does not require energy and can maintain power generation for a long time." "Nuclear power plant?" said the female representative of Noah''s City subconsciously. "No, it''s simpler than a nuclear power plant, and you don''t need to worry about any harm." Wu Heng said with a smile. The room suddenly became quiet. Good guy, in peacetime, it was not developed during the science and technology competitions of various countries. In the end of the world, such a power generation system was created. Even Huai Zhixing only knows a little, but he didn''t expect the effect to be so good. It can be safer than nuclear power plants compared to nuclear power plants. The representative of the South Dome said, "Our base also wants to build such a power station." Wu Heng looked at all the people opposite who showed expectations and said with a smile, "The agreement has been signed, so I will naturally not refuse you, but I still need to discuss this matter with the base''s technicians. You can also go back and study it and see what equal conditions can be put out in exchange for the power station." The agreement just completed and the technical support of the large base also needs to be exchanged accordingly. Several representatives expressed regret on their faces, and would not have mentioned the opinions that they needed to pay for it if they had known it. "Okay! I''ll give you a reply these days." Huai Zhixing nodded. The other bases agreed immediately. After the conversation is over. The representative of New Eden continued, "Chief Wuheng, your base sells food to the world. Can this food technology be made public?" Wu Heng said: "I''m sorry, it''s also a method that science cannot explain, not a technology." The Wood Elfs potion formula has been made public to himself. But raw materials do not exist in this world, and it is useless to disclose them. The newest XiaoSpeakSendSix9Book͡͡͡Back͡͡͡! As for selling medicine liquids, it is no different from selling food, and it also increases some risks. In addition, the two worlds are related, Wu Heng even suspects that the bronze key has always appeared in different eras. So, I don''t plan to say it out. Several representatives were a little disappointed, and it seemed that several representatives were all for the same thing. Wu Heng smiled and said, "But don''t worry, I will ask the base to increase the planting of grain to meet the needs of each base." Everyone was helpless and could only nod. The man from the Furnace of the Vulcan Crest continued, "Captain Wuheng, we encountered ghosts in an important location. I wonder if you can provide some help, and of course I won''t let you go in vain." ghost. "Yes, helping each other is the original intention of the Dawn Alliance." The Vulcan Furnace representative smiled, "Then I will contact you after I go back, so I''ll ask you to go there." "Can!" After talking about cooperation among several large bases, they saw that they were almost done, so they got up and said goodbye. Wu Heng and his secretary said, "I''ll go back to the dormitory first. When Qi Hancai finishes his work, let her call me." "Yes, leader!" the secretary nodded. Put it back to the room. The three ghosts also appeared from the side, and the short story said, "This is over, nothing happened." "I don''t think this league is good either, and I''m all trying to get benefits from you," Granda said. They didn''t understand the languages ??represented by them, but the secretary would follow the translator. The three ghosts fell on the secretary''s shoulders and one on his head, and he heard it seriously. Only the secretary, I always felt a little cold. Wu Heng sat down aside, "Everyone needs their needs, and I also need some of their skills." Xiaoxiao touched her chin, flew back and forth twice in the air, and said, "Uncle, what skills do we need from them?" The other two ghosts also watched. "For example, modern weapons, aerospace technology, and sea ships can be exchanged with them." Wu Heng said, and then said, "I plan to build a power station and rent the electricity to them after I build it, as long as it is lower than the cost of generating electricity by themselves." "Well, this is also a way." Granda agreed with the idea. Dongdongdongdongdong~! The knock on the door sounded, and the three ghosts disappeared, and Qi Hancai opened the door and walked in. After entering the room, he exhaled heavily, "Those representatives are gone, so exhausted." "Thank you for your hard work." Wu Heng said with a smile. Qi Hancai sat down aside and said, "Who are you seeing you alone?" "Well, I talked about the follow-up cooperation." Wu Heng told Qi Hancai about the matter mentioned at several major bases and the separate meetings. The latter raised his eyebrows, "They will grab our wool first." Wu Heng proposed technical support and training to allow his technicians or skeletons to learn advanced technologies from other bases. Unexpectedly, the other party opened the first and wanted to generate a power station. Qi Hancai muttered, "I just said, when you asked for technical support and training, Huai Zhixing''s eyes were shining. It turned out that this was the plan. I guess if we don''t mention it, he would also mention this matter." "They went back to discuss this matter. I didn''t plan to give them the power station directly, but instead sold the electricity to them." Wu Heng said his thoughts. Qi Hancai raised his eyebrows, "It''s a good way." She was already worried that after the demand for food decreased, what resources could be sold to the outside world. This electricity seems to be more reliable than food. "Look at what conditions they have given first, and don''t rush to communicate." Wu Heng also smiled. "Okay." Qi Hancai continued to ask, "Are you still staying here tonight?" "You have some rest, I didn''t have a good rest last night." Wu Heng said. Qi Hancai glanced at her beautiful eyes, "It''s okay, I''m a little tired." The two chatted for a while, Qi Hancai left, and Wu Heng also brought the ghost back to Treasure Island. Treasure Island. From the upstairs, I saw four maids sitting in the living room to rest. The remaining sweat on the practice clothes should have just finished training. "Master!" The maids greeted with a smile. "Have you not finished the training ground yet?" Wu Heng walked over. Minnie said, "In the morning, I heard from the elf formation master that it was half done." Actually, the speed is not slow either. "Well, there is nothing else on the island, right?" Wu Heng continued to ask. Andvier said: "Master, the city hall has announced the announcement of the auction of the Snake Emblem Consortium. Sister Shannaira also took Miss Retiri to see the venue. She was very satisfied with the Opera House and nothing to change." "Where is Sannaira?" "Sister Shannaira, I went to the entertainment city in the afternoon and said I would open the business before the auction," Andrewer replied. Wu Heng nodded, "I understand." After dinner, after training with the maid. Wu Heng sat in the bathtub, thinking about today''s alliance meeting. How can we use all bases in the zombie world? Scream~! The bathroom door opened and Shannaira walked in in a white towel. Wu Heng turned around and looked over, "Are you so proactive today?" Shannaira looked at him angrily, "Mini said you were looking for me, and you were going to take a shower too." "Come on!" Wu Heng moved a seat back. (I updated it first these days, I feel sorry.) (End of this chapter)